Wikisource enwikisource https://en.wikisource.org/wiki/Main_Page MediaWiki 1.43.0-wmf.2 first-letter Media Special Talk User User talk Wikisource Wikisource talk File File talk MediaWiki MediaWiki talk Template Template talk Help Help talk Category Category talk Portal Portal talk Author Author talk Page Page talk Index Index talk Translation Translation talk TimedText TimedText talk Module Module talk Translation:Shulchan Aruch/Yoreh Deah/185 114 10635 14131011 11148410 2024-04-26T07:48:22Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{translation header | language = he | original = | title = [[../../]] | author = Yosef Karo | section = [[../../Yoreh Deah|Yoreh Deah]] 185 | previous = [[../../Yoreh Deah/184|184]] | next = [[../../Yoreh Deah/186|186]] | notes = }} {|{{ts|mc|vtp|backgroundcolor:white}} rules="cols" cellpadding="5" |- | |dir="rtl" lang="he"| '''דין אשה שאמרה טמאה אני ואחר כך אמרה טהורה אני''' |- | |dir="rtl" lang="he"| '''סעיף א''' האשה שהיא בחזקת טמאה, אסור לו לבא עליה עד שתאמר לו: טבלתי. ''הגה: ומאחר שעברו ימים שאפשר לה למנות ולטבול, נאמנת. אפילו רואה בגדים מלוכלכים בדם, נאמנת לומר, בשוק טבחים עברתי, או נתעסקתי בצפור וכדומה לזה. (ב"י בשם הרא"ש ורבינו ירוחם). '' |- | |dir="rtl" lang="he"| '''סעיף ב''' ואם הוחזקה נדה בשכנותיה, שראוה לובשת בגדים המיוחדים לימי נדותה, חשיבה כודאי טמאה. |- | |dir="rtl" lang="he"| '''סעיף ג''' אמרה לבעלה: טמאה אני, ואחר כך אמרה: טהורה אני, אינה נאמנת. (אם הוא לאחר כדי דבור) (ב"י בשם רבינו ירוחם). ואם נתנה אמתלא לדבריה, כגון שאומרת שלא אמרה לו כן, תחלה אלא מפני שלא היה בה כח לסבול תשמיש, או טענה אחרת כיוצא בזה, נאמנת. ''הגה: ומכל מקום מי שרוצה להחמיר על עצמו, שלא להאמין לה, מדת חסידות הוא. (ב"י), אבל מדינא נאמנת, אפילו בשתיקה אח"כ רק שהיא באה ושוכבת אצל בעלה והוא יודע ומכיר שמה שאמרה תחלה: טמאה אני, עשתה מחמת קטטה שהיה לו עמה, (מהרי"ו סימן כ"ב), וכדומה לזה.'' אבל אם ראוה לובשת בגדים המיוחדים לימי נדותה, ואח"כ אמרה: טהורה אני, אע"פ שנתנה אמתלא לדבריה, אינה נאמנת. ''(אמרה: פלוני חכם טהר לי כתם, והחכם אומר שהיא משקרת, החכם נאמן, וטמאה היא. (ב"י בשם הרמב"ם ורבינו ירוחם).'' |- | |dir="rtl" lang="he"| '''סעיף ד''' היה משמש עם הטהורה ואמרה לו: נטמאתי, ופירש מיד, חייב כרת, שיציאתו הנאה לו כביאתו. כיצד יעשה, נועץ צפרני רגליו בארץ, ושוהה בלא דישה, עד שימות האבר, ופורש באבר מת. ''הגה: וימלא פחד ורתת על העבירה שבאה לידו. (ב"י בשם סמ"ג). ולא יסמוך עליה, רק יסמוך על רגליו וידיו, שלא יהנה ממנה. ואם פירש ממנה בקשוי ובשוגג, שלא ידע שאסור לפרוש ממנה, יתענה מ' יום, ואינן צריכין להיות רצופים, רק כל שבוע שני ימים, כגון שני וחמישי, ובליל התענית אסור ביין ובשר. ואם לא יוכל להתענות, יפדה כל יום בממון שיתן לצדקה, כפי ערך ממון שיש לו, כי עשיר יתן יותר קצת מעני, ויש להחמיר בתשובתו. וכל המרבה לשוב, זכות הוא לו. (פסקי מהרא"י סימן ס'). והאשה אינה צריכה כפרה. ואם שמשה שלא בשעת וסתה, ומצאה אחר התשמיש דם, אפילו נמצא על עד שלו, מקרי אונס, אפילו לא בדקה תחלה. וא"צ כפרה לא הוא ולא היא (מרדכי והרא"ש כלל כ"ט בשם מהר"ם). '' |} tt2iofj8l8pw7js118s27de5fbut0uu Translation:Shulchan Aruch/Orach Chaim/218 114 10686 14130865 13646611 2024-04-26T07:41:33Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{translation header | language = he | original = | title = [[../../]] | author = Yosef Karo | section = [[../../Orach Chaim|Orach Chaim]] 218: Blessings that are made on Miracles | previous = [[../../Orach Chaim/217|217]] | next = [[../../Orach Chaim/219|219]] | notes = }} {|{{ts|mc|vtp|background:white" rules="cols" cellpadding="5" |- | '''Blessings that are made on miracles''' |dir="rtl" lang="he"| '''ברכות הנעשים על הנסים''' |- | '''218:1''' Someone who sees a place where miracles were done for Israel, such as: the crossing of the sea, the crossing of the Jordan, the crossing of the Rivulets of Arnon, the stones of Elgavish of Beit Choron, the stone which Og wanted to throw on Israel, the stone that Moshe sat on during the war of Amalek, and the walls of Jericho, should bless as follows: "she'asah nissim la'avoteinu bamakom hazeh" - "who wrought miracles for our forefathers at this place." And both this blessing and the other blessings made upon seeing things, are like all other blessings; they are all recited with the mention of God's Name and Kingship. |dir="rtl" lang="he"| '''סעיף א''' הרואה מקום שנעשו בו נסים לישראל, כגון: מעברות הים, ומעברות הירדן, ומעברות נחלי ארנון, ואבני אלגביש של בית חורון, ואבן שבקש עוג לזרוק על ישראל, ואבן שישב עליה משה בעת מלחמת עמלק, וחומת יריחו מברך: שעשה נסים לאבותינו במקום הזה. ובין ברכה זו ובין שאר ברכות הראייה הרי הם כשאר ברכות, וכולם בהזכרת שם ומלכות. |- | '''218:2''' On a miracle which was done for part of Israel: as long as it was not done for all of Israel, or the majority, even if it was done for a minority of tribes, we do not make the blessing on it. |dir="rtl" lang="he"| '''סעיף ב''' על נס שנעשה לקצת ישראל כל זמן שלא נעשה לכל ישראל או רובן, ואפילו נעשה לקצת שבטים, אין מברכין עליו. |- | '''218:3''' All these things only apply if one hasn't seen them in 30 days; and in such a case, they constitute an obligation just like the first time. |dir="rtl" lang="he"| '''סעיף ג''' כל אלו הדברים אינם אלא כשרואה אותם משלשים לשלשים יום, ואז הם חובה כמו בפעם ראשונה. |- | '''218:4''' Someone who sees the place where a miracle was done for an individual does not bless. But if the miracle was done for him, he blesses: "she'asah li ness bamakom hazeh" - "who wrought a miracle for me at this place." And all of his descendants also bless: "she'asah nes l'avi bamakom hazeh" - "who wrought a miracle for my father at this place." |dir="rtl" lang="he"| '''סעיף ד''' הרואה מקום שנעשה נס ליחיד, אינו מברך; אבל הוא עצמו מברך שעשה לי נס במקום הזה; וכל יוצאי ירכו גם כן מברכין שעשה נס לאבי במקום הזה. |- | '''218:5''' Someone for whom many miracles were done, when he comes to one of the places that a miracle was done, he should mention all the places, and include them in one blessing. |dir="rtl" lang="he"| '''סעיף ה''' מי שנעשה לו נסים הרבה, בהגיעו לאחד מכל המקומות שנעשה לו נס צריך להזכיר כל שאר המקומות ויכלול כלם בברכה אחת. |- | '''218:6''' On a miracle done for one's teacher, he must bless as he would for his father's miracle. '''Rem"a:''' ''There are those who say that, similarly, if one sees the person for whom a miracle was performed, he should bless just as he would at the place where the miracle was performed.'' |dir="rtl" lang="he"| '''סעיף ו''' על נס של רבו צריך לברך כשם שהוא מברך על נס של אביו. ''הגה: י"א דה"ה אם רואה האדם שנעשה לו הנס מברך עליו, כמו שמברך על המקום שנעשה בו הנס (אבודרהם).'' |- | '''218:7''' On a miracle of a notable person, such as Yoav son of Tzeruya and his like, and on a miracle of a person by whom the Heavenly Name was sanctified, such as Daniel and his fellows, one makes a blessing. Therefore, one who sees the lions' den of Daniel, or the fiery furnace of Chananiah, Mishael and Azaryah, recites: "she'asah ness latzadikim bamakom hazeh" - "who wrought miracles for the righteous ones at this place." |dir="rtl" lang="he"| '''סעיף ז''' על נס של אדם מסויים, כיואב בן צרויה וחביריו, וכן על נס של אדם שנתקדש בו שם שמים כגון דניאל וחביריו, מברך. לפיכך הרואה גוב אריות של דניאל, וכבשן האש של חנניה מישאל ועזרי', מברך: שעשה נס לצדיקים במקום הזה. |- | '''218:8''' One who witnesses Lot's wife pronounces two blessings: upon her, he says: "Blessed are you, oh G-d, King of the Universe, the True Judge", and upon Lot, he says "Blessed are you, oh G-d, King of the Universe, He who remembers the righteous". |dir="rtl" lang="he"| '''סעיף ח''' הרואה אשתו של לוט מברך שתים: עליה אומר בא"י אמ"ה דיין האמת, ועל לוט אומר: בא"י אמ"ה זוכר הצדיקים. |- | '''218:9''' There are those who say that one only makes a blessing over a miracle that goes beyond the world's ordinary behavior; but a miracle that is within the world's ordinary processes, e.g. if thieves came at night and he was endangered and was saved, etc., he is not obliged to make a blessing. There is, however, an opposite opinion, and it is recommended to recite the blessing without mention of the Name and Kingship. |dir="rtl" lang="he"| '''סעיף ט''' יש אומרים שאינו מברך על נס אלא בנס שהוא יוצא ממנהג העולם; אבל נס שהוא מנהג העולם ותולדתו, כגון שבאו גנבים בלילה ובא לידי סכנה וניצול וכיוצא בזה, אינו חייב לברך; ויש חולק, וטוב לברך בלא הזכרת שם ומלכות. |} dbx7v08f4pn5njgmheh77o0tkiyiw7w The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier/An Autograph 0 13484 14129412 11835580 2024-04-25T18:42:42Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 TE(æ)A,ea. moved page [[An Autograph]] to [[The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier/An Autograph]]: Move within/to containing work wikitext text/x-wiki {{no source}}{{header | title = An Autograph | author = John Greenleaf Whittier | section = | previous = | next = | notes = }} I write my name as one,<br /> On sands by waves o'errun<br /> Or winter's frosted pane,<br /> Traces a record vain. Oblivion's blankness claims<br /> Wiser and better names,<br /> And well my own may pass<br /> As from the strand or glass. Wash on, O waves of time!<br /> Melt, noons, the frosty rime!<br /> Welcome the shadow vast,<br /> The silence that shall last! When I and all who know<br /> And love me vanish so,<br /> What harm to them or me<br /> Will the lost memory be? If any words of mine,<br /> Through right of life divine,<br /> Remain, what matters it<br /> Whose hand the message writ? Why should the "crowner's quest"<br /> Sit on my worst or best?<br /> Why should the showman claim<br /> The poor ghost of my name? Yet, as when dies a sound<br /> Its spectre lingers round,<br /> Haply my spent life will<br /> Leave some faint echo still. A whisper giving breath<br /> Of praise or blame to death,<br /> Soothing or saddening such<br /> As loved the living much. Therefore with yearnings vain<br /> And fond I still would fain<br /> A kindly judgment seek,<br /> A tender thought bespeak. And, while my words are read,<br /> Let this at least be said:<br /> "Whate'er his life's defeatures,<br /> He loved his fellow-creatures. "If, of the Law's stone table,<br /> To hold he scarce was able<br /> The first great precept fast,<br /> He kept for man the last. "Through mortal lapse and dulness<br /> What lacks the Eternal Fulness,<br /> If still our weakness can<br /> Love Him in loving man? "Age brought him no despairing<br /> Of the world's future faring;<br /> In human nature still<br /> He found more good than ill. "To all who dumbly suffered,<br /> His tongue and pen he offered;<br /> His life was not his own,<br /> Nor lived for self alone. "Hater of din and riot<br /> He lived in days unquiet;<br /> And, lover of all beauty,<br /> Trod the hard ways of duty. "He meant no wrong to any<br /> He sought the good of many,<br /> Yet knew both sin and folly, --<br /> May God forgive him wholly!" {{PD-old}} rn06r4xj4z8q22urkd35yaey1aii7kr 14129433 14129412 2024-04-25T18:43:00Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../]] | author = John Greenleaf Whittier | section = An Autograph | previous = [[../Greeting/]] | next = [[../Abram Morrison/]] | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier (1895).djvu" include=445 onlysection=s2 /> so9fpgqhqrdu9tmevlzy43dcvxk7otm The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier/Godspeed 0 13506 14128268 13883348 2024-04-25T17:00:53Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 TE(æ)A,ea. moved page [[Godspeed]] to [[The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier/Godspeed]]: Move within/to containing work wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Godspeed | author = John Greenleaf Whittier | section = | previous = | next = | notes = }} Outbound, your bark awaits you. Were I one<br> Whose prayer availeth much, my wish should be<br> Your favoring trad-wind and consenting sea.<br> By sail or steed was never love outrun,<br> And, here or there, love follows her in whom<br> All graces and sweet charities unite,<br> The old Greek beauty set in holier light;<br> And her for whom New England's byways bloom,<br> Who walks among us welcome as the Spring,<br> Calling up blossoms where her light feet stray.<br> God keep you both, make beautiful your way,<br> Comfort, console, and bless; and safely bring,<br> Ere yet I make upon a vaster sea<br> The unreturning voyage, my friends to me. {{PD-old}} jz0xw48quzre7vsq1lrrkf27arf4thn 14128334 14128268 2024-04-25T17:11:44Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../]] | author = John Greenleaf Whittier | section = Godspeed | previous = [[../A Greeting/]] | next = [[../Winter Roses/]] | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier (1895).djvu" include=270 onlysection=s2 /> dd2bzr156gyljz3vdxnu6fb3j3ma1p4 The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier/A Name 0 13986 14129131 12776390 2024-04-25T18:36:54Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 TE(æ)A,ea. moved page [[A Name (Whittier)]] to [[The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier/A Name]]: Move within/to containing work wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = A Name | author = John Greenleaf Whittier | section = | previous = | next = | notes = }} Addressed to my grand-nephew, Greenleaf Whittier Pickard. Jonathan Greenleaf, in [[A Genealogy of the Greenleaf Family]], says briefly: "From all that can be gathered, it is believed that the ancestors of the Greenleaf family were Huguenots, who left France on account of their religious principles some time in the course of the sixteenth century, and settled in England. The name was probably translated from the French Feuillevert." {{rule}} The name the Gallic exile bore,<br /> St. Malo! from thy ancient mart,<br /> Became upon our Western shore<br /> Greenleaf for Feuillevert. A name to hear in soft accord<br /> Of leaves by light winds overrun,<br /> Or read, upon the greening sward<br /> Of May, in shade and sun. The name my infant ear first heard<br /> Breathed softly with a mother's kiss;<br /> His mother's own, no tenderer word<br /> My father spake than this. No child have I to bear it on;<br /> Be thou its keeper; let it take<br /> From gifts well used and duty done<br /> New beauty for thy sake. The fair ideals that outran<br /> My halting footsteps seek and find--<br /> The flawless symmetry of man,<br /> The poise of heart and mind. Stand firmly where I felt the sway<br /> Of every wing that fancy flew,<br /> See clearly where I groped my way,<br /> Nor real from seeming knew. And wisely choose, and bravely hold<br /> Thy faith unswerved by cross or crown,<br /> Like the stout Huguenot of old<br /> Whose name to thee comes down. As Marot's songs made glad the heart<br /> Of that lone exile, haply mine<br /> May in life's heavy hours impart<br /> Some strength and hope to thine. Yet when did Age transfer to Youth<br /> The hard-gained lessons of its day?<br /> Each lip must learn the taste of truth,<br /> Each foot must feel its way. We cannot hold the hands of choice<br /> That touch or shun life's fateful keys;<br /> The whisper of the inward voice<br /> Is more than homilies. Dear boy! for whom the flowers are born,<br /> Stars shine, and happy song-birds sing,<br /> What can my evening give to morn,<br /> My winter to thy spring! A life not void of pure intent,<br /> With small desert of praise or blame,<br /> The love I felt, the good I meant,<br /> I leave thee with my name. {{PD-old}} 2lzutbbp60utvu7xc67vv1ehm5nbhpz 14129293 14129131 2024-04-25T18:41:36Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 wikitext text/x-wiki {{similar|A Name}}{{header | title = [[../]] | author = John Greenleaf Whittier | section = A Name | previous = [[../My Trust/]] | next = [[../Greeting/]] | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier (1895).djvu" include=444 onlysection=s1 /> 9bpqd8i2k3690x0krn8ayxekqjusd98 The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier/Greeting 0 13987 14128501 13883349 2024-04-25T17:40:38Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 TE(æ)A,ea. moved page [[Greeting]] to [[The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier/Greeting]]: Move within/to containing work wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Greeting | author = John Greenleaf Whittier | section = | previous = | next = | notes = }} <poem> I spread a scanty board too late; The old-time guests for whom I wait Come few and slow, methinks, to-day. Ah! who could hear my messages Across the dim unsounded seas On which so many have sailed away! Come, then, old friends, who linger yet, And let us meet, as we have met, Once more beneath this low sunshine; And grateful for the good we've known, The riddles solved, the ills outgrown, Shake bands upon the border line. The favor, asked too oft before, From your indulgent ears, once more I crave, and, if belated lays To slower, feebler measures move, The silent, sympathy of love To me is dearer now than praise. And ye, O younger friends, for whom My hearth and heart keep open room, Come smiling through the shadows long, Be with me while the sun goes down, And with your cheerful voices drown The minor of my even-song. For, equal through the day and night, The wise Eternal oversight And love and power and righteous will Remain: the law of destiny The best for each and all must be, And life its promise shall fulfil. </poem> [[Category:Poems]] {{PD-old}} 0f4kfud6c57wl1wq15jnhtrr9iyu6b5 14129125 14128501 2024-04-25T18:35:25Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../]] | author = John Greenleaf Whittier | section = Greeting | previous = [[../A Name/]] | next = [[../An Autograph/]] | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier (1895).djvu" from=444 fromsection=s2 to=445 tosection=s1 /> n8u1ycyi69st0cohhn7k7thuwna2h4u Wikisource:Scriptorium 4 16060 14129936 14125359 2024-04-25T20:20:51Z MediaWiki message delivery 970150 /* Vote now to select members of the first U4C */ new section wikitext text/x-wiki {{process header | title = Scriptorium | section = | previous = [[Wikisource:Index/Community|Community pages]] | next = [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives|Archives]] | shortcut = [[WS:S]]<br/>[[WS:SCRIPTORIUM]] | notes = The '''[[wikt:scriptorium|Scriptorium]]''' is Wikisource's community discussion page. Feel free to ask questions or leave comments. You may join any current discussion or <span class="plainlinks">[{{fullurl:Wikisource:Scriptorium|action=edit&section=new start}} a new one]</span>; please see '''[[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Help]]'''. The [[Wikisource:Administrators' noticeboard|Administrators' noticeboard]] can be used where appropriate. Some announcements and newsletters are subscribed to [[/Announcements/]]. Project members can often be found in the [[liberachat:wikisource|#wikisource]] IRC channel [https://kiwiirc.com/nextclient/irc.libera.chat?channel=#wikisource webclient]. For discussion related to the entire project (not just the English chapter), please discuss at the [[:mul:Scriptorium|multilingual Wikisource]]. There are currently {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} [[Special:ActiveUsers|active users]] here. {{/Navigation}} }} {{autoarchive resolved section | age = 3 | archive = ((FULLPAGENAME))/Archives/((year))-((month:##)) | level = 2 | show = no | timecompare = <!--allowing for archiving without resolved--> | timeout = 30 }} [[Category:Bots/Archival|Scriptorium ]] [[Category:Wikisource|Scriptorium]] __NEWSECTIONLINK__ <!-- Interwiki links --> [[mul:Scriptorium]] <!-- Interwiki links --> = Announcements = = Proposals = === Proposal to change {{tl|SIC}} display === This is a proposal to change what text the {{tl|SIC}} template displays, i.e. making it show the corrected text rather than the original typo. An example of what the repurposed template could look like can be seen > [[Template:SIC/testcases|here]] <, the final presentation, of course, not being definitive (current one thanks to {{ping|CalendulaAsteraceae}} ). The most important change would be to put the typo in the tooltip and the corrected term on display, and the arguments for this change are the following: * SIC doesn't export well at all and the ebook result isn't any different from an overlooked typo, the exception being pdf showing the typo being underlined. The audience most happy with the current use of the template (indeed the only persons who can actually see the tooltip) seems to be editors who browse Wikisource solely on computer and who enjoy reading the typos from the original text. This is a fraction of the intended audience of Wikisource, and in my opinion the mindset is detrimental to increasing the website's reach: with the current use of SIC a reader wanting an ebook with no typos (which is most ebook readers) has no reason to use Wikisource over other book repositories like Gutenberg. * The proposed new usage of SIC would still clearly display that a typo has been fixed, and will display the typo as a tooltip, as completely correcting the text isn't the goal here. This is done to respect the original edition of the text, as it still shows how shoddy some books were published, and will be useful to book lovers who want to see how the text has been fixed between different editions. This information, however, will appeal only to a minority audience of Wikisource: this is why it's the typo that should be in the tooltip, not the displayed text. * The current use of SIC is awkward with missing typography, as a missing comma or quote mark mentioned by SIC will only show a tiny wave barely bigger than a dot, and is completely useless when the tooltip can't be accessed as it can't show what the deleted sign was. Truly the common practice among editors is to not use SIC at all for missing typography. The proposed new SIC would just display a sign. * Fixing typos instead of showing typos improve text readability. It had to be said. I'll address some counter arguments which have been raised in previous debates on the subject: * "'''This is changing the text, Wikisource contributors shouldn't make editorial decisions, and the text has to be preserved as close as can be to the original'''" Preserving the text exactly as it was published actually isn't Wikisource's goal, it's Wikimedia Commons' goal, whose scans keep every single flaw of the text just like the real book. Wikisource editors change and make editorial decisions on every single text, whether it is omitting the 3em gap between period and new sentence start, ligatures like st, changing the dreaded ſ into s, displaying the pages in the right order despite faulty original arrangement, or not reproducing the occasional ink blots. Wikisource's goal is to preserve a text ''and'' to make it easily readable. The current use of SIC respects the first goal, but not the second one. The proposed new use of SIC would respect both goals. * "'''This will lead to entire texts being modernized to whatever the editor wants, and will make archaic orthograph disappear from Wikisource'''" As the current SIC template isn't used in that way, I think this would be an unreasonable development. Other Wikisource versions (Spanish and French versions for instance) already display the correction rather than the typo, some for years, and this hasn't led to any loss of accuracy in older texts, as indeed it's meant to be used only for obvious, occasional typos that the original printer would have corrected if aware of them. I'll add that in case of a lack of consensus, a solution satisfying both those for the change and those against the change would be to implement some kind of switch which would allow to show globally either the corrected text or the original typos, as is done for some other templates. In that case I'd suggest to make it by default print ebooks with corrected text, as, and I want to stress this again, the current use of SIC for ebooks is worse than useless, it's detrimental to Wikisource. --[[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 20:06, 27 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} - Making SIC display the correct word by default to the reader seems like an obvious quality of life improvement. When an end user is reading the text, they want to read the word that's supposed to be there - they're not doing a scholarly analysis of variant spellings in different quartos, and if the text depended on an exact transcription of non-standard spellings then we wouldn't be using SIC anyway (e.g. I have a dream of putting Robert Record's The Whetstone of Witte from 1557 through the site - that definitely wouldn't be using SIC). [[User:Qq1122qq|Qq1122qq]] ([[User talk:Qq1122qq|talk]]) 21:01, 27 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} Thank you for writing this up! —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 21:17, 27 March 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}}, strongly: 1) I agree with the counter arguments mentioned above.{{pbr}}2) We often host different editions of the same work. One of the aspects by which they may differ from each other may be e. g. a presence/absence of some typos, and it is desirable to show them by default.{{pbr}}3) The fact there is a typo may give the reader some information too, e. g. that the author was not good in English spelling. I have already proofread some works written by non-native writers which were full of spelling mistakes, and we should not be improving this.{{pbr}}4) The fact that the person who proofreads a work considers something to be a typo does not necessarily mean it is really a typo: it can be e. g. an unusual spelling, obsolete spelling or purposeful change of spelling. I have seen such cases of wrong usage of the template here. If the template shows the original text by default, it makes less harm than if it were the other way, because it is clear that the wrong tooltip is our addition to the text.{{pbr}}5) Ad ''"fixing typos ... improves text readability"''. If the original text was difficult to read because of frequent typos, we should keep this aspect in our transcription too. It is not our mission to "improve" original texts. Keeping the typos gives the transcription a tinge of the original text. --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 23:50, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::A lot of your objections are about misuses of SIC, and are easily solved by not using SIC in works for which it's not suitable - if it's important that typos are recorded, then they should be. ::This is a discussion about what the default behaviour of SIC should be when someone is reading the produced text. [[User:Qq1122qq|Qq1122qq]] ([[User talk:Qq1122qq|talk]]) 07:34, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::I completely agree with points 2 and 3! Point 2 would in fact be followed by the proposed new SIC, as it in fact shows where the corrected typos are, and the typo on the tooltip. Showing the typo by default would however only be useful to Wikisource users whose chief interest is to compare different editions rather than read a book, which, given that it's very unusual here for a book to have even 2 complete different editions, is only a fraction of its actual audience. ::I hadn't considered point 3 when I wrote up the proposal, as I've had so far only seen SIC used in obvious printing errors. I don't think SIC, old or new, should be used in cases where the typo comes from the author rather than the printer, whether the author typo is intended or not. ::Point 4 wouldn't be affected by the SIC change, as a new SIC still would show where the corrected typo is. It would indeed ask more (minimal) effort to check what the typo originally was by placing your mouse over the tooltip instead of being able to read it right away, but the harm in that exceptional and fixable case is vastly outmatched by the harm of normal intended use of current SIC, which is to show untooltiped typos in ebooks. ::As for point 5, it is our mission to make older texts readable and accessible while preserving them; we're not preserving ink blots or misprinted punctuation either. New SIC still preserves typos and indicate them, it just doesn't make them the main focus, which is what old SIC is doing. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 08:36, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}} I loathe the template at the best of times, so tinkering with it is not going to improve it any—nor cause me to start using it. Some works here are unreadable because of the use of this template, with its underlining or (on my eReader) highlighting the text. Changing it to display the supposedly correct text is not going to take away the ugliness that is produced by tooltips. Its misuse for things like user translations of phrases from other languages will not be helped by displaying the alternate text. Deprecate it instead and remove all uses. The quiet template {{tl|sic}} is by far the preferable option where it is felt that an egregious typo should be marked. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 06:45, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}}. As you can see just above, some people find even the current {{tl|SIC}} to be way over the line into annotation territory. I am not personally that conservative (I think {{tl|SIC}}, when used as intended, is fine), but I think showing the corrected text is a step too far. There have been some really egregious misuses of it as is and I am not keen on expanding the scope of its use.{{pbr}}One of the main differences between Wikisource and Gutenberg is our verifiability to a scan and that we preserve the original text as published, including being careful to distinguish which particular ''edition'' of a work our text represents. To say that "everyone" wants to see typos corrected is extrapolating personal preference too far: some proportion of our ebook readers will certainly prefer that, but our content is reused in all sorts of ways and for all sorts of reasons.{{pbr}}But if {{tl|SIC}} doesn't currently export well that's an issue that can be addressed. I haven't run into that issue as yet, but from your description it sounds like the first thing we should do for the short term is to remove the underlining on export. WS Export doesn't have the facility to let the user express preference for things like this, so until it does it will be whatever is the default in {{tl|SIC}} that gets exported but we can apply export-specific styles to it. We can possibly implement a way to switch between the two when viewed in a browser, but that seems a bit over-engineered for the actual need. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 08:35, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::You'll find that both our personal preferences tint our views on what the intended Wikisource audience is! If I get you properly, your assumption is that it tends towards the archivist/scholar type, who'll come to Wikisource to find preserved documents that couldn't be found on other websites (except on wiki commons). My own assumption is that, while we do get researchers and scientists who'd rather read our completely-rewritten-as-close-as-possible-to-the-original texts than the actual original texts (which are on wiki commons), the main audience of Wikisource is the actual general audience, novel readers and the like. A poll on audience wishes would be interesting, but in its absence a cursory look at wikimedia statistics imply that the actual situation leans towards my point of view. ::Now none of us imply (yes, not even me) that "everyone" wants to see typos corrected or not corrected, as indeed if there was a consensus there would be no discussion. But what is the SIC use which would accommodate the most people? ::Old SIC accommodates Wikisource editors who want the text displayed to have the original printing typos (which isn't the same as wanting to have an accurate text, as no editor transcribes accurately every typography quirk of the original text), and the archivist/scholar who is glad that they can read the original typo right away instead of having to move their mouse over the text to check it (assuming researchers don't study texts by downloading ebooks of them and reading them on their phone, which would remove the tooltip). It inconveniences all those who want to read a text without printing typos, which I will assume is an important part (again, not "everyone") of the general audience. New SIC would inconvenience these two previous categories (which are very important categories, as one of them is the actual decision-maker on template changes), and accommodate most ebook-readers, as well as archivist/scholars who don't mind about printing typos or about hovering over indicated corrected text to see what the original typo was. As to which audience we ''should ''accommodate, that's a website policy that I can have no influence on! even if it seems to me that one audience clearly outnumbers the other. ::Furthermore new SIC would have no influence on copy/pasted text used by scholars who want to use the actual original text in their thesis, as original-typos would still be clearly marked for a scholar to notice and add back at leisure, and no serious researcher would use Wikisource text without carefully reading it first to remove new, editor-added typos. ::I'll only frankly disagree on your opinion that expanding the scope of SIC could lead to more misuse. The scope of SIC has been expanded in other versions of Wikisource with no unwelcome result, so I can safely affirm this is a baseless fear. ::As to the WS Export, it's only a low priority issue, as it only shows on PDF. I'd argue underlining without tooltip is still more useful than no underlining at all, as it somehow indicates that the editor was aware there was a problem with the word. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 10:37, 28 March 2024 (UTC) : {{comment}} I have stated before that perhaps we should have an approach where we dynamically load a list of "errata" in the text elsewhere perhaps generated in the headers by detected SIC templates, and perhaps something like this would deprecate the need for a tooltip at all, and the correct text would therefore be displayed instead of the typo. My biggest issue with tooltips is that they don't work well on exports or mobile views, and are designed for desktop views (pretty much the only view to Wikisource around the time the template was originally created). But I do think that recognizing where typos and other inconsistencies exist is extremely important, since they can aid in discussions about publication or revision history of certain works, about historical typographical or linguistic tendencies, etc. : Just so everyone is aware, there are literally examples of literary errors that became ''famous'' or ''iconic'' throughout history. One example I can think of offhand is the "{{w|all your base are belong to us}}" fad of the early 2000s which has its own Wikipedia article (although I know this wouldn't be nearly old enough to be PD). But there are many older examples. I recall there are several examples of newspaper editors accidentally leaving random curse words in the articles because they were bored sitting at the typewriter and forgot to remove them, things like this. While I mistakenly thought there was an entire Wikipedia article listing famous historical typos, (but like, why isn't there???), you can find loads of articles online about these and they're fun to read about. Anyways, they're historically important, ok? Just trust me on that. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 10:16, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::The list of errata is indeed a solution present on the french Wikisource, which I find very convenient! It's however a more important change than just reversing the SIC template, which is why this proposal is more modest in scope, and aims to at least gather what is the general opinion on "displaying typo" vs "displaying corrected text". I don't think list of errata could be agreed on without at first agreeing on the "displaying corrected text" philosophy... ::Probably one the most most famous misprinted works is the [[W:Wicked Bible|Wicked Bible]], which sadly isn't apparently yet on Wikisource. When such a typo is a matter of fame, I'm sure there could be found grounds to leave it untouched! [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 10:48, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :{{comment}} - I'm not going to vote yet, since there are some issues in the comments I'm making here that complicate things. :* I'd consider the possibility of creating a new template instead, which I would prefer (not least because the name "SIC" implies that what is displayed is as given in the original). :* Related to this is unexpected uses of {{tl|SIC}}. In particular, it's been used by some contributors to show when hyphenation is inconsistent in the tooltip. Obviously if we want to change the behaviour of {{tl|SIC}} this would need to be removed (replaced by {{tl|tooltip}}?) first; again, this would not be necessary with a new template. :* I note that on some pages of the EB1911 transcription we already have typos being amended in the text, with a tooltip showing the original text. IIRC this is done manually (by using a span, without a template). :* I also note that in the course of migrating some works to scans I've been in the situation of having to introduce typos such as errors in punctuation. While I don't really mind this, it does seem a bit weird to actively make the work worse for the end user. The tooltip not being readable on export does seem to be an important factor here, by the way (and is something that was brought to my attention recently). :* Finally, {{tl|SIC}} is mentioned in [[Wikisource:Annotations]] as a non-annotation. This may need to be revised if the template is changed. :[[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 11:26, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::Point 1 and 2 could imo be addressed by adapting the SIC documentation to clarify its goal, point 5 will also eventually be done when the change takes. A name change of new SIC could be done if there's a strong demand for it, but I don't see it as so explicit that it would confuse users in its purpose. I wonder if point 3 is following current Wikisource policy... Concerning point 4, old SIC making the work worse for the readers except for those interested in seeing all the original typos is precisely why I'm for the SIC change [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 10:43, 29 March 2024 (UTC) ::: It really shouldn't be ''unexpected'' that textual inconsistencies (hyphenation, italicization, use of accents) are marked as SIC in many texts. They ''are'' typographical errors in most cases, especially if being done in the context of the same story, nonfiction book, or novel. What other sites like Gutenberg will often do in these situations is just correct the error, i.e. make all hyphenations the same throughout the text. If a user had the right software tools, they could actually figure out that there was inconsistent hyphenation in any given text (which is something I can do with my software). Sometimes, these inconsistencies literally happen on the ''same page as each other'', so they can be more obvious in some contexts. It's a specific distinct classification of textual error that appears in almost every work I've ever seen, thus deserving of its own separate template. ::: It can also have implications for Wikisource ''proofreading'' as well. Sometimes, inconsistent hyphenation is actually our fault, since most hyphenations at the end of page lines are mid-word so they don't need to be preserved—but it's impossible for ''OCR softwares and the like'' to determine when this end-line hyphenation is supposed to be preserved or not, so it ends up with a scanno on our part. We end up with situations where "houseparty" comes out of "house-\nparty" very commonly, for example. So the template, like SIC, is also used to distinguish ''possible proofreading errors'' from actual hyphenation errors on the part of the original author, to save the time of later editors trying to improve our transcription's accuracy. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 12:06, 31 March 2024 (UTC) *{{Support}} As the proposer said, this would increase text readibility, ''etc.'' I understand the desire to preserve the original text as much as possible, but blatant misspellings (as opposed to archaic spellings) aren't helpful to anyone. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 12:24, 28 March 2024 (UTC) * <s>Weak {{support}}.</s> Addendum: Sorry, as it stands, I {{oppose}} making the change to the current template but I'd support a second template that uses this functionality... * I do agree that, for all practical purposes, what most readers care about is a working text, and I do like that this change doesn't completely remove the SIC template (as I'm sure some editors here would suggest since they hate the tooltips). But, if we're going to go about this change it shouldn't be the finale for another 15 years. We need to be constantly reworking this SIC template situation, and improving on it with new features. Eventually, I do want the tooltip to go away (à la Beeswaxcandle), but I have no idea what I'd put in its place yet. For now though, a couple points: ** This template should carry a parameter, an option to display the typo text, for those proofreaders who want to show the original typo rather than the corrected one. We need to be considering in this discussion that different types of works may necessitate correction more than others. Think of ''who'' the audience of that work is going to be. '''A.)''' For example, are we working with the US copyright catalogs? In that case, [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]]'s SIC would be more useful because a reader is looking for the listings and not concerned about where typos are. And displaying the typo text can actually be argued to be more harmful, especially when we're talking about writing code that's supposed to parse these entries. '''B.)''' But for silent films, novels, short stories, poems? These follow a clear narrative top-down structure, and therefore old SIC makes more sense, because researchers of fiction might actually be interested in where the typos appear. This especially makes sense for works that are known to contain a lot of typos, such as certain works by foreign writers (per Jan), or works that were poorly produced for other reasons. '''But,''' this is a fine line, and isn't easy to make a rule about: it's probably best to leave it up to individual editors to make a decision. ** And this actually makes me wonder if we just need a third SIC template for Ostrea's suggestion, rather than to change the SIC template that's already there... ** PS: A general philosophical sentiment: I will say that, while the general reader of our text is not any "vaguely supposed scholar figure", our WMF sites are generally written and constructed assuming they'll be useful for scholarly research and I think that this is a good thing. This is why Wiktionary isn't an Urban Dictionary clone, and why Wikipedia doesn't use street slang so that their audience of billions can better understand the articles. God forbid our sites become as outright awful for our society's intellectual fervor as today's social media platforms. The WMF sites are some of the only platforms that genuinely keep me sane in this world, giving me real information with evidence and keeping my attention span strong and not weak. I'm not saying this specific proposal is conducive to this so don't get the wrong idea, but I'm saying that the general sentiment of "we should be serving people, not scholars" can lead to bad places if followed in an absolute sense. I do want WS to get more page views, but I want it to better society by encouraging people to read more, not to further the very real and demonstrable trend of attention spans in the general population getting lower and lower specifically because of apps like Snapchat, Tiktok, and Instagram... Just a general sentiment, not related to the proposal itself really, but more to an incidental sentiment. * Overall, I think there are benefits to your suggestion, but 1. this needs to be an ongoing endeavor and not left as it is, and 2. the very sloppy ideas and notions I just typed out are things I'd like to be considered before this template change is made. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 13:03, 31 March 2024 (UTC) *:Arcorann mentioned a 2 templates solution earlier (SIC would stay the same and display the typo, a new template would display the corrected text), and I'm getting more and more convinced that it could become a good compromise. Choosing whether or not to use it could then be a style decision the original (or most prominent) editor of a text chooses around the start of the editing work, just like it's done with choosing whether to use long s or not, or curvy or straight quotes. The new template could be done with or without tooltip, but would always have to make it easy to find where the typos are (for instance by showing a list of the typos on the side like [[:fr:Essais/édition Michaud, 1907/Texte modernisé/Livre I/Chapitre 17|>here<]], by clicking on "Coquilles (1)" under "Options d'affichage"). As we have no consensus on a global change of SIC, I think if a change is done it's going to be through a solution similar to this. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 08:13, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :'''Strongly''' {{oppose}}—hosting editions ''as published'' is a fundamental part of the Wikisource ethos and is what differentiates us from other online libraries such as Project Gutenberg. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 13:44, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::Furthermore, I see that the example text is correcting "longue word" to "long word", which brings to mind the large number of instances where editors have used {{tl|SIC}} to ''modernize outdated spellings'' rather than to only correct typos (or otherwise assume that an unusual spelling must be a typo), and that in itself is enough for me to strongly oppose the replacement of original text with corrected text by default across the board for all current uses of {{tl|SIC}}. I would be much more inclined to consider supporting this if it were a new template for texts moving forward, and did not affect existing uses of {{tl|SIC}}. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 13:46, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::: {{ping|Beleg Âlt|Beleg Tâl}} What about certain technical works such as copyright catalogs? The copyright catalogs for example have very direct technical use cases, and showing the corrected text instead of the original would make more sense for those. This reigns true for a lot of other works that are catalogs or lists. Would you be opposed to a second template to be used for these other works? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:04, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::::I can see why one might want catalogues and lists to be corrected, but as I said before the point of Wikisource is to host them ''as published''. Reference material that is not from a source publication is even [[WS:WWI#Reference material|explicitly excluded per policy]], and I think correcting the published material goes against that (though a separate version of the catalogue with the corrections included could be created as per [[WS:ANN]]) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 15:10, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::::: {{ping|Beleg Âlt|Beleg Tâl}} Is that really ''the'' point, though? I think (as [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] said) the first and foremost point is to host an array of free source texts, with the added suffix of "and we should stay as true as possible to the original, as a nice touch". There are times in which keeping a bit of the text as originally published would be absurdly complicated and therefore function worse, such as at [[Fidelia#ToC]] with the misplaced part in the TOC, and that was a point where a compromise had to be made in order to preserve readability/logical structure. We can't always stay true to the original published text, lest we'd find ourselves in a tough position in many situations. It's why we aren't required to replicate dots in TOCs, and the like, as well. I would be willing to agree with the opposition on the issue of typos in ''fictional'' works such as novels, stories, films, etc., where the typos are more likely to have literary value. But the closer and closer you get into nonfiction toward the realm of catalogs and listings, that point gets harder to defend as such. While researchers would probably find value in film typos, no one would find value in an accidental comma in a catalog entry that was meant to be formulaically entered... You and many others seem to be coming at this from the approach of "the philosophy of Wikisource says this", and the philosophy is certainly relevant, but practical considerations (who our audience is, why we lack an audience, what would look better to readers, etc.) should be taken into account, rather than only caring about precedent. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:34, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::I think that this whole proposal and discussion seems to boil down to the philosophy of Wikisource. I strongly disagree with Ostrea's suggestion that being true to the original is only "a nice touch"—noting that our [[WS:WWI|policy]] is "to present these publications in a faithful wiki version". Our recent adoption of [[WS:ANN]] as policy further underscores the importance of clean, faithful transcriptions to this project. We have consistently insisted that corrigenda be presented ''without modifying the text itself'' (as demonstrated by {{tl|SIC}}, {{tl|AuxTOC}}, {{tl|User annotation}}, separation of user annotations into separate editions, etc). This suggestion, to actually modify the text, goes against all of this. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 16:17, 2 April 2024 (UTC) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 16:17, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :::::::I do believe that being true to the original text is essential! But should we really be more faithful to the printer's errors than to the writer's intent? It seems to me that the current situation of preserving misprints in text isn't due to a matter of faithfulness (as neither the printer nor the writer would like faithfulness to go that far), but to the belief that not touching anything about the text (which is still modified in many small ways on Wikisource anyway) is preserving it. Even masterwork paintings get restored! :::::::Wikisource philosophy talks aside, I think like you that new template will be the eventual solution. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 20:33, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :: {{ping|Beleg Âlt|Beleg Tâl}} Yes, and the language you're using speaks to the unfortunate cultural tendency here to put policies, philosophies, and precedents above a practical and self-improving approach. We indeed have quite strong sentiments among our prolific members about certain notions like this one, and this has influenced our policy. But I'd like to add that while the precedent is strong, we've never, ever, ''ever'' performed any kind of a survey, statistical study, or the like on exactly how our audiences feel about the presentation of our site. I mean, we don't even know who our audience ''is'', or at least we have very poor ways of demonstrating that definitively. :: Let's talk about reality of these "precedents" for a second: our precedents, policies, and the like clearly haven't helped us. We're still living in a world where Wikisource is a barely relevant platform. The majority of our pages (many of which are quite notable works) can barely get 1 page view a month, while even the most obscure Wikipedia articles have at least a few hundred a month. For ''decades'' we've relied on the opinions of a tiny community, consisting mostly of long-time prolific editors with specific reminiscences or sentiments or concepts of purity, with very little actual concern for the reader base, or even the less active editor base. The more successful online communities than us take the opinions of the masses seriously, which we certainly don't do. :: I'm not saying this should be the ''only'' consideration (we should be fostering an intellectual environment, not just designing us for clicking and swiping, yadayada), but we shouldn't just completely dismiss it in favor of long-time editor precedent either. The few active users who are laying oppose votes in this very discussion are about 50% of the "voter" population that solely maintain these very precedents, so I am skeptical that it's very democratic at all. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 17:35, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::{{comment}} I just want to add: if {{tl|SIC}} were modified in such a way that (a) preserved the text as published, (b) was clearly a Wikisource addition rather than part of the original publication, but also (c) made the correction clearer and more accessible to address the issues Ostrea suggested—I would consider this non-controversial and would support it wholeheartedly. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 19:54, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}}—as it would modify existing texts. See for example: [[:Page:Jane Eyre.djvu/107]], [[:Page:Pierre and Jean - Clara Bell - 1902.djvu/306]].--[[User:M-le-mot-dit|M-le-mot-dit]] ([[User talk:M-le-mot-dit|talk]]) 14:59, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::This is such an inappropriate use of {{tl|SIC}} 🙈 lol —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 16:17, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :::{{ping|Beleg Âlt}} Regarding these pages, I agree. Some are validated for years. I've seen also cases where italics were not correctly placed: such as {{tlp|SIC|{{'}}'toolpit'{{'}}|tooltip}}; the new system would remove italics. [[User:M-le-mot-dit|M-le-mot-dit]] ([[User talk:M-le-mot-dit|talk]]) 18:16, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}} We're already fighting inappropriate uses of {{tl|SIC}} where non-typos are being modernized because of rare spellings and archaic usages. Flipping the use of the template would bring those editorial changes to the front. Additional arguments about differences between editions have been made above; sometimes the typos are the reason for hosting (or avoiding) a particular edition. ''Hiding'' those published typos is a disservice both to readers and to the Wikisource editors who have worked hard to prepare the editions. I'm not convinced by arguments based on Spanish Wikisource, since that project moves slower than a glacier in producing new content. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 17:08, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::I see you omitted to mention French Wikisource. I know why! [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 20:36, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :::No, you don't. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 22:33, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} (but with a new template, which appears to be what the proposal's settled into) I agree with Ostrea that having a readable text is more important than typos. I've seen cases where the u's and n's were consistently scrambled, at a rate of approximately one error per page. For such quite certain errors, not caused by the writer's bad english and not intentional, keeping it in the tooltip would cause no harm. I think the majority of our readers want to read the text and are not especially interested in the typos (though that is not sure and a poll about it, if it can be done, would be a good idea), and those that are specifically interested in this edition of this text and all its printing errors probably care enough to hover over the word. It would be better if that new template would display differently from {{tl|SIC}} to make it clear that is is ''not'' the original text. — [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] ([[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] &amp; [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]) 15:04, 3 April 2024 (UTC) ===[[Template:Welcome]] image change=== Apparently this is a thing that happened. The image for the welcome got changed from someone going through books (which is what we do) to some random woman (who is apparently an author, not that the portrait makes it at all clear). I '''support''' the change. Other interested editors: [[User:Xover|Xover]], [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]]. [[User:TE(æ)A,ea.|TE(æ)A,ea.]] ([[User talk:TE(æ)A,ea.|talk]]) 03:24, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{oppose}} The portrait of an actual English author (George Eliot) is preferable over an imaginary random guy from a painting. The portrait of G. Eliot is more welcoming and inclusive, and is also far less busy visually. More welcoming because the subject is facing the viewer, not facing the other way, ignoring the viewer. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 03:57, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :: Right, but as I noted in the other discussion, (and as TEA's comment further proves), the image is not universally recognizable. You're assuming that every editor will come from the same background. A book is a universally recognizable symbol, whereas this individual is certainly not. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 04:25, 9 April 2024 (UTC) ::: No author will be universally recognizable;that's a bar we cannot reach. And neither is the fictional man from an obscure painting going to be recognizable. Yes, books are widely recognized, but the older image is not that of a book, but of a person standing on a ladder with his back to the viewer. Is ''that'' a welcoming image? That image doesn't say "Welcome to Wikisource", but says: "I'm busy so don't bother me." That may be an accurate representation of Wikisource, but it is not a welcoming image. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 19:22, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{support}} I've always felt weird about this change for a lot of reasons, though I wasn't aware of it being a result of a discussion until now, and apparently I wasn't the only one. :* A portrait of George Eliot is not universally recognizable, and people from many different backgrounds will not resonate with the image. At most, she is symbolic of a specific literary movement in '''''Western''''' history...barely relevant at that time outside of Europe...and therefore to many she just represents a random individual on a portrait. :* Also, we are a neutral platform and shouldn't appear that we favor certain authors over others. We can say certain authors are notable, that's fine—but for our ''welcome'' template? I know some will claim they didn't choose the image because of some personal preference or bias for the author herself as has been argued, but whether or not that's true, this is favoritism in practice, inherently, even if unintended. Why not choose Blake, Tennyson, Wells, Fitzgerald, Wollstonecraft, Chesterton, Doyle, ... the list goes on? This just creates an argument about who to choose, and that's counterproductive and unnecessary, even if we're just going to count popular ''women'' writers in this... So, individual people should be out of the question. : I think the previous image was better than what we had after; it was creative, unique, obscure, unexpected, gives a certain nostalgic appeal that also relates to what we're doing in the modern sense, and was certainly not "too visually busy" whatsoever. I don't think anyone will care that much that the person in the portrait is not facing the viewer. It is a ''slight'' downside, sure, but the benefits and '''relevance''' more importantly of the image far outweigh this extremely slight and almost unnoticable con in my opinion. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 04:25, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{oppose}} but only because I want to make a case for the effectiveness of the G. Eliot painting specifically. When I was welcomed in last fall by the aesthetically pleasing G. Eliot painting, it inspired me to discover her Author portal, and thus begin learning how WS is organized. It was puzzling and inviting. I suppose I did wonder "why her?" over all other possibilities, but I confess I simply enjoyed the non-sequitur enigma of it; it felt like an unexpectedly welcoming artistic and aesthetic flourish (which defied my expectactions and contributed my warming up to WS in a hurry). I also was assuming this photo rotates regularly; so I suppose in that sense I "support" changing it, but I'd hope it could continue to be welcoming, intriguing, and aesthetically pleasing. Not sure I'm even entitled to a vote here, but I thought I might have a relatively different perspective as a new Wikisourcer. [[User:Brad606|Brad606]] ([[User talk:Brad606|talk]]) 05:02, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :: {{ping|Brad606}} Yes, you are certainly entitled to vote here with your edit count and your time since registration, and I have loads of respect for this direct user feedback and the unique perspectives. I really wish we had more of this kind of thing in our votes and discussions (more often than we should, we rely on the opinions of the hyper-experienced, rather than the end users who the technology affects the most). I think if the image were rotated, using specific authors might make more sense, since it doesn't suggest partiality, so you raise a valid point about that for sure. This is something that (as far as I know) is technically possible, actually, and if George Eliot were one of a diverse collection of 365 author portraits rotated every day of the year, that would be an interesting (and more neutral) way of doing this. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 05:14, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :::Indeed, for this issue in particular, input from a newer (well, relative to some of us dinosaurs; 3+ years is not all that new) contributor is very valuable.{{pbr}}Whether it makes sense to rotate the image I don't immediately have an opinion on, but if we were to opt for that we needn't make a whole catalog of 365 images and auto-rotate (which is hard to do sensibly in MediaWiki). It would be enough to simply say that "this image rotates periodically" and then let people propose changes here. Simple and low-tech, and easy to relate to and maintain. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:10, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * I'm not sure what "support" and "oppose" would be relative to here (support the change that has already happened? oppose that change? support changing from what's currently there to something else, possibly the previous image? oppose changing it further and stick with what currently there?), but I am in favour of returning to the [[:File:Carl Spitzweg 021-detail.jpg|Spitzweig image]] we had for fifteen years. It's funny and quirky, and more importantly it represents well and directly ''Wikisource'' as a project and what we do here. A generic portrait of an author says nothing about this project, except maybe "look how sophisticated we are that we know immediately who this generic-looking person is". Having a specific author leads to endless discussions of this author vs. that author, and kinda begs for a caption for the image in {{tl|welcome}} that explains who the person is and why they are relevant to welcoming new users. --[[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:31, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{oppose}}, as in opposing the change back to the original picture. The "random woman" in question being a pillar of english literature, I don't think there's an argument for her to be replaced by an actual random man, and George Eliot being unknown by major contributors is all the more reason to actually keep her there. Mind that this isn't a picture to represent the entirety of Wikisource, but to be presented to all new contributors, and new young users could be more enticed to stay and to take the website seriously if welcomed by a young writer than by the quintessence of stuffy old archivist. However it's true that the change done was quite one sided and that the original image has its merits, so I support a rotation in pictures, although not a daily one [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 09:55, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :: It seems to me like English literature had ''quite a lot'' of "pillars" (including some of the other authors I've mentioned), and I think these pillars would only interest a certain subset of our contributor base, even if more or less the majority. As I pointed out, users from certain cultural backgrounds, age groups, educational and class backgrounds, hobby/interest areas, etc., may not find her immediately recognizable, personally relevant, or even know her by name. From my own personal experience, even in ''America'', let alone countries completely outside the "global West", she wouldn't be recognizable to most ''adults''... And in the Philippines, you can absolutely forget it. :: So, I do agree with Xover's point that the portrait has a certain aura of elitism on our part, an issue I forgot to mention in my vote. It isn't wrong of anyone not to know who this author is, as there are plenty other interest areas in Wikisource's league that are unrelated to 19th century English literature and poetry. For example, maybe somebody comes here out of interest in the history of the Boy Scouts...or engineering manuals...or film history...or the ''New York Times''...or school yearbooks...or a plethora of others. :: Well, anyway, the "actual random man" isn't the crux of my argument, as it's not just the man but what he's ''doing'' that leans me to favor it. This is something that the Eliot portrait lacks—there's nothing about that image, except the expectation to recognize her as an individual, that makes it relevant (tangentially) to what we do here. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 12:53, 9 April 2024 (UTC) **[[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]]: I know who George Eliot is, I just wouldn’t know off-hand (nor, I think, would most readers) that ''that portrait'' is of George Eliot. In addition, George Eliot is by no means the most prominent author we have on Wikisource, and is in general not a good representation. The man is fictional, but that is the benefit; he is an ''abstraction'' of the process involved at Wikisource. When representing Wikisource, you can see one tiny facet (with the Eliot portrait), if you can even recognize it, or an abstraction of the basic concept. One is clearly more valuable. [[User:TE(æ)A,ea.|TE(æ)A,ea.]] ([[User talk:TE(æ)A,ea.|talk]]) 20:32, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * '''comment''' The current picture of George Eliot has been in place for 2½ years (Sept 2021). Prior to that we had the Carl Spitzberg image for 11 years (Oct 2010). There was no painting image used in the versions prior to then. Both images were chosen by [[User:Cygnis insignis]] as part of updating the template. I am not aware of any discussion that led to either change. Personally, my preference is for the humour expressed in the Carl Spitzberg image. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 10:16, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * I'd prefer the old image too. Being french (you don't have to look as far as the Philippines), I'd never even heard of the name of G. Eliot before coming here. I was very puzzled it took me a while to discover that she was an author and not just some picture of a random woman. The Spitzberg one is more clearly related to Wikisource (and funnier). (note: Only been here for a few months, if I shouldn't vote in things like this please tell me so) — [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] ([[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] &amp; [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]) 19:56, 9 April 2024 (UTC) *:@[[User:Alien333|Alien333]]: You very definitely should, and we very much appreciate new users engaging themselves with the running of the project. If there's anywhere we have "experienced users only" stuff an experienced user (natch) will take care of it. Essentially it's a matter of a few kinds of votes where votes by users who are not "established" count less or not at all (and that's for the vote counters to deal with). I can't recall any time that rule actually came into play. We also have a few technical things that are better performed by experienced users or admins, but that's purely for practical reasons (easy to make mistakes that are a pain to clean up, or requires admin tools to do right). But in general I wouldn't worry about that: there's no place or aspect of the project where relative newcomers are inherently not welcome, and in most things it's a "with open arms" type situation. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:22, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :Assuming the desired proposal is to change back to the previous image (this should have been stated explicitly), {{support}} as per Cremastra etc. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 05:19, 12 April 2024 (UTC) {{support}} Logging in makes talk pages active and otherwise increases availability. I am usually busy doing something when I am logged in. Then, me the hipster, wants to be done with gender talks. G. Eliot and the people who are available here have one thing in common. We and she had to declare a gender before authoring any opinion or request. We have an extra choice. I can choose to be in a very specifically defined new gender, one which I don't feel qualified to speak for, much less be a member of. And that is the default choice. My experience with the works of G. Eliot was like the bash manual for reading (aka sleep inducing). I couldn't do it. Reading a lot of the crap that is here is work also, so, people logged in for editing or reading are probably busy here. When you can easily be honest with that image of the old fashioned guy putting a book on the shelf and avoid a whole bunch of the politics of personal definitions. Dear George Eliot: Glad to know you, don't let the door hit you on the way out. Hopefully, with you gone, we can walk down the path of "NON DISCLOSED because it REALLY DOESN'T MATTER" universe, where every person on the internet is a 14 year old boy. Tread lightly.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 10:28, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :: As mandatory gender selection goes, it claims to be there for software to run. I become very suspicious when a "person" knows which gender I have opted for. I don't know how to sift through your preferences to learn anything about you. Is there a user gender template any where?--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 09:22, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]]: You can't set a gender in MediaWiki, but in [[Special:Preferences|your preferences]] you can, if you like, specify what pronoun the software should use when it needs to refer to you in the third person. The default is the gender-neutral singular ''they'' (the setting predates the recent proliferation of pronouns and politicisation of ''they'' as a pronoun), and you have to actively choose to have it use ''she'' or ''he''. What a given user has set this preference to is made available through a parser function (essentially a "built-in template"). So for example you could type <code><nowiki>{{GENDER:Xover|he|she|they}}</nowiki></code> to get "they" and <code><nowiki>{{GENDER:RaboKarbakian|he|she|they}}</nowiki></code> to get "he".{{pbr}}Also please note that ''gender'' here is a very nebulous concept as the software knows nothing about who you are in real life, and cannot tell what your biological, social, cultural, or legal gender is (I think there's even an ethnic conception of gender). It ''only'' knows that a particular user has chosen for the software to use either ''he'', ''she'', or ''they'' in certain interface messages where non-gendered language is impossible or too awkward. Nobody knows whether what you specify there is true, in whatever sense is relevant, or not. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:53, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::::[[User:Xover|Xover]]: the point being that software can access that information but people cannot, at least not without software like at minimum, a template. Which would explain a lot about Petey's "Rabo is a maverick" rant. Petey taught me at wikidata. So I had a software rant from him. For example. I have seen gender (also) used in a "he is typing" sort of way also, in the wiki gui, where it was supposed to be.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 16:24, 13 April 2024 (UTC) *{{support}}: while I don't classify George Eliot as "some random woman", the original painting better reflects what goes on here. If you don't immediately recognize the current picture as depicting George Eliot, it's somewhat confusing, whereas the original painting is immediately understandable (as SnowyCinema said above, "a book is a universally recognizable symbol, whereas this individual is certainly not.) [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 22:15, 10 April 2024 (UTC) = Bot approval requests = * See [[Wikisource:Bots]] for information about applying for a bot status * See [[Wikisource:Bot requests]] if you require an existing bot to undertake a task === [[User:SodiumBot|SodiumBot]] === I'd like to request temporary bot permissions for [[User:SodiumBot]] so that the bot can takeover the task of updating statistics templates on en.wikisource that was until recently done by [[User:Phe-bot|Phe-bot]] (in the event that Phebot becomes operational, I will shutoff this task, since it wouldn't make sense to have two bots updating statistics). A example of the kind of edits SodiumBot would perform would [[Special:Diff/13950449|look something like this]]. [[User:Sohom Datta|Sohom]] ([[User talk:Sohom Datta|talk]]) 05:53, 17 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}}, and thank you so much for taking over this task! [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:08, 17 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 09:44, 17 March 2024 (UTC) :Bot flag granted for six months while work on updating Phebot is happening. If SodiumBot needs to take on other tasks, please seek community approval. If time period needs to be extended beyond the six months, please request on [[WS:AN]] as we approach 22 September, 2024. Thanks, [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 17:22, 22 March 2024 (UTC) {{section resolved|1=--[[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:12, 13 April 2024 (UTC)}} =Repairs (and moves)= '''Designated for requests related to the repair of works (and scans of works) presented on Wikisource''' See also [[Wikisource:Scan lab]] ===The Yellow Book Volume 8 - page moves=== I have repaired the file for this work by adding in two missing pages (132 & 133). As no placeholders had been inserted, please move all transcribed pages, from [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/152]] onward, on by two (i.e. to [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/154]], etc.){{pbr}}Contrary to the statement on the index page, page 134 is not missing. Also, the 'missing' p. 347 and 348 appears to be the result of a page numbering error, since there is nothing in the table of contents that would appear on these pages if they were present, nor is there anything in other scans of this volume.{{pbr}}I have also taken the opportunity to remove the last page, which was a colour grading card. Thanks, [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 13:59, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] done. Index page to be cleaned, pagelist to be updated, etc. [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 22:00, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] something strange in the scan? see [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/252]] and [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/391]]. They were proofread but the scan has empty pages. [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 22:04, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :::Thanks. I'd spotted the issue with 252 but not got as far a 391. 47 also has the same issue. There should be text on these pages. I'm looking to fix the scan but it shouldn't involve any more moves. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 04:35, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::I've updated the index page and everything in terms of page alignment is (hopefully) fixed. Thanks again. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 07:18, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ===[[With a Difference]]=== This originally was an article in [[The Atlantic Monthly/Volume 109/Number 650]]. If allowed, it could be moved to [[The Atlantic Monthly/Volume 109/Number 650/With a Difference]] thus retaining the contributor chain, And then, so it can become scan backed, starting with [[Page:The Atlantic Monthly Volume 109.djvu/128]] of the scan: paste, review and rinse -- then display with <nowiki><pages></nowiki>. If all of this is "okay" I can do any or all parts. There might need to be approval or perhaps there are preordained procedures which would make this unusual in that it might easier to ask permission for than it would be to apologize for.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 14:21, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :Now I am authoring an apology.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 16:03, 7 April 2024 (UTC) ::So, I am sorry. I moved the page to [[Page:The Atlantic Monthly Volume 109.djvu/128]] thinking I could just move the page from one empty page to another and back it up to before its move and then edit out the parts that are not on that page of the scan. ::Instead, I get a "failed to blahblah sea dragon" because, apparently, the page is lacking something that brings up the page editing tools and scan view and such.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 16:11, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]]: You can't move pages from mainspace to Page: (or Index:) namespaces; they're completely different content models. To move text between mainspace and Page: you'll have to cut&paste manually (since Match&Split is broken indefinitely). In any case, I've undone your move so you should be back to the status quo. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 18:59, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::: @[[User:Xover|Xover]] Could you add a little more info about "broken indefinitely"? I'd like to update [[Help:Match and split]] to reflect this. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 19:12, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::::@[[User:Peteforsyth|Peteforsyth]]: All the functionality of phe-tools was disabled due to the Grid Engine shutdown (they moved Toolforge to Kubernetes). Getting it running again requires porting it to a completely new environment, and it's an old inherited code base that's poorly documented and with some very tight couplings to the old environment. I still intent to try getting it running again, but that's going to require quite a bit of sustained time and attention; which is exactly what I have trouble finding these days. Soda has kindly taken on some of the stats tasks, but the rest are offline until some unspecified and unpredictable point in the future (which might be "never", but hopefully not). [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 19:25, 7 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::@[[User:Xover|Xover]] Thank you. I made a big note at the top of the page [[Special:diff/14043178|here]]; perhaps there is more appropriate formatting, of course no objection if you want to adjust. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 04:27, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::I don't know if this can help prioritize this issue but the lack of Match&Split is a huge impediment for many transcription projects. The amount of work it saves is huge when starting from a proofread transcription that is to be matched to a scan (which is by far the fastest way to proceed). In the worst case, would it be extremely difficult and/or time consuming to code it from scratch? Unfortunately, not being a developer I wouldn't know were to start so this is an obviously very naive question. [[User:Epigeneticist|Epigeneticist]] ([[User talk:Epigeneticist|talk]]) 12:58, 17 April 2024 (UTC) :::::::@[[User:Epigeneticist|Epigeneticist]]: It's not a matter of priorities, and re-implementing it is not likely to be any quicker. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 16:52, 17 April 2024 (UTC) :I moved the page to [[The Atlantic Monthly/Volume 109/Number 650/With a Difference]] (leave the redirect up); feel free to copy-paste the text into the Page namespace and transclude when you're done. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:13, 8 April 2024 (UTC) Sorry. What is the dirt on soda? --[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 19:43, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : I know of soda as a beverage or a baking ingredient, any other definition eludes me. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 04:28, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Peteforsyth|Peteforsyth]]: "Soda" refers to [[User:Sohom Datta|Sohom Datta]], who operates [[User:SodiumBot|SodiumBot]] (the bot that now updates the on-wiki stats). He's also done a ''lot'' of technical work on the plumbing for Wikisource (Proofread Page, Edit in Sequence, etc.). All `round awesome person. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:47, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[user:Xover|Xover]]: Thanks for the explanation, and thank you Soda for all the work! Pinging @[[user:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]]. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 18:17, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ===To the Lighthouse - page moves=== Although this work is marked as 'Done' (fully validated and transcluded) it is actually missing two pages (172 and 173). To allow placeholders to be inserted, could you please carry out the following moves:- * The index page name = [[Index:To The Lighthouse.pdf]] * The page offset = 2 * The pages to move = 174-318 * The reason = Insert missing pages Thanks {{unsigned| 12:01, 13 April 2024 (UTC)‎|Chrisguise}} :Note that this will also require updating all the transclusions for these pages. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 10:56, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]]: Page:-namespace pages have been shifted. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:11, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ::Thanks - only just got round to uploading the file including placeholders. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 06:24, 18 April 2024 (UTC) = Other discussions = == Subscribe to the This Month in Education newsletter - learn from others and share your stories == Dear community members, Greetings from the EWOC Newsletter team and the education team at Wikimedia Foundation. We are very excited to share that we on tenth years of Education Newsletter ([[m:Education/News|This Month in Education]]) invite you to join us by [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/This Month in Education|subscribing to the newsletter on your talk page]] or by [[m:Education/News/Newsroom|sharing your activities in the upcoming newsletters]]. The Wikimedia Education newsletter is a monthly newsletter that collects articles written by community members using Wikimedia projects in education around the world, and it is published by the EWOC Newsletter team in collaboration with the Education team. These stories can bring you new ideas to try, valuable insights about the success and challenges of our community members in running education programs in their context. If your affiliate/language project is developing its own education initiatives, please remember to take advantage of this newsletter to publish your stories with the wider movement that shares your passion for education. You can submit newsletter articles in your own language or submit bilingual articles for the education newsletter. For the month of January the deadline to submit articles is on the 20th January. We look forward to reading your stories. Older versions of this newsletter can be found in the [[outreach:Education/Newsletter/Archives|complete archive]]. More information about the newsletter can be found at [[m:Education/News/Publication Guidelines|Education/Newsletter/About]]. For more information, please contact spatnaik{{@}}wikimedia.org. ------ <div style="text-align: center;"><div style="margin-top:10px; font-size:90%; padding-left:5px; font-family:Georgia, Palatino, Palatino Linotype, Times, Times New Roman, serif;">[[m:Education/Newsletter/About|About ''This Month in Education'']] · [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/This Month in Education|Subscribe/Unsubscribe]] · [[m:MassMessage|Global message delivery]] · For the team: [[User:ZI Jony|<span style="color:#8B0000">'''ZI Jony'''</span>]] [[User talk:ZI Jony|<sup><span style="color:Green"><i>(Talk)</i></span></sup>]], {{<includeonly>subst:</includeonly>#time:l G:i, d F Y|}} (UTC)</div></div> <!-- Message sent by User:ZI Jony@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:ZI_Jony/MassMessage/Awareness_of_Education_Newsletter/List_of_Village_Pumps&oldid=21244129 --> == Reusing references: Can we look over your shoulder? == ''Apologies for writing in English.'' The Technical Wishes team at Wikimedia Deutschland is planning to [[m:WMDE Technical Wishes/Reusing references|make reusing references easier]]. For our research, we are looking for wiki contributors willing to show us how they are interacting with references. * The format will be a 1-hour video call, where you would share your screen. [https://wikimedia.sslsurvey.de/User-research-into-Reusing-References-Sign-up-Form-2024/en/ More information here]. * Interviews can be conducted in English, German or Dutch. * [[mw:WMDE_Engineering/Participate_in_UX_Activities#Compensation|Compensation is available]]. * Sessions will be held in January and February. * [https://wikimedia.sslsurvey.de/User-research-into-Reusing-References-Sign-up-Form-2024/en/ Sign up here if you are interested.] * Please note that we probably won’t be able to have sessions with everyone who is interested. Our UX researcher will try to create a good balance of wiki contributors, e.g. in terms of wiki experience, tech experience, editing preferences, gender, disability and more. If you’re a fit, she will reach out to you to schedule an appointment. We’re looking forward to seeing you, [[m:User:Thereza Mengs (WMDE)| Thereza Mengs (WMDE)]] <!-- Message sent by User:Thereza Mengs (WMDE)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=WMDE_Technical_Wishes/Technical_Wishes_News_list_all_village_pumps&oldid=25956752 --> == [[Template:Beleg Tâl's sidenotes]] == There are too many sidenote templates on this website, so I've decided to add yet another :D It is my hope and belief, that someday English Wikisource will have a standard general-purpose approach to sidenotes. At that time, this template should be replaced with the adopted standard template. In the meantime, you can use this template as a ''placeholder'' to indicate a sidenote that should be standardized once a standard has been created. The actual formatting of the sidenotes in the meantime may vary. (Currently it uses {{tl|right sidenote}}.) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 14:17, 26 February 2024 (UTC) :I was originally going to call this template [[Template:Generic sidenote]], but I decided to give it a name that clearly indicated that it shouldn't be treated as an alternative permanent approach to sidenotes —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 14:18, 26 February 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Beleg Tâl|Beleg Tâl]]: I feel your pain, but I think it is a very bad idea to put a username in any page name outside User: space, I think it's a very bad idea to make temporary placeholder templates, and I think it is a very bad idea to react to a proliferation on half-broken templates by adding yet another deliberately half-broken template.{{pbr}}I might suggest a more productive channel for that frustration is collecting a structured description of use cases along with problems with existing templates somewhere. It is conceivable that we'll be able to "solve" (fsvo) this eventually, but it will at very least require that the issue works its way up to the top of someone's list of annoyances, and for that a structured description of the use cases and problems will be essential. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:43, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::As it happens, in this case there is no pain or frustration. I created a formatting-agnostic template because we didn't have one and we needed one; and I made it a placeholder template because we don't have community consensus (yet) on what a formatting-agnostic sidenotes template should look like and how it should work. ::You do make a good point, however. Perhaps it would be better if, instead of a placeholder template that should be replaced when consensus is reached, I were to make it a permanent template that should be modified and updated with whatever behaviour is decided upon? Alternatively, I could just rename it, to at least remove the username as an issue. What do you think of this? ::As for compiling the issues and use cases of the various existing sidenotes templates—that has already been done in much detail elsewhere (primarily by @[[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]]), and I do not think that this thread is the place for rehashing that whole discussion. I merely intended to inform the community of the template I created so that works containing sidenotes could still be proofread in the meantime. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 17:42, 28 March 2024 (UTC) == Switching to the Vector 2022 skin == [[File:Vector_2022_video-en.webm|thumb]] Hi everyone. We are the [[mw:Reading/Web|Wikimedia Foundation Web team]]. As you may have read in our previous messages across wikis or [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/2022-06#Desktop Improvements update|here in June 2022]], we have been getting closer to switching every wiki to the Vector 2022 skin as the new default. In our previous conversations with Wikisource communities, we had identified an issue with the Index namespace that prevented switching the skin on. [[phab:T352162|This issue is now resolved]]. We are now ready to continue and will be deploying on English Wikisource on Wednesday '''April 3, 2024'''. To learn more about the new skin and what improvements it introduces when compared to the legacy 2010 Vector skin, please [[mw:Reading/Web/Desktop_Improvements|see our documentation]]. If you have any issues with the skin after the deployment, if you spot any gadgets not working, or notice any bugs – please contact us! We are also open to joining events like the [[metawiki:Wikisource Community meetings|Wikisource Community meetings]] and talking to you directly. Thank you, [[User:OVasileva (WMF)|OVasileva (WMF)]] and [[User:SGrabarczuk (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)]] ([[User talk:SGrabarczuk (WMF)|talk]]) 15:47, 14 March 2024 (UTC) :{{ping|Candalua}} it looks like Vector 2022 breaks [[:mul:MediaWiki:TranscludedIn.js]]; are you able to update that tool? —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 18:59, 14 March 2024 (UTC) ::Vector 2022 breaks lots of stuff (in everything from trivial ways to completely broken). I encourage everyone to try switching to Vector 2022 in your preferences NOW and report anything that breaks here. Especially if any of our community-wide Gadgets are affected, but there are also some widely used user scripts that it would be good to know about sooner rather than later if they are going to break on April 3. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 20:15, 14 March 2024 (UTC) ::Oh, and Transcludedin.js isn't really "fixable" per se, since Vector 2022 explicitly doesn't support adding menus. We'll have to try to reverse engineer what MoreMenu and Popups does to find something that kinda sorta works (we have two widely used user scripts that run into the same problem). Because that's a good use of volunteer resources over the WMF actually adding support for basic facilities for Gadgets that have been requested for two decades or so... [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 20:24, 14 March 2024 (UTC) :::An illustration of the problem with [[User:Inductiveload/jump to file]] (presumably one of the aforementioned user scripts): :::[[File:Wikisource jump to file script - Vector 2010 menu.png|thumb|center|with Vector 2010]] :::[[File:Wikisource jump to file script - Vector 2022 menu error.png|thumb|center|with Vector 2022]] :::Also broken: the Tools menu interacts poorly with the file history table. :::[[File:File history overlaps Vector 2022 Tools menu.png|thumb|center]] :::—[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 04:01, 15 March 2024 (UTC) ::::Jump to file has been broken in other ways as well. I think I remeber looking into it and the web backend is providing some incorrect information :( [[User:Sohom Datta|Sohom]] ([[User talk:Sohom Datta|talk]]) 12:29, 15 March 2024 (UTC) ::::@[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]]: The above brokenness in Jump to File should be fixed now. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 17:04, 29 March 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] (CC [[User:Beleg Tâl|Beleg Tâl]]): It turns out I lie. Not only does Vector 2022 (now) explicitly support menus like this(ish), but Jon even stepped in and fixed [[:s:mul:MediaWiki:TranscludedIn.js]] for us (Thank you Jon!). [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 17:02, 29 March 2024 (UTC) ::{{Re|OVasileva (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)}} This skin does not seem to be suitable for Wikisource at all. Compare e. g. the work with proofread extension in both skins. In the new one both the editing window and the window with the scan are so small that I am unable to do any proofreading work effectively. I can choose only between struggling with reading tiny letters or enlarging the scan so much that only a part of the page fits into the window. And this enlarging is possible only in the editing mode anyway, it is not possible in the reading mode. I would really like to ask this skin not to be deployed in Wikisource. --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 09:51, 16 March 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan.Kamenicek]]: You can "Hide" both sidebars, to make them become dropdown menus, and recover the horizontal space. There is also a "constrain width" widget floating in the bottom right corner where you can toggle between full-width and constrained-width layout. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:09, 24 March 2024 (UTC) :Why? As Jan Kameníček said, the skin is unsuitable here (and everywhere else, but that's a different matter). Why is the WMF so keen to force Vector2022 on everyone when so many problems have been found with it? English Wikipedia alone has complained about it enough for ten wikis. It is far too narrow for actual proofreading, and you have failed to provide any good reasoning as to why this poorly-designed skin should be forced onto our IP editors. The WMF already has a bad track record of communicating and collaborating with the communities, and Vector2022 has so far only made it worse. Why do you insist on rolling this out as the new default? {{Ping|OVasileva (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)}} At the minimum, you need to allow IP editors and readers to use the good Vector skin if they want to. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 22:41, 16 March 2024 (UTC) ::i would make timeless the default skin on wikisource. --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 00:58, 21 March 2024 (UTC) ::If you are using Vector2022 and click on a not-so-small gray button that says "hide", the sidebar will collapse and in fact you get ''even more'' width space to proofread. This is definitely an improvement in that sense. [[User:Ignacio Rodríguez|Ignacio Rodríguez]] ([[User talk:Ignacio Rodríguez|talk]]) 17:54, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :::yes, it is an improvement over flat sidebar gadget. the menus remain a problem. --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 22:52, 25 March 2024 (UTC) ::enWP complaining about something isn't really a useful yardstick. There's complaints if anything changes, and complaints if nothing changes. What would be useful is testing the new skin with all our local stuff on enWS and reporting concrete issues. Some of them may be with community-controlled things that we need to fix ourselves (see e.g. the broken user scripts and gadgets mentioned above), while others may be things we need to report upstream (in which case we need a good concrete description of the problem). Case in point, the Index: namespace has been exempted from Vector 2022's constrained-width layout because it didn't work well there and someone filed a good bug report about it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:14, 24 March 2024 (UTC) ===Different line height in Vector 2022?=== It seems the line height in Vector 2022 is different for some reason which makes problems with text withing pictures, such as [[Page:The Czechoslovak Review, vol3, 1919.djvu/299|here]]. --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 18:57, 30 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan.Kamenicek]]: It's not the line-height (that's identical), it's that in their great wisdom they decided that paragraphs were not sufficiently distinguishable from a mere line break within a paragraph on Wikipedia (of course), and so they "fixed" it by fiddling with the styling such that paragraphs in Vector 2022 now get both a top "margin" and bottom "padding". In Vector 2010 paragraphs just had a .5em top and bottom margin, and since adjacent margins collapse in CSS that meant paragraphs were always .5em (~7px) apart. If you insert two blank lines you get an extra empty paragraph, and so you get exactly 1em (14px) between the visible paragraphs. In Vector 2022 they've deliberately used padding instead of margin to defeat this collapsing, so that adjacent paragraphs get 1em between them. Paragraphs separated by two blank lines will now get 1.5em (21px) between them. Or put another way, they want to make it so that text separated by a single blank line looks like what we expect text separated by two blank lines to look. Text separated by two blank lines is now going to look fairly comical.{{pbr}}Mostly this is just jarring design-wise (we'll get used to it), but for any context were we depend on some kind of predictable height of the content (like your example) we're now going to have trouble. Vector 2010 and Vector 2022 now behaves completely differently, and Vector 2022 in a way that is hard to override in a predictable fashion. Templates have limited capability to differentiate between skins, so I am uncertain to what degree we can smooth out the differences there. This behaviour was added to Vector 2022 quite recently so I've asked them to please stop poking their nose down into on-wiki content at this level of detail. If I can persuade them to revert this change that would be for the best. If not, I'm not sure how we're going to deal with it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 22:13, 30 March 2024 (UTC) ::This also means that editors who leave in the end of line breaks throughout paragraphs when proofreading need to stop doing so. Those of us who use any other skin won't see a problem, but it will make it look weird for anyone on the default. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 22:49, 30 March 2024 (UTC) :::I don't think that's going to be a problem. What they're doing in the skin is styling HTML <code>p</code> tags in ways that are going to be annoying to work around, but where <code>p</code> tags get added in the first place is a function of the parser and not of the skin. Hard line breaks inside a block of text have mostly worked because they do not cause the parser to insert a <code>p</code> tag there. So since the parser is not changing, neither should the behaviour for hard line breaks inside paragraphs. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:43, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::::A quick update. It seems like this change has caused several problems across projects and they are consequently going to reevaluate. It's likely they will not simply revert the change, but they may change the way they do it such that we don't get this problem or there is a cleaner way to work around it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:35, 5 April 2024 (UTC) ::Btw, in order to figure out some workable approach to this, if we're stuck with it, I'm going to need plenty of examples of places where it breaks. Things like the text overflowing in Jan's {{tl|overfloat image}} example above. A lot of cases are going to be the kind of "pixel perfect" layout that you can't in general do on the web, but we'll need to look for ways that at least it won't be any ''more'' broken than it already was. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 11:03, 31 March 2024 (UTC) == Making ''MoreMenu'' and ''Without text'' Gadgets default == In [[Special:PermanentLink/13971025#New_Gadget:_MoreMenu|#New Gadget: MoreMenu]] and [[Special:PermanentLink/13971025#New_beta_Gadget:_Automatically_empty_Without_text_pages|#New beta Gadget: Automatically empty Without text pages]], I announced the availability of these two new Gadgets. Since then there has been relatively little feedback, but what feedback there has been has been positive. I therefore intend to make both default at some point in the relatively near future. I encourage you to post feedback in this thread (positive, negative, neutral, or apathetic; all feedback is valuable). Especially if you are sceptical I encourage you to actively test both Gadgets and then express your concerns here. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:19, 15 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} Seems reasonable. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 13:56, 15 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} Sounds good to me. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 14:51, 15 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} They can't hurt anyone, and I feel like emptying without text pages should have been done long ago. [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] (<span style="font-size: 83%;{{#if:|{{{style}}};}}">[[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] and [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]</span>) 16:42, 16 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 09:45, 17 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} per those above, particularly [[User:Alien333|Alien333]]'s wise words. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 03:26, 21 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} ''without text'', ambivalent about ''Moremenu'' [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 10:24, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :Per the above, I have now made both Gadgets default. They can be turned off again per-user in your Preferences. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 12:49, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::It's taken me a bit to realise what happened when an unexpected poorly named tab suddenly appeared and the keyboard shortcuts associated with delete, move, and protect all stopped working. I've turned off MoreMenu in my Preferences because I don't use a mouse if I can avoid it. The "poorly named" comment comes because there were two tabs labeled "page". How are less-experienced users to know which one does what? [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 21:15, 29 March 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]]: The non-optimal naming stems from Wikisource's choice to use "Page" as the main tab, which then clashes with the commands and links in the menu that are related to the ''current page''. On Wikipedia that tab is called "Article", on Wikibooks it's "Book", on Commons it's "Gallery" etc. I'm not sure there's a good solution to this (the non-optimal tab naming has been mentioned as confusing in other contexts too, for similar reasons).{{pbr}}The missing accesskeys however are clearly a bug. I've reported it upstream so hopefully that can be fixed fairly quickly. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 11:59, 30 March 2024 (UTC) == Disambiguating encyclopedia articles from works == I have always had a significant issue with our common practice of including encyclopedia articles, such as those from EB1911, Nutall, NSRW, etc., in disambiguation pages alongside other works. Some quite poignant examples exist at [[Jalna]] and [[Surakarta]]. The crux of my argument is centered around the very concept of a disambiguation page itself. It's meant to disseminate confusion from works of the same title. And no one would '''ever''' confuse a novel with an unrelated encyclopedia article. Think about this in conversational form: <blockquote>A: "Hey, have you ever heard of 'Jalna'?" B: "Oh, yeah, I loved reading that, that was a great novel!" A: "No, I was talking about ''the 1911 Britannica article about a town in India''."</blockquote> Like what? Who would ''ever'' say this as a response? That is what you're implying when you put something on a disambiguation page—that it's reasonable to think that someone might confuse a ''popular novel'' with an ''obscure encyclopedia article''. I admit that I don't know exactly ''how'' you would technically classify an encyclopedia article, in the bibliographic sense, and it [[User_talk:Neo-Jay#Naming_and_disambiguation|has been noted]] that "a long encyclopedia article may even be regarded as an academic masterpiece". And this may be true—in fact, there are even (''very rare!'') instances where encyclopedia articles have been republished in some other form. But, we have to consider the ''context in which these articles exist''—whereas something like an essay, a paper, a speech, or even an article in a periodical or newspaper, would be intended to be found on its own and regarded as its own individual property, an encyclopedia is ''specifically '''designed''' to be searched''. In other words, you're ''never'' looking for the encyclopedia article for its own sake—you're looking for it because you want some specific information. You're ''using'' the broader work (''Britannica'') for the purpose of finding information ''about'' Jalna, and it never occurred to any reader that the article on it was even its own unique entity at all. I wouldn't want to include "Jalna" the encyclopedia article on a disambiguation page, for the same reason that I wouldn't want to include every magazine issue editorial titled "Editorial" in a disambiguation page called [[Editorial]]—the editorial is intended to be searched from the issue, the same as the encyclopedia article is meant to be searched from the encyclopedia. I do understand that in the case of [[Surakarta]] and many others, there is a counterargument some of you may make, in that encyclopedia articles have use in being disambiguated from ''each other''. But in this case, really we need more extensive portals, and perhaps a separate searching technology specifically for our dictionaries and encyclopedic works, (I'm not kidding, this would be ''extremely'' useful and I'd love to see something like this), but it just doesn't seem like disambiguation pages are the place to be doing this. Pinging {{ping|Beleg Tâl|Neo-Jay}} who I've talked with about this previously. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 14:14, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :As formulated, I disagree with this. But perhaps there is an underlying problem behind your reasoning for which one can find a solution that we agree on?{{pbr}}Encyclopedia entries are both practically and bibliographically stand-alone works (one can quibble about single-sentence entries and such, but one can't generally say that they are not in this context). And the purpose of disambiguation pages is to disambiguate among works with near identical titles. See [[Hamlet]], in particular the original, vs. Lamb's bowdlerized version, Hazlitt's commentary, the three encyclopedia articles, and the encyclopedia article for the opera.{{pbr}}I've also sometimes been annoyed by the need for dab pages when there are only two works listed, and one of them seems very incidental or insignificant. But over time I've come to the conclusion that this stems from assigning too much significance to wikipage names (that's why enWP has big fights about a term's main topic: do most people mean the type pf small settlement or the play?). Having dabs is good, even if sometimes annoying for Wikisourcerers running into naming collisions.{{pbr}}The flip side is long dab pages like [[Poems]]. Some of these are inevitable (they're the corner-cases like [[Poems]] specifically, for which there's no good solution), but for others the straightforward solution is to add some structure to the page. So, for example, perhaps split different types of works to separate subsections, so that encyclopaedia articles are in their own section? [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 15:33, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :: {{ping|Xover}} You say that "as formulated" you disagree with this, since you say that both practically and bibliographically they are stand-alone works, but could you elaborate on why and in what sense? I'd be interested to see the specific reasoning for this, and how it would refute that encyclopedias are functionally designed to be searched, with their articles existing more as "search''es''" than as individual works; while an essay or a poem are almost guaranteed to be published in multiple sources, to be clearly seen as standalone works in the sense that they are understood to be sought after in isolation? I am just saying it's misleading to treat encyclopedia articles as if they are sought after as the things themselves rather than the topics they represent. When I say the word "Elephant" in a sentence, how likely is it that I'm referring to the Wikipedia article on {{w|elephant}} if "Wikipedia" or "article" aren't in my sentence? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:48, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :: Addendum: One could also say, in exactly the same way, that forewords of novels are works in their own right (since some form of those very forewords might one day be found in a periodical, who knows!). And in some technical, academic sense maybe they are, but would this justify a 500,000-item disambiguation page at [[Foreword]]? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:54, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :::See [[Preface (Johnson)]]. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 16:16, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :::: {{ping|Xover}} {{smaller|Mmmh, this appears to be a rare edge case; it's a well-researched (and interesting!) versions page where the changes are noticeable, distinct, and span several different authors and publishers across eras. But to use this notable piece of Shakesperean literatary history that happens to manifest itself in the form of a preface, as a precedent for the rest of the millions of prefaces out there, is not a place I'd go with my lukewarm acceptance of it. And to be honest, I'm in the mindset that this belongs in another namespace or in some other structure, but I have no specific ideas and Versions makes sense within the confines of the little structure we have to work with.}} [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 16:59, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :I very strongly agree with this position. Consider the page [[Poems]] mentioned above. In my opinion, it would be inappropriate and rather ridiculous to include on that page every encyclopedia and dictionary that happens to contain an article about "Poems". I would argue, as [[User:Billinghurst|Billinghurst]] argued to me [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/2015-08#Famous passages as separate works|nearly a decade ago]], that to be considered as a separate work for enWS purposes, the "component will have been separately published and outside of the bible" (replacing the bible with the encyclopedia in this case). —[[User:Beleg Tâl|Beleg Tâl]] ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 16:58, 24 March 2024 (UTC) :: The examples in that older discussion focus on poems and passages included within a larger work, and I agree somewhat that those are edge cases and ''might'' be worthy of such treatment. But encyclopedia articles for most major encyclopedias have their own authors and citation information from specific editions. That is, whereas ''The Walrus and the Carpenter'' will appear in the same chapter of its containing work, it does not have set pagination nor a separate author from the author of its containing work. Encyclopedia articles typically do have their own separate authorship, and are as much a work in their own right as a poem included in an anthology. Also, to be clear, it is not an article ''about'' Poems that would be listed for disambiguation, but an article ''titled'' "Poems". --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 00:32, 25 March 2024 (UTC) :::Re articles in reference works being on their own they also frequently cross-reference each other, overlap with multiple different entries under the same header, have varying degrees of set clear pagination and are almost never independently reprinted. Multiple authorship also seems to be weird as a main deciding criterion to clue on IMO, e.g. when later editions add additional chapters to a book, now those original chapters have "own authors and citation information" and are now independent works but they weren't before? :::''Poems'' is a bit of an edge case as it goes into the Main / Portal linking issue as well and how ''[[Poems]],'' [[Portal:Poetry]] and Category:Poems all interact but that is its own separate specific rabbit hole. Note that ''The Walrus and the Carpenter'' is frequently anthologized as a separate work on its own with its own chapter, set pagination etc. which causes issues as well if we then version those but not the original publication... [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 00:02, 27 March 2024 (UTC) {{ping|SnowyCinema}} I concur with your sentiment that every ''Foreword'' and ''Editorial'' should not be listed on disambiguation pages, but not for the reasons you've given. A ''Foreword'' is a description of the item, and not its title. We would not list every "Chapter I" on a disambiguation page, because that is a label, and ''not'' a title. Likewise, an ''Editorial'' is a ''kind'' of work, not the title of a work, and disambiguation pages should list works with a given title, without listing works ''described'' or ''categorized'' using a given label. Having worked on Wiktionary, the equivalent language is: '''labels''' are common nouns, but '''titles''' are proper nouns. And "foreword", "index", "editorial" are identifying labels, but not titles. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 00:52, 25 March 2024 (UTC) :We have similar issues with things like [[Sonnet]] where they may be labeled by number as well by first line, and presumably Untitled or such some placeholder if we consider neither of those the actual title since not provided by the author. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 01:59, 25 March 2024 (UTC) :: Disambiguation pages are ''searching aids'' and ''title disseminators'', so to include an encyclopedia article in them is functionally useless. The way those titles are referred to, as I said, is always "Jalna in the ''Encyclopedia Britannica''" or the like. No one on earth has trouble telling the difference between a specific encyclopedia article about ''Moby Dick'' and ''Moby Dick'' itself. Whether or not they have different authors is beside the point, it's about the fact that encyclopedias are designed to be searched and not considered in their own right. Which is why, whether or not you want to say in some ''academic'' sense that they're "works" by some technical nitty-gritty classification, you can't say that they're standalone in any sense. The standalone work is the encyclopedia, is the dictionary. Any entries in them are just that, and they're meant to serve the purpose of the encyclopedia, not to be found on their own. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 06:58, 25 March 2024 (UTC) :::You keep asserting that, but it's just not true as a general statement. Most encyclopaedia entries, sure, they're short blurbs that are mostly interchangeable, like dictionary entries, and primarily have value as a part of the larger work they are contained in. But the EB1911, and ''Grove'', and a lot of others have entries that are ''long'', ''well researched'', ''with a distinct author'', ''can have multiple editions'', etc. In fact, in ''Grove'' (now owned and online at OUP) each entry gets its own DOI, and even has different DOIs for each edition of an entry. EB1911's entry authors are also often leading experts in their fields, and well-know and published outside EB1911 (see e.g. [[Author:Sidney Lee|Sidney Lee]], who is known today primarily as one of the leading Shakespearean scholars of his era). There's no practical difference between these an a short story in a short story collection, or a paper in a collection or ''festschrift''. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 07:15, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :::: {{ping|Xover}} The difference is that, and while Wikisource doesn't represent this often enough in practice, short stories ''and'' poems that appear in collections are almost ''guaranteed'' to have been published in multiple different sources, like periodicals, newspapers, or other collections, so they should ''categorically'' be considered as standalone works and ''categorically'' be assumed to exist in many versions. So the short story collections are effectively just collections of works, while an encyclopedia is more like a searchable database for information. I am aware that many encyclopedia articles are long and well-researched etc., but that's besides the point. I'm certain that many prized academics have also contributed a lot to Wikipedia's articles, but that doesn't make them standalone works in the same sense as a ''story''. I'm sure ''some'' of the entries in these old encyclopedias were reproduced in other works, but even then oftentimes they become something fundamentally different later by reference. So, it's no longer ''EB1911's article on Moby Dick'', it's now ''EB1922's update on Moby Dick'', or ''EB1936's article on Moby Dick'', you know? It's never ''just'' "Moby Dick: The Article". So these responses I'm getting don't address my primary concern, which is that while short stories are quite easy to categorically be considered in their own right and can be referred to explicitly by their titles without any adjacent context, the EB articles ''have'' to be referred to in the context of the encyclopedia or no one would ever understand what you were talking about. And that goes to the broader point as well: that no one would ever confuse ''Moby Dick'' the novel with an encyclopedia article about it, because it doesn't even make logical sense to lump the two together in this way as if they could be supposed to be the same. Also, no one has answered the hypothetical I gave before, which is if I used the word "Elephant" in a sentence, how likely is it that I'm referring to Wikipedia's article on the topic, if "Wikipedia" or "article" aren't in my sentence? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 08:35, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :::::No, but that's a contrived example. Cf. below, "William Shakespeare" could refer to one of any number of works that are substantially similar in subject-matter (biographical information about him and his works), but where some are in the form of encyclopedia articles, some are essays from collections, some are scholarly monographs, some may be fictionalized retellings of his life. It is quite common in the literature to see footnotes citing ''Lee (1904)'', ''Chambers (1930)'' with the full reference to a encyclopedia entry and a monograph (respectively) appearing in the bibliography. Depending on citation style used, these can appear as "Lee, ''Shakespeare''" and "Chambers, ''Shakespeare''" or any number of other variations. The point being that these do not treat encyclopedia articles and monographs differently. Your point is a valid one that applies to a lot of encyclopedia articles, but you cannot generalise it to "all encyclopedia articles".{{pbr}}You'll also note that nobody (serious) cites ''Wikipedia''; they cite the article "William Shakespeare" on ''Wikipedia'' at a given date and time (or revision). "Wikipedia" as a work is somewhat meaningless; it's a tool for creating and a site for hosting the works it contains, which are the individual articles. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:04, 26 March 2024 (UTC) I will just comment that I see three intersecting questions: 1. Workflow. For example, on WP if I want to find out about "Shakespeare, New Mexico" I can search Shakespeare --> Main topic (William Shakespeare) --> disamb page --> article, but on WS do we want to mirror the same flow to find information or do we expect a different workflow? 2. Bibliography of subpages. Which subpages are "works" and merit specific indexing and which works aren't? Is a Chapter in a Novel entitled Shakespeare independent? Is [[The Common Reader/Jane Austen]] a separate work because it is non-fiction now? Or only if it is by a separate author? Or republished and excerpted outside with sufficient notoriety etc.? 3. The actual construction of the redirects / links to those works from Main. For example does that link from [[Jane Austen]], [[Jane Austen (1925)]], [[Jane Austen (Woolf)]] etc.? Do we have to create disambiguate pages at those points too? Do we merge "Shakespeare" and "Shakespere"? Do we consider encyclopedia articles by their titles like "Austen, Jane" / "Shakespeare, William" and disambiguate only under those names etc.? [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 01:52, 25 March 2024 (UTC) :I think only the second of those questions is really what is being addressed here. We don't have a workflow such that people would find "works about Shakespeare, NM" at [[Shakespeare]], only "works titled 'Shakespeare'". As for whether to list similar titles together or separately, that is generally done on a case-by-case basis, which is why [[Sonnet]] and [[Sonnets]] are separate pages while [[A Sonnet]] is not. —[[User:Beleg Tâl|Beleg Tâl]] ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 01:58, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]]: [[The Common Reader/Jane Austen]], and the other essays in that collection, are stand-alone works, yes. In fact a number of them appeared stand-alone in ''The Times Literary Supplement'' before being collected there. Most fiction chapters (i.e. novels) will not fit this definition for the simple reason that each chapter does not stand alone, and the chapters are meant to be read in sequence (and are normally never published individually). But in collections of essays or short stories each individual piece is atomic. There are certainly edge cases out there, but the general rule is fairly clear.{{pbr}}All three of those redirects you list seem reasonable. But redirects are mainly about convenience or preserving links to an old title, and not so much about disambiguation.{{pbr}}Disambiguation pages are about distinguishing between works with an identical title, since we cannot let all works live on the same wikipage title otherwise, and as a finding aid to readers. Consider, for example, the Sherlock Holmes stories: most people will be looking for ''A Scandal in Bohemia'' with no idea that it was first published in [[The Strand Magazine/Volume 2/Issue 7/A Scandal in Bohemia|''The Strand Magazine'' in vol. 2, issue 7]]. What they need is [[A Scandal in Bohemia]], a versions page, to tell them we have two versions of that text. Readers looking for "William Shakespeare" may be looking for any one of [[Author:Sidney Lee|Sir Sidney Lee]]'s encyclopedia article [[Dictionary of National Biography, 1885-1900/Shakespeare, William|in the DNB]], [[Author:Edmund Kerchever Chambers|E. K. Chambers]]' seminal ''William Shakespeare: A Study of Facts and Problems'', Park Honan's ''Shakespeare: A Life'', or Stanley Well's ''Shakespeare: A Life in Drama'', or any one of a whole host of other works whose primary title is a permutation of "William Shakespeare". The same goes for "Hamlet", which may be any version of the play, the Bowdlerized editions by the Lambs, Hazlitt's commentary on the play (an essay published in a fixup collection, designed to be read sequentially), several operatic versions inspired by the play (and some independent inventions), and a bunch of poems. The main unanswered question there is the precise definition of "identical", and that's an issue on which reasonable people may disagree. I favour a fairly permissive "…and substantially similar" type definition, but you can't really say someone that argues for seeing "William Shakespeare" and "Shakespeare, William" as distinct is "wrong". [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 08:49, 26 March 2024 (UTC) ::Right, but do we make a distinction between "[[Moby-Dick]]" (novel) and "[[Moby Dick]]" (article), [[The Tempest]], [[Tempest]], [[Tempest, The]] and [[Tempest, Marie]], [[The Monk]], [[Monk]] and [[Monk, James Henry]], [[Kubla Khan]] and [[Kublai Khan]], etc. The original example might make a distinction between ''Surakarta'' articles about the place and ''The Surakarta'' the novel, for example. I mention redirects as that is ''how'' these are implemented, given we are talking about works in a containing work, we ''only'' encounter clashes between the main work and the redirect to the encyclopedia articles. Which is why I started with the first point, these exist as aids for the reader. Personally, I favor more disambiguation, more linking, more discovery, probably more portals to provide structure etc. If we want to through more illustrations, great. But that is my personal opinion. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 14:00, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :::It isn't obvious that if you want ''Shakespeare: A Life'' search for "Shakespeare" and ''William Shakespeare: A Study of Facts and Problems'' search for "William Shakespeare," as a position is wrong. I.e. that someone searching for "William Shakespeare" might be taken literally and not see the Honan or Well work. I think it is wrong because we should favor discoverability and "wikiness" over exact searching like a catalog, but YMMV. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 14:10, 26 March 2024 (UTC) ::: I am not seeing the harm, at all, in listing encyclopedia article titles on a disambiguation page. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 19:56, 26 March 2024 (UTC) == Invitation to join March Wikisource Community Meeting == Hello fellow Wikisource enthusiasts! We're excited to announce our upcoming Wikisource Community meeting, scheduled for '''30 March 2024, 3 PM UTC''' ([https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/1711810800 check your local time]). As always, your participation is crucial to the success of our community discussions. Similar to previous meetings, the agenda will be split into two segments. The first half will cover non-technical updates, such as events, conferences, proofread-a-thons, and collaborations. In the second half, we'll dive into technical updates and discussions, addressing key challenges faced by Wikisource communities. '''New Feature: Event Registration!''' <br /> Exciting news! We're switching to a new event registration feature for our meetings. You can now register for the event through our dedicated page on Meta-wiki. Simply follow the link below to secure your spot and engage with fellow Wikisource enthusiasts: [[:m:Event:Wikisource Community Meeting March 2024|Event Registration Page]] '''Agenda Suggestions:''' <br /> Your input matters! Feel free to suggest any additional topics you'd like to see included in the agenda. If you have any suggestions or would just prefer being added to the meeting the old way, simply drop a message on '''klawal-ctr@wikimedia.org'''. Thank you for your continued dedication to Wikisource. We look forward to your active participation in our upcoming meeting. Best regards, <br /> [[:m:User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]], [[:m:User:SWilson (WMF)|Sam Wilson (WMF)]], and [[:m:User:SGill (WMF)|Satdeep Gill (WMF)]] {{unsigned|18:56, 25 March 2024 (UTC)|MediaWiki message delivery}} <!-- Message sent by User:KLawal-WMF@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:SGill_(WMF)/lists/WS_VPs&oldid=25768507 --> :@[[User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]]: Could you make sure these announcements contain a standard signature (see [[Special:Diff/13996824|diff]]) so that Reply-Tool and Vector 2022's auto-toc features work? [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:34, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Xover|Xover]] Thank you for pointing that out, will include a standard signature in future announcements. [[User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]] ([[User talk:KLawal-WMF|talk]]) 19:15, 28 March 2024 (UTC) == <nowiki>{{Header}}</nowiki> template and misleading publication dates == I have been doing work on various 'collected works' and noticed that misleading date information is appearing against individual works from these collections. Using 'The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (ed. Hutchinson, 1914)' as an example:—{{pbr}} In the main page [[The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (ed. Hutchinson, 1914)]], the year field is filled in '1914' and the title is displayed as 'The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley' (1914), as normal.{{pbr}} On the subpages for each individual poem, if there is no Wikidata link, the title of the overall work appears in the same way. The 'year' field is not used on these pages, so no date appears.{{pbr}} For subpages that do have a Wikidata link, the date of publication entered in Wikidata is displayed in the title. In most cases, this date is that of first publication (in the case of Shelley's collected works, given in a note at the head of each poem). Unfortunately, this date appears immediately after the title of the overall work (e.g. for '[[The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (ed. Hutchinson, 1914)/Lines to a Critic|Lines to a Critic]]', the main title appears as 'The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (1823)'. This gives the impression that the 'collected works' was published in 1823, which is not the case.{{pbr}} I question the need for this date linkage to Wikidata, but if it is judged to be necessary then what is displayed should have some associated text to make it clear what the date is, and it should be placed either after the 'section' field (or better, in the 'notes' field), not the 'title' field. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 10:56, 26 March 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|Chrisguise}} For "Lines to a Critic" that's because the Wikidata item was handled wrong. It is being treated as if it's the work item, but it links to our ''version'' of the poem. This is a quite widespread issue on Wikisource and, in general, we need to correct all instances where this has happened. I do think we should prefer handling this in Wikidata over not doing that, but maybe we need to make it so that we only pull from it if it's marked as an instance of "version, edition, or translation". [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 11:09, 26 March 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|CalendulaAsteraceae}} What is your opinion? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 11:10, 26 March 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]]: I think that only pulling dates if the WD item is a version/edition/translation is the way to go. I can take a look at the code soon-ish. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 19:57, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :::Would doing so affect Versions headers? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 22:06, 26 March 2024 (UTC) ::::Versions headers shouldn't link to version/edition/translation items, so it shouldn't be an issue (once I fix the dozen or so pages that are incorrectly linked) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 20:15, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::::: That's why I ask. If dates are only pulled from versions pages, does that mean the date of first publication (on the data item for the work) will vanish from version pages? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 15:36, 29 March 2024 (UTC) ::::::Depends how the code is written; it shouldn't. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 16:03, 29 March 2024 (UTC) == Simplify Scriptorium page structure == {{smaller|[I thought we'd discussed this before, but I'm failing to find it in the archives just now. I think I recall that people were generally positive, but that we didn't have a good plan for alternative solutions for Announcements and Proposals. So reopening the issue to see if we can at least make a little progress.]}} I'd really like to simplify the page structure of this page to avoid having subsections. It makes a lot of things much more complex, and don't work all that well on mobile (or in the Vector 2022 skin, but that's… a different issue). It is also confusing for newbies, and the important stuff (announcements, proposals) tends to get lost. So… What would we have to do as an alternative for the current sections? * '''Announcements''' * '''Proposals''' * '''Bot approval requests''' * '''Repairs (and moves)''' * '''Other discussions''' '''Other discussions''' would, obviously, just become the one section present on this page (with no actual separate heading, of course). '''Bot approval requests''' could probably either move to [[WS:BR]], with instructions to also post a notice here; or it could be just a normal thread here on the Scriptorium. We average far less than one bot approval request per year, and while looking through the archives for something else I saw several that just languished with no comment. Depending somewhat on the outcome for other sections, I think just making bot approval requests normal threads here is the most practical and pragmatic way to handle them. '''Repairs (and moves)''' doesn't really seem to warrant a separate section on the Scriptorium, and in any case tend to be overlooked in their own section up above. I think most such requests should go to [[WS:S/H]], requests specifically about scans should go to [[WS:LAB]], and anything needing +sysop should go to [[WS:AN]]. So we could replace the whole section with instructions about where to go instead up in the header. '''Announcements''' are, I don't think, very useful as a separate section here because they tend to get lost. I think probably we could make announcements just normal threads here, maybe with "Announcement: " tacked on as a prefix to the thread title. We could have instructions to add {{tl|do not archive until}} so that announcements where that's relevant stay on the page more than 30 days. There may be other things we could do to enhance their visibility while keeping them as a normal thread. '''Proposals''' too are, I think, better handled as normal threads here, combined with use for separate pages for things that are RFC-y (and with a notice here). We should also use watchlist notices (cf. the recent one about Vector 2022 users needing to update their scripts) for important ones (especially policy proposals), and possibly also create a template where current proposals are listed (the template could be permanent at the top of this page and [[WS:S/H]], and we could encourage users to transclude it on their own user page to keep up with proposals). I think that would actually ''improve'' visibility of proposals. I'm sure I've forgotten about something, and I'm sure people will have different views on what the best way to handle stuff is; but that's a snapshot of my current thinking. PS. This thread isn't in itself a proposal, as such, but the discussion that precedes a potential future proposal. If there is significant support, or general apathy in the absence of active opposition, I'll make a concrete proposal up in [[#Proposals]] that would, then, presumably, be the last such under the status quo. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 10:44, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :This sounds like a good idea to me! —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 15:15, 1 April 2024 (UTC) :Just a note that this is the kind of change that needs positive agreement. If there isn't significant participation, and absence of strong opposition, no change can be made. I was hoping to get a sense of where the community stood in this thread, before proceeding to a specific proposal. If nobody thinks this is an issue or doesn't think it's worth the time-investment, then making an actual proposal would just be wasting everyone's time. Some ''yay'', ''nay'', or ''meh'' would be helpful, is what I'm saying. :) [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:32, 5 April 2024 (UTC) :Just wondering, how did this end? Because we still have [[#Announcements]] up there, which has not been used for a while, but apparently also [[WS:Scriptorium/Announcements]], which is at least used for some newletters. — [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] ([[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] &amp; [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]) 10:56, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Alien333|Alien333]]: If it bugs (almost) nobody but me enough to comment here then there's obviously no support for making any change and the status quo prevails (and there's no point making a proposal under those circumstances). I'm guessing the reason nobody's commenting here is that they're mostly fine with how things are, and thus not motivated to think through the sketch of an alternative above. The current structure has worked well for a long time so changes to it has the presumption against it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 12:25, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Xover|Xover]] Perhaps this post became lost in the otherwise difficult to navigate Scriptorium? At any rate, I am not a great fan of the current layout, but equally wonder whether everything may become harder to find if things changed (for the most part, if I want to find the scan lab, I google it, as who knows where the link on Wikisource resides). If the Scriptorium did change, a clear table of contents at the start of this page, linking to the bot request, scan lab etc. subpages, would be much appreciated. [[User:TeysaKarlov|TeysaKarlov]] ([[User talk:TeysaKarlov|talk]]) 21:33, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::I've thought for some time that the community pages here really need some sort of navbox. It'd certainly make it easier to get around. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:48, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::Yeah, that's partly what I have in mind. I'd like to split things into more separate pages, with one thing (main section) per page, and then have a navbox type thing on each page. I also think we can make a template that's displayed prominently in strategic places that lists all currently open proposals. Something like [[w:Template:Centralized discussion]]. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:53, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ::The irony for me is—indeed!—this discussion got lost and I didn’t see it until just now despite my best efforts to follow this page. As a new WS contributor, it’s been hard for me to get invested in this page despite it being on my watchlist (where multiple edits are easily lost track of because of the default way it collapses multiple edits into just one, which I don’t fully understand). ::I’m not smart or experienced enough to propose specific restructuring solution(s), but wanted to say I support any effort by admins and other experienced folks to improve our community interaction. Compared to other “risky” proposals that would affect content in the main namespace, it seems ''relatively'' lower risk to talk about improving this discussion namespace. Just a lot of inertia and potential [[w:loss aversion|loss aversion]] at play probably, which is understandable as a human cognitive bias. [[User:Brad606|Brad606]] ([[User talk:Brad606|talk]]) 14:59, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Brad606|Brad606]]: Yeah, the default watchlist is a bit confusing in this sense. I recommend going to ''both'' the [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-watchlist|Watchlist section of your Preferences]] to turn '''on''' "Expand watchlist to show all changes, not just the most recent", and to go to the [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-rc|Recent Changes section]] to turn '''off''' "Group changes by page in recent changes and watchlist". Why in two different tabs of the Preferences? I have no idea. ¯\_(ツ)_/¯ [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 18:30, 13 April 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|Xover}} Yes, indeed, part of the reason this discussion has been unseen is because of the mountain of obscured discussions already in the Scriptorium from other cases. : Specifically for proposals, I think this deserves its own separate page. Note that Wiktionary has [[wikt:Wiktionary:Votes]], a process which works ''quite well''. Official votes (on policy, etc.), aka proposals, are done in a very structured format: :* Draft it out, based on and reference previous discussion. :* Set a time when the vote begins. Have it sit there as it would be when it starts more or less, but don't allow people to actually vote until the date and time of it starting. This serves a useful purpose: People can comment on the vote's talk page, etc., if the proposal has lack of clarity or has other inherent issues. :* Most importantly to me, '''set a clear time when the vote ends'''. Most of our discussions here (being one of the problems with both the Scriptorium and our desert known as RFC) do not have clear end dates, or clear definitions or enactments of resolution. So they just sit around more or less as thought experiments, going back to the huge "community practice vs. policy" dichotomy we have as well. : So, I think our proposals should function somewhat like this. They should at least be structured so that action is ensured to be taken if consensus allows. Wiktionary also transcludes a list of all current votes on everyone's watchlist, as well as in many other places, so that the wider community is aware... Some ideas for a page title: [[Wikisource:Votes]], [[Wikisource:Proposals]], or (and I like it a lot less) [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Proposals]]. : I'm interested to know what your thoughts on this proposal structure are. I'd move to get the other sections mentioned to subpages as well (and repairs could maybe be merged with [[WS:Scan lab]]), though I have less to comment about them. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 00:13, 14 April 2024 (UTC) == Should we mark the RfC process historical? == There was [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/2024-01#RfC_close|an earlier discussion]] that suggested this, but that has since been archived. There are several huge "open" RfCs, but none of them have had much recent participation or any participation at all – [[Wikisource:Requests for comment/Universal Code of Conduct enforcement draft guidelines|one has had no edits since it was proposed in 2021]], and overall the process seems abandoned, with the Scriptorium being used for most discussions. I think the {{tl|historical}} template should be added to the main RfC page and any open RfCs should be closed (as "no consensus" in at least one case, due to 0 participation). Clearly, the process is not attracting the input it needs ([[Wikisource:Requests for comment]] has achieved a grand total of 243 pageviews so far this month, compared to this page's 6,036 [https://pageviews.wmcloud.org/?project=en.wikisource.org&platform=all-access&agent=user&redirects=0&range=this-month&pages=Wikisource:Scriptorium|Wikisource:Requests_for_comment]). [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 15:09, 29 March 2024 (UTC) :I think it needs updating and revitalization, but there's no need to abandon it entirely. One thing that makes it so moribund is that we mostly get by just fine on established practice, and our policy framework covers most obvious areas. So while not ideal, neither is it particularly urgent to fix it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 16:59, 29 March 2024 (UTC) == Best practices for title pages and other front matter == I was preparing the title page for The Diothas ([[Page:The Diothas, or, A far look ahead (IA diothasorfarlook01macn).pdf/5|here]]) when it occurred to me that I couldn't find much guidance about front matter (the page [[Help:Front matter]] says nothing about style). I did notice that most proofread title pages decrease the vertical space compared to the page, but is there a guideline for this? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 10:13, 30 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]]: No, no good guidance. Title pages (and similar parts of the front matter) are a bit special. The rule of thumb is to reproduce the original layout as closely as possible without going insane with hyper-detailed formatting, and without causing it to overflow a single page when exported to ePub. How detailed a reproduction is useful will also vary from text to text: if the title page has clearly received a lot of love from the publisher then putting more effort into reproducing it is good, but if it is very simple then a reasonable representation is good enough. It's fairly subjective and up to each contributor's judgement.{{pbr}}Personally I always put quite a bit of effort into the title pages etc. of my projects, because I think it's important (not least in order to look good in ePub form), but nobody is likely to rag on you for a reasonable level of laziness here. We can never perfectly reproduce them anyway, so just exactly where the line is drawn will of necessity be a subjective call. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 12:08, 30 March 2024 (UTC) ::Follow-up question: what's the best way to check how the title page looks when exported to ePub? Is there a way apart from just exporting it? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:23, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]]: No, sorry. I've often thought we should have a Gadget to preview this to catch obvious problems with pagination, page width, etc. but as of now the best option is to just export it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 15:40, 3 April 2024 (UTC) == Table of Contents: Index:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu == Table of Contents: Index:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu I'm validating this. There's a typo I don't know how to correct. Please see IX on the table of contents. At the bottom, it says the page numbers are 143-146. But I think it should say 143-166, since the next section starts at 167. Also Section 1, Section VI, , Section X, and Section XV are the only ones that say "Pages" in front of the numbers. Please advise when I can continue validating the pages. Thank you. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 15:54, 31 March 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|Maile66}} The actual table of contents starts [[Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/17|here]]. The index page's table of contents is just a transclusion of the normal table of contents pages in the Page namespace. To find them, just Edit the page to see the index's source code, and you'll find in this case: <syntaxhighlight lang="mw"> {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/17}} {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/18}} {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/19}} {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/20}} </syntaxhighlight> : And just copy and paste. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 16:03, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::Thank you, but since I am doing the validating on this, someone else needs to make these corrections because it tells me the changes need to be proofread. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 18:42, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::: {{ping|Maile66}} 1.) You don't ''have'' to wait for other people to proofread the pages; if you want you can just go ahead and proofread them, since the validation is something that anyone can do. 2.) Which pages haven't been proofread? The table of contents pages are all validated, and all the pages except advertisements at [[Index:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu]] are at least proofread. Are you certain we're talking about the same transcription project? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 23:32, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::::Right now I'm validating pages 2-166 ... and I'm happy occupying myself with that. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 23:41, 31 March 2024 (UTC) :::::{{ping|SnowyCinema}} Ahhhh .... thank you for your instruction and guidance. I fixed the page number. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 20:39, 1 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::{{ping|SnowyCinema}} Well, oops! Looks like I have a lot to learn. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 20:52, 1 April 2024 (UTC) == Tech News: 2024-14 == <section begin="technews-2024-W14"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/14|Translations]] are available. '''Recent changes''' * Users of the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Reading/Web/Accessibility_for_reading|reading accessibility]] beta feature will notice that the default line height for the standard and large text options has changed. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T359030] '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/wmf.25|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-02|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-03|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-04|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] '''Future changes''' * The Wikimedia Foundation has an annual plan. The annual plan decides what the Wikimedia Foundation will work on. You can now read [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Annual Plan/2024-2025/Product & Technology OKRs#Draft Key Results|the draft key results]] for the Product and Technology department. They are suggestions for what results the Foundation wants from big technical changes from July 2024 to June 2025. You can [[m:Talk:Wikimedia Foundation Annual Plan/2024-2025/Product & Technology OKRs|comment on the talk page]]. '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/14|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W14"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 03:36, 2 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:UOzurumba (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26462933 --> == Global ban for Slowking4 == It looks like we are in danger of losing one of our most prolific editors: [[:meta:Requests for comment/Global ban for Slowking4 (2)]]. If you have any opinion on this, speak now or forever hold your peace. (I realize this is mentioned further up the page, but wanted to bump the issue in case folks didn't notice it.) [[User:Nosferattus|Nosferattus]] ([[User talk:Nosferattus|talk]]) 22:42, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :This was posted above under the heading [[#Global ban proposal for Slowking4|#Global ban proposal for Slowking4]]. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:23, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :: But we needed to make doubly sure the WS community was aware this was going on, since that "discussion" (more of a notification really) was buried. Thanks Nosferattus! [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 00:27, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :::you're very kind, however, it is unclear to me, that any amount of reason matters. only go there if you have a strong stomach. the drama caucus (one of your admins among them) will continue to put the stewards to the test, until they get the result they want. lest you think that the neglect of the WMF is bad, just consider the active hostility of a solipsistic clique of functionaries. i got my compliment from "notorious RSG", so the name calling is amusing. Wikimania was becoming tiresome, one of you should go, and help out Vigneron, and there is the wikisource conference to plan for. "all who wander are not lost". --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 02:31, 5 April 2024 (UTC) == All small caps == Is the {{tl|all small caps}} template supposed to work in non-Latin scripts like Greek? They are ''sometimes'' working here: : {{asc|{{polytonic|Οιδιπουσ}}}} The Greek line ''previewed'' correctly, showed correctly when I posted the comment initially, but then did not work when I emended my comment. Because the behavior is variable, sometimes working and sometimes not, I can't tell whether this is the asc-template, the polytonic-template, an interaction between the two, or something else entirely. They do not seem to be working in those scripts in the Page namespace. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 18:12, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :I winder if this is related to the issue I posted at [[WS:S/H#font-feature-setting:'hist']], and some OpenType features are not working? —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 18:51, 3 April 2024 (UTC) ::Just for testing: ::* Default font: {{asc|Οιδιπουσ}} ::* Junicode: {{ULS|font1=Junicode|{{asc|Οιδιπουσ}}}} ::* GentiumPlus: {{ULS|font1=GentiumPlus|{{asc|Οιδιπουσ}}}} ::For me the first two work, and the last one does not; which suggests that it's just the GentiumPlus font that {{tl|polytonic}} uses that might be the problem —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 18:53, 3 April 2024 (UTC) == Document in Jamaican patois == Is [[Yuunivorshal Deklarieshan a Yuuman Raits]] within the scope of English wikisource ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 04:27, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :Hmm. I'd say it's a clear ''no''. Jamaican creole is not generally mutually intelligible with Standard English (although as a primarily spoken language, and as a creole, the degree is pretty fluid from person to person and situation to situation). This is just one such case for which we have mulWS. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 07:10, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : {{vk}} at enWS as a closely-related language to English. We should keep JC works if we're going to host works in Old English, which is at least as unintelligible, if not more so, than the Jamaican Creole provided. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 14:27, 7 April 2024 (UTC) ::It's not primarily a question of mutual intelligibility (although that is certainly also a factor). Old English is a direct precursor of English, and there is a direct lineal relationship linguistically speaking. Jamaican creole is a hodgepodge of languages, where there happens to be a large dash of English in the mix, but it is inherently a mix of languages that do not fit neatly into one specific language family. mulWS is for precisely such cases where you cannot slot a text neatly into one language. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 15:48, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::{{color|gray|> where there happens to be a large dash of English in the mix}} :::The major {{wikt|lexifier}} of Jamaican Creole is English[https://apics-online.info/surveys/8]. :::{{color|gray|> but it is inherently a mix of languages that do not fit neatly into one specific language family}} :::Its language family is {{w|English-based creole|English-based creole}}. Here is its classification on [https://glottolog.org/resource/languoid/id/jama1262 Glottolog]. :::I just wanted to point that out. I didn't know that mulWS existed when I uploaded it, so if that's a better place, then great, I can put it there or an admin can move it. Or if here is fine, that's great too. I'll wait for you all to decide, since I'm brand new to this project and don't know how things work here.--[[User:Vuccala|Vuccala]] ([[User talk:Vuccala|talk]]) 23:54, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : {{vd}} This is in Jamaican Creole (a stable language resulting from a mix of languages), not a patois (nonstandard speech within a language). [[Author:Claude McKay|Clause McKay]] published poetry in the Jamaican patois, but the document under consideration is in Jamaican Creole. Further, this document is a ''translation'' of a document that was originally written in English. Since the document is a translation, and is not in English (or Scots), it falls outside our coverage and should be housed at the Multilingual Wikisource. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 15:06, 7 April 2024 (UTC) '''Question''' (from me, the uploader): is there a more suitable Wikimedia project I could have uploaded this to? There is no Jamaican Creole Wikisource, and we're using this document over at Wiktionary for demonstrating attestations of Jamaican Creole vocabulary using this template: {{wikt|Template:RQ:Yuunivorshal_Deklarieshan_a_Yuuman_Raits}}. --[[User:Vuccala|Vuccala]] ([[User talk:Vuccala|talk]]) 23:29, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : See the above discussion. There is a multilingual Wikisource that houses all languages that do not have a dedicated Wikisource project for the language. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 01:00, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::Is there a way to move something from here to there ? Or does it need to be input separately there ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 01:20, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :::I am an admin and can import. —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 07:10, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :::{{Ping|Beardo}}: [[:s:mul:Yuunivorshal_Deklarieshan_a_Yuuman_Raits]]. —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 07:11, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :{{Ping|Vuccala}} [[:s:mul:Yuunivorshal_Deklarieshan_a_Yuuman_Raits]]. —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 07:35, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::{{Ping|Koavf}} Thank you! I've updated the link in the Wiktionary template to point there instead. You guys can now delete it from English Wikisource. --[[User:Vuccala|Vuccala]] ([[User talk:Vuccala|talk]]) 10:59, 8 April 2024 (UTC) == Transcription speculation == Just a fun little exercise—I was wondering what projects you guys would be working on if more modern works were in the public domain today. So, I started this editable user subpage, [[User:SnowyCinema/Speculative transcriptions]]; the idea is to list your favorite copyrighted works that you might be working on if they were not under copyright. Anything is on the table—video games, TV shows, or books like is our general focus now, etc. I'm curious to see what your answers are. Feel free to add items to the list if you can think of anything. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:35, 7 April 2024 (UTC) == Random line break == Hello. I have recently started a project of [[index:Tarka_the_Otter.djvu|Tarka the Otter]] and some pages seem to have a random line break towards the end for no apparent reason (like [[Page:Tarka_the_Otter.djvu/14|page 14]]). Did I do anything wrong? I can't figure out what is wrong. [[User:HendrikWBK|HendrikWBK]] ([[User talk:HendrikWBK|talk]]) 01:42, 8 April 2024 (UTC) : You did not join the separate lines to make a continuous paragraph, and that line break is a consequence. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 01:58, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::It seems that only the last line is affected. In the rest of the page, if I leave two new line spaces, a new paragraph is formed, while one leaves the subsequent line in the same paragraph. I don't understand what you mean, I believe I did kept lines from the same paragraph immediately next to each other. [[User:HendrikWBK|HendrikWBK]] ([[User talk:HendrikWBK|talk]]) 02:06, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :::️@[[User:HendrikWBK|HendrikWBK]] The software parses the text in unpredictable ways if you don't remove the newline character at the end of every line, and the consequence is that random line breaks appear for no apparent reason. [[User:Ignacio Rodríguez|Ignacio Rodríguez]] ([[User talk:Ignacio Rodríguez|talk]]) 06:21, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::::See [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Help#Proofreading_Paragraph_Problem]] [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 06:59, 8 April 2024 (UTC) == Tech News: 2024-15 == <section begin="technews-2024-W15"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/15|Translations]] are available. '''Recent changes''' * Web browsers can use tools called [[:w:en:Browser extension|extensions]]. There is now a Chrome extension called [[m:Future Audiences/Experiment:Citation Needed|Citation Needed]] which you can use to see if an online statement is supported by a Wikipedia article. This is a small experiment to see if Wikipedia can be used this way. Because it is a small experiment, it can only be used in Chrome in English. * [[File:Octicons-gift.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Wishlist item]] A new [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Edit Recovery|Edit Recovery]] feature has been added to all wikis, available as a [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-editing|user preference]]. Once you enable it, your in-progress edits will be stored in your web browser, and if you accidentally close an editing window or your browser or computer crashes, you will be prompted to recover the unpublished text. Please leave any feedback on the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Talk:Community Wishlist Survey 2023/Edit-recovery feature|project talk page]]. This was the #8 wish in the 2023 Community Wishlist Survey. * Initial results of [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Edit check|Edit check]] experiments [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Edit_check#4_April_2024|have been published]]. Edit Check is now deployed as a default feature at [[phab:T342930#9538364|the wikis that tested it]]. [[mw:Talk:Edit check|Let us know]] if you want your wiki to be part of the next deployment of Edit check. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T342930][https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361727] * Readers using the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Skin:Minerva Neue|Minerva skin]] on mobile will notice there has been an improvement in the line height across all typography settings. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T359029] '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/wmf.26|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-09|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-10|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-11|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] * New accounts and logged-out users will get the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor|visual editor]] as their default editor on mobile. This deployment is made at all wikis except for the English Wikipedia. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361134] '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/15|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W15"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 23:37, 8 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:UOzurumba (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26564838 --> == Avoid concurrent confirmation for our `crats == Courtesy ping: [[User:BD2412|BD2412]], @[[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]]. It just occurred to me that we currently have [[Special:PermanentLink/14036101#Confirmation_discussions|Confirmation discussions]] for ''both'' of our `crats going on concurrently (because we elected both of them at the same time). Now, granted, neither one of them is likely to be involved in any controversy, but it is in principle unfortunate to have them both be up for confirmation at the same time. I therefore propose that we artificially postpone the next confirmation for one of them by 6 months so that their future confirmations will be at different times of the year, and so they can more easily switch out who handles closing confirmations without getting into situations where they can be accused of being influenced by an ongoing confirmation for themselves. It's not something that's ''likely'' to happen, but since it's easy to avoid entirely… It doesn't matter which one of them we move in the cycle, but just so there's a concrete proposal I suggest we delay BD2412's next confirmation by an additional 6 months (for the very well-thought-out reason that they happen to be listed first on WS:A currently :)). [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:55, 9 April 2024 (UTC) : No objection to the plan, but we could also just add a few more 'crats. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 15:55, 9 April 2024 (UTC) ::Actually for the period of time when Hesperian was also a 'crat, all three of us were being confirmed in the same month. I should also point out that any established wikisourceror can close a confirmation discussion and I used to close Hesperian's so that he didn't have to do his own one. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 05:28, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :::Not [[WS:AP|restricted access]] discussions; those have to be closed by the `crats. But, yeah, as mentioned, this isn't exactly a big issue. I just noticed it now and figured there was an easy way to avoid the problem altogether, so why not. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:12, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :::: There is also [[Wikisource_talk:Administrators#'crat COI question|this discussion]], where it was suggested that if the outcome was "bleeding obvious", then it would not be a problem for a 'crat to close a discussion in which they were a participant. I suppose this might be considered to apply to a 'crat closing their own clearly uncontested reconfirmation, though this feels a bit wrong. For this month, I have no problem with the two 'crats involved each closing the discussion for the other, though this also potentially could create an appearance of a tit-for-tat. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 15:31, 11 April 2024 (UTC) == [[:Index:United States Statutes at Large Volume 44 Part 2.djvu]] == Raw OCR dump. Should be removed (along with other Raw dumps) unless someone is prepared to provide alternate scans that are ACTUALLY READABLE as opposed to bordeline illegible on numerous pages. I've been trying to remove lints by attempting to proofread pages that where showing up in a list of mismatched Italics. Raw OCR Dumps diminish my enthusiasm for continuing, and there should be concerted effort to clean out the gibberish generated from them. [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 09:25, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :the scan is fine, with the improved OCR. awaiting for the volunteers to proofread. if you remove it, then the volunteers cannot do the work. (i would be more motivated if there were a consensus to ditch the side notes, which are more trouble than they are are worth). --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 13:16, 14 April 2024 (UTC) == [[Primary sources concerning Wyatt Earp]] == This page contains a number of short newspaper articles all on a related topic. It's been proposed to separate the page, which seems like clearly the right thing to do if the page is going to stay on Wikisource, if somebody is going to take the trouble to find scans, etc.; but this is a labor-intensive task that seems unlikely to happen in the near future. In the meantime, even though it contains actual source material, I would suggest that moving this page to the Portal: space might be the best way to tidy things up. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 17:35, 12 April 2024 (UTC) == Tech News: 2024-16 == <section begin="technews-2024-W16"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/16|Translations]] are available. '''Problems''' * Between 2 April and 8 April, on wikis using [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:FlaggedRevs|Flagged Revisions]], the "{{Int:tag-mw-reverted}}" tag was not applied to undone edits. In addition, page moves, protections and imports were not autoreviewed. This problem is now fixed. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361918][https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361940] '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/wmf.1|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-16|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-17|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-18|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] * [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Magic words#DEFAULTSORT|Default category sort keys]] will now affect categories added by templates placed in [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Cite|footnotes]]. Previously footnotes used the page title as the default sort key even if a different default sort key was specified (category-specific sort keys already worked). [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T40435] * A new variable <bdi lang="zxx" dir="ltr"><code>page_last_edit_age</code></bdi> will be added to [[Special:AbuseFilter|abuse filters]]. It tells how many seconds ago the last edit to a page was made. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T269769] '''Future changes''' * Volunteer developers are kindly asked to update the code of their tools and features to handle [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/Temporary Accounts|temporary accounts]]. [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/Temporary Accounts/For developers/2024-04 CTA|Learn more]]. * [[File:Octicons-tools.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Advanced item]] Four database fields will be removed from database replicas (including [[quarry:|Quarry]]). This affects only the <bdi lang="zxx" dir="ltr"><code>abuse_filter</code></bdi> and <bdi lang="zxx" dir="ltr"><code>abuse_filter_history</code></bdi> tables. Some queries might need to be updated. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361996] '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/16|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W16"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 23:29, 15 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:UOzurumba (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26564838 --> == Converting to copyright-until == I had a bunch of work links added by a new editor, and had to turn them into copyright-until. So I tossed a short script in sed that did 90% of the work, and decided to post it here, as much in hopes that someone would do a more universal and correct job, then in hopes that it would be useful. : <nowiki>cat file | sed 's/\[\[/{{copyright-until|/' | sed 's/\]\] (\([0-9]*\))/|\1 + 96|\1}}/'</nowiki> --[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 22:25, 16 April 2024 (UTC) :I don't know about universal and correct, but if the input is entirely regular like <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline>[[Wikipage|Display]] (1892)</syntaxhighlight> I'd probably do something like: :<syntaxhighlight lang="perl">perl -p -e 's/\[\[(.*?)\|([^]]+)]]\s*\((\d+)\)/"{{copyright-until|$1|$3|display=$2|until=" . ($3 + 96) . "}}"/e' file</syntaxhighlight> :Which, admittedly, looks like line noise, but then most regex does. It does avoid a [[w:Useless use of cat|useless use of cat]] though. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 07:28, 17 April 2024 (UTC) == Scanned microfilm sources == Some time ago a large number of periodicals were posted on the Internet Archive in microfilm form (as seen [https://archive.org/details/sim_microfilm here]). Are there any concerns about using these as scan sources? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 02:29, 19 April 2024 (UTC) :copyright will be tricky. i would use https://onlinebooks.library.upenn.edu/cce/serialprocess.html for guidance about US formalities. you might want to include the serial information in the upload metadata, since commons is simplistic. :mass upload will require expertise, since Fae is gone. :you might not want to drop a lot of periodicals without building a team to proofread them. --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 02:58, 19 April 2024 (UTC) == Invitation to join April Wikisource Community Meeting == Hello fellow Wikisource enthusiasts! We are the hosting this month’s Wikisource Community meeting on '''27 April 2024, 7 AM UTC''' ([https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/1714201200 check your local time]). Similar to previous meetings, the agenda will be split into two segments. The first half will cover non-technical updates, such as events, conferences, proofread-a-thons, and collaborations. In the second half, we'll dive into technical updates and discussions, addressing key challenges faced by Wikisource communities. Simply follow the link below to secure your spot and engage with fellow Wikisource enthusiasts: [[:m:Event:Wikisource Community Meeting April 2024|Event Registration Page]] If you have any suggestions or would just prefer being added to the meeting the old way, simply drop a message on '''klawal-ctr@wikimedia.org'''. Thank you for your continued dedication to Wikisource. We look forward to your active participation in our upcoming meeting. Regards [[:m:User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]], [[:m:User:SWilson (WMF)|Sam Wilson (WMF)]], and [[:m:User:SGill (WMF)|Satdeep Gill (WMF)]] <small> Sent using [[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[User talk:MediaWiki message delivery|talk]]) 12:21, 22 April 2024 (UTC)</small> <!-- Message sent by User:KLawal-WMF@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:SGill_(WMF)/lists/WS_VPs&oldid=25768507 --> == Tech News: 2024-17 == <section begin="technews-2024-W17"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/17|Translations]] are available. '''Recent changes''' * Starting this week, newcomers editing Wikipedia [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Growth/Positive reinforcement#Leveling up 3|will be encouraged]] to try structured tasks. [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Growth/Feature summary#Newcomer tasks|Structured tasks]] have been shown to [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Growth/Personalized first day/Structured tasks/Add a link/Experiment analysis, December 2021|improve newcomer activation and retention]]. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T348086] * You can [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Coolest Tool Award|nominate your favorite tools]] for the fifth edition of the Coolest Tool Award. Nominations will be open until May 10. '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/wmf.2|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-23|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-24|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-25|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] '''Future changes''' * This is the last warning that by the end of May 2024 the Vector 2022 skin will no longer share site and user scripts/styles with old Vector. For user-scripts that you want to keep using on Vector 2022, copy the contents of [[{{#special:MyPage}}/vector.js]] to [[{{#special:MyPage}}/vector-2022.js]]. There are [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Reading/Web/Desktop Improvements/Features/Loading Vector 2010 scripts|more technical details]] available. Interface administrators who foresee this leading to lots of technical support questions may wish to send a mass message to your community, as was done on French Wikipedia. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T362701] '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/17|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W17"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 20:28, 22 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Quiddity (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26647188 --> == Vote now to select members of the first U4C == <section begin="announcement-content" /> :''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Election/2024/Announcement – vote opens|You can find this message translated into additional languages on Meta-wiki.]] [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Election/2024/Announcement – vote opens}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]'' Dear all, I am writing to you to let you know the voting period for the Universal Code of Conduct Coordinating Committee (U4C) is open now through May 9, 2024. Read the information on the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Election/2024|voting page on Meta-wiki]] to learn more about voting and voter eligibility. The Universal Code of Conduct Coordinating Committee (U4C) is a global group dedicated to providing an equitable and consistent implementation of the UCoC. Community members were invited to submit their applications for the U4C. For more information and the responsibilities of the U4C, please [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Charter|review the U4C Charter]]. Please share this message with members of your community so they can participate as well. On behalf of the UCoC project team,<section end="announcement-content" /> [[m:User:RamzyM (WMF)|RamzyM (WMF)]] 20:20, 25 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:RamzyM (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=26390244 --> lpbzp6qt0zpvuammzlvzgw2bad4a1xx 14130247 14129936 2024-04-25T23:09:51Z EncycloPetey 3239 /* Aux TOC arcana */ new section wikitext text/x-wiki {{process header | title = Scriptorium | section = | previous = [[Wikisource:Index/Community|Community pages]] | next = [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives|Archives]] | shortcut = [[WS:S]]<br/>[[WS:SCRIPTORIUM]] | notes = The '''[[wikt:scriptorium|Scriptorium]]''' is Wikisource's community discussion page. Feel free to ask questions or leave comments. You may join any current discussion or <span class="plainlinks">[{{fullurl:Wikisource:Scriptorium|action=edit&section=new start}} a new one]</span>; please see '''[[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Help]]'''. The [[Wikisource:Administrators' noticeboard|Administrators' noticeboard]] can be used where appropriate. Some announcements and newsletters are subscribed to [[/Announcements/]]. Project members can often be found in the [[liberachat:wikisource|#wikisource]] IRC channel [https://kiwiirc.com/nextclient/irc.libera.chat?channel=#wikisource webclient]. For discussion related to the entire project (not just the English chapter), please discuss at the [[:mul:Scriptorium|multilingual Wikisource]]. There are currently {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} [[Special:ActiveUsers|active users]] here. {{/Navigation}} }} {{autoarchive resolved section | age = 3 | archive = ((FULLPAGENAME))/Archives/((year))-((month:##)) | level = 2 | show = no | timecompare = <!--allowing for archiving without resolved--> | timeout = 30 }} [[Category:Bots/Archival|Scriptorium ]] [[Category:Wikisource|Scriptorium]] __NEWSECTIONLINK__ <!-- Interwiki links --> [[mul:Scriptorium]] <!-- Interwiki links --> = Announcements = = Proposals = === Proposal to change {{tl|SIC}} display === This is a proposal to change what text the {{tl|SIC}} template displays, i.e. making it show the corrected text rather than the original typo. An example of what the repurposed template could look like can be seen > [[Template:SIC/testcases|here]] <, the final presentation, of course, not being definitive (current one thanks to {{ping|CalendulaAsteraceae}} ). The most important change would be to put the typo in the tooltip and the corrected term on display, and the arguments for this change are the following: * SIC doesn't export well at all and the ebook result isn't any different from an overlooked typo, the exception being pdf showing the typo being underlined. The audience most happy with the current use of the template (indeed the only persons who can actually see the tooltip) seems to be editors who browse Wikisource solely on computer and who enjoy reading the typos from the original text. This is a fraction of the intended audience of Wikisource, and in my opinion the mindset is detrimental to increasing the website's reach: with the current use of SIC a reader wanting an ebook with no typos (which is most ebook readers) has no reason to use Wikisource over other book repositories like Gutenberg. * The proposed new usage of SIC would still clearly display that a typo has been fixed, and will display the typo as a tooltip, as completely correcting the text isn't the goal here. This is done to respect the original edition of the text, as it still shows how shoddy some books were published, and will be useful to book lovers who want to see how the text has been fixed between different editions. This information, however, will appeal only to a minority audience of Wikisource: this is why it's the typo that should be in the tooltip, not the displayed text. * The current use of SIC is awkward with missing typography, as a missing comma or quote mark mentioned by SIC will only show a tiny wave barely bigger than a dot, and is completely useless when the tooltip can't be accessed as it can't show what the deleted sign was. Truly the common practice among editors is to not use SIC at all for missing typography. The proposed new SIC would just display a sign. * Fixing typos instead of showing typos improve text readability. It had to be said. I'll address some counter arguments which have been raised in previous debates on the subject: * "'''This is changing the text, Wikisource contributors shouldn't make editorial decisions, and the text has to be preserved as close as can be to the original'''" Preserving the text exactly as it was published actually isn't Wikisource's goal, it's Wikimedia Commons' goal, whose scans keep every single flaw of the text just like the real book. Wikisource editors change and make editorial decisions on every single text, whether it is omitting the 3em gap between period and new sentence start, ligatures like st, changing the dreaded ſ into s, displaying the pages in the right order despite faulty original arrangement, or not reproducing the occasional ink blots. Wikisource's goal is to preserve a text ''and'' to make it easily readable. The current use of SIC respects the first goal, but not the second one. The proposed new use of SIC would respect both goals. * "'''This will lead to entire texts being modernized to whatever the editor wants, and will make archaic orthograph disappear from Wikisource'''" As the current SIC template isn't used in that way, I think this would be an unreasonable development. Other Wikisource versions (Spanish and French versions for instance) already display the correction rather than the typo, some for years, and this hasn't led to any loss of accuracy in older texts, as indeed it's meant to be used only for obvious, occasional typos that the original printer would have corrected if aware of them. I'll add that in case of a lack of consensus, a solution satisfying both those for the change and those against the change would be to implement some kind of switch which would allow to show globally either the corrected text or the original typos, as is done for some other templates. In that case I'd suggest to make it by default print ebooks with corrected text, as, and I want to stress this again, the current use of SIC for ebooks is worse than useless, it's detrimental to Wikisource. --[[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 20:06, 27 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} - Making SIC display the correct word by default to the reader seems like an obvious quality of life improvement. When an end user is reading the text, they want to read the word that's supposed to be there - they're not doing a scholarly analysis of variant spellings in different quartos, and if the text depended on an exact transcription of non-standard spellings then we wouldn't be using SIC anyway (e.g. I have a dream of putting Robert Record's The Whetstone of Witte from 1557 through the site - that definitely wouldn't be using SIC). [[User:Qq1122qq|Qq1122qq]] ([[User talk:Qq1122qq|talk]]) 21:01, 27 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} Thank you for writing this up! —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 21:17, 27 March 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}}, strongly: 1) I agree with the counter arguments mentioned above.{{pbr}}2) We often host different editions of the same work. One of the aspects by which they may differ from each other may be e. g. a presence/absence of some typos, and it is desirable to show them by default.{{pbr}}3) The fact there is a typo may give the reader some information too, e. g. that the author was not good in English spelling. I have already proofread some works written by non-native writers which were full of spelling mistakes, and we should not be improving this.{{pbr}}4) The fact that the person who proofreads a work considers something to be a typo does not necessarily mean it is really a typo: it can be e. g. an unusual spelling, obsolete spelling or purposeful change of spelling. I have seen such cases of wrong usage of the template here. If the template shows the original text by default, it makes less harm than if it were the other way, because it is clear that the wrong tooltip is our addition to the text.{{pbr}}5) Ad ''"fixing typos ... improves text readability"''. If the original text was difficult to read because of frequent typos, we should keep this aspect in our transcription too. It is not our mission to "improve" original texts. Keeping the typos gives the transcription a tinge of the original text. --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 23:50, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::A lot of your objections are about misuses of SIC, and are easily solved by not using SIC in works for which it's not suitable - if it's important that typos are recorded, then they should be. ::This is a discussion about what the default behaviour of SIC should be when someone is reading the produced text. [[User:Qq1122qq|Qq1122qq]] ([[User talk:Qq1122qq|talk]]) 07:34, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::I completely agree with points 2 and 3! Point 2 would in fact be followed by the proposed new SIC, as it in fact shows where the corrected typos are, and the typo on the tooltip. Showing the typo by default would however only be useful to Wikisource users whose chief interest is to compare different editions rather than read a book, which, given that it's very unusual here for a book to have even 2 complete different editions, is only a fraction of its actual audience. ::I hadn't considered point 3 when I wrote up the proposal, as I've had so far only seen SIC used in obvious printing errors. I don't think SIC, old or new, should be used in cases where the typo comes from the author rather than the printer, whether the author typo is intended or not. ::Point 4 wouldn't be affected by the SIC change, as a new SIC still would show where the corrected typo is. It would indeed ask more (minimal) effort to check what the typo originally was by placing your mouse over the tooltip instead of being able to read it right away, but the harm in that exceptional and fixable case is vastly outmatched by the harm of normal intended use of current SIC, which is to show untooltiped typos in ebooks. ::As for point 5, it is our mission to make older texts readable and accessible while preserving them; we're not preserving ink blots or misprinted punctuation either. New SIC still preserves typos and indicate them, it just doesn't make them the main focus, which is what old SIC is doing. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 08:36, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}} I loathe the template at the best of times, so tinkering with it is not going to improve it any—nor cause me to start using it. Some works here are unreadable because of the use of this template, with its underlining or (on my eReader) highlighting the text. Changing it to display the supposedly correct text is not going to take away the ugliness that is produced by tooltips. Its misuse for things like user translations of phrases from other languages will not be helped by displaying the alternate text. Deprecate it instead and remove all uses. The quiet template {{tl|sic}} is by far the preferable option where it is felt that an egregious typo should be marked. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 06:45, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}}. As you can see just above, some people find even the current {{tl|SIC}} to be way over the line into annotation territory. I am not personally that conservative (I think {{tl|SIC}}, when used as intended, is fine), but I think showing the corrected text is a step too far. There have been some really egregious misuses of it as is and I am not keen on expanding the scope of its use.{{pbr}}One of the main differences between Wikisource and Gutenberg is our verifiability to a scan and that we preserve the original text as published, including being careful to distinguish which particular ''edition'' of a work our text represents. To say that "everyone" wants to see typos corrected is extrapolating personal preference too far: some proportion of our ebook readers will certainly prefer that, but our content is reused in all sorts of ways and for all sorts of reasons.{{pbr}}But if {{tl|SIC}} doesn't currently export well that's an issue that can be addressed. I haven't run into that issue as yet, but from your description it sounds like the first thing we should do for the short term is to remove the underlining on export. WS Export doesn't have the facility to let the user express preference for things like this, so until it does it will be whatever is the default in {{tl|SIC}} that gets exported but we can apply export-specific styles to it. We can possibly implement a way to switch between the two when viewed in a browser, but that seems a bit over-engineered for the actual need. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 08:35, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::You'll find that both our personal preferences tint our views on what the intended Wikisource audience is! If I get you properly, your assumption is that it tends towards the archivist/scholar type, who'll come to Wikisource to find preserved documents that couldn't be found on other websites (except on wiki commons). My own assumption is that, while we do get researchers and scientists who'd rather read our completely-rewritten-as-close-as-possible-to-the-original texts than the actual original texts (which are on wiki commons), the main audience of Wikisource is the actual general audience, novel readers and the like. A poll on audience wishes would be interesting, but in its absence a cursory look at wikimedia statistics imply that the actual situation leans towards my point of view. ::Now none of us imply (yes, not even me) that "everyone" wants to see typos corrected or not corrected, as indeed if there was a consensus there would be no discussion. But what is the SIC use which would accommodate the most people? ::Old SIC accommodates Wikisource editors who want the text displayed to have the original printing typos (which isn't the same as wanting to have an accurate text, as no editor transcribes accurately every typography quirk of the original text), and the archivist/scholar who is glad that they can read the original typo right away instead of having to move their mouse over the text to check it (assuming researchers don't study texts by downloading ebooks of them and reading them on their phone, which would remove the tooltip). It inconveniences all those who want to read a text without printing typos, which I will assume is an important part (again, not "everyone") of the general audience. New SIC would inconvenience these two previous categories (which are very important categories, as one of them is the actual decision-maker on template changes), and accommodate most ebook-readers, as well as archivist/scholars who don't mind about printing typos or about hovering over indicated corrected text to see what the original typo was. As to which audience we ''should ''accommodate, that's a website policy that I can have no influence on! even if it seems to me that one audience clearly outnumbers the other. ::Furthermore new SIC would have no influence on copy/pasted text used by scholars who want to use the actual original text in their thesis, as original-typos would still be clearly marked for a scholar to notice and add back at leisure, and no serious researcher would use Wikisource text without carefully reading it first to remove new, editor-added typos. ::I'll only frankly disagree on your opinion that expanding the scope of SIC could lead to more misuse. The scope of SIC has been expanded in other versions of Wikisource with no unwelcome result, so I can safely affirm this is a baseless fear. ::As to the WS Export, it's only a low priority issue, as it only shows on PDF. I'd argue underlining without tooltip is still more useful than no underlining at all, as it somehow indicates that the editor was aware there was a problem with the word. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 10:37, 28 March 2024 (UTC) : {{comment}} I have stated before that perhaps we should have an approach where we dynamically load a list of "errata" in the text elsewhere perhaps generated in the headers by detected SIC templates, and perhaps something like this would deprecate the need for a tooltip at all, and the correct text would therefore be displayed instead of the typo. My biggest issue with tooltips is that they don't work well on exports or mobile views, and are designed for desktop views (pretty much the only view to Wikisource around the time the template was originally created). But I do think that recognizing where typos and other inconsistencies exist is extremely important, since they can aid in discussions about publication or revision history of certain works, about historical typographical or linguistic tendencies, etc. : Just so everyone is aware, there are literally examples of literary errors that became ''famous'' or ''iconic'' throughout history. One example I can think of offhand is the "{{w|all your base are belong to us}}" fad of the early 2000s which has its own Wikipedia article (although I know this wouldn't be nearly old enough to be PD). But there are many older examples. I recall there are several examples of newspaper editors accidentally leaving random curse words in the articles because they were bored sitting at the typewriter and forgot to remove them, things like this. While I mistakenly thought there was an entire Wikipedia article listing famous historical typos, (but like, why isn't there???), you can find loads of articles online about these and they're fun to read about. Anyways, they're historically important, ok? Just trust me on that. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 10:16, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::The list of errata is indeed a solution present on the french Wikisource, which I find very convenient! It's however a more important change than just reversing the SIC template, which is why this proposal is more modest in scope, and aims to at least gather what is the general opinion on "displaying typo" vs "displaying corrected text". I don't think list of errata could be agreed on without at first agreeing on the "displaying corrected text" philosophy... ::Probably one the most most famous misprinted works is the [[W:Wicked Bible|Wicked Bible]], which sadly isn't apparently yet on Wikisource. When such a typo is a matter of fame, I'm sure there could be found grounds to leave it untouched! [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 10:48, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :{{comment}} - I'm not going to vote yet, since there are some issues in the comments I'm making here that complicate things. :* I'd consider the possibility of creating a new template instead, which I would prefer (not least because the name "SIC" implies that what is displayed is as given in the original). :* Related to this is unexpected uses of {{tl|SIC}}. In particular, it's been used by some contributors to show when hyphenation is inconsistent in the tooltip. Obviously if we want to change the behaviour of {{tl|SIC}} this would need to be removed (replaced by {{tl|tooltip}}?) first; again, this would not be necessary with a new template. :* I note that on some pages of the EB1911 transcription we already have typos being amended in the text, with a tooltip showing the original text. IIRC this is done manually (by using a span, without a template). :* I also note that in the course of migrating some works to scans I've been in the situation of having to introduce typos such as errors in punctuation. While I don't really mind this, it does seem a bit weird to actively make the work worse for the end user. The tooltip not being readable on export does seem to be an important factor here, by the way (and is something that was brought to my attention recently). :* Finally, {{tl|SIC}} is mentioned in [[Wikisource:Annotations]] as a non-annotation. This may need to be revised if the template is changed. :[[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 11:26, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::Point 1 and 2 could imo be addressed by adapting the SIC documentation to clarify its goal, point 5 will also eventually be done when the change takes. A name change of new SIC could be done if there's a strong demand for it, but I don't see it as so explicit that it would confuse users in its purpose. I wonder if point 3 is following current Wikisource policy... Concerning point 4, old SIC making the work worse for the readers except for those interested in seeing all the original typos is precisely why I'm for the SIC change [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 10:43, 29 March 2024 (UTC) ::: It really shouldn't be ''unexpected'' that textual inconsistencies (hyphenation, italicization, use of accents) are marked as SIC in many texts. They ''are'' typographical errors in most cases, especially if being done in the context of the same story, nonfiction book, or novel. What other sites like Gutenberg will often do in these situations is just correct the error, i.e. make all hyphenations the same throughout the text. If a user had the right software tools, they could actually figure out that there was inconsistent hyphenation in any given text (which is something I can do with my software). Sometimes, these inconsistencies literally happen on the ''same page as each other'', so they can be more obvious in some contexts. It's a specific distinct classification of textual error that appears in almost every work I've ever seen, thus deserving of its own separate template. ::: It can also have implications for Wikisource ''proofreading'' as well. Sometimes, inconsistent hyphenation is actually our fault, since most hyphenations at the end of page lines are mid-word so they don't need to be preserved—but it's impossible for ''OCR softwares and the like'' to determine when this end-line hyphenation is supposed to be preserved or not, so it ends up with a scanno on our part. We end up with situations where "houseparty" comes out of "house-\nparty" very commonly, for example. So the template, like SIC, is also used to distinguish ''possible proofreading errors'' from actual hyphenation errors on the part of the original author, to save the time of later editors trying to improve our transcription's accuracy. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 12:06, 31 March 2024 (UTC) *{{Support}} As the proposer said, this would increase text readibility, ''etc.'' I understand the desire to preserve the original text as much as possible, but blatant misspellings (as opposed to archaic spellings) aren't helpful to anyone. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 12:24, 28 March 2024 (UTC) * <s>Weak {{support}}.</s> Addendum: Sorry, as it stands, I {{oppose}} making the change to the current template but I'd support a second template that uses this functionality... * I do agree that, for all practical purposes, what most readers care about is a working text, and I do like that this change doesn't completely remove the SIC template (as I'm sure some editors here would suggest since they hate the tooltips). But, if we're going to go about this change it shouldn't be the finale for another 15 years. We need to be constantly reworking this SIC template situation, and improving on it with new features. Eventually, I do want the tooltip to go away (à la Beeswaxcandle), but I have no idea what I'd put in its place yet. For now though, a couple points: ** This template should carry a parameter, an option to display the typo text, for those proofreaders who want to show the original typo rather than the corrected one. We need to be considering in this discussion that different types of works may necessitate correction more than others. Think of ''who'' the audience of that work is going to be. '''A.)''' For example, are we working with the US copyright catalogs? In that case, [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]]'s SIC would be more useful because a reader is looking for the listings and not concerned about where typos are. And displaying the typo text can actually be argued to be more harmful, especially when we're talking about writing code that's supposed to parse these entries. '''B.)''' But for silent films, novels, short stories, poems? These follow a clear narrative top-down structure, and therefore old SIC makes more sense, because researchers of fiction might actually be interested in where the typos appear. This especially makes sense for works that are known to contain a lot of typos, such as certain works by foreign writers (per Jan), or works that were poorly produced for other reasons. '''But,''' this is a fine line, and isn't easy to make a rule about: it's probably best to leave it up to individual editors to make a decision. ** And this actually makes me wonder if we just need a third SIC template for Ostrea's suggestion, rather than to change the SIC template that's already there... ** PS: A general philosophical sentiment: I will say that, while the general reader of our text is not any "vaguely supposed scholar figure", our WMF sites are generally written and constructed assuming they'll be useful for scholarly research and I think that this is a good thing. This is why Wiktionary isn't an Urban Dictionary clone, and why Wikipedia doesn't use street slang so that their audience of billions can better understand the articles. God forbid our sites become as outright awful for our society's intellectual fervor as today's social media platforms. The WMF sites are some of the only platforms that genuinely keep me sane in this world, giving me real information with evidence and keeping my attention span strong and not weak. I'm not saying this specific proposal is conducive to this so don't get the wrong idea, but I'm saying that the general sentiment of "we should be serving people, not scholars" can lead to bad places if followed in an absolute sense. I do want WS to get more page views, but I want it to better society by encouraging people to read more, not to further the very real and demonstrable trend of attention spans in the general population getting lower and lower specifically because of apps like Snapchat, Tiktok, and Instagram... Just a general sentiment, not related to the proposal itself really, but more to an incidental sentiment. * Overall, I think there are benefits to your suggestion, but 1. this needs to be an ongoing endeavor and not left as it is, and 2. the very sloppy ideas and notions I just typed out are things I'd like to be considered before this template change is made. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 13:03, 31 March 2024 (UTC) *:Arcorann mentioned a 2 templates solution earlier (SIC would stay the same and display the typo, a new template would display the corrected text), and I'm getting more and more convinced that it could become a good compromise. Choosing whether or not to use it could then be a style decision the original (or most prominent) editor of a text chooses around the start of the editing work, just like it's done with choosing whether to use long s or not, or curvy or straight quotes. The new template could be done with or without tooltip, but would always have to make it easy to find where the typos are (for instance by showing a list of the typos on the side like [[:fr:Essais/édition Michaud, 1907/Texte modernisé/Livre I/Chapitre 17|>here<]], by clicking on "Coquilles (1)" under "Options d'affichage"). As we have no consensus on a global change of SIC, I think if a change is done it's going to be through a solution similar to this. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 08:13, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :'''Strongly''' {{oppose}}—hosting editions ''as published'' is a fundamental part of the Wikisource ethos and is what differentiates us from other online libraries such as Project Gutenberg. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 13:44, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::Furthermore, I see that the example text is correcting "longue word" to "long word", which brings to mind the large number of instances where editors have used {{tl|SIC}} to ''modernize outdated spellings'' rather than to only correct typos (or otherwise assume that an unusual spelling must be a typo), and that in itself is enough for me to strongly oppose the replacement of original text with corrected text by default across the board for all current uses of {{tl|SIC}}. I would be much more inclined to consider supporting this if it were a new template for texts moving forward, and did not affect existing uses of {{tl|SIC}}. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 13:46, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::: {{ping|Beleg Âlt|Beleg Tâl}} What about certain technical works such as copyright catalogs? The copyright catalogs for example have very direct technical use cases, and showing the corrected text instead of the original would make more sense for those. This reigns true for a lot of other works that are catalogs or lists. Would you be opposed to a second template to be used for these other works? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:04, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::::I can see why one might want catalogues and lists to be corrected, but as I said before the point of Wikisource is to host them ''as published''. Reference material that is not from a source publication is even [[WS:WWI#Reference material|explicitly excluded per policy]], and I think correcting the published material goes against that (though a separate version of the catalogue with the corrections included could be created as per [[WS:ANN]]) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 15:10, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::::: {{ping|Beleg Âlt|Beleg Tâl}} Is that really ''the'' point, though? I think (as [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] said) the first and foremost point is to host an array of free source texts, with the added suffix of "and we should stay as true as possible to the original, as a nice touch". There are times in which keeping a bit of the text as originally published would be absurdly complicated and therefore function worse, such as at [[Fidelia#ToC]] with the misplaced part in the TOC, and that was a point where a compromise had to be made in order to preserve readability/logical structure. We can't always stay true to the original published text, lest we'd find ourselves in a tough position in many situations. It's why we aren't required to replicate dots in TOCs, and the like, as well. I would be willing to agree with the opposition on the issue of typos in ''fictional'' works such as novels, stories, films, etc., where the typos are more likely to have literary value. But the closer and closer you get into nonfiction toward the realm of catalogs and listings, that point gets harder to defend as such. While researchers would probably find value in film typos, no one would find value in an accidental comma in a catalog entry that was meant to be formulaically entered... You and many others seem to be coming at this from the approach of "the philosophy of Wikisource says this", and the philosophy is certainly relevant, but practical considerations (who our audience is, why we lack an audience, what would look better to readers, etc.) should be taken into account, rather than only caring about precedent. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:34, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::I think that this whole proposal and discussion seems to boil down to the philosophy of Wikisource. I strongly disagree with Ostrea's suggestion that being true to the original is only "a nice touch"—noting that our [[WS:WWI|policy]] is "to present these publications in a faithful wiki version". Our recent adoption of [[WS:ANN]] as policy further underscores the importance of clean, faithful transcriptions to this project. We have consistently insisted that corrigenda be presented ''without modifying the text itself'' (as demonstrated by {{tl|SIC}}, {{tl|AuxTOC}}, {{tl|User annotation}}, separation of user annotations into separate editions, etc). This suggestion, to actually modify the text, goes against all of this. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 16:17, 2 April 2024 (UTC) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 16:17, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :::::::I do believe that being true to the original text is essential! But should we really be more faithful to the printer's errors than to the writer's intent? It seems to me that the current situation of preserving misprints in text isn't due to a matter of faithfulness (as neither the printer nor the writer would like faithfulness to go that far), but to the belief that not touching anything about the text (which is still modified in many small ways on Wikisource anyway) is preserving it. Even masterwork paintings get restored! :::::::Wikisource philosophy talks aside, I think like you that new template will be the eventual solution. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 20:33, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :: {{ping|Beleg Âlt|Beleg Tâl}} Yes, and the language you're using speaks to the unfortunate cultural tendency here to put policies, philosophies, and precedents above a practical and self-improving approach. We indeed have quite strong sentiments among our prolific members about certain notions like this one, and this has influenced our policy. But I'd like to add that while the precedent is strong, we've never, ever, ''ever'' performed any kind of a survey, statistical study, or the like on exactly how our audiences feel about the presentation of our site. I mean, we don't even know who our audience ''is'', or at least we have very poor ways of demonstrating that definitively. :: Let's talk about reality of these "precedents" for a second: our precedents, policies, and the like clearly haven't helped us. We're still living in a world where Wikisource is a barely relevant platform. The majority of our pages (many of which are quite notable works) can barely get 1 page view a month, while even the most obscure Wikipedia articles have at least a few hundred a month. For ''decades'' we've relied on the opinions of a tiny community, consisting mostly of long-time prolific editors with specific reminiscences or sentiments or concepts of purity, with very little actual concern for the reader base, or even the less active editor base. The more successful online communities than us take the opinions of the masses seriously, which we certainly don't do. :: I'm not saying this should be the ''only'' consideration (we should be fostering an intellectual environment, not just designing us for clicking and swiping, yadayada), but we shouldn't just completely dismiss it in favor of long-time editor precedent either. The few active users who are laying oppose votes in this very discussion are about 50% of the "voter" population that solely maintain these very precedents, so I am skeptical that it's very democratic at all. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 17:35, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::{{comment}} I just want to add: if {{tl|SIC}} were modified in such a way that (a) preserved the text as published, (b) was clearly a Wikisource addition rather than part of the original publication, but also (c) made the correction clearer and more accessible to address the issues Ostrea suggested—I would consider this non-controversial and would support it wholeheartedly. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 19:54, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}}—as it would modify existing texts. See for example: [[:Page:Jane Eyre.djvu/107]], [[:Page:Pierre and Jean - Clara Bell - 1902.djvu/306]].--[[User:M-le-mot-dit|M-le-mot-dit]] ([[User talk:M-le-mot-dit|talk]]) 14:59, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::This is such an inappropriate use of {{tl|SIC}} 🙈 lol —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 16:17, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :::{{ping|Beleg Âlt}} Regarding these pages, I agree. Some are validated for years. I've seen also cases where italics were not correctly placed: such as {{tlp|SIC|{{'}}'toolpit'{{'}}|tooltip}}; the new system would remove italics. [[User:M-le-mot-dit|M-le-mot-dit]] ([[User talk:M-le-mot-dit|talk]]) 18:16, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}} We're already fighting inappropriate uses of {{tl|SIC}} where non-typos are being modernized because of rare spellings and archaic usages. Flipping the use of the template would bring those editorial changes to the front. Additional arguments about differences between editions have been made above; sometimes the typos are the reason for hosting (or avoiding) a particular edition. ''Hiding'' those published typos is a disservice both to readers and to the Wikisource editors who have worked hard to prepare the editions. I'm not convinced by arguments based on Spanish Wikisource, since that project moves slower than a glacier in producing new content. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 17:08, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::I see you omitted to mention French Wikisource. I know why! [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 20:36, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :::No, you don't. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 22:33, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} (but with a new template, which appears to be what the proposal's settled into) I agree with Ostrea that having a readable text is more important than typos. I've seen cases where the u's and n's were consistently scrambled, at a rate of approximately one error per page. For such quite certain errors, not caused by the writer's bad english and not intentional, keeping it in the tooltip would cause no harm. I think the majority of our readers want to read the text and are not especially interested in the typos (though that is not sure and a poll about it, if it can be done, would be a good idea), and those that are specifically interested in this edition of this text and all its printing errors probably care enough to hover over the word. It would be better if that new template would display differently from {{tl|SIC}} to make it clear that is is ''not'' the original text. — [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] ([[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] &amp; [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]) 15:04, 3 April 2024 (UTC) ===[[Template:Welcome]] image change=== Apparently this is a thing that happened. The image for the welcome got changed from someone going through books (which is what we do) to some random woman (who is apparently an author, not that the portrait makes it at all clear). I '''support''' the change. Other interested editors: [[User:Xover|Xover]], [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]]. [[User:TE(æ)A,ea.|TE(æ)A,ea.]] ([[User talk:TE(æ)A,ea.|talk]]) 03:24, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{oppose}} The portrait of an actual English author (George Eliot) is preferable over an imaginary random guy from a painting. The portrait of G. Eliot is more welcoming and inclusive, and is also far less busy visually. More welcoming because the subject is facing the viewer, not facing the other way, ignoring the viewer. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 03:57, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :: Right, but as I noted in the other discussion, (and as TEA's comment further proves), the image is not universally recognizable. You're assuming that every editor will come from the same background. A book is a universally recognizable symbol, whereas this individual is certainly not. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 04:25, 9 April 2024 (UTC) ::: No author will be universally recognizable;that's a bar we cannot reach. And neither is the fictional man from an obscure painting going to be recognizable. Yes, books are widely recognized, but the older image is not that of a book, but of a person standing on a ladder with his back to the viewer. Is ''that'' a welcoming image? That image doesn't say "Welcome to Wikisource", but says: "I'm busy so don't bother me." That may be an accurate representation of Wikisource, but it is not a welcoming image. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 19:22, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{support}} I've always felt weird about this change for a lot of reasons, though I wasn't aware of it being a result of a discussion until now, and apparently I wasn't the only one. :* A portrait of George Eliot is not universally recognizable, and people from many different backgrounds will not resonate with the image. At most, she is symbolic of a specific literary movement in '''''Western''''' history...barely relevant at that time outside of Europe...and therefore to many she just represents a random individual on a portrait. :* Also, we are a neutral platform and shouldn't appear that we favor certain authors over others. We can say certain authors are notable, that's fine—but for our ''welcome'' template? I know some will claim they didn't choose the image because of some personal preference or bias for the author herself as has been argued, but whether or not that's true, this is favoritism in practice, inherently, even if unintended. Why not choose Blake, Tennyson, Wells, Fitzgerald, Wollstonecraft, Chesterton, Doyle, ... the list goes on? This just creates an argument about who to choose, and that's counterproductive and unnecessary, even if we're just going to count popular ''women'' writers in this... So, individual people should be out of the question. : I think the previous image was better than what we had after; it was creative, unique, obscure, unexpected, gives a certain nostalgic appeal that also relates to what we're doing in the modern sense, and was certainly not "too visually busy" whatsoever. I don't think anyone will care that much that the person in the portrait is not facing the viewer. It is a ''slight'' downside, sure, but the benefits and '''relevance''' more importantly of the image far outweigh this extremely slight and almost unnoticable con in my opinion. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 04:25, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{oppose}} but only because I want to make a case for the effectiveness of the G. Eliot painting specifically. When I was welcomed in last fall by the aesthetically pleasing G. Eliot painting, it inspired me to discover her Author portal, and thus begin learning how WS is organized. It was puzzling and inviting. I suppose I did wonder "why her?" over all other possibilities, but I confess I simply enjoyed the non-sequitur enigma of it; it felt like an unexpectedly welcoming artistic and aesthetic flourish (which defied my expectactions and contributed my warming up to WS in a hurry). I also was assuming this photo rotates regularly; so I suppose in that sense I "support" changing it, but I'd hope it could continue to be welcoming, intriguing, and aesthetically pleasing. Not sure I'm even entitled to a vote here, but I thought I might have a relatively different perspective as a new Wikisourcer. [[User:Brad606|Brad606]] ([[User talk:Brad606|talk]]) 05:02, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :: {{ping|Brad606}} Yes, you are certainly entitled to vote here with your edit count and your time since registration, and I have loads of respect for this direct user feedback and the unique perspectives. I really wish we had more of this kind of thing in our votes and discussions (more often than we should, we rely on the opinions of the hyper-experienced, rather than the end users who the technology affects the most). I think if the image were rotated, using specific authors might make more sense, since it doesn't suggest partiality, so you raise a valid point about that for sure. This is something that (as far as I know) is technically possible, actually, and if George Eliot were one of a diverse collection of 365 author portraits rotated every day of the year, that would be an interesting (and more neutral) way of doing this. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 05:14, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :::Indeed, for this issue in particular, input from a newer (well, relative to some of us dinosaurs; 3+ years is not all that new) contributor is very valuable.{{pbr}}Whether it makes sense to rotate the image I don't immediately have an opinion on, but if we were to opt for that we needn't make a whole catalog of 365 images and auto-rotate (which is hard to do sensibly in MediaWiki). It would be enough to simply say that "this image rotates periodically" and then let people propose changes here. Simple and low-tech, and easy to relate to and maintain. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:10, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * I'm not sure what "support" and "oppose" would be relative to here (support the change that has already happened? oppose that change? support changing from what's currently there to something else, possibly the previous image? oppose changing it further and stick with what currently there?), but I am in favour of returning to the [[:File:Carl Spitzweg 021-detail.jpg|Spitzweig image]] we had for fifteen years. It's funny and quirky, and more importantly it represents well and directly ''Wikisource'' as a project and what we do here. A generic portrait of an author says nothing about this project, except maybe "look how sophisticated we are that we know immediately who this generic-looking person is". Having a specific author leads to endless discussions of this author vs. that author, and kinda begs for a caption for the image in {{tl|welcome}} that explains who the person is and why they are relevant to welcoming new users. --[[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:31, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{oppose}}, as in opposing the change back to the original picture. The "random woman" in question being a pillar of english literature, I don't think there's an argument for her to be replaced by an actual random man, and George Eliot being unknown by major contributors is all the more reason to actually keep her there. Mind that this isn't a picture to represent the entirety of Wikisource, but to be presented to all new contributors, and new young users could be more enticed to stay and to take the website seriously if welcomed by a young writer than by the quintessence of stuffy old archivist. However it's true that the change done was quite one sided and that the original image has its merits, so I support a rotation in pictures, although not a daily one [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 09:55, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :: It seems to me like English literature had ''quite a lot'' of "pillars" (including some of the other authors I've mentioned), and I think these pillars would only interest a certain subset of our contributor base, even if more or less the majority. As I pointed out, users from certain cultural backgrounds, age groups, educational and class backgrounds, hobby/interest areas, etc., may not find her immediately recognizable, personally relevant, or even know her by name. From my own personal experience, even in ''America'', let alone countries completely outside the "global West", she wouldn't be recognizable to most ''adults''... And in the Philippines, you can absolutely forget it. :: So, I do agree with Xover's point that the portrait has a certain aura of elitism on our part, an issue I forgot to mention in my vote. It isn't wrong of anyone not to know who this author is, as there are plenty other interest areas in Wikisource's league that are unrelated to 19th century English literature and poetry. For example, maybe somebody comes here out of interest in the history of the Boy Scouts...or engineering manuals...or film history...or the ''New York Times''...or school yearbooks...or a plethora of others. :: Well, anyway, the "actual random man" isn't the crux of my argument, as it's not just the man but what he's ''doing'' that leans me to favor it. This is something that the Eliot portrait lacks—there's nothing about that image, except the expectation to recognize her as an individual, that makes it relevant (tangentially) to what we do here. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 12:53, 9 April 2024 (UTC) **[[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]]: I know who George Eliot is, I just wouldn’t know off-hand (nor, I think, would most readers) that ''that portrait'' is of George Eliot. In addition, George Eliot is by no means the most prominent author we have on Wikisource, and is in general not a good representation. The man is fictional, but that is the benefit; he is an ''abstraction'' of the process involved at Wikisource. When representing Wikisource, you can see one tiny facet (with the Eliot portrait), if you can even recognize it, or an abstraction of the basic concept. One is clearly more valuable. [[User:TE(æ)A,ea.|TE(æ)A,ea.]] ([[User talk:TE(æ)A,ea.|talk]]) 20:32, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * '''comment''' The current picture of George Eliot has been in place for 2½ years (Sept 2021). Prior to that we had the Carl Spitzberg image for 11 years (Oct 2010). There was no painting image used in the versions prior to then. Both images were chosen by [[User:Cygnis insignis]] as part of updating the template. I am not aware of any discussion that led to either change. Personally, my preference is for the humour expressed in the Carl Spitzberg image. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 10:16, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * I'd prefer the old image too. Being french (you don't have to look as far as the Philippines), I'd never even heard of the name of G. Eliot before coming here. I was very puzzled it took me a while to discover that she was an author and not just some picture of a random woman. The Spitzberg one is more clearly related to Wikisource (and funnier). (note: Only been here for a few months, if I shouldn't vote in things like this please tell me so) — [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] ([[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] &amp; [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]) 19:56, 9 April 2024 (UTC) *:@[[User:Alien333|Alien333]]: You very definitely should, and we very much appreciate new users engaging themselves with the running of the project. If there's anywhere we have "experienced users only" stuff an experienced user (natch) will take care of it. Essentially it's a matter of a few kinds of votes where votes by users who are not "established" count less or not at all (and that's for the vote counters to deal with). I can't recall any time that rule actually came into play. We also have a few technical things that are better performed by experienced users or admins, but that's purely for practical reasons (easy to make mistakes that are a pain to clean up, or requires admin tools to do right). But in general I wouldn't worry about that: there's no place or aspect of the project where relative newcomers are inherently not welcome, and in most things it's a "with open arms" type situation. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:22, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :Assuming the desired proposal is to change back to the previous image (this should have been stated explicitly), {{support}} as per Cremastra etc. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 05:19, 12 April 2024 (UTC) {{support}} Logging in makes talk pages active and otherwise increases availability. I am usually busy doing something when I am logged in. Then, me the hipster, wants to be done with gender talks. G. Eliot and the people who are available here have one thing in common. We and she had to declare a gender before authoring any opinion or request. We have an extra choice. I can choose to be in a very specifically defined new gender, one which I don't feel qualified to speak for, much less be a member of. And that is the default choice. My experience with the works of G. Eliot was like the bash manual for reading (aka sleep inducing). I couldn't do it. Reading a lot of the crap that is here is work also, so, people logged in for editing or reading are probably busy here. When you can easily be honest with that image of the old fashioned guy putting a book on the shelf and avoid a whole bunch of the politics of personal definitions. Dear George Eliot: Glad to know you, don't let the door hit you on the way out. Hopefully, with you gone, we can walk down the path of "NON DISCLOSED because it REALLY DOESN'T MATTER" universe, where every person on the internet is a 14 year old boy. Tread lightly.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 10:28, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :: As mandatory gender selection goes, it claims to be there for software to run. I become very suspicious when a "person" knows which gender I have opted for. I don't know how to sift through your preferences to learn anything about you. Is there a user gender template any where?--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 09:22, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]]: You can't set a gender in MediaWiki, but in [[Special:Preferences|your preferences]] you can, if you like, specify what pronoun the software should use when it needs to refer to you in the third person. The default is the gender-neutral singular ''they'' (the setting predates the recent proliferation of pronouns and politicisation of ''they'' as a pronoun), and you have to actively choose to have it use ''she'' or ''he''. What a given user has set this preference to is made available through a parser function (essentially a "built-in template"). So for example you could type <code><nowiki>{{GENDER:Xover|he|she|they}}</nowiki></code> to get "they" and <code><nowiki>{{GENDER:RaboKarbakian|he|she|they}}</nowiki></code> to get "he".{{pbr}}Also please note that ''gender'' here is a very nebulous concept as the software knows nothing about who you are in real life, and cannot tell what your biological, social, cultural, or legal gender is (I think there's even an ethnic conception of gender). It ''only'' knows that a particular user has chosen for the software to use either ''he'', ''she'', or ''they'' in certain interface messages where non-gendered language is impossible or too awkward. Nobody knows whether what you specify there is true, in whatever sense is relevant, or not. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:53, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::::[[User:Xover|Xover]]: the point being that software can access that information but people cannot, at least not without software like at minimum, a template. Which would explain a lot about Petey's "Rabo is a maverick" rant. Petey taught me at wikidata. So I had a software rant from him. For example. I have seen gender (also) used in a "he is typing" sort of way also, in the wiki gui, where it was supposed to be.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 16:24, 13 April 2024 (UTC) *{{support}}: while I don't classify George Eliot as "some random woman", the original painting better reflects what goes on here. If you don't immediately recognize the current picture as depicting George Eliot, it's somewhat confusing, whereas the original painting is immediately understandable (as SnowyCinema said above, "a book is a universally recognizable symbol, whereas this individual is certainly not.) [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 22:15, 10 April 2024 (UTC) = Bot approval requests = * See [[Wikisource:Bots]] for information about applying for a bot status * See [[Wikisource:Bot requests]] if you require an existing bot to undertake a task === [[User:SodiumBot|SodiumBot]] === I'd like to request temporary bot permissions for [[User:SodiumBot]] so that the bot can takeover the task of updating statistics templates on en.wikisource that was until recently done by [[User:Phe-bot|Phe-bot]] (in the event that Phebot becomes operational, I will shutoff this task, since it wouldn't make sense to have two bots updating statistics). A example of the kind of edits SodiumBot would perform would [[Special:Diff/13950449|look something like this]]. [[User:Sohom Datta|Sohom]] ([[User talk:Sohom Datta|talk]]) 05:53, 17 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}}, and thank you so much for taking over this task! [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:08, 17 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 09:44, 17 March 2024 (UTC) :Bot flag granted for six months while work on updating Phebot is happening. If SodiumBot needs to take on other tasks, please seek community approval. If time period needs to be extended beyond the six months, please request on [[WS:AN]] as we approach 22 September, 2024. Thanks, [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 17:22, 22 March 2024 (UTC) {{section resolved|1=--[[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:12, 13 April 2024 (UTC)}} =Repairs (and moves)= '''Designated for requests related to the repair of works (and scans of works) presented on Wikisource''' See also [[Wikisource:Scan lab]] ===The Yellow Book Volume 8 - page moves=== I have repaired the file for this work by adding in two missing pages (132 & 133). As no placeholders had been inserted, please move all transcribed pages, from [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/152]] onward, on by two (i.e. to [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/154]], etc.){{pbr}}Contrary to the statement on the index page, page 134 is not missing. Also, the 'missing' p. 347 and 348 appears to be the result of a page numbering error, since there is nothing in the table of contents that would appear on these pages if they were present, nor is there anything in other scans of this volume.{{pbr}}I have also taken the opportunity to remove the last page, which was a colour grading card. Thanks, [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 13:59, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] done. Index page to be cleaned, pagelist to be updated, etc. [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 22:00, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] something strange in the scan? see [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/252]] and [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/391]]. They were proofread but the scan has empty pages. [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 22:04, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :::Thanks. I'd spotted the issue with 252 but not got as far a 391. 47 also has the same issue. There should be text on these pages. I'm looking to fix the scan but it shouldn't involve any more moves. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 04:35, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::I've updated the index page and everything in terms of page alignment is (hopefully) fixed. Thanks again. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 07:18, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ===[[With a Difference]]=== This originally was an article in [[The Atlantic Monthly/Volume 109/Number 650]]. If allowed, it could be moved to [[The Atlantic Monthly/Volume 109/Number 650/With a Difference]] thus retaining the contributor chain, And then, so it can become scan backed, starting with [[Page:The Atlantic Monthly Volume 109.djvu/128]] of the scan: paste, review and rinse -- then display with <nowiki><pages></nowiki>. If all of this is "okay" I can do any or all parts. There might need to be approval or perhaps there are preordained procedures which would make this unusual in that it might easier to ask permission for than it would be to apologize for.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 14:21, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :Now I am authoring an apology.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 16:03, 7 April 2024 (UTC) ::So, I am sorry. I moved the page to [[Page:The Atlantic Monthly Volume 109.djvu/128]] thinking I could just move the page from one empty page to another and back it up to before its move and then edit out the parts that are not on that page of the scan. ::Instead, I get a "failed to blahblah sea dragon" because, apparently, the page is lacking something that brings up the page editing tools and scan view and such.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 16:11, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]]: You can't move pages from mainspace to Page: (or Index:) namespaces; they're completely different content models. To move text between mainspace and Page: you'll have to cut&paste manually (since Match&Split is broken indefinitely). In any case, I've undone your move so you should be back to the status quo. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 18:59, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::: @[[User:Xover|Xover]] Could you add a little more info about "broken indefinitely"? I'd like to update [[Help:Match and split]] to reflect this. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 19:12, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::::@[[User:Peteforsyth|Peteforsyth]]: All the functionality of phe-tools was disabled due to the Grid Engine shutdown (they moved Toolforge to Kubernetes). Getting it running again requires porting it to a completely new environment, and it's an old inherited code base that's poorly documented and with some very tight couplings to the old environment. I still intent to try getting it running again, but that's going to require quite a bit of sustained time and attention; which is exactly what I have trouble finding these days. Soda has kindly taken on some of the stats tasks, but the rest are offline until some unspecified and unpredictable point in the future (which might be "never", but hopefully not). [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 19:25, 7 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::@[[User:Xover|Xover]] Thank you. I made a big note at the top of the page [[Special:diff/14043178|here]]; perhaps there is more appropriate formatting, of course no objection if you want to adjust. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 04:27, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::I don't know if this can help prioritize this issue but the lack of Match&Split is a huge impediment for many transcription projects. The amount of work it saves is huge when starting from a proofread transcription that is to be matched to a scan (which is by far the fastest way to proceed). In the worst case, would it be extremely difficult and/or time consuming to code it from scratch? Unfortunately, not being a developer I wouldn't know were to start so this is an obviously very naive question. [[User:Epigeneticist|Epigeneticist]] ([[User talk:Epigeneticist|talk]]) 12:58, 17 April 2024 (UTC) :::::::@[[User:Epigeneticist|Epigeneticist]]: It's not a matter of priorities, and re-implementing it is not likely to be any quicker. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 16:52, 17 April 2024 (UTC) :I moved the page to [[The Atlantic Monthly/Volume 109/Number 650/With a Difference]] (leave the redirect up); feel free to copy-paste the text into the Page namespace and transclude when you're done. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:13, 8 April 2024 (UTC) Sorry. What is the dirt on soda? --[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 19:43, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : I know of soda as a beverage or a baking ingredient, any other definition eludes me. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 04:28, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Peteforsyth|Peteforsyth]]: "Soda" refers to [[User:Sohom Datta|Sohom Datta]], who operates [[User:SodiumBot|SodiumBot]] (the bot that now updates the on-wiki stats). He's also done a ''lot'' of technical work on the plumbing for Wikisource (Proofread Page, Edit in Sequence, etc.). All `round awesome person. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:47, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[user:Xover|Xover]]: Thanks for the explanation, and thank you Soda for all the work! Pinging @[[user:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]]. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 18:17, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ===To the Lighthouse - page moves=== Although this work is marked as 'Done' (fully validated and transcluded) it is actually missing two pages (172 and 173). To allow placeholders to be inserted, could you please carry out the following moves:- * The index page name = [[Index:To The Lighthouse.pdf]] * The page offset = 2 * The pages to move = 174-318 * The reason = Insert missing pages Thanks {{unsigned| 12:01, 13 April 2024 (UTC)‎|Chrisguise}} :Note that this will also require updating all the transclusions for these pages. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 10:56, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]]: Page:-namespace pages have been shifted. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:11, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ::Thanks - only just got round to uploading the file including placeholders. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 06:24, 18 April 2024 (UTC) = Other discussions = == Subscribe to the This Month in Education newsletter - learn from others and share your stories == Dear community members, Greetings from the EWOC Newsletter team and the education team at Wikimedia Foundation. We are very excited to share that we on tenth years of Education Newsletter ([[m:Education/News|This Month in Education]]) invite you to join us by [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/This Month in Education|subscribing to the newsletter on your talk page]] or by [[m:Education/News/Newsroom|sharing your activities in the upcoming newsletters]]. The Wikimedia Education newsletter is a monthly newsletter that collects articles written by community members using Wikimedia projects in education around the world, and it is published by the EWOC Newsletter team in collaboration with the Education team. These stories can bring you new ideas to try, valuable insights about the success and challenges of our community members in running education programs in their context. If your affiliate/language project is developing its own education initiatives, please remember to take advantage of this newsletter to publish your stories with the wider movement that shares your passion for education. You can submit newsletter articles in your own language or submit bilingual articles for the education newsletter. For the month of January the deadline to submit articles is on the 20th January. We look forward to reading your stories. Older versions of this newsletter can be found in the [[outreach:Education/Newsletter/Archives|complete archive]]. More information about the newsletter can be found at [[m:Education/News/Publication Guidelines|Education/Newsletter/About]]. For more information, please contact spatnaik{{@}}wikimedia.org. ------ <div style="text-align: center;"><div style="margin-top:10px; font-size:90%; padding-left:5px; font-family:Georgia, Palatino, Palatino Linotype, Times, Times New Roman, serif;">[[m:Education/Newsletter/About|About ''This Month in Education'']] · [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/This Month in Education|Subscribe/Unsubscribe]] · [[m:MassMessage|Global message delivery]] · For the team: [[User:ZI Jony|<span style="color:#8B0000">'''ZI Jony'''</span>]] [[User talk:ZI Jony|<sup><span style="color:Green"><i>(Talk)</i></span></sup>]], {{<includeonly>subst:</includeonly>#time:l G:i, d F Y|}} (UTC)</div></div> <!-- Message sent by User:ZI Jony@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:ZI_Jony/MassMessage/Awareness_of_Education_Newsletter/List_of_Village_Pumps&oldid=21244129 --> == Reusing references: Can we look over your shoulder? == ''Apologies for writing in English.'' The Technical Wishes team at Wikimedia Deutschland is planning to [[m:WMDE Technical Wishes/Reusing references|make reusing references easier]]. For our research, we are looking for wiki contributors willing to show us how they are interacting with references. * The format will be a 1-hour video call, where you would share your screen. [https://wikimedia.sslsurvey.de/User-research-into-Reusing-References-Sign-up-Form-2024/en/ More information here]. * Interviews can be conducted in English, German or Dutch. * [[mw:WMDE_Engineering/Participate_in_UX_Activities#Compensation|Compensation is available]]. * Sessions will be held in January and February. * [https://wikimedia.sslsurvey.de/User-research-into-Reusing-References-Sign-up-Form-2024/en/ Sign up here if you are interested.] * Please note that we probably won’t be able to have sessions with everyone who is interested. Our UX researcher will try to create a good balance of wiki contributors, e.g. in terms of wiki experience, tech experience, editing preferences, gender, disability and more. If you’re a fit, she will reach out to you to schedule an appointment. We’re looking forward to seeing you, [[m:User:Thereza Mengs (WMDE)| Thereza Mengs (WMDE)]] <!-- Message sent by User:Thereza Mengs (WMDE)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=WMDE_Technical_Wishes/Technical_Wishes_News_list_all_village_pumps&oldid=25956752 --> == [[Template:Beleg Tâl's sidenotes]] == There are too many sidenote templates on this website, so I've decided to add yet another :D It is my hope and belief, that someday English Wikisource will have a standard general-purpose approach to sidenotes. At that time, this template should be replaced with the adopted standard template. In the meantime, you can use this template as a ''placeholder'' to indicate a sidenote that should be standardized once a standard has been created. The actual formatting of the sidenotes in the meantime may vary. (Currently it uses {{tl|right sidenote}}.) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 14:17, 26 February 2024 (UTC) :I was originally going to call this template [[Template:Generic sidenote]], but I decided to give it a name that clearly indicated that it shouldn't be treated as an alternative permanent approach to sidenotes —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 14:18, 26 February 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Beleg Tâl|Beleg Tâl]]: I feel your pain, but I think it is a very bad idea to put a username in any page name outside User: space, I think it's a very bad idea to make temporary placeholder templates, and I think it is a very bad idea to react to a proliferation on half-broken templates by adding yet another deliberately half-broken template.{{pbr}}I might suggest a more productive channel for that frustration is collecting a structured description of use cases along with problems with existing templates somewhere. It is conceivable that we'll be able to "solve" (fsvo) this eventually, but it will at very least require that the issue works its way up to the top of someone's list of annoyances, and for that a structured description of the use cases and problems will be essential. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:43, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::As it happens, in this case there is no pain or frustration. I created a formatting-agnostic template because we didn't have one and we needed one; and I made it a placeholder template because we don't have community consensus (yet) on what a formatting-agnostic sidenotes template should look like and how it should work. ::You do make a good point, however. Perhaps it would be better if, instead of a placeholder template that should be replaced when consensus is reached, I were to make it a permanent template that should be modified and updated with whatever behaviour is decided upon? Alternatively, I could just rename it, to at least remove the username as an issue. What do you think of this? ::As for compiling the issues and use cases of the various existing sidenotes templates—that has already been done in much detail elsewhere (primarily by @[[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]]), and I do not think that this thread is the place for rehashing that whole discussion. I merely intended to inform the community of the template I created so that works containing sidenotes could still be proofread in the meantime. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 17:42, 28 March 2024 (UTC) == Switching to the Vector 2022 skin == [[File:Vector_2022_video-en.webm|thumb]] Hi everyone. We are the [[mw:Reading/Web|Wikimedia Foundation Web team]]. As you may have read in our previous messages across wikis or [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/2022-06#Desktop Improvements update|here in June 2022]], we have been getting closer to switching every wiki to the Vector 2022 skin as the new default. In our previous conversations with Wikisource communities, we had identified an issue with the Index namespace that prevented switching the skin on. [[phab:T352162|This issue is now resolved]]. We are now ready to continue and will be deploying on English Wikisource on Wednesday '''April 3, 2024'''. To learn more about the new skin and what improvements it introduces when compared to the legacy 2010 Vector skin, please [[mw:Reading/Web/Desktop_Improvements|see our documentation]]. If you have any issues with the skin after the deployment, if you spot any gadgets not working, or notice any bugs – please contact us! We are also open to joining events like the [[metawiki:Wikisource Community meetings|Wikisource Community meetings]] and talking to you directly. Thank you, [[User:OVasileva (WMF)|OVasileva (WMF)]] and [[User:SGrabarczuk (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)]] ([[User talk:SGrabarczuk (WMF)|talk]]) 15:47, 14 March 2024 (UTC) :{{ping|Candalua}} it looks like Vector 2022 breaks [[:mul:MediaWiki:TranscludedIn.js]]; are you able to update that tool? —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 18:59, 14 March 2024 (UTC) ::Vector 2022 breaks lots of stuff (in everything from trivial ways to completely broken). I encourage everyone to try switching to Vector 2022 in your preferences NOW and report anything that breaks here. Especially if any of our community-wide Gadgets are affected, but there are also some widely used user scripts that it would be good to know about sooner rather than later if they are going to break on April 3. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 20:15, 14 March 2024 (UTC) ::Oh, and Transcludedin.js isn't really "fixable" per se, since Vector 2022 explicitly doesn't support adding menus. We'll have to try to reverse engineer what MoreMenu and Popups does to find something that kinda sorta works (we have two widely used user scripts that run into the same problem). Because that's a good use of volunteer resources over the WMF actually adding support for basic facilities for Gadgets that have been requested for two decades or so... [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 20:24, 14 March 2024 (UTC) :::An illustration of the problem with [[User:Inductiveload/jump to file]] (presumably one of the aforementioned user scripts): :::[[File:Wikisource jump to file script - Vector 2010 menu.png|thumb|center|with Vector 2010]] :::[[File:Wikisource jump to file script - Vector 2022 menu error.png|thumb|center|with Vector 2022]] :::Also broken: the Tools menu interacts poorly with the file history table. :::[[File:File history overlaps Vector 2022 Tools menu.png|thumb|center]] :::—[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 04:01, 15 March 2024 (UTC) ::::Jump to file has been broken in other ways as well. I think I remeber looking into it and the web backend is providing some incorrect information :( [[User:Sohom Datta|Sohom]] ([[User talk:Sohom Datta|talk]]) 12:29, 15 March 2024 (UTC) ::::@[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]]: The above brokenness in Jump to File should be fixed now. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 17:04, 29 March 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] (CC [[User:Beleg Tâl|Beleg Tâl]]): It turns out I lie. Not only does Vector 2022 (now) explicitly support menus like this(ish), but Jon even stepped in and fixed [[:s:mul:MediaWiki:TranscludedIn.js]] for us (Thank you Jon!). [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 17:02, 29 March 2024 (UTC) ::{{Re|OVasileva (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)}} This skin does not seem to be suitable for Wikisource at all. Compare e. g. the work with proofread extension in both skins. In the new one both the editing window and the window with the scan are so small that I am unable to do any proofreading work effectively. I can choose only between struggling with reading tiny letters or enlarging the scan so much that only a part of the page fits into the window. And this enlarging is possible only in the editing mode anyway, it is not possible in the reading mode. I would really like to ask this skin not to be deployed in Wikisource. --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 09:51, 16 March 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan.Kamenicek]]: You can "Hide" both sidebars, to make them become dropdown menus, and recover the horizontal space. There is also a "constrain width" widget floating in the bottom right corner where you can toggle between full-width and constrained-width layout. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:09, 24 March 2024 (UTC) :Why? As Jan Kameníček said, the skin is unsuitable here (and everywhere else, but that's a different matter). Why is the WMF so keen to force Vector2022 on everyone when so many problems have been found with it? English Wikipedia alone has complained about it enough for ten wikis. It is far too narrow for actual proofreading, and you have failed to provide any good reasoning as to why this poorly-designed skin should be forced onto our IP editors. The WMF already has a bad track record of communicating and collaborating with the communities, and Vector2022 has so far only made it worse. Why do you insist on rolling this out as the new default? {{Ping|OVasileva (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)}} At the minimum, you need to allow IP editors and readers to use the good Vector skin if they want to. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 22:41, 16 March 2024 (UTC) ::i would make timeless the default skin on wikisource. --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 00:58, 21 March 2024 (UTC) ::If you are using Vector2022 and click on a not-so-small gray button that says "hide", the sidebar will collapse and in fact you get ''even more'' width space to proofread. This is definitely an improvement in that sense. [[User:Ignacio Rodríguez|Ignacio Rodríguez]] ([[User talk:Ignacio Rodríguez|talk]]) 17:54, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :::yes, it is an improvement over flat sidebar gadget. the menus remain a problem. --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 22:52, 25 March 2024 (UTC) ::enWP complaining about something isn't really a useful yardstick. There's complaints if anything changes, and complaints if nothing changes. What would be useful is testing the new skin with all our local stuff on enWS and reporting concrete issues. Some of them may be with community-controlled things that we need to fix ourselves (see e.g. the broken user scripts and gadgets mentioned above), while others may be things we need to report upstream (in which case we need a good concrete description of the problem). Case in point, the Index: namespace has been exempted from Vector 2022's constrained-width layout because it didn't work well there and someone filed a good bug report about it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:14, 24 March 2024 (UTC) ===Different line height in Vector 2022?=== It seems the line height in Vector 2022 is different for some reason which makes problems with text withing pictures, such as [[Page:The Czechoslovak Review, vol3, 1919.djvu/299|here]]. --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 18:57, 30 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan.Kamenicek]]: It's not the line-height (that's identical), it's that in their great wisdom they decided that paragraphs were not sufficiently distinguishable from a mere line break within a paragraph on Wikipedia (of course), and so they "fixed" it by fiddling with the styling such that paragraphs in Vector 2022 now get both a top "margin" and bottom "padding". In Vector 2010 paragraphs just had a .5em top and bottom margin, and since adjacent margins collapse in CSS that meant paragraphs were always .5em (~7px) apart. If you insert two blank lines you get an extra empty paragraph, and so you get exactly 1em (14px) between the visible paragraphs. In Vector 2022 they've deliberately used padding instead of margin to defeat this collapsing, so that adjacent paragraphs get 1em between them. Paragraphs separated by two blank lines will now get 1.5em (21px) between them. Or put another way, they want to make it so that text separated by a single blank line looks like what we expect text separated by two blank lines to look. Text separated by two blank lines is now going to look fairly comical.{{pbr}}Mostly this is just jarring design-wise (we'll get used to it), but for any context were we depend on some kind of predictable height of the content (like your example) we're now going to have trouble. Vector 2010 and Vector 2022 now behaves completely differently, and Vector 2022 in a way that is hard to override in a predictable fashion. Templates have limited capability to differentiate between skins, so I am uncertain to what degree we can smooth out the differences there. This behaviour was added to Vector 2022 quite recently so I've asked them to please stop poking their nose down into on-wiki content at this level of detail. If I can persuade them to revert this change that would be for the best. If not, I'm not sure how we're going to deal with it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 22:13, 30 March 2024 (UTC) ::This also means that editors who leave in the end of line breaks throughout paragraphs when proofreading need to stop doing so. Those of us who use any other skin won't see a problem, but it will make it look weird for anyone on the default. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 22:49, 30 March 2024 (UTC) :::I don't think that's going to be a problem. What they're doing in the skin is styling HTML <code>p</code> tags in ways that are going to be annoying to work around, but where <code>p</code> tags get added in the first place is a function of the parser and not of the skin. Hard line breaks inside a block of text have mostly worked because they do not cause the parser to insert a <code>p</code> tag there. So since the parser is not changing, neither should the behaviour for hard line breaks inside paragraphs. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:43, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::::A quick update. It seems like this change has caused several problems across projects and they are consequently going to reevaluate. It's likely they will not simply revert the change, but they may change the way they do it such that we don't get this problem or there is a cleaner way to work around it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:35, 5 April 2024 (UTC) ::Btw, in order to figure out some workable approach to this, if we're stuck with it, I'm going to need plenty of examples of places where it breaks. Things like the text overflowing in Jan's {{tl|overfloat image}} example above. A lot of cases are going to be the kind of "pixel perfect" layout that you can't in general do on the web, but we'll need to look for ways that at least it won't be any ''more'' broken than it already was. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 11:03, 31 March 2024 (UTC) == Making ''MoreMenu'' and ''Without text'' Gadgets default == In [[Special:PermanentLink/13971025#New_Gadget:_MoreMenu|#New Gadget: MoreMenu]] and [[Special:PermanentLink/13971025#New_beta_Gadget:_Automatically_empty_Without_text_pages|#New beta Gadget: Automatically empty Without text pages]], I announced the availability of these two new Gadgets. Since then there has been relatively little feedback, but what feedback there has been has been positive. I therefore intend to make both default at some point in the relatively near future. I encourage you to post feedback in this thread (positive, negative, neutral, or apathetic; all feedback is valuable). Especially if you are sceptical I encourage you to actively test both Gadgets and then express your concerns here. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:19, 15 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} Seems reasonable. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 13:56, 15 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} Sounds good to me. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 14:51, 15 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} They can't hurt anyone, and I feel like emptying without text pages should have been done long ago. [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] (<span style="font-size: 83%;{{#if:|{{{style}}};}}">[[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] and [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]</span>) 16:42, 16 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 09:45, 17 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} per those above, particularly [[User:Alien333|Alien333]]'s wise words. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 03:26, 21 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} ''without text'', ambivalent about ''Moremenu'' [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 10:24, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :Per the above, I have now made both Gadgets default. They can be turned off again per-user in your Preferences. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 12:49, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::It's taken me a bit to realise what happened when an unexpected poorly named tab suddenly appeared and the keyboard shortcuts associated with delete, move, and protect all stopped working. I've turned off MoreMenu in my Preferences because I don't use a mouse if I can avoid it. The "poorly named" comment comes because there were two tabs labeled "page". How are less-experienced users to know which one does what? [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 21:15, 29 March 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]]: The non-optimal naming stems from Wikisource's choice to use "Page" as the main tab, which then clashes with the commands and links in the menu that are related to the ''current page''. On Wikipedia that tab is called "Article", on Wikibooks it's "Book", on Commons it's "Gallery" etc. I'm not sure there's a good solution to this (the non-optimal tab naming has been mentioned as confusing in other contexts too, for similar reasons).{{pbr}}The missing accesskeys however are clearly a bug. I've reported it upstream so hopefully that can be fixed fairly quickly. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 11:59, 30 March 2024 (UTC) == Disambiguating encyclopedia articles from works == I have always had a significant issue with our common practice of including encyclopedia articles, such as those from EB1911, Nutall, NSRW, etc., in disambiguation pages alongside other works. Some quite poignant examples exist at [[Jalna]] and [[Surakarta]]. The crux of my argument is centered around the very concept of a disambiguation page itself. It's meant to disseminate confusion from works of the same title. And no one would '''ever''' confuse a novel with an unrelated encyclopedia article. Think about this in conversational form: <blockquote>A: "Hey, have you ever heard of 'Jalna'?" B: "Oh, yeah, I loved reading that, that was a great novel!" A: "No, I was talking about ''the 1911 Britannica article about a town in India''."</blockquote> Like what? Who would ''ever'' say this as a response? That is what you're implying when you put something on a disambiguation page—that it's reasonable to think that someone might confuse a ''popular novel'' with an ''obscure encyclopedia article''. I admit that I don't know exactly ''how'' you would technically classify an encyclopedia article, in the bibliographic sense, and it [[User_talk:Neo-Jay#Naming_and_disambiguation|has been noted]] that "a long encyclopedia article may even be regarded as an academic masterpiece". And this may be true—in fact, there are even (''very rare!'') instances where encyclopedia articles have been republished in some other form. But, we have to consider the ''context in which these articles exist''—whereas something like an essay, a paper, a speech, or even an article in a periodical or newspaper, would be intended to be found on its own and regarded as its own individual property, an encyclopedia is ''specifically '''designed''' to be searched''. In other words, you're ''never'' looking for the encyclopedia article for its own sake—you're looking for it because you want some specific information. You're ''using'' the broader work (''Britannica'') for the purpose of finding information ''about'' Jalna, and it never occurred to any reader that the article on it was even its own unique entity at all. I wouldn't want to include "Jalna" the encyclopedia article on a disambiguation page, for the same reason that I wouldn't want to include every magazine issue editorial titled "Editorial" in a disambiguation page called [[Editorial]]—the editorial is intended to be searched from the issue, the same as the encyclopedia article is meant to be searched from the encyclopedia. I do understand that in the case of [[Surakarta]] and many others, there is a counterargument some of you may make, in that encyclopedia articles have use in being disambiguated from ''each other''. But in this case, really we need more extensive portals, and perhaps a separate searching technology specifically for our dictionaries and encyclopedic works, (I'm not kidding, this would be ''extremely'' useful and I'd love to see something like this), but it just doesn't seem like disambiguation pages are the place to be doing this. Pinging {{ping|Beleg Tâl|Neo-Jay}} who I've talked with about this previously. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 14:14, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :As formulated, I disagree with this. But perhaps there is an underlying problem behind your reasoning for which one can find a solution that we agree on?{{pbr}}Encyclopedia entries are both practically and bibliographically stand-alone works (one can quibble about single-sentence entries and such, but one can't generally say that they are not in this context). And the purpose of disambiguation pages is to disambiguate among works with near identical titles. See [[Hamlet]], in particular the original, vs. Lamb's bowdlerized version, Hazlitt's commentary, the three encyclopedia articles, and the encyclopedia article for the opera.{{pbr}}I've also sometimes been annoyed by the need for dab pages when there are only two works listed, and one of them seems very incidental or insignificant. But over time I've come to the conclusion that this stems from assigning too much significance to wikipage names (that's why enWP has big fights about a term's main topic: do most people mean the type pf small settlement or the play?). Having dabs is good, even if sometimes annoying for Wikisourcerers running into naming collisions.{{pbr}}The flip side is long dab pages like [[Poems]]. Some of these are inevitable (they're the corner-cases like [[Poems]] specifically, for which there's no good solution), but for others the straightforward solution is to add some structure to the page. So, for example, perhaps split different types of works to separate subsections, so that encyclopaedia articles are in their own section? [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 15:33, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :: {{ping|Xover}} You say that "as formulated" you disagree with this, since you say that both practically and bibliographically they are stand-alone works, but could you elaborate on why and in what sense? I'd be interested to see the specific reasoning for this, and how it would refute that encyclopedias are functionally designed to be searched, with their articles existing more as "search''es''" than as individual works; while an essay or a poem are almost guaranteed to be published in multiple sources, to be clearly seen as standalone works in the sense that they are understood to be sought after in isolation? I am just saying it's misleading to treat encyclopedia articles as if they are sought after as the things themselves rather than the topics they represent. When I say the word "Elephant" in a sentence, how likely is it that I'm referring to the Wikipedia article on {{w|elephant}} if "Wikipedia" or "article" aren't in my sentence? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:48, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :: Addendum: One could also say, in exactly the same way, that forewords of novels are works in their own right (since some form of those very forewords might one day be found in a periodical, who knows!). And in some technical, academic sense maybe they are, but would this justify a 500,000-item disambiguation page at [[Foreword]]? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:54, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :::See [[Preface (Johnson)]]. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 16:16, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :::: {{ping|Xover}} {{smaller|Mmmh, this appears to be a rare edge case; it's a well-researched (and interesting!) versions page where the changes are noticeable, distinct, and span several different authors and publishers across eras. But to use this notable piece of Shakesperean literatary history that happens to manifest itself in the form of a preface, as a precedent for the rest of the millions of prefaces out there, is not a place I'd go with my lukewarm acceptance of it. And to be honest, I'm in the mindset that this belongs in another namespace or in some other structure, but I have no specific ideas and Versions makes sense within the confines of the little structure we have to work with.}} [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 16:59, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :I very strongly agree with this position. Consider the page [[Poems]] mentioned above. In my opinion, it would be inappropriate and rather ridiculous to include on that page every encyclopedia and dictionary that happens to contain an article about "Poems". I would argue, as [[User:Billinghurst|Billinghurst]] argued to me [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/2015-08#Famous passages as separate works|nearly a decade ago]], that to be considered as a separate work for enWS purposes, the "component will have been separately published and outside of the bible" (replacing the bible with the encyclopedia in this case). —[[User:Beleg Tâl|Beleg Tâl]] ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 16:58, 24 March 2024 (UTC) :: The examples in that older discussion focus on poems and passages included within a larger work, and I agree somewhat that those are edge cases and ''might'' be worthy of such treatment. But encyclopedia articles for most major encyclopedias have their own authors and citation information from specific editions. That is, whereas ''The Walrus and the Carpenter'' will appear in the same chapter of its containing work, it does not have set pagination nor a separate author from the author of its containing work. Encyclopedia articles typically do have their own separate authorship, and are as much a work in their own right as a poem included in an anthology. Also, to be clear, it is not an article ''about'' Poems that would be listed for disambiguation, but an article ''titled'' "Poems". --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 00:32, 25 March 2024 (UTC) :::Re articles in reference works being on their own they also frequently cross-reference each other, overlap with multiple different entries under the same header, have varying degrees of set clear pagination and are almost never independently reprinted. Multiple authorship also seems to be weird as a main deciding criterion to clue on IMO, e.g. when later editions add additional chapters to a book, now those original chapters have "own authors and citation information" and are now independent works but they weren't before? :::''Poems'' is a bit of an edge case as it goes into the Main / Portal linking issue as well and how ''[[Poems]],'' [[Portal:Poetry]] and Category:Poems all interact but that is its own separate specific rabbit hole. Note that ''The Walrus and the Carpenter'' is frequently anthologized as a separate work on its own with its own chapter, set pagination etc. which causes issues as well if we then version those but not the original publication... [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 00:02, 27 March 2024 (UTC) {{ping|SnowyCinema}} I concur with your sentiment that every ''Foreword'' and ''Editorial'' should not be listed on disambiguation pages, but not for the reasons you've given. A ''Foreword'' is a description of the item, and not its title. We would not list every "Chapter I" on a disambiguation page, because that is a label, and ''not'' a title. Likewise, an ''Editorial'' is a ''kind'' of work, not the title of a work, and disambiguation pages should list works with a given title, without listing works ''described'' or ''categorized'' using a given label. Having worked on Wiktionary, the equivalent language is: '''labels''' are common nouns, but '''titles''' are proper nouns. And "foreword", "index", "editorial" are identifying labels, but not titles. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 00:52, 25 March 2024 (UTC) :We have similar issues with things like [[Sonnet]] where they may be labeled by number as well by first line, and presumably Untitled or such some placeholder if we consider neither of those the actual title since not provided by the author. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 01:59, 25 March 2024 (UTC) :: Disambiguation pages are ''searching aids'' and ''title disseminators'', so to include an encyclopedia article in them is functionally useless. The way those titles are referred to, as I said, is always "Jalna in the ''Encyclopedia Britannica''" or the like. No one on earth has trouble telling the difference between a specific encyclopedia article about ''Moby Dick'' and ''Moby Dick'' itself. Whether or not they have different authors is beside the point, it's about the fact that encyclopedias are designed to be searched and not considered in their own right. Which is why, whether or not you want to say in some ''academic'' sense that they're "works" by some technical nitty-gritty classification, you can't say that they're standalone in any sense. The standalone work is the encyclopedia, is the dictionary. Any entries in them are just that, and they're meant to serve the purpose of the encyclopedia, not to be found on their own. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 06:58, 25 March 2024 (UTC) :::You keep asserting that, but it's just not true as a general statement. Most encyclopaedia entries, sure, they're short blurbs that are mostly interchangeable, like dictionary entries, and primarily have value as a part of the larger work they are contained in. But the EB1911, and ''Grove'', and a lot of others have entries that are ''long'', ''well researched'', ''with a distinct author'', ''can have multiple editions'', etc. In fact, in ''Grove'' (now owned and online at OUP) each entry gets its own DOI, and even has different DOIs for each edition of an entry. EB1911's entry authors are also often leading experts in their fields, and well-know and published outside EB1911 (see e.g. [[Author:Sidney Lee|Sidney Lee]], who is known today primarily as one of the leading Shakespearean scholars of his era). There's no practical difference between these an a short story in a short story collection, or a paper in a collection or ''festschrift''. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 07:15, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :::: {{ping|Xover}} The difference is that, and while Wikisource doesn't represent this often enough in practice, short stories ''and'' poems that appear in collections are almost ''guaranteed'' to have been published in multiple different sources, like periodicals, newspapers, or other collections, so they should ''categorically'' be considered as standalone works and ''categorically'' be assumed to exist in many versions. So the short story collections are effectively just collections of works, while an encyclopedia is more like a searchable database for information. I am aware that many encyclopedia articles are long and well-researched etc., but that's besides the point. I'm certain that many prized academics have also contributed a lot to Wikipedia's articles, but that doesn't make them standalone works in the same sense as a ''story''. I'm sure ''some'' of the entries in these old encyclopedias were reproduced in other works, but even then oftentimes they become something fundamentally different later by reference. So, it's no longer ''EB1911's article on Moby Dick'', it's now ''EB1922's update on Moby Dick'', or ''EB1936's article on Moby Dick'', you know? It's never ''just'' "Moby Dick: The Article". So these responses I'm getting don't address my primary concern, which is that while short stories are quite easy to categorically be considered in their own right and can be referred to explicitly by their titles without any adjacent context, the EB articles ''have'' to be referred to in the context of the encyclopedia or no one would ever understand what you were talking about. And that goes to the broader point as well: that no one would ever confuse ''Moby Dick'' the novel with an encyclopedia article about it, because it doesn't even make logical sense to lump the two together in this way as if they could be supposed to be the same. Also, no one has answered the hypothetical I gave before, which is if I used the word "Elephant" in a sentence, how likely is it that I'm referring to Wikipedia's article on the topic, if "Wikipedia" or "article" aren't in my sentence? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 08:35, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :::::No, but that's a contrived example. Cf. below, "William Shakespeare" could refer to one of any number of works that are substantially similar in subject-matter (biographical information about him and his works), but where some are in the form of encyclopedia articles, some are essays from collections, some are scholarly monographs, some may be fictionalized retellings of his life. It is quite common in the literature to see footnotes citing ''Lee (1904)'', ''Chambers (1930)'' with the full reference to a encyclopedia entry and a monograph (respectively) appearing in the bibliography. Depending on citation style used, these can appear as "Lee, ''Shakespeare''" and "Chambers, ''Shakespeare''" or any number of other variations. The point being that these do not treat encyclopedia articles and monographs differently. Your point is a valid one that applies to a lot of encyclopedia articles, but you cannot generalise it to "all encyclopedia articles".{{pbr}}You'll also note that nobody (serious) cites ''Wikipedia''; they cite the article "William Shakespeare" on ''Wikipedia'' at a given date and time (or revision). "Wikipedia" as a work is somewhat meaningless; it's a tool for creating and a site for hosting the works it contains, which are the individual articles. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:04, 26 March 2024 (UTC) I will just comment that I see three intersecting questions: 1. Workflow. For example, on WP if I want to find out about "Shakespeare, New Mexico" I can search Shakespeare --> Main topic (William Shakespeare) --> disamb page --> article, but on WS do we want to mirror the same flow to find information or do we expect a different workflow? 2. Bibliography of subpages. Which subpages are "works" and merit specific indexing and which works aren't? Is a Chapter in a Novel entitled Shakespeare independent? Is [[The Common Reader/Jane Austen]] a separate work because it is non-fiction now? Or only if it is by a separate author? Or republished and excerpted outside with sufficient notoriety etc.? 3. The actual construction of the redirects / links to those works from Main. For example does that link from [[Jane Austen]], [[Jane Austen (1925)]], [[Jane Austen (Woolf)]] etc.? Do we have to create disambiguate pages at those points too? Do we merge "Shakespeare" and "Shakespere"? Do we consider encyclopedia articles by their titles like "Austen, Jane" / "Shakespeare, William" and disambiguate only under those names etc.? [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 01:52, 25 March 2024 (UTC) :I think only the second of those questions is really what is being addressed here. We don't have a workflow such that people would find "works about Shakespeare, NM" at [[Shakespeare]], only "works titled 'Shakespeare'". As for whether to list similar titles together or separately, that is generally done on a case-by-case basis, which is why [[Sonnet]] and [[Sonnets]] are separate pages while [[A Sonnet]] is not. —[[User:Beleg Tâl|Beleg Tâl]] ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 01:58, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]]: [[The Common Reader/Jane Austen]], and the other essays in that collection, are stand-alone works, yes. In fact a number of them appeared stand-alone in ''The Times Literary Supplement'' before being collected there. Most fiction chapters (i.e. novels) will not fit this definition for the simple reason that each chapter does not stand alone, and the chapters are meant to be read in sequence (and are normally never published individually). But in collections of essays or short stories each individual piece is atomic. There are certainly edge cases out there, but the general rule is fairly clear.{{pbr}}All three of those redirects you list seem reasonable. But redirects are mainly about convenience or preserving links to an old title, and not so much about disambiguation.{{pbr}}Disambiguation pages are about distinguishing between works with an identical title, since we cannot let all works live on the same wikipage title otherwise, and as a finding aid to readers. Consider, for example, the Sherlock Holmes stories: most people will be looking for ''A Scandal in Bohemia'' with no idea that it was first published in [[The Strand Magazine/Volume 2/Issue 7/A Scandal in Bohemia|''The Strand Magazine'' in vol. 2, issue 7]]. What they need is [[A Scandal in Bohemia]], a versions page, to tell them we have two versions of that text. Readers looking for "William Shakespeare" may be looking for any one of [[Author:Sidney Lee|Sir Sidney Lee]]'s encyclopedia article [[Dictionary of National Biography, 1885-1900/Shakespeare, William|in the DNB]], [[Author:Edmund Kerchever Chambers|E. K. Chambers]]' seminal ''William Shakespeare: A Study of Facts and Problems'', Park Honan's ''Shakespeare: A Life'', or Stanley Well's ''Shakespeare: A Life in Drama'', or any one of a whole host of other works whose primary title is a permutation of "William Shakespeare". The same goes for "Hamlet", which may be any version of the play, the Bowdlerized editions by the Lambs, Hazlitt's commentary on the play (an essay published in a fixup collection, designed to be read sequentially), several operatic versions inspired by the play (and some independent inventions), and a bunch of poems. The main unanswered question there is the precise definition of "identical", and that's an issue on which reasonable people may disagree. I favour a fairly permissive "…and substantially similar" type definition, but you can't really say someone that argues for seeing "William Shakespeare" and "Shakespeare, William" as distinct is "wrong". [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 08:49, 26 March 2024 (UTC) ::Right, but do we make a distinction between "[[Moby-Dick]]" (novel) and "[[Moby Dick]]" (article), [[The Tempest]], [[Tempest]], [[Tempest, The]] and [[Tempest, Marie]], [[The Monk]], [[Monk]] and [[Monk, James Henry]], [[Kubla Khan]] and [[Kublai Khan]], etc. The original example might make a distinction between ''Surakarta'' articles about the place and ''The Surakarta'' the novel, for example. I mention redirects as that is ''how'' these are implemented, given we are talking about works in a containing work, we ''only'' encounter clashes between the main work and the redirect to the encyclopedia articles. Which is why I started with the first point, these exist as aids for the reader. Personally, I favor more disambiguation, more linking, more discovery, probably more portals to provide structure etc. If we want to through more illustrations, great. But that is my personal opinion. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 14:00, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :::It isn't obvious that if you want ''Shakespeare: A Life'' search for "Shakespeare" and ''William Shakespeare: A Study of Facts and Problems'' search for "William Shakespeare," as a position is wrong. I.e. that someone searching for "William Shakespeare" might be taken literally and not see the Honan or Well work. I think it is wrong because we should favor discoverability and "wikiness" over exact searching like a catalog, but YMMV. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 14:10, 26 March 2024 (UTC) ::: I am not seeing the harm, at all, in listing encyclopedia article titles on a disambiguation page. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 19:56, 26 March 2024 (UTC) == Invitation to join March Wikisource Community Meeting == Hello fellow Wikisource enthusiasts! We're excited to announce our upcoming Wikisource Community meeting, scheduled for '''30 March 2024, 3 PM UTC''' ([https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/1711810800 check your local time]). As always, your participation is crucial to the success of our community discussions. Similar to previous meetings, the agenda will be split into two segments. The first half will cover non-technical updates, such as events, conferences, proofread-a-thons, and collaborations. In the second half, we'll dive into technical updates and discussions, addressing key challenges faced by Wikisource communities. '''New Feature: Event Registration!''' <br /> Exciting news! We're switching to a new event registration feature for our meetings. You can now register for the event through our dedicated page on Meta-wiki. Simply follow the link below to secure your spot and engage with fellow Wikisource enthusiasts: [[:m:Event:Wikisource Community Meeting March 2024|Event Registration Page]] '''Agenda Suggestions:''' <br /> Your input matters! Feel free to suggest any additional topics you'd like to see included in the agenda. If you have any suggestions or would just prefer being added to the meeting the old way, simply drop a message on '''klawal-ctr@wikimedia.org'''. Thank you for your continued dedication to Wikisource. We look forward to your active participation in our upcoming meeting. Best regards, <br /> [[:m:User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]], [[:m:User:SWilson (WMF)|Sam Wilson (WMF)]], and [[:m:User:SGill (WMF)|Satdeep Gill (WMF)]] {{unsigned|18:56, 25 March 2024 (UTC)|MediaWiki message delivery}} <!-- Message sent by User:KLawal-WMF@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:SGill_(WMF)/lists/WS_VPs&oldid=25768507 --> :@[[User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]]: Could you make sure these announcements contain a standard signature (see [[Special:Diff/13996824|diff]]) so that Reply-Tool and Vector 2022's auto-toc features work? [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:34, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Xover|Xover]] Thank you for pointing that out, will include a standard signature in future announcements. [[User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]] ([[User talk:KLawal-WMF|talk]]) 19:15, 28 March 2024 (UTC) == <nowiki>{{Header}}</nowiki> template and misleading publication dates == I have been doing work on various 'collected works' and noticed that misleading date information is appearing against individual works from these collections. Using 'The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (ed. Hutchinson, 1914)' as an example:—{{pbr}} In the main page [[The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (ed. Hutchinson, 1914)]], the year field is filled in '1914' and the title is displayed as 'The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley' (1914), as normal.{{pbr}} On the subpages for each individual poem, if there is no Wikidata link, the title of the overall work appears in the same way. The 'year' field is not used on these pages, so no date appears.{{pbr}} For subpages that do have a Wikidata link, the date of publication entered in Wikidata is displayed in the title. In most cases, this date is that of first publication (in the case of Shelley's collected works, given in a note at the head of each poem). Unfortunately, this date appears immediately after the title of the overall work (e.g. for '[[The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (ed. Hutchinson, 1914)/Lines to a Critic|Lines to a Critic]]', the main title appears as 'The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (1823)'. This gives the impression that the 'collected works' was published in 1823, which is not the case.{{pbr}} I question the need for this date linkage to Wikidata, but if it is judged to be necessary then what is displayed should have some associated text to make it clear what the date is, and it should be placed either after the 'section' field (or better, in the 'notes' field), not the 'title' field. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 10:56, 26 March 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|Chrisguise}} For "Lines to a Critic" that's because the Wikidata item was handled wrong. It is being treated as if it's the work item, but it links to our ''version'' of the poem. This is a quite widespread issue on Wikisource and, in general, we need to correct all instances where this has happened. I do think we should prefer handling this in Wikidata over not doing that, but maybe we need to make it so that we only pull from it if it's marked as an instance of "version, edition, or translation". [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 11:09, 26 March 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|CalendulaAsteraceae}} What is your opinion? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 11:10, 26 March 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]]: I think that only pulling dates if the WD item is a version/edition/translation is the way to go. I can take a look at the code soon-ish. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 19:57, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :::Would doing so affect Versions headers? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 22:06, 26 March 2024 (UTC) ::::Versions headers shouldn't link to version/edition/translation items, so it shouldn't be an issue (once I fix the dozen or so pages that are incorrectly linked) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 20:15, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::::: That's why I ask. If dates are only pulled from versions pages, does that mean the date of first publication (on the data item for the work) will vanish from version pages? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 15:36, 29 March 2024 (UTC) ::::::Depends how the code is written; it shouldn't. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 16:03, 29 March 2024 (UTC) == Simplify Scriptorium page structure == {{smaller|[I thought we'd discussed this before, but I'm failing to find it in the archives just now. I think I recall that people were generally positive, but that we didn't have a good plan for alternative solutions for Announcements and Proposals. So reopening the issue to see if we can at least make a little progress.]}} I'd really like to simplify the page structure of this page to avoid having subsections. It makes a lot of things much more complex, and don't work all that well on mobile (or in the Vector 2022 skin, but that's… a different issue). It is also confusing for newbies, and the important stuff (announcements, proposals) tends to get lost. So… What would we have to do as an alternative for the current sections? * '''Announcements''' * '''Proposals''' * '''Bot approval requests''' * '''Repairs (and moves)''' * '''Other discussions''' '''Other discussions''' would, obviously, just become the one section present on this page (with no actual separate heading, of course). '''Bot approval requests''' could probably either move to [[WS:BR]], with instructions to also post a notice here; or it could be just a normal thread here on the Scriptorium. We average far less than one bot approval request per year, and while looking through the archives for something else I saw several that just languished with no comment. Depending somewhat on the outcome for other sections, I think just making bot approval requests normal threads here is the most practical and pragmatic way to handle them. '''Repairs (and moves)''' doesn't really seem to warrant a separate section on the Scriptorium, and in any case tend to be overlooked in their own section up above. I think most such requests should go to [[WS:S/H]], requests specifically about scans should go to [[WS:LAB]], and anything needing +sysop should go to [[WS:AN]]. So we could replace the whole section with instructions about where to go instead up in the header. '''Announcements''' are, I don't think, very useful as a separate section here because they tend to get lost. I think probably we could make announcements just normal threads here, maybe with "Announcement: " tacked on as a prefix to the thread title. We could have instructions to add {{tl|do not archive until}} so that announcements where that's relevant stay on the page more than 30 days. There may be other things we could do to enhance their visibility while keeping them as a normal thread. '''Proposals''' too are, I think, better handled as normal threads here, combined with use for separate pages for things that are RFC-y (and with a notice here). We should also use watchlist notices (cf. the recent one about Vector 2022 users needing to update their scripts) for important ones (especially policy proposals), and possibly also create a template where current proposals are listed (the template could be permanent at the top of this page and [[WS:S/H]], and we could encourage users to transclude it on their own user page to keep up with proposals). I think that would actually ''improve'' visibility of proposals. I'm sure I've forgotten about something, and I'm sure people will have different views on what the best way to handle stuff is; but that's a snapshot of my current thinking. PS. This thread isn't in itself a proposal, as such, but the discussion that precedes a potential future proposal. If there is significant support, or general apathy in the absence of active opposition, I'll make a concrete proposal up in [[#Proposals]] that would, then, presumably, be the last such under the status quo. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 10:44, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :This sounds like a good idea to me! —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 15:15, 1 April 2024 (UTC) :Just a note that this is the kind of change that needs positive agreement. If there isn't significant participation, and absence of strong opposition, no change can be made. I was hoping to get a sense of where the community stood in this thread, before proceeding to a specific proposal. If nobody thinks this is an issue or doesn't think it's worth the time-investment, then making an actual proposal would just be wasting everyone's time. Some ''yay'', ''nay'', or ''meh'' would be helpful, is what I'm saying. :) [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:32, 5 April 2024 (UTC) :Just wondering, how did this end? Because we still have [[#Announcements]] up there, which has not been used for a while, but apparently also [[WS:Scriptorium/Announcements]], which is at least used for some newletters. — [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] ([[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] &amp; [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]) 10:56, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Alien333|Alien333]]: If it bugs (almost) nobody but me enough to comment here then there's obviously no support for making any change and the status quo prevails (and there's no point making a proposal under those circumstances). I'm guessing the reason nobody's commenting here is that they're mostly fine with how things are, and thus not motivated to think through the sketch of an alternative above. The current structure has worked well for a long time so changes to it has the presumption against it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 12:25, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Xover|Xover]] Perhaps this post became lost in the otherwise difficult to navigate Scriptorium? At any rate, I am not a great fan of the current layout, but equally wonder whether everything may become harder to find if things changed (for the most part, if I want to find the scan lab, I google it, as who knows where the link on Wikisource resides). If the Scriptorium did change, a clear table of contents at the start of this page, linking to the bot request, scan lab etc. subpages, would be much appreciated. [[User:TeysaKarlov|TeysaKarlov]] ([[User talk:TeysaKarlov|talk]]) 21:33, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::I've thought for some time that the community pages here really need some sort of navbox. It'd certainly make it easier to get around. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:48, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::Yeah, that's partly what I have in mind. I'd like to split things into more separate pages, with one thing (main section) per page, and then have a navbox type thing on each page. I also think we can make a template that's displayed prominently in strategic places that lists all currently open proposals. Something like [[w:Template:Centralized discussion]]. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:53, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ::The irony for me is—indeed!—this discussion got lost and I didn’t see it until just now despite my best efforts to follow this page. As a new WS contributor, it’s been hard for me to get invested in this page despite it being on my watchlist (where multiple edits are easily lost track of because of the default way it collapses multiple edits into just one, which I don’t fully understand). ::I’m not smart or experienced enough to propose specific restructuring solution(s), but wanted to say I support any effort by admins and other experienced folks to improve our community interaction. Compared to other “risky” proposals that would affect content in the main namespace, it seems ''relatively'' lower risk to talk about improving this discussion namespace. Just a lot of inertia and potential [[w:loss aversion|loss aversion]] at play probably, which is understandable as a human cognitive bias. [[User:Brad606|Brad606]] ([[User talk:Brad606|talk]]) 14:59, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Brad606|Brad606]]: Yeah, the default watchlist is a bit confusing in this sense. I recommend going to ''both'' the [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-watchlist|Watchlist section of your Preferences]] to turn '''on''' "Expand watchlist to show all changes, not just the most recent", and to go to the [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-rc|Recent Changes section]] to turn '''off''' "Group changes by page in recent changes and watchlist". Why in two different tabs of the Preferences? I have no idea. ¯\_(ツ)_/¯ [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 18:30, 13 April 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|Xover}} Yes, indeed, part of the reason this discussion has been unseen is because of the mountain of obscured discussions already in the Scriptorium from other cases. : Specifically for proposals, I think this deserves its own separate page. Note that Wiktionary has [[wikt:Wiktionary:Votes]], a process which works ''quite well''. Official votes (on policy, etc.), aka proposals, are done in a very structured format: :* Draft it out, based on and reference previous discussion. :* Set a time when the vote begins. Have it sit there as it would be when it starts more or less, but don't allow people to actually vote until the date and time of it starting. This serves a useful purpose: People can comment on the vote's talk page, etc., if the proposal has lack of clarity or has other inherent issues. :* Most importantly to me, '''set a clear time when the vote ends'''. Most of our discussions here (being one of the problems with both the Scriptorium and our desert known as RFC) do not have clear end dates, or clear definitions or enactments of resolution. So they just sit around more or less as thought experiments, going back to the huge "community practice vs. policy" dichotomy we have as well. : So, I think our proposals should function somewhat like this. They should at least be structured so that action is ensured to be taken if consensus allows. Wiktionary also transcludes a list of all current votes on everyone's watchlist, as well as in many other places, so that the wider community is aware... Some ideas for a page title: [[Wikisource:Votes]], [[Wikisource:Proposals]], or (and I like it a lot less) [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Proposals]]. : I'm interested to know what your thoughts on this proposal structure are. I'd move to get the other sections mentioned to subpages as well (and repairs could maybe be merged with [[WS:Scan lab]]), though I have less to comment about them. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 00:13, 14 April 2024 (UTC) == Should we mark the RfC process historical? == There was [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/2024-01#RfC_close|an earlier discussion]] that suggested this, but that has since been archived. There are several huge "open" RfCs, but none of them have had much recent participation or any participation at all – [[Wikisource:Requests for comment/Universal Code of Conduct enforcement draft guidelines|one has had no edits since it was proposed in 2021]], and overall the process seems abandoned, with the Scriptorium being used for most discussions. I think the {{tl|historical}} template should be added to the main RfC page and any open RfCs should be closed (as "no consensus" in at least one case, due to 0 participation). Clearly, the process is not attracting the input it needs ([[Wikisource:Requests for comment]] has achieved a grand total of 243 pageviews so far this month, compared to this page's 6,036 [https://pageviews.wmcloud.org/?project=en.wikisource.org&platform=all-access&agent=user&redirects=0&range=this-month&pages=Wikisource:Scriptorium|Wikisource:Requests_for_comment]). [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 15:09, 29 March 2024 (UTC) :I think it needs updating and revitalization, but there's no need to abandon it entirely. One thing that makes it so moribund is that we mostly get by just fine on established practice, and our policy framework covers most obvious areas. So while not ideal, neither is it particularly urgent to fix it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 16:59, 29 March 2024 (UTC) == Best practices for title pages and other front matter == I was preparing the title page for The Diothas ([[Page:The Diothas, or, A far look ahead (IA diothasorfarlook01macn).pdf/5|here]]) when it occurred to me that I couldn't find much guidance about front matter (the page [[Help:Front matter]] says nothing about style). I did notice that most proofread title pages decrease the vertical space compared to the page, but is there a guideline for this? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 10:13, 30 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]]: No, no good guidance. Title pages (and similar parts of the front matter) are a bit special. The rule of thumb is to reproduce the original layout as closely as possible without going insane with hyper-detailed formatting, and without causing it to overflow a single page when exported to ePub. How detailed a reproduction is useful will also vary from text to text: if the title page has clearly received a lot of love from the publisher then putting more effort into reproducing it is good, but if it is very simple then a reasonable representation is good enough. It's fairly subjective and up to each contributor's judgement.{{pbr}}Personally I always put quite a bit of effort into the title pages etc. of my projects, because I think it's important (not least in order to look good in ePub form), but nobody is likely to rag on you for a reasonable level of laziness here. We can never perfectly reproduce them anyway, so just exactly where the line is drawn will of necessity be a subjective call. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 12:08, 30 March 2024 (UTC) ::Follow-up question: what's the best way to check how the title page looks when exported to ePub? Is there a way apart from just exporting it? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:23, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]]: No, sorry. I've often thought we should have a Gadget to preview this to catch obvious problems with pagination, page width, etc. but as of now the best option is to just export it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 15:40, 3 April 2024 (UTC) == Table of Contents: Index:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu == Table of Contents: Index:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu I'm validating this. There's a typo I don't know how to correct. Please see IX on the table of contents. At the bottom, it says the page numbers are 143-146. But I think it should say 143-166, since the next section starts at 167. Also Section 1, Section VI, , Section X, and Section XV are the only ones that say "Pages" in front of the numbers. Please advise when I can continue validating the pages. Thank you. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 15:54, 31 March 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|Maile66}} The actual table of contents starts [[Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/17|here]]. The index page's table of contents is just a transclusion of the normal table of contents pages in the Page namespace. To find them, just Edit the page to see the index's source code, and you'll find in this case: <syntaxhighlight lang="mw"> {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/17}} {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/18}} {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/19}} {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/20}} </syntaxhighlight> : And just copy and paste. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 16:03, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::Thank you, but since I am doing the validating on this, someone else needs to make these corrections because it tells me the changes need to be proofread. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 18:42, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::: {{ping|Maile66}} 1.) You don't ''have'' to wait for other people to proofread the pages; if you want you can just go ahead and proofread them, since the validation is something that anyone can do. 2.) Which pages haven't been proofread? The table of contents pages are all validated, and all the pages except advertisements at [[Index:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu]] are at least proofread. Are you certain we're talking about the same transcription project? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 23:32, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::::Right now I'm validating pages 2-166 ... and I'm happy occupying myself with that. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 23:41, 31 March 2024 (UTC) :::::{{ping|SnowyCinema}} Ahhhh .... thank you for your instruction and guidance. I fixed the page number. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 20:39, 1 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::{{ping|SnowyCinema}} Well, oops! Looks like I have a lot to learn. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 20:52, 1 April 2024 (UTC) == Tech News: 2024-14 == <section begin="technews-2024-W14"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/14|Translations]] are available. '''Recent changes''' * Users of the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Reading/Web/Accessibility_for_reading|reading accessibility]] beta feature will notice that the default line height for the standard and large text options has changed. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T359030] '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/wmf.25|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-02|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-03|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-04|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] '''Future changes''' * The Wikimedia Foundation has an annual plan. The annual plan decides what the Wikimedia Foundation will work on. You can now read [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Annual Plan/2024-2025/Product & Technology OKRs#Draft Key Results|the draft key results]] for the Product and Technology department. They are suggestions for what results the Foundation wants from big technical changes from July 2024 to June 2025. You can [[m:Talk:Wikimedia Foundation Annual Plan/2024-2025/Product & Technology OKRs|comment on the talk page]]. '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/14|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W14"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 03:36, 2 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:UOzurumba (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26462933 --> == Global ban for Slowking4 == It looks like we are in danger of losing one of our most prolific editors: [[:meta:Requests for comment/Global ban for Slowking4 (2)]]. If you have any opinion on this, speak now or forever hold your peace. (I realize this is mentioned further up the page, but wanted to bump the issue in case folks didn't notice it.) [[User:Nosferattus|Nosferattus]] ([[User talk:Nosferattus|talk]]) 22:42, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :This was posted above under the heading [[#Global ban proposal for Slowking4|#Global ban proposal for Slowking4]]. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:23, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :: But we needed to make doubly sure the WS community was aware this was going on, since that "discussion" (more of a notification really) was buried. Thanks Nosferattus! [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 00:27, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :::you're very kind, however, it is unclear to me, that any amount of reason matters. only go there if you have a strong stomach. the drama caucus (one of your admins among them) will continue to put the stewards to the test, until they get the result they want. lest you think that the neglect of the WMF is bad, just consider the active hostility of a solipsistic clique of functionaries. i got my compliment from "notorious RSG", so the name calling is amusing. Wikimania was becoming tiresome, one of you should go, and help out Vigneron, and there is the wikisource conference to plan for. "all who wander are not lost". --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 02:31, 5 April 2024 (UTC) == All small caps == Is the {{tl|all small caps}} template supposed to work in non-Latin scripts like Greek? They are ''sometimes'' working here: : {{asc|{{polytonic|Οιδιπουσ}}}} The Greek line ''previewed'' correctly, showed correctly when I posted the comment initially, but then did not work when I emended my comment. Because the behavior is variable, sometimes working and sometimes not, I can't tell whether this is the asc-template, the polytonic-template, an interaction between the two, or something else entirely. They do not seem to be working in those scripts in the Page namespace. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 18:12, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :I winder if this is related to the issue I posted at [[WS:S/H#font-feature-setting:'hist']], and some OpenType features are not working? —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 18:51, 3 April 2024 (UTC) ::Just for testing: ::* Default font: {{asc|Οιδιπουσ}} ::* Junicode: {{ULS|font1=Junicode|{{asc|Οιδιπουσ}}}} ::* GentiumPlus: {{ULS|font1=GentiumPlus|{{asc|Οιδιπουσ}}}} ::For me the first two work, and the last one does not; which suggests that it's just the GentiumPlus font that {{tl|polytonic}} uses that might be the problem —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 18:53, 3 April 2024 (UTC) == Document in Jamaican patois == Is [[Yuunivorshal Deklarieshan a Yuuman Raits]] within the scope of English wikisource ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 04:27, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :Hmm. I'd say it's a clear ''no''. Jamaican creole is not generally mutually intelligible with Standard English (although as a primarily spoken language, and as a creole, the degree is pretty fluid from person to person and situation to situation). This is just one such case for which we have mulWS. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 07:10, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : {{vk}} at enWS as a closely-related language to English. We should keep JC works if we're going to host works in Old English, which is at least as unintelligible, if not more so, than the Jamaican Creole provided. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 14:27, 7 April 2024 (UTC) ::It's not primarily a question of mutual intelligibility (although that is certainly also a factor). Old English is a direct precursor of English, and there is a direct lineal relationship linguistically speaking. Jamaican creole is a hodgepodge of languages, where there happens to be a large dash of English in the mix, but it is inherently a mix of languages that do not fit neatly into one specific language family. mulWS is for precisely such cases where you cannot slot a text neatly into one language. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 15:48, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::{{color|gray|> where there happens to be a large dash of English in the mix}} :::The major {{wikt|lexifier}} of Jamaican Creole is English[https://apics-online.info/surveys/8]. :::{{color|gray|> but it is inherently a mix of languages that do not fit neatly into one specific language family}} :::Its language family is {{w|English-based creole|English-based creole}}. Here is its classification on [https://glottolog.org/resource/languoid/id/jama1262 Glottolog]. :::I just wanted to point that out. I didn't know that mulWS existed when I uploaded it, so if that's a better place, then great, I can put it there or an admin can move it. Or if here is fine, that's great too. I'll wait for you all to decide, since I'm brand new to this project and don't know how things work here.--[[User:Vuccala|Vuccala]] ([[User talk:Vuccala|talk]]) 23:54, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : {{vd}} This is in Jamaican Creole (a stable language resulting from a mix of languages), not a patois (nonstandard speech within a language). [[Author:Claude McKay|Clause McKay]] published poetry in the Jamaican patois, but the document under consideration is in Jamaican Creole. Further, this document is a ''translation'' of a document that was originally written in English. Since the document is a translation, and is not in English (or Scots), it falls outside our coverage and should be housed at the Multilingual Wikisource. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 15:06, 7 April 2024 (UTC) '''Question''' (from me, the uploader): is there a more suitable Wikimedia project I could have uploaded this to? There is no Jamaican Creole Wikisource, and we're using this document over at Wiktionary for demonstrating attestations of Jamaican Creole vocabulary using this template: {{wikt|Template:RQ:Yuunivorshal_Deklarieshan_a_Yuuman_Raits}}. --[[User:Vuccala|Vuccala]] ([[User talk:Vuccala|talk]]) 23:29, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : See the above discussion. There is a multilingual Wikisource that houses all languages that do not have a dedicated Wikisource project for the language. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 01:00, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::Is there a way to move something from here to there ? Or does it need to be input separately there ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 01:20, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :::I am an admin and can import. —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 07:10, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :::{{Ping|Beardo}}: [[:s:mul:Yuunivorshal_Deklarieshan_a_Yuuman_Raits]]. —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 07:11, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :{{Ping|Vuccala}} [[:s:mul:Yuunivorshal_Deklarieshan_a_Yuuman_Raits]]. —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 07:35, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::{{Ping|Koavf}} Thank you! I've updated the link in the Wiktionary template to point there instead. You guys can now delete it from English Wikisource. --[[User:Vuccala|Vuccala]] ([[User talk:Vuccala|talk]]) 10:59, 8 April 2024 (UTC) == Transcription speculation == Just a fun little exercise—I was wondering what projects you guys would be working on if more modern works were in the public domain today. So, I started this editable user subpage, [[User:SnowyCinema/Speculative transcriptions]]; the idea is to list your favorite copyrighted works that you might be working on if they were not under copyright. Anything is on the table—video games, TV shows, or books like is our general focus now, etc. I'm curious to see what your answers are. Feel free to add items to the list if you can think of anything. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:35, 7 April 2024 (UTC) == Random line break == Hello. I have recently started a project of [[index:Tarka_the_Otter.djvu|Tarka the Otter]] and some pages seem to have a random line break towards the end for no apparent reason (like [[Page:Tarka_the_Otter.djvu/14|page 14]]). Did I do anything wrong? I can't figure out what is wrong. [[User:HendrikWBK|HendrikWBK]] ([[User talk:HendrikWBK|talk]]) 01:42, 8 April 2024 (UTC) : You did not join the separate lines to make a continuous paragraph, and that line break is a consequence. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 01:58, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::It seems that only the last line is affected. In the rest of the page, if I leave two new line spaces, a new paragraph is formed, while one leaves the subsequent line in the same paragraph. I don't understand what you mean, I believe I did kept lines from the same paragraph immediately next to each other. [[User:HendrikWBK|HendrikWBK]] ([[User talk:HendrikWBK|talk]]) 02:06, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :::️@[[User:HendrikWBK|HendrikWBK]] The software parses the text in unpredictable ways if you don't remove the newline character at the end of every line, and the consequence is that random line breaks appear for no apparent reason. [[User:Ignacio Rodríguez|Ignacio Rodríguez]] ([[User talk:Ignacio Rodríguez|talk]]) 06:21, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::::See [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Help#Proofreading_Paragraph_Problem]] [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 06:59, 8 April 2024 (UTC) == Tech News: 2024-15 == <section begin="technews-2024-W15"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/15|Translations]] are available. '''Recent changes''' * Web browsers can use tools called [[:w:en:Browser extension|extensions]]. There is now a Chrome extension called [[m:Future Audiences/Experiment:Citation Needed|Citation Needed]] which you can use to see if an online statement is supported by a Wikipedia article. This is a small experiment to see if Wikipedia can be used this way. Because it is a small experiment, it can only be used in Chrome in English. * [[File:Octicons-gift.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Wishlist item]] A new [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Edit Recovery|Edit Recovery]] feature has been added to all wikis, available as a [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-editing|user preference]]. Once you enable it, your in-progress edits will be stored in your web browser, and if you accidentally close an editing window or your browser or computer crashes, you will be prompted to recover the unpublished text. Please leave any feedback on the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Talk:Community Wishlist Survey 2023/Edit-recovery feature|project talk page]]. This was the #8 wish in the 2023 Community Wishlist Survey. * Initial results of [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Edit check|Edit check]] experiments [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Edit_check#4_April_2024|have been published]]. Edit Check is now deployed as a default feature at [[phab:T342930#9538364|the wikis that tested it]]. [[mw:Talk:Edit check|Let us know]] if you want your wiki to be part of the next deployment of Edit check. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T342930][https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361727] * Readers using the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Skin:Minerva Neue|Minerva skin]] on mobile will notice there has been an improvement in the line height across all typography settings. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T359029] '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/wmf.26|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-09|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-10|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-11|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] * New accounts and logged-out users will get the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor|visual editor]] as their default editor on mobile. This deployment is made at all wikis except for the English Wikipedia. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361134] '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/15|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W15"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 23:37, 8 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:UOzurumba (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26564838 --> == Avoid concurrent confirmation for our `crats == Courtesy ping: [[User:BD2412|BD2412]], @[[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]]. It just occurred to me that we currently have [[Special:PermanentLink/14036101#Confirmation_discussions|Confirmation discussions]] for ''both'' of our `crats going on concurrently (because we elected both of them at the same time). Now, granted, neither one of them is likely to be involved in any controversy, but it is in principle unfortunate to have them both be up for confirmation at the same time. I therefore propose that we artificially postpone the next confirmation for one of them by 6 months so that their future confirmations will be at different times of the year, and so they can more easily switch out who handles closing confirmations without getting into situations where they can be accused of being influenced by an ongoing confirmation for themselves. It's not something that's ''likely'' to happen, but since it's easy to avoid entirely… It doesn't matter which one of them we move in the cycle, but just so there's a concrete proposal I suggest we delay BD2412's next confirmation by an additional 6 months (for the very well-thought-out reason that they happen to be listed first on WS:A currently :)). [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:55, 9 April 2024 (UTC) : No objection to the plan, but we could also just add a few more 'crats. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 15:55, 9 April 2024 (UTC) ::Actually for the period of time when Hesperian was also a 'crat, all three of us were being confirmed in the same month. I should also point out that any established wikisourceror can close a confirmation discussion and I used to close Hesperian's so that he didn't have to do his own one. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 05:28, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :::Not [[WS:AP|restricted access]] discussions; those have to be closed by the `crats. But, yeah, as mentioned, this isn't exactly a big issue. I just noticed it now and figured there was an easy way to avoid the problem altogether, so why not. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:12, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :::: There is also [[Wikisource_talk:Administrators#'crat COI question|this discussion]], where it was suggested that if the outcome was "bleeding obvious", then it would not be a problem for a 'crat to close a discussion in which they were a participant. I suppose this might be considered to apply to a 'crat closing their own clearly uncontested reconfirmation, though this feels a bit wrong. For this month, I have no problem with the two 'crats involved each closing the discussion for the other, though this also potentially could create an appearance of a tit-for-tat. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 15:31, 11 April 2024 (UTC) == [[:Index:United States Statutes at Large Volume 44 Part 2.djvu]] == Raw OCR dump. Should be removed (along with other Raw dumps) unless someone is prepared to provide alternate scans that are ACTUALLY READABLE as opposed to bordeline illegible on numerous pages. I've been trying to remove lints by attempting to proofread pages that where showing up in a list of mismatched Italics. Raw OCR Dumps diminish my enthusiasm for continuing, and there should be concerted effort to clean out the gibberish generated from them. [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 09:25, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :the scan is fine, with the improved OCR. awaiting for the volunteers to proofread. if you remove it, then the volunteers cannot do the work. (i would be more motivated if there were a consensus to ditch the side notes, which are more trouble than they are are worth). --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 13:16, 14 April 2024 (UTC) == [[Primary sources concerning Wyatt Earp]] == This page contains a number of short newspaper articles all on a related topic. It's been proposed to separate the page, which seems like clearly the right thing to do if the page is going to stay on Wikisource, if somebody is going to take the trouble to find scans, etc.; but this is a labor-intensive task that seems unlikely to happen in the near future. In the meantime, even though it contains actual source material, I would suggest that moving this page to the Portal: space might be the best way to tidy things up. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 17:35, 12 April 2024 (UTC) == Tech News: 2024-16 == <section begin="technews-2024-W16"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/16|Translations]] are available. '''Problems''' * Between 2 April and 8 April, on wikis using [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:FlaggedRevs|Flagged Revisions]], the "{{Int:tag-mw-reverted}}" tag was not applied to undone edits. In addition, page moves, protections and imports were not autoreviewed. This problem is now fixed. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361918][https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361940] '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/wmf.1|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-16|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-17|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-18|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] * [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Magic words#DEFAULTSORT|Default category sort keys]] will now affect categories added by templates placed in [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Cite|footnotes]]. Previously footnotes used the page title as the default sort key even if a different default sort key was specified (category-specific sort keys already worked). [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T40435] * A new variable <bdi lang="zxx" dir="ltr"><code>page_last_edit_age</code></bdi> will be added to [[Special:AbuseFilter|abuse filters]]. It tells how many seconds ago the last edit to a page was made. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T269769] '''Future changes''' * Volunteer developers are kindly asked to update the code of their tools and features to handle [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/Temporary Accounts|temporary accounts]]. [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/Temporary Accounts/For developers/2024-04 CTA|Learn more]]. * [[File:Octicons-tools.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Advanced item]] Four database fields will be removed from database replicas (including [[quarry:|Quarry]]). This affects only the <bdi lang="zxx" dir="ltr"><code>abuse_filter</code></bdi> and <bdi lang="zxx" dir="ltr"><code>abuse_filter_history</code></bdi> tables. Some queries might need to be updated. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361996] '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/16|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W16"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 23:29, 15 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:UOzurumba (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26564838 --> == Converting to copyright-until == I had a bunch of work links added by a new editor, and had to turn them into copyright-until. So I tossed a short script in sed that did 90% of the work, and decided to post it here, as much in hopes that someone would do a more universal and correct job, then in hopes that it would be useful. : <nowiki>cat file | sed 's/\[\[/{{copyright-until|/' | sed 's/\]\] (\([0-9]*\))/|\1 + 96|\1}}/'</nowiki> --[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 22:25, 16 April 2024 (UTC) :I don't know about universal and correct, but if the input is entirely regular like <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline>[[Wikipage|Display]] (1892)</syntaxhighlight> I'd probably do something like: :<syntaxhighlight lang="perl">perl -p -e 's/\[\[(.*?)\|([^]]+)]]\s*\((\d+)\)/"{{copyright-until|$1|$3|display=$2|until=" . ($3 + 96) . "}}"/e' file</syntaxhighlight> :Which, admittedly, looks like line noise, but then most regex does. It does avoid a [[w:Useless use of cat|useless use of cat]] though. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 07:28, 17 April 2024 (UTC) == Scanned microfilm sources == Some time ago a large number of periodicals were posted on the Internet Archive in microfilm form (as seen [https://archive.org/details/sim_microfilm here]). Are there any concerns about using these as scan sources? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 02:29, 19 April 2024 (UTC) :copyright will be tricky. i would use https://onlinebooks.library.upenn.edu/cce/serialprocess.html for guidance about US formalities. you might want to include the serial information in the upload metadata, since commons is simplistic. :mass upload will require expertise, since Fae is gone. :you might not want to drop a lot of periodicals without building a team to proofread them. --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 02:58, 19 April 2024 (UTC) == Invitation to join April Wikisource Community Meeting == Hello fellow Wikisource enthusiasts! We are the hosting this month’s Wikisource Community meeting on '''27 April 2024, 7 AM UTC''' ([https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/1714201200 check your local time]). Similar to previous meetings, the agenda will be split into two segments. The first half will cover non-technical updates, such as events, conferences, proofread-a-thons, and collaborations. In the second half, we'll dive into technical updates and discussions, addressing key challenges faced by Wikisource communities. Simply follow the link below to secure your spot and engage with fellow Wikisource enthusiasts: [[:m:Event:Wikisource Community Meeting April 2024|Event Registration Page]] If you have any suggestions or would just prefer being added to the meeting the old way, simply drop a message on '''klawal-ctr@wikimedia.org'''. Thank you for your continued dedication to Wikisource. We look forward to your active participation in our upcoming meeting. Regards [[:m:User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]], [[:m:User:SWilson (WMF)|Sam Wilson (WMF)]], and [[:m:User:SGill (WMF)|Satdeep Gill (WMF)]] <small> Sent using [[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[User talk:MediaWiki message delivery|talk]]) 12:21, 22 April 2024 (UTC)</small> <!-- Message sent by User:KLawal-WMF@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:SGill_(WMF)/lists/WS_VPs&oldid=25768507 --> == Tech News: 2024-17 == <section begin="technews-2024-W17"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/17|Translations]] are available. '''Recent changes''' * Starting this week, newcomers editing Wikipedia [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Growth/Positive reinforcement#Leveling up 3|will be encouraged]] to try structured tasks. [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Growth/Feature summary#Newcomer tasks|Structured tasks]] have been shown to [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Growth/Personalized first day/Structured tasks/Add a link/Experiment analysis, December 2021|improve newcomer activation and retention]]. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T348086] * You can [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Coolest Tool Award|nominate your favorite tools]] for the fifth edition of the Coolest Tool Award. Nominations will be open until May 10. '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/wmf.2|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-23|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-24|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-25|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] '''Future changes''' * This is the last warning that by the end of May 2024 the Vector 2022 skin will no longer share site and user scripts/styles with old Vector. For user-scripts that you want to keep using on Vector 2022, copy the contents of [[{{#special:MyPage}}/vector.js]] to [[{{#special:MyPage}}/vector-2022.js]]. There are [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Reading/Web/Desktop Improvements/Features/Loading Vector 2010 scripts|more technical details]] available. Interface administrators who foresee this leading to lots of technical support questions may wish to send a mass message to your community, as was done on French Wikipedia. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T362701] '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/17|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W17"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 20:28, 22 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Quiddity (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26647188 --> == Vote now to select members of the first U4C == <section begin="announcement-content" /> :''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Election/2024/Announcement – vote opens|You can find this message translated into additional languages on Meta-wiki.]] [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Election/2024/Announcement – vote opens}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]'' Dear all, I am writing to you to let you know the voting period for the Universal Code of Conduct Coordinating Committee (U4C) is open now through May 9, 2024. Read the information on the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Election/2024|voting page on Meta-wiki]] to learn more about voting and voter eligibility. The Universal Code of Conduct Coordinating Committee (U4C) is a global group dedicated to providing an equitable and consistent implementation of the UCoC. Community members were invited to submit their applications for the U4C. For more information and the responsibilities of the U4C, please [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Charter|review the U4C Charter]]. Please share this message with members of your community so they can participate as well. On behalf of the UCoC project team,<section end="announcement-content" /> [[m:User:RamzyM (WMF)|RamzyM (WMF)]] 20:20, 25 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:RamzyM (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=26390244 --> == Aux TOC arcana == Can someone explain to me why the AuxTOC portion of [[:Page:Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu/7]] (the listed Acts) are not displaying in green the way that other AuxTOC items do? I have tried copying the syntax from another ToC where this works, but it is not working here. With no documentation anywhere that I can find, I am at a loss to understand why the syntax works in one place but not in another. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:09, 25 April 2024 (UTC) enw40em712i7krvhudrxn1ixlchop7c 14130377 14130247 2024-04-26T00:38:50Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Wikisource and other public domain digitization projects */ new section wikitext text/x-wiki {{process header | title = Scriptorium | section = | previous = [[Wikisource:Index/Community|Community pages]] | next = [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives|Archives]] | shortcut = [[WS:S]]<br/>[[WS:SCRIPTORIUM]] | notes = The '''[[wikt:scriptorium|Scriptorium]]''' is Wikisource's community discussion page. Feel free to ask questions or leave comments. You may join any current discussion or <span class="plainlinks">[{{fullurl:Wikisource:Scriptorium|action=edit&section=new start}} a new one]</span>; please see '''[[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Help]]'''. The [[Wikisource:Administrators' noticeboard|Administrators' noticeboard]] can be used where appropriate. Some announcements and newsletters are subscribed to [[/Announcements/]]. Project members can often be found in the [[liberachat:wikisource|#wikisource]] IRC channel [https://kiwiirc.com/nextclient/irc.libera.chat?channel=#wikisource webclient]. For discussion related to the entire project (not just the English chapter), please discuss at the [[:mul:Scriptorium|multilingual Wikisource]]. There are currently {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} [[Special:ActiveUsers|active users]] here. {{/Navigation}} }} {{autoarchive resolved section | age = 3 | archive = ((FULLPAGENAME))/Archives/((year))-((month:##)) | level = 2 | show = no | timecompare = <!--allowing for archiving without resolved--> | timeout = 30 }} [[Category:Bots/Archival|Scriptorium ]] [[Category:Wikisource|Scriptorium]] __NEWSECTIONLINK__ <!-- Interwiki links --> [[mul:Scriptorium]] <!-- Interwiki links --> = Announcements = = Proposals = === Proposal to change {{tl|SIC}} display === This is a proposal to change what text the {{tl|SIC}} template displays, i.e. making it show the corrected text rather than the original typo. An example of what the repurposed template could look like can be seen > [[Template:SIC/testcases|here]] <, the final presentation, of course, not being definitive (current one thanks to {{ping|CalendulaAsteraceae}} ). The most important change would be to put the typo in the tooltip and the corrected term on display, and the arguments for this change are the following: * SIC doesn't export well at all and the ebook result isn't any different from an overlooked typo, the exception being pdf showing the typo being underlined. The audience most happy with the current use of the template (indeed the only persons who can actually see the tooltip) seems to be editors who browse Wikisource solely on computer and who enjoy reading the typos from the original text. This is a fraction of the intended audience of Wikisource, and in my opinion the mindset is detrimental to increasing the website's reach: with the current use of SIC a reader wanting an ebook with no typos (which is most ebook readers) has no reason to use Wikisource over other book repositories like Gutenberg. * The proposed new usage of SIC would still clearly display that a typo has been fixed, and will display the typo as a tooltip, as completely correcting the text isn't the goal here. This is done to respect the original edition of the text, as it still shows how shoddy some books were published, and will be useful to book lovers who want to see how the text has been fixed between different editions. This information, however, will appeal only to a minority audience of Wikisource: this is why it's the typo that should be in the tooltip, not the displayed text. * The current use of SIC is awkward with missing typography, as a missing comma or quote mark mentioned by SIC will only show a tiny wave barely bigger than a dot, and is completely useless when the tooltip can't be accessed as it can't show what the deleted sign was. Truly the common practice among editors is to not use SIC at all for missing typography. The proposed new SIC would just display a sign. * Fixing typos instead of showing typos improve text readability. It had to be said. I'll address some counter arguments which have been raised in previous debates on the subject: * "'''This is changing the text, Wikisource contributors shouldn't make editorial decisions, and the text has to be preserved as close as can be to the original'''" Preserving the text exactly as it was published actually isn't Wikisource's goal, it's Wikimedia Commons' goal, whose scans keep every single flaw of the text just like the real book. Wikisource editors change and make editorial decisions on every single text, whether it is omitting the 3em gap between period and new sentence start, ligatures like st, changing the dreaded ſ into s, displaying the pages in the right order despite faulty original arrangement, or not reproducing the occasional ink blots. Wikisource's goal is to preserve a text ''and'' to make it easily readable. The current use of SIC respects the first goal, but not the second one. The proposed new use of SIC would respect both goals. * "'''This will lead to entire texts being modernized to whatever the editor wants, and will make archaic orthograph disappear from Wikisource'''" As the current SIC template isn't used in that way, I think this would be an unreasonable development. Other Wikisource versions (Spanish and French versions for instance) already display the correction rather than the typo, some for years, and this hasn't led to any loss of accuracy in older texts, as indeed it's meant to be used only for obvious, occasional typos that the original printer would have corrected if aware of them. I'll add that in case of a lack of consensus, a solution satisfying both those for the change and those against the change would be to implement some kind of switch which would allow to show globally either the corrected text or the original typos, as is done for some other templates. In that case I'd suggest to make it by default print ebooks with corrected text, as, and I want to stress this again, the current use of SIC for ebooks is worse than useless, it's detrimental to Wikisource. --[[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 20:06, 27 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} - Making SIC display the correct word by default to the reader seems like an obvious quality of life improvement. When an end user is reading the text, they want to read the word that's supposed to be there - they're not doing a scholarly analysis of variant spellings in different quartos, and if the text depended on an exact transcription of non-standard spellings then we wouldn't be using SIC anyway (e.g. I have a dream of putting Robert Record's The Whetstone of Witte from 1557 through the site - that definitely wouldn't be using SIC). [[User:Qq1122qq|Qq1122qq]] ([[User talk:Qq1122qq|talk]]) 21:01, 27 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} Thank you for writing this up! —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 21:17, 27 March 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}}, strongly: 1) I agree with the counter arguments mentioned above.{{pbr}}2) We often host different editions of the same work. One of the aspects by which they may differ from each other may be e. g. a presence/absence of some typos, and it is desirable to show them by default.{{pbr}}3) The fact there is a typo may give the reader some information too, e. g. that the author was not good in English spelling. I have already proofread some works written by non-native writers which were full of spelling mistakes, and we should not be improving this.{{pbr}}4) The fact that the person who proofreads a work considers something to be a typo does not necessarily mean it is really a typo: it can be e. g. an unusual spelling, obsolete spelling or purposeful change of spelling. I have seen such cases of wrong usage of the template here. If the template shows the original text by default, it makes less harm than if it were the other way, because it is clear that the wrong tooltip is our addition to the text.{{pbr}}5) Ad ''"fixing typos ... improves text readability"''. If the original text was difficult to read because of frequent typos, we should keep this aspect in our transcription too. It is not our mission to "improve" original texts. Keeping the typos gives the transcription a tinge of the original text. --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 23:50, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::A lot of your objections are about misuses of SIC, and are easily solved by not using SIC in works for which it's not suitable - if it's important that typos are recorded, then they should be. ::This is a discussion about what the default behaviour of SIC should be when someone is reading the produced text. [[User:Qq1122qq|Qq1122qq]] ([[User talk:Qq1122qq|talk]]) 07:34, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::I completely agree with points 2 and 3! Point 2 would in fact be followed by the proposed new SIC, as it in fact shows where the corrected typos are, and the typo on the tooltip. Showing the typo by default would however only be useful to Wikisource users whose chief interest is to compare different editions rather than read a book, which, given that it's very unusual here for a book to have even 2 complete different editions, is only a fraction of its actual audience. ::I hadn't considered point 3 when I wrote up the proposal, as I've had so far only seen SIC used in obvious printing errors. I don't think SIC, old or new, should be used in cases where the typo comes from the author rather than the printer, whether the author typo is intended or not. ::Point 4 wouldn't be affected by the SIC change, as a new SIC still would show where the corrected typo is. It would indeed ask more (minimal) effort to check what the typo originally was by placing your mouse over the tooltip instead of being able to read it right away, but the harm in that exceptional and fixable case is vastly outmatched by the harm of normal intended use of current SIC, which is to show untooltiped typos in ebooks. ::As for point 5, it is our mission to make older texts readable and accessible while preserving them; we're not preserving ink blots or misprinted punctuation either. New SIC still preserves typos and indicate them, it just doesn't make them the main focus, which is what old SIC is doing. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 08:36, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}} I loathe the template at the best of times, so tinkering with it is not going to improve it any—nor cause me to start using it. Some works here are unreadable because of the use of this template, with its underlining or (on my eReader) highlighting the text. Changing it to display the supposedly correct text is not going to take away the ugliness that is produced by tooltips. Its misuse for things like user translations of phrases from other languages will not be helped by displaying the alternate text. Deprecate it instead and remove all uses. The quiet template {{tl|sic}} is by far the preferable option where it is felt that an egregious typo should be marked. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 06:45, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}}. As you can see just above, some people find even the current {{tl|SIC}} to be way over the line into annotation territory. I am not personally that conservative (I think {{tl|SIC}}, when used as intended, is fine), but I think showing the corrected text is a step too far. There have been some really egregious misuses of it as is and I am not keen on expanding the scope of its use.{{pbr}}One of the main differences between Wikisource and Gutenberg is our verifiability to a scan and that we preserve the original text as published, including being careful to distinguish which particular ''edition'' of a work our text represents. To say that "everyone" wants to see typos corrected is extrapolating personal preference too far: some proportion of our ebook readers will certainly prefer that, but our content is reused in all sorts of ways and for all sorts of reasons.{{pbr}}But if {{tl|SIC}} doesn't currently export well that's an issue that can be addressed. I haven't run into that issue as yet, but from your description it sounds like the first thing we should do for the short term is to remove the underlining on export. WS Export doesn't have the facility to let the user express preference for things like this, so until it does it will be whatever is the default in {{tl|SIC}} that gets exported but we can apply export-specific styles to it. We can possibly implement a way to switch between the two when viewed in a browser, but that seems a bit over-engineered for the actual need. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 08:35, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::You'll find that both our personal preferences tint our views on what the intended Wikisource audience is! If I get you properly, your assumption is that it tends towards the archivist/scholar type, who'll come to Wikisource to find preserved documents that couldn't be found on other websites (except on wiki commons). My own assumption is that, while we do get researchers and scientists who'd rather read our completely-rewritten-as-close-as-possible-to-the-original texts than the actual original texts (which are on wiki commons), the main audience of Wikisource is the actual general audience, novel readers and the like. A poll on audience wishes would be interesting, but in its absence a cursory look at wikimedia statistics imply that the actual situation leans towards my point of view. ::Now none of us imply (yes, not even me) that "everyone" wants to see typos corrected or not corrected, as indeed if there was a consensus there would be no discussion. But what is the SIC use which would accommodate the most people? ::Old SIC accommodates Wikisource editors who want the text displayed to have the original printing typos (which isn't the same as wanting to have an accurate text, as no editor transcribes accurately every typography quirk of the original text), and the archivist/scholar who is glad that they can read the original typo right away instead of having to move their mouse over the text to check it (assuming researchers don't study texts by downloading ebooks of them and reading them on their phone, which would remove the tooltip). It inconveniences all those who want to read a text without printing typos, which I will assume is an important part (again, not "everyone") of the general audience. New SIC would inconvenience these two previous categories (which are very important categories, as one of them is the actual decision-maker on template changes), and accommodate most ebook-readers, as well as archivist/scholars who don't mind about printing typos or about hovering over indicated corrected text to see what the original typo was. As to which audience we ''should ''accommodate, that's a website policy that I can have no influence on! even if it seems to me that one audience clearly outnumbers the other. ::Furthermore new SIC would have no influence on copy/pasted text used by scholars who want to use the actual original text in their thesis, as original-typos would still be clearly marked for a scholar to notice and add back at leisure, and no serious researcher would use Wikisource text without carefully reading it first to remove new, editor-added typos. ::I'll only frankly disagree on your opinion that expanding the scope of SIC could lead to more misuse. The scope of SIC has been expanded in other versions of Wikisource with no unwelcome result, so I can safely affirm this is a baseless fear. ::As to the WS Export, it's only a low priority issue, as it only shows on PDF. I'd argue underlining without tooltip is still more useful than no underlining at all, as it somehow indicates that the editor was aware there was a problem with the word. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 10:37, 28 March 2024 (UTC) : {{comment}} I have stated before that perhaps we should have an approach where we dynamically load a list of "errata" in the text elsewhere perhaps generated in the headers by detected SIC templates, and perhaps something like this would deprecate the need for a tooltip at all, and the correct text would therefore be displayed instead of the typo. My biggest issue with tooltips is that they don't work well on exports or mobile views, and are designed for desktop views (pretty much the only view to Wikisource around the time the template was originally created). But I do think that recognizing where typos and other inconsistencies exist is extremely important, since they can aid in discussions about publication or revision history of certain works, about historical typographical or linguistic tendencies, etc. : Just so everyone is aware, there are literally examples of literary errors that became ''famous'' or ''iconic'' throughout history. One example I can think of offhand is the "{{w|all your base are belong to us}}" fad of the early 2000s which has its own Wikipedia article (although I know this wouldn't be nearly old enough to be PD). But there are many older examples. I recall there are several examples of newspaper editors accidentally leaving random curse words in the articles because they were bored sitting at the typewriter and forgot to remove them, things like this. While I mistakenly thought there was an entire Wikipedia article listing famous historical typos, (but like, why isn't there???), you can find loads of articles online about these and they're fun to read about. Anyways, they're historically important, ok? Just trust me on that. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 10:16, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::The list of errata is indeed a solution present on the french Wikisource, which I find very convenient! It's however a more important change than just reversing the SIC template, which is why this proposal is more modest in scope, and aims to at least gather what is the general opinion on "displaying typo" vs "displaying corrected text". I don't think list of errata could be agreed on without at first agreeing on the "displaying corrected text" philosophy... ::Probably one the most most famous misprinted works is the [[W:Wicked Bible|Wicked Bible]], which sadly isn't apparently yet on Wikisource. When such a typo is a matter of fame, I'm sure there could be found grounds to leave it untouched! [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 10:48, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :{{comment}} - I'm not going to vote yet, since there are some issues in the comments I'm making here that complicate things. :* I'd consider the possibility of creating a new template instead, which I would prefer (not least because the name "SIC" implies that what is displayed is as given in the original). :* Related to this is unexpected uses of {{tl|SIC}}. In particular, it's been used by some contributors to show when hyphenation is inconsistent in the tooltip. Obviously if we want to change the behaviour of {{tl|SIC}} this would need to be removed (replaced by {{tl|tooltip}}?) first; again, this would not be necessary with a new template. :* I note that on some pages of the EB1911 transcription we already have typos being amended in the text, with a tooltip showing the original text. IIRC this is done manually (by using a span, without a template). :* I also note that in the course of migrating some works to scans I've been in the situation of having to introduce typos such as errors in punctuation. While I don't really mind this, it does seem a bit weird to actively make the work worse for the end user. The tooltip not being readable on export does seem to be an important factor here, by the way (and is something that was brought to my attention recently). :* Finally, {{tl|SIC}} is mentioned in [[Wikisource:Annotations]] as a non-annotation. This may need to be revised if the template is changed. :[[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 11:26, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::Point 1 and 2 could imo be addressed by adapting the SIC documentation to clarify its goal, point 5 will also eventually be done when the change takes. A name change of new SIC could be done if there's a strong demand for it, but I don't see it as so explicit that it would confuse users in its purpose. I wonder if point 3 is following current Wikisource policy... Concerning point 4, old SIC making the work worse for the readers except for those interested in seeing all the original typos is precisely why I'm for the SIC change [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 10:43, 29 March 2024 (UTC) ::: It really shouldn't be ''unexpected'' that textual inconsistencies (hyphenation, italicization, use of accents) are marked as SIC in many texts. They ''are'' typographical errors in most cases, especially if being done in the context of the same story, nonfiction book, or novel. What other sites like Gutenberg will often do in these situations is just correct the error, i.e. make all hyphenations the same throughout the text. If a user had the right software tools, they could actually figure out that there was inconsistent hyphenation in any given text (which is something I can do with my software). Sometimes, these inconsistencies literally happen on the ''same page as each other'', so they can be more obvious in some contexts. It's a specific distinct classification of textual error that appears in almost every work I've ever seen, thus deserving of its own separate template. ::: It can also have implications for Wikisource ''proofreading'' as well. Sometimes, inconsistent hyphenation is actually our fault, since most hyphenations at the end of page lines are mid-word so they don't need to be preserved—but it's impossible for ''OCR softwares and the like'' to determine when this end-line hyphenation is supposed to be preserved or not, so it ends up with a scanno on our part. We end up with situations where "houseparty" comes out of "house-\nparty" very commonly, for example. So the template, like SIC, is also used to distinguish ''possible proofreading errors'' from actual hyphenation errors on the part of the original author, to save the time of later editors trying to improve our transcription's accuracy. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 12:06, 31 March 2024 (UTC) *{{Support}} As the proposer said, this would increase text readibility, ''etc.'' I understand the desire to preserve the original text as much as possible, but blatant misspellings (as opposed to archaic spellings) aren't helpful to anyone. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 12:24, 28 March 2024 (UTC) * <s>Weak {{support}}.</s> Addendum: Sorry, as it stands, I {{oppose}} making the change to the current template but I'd support a second template that uses this functionality... * I do agree that, for all practical purposes, what most readers care about is a working text, and I do like that this change doesn't completely remove the SIC template (as I'm sure some editors here would suggest since they hate the tooltips). But, if we're going to go about this change it shouldn't be the finale for another 15 years. We need to be constantly reworking this SIC template situation, and improving on it with new features. Eventually, I do want the tooltip to go away (à la Beeswaxcandle), but I have no idea what I'd put in its place yet. For now though, a couple points: ** This template should carry a parameter, an option to display the typo text, for those proofreaders who want to show the original typo rather than the corrected one. We need to be considering in this discussion that different types of works may necessitate correction more than others. Think of ''who'' the audience of that work is going to be. '''A.)''' For example, are we working with the US copyright catalogs? In that case, [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]]'s SIC would be more useful because a reader is looking for the listings and not concerned about where typos are. And displaying the typo text can actually be argued to be more harmful, especially when we're talking about writing code that's supposed to parse these entries. '''B.)''' But for silent films, novels, short stories, poems? These follow a clear narrative top-down structure, and therefore old SIC makes more sense, because researchers of fiction might actually be interested in where the typos appear. This especially makes sense for works that are known to contain a lot of typos, such as certain works by foreign writers (per Jan), or works that were poorly produced for other reasons. '''But,''' this is a fine line, and isn't easy to make a rule about: it's probably best to leave it up to individual editors to make a decision. ** And this actually makes me wonder if we just need a third SIC template for Ostrea's suggestion, rather than to change the SIC template that's already there... ** PS: A general philosophical sentiment: I will say that, while the general reader of our text is not any "vaguely supposed scholar figure", our WMF sites are generally written and constructed assuming they'll be useful for scholarly research and I think that this is a good thing. This is why Wiktionary isn't an Urban Dictionary clone, and why Wikipedia doesn't use street slang so that their audience of billions can better understand the articles. God forbid our sites become as outright awful for our society's intellectual fervor as today's social media platforms. The WMF sites are some of the only platforms that genuinely keep me sane in this world, giving me real information with evidence and keeping my attention span strong and not weak. I'm not saying this specific proposal is conducive to this so don't get the wrong idea, but I'm saying that the general sentiment of "we should be serving people, not scholars" can lead to bad places if followed in an absolute sense. I do want WS to get more page views, but I want it to better society by encouraging people to read more, not to further the very real and demonstrable trend of attention spans in the general population getting lower and lower specifically because of apps like Snapchat, Tiktok, and Instagram... Just a general sentiment, not related to the proposal itself really, but more to an incidental sentiment. * Overall, I think there are benefits to your suggestion, but 1. this needs to be an ongoing endeavor and not left as it is, and 2. the very sloppy ideas and notions I just typed out are things I'd like to be considered before this template change is made. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 13:03, 31 March 2024 (UTC) *:Arcorann mentioned a 2 templates solution earlier (SIC would stay the same and display the typo, a new template would display the corrected text), and I'm getting more and more convinced that it could become a good compromise. Choosing whether or not to use it could then be a style decision the original (or most prominent) editor of a text chooses around the start of the editing work, just like it's done with choosing whether to use long s or not, or curvy or straight quotes. The new template could be done with or without tooltip, but would always have to make it easy to find where the typos are (for instance by showing a list of the typos on the side like [[:fr:Essais/édition Michaud, 1907/Texte modernisé/Livre I/Chapitre 17|>here<]], by clicking on "Coquilles (1)" under "Options d'affichage"). As we have no consensus on a global change of SIC, I think if a change is done it's going to be through a solution similar to this. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 08:13, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :'''Strongly''' {{oppose}}—hosting editions ''as published'' is a fundamental part of the Wikisource ethos and is what differentiates us from other online libraries such as Project Gutenberg. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 13:44, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::Furthermore, I see that the example text is correcting "longue word" to "long word", which brings to mind the large number of instances where editors have used {{tl|SIC}} to ''modernize outdated spellings'' rather than to only correct typos (or otherwise assume that an unusual spelling must be a typo), and that in itself is enough for me to strongly oppose the replacement of original text with corrected text by default across the board for all current uses of {{tl|SIC}}. I would be much more inclined to consider supporting this if it were a new template for texts moving forward, and did not affect existing uses of {{tl|SIC}}. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 13:46, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::: {{ping|Beleg Âlt|Beleg Tâl}} What about certain technical works such as copyright catalogs? The copyright catalogs for example have very direct technical use cases, and showing the corrected text instead of the original would make more sense for those. This reigns true for a lot of other works that are catalogs or lists. Would you be opposed to a second template to be used for these other works? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:04, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::::I can see why one might want catalogues and lists to be corrected, but as I said before the point of Wikisource is to host them ''as published''. Reference material that is not from a source publication is even [[WS:WWI#Reference material|explicitly excluded per policy]], and I think correcting the published material goes against that (though a separate version of the catalogue with the corrections included could be created as per [[WS:ANN]]) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 15:10, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::::: {{ping|Beleg Âlt|Beleg Tâl}} Is that really ''the'' point, though? I think (as [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] said) the first and foremost point is to host an array of free source texts, with the added suffix of "and we should stay as true as possible to the original, as a nice touch". There are times in which keeping a bit of the text as originally published would be absurdly complicated and therefore function worse, such as at [[Fidelia#ToC]] with the misplaced part in the TOC, and that was a point where a compromise had to be made in order to preserve readability/logical structure. We can't always stay true to the original published text, lest we'd find ourselves in a tough position in many situations. It's why we aren't required to replicate dots in TOCs, and the like, as well. I would be willing to agree with the opposition on the issue of typos in ''fictional'' works such as novels, stories, films, etc., where the typos are more likely to have literary value. But the closer and closer you get into nonfiction toward the realm of catalogs and listings, that point gets harder to defend as such. While researchers would probably find value in film typos, no one would find value in an accidental comma in a catalog entry that was meant to be formulaically entered... You and many others seem to be coming at this from the approach of "the philosophy of Wikisource says this", and the philosophy is certainly relevant, but practical considerations (who our audience is, why we lack an audience, what would look better to readers, etc.) should be taken into account, rather than only caring about precedent. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:34, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::I think that this whole proposal and discussion seems to boil down to the philosophy of Wikisource. I strongly disagree with Ostrea's suggestion that being true to the original is only "a nice touch"—noting that our [[WS:WWI|policy]] is "to present these publications in a faithful wiki version". Our recent adoption of [[WS:ANN]] as policy further underscores the importance of clean, faithful transcriptions to this project. We have consistently insisted that corrigenda be presented ''without modifying the text itself'' (as demonstrated by {{tl|SIC}}, {{tl|AuxTOC}}, {{tl|User annotation}}, separation of user annotations into separate editions, etc). This suggestion, to actually modify the text, goes against all of this. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 16:17, 2 April 2024 (UTC) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 16:17, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :::::::I do believe that being true to the original text is essential! But should we really be more faithful to the printer's errors than to the writer's intent? It seems to me that the current situation of preserving misprints in text isn't due to a matter of faithfulness (as neither the printer nor the writer would like faithfulness to go that far), but to the belief that not touching anything about the text (which is still modified in many small ways on Wikisource anyway) is preserving it. Even masterwork paintings get restored! :::::::Wikisource philosophy talks aside, I think like you that new template will be the eventual solution. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 20:33, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :: {{ping|Beleg Âlt|Beleg Tâl}} Yes, and the language you're using speaks to the unfortunate cultural tendency here to put policies, philosophies, and precedents above a practical and self-improving approach. We indeed have quite strong sentiments among our prolific members about certain notions like this one, and this has influenced our policy. But I'd like to add that while the precedent is strong, we've never, ever, ''ever'' performed any kind of a survey, statistical study, or the like on exactly how our audiences feel about the presentation of our site. I mean, we don't even know who our audience ''is'', or at least we have very poor ways of demonstrating that definitively. :: Let's talk about reality of these "precedents" for a second: our precedents, policies, and the like clearly haven't helped us. We're still living in a world where Wikisource is a barely relevant platform. The majority of our pages (many of which are quite notable works) can barely get 1 page view a month, while even the most obscure Wikipedia articles have at least a few hundred a month. For ''decades'' we've relied on the opinions of a tiny community, consisting mostly of long-time prolific editors with specific reminiscences or sentiments or concepts of purity, with very little actual concern for the reader base, or even the less active editor base. The more successful online communities than us take the opinions of the masses seriously, which we certainly don't do. :: I'm not saying this should be the ''only'' consideration (we should be fostering an intellectual environment, not just designing us for clicking and swiping, yadayada), but we shouldn't just completely dismiss it in favor of long-time editor precedent either. The few active users who are laying oppose votes in this very discussion are about 50% of the "voter" population that solely maintain these very precedents, so I am skeptical that it's very democratic at all. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 17:35, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::{{comment}} I just want to add: if {{tl|SIC}} were modified in such a way that (a) preserved the text as published, (b) was clearly a Wikisource addition rather than part of the original publication, but also (c) made the correction clearer and more accessible to address the issues Ostrea suggested—I would consider this non-controversial and would support it wholeheartedly. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 19:54, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}}—as it would modify existing texts. See for example: [[:Page:Jane Eyre.djvu/107]], [[:Page:Pierre and Jean - Clara Bell - 1902.djvu/306]].--[[User:M-le-mot-dit|M-le-mot-dit]] ([[User talk:M-le-mot-dit|talk]]) 14:59, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::This is such an inappropriate use of {{tl|SIC}} 🙈 lol —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 16:17, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :::{{ping|Beleg Âlt}} Regarding these pages, I agree. Some are validated for years. I've seen also cases where italics were not correctly placed: such as {{tlp|SIC|{{'}}'toolpit'{{'}}|tooltip}}; the new system would remove italics. [[User:M-le-mot-dit|M-le-mot-dit]] ([[User talk:M-le-mot-dit|talk]]) 18:16, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}} We're already fighting inappropriate uses of {{tl|SIC}} where non-typos are being modernized because of rare spellings and archaic usages. Flipping the use of the template would bring those editorial changes to the front. Additional arguments about differences between editions have been made above; sometimes the typos are the reason for hosting (or avoiding) a particular edition. ''Hiding'' those published typos is a disservice both to readers and to the Wikisource editors who have worked hard to prepare the editions. I'm not convinced by arguments based on Spanish Wikisource, since that project moves slower than a glacier in producing new content. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 17:08, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::I see you omitted to mention French Wikisource. I know why! [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 20:36, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :::No, you don't. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 22:33, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} (but with a new template, which appears to be what the proposal's settled into) I agree with Ostrea that having a readable text is more important than typos. I've seen cases where the u's and n's were consistently scrambled, at a rate of approximately one error per page. For such quite certain errors, not caused by the writer's bad english and not intentional, keeping it in the tooltip would cause no harm. I think the majority of our readers want to read the text and are not especially interested in the typos (though that is not sure and a poll about it, if it can be done, would be a good idea), and those that are specifically interested in this edition of this text and all its printing errors probably care enough to hover over the word. It would be better if that new template would display differently from {{tl|SIC}} to make it clear that is is ''not'' the original text. — [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] ([[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] &amp; [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]) 15:04, 3 April 2024 (UTC) ===[[Template:Welcome]] image change=== Apparently this is a thing that happened. The image for the welcome got changed from someone going through books (which is what we do) to some random woman (who is apparently an author, not that the portrait makes it at all clear). I '''support''' the change. Other interested editors: [[User:Xover|Xover]], [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]]. [[User:TE(æ)A,ea.|TE(æ)A,ea.]] ([[User talk:TE(æ)A,ea.|talk]]) 03:24, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{oppose}} The portrait of an actual English author (George Eliot) is preferable over an imaginary random guy from a painting. The portrait of G. Eliot is more welcoming and inclusive, and is also far less busy visually. More welcoming because the subject is facing the viewer, not facing the other way, ignoring the viewer. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 03:57, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :: Right, but as I noted in the other discussion, (and as TEA's comment further proves), the image is not universally recognizable. You're assuming that every editor will come from the same background. A book is a universally recognizable symbol, whereas this individual is certainly not. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 04:25, 9 April 2024 (UTC) ::: No author will be universally recognizable;that's a bar we cannot reach. And neither is the fictional man from an obscure painting going to be recognizable. Yes, books are widely recognized, but the older image is not that of a book, but of a person standing on a ladder with his back to the viewer. Is ''that'' a welcoming image? That image doesn't say "Welcome to Wikisource", but says: "I'm busy so don't bother me." That may be an accurate representation of Wikisource, but it is not a welcoming image. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 19:22, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{support}} I've always felt weird about this change for a lot of reasons, though I wasn't aware of it being a result of a discussion until now, and apparently I wasn't the only one. :* A portrait of George Eliot is not universally recognizable, and people from many different backgrounds will not resonate with the image. At most, she is symbolic of a specific literary movement in '''''Western''''' history...barely relevant at that time outside of Europe...and therefore to many she just represents a random individual on a portrait. :* Also, we are a neutral platform and shouldn't appear that we favor certain authors over others. We can say certain authors are notable, that's fine—but for our ''welcome'' template? I know some will claim they didn't choose the image because of some personal preference or bias for the author herself as has been argued, but whether or not that's true, this is favoritism in practice, inherently, even if unintended. Why not choose Blake, Tennyson, Wells, Fitzgerald, Wollstonecraft, Chesterton, Doyle, ... the list goes on? This just creates an argument about who to choose, and that's counterproductive and unnecessary, even if we're just going to count popular ''women'' writers in this... So, individual people should be out of the question. : I think the previous image was better than what we had after; it was creative, unique, obscure, unexpected, gives a certain nostalgic appeal that also relates to what we're doing in the modern sense, and was certainly not "too visually busy" whatsoever. I don't think anyone will care that much that the person in the portrait is not facing the viewer. It is a ''slight'' downside, sure, but the benefits and '''relevance''' more importantly of the image far outweigh this extremely slight and almost unnoticable con in my opinion. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 04:25, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{oppose}} but only because I want to make a case for the effectiveness of the G. Eliot painting specifically. When I was welcomed in last fall by the aesthetically pleasing G. Eliot painting, it inspired me to discover her Author portal, and thus begin learning how WS is organized. It was puzzling and inviting. I suppose I did wonder "why her?" over all other possibilities, but I confess I simply enjoyed the non-sequitur enigma of it; it felt like an unexpectedly welcoming artistic and aesthetic flourish (which defied my expectactions and contributed my warming up to WS in a hurry). I also was assuming this photo rotates regularly; so I suppose in that sense I "support" changing it, but I'd hope it could continue to be welcoming, intriguing, and aesthetically pleasing. Not sure I'm even entitled to a vote here, but I thought I might have a relatively different perspective as a new Wikisourcer. [[User:Brad606|Brad606]] ([[User talk:Brad606|talk]]) 05:02, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :: {{ping|Brad606}} Yes, you are certainly entitled to vote here with your edit count and your time since registration, and I have loads of respect for this direct user feedback and the unique perspectives. I really wish we had more of this kind of thing in our votes and discussions (more often than we should, we rely on the opinions of the hyper-experienced, rather than the end users who the technology affects the most). I think if the image were rotated, using specific authors might make more sense, since it doesn't suggest partiality, so you raise a valid point about that for sure. This is something that (as far as I know) is technically possible, actually, and if George Eliot were one of a diverse collection of 365 author portraits rotated every day of the year, that would be an interesting (and more neutral) way of doing this. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 05:14, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :::Indeed, for this issue in particular, input from a newer (well, relative to some of us dinosaurs; 3+ years is not all that new) contributor is very valuable.{{pbr}}Whether it makes sense to rotate the image I don't immediately have an opinion on, but if we were to opt for that we needn't make a whole catalog of 365 images and auto-rotate (which is hard to do sensibly in MediaWiki). It would be enough to simply say that "this image rotates periodically" and then let people propose changes here. Simple and low-tech, and easy to relate to and maintain. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:10, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * I'm not sure what "support" and "oppose" would be relative to here (support the change that has already happened? oppose that change? support changing from what's currently there to something else, possibly the previous image? oppose changing it further and stick with what currently there?), but I am in favour of returning to the [[:File:Carl Spitzweg 021-detail.jpg|Spitzweig image]] we had for fifteen years. It's funny and quirky, and more importantly it represents well and directly ''Wikisource'' as a project and what we do here. A generic portrait of an author says nothing about this project, except maybe "look how sophisticated we are that we know immediately who this generic-looking person is". Having a specific author leads to endless discussions of this author vs. that author, and kinda begs for a caption for the image in {{tl|welcome}} that explains who the person is and why they are relevant to welcoming new users. --[[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:31, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{oppose}}, as in opposing the change back to the original picture. The "random woman" in question being a pillar of english literature, I don't think there's an argument for her to be replaced by an actual random man, and George Eliot being unknown by major contributors is all the more reason to actually keep her there. Mind that this isn't a picture to represent the entirety of Wikisource, but to be presented to all new contributors, and new young users could be more enticed to stay and to take the website seriously if welcomed by a young writer than by the quintessence of stuffy old archivist. However it's true that the change done was quite one sided and that the original image has its merits, so I support a rotation in pictures, although not a daily one [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 09:55, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :: It seems to me like English literature had ''quite a lot'' of "pillars" (including some of the other authors I've mentioned), and I think these pillars would only interest a certain subset of our contributor base, even if more or less the majority. As I pointed out, users from certain cultural backgrounds, age groups, educational and class backgrounds, hobby/interest areas, etc., may not find her immediately recognizable, personally relevant, or even know her by name. From my own personal experience, even in ''America'', let alone countries completely outside the "global West", she wouldn't be recognizable to most ''adults''... And in the Philippines, you can absolutely forget it. :: So, I do agree with Xover's point that the portrait has a certain aura of elitism on our part, an issue I forgot to mention in my vote. It isn't wrong of anyone not to know who this author is, as there are plenty other interest areas in Wikisource's league that are unrelated to 19th century English literature and poetry. For example, maybe somebody comes here out of interest in the history of the Boy Scouts...or engineering manuals...or film history...or the ''New York Times''...or school yearbooks...or a plethora of others. :: Well, anyway, the "actual random man" isn't the crux of my argument, as it's not just the man but what he's ''doing'' that leans me to favor it. This is something that the Eliot portrait lacks—there's nothing about that image, except the expectation to recognize her as an individual, that makes it relevant (tangentially) to what we do here. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 12:53, 9 April 2024 (UTC) **[[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]]: I know who George Eliot is, I just wouldn’t know off-hand (nor, I think, would most readers) that ''that portrait'' is of George Eliot. In addition, George Eliot is by no means the most prominent author we have on Wikisource, and is in general not a good representation. The man is fictional, but that is the benefit; he is an ''abstraction'' of the process involved at Wikisource. When representing Wikisource, you can see one tiny facet (with the Eliot portrait), if you can even recognize it, or an abstraction of the basic concept. One is clearly more valuable. [[User:TE(æ)A,ea.|TE(æ)A,ea.]] ([[User talk:TE(æ)A,ea.|talk]]) 20:32, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * '''comment''' The current picture of George Eliot has been in place for 2½ years (Sept 2021). Prior to that we had the Carl Spitzberg image for 11 years (Oct 2010). There was no painting image used in the versions prior to then. Both images were chosen by [[User:Cygnis insignis]] as part of updating the template. I am not aware of any discussion that led to either change. Personally, my preference is for the humour expressed in the Carl Spitzberg image. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 10:16, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * I'd prefer the old image too. Being french (you don't have to look as far as the Philippines), I'd never even heard of the name of G. Eliot before coming here. I was very puzzled it took me a while to discover that she was an author and not just some picture of a random woman. The Spitzberg one is more clearly related to Wikisource (and funnier). (note: Only been here for a few months, if I shouldn't vote in things like this please tell me so) — [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] ([[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] &amp; [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]) 19:56, 9 April 2024 (UTC) *:@[[User:Alien333|Alien333]]: You very definitely should, and we very much appreciate new users engaging themselves with the running of the project. If there's anywhere we have "experienced users only" stuff an experienced user (natch) will take care of it. Essentially it's a matter of a few kinds of votes where votes by users who are not "established" count less or not at all (and that's for the vote counters to deal with). I can't recall any time that rule actually came into play. We also have a few technical things that are better performed by experienced users or admins, but that's purely for practical reasons (easy to make mistakes that are a pain to clean up, or requires admin tools to do right). But in general I wouldn't worry about that: there's no place or aspect of the project where relative newcomers are inherently not welcome, and in most things it's a "with open arms" type situation. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:22, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :Assuming the desired proposal is to change back to the previous image (this should have been stated explicitly), {{support}} as per Cremastra etc. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 05:19, 12 April 2024 (UTC) {{support}} Logging in makes talk pages active and otherwise increases availability. I am usually busy doing something when I am logged in. Then, me the hipster, wants to be done with gender talks. G. Eliot and the people who are available here have one thing in common. We and she had to declare a gender before authoring any opinion or request. We have an extra choice. I can choose to be in a very specifically defined new gender, one which I don't feel qualified to speak for, much less be a member of. And that is the default choice. My experience with the works of G. Eliot was like the bash manual for reading (aka sleep inducing). I couldn't do it. Reading a lot of the crap that is here is work also, so, people logged in for editing or reading are probably busy here. When you can easily be honest with that image of the old fashioned guy putting a book on the shelf and avoid a whole bunch of the politics of personal definitions. Dear George Eliot: Glad to know you, don't let the door hit you on the way out. Hopefully, with you gone, we can walk down the path of "NON DISCLOSED because it REALLY DOESN'T MATTER" universe, where every person on the internet is a 14 year old boy. Tread lightly.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 10:28, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :: As mandatory gender selection goes, it claims to be there for software to run. I become very suspicious when a "person" knows which gender I have opted for. I don't know how to sift through your preferences to learn anything about you. Is there a user gender template any where?--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 09:22, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]]: You can't set a gender in MediaWiki, but in [[Special:Preferences|your preferences]] you can, if you like, specify what pronoun the software should use when it needs to refer to you in the third person. The default is the gender-neutral singular ''they'' (the setting predates the recent proliferation of pronouns and politicisation of ''they'' as a pronoun), and you have to actively choose to have it use ''she'' or ''he''. What a given user has set this preference to is made available through a parser function (essentially a "built-in template"). So for example you could type <code><nowiki>{{GENDER:Xover|he|she|they}}</nowiki></code> to get "they" and <code><nowiki>{{GENDER:RaboKarbakian|he|she|they}}</nowiki></code> to get "he".{{pbr}}Also please note that ''gender'' here is a very nebulous concept as the software knows nothing about who you are in real life, and cannot tell what your biological, social, cultural, or legal gender is (I think there's even an ethnic conception of gender). It ''only'' knows that a particular user has chosen for the software to use either ''he'', ''she'', or ''they'' in certain interface messages where non-gendered language is impossible or too awkward. Nobody knows whether what you specify there is true, in whatever sense is relevant, or not. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:53, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::::[[User:Xover|Xover]]: the point being that software can access that information but people cannot, at least not without software like at minimum, a template. Which would explain a lot about Petey's "Rabo is a maverick" rant. Petey taught me at wikidata. So I had a software rant from him. For example. I have seen gender (also) used in a "he is typing" sort of way also, in the wiki gui, where it was supposed to be.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 16:24, 13 April 2024 (UTC) *{{support}}: while I don't classify George Eliot as "some random woman", the original painting better reflects what goes on here. If you don't immediately recognize the current picture as depicting George Eliot, it's somewhat confusing, whereas the original painting is immediately understandable (as SnowyCinema said above, "a book is a universally recognizable symbol, whereas this individual is certainly not.) [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 22:15, 10 April 2024 (UTC) = Bot approval requests = * See [[Wikisource:Bots]] for information about applying for a bot status * See [[Wikisource:Bot requests]] if you require an existing bot to undertake a task === [[User:SodiumBot|SodiumBot]] === I'd like to request temporary bot permissions for [[User:SodiumBot]] so that the bot can takeover the task of updating statistics templates on en.wikisource that was until recently done by [[User:Phe-bot|Phe-bot]] (in the event that Phebot becomes operational, I will shutoff this task, since it wouldn't make sense to have two bots updating statistics). A example of the kind of edits SodiumBot would perform would [[Special:Diff/13950449|look something like this]]. [[User:Sohom Datta|Sohom]] ([[User talk:Sohom Datta|talk]]) 05:53, 17 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}}, and thank you so much for taking over this task! [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:08, 17 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 09:44, 17 March 2024 (UTC) :Bot flag granted for six months while work on updating Phebot is happening. If SodiumBot needs to take on other tasks, please seek community approval. If time period needs to be extended beyond the six months, please request on [[WS:AN]] as we approach 22 September, 2024. Thanks, [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 17:22, 22 March 2024 (UTC) {{section resolved|1=--[[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:12, 13 April 2024 (UTC)}} =Repairs (and moves)= '''Designated for requests related to the repair of works (and scans of works) presented on Wikisource''' See also [[Wikisource:Scan lab]] ===The Yellow Book Volume 8 - page moves=== I have repaired the file for this work by adding in two missing pages (132 & 133). As no placeholders had been inserted, please move all transcribed pages, from [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/152]] onward, on by two (i.e. to [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/154]], etc.){{pbr}}Contrary to the statement on the index page, page 134 is not missing. Also, the 'missing' p. 347 and 348 appears to be the result of a page numbering error, since there is nothing in the table of contents that would appear on these pages if they were present, nor is there anything in other scans of this volume.{{pbr}}I have also taken the opportunity to remove the last page, which was a colour grading card. Thanks, [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 13:59, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] done. Index page to be cleaned, pagelist to be updated, etc. [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 22:00, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] something strange in the scan? see [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/252]] and [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/391]]. They were proofread but the scan has empty pages. [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 22:04, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :::Thanks. I'd spotted the issue with 252 but not got as far a 391. 47 also has the same issue. There should be text on these pages. I'm looking to fix the scan but it shouldn't involve any more moves. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 04:35, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::I've updated the index page and everything in terms of page alignment is (hopefully) fixed. Thanks again. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 07:18, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ===[[With a Difference]]=== This originally was an article in [[The Atlantic Monthly/Volume 109/Number 650]]. If allowed, it could be moved to [[The Atlantic Monthly/Volume 109/Number 650/With a Difference]] thus retaining the contributor chain, And then, so it can become scan backed, starting with [[Page:The Atlantic Monthly Volume 109.djvu/128]] of the scan: paste, review and rinse -- then display with <nowiki><pages></nowiki>. If all of this is "okay" I can do any or all parts. There might need to be approval or perhaps there are preordained procedures which would make this unusual in that it might easier to ask permission for than it would be to apologize for.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 14:21, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :Now I am authoring an apology.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 16:03, 7 April 2024 (UTC) ::So, I am sorry. I moved the page to [[Page:The Atlantic Monthly Volume 109.djvu/128]] thinking I could just move the page from one empty page to another and back it up to before its move and then edit out the parts that are not on that page of the scan. ::Instead, I get a "failed to blahblah sea dragon" because, apparently, the page is lacking something that brings up the page editing tools and scan view and such.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 16:11, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]]: You can't move pages from mainspace to Page: (or Index:) namespaces; they're completely different content models. To move text between mainspace and Page: you'll have to cut&paste manually (since Match&Split is broken indefinitely). In any case, I've undone your move so you should be back to the status quo. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 18:59, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::: @[[User:Xover|Xover]] Could you add a little more info about "broken indefinitely"? I'd like to update [[Help:Match and split]] to reflect this. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 19:12, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::::@[[User:Peteforsyth|Peteforsyth]]: All the functionality of phe-tools was disabled due to the Grid Engine shutdown (they moved Toolforge to Kubernetes). Getting it running again requires porting it to a completely new environment, and it's an old inherited code base that's poorly documented and with some very tight couplings to the old environment. I still intent to try getting it running again, but that's going to require quite a bit of sustained time and attention; which is exactly what I have trouble finding these days. Soda has kindly taken on some of the stats tasks, but the rest are offline until some unspecified and unpredictable point in the future (which might be "never", but hopefully not). [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 19:25, 7 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::@[[User:Xover|Xover]] Thank you. I made a big note at the top of the page [[Special:diff/14043178|here]]; perhaps there is more appropriate formatting, of course no objection if you want to adjust. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 04:27, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::I don't know if this can help prioritize this issue but the lack of Match&Split is a huge impediment for many transcription projects. The amount of work it saves is huge when starting from a proofread transcription that is to be matched to a scan (which is by far the fastest way to proceed). In the worst case, would it be extremely difficult and/or time consuming to code it from scratch? Unfortunately, not being a developer I wouldn't know were to start so this is an obviously very naive question. [[User:Epigeneticist|Epigeneticist]] ([[User talk:Epigeneticist|talk]]) 12:58, 17 April 2024 (UTC) :::::::@[[User:Epigeneticist|Epigeneticist]]: It's not a matter of priorities, and re-implementing it is not likely to be any quicker. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 16:52, 17 April 2024 (UTC) :I moved the page to [[The Atlantic Monthly/Volume 109/Number 650/With a Difference]] (leave the redirect up); feel free to copy-paste the text into the Page namespace and transclude when you're done. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:13, 8 April 2024 (UTC) Sorry. What is the dirt on soda? --[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 19:43, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : I know of soda as a beverage or a baking ingredient, any other definition eludes me. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 04:28, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Peteforsyth|Peteforsyth]]: "Soda" refers to [[User:Sohom Datta|Sohom Datta]], who operates [[User:SodiumBot|SodiumBot]] (the bot that now updates the on-wiki stats). He's also done a ''lot'' of technical work on the plumbing for Wikisource (Proofread Page, Edit in Sequence, etc.). All `round awesome person. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:47, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[user:Xover|Xover]]: Thanks for the explanation, and thank you Soda for all the work! Pinging @[[user:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]]. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 18:17, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ===To the Lighthouse - page moves=== Although this work is marked as 'Done' (fully validated and transcluded) it is actually missing two pages (172 and 173). To allow placeholders to be inserted, could you please carry out the following moves:- * The index page name = [[Index:To The Lighthouse.pdf]] * The page offset = 2 * The pages to move = 174-318 * The reason = Insert missing pages Thanks {{unsigned| 12:01, 13 April 2024 (UTC)‎|Chrisguise}} :Note that this will also require updating all the transclusions for these pages. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 10:56, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]]: Page:-namespace pages have been shifted. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:11, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ::Thanks - only just got round to uploading the file including placeholders. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 06:24, 18 April 2024 (UTC) = Other discussions = == Subscribe to the This Month in Education newsletter - learn from others and share your stories == Dear community members, Greetings from the EWOC Newsletter team and the education team at Wikimedia Foundation. We are very excited to share that we on tenth years of Education Newsletter ([[m:Education/News|This Month in Education]]) invite you to join us by [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/This Month in Education|subscribing to the newsletter on your talk page]] or by [[m:Education/News/Newsroom|sharing your activities in the upcoming newsletters]]. The Wikimedia Education newsletter is a monthly newsletter that collects articles written by community members using Wikimedia projects in education around the world, and it is published by the EWOC Newsletter team in collaboration with the Education team. These stories can bring you new ideas to try, valuable insights about the success and challenges of our community members in running education programs in their context. If your affiliate/language project is developing its own education initiatives, please remember to take advantage of this newsletter to publish your stories with the wider movement that shares your passion for education. You can submit newsletter articles in your own language or submit bilingual articles for the education newsletter. For the month of January the deadline to submit articles is on the 20th January. We look forward to reading your stories. Older versions of this newsletter can be found in the [[outreach:Education/Newsletter/Archives|complete archive]]. More information about the newsletter can be found at [[m:Education/News/Publication Guidelines|Education/Newsletter/About]]. For more information, please contact spatnaik{{@}}wikimedia.org. ------ <div style="text-align: center;"><div style="margin-top:10px; font-size:90%; padding-left:5px; font-family:Georgia, Palatino, Palatino Linotype, Times, Times New Roman, serif;">[[m:Education/Newsletter/About|About ''This Month in Education'']] · [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/This Month in Education|Subscribe/Unsubscribe]] · [[m:MassMessage|Global message delivery]] · For the team: [[User:ZI Jony|<span style="color:#8B0000">'''ZI Jony'''</span>]] [[User talk:ZI Jony|<sup><span style="color:Green"><i>(Talk)</i></span></sup>]], {{<includeonly>subst:</includeonly>#time:l G:i, d F Y|}} (UTC)</div></div> <!-- Message sent by User:ZI Jony@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:ZI_Jony/MassMessage/Awareness_of_Education_Newsletter/List_of_Village_Pumps&oldid=21244129 --> == Reusing references: Can we look over your shoulder? == ''Apologies for writing in English.'' The Technical Wishes team at Wikimedia Deutschland is planning to [[m:WMDE Technical Wishes/Reusing references|make reusing references easier]]. For our research, we are looking for wiki contributors willing to show us how they are interacting with references. * The format will be a 1-hour video call, where you would share your screen. [https://wikimedia.sslsurvey.de/User-research-into-Reusing-References-Sign-up-Form-2024/en/ More information here]. * Interviews can be conducted in English, German or Dutch. * [[mw:WMDE_Engineering/Participate_in_UX_Activities#Compensation|Compensation is available]]. * Sessions will be held in January and February. * [https://wikimedia.sslsurvey.de/User-research-into-Reusing-References-Sign-up-Form-2024/en/ Sign up here if you are interested.] * Please note that we probably won’t be able to have sessions with everyone who is interested. Our UX researcher will try to create a good balance of wiki contributors, e.g. in terms of wiki experience, tech experience, editing preferences, gender, disability and more. If you’re a fit, she will reach out to you to schedule an appointment. We’re looking forward to seeing you, [[m:User:Thereza Mengs (WMDE)| Thereza Mengs (WMDE)]] <!-- Message sent by User:Thereza Mengs (WMDE)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=WMDE_Technical_Wishes/Technical_Wishes_News_list_all_village_pumps&oldid=25956752 --> == [[Template:Beleg Tâl's sidenotes]] == There are too many sidenote templates on this website, so I've decided to add yet another :D It is my hope and belief, that someday English Wikisource will have a standard general-purpose approach to sidenotes. At that time, this template should be replaced with the adopted standard template. In the meantime, you can use this template as a ''placeholder'' to indicate a sidenote that should be standardized once a standard has been created. The actual formatting of the sidenotes in the meantime may vary. (Currently it uses {{tl|right sidenote}}.) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 14:17, 26 February 2024 (UTC) :I was originally going to call this template [[Template:Generic sidenote]], but I decided to give it a name that clearly indicated that it shouldn't be treated as an alternative permanent approach to sidenotes —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 14:18, 26 February 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Beleg Tâl|Beleg Tâl]]: I feel your pain, but I think it is a very bad idea to put a username in any page name outside User: space, I think it's a very bad idea to make temporary placeholder templates, and I think it is a very bad idea to react to a proliferation on half-broken templates by adding yet another deliberately half-broken template.{{pbr}}I might suggest a more productive channel for that frustration is collecting a structured description of use cases along with problems with existing templates somewhere. It is conceivable that we'll be able to "solve" (fsvo) this eventually, but it will at very least require that the issue works its way up to the top of someone's list of annoyances, and for that a structured description of the use cases and problems will be essential. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:43, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::As it happens, in this case there is no pain or frustration. I created a formatting-agnostic template because we didn't have one and we needed one; and I made it a placeholder template because we don't have community consensus (yet) on what a formatting-agnostic sidenotes template should look like and how it should work. ::You do make a good point, however. Perhaps it would be better if, instead of a placeholder template that should be replaced when consensus is reached, I were to make it a permanent template that should be modified and updated with whatever behaviour is decided upon? Alternatively, I could just rename it, to at least remove the username as an issue. What do you think of this? ::As for compiling the issues and use cases of the various existing sidenotes templates—that has already been done in much detail elsewhere (primarily by @[[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]]), and I do not think that this thread is the place for rehashing that whole discussion. I merely intended to inform the community of the template I created so that works containing sidenotes could still be proofread in the meantime. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 17:42, 28 March 2024 (UTC) == Switching to the Vector 2022 skin == [[File:Vector_2022_video-en.webm|thumb]] Hi everyone. We are the [[mw:Reading/Web|Wikimedia Foundation Web team]]. As you may have read in our previous messages across wikis or [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/2022-06#Desktop Improvements update|here in June 2022]], we have been getting closer to switching every wiki to the Vector 2022 skin as the new default. In our previous conversations with Wikisource communities, we had identified an issue with the Index namespace that prevented switching the skin on. [[phab:T352162|This issue is now resolved]]. We are now ready to continue and will be deploying on English Wikisource on Wednesday '''April 3, 2024'''. To learn more about the new skin and what improvements it introduces when compared to the legacy 2010 Vector skin, please [[mw:Reading/Web/Desktop_Improvements|see our documentation]]. If you have any issues with the skin after the deployment, if you spot any gadgets not working, or notice any bugs – please contact us! We are also open to joining events like the [[metawiki:Wikisource Community meetings|Wikisource Community meetings]] and talking to you directly. Thank you, [[User:OVasileva (WMF)|OVasileva (WMF)]] and [[User:SGrabarczuk (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)]] ([[User talk:SGrabarczuk (WMF)|talk]]) 15:47, 14 March 2024 (UTC) :{{ping|Candalua}} it looks like Vector 2022 breaks [[:mul:MediaWiki:TranscludedIn.js]]; are you able to update that tool? —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 18:59, 14 March 2024 (UTC) ::Vector 2022 breaks lots of stuff (in everything from trivial ways to completely broken). I encourage everyone to try switching to Vector 2022 in your preferences NOW and report anything that breaks here. Especially if any of our community-wide Gadgets are affected, but there are also some widely used user scripts that it would be good to know about sooner rather than later if they are going to break on April 3. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 20:15, 14 March 2024 (UTC) ::Oh, and Transcludedin.js isn't really "fixable" per se, since Vector 2022 explicitly doesn't support adding menus. We'll have to try to reverse engineer what MoreMenu and Popups does to find something that kinda sorta works (we have two widely used user scripts that run into the same problem). Because that's a good use of volunteer resources over the WMF actually adding support for basic facilities for Gadgets that have been requested for two decades or so... [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 20:24, 14 March 2024 (UTC) :::An illustration of the problem with [[User:Inductiveload/jump to file]] (presumably one of the aforementioned user scripts): :::[[File:Wikisource jump to file script - Vector 2010 menu.png|thumb|center|with Vector 2010]] :::[[File:Wikisource jump to file script - Vector 2022 menu error.png|thumb|center|with Vector 2022]] :::Also broken: the Tools menu interacts poorly with the file history table. :::[[File:File history overlaps Vector 2022 Tools menu.png|thumb|center]] :::—[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 04:01, 15 March 2024 (UTC) ::::Jump to file has been broken in other ways as well. I think I remeber looking into it and the web backend is providing some incorrect information :( [[User:Sohom Datta|Sohom]] ([[User talk:Sohom Datta|talk]]) 12:29, 15 March 2024 (UTC) ::::@[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]]: The above brokenness in Jump to File should be fixed now. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 17:04, 29 March 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] (CC [[User:Beleg Tâl|Beleg Tâl]]): It turns out I lie. Not only does Vector 2022 (now) explicitly support menus like this(ish), but Jon even stepped in and fixed [[:s:mul:MediaWiki:TranscludedIn.js]] for us (Thank you Jon!). [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 17:02, 29 March 2024 (UTC) ::{{Re|OVasileva (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)}} This skin does not seem to be suitable for Wikisource at all. Compare e. g. the work with proofread extension in both skins. In the new one both the editing window and the window with the scan are so small that I am unable to do any proofreading work effectively. I can choose only between struggling with reading tiny letters or enlarging the scan so much that only a part of the page fits into the window. And this enlarging is possible only in the editing mode anyway, it is not possible in the reading mode. I would really like to ask this skin not to be deployed in Wikisource. --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 09:51, 16 March 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan.Kamenicek]]: You can "Hide" both sidebars, to make them become dropdown menus, and recover the horizontal space. There is also a "constrain width" widget floating in the bottom right corner where you can toggle between full-width and constrained-width layout. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:09, 24 March 2024 (UTC) :Why? As Jan Kameníček said, the skin is unsuitable here (and everywhere else, but that's a different matter). Why is the WMF so keen to force Vector2022 on everyone when so many problems have been found with it? English Wikipedia alone has complained about it enough for ten wikis. It is far too narrow for actual proofreading, and you have failed to provide any good reasoning as to why this poorly-designed skin should be forced onto our IP editors. The WMF already has a bad track record of communicating and collaborating with the communities, and Vector2022 has so far only made it worse. Why do you insist on rolling this out as the new default? {{Ping|OVasileva (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)}} At the minimum, you need to allow IP editors and readers to use the good Vector skin if they want to. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 22:41, 16 March 2024 (UTC) ::i would make timeless the default skin on wikisource. --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 00:58, 21 March 2024 (UTC) ::If you are using Vector2022 and click on a not-so-small gray button that says "hide", the sidebar will collapse and in fact you get ''even more'' width space to proofread. This is definitely an improvement in that sense. [[User:Ignacio Rodríguez|Ignacio Rodríguez]] ([[User talk:Ignacio Rodríguez|talk]]) 17:54, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :::yes, it is an improvement over flat sidebar gadget. the menus remain a problem. --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 22:52, 25 March 2024 (UTC) ::enWP complaining about something isn't really a useful yardstick. There's complaints if anything changes, and complaints if nothing changes. What would be useful is testing the new skin with all our local stuff on enWS and reporting concrete issues. Some of them may be with community-controlled things that we need to fix ourselves (see e.g. the broken user scripts and gadgets mentioned above), while others may be things we need to report upstream (in which case we need a good concrete description of the problem). Case in point, the Index: namespace has been exempted from Vector 2022's constrained-width layout because it didn't work well there and someone filed a good bug report about it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:14, 24 March 2024 (UTC) ===Different line height in Vector 2022?=== It seems the line height in Vector 2022 is different for some reason which makes problems with text withing pictures, such as [[Page:The Czechoslovak Review, vol3, 1919.djvu/299|here]]. --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 18:57, 30 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan.Kamenicek]]: It's not the line-height (that's identical), it's that in their great wisdom they decided that paragraphs were not sufficiently distinguishable from a mere line break within a paragraph on Wikipedia (of course), and so they "fixed" it by fiddling with the styling such that paragraphs in Vector 2022 now get both a top "margin" and bottom "padding". In Vector 2010 paragraphs just had a .5em top and bottom margin, and since adjacent margins collapse in CSS that meant paragraphs were always .5em (~7px) apart. If you insert two blank lines you get an extra empty paragraph, and so you get exactly 1em (14px) between the visible paragraphs. In Vector 2022 they've deliberately used padding instead of margin to defeat this collapsing, so that adjacent paragraphs get 1em between them. Paragraphs separated by two blank lines will now get 1.5em (21px) between them. Or put another way, they want to make it so that text separated by a single blank line looks like what we expect text separated by two blank lines to look. Text separated by two blank lines is now going to look fairly comical.{{pbr}}Mostly this is just jarring design-wise (we'll get used to it), but for any context were we depend on some kind of predictable height of the content (like your example) we're now going to have trouble. Vector 2010 and Vector 2022 now behaves completely differently, and Vector 2022 in a way that is hard to override in a predictable fashion. Templates have limited capability to differentiate between skins, so I am uncertain to what degree we can smooth out the differences there. This behaviour was added to Vector 2022 quite recently so I've asked them to please stop poking their nose down into on-wiki content at this level of detail. If I can persuade them to revert this change that would be for the best. If not, I'm not sure how we're going to deal with it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 22:13, 30 March 2024 (UTC) ::This also means that editors who leave in the end of line breaks throughout paragraphs when proofreading need to stop doing so. Those of us who use any other skin won't see a problem, but it will make it look weird for anyone on the default. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 22:49, 30 March 2024 (UTC) :::I don't think that's going to be a problem. What they're doing in the skin is styling HTML <code>p</code> tags in ways that are going to be annoying to work around, but where <code>p</code> tags get added in the first place is a function of the parser and not of the skin. Hard line breaks inside a block of text have mostly worked because they do not cause the parser to insert a <code>p</code> tag there. So since the parser is not changing, neither should the behaviour for hard line breaks inside paragraphs. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:43, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::::A quick update. It seems like this change has caused several problems across projects and they are consequently going to reevaluate. It's likely they will not simply revert the change, but they may change the way they do it such that we don't get this problem or there is a cleaner way to work around it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:35, 5 April 2024 (UTC) ::Btw, in order to figure out some workable approach to this, if we're stuck with it, I'm going to need plenty of examples of places where it breaks. Things like the text overflowing in Jan's {{tl|overfloat image}} example above. A lot of cases are going to be the kind of "pixel perfect" layout that you can't in general do on the web, but we'll need to look for ways that at least it won't be any ''more'' broken than it already was. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 11:03, 31 March 2024 (UTC) == Making ''MoreMenu'' and ''Without text'' Gadgets default == In [[Special:PermanentLink/13971025#New_Gadget:_MoreMenu|#New Gadget: MoreMenu]] and [[Special:PermanentLink/13971025#New_beta_Gadget:_Automatically_empty_Without_text_pages|#New beta Gadget: Automatically empty Without text pages]], I announced the availability of these two new Gadgets. Since then there has been relatively little feedback, but what feedback there has been has been positive. I therefore intend to make both default at some point in the relatively near future. I encourage you to post feedback in this thread (positive, negative, neutral, or apathetic; all feedback is valuable). Especially if you are sceptical I encourage you to actively test both Gadgets and then express your concerns here. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:19, 15 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} Seems reasonable. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 13:56, 15 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} Sounds good to me. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 14:51, 15 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} They can't hurt anyone, and I feel like emptying without text pages should have been done long ago. [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] (<span style="font-size: 83%;{{#if:|{{{style}}};}}">[[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] and [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]</span>) 16:42, 16 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 09:45, 17 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} per those above, particularly [[User:Alien333|Alien333]]'s wise words. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 03:26, 21 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} ''without text'', ambivalent about ''Moremenu'' [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 10:24, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :Per the above, I have now made both Gadgets default. They can be turned off again per-user in your Preferences. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 12:49, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::It's taken me a bit to realise what happened when an unexpected poorly named tab suddenly appeared and the keyboard shortcuts associated with delete, move, and protect all stopped working. I've turned off MoreMenu in my Preferences because I don't use a mouse if I can avoid it. The "poorly named" comment comes because there were two tabs labeled "page". How are less-experienced users to know which one does what? [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 21:15, 29 March 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]]: The non-optimal naming stems from Wikisource's choice to use "Page" as the main tab, which then clashes with the commands and links in the menu that are related to the ''current page''. On Wikipedia that tab is called "Article", on Wikibooks it's "Book", on Commons it's "Gallery" etc. I'm not sure there's a good solution to this (the non-optimal tab naming has been mentioned as confusing in other contexts too, for similar reasons).{{pbr}}The missing accesskeys however are clearly a bug. I've reported it upstream so hopefully that can be fixed fairly quickly. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 11:59, 30 March 2024 (UTC) == Disambiguating encyclopedia articles from works == I have always had a significant issue with our common practice of including encyclopedia articles, such as those from EB1911, Nutall, NSRW, etc., in disambiguation pages alongside other works. Some quite poignant examples exist at [[Jalna]] and [[Surakarta]]. The crux of my argument is centered around the very concept of a disambiguation page itself. It's meant to disseminate confusion from works of the same title. And no one would '''ever''' confuse a novel with an unrelated encyclopedia article. Think about this in conversational form: <blockquote>A: "Hey, have you ever heard of 'Jalna'?" B: "Oh, yeah, I loved reading that, that was a great novel!" A: "No, I was talking about ''the 1911 Britannica article about a town in India''."</blockquote> Like what? Who would ''ever'' say this as a response? That is what you're implying when you put something on a disambiguation page—that it's reasonable to think that someone might confuse a ''popular novel'' with an ''obscure encyclopedia article''. I admit that I don't know exactly ''how'' you would technically classify an encyclopedia article, in the bibliographic sense, and it [[User_talk:Neo-Jay#Naming_and_disambiguation|has been noted]] that "a long encyclopedia article may even be regarded as an academic masterpiece". And this may be true—in fact, there are even (''very rare!'') instances where encyclopedia articles have been republished in some other form. But, we have to consider the ''context in which these articles exist''—whereas something like an essay, a paper, a speech, or even an article in a periodical or newspaper, would be intended to be found on its own and regarded as its own individual property, an encyclopedia is ''specifically '''designed''' to be searched''. In other words, you're ''never'' looking for the encyclopedia article for its own sake—you're looking for it because you want some specific information. You're ''using'' the broader work (''Britannica'') for the purpose of finding information ''about'' Jalna, and it never occurred to any reader that the article on it was even its own unique entity at all. I wouldn't want to include "Jalna" the encyclopedia article on a disambiguation page, for the same reason that I wouldn't want to include every magazine issue editorial titled "Editorial" in a disambiguation page called [[Editorial]]—the editorial is intended to be searched from the issue, the same as the encyclopedia article is meant to be searched from the encyclopedia. I do understand that in the case of [[Surakarta]] and many others, there is a counterargument some of you may make, in that encyclopedia articles have use in being disambiguated from ''each other''. But in this case, really we need more extensive portals, and perhaps a separate searching technology specifically for our dictionaries and encyclopedic works, (I'm not kidding, this would be ''extremely'' useful and I'd love to see something like this), but it just doesn't seem like disambiguation pages are the place to be doing this. Pinging {{ping|Beleg Tâl|Neo-Jay}} who I've talked with about this previously. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 14:14, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :As formulated, I disagree with this. But perhaps there is an underlying problem behind your reasoning for which one can find a solution that we agree on?{{pbr}}Encyclopedia entries are both practically and bibliographically stand-alone works (one can quibble about single-sentence entries and such, but one can't generally say that they are not in this context). And the purpose of disambiguation pages is to disambiguate among works with near identical titles. See [[Hamlet]], in particular the original, vs. Lamb's bowdlerized version, Hazlitt's commentary, the three encyclopedia articles, and the encyclopedia article for the opera.{{pbr}}I've also sometimes been annoyed by the need for dab pages when there are only two works listed, and one of them seems very incidental or insignificant. But over time I've come to the conclusion that this stems from assigning too much significance to wikipage names (that's why enWP has big fights about a term's main topic: do most people mean the type pf small settlement or the play?). Having dabs is good, even if sometimes annoying for Wikisourcerers running into naming collisions.{{pbr}}The flip side is long dab pages like [[Poems]]. Some of these are inevitable (they're the corner-cases like [[Poems]] specifically, for which there's no good solution), but for others the straightforward solution is to add some structure to the page. So, for example, perhaps split different types of works to separate subsections, so that encyclopaedia articles are in their own section? [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 15:33, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :: {{ping|Xover}} You say that "as formulated" you disagree with this, since you say that both practically and bibliographically they are stand-alone works, but could you elaborate on why and in what sense? I'd be interested to see the specific reasoning for this, and how it would refute that encyclopedias are functionally designed to be searched, with their articles existing more as "search''es''" than as individual works; while an essay or a poem are almost guaranteed to be published in multiple sources, to be clearly seen as standalone works in the sense that they are understood to be sought after in isolation? I am just saying it's misleading to treat encyclopedia articles as if they are sought after as the things themselves rather than the topics they represent. When I say the word "Elephant" in a sentence, how likely is it that I'm referring to the Wikipedia article on {{w|elephant}} if "Wikipedia" or "article" aren't in my sentence? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:48, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :: Addendum: One could also say, in exactly the same way, that forewords of novels are works in their own right (since some form of those very forewords might one day be found in a periodical, who knows!). And in some technical, academic sense maybe they are, but would this justify a 500,000-item disambiguation page at [[Foreword]]? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:54, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :::See [[Preface (Johnson)]]. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 16:16, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :::: {{ping|Xover}} {{smaller|Mmmh, this appears to be a rare edge case; it's a well-researched (and interesting!) versions page where the changes are noticeable, distinct, and span several different authors and publishers across eras. But to use this notable piece of Shakesperean literatary history that happens to manifest itself in the form of a preface, as a precedent for the rest of the millions of prefaces out there, is not a place I'd go with my lukewarm acceptance of it. And to be honest, I'm in the mindset that this belongs in another namespace or in some other structure, but I have no specific ideas and Versions makes sense within the confines of the little structure we have to work with.}} [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 16:59, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :I very strongly agree with this position. Consider the page [[Poems]] mentioned above. In my opinion, it would be inappropriate and rather ridiculous to include on that page every encyclopedia and dictionary that happens to contain an article about "Poems". I would argue, as [[User:Billinghurst|Billinghurst]] argued to me [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/2015-08#Famous passages as separate works|nearly a decade ago]], that to be considered as a separate work for enWS purposes, the "component will have been separately published and outside of the bible" (replacing the bible with the encyclopedia in this case). —[[User:Beleg Tâl|Beleg Tâl]] ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 16:58, 24 March 2024 (UTC) :: The examples in that older discussion focus on poems and passages included within a larger work, and I agree somewhat that those are edge cases and ''might'' be worthy of such treatment. But encyclopedia articles for most major encyclopedias have their own authors and citation information from specific editions. That is, whereas ''The Walrus and the Carpenter'' will appear in the same chapter of its containing work, it does not have set pagination nor a separate author from the author of its containing work. Encyclopedia articles typically do have their own separate authorship, and are as much a work in their own right as a poem included in an anthology. Also, to be clear, it is not an article ''about'' Poems that would be listed for disambiguation, but an article ''titled'' "Poems". --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 00:32, 25 March 2024 (UTC) :::Re articles in reference works being on their own they also frequently cross-reference each other, overlap with multiple different entries under the same header, have varying degrees of set clear pagination and are almost never independently reprinted. Multiple authorship also seems to be weird as a main deciding criterion to clue on IMO, e.g. when later editions add additional chapters to a book, now those original chapters have "own authors and citation information" and are now independent works but they weren't before? :::''Poems'' is a bit of an edge case as it goes into the Main / Portal linking issue as well and how ''[[Poems]],'' [[Portal:Poetry]] and Category:Poems all interact but that is its own separate specific rabbit hole. Note that ''The Walrus and the Carpenter'' is frequently anthologized as a separate work on its own with its own chapter, set pagination etc. which causes issues as well if we then version those but not the original publication... [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 00:02, 27 March 2024 (UTC) {{ping|SnowyCinema}} I concur with your sentiment that every ''Foreword'' and ''Editorial'' should not be listed on disambiguation pages, but not for the reasons you've given. A ''Foreword'' is a description of the item, and not its title. We would not list every "Chapter I" on a disambiguation page, because that is a label, and ''not'' a title. Likewise, an ''Editorial'' is a ''kind'' of work, not the title of a work, and disambiguation pages should list works with a given title, without listing works ''described'' or ''categorized'' using a given label. Having worked on Wiktionary, the equivalent language is: '''labels''' are common nouns, but '''titles''' are proper nouns. And "foreword", "index", "editorial" are identifying labels, but not titles. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 00:52, 25 March 2024 (UTC) :We have similar issues with things like [[Sonnet]] where they may be labeled by number as well by first line, and presumably Untitled or such some placeholder if we consider neither of those the actual title since not provided by the author. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 01:59, 25 March 2024 (UTC) :: Disambiguation pages are ''searching aids'' and ''title disseminators'', so to include an encyclopedia article in them is functionally useless. The way those titles are referred to, as I said, is always "Jalna in the ''Encyclopedia Britannica''" or the like. No one on earth has trouble telling the difference between a specific encyclopedia article about ''Moby Dick'' and ''Moby Dick'' itself. Whether or not they have different authors is beside the point, it's about the fact that encyclopedias are designed to be searched and not considered in their own right. Which is why, whether or not you want to say in some ''academic'' sense that they're "works" by some technical nitty-gritty classification, you can't say that they're standalone in any sense. The standalone work is the encyclopedia, is the dictionary. Any entries in them are just that, and they're meant to serve the purpose of the encyclopedia, not to be found on their own. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 06:58, 25 March 2024 (UTC) :::You keep asserting that, but it's just not true as a general statement. Most encyclopaedia entries, sure, they're short blurbs that are mostly interchangeable, like dictionary entries, and primarily have value as a part of the larger work they are contained in. But the EB1911, and ''Grove'', and a lot of others have entries that are ''long'', ''well researched'', ''with a distinct author'', ''can have multiple editions'', etc. In fact, in ''Grove'' (now owned and online at OUP) each entry gets its own DOI, and even has different DOIs for each edition of an entry. EB1911's entry authors are also often leading experts in their fields, and well-know and published outside EB1911 (see e.g. [[Author:Sidney Lee|Sidney Lee]], who is known today primarily as one of the leading Shakespearean scholars of his era). There's no practical difference between these an a short story in a short story collection, or a paper in a collection or ''festschrift''. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 07:15, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :::: {{ping|Xover}} The difference is that, and while Wikisource doesn't represent this often enough in practice, short stories ''and'' poems that appear in collections are almost ''guaranteed'' to have been published in multiple different sources, like periodicals, newspapers, or other collections, so they should ''categorically'' be considered as standalone works and ''categorically'' be assumed to exist in many versions. So the short story collections are effectively just collections of works, while an encyclopedia is more like a searchable database for information. I am aware that many encyclopedia articles are long and well-researched etc., but that's besides the point. I'm certain that many prized academics have also contributed a lot to Wikipedia's articles, but that doesn't make them standalone works in the same sense as a ''story''. I'm sure ''some'' of the entries in these old encyclopedias were reproduced in other works, but even then oftentimes they become something fundamentally different later by reference. So, it's no longer ''EB1911's article on Moby Dick'', it's now ''EB1922's update on Moby Dick'', or ''EB1936's article on Moby Dick'', you know? It's never ''just'' "Moby Dick: The Article". So these responses I'm getting don't address my primary concern, which is that while short stories are quite easy to categorically be considered in their own right and can be referred to explicitly by their titles without any adjacent context, the EB articles ''have'' to be referred to in the context of the encyclopedia or no one would ever understand what you were talking about. And that goes to the broader point as well: that no one would ever confuse ''Moby Dick'' the novel with an encyclopedia article about it, because it doesn't even make logical sense to lump the two together in this way as if they could be supposed to be the same. Also, no one has answered the hypothetical I gave before, which is if I used the word "Elephant" in a sentence, how likely is it that I'm referring to Wikipedia's article on the topic, if "Wikipedia" or "article" aren't in my sentence? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 08:35, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :::::No, but that's a contrived example. Cf. below, "William Shakespeare" could refer to one of any number of works that are substantially similar in subject-matter (biographical information about him and his works), but where some are in the form of encyclopedia articles, some are essays from collections, some are scholarly monographs, some may be fictionalized retellings of his life. It is quite common in the literature to see footnotes citing ''Lee (1904)'', ''Chambers (1930)'' with the full reference to a encyclopedia entry and a monograph (respectively) appearing in the bibliography. Depending on citation style used, these can appear as "Lee, ''Shakespeare''" and "Chambers, ''Shakespeare''" or any number of other variations. The point being that these do not treat encyclopedia articles and monographs differently. Your point is a valid one that applies to a lot of encyclopedia articles, but you cannot generalise it to "all encyclopedia articles".{{pbr}}You'll also note that nobody (serious) cites ''Wikipedia''; they cite the article "William Shakespeare" on ''Wikipedia'' at a given date and time (or revision). "Wikipedia" as a work is somewhat meaningless; it's a tool for creating and a site for hosting the works it contains, which are the individual articles. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:04, 26 March 2024 (UTC) I will just comment that I see three intersecting questions: 1. Workflow. For example, on WP if I want to find out about "Shakespeare, New Mexico" I can search Shakespeare --> Main topic (William Shakespeare) --> disamb page --> article, but on WS do we want to mirror the same flow to find information or do we expect a different workflow? 2. Bibliography of subpages. Which subpages are "works" and merit specific indexing and which works aren't? Is a Chapter in a Novel entitled Shakespeare independent? Is [[The Common Reader/Jane Austen]] a separate work because it is non-fiction now? Or only if it is by a separate author? Or republished and excerpted outside with sufficient notoriety etc.? 3. The actual construction of the redirects / links to those works from Main. For example does that link from [[Jane Austen]], [[Jane Austen (1925)]], [[Jane Austen (Woolf)]] etc.? Do we have to create disambiguate pages at those points too? Do we merge "Shakespeare" and "Shakespere"? Do we consider encyclopedia articles by their titles like "Austen, Jane" / "Shakespeare, William" and disambiguate only under those names etc.? [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 01:52, 25 March 2024 (UTC) :I think only the second of those questions is really what is being addressed here. We don't have a workflow such that people would find "works about Shakespeare, NM" at [[Shakespeare]], only "works titled 'Shakespeare'". As for whether to list similar titles together or separately, that is generally done on a case-by-case basis, which is why [[Sonnet]] and [[Sonnets]] are separate pages while [[A Sonnet]] is not. —[[User:Beleg Tâl|Beleg Tâl]] ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 01:58, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]]: [[The Common Reader/Jane Austen]], and the other essays in that collection, are stand-alone works, yes. In fact a number of them appeared stand-alone in ''The Times Literary Supplement'' before being collected there. Most fiction chapters (i.e. novels) will not fit this definition for the simple reason that each chapter does not stand alone, and the chapters are meant to be read in sequence (and are normally never published individually). But in collections of essays or short stories each individual piece is atomic. There are certainly edge cases out there, but the general rule is fairly clear.{{pbr}}All three of those redirects you list seem reasonable. But redirects are mainly about convenience or preserving links to an old title, and not so much about disambiguation.{{pbr}}Disambiguation pages are about distinguishing between works with an identical title, since we cannot let all works live on the same wikipage title otherwise, and as a finding aid to readers. Consider, for example, the Sherlock Holmes stories: most people will be looking for ''A Scandal in Bohemia'' with no idea that it was first published in [[The Strand Magazine/Volume 2/Issue 7/A Scandal in Bohemia|''The Strand Magazine'' in vol. 2, issue 7]]. What they need is [[A Scandal in Bohemia]], a versions page, to tell them we have two versions of that text. Readers looking for "William Shakespeare" may be looking for any one of [[Author:Sidney Lee|Sir Sidney Lee]]'s encyclopedia article [[Dictionary of National Biography, 1885-1900/Shakespeare, William|in the DNB]], [[Author:Edmund Kerchever Chambers|E. K. Chambers]]' seminal ''William Shakespeare: A Study of Facts and Problems'', Park Honan's ''Shakespeare: A Life'', or Stanley Well's ''Shakespeare: A Life in Drama'', or any one of a whole host of other works whose primary title is a permutation of "William Shakespeare". The same goes for "Hamlet", which may be any version of the play, the Bowdlerized editions by the Lambs, Hazlitt's commentary on the play (an essay published in a fixup collection, designed to be read sequentially), several operatic versions inspired by the play (and some independent inventions), and a bunch of poems. The main unanswered question there is the precise definition of "identical", and that's an issue on which reasonable people may disagree. I favour a fairly permissive "…and substantially similar" type definition, but you can't really say someone that argues for seeing "William Shakespeare" and "Shakespeare, William" as distinct is "wrong". [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 08:49, 26 March 2024 (UTC) ::Right, but do we make a distinction between "[[Moby-Dick]]" (novel) and "[[Moby Dick]]" (article), [[The Tempest]], [[Tempest]], [[Tempest, The]] and [[Tempest, Marie]], [[The Monk]], [[Monk]] and [[Monk, James Henry]], [[Kubla Khan]] and [[Kublai Khan]], etc. The original example might make a distinction between ''Surakarta'' articles about the place and ''The Surakarta'' the novel, for example. I mention redirects as that is ''how'' these are implemented, given we are talking about works in a containing work, we ''only'' encounter clashes between the main work and the redirect to the encyclopedia articles. Which is why I started with the first point, these exist as aids for the reader. Personally, I favor more disambiguation, more linking, more discovery, probably more portals to provide structure etc. If we want to through more illustrations, great. But that is my personal opinion. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 14:00, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :::It isn't obvious that if you want ''Shakespeare: A Life'' search for "Shakespeare" and ''William Shakespeare: A Study of Facts and Problems'' search for "William Shakespeare," as a position is wrong. I.e. that someone searching for "William Shakespeare" might be taken literally and not see the Honan or Well work. I think it is wrong because we should favor discoverability and "wikiness" over exact searching like a catalog, but YMMV. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 14:10, 26 March 2024 (UTC) ::: I am not seeing the harm, at all, in listing encyclopedia article titles on a disambiguation page. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 19:56, 26 March 2024 (UTC) == Invitation to join March Wikisource Community Meeting == Hello fellow Wikisource enthusiasts! We're excited to announce our upcoming Wikisource Community meeting, scheduled for '''30 March 2024, 3 PM UTC''' ([https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/1711810800 check your local time]). As always, your participation is crucial to the success of our community discussions. Similar to previous meetings, the agenda will be split into two segments. The first half will cover non-technical updates, such as events, conferences, proofread-a-thons, and collaborations. In the second half, we'll dive into technical updates and discussions, addressing key challenges faced by Wikisource communities. '''New Feature: Event Registration!''' <br /> Exciting news! We're switching to a new event registration feature for our meetings. You can now register for the event through our dedicated page on Meta-wiki. Simply follow the link below to secure your spot and engage with fellow Wikisource enthusiasts: [[:m:Event:Wikisource Community Meeting March 2024|Event Registration Page]] '''Agenda Suggestions:''' <br /> Your input matters! Feel free to suggest any additional topics you'd like to see included in the agenda. If you have any suggestions or would just prefer being added to the meeting the old way, simply drop a message on '''klawal-ctr@wikimedia.org'''. Thank you for your continued dedication to Wikisource. We look forward to your active participation in our upcoming meeting. Best regards, <br /> [[:m:User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]], [[:m:User:SWilson (WMF)|Sam Wilson (WMF)]], and [[:m:User:SGill (WMF)|Satdeep Gill (WMF)]] {{unsigned|18:56, 25 March 2024 (UTC)|MediaWiki message delivery}} <!-- Message sent by User:KLawal-WMF@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:SGill_(WMF)/lists/WS_VPs&oldid=25768507 --> :@[[User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]]: Could you make sure these announcements contain a standard signature (see [[Special:Diff/13996824|diff]]) so that Reply-Tool and Vector 2022's auto-toc features work? [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:34, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Xover|Xover]] Thank you for pointing that out, will include a standard signature in future announcements. [[User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]] ([[User talk:KLawal-WMF|talk]]) 19:15, 28 March 2024 (UTC) == <nowiki>{{Header}}</nowiki> template and misleading publication dates == I have been doing work on various 'collected works' and noticed that misleading date information is appearing against individual works from these collections. Using 'The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (ed. Hutchinson, 1914)' as an example:—{{pbr}} In the main page [[The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (ed. Hutchinson, 1914)]], the year field is filled in '1914' and the title is displayed as 'The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley' (1914), as normal.{{pbr}} On the subpages for each individual poem, if there is no Wikidata link, the title of the overall work appears in the same way. The 'year' field is not used on these pages, so no date appears.{{pbr}} For subpages that do have a Wikidata link, the date of publication entered in Wikidata is displayed in the title. In most cases, this date is that of first publication (in the case of Shelley's collected works, given in a note at the head of each poem). Unfortunately, this date appears immediately after the title of the overall work (e.g. for '[[The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (ed. Hutchinson, 1914)/Lines to a Critic|Lines to a Critic]]', the main title appears as 'The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (1823)'. This gives the impression that the 'collected works' was published in 1823, which is not the case.{{pbr}} I question the need for this date linkage to Wikidata, but if it is judged to be necessary then what is displayed should have some associated text to make it clear what the date is, and it should be placed either after the 'section' field (or better, in the 'notes' field), not the 'title' field. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 10:56, 26 March 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|Chrisguise}} For "Lines to a Critic" that's because the Wikidata item was handled wrong. It is being treated as if it's the work item, but it links to our ''version'' of the poem. This is a quite widespread issue on Wikisource and, in general, we need to correct all instances where this has happened. I do think we should prefer handling this in Wikidata over not doing that, but maybe we need to make it so that we only pull from it if it's marked as an instance of "version, edition, or translation". [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 11:09, 26 March 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|CalendulaAsteraceae}} What is your opinion? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 11:10, 26 March 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]]: I think that only pulling dates if the WD item is a version/edition/translation is the way to go. I can take a look at the code soon-ish. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 19:57, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :::Would doing so affect Versions headers? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 22:06, 26 March 2024 (UTC) ::::Versions headers shouldn't link to version/edition/translation items, so it shouldn't be an issue (once I fix the dozen or so pages that are incorrectly linked) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 20:15, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::::: That's why I ask. If dates are only pulled from versions pages, does that mean the date of first publication (on the data item for the work) will vanish from version pages? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 15:36, 29 March 2024 (UTC) ::::::Depends how the code is written; it shouldn't. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 16:03, 29 March 2024 (UTC) == Simplify Scriptorium page structure == {{smaller|[I thought we'd discussed this before, but I'm failing to find it in the archives just now. I think I recall that people were generally positive, but that we didn't have a good plan for alternative solutions for Announcements and Proposals. So reopening the issue to see if we can at least make a little progress.]}} I'd really like to simplify the page structure of this page to avoid having subsections. It makes a lot of things much more complex, and don't work all that well on mobile (or in the Vector 2022 skin, but that's… a different issue). It is also confusing for newbies, and the important stuff (announcements, proposals) tends to get lost. So… What would we have to do as an alternative for the current sections? * '''Announcements''' * '''Proposals''' * '''Bot approval requests''' * '''Repairs (and moves)''' * '''Other discussions''' '''Other discussions''' would, obviously, just become the one section present on this page (with no actual separate heading, of course). '''Bot approval requests''' could probably either move to [[WS:BR]], with instructions to also post a notice here; or it could be just a normal thread here on the Scriptorium. We average far less than one bot approval request per year, and while looking through the archives for something else I saw several that just languished with no comment. Depending somewhat on the outcome for other sections, I think just making bot approval requests normal threads here is the most practical and pragmatic way to handle them. '''Repairs (and moves)''' doesn't really seem to warrant a separate section on the Scriptorium, and in any case tend to be overlooked in their own section up above. I think most such requests should go to [[WS:S/H]], requests specifically about scans should go to [[WS:LAB]], and anything needing +sysop should go to [[WS:AN]]. So we could replace the whole section with instructions about where to go instead up in the header. '''Announcements''' are, I don't think, very useful as a separate section here because they tend to get lost. I think probably we could make announcements just normal threads here, maybe with "Announcement: " tacked on as a prefix to the thread title. We could have instructions to add {{tl|do not archive until}} so that announcements where that's relevant stay on the page more than 30 days. There may be other things we could do to enhance their visibility while keeping them as a normal thread. '''Proposals''' too are, I think, better handled as normal threads here, combined with use for separate pages for things that are RFC-y (and with a notice here). We should also use watchlist notices (cf. the recent one about Vector 2022 users needing to update their scripts) for important ones (especially policy proposals), and possibly also create a template where current proposals are listed (the template could be permanent at the top of this page and [[WS:S/H]], and we could encourage users to transclude it on their own user page to keep up with proposals). I think that would actually ''improve'' visibility of proposals. I'm sure I've forgotten about something, and I'm sure people will have different views on what the best way to handle stuff is; but that's a snapshot of my current thinking. PS. This thread isn't in itself a proposal, as such, but the discussion that precedes a potential future proposal. If there is significant support, or general apathy in the absence of active opposition, I'll make a concrete proposal up in [[#Proposals]] that would, then, presumably, be the last such under the status quo. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 10:44, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :This sounds like a good idea to me! —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 15:15, 1 April 2024 (UTC) :Just a note that this is the kind of change that needs positive agreement. If there isn't significant participation, and absence of strong opposition, no change can be made. I was hoping to get a sense of where the community stood in this thread, before proceeding to a specific proposal. If nobody thinks this is an issue or doesn't think it's worth the time-investment, then making an actual proposal would just be wasting everyone's time. Some ''yay'', ''nay'', or ''meh'' would be helpful, is what I'm saying. :) [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:32, 5 April 2024 (UTC) :Just wondering, how did this end? Because we still have [[#Announcements]] up there, which has not been used for a while, but apparently also [[WS:Scriptorium/Announcements]], which is at least used for some newletters. — [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] ([[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] &amp; [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]) 10:56, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Alien333|Alien333]]: If it bugs (almost) nobody but me enough to comment here then there's obviously no support for making any change and the status quo prevails (and there's no point making a proposal under those circumstances). I'm guessing the reason nobody's commenting here is that they're mostly fine with how things are, and thus not motivated to think through the sketch of an alternative above. The current structure has worked well for a long time so changes to it has the presumption against it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 12:25, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Xover|Xover]] Perhaps this post became lost in the otherwise difficult to navigate Scriptorium? At any rate, I am not a great fan of the current layout, but equally wonder whether everything may become harder to find if things changed (for the most part, if I want to find the scan lab, I google it, as who knows where the link on Wikisource resides). If the Scriptorium did change, a clear table of contents at the start of this page, linking to the bot request, scan lab etc. subpages, would be much appreciated. [[User:TeysaKarlov|TeysaKarlov]] ([[User talk:TeysaKarlov|talk]]) 21:33, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::I've thought for some time that the community pages here really need some sort of navbox. It'd certainly make it easier to get around. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:48, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::Yeah, that's partly what I have in mind. I'd like to split things into more separate pages, with one thing (main section) per page, and then have a navbox type thing on each page. I also think we can make a template that's displayed prominently in strategic places that lists all currently open proposals. Something like [[w:Template:Centralized discussion]]. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:53, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ::The irony for me is—indeed!—this discussion got lost and I didn’t see it until just now despite my best efforts to follow this page. As a new WS contributor, it’s been hard for me to get invested in this page despite it being on my watchlist (where multiple edits are easily lost track of because of the default way it collapses multiple edits into just one, which I don’t fully understand). ::I’m not smart or experienced enough to propose specific restructuring solution(s), but wanted to say I support any effort by admins and other experienced folks to improve our community interaction. Compared to other “risky” proposals that would affect content in the main namespace, it seems ''relatively'' lower risk to talk about improving this discussion namespace. Just a lot of inertia and potential [[w:loss aversion|loss aversion]] at play probably, which is understandable as a human cognitive bias. [[User:Brad606|Brad606]] ([[User talk:Brad606|talk]]) 14:59, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Brad606|Brad606]]: Yeah, the default watchlist is a bit confusing in this sense. I recommend going to ''both'' the [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-watchlist|Watchlist section of your Preferences]] to turn '''on''' "Expand watchlist to show all changes, not just the most recent", and to go to the [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-rc|Recent Changes section]] to turn '''off''' "Group changes by page in recent changes and watchlist". Why in two different tabs of the Preferences? I have no idea. ¯\_(ツ)_/¯ [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 18:30, 13 April 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|Xover}} Yes, indeed, part of the reason this discussion has been unseen is because of the mountain of obscured discussions already in the Scriptorium from other cases. : Specifically for proposals, I think this deserves its own separate page. Note that Wiktionary has [[wikt:Wiktionary:Votes]], a process which works ''quite well''. Official votes (on policy, etc.), aka proposals, are done in a very structured format: :* Draft it out, based on and reference previous discussion. :* Set a time when the vote begins. Have it sit there as it would be when it starts more or less, but don't allow people to actually vote until the date and time of it starting. This serves a useful purpose: People can comment on the vote's talk page, etc., if the proposal has lack of clarity or has other inherent issues. :* Most importantly to me, '''set a clear time when the vote ends'''. Most of our discussions here (being one of the problems with both the Scriptorium and our desert known as RFC) do not have clear end dates, or clear definitions or enactments of resolution. So they just sit around more or less as thought experiments, going back to the huge "community practice vs. policy" dichotomy we have as well. : So, I think our proposals should function somewhat like this. They should at least be structured so that action is ensured to be taken if consensus allows. Wiktionary also transcludes a list of all current votes on everyone's watchlist, as well as in many other places, so that the wider community is aware... Some ideas for a page title: [[Wikisource:Votes]], [[Wikisource:Proposals]], or (and I like it a lot less) [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Proposals]]. : I'm interested to know what your thoughts on this proposal structure are. I'd move to get the other sections mentioned to subpages as well (and repairs could maybe be merged with [[WS:Scan lab]]), though I have less to comment about them. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 00:13, 14 April 2024 (UTC) == Should we mark the RfC process historical? == There was [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/2024-01#RfC_close|an earlier discussion]] that suggested this, but that has since been archived. There are several huge "open" RfCs, but none of them have had much recent participation or any participation at all – [[Wikisource:Requests for comment/Universal Code of Conduct enforcement draft guidelines|one has had no edits since it was proposed in 2021]], and overall the process seems abandoned, with the Scriptorium being used for most discussions. I think the {{tl|historical}} template should be added to the main RfC page and any open RfCs should be closed (as "no consensus" in at least one case, due to 0 participation). Clearly, the process is not attracting the input it needs ([[Wikisource:Requests for comment]] has achieved a grand total of 243 pageviews so far this month, compared to this page's 6,036 [https://pageviews.wmcloud.org/?project=en.wikisource.org&platform=all-access&agent=user&redirects=0&range=this-month&pages=Wikisource:Scriptorium|Wikisource:Requests_for_comment]). [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 15:09, 29 March 2024 (UTC) :I think it needs updating and revitalization, but there's no need to abandon it entirely. One thing that makes it so moribund is that we mostly get by just fine on established practice, and our policy framework covers most obvious areas. So while not ideal, neither is it particularly urgent to fix it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 16:59, 29 March 2024 (UTC) == Best practices for title pages and other front matter == I was preparing the title page for The Diothas ([[Page:The Diothas, or, A far look ahead (IA diothasorfarlook01macn).pdf/5|here]]) when it occurred to me that I couldn't find much guidance about front matter (the page [[Help:Front matter]] says nothing about style). I did notice that most proofread title pages decrease the vertical space compared to the page, but is there a guideline for this? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 10:13, 30 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]]: No, no good guidance. Title pages (and similar parts of the front matter) are a bit special. The rule of thumb is to reproduce the original layout as closely as possible without going insane with hyper-detailed formatting, and without causing it to overflow a single page when exported to ePub. How detailed a reproduction is useful will also vary from text to text: if the title page has clearly received a lot of love from the publisher then putting more effort into reproducing it is good, but if it is very simple then a reasonable representation is good enough. It's fairly subjective and up to each contributor's judgement.{{pbr}}Personally I always put quite a bit of effort into the title pages etc. of my projects, because I think it's important (not least in order to look good in ePub form), but nobody is likely to rag on you for a reasonable level of laziness here. We can never perfectly reproduce them anyway, so just exactly where the line is drawn will of necessity be a subjective call. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 12:08, 30 March 2024 (UTC) ::Follow-up question: what's the best way to check how the title page looks when exported to ePub? Is there a way apart from just exporting it? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:23, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]]: No, sorry. I've often thought we should have a Gadget to preview this to catch obvious problems with pagination, page width, etc. but as of now the best option is to just export it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 15:40, 3 April 2024 (UTC) == Table of Contents: Index:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu == Table of Contents: Index:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu I'm validating this. There's a typo I don't know how to correct. Please see IX on the table of contents. At the bottom, it says the page numbers are 143-146. But I think it should say 143-166, since the next section starts at 167. Also Section 1, Section VI, , Section X, and Section XV are the only ones that say "Pages" in front of the numbers. Please advise when I can continue validating the pages. Thank you. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 15:54, 31 March 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|Maile66}} The actual table of contents starts [[Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/17|here]]. The index page's table of contents is just a transclusion of the normal table of contents pages in the Page namespace. To find them, just Edit the page to see the index's source code, and you'll find in this case: <syntaxhighlight lang="mw"> {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/17}} {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/18}} {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/19}} {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/20}} </syntaxhighlight> : And just copy and paste. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 16:03, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::Thank you, but since I am doing the validating on this, someone else needs to make these corrections because it tells me the changes need to be proofread. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 18:42, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::: {{ping|Maile66}} 1.) You don't ''have'' to wait for other people to proofread the pages; if you want you can just go ahead and proofread them, since the validation is something that anyone can do. 2.) Which pages haven't been proofread? The table of contents pages are all validated, and all the pages except advertisements at [[Index:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu]] are at least proofread. Are you certain we're talking about the same transcription project? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 23:32, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::::Right now I'm validating pages 2-166 ... and I'm happy occupying myself with that. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 23:41, 31 March 2024 (UTC) :::::{{ping|SnowyCinema}} Ahhhh .... thank you for your instruction and guidance. I fixed the page number. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 20:39, 1 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::{{ping|SnowyCinema}} Well, oops! Looks like I have a lot to learn. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 20:52, 1 April 2024 (UTC) == Tech News: 2024-14 == <section begin="technews-2024-W14"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/14|Translations]] are available. '''Recent changes''' * Users of the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Reading/Web/Accessibility_for_reading|reading accessibility]] beta feature will notice that the default line height for the standard and large text options has changed. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T359030] '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/wmf.25|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-02|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-03|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-04|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] '''Future changes''' * The Wikimedia Foundation has an annual plan. The annual plan decides what the Wikimedia Foundation will work on. You can now read [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Annual Plan/2024-2025/Product & Technology OKRs#Draft Key Results|the draft key results]] for the Product and Technology department. They are suggestions for what results the Foundation wants from big technical changes from July 2024 to June 2025. You can [[m:Talk:Wikimedia Foundation Annual Plan/2024-2025/Product & Technology OKRs|comment on the talk page]]. '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/14|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W14"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 03:36, 2 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:UOzurumba (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26462933 --> == Global ban for Slowking4 == It looks like we are in danger of losing one of our most prolific editors: [[:meta:Requests for comment/Global ban for Slowking4 (2)]]. If you have any opinion on this, speak now or forever hold your peace. (I realize this is mentioned further up the page, but wanted to bump the issue in case folks didn't notice it.) [[User:Nosferattus|Nosferattus]] ([[User talk:Nosferattus|talk]]) 22:42, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :This was posted above under the heading [[#Global ban proposal for Slowking4|#Global ban proposal for Slowking4]]. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:23, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :: But we needed to make doubly sure the WS community was aware this was going on, since that "discussion" (more of a notification really) was buried. Thanks Nosferattus! [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 00:27, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :::you're very kind, however, it is unclear to me, that any amount of reason matters. only go there if you have a strong stomach. the drama caucus (one of your admins among them) will continue to put the stewards to the test, until they get the result they want. lest you think that the neglect of the WMF is bad, just consider the active hostility of a solipsistic clique of functionaries. i got my compliment from "notorious RSG", so the name calling is amusing. Wikimania was becoming tiresome, one of you should go, and help out Vigneron, and there is the wikisource conference to plan for. "all who wander are not lost". --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 02:31, 5 April 2024 (UTC) == All small caps == Is the {{tl|all small caps}} template supposed to work in non-Latin scripts like Greek? They are ''sometimes'' working here: : {{asc|{{polytonic|Οιδιπουσ}}}} The Greek line ''previewed'' correctly, showed correctly when I posted the comment initially, but then did not work when I emended my comment. Because the behavior is variable, sometimes working and sometimes not, I can't tell whether this is the asc-template, the polytonic-template, an interaction between the two, or something else entirely. They do not seem to be working in those scripts in the Page namespace. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 18:12, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :I winder if this is related to the issue I posted at [[WS:S/H#font-feature-setting:'hist']], and some OpenType features are not working? —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 18:51, 3 April 2024 (UTC) ::Just for testing: ::* Default font: {{asc|Οιδιπουσ}} ::* Junicode: {{ULS|font1=Junicode|{{asc|Οιδιπουσ}}}} ::* GentiumPlus: {{ULS|font1=GentiumPlus|{{asc|Οιδιπουσ}}}} ::For me the first two work, and the last one does not; which suggests that it's just the GentiumPlus font that {{tl|polytonic}} uses that might be the problem —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 18:53, 3 April 2024 (UTC) == Document in Jamaican patois == Is [[Yuunivorshal Deklarieshan a Yuuman Raits]] within the scope of English wikisource ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 04:27, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :Hmm. I'd say it's a clear ''no''. Jamaican creole is not generally mutually intelligible with Standard English (although as a primarily spoken language, and as a creole, the degree is pretty fluid from person to person and situation to situation). This is just one such case for which we have mulWS. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 07:10, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : {{vk}} at enWS as a closely-related language to English. We should keep JC works if we're going to host works in Old English, which is at least as unintelligible, if not more so, than the Jamaican Creole provided. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 14:27, 7 April 2024 (UTC) ::It's not primarily a question of mutual intelligibility (although that is certainly also a factor). Old English is a direct precursor of English, and there is a direct lineal relationship linguistically speaking. Jamaican creole is a hodgepodge of languages, where there happens to be a large dash of English in the mix, but it is inherently a mix of languages that do not fit neatly into one specific language family. mulWS is for precisely such cases where you cannot slot a text neatly into one language. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 15:48, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::{{color|gray|> where there happens to be a large dash of English in the mix}} :::The major {{wikt|lexifier}} of Jamaican Creole is English[https://apics-online.info/surveys/8]. :::{{color|gray|> but it is inherently a mix of languages that do not fit neatly into one specific language family}} :::Its language family is {{w|English-based creole|English-based creole}}. Here is its classification on [https://glottolog.org/resource/languoid/id/jama1262 Glottolog]. :::I just wanted to point that out. I didn't know that mulWS existed when I uploaded it, so if that's a better place, then great, I can put it there or an admin can move it. Or if here is fine, that's great too. I'll wait for you all to decide, since I'm brand new to this project and don't know how things work here.--[[User:Vuccala|Vuccala]] ([[User talk:Vuccala|talk]]) 23:54, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : {{vd}} This is in Jamaican Creole (a stable language resulting from a mix of languages), not a patois (nonstandard speech within a language). [[Author:Claude McKay|Clause McKay]] published poetry in the Jamaican patois, but the document under consideration is in Jamaican Creole. Further, this document is a ''translation'' of a document that was originally written in English. Since the document is a translation, and is not in English (or Scots), it falls outside our coverage and should be housed at the Multilingual Wikisource. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 15:06, 7 April 2024 (UTC) '''Question''' (from me, the uploader): is there a more suitable Wikimedia project I could have uploaded this to? There is no Jamaican Creole Wikisource, and we're using this document over at Wiktionary for demonstrating attestations of Jamaican Creole vocabulary using this template: {{wikt|Template:RQ:Yuunivorshal_Deklarieshan_a_Yuuman_Raits}}. --[[User:Vuccala|Vuccala]] ([[User talk:Vuccala|talk]]) 23:29, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : See the above discussion. There is a multilingual Wikisource that houses all languages that do not have a dedicated Wikisource project for the language. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 01:00, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::Is there a way to move something from here to there ? Or does it need to be input separately there ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 01:20, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :::I am an admin and can import. —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 07:10, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :::{{Ping|Beardo}}: [[:s:mul:Yuunivorshal_Deklarieshan_a_Yuuman_Raits]]. —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 07:11, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :{{Ping|Vuccala}} [[:s:mul:Yuunivorshal_Deklarieshan_a_Yuuman_Raits]]. —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 07:35, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::{{Ping|Koavf}} Thank you! I've updated the link in the Wiktionary template to point there instead. You guys can now delete it from English Wikisource. --[[User:Vuccala|Vuccala]] ([[User talk:Vuccala|talk]]) 10:59, 8 April 2024 (UTC) == Transcription speculation == Just a fun little exercise—I was wondering what projects you guys would be working on if more modern works were in the public domain today. So, I started this editable user subpage, [[User:SnowyCinema/Speculative transcriptions]]; the idea is to list your favorite copyrighted works that you might be working on if they were not under copyright. Anything is on the table—video games, TV shows, or books like is our general focus now, etc. I'm curious to see what your answers are. Feel free to add items to the list if you can think of anything. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:35, 7 April 2024 (UTC) == Random line break == Hello. I have recently started a project of [[index:Tarka_the_Otter.djvu|Tarka the Otter]] and some pages seem to have a random line break towards the end for no apparent reason (like [[Page:Tarka_the_Otter.djvu/14|page 14]]). Did I do anything wrong? I can't figure out what is wrong. [[User:HendrikWBK|HendrikWBK]] ([[User talk:HendrikWBK|talk]]) 01:42, 8 April 2024 (UTC) : You did not join the separate lines to make a continuous paragraph, and that line break is a consequence. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 01:58, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::It seems that only the last line is affected. In the rest of the page, if I leave two new line spaces, a new paragraph is formed, while one leaves the subsequent line in the same paragraph. I don't understand what you mean, I believe I did kept lines from the same paragraph immediately next to each other. [[User:HendrikWBK|HendrikWBK]] ([[User talk:HendrikWBK|talk]]) 02:06, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :::️@[[User:HendrikWBK|HendrikWBK]] The software parses the text in unpredictable ways if you don't remove the newline character at the end of every line, and the consequence is that random line breaks appear for no apparent reason. [[User:Ignacio Rodríguez|Ignacio Rodríguez]] ([[User talk:Ignacio Rodríguez|talk]]) 06:21, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::::See [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Help#Proofreading_Paragraph_Problem]] [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 06:59, 8 April 2024 (UTC) == Tech News: 2024-15 == <section begin="technews-2024-W15"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/15|Translations]] are available. '''Recent changes''' * Web browsers can use tools called [[:w:en:Browser extension|extensions]]. There is now a Chrome extension called [[m:Future Audiences/Experiment:Citation Needed|Citation Needed]] which you can use to see if an online statement is supported by a Wikipedia article. This is a small experiment to see if Wikipedia can be used this way. Because it is a small experiment, it can only be used in Chrome in English. * [[File:Octicons-gift.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Wishlist item]] A new [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Edit Recovery|Edit Recovery]] feature has been added to all wikis, available as a [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-editing|user preference]]. Once you enable it, your in-progress edits will be stored in your web browser, and if you accidentally close an editing window or your browser or computer crashes, you will be prompted to recover the unpublished text. Please leave any feedback on the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Talk:Community Wishlist Survey 2023/Edit-recovery feature|project talk page]]. This was the #8 wish in the 2023 Community Wishlist Survey. * Initial results of [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Edit check|Edit check]] experiments [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Edit_check#4_April_2024|have been published]]. Edit Check is now deployed as a default feature at [[phab:T342930#9538364|the wikis that tested it]]. [[mw:Talk:Edit check|Let us know]] if you want your wiki to be part of the next deployment of Edit check. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T342930][https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361727] * Readers using the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Skin:Minerva Neue|Minerva skin]] on mobile will notice there has been an improvement in the line height across all typography settings. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T359029] '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/wmf.26|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-09|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-10|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-11|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] * New accounts and logged-out users will get the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor|visual editor]] as their default editor on mobile. This deployment is made at all wikis except for the English Wikipedia. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361134] '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/15|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W15"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 23:37, 8 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:UOzurumba (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26564838 --> == Avoid concurrent confirmation for our `crats == Courtesy ping: [[User:BD2412|BD2412]], @[[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]]. It just occurred to me that we currently have [[Special:PermanentLink/14036101#Confirmation_discussions|Confirmation discussions]] for ''both'' of our `crats going on concurrently (because we elected both of them at the same time). Now, granted, neither one of them is likely to be involved in any controversy, but it is in principle unfortunate to have them both be up for confirmation at the same time. I therefore propose that we artificially postpone the next confirmation for one of them by 6 months so that their future confirmations will be at different times of the year, and so they can more easily switch out who handles closing confirmations without getting into situations where they can be accused of being influenced by an ongoing confirmation for themselves. It's not something that's ''likely'' to happen, but since it's easy to avoid entirely… It doesn't matter which one of them we move in the cycle, but just so there's a concrete proposal I suggest we delay BD2412's next confirmation by an additional 6 months (for the very well-thought-out reason that they happen to be listed first on WS:A currently :)). [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:55, 9 April 2024 (UTC) : No objection to the plan, but we could also just add a few more 'crats. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 15:55, 9 April 2024 (UTC) ::Actually for the period of time when Hesperian was also a 'crat, all three of us were being confirmed in the same month. I should also point out that any established wikisourceror can close a confirmation discussion and I used to close Hesperian's so that he didn't have to do his own one. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 05:28, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :::Not [[WS:AP|restricted access]] discussions; those have to be closed by the `crats. But, yeah, as mentioned, this isn't exactly a big issue. I just noticed it now and figured there was an easy way to avoid the problem altogether, so why not. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:12, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :::: There is also [[Wikisource_talk:Administrators#'crat COI question|this discussion]], where it was suggested that if the outcome was "bleeding obvious", then it would not be a problem for a 'crat to close a discussion in which they were a participant. I suppose this might be considered to apply to a 'crat closing their own clearly uncontested reconfirmation, though this feels a bit wrong. For this month, I have no problem with the two 'crats involved each closing the discussion for the other, though this also potentially could create an appearance of a tit-for-tat. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 15:31, 11 April 2024 (UTC) == [[:Index:United States Statutes at Large Volume 44 Part 2.djvu]] == Raw OCR dump. Should be removed (along with other Raw dumps) unless someone is prepared to provide alternate scans that are ACTUALLY READABLE as opposed to bordeline illegible on numerous pages. I've been trying to remove lints by attempting to proofread pages that where showing up in a list of mismatched Italics. Raw OCR Dumps diminish my enthusiasm for continuing, and there should be concerted effort to clean out the gibberish generated from them. [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 09:25, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :the scan is fine, with the improved OCR. awaiting for the volunteers to proofread. if you remove it, then the volunteers cannot do the work. (i would be more motivated if there were a consensus to ditch the side notes, which are more trouble than they are are worth). --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 13:16, 14 April 2024 (UTC) == [[Primary sources concerning Wyatt Earp]] == This page contains a number of short newspaper articles all on a related topic. It's been proposed to separate the page, which seems like clearly the right thing to do if the page is going to stay on Wikisource, if somebody is going to take the trouble to find scans, etc.; but this is a labor-intensive task that seems unlikely to happen in the near future. In the meantime, even though it contains actual source material, I would suggest that moving this page to the Portal: space might be the best way to tidy things up. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 17:35, 12 April 2024 (UTC) == Tech News: 2024-16 == <section begin="technews-2024-W16"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/16|Translations]] are available. '''Problems''' * Between 2 April and 8 April, on wikis using [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:FlaggedRevs|Flagged Revisions]], the "{{Int:tag-mw-reverted}}" tag was not applied to undone edits. In addition, page moves, protections and imports were not autoreviewed. This problem is now fixed. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361918][https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361940] '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/wmf.1|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-16|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-17|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-18|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] * [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Magic words#DEFAULTSORT|Default category sort keys]] will now affect categories added by templates placed in [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Cite|footnotes]]. Previously footnotes used the page title as the default sort key even if a different default sort key was specified (category-specific sort keys already worked). [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T40435] * A new variable <bdi lang="zxx" dir="ltr"><code>page_last_edit_age</code></bdi> will be added to [[Special:AbuseFilter|abuse filters]]. It tells how many seconds ago the last edit to a page was made. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T269769] '''Future changes''' * Volunteer developers are kindly asked to update the code of their tools and features to handle [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/Temporary Accounts|temporary accounts]]. [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/Temporary Accounts/For developers/2024-04 CTA|Learn more]]. * [[File:Octicons-tools.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Advanced item]] Four database fields will be removed from database replicas (including [[quarry:|Quarry]]). This affects only the <bdi lang="zxx" dir="ltr"><code>abuse_filter</code></bdi> and <bdi lang="zxx" dir="ltr"><code>abuse_filter_history</code></bdi> tables. Some queries might need to be updated. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361996] '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/16|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W16"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 23:29, 15 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:UOzurumba (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26564838 --> == Converting to copyright-until == I had a bunch of work links added by a new editor, and had to turn them into copyright-until. So I tossed a short script in sed that did 90% of the work, and decided to post it here, as much in hopes that someone would do a more universal and correct job, then in hopes that it would be useful. : <nowiki>cat file | sed 's/\[\[/{{copyright-until|/' | sed 's/\]\] (\([0-9]*\))/|\1 + 96|\1}}/'</nowiki> --[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 22:25, 16 April 2024 (UTC) :I don't know about universal and correct, but if the input is entirely regular like <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline>[[Wikipage|Display]] (1892)</syntaxhighlight> I'd probably do something like: :<syntaxhighlight lang="perl">perl -p -e 's/\[\[(.*?)\|([^]]+)]]\s*\((\d+)\)/"{{copyright-until|$1|$3|display=$2|until=" . ($3 + 96) . "}}"/e' file</syntaxhighlight> :Which, admittedly, looks like line noise, but then most regex does. It does avoid a [[w:Useless use of cat|useless use of cat]] though. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 07:28, 17 April 2024 (UTC) == Scanned microfilm sources == Some time ago a large number of periodicals were posted on the Internet Archive in microfilm form (as seen [https://archive.org/details/sim_microfilm here]). Are there any concerns about using these as scan sources? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 02:29, 19 April 2024 (UTC) :copyright will be tricky. i would use https://onlinebooks.library.upenn.edu/cce/serialprocess.html for guidance about US formalities. you might want to include the serial information in the upload metadata, since commons is simplistic. :mass upload will require expertise, since Fae is gone. :you might not want to drop a lot of periodicals without building a team to proofread them. --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 02:58, 19 April 2024 (UTC) == Invitation to join April Wikisource Community Meeting == Hello fellow Wikisource enthusiasts! We are the hosting this month’s Wikisource Community meeting on '''27 April 2024, 7 AM UTC''' ([https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/1714201200 check your local time]). Similar to previous meetings, the agenda will be split into two segments. The first half will cover non-technical updates, such as events, conferences, proofread-a-thons, and collaborations. In the second half, we'll dive into technical updates and discussions, addressing key challenges faced by Wikisource communities. Simply follow the link below to secure your spot and engage with fellow Wikisource enthusiasts: [[:m:Event:Wikisource Community Meeting April 2024|Event Registration Page]] If you have any suggestions or would just prefer being added to the meeting the old way, simply drop a message on '''klawal-ctr@wikimedia.org'''. Thank you for your continued dedication to Wikisource. We look forward to your active participation in our upcoming meeting. Regards [[:m:User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]], [[:m:User:SWilson (WMF)|Sam Wilson (WMF)]], and [[:m:User:SGill (WMF)|Satdeep Gill (WMF)]] <small> Sent using [[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[User talk:MediaWiki message delivery|talk]]) 12:21, 22 April 2024 (UTC)</small> <!-- Message sent by User:KLawal-WMF@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:SGill_(WMF)/lists/WS_VPs&oldid=25768507 --> == Tech News: 2024-17 == <section begin="technews-2024-W17"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/17|Translations]] are available. '''Recent changes''' * Starting this week, newcomers editing Wikipedia [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Growth/Positive reinforcement#Leveling up 3|will be encouraged]] to try structured tasks. [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Growth/Feature summary#Newcomer tasks|Structured tasks]] have been shown to [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Growth/Personalized first day/Structured tasks/Add a link/Experiment analysis, December 2021|improve newcomer activation and retention]]. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T348086] * You can [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Coolest Tool Award|nominate your favorite tools]] for the fifth edition of the Coolest Tool Award. Nominations will be open until May 10. '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/wmf.2|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-23|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-24|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-25|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] '''Future changes''' * This is the last warning that by the end of May 2024 the Vector 2022 skin will no longer share site and user scripts/styles with old Vector. For user-scripts that you want to keep using on Vector 2022, copy the contents of [[{{#special:MyPage}}/vector.js]] to [[{{#special:MyPage}}/vector-2022.js]]. There are [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Reading/Web/Desktop Improvements/Features/Loading Vector 2010 scripts|more technical details]] available. Interface administrators who foresee this leading to lots of technical support questions may wish to send a mass message to your community, as was done on French Wikipedia. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T362701] '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/17|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W17"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 20:28, 22 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Quiddity (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26647188 --> == Vote now to select members of the first U4C == <section begin="announcement-content" /> :''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Election/2024/Announcement – vote opens|You can find this message translated into additional languages on Meta-wiki.]] [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Election/2024/Announcement – vote opens}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]'' Dear all, I am writing to you to let you know the voting period for the Universal Code of Conduct Coordinating Committee (U4C) is open now through May 9, 2024. Read the information on the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Election/2024|voting page on Meta-wiki]] to learn more about voting and voter eligibility. The Universal Code of Conduct Coordinating Committee (U4C) is a global group dedicated to providing an equitable and consistent implementation of the UCoC. Community members were invited to submit their applications for the U4C. For more information and the responsibilities of the U4C, please [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Charter|review the U4C Charter]]. Please share this message with members of your community so they can participate as well. On behalf of the UCoC project team,<section end="announcement-content" /> [[m:User:RamzyM (WMF)|RamzyM (WMF)]] 20:20, 25 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:RamzyM (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=26390244 --> == Aux TOC arcana == Can someone explain to me why the AuxTOC portion of [[:Page:Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu/7]] (the listed Acts) are not displaying in green the way that other AuxTOC items do? I have tried copying the syntax from another ToC where this works, but it is not working here. With no documentation anywhere that I can find, I am at a loss to understand why the syntax works in one place but not in another. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:09, 25 April 2024 (UTC) == Wikisource and other public domain digitization projects == Newbie question here. How do our efforts on Wikisource compare to other PD digitization projects like Project Gutenberg? I gather that we used to copy from there but that's now discouraged. Are the efforts of one project redundant to the other? Besides being able to verify page scans, does one have an advantage over the other? Is there any pooling of resources to avoid redundancy? Apologies if this has been discussed ''ad nauseam'', but searching the Scriptorium archives didn't help much. [[User:Thebiguglyalien|Thebiguglyalien]] ([[User talk:Thebiguglyalien|talk]]) 00:38, 26 April 2024 (UTC) osmoqlm4jjf7v4evlu2bb24a2d58lne 14130392 14130377 2024-04-26T00:56:30Z EncycloPetey 3239 /* Wikisource and other public domain digitization projects */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{process header | title = Scriptorium | section = | previous = [[Wikisource:Index/Community|Community pages]] | next = [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives|Archives]] | shortcut = [[WS:S]]<br/>[[WS:SCRIPTORIUM]] | notes = The '''[[wikt:scriptorium|Scriptorium]]''' is Wikisource's community discussion page. Feel free to ask questions or leave comments. You may join any current discussion or <span class="plainlinks">[{{fullurl:Wikisource:Scriptorium|action=edit&section=new start}} a new one]</span>; please see '''[[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Help]]'''. The [[Wikisource:Administrators' noticeboard|Administrators' noticeboard]] can be used where appropriate. Some announcements and newsletters are subscribed to [[/Announcements/]]. Project members can often be found in the [[liberachat:wikisource|#wikisource]] IRC channel [https://kiwiirc.com/nextclient/irc.libera.chat?channel=#wikisource webclient]. For discussion related to the entire project (not just the English chapter), please discuss at the [[:mul:Scriptorium|multilingual Wikisource]]. There are currently {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} [[Special:ActiveUsers|active users]] here. {{/Navigation}} }} {{autoarchive resolved section | age = 3 | archive = ((FULLPAGENAME))/Archives/((year))-((month:##)) | level = 2 | show = no | timecompare = <!--allowing for archiving without resolved--> | timeout = 30 }} [[Category:Bots/Archival|Scriptorium ]] [[Category:Wikisource|Scriptorium]] __NEWSECTIONLINK__ <!-- Interwiki links --> [[mul:Scriptorium]] <!-- Interwiki links --> = Announcements = = Proposals = === Proposal to change {{tl|SIC}} display === This is a proposal to change what text the {{tl|SIC}} template displays, i.e. making it show the corrected text rather than the original typo. An example of what the repurposed template could look like can be seen > [[Template:SIC/testcases|here]] <, the final presentation, of course, not being definitive (current one thanks to {{ping|CalendulaAsteraceae}} ). The most important change would be to put the typo in the tooltip and the corrected term on display, and the arguments for this change are the following: * SIC doesn't export well at all and the ebook result isn't any different from an overlooked typo, the exception being pdf showing the typo being underlined. The audience most happy with the current use of the template (indeed the only persons who can actually see the tooltip) seems to be editors who browse Wikisource solely on computer and who enjoy reading the typos from the original text. This is a fraction of the intended audience of Wikisource, and in my opinion the mindset is detrimental to increasing the website's reach: with the current use of SIC a reader wanting an ebook with no typos (which is most ebook readers) has no reason to use Wikisource over other book repositories like Gutenberg. * The proposed new usage of SIC would still clearly display that a typo has been fixed, and will display the typo as a tooltip, as completely correcting the text isn't the goal here. This is done to respect the original edition of the text, as it still shows how shoddy some books were published, and will be useful to book lovers who want to see how the text has been fixed between different editions. This information, however, will appeal only to a minority audience of Wikisource: this is why it's the typo that should be in the tooltip, not the displayed text. * The current use of SIC is awkward with missing typography, as a missing comma or quote mark mentioned by SIC will only show a tiny wave barely bigger than a dot, and is completely useless when the tooltip can't be accessed as it can't show what the deleted sign was. Truly the common practice among editors is to not use SIC at all for missing typography. The proposed new SIC would just display a sign. * Fixing typos instead of showing typos improve text readability. It had to be said. I'll address some counter arguments which have been raised in previous debates on the subject: * "'''This is changing the text, Wikisource contributors shouldn't make editorial decisions, and the text has to be preserved as close as can be to the original'''" Preserving the text exactly as it was published actually isn't Wikisource's goal, it's Wikimedia Commons' goal, whose scans keep every single flaw of the text just like the real book. Wikisource editors change and make editorial decisions on every single text, whether it is omitting the 3em gap between period and new sentence start, ligatures like st, changing the dreaded ſ into s, displaying the pages in the right order despite faulty original arrangement, or not reproducing the occasional ink blots. Wikisource's goal is to preserve a text ''and'' to make it easily readable. The current use of SIC respects the first goal, but not the second one. The proposed new use of SIC would respect both goals. * "'''This will lead to entire texts being modernized to whatever the editor wants, and will make archaic orthograph disappear from Wikisource'''" As the current SIC template isn't used in that way, I think this would be an unreasonable development. Other Wikisource versions (Spanish and French versions for instance) already display the correction rather than the typo, some for years, and this hasn't led to any loss of accuracy in older texts, as indeed it's meant to be used only for obvious, occasional typos that the original printer would have corrected if aware of them. I'll add that in case of a lack of consensus, a solution satisfying both those for the change and those against the change would be to implement some kind of switch which would allow to show globally either the corrected text or the original typos, as is done for some other templates. In that case I'd suggest to make it by default print ebooks with corrected text, as, and I want to stress this again, the current use of SIC for ebooks is worse than useless, it's detrimental to Wikisource. --[[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 20:06, 27 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} - Making SIC display the correct word by default to the reader seems like an obvious quality of life improvement. When an end user is reading the text, they want to read the word that's supposed to be there - they're not doing a scholarly analysis of variant spellings in different quartos, and if the text depended on an exact transcription of non-standard spellings then we wouldn't be using SIC anyway (e.g. I have a dream of putting Robert Record's The Whetstone of Witte from 1557 through the site - that definitely wouldn't be using SIC). [[User:Qq1122qq|Qq1122qq]] ([[User talk:Qq1122qq|talk]]) 21:01, 27 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} Thank you for writing this up! —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 21:17, 27 March 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}}, strongly: 1) I agree with the counter arguments mentioned above.{{pbr}}2) We often host different editions of the same work. One of the aspects by which they may differ from each other may be e. g. a presence/absence of some typos, and it is desirable to show them by default.{{pbr}}3) The fact there is a typo may give the reader some information too, e. g. that the author was not good in English spelling. I have already proofread some works written by non-native writers which were full of spelling mistakes, and we should not be improving this.{{pbr}}4) The fact that the person who proofreads a work considers something to be a typo does not necessarily mean it is really a typo: it can be e. g. an unusual spelling, obsolete spelling or purposeful change of spelling. I have seen such cases of wrong usage of the template here. If the template shows the original text by default, it makes less harm than if it were the other way, because it is clear that the wrong tooltip is our addition to the text.{{pbr}}5) Ad ''"fixing typos ... improves text readability"''. If the original text was difficult to read because of frequent typos, we should keep this aspect in our transcription too. It is not our mission to "improve" original texts. Keeping the typos gives the transcription a tinge of the original text. --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 23:50, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::A lot of your objections are about misuses of SIC, and are easily solved by not using SIC in works for which it's not suitable - if it's important that typos are recorded, then they should be. ::This is a discussion about what the default behaviour of SIC should be when someone is reading the produced text. [[User:Qq1122qq|Qq1122qq]] ([[User talk:Qq1122qq|talk]]) 07:34, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::I completely agree with points 2 and 3! Point 2 would in fact be followed by the proposed new SIC, as it in fact shows where the corrected typos are, and the typo on the tooltip. Showing the typo by default would however only be useful to Wikisource users whose chief interest is to compare different editions rather than read a book, which, given that it's very unusual here for a book to have even 2 complete different editions, is only a fraction of its actual audience. ::I hadn't considered point 3 when I wrote up the proposal, as I've had so far only seen SIC used in obvious printing errors. I don't think SIC, old or new, should be used in cases where the typo comes from the author rather than the printer, whether the author typo is intended or not. ::Point 4 wouldn't be affected by the SIC change, as a new SIC still would show where the corrected typo is. It would indeed ask more (minimal) effort to check what the typo originally was by placing your mouse over the tooltip instead of being able to read it right away, but the harm in that exceptional and fixable case is vastly outmatched by the harm of normal intended use of current SIC, which is to show untooltiped typos in ebooks. ::As for point 5, it is our mission to make older texts readable and accessible while preserving them; we're not preserving ink blots or misprinted punctuation either. New SIC still preserves typos and indicate them, it just doesn't make them the main focus, which is what old SIC is doing. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 08:36, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}} I loathe the template at the best of times, so tinkering with it is not going to improve it any—nor cause me to start using it. Some works here are unreadable because of the use of this template, with its underlining or (on my eReader) highlighting the text. Changing it to display the supposedly correct text is not going to take away the ugliness that is produced by tooltips. Its misuse for things like user translations of phrases from other languages will not be helped by displaying the alternate text. Deprecate it instead and remove all uses. The quiet template {{tl|sic}} is by far the preferable option where it is felt that an egregious typo should be marked. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 06:45, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}}. As you can see just above, some people find even the current {{tl|SIC}} to be way over the line into annotation territory. I am not personally that conservative (I think {{tl|SIC}}, when used as intended, is fine), but I think showing the corrected text is a step too far. There have been some really egregious misuses of it as is and I am not keen on expanding the scope of its use.{{pbr}}One of the main differences between Wikisource and Gutenberg is our verifiability to a scan and that we preserve the original text as published, including being careful to distinguish which particular ''edition'' of a work our text represents. To say that "everyone" wants to see typos corrected is extrapolating personal preference too far: some proportion of our ebook readers will certainly prefer that, but our content is reused in all sorts of ways and for all sorts of reasons.{{pbr}}But if {{tl|SIC}} doesn't currently export well that's an issue that can be addressed. I haven't run into that issue as yet, but from your description it sounds like the first thing we should do for the short term is to remove the underlining on export. WS Export doesn't have the facility to let the user express preference for things like this, so until it does it will be whatever is the default in {{tl|SIC}} that gets exported but we can apply export-specific styles to it. We can possibly implement a way to switch between the two when viewed in a browser, but that seems a bit over-engineered for the actual need. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 08:35, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::You'll find that both our personal preferences tint our views on what the intended Wikisource audience is! If I get you properly, your assumption is that it tends towards the archivist/scholar type, who'll come to Wikisource to find preserved documents that couldn't be found on other websites (except on wiki commons). My own assumption is that, while we do get researchers and scientists who'd rather read our completely-rewritten-as-close-as-possible-to-the-original texts than the actual original texts (which are on wiki commons), the main audience of Wikisource is the actual general audience, novel readers and the like. A poll on audience wishes would be interesting, but in its absence a cursory look at wikimedia statistics imply that the actual situation leans towards my point of view. ::Now none of us imply (yes, not even me) that "everyone" wants to see typos corrected or not corrected, as indeed if there was a consensus there would be no discussion. But what is the SIC use which would accommodate the most people? ::Old SIC accommodates Wikisource editors who want the text displayed to have the original printing typos (which isn't the same as wanting to have an accurate text, as no editor transcribes accurately every typography quirk of the original text), and the archivist/scholar who is glad that they can read the original typo right away instead of having to move their mouse over the text to check it (assuming researchers don't study texts by downloading ebooks of them and reading them on their phone, which would remove the tooltip). It inconveniences all those who want to read a text without printing typos, which I will assume is an important part (again, not "everyone") of the general audience. New SIC would inconvenience these two previous categories (which are very important categories, as one of them is the actual decision-maker on template changes), and accommodate most ebook-readers, as well as archivist/scholars who don't mind about printing typos or about hovering over indicated corrected text to see what the original typo was. As to which audience we ''should ''accommodate, that's a website policy that I can have no influence on! even if it seems to me that one audience clearly outnumbers the other. ::Furthermore new SIC would have no influence on copy/pasted text used by scholars who want to use the actual original text in their thesis, as original-typos would still be clearly marked for a scholar to notice and add back at leisure, and no serious researcher would use Wikisource text without carefully reading it first to remove new, editor-added typos. ::I'll only frankly disagree on your opinion that expanding the scope of SIC could lead to more misuse. The scope of SIC has been expanded in other versions of Wikisource with no unwelcome result, so I can safely affirm this is a baseless fear. ::As to the WS Export, it's only a low priority issue, as it only shows on PDF. I'd argue underlining without tooltip is still more useful than no underlining at all, as it somehow indicates that the editor was aware there was a problem with the word. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 10:37, 28 March 2024 (UTC) : {{comment}} I have stated before that perhaps we should have an approach where we dynamically load a list of "errata" in the text elsewhere perhaps generated in the headers by detected SIC templates, and perhaps something like this would deprecate the need for a tooltip at all, and the correct text would therefore be displayed instead of the typo. My biggest issue with tooltips is that they don't work well on exports or mobile views, and are designed for desktop views (pretty much the only view to Wikisource around the time the template was originally created). But I do think that recognizing where typos and other inconsistencies exist is extremely important, since they can aid in discussions about publication or revision history of certain works, about historical typographical or linguistic tendencies, etc. : Just so everyone is aware, there are literally examples of literary errors that became ''famous'' or ''iconic'' throughout history. One example I can think of offhand is the "{{w|all your base are belong to us}}" fad of the early 2000s which has its own Wikipedia article (although I know this wouldn't be nearly old enough to be PD). But there are many older examples. I recall there are several examples of newspaper editors accidentally leaving random curse words in the articles because they were bored sitting at the typewriter and forgot to remove them, things like this. While I mistakenly thought there was an entire Wikipedia article listing famous historical typos, (but like, why isn't there???), you can find loads of articles online about these and they're fun to read about. Anyways, they're historically important, ok? Just trust me on that. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 10:16, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::The list of errata is indeed a solution present on the french Wikisource, which I find very convenient! It's however a more important change than just reversing the SIC template, which is why this proposal is more modest in scope, and aims to at least gather what is the general opinion on "displaying typo" vs "displaying corrected text". I don't think list of errata could be agreed on without at first agreeing on the "displaying corrected text" philosophy... ::Probably one the most most famous misprinted works is the [[W:Wicked Bible|Wicked Bible]], which sadly isn't apparently yet on Wikisource. When such a typo is a matter of fame, I'm sure there could be found grounds to leave it untouched! [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 10:48, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :{{comment}} - I'm not going to vote yet, since there are some issues in the comments I'm making here that complicate things. :* I'd consider the possibility of creating a new template instead, which I would prefer (not least because the name "SIC" implies that what is displayed is as given in the original). :* Related to this is unexpected uses of {{tl|SIC}}. In particular, it's been used by some contributors to show when hyphenation is inconsistent in the tooltip. Obviously if we want to change the behaviour of {{tl|SIC}} this would need to be removed (replaced by {{tl|tooltip}}?) first; again, this would not be necessary with a new template. :* I note that on some pages of the EB1911 transcription we already have typos being amended in the text, with a tooltip showing the original text. IIRC this is done manually (by using a span, without a template). :* I also note that in the course of migrating some works to scans I've been in the situation of having to introduce typos such as errors in punctuation. While I don't really mind this, it does seem a bit weird to actively make the work worse for the end user. The tooltip not being readable on export does seem to be an important factor here, by the way (and is something that was brought to my attention recently). :* Finally, {{tl|SIC}} is mentioned in [[Wikisource:Annotations]] as a non-annotation. This may need to be revised if the template is changed. :[[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 11:26, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::Point 1 and 2 could imo be addressed by adapting the SIC documentation to clarify its goal, point 5 will also eventually be done when the change takes. A name change of new SIC could be done if there's a strong demand for it, but I don't see it as so explicit that it would confuse users in its purpose. I wonder if point 3 is following current Wikisource policy... Concerning point 4, old SIC making the work worse for the readers except for those interested in seeing all the original typos is precisely why I'm for the SIC change [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 10:43, 29 March 2024 (UTC) ::: It really shouldn't be ''unexpected'' that textual inconsistencies (hyphenation, italicization, use of accents) are marked as SIC in many texts. They ''are'' typographical errors in most cases, especially if being done in the context of the same story, nonfiction book, or novel. What other sites like Gutenberg will often do in these situations is just correct the error, i.e. make all hyphenations the same throughout the text. If a user had the right software tools, they could actually figure out that there was inconsistent hyphenation in any given text (which is something I can do with my software). Sometimes, these inconsistencies literally happen on the ''same page as each other'', so they can be more obvious in some contexts. It's a specific distinct classification of textual error that appears in almost every work I've ever seen, thus deserving of its own separate template. ::: It can also have implications for Wikisource ''proofreading'' as well. Sometimes, inconsistent hyphenation is actually our fault, since most hyphenations at the end of page lines are mid-word so they don't need to be preserved—but it's impossible for ''OCR softwares and the like'' to determine when this end-line hyphenation is supposed to be preserved or not, so it ends up with a scanno on our part. We end up with situations where "houseparty" comes out of "house-\nparty" very commonly, for example. So the template, like SIC, is also used to distinguish ''possible proofreading errors'' from actual hyphenation errors on the part of the original author, to save the time of later editors trying to improve our transcription's accuracy. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 12:06, 31 March 2024 (UTC) *{{Support}} As the proposer said, this would increase text readibility, ''etc.'' I understand the desire to preserve the original text as much as possible, but blatant misspellings (as opposed to archaic spellings) aren't helpful to anyone. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 12:24, 28 March 2024 (UTC) * <s>Weak {{support}}.</s> Addendum: Sorry, as it stands, I {{oppose}} making the change to the current template but I'd support a second template that uses this functionality... * I do agree that, for all practical purposes, what most readers care about is a working text, and I do like that this change doesn't completely remove the SIC template (as I'm sure some editors here would suggest since they hate the tooltips). But, if we're going to go about this change it shouldn't be the finale for another 15 years. We need to be constantly reworking this SIC template situation, and improving on it with new features. Eventually, I do want the tooltip to go away (à la Beeswaxcandle), but I have no idea what I'd put in its place yet. For now though, a couple points: ** This template should carry a parameter, an option to display the typo text, for those proofreaders who want to show the original typo rather than the corrected one. We need to be considering in this discussion that different types of works may necessitate correction more than others. Think of ''who'' the audience of that work is going to be. '''A.)''' For example, are we working with the US copyright catalogs? In that case, [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]]'s SIC would be more useful because a reader is looking for the listings and not concerned about where typos are. And displaying the typo text can actually be argued to be more harmful, especially when we're talking about writing code that's supposed to parse these entries. '''B.)''' But for silent films, novels, short stories, poems? These follow a clear narrative top-down structure, and therefore old SIC makes more sense, because researchers of fiction might actually be interested in where the typos appear. This especially makes sense for works that are known to contain a lot of typos, such as certain works by foreign writers (per Jan), or works that were poorly produced for other reasons. '''But,''' this is a fine line, and isn't easy to make a rule about: it's probably best to leave it up to individual editors to make a decision. ** And this actually makes me wonder if we just need a third SIC template for Ostrea's suggestion, rather than to change the SIC template that's already there... ** PS: A general philosophical sentiment: I will say that, while the general reader of our text is not any "vaguely supposed scholar figure", our WMF sites are generally written and constructed assuming they'll be useful for scholarly research and I think that this is a good thing. This is why Wiktionary isn't an Urban Dictionary clone, and why Wikipedia doesn't use street slang so that their audience of billions can better understand the articles. God forbid our sites become as outright awful for our society's intellectual fervor as today's social media platforms. The WMF sites are some of the only platforms that genuinely keep me sane in this world, giving me real information with evidence and keeping my attention span strong and not weak. I'm not saying this specific proposal is conducive to this so don't get the wrong idea, but I'm saying that the general sentiment of "we should be serving people, not scholars" can lead to bad places if followed in an absolute sense. I do want WS to get more page views, but I want it to better society by encouraging people to read more, not to further the very real and demonstrable trend of attention spans in the general population getting lower and lower specifically because of apps like Snapchat, Tiktok, and Instagram... Just a general sentiment, not related to the proposal itself really, but more to an incidental sentiment. * Overall, I think there are benefits to your suggestion, but 1. this needs to be an ongoing endeavor and not left as it is, and 2. the very sloppy ideas and notions I just typed out are things I'd like to be considered before this template change is made. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 13:03, 31 March 2024 (UTC) *:Arcorann mentioned a 2 templates solution earlier (SIC would stay the same and display the typo, a new template would display the corrected text), and I'm getting more and more convinced that it could become a good compromise. Choosing whether or not to use it could then be a style decision the original (or most prominent) editor of a text chooses around the start of the editing work, just like it's done with choosing whether to use long s or not, or curvy or straight quotes. The new template could be done with or without tooltip, but would always have to make it easy to find where the typos are (for instance by showing a list of the typos on the side like [[:fr:Essais/édition Michaud, 1907/Texte modernisé/Livre I/Chapitre 17|>here<]], by clicking on "Coquilles (1)" under "Options d'affichage"). As we have no consensus on a global change of SIC, I think if a change is done it's going to be through a solution similar to this. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 08:13, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :'''Strongly''' {{oppose}}—hosting editions ''as published'' is a fundamental part of the Wikisource ethos and is what differentiates us from other online libraries such as Project Gutenberg. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 13:44, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::Furthermore, I see that the example text is correcting "longue word" to "long word", which brings to mind the large number of instances where editors have used {{tl|SIC}} to ''modernize outdated spellings'' rather than to only correct typos (or otherwise assume that an unusual spelling must be a typo), and that in itself is enough for me to strongly oppose the replacement of original text with corrected text by default across the board for all current uses of {{tl|SIC}}. I would be much more inclined to consider supporting this if it were a new template for texts moving forward, and did not affect existing uses of {{tl|SIC}}. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 13:46, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::: {{ping|Beleg Âlt|Beleg Tâl}} What about certain technical works such as copyright catalogs? The copyright catalogs for example have very direct technical use cases, and showing the corrected text instead of the original would make more sense for those. This reigns true for a lot of other works that are catalogs or lists. Would you be opposed to a second template to be used for these other works? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:04, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::::I can see why one might want catalogues and lists to be corrected, but as I said before the point of Wikisource is to host them ''as published''. Reference material that is not from a source publication is even [[WS:WWI#Reference material|explicitly excluded per policy]], and I think correcting the published material goes against that (though a separate version of the catalogue with the corrections included could be created as per [[WS:ANN]]) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 15:10, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::::: {{ping|Beleg Âlt|Beleg Tâl}} Is that really ''the'' point, though? I think (as [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] said) the first and foremost point is to host an array of free source texts, with the added suffix of "and we should stay as true as possible to the original, as a nice touch". There are times in which keeping a bit of the text as originally published would be absurdly complicated and therefore function worse, such as at [[Fidelia#ToC]] with the misplaced part in the TOC, and that was a point where a compromise had to be made in order to preserve readability/logical structure. We can't always stay true to the original published text, lest we'd find ourselves in a tough position in many situations. It's why we aren't required to replicate dots in TOCs, and the like, as well. I would be willing to agree with the opposition on the issue of typos in ''fictional'' works such as novels, stories, films, etc., where the typos are more likely to have literary value. But the closer and closer you get into nonfiction toward the realm of catalogs and listings, that point gets harder to defend as such. While researchers would probably find value in film typos, no one would find value in an accidental comma in a catalog entry that was meant to be formulaically entered... You and many others seem to be coming at this from the approach of "the philosophy of Wikisource says this", and the philosophy is certainly relevant, but practical considerations (who our audience is, why we lack an audience, what would look better to readers, etc.) should be taken into account, rather than only caring about precedent. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:34, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::I think that this whole proposal and discussion seems to boil down to the philosophy of Wikisource. I strongly disagree with Ostrea's suggestion that being true to the original is only "a nice touch"—noting that our [[WS:WWI|policy]] is "to present these publications in a faithful wiki version". Our recent adoption of [[WS:ANN]] as policy further underscores the importance of clean, faithful transcriptions to this project. We have consistently insisted that corrigenda be presented ''without modifying the text itself'' (as demonstrated by {{tl|SIC}}, {{tl|AuxTOC}}, {{tl|User annotation}}, separation of user annotations into separate editions, etc). This suggestion, to actually modify the text, goes against all of this. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 16:17, 2 April 2024 (UTC) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 16:17, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :::::::I do believe that being true to the original text is essential! But should we really be more faithful to the printer's errors than to the writer's intent? It seems to me that the current situation of preserving misprints in text isn't due to a matter of faithfulness (as neither the printer nor the writer would like faithfulness to go that far), but to the belief that not touching anything about the text (which is still modified in many small ways on Wikisource anyway) is preserving it. Even masterwork paintings get restored! :::::::Wikisource philosophy talks aside, I think like you that new template will be the eventual solution. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 20:33, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :: {{ping|Beleg Âlt|Beleg Tâl}} Yes, and the language you're using speaks to the unfortunate cultural tendency here to put policies, philosophies, and precedents above a practical and self-improving approach. We indeed have quite strong sentiments among our prolific members about certain notions like this one, and this has influenced our policy. But I'd like to add that while the precedent is strong, we've never, ever, ''ever'' performed any kind of a survey, statistical study, or the like on exactly how our audiences feel about the presentation of our site. I mean, we don't even know who our audience ''is'', or at least we have very poor ways of demonstrating that definitively. :: Let's talk about reality of these "precedents" for a second: our precedents, policies, and the like clearly haven't helped us. We're still living in a world where Wikisource is a barely relevant platform. The majority of our pages (many of which are quite notable works) can barely get 1 page view a month, while even the most obscure Wikipedia articles have at least a few hundred a month. For ''decades'' we've relied on the opinions of a tiny community, consisting mostly of long-time prolific editors with specific reminiscences or sentiments or concepts of purity, with very little actual concern for the reader base, or even the less active editor base. The more successful online communities than us take the opinions of the masses seriously, which we certainly don't do. :: I'm not saying this should be the ''only'' consideration (we should be fostering an intellectual environment, not just designing us for clicking and swiping, yadayada), but we shouldn't just completely dismiss it in favor of long-time editor precedent either. The few active users who are laying oppose votes in this very discussion are about 50% of the "voter" population that solely maintain these very precedents, so I am skeptical that it's very democratic at all. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 17:35, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::{{comment}} I just want to add: if {{tl|SIC}} were modified in such a way that (a) preserved the text as published, (b) was clearly a Wikisource addition rather than part of the original publication, but also (c) made the correction clearer and more accessible to address the issues Ostrea suggested—I would consider this non-controversial and would support it wholeheartedly. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 19:54, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}}—as it would modify existing texts. See for example: [[:Page:Jane Eyre.djvu/107]], [[:Page:Pierre and Jean - Clara Bell - 1902.djvu/306]].--[[User:M-le-mot-dit|M-le-mot-dit]] ([[User talk:M-le-mot-dit|talk]]) 14:59, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::This is such an inappropriate use of {{tl|SIC}} 🙈 lol —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 16:17, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :::{{ping|Beleg Âlt}} Regarding these pages, I agree. Some are validated for years. I've seen also cases where italics were not correctly placed: such as {{tlp|SIC|{{'}}'toolpit'{{'}}|tooltip}}; the new system would remove italics. [[User:M-le-mot-dit|M-le-mot-dit]] ([[User talk:M-le-mot-dit|talk]]) 18:16, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}} We're already fighting inappropriate uses of {{tl|SIC}} where non-typos are being modernized because of rare spellings and archaic usages. Flipping the use of the template would bring those editorial changes to the front. Additional arguments about differences between editions have been made above; sometimes the typos are the reason for hosting (or avoiding) a particular edition. ''Hiding'' those published typos is a disservice both to readers and to the Wikisource editors who have worked hard to prepare the editions. I'm not convinced by arguments based on Spanish Wikisource, since that project moves slower than a glacier in producing new content. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 17:08, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::I see you omitted to mention French Wikisource. I know why! [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 20:36, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :::No, you don't. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 22:33, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} (but with a new template, which appears to be what the proposal's settled into) I agree with Ostrea that having a readable text is more important than typos. I've seen cases where the u's and n's were consistently scrambled, at a rate of approximately one error per page. For such quite certain errors, not caused by the writer's bad english and not intentional, keeping it in the tooltip would cause no harm. I think the majority of our readers want to read the text and are not especially interested in the typos (though that is not sure and a poll about it, if it can be done, would be a good idea), and those that are specifically interested in this edition of this text and all its printing errors probably care enough to hover over the word. It would be better if that new template would display differently from {{tl|SIC}} to make it clear that is is ''not'' the original text. — [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] ([[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] &amp; [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]) 15:04, 3 April 2024 (UTC) ===[[Template:Welcome]] image change=== Apparently this is a thing that happened. The image for the welcome got changed from someone going through books (which is what we do) to some random woman (who is apparently an author, not that the portrait makes it at all clear). I '''support''' the change. Other interested editors: [[User:Xover|Xover]], [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]]. [[User:TE(æ)A,ea.|TE(æ)A,ea.]] ([[User talk:TE(æ)A,ea.|talk]]) 03:24, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{oppose}} The portrait of an actual English author (George Eliot) is preferable over an imaginary random guy from a painting. The portrait of G. Eliot is more welcoming and inclusive, and is also far less busy visually. More welcoming because the subject is facing the viewer, not facing the other way, ignoring the viewer. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 03:57, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :: Right, but as I noted in the other discussion, (and as TEA's comment further proves), the image is not universally recognizable. You're assuming that every editor will come from the same background. A book is a universally recognizable symbol, whereas this individual is certainly not. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 04:25, 9 April 2024 (UTC) ::: No author will be universally recognizable;that's a bar we cannot reach. And neither is the fictional man from an obscure painting going to be recognizable. Yes, books are widely recognized, but the older image is not that of a book, but of a person standing on a ladder with his back to the viewer. Is ''that'' a welcoming image? That image doesn't say "Welcome to Wikisource", but says: "I'm busy so don't bother me." That may be an accurate representation of Wikisource, but it is not a welcoming image. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 19:22, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{support}} I've always felt weird about this change for a lot of reasons, though I wasn't aware of it being a result of a discussion until now, and apparently I wasn't the only one. :* A portrait of George Eliot is not universally recognizable, and people from many different backgrounds will not resonate with the image. At most, she is symbolic of a specific literary movement in '''''Western''''' history...barely relevant at that time outside of Europe...and therefore to many she just represents a random individual on a portrait. :* Also, we are a neutral platform and shouldn't appear that we favor certain authors over others. We can say certain authors are notable, that's fine—but for our ''welcome'' template? I know some will claim they didn't choose the image because of some personal preference or bias for the author herself as has been argued, but whether or not that's true, this is favoritism in practice, inherently, even if unintended. Why not choose Blake, Tennyson, Wells, Fitzgerald, Wollstonecraft, Chesterton, Doyle, ... the list goes on? This just creates an argument about who to choose, and that's counterproductive and unnecessary, even if we're just going to count popular ''women'' writers in this... So, individual people should be out of the question. : I think the previous image was better than what we had after; it was creative, unique, obscure, unexpected, gives a certain nostalgic appeal that also relates to what we're doing in the modern sense, and was certainly not "too visually busy" whatsoever. I don't think anyone will care that much that the person in the portrait is not facing the viewer. It is a ''slight'' downside, sure, but the benefits and '''relevance''' more importantly of the image far outweigh this extremely slight and almost unnoticable con in my opinion. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 04:25, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{oppose}} but only because I want to make a case for the effectiveness of the G. Eliot painting specifically. When I was welcomed in last fall by the aesthetically pleasing G. Eliot painting, it inspired me to discover her Author portal, and thus begin learning how WS is organized. It was puzzling and inviting. I suppose I did wonder "why her?" over all other possibilities, but I confess I simply enjoyed the non-sequitur enigma of it; it felt like an unexpectedly welcoming artistic and aesthetic flourish (which defied my expectactions and contributed my warming up to WS in a hurry). I also was assuming this photo rotates regularly; so I suppose in that sense I "support" changing it, but I'd hope it could continue to be welcoming, intriguing, and aesthetically pleasing. Not sure I'm even entitled to a vote here, but I thought I might have a relatively different perspective as a new Wikisourcer. [[User:Brad606|Brad606]] ([[User talk:Brad606|talk]]) 05:02, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :: {{ping|Brad606}} Yes, you are certainly entitled to vote here with your edit count and your time since registration, and I have loads of respect for this direct user feedback and the unique perspectives. I really wish we had more of this kind of thing in our votes and discussions (more often than we should, we rely on the opinions of the hyper-experienced, rather than the end users who the technology affects the most). I think if the image were rotated, using specific authors might make more sense, since it doesn't suggest partiality, so you raise a valid point about that for sure. This is something that (as far as I know) is technically possible, actually, and if George Eliot were one of a diverse collection of 365 author portraits rotated every day of the year, that would be an interesting (and more neutral) way of doing this. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 05:14, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :::Indeed, for this issue in particular, input from a newer (well, relative to some of us dinosaurs; 3+ years is not all that new) contributor is very valuable.{{pbr}}Whether it makes sense to rotate the image I don't immediately have an opinion on, but if we were to opt for that we needn't make a whole catalog of 365 images and auto-rotate (which is hard to do sensibly in MediaWiki). It would be enough to simply say that "this image rotates periodically" and then let people propose changes here. Simple and low-tech, and easy to relate to and maintain. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:10, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * I'm not sure what "support" and "oppose" would be relative to here (support the change that has already happened? oppose that change? support changing from what's currently there to something else, possibly the previous image? oppose changing it further and stick with what currently there?), but I am in favour of returning to the [[:File:Carl Spitzweg 021-detail.jpg|Spitzweig image]] we had for fifteen years. It's funny and quirky, and more importantly it represents well and directly ''Wikisource'' as a project and what we do here. A generic portrait of an author says nothing about this project, except maybe "look how sophisticated we are that we know immediately who this generic-looking person is". Having a specific author leads to endless discussions of this author vs. that author, and kinda begs for a caption for the image in {{tl|welcome}} that explains who the person is and why they are relevant to welcoming new users. --[[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:31, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{oppose}}, as in opposing the change back to the original picture. The "random woman" in question being a pillar of english literature, I don't think there's an argument for her to be replaced by an actual random man, and George Eliot being unknown by major contributors is all the more reason to actually keep her there. Mind that this isn't a picture to represent the entirety of Wikisource, but to be presented to all new contributors, and new young users could be more enticed to stay and to take the website seriously if welcomed by a young writer than by the quintessence of stuffy old archivist. However it's true that the change done was quite one sided and that the original image has its merits, so I support a rotation in pictures, although not a daily one [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 09:55, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :: It seems to me like English literature had ''quite a lot'' of "pillars" (including some of the other authors I've mentioned), and I think these pillars would only interest a certain subset of our contributor base, even if more or less the majority. As I pointed out, users from certain cultural backgrounds, age groups, educational and class backgrounds, hobby/interest areas, etc., may not find her immediately recognizable, personally relevant, or even know her by name. From my own personal experience, even in ''America'', let alone countries completely outside the "global West", she wouldn't be recognizable to most ''adults''... And in the Philippines, you can absolutely forget it. :: So, I do agree with Xover's point that the portrait has a certain aura of elitism on our part, an issue I forgot to mention in my vote. It isn't wrong of anyone not to know who this author is, as there are plenty other interest areas in Wikisource's league that are unrelated to 19th century English literature and poetry. For example, maybe somebody comes here out of interest in the history of the Boy Scouts...or engineering manuals...or film history...or the ''New York Times''...or school yearbooks...or a plethora of others. :: Well, anyway, the "actual random man" isn't the crux of my argument, as it's not just the man but what he's ''doing'' that leans me to favor it. This is something that the Eliot portrait lacks—there's nothing about that image, except the expectation to recognize her as an individual, that makes it relevant (tangentially) to what we do here. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 12:53, 9 April 2024 (UTC) **[[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]]: I know who George Eliot is, I just wouldn’t know off-hand (nor, I think, would most readers) that ''that portrait'' is of George Eliot. In addition, George Eliot is by no means the most prominent author we have on Wikisource, and is in general not a good representation. The man is fictional, but that is the benefit; he is an ''abstraction'' of the process involved at Wikisource. When representing Wikisource, you can see one tiny facet (with the Eliot portrait), if you can even recognize it, or an abstraction of the basic concept. One is clearly more valuable. [[User:TE(æ)A,ea.|TE(æ)A,ea.]] ([[User talk:TE(æ)A,ea.|talk]]) 20:32, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * '''comment''' The current picture of George Eliot has been in place for 2½ years (Sept 2021). Prior to that we had the Carl Spitzberg image for 11 years (Oct 2010). There was no painting image used in the versions prior to then. Both images were chosen by [[User:Cygnis insignis]] as part of updating the template. I am not aware of any discussion that led to either change. Personally, my preference is for the humour expressed in the Carl Spitzberg image. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 10:16, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * I'd prefer the old image too. Being french (you don't have to look as far as the Philippines), I'd never even heard of the name of G. Eliot before coming here. I was very puzzled it took me a while to discover that she was an author and not just some picture of a random woman. The Spitzberg one is more clearly related to Wikisource (and funnier). (note: Only been here for a few months, if I shouldn't vote in things like this please tell me so) — [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] ([[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] &amp; [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]) 19:56, 9 April 2024 (UTC) *:@[[User:Alien333|Alien333]]: You very definitely should, and we very much appreciate new users engaging themselves with the running of the project. If there's anywhere we have "experienced users only" stuff an experienced user (natch) will take care of it. Essentially it's a matter of a few kinds of votes where votes by users who are not "established" count less or not at all (and that's for the vote counters to deal with). I can't recall any time that rule actually came into play. We also have a few technical things that are better performed by experienced users or admins, but that's purely for practical reasons (easy to make mistakes that are a pain to clean up, or requires admin tools to do right). But in general I wouldn't worry about that: there's no place or aspect of the project where relative newcomers are inherently not welcome, and in most things it's a "with open arms" type situation. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:22, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :Assuming the desired proposal is to change back to the previous image (this should have been stated explicitly), {{support}} as per Cremastra etc. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 05:19, 12 April 2024 (UTC) {{support}} Logging in makes talk pages active and otherwise increases availability. I am usually busy doing something when I am logged in. Then, me the hipster, wants to be done with gender talks. G. Eliot and the people who are available here have one thing in common. We and she had to declare a gender before authoring any opinion or request. We have an extra choice. I can choose to be in a very specifically defined new gender, one which I don't feel qualified to speak for, much less be a member of. And that is the default choice. My experience with the works of G. Eliot was like the bash manual for reading (aka sleep inducing). I couldn't do it. Reading a lot of the crap that is here is work also, so, people logged in for editing or reading are probably busy here. When you can easily be honest with that image of the old fashioned guy putting a book on the shelf and avoid a whole bunch of the politics of personal definitions. Dear George Eliot: Glad to know you, don't let the door hit you on the way out. Hopefully, with you gone, we can walk down the path of "NON DISCLOSED because it REALLY DOESN'T MATTER" universe, where every person on the internet is a 14 year old boy. Tread lightly.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 10:28, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :: As mandatory gender selection goes, it claims to be there for software to run. I become very suspicious when a "person" knows which gender I have opted for. I don't know how to sift through your preferences to learn anything about you. Is there a user gender template any where?--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 09:22, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]]: You can't set a gender in MediaWiki, but in [[Special:Preferences|your preferences]] you can, if you like, specify what pronoun the software should use when it needs to refer to you in the third person. The default is the gender-neutral singular ''they'' (the setting predates the recent proliferation of pronouns and politicisation of ''they'' as a pronoun), and you have to actively choose to have it use ''she'' or ''he''. What a given user has set this preference to is made available through a parser function (essentially a "built-in template"). So for example you could type <code><nowiki>{{GENDER:Xover|he|she|they}}</nowiki></code> to get "they" and <code><nowiki>{{GENDER:RaboKarbakian|he|she|they}}</nowiki></code> to get "he".{{pbr}}Also please note that ''gender'' here is a very nebulous concept as the software knows nothing about who you are in real life, and cannot tell what your biological, social, cultural, or legal gender is (I think there's even an ethnic conception of gender). It ''only'' knows that a particular user has chosen for the software to use either ''he'', ''she'', or ''they'' in certain interface messages where non-gendered language is impossible or too awkward. Nobody knows whether what you specify there is true, in whatever sense is relevant, or not. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:53, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::::[[User:Xover|Xover]]: the point being that software can access that information but people cannot, at least not without software like at minimum, a template. Which would explain a lot about Petey's "Rabo is a maverick" rant. Petey taught me at wikidata. So I had a software rant from him. For example. I have seen gender (also) used in a "he is typing" sort of way also, in the wiki gui, where it was supposed to be.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 16:24, 13 April 2024 (UTC) *{{support}}: while I don't classify George Eliot as "some random woman", the original painting better reflects what goes on here. If you don't immediately recognize the current picture as depicting George Eliot, it's somewhat confusing, whereas the original painting is immediately understandable (as SnowyCinema said above, "a book is a universally recognizable symbol, whereas this individual is certainly not.) [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 22:15, 10 April 2024 (UTC) = Bot approval requests = * See [[Wikisource:Bots]] for information about applying for a bot status * See [[Wikisource:Bot requests]] if you require an existing bot to undertake a task === [[User:SodiumBot|SodiumBot]] === I'd like to request temporary bot permissions for [[User:SodiumBot]] so that the bot can takeover the task of updating statistics templates on en.wikisource that was until recently done by [[User:Phe-bot|Phe-bot]] (in the event that Phebot becomes operational, I will shutoff this task, since it wouldn't make sense to have two bots updating statistics). A example of the kind of edits SodiumBot would perform would [[Special:Diff/13950449|look something like this]]. [[User:Sohom Datta|Sohom]] ([[User talk:Sohom Datta|talk]]) 05:53, 17 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}}, and thank you so much for taking over this task! [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:08, 17 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 09:44, 17 March 2024 (UTC) :Bot flag granted for six months while work on updating Phebot is happening. If SodiumBot needs to take on other tasks, please seek community approval. If time period needs to be extended beyond the six months, please request on [[WS:AN]] as we approach 22 September, 2024. Thanks, [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 17:22, 22 March 2024 (UTC) {{section resolved|1=--[[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:12, 13 April 2024 (UTC)}} =Repairs (and moves)= '''Designated for requests related to the repair of works (and scans of works) presented on Wikisource''' See also [[Wikisource:Scan lab]] ===The Yellow Book Volume 8 - page moves=== I have repaired the file for this work by adding in two missing pages (132 & 133). As no placeholders had been inserted, please move all transcribed pages, from [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/152]] onward, on by two (i.e. to [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/154]], etc.){{pbr}}Contrary to the statement on the index page, page 134 is not missing. Also, the 'missing' p. 347 and 348 appears to be the result of a page numbering error, since there is nothing in the table of contents that would appear on these pages if they were present, nor is there anything in other scans of this volume.{{pbr}}I have also taken the opportunity to remove the last page, which was a colour grading card. Thanks, [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 13:59, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] done. Index page to be cleaned, pagelist to be updated, etc. [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 22:00, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] something strange in the scan? see [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/252]] and [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/391]]. They were proofread but the scan has empty pages. [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 22:04, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :::Thanks. I'd spotted the issue with 252 but not got as far a 391. 47 also has the same issue. There should be text on these pages. I'm looking to fix the scan but it shouldn't involve any more moves. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 04:35, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::I've updated the index page and everything in terms of page alignment is (hopefully) fixed. Thanks again. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 07:18, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ===[[With a Difference]]=== This originally was an article in [[The Atlantic Monthly/Volume 109/Number 650]]. If allowed, it could be moved to [[The Atlantic Monthly/Volume 109/Number 650/With a Difference]] thus retaining the contributor chain, And then, so it can become scan backed, starting with [[Page:The Atlantic Monthly Volume 109.djvu/128]] of the scan: paste, review and rinse -- then display with <nowiki><pages></nowiki>. If all of this is "okay" I can do any or all parts. There might need to be approval or perhaps there are preordained procedures which would make this unusual in that it might easier to ask permission for than it would be to apologize for.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 14:21, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :Now I am authoring an apology.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 16:03, 7 April 2024 (UTC) ::So, I am sorry. I moved the page to [[Page:The Atlantic Monthly Volume 109.djvu/128]] thinking I could just move the page from one empty page to another and back it up to before its move and then edit out the parts that are not on that page of the scan. ::Instead, I get a "failed to blahblah sea dragon" because, apparently, the page is lacking something that brings up the page editing tools and scan view and such.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 16:11, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]]: You can't move pages from mainspace to Page: (or Index:) namespaces; they're completely different content models. To move text between mainspace and Page: you'll have to cut&paste manually (since Match&Split is broken indefinitely). In any case, I've undone your move so you should be back to the status quo. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 18:59, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::: @[[User:Xover|Xover]] Could you add a little more info about "broken indefinitely"? I'd like to update [[Help:Match and split]] to reflect this. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 19:12, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::::@[[User:Peteforsyth|Peteforsyth]]: All the functionality of phe-tools was disabled due to the Grid Engine shutdown (they moved Toolforge to Kubernetes). Getting it running again requires porting it to a completely new environment, and it's an old inherited code base that's poorly documented and with some very tight couplings to the old environment. I still intent to try getting it running again, but that's going to require quite a bit of sustained time and attention; which is exactly what I have trouble finding these days. Soda has kindly taken on some of the stats tasks, but the rest are offline until some unspecified and unpredictable point in the future (which might be "never", but hopefully not). [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 19:25, 7 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::@[[User:Xover|Xover]] Thank you. I made a big note at the top of the page [[Special:diff/14043178|here]]; perhaps there is more appropriate formatting, of course no objection if you want to adjust. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 04:27, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::I don't know if this can help prioritize this issue but the lack of Match&Split is a huge impediment for many transcription projects. The amount of work it saves is huge when starting from a proofread transcription that is to be matched to a scan (which is by far the fastest way to proceed). In the worst case, would it be extremely difficult and/or time consuming to code it from scratch? Unfortunately, not being a developer I wouldn't know were to start so this is an obviously very naive question. [[User:Epigeneticist|Epigeneticist]] ([[User talk:Epigeneticist|talk]]) 12:58, 17 April 2024 (UTC) :::::::@[[User:Epigeneticist|Epigeneticist]]: It's not a matter of priorities, and re-implementing it is not likely to be any quicker. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 16:52, 17 April 2024 (UTC) :I moved the page to [[The Atlantic Monthly/Volume 109/Number 650/With a Difference]] (leave the redirect up); feel free to copy-paste the text into the Page namespace and transclude when you're done. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:13, 8 April 2024 (UTC) Sorry. What is the dirt on soda? --[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 19:43, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : I know of soda as a beverage or a baking ingredient, any other definition eludes me. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 04:28, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Peteforsyth|Peteforsyth]]: "Soda" refers to [[User:Sohom Datta|Sohom Datta]], who operates [[User:SodiumBot|SodiumBot]] (the bot that now updates the on-wiki stats). He's also done a ''lot'' of technical work on the plumbing for Wikisource (Proofread Page, Edit in Sequence, etc.). All `round awesome person. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:47, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[user:Xover|Xover]]: Thanks for the explanation, and thank you Soda for all the work! Pinging @[[user:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]]. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 18:17, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ===To the Lighthouse - page moves=== Although this work is marked as 'Done' (fully validated and transcluded) it is actually missing two pages (172 and 173). To allow placeholders to be inserted, could you please carry out the following moves:- * The index page name = [[Index:To The Lighthouse.pdf]] * The page offset = 2 * The pages to move = 174-318 * The reason = Insert missing pages Thanks {{unsigned| 12:01, 13 April 2024 (UTC)‎|Chrisguise}} :Note that this will also require updating all the transclusions for these pages. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 10:56, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]]: Page:-namespace pages have been shifted. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:11, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ::Thanks - only just got round to uploading the file including placeholders. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 06:24, 18 April 2024 (UTC) = Other discussions = == Subscribe to the This Month in Education newsletter - learn from others and share your stories == Dear community members, Greetings from the EWOC Newsletter team and the education team at Wikimedia Foundation. We are very excited to share that we on tenth years of Education Newsletter ([[m:Education/News|This Month in Education]]) invite you to join us by [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/This Month in Education|subscribing to the newsletter on your talk page]] or by [[m:Education/News/Newsroom|sharing your activities in the upcoming newsletters]]. The Wikimedia Education newsletter is a monthly newsletter that collects articles written by community members using Wikimedia projects in education around the world, and it is published by the EWOC Newsletter team in collaboration with the Education team. These stories can bring you new ideas to try, valuable insights about the success and challenges of our community members in running education programs in their context. If your affiliate/language project is developing its own education initiatives, please remember to take advantage of this newsletter to publish your stories with the wider movement that shares your passion for education. You can submit newsletter articles in your own language or submit bilingual articles for the education newsletter. For the month of January the deadline to submit articles is on the 20th January. We look forward to reading your stories. Older versions of this newsletter can be found in the [[outreach:Education/Newsletter/Archives|complete archive]]. More information about the newsletter can be found at [[m:Education/News/Publication Guidelines|Education/Newsletter/About]]. For more information, please contact spatnaik{{@}}wikimedia.org. ------ <div style="text-align: center;"><div style="margin-top:10px; font-size:90%; padding-left:5px; font-family:Georgia, Palatino, Palatino Linotype, Times, Times New Roman, serif;">[[m:Education/Newsletter/About|About ''This Month in Education'']] · [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/This Month in Education|Subscribe/Unsubscribe]] · [[m:MassMessage|Global message delivery]] · For the team: [[User:ZI Jony|<span style="color:#8B0000">'''ZI Jony'''</span>]] [[User talk:ZI Jony|<sup><span style="color:Green"><i>(Talk)</i></span></sup>]], {{<includeonly>subst:</includeonly>#time:l G:i, d F Y|}} (UTC)</div></div> <!-- Message sent by User:ZI Jony@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:ZI_Jony/MassMessage/Awareness_of_Education_Newsletter/List_of_Village_Pumps&oldid=21244129 --> == Reusing references: Can we look over your shoulder? == ''Apologies for writing in English.'' The Technical Wishes team at Wikimedia Deutschland is planning to [[m:WMDE Technical Wishes/Reusing references|make reusing references easier]]. For our research, we are looking for wiki contributors willing to show us how they are interacting with references. * The format will be a 1-hour video call, where you would share your screen. [https://wikimedia.sslsurvey.de/User-research-into-Reusing-References-Sign-up-Form-2024/en/ More information here]. * Interviews can be conducted in English, German or Dutch. * [[mw:WMDE_Engineering/Participate_in_UX_Activities#Compensation|Compensation is available]]. * Sessions will be held in January and February. * [https://wikimedia.sslsurvey.de/User-research-into-Reusing-References-Sign-up-Form-2024/en/ Sign up here if you are interested.] * Please note that we probably won’t be able to have sessions with everyone who is interested. Our UX researcher will try to create a good balance of wiki contributors, e.g. in terms of wiki experience, tech experience, editing preferences, gender, disability and more. If you’re a fit, she will reach out to you to schedule an appointment. We’re looking forward to seeing you, [[m:User:Thereza Mengs (WMDE)| Thereza Mengs (WMDE)]] <!-- Message sent by User:Thereza Mengs (WMDE)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=WMDE_Technical_Wishes/Technical_Wishes_News_list_all_village_pumps&oldid=25956752 --> == [[Template:Beleg Tâl's sidenotes]] == There are too many sidenote templates on this website, so I've decided to add yet another :D It is my hope and belief, that someday English Wikisource will have a standard general-purpose approach to sidenotes. At that time, this template should be replaced with the adopted standard template. In the meantime, you can use this template as a ''placeholder'' to indicate a sidenote that should be standardized once a standard has been created. The actual formatting of the sidenotes in the meantime may vary. (Currently it uses {{tl|right sidenote}}.) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 14:17, 26 February 2024 (UTC) :I was originally going to call this template [[Template:Generic sidenote]], but I decided to give it a name that clearly indicated that it shouldn't be treated as an alternative permanent approach to sidenotes —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 14:18, 26 February 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Beleg Tâl|Beleg Tâl]]: I feel your pain, but I think it is a very bad idea to put a username in any page name outside User: space, I think it's a very bad idea to make temporary placeholder templates, and I think it is a very bad idea to react to a proliferation on half-broken templates by adding yet another deliberately half-broken template.{{pbr}}I might suggest a more productive channel for that frustration is collecting a structured description of use cases along with problems with existing templates somewhere. It is conceivable that we'll be able to "solve" (fsvo) this eventually, but it will at very least require that the issue works its way up to the top of someone's list of annoyances, and for that a structured description of the use cases and problems will be essential. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:43, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::As it happens, in this case there is no pain or frustration. I created a formatting-agnostic template because we didn't have one and we needed one; and I made it a placeholder template because we don't have community consensus (yet) on what a formatting-agnostic sidenotes template should look like and how it should work. ::You do make a good point, however. Perhaps it would be better if, instead of a placeholder template that should be replaced when consensus is reached, I were to make it a permanent template that should be modified and updated with whatever behaviour is decided upon? Alternatively, I could just rename it, to at least remove the username as an issue. What do you think of this? ::As for compiling the issues and use cases of the various existing sidenotes templates—that has already been done in much detail elsewhere (primarily by @[[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]]), and I do not think that this thread is the place for rehashing that whole discussion. I merely intended to inform the community of the template I created so that works containing sidenotes could still be proofread in the meantime. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 17:42, 28 March 2024 (UTC) == Switching to the Vector 2022 skin == [[File:Vector_2022_video-en.webm|thumb]] Hi everyone. We are the [[mw:Reading/Web|Wikimedia Foundation Web team]]. As you may have read in our previous messages across wikis or [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/2022-06#Desktop Improvements update|here in June 2022]], we have been getting closer to switching every wiki to the Vector 2022 skin as the new default. In our previous conversations with Wikisource communities, we had identified an issue with the Index namespace that prevented switching the skin on. [[phab:T352162|This issue is now resolved]]. We are now ready to continue and will be deploying on English Wikisource on Wednesday '''April 3, 2024'''. To learn more about the new skin and what improvements it introduces when compared to the legacy 2010 Vector skin, please [[mw:Reading/Web/Desktop_Improvements|see our documentation]]. If you have any issues with the skin after the deployment, if you spot any gadgets not working, or notice any bugs – please contact us! We are also open to joining events like the [[metawiki:Wikisource Community meetings|Wikisource Community meetings]] and talking to you directly. Thank you, [[User:OVasileva (WMF)|OVasileva (WMF)]] and [[User:SGrabarczuk (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)]] ([[User talk:SGrabarczuk (WMF)|talk]]) 15:47, 14 March 2024 (UTC) :{{ping|Candalua}} it looks like Vector 2022 breaks [[:mul:MediaWiki:TranscludedIn.js]]; are you able to update that tool? —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 18:59, 14 March 2024 (UTC) ::Vector 2022 breaks lots of stuff (in everything from trivial ways to completely broken). I encourage everyone to try switching to Vector 2022 in your preferences NOW and report anything that breaks here. Especially if any of our community-wide Gadgets are affected, but there are also some widely used user scripts that it would be good to know about sooner rather than later if they are going to break on April 3. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 20:15, 14 March 2024 (UTC) ::Oh, and Transcludedin.js isn't really "fixable" per se, since Vector 2022 explicitly doesn't support adding menus. We'll have to try to reverse engineer what MoreMenu and Popups does to find something that kinda sorta works (we have two widely used user scripts that run into the same problem). Because that's a good use of volunteer resources over the WMF actually adding support for basic facilities for Gadgets that have been requested for two decades or so... [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 20:24, 14 March 2024 (UTC) :::An illustration of the problem with [[User:Inductiveload/jump to file]] (presumably one of the aforementioned user scripts): :::[[File:Wikisource jump to file script - Vector 2010 menu.png|thumb|center|with Vector 2010]] :::[[File:Wikisource jump to file script - Vector 2022 menu error.png|thumb|center|with Vector 2022]] :::Also broken: the Tools menu interacts poorly with the file history table. :::[[File:File history overlaps Vector 2022 Tools menu.png|thumb|center]] :::—[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 04:01, 15 March 2024 (UTC) ::::Jump to file has been broken in other ways as well. I think I remeber looking into it and the web backend is providing some incorrect information :( [[User:Sohom Datta|Sohom]] ([[User talk:Sohom Datta|talk]]) 12:29, 15 March 2024 (UTC) ::::@[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]]: The above brokenness in Jump to File should be fixed now. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 17:04, 29 March 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] (CC [[User:Beleg Tâl|Beleg Tâl]]): It turns out I lie. Not only does Vector 2022 (now) explicitly support menus like this(ish), but Jon even stepped in and fixed [[:s:mul:MediaWiki:TranscludedIn.js]] for us (Thank you Jon!). [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 17:02, 29 March 2024 (UTC) ::{{Re|OVasileva (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)}} This skin does not seem to be suitable for Wikisource at all. Compare e. g. the work with proofread extension in both skins. In the new one both the editing window and the window with the scan are so small that I am unable to do any proofreading work effectively. I can choose only between struggling with reading tiny letters or enlarging the scan so much that only a part of the page fits into the window. And this enlarging is possible only in the editing mode anyway, it is not possible in the reading mode. I would really like to ask this skin not to be deployed in Wikisource. --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 09:51, 16 March 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan.Kamenicek]]: You can "Hide" both sidebars, to make them become dropdown menus, and recover the horizontal space. There is also a "constrain width" widget floating in the bottom right corner where you can toggle between full-width and constrained-width layout. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:09, 24 March 2024 (UTC) :Why? As Jan Kameníček said, the skin is unsuitable here (and everywhere else, but that's a different matter). Why is the WMF so keen to force Vector2022 on everyone when so many problems have been found with it? English Wikipedia alone has complained about it enough for ten wikis. It is far too narrow for actual proofreading, and you have failed to provide any good reasoning as to why this poorly-designed skin should be forced onto our IP editors. The WMF already has a bad track record of communicating and collaborating with the communities, and Vector2022 has so far only made it worse. Why do you insist on rolling this out as the new default? {{Ping|OVasileva (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)}} At the minimum, you need to allow IP editors and readers to use the good Vector skin if they want to. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 22:41, 16 March 2024 (UTC) ::i would make timeless the default skin on wikisource. --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 00:58, 21 March 2024 (UTC) ::If you are using Vector2022 and click on a not-so-small gray button that says "hide", the sidebar will collapse and in fact you get ''even more'' width space to proofread. This is definitely an improvement in that sense. [[User:Ignacio Rodríguez|Ignacio Rodríguez]] ([[User talk:Ignacio Rodríguez|talk]]) 17:54, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :::yes, it is an improvement over flat sidebar gadget. the menus remain a problem. --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 22:52, 25 March 2024 (UTC) ::enWP complaining about something isn't really a useful yardstick. There's complaints if anything changes, and complaints if nothing changes. What would be useful is testing the new skin with all our local stuff on enWS and reporting concrete issues. Some of them may be with community-controlled things that we need to fix ourselves (see e.g. the broken user scripts and gadgets mentioned above), while others may be things we need to report upstream (in which case we need a good concrete description of the problem). Case in point, the Index: namespace has been exempted from Vector 2022's constrained-width layout because it didn't work well there and someone filed a good bug report about it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:14, 24 March 2024 (UTC) ===Different line height in Vector 2022?=== It seems the line height in Vector 2022 is different for some reason which makes problems with text withing pictures, such as [[Page:The Czechoslovak Review, vol3, 1919.djvu/299|here]]. --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 18:57, 30 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan.Kamenicek]]: It's not the line-height (that's identical), it's that in their great wisdom they decided that paragraphs were not sufficiently distinguishable from a mere line break within a paragraph on Wikipedia (of course), and so they "fixed" it by fiddling with the styling such that paragraphs in Vector 2022 now get both a top "margin" and bottom "padding". In Vector 2010 paragraphs just had a .5em top and bottom margin, and since adjacent margins collapse in CSS that meant paragraphs were always .5em (~7px) apart. If you insert two blank lines you get an extra empty paragraph, and so you get exactly 1em (14px) between the visible paragraphs. In Vector 2022 they've deliberately used padding instead of margin to defeat this collapsing, so that adjacent paragraphs get 1em between them. Paragraphs separated by two blank lines will now get 1.5em (21px) between them. Or put another way, they want to make it so that text separated by a single blank line looks like what we expect text separated by two blank lines to look. Text separated by two blank lines is now going to look fairly comical.{{pbr}}Mostly this is just jarring design-wise (we'll get used to it), but for any context were we depend on some kind of predictable height of the content (like your example) we're now going to have trouble. Vector 2010 and Vector 2022 now behaves completely differently, and Vector 2022 in a way that is hard to override in a predictable fashion. Templates have limited capability to differentiate between skins, so I am uncertain to what degree we can smooth out the differences there. This behaviour was added to Vector 2022 quite recently so I've asked them to please stop poking their nose down into on-wiki content at this level of detail. If I can persuade them to revert this change that would be for the best. If not, I'm not sure how we're going to deal with it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 22:13, 30 March 2024 (UTC) ::This also means that editors who leave in the end of line breaks throughout paragraphs when proofreading need to stop doing so. Those of us who use any other skin won't see a problem, but it will make it look weird for anyone on the default. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 22:49, 30 March 2024 (UTC) :::I don't think that's going to be a problem. What they're doing in the skin is styling HTML <code>p</code> tags in ways that are going to be annoying to work around, but where <code>p</code> tags get added in the first place is a function of the parser and not of the skin. Hard line breaks inside a block of text have mostly worked because they do not cause the parser to insert a <code>p</code> tag there. So since the parser is not changing, neither should the behaviour for hard line breaks inside paragraphs. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:43, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::::A quick update. It seems like this change has caused several problems across projects and they are consequently going to reevaluate. It's likely they will not simply revert the change, but they may change the way they do it such that we don't get this problem or there is a cleaner way to work around it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:35, 5 April 2024 (UTC) ::Btw, in order to figure out some workable approach to this, if we're stuck with it, I'm going to need plenty of examples of places where it breaks. Things like the text overflowing in Jan's {{tl|overfloat image}} example above. A lot of cases are going to be the kind of "pixel perfect" layout that you can't in general do on the web, but we'll need to look for ways that at least it won't be any ''more'' broken than it already was. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 11:03, 31 March 2024 (UTC) == Making ''MoreMenu'' and ''Without text'' Gadgets default == In [[Special:PermanentLink/13971025#New_Gadget:_MoreMenu|#New Gadget: MoreMenu]] and [[Special:PermanentLink/13971025#New_beta_Gadget:_Automatically_empty_Without_text_pages|#New beta Gadget: Automatically empty Without text pages]], I announced the availability of these two new Gadgets. Since then there has been relatively little feedback, but what feedback there has been has been positive. I therefore intend to make both default at some point in the relatively near future. I encourage you to post feedback in this thread (positive, negative, neutral, or apathetic; all feedback is valuable). Especially if you are sceptical I encourage you to actively test both Gadgets and then express your concerns here. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:19, 15 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} Seems reasonable. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 13:56, 15 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} Sounds good to me. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 14:51, 15 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} They can't hurt anyone, and I feel like emptying without text pages should have been done long ago. [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] (<span style="font-size: 83%;{{#if:|{{{style}}};}}">[[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] and [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]</span>) 16:42, 16 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 09:45, 17 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} per those above, particularly [[User:Alien333|Alien333]]'s wise words. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 03:26, 21 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} ''without text'', ambivalent about ''Moremenu'' [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 10:24, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :Per the above, I have now made both Gadgets default. They can be turned off again per-user in your Preferences. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 12:49, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::It's taken me a bit to realise what happened when an unexpected poorly named tab suddenly appeared and the keyboard shortcuts associated with delete, move, and protect all stopped working. I've turned off MoreMenu in my Preferences because I don't use a mouse if I can avoid it. The "poorly named" comment comes because there were two tabs labeled "page". How are less-experienced users to know which one does what? [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 21:15, 29 March 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]]: The non-optimal naming stems from Wikisource's choice to use "Page" as the main tab, which then clashes with the commands and links in the menu that are related to the ''current page''. On Wikipedia that tab is called "Article", on Wikibooks it's "Book", on Commons it's "Gallery" etc. I'm not sure there's a good solution to this (the non-optimal tab naming has been mentioned as confusing in other contexts too, for similar reasons).{{pbr}}The missing accesskeys however are clearly a bug. I've reported it upstream so hopefully that can be fixed fairly quickly. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 11:59, 30 March 2024 (UTC) == Disambiguating encyclopedia articles from works == I have always had a significant issue with our common practice of including encyclopedia articles, such as those from EB1911, Nutall, NSRW, etc., in disambiguation pages alongside other works. Some quite poignant examples exist at [[Jalna]] and [[Surakarta]]. The crux of my argument is centered around the very concept of a disambiguation page itself. It's meant to disseminate confusion from works of the same title. And no one would '''ever''' confuse a novel with an unrelated encyclopedia article. Think about this in conversational form: <blockquote>A: "Hey, have you ever heard of 'Jalna'?" B: "Oh, yeah, I loved reading that, that was a great novel!" A: "No, I was talking about ''the 1911 Britannica article about a town in India''."</blockquote> Like what? Who would ''ever'' say this as a response? That is what you're implying when you put something on a disambiguation page—that it's reasonable to think that someone might confuse a ''popular novel'' with an ''obscure encyclopedia article''. I admit that I don't know exactly ''how'' you would technically classify an encyclopedia article, in the bibliographic sense, and it [[User_talk:Neo-Jay#Naming_and_disambiguation|has been noted]] that "a long encyclopedia article may even be regarded as an academic masterpiece". And this may be true—in fact, there are even (''very rare!'') instances where encyclopedia articles have been republished in some other form. But, we have to consider the ''context in which these articles exist''—whereas something like an essay, a paper, a speech, or even an article in a periodical or newspaper, would be intended to be found on its own and regarded as its own individual property, an encyclopedia is ''specifically '''designed''' to be searched''. In other words, you're ''never'' looking for the encyclopedia article for its own sake—you're looking for it because you want some specific information. You're ''using'' the broader work (''Britannica'') for the purpose of finding information ''about'' Jalna, and it never occurred to any reader that the article on it was even its own unique entity at all. I wouldn't want to include "Jalna" the encyclopedia article on a disambiguation page, for the same reason that I wouldn't want to include every magazine issue editorial titled "Editorial" in a disambiguation page called [[Editorial]]—the editorial is intended to be searched from the issue, the same as the encyclopedia article is meant to be searched from the encyclopedia. I do understand that in the case of [[Surakarta]] and many others, there is a counterargument some of you may make, in that encyclopedia articles have use in being disambiguated from ''each other''. But in this case, really we need more extensive portals, and perhaps a separate searching technology specifically for our dictionaries and encyclopedic works, (I'm not kidding, this would be ''extremely'' useful and I'd love to see something like this), but it just doesn't seem like disambiguation pages are the place to be doing this. Pinging {{ping|Beleg Tâl|Neo-Jay}} who I've talked with about this previously. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 14:14, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :As formulated, I disagree with this. But perhaps there is an underlying problem behind your reasoning for which one can find a solution that we agree on?{{pbr}}Encyclopedia entries are both practically and bibliographically stand-alone works (one can quibble about single-sentence entries and such, but one can't generally say that they are not in this context). And the purpose of disambiguation pages is to disambiguate among works with near identical titles. See [[Hamlet]], in particular the original, vs. Lamb's bowdlerized version, Hazlitt's commentary, the three encyclopedia articles, and the encyclopedia article for the opera.{{pbr}}I've also sometimes been annoyed by the need for dab pages when there are only two works listed, and one of them seems very incidental or insignificant. But over time I've come to the conclusion that this stems from assigning too much significance to wikipage names (that's why enWP has big fights about a term's main topic: do most people mean the type pf small settlement or the play?). Having dabs is good, even if sometimes annoying for Wikisourcerers running into naming collisions.{{pbr}}The flip side is long dab pages like [[Poems]]. Some of these are inevitable (they're the corner-cases like [[Poems]] specifically, for which there's no good solution), but for others the straightforward solution is to add some structure to the page. So, for example, perhaps split different types of works to separate subsections, so that encyclopaedia articles are in their own section? [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 15:33, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :: {{ping|Xover}} You say that "as formulated" you disagree with this, since you say that both practically and bibliographically they are stand-alone works, but could you elaborate on why and in what sense? I'd be interested to see the specific reasoning for this, and how it would refute that encyclopedias are functionally designed to be searched, with their articles existing more as "search''es''" than as individual works; while an essay or a poem are almost guaranteed to be published in multiple sources, to be clearly seen as standalone works in the sense that they are understood to be sought after in isolation? I am just saying it's misleading to treat encyclopedia articles as if they are sought after as the things themselves rather than the topics they represent. When I say the word "Elephant" in a sentence, how likely is it that I'm referring to the Wikipedia article on {{w|elephant}} if "Wikipedia" or "article" aren't in my sentence? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:48, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :: Addendum: One could also say, in exactly the same way, that forewords of novels are works in their own right (since some form of those very forewords might one day be found in a periodical, who knows!). And in some technical, academic sense maybe they are, but would this justify a 500,000-item disambiguation page at [[Foreword]]? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:54, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :::See [[Preface (Johnson)]]. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 16:16, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :::: {{ping|Xover}} {{smaller|Mmmh, this appears to be a rare edge case; it's a well-researched (and interesting!) versions page where the changes are noticeable, distinct, and span several different authors and publishers across eras. But to use this notable piece of Shakesperean literatary history that happens to manifest itself in the form of a preface, as a precedent for the rest of the millions of prefaces out there, is not a place I'd go with my lukewarm acceptance of it. And to be honest, I'm in the mindset that this belongs in another namespace or in some other structure, but I have no specific ideas and Versions makes sense within the confines of the little structure we have to work with.}} [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 16:59, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :I very strongly agree with this position. Consider the page [[Poems]] mentioned above. In my opinion, it would be inappropriate and rather ridiculous to include on that page every encyclopedia and dictionary that happens to contain an article about "Poems". I would argue, as [[User:Billinghurst|Billinghurst]] argued to me [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/2015-08#Famous passages as separate works|nearly a decade ago]], that to be considered as a separate work for enWS purposes, the "component will have been separately published and outside of the bible" (replacing the bible with the encyclopedia in this case). —[[User:Beleg Tâl|Beleg Tâl]] ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 16:58, 24 March 2024 (UTC) :: The examples in that older discussion focus on poems and passages included within a larger work, and I agree somewhat that those are edge cases and ''might'' be worthy of such treatment. But encyclopedia articles for most major encyclopedias have their own authors and citation information from specific editions. That is, whereas ''The Walrus and the Carpenter'' will appear in the same chapter of its containing work, it does not have set pagination nor a separate author from the author of its containing work. Encyclopedia articles typically do have their own separate authorship, and are as much a work in their own right as a poem included in an anthology. Also, to be clear, it is not an article ''about'' Poems that would be listed for disambiguation, but an article ''titled'' "Poems". --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 00:32, 25 March 2024 (UTC) :::Re articles in reference works being on their own they also frequently cross-reference each other, overlap with multiple different entries under the same header, have varying degrees of set clear pagination and are almost never independently reprinted. Multiple authorship also seems to be weird as a main deciding criterion to clue on IMO, e.g. when later editions add additional chapters to a book, now those original chapters have "own authors and citation information" and are now independent works but they weren't before? :::''Poems'' is a bit of an edge case as it goes into the Main / Portal linking issue as well and how ''[[Poems]],'' [[Portal:Poetry]] and Category:Poems all interact but that is its own separate specific rabbit hole. Note that ''The Walrus and the Carpenter'' is frequently anthologized as a separate work on its own with its own chapter, set pagination etc. which causes issues as well if we then version those but not the original publication... [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 00:02, 27 March 2024 (UTC) {{ping|SnowyCinema}} I concur with your sentiment that every ''Foreword'' and ''Editorial'' should not be listed on disambiguation pages, but not for the reasons you've given. A ''Foreword'' is a description of the item, and not its title. We would not list every "Chapter I" on a disambiguation page, because that is a label, and ''not'' a title. Likewise, an ''Editorial'' is a ''kind'' of work, not the title of a work, and disambiguation pages should list works with a given title, without listing works ''described'' or ''categorized'' using a given label. Having worked on Wiktionary, the equivalent language is: '''labels''' are common nouns, but '''titles''' are proper nouns. And "foreword", "index", "editorial" are identifying labels, but not titles. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 00:52, 25 March 2024 (UTC) :We have similar issues with things like [[Sonnet]] where they may be labeled by number as well by first line, and presumably Untitled or such some placeholder if we consider neither of those the actual title since not provided by the author. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 01:59, 25 March 2024 (UTC) :: Disambiguation pages are ''searching aids'' and ''title disseminators'', so to include an encyclopedia article in them is functionally useless. The way those titles are referred to, as I said, is always "Jalna in the ''Encyclopedia Britannica''" or the like. No one on earth has trouble telling the difference between a specific encyclopedia article about ''Moby Dick'' and ''Moby Dick'' itself. Whether or not they have different authors is beside the point, it's about the fact that encyclopedias are designed to be searched and not considered in their own right. Which is why, whether or not you want to say in some ''academic'' sense that they're "works" by some technical nitty-gritty classification, you can't say that they're standalone in any sense. The standalone work is the encyclopedia, is the dictionary. Any entries in them are just that, and they're meant to serve the purpose of the encyclopedia, not to be found on their own. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 06:58, 25 March 2024 (UTC) :::You keep asserting that, but it's just not true as a general statement. Most encyclopaedia entries, sure, they're short blurbs that are mostly interchangeable, like dictionary entries, and primarily have value as a part of the larger work they are contained in. But the EB1911, and ''Grove'', and a lot of others have entries that are ''long'', ''well researched'', ''with a distinct author'', ''can have multiple editions'', etc. In fact, in ''Grove'' (now owned and online at OUP) each entry gets its own DOI, and even has different DOIs for each edition of an entry. EB1911's entry authors are also often leading experts in their fields, and well-know and published outside EB1911 (see e.g. [[Author:Sidney Lee|Sidney Lee]], who is known today primarily as one of the leading Shakespearean scholars of his era). There's no practical difference between these an a short story in a short story collection, or a paper in a collection or ''festschrift''. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 07:15, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :::: {{ping|Xover}} The difference is that, and while Wikisource doesn't represent this often enough in practice, short stories ''and'' poems that appear in collections are almost ''guaranteed'' to have been published in multiple different sources, like periodicals, newspapers, or other collections, so they should ''categorically'' be considered as standalone works and ''categorically'' be assumed to exist in many versions. So the short story collections are effectively just collections of works, while an encyclopedia is more like a searchable database for information. I am aware that many encyclopedia articles are long and well-researched etc., but that's besides the point. I'm certain that many prized academics have also contributed a lot to Wikipedia's articles, but that doesn't make them standalone works in the same sense as a ''story''. I'm sure ''some'' of the entries in these old encyclopedias were reproduced in other works, but even then oftentimes they become something fundamentally different later by reference. So, it's no longer ''EB1911's article on Moby Dick'', it's now ''EB1922's update on Moby Dick'', or ''EB1936's article on Moby Dick'', you know? It's never ''just'' "Moby Dick: The Article". So these responses I'm getting don't address my primary concern, which is that while short stories are quite easy to categorically be considered in their own right and can be referred to explicitly by their titles without any adjacent context, the EB articles ''have'' to be referred to in the context of the encyclopedia or no one would ever understand what you were talking about. And that goes to the broader point as well: that no one would ever confuse ''Moby Dick'' the novel with an encyclopedia article about it, because it doesn't even make logical sense to lump the two together in this way as if they could be supposed to be the same. Also, no one has answered the hypothetical I gave before, which is if I used the word "Elephant" in a sentence, how likely is it that I'm referring to Wikipedia's article on the topic, if "Wikipedia" or "article" aren't in my sentence? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 08:35, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :::::No, but that's a contrived example. Cf. below, "William Shakespeare" could refer to one of any number of works that are substantially similar in subject-matter (biographical information about him and his works), but where some are in the form of encyclopedia articles, some are essays from collections, some are scholarly monographs, some may be fictionalized retellings of his life. It is quite common in the literature to see footnotes citing ''Lee (1904)'', ''Chambers (1930)'' with the full reference to a encyclopedia entry and a monograph (respectively) appearing in the bibliography. Depending on citation style used, these can appear as "Lee, ''Shakespeare''" and "Chambers, ''Shakespeare''" or any number of other variations. The point being that these do not treat encyclopedia articles and monographs differently. Your point is a valid one that applies to a lot of encyclopedia articles, but you cannot generalise it to "all encyclopedia articles".{{pbr}}You'll also note that nobody (serious) cites ''Wikipedia''; they cite the article "William Shakespeare" on ''Wikipedia'' at a given date and time (or revision). "Wikipedia" as a work is somewhat meaningless; it's a tool for creating and a site for hosting the works it contains, which are the individual articles. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:04, 26 March 2024 (UTC) I will just comment that I see three intersecting questions: 1. Workflow. For example, on WP if I want to find out about "Shakespeare, New Mexico" I can search Shakespeare --> Main topic (William Shakespeare) --> disamb page --> article, but on WS do we want to mirror the same flow to find information or do we expect a different workflow? 2. Bibliography of subpages. Which subpages are "works" and merit specific indexing and which works aren't? Is a Chapter in a Novel entitled Shakespeare independent? Is [[The Common Reader/Jane Austen]] a separate work because it is non-fiction now? Or only if it is by a separate author? Or republished and excerpted outside with sufficient notoriety etc.? 3. The actual construction of the redirects / links to those works from Main. For example does that link from [[Jane Austen]], [[Jane Austen (1925)]], [[Jane Austen (Woolf)]] etc.? Do we have to create disambiguate pages at those points too? Do we merge "Shakespeare" and "Shakespere"? Do we consider encyclopedia articles by their titles like "Austen, Jane" / "Shakespeare, William" and disambiguate only under those names etc.? [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 01:52, 25 March 2024 (UTC) :I think only the second of those questions is really what is being addressed here. We don't have a workflow such that people would find "works about Shakespeare, NM" at [[Shakespeare]], only "works titled 'Shakespeare'". As for whether to list similar titles together or separately, that is generally done on a case-by-case basis, which is why [[Sonnet]] and [[Sonnets]] are separate pages while [[A Sonnet]] is not. —[[User:Beleg Tâl|Beleg Tâl]] ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 01:58, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]]: [[The Common Reader/Jane Austen]], and the other essays in that collection, are stand-alone works, yes. In fact a number of them appeared stand-alone in ''The Times Literary Supplement'' before being collected there. Most fiction chapters (i.e. novels) will not fit this definition for the simple reason that each chapter does not stand alone, and the chapters are meant to be read in sequence (and are normally never published individually). But in collections of essays or short stories each individual piece is atomic. There are certainly edge cases out there, but the general rule is fairly clear.{{pbr}}All three of those redirects you list seem reasonable. But redirects are mainly about convenience or preserving links to an old title, and not so much about disambiguation.{{pbr}}Disambiguation pages are about distinguishing between works with an identical title, since we cannot let all works live on the same wikipage title otherwise, and as a finding aid to readers. Consider, for example, the Sherlock Holmes stories: most people will be looking for ''A Scandal in Bohemia'' with no idea that it was first published in [[The Strand Magazine/Volume 2/Issue 7/A Scandal in Bohemia|''The Strand Magazine'' in vol. 2, issue 7]]. What they need is [[A Scandal in Bohemia]], a versions page, to tell them we have two versions of that text. Readers looking for "William Shakespeare" may be looking for any one of [[Author:Sidney Lee|Sir Sidney Lee]]'s encyclopedia article [[Dictionary of National Biography, 1885-1900/Shakespeare, William|in the DNB]], [[Author:Edmund Kerchever Chambers|E. K. Chambers]]' seminal ''William Shakespeare: A Study of Facts and Problems'', Park Honan's ''Shakespeare: A Life'', or Stanley Well's ''Shakespeare: A Life in Drama'', or any one of a whole host of other works whose primary title is a permutation of "William Shakespeare". The same goes for "Hamlet", which may be any version of the play, the Bowdlerized editions by the Lambs, Hazlitt's commentary on the play (an essay published in a fixup collection, designed to be read sequentially), several operatic versions inspired by the play (and some independent inventions), and a bunch of poems. The main unanswered question there is the precise definition of "identical", and that's an issue on which reasonable people may disagree. I favour a fairly permissive "…and substantially similar" type definition, but you can't really say someone that argues for seeing "William Shakespeare" and "Shakespeare, William" as distinct is "wrong". [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 08:49, 26 March 2024 (UTC) ::Right, but do we make a distinction between "[[Moby-Dick]]" (novel) and "[[Moby Dick]]" (article), [[The Tempest]], [[Tempest]], [[Tempest, The]] and [[Tempest, Marie]], [[The Monk]], [[Monk]] and [[Monk, James Henry]], [[Kubla Khan]] and [[Kublai Khan]], etc. The original example might make a distinction between ''Surakarta'' articles about the place and ''The Surakarta'' the novel, for example. I mention redirects as that is ''how'' these are implemented, given we are talking about works in a containing work, we ''only'' encounter clashes between the main work and the redirect to the encyclopedia articles. Which is why I started with the first point, these exist as aids for the reader. Personally, I favor more disambiguation, more linking, more discovery, probably more portals to provide structure etc. If we want to through more illustrations, great. But that is my personal opinion. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 14:00, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :::It isn't obvious that if you want ''Shakespeare: A Life'' search for "Shakespeare" and ''William Shakespeare: A Study of Facts and Problems'' search for "William Shakespeare," as a position is wrong. I.e. that someone searching for "William Shakespeare" might be taken literally and not see the Honan or Well work. I think it is wrong because we should favor discoverability and "wikiness" over exact searching like a catalog, but YMMV. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 14:10, 26 March 2024 (UTC) ::: I am not seeing the harm, at all, in listing encyclopedia article titles on a disambiguation page. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 19:56, 26 March 2024 (UTC) == Invitation to join March Wikisource Community Meeting == Hello fellow Wikisource enthusiasts! We're excited to announce our upcoming Wikisource Community meeting, scheduled for '''30 March 2024, 3 PM UTC''' ([https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/1711810800 check your local time]). As always, your participation is crucial to the success of our community discussions. Similar to previous meetings, the agenda will be split into two segments. The first half will cover non-technical updates, such as events, conferences, proofread-a-thons, and collaborations. In the second half, we'll dive into technical updates and discussions, addressing key challenges faced by Wikisource communities. '''New Feature: Event Registration!''' <br /> Exciting news! We're switching to a new event registration feature for our meetings. You can now register for the event through our dedicated page on Meta-wiki. Simply follow the link below to secure your spot and engage with fellow Wikisource enthusiasts: [[:m:Event:Wikisource Community Meeting March 2024|Event Registration Page]] '''Agenda Suggestions:''' <br /> Your input matters! Feel free to suggest any additional topics you'd like to see included in the agenda. If you have any suggestions or would just prefer being added to the meeting the old way, simply drop a message on '''klawal-ctr@wikimedia.org'''. Thank you for your continued dedication to Wikisource. We look forward to your active participation in our upcoming meeting. Best regards, <br /> [[:m:User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]], [[:m:User:SWilson (WMF)|Sam Wilson (WMF)]], and [[:m:User:SGill (WMF)|Satdeep Gill (WMF)]] {{unsigned|18:56, 25 March 2024 (UTC)|MediaWiki message delivery}} <!-- Message sent by User:KLawal-WMF@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:SGill_(WMF)/lists/WS_VPs&oldid=25768507 --> :@[[User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]]: Could you make sure these announcements contain a standard signature (see [[Special:Diff/13996824|diff]]) so that Reply-Tool and Vector 2022's auto-toc features work? [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:34, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Xover|Xover]] Thank you for pointing that out, will include a standard signature in future announcements. [[User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]] ([[User talk:KLawal-WMF|talk]]) 19:15, 28 March 2024 (UTC) == <nowiki>{{Header}}</nowiki> template and misleading publication dates == I have been doing work on various 'collected works' and noticed that misleading date information is appearing against individual works from these collections. Using 'The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (ed. Hutchinson, 1914)' as an example:—{{pbr}} In the main page [[The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (ed. Hutchinson, 1914)]], the year field is filled in '1914' and the title is displayed as 'The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley' (1914), as normal.{{pbr}} On the subpages for each individual poem, if there is no Wikidata link, the title of the overall work appears in the same way. The 'year' field is not used on these pages, so no date appears.{{pbr}} For subpages that do have a Wikidata link, the date of publication entered in Wikidata is displayed in the title. In most cases, this date is that of first publication (in the case of Shelley's collected works, given in a note at the head of each poem). Unfortunately, this date appears immediately after the title of the overall work (e.g. for '[[The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (ed. Hutchinson, 1914)/Lines to a Critic|Lines to a Critic]]', the main title appears as 'The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (1823)'. This gives the impression that the 'collected works' was published in 1823, which is not the case.{{pbr}} I question the need for this date linkage to Wikidata, but if it is judged to be necessary then what is displayed should have some associated text to make it clear what the date is, and it should be placed either after the 'section' field (or better, in the 'notes' field), not the 'title' field. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 10:56, 26 March 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|Chrisguise}} For "Lines to a Critic" that's because the Wikidata item was handled wrong. It is being treated as if it's the work item, but it links to our ''version'' of the poem. This is a quite widespread issue on Wikisource and, in general, we need to correct all instances where this has happened. I do think we should prefer handling this in Wikidata over not doing that, but maybe we need to make it so that we only pull from it if it's marked as an instance of "version, edition, or translation". [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 11:09, 26 March 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|CalendulaAsteraceae}} What is your opinion? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 11:10, 26 March 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]]: I think that only pulling dates if the WD item is a version/edition/translation is the way to go. I can take a look at the code soon-ish. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 19:57, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :::Would doing so affect Versions headers? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 22:06, 26 March 2024 (UTC) ::::Versions headers shouldn't link to version/edition/translation items, so it shouldn't be an issue (once I fix the dozen or so pages that are incorrectly linked) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 20:15, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::::: That's why I ask. If dates are only pulled from versions pages, does that mean the date of first publication (on the data item for the work) will vanish from version pages? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 15:36, 29 March 2024 (UTC) ::::::Depends how the code is written; it shouldn't. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 16:03, 29 March 2024 (UTC) == Simplify Scriptorium page structure == {{smaller|[I thought we'd discussed this before, but I'm failing to find it in the archives just now. I think I recall that people were generally positive, but that we didn't have a good plan for alternative solutions for Announcements and Proposals. So reopening the issue to see if we can at least make a little progress.]}} I'd really like to simplify the page structure of this page to avoid having subsections. It makes a lot of things much more complex, and don't work all that well on mobile (or in the Vector 2022 skin, but that's… a different issue). It is also confusing for newbies, and the important stuff (announcements, proposals) tends to get lost. So… What would we have to do as an alternative for the current sections? * '''Announcements''' * '''Proposals''' * '''Bot approval requests''' * '''Repairs (and moves)''' * '''Other discussions''' '''Other discussions''' would, obviously, just become the one section present on this page (with no actual separate heading, of course). '''Bot approval requests''' could probably either move to [[WS:BR]], with instructions to also post a notice here; or it could be just a normal thread here on the Scriptorium. We average far less than one bot approval request per year, and while looking through the archives for something else I saw several that just languished with no comment. Depending somewhat on the outcome for other sections, I think just making bot approval requests normal threads here is the most practical and pragmatic way to handle them. '''Repairs (and moves)''' doesn't really seem to warrant a separate section on the Scriptorium, and in any case tend to be overlooked in their own section up above. I think most such requests should go to [[WS:S/H]], requests specifically about scans should go to [[WS:LAB]], and anything needing +sysop should go to [[WS:AN]]. So we could replace the whole section with instructions about where to go instead up in the header. '''Announcements''' are, I don't think, very useful as a separate section here because they tend to get lost. I think probably we could make announcements just normal threads here, maybe with "Announcement: " tacked on as a prefix to the thread title. We could have instructions to add {{tl|do not archive until}} so that announcements where that's relevant stay on the page more than 30 days. There may be other things we could do to enhance their visibility while keeping them as a normal thread. '''Proposals''' too are, I think, better handled as normal threads here, combined with use for separate pages for things that are RFC-y (and with a notice here). We should also use watchlist notices (cf. the recent one about Vector 2022 users needing to update their scripts) for important ones (especially policy proposals), and possibly also create a template where current proposals are listed (the template could be permanent at the top of this page and [[WS:S/H]], and we could encourage users to transclude it on their own user page to keep up with proposals). I think that would actually ''improve'' visibility of proposals. I'm sure I've forgotten about something, and I'm sure people will have different views on what the best way to handle stuff is; but that's a snapshot of my current thinking. PS. This thread isn't in itself a proposal, as such, but the discussion that precedes a potential future proposal. If there is significant support, or general apathy in the absence of active opposition, I'll make a concrete proposal up in [[#Proposals]] that would, then, presumably, be the last such under the status quo. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 10:44, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :This sounds like a good idea to me! —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 15:15, 1 April 2024 (UTC) :Just a note that this is the kind of change that needs positive agreement. If there isn't significant participation, and absence of strong opposition, no change can be made. I was hoping to get a sense of where the community stood in this thread, before proceeding to a specific proposal. If nobody thinks this is an issue or doesn't think it's worth the time-investment, then making an actual proposal would just be wasting everyone's time. Some ''yay'', ''nay'', or ''meh'' would be helpful, is what I'm saying. :) [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:32, 5 April 2024 (UTC) :Just wondering, how did this end? Because we still have [[#Announcements]] up there, which has not been used for a while, but apparently also [[WS:Scriptorium/Announcements]], which is at least used for some newletters. — [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] ([[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] &amp; [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]) 10:56, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Alien333|Alien333]]: If it bugs (almost) nobody but me enough to comment here then there's obviously no support for making any change and the status quo prevails (and there's no point making a proposal under those circumstances). I'm guessing the reason nobody's commenting here is that they're mostly fine with how things are, and thus not motivated to think through the sketch of an alternative above. The current structure has worked well for a long time so changes to it has the presumption against it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 12:25, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Xover|Xover]] Perhaps this post became lost in the otherwise difficult to navigate Scriptorium? At any rate, I am not a great fan of the current layout, but equally wonder whether everything may become harder to find if things changed (for the most part, if I want to find the scan lab, I google it, as who knows where the link on Wikisource resides). If the Scriptorium did change, a clear table of contents at the start of this page, linking to the bot request, scan lab etc. subpages, would be much appreciated. [[User:TeysaKarlov|TeysaKarlov]] ([[User talk:TeysaKarlov|talk]]) 21:33, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::I've thought for some time that the community pages here really need some sort of navbox. It'd certainly make it easier to get around. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:48, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::Yeah, that's partly what I have in mind. I'd like to split things into more separate pages, with one thing (main section) per page, and then have a navbox type thing on each page. I also think we can make a template that's displayed prominently in strategic places that lists all currently open proposals. Something like [[w:Template:Centralized discussion]]. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:53, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ::The irony for me is—indeed!—this discussion got lost and I didn’t see it until just now despite my best efforts to follow this page. As a new WS contributor, it’s been hard for me to get invested in this page despite it being on my watchlist (where multiple edits are easily lost track of because of the default way it collapses multiple edits into just one, which I don’t fully understand). ::I’m not smart or experienced enough to propose specific restructuring solution(s), but wanted to say I support any effort by admins and other experienced folks to improve our community interaction. Compared to other “risky” proposals that would affect content in the main namespace, it seems ''relatively'' lower risk to talk about improving this discussion namespace. Just a lot of inertia and potential [[w:loss aversion|loss aversion]] at play probably, which is understandable as a human cognitive bias. [[User:Brad606|Brad606]] ([[User talk:Brad606|talk]]) 14:59, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Brad606|Brad606]]: Yeah, the default watchlist is a bit confusing in this sense. I recommend going to ''both'' the [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-watchlist|Watchlist section of your Preferences]] to turn '''on''' "Expand watchlist to show all changes, not just the most recent", and to go to the [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-rc|Recent Changes section]] to turn '''off''' "Group changes by page in recent changes and watchlist". Why in two different tabs of the Preferences? I have no idea. ¯\_(ツ)_/¯ [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 18:30, 13 April 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|Xover}} Yes, indeed, part of the reason this discussion has been unseen is because of the mountain of obscured discussions already in the Scriptorium from other cases. : Specifically for proposals, I think this deserves its own separate page. Note that Wiktionary has [[wikt:Wiktionary:Votes]], a process which works ''quite well''. Official votes (on policy, etc.), aka proposals, are done in a very structured format: :* Draft it out, based on and reference previous discussion. :* Set a time when the vote begins. Have it sit there as it would be when it starts more or less, but don't allow people to actually vote until the date and time of it starting. This serves a useful purpose: People can comment on the vote's talk page, etc., if the proposal has lack of clarity or has other inherent issues. :* Most importantly to me, '''set a clear time when the vote ends'''. Most of our discussions here (being one of the problems with both the Scriptorium and our desert known as RFC) do not have clear end dates, or clear definitions or enactments of resolution. So they just sit around more or less as thought experiments, going back to the huge "community practice vs. policy" dichotomy we have as well. : So, I think our proposals should function somewhat like this. They should at least be structured so that action is ensured to be taken if consensus allows. Wiktionary also transcludes a list of all current votes on everyone's watchlist, as well as in many other places, so that the wider community is aware... Some ideas for a page title: [[Wikisource:Votes]], [[Wikisource:Proposals]], or (and I like it a lot less) [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Proposals]]. : I'm interested to know what your thoughts on this proposal structure are. I'd move to get the other sections mentioned to subpages as well (and repairs could maybe be merged with [[WS:Scan lab]]), though I have less to comment about them. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 00:13, 14 April 2024 (UTC) == Should we mark the RfC process historical? == There was [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/2024-01#RfC_close|an earlier discussion]] that suggested this, but that has since been archived. There are several huge "open" RfCs, but none of them have had much recent participation or any participation at all – [[Wikisource:Requests for comment/Universal Code of Conduct enforcement draft guidelines|one has had no edits since it was proposed in 2021]], and overall the process seems abandoned, with the Scriptorium being used for most discussions. I think the {{tl|historical}} template should be added to the main RfC page and any open RfCs should be closed (as "no consensus" in at least one case, due to 0 participation). Clearly, the process is not attracting the input it needs ([[Wikisource:Requests for comment]] has achieved a grand total of 243 pageviews so far this month, compared to this page's 6,036 [https://pageviews.wmcloud.org/?project=en.wikisource.org&platform=all-access&agent=user&redirects=0&range=this-month&pages=Wikisource:Scriptorium|Wikisource:Requests_for_comment]). [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 15:09, 29 March 2024 (UTC) :I think it needs updating and revitalization, but there's no need to abandon it entirely. One thing that makes it so moribund is that we mostly get by just fine on established practice, and our policy framework covers most obvious areas. So while not ideal, neither is it particularly urgent to fix it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 16:59, 29 March 2024 (UTC) == Best practices for title pages and other front matter == I was preparing the title page for The Diothas ([[Page:The Diothas, or, A far look ahead (IA diothasorfarlook01macn).pdf/5|here]]) when it occurred to me that I couldn't find much guidance about front matter (the page [[Help:Front matter]] says nothing about style). I did notice that most proofread title pages decrease the vertical space compared to the page, but is there a guideline for this? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 10:13, 30 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]]: No, no good guidance. Title pages (and similar parts of the front matter) are a bit special. The rule of thumb is to reproduce the original layout as closely as possible without going insane with hyper-detailed formatting, and without causing it to overflow a single page when exported to ePub. How detailed a reproduction is useful will also vary from text to text: if the title page has clearly received a lot of love from the publisher then putting more effort into reproducing it is good, but if it is very simple then a reasonable representation is good enough. It's fairly subjective and up to each contributor's judgement.{{pbr}}Personally I always put quite a bit of effort into the title pages etc. of my projects, because I think it's important (not least in order to look good in ePub form), but nobody is likely to rag on you for a reasonable level of laziness here. We can never perfectly reproduce them anyway, so just exactly where the line is drawn will of necessity be a subjective call. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 12:08, 30 March 2024 (UTC) ::Follow-up question: what's the best way to check how the title page looks when exported to ePub? Is there a way apart from just exporting it? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:23, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]]: No, sorry. I've often thought we should have a Gadget to preview this to catch obvious problems with pagination, page width, etc. but as of now the best option is to just export it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 15:40, 3 April 2024 (UTC) == Table of Contents: Index:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu == Table of Contents: Index:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu I'm validating this. There's a typo I don't know how to correct. Please see IX on the table of contents. At the bottom, it says the page numbers are 143-146. But I think it should say 143-166, since the next section starts at 167. Also Section 1, Section VI, , Section X, and Section XV are the only ones that say "Pages" in front of the numbers. Please advise when I can continue validating the pages. Thank you. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 15:54, 31 March 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|Maile66}} The actual table of contents starts [[Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/17|here]]. The index page's table of contents is just a transclusion of the normal table of contents pages in the Page namespace. To find them, just Edit the page to see the index's source code, and you'll find in this case: <syntaxhighlight lang="mw"> {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/17}} {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/18}} {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/19}} {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/20}} </syntaxhighlight> : And just copy and paste. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 16:03, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::Thank you, but since I am doing the validating on this, someone else needs to make these corrections because it tells me the changes need to be proofread. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 18:42, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::: {{ping|Maile66}} 1.) You don't ''have'' to wait for other people to proofread the pages; if you want you can just go ahead and proofread them, since the validation is something that anyone can do. 2.) Which pages haven't been proofread? The table of contents pages are all validated, and all the pages except advertisements at [[Index:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu]] are at least proofread. Are you certain we're talking about the same transcription project? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 23:32, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::::Right now I'm validating pages 2-166 ... and I'm happy occupying myself with that. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 23:41, 31 March 2024 (UTC) :::::{{ping|SnowyCinema}} Ahhhh .... thank you for your instruction and guidance. I fixed the page number. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 20:39, 1 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::{{ping|SnowyCinema}} Well, oops! Looks like I have a lot to learn. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 20:52, 1 April 2024 (UTC) == Tech News: 2024-14 == <section begin="technews-2024-W14"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/14|Translations]] are available. '''Recent changes''' * Users of the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Reading/Web/Accessibility_for_reading|reading accessibility]] beta feature will notice that the default line height for the standard and large text options has changed. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T359030] '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/wmf.25|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-02|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-03|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-04|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] '''Future changes''' * The Wikimedia Foundation has an annual plan. The annual plan decides what the Wikimedia Foundation will work on. You can now read [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Annual Plan/2024-2025/Product & Technology OKRs#Draft Key Results|the draft key results]] for the Product and Technology department. They are suggestions for what results the Foundation wants from big technical changes from July 2024 to June 2025. You can [[m:Talk:Wikimedia Foundation Annual Plan/2024-2025/Product & Technology OKRs|comment on the talk page]]. '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/14|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W14"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 03:36, 2 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:UOzurumba (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26462933 --> == Global ban for Slowking4 == It looks like we are in danger of losing one of our most prolific editors: [[:meta:Requests for comment/Global ban for Slowking4 (2)]]. If you have any opinion on this, speak now or forever hold your peace. (I realize this is mentioned further up the page, but wanted to bump the issue in case folks didn't notice it.) [[User:Nosferattus|Nosferattus]] ([[User talk:Nosferattus|talk]]) 22:42, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :This was posted above under the heading [[#Global ban proposal for Slowking4|#Global ban proposal for Slowking4]]. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:23, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :: But we needed to make doubly sure the WS community was aware this was going on, since that "discussion" (more of a notification really) was buried. Thanks Nosferattus! [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 00:27, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :::you're very kind, however, it is unclear to me, that any amount of reason matters. only go there if you have a strong stomach. the drama caucus (one of your admins among them) will continue to put the stewards to the test, until they get the result they want. lest you think that the neglect of the WMF is bad, just consider the active hostility of a solipsistic clique of functionaries. i got my compliment from "notorious RSG", so the name calling is amusing. Wikimania was becoming tiresome, one of you should go, and help out Vigneron, and there is the wikisource conference to plan for. "all who wander are not lost". --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 02:31, 5 April 2024 (UTC) == All small caps == Is the {{tl|all small caps}} template supposed to work in non-Latin scripts like Greek? They are ''sometimes'' working here: : {{asc|{{polytonic|Οιδιπουσ}}}} The Greek line ''previewed'' correctly, showed correctly when I posted the comment initially, but then did not work when I emended my comment. Because the behavior is variable, sometimes working and sometimes not, I can't tell whether this is the asc-template, the polytonic-template, an interaction between the two, or something else entirely. They do not seem to be working in those scripts in the Page namespace. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 18:12, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :I winder if this is related to the issue I posted at [[WS:S/H#font-feature-setting:'hist']], and some OpenType features are not working? —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 18:51, 3 April 2024 (UTC) ::Just for testing: ::* Default font: {{asc|Οιδιπουσ}} ::* Junicode: {{ULS|font1=Junicode|{{asc|Οιδιπουσ}}}} ::* GentiumPlus: {{ULS|font1=GentiumPlus|{{asc|Οιδιπουσ}}}} ::For me the first two work, and the last one does not; which suggests that it's just the GentiumPlus font that {{tl|polytonic}} uses that might be the problem —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 18:53, 3 April 2024 (UTC) == Document in Jamaican patois == Is [[Yuunivorshal Deklarieshan a Yuuman Raits]] within the scope of English wikisource ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 04:27, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :Hmm. I'd say it's a clear ''no''. Jamaican creole is not generally mutually intelligible with Standard English (although as a primarily spoken language, and as a creole, the degree is pretty fluid from person to person and situation to situation). This is just one such case for which we have mulWS. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 07:10, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : {{vk}} at enWS as a closely-related language to English. We should keep JC works if we're going to host works in Old English, which is at least as unintelligible, if not more so, than the Jamaican Creole provided. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 14:27, 7 April 2024 (UTC) ::It's not primarily a question of mutual intelligibility (although that is certainly also a factor). Old English is a direct precursor of English, and there is a direct lineal relationship linguistically speaking. Jamaican creole is a hodgepodge of languages, where there happens to be a large dash of English in the mix, but it is inherently a mix of languages that do not fit neatly into one specific language family. mulWS is for precisely such cases where you cannot slot a text neatly into one language. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 15:48, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::{{color|gray|> where there happens to be a large dash of English in the mix}} :::The major {{wikt|lexifier}} of Jamaican Creole is English[https://apics-online.info/surveys/8]. :::{{color|gray|> but it is inherently a mix of languages that do not fit neatly into one specific language family}} :::Its language family is {{w|English-based creole|English-based creole}}. Here is its classification on [https://glottolog.org/resource/languoid/id/jama1262 Glottolog]. :::I just wanted to point that out. I didn't know that mulWS existed when I uploaded it, so if that's a better place, then great, I can put it there or an admin can move it. Or if here is fine, that's great too. I'll wait for you all to decide, since I'm brand new to this project and don't know how things work here.--[[User:Vuccala|Vuccala]] ([[User talk:Vuccala|talk]]) 23:54, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : {{vd}} This is in Jamaican Creole (a stable language resulting from a mix of languages), not a patois (nonstandard speech within a language). [[Author:Claude McKay|Clause McKay]] published poetry in the Jamaican patois, but the document under consideration is in Jamaican Creole. Further, this document is a ''translation'' of a document that was originally written in English. Since the document is a translation, and is not in English (or Scots), it falls outside our coverage and should be housed at the Multilingual Wikisource. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 15:06, 7 April 2024 (UTC) '''Question''' (from me, the uploader): is there a more suitable Wikimedia project I could have uploaded this to? There is no Jamaican Creole Wikisource, and we're using this document over at Wiktionary for demonstrating attestations of Jamaican Creole vocabulary using this template: {{wikt|Template:RQ:Yuunivorshal_Deklarieshan_a_Yuuman_Raits}}. --[[User:Vuccala|Vuccala]] ([[User talk:Vuccala|talk]]) 23:29, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : See the above discussion. There is a multilingual Wikisource that houses all languages that do not have a dedicated Wikisource project for the language. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 01:00, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::Is there a way to move something from here to there ? Or does it need to be input separately there ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 01:20, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :::I am an admin and can import. —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 07:10, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :::{{Ping|Beardo}}: [[:s:mul:Yuunivorshal_Deklarieshan_a_Yuuman_Raits]]. —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 07:11, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :{{Ping|Vuccala}} [[:s:mul:Yuunivorshal_Deklarieshan_a_Yuuman_Raits]]. —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 07:35, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::{{Ping|Koavf}} Thank you! I've updated the link in the Wiktionary template to point there instead. You guys can now delete it from English Wikisource. --[[User:Vuccala|Vuccala]] ([[User talk:Vuccala|talk]]) 10:59, 8 April 2024 (UTC) == Transcription speculation == Just a fun little exercise—I was wondering what projects you guys would be working on if more modern works were in the public domain today. So, I started this editable user subpage, [[User:SnowyCinema/Speculative transcriptions]]; the idea is to list your favorite copyrighted works that you might be working on if they were not under copyright. Anything is on the table—video games, TV shows, or books like is our general focus now, etc. I'm curious to see what your answers are. Feel free to add items to the list if you can think of anything. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:35, 7 April 2024 (UTC) == Random line break == Hello. I have recently started a project of [[index:Tarka_the_Otter.djvu|Tarka the Otter]] and some pages seem to have a random line break towards the end for no apparent reason (like [[Page:Tarka_the_Otter.djvu/14|page 14]]). Did I do anything wrong? I can't figure out what is wrong. [[User:HendrikWBK|HendrikWBK]] ([[User talk:HendrikWBK|talk]]) 01:42, 8 April 2024 (UTC) : You did not join the separate lines to make a continuous paragraph, and that line break is a consequence. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 01:58, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::It seems that only the last line is affected. In the rest of the page, if I leave two new line spaces, a new paragraph is formed, while one leaves the subsequent line in the same paragraph. I don't understand what you mean, I believe I did kept lines from the same paragraph immediately next to each other. [[User:HendrikWBK|HendrikWBK]] ([[User talk:HendrikWBK|talk]]) 02:06, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :::️@[[User:HendrikWBK|HendrikWBK]] The software parses the text in unpredictable ways if you don't remove the newline character at the end of every line, and the consequence is that random line breaks appear for no apparent reason. [[User:Ignacio Rodríguez|Ignacio Rodríguez]] ([[User talk:Ignacio Rodríguez|talk]]) 06:21, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::::See [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Help#Proofreading_Paragraph_Problem]] [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 06:59, 8 April 2024 (UTC) == Tech News: 2024-15 == <section begin="technews-2024-W15"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/15|Translations]] are available. '''Recent changes''' * Web browsers can use tools called [[:w:en:Browser extension|extensions]]. There is now a Chrome extension called [[m:Future Audiences/Experiment:Citation Needed|Citation Needed]] which you can use to see if an online statement is supported by a Wikipedia article. This is a small experiment to see if Wikipedia can be used this way. Because it is a small experiment, it can only be used in Chrome in English. * [[File:Octicons-gift.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Wishlist item]] A new [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Edit Recovery|Edit Recovery]] feature has been added to all wikis, available as a [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-editing|user preference]]. Once you enable it, your in-progress edits will be stored in your web browser, and if you accidentally close an editing window or your browser or computer crashes, you will be prompted to recover the unpublished text. Please leave any feedback on the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Talk:Community Wishlist Survey 2023/Edit-recovery feature|project talk page]]. This was the #8 wish in the 2023 Community Wishlist Survey. * Initial results of [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Edit check|Edit check]] experiments [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Edit_check#4_April_2024|have been published]]. Edit Check is now deployed as a default feature at [[phab:T342930#9538364|the wikis that tested it]]. [[mw:Talk:Edit check|Let us know]] if you want your wiki to be part of the next deployment of Edit check. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T342930][https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361727] * Readers using the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Skin:Minerva Neue|Minerva skin]] on mobile will notice there has been an improvement in the line height across all typography settings. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T359029] '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/wmf.26|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-09|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-10|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-11|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] * New accounts and logged-out users will get the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor|visual editor]] as their default editor on mobile. This deployment is made at all wikis except for the English Wikipedia. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361134] '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/15|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W15"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 23:37, 8 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:UOzurumba (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26564838 --> == Avoid concurrent confirmation for our `crats == Courtesy ping: [[User:BD2412|BD2412]], @[[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]]. It just occurred to me that we currently have [[Special:PermanentLink/14036101#Confirmation_discussions|Confirmation discussions]] for ''both'' of our `crats going on concurrently (because we elected both of them at the same time). Now, granted, neither one of them is likely to be involved in any controversy, but it is in principle unfortunate to have them both be up for confirmation at the same time. I therefore propose that we artificially postpone the next confirmation for one of them by 6 months so that their future confirmations will be at different times of the year, and so they can more easily switch out who handles closing confirmations without getting into situations where they can be accused of being influenced by an ongoing confirmation for themselves. It's not something that's ''likely'' to happen, but since it's easy to avoid entirely… It doesn't matter which one of them we move in the cycle, but just so there's a concrete proposal I suggest we delay BD2412's next confirmation by an additional 6 months (for the very well-thought-out reason that they happen to be listed first on WS:A currently :)). [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:55, 9 April 2024 (UTC) : No objection to the plan, but we could also just add a few more 'crats. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 15:55, 9 April 2024 (UTC) ::Actually for the period of time when Hesperian was also a 'crat, all three of us were being confirmed in the same month. I should also point out that any established wikisourceror can close a confirmation discussion and I used to close Hesperian's so that he didn't have to do his own one. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 05:28, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :::Not [[WS:AP|restricted access]] discussions; those have to be closed by the `crats. But, yeah, as mentioned, this isn't exactly a big issue. I just noticed it now and figured there was an easy way to avoid the problem altogether, so why not. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:12, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :::: There is also [[Wikisource_talk:Administrators#'crat COI question|this discussion]], where it was suggested that if the outcome was "bleeding obvious", then it would not be a problem for a 'crat to close a discussion in which they were a participant. I suppose this might be considered to apply to a 'crat closing their own clearly uncontested reconfirmation, though this feels a bit wrong. For this month, I have no problem with the two 'crats involved each closing the discussion for the other, though this also potentially could create an appearance of a tit-for-tat. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 15:31, 11 April 2024 (UTC) == [[:Index:United States Statutes at Large Volume 44 Part 2.djvu]] == Raw OCR dump. Should be removed (along with other Raw dumps) unless someone is prepared to provide alternate scans that are ACTUALLY READABLE as opposed to bordeline illegible on numerous pages. I've been trying to remove lints by attempting to proofread pages that where showing up in a list of mismatched Italics. Raw OCR Dumps diminish my enthusiasm for continuing, and there should be concerted effort to clean out the gibberish generated from them. [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 09:25, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :the scan is fine, with the improved OCR. awaiting for the volunteers to proofread. if you remove it, then the volunteers cannot do the work. (i would be more motivated if there were a consensus to ditch the side notes, which are more trouble than they are are worth). --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 13:16, 14 April 2024 (UTC) == [[Primary sources concerning Wyatt Earp]] == This page contains a number of short newspaper articles all on a related topic. It's been proposed to separate the page, which seems like clearly the right thing to do if the page is going to stay on Wikisource, if somebody is going to take the trouble to find scans, etc.; but this is a labor-intensive task that seems unlikely to happen in the near future. In the meantime, even though it contains actual source material, I would suggest that moving this page to the Portal: space might be the best way to tidy things up. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 17:35, 12 April 2024 (UTC) == Tech News: 2024-16 == <section begin="technews-2024-W16"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/16|Translations]] are available. '''Problems''' * Between 2 April and 8 April, on wikis using [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:FlaggedRevs|Flagged Revisions]], the "{{Int:tag-mw-reverted}}" tag was not applied to undone edits. In addition, page moves, protections and imports were not autoreviewed. This problem is now fixed. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361918][https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361940] '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/wmf.1|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-16|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-17|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-18|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] * [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Magic words#DEFAULTSORT|Default category sort keys]] will now affect categories added by templates placed in [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Cite|footnotes]]. Previously footnotes used the page title as the default sort key even if a different default sort key was specified (category-specific sort keys already worked). [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T40435] * A new variable <bdi lang="zxx" dir="ltr"><code>page_last_edit_age</code></bdi> will be added to [[Special:AbuseFilter|abuse filters]]. It tells how many seconds ago the last edit to a page was made. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T269769] '''Future changes''' * Volunteer developers are kindly asked to update the code of their tools and features to handle [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/Temporary Accounts|temporary accounts]]. [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/Temporary Accounts/For developers/2024-04 CTA|Learn more]]. * [[File:Octicons-tools.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Advanced item]] Four database fields will be removed from database replicas (including [[quarry:|Quarry]]). This affects only the <bdi lang="zxx" dir="ltr"><code>abuse_filter</code></bdi> and <bdi lang="zxx" dir="ltr"><code>abuse_filter_history</code></bdi> tables. Some queries might need to be updated. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361996] '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/16|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W16"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 23:29, 15 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:UOzurumba (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26564838 --> == Converting to copyright-until == I had a bunch of work links added by a new editor, and had to turn them into copyright-until. So I tossed a short script in sed that did 90% of the work, and decided to post it here, as much in hopes that someone would do a more universal and correct job, then in hopes that it would be useful. : <nowiki>cat file | sed 's/\[\[/{{copyright-until|/' | sed 's/\]\] (\([0-9]*\))/|\1 + 96|\1}}/'</nowiki> --[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 22:25, 16 April 2024 (UTC) :I don't know about universal and correct, but if the input is entirely regular like <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline>[[Wikipage|Display]] (1892)</syntaxhighlight> I'd probably do something like: :<syntaxhighlight lang="perl">perl -p -e 's/\[\[(.*?)\|([^]]+)]]\s*\((\d+)\)/"{{copyright-until|$1|$3|display=$2|until=" . ($3 + 96) . "}}"/e' file</syntaxhighlight> :Which, admittedly, looks like line noise, but then most regex does. It does avoid a [[w:Useless use of cat|useless use of cat]] though. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 07:28, 17 April 2024 (UTC) == Scanned microfilm sources == Some time ago a large number of periodicals were posted on the Internet Archive in microfilm form (as seen [https://archive.org/details/sim_microfilm here]). Are there any concerns about using these as scan sources? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 02:29, 19 April 2024 (UTC) :copyright will be tricky. i would use https://onlinebooks.library.upenn.edu/cce/serialprocess.html for guidance about US formalities. you might want to include the serial information in the upload metadata, since commons is simplistic. :mass upload will require expertise, since Fae is gone. :you might not want to drop a lot of periodicals without building a team to proofread them. --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 02:58, 19 April 2024 (UTC) == Invitation to join April Wikisource Community Meeting == Hello fellow Wikisource enthusiasts! We are the hosting this month’s Wikisource Community meeting on '''27 April 2024, 7 AM UTC''' ([https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/1714201200 check your local time]). Similar to previous meetings, the agenda will be split into two segments. The first half will cover non-technical updates, such as events, conferences, proofread-a-thons, and collaborations. In the second half, we'll dive into technical updates and discussions, addressing key challenges faced by Wikisource communities. Simply follow the link below to secure your spot and engage with fellow Wikisource enthusiasts: [[:m:Event:Wikisource Community Meeting April 2024|Event Registration Page]] If you have any suggestions or would just prefer being added to the meeting the old way, simply drop a message on '''klawal-ctr@wikimedia.org'''. Thank you for your continued dedication to Wikisource. We look forward to your active participation in our upcoming meeting. Regards [[:m:User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]], [[:m:User:SWilson (WMF)|Sam Wilson (WMF)]], and [[:m:User:SGill (WMF)|Satdeep Gill (WMF)]] <small> Sent using [[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[User talk:MediaWiki message delivery|talk]]) 12:21, 22 April 2024 (UTC)</small> <!-- Message sent by User:KLawal-WMF@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:SGill_(WMF)/lists/WS_VPs&oldid=25768507 --> == Tech News: 2024-17 == <section begin="technews-2024-W17"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/17|Translations]] are available. '''Recent changes''' * Starting this week, newcomers editing Wikipedia [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Growth/Positive reinforcement#Leveling up 3|will be encouraged]] to try structured tasks. [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Growth/Feature summary#Newcomer tasks|Structured tasks]] have been shown to [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Growth/Personalized first day/Structured tasks/Add a link/Experiment analysis, December 2021|improve newcomer activation and retention]]. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T348086] * You can [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Coolest Tool Award|nominate your favorite tools]] for the fifth edition of the Coolest Tool Award. Nominations will be open until May 10. '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/wmf.2|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-23|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-24|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-25|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] '''Future changes''' * This is the last warning that by the end of May 2024 the Vector 2022 skin will no longer share site and user scripts/styles with old Vector. For user-scripts that you want to keep using on Vector 2022, copy the contents of [[{{#special:MyPage}}/vector.js]] to [[{{#special:MyPage}}/vector-2022.js]]. There are [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Reading/Web/Desktop Improvements/Features/Loading Vector 2010 scripts|more technical details]] available. Interface administrators who foresee this leading to lots of technical support questions may wish to send a mass message to your community, as was done on French Wikipedia. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T362701] '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/17|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W17"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 20:28, 22 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Quiddity (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26647188 --> == Vote now to select members of the first U4C == <section begin="announcement-content" /> :''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Election/2024/Announcement – vote opens|You can find this message translated into additional languages on Meta-wiki.]] [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Election/2024/Announcement – vote opens}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]'' Dear all, I am writing to you to let you know the voting period for the Universal Code of Conduct Coordinating Committee (U4C) is open now through May 9, 2024. Read the information on the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Election/2024|voting page on Meta-wiki]] to learn more about voting and voter eligibility. The Universal Code of Conduct Coordinating Committee (U4C) is a global group dedicated to providing an equitable and consistent implementation of the UCoC. Community members were invited to submit their applications for the U4C. For more information and the responsibilities of the U4C, please [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Charter|review the U4C Charter]]. Please share this message with members of your community so they can participate as well. On behalf of the UCoC project team,<section end="announcement-content" /> [[m:User:RamzyM (WMF)|RamzyM (WMF)]] 20:20, 25 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:RamzyM (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=26390244 --> == Aux TOC arcana == Can someone explain to me why the AuxTOC portion of [[:Page:Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu/7]] (the listed Acts) are not displaying in green the way that other AuxTOC items do? I have tried copying the syntax from another ToC where this works, but it is not working here. With no documentation anywhere that I can find, I am at a loss to understand why the syntax works in one place but not in another. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:09, 25 April 2024 (UTC) == Wikisource and other public domain digitization projects == Newbie question here. How do our efforts on Wikisource compare to other PD digitization projects like Project Gutenberg? I gather that we used to copy from there but that's now discouraged. Are the efforts of one project redundant to the other? Besides being able to verify page scans, does one have an advantage over the other? Is there any pooling of resources to avoid redundancy? Apologies if this has been discussed ''ad nauseam'', but searching the Scriptorium archives didn't help much. [[User:Thebiguglyalien|Thebiguglyalien]] ([[User talk:Thebiguglyalien|talk]]) 00:38, 26 April 2024 (UTC) : A couple of big differences are (1) PG tends to have just one copy of each work, but WS will house multiple editions or translations, where there is reason (see for example ''[[The Time Machine]]'' and [[Electra (Sophocles)]]), and (2) PG will modernize and editorialize texts, which is one reason we no longer accept their texts; WS tries to preserve the originally published spellings and format to the best degree possible. Of course, our texts are also interconnected to Wikidata, Wikipedia, and other projects. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 00:55, 26 April 2024 (UTC) 5tvj3pplsvp996p8t4b0ed5j80gyl9q 14130459 14130392 2024-04-26T02:13:42Z MarkLSteadman 559943 /* Wikisource and other public domain digitization projects */ Reply wikitext text/x-wiki {{process header | title = Scriptorium | section = | previous = [[Wikisource:Index/Community|Community pages]] | next = [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives|Archives]] | shortcut = [[WS:S]]<br/>[[WS:SCRIPTORIUM]] | notes = The '''[[wikt:scriptorium|Scriptorium]]''' is Wikisource's community discussion page. Feel free to ask questions or leave comments. You may join any current discussion or <span class="plainlinks">[{{fullurl:Wikisource:Scriptorium|action=edit&section=new start}} a new one]</span>; please see '''[[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Help]]'''. The [[Wikisource:Administrators' noticeboard|Administrators' noticeboard]] can be used where appropriate. Some announcements and newsletters are subscribed to [[/Announcements/]]. Project members can often be found in the [[liberachat:wikisource|#wikisource]] IRC channel [https://kiwiirc.com/nextclient/irc.libera.chat?channel=#wikisource webclient]. For discussion related to the entire project (not just the English chapter), please discuss at the [[:mul:Scriptorium|multilingual Wikisource]]. There are currently {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} [[Special:ActiveUsers|active users]] here. {{/Navigation}} }} {{autoarchive resolved section | age = 3 | archive = ((FULLPAGENAME))/Archives/((year))-((month:##)) | level = 2 | show = no | timecompare = <!--allowing for archiving without resolved--> | timeout = 30 }} [[Category:Bots/Archival|Scriptorium ]] [[Category:Wikisource|Scriptorium]] __NEWSECTIONLINK__ <!-- Interwiki links --> [[mul:Scriptorium]] <!-- Interwiki links --> = Announcements = = Proposals = === Proposal to change {{tl|SIC}} display === This is a proposal to change what text the {{tl|SIC}} template displays, i.e. making it show the corrected text rather than the original typo. An example of what the repurposed template could look like can be seen > [[Template:SIC/testcases|here]] <, the final presentation, of course, not being definitive (current one thanks to {{ping|CalendulaAsteraceae}} ). The most important change would be to put the typo in the tooltip and the corrected term on display, and the arguments for this change are the following: * SIC doesn't export well at all and the ebook result isn't any different from an overlooked typo, the exception being pdf showing the typo being underlined. The audience most happy with the current use of the template (indeed the only persons who can actually see the tooltip) seems to be editors who browse Wikisource solely on computer and who enjoy reading the typos from the original text. This is a fraction of the intended audience of Wikisource, and in my opinion the mindset is detrimental to increasing the website's reach: with the current use of SIC a reader wanting an ebook with no typos (which is most ebook readers) has no reason to use Wikisource over other book repositories like Gutenberg. * The proposed new usage of SIC would still clearly display that a typo has been fixed, and will display the typo as a tooltip, as completely correcting the text isn't the goal here. This is done to respect the original edition of the text, as it still shows how shoddy some books were published, and will be useful to book lovers who want to see how the text has been fixed between different editions. This information, however, will appeal only to a minority audience of Wikisource: this is why it's the typo that should be in the tooltip, not the displayed text. * The current use of SIC is awkward with missing typography, as a missing comma or quote mark mentioned by SIC will only show a tiny wave barely bigger than a dot, and is completely useless when the tooltip can't be accessed as it can't show what the deleted sign was. Truly the common practice among editors is to not use SIC at all for missing typography. The proposed new SIC would just display a sign. * Fixing typos instead of showing typos improve text readability. It had to be said. I'll address some counter arguments which have been raised in previous debates on the subject: * "'''This is changing the text, Wikisource contributors shouldn't make editorial decisions, and the text has to be preserved as close as can be to the original'''" Preserving the text exactly as it was published actually isn't Wikisource's goal, it's Wikimedia Commons' goal, whose scans keep every single flaw of the text just like the real book. Wikisource editors change and make editorial decisions on every single text, whether it is omitting the 3em gap between period and new sentence start, ligatures like st, changing the dreaded ſ into s, displaying the pages in the right order despite faulty original arrangement, or not reproducing the occasional ink blots. Wikisource's goal is to preserve a text ''and'' to make it easily readable. The current use of SIC respects the first goal, but not the second one. The proposed new use of SIC would respect both goals. * "'''This will lead to entire texts being modernized to whatever the editor wants, and will make archaic orthograph disappear from Wikisource'''" As the current SIC template isn't used in that way, I think this would be an unreasonable development. Other Wikisource versions (Spanish and French versions for instance) already display the correction rather than the typo, some for years, and this hasn't led to any loss of accuracy in older texts, as indeed it's meant to be used only for obvious, occasional typos that the original printer would have corrected if aware of them. I'll add that in case of a lack of consensus, a solution satisfying both those for the change and those against the change would be to implement some kind of switch which would allow to show globally either the corrected text or the original typos, as is done for some other templates. In that case I'd suggest to make it by default print ebooks with corrected text, as, and I want to stress this again, the current use of SIC for ebooks is worse than useless, it's detrimental to Wikisource. --[[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 20:06, 27 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} - Making SIC display the correct word by default to the reader seems like an obvious quality of life improvement. When an end user is reading the text, they want to read the word that's supposed to be there - they're not doing a scholarly analysis of variant spellings in different quartos, and if the text depended on an exact transcription of non-standard spellings then we wouldn't be using SIC anyway (e.g. I have a dream of putting Robert Record's The Whetstone of Witte from 1557 through the site - that definitely wouldn't be using SIC). [[User:Qq1122qq|Qq1122qq]] ([[User talk:Qq1122qq|talk]]) 21:01, 27 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} Thank you for writing this up! —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 21:17, 27 March 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}}, strongly: 1) I agree with the counter arguments mentioned above.{{pbr}}2) We often host different editions of the same work. One of the aspects by which they may differ from each other may be e. g. a presence/absence of some typos, and it is desirable to show them by default.{{pbr}}3) The fact there is a typo may give the reader some information too, e. g. that the author was not good in English spelling. I have already proofread some works written by non-native writers which were full of spelling mistakes, and we should not be improving this.{{pbr}}4) The fact that the person who proofreads a work considers something to be a typo does not necessarily mean it is really a typo: it can be e. g. an unusual spelling, obsolete spelling or purposeful change of spelling. I have seen such cases of wrong usage of the template here. If the template shows the original text by default, it makes less harm than if it were the other way, because it is clear that the wrong tooltip is our addition to the text.{{pbr}}5) Ad ''"fixing typos ... improves text readability"''. If the original text was difficult to read because of frequent typos, we should keep this aspect in our transcription too. It is not our mission to "improve" original texts. Keeping the typos gives the transcription a tinge of the original text. --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 23:50, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::A lot of your objections are about misuses of SIC, and are easily solved by not using SIC in works for which it's not suitable - if it's important that typos are recorded, then they should be. ::This is a discussion about what the default behaviour of SIC should be when someone is reading the produced text. [[User:Qq1122qq|Qq1122qq]] ([[User talk:Qq1122qq|talk]]) 07:34, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::I completely agree with points 2 and 3! Point 2 would in fact be followed by the proposed new SIC, as it in fact shows where the corrected typos are, and the typo on the tooltip. Showing the typo by default would however only be useful to Wikisource users whose chief interest is to compare different editions rather than read a book, which, given that it's very unusual here for a book to have even 2 complete different editions, is only a fraction of its actual audience. ::I hadn't considered point 3 when I wrote up the proposal, as I've had so far only seen SIC used in obvious printing errors. I don't think SIC, old or new, should be used in cases where the typo comes from the author rather than the printer, whether the author typo is intended or not. ::Point 4 wouldn't be affected by the SIC change, as a new SIC still would show where the corrected typo is. It would indeed ask more (minimal) effort to check what the typo originally was by placing your mouse over the tooltip instead of being able to read it right away, but the harm in that exceptional and fixable case is vastly outmatched by the harm of normal intended use of current SIC, which is to show untooltiped typos in ebooks. ::As for point 5, it is our mission to make older texts readable and accessible while preserving them; we're not preserving ink blots or misprinted punctuation either. New SIC still preserves typos and indicate them, it just doesn't make them the main focus, which is what old SIC is doing. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 08:36, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}} I loathe the template at the best of times, so tinkering with it is not going to improve it any—nor cause me to start using it. Some works here are unreadable because of the use of this template, with its underlining or (on my eReader) highlighting the text. Changing it to display the supposedly correct text is not going to take away the ugliness that is produced by tooltips. Its misuse for things like user translations of phrases from other languages will not be helped by displaying the alternate text. Deprecate it instead and remove all uses. The quiet template {{tl|sic}} is by far the preferable option where it is felt that an egregious typo should be marked. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 06:45, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}}. As you can see just above, some people find even the current {{tl|SIC}} to be way over the line into annotation territory. I am not personally that conservative (I think {{tl|SIC}}, when used as intended, is fine), but I think showing the corrected text is a step too far. There have been some really egregious misuses of it as is and I am not keen on expanding the scope of its use.{{pbr}}One of the main differences between Wikisource and Gutenberg is our verifiability to a scan and that we preserve the original text as published, including being careful to distinguish which particular ''edition'' of a work our text represents. To say that "everyone" wants to see typos corrected is extrapolating personal preference too far: some proportion of our ebook readers will certainly prefer that, but our content is reused in all sorts of ways and for all sorts of reasons.{{pbr}}But if {{tl|SIC}} doesn't currently export well that's an issue that can be addressed. I haven't run into that issue as yet, but from your description it sounds like the first thing we should do for the short term is to remove the underlining on export. WS Export doesn't have the facility to let the user express preference for things like this, so until it does it will be whatever is the default in {{tl|SIC}} that gets exported but we can apply export-specific styles to it. We can possibly implement a way to switch between the two when viewed in a browser, but that seems a bit over-engineered for the actual need. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 08:35, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::You'll find that both our personal preferences tint our views on what the intended Wikisource audience is! If I get you properly, your assumption is that it tends towards the archivist/scholar type, who'll come to Wikisource to find preserved documents that couldn't be found on other websites (except on wiki commons). My own assumption is that, while we do get researchers and scientists who'd rather read our completely-rewritten-as-close-as-possible-to-the-original texts than the actual original texts (which are on wiki commons), the main audience of Wikisource is the actual general audience, novel readers and the like. A poll on audience wishes would be interesting, but in its absence a cursory look at wikimedia statistics imply that the actual situation leans towards my point of view. ::Now none of us imply (yes, not even me) that "everyone" wants to see typos corrected or not corrected, as indeed if there was a consensus there would be no discussion. But what is the SIC use which would accommodate the most people? ::Old SIC accommodates Wikisource editors who want the text displayed to have the original printing typos (which isn't the same as wanting to have an accurate text, as no editor transcribes accurately every typography quirk of the original text), and the archivist/scholar who is glad that they can read the original typo right away instead of having to move their mouse over the text to check it (assuming researchers don't study texts by downloading ebooks of them and reading them on their phone, which would remove the tooltip). It inconveniences all those who want to read a text without printing typos, which I will assume is an important part (again, not "everyone") of the general audience. New SIC would inconvenience these two previous categories (which are very important categories, as one of them is the actual decision-maker on template changes), and accommodate most ebook-readers, as well as archivist/scholars who don't mind about printing typos or about hovering over indicated corrected text to see what the original typo was. As to which audience we ''should ''accommodate, that's a website policy that I can have no influence on! even if it seems to me that one audience clearly outnumbers the other. ::Furthermore new SIC would have no influence on copy/pasted text used by scholars who want to use the actual original text in their thesis, as original-typos would still be clearly marked for a scholar to notice and add back at leisure, and no serious researcher would use Wikisource text without carefully reading it first to remove new, editor-added typos. ::I'll only frankly disagree on your opinion that expanding the scope of SIC could lead to more misuse. The scope of SIC has been expanded in other versions of Wikisource with no unwelcome result, so I can safely affirm this is a baseless fear. ::As to the WS Export, it's only a low priority issue, as it only shows on PDF. I'd argue underlining without tooltip is still more useful than no underlining at all, as it somehow indicates that the editor was aware there was a problem with the word. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 10:37, 28 March 2024 (UTC) : {{comment}} I have stated before that perhaps we should have an approach where we dynamically load a list of "errata" in the text elsewhere perhaps generated in the headers by detected SIC templates, and perhaps something like this would deprecate the need for a tooltip at all, and the correct text would therefore be displayed instead of the typo. My biggest issue with tooltips is that they don't work well on exports or mobile views, and are designed for desktop views (pretty much the only view to Wikisource around the time the template was originally created). But I do think that recognizing where typos and other inconsistencies exist is extremely important, since they can aid in discussions about publication or revision history of certain works, about historical typographical or linguistic tendencies, etc. : Just so everyone is aware, there are literally examples of literary errors that became ''famous'' or ''iconic'' throughout history. One example I can think of offhand is the "{{w|all your base are belong to us}}" fad of the early 2000s which has its own Wikipedia article (although I know this wouldn't be nearly old enough to be PD). But there are many older examples. I recall there are several examples of newspaper editors accidentally leaving random curse words in the articles because they were bored sitting at the typewriter and forgot to remove them, things like this. While I mistakenly thought there was an entire Wikipedia article listing famous historical typos, (but like, why isn't there???), you can find loads of articles online about these and they're fun to read about. Anyways, they're historically important, ok? Just trust me on that. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 10:16, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::The list of errata is indeed a solution present on the french Wikisource, which I find very convenient! It's however a more important change than just reversing the SIC template, which is why this proposal is more modest in scope, and aims to at least gather what is the general opinion on "displaying typo" vs "displaying corrected text". I don't think list of errata could be agreed on without at first agreeing on the "displaying corrected text" philosophy... ::Probably one the most most famous misprinted works is the [[W:Wicked Bible|Wicked Bible]], which sadly isn't apparently yet on Wikisource. When such a typo is a matter of fame, I'm sure there could be found grounds to leave it untouched! [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 10:48, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :{{comment}} - I'm not going to vote yet, since there are some issues in the comments I'm making here that complicate things. :* I'd consider the possibility of creating a new template instead, which I would prefer (not least because the name "SIC" implies that what is displayed is as given in the original). :* Related to this is unexpected uses of {{tl|SIC}}. In particular, it's been used by some contributors to show when hyphenation is inconsistent in the tooltip. Obviously if we want to change the behaviour of {{tl|SIC}} this would need to be removed (replaced by {{tl|tooltip}}?) first; again, this would not be necessary with a new template. :* I note that on some pages of the EB1911 transcription we already have typos being amended in the text, with a tooltip showing the original text. IIRC this is done manually (by using a span, without a template). :* I also note that in the course of migrating some works to scans I've been in the situation of having to introduce typos such as errors in punctuation. While I don't really mind this, it does seem a bit weird to actively make the work worse for the end user. The tooltip not being readable on export does seem to be an important factor here, by the way (and is something that was brought to my attention recently). :* Finally, {{tl|SIC}} is mentioned in [[Wikisource:Annotations]] as a non-annotation. This may need to be revised if the template is changed. :[[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 11:26, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::Point 1 and 2 could imo be addressed by adapting the SIC documentation to clarify its goal, point 5 will also eventually be done when the change takes. A name change of new SIC could be done if there's a strong demand for it, but I don't see it as so explicit that it would confuse users in its purpose. I wonder if point 3 is following current Wikisource policy... Concerning point 4, old SIC making the work worse for the readers except for those interested in seeing all the original typos is precisely why I'm for the SIC change [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 10:43, 29 March 2024 (UTC) ::: It really shouldn't be ''unexpected'' that textual inconsistencies (hyphenation, italicization, use of accents) are marked as SIC in many texts. They ''are'' typographical errors in most cases, especially if being done in the context of the same story, nonfiction book, or novel. What other sites like Gutenberg will often do in these situations is just correct the error, i.e. make all hyphenations the same throughout the text. If a user had the right software tools, they could actually figure out that there was inconsistent hyphenation in any given text (which is something I can do with my software). Sometimes, these inconsistencies literally happen on the ''same page as each other'', so they can be more obvious in some contexts. It's a specific distinct classification of textual error that appears in almost every work I've ever seen, thus deserving of its own separate template. ::: It can also have implications for Wikisource ''proofreading'' as well. Sometimes, inconsistent hyphenation is actually our fault, since most hyphenations at the end of page lines are mid-word so they don't need to be preserved—but it's impossible for ''OCR softwares and the like'' to determine when this end-line hyphenation is supposed to be preserved or not, so it ends up with a scanno on our part. We end up with situations where "houseparty" comes out of "house-\nparty" very commonly, for example. So the template, like SIC, is also used to distinguish ''possible proofreading errors'' from actual hyphenation errors on the part of the original author, to save the time of later editors trying to improve our transcription's accuracy. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 12:06, 31 March 2024 (UTC) *{{Support}} As the proposer said, this would increase text readibility, ''etc.'' I understand the desire to preserve the original text as much as possible, but blatant misspellings (as opposed to archaic spellings) aren't helpful to anyone. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 12:24, 28 March 2024 (UTC) * <s>Weak {{support}}.</s> Addendum: Sorry, as it stands, I {{oppose}} making the change to the current template but I'd support a second template that uses this functionality... * I do agree that, for all practical purposes, what most readers care about is a working text, and I do like that this change doesn't completely remove the SIC template (as I'm sure some editors here would suggest since they hate the tooltips). But, if we're going to go about this change it shouldn't be the finale for another 15 years. We need to be constantly reworking this SIC template situation, and improving on it with new features. Eventually, I do want the tooltip to go away (à la Beeswaxcandle), but I have no idea what I'd put in its place yet. For now though, a couple points: ** This template should carry a parameter, an option to display the typo text, for those proofreaders who want to show the original typo rather than the corrected one. We need to be considering in this discussion that different types of works may necessitate correction more than others. Think of ''who'' the audience of that work is going to be. '''A.)''' For example, are we working with the US copyright catalogs? In that case, [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]]'s SIC would be more useful because a reader is looking for the listings and not concerned about where typos are. And displaying the typo text can actually be argued to be more harmful, especially when we're talking about writing code that's supposed to parse these entries. '''B.)''' But for silent films, novels, short stories, poems? These follow a clear narrative top-down structure, and therefore old SIC makes more sense, because researchers of fiction might actually be interested in where the typos appear. This especially makes sense for works that are known to contain a lot of typos, such as certain works by foreign writers (per Jan), or works that were poorly produced for other reasons. '''But,''' this is a fine line, and isn't easy to make a rule about: it's probably best to leave it up to individual editors to make a decision. ** And this actually makes me wonder if we just need a third SIC template for Ostrea's suggestion, rather than to change the SIC template that's already there... ** PS: A general philosophical sentiment: I will say that, while the general reader of our text is not any "vaguely supposed scholar figure", our WMF sites are generally written and constructed assuming they'll be useful for scholarly research and I think that this is a good thing. This is why Wiktionary isn't an Urban Dictionary clone, and why Wikipedia doesn't use street slang so that their audience of billions can better understand the articles. God forbid our sites become as outright awful for our society's intellectual fervor as today's social media platforms. The WMF sites are some of the only platforms that genuinely keep me sane in this world, giving me real information with evidence and keeping my attention span strong and not weak. I'm not saying this specific proposal is conducive to this so don't get the wrong idea, but I'm saying that the general sentiment of "we should be serving people, not scholars" can lead to bad places if followed in an absolute sense. I do want WS to get more page views, but I want it to better society by encouraging people to read more, not to further the very real and demonstrable trend of attention spans in the general population getting lower and lower specifically because of apps like Snapchat, Tiktok, and Instagram... Just a general sentiment, not related to the proposal itself really, but more to an incidental sentiment. * Overall, I think there are benefits to your suggestion, but 1. this needs to be an ongoing endeavor and not left as it is, and 2. the very sloppy ideas and notions I just typed out are things I'd like to be considered before this template change is made. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 13:03, 31 March 2024 (UTC) *:Arcorann mentioned a 2 templates solution earlier (SIC would stay the same and display the typo, a new template would display the corrected text), and I'm getting more and more convinced that it could become a good compromise. Choosing whether or not to use it could then be a style decision the original (or most prominent) editor of a text chooses around the start of the editing work, just like it's done with choosing whether to use long s or not, or curvy or straight quotes. The new template could be done with or without tooltip, but would always have to make it easy to find where the typos are (for instance by showing a list of the typos on the side like [[:fr:Essais/édition Michaud, 1907/Texte modernisé/Livre I/Chapitre 17|>here<]], by clicking on "Coquilles (1)" under "Options d'affichage"). As we have no consensus on a global change of SIC, I think if a change is done it's going to be through a solution similar to this. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 08:13, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :'''Strongly''' {{oppose}}—hosting editions ''as published'' is a fundamental part of the Wikisource ethos and is what differentiates us from other online libraries such as Project Gutenberg. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 13:44, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::Furthermore, I see that the example text is correcting "longue word" to "long word", which brings to mind the large number of instances where editors have used {{tl|SIC}} to ''modernize outdated spellings'' rather than to only correct typos (or otherwise assume that an unusual spelling must be a typo), and that in itself is enough for me to strongly oppose the replacement of original text with corrected text by default across the board for all current uses of {{tl|SIC}}. I would be much more inclined to consider supporting this if it were a new template for texts moving forward, and did not affect existing uses of {{tl|SIC}}. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 13:46, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::: {{ping|Beleg Âlt|Beleg Tâl}} What about certain technical works such as copyright catalogs? The copyright catalogs for example have very direct technical use cases, and showing the corrected text instead of the original would make more sense for those. This reigns true for a lot of other works that are catalogs or lists. Would you be opposed to a second template to be used for these other works? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:04, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::::I can see why one might want catalogues and lists to be corrected, but as I said before the point of Wikisource is to host them ''as published''. Reference material that is not from a source publication is even [[WS:WWI#Reference material|explicitly excluded per policy]], and I think correcting the published material goes against that (though a separate version of the catalogue with the corrections included could be created as per [[WS:ANN]]) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 15:10, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::::: {{ping|Beleg Âlt|Beleg Tâl}} Is that really ''the'' point, though? I think (as [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] said) the first and foremost point is to host an array of free source texts, with the added suffix of "and we should stay as true as possible to the original, as a nice touch". There are times in which keeping a bit of the text as originally published would be absurdly complicated and therefore function worse, such as at [[Fidelia#ToC]] with the misplaced part in the TOC, and that was a point where a compromise had to be made in order to preserve readability/logical structure. We can't always stay true to the original published text, lest we'd find ourselves in a tough position in many situations. It's why we aren't required to replicate dots in TOCs, and the like, as well. I would be willing to agree with the opposition on the issue of typos in ''fictional'' works such as novels, stories, films, etc., where the typos are more likely to have literary value. But the closer and closer you get into nonfiction toward the realm of catalogs and listings, that point gets harder to defend as such. While researchers would probably find value in film typos, no one would find value in an accidental comma in a catalog entry that was meant to be formulaically entered... You and many others seem to be coming at this from the approach of "the philosophy of Wikisource says this", and the philosophy is certainly relevant, but practical considerations (who our audience is, why we lack an audience, what would look better to readers, etc.) should be taken into account, rather than only caring about precedent. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:34, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::I think that this whole proposal and discussion seems to boil down to the philosophy of Wikisource. I strongly disagree with Ostrea's suggestion that being true to the original is only "a nice touch"—noting that our [[WS:WWI|policy]] is "to present these publications in a faithful wiki version". Our recent adoption of [[WS:ANN]] as policy further underscores the importance of clean, faithful transcriptions to this project. We have consistently insisted that corrigenda be presented ''without modifying the text itself'' (as demonstrated by {{tl|SIC}}, {{tl|AuxTOC}}, {{tl|User annotation}}, separation of user annotations into separate editions, etc). This suggestion, to actually modify the text, goes against all of this. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 16:17, 2 April 2024 (UTC) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 16:17, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :::::::I do believe that being true to the original text is essential! But should we really be more faithful to the printer's errors than to the writer's intent? It seems to me that the current situation of preserving misprints in text isn't due to a matter of faithfulness (as neither the printer nor the writer would like faithfulness to go that far), but to the belief that not touching anything about the text (which is still modified in many small ways on Wikisource anyway) is preserving it. Even masterwork paintings get restored! :::::::Wikisource philosophy talks aside, I think like you that new template will be the eventual solution. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 20:33, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :: {{ping|Beleg Âlt|Beleg Tâl}} Yes, and the language you're using speaks to the unfortunate cultural tendency here to put policies, philosophies, and precedents above a practical and self-improving approach. We indeed have quite strong sentiments among our prolific members about certain notions like this one, and this has influenced our policy. But I'd like to add that while the precedent is strong, we've never, ever, ''ever'' performed any kind of a survey, statistical study, or the like on exactly how our audiences feel about the presentation of our site. I mean, we don't even know who our audience ''is'', or at least we have very poor ways of demonstrating that definitively. :: Let's talk about reality of these "precedents" for a second: our precedents, policies, and the like clearly haven't helped us. We're still living in a world where Wikisource is a barely relevant platform. The majority of our pages (many of which are quite notable works) can barely get 1 page view a month, while even the most obscure Wikipedia articles have at least a few hundred a month. For ''decades'' we've relied on the opinions of a tiny community, consisting mostly of long-time prolific editors with specific reminiscences or sentiments or concepts of purity, with very little actual concern for the reader base, or even the less active editor base. The more successful online communities than us take the opinions of the masses seriously, which we certainly don't do. :: I'm not saying this should be the ''only'' consideration (we should be fostering an intellectual environment, not just designing us for clicking and swiping, yadayada), but we shouldn't just completely dismiss it in favor of long-time editor precedent either. The few active users who are laying oppose votes in this very discussion are about 50% of the "voter" population that solely maintain these very precedents, so I am skeptical that it's very democratic at all. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 17:35, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::{{comment}} I just want to add: if {{tl|SIC}} were modified in such a way that (a) preserved the text as published, (b) was clearly a Wikisource addition rather than part of the original publication, but also (c) made the correction clearer and more accessible to address the issues Ostrea suggested—I would consider this non-controversial and would support it wholeheartedly. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 19:54, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}}—as it would modify existing texts. See for example: [[:Page:Jane Eyre.djvu/107]], [[:Page:Pierre and Jean - Clara Bell - 1902.djvu/306]].--[[User:M-le-mot-dit|M-le-mot-dit]] ([[User talk:M-le-mot-dit|talk]]) 14:59, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::This is such an inappropriate use of {{tl|SIC}} 🙈 lol —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 16:17, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :::{{ping|Beleg Âlt}} Regarding these pages, I agree. Some are validated for years. I've seen also cases where italics were not correctly placed: such as {{tlp|SIC|{{'}}'toolpit'{{'}}|tooltip}}; the new system would remove italics. [[User:M-le-mot-dit|M-le-mot-dit]] ([[User talk:M-le-mot-dit|talk]]) 18:16, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}} We're already fighting inappropriate uses of {{tl|SIC}} where non-typos are being modernized because of rare spellings and archaic usages. Flipping the use of the template would bring those editorial changes to the front. Additional arguments about differences between editions have been made above; sometimes the typos are the reason for hosting (or avoiding) a particular edition. ''Hiding'' those published typos is a disservice both to readers and to the Wikisource editors who have worked hard to prepare the editions. I'm not convinced by arguments based on Spanish Wikisource, since that project moves slower than a glacier in producing new content. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 17:08, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::I see you omitted to mention French Wikisource. I know why! [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 20:36, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :::No, you don't. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 22:33, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} (but with a new template, which appears to be what the proposal's settled into) I agree with Ostrea that having a readable text is more important than typos. I've seen cases where the u's and n's were consistently scrambled, at a rate of approximately one error per page. For such quite certain errors, not caused by the writer's bad english and not intentional, keeping it in the tooltip would cause no harm. I think the majority of our readers want to read the text and are not especially interested in the typos (though that is not sure and a poll about it, if it can be done, would be a good idea), and those that are specifically interested in this edition of this text and all its printing errors probably care enough to hover over the word. It would be better if that new template would display differently from {{tl|SIC}} to make it clear that is is ''not'' the original text. — [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] ([[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] &amp; [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]) 15:04, 3 April 2024 (UTC) ===[[Template:Welcome]] image change=== Apparently this is a thing that happened. The image for the welcome got changed from someone going through books (which is what we do) to some random woman (who is apparently an author, not that the portrait makes it at all clear). I '''support''' the change. Other interested editors: [[User:Xover|Xover]], [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]]. [[User:TE(æ)A,ea.|TE(æ)A,ea.]] ([[User talk:TE(æ)A,ea.|talk]]) 03:24, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{oppose}} The portrait of an actual English author (George Eliot) is preferable over an imaginary random guy from a painting. The portrait of G. Eliot is more welcoming and inclusive, and is also far less busy visually. More welcoming because the subject is facing the viewer, not facing the other way, ignoring the viewer. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 03:57, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :: Right, but as I noted in the other discussion, (and as TEA's comment further proves), the image is not universally recognizable. You're assuming that every editor will come from the same background. A book is a universally recognizable symbol, whereas this individual is certainly not. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 04:25, 9 April 2024 (UTC) ::: No author will be universally recognizable;that's a bar we cannot reach. And neither is the fictional man from an obscure painting going to be recognizable. Yes, books are widely recognized, but the older image is not that of a book, but of a person standing on a ladder with his back to the viewer. Is ''that'' a welcoming image? That image doesn't say "Welcome to Wikisource", but says: "I'm busy so don't bother me." That may be an accurate representation of Wikisource, but it is not a welcoming image. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 19:22, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{support}} I've always felt weird about this change for a lot of reasons, though I wasn't aware of it being a result of a discussion until now, and apparently I wasn't the only one. :* A portrait of George Eliot is not universally recognizable, and people from many different backgrounds will not resonate with the image. At most, she is symbolic of a specific literary movement in '''''Western''''' history...barely relevant at that time outside of Europe...and therefore to many she just represents a random individual on a portrait. :* Also, we are a neutral platform and shouldn't appear that we favor certain authors over others. We can say certain authors are notable, that's fine—but for our ''welcome'' template? I know some will claim they didn't choose the image because of some personal preference or bias for the author herself as has been argued, but whether or not that's true, this is favoritism in practice, inherently, even if unintended. Why not choose Blake, Tennyson, Wells, Fitzgerald, Wollstonecraft, Chesterton, Doyle, ... the list goes on? This just creates an argument about who to choose, and that's counterproductive and unnecessary, even if we're just going to count popular ''women'' writers in this... So, individual people should be out of the question. : I think the previous image was better than what we had after; it was creative, unique, obscure, unexpected, gives a certain nostalgic appeal that also relates to what we're doing in the modern sense, and was certainly not "too visually busy" whatsoever. I don't think anyone will care that much that the person in the portrait is not facing the viewer. It is a ''slight'' downside, sure, but the benefits and '''relevance''' more importantly of the image far outweigh this extremely slight and almost unnoticable con in my opinion. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 04:25, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{oppose}} but only because I want to make a case for the effectiveness of the G. Eliot painting specifically. When I was welcomed in last fall by the aesthetically pleasing G. Eliot painting, it inspired me to discover her Author portal, and thus begin learning how WS is organized. It was puzzling and inviting. I suppose I did wonder "why her?" over all other possibilities, but I confess I simply enjoyed the non-sequitur enigma of it; it felt like an unexpectedly welcoming artistic and aesthetic flourish (which defied my expectactions and contributed my warming up to WS in a hurry). I also was assuming this photo rotates regularly; so I suppose in that sense I "support" changing it, but I'd hope it could continue to be welcoming, intriguing, and aesthetically pleasing. Not sure I'm even entitled to a vote here, but I thought I might have a relatively different perspective as a new Wikisourcer. [[User:Brad606|Brad606]] ([[User talk:Brad606|talk]]) 05:02, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :: {{ping|Brad606}} Yes, you are certainly entitled to vote here with your edit count and your time since registration, and I have loads of respect for this direct user feedback and the unique perspectives. I really wish we had more of this kind of thing in our votes and discussions (more often than we should, we rely on the opinions of the hyper-experienced, rather than the end users who the technology affects the most). I think if the image were rotated, using specific authors might make more sense, since it doesn't suggest partiality, so you raise a valid point about that for sure. This is something that (as far as I know) is technically possible, actually, and if George Eliot were one of a diverse collection of 365 author portraits rotated every day of the year, that would be an interesting (and more neutral) way of doing this. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 05:14, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :::Indeed, for this issue in particular, input from a newer (well, relative to some of us dinosaurs; 3+ years is not all that new) contributor is very valuable.{{pbr}}Whether it makes sense to rotate the image I don't immediately have an opinion on, but if we were to opt for that we needn't make a whole catalog of 365 images and auto-rotate (which is hard to do sensibly in MediaWiki). It would be enough to simply say that "this image rotates periodically" and then let people propose changes here. Simple and low-tech, and easy to relate to and maintain. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:10, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * I'm not sure what "support" and "oppose" would be relative to here (support the change that has already happened? oppose that change? support changing from what's currently there to something else, possibly the previous image? oppose changing it further and stick with what currently there?), but I am in favour of returning to the [[:File:Carl Spitzweg 021-detail.jpg|Spitzweig image]] we had for fifteen years. It's funny and quirky, and more importantly it represents well and directly ''Wikisource'' as a project and what we do here. A generic portrait of an author says nothing about this project, except maybe "look how sophisticated we are that we know immediately who this generic-looking person is". Having a specific author leads to endless discussions of this author vs. that author, and kinda begs for a caption for the image in {{tl|welcome}} that explains who the person is and why they are relevant to welcoming new users. --[[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:31, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{oppose}}, as in opposing the change back to the original picture. The "random woman" in question being a pillar of english literature, I don't think there's an argument for her to be replaced by an actual random man, and George Eliot being unknown by major contributors is all the more reason to actually keep her there. Mind that this isn't a picture to represent the entirety of Wikisource, but to be presented to all new contributors, and new young users could be more enticed to stay and to take the website seriously if welcomed by a young writer than by the quintessence of stuffy old archivist. However it's true that the change done was quite one sided and that the original image has its merits, so I support a rotation in pictures, although not a daily one [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 09:55, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :: It seems to me like English literature had ''quite a lot'' of "pillars" (including some of the other authors I've mentioned), and I think these pillars would only interest a certain subset of our contributor base, even if more or less the majority. As I pointed out, users from certain cultural backgrounds, age groups, educational and class backgrounds, hobby/interest areas, etc., may not find her immediately recognizable, personally relevant, or even know her by name. From my own personal experience, even in ''America'', let alone countries completely outside the "global West", she wouldn't be recognizable to most ''adults''... And in the Philippines, you can absolutely forget it. :: So, I do agree with Xover's point that the portrait has a certain aura of elitism on our part, an issue I forgot to mention in my vote. It isn't wrong of anyone not to know who this author is, as there are plenty other interest areas in Wikisource's league that are unrelated to 19th century English literature and poetry. For example, maybe somebody comes here out of interest in the history of the Boy Scouts...or engineering manuals...or film history...or the ''New York Times''...or school yearbooks...or a plethora of others. :: Well, anyway, the "actual random man" isn't the crux of my argument, as it's not just the man but what he's ''doing'' that leans me to favor it. This is something that the Eliot portrait lacks—there's nothing about that image, except the expectation to recognize her as an individual, that makes it relevant (tangentially) to what we do here. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 12:53, 9 April 2024 (UTC) **[[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]]: I know who George Eliot is, I just wouldn’t know off-hand (nor, I think, would most readers) that ''that portrait'' is of George Eliot. In addition, George Eliot is by no means the most prominent author we have on Wikisource, and is in general not a good representation. The man is fictional, but that is the benefit; he is an ''abstraction'' of the process involved at Wikisource. When representing Wikisource, you can see one tiny facet (with the Eliot portrait), if you can even recognize it, or an abstraction of the basic concept. One is clearly more valuable. [[User:TE(æ)A,ea.|TE(æ)A,ea.]] ([[User talk:TE(æ)A,ea.|talk]]) 20:32, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * '''comment''' The current picture of George Eliot has been in place for 2½ years (Sept 2021). Prior to that we had the Carl Spitzberg image for 11 years (Oct 2010). There was no painting image used in the versions prior to then. Both images were chosen by [[User:Cygnis insignis]] as part of updating the template. I am not aware of any discussion that led to either change. Personally, my preference is for the humour expressed in the Carl Spitzberg image. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 10:16, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * I'd prefer the old image too. Being french (you don't have to look as far as the Philippines), I'd never even heard of the name of G. Eliot before coming here. I was very puzzled it took me a while to discover that she was an author and not just some picture of a random woman. The Spitzberg one is more clearly related to Wikisource (and funnier). (note: Only been here for a few months, if I shouldn't vote in things like this please tell me so) — [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] ([[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] &amp; [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]) 19:56, 9 April 2024 (UTC) *:@[[User:Alien333|Alien333]]: You very definitely should, and we very much appreciate new users engaging themselves with the running of the project. If there's anywhere we have "experienced users only" stuff an experienced user (natch) will take care of it. Essentially it's a matter of a few kinds of votes where votes by users who are not "established" count less or not at all (and that's for the vote counters to deal with). I can't recall any time that rule actually came into play. We also have a few technical things that are better performed by experienced users or admins, but that's purely for practical reasons (easy to make mistakes that are a pain to clean up, or requires admin tools to do right). But in general I wouldn't worry about that: there's no place or aspect of the project where relative newcomers are inherently not welcome, and in most things it's a "with open arms" type situation. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:22, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :Assuming the desired proposal is to change back to the previous image (this should have been stated explicitly), {{support}} as per Cremastra etc. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 05:19, 12 April 2024 (UTC) {{support}} Logging in makes talk pages active and otherwise increases availability. I am usually busy doing something when I am logged in. Then, me the hipster, wants to be done with gender talks. G. Eliot and the people who are available here have one thing in common. We and she had to declare a gender before authoring any opinion or request. We have an extra choice. I can choose to be in a very specifically defined new gender, one which I don't feel qualified to speak for, much less be a member of. And that is the default choice. My experience with the works of G. Eliot was like the bash manual for reading (aka sleep inducing). I couldn't do it. Reading a lot of the crap that is here is work also, so, people logged in for editing or reading are probably busy here. When you can easily be honest with that image of the old fashioned guy putting a book on the shelf and avoid a whole bunch of the politics of personal definitions. Dear George Eliot: Glad to know you, don't let the door hit you on the way out. Hopefully, with you gone, we can walk down the path of "NON DISCLOSED because it REALLY DOESN'T MATTER" universe, where every person on the internet is a 14 year old boy. Tread lightly.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 10:28, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :: As mandatory gender selection goes, it claims to be there for software to run. I become very suspicious when a "person" knows which gender I have opted for. I don't know how to sift through your preferences to learn anything about you. Is there a user gender template any where?--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 09:22, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]]: You can't set a gender in MediaWiki, but in [[Special:Preferences|your preferences]] you can, if you like, specify what pronoun the software should use when it needs to refer to you in the third person. The default is the gender-neutral singular ''they'' (the setting predates the recent proliferation of pronouns and politicisation of ''they'' as a pronoun), and you have to actively choose to have it use ''she'' or ''he''. What a given user has set this preference to is made available through a parser function (essentially a "built-in template"). So for example you could type <code><nowiki>{{GENDER:Xover|he|she|they}}</nowiki></code> to get "they" and <code><nowiki>{{GENDER:RaboKarbakian|he|she|they}}</nowiki></code> to get "he".{{pbr}}Also please note that ''gender'' here is a very nebulous concept as the software knows nothing about who you are in real life, and cannot tell what your biological, social, cultural, or legal gender is (I think there's even an ethnic conception of gender). It ''only'' knows that a particular user has chosen for the software to use either ''he'', ''she'', or ''they'' in certain interface messages where non-gendered language is impossible or too awkward. Nobody knows whether what you specify there is true, in whatever sense is relevant, or not. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:53, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::::[[User:Xover|Xover]]: the point being that software can access that information but people cannot, at least not without software like at minimum, a template. Which would explain a lot about Petey's "Rabo is a maverick" rant. Petey taught me at wikidata. So I had a software rant from him. For example. I have seen gender (also) used in a "he is typing" sort of way also, in the wiki gui, where it was supposed to be.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 16:24, 13 April 2024 (UTC) *{{support}}: while I don't classify George Eliot as "some random woman", the original painting better reflects what goes on here. If you don't immediately recognize the current picture as depicting George Eliot, it's somewhat confusing, whereas the original painting is immediately understandable (as SnowyCinema said above, "a book is a universally recognizable symbol, whereas this individual is certainly not.) [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 22:15, 10 April 2024 (UTC) = Bot approval requests = * See [[Wikisource:Bots]] for information about applying for a bot status * See [[Wikisource:Bot requests]] if you require an existing bot to undertake a task === [[User:SodiumBot|SodiumBot]] === I'd like to request temporary bot permissions for [[User:SodiumBot]] so that the bot can takeover the task of updating statistics templates on en.wikisource that was until recently done by [[User:Phe-bot|Phe-bot]] (in the event that Phebot becomes operational, I will shutoff this task, since it wouldn't make sense to have two bots updating statistics). A example of the kind of edits SodiumBot would perform would [[Special:Diff/13950449|look something like this]]. [[User:Sohom Datta|Sohom]] ([[User talk:Sohom Datta|talk]]) 05:53, 17 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}}, and thank you so much for taking over this task! [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:08, 17 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 09:44, 17 March 2024 (UTC) :Bot flag granted for six months while work on updating Phebot is happening. If SodiumBot needs to take on other tasks, please seek community approval. If time period needs to be extended beyond the six months, please request on [[WS:AN]] as we approach 22 September, 2024. Thanks, [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 17:22, 22 March 2024 (UTC) {{section resolved|1=--[[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:12, 13 April 2024 (UTC)}} =Repairs (and moves)= '''Designated for requests related to the repair of works (and scans of works) presented on Wikisource''' See also [[Wikisource:Scan lab]] ===The Yellow Book Volume 8 - page moves=== I have repaired the file for this work by adding in two missing pages (132 & 133). As no placeholders had been inserted, please move all transcribed pages, from [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/152]] onward, on by two (i.e. to [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/154]], etc.){{pbr}}Contrary to the statement on the index page, page 134 is not missing. Also, the 'missing' p. 347 and 348 appears to be the result of a page numbering error, since there is nothing in the table of contents that would appear on these pages if they were present, nor is there anything in other scans of this volume.{{pbr}}I have also taken the opportunity to remove the last page, which was a colour grading card. Thanks, [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 13:59, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] done. Index page to be cleaned, pagelist to be updated, etc. [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 22:00, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] something strange in the scan? see [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/252]] and [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/391]]. They were proofread but the scan has empty pages. [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 22:04, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :::Thanks. I'd spotted the issue with 252 but not got as far a 391. 47 also has the same issue. There should be text on these pages. I'm looking to fix the scan but it shouldn't involve any more moves. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 04:35, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::I've updated the index page and everything in terms of page alignment is (hopefully) fixed. Thanks again. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 07:18, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ===[[With a Difference]]=== This originally was an article in [[The Atlantic Monthly/Volume 109/Number 650]]. If allowed, it could be moved to [[The Atlantic Monthly/Volume 109/Number 650/With a Difference]] thus retaining the contributor chain, And then, so it can become scan backed, starting with [[Page:The Atlantic Monthly Volume 109.djvu/128]] of the scan: paste, review and rinse -- then display with <nowiki><pages></nowiki>. If all of this is "okay" I can do any or all parts. There might need to be approval or perhaps there are preordained procedures which would make this unusual in that it might easier to ask permission for than it would be to apologize for.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 14:21, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :Now I am authoring an apology.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 16:03, 7 April 2024 (UTC) ::So, I am sorry. I moved the page to [[Page:The Atlantic Monthly Volume 109.djvu/128]] thinking I could just move the page from one empty page to another and back it up to before its move and then edit out the parts that are not on that page of the scan. ::Instead, I get a "failed to blahblah sea dragon" because, apparently, the page is lacking something that brings up the page editing tools and scan view and such.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 16:11, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]]: You can't move pages from mainspace to Page: (or Index:) namespaces; they're completely different content models. To move text between mainspace and Page: you'll have to cut&paste manually (since Match&Split is broken indefinitely). In any case, I've undone your move so you should be back to the status quo. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 18:59, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::: @[[User:Xover|Xover]] Could you add a little more info about "broken indefinitely"? I'd like to update [[Help:Match and split]] to reflect this. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 19:12, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::::@[[User:Peteforsyth|Peteforsyth]]: All the functionality of phe-tools was disabled due to the Grid Engine shutdown (they moved Toolforge to Kubernetes). Getting it running again requires porting it to a completely new environment, and it's an old inherited code base that's poorly documented and with some very tight couplings to the old environment. I still intent to try getting it running again, but that's going to require quite a bit of sustained time and attention; which is exactly what I have trouble finding these days. Soda has kindly taken on some of the stats tasks, but the rest are offline until some unspecified and unpredictable point in the future (which might be "never", but hopefully not). [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 19:25, 7 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::@[[User:Xover|Xover]] Thank you. I made a big note at the top of the page [[Special:diff/14043178|here]]; perhaps there is more appropriate formatting, of course no objection if you want to adjust. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 04:27, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::I don't know if this can help prioritize this issue but the lack of Match&Split is a huge impediment for many transcription projects. The amount of work it saves is huge when starting from a proofread transcription that is to be matched to a scan (which is by far the fastest way to proceed). In the worst case, would it be extremely difficult and/or time consuming to code it from scratch? Unfortunately, not being a developer I wouldn't know were to start so this is an obviously very naive question. [[User:Epigeneticist|Epigeneticist]] ([[User talk:Epigeneticist|talk]]) 12:58, 17 April 2024 (UTC) :::::::@[[User:Epigeneticist|Epigeneticist]]: It's not a matter of priorities, and re-implementing it is not likely to be any quicker. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 16:52, 17 April 2024 (UTC) :I moved the page to [[The Atlantic Monthly/Volume 109/Number 650/With a Difference]] (leave the redirect up); feel free to copy-paste the text into the Page namespace and transclude when you're done. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:13, 8 April 2024 (UTC) Sorry. What is the dirt on soda? --[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 19:43, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : I know of soda as a beverage or a baking ingredient, any other definition eludes me. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 04:28, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Peteforsyth|Peteforsyth]]: "Soda" refers to [[User:Sohom Datta|Sohom Datta]], who operates [[User:SodiumBot|SodiumBot]] (the bot that now updates the on-wiki stats). He's also done a ''lot'' of technical work on the plumbing for Wikisource (Proofread Page, Edit in Sequence, etc.). All `round awesome person. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:47, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[user:Xover|Xover]]: Thanks for the explanation, and thank you Soda for all the work! Pinging @[[user:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]]. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 18:17, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ===To the Lighthouse - page moves=== Although this work is marked as 'Done' (fully validated and transcluded) it is actually missing two pages (172 and 173). To allow placeholders to be inserted, could you please carry out the following moves:- * The index page name = [[Index:To The Lighthouse.pdf]] * The page offset = 2 * The pages to move = 174-318 * The reason = Insert missing pages Thanks {{unsigned| 12:01, 13 April 2024 (UTC)‎|Chrisguise}} :Note that this will also require updating all the transclusions for these pages. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 10:56, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]]: Page:-namespace pages have been shifted. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:11, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ::Thanks - only just got round to uploading the file including placeholders. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 06:24, 18 April 2024 (UTC) = Other discussions = == Subscribe to the This Month in Education newsletter - learn from others and share your stories == Dear community members, Greetings from the EWOC Newsletter team and the education team at Wikimedia Foundation. We are very excited to share that we on tenth years of Education Newsletter ([[m:Education/News|This Month in Education]]) invite you to join us by [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/This Month in Education|subscribing to the newsletter on your talk page]] or by [[m:Education/News/Newsroom|sharing your activities in the upcoming newsletters]]. The Wikimedia Education newsletter is a monthly newsletter that collects articles written by community members using Wikimedia projects in education around the world, and it is published by the EWOC Newsletter team in collaboration with the Education team. These stories can bring you new ideas to try, valuable insights about the success and challenges of our community members in running education programs in their context. If your affiliate/language project is developing its own education initiatives, please remember to take advantage of this newsletter to publish your stories with the wider movement that shares your passion for education. You can submit newsletter articles in your own language or submit bilingual articles for the education newsletter. For the month of January the deadline to submit articles is on the 20th January. We look forward to reading your stories. Older versions of this newsletter can be found in the [[outreach:Education/Newsletter/Archives|complete archive]]. More information about the newsletter can be found at [[m:Education/News/Publication Guidelines|Education/Newsletter/About]]. For more information, please contact spatnaik{{@}}wikimedia.org. ------ <div style="text-align: center;"><div style="margin-top:10px; font-size:90%; padding-left:5px; font-family:Georgia, Palatino, Palatino Linotype, Times, Times New Roman, serif;">[[m:Education/Newsletter/About|About ''This Month in Education'']] · [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/This Month in Education|Subscribe/Unsubscribe]] · [[m:MassMessage|Global message delivery]] · For the team: [[User:ZI Jony|<span style="color:#8B0000">'''ZI Jony'''</span>]] [[User talk:ZI Jony|<sup><span style="color:Green"><i>(Talk)</i></span></sup>]], {{<includeonly>subst:</includeonly>#time:l G:i, d F Y|}} (UTC)</div></div> <!-- Message sent by User:ZI Jony@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:ZI_Jony/MassMessage/Awareness_of_Education_Newsletter/List_of_Village_Pumps&oldid=21244129 --> == Reusing references: Can we look over your shoulder? == ''Apologies for writing in English.'' The Technical Wishes team at Wikimedia Deutschland is planning to [[m:WMDE Technical Wishes/Reusing references|make reusing references easier]]. For our research, we are looking for wiki contributors willing to show us how they are interacting with references. * The format will be a 1-hour video call, where you would share your screen. [https://wikimedia.sslsurvey.de/User-research-into-Reusing-References-Sign-up-Form-2024/en/ More information here]. * Interviews can be conducted in English, German or Dutch. * [[mw:WMDE_Engineering/Participate_in_UX_Activities#Compensation|Compensation is available]]. * Sessions will be held in January and February. * [https://wikimedia.sslsurvey.de/User-research-into-Reusing-References-Sign-up-Form-2024/en/ Sign up here if you are interested.] * Please note that we probably won’t be able to have sessions with everyone who is interested. Our UX researcher will try to create a good balance of wiki contributors, e.g. in terms of wiki experience, tech experience, editing preferences, gender, disability and more. If you’re a fit, she will reach out to you to schedule an appointment. We’re looking forward to seeing you, [[m:User:Thereza Mengs (WMDE)| Thereza Mengs (WMDE)]] <!-- Message sent by User:Thereza Mengs (WMDE)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=WMDE_Technical_Wishes/Technical_Wishes_News_list_all_village_pumps&oldid=25956752 --> == [[Template:Beleg Tâl's sidenotes]] == There are too many sidenote templates on this website, so I've decided to add yet another :D It is my hope and belief, that someday English Wikisource will have a standard general-purpose approach to sidenotes. At that time, this template should be replaced with the adopted standard template. In the meantime, you can use this template as a ''placeholder'' to indicate a sidenote that should be standardized once a standard has been created. The actual formatting of the sidenotes in the meantime may vary. (Currently it uses {{tl|right sidenote}}.) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 14:17, 26 February 2024 (UTC) :I was originally going to call this template [[Template:Generic sidenote]], but I decided to give it a name that clearly indicated that it shouldn't be treated as an alternative permanent approach to sidenotes —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 14:18, 26 February 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Beleg Tâl|Beleg Tâl]]: I feel your pain, but I think it is a very bad idea to put a username in any page name outside User: space, I think it's a very bad idea to make temporary placeholder templates, and I think it is a very bad idea to react to a proliferation on half-broken templates by adding yet another deliberately half-broken template.{{pbr}}I might suggest a more productive channel for that frustration is collecting a structured description of use cases along with problems with existing templates somewhere. It is conceivable that we'll be able to "solve" (fsvo) this eventually, but it will at very least require that the issue works its way up to the top of someone's list of annoyances, and for that a structured description of the use cases and problems will be essential. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:43, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::As it happens, in this case there is no pain or frustration. I created a formatting-agnostic template because we didn't have one and we needed one; and I made it a placeholder template because we don't have community consensus (yet) on what a formatting-agnostic sidenotes template should look like and how it should work. ::You do make a good point, however. Perhaps it would be better if, instead of a placeholder template that should be replaced when consensus is reached, I were to make it a permanent template that should be modified and updated with whatever behaviour is decided upon? Alternatively, I could just rename it, to at least remove the username as an issue. What do you think of this? ::As for compiling the issues and use cases of the various existing sidenotes templates—that has already been done in much detail elsewhere (primarily by @[[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]]), and I do not think that this thread is the place for rehashing that whole discussion. I merely intended to inform the community of the template I created so that works containing sidenotes could still be proofread in the meantime. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 17:42, 28 March 2024 (UTC) == Switching to the Vector 2022 skin == [[File:Vector_2022_video-en.webm|thumb]] Hi everyone. We are the [[mw:Reading/Web|Wikimedia Foundation Web team]]. As you may have read in our previous messages across wikis or [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/2022-06#Desktop Improvements update|here in June 2022]], we have been getting closer to switching every wiki to the Vector 2022 skin as the new default. In our previous conversations with Wikisource communities, we had identified an issue with the Index namespace that prevented switching the skin on. [[phab:T352162|This issue is now resolved]]. We are now ready to continue and will be deploying on English Wikisource on Wednesday '''April 3, 2024'''. To learn more about the new skin and what improvements it introduces when compared to the legacy 2010 Vector skin, please [[mw:Reading/Web/Desktop_Improvements|see our documentation]]. If you have any issues with the skin after the deployment, if you spot any gadgets not working, or notice any bugs – please contact us! We are also open to joining events like the [[metawiki:Wikisource Community meetings|Wikisource Community meetings]] and talking to you directly. Thank you, [[User:OVasileva (WMF)|OVasileva (WMF)]] and [[User:SGrabarczuk (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)]] ([[User talk:SGrabarczuk (WMF)|talk]]) 15:47, 14 March 2024 (UTC) :{{ping|Candalua}} it looks like Vector 2022 breaks [[:mul:MediaWiki:TranscludedIn.js]]; are you able to update that tool? —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 18:59, 14 March 2024 (UTC) ::Vector 2022 breaks lots of stuff (in everything from trivial ways to completely broken). I encourage everyone to try switching to Vector 2022 in your preferences NOW and report anything that breaks here. Especially if any of our community-wide Gadgets are affected, but there are also some widely used user scripts that it would be good to know about sooner rather than later if they are going to break on April 3. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 20:15, 14 March 2024 (UTC) ::Oh, and Transcludedin.js isn't really "fixable" per se, since Vector 2022 explicitly doesn't support adding menus. We'll have to try to reverse engineer what MoreMenu and Popups does to find something that kinda sorta works (we have two widely used user scripts that run into the same problem). Because that's a good use of volunteer resources over the WMF actually adding support for basic facilities for Gadgets that have been requested for two decades or so... [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 20:24, 14 March 2024 (UTC) :::An illustration of the problem with [[User:Inductiveload/jump to file]] (presumably one of the aforementioned user scripts): :::[[File:Wikisource jump to file script - Vector 2010 menu.png|thumb|center|with Vector 2010]] :::[[File:Wikisource jump to file script - Vector 2022 menu error.png|thumb|center|with Vector 2022]] :::Also broken: the Tools menu interacts poorly with the file history table. :::[[File:File history overlaps Vector 2022 Tools menu.png|thumb|center]] :::—[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 04:01, 15 March 2024 (UTC) ::::Jump to file has been broken in other ways as well. I think I remeber looking into it and the web backend is providing some incorrect information :( [[User:Sohom Datta|Sohom]] ([[User talk:Sohom Datta|talk]]) 12:29, 15 March 2024 (UTC) ::::@[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]]: The above brokenness in Jump to File should be fixed now. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 17:04, 29 March 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] (CC [[User:Beleg Tâl|Beleg Tâl]]): It turns out I lie. Not only does Vector 2022 (now) explicitly support menus like this(ish), but Jon even stepped in and fixed [[:s:mul:MediaWiki:TranscludedIn.js]] for us (Thank you Jon!). [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 17:02, 29 March 2024 (UTC) ::{{Re|OVasileva (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)}} This skin does not seem to be suitable for Wikisource at all. Compare e. g. the work with proofread extension in both skins. In the new one both the editing window and the window with the scan are so small that I am unable to do any proofreading work effectively. I can choose only between struggling with reading tiny letters or enlarging the scan so much that only a part of the page fits into the window. And this enlarging is possible only in the editing mode anyway, it is not possible in the reading mode. I would really like to ask this skin not to be deployed in Wikisource. --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 09:51, 16 March 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan.Kamenicek]]: You can "Hide" both sidebars, to make them become dropdown menus, and recover the horizontal space. There is also a "constrain width" widget floating in the bottom right corner where you can toggle between full-width and constrained-width layout. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:09, 24 March 2024 (UTC) :Why? As Jan Kameníček said, the skin is unsuitable here (and everywhere else, but that's a different matter). Why is the WMF so keen to force Vector2022 on everyone when so many problems have been found with it? English Wikipedia alone has complained about it enough for ten wikis. It is far too narrow for actual proofreading, and you have failed to provide any good reasoning as to why this poorly-designed skin should be forced onto our IP editors. The WMF already has a bad track record of communicating and collaborating with the communities, and Vector2022 has so far only made it worse. Why do you insist on rolling this out as the new default? {{Ping|OVasileva (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)}} At the minimum, you need to allow IP editors and readers to use the good Vector skin if they want to. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 22:41, 16 March 2024 (UTC) ::i would make timeless the default skin on wikisource. --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 00:58, 21 March 2024 (UTC) ::If you are using Vector2022 and click on a not-so-small gray button that says "hide", the sidebar will collapse and in fact you get ''even more'' width space to proofread. This is definitely an improvement in that sense. [[User:Ignacio Rodríguez|Ignacio Rodríguez]] ([[User talk:Ignacio Rodríguez|talk]]) 17:54, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :::yes, it is an improvement over flat sidebar gadget. the menus remain a problem. --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 22:52, 25 March 2024 (UTC) ::enWP complaining about something isn't really a useful yardstick. There's complaints if anything changes, and complaints if nothing changes. What would be useful is testing the new skin with all our local stuff on enWS and reporting concrete issues. Some of them may be with community-controlled things that we need to fix ourselves (see e.g. the broken user scripts and gadgets mentioned above), while others may be things we need to report upstream (in which case we need a good concrete description of the problem). Case in point, the Index: namespace has been exempted from Vector 2022's constrained-width layout because it didn't work well there and someone filed a good bug report about it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:14, 24 March 2024 (UTC) ===Different line height in Vector 2022?=== It seems the line height in Vector 2022 is different for some reason which makes problems with text withing pictures, such as [[Page:The Czechoslovak Review, vol3, 1919.djvu/299|here]]. --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 18:57, 30 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan.Kamenicek]]: It's not the line-height (that's identical), it's that in their great wisdom they decided that paragraphs were not sufficiently distinguishable from a mere line break within a paragraph on Wikipedia (of course), and so they "fixed" it by fiddling with the styling such that paragraphs in Vector 2022 now get both a top "margin" and bottom "padding". In Vector 2010 paragraphs just had a .5em top and bottom margin, and since adjacent margins collapse in CSS that meant paragraphs were always .5em (~7px) apart. If you insert two blank lines you get an extra empty paragraph, and so you get exactly 1em (14px) between the visible paragraphs. In Vector 2022 they've deliberately used padding instead of margin to defeat this collapsing, so that adjacent paragraphs get 1em between them. Paragraphs separated by two blank lines will now get 1.5em (21px) between them. Or put another way, they want to make it so that text separated by a single blank line looks like what we expect text separated by two blank lines to look. Text separated by two blank lines is now going to look fairly comical.{{pbr}}Mostly this is just jarring design-wise (we'll get used to it), but for any context were we depend on some kind of predictable height of the content (like your example) we're now going to have trouble. Vector 2010 and Vector 2022 now behaves completely differently, and Vector 2022 in a way that is hard to override in a predictable fashion. Templates have limited capability to differentiate between skins, so I am uncertain to what degree we can smooth out the differences there. This behaviour was added to Vector 2022 quite recently so I've asked them to please stop poking their nose down into on-wiki content at this level of detail. If I can persuade them to revert this change that would be for the best. If not, I'm not sure how we're going to deal with it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 22:13, 30 March 2024 (UTC) ::This also means that editors who leave in the end of line breaks throughout paragraphs when proofreading need to stop doing so. Those of us who use any other skin won't see a problem, but it will make it look weird for anyone on the default. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 22:49, 30 March 2024 (UTC) :::I don't think that's going to be a problem. What they're doing in the skin is styling HTML <code>p</code> tags in ways that are going to be annoying to work around, but where <code>p</code> tags get added in the first place is a function of the parser and not of the skin. Hard line breaks inside a block of text have mostly worked because they do not cause the parser to insert a <code>p</code> tag there. So since the parser is not changing, neither should the behaviour for hard line breaks inside paragraphs. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:43, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::::A quick update. It seems like this change has caused several problems across projects and they are consequently going to reevaluate. It's likely they will not simply revert the change, but they may change the way they do it such that we don't get this problem or there is a cleaner way to work around it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:35, 5 April 2024 (UTC) ::Btw, in order to figure out some workable approach to this, if we're stuck with it, I'm going to need plenty of examples of places where it breaks. Things like the text overflowing in Jan's {{tl|overfloat image}} example above. A lot of cases are going to be the kind of "pixel perfect" layout that you can't in general do on the web, but we'll need to look for ways that at least it won't be any ''more'' broken than it already was. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 11:03, 31 March 2024 (UTC) == Making ''MoreMenu'' and ''Without text'' Gadgets default == In [[Special:PermanentLink/13971025#New_Gadget:_MoreMenu|#New Gadget: MoreMenu]] and [[Special:PermanentLink/13971025#New_beta_Gadget:_Automatically_empty_Without_text_pages|#New beta Gadget: Automatically empty Without text pages]], I announced the availability of these two new Gadgets. Since then there has been relatively little feedback, but what feedback there has been has been positive. I therefore intend to make both default at some point in the relatively near future. I encourage you to post feedback in this thread (positive, negative, neutral, or apathetic; all feedback is valuable). Especially if you are sceptical I encourage you to actively test both Gadgets and then express your concerns here. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:19, 15 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} Seems reasonable. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 13:56, 15 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} Sounds good to me. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 14:51, 15 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} They can't hurt anyone, and I feel like emptying without text pages should have been done long ago. [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] (<span style="font-size: 83%;{{#if:|{{{style}}};}}">[[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] and [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]</span>) 16:42, 16 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 09:45, 17 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} per those above, particularly [[User:Alien333|Alien333]]'s wise words. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 03:26, 21 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} ''without text'', ambivalent about ''Moremenu'' [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 10:24, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :Per the above, I have now made both Gadgets default. They can be turned off again per-user in your Preferences. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 12:49, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::It's taken me a bit to realise what happened when an unexpected poorly named tab suddenly appeared and the keyboard shortcuts associated with delete, move, and protect all stopped working. I've turned off MoreMenu in my Preferences because I don't use a mouse if I can avoid it. The "poorly named" comment comes because there were two tabs labeled "page". How are less-experienced users to know which one does what? [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 21:15, 29 March 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]]: The non-optimal naming stems from Wikisource's choice to use "Page" as the main tab, which then clashes with the commands and links in the menu that are related to the ''current page''. On Wikipedia that tab is called "Article", on Wikibooks it's "Book", on Commons it's "Gallery" etc. I'm not sure there's a good solution to this (the non-optimal tab naming has been mentioned as confusing in other contexts too, for similar reasons).{{pbr}}The missing accesskeys however are clearly a bug. I've reported it upstream so hopefully that can be fixed fairly quickly. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 11:59, 30 March 2024 (UTC) == Disambiguating encyclopedia articles from works == I have always had a significant issue with our common practice of including encyclopedia articles, such as those from EB1911, Nutall, NSRW, etc., in disambiguation pages alongside other works. Some quite poignant examples exist at [[Jalna]] and [[Surakarta]]. The crux of my argument is centered around the very concept of a disambiguation page itself. It's meant to disseminate confusion from works of the same title. And no one would '''ever''' confuse a novel with an unrelated encyclopedia article. Think about this in conversational form: <blockquote>A: "Hey, have you ever heard of 'Jalna'?" B: "Oh, yeah, I loved reading that, that was a great novel!" A: "No, I was talking about ''the 1911 Britannica article about a town in India''."</blockquote> Like what? Who would ''ever'' say this as a response? That is what you're implying when you put something on a disambiguation page—that it's reasonable to think that someone might confuse a ''popular novel'' with an ''obscure encyclopedia article''. I admit that I don't know exactly ''how'' you would technically classify an encyclopedia article, in the bibliographic sense, and it [[User_talk:Neo-Jay#Naming_and_disambiguation|has been noted]] that "a long encyclopedia article may even be regarded as an academic masterpiece". And this may be true—in fact, there are even (''very rare!'') instances where encyclopedia articles have been republished in some other form. But, we have to consider the ''context in which these articles exist''—whereas something like an essay, a paper, a speech, or even an article in a periodical or newspaper, would be intended to be found on its own and regarded as its own individual property, an encyclopedia is ''specifically '''designed''' to be searched''. In other words, you're ''never'' looking for the encyclopedia article for its own sake—you're looking for it because you want some specific information. You're ''using'' the broader work (''Britannica'') for the purpose of finding information ''about'' Jalna, and it never occurred to any reader that the article on it was even its own unique entity at all. I wouldn't want to include "Jalna" the encyclopedia article on a disambiguation page, for the same reason that I wouldn't want to include every magazine issue editorial titled "Editorial" in a disambiguation page called [[Editorial]]—the editorial is intended to be searched from the issue, the same as the encyclopedia article is meant to be searched from the encyclopedia. I do understand that in the case of [[Surakarta]] and many others, there is a counterargument some of you may make, in that encyclopedia articles have use in being disambiguated from ''each other''. But in this case, really we need more extensive portals, and perhaps a separate searching technology specifically for our dictionaries and encyclopedic works, (I'm not kidding, this would be ''extremely'' useful and I'd love to see something like this), but it just doesn't seem like disambiguation pages are the place to be doing this. Pinging {{ping|Beleg Tâl|Neo-Jay}} who I've talked with about this previously. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 14:14, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :As formulated, I disagree with this. But perhaps there is an underlying problem behind your reasoning for which one can find a solution that we agree on?{{pbr}}Encyclopedia entries are both practically and bibliographically stand-alone works (one can quibble about single-sentence entries and such, but one can't generally say that they are not in this context). And the purpose of disambiguation pages is to disambiguate among works with near identical titles. See [[Hamlet]], in particular the original, vs. Lamb's bowdlerized version, Hazlitt's commentary, the three encyclopedia articles, and the encyclopedia article for the opera.{{pbr}}I've also sometimes been annoyed by the need for dab pages when there are only two works listed, and one of them seems very incidental or insignificant. But over time I've come to the conclusion that this stems from assigning too much significance to wikipage names (that's why enWP has big fights about a term's main topic: do most people mean the type pf small settlement or the play?). Having dabs is good, even if sometimes annoying for Wikisourcerers running into naming collisions.{{pbr}}The flip side is long dab pages like [[Poems]]. Some of these are inevitable (they're the corner-cases like [[Poems]] specifically, for which there's no good solution), but for others the straightforward solution is to add some structure to the page. So, for example, perhaps split different types of works to separate subsections, so that encyclopaedia articles are in their own section? [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 15:33, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :: {{ping|Xover}} You say that "as formulated" you disagree with this, since you say that both practically and bibliographically they are stand-alone works, but could you elaborate on why and in what sense? I'd be interested to see the specific reasoning for this, and how it would refute that encyclopedias are functionally designed to be searched, with their articles existing more as "search''es''" than as individual works; while an essay or a poem are almost guaranteed to be published in multiple sources, to be clearly seen as standalone works in the sense that they are understood to be sought after in isolation? I am just saying it's misleading to treat encyclopedia articles as if they are sought after as the things themselves rather than the topics they represent. When I say the word "Elephant" in a sentence, how likely is it that I'm referring to the Wikipedia article on {{w|elephant}} if "Wikipedia" or "article" aren't in my sentence? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:48, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :: Addendum: One could also say, in exactly the same way, that forewords of novels are works in their own right (since some form of those very forewords might one day be found in a periodical, who knows!). And in some technical, academic sense maybe they are, but would this justify a 500,000-item disambiguation page at [[Foreword]]? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:54, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :::See [[Preface (Johnson)]]. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 16:16, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :::: {{ping|Xover}} {{smaller|Mmmh, this appears to be a rare edge case; it's a well-researched (and interesting!) versions page where the changes are noticeable, distinct, and span several different authors and publishers across eras. But to use this notable piece of Shakesperean literatary history that happens to manifest itself in the form of a preface, as a precedent for the rest of the millions of prefaces out there, is not a place I'd go with my lukewarm acceptance of it. And to be honest, I'm in the mindset that this belongs in another namespace or in some other structure, but I have no specific ideas and Versions makes sense within the confines of the little structure we have to work with.}} [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 16:59, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :I very strongly agree with this position. Consider the page [[Poems]] mentioned above. In my opinion, it would be inappropriate and rather ridiculous to include on that page every encyclopedia and dictionary that happens to contain an article about "Poems". I would argue, as [[User:Billinghurst|Billinghurst]] argued to me [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/2015-08#Famous passages as separate works|nearly a decade ago]], that to be considered as a separate work for enWS purposes, the "component will have been separately published and outside of the bible" (replacing the bible with the encyclopedia in this case). —[[User:Beleg Tâl|Beleg Tâl]] ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 16:58, 24 March 2024 (UTC) :: The examples in that older discussion focus on poems and passages included within a larger work, and I agree somewhat that those are edge cases and ''might'' be worthy of such treatment. But encyclopedia articles for most major encyclopedias have their own authors and citation information from specific editions. That is, whereas ''The Walrus and the Carpenter'' will appear in the same chapter of its containing work, it does not have set pagination nor a separate author from the author of its containing work. Encyclopedia articles typically do have their own separate authorship, and are as much a work in their own right as a poem included in an anthology. Also, to be clear, it is not an article ''about'' Poems that would be listed for disambiguation, but an article ''titled'' "Poems". --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 00:32, 25 March 2024 (UTC) :::Re articles in reference works being on their own they also frequently cross-reference each other, overlap with multiple different entries under the same header, have varying degrees of set clear pagination and are almost never independently reprinted. Multiple authorship also seems to be weird as a main deciding criterion to clue on IMO, e.g. when later editions add additional chapters to a book, now those original chapters have "own authors and citation information" and are now independent works but they weren't before? :::''Poems'' is a bit of an edge case as it goes into the Main / Portal linking issue as well and how ''[[Poems]],'' [[Portal:Poetry]] and Category:Poems all interact but that is its own separate specific rabbit hole. Note that ''The Walrus and the Carpenter'' is frequently anthologized as a separate work on its own with its own chapter, set pagination etc. which causes issues as well if we then version those but not the original publication... [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 00:02, 27 March 2024 (UTC) {{ping|SnowyCinema}} I concur with your sentiment that every ''Foreword'' and ''Editorial'' should not be listed on disambiguation pages, but not for the reasons you've given. A ''Foreword'' is a description of the item, and not its title. We would not list every "Chapter I" on a disambiguation page, because that is a label, and ''not'' a title. Likewise, an ''Editorial'' is a ''kind'' of work, not the title of a work, and disambiguation pages should list works with a given title, without listing works ''described'' or ''categorized'' using a given label. Having worked on Wiktionary, the equivalent language is: '''labels''' are common nouns, but '''titles''' are proper nouns. And "foreword", "index", "editorial" are identifying labels, but not titles. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 00:52, 25 March 2024 (UTC) :We have similar issues with things like [[Sonnet]] where they may be labeled by number as well by first line, and presumably Untitled or such some placeholder if we consider neither of those the actual title since not provided by the author. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 01:59, 25 March 2024 (UTC) :: Disambiguation pages are ''searching aids'' and ''title disseminators'', so to include an encyclopedia article in them is functionally useless. The way those titles are referred to, as I said, is always "Jalna in the ''Encyclopedia Britannica''" or the like. No one on earth has trouble telling the difference between a specific encyclopedia article about ''Moby Dick'' and ''Moby Dick'' itself. Whether or not they have different authors is beside the point, it's about the fact that encyclopedias are designed to be searched and not considered in their own right. Which is why, whether or not you want to say in some ''academic'' sense that they're "works" by some technical nitty-gritty classification, you can't say that they're standalone in any sense. The standalone work is the encyclopedia, is the dictionary. Any entries in them are just that, and they're meant to serve the purpose of the encyclopedia, not to be found on their own. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 06:58, 25 March 2024 (UTC) :::You keep asserting that, but it's just not true as a general statement. Most encyclopaedia entries, sure, they're short blurbs that are mostly interchangeable, like dictionary entries, and primarily have value as a part of the larger work they are contained in. But the EB1911, and ''Grove'', and a lot of others have entries that are ''long'', ''well researched'', ''with a distinct author'', ''can have multiple editions'', etc. In fact, in ''Grove'' (now owned and online at OUP) each entry gets its own DOI, and even has different DOIs for each edition of an entry. EB1911's entry authors are also often leading experts in their fields, and well-know and published outside EB1911 (see e.g. [[Author:Sidney Lee|Sidney Lee]], who is known today primarily as one of the leading Shakespearean scholars of his era). There's no practical difference between these an a short story in a short story collection, or a paper in a collection or ''festschrift''. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 07:15, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :::: {{ping|Xover}} The difference is that, and while Wikisource doesn't represent this often enough in practice, short stories ''and'' poems that appear in collections are almost ''guaranteed'' to have been published in multiple different sources, like periodicals, newspapers, or other collections, so they should ''categorically'' be considered as standalone works and ''categorically'' be assumed to exist in many versions. So the short story collections are effectively just collections of works, while an encyclopedia is more like a searchable database for information. I am aware that many encyclopedia articles are long and well-researched etc., but that's besides the point. I'm certain that many prized academics have also contributed a lot to Wikipedia's articles, but that doesn't make them standalone works in the same sense as a ''story''. I'm sure ''some'' of the entries in these old encyclopedias were reproduced in other works, but even then oftentimes they become something fundamentally different later by reference. So, it's no longer ''EB1911's article on Moby Dick'', it's now ''EB1922's update on Moby Dick'', or ''EB1936's article on Moby Dick'', you know? It's never ''just'' "Moby Dick: The Article". So these responses I'm getting don't address my primary concern, which is that while short stories are quite easy to categorically be considered in their own right and can be referred to explicitly by their titles without any adjacent context, the EB articles ''have'' to be referred to in the context of the encyclopedia or no one would ever understand what you were talking about. And that goes to the broader point as well: that no one would ever confuse ''Moby Dick'' the novel with an encyclopedia article about it, because it doesn't even make logical sense to lump the two together in this way as if they could be supposed to be the same. Also, no one has answered the hypothetical I gave before, which is if I used the word "Elephant" in a sentence, how likely is it that I'm referring to Wikipedia's article on the topic, if "Wikipedia" or "article" aren't in my sentence? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 08:35, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :::::No, but that's a contrived example. Cf. below, "William Shakespeare" could refer to one of any number of works that are substantially similar in subject-matter (biographical information about him and his works), but where some are in the form of encyclopedia articles, some are essays from collections, some are scholarly monographs, some may be fictionalized retellings of his life. It is quite common in the literature to see footnotes citing ''Lee (1904)'', ''Chambers (1930)'' with the full reference to a encyclopedia entry and a monograph (respectively) appearing in the bibliography. Depending on citation style used, these can appear as "Lee, ''Shakespeare''" and "Chambers, ''Shakespeare''" or any number of other variations. The point being that these do not treat encyclopedia articles and monographs differently. Your point is a valid one that applies to a lot of encyclopedia articles, but you cannot generalise it to "all encyclopedia articles".{{pbr}}You'll also note that nobody (serious) cites ''Wikipedia''; they cite the article "William Shakespeare" on ''Wikipedia'' at a given date and time (or revision). "Wikipedia" as a work is somewhat meaningless; it's a tool for creating and a site for hosting the works it contains, which are the individual articles. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:04, 26 March 2024 (UTC) I will just comment that I see three intersecting questions: 1. Workflow. For example, on WP if I want to find out about "Shakespeare, New Mexico" I can search Shakespeare --> Main topic (William Shakespeare) --> disamb page --> article, but on WS do we want to mirror the same flow to find information or do we expect a different workflow? 2. Bibliography of subpages. Which subpages are "works" and merit specific indexing and which works aren't? Is a Chapter in a Novel entitled Shakespeare independent? Is [[The Common Reader/Jane Austen]] a separate work because it is non-fiction now? Or only if it is by a separate author? Or republished and excerpted outside with sufficient notoriety etc.? 3. The actual construction of the redirects / links to those works from Main. For example does that link from [[Jane Austen]], [[Jane Austen (1925)]], [[Jane Austen (Woolf)]] etc.? Do we have to create disambiguate pages at those points too? Do we merge "Shakespeare" and "Shakespere"? Do we consider encyclopedia articles by their titles like "Austen, Jane" / "Shakespeare, William" and disambiguate only under those names etc.? [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 01:52, 25 March 2024 (UTC) :I think only the second of those questions is really what is being addressed here. We don't have a workflow such that people would find "works about Shakespeare, NM" at [[Shakespeare]], only "works titled 'Shakespeare'". As for whether to list similar titles together or separately, that is generally done on a case-by-case basis, which is why [[Sonnet]] and [[Sonnets]] are separate pages while [[A Sonnet]] is not. —[[User:Beleg Tâl|Beleg Tâl]] ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 01:58, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]]: [[The Common Reader/Jane Austen]], and the other essays in that collection, are stand-alone works, yes. In fact a number of them appeared stand-alone in ''The Times Literary Supplement'' before being collected there. Most fiction chapters (i.e. novels) will not fit this definition for the simple reason that each chapter does not stand alone, and the chapters are meant to be read in sequence (and are normally never published individually). But in collections of essays or short stories each individual piece is atomic. There are certainly edge cases out there, but the general rule is fairly clear.{{pbr}}All three of those redirects you list seem reasonable. But redirects are mainly about convenience or preserving links to an old title, and not so much about disambiguation.{{pbr}}Disambiguation pages are about distinguishing between works with an identical title, since we cannot let all works live on the same wikipage title otherwise, and as a finding aid to readers. Consider, for example, the Sherlock Holmes stories: most people will be looking for ''A Scandal in Bohemia'' with no idea that it was first published in [[The Strand Magazine/Volume 2/Issue 7/A Scandal in Bohemia|''The Strand Magazine'' in vol. 2, issue 7]]. What they need is [[A Scandal in Bohemia]], a versions page, to tell them we have two versions of that text. Readers looking for "William Shakespeare" may be looking for any one of [[Author:Sidney Lee|Sir Sidney Lee]]'s encyclopedia article [[Dictionary of National Biography, 1885-1900/Shakespeare, William|in the DNB]], [[Author:Edmund Kerchever Chambers|E. K. Chambers]]' seminal ''William Shakespeare: A Study of Facts and Problems'', Park Honan's ''Shakespeare: A Life'', or Stanley Well's ''Shakespeare: A Life in Drama'', or any one of a whole host of other works whose primary title is a permutation of "William Shakespeare". The same goes for "Hamlet", which may be any version of the play, the Bowdlerized editions by the Lambs, Hazlitt's commentary on the play (an essay published in a fixup collection, designed to be read sequentially), several operatic versions inspired by the play (and some independent inventions), and a bunch of poems. The main unanswered question there is the precise definition of "identical", and that's an issue on which reasonable people may disagree. I favour a fairly permissive "…and substantially similar" type definition, but you can't really say someone that argues for seeing "William Shakespeare" and "Shakespeare, William" as distinct is "wrong". [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 08:49, 26 March 2024 (UTC) ::Right, but do we make a distinction between "[[Moby-Dick]]" (novel) and "[[Moby Dick]]" (article), [[The Tempest]], [[Tempest]], [[Tempest, The]] and [[Tempest, Marie]], [[The Monk]], [[Monk]] and [[Monk, James Henry]], [[Kubla Khan]] and [[Kublai Khan]], etc. The original example might make a distinction between ''Surakarta'' articles about the place and ''The Surakarta'' the novel, for example. I mention redirects as that is ''how'' these are implemented, given we are talking about works in a containing work, we ''only'' encounter clashes between the main work and the redirect to the encyclopedia articles. Which is why I started with the first point, these exist as aids for the reader. Personally, I favor more disambiguation, more linking, more discovery, probably more portals to provide structure etc. If we want to through more illustrations, great. But that is my personal opinion. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 14:00, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :::It isn't obvious that if you want ''Shakespeare: A Life'' search for "Shakespeare" and ''William Shakespeare: A Study of Facts and Problems'' search for "William Shakespeare," as a position is wrong. I.e. that someone searching for "William Shakespeare" might be taken literally and not see the Honan or Well work. I think it is wrong because we should favor discoverability and "wikiness" over exact searching like a catalog, but YMMV. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 14:10, 26 March 2024 (UTC) ::: I am not seeing the harm, at all, in listing encyclopedia article titles on a disambiguation page. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 19:56, 26 March 2024 (UTC) == Invitation to join March Wikisource Community Meeting == Hello fellow Wikisource enthusiasts! We're excited to announce our upcoming Wikisource Community meeting, scheduled for '''30 March 2024, 3 PM UTC''' ([https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/1711810800 check your local time]). As always, your participation is crucial to the success of our community discussions. Similar to previous meetings, the agenda will be split into two segments. The first half will cover non-technical updates, such as events, conferences, proofread-a-thons, and collaborations. In the second half, we'll dive into technical updates and discussions, addressing key challenges faced by Wikisource communities. '''New Feature: Event Registration!''' <br /> Exciting news! We're switching to a new event registration feature for our meetings. You can now register for the event through our dedicated page on Meta-wiki. Simply follow the link below to secure your spot and engage with fellow Wikisource enthusiasts: [[:m:Event:Wikisource Community Meeting March 2024|Event Registration Page]] '''Agenda Suggestions:''' <br /> Your input matters! Feel free to suggest any additional topics you'd like to see included in the agenda. If you have any suggestions or would just prefer being added to the meeting the old way, simply drop a message on '''klawal-ctr@wikimedia.org'''. Thank you for your continued dedication to Wikisource. We look forward to your active participation in our upcoming meeting. Best regards, <br /> [[:m:User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]], [[:m:User:SWilson (WMF)|Sam Wilson (WMF)]], and [[:m:User:SGill (WMF)|Satdeep Gill (WMF)]] {{unsigned|18:56, 25 March 2024 (UTC)|MediaWiki message delivery}} <!-- Message sent by User:KLawal-WMF@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:SGill_(WMF)/lists/WS_VPs&oldid=25768507 --> :@[[User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]]: Could you make sure these announcements contain a standard signature (see [[Special:Diff/13996824|diff]]) so that Reply-Tool and Vector 2022's auto-toc features work? [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:34, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Xover|Xover]] Thank you for pointing that out, will include a standard signature in future announcements. [[User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]] ([[User talk:KLawal-WMF|talk]]) 19:15, 28 March 2024 (UTC) == <nowiki>{{Header}}</nowiki> template and misleading publication dates == I have been doing work on various 'collected works' and noticed that misleading date information is appearing against individual works from these collections. Using 'The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (ed. Hutchinson, 1914)' as an example:—{{pbr}} In the main page [[The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (ed. Hutchinson, 1914)]], the year field is filled in '1914' and the title is displayed as 'The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley' (1914), as normal.{{pbr}} On the subpages for each individual poem, if there is no Wikidata link, the title of the overall work appears in the same way. The 'year' field is not used on these pages, so no date appears.{{pbr}} For subpages that do have a Wikidata link, the date of publication entered in Wikidata is displayed in the title. In most cases, this date is that of first publication (in the case of Shelley's collected works, given in a note at the head of each poem). Unfortunately, this date appears immediately after the title of the overall work (e.g. for '[[The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (ed. Hutchinson, 1914)/Lines to a Critic|Lines to a Critic]]', the main title appears as 'The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (1823)'. This gives the impression that the 'collected works' was published in 1823, which is not the case.{{pbr}} I question the need for this date linkage to Wikidata, but if it is judged to be necessary then what is displayed should have some associated text to make it clear what the date is, and it should be placed either after the 'section' field (or better, in the 'notes' field), not the 'title' field. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 10:56, 26 March 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|Chrisguise}} For "Lines to a Critic" that's because the Wikidata item was handled wrong. It is being treated as if it's the work item, but it links to our ''version'' of the poem. This is a quite widespread issue on Wikisource and, in general, we need to correct all instances where this has happened. I do think we should prefer handling this in Wikidata over not doing that, but maybe we need to make it so that we only pull from it if it's marked as an instance of "version, edition, or translation". [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 11:09, 26 March 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|CalendulaAsteraceae}} What is your opinion? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 11:10, 26 March 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]]: I think that only pulling dates if the WD item is a version/edition/translation is the way to go. I can take a look at the code soon-ish. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 19:57, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :::Would doing so affect Versions headers? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 22:06, 26 March 2024 (UTC) ::::Versions headers shouldn't link to version/edition/translation items, so it shouldn't be an issue (once I fix the dozen or so pages that are incorrectly linked) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 20:15, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::::: That's why I ask. If dates are only pulled from versions pages, does that mean the date of first publication (on the data item for the work) will vanish from version pages? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 15:36, 29 March 2024 (UTC) ::::::Depends how the code is written; it shouldn't. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 16:03, 29 March 2024 (UTC) == Simplify Scriptorium page structure == {{smaller|[I thought we'd discussed this before, but I'm failing to find it in the archives just now. I think I recall that people were generally positive, but that we didn't have a good plan for alternative solutions for Announcements and Proposals. So reopening the issue to see if we can at least make a little progress.]}} I'd really like to simplify the page structure of this page to avoid having subsections. It makes a lot of things much more complex, and don't work all that well on mobile (or in the Vector 2022 skin, but that's… a different issue). It is also confusing for newbies, and the important stuff (announcements, proposals) tends to get lost. So… What would we have to do as an alternative for the current sections? * '''Announcements''' * '''Proposals''' * '''Bot approval requests''' * '''Repairs (and moves)''' * '''Other discussions''' '''Other discussions''' would, obviously, just become the one section present on this page (with no actual separate heading, of course). '''Bot approval requests''' could probably either move to [[WS:BR]], with instructions to also post a notice here; or it could be just a normal thread here on the Scriptorium. We average far less than one bot approval request per year, and while looking through the archives for something else I saw several that just languished with no comment. Depending somewhat on the outcome for other sections, I think just making bot approval requests normal threads here is the most practical and pragmatic way to handle them. '''Repairs (and moves)''' doesn't really seem to warrant a separate section on the Scriptorium, and in any case tend to be overlooked in their own section up above. I think most such requests should go to [[WS:S/H]], requests specifically about scans should go to [[WS:LAB]], and anything needing +sysop should go to [[WS:AN]]. So we could replace the whole section with instructions about where to go instead up in the header. '''Announcements''' are, I don't think, very useful as a separate section here because they tend to get lost. I think probably we could make announcements just normal threads here, maybe with "Announcement: " tacked on as a prefix to the thread title. We could have instructions to add {{tl|do not archive until}} so that announcements where that's relevant stay on the page more than 30 days. There may be other things we could do to enhance their visibility while keeping them as a normal thread. '''Proposals''' too are, I think, better handled as normal threads here, combined with use for separate pages for things that are RFC-y (and with a notice here). We should also use watchlist notices (cf. the recent one about Vector 2022 users needing to update their scripts) for important ones (especially policy proposals), and possibly also create a template where current proposals are listed (the template could be permanent at the top of this page and [[WS:S/H]], and we could encourage users to transclude it on their own user page to keep up with proposals). I think that would actually ''improve'' visibility of proposals. I'm sure I've forgotten about something, and I'm sure people will have different views on what the best way to handle stuff is; but that's a snapshot of my current thinking. PS. This thread isn't in itself a proposal, as such, but the discussion that precedes a potential future proposal. If there is significant support, or general apathy in the absence of active opposition, I'll make a concrete proposal up in [[#Proposals]] that would, then, presumably, be the last such under the status quo. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 10:44, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :This sounds like a good idea to me! —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 15:15, 1 April 2024 (UTC) :Just a note that this is the kind of change that needs positive agreement. If there isn't significant participation, and absence of strong opposition, no change can be made. I was hoping to get a sense of where the community stood in this thread, before proceeding to a specific proposal. If nobody thinks this is an issue or doesn't think it's worth the time-investment, then making an actual proposal would just be wasting everyone's time. Some ''yay'', ''nay'', or ''meh'' would be helpful, is what I'm saying. :) [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:32, 5 April 2024 (UTC) :Just wondering, how did this end? Because we still have [[#Announcements]] up there, which has not been used for a while, but apparently also [[WS:Scriptorium/Announcements]], which is at least used for some newletters. — [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] ([[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] &amp; [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]) 10:56, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Alien333|Alien333]]: If it bugs (almost) nobody but me enough to comment here then there's obviously no support for making any change and the status quo prevails (and there's no point making a proposal under those circumstances). I'm guessing the reason nobody's commenting here is that they're mostly fine with how things are, and thus not motivated to think through the sketch of an alternative above. The current structure has worked well for a long time so changes to it has the presumption against it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 12:25, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Xover|Xover]] Perhaps this post became lost in the otherwise difficult to navigate Scriptorium? At any rate, I am not a great fan of the current layout, but equally wonder whether everything may become harder to find if things changed (for the most part, if I want to find the scan lab, I google it, as who knows where the link on Wikisource resides). If the Scriptorium did change, a clear table of contents at the start of this page, linking to the bot request, scan lab etc. subpages, would be much appreciated. [[User:TeysaKarlov|TeysaKarlov]] ([[User talk:TeysaKarlov|talk]]) 21:33, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::I've thought for some time that the community pages here really need some sort of navbox. It'd certainly make it easier to get around. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:48, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::Yeah, that's partly what I have in mind. I'd like to split things into more separate pages, with one thing (main section) per page, and then have a navbox type thing on each page. I also think we can make a template that's displayed prominently in strategic places that lists all currently open proposals. Something like [[w:Template:Centralized discussion]]. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:53, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ::The irony for me is—indeed!—this discussion got lost and I didn’t see it until just now despite my best efforts to follow this page. As a new WS contributor, it’s been hard for me to get invested in this page despite it being on my watchlist (where multiple edits are easily lost track of because of the default way it collapses multiple edits into just one, which I don’t fully understand). ::I’m not smart or experienced enough to propose specific restructuring solution(s), but wanted to say I support any effort by admins and other experienced folks to improve our community interaction. Compared to other “risky” proposals that would affect content in the main namespace, it seems ''relatively'' lower risk to talk about improving this discussion namespace. Just a lot of inertia and potential [[w:loss aversion|loss aversion]] at play probably, which is understandable as a human cognitive bias. [[User:Brad606|Brad606]] ([[User talk:Brad606|talk]]) 14:59, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Brad606|Brad606]]: Yeah, the default watchlist is a bit confusing in this sense. I recommend going to ''both'' the [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-watchlist|Watchlist section of your Preferences]] to turn '''on''' "Expand watchlist to show all changes, not just the most recent", and to go to the [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-rc|Recent Changes section]] to turn '''off''' "Group changes by page in recent changes and watchlist". Why in two different tabs of the Preferences? I have no idea. ¯\_(ツ)_/¯ [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 18:30, 13 April 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|Xover}} Yes, indeed, part of the reason this discussion has been unseen is because of the mountain of obscured discussions already in the Scriptorium from other cases. : Specifically for proposals, I think this deserves its own separate page. Note that Wiktionary has [[wikt:Wiktionary:Votes]], a process which works ''quite well''. Official votes (on policy, etc.), aka proposals, are done in a very structured format: :* Draft it out, based on and reference previous discussion. :* Set a time when the vote begins. Have it sit there as it would be when it starts more or less, but don't allow people to actually vote until the date and time of it starting. This serves a useful purpose: People can comment on the vote's talk page, etc., if the proposal has lack of clarity or has other inherent issues. :* Most importantly to me, '''set a clear time when the vote ends'''. Most of our discussions here (being one of the problems with both the Scriptorium and our desert known as RFC) do not have clear end dates, or clear definitions or enactments of resolution. So they just sit around more or less as thought experiments, going back to the huge "community practice vs. policy" dichotomy we have as well. : So, I think our proposals should function somewhat like this. They should at least be structured so that action is ensured to be taken if consensus allows. Wiktionary also transcludes a list of all current votes on everyone's watchlist, as well as in many other places, so that the wider community is aware... Some ideas for a page title: [[Wikisource:Votes]], [[Wikisource:Proposals]], or (and I like it a lot less) [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Proposals]]. : I'm interested to know what your thoughts on this proposal structure are. I'd move to get the other sections mentioned to subpages as well (and repairs could maybe be merged with [[WS:Scan lab]]), though I have less to comment about them. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 00:13, 14 April 2024 (UTC) == Should we mark the RfC process historical? == There was [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/2024-01#RfC_close|an earlier discussion]] that suggested this, but that has since been archived. There are several huge "open" RfCs, but none of them have had much recent participation or any participation at all – [[Wikisource:Requests for comment/Universal Code of Conduct enforcement draft guidelines|one has had no edits since it was proposed in 2021]], and overall the process seems abandoned, with the Scriptorium being used for most discussions. I think the {{tl|historical}} template should be added to the main RfC page and any open RfCs should be closed (as "no consensus" in at least one case, due to 0 participation). Clearly, the process is not attracting the input it needs ([[Wikisource:Requests for comment]] has achieved a grand total of 243 pageviews so far this month, compared to this page's 6,036 [https://pageviews.wmcloud.org/?project=en.wikisource.org&platform=all-access&agent=user&redirects=0&range=this-month&pages=Wikisource:Scriptorium|Wikisource:Requests_for_comment]). [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 15:09, 29 March 2024 (UTC) :I think it needs updating and revitalization, but there's no need to abandon it entirely. One thing that makes it so moribund is that we mostly get by just fine on established practice, and our policy framework covers most obvious areas. So while not ideal, neither is it particularly urgent to fix it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 16:59, 29 March 2024 (UTC) == Best practices for title pages and other front matter == I was preparing the title page for The Diothas ([[Page:The Diothas, or, A far look ahead (IA diothasorfarlook01macn).pdf/5|here]]) when it occurred to me that I couldn't find much guidance about front matter (the page [[Help:Front matter]] says nothing about style). I did notice that most proofread title pages decrease the vertical space compared to the page, but is there a guideline for this? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 10:13, 30 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]]: No, no good guidance. Title pages (and similar parts of the front matter) are a bit special. The rule of thumb is to reproduce the original layout as closely as possible without going insane with hyper-detailed formatting, and without causing it to overflow a single page when exported to ePub. How detailed a reproduction is useful will also vary from text to text: if the title page has clearly received a lot of love from the publisher then putting more effort into reproducing it is good, but if it is very simple then a reasonable representation is good enough. It's fairly subjective and up to each contributor's judgement.{{pbr}}Personally I always put quite a bit of effort into the title pages etc. of my projects, because I think it's important (not least in order to look good in ePub form), but nobody is likely to rag on you for a reasonable level of laziness here. We can never perfectly reproduce them anyway, so just exactly where the line is drawn will of necessity be a subjective call. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 12:08, 30 March 2024 (UTC) ::Follow-up question: what's the best way to check how the title page looks when exported to ePub? Is there a way apart from just exporting it? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:23, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]]: No, sorry. I've often thought we should have a Gadget to preview this to catch obvious problems with pagination, page width, etc. but as of now the best option is to just export it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 15:40, 3 April 2024 (UTC) == Table of Contents: Index:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu == Table of Contents: Index:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu I'm validating this. There's a typo I don't know how to correct. Please see IX on the table of contents. At the bottom, it says the page numbers are 143-146. But I think it should say 143-166, since the next section starts at 167. Also Section 1, Section VI, , Section X, and Section XV are the only ones that say "Pages" in front of the numbers. Please advise when I can continue validating the pages. Thank you. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 15:54, 31 March 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|Maile66}} The actual table of contents starts [[Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/17|here]]. The index page's table of contents is just a transclusion of the normal table of contents pages in the Page namespace. To find them, just Edit the page to see the index's source code, and you'll find in this case: <syntaxhighlight lang="mw"> {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/17}} {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/18}} {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/19}} {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/20}} </syntaxhighlight> : And just copy and paste. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 16:03, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::Thank you, but since I am doing the validating on this, someone else needs to make these corrections because it tells me the changes need to be proofread. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 18:42, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::: {{ping|Maile66}} 1.) You don't ''have'' to wait for other people to proofread the pages; if you want you can just go ahead and proofread them, since the validation is something that anyone can do. 2.) Which pages haven't been proofread? The table of contents pages are all validated, and all the pages except advertisements at [[Index:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu]] are at least proofread. Are you certain we're talking about the same transcription project? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 23:32, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::::Right now I'm validating pages 2-166 ... and I'm happy occupying myself with that. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 23:41, 31 March 2024 (UTC) :::::{{ping|SnowyCinema}} Ahhhh .... thank you for your instruction and guidance. I fixed the page number. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 20:39, 1 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::{{ping|SnowyCinema}} Well, oops! Looks like I have a lot to learn. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 20:52, 1 April 2024 (UTC) == Tech News: 2024-14 == <section begin="technews-2024-W14"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/14|Translations]] are available. '''Recent changes''' * Users of the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Reading/Web/Accessibility_for_reading|reading accessibility]] beta feature will notice that the default line height for the standard and large text options has changed. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T359030] '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/wmf.25|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-02|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-03|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-04|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] '''Future changes''' * The Wikimedia Foundation has an annual plan. The annual plan decides what the Wikimedia Foundation will work on. You can now read [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Annual Plan/2024-2025/Product & Technology OKRs#Draft Key Results|the draft key results]] for the Product and Technology department. They are suggestions for what results the Foundation wants from big technical changes from July 2024 to June 2025. You can [[m:Talk:Wikimedia Foundation Annual Plan/2024-2025/Product & Technology OKRs|comment on the talk page]]. '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/14|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W14"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 03:36, 2 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:UOzurumba (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26462933 --> == Global ban for Slowking4 == It looks like we are in danger of losing one of our most prolific editors: [[:meta:Requests for comment/Global ban for Slowking4 (2)]]. If you have any opinion on this, speak now or forever hold your peace. (I realize this is mentioned further up the page, but wanted to bump the issue in case folks didn't notice it.) [[User:Nosferattus|Nosferattus]] ([[User talk:Nosferattus|talk]]) 22:42, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :This was posted above under the heading [[#Global ban proposal for Slowking4|#Global ban proposal for Slowking4]]. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:23, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :: But we needed to make doubly sure the WS community was aware this was going on, since that "discussion" (more of a notification really) was buried. Thanks Nosferattus! [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 00:27, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :::you're very kind, however, it is unclear to me, that any amount of reason matters. only go there if you have a strong stomach. the drama caucus (one of your admins among them) will continue to put the stewards to the test, until they get the result they want. lest you think that the neglect of the WMF is bad, just consider the active hostility of a solipsistic clique of functionaries. i got my compliment from "notorious RSG", so the name calling is amusing. Wikimania was becoming tiresome, one of you should go, and help out Vigneron, and there is the wikisource conference to plan for. "all who wander are not lost". --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 02:31, 5 April 2024 (UTC) == All small caps == Is the {{tl|all small caps}} template supposed to work in non-Latin scripts like Greek? They are ''sometimes'' working here: : {{asc|{{polytonic|Οιδιπουσ}}}} The Greek line ''previewed'' correctly, showed correctly when I posted the comment initially, but then did not work when I emended my comment. Because the behavior is variable, sometimes working and sometimes not, I can't tell whether this is the asc-template, the polytonic-template, an interaction between the two, or something else entirely. They do not seem to be working in those scripts in the Page namespace. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 18:12, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :I winder if this is related to the issue I posted at [[WS:S/H#font-feature-setting:'hist']], and some OpenType features are not working? —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 18:51, 3 April 2024 (UTC) ::Just for testing: ::* Default font: {{asc|Οιδιπουσ}} ::* Junicode: {{ULS|font1=Junicode|{{asc|Οιδιπουσ}}}} ::* GentiumPlus: {{ULS|font1=GentiumPlus|{{asc|Οιδιπουσ}}}} ::For me the first two work, and the last one does not; which suggests that it's just the GentiumPlus font that {{tl|polytonic}} uses that might be the problem —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 18:53, 3 April 2024 (UTC) == Document in Jamaican patois == Is [[Yuunivorshal Deklarieshan a Yuuman Raits]] within the scope of English wikisource ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 04:27, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :Hmm. I'd say it's a clear ''no''. Jamaican creole is not generally mutually intelligible with Standard English (although as a primarily spoken language, and as a creole, the degree is pretty fluid from person to person and situation to situation). This is just one such case for which we have mulWS. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 07:10, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : {{vk}} at enWS as a closely-related language to English. We should keep JC works if we're going to host works in Old English, which is at least as unintelligible, if not more so, than the Jamaican Creole provided. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 14:27, 7 April 2024 (UTC) ::It's not primarily a question of mutual intelligibility (although that is certainly also a factor). Old English is a direct precursor of English, and there is a direct lineal relationship linguistically speaking. Jamaican creole is a hodgepodge of languages, where there happens to be a large dash of English in the mix, but it is inherently a mix of languages that do not fit neatly into one specific language family. mulWS is for precisely such cases where you cannot slot a text neatly into one language. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 15:48, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::{{color|gray|> where there happens to be a large dash of English in the mix}} :::The major {{wikt|lexifier}} of Jamaican Creole is English[https://apics-online.info/surveys/8]. :::{{color|gray|> but it is inherently a mix of languages that do not fit neatly into one specific language family}} :::Its language family is {{w|English-based creole|English-based creole}}. Here is its classification on [https://glottolog.org/resource/languoid/id/jama1262 Glottolog]. :::I just wanted to point that out. I didn't know that mulWS existed when I uploaded it, so if that's a better place, then great, I can put it there or an admin can move it. Or if here is fine, that's great too. I'll wait for you all to decide, since I'm brand new to this project and don't know how things work here.--[[User:Vuccala|Vuccala]] ([[User talk:Vuccala|talk]]) 23:54, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : {{vd}} This is in Jamaican Creole (a stable language resulting from a mix of languages), not a patois (nonstandard speech within a language). [[Author:Claude McKay|Clause McKay]] published poetry in the Jamaican patois, but the document under consideration is in Jamaican Creole. Further, this document is a ''translation'' of a document that was originally written in English. Since the document is a translation, and is not in English (or Scots), it falls outside our coverage and should be housed at the Multilingual Wikisource. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 15:06, 7 April 2024 (UTC) '''Question''' (from me, the uploader): is there a more suitable Wikimedia project I could have uploaded this to? There is no Jamaican Creole Wikisource, and we're using this document over at Wiktionary for demonstrating attestations of Jamaican Creole vocabulary using this template: {{wikt|Template:RQ:Yuunivorshal_Deklarieshan_a_Yuuman_Raits}}. --[[User:Vuccala|Vuccala]] ([[User talk:Vuccala|talk]]) 23:29, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : See the above discussion. There is a multilingual Wikisource that houses all languages that do not have a dedicated Wikisource project for the language. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 01:00, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::Is there a way to move something from here to there ? Or does it need to be input separately there ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 01:20, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :::I am an admin and can import. —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 07:10, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :::{{Ping|Beardo}}: [[:s:mul:Yuunivorshal_Deklarieshan_a_Yuuman_Raits]]. —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 07:11, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :{{Ping|Vuccala}} [[:s:mul:Yuunivorshal_Deklarieshan_a_Yuuman_Raits]]. —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 07:35, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::{{Ping|Koavf}} Thank you! I've updated the link in the Wiktionary template to point there instead. You guys can now delete it from English Wikisource. --[[User:Vuccala|Vuccala]] ([[User talk:Vuccala|talk]]) 10:59, 8 April 2024 (UTC) == Transcription speculation == Just a fun little exercise—I was wondering what projects you guys would be working on if more modern works were in the public domain today. So, I started this editable user subpage, [[User:SnowyCinema/Speculative transcriptions]]; the idea is to list your favorite copyrighted works that you might be working on if they were not under copyright. Anything is on the table—video games, TV shows, or books like is our general focus now, etc. I'm curious to see what your answers are. Feel free to add items to the list if you can think of anything. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:35, 7 April 2024 (UTC) == Random line break == Hello. I have recently started a project of [[index:Tarka_the_Otter.djvu|Tarka the Otter]] and some pages seem to have a random line break towards the end for no apparent reason (like [[Page:Tarka_the_Otter.djvu/14|page 14]]). Did I do anything wrong? I can't figure out what is wrong. [[User:HendrikWBK|HendrikWBK]] ([[User talk:HendrikWBK|talk]]) 01:42, 8 April 2024 (UTC) : You did not join the separate lines to make a continuous paragraph, and that line break is a consequence. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 01:58, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::It seems that only the last line is affected. In the rest of the page, if I leave two new line spaces, a new paragraph is formed, while one leaves the subsequent line in the same paragraph. I don't understand what you mean, I believe I did kept lines from the same paragraph immediately next to each other. [[User:HendrikWBK|HendrikWBK]] ([[User talk:HendrikWBK|talk]]) 02:06, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :::️@[[User:HendrikWBK|HendrikWBK]] The software parses the text in unpredictable ways if you don't remove the newline character at the end of every line, and the consequence is that random line breaks appear for no apparent reason. [[User:Ignacio Rodríguez|Ignacio Rodríguez]] ([[User talk:Ignacio Rodríguez|talk]]) 06:21, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::::See [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Help#Proofreading_Paragraph_Problem]] [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 06:59, 8 April 2024 (UTC) == Tech News: 2024-15 == <section begin="technews-2024-W15"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/15|Translations]] are available. '''Recent changes''' * Web browsers can use tools called [[:w:en:Browser extension|extensions]]. There is now a Chrome extension called [[m:Future Audiences/Experiment:Citation Needed|Citation Needed]] which you can use to see if an online statement is supported by a Wikipedia article. This is a small experiment to see if Wikipedia can be used this way. Because it is a small experiment, it can only be used in Chrome in English. * [[File:Octicons-gift.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Wishlist item]] A new [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Edit Recovery|Edit Recovery]] feature has been added to all wikis, available as a [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-editing|user preference]]. Once you enable it, your in-progress edits will be stored in your web browser, and if you accidentally close an editing window or your browser or computer crashes, you will be prompted to recover the unpublished text. Please leave any feedback on the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Talk:Community Wishlist Survey 2023/Edit-recovery feature|project talk page]]. This was the #8 wish in the 2023 Community Wishlist Survey. * Initial results of [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Edit check|Edit check]] experiments [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Edit_check#4_April_2024|have been published]]. Edit Check is now deployed as a default feature at [[phab:T342930#9538364|the wikis that tested it]]. [[mw:Talk:Edit check|Let us know]] if you want your wiki to be part of the next deployment of Edit check. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T342930][https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361727] * Readers using the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Skin:Minerva Neue|Minerva skin]] on mobile will notice there has been an improvement in the line height across all typography settings. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T359029] '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/wmf.26|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-09|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-10|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-11|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] * New accounts and logged-out users will get the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor|visual editor]] as their default editor on mobile. This deployment is made at all wikis except for the English Wikipedia. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361134] '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/15|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W15"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 23:37, 8 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:UOzurumba (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26564838 --> == Avoid concurrent confirmation for our `crats == Courtesy ping: [[User:BD2412|BD2412]], @[[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]]. It just occurred to me that we currently have [[Special:PermanentLink/14036101#Confirmation_discussions|Confirmation discussions]] for ''both'' of our `crats going on concurrently (because we elected both of them at the same time). Now, granted, neither one of them is likely to be involved in any controversy, but it is in principle unfortunate to have them both be up for confirmation at the same time. I therefore propose that we artificially postpone the next confirmation for one of them by 6 months so that their future confirmations will be at different times of the year, and so they can more easily switch out who handles closing confirmations without getting into situations where they can be accused of being influenced by an ongoing confirmation for themselves. It's not something that's ''likely'' to happen, but since it's easy to avoid entirely… It doesn't matter which one of them we move in the cycle, but just so there's a concrete proposal I suggest we delay BD2412's next confirmation by an additional 6 months (for the very well-thought-out reason that they happen to be listed first on WS:A currently :)). [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:55, 9 April 2024 (UTC) : No objection to the plan, but we could also just add a few more 'crats. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 15:55, 9 April 2024 (UTC) ::Actually for the period of time when Hesperian was also a 'crat, all three of us were being confirmed in the same month. I should also point out that any established wikisourceror can close a confirmation discussion and I used to close Hesperian's so that he didn't have to do his own one. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 05:28, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :::Not [[WS:AP|restricted access]] discussions; those have to be closed by the `crats. But, yeah, as mentioned, this isn't exactly a big issue. I just noticed it now and figured there was an easy way to avoid the problem altogether, so why not. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:12, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :::: There is also [[Wikisource_talk:Administrators#'crat COI question|this discussion]], where it was suggested that if the outcome was "bleeding obvious", then it would not be a problem for a 'crat to close a discussion in which they were a participant. I suppose this might be considered to apply to a 'crat closing their own clearly uncontested reconfirmation, though this feels a bit wrong. For this month, I have no problem with the two 'crats involved each closing the discussion for the other, though this also potentially could create an appearance of a tit-for-tat. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 15:31, 11 April 2024 (UTC) == [[:Index:United States Statutes at Large Volume 44 Part 2.djvu]] == Raw OCR dump. Should be removed (along with other Raw dumps) unless someone is prepared to provide alternate scans that are ACTUALLY READABLE as opposed to bordeline illegible on numerous pages. I've been trying to remove lints by attempting to proofread pages that where showing up in a list of mismatched Italics. Raw OCR Dumps diminish my enthusiasm for continuing, and there should be concerted effort to clean out the gibberish generated from them. [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 09:25, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :the scan is fine, with the improved OCR. awaiting for the volunteers to proofread. if you remove it, then the volunteers cannot do the work. (i would be more motivated if there were a consensus to ditch the side notes, which are more trouble than they are are worth). --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 13:16, 14 April 2024 (UTC) == [[Primary sources concerning Wyatt Earp]] == This page contains a number of short newspaper articles all on a related topic. It's been proposed to separate the page, which seems like clearly the right thing to do if the page is going to stay on Wikisource, if somebody is going to take the trouble to find scans, etc.; but this is a labor-intensive task that seems unlikely to happen in the near future. In the meantime, even though it contains actual source material, I would suggest that moving this page to the Portal: space might be the best way to tidy things up. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 17:35, 12 April 2024 (UTC) == Tech News: 2024-16 == <section begin="technews-2024-W16"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/16|Translations]] are available. '''Problems''' * Between 2 April and 8 April, on wikis using [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:FlaggedRevs|Flagged Revisions]], the "{{Int:tag-mw-reverted}}" tag was not applied to undone edits. In addition, page moves, protections and imports were not autoreviewed. This problem is now fixed. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361918][https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361940] '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/wmf.1|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-16|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-17|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-18|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] * [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Magic words#DEFAULTSORT|Default category sort keys]] will now affect categories added by templates placed in [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Cite|footnotes]]. Previously footnotes used the page title as the default sort key even if a different default sort key was specified (category-specific sort keys already worked). [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T40435] * A new variable <bdi lang="zxx" dir="ltr"><code>page_last_edit_age</code></bdi> will be added to [[Special:AbuseFilter|abuse filters]]. It tells how many seconds ago the last edit to a page was made. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T269769] '''Future changes''' * Volunteer developers are kindly asked to update the code of their tools and features to handle [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/Temporary Accounts|temporary accounts]]. [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/Temporary Accounts/For developers/2024-04 CTA|Learn more]]. * [[File:Octicons-tools.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Advanced item]] Four database fields will be removed from database replicas (including [[quarry:|Quarry]]). This affects only the <bdi lang="zxx" dir="ltr"><code>abuse_filter</code></bdi> and <bdi lang="zxx" dir="ltr"><code>abuse_filter_history</code></bdi> tables. Some queries might need to be updated. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361996] '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/16|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W16"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 23:29, 15 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:UOzurumba (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26564838 --> == Converting to copyright-until == I had a bunch of work links added by a new editor, and had to turn them into copyright-until. So I tossed a short script in sed that did 90% of the work, and decided to post it here, as much in hopes that someone would do a more universal and correct job, then in hopes that it would be useful. : <nowiki>cat file | sed 's/\[\[/{{copyright-until|/' | sed 's/\]\] (\([0-9]*\))/|\1 + 96|\1}}/'</nowiki> --[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 22:25, 16 April 2024 (UTC) :I don't know about universal and correct, but if the input is entirely regular like <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline>[[Wikipage|Display]] (1892)</syntaxhighlight> I'd probably do something like: :<syntaxhighlight lang="perl">perl -p -e 's/\[\[(.*?)\|([^]]+)]]\s*\((\d+)\)/"{{copyright-until|$1|$3|display=$2|until=" . ($3 + 96) . "}}"/e' file</syntaxhighlight> :Which, admittedly, looks like line noise, but then most regex does. It does avoid a [[w:Useless use of cat|useless use of cat]] though. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 07:28, 17 April 2024 (UTC) == Scanned microfilm sources == Some time ago a large number of periodicals were posted on the Internet Archive in microfilm form (as seen [https://archive.org/details/sim_microfilm here]). Are there any concerns about using these as scan sources? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 02:29, 19 April 2024 (UTC) :copyright will be tricky. i would use https://onlinebooks.library.upenn.edu/cce/serialprocess.html for guidance about US formalities. you might want to include the serial information in the upload metadata, since commons is simplistic. :mass upload will require expertise, since Fae is gone. :you might not want to drop a lot of periodicals without building a team to proofread them. --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 02:58, 19 April 2024 (UTC) == Invitation to join April Wikisource Community Meeting == Hello fellow Wikisource enthusiasts! We are the hosting this month’s Wikisource Community meeting on '''27 April 2024, 7 AM UTC''' ([https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/1714201200 check your local time]). Similar to previous meetings, the agenda will be split into two segments. The first half will cover non-technical updates, such as events, conferences, proofread-a-thons, and collaborations. In the second half, we'll dive into technical updates and discussions, addressing key challenges faced by Wikisource communities. Simply follow the link below to secure your spot and engage with fellow Wikisource enthusiasts: [[:m:Event:Wikisource Community Meeting April 2024|Event Registration Page]] If you have any suggestions or would just prefer being added to the meeting the old way, simply drop a message on '''klawal-ctr@wikimedia.org'''. Thank you for your continued dedication to Wikisource. We look forward to your active participation in our upcoming meeting. Regards [[:m:User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]], [[:m:User:SWilson (WMF)|Sam Wilson (WMF)]], and [[:m:User:SGill (WMF)|Satdeep Gill (WMF)]] <small> Sent using [[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[User talk:MediaWiki message delivery|talk]]) 12:21, 22 April 2024 (UTC)</small> <!-- Message sent by User:KLawal-WMF@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:SGill_(WMF)/lists/WS_VPs&oldid=25768507 --> == Tech News: 2024-17 == <section begin="technews-2024-W17"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/17|Translations]] are available. '''Recent changes''' * Starting this week, newcomers editing Wikipedia [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Growth/Positive reinforcement#Leveling up 3|will be encouraged]] to try structured tasks. [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Growth/Feature summary#Newcomer tasks|Structured tasks]] have been shown to [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Growth/Personalized first day/Structured tasks/Add a link/Experiment analysis, December 2021|improve newcomer activation and retention]]. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T348086] * You can [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Coolest Tool Award|nominate your favorite tools]] for the fifth edition of the Coolest Tool Award. Nominations will be open until May 10. '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/wmf.2|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-23|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-24|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-25|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] '''Future changes''' * This is the last warning that by the end of May 2024 the Vector 2022 skin will no longer share site and user scripts/styles with old Vector. For user-scripts that you want to keep using on Vector 2022, copy the contents of [[{{#special:MyPage}}/vector.js]] to [[{{#special:MyPage}}/vector-2022.js]]. There are [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Reading/Web/Desktop Improvements/Features/Loading Vector 2010 scripts|more technical details]] available. Interface administrators who foresee this leading to lots of technical support questions may wish to send a mass message to your community, as was done on French Wikipedia. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T362701] '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/17|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W17"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 20:28, 22 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Quiddity (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26647188 --> == Vote now to select members of the first U4C == <section begin="announcement-content" /> :''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Election/2024/Announcement – vote opens|You can find this message translated into additional languages on Meta-wiki.]] [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Election/2024/Announcement – vote opens}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]'' Dear all, I am writing to you to let you know the voting period for the Universal Code of Conduct Coordinating Committee (U4C) is open now through May 9, 2024. Read the information on the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Election/2024|voting page on Meta-wiki]] to learn more about voting and voter eligibility. The Universal Code of Conduct Coordinating Committee (U4C) is a global group dedicated to providing an equitable and consistent implementation of the UCoC. Community members were invited to submit their applications for the U4C. For more information and the responsibilities of the U4C, please [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Charter|review the U4C Charter]]. Please share this message with members of your community so they can participate as well. On behalf of the UCoC project team,<section end="announcement-content" /> [[m:User:RamzyM (WMF)|RamzyM (WMF)]] 20:20, 25 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:RamzyM (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=26390244 --> == Aux TOC arcana == Can someone explain to me why the AuxTOC portion of [[:Page:Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu/7]] (the listed Acts) are not displaying in green the way that other AuxTOC items do? I have tried copying the syntax from another ToC where this works, but it is not working here. With no documentation anywhere that I can find, I am at a loss to understand why the syntax works in one place but not in another. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:09, 25 April 2024 (UTC) == Wikisource and other public domain digitization projects == Newbie question here. How do our efforts on Wikisource compare to other PD digitization projects like Project Gutenberg? I gather that we used to copy from there but that's now discouraged. Are the efforts of one project redundant to the other? Besides being able to verify page scans, does one have an advantage over the other? Is there any pooling of resources to avoid redundancy? Apologies if this has been discussed ''ad nauseam'', but searching the Scriptorium archives didn't help much. [[User:Thebiguglyalien|Thebiguglyalien]] ([[User talk:Thebiguglyalien|talk]]) 00:38, 26 April 2024 (UTC) : A couple of big differences are (1) PG tends to have just one copy of each work, but WS will house multiple editions or translations, where there is reason (see for example ''[[The Time Machine]]'' and [[Electra (Sophocles)]]), and (2) PG will modernize and editorialize texts, which is one reason we no longer accept their texts; WS tries to preserve the originally published spellings and format to the best degree possible. Of course, our texts are also interconnected to Wikidata, Wikipedia, and other projects. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 00:55, 26 April 2024 (UTC) :A few others that stand out to me: :* Stricter license enforcement and labeling. A lot of effort is actually spent to identify translators, authors death dates, relevant country policies etc. There is also no "fair use" exemption. Many sites are a bit lax with orphan works, URAA-restored translations, etc. :* Easy linking to the actual page scan for comparison :* Things like score extension that allow transcription and playing of musical scores, movie transcription, images independently searchable and discoverable via Wikimedia Commons, etc. :* Linking to authors and other works per our [[Wikisource:Wikilinks|linking policy]] :[[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 02:13, 26 April 2024 (UTC) o8msnmfatn9wj7siu7i5blphk0wje9g 14130496 14130459 2024-04-26T03:06:28Z SpBot 23107 archive 1 section: 1 to [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/2024-03]] (after section [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/2024-03#Disambiguating_encyclopedia_articles_from_works|Disambiguating_encyclopedia_articles_from_works]]) - previous edit: [[:User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]], 2024-04-26 02:13 wikitext text/x-wiki {{process header | title = Scriptorium | section = | previous = [[Wikisource:Index/Community|Community pages]] | next = [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives|Archives]] | shortcut = [[WS:S]]<br/>[[WS:SCRIPTORIUM]] | notes = The '''[[wikt:scriptorium|Scriptorium]]''' is Wikisource's community discussion page. Feel free to ask questions or leave comments. You may join any current discussion or <span class="plainlinks">[{{fullurl:Wikisource:Scriptorium|action=edit&section=new start}} a new one]</span>; please see '''[[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Help]]'''. The [[Wikisource:Administrators' noticeboard|Administrators' noticeboard]] can be used where appropriate. Some announcements and newsletters are subscribed to [[/Announcements/]]. Project members can often be found in the [[liberachat:wikisource|#wikisource]] IRC channel [https://kiwiirc.com/nextclient/irc.libera.chat?channel=#wikisource webclient]. For discussion related to the entire project (not just the English chapter), please discuss at the [[:mul:Scriptorium|multilingual Wikisource]]. There are currently {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} [[Special:ActiveUsers|active users]] here. {{/Navigation}} }} {{autoarchive resolved section | age = 3 | archive = ((FULLPAGENAME))/Archives/((year))-((month:##)) | level = 2 | show = no | timecompare = <!--allowing for archiving without resolved--> | timeout = 30 }} [[Category:Bots/Archival|Scriptorium ]] [[Category:Wikisource|Scriptorium]] __NEWSECTIONLINK__ <!-- Interwiki links --> [[mul:Scriptorium]] <!-- Interwiki links --> = Announcements = = Proposals = === Proposal to change {{tl|SIC}} display === This is a proposal to change what text the {{tl|SIC}} template displays, i.e. making it show the corrected text rather than the original typo. An example of what the repurposed template could look like can be seen > [[Template:SIC/testcases|here]] <, the final presentation, of course, not being definitive (current one thanks to {{ping|CalendulaAsteraceae}} ). The most important change would be to put the typo in the tooltip and the corrected term on display, and the arguments for this change are the following: * SIC doesn't export well at all and the ebook result isn't any different from an overlooked typo, the exception being pdf showing the typo being underlined. The audience most happy with the current use of the template (indeed the only persons who can actually see the tooltip) seems to be editors who browse Wikisource solely on computer and who enjoy reading the typos from the original text. This is a fraction of the intended audience of Wikisource, and in my opinion the mindset is detrimental to increasing the website's reach: with the current use of SIC a reader wanting an ebook with no typos (which is most ebook readers) has no reason to use Wikisource over other book repositories like Gutenberg. * The proposed new usage of SIC would still clearly display that a typo has been fixed, and will display the typo as a tooltip, as completely correcting the text isn't the goal here. This is done to respect the original edition of the text, as it still shows how shoddy some books were published, and will be useful to book lovers who want to see how the text has been fixed between different editions. This information, however, will appeal only to a minority audience of Wikisource: this is why it's the typo that should be in the tooltip, not the displayed text. * The current use of SIC is awkward with missing typography, as a missing comma or quote mark mentioned by SIC will only show a tiny wave barely bigger than a dot, and is completely useless when the tooltip can't be accessed as it can't show what the deleted sign was. Truly the common practice among editors is to not use SIC at all for missing typography. The proposed new SIC would just display a sign. * Fixing typos instead of showing typos improve text readability. It had to be said. I'll address some counter arguments which have been raised in previous debates on the subject: * "'''This is changing the text, Wikisource contributors shouldn't make editorial decisions, and the text has to be preserved as close as can be to the original'''" Preserving the text exactly as it was published actually isn't Wikisource's goal, it's Wikimedia Commons' goal, whose scans keep every single flaw of the text just like the real book. Wikisource editors change and make editorial decisions on every single text, whether it is omitting the 3em gap between period and new sentence start, ligatures like st, changing the dreaded ſ into s, displaying the pages in the right order despite faulty original arrangement, or not reproducing the occasional ink blots. Wikisource's goal is to preserve a text ''and'' to make it easily readable. The current use of SIC respects the first goal, but not the second one. The proposed new use of SIC would respect both goals. * "'''This will lead to entire texts being modernized to whatever the editor wants, and will make archaic orthograph disappear from Wikisource'''" As the current SIC template isn't used in that way, I think this would be an unreasonable development. Other Wikisource versions (Spanish and French versions for instance) already display the correction rather than the typo, some for years, and this hasn't led to any loss of accuracy in older texts, as indeed it's meant to be used only for obvious, occasional typos that the original printer would have corrected if aware of them. I'll add that in case of a lack of consensus, a solution satisfying both those for the change and those against the change would be to implement some kind of switch which would allow to show globally either the corrected text or the original typos, as is done for some other templates. In that case I'd suggest to make it by default print ebooks with corrected text, as, and I want to stress this again, the current use of SIC for ebooks is worse than useless, it's detrimental to Wikisource. --[[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 20:06, 27 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} - Making SIC display the correct word by default to the reader seems like an obvious quality of life improvement. When an end user is reading the text, they want to read the word that's supposed to be there - they're not doing a scholarly analysis of variant spellings in different quartos, and if the text depended on an exact transcription of non-standard spellings then we wouldn't be using SIC anyway (e.g. I have a dream of putting Robert Record's The Whetstone of Witte from 1557 through the site - that definitely wouldn't be using SIC). [[User:Qq1122qq|Qq1122qq]] ([[User talk:Qq1122qq|talk]]) 21:01, 27 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} Thank you for writing this up! —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 21:17, 27 March 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}}, strongly: 1) I agree with the counter arguments mentioned above.{{pbr}}2) We often host different editions of the same work. One of the aspects by which they may differ from each other may be e. g. a presence/absence of some typos, and it is desirable to show them by default.{{pbr}}3) The fact there is a typo may give the reader some information too, e. g. that the author was not good in English spelling. I have already proofread some works written by non-native writers which were full of spelling mistakes, and we should not be improving this.{{pbr}}4) The fact that the person who proofreads a work considers something to be a typo does not necessarily mean it is really a typo: it can be e. g. an unusual spelling, obsolete spelling or purposeful change of spelling. I have seen such cases of wrong usage of the template here. If the template shows the original text by default, it makes less harm than if it were the other way, because it is clear that the wrong tooltip is our addition to the text.{{pbr}}5) Ad ''"fixing typos ... improves text readability"''. If the original text was difficult to read because of frequent typos, we should keep this aspect in our transcription too. It is not our mission to "improve" original texts. Keeping the typos gives the transcription a tinge of the original text. --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 23:50, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::A lot of your objections are about misuses of SIC, and are easily solved by not using SIC in works for which it's not suitable - if it's important that typos are recorded, then they should be. ::This is a discussion about what the default behaviour of SIC should be when someone is reading the produced text. [[User:Qq1122qq|Qq1122qq]] ([[User talk:Qq1122qq|talk]]) 07:34, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::I completely agree with points 2 and 3! Point 2 would in fact be followed by the proposed new SIC, as it in fact shows where the corrected typos are, and the typo on the tooltip. Showing the typo by default would however only be useful to Wikisource users whose chief interest is to compare different editions rather than read a book, which, given that it's very unusual here for a book to have even 2 complete different editions, is only a fraction of its actual audience. ::I hadn't considered point 3 when I wrote up the proposal, as I've had so far only seen SIC used in obvious printing errors. I don't think SIC, old or new, should be used in cases where the typo comes from the author rather than the printer, whether the author typo is intended or not. ::Point 4 wouldn't be affected by the SIC change, as a new SIC still would show where the corrected typo is. It would indeed ask more (minimal) effort to check what the typo originally was by placing your mouse over the tooltip instead of being able to read it right away, but the harm in that exceptional and fixable case is vastly outmatched by the harm of normal intended use of current SIC, which is to show untooltiped typos in ebooks. ::As for point 5, it is our mission to make older texts readable and accessible while preserving them; we're not preserving ink blots or misprinted punctuation either. New SIC still preserves typos and indicate them, it just doesn't make them the main focus, which is what old SIC is doing. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 08:36, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}} I loathe the template at the best of times, so tinkering with it is not going to improve it any—nor cause me to start using it. Some works here are unreadable because of the use of this template, with its underlining or (on my eReader) highlighting the text. Changing it to display the supposedly correct text is not going to take away the ugliness that is produced by tooltips. Its misuse for things like user translations of phrases from other languages will not be helped by displaying the alternate text. Deprecate it instead and remove all uses. The quiet template {{tl|sic}} is by far the preferable option where it is felt that an egregious typo should be marked. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 06:45, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}}. As you can see just above, some people find even the current {{tl|SIC}} to be way over the line into annotation territory. I am not personally that conservative (I think {{tl|SIC}}, when used as intended, is fine), but I think showing the corrected text is a step too far. There have been some really egregious misuses of it as is and I am not keen on expanding the scope of its use.{{pbr}}One of the main differences between Wikisource and Gutenberg is our verifiability to a scan and that we preserve the original text as published, including being careful to distinguish which particular ''edition'' of a work our text represents. To say that "everyone" wants to see typos corrected is extrapolating personal preference too far: some proportion of our ebook readers will certainly prefer that, but our content is reused in all sorts of ways and for all sorts of reasons.{{pbr}}But if {{tl|SIC}} doesn't currently export well that's an issue that can be addressed. I haven't run into that issue as yet, but from your description it sounds like the first thing we should do for the short term is to remove the underlining on export. WS Export doesn't have the facility to let the user express preference for things like this, so until it does it will be whatever is the default in {{tl|SIC}} that gets exported but we can apply export-specific styles to it. We can possibly implement a way to switch between the two when viewed in a browser, but that seems a bit over-engineered for the actual need. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 08:35, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::You'll find that both our personal preferences tint our views on what the intended Wikisource audience is! If I get you properly, your assumption is that it tends towards the archivist/scholar type, who'll come to Wikisource to find preserved documents that couldn't be found on other websites (except on wiki commons). My own assumption is that, while we do get researchers and scientists who'd rather read our completely-rewritten-as-close-as-possible-to-the-original texts than the actual original texts (which are on wiki commons), the main audience of Wikisource is the actual general audience, novel readers and the like. A poll on audience wishes would be interesting, but in its absence a cursory look at wikimedia statistics imply that the actual situation leans towards my point of view. ::Now none of us imply (yes, not even me) that "everyone" wants to see typos corrected or not corrected, as indeed if there was a consensus there would be no discussion. But what is the SIC use which would accommodate the most people? ::Old SIC accommodates Wikisource editors who want the text displayed to have the original printing typos (which isn't the same as wanting to have an accurate text, as no editor transcribes accurately every typography quirk of the original text), and the archivist/scholar who is glad that they can read the original typo right away instead of having to move their mouse over the text to check it (assuming researchers don't study texts by downloading ebooks of them and reading them on their phone, which would remove the tooltip). It inconveniences all those who want to read a text without printing typos, which I will assume is an important part (again, not "everyone") of the general audience. New SIC would inconvenience these two previous categories (which are very important categories, as one of them is the actual decision-maker on template changes), and accommodate most ebook-readers, as well as archivist/scholars who don't mind about printing typos or about hovering over indicated corrected text to see what the original typo was. As to which audience we ''should ''accommodate, that's a website policy that I can have no influence on! even if it seems to me that one audience clearly outnumbers the other. ::Furthermore new SIC would have no influence on copy/pasted text used by scholars who want to use the actual original text in their thesis, as original-typos would still be clearly marked for a scholar to notice and add back at leisure, and no serious researcher would use Wikisource text without carefully reading it first to remove new, editor-added typos. ::I'll only frankly disagree on your opinion that expanding the scope of SIC could lead to more misuse. The scope of SIC has been expanded in other versions of Wikisource with no unwelcome result, so I can safely affirm this is a baseless fear. ::As to the WS Export, it's only a low priority issue, as it only shows on PDF. I'd argue underlining without tooltip is still more useful than no underlining at all, as it somehow indicates that the editor was aware there was a problem with the word. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 10:37, 28 March 2024 (UTC) : {{comment}} I have stated before that perhaps we should have an approach where we dynamically load a list of "errata" in the text elsewhere perhaps generated in the headers by detected SIC templates, and perhaps something like this would deprecate the need for a tooltip at all, and the correct text would therefore be displayed instead of the typo. My biggest issue with tooltips is that they don't work well on exports or mobile views, and are designed for desktop views (pretty much the only view to Wikisource around the time the template was originally created). But I do think that recognizing where typos and other inconsistencies exist is extremely important, since they can aid in discussions about publication or revision history of certain works, about historical typographical or linguistic tendencies, etc. : Just so everyone is aware, there are literally examples of literary errors that became ''famous'' or ''iconic'' throughout history. One example I can think of offhand is the "{{w|all your base are belong to us}}" fad of the early 2000s which has its own Wikipedia article (although I know this wouldn't be nearly old enough to be PD). But there are many older examples. I recall there are several examples of newspaper editors accidentally leaving random curse words in the articles because they were bored sitting at the typewriter and forgot to remove them, things like this. While I mistakenly thought there was an entire Wikipedia article listing famous historical typos, (but like, why isn't there???), you can find loads of articles online about these and they're fun to read about. Anyways, they're historically important, ok? Just trust me on that. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 10:16, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::The list of errata is indeed a solution present on the french Wikisource, which I find very convenient! It's however a more important change than just reversing the SIC template, which is why this proposal is more modest in scope, and aims to at least gather what is the general opinion on "displaying typo" vs "displaying corrected text". I don't think list of errata could be agreed on without at first agreeing on the "displaying corrected text" philosophy... ::Probably one the most most famous misprinted works is the [[W:Wicked Bible|Wicked Bible]], which sadly isn't apparently yet on Wikisource. When such a typo is a matter of fame, I'm sure there could be found grounds to leave it untouched! [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 10:48, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :{{comment}} - I'm not going to vote yet, since there are some issues in the comments I'm making here that complicate things. :* I'd consider the possibility of creating a new template instead, which I would prefer (not least because the name "SIC" implies that what is displayed is as given in the original). :* Related to this is unexpected uses of {{tl|SIC}}. In particular, it's been used by some contributors to show when hyphenation is inconsistent in the tooltip. Obviously if we want to change the behaviour of {{tl|SIC}} this would need to be removed (replaced by {{tl|tooltip}}?) first; again, this would not be necessary with a new template. :* I note that on some pages of the EB1911 transcription we already have typos being amended in the text, with a tooltip showing the original text. IIRC this is done manually (by using a span, without a template). :* I also note that in the course of migrating some works to scans I've been in the situation of having to introduce typos such as errors in punctuation. While I don't really mind this, it does seem a bit weird to actively make the work worse for the end user. The tooltip not being readable on export does seem to be an important factor here, by the way (and is something that was brought to my attention recently). :* Finally, {{tl|SIC}} is mentioned in [[Wikisource:Annotations]] as a non-annotation. This may need to be revised if the template is changed. :[[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 11:26, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::Point 1 and 2 could imo be addressed by adapting the SIC documentation to clarify its goal, point 5 will also eventually be done when the change takes. A name change of new SIC could be done if there's a strong demand for it, but I don't see it as so explicit that it would confuse users in its purpose. I wonder if point 3 is following current Wikisource policy... Concerning point 4, old SIC making the work worse for the readers except for those interested in seeing all the original typos is precisely why I'm for the SIC change [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 10:43, 29 March 2024 (UTC) ::: It really shouldn't be ''unexpected'' that textual inconsistencies (hyphenation, italicization, use of accents) are marked as SIC in many texts. They ''are'' typographical errors in most cases, especially if being done in the context of the same story, nonfiction book, or novel. What other sites like Gutenberg will often do in these situations is just correct the error, i.e. make all hyphenations the same throughout the text. If a user had the right software tools, they could actually figure out that there was inconsistent hyphenation in any given text (which is something I can do with my software). Sometimes, these inconsistencies literally happen on the ''same page as each other'', so they can be more obvious in some contexts. It's a specific distinct classification of textual error that appears in almost every work I've ever seen, thus deserving of its own separate template. ::: It can also have implications for Wikisource ''proofreading'' as well. Sometimes, inconsistent hyphenation is actually our fault, since most hyphenations at the end of page lines are mid-word so they don't need to be preserved—but it's impossible for ''OCR softwares and the like'' to determine when this end-line hyphenation is supposed to be preserved or not, so it ends up with a scanno on our part. We end up with situations where "houseparty" comes out of "house-\nparty" very commonly, for example. So the template, like SIC, is also used to distinguish ''possible proofreading errors'' from actual hyphenation errors on the part of the original author, to save the time of later editors trying to improve our transcription's accuracy. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 12:06, 31 March 2024 (UTC) *{{Support}} As the proposer said, this would increase text readibility, ''etc.'' I understand the desire to preserve the original text as much as possible, but blatant misspellings (as opposed to archaic spellings) aren't helpful to anyone. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 12:24, 28 March 2024 (UTC) * <s>Weak {{support}}.</s> Addendum: Sorry, as it stands, I {{oppose}} making the change to the current template but I'd support a second template that uses this functionality... * I do agree that, for all practical purposes, what most readers care about is a working text, and I do like that this change doesn't completely remove the SIC template (as I'm sure some editors here would suggest since they hate the tooltips). But, if we're going to go about this change it shouldn't be the finale for another 15 years. We need to be constantly reworking this SIC template situation, and improving on it with new features. Eventually, I do want the tooltip to go away (à la Beeswaxcandle), but I have no idea what I'd put in its place yet. For now though, a couple points: ** This template should carry a parameter, an option to display the typo text, for those proofreaders who want to show the original typo rather than the corrected one. We need to be considering in this discussion that different types of works may necessitate correction more than others. Think of ''who'' the audience of that work is going to be. '''A.)''' For example, are we working with the US copyright catalogs? In that case, [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]]'s SIC would be more useful because a reader is looking for the listings and not concerned about where typos are. And displaying the typo text can actually be argued to be more harmful, especially when we're talking about writing code that's supposed to parse these entries. '''B.)''' But for silent films, novels, short stories, poems? These follow a clear narrative top-down structure, and therefore old SIC makes more sense, because researchers of fiction might actually be interested in where the typos appear. This especially makes sense for works that are known to contain a lot of typos, such as certain works by foreign writers (per Jan), or works that were poorly produced for other reasons. '''But,''' this is a fine line, and isn't easy to make a rule about: it's probably best to leave it up to individual editors to make a decision. ** And this actually makes me wonder if we just need a third SIC template for Ostrea's suggestion, rather than to change the SIC template that's already there... ** PS: A general philosophical sentiment: I will say that, while the general reader of our text is not any "vaguely supposed scholar figure", our WMF sites are generally written and constructed assuming they'll be useful for scholarly research and I think that this is a good thing. This is why Wiktionary isn't an Urban Dictionary clone, and why Wikipedia doesn't use street slang so that their audience of billions can better understand the articles. God forbid our sites become as outright awful for our society's intellectual fervor as today's social media platforms. The WMF sites are some of the only platforms that genuinely keep me sane in this world, giving me real information with evidence and keeping my attention span strong and not weak. I'm not saying this specific proposal is conducive to this so don't get the wrong idea, but I'm saying that the general sentiment of "we should be serving people, not scholars" can lead to bad places if followed in an absolute sense. I do want WS to get more page views, but I want it to better society by encouraging people to read more, not to further the very real and demonstrable trend of attention spans in the general population getting lower and lower specifically because of apps like Snapchat, Tiktok, and Instagram... Just a general sentiment, not related to the proposal itself really, but more to an incidental sentiment. * Overall, I think there are benefits to your suggestion, but 1. this needs to be an ongoing endeavor and not left as it is, and 2. the very sloppy ideas and notions I just typed out are things I'd like to be considered before this template change is made. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 13:03, 31 March 2024 (UTC) *:Arcorann mentioned a 2 templates solution earlier (SIC would stay the same and display the typo, a new template would display the corrected text), and I'm getting more and more convinced that it could become a good compromise. Choosing whether or not to use it could then be a style decision the original (or most prominent) editor of a text chooses around the start of the editing work, just like it's done with choosing whether to use long s or not, or curvy or straight quotes. The new template could be done with or without tooltip, but would always have to make it easy to find where the typos are (for instance by showing a list of the typos on the side like [[:fr:Essais/édition Michaud, 1907/Texte modernisé/Livre I/Chapitre 17|>here<]], by clicking on "Coquilles (1)" under "Options d'affichage"). As we have no consensus on a global change of SIC, I think if a change is done it's going to be through a solution similar to this. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 08:13, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :'''Strongly''' {{oppose}}—hosting editions ''as published'' is a fundamental part of the Wikisource ethos and is what differentiates us from other online libraries such as Project Gutenberg. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 13:44, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::Furthermore, I see that the example text is correcting "longue word" to "long word", which brings to mind the large number of instances where editors have used {{tl|SIC}} to ''modernize outdated spellings'' rather than to only correct typos (or otherwise assume that an unusual spelling must be a typo), and that in itself is enough for me to strongly oppose the replacement of original text with corrected text by default across the board for all current uses of {{tl|SIC}}. I would be much more inclined to consider supporting this if it were a new template for texts moving forward, and did not affect existing uses of {{tl|SIC}}. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 13:46, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::: {{ping|Beleg Âlt|Beleg Tâl}} What about certain technical works such as copyright catalogs? The copyright catalogs for example have very direct technical use cases, and showing the corrected text instead of the original would make more sense for those. This reigns true for a lot of other works that are catalogs or lists. Would you be opposed to a second template to be used for these other works? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:04, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::::I can see why one might want catalogues and lists to be corrected, but as I said before the point of Wikisource is to host them ''as published''. Reference material that is not from a source publication is even [[WS:WWI#Reference material|explicitly excluded per policy]], and I think correcting the published material goes against that (though a separate version of the catalogue with the corrections included could be created as per [[WS:ANN]]) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 15:10, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::::: {{ping|Beleg Âlt|Beleg Tâl}} Is that really ''the'' point, though? I think (as [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] said) the first and foremost point is to host an array of free source texts, with the added suffix of "and we should stay as true as possible to the original, as a nice touch". There are times in which keeping a bit of the text as originally published would be absurdly complicated and therefore function worse, such as at [[Fidelia#ToC]] with the misplaced part in the TOC, and that was a point where a compromise had to be made in order to preserve readability/logical structure. We can't always stay true to the original published text, lest we'd find ourselves in a tough position in many situations. It's why we aren't required to replicate dots in TOCs, and the like, as well. I would be willing to agree with the opposition on the issue of typos in ''fictional'' works such as novels, stories, films, etc., where the typos are more likely to have literary value. But the closer and closer you get into nonfiction toward the realm of catalogs and listings, that point gets harder to defend as such. While researchers would probably find value in film typos, no one would find value in an accidental comma in a catalog entry that was meant to be formulaically entered... You and many others seem to be coming at this from the approach of "the philosophy of Wikisource says this", and the philosophy is certainly relevant, but practical considerations (who our audience is, why we lack an audience, what would look better to readers, etc.) should be taken into account, rather than only caring about precedent. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:34, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::I think that this whole proposal and discussion seems to boil down to the philosophy of Wikisource. I strongly disagree with Ostrea's suggestion that being true to the original is only "a nice touch"—noting that our [[WS:WWI|policy]] is "to present these publications in a faithful wiki version". Our recent adoption of [[WS:ANN]] as policy further underscores the importance of clean, faithful transcriptions to this project. We have consistently insisted that corrigenda be presented ''without modifying the text itself'' (as demonstrated by {{tl|SIC}}, {{tl|AuxTOC}}, {{tl|User annotation}}, separation of user annotations into separate editions, etc). This suggestion, to actually modify the text, goes against all of this. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 16:17, 2 April 2024 (UTC) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 16:17, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :::::::I do believe that being true to the original text is essential! But should we really be more faithful to the printer's errors than to the writer's intent? It seems to me that the current situation of preserving misprints in text isn't due to a matter of faithfulness (as neither the printer nor the writer would like faithfulness to go that far), but to the belief that not touching anything about the text (which is still modified in many small ways on Wikisource anyway) is preserving it. Even masterwork paintings get restored! :::::::Wikisource philosophy talks aside, I think like you that new template will be the eventual solution. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 20:33, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :: {{ping|Beleg Âlt|Beleg Tâl}} Yes, and the language you're using speaks to the unfortunate cultural tendency here to put policies, philosophies, and precedents above a practical and self-improving approach. We indeed have quite strong sentiments among our prolific members about certain notions like this one, and this has influenced our policy. But I'd like to add that while the precedent is strong, we've never, ever, ''ever'' performed any kind of a survey, statistical study, or the like on exactly how our audiences feel about the presentation of our site. I mean, we don't even know who our audience ''is'', or at least we have very poor ways of demonstrating that definitively. :: Let's talk about reality of these "precedents" for a second: our precedents, policies, and the like clearly haven't helped us. We're still living in a world where Wikisource is a barely relevant platform. The majority of our pages (many of which are quite notable works) can barely get 1 page view a month, while even the most obscure Wikipedia articles have at least a few hundred a month. For ''decades'' we've relied on the opinions of a tiny community, consisting mostly of long-time prolific editors with specific reminiscences or sentiments or concepts of purity, with very little actual concern for the reader base, or even the less active editor base. The more successful online communities than us take the opinions of the masses seriously, which we certainly don't do. :: I'm not saying this should be the ''only'' consideration (we should be fostering an intellectual environment, not just designing us for clicking and swiping, yadayada), but we shouldn't just completely dismiss it in favor of long-time editor precedent either. The few active users who are laying oppose votes in this very discussion are about 50% of the "voter" population that solely maintain these very precedents, so I am skeptical that it's very democratic at all. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 17:35, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::{{comment}} I just want to add: if {{tl|SIC}} were modified in such a way that (a) preserved the text as published, (b) was clearly a Wikisource addition rather than part of the original publication, but also (c) made the correction clearer and more accessible to address the issues Ostrea suggested—I would consider this non-controversial and would support it wholeheartedly. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 19:54, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}}—as it would modify existing texts. See for example: [[:Page:Jane Eyre.djvu/107]], [[:Page:Pierre and Jean - Clara Bell - 1902.djvu/306]].--[[User:M-le-mot-dit|M-le-mot-dit]] ([[User talk:M-le-mot-dit|talk]]) 14:59, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::This is such an inappropriate use of {{tl|SIC}} 🙈 lol —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 16:17, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :::{{ping|Beleg Âlt}} Regarding these pages, I agree. Some are validated for years. I've seen also cases where italics were not correctly placed: such as {{tlp|SIC|{{'}}'toolpit'{{'}}|tooltip}}; the new system would remove italics. [[User:M-le-mot-dit|M-le-mot-dit]] ([[User talk:M-le-mot-dit|talk]]) 18:16, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}} We're already fighting inappropriate uses of {{tl|SIC}} where non-typos are being modernized because of rare spellings and archaic usages. Flipping the use of the template would bring those editorial changes to the front. Additional arguments about differences between editions have been made above; sometimes the typos are the reason for hosting (or avoiding) a particular edition. ''Hiding'' those published typos is a disservice both to readers and to the Wikisource editors who have worked hard to prepare the editions. I'm not convinced by arguments based on Spanish Wikisource, since that project moves slower than a glacier in producing new content. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 17:08, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::I see you omitted to mention French Wikisource. I know why! [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 20:36, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :::No, you don't. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 22:33, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} (but with a new template, which appears to be what the proposal's settled into) I agree with Ostrea that having a readable text is more important than typos. I've seen cases where the u's and n's were consistently scrambled, at a rate of approximately one error per page. For such quite certain errors, not caused by the writer's bad english and not intentional, keeping it in the tooltip would cause no harm. I think the majority of our readers want to read the text and are not especially interested in the typos (though that is not sure and a poll about it, if it can be done, would be a good idea), and those that are specifically interested in this edition of this text and all its printing errors probably care enough to hover over the word. It would be better if that new template would display differently from {{tl|SIC}} to make it clear that is is ''not'' the original text. — [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] ([[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] &amp; [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]) 15:04, 3 April 2024 (UTC) ===[[Template:Welcome]] image change=== Apparently this is a thing that happened. The image for the welcome got changed from someone going through books (which is what we do) to some random woman (who is apparently an author, not that the portrait makes it at all clear). I '''support''' the change. Other interested editors: [[User:Xover|Xover]], [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]]. [[User:TE(æ)A,ea.|TE(æ)A,ea.]] ([[User talk:TE(æ)A,ea.|talk]]) 03:24, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{oppose}} The portrait of an actual English author (George Eliot) is preferable over an imaginary random guy from a painting. The portrait of G. Eliot is more welcoming and inclusive, and is also far less busy visually. More welcoming because the subject is facing the viewer, not facing the other way, ignoring the viewer. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 03:57, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :: Right, but as I noted in the other discussion, (and as TEA's comment further proves), the image is not universally recognizable. You're assuming that every editor will come from the same background. A book is a universally recognizable symbol, whereas this individual is certainly not. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 04:25, 9 April 2024 (UTC) ::: No author will be universally recognizable;that's a bar we cannot reach. And neither is the fictional man from an obscure painting going to be recognizable. Yes, books are widely recognized, but the older image is not that of a book, but of a person standing on a ladder with his back to the viewer. Is ''that'' a welcoming image? That image doesn't say "Welcome to Wikisource", but says: "I'm busy so don't bother me." That may be an accurate representation of Wikisource, but it is not a welcoming image. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 19:22, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{support}} I've always felt weird about this change for a lot of reasons, though I wasn't aware of it being a result of a discussion until now, and apparently I wasn't the only one. :* A portrait of George Eliot is not universally recognizable, and people from many different backgrounds will not resonate with the image. At most, she is symbolic of a specific literary movement in '''''Western''''' history...barely relevant at that time outside of Europe...and therefore to many she just represents a random individual on a portrait. :* Also, we are a neutral platform and shouldn't appear that we favor certain authors over others. We can say certain authors are notable, that's fine—but for our ''welcome'' template? I know some will claim they didn't choose the image because of some personal preference or bias for the author herself as has been argued, but whether or not that's true, this is favoritism in practice, inherently, even if unintended. Why not choose Blake, Tennyson, Wells, Fitzgerald, Wollstonecraft, Chesterton, Doyle, ... the list goes on? This just creates an argument about who to choose, and that's counterproductive and unnecessary, even if we're just going to count popular ''women'' writers in this... So, individual people should be out of the question. : I think the previous image was better than what we had after; it was creative, unique, obscure, unexpected, gives a certain nostalgic appeal that also relates to what we're doing in the modern sense, and was certainly not "too visually busy" whatsoever. I don't think anyone will care that much that the person in the portrait is not facing the viewer. It is a ''slight'' downside, sure, but the benefits and '''relevance''' more importantly of the image far outweigh this extremely slight and almost unnoticable con in my opinion. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 04:25, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{oppose}} but only because I want to make a case for the effectiveness of the G. Eliot painting specifically. When I was welcomed in last fall by the aesthetically pleasing G. Eliot painting, it inspired me to discover her Author portal, and thus begin learning how WS is organized. It was puzzling and inviting. I suppose I did wonder "why her?" over all other possibilities, but I confess I simply enjoyed the non-sequitur enigma of it; it felt like an unexpectedly welcoming artistic and aesthetic flourish (which defied my expectactions and contributed my warming up to WS in a hurry). I also was assuming this photo rotates regularly; so I suppose in that sense I "support" changing it, but I'd hope it could continue to be welcoming, intriguing, and aesthetically pleasing. Not sure I'm even entitled to a vote here, but I thought I might have a relatively different perspective as a new Wikisourcer. [[User:Brad606|Brad606]] ([[User talk:Brad606|talk]]) 05:02, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :: {{ping|Brad606}} Yes, you are certainly entitled to vote here with your edit count and your time since registration, and I have loads of respect for this direct user feedback and the unique perspectives. I really wish we had more of this kind of thing in our votes and discussions (more often than we should, we rely on the opinions of the hyper-experienced, rather than the end users who the technology affects the most). I think if the image were rotated, using specific authors might make more sense, since it doesn't suggest partiality, so you raise a valid point about that for sure. This is something that (as far as I know) is technically possible, actually, and if George Eliot were one of a diverse collection of 365 author portraits rotated every day of the year, that would be an interesting (and more neutral) way of doing this. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 05:14, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :::Indeed, for this issue in particular, input from a newer (well, relative to some of us dinosaurs; 3+ years is not all that new) contributor is very valuable.{{pbr}}Whether it makes sense to rotate the image I don't immediately have an opinion on, but if we were to opt for that we needn't make a whole catalog of 365 images and auto-rotate (which is hard to do sensibly in MediaWiki). It would be enough to simply say that "this image rotates periodically" and then let people propose changes here. Simple and low-tech, and easy to relate to and maintain. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:10, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * I'm not sure what "support" and "oppose" would be relative to here (support the change that has already happened? oppose that change? support changing from what's currently there to something else, possibly the previous image? oppose changing it further and stick with what currently there?), but I am in favour of returning to the [[:File:Carl Spitzweg 021-detail.jpg|Spitzweig image]] we had for fifteen years. It's funny and quirky, and more importantly it represents well and directly ''Wikisource'' as a project and what we do here. A generic portrait of an author says nothing about this project, except maybe "look how sophisticated we are that we know immediately who this generic-looking person is". Having a specific author leads to endless discussions of this author vs. that author, and kinda begs for a caption for the image in {{tl|welcome}} that explains who the person is and why they are relevant to welcoming new users. --[[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:31, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{oppose}}, as in opposing the change back to the original picture. The "random woman" in question being a pillar of english literature, I don't think there's an argument for her to be replaced by an actual random man, and George Eliot being unknown by major contributors is all the more reason to actually keep her there. Mind that this isn't a picture to represent the entirety of Wikisource, but to be presented to all new contributors, and new young users could be more enticed to stay and to take the website seriously if welcomed by a young writer than by the quintessence of stuffy old archivist. However it's true that the change done was quite one sided and that the original image has its merits, so I support a rotation in pictures, although not a daily one [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 09:55, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :: It seems to me like English literature had ''quite a lot'' of "pillars" (including some of the other authors I've mentioned), and I think these pillars would only interest a certain subset of our contributor base, even if more or less the majority. As I pointed out, users from certain cultural backgrounds, age groups, educational and class backgrounds, hobby/interest areas, etc., may not find her immediately recognizable, personally relevant, or even know her by name. From my own personal experience, even in ''America'', let alone countries completely outside the "global West", she wouldn't be recognizable to most ''adults''... And in the Philippines, you can absolutely forget it. :: So, I do agree with Xover's point that the portrait has a certain aura of elitism on our part, an issue I forgot to mention in my vote. It isn't wrong of anyone not to know who this author is, as there are plenty other interest areas in Wikisource's league that are unrelated to 19th century English literature and poetry. For example, maybe somebody comes here out of interest in the history of the Boy Scouts...or engineering manuals...or film history...or the ''New York Times''...or school yearbooks...or a plethora of others. :: Well, anyway, the "actual random man" isn't the crux of my argument, as it's not just the man but what he's ''doing'' that leans me to favor it. This is something that the Eliot portrait lacks—there's nothing about that image, except the expectation to recognize her as an individual, that makes it relevant (tangentially) to what we do here. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 12:53, 9 April 2024 (UTC) **[[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]]: I know who George Eliot is, I just wouldn’t know off-hand (nor, I think, would most readers) that ''that portrait'' is of George Eliot. In addition, George Eliot is by no means the most prominent author we have on Wikisource, and is in general not a good representation. The man is fictional, but that is the benefit; he is an ''abstraction'' of the process involved at Wikisource. When representing Wikisource, you can see one tiny facet (with the Eliot portrait), if you can even recognize it, or an abstraction of the basic concept. One is clearly more valuable. [[User:TE(æ)A,ea.|TE(æ)A,ea.]] ([[User talk:TE(æ)A,ea.|talk]]) 20:32, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * '''comment''' The current picture of George Eliot has been in place for 2½ years (Sept 2021). Prior to that we had the Carl Spitzberg image for 11 years (Oct 2010). There was no painting image used in the versions prior to then. Both images were chosen by [[User:Cygnis insignis]] as part of updating the template. I am not aware of any discussion that led to either change. Personally, my preference is for the humour expressed in the Carl Spitzberg image. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 10:16, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * I'd prefer the old image too. Being french (you don't have to look as far as the Philippines), I'd never even heard of the name of G. Eliot before coming here. I was very puzzled it took me a while to discover that she was an author and not just some picture of a random woman. The Spitzberg one is more clearly related to Wikisource (and funnier). (note: Only been here for a few months, if I shouldn't vote in things like this please tell me so) — [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] ([[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] &amp; [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]) 19:56, 9 April 2024 (UTC) *:@[[User:Alien333|Alien333]]: You very definitely should, and we very much appreciate new users engaging themselves with the running of the project. If there's anywhere we have "experienced users only" stuff an experienced user (natch) will take care of it. Essentially it's a matter of a few kinds of votes where votes by users who are not "established" count less or not at all (and that's for the vote counters to deal with). I can't recall any time that rule actually came into play. We also have a few technical things that are better performed by experienced users or admins, but that's purely for practical reasons (easy to make mistakes that are a pain to clean up, or requires admin tools to do right). But in general I wouldn't worry about that: there's no place or aspect of the project where relative newcomers are inherently not welcome, and in most things it's a "with open arms" type situation. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:22, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :Assuming the desired proposal is to change back to the previous image (this should have been stated explicitly), {{support}} as per Cremastra etc. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 05:19, 12 April 2024 (UTC) {{support}} Logging in makes talk pages active and otherwise increases availability. I am usually busy doing something when I am logged in. Then, me the hipster, wants to be done with gender talks. G. Eliot and the people who are available here have one thing in common. We and she had to declare a gender before authoring any opinion or request. We have an extra choice. I can choose to be in a very specifically defined new gender, one which I don't feel qualified to speak for, much less be a member of. And that is the default choice. My experience with the works of G. Eliot was like the bash manual for reading (aka sleep inducing). I couldn't do it. Reading a lot of the crap that is here is work also, so, people logged in for editing or reading are probably busy here. When you can easily be honest with that image of the old fashioned guy putting a book on the shelf and avoid a whole bunch of the politics of personal definitions. Dear George Eliot: Glad to know you, don't let the door hit you on the way out. Hopefully, with you gone, we can walk down the path of "NON DISCLOSED because it REALLY DOESN'T MATTER" universe, where every person on the internet is a 14 year old boy. Tread lightly.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 10:28, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :: As mandatory gender selection goes, it claims to be there for software to run. I become very suspicious when a "person" knows which gender I have opted for. I don't know how to sift through your preferences to learn anything about you. Is there a user gender template any where?--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 09:22, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]]: You can't set a gender in MediaWiki, but in [[Special:Preferences|your preferences]] you can, if you like, specify what pronoun the software should use when it needs to refer to you in the third person. The default is the gender-neutral singular ''they'' (the setting predates the recent proliferation of pronouns and politicisation of ''they'' as a pronoun), and you have to actively choose to have it use ''she'' or ''he''. What a given user has set this preference to is made available through a parser function (essentially a "built-in template"). So for example you could type <code><nowiki>{{GENDER:Xover|he|she|they}}</nowiki></code> to get "they" and <code><nowiki>{{GENDER:RaboKarbakian|he|she|they}}</nowiki></code> to get "he".{{pbr}}Also please note that ''gender'' here is a very nebulous concept as the software knows nothing about who you are in real life, and cannot tell what your biological, social, cultural, or legal gender is (I think there's even an ethnic conception of gender). It ''only'' knows that a particular user has chosen for the software to use either ''he'', ''she'', or ''they'' in certain interface messages where non-gendered language is impossible or too awkward. Nobody knows whether what you specify there is true, in whatever sense is relevant, or not. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:53, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::::[[User:Xover|Xover]]: the point being that software can access that information but people cannot, at least not without software like at minimum, a template. Which would explain a lot about Petey's "Rabo is a maverick" rant. Petey taught me at wikidata. So I had a software rant from him. For example. I have seen gender (also) used in a "he is typing" sort of way also, in the wiki gui, where it was supposed to be.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 16:24, 13 April 2024 (UTC) *{{support}}: while I don't classify George Eliot as "some random woman", the original painting better reflects what goes on here. If you don't immediately recognize the current picture as depicting George Eliot, it's somewhat confusing, whereas the original painting is immediately understandable (as SnowyCinema said above, "a book is a universally recognizable symbol, whereas this individual is certainly not.) [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 22:15, 10 April 2024 (UTC) = Bot approval requests = * See [[Wikisource:Bots]] for information about applying for a bot status * See [[Wikisource:Bot requests]] if you require an existing bot to undertake a task === [[User:SodiumBot|SodiumBot]] === I'd like to request temporary bot permissions for [[User:SodiumBot]] so that the bot can takeover the task of updating statistics templates on en.wikisource that was until recently done by [[User:Phe-bot|Phe-bot]] (in the event that Phebot becomes operational, I will shutoff this task, since it wouldn't make sense to have two bots updating statistics). A example of the kind of edits SodiumBot would perform would [[Special:Diff/13950449|look something like this]]. [[User:Sohom Datta|Sohom]] ([[User talk:Sohom Datta|talk]]) 05:53, 17 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}}, and thank you so much for taking over this task! [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:08, 17 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 09:44, 17 March 2024 (UTC) :Bot flag granted for six months while work on updating Phebot is happening. If SodiumBot needs to take on other tasks, please seek community approval. If time period needs to be extended beyond the six months, please request on [[WS:AN]] as we approach 22 September, 2024. Thanks, [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 17:22, 22 March 2024 (UTC) {{section resolved|1=--[[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:12, 13 April 2024 (UTC)}} =Repairs (and moves)= '''Designated for requests related to the repair of works (and scans of works) presented on Wikisource''' See also [[Wikisource:Scan lab]] ===The Yellow Book Volume 8 - page moves=== I have repaired the file for this work by adding in two missing pages (132 & 133). As no placeholders had been inserted, please move all transcribed pages, from [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/152]] onward, on by two (i.e. to [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/154]], etc.){{pbr}}Contrary to the statement on the index page, page 134 is not missing. Also, the 'missing' p. 347 and 348 appears to be the result of a page numbering error, since there is nothing in the table of contents that would appear on these pages if they were present, nor is there anything in other scans of this volume.{{pbr}}I have also taken the opportunity to remove the last page, which was a colour grading card. Thanks, [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 13:59, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] done. Index page to be cleaned, pagelist to be updated, etc. [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 22:00, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] something strange in the scan? see [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/252]] and [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/391]]. They were proofread but the scan has empty pages. [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 22:04, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :::Thanks. I'd spotted the issue with 252 but not got as far a 391. 47 also has the same issue. There should be text on these pages. I'm looking to fix the scan but it shouldn't involve any more moves. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 04:35, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::I've updated the index page and everything in terms of page alignment is (hopefully) fixed. Thanks again. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 07:18, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ===[[With a Difference]]=== This originally was an article in [[The Atlantic Monthly/Volume 109/Number 650]]. If allowed, it could be moved to [[The Atlantic Monthly/Volume 109/Number 650/With a Difference]] thus retaining the contributor chain, And then, so it can become scan backed, starting with [[Page:The Atlantic Monthly Volume 109.djvu/128]] of the scan: paste, review and rinse -- then display with <nowiki><pages></nowiki>. If all of this is "okay" I can do any or all parts. There might need to be approval or perhaps there are preordained procedures which would make this unusual in that it might easier to ask permission for than it would be to apologize for.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 14:21, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :Now I am authoring an apology.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 16:03, 7 April 2024 (UTC) ::So, I am sorry. I moved the page to [[Page:The Atlantic Monthly Volume 109.djvu/128]] thinking I could just move the page from one empty page to another and back it up to before its move and then edit out the parts that are not on that page of the scan. ::Instead, I get a "failed to blahblah sea dragon" because, apparently, the page is lacking something that brings up the page editing tools and scan view and such.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 16:11, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]]: You can't move pages from mainspace to Page: (or Index:) namespaces; they're completely different content models. To move text between mainspace and Page: you'll have to cut&paste manually (since Match&Split is broken indefinitely). In any case, I've undone your move so you should be back to the status quo. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 18:59, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::: @[[User:Xover|Xover]] Could you add a little more info about "broken indefinitely"? I'd like to update [[Help:Match and split]] to reflect this. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 19:12, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::::@[[User:Peteforsyth|Peteforsyth]]: All the functionality of phe-tools was disabled due to the Grid Engine shutdown (they moved Toolforge to Kubernetes). Getting it running again requires porting it to a completely new environment, and it's an old inherited code base that's poorly documented and with some very tight couplings to the old environment. I still intent to try getting it running again, but that's going to require quite a bit of sustained time and attention; which is exactly what I have trouble finding these days. Soda has kindly taken on some of the stats tasks, but the rest are offline until some unspecified and unpredictable point in the future (which might be "never", but hopefully not). [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 19:25, 7 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::@[[User:Xover|Xover]] Thank you. I made a big note at the top of the page [[Special:diff/14043178|here]]; perhaps there is more appropriate formatting, of course no objection if you want to adjust. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 04:27, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::I don't know if this can help prioritize this issue but the lack of Match&Split is a huge impediment for many transcription projects. The amount of work it saves is huge when starting from a proofread transcription that is to be matched to a scan (which is by far the fastest way to proceed). In the worst case, would it be extremely difficult and/or time consuming to code it from scratch? Unfortunately, not being a developer I wouldn't know were to start so this is an obviously very naive question. [[User:Epigeneticist|Epigeneticist]] ([[User talk:Epigeneticist|talk]]) 12:58, 17 April 2024 (UTC) :::::::@[[User:Epigeneticist|Epigeneticist]]: It's not a matter of priorities, and re-implementing it is not likely to be any quicker. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 16:52, 17 April 2024 (UTC) :I moved the page to [[The Atlantic Monthly/Volume 109/Number 650/With a Difference]] (leave the redirect up); feel free to copy-paste the text into the Page namespace and transclude when you're done. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:13, 8 April 2024 (UTC) Sorry. What is the dirt on soda? --[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 19:43, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : I know of soda as a beverage or a baking ingredient, any other definition eludes me. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 04:28, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Peteforsyth|Peteforsyth]]: "Soda" refers to [[User:Sohom Datta|Sohom Datta]], who operates [[User:SodiumBot|SodiumBot]] (the bot that now updates the on-wiki stats). He's also done a ''lot'' of technical work on the plumbing for Wikisource (Proofread Page, Edit in Sequence, etc.). All `round awesome person. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:47, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[user:Xover|Xover]]: Thanks for the explanation, and thank you Soda for all the work! Pinging @[[user:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]]. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 18:17, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ===To the Lighthouse - page moves=== Although this work is marked as 'Done' (fully validated and transcluded) it is actually missing two pages (172 and 173). To allow placeholders to be inserted, could you please carry out the following moves:- * The index page name = [[Index:To The Lighthouse.pdf]] * The page offset = 2 * The pages to move = 174-318 * The reason = Insert missing pages Thanks {{unsigned| 12:01, 13 April 2024 (UTC)‎|Chrisguise}} :Note that this will also require updating all the transclusions for these pages. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 10:56, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]]: Page:-namespace pages have been shifted. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:11, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ::Thanks - only just got round to uploading the file including placeholders. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 06:24, 18 April 2024 (UTC) = Other discussions = == Subscribe to the This Month in Education newsletter - learn from others and share your stories == Dear community members, Greetings from the EWOC Newsletter team and the education team at Wikimedia Foundation. We are very excited to share that we on tenth years of Education Newsletter ([[m:Education/News|This Month in Education]]) invite you to join us by [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/This Month in Education|subscribing to the newsletter on your talk page]] or by [[m:Education/News/Newsroom|sharing your activities in the upcoming newsletters]]. The Wikimedia Education newsletter is a monthly newsletter that collects articles written by community members using Wikimedia projects in education around the world, and it is published by the EWOC Newsletter team in collaboration with the Education team. These stories can bring you new ideas to try, valuable insights about the success and challenges of our community members in running education programs in their context. If your affiliate/language project is developing its own education initiatives, please remember to take advantage of this newsletter to publish your stories with the wider movement that shares your passion for education. You can submit newsletter articles in your own language or submit bilingual articles for the education newsletter. For the month of January the deadline to submit articles is on the 20th January. We look forward to reading your stories. Older versions of this newsletter can be found in the [[outreach:Education/Newsletter/Archives|complete archive]]. More information about the newsletter can be found at [[m:Education/News/Publication Guidelines|Education/Newsletter/About]]. For more information, please contact spatnaik{{@}}wikimedia.org. ------ <div style="text-align: center;"><div style="margin-top:10px; font-size:90%; padding-left:5px; font-family:Georgia, Palatino, Palatino Linotype, Times, Times New Roman, serif;">[[m:Education/Newsletter/About|About ''This Month in Education'']] · [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/This Month in Education|Subscribe/Unsubscribe]] · [[m:MassMessage|Global message delivery]] · For the team: [[User:ZI Jony|<span style="color:#8B0000">'''ZI Jony'''</span>]] [[User talk:ZI Jony|<sup><span style="color:Green"><i>(Talk)</i></span></sup>]], {{<includeonly>subst:</includeonly>#time:l G:i, d F Y|}} (UTC)</div></div> <!-- Message sent by User:ZI Jony@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:ZI_Jony/MassMessage/Awareness_of_Education_Newsletter/List_of_Village_Pumps&oldid=21244129 --> == Reusing references: Can we look over your shoulder? == ''Apologies for writing in English.'' The Technical Wishes team at Wikimedia Deutschland is planning to [[m:WMDE Technical Wishes/Reusing references|make reusing references easier]]. For our research, we are looking for wiki contributors willing to show us how they are interacting with references. * The format will be a 1-hour video call, where you would share your screen. [https://wikimedia.sslsurvey.de/User-research-into-Reusing-References-Sign-up-Form-2024/en/ More information here]. * Interviews can be conducted in English, German or Dutch. * [[mw:WMDE_Engineering/Participate_in_UX_Activities#Compensation|Compensation is available]]. * Sessions will be held in January and February. * [https://wikimedia.sslsurvey.de/User-research-into-Reusing-References-Sign-up-Form-2024/en/ Sign up here if you are interested.] * Please note that we probably won’t be able to have sessions with everyone who is interested. Our UX researcher will try to create a good balance of wiki contributors, e.g. in terms of wiki experience, tech experience, editing preferences, gender, disability and more. If you’re a fit, she will reach out to you to schedule an appointment. We’re looking forward to seeing you, [[m:User:Thereza Mengs (WMDE)| Thereza Mengs (WMDE)]] <!-- Message sent by User:Thereza Mengs (WMDE)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=WMDE_Technical_Wishes/Technical_Wishes_News_list_all_village_pumps&oldid=25956752 --> == [[Template:Beleg Tâl's sidenotes]] == There are too many sidenote templates on this website, so I've decided to add yet another :D It is my hope and belief, that someday English Wikisource will have a standard general-purpose approach to sidenotes. At that time, this template should be replaced with the adopted standard template. In the meantime, you can use this template as a ''placeholder'' to indicate a sidenote that should be standardized once a standard has been created. The actual formatting of the sidenotes in the meantime may vary. (Currently it uses {{tl|right sidenote}}.) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 14:17, 26 February 2024 (UTC) :I was originally going to call this template [[Template:Generic sidenote]], but I decided to give it a name that clearly indicated that it shouldn't be treated as an alternative permanent approach to sidenotes —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 14:18, 26 February 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Beleg Tâl|Beleg Tâl]]: I feel your pain, but I think it is a very bad idea to put a username in any page name outside User: space, I think it's a very bad idea to make temporary placeholder templates, and I think it is a very bad idea to react to a proliferation on half-broken templates by adding yet another deliberately half-broken template.{{pbr}}I might suggest a more productive channel for that frustration is collecting a structured description of use cases along with problems with existing templates somewhere. It is conceivable that we'll be able to "solve" (fsvo) this eventually, but it will at very least require that the issue works its way up to the top of someone's list of annoyances, and for that a structured description of the use cases and problems will be essential. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:43, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::As it happens, in this case there is no pain or frustration. I created a formatting-agnostic template because we didn't have one and we needed one; and I made it a placeholder template because we don't have community consensus (yet) on what a formatting-agnostic sidenotes template should look like and how it should work. ::You do make a good point, however. Perhaps it would be better if, instead of a placeholder template that should be replaced when consensus is reached, I were to make it a permanent template that should be modified and updated with whatever behaviour is decided upon? Alternatively, I could just rename it, to at least remove the username as an issue. What do you think of this? ::As for compiling the issues and use cases of the various existing sidenotes templates—that has already been done in much detail elsewhere (primarily by @[[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]]), and I do not think that this thread is the place for rehashing that whole discussion. I merely intended to inform the community of the template I created so that works containing sidenotes could still be proofread in the meantime. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 17:42, 28 March 2024 (UTC) == Switching to the Vector 2022 skin == [[File:Vector_2022_video-en.webm|thumb]] Hi everyone. We are the [[mw:Reading/Web|Wikimedia Foundation Web team]]. As you may have read in our previous messages across wikis or [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/2022-06#Desktop Improvements update|here in June 2022]], we have been getting closer to switching every wiki to the Vector 2022 skin as the new default. In our previous conversations with Wikisource communities, we had identified an issue with the Index namespace that prevented switching the skin on. [[phab:T352162|This issue is now resolved]]. We are now ready to continue and will be deploying on English Wikisource on Wednesday '''April 3, 2024'''. To learn more about the new skin and what improvements it introduces when compared to the legacy 2010 Vector skin, please [[mw:Reading/Web/Desktop_Improvements|see our documentation]]. If you have any issues with the skin after the deployment, if you spot any gadgets not working, or notice any bugs – please contact us! We are also open to joining events like the [[metawiki:Wikisource Community meetings|Wikisource Community meetings]] and talking to you directly. Thank you, [[User:OVasileva (WMF)|OVasileva (WMF)]] and [[User:SGrabarczuk (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)]] ([[User talk:SGrabarczuk (WMF)|talk]]) 15:47, 14 March 2024 (UTC) :{{ping|Candalua}} it looks like Vector 2022 breaks [[:mul:MediaWiki:TranscludedIn.js]]; are you able to update that tool? —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 18:59, 14 March 2024 (UTC) ::Vector 2022 breaks lots of stuff (in everything from trivial ways to completely broken). I encourage everyone to try switching to Vector 2022 in your preferences NOW and report anything that breaks here. Especially if any of our community-wide Gadgets are affected, but there are also some widely used user scripts that it would be good to know about sooner rather than later if they are going to break on April 3. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 20:15, 14 March 2024 (UTC) ::Oh, and Transcludedin.js isn't really "fixable" per se, since Vector 2022 explicitly doesn't support adding menus. We'll have to try to reverse engineer what MoreMenu and Popups does to find something that kinda sorta works (we have two widely used user scripts that run into the same problem). Because that's a good use of volunteer resources over the WMF actually adding support for basic facilities for Gadgets that have been requested for two decades or so... [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 20:24, 14 March 2024 (UTC) :::An illustration of the problem with [[User:Inductiveload/jump to file]] (presumably one of the aforementioned user scripts): :::[[File:Wikisource jump to file script - Vector 2010 menu.png|thumb|center|with Vector 2010]] :::[[File:Wikisource jump to file script - Vector 2022 menu error.png|thumb|center|with Vector 2022]] :::Also broken: the Tools menu interacts poorly with the file history table. :::[[File:File history overlaps Vector 2022 Tools menu.png|thumb|center]] :::—[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 04:01, 15 March 2024 (UTC) ::::Jump to file has been broken in other ways as well. I think I remeber looking into it and the web backend is providing some incorrect information :( [[User:Sohom Datta|Sohom]] ([[User talk:Sohom Datta|talk]]) 12:29, 15 March 2024 (UTC) ::::@[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]]: The above brokenness in Jump to File should be fixed now. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 17:04, 29 March 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] (CC [[User:Beleg Tâl|Beleg Tâl]]): It turns out I lie. Not only does Vector 2022 (now) explicitly support menus like this(ish), but Jon even stepped in and fixed [[:s:mul:MediaWiki:TranscludedIn.js]] for us (Thank you Jon!). [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 17:02, 29 March 2024 (UTC) ::{{Re|OVasileva (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)}} This skin does not seem to be suitable for Wikisource at all. Compare e. g. the work with proofread extension in both skins. In the new one both the editing window and the window with the scan are so small that I am unable to do any proofreading work effectively. I can choose only between struggling with reading tiny letters or enlarging the scan so much that only a part of the page fits into the window. And this enlarging is possible only in the editing mode anyway, it is not possible in the reading mode. I would really like to ask this skin not to be deployed in Wikisource. --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 09:51, 16 March 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan.Kamenicek]]: You can "Hide" both sidebars, to make them become dropdown menus, and recover the horizontal space. There is also a "constrain width" widget floating in the bottom right corner where you can toggle between full-width and constrained-width layout. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:09, 24 March 2024 (UTC) :Why? As Jan Kameníček said, the skin is unsuitable here (and everywhere else, but that's a different matter). Why is the WMF so keen to force Vector2022 on everyone when so many problems have been found with it? English Wikipedia alone has complained about it enough for ten wikis. It is far too narrow for actual proofreading, and you have failed to provide any good reasoning as to why this poorly-designed skin should be forced onto our IP editors. The WMF already has a bad track record of communicating and collaborating with the communities, and Vector2022 has so far only made it worse. Why do you insist on rolling this out as the new default? {{Ping|OVasileva (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)}} At the minimum, you need to allow IP editors and readers to use the good Vector skin if they want to. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 22:41, 16 March 2024 (UTC) ::i would make timeless the default skin on wikisource. --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 00:58, 21 March 2024 (UTC) ::If you are using Vector2022 and click on a not-so-small gray button that says "hide", the sidebar will collapse and in fact you get ''even more'' width space to proofread. This is definitely an improvement in that sense. [[User:Ignacio Rodríguez|Ignacio Rodríguez]] ([[User talk:Ignacio Rodríguez|talk]]) 17:54, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :::yes, it is an improvement over flat sidebar gadget. the menus remain a problem. --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 22:52, 25 March 2024 (UTC) ::enWP complaining about something isn't really a useful yardstick. There's complaints if anything changes, and complaints if nothing changes. What would be useful is testing the new skin with all our local stuff on enWS and reporting concrete issues. Some of them may be with community-controlled things that we need to fix ourselves (see e.g. the broken user scripts and gadgets mentioned above), while others may be things we need to report upstream (in which case we need a good concrete description of the problem). Case in point, the Index: namespace has been exempted from Vector 2022's constrained-width layout because it didn't work well there and someone filed a good bug report about it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:14, 24 March 2024 (UTC) ===Different line height in Vector 2022?=== It seems the line height in Vector 2022 is different for some reason which makes problems with text withing pictures, such as [[Page:The Czechoslovak Review, vol3, 1919.djvu/299|here]]. --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 18:57, 30 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan.Kamenicek]]: It's not the line-height (that's identical), it's that in their great wisdom they decided that paragraphs were not sufficiently distinguishable from a mere line break within a paragraph on Wikipedia (of course), and so they "fixed" it by fiddling with the styling such that paragraphs in Vector 2022 now get both a top "margin" and bottom "padding". In Vector 2010 paragraphs just had a .5em top and bottom margin, and since adjacent margins collapse in CSS that meant paragraphs were always .5em (~7px) apart. If you insert two blank lines you get an extra empty paragraph, and so you get exactly 1em (14px) between the visible paragraphs. In Vector 2022 they've deliberately used padding instead of margin to defeat this collapsing, so that adjacent paragraphs get 1em between them. Paragraphs separated by two blank lines will now get 1.5em (21px) between them. Or put another way, they want to make it so that text separated by a single blank line looks like what we expect text separated by two blank lines to look. Text separated by two blank lines is now going to look fairly comical.{{pbr}}Mostly this is just jarring design-wise (we'll get used to it), but for any context were we depend on some kind of predictable height of the content (like your example) we're now going to have trouble. Vector 2010 and Vector 2022 now behaves completely differently, and Vector 2022 in a way that is hard to override in a predictable fashion. Templates have limited capability to differentiate between skins, so I am uncertain to what degree we can smooth out the differences there. This behaviour was added to Vector 2022 quite recently so I've asked them to please stop poking their nose down into on-wiki content at this level of detail. If I can persuade them to revert this change that would be for the best. If not, I'm not sure how we're going to deal with it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 22:13, 30 March 2024 (UTC) ::This also means that editors who leave in the end of line breaks throughout paragraphs when proofreading need to stop doing so. Those of us who use any other skin won't see a problem, but it will make it look weird for anyone on the default. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 22:49, 30 March 2024 (UTC) :::I don't think that's going to be a problem. What they're doing in the skin is styling HTML <code>p</code> tags in ways that are going to be annoying to work around, but where <code>p</code> tags get added in the first place is a function of the parser and not of the skin. Hard line breaks inside a block of text have mostly worked because they do not cause the parser to insert a <code>p</code> tag there. So since the parser is not changing, neither should the behaviour for hard line breaks inside paragraphs. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:43, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::::A quick update. It seems like this change has caused several problems across projects and they are consequently going to reevaluate. It's likely they will not simply revert the change, but they may change the way they do it such that we don't get this problem or there is a cleaner way to work around it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:35, 5 April 2024 (UTC) ::Btw, in order to figure out some workable approach to this, if we're stuck with it, I'm going to need plenty of examples of places where it breaks. Things like the text overflowing in Jan's {{tl|overfloat image}} example above. A lot of cases are going to be the kind of "pixel perfect" layout that you can't in general do on the web, but we'll need to look for ways that at least it won't be any ''more'' broken than it already was. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 11:03, 31 March 2024 (UTC) == Making ''MoreMenu'' and ''Without text'' Gadgets default == In [[Special:PermanentLink/13971025#New_Gadget:_MoreMenu|#New Gadget: MoreMenu]] and [[Special:PermanentLink/13971025#New_beta_Gadget:_Automatically_empty_Without_text_pages|#New beta Gadget: Automatically empty Without text pages]], I announced the availability of these two new Gadgets. Since then there has been relatively little feedback, but what feedback there has been has been positive. I therefore intend to make both default at some point in the relatively near future. I encourage you to post feedback in this thread (positive, negative, neutral, or apathetic; all feedback is valuable). Especially if you are sceptical I encourage you to actively test both Gadgets and then express your concerns here. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:19, 15 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} Seems reasonable. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 13:56, 15 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} Sounds good to me. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 14:51, 15 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} They can't hurt anyone, and I feel like emptying without text pages should have been done long ago. [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] (<span style="font-size: 83%;{{#if:|{{{style}}};}}">[[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] and [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]</span>) 16:42, 16 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 09:45, 17 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} per those above, particularly [[User:Alien333|Alien333]]'s wise words. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 03:26, 21 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} ''without text'', ambivalent about ''Moremenu'' [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 10:24, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :Per the above, I have now made both Gadgets default. They can be turned off again per-user in your Preferences. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 12:49, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::It's taken me a bit to realise what happened when an unexpected poorly named tab suddenly appeared and the keyboard shortcuts associated with delete, move, and protect all stopped working. I've turned off MoreMenu in my Preferences because I don't use a mouse if I can avoid it. The "poorly named" comment comes because there were two tabs labeled "page". How are less-experienced users to know which one does what? [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 21:15, 29 March 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]]: The non-optimal naming stems from Wikisource's choice to use "Page" as the main tab, which then clashes with the commands and links in the menu that are related to the ''current page''. On Wikipedia that tab is called "Article", on Wikibooks it's "Book", on Commons it's "Gallery" etc. I'm not sure there's a good solution to this (the non-optimal tab naming has been mentioned as confusing in other contexts too, for similar reasons).{{pbr}}The missing accesskeys however are clearly a bug. I've reported it upstream so hopefully that can be fixed fairly quickly. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 11:59, 30 March 2024 (UTC) == Invitation to join March Wikisource Community Meeting == Hello fellow Wikisource enthusiasts! We're excited to announce our upcoming Wikisource Community meeting, scheduled for '''30 March 2024, 3 PM UTC''' ([https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/1711810800 check your local time]). As always, your participation is crucial to the success of our community discussions. Similar to previous meetings, the agenda will be split into two segments. The first half will cover non-technical updates, such as events, conferences, proofread-a-thons, and collaborations. In the second half, we'll dive into technical updates and discussions, addressing key challenges faced by Wikisource communities. '''New Feature: Event Registration!''' <br /> Exciting news! We're switching to a new event registration feature for our meetings. You can now register for the event through our dedicated page on Meta-wiki. Simply follow the link below to secure your spot and engage with fellow Wikisource enthusiasts: [[:m:Event:Wikisource Community Meeting March 2024|Event Registration Page]] '''Agenda Suggestions:''' <br /> Your input matters! Feel free to suggest any additional topics you'd like to see included in the agenda. If you have any suggestions or would just prefer being added to the meeting the old way, simply drop a message on '''klawal-ctr@wikimedia.org'''. Thank you for your continued dedication to Wikisource. We look forward to your active participation in our upcoming meeting. Best regards, <br /> [[:m:User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]], [[:m:User:SWilson (WMF)|Sam Wilson (WMF)]], and [[:m:User:SGill (WMF)|Satdeep Gill (WMF)]] {{unsigned|18:56, 25 March 2024 (UTC)|MediaWiki message delivery}} <!-- Message sent by User:KLawal-WMF@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:SGill_(WMF)/lists/WS_VPs&oldid=25768507 --> :@[[User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]]: Could you make sure these announcements contain a standard signature (see [[Special:Diff/13996824|diff]]) so that Reply-Tool and Vector 2022's auto-toc features work? [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:34, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Xover|Xover]] Thank you for pointing that out, will include a standard signature in future announcements. [[User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]] ([[User talk:KLawal-WMF|talk]]) 19:15, 28 March 2024 (UTC) == <nowiki>{{Header}}</nowiki> template and misleading publication dates == I have been doing work on various 'collected works' and noticed that misleading date information is appearing against individual works from these collections. Using 'The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (ed. Hutchinson, 1914)' as an example:—{{pbr}} In the main page [[The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (ed. Hutchinson, 1914)]], the year field is filled in '1914' and the title is displayed as 'The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley' (1914), as normal.{{pbr}} On the subpages for each individual poem, if there is no Wikidata link, the title of the overall work appears in the same way. The 'year' field is not used on these pages, so no date appears.{{pbr}} For subpages that do have a Wikidata link, the date of publication entered in Wikidata is displayed in the title. In most cases, this date is that of first publication (in the case of Shelley's collected works, given in a note at the head of each poem). Unfortunately, this date appears immediately after the title of the overall work (e.g. for '[[The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (ed. Hutchinson, 1914)/Lines to a Critic|Lines to a Critic]]', the main title appears as 'The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (1823)'. This gives the impression that the 'collected works' was published in 1823, which is not the case.{{pbr}} I question the need for this date linkage to Wikidata, but if it is judged to be necessary then what is displayed should have some associated text to make it clear what the date is, and it should be placed either after the 'section' field (or better, in the 'notes' field), not the 'title' field. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 10:56, 26 March 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|Chrisguise}} For "Lines to a Critic" that's because the Wikidata item was handled wrong. It is being treated as if it's the work item, but it links to our ''version'' of the poem. This is a quite widespread issue on Wikisource and, in general, we need to correct all instances where this has happened. I do think we should prefer handling this in Wikidata over not doing that, but maybe we need to make it so that we only pull from it if it's marked as an instance of "version, edition, or translation". [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 11:09, 26 March 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|CalendulaAsteraceae}} What is your opinion? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 11:10, 26 March 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]]: I think that only pulling dates if the WD item is a version/edition/translation is the way to go. I can take a look at the code soon-ish. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 19:57, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :::Would doing so affect Versions headers? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 22:06, 26 March 2024 (UTC) ::::Versions headers shouldn't link to version/edition/translation items, so it shouldn't be an issue (once I fix the dozen or so pages that are incorrectly linked) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 20:15, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::::: That's why I ask. If dates are only pulled from versions pages, does that mean the date of first publication (on the data item for the work) will vanish from version pages? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 15:36, 29 March 2024 (UTC) ::::::Depends how the code is written; it shouldn't. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 16:03, 29 March 2024 (UTC) == Simplify Scriptorium page structure == {{smaller|[I thought we'd discussed this before, but I'm failing to find it in the archives just now. I think I recall that people were generally positive, but that we didn't have a good plan for alternative solutions for Announcements and Proposals. So reopening the issue to see if we can at least make a little progress.]}} I'd really like to simplify the page structure of this page to avoid having subsections. It makes a lot of things much more complex, and don't work all that well on mobile (or in the Vector 2022 skin, but that's… a different issue). It is also confusing for newbies, and the important stuff (announcements, proposals) tends to get lost. So… What would we have to do as an alternative for the current sections? * '''Announcements''' * '''Proposals''' * '''Bot approval requests''' * '''Repairs (and moves)''' * '''Other discussions''' '''Other discussions''' would, obviously, just become the one section present on this page (with no actual separate heading, of course). '''Bot approval requests''' could probably either move to [[WS:BR]], with instructions to also post a notice here; or it could be just a normal thread here on the Scriptorium. We average far less than one bot approval request per year, and while looking through the archives for something else I saw several that just languished with no comment. Depending somewhat on the outcome for other sections, I think just making bot approval requests normal threads here is the most practical and pragmatic way to handle them. '''Repairs (and moves)''' doesn't really seem to warrant a separate section on the Scriptorium, and in any case tend to be overlooked in their own section up above. I think most such requests should go to [[WS:S/H]], requests specifically about scans should go to [[WS:LAB]], and anything needing +sysop should go to [[WS:AN]]. So we could replace the whole section with instructions about where to go instead up in the header. '''Announcements''' are, I don't think, very useful as a separate section here because they tend to get lost. I think probably we could make announcements just normal threads here, maybe with "Announcement: " tacked on as a prefix to the thread title. We could have instructions to add {{tl|do not archive until}} so that announcements where that's relevant stay on the page more than 30 days. There may be other things we could do to enhance their visibility while keeping them as a normal thread. '''Proposals''' too are, I think, better handled as normal threads here, combined with use for separate pages for things that are RFC-y (and with a notice here). We should also use watchlist notices (cf. the recent one about Vector 2022 users needing to update their scripts) for important ones (especially policy proposals), and possibly also create a template where current proposals are listed (the template could be permanent at the top of this page and [[WS:S/H]], and we could encourage users to transclude it on their own user page to keep up with proposals). I think that would actually ''improve'' visibility of proposals. I'm sure I've forgotten about something, and I'm sure people will have different views on what the best way to handle stuff is; but that's a snapshot of my current thinking. PS. This thread isn't in itself a proposal, as such, but the discussion that precedes a potential future proposal. If there is significant support, or general apathy in the absence of active opposition, I'll make a concrete proposal up in [[#Proposals]] that would, then, presumably, be the last such under the status quo. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 10:44, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :This sounds like a good idea to me! —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 15:15, 1 April 2024 (UTC) :Just a note that this is the kind of change that needs positive agreement. If there isn't significant participation, and absence of strong opposition, no change can be made. I was hoping to get a sense of where the community stood in this thread, before proceeding to a specific proposal. If nobody thinks this is an issue or doesn't think it's worth the time-investment, then making an actual proposal would just be wasting everyone's time. Some ''yay'', ''nay'', or ''meh'' would be helpful, is what I'm saying. :) [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:32, 5 April 2024 (UTC) :Just wondering, how did this end? Because we still have [[#Announcements]] up there, which has not been used for a while, but apparently also [[WS:Scriptorium/Announcements]], which is at least used for some newletters. — [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] ([[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] &amp; [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]) 10:56, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Alien333|Alien333]]: If it bugs (almost) nobody but me enough to comment here then there's obviously no support for making any change and the status quo prevails (and there's no point making a proposal under those circumstances). I'm guessing the reason nobody's commenting here is that they're mostly fine with how things are, and thus not motivated to think through the sketch of an alternative above. The current structure has worked well for a long time so changes to it has the presumption against it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 12:25, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Xover|Xover]] Perhaps this post became lost in the otherwise difficult to navigate Scriptorium? At any rate, I am not a great fan of the current layout, but equally wonder whether everything may become harder to find if things changed (for the most part, if I want to find the scan lab, I google it, as who knows where the link on Wikisource resides). If the Scriptorium did change, a clear table of contents at the start of this page, linking to the bot request, scan lab etc. subpages, would be much appreciated. [[User:TeysaKarlov|TeysaKarlov]] ([[User talk:TeysaKarlov|talk]]) 21:33, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::I've thought for some time that the community pages here really need some sort of navbox. It'd certainly make it easier to get around. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:48, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::Yeah, that's partly what I have in mind. I'd like to split things into more separate pages, with one thing (main section) per page, and then have a navbox type thing on each page. I also think we can make a template that's displayed prominently in strategic places that lists all currently open proposals. Something like [[w:Template:Centralized discussion]]. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:53, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ::The irony for me is—indeed!—this discussion got lost and I didn’t see it until just now despite my best efforts to follow this page. As a new WS contributor, it’s been hard for me to get invested in this page despite it being on my watchlist (where multiple edits are easily lost track of because of the default way it collapses multiple edits into just one, which I don’t fully understand). ::I’m not smart or experienced enough to propose specific restructuring solution(s), but wanted to say I support any effort by admins and other experienced folks to improve our community interaction. Compared to other “risky” proposals that would affect content in the main namespace, it seems ''relatively'' lower risk to talk about improving this discussion namespace. Just a lot of inertia and potential [[w:loss aversion|loss aversion]] at play probably, which is understandable as a human cognitive bias. [[User:Brad606|Brad606]] ([[User talk:Brad606|talk]]) 14:59, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Brad606|Brad606]]: Yeah, the default watchlist is a bit confusing in this sense. I recommend going to ''both'' the [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-watchlist|Watchlist section of your Preferences]] to turn '''on''' "Expand watchlist to show all changes, not just the most recent", and to go to the [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-rc|Recent Changes section]] to turn '''off''' "Group changes by page in recent changes and watchlist". Why in two different tabs of the Preferences? I have no idea. ¯\_(ツ)_/¯ [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 18:30, 13 April 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|Xover}} Yes, indeed, part of the reason this discussion has been unseen is because of the mountain of obscured discussions already in the Scriptorium from other cases. : Specifically for proposals, I think this deserves its own separate page. Note that Wiktionary has [[wikt:Wiktionary:Votes]], a process which works ''quite well''. Official votes (on policy, etc.), aka proposals, are done in a very structured format: :* Draft it out, based on and reference previous discussion. :* Set a time when the vote begins. Have it sit there as it would be when it starts more or less, but don't allow people to actually vote until the date and time of it starting. This serves a useful purpose: People can comment on the vote's talk page, etc., if the proposal has lack of clarity or has other inherent issues. :* Most importantly to me, '''set a clear time when the vote ends'''. Most of our discussions here (being one of the problems with both the Scriptorium and our desert known as RFC) do not have clear end dates, or clear definitions or enactments of resolution. So they just sit around more or less as thought experiments, going back to the huge "community practice vs. policy" dichotomy we have as well. : So, I think our proposals should function somewhat like this. They should at least be structured so that action is ensured to be taken if consensus allows. Wiktionary also transcludes a list of all current votes on everyone's watchlist, as well as in many other places, so that the wider community is aware... Some ideas for a page title: [[Wikisource:Votes]], [[Wikisource:Proposals]], or (and I like it a lot less) [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Proposals]]. : I'm interested to know what your thoughts on this proposal structure are. I'd move to get the other sections mentioned to subpages as well (and repairs could maybe be merged with [[WS:Scan lab]]), though I have less to comment about them. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 00:13, 14 April 2024 (UTC) == Should we mark the RfC process historical? == There was [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/2024-01#RfC_close|an earlier discussion]] that suggested this, but that has since been archived. There are several huge "open" RfCs, but none of them have had much recent participation or any participation at all – [[Wikisource:Requests for comment/Universal Code of Conduct enforcement draft guidelines|one has had no edits since it was proposed in 2021]], and overall the process seems abandoned, with the Scriptorium being used for most discussions. I think the {{tl|historical}} template should be added to the main RfC page and any open RfCs should be closed (as "no consensus" in at least one case, due to 0 participation). Clearly, the process is not attracting the input it needs ([[Wikisource:Requests for comment]] has achieved a grand total of 243 pageviews so far this month, compared to this page's 6,036 [https://pageviews.wmcloud.org/?project=en.wikisource.org&platform=all-access&agent=user&redirects=0&range=this-month&pages=Wikisource:Scriptorium|Wikisource:Requests_for_comment]). [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 15:09, 29 March 2024 (UTC) :I think it needs updating and revitalization, but there's no need to abandon it entirely. One thing that makes it so moribund is that we mostly get by just fine on established practice, and our policy framework covers most obvious areas. So while not ideal, neither is it particularly urgent to fix it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 16:59, 29 March 2024 (UTC) == Best practices for title pages and other front matter == I was preparing the title page for The Diothas ([[Page:The Diothas, or, A far look ahead (IA diothasorfarlook01macn).pdf/5|here]]) when it occurred to me that I couldn't find much guidance about front matter (the page [[Help:Front matter]] says nothing about style). I did notice that most proofread title pages decrease the vertical space compared to the page, but is there a guideline for this? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 10:13, 30 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]]: No, no good guidance. Title pages (and similar parts of the front matter) are a bit special. The rule of thumb is to reproduce the original layout as closely as possible without going insane with hyper-detailed formatting, and without causing it to overflow a single page when exported to ePub. How detailed a reproduction is useful will also vary from text to text: if the title page has clearly received a lot of love from the publisher then putting more effort into reproducing it is good, but if it is very simple then a reasonable representation is good enough. It's fairly subjective and up to each contributor's judgement.{{pbr}}Personally I always put quite a bit of effort into the title pages etc. of my projects, because I think it's important (not least in order to look good in ePub form), but nobody is likely to rag on you for a reasonable level of laziness here. We can never perfectly reproduce them anyway, so just exactly where the line is drawn will of necessity be a subjective call. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 12:08, 30 March 2024 (UTC) ::Follow-up question: what's the best way to check how the title page looks when exported to ePub? Is there a way apart from just exporting it? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:23, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]]: No, sorry. I've often thought we should have a Gadget to preview this to catch obvious problems with pagination, page width, etc. but as of now the best option is to just export it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 15:40, 3 April 2024 (UTC) == Table of Contents: Index:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu == Table of Contents: Index:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu I'm validating this. There's a typo I don't know how to correct. Please see IX on the table of contents. At the bottom, it says the page numbers are 143-146. But I think it should say 143-166, since the next section starts at 167. Also Section 1, Section VI, , Section X, and Section XV are the only ones that say "Pages" in front of the numbers. Please advise when I can continue validating the pages. Thank you. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 15:54, 31 March 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|Maile66}} The actual table of contents starts [[Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/17|here]]. The index page's table of contents is just a transclusion of the normal table of contents pages in the Page namespace. To find them, just Edit the page to see the index's source code, and you'll find in this case: <syntaxhighlight lang="mw"> {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/17}} {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/18}} {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/19}} {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/20}} </syntaxhighlight> : And just copy and paste. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 16:03, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::Thank you, but since I am doing the validating on this, someone else needs to make these corrections because it tells me the changes need to be proofread. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 18:42, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::: {{ping|Maile66}} 1.) You don't ''have'' to wait for other people to proofread the pages; if you want you can just go ahead and proofread them, since the validation is something that anyone can do. 2.) Which pages haven't been proofread? The table of contents pages are all validated, and all the pages except advertisements at [[Index:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu]] are at least proofread. Are you certain we're talking about the same transcription project? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 23:32, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::::Right now I'm validating pages 2-166 ... and I'm happy occupying myself with that. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 23:41, 31 March 2024 (UTC) :::::{{ping|SnowyCinema}} Ahhhh .... thank you for your instruction and guidance. I fixed the page number. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 20:39, 1 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::{{ping|SnowyCinema}} Well, oops! Looks like I have a lot to learn. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 20:52, 1 April 2024 (UTC) == Tech News: 2024-14 == <section begin="technews-2024-W14"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/14|Translations]] are available. '''Recent changes''' * Users of the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Reading/Web/Accessibility_for_reading|reading accessibility]] beta feature will notice that the default line height for the standard and large text options has changed. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T359030] '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/wmf.25|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-02|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-03|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-04|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] '''Future changes''' * The Wikimedia Foundation has an annual plan. The annual plan decides what the Wikimedia Foundation will work on. You can now read [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Annual Plan/2024-2025/Product & Technology OKRs#Draft Key Results|the draft key results]] for the Product and Technology department. They are suggestions for what results the Foundation wants from big technical changes from July 2024 to June 2025. You can [[m:Talk:Wikimedia Foundation Annual Plan/2024-2025/Product & Technology OKRs|comment on the talk page]]. '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/14|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W14"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 03:36, 2 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:UOzurumba (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26462933 --> == Global ban for Slowking4 == It looks like we are in danger of losing one of our most prolific editors: [[:meta:Requests for comment/Global ban for Slowking4 (2)]]. If you have any opinion on this, speak now or forever hold your peace. (I realize this is mentioned further up the page, but wanted to bump the issue in case folks didn't notice it.) [[User:Nosferattus|Nosferattus]] ([[User talk:Nosferattus|talk]]) 22:42, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :This was posted above under the heading [[#Global ban proposal for Slowking4|#Global ban proposal for Slowking4]]. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:23, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :: But we needed to make doubly sure the WS community was aware this was going on, since that "discussion" (more of a notification really) was buried. Thanks Nosferattus! [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 00:27, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :::you're very kind, however, it is unclear to me, that any amount of reason matters. only go there if you have a strong stomach. the drama caucus (one of your admins among them) will continue to put the stewards to the test, until they get the result they want. lest you think that the neglect of the WMF is bad, just consider the active hostility of a solipsistic clique of functionaries. i got my compliment from "notorious RSG", so the name calling is amusing. Wikimania was becoming tiresome, one of you should go, and help out Vigneron, and there is the wikisource conference to plan for. "all who wander are not lost". --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 02:31, 5 April 2024 (UTC) == All small caps == Is the {{tl|all small caps}} template supposed to work in non-Latin scripts like Greek? They are ''sometimes'' working here: : {{asc|{{polytonic|Οιδιπουσ}}}} The Greek line ''previewed'' correctly, showed correctly when I posted the comment initially, but then did not work when I emended my comment. Because the behavior is variable, sometimes working and sometimes not, I can't tell whether this is the asc-template, the polytonic-template, an interaction between the two, or something else entirely. They do not seem to be working in those scripts in the Page namespace. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 18:12, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :I winder if this is related to the issue I posted at [[WS:S/H#font-feature-setting:'hist']], and some OpenType features are not working? —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 18:51, 3 April 2024 (UTC) ::Just for testing: ::* Default font: {{asc|Οιδιπουσ}} ::* Junicode: {{ULS|font1=Junicode|{{asc|Οιδιπουσ}}}} ::* GentiumPlus: {{ULS|font1=GentiumPlus|{{asc|Οιδιπουσ}}}} ::For me the first two work, and the last one does not; which suggests that it's just the GentiumPlus font that {{tl|polytonic}} uses that might be the problem —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 18:53, 3 April 2024 (UTC) == Document in Jamaican patois == Is [[Yuunivorshal Deklarieshan a Yuuman Raits]] within the scope of English wikisource ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 04:27, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :Hmm. I'd say it's a clear ''no''. Jamaican creole is not generally mutually intelligible with Standard English (although as a primarily spoken language, and as a creole, the degree is pretty fluid from person to person and situation to situation). This is just one such case for which we have mulWS. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 07:10, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : {{vk}} at enWS as a closely-related language to English. We should keep JC works if we're going to host works in Old English, which is at least as unintelligible, if not more so, than the Jamaican Creole provided. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 14:27, 7 April 2024 (UTC) ::It's not primarily a question of mutual intelligibility (although that is certainly also a factor). Old English is a direct precursor of English, and there is a direct lineal relationship linguistically speaking. Jamaican creole is a hodgepodge of languages, where there happens to be a large dash of English in the mix, but it is inherently a mix of languages that do not fit neatly into one specific language family. mulWS is for precisely such cases where you cannot slot a text neatly into one language. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 15:48, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::{{color|gray|> where there happens to be a large dash of English in the mix}} :::The major {{wikt|lexifier}} of Jamaican Creole is English[https://apics-online.info/surveys/8]. :::{{color|gray|> but it is inherently a mix of languages that do not fit neatly into one specific language family}} :::Its language family is {{w|English-based creole|English-based creole}}. Here is its classification on [https://glottolog.org/resource/languoid/id/jama1262 Glottolog]. :::I just wanted to point that out. I didn't know that mulWS existed when I uploaded it, so if that's a better place, then great, I can put it there or an admin can move it. Or if here is fine, that's great too. I'll wait for you all to decide, since I'm brand new to this project and don't know how things work here.--[[User:Vuccala|Vuccala]] ([[User talk:Vuccala|talk]]) 23:54, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : {{vd}} This is in Jamaican Creole (a stable language resulting from a mix of languages), not a patois (nonstandard speech within a language). [[Author:Claude McKay|Clause McKay]] published poetry in the Jamaican patois, but the document under consideration is in Jamaican Creole. Further, this document is a ''translation'' of a document that was originally written in English. Since the document is a translation, and is not in English (or Scots), it falls outside our coverage and should be housed at the Multilingual Wikisource. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 15:06, 7 April 2024 (UTC) '''Question''' (from me, the uploader): is there a more suitable Wikimedia project I could have uploaded this to? There is no Jamaican Creole Wikisource, and we're using this document over at Wiktionary for demonstrating attestations of Jamaican Creole vocabulary using this template: {{wikt|Template:RQ:Yuunivorshal_Deklarieshan_a_Yuuman_Raits}}. --[[User:Vuccala|Vuccala]] ([[User talk:Vuccala|talk]]) 23:29, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : See the above discussion. There is a multilingual Wikisource that houses all languages that do not have a dedicated Wikisource project for the language. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 01:00, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::Is there a way to move something from here to there ? Or does it need to be input separately there ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 01:20, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :::I am an admin and can import. —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 07:10, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :::{{Ping|Beardo}}: [[:s:mul:Yuunivorshal_Deklarieshan_a_Yuuman_Raits]]. —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 07:11, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :{{Ping|Vuccala}} [[:s:mul:Yuunivorshal_Deklarieshan_a_Yuuman_Raits]]. —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 07:35, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::{{Ping|Koavf}} Thank you! I've updated the link in the Wiktionary template to point there instead. You guys can now delete it from English Wikisource. --[[User:Vuccala|Vuccala]] ([[User talk:Vuccala|talk]]) 10:59, 8 April 2024 (UTC) == Transcription speculation == Just a fun little exercise—I was wondering what projects you guys would be working on if more modern works were in the public domain today. So, I started this editable user subpage, [[User:SnowyCinema/Speculative transcriptions]]; the idea is to list your favorite copyrighted works that you might be working on if they were not under copyright. Anything is on the table—video games, TV shows, or books like is our general focus now, etc. I'm curious to see what your answers are. Feel free to add items to the list if you can think of anything. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:35, 7 April 2024 (UTC) == Random line break == Hello. I have recently started a project of [[index:Tarka_the_Otter.djvu|Tarka the Otter]] and some pages seem to have a random line break towards the end for no apparent reason (like [[Page:Tarka_the_Otter.djvu/14|page 14]]). Did I do anything wrong? I can't figure out what is wrong. [[User:HendrikWBK|HendrikWBK]] ([[User talk:HendrikWBK|talk]]) 01:42, 8 April 2024 (UTC) : You did not join the separate lines to make a continuous paragraph, and that line break is a consequence. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 01:58, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::It seems that only the last line is affected. In the rest of the page, if I leave two new line spaces, a new paragraph is formed, while one leaves the subsequent line in the same paragraph. I don't understand what you mean, I believe I did kept lines from the same paragraph immediately next to each other. [[User:HendrikWBK|HendrikWBK]] ([[User talk:HendrikWBK|talk]]) 02:06, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :::️@[[User:HendrikWBK|HendrikWBK]] The software parses the text in unpredictable ways if you don't remove the newline character at the end of every line, and the consequence is that random line breaks appear for no apparent reason. [[User:Ignacio Rodríguez|Ignacio Rodríguez]] ([[User talk:Ignacio Rodríguez|talk]]) 06:21, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::::See [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Help#Proofreading_Paragraph_Problem]] [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 06:59, 8 April 2024 (UTC) == Tech News: 2024-15 == <section begin="technews-2024-W15"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/15|Translations]] are available. '''Recent changes''' * Web browsers can use tools called [[:w:en:Browser extension|extensions]]. There is now a Chrome extension called [[m:Future Audiences/Experiment:Citation Needed|Citation Needed]] which you can use to see if an online statement is supported by a Wikipedia article. This is a small experiment to see if Wikipedia can be used this way. Because it is a small experiment, it can only be used in Chrome in English. * [[File:Octicons-gift.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Wishlist item]] A new [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Edit Recovery|Edit Recovery]] feature has been added to all wikis, available as a [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-editing|user preference]]. Once you enable it, your in-progress edits will be stored in your web browser, and if you accidentally close an editing window or your browser or computer crashes, you will be prompted to recover the unpublished text. Please leave any feedback on the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Talk:Community Wishlist Survey 2023/Edit-recovery feature|project talk page]]. This was the #8 wish in the 2023 Community Wishlist Survey. * Initial results of [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Edit check|Edit check]] experiments [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Edit_check#4_April_2024|have been published]]. Edit Check is now deployed as a default feature at [[phab:T342930#9538364|the wikis that tested it]]. [[mw:Talk:Edit check|Let us know]] if you want your wiki to be part of the next deployment of Edit check. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T342930][https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361727] * Readers using the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Skin:Minerva Neue|Minerva skin]] on mobile will notice there has been an improvement in the line height across all typography settings. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T359029] '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/wmf.26|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-09|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-10|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-11|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] * New accounts and logged-out users will get the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor|visual editor]] as their default editor on mobile. This deployment is made at all wikis except for the English Wikipedia. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361134] '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/15|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W15"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 23:37, 8 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:UOzurumba (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26564838 --> == Avoid concurrent confirmation for our `crats == Courtesy ping: [[User:BD2412|BD2412]], @[[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]]. It just occurred to me that we currently have [[Special:PermanentLink/14036101#Confirmation_discussions|Confirmation discussions]] for ''both'' of our `crats going on concurrently (because we elected both of them at the same time). Now, granted, neither one of them is likely to be involved in any controversy, but it is in principle unfortunate to have them both be up for confirmation at the same time. I therefore propose that we artificially postpone the next confirmation for one of them by 6 months so that their future confirmations will be at different times of the year, and so they can more easily switch out who handles closing confirmations without getting into situations where they can be accused of being influenced by an ongoing confirmation for themselves. It's not something that's ''likely'' to happen, but since it's easy to avoid entirely… It doesn't matter which one of them we move in the cycle, but just so there's a concrete proposal I suggest we delay BD2412's next confirmation by an additional 6 months (for the very well-thought-out reason that they happen to be listed first on WS:A currently :)). [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:55, 9 April 2024 (UTC) : No objection to the plan, but we could also just add a few more 'crats. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 15:55, 9 April 2024 (UTC) ::Actually for the period of time when Hesperian was also a 'crat, all three of us were being confirmed in the same month. I should also point out that any established wikisourceror can close a confirmation discussion and I used to close Hesperian's so that he didn't have to do his own one. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 05:28, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :::Not [[WS:AP|restricted access]] discussions; those have to be closed by the `crats. But, yeah, as mentioned, this isn't exactly a big issue. I just noticed it now and figured there was an easy way to avoid the problem altogether, so why not. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:12, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :::: There is also [[Wikisource_talk:Administrators#'crat COI question|this discussion]], where it was suggested that if the outcome was "bleeding obvious", then it would not be a problem for a 'crat to close a discussion in which they were a participant. I suppose this might be considered to apply to a 'crat closing their own clearly uncontested reconfirmation, though this feels a bit wrong. For this month, I have no problem with the two 'crats involved each closing the discussion for the other, though this also potentially could create an appearance of a tit-for-tat. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 15:31, 11 April 2024 (UTC) == [[:Index:United States Statutes at Large Volume 44 Part 2.djvu]] == Raw OCR dump. Should be removed (along with other Raw dumps) unless someone is prepared to provide alternate scans that are ACTUALLY READABLE as opposed to bordeline illegible on numerous pages. I've been trying to remove lints by attempting to proofread pages that where showing up in a list of mismatched Italics. Raw OCR Dumps diminish my enthusiasm for continuing, and there should be concerted effort to clean out the gibberish generated from them. [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 09:25, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :the scan is fine, with the improved OCR. awaiting for the volunteers to proofread. if you remove it, then the volunteers cannot do the work. (i would be more motivated if there were a consensus to ditch the side notes, which are more trouble than they are are worth). --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 13:16, 14 April 2024 (UTC) == [[Primary sources concerning Wyatt Earp]] == This page contains a number of short newspaper articles all on a related topic. It's been proposed to separate the page, which seems like clearly the right thing to do if the page is going to stay on Wikisource, if somebody is going to take the trouble to find scans, etc.; but this is a labor-intensive task that seems unlikely to happen in the near future. In the meantime, even though it contains actual source material, I would suggest that moving this page to the Portal: space might be the best way to tidy things up. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 17:35, 12 April 2024 (UTC) == Tech News: 2024-16 == <section begin="technews-2024-W16"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/16|Translations]] are available. '''Problems''' * Between 2 April and 8 April, on wikis using [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:FlaggedRevs|Flagged Revisions]], the "{{Int:tag-mw-reverted}}" tag was not applied to undone edits. In addition, page moves, protections and imports were not autoreviewed. This problem is now fixed. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361918][https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361940] '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/wmf.1|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-16|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-17|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-18|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] * [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Magic words#DEFAULTSORT|Default category sort keys]] will now affect categories added by templates placed in [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Cite|footnotes]]. Previously footnotes used the page title as the default sort key even if a different default sort key was specified (category-specific sort keys already worked). [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T40435] * A new variable <bdi lang="zxx" dir="ltr"><code>page_last_edit_age</code></bdi> will be added to [[Special:AbuseFilter|abuse filters]]. It tells how many seconds ago the last edit to a page was made. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T269769] '''Future changes''' * Volunteer developers are kindly asked to update the code of their tools and features to handle [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/Temporary Accounts|temporary accounts]]. [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/Temporary Accounts/For developers/2024-04 CTA|Learn more]]. * [[File:Octicons-tools.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Advanced item]] Four database fields will be removed from database replicas (including [[quarry:|Quarry]]). This affects only the <bdi lang="zxx" dir="ltr"><code>abuse_filter</code></bdi> and <bdi lang="zxx" dir="ltr"><code>abuse_filter_history</code></bdi> tables. Some queries might need to be updated. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361996] '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/16|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W16"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 23:29, 15 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:UOzurumba (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26564838 --> == Converting to copyright-until == I had a bunch of work links added by a new editor, and had to turn them into copyright-until. So I tossed a short script in sed that did 90% of the work, and decided to post it here, as much in hopes that someone would do a more universal and correct job, then in hopes that it would be useful. : <nowiki>cat file | sed 's/\[\[/{{copyright-until|/' | sed 's/\]\] (\([0-9]*\))/|\1 + 96|\1}}/'</nowiki> --[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 22:25, 16 April 2024 (UTC) :I don't know about universal and correct, but if the input is entirely regular like <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline>[[Wikipage|Display]] (1892)</syntaxhighlight> I'd probably do something like: :<syntaxhighlight lang="perl">perl -p -e 's/\[\[(.*?)\|([^]]+)]]\s*\((\d+)\)/"{{copyright-until|$1|$3|display=$2|until=" . ($3 + 96) . "}}"/e' file</syntaxhighlight> :Which, admittedly, looks like line noise, but then most regex does. It does avoid a [[w:Useless use of cat|useless use of cat]] though. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 07:28, 17 April 2024 (UTC) == Scanned microfilm sources == Some time ago a large number of periodicals were posted on the Internet Archive in microfilm form (as seen [https://archive.org/details/sim_microfilm here]). Are there any concerns about using these as scan sources? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 02:29, 19 April 2024 (UTC) :copyright will be tricky. i would use https://onlinebooks.library.upenn.edu/cce/serialprocess.html for guidance about US formalities. you might want to include the serial information in the upload metadata, since commons is simplistic. :mass upload will require expertise, since Fae is gone. :you might not want to drop a lot of periodicals without building a team to proofread them. --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 02:58, 19 April 2024 (UTC) == Invitation to join April Wikisource Community Meeting == Hello fellow Wikisource enthusiasts! We are the hosting this month’s Wikisource Community meeting on '''27 April 2024, 7 AM UTC''' ([https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/1714201200 check your local time]). Similar to previous meetings, the agenda will be split into two segments. The first half will cover non-technical updates, such as events, conferences, proofread-a-thons, and collaborations. In the second half, we'll dive into technical updates and discussions, addressing key challenges faced by Wikisource communities. Simply follow the link below to secure your spot and engage with fellow Wikisource enthusiasts: [[:m:Event:Wikisource Community Meeting April 2024|Event Registration Page]] If you have any suggestions or would just prefer being added to the meeting the old way, simply drop a message on '''klawal-ctr@wikimedia.org'''. Thank you for your continued dedication to Wikisource. We look forward to your active participation in our upcoming meeting. Regards [[:m:User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]], [[:m:User:SWilson (WMF)|Sam Wilson (WMF)]], and [[:m:User:SGill (WMF)|Satdeep Gill (WMF)]] <small> Sent using [[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[User talk:MediaWiki message delivery|talk]]) 12:21, 22 April 2024 (UTC)</small> <!-- Message sent by User:KLawal-WMF@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:SGill_(WMF)/lists/WS_VPs&oldid=25768507 --> == Tech News: 2024-17 == <section begin="technews-2024-W17"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/17|Translations]] are available. '''Recent changes''' * Starting this week, newcomers editing Wikipedia [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Growth/Positive reinforcement#Leveling up 3|will be encouraged]] to try structured tasks. [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Growth/Feature summary#Newcomer tasks|Structured tasks]] have been shown to [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Growth/Personalized first day/Structured tasks/Add a link/Experiment analysis, December 2021|improve newcomer activation and retention]]. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T348086] * You can [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Coolest Tool Award|nominate your favorite tools]] for the fifth edition of the Coolest Tool Award. Nominations will be open until May 10. '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/wmf.2|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-23|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-24|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-25|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] '''Future changes''' * This is the last warning that by the end of May 2024 the Vector 2022 skin will no longer share site and user scripts/styles with old Vector. For user-scripts that you want to keep using on Vector 2022, copy the contents of [[{{#special:MyPage}}/vector.js]] to [[{{#special:MyPage}}/vector-2022.js]]. There are [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Reading/Web/Desktop Improvements/Features/Loading Vector 2010 scripts|more technical details]] available. Interface administrators who foresee this leading to lots of technical support questions may wish to send a mass message to your community, as was done on French Wikipedia. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T362701] '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/17|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W17"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 20:28, 22 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Quiddity (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26647188 --> == Vote now to select members of the first U4C == <section begin="announcement-content" /> :''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Election/2024/Announcement – vote opens|You can find this message translated into additional languages on Meta-wiki.]] [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Election/2024/Announcement – vote opens}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]'' Dear all, I am writing to you to let you know the voting period for the Universal Code of Conduct Coordinating Committee (U4C) is open now through May 9, 2024. Read the information on the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Election/2024|voting page on Meta-wiki]] to learn more about voting and voter eligibility. The Universal Code of Conduct Coordinating Committee (U4C) is a global group dedicated to providing an equitable and consistent implementation of the UCoC. Community members were invited to submit their applications for the U4C. For more information and the responsibilities of the U4C, please [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Charter|review the U4C Charter]]. Please share this message with members of your community so they can participate as well. On behalf of the UCoC project team,<section end="announcement-content" /> [[m:User:RamzyM (WMF)|RamzyM (WMF)]] 20:20, 25 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:RamzyM (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=26390244 --> == Aux TOC arcana == Can someone explain to me why the AuxTOC portion of [[:Page:Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu/7]] (the listed Acts) are not displaying in green the way that other AuxTOC items do? I have tried copying the syntax from another ToC where this works, but it is not working here. With no documentation anywhere that I can find, I am at a loss to understand why the syntax works in one place but not in another. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:09, 25 April 2024 (UTC) == Wikisource and other public domain digitization projects == Newbie question here. How do our efforts on Wikisource compare to other PD digitization projects like Project Gutenberg? I gather that we used to copy from there but that's now discouraged. Are the efforts of one project redundant to the other? Besides being able to verify page scans, does one have an advantage over the other? Is there any pooling of resources to avoid redundancy? Apologies if this has been discussed ''ad nauseam'', but searching the Scriptorium archives didn't help much. [[User:Thebiguglyalien|Thebiguglyalien]] ([[User talk:Thebiguglyalien|talk]]) 00:38, 26 April 2024 (UTC) : A couple of big differences are (1) PG tends to have just one copy of each work, but WS will house multiple editions or translations, where there is reason (see for example ''[[The Time Machine]]'' and [[Electra (Sophocles)]]), and (2) PG will modernize and editorialize texts, which is one reason we no longer accept their texts; WS tries to preserve the originally published spellings and format to the best degree possible. Of course, our texts are also interconnected to Wikidata, Wikipedia, and other projects. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 00:55, 26 April 2024 (UTC) :A few others that stand out to me: :* Stricter license enforcement and labeling. A lot of effort is actually spent to identify translators, authors death dates, relevant country policies etc. There is also no "fair use" exemption. Many sites are a bit lax with orphan works, URAA-restored translations, etc. :* Easy linking to the actual page scan for comparison :* Things like score extension that allow transcription and playing of musical scores, movie transcription, images independently searchable and discoverable via Wikimedia Commons, etc. :* Linking to authors and other works per our [[Wikisource:Wikilinks|linking policy]] :[[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 02:13, 26 April 2024 (UTC) japbbd8yvurs717dl98zcbntafaghxc 14131419 14130496 2024-04-26T10:56:40Z Mpaa 257091 /* Aux TOC arcana */ Reply wikitext text/x-wiki {{process header | title = Scriptorium | section = | previous = [[Wikisource:Index/Community|Community pages]] | next = [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives|Archives]] | shortcut = [[WS:S]]<br/>[[WS:SCRIPTORIUM]] | notes = The '''[[wikt:scriptorium|Scriptorium]]''' is Wikisource's community discussion page. Feel free to ask questions or leave comments. You may join any current discussion or <span class="plainlinks">[{{fullurl:Wikisource:Scriptorium|action=edit&section=new start}} a new one]</span>; please see '''[[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Help]]'''. The [[Wikisource:Administrators' noticeboard|Administrators' noticeboard]] can be used where appropriate. Some announcements and newsletters are subscribed to [[/Announcements/]]. Project members can often be found in the [[liberachat:wikisource|#wikisource]] IRC channel [https://kiwiirc.com/nextclient/irc.libera.chat?channel=#wikisource webclient]. For discussion related to the entire project (not just the English chapter), please discuss at the [[:mul:Scriptorium|multilingual Wikisource]]. There are currently {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} [[Special:ActiveUsers|active users]] here. {{/Navigation}} }} {{autoarchive resolved section | age = 3 | archive = ((FULLPAGENAME))/Archives/((year))-((month:##)) | level = 2 | show = no | timecompare = <!--allowing for archiving without resolved--> | timeout = 30 }} [[Category:Bots/Archival|Scriptorium ]] [[Category:Wikisource|Scriptorium]] __NEWSECTIONLINK__ <!-- Interwiki links --> [[mul:Scriptorium]] <!-- Interwiki links --> = Announcements = = Proposals = === Proposal to change {{tl|SIC}} display === This is a proposal to change what text the {{tl|SIC}} template displays, i.e. making it show the corrected text rather than the original typo. An example of what the repurposed template could look like can be seen > [[Template:SIC/testcases|here]] <, the final presentation, of course, not being definitive (current one thanks to {{ping|CalendulaAsteraceae}} ). The most important change would be to put the typo in the tooltip and the corrected term on display, and the arguments for this change are the following: * SIC doesn't export well at all and the ebook result isn't any different from an overlooked typo, the exception being pdf showing the typo being underlined. The audience most happy with the current use of the template (indeed the only persons who can actually see the tooltip) seems to be editors who browse Wikisource solely on computer and who enjoy reading the typos from the original text. This is a fraction of the intended audience of Wikisource, and in my opinion the mindset is detrimental to increasing the website's reach: with the current use of SIC a reader wanting an ebook with no typos (which is most ebook readers) has no reason to use Wikisource over other book repositories like Gutenberg. * The proposed new usage of SIC would still clearly display that a typo has been fixed, and will display the typo as a tooltip, as completely correcting the text isn't the goal here. This is done to respect the original edition of the text, as it still shows how shoddy some books were published, and will be useful to book lovers who want to see how the text has been fixed between different editions. This information, however, will appeal only to a minority audience of Wikisource: this is why it's the typo that should be in the tooltip, not the displayed text. * The current use of SIC is awkward with missing typography, as a missing comma or quote mark mentioned by SIC will only show a tiny wave barely bigger than a dot, and is completely useless when the tooltip can't be accessed as it can't show what the deleted sign was. Truly the common practice among editors is to not use SIC at all for missing typography. The proposed new SIC would just display a sign. * Fixing typos instead of showing typos improve text readability. It had to be said. I'll address some counter arguments which have been raised in previous debates on the subject: * "'''This is changing the text, Wikisource contributors shouldn't make editorial decisions, and the text has to be preserved as close as can be to the original'''" Preserving the text exactly as it was published actually isn't Wikisource's goal, it's Wikimedia Commons' goal, whose scans keep every single flaw of the text just like the real book. Wikisource editors change and make editorial decisions on every single text, whether it is omitting the 3em gap between period and new sentence start, ligatures like st, changing the dreaded ſ into s, displaying the pages in the right order despite faulty original arrangement, or not reproducing the occasional ink blots. Wikisource's goal is to preserve a text ''and'' to make it easily readable. The current use of SIC respects the first goal, but not the second one. The proposed new use of SIC would respect both goals. * "'''This will lead to entire texts being modernized to whatever the editor wants, and will make archaic orthograph disappear from Wikisource'''" As the current SIC template isn't used in that way, I think this would be an unreasonable development. Other Wikisource versions (Spanish and French versions for instance) already display the correction rather than the typo, some for years, and this hasn't led to any loss of accuracy in older texts, as indeed it's meant to be used only for obvious, occasional typos that the original printer would have corrected if aware of them. I'll add that in case of a lack of consensus, a solution satisfying both those for the change and those against the change would be to implement some kind of switch which would allow to show globally either the corrected text or the original typos, as is done for some other templates. In that case I'd suggest to make it by default print ebooks with corrected text, as, and I want to stress this again, the current use of SIC for ebooks is worse than useless, it's detrimental to Wikisource. --[[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 20:06, 27 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} - Making SIC display the correct word by default to the reader seems like an obvious quality of life improvement. When an end user is reading the text, they want to read the word that's supposed to be there - they're not doing a scholarly analysis of variant spellings in different quartos, and if the text depended on an exact transcription of non-standard spellings then we wouldn't be using SIC anyway (e.g. I have a dream of putting Robert Record's The Whetstone of Witte from 1557 through the site - that definitely wouldn't be using SIC). [[User:Qq1122qq|Qq1122qq]] ([[User talk:Qq1122qq|talk]]) 21:01, 27 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} Thank you for writing this up! —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 21:17, 27 March 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}}, strongly: 1) I agree with the counter arguments mentioned above.{{pbr}}2) We often host different editions of the same work. One of the aspects by which they may differ from each other may be e. g. a presence/absence of some typos, and it is desirable to show them by default.{{pbr}}3) The fact there is a typo may give the reader some information too, e. g. that the author was not good in English spelling. I have already proofread some works written by non-native writers which were full of spelling mistakes, and we should not be improving this.{{pbr}}4) The fact that the person who proofreads a work considers something to be a typo does not necessarily mean it is really a typo: it can be e. g. an unusual spelling, obsolete spelling or purposeful change of spelling. I have seen such cases of wrong usage of the template here. If the template shows the original text by default, it makes less harm than if it were the other way, because it is clear that the wrong tooltip is our addition to the text.{{pbr}}5) Ad ''"fixing typos ... improves text readability"''. If the original text was difficult to read because of frequent typos, we should keep this aspect in our transcription too. It is not our mission to "improve" original texts. Keeping the typos gives the transcription a tinge of the original text. --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 23:50, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::A lot of your objections are about misuses of SIC, and are easily solved by not using SIC in works for which it's not suitable - if it's important that typos are recorded, then they should be. ::This is a discussion about what the default behaviour of SIC should be when someone is reading the produced text. [[User:Qq1122qq|Qq1122qq]] ([[User talk:Qq1122qq|talk]]) 07:34, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::I completely agree with points 2 and 3! Point 2 would in fact be followed by the proposed new SIC, as it in fact shows where the corrected typos are, and the typo on the tooltip. Showing the typo by default would however only be useful to Wikisource users whose chief interest is to compare different editions rather than read a book, which, given that it's very unusual here for a book to have even 2 complete different editions, is only a fraction of its actual audience. ::I hadn't considered point 3 when I wrote up the proposal, as I've had so far only seen SIC used in obvious printing errors. I don't think SIC, old or new, should be used in cases where the typo comes from the author rather than the printer, whether the author typo is intended or not. ::Point 4 wouldn't be affected by the SIC change, as a new SIC still would show where the corrected typo is. It would indeed ask more (minimal) effort to check what the typo originally was by placing your mouse over the tooltip instead of being able to read it right away, but the harm in that exceptional and fixable case is vastly outmatched by the harm of normal intended use of current SIC, which is to show untooltiped typos in ebooks. ::As for point 5, it is our mission to make older texts readable and accessible while preserving them; we're not preserving ink blots or misprinted punctuation either. New SIC still preserves typos and indicate them, it just doesn't make them the main focus, which is what old SIC is doing. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 08:36, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}} I loathe the template at the best of times, so tinkering with it is not going to improve it any—nor cause me to start using it. Some works here are unreadable because of the use of this template, with its underlining or (on my eReader) highlighting the text. Changing it to display the supposedly correct text is not going to take away the ugliness that is produced by tooltips. Its misuse for things like user translations of phrases from other languages will not be helped by displaying the alternate text. Deprecate it instead and remove all uses. The quiet template {{tl|sic}} is by far the preferable option where it is felt that an egregious typo should be marked. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 06:45, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}}. As you can see just above, some people find even the current {{tl|SIC}} to be way over the line into annotation territory. I am not personally that conservative (I think {{tl|SIC}}, when used as intended, is fine), but I think showing the corrected text is a step too far. There have been some really egregious misuses of it as is and I am not keen on expanding the scope of its use.{{pbr}}One of the main differences between Wikisource and Gutenberg is our verifiability to a scan and that we preserve the original text as published, including being careful to distinguish which particular ''edition'' of a work our text represents. To say that "everyone" wants to see typos corrected is extrapolating personal preference too far: some proportion of our ebook readers will certainly prefer that, but our content is reused in all sorts of ways and for all sorts of reasons.{{pbr}}But if {{tl|SIC}} doesn't currently export well that's an issue that can be addressed. I haven't run into that issue as yet, but from your description it sounds like the first thing we should do for the short term is to remove the underlining on export. WS Export doesn't have the facility to let the user express preference for things like this, so until it does it will be whatever is the default in {{tl|SIC}} that gets exported but we can apply export-specific styles to it. We can possibly implement a way to switch between the two when viewed in a browser, but that seems a bit over-engineered for the actual need. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 08:35, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::You'll find that both our personal preferences tint our views on what the intended Wikisource audience is! If I get you properly, your assumption is that it tends towards the archivist/scholar type, who'll come to Wikisource to find preserved documents that couldn't be found on other websites (except on wiki commons). My own assumption is that, while we do get researchers and scientists who'd rather read our completely-rewritten-as-close-as-possible-to-the-original texts than the actual original texts (which are on wiki commons), the main audience of Wikisource is the actual general audience, novel readers and the like. A poll on audience wishes would be interesting, but in its absence a cursory look at wikimedia statistics imply that the actual situation leans towards my point of view. ::Now none of us imply (yes, not even me) that "everyone" wants to see typos corrected or not corrected, as indeed if there was a consensus there would be no discussion. But what is the SIC use which would accommodate the most people? ::Old SIC accommodates Wikisource editors who want the text displayed to have the original printing typos (which isn't the same as wanting to have an accurate text, as no editor transcribes accurately every typography quirk of the original text), and the archivist/scholar who is glad that they can read the original typo right away instead of having to move their mouse over the text to check it (assuming researchers don't study texts by downloading ebooks of them and reading them on their phone, which would remove the tooltip). It inconveniences all those who want to read a text without printing typos, which I will assume is an important part (again, not "everyone") of the general audience. New SIC would inconvenience these two previous categories (which are very important categories, as one of them is the actual decision-maker on template changes), and accommodate most ebook-readers, as well as archivist/scholars who don't mind about printing typos or about hovering over indicated corrected text to see what the original typo was. As to which audience we ''should ''accommodate, that's a website policy that I can have no influence on! even if it seems to me that one audience clearly outnumbers the other. ::Furthermore new SIC would have no influence on copy/pasted text used by scholars who want to use the actual original text in their thesis, as original-typos would still be clearly marked for a scholar to notice and add back at leisure, and no serious researcher would use Wikisource text without carefully reading it first to remove new, editor-added typos. ::I'll only frankly disagree on your opinion that expanding the scope of SIC could lead to more misuse. The scope of SIC has been expanded in other versions of Wikisource with no unwelcome result, so I can safely affirm this is a baseless fear. ::As to the WS Export, it's only a low priority issue, as it only shows on PDF. I'd argue underlining without tooltip is still more useful than no underlining at all, as it somehow indicates that the editor was aware there was a problem with the word. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 10:37, 28 March 2024 (UTC) : {{comment}} I have stated before that perhaps we should have an approach where we dynamically load a list of "errata" in the text elsewhere perhaps generated in the headers by detected SIC templates, and perhaps something like this would deprecate the need for a tooltip at all, and the correct text would therefore be displayed instead of the typo. My biggest issue with tooltips is that they don't work well on exports or mobile views, and are designed for desktop views (pretty much the only view to Wikisource around the time the template was originally created). But I do think that recognizing where typos and other inconsistencies exist is extremely important, since they can aid in discussions about publication or revision history of certain works, about historical typographical or linguistic tendencies, etc. : Just so everyone is aware, there are literally examples of literary errors that became ''famous'' or ''iconic'' throughout history. One example I can think of offhand is the "{{w|all your base are belong to us}}" fad of the early 2000s which has its own Wikipedia article (although I know this wouldn't be nearly old enough to be PD). But there are many older examples. I recall there are several examples of newspaper editors accidentally leaving random curse words in the articles because they were bored sitting at the typewriter and forgot to remove them, things like this. While I mistakenly thought there was an entire Wikipedia article listing famous historical typos, (but like, why isn't there???), you can find loads of articles online about these and they're fun to read about. Anyways, they're historically important, ok? Just trust me on that. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 10:16, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::The list of errata is indeed a solution present on the french Wikisource, which I find very convenient! It's however a more important change than just reversing the SIC template, which is why this proposal is more modest in scope, and aims to at least gather what is the general opinion on "displaying typo" vs "displaying corrected text". I don't think list of errata could be agreed on without at first agreeing on the "displaying corrected text" philosophy... ::Probably one the most most famous misprinted works is the [[W:Wicked Bible|Wicked Bible]], which sadly isn't apparently yet on Wikisource. When such a typo is a matter of fame, I'm sure there could be found grounds to leave it untouched! [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 10:48, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :{{comment}} - I'm not going to vote yet, since there are some issues in the comments I'm making here that complicate things. :* I'd consider the possibility of creating a new template instead, which I would prefer (not least because the name "SIC" implies that what is displayed is as given in the original). :* Related to this is unexpected uses of {{tl|SIC}}. In particular, it's been used by some contributors to show when hyphenation is inconsistent in the tooltip. Obviously if we want to change the behaviour of {{tl|SIC}} this would need to be removed (replaced by {{tl|tooltip}}?) first; again, this would not be necessary with a new template. :* I note that on some pages of the EB1911 transcription we already have typos being amended in the text, with a tooltip showing the original text. IIRC this is done manually (by using a span, without a template). :* I also note that in the course of migrating some works to scans I've been in the situation of having to introduce typos such as errors in punctuation. While I don't really mind this, it does seem a bit weird to actively make the work worse for the end user. The tooltip not being readable on export does seem to be an important factor here, by the way (and is something that was brought to my attention recently). :* Finally, {{tl|SIC}} is mentioned in [[Wikisource:Annotations]] as a non-annotation. This may need to be revised if the template is changed. :[[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 11:26, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::Point 1 and 2 could imo be addressed by adapting the SIC documentation to clarify its goal, point 5 will also eventually be done when the change takes. A name change of new SIC could be done if there's a strong demand for it, but I don't see it as so explicit that it would confuse users in its purpose. I wonder if point 3 is following current Wikisource policy... Concerning point 4, old SIC making the work worse for the readers except for those interested in seeing all the original typos is precisely why I'm for the SIC change [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 10:43, 29 March 2024 (UTC) ::: It really shouldn't be ''unexpected'' that textual inconsistencies (hyphenation, italicization, use of accents) are marked as SIC in many texts. They ''are'' typographical errors in most cases, especially if being done in the context of the same story, nonfiction book, or novel. What other sites like Gutenberg will often do in these situations is just correct the error, i.e. make all hyphenations the same throughout the text. If a user had the right software tools, they could actually figure out that there was inconsistent hyphenation in any given text (which is something I can do with my software). Sometimes, these inconsistencies literally happen on the ''same page as each other'', so they can be more obvious in some contexts. It's a specific distinct classification of textual error that appears in almost every work I've ever seen, thus deserving of its own separate template. ::: It can also have implications for Wikisource ''proofreading'' as well. Sometimes, inconsistent hyphenation is actually our fault, since most hyphenations at the end of page lines are mid-word so they don't need to be preserved—but it's impossible for ''OCR softwares and the like'' to determine when this end-line hyphenation is supposed to be preserved or not, so it ends up with a scanno on our part. We end up with situations where "houseparty" comes out of "house-\nparty" very commonly, for example. So the template, like SIC, is also used to distinguish ''possible proofreading errors'' from actual hyphenation errors on the part of the original author, to save the time of later editors trying to improve our transcription's accuracy. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 12:06, 31 March 2024 (UTC) *{{Support}} As the proposer said, this would increase text readibility, ''etc.'' I understand the desire to preserve the original text as much as possible, but blatant misspellings (as opposed to archaic spellings) aren't helpful to anyone. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 12:24, 28 March 2024 (UTC) * <s>Weak {{support}}.</s> Addendum: Sorry, as it stands, I {{oppose}} making the change to the current template but I'd support a second template that uses this functionality... * I do agree that, for all practical purposes, what most readers care about is a working text, and I do like that this change doesn't completely remove the SIC template (as I'm sure some editors here would suggest since they hate the tooltips). But, if we're going to go about this change it shouldn't be the finale for another 15 years. We need to be constantly reworking this SIC template situation, and improving on it with new features. Eventually, I do want the tooltip to go away (à la Beeswaxcandle), but I have no idea what I'd put in its place yet. For now though, a couple points: ** This template should carry a parameter, an option to display the typo text, for those proofreaders who want to show the original typo rather than the corrected one. We need to be considering in this discussion that different types of works may necessitate correction more than others. Think of ''who'' the audience of that work is going to be. '''A.)''' For example, are we working with the US copyright catalogs? In that case, [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]]'s SIC would be more useful because a reader is looking for the listings and not concerned about where typos are. And displaying the typo text can actually be argued to be more harmful, especially when we're talking about writing code that's supposed to parse these entries. '''B.)''' But for silent films, novels, short stories, poems? These follow a clear narrative top-down structure, and therefore old SIC makes more sense, because researchers of fiction might actually be interested in where the typos appear. This especially makes sense for works that are known to contain a lot of typos, such as certain works by foreign writers (per Jan), or works that were poorly produced for other reasons. '''But,''' this is a fine line, and isn't easy to make a rule about: it's probably best to leave it up to individual editors to make a decision. ** And this actually makes me wonder if we just need a third SIC template for Ostrea's suggestion, rather than to change the SIC template that's already there... ** PS: A general philosophical sentiment: I will say that, while the general reader of our text is not any "vaguely supposed scholar figure", our WMF sites are generally written and constructed assuming they'll be useful for scholarly research and I think that this is a good thing. This is why Wiktionary isn't an Urban Dictionary clone, and why Wikipedia doesn't use street slang so that their audience of billions can better understand the articles. God forbid our sites become as outright awful for our society's intellectual fervor as today's social media platforms. The WMF sites are some of the only platforms that genuinely keep me sane in this world, giving me real information with evidence and keeping my attention span strong and not weak. I'm not saying this specific proposal is conducive to this so don't get the wrong idea, but I'm saying that the general sentiment of "we should be serving people, not scholars" can lead to bad places if followed in an absolute sense. I do want WS to get more page views, but I want it to better society by encouraging people to read more, not to further the very real and demonstrable trend of attention spans in the general population getting lower and lower specifically because of apps like Snapchat, Tiktok, and Instagram... Just a general sentiment, not related to the proposal itself really, but more to an incidental sentiment. * Overall, I think there are benefits to your suggestion, but 1. this needs to be an ongoing endeavor and not left as it is, and 2. the very sloppy ideas and notions I just typed out are things I'd like to be considered before this template change is made. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 13:03, 31 March 2024 (UTC) *:Arcorann mentioned a 2 templates solution earlier (SIC would stay the same and display the typo, a new template would display the corrected text), and I'm getting more and more convinced that it could become a good compromise. Choosing whether or not to use it could then be a style decision the original (or most prominent) editor of a text chooses around the start of the editing work, just like it's done with choosing whether to use long s or not, or curvy or straight quotes. The new template could be done with or without tooltip, but would always have to make it easy to find where the typos are (for instance by showing a list of the typos on the side like [[:fr:Essais/édition Michaud, 1907/Texte modernisé/Livre I/Chapitre 17|>here<]], by clicking on "Coquilles (1)" under "Options d'affichage"). As we have no consensus on a global change of SIC, I think if a change is done it's going to be through a solution similar to this. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 08:13, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :'''Strongly''' {{oppose}}—hosting editions ''as published'' is a fundamental part of the Wikisource ethos and is what differentiates us from other online libraries such as Project Gutenberg. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 13:44, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::Furthermore, I see that the example text is correcting "longue word" to "long word", which brings to mind the large number of instances where editors have used {{tl|SIC}} to ''modernize outdated spellings'' rather than to only correct typos (or otherwise assume that an unusual spelling must be a typo), and that in itself is enough for me to strongly oppose the replacement of original text with corrected text by default across the board for all current uses of {{tl|SIC}}. I would be much more inclined to consider supporting this if it were a new template for texts moving forward, and did not affect existing uses of {{tl|SIC}}. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 13:46, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::: {{ping|Beleg Âlt|Beleg Tâl}} What about certain technical works such as copyright catalogs? The copyright catalogs for example have very direct technical use cases, and showing the corrected text instead of the original would make more sense for those. This reigns true for a lot of other works that are catalogs or lists. Would you be opposed to a second template to be used for these other works? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:04, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::::I can see why one might want catalogues and lists to be corrected, but as I said before the point of Wikisource is to host them ''as published''. Reference material that is not from a source publication is even [[WS:WWI#Reference material|explicitly excluded per policy]], and I think correcting the published material goes against that (though a separate version of the catalogue with the corrections included could be created as per [[WS:ANN]]) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 15:10, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::::: {{ping|Beleg Âlt|Beleg Tâl}} Is that really ''the'' point, though? I think (as [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] said) the first and foremost point is to host an array of free source texts, with the added suffix of "and we should stay as true as possible to the original, as a nice touch". There are times in which keeping a bit of the text as originally published would be absurdly complicated and therefore function worse, such as at [[Fidelia#ToC]] with the misplaced part in the TOC, and that was a point where a compromise had to be made in order to preserve readability/logical structure. We can't always stay true to the original published text, lest we'd find ourselves in a tough position in many situations. It's why we aren't required to replicate dots in TOCs, and the like, as well. I would be willing to agree with the opposition on the issue of typos in ''fictional'' works such as novels, stories, films, etc., where the typos are more likely to have literary value. But the closer and closer you get into nonfiction toward the realm of catalogs and listings, that point gets harder to defend as such. While researchers would probably find value in film typos, no one would find value in an accidental comma in a catalog entry that was meant to be formulaically entered... You and many others seem to be coming at this from the approach of "the philosophy of Wikisource says this", and the philosophy is certainly relevant, but practical considerations (who our audience is, why we lack an audience, what would look better to readers, etc.) should be taken into account, rather than only caring about precedent. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:34, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::I think that this whole proposal and discussion seems to boil down to the philosophy of Wikisource. I strongly disagree with Ostrea's suggestion that being true to the original is only "a nice touch"—noting that our [[WS:WWI|policy]] is "to present these publications in a faithful wiki version". Our recent adoption of [[WS:ANN]] as policy further underscores the importance of clean, faithful transcriptions to this project. We have consistently insisted that corrigenda be presented ''without modifying the text itself'' (as demonstrated by {{tl|SIC}}, {{tl|AuxTOC}}, {{tl|User annotation}}, separation of user annotations into separate editions, etc). This suggestion, to actually modify the text, goes against all of this. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 16:17, 2 April 2024 (UTC) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 16:17, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :::::::I do believe that being true to the original text is essential! But should we really be more faithful to the printer's errors than to the writer's intent? It seems to me that the current situation of preserving misprints in text isn't due to a matter of faithfulness (as neither the printer nor the writer would like faithfulness to go that far), but to the belief that not touching anything about the text (which is still modified in many small ways on Wikisource anyway) is preserving it. Even masterwork paintings get restored! :::::::Wikisource philosophy talks aside, I think like you that new template will be the eventual solution. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 20:33, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :: {{ping|Beleg Âlt|Beleg Tâl}} Yes, and the language you're using speaks to the unfortunate cultural tendency here to put policies, philosophies, and precedents above a practical and self-improving approach. We indeed have quite strong sentiments among our prolific members about certain notions like this one, and this has influenced our policy. But I'd like to add that while the precedent is strong, we've never, ever, ''ever'' performed any kind of a survey, statistical study, or the like on exactly how our audiences feel about the presentation of our site. I mean, we don't even know who our audience ''is'', or at least we have very poor ways of demonstrating that definitively. :: Let's talk about reality of these "precedents" for a second: our precedents, policies, and the like clearly haven't helped us. We're still living in a world where Wikisource is a barely relevant platform. The majority of our pages (many of which are quite notable works) can barely get 1 page view a month, while even the most obscure Wikipedia articles have at least a few hundred a month. For ''decades'' we've relied on the opinions of a tiny community, consisting mostly of long-time prolific editors with specific reminiscences or sentiments or concepts of purity, with very little actual concern for the reader base, or even the less active editor base. The more successful online communities than us take the opinions of the masses seriously, which we certainly don't do. :: I'm not saying this should be the ''only'' consideration (we should be fostering an intellectual environment, not just designing us for clicking and swiping, yadayada), but we shouldn't just completely dismiss it in favor of long-time editor precedent either. The few active users who are laying oppose votes in this very discussion are about 50% of the "voter" population that solely maintain these very precedents, so I am skeptical that it's very democratic at all. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 17:35, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::{{comment}} I just want to add: if {{tl|SIC}} were modified in such a way that (a) preserved the text as published, (b) was clearly a Wikisource addition rather than part of the original publication, but also (c) made the correction clearer and more accessible to address the issues Ostrea suggested—I would consider this non-controversial and would support it wholeheartedly. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 19:54, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}}—as it would modify existing texts. See for example: [[:Page:Jane Eyre.djvu/107]], [[:Page:Pierre and Jean - Clara Bell - 1902.djvu/306]].--[[User:M-le-mot-dit|M-le-mot-dit]] ([[User talk:M-le-mot-dit|talk]]) 14:59, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::This is such an inappropriate use of {{tl|SIC}} 🙈 lol —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 16:17, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :::{{ping|Beleg Âlt}} Regarding these pages, I agree. Some are validated for years. I've seen also cases where italics were not correctly placed: such as {{tlp|SIC|{{'}}'toolpit'{{'}}|tooltip}}; the new system would remove italics. [[User:M-le-mot-dit|M-le-mot-dit]] ([[User talk:M-le-mot-dit|talk]]) 18:16, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}} We're already fighting inappropriate uses of {{tl|SIC}} where non-typos are being modernized because of rare spellings and archaic usages. Flipping the use of the template would bring those editorial changes to the front. Additional arguments about differences between editions have been made above; sometimes the typos are the reason for hosting (or avoiding) a particular edition. ''Hiding'' those published typos is a disservice both to readers and to the Wikisource editors who have worked hard to prepare the editions. I'm not convinced by arguments based on Spanish Wikisource, since that project moves slower than a glacier in producing new content. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 17:08, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::I see you omitted to mention French Wikisource. I know why! [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 20:36, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :::No, you don't. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 22:33, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} (but with a new template, which appears to be what the proposal's settled into) I agree with Ostrea that having a readable text is more important than typos. I've seen cases where the u's and n's were consistently scrambled, at a rate of approximately one error per page. For such quite certain errors, not caused by the writer's bad english and not intentional, keeping it in the tooltip would cause no harm. I think the majority of our readers want to read the text and are not especially interested in the typos (though that is not sure and a poll about it, if it can be done, would be a good idea), and those that are specifically interested in this edition of this text and all its printing errors probably care enough to hover over the word. It would be better if that new template would display differently from {{tl|SIC}} to make it clear that is is ''not'' the original text. — [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] ([[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] &amp; [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]) 15:04, 3 April 2024 (UTC) ===[[Template:Welcome]] image change=== Apparently this is a thing that happened. The image for the welcome got changed from someone going through books (which is what we do) to some random woman (who is apparently an author, not that the portrait makes it at all clear). I '''support''' the change. Other interested editors: [[User:Xover|Xover]], [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]]. [[User:TE(æ)A,ea.|TE(æ)A,ea.]] ([[User talk:TE(æ)A,ea.|talk]]) 03:24, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{oppose}} The portrait of an actual English author (George Eliot) is preferable over an imaginary random guy from a painting. The portrait of G. Eliot is more welcoming and inclusive, and is also far less busy visually. More welcoming because the subject is facing the viewer, not facing the other way, ignoring the viewer. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 03:57, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :: Right, but as I noted in the other discussion, (and as TEA's comment further proves), the image is not universally recognizable. You're assuming that every editor will come from the same background. A book is a universally recognizable symbol, whereas this individual is certainly not. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 04:25, 9 April 2024 (UTC) ::: No author will be universally recognizable;that's a bar we cannot reach. And neither is the fictional man from an obscure painting going to be recognizable. Yes, books are widely recognized, but the older image is not that of a book, but of a person standing on a ladder with his back to the viewer. Is ''that'' a welcoming image? That image doesn't say "Welcome to Wikisource", but says: "I'm busy so don't bother me." That may be an accurate representation of Wikisource, but it is not a welcoming image. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 19:22, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{support}} I've always felt weird about this change for a lot of reasons, though I wasn't aware of it being a result of a discussion until now, and apparently I wasn't the only one. :* A portrait of George Eliot is not universally recognizable, and people from many different backgrounds will not resonate with the image. At most, she is symbolic of a specific literary movement in '''''Western''''' history...barely relevant at that time outside of Europe...and therefore to many she just represents a random individual on a portrait. :* Also, we are a neutral platform and shouldn't appear that we favor certain authors over others. We can say certain authors are notable, that's fine—but for our ''welcome'' template? I know some will claim they didn't choose the image because of some personal preference or bias for the author herself as has been argued, but whether or not that's true, this is favoritism in practice, inherently, even if unintended. Why not choose Blake, Tennyson, Wells, Fitzgerald, Wollstonecraft, Chesterton, Doyle, ... the list goes on? This just creates an argument about who to choose, and that's counterproductive and unnecessary, even if we're just going to count popular ''women'' writers in this... So, individual people should be out of the question. : I think the previous image was better than what we had after; it was creative, unique, obscure, unexpected, gives a certain nostalgic appeal that also relates to what we're doing in the modern sense, and was certainly not "too visually busy" whatsoever. I don't think anyone will care that much that the person in the portrait is not facing the viewer. It is a ''slight'' downside, sure, but the benefits and '''relevance''' more importantly of the image far outweigh this extremely slight and almost unnoticable con in my opinion. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 04:25, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{oppose}} but only because I want to make a case for the effectiveness of the G. Eliot painting specifically. When I was welcomed in last fall by the aesthetically pleasing G. Eliot painting, it inspired me to discover her Author portal, and thus begin learning how WS is organized. It was puzzling and inviting. I suppose I did wonder "why her?" over all other possibilities, but I confess I simply enjoyed the non-sequitur enigma of it; it felt like an unexpectedly welcoming artistic and aesthetic flourish (which defied my expectactions and contributed my warming up to WS in a hurry). I also was assuming this photo rotates regularly; so I suppose in that sense I "support" changing it, but I'd hope it could continue to be welcoming, intriguing, and aesthetically pleasing. Not sure I'm even entitled to a vote here, but I thought I might have a relatively different perspective as a new Wikisourcer. [[User:Brad606|Brad606]] ([[User talk:Brad606|talk]]) 05:02, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :: {{ping|Brad606}} Yes, you are certainly entitled to vote here with your edit count and your time since registration, and I have loads of respect for this direct user feedback and the unique perspectives. I really wish we had more of this kind of thing in our votes and discussions (more often than we should, we rely on the opinions of the hyper-experienced, rather than the end users who the technology affects the most). I think if the image were rotated, using specific authors might make more sense, since it doesn't suggest partiality, so you raise a valid point about that for sure. This is something that (as far as I know) is technically possible, actually, and if George Eliot were one of a diverse collection of 365 author portraits rotated every day of the year, that would be an interesting (and more neutral) way of doing this. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 05:14, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :::Indeed, for this issue in particular, input from a newer (well, relative to some of us dinosaurs; 3+ years is not all that new) contributor is very valuable.{{pbr}}Whether it makes sense to rotate the image I don't immediately have an opinion on, but if we were to opt for that we needn't make a whole catalog of 365 images and auto-rotate (which is hard to do sensibly in MediaWiki). It would be enough to simply say that "this image rotates periodically" and then let people propose changes here. Simple and low-tech, and easy to relate to and maintain. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:10, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * I'm not sure what "support" and "oppose" would be relative to here (support the change that has already happened? oppose that change? support changing from what's currently there to something else, possibly the previous image? oppose changing it further and stick with what currently there?), but I am in favour of returning to the [[:File:Carl Spitzweg 021-detail.jpg|Spitzweig image]] we had for fifteen years. It's funny and quirky, and more importantly it represents well and directly ''Wikisource'' as a project and what we do here. A generic portrait of an author says nothing about this project, except maybe "look how sophisticated we are that we know immediately who this generic-looking person is". Having a specific author leads to endless discussions of this author vs. that author, and kinda begs for a caption for the image in {{tl|welcome}} that explains who the person is and why they are relevant to welcoming new users. --[[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:31, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{oppose}}, as in opposing the change back to the original picture. The "random woman" in question being a pillar of english literature, I don't think there's an argument for her to be replaced by an actual random man, and George Eliot being unknown by major contributors is all the more reason to actually keep her there. Mind that this isn't a picture to represent the entirety of Wikisource, but to be presented to all new contributors, and new young users could be more enticed to stay and to take the website seriously if welcomed by a young writer than by the quintessence of stuffy old archivist. However it's true that the change done was quite one sided and that the original image has its merits, so I support a rotation in pictures, although not a daily one [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 09:55, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :: It seems to me like English literature had ''quite a lot'' of "pillars" (including some of the other authors I've mentioned), and I think these pillars would only interest a certain subset of our contributor base, even if more or less the majority. As I pointed out, users from certain cultural backgrounds, age groups, educational and class backgrounds, hobby/interest areas, etc., may not find her immediately recognizable, personally relevant, or even know her by name. From my own personal experience, even in ''America'', let alone countries completely outside the "global West", she wouldn't be recognizable to most ''adults''... And in the Philippines, you can absolutely forget it. :: So, I do agree with Xover's point that the portrait has a certain aura of elitism on our part, an issue I forgot to mention in my vote. It isn't wrong of anyone not to know who this author is, as there are plenty other interest areas in Wikisource's league that are unrelated to 19th century English literature and poetry. For example, maybe somebody comes here out of interest in the history of the Boy Scouts...or engineering manuals...or film history...or the ''New York Times''...or school yearbooks...or a plethora of others. :: Well, anyway, the "actual random man" isn't the crux of my argument, as it's not just the man but what he's ''doing'' that leans me to favor it. This is something that the Eliot portrait lacks—there's nothing about that image, except the expectation to recognize her as an individual, that makes it relevant (tangentially) to what we do here. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 12:53, 9 April 2024 (UTC) **[[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]]: I know who George Eliot is, I just wouldn’t know off-hand (nor, I think, would most readers) that ''that portrait'' is of George Eliot. In addition, George Eliot is by no means the most prominent author we have on Wikisource, and is in general not a good representation. The man is fictional, but that is the benefit; he is an ''abstraction'' of the process involved at Wikisource. When representing Wikisource, you can see one tiny facet (with the Eliot portrait), if you can even recognize it, or an abstraction of the basic concept. One is clearly more valuable. [[User:TE(æ)A,ea.|TE(æ)A,ea.]] ([[User talk:TE(æ)A,ea.|talk]]) 20:32, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * '''comment''' The current picture of George Eliot has been in place for 2½ years (Sept 2021). Prior to that we had the Carl Spitzberg image for 11 years (Oct 2010). There was no painting image used in the versions prior to then. Both images were chosen by [[User:Cygnis insignis]] as part of updating the template. I am not aware of any discussion that led to either change. Personally, my preference is for the humour expressed in the Carl Spitzberg image. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 10:16, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * I'd prefer the old image too. Being french (you don't have to look as far as the Philippines), I'd never even heard of the name of G. Eliot before coming here. I was very puzzled it took me a while to discover that she was an author and not just some picture of a random woman. The Spitzberg one is more clearly related to Wikisource (and funnier). (note: Only been here for a few months, if I shouldn't vote in things like this please tell me so) — [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] ([[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] &amp; [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]) 19:56, 9 April 2024 (UTC) *:@[[User:Alien333|Alien333]]: You very definitely should, and we very much appreciate new users engaging themselves with the running of the project. If there's anywhere we have "experienced users only" stuff an experienced user (natch) will take care of it. Essentially it's a matter of a few kinds of votes where votes by users who are not "established" count less or not at all (and that's for the vote counters to deal with). I can't recall any time that rule actually came into play. We also have a few technical things that are better performed by experienced users or admins, but that's purely for practical reasons (easy to make mistakes that are a pain to clean up, or requires admin tools to do right). But in general I wouldn't worry about that: there's no place or aspect of the project where relative newcomers are inherently not welcome, and in most things it's a "with open arms" type situation. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:22, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :Assuming the desired proposal is to change back to the previous image (this should have been stated explicitly), {{support}} as per Cremastra etc. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 05:19, 12 April 2024 (UTC) {{support}} Logging in makes talk pages active and otherwise increases availability. I am usually busy doing something when I am logged in. Then, me the hipster, wants to be done with gender talks. G. Eliot and the people who are available here have one thing in common. We and she had to declare a gender before authoring any opinion or request. We have an extra choice. I can choose to be in a very specifically defined new gender, one which I don't feel qualified to speak for, much less be a member of. And that is the default choice. My experience with the works of G. Eliot was like the bash manual for reading (aka sleep inducing). I couldn't do it. Reading a lot of the crap that is here is work also, so, people logged in for editing or reading are probably busy here. When you can easily be honest with that image of the old fashioned guy putting a book on the shelf and avoid a whole bunch of the politics of personal definitions. Dear George Eliot: Glad to know you, don't let the door hit you on the way out. Hopefully, with you gone, we can walk down the path of "NON DISCLOSED because it REALLY DOESN'T MATTER" universe, where every person on the internet is a 14 year old boy. Tread lightly.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 10:28, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :: As mandatory gender selection goes, it claims to be there for software to run. I become very suspicious when a "person" knows which gender I have opted for. I don't know how to sift through your preferences to learn anything about you. Is there a user gender template any where?--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 09:22, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]]: You can't set a gender in MediaWiki, but in [[Special:Preferences|your preferences]] you can, if you like, specify what pronoun the software should use when it needs to refer to you in the third person. The default is the gender-neutral singular ''they'' (the setting predates the recent proliferation of pronouns and politicisation of ''they'' as a pronoun), and you have to actively choose to have it use ''she'' or ''he''. What a given user has set this preference to is made available through a parser function (essentially a "built-in template"). So for example you could type <code><nowiki>{{GENDER:Xover|he|she|they}}</nowiki></code> to get "they" and <code><nowiki>{{GENDER:RaboKarbakian|he|she|they}}</nowiki></code> to get "he".{{pbr}}Also please note that ''gender'' here is a very nebulous concept as the software knows nothing about who you are in real life, and cannot tell what your biological, social, cultural, or legal gender is (I think there's even an ethnic conception of gender). It ''only'' knows that a particular user has chosen for the software to use either ''he'', ''she'', or ''they'' in certain interface messages where non-gendered language is impossible or too awkward. Nobody knows whether what you specify there is true, in whatever sense is relevant, or not. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:53, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::::[[User:Xover|Xover]]: the point being that software can access that information but people cannot, at least not without software like at minimum, a template. Which would explain a lot about Petey's "Rabo is a maverick" rant. Petey taught me at wikidata. So I had a software rant from him. For example. I have seen gender (also) used in a "he is typing" sort of way also, in the wiki gui, where it was supposed to be.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 16:24, 13 April 2024 (UTC) *{{support}}: while I don't classify George Eliot as "some random woman", the original painting better reflects what goes on here. If you don't immediately recognize the current picture as depicting George Eliot, it's somewhat confusing, whereas the original painting is immediately understandable (as SnowyCinema said above, "a book is a universally recognizable symbol, whereas this individual is certainly not.) [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 22:15, 10 April 2024 (UTC) = Bot approval requests = * See [[Wikisource:Bots]] for information about applying for a bot status * See [[Wikisource:Bot requests]] if you require an existing bot to undertake a task === [[User:SodiumBot|SodiumBot]] === I'd like to request temporary bot permissions for [[User:SodiumBot]] so that the bot can takeover the task of updating statistics templates on en.wikisource that was until recently done by [[User:Phe-bot|Phe-bot]] (in the event that Phebot becomes operational, I will shutoff this task, since it wouldn't make sense to have two bots updating statistics). A example of the kind of edits SodiumBot would perform would [[Special:Diff/13950449|look something like this]]. [[User:Sohom Datta|Sohom]] ([[User talk:Sohom Datta|talk]]) 05:53, 17 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}}, and thank you so much for taking over this task! [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:08, 17 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 09:44, 17 March 2024 (UTC) :Bot flag granted for six months while work on updating Phebot is happening. If SodiumBot needs to take on other tasks, please seek community approval. If time period needs to be extended beyond the six months, please request on [[WS:AN]] as we approach 22 September, 2024. Thanks, [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 17:22, 22 March 2024 (UTC) {{section resolved|1=--[[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:12, 13 April 2024 (UTC)}} =Repairs (and moves)= '''Designated for requests related to the repair of works (and scans of works) presented on Wikisource''' See also [[Wikisource:Scan lab]] ===The Yellow Book Volume 8 - page moves=== I have repaired the file for this work by adding in two missing pages (132 & 133). As no placeholders had been inserted, please move all transcribed pages, from [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/152]] onward, on by two (i.e. to [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/154]], etc.){{pbr}}Contrary to the statement on the index page, page 134 is not missing. Also, the 'missing' p. 347 and 348 appears to be the result of a page numbering error, since there is nothing in the table of contents that would appear on these pages if they were present, nor is there anything in other scans of this volume.{{pbr}}I have also taken the opportunity to remove the last page, which was a colour grading card. Thanks, [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 13:59, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] done. Index page to be cleaned, pagelist to be updated, etc. [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 22:00, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] something strange in the scan? see [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/252]] and [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/391]]. They were proofread but the scan has empty pages. [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 22:04, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :::Thanks. I'd spotted the issue with 252 but not got as far a 391. 47 also has the same issue. There should be text on these pages. I'm looking to fix the scan but it shouldn't involve any more moves. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 04:35, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::I've updated the index page and everything in terms of page alignment is (hopefully) fixed. Thanks again. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 07:18, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ===[[With a Difference]]=== This originally was an article in [[The Atlantic Monthly/Volume 109/Number 650]]. If allowed, it could be moved to [[The Atlantic Monthly/Volume 109/Number 650/With a Difference]] thus retaining the contributor chain, And then, so it can become scan backed, starting with [[Page:The Atlantic Monthly Volume 109.djvu/128]] of the scan: paste, review and rinse -- then display with <nowiki><pages></nowiki>. If all of this is "okay" I can do any or all parts. There might need to be approval or perhaps there are preordained procedures which would make this unusual in that it might easier to ask permission for than it would be to apologize for.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 14:21, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :Now I am authoring an apology.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 16:03, 7 April 2024 (UTC) ::So, I am sorry. I moved the page to [[Page:The Atlantic Monthly Volume 109.djvu/128]] thinking I could just move the page from one empty page to another and back it up to before its move and then edit out the parts that are not on that page of the scan. ::Instead, I get a "failed to blahblah sea dragon" because, apparently, the page is lacking something that brings up the page editing tools and scan view and such.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 16:11, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]]: You can't move pages from mainspace to Page: (or Index:) namespaces; they're completely different content models. To move text between mainspace and Page: you'll have to cut&paste manually (since Match&Split is broken indefinitely). In any case, I've undone your move so you should be back to the status quo. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 18:59, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::: @[[User:Xover|Xover]] Could you add a little more info about "broken indefinitely"? I'd like to update [[Help:Match and split]] to reflect this. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 19:12, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::::@[[User:Peteforsyth|Peteforsyth]]: All the functionality of phe-tools was disabled due to the Grid Engine shutdown (they moved Toolforge to Kubernetes). Getting it running again requires porting it to a completely new environment, and it's an old inherited code base that's poorly documented and with some very tight couplings to the old environment. I still intent to try getting it running again, but that's going to require quite a bit of sustained time and attention; which is exactly what I have trouble finding these days. Soda has kindly taken on some of the stats tasks, but the rest are offline until some unspecified and unpredictable point in the future (which might be "never", but hopefully not). [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 19:25, 7 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::@[[User:Xover|Xover]] Thank you. I made a big note at the top of the page [[Special:diff/14043178|here]]; perhaps there is more appropriate formatting, of course no objection if you want to adjust. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 04:27, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::I don't know if this can help prioritize this issue but the lack of Match&Split is a huge impediment for many transcription projects. The amount of work it saves is huge when starting from a proofread transcription that is to be matched to a scan (which is by far the fastest way to proceed). In the worst case, would it be extremely difficult and/or time consuming to code it from scratch? Unfortunately, not being a developer I wouldn't know were to start so this is an obviously very naive question. [[User:Epigeneticist|Epigeneticist]] ([[User talk:Epigeneticist|talk]]) 12:58, 17 April 2024 (UTC) :::::::@[[User:Epigeneticist|Epigeneticist]]: It's not a matter of priorities, and re-implementing it is not likely to be any quicker. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 16:52, 17 April 2024 (UTC) :I moved the page to [[The Atlantic Monthly/Volume 109/Number 650/With a Difference]] (leave the redirect up); feel free to copy-paste the text into the Page namespace and transclude when you're done. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:13, 8 April 2024 (UTC) Sorry. What is the dirt on soda? --[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 19:43, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : I know of soda as a beverage or a baking ingredient, any other definition eludes me. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 04:28, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Peteforsyth|Peteforsyth]]: "Soda" refers to [[User:Sohom Datta|Sohom Datta]], who operates [[User:SodiumBot|SodiumBot]] (the bot that now updates the on-wiki stats). He's also done a ''lot'' of technical work on the plumbing for Wikisource (Proofread Page, Edit in Sequence, etc.). All `round awesome person. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:47, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[user:Xover|Xover]]: Thanks for the explanation, and thank you Soda for all the work! Pinging @[[user:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]]. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 18:17, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ===To the Lighthouse - page moves=== Although this work is marked as 'Done' (fully validated and transcluded) it is actually missing two pages (172 and 173). To allow placeholders to be inserted, could you please carry out the following moves:- * The index page name = [[Index:To The Lighthouse.pdf]] * The page offset = 2 * The pages to move = 174-318 * The reason = Insert missing pages Thanks {{unsigned| 12:01, 13 April 2024 (UTC)‎|Chrisguise}} :Note that this will also require updating all the transclusions for these pages. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 10:56, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]]: Page:-namespace pages have been shifted. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:11, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ::Thanks - only just got round to uploading the file including placeholders. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 06:24, 18 April 2024 (UTC) = Other discussions = == Subscribe to the This Month in Education newsletter - learn from others and share your stories == Dear community members, Greetings from the EWOC Newsletter team and the education team at Wikimedia Foundation. We are very excited to share that we on tenth years of Education Newsletter ([[m:Education/News|This Month in Education]]) invite you to join us by [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/This Month in Education|subscribing to the newsletter on your talk page]] or by [[m:Education/News/Newsroom|sharing your activities in the upcoming newsletters]]. The Wikimedia Education newsletter is a monthly newsletter that collects articles written by community members using Wikimedia projects in education around the world, and it is published by the EWOC Newsletter team in collaboration with the Education team. These stories can bring you new ideas to try, valuable insights about the success and challenges of our community members in running education programs in their context. If your affiliate/language project is developing its own education initiatives, please remember to take advantage of this newsletter to publish your stories with the wider movement that shares your passion for education. You can submit newsletter articles in your own language or submit bilingual articles for the education newsletter. For the month of January the deadline to submit articles is on the 20th January. We look forward to reading your stories. Older versions of this newsletter can be found in the [[outreach:Education/Newsletter/Archives|complete archive]]. More information about the newsletter can be found at [[m:Education/News/Publication Guidelines|Education/Newsletter/About]]. For more information, please contact spatnaik{{@}}wikimedia.org. ------ <div style="text-align: center;"><div style="margin-top:10px; font-size:90%; padding-left:5px; font-family:Georgia, Palatino, Palatino Linotype, Times, Times New Roman, serif;">[[m:Education/Newsletter/About|About ''This Month in Education'']] · [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/This Month in Education|Subscribe/Unsubscribe]] · [[m:MassMessage|Global message delivery]] · For the team: [[User:ZI Jony|<span style="color:#8B0000">'''ZI Jony'''</span>]] [[User talk:ZI Jony|<sup><span style="color:Green"><i>(Talk)</i></span></sup>]], {{<includeonly>subst:</includeonly>#time:l G:i, d F Y|}} (UTC)</div></div> <!-- Message sent by User:ZI Jony@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:ZI_Jony/MassMessage/Awareness_of_Education_Newsletter/List_of_Village_Pumps&oldid=21244129 --> == Reusing references: Can we look over your shoulder? == ''Apologies for writing in English.'' The Technical Wishes team at Wikimedia Deutschland is planning to [[m:WMDE Technical Wishes/Reusing references|make reusing references easier]]. For our research, we are looking for wiki contributors willing to show us how they are interacting with references. * The format will be a 1-hour video call, where you would share your screen. [https://wikimedia.sslsurvey.de/User-research-into-Reusing-References-Sign-up-Form-2024/en/ More information here]. * Interviews can be conducted in English, German or Dutch. * [[mw:WMDE_Engineering/Participate_in_UX_Activities#Compensation|Compensation is available]]. * Sessions will be held in January and February. * [https://wikimedia.sslsurvey.de/User-research-into-Reusing-References-Sign-up-Form-2024/en/ Sign up here if you are interested.] * Please note that we probably won’t be able to have sessions with everyone who is interested. Our UX researcher will try to create a good balance of wiki contributors, e.g. in terms of wiki experience, tech experience, editing preferences, gender, disability and more. If you’re a fit, she will reach out to you to schedule an appointment. We’re looking forward to seeing you, [[m:User:Thereza Mengs (WMDE)| Thereza Mengs (WMDE)]] <!-- Message sent by User:Thereza Mengs (WMDE)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=WMDE_Technical_Wishes/Technical_Wishes_News_list_all_village_pumps&oldid=25956752 --> == [[Template:Beleg Tâl's sidenotes]] == There are too many sidenote templates on this website, so I've decided to add yet another :D It is my hope and belief, that someday English Wikisource will have a standard general-purpose approach to sidenotes. At that time, this template should be replaced with the adopted standard template. In the meantime, you can use this template as a ''placeholder'' to indicate a sidenote that should be standardized once a standard has been created. The actual formatting of the sidenotes in the meantime may vary. (Currently it uses {{tl|right sidenote}}.) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 14:17, 26 February 2024 (UTC) :I was originally going to call this template [[Template:Generic sidenote]], but I decided to give it a name that clearly indicated that it shouldn't be treated as an alternative permanent approach to sidenotes —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 14:18, 26 February 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Beleg Tâl|Beleg Tâl]]: I feel your pain, but I think it is a very bad idea to put a username in any page name outside User: space, I think it's a very bad idea to make temporary placeholder templates, and I think it is a very bad idea to react to a proliferation on half-broken templates by adding yet another deliberately half-broken template.{{pbr}}I might suggest a more productive channel for that frustration is collecting a structured description of use cases along with problems with existing templates somewhere. It is conceivable that we'll be able to "solve" (fsvo) this eventually, but it will at very least require that the issue works its way up to the top of someone's list of annoyances, and for that a structured description of the use cases and problems will be essential. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:43, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::As it happens, in this case there is no pain or frustration. I created a formatting-agnostic template because we didn't have one and we needed one; and I made it a placeholder template because we don't have community consensus (yet) on what a formatting-agnostic sidenotes template should look like and how it should work. ::You do make a good point, however. Perhaps it would be better if, instead of a placeholder template that should be replaced when consensus is reached, I were to make it a permanent template that should be modified and updated with whatever behaviour is decided upon? Alternatively, I could just rename it, to at least remove the username as an issue. What do you think of this? ::As for compiling the issues and use cases of the various existing sidenotes templates—that has already been done in much detail elsewhere (primarily by @[[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]]), and I do not think that this thread is the place for rehashing that whole discussion. I merely intended to inform the community of the template I created so that works containing sidenotes could still be proofread in the meantime. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 17:42, 28 March 2024 (UTC) == Switching to the Vector 2022 skin == [[File:Vector_2022_video-en.webm|thumb]] Hi everyone. We are the [[mw:Reading/Web|Wikimedia Foundation Web team]]. As you may have read in our previous messages across wikis or [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/2022-06#Desktop Improvements update|here in June 2022]], we have been getting closer to switching every wiki to the Vector 2022 skin as the new default. In our previous conversations with Wikisource communities, we had identified an issue with the Index namespace that prevented switching the skin on. [[phab:T352162|This issue is now resolved]]. We are now ready to continue and will be deploying on English Wikisource on Wednesday '''April 3, 2024'''. To learn more about the new skin and what improvements it introduces when compared to the legacy 2010 Vector skin, please [[mw:Reading/Web/Desktop_Improvements|see our documentation]]. If you have any issues with the skin after the deployment, if you spot any gadgets not working, or notice any bugs – please contact us! We are also open to joining events like the [[metawiki:Wikisource Community meetings|Wikisource Community meetings]] and talking to you directly. Thank you, [[User:OVasileva (WMF)|OVasileva (WMF)]] and [[User:SGrabarczuk (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)]] ([[User talk:SGrabarczuk (WMF)|talk]]) 15:47, 14 March 2024 (UTC) :{{ping|Candalua}} it looks like Vector 2022 breaks [[:mul:MediaWiki:TranscludedIn.js]]; are you able to update that tool? —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 18:59, 14 March 2024 (UTC) ::Vector 2022 breaks lots of stuff (in everything from trivial ways to completely broken). I encourage everyone to try switching to Vector 2022 in your preferences NOW and report anything that breaks here. Especially if any of our community-wide Gadgets are affected, but there are also some widely used user scripts that it would be good to know about sooner rather than later if they are going to break on April 3. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 20:15, 14 March 2024 (UTC) ::Oh, and Transcludedin.js isn't really "fixable" per se, since Vector 2022 explicitly doesn't support adding menus. We'll have to try to reverse engineer what MoreMenu and Popups does to find something that kinda sorta works (we have two widely used user scripts that run into the same problem). Because that's a good use of volunteer resources over the WMF actually adding support for basic facilities for Gadgets that have been requested for two decades or so... [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 20:24, 14 March 2024 (UTC) :::An illustration of the problem with [[User:Inductiveload/jump to file]] (presumably one of the aforementioned user scripts): :::[[File:Wikisource jump to file script - Vector 2010 menu.png|thumb|center|with Vector 2010]] :::[[File:Wikisource jump to file script - Vector 2022 menu error.png|thumb|center|with Vector 2022]] :::Also broken: the Tools menu interacts poorly with the file history table. :::[[File:File history overlaps Vector 2022 Tools menu.png|thumb|center]] :::—[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 04:01, 15 March 2024 (UTC) ::::Jump to file has been broken in other ways as well. I think I remeber looking into it and the web backend is providing some incorrect information :( [[User:Sohom Datta|Sohom]] ([[User talk:Sohom Datta|talk]]) 12:29, 15 March 2024 (UTC) ::::@[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]]: The above brokenness in Jump to File should be fixed now. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 17:04, 29 March 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] (CC [[User:Beleg Tâl|Beleg Tâl]]): It turns out I lie. Not only does Vector 2022 (now) explicitly support menus like this(ish), but Jon even stepped in and fixed [[:s:mul:MediaWiki:TranscludedIn.js]] for us (Thank you Jon!). [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 17:02, 29 March 2024 (UTC) ::{{Re|OVasileva (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)}} This skin does not seem to be suitable for Wikisource at all. Compare e. g. the work with proofread extension in both skins. In the new one both the editing window and the window with the scan are so small that I am unable to do any proofreading work effectively. I can choose only between struggling with reading tiny letters or enlarging the scan so much that only a part of the page fits into the window. And this enlarging is possible only in the editing mode anyway, it is not possible in the reading mode. I would really like to ask this skin not to be deployed in Wikisource. --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 09:51, 16 March 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan.Kamenicek]]: You can "Hide" both sidebars, to make them become dropdown menus, and recover the horizontal space. There is also a "constrain width" widget floating in the bottom right corner where you can toggle between full-width and constrained-width layout. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:09, 24 March 2024 (UTC) :Why? As Jan Kameníček said, the skin is unsuitable here (and everywhere else, but that's a different matter). Why is the WMF so keen to force Vector2022 on everyone when so many problems have been found with it? English Wikipedia alone has complained about it enough for ten wikis. It is far too narrow for actual proofreading, and you have failed to provide any good reasoning as to why this poorly-designed skin should be forced onto our IP editors. The WMF already has a bad track record of communicating and collaborating with the communities, and Vector2022 has so far only made it worse. Why do you insist on rolling this out as the new default? {{Ping|OVasileva (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)}} At the minimum, you need to allow IP editors and readers to use the good Vector skin if they want to. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 22:41, 16 March 2024 (UTC) ::i would make timeless the default skin on wikisource. --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 00:58, 21 March 2024 (UTC) ::If you are using Vector2022 and click on a not-so-small gray button that says "hide", the sidebar will collapse and in fact you get ''even more'' width space to proofread. This is definitely an improvement in that sense. [[User:Ignacio Rodríguez|Ignacio Rodríguez]] ([[User talk:Ignacio Rodríguez|talk]]) 17:54, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :::yes, it is an improvement over flat sidebar gadget. the menus remain a problem. --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 22:52, 25 March 2024 (UTC) ::enWP complaining about something isn't really a useful yardstick. There's complaints if anything changes, and complaints if nothing changes. What would be useful is testing the new skin with all our local stuff on enWS and reporting concrete issues. Some of them may be with community-controlled things that we need to fix ourselves (see e.g. the broken user scripts and gadgets mentioned above), while others may be things we need to report upstream (in which case we need a good concrete description of the problem). Case in point, the Index: namespace has been exempted from Vector 2022's constrained-width layout because it didn't work well there and someone filed a good bug report about it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:14, 24 March 2024 (UTC) ===Different line height in Vector 2022?=== It seems the line height in Vector 2022 is different for some reason which makes problems with text withing pictures, such as [[Page:The Czechoslovak Review, vol3, 1919.djvu/299|here]]. --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 18:57, 30 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan.Kamenicek]]: It's not the line-height (that's identical), it's that in their great wisdom they decided that paragraphs were not sufficiently distinguishable from a mere line break within a paragraph on Wikipedia (of course), and so they "fixed" it by fiddling with the styling such that paragraphs in Vector 2022 now get both a top "margin" and bottom "padding". In Vector 2010 paragraphs just had a .5em top and bottom margin, and since adjacent margins collapse in CSS that meant paragraphs were always .5em (~7px) apart. If you insert two blank lines you get an extra empty paragraph, and so you get exactly 1em (14px) between the visible paragraphs. In Vector 2022 they've deliberately used padding instead of margin to defeat this collapsing, so that adjacent paragraphs get 1em between them. Paragraphs separated by two blank lines will now get 1.5em (21px) between them. Or put another way, they want to make it so that text separated by a single blank line looks like what we expect text separated by two blank lines to look. Text separated by two blank lines is now going to look fairly comical.{{pbr}}Mostly this is just jarring design-wise (we'll get used to it), but for any context were we depend on some kind of predictable height of the content (like your example) we're now going to have trouble. Vector 2010 and Vector 2022 now behaves completely differently, and Vector 2022 in a way that is hard to override in a predictable fashion. Templates have limited capability to differentiate between skins, so I am uncertain to what degree we can smooth out the differences there. This behaviour was added to Vector 2022 quite recently so I've asked them to please stop poking their nose down into on-wiki content at this level of detail. If I can persuade them to revert this change that would be for the best. If not, I'm not sure how we're going to deal with it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 22:13, 30 March 2024 (UTC) ::This also means that editors who leave in the end of line breaks throughout paragraphs when proofreading need to stop doing so. Those of us who use any other skin won't see a problem, but it will make it look weird for anyone on the default. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 22:49, 30 March 2024 (UTC) :::I don't think that's going to be a problem. What they're doing in the skin is styling HTML <code>p</code> tags in ways that are going to be annoying to work around, but where <code>p</code> tags get added in the first place is a function of the parser and not of the skin. Hard line breaks inside a block of text have mostly worked because they do not cause the parser to insert a <code>p</code> tag there. So since the parser is not changing, neither should the behaviour for hard line breaks inside paragraphs. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:43, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::::A quick update. It seems like this change has caused several problems across projects and they are consequently going to reevaluate. It's likely they will not simply revert the change, but they may change the way they do it such that we don't get this problem or there is a cleaner way to work around it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:35, 5 April 2024 (UTC) ::Btw, in order to figure out some workable approach to this, if we're stuck with it, I'm going to need plenty of examples of places where it breaks. Things like the text overflowing in Jan's {{tl|overfloat image}} example above. A lot of cases are going to be the kind of "pixel perfect" layout that you can't in general do on the web, but we'll need to look for ways that at least it won't be any ''more'' broken than it already was. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 11:03, 31 March 2024 (UTC) == Making ''MoreMenu'' and ''Without text'' Gadgets default == In [[Special:PermanentLink/13971025#New_Gadget:_MoreMenu|#New Gadget: MoreMenu]] and [[Special:PermanentLink/13971025#New_beta_Gadget:_Automatically_empty_Without_text_pages|#New beta Gadget: Automatically empty Without text pages]], I announced the availability of these two new Gadgets. Since then there has been relatively little feedback, but what feedback there has been has been positive. I therefore intend to make both default at some point in the relatively near future. I encourage you to post feedback in this thread (positive, negative, neutral, or apathetic; all feedback is valuable). Especially if you are sceptical I encourage you to actively test both Gadgets and then express your concerns here. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:19, 15 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} Seems reasonable. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 13:56, 15 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} Sounds good to me. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 14:51, 15 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} They can't hurt anyone, and I feel like emptying without text pages should have been done long ago. [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] (<span style="font-size: 83%;{{#if:|{{{style}}};}}">[[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] and [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]</span>) 16:42, 16 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 09:45, 17 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} per those above, particularly [[User:Alien333|Alien333]]'s wise words. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 03:26, 21 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} ''without text'', ambivalent about ''Moremenu'' [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 10:24, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :Per the above, I have now made both Gadgets default. They can be turned off again per-user in your Preferences. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 12:49, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::It's taken me a bit to realise what happened when an unexpected poorly named tab suddenly appeared and the keyboard shortcuts associated with delete, move, and protect all stopped working. I've turned off MoreMenu in my Preferences because I don't use a mouse if I can avoid it. The "poorly named" comment comes because there were two tabs labeled "page". How are less-experienced users to know which one does what? [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 21:15, 29 March 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]]: The non-optimal naming stems from Wikisource's choice to use "Page" as the main tab, which then clashes with the commands and links in the menu that are related to the ''current page''. On Wikipedia that tab is called "Article", on Wikibooks it's "Book", on Commons it's "Gallery" etc. I'm not sure there's a good solution to this (the non-optimal tab naming has been mentioned as confusing in other contexts too, for similar reasons).{{pbr}}The missing accesskeys however are clearly a bug. I've reported it upstream so hopefully that can be fixed fairly quickly. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 11:59, 30 March 2024 (UTC) == Invitation to join March Wikisource Community Meeting == Hello fellow Wikisource enthusiasts! We're excited to announce our upcoming Wikisource Community meeting, scheduled for '''30 March 2024, 3 PM UTC''' ([https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/1711810800 check your local time]). As always, your participation is crucial to the success of our community discussions. Similar to previous meetings, the agenda will be split into two segments. The first half will cover non-technical updates, such as events, conferences, proofread-a-thons, and collaborations. In the second half, we'll dive into technical updates and discussions, addressing key challenges faced by Wikisource communities. '''New Feature: Event Registration!''' <br /> Exciting news! We're switching to a new event registration feature for our meetings. You can now register for the event through our dedicated page on Meta-wiki. Simply follow the link below to secure your spot and engage with fellow Wikisource enthusiasts: [[:m:Event:Wikisource Community Meeting March 2024|Event Registration Page]] '''Agenda Suggestions:''' <br /> Your input matters! Feel free to suggest any additional topics you'd like to see included in the agenda. If you have any suggestions or would just prefer being added to the meeting the old way, simply drop a message on '''klawal-ctr@wikimedia.org'''. Thank you for your continued dedication to Wikisource. We look forward to your active participation in our upcoming meeting. Best regards, <br /> [[:m:User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]], [[:m:User:SWilson (WMF)|Sam Wilson (WMF)]], and [[:m:User:SGill (WMF)|Satdeep Gill (WMF)]] {{unsigned|18:56, 25 March 2024 (UTC)|MediaWiki message delivery}} <!-- Message sent by User:KLawal-WMF@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:SGill_(WMF)/lists/WS_VPs&oldid=25768507 --> :@[[User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]]: Could you make sure these announcements contain a standard signature (see [[Special:Diff/13996824|diff]]) so that Reply-Tool and Vector 2022's auto-toc features work? [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:34, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Xover|Xover]] Thank you for pointing that out, will include a standard signature in future announcements. [[User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]] ([[User talk:KLawal-WMF|talk]]) 19:15, 28 March 2024 (UTC) == <nowiki>{{Header}}</nowiki> template and misleading publication dates == I have been doing work on various 'collected works' and noticed that misleading date information is appearing against individual works from these collections. Using 'The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (ed. Hutchinson, 1914)' as an example:—{{pbr}} In the main page [[The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (ed. Hutchinson, 1914)]], the year field is filled in '1914' and the title is displayed as 'The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley' (1914), as normal.{{pbr}} On the subpages for each individual poem, if there is no Wikidata link, the title of the overall work appears in the same way. The 'year' field is not used on these pages, so no date appears.{{pbr}} For subpages that do have a Wikidata link, the date of publication entered in Wikidata is displayed in the title. In most cases, this date is that of first publication (in the case of Shelley's collected works, given in a note at the head of each poem). Unfortunately, this date appears immediately after the title of the overall work (e.g. for '[[The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (ed. Hutchinson, 1914)/Lines to a Critic|Lines to a Critic]]', the main title appears as 'The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (1823)'. This gives the impression that the 'collected works' was published in 1823, which is not the case.{{pbr}} I question the need for this date linkage to Wikidata, but if it is judged to be necessary then what is displayed should have some associated text to make it clear what the date is, and it should be placed either after the 'section' field (or better, in the 'notes' field), not the 'title' field. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 10:56, 26 March 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|Chrisguise}} For "Lines to a Critic" that's because the Wikidata item was handled wrong. It is being treated as if it's the work item, but it links to our ''version'' of the poem. This is a quite widespread issue on Wikisource and, in general, we need to correct all instances where this has happened. I do think we should prefer handling this in Wikidata over not doing that, but maybe we need to make it so that we only pull from it if it's marked as an instance of "version, edition, or translation". [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 11:09, 26 March 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|CalendulaAsteraceae}} What is your opinion? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 11:10, 26 March 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]]: I think that only pulling dates if the WD item is a version/edition/translation is the way to go. I can take a look at the code soon-ish. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 19:57, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :::Would doing so affect Versions headers? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 22:06, 26 March 2024 (UTC) ::::Versions headers shouldn't link to version/edition/translation items, so it shouldn't be an issue (once I fix the dozen or so pages that are incorrectly linked) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 20:15, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::::: That's why I ask. If dates are only pulled from versions pages, does that mean the date of first publication (on the data item for the work) will vanish from version pages? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 15:36, 29 March 2024 (UTC) ::::::Depends how the code is written; it shouldn't. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 16:03, 29 March 2024 (UTC) == Simplify Scriptorium page structure == {{smaller|[I thought we'd discussed this before, but I'm failing to find it in the archives just now. I think I recall that people were generally positive, but that we didn't have a good plan for alternative solutions for Announcements and Proposals. So reopening the issue to see if we can at least make a little progress.]}} I'd really like to simplify the page structure of this page to avoid having subsections. It makes a lot of things much more complex, and don't work all that well on mobile (or in the Vector 2022 skin, but that's… a different issue). It is also confusing for newbies, and the important stuff (announcements, proposals) tends to get lost. So… What would we have to do as an alternative for the current sections? * '''Announcements''' * '''Proposals''' * '''Bot approval requests''' * '''Repairs (and moves)''' * '''Other discussions''' '''Other discussions''' would, obviously, just become the one section present on this page (with no actual separate heading, of course). '''Bot approval requests''' could probably either move to [[WS:BR]], with instructions to also post a notice here; or it could be just a normal thread here on the Scriptorium. We average far less than one bot approval request per year, and while looking through the archives for something else I saw several that just languished with no comment. Depending somewhat on the outcome for other sections, I think just making bot approval requests normal threads here is the most practical and pragmatic way to handle them. '''Repairs (and moves)''' doesn't really seem to warrant a separate section on the Scriptorium, and in any case tend to be overlooked in their own section up above. I think most such requests should go to [[WS:S/H]], requests specifically about scans should go to [[WS:LAB]], and anything needing +sysop should go to [[WS:AN]]. So we could replace the whole section with instructions about where to go instead up in the header. '''Announcements''' are, I don't think, very useful as a separate section here because they tend to get lost. I think probably we could make announcements just normal threads here, maybe with "Announcement: " tacked on as a prefix to the thread title. We could have instructions to add {{tl|do not archive until}} so that announcements where that's relevant stay on the page more than 30 days. There may be other things we could do to enhance their visibility while keeping them as a normal thread. '''Proposals''' too are, I think, better handled as normal threads here, combined with use for separate pages for things that are RFC-y (and with a notice here). We should also use watchlist notices (cf. the recent one about Vector 2022 users needing to update their scripts) for important ones (especially policy proposals), and possibly also create a template where current proposals are listed (the template could be permanent at the top of this page and [[WS:S/H]], and we could encourage users to transclude it on their own user page to keep up with proposals). I think that would actually ''improve'' visibility of proposals. I'm sure I've forgotten about something, and I'm sure people will have different views on what the best way to handle stuff is; but that's a snapshot of my current thinking. PS. This thread isn't in itself a proposal, as such, but the discussion that precedes a potential future proposal. If there is significant support, or general apathy in the absence of active opposition, I'll make a concrete proposal up in [[#Proposals]] that would, then, presumably, be the last such under the status quo. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 10:44, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :This sounds like a good idea to me! —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 15:15, 1 April 2024 (UTC) :Just a note that this is the kind of change that needs positive agreement. If there isn't significant participation, and absence of strong opposition, no change can be made. I was hoping to get a sense of where the community stood in this thread, before proceeding to a specific proposal. If nobody thinks this is an issue or doesn't think it's worth the time-investment, then making an actual proposal would just be wasting everyone's time. Some ''yay'', ''nay'', or ''meh'' would be helpful, is what I'm saying. :) [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:32, 5 April 2024 (UTC) :Just wondering, how did this end? Because we still have [[#Announcements]] up there, which has not been used for a while, but apparently also [[WS:Scriptorium/Announcements]], which is at least used for some newletters. — [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] ([[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] &amp; [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]) 10:56, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Alien333|Alien333]]: If it bugs (almost) nobody but me enough to comment here then there's obviously no support for making any change and the status quo prevails (and there's no point making a proposal under those circumstances). I'm guessing the reason nobody's commenting here is that they're mostly fine with how things are, and thus not motivated to think through the sketch of an alternative above. The current structure has worked well for a long time so changes to it has the presumption against it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 12:25, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Xover|Xover]] Perhaps this post became lost in the otherwise difficult to navigate Scriptorium? At any rate, I am not a great fan of the current layout, but equally wonder whether everything may become harder to find if things changed (for the most part, if I want to find the scan lab, I google it, as who knows where the link on Wikisource resides). If the Scriptorium did change, a clear table of contents at the start of this page, linking to the bot request, scan lab etc. subpages, would be much appreciated. [[User:TeysaKarlov|TeysaKarlov]] ([[User talk:TeysaKarlov|talk]]) 21:33, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::I've thought for some time that the community pages here really need some sort of navbox. It'd certainly make it easier to get around. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:48, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::Yeah, that's partly what I have in mind. I'd like to split things into more separate pages, with one thing (main section) per page, and then have a navbox type thing on each page. I also think we can make a template that's displayed prominently in strategic places that lists all currently open proposals. Something like [[w:Template:Centralized discussion]]. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:53, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ::The irony for me is—indeed!—this discussion got lost and I didn’t see it until just now despite my best efforts to follow this page. As a new WS contributor, it’s been hard for me to get invested in this page despite it being on my watchlist (where multiple edits are easily lost track of because of the default way it collapses multiple edits into just one, which I don’t fully understand). ::I’m not smart or experienced enough to propose specific restructuring solution(s), but wanted to say I support any effort by admins and other experienced folks to improve our community interaction. Compared to other “risky” proposals that would affect content in the main namespace, it seems ''relatively'' lower risk to talk about improving this discussion namespace. Just a lot of inertia and potential [[w:loss aversion|loss aversion]] at play probably, which is understandable as a human cognitive bias. [[User:Brad606|Brad606]] ([[User talk:Brad606|talk]]) 14:59, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Brad606|Brad606]]: Yeah, the default watchlist is a bit confusing in this sense. I recommend going to ''both'' the [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-watchlist|Watchlist section of your Preferences]] to turn '''on''' "Expand watchlist to show all changes, not just the most recent", and to go to the [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-rc|Recent Changes section]] to turn '''off''' "Group changes by page in recent changes and watchlist". Why in two different tabs of the Preferences? I have no idea. ¯\_(ツ)_/¯ [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 18:30, 13 April 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|Xover}} Yes, indeed, part of the reason this discussion has been unseen is because of the mountain of obscured discussions already in the Scriptorium from other cases. : Specifically for proposals, I think this deserves its own separate page. Note that Wiktionary has [[wikt:Wiktionary:Votes]], a process which works ''quite well''. Official votes (on policy, etc.), aka proposals, are done in a very structured format: :* Draft it out, based on and reference previous discussion. :* Set a time when the vote begins. Have it sit there as it would be when it starts more or less, but don't allow people to actually vote until the date and time of it starting. This serves a useful purpose: People can comment on the vote's talk page, etc., if the proposal has lack of clarity or has other inherent issues. :* Most importantly to me, '''set a clear time when the vote ends'''. Most of our discussions here (being one of the problems with both the Scriptorium and our desert known as RFC) do not have clear end dates, or clear definitions or enactments of resolution. So they just sit around more or less as thought experiments, going back to the huge "community practice vs. policy" dichotomy we have as well. : So, I think our proposals should function somewhat like this. They should at least be structured so that action is ensured to be taken if consensus allows. Wiktionary also transcludes a list of all current votes on everyone's watchlist, as well as in many other places, so that the wider community is aware... Some ideas for a page title: [[Wikisource:Votes]], [[Wikisource:Proposals]], or (and I like it a lot less) [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Proposals]]. : I'm interested to know what your thoughts on this proposal structure are. I'd move to get the other sections mentioned to subpages as well (and repairs could maybe be merged with [[WS:Scan lab]]), though I have less to comment about them. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 00:13, 14 April 2024 (UTC) == Should we mark the RfC process historical? == There was [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/2024-01#RfC_close|an earlier discussion]] that suggested this, but that has since been archived. There are several huge "open" RfCs, but none of them have had much recent participation or any participation at all – [[Wikisource:Requests for comment/Universal Code of Conduct enforcement draft guidelines|one has had no edits since it was proposed in 2021]], and overall the process seems abandoned, with the Scriptorium being used for most discussions. I think the {{tl|historical}} template should be added to the main RfC page and any open RfCs should be closed (as "no consensus" in at least one case, due to 0 participation). Clearly, the process is not attracting the input it needs ([[Wikisource:Requests for comment]] has achieved a grand total of 243 pageviews so far this month, compared to this page's 6,036 [https://pageviews.wmcloud.org/?project=en.wikisource.org&platform=all-access&agent=user&redirects=0&range=this-month&pages=Wikisource:Scriptorium|Wikisource:Requests_for_comment]). [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 15:09, 29 March 2024 (UTC) :I think it needs updating and revitalization, but there's no need to abandon it entirely. One thing that makes it so moribund is that we mostly get by just fine on established practice, and our policy framework covers most obvious areas. So while not ideal, neither is it particularly urgent to fix it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 16:59, 29 March 2024 (UTC) == Best practices for title pages and other front matter == I was preparing the title page for The Diothas ([[Page:The Diothas, or, A far look ahead (IA diothasorfarlook01macn).pdf/5|here]]) when it occurred to me that I couldn't find much guidance about front matter (the page [[Help:Front matter]] says nothing about style). I did notice that most proofread title pages decrease the vertical space compared to the page, but is there a guideline for this? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 10:13, 30 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]]: No, no good guidance. Title pages (and similar parts of the front matter) are a bit special. The rule of thumb is to reproduce the original layout as closely as possible without going insane with hyper-detailed formatting, and without causing it to overflow a single page when exported to ePub. How detailed a reproduction is useful will also vary from text to text: if the title page has clearly received a lot of love from the publisher then putting more effort into reproducing it is good, but if it is very simple then a reasonable representation is good enough. It's fairly subjective and up to each contributor's judgement.{{pbr}}Personally I always put quite a bit of effort into the title pages etc. of my projects, because I think it's important (not least in order to look good in ePub form), but nobody is likely to rag on you for a reasonable level of laziness here. We can never perfectly reproduce them anyway, so just exactly where the line is drawn will of necessity be a subjective call. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 12:08, 30 March 2024 (UTC) ::Follow-up question: what's the best way to check how the title page looks when exported to ePub? Is there a way apart from just exporting it? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:23, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]]: No, sorry. I've often thought we should have a Gadget to preview this to catch obvious problems with pagination, page width, etc. but as of now the best option is to just export it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 15:40, 3 April 2024 (UTC) == Table of Contents: Index:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu == Table of Contents: Index:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu I'm validating this. There's a typo I don't know how to correct. Please see IX on the table of contents. At the bottom, it says the page numbers are 143-146. But I think it should say 143-166, since the next section starts at 167. Also Section 1, Section VI, , Section X, and Section XV are the only ones that say "Pages" in front of the numbers. Please advise when I can continue validating the pages. Thank you. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 15:54, 31 March 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|Maile66}} The actual table of contents starts [[Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/17|here]]. The index page's table of contents is just a transclusion of the normal table of contents pages in the Page namespace. To find them, just Edit the page to see the index's source code, and you'll find in this case: <syntaxhighlight lang="mw"> {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/17}} {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/18}} {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/19}} {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/20}} </syntaxhighlight> : And just copy and paste. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 16:03, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::Thank you, but since I am doing the validating on this, someone else needs to make these corrections because it tells me the changes need to be proofread. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 18:42, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::: {{ping|Maile66}} 1.) You don't ''have'' to wait for other people to proofread the pages; if you want you can just go ahead and proofread them, since the validation is something that anyone can do. 2.) Which pages haven't been proofread? The table of contents pages are all validated, and all the pages except advertisements at [[Index:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu]] are at least proofread. Are you certain we're talking about the same transcription project? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 23:32, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::::Right now I'm validating pages 2-166 ... and I'm happy occupying myself with that. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 23:41, 31 March 2024 (UTC) :::::{{ping|SnowyCinema}} Ahhhh .... thank you for your instruction and guidance. I fixed the page number. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 20:39, 1 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::{{ping|SnowyCinema}} Well, oops! Looks like I have a lot to learn. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 20:52, 1 April 2024 (UTC) == Tech News: 2024-14 == <section begin="technews-2024-W14"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/14|Translations]] are available. '''Recent changes''' * Users of the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Reading/Web/Accessibility_for_reading|reading accessibility]] beta feature will notice that the default line height for the standard and large text options has changed. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T359030] '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/wmf.25|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-02|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-03|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-04|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] '''Future changes''' * The Wikimedia Foundation has an annual plan. The annual plan decides what the Wikimedia Foundation will work on. You can now read [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Annual Plan/2024-2025/Product & Technology OKRs#Draft Key Results|the draft key results]] for the Product and Technology department. They are suggestions for what results the Foundation wants from big technical changes from July 2024 to June 2025. You can [[m:Talk:Wikimedia Foundation Annual Plan/2024-2025/Product & Technology OKRs|comment on the talk page]]. '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/14|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W14"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 03:36, 2 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:UOzurumba (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26462933 --> == Global ban for Slowking4 == It looks like we are in danger of losing one of our most prolific editors: [[:meta:Requests for comment/Global ban for Slowking4 (2)]]. If you have any opinion on this, speak now or forever hold your peace. (I realize this is mentioned further up the page, but wanted to bump the issue in case folks didn't notice it.) [[User:Nosferattus|Nosferattus]] ([[User talk:Nosferattus|talk]]) 22:42, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :This was posted above under the heading [[#Global ban proposal for Slowking4|#Global ban proposal for Slowking4]]. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:23, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :: But we needed to make doubly sure the WS community was aware this was going on, since that "discussion" (more of a notification really) was buried. Thanks Nosferattus! [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 00:27, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :::you're very kind, however, it is unclear to me, that any amount of reason matters. only go there if you have a strong stomach. the drama caucus (one of your admins among them) will continue to put the stewards to the test, until they get the result they want. lest you think that the neglect of the WMF is bad, just consider the active hostility of a solipsistic clique of functionaries. i got my compliment from "notorious RSG", so the name calling is amusing. Wikimania was becoming tiresome, one of you should go, and help out Vigneron, and there is the wikisource conference to plan for. "all who wander are not lost". --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 02:31, 5 April 2024 (UTC) == All small caps == Is the {{tl|all small caps}} template supposed to work in non-Latin scripts like Greek? They are ''sometimes'' working here: : {{asc|{{polytonic|Οιδιπουσ}}}} The Greek line ''previewed'' correctly, showed correctly when I posted the comment initially, but then did not work when I emended my comment. Because the behavior is variable, sometimes working and sometimes not, I can't tell whether this is the asc-template, the polytonic-template, an interaction between the two, or something else entirely. They do not seem to be working in those scripts in the Page namespace. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 18:12, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :I winder if this is related to the issue I posted at [[WS:S/H#font-feature-setting:'hist']], and some OpenType features are not working? —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 18:51, 3 April 2024 (UTC) ::Just for testing: ::* Default font: {{asc|Οιδιπουσ}} ::* Junicode: {{ULS|font1=Junicode|{{asc|Οιδιπουσ}}}} ::* GentiumPlus: {{ULS|font1=GentiumPlus|{{asc|Οιδιπουσ}}}} ::For me the first two work, and the last one does not; which suggests that it's just the GentiumPlus font that {{tl|polytonic}} uses that might be the problem —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 18:53, 3 April 2024 (UTC) == Document in Jamaican patois == Is [[Yuunivorshal Deklarieshan a Yuuman Raits]] within the scope of English wikisource ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 04:27, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :Hmm. I'd say it's a clear ''no''. Jamaican creole is not generally mutually intelligible with Standard English (although as a primarily spoken language, and as a creole, the degree is pretty fluid from person to person and situation to situation). This is just one such case for which we have mulWS. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 07:10, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : {{vk}} at enWS as a closely-related language to English. We should keep JC works if we're going to host works in Old English, which is at least as unintelligible, if not more so, than the Jamaican Creole provided. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 14:27, 7 April 2024 (UTC) ::It's not primarily a question of mutual intelligibility (although that is certainly also a factor). Old English is a direct precursor of English, and there is a direct lineal relationship linguistically speaking. Jamaican creole is a hodgepodge of languages, where there happens to be a large dash of English in the mix, but it is inherently a mix of languages that do not fit neatly into one specific language family. mulWS is for precisely such cases where you cannot slot a text neatly into one language. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 15:48, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::{{color|gray|> where there happens to be a large dash of English in the mix}} :::The major {{wikt|lexifier}} of Jamaican Creole is English[https://apics-online.info/surveys/8]. :::{{color|gray|> but it is inherently a mix of languages that do not fit neatly into one specific language family}} :::Its language family is {{w|English-based creole|English-based creole}}. Here is its classification on [https://glottolog.org/resource/languoid/id/jama1262 Glottolog]. :::I just wanted to point that out. I didn't know that mulWS existed when I uploaded it, so if that's a better place, then great, I can put it there or an admin can move it. Or if here is fine, that's great too. I'll wait for you all to decide, since I'm brand new to this project and don't know how things work here.--[[User:Vuccala|Vuccala]] ([[User talk:Vuccala|talk]]) 23:54, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : {{vd}} This is in Jamaican Creole (a stable language resulting from a mix of languages), not a patois (nonstandard speech within a language). [[Author:Claude McKay|Clause McKay]] published poetry in the Jamaican patois, but the document under consideration is in Jamaican Creole. Further, this document is a ''translation'' of a document that was originally written in English. Since the document is a translation, and is not in English (or Scots), it falls outside our coverage and should be housed at the Multilingual Wikisource. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 15:06, 7 April 2024 (UTC) '''Question''' (from me, the uploader): is there a more suitable Wikimedia project I could have uploaded this to? There is no Jamaican Creole Wikisource, and we're using this document over at Wiktionary for demonstrating attestations of Jamaican Creole vocabulary using this template: {{wikt|Template:RQ:Yuunivorshal_Deklarieshan_a_Yuuman_Raits}}. --[[User:Vuccala|Vuccala]] ([[User talk:Vuccala|talk]]) 23:29, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : See the above discussion. There is a multilingual Wikisource that houses all languages that do not have a dedicated Wikisource project for the language. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 01:00, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::Is there a way to move something from here to there ? Or does it need to be input separately there ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 01:20, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :::I am an admin and can import. —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 07:10, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :::{{Ping|Beardo}}: [[:s:mul:Yuunivorshal_Deklarieshan_a_Yuuman_Raits]]. —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 07:11, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :{{Ping|Vuccala}} [[:s:mul:Yuunivorshal_Deklarieshan_a_Yuuman_Raits]]. —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 07:35, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::{{Ping|Koavf}} Thank you! I've updated the link in the Wiktionary template to point there instead. You guys can now delete it from English Wikisource. --[[User:Vuccala|Vuccala]] ([[User talk:Vuccala|talk]]) 10:59, 8 April 2024 (UTC) == Transcription speculation == Just a fun little exercise—I was wondering what projects you guys would be working on if more modern works were in the public domain today. So, I started this editable user subpage, [[User:SnowyCinema/Speculative transcriptions]]; the idea is to list your favorite copyrighted works that you might be working on if they were not under copyright. Anything is on the table—video games, TV shows, or books like is our general focus now, etc. I'm curious to see what your answers are. Feel free to add items to the list if you can think of anything. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:35, 7 April 2024 (UTC) == Random line break == Hello. I have recently started a project of [[index:Tarka_the_Otter.djvu|Tarka the Otter]] and some pages seem to have a random line break towards the end for no apparent reason (like [[Page:Tarka_the_Otter.djvu/14|page 14]]). Did I do anything wrong? I can't figure out what is wrong. [[User:HendrikWBK|HendrikWBK]] ([[User talk:HendrikWBK|talk]]) 01:42, 8 April 2024 (UTC) : You did not join the separate lines to make a continuous paragraph, and that line break is a consequence. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 01:58, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::It seems that only the last line is affected. In the rest of the page, if I leave two new line spaces, a new paragraph is formed, while one leaves the subsequent line in the same paragraph. I don't understand what you mean, I believe I did kept lines from the same paragraph immediately next to each other. [[User:HendrikWBK|HendrikWBK]] ([[User talk:HendrikWBK|talk]]) 02:06, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :::️@[[User:HendrikWBK|HendrikWBK]] The software parses the text in unpredictable ways if you don't remove the newline character at the end of every line, and the consequence is that random line breaks appear for no apparent reason. [[User:Ignacio Rodríguez|Ignacio Rodríguez]] ([[User talk:Ignacio Rodríguez|talk]]) 06:21, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::::See [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Help#Proofreading_Paragraph_Problem]] [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 06:59, 8 April 2024 (UTC) == Tech News: 2024-15 == <section begin="technews-2024-W15"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/15|Translations]] are available. '''Recent changes''' * Web browsers can use tools called [[:w:en:Browser extension|extensions]]. There is now a Chrome extension called [[m:Future Audiences/Experiment:Citation Needed|Citation Needed]] which you can use to see if an online statement is supported by a Wikipedia article. This is a small experiment to see if Wikipedia can be used this way. Because it is a small experiment, it can only be used in Chrome in English. * [[File:Octicons-gift.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Wishlist item]] A new [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Edit Recovery|Edit Recovery]] feature has been added to all wikis, available as a [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-editing|user preference]]. Once you enable it, your in-progress edits will be stored in your web browser, and if you accidentally close an editing window or your browser or computer crashes, you will be prompted to recover the unpublished text. Please leave any feedback on the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Talk:Community Wishlist Survey 2023/Edit-recovery feature|project talk page]]. This was the #8 wish in the 2023 Community Wishlist Survey. * Initial results of [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Edit check|Edit check]] experiments [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Edit_check#4_April_2024|have been published]]. Edit Check is now deployed as a default feature at [[phab:T342930#9538364|the wikis that tested it]]. [[mw:Talk:Edit check|Let us know]] if you want your wiki to be part of the next deployment of Edit check. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T342930][https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361727] * Readers using the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Skin:Minerva Neue|Minerva skin]] on mobile will notice there has been an improvement in the line height across all typography settings. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T359029] '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/wmf.26|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-09|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-10|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-11|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] * New accounts and logged-out users will get the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor|visual editor]] as their default editor on mobile. This deployment is made at all wikis except for the English Wikipedia. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361134] '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/15|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W15"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 23:37, 8 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:UOzurumba (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26564838 --> == Avoid concurrent confirmation for our `crats == Courtesy ping: [[User:BD2412|BD2412]], @[[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]]. It just occurred to me that we currently have [[Special:PermanentLink/14036101#Confirmation_discussions|Confirmation discussions]] for ''both'' of our `crats going on concurrently (because we elected both of them at the same time). Now, granted, neither one of them is likely to be involved in any controversy, but it is in principle unfortunate to have them both be up for confirmation at the same time. I therefore propose that we artificially postpone the next confirmation for one of them by 6 months so that their future confirmations will be at different times of the year, and so they can more easily switch out who handles closing confirmations without getting into situations where they can be accused of being influenced by an ongoing confirmation for themselves. It's not something that's ''likely'' to happen, but since it's easy to avoid entirely… It doesn't matter which one of them we move in the cycle, but just so there's a concrete proposal I suggest we delay BD2412's next confirmation by an additional 6 months (for the very well-thought-out reason that they happen to be listed first on WS:A currently :)). [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:55, 9 April 2024 (UTC) : No objection to the plan, but we could also just add a few more 'crats. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 15:55, 9 April 2024 (UTC) ::Actually for the period of time when Hesperian was also a 'crat, all three of us were being confirmed in the same month. I should also point out that any established wikisourceror can close a confirmation discussion and I used to close Hesperian's so that he didn't have to do his own one. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 05:28, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :::Not [[WS:AP|restricted access]] discussions; those have to be closed by the `crats. But, yeah, as mentioned, this isn't exactly a big issue. I just noticed it now and figured there was an easy way to avoid the problem altogether, so why not. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:12, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :::: There is also [[Wikisource_talk:Administrators#'crat COI question|this discussion]], where it was suggested that if the outcome was "bleeding obvious", then it would not be a problem for a 'crat to close a discussion in which they were a participant. I suppose this might be considered to apply to a 'crat closing their own clearly uncontested reconfirmation, though this feels a bit wrong. For this month, I have no problem with the two 'crats involved each closing the discussion for the other, though this also potentially could create an appearance of a tit-for-tat. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 15:31, 11 April 2024 (UTC) == [[:Index:United States Statutes at Large Volume 44 Part 2.djvu]] == Raw OCR dump. Should be removed (along with other Raw dumps) unless someone is prepared to provide alternate scans that are ACTUALLY READABLE as opposed to bordeline illegible on numerous pages. I've been trying to remove lints by attempting to proofread pages that where showing up in a list of mismatched Italics. Raw OCR Dumps diminish my enthusiasm for continuing, and there should be concerted effort to clean out the gibberish generated from them. [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 09:25, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :the scan is fine, with the improved OCR. awaiting for the volunteers to proofread. if you remove it, then the volunteers cannot do the work. (i would be more motivated if there were a consensus to ditch the side notes, which are more trouble than they are are worth). --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 13:16, 14 April 2024 (UTC) == [[Primary sources concerning Wyatt Earp]] == This page contains a number of short newspaper articles all on a related topic. It's been proposed to separate the page, which seems like clearly the right thing to do if the page is going to stay on Wikisource, if somebody is going to take the trouble to find scans, etc.; but this is a labor-intensive task that seems unlikely to happen in the near future. In the meantime, even though it contains actual source material, I would suggest that moving this page to the Portal: space might be the best way to tidy things up. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 17:35, 12 April 2024 (UTC) == Tech News: 2024-16 == <section begin="technews-2024-W16"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/16|Translations]] are available. '''Problems''' * Between 2 April and 8 April, on wikis using [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:FlaggedRevs|Flagged Revisions]], the "{{Int:tag-mw-reverted}}" tag was not applied to undone edits. In addition, page moves, protections and imports were not autoreviewed. This problem is now fixed. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361918][https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361940] '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/wmf.1|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-16|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-17|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-18|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] * [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Magic words#DEFAULTSORT|Default category sort keys]] will now affect categories added by templates placed in [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Cite|footnotes]]. Previously footnotes used the page title as the default sort key even if a different default sort key was specified (category-specific sort keys already worked). [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T40435] * A new variable <bdi lang="zxx" dir="ltr"><code>page_last_edit_age</code></bdi> will be added to [[Special:AbuseFilter|abuse filters]]. It tells how many seconds ago the last edit to a page was made. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T269769] '''Future changes''' * Volunteer developers are kindly asked to update the code of their tools and features to handle [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/Temporary Accounts|temporary accounts]]. [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/Temporary Accounts/For developers/2024-04 CTA|Learn more]]. * [[File:Octicons-tools.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Advanced item]] Four database fields will be removed from database replicas (including [[quarry:|Quarry]]). This affects only the <bdi lang="zxx" dir="ltr"><code>abuse_filter</code></bdi> and <bdi lang="zxx" dir="ltr"><code>abuse_filter_history</code></bdi> tables. Some queries might need to be updated. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361996] '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/16|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W16"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 23:29, 15 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:UOzurumba (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26564838 --> == Converting to copyright-until == I had a bunch of work links added by a new editor, and had to turn them into copyright-until. So I tossed a short script in sed that did 90% of the work, and decided to post it here, as much in hopes that someone would do a more universal and correct job, then in hopes that it would be useful. : <nowiki>cat file | sed 's/\[\[/{{copyright-until|/' | sed 's/\]\] (\([0-9]*\))/|\1 + 96|\1}}/'</nowiki> --[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 22:25, 16 April 2024 (UTC) :I don't know about universal and correct, but if the input is entirely regular like <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline>[[Wikipage|Display]] (1892)</syntaxhighlight> I'd probably do something like: :<syntaxhighlight lang="perl">perl -p -e 's/\[\[(.*?)\|([^]]+)]]\s*\((\d+)\)/"{{copyright-until|$1|$3|display=$2|until=" . ($3 + 96) . "}}"/e' file</syntaxhighlight> :Which, admittedly, looks like line noise, but then most regex does. It does avoid a [[w:Useless use of cat|useless use of cat]] though. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 07:28, 17 April 2024 (UTC) == Scanned microfilm sources == Some time ago a large number of periodicals were posted on the Internet Archive in microfilm form (as seen [https://archive.org/details/sim_microfilm here]). Are there any concerns about using these as scan sources? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 02:29, 19 April 2024 (UTC) :copyright will be tricky. i would use https://onlinebooks.library.upenn.edu/cce/serialprocess.html for guidance about US formalities. you might want to include the serial information in the upload metadata, since commons is simplistic. :mass upload will require expertise, since Fae is gone. :you might not want to drop a lot of periodicals without building a team to proofread them. --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 02:58, 19 April 2024 (UTC) == Invitation to join April Wikisource Community Meeting == Hello fellow Wikisource enthusiasts! We are the hosting this month’s Wikisource Community meeting on '''27 April 2024, 7 AM UTC''' ([https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/1714201200 check your local time]). Similar to previous meetings, the agenda will be split into two segments. The first half will cover non-technical updates, such as events, conferences, proofread-a-thons, and collaborations. In the second half, we'll dive into technical updates and discussions, addressing key challenges faced by Wikisource communities. Simply follow the link below to secure your spot and engage with fellow Wikisource enthusiasts: [[:m:Event:Wikisource Community Meeting April 2024|Event Registration Page]] If you have any suggestions or would just prefer being added to the meeting the old way, simply drop a message on '''klawal-ctr@wikimedia.org'''. Thank you for your continued dedication to Wikisource. We look forward to your active participation in our upcoming meeting. Regards [[:m:User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]], [[:m:User:SWilson (WMF)|Sam Wilson (WMF)]], and [[:m:User:SGill (WMF)|Satdeep Gill (WMF)]] <small> Sent using [[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[User talk:MediaWiki message delivery|talk]]) 12:21, 22 April 2024 (UTC)</small> <!-- Message sent by User:KLawal-WMF@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:SGill_(WMF)/lists/WS_VPs&oldid=25768507 --> == Tech News: 2024-17 == <section begin="technews-2024-W17"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/17|Translations]] are available. '''Recent changes''' * Starting this week, newcomers editing Wikipedia [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Growth/Positive reinforcement#Leveling up 3|will be encouraged]] to try structured tasks. [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Growth/Feature summary#Newcomer tasks|Structured tasks]] have been shown to [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Growth/Personalized first day/Structured tasks/Add a link/Experiment analysis, December 2021|improve newcomer activation and retention]]. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T348086] * You can [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Coolest Tool Award|nominate your favorite tools]] for the fifth edition of the Coolest Tool Award. Nominations will be open until May 10. '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/wmf.2|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-23|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-24|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-25|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] '''Future changes''' * This is the last warning that by the end of May 2024 the Vector 2022 skin will no longer share site and user scripts/styles with old Vector. For user-scripts that you want to keep using on Vector 2022, copy the contents of [[{{#special:MyPage}}/vector.js]] to [[{{#special:MyPage}}/vector-2022.js]]. There are [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Reading/Web/Desktop Improvements/Features/Loading Vector 2010 scripts|more technical details]] available. Interface administrators who foresee this leading to lots of technical support questions may wish to send a mass message to your community, as was done on French Wikipedia. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T362701] '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/17|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W17"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 20:28, 22 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Quiddity (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26647188 --> == Vote now to select members of the first U4C == <section begin="announcement-content" /> :''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Election/2024/Announcement – vote opens|You can find this message translated into additional languages on Meta-wiki.]] [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Election/2024/Announcement – vote opens}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]'' Dear all, I am writing to you to let you know the voting period for the Universal Code of Conduct Coordinating Committee (U4C) is open now through May 9, 2024. Read the information on the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Election/2024|voting page on Meta-wiki]] to learn more about voting and voter eligibility. The Universal Code of Conduct Coordinating Committee (U4C) is a global group dedicated to providing an equitable and consistent implementation of the UCoC. Community members were invited to submit their applications for the U4C. For more information and the responsibilities of the U4C, please [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Charter|review the U4C Charter]]. Please share this message with members of your community so they can participate as well. On behalf of the UCoC project team,<section end="announcement-content" /> [[m:User:RamzyM (WMF)|RamzyM (WMF)]] 20:20, 25 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:RamzyM (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=26390244 --> == Aux TOC arcana == Can someone explain to me why the AuxTOC portion of [[:Page:Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu/7]] (the listed Acts) are not displaying in green the way that other AuxTOC items do? I have tried copying the syntax from another ToC where this works, but it is not working here. With no documentation anywhere that I can find, I am at a loss to understand why the syntax works in one place but not in another. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:09, 25 April 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] I think you need to 'import' the CSS styles in the page: <nowiki><templatestyles src="Auxiliary Table of Contents/styles.css" /></nowiki> [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 10:56, 26 April 2024 (UTC) == Wikisource and other public domain digitization projects == Newbie question here. How do our efforts on Wikisource compare to other PD digitization projects like Project Gutenberg? I gather that we used to copy from there but that's now discouraged. Are the efforts of one project redundant to the other? Besides being able to verify page scans, does one have an advantage over the other? Is there any pooling of resources to avoid redundancy? Apologies if this has been discussed ''ad nauseam'', but searching the Scriptorium archives didn't help much. [[User:Thebiguglyalien|Thebiguglyalien]] ([[User talk:Thebiguglyalien|talk]]) 00:38, 26 April 2024 (UTC) : A couple of big differences are (1) PG tends to have just one copy of each work, but WS will house multiple editions or translations, where there is reason (see for example ''[[The Time Machine]]'' and [[Electra (Sophocles)]]), and (2) PG will modernize and editorialize texts, which is one reason we no longer accept their texts; WS tries to preserve the originally published spellings and format to the best degree possible. Of course, our texts are also interconnected to Wikidata, Wikipedia, and other projects. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 00:55, 26 April 2024 (UTC) :A few others that stand out to me: :* Stricter license enforcement and labeling. A lot of effort is actually spent to identify translators, authors death dates, relevant country policies etc. There is also no "fair use" exemption. Many sites are a bit lax with orphan works, URAA-restored translations, etc. :* Easy linking to the actual page scan for comparison :* Things like score extension that allow transcription and playing of musical scores, movie transcription, images independently searchable and discoverable via Wikimedia Commons, etc. :* Linking to authors and other works per our [[Wikisource:Wikilinks|linking policy]] :[[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 02:13, 26 April 2024 (UTC) mac1nll1kq1pi7vf4ljnhx00vlwuknr 14131506 14131419 2024-04-26T11:44:32Z Xover 21450 /* Aux TOC arcana */ Reply wikitext text/x-wiki {{process header | title = Scriptorium | section = | previous = [[Wikisource:Index/Community|Community pages]] | next = [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives|Archives]] | shortcut = [[WS:S]]<br/>[[WS:SCRIPTORIUM]] | notes = The '''[[wikt:scriptorium|Scriptorium]]''' is Wikisource's community discussion page. Feel free to ask questions or leave comments. You may join any current discussion or <span class="plainlinks">[{{fullurl:Wikisource:Scriptorium|action=edit&section=new start}} a new one]</span>; please see '''[[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Help]]'''. The [[Wikisource:Administrators' noticeboard|Administrators' noticeboard]] can be used where appropriate. Some announcements and newsletters are subscribed to [[/Announcements/]]. Project members can often be found in the [[liberachat:wikisource|#wikisource]] IRC channel [https://kiwiirc.com/nextclient/irc.libera.chat?channel=#wikisource webclient]. For discussion related to the entire project (not just the English chapter), please discuss at the [[:mul:Scriptorium|multilingual Wikisource]]. There are currently {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} [[Special:ActiveUsers|active users]] here. {{/Navigation}} }} {{autoarchive resolved section | age = 3 | archive = ((FULLPAGENAME))/Archives/((year))-((month:##)) | level = 2 | show = no | timecompare = <!--allowing for archiving without resolved--> | timeout = 30 }} [[Category:Bots/Archival|Scriptorium ]] [[Category:Wikisource|Scriptorium]] __NEWSECTIONLINK__ <!-- Interwiki links --> [[mul:Scriptorium]] <!-- Interwiki links --> = Announcements = = Proposals = === Proposal to change {{tl|SIC}} display === This is a proposal to change what text the {{tl|SIC}} template displays, i.e. making it show the corrected text rather than the original typo. An example of what the repurposed template could look like can be seen > [[Template:SIC/testcases|here]] <, the final presentation, of course, not being definitive (current one thanks to {{ping|CalendulaAsteraceae}} ). The most important change would be to put the typo in the tooltip and the corrected term on display, and the arguments for this change are the following: * SIC doesn't export well at all and the ebook result isn't any different from an overlooked typo, the exception being pdf showing the typo being underlined. The audience most happy with the current use of the template (indeed the only persons who can actually see the tooltip) seems to be editors who browse Wikisource solely on computer and who enjoy reading the typos from the original text. This is a fraction of the intended audience of Wikisource, and in my opinion the mindset is detrimental to increasing the website's reach: with the current use of SIC a reader wanting an ebook with no typos (which is most ebook readers) has no reason to use Wikisource over other book repositories like Gutenberg. * The proposed new usage of SIC would still clearly display that a typo has been fixed, and will display the typo as a tooltip, as completely correcting the text isn't the goal here. This is done to respect the original edition of the text, as it still shows how shoddy some books were published, and will be useful to book lovers who want to see how the text has been fixed between different editions. This information, however, will appeal only to a minority audience of Wikisource: this is why it's the typo that should be in the tooltip, not the displayed text. * The current use of SIC is awkward with missing typography, as a missing comma or quote mark mentioned by SIC will only show a tiny wave barely bigger than a dot, and is completely useless when the tooltip can't be accessed as it can't show what the deleted sign was. Truly the common practice among editors is to not use SIC at all for missing typography. The proposed new SIC would just display a sign. * Fixing typos instead of showing typos improve text readability. It had to be said. I'll address some counter arguments which have been raised in previous debates on the subject: * "'''This is changing the text, Wikisource contributors shouldn't make editorial decisions, and the text has to be preserved as close as can be to the original'''" Preserving the text exactly as it was published actually isn't Wikisource's goal, it's Wikimedia Commons' goal, whose scans keep every single flaw of the text just like the real book. Wikisource editors change and make editorial decisions on every single text, whether it is omitting the 3em gap between period and new sentence start, ligatures like st, changing the dreaded ſ into s, displaying the pages in the right order despite faulty original arrangement, or not reproducing the occasional ink blots. Wikisource's goal is to preserve a text ''and'' to make it easily readable. The current use of SIC respects the first goal, but not the second one. The proposed new use of SIC would respect both goals. * "'''This will lead to entire texts being modernized to whatever the editor wants, and will make archaic orthograph disappear from Wikisource'''" As the current SIC template isn't used in that way, I think this would be an unreasonable development. Other Wikisource versions (Spanish and French versions for instance) already display the correction rather than the typo, some for years, and this hasn't led to any loss of accuracy in older texts, as indeed it's meant to be used only for obvious, occasional typos that the original printer would have corrected if aware of them. I'll add that in case of a lack of consensus, a solution satisfying both those for the change and those against the change would be to implement some kind of switch which would allow to show globally either the corrected text or the original typos, as is done for some other templates. In that case I'd suggest to make it by default print ebooks with corrected text, as, and I want to stress this again, the current use of SIC for ebooks is worse than useless, it's detrimental to Wikisource. --[[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 20:06, 27 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} - Making SIC display the correct word by default to the reader seems like an obvious quality of life improvement. When an end user is reading the text, they want to read the word that's supposed to be there - they're not doing a scholarly analysis of variant spellings in different quartos, and if the text depended on an exact transcription of non-standard spellings then we wouldn't be using SIC anyway (e.g. I have a dream of putting Robert Record's The Whetstone of Witte from 1557 through the site - that definitely wouldn't be using SIC). [[User:Qq1122qq|Qq1122qq]] ([[User talk:Qq1122qq|talk]]) 21:01, 27 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} Thank you for writing this up! —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 21:17, 27 March 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}}, strongly: 1) I agree with the counter arguments mentioned above.{{pbr}}2) We often host different editions of the same work. One of the aspects by which they may differ from each other may be e. g. a presence/absence of some typos, and it is desirable to show them by default.{{pbr}}3) The fact there is a typo may give the reader some information too, e. g. that the author was not good in English spelling. I have already proofread some works written by non-native writers which were full of spelling mistakes, and we should not be improving this.{{pbr}}4) The fact that the person who proofreads a work considers something to be a typo does not necessarily mean it is really a typo: it can be e. g. an unusual spelling, obsolete spelling or purposeful change of spelling. I have seen such cases of wrong usage of the template here. If the template shows the original text by default, it makes less harm than if it were the other way, because it is clear that the wrong tooltip is our addition to the text.{{pbr}}5) Ad ''"fixing typos ... improves text readability"''. If the original text was difficult to read because of frequent typos, we should keep this aspect in our transcription too. It is not our mission to "improve" original texts. Keeping the typos gives the transcription a tinge of the original text. --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 23:50, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::A lot of your objections are about misuses of SIC, and are easily solved by not using SIC in works for which it's not suitable - if it's important that typos are recorded, then they should be. ::This is a discussion about what the default behaviour of SIC should be when someone is reading the produced text. [[User:Qq1122qq|Qq1122qq]] ([[User talk:Qq1122qq|talk]]) 07:34, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::I completely agree with points 2 and 3! Point 2 would in fact be followed by the proposed new SIC, as it in fact shows where the corrected typos are, and the typo on the tooltip. Showing the typo by default would however only be useful to Wikisource users whose chief interest is to compare different editions rather than read a book, which, given that it's very unusual here for a book to have even 2 complete different editions, is only a fraction of its actual audience. ::I hadn't considered point 3 when I wrote up the proposal, as I've had so far only seen SIC used in obvious printing errors. I don't think SIC, old or new, should be used in cases where the typo comes from the author rather than the printer, whether the author typo is intended or not. ::Point 4 wouldn't be affected by the SIC change, as a new SIC still would show where the corrected typo is. It would indeed ask more (minimal) effort to check what the typo originally was by placing your mouse over the tooltip instead of being able to read it right away, but the harm in that exceptional and fixable case is vastly outmatched by the harm of normal intended use of current SIC, which is to show untooltiped typos in ebooks. ::As for point 5, it is our mission to make older texts readable and accessible while preserving them; we're not preserving ink blots or misprinted punctuation either. New SIC still preserves typos and indicate them, it just doesn't make them the main focus, which is what old SIC is doing. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 08:36, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}} I loathe the template at the best of times, so tinkering with it is not going to improve it any—nor cause me to start using it. Some works here are unreadable because of the use of this template, with its underlining or (on my eReader) highlighting the text. Changing it to display the supposedly correct text is not going to take away the ugliness that is produced by tooltips. Its misuse for things like user translations of phrases from other languages will not be helped by displaying the alternate text. Deprecate it instead and remove all uses. The quiet template {{tl|sic}} is by far the preferable option where it is felt that an egregious typo should be marked. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 06:45, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}}. As you can see just above, some people find even the current {{tl|SIC}} to be way over the line into annotation territory. I am not personally that conservative (I think {{tl|SIC}}, when used as intended, is fine), but I think showing the corrected text is a step too far. There have been some really egregious misuses of it as is and I am not keen on expanding the scope of its use.{{pbr}}One of the main differences between Wikisource and Gutenberg is our verifiability to a scan and that we preserve the original text as published, including being careful to distinguish which particular ''edition'' of a work our text represents. To say that "everyone" wants to see typos corrected is extrapolating personal preference too far: some proportion of our ebook readers will certainly prefer that, but our content is reused in all sorts of ways and for all sorts of reasons.{{pbr}}But if {{tl|SIC}} doesn't currently export well that's an issue that can be addressed. I haven't run into that issue as yet, but from your description it sounds like the first thing we should do for the short term is to remove the underlining on export. WS Export doesn't have the facility to let the user express preference for things like this, so until it does it will be whatever is the default in {{tl|SIC}} that gets exported but we can apply export-specific styles to it. We can possibly implement a way to switch between the two when viewed in a browser, but that seems a bit over-engineered for the actual need. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 08:35, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::You'll find that both our personal preferences tint our views on what the intended Wikisource audience is! If I get you properly, your assumption is that it tends towards the archivist/scholar type, who'll come to Wikisource to find preserved documents that couldn't be found on other websites (except on wiki commons). My own assumption is that, while we do get researchers and scientists who'd rather read our completely-rewritten-as-close-as-possible-to-the-original texts than the actual original texts (which are on wiki commons), the main audience of Wikisource is the actual general audience, novel readers and the like. A poll on audience wishes would be interesting, but in its absence a cursory look at wikimedia statistics imply that the actual situation leans towards my point of view. ::Now none of us imply (yes, not even me) that "everyone" wants to see typos corrected or not corrected, as indeed if there was a consensus there would be no discussion. But what is the SIC use which would accommodate the most people? ::Old SIC accommodates Wikisource editors who want the text displayed to have the original printing typos (which isn't the same as wanting to have an accurate text, as no editor transcribes accurately every typography quirk of the original text), and the archivist/scholar who is glad that they can read the original typo right away instead of having to move their mouse over the text to check it (assuming researchers don't study texts by downloading ebooks of them and reading them on their phone, which would remove the tooltip). It inconveniences all those who want to read a text without printing typos, which I will assume is an important part (again, not "everyone") of the general audience. New SIC would inconvenience these two previous categories (which are very important categories, as one of them is the actual decision-maker on template changes), and accommodate most ebook-readers, as well as archivist/scholars who don't mind about printing typos or about hovering over indicated corrected text to see what the original typo was. As to which audience we ''should ''accommodate, that's a website policy that I can have no influence on! even if it seems to me that one audience clearly outnumbers the other. ::Furthermore new SIC would have no influence on copy/pasted text used by scholars who want to use the actual original text in their thesis, as original-typos would still be clearly marked for a scholar to notice and add back at leisure, and no serious researcher would use Wikisource text without carefully reading it first to remove new, editor-added typos. ::I'll only frankly disagree on your opinion that expanding the scope of SIC could lead to more misuse. The scope of SIC has been expanded in other versions of Wikisource with no unwelcome result, so I can safely affirm this is a baseless fear. ::As to the WS Export, it's only a low priority issue, as it only shows on PDF. I'd argue underlining without tooltip is still more useful than no underlining at all, as it somehow indicates that the editor was aware there was a problem with the word. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 10:37, 28 March 2024 (UTC) : {{comment}} I have stated before that perhaps we should have an approach where we dynamically load a list of "errata" in the text elsewhere perhaps generated in the headers by detected SIC templates, and perhaps something like this would deprecate the need for a tooltip at all, and the correct text would therefore be displayed instead of the typo. My biggest issue with tooltips is that they don't work well on exports or mobile views, and are designed for desktop views (pretty much the only view to Wikisource around the time the template was originally created). But I do think that recognizing where typos and other inconsistencies exist is extremely important, since they can aid in discussions about publication or revision history of certain works, about historical typographical or linguistic tendencies, etc. : Just so everyone is aware, there are literally examples of literary errors that became ''famous'' or ''iconic'' throughout history. One example I can think of offhand is the "{{w|all your base are belong to us}}" fad of the early 2000s which has its own Wikipedia article (although I know this wouldn't be nearly old enough to be PD). But there are many older examples. I recall there are several examples of newspaper editors accidentally leaving random curse words in the articles because they were bored sitting at the typewriter and forgot to remove them, things like this. While I mistakenly thought there was an entire Wikipedia article listing famous historical typos, (but like, why isn't there???), you can find loads of articles online about these and they're fun to read about. Anyways, they're historically important, ok? Just trust me on that. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 10:16, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::The list of errata is indeed a solution present on the french Wikisource, which I find very convenient! It's however a more important change than just reversing the SIC template, which is why this proposal is more modest in scope, and aims to at least gather what is the general opinion on "displaying typo" vs "displaying corrected text". I don't think list of errata could be agreed on without at first agreeing on the "displaying corrected text" philosophy... ::Probably one the most most famous misprinted works is the [[W:Wicked Bible|Wicked Bible]], which sadly isn't apparently yet on Wikisource. When such a typo is a matter of fame, I'm sure there could be found grounds to leave it untouched! [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 10:48, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :{{comment}} - I'm not going to vote yet, since there are some issues in the comments I'm making here that complicate things. :* I'd consider the possibility of creating a new template instead, which I would prefer (not least because the name "SIC" implies that what is displayed is as given in the original). :* Related to this is unexpected uses of {{tl|SIC}}. In particular, it's been used by some contributors to show when hyphenation is inconsistent in the tooltip. Obviously if we want to change the behaviour of {{tl|SIC}} this would need to be removed (replaced by {{tl|tooltip}}?) first; again, this would not be necessary with a new template. :* I note that on some pages of the EB1911 transcription we already have typos being amended in the text, with a tooltip showing the original text. IIRC this is done manually (by using a span, without a template). :* I also note that in the course of migrating some works to scans I've been in the situation of having to introduce typos such as errors in punctuation. While I don't really mind this, it does seem a bit weird to actively make the work worse for the end user. The tooltip not being readable on export does seem to be an important factor here, by the way (and is something that was brought to my attention recently). :* Finally, {{tl|SIC}} is mentioned in [[Wikisource:Annotations]] as a non-annotation. This may need to be revised if the template is changed. :[[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 11:26, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::Point 1 and 2 could imo be addressed by adapting the SIC documentation to clarify its goal, point 5 will also eventually be done when the change takes. A name change of new SIC could be done if there's a strong demand for it, but I don't see it as so explicit that it would confuse users in its purpose. I wonder if point 3 is following current Wikisource policy... Concerning point 4, old SIC making the work worse for the readers except for those interested in seeing all the original typos is precisely why I'm for the SIC change [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 10:43, 29 March 2024 (UTC) ::: It really shouldn't be ''unexpected'' that textual inconsistencies (hyphenation, italicization, use of accents) are marked as SIC in many texts. They ''are'' typographical errors in most cases, especially if being done in the context of the same story, nonfiction book, or novel. What other sites like Gutenberg will often do in these situations is just correct the error, i.e. make all hyphenations the same throughout the text. If a user had the right software tools, they could actually figure out that there was inconsistent hyphenation in any given text (which is something I can do with my software). Sometimes, these inconsistencies literally happen on the ''same page as each other'', so they can be more obvious in some contexts. It's a specific distinct classification of textual error that appears in almost every work I've ever seen, thus deserving of its own separate template. ::: It can also have implications for Wikisource ''proofreading'' as well. Sometimes, inconsistent hyphenation is actually our fault, since most hyphenations at the end of page lines are mid-word so they don't need to be preserved—but it's impossible for ''OCR softwares and the like'' to determine when this end-line hyphenation is supposed to be preserved or not, so it ends up with a scanno on our part. We end up with situations where "houseparty" comes out of "house-\nparty" very commonly, for example. So the template, like SIC, is also used to distinguish ''possible proofreading errors'' from actual hyphenation errors on the part of the original author, to save the time of later editors trying to improve our transcription's accuracy. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 12:06, 31 March 2024 (UTC) *{{Support}} As the proposer said, this would increase text readibility, ''etc.'' I understand the desire to preserve the original text as much as possible, but blatant misspellings (as opposed to archaic spellings) aren't helpful to anyone. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 12:24, 28 March 2024 (UTC) * <s>Weak {{support}}.</s> Addendum: Sorry, as it stands, I {{oppose}} making the change to the current template but I'd support a second template that uses this functionality... * I do agree that, for all practical purposes, what most readers care about is a working text, and I do like that this change doesn't completely remove the SIC template (as I'm sure some editors here would suggest since they hate the tooltips). But, if we're going to go about this change it shouldn't be the finale for another 15 years. We need to be constantly reworking this SIC template situation, and improving on it with new features. Eventually, I do want the tooltip to go away (à la Beeswaxcandle), but I have no idea what I'd put in its place yet. For now though, a couple points: ** This template should carry a parameter, an option to display the typo text, for those proofreaders who want to show the original typo rather than the corrected one. We need to be considering in this discussion that different types of works may necessitate correction more than others. Think of ''who'' the audience of that work is going to be. '''A.)''' For example, are we working with the US copyright catalogs? In that case, [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]]'s SIC would be more useful because a reader is looking for the listings and not concerned about where typos are. And displaying the typo text can actually be argued to be more harmful, especially when we're talking about writing code that's supposed to parse these entries. '''B.)''' But for silent films, novels, short stories, poems? These follow a clear narrative top-down structure, and therefore old SIC makes more sense, because researchers of fiction might actually be interested in where the typos appear. This especially makes sense for works that are known to contain a lot of typos, such as certain works by foreign writers (per Jan), or works that were poorly produced for other reasons. '''But,''' this is a fine line, and isn't easy to make a rule about: it's probably best to leave it up to individual editors to make a decision. ** And this actually makes me wonder if we just need a third SIC template for Ostrea's suggestion, rather than to change the SIC template that's already there... ** PS: A general philosophical sentiment: I will say that, while the general reader of our text is not any "vaguely supposed scholar figure", our WMF sites are generally written and constructed assuming they'll be useful for scholarly research and I think that this is a good thing. This is why Wiktionary isn't an Urban Dictionary clone, and why Wikipedia doesn't use street slang so that their audience of billions can better understand the articles. God forbid our sites become as outright awful for our society's intellectual fervor as today's social media platforms. The WMF sites are some of the only platforms that genuinely keep me sane in this world, giving me real information with evidence and keeping my attention span strong and not weak. I'm not saying this specific proposal is conducive to this so don't get the wrong idea, but I'm saying that the general sentiment of "we should be serving people, not scholars" can lead to bad places if followed in an absolute sense. I do want WS to get more page views, but I want it to better society by encouraging people to read more, not to further the very real and demonstrable trend of attention spans in the general population getting lower and lower specifically because of apps like Snapchat, Tiktok, and Instagram... Just a general sentiment, not related to the proposal itself really, but more to an incidental sentiment. * Overall, I think there are benefits to your suggestion, but 1. this needs to be an ongoing endeavor and not left as it is, and 2. the very sloppy ideas and notions I just typed out are things I'd like to be considered before this template change is made. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 13:03, 31 March 2024 (UTC) *:Arcorann mentioned a 2 templates solution earlier (SIC would stay the same and display the typo, a new template would display the corrected text), and I'm getting more and more convinced that it could become a good compromise. Choosing whether or not to use it could then be a style decision the original (or most prominent) editor of a text chooses around the start of the editing work, just like it's done with choosing whether to use long s or not, or curvy or straight quotes. The new template could be done with or without tooltip, but would always have to make it easy to find where the typos are (for instance by showing a list of the typos on the side like [[:fr:Essais/édition Michaud, 1907/Texte modernisé/Livre I/Chapitre 17|>here<]], by clicking on "Coquilles (1)" under "Options d'affichage"). As we have no consensus on a global change of SIC, I think if a change is done it's going to be through a solution similar to this. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 08:13, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :'''Strongly''' {{oppose}}—hosting editions ''as published'' is a fundamental part of the Wikisource ethos and is what differentiates us from other online libraries such as Project Gutenberg. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 13:44, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::Furthermore, I see that the example text is correcting "longue word" to "long word", which brings to mind the large number of instances where editors have used {{tl|SIC}} to ''modernize outdated spellings'' rather than to only correct typos (or otherwise assume that an unusual spelling must be a typo), and that in itself is enough for me to strongly oppose the replacement of original text with corrected text by default across the board for all current uses of {{tl|SIC}}. I would be much more inclined to consider supporting this if it were a new template for texts moving forward, and did not affect existing uses of {{tl|SIC}}. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 13:46, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::: {{ping|Beleg Âlt|Beleg Tâl}} What about certain technical works such as copyright catalogs? The copyright catalogs for example have very direct technical use cases, and showing the corrected text instead of the original would make more sense for those. This reigns true for a lot of other works that are catalogs or lists. Would you be opposed to a second template to be used for these other works? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:04, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::::I can see why one might want catalogues and lists to be corrected, but as I said before the point of Wikisource is to host them ''as published''. Reference material that is not from a source publication is even [[WS:WWI#Reference material|explicitly excluded per policy]], and I think correcting the published material goes against that (though a separate version of the catalogue with the corrections included could be created as per [[WS:ANN]]) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 15:10, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::::: {{ping|Beleg Âlt|Beleg Tâl}} Is that really ''the'' point, though? I think (as [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] said) the first and foremost point is to host an array of free source texts, with the added suffix of "and we should stay as true as possible to the original, as a nice touch". There are times in which keeping a bit of the text as originally published would be absurdly complicated and therefore function worse, such as at [[Fidelia#ToC]] with the misplaced part in the TOC, and that was a point where a compromise had to be made in order to preserve readability/logical structure. We can't always stay true to the original published text, lest we'd find ourselves in a tough position in many situations. It's why we aren't required to replicate dots in TOCs, and the like, as well. I would be willing to agree with the opposition on the issue of typos in ''fictional'' works such as novels, stories, films, etc., where the typos are more likely to have literary value. But the closer and closer you get into nonfiction toward the realm of catalogs and listings, that point gets harder to defend as such. While researchers would probably find value in film typos, no one would find value in an accidental comma in a catalog entry that was meant to be formulaically entered... You and many others seem to be coming at this from the approach of "the philosophy of Wikisource says this", and the philosophy is certainly relevant, but practical considerations (who our audience is, why we lack an audience, what would look better to readers, etc.) should be taken into account, rather than only caring about precedent. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:34, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::I think that this whole proposal and discussion seems to boil down to the philosophy of Wikisource. I strongly disagree with Ostrea's suggestion that being true to the original is only "a nice touch"—noting that our [[WS:WWI|policy]] is "to present these publications in a faithful wiki version". Our recent adoption of [[WS:ANN]] as policy further underscores the importance of clean, faithful transcriptions to this project. We have consistently insisted that corrigenda be presented ''without modifying the text itself'' (as demonstrated by {{tl|SIC}}, {{tl|AuxTOC}}, {{tl|User annotation}}, separation of user annotations into separate editions, etc). This suggestion, to actually modify the text, goes against all of this. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 16:17, 2 April 2024 (UTC) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 16:17, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :::::::I do believe that being true to the original text is essential! But should we really be more faithful to the printer's errors than to the writer's intent? It seems to me that the current situation of preserving misprints in text isn't due to a matter of faithfulness (as neither the printer nor the writer would like faithfulness to go that far), but to the belief that not touching anything about the text (which is still modified in many small ways on Wikisource anyway) is preserving it. Even masterwork paintings get restored! :::::::Wikisource philosophy talks aside, I think like you that new template will be the eventual solution. [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 20:33, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :: {{ping|Beleg Âlt|Beleg Tâl}} Yes, and the language you're using speaks to the unfortunate cultural tendency here to put policies, philosophies, and precedents above a practical and self-improving approach. We indeed have quite strong sentiments among our prolific members about certain notions like this one, and this has influenced our policy. But I'd like to add that while the precedent is strong, we've never, ever, ''ever'' performed any kind of a survey, statistical study, or the like on exactly how our audiences feel about the presentation of our site. I mean, we don't even know who our audience ''is'', or at least we have very poor ways of demonstrating that definitively. :: Let's talk about reality of these "precedents" for a second: our precedents, policies, and the like clearly haven't helped us. We're still living in a world where Wikisource is a barely relevant platform. The majority of our pages (many of which are quite notable works) can barely get 1 page view a month, while even the most obscure Wikipedia articles have at least a few hundred a month. For ''decades'' we've relied on the opinions of a tiny community, consisting mostly of long-time prolific editors with specific reminiscences or sentiments or concepts of purity, with very little actual concern for the reader base, or even the less active editor base. The more successful online communities than us take the opinions of the masses seriously, which we certainly don't do. :: I'm not saying this should be the ''only'' consideration (we should be fostering an intellectual environment, not just designing us for clicking and swiping, yadayada), but we shouldn't just completely dismiss it in favor of long-time editor precedent either. The few active users who are laying oppose votes in this very discussion are about 50% of the "voter" population that solely maintain these very precedents, so I am skeptical that it's very democratic at all. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 17:35, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::{{comment}} I just want to add: if {{tl|SIC}} were modified in such a way that (a) preserved the text as published, (b) was clearly a Wikisource addition rather than part of the original publication, but also (c) made the correction clearer and more accessible to address the issues Ostrea suggested—I would consider this non-controversial and would support it wholeheartedly. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 19:54, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}}—as it would modify existing texts. See for example: [[:Page:Jane Eyre.djvu/107]], [[:Page:Pierre and Jean - Clara Bell - 1902.djvu/306]].--[[User:M-le-mot-dit|M-le-mot-dit]] ([[User talk:M-le-mot-dit|talk]]) 14:59, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::This is such an inappropriate use of {{tl|SIC}} 🙈 lol —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 16:17, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :::{{ping|Beleg Âlt}} Regarding these pages, I agree. Some are validated for years. I've seen also cases where italics were not correctly placed: such as {{tlp|SIC|{{'}}'toolpit'{{'}}|tooltip}}; the new system would remove italics. [[User:M-le-mot-dit|M-le-mot-dit]] ([[User talk:M-le-mot-dit|talk]]) 18:16, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :{{oppose}} We're already fighting inappropriate uses of {{tl|SIC}} where non-typos are being modernized because of rare spellings and archaic usages. Flipping the use of the template would bring those editorial changes to the front. Additional arguments about differences between editions have been made above; sometimes the typos are the reason for hosting (or avoiding) a particular edition. ''Hiding'' those published typos is a disservice both to readers and to the Wikisource editors who have worked hard to prepare the editions. I'm not convinced by arguments based on Spanish Wikisource, since that project moves slower than a glacier in producing new content. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 17:08, 2 April 2024 (UTC) ::I see you omitted to mention French Wikisource. I know why! [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 20:36, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :::No, you don't. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 22:33, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} (but with a new template, which appears to be what the proposal's settled into) I agree with Ostrea that having a readable text is more important than typos. I've seen cases where the u's and n's were consistently scrambled, at a rate of approximately one error per page. For such quite certain errors, not caused by the writer's bad english and not intentional, keeping it in the tooltip would cause no harm. I think the majority of our readers want to read the text and are not especially interested in the typos (though that is not sure and a poll about it, if it can be done, would be a good idea), and those that are specifically interested in this edition of this text and all its printing errors probably care enough to hover over the word. It would be better if that new template would display differently from {{tl|SIC}} to make it clear that is is ''not'' the original text. — [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] ([[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] &amp; [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]) 15:04, 3 April 2024 (UTC) ===[[Template:Welcome]] image change=== Apparently this is a thing that happened. The image for the welcome got changed from someone going through books (which is what we do) to some random woman (who is apparently an author, not that the portrait makes it at all clear). I '''support''' the change. Other interested editors: [[User:Xover|Xover]], [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]]. [[User:TE(æ)A,ea.|TE(æ)A,ea.]] ([[User talk:TE(æ)A,ea.|talk]]) 03:24, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{oppose}} The portrait of an actual English author (George Eliot) is preferable over an imaginary random guy from a painting. The portrait of G. Eliot is more welcoming and inclusive, and is also far less busy visually. More welcoming because the subject is facing the viewer, not facing the other way, ignoring the viewer. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 03:57, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :: Right, but as I noted in the other discussion, (and as TEA's comment further proves), the image is not universally recognizable. You're assuming that every editor will come from the same background. A book is a universally recognizable symbol, whereas this individual is certainly not. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 04:25, 9 April 2024 (UTC) ::: No author will be universally recognizable;that's a bar we cannot reach. And neither is the fictional man from an obscure painting going to be recognizable. Yes, books are widely recognized, but the older image is not that of a book, but of a person standing on a ladder with his back to the viewer. Is ''that'' a welcoming image? That image doesn't say "Welcome to Wikisource", but says: "I'm busy so don't bother me." That may be an accurate representation of Wikisource, but it is not a welcoming image. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 19:22, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{support}} I've always felt weird about this change for a lot of reasons, though I wasn't aware of it being a result of a discussion until now, and apparently I wasn't the only one. :* A portrait of George Eliot is not universally recognizable, and people from many different backgrounds will not resonate with the image. At most, she is symbolic of a specific literary movement in '''''Western''''' history...barely relevant at that time outside of Europe...and therefore to many she just represents a random individual on a portrait. :* Also, we are a neutral platform and shouldn't appear that we favor certain authors over others. We can say certain authors are notable, that's fine—but for our ''welcome'' template? I know some will claim they didn't choose the image because of some personal preference or bias for the author herself as has been argued, but whether or not that's true, this is favoritism in practice, inherently, even if unintended. Why not choose Blake, Tennyson, Wells, Fitzgerald, Wollstonecraft, Chesterton, Doyle, ... the list goes on? This just creates an argument about who to choose, and that's counterproductive and unnecessary, even if we're just going to count popular ''women'' writers in this... So, individual people should be out of the question. : I think the previous image was better than what we had after; it was creative, unique, obscure, unexpected, gives a certain nostalgic appeal that also relates to what we're doing in the modern sense, and was certainly not "too visually busy" whatsoever. I don't think anyone will care that much that the person in the portrait is not facing the viewer. It is a ''slight'' downside, sure, but the benefits and '''relevance''' more importantly of the image far outweigh this extremely slight and almost unnoticable con in my opinion. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 04:25, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{oppose}} but only because I want to make a case for the effectiveness of the G. Eliot painting specifically. When I was welcomed in last fall by the aesthetically pleasing G. Eliot painting, it inspired me to discover her Author portal, and thus begin learning how WS is organized. It was puzzling and inviting. I suppose I did wonder "why her?" over all other possibilities, but I confess I simply enjoyed the non-sequitur enigma of it; it felt like an unexpectedly welcoming artistic and aesthetic flourish (which defied my expectactions and contributed my warming up to WS in a hurry). I also was assuming this photo rotates regularly; so I suppose in that sense I "support" changing it, but I'd hope it could continue to be welcoming, intriguing, and aesthetically pleasing. Not sure I'm even entitled to a vote here, but I thought I might have a relatively different perspective as a new Wikisourcer. [[User:Brad606|Brad606]] ([[User talk:Brad606|talk]]) 05:02, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :: {{ping|Brad606}} Yes, you are certainly entitled to vote here with your edit count and your time since registration, and I have loads of respect for this direct user feedback and the unique perspectives. I really wish we had more of this kind of thing in our votes and discussions (more often than we should, we rely on the opinions of the hyper-experienced, rather than the end users who the technology affects the most). I think if the image were rotated, using specific authors might make more sense, since it doesn't suggest partiality, so you raise a valid point about that for sure. This is something that (as far as I know) is technically possible, actually, and if George Eliot were one of a diverse collection of 365 author portraits rotated every day of the year, that would be an interesting (and more neutral) way of doing this. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 05:14, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :::Indeed, for this issue in particular, input from a newer (well, relative to some of us dinosaurs; 3+ years is not all that new) contributor is very valuable.{{pbr}}Whether it makes sense to rotate the image I don't immediately have an opinion on, but if we were to opt for that we needn't make a whole catalog of 365 images and auto-rotate (which is hard to do sensibly in MediaWiki). It would be enough to simply say that "this image rotates periodically" and then let people propose changes here. Simple and low-tech, and easy to relate to and maintain. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:10, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * I'm not sure what "support" and "oppose" would be relative to here (support the change that has already happened? oppose that change? support changing from what's currently there to something else, possibly the previous image? oppose changing it further and stick with what currently there?), but I am in favour of returning to the [[:File:Carl Spitzweg 021-detail.jpg|Spitzweig image]] we had for fifteen years. It's funny and quirky, and more importantly it represents well and directly ''Wikisource'' as a project and what we do here. A generic portrait of an author says nothing about this project, except maybe "look how sophisticated we are that we know immediately who this generic-looking person is". Having a specific author leads to endless discussions of this author vs. that author, and kinda begs for a caption for the image in {{tl|welcome}} that explains who the person is and why they are relevant to welcoming new users. --[[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:31, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * {{oppose}}, as in opposing the change back to the original picture. The "random woman" in question being a pillar of english literature, I don't think there's an argument for her to be replaced by an actual random man, and George Eliot being unknown by major contributors is all the more reason to actually keep her there. Mind that this isn't a picture to represent the entirety of Wikisource, but to be presented to all new contributors, and new young users could be more enticed to stay and to take the website seriously if welcomed by a young writer than by the quintessence of stuffy old archivist. However it's true that the change done was quite one sided and that the original image has its merits, so I support a rotation in pictures, although not a daily one [[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]] ([[User talk:Ostrea|talk]]) 09:55, 9 April 2024 (UTC) :: It seems to me like English literature had ''quite a lot'' of "pillars" (including some of the other authors I've mentioned), and I think these pillars would only interest a certain subset of our contributor base, even if more or less the majority. As I pointed out, users from certain cultural backgrounds, age groups, educational and class backgrounds, hobby/interest areas, etc., may not find her immediately recognizable, personally relevant, or even know her by name. From my own personal experience, even in ''America'', let alone countries completely outside the "global West", she wouldn't be recognizable to most ''adults''... And in the Philippines, you can absolutely forget it. :: So, I do agree with Xover's point that the portrait has a certain aura of elitism on our part, an issue I forgot to mention in my vote. It isn't wrong of anyone not to know who this author is, as there are plenty other interest areas in Wikisource's league that are unrelated to 19th century English literature and poetry. For example, maybe somebody comes here out of interest in the history of the Boy Scouts...or engineering manuals...or film history...or the ''New York Times''...or school yearbooks...or a plethora of others. :: Well, anyway, the "actual random man" isn't the crux of my argument, as it's not just the man but what he's ''doing'' that leans me to favor it. This is something that the Eliot portrait lacks—there's nothing about that image, except the expectation to recognize her as an individual, that makes it relevant (tangentially) to what we do here. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 12:53, 9 April 2024 (UTC) **[[User:Ostrea|Ostrea]]: I know who George Eliot is, I just wouldn’t know off-hand (nor, I think, would most readers) that ''that portrait'' is of George Eliot. In addition, George Eliot is by no means the most prominent author we have on Wikisource, and is in general not a good representation. The man is fictional, but that is the benefit; he is an ''abstraction'' of the process involved at Wikisource. When representing Wikisource, you can see one tiny facet (with the Eliot portrait), if you can even recognize it, or an abstraction of the basic concept. One is clearly more valuable. [[User:TE(æ)A,ea.|TE(æ)A,ea.]] ([[User talk:TE(æ)A,ea.|talk]]) 20:32, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * '''comment''' The current picture of George Eliot has been in place for 2½ years (Sept 2021). Prior to that we had the Carl Spitzberg image for 11 years (Oct 2010). There was no painting image used in the versions prior to then. Both images were chosen by [[User:Cygnis insignis]] as part of updating the template. I am not aware of any discussion that led to either change. Personally, my preference is for the humour expressed in the Carl Spitzberg image. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 10:16, 9 April 2024 (UTC) * I'd prefer the old image too. Being french (you don't have to look as far as the Philippines), I'd never even heard of the name of G. Eliot before coming here. I was very puzzled it took me a while to discover that she was an author and not just some picture of a random woman. The Spitzberg one is more clearly related to Wikisource (and funnier). (note: Only been here for a few months, if I shouldn't vote in things like this please tell me so) — [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] ([[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] &amp; [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]) 19:56, 9 April 2024 (UTC) *:@[[User:Alien333|Alien333]]: You very definitely should, and we very much appreciate new users engaging themselves with the running of the project. If there's anywhere we have "experienced users only" stuff an experienced user (natch) will take care of it. Essentially it's a matter of a few kinds of votes where votes by users who are not "established" count less or not at all (and that's for the vote counters to deal with). I can't recall any time that rule actually came into play. We also have a few technical things that are better performed by experienced users or admins, but that's purely for practical reasons (easy to make mistakes that are a pain to clean up, or requires admin tools to do right). But in general I wouldn't worry about that: there's no place or aspect of the project where relative newcomers are inherently not welcome, and in most things it's a "with open arms" type situation. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:22, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :Assuming the desired proposal is to change back to the previous image (this should have been stated explicitly), {{support}} as per Cremastra etc. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 05:19, 12 April 2024 (UTC) {{support}} Logging in makes talk pages active and otherwise increases availability. I am usually busy doing something when I am logged in. Then, me the hipster, wants to be done with gender talks. G. Eliot and the people who are available here have one thing in common. We and she had to declare a gender before authoring any opinion or request. We have an extra choice. I can choose to be in a very specifically defined new gender, one which I don't feel qualified to speak for, much less be a member of. And that is the default choice. My experience with the works of G. Eliot was like the bash manual for reading (aka sleep inducing). I couldn't do it. Reading a lot of the crap that is here is work also, so, people logged in for editing or reading are probably busy here. When you can easily be honest with that image of the old fashioned guy putting a book on the shelf and avoid a whole bunch of the politics of personal definitions. Dear George Eliot: Glad to know you, don't let the door hit you on the way out. Hopefully, with you gone, we can walk down the path of "NON DISCLOSED because it REALLY DOESN'T MATTER" universe, where every person on the internet is a 14 year old boy. Tread lightly.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 10:28, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :: As mandatory gender selection goes, it claims to be there for software to run. I become very suspicious when a "person" knows which gender I have opted for. I don't know how to sift through your preferences to learn anything about you. Is there a user gender template any where?--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 09:22, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]]: You can't set a gender in MediaWiki, but in [[Special:Preferences|your preferences]] you can, if you like, specify what pronoun the software should use when it needs to refer to you in the third person. The default is the gender-neutral singular ''they'' (the setting predates the recent proliferation of pronouns and politicisation of ''they'' as a pronoun), and you have to actively choose to have it use ''she'' or ''he''. What a given user has set this preference to is made available through a parser function (essentially a "built-in template"). So for example you could type <code><nowiki>{{GENDER:Xover|he|she|they}}</nowiki></code> to get "they" and <code><nowiki>{{GENDER:RaboKarbakian|he|she|they}}</nowiki></code> to get "he".{{pbr}}Also please note that ''gender'' here is a very nebulous concept as the software knows nothing about who you are in real life, and cannot tell what your biological, social, cultural, or legal gender is (I think there's even an ethnic conception of gender). It ''only'' knows that a particular user has chosen for the software to use either ''he'', ''she'', or ''they'' in certain interface messages where non-gendered language is impossible or too awkward. Nobody knows whether what you specify there is true, in whatever sense is relevant, or not. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:53, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::::[[User:Xover|Xover]]: the point being that software can access that information but people cannot, at least not without software like at minimum, a template. Which would explain a lot about Petey's "Rabo is a maverick" rant. Petey taught me at wikidata. So I had a software rant from him. For example. I have seen gender (also) used in a "he is typing" sort of way also, in the wiki gui, where it was supposed to be.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 16:24, 13 April 2024 (UTC) *{{support}}: while I don't classify George Eliot as "some random woman", the original painting better reflects what goes on here. If you don't immediately recognize the current picture as depicting George Eliot, it's somewhat confusing, whereas the original painting is immediately understandable (as SnowyCinema said above, "a book is a universally recognizable symbol, whereas this individual is certainly not.) [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 22:15, 10 April 2024 (UTC) = Bot approval requests = * See [[Wikisource:Bots]] for information about applying for a bot status * See [[Wikisource:Bot requests]] if you require an existing bot to undertake a task === [[User:SodiumBot|SodiumBot]] === I'd like to request temporary bot permissions for [[User:SodiumBot]] so that the bot can takeover the task of updating statistics templates on en.wikisource that was until recently done by [[User:Phe-bot|Phe-bot]] (in the event that Phebot becomes operational, I will shutoff this task, since it wouldn't make sense to have two bots updating statistics). A example of the kind of edits SodiumBot would perform would [[Special:Diff/13950449|look something like this]]. [[User:Sohom Datta|Sohom]] ([[User talk:Sohom Datta|talk]]) 05:53, 17 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}}, and thank you so much for taking over this task! [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:08, 17 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 09:44, 17 March 2024 (UTC) :Bot flag granted for six months while work on updating Phebot is happening. If SodiumBot needs to take on other tasks, please seek community approval. If time period needs to be extended beyond the six months, please request on [[WS:AN]] as we approach 22 September, 2024. Thanks, [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 17:22, 22 March 2024 (UTC) {{section resolved|1=--[[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:12, 13 April 2024 (UTC)}} =Repairs (and moves)= '''Designated for requests related to the repair of works (and scans of works) presented on Wikisource''' See also [[Wikisource:Scan lab]] ===The Yellow Book Volume 8 - page moves=== I have repaired the file for this work by adding in two missing pages (132 & 133). As no placeholders had been inserted, please move all transcribed pages, from [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/152]] onward, on by two (i.e. to [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/154]], etc.){{pbr}}Contrary to the statement on the index page, page 134 is not missing. Also, the 'missing' p. 347 and 348 appears to be the result of a page numbering error, since there is nothing in the table of contents that would appear on these pages if they were present, nor is there anything in other scans of this volume.{{pbr}}I have also taken the opportunity to remove the last page, which was a colour grading card. Thanks, [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 13:59, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] done. Index page to be cleaned, pagelist to be updated, etc. [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 22:00, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] something strange in the scan? see [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/252]] and [[Page:The Yellow Book - 08.djvu/391]]. They were proofread but the scan has empty pages. [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 22:04, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :::Thanks. I'd spotted the issue with 252 but not got as far a 391. 47 also has the same issue. There should be text on these pages. I'm looking to fix the scan but it shouldn't involve any more moves. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 04:35, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::I've updated the index page and everything in terms of page alignment is (hopefully) fixed. Thanks again. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 07:18, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ===[[With a Difference]]=== This originally was an article in [[The Atlantic Monthly/Volume 109/Number 650]]. If allowed, it could be moved to [[The Atlantic Monthly/Volume 109/Number 650/With a Difference]] thus retaining the contributor chain, And then, so it can become scan backed, starting with [[Page:The Atlantic Monthly Volume 109.djvu/128]] of the scan: paste, review and rinse -- then display with <nowiki><pages></nowiki>. If all of this is "okay" I can do any or all parts. There might need to be approval or perhaps there are preordained procedures which would make this unusual in that it might easier to ask permission for than it would be to apologize for.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 14:21, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :Now I am authoring an apology.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 16:03, 7 April 2024 (UTC) ::So, I am sorry. I moved the page to [[Page:The Atlantic Monthly Volume 109.djvu/128]] thinking I could just move the page from one empty page to another and back it up to before its move and then edit out the parts that are not on that page of the scan. ::Instead, I get a "failed to blahblah sea dragon" because, apparently, the page is lacking something that brings up the page editing tools and scan view and such.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 16:11, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]]: You can't move pages from mainspace to Page: (or Index:) namespaces; they're completely different content models. To move text between mainspace and Page: you'll have to cut&paste manually (since Match&Split is broken indefinitely). In any case, I've undone your move so you should be back to the status quo. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 18:59, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::: @[[User:Xover|Xover]] Could you add a little more info about "broken indefinitely"? I'd like to update [[Help:Match and split]] to reflect this. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 19:12, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::::@[[User:Peteforsyth|Peteforsyth]]: All the functionality of phe-tools was disabled due to the Grid Engine shutdown (they moved Toolforge to Kubernetes). Getting it running again requires porting it to a completely new environment, and it's an old inherited code base that's poorly documented and with some very tight couplings to the old environment. I still intent to try getting it running again, but that's going to require quite a bit of sustained time and attention; which is exactly what I have trouble finding these days. Soda has kindly taken on some of the stats tasks, but the rest are offline until some unspecified and unpredictable point in the future (which might be "never", but hopefully not). [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 19:25, 7 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::@[[User:Xover|Xover]] Thank you. I made a big note at the top of the page [[Special:diff/14043178|here]]; perhaps there is more appropriate formatting, of course no objection if you want to adjust. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 04:27, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::I don't know if this can help prioritize this issue but the lack of Match&Split is a huge impediment for many transcription projects. The amount of work it saves is huge when starting from a proofread transcription that is to be matched to a scan (which is by far the fastest way to proceed). In the worst case, would it be extremely difficult and/or time consuming to code it from scratch? Unfortunately, not being a developer I wouldn't know were to start so this is an obviously very naive question. [[User:Epigeneticist|Epigeneticist]] ([[User talk:Epigeneticist|talk]]) 12:58, 17 April 2024 (UTC) :::::::@[[User:Epigeneticist|Epigeneticist]]: It's not a matter of priorities, and re-implementing it is not likely to be any quicker. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 16:52, 17 April 2024 (UTC) :I moved the page to [[The Atlantic Monthly/Volume 109/Number 650/With a Difference]] (leave the redirect up); feel free to copy-paste the text into the Page namespace and transclude when you're done. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:13, 8 April 2024 (UTC) Sorry. What is the dirt on soda? --[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 19:43, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : I know of soda as a beverage or a baking ingredient, any other definition eludes me. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 04:28, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Peteforsyth|Peteforsyth]]: "Soda" refers to [[User:Sohom Datta|Sohom Datta]], who operates [[User:SodiumBot|SodiumBot]] (the bot that now updates the on-wiki stats). He's also done a ''lot'' of technical work on the plumbing for Wikisource (Proofread Page, Edit in Sequence, etc.). All `round awesome person. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:47, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[user:Xover|Xover]]: Thanks for the explanation, and thank you Soda for all the work! Pinging @[[user:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]]. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 18:17, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ===To the Lighthouse - page moves=== Although this work is marked as 'Done' (fully validated and transcluded) it is actually missing two pages (172 and 173). To allow placeholders to be inserted, could you please carry out the following moves:- * The index page name = [[Index:To The Lighthouse.pdf]] * The page offset = 2 * The pages to move = 174-318 * The reason = Insert missing pages Thanks {{unsigned| 12:01, 13 April 2024 (UTC)‎|Chrisguise}} :Note that this will also require updating all the transclusions for these pages. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 10:56, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]]: Page:-namespace pages have been shifted. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:11, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ::Thanks - only just got round to uploading the file including placeholders. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 06:24, 18 April 2024 (UTC) = Other discussions = == Subscribe to the This Month in Education newsletter - learn from others and share your stories == Dear community members, Greetings from the EWOC Newsletter team and the education team at Wikimedia Foundation. We are very excited to share that we on tenth years of Education Newsletter ([[m:Education/News|This Month in Education]]) invite you to join us by [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/This Month in Education|subscribing to the newsletter on your talk page]] or by [[m:Education/News/Newsroom|sharing your activities in the upcoming newsletters]]. The Wikimedia Education newsletter is a monthly newsletter that collects articles written by community members using Wikimedia projects in education around the world, and it is published by the EWOC Newsletter team in collaboration with the Education team. These stories can bring you new ideas to try, valuable insights about the success and challenges of our community members in running education programs in their context. If your affiliate/language project is developing its own education initiatives, please remember to take advantage of this newsletter to publish your stories with the wider movement that shares your passion for education. You can submit newsletter articles in your own language or submit bilingual articles for the education newsletter. For the month of January the deadline to submit articles is on the 20th January. We look forward to reading your stories. Older versions of this newsletter can be found in the [[outreach:Education/Newsletter/Archives|complete archive]]. More information about the newsletter can be found at [[m:Education/News/Publication Guidelines|Education/Newsletter/About]]. For more information, please contact spatnaik{{@}}wikimedia.org. ------ <div style="text-align: center;"><div style="margin-top:10px; font-size:90%; padding-left:5px; font-family:Georgia, Palatino, Palatino Linotype, Times, Times New Roman, serif;">[[m:Education/Newsletter/About|About ''This Month in Education'']] · [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/This Month in Education|Subscribe/Unsubscribe]] · [[m:MassMessage|Global message delivery]] · For the team: [[User:ZI Jony|<span style="color:#8B0000">'''ZI Jony'''</span>]] [[User talk:ZI Jony|<sup><span style="color:Green"><i>(Talk)</i></span></sup>]], {{<includeonly>subst:</includeonly>#time:l G:i, d F Y|}} (UTC)</div></div> <!-- Message sent by User:ZI Jony@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:ZI_Jony/MassMessage/Awareness_of_Education_Newsletter/List_of_Village_Pumps&oldid=21244129 --> == Reusing references: Can we look over your shoulder? == ''Apologies for writing in English.'' The Technical Wishes team at Wikimedia Deutschland is planning to [[m:WMDE Technical Wishes/Reusing references|make reusing references easier]]. For our research, we are looking for wiki contributors willing to show us how they are interacting with references. * The format will be a 1-hour video call, where you would share your screen. [https://wikimedia.sslsurvey.de/User-research-into-Reusing-References-Sign-up-Form-2024/en/ More information here]. * Interviews can be conducted in English, German or Dutch. * [[mw:WMDE_Engineering/Participate_in_UX_Activities#Compensation|Compensation is available]]. * Sessions will be held in January and February. * [https://wikimedia.sslsurvey.de/User-research-into-Reusing-References-Sign-up-Form-2024/en/ Sign up here if you are interested.] * Please note that we probably won’t be able to have sessions with everyone who is interested. Our UX researcher will try to create a good balance of wiki contributors, e.g. in terms of wiki experience, tech experience, editing preferences, gender, disability and more. If you’re a fit, she will reach out to you to schedule an appointment. We’re looking forward to seeing you, [[m:User:Thereza Mengs (WMDE)| Thereza Mengs (WMDE)]] <!-- Message sent by User:Thereza Mengs (WMDE)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=WMDE_Technical_Wishes/Technical_Wishes_News_list_all_village_pumps&oldid=25956752 --> == [[Template:Beleg Tâl's sidenotes]] == There are too many sidenote templates on this website, so I've decided to add yet another :D It is my hope and belief, that someday English Wikisource will have a standard general-purpose approach to sidenotes. At that time, this template should be replaced with the adopted standard template. In the meantime, you can use this template as a ''placeholder'' to indicate a sidenote that should be standardized once a standard has been created. The actual formatting of the sidenotes in the meantime may vary. (Currently it uses {{tl|right sidenote}}.) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 14:17, 26 February 2024 (UTC) :I was originally going to call this template [[Template:Generic sidenote]], but I decided to give it a name that clearly indicated that it shouldn't be treated as an alternative permanent approach to sidenotes —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 14:18, 26 February 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Beleg Tâl|Beleg Tâl]]: I feel your pain, but I think it is a very bad idea to put a username in any page name outside User: space, I think it's a very bad idea to make temporary placeholder templates, and I think it is a very bad idea to react to a proliferation on half-broken templates by adding yet another deliberately half-broken template.{{pbr}}I might suggest a more productive channel for that frustration is collecting a structured description of use cases along with problems with existing templates somewhere. It is conceivable that we'll be able to "solve" (fsvo) this eventually, but it will at very least require that the issue works its way up to the top of someone's list of annoyances, and for that a structured description of the use cases and problems will be essential. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:43, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::As it happens, in this case there is no pain or frustration. I created a formatting-agnostic template because we didn't have one and we needed one; and I made it a placeholder template because we don't have community consensus (yet) on what a formatting-agnostic sidenotes template should look like and how it should work. ::You do make a good point, however. Perhaps it would be better if, instead of a placeholder template that should be replaced when consensus is reached, I were to make it a permanent template that should be modified and updated with whatever behaviour is decided upon? Alternatively, I could just rename it, to at least remove the username as an issue. What do you think of this? ::As for compiling the issues and use cases of the various existing sidenotes templates—that has already been done in much detail elsewhere (primarily by @[[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]]), and I do not think that this thread is the place for rehashing that whole discussion. I merely intended to inform the community of the template I created so that works containing sidenotes could still be proofread in the meantime. —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 17:42, 28 March 2024 (UTC) == Switching to the Vector 2022 skin == [[File:Vector_2022_video-en.webm|thumb]] Hi everyone. We are the [[mw:Reading/Web|Wikimedia Foundation Web team]]. As you may have read in our previous messages across wikis or [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/2022-06#Desktop Improvements update|here in June 2022]], we have been getting closer to switching every wiki to the Vector 2022 skin as the new default. In our previous conversations with Wikisource communities, we had identified an issue with the Index namespace that prevented switching the skin on. [[phab:T352162|This issue is now resolved]]. We are now ready to continue and will be deploying on English Wikisource on Wednesday '''April 3, 2024'''. To learn more about the new skin and what improvements it introduces when compared to the legacy 2010 Vector skin, please [[mw:Reading/Web/Desktop_Improvements|see our documentation]]. If you have any issues with the skin after the deployment, if you spot any gadgets not working, or notice any bugs – please contact us! We are also open to joining events like the [[metawiki:Wikisource Community meetings|Wikisource Community meetings]] and talking to you directly. Thank you, [[User:OVasileva (WMF)|OVasileva (WMF)]] and [[User:SGrabarczuk (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)]] ([[User talk:SGrabarczuk (WMF)|talk]]) 15:47, 14 March 2024 (UTC) :{{ping|Candalua}} it looks like Vector 2022 breaks [[:mul:MediaWiki:TranscludedIn.js]]; are you able to update that tool? —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 18:59, 14 March 2024 (UTC) ::Vector 2022 breaks lots of stuff (in everything from trivial ways to completely broken). I encourage everyone to try switching to Vector 2022 in your preferences NOW and report anything that breaks here. Especially if any of our community-wide Gadgets are affected, but there are also some widely used user scripts that it would be good to know about sooner rather than later if they are going to break on April 3. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 20:15, 14 March 2024 (UTC) ::Oh, and Transcludedin.js isn't really "fixable" per se, since Vector 2022 explicitly doesn't support adding menus. We'll have to try to reverse engineer what MoreMenu and Popups does to find something that kinda sorta works (we have two widely used user scripts that run into the same problem). Because that's a good use of volunteer resources over the WMF actually adding support for basic facilities for Gadgets that have been requested for two decades or so... [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 20:24, 14 March 2024 (UTC) :::An illustration of the problem with [[User:Inductiveload/jump to file]] (presumably one of the aforementioned user scripts): :::[[File:Wikisource jump to file script - Vector 2010 menu.png|thumb|center|with Vector 2010]] :::[[File:Wikisource jump to file script - Vector 2022 menu error.png|thumb|center|with Vector 2022]] :::Also broken: the Tools menu interacts poorly with the file history table. :::[[File:File history overlaps Vector 2022 Tools menu.png|thumb|center]] :::—[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 04:01, 15 March 2024 (UTC) ::::Jump to file has been broken in other ways as well. I think I remeber looking into it and the web backend is providing some incorrect information :( [[User:Sohom Datta|Sohom]] ([[User talk:Sohom Datta|talk]]) 12:29, 15 March 2024 (UTC) ::::@[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]]: The above brokenness in Jump to File should be fixed now. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 17:04, 29 March 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] (CC [[User:Beleg Tâl|Beleg Tâl]]): It turns out I lie. Not only does Vector 2022 (now) explicitly support menus like this(ish), but Jon even stepped in and fixed [[:s:mul:MediaWiki:TranscludedIn.js]] for us (Thank you Jon!). [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 17:02, 29 March 2024 (UTC) ::{{Re|OVasileva (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)}} This skin does not seem to be suitable for Wikisource at all. Compare e. g. the work with proofread extension in both skins. In the new one both the editing window and the window with the scan are so small that I am unable to do any proofreading work effectively. I can choose only between struggling with reading tiny letters or enlarging the scan so much that only a part of the page fits into the window. And this enlarging is possible only in the editing mode anyway, it is not possible in the reading mode. I would really like to ask this skin not to be deployed in Wikisource. --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 09:51, 16 March 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan.Kamenicek]]: You can "Hide" both sidebars, to make them become dropdown menus, and recover the horizontal space. There is also a "constrain width" widget floating in the bottom right corner where you can toggle between full-width and constrained-width layout. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:09, 24 March 2024 (UTC) :Why? As Jan Kameníček said, the skin is unsuitable here (and everywhere else, but that's a different matter). Why is the WMF so keen to force Vector2022 on everyone when so many problems have been found with it? English Wikipedia alone has complained about it enough for ten wikis. It is far too narrow for actual proofreading, and you have failed to provide any good reasoning as to why this poorly-designed skin should be forced onto our IP editors. The WMF already has a bad track record of communicating and collaborating with the communities, and Vector2022 has so far only made it worse. Why do you insist on rolling this out as the new default? {{Ping|OVasileva (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)}} At the minimum, you need to allow IP editors and readers to use the good Vector skin if they want to. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 22:41, 16 March 2024 (UTC) ::i would make timeless the default skin on wikisource. --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 00:58, 21 March 2024 (UTC) ::If you are using Vector2022 and click on a not-so-small gray button that says "hide", the sidebar will collapse and in fact you get ''even more'' width space to proofread. This is definitely an improvement in that sense. [[User:Ignacio Rodríguez|Ignacio Rodríguez]] ([[User talk:Ignacio Rodríguez|talk]]) 17:54, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :::yes, it is an improvement over flat sidebar gadget. the menus remain a problem. --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 22:52, 25 March 2024 (UTC) ::enWP complaining about something isn't really a useful yardstick. There's complaints if anything changes, and complaints if nothing changes. What would be useful is testing the new skin with all our local stuff on enWS and reporting concrete issues. Some of them may be with community-controlled things that we need to fix ourselves (see e.g. the broken user scripts and gadgets mentioned above), while others may be things we need to report upstream (in which case we need a good concrete description of the problem). Case in point, the Index: namespace has been exempted from Vector 2022's constrained-width layout because it didn't work well there and someone filed a good bug report about it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:14, 24 March 2024 (UTC) ===Different line height in Vector 2022?=== It seems the line height in Vector 2022 is different for some reason which makes problems with text withing pictures, such as [[Page:The Czechoslovak Review, vol3, 1919.djvu/299|here]]. --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 18:57, 30 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan.Kamenicek]]: It's not the line-height (that's identical), it's that in their great wisdom they decided that paragraphs were not sufficiently distinguishable from a mere line break within a paragraph on Wikipedia (of course), and so they "fixed" it by fiddling with the styling such that paragraphs in Vector 2022 now get both a top "margin" and bottom "padding". In Vector 2010 paragraphs just had a .5em top and bottom margin, and since adjacent margins collapse in CSS that meant paragraphs were always .5em (~7px) apart. If you insert two blank lines you get an extra empty paragraph, and so you get exactly 1em (14px) between the visible paragraphs. In Vector 2022 they've deliberately used padding instead of margin to defeat this collapsing, so that adjacent paragraphs get 1em between them. Paragraphs separated by two blank lines will now get 1.5em (21px) between them. Or put another way, they want to make it so that text separated by a single blank line looks like what we expect text separated by two blank lines to look. Text separated by two blank lines is now going to look fairly comical.{{pbr}}Mostly this is just jarring design-wise (we'll get used to it), but for any context were we depend on some kind of predictable height of the content (like your example) we're now going to have trouble. Vector 2010 and Vector 2022 now behaves completely differently, and Vector 2022 in a way that is hard to override in a predictable fashion. Templates have limited capability to differentiate between skins, so I am uncertain to what degree we can smooth out the differences there. This behaviour was added to Vector 2022 quite recently so I've asked them to please stop poking their nose down into on-wiki content at this level of detail. If I can persuade them to revert this change that would be for the best. If not, I'm not sure how we're going to deal with it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 22:13, 30 March 2024 (UTC) ::This also means that editors who leave in the end of line breaks throughout paragraphs when proofreading need to stop doing so. Those of us who use any other skin won't see a problem, but it will make it look weird for anyone on the default. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 22:49, 30 March 2024 (UTC) :::I don't think that's going to be a problem. What they're doing in the skin is styling HTML <code>p</code> tags in ways that are going to be annoying to work around, but where <code>p</code> tags get added in the first place is a function of the parser and not of the skin. Hard line breaks inside a block of text have mostly worked because they do not cause the parser to insert a <code>p</code> tag there. So since the parser is not changing, neither should the behaviour for hard line breaks inside paragraphs. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:43, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::::A quick update. It seems like this change has caused several problems across projects and they are consequently going to reevaluate. It's likely they will not simply revert the change, but they may change the way they do it such that we don't get this problem or there is a cleaner way to work around it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:35, 5 April 2024 (UTC) ::Btw, in order to figure out some workable approach to this, if we're stuck with it, I'm going to need plenty of examples of places where it breaks. Things like the text overflowing in Jan's {{tl|overfloat image}} example above. A lot of cases are going to be the kind of "pixel perfect" layout that you can't in general do on the web, but we'll need to look for ways that at least it won't be any ''more'' broken than it already was. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 11:03, 31 March 2024 (UTC) == Making ''MoreMenu'' and ''Without text'' Gadgets default == In [[Special:PermanentLink/13971025#New_Gadget:_MoreMenu|#New Gadget: MoreMenu]] and [[Special:PermanentLink/13971025#New_beta_Gadget:_Automatically_empty_Without_text_pages|#New beta Gadget: Automatically empty Without text pages]], I announced the availability of these two new Gadgets. Since then there has been relatively little feedback, but what feedback there has been has been positive. I therefore intend to make both default at some point in the relatively near future. I encourage you to post feedback in this thread (positive, negative, neutral, or apathetic; all feedback is valuable). Especially if you are sceptical I encourage you to actively test both Gadgets and then express your concerns here. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:19, 15 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} Seems reasonable. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 13:56, 15 March 2024 (UTC) :{{support}} Sounds good to me. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 14:51, 15 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} They can't hurt anyone, and I feel like emptying without text pages should have been done long ago. [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] (<span style="font-size: 83%;{{#if:|{{{style}}};}}">[[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] and [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]</span>) 16:42, 16 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 09:45, 17 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} per those above, particularly [[User:Alien333|Alien333]]'s wise words. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 03:26, 21 March 2024 (UTC) *{{support}} ''without text'', ambivalent about ''Moremenu'' [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 10:24, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :Per the above, I have now made both Gadgets default. They can be turned off again per-user in your Preferences. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 12:49, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::It's taken me a bit to realise what happened when an unexpected poorly named tab suddenly appeared and the keyboard shortcuts associated with delete, move, and protect all stopped working. I've turned off MoreMenu in my Preferences because I don't use a mouse if I can avoid it. The "poorly named" comment comes because there were two tabs labeled "page". How are less-experienced users to know which one does what? [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 21:15, 29 March 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]]: The non-optimal naming stems from Wikisource's choice to use "Page" as the main tab, which then clashes with the commands and links in the menu that are related to the ''current page''. On Wikipedia that tab is called "Article", on Wikibooks it's "Book", on Commons it's "Gallery" etc. I'm not sure there's a good solution to this (the non-optimal tab naming has been mentioned as confusing in other contexts too, for similar reasons).{{pbr}}The missing accesskeys however are clearly a bug. I've reported it upstream so hopefully that can be fixed fairly quickly. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 11:59, 30 March 2024 (UTC) == Invitation to join March Wikisource Community Meeting == Hello fellow Wikisource enthusiasts! We're excited to announce our upcoming Wikisource Community meeting, scheduled for '''30 March 2024, 3 PM UTC''' ([https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/1711810800 check your local time]). As always, your participation is crucial to the success of our community discussions. Similar to previous meetings, the agenda will be split into two segments. The first half will cover non-technical updates, such as events, conferences, proofread-a-thons, and collaborations. In the second half, we'll dive into technical updates and discussions, addressing key challenges faced by Wikisource communities. '''New Feature: Event Registration!''' <br /> Exciting news! We're switching to a new event registration feature for our meetings. You can now register for the event through our dedicated page on Meta-wiki. Simply follow the link below to secure your spot and engage with fellow Wikisource enthusiasts: [[:m:Event:Wikisource Community Meeting March 2024|Event Registration Page]] '''Agenda Suggestions:''' <br /> Your input matters! Feel free to suggest any additional topics you'd like to see included in the agenda. If you have any suggestions or would just prefer being added to the meeting the old way, simply drop a message on '''klawal-ctr@wikimedia.org'''. Thank you for your continued dedication to Wikisource. We look forward to your active participation in our upcoming meeting. Best regards, <br /> [[:m:User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]], [[:m:User:SWilson (WMF)|Sam Wilson (WMF)]], and [[:m:User:SGill (WMF)|Satdeep Gill (WMF)]] {{unsigned|18:56, 25 March 2024 (UTC)|MediaWiki message delivery}} <!-- Message sent by User:KLawal-WMF@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:SGill_(WMF)/lists/WS_VPs&oldid=25768507 --> :@[[User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]]: Could you make sure these announcements contain a standard signature (see [[Special:Diff/13996824|diff]]) so that Reply-Tool and Vector 2022's auto-toc features work? [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:34, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Xover|Xover]] Thank you for pointing that out, will include a standard signature in future announcements. [[User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]] ([[User talk:KLawal-WMF|talk]]) 19:15, 28 March 2024 (UTC) == <nowiki>{{Header}}</nowiki> template and misleading publication dates == I have been doing work on various 'collected works' and noticed that misleading date information is appearing against individual works from these collections. Using 'The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (ed. Hutchinson, 1914)' as an example:—{{pbr}} In the main page [[The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (ed. Hutchinson, 1914)]], the year field is filled in '1914' and the title is displayed as 'The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley' (1914), as normal.{{pbr}} On the subpages for each individual poem, if there is no Wikidata link, the title of the overall work appears in the same way. The 'year' field is not used on these pages, so no date appears.{{pbr}} For subpages that do have a Wikidata link, the date of publication entered in Wikidata is displayed in the title. In most cases, this date is that of first publication (in the case of Shelley's collected works, given in a note at the head of each poem). Unfortunately, this date appears immediately after the title of the overall work (e.g. for '[[The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (ed. Hutchinson, 1914)/Lines to a Critic|Lines to a Critic]]', the main title appears as 'The Complete Poetical Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (1823)'. This gives the impression that the 'collected works' was published in 1823, which is not the case.{{pbr}} I question the need for this date linkage to Wikidata, but if it is judged to be necessary then what is displayed should have some associated text to make it clear what the date is, and it should be placed either after the 'section' field (or better, in the 'notes' field), not the 'title' field. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 10:56, 26 March 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|Chrisguise}} For "Lines to a Critic" that's because the Wikidata item was handled wrong. It is being treated as if it's the work item, but it links to our ''version'' of the poem. This is a quite widespread issue on Wikisource and, in general, we need to correct all instances where this has happened. I do think we should prefer handling this in Wikidata over not doing that, but maybe we need to make it so that we only pull from it if it's marked as an instance of "version, edition, or translation". [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 11:09, 26 March 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|CalendulaAsteraceae}} What is your opinion? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 11:10, 26 March 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]]: I think that only pulling dates if the WD item is a version/edition/translation is the way to go. I can take a look at the code soon-ish. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 19:57, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :::Would doing so affect Versions headers? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 22:06, 26 March 2024 (UTC) ::::Versions headers shouldn't link to version/edition/translation items, so it shouldn't be an issue (once I fix the dozen or so pages that are incorrectly linked) —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 20:15, 28 March 2024 (UTC) ::::: That's why I ask. If dates are only pulled from versions pages, does that mean the date of first publication (on the data item for the work) will vanish from version pages? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 15:36, 29 March 2024 (UTC) ::::::Depends how the code is written; it shouldn't. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 16:03, 29 March 2024 (UTC) == Simplify Scriptorium page structure == {{smaller|[I thought we'd discussed this before, but I'm failing to find it in the archives just now. I think I recall that people were generally positive, but that we didn't have a good plan for alternative solutions for Announcements and Proposals. So reopening the issue to see if we can at least make a little progress.]}} I'd really like to simplify the page structure of this page to avoid having subsections. It makes a lot of things much more complex, and don't work all that well on mobile (or in the Vector 2022 skin, but that's… a different issue). It is also confusing for newbies, and the important stuff (announcements, proposals) tends to get lost. So… What would we have to do as an alternative for the current sections? * '''Announcements''' * '''Proposals''' * '''Bot approval requests''' * '''Repairs (and moves)''' * '''Other discussions''' '''Other discussions''' would, obviously, just become the one section present on this page (with no actual separate heading, of course). '''Bot approval requests''' could probably either move to [[WS:BR]], with instructions to also post a notice here; or it could be just a normal thread here on the Scriptorium. We average far less than one bot approval request per year, and while looking through the archives for something else I saw several that just languished with no comment. Depending somewhat on the outcome for other sections, I think just making bot approval requests normal threads here is the most practical and pragmatic way to handle them. '''Repairs (and moves)''' doesn't really seem to warrant a separate section on the Scriptorium, and in any case tend to be overlooked in their own section up above. I think most such requests should go to [[WS:S/H]], requests specifically about scans should go to [[WS:LAB]], and anything needing +sysop should go to [[WS:AN]]. So we could replace the whole section with instructions about where to go instead up in the header. '''Announcements''' are, I don't think, very useful as a separate section here because they tend to get lost. I think probably we could make announcements just normal threads here, maybe with "Announcement: " tacked on as a prefix to the thread title. We could have instructions to add {{tl|do not archive until}} so that announcements where that's relevant stay on the page more than 30 days. There may be other things we could do to enhance their visibility while keeping them as a normal thread. '''Proposals''' too are, I think, better handled as normal threads here, combined with use for separate pages for things that are RFC-y (and with a notice here). We should also use watchlist notices (cf. the recent one about Vector 2022 users needing to update their scripts) for important ones (especially policy proposals), and possibly also create a template where current proposals are listed (the template could be permanent at the top of this page and [[WS:S/H]], and we could encourage users to transclude it on their own user page to keep up with proposals). I think that would actually ''improve'' visibility of proposals. I'm sure I've forgotten about something, and I'm sure people will have different views on what the best way to handle stuff is; but that's a snapshot of my current thinking. PS. This thread isn't in itself a proposal, as such, but the discussion that precedes a potential future proposal. If there is significant support, or general apathy in the absence of active opposition, I'll make a concrete proposal up in [[#Proposals]] that would, then, presumably, be the last such under the status quo. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 10:44, 28 March 2024 (UTC) :This sounds like a good idea to me! —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 15:15, 1 April 2024 (UTC) :Just a note that this is the kind of change that needs positive agreement. If there isn't significant participation, and absence of strong opposition, no change can be made. I was hoping to get a sense of where the community stood in this thread, before proceeding to a specific proposal. If nobody thinks this is an issue or doesn't think it's worth the time-investment, then making an actual proposal would just be wasting everyone's time. Some ''yay'', ''nay'', or ''meh'' would be helpful, is what I'm saying. :) [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:32, 5 April 2024 (UTC) :Just wondering, how did this end? Because we still have [[#Announcements]] up there, which has not been used for a while, but apparently also [[WS:Scriptorium/Announcements]], which is at least used for some newletters. — [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] ([[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] &amp; [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]) 10:56, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:Alien333|Alien333]]: If it bugs (almost) nobody but me enough to comment here then there's obviously no support for making any change and the status quo prevails (and there's no point making a proposal under those circumstances). I'm guessing the reason nobody's commenting here is that they're mostly fine with how things are, and thus not motivated to think through the sketch of an alternative above. The current structure has worked well for a long time so changes to it has the presumption against it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 12:25, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Xover|Xover]] Perhaps this post became lost in the otherwise difficult to navigate Scriptorium? At any rate, I am not a great fan of the current layout, but equally wonder whether everything may become harder to find if things changed (for the most part, if I want to find the scan lab, I google it, as who knows where the link on Wikisource resides). If the Scriptorium did change, a clear table of contents at the start of this page, linking to the bot request, scan lab etc. subpages, would be much appreciated. [[User:TeysaKarlov|TeysaKarlov]] ([[User talk:TeysaKarlov|talk]]) 21:33, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::I've thought for some time that the community pages here really need some sort of navbox. It'd certainly make it easier to get around. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:48, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::Yeah, that's partly what I have in mind. I'd like to split things into more separate pages, with one thing (main section) per page, and then have a navbox type thing on each page. I also think we can make a template that's displayed prominently in strategic places that lists all currently open proposals. Something like [[w:Template:Centralized discussion]]. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:53, 13 April 2024 (UTC) ::The irony for me is—indeed!—this discussion got lost and I didn’t see it until just now despite my best efforts to follow this page. As a new WS contributor, it’s been hard for me to get invested in this page despite it being on my watchlist (where multiple edits are easily lost track of because of the default way it collapses multiple edits into just one, which I don’t fully understand). ::I’m not smart or experienced enough to propose specific restructuring solution(s), but wanted to say I support any effort by admins and other experienced folks to improve our community interaction. Compared to other “risky” proposals that would affect content in the main namespace, it seems ''relatively'' lower risk to talk about improving this discussion namespace. Just a lot of inertia and potential [[w:loss aversion|loss aversion]] at play probably, which is understandable as a human cognitive bias. [[User:Brad606|Brad606]] ([[User talk:Brad606|talk]]) 14:59, 13 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Brad606|Brad606]]: Yeah, the default watchlist is a bit confusing in this sense. I recommend going to ''both'' the [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-watchlist|Watchlist section of your Preferences]] to turn '''on''' "Expand watchlist to show all changes, not just the most recent", and to go to the [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-rc|Recent Changes section]] to turn '''off''' "Group changes by page in recent changes and watchlist". Why in two different tabs of the Preferences? I have no idea. ¯\_(ツ)_/¯ [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 18:30, 13 April 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|Xover}} Yes, indeed, part of the reason this discussion has been unseen is because of the mountain of obscured discussions already in the Scriptorium from other cases. : Specifically for proposals, I think this deserves its own separate page. Note that Wiktionary has [[wikt:Wiktionary:Votes]], a process which works ''quite well''. Official votes (on policy, etc.), aka proposals, are done in a very structured format: :* Draft it out, based on and reference previous discussion. :* Set a time when the vote begins. Have it sit there as it would be when it starts more or less, but don't allow people to actually vote until the date and time of it starting. This serves a useful purpose: People can comment on the vote's talk page, etc., if the proposal has lack of clarity or has other inherent issues. :* Most importantly to me, '''set a clear time when the vote ends'''. Most of our discussions here (being one of the problems with both the Scriptorium and our desert known as RFC) do not have clear end dates, or clear definitions or enactments of resolution. So they just sit around more or less as thought experiments, going back to the huge "community practice vs. policy" dichotomy we have as well. : So, I think our proposals should function somewhat like this. They should at least be structured so that action is ensured to be taken if consensus allows. Wiktionary also transcludes a list of all current votes on everyone's watchlist, as well as in many other places, so that the wider community is aware... Some ideas for a page title: [[Wikisource:Votes]], [[Wikisource:Proposals]], or (and I like it a lot less) [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Proposals]]. : I'm interested to know what your thoughts on this proposal structure are. I'd move to get the other sections mentioned to subpages as well (and repairs could maybe be merged with [[WS:Scan lab]]), though I have less to comment about them. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 00:13, 14 April 2024 (UTC) == Should we mark the RfC process historical? == There was [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/2024-01#RfC_close|an earlier discussion]] that suggested this, but that has since been archived. There are several huge "open" RfCs, but none of them have had much recent participation or any participation at all – [[Wikisource:Requests for comment/Universal Code of Conduct enforcement draft guidelines|one has had no edits since it was proposed in 2021]], and overall the process seems abandoned, with the Scriptorium being used for most discussions. I think the {{tl|historical}} template should be added to the main RfC page and any open RfCs should be closed (as "no consensus" in at least one case, due to 0 participation). Clearly, the process is not attracting the input it needs ([[Wikisource:Requests for comment]] has achieved a grand total of 243 pageviews so far this month, compared to this page's 6,036 [https://pageviews.wmcloud.org/?project=en.wikisource.org&platform=all-access&agent=user&redirects=0&range=this-month&pages=Wikisource:Scriptorium|Wikisource:Requests_for_comment]). [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 15:09, 29 March 2024 (UTC) :I think it needs updating and revitalization, but there's no need to abandon it entirely. One thing that makes it so moribund is that we mostly get by just fine on established practice, and our policy framework covers most obvious areas. So while not ideal, neither is it particularly urgent to fix it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 16:59, 29 March 2024 (UTC) == Best practices for title pages and other front matter == I was preparing the title page for The Diothas ([[Page:The Diothas, or, A far look ahead (IA diothasorfarlook01macn).pdf/5|here]]) when it occurred to me that I couldn't find much guidance about front matter (the page [[Help:Front matter]] says nothing about style). I did notice that most proofread title pages decrease the vertical space compared to the page, but is there a guideline for this? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 10:13, 30 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]]: No, no good guidance. Title pages (and similar parts of the front matter) are a bit special. The rule of thumb is to reproduce the original layout as closely as possible without going insane with hyper-detailed formatting, and without causing it to overflow a single page when exported to ePub. How detailed a reproduction is useful will also vary from text to text: if the title page has clearly received a lot of love from the publisher then putting more effort into reproducing it is good, but if it is very simple then a reasonable representation is good enough. It's fairly subjective and up to each contributor's judgement.{{pbr}}Personally I always put quite a bit of effort into the title pages etc. of my projects, because I think it's important (not least in order to look good in ePub form), but nobody is likely to rag on you for a reasonable level of laziness here. We can never perfectly reproduce them anyway, so just exactly where the line is drawn will of necessity be a subjective call. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 12:08, 30 March 2024 (UTC) ::Follow-up question: what's the best way to check how the title page looks when exported to ePub? Is there a way apart from just exporting it? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:23, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]]: No, sorry. I've often thought we should have a Gadget to preview this to catch obvious problems with pagination, page width, etc. but as of now the best option is to just export it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 15:40, 3 April 2024 (UTC) == Table of Contents: Index:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu == Table of Contents: Index:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu I'm validating this. There's a typo I don't know how to correct. Please see IX on the table of contents. At the bottom, it says the page numbers are 143-146. But I think it should say 143-166, since the next section starts at 167. Also Section 1, Section VI, , Section X, and Section XV are the only ones that say "Pages" in front of the numbers. Please advise when I can continue validating the pages. Thank you. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 15:54, 31 March 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|Maile66}} The actual table of contents starts [[Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/17|here]]. The index page's table of contents is just a transclusion of the normal table of contents pages in the Page namespace. To find them, just Edit the page to see the index's source code, and you'll find in this case: <syntaxhighlight lang="mw"> {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/17}} {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/18}} {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/19}} {{Page:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu/20}} </syntaxhighlight> : And just copy and paste. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 16:03, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::Thank you, but since I am doing the validating on this, someone else needs to make these corrections because it tells me the changes need to be proofread. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 18:42, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::: {{ping|Maile66}} 1.) You don't ''have'' to wait for other people to proofread the pages; if you want you can just go ahead and proofread them, since the validation is something that anyone can do. 2.) Which pages haven't been proofread? The table of contents pages are all validated, and all the pages except advertisements at [[Index:A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains (1879).djvu]] are at least proofread. Are you certain we're talking about the same transcription project? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 23:32, 31 March 2024 (UTC) ::::Right now I'm validating pages 2-166 ... and I'm happy occupying myself with that. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 23:41, 31 March 2024 (UTC) :::::{{ping|SnowyCinema}} Ahhhh .... thank you for your instruction and guidance. I fixed the page number. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 20:39, 1 April 2024 (UTC) ::::::{{ping|SnowyCinema}} Well, oops! Looks like I have a lot to learn. [[User:Maile66|Maile66]] ([[User talk:Maile66|talk]]) 20:52, 1 April 2024 (UTC) == Tech News: 2024-14 == <section begin="technews-2024-W14"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/14|Translations]] are available. '''Recent changes''' * Users of the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Reading/Web/Accessibility_for_reading|reading accessibility]] beta feature will notice that the default line height for the standard and large text options has changed. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T359030] '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/wmf.25|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-02|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-03|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-04|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] '''Future changes''' * The Wikimedia Foundation has an annual plan. The annual plan decides what the Wikimedia Foundation will work on. You can now read [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Annual Plan/2024-2025/Product & Technology OKRs#Draft Key Results|the draft key results]] for the Product and Technology department. They are suggestions for what results the Foundation wants from big technical changes from July 2024 to June 2025. You can [[m:Talk:Wikimedia Foundation Annual Plan/2024-2025/Product & Technology OKRs|comment on the talk page]]. '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/14|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W14"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 03:36, 2 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:UOzurumba (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26462933 --> == Global ban for Slowking4 == It looks like we are in danger of losing one of our most prolific editors: [[:meta:Requests for comment/Global ban for Slowking4 (2)]]. If you have any opinion on this, speak now or forever hold your peace. (I realize this is mentioned further up the page, but wanted to bump the issue in case folks didn't notice it.) [[User:Nosferattus|Nosferattus]] ([[User talk:Nosferattus|talk]]) 22:42, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :This was posted above under the heading [[#Global ban proposal for Slowking4|#Global ban proposal for Slowking4]]. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:23, 2 April 2024 (UTC) :: But we needed to make doubly sure the WS community was aware this was going on, since that "discussion" (more of a notification really) was buried. Thanks Nosferattus! [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 00:27, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :::you're very kind, however, it is unclear to me, that any amount of reason matters. only go there if you have a strong stomach. the drama caucus (one of your admins among them) will continue to put the stewards to the test, until they get the result they want. lest you think that the neglect of the WMF is bad, just consider the active hostility of a solipsistic clique of functionaries. i got my compliment from "notorious RSG", so the name calling is amusing. Wikimania was becoming tiresome, one of you should go, and help out Vigneron, and there is the wikisource conference to plan for. "all who wander are not lost". --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 02:31, 5 April 2024 (UTC) == All small caps == Is the {{tl|all small caps}} template supposed to work in non-Latin scripts like Greek? They are ''sometimes'' working here: : {{asc|{{polytonic|Οιδιπουσ}}}} The Greek line ''previewed'' correctly, showed correctly when I posted the comment initially, but then did not work when I emended my comment. Because the behavior is variable, sometimes working and sometimes not, I can't tell whether this is the asc-template, the polytonic-template, an interaction between the two, or something else entirely. They do not seem to be working in those scripts in the Page namespace. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 18:12, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :I winder if this is related to the issue I posted at [[WS:S/H#font-feature-setting:'hist']], and some OpenType features are not working? —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 18:51, 3 April 2024 (UTC) ::Just for testing: ::* Default font: {{asc|Οιδιπουσ}} ::* Junicode: {{ULS|font1=Junicode|{{asc|Οιδιπουσ}}}} ::* GentiumPlus: {{ULS|font1=GentiumPlus|{{asc|Οιδιπουσ}}}} ::For me the first two work, and the last one does not; which suggests that it's just the GentiumPlus font that {{tl|polytonic}} uses that might be the problem —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 18:53, 3 April 2024 (UTC) == Document in Jamaican patois == Is [[Yuunivorshal Deklarieshan a Yuuman Raits]] within the scope of English wikisource ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 04:27, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :Hmm. I'd say it's a clear ''no''. Jamaican creole is not generally mutually intelligible with Standard English (although as a primarily spoken language, and as a creole, the degree is pretty fluid from person to person and situation to situation). This is just one such case for which we have mulWS. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 07:10, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : {{vk}} at enWS as a closely-related language to English. We should keep JC works if we're going to host works in Old English, which is at least as unintelligible, if not more so, than the Jamaican Creole provided. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 14:27, 7 April 2024 (UTC) ::It's not primarily a question of mutual intelligibility (although that is certainly also a factor). Old English is a direct precursor of English, and there is a direct lineal relationship linguistically speaking. Jamaican creole is a hodgepodge of languages, where there happens to be a large dash of English in the mix, but it is inherently a mix of languages that do not fit neatly into one specific language family. mulWS is for precisely such cases where you cannot slot a text neatly into one language. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 15:48, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :::{{color|gray|> where there happens to be a large dash of English in the mix}} :::The major {{wikt|lexifier}} of Jamaican Creole is English[https://apics-online.info/surveys/8]. :::{{color|gray|> but it is inherently a mix of languages that do not fit neatly into one specific language family}} :::Its language family is {{w|English-based creole|English-based creole}}. Here is its classification on [https://glottolog.org/resource/languoid/id/jama1262 Glottolog]. :::I just wanted to point that out. I didn't know that mulWS existed when I uploaded it, so if that's a better place, then great, I can put it there or an admin can move it. Or if here is fine, that's great too. I'll wait for you all to decide, since I'm brand new to this project and don't know how things work here.--[[User:Vuccala|Vuccala]] ([[User talk:Vuccala|talk]]) 23:54, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : {{vd}} This is in Jamaican Creole (a stable language resulting from a mix of languages), not a patois (nonstandard speech within a language). [[Author:Claude McKay|Clause McKay]] published poetry in the Jamaican patois, but the document under consideration is in Jamaican Creole. Further, this document is a ''translation'' of a document that was originally written in English. Since the document is a translation, and is not in English (or Scots), it falls outside our coverage and should be housed at the Multilingual Wikisource. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 15:06, 7 April 2024 (UTC) '''Question''' (from me, the uploader): is there a more suitable Wikimedia project I could have uploaded this to? There is no Jamaican Creole Wikisource, and we're using this document over at Wiktionary for demonstrating attestations of Jamaican Creole vocabulary using this template: {{wikt|Template:RQ:Yuunivorshal_Deklarieshan_a_Yuuman_Raits}}. --[[User:Vuccala|Vuccala]] ([[User talk:Vuccala|talk]]) 23:29, 7 April 2024 (UTC) : See the above discussion. There is a multilingual Wikisource that houses all languages that do not have a dedicated Wikisource project for the language. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 01:00, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::Is there a way to move something from here to there ? Or does it need to be input separately there ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 01:20, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :::I am an admin and can import. —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 07:10, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :::{{Ping|Beardo}}: [[:s:mul:Yuunivorshal_Deklarieshan_a_Yuuman_Raits]]. —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 07:11, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :{{Ping|Vuccala}} [[:s:mul:Yuunivorshal_Deklarieshan_a_Yuuman_Raits]]. —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 07:35, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::{{Ping|Koavf}} Thank you! I've updated the link in the Wiktionary template to point there instead. You guys can now delete it from English Wikisource. --[[User:Vuccala|Vuccala]] ([[User talk:Vuccala|talk]]) 10:59, 8 April 2024 (UTC) == Transcription speculation == Just a fun little exercise—I was wondering what projects you guys would be working on if more modern works were in the public domain today. So, I started this editable user subpage, [[User:SnowyCinema/Speculative transcriptions]]; the idea is to list your favorite copyrighted works that you might be working on if they were not under copyright. Anything is on the table—video games, TV shows, or books like is our general focus now, etc. I'm curious to see what your answers are. Feel free to add items to the list if you can think of anything. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:35, 7 April 2024 (UTC) == Random line break == Hello. I have recently started a project of [[index:Tarka_the_Otter.djvu|Tarka the Otter]] and some pages seem to have a random line break towards the end for no apparent reason (like [[Page:Tarka_the_Otter.djvu/14|page 14]]). Did I do anything wrong? I can't figure out what is wrong. [[User:HendrikWBK|HendrikWBK]] ([[User talk:HendrikWBK|talk]]) 01:42, 8 April 2024 (UTC) : You did not join the separate lines to make a continuous paragraph, and that line break is a consequence. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 01:58, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::It seems that only the last line is affected. In the rest of the page, if I leave two new line spaces, a new paragraph is formed, while one leaves the subsequent line in the same paragraph. I don't understand what you mean, I believe I did kept lines from the same paragraph immediately next to each other. [[User:HendrikWBK|HendrikWBK]] ([[User talk:HendrikWBK|talk]]) 02:06, 8 April 2024 (UTC) :::️@[[User:HendrikWBK|HendrikWBK]] The software parses the text in unpredictable ways if you don't remove the newline character at the end of every line, and the consequence is that random line breaks appear for no apparent reason. [[User:Ignacio Rodríguez|Ignacio Rodríguez]] ([[User talk:Ignacio Rodríguez|talk]]) 06:21, 8 April 2024 (UTC) ::::See [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Help#Proofreading_Paragraph_Problem]] [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 06:59, 8 April 2024 (UTC) == Tech News: 2024-15 == <section begin="technews-2024-W15"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/15|Translations]] are available. '''Recent changes''' * Web browsers can use tools called [[:w:en:Browser extension|extensions]]. There is now a Chrome extension called [[m:Future Audiences/Experiment:Citation Needed|Citation Needed]] which you can use to see if an online statement is supported by a Wikipedia article. This is a small experiment to see if Wikipedia can be used this way. Because it is a small experiment, it can only be used in Chrome in English. * [[File:Octicons-gift.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Wishlist item]] A new [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Edit Recovery|Edit Recovery]] feature has been added to all wikis, available as a [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-editing|user preference]]. Once you enable it, your in-progress edits will be stored in your web browser, and if you accidentally close an editing window or your browser or computer crashes, you will be prompted to recover the unpublished text. Please leave any feedback on the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Talk:Community Wishlist Survey 2023/Edit-recovery feature|project talk page]]. This was the #8 wish in the 2023 Community Wishlist Survey. * Initial results of [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Edit check|Edit check]] experiments [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Edit_check#4_April_2024|have been published]]. Edit Check is now deployed as a default feature at [[phab:T342930#9538364|the wikis that tested it]]. [[mw:Talk:Edit check|Let us know]] if you want your wiki to be part of the next deployment of Edit check. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T342930][https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361727] * Readers using the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Skin:Minerva Neue|Minerva skin]] on mobile will notice there has been an improvement in the line height across all typography settings. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T359029] '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/wmf.26|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-09|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-10|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-11|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] * New accounts and logged-out users will get the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor|visual editor]] as their default editor on mobile. This deployment is made at all wikis except for the English Wikipedia. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361134] '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/15|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W15"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 23:37, 8 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:UOzurumba (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26564838 --> == Avoid concurrent confirmation for our `crats == Courtesy ping: [[User:BD2412|BD2412]], @[[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]]. It just occurred to me that we currently have [[Special:PermanentLink/14036101#Confirmation_discussions|Confirmation discussions]] for ''both'' of our `crats going on concurrently (because we elected both of them at the same time). Now, granted, neither one of them is likely to be involved in any controversy, but it is in principle unfortunate to have them both be up for confirmation at the same time. I therefore propose that we artificially postpone the next confirmation for one of them by 6 months so that their future confirmations will be at different times of the year, and so they can more easily switch out who handles closing confirmations without getting into situations where they can be accused of being influenced by an ongoing confirmation for themselves. It's not something that's ''likely'' to happen, but since it's easy to avoid entirely… It doesn't matter which one of them we move in the cycle, but just so there's a concrete proposal I suggest we delay BD2412's next confirmation by an additional 6 months (for the very well-thought-out reason that they happen to be listed first on WS:A currently :)). [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:55, 9 April 2024 (UTC) : No objection to the plan, but we could also just add a few more 'crats. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 15:55, 9 April 2024 (UTC) ::Actually for the period of time when Hesperian was also a 'crat, all three of us were being confirmed in the same month. I should also point out that any established wikisourceror can close a confirmation discussion and I used to close Hesperian's so that he didn't have to do his own one. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 05:28, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :::Not [[WS:AP|restricted access]] discussions; those have to be closed by the `crats. But, yeah, as mentioned, this isn't exactly a big issue. I just noticed it now and figured there was an easy way to avoid the problem altogether, so why not. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:12, 10 April 2024 (UTC) :::: There is also [[Wikisource_talk:Administrators#'crat COI question|this discussion]], where it was suggested that if the outcome was "bleeding obvious", then it would not be a problem for a 'crat to close a discussion in which they were a participant. I suppose this might be considered to apply to a 'crat closing their own clearly uncontested reconfirmation, though this feels a bit wrong. For this month, I have no problem with the two 'crats involved each closing the discussion for the other, though this also potentially could create an appearance of a tit-for-tat. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 15:31, 11 April 2024 (UTC) == [[:Index:United States Statutes at Large Volume 44 Part 2.djvu]] == Raw OCR dump. Should be removed (along with other Raw dumps) unless someone is prepared to provide alternate scans that are ACTUALLY READABLE as opposed to bordeline illegible on numerous pages. I've been trying to remove lints by attempting to proofread pages that where showing up in a list of mismatched Italics. Raw OCR Dumps diminish my enthusiasm for continuing, and there should be concerted effort to clean out the gibberish generated from them. [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 09:25, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :the scan is fine, with the improved OCR. awaiting for the volunteers to proofread. if you remove it, then the volunteers cannot do the work. (i would be more motivated if there were a consensus to ditch the side notes, which are more trouble than they are are worth). --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 13:16, 14 April 2024 (UTC) == [[Primary sources concerning Wyatt Earp]] == This page contains a number of short newspaper articles all on a related topic. It's been proposed to separate the page, which seems like clearly the right thing to do if the page is going to stay on Wikisource, if somebody is going to take the trouble to find scans, etc.; but this is a labor-intensive task that seems unlikely to happen in the near future. In the meantime, even though it contains actual source material, I would suggest that moving this page to the Portal: space might be the best way to tidy things up. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 17:35, 12 April 2024 (UTC) == Tech News: 2024-16 == <section begin="technews-2024-W16"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/16|Translations]] are available. '''Problems''' * Between 2 April and 8 April, on wikis using [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:FlaggedRevs|Flagged Revisions]], the "{{Int:tag-mw-reverted}}" tag was not applied to undone edits. In addition, page moves, protections and imports were not autoreviewed. This problem is now fixed. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361918][https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361940] '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/wmf.1|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-16|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-17|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-18|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] * [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Magic words#DEFAULTSORT|Default category sort keys]] will now affect categories added by templates placed in [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Cite|footnotes]]. Previously footnotes used the page title as the default sort key even if a different default sort key was specified (category-specific sort keys already worked). [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T40435] * A new variable <bdi lang="zxx" dir="ltr"><code>page_last_edit_age</code></bdi> will be added to [[Special:AbuseFilter|abuse filters]]. It tells how many seconds ago the last edit to a page was made. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T269769] '''Future changes''' * Volunteer developers are kindly asked to update the code of their tools and features to handle [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/Temporary Accounts|temporary accounts]]. [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/Temporary Accounts/For developers/2024-04 CTA|Learn more]]. * [[File:Octicons-tools.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Advanced item]] Four database fields will be removed from database replicas (including [[quarry:|Quarry]]). This affects only the <bdi lang="zxx" dir="ltr"><code>abuse_filter</code></bdi> and <bdi lang="zxx" dir="ltr"><code>abuse_filter_history</code></bdi> tables. Some queries might need to be updated. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T361996] '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/16|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W16"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 23:29, 15 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:UOzurumba (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26564838 --> == Converting to copyright-until == I had a bunch of work links added by a new editor, and had to turn them into copyright-until. So I tossed a short script in sed that did 90% of the work, and decided to post it here, as much in hopes that someone would do a more universal and correct job, then in hopes that it would be useful. : <nowiki>cat file | sed 's/\[\[/{{copyright-until|/' | sed 's/\]\] (\([0-9]*\))/|\1 + 96|\1}}/'</nowiki> --[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 22:25, 16 April 2024 (UTC) :I don't know about universal and correct, but if the input is entirely regular like <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline>[[Wikipage|Display]] (1892)</syntaxhighlight> I'd probably do something like: :<syntaxhighlight lang="perl">perl -p -e 's/\[\[(.*?)\|([^]]+)]]\s*\((\d+)\)/"{{copyright-until|$1|$3|display=$2|until=" . ($3 + 96) . "}}"/e' file</syntaxhighlight> :Which, admittedly, looks like line noise, but then most regex does. It does avoid a [[w:Useless use of cat|useless use of cat]] though. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 07:28, 17 April 2024 (UTC) == Scanned microfilm sources == Some time ago a large number of periodicals were posted on the Internet Archive in microfilm form (as seen [https://archive.org/details/sim_microfilm here]). Are there any concerns about using these as scan sources? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 02:29, 19 April 2024 (UTC) :copyright will be tricky. i would use https://onlinebooks.library.upenn.edu/cce/serialprocess.html for guidance about US formalities. you might want to include the serial information in the upload metadata, since commons is simplistic. :mass upload will require expertise, since Fae is gone. :you might not want to drop a lot of periodicals without building a team to proofread them. --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 02:58, 19 April 2024 (UTC) == Invitation to join April Wikisource Community Meeting == Hello fellow Wikisource enthusiasts! We are the hosting this month’s Wikisource Community meeting on '''27 April 2024, 7 AM UTC''' ([https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/1714201200 check your local time]). Similar to previous meetings, the agenda will be split into two segments. The first half will cover non-technical updates, such as events, conferences, proofread-a-thons, and collaborations. In the second half, we'll dive into technical updates and discussions, addressing key challenges faced by Wikisource communities. Simply follow the link below to secure your spot and engage with fellow Wikisource enthusiasts: [[:m:Event:Wikisource Community Meeting April 2024|Event Registration Page]] If you have any suggestions or would just prefer being added to the meeting the old way, simply drop a message on '''klawal-ctr@wikimedia.org'''. Thank you for your continued dedication to Wikisource. We look forward to your active participation in our upcoming meeting. Regards [[:m:User:KLawal-WMF|KLawal-WMF]], [[:m:User:SWilson (WMF)|Sam Wilson (WMF)]], and [[:m:User:SGill (WMF)|Satdeep Gill (WMF)]] <small> Sent using [[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[User talk:MediaWiki message delivery|talk]]) 12:21, 22 April 2024 (UTC)</small> <!-- Message sent by User:KLawal-WMF@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:SGill_(WMF)/lists/WS_VPs&oldid=25768507 --> == Tech News: 2024-17 == <section begin="technews-2024-W17"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/17|Translations]] are available. '''Recent changes''' * Starting this week, newcomers editing Wikipedia [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Growth/Positive reinforcement#Leveling up 3|will be encouraged]] to try structured tasks. [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Growth/Feature summary#Newcomer tasks|Structured tasks]] have been shown to [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Growth/Personalized first day/Structured tasks/Add a link/Experiment analysis, December 2021|improve newcomer activation and retention]]. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T348086] * You can [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Coolest Tool Award|nominate your favorite tools]] for the fifth edition of the Coolest Tool Award. Nominations will be open until May 10. '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/wmf.2|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-23|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-24|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-04-25|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.43/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] '''Future changes''' * This is the last warning that by the end of May 2024 the Vector 2022 skin will no longer share site and user scripts/styles with old Vector. For user-scripts that you want to keep using on Vector 2022, copy the contents of [[{{#special:MyPage}}/vector.js]] to [[{{#special:MyPage}}/vector-2022.js]]. There are [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Reading/Web/Desktop Improvements/Features/Loading Vector 2010 scripts|more technical details]] available. Interface administrators who foresee this leading to lots of technical support questions may wish to send a mass message to your community, as was done on French Wikipedia. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T362701] '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/17|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W17"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 20:28, 22 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Quiddity (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26647188 --> == Vote now to select members of the first U4C == <section begin="announcement-content" /> :''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Election/2024/Announcement – vote opens|You can find this message translated into additional languages on Meta-wiki.]] [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Election/2024/Announcement – vote opens}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]'' Dear all, I am writing to you to let you know the voting period for the Universal Code of Conduct Coordinating Committee (U4C) is open now through May 9, 2024. Read the information on the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Election/2024|voting page on Meta-wiki]] to learn more about voting and voter eligibility. The Universal Code of Conduct Coordinating Committee (U4C) is a global group dedicated to providing an equitable and consistent implementation of the UCoC. Community members were invited to submit their applications for the U4C. For more information and the responsibilities of the U4C, please [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Charter|review the U4C Charter]]. Please share this message with members of your community so they can participate as well. On behalf of the UCoC project team,<section end="announcement-content" /> [[m:User:RamzyM (WMF)|RamzyM (WMF)]] 20:20, 25 April 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:RamzyM (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=26390244 --> == Aux TOC arcana == Can someone explain to me why the AuxTOC portion of [[:Page:Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu/7]] (the listed Acts) are not displaying in green the way that other AuxTOC items do? I have tried copying the syntax from another ToC where this works, but it is not working here. With no documentation anywhere that I can find, I am at a loss to understand why the syntax works in one place but not in another. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:09, 25 April 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] I think you need to 'import' the CSS styles in the page: <nowiki><templatestyles src="Auxiliary Table of Contents/styles.css" /></nowiki> [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 10:56, 26 April 2024 (UTC) ::In fact, there's an app… err… template for that: {{tl|auxiliary toc styles}}. (One that doesn't require faffing about with raw templatestyles tags in Page: namespace I mean; it's doing essentially the same thing). [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 11:44, 26 April 2024 (UTC) == Wikisource and other public domain digitization projects == Newbie question here. How do our efforts on Wikisource compare to other PD digitization projects like Project Gutenberg? I gather that we used to copy from there but that's now discouraged. Are the efforts of one project redundant to the other? Besides being able to verify page scans, does one have an advantage over the other? Is there any pooling of resources to avoid redundancy? Apologies if this has been discussed ''ad nauseam'', but searching the Scriptorium archives didn't help much. [[User:Thebiguglyalien|Thebiguglyalien]] ([[User talk:Thebiguglyalien|talk]]) 00:38, 26 April 2024 (UTC) : A couple of big differences are (1) PG tends to have just one copy of each work, but WS will house multiple editions or translations, where there is reason (see for example ''[[The Time Machine]]'' and [[Electra (Sophocles)]]), and (2) PG will modernize and editorialize texts, which is one reason we no longer accept their texts; WS tries to preserve the originally published spellings and format to the best degree possible. Of course, our texts are also interconnected to Wikidata, Wikipedia, and other projects. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 00:55, 26 April 2024 (UTC) :A few others that stand out to me: :* Stricter license enforcement and labeling. A lot of effort is actually spent to identify translators, authors death dates, relevant country policies etc. There is also no "fair use" exemption. Many sites are a bit lax with orphan works, URAA-restored translations, etc. :* Easy linking to the actual page scan for comparison :* Things like score extension that allow transcription and playing of musical scores, movie transcription, images independently searchable and discoverable via Wikimedia Commons, etc. :* Linking to authors and other works per our [[Wikisource:Wikilinks|linking policy]] :[[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 02:13, 26 April 2024 (UTC) fzjlh1myynbm4ryhfiw1q4m4e60iiuc Portal:Anonymous texts 100 16095 14127912 13780883 2024-04-25T14:21:39Z VGPaleontologist 2995910 /* Political works */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{portal header | title = Anonymous texts | class = Z | subclass1 = - | subclass2 = E | shortcut = [[P:ANON]] | wikipedia = Anonymous work | notes = This page is a list of works whose authorship has been hidden or lost throughout the ages. }} {{TOCright}} The texts on this page are likely to have individual authors, but we don't know who they are. An important part of this category will be medieval tales and legends. Dates of the works here tend to be speculative. ==Ballads or poems== * [[A Grand Ball]] – an invitation to a ball in the form of a ballad * [[Asanaginica]] — a [[w:Bosnia|Bosnian]] folk ballad tracing back to the 17th century * [[Alysoun]] * [[Translation:The Best Place for a Village|The Best Place for a Village]] * [[Chaucerian and Other Pieces/Piece21|The Assembly of Ladies]] * [[Chaucerian and Other Pieces/Piece29|Balade in Praise of Chaucer]] * [[The Ballad of Chevy Chase]] Child ballad * [[Battle of Grendon]] — 29 August, 1876 * [[The Battle of Hampton Roads]] — from ''[[w:Vanity Fair (magazine, historical)#American Vanity Fair (1859–1863)|Vanity Fair]]''; March 29, 1862 * [[The Battle of Ross na Ríg]] — Irish saga, circa 1160 * [[The Battle of the Boyne]] — Irish saga, circa 1575 * [[Belfast Brigade]] * [[Beowulf]] * [[Blow northerne wynd!]] — 14th century Middle English poem * [[Boil it down]] * [[Book of Dede Korkut]] — the most famous epic of the Oghuz Turks * [[Translation:Bridge of Arta|Bridge of Arta]] * [[Captain Wedderburn's courtship (Stirling)|Captain Wedderburn's courtship]] — 1820 * [[Cartoon portraits and biographical sketches of men of the day]], illustrations by [[Author:Frederick Waddy|Frederick Waddy]] — 1873 * [[Caesar Rodney's Ride]] * [[Columbia's Dismissed Professors]] — from ''[[w:The Literary Digest|The Literary Digest]]''; October 20, 1917 * [[The comic valentine writer]] (1850) * [[Chaucerian and Other Pieces/Piece24|The Court of Love]] * [[Cross of the South]] — traditional Australian folksong * [[Summer Canon|The Cuckoo Song]] - 13th/14th century lyric * [[The Dragon of Wantley]] — 17th century * [[The Dream of the Rood]] — 10th century * [[The Duttons and theyr fellow-players forsakying the Erle of Warwycke]] — 1580s * [[Early One Morning (Anonymous)|Early One Morning]] — traditional folk song * [[Translation:El Coloquio de los Doce|El Coloquio de los Doce]] — early Spanish colonial manuscript, 1524 * [[Elefantes]] — traditional Hispanic children's song * [[The elegy of James Purcell of Loughmoe]] — 1722 * [[Chaucerian and Other Pieces/Piece19|Envoy to Alison]] * [[An Essay in Defence of the Female Sex]] — 17th century; attributed to [[Author:Judith Drake|Judith Drake]] * [[The Fairy-Queen]] — late 17th century libretto * [[Finnegan's Wake]] — a mock-Irish street ballad thought to have been written in the 1850s * [[Chaucerian and Other Pieces/Piece20|The Flower and the Leaf]] * [[Golden Vanity]] — ballad about Sir Walter Raleigh * [[The High History of the Holy Graal]] * [[The History and Adventures of Jack Mansong]] * [[Hymn of the pearl]] - from the ''Acts of Thomas'' * [[A Hymn to the Virgin]] - anonymous 14th century poem * [[Ich am of Irlaunde]] — a Middle English poem written circa 1300 * [[The Intoxication of the Ulstermen]] — 11th/12th century Irish saga * [[Chaucerian and Other Pieces/Piece3|Jack Upland]] ca. 1402, a denunciation of the Friars * [[The Jail of Clonmel]] — 18th century Irish poem * [[Jeany Diver]] (1799) * [[Jesus Christ Is Risen Today]] — a 14th century Latin hymn, translated in 1708 (later expanded into [[Christ the Lord Is Risen Today]]) * [[The Land of Cokaygne]] — a Middle English poem written in southeast Ireland about 1330 * [[The Laxdaela Saga]] epic poem * [[Chaucerian and Other Pieces/Piece27|Leaulte vault Richesse]] * [[Latin Prayers not Fit for Irishmen]] * [[Lenten ys come with love to toune]] — a Middle English poem written circa 1300. * [[Lines from Love Letters]] — anonymous poem, 14th century; macaronic in Middle English, Middle French and Latin * [[The Lover in Winter Plaineth for the Spring]] — anonymous poem, 16th century * [[Love's mystery]] (1888) * [[May We Knit on Sunday]] — published in ''[[w:The Literary Digest|The Literary Digest]]''; October 20, 1917 * [[Mursheen Durkin]] * [[Old Miser]] * [[Olinda's Adventures: or the Amours of a Young Lady]] — possibly by [[wikipedia:Catherine Trotter Cockburn|Catharine Trotter Cockburn]] * [[The Parting Glass]] * [[Bohemian Poems, Ancient and Modern/The Patriot's Lament|The Patriot's Lament]] * [[Pearl]], by [[Author:Pearl Poet|Pearl Poet]] * [[Peter's Banquet, or, The Cavalier in the Dumps]] (1645) * [[The Plowman's Tale]] — a 14th century poem (ca. 1395), an allegory against religious abuses ** [[Chaucerian and Other Pieces/Piece2|The Plowman's Tale]] edition by [[Author:Walter William Skeat|Walter Skeat]], 1897 * [[The Raggle Taggle Gypsy]] * [[The Rare Old Mountain Dew]] * [[Rimed Chronicle of Stone Priory]] * [[Seven love songs|Seven Love Songs]] (1820) * [[Sir Gawain and the Green Knight]] epic poem * [[Sir Patrick Spens]] Child ballad * [[The Song of Roland]] — a French chivalric romance written possibly in the 12th century * [[Translation:Sorrow, Zare, let's Sorrow|Sorrow]] * [[The Story of the Volsungs]] * [[Summer Canon|Sumer is icumen in]] — a Middle English poem written circa 1226 * [[Sunset on Calvary]] * [[This Worldes Joie]] * [[The Third Part of the Pilgrim's Progress]] 17th century novel * [[The Trial and Execution of the Sparrow for Killing Cock Robin]] - 19th century children's book * [[The Urantia Book]] (1955) * [[Chaucerian and Other Pieces/Piece25|Virelai]] ("''Alone walking, In thought pleyning''") * [[A Satyr Against Hypocrites/The Wanton Wife of Bath|The Wanton Wife of Bath]], a ballad featuring [[Author:Geoffrey Chaucer|Chaucer's]] Wife of Bath * [[A Word to the Wise]] — 1858 — anonymous poem * [[The Days of the Month]] — a piece of doggerel * [[The Boy Who Never Told a Lie]] * [[The Wild Rover]] * [[Waxies' Dargle]] * [[The Literary Magnet/Series 1/Volume 4/You Ask a Song—You Bid Me Sing|You Ask a Song—You Bid Me Sing]] (1825) ===Collections=== * [[Tixall Poetry]] (1813) * [[Fugitive Poetry. 1600–1878]] (ca. 1878) ==Theatre plays== * [[The Revenger's Tragedy]] - Jacobean tragedy * [[Arden of Feversham]] - Elizabethan tragedy * [[Edward III]] - Elizabethan history ===Anonymous translators=== * [[Aristophanes: The Eleven Comedies]] (1912), originals by [[Author:Aristophanes|Aristophanes]] * [[The Makropoulos Secret]] (1925), Czech original by [[Author:Karel Čapek|Karel Čapek]] ==Autobiographies== * [[A woman in Berlin]] - World War II anecdotes ==Novels== ==Short stories== * [[Translation:The Still that Died|The Still that Died]] * [[Translation:Tsar Dukljan|Tsar Dukljan]] ===Anonymous translators=== * [[The Best Continental Short Stories of 1923-1924|The Best Continental Short Stories of 1923–1924]] * [[The Best Continental Short Stories of 1924-1925|The Best Continental Short Stories of 1924–1925]] ==Letters== * [[Letter in the Perfect Diurnal]] (1649) * [[The Works of the Rev. Jonathan Swift/Volume 12/From Unknown Author to Queen Caroline|From Unknown Author to Queen Caroline]] (1731) * [[A Letter to Adam Smith LL.D. on the Life, Death, and Philosophy of his friend David Hume Esq.]] (1777) ==Political works== * ''[[Southern Ideas of Liberty]]'' (1835) * ''[[Americanisation - a letter to John Stuart Mill]]'' (1866) * ''[[Radicalism, what is it?]]: a letter to a West Kent elector'' (c. 1870) * ''[[Who are Insulting the Working Classes?]]'' (1879) by a working man * ''[[The Extravagent Expenditure of the London School Board]]'' (1876) * ''[[Pittsburgh Manifesto]]'' (1883) * ''[[The Egyptian Difficulty and the First Step out of it]]'' (1884) ==Erotica== * ''[[The Lustful Turk]]'' (1820s) * ''[[The Amorous Intrigues and Adventures of Aaron Burr]]'' (1861) * ''[[The Sins of the Cities of the Plain]]'' (1881) * ''[[The Autobiography of a Flea]]'' (1887) * ''[[Raped on the Railway]]'' (1890s) * ''[[Teleny, or The Reverse of the Medal]]'' (1893) * ''[[The Convent School]]'' (1898) by Rosa Belinda Coote * ''[[Des Grieux|Des Grieux, the Prelude to "Teleny"]]'' (1899) * ''[[A Night in a Moorish Harem]]'' (circa 1900) ==Films== * ''[[El Sartorio]]'' (1907) * ''[[A Free Ride]]'' (1915) * ''[[Buried Treasure (1929 film)|Buried Treasure]]'' (1929) ==Other works== * [[Translation:Liber de Praenominibus|Liber de Praenominibus]] * [[Tracts for the Times/Record IX|The Martyrdom of Ignatius of Antioch]] - Early Christian writing ca. 107 * [[The Hungarian Duke Arpad attacks the Bulgarians and Macedonians (896)]] * ''[[Gesta Romanorum]]'' — a collection of medieval tales used to illustrate moral and religious ideas * [[Glosas Emilianenses]] (10th century) * [[Stilfrid and Brunswik]] (14th century) * [[The Damnable Life and Death of One Stubbe Peeter, a Most Wicked Sorcerer]] (1590) * [[Translation:Epitaph of Jacob van Heemskerk|Epitaph of Jacob van Heemskerk]] (1607) * [[Character of a Grumbletonian]] (1686) * [[The Virtues of Coffee, Chocolette, and Thee or Tea]] (c. 1690) * [[Account of the particular soliloquies and covenant engagements, of Mrs. Janet Hamilton]] (c. 1813–1820) * [[Account of the royal visit of George the IVth to Scotland]] (1822) * ''[[Historical and Ecclesiastical Sketches of Bengal]]'' (1829) {{ssl|Historical and Ecclesiastical Sketches of Bengal.djvu}} * [[Have you heard the news%3F]] (1835) by a Freeman * ''[[Guy Fawkes|Guy Fawkes, or The history of the gunpowder plot]]'' (c. 1839–1858) * ''[[Alta California Report of the Bear River Massacre]]'' (1863) * ''[[A voice from the signal-box]]'' (1874) by a signalman * ''[[A Sketch of the Characters of Sir John Patteson and Sir John Coleridge]]'' (1877) * ''[[The Coffee Publichouse]]'' (1878) * ''[[A Letter on Pauperism and Crime]]'' (1869) by a guardian of the poor * ''[[The Atlantic Monthly/Volume 18/Number 106/A Maniac's Confession|A Maniac's Confession]]'' Featured in [[The Atlantic Monthly/Volume 18|Volume 18]], [[The Atlantic Monthly/Volume 18/Number 106|Number 106]] of ''[[The Atlantic Monthly]]''. (August 1866) * ''[[The Irish problem]]: what lacks the backward farmer most: security or skills?'' (1869) by Hibernicus * [[Voyages and travels of a Bible]] c. 1840s * [[Prague]] (1911) *[[Background Press Call by Senior Administration Officials on Venezuela]] (2021-03-08) *[[Background Press Call by Senior Administration Officials on the Administration’s Response to the Microsoft and SolarWinds Intrusions]] (2021-03-12) *[[Background Press Call by Senior Administration Officials on President Biden’s Upcoming Virtual Bilateral with Ireland]] (2021-03-17) *[[Background Press Call by Senior Administration Officials on the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea]] (2021-03-23) *[[Background Press Call by a Senior Administration Official on the President’s American Jobs Plan]] (2021-03-31) *[[Background Press Call on the Upcoming Trilateral Meeting with Japan and the Republic of Korea]] (2021-04-01) *[[Background Press Call by a Senior Administration Official on Afghanistan]] (2021-04-13) *[[Background Press Call by Senior Administration Officials on Russia]] (2021-04-15) *[[Background Press Call by a Senior Administration Official on the Official Working Visit of Japan]] (2021-04-15) ===Anonymous translators=== * [[Rules of Life]] (1865), Latin original by [[Author:Johan Amos Comenius|Johan Amos Comenius]] ==Works related to Jonathan Swift== * [[The Works of the Rev. Jonathan Swift/Volume 12/From Unknown Author to Queen Caroline|A counterfeit letter to the queen]] (1731) – falsely attributed to Jonathan Swift * ''[[The Works of the Rev. Jonathan Swift/Volume 8/An Epigram Occasioned By the Inscription For Swift's Monument|An Epigram Occasioned By the Inscription For Swift's Monument]]'' (1766) * ''[[The Works of the Rev. Jonathan Swift/Volume 8/Epigram on Two Great Men|Epigram on Two Great Men]]'' (1745) * ''[[The Works of the Rev. Jonathan Swift/Volume 8/Epitaph Proposed for Dr. Swift|Epitaph Proposed for Dr. Swift]]'' (1745) * ''[[The Works of the Rev. Jonathan Swift/Volume 8/An Inscription Intended For a Compartment in Dr. Swift's Monument|An Inscription Intended For a Compartment in Dr. Swift's Monument]]'' (1765) * ''[[The Works of the Rev. Jonathan Swift/Volume 8/To the Memory of Dr. Swift|To the Memory of Dr. Swift]]'' (1755) ==See also== The collective texts and anthologies that were previously listed here may now be found at [[Portal:Collective works]]. [[Category:Anonymous texts|*]] [[fr:Wikisource:Textes anonymes]] bl5icu8ruvb4iy8esbppm1h4enqdawc Wikisource:Authors-F 4 16213 14130518 13949026 2024-04-26T03:22:37Z Yodin 174939 /* Fr */ updating [[Author:Augusta Frederica Frere]] link after page move wikitext text/x-wiki {{author index page|F}} ==Fa== * [[Author:Frederick William Faber|Faber, Frederick William]] (1814–1863) * [[Author:Johann Christian Fabricius|Fabricius, Johann Christian]] (1745–1808) * [[Author:James Bernard Fagan|Fagan, James Bernard]] (1873–1933) * [[Author:Louis Alexander Fagan|Fagan, Louis Alexander]] (1845–1903) * [[Author:Estelle Faguette|Faguette, Estelle]] (1843–1929) * [[Author:Andrew Martin Fairbairn|Fairbairn, Andrew Martin]] (1838–1912) * [[Author:Arthur Fairbanks|Fairbanks, Arthur]] (1864–1944) * [[Author:Dorothea Fairbridge|Fairbridge, Dorothea]] (1862–1931) * [[Author:William Henry Fairbrother|Fairbrother, William Henry]] (1859–1927) * [[Author:Charles S. Fairchild|Fairchild, Charles Stebbins]] (1842–1924) * [[Author:Herman LeRoy Fairchild|Fairchild, Herman LeRoy]] (1850–1943) * [[Author:Marion Fairfax|Fairfax, Marion]] (1875–1970) * [[Author:Thomas Fairfax|Fairfax, Thomas]] (1612–1671) * [[Author:Francis Gerry Fairfield|Fairfield, Francis Gerry]] (1844–1887) * [[Author:Richard Falckenberg|Falckenberg, Richard]] (1851–1920) * [[Author:Edmund Falconer|Falconer, Edmund]] (1814–1879) * [[Author:Hugh Falconer|Falconer, Hugh]] (1808–1865) * [[Author:Cæsar Litton Falkiner|Falkiner, Caesar Litton]] (1863–1908) * [[Author:J. Meade Falkner|Falkner, John Meade]] (1858–1932) * [[Author:Roland Post Falkner|Falkner, Roland P.]] (1866–1940) * [[Author:Thomas McCall Fallow|Fallow, Thomas McCall]] (1847–1910) * [[Author:Julian Fane|Fane, Julian]] (1827–1870) * [[Author:John Fannin|Fannin, John]] (1837–1904) * [[Author:Tolbert Fanning|Fanning, Tolbert]] (1810–1874) * [[Author:Dean Spruill Fansler|Fansler, Dean Spruill]] (1885–1945) * [[Author:Michael Faraday|Faraday, Michael]] (1791–1867) * [[Author:Jerome H. Farbar|Farbar, Jerome Hammond]] (1886–1959) * [[Author:Tiffany Rose Farchione|Farchione, Tiffany Rose]] (fl. 2023) * [[Author:William Farel|Farel, William]] (1489–1565) * [[Author:Benjamin Lyons Farinholt|Farinholt, Benjamin Lyons]] (1839–1919) * [[Author:Masood Farivar|Farivar, Masood]] (1969-) * [[Author:Eleanor Farjeon|Farjeon, Eleanor]] (1791–1867) * [[Author:Fannie Farmer|Farmer, Fannie Merritt]] (1857–1915) * [[Author:John Bretland Farmer|Farmer, John Bretland]] (1865–1944) * [[Author:T. Erskine May, 1st Baron Farnborough|Farnborough, Thomas Erskine May, 1st Baron]] (1815–1886) * [[Author:Lewis Richard Farnell|Farnell, Lewis Richard]] (1856–1934) * [[Author:John Jeffery Farnol|Farnol, John Jeffery]] (1878–1952) * [[Author:Richard Farnworth|Farnworth, Richard]] (d. 1666) * [[Author:George Farquhar|Farquhar, George]] (c. 1678–1707) * [[Author:William Henry Farquhar|Farquhar, William Henry]] (1813–1887) * [[Author:Robert Farquharson|Farquharson, Robert]] (1837–1918) * [[Author:Max Farrand|Farrand, Max]] (1869–1945) * [[Author:Frederic William Farrar|Farrar, Frederic William]] (1831–1903) * [[Author:Arthur Farrell|Farrell, Arthur]] (1877–1909) * [[Author:John Farrell|Farrell, John]] (1851–1904) * [[Author:Thomas Farren|Farren, Thomas]] * [[Author:James Anson Farrer|Farrer, James Anson]] (1849–1925) * [[Author:Sarah Farro|Farro, Sarah]] (1859–?) * [[Author:Armand-Prosper Faugère|Faugère, Armand-Prosper]] (1810–1887) * [[Author:Henry Faulds|Faulds, Henry]] (1843–1930) * [[Author:George Faulkner|Faulkner, George]] (1703–1775) * [[Author:Georgene Faulkner|Faulkner, Georgene]] (1873–1958) * '''[[Author:William Faulkner|Faulkner, William]]''' (1897–1962) * [[Author:Sébastien Faure|Faure, Sébastien]] (1858–1942) * [[Author:Andrew Robert Fausset|Fausset, Andrew Robert]] (1821–1910) * [[Author:Antonio Favaro|Favaro, Antonio]] (1847–1922) * [[Author:Abner Fawcett|Fawcett, Abner]] (–) * [[Author:Curtis Fawcett|Fawcett, Curtis]] (–) * [[Author:Edgar Fawcett|Fawcett, Edgar]] (1847–1904) * [[Author:Erasmus Rigney Fawcett|Fawcett, Erasmus Rigney]] (–) * [[Author:Joseph Fawcett|Fawcett, Joseph]] (1771–1844) * [[Author:Lyle Branson Fawcett|Fawcett, Lyle Branson]] (1804–1838) * [[Author:Willis Fawcett|Fawcett, Willis]] (1809–1878) * [[Author:Edwin Whitfield Fay|Fay, Edwin Whitfield]] (1865–1920) * [[Author:Joseph Fayrer|Fayrer, Joseph]] (1824–1907) ==Fe== * [[Author:Carl Adolf Feilberg|Feilberg, Carl Adolf]] (1844–1887) * [[Author:Henry Wemyss Feilden|Feilden, Henry Wemyss]] (1838–1921) * [[Author:Peter Feit|Feit, Peter]] (1883–1968) * [[Author:Joseph John Fekl|Fekl, Joseph John]] (1883–1954) * [[Author:Andreas Andersen Feldborg|Feldborg, Andreas Andersen]] (1782–1838) * [[Author:Herbert Granville Fell|Fell, Herbert Granville]] (1872–1952) * [[Author:Owen Feltham|Feltham, Owen]] (1602–1668) * [[Author:George Manville Fenn|Fenn, George Manville]] (1831–1909) * [[Author:Charles Augustus Maude Fennell|Fennell, Charles Augustus Maude]] (1843–1916) * [[Author:Ernest Francisco Fenollosa|Fenollosa, Ernest Francisco]] (1853–1908) * [[Author:Isabella Fenton|Fenton, Isabella]] (''c''. 1840–1908) * [[Author:Eliza Fenwick|Fenwick, Eliza]] (1766–1840) * [[Author:Edna Ferber|Ferber, Edna]] (1885–1968) * [[Author:Afan Ferddig|Ferddig, Afan]] (fl. 633) * [[Author:Ferdinand I of the Two Sicilies|Ferdinand I of the Two Sicilies]] (1751–1825) * [[Author:Pierre Féret|Féret, Pierre]] (1830–1912) * [[Author:Charles William Ferguson|Ferguson, Charles William]] (1847–1940) * [[Author:John Ferguson|Ferguson, John]] (1838–1916) * [[Author:Malcolm Magoun Ferguson|Ferguson, Malcolm Magoun]] (1919–2011) * [[Author:Richard Saul Ferguson|Ferguson, Richard Saul]] (1837–1900) * [[Author:James Fergusson (1808-1886)|Fergusson, James]] (1808–1886) * [[Author:Mikuláš Ferjenčík|Ferjenčík, Mikuláš]] (1904–1988) * [[Author:Pierre de Fermat|de Fermat, Pierre]] (1601–1665) * [[Author:Fanny Fern|Fern, Fanny]] (1811–1872) * [[Author:Gustave Ferrari|Ferrari, Gustave]] (1872–1948) * [[Author:Lodovico Ferrari|Ferrari, Lodovico]] (1522–1565) * [[Author:William Ferrel|Ferrel, William]] (1817–1891) * [[Author:Francisco Ferrer|Ferrer, Francisco]] (1859–1909) * [[Author:Guglielmo Ferrero|Ferrero, Guglielmo]] (1871–1942) * [[Author:James Moir Ferres|Ferres, James Moir]] (1813–1870) * [[Author:Enrico Ferri|Ferri, Enrico]] (1856–1929) * [[Author:Luigi Ferri|Ferri, Luigi]] (1826–1895) * [[Author:Albert Warren Ferris|Ferris, Albert Warren]] (1856–1937) * [[Author:James Frederick Ferrier|Ferrier, James Frederick]] (1808–1864) * [[Author:James Walter Ferrier|Ferrier, James Walter]] (1850–1883) * [[Author:Susan Edmonstoune Ferrier|Ferrier, Susan Edmonstoune]] (1782–1854) * [[Author:Scipione del Ferro|del Ferro, Scipione]] (1465–1526) * [[Author:Afanasy Fet|Fet, Afanasy]] (1820–1892) * [[Author:Frank Albert Fetter|Fetter, Frank Albert]] (1863–1949) * [[Author:Douglas E. Fetters|Fetters, Douglas E.]] (19??– ) * [[Author:Ludwig Andreas Feuerbach|Feuerbach, Ludwig]] (1804–1872) * [[Author:Albert Feuillerat|Feuillerat, Albert]] (1874–1952) * [[Author:Octave Feuillet|Feuillet, Octave]] (1821–1890) * [[Author:Jesse Walter Fewkes|Fewkes, Jesse Walter]] (1850–1930) ==Ff== * [[Author:Constance Jocelyn Ffoulkes|Ffoulkes, Constance Jocelyn]] (1858–1950) ==Fi== * [[Author:Saint Fiacc|Fiacc, Saint]] (415–520) * [[Author:Johann Gottlieb Fichte|Fichte, Johann Gottlieb]] (1762–1814) * [[Author:John Rose Ficklen|Ficklen, John Rose]] (1858–1907) * [[Author:Charles François Maximilien Marie de Ficquelmont|de Ficquelmont, Charles François Maximilien Marie]] (1819–1891) * [[Author:Arthur Mostyn Field|Field, Admiral Sir Arthur Mostyn]] (1855–1950) * [[Author:Claud Field|Field, Claud]] (1863–1941) * [[Author:Eugene Field|Field, Eugene]] (1850–1895) * [[Author:Mary Katherine Keemle Field|Field, Mary Katherine Keemle]] (1838–1896) * [[Author:Stephen Johnson Field|Field, Stephen Johnson]] (1816–1899) * '''[[Author:Henry Fielding|Fielding, Henry]]''' (1707–1754) * [[Author:Sarah Fielding|Fielding, Sarah]] (1710–1768) * [[Author:James Thomas Fields|Fields, James Thomas]] (1817–1881) * [[Author:John Neville Figgis|Figgis, John Neville]] (1866–1919) * [[Author:Mike Figueredo|Figueredo, Mike]] * [[Author:Edite Figueiras|Figueiras, Edite]] * [[Author:Louis Figuier|Figuier, Louis]] (1819–1894) * [[Author:Bohdan Anton Filipi|Filipi, Bohdan Anton]] (1880–1952) * [[Author:Emil František Josef Filla|Filla, Emil František Josef]] (1882–1953) * [[Author:Millard Fillmore|Fillmore, Millard]] (1800–1874) * [[Author:Robert Filmer|Filmer, Robert]] (1588–1653) * [[Author:Augustin Filon|Filon, (Pierre Marie) Augustin]] (1841–1916) * [[Author:John Filson|Filson, John]] (1753–1788) * [[Author:Orontius Finaeus|Finaeus, Orontius]] (1494–1555) * [[Author:Anne Finch, Countess of Winchilsea|Finch, Anne]] (1661–1720) * [[Author:Henry Theophilus Finck|Finck, Henry Theophilus]] (1854–1926) * [[Author:John Ritchie Findlay|Findlay, John Ritchie]] (1824–1898) * [[Author:Joseph John Findlay|Findlay, Joseph John]] (1860–1940) * [[Author:Thomas Edward Finegan|Finegan, Thomas Edward]] (1866–1932) * [[Author:William Finlay|Finlay, William]] (1853–1914) * [[Author:Arthur Robert Morrison Finlayson|Finlayson, Arthur Robert Morrison]] (1854–1910) * [[Author:John Huston Finley|Finley, John Huston]] (1863–1940) * [[Author:William Lovell Finley|Finley, William Lovell]] (1876–1953) * [[Author:Frank Finn|Finn, Frank]] (1862–1932) * [[Author:Pier Angelo Fiorentino|Fiorentino, Pier Angelo]] (1811–1864) * [[Author:Ina Ten Eyck Firkins|Firkins, Ina Ten Eyck]] (1866–1937) * [[Author:Charles Harding Firth|Firth, Sir Charles Harding]] (1857–1936) * [[Author:Henry William Fischer|Fischer, Henry William]] (1856–1932) * [[Author:Joseph Fischer|Fischer, Joseph]] (1858–1944) * [[Author:Otokar Fischer|Fischer, Otokar]] (1883–1938) * [[Author:Albert Fish|Fish, Albert]] (1870–1936) * [[Author:Carl Russell Fish|Fish, Carl Russell]] (1876–1932) * [[Author:Daniel Fish|Fish, Daniel]] (1848–1924) * [[Author:James Leonard Fish|Fish, James Leonard]] (1828–1906) * [[Author:Simon Fish|Fish, Simon]] (?–1531) * [[Author:William Pinckney Fishback|Fishback, William Pinckney]] (1831–1901) * [[Author:Albert Kenrick Fisher|Fisher, Albert Kenrick]] (1856–1948) * [[Author:Alexander Fisher|Fisher, Alexander]] (1864–1936) * [[Author:George Jackson Fisher|Fisher, George Jackson]] (1825–1893) * [[Author:Ivan Fisher|Fisher, Ivan]] (fl. 1940s) * [[Author:Joseph Robert Fisher|Fisher, Joseph Robert]] (1855–1939) * [[Author:Ludvík Fisher|Fisher, Ludvík]] (1880–1945) * [[Author:Sydney George Fisher|Fisher, Sydney George]] (1856–1927) * [[Author:William Arms Fisher|Fisher, William Arms]] (1861–1948) * [[Author:William Richard Fisher|Fisher, William Richard]] (1824–1888) * [[Author:Amos Kidder Fiske|Fiske, Amos Kidder]] (1842–1921) * [[Author:Bradley Allen Fiske|Fiske, Bradley Allen]] (1854–1942) * [[Author:John Fiske|Fiske, John]] (1842–1901) * [[Author:Willard Fiske|Fiske, Daniel Willard]] (1831–1904) * [[Author:Lorimer Fison|Fison, Lorimer]] (1832–1907) * [[Author:Clyde Fitch|Fitch, Clyde]] (1865–1909) * [[Author:Edward Arthur Fitch|Fitch, Edward Arthur]] (1854–1912) * [[Author:Ralph Fitch|Fitch, Ralph]] (c. 1550 – 1611) * [[Author:Joshua Girling Fitch|Fitch, Sir Joshua Girling]] (1824–1903) * [[Author:Walter Hood Fitch|Fitch, Walter Hood]] (1817–1892) * [[Author:John Fitchett|Fitchett, John]] (1776–1838) * [[Author:Pavel Fitin|Fitin, Pavel]] (1907–1971) * [[Author:William Henry Fitton|Fitton, William Henry]] (1780–1861) * [[Author:Clare Fitzgerald|Fitzgerald, Clare]] (1831–1913) * [[Author:Edward FitzGerald|FitzGerald, Edward]] (1809–1883) * [[Author:Edward Mary Fitzgerald|Fitzgerald, Edward Mary]] (1833–1907) * '''[[Author:F. Scott Fitzgerald|Fitzgerald, F. Scott]]''' (1896–1940) * [[Author:George Francis FitzGerald|FitzGerald, George Francis]] (1851–1901) * [[Author:Geraldine Penrose Fitzgerald|Fitzgerald, Geraldine Penrose]] (1846–1939) * [[Author:John Donohoe FitzGerald|FitzGerald, John Donohoe]] (1848–1918) * [[Author:Percy Hetherington Fitzgerald|Fitzgerald, Percy Hethrington]] (1843–1925) * [[Author:Mr Fitzherbert|Fitzherbert, Mr.]] * [[Author:Percy Keese Fitzhugh|Fitzhugh, Percy Keese]] (1876–1950) * [[Author:Anne FitzMaurice|FitzMaurice, Anne]] * [[Author:George Fitzmaurice|Fitzmaurice, George]] (1885/1887–1940) * [[Author:James Fitzmaurice-Kelly|Fitzmaurice-Kelly, James]] (1858–1923) * [[Author:Edmond George Fitzmaurice|Petty-Fitzmaurice, Edmond George]] (1846–1935) * [[Author:Francis Willford Fitzpatrick|Fitzpatrick, Francis Willford]] (1863–1931) * [[Author:William John FitzPatrick|FitzPatrick, William John]] (1830–1895) * [[Author:Robert FitzRoy|FitzRoy, Robert]] (1805–1865) ==Fl== * [[Author:Horace|'''Flaccus, Quintus Horatius''']] (65 BCE–8 BCE) * [[Author:Azariah Cutting Flagg|Flagg, Azariah Cutting]] (1790–1873) * [[Author:Nicolas Flamel|Flamel, Nicolas]] (1330–1418) * [[Author:Camille Flammarion|Flammarion, Camille]] (1842–1925) * [[Author:Roderick J. Flanagan|Flanagan, Roderick J.]] (1828–1862) * [[Author:Gustave Flaubert|Flaubert, Gustave]] (1821–1880) * [[Author:John Flavel|Flavel, John]] (1627–1691) * [[Author:John Flaxman|Flaxman, John]] (1755–1826) * [[Author:Esprit Fléchier|Fléchier, Esprit]] (1632–1710) * [[Author:James Elroy Flecker|Flecker, James Elroy]] (1884–1915) * [[Author:James Van Fleet|van Fleet, James]] (1892–1992) * [[Author:John Faithfull Fleet|Fleet, John Faithfull]] (1847–1917) * [[Author:Charles James Nicol Fleming|Fleming, Charles James Nicol]] (1868–1948) * [[Author:John Ambrose Fleming|Fleming, John Ambrose]] (1849–1945) * [[Author:May Agnes Fleming|Fleming, May Agnes]] (1840–1880) * [[Author:Paul Fleming|Fleming, Paul]] (1609–1640) * [[Author:William Henry Fleming|Fleming, William H.]] (1856–1944) * [[Author:Walter Lynwood Fleming|Fleming, Walter Lynwood]] (1874–1932) * [[Author:William Westropp Flemyng|Flemyng, William Westropp]] (1850–1921) * [[Author:Alfred Ewen Fletcher|Fletcher, Alfred Ewen]] (1841–1915) * [[Author:Andrew Fletcher|Fletcher, Andrew]] (1653–1716) * [[Author:John Fletcher|Fletcher, John]] (1579–1625) * [[Author:Lazarus Fletcher|Fletcher, Lazarus]] (1854–1921) * [[Author:William Fletcher|Fletcher, William]] (1810–1900) * [[Author:William George Dimock Fletcher|Fletcher, William George Dimock]] (1851–1935) * [[Author:William Younger Fletcher|Fletcher, William Younger]] (1830–1913) * [[Author:John Smith Flett|Flett, Sir John Smith]] (1869–1947) * [[Author:Matthew Flinders|Flinders, Matthew]] (1774–1814) * [[Author:Homer Eon Flint|Flint, Homer Eon]] (1888–1924) * [[Author:Robert Flint|Flint, Robert]] (1838–1910) * [[Author:Daniel John Flood|Flood, Daniel John]] (1903–1994) * [[Author:John Florio|Florio, John]] (1553–1625) * [[Author:Karl Adolf Florenz|Florenz, Karl Adolf]] (1865–1939) * [[Author:William Flower|Flower, William]] (1685–1746) * [[Author:William Henry Flower|Flower, Sir William Henry]] (1831–1899) * [[Author:Juanita Helm Floyd|Floyd, Juanita Helm]] (1880–1979) * [[Author:Elizabeth Gurley Flynn|Flynn, Elizabeth Gurley]] (1890–1964)) ==Fo== * [[Author:Wilhelm Olbers Focke|Focke, Wilhelm Olbers]] (1834–1922) * [[Author:Antonio Fogazzaro|Fogazzaro, Antonio]] (1842–1911) * [[Author:Emil Folda|Folda, Emil]] (1866–1935) * [[Author:George Folsom|Folsom, George]] (1802–1869) * [[Author:Anthony Folta|Folta, Anthony]] (1884–1937) * [[Author:Albany de Grenier Fonblanque|Fonblanque, Albany de Grenier]] (1829–1924) * [[Author:Albany William Fonblanque|Fonblanque, Albany William]] (1793–1872) * [[Author:Clarence Albert Fonerden|Fonerden, Clarence Albert]] (1841–1920) * [[Author:John Fontaine|Fontaine, John]] (1693–1767) * [[Author:Pierre Desfontaines|Desfontaines, Pierre]] (1685–1745) * [[Author:Carlo Fontana|Fontana, Carlo]] (1638–1714) * [[Author:Domenico Fontana|Fontana, Domenico]] (1543–1607) * [[Author:Arthur De Wint Foote|Foote, Arthur De Wint]] (1849–1933) * [[Author:Elisha Foote|Foote, Elisha]] (1809–1883) * [[Author:Samuel Foote|Foote, Samuel]] (1720–1777) * [[Author:Mary Hannay Foott|Foott, Mary Hannay]] (1846–1918) * [[Author:Alexander Penrose Forbes|Forbes, Alexander Penrose]] (1817–1875) * [[Author:Annabella Keith Forbes|Forbes, Annabella Keith]] (1855–1922) * [[Author:Archibald Forbes|Forbes, Archibald]] (1838–1900) * [[Author:Duncan Forbes|Forbes, Duncan]] (1798–1868) * [[Author:Edward Forbes|Forbes, Edward]] (1815–1854) * [[Author:George Forbes|Forbes, George]] (1849–1936) * [[Author:Henry Ogg Forbes|Forbes, Henry Ogg]] (1851–1932) * [[Author:James David Forbes|Forbes, James David]] (1809–1868) * [[Author:John Forbes (1787-1861)|John Forbes]] (1787–1861) * [[Author:Nevill Forbes|Forbes, Nevill]] (1883–1929) * [[Author:Patrick Forbes|Forbes, Patrick]] (1776–1847) * [[Author:Charles Ford|Ford, Charles]] * [[Author:Ford Madox Ford|Ford, Ford Madox]] (1873–1939) * [[Author:Gerald Ford|Ford, Jr., Gerald Rudolph]] (1913–2006) * [[Author:Henry Ford|Ford, Henry]] (1863–1947) * [[Author:Tirey_Lafayette_Ford | Tirey Lafayette Ford]] (1857–1928) * [[Author:Henry Justice Ford|Ford, Henry Justice]] (1860–1941) * [[Author:Thomas Ford (1800-1850)|Ford, Thomas]] (1800–1850) * [[Author:Walter Armitage Justice Ford|Ford, Walter Armitage Justice]] (1861–1938) * [[Author:William Justice Ford|Ford, William Justice]] (1853–1904) * [[Author:Auguste-Henri Forel|Forel, Auguste-Henri]] (1848–1931) * [[Author:François-Alphonse Forel|Forel, François-Alphonse]] (1841–1912) * [[Author:Evelyn Forest|Forest, Evelyn]] (''fl''. 1860s–1870s) * [[Author:French Forrest|Forrest, French]] (1796–1866) * [[Author:Herbert Edward Forrest|Forrest, Herbert Edward]] (1858–1942) * [[Author:John Forrest|Forrest, John]] (1847–1918) * [[Author:Peter Forsskål|Forsskål, Peter]] (1732–1763) * [[Author:Ernst Förstemann|Förstemann, Ernst]] (1822–1906) * [[Author:Edward Morgan Forster|Forster, Edward Morgan]] (1879–1970) * [[Author:Georg Forster|Forster, Georg]] (1754–1794) * [[Author:Johann Reinhold Forster|Forster, Johann Reinhold]] (1729–1798) * [[Author:John Forster (historian)|Forster, John]] (1812–1876) * [[Author:Andrew Russell Forsyth|Forsyth, Andrew Russell]] (1858–1942) * [[Author:Joseph Forsyth|Forsyth, Joseph]] (1763–1815) * [[Author:William Forsyth|Forsyth, William]] (1812–1899) * [[Author:Charles Fort|Fort, Charles]] (1874–1932) * [[Author:Robert le Fort|Fort, Robert le]] (820–866) * [[Author:Abe Fortas|Fortas, Abe]] (1910–1982) * [[Author:Adrian Fortescue|Fortescue, Adrian]] (1874–1923) * [[Author:George Knottesford Fortescue|Fortescue, George Knottesford]] (1847–1912) * [[Author:William Fortescue|Fortescue, William]] (1687–1749) * [[Author:Charles Fortescue-Brickdale|Fortescue-Brickdale, Sir Charles]] (1857–1944) * [[Author:James Fortescue-Flannery|Fortescue-Flannery, Sir James]] (1851–1943) * [[Author:Robert Fortune|Fortune, Robert]] (1812–1880) * [[Author:Timothy Thomas Fortune|Fortune, Timothy Thomas]] (1856–1928) * [[Author:Cyrus David Foss|Foss, Cyrus David]] (1834–1910) * [[Author:John Foster|Foster, John]] (1770–1843) * [[Author:John Watson Foster|Foster, John W.]] (1836–1917) * [[Author:Joseph Foster|Foster, Joseph]] (1844–1905) * [[Author:Michael Foster|Foster, Sir Michael]] (1836–1907) * [[Author:Murphy James Foster, Jr.|Foster, Mike]] (b. 1930) * [[Author:Randolph Sinks Foster|Foster, Randolph Sinks]] (1820–1903) * [[Author:William Foster|Foster, Sir William]] (1863–1951) * [[Author:William Eaton Foster|Foster, William Eaton]] (1851–1930) * [[Author:Thomas Campbell Foster|Foster, Thomas]] (1813–1882) * [[Author:William Trufant Foster|Foster, William Trufant]] (1879–1950) * [[Author:John Milner Fothergill|Fothergill, John Milner]] (1841–1888) * [[Author:William Edward Fothergill|Fothergill, William Edward]] (1865–1926) * [[Author:Alfred Charles Auguste Foucher|Foucher, Alfred Charles Auguste]] (1865–1952) * [[Author:Alfred Jules Émile Fouillée|Fouillée, Alfred Jules Émile]] (1838–1912) * [[Author:Andrew Fountaine|Fountaine, Andrew]] (1676–1753) * [[Author:Caroline de la Motte Fouqué|Fouqué, Caroline de la Motte]] (1773–1831) * [[Author:Friedrich Heinrich Karl de la Motte Fouqué|Fouqué, Friedrich Heinrich Karl de la Motte]] (1777–1843) * [[Author:the Four Bears|The Four Bears]] (1795–1837) * [[Author:Jean Baptiste Joseph Fourier|Fourier, Jean Baptiste Joseph]] (1768–1830) * [[Author:Thomas Welbank Fowle|Fowle, Thomas Welbank]] (1835–1903) * [[Author:William Bentley Fowle|Fowle, William Bentley]] (1795–1865) * [[Author:Charles Fowler|Fowler, Charles]] (1792–1867) * [[Author:Charles Henry Fowler|Fowler, Charles Henry]] (1837–1908) * [[Author:Daniel Fowler|Fowler, Daniel]] (1810–1894) * [[Author:Ellen Thorneycroft Fowler|Fowler, Ellen Thorneycroft]] (1860–1929) * [[Author:Henry Watson Fowler|Fowler, Henry Watson]] (1858–1933) * [[Author:Reginald Fowler|Fowler, Reginald]] (1820–1894) * [[Author:Thomas Fowler|Fowler, Thomas]] (1832–1904) * [[Author:William Warde Fowler|Fowler, William Warde]] (1847–1921) * [[Author:William Weekes Fowler|Fowler, William Weekes]] (1849–1923) * [[Author:William Fownes|Fownes, William]] (?–1735) * [[Author:Charles James Fox|Fox, Charles James]] (1749–1806) * [[Author:George Fox|Fox, George]] (1624–1691) * [[Author:George Henry Fox|Fox, George Henry]] (1846–1937) * [[Author:James J. Fox|Fox, James J.]] (1852–1923) * [[Author:Peter Fox André|Fox, Peter]] (1831–''c.'' 1869) * [[Author:Thomas William Fox|Fox, Thomas William]] (?–1917) * [[Author:William Storrs Fox|Fox, William Storrs]] (1859–1951) * [[Author:Arthur Charles Fox-Davies|Fox-Davies, Arthur Charles ]] (1871–1928) * [[Author:John Foxe|Foxe, John]] (1517–1587) * [[Author:St George Lane Fox-Pitt|Fox-Pitt, St George Lane]] (1856–1932) ==Fr== * [[Author:Louis C. Fraina|Fraina, Louis C.]] (1892–1953) * [[Author:James Everett Frame|Frame, James Everett]] (1868–1956) * [[Author:Robert Edward Francillon|Francillon, Robert Edward]] (1841–1919) * [[Author:David Rowland Francis|Francis, David Rowland]] (1850–1927) * [[Author:John Collins Francis|Francis, John Collins]] (1838–1916) * [[Author:Francis of Assisi|Francis of Assisi]] (1181–1226) * [[Author:Francis|'''Francis, Pope''']] (1936–) * [[Author:Vida Hunt Francis|Francis, Vida Hunt]] (1870–1957) * [[Author:Johann Franck|Franck, Johann]] (1618–1677) * [[Author:Thomas Francklin|Francklin, Thomas]] (1724–1784) * [[Author:Adolf Frank|Frank, Adolf]] (1834–1916) * [[Author:Barney Frank|Frank, Barney]] (1940–) * [[Author:Tenney Frank|Frank, Tenney]] (1876–1939) * [[Author:Felix Frankfurter|Frankfurter, Felix]] (1882–1965) * [[Author:Oskar Frankfurter|Frankfurter, Oskar]] (1852–1922) * [[Author:Benjamin Franklin|Franklin, Benjamin]] (1706–1790) * [[Author:John Franklin|Franklin, John]] (1786–1847) * [[Author:Miles Franklin|Franklin, Stella Maria Sarah Miles]] (1879–1954) * [[Author:Horace George Franks|Franks, Horace George]] (1894–1987) * [[Author:Henri Frantz|Frantz, Henri]] * [[Author:Jeff Franzmann|Franzmann, Jeff]] (1973–present) * [[Author:Alexander Campbell Fraser|Fraser, Alexander Campbell]] (1819–1914) * [[Author:Alexander Charles Fraser|Fraser, Alexander Charles]] (1815–1882) * [[Author:Andrew Henderson Leith Fraser|Fraser, Andrew Henderson Leith]] (1848–1919) * [[Author:Charles Fraser (1788-1831)|Fraser, Charles]] (1788–1831) * [[Author:Charles Fraser (1823-1886)|Fraser, Charles]] (1823–1886) * [[Author:John Fraser|Fraser, John]] * [[Author:Mary Crawford Fraser|Fraser, Mary Crawford]] (1851–1922) * [[Author:William Fraser|Fraser, William]] (1810–1872) * [[Author:James Frazer|Frazer, James]] (1854–1941) * [[Author:James George Frazer|Frazer, James George]] (1854–1941) * [[Author:William Fream|Fream, William]] (1854–1906) * [[Author:Walter Francis Frear|Frear, Walter Francis]] (1863–1948) * [[Author:Harold Frederic|Frederic, Harold]] (1856–1898) * [[Author:Frederick II, Holy Roman Emperor|Frederick II, Holy Roman Emperor]] (1194–1250) * [[Author:Alfred Fredericks|Fredericks, Alfred]] (1853–1926) * [[Author:Benjamin Freedman|Freedman, Benjamin]] (1890–1984) * [[Author:Edward Augustus Freeman|Freeman, Edward Augustus]] (1823–1892) * [[Author:Frank Nugent Freeman|Freeman, Frank Nugent]] (1880–1961) * [[Author:Thomas Freeman|Freeman, Thomas]] (c. 1590 – 1630) * [[Author:John Frederick Freeman|Freeman, John Frederick]] (1880–1929) * [[Author:Mary Eleanor Wilkins Freeman|Freeman, Mary Eleanor Wilkins]] (1852–1930) * [[Author:R. Austin Freeman|Freeman, Richard Austin]] (1862–1943) * [[Author:William George Freeman|Freeman, William George]] (1874–?) * [[Author:Algernon Bertram Freeman-Mitford|Freeman-Mitford, Algernon Bertram]] (1837–1916) * [[Author:John Henry Freese|Freese, John Henry]] (1852–1930) * [[Author:Gottlob Frege|Frege, Gottlob]] (1848–1925) * [[Author:Hermann Ferdinand Freiligrath|Freiligrath, Hermann Ferdinand]] (1810–1876) * [[Author:Robert Freind|Freind, Robert]] (1667–1751) * [[Author:Charles Fremantle|Fremantle, Charles Howe]] (1800–1869) * [[Author:Sydney Fremantle|Fremantle, Sydney Robert]] (1867–1958) * [[Author:William Henry Fremantle|Fremantle, William Henry]] (1831–1916) * [[Author:John French|French, John]] (1616–1657) * [[Author:Justus Clement French|French, Justus Clement]] (1839–?) * [[Author:Samuel Bassett French|French, Samuel Bassett]] (1820–1889) * [[Author:William Percy French|French, William Percy]] (1854–1920) * [[Author:Philip Morin Freneau|Freneau, Philip Morin]] (1752–1832) * [[Author:Bernard Frénicle de Bessy|Frénicle de Bessy, Bernard]] (c. 1605–1675) * [[Author:Augusta Frederica Frere|Frere, Augusta Frederica]] (fl. 1853–1863) * [[Author:Henry Bartle Frere|Frere, Henry Bartle]] (1815–1884) * [[Author:Mary Eliza Isabella Frere|Frere, Mary]] (1845–1911) * [[Author:Douglas William Freshfield|Freshfield, Douglas William]] (1845–1934) * [[Author:Sigmund Freud|Freud, Sigmund]] (1856–1939) * [[Author:Louis Claude de Saulces de Freycinet|de Freycinet, Louis Claude de Saulces]] (1779–1842) * [[Author:Jaroslav Vrchlický|Frida, Emil Jakub]] (1853–1912) * [[Author:Michael Friedländer|Friedländer, Michael]] (1833–1910) * [[Author:Friedrich Maria Albrecht Wilhelm Karl of Austria|Friedrich Maria Albrecht Wilhelm Karl of Austria]] (1856–1936) * [[Author:Henry Friendly|Friendly, Henry]] (1903–1986) * [[Author:James Hain Friswell|Friswell, James Hain]] (1825–1878) * [[Author:Henry Frith|Frith, Henry]] (1840–1910) * [[Author:Charles Froebel|Froebel, Charles]] (1836–1886) * [[Author:Sextus Julius Frontinus|Frontinus, Sextus Julius]] (40–103) * [[Author:Andrew Hollingworth Frost|Frost, Andrew Hollingworth]] (1819–1907) * [[Author:E. Allen Frost|Frost, E. Allen]] (1871–1963) * [[Author:Robert Frost|Frost, Robert]] (1874–1963) * [[Author:Octavius Brooks Frothingham|Frothingham, Octavius Brooks]] (1822–1895) * [[Author:Richard Hurrell Froude|Froude, Richard Hurrell]] (1803–1836) * [[Author:Frumentius|Frumentius]] (4th Century–383) * [[Author:Caroline Fry|Fry, Caroline]] (1787–1846) * [[Author:Edward Fry|Fry, Sir Edward]] (1827–1918) * [[Author:Emma Sheridan Fry|Fry, Emma Sheridan]] (1864–1936) ==Fu== * [[Author:Leonhart Fuchs|Fuchs, Leonhart]] (1501–1566) * [[Author:Louis Agassiz Fuertes|Fuertes, Louis Agassiz]] (1874–1927) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Akisuke|Fujiwara no Akisuke]] (1090–1155) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Asatada|Fujiwara no Asatada]] (910–967) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Atsutada|Fujiwara no Atsutada]] (906–943) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Atsuyori|Fujiwara no Atsuyori]] (1090–1182) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Ietaka|Fujiwara no Ietaka]] (1158–1237) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Kanesuke|Fujiwara no Kanesuke]] (877–933) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Kintō|Fujiwara no Kintō]] (966–1041) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Kiyosuke|Fujiwara no Kiyosuke]] (1104–1177) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Koretada|Fujiwara no Koretada]] (924–972) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Michimasa|Fujiwara no Michimasa]] (994–1052) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Michinobu|Fujiwara no Michinobu]] (972–994) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Michitsuna no Haha|Fujiwara no Michitsuna no Haha]] (936–995) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Mototoshi|Fujiwara no Mototoshi]] (1060–1142) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Okikaze|Fujiwara no Okikaze]] (9th–10th cent.) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Sadakata|Fujiwara no Sadakata]] (873–932) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Sadanaga|Fujiwara no Sadanaga]] (1139–12002) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Sadayori|Fujiwara no Sadayori]] (995–1045) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Sanekata|Fujiwara no Sanekata]] (10th cent.) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Shunzei|Fujiwara no Shunzei]] (1114–1204) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Tadahira|Fujiwara no Tadahira]] (880–949) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Tadamichi|Fujiwara no Tadamichi]] (1097–1164) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Teika|Fujiwara no Teika]] (1162–1241) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Toshiyuki|Fujiwara no Toshiyuki]] (?–907) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Yoshitaka|Fujiwara no Yoshitaka]] (954–974) * [[Author:Fun'ya no Asayasu|Fun'ya no Asayasu]] (9th cent.) * [[Author:Fun'ya no Yasuhide|Fun'ya no Yasuhide]] (9th cent.) * [[Author:Florence Anna Fulcher|Fulcher, Flora Anna]] (1861–1928) * [[Author:James Franklin Fuller|Fuller, James Franklin]] (1835–1924) * [[Author:Margaret Fuller|Fuller, Margaret]] (1810–1850) * [[Author:Melvin Fuller|Fuller, Melville Weston]] (1833–1910) * [[Author:Thomas Fuller|Fuller, Thomas]] (1608–1661) * [[Author:Georgiana Fullerton|Fullerton, Georgiana]] (1812–1885) * [[Author:Maurice Garland Fulton|Fulton, Maurice Garland]] (1877–1955) * [[Author:Robert Burwell Fulton|Fulton, Robert Burwell]] (1849–1919) * [[Author:Douglas Furber|Furber, Douglas]] (1885–1961) * [[Author:Henry Furneaux|Furneaux, Henry]] (1829–1900) * [[Author:Frederick James Furnivall|Furnivall, Frederick James]] (1825–1910) * [[Author:Joseph Furphy|Furphy, Joseph]] (1843–1912) * [[Author:Adolf Furtwängler|Furtwängler, Adolf]] (1853–1907) * [[Author:Henry Fuseli|Fuseli, Henry]] (1741–1825) * [[Author:Shimei Futabatei|Futabatei, Shimei]] (1864–1909) ==Fy== * [[Author:H. Hamilton Fyfe|Fyfe, Hamilton]] (1869–1951) * [[Author:James Hamilton Fyfe|Fyfe, James Hamilton]] (1837–1880) * [[Author:William Hamilton Fyfe|Fyfe, William Hamilton]] (1878–1965) * [[Author:Charles Alan Fyffe|Fyffe, Charles Alan]] (1845–1892) slk66afpsd1kllha8c4vtpz3g4yhl5m 14130519 14130518 2024-04-26T03:23:27Z Yodin 174939 /* Fr */ Augusta Frederica Frere dates wikitext text/x-wiki {{author index page|F}} ==Fa== * [[Author:Frederick William Faber|Faber, Frederick William]] (1814–1863) * [[Author:Johann Christian Fabricius|Fabricius, Johann Christian]] (1745–1808) * [[Author:James Bernard Fagan|Fagan, James Bernard]] (1873–1933) * [[Author:Louis Alexander Fagan|Fagan, Louis Alexander]] (1845–1903) * [[Author:Estelle Faguette|Faguette, Estelle]] (1843–1929) * [[Author:Andrew Martin Fairbairn|Fairbairn, Andrew Martin]] (1838–1912) * [[Author:Arthur Fairbanks|Fairbanks, Arthur]] (1864–1944) * [[Author:Dorothea Fairbridge|Fairbridge, Dorothea]] (1862–1931) * [[Author:William Henry Fairbrother|Fairbrother, William Henry]] (1859–1927) * [[Author:Charles S. Fairchild|Fairchild, Charles Stebbins]] (1842–1924) * [[Author:Herman LeRoy Fairchild|Fairchild, Herman LeRoy]] (1850–1943) * [[Author:Marion Fairfax|Fairfax, Marion]] (1875–1970) * [[Author:Thomas Fairfax|Fairfax, Thomas]] (1612–1671) * [[Author:Francis Gerry Fairfield|Fairfield, Francis Gerry]] (1844–1887) * [[Author:Richard Falckenberg|Falckenberg, Richard]] (1851–1920) * [[Author:Edmund Falconer|Falconer, Edmund]] (1814–1879) * [[Author:Hugh Falconer|Falconer, Hugh]] (1808–1865) * [[Author:Cæsar Litton Falkiner|Falkiner, Caesar Litton]] (1863–1908) * [[Author:J. Meade Falkner|Falkner, John Meade]] (1858–1932) * [[Author:Roland Post Falkner|Falkner, Roland P.]] (1866–1940) * [[Author:Thomas McCall Fallow|Fallow, Thomas McCall]] (1847–1910) * [[Author:Julian Fane|Fane, Julian]] (1827–1870) * [[Author:John Fannin|Fannin, John]] (1837–1904) * [[Author:Tolbert Fanning|Fanning, Tolbert]] (1810–1874) * [[Author:Dean Spruill Fansler|Fansler, Dean Spruill]] (1885–1945) * [[Author:Michael Faraday|Faraday, Michael]] (1791–1867) * [[Author:Jerome H. Farbar|Farbar, Jerome Hammond]] (1886–1959) * [[Author:Tiffany Rose Farchione|Farchione, Tiffany Rose]] (fl. 2023) * [[Author:William Farel|Farel, William]] (1489–1565) * [[Author:Benjamin Lyons Farinholt|Farinholt, Benjamin Lyons]] (1839–1919) * [[Author:Masood Farivar|Farivar, Masood]] (1969-) * [[Author:Eleanor Farjeon|Farjeon, Eleanor]] (1791–1867) * [[Author:Fannie Farmer|Farmer, Fannie Merritt]] (1857–1915) * [[Author:John Bretland Farmer|Farmer, John Bretland]] (1865–1944) * [[Author:T. Erskine May, 1st Baron Farnborough|Farnborough, Thomas Erskine May, 1st Baron]] (1815–1886) * [[Author:Lewis Richard Farnell|Farnell, Lewis Richard]] (1856–1934) * [[Author:John Jeffery Farnol|Farnol, John Jeffery]] (1878–1952) * [[Author:Richard Farnworth|Farnworth, Richard]] (d. 1666) * [[Author:George Farquhar|Farquhar, George]] (c. 1678–1707) * [[Author:William Henry Farquhar|Farquhar, William Henry]] (1813–1887) * [[Author:Robert Farquharson|Farquharson, Robert]] (1837–1918) * [[Author:Max Farrand|Farrand, Max]] (1869–1945) * [[Author:Frederic William Farrar|Farrar, Frederic William]] (1831–1903) * [[Author:Arthur Farrell|Farrell, Arthur]] (1877–1909) * [[Author:John Farrell|Farrell, John]] (1851–1904) * [[Author:Thomas Farren|Farren, Thomas]] * [[Author:James Anson Farrer|Farrer, James Anson]] (1849–1925) * [[Author:Sarah Farro|Farro, Sarah]] (1859–?) * [[Author:Armand-Prosper Faugère|Faugère, Armand-Prosper]] (1810–1887) * [[Author:Henry Faulds|Faulds, Henry]] (1843–1930) * [[Author:George Faulkner|Faulkner, George]] (1703–1775) * [[Author:Georgene Faulkner|Faulkner, Georgene]] (1873–1958) * '''[[Author:William Faulkner|Faulkner, William]]''' (1897–1962) * [[Author:Sébastien Faure|Faure, Sébastien]] (1858–1942) * [[Author:Andrew Robert Fausset|Fausset, Andrew Robert]] (1821–1910) * [[Author:Antonio Favaro|Favaro, Antonio]] (1847–1922) * [[Author:Abner Fawcett|Fawcett, Abner]] (–) * [[Author:Curtis Fawcett|Fawcett, Curtis]] (–) * [[Author:Edgar Fawcett|Fawcett, Edgar]] (1847–1904) * [[Author:Erasmus Rigney Fawcett|Fawcett, Erasmus Rigney]] (–) * [[Author:Joseph Fawcett|Fawcett, Joseph]] (1771–1844) * [[Author:Lyle Branson Fawcett|Fawcett, Lyle Branson]] (1804–1838) * [[Author:Willis Fawcett|Fawcett, Willis]] (1809–1878) * [[Author:Edwin Whitfield Fay|Fay, Edwin Whitfield]] (1865–1920) * [[Author:Joseph Fayrer|Fayrer, Joseph]] (1824–1907) ==Fe== * [[Author:Carl Adolf Feilberg|Feilberg, Carl Adolf]] (1844–1887) * [[Author:Henry Wemyss Feilden|Feilden, Henry Wemyss]] (1838–1921) * [[Author:Peter Feit|Feit, Peter]] (1883–1968) * [[Author:Joseph John Fekl|Fekl, Joseph John]] (1883–1954) * [[Author:Andreas Andersen Feldborg|Feldborg, Andreas Andersen]] (1782–1838) * [[Author:Herbert Granville Fell|Fell, Herbert Granville]] (1872–1952) * [[Author:Owen Feltham|Feltham, Owen]] (1602–1668) * [[Author:George Manville Fenn|Fenn, George Manville]] (1831–1909) * [[Author:Charles Augustus Maude Fennell|Fennell, Charles Augustus Maude]] (1843–1916) * [[Author:Ernest Francisco Fenollosa|Fenollosa, Ernest Francisco]] (1853–1908) * [[Author:Isabella Fenton|Fenton, Isabella]] (''c''. 1840–1908) * [[Author:Eliza Fenwick|Fenwick, Eliza]] (1766–1840) * [[Author:Edna Ferber|Ferber, Edna]] (1885–1968) * [[Author:Afan Ferddig|Ferddig, Afan]] (fl. 633) * [[Author:Ferdinand I of the Two Sicilies|Ferdinand I of the Two Sicilies]] (1751–1825) * [[Author:Pierre Féret|Féret, Pierre]] (1830–1912) * [[Author:Charles William Ferguson|Ferguson, Charles William]] (1847–1940) * [[Author:John Ferguson|Ferguson, John]] (1838–1916) * [[Author:Malcolm Magoun Ferguson|Ferguson, Malcolm Magoun]] (1919–2011) * [[Author:Richard Saul Ferguson|Ferguson, Richard Saul]] (1837–1900) * [[Author:James Fergusson (1808-1886)|Fergusson, James]] (1808–1886) * [[Author:Mikuláš Ferjenčík|Ferjenčík, Mikuláš]] (1904–1988) * [[Author:Pierre de Fermat|de Fermat, Pierre]] (1601–1665) * [[Author:Fanny Fern|Fern, Fanny]] (1811–1872) * [[Author:Gustave Ferrari|Ferrari, Gustave]] (1872–1948) * [[Author:Lodovico Ferrari|Ferrari, Lodovico]] (1522–1565) * [[Author:William Ferrel|Ferrel, William]] (1817–1891) * [[Author:Francisco Ferrer|Ferrer, Francisco]] (1859–1909) * [[Author:Guglielmo Ferrero|Ferrero, Guglielmo]] (1871–1942) * [[Author:James Moir Ferres|Ferres, James Moir]] (1813–1870) * [[Author:Enrico Ferri|Ferri, Enrico]] (1856–1929) * [[Author:Luigi Ferri|Ferri, Luigi]] (1826–1895) * [[Author:Albert Warren Ferris|Ferris, Albert Warren]] (1856–1937) * [[Author:James Frederick Ferrier|Ferrier, James Frederick]] (1808–1864) * [[Author:James Walter Ferrier|Ferrier, James Walter]] (1850–1883) * [[Author:Susan Edmonstoune Ferrier|Ferrier, Susan Edmonstoune]] (1782–1854) * [[Author:Scipione del Ferro|del Ferro, Scipione]] (1465–1526) * [[Author:Afanasy Fet|Fet, Afanasy]] (1820–1892) * [[Author:Frank Albert Fetter|Fetter, Frank Albert]] (1863–1949) * [[Author:Douglas E. Fetters|Fetters, Douglas E.]] (19??– ) * [[Author:Ludwig Andreas Feuerbach|Feuerbach, Ludwig]] (1804–1872) * [[Author:Albert Feuillerat|Feuillerat, Albert]] (1874–1952) * [[Author:Octave Feuillet|Feuillet, Octave]] (1821–1890) * [[Author:Jesse Walter Fewkes|Fewkes, Jesse Walter]] (1850–1930) ==Ff== * [[Author:Constance Jocelyn Ffoulkes|Ffoulkes, Constance Jocelyn]] (1858–1950) ==Fi== * [[Author:Saint Fiacc|Fiacc, Saint]] (415–520) * [[Author:Johann Gottlieb Fichte|Fichte, Johann Gottlieb]] (1762–1814) * [[Author:John Rose Ficklen|Ficklen, John Rose]] (1858–1907) * [[Author:Charles François Maximilien Marie de Ficquelmont|de Ficquelmont, Charles François Maximilien Marie]] (1819–1891) * [[Author:Arthur Mostyn Field|Field, Admiral Sir Arthur Mostyn]] (1855–1950) * [[Author:Claud Field|Field, Claud]] (1863–1941) * [[Author:Eugene Field|Field, Eugene]] (1850–1895) * [[Author:Mary Katherine Keemle Field|Field, Mary Katherine Keemle]] (1838–1896) * [[Author:Stephen Johnson Field|Field, Stephen Johnson]] (1816–1899) * '''[[Author:Henry Fielding|Fielding, Henry]]''' (1707–1754) * [[Author:Sarah Fielding|Fielding, Sarah]] (1710–1768) * [[Author:James Thomas Fields|Fields, James Thomas]] (1817–1881) * [[Author:John Neville Figgis|Figgis, John Neville]] (1866–1919) * [[Author:Mike Figueredo|Figueredo, Mike]] * [[Author:Edite Figueiras|Figueiras, Edite]] * [[Author:Louis Figuier|Figuier, Louis]] (1819–1894) * [[Author:Bohdan Anton Filipi|Filipi, Bohdan Anton]] (1880–1952) * [[Author:Emil František Josef Filla|Filla, Emil František Josef]] (1882–1953) * [[Author:Millard Fillmore|Fillmore, Millard]] (1800–1874) * [[Author:Robert Filmer|Filmer, Robert]] (1588–1653) * [[Author:Augustin Filon|Filon, (Pierre Marie) Augustin]] (1841–1916) * [[Author:John Filson|Filson, John]] (1753–1788) * [[Author:Orontius Finaeus|Finaeus, Orontius]] (1494–1555) * [[Author:Anne Finch, Countess of Winchilsea|Finch, Anne]] (1661–1720) * [[Author:Henry Theophilus Finck|Finck, Henry Theophilus]] (1854–1926) * [[Author:John Ritchie Findlay|Findlay, John Ritchie]] (1824–1898) * [[Author:Joseph John Findlay|Findlay, Joseph John]] (1860–1940) * [[Author:Thomas Edward Finegan|Finegan, Thomas Edward]] (1866–1932) * [[Author:William Finlay|Finlay, William]] (1853–1914) * [[Author:Arthur Robert Morrison Finlayson|Finlayson, Arthur Robert Morrison]] (1854–1910) * [[Author:John Huston Finley|Finley, John Huston]] (1863–1940) * [[Author:William Lovell Finley|Finley, William Lovell]] (1876–1953) * [[Author:Frank Finn|Finn, Frank]] (1862–1932) * [[Author:Pier Angelo Fiorentino|Fiorentino, Pier Angelo]] (1811–1864) * [[Author:Ina Ten Eyck Firkins|Firkins, Ina Ten Eyck]] (1866–1937) * [[Author:Charles Harding Firth|Firth, Sir Charles Harding]] (1857–1936) * [[Author:Henry William Fischer|Fischer, Henry William]] (1856–1932) * [[Author:Joseph Fischer|Fischer, Joseph]] (1858–1944) * [[Author:Otokar Fischer|Fischer, Otokar]] (1883–1938) * [[Author:Albert Fish|Fish, Albert]] (1870–1936) * [[Author:Carl Russell Fish|Fish, Carl Russell]] (1876–1932) * [[Author:Daniel Fish|Fish, Daniel]] (1848–1924) * [[Author:James Leonard Fish|Fish, James Leonard]] (1828–1906) * [[Author:Simon Fish|Fish, Simon]] (?–1531) * [[Author:William Pinckney Fishback|Fishback, William Pinckney]] (1831–1901) * [[Author:Albert Kenrick Fisher|Fisher, Albert Kenrick]] (1856–1948) * [[Author:Alexander Fisher|Fisher, Alexander]] (1864–1936) * [[Author:George Jackson Fisher|Fisher, George Jackson]] (1825–1893) * [[Author:Ivan Fisher|Fisher, Ivan]] (fl. 1940s) * [[Author:Joseph Robert Fisher|Fisher, Joseph Robert]] (1855–1939) * [[Author:Ludvík Fisher|Fisher, Ludvík]] (1880–1945) * [[Author:Sydney George Fisher|Fisher, Sydney George]] (1856–1927) * [[Author:William Arms Fisher|Fisher, William Arms]] (1861–1948) * [[Author:William Richard Fisher|Fisher, William Richard]] (1824–1888) * [[Author:Amos Kidder Fiske|Fiske, Amos Kidder]] (1842–1921) * [[Author:Bradley Allen Fiske|Fiske, Bradley Allen]] (1854–1942) * [[Author:John Fiske|Fiske, John]] (1842–1901) * [[Author:Willard Fiske|Fiske, Daniel Willard]] (1831–1904) * [[Author:Lorimer Fison|Fison, Lorimer]] (1832–1907) * [[Author:Clyde Fitch|Fitch, Clyde]] (1865–1909) * [[Author:Edward Arthur Fitch|Fitch, Edward Arthur]] (1854–1912) * [[Author:Ralph Fitch|Fitch, Ralph]] (c. 1550 – 1611) * [[Author:Joshua Girling Fitch|Fitch, Sir Joshua Girling]] (1824–1903) * [[Author:Walter Hood Fitch|Fitch, Walter Hood]] (1817–1892) * [[Author:John Fitchett|Fitchett, John]] (1776–1838) * [[Author:Pavel Fitin|Fitin, Pavel]] (1907–1971) * [[Author:William Henry Fitton|Fitton, William Henry]] (1780–1861) * [[Author:Clare Fitzgerald|Fitzgerald, Clare]] (1831–1913) * [[Author:Edward FitzGerald|FitzGerald, Edward]] (1809–1883) * [[Author:Edward Mary Fitzgerald|Fitzgerald, Edward Mary]] (1833–1907) * '''[[Author:F. Scott Fitzgerald|Fitzgerald, F. Scott]]''' (1896–1940) * [[Author:George Francis FitzGerald|FitzGerald, George Francis]] (1851–1901) * [[Author:Geraldine Penrose Fitzgerald|Fitzgerald, Geraldine Penrose]] (1846–1939) * [[Author:John Donohoe FitzGerald|FitzGerald, John Donohoe]] (1848–1918) * [[Author:Percy Hetherington Fitzgerald|Fitzgerald, Percy Hethrington]] (1843–1925) * [[Author:Mr Fitzherbert|Fitzherbert, Mr.]] * [[Author:Percy Keese Fitzhugh|Fitzhugh, Percy Keese]] (1876–1950) * [[Author:Anne FitzMaurice|FitzMaurice, Anne]] * [[Author:George Fitzmaurice|Fitzmaurice, George]] (1885/1887–1940) * [[Author:James Fitzmaurice-Kelly|Fitzmaurice-Kelly, James]] (1858–1923) * [[Author:Edmond George Fitzmaurice|Petty-Fitzmaurice, Edmond George]] (1846–1935) * [[Author:Francis Willford Fitzpatrick|Fitzpatrick, Francis Willford]] (1863–1931) * [[Author:William John FitzPatrick|FitzPatrick, William John]] (1830–1895) * [[Author:Robert FitzRoy|FitzRoy, Robert]] (1805–1865) ==Fl== * [[Author:Horace|'''Flaccus, Quintus Horatius''']] (65 BCE–8 BCE) * [[Author:Azariah Cutting Flagg|Flagg, Azariah Cutting]] (1790–1873) * [[Author:Nicolas Flamel|Flamel, Nicolas]] (1330–1418) * [[Author:Camille Flammarion|Flammarion, Camille]] (1842–1925) * [[Author:Roderick J. Flanagan|Flanagan, Roderick J.]] (1828–1862) * [[Author:Gustave Flaubert|Flaubert, Gustave]] (1821–1880) * [[Author:John Flavel|Flavel, John]] (1627–1691) * [[Author:John Flaxman|Flaxman, John]] (1755–1826) * [[Author:Esprit Fléchier|Fléchier, Esprit]] (1632–1710) * [[Author:James Elroy Flecker|Flecker, James Elroy]] (1884–1915) * [[Author:James Van Fleet|van Fleet, James]] (1892–1992) * [[Author:John Faithfull Fleet|Fleet, John Faithfull]] (1847–1917) * [[Author:Charles James Nicol Fleming|Fleming, Charles James Nicol]] (1868–1948) * [[Author:John Ambrose Fleming|Fleming, John Ambrose]] (1849–1945) * [[Author:May Agnes Fleming|Fleming, May Agnes]] (1840–1880) * [[Author:Paul Fleming|Fleming, Paul]] (1609–1640) * [[Author:William Henry Fleming|Fleming, William H.]] (1856–1944) * [[Author:Walter Lynwood Fleming|Fleming, Walter Lynwood]] (1874–1932) * [[Author:William Westropp Flemyng|Flemyng, William Westropp]] (1850–1921) * [[Author:Alfred Ewen Fletcher|Fletcher, Alfred Ewen]] (1841–1915) * [[Author:Andrew Fletcher|Fletcher, Andrew]] (1653–1716) * [[Author:John Fletcher|Fletcher, John]] (1579–1625) * [[Author:Lazarus Fletcher|Fletcher, Lazarus]] (1854–1921) * [[Author:William Fletcher|Fletcher, William]] (1810–1900) * [[Author:William George Dimock Fletcher|Fletcher, William George Dimock]] (1851–1935) * [[Author:William Younger Fletcher|Fletcher, William Younger]] (1830–1913) * [[Author:John Smith Flett|Flett, Sir John Smith]] (1869–1947) * [[Author:Matthew Flinders|Flinders, Matthew]] (1774–1814) * [[Author:Homer Eon Flint|Flint, Homer Eon]] (1888–1924) * [[Author:Robert Flint|Flint, Robert]] (1838–1910) * [[Author:Daniel John Flood|Flood, Daniel John]] (1903–1994) * [[Author:John Florio|Florio, John]] (1553–1625) * [[Author:Karl Adolf Florenz|Florenz, Karl Adolf]] (1865–1939) * [[Author:William Flower|Flower, William]] (1685–1746) * [[Author:William Henry Flower|Flower, Sir William Henry]] (1831–1899) * [[Author:Juanita Helm Floyd|Floyd, Juanita Helm]] (1880–1979) * [[Author:Elizabeth Gurley Flynn|Flynn, Elizabeth Gurley]] (1890–1964)) ==Fo== * [[Author:Wilhelm Olbers Focke|Focke, Wilhelm Olbers]] (1834–1922) * [[Author:Antonio Fogazzaro|Fogazzaro, Antonio]] (1842–1911) * [[Author:Emil Folda|Folda, Emil]] (1866–1935) * [[Author:George Folsom|Folsom, George]] (1802–1869) * [[Author:Anthony Folta|Folta, Anthony]] (1884–1937) * [[Author:Albany de Grenier Fonblanque|Fonblanque, Albany de Grenier]] (1829–1924) * [[Author:Albany William Fonblanque|Fonblanque, Albany William]] (1793–1872) * [[Author:Clarence Albert Fonerden|Fonerden, Clarence Albert]] (1841–1920) * [[Author:John Fontaine|Fontaine, John]] (1693–1767) * [[Author:Pierre Desfontaines|Desfontaines, Pierre]] (1685–1745) * [[Author:Carlo Fontana|Fontana, Carlo]] (1638–1714) * [[Author:Domenico Fontana|Fontana, Domenico]] (1543–1607) * [[Author:Arthur De Wint Foote|Foote, Arthur De Wint]] (1849–1933) * [[Author:Elisha Foote|Foote, Elisha]] (1809–1883) * [[Author:Samuel Foote|Foote, Samuel]] (1720–1777) * [[Author:Mary Hannay Foott|Foott, Mary Hannay]] (1846–1918) * [[Author:Alexander Penrose Forbes|Forbes, Alexander Penrose]] (1817–1875) * [[Author:Annabella Keith Forbes|Forbes, Annabella Keith]] (1855–1922) * [[Author:Archibald Forbes|Forbes, Archibald]] (1838–1900) * [[Author:Duncan Forbes|Forbes, Duncan]] (1798–1868) * [[Author:Edward Forbes|Forbes, Edward]] (1815–1854) * [[Author:George Forbes|Forbes, George]] (1849–1936) * [[Author:Henry Ogg Forbes|Forbes, Henry Ogg]] (1851–1932) * [[Author:James David Forbes|Forbes, James David]] (1809–1868) * [[Author:John Forbes (1787-1861)|John Forbes]] (1787–1861) * [[Author:Nevill Forbes|Forbes, Nevill]] (1883–1929) * [[Author:Patrick Forbes|Forbes, Patrick]] (1776–1847) * [[Author:Charles Ford|Ford, Charles]] * [[Author:Ford Madox Ford|Ford, Ford Madox]] (1873–1939) * [[Author:Gerald Ford|Ford, Jr., Gerald Rudolph]] (1913–2006) * [[Author:Henry Ford|Ford, Henry]] (1863–1947) * [[Author:Tirey_Lafayette_Ford | Tirey Lafayette Ford]] (1857–1928) * [[Author:Henry Justice Ford|Ford, Henry Justice]] (1860–1941) * [[Author:Thomas Ford (1800-1850)|Ford, Thomas]] (1800–1850) * [[Author:Walter Armitage Justice Ford|Ford, Walter Armitage Justice]] (1861–1938) * [[Author:William Justice Ford|Ford, William Justice]] (1853–1904) * [[Author:Auguste-Henri Forel|Forel, Auguste-Henri]] (1848–1931) * [[Author:François-Alphonse Forel|Forel, François-Alphonse]] (1841–1912) * [[Author:Evelyn Forest|Forest, Evelyn]] (''fl''. 1860s–1870s) * [[Author:French Forrest|Forrest, French]] (1796–1866) * [[Author:Herbert Edward Forrest|Forrest, Herbert Edward]] (1858–1942) * [[Author:John Forrest|Forrest, John]] (1847–1918) * [[Author:Peter Forsskål|Forsskål, Peter]] (1732–1763) * [[Author:Ernst Förstemann|Förstemann, Ernst]] (1822–1906) * [[Author:Edward Morgan Forster|Forster, Edward Morgan]] (1879–1970) * [[Author:Georg Forster|Forster, Georg]] (1754–1794) * [[Author:Johann Reinhold Forster|Forster, Johann Reinhold]] (1729–1798) * [[Author:John Forster (historian)|Forster, John]] (1812–1876) * [[Author:Andrew Russell Forsyth|Forsyth, Andrew Russell]] (1858–1942) * [[Author:Joseph Forsyth|Forsyth, Joseph]] (1763–1815) * [[Author:William Forsyth|Forsyth, William]] (1812–1899) * [[Author:Charles Fort|Fort, Charles]] (1874–1932) * [[Author:Robert le Fort|Fort, Robert le]] (820–866) * [[Author:Abe Fortas|Fortas, Abe]] (1910–1982) * [[Author:Adrian Fortescue|Fortescue, Adrian]] (1874–1923) * [[Author:George Knottesford Fortescue|Fortescue, George Knottesford]] (1847–1912) * [[Author:William Fortescue|Fortescue, William]] (1687–1749) * [[Author:Charles Fortescue-Brickdale|Fortescue-Brickdale, Sir Charles]] (1857–1944) * [[Author:James Fortescue-Flannery|Fortescue-Flannery, Sir James]] (1851–1943) * [[Author:Robert Fortune|Fortune, Robert]] (1812–1880) * [[Author:Timothy Thomas Fortune|Fortune, Timothy Thomas]] (1856–1928) * [[Author:Cyrus David Foss|Foss, Cyrus David]] (1834–1910) * [[Author:John Foster|Foster, John]] (1770–1843) * [[Author:John Watson Foster|Foster, John W.]] (1836–1917) * [[Author:Joseph Foster|Foster, Joseph]] (1844–1905) * [[Author:Michael Foster|Foster, Sir Michael]] (1836–1907) * [[Author:Murphy James Foster, Jr.|Foster, Mike]] (b. 1930) * [[Author:Randolph Sinks Foster|Foster, Randolph Sinks]] (1820–1903) * [[Author:William Foster|Foster, Sir William]] (1863–1951) * [[Author:William Eaton Foster|Foster, William Eaton]] (1851–1930) * [[Author:Thomas Campbell Foster|Foster, Thomas]] (1813–1882) * [[Author:William Trufant Foster|Foster, William Trufant]] (1879–1950) * [[Author:John Milner Fothergill|Fothergill, John Milner]] (1841–1888) * [[Author:William Edward Fothergill|Fothergill, William Edward]] (1865–1926) * [[Author:Alfred Charles Auguste Foucher|Foucher, Alfred Charles Auguste]] (1865–1952) * [[Author:Alfred Jules Émile Fouillée|Fouillée, Alfred Jules Émile]] (1838–1912) * [[Author:Andrew Fountaine|Fountaine, Andrew]] (1676–1753) * [[Author:Caroline de la Motte Fouqué|Fouqué, Caroline de la Motte]] (1773–1831) * [[Author:Friedrich Heinrich Karl de la Motte Fouqué|Fouqué, Friedrich Heinrich Karl de la Motte]] (1777–1843) * [[Author:the Four Bears|The Four Bears]] (1795–1837) * [[Author:Jean Baptiste Joseph Fourier|Fourier, Jean Baptiste Joseph]] (1768–1830) * [[Author:Thomas Welbank Fowle|Fowle, Thomas Welbank]] (1835–1903) * [[Author:William Bentley Fowle|Fowle, William Bentley]] (1795–1865) * [[Author:Charles Fowler|Fowler, Charles]] (1792–1867) * [[Author:Charles Henry Fowler|Fowler, Charles Henry]] (1837–1908) * [[Author:Daniel Fowler|Fowler, Daniel]] (1810–1894) * [[Author:Ellen Thorneycroft Fowler|Fowler, Ellen Thorneycroft]] (1860–1929) * [[Author:Henry Watson Fowler|Fowler, Henry Watson]] (1858–1933) * [[Author:Reginald Fowler|Fowler, Reginald]] (1820–1894) * [[Author:Thomas Fowler|Fowler, Thomas]] (1832–1904) * [[Author:William Warde Fowler|Fowler, William Warde]] (1847–1921) * [[Author:William Weekes Fowler|Fowler, William Weekes]] (1849–1923) * [[Author:William Fownes|Fownes, William]] (?–1735) * [[Author:Charles James Fox|Fox, Charles James]] (1749–1806) * [[Author:George Fox|Fox, George]] (1624–1691) * [[Author:George Henry Fox|Fox, George Henry]] (1846–1937) * [[Author:James J. Fox|Fox, James J.]] (1852–1923) * [[Author:Peter Fox André|Fox, Peter]] (1831–''c.'' 1869) * [[Author:Thomas William Fox|Fox, Thomas William]] (?–1917) * [[Author:William Storrs Fox|Fox, William Storrs]] (1859–1951) * [[Author:Arthur Charles Fox-Davies|Fox-Davies, Arthur Charles ]] (1871–1928) * [[Author:John Foxe|Foxe, John]] (1517–1587) * [[Author:St George Lane Fox-Pitt|Fox-Pitt, St George Lane]] (1856–1932) ==Fr== * [[Author:Louis C. Fraina|Fraina, Louis C.]] (1892–1953) * [[Author:James Everett Frame|Frame, James Everett]] (1868–1956) * [[Author:Robert Edward Francillon|Francillon, Robert Edward]] (1841–1919) * [[Author:David Rowland Francis|Francis, David Rowland]] (1850–1927) * [[Author:John Collins Francis|Francis, John Collins]] (1838–1916) * [[Author:Francis of Assisi|Francis of Assisi]] (1181–1226) * [[Author:Francis|'''Francis, Pope''']] (1936–) * [[Author:Vida Hunt Francis|Francis, Vida Hunt]] (1870–1957) * [[Author:Johann Franck|Franck, Johann]] (1618–1677) * [[Author:Thomas Francklin|Francklin, Thomas]] (1724–1784) * [[Author:Adolf Frank|Frank, Adolf]] (1834–1916) * [[Author:Barney Frank|Frank, Barney]] (1940–) * [[Author:Tenney Frank|Frank, Tenney]] (1876–1939) * [[Author:Felix Frankfurter|Frankfurter, Felix]] (1882–1965) * [[Author:Oskar Frankfurter|Frankfurter, Oskar]] (1852–1922) * [[Author:Benjamin Franklin|Franklin, Benjamin]] (1706–1790) * [[Author:John Franklin|Franklin, John]] (1786–1847) * [[Author:Miles Franklin|Franklin, Stella Maria Sarah Miles]] (1879–1954) * [[Author:Horace George Franks|Franks, Horace George]] (1894–1987) * [[Author:Henri Frantz|Frantz, Henri]] * [[Author:Jeff Franzmann|Franzmann, Jeff]] (1973–present) * [[Author:Alexander Campbell Fraser|Fraser, Alexander Campbell]] (1819–1914) * [[Author:Alexander Charles Fraser|Fraser, Alexander Charles]] (1815–1882) * [[Author:Andrew Henderson Leith Fraser|Fraser, Andrew Henderson Leith]] (1848–1919) * [[Author:Charles Fraser (1788-1831)|Fraser, Charles]] (1788–1831) * [[Author:Charles Fraser (1823-1886)|Fraser, Charles]] (1823–1886) * [[Author:John Fraser|Fraser, John]] * [[Author:Mary Crawford Fraser|Fraser, Mary Crawford]] (1851–1922) * [[Author:William Fraser|Fraser, William]] (1810–1872) * [[Author:James Frazer|Frazer, James]] (1854–1941) * [[Author:James George Frazer|Frazer, James George]] (1854–1941) * [[Author:William Fream|Fream, William]] (1854–1906) * [[Author:Walter Francis Frear|Frear, Walter Francis]] (1863–1948) * [[Author:Harold Frederic|Frederic, Harold]] (1856–1898) * [[Author:Frederick II, Holy Roman Emperor|Frederick II, Holy Roman Emperor]] (1194–1250) * [[Author:Alfred Fredericks|Fredericks, Alfred]] (1853–1926) * [[Author:Benjamin Freedman|Freedman, Benjamin]] (1890–1984) * [[Author:Edward Augustus Freeman|Freeman, Edward Augustus]] (1823–1892) * [[Author:Frank Nugent Freeman|Freeman, Frank Nugent]] (1880–1961) * [[Author:Thomas Freeman|Freeman, Thomas]] (c. 1590 – 1630) * [[Author:John Frederick Freeman|Freeman, John Frederick]] (1880–1929) * [[Author:Mary Eleanor Wilkins Freeman|Freeman, Mary Eleanor Wilkins]] (1852–1930) * [[Author:R. Austin Freeman|Freeman, Richard Austin]] (1862–1943) * [[Author:William George Freeman|Freeman, William George]] (1874–?) * [[Author:Algernon Bertram Freeman-Mitford|Freeman-Mitford, Algernon Bertram]] (1837–1916) * [[Author:John Henry Freese|Freese, John Henry]] (1852–1930) * [[Author:Gottlob Frege|Frege, Gottlob]] (1848–1925) * [[Author:Hermann Ferdinand Freiligrath|Freiligrath, Hermann Ferdinand]] (1810–1876) * [[Author:Robert Freind|Freind, Robert]] (1667–1751) * [[Author:Charles Fremantle|Fremantle, Charles Howe]] (1800–1869) * [[Author:Sydney Fremantle|Fremantle, Sydney Robert]] (1867–1958) * [[Author:William Henry Fremantle|Fremantle, William Henry]] (1831–1916) * [[Author:John French|French, John]] (1616–1657) * [[Author:Justus Clement French|French, Justus Clement]] (1839–?) * [[Author:Samuel Bassett French|French, Samuel Bassett]] (1820–1889) * [[Author:William Percy French|French, William Percy]] (1854–1920) * [[Author:Philip Morin Freneau|Freneau, Philip Morin]] (1752–1832) * [[Author:Bernard Frénicle de Bessy|Frénicle de Bessy, Bernard]] (c. 1605–1675) * [[Author:Augusta Frederica Frere|Frere, Augusta Frederica]] (1824–1888) * [[Author:Henry Bartle Frere|Frere, Henry Bartle]] (1815–1884) * [[Author:Mary Eliza Isabella Frere|Frere, Mary]] (1845–1911) * [[Author:Douglas William Freshfield|Freshfield, Douglas William]] (1845–1934) * [[Author:Sigmund Freud|Freud, Sigmund]] (1856–1939) * [[Author:Louis Claude de Saulces de Freycinet|de Freycinet, Louis Claude de Saulces]] (1779–1842) * [[Author:Jaroslav Vrchlický|Frida, Emil Jakub]] (1853–1912) * [[Author:Michael Friedländer|Friedländer, Michael]] (1833–1910) * [[Author:Friedrich Maria Albrecht Wilhelm Karl of Austria|Friedrich Maria Albrecht Wilhelm Karl of Austria]] (1856–1936) * [[Author:Henry Friendly|Friendly, Henry]] (1903–1986) * [[Author:James Hain Friswell|Friswell, James Hain]] (1825–1878) * [[Author:Henry Frith|Frith, Henry]] (1840–1910) * [[Author:Charles Froebel|Froebel, Charles]] (1836–1886) * [[Author:Sextus Julius Frontinus|Frontinus, Sextus Julius]] (40–103) * [[Author:Andrew Hollingworth Frost|Frost, Andrew Hollingworth]] (1819–1907) * [[Author:E. Allen Frost|Frost, E. Allen]] (1871–1963) * [[Author:Robert Frost|Frost, Robert]] (1874–1963) * [[Author:Octavius Brooks Frothingham|Frothingham, Octavius Brooks]] (1822–1895) * [[Author:Richard Hurrell Froude|Froude, Richard Hurrell]] (1803–1836) * [[Author:Frumentius|Frumentius]] (4th Century–383) * [[Author:Caroline Fry|Fry, Caroline]] (1787–1846) * [[Author:Edward Fry|Fry, Sir Edward]] (1827–1918) * [[Author:Emma Sheridan Fry|Fry, Emma Sheridan]] (1864–1936) ==Fu== * [[Author:Leonhart Fuchs|Fuchs, Leonhart]] (1501–1566) * [[Author:Louis Agassiz Fuertes|Fuertes, Louis Agassiz]] (1874–1927) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Akisuke|Fujiwara no Akisuke]] (1090–1155) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Asatada|Fujiwara no Asatada]] (910–967) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Atsutada|Fujiwara no Atsutada]] (906–943) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Atsuyori|Fujiwara no Atsuyori]] (1090–1182) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Ietaka|Fujiwara no Ietaka]] (1158–1237) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Kanesuke|Fujiwara no Kanesuke]] (877–933) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Kintō|Fujiwara no Kintō]] (966–1041) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Kiyosuke|Fujiwara no Kiyosuke]] (1104–1177) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Koretada|Fujiwara no Koretada]] (924–972) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Michimasa|Fujiwara no Michimasa]] (994–1052) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Michinobu|Fujiwara no Michinobu]] (972–994) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Michitsuna no Haha|Fujiwara no Michitsuna no Haha]] (936–995) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Mototoshi|Fujiwara no Mototoshi]] (1060–1142) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Okikaze|Fujiwara no Okikaze]] (9th–10th cent.) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Sadakata|Fujiwara no Sadakata]] (873–932) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Sadanaga|Fujiwara no Sadanaga]] (1139–12002) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Sadayori|Fujiwara no Sadayori]] (995–1045) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Sanekata|Fujiwara no Sanekata]] (10th cent.) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Shunzei|Fujiwara no Shunzei]] (1114–1204) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Tadahira|Fujiwara no Tadahira]] (880–949) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Tadamichi|Fujiwara no Tadamichi]] (1097–1164) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Teika|Fujiwara no Teika]] (1162–1241) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Toshiyuki|Fujiwara no Toshiyuki]] (?–907) * [[Author:Fujiwara no Yoshitaka|Fujiwara no Yoshitaka]] (954–974) * [[Author:Fun'ya no Asayasu|Fun'ya no Asayasu]] (9th cent.) * [[Author:Fun'ya no Yasuhide|Fun'ya no Yasuhide]] (9th cent.) * [[Author:Florence Anna Fulcher|Fulcher, Flora Anna]] (1861–1928) * [[Author:James Franklin Fuller|Fuller, James Franklin]] (1835–1924) * [[Author:Margaret Fuller|Fuller, Margaret]] (1810–1850) * [[Author:Melvin Fuller|Fuller, Melville Weston]] (1833–1910) * [[Author:Thomas Fuller|Fuller, Thomas]] (1608–1661) * [[Author:Georgiana Fullerton|Fullerton, Georgiana]] (1812–1885) * [[Author:Maurice Garland Fulton|Fulton, Maurice Garland]] (1877–1955) * [[Author:Robert Burwell Fulton|Fulton, Robert Burwell]] (1849–1919) * [[Author:Douglas Furber|Furber, Douglas]] (1885–1961) * [[Author:Henry Furneaux|Furneaux, Henry]] (1829–1900) * [[Author:Frederick James Furnivall|Furnivall, Frederick James]] (1825–1910) * [[Author:Joseph Furphy|Furphy, Joseph]] (1843–1912) * [[Author:Adolf Furtwängler|Furtwängler, Adolf]] (1853–1907) * [[Author:Henry Fuseli|Fuseli, Henry]] (1741–1825) * [[Author:Shimei Futabatei|Futabatei, Shimei]] (1864–1909) ==Fy== * [[Author:H. Hamilton Fyfe|Fyfe, Hamilton]] (1869–1951) * [[Author:James Hamilton Fyfe|Fyfe, James Hamilton]] (1837–1880) * [[Author:William Hamilton Fyfe|Fyfe, William Hamilton]] (1878–1965) * [[Author:Charles Alan Fyffe|Fyffe, Charles Alan]] (1845–1892) q6d65ez9amrnytipnn1r3gjwdt8fey2 Template:Mikraot Gedolot chart 10 18878 14130096 13479037 2024-04-25T21:34:18Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki <div align="center"> {| class="__cellpadding" align=center |- |colspan=5| <!-- Mikraot Gedolot: Title of chart (table within table) --> {| width=100% class="__cellpadding" |- align=center |colspan=5 {{ts|lg}}| '''[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot|Mikraot Gedolot]]''' |- |} <!-- end of Torah Table (table within table) --> |- |colspan=5| <!-- start of Torah Table (table within table) --> {| width=100% class="__cellpadding" |- align=center |colspan=5| '''Torah''' |- ![[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Genesis|Genesis]] ![[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Exodus|Exodus]] ![[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Leviticus|Leviticus]] ![[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Numbers|Numbers]] ![[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Deuteronomy|Deuteronomy]] |- |} <!-- end of Torah Table (table within table) --> |- |colspan=5| <!-- start of Nevi'im Table (table within table) --> {| width=100% class="__cellpadding" |colspan=5 align=center| '''Books of the Prophets (Nevi'im)''' |- align=center !Nevi'im Rishonim: |[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Joshua|Joshua]] |[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Judges|Judges]] |[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Samuel|Samuel]] |[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Kings|Kings]] |- align=center !Nevi'im Acharonim: |[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Isaiah|Isaiah]] |[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Jeremiah|Jeremiah]] |[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Ezekiel|Ezekiel]] |[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Trei Asar|Trei Asar]] |- align=center font-size=50% |colspan="5"| '''[[Translation:Mikroat Gedolot/Trei Asar|Trei Asar]]:''' [[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Hosea|Hosea]] | [[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Joel|Joel]] | [[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Amos|Amos]] | [[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Obadiah|Obadiah]] | [[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Jonah|Jonah]] | [[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Micah|Micah]] | [[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Nahum|Nahum]] | [[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Habakkuk|Habakkuk]] | [[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Zephaniah|Zephaniah]] | [[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Haggai|Haggai]] | [[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Zechariah|Zechariah]] | [[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Malachi|Malachi]] |- |} <!-- end of Nevi'im Table (table within table) --> |- |colspan=5| <!-- start of Ketuvim Table (table within table) --> {| width=100% class="__cellpadding" |colspan=3 align=center| '''Books of the Writings (Ketuvim)''' |- ![[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Sifrei Emet|Sifrei Emet]] ![[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Five Megillot|Five Megillot]] !Chronologies |- |align=center| [[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Psalms|Psalms]]<br>[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Proverbs|Proverbs]]<br>[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Job|Job]] |align=center| [[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Song of Songs|Song of Songs]]<br>[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Ruth|Ruth]]<br>[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Lamentations|Lamentations]]<br>[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Ecclesiastes|Ecclesiastes]]<br>[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Esther|Esther]] |align=center| [[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Daniel|Daniel]]<br>[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Ezra-Nehemiah|Ezra-Nehemiah]]<br>[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Chronicles|Chronicles]] |- |} <!-- end of Ketuvim Table (table within table) --> |- |} <!-- end of full table for Mikraot Gedolot --> </div> <noinclude>[[Category:Mikraot Gedolot]]</noinclude> d9yk6g0uxat42dp0h6z5qnupmn2q5uj 14130101 14130096 2024-04-25T21:38:09Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Template:Mikraot Gedolot chart/styles.css" /> {| {{ts|ac|mc}} class="__cellpadding" |- |colspan=5| <!-- Mikraot Gedolot: Title of chart (table within table) --> {| width=100% class="__cellpadding" |- |colspan=5 {{ts|lg}}| '''[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot|Mikraot Gedolot]]''' |- |} <!-- end of Torah Table (table within table) --> |- |colspan=5| <!-- start of Torah Table (table within table) --> {| width=100% class="__cellpadding" |- |colspan=5| '''Torah''' |- ![[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Genesis|Genesis]] ![[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Exodus|Exodus]] ![[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Leviticus|Leviticus]] ![[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Numbers|Numbers]] ![[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Deuteronomy|Deuteronomy]] |- |} <!-- end of Torah Table (table within table) --> |- |colspan=5| <!-- start of Nevi'im Table (table within table) --> {| width=100% class="__cellpadding" |colspan=5 | '''Books of the Prophets (Nevi'im)''' |- !Nevi'im Rishonim: |[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Joshua|Joshua]] |[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Judges|Judges]] |[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Samuel|Samuel]] |[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Kings|Kings]] |- !Nevi'im Acharonim: |[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Isaiah|Isaiah]] |[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Jeremiah|Jeremiah]] |[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Ezekiel|Ezekiel]] |[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Trei Asar|Trei Asar]] |- {{ts|font-size:50%}} |colspan="5"| '''[[Translation:Mikroat Gedolot/Trei Asar|Trei Asar]]:''' [[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Hosea|Hosea]] | [[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Joel|Joel]] | [[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Amos|Amos]] | [[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Obadiah|Obadiah]] | [[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Jonah|Jonah]] | [[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Micah|Micah]] | [[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Nahum|Nahum]] | [[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Habakkuk|Habakkuk]] | [[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Zephaniah|Zephaniah]] | [[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Haggai|Haggai]] | [[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Zechariah|Zechariah]] | [[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Malachi|Malachi]] |- |} <!-- end of Nevi'im Table (table within table) --> |- |colspan=5| <!-- start of Ketuvim Table (table within table) --> {| width=100% class="__cellpadding" |colspan=3 | '''Books of the Writings (Ketuvim)''' |- ![[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Sifrei Emet|Sifrei Emet]] ![[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Five Megillot|Five Megillot]] !Chronologies |- | [[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Psalms|Psalms]]<br>[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Proverbs|Proverbs]]<br>[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Job|Job]] | [[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Song of Songs|Song of Songs]]<br>[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Ruth|Ruth]]<br>[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Lamentations|Lamentations]]<br>[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Ecclesiastes|Ecclesiastes]]<br>[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Esther|Esther]] | [[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Daniel|Daniel]]<br>[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Ezra-Nehemiah|Ezra-Nehemiah]]<br>[[Translation:Mikraot Gedolot/Chronicles|Chronicles]] |- |} <!-- end of Ketuvim Table (table within table) --> |- |} <!-- end of full table for Mikraot Gedolot --> <noinclude>[[Category:Mikraot Gedolot]]</noinclude> 19vumn5ku9soiqqwep4pmuyugy16wl5 The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier/Hymn of the Dunkers 0 19209 14128242 13883356 2024-04-25T16:56:28Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 TE(æ)A,ea. moved page [[Hymn of the Dunkers]] to [[The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier/Hymn of the Dunkers]]: Move within/to containing work wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Hymn of the Dunkers | author = John Greenleaf Whittier | section = | previous = | next = | notes = }} KLOSTER KEDAR, EPHRATA, PENNSYLVANIA (1738) SISTER MARIA CHRISTINA sings Wake, sisters, wake! the day-star shines;<br> Above Ephrata's eastern pines<br> The dawn is breaking, cool and calm.<br> Wake, sisters, wake to prayer and psalm! Praised be the Lord for shade and light,<br> For toil by day, for rest by night!<br> Praised be His name who deigns to bless<br> Our Kedar of the wilderness! Our refuge when the spoiler's hand<br> Was heavy on our native land;<br> And freedom, to her children due,<br> The wolf and vulture only knew. We praised Him when to prison led,<br> We owned Him when the stake blazed red;<br> We knew, whatever might befall,<br> His love and power were over all. He heard our prayers; with outstretched arm<br> He led us forth from cruel harm;<br> Still, wheresoe'er our steps were bent,<br> His cloud and fire before us went! The watch of faith and prayer He set,<br> We kept it then, we keep it yet.<br> At midnight, crow of cock, or noon,<br> He cometh sure, He cometh soon. He comes to chasten, not destroy,<br> To purge the earth from sin's alloy.<br> At last, at last shall all confess<br> His mercy as His righteousness. The dead shall live, the sick be whole,<br> The scarlet sin be white as wool;<br> No discord mar below, above,<br> The music of eternal love! Sound, welcome trump, the last alarm!<br> Lord God of hosts, make bare thine arm,<br> Fulfil this day our long desire,<br> Make sweet and clean the world with fire! Sweep, flaming besom, sweep from sight<br> The lies of time; be swift to smite,<br> Sharp sword of God, all idols down,<br> Genevan creed and Roman crown. Quake, earth, through all thy zones, till all<br> The fanes of pride and priesteraft fall;<br> And lift thou up in place of them<br> Thy gates of pearl, Jerusalem! Lo! rising from baptismal flame,<br> Transfigured, glorious, yet the same,<br> Within the heavenly city's bound<br> Our Kloster Kedar shall be found. He cometh soon! at dawn or noon<br> Or set of sun, He cometh soon.<br> Our prayers shall meet Him on His way;<br> Wake, sisters, wake! arise and pray! [[Category:Individual Christian hymns]] {{PD-old}} eaafjm0q55gdmjma58uhdhzzrtlxt3p 14128247 14128242 2024-04-25T16:57:13Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../]] | author = John Greenleaf Whittier | section = Hymn of the Dunkers | previous = [[../Overruled/]] | next = [[../Giving and Taking/]] | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier (1895).djvu" include=488 onlysection=s2 /> qu3wg9t4klnollp5trnnve4gudpeu3h The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier/Giving and Taking 0 19211 14128161 13883347 2024-04-25T16:30:51Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 TE(æ)A,ea. moved page [[Giving and Taking]] to [[The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier/Giving and Taking]]: Move within/to containing work wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Giving and Taking | author = John Greenleaf Whittier | section = | previous = | next = | notes = {{no source}} }} ''I have attempted to put in English verse a prose translation of a poem by Tinnevaluva, a Hindoo poet of the third century of our era.'' Who gives and hides the giving hand,<br> Nor counts on favor, fame, or praise,<br> Shall find his smallest gift outweighs<br> The burden of the sea and land. Who gives to whom hath naught been given,<br> His gift in need, though small indeed<br> As is the grass-blade's wind-blown seed,<br> Is large as earth and rich as heaven. Forget it not, O man, to whom<br> A gift shall fall, while yet on earth;<br> Yea, even to thy seven-fold birth<br> Recall it in the lives to come. Who broods above a wrong in thought<br> Sins much; but greater sin is his<br> Who, fed and clothed with kindnesses,<br> Shall count the holy alms as nought. Who dares to curse the hands that bless<br> Shall know of sin the deadliest cost;<br> The patience of the heavens is lost<br> Beholding man's unthankfulness. For he who breaks all laws may still<br> In Sivam's mercy be forgiven;<br> But none can save, in earth or heaven,<br> The wretch who answers good with ill. {{PD-old}} 5qyeyeu6jz3xms1p9o38090dt1ypopz 14128239 14128161 2024-04-25T16:56:03Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../]] | author = John Greenleaf Whittier | section = Giving and Taking | previous = [[../Hymn of the Dunkers/]] | next = [[../The Vision of Echard/]] | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier (1895).djvu" from=488 fromsection=s3 to=489 tosection=s1 /> gb21qjxjdmdw9h0yqeda7wpmc7w6dbp Template:CategoryTOC 10 19512 14131281 10707178 2024-04-26T08:15:46Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {| {{ts|bc}} class="toccolours plainlinks" | |- ! style="border:none;"|{{int:Toc}}: | style="border:none;"|[{{fullurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}}} Top] – [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=0}} 0–9] [{{fullurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=A}} A] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=B}} B] [{{fullurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=C}} C] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=D}} D] [{{fullurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=E}} E] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=F}} F] [{{fullurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=G}} G] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=H}} H] [{{fullurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=I}} I] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=J}} J] [{{fullurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=K}} K] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=L}} L] [{{fullurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=M}} M] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=N}} N] [{{fullurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=O}} O] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=P}} P] [{{fullurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=Q}} Q] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=R}} R] [{{fullurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=S}} S] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=T}} T] [{{fullurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=U}} U] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=V}} V] [{{fullurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=W}} W] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=X}} X] [{{fullurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=Y}} Y] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=Z}} Z] |}<noinclude> [[Category:TOC templates|CategoryTOC]] [[Category:Category templates|TOC]] [[cs:Šablona:CATEGORYTOC]] [[el:Πρότυπο:CategoryTOC]] [[fa:الگو:CategoryTOC]] [[fr:Modèle:Catégorie-Ordre alphabétique]] [[hu:Sablon:Abc-kat]] [[ja:テンプレート:CategoryTOC]] [[pl:Szablon:Spis treści kategoria]] [[pt:Predefinição:Índice cat]] [[yi:מוסטער:CategoryTOC]] </noinclude> glsg6kglpzmby3khbkana0xrb1csmfa Template:New texts 10 20787 14129119 14126167 2024-04-25T18:31:23Z EncycloPetey 3239 + [[20 Hrs. 40 Min.]] wikitext text/x-wiki ===New entries=== __NOEDITSECTION__<!-- insert new item(s) at the top, then move the equivalent number from the bottom to the second list - please do not use text formatting or link templates in this template --> <onlyinclude> {{new texts/item|20 Hrs. 40 Min.|Amelia Earhart|1928}} {{new texts/item|Poems (Curwen)|Annie Isabel Curwen|1899|display=Poems}} {{new texts/item|Lehrmann v Network Ten Pty Limited (Trial Judgment)|Michael Bryan Joshua Lee|2024|nowiki=yes}} {{new texts/item|The Inn of Dreams|Olive Custance|1911}} {{new texts/item|Anti-Homosexuality Act, 2023|Parliament of Uganda|nowiki=yes|2023}} {{new texts/item|Lady Chatterley's Lover|D. H. Lawrence|1928}} {{new texts/item|Rainbows (Custance)|display=Rainbows|Olive Custance|1902}} {{new texts/item|The Clerk of the Woods|Bradford Torrey|1903}} </onlyinclude> ===Older entries=== (not currently displayed) <!--MOVE OLDER ENTRIES BELOW HERE--> {{new texts/item|The Tower (Yeats)|display=The Tower|William Butler Yeats|1928}} {{new texts/item|Peter Pan; or, the Boy Who Would Not Grow Up|J. M. Barrie|1928}} {{new texts/item|To The People Of Virginia|the [[Portal:Defenders of State Sovereignty and Individual Liberties|Defenders of State Sovereignty and Individual Liberties]]|nowiki=yes|1954}} {{new texts/item|The Life and Adventures of James P. Beckwourth|James Pierson Beckwourth|1892|display=The Life and Adventures of James P. Beckwourth: Mountaineer, Scout, Pioneer, and Chief of the Crow Nation of Indians}} {{new texts/item|Sophocles, the Seven Plays in English verse/Aias|display=Aias|Sophocles|translator=Lewis Campbell|edition={{media|type = spoken}}|1906}} {{new texts/item|A Shropshire Lad|Alfred Edward Housman|1906}} {{new texts/item|United States patent 1682572|Carl W. Keuffel|1928|display=US Patent 1682572 Optical Instrument}} {{new texts/item|Methods of Operating the Comptometer|Felt & Tarrant Mfg. Co.|1895|nowiki=yes}} {{new texts/item|Poems (Trask)|Clara Augusta Jones Trask|1873|display=Poems}} {{new texts/item|Joan, The Curate| Florence Warden|1899}} {{new texts/item|The New York Times/1918/11/11||November 11th, 1918|display=The New York Times}} {{new texts/item|Poems (Truesdell)|Helen Truesdell|1857|display=Poems}} {{new texts/item|Poems (Blagden)|Isa Blagden|1873|display=Poems}} {{new texts/item|Hard-Pan|Geraldine Bonner|1900|display=Hard-Pan; A Story of Bonanza Fortunes}} {{new texts/item|Poems (Bass)|Cora C. Bass|1899|display=Poems}} {{new texts/item|AB (a pseudonym) v Independent Broad-based Anti-corruption Commission|High Court of Australia|2024|nowiki=yes}} {{new texts/item|Sophocles (Storr 1919)/Electra|display=Electra|Sophocles|translator=Francis Storr|edition={{media|type = spoken}}|1919}} {{new texts/item|Poems (Coolidge)|Helen Elizabeth Coolidge|1907|display=Poems}} {{new texts/item|Provisional Collection of Taxes Act 1968|[[Portal:Parliament of the United Kingdom|Parliament of the United Kingdom]]|1968|nowiki=yes}} {{new texts/item|Poems (Rowe)|Louise Jopling Rowe|1913|display=Poems}} {{new texts/item|Safeguarding National Security Ordinance|[[Portal:Ordinances of Hong Kong|Legislative Council of Hong Kong]]|2024|nowiki=yes}} {{new texts/item|Poems (Kimball)|Harriet McEwen Kimball|1889|display=Poems}} {{new texts/item|The Emancipation of South America|Bartolomé Mitre|1893|translator=William Pilling}} {{new texts/item|Patrick v Attorney-General (Cth)|Natalie Charlesworth|2024|nowiki=yes}} {{new texts/item|Opals (Custance)|display=Opals|Olive Custance|1897}} {{new texts/item|Sophocles (Storr 1912)/Oedipus at Colonus|display=Oedipus at Colonus|Sophocles|translator=Francis Storr|edition={{media|type = spoken}}|1912}} {{new texts/item|Wallenstein|Johann Christoph Friedrich von Schiller|1800|translator=Samuel Taylor Coleridge}} {{new texts/item|Moonlight, a Poem: with Several Copies of Verses|Edward Hovell-Thurlow|1814}} {{new texts/item|A penny-worth of wit|date=c. 1800s}} {{new texts/item|The Czechoslovak Review/Volume 3/Prague University Honors Prof. Simek|display=Prague University Honors Prof. Simek|Jaroslav Victor Nigrin|1919}} {{new texts/item|Popular Mechanics/Volume 49/Issue 1||January 1928|display=Popular Mechanics, Volume 49, Issue 1|editor=H. H. Windsor}} {{new texts/item|A Catechism on the Thirty-nine Articles of the Church of England|James Beaven|1853}} {{new texts/item|The Music of the Spheres|Florence Armstrong Grondal|1926}} {{new texts/item|Le Lutrin|display=Le Lutrin, An Heroick Poem|Nicolas Boileau-Despréaux|1682|translator=N.O.|1919}} {{new texts/item|Plays by Jacinto Benavente - Second series|Jacinto Benavente|translator=John Garrett Underhill|1919}} {{new texts/item|The Yellow Book/Volume 2||1894|display=The Yellow Book, Volume 2|editor=Henry Harland}} {{new texts/item|The Story of the Flute|Henry Macaulay Fitzgibbon|1914}} {{new texts/item|Film Censorship Ordinance 1988|[[Portal:Ordinances of Hong Kong|Legislative Council of Hong Kong]]|1988|nowiki=yes}} {{new texts/item|Overland Journey of the Governor of New Zealand||1872}} {{new texts/item|The Belfry of Bruges and Other Poems|Henry Wadsworth Longfellow|1846}} {{new texts/item|Poems (Chandler)|Louise Chandler Moulton|1878|display=Poems}} {{new texts/item|Poetical Essay on the Existing State of Things|Percy Bysshe Shelley|1811}} {{new texts/item|The Cross Pull|Harry George Evarts|1920}} {{new texts/item|Poems (Griffith)|Mattie Griffith|1852|display=Poems}} {{new texts/item|Works of merit, in every department of literature||1811}} {{new texts/item|A Study of Peter Chelčický's Life and a Translation from Czech of Part I of His Net of Faith (1947)|display=A Study of Peter Chelčický's Life and a Translation from Czech of Part I of His Net of Faith|Enrico Molnár|1947}} {{new texts/item|Poems (Cook)|Eliza Cook|1861|display=Poems}} {{new texts/item|Fairview Boys at Lighthouse Cove|Frederick Gordon|1914}} {{new texts/item|The Universe (Baker)|display=The Universe: A Poem|Henry Baker (1698-1774)|1727}} {{new texts/item|The Story of Rimini|James Henry Leigh Hunt|1816}} {{new texts/item|The Cameraman|[[Author:Edward Sedgwick|Edward Sedgwick]] and [[Author:Joseph Frank Keaton|Buster Keaton]]|1928|nowiki=yes|type=film}} {{new texts/item|The Hind and the Panther|John Dryden|1687}} {{new texts/item|Journal of the Optical Society of America/Volume 30/Issue 12|display=Journal of the Optical Society of America, Volume 30, Issue 12|date=1940}} {{new texts/item|Bostock v. Clayton County|Supreme Court of the United States|2020}} {{new texts/item|Batrachomuomachia: or, the Battle of the Frogs and Mice|Henry Price|1736}} {{new texts/item|Poems (Cromwell)|Gladys Cromwell|1919|display=Poems}} {{new texts/item|Autobiography of Mother Jones|Mother Jones|1925}} {{new texts/item|Poems (Osgood)|Frances Sargent Osgood|1850|display=Poems}} {{new texts/item|Lesianawai v Minister for Immigration, Citizenship and Multicultural Affairs|High Court of Australia|2024|nowiki=yes}} {{new texts/item|The Richest Man In Babylon and Other Stories|George Samuel Clason|1930}} {{new texts/item|The Phantom of the Opera (1925 film, Hampton print)|display=The Phantom of the Opera|Rupert Julian|1925, Hampton print|type=film}} {{new texts/item|Trump v. Anderson|Supreme Court of the United States|2024}} {{new texts/item|Crown Proceedings Act 1947|[[Portal:Parliament of the United Kingdom|Parliament of the United Kingdom]]|1947|nowiki=yes}} {{new texts/item|The Crowne of All Homers Workes|Homer|1624|translator=George Chapman}} {{new texts/item|The Moving Picture Boys and the Flood|Victor Appleton|1914}} {{new texts/item|Hudibras|Samuel Butler (1612-1680)|1859}} ==Link to archives== {{New texts navigation}} [[Category:List templates|{{PAGENAME}}]] [[Category:Main page templates|{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] k9z724vuzk12lsrxfp6n1752r9au2nj Page:LA2-NSRW-3-0372.jpg 104 22717 14128703 8211598 2024-04-25T18:15:36Z Duckmather 3067252 add header, sections; remove nbsp proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Hesperian" />{{rh|NEWTON|1344|NEWTON}}</noinclude><section begin="Newt" />waters of the United States and Europe. It is also called eft and triton. The common newt of the eastern United States (''Diemictylus'') is about three and one half inches long and is shaped like a slender lizard. It varies in color, but is commonly pale greenish above and pale yellowish below with small black specks. A variety of the common water-newt is reddish with red spots, and is found in damp places in the woods. The newts feed on insects, larvæ, snails and the like. One in California reaches a length of six inches. See Gage’s ''[[Life-History of the Vermillion-Spotted Newt]]'' in the ''Amer. Naturalist,'' December, 1891. <section end="Newt" /> <section begin="Newton, Mass" />'''New′ton, Mass.,''' a city about seven miles from {{NSRW-link|Boston}} and almost surrounded by Charles River. It is the suburban residence of many Boston people, and manufactures cloth, silk, shoddy and glue. Population 39,806. <section end="Newton, Mass" /> <section begin="Newton, Sir Isaac" />'''Newton, Sir Isaac,''' the foremost English expounder of applied mathematics. As a natural philosopher he stands without a peer, unless, perhaps, {{NSRW-link|Helmholtz, Herman Ludwig Ferdinand von|Helmholtz}} is to be admitted to this category. To save space we shall first outline his chronology and then his achievements. He was born at Woolsthorpe in Lincolnshire on Christmas Day, 1642 (old style). He early showed an inventive and mechanical genius, preferring to make windmills or kites rather than indulge in the ordinary play of children. An uncle persuaded his mother to send him to {{NSRW-link|Cambridge, University of|Cambridge}}, where he entered Trinity College on June 5, 1661. In January, 1665, he graduated; in 1667 was elected fellow of Trinity. In October of 1669 he was elected Lucasian professor of mathematics. His election as fellow of the Royal Society occurred on Jan. 11, 1672. The publication of his immortal volume, the ''Principia,'' made 1687 the beginning of a new era. In four years this work was practically out of print; but not until 1713 did a second edition appear. Newton began a new rôle in 1689 as representative of Cambridge University in Parliament. In 1703 was conferred the highest honor in science to which an Englishman can aspire: the presidency of the Royal Society. Only two years elapsed until knighthood was made illustrious by being conferred upon him. The year 1697 marks his departure from Cambridge and his appointment as master of the mint, an office which he filled with distinction until his death in 1727. His work is so profoundly influencing and so thoroughly interwoven with the entire subsequent history of physical science as to make a summary of his achievements well-nigh impossible. 1. Among his earlier studies must be mentioned the brilliant series of optical experiments by which he proved white light to be composed of many simple colors and explained the color of natural bodies. Among many other important contributions to optics may be mentioned his accurate description of the phenomena of diffraction, the cause of colors exhibited by thin plates and a measurement of the wave-length of light, though in terms of the corpuscular theory. 2. Of that branch of {{NSRW-link|Astronomy|astronomy}} which is known as celestial mechanics Newton practically is the creator. Having clearly formulated the fundamental principles of {{NSRW-link|Dynamics|dynamics}}, he proceeded to ask whether the facts described by Kepler’s laws (see {{NSRW-link|Kepler, Johann|Kepler}}) could not be expressed in a still simpler manner. The answer is the ''Principia,'' where he shows that all the celestial motions are mere consequences of the one general law of gravitation that the force of attraction between any two particles varies directly as the product of their masses and inversely as the square of their distances. This law was first tested by applying it to the {{NSRW-link|Moon|moon}}’s motion about the {{NSRW-link|Earth|earth}}; and the attraction of the earth, on this basis, was found exactly to account for the behavior of the moon. In this connection every student should be warned against the popular notion that Newton discovered the explanation of gravitation. Nothing could be further from the truth. Indeed, Newton himself expressly disclaims any such thing; and insists that, while he has succeeded in describing some of the phenomena of gravitation, he will not even venture a guess as to the cause of gravitation. It need hardly be added that today we apparently are as far from any satisfactory explanation of gravitation as in the days of Newton. 3. In mathematics his genius perhaps is best shown by the fact that he not only discovered the law of gravitation, but invented the differential calculus {{NSRW-qv|Calculus}} by which to discuss the facts involved. But just how the honors for the discovery of this powerful means of investigating mathematical problems are to be shared between Newton and Leibniz {{NSRW-qv|Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm}} is a question which has perhaps not even yet been satisfactorily answered. See Brewster’s ''Life of Newton.'' <section end="Newton, Sir Isaac" /> <section begin="Newton, John" />'''Newton, John,''' American engineer and soldier, was born at {{NSRW-link|Norfolk, Va.}}, Aug. 24, 1823, and graduated at {{NSRW-link|West Point, N. Y.|West Point}} in 1842. At the outbreak of the Civil War he was engaged in the construction of fortifications along the Atlantic and Gulf coasts. Having served throughout the Peninsular campaign as brigadier, at {{NSRW-link|Fredericksburg, Battle of|Fredericksburg}} he commanded a division and rose to the rank of major-general. He rendered conspicuous services at {{NSRW-link|Chancellorsville}} and further distinguished himself at {{NSRW-link|Gettysburg, Battle of|Gettysburg}}. At the close of the war he returned to the engineer corps of the regular army. His greatest work of engineering was the removal of the obstruction called Hell Gate {{NSRW-qv|Hell Gate}} in East River, New York. See {{NSRW-link-sc|Blasting}} and {{NSRW-link-sc|New York City}}. After this he was given the position of chief of the engineering de- <section end="Newton, John" /><noinclude></noinclude> r35anlflwqle6r0kj6jzqscjm9ll3t8 14129129 14128703 2024-04-25T18:35:54Z Duckmather 3067252 first section proofread proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Hesperian" />{{rh|NEWTON|1344|NEWTON}}</noinclude><section begin="Newt" />waters of the United States and Europe. It is also called eft and triton. The common newt of the eastern United States (''Diemictylus'') is about three and one half inches long and is shaped like a slender lizard. It varies in color, but is commonly pale greenish above and pale yellowish below with small black specks. A variety of the common water-newt is reddish with red spots, and is found in damp places in the woods. The newts feed on insects, larvæ, snails and the like. One in California reaches a length of six inches. See Gage's ''[[Life History of the Vermillion-Spotted Newt]]'', in the ''[[American Naturalist|Amer. Naturalist]]'', December, 1891. <section end="Newt" /> <section begin="Newton, Mass" />'''New′ton, Mass.,''' a city about seven miles from {{NSRW-link|Boston}} and almost surrounded by Charles River. It is the suburban residence of many Boston people, and manufactures cloth, silk, shoddy and glue. Population 39,806. <section end="Newton, Mass" /> <section begin="Newton, Sir Isaac" />'''Newton, Sir Isaac,''' the foremost English expounder of applied mathematics. As a natural philosopher he stands without a peer, unless, perhaps, {{NSRW-link|Helmholtz, Herman Ludwig Ferdinand von|Helmholtz}} is to be admitted to this category. To save space we shall first outline his chronology and then his achievements. He was born at Woolsthorpe in Lincolnshire on Christmas Day, 1642 (old style). He early showed an inventive and mechanical genius, preferring to make windmills or kites rather than indulge in the ordinary play of children. An uncle persuaded his mother to send him to {{NSRW-link|Cambridge, University of|Cambridge}}, where he entered Trinity College on June 5, 1661. In January, 1665, he graduated; in 1667 was elected fellow of Trinity. In October of 1669 he was elected Lucasian professor of mathematics. His election as fellow of the Royal Society occurred on Jan. 11, 1672. The publication of his immortal volume, the ''Principia,'' made 1687 the beginning of a new era. In four years this work was practically out of print; but not until 1713 did a second edition appear. Newton began a new rôle in 1689 as representative of Cambridge University in Parliament. In 1703 was conferred the highest honor in science to which an Englishman can aspire: the presidency of the Royal Society. Only two years elapsed until knighthood was made illustrious by being conferred upon him. The year 1697 marks his departure from Cambridge and his appointment as master of the mint, an office which he filled with distinction until his death in 1727. His work is so profoundly influencing and so thoroughly interwoven with the entire subsequent history of physical science as to make a summary of his achievements well-nigh impossible. 1. Among his earlier studies must be mentioned the brilliant series of optical experiments by which he proved white light to be composed of many simple colors and explained the color of natural bodies. Among many other important contributions to optics may be mentioned his accurate description of the phenomena of diffraction, the cause of colors exhibited by thin plates and a measurement of the wave-length of light, though in terms of the corpuscular theory. 2. Of that branch of {{NSRW-link|Astronomy|astronomy}} which is known as celestial mechanics Newton practically is the creator. Having clearly formulated the fundamental principles of {{NSRW-link|Dynamics|dynamics}}, he proceeded to ask whether the facts described by Kepler’s laws (see {{NSRW-link|Kepler, Johann|Kepler}}) could not be expressed in a still simpler manner. The answer is the ''Principia,'' where he shows that all the celestial motions are mere consequences of the one general law of gravitation that the force of attraction between any two particles varies directly as the product of their masses and inversely as the square of their distances. This law was first tested by applying it to the {{NSRW-link|Moon|moon}}’s motion about the {{NSRW-link|Earth|earth}}; and the attraction of the earth, on this basis, was found exactly to account for the behavior of the moon. In this connection every student should be warned against the popular notion that Newton discovered the explanation of gravitation. Nothing could be further from the truth. Indeed, Newton himself expressly disclaims any such thing; and insists that, while he has succeeded in describing some of the phenomena of gravitation, he will not even venture a guess as to the cause of gravitation. It need hardly be added that today we apparently are as far from any satisfactory explanation of gravitation as in the days of Newton. 3. In mathematics his genius perhaps is best shown by the fact that he not only discovered the law of gravitation, but invented the differential calculus {{NSRW-qv|Calculus}} by which to discuss the facts involved. But just how the honors for the discovery of this powerful means of investigating mathematical problems are to be shared between Newton and Leibniz {{NSRW-qv|Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm}} is a question which has perhaps not even yet been satisfactorily answered. See Brewster’s ''Life of Newton.'' <section end="Newton, Sir Isaac" /> <section begin="Newton, John" />'''Newton, John,''' American engineer and soldier, was born at {{NSRW-link|Norfolk, Va.}}, Aug. 24, 1823, and graduated at {{NSRW-link|West Point, N. Y.|West Point}} in 1842. At the outbreak of the Civil War he was engaged in the construction of fortifications along the Atlantic and Gulf coasts. Having served throughout the Peninsular campaign as brigadier, at {{NSRW-link|Fredericksburg, Battle of|Fredericksburg}} he commanded a division and rose to the rank of major-general. He rendered conspicuous services at {{NSRW-link|Chancellorsville}} and further distinguished himself at {{NSRW-link|Gettysburg, Battle of|Gettysburg}}. At the close of the war he returned to the engineer corps of the regular army. His greatest work of engineering was the removal of the obstruction called Hell Gate {{NSRW-qv|Hell Gate}} in East River, New York. See {{NSRW-link-sc|Blasting}} and {{NSRW-link-sc|New York City}}. After this he was given the position of chief of the engineering de- <section end="Newton, John" /><noinclude></noinclude> 919ggmybhek14rwpur4u58dwptk7mbw Page:LA2-NSRW-3-0373.jpg 104 22718 14129135 8211599 2024-04-25T18:38:25Z Duckmather 3067252 formatting, typo fixes proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Hesperian" />{{rh|NEY|1345|NIAGARA FALLS CITY}}</noinclude><section begin="Newton, John" />partment with the rank of brigadier in the regular army. He retired from the service in August, 1886, and was elected president of the Panama Railroad Company in 1888. He died at New York, May 1, 1895. <section end="Newton, John" /> <section begin="Ney, Michel" />'''Ney''' (nd), '''Michel''', one of the famous marshals under Napoleon, was a cooper's son, born at Sarre-Louis, Jan. 10, 1769. At the beginning of the Revolution he was an under-officer in a hussar regiment, but merit soon brought him promotion, and after the siege of Mainz in 1794 he was made adjutant-general. He earned the rank of brigadier-general under Jourdan in 1796, and for the capture of Mannheim in 1799 was made general of division. At one time he also commanded the army of the Rhine, and after the declaration he married a friend of Napoleon and was made inspector-general of cavalry. When the empire was established, he was made marshal of France. He stormed Elchingen, and for this was created Duke of Elchingen. At Jena and Eylau he served with distinction, as in Spain and Russia. At Waterloo he led the center and had five horses shot under him, but after the surrender of Paris, in flight to Switzerland, he was recognized by a costly sword he wore, and condemned by the house of peers to die for high treason, in going over to Napoleon on his return from Elba. He was shot in the Luxembourg gardens, Paris, Dec. 7, 1815. <section end="Ney, Michel" /> <section begin="Nez Perces" />'''Nez Perces''' (nd'per'sdz'), meaning pierced noses, a tribe of American Indians that settled in Idaho and were friendly to the whites. In 1877 some refused to accede to a treaty reducing their reservation, attacked settlers and soldiers, and fled to Montana and Dakota. They were overtaken, and the 350 survivors transferred to Indian Territory, and in 1885 sent to Idaho, some to the Colville Indians in Washington. <section end="Nez Perces" /> <section begin="Ngami" />'''Ngami''' (n'gd'me), Lake, discovered by Livingstone in 1849, is situated in the northern extremity of the Kalahari desert in British South Africa, and is 2,810 feet above sea level. Its size depends on the rainfall in the surrounding country, but its average length is 50 miles and width from 10 to 20. Its chief tributaries are the Okovango on the northwest and the Zouga on the east. <section end="Ngami" /> <section begin="Niagara, Can." />'''Niag'ara, Can.''', a town on Lake Ontario. Capacious steamers in summer cross daily to Toronto, a favorite route from Buffalo to Toronto. It formerly was called Newark. On September 18, 1792, the pioneer parliament of Upper Canada, consisting of 16 members, met at Newark (Niagara). "The annals of the North American continent present no incident in the momentous science of government to surpass in the elements of political faith, hope and heroism the opening of the first parliament of the western province." (Watson's History.) One of the first acts of the first session established trial by jury. In the second session (1793) it abolished slavery, the first legislative body in the Empire to do so. Four of the members were Pawling, Pettit, Swayzie and Young, and many of their descendants still live in the province. Population 1,500. <section end="Niagara, Can." /> <section begin="Niagara" />'''Niagara''' ("Thunder of Waters"), a river of North America, which forms part of the boundary between New York and Ontario. It flows from Lake Erie into Lake Ontario, a course of 36 miles, during which it makes a total descent of 326 feet, about 50 feet in the rapids immediately above the great falls and nearly no feet in the seven miles of rapids below. It incloses several islands, the largest, Grand Island, being nearly 10 miles long. Four miles below this island are the most famous falls in the world. The center of the river here is occupied by Goat Island, dividing the cataract into the Horseshoe (Canadian) Fall, with a descent of 158 feet, and the American Fall, 162 to 169 feet; the outline of the former is about 2,640 feet, of the latter 1,000 feet. The volume of water which sweeps over this immense chasm is about 15,000,000 cubic feet a minute. The depth of water on the crest of the falls is less than four feet, except in a few places, notably at the apex of Horseshoe Fail, where it is about 20 feet. The limestone edge of both falls is rapidly wearing away in the center. For seven miles below the falls the river is shut in between perpendicular walls of rock from 200 to 350 feet high. Just below the cataract the river is crossed by a suspension bridge for carriages and foot-passengers, and a mile and a half further down are two railroad bridges, one a cantilever, about 100 yards apart. On both shores the lands bordering the river, for some distance above and below the falls, are under the immediate control of the respective governments. New York Park at Niagara Falls embraces 115 acres, and Queen Victoria Niagara Falls Park about 154 acres* From both sides visitors clad in waterproofs are conducted under the falls. The immense water-power supplied by the falls was utilized at Buffalo by the Pan-American exposition in 1901, and to-day is generally^ utilized in an extensive region in the vicinity of the falls. Electric displays are a further attraction to tourists and sightseers. The illuminating apparatus consists of three batteries of 50 search-lights equipped with 3o-mch and 60-inch projectors, operated by electrical engines of 3oo-horsepower. They throw a volume of light equivalent to that of 1,115,-000,000 candles, <section end="Niagara" /> <section begin="Niagara Falls City, N. Y." />'''Niagara Falls City, N. Y.''', a rapidly growing town in Niagara County, on Niagara River. The city is 20 miles north of Buffalo and about 13 south of Lake Ontario. The New York Central; Erie; Lehigh Valley; Michigan Central; and other railroads converge here. All have connections into Canada. Of recent years engineering skill has, by tunnels and a hydraulic canal, utilized for practical industrial purposes the enor <section end="Niagara Falls City, N. Y." /><noinclude></noinclude> 0mqtn1tkyp1ryih511g3z5gu0ny3nk2 Template:Editabuselinks 10 33069 14131257 12872110 2024-04-26T08:05:06Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {| {{ts|bc}} class="toccolours" style="margin:0 auto;" |- | style="border:none; text-align: center;"|'''Report abuse of editing privileges:''' | style="border:none;"|[[Wikisource:Administrators' noticeboard|Admin noticeboard]] |} <noinclude> [[Category:Wikisource templates|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 5t5opg33vifbxx5d1wcsdwpnb29junn The Younger Edda (tr. Anderson)/The Fooling of Gylfe 0 38728 14127968 14124695 2024-04-25T14:59:40Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[Prose Edda]] | author = Snorri Sturluson | translator = Rasmus Bjørn Anderson | section = Gylfaginning (The Fooling Of Gylfe) | previous = | next = [[../Skáldskaparmál|Skáldskaparmál]] | wikipedia = Gylfaginning | notes = Gylfaginning, or the Tricking of Gylfi, is the first part of Snorri Sturluson's Prose Edda. The Gylfaginning deals with the creation and destruction of the world of the Norse gods, and many other aspects of Norse mythology. The second part of the Prose Edda is called the Skáldskaparmál and the third Háttatal. The Gylfaginning deals with king Gylfi's encounters with the Æsir, and his disguised journey as Gangleri to Asgard. There Gylfi is ostensibly exposed to the glories of Asgard and its inhabitants. The whole of this narrative is metaphysical since the Æsir, who according to Snorri, have foreknowledge, trick him into a belief in the arcane complexities of the Norse pantheon, ultimately leaving him standing on empty ground. It can be argued that Snorri used this narrative device as a means of being able to safely document a vanishing and largely oral tradition within a Christian context. }} 1. King Gylfe ruled the lands that are now called Svithjod (Sweden). Of him it is said that he gave to a wayfaring woman, as a reward for the entertainment she had afforded him by her story-telling, a plow-land in his realm, as large as four oxen could plow it in a day and a night. But this woman was of the asa-race; her name was Gefjun. She took from the north, from Jotunheim, four oxen, which were the sons of a giant and her, and set them before the plow. Then went the plow so hard and deep that it tore up the land, and the oxen drew it westward into the sea, until it stood still in a sound. There Gefjun set the land, gave it a name and called it Seeland. And where the land had been taken away became afterward a sea, which in Sweden is now called Logrinn (the Lake, the Malar Lake in Sweden). And in the Malar Lake the bays correspond to the capes in Seeland. Thus says Brage, the old skald: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Gefjun glad<br> Drew from Gylfe<br> The excellent land,<br> Denmark's increase,<br> So that it reeked<br> From the running beasts.<br> Four heads and eight eyes<br> Bore the oxen<br> As they went before the wide<br> Robbed land of the grassy isle. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} 2. King Gylfe was a wise man and skilled in the black art. He wondered much that the asa-folk was so mighty in knowledge, that all things went after their will. He thought to himself whether this could come from their own nature, or whether the cause must be sought for among the gods whom they worshiped. He therefore undertook a journey to Asgard. He went secretly, having assumed the likeness of an old man, and striving thus to disguise himself. But the asas were wiser, for they see into the future, and, forseeing his journey before he came, they received him with an eye-deceit. So when he came into the burg he saw there a hall so high that he could hardly look over it. Its roof was thatched with golden shields as with shingles. Thus says Thjodolf of Hvin, that Valhal was thatched with shields: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Thinking thatchers<br> Thatched the roof;<br> The beams of the burg<br> Beamed with gold. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} In the door of the hall Gylfe saw a man who played with swords so dexterously that seven were in the air at one time. That man asked him what his name was. Gylfe answered that his name was Ganglere; that he had come a long way, and that he sought lodgings for the night. He also asked who owned the burg. The other answered that it belonged to their king: I will go with you to see him and then you may ask him for his name yourself. Then the man turned and led the way into the hall. Ganglere followed, and suddenly the doors closed behind him. There he saw many rooms and a large number of people, of whom some were playing, others were drinking, and some were fighting with weapons. He looked around him, and much of what he saw seemed to him incredible. Then quoth he: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Gates all,<br> Before in you go,<br> You must examine well;<br> For you cannot know<br> Where enemies sit<br> In the house before you. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} He saw three high-seats, one above the other, and in each sat a man. He asked what the names of these chiefs were. He, who had conducted him in, answered that the one who sat in the lowest high-seat was king, and [[wiktionary:hight|hight]] Har; the other next above him, Jafnhar; but the one who sat on the highest throne, Thride. Har asked the comer what more his errand was, and added that food and drink was there at his service, as for all in Har's hall. Ganglere answered that he first would like to ask whether there was any wise man. Answered Har: You will not come out from here hale unless you are wiser. {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} And stand now forth<br> While you ask;<br> He who answers shall sit. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} 3. Ganglere then made the following question: Who is the highest and oldest of all the gods? Made answer Har: Alfather he is called in our tongue, but in Asgard of old he had twelve names. The first is Alfather, the second is Herran or Herjan, the third Nikar or Hnikar, the fourth Nikuz or Hnikud, the fifth Fjolner, the sixth Oske, the seventh Ome, the eighth Biflide or Biflinde, the ninth Svidar, the tenth Svidrer, the eleventh Vidrer, the twelfth Jalg or Jalk. Ganglere asks again: Where is this god? What can he do? What mighty works has he accomplished? Answered Har: He lives from everlasting to everlasting, rules over all his realm, and governs all things, great and small. Then remarked Jafnhar: He made heaven and earth, the air and all things in them. Thride added: What is most important, he made man and gave him a spirit, which shall live, and never perish, though the body may turn to dust or burn to ashes. All who live a life of virtue shall dwell with him in Gimle or Vingolf. The wicked, on the other hand, go to Hel, and from her to Niflhel, that is, down into the ninth world. Then asked Ganglere: What was he doing before heaven and earth were made? Har gave answer: Then was he with the frost-giants. 4. Said Ganglere: How came the world into existence, or how did it rise? What was before? Made answer to him Har: Thus is it said in the Vala's Prophecy: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} It was Time's morning,<br> When there nothing was;<br> Nor sand, nor sea,<br> Nor cooling billows.<br> Earth there was not,<br> Nor heaven above.<br> The Ginungagap was,<br> But grass nowhere. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} Jafnhar remarked: Many ages before the earth was made, Niflheim had existed, in the midst of which is the well called Hvergelmer, whence flow the following streams: Svol, Gunnthro, Form, Finbul, Thul, Slid and Hrid, Sylg and Ylg, Vid, Leipt and Gjoll, the last of which is nearest the gate of Hel. Then added Thride: Still there was before a world to the south which [[wiktionary:hight|hight]] Muspelheim. It is light and hot, and so bright and dazzling that no stranger, who is not a native there, can stand it. Surt is the name of him who stands on its border guarding it. He has a flaming sword in his hand, and at the end of the world he will come and harry, conquer all the gods, and burn up the whole world with fire. Thus it is said in the Vala's Prophecy: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Surt from the south fares<br> With blazing flames;<br> From the sword shines<br> The sun of the war-god.<br> Rocks dash together<br> And witches collapse,<br> Men go the way to Hel<br> And the heavens are cleft. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} 5. Said Ganglere: What took place before the races came into existence, and men increased and multiplied? Replied Har, explaining, that as soon as the streams, that are called the Elivogs, had come so far from their source that the venomous yeast which flowed with them hardened, as does dross that runs from the fire, then it turned into ice. And when this ice stopped and flowed no more, then gathered over it the drizzling rain that arose from the venom and froze into rime, and one layer of ice was laid upon the other clear into Ginungagap. Then said Jafnhar: All that part of Ginungagap that turns toward the north was filled with thick and heavy ice and rime, and everywhere within were drizzling rains and gusts. But the south part of Ginungagap was lighted up by the glowing sparks that flew out of Muspelheim. Added Thride: As cold and all things grim proceeded from Niflheim, so that which bordered on Muspelheim was hot and bright, and Ginungagap was as warm and mild as windless air. And when the heated blasts from Muspelheim met the rime, so that it melted into drops, then, by the might of him who sent the heat, the drops quickened into life and took the likeness of a man, who got the name Ymer. But the Frost giants call him Aurgelmer. Thus it is said in the short Prophecy of the Vala (the Lay of Hyndla): {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} All the valas are<br> From Vidolf descended;<br> All wizards are<br> Of Vilmeide's race;<br> All enchanters<br> Are sons of Svarthofde;<br> All giants have<br> Come from Ymer. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} And on this point, when Vafthrudner, the giant, was asked by Gangrad: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Whence came Aurgelmer<br> Originally to the sons<br> Of the giants? - thou wise giant! {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} he said {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} From the Elivogs<br> Sprang drops of venom,<br> And grew till a giant was made.<br> Thence our race<br> Are all descended,<br> Therefore are we all so fierce. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} Then asked Ganglere: How were the races developed from him? Or what was done so that more men were made? Or do you believe him to be a god of whom you now spake? Made answer Har: By no means do we believe him to be god; evil was he and all his offspring, them we call frost-giants. It is said that when he slept he fell into a sweat, and then there grew under his left arm a man and a woman, and one of his feet begat with the other a son. From these come the races that are called frost-giants. The old frost-giant we call Ymer. 6. Then said Ganglere: Where did Ymer dwell, and on what did he live? Answered Har: The next thing was that when the rime melted into drops, there was made thereof a cow, which [[wiktionary:hight|hight]] Audhumbla. Four milk-streams ran from her teats, and she fed Ymer. Thereupon asked Ganglere: On what did the cow subsist? Answered Har: She licked the salt-stones that were covered with rime, and the first day that she licked the stones there came out of them in the evening a man's hair, the second day a man's head, and the third day the whole man was there. This man's name was Bure; he was fair of face, great and mighty, and he begat a son whose name was Bor. This Bor married a woman whose name was Bestla, the daughter of the giant Bolthorn; they had three sons,---the one [[wiktionary:hight|hight]] Odin, the other Vile, and the third Ve. And it is my belief that this Odin and his brothers are the rulers of heaven and earth. We think that he must be so called. That is the name of the man whom we know to be the greatest and most famous, and well may men call him by that name. 7. Ganglere asked: How could these keep peace with Ymer, or who was the stronger? Then answered Har: The sons of Bor slew the giant Ymer, but when he fell, there flowed so much blood from his wounds that they drowned therein the whole race of frost-giants; excepting one, who escaped with his household. Him the giants call Bergelmer. He and his wife went on board his ark and saved themselves in it. From there are come new races of frost-giants, as is here said: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Countless winters<br> Ere the earth was made,<br> Was born Bergelmer.<br> This first I call to mind<br> How that crafty giant<br> Safe in his ark lay. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} 8. Then said Ganglere: What was done then by the sons of Bor, since you believe that they were gods? Answered Har: About that there is not a little to be said. They took the body of Ymer, carried it into the midst of Ginungagap and made of him the earth. Of his blood they made the seas and lakes; of his flesh the earth was made, but of his bones the rocks; of his teath and jaws, and of the bones that were broken, they made stones and pebbles. Jafnhar remarked: Of the blood that flowed from the wounds, and was free they made the ocean; they fastened the earth together and around it they laid this ocean in a ring without, and it must seem to most men impossible to cross it. Thride added: They took his skull and made thereof the sky, and raised it over the earth with four sides. Under each corner they set a dwarf, and the four dwarfs were called Austre (East), Vestre (West), Nordre (North), Sudre (South). Then they took glowing sparks, that were loose and had been cast out from Muspelheim, and placed them in the midst of the boundless heaven, both above and below, to light up heaven and earth. They gave resting places to all fires, and set some in heaven; some were made to go free under heaven, but they gave them a place and shaped their course. In old songs it is said that from that time days and years were reckoned. Thus in the Prophecy of the Vala: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} The sun knew not<br> Where her hall she had;<br> The moon knew not<br> What might he had;<br> The stars knew not<br> Their resting-places. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} Thus it was before these things were made. Then said Ganglere: Wonderful tidings are these I now hear; a wondrous great building is this, and deftly constructed. How was the earth fashioned? Made answer Har: The earth is round, and without it round about lies the deep ocean, and along the outer strand of that sea they gave lands for the giant races to dwell in; and against the attack of restless giants they built a burg within the sea and around the earth. For this purpose they used the giant Ymer's eyebrows, and they called the burg Midgard. They also took his brains and cast them into the air, and made therefrom the clouds, as is here said: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Of Ymer's flesh<br> The earth was made,<br> And of his sweat the seas;<br> Rocks of his bones,<br> Trees of his hair,<br> And the sky of his skull;<br> But of his eyebrows<br> The blithe powers<br> Made Midgard for the sons of men.<br> Of his brains<br> All the melancholy<br> Clouds were made. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} 9. Then said Ganglere: Much had been done, it seemed to me, when heaven and earth were made, when sun and moon were set in their places, and when days were marked out; but whence came the people who inhabit the world? Har answered as follows: As Bor's sons went along the sea-strand, they found two trees. These trees they took up and made men of them. The first gave them spirit and life; the second endowed them with reason and power of motion; and the third gave them form, speech, hearing and eyesight. They gave them clothes and names; the man they called Ask, and the woman Embla. From them all mankind is descended, and a dwelling-place was given them under Midgard. In the next place, the sons of Bor made for themselves in the middle of the world a burg, which is called Asgard, and which we call Troy. There dwelt the gods and their race, and thence were wrought many tidings and adventures, both on earth and in the sky. In Asgard is a place called Hlidskjalf, and when Odin seated himself there in the high-seat, he saw over the whole world, and what every man was doing, and he knew all things that he saw. His wife [[wiktionary:hight|hight]] Frigg, and she was the daughter of Fjorgvin, and from their offspring are descended the race that we call asas, who inhabited Asgard the old and the realms that lie about it, and all that race are known to be gods. And for this reason odin is called Alfather, that he is the father of all gods and men, and of all things that were made by him and by his might. Jord (earth) was his daughter and his wife; with her he begat his first son, and that is Asa-Thor. To him was given force and strength, whereby he conquers all things quick. 10. Norfe, or Narfe, [[wiktionary:hight|hight]] a giant, who dwelt in Jotunheim. He had a daughter by name Night. She was swarthy and dark like the race she belonged to. She was first married to a man who [[wiktionary:hight|hight]] Naglfare. Their son was Aud. Afterward she was married to Annar. Jord [[wiktionary:hight|hight]] their daughter. Her last husband was Delling (Day-break), who was of asa-race. Their son was Day, who was light and fair after his father. Then took Alfather Night and her son Day, gave them two horses and two cars, and set them up in heaven to drive around the earth, each in twelve hours by turns. Night rides first on the horse which is called Hrimfaxe, and every morning he bedews the earth with the foam from his bit. The horse on which Day rides is called Skinfaxe, and with his mane he lights up all the sky and the earth. 11. Then said Ganglere: How does he steer the course of the sun and the moon? Answered Har: Mundilfare [[wiktionary:hight|hight]] the man who had two children. They were so fair and beautiful that he called his son Moon, and his daughter, whom he gave in marriage to a man by name Glener, he called Sun. But the gods became wroth at this arrogance, took both the brother and the sister, set them up in heaven, and made Sun drive the horses that draw the car of the sun, which the gods had made to light up the world from sparks that flew out of Muspelheim. These horses [[wiktionary:hight|hight]] Arvak and Alsvid. Under their withers the gods placed two wind-bags to cool them, but in some songs it is called ironcold (ísarnkol). Moon guides the course of the moon, and rules its waxing and waning. He took from the earth two children, who [[wiktionary:hight|hight]] Bil and Hjuke, as they were going from the well called Byrger, and were carrying on their shoulders the bucket called Sager and the pole Simul. Their father's name is Vidfin. These children always accompany Moon, as can be seen from the earth. 12. Then said Ganglere: Swift fares Sun, almost as if she were afraid, and she could make no more haste in her course if she feared her destroyer. The answered Har: Nor is it wonderful that she speeds with all her might. Near is he who pursues her, and there is no escape for her but to run before him. Then asked Ganglere: Who causes her this toil? Answered Har: It is two wolves. The one [[wiktionary:hight|hight]] Skol, he runs after her; she fears him and he will one day overtake her. The other [[wiktionary:hight|hight]] Hate, Hrodvitner's son; he bounds before her and wants to catch the moon, and so he will at last. Then asked Ganglere: Whose offspring are these wolves? Said Har: A hag dwells east of Midgard, in the forest called Jarnved (Ironwood), where reside the witches called Jarnvidjes. The old hag gives birth to many giant sons, and all in wolf's likeness. Thence come these two wolves. It is said that of this wolf race one is the mightiest, and is called Moongarm. He is filled with the life-blood of all dead men. He will devour the moon, and stain the heavens and all the sky with blood. Thereby the sun will be darkened, the winds will grow wild, and roar hither and thither, as it is said in the Prophecy of the Vala: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} In the east dwells the old hag,<br> In the Jarnved forest;<br> And brings forth there<br> Fenrer's offspring.<br> There comes of them all<br> One the worst,<br> The moon's devourer<br> In a troll's disguise.<br> He is filled with the life-blood<br> Of men doomed to die;<br> The seats of the gods<br> He stains with red gore;<br> Sunshine grows black<br> The summer thereafter,<br> All weather gets fickle.<br> Know you yet or not? {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} 13. Then asked Ganglere: What is the path from earth to heaven? Har answered, laughing: Foolishly do you now ask. Have you not been told that the gods made a bridge from earth to heaven, which is called Bifrost? You must have seen it. It may be that you call it the rainbow. It has three colors, is very strong, and is made with more craft and skill than other structures. Still, however strong it is, it will break when the sons of Muspel come to ride over it, and then they will have to swim their horses over great rivers in order to get on. Then said Ganglere: The gods did not, it seems to me, build that bridge honestly, if it shall be able to break to pieces, since they could have done so, had they desired. Then made answer Har: The gods are worthy of no blame for this structure. Bifrost is indeed a good bridge, but there is no thing in the world that is able to stand when the sons of Muspel come to the fight. 14. Then said Ganglere: What did Alfather do when Asgard had been built? Said Har: In the beginning he appointed rulers in a place in the middle of the burg which is called Idavold, who were to judge with him the disputes of men and decide the affairs of the burg. Their first work was to erect a court, where there were seats for all the twelve, and, besides, a high-seat for Alfather. That is the best and largest house ever built on earth, and is within and without like solid gold. This place is called Gladsheim. Then they built another hall as a home for the goddesses, which also is a very beautiful mansion, and is called Vingolf. Thereupon they built a forge; made hammer, tongs, anvil, and with these all other tools. Afterward they worked in iron, stone and wood, and especially in that metal which is called gold. All their household wares were of gold. That age was called the golden age, until it was lost by the coming of those women from Jotunheim. Then the gods set themselves in their high-seats and held counsel. They remembered how the dwarfs had quickened in the mould of the earth like maggots in flesh. The dwarfs had first been created and had quickened in Ymer's flesh, and were then maggots; but now, by the decision of the gods, they got the understanding and likeness of men, but still had to dwell in the earth and in rocks. Modsogner was one dwarf and Durin another. So it is said in the Vala's Prophecy: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Then went all the gods,<br> The all-holy gods,<br> On their judgment seats,<br> And thereon took counsel<br> Who should the race<br> Of dwarfs create<br> From the bloody sea<br> And from Blain's bones.<br> In the likeness of men<br> Made they many<br> Dwarfs in the earth,<br> As Durin said. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} And these, says the Vala, are the names of the dwarfs: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Nye, Nide,<br> Nodre, Sudre,<br> Austre, Vestre,<br> Althjof, Dvalin,<br> Na, Nain,<br> Niping, Dain,<br> Bifur, Bafur,<br> Bombor, Nore,<br> Ore, Onar,<br> Oin, Mjodvitner,<br> Vig, Gandalf,<br> Vindalf, Thorin,<br> File, Kile,<br> Fundin, Vale,<br> Thro, Throin,<br> Theck, Lit, Vit,<br> Ny, Nyrad,<br> Rek, Radsvid. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} But the following are also dwarfs and dwell in the rocks, while the above-named dwell in the mould: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Draupner, Dolgthvare,<br> Hor, Hugstare,<br> Hledjolf, Gloin,<br> Dore, Ore,<br> Duf, Andvare,<br> Hepte, File,<br> Har, Siar. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} But the following come from Svarin's How to Aurvang on Joruvold, and from them is sprung Lovar. Their names are: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Skirfer, Virfir,<br> Skafid, Ae,<br> Alf, Inge,<br> Eikinskjalde,<br> Fal, Froste,<br> Fid, Gunnar. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} 15. Then said Ganglere: Where is the chief or most holy place of the gods? Har answered: That is by the ash Ygdrasil. There the gods meet in council every day. Said Ganglere: What is said about this place? Answered Jafnhar: This ash is the best and greatest of all trees; its branches spread over all the world, and reach up above heaven. Three roots sustain the tree and stand wide apart; one root is with the asas and another with the frost-giants, where Ginungagap formerly was; the third reaches into Niflheim; under it is Hvergelmer, where Nidhug gnaws the root from below. But under the second root, which extends to the frost-giants, is the well of Mimer, wherein knowledge and wisdom are concealed. The owner of the well [[wiktionary:hight|hight]] Mimer. He is full of wisdom, for he drinks from the well with the Gjallar-horn. Alfather once came there and asked for a drink from the well, but he did not get it before he left one of his eyes as a pledge. So it is said in the Vala's Prophecy: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Well know I, Odin,<br> Where you hid your eye:<br> In the crystal-clear<br> Well of Mimer.<br> Mead drinks Mimer<br> Every morning<br> From Valfather's pledge.<br> Know you yet or not? {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} The third root of the ash is in heaven, and beneath it is the most sacred fountain of Urd. Here the gods have their doomstead. The asas riding hither every day over Bifrost, which is also called Asa-bridge. The following are the names of the horses of the gods: Sleipner is the best one; he belongs to Odin, and he had eight feet. The second is Glad, the third Gyller, the fourth Gler, the fifth Skeidbrimer, the sixth Silfertop, the seventh Siner, the eighth Gisl, the ninth Falhofner, the tenth Gulltop, the eleventh Letfet. Balder's horse was burned with him. Thor goes on foot to the doomstead, and wades the following rivers: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Kormt and Ormt<br> And the two Kerlaugs;<br> These shall Thor wade<br> Every day<br> When he goes to judge<br> Near the Ygdrasil ash;<br> For the Asa-bridge<br> Burns all ablaze,---<br> The holy waters roar. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} Then asked Ganglere: Does fire burn over Bifrost? Har answered: The red which you see in the rainbow is burning fire. The frost-giants and the mountain-giants would go up to heaven if Bifrost were passable for all who desired to go there. Many fair places there are in heaven, and they are all protected by a divine defense. There stands a beautiful hall near the fountain beneath the ash. Out of it come three maids, whose names are Urd, Verdande and Skuld. These maids shape the lives of men, and we call them norns. There are yet more norns, namely those who come to every man when he is born, to shape his life, and these are known to be of the race of gods; others, on the other hand, are of the race of elves, and yet others are of the race of dwarfs. As is here said: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Far asunder, I think,<br> The norns are born,<br> They are not of the same race.<br> Some are of the asas,<br> Some are of the elves,<br> Somea are daughters of Dvalin. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} Then said Ganglere: If the norns rule the fortunes of men, then they deal them out exceedingly unevenly. Some live a good life and are rich; some get neither wealth nor praise. Some have a long, others a short life. Har answered: Good norns and of good descent shape good lives, and when some men are weighed down with misfortune, the evil norns are the cause of it. 16. Then said Ganglere: What other remarkable things are there to be said about the ash? Har answered: Much is to be said about it. On one of the boughs of the ash sits an eagle, who knows many things. Between his eyes sits a hawk that is called Vedfolner. A squirrel, by name Ratatosk, springs up and down the tree, and carries words of envy between the eagle and Nidhug. Four stags leap about in the branches of the ash and bit the leaves. Thier names are: Dain, Dvalin, Duney and Durathro. In Hvergelmer with Nidhug are more serpents than tongue can tell. As is here said: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} The ash Ygdrasil<br> Bears distress<br> Greater than men know.<br> Stags bit it above,<br> At the side it rots,<br> Nidhug gnaws it below. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} And so again it is said: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} More serpents lie<br> 'Neath the Ygdrasil ash<br> Than is thought of<br> By every foolish ape.<br> Goin and Moin<br> (They are sons of Grafvitner),<br> Grabak and Grafvollud,<br> Ofner and Svafner<br> Must for aye, methinks,<br> Gnaw the roots of that tree. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} Again, it is said that the norns, that dwell in the fountain of Urd, every day take water from the fountain and take the clay that lies around the fountain and sprinkle therewith the ash, in order that its branches may not wither or decay. This water is so holy that all things that are put into the fountain become as white as the film of an egg-shell. As is here said: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} An ash I know<br> [[wiktionary:hight|Hight]] Ygdrasil;<br> A high, holy tree<br> With white clay sprinkled.<br> Thence comes the dews<br> That fall in the dales.<br> Green forever it stands<br> Over Urd's fountain. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} The dew which falls on the earth from this tree men call honey-fall, and it is the food of bees. Two birds are fed in Urd's fountain; they are called swans, and they are the parents of the race of swans. 17. Then said Ganglere: Great tidings you are able to tell of the heavens. Are there other remarkable places than the one by Urd's fountain? Answered Har: There are many magnificent dwellings. One is there called Alfheim. There dwell the folk that are called light-elves; but the dark-elves dwell down in the earth, and they are unlike the light-elves in appearance, but much more so in deeds. The light-elves are fairer than the sun to look upon, but the dark-elves are blacker than pitch. Another place is called Breidablik, and no place is fairer. There is also a mansion called Glitner, of which the walls and pillars and posts are of red gold, and the roof is of silver. Furthermore, there is a dwelling, by name Himinbjorg, which stands at the end of heaven, where the Bifrost-bridge is united with heaven. And there is a great dwelling called Valaskjalf, which belongs to Odin. The gods made it and thatched it with sheer silver. In this hall is the high-seat, which is called Hlidskjalf, and when Alfather sits in this seat, he sees over all the world. In the southern end of the world is the palace, which is the fairest of all, and brighter than the sun; its name is Grimle. It shall stand when both heaven and earth shall have passed away. In this hall the good and righteous shall dwell through all ages. Thus says the Prophecy of the Vala: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} A hall I know, standing<br> Than the sun fairer,<br> Than gold better,<br> Gimle by name.<br> There shall good<br> People dwell,<br> And forever<br> Delights enjoy. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} Then said Ganglere: Who guards this palace when Surt's fire burns up heaven and earth? Har answered: It is said that to the south and above this heaven is another heaven, which is called Andlang. But there is a third, which is above these, and is called Vidblain, and in this heaven we believe this mansion (Gimle) to be situated; but we deem that the light-elves alone dwell in it now. 18. Then said Ganglere: Whence comes the wind? It is so strong that it moves great seas, and fans fires to flame, and yet, strong as it is, it cannot be seen. Therefore it is wonderfully made. Then answered Har: That I can tell you well. At the northern end of heaven sits a giant, who [[wiktionary:hight|hight]] Hrasvelg. He is clad in eagles' plumes, and when he spreads his wings for flight, the winds arise from under them. Thus is it here said: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Hrasvelg [[wiktionary:hight|hight]] he<br> Who sits at the end of heaven,<br> A giant in eagle's disguise.<br> From his wings does come<br> Over all mankind. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} 19. Then said Ganglere: How comes it that summer is so hot, but the winter so cold? Har answered: A wise man would not ask such a question, for all are able to tell this; but if you alone have become so stupid that you have not heard of it, then I would rather forgive you for asking unwisely once than that you should go any longer in ignorance of what you ought to know. Svasud is the name of him who is father of summer, and he lives such a life of enjoyment, that everything that is mild is from him called sweet (svasligt). But the father of winter has two names, Vindlone and Vindsval. He is the son of Vasad, and all that race are grim and of icy breath, and winter is like them. 20. Then asked Ganglere: Which are the asas, in whom men are bound to believe? Har answered him: Twelve are the divine asas. Jafnhar said: No less holy are the asynjes (goddesses), nor is their power less. Then added Thride: Odin is the highest and oldest of the asas. He rules all things, but the other gods, each according to his might, serve him as children a father. Frigg is his wife, and she knows the fate of men, although she tells not thereof, as it is related that Odin himself said to Asa-Loke: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Mad are you, Loke!<br> And out of your senses;<br> Why do you not stop?<br> Fortunes all,<br> Methinks, Frigg knows,<br> Though she tells them not herself. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} Odin is called Alfather, for he is the father of all the gods; he is also called Valfather, for all who fall in fight are his chosen sons. For them he prepares Valhal and Vingolf, where they are called einherjes (heroes). He is also called Hangagod, Haptagod, Farmagod; and he gave himself still more names when he came to King Geirrod: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Grim is my name,<br> And Ganglare,<br> Herjan, Hjalmbore,<br> Thek, Thride,<br> Thud, Ud,<br> Helblinde, Har<br> Sad, Svipal,<br> Sangetal,<br> Herteit, Hnikar,<br> Biley g, Baleyg,<br> Bolverk, Fjolner,<br> Grimner, Glapsvid, Fjolsvid,<br> Sidhot, Sidskeg,<br> Sigfather, Hnikud,<br> Alfather, Atrid, Farmatyr,<br> Oske, Ome,<br> Jafnhar, Biflinde,<br> Gondler, Harbard,<br> Svidur, Svidrir,<br> Jalk, Kjalar, Vidur,<br> Thro, Yg, Thund,<br> Vak, Skilfing,<br> Vafud, Hroptatyr,<br> Gaut, Veratyr. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} Then said Ganglere: A very great number of names you have given him; and this I know, forsooth, that he must be a very wise man who is able to understand and decide what chances are the causes of all these names. Har answered: Much knowledge is needed to explain it all rightly, but still it is shortest to tell you that most of these names have been given him for the reason that, as there are many tongues in the world, so all peoples thought they ought to turn his name into their tongue, in order that they might be able to worship him and pray to him each in its own language. Other causes of these names must be sought in his journeys, which are told of in old sagas; and you can lay no claim to being called a wise man if you are not able to tell of these wonderful adventures. 21. Then said Ganglere: What are the names of the other asas? What is their occupation, and what works have they wrought? Har answered: Thor is the foremost of them. He is called Asa-Thor, or Oku-Thor. He is the strongest of all gods and men, and rules over the realm which is called Thrudvang. His hall is called Bilskirner. Therein are five hundred and forty floors, and it is the largest house that men have made. Thus it is said in Grimner's Lay: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Five hundred floors<br> And forty more,<br> Methinks, has bowed Bilskirner.<br> Of houses all<br> That I know roofed<br> I know my son's is the largest. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} Thor has two goats, by name Tangnjost and Tangrisner, and a chariot, wherein he drives. The goats draw the chariot; wherefore he is called Oku-Thor. He possess three valuable treasures. One of them is the hammer Mjolner, which the frost-giants and mountain-giants well know when it is raised; and this is not to be wondered at, for with it he has split many a skull of their fathers or friends. The second treasure he possesses is Megingjarder (belt of strength); when he girds himself with it his strength is doubled. His third treasure that is of so great value is his iron gloves; these he cannot do without when he lays hold of the hammer's haft. No one is so wise that he can tell all his great works; but I can tell you so many tidings of him that it will grow late before all is told that I know. 22. Thereupon said Ganglere: I wish to ask tidings of more of the asas. Har gave him answer: Odin's second son is Balder, and of him good things are to be told. He is the best, and all praise him. He is fair of face and so bright that rays of light issue from him; and there is a plant so white that it is likened unto Balder's brow, and it is the whitest of all plants. From this you can judge of the beauty both of his hair and of his body. He is the wisest, mildest and most eloquent of all the asas; and such is his nature that none can alter the judgment he has pronounced. He inhabits the place in heaven called Breidablik, and there nothing unclean can enter. As is here said: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Breidablik it is called,<br> Where Balder has<br> Built for himself a hall<br> In the land<br> Where I know is found<br> The least of evil. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} 23. The third asa is he who is called Njord. He dwells in Noatun, which is in heaven. He rules the course of the wind and checks the fury of the sea and of fire. He is invoked by seafarers and by fishermen. He is so rich and wealthy that he can give broad lands and abundance to those who call on him for them. He was fostered in Vanaheim, but the vans gave him as a hostage to the gods, and received in his stead as an asa-hostage the god whose name is Honer. He established peace between the gods and vans. Njord took to wife Skade, a daughter of the giant Thjasse. She wished to live where her father had dwelt, that is, on the mountains in Thrymheim; Njord, on the other hand, preferred to be near the sea. They therefore agreed to pass nine nights in Thrymheim and three in Noatun. But when Njord came back from the mountains to Noatun he sang this: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Weary am I of the mountains,<br> Not long was I there,<br> Only nine nights.<br> The howl of the wolves<br> Methought sounded ill<br> To the song of the swans. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} Skade then sang this: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Sleep I could not<br> On my sea-strand couch,<br> For the scream of the sea-fowl.<br> There wakes me,<br> As he comes from the sea,<br> Every morning the mew. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} Then went Skade up on the mountain, and dwelt in Thrymheim. She often goes on skees (snow-shoes), with her bow, and shoots wild beasts. She is called skee-goddess or skee-dis. Thus it is said: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Thrymheim it is called<br> Where Thjasse dwelt,<br> That mightiest giant.<br> But now dwells Skade,<br> Pure bride of the gods,<br> In her father's old homestead. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} 24. Njord, in Noatun, afterward begat two children: a son, by name Frey, and a daughter, by name Freyja. They were fair of face, and mighty. Frey is the most famous of the asas. He rules over rain and sunshine, and over the fruits of the earth. It is good to call on him for harvests and peace. He also sways the wealth of men. Freyja is the most famous of the goddesses. She has in heaven a dwelling which is called Folkvang, and when she rides to the battle, one half of the slain belong to her, and the other half to Odin. As is here said: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Folkvang it is called,<br> And there rules Freyja.<br> For the seats in the hall<br> Half of the slain<br> She chooses each day;<br> The other half is Odin's. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} Her hall is Sesrymner, and it is large and beautiful. When she goes abroad, she drives in a car drawn by two cats. She lends a favorable ear to men who call upon her, and it is from her name that the title has come that women of birth and wealth are called frur. She is fond of love ditties, and it is good to call on her in love affairs. 25. Then said Ganglere: Of great importance these asas seem to me to be, and it is not wonderful that you have great power, since you have such excellent knowledge of the gods, and know to which of them to address you prayers on each occasion. But what other gods are there? Har answered: There is yet an asa, whose name is Tyr. He is very daring and stout-hearted. He sways victory in war, wherefore warriors should call on him. There is a saw, that he who surpasses others in bravery, and never yields, is Tyr-strong. He is also so wise, that it is said of anyone who is specially intelligent, that he is Tyr-learned. A proof of his daring is, that when the asas induced the wolf Fenrer to let himself be bound with the chain Gleipner, he would not believe that they would loose him again until Tyr put his hand in his mouth as a pledge. But when the asas would not loos the Fenris-wolf, he bit Tyr's hand off at the place of the wolf's joint (the wrist; Icel. úlfliðr). From that time Tyr is one-handed, and he is now called a peacemaker among men. 26. Brage is the name of another of the asas. He is famous for his wisdom, eloquence and flowing speech. He is a master-skald, and from him song-craft is called brag (poetry), and such men or women are called brag-men and brag-women. His wife is Idun. She keeps in a box those apples of which the gods eat when they grow old, and then they become young again, and so it will be until Ragnarok (the twilight of the gods). Then said Ganglere: Of great importance to the gods it must be, it seems to me, that Idun preserves these apples with care and honesty. Har answered, and laughed: They ran a great risk on one occasion whereof I might tell you more, but you shall first hear the names of more asas. 27. Heimdal is the name of one. He is also called the white-asa. He is great and holy; born of nine maidens, all of whom were sisters. He [[wiktionary:hight|hight]] also Hallinskide and Gullintanne, for his teeth were of gold. His horse [[wiktionary:hight|hight]] Gulltop (Gold-top). He dwells in a place called Himinbjorg, near Bifrost. He is the ward of the gods, and sits at the end of heaven, guarding the bridge against the mountain-giants. He needs less sleep than a bird; sees an hundred miles around him, and as well by night as by day. He hears the grass grow and the wool on the backs of the sheep, and of course all things that sound louder than these. He has a trumpet called Gjallarhorn, and when he blows it it can be heard in all the worlds. The head is called Heimdal's sword. Thus it is here said: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Himinbjorg it is called,<br> Where Heimdal rules<br> Over his holy halls;<br> There drinks the ward of the gods<br> In his delightful dwelling<br> Glad the good mead. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} And again, in Heimdal's Song, he says himself: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Son I am of maidens nine,<br> Born I am of sisters nine. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} 28. Hoder [[wiktionary:hight|hight]] one of the asas, who is blind, but exceedingly strong; and the gods would wish that this asa never needed to be named, for the work of his hand will long be kept in memory both by gods and men. 29. Vidar is the name of the silent asa. He has a very thick shoe, and he is the strongest next after Thor. From him the gods have much help in all hard tasks. 30. Ale, or Vale, is the son of Odin and Rind. He is daring in combat, and a good shot. 31. Uller is the name of one, who is a son of Sif, and a step-son of Thor. He is so good an archer, and so fast on his skees, that no one can contend with him. He is fair of face, and possesses every quality of a warrior. Men should invoke him in single combat. 32. Forsete is a son of Balder and Nanna, Nep's daughter. He has in heaven the hall which [[wiktionary:hight|hight]] Glitner. All who come to him with disputes go away perfectly reconciled. No better tribunal is to be found among gods and men. Thus it is here said: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Glitner [[wiktionary:hight|hight]] the hall,<br> On gold pillars standing,<br> And roofed with silver.<br> There dwells Forsete<br> Throughout all time,<br> And settles all disputes. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} 33. There is yet one who is numbered among the asas, but whom some call the backbiter of the asas. He is the originator of deceit, and the disgrace of all gods and men. His name is Loke, or Lopt. His father is the giant Farbaute, but his mother's name is Laufey, or Nal. His brothers are Byleist and Helblinde. Loke is fair and beautiful of face, but evil in disposition, and very fickle-minded. He surpasses other men in the craft of cunning, and cheats in all things. He has often brought the asas into great trouble, and often helped them out again, with his cunning contrivances. His wife [[wiktionary:hight|hight]] Sygin, and their sone, Nare, or Narfe. 34. Loke had yet more children. A giantess in Jotunheim, [[wiktionary:hight|hight]] Angerboda. With her he begat three children. The first was the Fenris-wolf; the secon, Jormungand, that is, the Midgard-serpent, and the third, Hel. When the gods knew that these three children were being fostered in Jotunheim, and were aware of the prophecies that much woe and misfortune would thence come to them, and considering that much evil might be looked for from them on their mother's side, and still more on their father's, Alfather sent some of the gods to take the children and bring them to him. When they came to him he threw the serpent into the deep sea which surrounds all lands. There waxed the serpent so that he lies in the midst of the ocean, surrounds all the earth, and bites his own tail. Hel he cast into Niflheim, and gave her power over nine worlds, that she should appoint abodes to them that are sent to her, namely, those who die from sickness or old age. She has there a great mansion, and the walls around it are of strange height, and the gates are huge. Eljudner is the name of her hall. Her table [[wiktionary:hight|hight]] famine; her knife, starvation. Her man-servant's name is Ganglate; her maid-servant's, Ganglot. Her threshold is called stumbling-block; her bed, care; the precious hangings of her bed, gleaming bale. One-half of her is blue, and the other half is of the hue of flesh; hence she is easily known. Her looks are very stern and grim. The wolf was fostered by the asas at home, and Tyr was the only one who had the courage to go to him and give him food. When the gods saw how much he grew every day, and all prophecies declared that he was predestined to become fatal to them, they resolved to make a very strong fetter, which they called Lading. They brought it to the wolf, and bade him try his strength on the fetter. The wolf, who did not think it would be too strong for him, let them do therewith as they pleased. But as soon as he spurned against it the fetter burst asunder, and he was free from Lading. Then the asas made another fetter, by one-half stronger, and this they called Drome. They wanted to wolf to try this also, saying to him that he would become very famous for his strength, if so strong a chain was not able to hold him. The wolf thought that this fetter was indeed very strong, but also that his strength had increased since he broke Lading. He also took into consideration that it was necessary to expose one's self to some danger if he desired to become famous; so he let them put the fetter on him. When the asas said they were ready, the wolf shook himself, spurned against and dashed the fetter on the ground, so that the broken pieces flew a long distance. Thus he broke loose out of Drome. Since then it has been held as a proverb, "to get loose out of Lading" or "to dash out of Drome," whenever anything is extraordinarily hard. The asas now began to fear that they would not get the wolf bound. So Alfather sent the youth, who is called Skirner, and is Frey's messenger, to some dwarfs in Svartalfheim, and had them make the fetter which is called Gleipner. It was made of six things: of the footfalls of cats, of the beard of women, of the roots of the mountain, of the sinews of the bear, of the breath of the fish, and of the spittle of the birds. If you have not known this before, you can easily find out that it is true and that there is no lie about it, since you must have observed that a woman has no beard, that a cat's footfall cannot be heard, and that mountains have no roots; and I know, forsooth, that what I have told you is perfectly true, although there are some things that you do not understand. Then said Ganglere: This I must surely understand to be true. I can see these things which you have taken as proof. But how was the fetter smithied? Answered Har: That I can well explain to you. It was smooth and soft as a silken string. How strong and trusty it was you shall now hear. When the fetter was brought to the asas, they thanked the messenger for doing his errand so well. Then they went out into the lake called Amsvartner, to the holm (rocky island) called Lyngve, and called the wolf to go with them. They showed him the silken band and bade him break it, saying that it was somewhat stronger than its thinness would lead one to suppose. Then they handed it from one to the other and tried its strength with their hands, but it did not break. Still they said the wolf would be able to snap it. The wolf answered: It seems to me that I will get no fame though I break asunder so slender a thread as this is. But if it is made with craft and guile, then, little though it may look, that band will never come on my feet. Then said the asas that he would easily be able to break a slim silken band, since he had already burst large iron fetters asunder. But even if you are unable to break this band, you will have nothing to fear from the gods, for we will immediately loose you again. The wolf answered: If you get me bound so fast that I am not able to loose myself again, you will skulk away, and it will be long before I get any help from you, wherefore I am loth to let this band be laid on me; but in order that you may not accuse me of cowardice, let some one of you lay his hand in my mouth as a pledge that this is done without deceit. The one asa looked at the other, and thought there now was a choice of two evils, and no one would offer his hand, before Tyr held out his right hand and laid it in the wolf's mouth. But when the wolf now began to spurn against it the band grew stiffer, and the more he strained the tighter it got. They all laughed except Tyr; he lost his hand. When the asas saw that the wolf was sufficiently well bound, they took the chain which was fixed to the fetter, and which was called Gelgja, and drew it through a large rock which is called Gjol, and fastened this rock deep down in the earth. Then they took a large stone, which is called Tvite, and drove it still deeper into the ground, and used this stone for a fastening-pin. The wolf opened his mouth terribly wide, raged and twisted himself with all his might, and wanted to bite them; but they put a sword in his mouth, in such a manner that the hilt stood in his lower jaw and the point in the upper, that is his gag. He howls terribly, and the saliva which runs from his mouth forms a river called Von. There he will lie until Ragnarok. Then said Ganglere: Very bad are these children of Loke, but they are strong and mighty. But why did not the asas kill the wolf when they have evil to expect from him? Har answered: So great respect have the gods for their holiness and peace-stead, that they would not stain them with the blood of the wolf, though prophecies foretell that he must become the bane of Odin. 35. Ganglere asked: Which are the goddesses? Har answered: Frigg is the first; she possesses the right lordly dwelling which is called Fensaler. The second is Saga, who dwells in Sokvabek, and this is a large dwelling. The third is Eir, who is the best leech. The fourth is Gefjun, who is a may, and those who die maids become her hand-maidens. The fifth is Fulla, who is also a may, she wears her hair flowing and has a golden ribbon about her head; she carries Frigg's chest, takes care of her shoes and knows her secrets. The sixth is Freyja, who is ranked with Frigg. She is wedded to the man whose name is Oder; their daughter's name is Hnos, and she is so fair that all things fair and precious are called, from her name, Hnos. Oder went far away. Freyja weeps for him, but her tears are red gold. Freyja has many names, and the reason therefor is that she changed her name among the various nations to which she came in search of Oder. She is called Mardol, Horn, Gefn, and Syr. She has the necklace Brising, and she is called Vanadis. The seventh is Sjofn, who is fond of turning men's and women's hearts to love, and it is from her name that love is called Sjafne. The eighth is Lofn, who is kind and good to those who call upon her, and she has permission from Alfather or Frigg to bring together men and women, no matter what difficulties may stand in the way; therefore "love" is so called from her name, and also that which is much loved by men. The ninth is Var. She hears the oaths and troths that men and women plight to each other. Hence such vows are called vars, and she takes vengeance on those who break their promises. The tenth is Vor, who is so wise and searching that nothing can be concealed from her. It is a saying that a woman becomes vor (ware) of what she becomes wise. The eleventh is Syn, who guards the door of the hall, and closes it against those who are not to enter. In trials she guards those suits in which anyone tries to make use of falsehood. Hence is the saying that "syn is set against it," when anyone tries to deny ought. The twelfth is Hlin, who guards those men whom Frigg wants to protect from any danger. Hence is the saying that he hlins who is forewarned. The thirteenth is Snotra, who is wise and courtly. After her, men and women who are wise are called Snotras. The fourteenth is Gna, whom Frigg sends on her errands into various worlds. She rides upon a horse called Hofvarpner, that runs through the air and over the sea. Once, when she was riding, some vans saw her faring through the air. Then said one of them: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} What flies there?<br> What fares there?<br> What glides in the air? {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} She answered {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} I fly not,<br> Though I fare<br> And glide through the air<br> On Hofvarpner,<br> That Hamskerper,<br> Begat with Gardrofa. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} From Gna's name it is said that anything that fares high in the air gnas. Sol and Bil are numbered among the goddesses, but their nature has already been described. 36. There are still others who are to serve in Valhal, bear the drink around, wait upon the table and pass the ale-horns. Thus they are named in Grimner's Lay: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Hrist and Mist<br> I want my horn to bring to me;<br> Skeggold and Skogul,<br> Hild and Thrud,<br> Hlok and Herfjoter,<br> Gol and Geirahod,<br> Randgrid and Radgrid,<br> And Óðinssen;<br> These bear ale to the einherjes. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} These are called valkyries. Odin sends them to all battles, where they choose those who are to be slain, and rule over the victory. Gud and Rosta, and the youngest norn, Skuld, always ride to sway the battle and choose the slain. Jord, the mother of Thor, and Rind, Vale's mother, are numbered among the goddesses. 37. Gymer [[wiktionary:hight|hight]] a man whose wife was Orboda, of the race of mountain giants. Their daughter was Gerd, the fairest of all women. One day when Frey had gone into Hlidskjalf, and was looking out upon all the worlds, he saw toward the north a hamlet wherein was a large and beautiful house. To this house went a woman, and when she raised her hands to open the door, both the sky and the sea glistened therefrom, and she made all the world bright. As a punishment for his audacity in seating himself in that holy seat, Frey went away full of grief. When he came home, he neither spake, slept, nor drank, and no one dared speak to him. Then Njord sent for Skirner, Frey's servant, bade him go to Frey and ask him with whom he was so angry, since he would speak to nobody. Skirner said that he would go, though he was loth to do so, as it was probable that he would get evil words in reply. When he came to Frey and asked him why he was so sad that he would not talk, Frey answered that he had seen a beautiful woman, and for her sake he had become so filled with grief, that he could not live any longer if he could not get her. And now you must go he added, and ask her hand for me and bring her home to me, whether it be with or without the consent of her father. I will reward you well for your trouble. Skirner answered saying that he would go on this errand, but Frey must give him his sword, that was so excellent that it wielded itself in fight. Frey made no objection to this and gave him the sword. Skirner went on his journey, courted Gerd for him, and got the promise of her that she nine nights thereafter should come to Bar-Isle and there have her wedding with Frey. When Skirner came back and gave an account of his journey, Frey said: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Long is one night,<br> Long are two nights,<br> How can I hold out three?<br> Oft to me one month<br> Seemed less<br> Than this half night of love. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} This is the reason why Frey was unarmed when he fought with Bele, and slew him with a hart's horn. Then said Ganglere: It is a great wonder that such a lord as Frey would give away his sword, when he did not have another as good. A great loss it was to him when he fought with Bele; and this I know, forsooth, that he must have repented of that gift. Har answered: Of no great account was his meeting with Bele. Frey could have slain him with his hand. But the time will come when he will find himself in a worse plight for not having his sword, and that will be when the sons of Muspel sally forth to the fight. 38. Then said Ganglere: You say that all men who since the beginning of the world have fallen in battle have come to Odin in Valhal. What does he have to give them to eat? It seems to me there must be a great throng of people. Har answered: It is true, as you remark, that there is a great throng; many more are yet to come there, and still they will be thought too few when the wolf comes. But however great may be the throng in Valhal, they will get plenty of flesh of the boar Sahrimner. He is boiled every day and is whole again in the evening. But as to the question you just asked, it seems to me there are but few men so wise that they are able to answer it correctly. The cook's name is Andhrimner, and the kettle is called Eldhrimner, as is here said: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Andhrimner cooks<br> In Eldhrimner<br> Sahrimner.<br> 'Tis the best of flesh.<br> There are few who know<br> What the einherjes eat. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} Ganglere asked: Does Odin have the same kind of food as the einherjes? Har answered: The food that is placed on his table he gives to his two wolves, which [[wiktionary:hight|hight]] Gere and Freke. He needs no food himself. Wine is to him both food and drink, as is here said: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Gere and Freke<br> Sates the warfaring,<br> Famous father of hosts;<br> But on wine alone<br> Odin in arms renowned<br> Forever lives. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} Two ravens sit on Odin's shoulders, and bring to his ears all that they hear and see. Their names are Hugin and Munin. At dawn he sends them out to fly over the whole world, and they come back at breakfast time. Thus he gets information about many things, and hence he is called Rafnagud (raven-god). As is here said: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Hugin and Munin<br> Fly every day<br> Over the great earth.<br> I fear for Hugin<br> That he may not return,<br> Yet more am I anxious for Munin. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} 39. Then asked Ganglere: What do the einherjes have to drink that is furnished them as bountifully as the food? Or do they drink water? Har answered: That is a wonderful question. Do you suppose that Alfather invites kings, jarls, or other great men, and gives them water to drink? This I know, forsooth, that many a one comes to Valhal who would think he was paying a big price for his water-drink, if there were no better reception to be found there,---persons, namely, who have died from wounds and pain. But I can tell you other tidings. A she-goat, by name Heidrun, stands up in Valhal and bites the leaves off the branches of that famous tree called Lerad. From her teats runs so much mead that she fills every day a vessel in the hall from which the horns are filled, and which is so large that all the einherjes get all the drink they want out of it. Then said Ganglere: That is a most useful goat, and right excellent tree that must be that she feeds upon. Then said Har: Still more remarkable is the hart Eikthyrner, which stands over Valhal and bites the branches of the same tree. From his horns fall so many drops down into Hvergelmer, that thence flow the rivers that are called Sid, Vid, Sekin, Ekin, Svol, Gunthro, Fjorm, Fimbulthul, Gipul, Gopul, Gomul and Geirvimul, all of which fall about the abodes of the asas. The following are also named: Thyn, Vin, Thol, Bol, Grad, Gunthrain, Nyt, Not, Non, Hron, Vina, Vegsvin, Thjodnuma. 40. Then said Ganglere: That was a wonderful tiding that you now told me. A mighty house must Valhal be, and a great crowd there must often be at the door. Then answered Har: Why do you not ask how many doors there are in Valhal, and how large they are? When you find that out, you will confess it would rather be wonderful if everybody could not easily go in and out. It is also a fact that it is no more difficult to find room within than to get in. Of this you may hear what the Lay of Grimner says: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Five hundred doors<br> And forty more,<br> I trow, there are in Valhal.<br> Eight hundred einherjes<br> Go at a time through one door<br> When they fare to fight with the wolf. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} 41. Then said Ganglere: A mighty band of men there is in Valhal, and, forsooth, I know that Odin is a very great chief, since he commands so mighty a host. But what is the pastime of the einherjes when they do not drink? Har answered: Every morning, when they have dressed themselves, they take their weapons and go out into the court and fight and slay each other. That is their play. Toward breakfast-time they ride home to Valhal and sit down to drink. As is here said: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} All the einherjes<br> In Odin's court<br> Hew daily each other.<br> They choose the slain<br> And ride from the battle-field,<br> Then sit they in peace together. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} But true it is, as you said, that Odin is a great chief. There are many proofs of that. Thus it is said in the very words of the asas themselves: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} .The Ygdrasil ash Is the foremost of trees,<br> But Skidbladner of ships,<br> Odin of asas,<br> Sleipner of steeds.<br> Bifrost of bridges,<br> Brage of Skalds,<br> Habrok of hows,<br> But Garm of dogs. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} 42. Ganglere asked: Whose is that horse Sleipner, and what is there to say about it? Har answered: You have no knowledge of Sleipner, nor do you know the circumstances attending his birth; but it must seem to you worth the telling. In the beginning, when the town of the gods was building, when the gods had established Midgard and made Valhal, there came a certain builder and offered to make them a burg, in three half years, so excellent that it should be perfectly safe against the mountain giants and frost-giants, even though they should get within Midgard. But he demanded as his reward, that he should have Freyja, and he wanted the sun and moon besides. Then the asas came together and held counsel, and the bargain was made with the builder that he should get what he demanded if he could get the burg done in one winter; but if on the first day of summer any part of the burg was unfinished, then the contract would be void. It was also agreed that no man should help him with the work. When they told him these terms, he requested that they should allow him to have the help of his horse, called Svadilfare, and at the suggestion of Loke this was granted him. On the first day of winter he began to build the burg, but by night he hauled stone for it with his horse. But it seemed a great wonder to the asas what great rocks the horse drew, and the horse did one half more of the mighty task than the builder. The bargain was firmly established with witnesses and oaths, for the giant did not deem it safe to be among the asas without truce if Thor should come home, who now was on a journey to the east fighting trolls. Toward the end of winter the burg was far built, and it was so high and strong that it could in nowise be taken. When there were three days left before summer, the work was all completed excepting the burg gate. Then went the gods to their judgment-seats and held counsel, and asked each other who could have advised to give Freyja in marriage in Jotunheim, or to plunge the air and the heavens in darkness by taking away the sun and the moon and giving them to the giant; and all agreed that this must have been advised by him who gives the most bad counsels, namely, Loke, son of Laufey, and they threatened him with a cruel death if he could not contrive some way of preventing the builder from fulfilling his part of the bargain, and they proceeded to lay hands on Loke. He in his fright promised with an oath that he should so manage that the builder should lose his wages, let it cost him what it would. And the same evening, when the builder drove out after stone with his horse Svadilfare, a mare suddenly ran out of the woods to the horse and began to neigh at him. The steed, knowing what sort of horse this was, grew excited, burst the reins asunder and ran after the mare, but she ran from him into the woods. The builder hurried after them with all his might, and wanted to catch the steed, but these horses kept running all night, and thus the time was lost, and at dawn the work had not made the usual progress. When the builder saw that his work was not going to be completed, he resumed his giant form. {{Anchor|Niflhel}}When the asas thus became sure that it was really a mountain-giant that had come among them, they did not heed their oaths, but called on Thor. He came straightaway, swung his hammer, Mjolner, and paid the workman his wages,.---not with the sun and moon, but rather by preventing him from dwelling in Jotunheim; and this was easily done with the first blow of the hammer, which broke his skull into small pieces and sent him down to Niflhel. But Loke had run such a race with Svadilfare that he some time after bore a foal. It was gray, and had eight feet, and this is the best horse among gods and men. Thus it is said in the Vala's Prophecy: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Then went the gods,<br> The most holy gods,<br> Onto their judgment-seats,<br> And counseled together<br> Who all the air<br> With guile had blended<br> Or to the giant race<br> Oder's may had given.<br> Broken were oaths,<br> And words and promises,---<br> All mighty speech<br> That had passed between them.<br> Thor alone did this,<br> Swollen with anger.<br> Seldom sits he still<br> When such things he hears. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} 43. Then asked Ganglere: What is there to be said of Skidbladner, which you say is the best of ships? Is there no ship equally good, or equally great? Made answer Har: Skidbladner is the best of ships, and is made with the finest workmanship; but Naglfare, which is in Muspel, is the largest. Some dwarfs, the sons of Ivalde, made Skidbladner and gave it to Frey. It is so large that all the asas, with their weapons and war-gear, can find room on board it, and as soon as the sails are hoisted it has fair wind, no matter whither it is going. When it is not wanted for a voyage, it is made of so many pieces and with so much skill, that Frey can fold it together like a napkin and carry it in his pocket. 44. Then said Ganglere: A good ship is Skidbladner, but much black art must have been resorted to ere it was so fashioned. Has Thor never come where he has found anything so strong and mighty that it has been superior to him either in strength or in the black art? Har answered: Few men, I know, are able to tell thereof, but still he has often been in difficult straits. But though there have been things so mighty and strong that Thor has not been able to gain the victory, they are such as ought not to be spoken of; for there are many proofs which all must accept that Thor is the mightiest. Then said Ganglere: It seems to me that I have now asked about something that no one can answer. Said Jafnhar: We have heard tell of adventure that seem to us incredible, but here sits one near who is able to tell true tidings thereof, and you may believe that he will not lie for the first time now, who never told a lie before: Then said Ganglere: I will stand here and listen, to see if any answer is to be had to this question. But if you cannot answer my question I declare you to be defeated. Then answered Thride: It is evident that he now is bound to know, though it does not seem proper for us to speak thereof. The beginning of this adventure is that Oku-Thor went on a journey with his goats and chariot, and with him went the asa who is called Loke. In the evening they came to a bonde (1) and got there lodgings for the night. In the evening Thor took his goats and killed them both, whereupon he had them flayed and borne into a kettle. When the flesh was boiled, Thor and his companion sat down to supper. Thor invited the bonde, his wife and their children, a son by name Thjalfe, and a daughter by name Roskva, to eat with them. Then Thor laid goat-skins away from the fireplace, and requested the bonde and his household to cast the bones onto the skins. Thjalfe, the bonde's son, had the thigh of one of the goats, which he broke asunder with his knife, in order to get at the marrow. Thor remained there over night. In the morning, just before daybreak, he arose, dressed himself, took the hammer Mjolner, lifted it and hallowed the goat-skins. Then the goats arose, but one of them limped on one of his hind legs. When Thor saw this he said the either the bonde of one of his folk had not dealt skillfully with the goat's bones, for he noticed that the thigh was broken. It is not necessary to dwell on this part of the story. All can understand how frightened the bonde became when he saw that Thor let his brows sink down over his eyes. When he saw his eyes he thought he must fall down at the sight of them alone. Thor took hold of the handle of his hammer so hard that his knuckles grew white. As might be expected, the bonde and all his household cried aloud and sued for peace, offering him as an atonement all that they possessed. When he saw their fear, his wrath left him. He was appeased, and took as a ransom the bonde's children, Thjalfe and Roskva. They became his servants, and have always accompanied him since that time. 45. He left his goats there and went on his way east into Jotunheim, clear to the sea, and then he went on across the deep ocean, and went ashore on the other side, together with Loke and Thjalfe and Roskva. When they had proceeded a short distance, there stood before them a great wood, through which they kept going the whole day until dark. Thjalfe, who was of all men the fleetest of foot, bore Thor's bag, but the wood was no good place for provisions. When it had become dark, they sought a place for their night lodging, and found a very large hall. At the end of it was a door as wide as the hall. Here they remained through the night. About midnight there was a great earthquake; the ground trembled beneath them, and the house shook. Then Thor stood up and called his companions. They looked about them and found an adjoining room to the right, in the midst of the hall, and they went in. Thor seated himself in the door; the others went farther in and were very much frightened. Thor held his hammer by the handle, ready to defend himself. Then they heard a great groaning and roaring. When it began to dawn, Thor went out and saw a man lying not far from him in the wood. He was very large, lay sleeping, and snored loudly. Then Thor thought he had found out what noise it was that they had heard in the night. He girded himself with his Megingjarder, whereby his asa-might increased. Meanwhile the man woke, and immediately arose. It is said that Thor this once forbore to strike him with the hammer, and asked him for his name. He called himself Skrymer; but, said he, I do not need to ask you what your name is,---I know that you are Asa-Thor. But what have you done with my glove? He stretched out his hand and picked up his glove. Then Thor saw that the glove was the hall in which he had spent the night, and that the adjoining room was the thumb of the glove. Skrymer asked whether they would accept of his company. Thor said yes. Skrymer took and loosed his provision-sack and began to eat his breakfast; but Thor and his fellows did the same in another place. Skrymer proposed that they should lay their store of provisions together, to which Thor consented. Then Skrymer bound all their provisions into one bag, laid it on his back, and led the way all the day, taking gigantic strides. Late in the evening he sought out a place for their night quarters under a large oak. Then Skrymer said to Thor that he wanted to lie down to sleep; they might take the provision-sack and make ready their supper. Then Skrymer fell asleep and snored tremendously. When Thor took the provision-sack and was to open it, then happened what seems incredibile, but still it must be told,---that he could not get one knot loosened, nor could he stir a single end of the strings so that it was looser than before. When he saw that all his efforts were in vein he became wroth, seized his hammer Mjolner with both hands, stepped with one foot forward to where Skrymer was lying and dashed the hammer at his head. Skrymer awoke and asked whether some leaf had fallen on his head; whether they had taken their supper, and were they ready to go to sleep. Thor answered that they were just going to sleep. Then they went under another oak. But the truth must be told, that there was no fearless sleeping. About midnight Thor heard that Skrymer was snoring and sleeping so fast that it thundered in the wood. He arose and went over to him, clutched the hammer tight and hard, and gave him a blow in the middle of the crown, so that he knew that the head of the hammer sank deep into his head. But just then Skrymer awoke and asked: What is that? Did an acorn fall onto my head? How is it with you, Thor? Thor hastened back, answered that he had just waked up, and said that it was midnight and still time to sleep. Then Thor made up his mind that if he could get a chance to give him the third blow, he would never see him again, and he now lay watching for Skrymer to sleep fast. Shortly before daybreak he heard that Skrymer had fallen asleep. So he arose and ran over to him. He clutched the hammer with all his might and dashed it at his temples, which he saw uppermost. The hammer sank up to the handle. Skrymer sat up, stroked his temples, and said: Are there any birds sitting in the tree above me? Methought, as I awoke, that some moss from the branches fell on my head. What! are you awake, Thor? It is now time to get up and dress; but you have not far left to the burg that is called Utgard. I have heard that you have been whispering among yourselves that I am not small of stature, but you will see greater men when you come to Utgard. Now I will give you wholesome advice. Do not brag too much of yourselves, for Utgard-Loke's thanes will not brook the boasting of such insignificant little fellows as you are; otherwise turn back, and that is, in fact, the best thing for you to do. But if you are bound to continue your journey, then keep straight on eastward; my way lies to the north, to those mountains that you there see. Skrymer then took the provision-sack and threw it on his back, and, leaving them, turned into the wood, and it has not been learned whether the asas wished to meet him again in health. 46. Thor and his companions went their way and continued their journey until noon. Then they saw a burg standing on a plain, and it was so high that they had to bend their necks clear back before they could look over it. They drew nearer and came to the burg-gate, which was closed. Thor finding himself unable to open it, and being anxious to get within the burg, they crept between the bars and so came in. They discovered a large hall and went to it. Finding the door open they entered, and saw there many men, the most of whom were immensly large, sitting on two benches. Thereupon they approached the king, Utgard-Loke, and greeted him. He scarcely deigned to look at them, smiled scornfully and showed his teeth, saying: It is late to ask for tidings of a long journey, but if am not mistaken this stripling is Oku-Thor, is it not? It may be, however, that you are really bigger than you look. For what feats are you and your companions prepared? No one can stay with us here, unless he is skilled in some craft or accomplishment beyond the most of men. Then answered he who came in last, namely Loke: I know the feat of which I am prepared to give proof, that there is no one present who can eat his food faster than I. Then said Utgard-Loke: That is a feat, indeed, if you can keep your word, and you shall try it immediately. He then summoned from the bench a man by the name Loge, and requested him to come out on the floor and try his strength against Loke. They took a trough full of meat and set it on the floor, whereupon Loke seated himself at one end and Loge at the other. Both ate as fast as they could, and met at the middle of the trough. Loke had eaten all the flesh off from the bones, but Loge had consumed both the flesh and the bones, and the trough too. All agreed that Loke had lost the wager. Then Utgard-Loke asked what game that young man knew? Thjalfe answered that he would try to run a race with anyone that Utgard-Loke might designate. Utgard-Loke said this was a good feat, and added that it was to be hoped that he excelled in swiftness if he expected to win in this game, but he would soon have the matter decided. He arose and went out. There was an excellent race-course along the flat plain. Utgard-Loke then summoned a young man, whose name was Huge, and bade him run a race with Thjalfe. Then they took the first heat, and Huge was so much ahead that when he turned at the goal he met Thjalfe. Said Utgard-Loke: You must lay yoursefl more forward, Thjalfe, if you want to win the race; but this I confess, that there has never before come anyone hither who was swifter of foot than you. Then they took a second heat, and when Huge came to the goal and turned, there was a long bolt-shot to Thjalfe. Then said Utgard-Loke: Thjalfe seems to me to run well; still I scarcely think he will win the race, but this will be proven when they run the third heat. Then they took one more heat. Huge ran to the goal and turned back, but Thjalfe had not yet gotten to the middle of the course. Then all said that this game had been tried sufficiently. Utgard-Loke now asked Thor what feats there were that he would be willing to exhibit before them, corresponding to the tales that men tell of his great works. Thor replied that he preferred to compete with someone in drinking. Utgard-Loke said there would be no objection to this. He went into the hall, called his cup-bearer, and requested him to take the sconce-horn that his thanes were wont to drink from. The cup-bearer immediately brought forward the horn and handed it to Thor. Said Utgard-Loke: From this horn it is thought to be well drunk if it is emptied in one draught, some men empty it in two draughts, but there is no drinker so wretched that he cannot exhaust it in three. Thor looked at the horn and did not think it was very large, though it seemed pretty long, but he was very thirsty. He put it to his lips and swallowed with all his might, thinking that he should not have to bend over the horn a second time. But when his breath gave out, and he looked into the horn to see how it had gone with his drinking, it seemed to him difficult to determine whether there was less in it than before. Then said Utgard-Loke: That is well drunk, still it is not very much. I could never have believed it, if anyone had told me, that Asa-Thor could not drink more, but I know you will be able to empty it in a second draught. Thor did not answer, but set the horn to his lips, thinking that he would now take a larger draught. He drank as long as he could and drank deep, as he was wont, but still he could not make the tip of the horn come up as much as he would like. And when he set the horn away and looked into it, it seemed to him that he had drunk less than the first time; but the horn could now be born without spilling. Then said Utgard-Loke: How now, Thor! Are you not leaving more for the third draught than befits your skill? It seems to me that if you are to empty the horn with the third draught, then this will be the greatest. You will not be deemed so great a man here among us as the asas call you, if you do not distinguish yourself more in other feats than you seem to me to have done in this. Then Thor became wroth, set the horn to his mouth and drank with all his might and kept on as long as he could, and when he looked into it its contents had indeed visibly diminished, but he gave back the horn and would not drink any more. Said Utgard-Loke: It is clear that your might is not so great as we thought. Would you like to try other games? It is evident that you gained nothing by the first. Answered Thor: I should like to try other games, but I should be surprised if such a drink at home among the asas would be called small. What game will you now offer me? Answered Utgard-Loke: Young lads here think it nothing but play to lift my cat up from the ground, and I should never have dared to offer such a thing to Asa-Thor had I not already seen that you are much less of a man than I thought. Then there sprang forth on the floor a gray cat, and it was rather large. Thor went over to it, put his hand under the middle of its body and tried to lift it up, but the cat bent its back in the same degree as Thor raised his hands; and when he had stretched them up as far as he was able the cat lifted one foot, and Thor did not carry the game any further. Then said Utgard-Loke: This game ended as I expected. The cat is rather large, and Thor is small, and little compared with the great men that are here with us. Said Thor: Little as you call me, let anyone who likes come hither and wrestle with me, for now I am wroth. Answered Utgard-Loke, looking about him on the benches: I do not see anyone here who would not think it a trifle to wrestle with you. And again he said: Let me see first! Call hither that old woman, Elle, my foster-mother, and let Thor wrestle with her if he wants to. She has thrown to the ground men who have seemed to me no less strong than Thor. Then there came into the hall an old woman. Utgard-Loke bade her take a wrestle with Asa-Thor. The tale is not long. The result of the grapple was, that the more Thor tightened his grasp, the firmer she stood. Then the woman began to bestir herself, and Thor lost his footing. THey had some very hard tussles, and before long Thor was brought down on one knee. Then Utgard-Loke stepped forward, bade them cease the wrestling, and added that Thor did not need to challenge anybody else to wrestle with him in his hall, besides it was now getting late. He showed Thor, and his companions to seats, and they spent the night there enjoying the best of hospitality. 47. At daybreak the next day Thor and his companions arose, dressed themselves and were ready to depart. Then came Utgard-Loke and had the table spread for them, and there was no lack of feasting both in food and in drink. When they had breakfasted, they immediately departed from the burg. Utgard-Loke went with them out of the burg, but at parting he spoke to Thor and asked him how he thought his journey had turned out, or whether he ever met a mightier man than himself. Thor answered that he could not deny that he had been greatly disgraced in this meeting; and this I know, he added, that you will call me a man of little account, whereat I am much mortified. Then said Utgard-Loke: Now I will tell you the truth, since you have come out of the burg, that if I live, and may have my way, you shall never enter it again; and this I know, forsooth, that you should never have come into it had I before known that you were so strong, and that you had come so near bringing us into great misfortune. Know, then, that I have deceived you with illusions. When I first found you in the woods I came to meet you, and when you were to loose the provision-sack I had bound it with iron threads, but you did not find where it was to be untied. In the next place, you struck me three times with the hammer. The first blow was the least, and still it was so severe that it would have been my death if it had hit me. You saw near my burg a mountain cloven at the top into three square dales, of which one was the deepest,--- these were the dints made by your hammer. The mountain I brought before the blows without you seeing it. In like manner I deceived you in your contests with my courtiers. In regard to the first, in which Loke took part, the facts were as follows: He was very hungry and ate fast; but he whose name was Loge was wildfire, and he burned the trough no less rapidly than the meat. When Thjalfe ran a race with him whose name was Huge, that was my thought, and it was impossible for him to keep pace with its swiftness. When you drank from the horn, and thought that it diminished so little, then, by my troth, it was a great wonder, which I never could have deemed possible. One end of the horn stood in the sea, but that you did not see. When you come to the sea-shore you will discover how much the sea has sunk by your drinking; that is now called the ebb. Furthermore he said: Nor did it seem less wonderful to me that you lifted up the cat; and, to tell you the truth, all who saw it were frightened when they saw that you raised one of its feet from the ground, for it was not such a cat as you thought. It was in reality the Midgard-serpent, which surrounds all lands. It was scarcely long enough to touch the earth with its tail and head, and you raised it so high that your hand nearly reached to heaven. It was also a most astonishing feat when you wrestled with Elle, for none has ever been, and none shall ever be, that Elle (eld, old age) will not get the better of him, though he gets to be old enough to abide her coming. And now the truth is that we must part; and it will be better for us both that you do not visit me again. I will again defend my burg with similar or other delusions, so that you will get no power over me. When Thor heard this tale he seized his hammer and lifted it into the air, but when he was about to strike he saw Utgard-Loke nowhere; and when he turned back to the burg and was going to dash that to pieces, he saw a beautiful and large plain, but no burg. So he turned and went his way back to Thrudvang. But it is truthfully asserted that he then resolved in his own mind to seek that meeting with the Midgard-serpent which afterward took place. And now I think that no one can tell you truer tidings of this journey of Thor. 48. Then said Ganglere: A most powerful man is Utgard-Loke, though he deals much with delusions and sorcery. His power is also proven by the fact that he had thanes who were so mighty. But has not Thor avenged himself for this? Made answer Har: It is not unknown, though no wise men tell thereof, how Thor made amends for the journey that has now been spoken of. He did not remain long at home, before he busked himself so suddenly for a new journey, that he took neither chariot, nor goats nor any companions with him. He went out of Midgard in the guise of a young man, and came in the evening to a giant by the name Hymer. (1) Thor tarried there as a guest through the night. In the morning Hymer arose, dressed himself, and busked himself to row out upon the sea to fish. Thor also sprang up, got ready in a hurry and asked Hymer whether he might row out with him. Hymer answered that he would get but little help from Thor, as he was so small and young; and he added, you will get cold if I row as far out and remain as long as I am wont. Thor said that he might row as far from the shore as he pleased, for all that, and it was yet to be seen who would be the first to ask to row back to land. And Thor grew so wroth at the giant that he came near letting the hammer ring on his head straightway, but he restrained himself, for he intended to try his strength elsewhere. He asked Hymer what they were to have for bait, but Hymer replied that he would have to find his own bait. Then Thor turned away to where he saw a herd of oxen, that belonged to Hymer. He took the largest ox, which was called Himinbrjot, twisted his head off and brought it down to the sea-strand. Hymer had then shoved the boat off. Thor went on board and seated himself in the stern; he took two oars and rowed so that Hymer had to confess that the boat sped fast from his rowing. Hymer plied the oars in the bow, and thus the rowing soon ended. Then said Hymer that they had come to the place where he was wont to sit and catch flat-fish, but Thor said he would like to row much farther out, and so they made another swift pull. Then said Hymer that they had come so far out that it was dangerous to stay there, for the Midgard-serpent. Thor said he wished to row a while longer, and so he did; but Hymer was by no means in a happy mood. Thor took in the oars, got ready a very strong line, and the hook was neither less nor weaker. When he had put on the ox-head for bait, he cast it overboard and it sank to the bottom. It must be admitted that Thor now beguiled the Midgard-serpent not a whit less than Utgard-Loke mocked him when he was to lift the serpent with his hand. The Midgard-serpent took the ox-head into his mouth, whereby the hook entered his palate, but when the serpent perceived this he tugged so hard that both Thor's hands were dashed against the gunwale. Now Thor became angry, assumed his asa-might and spurned so hard that both his feet went through the boat and he stood on the bottom of the sea. He pulled the serpent up to the gunwale; and in truth no one has ever seen a more terrible sight than when Thor whet his eyes on the serpent, and the latter stared at him and spouted venom. It is said that the giant Hymer changed hue and grew pale from fear when he saw the serpent and beheld the water flowing into the boat; but just at the moment when Thor grasped the hammer and lifted it in the air, the giant fumbled for his fishing-knife and cut off Thor's line at the gunwale, whereby the serpent sank back into the sea. Thor threw the hammer after it, and it is even said that he struck off his head at the bottom, but I think the truth is that the Midgard-serpent still lives and lies in the ocean. Thor clenched his fist and gave the giant a box on the ear so that he fell backward into the sea, and he saw his heels last, but Thor waded ashore. 49. Then asked Ganglere: Have there happened any other remarkable things among the ases? A great deed it was, forsooth, that Thor wrought on this journey. Har answered: Yes, indeed, there are tidings to be told that seemed of far greater importance to the asas. The beginning of this tale is, that Balder dreamed dreams great and dangerous to his life. When he told these dreams to the asas they took counsel together, and it was decided that they should seek peace for Balder against all kinds of harm. So Frigg exacted an oath from fire, water, iron and all kinds of metal, stones, earth, trees, sicknesses, beasts and birds and creeping things, that they should not hurt Balder. When this was done and made known, it became the pastime of Balder and the asas that he should stand up at their meetings while some of them should shoot at him, others should hew at him, while others should throw stones at him; but no matter what they did, no harm came to him, and this seemed to all a great honor. When Loke, Laufey's son, saw this, it displeased him very much that Balder was not scathed. So he went to Frigg, in Fensal, having taken on himself the likeness of a woman. Frigg asked this woman whether she knew what the asas were doing at their meeting. She answered that all were shooting at Balder, but that he was not scathed thereby. Then said Frigg: Neither weapon nor tree can hurt Balder, I have taken an oath from them all. Then asked the woman: Have all things taken an oath to spare Balder? Frigg answered: West of Valhal there grows a little shrub that is called the mistletoe, that seemed to me too young to exact an oath from. Then the woman suddenly disappeared. Loke went and pulled up the mistletoe and proceeded to the meeting. Hoder stood far to one side in the ring of men, because he was blind. Loke addressed himself to him, and asked: Why do you not shoot at Balder? He answered: Because I do not see where he is, and furthermore I have no weapons. Then said Loke: Do like the others and show honor to Balder; I will show you where he stands; shoot at him with this wand. Hoder took the mistletoe and shot at Balder under the guidance of Loke. The dart pierced him and he fell dead to the ground. This is the greatest misfortune that has ever happened to the gods and men. When Balder had fallen, the asas were struck speechless with horror, and their hands failed them to lay hold of the corpse. One looked at the other, and all were of one mind toward him who had done the deed, but being assembled in a holy peace-stead, no one could take vengeance. When the asas at length, tried to speak, the wailing so choked their voices that one could not describe to the other his sorrow. Odin took this misfortune most to heart, since he best comprehended how great a loss and injury the fall of Balder was to the asas. When the gods came to their senses, Frigg spoke and asked who there might be among the asas who desired to win all her love and good will by riding the way to Hel and trying to find Balder, and offering Hel a ransom if she would allow Balder to return home again to Asgard. But he is called Hermod, the Nimble, Odin's swain, who undertook this journey. Odin's steed, Sleipner, was led forth. Hermod mounted him and galloped away. 50. The asas took the corpse of Balder and brought it to the sea-shore. Hringhorn was the name of Balder's ship, and it was the largest of all ships. The gods wanted to launch it and make Balder's bale-fire thereon, but they could not move it. Then they sent to Jotunheim after the giantess whose name is Hyrrokken. She came riding on a wolf, and had twisted serpents for reins. When she alighted, Odin appointed four berserks to take care of her steed, but they were unable to hold him except by throwing him down on the ground. Hyrrokken went to the prow and launched the ship with one single push, but the motion was so violent that fire sprang from the underlaid rollers and all the earth shook. Then Thor became wroth, grasped his hammer, and would forthwith have crushed her skull, had not all the gods asked peace for her. Balder's corspe was borne out on the ship; and when his wife, Nanna, daughter of Nep, saw this, her heart was broken with grief and she died. She was borne to the funeral-pile and cast on the fire. Thor stood by and hallowed the pile with Mjolner. Before his feet ran a dwarf, whose name is Lit. Him Thor kicked with his foot and dashed him into the fire, and he, too, was burned. But this funeral-pile was attended by many kinds of folk. First of all came Odin, accompanied by Frigg and the valkyries and his ravens. Frey came riding in his chariot drawn by the boar called Gullinburste or Slidrugtanne. Heimdal rode his steed Gulltop and Freyja drove her cats. There was a large number of frost-giants and mountain-giants. Odin laid on the funeral-pile his gold ring, Draupner, which had the property of producing, every ninth night, eight gold rings of equal weight. Balder's horse, fully caparisoned, was led to his master's pile. 51. But of Hermod it is to be told that he rode nine nights through deep and dark valleys, and did not see light until he came to the Gjallar-river and rode on the Gjallar-bridge, which is thatched with shining gold. Modgud is the name of the may who guards the bridge. She asked him for his name, and of what kin he was, saying that the day before there rode five fylkes (kingdoms, bands) of dead men over the bridge; but she added, it does not shake less under you alone, and you do not have the hue of dead men. Why do you ride the way to Hel? He answered: I am to ride to Hel to find Balder. Have you seen him pass this way? She answered that Balder had ridden over the Gjallar-bridge; adding: But downward and northward lies the way to Hel. Then Hermod rode on till he came to Hel's gate. He alighted from his horse, drew the girths tighter, remounted him, claped the spurs into him, and the horse leaped over the gate with so much force that he never touched it. Thereupon Hermod proceeded to the hall and alighted from his steed. He went in, and saw there sitting on the foremost seat his brother Balder. He tarried there over night. In the morning he asked Hel whether Balder might ride home with him, and told how great weeping there was among the asas. But Hel replied that it should now be tried whether Balder was so much beloved as was said. If all things, said she, both quick and dead, will weep for him, then he shall go back to the asas, but if anything refuses to shed tears, then he shall remain with Hel. Hermod arose, and Balder accompanied him out of the hall. He took the ring Draupner and sent it as a keepsake to Odin. Nanna sent Frigg a kerchief and other gifts, and to Fulla she sent a ring. Thereupon Hermod rode back and came to Asgard, where he reported the tidings he had seen and heard. 52. Then the asas sent messengers over all the world, praying that Balder might be wept out of Hel's power. All things did so,---men and beasts, the earth, stones, trees and all metals, just as you must have seen these things weep when they come out of frost and into heat. When the messengers returned home and had done their errand well, they found a certain cave wherein sat a giantess (gyger= ogress) whose name was Thok. They requested her to weep Balder from Hel; but she answered: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Thok will weep<br> With dry tears<br> For Balder's burial;<br> Neither in life nor in death<br> Gave he me gladness.<br> Let Hel keep what she has! {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} It is generally believed that this Thok was Loke, Laufey's son, who has wrought most evil among the asas. 53. Then said Ganglere: A very great wrong did Loke perpetrate; first of all in casing Balder's death, and next in standing in the way of his being loosed from Hel. Did he get no punishment for this misdeed? Har answered: Yes, he was repaid for this in a way that he will long remember. The gods became exceedingly wroth, as might be expected. So he ran away and hid himself in a rock. Here he built a house with four doors, so that he might keep an outlook on all sides. Oftentimes in the daytime he took on him the likeness of a salmon and concealed himself in Frananger Force. Then he thought to himself what stratagems the asas might have recourse to in order to catch him. Now, as he was sitting in his house, he took flax and yarn and worked them into meshes, in the manner that nets have since been made; but a fire was burning before him. Then he saw that the asas were not far distant. Odin had seen from Hlidskjalf where Loke kept himself. Loke immediately sprang up, cast the net on the fire and leaped into the river. When the asas came to the house, he entered first who was wisest of them all, and whose name was Kvaser; and when he saw in the fire the ashes of the net that had been burned, he understood that this must be a contrivance for catching fish, and this he told to the asas. Thereupon they took flax and made themselves a net after the pattern of that which they saw in the ashes and which Loke had made. When the net was made, the asas went to the river and cast it into the force. Thor held one end of the net, and all the other asas laid hold on the other, thus jointly drawing it along the stream. Loke went before it and laid himself down between two stones, so that they drew the net over him, although they perceived that some living thing touched the meshes. They went up to the force again and cast out the net a second time. This time they hung a great weight to it, making it so heavy that nothing could possibly pass under it. Loke swam before the net, but when he saw that he was near the sea he sprang over the top of the net and hastened back to the force. When the asas saw whither he went they proceeded up to the force, dividing themselves into two bands, but Thor waded in the middle of the stream, and so they dragged the net along to the sea. Loke saw that he now had only two chances of escape,---either to risk his life and swim out to sea, or to leap again over the net. He chose the latter, and made a tremendous leap over the top line of the net. Thor grasped after him and caught him, but he slipped in his hand so that Thor did not get a firm hold before he got to the tail, and this is the reason why the salmon has so slim a tail. Now Loke was taken without truce and was brought to a cave. The gods took three rocks and set them up on edge, and bored a hole through each rock. Then they took Loke's sons, Vale and Nare or Narfe. Vale they changed into the likeness of a wolf, whereupon he tore his brother Narfe to pieces, with whose intestines the asas bound Loke over the three rocks. One stood under his shoulders, another under his loins, and the third under his hams, and the fetters became iron. Skade took a serpent and fastened up over him, so that the venom should drop from the serpent into his face. But Sigyn, his wife, stands by him, and holds a dish under the venomdrops. Whenever the dish becomes full, she goes and pours away the venom, and meanwhile the venom drops onto Loke's face. Then he twists his body so violently that the whole earth shakes, and this you call earthquakes. There he will lie bound until Ragnarok. 54. Then said Ganglere: What tidings are to be told of Ragnarok? Of this I have never heard before. Har answered: Great things are to be said thereof. First, there is a winter called the Fimbul-winter, when snow drives from all quarters, the frosts are so severe, the winds so keen and piercing, that there is no joy in the sun. There are three such winters in succession, without any intervening summer. But before these there are three other winters, during which great wars rage over all the world. Brothers slay each other for the sake of gain, and no one spares his father or mother in that manslaughter and adultery. Thus says the Vala's Prophecy: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Brothers will fight together<br> And become each other's bane;<br> Sisters' children<br> Their sib shall spoil.<br> Hard is the world,<br> Sensual sins grow huge.<br> There are ax-ages, sword-ages---<br> Shields are cleft in twain,---<br> There are wind-ages, wolf-ages,<br> Ere the world falls dead. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} Then happens what will seem a great miracle, that the wolf devours the sun, and this will seem a great loss. The other wolf will devour the moon, and this too will cause great mischief. The stars shall be hurled from heaven. Then it shall come to pass that the earth and the mountains will shake so violently that trees will be torn up by the roots, the mountains will topple down, and all bonds and fetters will be broken and snapped. The Fenris-wolf gets loose. The sea rushes over the earth, for the Midgard-serpent writhes in giant rage and seeks to gain the land. The ship that is called Naglfar also becomes loose. It is made of the nails of dead men; wherefore it is worth warning that, when a man dies with unpared nails, he supplies a large amount of materials for the building of this ship, which both gods and men wish may be finished as late as possible. But in this flood Naglfar gets afloat. The Fenris-wolf advances with wide open mouth; the upper jaw reaches to heaven and the lower jaw is on the earth. He would open it still wider had he room. Fire flashes from his eyes and nostrils. The Midgard-serpent vomits forth venom, defiling all the air and the sea; he is very terrible, and places himself by the side of the wolf. In the midst of this clash and din the heavens are rent in twain, and the sons of Muspel come riding through the opening. Surt rides first, and before him and after him flames burning fire. He has a very good sword, which shines brighter than the sun. As they ride over Bifrost it breaks to pieces, as has before been stated. The sons of Muspel direct their course to the plain which is called Vigrid. Thither repair also the Fenris-wolf and the Midgard-serpent. To this place have also come Loke and Hrym,. and with him all the frost-giants. In Loke's company are all the friends of Hel. The sons of Muspel have there effulgent bands alone by themselves. The plain Vigrid is one hundred miles (rasts) on each side. 55. While these things are happening, Heimdal stands up, blows with all his might in the Gjallar-horn and awakens all the gods, who thereupon hold counsel. Odin rides to Mimer's well to ask advice of Mimer for himself and his folk. Then quivers the ash Ygdrasil, and all things in heaven and earth fear and tremble. The asas and the einherjes arm themselves and speed forth to the battlefield. Odin rides first; with his golden helmet, resplendent byrnie, and his spear Gungner, he advances against the Fenris-wolf. Thor stands by his side, but can give him no assistance, for he has his hands full in his struggle with the Midgard-serpent. Frey encounters Surt, and heavy blows are exchanged ere Frey falls. The cause of his death is that he has not that good sword which he gave to Skirner. Even the dog Garm, that was bound before the Gnipa-cave, gets loose. He is the greatest plague. He contends with Tyr, and they kill each other. Thor gets great renown by slaying the Midgard-serpent, but retreats only nine paces when he falls to the earth dead, poisoned by the venom that the serpent blows on him. The wolf swallows Odin, and thus causes his death; but Vidar immediately turns and rushes at the wolf, placing one foot on his nether jaw. On this foot he has the shoe for which materials have been gathering through all ages, namely, the strips of leather which men cut off for the toes and heels of shoes; wherefore he who wishes to render assistance to the ases must cast these strips away. With one hand Vidar seizes the upper jaw of the wolf, and thus rends asunder his mouth. Thus the wolf perishes. Loke fights with Heimdal, and they kill each other. Thereupon Surt flings fire over the earth and burns up all the world. Thus it is said in the Vala's Prophecy: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Loud blows Heimdal<br> His uplifted horn.<br> Odin speaks<br> With Mimer's head.<br> The straight-standing ash<br> Ygdrasil quivers,<br> The old tree groans,<br> And the giant gets loose. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} How fare the ases?<br> How fare the elves?<br> All Jotunheim roars.<br> The asas hold counsel;<br> Before their stone-doors<br> Groan the dwarfs,<br> The guides of the wedge-rock.<br> Know you now more or not?<br> From the east drives Hrym,<br> Bears his shield before him.<br> Jormungand welters<br> In giant rage<br> And smites the waves.<br> The eagle screams,<br> And with pale beak tears corpses<br> Naglfar gets loose. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} A ship comes from the east,<br> The host of Muspel<br> Come o'er the main.<br> And Loke is steersman.<br> All the fell powers<br> Are with the wolf;<br> Along with them<br> Is Byleist's brother. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} From the south comes Surt<br> With blazing fire-brand,---<br> The sun of the war-god<br> Shines from his sword.<br> Mountains dash together,<br> Giant maids are frightened,<br> Heroes go the way to Hel,<br> And heaven is rent in twain. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Then comes to Hlin<br> Another woe,<br> When Odin goes<br> With the wolf to fight,<br> And Bele's bright slayer<br> To contend with Surt.<br> There will fall<br> Frigg's beloved. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Odin's son goes<br> To fight with the wolf,<br> And Vidar goes on his way<br> To the wild beast.<br> With his hand he thrusts<br> His sword to the heart<br> Of the giant's child,<br> And avenges his father.<br> Then goes the famous<br> Son of Hlodyn<br> To fight with the serpent.<br> Though about to die,<br> He fears not the contest;<br> All men<br> Abandon their homesteads<br> When the warder of Midgard<br> In wrath slays the serpent. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} The sun grows dark,<br> The earth sinks into the sea,<br> The bright stars<br> From heaven vanish;<br> Fire rages,<br> Heat blazes,<br> And high flames play<br> 'Gainst heaven itself. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} And again it is said as follows: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Vigrid is the name of the plain<br> Where in fight shall meet<br> Surt and the gentle god.<br> A hundred miles<br> It is every way.<br> This field is marked out for them. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} 56. Then asked Ganglere: What happens when heaven and earth and all the worlds are consumed in flames, and when all the gods and all the einherjes and all men are dead? You have already said that all men shall live in some world through all ages. Har answered: There are many and many bad abodes. Best it is to be in Gimle, in heaven. Plenty is there of good drink for those who deem this a joy in the hall called Brimer. That is also in heaven. There is also an excellent hall which stands on the Nida mountains. It is built of red gold, and is called Sindre. In this hall good and well-minded men shall dwell. Nastrand is a large and terrible hall, and its doors open to the north. It is built of serpents wattled together, and all the heads of the serpents turn into the hall and vomit forth venom that flows in streams along the hall, and in these streams wade perjurers and murderers. So it is here said: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} A hall I know standing<br> Far from the sun<br> On the strand of dead bodies.<br> Drops of venom<br> Fall through the loop-holes.<br> Of serpents' backs<br> The hall is made. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} There shall wade<br> Through heavy streams<br> Perjurers<br> And murderers. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} But in Hvergelmer it is worst. {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} There tortures Nidhug<br> The bodies of the dead. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} 57. Then said Ganglere: Do any gods live then? Is there any earth or heaven? Har answered: The earth rises again from the sea, and is green and fair. The fields unsown produce their harvests. Vidar and Vale live. Neither the sea nor Surt's fire has harmed them, and they dwell on the plains of Ida, where Asgard was before. Thither come also the sons of Thor, Mode and Magne, and they have Mjolner. Then come Balder and Hoder from Hel. They all sit together and talk about the things that happened aforetime,---about the Midgard-serpent and the Fenris-wolf. They find in the grass those golden tables which the asas once had. Thus it is said: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Vidar and Vale<br> Dwell in the house of the gods,<br> When quenched is the fire of Surt.<br> Mode and Magne<br> Vingner's Mjolner shall have<br> When the fight is ended. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} In a place called Hodmimer's-hold are concealed two persons during Surt's fire, called Lif and Lifthraser. They feed on the morning dew. From these so numerous a race is descended that they fill the whole world with people, as is here said: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Lif and Lifthraser<br> Will lie hid<br> In Hodmimer's-holt.<br> The morning dew<br> They have for food.<br> From them are the races descended. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} But what will seem wonderful to you is that the sun has brought forth a daughter not less fair than herself, and she rides in the heavenly course of her mother, as is here said: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} A daughter<br> Is born of the sun<br> Ere Fenrer takes her.<br> In her mother's course<br> When the gods are dead<br> This maid shall ride. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} And if you now can ask more questions, said Har to Ganglere, I know not whence that power came to you. I have never heard any one tell further the fate of the world. Make now the best use you can of what has been told you. 58. Then Ganglere heard a terrible noise on all sides, and when he looked about him he stood out-doors on a level plain. He saw neither hall nor burg. He went his way and came back to his kingdom, and told the tidings which he had seen and heard, and ever since those tidings have been handed down from man to man. [[de:Edda/Snorra-Edda/Gylfaginnîng]] [[fr:L’Edda de Snorre Sturleson/Le Voyage de Gylfe]] fx35uwou8w9vdhvgbh9hvq2spvu26p9 14129987 14127968 2024-04-25T20:33:56Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 move to scan wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../|The Younger Edda]] | author = Snorri Sturluson | translator = Rasmus Bjørn Anderson | year = 1880 | section = The Fooling Of Gylfe | previous = | next = [[../Brage's Talk/]] | notes = Gylfaginning, or the Tricking of Gylfi, is the first part of Snorri Sturluson's Prose Edda. The Gylfaginning deals with the creation and destruction of the world of the Norse gods, and many other aspects of Norse mythology. The second part of the Prose Edda is called the Skáldskaparmál and the third Háttatal. The Gylfaginning deals with king Gylfi's encounters with the Æsir, and his disguised journey as Gangleri to Asgard. There Gylfi is ostensibly exposed to the glories of Asgard and its inhabitants. The whole of this narrative is metaphysical since the Æsir, who according to Snorri, have foreknowledge, trick him into a belief in the arcane complexities of the Norse pantheon, ultimately leaving him standing on empty ground. It can be argued that Snorri used this narrative device as a means of being able to safely document a vanishing and largely oral tradition within a Christian context. }} <pages index="Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu" include=53-155 /> {{smallrefs}} [[de:Edda/Snorra-Edda/Gylfaginnîng]] [[fr:L’Edda de Snorre Sturleson/Le Voyage de Gylfe]] 3fivdjhwmn4o7neckztypinysg14iha 14130000 14129987 2024-04-25T20:38:20Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 split wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../|The Younger Edda]] | author = Snorri Sturluson | translator = Rasmus Bjørn Anderson | year = 1880 | section = The Fooling Of Gylfe | previous = | next = [[../Brage's Talk/]] | notes = Gylfaginning, or the Tricking of Gylfi, is the first part of Snorri Sturluson's Prose Edda. The Gylfaginning deals with the creation and destruction of the world of the Norse gods, and many other aspects of Norse mythology. The second part of the Prose Edda is called the Skáldskaparmál and the third Háttatal. The Gylfaginning deals with king Gylfi's encounters with the Æsir, and his disguised journey as Gangleri to Asgard. There Gylfi is ostensibly exposed to the glories of Asgard and its inhabitants. The whole of this narrative is metaphysical since the Æsir, who according to Snorri, have foreknowledge, trick him into a belief in the arcane complexities of the Norse pantheon, ultimately leaving him standing on empty ground. It can be argued that Snorri used this narrative device as a means of being able to safely document a vanishing and largely oral tradition within a Christian context. }} {{AuxTOC/s|width=100%}} {{TOC begin|width=100%}} <pages index="Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu" include=15-16 onlysection=Gylfaginning /> {{TOC end}} {{AuxTOC/e}} [[de:Edda/Snorra-Edda/Gylfaginnîng]] [[fr:L’Edda de Snorre Sturleson/Le Voyage de Gylfe]] beaynzv6dx4n5b4p90xkwxk9m7oph3o 14130001 14130000 2024-04-25T20:38:45Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../|The Younger Edda]] | author = Snorri Sturluson | translator = Rasmus Bjørn Anderson | year = 1880 | section = The Fooling Of Gylfe | previous = | next = [[../Brage's Talk/]] | notes = Gylfaginning, or the Tricking of Gylfi, is the first part of Snorri Sturluson's Prose Edda. The Gylfaginning deals with the creation and destruction of the world of the Norse gods, and many other aspects of Norse mythology. The second part of the Prose Edda is called the Skáldskaparmál and the third Háttatal. The Gylfaginning deals with king Gylfi's encounters with the Æsir, and his disguised journey as Gangleri to Asgard. There Gylfi is ostensibly exposed to the glories of Asgard and its inhabitants. The whole of this narrative is metaphysical since the Æsir, who according to Snorri, have foreknowledge, trick him into a belief in the arcane complexities of the Norse pantheon, ultimately leaving him standing on empty ground. It can be argued that Snorri used this narrative device as a means of being able to safely document a vanishing and largely oral tradition within a Christian context. }} {{AuxTOC/s|width=100%}} {{TOC begin|width=100%}} {{nopt}} <pages index="Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu" include=15-16 onlysection=Gylfaginning /> {{TOC end}} {{AuxTOC/e}} [[de:Edda/Snorra-Edda/Gylfaginnîng]] [[fr:L’Edda de Snorre Sturleson/Le Voyage de Gylfe]] s8wlzw703jdpb8tr0k92a6vxq0m70yw 14130007 14130001 2024-04-25T20:40:39Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../|The Younger Edda]] | author = Snorri Sturluson | translator = Rasmus Bjørn Anderson | year = 1880 | section = The Fooling Of Gylfe | previous = | next = [[../Brage's Talk/]] | notes = Gylfaginning, or the Tricking of Gylfi, is the first part of Snorri Sturluson's Prose Edda. The Gylfaginning deals with the creation and destruction of the world of the Norse gods, and many other aspects of Norse mythology. The second part of the Prose Edda is called the Skáldskaparmál and the third Háttatal. The Gylfaginning deals with king Gylfi's encounters with the Æsir, and his disguised journey as Gangleri to Asgard. There Gylfi is ostensibly exposed to the glories of Asgard and its inhabitants. The whole of this narrative is metaphysical since the Æsir, who according to Snorri, have foreknowledge, trick him into a belief in the arcane complexities of the Norse pantheon, ultimately leaving him standing on empty ground. It can be argued that Snorri used this narrative device as a means of being able to safely document a vanishing and largely oral tradition within a Christian context. }} {{AuxTOC/s|width=100%}} {{TOC begin|width=100%}} {{#section:Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/15|Gylfaginning}} {{#section:Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/16|Gylfaginning}} {{TOC end}} {{AuxTOC/e}} [[de:Edda/Snorra-Edda/Gylfaginnîng]] [[fr:L’Edda de Snorre Sturleson/Le Voyage de Gylfe]] trflnexc7f145n84i968uionuyoo5ro 14130010 14130007 2024-04-25T20:41:03Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../|The Younger Edda]] | author = Snorri Sturluson | translator = Rasmus Bjørn Anderson | year = 1880 | section = The Fooling Of Gylfe | previous = | next = [[../Brage's Talk/]] | notes = Gylfaginning, or the Tricking of Gylfi, is the first part of Snorri Sturluson's Prose Edda. The Gylfaginning deals with the creation and destruction of the world of the Norse gods, and many other aspects of Norse mythology. The second part of the Prose Edda is called the Skáldskaparmál and the third Háttatal. The Gylfaginning deals with king Gylfi's encounters with the Æsir, and his disguised journey as Gangleri to Asgard. There Gylfi is ostensibly exposed to the glories of Asgard and its inhabitants. The whole of this narrative is metaphysical since the Æsir, who according to Snorri, have foreknowledge, trick him into a belief in the arcane complexities of the Norse pantheon, ultimately leaving him standing on empty ground. It can be argued that Snorri used this narrative device as a means of being able to safely document a vanishing and largely oral tradition within a Christian context. }} {{AuxTOC/s}} {{TOC begin|width=100%}} {{#section:Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/15|Gylfaginning}} {{#section:Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/16|Gylfaginning}} {{TOC end}} {{AuxTOC/e}} [[de:Edda/Snorra-Edda/Gylfaginnîng]] [[fr:L’Edda de Snorre Sturleson/Le Voyage de Gylfe]] 1q9g2nne4emng426pvn9ydubre57u8c 14130037 14130010 2024-04-25T20:57:02Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../|The Younger Edda]] | author = Snorri Sturluson | translator = Rasmus Bjørn Anderson | year = 1880 | section = The Fooling Of Gylfe | previous = | next = [[../Brage's Talk/]] | notes = Gylfaginning, or the Tricking of Gylfi, is the first part of Snorri Sturluson's Prose Edda. The Gylfaginning deals with the creation and destruction of the world of the Norse gods, and many other aspects of Norse mythology. The second part of the Prose Edda is called the Skáldskaparmál and the third Háttatal. The Gylfaginning deals with king Gylfi's encounters with the Æsir, and his disguised journey as Gangleri to Asgard. There Gylfi is ostensibly exposed to the glories of Asgard and its inhabitants. The whole of this narrative is metaphysical since the Æsir, who according to Snorri, have foreknowledge, trick him into a belief in the arcane complexities of the Norse pantheon, ultimately leaving him standing on empty ground. It can be argued that Snorri used this narrative device as a means of being able to safely document a vanishing and largely oral tradition within a Christian context. }} {{AuxTOC/s}} {{TOC begin|width=100%}} {{#section:Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/15|Gylfaginning}}{{#section:Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/16|Gylfaginning}} {{TOC end}} {{AuxTOC/e}} [[de:Edda/Snorra-Edda/Gylfaginnîng]] [[fr:L’Edda de Snorre Sturleson/Le Voyage de Gylfe]] 9ey6ur0bt2t3n47ehysq6ythnq8fzyd Author:Anton Pavlovich Chekhov 102 40301 14130365 13756221 2024-04-26T00:29:57Z EncycloPetey 3239 /* Plays */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = Anton | lastname = Chekhov | last_initial = Ch | description = Russian writer known primarily for his short stories and plays {{media|key = y |type = spoken}} }} ==Works== ===Plays=== * [[Platonov]] * [[On the High Road]] or ''On the Highway'' ({{lang|ru|[[:ru:На большой дороге (Чехов)|''На большой дороге'']]}}) 1884 * [[On the Harmful Effects of Tobacco]] ({{lang|ru|[[:ru:О вреде табака (Чехов)|''О вреде табака'']]}}) 1886 (revised 1902) * [[Ivanoff]] ({{lang|ru|''Иванов''}}) 1887 * [[The Jubilee]] ({{lang|ru|[[:ru:Юбилей (пьеса, Чехов)|''Юбилей'']]}}) * [[The Proposal (Anton Chekhov)|The Proposal]] ({{lang|ru|[[:ru:Предложение (пьеса, Чехов)|''Предложение'']]}}) 1889 * [[The Wedding (Chekhov)|The Wedding]] ({{lang|ru|[[:ru:Свадьба (пьеса, Чехов)|''Свадьба'']]}}) 1889 * [[The Boor]] ({{lang|ru|[[:ru:Медведь (Чехов)|''Медведь'']]}}) 1888 * [[The Seagull]] ({{lang|ru|[[:ru:Чайка (Чехов)|''Чайка'']]}}) 1896 * [[The Tragedian in Spite of Himself]] ({{lang|ru|[[:ru:Трагик поневоле (Чехов)|''Трагик поневоле'']]}}) 1899 * [[Uncle Vanya]] ({{lang|ru|[[:ru:Дядя Ваня (Чехов)|''Дядя Ваня'']]}}) 1900 {{media|type = spoken}} * [[The Three Sisters (Chekhov)|The Three Sisters]] ({{lang|ru|[[:ru:Три сестры (Чехов)|''Три сестры'']]}}) 1901 * [[The Cherry Orchard]] ({{lang|ru|[[:ru:Вишнёвый сад (Чехов)|''Вишнёвый сад'']]}}) 1904 ===Novellas=== Story collections on subpage [[/Stories|Stories]] *[[The Steppe]] (1888) *[[The Duel (Chekhov)]] (1891) *[[An Anonymous Story]] (1893) *[[Three Years]] (1895) *[[My Life (Chekhov)|My Life]] (1896) ===Short Stories=== Story collections on subpage [[/Stories|Stories]] *[[A Living Chattel]] (1882) *[[Joy (Chekhov)|Joy]] (1883) *[[At the Barber's]] (1883) *[[An Enigmatic Nature]] (1883) *[[A Classical Student]] (1883) *[[The Death of a Government Clerk]] (1883) *[[The Trousseau]] (1883) *[[A Daughter of Albion]] (1883) *[[An Inquiry]] (1883) *[[Fat and Thin]] (1883) *[[A Tragic Actor]] (1883) *[[The Bird Market]] (1883) *[[A Slander]] (1883) *[[The Swedish Match]] (1883) *[[Choristers]] (1884) *[[The Album (Chekhov)|The Album]] (1884) *[[Minds in Ferment]] (1884) *[[A Chameleon]] (1884) *[[In the Graveyard]] (1884) *[[Oysters (Chekhov)|Oysters]] (1884) *[[The Marshal's Widow]] (1885) *[[Small Fry]] (1885) *[[In an Hotel]] (1885) *[[Boots (Chekhov)]] (1885) *[[Nerves]] (1885) *[[A Country Cottage]] (1885) *[[Malingerers]] (1885) *[[The Fish (Chekhov)]] (1885) *[[Gone Astray]] (1885) *[[The Huntsman]] (1885) *[[A Malefactor]] (1885) *[[The Head of the Family]] (1885) *[[A Dead Body]] (1885) *[[The Cook's Wedding]] (1885) *[[Anthology of Modern Slavonic Literature in Prose and Verse/In a Foreign Land|In a Foreign Land]] (1885) *[[Overdoing It]] (1885) *[[Old Age (Chekhov)|Old Age]] (1885) *[[Sorrow (Chekhov)|Sorrow]] (1885) *[[Oh! The Public]] (1885) *[[Mari d'Elle]] (1885) *[[The Looking-Glass (Chekhov)]] (1885) *[[Art (Chekhov)]] (1886) *[[A Blunder]] (1886) *[[Children (Chekhov)]] (1886) *[[Misery]] (1886) *[[An Upheaval]] (1886) *[[An Actor's End]] (1886) *[[The Requiem]] (1886) *[[Anyuta]] (1886) *[[Ivan Matveyitch]] (1886) *[[The Witch]] (1886) *[[A Story Without an End]] (1886) *[[A Joke]] (1886) *[[Agafya]] (1886) *[[A Nightmare (Chekhov)]] (1886) *[[Grisha]] (1886) *[[Love (Chekhov)]] (1886) *[[Easter Eve (Chekhov)|Easter Eve]] (1886) *[[Ladies (Chekhov)]] (1886) *[[Strong Impressions]] (1886) *[[A Gentleman Friend]] (1886) *[[A Happy Man]] (1886) *[[The Privy Councillor]] (1886) *[[A Day in the Country]] (1886) *[[At a Summer Villa]] (1886) *[[Panic Fears]] (1886) *[[The Chemist's Wife]] (1886) *[[Not Wanted]] (1886) *[[The Chorus Girl (Chekhov)|The Chorus Girl]] (1886) *[[The Schoolmaster]] (1886) *[[A Troublesome Visitor]] (1886) *[[The Husband]] (1886) *[[Misfortune (Chekhov)|Misfortune]] (1886) *[[A Pink Stocking]] (1886) *[[Martyrs]] (1886) *[[The First-Class Passenger]] (1886) *[[Talent (Chekhov, tr. Garnett)|Talent]] (1886) *[[The Dependents]] (1886) *[[The Jeune Premier]] (1886) *[[In the Dark (Chekhov)]] (1886) *[[A Trivial Incident]] (1886) *[[A Tripping Tongue]] (1886) *[[A Trifle from Life]] (1886) *[[Difficult People]] (1886) *[[In the Court]] (1886) *[[A Peculiar Man]] (1886) *[[Mire]] (1886) *[[Dreams (Chekhov)]] (1886) *[[Hush!]] (1886) *[[Excellent People]] (1886) *[[An Incident (Chekhov)]] (1886) *[[The Orator]] (1886) *[[A Work of Art]] (1886) *[[Who Was To Blame?]] (1886) *[[Vanka]] (1886) *[[On the Road (Chekhov)]] (1886) *[[Champagne]] (1887) *[[Frost (Chekhov)]] (1887) *[[The Beggar (Chekhov)|The Beggar]] (1887) *[[Enemies (Chekhov)|Enemies]] (1887) *[[Darkness (Chekhov)]] (1887) *[[Polinka]] (1887) *[[Drunk]] (1887) *[[An Inadvertence]] (1887) *[[Verotchka (Chekhov)|Verotchka]] (1887) *[[Shrove Tuesday]] (1887) *[[A Defenceless Creature]] (1887) *[[A Bad Business]] (1887) *[[Home (Chekhov)]] (1887) *[[The Lottery Ticket]] (1887) *[[Too Early]] (1887) *[[Typhus]] (1887) *[[In Passion Week]] (1887) *[[A Mystery (Chekhov)]] (1887) *[[The Cossack]] (1887) *[[The Letter (Chekhov)]] (1887) *[[An Adventure]] (1887) *[[The Examining Magistrate]] (1887) *[[Aborigines]] (1887) *[[Volodya]] (1887) *[[Happiness (Chekhov)|Happiness]] (1887) *[[Bad Weather (Chekhov)|Bad Weather]] (1887) *[[A Play]] (1887) *[[A Transgression]] (1887) *[[From the Diary of a Violent-Tempered Man]] (1887) *[[Uprooted]] (1887) *[[A Father]] (1887) *[[A Happy Ending]] (1887) *[[In the Coach-House]] (1887) *[[Zinotchka (Chekhov)|Zinotchka]] (1887) *[[The Doctor]] (1887) *[[The Pipe (Chekhov)|The Pipe]] (1887) *[[An Avenger]] (1887) *[[The Post]] (1887) *[[The Runaway (Chekhov)|The Runaway]] (1887) *[[A Problem (Chekhov)|A Problem]] (1887) *[[The Old House (Chekhov)]] (1887) *[[The Cattle-Dealers]] (1887) *[[Expensive Lessons]] (1887) *[[The Lion and the Sun]] (1887) *[[Trouble (Chekhov)|Trouble]] (1887) *[[The Kiss (Chekhov)|The Kiss]] (1887) *[[Boys]] (1887) *[[Kashtanka]] (1887) *[[A Lady's Story]] (1887) *[[A Story Without a Title]] (1888) *[[Sleepy]] (1888) *[[Lights (Chekhov)]] (1888) *[[The Beauties]] (1888) *[[The Party (Chekhov)]] (1888) *[[A Nervous Breakdown]] (1888) *[[The Shoemaker and the Devil]] (1888) *[[The Bet]] (1889) *[[The Princess (Chekhov)|The Princess]] (1889) *[[A Dreary Story]] (1889) *[[The Horse-Stealers]] (1890) *[[Gusev]] (1890) *[[Women (Chekhov)|Women]] (1891) *[[The Wife (Chekhov)]] (1892) *[[The Grasshopper (Chekhov)|The Grasshopper]] (1892) *[[After the Theatre (Chekhov)|After the Theatre]] (1892) *[[In Exile(Chekhov)|In Exile]] (1892) *[[Neighbours]] (1892) *[[Ward No. 6]] (1892) *[[Terror (Chekhov)]] (1892) *[[The Two Volodyas]] (1893) *[[The Black Monk]] (1894) *[[A Woman's Kingdom]] (1894) *[[Rothschild's Fiddle]] (1894) *[[The Student]] (1894) *[[The Teacher of Literature]] (1894) *[[At a Country House]] (1894) *[[The Head Gardener's Story (Chekhov)|The Head Gardener's Story]] (1894) *[[The Helpmate]] (1895) *[[Whitebrow]] (1895) *[["Anna on the Neck"]] (1895) *[[The Murder]] (1895) *[[Ariadne]] (1895) *[[An Artist's Story]] (1896) *[[Peasants (Chekhov)|Peasants]] (1897) *[[The Petchenyeg]] (1897) *[[At Home (Chekhov)|At Home]] (1897) *[[The Schoolmistress]] (1897) *The Little Trilogy: **[[The Man in a Case]] (1898) **[[Gooseberries]] (1898) **[[About Love]] (1898) *[[Ionitch]] (1898) *[[A Doctor's Visit]] (1898) *[[The Darling]] (1898) *[[The New Villa]] (1899) *[[On Official Duty]] (1899) *[[The Lady with the Dog]] (1899) *[[At Christmas Time (Chekhov)|At Christmas Time]] (1900) *[[In the Ravine]] (1900) *[[The Bishop (Chekhov)|The Bishop]] (1902) *[[Betrothed (Chekhov)]] (1903) ===Other Works=== * [[The Letters of Anton Chekhov to His Family and Friends with Biographical Sketch]] (translated by [[Author:Constance Garnett|Constance Garnett]]) * [[Note-Book of Anton Chekhov]] (translated by [[Author:S. S. Koteliansky|S. S. Koteliansky]] and [[Author:Leonard Woolf|Leonard Woolf]]), 1921 ==Works about Chekhov== * "[[Chekhov, Chekhovians, Chekhovism|Chekhov, Chekhovians, Chekhovism]]" (1926), an essay by [[Author:Stuart Pratt Sherman|Stuart Pratt Sherman]] * "[[The Social Significance of the Modern Drama/Anton Tchekhof|Anton Tchekhof]]" in ''[[The Social Significance of the Modern Drama]]'', by [[Author:Emma Goldman|Emma Goldman]] (1914) * "[[Anthology of Modern Slavonic Literature in Prose and Verse/Literary Notes#Chekhov|Chekhov, Anton Pavlovitch]]" in ''[[Anthology of Modern Slavonic Literature in Prose and Verse]]'' (1919) * {{Collier's Link|Chekhov, Anton Pavlovich}} *[[Reminiscences of Anton Chekhov]], 1921 by [[Author:Maxim Gorky|Maxim Gorky]], [[Author:Alexander Kuprin|Alexander Kuprin]] and [[Author:Ivan Bunin|Ivan Bunin]] *[[Essays on Russian Novelists/chekhov|Essays on Russian Novelists - Chekhov]] {{PD-old}} {{authority control}} [[Category:Russian authors]] [[Category:Playwrights]] [[Category:Short story authors]] [[Category:Physicians as authors]] [[Category:Russian Orthodox authors]] 8kdbx9u1qbffmmoqh53ycq20g48d07g 14130376 14130365 2024-04-26T00:37:38Z EncycloPetey 3239 /* Plays */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = Anton | lastname = Chekhov | last_initial = Ch | description = Russian writer known primarily for his short stories and plays {{media|key = y |type = spoken}} }} ==Works== ===Plays=== * [[Platonov]] * [[On the High Road]] or ''On the Highway'' ({{lang|ru|[[:ru:На большой дороге (Чехов)|''На большой дороге'']]}}) 1884 * [[On the Harmful Effects of Tobacco]] ({{lang|ru|[[:ru:О вреде табака (Чехов)|''О вреде табака'']]}}) 1886 (revised 1902) * [[Ivanoff]] ({{lang|ru|''Иванов''}}) 1887 * [[The Swan Song]] ({{lang|ru|''Лебединая песня''}}) 1887 * [[The Jubilee]] ({{lang|ru|[[:ru:Юбилей (пьеса, Чехов)|''Юбилей'']]}}) * [[The Proposal (Anton Chekhov)|The Proposal]] ({{lang|ru|[[:ru:Предложение (пьеса, Чехов)|''Предложение'']]}}) 1889 * [[The Wedding (Chekhov)|The Wedding]] ({{lang|ru|[[:ru:Свадьба (пьеса, Чехов)|''Свадьба'']]}}) 1889 * [[The Boor]] ({{lang|ru|[[:ru:Медведь (Чехов)|''Медведь'']]}}) 1888 * [[The Seagull]] ({{lang|ru|[[:ru:Чайка (Чехов)|''Чайка'']]}}) 1896 * [[The Tragedian in Spite of Himself]] ({{lang|ru|[[:ru:Трагик поневоле (Чехов)|''Трагик поневоле'']]}}) 1899 * [[Uncle Vanya]] ({{lang|ru|[[:ru:Дядя Ваня (Чехов)|''Дядя Ваня'']]}}) 1900 {{media|type = spoken}} * [[The Three Sisters (Chekhov)|The Three Sisters]] ({{lang|ru|[[:ru:Три сестры (Чехов)|''Три сестры'']]}}) 1901 * [[The Cherry Orchard]] ({{lang|ru|[[:ru:Вишнёвый сад (Чехов)|''Вишнёвый сад'']]}}) 1904 ===Novellas=== Story collections on subpage [[/Stories|Stories]] *[[The Steppe]] (1888) *[[The Duel (Chekhov)]] (1891) *[[An Anonymous Story]] (1893) *[[Three Years]] (1895) *[[My Life (Chekhov)|My Life]] (1896) ===Short Stories=== Story collections on subpage [[/Stories|Stories]] *[[A Living Chattel]] (1882) *[[Joy (Chekhov)|Joy]] (1883) *[[At the Barber's]] (1883) *[[An Enigmatic Nature]] (1883) *[[A Classical Student]] (1883) *[[The Death of a Government Clerk]] (1883) *[[The Trousseau]] (1883) *[[A Daughter of Albion]] (1883) *[[An Inquiry]] (1883) *[[Fat and Thin]] (1883) *[[A Tragic Actor]] (1883) *[[The Bird Market]] (1883) *[[A Slander]] (1883) *[[The Swedish Match]] (1883) *[[Choristers]] (1884) *[[The Album (Chekhov)|The Album]] (1884) *[[Minds in Ferment]] (1884) *[[A Chameleon]] (1884) *[[In the Graveyard]] (1884) *[[Oysters (Chekhov)|Oysters]] (1884) *[[The Marshal's Widow]] (1885) *[[Small Fry]] (1885) *[[In an Hotel]] (1885) *[[Boots (Chekhov)]] (1885) *[[Nerves]] (1885) *[[A Country Cottage]] (1885) *[[Malingerers]] (1885) *[[The Fish (Chekhov)]] (1885) *[[Gone Astray]] (1885) *[[The Huntsman]] (1885) *[[A Malefactor]] (1885) *[[The Head of the Family]] (1885) *[[A Dead Body]] (1885) *[[The Cook's Wedding]] (1885) *[[Anthology of Modern Slavonic Literature in Prose and Verse/In a Foreign Land|In a Foreign Land]] (1885) *[[Overdoing It]] (1885) *[[Old Age (Chekhov)|Old Age]] (1885) *[[Sorrow (Chekhov)|Sorrow]] (1885) *[[Oh! The Public]] (1885) *[[Mari d'Elle]] (1885) *[[The Looking-Glass (Chekhov)]] (1885) *[[Art (Chekhov)]] (1886) *[[A Blunder]] (1886) *[[Children (Chekhov)]] (1886) *[[Misery]] (1886) *[[An Upheaval]] (1886) *[[An Actor's End]] (1886) *[[The Requiem]] (1886) *[[Anyuta]] (1886) *[[Ivan Matveyitch]] (1886) *[[The Witch]] (1886) *[[A Story Without an End]] (1886) *[[A Joke]] (1886) *[[Agafya]] (1886) *[[A Nightmare (Chekhov)]] (1886) *[[Grisha]] (1886) *[[Love (Chekhov)]] (1886) *[[Easter Eve (Chekhov)|Easter Eve]] (1886) *[[Ladies (Chekhov)]] (1886) *[[Strong Impressions]] (1886) *[[A Gentleman Friend]] (1886) *[[A Happy Man]] (1886) *[[The Privy Councillor]] (1886) *[[A Day in the Country]] (1886) *[[At a Summer Villa]] (1886) *[[Panic Fears]] (1886) *[[The Chemist's Wife]] (1886) *[[Not Wanted]] (1886) *[[The Chorus Girl (Chekhov)|The Chorus Girl]] (1886) *[[The Schoolmaster]] (1886) *[[A Troublesome Visitor]] (1886) *[[The Husband]] (1886) *[[Misfortune (Chekhov)|Misfortune]] (1886) *[[A Pink Stocking]] (1886) *[[Martyrs]] (1886) *[[The First-Class Passenger]] (1886) *[[Talent (Chekhov, tr. Garnett)|Talent]] (1886) *[[The Dependents]] (1886) *[[The Jeune Premier]] (1886) *[[In the Dark (Chekhov)]] (1886) *[[A Trivial Incident]] (1886) *[[A Tripping Tongue]] (1886) *[[A Trifle from Life]] (1886) *[[Difficult People]] (1886) *[[In the Court]] (1886) *[[A Peculiar Man]] (1886) *[[Mire]] (1886) *[[Dreams (Chekhov)]] (1886) *[[Hush!]] (1886) *[[Excellent People]] (1886) *[[An Incident (Chekhov)]] (1886) *[[The Orator]] (1886) *[[A Work of Art]] (1886) *[[Who Was To Blame?]] (1886) *[[Vanka]] (1886) *[[On the Road (Chekhov)]] (1886) *[[Champagne]] (1887) *[[Frost (Chekhov)]] (1887) *[[The Beggar (Chekhov)|The Beggar]] (1887) *[[Enemies (Chekhov)|Enemies]] (1887) *[[Darkness (Chekhov)]] (1887) *[[Polinka]] (1887) *[[Drunk]] (1887) *[[An Inadvertence]] (1887) *[[Verotchka (Chekhov)|Verotchka]] (1887) *[[Shrove Tuesday]] (1887) *[[A Defenceless Creature]] (1887) *[[A Bad Business]] (1887) *[[Home (Chekhov)]] (1887) *[[The Lottery Ticket]] (1887) *[[Too Early]] (1887) *[[Typhus]] (1887) *[[In Passion Week]] (1887) *[[A Mystery (Chekhov)]] (1887) *[[The Cossack]] (1887) *[[The Letter (Chekhov)]] (1887) *[[An Adventure]] (1887) *[[The Examining Magistrate]] (1887) *[[Aborigines]] (1887) *[[Volodya]] (1887) *[[Happiness (Chekhov)|Happiness]] (1887) *[[Bad Weather (Chekhov)|Bad Weather]] (1887) *[[A Play]] (1887) *[[A Transgression]] (1887) *[[From the Diary of a Violent-Tempered Man]] (1887) *[[Uprooted]] (1887) *[[A Father]] (1887) *[[A Happy Ending]] (1887) *[[In the Coach-House]] (1887) *[[Zinotchka (Chekhov)|Zinotchka]] (1887) *[[The Doctor]] (1887) *[[The Pipe (Chekhov)|The Pipe]] (1887) *[[An Avenger]] (1887) *[[The Post]] (1887) *[[The Runaway (Chekhov)|The Runaway]] (1887) *[[A Problem (Chekhov)|A Problem]] (1887) *[[The Old House (Chekhov)]] (1887) *[[The Cattle-Dealers]] (1887) *[[Expensive Lessons]] (1887) *[[The Lion and the Sun]] (1887) *[[Trouble (Chekhov)|Trouble]] (1887) *[[The Kiss (Chekhov)|The Kiss]] (1887) *[[Boys]] (1887) *[[Kashtanka]] (1887) *[[A Lady's Story]] (1887) *[[A Story Without a Title]] (1888) *[[Sleepy]] (1888) *[[Lights (Chekhov)]] (1888) *[[The Beauties]] (1888) *[[The Party (Chekhov)]] (1888) *[[A Nervous Breakdown]] (1888) *[[The Shoemaker and the Devil]] (1888) *[[The Bet]] (1889) *[[The Princess (Chekhov)|The Princess]] (1889) *[[A Dreary Story]] (1889) *[[The Horse-Stealers]] (1890) *[[Gusev]] (1890) *[[Women (Chekhov)|Women]] (1891) *[[The Wife (Chekhov)]] (1892) *[[The Grasshopper (Chekhov)|The Grasshopper]] (1892) *[[After the Theatre (Chekhov)|After the Theatre]] (1892) *[[In Exile(Chekhov)|In Exile]] (1892) *[[Neighbours]] (1892) *[[Ward No. 6]] (1892) *[[Terror (Chekhov)]] (1892) *[[The Two Volodyas]] (1893) *[[The Black Monk]] (1894) *[[A Woman's Kingdom]] (1894) *[[Rothschild's Fiddle]] (1894) *[[The Student]] (1894) *[[The Teacher of Literature]] (1894) *[[At a Country House]] (1894) *[[The Head Gardener's Story (Chekhov)|The Head Gardener's Story]] (1894) *[[The Helpmate]] (1895) *[[Whitebrow]] (1895) *[["Anna on the Neck"]] (1895) *[[The Murder]] (1895) *[[Ariadne]] (1895) *[[An Artist's Story]] (1896) *[[Peasants (Chekhov)|Peasants]] (1897) *[[The Petchenyeg]] (1897) *[[At Home (Chekhov)|At Home]] (1897) *[[The Schoolmistress]] (1897) *The Little Trilogy: **[[The Man in a Case]] (1898) **[[Gooseberries]] (1898) **[[About Love]] (1898) *[[Ionitch]] (1898) *[[A Doctor's Visit]] (1898) *[[The Darling]] (1898) *[[The New Villa]] (1899) *[[On Official Duty]] (1899) *[[The Lady with the Dog]] (1899) *[[At Christmas Time (Chekhov)|At Christmas Time]] (1900) *[[In the Ravine]] (1900) *[[The Bishop (Chekhov)|The Bishop]] (1902) *[[Betrothed (Chekhov)]] (1903) ===Other Works=== * [[The Letters of Anton Chekhov to His Family and Friends with Biographical Sketch]] (translated by [[Author:Constance Garnett|Constance Garnett]]) * [[Note-Book of Anton Chekhov]] (translated by [[Author:S. S. Koteliansky|S. S. Koteliansky]] and [[Author:Leonard Woolf|Leonard Woolf]]), 1921 ==Works about Chekhov== * "[[Chekhov, Chekhovians, Chekhovism|Chekhov, Chekhovians, Chekhovism]]" (1926), an essay by [[Author:Stuart Pratt Sherman|Stuart Pratt Sherman]] * "[[The Social Significance of the Modern Drama/Anton Tchekhof|Anton Tchekhof]]" in ''[[The Social Significance of the Modern Drama]]'', by [[Author:Emma Goldman|Emma Goldman]] (1914) * "[[Anthology of Modern Slavonic Literature in Prose and Verse/Literary Notes#Chekhov|Chekhov, Anton Pavlovitch]]" in ''[[Anthology of Modern Slavonic Literature in Prose and Verse]]'' (1919) * {{Collier's Link|Chekhov, Anton Pavlovich}} *[[Reminiscences of Anton Chekhov]], 1921 by [[Author:Maxim Gorky|Maxim Gorky]], [[Author:Alexander Kuprin|Alexander Kuprin]] and [[Author:Ivan Bunin|Ivan Bunin]] *[[Essays on Russian Novelists/chekhov|Essays on Russian Novelists - Chekhov]] {{PD-old}} {{authority control}} [[Category:Russian authors]] [[Category:Playwrights]] [[Category:Short story authors]] [[Category:Physicians as authors]] [[Category:Russian Orthodox authors]] ksa68h38s5dwwxt5y1l6udqzup9ory7 Template:Babel list of languages 10 43158 14129902 13949758 2024-04-25T20:11:00Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Template:Babel list of languages/styles.css" /> {| class="plainlinks __babellist" |- !Language !Categories |- |<span id="af">af</span> - Afrikaans | * [[:Category:user af|user af]] * [[:Category:user af-1|user af-1]] * [[:Category:user af-2|user af-2]] *[[:Category:user af-3|user af-3]]. |- |ang - Englisc |[[:Category:user ang]], mid underfloccum [[:Category:user ang-1]], [[:Category:user ang-2]], [[:Category:user ang-3]] |- |<span id="ar">ar</span> - عربي |<p dir="rtl" style="text-align:left;"> التصنيف [[:Category:user ar]] مع التصنيفات الفرعية التالية: </p> *[[:Category:user ar-1]] *[[:Category:user ar-2]] *[[:Category:user ar-3]]. |- |<span id="ay">ay</span> - Aymar aru |[[:Category:user ay]], con las subcategorías [[:Category:user ay-1]], [[:Category:user ay-2]], [[:Category:user ay-3]] |- |<span id="bg">bg</span> - Български |Категория [[:Category:user bg|user bg]], с подкатегории [[:Category:user bg-1|user bg-1]], [[:Category:user bg-2|user bg-2]], [[:Category:user bg-3|user bg-3]]. |- |<span id="bn">bn</span> - বাংলা |[[:Category:user bn|user bn]], আর এর উপশ্রেণীগুলি [[:Category:user bn-1|user bn-1]], [[:Category:user bn-2|user bn-2]], [[:Category:user bn-3|user bn-3]]. |- |ca - Català |[[:Category:user ca]], amb les subcategories [[:Category:user ca-1]], [[:Category:user ca-2]], [[:Category:user ca-3]] |- |cs - Český |[[:Category:User cs]], with subcategories: [[:Category:User cs-1]], [[:Category:User cs-2]], [[:Category:User cs-3]] |- |da - Dansk |[[:Category:user da]], med underkategorierne [[:Category:user da-1]], [[:Category:user da-2]], [[:Category:user da-3]] |- |de - Deutsch |[[:Category:user de]] mit den Unterkategorien [[:Category:user de-1]], [[:Category:user de-2]], [[:Category:user de-3]]. |- |el - Ελληνικά |[[:Category:user el]], με τις υποκατηγορίες [[:Category:user el-1]], [[:Category:user el-2]], [[:Category:user el-3]] |- |en - English |[[:Category:user en]], with subcategories: *[[:Category:user en-1]] *[[:Category:user en-2]] *[[:Category:user en-3]] *[[:Category:user en-4]] *[[:Category:user en-5]] |- |eo - Esperanto |[[:Category:user eo]] kaj subkategorioj [[:Category:user eo-1]], [[:Category:user eo-2]], [[:Category:user eo-3]] |- |es - Español |[[:Category:user es]], con las subcategorías [[:Category:user es-1]], [[:Category:user es-2]], [[:Category:user es-3]] |- |fa - <span style="font-family:Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif;">فارسی</span> |<p dir="rtl" style="text-align:left;font-family:Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size:8pt;">[[:Category:user fa]]، با زیرمجموعه های [[:Category:user fa-3]]، [[:Category:user fa-2]]، [[:Category:user fa-1]]</p> |- |fi - Suomi |[[:Category:user fi]], alakategorioiden kanssa [[:Category:user fi-1]], [[:Category:user fi-2]], [[:Category:user fi-3]] |- |fr - Français |[[:Category:user fr]], avec les sous-catégories [[:Category:user fr-1]], [[:Category:user fr-2]], [[:Category:user fr-3]] |- |gu - ગુજરાતી |[[:Category:user gu]], જેના ઉપવિભાગો છે [[:Category:user gu-1]], [[:Category:user gu-2]], [[:Category:user gu-3]] |- |he - עברית |[[:Category:user he]], with subcategories [[:Category:user he-1]], [[:Category:user he-2]], [[:Category:user he-3]] |- |hi - हिन्दी |[[:Category:user hi]], और इसके उपविभाग हैं [[:Category:user hi-1]], [[:Category:user hi-2]], [[:Category:user hi-3]] |- |hr - Hrvatski |[[:Category:user hr]], s podkategorijama [[:Category:user hr-1]], [[:Category:user hr-2]], [[:Category:user hr-3]] |- |hu - Magyar |[[:Category:user hu]], és alkategóriájai [[:Category:user hu-1]], [[:Category:user hu-2]], [[:Category:user hu-3]] |- |id - Bahasa Indonesia |[[:Category:user id]], with subcategories [[:Category:user id-1]], [[:Category:user id-2]], [[:Category:user id-3]] |- |is - Íslenska |[[:Category:user is]], with subcategories [[:Category:user is-1]], [[:Category:user is-2]], [[:Category:user is-3]] |- |it - Italiano |[[:Category:user it]], con sottocategorie [[:Category:user it-1]], [[:Category:user it-2]], [[:Category:user it-3]] |- |ja - 日本語 |[[:Category:user ja]]には、[[:Category:user ja-1]]、[[:Category:user ja-2]]、[[:Category:user ja-3]]のサブカテゴリが含まれています。 |- |jv - Basa Jawa |[[:Category:user jv]], with subcategories [[:Category:user jv-1]], [[:Category:user jv-2]], [[:Category:user jv-3]] |- |ko - 한국어 |서브분류인[[:Category:user ko-1]], [[:Category:user ko-2]], [[:Category:user ko-3]]과 함께, [[:Category:user ko]]이 사용됩니다. |- |la - Latina |[[:Category:user la]], with subcategories [[:Category:user la-1]], [[:Category:user la-2]], [[:Category:user la-3]] |- |lb - Lëtzebuergesch |[[:Category:user lb]], mat den Ënnerkategorien [[:Category:user lb-1]], [[:Category:user lb-2]], [[:Category:user lb-3]] |- |lv - Latviešu |[[:Category:user lv]] ar apakškategorijām [[:Category:user lv-1]], [[:Category:user lv-2]], [[:Category:user lv-3]] |- |lt - Lietuvių |[[:Category:user lt]] su subkategorijomis [[:Category:user lt-1]], [[:Category:user lt-2]], [[:Category:user lt-3]] |- |nl - Nederlands |[[:Category:user nl]], met de sub-categorieën [[:Category:user nl-1]], [[:Category:user nl-2]], [[:Category:user nl-3]] |- |nn - Norwegian nynorsk |[[:Category:user nn]], with subcategories [[:Category:user nn-1]], [[:Category:user nn-2]], [[:Category:user nn-3]] |- |no - Norwegian |[[:Category:user no]], with subcategories [[:Category:user no-1]], [[:Category:user no-2]], [[:Category:user no-3]] |- |pl - Polski |[[:Category:user pl]], z podkategoriami [[:Category:user pl-1]], [[:Category:user pl-2]], [[:Category:user pl-3]] |- |pt - Português |[[:Category:user pt]], com as subcategorias [[:Category:user pt-1]], [[:Category:user pt-2]], [[:Category:user pt-3]] |- |qu - Runa Simi |[[:Category:user qu]], with subcategories [[:Category:user qu-1]], [[:Category:user qu-2]], [[:Category:user qu-3]] |- |ro - Română== |[[:Category:user ro]], cu subcategoriile [[:Category:user ro-1]], [[:Category:user ro-2]], [[:Category:user ro-3]] |- |ru - Русский |[[:Category:user ru]] и подкатегории [[:Category:user ru-1]], [[:Category:user ru-2]], [[:Category:user ru-3]] |- |sk - Slovenčina |[[:Category:user sk]], with subcategories [[:Category:user sk-1]], [[:Category:user sk-2]], [[:Category:user sk-3]] |- |sl - Slovenščina |[[:Category:user sl]], with subcategories [[:Category:user sl-1]], [[:Category:user sl-2]], [[:Category:user sl-3]] |- |sv - Svenska |[[:Category:user sv]] [[:Category:user sv-1]], [[:Category:user sv-2]], [[:Category:user sv-3]] |- |th - Thai |[[:Category:user th]] และประเภทย่อย [[:Category:user th-1]], [[:Category:user th-2]], [[:Category:user th-3]] |- |tr - Türkçe |[[:Category:user tr]] alt kategoriler ile [[:Category:user tr-1]], [[:Category:user tr-2]], [[:Category:user tr-3]] |- |uk - Українська |[[:Category:user uk]] та підкатегорії [[:Category:user uk-1]], [[:Category:user uk-2]], [[:Category:user uk-3]] |- |ug - Uyghurche |[[:Category:user ug]] we töwenki kategoriyeler [[:Category:user ug-1]], [[:Category:user ug-2]], [[:Category:user ug-3]] |- |vi - Tiếng Việt |[[:Category:user vi]], with subcategories [[:Category:user vi-1]], [[:Category:user vi-2]], [[:Category:user vi-3]] |- |wa - Walon |[[:Category:user wa]], avou les dzo-categoreyes [[:Category:user wa-1]], [[:Category:user wa-2]], [[:Category:user wa-3]] |- |ye - Yeshivish |[[:Category:user ye]], with chalokim [[:Category:user ye-1]], [[:Category:user ye-2]], [[:Category:user ye-3]] |- |zh - 中文 |[[:Category:user zh]],子分类是[[:Category:user zh-1]], [[:Category:user zh-2]], [[:Category:user zh-3]] |- |zh-min-nan - Bân-lâm-gú |[[:Category:user zh-min-nan]] ū chia ê ē-lūi-pia̍t: [[:Category:user zh-min-nan-1]], [[:Category:user zh-min-nan-2]], [[:Category:user zh-min-nan-3]] |} <noinclude>[[Category:User languages|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 0imjeh57mdxazshvb2bpz4f0niabjnq 14130279 14129902 2024-04-25T23:32:19Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Undo revision [[Special:Diff/14129902|14129902]] by [[Special:Contributions/ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) wikitext text/x-wiki {| border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" style="font-size:95%;" class="plainlinks" |- style="text-align:center;background-color:#6EB4EB;" !Language !Categories |- |<span id="af">af</span> - Afrikaans | * [[:Category:user af|user af]] * [[:Category:user af-1|user af-1]] * [[:Category:user af-2|user af-2]] *[[:Category:user af-3|user af-3]]. |- |ang - Englisc |[[:Category:user ang]], mid underfloccum [[:Category:user ang-1]], [[:Category:user ang-2]], [[:Category:user ang-3]] |- |<span id="ar">ar</span> - عربي |<p dir="rtl" style="text-align:left;"> التصنيف [[:Category:user ar]] مع التصنيفات الفرعية التالية: </p> *[[:Category:user ar-1]] *[[:Category:user ar-2]] *[[:Category:user ar-3]]. |- |<span id="ay">ay</span> - Aymar aru |[[:Category:user ay]], con las subcategorías [[:Category:user ay-1]], [[:Category:user ay-2]], [[:Category:user ay-3]] |- |<span id="bg">bg</span> - Български |Категория [[:Category:user bg|user bg]], с подкатегории [[:Category:user bg-1|user bg-1]], [[:Category:user bg-2|user bg-2]], [[:Category:user bg-3|user bg-3]]. |- |<span id="bn">bn</span> - বাংলা |[[:Category:user bn|user bn]], আর এর উপশ্রেণীগুলি [[:Category:user bn-1|user bn-1]], [[:Category:user bn-2|user bn-2]], [[:Category:user bn-3|user bn-3]]. |- |ca - Català |[[:Category:user ca]], amb les subcategories [[:Category:user ca-1]], [[:Category:user ca-2]], [[:Category:user ca-3]] |- |cs - Český |[[:Category:User cs]], with subcategories: [[:Category:User cs-1]], [[:Category:User cs-2]], [[:Category:User cs-3]] |- |da - Dansk |[[:Category:user da]], med underkategorierne [[:Category:user da-1]], [[:Category:user da-2]], [[:Category:user da-3]] |- |de - Deutsch |[[:Category:user de]] mit den Unterkategorien [[:Category:user de-1]], [[:Category:user de-2]], [[:Category:user de-3]]. |- |el - Ελληνικά |[[:Category:user el]], με τις υποκατηγορίες [[:Category:user el-1]], [[:Category:user el-2]], [[:Category:user el-3]] |- |en - English |[[:Category:user en]], with subcategories: *[[:Category:user en-1]] *[[:Category:user en-2]] *[[:Category:user en-3]] *[[:Category:user en-4]] *[[:Category:user en-5]] |- |eo - Esperanto |[[:Category:user eo]] kaj subkategorioj [[:Category:user eo-1]], [[:Category:user eo-2]], [[:Category:user eo-3]] |- |es - Español |[[:Category:user es]], con las subcategorías [[:Category:user es-1]], [[:Category:user es-2]], [[:Category:user es-3]] |- |fa - <span style="font-family:Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif;">فارسی</span> |<p dir="rtl" style="text-align:left;font-family:Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size:8pt;">[[:Category:user fa]]، با زیرمجموعه های [[:Category:user fa-3]]، [[:Category:user fa-2]]، [[:Category:user fa-1]]</p> |- |fi - Suomi |[[:Category:user fi]], alakategorioiden kanssa [[:Category:user fi-1]], [[:Category:user fi-2]], [[:Category:user fi-3]] |- |fr - Français |[[:Category:user fr]], avec les sous-catégories [[:Category:user fr-1]], [[:Category:user fr-2]], [[:Category:user fr-3]] |- |gu - ગુજરાતી |[[:Category:user gu]], જેના ઉપવિભાગો છે [[:Category:user gu-1]], [[:Category:user gu-2]], [[:Category:user gu-3]] |- |he - עברית |[[:Category:user he]], with subcategories [[:Category:user he-1]], [[:Category:user he-2]], [[:Category:user he-3]] |- |hi - हिन्दी |[[:Category:user hi]], और इसके उपविभाग हैं [[:Category:user hi-1]], [[:Category:user hi-2]], [[:Category:user hi-3]] |- |hr - Hrvatski |[[:Category:user hr]], s podkategorijama [[:Category:user hr-1]], [[:Category:user hr-2]], [[:Category:user hr-3]] |- |hu - Magyar |[[:Category:user hu]], és alkategóriájai [[:Category:user hu-1]], [[:Category:user hu-2]], [[:Category:user hu-3]] |- |id - Bahasa Indonesia |[[:Category:user id]], with subcategories [[:Category:user id-1]], [[:Category:user id-2]], [[:Category:user id-3]] |- |is - Íslenska |[[:Category:user is]], with subcategories [[:Category:user is-1]], [[:Category:user is-2]], [[:Category:user is-3]] |- |it - Italiano |[[:Category:user it]], con sottocategorie [[:Category:user it-1]], [[:Category:user it-2]], [[:Category:user it-3]] |- |ja - 日本語 |[[:Category:user ja]]には、[[:Category:user ja-1]]、[[:Category:user ja-2]]、[[:Category:user ja-3]]のサブカテゴリが含まれています。 |- |jv - Basa Jawa |[[:Category:user jv]], with subcategories [[:Category:user jv-1]], [[:Category:user jv-2]], [[:Category:user jv-3]] |- |ko - 한국어 |서브분류인[[:Category:user ko-1]], [[:Category:user ko-2]], [[:Category:user ko-3]]과 함께, [[:Category:user ko]]이 사용됩니다. |- |la - Latina |[[:Category:user la]], with subcategories [[:Category:user la-1]], [[:Category:user la-2]], [[:Category:user la-3]] |- |lb - Lëtzebuergesch |[[:Category:user lb]], mat den Ënnerkategorien [[:Category:user lb-1]], [[:Category:user lb-2]], [[:Category:user lb-3]] |- |lv - Latviešu |[[:Category:user lv]] ar apakškategorijām [[:Category:user lv-1]], [[:Category:user lv-2]], [[:Category:user lv-3]] |- |lt - Lietuvių |[[:Category:user lt]] su subkategorijomis [[:Category:user lt-1]], [[:Category:user lt-2]], [[:Category:user lt-3]] |- |nl - Nederlands |[[:Category:user nl]], met de sub-categorieën [[:Category:user nl-1]], [[:Category:user nl-2]], [[:Category:user nl-3]] |- |nn - Norwegian nynorsk |[[:Category:user nn]], with subcategories [[:Category:user nn-1]], [[:Category:user nn-2]], [[:Category:user nn-3]] |- |no - Norwegian |[[:Category:user no]], with subcategories [[:Category:user no-1]], [[:Category:user no-2]], [[:Category:user no-3]] |- |pl - Polski |[[:Category:user pl]], z podkategoriami [[:Category:user pl-1]], [[:Category:user pl-2]], [[:Category:user pl-3]] |- |pt - Português |[[:Category:user pt]], com as subcategorias [[:Category:user pt-1]], [[:Category:user pt-2]], [[:Category:user pt-3]] |- |qu - Runa Simi |[[:Category:user qu]], with subcategories [[:Category:user qu-1]], [[:Category:user qu-2]], [[:Category:user qu-3]] |- |ro - Română== |[[:Category:user ro]], cu subcategoriile [[:Category:user ro-1]], [[:Category:user ro-2]], [[:Category:user ro-3]] |- |ru - Русский |[[:Category:user ru]] и подкатегории [[:Category:user ru-1]], [[:Category:user ru-2]], [[:Category:user ru-3]] |- |sk - Slovenčina |[[:Category:user sk]], with subcategories [[:Category:user sk-1]], [[:Category:user sk-2]], [[:Category:user sk-3]] |- |sl - Slovenščina |[[:Category:user sl]], with subcategories [[:Category:user sl-1]], [[:Category:user sl-2]], [[:Category:user sl-3]] |- |sv - Svenska |[[:Category:user sv]] [[:Category:user sv-1]], [[:Category:user sv-2]], [[:Category:user sv-3]] |- |th - Thai |[[:Category:user th]] และประเภทย่อย [[:Category:user th-1]], [[:Category:user th-2]], [[:Category:user th-3]] |- |tr - Türkçe |[[:Category:user tr]] alt kategoriler ile [[:Category:user tr-1]], [[:Category:user tr-2]], [[:Category:user tr-3]] |- |uk - Українська |[[:Category:user uk]] та підкатегорії [[:Category:user uk-1]], [[:Category:user uk-2]], [[:Category:user uk-3]] |- |ug - Uyghurche |[[:Category:user ug]] we töwenki kategoriyeler [[:Category:user ug-1]], [[:Category:user ug-2]], [[:Category:user ug-3]] |- |vi - Tiếng Việt |[[:Category:user vi]], with subcategories [[:Category:user vi-1]], [[:Category:user vi-2]], [[:Category:user vi-3]] |- |wa - Walon |[[:Category:user wa]], avou les dzo-categoreyes [[:Category:user wa-1]], [[:Category:user wa-2]], [[:Category:user wa-3]] |- |ye - Yeshivish |[[:Category:user ye]], with chalokim [[:Category:user ye-1]], [[:Category:user ye-2]], [[:Category:user ye-3]] |- |zh - 中文 |[[:Category:user zh]],子分类是[[:Category:user zh-1]], [[:Category:user zh-2]], [[:Category:user zh-3]] |- |zh-min-nan - Bân-lâm-gú |[[:Category:user zh-min-nan]] ū chia ê ē-lūi-pia̍t: [[:Category:user zh-min-nan-1]], [[:Category:user zh-min-nan-2]], [[:Category:user zh-min-nan-3]] |} <noinclude>[[Category:User languages|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> hggtkx5bmuuypfkx31miiq8wemgsfds 14130290 14130279 2024-04-25T23:41:26Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Undo revision [[Special:Diff/14130279|14130279]] by [[Special:Contributions/ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Template:Babel list of languages/styles.css" /> {| class="plainlinks __babellist" |- !Language !Categories |- |<span id="af">af</span> - Afrikaans | * [[:Category:user af|user af]] * [[:Category:user af-1|user af-1]] * [[:Category:user af-2|user af-2]] *[[:Category:user af-3|user af-3]]. |- |ang - Englisc |[[:Category:user ang]], mid underfloccum [[:Category:user ang-1]], [[:Category:user ang-2]], [[:Category:user ang-3]] |- |<span id="ar">ar</span> - عربي |<p dir="rtl" style="text-align:left;"> التصنيف [[:Category:user ar]] مع التصنيفات الفرعية التالية: </p> *[[:Category:user ar-1]] *[[:Category:user ar-2]] *[[:Category:user ar-3]]. |- |<span id="ay">ay</span> - Aymar aru |[[:Category:user ay]], con las subcategorías [[:Category:user ay-1]], [[:Category:user ay-2]], [[:Category:user ay-3]] |- |<span id="bg">bg</span> - Български |Категория [[:Category:user bg|user bg]], с подкатегории [[:Category:user bg-1|user bg-1]], [[:Category:user bg-2|user bg-2]], [[:Category:user bg-3|user bg-3]]. |- |<span id="bn">bn</span> - বাংলা |[[:Category:user bn|user bn]], আর এর উপশ্রেণীগুলি [[:Category:user bn-1|user bn-1]], [[:Category:user bn-2|user bn-2]], [[:Category:user bn-3|user bn-3]]. |- |ca - Català |[[:Category:user ca]], amb les subcategories [[:Category:user ca-1]], [[:Category:user ca-2]], [[:Category:user ca-3]] |- |cs - Český |[[:Category:User cs]], with subcategories: [[:Category:User cs-1]], [[:Category:User cs-2]], [[:Category:User cs-3]] |- |da - Dansk |[[:Category:user da]], med underkategorierne [[:Category:user da-1]], [[:Category:user da-2]], [[:Category:user da-3]] |- |de - Deutsch |[[:Category:user de]] mit den Unterkategorien [[:Category:user de-1]], [[:Category:user de-2]], [[:Category:user de-3]]. |- |el - Ελληνικά |[[:Category:user el]], με τις υποκατηγορίες [[:Category:user el-1]], [[:Category:user el-2]], [[:Category:user el-3]] |- |en - English |[[:Category:user en]], with subcategories: *[[:Category:user en-1]] *[[:Category:user en-2]] *[[:Category:user en-3]] *[[:Category:user en-4]] *[[:Category:user en-5]] |- |eo - Esperanto |[[:Category:user eo]] kaj subkategorioj [[:Category:user eo-1]], [[:Category:user eo-2]], [[:Category:user eo-3]] |- |es - Español |[[:Category:user es]], con las subcategorías [[:Category:user es-1]], [[:Category:user es-2]], [[:Category:user es-3]] |- |fa - <span style="font-family:Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif;">فارسی</span> |<p dir="rtl" style="text-align:left;font-family:Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif; font-size:8pt;">[[:Category:user fa]]، با زیرمجموعه های [[:Category:user fa-3]]، [[:Category:user fa-2]]، [[:Category:user fa-1]]</p> |- |fi - Suomi |[[:Category:user fi]], alakategorioiden kanssa [[:Category:user fi-1]], [[:Category:user fi-2]], [[:Category:user fi-3]] |- |fr - Français |[[:Category:user fr]], avec les sous-catégories [[:Category:user fr-1]], [[:Category:user fr-2]], [[:Category:user fr-3]] |- |gu - ગુજરાતી |[[:Category:user gu]], જેના ઉપવિભાગો છે [[:Category:user gu-1]], [[:Category:user gu-2]], [[:Category:user gu-3]] |- |he - עברית |[[:Category:user he]], with subcategories [[:Category:user he-1]], [[:Category:user he-2]], [[:Category:user he-3]] |- |hi - हिन्दी |[[:Category:user hi]], और इसके उपविभाग हैं [[:Category:user hi-1]], [[:Category:user hi-2]], [[:Category:user hi-3]] |- |hr - Hrvatski |[[:Category:user hr]], s podkategorijama [[:Category:user hr-1]], [[:Category:user hr-2]], [[:Category:user hr-3]] |- |hu - Magyar |[[:Category:user hu]], és alkategóriájai [[:Category:user hu-1]], [[:Category:user hu-2]], [[:Category:user hu-3]] |- |id - Bahasa Indonesia |[[:Category:user id]], with subcategories [[:Category:user id-1]], [[:Category:user id-2]], [[:Category:user id-3]] |- |is - Íslenska |[[:Category:user is]], with subcategories [[:Category:user is-1]], [[:Category:user is-2]], [[:Category:user is-3]] |- |it - Italiano |[[:Category:user it]], con sottocategorie [[:Category:user it-1]], [[:Category:user it-2]], [[:Category:user it-3]] |- |ja - 日本語 |[[:Category:user ja]]には、[[:Category:user ja-1]]、[[:Category:user ja-2]]、[[:Category:user ja-3]]のサブカテゴリが含まれています。 |- |jv - Basa Jawa |[[:Category:user jv]], with subcategories [[:Category:user jv-1]], [[:Category:user jv-2]], [[:Category:user jv-3]] |- |ko - 한국어 |서브분류인[[:Category:user ko-1]], [[:Category:user ko-2]], [[:Category:user ko-3]]과 함께, [[:Category:user ko]]이 사용됩니다. |- |la - Latina |[[:Category:user la]], with subcategories [[:Category:user la-1]], [[:Category:user la-2]], [[:Category:user la-3]] |- |lb - Lëtzebuergesch |[[:Category:user lb]], mat den Ënnerkategorien [[:Category:user lb-1]], [[:Category:user lb-2]], [[:Category:user lb-3]] |- |lv - Latviešu |[[:Category:user lv]] ar apakškategorijām [[:Category:user lv-1]], [[:Category:user lv-2]], [[:Category:user lv-3]] |- |lt - Lietuvių |[[:Category:user lt]] su subkategorijomis [[:Category:user lt-1]], [[:Category:user lt-2]], [[:Category:user lt-3]] |- |nl - Nederlands |[[:Category:user nl]], met de sub-categorieën [[:Category:user nl-1]], [[:Category:user nl-2]], [[:Category:user nl-3]] |- |nn - Norwegian nynorsk |[[:Category:user nn]], with subcategories [[:Category:user nn-1]], [[:Category:user nn-2]], [[:Category:user nn-3]] |- |no - Norwegian |[[:Category:user no]], with subcategories [[:Category:user no-1]], [[:Category:user no-2]], [[:Category:user no-3]] |- |pl - Polski |[[:Category:user pl]], z podkategoriami [[:Category:user pl-1]], [[:Category:user pl-2]], [[:Category:user pl-3]] |- |pt - Português |[[:Category:user pt]], com as subcategorias [[:Category:user pt-1]], [[:Category:user pt-2]], [[:Category:user pt-3]] |- |qu - Runa Simi |[[:Category:user qu]], with subcategories [[:Category:user qu-1]], [[:Category:user qu-2]], [[:Category:user qu-3]] |- |ro - Română== |[[:Category:user ro]], cu subcategoriile [[:Category:user ro-1]], [[:Category:user ro-2]], [[:Category:user ro-3]] |- |ru - Русский |[[:Category:user ru]] и подкатегории [[:Category:user ru-1]], [[:Category:user ru-2]], [[:Category:user ru-3]] |- |sk - Slovenčina |[[:Category:user sk]], with subcategories [[:Category:user sk-1]], [[:Category:user sk-2]], [[:Category:user sk-3]] |- |sl - Slovenščina |[[:Category:user sl]], with subcategories [[:Category:user sl-1]], [[:Category:user sl-2]], [[:Category:user sl-3]] |- |sv - Svenska |[[:Category:user sv]] [[:Category:user sv-1]], [[:Category:user sv-2]], [[:Category:user sv-3]] |- |th - Thai |[[:Category:user th]] และประเภทย่อย [[:Category:user th-1]], [[:Category:user th-2]], [[:Category:user th-3]] |- |tr - Türkçe |[[:Category:user tr]] alt kategoriler ile [[:Category:user tr-1]], [[:Category:user tr-2]], [[:Category:user tr-3]] |- |uk - Українська |[[:Category:user uk]] та підкатегорії [[:Category:user uk-1]], [[:Category:user uk-2]], [[:Category:user uk-3]] |- |ug - Uyghurche |[[:Category:user ug]] we töwenki kategoriyeler [[:Category:user ug-1]], [[:Category:user ug-2]], [[:Category:user ug-3]] |- |vi - Tiếng Việt |[[:Category:user vi]], with subcategories [[:Category:user vi-1]], [[:Category:user vi-2]], [[:Category:user vi-3]] |- |wa - Walon |[[:Category:user wa]], avou les dzo-categoreyes [[:Category:user wa-1]], [[:Category:user wa-2]], [[:Category:user wa-3]] |- |ye - Yeshivish |[[:Category:user ye]], with chalokim [[:Category:user ye-1]], [[:Category:user ye-2]], [[:Category:user ye-3]] |- |zh - 中文 |[[:Category:user zh]],子分类是[[:Category:user zh-1]], [[:Category:user zh-2]], [[:Category:user zh-3]] |- |zh-min-nan - Bân-lâm-gú |[[:Category:user zh-min-nan]] ū chia ê ē-lūi-pia̍t: [[:Category:user zh-min-nan-1]], [[:Category:user zh-min-nan-2]], [[:Category:user zh-min-nan-3]] |} <noinclude>[[Category:User languages|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 0imjeh57mdxazshvb2bpz4f0niabjnq Translation:Touring Shanxi Village 114 57844 14130861 13084371 2024-04-26T07:40:18Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{translation header | title = Touring Shanxi Village | author = Lu You | section = | previous = | next = | shortcut = | year = | language = zh | original = 遊山西村 | notes = }} {{c/s}} {{larger|"Touring Shanxi Village (遊山西村)," by [[w:Lu You|Lu You]]}} {| cellpadding="3" {{ts|bc}} ! width="250" style="background-color:lightgrey" | [[wiktionary:Traditional Chinese|Traditional Chinese]] ! width="250" style="background-color:lightgrey" | [[wiktionary:Simplified Chinese|Simplified Chinese]] ! width="250" style="background-color:lightgrey" | [[wiktionary:Pinyin|Pinyin]] |- | {{lang|zh-tw|style=font-size: 1.71em|[[wiktionary:莫|莫]][[wiktionary:笑|笑]][[wiktionary:農家|農家]][[wiktionary:臘酒|臘酒]][[wiktionary:渾|渾]]}} | {{lang|zh-cn|style=font-size: 1.71em|[[wiktionary:莫|莫]][[wiktionary:笑|笑]][[wiktionary:农家|农家]][[wiktionary:腊酒|腊酒]][[wiktionary:浑|浑]]}} || mò xiào nóngjiā làjiǔ hún |- | {{lang|zh-tw|style=font-size: 1.71em|[[wiktionary:豐年|豐年]][[wiktionary:留客|留客]][[wiktionary:足|足]][[wiktionary:雞豚|雞豚]]}} || {{lang|zh-cn|style=font-size: 1.71em|[[wiktionary:丰年|丰年]][[wiktionary:留客|留客]][[wiktionary:足|足]][[wiktionary:鸡豚|鸡豚]]}} || fēngnián liúkè zú jītún |- | {{lang|zh-tw|style=font-size: 1.71em|[[wiktionary:山重水複|山重水複]][[wiktionary:疑|疑]][[wiktionary:無|無]][[wiktionary:路|路]]}} || {{lang|zh-cn|style=font-size: 1.71em|[[wiktionary:山重水复|山重水复]][[wiktionary:疑|疑]][[wiktionary:无|无]][[wiktionary:路|路]]}} || shānchóngshuǐfù yí wú lù |- | {{lang|zh-tw|style=font-size: 1.71em|[[wiktionary:柳暗花明又一村|柳暗花明又一村]]}} || {{lang|zh-cn|style=font-size: 1.71em|[[wiktionary:柳暗花明又一村|柳暗花明又一村]]}} || liǔ àn huā míng yòu yī cūn |- | {{lang|zh-tw|style=font-size: 1.71em|[[wiktionary:簫鼓|簫鼓]][[wiktionary:追隨|追隨]][[wiktionary:春社|春社]][[wiktionary:近|近]]}} || {{lang|zh-cn|style=font-size: 1.71em|[[wiktionary:箫鼓|箫鼓]][[wiktionary:追随|追随]][[wiktionary:春社|春社]][[wiktionary:近|近]]}} || xiāogǔ zhuīsuí chūnshè jìn |- | {{lang|zh-tw|style=font-size: 1.71em|[[wiktionary:衣冠|衣冠]][[wiktionary:簡樸|簡樸]][[wiktionary:古風|古風]][[wiktionary:存|存]]}} || {{lang|zh-cn|style=font-size: 1.71em|[[wiktionary:衣冠|衣冠]][[wiktionary:简朴|简朴]][[wiktionary:古风|古风]][[wiktionary:存|存]]}} || yīguān jiǎnpǔ gǔfēng cún |- | {{lang|zh-tw|style=font-size: 1.71em|[[wiktionary:從今|從今]][[wiktionary:若許|若許]][[wiktionary:閑|閑]][[wiktionary:乘月|乘月]]}} || {{lang|zh-cn|style=font-size: 1.71em|[[wiktionary:从今|从今]][[wiktionary:若许|若许]][[wiktionary:闲|闲]][[wiktionary:乘月|乘月]]}} || cóngjīn ruòxǔ xián chéngyuè |- | {{lang|zh-tw|style=font-size: 1.71em|[[wiktionary:拄杖|拄杖]][[wiktionary:無時|無時]][[wiktionary:夜|夜]][[wiktionary:叩門|叩門]]}} || {{lang|zh-cn|style=font-size: 1.71em|[[wiktionary:拄杖|拄杖]][[wiktionary:无时|无时]][[wiktionary:夜|夜]][[wiktionary:叩门|叩门]]}} || zhǔzhàng wúshí yè kòumén |} Laugh not that the wine, placed on the altar by farming families at the end of Lunar New Year, is cloudy. There are plenty of chickens and suckling pigs for the guests at the end of an abundant year. Over numerous mountains and streams, I had my doubts that I could find the road. Then out of the shade of the willows, came bright flowers and another village. The sound of [[w:Xiao (flute)|flutes]] and drums grow stronger as I approach the springtime commune. Their clothing is plain, preserving an ancient quality. And now, I am able to relax in all of this moonlight, I will walk with my cane, and knock on every door throughout the night. {{c/e}} ==Licensing== {{translation-license|original={{PD-old}}|translation={{GFDL}}{{CC-BY-SA}}}} [[Category:Medieval poetry]] [[Category:Chinese poetry]] [[Category:Works originally in Chinese]] [[Category:Pages with foreign language text]] [[zh:遊山西村]] 64ilxztf9fdlbnay57cvix17w9sjhfk Jewish Encyclopedia/Xanten 0 63358 14131017 12471019 2024-04-26T07:51:41Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 convert to inset left wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../]] | author = | section = Xanten | previous = [[../Wysber, Ludwig|Wysber, Ludwig]] | next = [[../Xeres (Jerez) de la Frontera|Xeres (Jerez) de la Frontera]] | notes = }} '''XANTEN:''' Town of Rhenish Prussia, in the district of Düsseldorf. Like most Rhenish towns, Xanten had a Jewish community in early medieval times. Two massacres of Jews occurred during the First Crusade (June 1 and 27, 1096). On the latter occasion some Jews committed suicide in order to escape the fury of the Crusaders (Aronius, "Regesten," p. 89, No. 188; p. 92, No. 195). In 1187 the martyrs of Neuss were brought to Xanten to be buried by the side of those martyred in 1096 (ib. p. 144, No. 322). {{il|{{c|{{larger|'''Blood Ac-<br />cusation.'''}}}}}} In the latter part of the nineteenth century the attention of the Jewish world was attracted to the small congregation of Xanten by a blood accusation. On June 29, 1891, John Hegemann, the five-year-old son of a local cabinetmaker, was found dead in a neighbor's barn, with his throat cut from ear to ear. Anti-Semitic agitation connected the Jewish butcher and former shohet Adolf Buschoff with this crime; and the local priest Bresser lent support to this rumor by publishing articles on ritual murder in the "Bote für Stadt und Land," of which he was the editor. The agitation in the anti-Semitic press, as well as at anti-Semitic meetings, where it was insinuated that the Jews had bribed or intimidated the authorities in order to prevent the discovery of the truth, compelled the government to arrest Buschoff and his family (Oct. 14, 1891). The evidence against the man, who had always borne a good reputation, was so flimsy, however, that he was discharged (Dec. 20). This action aroused the anti-Semites to still stronger agitation, which culminated in a heated debate in the Prussian Diet; in the course of this argument Stoecker, the ex-court chaplain, cleverly repeated the accusation of ritual murder, and hinted at Jewish influence as the cause of the failure to find the murderer (Feb. 7, 1892). Under pressure of this agitation Buschoff was rearrested (Feb. 8), and tried before a jury at Cleve (July 4-14, 1892). During this trial it was found that the accusations were based on mere hearsay, and contained absolutely impossible assertions. The prosecuting attorney himself moved for the dismissal of the charge, and the jury rendered its verdict accordingly. The real murderer was never discovered, and the possibility that the death of the child was due to an accident was not entirely disproved. The agitation had the effect of reducing the Jewish population of the city, and Buschoff himself had to leave. At present (1905) Xanten has about thirty Jews in a total population of 3,770. {{smaller|Bibliography: ''Mittheilungen aus dem Verein zur Abwehr des Antisemitismus,'' 1892, Index, s.v. ''Xanten and Buschoff; Allg. Zeit. des Jud.'' 1892, Nos. 29-31; ''Der Prozess Buschoff, Leipsic,'' 1892; ''Nathan, Der Prozess Buschoff, Berlin,'' 1892; ''Der Prozess Xanten-Cleve, ib.'' 1892; ''Der Xantener Knabenmord vor dem Schwurgericht zu Cleve,'' 4-14 Juli, 1892, Berlin, 1893 (a complete stenographic record).}} {| width = "100%" |- | align= "left" | J. || align= "right" | D. |} == Source == * [http://www.jewishencyclopedia.com/pages/J12J574S.jpg Digitalisation: Jewish Encyclopedia p. 574] lx9p848gzkbb59ouky0bl1tpy5r7szm Translation:Song of Everlasting Regret 114 65855 14130816 12762741 2024-04-26T07:38:41Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{translation header | title = The Song of Everlasting Regret | author = Bai Juyi | section = | previous = | next = | shortcut = | year = | language = zh | original = 長恨歌 | notes = Composed by Bai Juyi in the year 806, ''The Song of Everlasting Regret (or Sorrow)'' details the events surrounding the death of the lady [[w:Yang Guifei|Yang Guifei]] during the [[w:Anshi Rebellion|Anshi Rebellion]] in 755. [[w:Yang Guifei|Yang Guifei]] was the beloved concubine of the [[w:Emperor Xuanzong of Tang|Emperor Xuanzong of Tang]]. }} ==Lines 1 - 50== {| cellpadding=2 ! style="background-color:lightblue;width: 15%" | Original ! style="background-color:lightblue;width: 20%" | [[w:Pinyin|Pinyin (Standard Mandarin)]] ! style="background-color:lightblue;width: 20%" | [[w:Jyutping|Jyutping (Cantonese)]] ! style="background-color:lightblue;width: 45%" colspan=2 | Translation |- ! style="background-color:lightgrey" | [[wikt:長|長]] [[wikt:恨|恨]] [[wikt: 歌|歌]] ! style="background-color:lightgrey" | cháng hèn gē ! style="background-color:lightgrey" | coeng⁴ han⁶ go¹ ! style="bacground-color:lightgrey" | The Song of Everlasting Regret |- | [[wikt:漢|漢]][[wikt:皇|皇]][[wikt:重|重]][[wikt:色|色]][[wikt:思|思]][[wikt:傾國|傾國]], | Hàn huáng zhòng sè sī qīngguó, | hon³ wong⁴ cung⁴ sik¹ si¹ king¹ gwok³, | A certain emperor of the [[w:Han dynasty|Han dynasty]]<ref>Han dynasty is a disguise to avoid [[w:literary inquisition|literary inquisition]]. It is actually referencing to [[w:Tang dynasty|Tang dynasty]]. The [[w:Emperor Xuanzong of Tang|Emperor Xuanzong of Tang]], whose relationship to [[w:Yang Guifei|Yang Guifei]] brought to mind the [[w:Emperor Wu of Han|Emperor Wu of Han]]'s relationship to his concubine, Consort Li. Bai Juyi would have considered it unpoetic to refer to his subject directly.</ref> placed a premium on his dalliances, and longed for a woman so beautiful, that he might be tempted to ignore his duties at court, and thus bring about the downfall of his empire.<ref>Bai Juyi is referring to the story of how [[w:Emperor Wu of Han|Emperor Wu of Han]] met Consort Li. See: [[wikt:傾國|傾國]].</ref> | rowspan=8 | [[Image:Hua-Qing-Chi-Yang-Gui-Fei.jpg|200px|thumb|right|[[w:Yang Guifei|Yang Guifei]]]] |- | [[wikt:御宇|御宇]][[wikt:多年|多年]][[wikt:求|求]][[wikt:不得|不得]]。 | yùyǔ duōnián qiú bùdé. | jyu⁶ jyu⁵ do¹ nin⁴ kau⁴ bat¹ dak¹. | He ruled his empire for many years without finding such a beauty. |- | [[wikt:楊|楊]][[wikt:家|家]][[wikt:有|有]][[wikt:女|女]][[wikt:初|初]][[wikt:長|長]][[wikt:成|成]], | Yáng jiā yǒu nǚ chū zhǎng chéng, | joeng⁴ gaa¹ jau⁵ neoi⁵ co¹ coeng⁴ sing⁴, | There was [[w:Yang Guifei|a girl of the house of Yang]] who had just come of age. |- | [[wikt:養|養]][[wikt:在|在]][[wikt:深閨|深閨]][[wikt:人|人]][[wikt:未|未]][[wikt:識|識]]。 | yǎng zài shēnguī rén wèi shí. | joeng⁵ zoi⁶ sam¹ gwai¹ jan⁴ mei⁶ sik¹. | She had been brought up in the women's chambers, and was not yet known to the outside world. |- | [[wikt:天生|天生]][[wikt:麗質|麗質]][[wikt:難|難]][[wikt:自棄|自棄]], | tiānshēng lìzhì nán zìqì, | tin¹ sang¹ lai⁶ zat¹ naan⁴ zi⁶ hei³, | Her natural beauty and lovely comportment were difficult to ignore, |- | [[wikt:一|一]][[wikt:朝|朝]][[wikt:選|選]][[wikt:在|在]][[wikt:君王|君王]][[wikt:側|側]]。 | yī zhāo xuǎn zài jūnwáng cè. | jat¹ ciu⁴ syun² zoi⁶ gwan¹ wong⁴ zak¹ | One day, she was selected to stand at the side of His Majesty. |- | [[wikt:回眸一笑|回眸一笑]][[wikt:百|百]][[wikt:媚|媚]][[wikt:生|生]], | huímóuyīxiào bǎi mèi shēng, | wui⁴ mau⁴ jat¹ siu³ baak³ mei⁶ sang¹, | She could melt one's heart with her coquettish smile, |- | [[wikt:六宮|六宮]][[wikt:粉黛|粉黛]][[wikt:無|無]][[wikt:顏色|顏色]]。 | liùgōng fěndài wú yánsè. | luk⁶ gung¹ fan² doi⁶ mou⁴ ngaan⁴ sik¹. | All of the powdered faces of the ladies in waiting from the six palaces paled in comparison. |- | [[wikt:春|春]][[wikt:寒|寒]][[wikt:賜|賜]][[wikt:浴|浴]][[wikt:華清池|華清池]], | chūn hán cì yù Huáqīngchí, | ceon¹ hon⁴ ci³ juk⁶ waa⁴ cing¹ ci⁴, | On a cold spring day, he bestowed upon her the honor of bathing with him at the Huaqing pools,<ref>Built in 723, the [[w:Huaqing_Pool|Huaqing pools]] was a hot springs in Huaqing Palace (華清宮), which was located atop [[w:Mount Li|Mount Li]] (驪山) in the [[w:Qinling Mountains|Qinling Mountains]]. It was located approximately 25 km to the east of the capital city of [[w:Chang'an|Chang'an]].</ref> | rowspan=10 | [[Image:Hua-Qing-Chi-Gui-Fei-Tang.jpg|300px|thumb|right|According to legend, this is the pool that was used by [[w:Yang Guifei|Yang Guifei]] and the emperor.]] |- | [[wikt:溫泉|溫泉]][[wikt:水|水]][[wikt:滑|滑]][[wikt:洗|洗]][[wikt:凝脂|凝脂]]。 | wēnquán shuǐ huá xǐ níngzhī. | wan¹ cyun⁴ seoi² waat⁶ sai² jing⁴ zi¹. | The waters of the hot springs were smooth, and washed over her pale white skin. |- | [[wikt:侍兒|侍兒]][[wikt:扶|扶]][[wikt:起|起]][[wikt:嬌|嬌]][[wikt:無力|無力]], | shìér fú qǐ jiāo wúlì, | si⁶ ji⁴ fu⁴ hei² giu¹ mou⁴ lik⁶, | The palace maids helped her to leave the pool, because she was too delicate and lacked strength. |- | [[wikt:始|始]][[wikt:是|是]][[wikt:新|新]][[wikt:承|承]][[wikt:恩澤|恩澤]][[wikt:時|時]]。 | shǐ shì xīn chéng ēnzé shí. | ci² si⁶ san¹ sing⁴ jan¹ zaak⁶ si⁴. | This was when she began to receive the emperor's advances. |- | [[wikt:雲鬢|雲鬢]][[wikt:花顏|花顏]][[wikt:金步搖|金步搖]], | yúnbìn huāyán jīnbùyáo, | wan⁴ ban³ faa¹ ngaan⁴ gam¹ bou⁶ jiu⁴, | She had dark black hair, and the face of a flower, with golden jewelry dangling from her hair. |- | [[wikt:芙蓉|芙蓉]][[wikt:帳|帳]][[wikt:暖|暖]][[wikt:度|度]][[wikt:春|春]][[wikt:宵|宵]]。 | fúróng zhàng nuǎn dù chūn xiāo. | fu⁴ jung⁴ zoeng³ nyun⁵ dou⁶ ceon¹ siu¹. | They spent the spring nights in the warmth of a [[w:hibiscus|hibiscus]] tent. |- | [[wikt:春|春]][[wikt:宵|宵]][[wikt:苦|苦]][[wikt:短|短]][[wikt:日|日]][[wikt:高|高]][[wikt:起|起]], | chūn xiāo kǔ duǎn rì gāo qǐ, | ceon¹ siu¹ fu² dyun² jat⁶ gou¹ hei², | They lamented that the spring nights were all too short, and did not rise until long after the sun had come out. |- | [[wikt:從此|從此]][[wikt:君王|君王]][[wikt:不|不]][[wikt:早朝|早朝]]。 | cóngcǐ jūnwáng bù zǎocháo. | cung⁴ ci² gwan¹ wong⁴ bat¹ zou² ciu⁴. | From this point on, His Majesty did not attend the morning court. |- | [[wikt:承|承]][[wikt:歡|歡]][[wikt:侍|侍]][[wikt:宴|宴]][[wikt:無|無]][[wikt:閒暇|閒暇]], | chéng huān shì yàn wú xiánxiá, | sing⁴ fun¹ si⁶ jin³ mou⁴ haan⁴ haa⁶, | She spent her days pleasing the emperor and accompanying him to banquets. She had no free time. |- | [[wikt:春|春]][[wikt:從|從]][[wikt:春|春]][[wikt:遊|遊]][[wikt:夜|夜]][[wikt:專|專]][[wikt:夜|夜]]。 | chūn cóng chūn yóu yè zhuān yè. | ceon¹ cung⁴ ceon&1 jau⁴ je⁶ zyun¹ je⁶. | In the springtime, she accompanied him on his outings, and would share his bed night after night. |- | [[wikt:後|後]][[wikt:宮|宮]][[wikt:佳麗|佳麗]][[wikt:三|三]][[wikt:千|千]][[wikt:人|人]], | hòu gōng jiālì sān qiān rén, | hau⁶ gung¹ gaai¹ lai⁶ saam¹ cin¹ jan⁴, | Although there were 3,000 beauties in the inner palace, |- | [[wikt:三|三]][[wikt:千|千]][[wikt:寵愛|寵愛]][[wikt:在|在]][[wikt:一身|一身]]。 | sān qiān chǒngài zài yīshēn. | saam¹ cin¹ cung² ngoi³ zoi⁶ jat¹ san¹. | He placed the love of 3,000 all on her alone. |- | [[wikt:金屋|金屋]][[wikt:妝|妝]][[wikt:成|成]][[wikt:嬌|嬌]][[wikt:侍|侍]][[wikt:夜|夜]], | jīnwū zhuāng chéng jiāo shì yè, | gam¹ nguk¹ zong¹ sing⁴ giu¹ si⁶ je⁶, | After she finished putting on her makeup in the golden house, she was a bundle of charm<ref>Bai Juyi is making an allusion to a story about the [[w:Emperor Wu of Han|Emperor Wu of Han]], who promised to build [[w:Empress Chen Jiao|Empress Chen Jiao]] a golden house. Bai Juyi is taking advantage of the fact that Jiao ([[wikt:嬌|嬌]]), the given name of the Empress, also means charming. This story is preserved in the modern day idiom: [[wikt:金屋藏嬌|金屋藏嬌]].</ref> as she accompanied His Majesty in the evenings. |- | [[wikt:玉樓|玉樓]][[wikt:宴|宴]][[wikt:罷|罷]][[wikt:醉|醉]][[wikt:和|和]][[wikt:春|春]]。 | yùlóu yàn bà zuì hé chūn. | juk⁶ lau⁴ jin³ baa⁶ zeoi³ wo⁴ ceon¹. | She was drunk with alcohol and springtime after the banquets at the jade mansion. |- | [[wikt:姊妹|姊妹]][[wikt:弟兄|弟兄]][[wikt:皆|皆]][[wikt:列土|列土]], | zǐmèi dìxiōng jiē liètǔ, | zi² mui⁶ dai⁶ hing¹ gaai¹ lit⁶ tou², | All of her brothers and sisters were granted land, |- | [[wikt:可憐|可憐]][[wikt:光彩|光彩]][[wikt:生|生]][[wikt:門戶|門戶]]。 | kělián guāngcǎi shēng ménhù. | ho² lin⁴ gwong¹ coi² sang¹ mun⁴ wu⁶ | This enviable splendor breathed new life into their family status. |- | [[wikt:遂|遂]][[wikt:令|令]][[wikt:天下|天下]][[wikt:父母|父母]][[wikt:心|心]], | suì lìng tiānxià fùmǔ xīn, | seoi⁶ ling⁶ tin¹ haa⁶ fu⁶ mou⁵ sam¹, | This, in turn, caused the thinking of parents everywhere to change. |- | [[wikt:不|不]][[wikt:重|重]][[wikt:生|生]][[wikt:男|男]][[wikt:重|重]][[wikt:生|生]][[wikt:女|女]]。 | bú zhòng shēng nán zhòng shēng nǚ. | bat¹ cung⁴ sang¹ naam⁴ cung⁴ sang¹ neoi⁵. | They no longer held boy babies in high esteem, but began to prize girl babies. |- | [[wikt:驪宮|驪宮]][[wikt:高處|高處]][[wikt:入|入]][[wikt:青雲|青雲]], | Lígōng gāochù rù qīngyún, | lei⁴ gung¹ gou¹ cyu³ jap⁶ cing¹ wan⁴, | The high spots of Mount Li Palace<ref>Huaqing Palace (華清宮), which was located atop Mount Li (驪山) in the [[w:Qinling Mountains|Qinling Mountains]].</ref> entered into the [[wikt:azure|azure]] clouds. |- | [[wikt:仙樂|仙樂]][[wikt:風|風]][[wikt:飄|飄]][[wikt:處處|處處]][[wikt:聞|聞]]。 | xiānyuè fēng piāo chùchù wén. | sin¹ lok⁶ fung¹ piu¹ cyu³ cyu³ man⁴. | Heavenly music floated on the winds; it could be heard everywhere. |- | [[wikt:緩|緩]][[wikt:歌|歌]][[wikt:慢|慢]][[wikt:舞|舞]][[wikt:凝|凝]][[wikt:絲竹|絲竹]], | huǎn gē màn wǔ níng sīzhú, | wun⁴ go¹ maan⁶ mou⁵ jing⁴ si¹ zuk¹, | The slow songs and rhythmic dancing blended seamlessly with the orchestra. |- | [[wikt:盡|盡]][[wikt:日|日]][[wikt:君王|君王]][[wikt:看|看]][[wikt:不足|不足]]。 | jìn rì jūnwáng kàn bùzú. | zeon⁶ jat⁶ gwan¹ wong⁴ hon³ bat¹ zuk¹ | His Majesty could watch all day long, and still not get enough of it. |- | [[wikt:漁陽|漁陽]][[wikt:鼙|鼙]][[wikt:鼓|鼓]][[wikt:動|動]][[wikt:地|地]][[wikt:來|來]], | Yúyáng pí gǔ dòng dì lái, | jyu⁴ joeng⁴ pei⁴ gu² dung⁶ dei⁶ loi⁴, | The sound of the war drums from [[w:Ji County, Tianjin|Yuyang]] began to shake the earth,<ref>Yuyang county is now known as [[w:Miyun County|Miyun County]]. The capital city of Yuyang county was [[w:Fanyang|Fanyang]]. [[w:An Lushan|An Lushan]] was the [[w:jiedushi|regional military governor]] of [[w:Fanyang|Fanyang]] during this time. It was from there that he staged the [[w:An Lushan Rebellion|An Lushan Rebellion]], which forced the emperor to flee the capital.</ref> |- | [[wikt:驚|驚]][[wikt:破|破]][[wikt:霓裳羽衣曲|霓裳羽衣曲]]。 | jīng pò Níchángyǔyīqǔ. | ging¹ po³ ngai⁴ soeng⁴ jyu⁵ ji¹ kuk¹. | And broke the spell of the ''Song of rainbow skirts and feather robes''. |- | [[wikt:九重城闕|九重城闕]][[wikt:煙塵|煙塵]][[wikt:生|生]], | jiǔchóngchéngquè yānchén shēng, | gau² cung⁴ sing⁴ kyut³ jin¹ can⁴ sang¹, | Smoke and dust descended upon the nine layered watchtowers of the imperial palace, |- | [[wikt:千乘萬騎|千乘萬騎]][[wikt:西南|西南]][[wikt:行|行]]。 | qiānshèngwànjì xī'nán xíng. | cin¹ sing⁴ maan⁶ ke⁴ sai¹ naam⁴ hang⁴. | As a thousand chariots and a myriad horsemen sped to the southwest. |- | [[wikt:翠華|翠華]][[wikt:搖|搖]][[wikt:搖|搖]][[wikt:行|行]][[wikt:復|復]][[wikt:止|止]], | cuìhuá yáo yáo xíng fù zhǐ, | ceoi³ waa⁴ jiu⁴ jiu⁴ hang⁴ fuk⁶ zi², | The jade ornaments adorning the imperial banners rocked back and forth as the emperor's chariot moved forward then stopped again, |- | [[wikt:西|西]][[wikt:出|出]][[wikt:都門|都門]][[wikt:百|百]][[wikt:餘|餘]][[wikt:里|里]]。 | xī chū dūmén bǎi yú lǐ. | sai¹ ceot¹ dou¹ mun⁴ baak³ jyu⁴ leoi⁵. | Traveling more than one hundred [[w:li (unit)|li]] from the western gate of the capital. |- | [[wikt:六|六]][[wikt:軍|軍]][[wikt:不|不]][[wikt:發|發]][[wikt:無|無]][[wikt:奈何|奈何]], | liù jūn bù fā wú nàihé, | luk⁶ gwan¹ bat¹ faat³ mou⁴ noi⁶ ho⁴, | The six armies of the emperor refused to advance any further, so the emperor was left without a choice, |- | [[wikt:宛轉|宛轉]][[wikt:蛾眉|蛾眉]][[wikt:馬|馬]][[wikt:前|前]][[wikt:死|死]]。 | wǎnzhuǎn éméi mǎ qián sǐ. | jyun² zyun² ngo⁴ mei⁴ maa⁵ cin⁴ sei². | The writhing fair maiden, whose long and slender eyebrows resembled the feathery feelers of a moth,<ref>This may be a play on words. [[w:Mount Emei|Mount Emei]] ([[wikt:峨嵋|峨嵋]]), where the emperor was fleeing to, was so named because the peaks of [[w:Mount Emei|Mount Emei]] do in fact resemble the feelers of a moth ([[wikt:蛾眉|蛾眉]]). The feelers of a moth can also be a metaphor for the long and slender eyebrows of a beautiful woman.</ref> died in front of the horses.<ref>On 15 July, 756 Emperor Xuanzong's procession reached Mawei Station (馬嵬驛, in modern [[w:Xianyang|Xianyang]], [[w:Shaanxi|Shaanxi]]). The imperial guards were not fed and became angry at Yang Guifei's cousin Yang Guozhong. The emperor's general Chen Xuanli (陳玄禮) also believed that Yang Guozhong had provoked this disaster and planned to accuse him; he reported his plans to crown prince Li Heng through Li Heng's eunuch Li Fuguo, but Li Heng was hesitant and gave no approval. Meanwhile, [[w:Tufan|Tufan]] emissaries, who had followed Emperor Xuanzong south, were meeting with Yang Guozhong and complaining that they also had not been fed. The soldiers of the imperial guard took this opportunity to proclaim that Yang Guozhong was planning treason along with the Tufan emissaries, and they killed him, along with his son Yang Xuan (楊暄), the Ladies of Han and Qin, and the official Wei Fangjin. Chancellor Wei Jiansu was also nearly killed, but was spared at the last moment with severe injuries. The soldiers then surrounded Emperor Xuanzong's pavilion, and refused to scatter even after Emperor Xuanzong came out to comfort them and order them to disperse. Chen publicly urged him to put Consort Yang to death -- which Emperor Xuanzong initially declined. After Wei Jiansu's son Wei E (韋諤) and the emperor's eunuch Gao Lishi spoke further, Emperor Xuanzong finally resolved to do so. He therefore had Gao take Consort Yang to a Buddhist shrine and strangle her. After he showed the body to Chen and the other imperial guard generals, the guard soldiers finally dispersed and prepared for further travel. Meanwhile, Yang Guozhong's wife Pei Rou (裴柔), son Yang Xi (楊晞), the Lady of Guo, and the Lady of Guo's son Pei Hui (裴徽) tried to flee, but were killed in flight. Consort Yang was buried at Mawei, without a coffin, but with masses of fragrances, wrapped in purple blankets. In the poem, [[w:Bai Juyi|Bai Juyi]] writes that the Consort Yang is killed in front of the horses. This is probably meant to be taken as literary allusion. The word for "horse" (mǎ) is also the first syllable of '''Ma'''wei Station.</ref> | rowspan=7 | [[Image:Jianmenguan.JPG|300px|thumb|right|the pass at Mount Jian]] |- | [[wikt:花鈿|花鈿]][[wikt:委|委]][[wikt:地|地]][[wikt:無|無]][[wikt:人|人]][[wikt:收|收]], | huādiàn wěi dì wú rén shōu, | faa¹ din⁶ wai² dei⁶ mou⁴ jan⁴ sau¹, | Her ornate headdress fell to the ground, and nobody picked it up; |- | [[wikt:翠翹|翠翹]][[wikt:金雀|金雀]][[wikt:玉搔頭|玉搔頭]]。 | cuìqiáo jīnquè yùsāotóu. | ceoi³ kiu⁴ gam¹ zoek³ juk⁶ sou¹ tau⁴ | Then her kingfisher hair ornament, her gold sparrow hairpin and her jade hair clasp. |- | [[wikt:君王|君王]][[wikt:掩|掩]][[wikt:面|面]][[wikt:救|救]][[wikt:不得|不得]], | jūnwáng yǎn miàn jiù bùdé, | gwan¹ wong⁴ jim² min⁶ gau³ bat¹ dak¹, | His Majesty covered his face, for he could not save her. |- | [[wikt:回|回]][[wikt:看|看]][[wikt:血|血]][[wikt:淚|淚]][[wikt:相|相]][[wikt:和|和]][[wikt:流|流]]。 | huí kàn xuè lèi xiāng huò liú. | wui⁴ hon³ hyut³ leoi⁶ soeng¹ wo⁴ lau⁴ | Looking back, he saw a stream of blood and tears mixing together. |- | [[wikt:黃|黃]][[wikt:埃|埃]][[wikt:散漫|散漫]][[wikt:風|風]][[wikt:蕭索|蕭索]], | huáng āi sǎnmàn fēng xiāosuǒ, | wong⁴ aai¹ saan³ maan⁶ fung¹ siu¹ sok³, | The yellow dust rising in the air amid a bleak and chilly breeze, |- | [[wikt:雲|雲]][[wikt:棧|棧]][[wikt:縈紆|縈紆]][[wikt:登|登]][[wikt:劍閣|劍閣]]。 | yún zhàn yíngyū dēng Jiàn'gé. | wan⁴ zaan² jing⁴ jyu¹ dang¹ gim³ gok³ | The winding wooden walkways high up in the clouds ascend through the pavilions of the pass at Mount Jian.<ref>In present day [[w:Guangyuan|Jian'ge County]], [[w:Sichuan|Sichuan Province]]. Jian'ge County is famous for the long and windy foot paths going through Jianmen Pass. Jianmen means "gateway to Mount Jian", so called because its jagged peaks resemble a "jian" (a straight sword).</ref> |- | [[wikt:峨嵋山|峨嵋山]][[wikt:下|下]][[wikt:少|少]][[wikt:人|人]][[wikt:行|行]], | Éméishān xià shǎo rén xíng, | ngo⁴ mei⁴ saan¹ haa⁶ siu² jan⁴ hang⁴, | Few people were traveling on the road beneath [[w:Mount Emei|Mount Emei]],<ref>Bai Juyi is probably taking poetic liscence here. It was probably a mountain in [[w:Sichuan|Sichuan]], but not necessarily [[w:Mount Emei|Mount Emei]], which has always been an inspiration to Chinese poets</ref> | rowspan=6 | [[Image:EmeiShanTop.jpg|300px|thumb|right|[[w:Mount Emei|Mount Emei]]]] |- | [[wikt:旌旗|旌旗]][[wikt:無|無]][[wikt:光|光]][[wikt:日|日]][[wikt:色|色]][[wikt:薄|薄]]。 | jīngqí wú guāng rì sè bó. | sing¹ kei⁴ mou⁴ gwong¹ jat⁶ sik¹ bok⁶. | The banners had no luster and the sky was bleak. |- | [[wikt:蜀|蜀]][[wikt:江|江]][[wikt:水|水]][[wikt:碧|碧]][[wikt:蜀|蜀]][[wikt:山|山]][[wikt:青|青]], | Shǔ jiāng shuǐ bì Shǔ shān qīng, | suk⁶ gong¹ seoi² bik¹ suk⁶ saan¹ cing¹, | The rivers of [[w:Shu (state)|Shu]] were blue, and the mountains of [[w:Shu (state)|Shu]] were green, |- | [[wikt:聖主|聖主]][[wikt:朝|朝]][[wikt:朝|朝]][[wikt:暮|暮]][[wikt:暮|暮]][[wikt:情|情]]。 | shèngzhǔ zhāo zhāo mù mù qíng. | sing³ zyu² ciu⁴ ciu⁴ mou⁶ mou⁶ cing⁴. | Our liege lord thought about her night and day. |- | [[wikt:行宮|行宮]][[wikt:見|見]][[wikt:月|月]][[wikt:傷心|傷心]][[wikt:色|色]], | xínggōng jiàn yuè shāngxīn sè, | hang⁴ gung¹ gin³ jyut⁶ soeng¹ sam¹ sik¹, | In his temporary palace, he would gaze at the moon, and his facial expression would reveal his broken heart, |- | [[wikt:夜|夜]][[wikt:雨|雨]][[wikt:聞|聞]][[wikt:鈴|鈴]][[wikt:腸斷|腸斷]][[wikt:聲|聲]]。 | yè yǔ wén líng chángduàn shēng. | je⁶ jyu⁵ man⁴ ling⁴ coeng⁴ tyun⁵ sing¹ | He would hear the wind chimes during an evening rain storm, a sound filled with sorrow. |} ==Lines 51 - 100== {| cellpadding=2 | style="width: 15%" | [[wikt:天旋地轉|天旋地轉]][[wikt:回|回]][[wikt:龍馭|龍馭]], | style="width: 20%" | tiānxuándìzhuàn huí lóngyù, | style="width: 20%" | tin sün4 dey6 jün3 wooi4 loong4 yü6, |style="width: 45%" | After the uprising was over, the emperor's dragon chariot returned for him, | rowspan=10 | {{Location map+|China|width=300|float=center|caption=The emperor's flight from the capital|places= {{Location map~|China|lat_deg=34|lat_min=16|lon_deg=108|lon_min=54|position=right|label=capital}} {{Location map~|China|lat_deg=34|lat_min=18|lon_deg=108|lon_min=29|position=left|label=Mawei}} {{Location map~|China|lat_deg=32|lat_min=12|lon_deg=105|lon_min=35|position=left|label=Mount Jian}} {{Location map~|China|lat_deg=29|lat_min=31|lon_deg=103|lon_min=20|position=left|label=Mount Emei}} }} |- | [[wikt:到|到]][[wikt:此|此]][[wikt:躊躇|躊躇]][[wikt:不能|不能]][[wikt:去|去]]。 | dào cǐ chóuchú bùnéng qù. | dou3 chi2 chuw4 chü4 but nung4 höi3. | Arriving back at this place,<ref>A reference to Mawei (馬嵬) way station, where [[w:Yang Guifei|Yang Guifei]] was killed.</ref> he lingered and was unable to leave. |- | [[wikt:馬嵬坡|馬嵬坡]][[wikt:下|下]][[wikt:泥土|泥土]][[wikt:中|中]], | Mǎwéipō xià nítǔ zhōng, | Ma5 Nguy4 Bor ha6 nuy4 tow2 joong, | In the dirt at the slopes of Mawei,<ref>West of Xingping County in modern day [[w:Shaanxi|Shaanxi]]</ref> |- | [[wikt:不|不]][[wikt:見|見]][[wikt:玉|玉]][[wikt:顏|顏]][[wikt:空|空]][[wikt:死|死]][[wikt:處|處]]。 | bù jiàn yù yán kōng sǐ chù. | but gin3 yook6 ngaan4 hoong sey2 chü3. | He did not see her face of Jade,<ref>[[w:Yang Guifei|Yang Guifei]]'s name at birth was Yuhuan (玉環), which means jade earrings.</ref> he only saw the abandoned place where she had died. |- | [[wikt:君臣|君臣]][[wikt:相|相]][[wikt:顧|顧]][[wikt:盡|盡]][[wikt:霑|霑]][[wikt:衣|衣]], | jūnchén xiāng gù jìn zhān yī, | gwun sun4 söng gwoo3 jön6 jim yi, | The emperor and his ministers looked at each other and soaked their clothes with tears, |- | [[wikt:東|東]][[wikt:望|望]][[wikt:都門|都門]][[wikt:信|信]][[wikt:馬|馬]][[wikt:歸|歸]]。 | dōng wàng dūmén xìn mǎ guī. | doong mong6 dou moon4 sön3 ma5 gwuy. | Looking to the east at the gates to the capital, they allowed the horses to dictate the pace of their return. |- | [[wikt:歸|歸]][[wikt:來|來]][[wikt:池|池]][[wikt:苑|苑]][[wikt:皆|皆]][[wikt:依|依]][[wikt:舊|舊]], | guī lái chí yuàn jiē yījiù, | gwuy loy4 chi4 yün2 gaai yi guw6, | They returned to find the ponds and gardens the same as before, |- | [[wikt:太液|太液]][[wikt:芙蓉|芙蓉]][[wikt:未央|未央]][[wikt:柳|柳]]。 | Tàiyè fúróng Wèiyāng liǔ. | Taai3 Yik6 foo4 yoong4 Mey6 Yöng luw5. | The lotus plants of Taiye ponds and the willow trees of [[w:Weiyang Palace|Weiyang Palace]].<ref>The Taiye ponds were built in the time of the [[w:Emperor Wu of Han|Emperor Wu of Han]]. [[w:Weiyang Palace|Weiyang Palace]] refers to a palace of the [[w:Han Dynasty|Han Dynasty]] which was built by [[w:Xiao He|Xiao He]]. Both places were located to the northwest of [[w:Chang'an|Chang'an]] in [[w:Shaanxi|Shaanxi]]. [[w:Bai Juyi|Bai Juyi]] is again drawing comparisons between the [[w:Emperor Xuanzong of Tang|Emperor Xuanzong of Tang]] and the earlier [[w:Emperor Wu of Han|Emperor Wu of Han]].</ref> |- | [[wikt:芙蓉|芙蓉]][[wikt:如|如]][[wikt:面|面]][[wikt:柳|柳]][[wikt:如|如]][[wikt:眉|眉]], | fúróng rú miàn liǔ rú méi, | foo4 yoong4 yü4 min6 lui5 yü4 mey4, | The lotus plants were like her face and the willow trees were like her eyebrows, |- | [[wikt:對|對]][[wikt:此|此]][[wikt:如何|如何]][[wikt:不|不]][[wikt:淚|淚]][[wikt:垂|垂]]。 | duì cǐ rúhé bù lèi chuí | döi3 chi2 yü4 hor4 but löi6 söi4 [sey4]. | Upon seeing this, how could he hold back the tears? |- | [[wikt:春|春]][[wikt:風|風]][[wikt:桃|桃]][[wikt:李|李]][[wikt:花|花]][[wikt:開|開]][[wikt:日|日]], | chūn fēng táo lǐ huā kāi rì, | chön foong tow4 ley5 fa hoy yut6 [ngit6], | Gone were the breezy spring days when the peach and plum trees were in bloom, |- | [[wikt:秋|秋]][[wikt:雨|雨]][[wikt:梧桐|梧桐]][[wikt:葉|葉]][[wikt:落|落]][[wikt:時|時]]。 | qiū yǔ wútóng yè luò shí. | chuw yü5 ng4 toong4 yip6 lok6 si4, | Replaced by the autumn rains when the leaves of the [[w:Firmiana simplex|Wutong]] trees had fallen. |- | [[wikt:西宮|西宮]][[wikt:南內|南內]][[wikt:多|多]][[wikt:秋|秋]][[wikt:草|草]], | Xīgōng Nánnèi duō qiū cǎo, | suy goong naam4 noy6 dor chuw chou2, | The Western and Southern Palaces<ref>The Western Palace was also known as the Taiji Palace (太極宮), and was located to the northwest of the capital. The Southern Palace was also known as the Xingqing Palace (興慶宮), and was located to the southeast of the capital. After the rebellion was put down, the emperor temporarily stayed first at the Southern Palace, and then in Ganlu Hall (甘露殿) of the Western Palace, before returning to [[w:Chang'an|Chang'an]].</ref> were overgrown with autumn grass, |- | [[wikt:落葉|落葉]][[wikt:滿|滿]][[wikt:階|階]][[wikt:紅|紅]][[wikt:不|不]][[wikt:掃|掃]]。 | luòyè mǎn jiē hóng bù sǎo. | lok6 yip6 moon5 gaai hoong4 but sou3. | And nobody swept away the fallen red leaves that piled up on the steps. |- | [[wikt:梨園子弟|梨園子弟]][[wikt:白|白]][[wikt:髮|髮]][[wikt:新|新]], | líyuánzǐdì báifà xīn, | ley4 yün4 ji2 duy6 baak6 faat3 sun, | The performers of the [[w:Pear Garden|Pear Garden]] royal opera troop had newly white hair, |- | [[wikt:椒房|椒房]][[wikt:阿監|阿監]][[wikt:青娥|青娥]][[wikt:老|老]]。 | jiāofáng ājiān qīng'é lǎo. | jiw fong4 aa3 gaam3 ching ngor4 low5. | At Pepper residence,<ref>Where the empresses of the [[w:Han Dynasty|Han Dynasty]] had lived. Located in Weiyang Palace (未央宮). Bai Juyi is indirectly referring to [[w:Yang Guifei|Yang Guifei]]'s living quarters via an analogy to the [[w:Han Dynasty|Han Dynasty]].</ref> the eunuchs and palace maids had become old. |- | [[wikt:夕|夕]][[wikt:殿|殿]][[wikt:螢|螢]][[wikt:飛|飛]][[wikt:思|思]][[wikt:悄然|悄然]], | xī diàn yíng fēi sī qiǎorán, | jik6 din6 ying4 fey si chiw3 yin4, | In the evening palace, the fireflies filled the air as he sat in silence, alone with his thoughts, |- | [[wikt:孤|孤]][[wikt:燈|燈]][[wikt:挑|挑]][[wikt:盡|盡]][[wikt:未|未]][[wikt:成|成]][[wikt:眠|眠]]。 | gū dēng tiǎo jìn wèi chéng mián. | gwoo dung tiw jön6 mey6 sing4 min4, | The lonely lamp had used up its wicker, yet he still could not sleep. |- | [[wikt:遲|遲]][[wikt:遲|遲]][[wikt:鐘|鐘]][[wikt:鼓|鼓]][[wikt:初|初]][[wikt:長夜|長夜]], | chí chí zhōng gǔ chū chángyè, | chi4 chi4 joong gwoo2 chor chöng4 ye6, | The bells and drums slowly rang out at the start of each watch, marking the beginning of another long night, |- | [[wikt:耿|耿]][[wikt:|耿]][[wikt:星|星]][[wikt:河|河]][[wikt:欲|欲]][[wikt:曙|曙]][[wikt:天|天]]。 | gěng gěng xīng hé yù shǔ tiān. | gung2 gung2 sing hor4 yook6 chü5 tin. | The Milky Way shined brightly, how he longed for day break. |- | [[wikt:鴛鴦|鴛鴦]][[wikt:瓦|瓦]][[wikt:冷|冷]][[wikt:霜|霜]][[wikt:華|華]][[wikt:重|重]], | yuānyang wǎ lěng shuāng huá zhòng, | yün yöng ngaa5 laang5 söng wa4 choong5, | The [[w:mandarin duck|mandarin duck]] tiles were icy, and the frost on them was heavy, |- | [[wikt:翡翠|翡翠]][[wikt:衾|衾]][[wikt:寒|寒]][[wikt:誰|誰]][[wikt:與|與]][[wikt:共|共]]。 | fěicuì qīn hán shéi yǔ gòng? | fey2 chöi3 kum hon4 söi4 yü5 goong6, | The jadeite quilt was cold. After all, who would share it with him? |- | [[wikt:悠悠|悠悠]][[wikt:生|生]][[wikt:死|死]][[wikt:別|別]][[wikt:經|經]][[wikt:年|年]], | yōuyōu shēng sǐ bié jīng nián, | yuw4 yuw4 sung sey2 bit6 ging nin4, | The living and the dead became separated one drawn-out year ago, |- | [[wikt:魂魄|魂魄]][[wikt:不曾|不曾]][[wikt:來|來]][[wikt:入夢|入夢]]。 | húnpò bùcéng lái rùmèng. | wun4 paak3 but chung4 loy4 yup6 moong6. | Her soul had not appeared to him in his dreams. |- | [[wikt:臨邛|臨邛]][[wikt:道士|道士]][[wikt:鴻都客|鴻都客]], | Línqióng dàoshì Hóngdūkè, | Lum4 Koong4 dou6 si6 hoong4 dou haak3, | A [[w:Daoist|Daoist]] priest from [[w:Qionglai|Linqiong]]<ref>In present day [[w:Qionglai|Qionglai]] (邛崍), [[w:Sichuan|Sichuan]].</ref> came to the capital<ref>Hóngdū was originally the name of one of the gates of the Northern Palace in [[w:Luoyang|Luoyang]] (capital of China during the [[w:Han Dynasty|Han Dynasty]]). Later, it came to refer generically to any capital.</ref> as a guest, |- | [[wikt:能|能]][[wikt:以|以]][[wikt:精誠|精誠]][[wikt:致|致]][[wikt:魂魄|魂魄]]。 | néng yǐ jīngchéng zhì húnpò. | nung4 yi5 jing sing4 ji3 wun4 paak3. | He had the ability to use his piety to summon the spirits. |- | [[wikt:為|為]][[wikt:感|感]][[wikt:君王|君王]][[wikt:輾轉|輾轉]][[wikt:思|思]], | wèi gǎn jūnwáng zhǎnzhuǎn sī, | wuy6 gum2 gwun wong4 jin2 jün2 si, | He was moved by His Majesty's anguish, |- | [[wikt:遂|遂]][[wikt:教|教]][[wikt:方士|方士]][[wikt:殷勤|殷勤]][[wikt:覓|覓]]。 | suì jiào fāngshì yīnqín mì. | söi6 gao3 fong si6 yun kun4 mik6 [maak6]. | And because of this, His Majesty eventually prevailed upon the priest to search for her spirit in earnest. |- | [[wikt:排|排]][[wikt:空|空]][[wikt:馭|馭]][[wikt:氣|氣]][[wikt:奔|奔]][[wikt:如|如]][[wikt:電|電]], | pái kōng yù qì bēn rú diàn, | paai4 hoong yü6 hey3 bun yü4 din6, | The priest ran like lightning as he parted the skies and rode high through the air, |- | [[wikt:升|升]][[wikt:天|天]][[wikt:入|入]][[wikt:地|地]][[wikt:求|求]][[wikt:之|之]][[wikt:遍|遍]]。 | shēng tiān rù dì qiú zhī biàn. | sing tin yup6 dey6 kuw4 ji pin3, | He ascended the heavens and down into the earth, looking for her everywhere. |- | [[wikt:上窮碧落下黃泉|上窮碧落下黃泉]], | shàng qióng bìluò xià huángquán, | söng6 koong4 bik lok6 ha6 wong4 chün4, | He searched thoroughly up in the blue beyond, as well as down in the Yellow Springs below the earth, |- | [[wikt:兩|兩]][[wikt:處|處]][[wikt:茫茫|茫茫]][[wikt:皆|皆]][[wikt:不見|不見]]。 | liǎng chù mángmáng jiē bújiàn. | löng5 chü3 mong4 mong4 gaai but gin3. | But did not spot her in the vastness of either place. |- | [[wikt:忽|忽]][[wikt:聞|聞]][[wikt:海上|海上]][[wikt:有|有]][[wikt:仙|仙]][[wikt:山|山]], | hū wén hǎishàng yǒu xiān shān, | fut mun5 hoi2 söng6 yuw5 sin saan, | Then suddenly, he heard about a mountain of celestial beings that was on the sea, |- | [[wikt:山|山]][[wikt:在|在]][[wikt:虛無縹緲|虛無縹緲]][[wikt:間|間]]。 | shān zài xūwú-piāomiǎo jiān. | saan joy6 höi mow4 piw miw5 gaan. | The mountain was in the midst of a vast expanse of haze. |- | [[wikt:樓閣|樓閣]][[wikt:玲瓏|玲瓏]][[wikt:五雲|五雲]][[wikt:起|起]], | lóugé línglóng wǔyún qǐ, | luw4 gok3 ling4 loong4 ng5 wun4 hey2 [hi2], | A tower rose exquisitely through the vibrant clouds, |- | [[wikt:其中|其中]][[wikt:綽約|綽約]][[wikt:多|多]][[wikt:仙子|仙子]]。 | qízhōng chuòyuē duō xiānzǐ. | kei4 joong chök3 yök3 dor sin ji2. | In the tower, there lived a great many celestials who were possessed of a feminine grace. |- | [[wikt:中|中]][[wikt:有|有]][[wikt:一|一]][[wikt:人|人]][[wikt:字|字]][[wikt:太真|太真]], | zhōng yǒu yī rén zì Tàizhēn, | joong yuw5 yut yun4 ji6 taai3 jun, | Among these was someone with the [[w:Chinese style name|style name]] of Tàizhēn,<ref>Tàizhēn was [[w:Yang Guifei|Yang Guifei]]'s [[w:Chinese style name|style name]]</ref> |- | [[wikt:雪膚|雪膚]][[wikt:花|花]][[wikt:貌|貌]][[wikt:參差|參差]][[wikt:是|是]]。 | xuěfū huā mào cēncī shì. | süt3 foo fa mao6 chum chi si6. | Who had snow-white skin, and a lovely countenance which more or less matched that of his lost love? |- | [[wikt:金|金]][[wikt:闕|闕]][[wikt:西|西]][[wikt:廂|廂]][[wikt:叩|叩]][[wikt:玉|玉]][[wikt:扃|扃]], | jīn què xī xiāng kòu yù jiōng, | gum küt3 suy söng kuw3 yook6 gwing2, | The priest knocked on the jade door to the western wing of the golden watchtower, |- | [[wikt:轉|轉]][[wikt:教|教]][[wikt:小玉|小玉]][[wikt:報|報]][[wikt:雙成|雙成]]。 | zhuǎn jiāo Xiǎoyù bào Shuāngchéng. | jün2 gao3 siw2 yook6 bou3 söng sing4, | He implored Xiǎoyù to relay a message to Shuāngchéng.<ref>In [[w:Daoist|Daoist]] lore, Xiǎoyù and Shuāngchéng were the names of two female celestial beings. Here, the author turns them into the maid servants of [[w:Yang Guifei|Yang Guifei]] after she became a celestial being herself.</ref> |- | [[wikt:聞|聞]][[wikt:道|道]][[wikt:漢|漢]][[wikt:家|家]][[wikt:天子|天子]][[wikt:使|使]], | wén dào Hàn jiā tiānzǐ shǐ, | mun4 dou6 hon3 ga tin ji2 si2, | Hearing that it was an emissary of the Han family's Son of Heaven,<ref>In other words, an emissary of the [[w:Emperor Xuanzong of Tang|Emperor Xuanzong of Tang]]</ref> |- | [[wikt:九華帳|九華帳]][[wikt:裡|裡]][[wikt:夢|夢]][[wikt:魂|魂]][[wikt:驚|驚]]。 | jiǔhuázhàng lǐ mèng hún jīng. | guw2 wa4 jöng3 löi5 moong6 wun4 ging. | From inside the resplendent tent, she was startled awake from her dream. |- | [[wikt:攬|攬]][[wikt:衣|衣]][[wikt:推|推]][[wikt:枕|枕]][[wikt:起|起]][[wikt:徘徊|徘徊]], | lǎn yī tuī zhěn qǐ páihuái, | laam2 yi töi jum2 hey2 pooi4 wooi4 [woy4], | Reaching for her robes, and pushing aside her pillow, she began to pace around the room, dazed and confused, |- | [[wikt:珠箔|珠箔]][[wikt:銀屏|銀屏]][[wikt:迤邐|迤邐]][[wikt:開|開]]。 | zhūbó yínpíng yǐlǐ kāi. | jü bok6 ngun4 ping4 yi5 ley5 hoy. | She then made her way through the pearl lace curtains and the screens of silver. |- | [[wikt:雲鬢|雲鬢]][[wikt:半|半]][[wikt:偏|偏]][[wikt:新|新]][[wikt:睡覺|睡覺]], | yúnbìn bàn piān xīn shuìjiào, | wun4 bun3 boon3 pin sun söi6 gao3, | Her hairdo was lopsided, because she had been sleeping just now, |- | [[wikt:花冠|花冠]][[wikt:不|不]][[wikt:整|整]][[wikt:下|下]][[wikt:堂|堂]][[wikt:來|來]]。 | huāguān bù zhěng xià táng lái. | fa gwoon3 but jing2 ha6 tong4 loy4. | Her headpiece was not straight as she descended into the main room. |- | [[wikt:風|風]][[wikt:吹|吹]][[wikt:仙|仙]][[wikt:袂|袂]][[wikt:飄飄|飄飄]][[wikt:舉|舉]], | fēng chuī xiān mèi piāopiāo jǔ, | foong chöi sin muy6 piw piw göi2 [gü2], | A gust of wind caused her celestial sleeves to flutter, |- | [[wikt:猶|猶]][[wikt:似|似]][[wikt:霓裳羽衣舞|霓裳羽衣舞]]。 | yóu sì Níchángyǔyīwǔ. | yuw4 chi5 ngui4 söng4 yü5 yi mou5 [mü5]. | Just like when she used to perform the ''Dance of rainbow skirts and feather robes''.<ref>A reference back to the earlier stanza, "The sound of the war drums from Yuyang began to shake the earth, And broke the spell of the ''Song of rainbow skirts and feather robes''." ([[wikt:霓裳羽衣曲|霓裳羽衣曲]])</ref> |- | [[wikt:玉容|玉容]][[wikt:寂寞|寂寞]][[wikt:淚|淚]][[wikt:闌干|闌干]], | yùróng jìmò lèi lán'gān, | yook6 yoong4 jik6 mok6 löi6 laan4 gon, | Her jade countenance was sad, and crisscrossed with tears, |- | [[wikt:梨|梨]][[wikt:花|花]][[wikt:一|一]][[wikt:枝|枝]][[wikt:春|春]][[wikt:帶|帶]][[wikt:雨|雨]]。 | lí huā yī zhī chūn dài yǔ. | ley4 fa yut ji chön daai3 yü5. | Like a pear blossom bathed in springtime rain.<ref>This line gave birth to the idiom: [[wikt:梨花帶雨|梨花帶雨]]</ref> |} ==Lines 101 - end== {| cellpadding=2 | style="width: 15%" | [[wikt:含情|含情]][[wikt:凝睇|凝睇]][[wikt:謝|謝]][[wikt:君王|君王]], | style="width: 20%" | hánqíng níngdì xiè jūnwáng, | style="width: 20%" | hum4 ching4 ying4 tuy2 je6 gwun wong4 [waang4]: | style="width: 45%" | Full of emotion, she fixed her gaze on the priest and relayed her thanks to His Majesty, |- | [[wikt:一|一]][[wikt:別|別]][[wikt:音|音]][[wikt:容|容]][[wikt:兩|兩]][[wikt:渺茫|渺茫]]。 | yī bié yīn róng liǎng miǎománg. | yut bit6 yum yoong4 löng5 miw5 mong4 [maang4]. | But since they last parted, they looked and sounded only vaguely familiar to each other. |- | [[wikt:昭陽殿|昭陽殿]][[wikt:裡|裡]][[wikt:恩愛|恩愛]][[wikt:絕|絕]], | Zhāoyángdiàn lǐ ēn'ài jué, | Chiu Yöng4 Din6 löi5 yun ngoi3 jüt6, | The passion that they shared in the Hall of the Bright Sun<ref>Originally built during the time of [[w:Emperor Wu of Han|Emperor Wu of Han]], the Hall of the Bright Sun (Zhaoyang Hall) became the residence of [[w:Empress Zhao Feiyan|Empress Zhao Feiyan]] during the reign of [[w:Emperor Cheng of Han|Emperor Cheng of Han]]. Later poets used the Hall of the Bright Sun as a general metaphor for the living quarters of imperial consorts.</ref> was now no more, |- | [[wikt:蓬萊宮|蓬萊宮]][[wikt:中|中]][[wikt:日月|日月]][[wikt:長|長]]。 | Pénglái Gōng zhōng rìyuè cháng. | Foong4 Loy4 Goong joong yut6 yüt6 chöng4 [tiang4]. | The days and months are now long in [[w:Mount Penglai|Penglai]] Palace. |- | [[wikt:回頭|回頭]][[wikt:下|下]][[wikt:望|望]][[wikt:人寰|人寰]][[wikt:處|處]], | huítóu xià wàng rénhuán chù, | wooi4 tuw4 ha6 mong6 yun4 waang4 chü3, | Turning back to look down at the places where mortals dwell,<ref>The Chinese for "where mortals dwell" ([[wikt:人寰|人寰]]) contains the character 寰, which might also be an allusion to 環, part of Yang Guifei's birth name: Yáng Yù'''huán''' (楊玉'''環''').</ref> |- | [[wikt:不見|不見]][[wikt:長安|長安]][[wikt:見|見]][[wikt:塵霧|塵霧]]。 | bújiàn Cháng'ān jiàn chénwù. | but gin3 Chöng4 On gin3 chun4 mou6 [mü6]. | She does not see [[w:Chang'an|Chang'an]], she only sees dust and mist. |- | [[wikt:唯|唯]][[wikt:將|將]][[wikt:舊|舊]][[wikt:物|物]][[wikt:表|表]][[wikt:深情|深情]], | wéi jiāng jiù wù biǎo shēnqíng, | wuy4 jöng guw6 mut6 biw2 sum ching4, | All she could do was to send along some old keepsakes as an expression of her deep affection, |- | [[wikt:鈿合金釵|鈿合金釵]][[wikt:寄|寄]][[wikt:將|將]][[wikt:去|去]]。 | diànhé jīnchāi jì jiāng qù. | tin4 hup6 gum chaai gey3 jöng höi3 [hü3]. | So she sent away the emissary with her inlaid box and golden hairpin. |- | [[wikt:釵|釵]][[wikt:留|留]][[wikt:一|一]][[wikt:股|股]][[wikt:合|合]][[wikt:一|一]][[wikt:扇|扇]], | chāi liú yī gǔ hé yī shàn, | chaai luw4 yut gwoo2 hup6 yut sin3, | But she kept one part of the hairpin and one leaf of the box, |- | [[wikt:釵|釵]][[wikt:擘|擘]][[wikt:黃金|黃金]][[wikt:合|合]][[wikt:分|分]][[wikt:鈿|鈿]]。 | chāi bò huángjīn hé fēn diàn. | chaai maak3 wong4 gum hup6 fun tin4, | From then on, the pieces of the hairpin and the box would be separated. |- | [[wikt:但|但]][[wikt:教|教]][[wikt:心|心]][[wikt:似|似]][[wikt:金|金]][[wikt:鈿|鈿]][[wikt:堅|堅]], | dàn jiāo xīn sì jīn diàn jiān, | daan6 gao3 sum chi5 gum tin4 gin, | But, she left word for His Majesty to remain firm in his devotion to her, just like the firmness of the gold and inlay work, |- | [[wikt:天上人間|天上人間]][[wikt:會|會]][[wikt:相見|相見]]。 | tiānshàng rénjiān huì xiāngjiàn. | tin söng6 yun4 gaan wooi5 söng gin3. | Sooner or later, they will see each other again, whether it be in the heavens beyond or among the mortals on earth. |- | [[wikt:臨別|臨別]][[wikt:殷勤|殷勤]][[wikt:重|重]][[wikt:寄|寄]][[wikt:詞|詞]], | línbié yīnqín chóng jì cí, | lum4 bit6 yun kun4 choong4 gey3 chi4, | As they were about to part company, she once again implored the priest to pass along a message for her, |- | [[wikt:詞|詞]][[wikt:中|中]][[wikt:有|有]][[wikt:誓|誓]][[wikt:兩|兩]][[wikt:心|心]][[wikt:知|知]]。 | cí zhōng yǒu shì liǎng xīn zhī. | chi4 joong yuw5 suw6 löng5 sum ji: | The message contained a promise that only the two of them would know about. |- | [[wikt:七月|七月]][[wikt:七日|七日]][[wikt:長生殿|長生殿]], | qīyuè qīrì Chángshēng Diàn, | chut yüt6 chut yut6 Chöng4 Sung Din6, | On the seventh day of the seventh lunar month, in the Hall of Longevity,<ref>The name of a hall within [[wikt:華清|Huaqing Palace]]. Recall that the emperor first bathed with [[w:Yang Guifei|Yang Guifei]] at the pools of Huaqing Palace (line 9 of the poem).</ref> |- | [[wikt:夜半|夜半]][[wikt:無|無]][[wikt:人|人]][[wikt:私語|私]][[wikt:語|語]][[wikt:時|時]]。 | yèbàn wú rén sī yǔ shí. | ye6 boon3 mow4 yun4 si yü5 si4. | At midnight, when nobody is around, this is when we will make our secret pact. |- | [[wikt:在|在]][[wikt:天|天]][[wikt:願|願]][[wikt:作|作]][[wikt:比|比]][[wikt:翼|翼]][[wikt:鳥|鳥]], | zài tiān yuàn zuò bǐ yì niǎo, | joy6 tin yün6 jok3 bei2 yik6 niu5, | "In the heavens, we vow to be as two birds flying wingtip to wingtip, |- | [[wikt:在|在]][[wikt:地|地]][[wikt:願|願]][[wikt:為|為]][[wikt:連|連]][[wikt:理|理]][[wikt:枝|枝]]。 | zài dì yuàn wéi lián lǐ zhī. | joy6 dey6 yün6 wuy4 lin4 ley5 ji. | On earth, we vow to be as two intertwined branches of a tree." |- | [[wikt:天長地久|天長地久]][[wikt:有|有]][[wikt:時|時]][[wikt:盡|盡]], | tiānchángdìjiǔ yǒu shí jìn, | tin chöng4 dey6 guw2 yuw5 si4 jön6, | Even the heaven and earth have their ending times, |- | [[wikt:此|此]][[wikt:恨|恨]][[wikt:綿綿|綿綿]][[wikt:無|無]][[wikt:絕|絕]][[wikt:期|期]]。 | cǐ hèn mián mián wú jué qí. | chi2 hun6 min4 min4 mow4 jüt6 kei4 [ki4]. | The regret of our parting will last forever and never end. |} ==Notes== {{Reflist|2}} ==Licensing== {{translation-license|original={{PD-old}}|translation={{GFDL}}{{CC-BY-SA}}}} [[Category:Medieval works]] [[Category:Medieval poetry]] [[Category:Works originally in Chinese]] [[Category:Pages with foreign language text]] [[Category:Three Hundred Tang Poems]] 14fyzolm8c1drg93z9lvdh7gwcwof7k 14130821 14130816 2024-04-26T07:39:07Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{translation header | title = The Song of Everlasting Regret | author = Bai Juyi | section = | previous = | next = | shortcut = | year = | language = zh | original = 長恨歌 | notes = Composed by Bai Juyi in the year 806, ''The Song of Everlasting Regret (or Sorrow)'' details the events surrounding the death of the lady [[w:Yang Guifei|Yang Guifei]] during the [[w:Anshi Rebellion|Anshi Rebellion]] in 755. [[w:Yang Guifei|Yang Guifei]] was the beloved concubine of the [[w:Emperor Xuanzong of Tang|Emperor Xuanzong of Tang]]. }} ==Lines 1 - 50== {| cellpadding=2 ! style="background-color:lightblue;width: 15%" | Original ! style="background-color:lightblue;width: 20%" | [[w:Pinyin|Pinyin (Standard Mandarin)]] ! style="background-color:lightblue;width: 20%" | [[w:Jyutping|Jyutping (Cantonese)]] ! style="background-color:lightblue;width: 45%" colspan=2 | Translation |- ! style="background-color:lightgrey" | [[wikt:長|長]] [[wikt:恨|恨]] [[wikt: 歌|歌]] ! style="background-color:lightgrey" | cháng hèn gē ! style="background-color:lightgrey" | coeng⁴ han⁶ go¹ ! style="background-color:lightgrey" | The Song of Everlasting Regret |- | [[wikt:漢|漢]][[wikt:皇|皇]][[wikt:重|重]][[wikt:色|色]][[wikt:思|思]][[wikt:傾國|傾國]], | Hàn huáng zhòng sè sī qīngguó, | hon³ wong⁴ cung⁴ sik¹ si¹ king¹ gwok³, | A certain emperor of the [[w:Han dynasty|Han dynasty]]<ref>Han dynasty is a disguise to avoid [[w:literary inquisition|literary inquisition]]. It is actually referencing to [[w:Tang dynasty|Tang dynasty]]. The [[w:Emperor Xuanzong of Tang|Emperor Xuanzong of Tang]], whose relationship to [[w:Yang Guifei|Yang Guifei]] brought to mind the [[w:Emperor Wu of Han|Emperor Wu of Han]]'s relationship to his concubine, Consort Li. Bai Juyi would have considered it unpoetic to refer to his subject directly.</ref> placed a premium on his dalliances, and longed for a woman so beautiful, that he might be tempted to ignore his duties at court, and thus bring about the downfall of his empire.<ref>Bai Juyi is referring to the story of how [[w:Emperor Wu of Han|Emperor Wu of Han]] met Consort Li. See: [[wikt:傾國|傾國]].</ref> | rowspan=8 | [[Image:Hua-Qing-Chi-Yang-Gui-Fei.jpg|200px|thumb|right|[[w:Yang Guifei|Yang Guifei]]]] |- | [[wikt:御宇|御宇]][[wikt:多年|多年]][[wikt:求|求]][[wikt:不得|不得]]。 | yùyǔ duōnián qiú bùdé. | jyu⁶ jyu⁵ do¹ nin⁴ kau⁴ bat¹ dak¹. | He ruled his empire for many years without finding such a beauty. |- | [[wikt:楊|楊]][[wikt:家|家]][[wikt:有|有]][[wikt:女|女]][[wikt:初|初]][[wikt:長|長]][[wikt:成|成]], | Yáng jiā yǒu nǚ chū zhǎng chéng, | joeng⁴ gaa¹ jau⁵ neoi⁵ co¹ coeng⁴ sing⁴, | There was [[w:Yang Guifei|a girl of the house of Yang]] who had just come of age. |- | [[wikt:養|養]][[wikt:在|在]][[wikt:深閨|深閨]][[wikt:人|人]][[wikt:未|未]][[wikt:識|識]]。 | yǎng zài shēnguī rén wèi shí. | joeng⁵ zoi⁶ sam¹ gwai¹ jan⁴ mei⁶ sik¹. | She had been brought up in the women's chambers, and was not yet known to the outside world. |- | [[wikt:天生|天生]][[wikt:麗質|麗質]][[wikt:難|難]][[wikt:自棄|自棄]], | tiānshēng lìzhì nán zìqì, | tin¹ sang¹ lai⁶ zat¹ naan⁴ zi⁶ hei³, | Her natural beauty and lovely comportment were difficult to ignore, |- | [[wikt:一|一]][[wikt:朝|朝]][[wikt:選|選]][[wikt:在|在]][[wikt:君王|君王]][[wikt:側|側]]。 | yī zhāo xuǎn zài jūnwáng cè. | jat¹ ciu⁴ syun² zoi⁶ gwan¹ wong⁴ zak¹ | One day, she was selected to stand at the side of His Majesty. |- | [[wikt:回眸一笑|回眸一笑]][[wikt:百|百]][[wikt:媚|媚]][[wikt:生|生]], | huímóuyīxiào bǎi mèi shēng, | wui⁴ mau⁴ jat¹ siu³ baak³ mei⁶ sang¹, | She could melt one's heart with her coquettish smile, |- | [[wikt:六宮|六宮]][[wikt:粉黛|粉黛]][[wikt:無|無]][[wikt:顏色|顏色]]。 | liùgōng fěndài wú yánsè. | luk⁶ gung¹ fan² doi⁶ mou⁴ ngaan⁴ sik¹. | All of the powdered faces of the ladies in waiting from the six palaces paled in comparison. |- | [[wikt:春|春]][[wikt:寒|寒]][[wikt:賜|賜]][[wikt:浴|浴]][[wikt:華清池|華清池]], | chūn hán cì yù Huáqīngchí, | ceon¹ hon⁴ ci³ juk⁶ waa⁴ cing¹ ci⁴, | On a cold spring day, he bestowed upon her the honor of bathing with him at the Huaqing pools,<ref>Built in 723, the [[w:Huaqing_Pool|Huaqing pools]] was a hot springs in Huaqing Palace (華清宮), which was located atop [[w:Mount Li|Mount Li]] (驪山) in the [[w:Qinling Mountains|Qinling Mountains]]. It was located approximately 25 km to the east of the capital city of [[w:Chang'an|Chang'an]].</ref> | rowspan=10 | [[Image:Hua-Qing-Chi-Gui-Fei-Tang.jpg|300px|thumb|right|According to legend, this is the pool that was used by [[w:Yang Guifei|Yang Guifei]] and the emperor.]] |- | [[wikt:溫泉|溫泉]][[wikt:水|水]][[wikt:滑|滑]][[wikt:洗|洗]][[wikt:凝脂|凝脂]]。 | wēnquán shuǐ huá xǐ níngzhī. | wan¹ cyun⁴ seoi² waat⁶ sai² jing⁴ zi¹. | The waters of the hot springs were smooth, and washed over her pale white skin. |- | [[wikt:侍兒|侍兒]][[wikt:扶|扶]][[wikt:起|起]][[wikt:嬌|嬌]][[wikt:無力|無力]], | shìér fú qǐ jiāo wúlì, | si⁶ ji⁴ fu⁴ hei² giu¹ mou⁴ lik⁶, | The palace maids helped her to leave the pool, because she was too delicate and lacked strength. |- | [[wikt:始|始]][[wikt:是|是]][[wikt:新|新]][[wikt:承|承]][[wikt:恩澤|恩澤]][[wikt:時|時]]。 | shǐ shì xīn chéng ēnzé shí. | ci² si⁶ san¹ sing⁴ jan¹ zaak⁶ si⁴. | This was when she began to receive the emperor's advances. |- | [[wikt:雲鬢|雲鬢]][[wikt:花顏|花顏]][[wikt:金步搖|金步搖]], | yúnbìn huāyán jīnbùyáo, | wan⁴ ban³ faa¹ ngaan⁴ gam¹ bou⁶ jiu⁴, | She had dark black hair, and the face of a flower, with golden jewelry dangling from her hair. |- | [[wikt:芙蓉|芙蓉]][[wikt:帳|帳]][[wikt:暖|暖]][[wikt:度|度]][[wikt:春|春]][[wikt:宵|宵]]。 | fúróng zhàng nuǎn dù chūn xiāo. | fu⁴ jung⁴ zoeng³ nyun⁵ dou⁶ ceon¹ siu¹. | They spent the spring nights in the warmth of a [[w:hibiscus|hibiscus]] tent. |- | [[wikt:春|春]][[wikt:宵|宵]][[wikt:苦|苦]][[wikt:短|短]][[wikt:日|日]][[wikt:高|高]][[wikt:起|起]], | chūn xiāo kǔ duǎn rì gāo qǐ, | ceon¹ siu¹ fu² dyun² jat⁶ gou¹ hei², | They lamented that the spring nights were all too short, and did not rise until long after the sun had come out. |- | [[wikt:從此|從此]][[wikt:君王|君王]][[wikt:不|不]][[wikt:早朝|早朝]]。 | cóngcǐ jūnwáng bù zǎocháo. | cung⁴ ci² gwan¹ wong⁴ bat¹ zou² ciu⁴. | From this point on, His Majesty did not attend the morning court. |- | [[wikt:承|承]][[wikt:歡|歡]][[wikt:侍|侍]][[wikt:宴|宴]][[wikt:無|無]][[wikt:閒暇|閒暇]], | chéng huān shì yàn wú xiánxiá, | sing⁴ fun¹ si⁶ jin³ mou⁴ haan⁴ haa⁶, | She spent her days pleasing the emperor and accompanying him to banquets. She had no free time. |- | [[wikt:春|春]][[wikt:從|從]][[wikt:春|春]][[wikt:遊|遊]][[wikt:夜|夜]][[wikt:專|專]][[wikt:夜|夜]]。 | chūn cóng chūn yóu yè zhuān yè. | ceon¹ cung⁴ ceon&1 jau⁴ je⁶ zyun¹ je⁶. | In the springtime, she accompanied him on his outings, and would share his bed night after night. |- | [[wikt:後|後]][[wikt:宮|宮]][[wikt:佳麗|佳麗]][[wikt:三|三]][[wikt:千|千]][[wikt:人|人]], | hòu gōng jiālì sān qiān rén, | hau⁶ gung¹ gaai¹ lai⁶ saam¹ cin¹ jan⁴, | Although there were 3,000 beauties in the inner palace, |- | [[wikt:三|三]][[wikt:千|千]][[wikt:寵愛|寵愛]][[wikt:在|在]][[wikt:一身|一身]]。 | sān qiān chǒngài zài yīshēn. | saam¹ cin¹ cung² ngoi³ zoi⁶ jat¹ san¹. | He placed the love of 3,000 all on her alone. |- | [[wikt:金屋|金屋]][[wikt:妝|妝]][[wikt:成|成]][[wikt:嬌|嬌]][[wikt:侍|侍]][[wikt:夜|夜]], | jīnwū zhuāng chéng jiāo shì yè, | gam¹ nguk¹ zong¹ sing⁴ giu¹ si⁶ je⁶, | After she finished putting on her makeup in the golden house, she was a bundle of charm<ref>Bai Juyi is making an allusion to a story about the [[w:Emperor Wu of Han|Emperor Wu of Han]], who promised to build [[w:Empress Chen Jiao|Empress Chen Jiao]] a golden house. Bai Juyi is taking advantage of the fact that Jiao ([[wikt:嬌|嬌]]), the given name of the Empress, also means charming. This story is preserved in the modern day idiom: [[wikt:金屋藏嬌|金屋藏嬌]].</ref> as she accompanied His Majesty in the evenings. |- | [[wikt:玉樓|玉樓]][[wikt:宴|宴]][[wikt:罷|罷]][[wikt:醉|醉]][[wikt:和|和]][[wikt:春|春]]。 | yùlóu yàn bà zuì hé chūn. | juk⁶ lau⁴ jin³ baa⁶ zeoi³ wo⁴ ceon¹. | She was drunk with alcohol and springtime after the banquets at the jade mansion. |- | [[wikt:姊妹|姊妹]][[wikt:弟兄|弟兄]][[wikt:皆|皆]][[wikt:列土|列土]], | zǐmèi dìxiōng jiē liètǔ, | zi² mui⁶ dai⁶ hing¹ gaai¹ lit⁶ tou², | All of her brothers and sisters were granted land, |- | [[wikt:可憐|可憐]][[wikt:光彩|光彩]][[wikt:生|生]][[wikt:門戶|門戶]]。 | kělián guāngcǎi shēng ménhù. | ho² lin⁴ gwong¹ coi² sang¹ mun⁴ wu⁶ | This enviable splendor breathed new life into their family status. |- | [[wikt:遂|遂]][[wikt:令|令]][[wikt:天下|天下]][[wikt:父母|父母]][[wikt:心|心]], | suì lìng tiānxià fùmǔ xīn, | seoi⁶ ling⁶ tin¹ haa⁶ fu⁶ mou⁵ sam¹, | This, in turn, caused the thinking of parents everywhere to change. |- | [[wikt:不|不]][[wikt:重|重]][[wikt:生|生]][[wikt:男|男]][[wikt:重|重]][[wikt:生|生]][[wikt:女|女]]。 | bú zhòng shēng nán zhòng shēng nǚ. | bat¹ cung⁴ sang¹ naam⁴ cung⁴ sang¹ neoi⁵. | They no longer held boy babies in high esteem, but began to prize girl babies. |- | [[wikt:驪宮|驪宮]][[wikt:高處|高處]][[wikt:入|入]][[wikt:青雲|青雲]], | Lígōng gāochù rù qīngyún, | lei⁴ gung¹ gou¹ cyu³ jap⁶ cing¹ wan⁴, | The high spots of Mount Li Palace<ref>Huaqing Palace (華清宮), which was located atop Mount Li (驪山) in the [[w:Qinling Mountains|Qinling Mountains]].</ref> entered into the [[wikt:azure|azure]] clouds. |- | [[wikt:仙樂|仙樂]][[wikt:風|風]][[wikt:飄|飄]][[wikt:處處|處處]][[wikt:聞|聞]]。 | xiānyuè fēng piāo chùchù wén. | sin¹ lok⁶ fung¹ piu¹ cyu³ cyu³ man⁴. | Heavenly music floated on the winds; it could be heard everywhere. |- | [[wikt:緩|緩]][[wikt:歌|歌]][[wikt:慢|慢]][[wikt:舞|舞]][[wikt:凝|凝]][[wikt:絲竹|絲竹]], | huǎn gē màn wǔ níng sīzhú, | wun⁴ go¹ maan⁶ mou⁵ jing⁴ si¹ zuk¹, | The slow songs and rhythmic dancing blended seamlessly with the orchestra. |- | [[wikt:盡|盡]][[wikt:日|日]][[wikt:君王|君王]][[wikt:看|看]][[wikt:不足|不足]]。 | jìn rì jūnwáng kàn bùzú. | zeon⁶ jat⁶ gwan¹ wong⁴ hon³ bat¹ zuk¹ | His Majesty could watch all day long, and still not get enough of it. |- | [[wikt:漁陽|漁陽]][[wikt:鼙|鼙]][[wikt:鼓|鼓]][[wikt:動|動]][[wikt:地|地]][[wikt:來|來]], | Yúyáng pí gǔ dòng dì lái, | jyu⁴ joeng⁴ pei⁴ gu² dung⁶ dei⁶ loi⁴, | The sound of the war drums from [[w:Ji County, Tianjin|Yuyang]] began to shake the earth,<ref>Yuyang county is now known as [[w:Miyun County|Miyun County]]. The capital city of Yuyang county was [[w:Fanyang|Fanyang]]. [[w:An Lushan|An Lushan]] was the [[w:jiedushi|regional military governor]] of [[w:Fanyang|Fanyang]] during this time. It was from there that he staged the [[w:An Lushan Rebellion|An Lushan Rebellion]], which forced the emperor to flee the capital.</ref> |- | [[wikt:驚|驚]][[wikt:破|破]][[wikt:霓裳羽衣曲|霓裳羽衣曲]]。 | jīng pò Níchángyǔyīqǔ. | ging¹ po³ ngai⁴ soeng⁴ jyu⁵ ji¹ kuk¹. | And broke the spell of the ''Song of rainbow skirts and feather robes''. |- | [[wikt:九重城闕|九重城闕]][[wikt:煙塵|煙塵]][[wikt:生|生]], | jiǔchóngchéngquè yānchén shēng, | gau² cung⁴ sing⁴ kyut³ jin¹ can⁴ sang¹, | Smoke and dust descended upon the nine layered watchtowers of the imperial palace, |- | [[wikt:千乘萬騎|千乘萬騎]][[wikt:西南|西南]][[wikt:行|行]]。 | qiānshèngwànjì xī'nán xíng. | cin¹ sing⁴ maan⁶ ke⁴ sai¹ naam⁴ hang⁴. | As a thousand chariots and a myriad horsemen sped to the southwest. |- | [[wikt:翠華|翠華]][[wikt:搖|搖]][[wikt:搖|搖]][[wikt:行|行]][[wikt:復|復]][[wikt:止|止]], | cuìhuá yáo yáo xíng fù zhǐ, | ceoi³ waa⁴ jiu⁴ jiu⁴ hang⁴ fuk⁶ zi², | The jade ornaments adorning the imperial banners rocked back and forth as the emperor's chariot moved forward then stopped again, |- | [[wikt:西|西]][[wikt:出|出]][[wikt:都門|都門]][[wikt:百|百]][[wikt:餘|餘]][[wikt:里|里]]。 | xī chū dūmén bǎi yú lǐ. | sai¹ ceot¹ dou¹ mun⁴ baak³ jyu⁴ leoi⁵. | Traveling more than one hundred [[w:li (unit)|li]] from the western gate of the capital. |- | [[wikt:六|六]][[wikt:軍|軍]][[wikt:不|不]][[wikt:發|發]][[wikt:無|無]][[wikt:奈何|奈何]], | liù jūn bù fā wú nàihé, | luk⁶ gwan¹ bat¹ faat³ mou⁴ noi⁶ ho⁴, | The six armies of the emperor refused to advance any further, so the emperor was left without a choice, |- | [[wikt:宛轉|宛轉]][[wikt:蛾眉|蛾眉]][[wikt:馬|馬]][[wikt:前|前]][[wikt:死|死]]。 | wǎnzhuǎn éméi mǎ qián sǐ. | jyun² zyun² ngo⁴ mei⁴ maa⁵ cin⁴ sei². | The writhing fair maiden, whose long and slender eyebrows resembled the feathery feelers of a moth,<ref>This may be a play on words. [[w:Mount Emei|Mount Emei]] ([[wikt:峨嵋|峨嵋]]), where the emperor was fleeing to, was so named because the peaks of [[w:Mount Emei|Mount Emei]] do in fact resemble the feelers of a moth ([[wikt:蛾眉|蛾眉]]). The feelers of a moth can also be a metaphor for the long and slender eyebrows of a beautiful woman.</ref> died in front of the horses.<ref>On 15 July, 756 Emperor Xuanzong's procession reached Mawei Station (馬嵬驛, in modern [[w:Xianyang|Xianyang]], [[w:Shaanxi|Shaanxi]]). The imperial guards were not fed and became angry at Yang Guifei's cousin Yang Guozhong. The emperor's general Chen Xuanli (陳玄禮) also believed that Yang Guozhong had provoked this disaster and planned to accuse him; he reported his plans to crown prince Li Heng through Li Heng's eunuch Li Fuguo, but Li Heng was hesitant and gave no approval. Meanwhile, [[w:Tufan|Tufan]] emissaries, who had followed Emperor Xuanzong south, were meeting with Yang Guozhong and complaining that they also had not been fed. The soldiers of the imperial guard took this opportunity to proclaim that Yang Guozhong was planning treason along with the Tufan emissaries, and they killed him, along with his son Yang Xuan (楊暄), the Ladies of Han and Qin, and the official Wei Fangjin. Chancellor Wei Jiansu was also nearly killed, but was spared at the last moment with severe injuries. The soldiers then surrounded Emperor Xuanzong's pavilion, and refused to scatter even after Emperor Xuanzong came out to comfort them and order them to disperse. Chen publicly urged him to put Consort Yang to death -- which Emperor Xuanzong initially declined. After Wei Jiansu's son Wei E (韋諤) and the emperor's eunuch Gao Lishi spoke further, Emperor Xuanzong finally resolved to do so. He therefore had Gao take Consort Yang to a Buddhist shrine and strangle her. After he showed the body to Chen and the other imperial guard generals, the guard soldiers finally dispersed and prepared for further travel. Meanwhile, Yang Guozhong's wife Pei Rou (裴柔), son Yang Xi (楊晞), the Lady of Guo, and the Lady of Guo's son Pei Hui (裴徽) tried to flee, but were killed in flight. Consort Yang was buried at Mawei, without a coffin, but with masses of fragrances, wrapped in purple blankets. In the poem, [[w:Bai Juyi|Bai Juyi]] writes that the Consort Yang is killed in front of the horses. This is probably meant to be taken as literary allusion. The word for "horse" (mǎ) is also the first syllable of '''Ma'''wei Station.</ref> | rowspan=7 | [[Image:Jianmenguan.JPG|300px|thumb|right|the pass at Mount Jian]] |- | [[wikt:花鈿|花鈿]][[wikt:委|委]][[wikt:地|地]][[wikt:無|無]][[wikt:人|人]][[wikt:收|收]], | huādiàn wěi dì wú rén shōu, | faa¹ din⁶ wai² dei⁶ mou⁴ jan⁴ sau¹, | Her ornate headdress fell to the ground, and nobody picked it up; |- | [[wikt:翠翹|翠翹]][[wikt:金雀|金雀]][[wikt:玉搔頭|玉搔頭]]。 | cuìqiáo jīnquè yùsāotóu. | ceoi³ kiu⁴ gam¹ zoek³ juk⁶ sou¹ tau⁴ | Then her kingfisher hair ornament, her gold sparrow hairpin and her jade hair clasp. |- | [[wikt:君王|君王]][[wikt:掩|掩]][[wikt:面|面]][[wikt:救|救]][[wikt:不得|不得]], | jūnwáng yǎn miàn jiù bùdé, | gwan¹ wong⁴ jim² min⁶ gau³ bat¹ dak¹, | His Majesty covered his face, for he could not save her. |- | [[wikt:回|回]][[wikt:看|看]][[wikt:血|血]][[wikt:淚|淚]][[wikt:相|相]][[wikt:和|和]][[wikt:流|流]]。 | huí kàn xuè lèi xiāng huò liú. | wui⁴ hon³ hyut³ leoi⁶ soeng¹ wo⁴ lau⁴ | Looking back, he saw a stream of blood and tears mixing together. |- | [[wikt:黃|黃]][[wikt:埃|埃]][[wikt:散漫|散漫]][[wikt:風|風]][[wikt:蕭索|蕭索]], | huáng āi sǎnmàn fēng xiāosuǒ, | wong⁴ aai¹ saan³ maan⁶ fung¹ siu¹ sok³, | The yellow dust rising in the air amid a bleak and chilly breeze, |- | [[wikt:雲|雲]][[wikt:棧|棧]][[wikt:縈紆|縈紆]][[wikt:登|登]][[wikt:劍閣|劍閣]]。 | yún zhàn yíngyū dēng Jiàn'gé. | wan⁴ zaan² jing⁴ jyu¹ dang¹ gim³ gok³ | The winding wooden walkways high up in the clouds ascend through the pavilions of the pass at Mount Jian.<ref>In present day [[w:Guangyuan|Jian'ge County]], [[w:Sichuan|Sichuan Province]]. Jian'ge County is famous for the long and windy foot paths going through Jianmen Pass. Jianmen means "gateway to Mount Jian", so called because its jagged peaks resemble a "jian" (a straight sword).</ref> |- | [[wikt:峨嵋山|峨嵋山]][[wikt:下|下]][[wikt:少|少]][[wikt:人|人]][[wikt:行|行]], | Éméishān xià shǎo rén xíng, | ngo⁴ mei⁴ saan¹ haa⁶ siu² jan⁴ hang⁴, | Few people were traveling on the road beneath [[w:Mount Emei|Mount Emei]],<ref>Bai Juyi is probably taking poetic liscence here. It was probably a mountain in [[w:Sichuan|Sichuan]], but not necessarily [[w:Mount Emei|Mount Emei]], which has always been an inspiration to Chinese poets</ref> | rowspan=6 | [[Image:EmeiShanTop.jpg|300px|thumb|right|[[w:Mount Emei|Mount Emei]]]] |- | [[wikt:旌旗|旌旗]][[wikt:無|無]][[wikt:光|光]][[wikt:日|日]][[wikt:色|色]][[wikt:薄|薄]]。 | jīngqí wú guāng rì sè bó. | sing¹ kei⁴ mou⁴ gwong¹ jat⁶ sik¹ bok⁶. | The banners had no luster and the sky was bleak. |- | [[wikt:蜀|蜀]][[wikt:江|江]][[wikt:水|水]][[wikt:碧|碧]][[wikt:蜀|蜀]][[wikt:山|山]][[wikt:青|青]], | Shǔ jiāng shuǐ bì Shǔ shān qīng, | suk⁶ gong¹ seoi² bik¹ suk⁶ saan¹ cing¹, | The rivers of [[w:Shu (state)|Shu]] were blue, and the mountains of [[w:Shu (state)|Shu]] were green, |- | [[wikt:聖主|聖主]][[wikt:朝|朝]][[wikt:朝|朝]][[wikt:暮|暮]][[wikt:暮|暮]][[wikt:情|情]]。 | shèngzhǔ zhāo zhāo mù mù qíng. | sing³ zyu² ciu⁴ ciu⁴ mou⁶ mou⁶ cing⁴. | Our liege lord thought about her night and day. |- | [[wikt:行宮|行宮]][[wikt:見|見]][[wikt:月|月]][[wikt:傷心|傷心]][[wikt:色|色]], | xínggōng jiàn yuè shāngxīn sè, | hang⁴ gung¹ gin³ jyut⁶ soeng¹ sam¹ sik¹, | In his temporary palace, he would gaze at the moon, and his facial expression would reveal his broken heart, |- | [[wikt:夜|夜]][[wikt:雨|雨]][[wikt:聞|聞]][[wikt:鈴|鈴]][[wikt:腸斷|腸斷]][[wikt:聲|聲]]。 | yè yǔ wén líng chángduàn shēng. | je⁶ jyu⁵ man⁴ ling⁴ coeng⁴ tyun⁵ sing¹ | He would hear the wind chimes during an evening rain storm, a sound filled with sorrow. |} ==Lines 51 - 100== {| cellpadding=2 | style="width: 15%" | [[wikt:天旋地轉|天旋地轉]][[wikt:回|回]][[wikt:龍馭|龍馭]], | style="width: 20%" | tiānxuándìzhuàn huí lóngyù, | style="width: 20%" | tin sün4 dey6 jün3 wooi4 loong4 yü6, |style="width: 45%" | After the uprising was over, the emperor's dragon chariot returned for him, | rowspan=10 | {{Location map+|China|width=300|float=center|caption=The emperor's flight from the capital|places= {{Location map~|China|lat_deg=34|lat_min=16|lon_deg=108|lon_min=54|position=right|label=capital}} {{Location map~|China|lat_deg=34|lat_min=18|lon_deg=108|lon_min=29|position=left|label=Mawei}} {{Location map~|China|lat_deg=32|lat_min=12|lon_deg=105|lon_min=35|position=left|label=Mount Jian}} {{Location map~|China|lat_deg=29|lat_min=31|lon_deg=103|lon_min=20|position=left|label=Mount Emei}} }} |- | [[wikt:到|到]][[wikt:此|此]][[wikt:躊躇|躊躇]][[wikt:不能|不能]][[wikt:去|去]]。 | dào cǐ chóuchú bùnéng qù. | dou3 chi2 chuw4 chü4 but nung4 höi3. | Arriving back at this place,<ref>A reference to Mawei (馬嵬) way station, where [[w:Yang Guifei|Yang Guifei]] was killed.</ref> he lingered and was unable to leave. |- | [[wikt:馬嵬坡|馬嵬坡]][[wikt:下|下]][[wikt:泥土|泥土]][[wikt:中|中]], | Mǎwéipō xià nítǔ zhōng, | Ma5 Nguy4 Bor ha6 nuy4 tow2 joong, | In the dirt at the slopes of Mawei,<ref>West of Xingping County in modern day [[w:Shaanxi|Shaanxi]]</ref> |- | [[wikt:不|不]][[wikt:見|見]][[wikt:玉|玉]][[wikt:顏|顏]][[wikt:空|空]][[wikt:死|死]][[wikt:處|處]]。 | bù jiàn yù yán kōng sǐ chù. | but gin3 yook6 ngaan4 hoong sey2 chü3. | He did not see her face of Jade,<ref>[[w:Yang Guifei|Yang Guifei]]'s name at birth was Yuhuan (玉環), which means jade earrings.</ref> he only saw the abandoned place where she had died. |- | [[wikt:君臣|君臣]][[wikt:相|相]][[wikt:顧|顧]][[wikt:盡|盡]][[wikt:霑|霑]][[wikt:衣|衣]], | jūnchén xiāng gù jìn zhān yī, | gwun sun4 söng gwoo3 jön6 jim yi, | The emperor and his ministers looked at each other and soaked their clothes with tears, |- | [[wikt:東|東]][[wikt:望|望]][[wikt:都門|都門]][[wikt:信|信]][[wikt:馬|馬]][[wikt:歸|歸]]。 | dōng wàng dūmén xìn mǎ guī. | doong mong6 dou moon4 sön3 ma5 gwuy. | Looking to the east at the gates to the capital, they allowed the horses to dictate the pace of their return. |- | [[wikt:歸|歸]][[wikt:來|來]][[wikt:池|池]][[wikt:苑|苑]][[wikt:皆|皆]][[wikt:依|依]][[wikt:舊|舊]], | guī lái chí yuàn jiē yījiù, | gwuy loy4 chi4 yün2 gaai yi guw6, | They returned to find the ponds and gardens the same as before, |- | [[wikt:太液|太液]][[wikt:芙蓉|芙蓉]][[wikt:未央|未央]][[wikt:柳|柳]]。 | Tàiyè fúróng Wèiyāng liǔ. | Taai3 Yik6 foo4 yoong4 Mey6 Yöng luw5. | The lotus plants of Taiye ponds and the willow trees of [[w:Weiyang Palace|Weiyang Palace]].<ref>The Taiye ponds were built in the time of the [[w:Emperor Wu of Han|Emperor Wu of Han]]. [[w:Weiyang Palace|Weiyang Palace]] refers to a palace of the [[w:Han Dynasty|Han Dynasty]] which was built by [[w:Xiao He|Xiao He]]. Both places were located to the northwest of [[w:Chang'an|Chang'an]] in [[w:Shaanxi|Shaanxi]]. [[w:Bai Juyi|Bai Juyi]] is again drawing comparisons between the [[w:Emperor Xuanzong of Tang|Emperor Xuanzong of Tang]] and the earlier [[w:Emperor Wu of Han|Emperor Wu of Han]].</ref> |- | [[wikt:芙蓉|芙蓉]][[wikt:如|如]][[wikt:面|面]][[wikt:柳|柳]][[wikt:如|如]][[wikt:眉|眉]], | fúróng rú miàn liǔ rú méi, | foo4 yoong4 yü4 min6 lui5 yü4 mey4, | The lotus plants were like her face and the willow trees were like her eyebrows, |- | [[wikt:對|對]][[wikt:此|此]][[wikt:如何|如何]][[wikt:不|不]][[wikt:淚|淚]][[wikt:垂|垂]]。 | duì cǐ rúhé bù lèi chuí | döi3 chi2 yü4 hor4 but löi6 söi4 [sey4]. | Upon seeing this, how could he hold back the tears? |- | [[wikt:春|春]][[wikt:風|風]][[wikt:桃|桃]][[wikt:李|李]][[wikt:花|花]][[wikt:開|開]][[wikt:日|日]], | chūn fēng táo lǐ huā kāi rì, | chön foong tow4 ley5 fa hoy yut6 [ngit6], | Gone were the breezy spring days when the peach and plum trees were in bloom, |- | [[wikt:秋|秋]][[wikt:雨|雨]][[wikt:梧桐|梧桐]][[wikt:葉|葉]][[wikt:落|落]][[wikt:時|時]]。 | qiū yǔ wútóng yè luò shí. | chuw yü5 ng4 toong4 yip6 lok6 si4, | Replaced by the autumn rains when the leaves of the [[w:Firmiana simplex|Wutong]] trees had fallen. |- | [[wikt:西宮|西宮]][[wikt:南內|南內]][[wikt:多|多]][[wikt:秋|秋]][[wikt:草|草]], | Xīgōng Nánnèi duō qiū cǎo, | suy goong naam4 noy6 dor chuw chou2, | The Western and Southern Palaces<ref>The Western Palace was also known as the Taiji Palace (太極宮), and was located to the northwest of the capital. The Southern Palace was also known as the Xingqing Palace (興慶宮), and was located to the southeast of the capital. After the rebellion was put down, the emperor temporarily stayed first at the Southern Palace, and then in Ganlu Hall (甘露殿) of the Western Palace, before returning to [[w:Chang'an|Chang'an]].</ref> were overgrown with autumn grass, |- | [[wikt:落葉|落葉]][[wikt:滿|滿]][[wikt:階|階]][[wikt:紅|紅]][[wikt:不|不]][[wikt:掃|掃]]。 | luòyè mǎn jiē hóng bù sǎo. | lok6 yip6 moon5 gaai hoong4 but sou3. | And nobody swept away the fallen red leaves that piled up on the steps. |- | [[wikt:梨園子弟|梨園子弟]][[wikt:白|白]][[wikt:髮|髮]][[wikt:新|新]], | líyuánzǐdì báifà xīn, | ley4 yün4 ji2 duy6 baak6 faat3 sun, | The performers of the [[w:Pear Garden|Pear Garden]] royal opera troop had newly white hair, |- | [[wikt:椒房|椒房]][[wikt:阿監|阿監]][[wikt:青娥|青娥]][[wikt:老|老]]。 | jiāofáng ājiān qīng'é lǎo. | jiw fong4 aa3 gaam3 ching ngor4 low5. | At Pepper residence,<ref>Where the empresses of the [[w:Han Dynasty|Han Dynasty]] had lived. Located in Weiyang Palace (未央宮). Bai Juyi is indirectly referring to [[w:Yang Guifei|Yang Guifei]]'s living quarters via an analogy to the [[w:Han Dynasty|Han Dynasty]].</ref> the eunuchs and palace maids had become old. |- | [[wikt:夕|夕]][[wikt:殿|殿]][[wikt:螢|螢]][[wikt:飛|飛]][[wikt:思|思]][[wikt:悄然|悄然]], | xī diàn yíng fēi sī qiǎorán, | jik6 din6 ying4 fey si chiw3 yin4, | In the evening palace, the fireflies filled the air as he sat in silence, alone with his thoughts, |- | [[wikt:孤|孤]][[wikt:燈|燈]][[wikt:挑|挑]][[wikt:盡|盡]][[wikt:未|未]][[wikt:成|成]][[wikt:眠|眠]]。 | gū dēng tiǎo jìn wèi chéng mián. | gwoo dung tiw jön6 mey6 sing4 min4, | The lonely lamp had used up its wicker, yet he still could not sleep. |- | [[wikt:遲|遲]][[wikt:遲|遲]][[wikt:鐘|鐘]][[wikt:鼓|鼓]][[wikt:初|初]][[wikt:長夜|長夜]], | chí chí zhōng gǔ chū chángyè, | chi4 chi4 joong gwoo2 chor chöng4 ye6, | The bells and drums slowly rang out at the start of each watch, marking the beginning of another long night, |- | [[wikt:耿|耿]][[wikt:|耿]][[wikt:星|星]][[wikt:河|河]][[wikt:欲|欲]][[wikt:曙|曙]][[wikt:天|天]]。 | gěng gěng xīng hé yù shǔ tiān. | gung2 gung2 sing hor4 yook6 chü5 tin. | The Milky Way shined brightly, how he longed for day break. |- | [[wikt:鴛鴦|鴛鴦]][[wikt:瓦|瓦]][[wikt:冷|冷]][[wikt:霜|霜]][[wikt:華|華]][[wikt:重|重]], | yuānyang wǎ lěng shuāng huá zhòng, | yün yöng ngaa5 laang5 söng wa4 choong5, | The [[w:mandarin duck|mandarin duck]] tiles were icy, and the frost on them was heavy, |- | [[wikt:翡翠|翡翠]][[wikt:衾|衾]][[wikt:寒|寒]][[wikt:誰|誰]][[wikt:與|與]][[wikt:共|共]]。 | fěicuì qīn hán shéi yǔ gòng? | fey2 chöi3 kum hon4 söi4 yü5 goong6, | The jadeite quilt was cold. After all, who would share it with him? |- | [[wikt:悠悠|悠悠]][[wikt:生|生]][[wikt:死|死]][[wikt:別|別]][[wikt:經|經]][[wikt:年|年]], | yōuyōu shēng sǐ bié jīng nián, | yuw4 yuw4 sung sey2 bit6 ging nin4, | The living and the dead became separated one drawn-out year ago, |- | [[wikt:魂魄|魂魄]][[wikt:不曾|不曾]][[wikt:來|來]][[wikt:入夢|入夢]]。 | húnpò bùcéng lái rùmèng. | wun4 paak3 but chung4 loy4 yup6 moong6. | Her soul had not appeared to him in his dreams. |- | [[wikt:臨邛|臨邛]][[wikt:道士|道士]][[wikt:鴻都客|鴻都客]], | Línqióng dàoshì Hóngdūkè, | Lum4 Koong4 dou6 si6 hoong4 dou haak3, | A [[w:Daoist|Daoist]] priest from [[w:Qionglai|Linqiong]]<ref>In present day [[w:Qionglai|Qionglai]] (邛崍), [[w:Sichuan|Sichuan]].</ref> came to the capital<ref>Hóngdū was originally the name of one of the gates of the Northern Palace in [[w:Luoyang|Luoyang]] (capital of China during the [[w:Han Dynasty|Han Dynasty]]). Later, it came to refer generically to any capital.</ref> as a guest, |- | [[wikt:能|能]][[wikt:以|以]][[wikt:精誠|精誠]][[wikt:致|致]][[wikt:魂魄|魂魄]]。 | néng yǐ jīngchéng zhì húnpò. | nung4 yi5 jing sing4 ji3 wun4 paak3. | He had the ability to use his piety to summon the spirits. |- | [[wikt:為|為]][[wikt:感|感]][[wikt:君王|君王]][[wikt:輾轉|輾轉]][[wikt:思|思]], | wèi gǎn jūnwáng zhǎnzhuǎn sī, | wuy6 gum2 gwun wong4 jin2 jün2 si, | He was moved by His Majesty's anguish, |- | [[wikt:遂|遂]][[wikt:教|教]][[wikt:方士|方士]][[wikt:殷勤|殷勤]][[wikt:覓|覓]]。 | suì jiào fāngshì yīnqín mì. | söi6 gao3 fong si6 yun kun4 mik6 [maak6]. | And because of this, His Majesty eventually prevailed upon the priest to search for her spirit in earnest. |- | [[wikt:排|排]][[wikt:空|空]][[wikt:馭|馭]][[wikt:氣|氣]][[wikt:奔|奔]][[wikt:如|如]][[wikt:電|電]], | pái kōng yù qì bēn rú diàn, | paai4 hoong yü6 hey3 bun yü4 din6, | The priest ran like lightning as he parted the skies and rode high through the air, |- | [[wikt:升|升]][[wikt:天|天]][[wikt:入|入]][[wikt:地|地]][[wikt:求|求]][[wikt:之|之]][[wikt:遍|遍]]。 | shēng tiān rù dì qiú zhī biàn. | sing tin yup6 dey6 kuw4 ji pin3, | He ascended the heavens and down into the earth, looking for her everywhere. |- | [[wikt:上窮碧落下黃泉|上窮碧落下黃泉]], | shàng qióng bìluò xià huángquán, | söng6 koong4 bik lok6 ha6 wong4 chün4, | He searched thoroughly up in the blue beyond, as well as down in the Yellow Springs below the earth, |- | [[wikt:兩|兩]][[wikt:處|處]][[wikt:茫茫|茫茫]][[wikt:皆|皆]][[wikt:不見|不見]]。 | liǎng chù mángmáng jiē bújiàn. | löng5 chü3 mong4 mong4 gaai but gin3. | But did not spot her in the vastness of either place. |- | [[wikt:忽|忽]][[wikt:聞|聞]][[wikt:海上|海上]][[wikt:有|有]][[wikt:仙|仙]][[wikt:山|山]], | hū wén hǎishàng yǒu xiān shān, | fut mun5 hoi2 söng6 yuw5 sin saan, | Then suddenly, he heard about a mountain of celestial beings that was on the sea, |- | [[wikt:山|山]][[wikt:在|在]][[wikt:虛無縹緲|虛無縹緲]][[wikt:間|間]]。 | shān zài xūwú-piāomiǎo jiān. | saan joy6 höi mow4 piw miw5 gaan. | The mountain was in the midst of a vast expanse of haze. |- | [[wikt:樓閣|樓閣]][[wikt:玲瓏|玲瓏]][[wikt:五雲|五雲]][[wikt:起|起]], | lóugé línglóng wǔyún qǐ, | luw4 gok3 ling4 loong4 ng5 wun4 hey2 [hi2], | A tower rose exquisitely through the vibrant clouds, |- | [[wikt:其中|其中]][[wikt:綽約|綽約]][[wikt:多|多]][[wikt:仙子|仙子]]。 | qízhōng chuòyuē duō xiānzǐ. | kei4 joong chök3 yök3 dor sin ji2. | In the tower, there lived a great many celestials who were possessed of a feminine grace. |- | [[wikt:中|中]][[wikt:有|有]][[wikt:一|一]][[wikt:人|人]][[wikt:字|字]][[wikt:太真|太真]], | zhōng yǒu yī rén zì Tàizhēn, | joong yuw5 yut yun4 ji6 taai3 jun, | Among these was someone with the [[w:Chinese style name|style name]] of Tàizhēn,<ref>Tàizhēn was [[w:Yang Guifei|Yang Guifei]]'s [[w:Chinese style name|style name]]</ref> |- | [[wikt:雪膚|雪膚]][[wikt:花|花]][[wikt:貌|貌]][[wikt:參差|參差]][[wikt:是|是]]。 | xuěfū huā mào cēncī shì. | süt3 foo fa mao6 chum chi si6. | Who had snow-white skin, and a lovely countenance which more or less matched that of his lost love? |- | [[wikt:金|金]][[wikt:闕|闕]][[wikt:西|西]][[wikt:廂|廂]][[wikt:叩|叩]][[wikt:玉|玉]][[wikt:扃|扃]], | jīn què xī xiāng kòu yù jiōng, | gum küt3 suy söng kuw3 yook6 gwing2, | The priest knocked on the jade door to the western wing of the golden watchtower, |- | [[wikt:轉|轉]][[wikt:教|教]][[wikt:小玉|小玉]][[wikt:報|報]][[wikt:雙成|雙成]]。 | zhuǎn jiāo Xiǎoyù bào Shuāngchéng. | jün2 gao3 siw2 yook6 bou3 söng sing4, | He implored Xiǎoyù to relay a message to Shuāngchéng.<ref>In [[w:Daoist|Daoist]] lore, Xiǎoyù and Shuāngchéng were the names of two female celestial beings. Here, the author turns them into the maid servants of [[w:Yang Guifei|Yang Guifei]] after she became a celestial being herself.</ref> |- | [[wikt:聞|聞]][[wikt:道|道]][[wikt:漢|漢]][[wikt:家|家]][[wikt:天子|天子]][[wikt:使|使]], | wén dào Hàn jiā tiānzǐ shǐ, | mun4 dou6 hon3 ga tin ji2 si2, | Hearing that it was an emissary of the Han family's Son of Heaven,<ref>In other words, an emissary of the [[w:Emperor Xuanzong of Tang|Emperor Xuanzong of Tang]]</ref> |- | [[wikt:九華帳|九華帳]][[wikt:裡|裡]][[wikt:夢|夢]][[wikt:魂|魂]][[wikt:驚|驚]]。 | jiǔhuázhàng lǐ mèng hún jīng. | guw2 wa4 jöng3 löi5 moong6 wun4 ging. | From inside the resplendent tent, she was startled awake from her dream. |- | [[wikt:攬|攬]][[wikt:衣|衣]][[wikt:推|推]][[wikt:枕|枕]][[wikt:起|起]][[wikt:徘徊|徘徊]], | lǎn yī tuī zhěn qǐ páihuái, | laam2 yi töi jum2 hey2 pooi4 wooi4 [woy4], | Reaching for her robes, and pushing aside her pillow, she began to pace around the room, dazed and confused, |- | [[wikt:珠箔|珠箔]][[wikt:銀屏|銀屏]][[wikt:迤邐|迤邐]][[wikt:開|開]]。 | zhūbó yínpíng yǐlǐ kāi. | jü bok6 ngun4 ping4 yi5 ley5 hoy. | She then made her way through the pearl lace curtains and the screens of silver. |- | [[wikt:雲鬢|雲鬢]][[wikt:半|半]][[wikt:偏|偏]][[wikt:新|新]][[wikt:睡覺|睡覺]], | yúnbìn bàn piān xīn shuìjiào, | wun4 bun3 boon3 pin sun söi6 gao3, | Her hairdo was lopsided, because she had been sleeping just now, |- | [[wikt:花冠|花冠]][[wikt:不|不]][[wikt:整|整]][[wikt:下|下]][[wikt:堂|堂]][[wikt:來|來]]。 | huāguān bù zhěng xià táng lái. | fa gwoon3 but jing2 ha6 tong4 loy4. | Her headpiece was not straight as she descended into the main room. |- | [[wikt:風|風]][[wikt:吹|吹]][[wikt:仙|仙]][[wikt:袂|袂]][[wikt:飄飄|飄飄]][[wikt:舉|舉]], | fēng chuī xiān mèi piāopiāo jǔ, | foong chöi sin muy6 piw piw göi2 [gü2], | A gust of wind caused her celestial sleeves to flutter, |- | [[wikt:猶|猶]][[wikt:似|似]][[wikt:霓裳羽衣舞|霓裳羽衣舞]]。 | yóu sì Níchángyǔyīwǔ. | yuw4 chi5 ngui4 söng4 yü5 yi mou5 [mü5]. | Just like when she used to perform the ''Dance of rainbow skirts and feather robes''.<ref>A reference back to the earlier stanza, "The sound of the war drums from Yuyang began to shake the earth, And broke the spell of the ''Song of rainbow skirts and feather robes''." ([[wikt:霓裳羽衣曲|霓裳羽衣曲]])</ref> |- | [[wikt:玉容|玉容]][[wikt:寂寞|寂寞]][[wikt:淚|淚]][[wikt:闌干|闌干]], | yùróng jìmò lèi lán'gān, | yook6 yoong4 jik6 mok6 löi6 laan4 gon, | Her jade countenance was sad, and crisscrossed with tears, |- | [[wikt:梨|梨]][[wikt:花|花]][[wikt:一|一]][[wikt:枝|枝]][[wikt:春|春]][[wikt:帶|帶]][[wikt:雨|雨]]。 | lí huā yī zhī chūn dài yǔ. | ley4 fa yut ji chön daai3 yü5. | Like a pear blossom bathed in springtime rain.<ref>This line gave birth to the idiom: [[wikt:梨花帶雨|梨花帶雨]]</ref> |} ==Lines 101 - end== {| cellpadding=2 | style="width: 15%" | [[wikt:含情|含情]][[wikt:凝睇|凝睇]][[wikt:謝|謝]][[wikt:君王|君王]], | style="width: 20%" | hánqíng níngdì xiè jūnwáng, | style="width: 20%" | hum4 ching4 ying4 tuy2 je6 gwun wong4 [waang4]: | style="width: 45%" | Full of emotion, she fixed her gaze on the priest and relayed her thanks to His Majesty, |- | [[wikt:一|一]][[wikt:別|別]][[wikt:音|音]][[wikt:容|容]][[wikt:兩|兩]][[wikt:渺茫|渺茫]]。 | yī bié yīn róng liǎng miǎománg. | yut bit6 yum yoong4 löng5 miw5 mong4 [maang4]. | But since they last parted, they looked and sounded only vaguely familiar to each other. |- | [[wikt:昭陽殿|昭陽殿]][[wikt:裡|裡]][[wikt:恩愛|恩愛]][[wikt:絕|絕]], | Zhāoyángdiàn lǐ ēn'ài jué, | Chiu Yöng4 Din6 löi5 yun ngoi3 jüt6, | The passion that they shared in the Hall of the Bright Sun<ref>Originally built during the time of [[w:Emperor Wu of Han|Emperor Wu of Han]], the Hall of the Bright Sun (Zhaoyang Hall) became the residence of [[w:Empress Zhao Feiyan|Empress Zhao Feiyan]] during the reign of [[w:Emperor Cheng of Han|Emperor Cheng of Han]]. Later poets used the Hall of the Bright Sun as a general metaphor for the living quarters of imperial consorts.</ref> was now no more, |- | [[wikt:蓬萊宮|蓬萊宮]][[wikt:中|中]][[wikt:日月|日月]][[wikt:長|長]]。 | Pénglái Gōng zhōng rìyuè cháng. | Foong4 Loy4 Goong joong yut6 yüt6 chöng4 [tiang4]. | The days and months are now long in [[w:Mount Penglai|Penglai]] Palace. |- | [[wikt:回頭|回頭]][[wikt:下|下]][[wikt:望|望]][[wikt:人寰|人寰]][[wikt:處|處]], | huítóu xià wàng rénhuán chù, | wooi4 tuw4 ha6 mong6 yun4 waang4 chü3, | Turning back to look down at the places where mortals dwell,<ref>The Chinese for "where mortals dwell" ([[wikt:人寰|人寰]]) contains the character 寰, which might also be an allusion to 環, part of Yang Guifei's birth name: Yáng Yù'''huán''' (楊玉'''環''').</ref> |- | [[wikt:不見|不見]][[wikt:長安|長安]][[wikt:見|見]][[wikt:塵霧|塵霧]]。 | bújiàn Cháng'ān jiàn chénwù. | but gin3 Chöng4 On gin3 chun4 mou6 [mü6]. | She does not see [[w:Chang'an|Chang'an]], she only sees dust and mist. |- | [[wikt:唯|唯]][[wikt:將|將]][[wikt:舊|舊]][[wikt:物|物]][[wikt:表|表]][[wikt:深情|深情]], | wéi jiāng jiù wù biǎo shēnqíng, | wuy4 jöng guw6 mut6 biw2 sum ching4, | All she could do was to send along some old keepsakes as an expression of her deep affection, |- | [[wikt:鈿合金釵|鈿合金釵]][[wikt:寄|寄]][[wikt:將|將]][[wikt:去|去]]。 | diànhé jīnchāi jì jiāng qù. | tin4 hup6 gum chaai gey3 jöng höi3 [hü3]. | So she sent away the emissary with her inlaid box and golden hairpin. |- | [[wikt:釵|釵]][[wikt:留|留]][[wikt:一|一]][[wikt:股|股]][[wikt:合|合]][[wikt:一|一]][[wikt:扇|扇]], | chāi liú yī gǔ hé yī shàn, | chaai luw4 yut gwoo2 hup6 yut sin3, | But she kept one part of the hairpin and one leaf of the box, |- | [[wikt:釵|釵]][[wikt:擘|擘]][[wikt:黃金|黃金]][[wikt:合|合]][[wikt:分|分]][[wikt:鈿|鈿]]。 | chāi bò huángjīn hé fēn diàn. | chaai maak3 wong4 gum hup6 fun tin4, | From then on, the pieces of the hairpin and the box would be separated. |- | [[wikt:但|但]][[wikt:教|教]][[wikt:心|心]][[wikt:似|似]][[wikt:金|金]][[wikt:鈿|鈿]][[wikt:堅|堅]], | dàn jiāo xīn sì jīn diàn jiān, | daan6 gao3 sum chi5 gum tin4 gin, | But, she left word for His Majesty to remain firm in his devotion to her, just like the firmness of the gold and inlay work, |- | [[wikt:天上人間|天上人間]][[wikt:會|會]][[wikt:相見|相見]]。 | tiānshàng rénjiān huì xiāngjiàn. | tin söng6 yun4 gaan wooi5 söng gin3. | Sooner or later, they will see each other again, whether it be in the heavens beyond or among the mortals on earth. |- | [[wikt:臨別|臨別]][[wikt:殷勤|殷勤]][[wikt:重|重]][[wikt:寄|寄]][[wikt:詞|詞]], | línbié yīnqín chóng jì cí, | lum4 bit6 yun kun4 choong4 gey3 chi4, | As they were about to part company, she once again implored the priest to pass along a message for her, |- | [[wikt:詞|詞]][[wikt:中|中]][[wikt:有|有]][[wikt:誓|誓]][[wikt:兩|兩]][[wikt:心|心]][[wikt:知|知]]。 | cí zhōng yǒu shì liǎng xīn zhī. | chi4 joong yuw5 suw6 löng5 sum ji: | The message contained a promise that only the two of them would know about. |- | [[wikt:七月|七月]][[wikt:七日|七日]][[wikt:長生殿|長生殿]], | qīyuè qīrì Chángshēng Diàn, | chut yüt6 chut yut6 Chöng4 Sung Din6, | On the seventh day of the seventh lunar month, in the Hall of Longevity,<ref>The name of a hall within [[wikt:華清|Huaqing Palace]]. Recall that the emperor first bathed with [[w:Yang Guifei|Yang Guifei]] at the pools of Huaqing Palace (line 9 of the poem).</ref> |- | [[wikt:夜半|夜半]][[wikt:無|無]][[wikt:人|人]][[wikt:私語|私]][[wikt:語|語]][[wikt:時|時]]。 | yèbàn wú rén sī yǔ shí. | ye6 boon3 mow4 yun4 si yü5 si4. | At midnight, when nobody is around, this is when we will make our secret pact. |- | [[wikt:在|在]][[wikt:天|天]][[wikt:願|願]][[wikt:作|作]][[wikt:比|比]][[wikt:翼|翼]][[wikt:鳥|鳥]], | zài tiān yuàn zuò bǐ yì niǎo, | joy6 tin yün6 jok3 bei2 yik6 niu5, | "In the heavens, we vow to be as two birds flying wingtip to wingtip, |- | [[wikt:在|在]][[wikt:地|地]][[wikt:願|願]][[wikt:為|為]][[wikt:連|連]][[wikt:理|理]][[wikt:枝|枝]]。 | zài dì yuàn wéi lián lǐ zhī. | joy6 dey6 yün6 wuy4 lin4 ley5 ji. | On earth, we vow to be as two intertwined branches of a tree." |- | [[wikt:天長地久|天長地久]][[wikt:有|有]][[wikt:時|時]][[wikt:盡|盡]], | tiānchángdìjiǔ yǒu shí jìn, | tin chöng4 dey6 guw2 yuw5 si4 jön6, | Even the heaven and earth have their ending times, |- | [[wikt:此|此]][[wikt:恨|恨]][[wikt:綿綿|綿綿]][[wikt:無|無]][[wikt:絕|絕]][[wikt:期|期]]。 | cǐ hèn mián mián wú jué qí. | chi2 hun6 min4 min4 mow4 jüt6 kei4 [ki4]. | The regret of our parting will last forever and never end. |} ==Notes== {{Reflist|2}} ==Licensing== {{translation-license|original={{PD-old}}|translation={{GFDL}}{{CC-BY-SA}}}} [[Category:Medieval works]] [[Category:Medieval poetry]] [[Category:Works originally in Chinese]] [[Category:Pages with foreign language text]] [[Category:Three Hundred Tang Poems]] aq4o9kkzp9xujjd0ncsgw1zw6tbnxan Songs of Innocence and of Experience (1826) 0 65985 14128101 13302124 2024-04-25T15:52:22Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 added [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{other versions|Songs of Innocence and of Experience}} {{header | title = Songs of Innocence and of Experience | author = William Blake | translator = | section = | previous = | next = [[/Songs of Innocence/]] | year = 1826 | notes = This edition is a copy given by Blake to Henry Crabb Robinson in 1826, and currently held at the Library of Congress as "Copy Z" }} <pages index="Songs of Innocence and of Experience, copy Z, 1826 (Library of Congress).pdf" include=1 /> {{ppb}} {{AuxTOC| * [[/Songs of Innocence/]] * [[/Songs of Experience/]] }} {{PD-old}} [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] 3y1fr07gavl9exr3l2v80e8025h82ul Vincent van Gogh letters to Theo 0 71625 14127949 3770036 2024-04-25T14:41:07Z Duckmather 3067252 tag as unsourced wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = A collection of letters to Theo | author = Vincent van Gogh | section = | previous = | next = | notes = }} {{no source}} *[[Vincent van Gogh letters to Theo/Arles, 28 May 1888|28 May 1888]] *[[Vincent van Gogh letters to Theo/18 August 1877|18 August 1877]] *[[Vincent van Gogh letters to Theo/Laeken, 15 November 1878|15 November 1878]] 6lrnf25pde8itpvbja3z931lh7ps684 Category:Kerala 14 81705 14129953 10111624 2024-04-25T20:24:21Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{plain sister}} {|style="border-spacing:1px" |- |style="padding:1px"|[[Image:Kerala in India (disputed hatched).svg|thumb|Kerala map]] |} [[Category:States of India]] exaahdakb943j1c8rruo2ml390zwpgq Family Entertainment and Copyright Act of 2005 0 82631 14128664 13950653 2024-04-25T18:06:13Z SnowyCinema 2484340 added [[Category:Film legislation]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{migrate to djvu|[[Index:United States Statutes at Large Volume 119.djvu]]}} {{Act of Congress | congress =109 | session =1 | pl =9 | title =Family Entertainment and Copyright Act of 2005 | title previous =Bankruptcy Abuse Prevention and Consumer Protection Act of 2005 | title next =…to designate the “Robert T. Matsui United States Courthouse” | statvolume =119 | statpage =218 | year =2005 | month =4 | day =27 | bill =167 | billtype =S | notes = | purpose =To provide for the protection of intellectual property rights, and for other purposes. }} :''Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,'' __NOEDITSECTION__ === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 1.|Section 1}}. Short Title}}. === : This Act may be cited as the ``'''Family Entertainment and Copyright Act of 2005'''´´. __NOTOC__ == {{section|Title I|Title I}} — Artists's Rights and Theft Prevention == === Sec. 101. Short Title. === :This title may be cited as the ``'''Artists' Rights and Theft Prevention Act of 2005'''´´ or the ``'''ART Act'''´´. === Sec. 102. Criminal Penalties for Unauthorized Recording of Motion Pictures in a Motion Picture Exhibition Facility. === {|style="margin: 0em 0em 0em 4.0em;" |-valign="top" |align="right" nowrap|(a){{gap|0.25em}} |{{Sc|In General}}.—[[United States Code/Title 18/Chapter 113|Chapter 113]] of [[title 18, United States Code]], is amended by adding after [[United States Code/Title 18/Chapter 113/Section 2319A|section 2319A]] the following new section: :"'''§ 2319B. Unauthorized recording of Motion pictures in a Motion picture exhibition facility''' {|style="margin: 0em 4.0em 2.0em 4.0em;" |-valign="top" |align="right" nowrap|"(a){{gap|0.25em}} |{{Sc|Offense}}.—Any person who, without the authorization of the copyright owner, knowingly uses or attempts to use an audiovisual recording device to transmit or make a copy of a motion picture or other audiovisual work protected under title 17, or any part thereof, from a performance of such work in a motion picture exhibition facility, shall— {|style="margin: 0em 2.0em 0em 2.0em;" |-valign="top" |align="right" nowrap|"(1){{gap|0.25em}} |be imprisoned for not more than 3 years, fined under this title, or both; or |-valign="top" |align="right" nowrap|"(2){{gap|0.25em}} |if the offense is a second or subsequent offense, be imprisoned for no more than 6 years, fined under this title, or both. |}"The possession by a person of an audiovisual recording device in a motion picture exhibition facility may be considered as evidence in any proceeding to determine whether that person committed an offense under this subsection, but shall not, by itself, be sufficient to support a conviction of that person for such offense. |-valign="top" |align="right" nowrap|"(b){{gap|0.25em}} |{{Sc|Forfeiture and Destruction}}.—When a person is convicted of a violation of subsection (a), the court in its judgment of conviction shall, in addition to any penalty provided, order the forfeiture and destruction or other disposition of all unauthorized copies of motion pictures or other audiovisual works protected under title 17, or parts thereof, and any audiovisual recording devices or other equipment used in connection with the offense. |-valign="top" |align="right" nowrap|"(c){{gap|0.25em}} |{{Sc|Authorized Activities}}.—This section does not prevent any lawfully authorized investigative, protective, or intelligence activity by an officer, agent, or employee of the United States, a State, or a political subdivision of a State, or by a person acting under a contract with the United States, a State, or a political subdivision of a State. |-valign="top" |align="right" nowrap|"(d){{gap|0.25em}} |{{Sc|Immunity for Theaters}}.—With reasonable cause, the owner or lessee of a motion picture exhibition facility where a motion picture or other audiovisual work is being exhibited, the authorized agent or employee of such owner or lessee, the licensor of the motion picture or other audiovisual work being exhibited, or the agent or employee of such licensor— {|style="margin: 0em 2.0em 0em 2.0em;" |-valign="top" |align="right" nowrap|"(1){{gap|0.25em}} |may detain, in a reasonable manner and for a reasonable time, any person suspected of a violation of this section with respect to that motion picture or audiovisual work for the purpose of questioning or summoning a law enforcement officer; and |-valign="top" |align="right" nowrap|"(2){{gap|0.25em}} |shall not be held liable in any civil or criminal action arising out of a detention under paragraph (1). |} |-valign="top" |align="right" nowrap|"(e){{gap|0.25em}} |{{Sc|Victim Impact Statement}}.— {|style="margin: 0em 2.0em 0em 2.0em;" |-valign="top" |align="right" nowrap|"(1){{gap|0.25em}} |{{Sc|In general}}.—During the preparation of the presentence report under [[Federal Rules of Criminal Procedure/Rule 32|rule 32(c)]] of the [[Federal Rules of Criminal Procedure]], victims of an offense under this section shall be permitted to submit to the probation officer a victim impact statement that identifies the victim of the offense and the extent and scope of the injury and loss suffered by the victim, including the estimated economic impact of the offense on that victim. |-valign="top" |align="right" nowrap|"(2){{gap|0.25em}} |{{Sc|Contents}}.—A victim impact statement submitted under this subsection shall include— {|style="margin: 0em 2.0em 0em 2.0em;" |-valign="top" |align="right" nowrap|"(A){{gap|0.25em}} |producers and sellers of legitimate works affected by conduct involved in the offense; |-valign="top" |align="right" nowrap|"(B){{gap|0.25em}} |holders of intellectual property rights in the works described in subparagraph (A); and |-valign="top" |align="right" nowrap|"(C){{gap|0.25em}} |the legal representatives of such producers, sellers, and holders. |} |} |-valign="top" |align="right" nowrap|"(f){{gap|0.25em}} |{{Sc|State Law Not Preempted}}.—Nothing in this section may be construed to annul or limit any rights or remedies under the laws of any State. |-valign="top" |align="right" nowrap|"(g){{gap|0.25em}} |{{Sc|Definitions}}.—In this section, the following definitions shall apply: {|style="margin: 0em 2.0em 0em 2.0em;" |-valign="top" |align="right" nowrap|"(1){{gap|0.25em}} |{{Sc|Title 17 definitions}}.—The terms 'audiovisual work', 'copy', 'copyright owner', 'motion picture', 'motion picture exhibition facility', and 'transmit' have, respectively, the meanings given those terms in [[United States Code/Title 17/Chapter 1/Section 101|section 101]] of title 17. |-valign="top" |align="right" nowrap|"(2){{gap|0.25em}} |{{Sc|Audiovisual recording device}}.—The term 'audiovisual recording device' means a digital or analog photographic or video camera, or any other technology or device capable of enabling the recording or transmission of a copyrighted motion picture or other audiovisual work, or any part thereof, regardless of whether audiovisual recording is the sole or primary purpose of the device.". |} |} |-valign="top" |align="right" nowrap|(b){{gap|0.25em}} |{{Sc|Clerical Amendment}}.—The table of sections at the beginning of [[United States Code/Title 18/Chapter 113|Chapter 113]] of [[title 18, United States Code]], is amended by inserting after the item relating to section 2319A the following: :"2319B. Unauthorized recording of motion pictures in a motion picture exhibition facility.". |-valign="top" |align="right" nowrap|(c){{gap|0.25em}} |{{Sc|Definition}}.—[[United States Code/Title 17/Chapter 1/Section 101|section 101]] of [[title 17, United States Code]], is amended by inserting after the definition of "Motion pictures" the following: :"The term 'motion picture exhibition facility' means a movie theater, screening room, or other venue that is being used primarily for the exhibition of a copyrighted motion picture, if such exhibition is open to the public or is made to an assembled group of viewers outside of a normal circle of a family and its social acquaintances.". <BR /> |} === Sec. 103. Criminal Infringement of a Work being prepared for Commercial Distribution. === : (a) {{Sc|Prohibited Acts}}.—[[United States Code/Title 17/Chapter 5/Section 506|Section 506(a)]] of [[title 17, United States Code]], is amended to read as follows: {{PL-indent| :"(a) {{Sc|Criminal Infringement}}.— :::"(1) {{Sc|In general}}.—Any person who willfully infringes a copyright shall be punished as provided under [[United States Code/Title 18/Chapter 113/Section 2319|section 2319]] of [[title 18, United States Code|title 18]], if the infringement was committed— :::::"(A) for purposes of commercial advantage or private financial gain; :::::"(B) by the reproduction or distribution, including by electronic means, during any 180–day period, of 1 or more copies or phonorecords of 1 or more copyrighted works, which have a total retail value of more than $1,000; or :::::"(C) by the distribution of a work being prepared for commercial distribution, by making it available on a computer network accessible to members of the public, if such person knew or should have known that the work was intended for commercial distribution. :::"(2) {{Sc|Evidence}}.—For purposes of this subsection, evidence of reproduction or distribution of a copyrighted work, by itself, shall not be sufficient to establish willful infringement of a copyright. :::"(3) {{Sc|Definition}}.—In this subsection, the term 'work being prepared for commercial distribution' means— :::::"(A) a computer program, a musical work, a motion picture or other audiovisual work, or a sound recording, if, at the time of unauthorized distribution— :::::::"(i) the copyright owner has a reasonable expectation of commercial distribution; and :::::::"(ii) the copies or phonorecords of the work have not been commercially distributed; or :::::"(B) a motion picture, if, at the time of unauthorized distribution, the motion picture— :::::::"(i) has been made available for viewing in a motion picture exhibition facility; and :::::::"(ii) has not been made available in copies for sale to the general public in the United States in a format intended to permit viewing outside a motion picture exhibition facility.".|-2|7}} : (b) {{Sc|Criminal Penalties}}.—[[United States Code/Title 18/Chapter 113/Section 2319|Section 2319]] of [[title 18, United States Code]], is amended— :: (1) in subsection (a)— ::: (A) by striking "Whoever" and inserting "Any person who"; and ::: (B) by striking "and (c) of this section" and inserting ", (c), and (d)"; :: (2) in subsection (b), by striking "[[United States Code/Title 17/Chapter 5/Section 506|section 506(a)(1)]]" and inserting "[[United States Code/Title 17/Chapter 5/Section 506|section 506(a)(1)(A)]]"; :: (3) in subsection (c), by striking "[[United States Code/Title 17/Chapter 5/Section 506|section 506(a)(2)]] of [[title 17, United States Code]]" and inserting "[[United States Code/Title 17/Chapter 5/Section 506|section 506(a)(1)(B) of title 17]]"; :: (4) by redesignating subsections (d) and (e) as subsections (e) and (f), respectively; :: (5) by adding after subsection (c) the following: {{PL-indent| :"(d) Any person who commits an offense under [[United States Code/Title 17/Chapter 5/Section 506|section 506(a)(1)(C) of title 17]]— :::"(1) shall be imprisoned not more than 3 years, fined under this title, or both; :::"(2) shall be imprisoned not more than 5 years, fined under this title, or both, if the offense was committed for purposes of commercial advantage or private financial gain; :::"(3) shall be imprisoned not more than 6 years, fined under this title, or both, if the offense is a second or subsequent offense; and :::"(4) shall be imprisoned not more than 10 years, fined under this title, or both, if the offense is a second or subsequent offense under paragraph (2)."; and|-2|7}} :: (6) in subsection (f), as redesignated— ::: (A) in paragraph (1), by striking "and" at the end; ::: (B) in paragraph (2), by striking the period at the end and inserting a semicolon; and ::: (C) by adding at the end the following: ::::: "(3) the term 'financial gain' has the meaning given the term in [[United States Code/Title 17/Chapter 1/Section 101|section 101 of title 17]]; and ::::: "(4) the term 'work being prepared for commercial distribution' has the meaning given the term in [[United States Code/Title 17/Chapter 5/Section 506|section 506(a) of title 17]].". === Sec. 104. Civil Remedies for Infringement of a Work being prepared for Commercial Distribution=== : (a) Preregistration— :: [[United States Code/Title 17/Chapter 4/Section 408|Section 408]] of [[title 17, United States Code]], is amended by adding at the end the following: {{PL-indent| :"(f) PREREGISTRATION OF WORKS BEING PREPARED FOR COMMERCIAL DISTRIBUTION.— :::"(1) Rulemaking.—Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this subsection, the [[w:Register of Copyrights|Register of Copyrights]] shall issue regulations to establish procedures for preregistration of a work that is being prepared for commercial distribution and has not been published. :::"(2) Class of Works.—The regulations established under paragraph (1) shall permit preregistration for any work that is in a class of works that the [[w:Register of Copyrights|Register]] determines has had a history of infringement prior to authorized commercial distribution. :::"(3) Application for Registration.—Not later than 3 months after the first publication of a work preregistered under this subsection, the applicant shall submit to the [[w:United States Copyright Office|Copyright Office]]— :::::"(A) an application for registration of the work; :::::"(B) a deposit; and :::::"(C) the applicable fee. :::"(4) Effect of Untimely Application.—An action under this chapter for infringement of a work preregistered under this subsection, in a case in which the infringement commenced no later than 2 months after the first publication of the work, shall be dismissed if the items described in paragraph (3) are not submitted to the [[w:United States Copyright Office|Copyright Office]] in proper form within the earlier of— :::::"(A) 3 months after the first publication of the work; or :::::"(B) 1 month after the copyright owner has learned of the infringement.".|-2|7}} : (b) Infringement Actions— :: [[United States Code/Title 17/Chapter 4/Section 411|Section 411(a)]] of [[title 17, United States Code]], is amended by inserting "preregistration or" after "shall be instituted until". : (c) Exclusion— :: [[United States Code/Title 17/Chapter 4/Section 412|Section 412]] of [[title 17, United States Code]], is amended by inserting after "[[United States Code/Title 17/Chapter 1/Section 106A|section 106A(a)]]" the following: :::", an action for infringement of the copyright of a work that has been preregistered under [[United States Code/Title 17/Chapter 4/Section 408|section 408(f)]] before the commencement of the infringement and that has an effective date of registration not later than the earlier of 3 months after the first publication of the work or 1 month after the copyright owner has learned of the infringement,". === Sec. 105. Federal Sentencing Guidelines=== : (a) Review and Amendment— :: Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act, the [[w:United States Sentencing Commission|United States Sentencing Commission]], pursuant to its authority under [[United States Code/Title 28/Section 994|section 994]] of [[title 28, United States Code]], and in accordance with this section, shall review and, if appropriate, amend the Federal sentencing guidelines and policy statements applicable to persons convicted of intellectual property rights crimes, including any offense under— :: (1) section [[United States Code/Title 17/Chapter 5/Section 506|506]], [[United States Code/Title 17/Chapter 12/Section 1201|1201]], or [[United States Code/Title 17/Chapter 12/Section 1202|1202]] of [[title 17, United States Code]]; or :: (2) section [[United States Code/Title 18/Chapter 113/Section 2318|2318]], [[United States Code/Title 18/Chapter 113/Section 2319|2319]], [[United States Code/Title 18/Chapter 113/Section 2319A|2319A]], [[United States Code/Title 18/Chapter 113/Section 2319B|2319B]], or [[United States Code/Title 18/Chapter 113/Section 2320|2320]] of [[title 18, United States Code]]. : (b) Authorization— :: The [[w:United States Sentencing Commission|United States Sentencing Commission]] may amend the Federal sentencing guidelines in accordance with the procedures set forth in section 21(a) of the [[Sentencing Act of 1987]] ([[United States Code/Title 28/Section 994|28 U.S.C. 994]] note) as though the authority under that section had not expired. : (c) Responsabilities of United States Sentencing Commission— :: In carrying out this section, the [[w:United States Sentencing Commission|United States Sentencing Commission]] shall— :: (1) take all appropriate measures to ensure that the Federal sentencing guidelines and policy statements described in subsection (a) are sufficiently stringent to deter, and adequately reflect the nature of, intellectual property rights crimes; :: (2) determine whether to provide a sentencing enhancement for those convicted of the offenses described in subsection (a), if the conduct involves the display, performance, publication, reproduction, or distribution of a copyrighted work before it has been authorized by the copyright owner, whether in the media format used by the infringing party or in any other media format; :: (3) determine whether the scope of "uploading" set forth in application note 3 of section 2B5.3 of the Federal sentencing guidelines is adequate to address the loss attributable to people who, without authorization, broadly distribute copyrighted works over the Internet; and :: (4) determine whether the sentencing guidelines and policy statements applicable to the offenses described in subsection (a) adequately reflect any harm to victims from copyright infringement if law enforcement authorities cannot determine how many times copyrighted material has been reproduced or distributed. == {{section|Title II|Title II}} — Exemption from Infringement for Skipping Audio and Video Content in Motion Pictures == === Sec. 201. Short Title === : This title may be cited as the ``'''Family Movie Act of 2005'''´´. === Sec. 202. Exemption from Infringement for Skipping Audio and Video Content in Motion Pictures === : (a) In General— :: [[United States Code/Title 17/Chapter 1/Section 110|Section 110]] of [[title 17, United States Code]], is amended— :: (1) in paragraph (9), by striking "and" after the semicolon at the end; :: (2) in paragraph (10), by striking the period at the end and inserting "; and"; :: (3) by inserting after paragraph (10) the following: ::::"(11) the making imperceptible, by or at the direction of a member of a private household, of limited portions of audio or video content of a motion picture, during a performance in or transmitted to that household for private home viewing, from an authorized copy of the motion picture, or the creation or provision of a computer program or other technology that enables such making imperceptible and that is designed and marketed to be used, at the direction of a member of a private household, for such making imperceptible, if no fixed copy of the altered version of the motion picture is created by such computer program or other technology."; and :: (4) by adding at the end the following: ::::"For purposes of paragraph (11), the term 'making imperceptible' does not include the addition of audio or video content that is performed or displayed over or in place of existing content in a motion picture. ::::"Nothing in paragraph (11) shall be construed to imply further rights under [[United States Code/Title 17/Chapter 1/Section 106|section 106 of this title]], or to have any effect on defenses or limitations on rights granted under any other section of this title or under any other paragraph of this section.". : (b) Exemption from Trademark Infringement Section 32 of the [[Trademark Act of 1946]] ([[United States Code/Title 15/Section 1114|15 U.S.C. 1114]]) is amended by adding at the end the following: {{PL-indent| :::"(3)(A) Any person who engages in the conduct described in paragraph (11) of [[United States Code/Title 17/Chapter 1/Section 110|section 110]] of [[title 17, United States Code]], and who complies with the requirements set forth in that paragraph is not liable on account of such conduct for a violation of any right under this Act. This subparagraph does not preclude liability, nor shall it be construed to restrict the defenses or limitations on rights granted under this Act, of a person for conduct not described in paragraph (11) of [[United States Code/Title 17/Chapter 1/Section 110|section 110]] of [[title 17, United States Code]], even if that person also engages in conduct described in paragraph (11) of [[United States Code/Title 17/Chapter 1/Section 110|section 110 of such title]]. :::::"(B) A manufacturer, licensee, or licensor of technology that enables the making of limited portions of audio or video content of a motion picture imperceptible as described in subparagraph (A) is not liable on account of such manufacture or license for a violation of any right under this Act, if such manufacturer, licensee, or licensor ensures that the technology provides a clear and conspicuous notice at the beginning of each performance that the performance of the motion picture is altered from the performance intended by the director or copyright holder of the motion picture. The limitations on liability in subparagraph (A) and this subparagraph shall not apply to a manufacturer, licensee, or licensor of technology that fails to comply with this paragraph. :::::"(C) The requirement under subparagraph (B) to provide notice shall apply only with respect to technology manufactured after the end of the 180-day period beginning on the date of the enactment of the Family Movie Act of 2005. :::::"(D) Any failure by a manufacturer, licensee, or licensor of technology to qualify for the exemption under subparagraphs (A) and (B) shall not be construed to create an inference that any such party that engages in conduct described in paragraph (11) of [[United States Code/Title 17/Chapter 1/Section 110|section 110]] of [[title 17, United States Code]], is liable for trademark infringement by reason of such conduct.".|-2|3}} : (c) Definition— :: In this section, the term "[[Trademark Act of 1946]]" means the Act entitled "An Act to provide for the registration and protection of trademarks used in commerce, to carry out the provisions of certain international conventions, and for other purposes", approved July 5, 1946 ([[United States Code/Title 15/Section 1051|15 U.S.C. 1051]] et seq.). == {{section|Title III|Title III}} — National Film Preservation == === {{section|Subtitle A|Subtitle A}}. Reauthorization of the National Film Preservation Board === ==== Sec. 301. Short Title ==== :: This subtitle may be cited as the ``'''National Film Preservation Act of 2005'''´´. ==== Sec. 302. Reauthorization and Amendment ==== : (a) Duties of the Librarian of Congress— :: Section 103 of the [[National Film Preservation Act of 1996]] ([[United States Code/Title 2/Section 179m|2 U.S.C. 179m]]) is amended— :: (1) in subsection (b)— ::: (A) by striking "film copy" each place that term appears and inserting "film or other approved copy"; ::: (B) by striking "film copies" each place that term appears and inserting "film or other approved copies"; and ::: (C) in the third sentence, by striking "copyrighted" and inserting "copyrighted, mass distributed, broadcast, or published"; and :: (2) by adding at the end the following: {{PL-indent| :"(c) COORDINATION OF PROGRAM WITH OTHER COLLECTION, PRESERVATION, AND ACCESSIBILITY ACTIVITIES.—In carrying out the comprehensive national film preservation program for motion pictures established under the [[National Film Preservation Act of 1992]], the [[w:Librarian of Congress|Librarian]], in consultation with the Board established pursuant to section 104, shall— :::"(1) carry out activities to make films included in the [[w:National Film Registry|National Film registry]] more broadly accessible for research and educational purposes, and to generate public awareness and support of the [[w:National Film Registry|Registry]] and the comprehensive national film preservation program; :::"(2) review the comprehensive national film preservation plan, and amend it to the extent necessary to ensure that it addresses technological advances in the preservation and storage of, and access to film collections in multiple formats; and :::"(3) wherever possible, undertake expanded initiatives to ensure the preservation of the moving image heritage of the United States, including film, videotape, television, and born digital moving image formats, by supporting the work of the [[w:National Audio-Visual Conservation Center|National Audio-Visual Conservation Center]] of the [[w:Library of Congress|Library of Congress]], and other appropriate nonprofit archival and preservation organizations.".|-2|7}} : (b) National Film Preservation Board— :: Section 104 of the [[National Film Preservation Act of 1996]] ([[United States Code/Title 2/Section 179n|2 U.S.C. 179n]]) is amended— :: (1) in subsection (a)(1) by striking "20" and inserting "22"; :: (2) in subsection (a)(2) by striking "three" and inserting "5"; :: (3) in subsection (d) by striking "11" and inserting "12"; and :: (4) by striking subsection (e) and inserting the following: {{PL-indent| :"(e) REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES.—Members of the Board shall serve without pay, but may receive travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, in accordance with [[United States Code/Title 5/Section 5702|sections 5702]] and [[United States Code/Title 5/Section 5703|5703]] of [[title 5, United States Code]].".|-2|7}} : (c) National Film Registry— :: Section 106 of the [[National Film Preservation Act of 1996]] ([[United States Code/Title 2/Section 179p|2 U.S.C. 179p]]) is amended by adding at the end the following: {{PL-indent| :"(e) NATIONAL AUDIO-VISUAL CONSERVATION CENTER.—The [[w:Librarian of Congress|Librarian]] shall utilize the [[w:National Audio-Visual Conservation Center|National Audio-Visual Conservation Center]] of the [[w:Library of Congress|Library of Congress]] at [[W:Culpeper, Virginia|Culpeper]], to ensure that preserved films included in the [[w:National Film Registry|National Film Registry]] are stored in a proper manner, and disseminated to researchers, scholars, and the public as may be appropriate in accordance with— :::"(1) [[title 17, United States Code]]; and :::"(2) the terms of any agreements between the [[w:Librarian of Congress|Librarian]] and persons who hold copyrights to such audiovisual works.".|-2|7}} : (d) Use of Seal— :: Section 107(a) of the [[National Film Preservation Act of 1996]] (2 U.S.C. 179q(a)) is amended— :: (1) in paragraph (1), by inserting "in any format" after "or any copy"; and :: (2) in paragraph (2), by striking "or film copy" and inserting "in any format". : (e) Effective Date :: Section 113 of the [[National Film Preservation Act of 1996]] ([[United States Code/Title 2/Section 179w|2 U.S.C. 179w]]) is amended by striking "7" and inserting "13". === {{section|Subtitle B|Subtitle B}}. Reauthorization of the National Film Preservation Foundation === ==== Sec. 311. Short Title ==== : This subtitle may be cited as the ``'''National Film Preservation Foundation Reauthorization Act of 2005'''´´. ==== Sec. 312. Reauthorization and Amendment ==== :(a) Board of Directors— :: [[United States Code/Title 36/Section 151703|Section 151703]] of [[title 36, United States Code]], is amended— :: (1) in subsection (b)(2)(A), by striking "nine" and inserting "12"; and :: (2) in subsection (b)(4), by striking the second sentence and inserting "There shall be no limit to the number of terms to which any individual may be appointed.". : (b) Powers— :: [[United States Code/Title 36/Section 151705|Section 151705]] of [[title 36, United States Code]], is amended in subsection (b) by striking "District of Columbia" and inserting "the jurisdiction in which the principal office of the corporation is located". : (c) Principal Office— :: [[United States Code/Title 36/Section 151706|Section 151706]] of [[title 36, United States Code]], is amended by inserting ", or another place as determined by the board of directors" after "District of Columbia". : (d) Authorization of Appropriations— :: [[United States Code/Title 36/Section 151711|Section 151711]] of [[title 36, United States Code]], is amended by striking subsections (a) and (b) and inserting the following: {{PL-indent| :"(a) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.— There are authorized to be appropriated to the [[w:Library of Congress|Library of Congress]] amounts necessary to carry out this chapter, not to exceed $530,000 for each of the fiscal years 2005 through 2009. These amounts are to be made available to the corporation to match any private contributions (whether in currency, services, or property) made to the corporation by private persons and State and local governments. :"(b) LIMITATION RELATED TO ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.—Amounts authorized under this section may not be used by the corporation for management and general or fundraising expenses as reported to the Internal Revenue Service as part of an annual information return required under the [[Internal Revenue Code of 1986]].".|-2|7}} == {{section|Title IV|Title IV}} — Preservation of Orphan Works == === Sec. 401. Short Title === : This title may be cited as the ``'''Preservation of Orphan Works Act'''´´. === Sec. 402. Reproduction of Copyrighted Works by Libraries and Archives === : [[United States Code/Title 17/Chapter 1/Section 108|Section 108(i)]] of [[title 17, United States Code]], is amended by striking "(b) and (c)" and inserting "(b), (c), and (h)". ''Approved April 27, 2005.'' == Legislative History == * {{USBill|109|S.|167}}, ({{USBill|109|H.R.|357}}) :* HOUSE REPORTS: :** No. 109–33, Pt. 1 (Comm. on the Judiciary) :* CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 151 (2005): :** Feb. 1, considered and passed Senate. :** Apr. 19, considered and passed House. [[Category:United States federal law]] [[Category:United States copyright law]] [[Category:Film legislation]] {{PD-EdictGov}} inbwfd352lhrtxzogfrv7shtp2hh46l Template:Mahabharatanav1 10 109814 14131248 1529326 2024-04-26T08:01:49Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki <div> {| id="toc" | <small>'''Introduction:''' 1 | 2 | <br> ''' Paushya Parva:''' 3 | <br> '''Pauloma Parva:''' 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 | 12 | <br> '''Astika Parva''' 13 | 14 | 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | 20 | 21 | 22 | 23 | 24 | 25 | 26 | 27 | 28 | 29 | 30 | 31 | 32 | 33 | 34 | 35 | 36 | 37 | 38 | 39 | 40 | 41 | 42 | 43 | 44 | 45 | 46 | 47 | 48 | 49 | 50 | 51 | 52 | 53 | 54 | 55 | 56 | 57 | 58 | <br> '''Adivansavatarana Parva:''' 59 | 60 | 61 | 62 | 63 | 64 | <br> '''Sambhava Parva''' 65 | 66 | 67 | 68 | 69 | 70 | 71 | 72 | 73 | 74 | 75 | 76 | 77 | 78 | 79 | 80 | 81 | 82 | 83 | 84 | 85 | 86 | 87 | 88 | 89 | 90 | 91 | 92 | 93 | 94 | 95 | 96 | 97 | 98 | 99 | 100 | 101 | 102 | 103 | 104 | 105 | 106 | 107 | 108 | 109 | 110 | 111 | 112 | 113 | 114 | 115 | 116 | 117 | 118 | 119 | 120 | 121 | 122 | 123 | 124 | 125 | 126 | 127 | 128 | 129 | 130 | 131 | 132 | 133 | 134 | 135 | 136 | 137 | 138 | 139 | 140 | 141 | 142 | <br> '''Jatugriha Parva:''' 143 | 144 | 145 | 146 | 147 | 148 | 149 | 150 | 151 | 152 | 153 | 154 | <br> '''Hidimva-vadha Parva:''' 155 | 156 | 157 | 158 | 159 | <br> '''Vaka-vadha Parva:''' 160 | 161 | 162 | 163 | 164 | 165 | 166 |<br> '''Chaitraratha Parva''' 167 | 168 | 169 | 170 | 171 | 172 | 173 | 174 | 175 | 176 | 177 | 178 | 179 | 180 | 181 | 182 | 183 | 184 | 185 |<br> '''Swayamvara Parva:''' 186 | 187 | 188 | 189 | 190 | 191 | 192 | 193 | 194 | <br> '''Vaivahika Parva:''' 195 | 196 | 197 | 198 | 199 | 200 | 201 | <br> '''Viduragamana Parva:''' 202 | 203 | 204 | 205 | 206 | 207 | 208 | 209 | <br> '''Rajya-labha Parva:''' 210 | 211 | 212 | 213 | 214 | <br> '''Arjuna-vanavasa Parva:''' 215 | 216 | 217 | 218 | 219 | 220 | <br> '''Subhadra-harana Parva:''' 221 | 222 | <br> '''Haranaharana Parva:''' 223 | <br> '''Khandava-daha Parva:''' 224 | 225 | 226 | 227 | 228 | 229 | 230 | 231 | 232 | 233 | 234 | 235 | </small> |} </div> <noinclude>[[Category:Specific navigation templates|Mahabharatanav1]]</noinclude> ttkd1lqjvvz3qnt5n0t2zorb35g5j52 14131249 14131248 2024-04-26T08:02:29Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{sdelete|Apparently unused template, Was this intended for a specfic project/}} <div> {| id="toc" | <small>'''Introduction:''' 1 | 2 | <br> ''' Paushya Parva:''' 3 | <br> '''Pauloma Parva:''' 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 | 12 | <br> '''Astika Parva''' 13 | 14 | 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | 20 | 21 | 22 | 23 | 24 | 25 | 26 | 27 | 28 | 29 | 30 | 31 | 32 | 33 | 34 | 35 | 36 | 37 | 38 | 39 | 40 | 41 | 42 | 43 | 44 | 45 | 46 | 47 | 48 | 49 | 50 | 51 | 52 | 53 | 54 | 55 | 56 | 57 | 58 | <br> '''Adivansavatarana Parva:''' 59 | 60 | 61 | 62 | 63 | 64 | <br> '''Sambhava Parva''' 65 | 66 | 67 | 68 | 69 | 70 | 71 | 72 | 73 | 74 | 75 | 76 | 77 | 78 | 79 | 80 | 81 | 82 | 83 | 84 | 85 | 86 | 87 | 88 | 89 | 90 | 91 | 92 | 93 | 94 | 95 | 96 | 97 | 98 | 99 | 100 | 101 | 102 | 103 | 104 | 105 | 106 | 107 | 108 | 109 | 110 | 111 | 112 | 113 | 114 | 115 | 116 | 117 | 118 | 119 | 120 | 121 | 122 | 123 | 124 | 125 | 126 | 127 | 128 | 129 | 130 | 131 | 132 | 133 | 134 | 135 | 136 | 137 | 138 | 139 | 140 | 141 | 142 | <br> '''Jatugriha Parva:''' 143 | 144 | 145 | 146 | 147 | 148 | 149 | 150 | 151 | 152 | 153 | 154 | <br> '''Hidimva-vadha Parva:''' 155 | 156 | 157 | 158 | 159 | <br> '''Vaka-vadha Parva:''' 160 | 161 | 162 | 163 | 164 | 165 | 166 |<br> '''Chaitraratha Parva''' 167 | 168 | 169 | 170 | 171 | 172 | 173 | 174 | 175 | 176 | 177 | 178 | 179 | 180 | 181 | 182 | 183 | 184 | 185 |<br> '''Swayamvara Parva:''' 186 | 187 | 188 | 189 | 190 | 191 | 192 | 193 | 194 | <br> '''Vaivahika Parva:''' 195 | 196 | 197 | 198 | 199 | 200 | 201 | <br> '''Viduragamana Parva:''' 202 | 203 | 204 | 205 | 206 | 207 | 208 | 209 | <br> '''Rajya-labha Parva:''' 210 | 211 | 212 | 213 | 214 | <br> '''Arjuna-vanavasa Parva:''' 215 | 216 | 217 | 218 | 219 | 220 | <br> '''Subhadra-harana Parva:''' 221 | 222 | <br> '''Haranaharana Parva:''' 223 | <br> '''Khandava-daha Parva:''' 224 | 225 | 226 | 227 | 228 | 229 | 230 | 231 | 232 | 233 | 234 | 235 | </small> |} </div> <noinclude>[[Category:Specific navigation templates|Mahabharatanav1]]</noinclude> qe7a5wuc5gmuoy59gejwgv10gyybwkz 14131253 14131249 2024-04-26T08:03:25Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki <div> {| id="toc" |{{ts|sm}}|'''Introduction:''' 1 | 2 | <br> ''' Paushya Parva:''' 3 | <br> '''Pauloma Parva:''' 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 | 12 | <br> '''Astika Parva''' 13 | 14 | 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | 20 | 21 | 22 | 23 | 24 | 25 | 26 | 27 | 28 | 29 | 30 | 31 | 32 | 33 | 34 | 35 | 36 | 37 | 38 | 39 | 40 | 41 | 42 | 43 | 44 | 45 | 46 | 47 | 48 | 49 | 50 | 51 | 52 | 53 | 54 | 55 | 56 | 57 | 58 | <br> '''Adivansavatarana Parva:''' 59 | 60 | 61 | 62 | 63 | 64 | <br> '''Sambhava Parva''' 65 | 66 | 67 | 68 | 69 | 70 | 71 | 72 | 73 | 74 | 75 | 76 | 77 | 78 | 79 | 80 | 81 | 82 | 83 | 84 | 85 | 86 | 87 | 88 | 89 | 90 | 91 | 92 | 93 | 94 | 95 | 96 | 97 | 98 | 99 | 100 | 101 | 102 | 103 | 104 | 105 | 106 | 107 | 108 | 109 | 110 | 111 | 112 | 113 | 114 | 115 | 116 | 117 | 118 | 119 | 120 | 121 | 122 | 123 | 124 | 125 | 126 | 127 | 128 | 129 | 130 | 131 | 132 | 133 | 134 | 135 | 136 | 137 | 138 | 139 | 140 | 141 | 142 | <br> '''Jatugriha Parva:''' 143 | 144 | 145 | 146 | 147 | 148 | 149 | 150 | 151 | 152 | 153 | 154 | <br> '''Hidimva-vadha Parva:''' 155 | 156 | 157 | 158 | 159 | <br> '''Vaka-vadha Parva:''' 160 | 161 | 162 | 163 | 164 | 165 | 166 |<br> '''Chaitraratha Parva''' 167 | 168 | 169 | 170 | 171 | 172 | 173 | 174 | 175 | 176 | 177 | 178 | 179 | 180 | 181 | 182 | 183 | 184 | 185 |<br> '''Swayamvara Parva:''' 186 | 187 | 188 | 189 | 190 | 191 | 192 | 193 | 194 | <br> '''Vaivahika Parva:''' 195 | 196 | 197 | 198 | 199 | 200 | 201 | <br> '''Viduragamana Parva:''' 202 | 203 | 204 | 205 | 206 | 207 | 208 | 209 | <br> '''Rajya-labha Parva:''' 210 | 211 | 212 | 213 | 214 | <br> '''Arjuna-vanavasa Parva:''' 215 | 216 | 217 | 218 | 219 | 220 | <br> '''Subhadra-harana Parva:''' 221 | 222 | <br> '''Haranaharana Parva:''' 223 | <br> '''Khandava-daha Parva:''' 224 | 225 | 226 | 227 | 228 | 229 | 230 | 231 | 232 | 233 | 234 | 235 | |} </div> <noinclude>[[Category:Specific navigation templates|Mahabharatanav1]]</noinclude> dyviy537bs91h0hs3lek0e37fcxx68m Template:NASAF 10 119080 14130113 12789336 2024-04-25T21:44:05Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {|width="100%" style="border-spacing:5px; border:none;" |width="50%" {{ts|al|vtp|padding:5px}} |<br><span style="font-family:Arial; font-size:xxx-large;" >NASA Facts<br><br></span> <span style="font-family:Arial; font-size:large;">National Aeronautics and<br> Space Administration<br><br> '''{{{center|}}}'''<br> {{{address|}}}</span> |width="50%" {{ts|ar|vtp|padding:5px}}|[[File:NASA_logo_removed.svg]]<br> {{{docnum|}}} |} {{rule}} <noinclude>[[Category:Specific article templates|NASAF]]</noinclude> c2z65iqwddgrcmokl1b5nl5o257l1le 14130116 14130113 2024-04-25T21:46:15Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {|width="100%" style="border-spacing:5px; border:none;" |width="50%" {{ts|al|vtp|padding:5px}} |<br><span style="font-family:Arial; font-size:xxx-large;" >NASA Facts<br><br></span> <span style="font-family:Arial; font-size:large;">National Aeronautics and<br> Space Administration<br><br> {{bold|{{{center|}}}}}<br> {{{address|}}}</span> |width="50%" {{ts|ar|vtp|padding:5px}}|[[File:NASA_logo_removed.svg]]<br> {{{docnum|}}} |} {{rule}} <noinclude>[[Category:Specific article templates|NASAF]]</noinclude> 8ddk8oa8rl8f5whezmdcpt8xn5pku8g Index:How and Why Library 106 120335 14130058 12793199 2024-04-25T21:12:36Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=[[The How and Why Library]] |Language=en |Volume= |Author=[[Author:Eleanor Stackhouse Atkinson|Eleanor Stackhouse Atkinson]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher= |Address= |Year= |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=jpg |Image=[[Image:How and Why Library 002.jpg|220px]] |Progress=C |Transclusion=no |Validation_date= |Pages={{(!}} class="__pagetable" {{!}} {{!}}- {{!}}colspan=10 style="text-align:center;border-top: 2px solid #808080; background-color: #f4f0e5;"{{!}}'''The How and Why Library''' {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 001.jpg|1]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 002.jpg|2]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 003.jpg|3]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 004.jpg|4]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 005.jpg|5]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 006.jpg|6]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 007.jpg|7]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 008.jpg|8]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 009.jpg|9]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 010.jpg|10]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 011.jpg|11]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 012.jpg|12]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 013.jpg|13]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 014.jpg|14]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 015.jpg|15]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 016.jpg|16]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 017.jpg|17]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 018.jpg|18]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 019.jpg|19]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 020.jpg|20]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 021.jpg|21]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 022.jpg|22]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 023.jpg|23]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 024.jpg|24]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 025.jpg|25]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 026.jpg|26]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 027.jpg|27]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 028.jpg|28]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 029.jpg|29]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 030.jpg|30]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 031.jpg|31]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 032.jpg|32]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 033.jpg|33]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 034.jpg|34]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 035.jpg|35]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 036.jpg|36]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 037.jpg|37]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 038.jpg|38]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 039.jpg|39]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 040.jpg|40]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 041.jpg|41]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 042.jpg|42]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 043.jpg|43]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 044.jpg|44]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 045.jpg|45]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 046.jpg|46]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 047.jpg|47]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 048.jpg|48]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 049.jpg|49]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 050.jpg|50]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 051.jpg|51]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 052.jpg|52]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 053.jpg|53]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 054.jpg|54]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 055.jpg|55]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 056.jpg|56]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 057.jpg|57]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 058.jpg|58]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 059.jpg|59]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 060.jpg|60]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 061.jpg|61]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 062.jpg|62]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 063.jpg|63]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 064.jpg|64]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 065.jpg|65]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 066.jpg|66]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 067.jpg|67]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 068.jpg|68]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 069.jpg|69]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 070.jpg|70]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 071.jpg|71]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 072.jpg|72]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 073.jpg|73]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 074.jpg|74]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 075.jpg|75]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 076.jpg|76]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 077.jpg|77]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 078.jpg|78]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 079.jpg|79]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 080.jpg|80]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 081.jpg|81]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 082.jpg|82]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 083.jpg|83]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 084.jpg|84]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 085.jpg|85]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 086.jpg|86]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 087.jpg|87]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 088.jpg|88]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 089.jpg|89]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 090.jpg|90]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 091.jpg|91]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 092.jpg|92]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 093.jpg|93]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 094.jpg|94]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 095.jpg|95]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 096.jpg|96]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 097.jpg|97]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 098.jpg|98]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 099.jpg|99]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 100.jpg|100]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 101.jpg|101]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 102.jpg|102]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 103.jpg|103]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 104.jpg|104]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 105.jpg|105]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 106.jpg|106]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 107.jpg|107]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 108.jpg|108]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 109.jpg|109]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 110.jpg|110]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 111.jpg|111]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 112.jpg|112]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 113.jpg|113]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 114.jpg|114]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 115.jpg|115]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 116.jpg|116]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 117.jpg|117]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 118.jpg|118]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 119.jpg|119]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 120.jpg|120]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 121.jpg|121]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 122.jpg|122]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 123.jpg|123]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 124.jpg|124]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 125.jpg|125]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 126.jpg|126]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 127.jpg|127]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 128.jpg|128]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 129.jpg|129]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 130.jpg|130]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 131.jpg|131]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 132.jpg|132]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 133.jpg|133]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 134.jpg|134]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 135.jpg|135]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 136.jpg|136]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 137.jpg|137]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 138.jpg|138]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 139.jpg|139]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 140.jpg|140]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 141.jpg|141]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 142.jpg|142]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 143.jpg|143]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 144.jpg|144]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 145.jpg|145]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 146.jpg|146]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 147.jpg|147]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 148.jpg|148]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 149.jpg|149]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 150.jpg|150]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 151.jpg|151]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 152.jpg|152]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 153.jpg|153]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 154.jpg|154]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 155.jpg|155]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 156.jpg|156]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 157.jpg|157]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 158.jpg|158]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 159.jpg|159]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 160.jpg|160]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 161.jpg|161]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 162.jpg|162]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 163.jpg|163]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 164.jpg|164]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 165.jpg|165]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 166.jpg|166]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 167.jpg|167]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 168.jpg|168]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 169.jpg|169]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 170.jpg|170]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 171.jpg|171]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 172.jpg|172]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 173.jpg|173]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 174.jpg|174]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 175.jpg|175]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 176.jpg|176]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 177.jpg|177]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 178.jpg|178]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 179.jpg|179]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 180.jpg|180]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 181.jpg|181]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 182.jpg|182]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 183.jpg|183]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 184.jpg|184]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 185.jpg|185]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 186.jpg|186]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 187.jpg|187]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 188.jpg|188]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 189.jpg|189]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 190.jpg|190]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 191.jpg|191]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 192.jpg|192]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 193.jpg|193]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 194.jpg|194]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 195.jpg|195]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 196.jpg|196]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 197.jpg|197]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 198.jpg|198]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 199.jpg|199]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 200.jpg|200]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 201.jpg|201]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 202.jpg|202]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 203.jpg|203]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 204.jpg|204]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 205.jpg|205]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 206.jpg|206]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 207.jpg|207]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 208.jpg|208]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 209.jpg|209]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 210.jpg|210]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 211.jpg|211]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 212.jpg|212]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 213.jpg|213]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 214.jpg|214]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 215.jpg|215]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 216.jpg|216]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 217.jpg|217]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 218.jpg|218]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 219.jpg|219]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 220.jpg|220]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 221.jpg|221]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 222.jpg|222]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 223.jpg|223]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 224.jpg|224]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 225.jpg|225]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 226.jpg|226]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 227.jpg|227]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 228.jpg|228]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 229.jpg|229]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 230.jpg|230]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 231.jpg|231]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 232.jpg|232]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 233.jpg|233]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 234.jpg|234]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 235.jpg|235]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 236.jpg|236]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 237.jpg|237]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 238.jpg|238]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 239.jpg|239]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 240.jpg|240]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 241.jpg|241]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 242.jpg|242]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 243.jpg|243]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 244.jpg|244]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 245.jpg|245]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 246.jpg|246]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 247.jpg|247]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 248.jpg|248]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 249.jpg|249]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 250.jpg|250]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 251.jpg|251]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 252.jpg|252]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 253.jpg|253]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 254.jpg|254]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 255.jpg|255]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 256.jpg|256]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 257.jpg|257]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 258.jpg|258]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 259.jpg|259]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 260.jpg|260]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 261.jpg|261]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 262.jpg|262]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 263.jpg|263]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 264.jpg|264]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 265.jpg|265]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 266.jpg|266]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 267.jpg|267]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 268.jpg|268]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 269.jpg|269]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 270.jpg|270]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 271.jpg|271]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 272.jpg|272]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 273.jpg|273]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 274.jpg|274]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 275.jpg|275]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 276.jpg|276]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 277.jpg|277]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 278.jpg|278]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 279.jpg|279]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 280.jpg|280]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 281.jpg|281]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 282.jpg|282]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 283.jpg|283]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 284.jpg|284]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 285.jpg|285]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 286.jpg|286]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 287.jpg|287]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 288.jpg|288]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 289.jpg|289]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 290.jpg|290]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 291.jpg|291]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 292.jpg|292]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 293.jpg|293]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 294.jpg|294]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 295.jpg|295]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 296.jpg|296]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 297.jpg|297]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 298.jpg|298]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 299.jpg|299]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 300.jpg|300]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 301.jpg|301]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 302.jpg|302]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 303.jpg|303]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 304.jpg|304]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 305.jpg|305]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 306.jpg|306]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 307.jpg|307]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 308.jpg|308]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 309.jpg|309]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 310.jpg|310]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 311.jpg|311]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 312.jpg|312]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 313.jpg|313]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 314.jpg|314]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 315.jpg|315]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 316.jpg|316]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 317.jpg|317]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 318.jpg|318]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 319.jpg|319]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 320.jpg|320]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 321.jpg|321]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 322.jpg|322]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 323.jpg|323]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 324.jpg|324]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 325.jpg|325]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 326.jpg|326]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 327.jpg|327]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 328.jpg|328]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 329.jpg|329]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 330.jpg|330]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 331.jpg|331]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 332.jpg|332]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 333.jpg|333]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 334.jpg|334]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 335.jpg|335]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 336.jpg|336]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 337.jpg|337]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 338.jpg|338]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 339.jpg|339]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 340.jpg|340]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 341.jpg|341]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 342.jpg|342]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 343.jpg|343]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 344.jpg|344]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 345.jpg|345]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 346.jpg|346]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 347.jpg|347]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 348.jpg|348]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 349.jpg|349]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 350.jpg|350]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 351.jpg|351]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 352.jpg|352]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 353.jpg|353]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 354.jpg|354]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 355.jpg|355]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 356.jpg|356]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 357.jpg|357]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 358.jpg|358]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 359.jpg|359]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 360.jpg|360]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 361.jpg|361]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 362.jpg|362]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 363.jpg|363]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 364.jpg|364]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 365.jpg|365]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 366.jpg|366]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 367.jpg|367]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 368.jpg|368]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 369.jpg|369]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 370.jpg|370]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 371.jpg|371]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 372.jpg|372]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 373.jpg|373]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 374.jpg|374]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 375.jpg|375]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 376.jpg|376]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 377.jpg|377]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 378.jpg|378]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 379.jpg|379]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 380.jpg|380]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 381.jpg|381]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 382.jpg|382]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 383.jpg|383]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 384.jpg|384]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 385.jpg|385]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 386.jpg|386]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 387.jpg|387]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 388.jpg|388]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 389.jpg|389]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 390.jpg|390]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 391.jpg|391]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 392.jpg|392]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 393.jpg|393]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 394.jpg|394]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 395.jpg|395]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 396.jpg|396]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 397.jpg|397]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 398.jpg|398]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 399.jpg|399]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 400.jpg|400]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 401.jpg|401]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 402.jpg|402]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 403.jpg|403]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 404.jpg|404]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 405.jpg|405]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 406.jpg|406]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 407.jpg|407]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 408.jpg|408]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 409.jpg|409]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 410.jpg|410]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 411.jpg|411]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 412.jpg|412]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 413.jpg|413]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 414.jpg|414]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 415.jpg|415]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 416.jpg|416]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 417.jpg|417]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 418.jpg|418]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 419.jpg|419]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 420.jpg|420]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 421.jpg|421]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 422.jpg|422]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 423.jpg|423]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 424.jpg|424]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 425.jpg|425]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 426.jpg|426]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 427.jpg|427]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 428.jpg|428]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 429.jpg|429]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 430.jpg|430]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 431.jpg|431]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 432.jpg|432]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 433.jpg|433]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 434.jpg|434]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 435.jpg|435]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 436.jpg|436]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 437.jpg|437]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 438.jpg|438]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 439.jpg|439]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 440.jpg|440]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 441.jpg|441]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 442.jpg|442]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 443.jpg|443]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 444.jpg|444]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 445.jpg|445]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 446.jpg|446]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 447.jpg|447]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 448.jpg|448]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 449.jpg|449]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 450.jpg|450]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 451.jpg|451]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 452.jpg|452]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 453.jpg|453]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 454.jpg|454]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 455.jpg|455]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 456.jpg|456]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 457.jpg|457]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 458.jpg|458]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 459.jpg|459]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 460.jpg|460]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 461.jpg|461]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 462.jpg|462]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 463.jpg|463]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 464.jpg|464]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 465.jpg|465]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 466.jpg|466]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 467.jpg|467]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 468.jpg|468]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 469.jpg|469]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 470.jpg|470]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 471.jpg|471]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 472.jpg|472]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 473.jpg|473]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 474.jpg|474]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 475.jpg|475]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 476.jpg|476]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 477.jpg|477]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 478.jpg|478]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 479.jpg|479]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 480.jpg|480]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 481.jpg|481]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 482.jpg|482]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 483.jpg|483]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 484.jpg|484]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 485.jpg|485]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 486.jpg|486]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 487.jpg|487]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 488.jpg|488]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 489.jpg|489]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 490.jpg|490]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 491.jpg|491]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 492.jpg|492]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 493.jpg|493]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 494.jpg|494]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 495.jpg|495]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 496.jpg|496]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 497.jpg|497]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 498.jpg|498]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 499.jpg|499]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 500.jpg|500]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 501.jpg|501]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 502.jpg|502]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 503.jpg|503]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 504.jpg|504]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 505.jpg|505]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 506.jpg|506]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 507.jpg|507]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 508.jpg|508]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 509.jpg|509]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 510.jpg|510]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 511.jpg|511]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 512.jpg|512]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 513.jpg|513]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 514.jpg|514]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 515.jpg|515]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 516.jpg|516]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 517.jpg|517]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 518.jpg|518]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 519.jpg|519]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 520.jpg|520]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 521.jpg|521]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 522.jpg|522]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 523.jpg|523]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 524.jpg|524]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 525.jpg|525]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 526.jpg|526]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 527.jpg|527]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 528.jpg|528]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 529.jpg|529]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 530.jpg|530]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 531.jpg|531]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 532.jpg|532]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 533.jpg|533]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 534.jpg|534]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 535.jpg|535]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 536.jpg|536]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 537.jpg|537]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 538.jpg|538]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 539.jpg|539]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 540.jpg|540]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 541.jpg|541]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 542.jpg|542]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 543.jpg|543]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 544.jpg|544]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 545.jpg|545]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 546.jpg|546]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 547.jpg|547]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 548.jpg|548]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 549.jpg|549]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 550.jpg|550]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 551.jpg|551]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 552.jpg|552]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 553.jpg|553]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 554.jpg|554]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 555.jpg|555]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 556.jpg|556]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 557.jpg|557]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 558.jpg|558]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 559.jpg|559]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 560.jpg|560]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 561.jpg|561]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 562.jpg|562]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 563.jpg|563]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 564.jpg|564]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 565.jpg|565]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 566.jpg|566]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:How and Why Library 567.jpg|567]] {{!}} {{!}} {{!}} {{!)}} |Volumes= |Remarks=<b>[[:commons:Category:The How and Why Library pages|scans on commons]]</b> |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} ajbornipvzion5gleo866dmzj25l3bm Ben King's Verse/That Cat 0 125133 14128215 14127693 2024-04-25T16:44:11Z EncycloPetey 3239 Reverted edit by [[Special:Contributions/108.28.91.91|108.28.91.91]] ([[User talk:108.28.91.91|talk]]) to last revision by [[User:Spangineer's bot|Spangineer's bot]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[Ben King's Verse]] | author = Benjamin Franklin King | section = That Cat | previous = [[../Old Bossie Cow|Old Bossie Cow]] | next = [[../A Frog's Thanksgiving|A Frog's Thanksgiving]] | notes = }} <poem> The cat that comes to my window sill When the moon looks cold and the night is still-- He comes in a frenzied state alone With a tail that stands like a pine tree cone, And says: "I have finished my evening lark, And I think I can hear a hound dog bark. My whiskers are froze 'nd stuck to my chin. I do wish you'd git up and let me in." That cat gits in. But if in the solitude of the night He doesn't appear to be feeling right, And rises and stretches and seeks the floor, And some remote corner he would explore, And doesn't feel satisfied just because There's no good spot for to sharpen his claws, And meows and canters uneasy about Beyond the least shadow of any doubt That cat gits out. </poem> o2czvxvrmt39le8g3jxcsi7xnjv8o1i Index:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 106 131845 14129999 12793223 2024-04-25T20:38:11Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=[[Copyright Law Revision (House Report No. 94-1476)|House Report No. 94-1476: Copyright Law Revision]] |Language=en |Volume= |Author=United States House of Representatives, Committee on the Judiciary |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=United States Government Printing Office |Address=Washington, D.C. |Year=1976 |Key=H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=scanned from hard copy of published report |Image=[[Image:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 001.djvu|220px]] |Progress=T |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date=January 2010 |Pages=<br/> {{(!}} {{!}} {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 001.djvu|1]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 002.djvu|2]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 003.djvu|3]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 004.djvu|4]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 005.djvu|5]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 006.djvu|6]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 007.djvu|7]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 008.djvu|8]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 009.djvu|9]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 010.djvu|10]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 011.djvu|11]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 012.djvu|12]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 013.djvu|13]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 014.djvu|14]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 015.djvu|15]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 016.djvu|16]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 017.djvu|17]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 018.djvu|18]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 019.djvu|19]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 020.djvu|20]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 021.djvu|21]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 022.djvu|22]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 023.djvu|23]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 024.djvu|24]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 025.djvu|25]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 026.djvu|26]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 027.djvu|27]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 028.djvu|28]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 029.djvu|29]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 030.djvu|30]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 031.djvu|31]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 032.djvu|32]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 033.djvu|33]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 034.djvu|34]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 035.djvu|35]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 036.djvu|36]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 037.djvu|37]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 038.djvu|38]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 039.djvu|39]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 040.djvu|40]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 041.djvu|41]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 042.djvu|42]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 043.djvu|43]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 044.djvu|44]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 045.djvu|45]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 046.djvu|46]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 047.djvu|47]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 048.djvu|48]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 049.djvu|49]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 050.djvu|50]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 051.djvu|51]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 052.djvu|52]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 053.djvu|53]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 054.djvu|54]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 055.djvu|55]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 056.djvu|56]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 057.djvu|57]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 058.djvu|58]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 059.djvu|59]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 060.djvu|60]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 061.djvu|61]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 062.djvu|62]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 063.djvu|63]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 064.djvu|64]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 065.djvu|65]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 066.djvu|66]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 067.djvu|67]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 068.djvu|68]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 069.djvu|69]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 070.djvu|70]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 071.djvu|71]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 072.djvu|72]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 073.djvu|73]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 074.djvu|74]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 075.djvu|75]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 076.djvu|76]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 077.djvu|77]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 078.djvu|78]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 079.djvu|79]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 080.djvu|80]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 081.djvu|81]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 082.djvu|82]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 083.djvu|83]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 084.djvu|84]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 085.djvu|85]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 086.djvu|86]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 087.djvu|87]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 088.djvu|88]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 089.djvu|89]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 090.djvu|90]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 091.djvu|91]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 092.djvu|92]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 093.djvu|93]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 094.djvu|94]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 095.djvu|95]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 096.djvu|96]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 097.djvu|97]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 098.djvu|98]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 099.djvu|99]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 100.djvu|100]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 101.djvu|101]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 102.djvu|102]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 103.djvu|103]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 104.djvu|104]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 105.djvu|105]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 106.djvu|106]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 107.djvu|107]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 108.djvu|108]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 109.djvu|109]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 110.djvu|110]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 111.djvu|111]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 112.djvu|112]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 113.djvu|113]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 114.djvu|114]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 115.djvu|115]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 116.djvu|116]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 117.djvu|117]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 118.djvu|118]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 119.djvu|119]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 120.djvu|120]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 121.djvu|121]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 122.djvu|122]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 123.djvu|123]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 124.djvu|124]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 125.djvu|125]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 126.djvu|126]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 127.djvu|127]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 128.djvu|128]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 129.djvu|129]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 130.djvu|130]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 131.djvu|131]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 132.djvu|132]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 133.djvu|133]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 134.djvu|134]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 135.djvu|135]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 136.djvu|136]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 137.djvu|137]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 138.djvu|138]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 139.djvu|139]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 140.djvu|140]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 141.djvu|141]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 142.djvu|142]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 143.djvu|143]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 144.djvu|144]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 145.djvu|145]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 146.djvu|146]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 147.djvu|147]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 148.djvu|148]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 149.djvu|149]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 150.djvu|150]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 151.djvu|151]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 152.djvu|152]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 153.djvu|153]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 154.djvu|154]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 155.djvu|155]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 156.djvu|156]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 157.djvu|157]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 158.djvu|158]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 159.djvu|159]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 160.djvu|160]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 161.djvu|161]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 162.djvu|162]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 163.djvu|163]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 164.djvu|164]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 165.djvu|165]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 166.djvu|166]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 167.djvu|167]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 168.djvu|168]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 169.djvu|169]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 170.djvu|170]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 171.djvu|171]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 172.djvu|172]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 173.djvu|173]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 174.djvu|174]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 175.djvu|175]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 176.djvu|176]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 177.djvu|177]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 178.djvu|178]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 179.djvu|179]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 180.djvu|180]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 181.djvu|181]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 182.djvu|182]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 183.djvu|183]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 184.djvu|184]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 185.djvu|185]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 186.djvu|186]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 187.djvu|187]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 188.djvu|188]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 189.djvu|189]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 190.djvu|190]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 191.djvu|191]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 192.djvu|192]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 193.djvu|193]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 194.djvu|194]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 195.djvu|195]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 196.djvu|196]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 197.djvu|197]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 198.djvu|198]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 199.djvu|199]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 200.djvu|200]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 201.djvu|201]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 202.djvu|202]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 203.djvu|203]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 204.djvu|204]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 205.djvu|205]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 206.djvu|206]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 207.djvu|207]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 208.djvu|208]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 209.djvu|209]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 210.djvu|210]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 211.djvu|211]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 212.djvu|212]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 213.djvu|213]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 214.djvu|214]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 215.djvu|215]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 216.djvu|216]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 217.djvu|217]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 218.djvu|218]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 219.djvu|219]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 220.djvu|220]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 221.djvu|221]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 222.djvu|222]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 223.djvu|223]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 224.djvu|224]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 225.djvu|225]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 226.djvu|226]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 227.djvu|227]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 228.djvu|228]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 229.djvu|229]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 230.djvu|230]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 231.djvu|231]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 232.djvu|232]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 233.djvu|233]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 234.djvu|234]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 235.djvu|235]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 236.djvu|236]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 237.djvu|237]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 238.djvu|238]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 239.djvu|239]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 240.djvu|240]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 241.djvu|241]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 242.djvu|242]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 243.djvu|243]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 244.djvu|244]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 245.djvu|245]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 246.djvu|246]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 247.djvu|247]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 248.djvu|248]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 249.djvu|249]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 250.djvu|250]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 251.djvu|251]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 252.djvu|252]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 253.djvu|253]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 254.djvu|254]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 255.djvu|255]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 256.djvu|256]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 257.djvu|257]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 258.djvu|258]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 259.djvu|259]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 260.djvu|260]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 261.djvu|261]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 262.djvu|262]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 263.djvu|263]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 264.djvu|264]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 265.djvu|265]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 266.djvu|266]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 267.djvu|267]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 268.djvu|268]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 269.djvu|269]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 270.djvu|270]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 271.djvu|271]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 272.djvu|272]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 273.djvu|273]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 274.djvu|274]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 275.djvu|275]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 276.djvu|276]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 277.djvu|277]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 278.djvu|278]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 279.djvu|279]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 280.djvu|280]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 281.djvu|281]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 282.djvu|282]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 283.djvu|283]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 284.djvu|284]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 285.djvu|285]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 286.djvu|286]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 287.djvu|287]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 288.djvu|288]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 289.djvu|289]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 290.djvu|290]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 291.djvu|291]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 292.djvu|292]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 293.djvu|293]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 294.djvu|294]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 295.djvu|295]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 296.djvu|296]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 297.djvu|297]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 298.djvu|298]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 299.djvu|299]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 300.djvu|300]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 301.djvu|301]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 302.djvu|302]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 303.djvu|303]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 304.djvu|304]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 305.djvu|305]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 306.djvu|306]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 307.djvu|307]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 308.djvu|308]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 309.djvu|309]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 310.djvu|310]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 311.djvu|311]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 312.djvu|312]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 313.djvu|313]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 314.djvu|314]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 315.djvu|315]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 316.djvu|316]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 317.djvu|317]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 318.djvu|318]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 319.djvu|319]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 320.djvu|320]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 321.djvu|321]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 322.djvu|322]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 323.djvu|323]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 324.djvu|324]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 325.djvu|325]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 326.djvu|326]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 327.djvu|327]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 328.djvu|328]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 329.djvu|329]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 330.djvu|330]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 331.djvu|331]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 332.djvu|332]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 333.djvu|333]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 334.djvu|334]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 335.djvu|335]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 336.djvu|336]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 337.djvu|337]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 338.djvu|338]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 339.djvu|339]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 340.djvu|340]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 341.djvu|341]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 342.djvu|342]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 343.djvu|343]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 344.djvu|344]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 345.djvu|345]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 346.djvu|346]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 347.djvu|347]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 348.djvu|348]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 349.djvu|349]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 350.djvu|350]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 351.djvu|351]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 352.djvu|352]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 353.djvu|353]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 354.djvu|354]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 355.djvu|355]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 356.djvu|356]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 357.djvu|357]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 358.djvu|358]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 359.djvu|359]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 360.djvu|360]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 361.djvu|361]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 362.djvu|362]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 363.djvu|363]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 364.djvu|364]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 365.djvu|365]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 366.djvu|366]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 367.djvu|367]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Page 368.djvu|368]] {{!}}- {{!}}colspan=10 style="text-align:center;border-top: 2px solid #808080; background-color: #f4f0e5;"{{!}}'''Errata''' {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Errata Page 001.djvu|E01]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476 (1976) Errata Page 002.djvu|E02]] {{!)}} |Volumes= |Remarks=<div style="font-size:90%;">These are the committee reports accompanying proposed legislation before its enactment as the [[Copyright Act of 1976]]. • '''[[Index:Copyright Law Revision (Senate Report No. 94-473).djvu|Copyright Law Revision (Senate Report No. 94-473)]]''' the 1975 United States Senate Judiciary Committee report on the proposed copyright legislation. • '''[[Index:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476|Copyright Law Revision (House Report No. 94-1476)]]''' the 1976 United States House Judiciary Committee report on the proposed copyright legislation. • '''[[Index:H. Rept. No. 94-1733 (1976).djvu|General Revision of the Copyright Law (House Report No. 94-1733)]]''' the 1976 Joint Conference Committee report resolving differences between the above and containg the final language ultimately enacted into law with the passage of the [[Copyright Act of 1976]].</div> |Width= |Header= |Footer=<references/> |tmplver= }} 64rh4i1kxm0rbpapvbxqanfbeu3ztkq Template:Djvu 10 137397 14130126 10846355 2024-04-25T21:51:29Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {| class="toccolours mw-content-{{int:Lang}} layouttemplate" style="width: 100%; direction: ltr;" lang="{{int:lang}}" |- | style="text-align:center; padding:2px" | [[File:DjVu-logo.svg|100px|link=]] | style="padding:2px"| | style="padding:2px"|This file is in '''{{W|DjVu}}''', a computer file format designed primarily to store scanned documents, especially those containing text and line drawings. It features advanced technologies such as image layer separation of text and background/images, progressive loading, arithmetic coding, and lossy compression for bitonal images. This allows for high quality, readable images to be stored in a minimum of space, so that they can be made available on the web. You may view this DjVu file here online. If the document is multi-page you may use the controls on the right of the image to change pages. You may also view this DjVu file in your web browser with a browser plugin/add-on, or use a desktop DjVu viewer for your operating system. You can choose suitable software from [[Help:DjVu#Software|this list]]. See [[Help:DjVu]] for more information. |} <noinclude> [[Category:File namespace templates]] [[Category:DjVu templates]] </noinclude> 7q3hv7yjvoqsn91oqha2kg0w8wewtjd Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography/Herbette, André Paul 0 138163 14130215 14125440 2024-04-25T22:43:08Z MRB16th 3061825 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Appletons' |previous = Herbert, Henry William |next = Herbst, John |fictitious = x |extra_notes = There is a remarkable disconnect in that the subject is described as an iconographer, but his career involves botany and submissions to botanical periodicals. Alexander van Humboldt and Aimé Bonpland were on their South American expedition between 1799-1804, meaning they could not have travelled to Paris in 1802, while Humboldt also did not travel to America until May 1804: Humboldt is also mentioned in the fictitious entries of Alexander Koehler and Lorenz Kerckhove. }} <pages index="Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography (1892, volume 3).djvu" from=208 to=208 fromsection=s2 tosection=s2 /> hgwcqw4q4ov1meneadgn39jwri9p312 Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography/Hermstaedt, Nicholas Piet 0 138164 14130194 11598515 2024-04-25T22:32:44Z MRB16th 3061825 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Appletons' | previous = Herman, John Gottlieb | next = Hernandez, Francisco | fictitious = x | extra_notes = The title of the alleged literary work from 1677 has been copied from a legitimate volume of that name published at Rome in 1676, which was a revision of an earlier work that does not feature the subject's name in its index. While the French commander Villegangion did fight in Brazil in 1558, his forces did not reach the bay of Rio De Janiero, and were defeated by the forces of Estácio de Sá, a nephew of Mem de Sá (who is mentioned in the entry), the Governor-General of Brazil (not "Governor of Rio De Janeiro"), on 15-16 March of that year: Mem de Sá's name is also misspelled. Esperito Santo is also mentioned as a province, but this status was not granted until 1815, i.e. 226 years after the subject's date of death. There is also no record of the villages or the city the subject founded, or the river mentioned (the supposed city is based on its north bank). }} <pages index="Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography (1892, volume 3).djvu" from=211 to=211 fromsection=s3 tosection=s3 /> qnllk9f0i9v5ds1ukhnbdb3k8deuqzv Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography/Horne, Antoine 0 138168 14130607 7375585 2024-04-26T05:34:07Z MRB16th 3061825 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Appletons' | fictitious = x | extra_notes = This entry has been copied to a large extent from Antônio Vieira's biography from in the ''Cyclopædia'', as it almost exactly parallels de Vieira's real life. | previous = Hornblower, Josiah | next = Horner, William Edmonds }} <pages index="Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography (1892, volume 3).djvu" from=292 to=293 fromsection=s3 tosection=s1 /> b7nb1togf73ko17no3g49i57i1gysa4 Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography/Houdetot, François Lauriot de 0 138169 14130227 14125395 2024-04-25T22:54:30Z MRB16th 3061825 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Appletons' | previous = Houde, Frederick | next = Houdon, Jean Antoine | fictitious = x | extra_notes = There are a number of factual errors in this entry: most notably, Longvilliers de Poincy, who is described as a rebel commander, was in fact the governor of St. Christopher from 1639 to his death in 1660 (as opposed to his ouster in 1648), and du Parquet was also not surrounded in his house, wounded, with his forces reduced to twelve men, in defeating the Caribs rebellion in 1657. The names of Longvilliers de Poincy and Dyel du Parquet are also misspelled. }} <pages index="Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography (1892, volume 3).djvu" from=298 to=298 fromsection=s5 tosection=s5 /> n7lyf8j459gov71ygno6bk2fk5t3v5z Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography/Huden, Lucas Van 0 138170 14130531 7376639 2024-04-26T03:51:59Z MRB16th 3061825 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Appletons' | previous = Hudde, Andreas | next = Hudson, Charles | fictitious = x | extra_notes = There are anachronisms regarding the subject's travels, while Santiago's defence in the 1541 attack was led by by Inés de Suárez, a female conquistador, and Monroy was not taken prisoner following the destruction of Santiago: Peru was also known as New Castille before 1542. }} <pages index="Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography (1892, volume 3).djvu" from=323 to=323 fromsection=s3 tosection=s3 /> 3rqw59gwj6k0jc6ufxrk4ihouvizxxp 14130532 14130531 2024-04-26T03:53:52Z MRB16th 3061825 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Appletons' | previous = Hudde, Andreas | next = Hudson, Charles | fictitious = x | extra_notes = There is an anachronism regarding the subject's travels, while Santiago's defence in the 1541 attack was led by by Inés de Suárez, a female conquistador, and Monroy was not taken prisoner following the destruction of Santiago: Peru was also known as New Castille before 1542, while Le Gasca was viceroy: the office of President of Peru did not exist until 1823, i.e. 270 years after the subject's date of death. }} <pages index="Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography (1892, volume 3).djvu" from=323 to=323 fromsection=s3 tosection=s3 /> iwsqsyvljgrlnh59dw7cfepgg9y6roh Index:Rusk note of 1951 106 140193 14130050 12793185 2024-04-25T21:07:28Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=[[Rusk note of 1951]] |Language=en |Volume= |Author= |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher= |Address= |Year= |Key=Rusk Note |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=_empty_ |Image=[[Image:Rusk1.jpg|220px]] |Progress=T |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date=May 2010 |Pages={{(!}} class="__pagetable" {{!}} {{!}}- {{!}}colspan=10 style="text-align:center;border-top: 2px solid #808080; background-color: #f4f0e5;"{{!}}'''Rusk note of 1951''' {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Rusk1.jpg|1]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Rusk2.jpg|2]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Rusk3.jpg|3]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Rusk4.jpg|4]] {{!)}} |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} paotwfhmkuguwx4xto8oge960rnnckm Why the Ku Klux 0 142046 14130876 10796059 2024-04-26T07:44:20Z SnowyCinema 2484340 link to film transcription wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Thanksgiving Day observance address | author = William Stewart Simkins | section = | previous = | next = | year = 1914 | portal = Ku Klux Klan | notes = ... }} In the light of the fact that politically and materially [[w:Southern United States|the South]] has come into her own and that her policies are dominating the administration of our [[w:Federal government of the United States|national government]], I feel a hesitancy in recalling the bitter memories of the past and in speaking of that period in her history when the door of hope seemed to have been shut, and the South, weighted with a common woe of poverty and desolation, had not among the nations of the earth one sympathetic hand stretched out to her while she was seeking to rehabilitate her ruined homes and shattered fortunes. And I come now not to arouse your prejudices but simply to relate an experience which may point a moral though it may not adorn a tale. Again, I would protect from the withering influence of ignorance the character of those secret organizations of the South that sprang out of a great necessity for readjusting social conditions and resisting oppression and hate. Again, I think you will see that the men of that day had the spirit of the martyrs of old who passed through the fires of persecution for their faith. And as I write these lines I lift my heart in gratitude to God that he has preserved me to see faith lost in sight, and hope in the full flower of fruition. I think that when the future unprejudiced historian shall write the history of this Nation during the nineteenth century, it will be noted that from the [[w:Nullification Crisis|Nullification Act]] in 1832 to the [[w:American Civil War|Civil War]] in 1861 the relation of the North and South was only an armistice; in a word, both sides were resting on their arms, while events each succeeding year during this period were fanning the flames of prejudice and hate, widening the breaches and making the conflict inevitable. But I think back of it all may be found the old, old story of the antagonisms of the [[w:Cavalier|Cavalier]] and [[w:Puritan|Puritan]] that demanded the head of [[w:Charles I of England|Charles I]] as its first great sacrifice and the blood and treasure of the South as its last, I hope. It is not, however, my purpose to speak of that war and its sacrifices. I will only say that young, enthusiastic and hopeful, I stood by the [[w:Star of the West|first gun fired]] in [[w:Charleston Harbor|Charleston Harbor]], [[w:South Carolina|South Carolina]], and I heard [[w:Battle of Bentonville|the last]] at Bentonville, [[w:North Carolina|North Carolina]]; and the proudest heritage I leave my children is this fact, coupled with the consciousness that from first to last I tried to do my duty as a [[w:Confederate States Army|soldier of the South]]. The God of Battle was against us, we furled the old flag and hung up the faded jacket of gray, soiled with the dust of battle, every button of which reflected the heroism and glory of our fathers. I surrendered with the [[w:Joseph E. Johnston|Western Army]] in North Carolina and received from the [[w:Confederate States of America|Confederate Government]] for my service one Mexican dollar and a mule, the dollar for grub, and the mule for locomotion to reach my home. But it was all right -- I had no home, as the [[w:Plantation|plantation]]s of my family were on the coast country of South Carolina from which my family had fled early in the war. Unfortunately, these plantations were within the territory set apart by [[w:William Tecumseh Sherman|General Sherman]] in his celebrated [[w:Sherman's Special Field Orders, No. 15|order Number 15]], issued from [[w:Savannah, Georgia|Savannah, Georgia]], for the occupation of the [[w:Negro|negro]]es following his army as he swept through the South, and forbidding any white man from entering the thirty mile square so set apart, on any pretext whatever; in a word, my home had been confiscated. However, having some possessions in [[w:Florida|Florida]], I started on my mule for that state. I had never before ridden a mule and its tango motion was unbearable; so I very soon traded the mule for something that looked like a horse and pursued my journey to Florida, arriving in May, 1865. Unfortunately for the South, [[w:Abraham Lincoln|Mr. Lincoln]] [[w:Abraham Lincoln assassination|was assassinated]] about this time; the effect upon the country has been so frequently described that I will not dwell upon it. [[w:Andrew Johnson|Mr. Johnson]] succeeded him with the unquestioned purpose in view of carrying out the policies of Mr. Lincoln as indicated by him in previous proclamations. Upon reaching Florida I found the negroes on the plantations, and while there was some suppressed excitement, there was no indication that they were going to assert their freedom by abandoning the plantations; there was no particular evidence of unrest. They had not grasped their situation as freemen and the influence of the former owners had not been shaken, as the [[w:carpetbagger|carpetbagger]] had not made his appearance, or the [[w:Scalawag|scallawag]] risen to the surface. In a few months provisional governments for the Southern States had been formulated and by July, 1865, had been fully organized under men appointed by President Johnson as Governors of the various States, and in pursuance of a plan to readmit them to their former status as States of the Union. [[w:William Marvin|Governor Marvin]], who had been sent to Florida, whom I personally knew, was a Christian gentleman of broad sympathies and did what he could to reconcile our people to the conditions existing. As said, these provisional governments were intended to pave the way to constitutional state governments, and immediately elections were ordered and held for state officers and members of the Legislature and Congress; and thus launched as constitutionally organized, they sought representation in Congress as members of the Union. Our political peace lasted until the meeting of Congress in December, 1865, which was dominated by such men as [[w:Thaddeus Stevens|Stephens]], [[w:Charles Sumner|Sumner]] and [[w:Henry Wilson|Wilson]], all apostles of hate and one of whom at least had declared the [[w:United States Constitution|Constitution of the United States]] "a league with hell." Their theory was that the States, by secession, had been reduced to territories and Congress could deal with them as such; and their theory practically prevailed, as the South was denied representation in Congress and thus lay prostrated at the feet of this irresponsible body of fanatics. It was only by reducing us to a territorial existence that their Congressional fulminations could reach us, and their envenomed prejudices could be satisfied; and the suffering of the South was sweet incense to their passionate hate. With the enforcement of their theory our troubles began. The [[w:Bureau of Refugees, Freedmen and Abandoned Lands|Freedman's Bureau]], organized shortly after Congress, met under the guise of protecting the negroes from their former masters; it was in fact a method of organizing the negroes as pliant tools of the [[w:Republican Party (United States)|Republican party]]. It was also armed with powers that were intended to humiliate the South, and enforce the anticipated [[w:Civil rights|Civil Rights]] laws, the germ of which was social equality. The severest penal laws were enacted against those who interfered in any way with the free exercise of any whim of these ignorant masses, and the federal courts, then presided over by party tools, were given jurisdiction in enforcing these penalties. To make it more effective the Bureau was made an annex of the [[w:United States Department of War|War Department]] and the soldiers of that victorious army were to obey the orders of that villainous Bureau and assist in crushing the pride of the South by the elevation of the negro to political control. The pillar of cloud by day and fire by night that marked the trail of Sherman's army were not more blighting in its effect upon the people of the South. In most of the states of the South, and especially in Florida, the heads of these Bureaus were the most corrupt set of scoundrels that could be found in the land; they seemed to have been selected from the criminal class following in the wake of the army who looted homes while the army fought. Qualification had nothing to do with preferment; only hate of the South and the absence of conscience were required to fill the positions. The state head of the Bureau in Florida was an admitted swindler; his second in command a proved thief; and the third added to the above qualifications the responsibility for murders committed. These men appointed the sub-agents of the Bureau in all the towns and villages of the state. Thus organized let us look at its powers. They exercised jurisdiction over all contracts between negroes and white employers, their former masters, charging, without any authority of law, the employer fifty cents and the negro twenty-five cents for each contract they approved, and reserving the right to set aside the contract if the negro was dissatisfied; for these agents sat in judgment over all disputes between the white people and the negro whether the contract was for domestic or plantation service. They could hear any other character of complaint of any negro who had some supposed or fancied grievance, and impose the severest penalties of the law. They could take a case from any civil court of the state in which a negro was interested or involved and could set aside the decree or judgments of these courts under similar conditions whether criminal or civil; with these despotic powers it was superior to the constitution and laws of the land. No jury was allowed, no indictment or information save the presence and oath of an ignorant negro; and to enforce the orders of this irresponsible Bureau the army was at its back to arrest white men and women, and to enforce the penalties adjudged. Every barrier of the constitution was set aside, and in the name of law they defied the law and in the name of justice they strangled it. This is no exaggeration of these powers, for I am prepared to give concrete examples of their exercise. The carpetbag members of the Bureau, by their unlawful assessments on the contracts between the white and blacks, and the free exercise of other predatory schemes, were getting rich. The news spread rapidly and these [[w:Union (American Civil War)|Union]] patriots (as they called themselves), whom plunder incited to action, swept down upon us like vultures to a carcass. These scoundrels had neither heads to think nor hearts to feel; they moved among us in wrath and paused in ruin, but if they stopped for a moment in their flight it was to whet their beaks for keener rapine or replume their wings for a bolder flight of oppression. It was under these conditions that 1867 dawned upon us. On March 4, 1867, Stevens, Sumner, Wilson and their ilk swept away the provisional governments, and divided the South into military districts with a military commander, or rather [[w:Satrap|satrap]], at the head of each district, leaving us no government but the unrestrained will of the commander, and the tyranny of the Freedman's Bureau whose powers were increased by successive amendments and made a more efficient curse to the South. This division into military districts was known as the first of the [[w:Reconstruction|reconstruction]] acts. In substance it abolished all civil courts and set up "[[w:Court-martial|Courts Martial]]," in which constitutional guarantees were unrecognized. The commander had power to remove any civil officer of the state and replace him with a pliant tool, and to more effectually carry out this mission of hate, Congress amended the law twice, taking away all powers of the [[w:President of the United States|President of the United States]] to interfere and depriving the [[w:Supreme Court of the United States|Supreme Court of the United States]] of jurisdiction to pass upon these tyrannous and iniquitous laws. The so-called States were to reorganize under the direction of these military satraps. To more fully prepare for this reorganization Congress passed a law disfranchising the intelligence of the South by declaring that all who had voted for secession or held any office before the war could not vote. Voters were all to be registered by September, 1867, and the carpetbaggers were to compose the Board of Registration, and to pass upon the qualifications of those who presented themselves for registration. In Florida about 11,000 whites of the scallawag and carpetbag element, with 15,000 negroes, registered. Such was the class of men who were called upon to elect the members of so-called constitutional conventions to frame constitutions for the Southern States, and under the domination of military fanatics who did not pause in the free use of vicious ignorance to carry out the congressional scheme. There may have been exceptions in some of the military districts, both as to the character of the commanders and the methods of carrying out the will of Congress, but the writer is speaking from a vivid recollection of the character and methods of one, [[w:John Pope (military officer)|General Pope]], and his subordinate, Colonel Sprague, in the [[w:Third Military District|third military district]] composed of Georgia, Florida and Alabama. But with or without a constitution the state could not be admitted into the Union without first adopting the [[w:Fourteenth Amendment to the United States Constitution|14th amendment to the Constitution of the United States]]. It was the first great step in consummating the scheme of Congress to make the negro a factor in the government, so that the slave of yesterday, who knew no law but the will of his master, was to be invested with the control of the government to control his master's will. In the latter part of this year another factor entered to render more acute our [[w:Crown of Thorns|Crown of Sorrows]]: I refer to the [[w:Union League|Loyal League]]. It was somewhat of a caricature of the "Union League" of the Northern States. This particular secret organization was a whelp of the "Freedman's Bureau"-conceived in sin and born in iniquity. The purpose ostensibly was to bind the negroes to vote the Republican ticket; its ritual was directed at the superstitions and fears of the negroes, and its final purpose was to break every remnant of loyalty and affection that had hitherto bound the negroes to their old masters. The reward held out for loyalty to the Republican party and obedience to the orders of its leaders was "[[w:40 acres and a mule|forty acres and a mule]]"; the punishment for disloyalty was a return to slavery. But this was not the disturbing element in its organization it was the military feature and the oath taken to obey orders that aroused our fears. The negroes soon began to appear in companies of infantry and cavalry. All night their drums were beating, telling of a preparation for some deviltry or disturbance when the carpetbagger who controlled them should give the order. The hands of irresponsible ignorance led by ruffians and thieves were at our throats. Thus, 1868 opened upon us; under the influence of the League the negroes became bolder, incendiary harangues were heard everywhere, white women could not appear on the streets without escort, and domestic duties were performed with a ready pistol at hand. The Freedman's Bureau aggravated the conditions by pandering into the rising prejudice of the negro, arresting white men and women on trivial complaints by servants in the household, or negroes from the plantations. Equal rights began to assume the form of insistence on social equality and we find the Legislature of Florida passing a force bill to accomplish it by law. On every hand wrong was raised on arrogance and power stamped as law. Were we simply to sit quiet and cry out "take thy beak from out of our hearts, thy form from off our door"? Were we to lie down in quiet, hugging to our breasts the delusive phantom of hope that God in his infinite mercy would help us? No; God only helps those who help themselves. So to meet this saturnalia of crime and insolence; to suppress this volcano on which our women and children were nightly sleeping; to meet the military feature of this Loyal League, arose the "[[w:Ku Klux Klan|Invisible Empire]]." It was demanded for our safety and essential to our peace. In its organization and operation each state acted independently, and I can only speak of its organization and operation in Florida with which I was connected. Florida was more fortunately situated than other states to facilitate the operation of the Klan. The railroad from [[w:Tallahassee, Florida|Tallahassee]] to [[w:Gainesville, Florida|Gainesville]] passed through the center of the black belt where we were most needed, and the conductors, engineers, and telegraph operators, being mostly Southern young men in hearty sympathy with us, never hesitated to carry out our orders when such services were needed, either for the dispatch of orders or the transportation of men. Our particular organization policed the counties of [[w:Jefferson County, Florida|Jefferson]], [[w:Madison County, Florida|Madison]], [[w:Taylor County, Florida|Taylor]], and as far east as [[w:Columbia County, Florida|Columbia county]], which comprise the heart of the black belt in Florida. Most of our service was performed at night and on horseback and not by rail. Our plan was never to work men in the county of their residence; the masked flitters of the night were always brought from other counties that the ready alibi might always be in evidence. The dawn of day was the hour to disperse and no two must be seen together after daylight. We worked, of course, upon the fears and superstitions of the negroes, performing before their cabins at night apparently supernatural stunts. The immediate effect upon the negro was wonderful, the flitting to and fro of masked horses and faces struck terror to the race, and any belated negro on the road at night who saw us coming never stood on the order of his going. The spirit of "dem Ku Kluxers," as they called us, guarded the roads at night; in a word, the night prowlers now were satisfied to remain at home. The Klan was composed of the best young men of the land, soldiers of the Southern army, many of them heroes in battle, and now as fearless in their duty as they had been in war. Our organization was compact, and we could assemble several hundred men at almost any point of the black belt on short notice and in time to quell any disturbance of a serious nature. Our mission was the protection of our women and children from the disorders of the time, and to suppress crime as far as it could be done without disclosing our identity, and in doing so I come with no blood-curdling stories as the result of our operations. We controlled by mystery; there was our power. When anyone, whether white or black, was obnoxious to the community by reason of specific crimes such as theft, arson, or swindling; or inflammatory in word or conduct, all we had to do was to visit his abode at midnight and tack our sign upon his door and his voice would no longer be heard in the land. The change in the conduct of the negro as well as the carpetbagger, and even in the operations of the Freedman's Bureau in 1869 and 1870 was marvelous. It was the force, not of numbers, but of mystery. Pardon me now for relating certain personal incidents during the time I was operating the Klan; in a measure these incidents illustrate the unseen power of the K. K. K. The negroes and carpetbaggers in the town in Florida in which I lived, while not susceptible of proof, were morally certain that I was a member of the Klan. This was shown on many instances where I was brought in personal contact with them. I was staying at the hotel in my town when one morning a lady came in apparently quite frightened and in tears. I asked her what troubled her. She said she had been insulted by a negro. Ascertaining the name of the negro I seized a barrel stave lying near the hotel door and whipped that darkey down the street and into the Freedman's Bureau. While an information was filed against me they sent the negro out of town and dismissed the information without any effort on my part to interfere with the prosecution. On another occasion a young man by the name of Garwood had come out of the war with only a hand printing press as his sole remaining possession. He suggested to my brother and myself that if we would write his editorials he thought he could make a living at least, if not a little more; we willingly consented and proceeded to expose the villainies of the carpetbag government of the state, not hesitating to mention names and the crimes of which they were guilty. Now in the same town there was a negro by the name of [[w:Robert Meacham|Robert Meacham]] who was a prototype of the negro Lynch whose influence is portrayed in the "[[Birth of a Nation]]." Robert had been brought up as a domestic servant in a refined Southern family and absorbed much of the courteous manner of the old regime. He had been highly honored by the Republican party; in fact, had been made temporary chairman of the so-called Constitutional Convention heretofore referred to. He was at the time of which I am now speaking State Senator and Postmaster in the town. I could hardly exaggerate his influence among the negroes; glib of tongue, he swayed them to his purpose whether for good or evil; in a word, he was their idol. On one occasion he was delivering a very radical speech in which he referred to the paper which we were editing as that "dirty little sheet." He was correct as to the word "little," for it was not much larger than a good size pocket handkerchief; but it was exceedingly warm, a fact which had excited his ire. The next day, being informed by a friend who was present of Meacham's remark, I called upon him at the post-office and asked an interview. With his usual courtesy he bowed and said he would come over to my office as soon as he had distributed the mail. I cut a stick, carried it up to the office and hid it under my desk. Within an hour he appeared. I told him to take a seat, but I could see that he suspected something unusual as he began to back towards the door. I saw that I was going to lose the opportunity of an interview, so I grabbed the stick and made for him. Now, my office was the upper story of a merchandise building approached on the side by wooden stairs. I hardly think that he touched one of those steps going down; it was a case of aerial navigation to the ground. This gave him the start of me. He was pursued up to the postoffice door and through a street filled with negroes and yet not a hand was raised or word said in his defense, nor was the incident ever noticed by the authorities. The unseen power was behind me. Had I attempted anything of the kind a year before I would have been mobbed or suffered the penalties of the law. Speaking again of the little paper, it was a custom when the negroes met to celebrate some occasion or hear a speech that they would march in front of that paper office jeering and hooting; but that was all,- the invisible empire protected it. Many a time I have seen the negroes force white persons from the sidewalk, but the right of way was never denied to those young men whom they suspected of being members of the Ku Klux. These and a thousand other similar incidents from the latter part of 1868 to the end of the year 1870 could be stated, showing the influence of this organization. So much for the social conditions. I come now to speak of certain political incidents which demanded effective action by our organization. In the election of November, 1870, a [[w:Democratic Party (United States)|Democrat]] was running for [[w:Lieutenant Governor of Florida|Lieutenant Governor of Florida]], against a carpetbagger. Just before the election great unrest was apparent among the negroes, which excited some anxiety among our people. The negroes had begun to assemble at night in companies and the everlasting beat of the drum was again heard in the land. Our organization began to prepare for the anticipated trouble in each county, so that we could obtain assistance if necessary from other counties. In Jefferson county where I lived we had only about fifty of the Klan in the town where the election was to be held; for by the law all polling places of the county were required to be concentrated at the county seat where the negro vote would be under the immediate supervision of the officers of the Freedman's Bureau and the carpetbag officers of the county, and thus to keep away from any latent influence of the former owners. The vote of the county was about six negro votes to one white vote. Anticipating trouble, we began our preparation as follows: We first agreed with the officers of the Bureau and county that the negroes should have six of the polling places at which no white man should vote, and the whites should have their polling place at the courthouse at which no negro should vote. After notifying the white carpetbag officials that in the event of any trouble, which we knew they could control, we would kill them first, but feeling that in the event of trouble, with only fifty of our organization as against several thousand negroes who would come into the town to vote, we could not enforce our threat or adequately protect the women and children, we sent up to Georgia for several hundred men to appear in the morning of the election to aid us in preserving order. The courthouse at which the whites were to vote stood, as usual, in the middle of the square, surrounded by brick stores on three sides and a large hotel on the other. In all of these general merchandise stores were stacks of guns for sale, which, out of abundant caution, some days before the elections; we loaded with buckshot, capped them, and replaced them in the stacks with strict orders not to sell any of them until after election. The morning of the election arrived and with it our Georgia boys fully armed and equipped. The moral effect was splendid, the election proceeded quietly, and about five P.M., the Georgia boys, having a long way to go, were dismissed with thanks. They had been gone about a half hour when I heard from our voting place at the courthouse the words, "If you attempt to vote here I will kill you." I rushed over to the courthouse to find Colonel Capers Bird with a pistol pointing at a negro who was hesitating, while Meacham, the leader, was urging him to vote at the white polling place. Meacham turned to the negro after I arrived, saying, "Go and bring my pistol." I saw the trouble had come; so I rushed Colonel Bird into one of the stores, distributed the fifty men among the stores and upper gallery of the hotel and waited events. The negro whom Meacham had sent for his pistol ran to the six polling places of the negroes announcing the fact that we had killed Meacham. In fifteen minutes they came like a black cloud down all the streets leading to the courthouse square in companies of cavalry and infantry, and to my surprise all were armed with some character of weapon, and crying, "Kill the rebels, cut their throats," and other imprecations that can not be written. My brother, Wm. [[w:Samuel Pasco|Pasco]], afterwards [[w:United States Senator|United States Senator]] from Florida, and myself went out in the vain effort to stem the tide of the onrush. In the event we could not stop it I was to give the signal to the stores to begin firing. I suppose between six and seven hundred negroes were in the mob that rushed into the square, it being late, and most of them having voted and left for the plantations. Fortunately one over-enthusiastic darkey on horseback, seeing no white people, thought we had fled, and began twirling his gun over his head in exultation, but suddenly bringing it down struck the hammer of his gun on the pommel of his saddle and an explosion followed. Immediately every negro fired off his weapon in the air, so I knew we had them, for not one in fifty had another load of ammunition for his weapon. The result, however, was more disconcerting than the original attack, for here came the white women and children screaming and yelling from their homes thinking that we were being massacred by the infuriated blacks. It was not long after the negroes had fired off their guns that we were enabled to pacify them by forcing Meacham to show himself as still alive. The next day, however, there marched into my office a committee of about twenty prominent negroes who had discovered their peril and with a most profuse apology for their conduct, they thanked us for not firing upon them. We substantially replied that we hoped it would be a lesson for the future, and that they would see the tragic result of following the foolish advice of their leaders, and to keep in mind that we were always prepared for any criminal or hostile movement on their part. The incident had a sobering influence upon the negroes in that county and from that day I think the influence of the local carpetbagger began to wane, for they gave but little trouble afterwards. I think from this year the negroes generally in the black belt of Florida began to discover that the apparent disinterested friendship of the carpetbagger was a hollow mockery. There was no question of the common belief among them that each was to receive "[[w:40 acres and a mule|forty acres and a mule]]," and upon this belief the carpetbagger had devised every kind of scheme to swindle them. Many of them went through the country selling painted sticks from $2.50 to $5.00, and they were told to drive these stakes at the four corners of the land selected by them and the government would protect them in their possession. Hundreds bought these stakes and drove them down upon their selected patch in perfect faith that they had acquired the land selected. Other carpetbaggers sold exemption certificates, printed at small cost, executed in the form of a deed with a cheap tinsel seal attached, and I give you as a sample the form of this instrument that they sold for not less than $2.50 and as much more as they could get: "Know all men by these presents that naught is naught, and a figure is a figure; all for the white man, and none for the nigger and as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness so have I lifted .......... dollars from this darned old nigger. (Signed) Nix CUM A Rous." The United States Land Registrar at Tallahassee sold thousands of bogus certificates to these poor, ignorant creatures for from $5.00 up. These are but a few examples of the forms of deception practiced upon these poor, ignorant, poverty-stricken people. Their former masters and members of our organization tried to undeceive them, but they were joined to their idols and could not be persuaded. The United States Government found it necessary to send down provisions for the indigent negroes, but the higher officers of the Freedman's Bureau stole them and manipulated them as a source of revenue for themselves. By 1871 many of the active leaders had disappeared for crimes committed and other causes; the scales began to fall from the eyes of the negroes and the troubles rapidly ceased. I will close with one more incident which I think may be of interest. I allude to the capture by our organization, of a train bearing rifles and ammunition with which to arm the negroes. At the time of which I write the Republican party was fiercely divided over the control of the loot which they were extracting from the state by exorbitant taxation, and the issue of bonds, the proceeds of which were never devoted to the purpose of the issue. Reed, the carpetbag governor of the state, was at the head of one of these party divisions, and evidently thought that if he could organize the negroes and arm them as a state militia it would give him a decided advantage over the other side who were seeking to impeach and remove him. He consequently applied to the legislature for an issue of bonds to enable him to purchase the arms and ammunition, which request was granted and the bonds issued. He purchased, in Connecticut, about two thousand [[w:Lee-Enfield|Enfield rifle]]s with a large quantity of ammunition and shipped them to Tallahassee, Florida. Our organization knew it would be disastrous to the state to permit the arming of the negroes, so watched with considerable anxiety the whole movement, and seriously considered the means of preventing it. Our control over the telegraph operators, already spoken of, kept us in touch with the movement of the arms from the time they left the armories of Connecticut until they reached the Florida line. At this time the Florida Road only ran mixed trains, and usually behind the freight was one passenger coach. We gathered one hundred and twenty men, determined to destroy those arms. So our plan was to place forty men at Station 57, now known as Greenville on that road; forty men at Station 4; and forty at Station 3, which was about thirty miles from Tallahassee, the point of destination; so that if one squad failed from any cause the other perhaps would succeed. In locating our men we of course had to select the stations where the train arrived after night had set in. The train reached Station 5 on time, but to our surprise instead of the usual one passenger coach, there were two coaches filled with United States troops, evidently as an escort for the arms. However, this unexpected condition did not create one moment's hesitation among our men. The conductor stepped down from the coach and walked forward some distance, where we gave the sign and demanded the keys of the freight cars. In a very few minutes the doors of the cars containing the arms and ammunition were thrown open and ten men placed in each car. The engineer was ordered to run slowly and to blow his whistle when within a half mile of the next station to give us an opportunity of getting off, which instructions he carried out to the letter. Before his signal was given however, we had every box of arms and ammunition out of the cars on the side of the road awaiting our return. We at once began the work of demolishing the whole consignment, which we accomplished by running the rifles under the rails and giving them a twist which rendered them useless; the ammunition we threw into the numerous ponds and borrow pits filled with water along this road. Just before daylight we reached Station 5, having destroyed every gun and cartridge intended for Reed's Negro Militia. We took some of the broken guns and boxes and scattered them a quarter of a mile east of the station where we boarded the train. At day dawn the boys left for their homes. I remained at the station to see results. I was very tired, and asked the privilege of occupying the station agent's bed, which was in a small room partitioned off in the pine shack called the station house. I hardly had laid my head upon the pillow when I heard the prolonged whistle of an engine; in a few minutes it arrived with a battalion of soldiers sent from Tallahassee as soon as the loss was discovered. They all got out and searched the surroundings for some clue. In the meantime I listened to the conversation between the station agent and the commanding officer of the soldiers who were not over fifteen feet from me; the station agent was swearing that no one got on at the station. He was swearing to what he believed to be true for in fact he had not seen one of us. The soldiers remained about thirty minutes when one of them came up to the officer and reported that they had found some broken arms and boxes east of the depot; the officer replied that they must have gotten on the station east of No. 5 which was the town of Madison, the county seat of Madison county. So the bugles were sounded, the soldiers returned to the cars and set out for Madison where they were quartered for several months investigating and seeking for the parties who had caused such bitter disappointment to Reed and his militia. I am not ashamed to confess my share in this train robbing incident. I believe it was the best night's work ever done for the State of Florida, as it would have been fatal to the peace of the state had this carpetbag governor been permitted to arm the ignorant tools of an infamous government. Of course, covering the territory which we did, comprising the heart of the black belt of the state, our duties were constant and arduous in seeking out the lawbreakers, the negroes and carpetbaggers spreading vicious doctrines, and the offensive scallawag who had disgraced the South by being recreant to his race for selfish purposes, all of which we accomplished satisfactorily without bloodshed. True there were many homicides during this period, and especially in Western Florida in which there were few towns at that time and no railroad facilities, but was largely a pine barren waste with comparatively few plantations. The Ku Klux did not operate in this territory and the numerous homicides committed there were the result of individual and neighborhood quarrels, as well as the intense demoralization of the times which would naturally arise when Southern men were face to face with negro domination thrust upon them by federal law harshly executed by hated emissaries from other states. The course followed by the Freedman's Bureau and the interference by its officers of the contracts between the planters and the negroes, thus demoralizing the labor upon which they depended; the frequent arrests of these planters upon the information of negroes, and other insolent methods in the treatment of Southern men and their families in these sparsely settled counties, naturally drew together all the Southern whites for common defense. Being few in number it required greater activity and often more serious action to accomplish their purpose, but it was the combined action of the white Southern population and not the work of a secret organization. After all, if we take the census of deaths for 1869 and 1870, the most active period of these secret organizations, it will be seen that there were only 106 deaths from gunshot wounds and other causes in a population then approximating 190,000, which was not much greater than deaths from the same causes in normal conditions. A thousand more funerals would not have compensated Florida for the sorrows she endured. By 1875 Florida came to her own and the curtain closed down upon the tragedy of reconstruction in this state. Well, I am done. I have only weakly portrayed the conditions of that lamentable period. I have told my story imperfectly but I hope I have said enough to shield the memory of those splendid young men who fought so hard to protect the South from the terrors that threatened her in the days of her desolation and sorrow. I lift my heart in gratitude to the Giver of all good, that today, as the center of wealth and population is approaching her borders and her ports filled with the commerce of the nations, she is beginning to feel the throbbings of her ancient glory. Out of the fires of her affliction she has been purified and strengthened, and has risen from the dust to win nobler triumphs of peace than she ever dreamed of in her affliction. While I would have the alumni of the University always loyal to her traditions, not forgetting the old in the grandeur of the new, yet under a common flag, and the inspiration of an indivisible union, I would have them always loyal to that union in which only is progress, prosperity and peace. {{PD-US}} niryg1vpcvgmsn8kxiolonby1bh2qd8 Translation:Psalms (Hebrew) 114 142210 14130565 12773511 2024-04-26T04:24:45Z 2409:40D0:102C:B38F:6C2E:68FF:FEAA:994 /* Psalm 1 */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{other translations|Psalms (Bible)}} {{translation header | title = Psalms | author = |override_author = [[author:David|David]] | section = [[Bible (Wikisource)|Free Bible]] | previous = [[Bible (Wikisource)/Job|Job]] | next = [[Bible (Wikisource)/Proverbs|Proverbs]] | shortcut = | year = | language = he | original = תהלים ניקוד | notes = }} {{WikiBible}} {{WBDraft}} <onlyinclude> ==Psalm 1== {{verse|chapter=1|verse=1}} <section begin=1:1/>Fortunate is the man who did not walk in the wicked's council And in the path of sinners did not stand, and in the seat of insulters did not sit.<section end=1:1/> {{verse|chapter=1|verse=2}} <section begin=1:2/>Because if in Yahweh's teaching is his intent, and in his teaching he meditates, day and night, <section end=1:2/> {{verse|chapter=1|verse=3}} <section begin=1:3/>And he was as the tree planted by rivulets of water. Which will give its fruit in time, and its leaf will not wilt, and all that he does will succeed.<section end=1:3/> {{verse|chapter=1|verse=4}} <section begin=1:4/>The wicked are not so, but as the chaff stalk which the wind shall push.<section end=1:4/> {{verse|chapter=1|verse=5}} <section begin=1:5/>For this, the wicked will not rise in judgment, and sinners in the congregation of the just.<section end=1:5/> {{verse|chapter=1|verse=6}} <section begin=1:6/>Because Yahweh knows the path of the just, and the path of the wicked will be lost.<section end=1:6/> ==Psalm 2== {{verse|chapter=2|verse=1}} <section begin=2:1/>Why should the foreigners rile, and the nations speak nothings?<ref>יֶהְגּוּ-רִיק literally-- speak void, figuratively, talk hot air. The words for "nothingness" or "meaningless" are wrongly translated into "vanity" in several places.</ref><br/><section end=2:1/> {{verse|chapter=2|verse=2}} <section begin=2:2/>The kings of Earth line up, and [the] higher-up collude, against Yahweh, and against His annointed (''m'shicho'' -- His messiah):<br/><section end=2:2/> {{verse|chapter=2|verse=3}} <section begin=2:3/>"We shalt disconnect their bindings, and shalt casteth away from us their tethers."<ref>מוֹסְרוֹתֵימוֹ this is aramaic-y Hebrew, indicated by faux olde-English.</ref><br/><section end=2:3/> {{verse|chapter=2|verse=4}} <section begin=2:4/>He who settles in the skies will have mirth, my Lord wilt mock them.<br/><section end=2:4/> {{verse|chapter=2|verse=5}} <section begin=2:5/>Then He will speak onto them in his anger, and in his wrath, he shalt startle them:<br/><section end=2:5/> {{verse|chapter=2|verse=6}} <section begin=2:6/>"And I annointed my king, on Tzion (Zion), my holy mountain."<section end=2:6/> {{verse|chapter=2|verse=7}} <section begin=2:7/>I will tell of a decree: Yahweh said to me, "you are My son. I, today, gave you birth."<br/><section end=2:7/> {{verse|chapter=2|verse=8}} <section begin=2:8/>Ask of me, and I will give you, nations, your bequest; and your holding, to the ends of Earth.<br/><section end=2:8/> {{verse|chapter=2|verse=9}} <section begin=2:9/>You shall doom them with a staff of iron; as earthenware you shall shatter them.<br/><section end=2:9/> {{verse|chapter=2|verse=10}} <section begin=2:10/>And now, kings, wise up; beware, judges of the land.<br/><section end=2:10/> {{verse|chapter=2|verse=11}} <section begin=2:11/>Work Yahweh with fear, and discover him, trembling.<br/><section end=2:11/> {{verse|chapter=2|verse=12}} <section begin=2:12/>Kiss purity, lest He will snarl and you lose your way, because his lip is nearly aflame, fortunate, all that shelter in Him.<ref>נַשְּׁקוּ-בַר anachronistic christian apologia sometimes translates as "Kiss the son", i.e. Jesus, interpreting "bar" as Aramaic for son. Needless to say this is not the intended meaning. The word bar means purity of some sort.</ref><br/><section end=2:12/> ==Psalm 3== <section begin=3:1/>{{verse|chapter=3|verse=0}} A lyric for David, in his flight from Avshalom, his son.<ref name=verse0>Make the introductory verse before the actual psalm verse 0, so that the psalm itself is numbered starting from 1, in parallel with non-rabbinical sources.</ref> {{verse|chapter=3|verse=1}} Yahweh, how many have become my troubles, many rise against me.<br/><section end=3:1/> {{verse|chapter=3|verse=2}} <section begin=3:2/>Many say of my soul, "There is no salvation for him in God." Selah.<br/><section end=3:2/> {{verse|chapter=3|verse=3}} <section begin=3:3/>And you, Yahweh, are for me a shield, my honor, the one who holds my head high.<br/><section end=3:3/> {{verse|chapter=3|verse=4}} <section begin=3:4/>My voice to Yahweh calls, and he will answer me from his mount of holiness. Selah<br/><section end=3:4/> {{verse|chapter=3|verse=5}} <section begin=3:5/>I lay down and slept and he woke me up, because Yahweh supports me.<br/><section end=3:5/> {{verse|chapter=3|verse=6}} <section begin=3:6/>I will not fear from the multitude of people, all around set upon me.<br/><section end=3:6/> {{verse|chapter=3|verse=7}} <section begin=3:7/>Arise Yahweh, save me my God, because you have struck all my enemies cheeks, the teeth of the wicked, you have broken.<br/><section end=3:7/> {{verse|chapter=3|verse=8}} <section begin=3:8/>To Yahweh the salvation, Your blessing on your people. Selah.<section end=3:8/> ==Psalm 4== <section begin=4:1/>{{verse|chapter=4|verse=0}} For the conductor, a lyric for David.<ref> The word לַמְנַצֵּחַ appears in many psalms. On its face, it means "winner" or "champion", but it could also be the leader of a group of musicians. I tried "maestro", but it was too silly, so conductor.</ref><ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=4|verse=1}} In my calling, answer me, oh God of mine justice, the narrows you have widened for me, have mercy on me, and hear my prayer.<br/><section end=4:1/> {{verse|chapter=4|verse=2}} <section begin=4:2/>Sons of folk, to what end is my honor diminished, you shalt love the void, you shalt ask for disappointment. Selah.<ref>Sons of man is sons of Adam, בְּנֵי אִישׁ, which is literally "sons of man", here "sons of folk" is different and more colloquial.</ref><br/><section end=4:2/> {{verse|chapter=4|verse=3}} <section begin=4:3/>And know, that Yahweh has set aside, a pious one to him, Yahweh will hear, when I call to him.<br/><section end=4:3/> {{verse|chapter=4|verse=4}} <section begin=4:4/>Tremble inwardly, and do not sin, say to your hearts, upon laying down, and be still. Selah.<br/><section end=4:4/> {{verse|chapter=4|verse=5}} <section begin=4:5/>Give offerings for justice, and trust in God.<br/><section end=4:5/> {{verse|chapter=4|verse=6}} <section begin=4:6/>Many say, "Who will show us well? We shall carry above us, the light of your face, Yahweh."<br/><section end=4:6/> {{verse|chapter=4|verse=7}} <section begin=4:7/>You gave happiness to my heart, more than when their harvest and material increased.<br/><section end=4:7/> {{verse|chapter=4|verse=8}} <section begin=4:8/>In peace united, I shall lay down and sleep, because You Yahweh alone, secure my settlement.<br/><section end=4:8/> ==Psalm 5== <section begin=5:1/>{{verse|chapter=5|verse=0}} To the leader over Nehiloth<ref>נְּחִילוֹת some sort of settlements--- who knows what--- I translated the word as conductor, except here, where it is not overwhelmingly likely that this refers to a musical instrument.</ref>, a lyric for David. {{verse|chapter=5|verse=1}} Yahweh to my sayings, listen well, ponder my chant.<section end=5:1/> {{verse|chapter=5|verse=2}} <section begin=5:2/>Listen to the voice of my plea, my king, my god, for to you, I will pray.<section end=5:2/> {{verse|chapter=5|verse=3}} <section begin=5:3/>Yahweh, in the morning hear my voice, in the morning I arrange for you, and expect.<section end=5:3/> {{verse|chapter=5|verse=4}} <section begin=5:4/>For you are not a god to seek wickedness, evil with you will not dwell.<section end=5:4/> {{verse|chapter=5|verse=5}} <section begin=5:5/>Those who rave will not line up before your eyes. You have hated all workers of iniquity.<section end=5:5/> {{verse|chapter=5|verse=6}} <section begin=5:6/>You shall abandon words of fraud: God abhors a man of blood and trickery.<section end=5:6/> {{verse|chapter=5|verse=7}} <section begin=5:7/>And I, in your great kindness, will come to your house, I will bow down to your holy temple, in fear of you.<section end=5:7/> {{verse|chapter=5|verse=8}} <section begin=5:8/>Yahweh, place me in your rightness, prevent their ambush, make straight your path for me.<section end=5:8/> {{verse|chapter=5|verse=9}} <section begin=5:9/>Because there is no sincerity in their words, their innards warped, an open grave their throat, their tongues are slippery.<section end=5:9/> {{verse|chapter=5|verse=10}} <section begin=5:10/>God, accuse them, they shall fall through their own advice. In their many crimes, you have rejected them, because they rebelled of you.<section end=5:10/> {{verse|chapter=5|verse=11}} <section begin=5:11/>And all that shelter in you will be happy, forever will rejoice, and you will shelter them, and they will celebrate you, those your name they love.<section end=5:11/> {{verse|chapter=5|verse=12}} <section begin=5:12/>Because you will bless the just, Yahweh, and with safety, with your will you shall decorate us.<section end=5:12/> ==Psalm 6== {{verse|chapter=6|verse=0}} To the conductor of the Shminith<ref>שְּׁמִינִית root meaning eight, eight string instrument?</ref>, a lyric for David:<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=6|verse=1}} Yahweh, don't when snarling spite me, and don't in your fury leave me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=6|verse=2}} Have mercy on me, Yahweh, because I am miserable: heal me Yahweh, because my bones have frightened.<br/> {{verse|chapter=6|verse=3}} And my soul frightened much, and you{{sup|(f)}}, Yahweh, how long?<ref>ואת This is the feminine form of you, which is traditionally corrected to the masculine form וְאַתָּה</ref><br/> {{verse|chapter=6|verse=4}} Return Yahweh, release my soul, redeem me to your mercy.<br/> {{verse|chapter=6|verse=5}} Because in death your memory will be no more; in the underworld, who shall thank you? {{verse|chapter=6|verse=6}} I exhausted myself in sighing--- I will swim every night in my bed, in my tears, my couch will dissolve.<br/> {{verse|chapter=6|verse=7}} My eyes are enfeebled from anger, decrepit from all my detractors.<br/> {{verse|chapter=6|verse=8}} Recede from me, all workers of iniquity, because Yahweh has heard my weeping voice.<br/> {{verse|chapter=6|verse=9}} Yahweh has heard my pleading, Yahweh will take my prayer. {{verse|chapter=6|verse=10}} They will shame, and frighten greatly, all my enemies, they will turn back, in a moment shamed. ==Psalm 7== {{verse|chapter=7|verse=0}} A Shiggayon<ref>שִׁגָּיוֹן uptempo style?</ref> for David: who sang to Yahweh on the words of Cush a Benjaminite.<ref>שִׁגָּיוֹן here "Shiggayon", uptempo style?</ref> <ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=7|verse=1}} Yahweh, my God, in you I shelter, save me from all my pursuers, and rescue me. {{verse|chapter=7|verse=2}} Lest like a lion he devour my soul, dismember, and none to rescue. {{verse|chapter=7|verse=3}} Yahweh, my God, if I did this, if there is an iniquity in my palm, {{verse|chapter=7|verse=4}} If I dealt my tenders badly, and I evade my opponents devoid them,<ref> אִם-גָּמַלְתִּי, שׁוֹלְמִי רָע ; וָאֲחַלְּצָה צוֹרְרִי רֵיקָם I think שׁוֹלְמִי here means the ones that are square with me, in the sense of payments and deals, but it is more often given more literally as one-who-is-at-peace-with-me. I chose tenders as a payment word with similar peaceful connotations. רֵיקָם means "absent these" or "absent them", (see exodus 34:20)</ref> {{verse|chapter=7|verse=5}} My mortal enemy will chase, and gain, and trample my life to earth, and my honor flatten to the dust, Selah. {{verse|chapter=7|verse=6}} Arise, Yahweh, snarling, lift up towards the transgressions of my opponents, arouse to me the judgment you commanded. {{verse|chapter=7|verse=7}} And the testimony of the nations will circle you, and over it, up above return. {{verse|chapter=7|verse=8}} Yahweh will arbitrate nations, Yahweh has judged me, as my justness and innocence upon me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=7|verse=9}} End the evil of the wicked, please, affirm the just. And tests of hearts and will, God does, of the just.<ref> Literally, tests the hearts and kidneys, the kidneys being the traditional biblical seat of the will.</ref>.<br/> {{verse|chapter=7|verse=10}} My shield is God above, savior of the honest heart.<br/> {{verse|chapter=7|verse=11}} God is a just judge, and a god in fury all days.<br/> {{verse|chapter=7|verse=12}} If he won't repent, he'll whet his sword, his bow will bend, and he will prepare.<br/> {{verse|chapter=7|verse=13}} And he prepared implements of death for him, His arrows made burning sharp.<br/> {{verse|chapter=7|verse=14}} Here, He will entrap illdeed, and He made pregnant the labor, and bore the lie.<br/> {{verse|chapter=7|verse=15}} He set a pit and dug it, they will fall. He acts undercover. {{verse|chapter=7|verse=16}} His works will return on his head, on his skull the violence will land.<ref> The word rendered "skull" is actually the top of the head.</ref><br/> {{verse|chapter=7|verse=17}} Thank Yahweh, as suits his justice, and sing of the name of God on high. ==Psalm 8 == {{verse|chapter=8|verse=0}} For the conductor of the Gitith, a lyric for David.<ref> Gitith--- Instrument?? The word is derived from wine-press.</ref> {{verse|chapter=8|verse=1}} Yahweh our lord, how tremendous is your name over all the Earth;<br/> &nbsp; Those that give thanks to you, for the skies.<br/> {{verse|chapter=8|verse=2}} From the mouths of infants and babes, you founded might. For your foes, to turn back enemy and avenger.<br/> {{verse|chapter=8|verse=3}} For I see your sky, the work of your fingers, the moon and stars, that you have readied.<br/> {{verse|chapter=8|verse=4}} What is humanity that you remember us? And man that you command him?<br/> {{verse|chapter=8|verse=5}} And you have diminished him a tad, from God, and with honor and glory decorate him.<br/> {{verse|chapter=8|verse=6}} Govern him with the works of your hands, all that you placed under his feet.<br/> {{verse|chapter=8|verse=7}} Sheep in all their thousands and also the beasts in my fields.<br/> {{verse|chapter=8|verse=8}} The bird of the sky and the fish of the sea, what passes the breadth of the seas.<br/> {{verse|chapter=8|verse=9}} Yahweh, our lord, how tremendous is your name over all the Earth. ==Psalm 9 == {{verse|chapter=9|verse=0}} For the conductor of the Mutlabben a lyric for David.<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=9|verse=1}} I will thank Yahweh, with all my heart. I will tell of all your wonders.<br/> {{verse|chapter=9|verse=2}} I will be happy and festive in you; I will sing your name most high.<br/> {{verse|chapter=9|verse=3}} In turning my enemies back, they will trip and be lost in your presence.<br/> {{verse|chapter=9|verse=4}} Because you made my judgment and verdict, sitting on the chair of the just judge.<br/> {{verse|chapter=9|verse=5}} You rebuked the foreign, you left lost the wicked, erased their names, to time eternal.<br/> {{verse|chapter=9|verse=6}} The enemy, ended as ruins forever, and cities you deserted, these their memory was lost.<br/> {{verse|chapter=9|verse=7}} And Yahweh eternally sits; ready for the judgment due his chair.<br/> {{verse|chapter=9|verse=8}} And he will judge the population justly, will arbitrate to nations honestly.<br/> {{verse|chapter=9|verse=9}} And Yahweh will be a high tower for the oppressed, a high tower for troubled times.<br/> {{verse|chapter=9|verse=10}} And those that know your name will trust in you, because you did not abandon your petitioners, Yahweh. {{verse|chapter=9|verse=11}} Sing to Yahweh, settled at Zion, speak his chronicles in the nations.<br/> {{verse|chapter=9|verse=12}} Because the blood-coercer remembered them, he did not forget the shout of the poor.<ref>עניים, the poor, is traditionally corrected to עֲנָוִים, the tortured, the agonized, or the afflicted</ref> {{verse|chapter=9|verse=13}} Have mercy on me Yahweh, behold my agony, from those that hate me; you who lifts me from the gates of death.<br/> {{verse|chapter=9|verse=14}} So that I may tell all your psalms in the gates of the house of Zion, I will rejoice in your salvation.<br/> {{verse|chapter=9|verse=15}} The foreigners have drowned in the pit of their making, in the net they concealed, their legs did catch.<br/> {{verse|chapter=9|verse=16}} It is known that Yahweh judges, in the work of his palms the wicked is snared. Higgayon, Selah.<ref> הִגָּיוֹן Higgayon--- signal for resounding music</ref><br/> {{verse|chapter=9|verse=17}} The wicked return to the underworld, all foreigners, who forget of God.<br/> {{verse|chapter=9|verse=18}} Because the needy will not forever be forgotten, the hope of the agonized be lost to all time.<ref>ענוים, the agonized, traditionally corrected to עֲנִיִּים which are the poor, in exact counterpoint to the previous correction</ref><br/> {{verse|chapter=9|verse=19}} Arise, Yahweh, to the might of man, the foreigners will be judged in your presence.<br/> {{verse|chapter=9|verse=20}} Yahweh, plant fear into them, the foreigners will know that they are only human. ==Psalm 10 == {{verse|chapter=10|verse=1}} Why do you, Yahweh, stand distant, vanish in times of trouble? {{verse|chapter=10|verse=2}} After the vanity of the wicked the poor man will alight; they will trip in the plots those think up.<br/> {{verse|chapter=10|verse=3}} Because the wicked raves over what his soul covets, and achieves benefit, but stings at Yahweh.<br/> {{verse|chapter=10|verse=4}} The wicked, though his nose is high, He will not call to judgement, "There is no god", in all his plans.<br/> {{verse|chapter=10|verse=5}} His paths in every time prodigious, the heights of your judegements as against him, he will snort at all his opponents.<ref> The snorting can be interpreted as snorting the judgements (meaning saying the judgements of God while snorting), or preferably, just snorting at the opponents without saying anything at all, just in anger or derision. This English admits the two interpretations, with similar order of preference.</ref><br/> {{verse|chapter=10|verse=6}} Said to himself, "I evade the rod, so to generation after generation which is not in evil."<br/> {{verse|chapter=10|verse=7}} His words are full with this, and swindles and blasphemy, under his tongue, labor and unrest.<br/> {{verse|chapter=10|verse=8}} He will sit in the courtyard shadows, secretly will kill an innocent, his eyes staring for the mighty.<br/> {{verse|chapter=10|verse=9}} He will lurk in hiding, like a lion in his lair, will stalk to capture a poor man, will abduct a poor man, in the pull of his net.<br/> {{verse|chapter=10|verse=10}} And crouches low, and fell in his hugeness, legions frail.<br/> {{verse|chapter=10|verse=11}} Said in his heart, forget god, covered his face without sight forever.<br/> {{verse|chapter=10|verse=12}} Arise Yahweh, don't carry your hands away, don't forget the poor.<ref> עניים, the poor, is traditionally corrected to עֲנָוִים, the agonized.</ref><br/> {{verse|chapter=10|verse=13}} For what did God pierce the wicked? he said in his heart, you will not demand.<br/> {{verse|chapter=10|verse=14}} I saw that you labor and look angry--- to give in your hand: over you, he will go away in part, to an orphan, you would be of help.<br/> {{verse|chapter=10|verse=15}} Break the arm of the wicked; of the evil, call forth his wickedness until you will not find it.<br/> {{verse|chapter=10|verse=16}} Yahweh is king of the world eternal, nations have been lost to his kingdom.<br/> {{verse|chapter=10|verse=17}} The hopes of the downtrodden you Yahweh have heard; ready their hearts, make your ear listen.<br/> {{verse|chapter=10|verse=18}} To adjudicate for the orphan and the oppressed: until humanity's infamy is no more upon the Earth. ==Psalm 11 == {{verse|chapter=11|verse=1}} For the conductor, for David: &nbsp; In Yahweh I sheltered. Why will you say to my soul, migrate to your mountain, bird?<ref>נודו which is the plural form of migrate, is traditionally corrected to נוּדִי, although the next word הַרְכֶם is still plural, so that the sentence is not grammatical on its face, unless "Tsipor" is the name of a mountain, but this is a clunky construction.</ref><br/> {{verse|chapter=11|verse=2}} Because look, the wicked bendeth their bow, they readied their arrows on the string-- to shoot shadow into the straight of heart.<br/> {{verse|chapter=11|verse=3}} Because the foundation shalt be destroyed, the just, how has he acted?<br/> {{verse|chapter=11|verse=4}} Yahweh, his holiness in the temple, Yahweh, his chair in the sky, His eyes will take in, His eyelids test the sons of man.<br/> {{verse|chapter=11|verse=5}} Yahweh will test the just, and the wicked and the violent, his soul hated,<br/> {{verse|chapter=11|verse=6}} will shower on the wicked coals, fire and sulfur, and reeking wind, their cup's serving.<br/> {{verse|chapter=11|verse=7}} Because Yahweh is just, loves acts of justice, the honest shalt behold his face.<ref> הַשָּׁתוֹת, יֵהָרֵסוּן ,יִדְרְכוּן קֶשֶׁת ,יֶחֱזוּ פָנֵימוֹ, three Aramaic tinged phrases are rendered here by faux old-English.</ref> ==Psalm 12 == {{verse|chapter=12|verse=0}} To the conductor of the Shminith, a lyric for David:<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=12|verse=1}} Yahweh, save us. For the pious is finished, because the believers faltered among the sons of man.<br/> {{verse|chapter=12|verse=2}} They will speak nothing, a man to his neighbor, a slick language-- in heart they speak not their heart.<br/> {{verse|chapter=12|verse=3}} Yahweh will cut down all slick language, a tongue which talks big.<br/> {{verse|chapter=12|verse=4}} Those that said, "To our tongue we will increase, our lips are with us: who is lord over us?"<br/> {{verse|chapter=12|verse=5}} "For the plunder of the poor, the cry of the impoverished, now I arise", said Yahweh: "I will lead to salvation, those they snort at."<br/> {{verse|chapter=12|verse=6}} The sayings of Yahweh are pure sayings: silver annealed in the crucible of the Earth; refined sevenfold.<br/> {{verse|chapter=12|verse=7}} You Yahweh will keep them, you will form us from this generation forever.<br/> {{verse|chapter=12|verse=8}} Around, the wicked walketh, the height of disvalue to man.<ref>Faux old English indicates Aramaic tinged hebrew, in this psalm: יִתְהַלָּכוּן walketh.</ref> ==Psalm 13 == {{verse|chapter=13|verse=0}} For the conductor, a lyric for David. {{verse|chapter=13|verse=1}} Til when, Yahweh, will you forget me always?<br/> &nbsp; Til when, will you hide your face from me?<br/> {{verse|chapter=13|verse=2}} Til when will I draw advice from within my soul? Sorrow in my heart daily.<br/> &nbsp; Til when, will my enemy rise over me? {{verse|chapter=13|verse=3}} Glance at my misery, Yahweh my god, light my eyes, lest I sleep in death.<br/> {{verse|chapter=13|verse=4}} Lest my enemy says "I will destroy him"; my detractors will celebrate, for I been struck.<br/> {{verse|chapter=13|verse=5}} And I trusted in your grace, my heart will celebrate your salvation.<br/> &nbsp; I will sing to Yahweh, because he compensated me. ==Psalm 14 == {{verse|chapter=14|verse=1}} For the conductor, for David: &nbsp; The rotten says in his heart, "There is no God". They corrupted, their plots defiled, none do good.<br/> {{verse|chapter=14|verse=2}} Yahweh, from the skies scoped the sons of man: to see, but is there a knowledgable one who enjoins of God?<br/> {{verse|chapter=14|verse=3}} All is distant, altogether they've gone away, there is none that do good, not even one.<br/> {{verse|chapter=14|verse=4}} For they knew, all the crooked actors, those eat my people as they eat bread, Yahweh, they did not call upon.<br/> {{verse|chapter=14|verse=5}} There, they feared frightfully, because God is of the righteous generation.<br/> {{verse|chapter=14|verse=6}} You will shame the suggestion of a poor man, because Yahweh shelters him.<br/> {{verse|chapter=14|verse=7}} Who from Zion will grant Israel's salvation?<br/> &nbsp; In Yahweh's return, the return of his people, Ya'akov(Jacob) will celebrate, Israel will be happy. ==Psalm 15 == {{verse|chapter=15|verse=1}} Lyric for David: &nbsp; Yahweh, who will reside in your tent? Who will dwell on your holy mount?<br/> {{verse|chapter=15|verse=2}} One who walks simply, and acts right, and speaks truth, in his heart.<br/> {{verse|chapter=15|verse=3}} And no tricks on his tongue, did not do his neighbor wrong, and the despicable did not admit within.<br/> {{verse|chapter=15|verse=4}} The scornful in his eyes is tiresome, and the God-fearing he respects, one sworn to worsen, and did not repent.<br/> {{verse|chapter=15|verse=5}} His money he did not give in usury, and did not take a bribe against the innocent. Who does this, shall never be struck down. ==Psalm 16 == {{verse|chapter=16|verse=1}} Michtam for David<ref>מִכְתָּם golden verse?</ref>: &nbsp; Guard me God, because in you I have sheltered.<br/> {{verse|chapter=16|verse=2}} I said to Yahweh, you are my lord: good to me is not except of you.<ref>The actual punctuated word is אָמַרְתְּ which is the feminine form of "you said", but it could have been "I said" too.</ref><br/> {{verse|chapter=16|verse=3}} To the holy ones, those who are on the Earth, and the great ones, I desire all for them.<br/> {{verse|chapter=16|verse=4}} Their sadness will multiply, those that hastened to another,<br/> &nbsp; I will not anoint anything they anointed in blood, I will not carry their names upon my lips.<br/> {{verse|chapter=16|verse=5}} Yahweh is my allotted portion and my cup. You buttress my fate.<br/> {{verse|chapter=16|verse=6}} Future lines accrue to me and pleasantly, as such your bequest improved me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=16|verse=7}} I will bless Yahweh who advised me, even in the nighttime my will will rein me in.<br/> {{verse|chapter=16|verse=8}} I have valued Yahweh over myself always, because he is to my right, lest I be struck down.<br/> {{verse|chapter=16|verse=9}} Therefore my heart became happy, and my honor celebrates, even my flesh will dwell in safety.<br/> {{verse|chapter=16|verse=10}} Because my soul will not leave off ask, you will not let your pious ones to see slaughter.<br/> {{verse|chapter=16|verse=11}} Inform me the way of life, in your face, fullness of joy, on your right is pleasant eternal. ==Psalm 17 == {{verse|chapter=17|verse=1}} A prayer for David: &nbsp; Yahweh hear justice--- listen to my call, listen closely to my prayer; my lips have no deceit.<br/> {{verse|chapter=17|verse=2}} From your presence came my judgment, your eyes will grasp onto the straight truth.<br/> {{verse|chapter=17|verse=3}} You tested my heart, you examined nights--- you joined me without finding wrong, I schemed that it not pass my lips.<br/> {{verse|chapter=17|verse=4}} To the doings of man, your lips speak--- I kept from the ways of the assaulter.<br/> {{verse|chapter=17|verse=5}} You will support my ways in your circles, lest my footsteps are struck aside.<br/> {{verse|chapter=17|verse=6}} I called you because you will answer me God, bend your ear to me, hear what I say.<br/> {{verse|chapter=17|verse=7}} Direct your mercies, savior of the sheltered by your right-hand from those arising against them.<br/> {{verse|chapter=17|verse=8}} Guard me, as the eyelid the pupil, in the shadow of your wing, hide me.<ref> כְּאִישׁוֹן בַּת-עָיִן this is translated differently in most places--- "As the Ishon does the daughter of the eye"--- the "daughter of the eye" is translated as the "apple of the eye". It seems much more natural to translate this as the pupil, which is its idiomatic meaning.</ref><br/> {{verse|chapter=17|verse=9}} From the face of the wicked, those who plunder me, my soul's enemies will surround me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=17|verse=10}} They fat encloseth them, their mouths hath spoken with pride.<ref>חֶלְבָּמוֹ סָּגְרוּ this is a bit difficult to understand--- it means "they closed their milk/fat" (the biblical word for a person's fat is the same as the word for milk). I couldn't fathom what it could mean to "close milk", which is the interpretation of some commentators, so I followed [http://psalms.schechter.edu/2010/06/psalm-17-hearing-and-seeing-is.html this translation] by a native Hebrew speaking rabbi, who translated this as their fat closes in on them, or that they become enclosed in fat. The faux old English here is to emphasize the Aramaic style possessive case marker.</ref><br/> {{verse|chapter=17|verse=11}} My steps are now enclosed, their eyes are cast to veer on the Earth. {{verse|chapter=17|verse=12}} He is like a lion ready to prey, as a young-lion, sitting in hiding.<br/> {{verse|chapter=17|verse=13}} Arise Yahweh, face him, cut him down. Your sword has given me flight from the wicked.<br/> {{verse|chapter=17|verse=14}} From the mortals Yahweh pressed, from the mortals, from their sorry part in life, and your treasure will fill their bellies.<ref>וצפינך, your treasure, is traditionally corrected to וּצְפוּנְךָ, your treasured ones, so that the verse reads: your treasured ones, fill their bellies, changing the sentence from declarative to imperative. I avoided the correction, since the text seems better without it.</ref><br/> Sons will take the oath, and leave their surplus to their tots.<br/> {{verse|chapter=17|verse=15}} I in justice will grasp your presence, I will sate from awakening to your likeness. ==Psalm 18 == {{verse|chapter=18|verse=0}} For the conductor, for he who works Yahweh, for David: who spoke to Yahweh, these words of song, on the day Yahweh delivered him from the palm of all his enemies, and from the palm of the underworld.<ref>Verse 0 to number the psalm from 1. The Masoretic text says "from the palm of Saul", which is identical in the consinantal text.</ref><br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=1}} And he said: I devote myself to you, Yahweh, my strength.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=2}} Yahweh is my rock, my fortress, and my sanctuary. Come my adversaries at me, I will shelter in him. my shield and horn of salvation, my backrest.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=3}} I will call to Yahweh, most praised, and from my enemies I will be saved. {{verse|chapter=18|verse=4}} Death's cables wrap around me, And the currents of Valiya'al(Belial) kick at me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=5}} The cables of the underworld surround me, death's snares placed before me. {{verse|chapter=18|verse=6}} When I am troubled, I will call to Yahweh--- and to the God of my gods will I petition. From his temple he will hear my voice, and my petition to him will come before him, into his ears.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=7}} And the Earth will tremble and rumble, and the foundations of mountains will unsettle, and they will tremble, because it pained him.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=8}} In his nose, the smoke rose, and consuming fire from his mouth, hot embers blazed from him.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=9}} He will rend the skies and descend, and mist under his feet.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=10}} And he will mount a griffin, and will fly, and will swoop on the wind's wings.<ref> The word translated as "Griffin" is כְּרוּב Cherub, but not a naked baby or a human angel. A Griffin is a similar creature, possibly a cognate.</ref><br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=11}} He drew dark his hiding place, his hut around him, the darkness of water, the clouds up on high.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=12}} From the glow facing him, his clouds passed hail and fire-embers.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=13}} And Yahweh will thunder in the skies, the highest gave his voice, hail and fire-embers.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=14}} And he will send his arrows, and disperse them; and many lightning bolts, and will stun them.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=15}} And the rivulets of water will appear, and the world's foundation will reveal: from your displeasure, Yahweh, from the wind of your nose's breath.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=16}} Will send from on high, will take me, will pull me out of great waters.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=17}} Will deliver me from my enemies mightily, and from those that hate me, for they were of more force than I.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=18}} They will precede me on the day of my trial; and Yahweh will be for me a backrest.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=19}} And he will take me to the open. He will free me because I am pleasing to him.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=20}} Yahweh will compensate me as my justice, as the purity of my hands, he will reward me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=21}} Because I kept the ways of Yahweh; and did not become wicked to my God.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=22}} Because all his judgments are facing me, and his laws I will not from me cast away.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=23}} And I would be innocent towards him, and I would be protected from my agony.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=24}} And Yahweh would reward me as my justice, as my hands' purity, before his eyes.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=25}} To the kindly you will be kind, to the man of innocence you will be innocent.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=26}} To the pure you will be pure, and to the trickster you will contort.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=27}} Because you, will save the poor nation; and high-casting eyes you will humble.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=28}} Because you, will light my lamp, Yahweh my god, will ameliorate my darkness.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=29}} Because by you, I will let run the battalion, and by my God, I will scamper over a stone wall. {{verse|chapter=18|verse=30}} God, his ways are innocent: God's saying adjoined: He is a shield to all that shelter in him.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=31}} Because who is god, except Yahweh? And who is a stone wall, leaving aside our God?<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=32}} The god who would help me militantly, and will give my ways as innocent.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=33}} Likens my legs to those of does, and on my platforms will stand me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=34}} Teaches my hands to war, and lays my hands a drawn bow.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=35}} And give me the shield of your salvation, and your right hand will support me, and your displeasure will add to me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=36}} You will broaden my strides from under me, and my heels have not floundered.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=37}} I will chase my enemies and overtake them, and I will not return until they are annihilated.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=38}} I will press them, and they will not be able to rise, they will fall under my feet.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=39}} And you will help me militant, in war, you will subdue those that rise up under me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=40}} And my enemy, you gave me their backs, from my detesters, their fortitude.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=41}} They will cast oaths, and none will save, to Yahweh, and he did not answer them.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=42}} And I will disperse them as dust before wind, as the claystuff outside I will annihilate them.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=43}} You took care for me from internal feuding: you put me as the head of foreigners, a nation I did not know, works for me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=44}} As soon as their ears hear, so they will listen to me, the sons of the stranger will deny me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=45}} The sons of the stranger wilt, and will tremble out of their enclosures.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=46}} Yahweh lives, and bless my stone wall, and elevate my God, my salvation.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=47}} The God who gives vengeance to me, and fastens people under me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=48}} Who gives me escape from my enemies, even from the insurgents rising up against me, from the violent man, deliver me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=49}} For this, I will thank you in the foreign nations Yahweh, and to your name I will sing.<br/> {{verse|chapter=18|verse=50}} The one who grows the salvations of his king, and gives mercy to his annointed--- to David and to his seed, forever. ==Psalm 19 == {{verse|chapter=19|verse=0}} For the conductor, a lyric for David:<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=19|verse=1}} The skies speak respect to God, and the celestial dome speaks of the work of his hands.<br/> {{verse|chapter=19|verse=2}} Day after day, he will produce sayings, and night after night, will deliver knowledge.<br/> {{verse|chapter=19|verse=3}} There are no sayings, and there are no events, but not their voice is heard.<br/> {{verse|chapter=19|verse=4}} To all the Earth, their lines go out, and to the edge of the world, their fill. In the sun he put a tent for them.<br/> {{verse|chapter=19|verse=5}} And He is as the groom emerging from his ritual canopy, as vibrant as a champion for a long race.<br/> {{verse|chapter=19|verse=6}} He originates at the edge of the skies, and his impact onto their edges, and there is nothing hidden from his glare.<ref> מֵחַמָּתוֹ , this has a bit of a triple meaning: heat, anger/wrath, or the sun, glare might be the closest in capturing all the meanings.</ref><ref> This verse is most transparently interpreted in the cosmology of Genesis: a flat Earth domed onto its edges by a water-bearing solid sky.</ref><br/> {{verse|chapter=19|verse=7}} The Torah of Yahweh is guileless, soul restoring, Yahweh's witness is trustworthy, it educates the dim.<br/> {{verse|chapter=19|verse=8}} The commands of Yahweh are honest, heart-gladdening. The commandment of Yahweh is pure, enlightening to the eyes.<ref> בָּרָה I translate this to purity, which is surely very close to the intended meaning, but it is a little mysterious to me.</ref><br/> {{verse|chapter=19|verse=9}} Fear of Yahweh is pure, standing for all time. The judgements of God are truth, altogether just.<br/> {{verse|chapter=19|verse=10}} They are nicer than gold or much bullion, and sweeter than honey or nectar concentrate.<br/> {{verse|chapter=19|verse=11}} Your servant also heeds them carefully. In their keeping is great consequence.<br/> {{verse|chapter=19|verse=12}} Who can discern errors? Clean me from the hidden things.<br/> {{verse|chapter=19|verse=13}} Also from prideful acts, shelter your servant--- so they will not dominate me, these. And I will be cleansed of much crime.<br/> {{verse|chapter=19|verse=14}} Yahweh, my mouth's words to your desire, and the workings of my heart to your presence, Yahweh, my rock and my salvation. ==Psalm 20 == {{verse|chapter=20|verse=0}} For the conductor, a lyric for David:<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=20|verse=1}} Yahweh will answer you on your day of trouble, The name of the god of Ya'akov will support your back.<br/> {{verse|chapter=20|verse=2}} He will send you help from the holy, and from Zion will set you.<br/> {{verse|chapter=20|verse=3}} He will remember all your offerings, and He will make fertile your raised sacrifice. Selah.<br/> {{verse|chapter=20|verse=4}} Will give you as your heart desires, and will fulfill all your suggestions.<br/> {{verse|chapter=20|verse=5}} We will celebrate in your salvation, and in the name of our god shall grow, Yahweh all your wishes will fulfill.<br/> {{verse|chapter=20|verse=6}} Now I know, that Yahweh his anointed saved, that from holy sky He answered, heroic with his right will champion.<br/> {{verse|chapter=20|verse=7}} These in chariots, and those on horses, and we, the name of Yahweh, our god, will recall.<br/> {{verse|chapter=20|verse=8}} Those, they bent and fell, and we rose up, and were encouraged.<br/> {{verse|chapter=20|verse=9}} Yahweh, salvation! The king will answer us on the day we call.<br/> ==Psalm 21 == {{verse|chapter=22|verse=0}} For the conductor, a lyric for David:<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=1}} Yahweh, your might, will gladden a king, and in your salvation, how he will rejoice much.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=2}} You gave him his heart's desire, and all that left his lips, you prevented not.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=3}} Because you will precede us with good blessings, you will drape on his head a golden overlay.<ref> עֲטֶרֶת פָּז a wrapping of gold, it is possibly intended to be a perceptual aura of gold, a golden halo, rather than a literal crown of gold.</ref><br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=4}} Life, he requested of you; you gave him, length of days, to worlds end.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=5}} Great is his honor in your salvation; grace and glory you set upon him.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=6}} Because you will draw upon him blessings eternally, You gladden him blissful with your presence.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=7}} Because the king relies upon Yahweh, and on the kindness on high, lest he be struck.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=8}} Your hand will find all your enemies, your right will find your detesters.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=9}} You dealeth with them like a burning furnace, in the time of your presence: Yahweh in his snarling will devour them, and consume them as fire.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=10}} Their fruit shalt be lost from the land, and their seed from the sons of man.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=11}} Because they planted evil upon you, they thought up a scheme, to be consumed not.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=12}} Hence you shalt place your back to them, in your bowstrings, you will prepare for their presence.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=13}} Lift up Yahweh, in your might, we will sing and play music to your triumph.<ref> תְּשִׁיתֵמוֹ פִּרְיָמוֹ are both Aramaic tinged, and to preserve this flavor, I put faux old English where these possessive cases appear</ref><br/> ==Psalm 22 == {{verse|chapter=22|verse=0}} For the conductor on the Ayeleth Hashachar, a lyric for David:<ref>אַיֶּלֶת הַשַּׁחַר lit. evening doe-- a musical instrument?</ref><ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=1}} My god, my god, why have you abandoned me?<ref> The Hebrew is slightly different than the traditional Hebrew rendering of Jesus' last words, here it is עֲזַבְתָּנִי, left me, instead of "Sabachtani", ensnared me. Since the traditional English for Jesus' last words are, "My God, My God, why hast thou forsaken me", I made this different. The lowercase "god" refers to "eli" while "elohi" would get uppercase.</ref><br/> &nbsp; Far from my salvation are the words of my howl.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=2}} My God, I will call daily, and you will not answer, and at night, no respite for me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=3}} And you are holy, settled in the psalms of Israel.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=4}} Upon you, relied our fathers. They relied, and you delivered them.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=5}} To you, they cried and fled, in you they relied and they were not humbled. {{verse|chapter=22|verse=6}} And I myself am a worm and not a man, despicable man, the laughingstock of a nation.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=7}} All that see me mock me, curl their lip and sway their head.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=8}} Squirm, to Yahweh he will release him, he will save him because he is pleasing to him.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=9}} Because you are my foundation from the womb, my insurer upon my mother's breasts.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=10}} Onto you, I was sent from the womb, from my mother's belly you are to me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=11}} Do not distance yourself from me, because trouble is near, because there is none to help. {{verse|chapter=22|verse=12}} Many bulls surrounded me, the mightiest of Vashan (Bashan) crowd my head.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=13}} Gaped their mouths toward me, a roaring lion at prey.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=14}} I spilled out like water--- and all my bones disconnected.<br/> &nbsp; My heart became as wax, melted into my intestines. {{verse|chapter=22|verse=15}} Dried out as a potshard is my strength, and my tongue sticks in my throat;<br/> &nbsp; and you sentenced me to death's dust.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=16}} Because around me are dogs, a company of the evil surrounded me, as a lion's, my hands and legs.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=17}} I will speak about all my might, they will but glance at me their look.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=18}} They will divide my clothes among them, and for my royal dress they will draw lots.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=19}} And you, Yahweh, do not distance yourself, my resource for help, quicken.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=20}} Save my soul from the sword, from the dog, my individual.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=21}} Save me from the mouth of a lion, &nbsp; and from the horns of rams you answered.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=22}} I will tell your name to my brother, in crowds I will praise you.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=23}} Those who fear Yahweh, praise him, All the seed of Ya'akov, respect him.<br/> &nbsp; Be in awe of him, all the seed of Israel.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=24}} Because he did not defile and did not cast down the tribulation of the poor,<br/> &nbsp; did not hid his face from him, and when he vows to him, he listened. {{verse|chapter=22|verse=25}} From you my praises, in a big crowd--- my vows I will pay in witness of his fearful.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=26}} Let the wanting eat and be sated, they will praise Yahweh, his petitioners.<br/> &nbsp; May your hearts live to all time.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=27}} They will recall and return to Yahweh, all the ends of the Earth.<br/> &nbsp; They will bow before you, all the families of nations.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=28}} Because to Yahweh is the throne, and the governance of the nations.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=29}} They ate and they bowed prostrate, all those fattened of the Earth.<br/> &nbsp; Before him, all that to dust return, and his soul did not keep alive.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=30}} That seed that serves him, will tell of my lord to their generations.<br/> {{verse|chapter=22|verse=31}} They will come and will tell of his justice, the people to be born, because so he made it. ==Psalm 23 == {{verse|chapter=23|verse=1}} Lyric for David: &nbsp; Yahweh is my shepherd, I will not want.<br/> {{verse|chapter=23|verse=2}} To the pleasant grass he will herd me, to the still waters, he will guide me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=23|verse=3}} My soul will be restored, he will set me in the circles of right, for his name's sake. {{verse|chapter=23|verse=4}} Even if I walk through the death-shadow valley, I will fear not evil-- because you are with me.<br/> &nbsp; Your sceptre and your walking staff, they will comfort me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=23|verse=5}} You will set a table before me-- against my sorrows.<br/> &nbsp; You will sprinkle oils on my head. My cup is full.<br/> {{verse|chapter=23|verse=6}} Only good and kindness will pursue me, all the days of my life.<br/> &nbsp; And I settle in the house of Yahweh, for the length of my days. ==Psalm 24 == {{verse|chapter=24|verse=1}} For David, a lyric:<br/> &nbsp; To Yahweh the land and its contents, the world and its inhabitants.<br/> {{verse|chapter=24|verse=2}} For he, on the seas erected it, and on rivers prepared it. {{verse|chapter=24|verse=3}} Who will rise on Yahweh's mount? And who will rise on the place of his holiness?<br/> {{verse|chapter=24|verse=4}} The clean of hands, and pure of heart: who did not carry my soul to void, and did not swear to deception,<br/> {{verse|chapter=24|verse=5}} Will carry a blessing which is from Yahweh, and a charity from the god of his salvation.<br/> {{verse|chapter=24|verse=6}} This is the generation of his petitioners, those that ask your presence Ya'akov. Selah. {{verse|chapter=24|verse=7}} Carry on the gates your heads, and be carried on the openings of the world. And the honor king will come.<br/> {{verse|chapter=24|verse=8}} Who's he, the honor king?<br/> &nbsp; Yahweh, mightiness and champion, Yahweh, war hero. {{verse|chapter=24|verse=9}} Carry on the gates your heads, and carry the openings of the world. And the honor king will come.<br/> {{verse|chapter=24|verse=10}} Who is he, the honor king?<br/> &nbsp; Yahweh of the armies, he is the honor king. Selah. ==Psalm 25 == {{verse|chapter=25|verse=1}} For David: &nbsp; To you, Yahweh, I will carry my soul.<br/> {{verse|chapter=25|verse=2}} My God, in you I relied, let me not be shamed. Let my enemies not jeer at me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=25|verse=3}} Also let all that hope in you not be shamed; the traitors of their emptyness will shame. {{verse|chapter=25|verse=4}} Inform me, Yahweh, of your paths; teach me your ways.<br/> {{verse|chapter=25|verse=5}} Guide me in your reality, and teach me.<br/> &nbsp; You are the God of my salvation. For you I hoped, all day.<br/> {{verse|chapter=25|verse=6}} Remember your acts of mercy, Yahweh, and kindness: because they come from all times.<br/> {{verse|chapter=25|verse=7}} The sins of my teens and my crimes, do not remember.<br/> &nbsp; As your mercy, remember me, for your goodness, Yahweh. {{verse|chapter=25|verse=8}} Good and honest is Yahweh; this is why he will instruct the sinners in the path.<br/> {{verse|chapter=25|verse=9}} He will guide the wretched in the judgment, and will teach the wretched of his path.<br/> {{verse|chapter=25|verse=10}} All the arrangements of God, kindness and truth, to those that are bound to his covenant and his testimony.<br/> {{verse|chapter=25|verse=11}} For your name, Yahweh, and you forgave my misdeeds, because they are many.<br/> {{verse|chapter=25|verse=12}} Who is he, the man, God-fearing, who will instruct us in the chosen path?<br/> {{verse|chapter=25|verse=13}} His soul will lodge in goodness, and his arm will inherit the Earth.<br/> {{verse|chapter=25|verse=14}} The secret of Yahweh to those that fear him: his covenant will inform them.<br/> {{verse|chapter=25|verse=15}} My eyes are always to Yahweh: because he will set my feet free from the net.<br/> {{verse|chapter=25|verse=16}} Turn to me and forgive me, because I am poor and solitary.<br/> {{verse|chapter=25|verse=17}} The straights of my heart have widened free, he got me out of my crises.<br/> {{verse|chapter=25|verse=18}} See my misery, and my labor, and carry off all my sins.<br/> {{verse|chapter=25|verse=19}} See my enemies, because they have multiplied, and they hated me with a violent hatred.<br/> {{verse|chapter=25|verse=20}} Keep my soul and save me: I will not be ashamed because I sheltered in you.<br/> {{verse|chapter=25|verse=21}} Innocent and honest you made me, because I have hoped in you. {{verse|chapter=25|verse=22}} God redeem Israel from all its troubles. ==Psalm 26 == {{verse|chapter=26|verse=1}} For David: &nbsp; Judge me, Yahweh, for I have in my innocence walked; and in Yahweh trusted, I will not falter.<br/> {{verse|chapter=26|verse=2}} Test me, Yahweh, and try me; my heart and will are joined.<ref> צרופה means joined, but it is singular and the subject is plural. The literal meaning of the verse is my heart and kidneys are joined(sing), but it is not grammatical. It is traditionally corrected to צָרְפָה. I don't know what this word means, but it is traditionally translated to "test", so that the verse reads "test my heart and kidneys", or "my heart and will are tested".</ref><br/> {{verse|chapter=26|verse=3}} Because your kindness is before my eyes, and I have walked in your reality.<ref> אֲמִתֶּךָ can mean "existence" or "truth", so I use "reality" to capture the connotations. Truth is the usual translation.</ref><br/> {{verse|chapter=26|verse=4}} I have not sat with the fruitless, and to the illusionists I will not come.<ref>מְתֵי-שָׁוְא literally those-of-death-in-vain, I translated to "fruitless", but often translated as "men of falshoods" with the meaning of מְתֵי being "mortals". נַעֲלָמִים is literally disappearers, I translated to illusionists. It is often translated dissemblers.</ref><br/> {{verse|chapter=26|verse=5}} I have hated the crowd of the evildoers, and with the wicked I will not sit.<br/> {{verse|chapter=26|verse=6}} I will wash my palms in cleanliness; and I will surround your altar Yahweh.<br/> {{verse|chapter=26|verse=7}} To hear in the voice of thanks, and to tell all your wonders.<br/> {{verse|chapter=26|verse=8}} Yahweh, I have loved your house's den, and the place of your honor's dwelling.<br/> {{verse|chapter=26|verse=9}} Do not gather sins onto my soul, and men of blood onto my life.<br/> {{verse|chapter=26|verse=10}} Who in their hands have a plot, their right is full of bribery.<br/> {{verse|chapter=26|verse=11}} And I in my innocence will walk: redeem me and have mercy on me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=26|verse=12}} My legs stood on the level, in crowds I will bless Yahweh. ==Psalm 27 == {{verse|chapter=27|verse=1}} For David: &nbsp; Yahweh, my light, and my salvation, who shall I fear?<br/> &nbsp; Yahweh, the might of my life, from whom shall I frighten?<br/> {{verse|chapter=27|verse=2}} When the evildoers are close upon me, to eat at my flesh.<br/> &nbsp; My opponents and mine enemies, they stumbled and fell.<br/> {{verse|chapter=27|verse=3}} If a camp should camp against me, my heart will not fear.<br/> &nbsp; If a war will come upon me, through all that I rely. {{verse|chapter=27|verse=4}} One thing, I asked of Yahweh, this I will ask:<br/> &nbsp; to dwell in the house of Yahweh, all the days of my life,<br/> &nbsp; to witness Yahweh's pleasantness, and to visit in his temple. {{verse|chapter=27|verse=5}} Because he will watch over me in a hut on a bad day, will conceal me in the secret of his tent.<br/> &nbsp; Upon a stone wall he will raise me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=27|verse=6}} And now my head will rise to my enemies around me, and I will sacrifice in his tent, sacrifices of triumph.<br/> &nbsp; I will sing and I will make music to Yahweh. {{verse|chapter=27|verse=7}} Listen to my voice Yahweh, I will call. And have mercy on me, and answer me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=27|verse=8}} As you, my heart said, "Ask my presence": for your presence, Yahweh, I will ask.<br/> {{verse|chapter=27|verse=9}} Do not hide your face from me, do not cast me off sneering. You were my aid, do not cast me off and do not leave me, my God, my savior.<br/> {{verse|chapter=27|verse=10}} Because my father and my mother left me, and Yahweh gathered me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=27|verse=11}} Teach me, Yahweh, your paths. And set me on a level length, for the sake of those that would bind me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=27|verse=12}} Do not give my soul to my opponents, because they rose against me false witnesses, and they will snort violence.<br/> {{verse|chapter=27|verse=13}} Had it not been, I believed I would see the goodness of Yahweh in the land of the living.<br/> {{verse|chapter=27|verse=14}} Hope for Yahweh, strong, and your heart will embolden, and hope for Yahweh. ==Psalm 28 == {{verse|chapter=28|verse=1}} For David: &nbsp; To you, Yahweh, I will call--- my rock, do not deafen to me.<br/> &nbsp; Lest you be silent to me, and I was governed with those that descend to the pit.<br/> {{verse|chapter=28|verse=2}} Listen to the voice of mye pleading, in my vowe to you, in the carrying of my hands, to thine holy things.<ref> Aramaic tinged phrasing, rendered as faux old English.</ref><br/> {{verse|chapter=28|verse=3}} Do not pull me with the wicked, and with the crooked dealers, words of peace with their neighbors, and evil in their hearts.<br/> {{verse|chapter=28|verse=4}} Give to them as they mete out, as the evil of their endeavors. As their hands do, give them; give them their compensation.<br/> {{verse|chapter=28|verse=5}} Because they will not understand Yahweh's actions, and to the works of his hands, it shall tear them down, not build them up. {{verse|chapter=28|verse=6}} Blessed is Yahweh, because he heard the voice of my plea.<br/> {{verse|chapter=28|verse=7}} Yahweh, my might, and my shield, in him my heart relied, and I was aided. And my heart gladdened, and with my songs, I will give thanks.<br/> {{verse|chapter=28|verse=8}} Yahweh, thou art their might. And a mighty fort of salvation to his anointed is he.<ref> aramaic again</ref><br/> {{verse|chapter=28|verse=9}} Save your people, and bless your bequest; and herd them, carry them, til world's end. ==Psalm 29 == {{verse|chapter=29|verse=1}} A lyric for David: &nbsp; Render to Yahweh, sons of gods, render to Yahweh honor and might.<br/> {{verse|chapter=29|verse=2}} Render to Yahweh his name's honor; bow down to Yahweh, in holiness' glory.<br/> {{verse|chapter=29|verse=3}} The voice of Yahweh is upon the seas, for honor he thundered, Yahweh, on many waters.<br/> {{verse|chapter=29|verse=4}} The voice of Yahweh in strength; the voice of Yahweh in glory.<br/> {{verse|chapter=29|verse=5}} The voice of Yahweh, breaks cedar trees, And Yahweh will break Lebanon's cedars.<br/> {{verse|chapter=29|verse=6}} He will set them to dance like a calf; Lebanon and Sirion, like the son of rams.<br/> {{verse|chapter=29|verse=7}} The voice of Yahweh carves out, flames of fire.<br/> {{verse|chapter=29|verse=8}} The voice of Yahweh will make the steppe fertile, Yahweh makes holy steppe be fertile.<ref> the word translated "steppe" here means "desert" in modern hebrew, and it is traditionally translated as "wilderness", but steppe is most accurate, since it does not refer to a wilderness with trees. The word steppe is a little too obscure in English compared to the Hebrew equivalent, which essentially refers to almost everywhere in the traditional land of Canaan.</ref><br/> {{verse|chapter=29|verse=9}} The voice of Yahweh will make the does fertile, and will denude the forests. And in his temples, all of his speak honor.<br/> {{verse|chapter=29|verse=10}} Yahweh, the torrent sent back. And Yahweh will sit as king til world's end.<br/> {{verse|chapter=29|verse=11}} Yahweh is might, to his people will give. Yahweh will bless his people with peace.<ref>The translation tries to approximately keep the distinctive meter of the Hebrew.</ref> ==Psalm 30 == {{verse|chapter=30|verse=0}} A lyric: song of the dedication of the house of David.<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=30|verse=1}} I will elevate to you, Yahweh, because you have raised me, and you didn't make my enemies happy.<br/> {{verse|chapter=30|verse=2}} Yahweh my God, to you is my petition, and you will heal me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=30|verse=3}} Yahweh, you raised my soul from the underworld, you gave me life, as not those who descend to the pit.<br/> {{verse|chapter=30|verse=4}} Sing to Yahweh his kindness, and give thanks to the memory of his holiness.<br/> {{verse|chapter=30|verse=5}} Because he snarls in but a moment, life is by his desire, in the evening. He will set weeping, in the morning, joy.<br/> {{verse|chapter=30|verse=6}} And I said, in my peace: "I will not be struck, forever." {{verse|chapter=30|verse=7}} Yahweh, in your desire you raised my mount in might. You hid your face, I was startled.<br/> {{verse|chapter=30|verse=8}} To you Yahweh, I will call, and to my lord I will plead.<br/> {{verse|chapter=30|verse=9}} What accomplishment is in my blood, when I descend into the pit? For does dust know you? Will it speak your reality?<br/> {{verse|chapter=30|verse=10}} Listen Yahweh, and have mercy on me, Yahweh, be helpful to me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=30|verse=11}} You have turned my mourning into dancing, you opened my sackcloth and sprinkled happiness on me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=30|verse=12}} In order that I will sing your honor, and not pause. Yahweh, my God, I will thank you forever. ==Psalm 31 == {{verse|chapter=31|verse=0}} For the conductor, a verse for David:<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=31|verse=1}} In you, Yahweh, I sheltered, I will not be humbled forever. In your justice, release me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=31|verse=2}} Lean your ear to me, set me free quickly. He was to me a stone wall of might--- a fortified house, to save me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=31|verse=3}} because you are my rock and my stone wall, for your name's sake, comfort me and manage me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=31|verse=4}} release me from this net that they have buried to me, because you are my might.<br/> {{verse|chapter=31|verse=5}} In your hands, I will deposit my soul: you have redeemed me, Yahweh, true god.<br/> {{verse|chapter=31|verse=6}} I have hated the guardians of futile illusions, and I have trusted in Yahweh.<br/> {{verse|chapter=31|verse=7}} I will celebrate and rejoice in your kindness: that you have seen my wretchedness, you have known in the troubles of my soul.<br/> {{verse|chapter=31|verse=8}} And you did not close me in the hand of an enemy, you put my legs in the wide expanse.<br/> {{verse|chapter=31|verse=9}} Have mercy on me Yahweh, because I am troubled. My eyes have faltered in anger, my soul and my stomach.<br/> {{verse|chapter=31|verse=10}} Because imprisoned in sorrows is my life, and my years in sighing. My strength has failed in my miseries, and my bones have faltered.<br/> {{verse|chapter=31|verse=11}} From all my opponents I have become despicable, and much so to my neighbors, and a fear to my acquaintances. They see me outside, they wandered from me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=31|verse=12}} I have been forgotten as one dead of heart, I was as a lost container.<br/> {{verse|chapter=31|verse=13}} Because I have heard many whispers, a border around me, in their uniting together against me, they have schemed to take my soul.<br/> {{verse|chapter=31|verse=14}} And I in you trusted, Yahweh, I said "You are my God".<br/> {{verse|chapter=31|verse=15}} My time is in your hands. Save me from my enemies hands, and from my pursuers.<br/> {{verse|chapter=31|verse=16}} Brighten your face on your servant, save me in your kindness.<br/> {{verse|chapter=31|verse=17}} Yahweh, let me not be humbled because I have called on you, the wicked will be humbled, they will become still, onto the underworld.<br/> {{verse|chapter=31|verse=18}} You will strike dumb lying lips, that speak of the great righteous with pride and defilement.<br/> {{verse|chapter=31|verse=19}} How great is your good, that you have treasured for your fearing. You have acted for those who shelter in you, against the sons of man.<br/> {{verse|chapter=31|verse=20}} You will hide them in the secret of your presence, from the plots of man. You will in a hut watch over them, away from arguments.<br/> {{verse|chapter=31|verse=21}} Blessed is Yahweh: because he has made wonder in his kindness to me, in the city besieged.<br/> {{verse|chapter=31|verse=22}} And I have said in my haste--- I have been torn off from your presence. But still you heard the voice of my pleading, in my vows to you.<br/> {{verse|chapter=31|verse=23}} Love Yahweh, all his pious, Yahweh treasures the believers, and overpays the prideful actor.<br/> {{verse|chapter=31|verse=24}} Strengthen, and your hearts will fortify, all that attend to Yahweh. ==Psalm 32 == {{verse|chapter=32|verse=1}} For David, Maskil:<br/> &nbsp; Fortunate whose crime is cleared, his sin covered over.<br/> {{verse|chapter=32|verse=2}} Fortunate is the man that Yahweh did not think to him blight, and his spirit has no deceit.<br/> {{verse|chapter=32|verse=3}} Because I have been deaf, my bones wasted away--- while roaring all day.<br/> {{verse|chapter=32|verse=4}} Because night and day your hand was heavy upon me, turns into my breast, in the wastelands of summer, Selah. {{verse|chapter=32|verse=5}} I have sinned, I inform you, and my wrongdoing I did not cover over.<br/> &nbsp; I said, "I will admit upon me my crimes to Yahweh; and you will carry the blight of my sins." Selah.<br/> {{verse|chapter=32|verse=6}} For this all the pious will pray to you--- in a time of finding.<br/> &nbsp; Only, the flood of many waters, to him they will not reach.<br/> {{verse|chapter=32|verse=7}} You are a secret place for me, you will oppose my opponents.<br/> &nbsp; In songs of escape you will surround me. Selah. {{verse|chapter=32|verse=8}} I will educate you, and arrange you. &nbsp; In the path that you will walk: I will fasten my eye to you. {{verse|chapter=32|verse=9}} Don't be as horses, as mules--- not understanding,<br/> &nbsp; with blinders and bridle to block his witness, lest he come near you.<br/> {{verse|chapter=32|verse=10}} Many pains to the wicked, and the one who trusts in Yahweh, kindness will surround him.<br/> {{verse|chapter=32|verse=11}} Be happy in Yahweh, and be festive, the righteous, and celebrate all the upright of heart. ==Psalm 33 == {{verse|chapter=33|verse=1}} The just celebrated Yahweh, glorifying is nice for the upright.<br/> {{verse|chapter=33|verse=2}} Thank Yahweh with a harp, on a ten-string Nevel play to him.<br/> {{verse|chapter=33|verse=3}} Sing to him a new song: play well in festivity.<br/> {{verse|chapter=33|verse=4}} Because the word of Yahweh is straight up, and all his actions are faithful.<br/> {{verse|chapter=33|verse=5}} He loves justice and judgment. Yahweh's kindness filled the Earth.<br/> {{verse|chapter=33|verse=6}} By the word of god, the skies were made. And in his nose's breath, all their ranks.<br/> {{verse|chapter=33|verse=7}} Gathered the waters of the seas as in a crest, gives abysses in the storehouses.<br/> {{verse|chapter=33|verse=8}} All the Earth will fear Yahweh, from him they will be taken aback, all the inhabitants of the land.<br/> {{verse|chapter=33|verse=9}} Because he spoke and it came to be, he commanded and so it stood. {{verse|chapter=33|verse=10}} Yahweh undid the advice of nations, set in motion the thoughts of the peoples.<br/> {{verse|chapter=33|verse=11}} Yahweh's advice will stand to world's end, the thoughts of his heart are to generation after generation.<br/> {{verse|chapter=33|verse=12}} Fortunate is the nation that Yahweh goes toward, that people he chose for his bequest.<br/> {{verse|chapter=33|verse=13}} From the skies, Yahweh scoped, saw all the sons of man.<br/> {{verse|chapter=33|verse=14}} From his edifice of residence he attended, over all those settling the land.<br/> {{verse|chapter=33|verse=15}} The one who crafts together their hearts, who understands all their doings.<br/> {{verse|chapter=33|verse=16}} There isn't the king who carries forth with much war, the hero will not save with much strength.<br/> {{verse|chapter=33|verse=17}} The horse is but a lie toward salvation, and in all his armor will not flee.<br/> {{verse|chapter=33|verse=18}} Here is Yahweh's eye to his fearful, to those that pray to his kindness.<br/> {{verse|chapter=33|verse=19}} To save their souls from death, and to let survive them through famine.<br/> {{verse|chapter=33|verse=20}} Our souls waited for Yahweh, out aid and our shield is he.<br/> {{verse|chapter=33|verse=21}} Because in him our heart did gladden, because in his holiness' name we relied.<br/> {{verse|chapter=33|verse=22}} Let your kindness, Yahweh, be upon us, as we have prayed to you.<ref> The word מְיַחֲלִים I gave as "those that pray", but it is often rendered "those that wait". I chose this word because a similar root means "shelter in", "lower down", and another related root means to "wish you", in the sense of "I wish you peace".</ref> ==Psalm 34 == {{verse|chapter=34|verse=0}} For David--- in changing his style before Avimelech, and he evicted him, and he left.<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=34|verse=1}} I will in Yahweh bless every time, his praise always in my words.<br/> {{verse|chapter=34|verse=2}} In Yahweh my spirit will be praised, the wretched will hear and be happy.<br/> {{verse|chapter=34|verse=3}} Grow to Yahweh with me, and we will raise up his name together.<br/> {{verse|chapter=34|verse=4}} I petitioned to Yahweh and he answered me, from all my hosts he delivered me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=34|verse=5}} They looked upon him and shone, and their faces wilted not.<br/> {{verse|chapter=34|verse=6}} This poor man called, and Yahweh heard, and from all his troubles saved him.<br/> {{verse|chapter=34|verse=7}} An angel of Yahweh camps around those that fear him, and will free them.<br/> {{verse|chapter=34|verse=8}} They tasted and saw that Yahweh is good, fortunate the guy who will shelter in him.<br/> {{verse|chapter=34|verse=9}} Fear Yahweh his holiness, because there is no want for those that fear him.<br/> {{verse|chapter=34|verse=10}} Heretics were afflicted and hungered, and Yahweh's petitioners will not lack in any good.<br/> {{verse|chapter=34|verse=11}} Go on, my sons, listen to me. I will teach you the fear of God. {{verse|chapter=34|verse=12}} Who is the man, who seeks life, loves in the days to see good?<br/> {{verse|chapter=34|verse=13}} Guard your tongue from evil, and your lips from wily speaking.<br/> {{verse|chapter=34|verse=14}} Keep away from evil, and do good. Ask for peace and pursue it.<br/> {{verse|chapter=34|verse=15}} The eyes of Yahweh are to the just, and his ears to their petitions.<br/> {{verse|chapter=34|verse=16}} The face of Yahweh against those that do evil, to uproot their memory from the Earth. {{verse|chapter=34|verse=17}} They<ref>(34:17) They - the just (mentioned 2 verses ago), nkt those who do evil in the previous verse. Quite possibly the order of the 2 verses was originally reverse, with this psalm being an acrostic with the same order as found in Lamentations, and was subsequently "fixed" to modern alphabetical order.</ref> shouted, and Yahweh heard, delivered them from all their troubles.<br/> {{verse|chapter=34|verse=18}} Yahweh is close to the broken-hearted, and the depressed of spirit he will save.<br/> {{verse|chapter=34|verse=19}} Many are the woes of the just, and from all those Yahweh will save us.<br/> {{verse|chapter=34|verse=20}} Guards all his bones, not one of those has been broken.<br/> {{verse|chapter=34|verse=21}} Evil will kill the wicked, and those hating righteous will be faulted.<br/> {{verse|chapter=34|verse=22}} Yahweh redeems the soul of his servants, and all that shelter in him will not be faulted. ==Psalm 35 == {{verse|chapter=35|verse=1}} For David: &nbsp; Yahweh argued with those that argued with me, battled those that battled with me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=35|verse=2}} Tighten your shield and holster, and rise up to my aid.<br/> {{verse|chapter=35|verse=3}} And unsheath your spear and close against my pursuers. Say to my soul, "I am your salvation".<ref>The word יְשֻׁעָתֵךְ translated "your salvation" indicates in its traditional pronunciation a feminine you, although David is a dude. The spelling would be identical for the expected masculine form.</ref><br/> {{verse|chapter=35|verse=4}} They will shame and unravel, those that demand my soul, they will retreat and wilt, those that think to wrong me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=35|verse=5}} They will be as a stalk before the wind, and Yahweh's angel pushes back.<br/> {{verse|chapter=35|verse=6}} Let their path be dark and slippery, and the angel of Yahweh pursues them.<br/> {{verse|chapter=35|verse=7}} Because for naught did they ambush me, the pit of their net, for naught did they dig for my soul.<br/> {{verse|chapter=35|verse=8}} Bring to him a cataclysm, unawares, and in his net which he has buried capture him, in a cataclysm his will fall into it.<br/> {{verse|chapter=35|verse=9}} And my soul will celebrate Yahweh, will rejoice in his salvation.<br/> {{verse|chapter=35|verse=10}} All my bones will say: "Yahweh, who is like you? Rescues the poor from one stronger, and the poor wretch from one who rips him off."<br/> {{verse|chapter=35|verse=11}} They shalt riseth, the witnesses of violence, that which I did not know, they will ask me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=35|verse=12}} They will pay me bad towards good, weariness to my soul.<br/> {{verse|chapter=35|verse=13}} And I, they wearing sackcloth in their sickness, tormented my soul by fasting. And my prayer, to my breast reward.<br/> {{verse|chapter=35|verse=14}} As a brother woe to me, I have walked, as one mourning for his mother, I have prostrated my dessication.<br/> {{verse|chapter=35|verse=15}} And in my hobbling they became happy and massed, the crippled massed to me, and I did not know. They ripped apart, and didn't stop.<br/> {{verse|chapter=35|verse=16}} In the spite of mocking insult, he grinds his teeth upon me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=35|verse=17}} My lord, how much will you see? Return my soul from their atrocities, from the heretics my individual.<br/> {{verse|chapter=35|verse=18}} I will thank you in a great crowd, among a big people I will praise you.<br/> {{verse|chapter=35|verse=19}} Let them not be happy upon me the lying enemies, those that hate for nothing wink their eye.<br/> {{verse|chapter=35|verse=20}} Because they do not speak of peace, and on the calm of the Earth, they thinketh wily plots.<br/> {{verse|chapter=35|verse=21}} And they will widen upon me their mouths. They said: "Aha! Aha! Our eyes have seen!"<br/> {{verse|chapter=35|verse=22}} You have seen, Yahweh, do not deafen, lord, do not distance yourself from me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=35|verse=23}} Awake and put haste to my judgment, my God, and lord to my arguments.<br/> {{verse|chapter=35|verse=24}} Judge me as your justice, Yahweh my God, and let them not be happy over me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=35|verse=25}} Let them not say in their hearts, "Ah, our souls." Let them not say "We have consumed him."<br/> {{verse|chapter=35|verse=26}} They will shame, and will wilt, together, those that gladden on my bad. They will weak shame and effacing, those that rise upon me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=35|verse=27}} They will celebrate and be happy, those that seek my justice, and they will say, Yahweh will always grow, he that seeks the peace of his servant.<br/> {{verse|chapter=35|verse=28}} And my tongue will talk of your justice, of your praises all day. ==Psalm 36 == {{verse|chapter=36|verse=0}} For the conductor, for the servant of Yahweh, for David:<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=36|verse=1}} The sermon of crime to the wicked is close to my heart, there is no fear of God in his eyes.<br/> {{verse|chapter=36|verse=2}} Because he has smooth-talked to him, in his eyes, to find his wrongdoing, to hate.<br/> {{verse|chapter=36|verse=3}} The words of his mouth wrongdoing and trickery, he has ceased to wise up, to improve.<br/> {{verse|chapter=36|verse=4}} Wrongdoing will be reckoned to his rest bed, he will post to a no good path, of evil he will not be fed up.<br/> {{verse|chapter=36|verse=5}} Yahweh in the sky is your kindness, your belief unto the horizon.<br/> {{verse|chapter=36|verse=6}} Your justice, as the godly mountains, your sentences a vast abyss, you will save man and beast, Yahweh.<br/> {{verse|chapter=36|verse=7}} How dear is your kindness, God, and the sons of man in the shadow of your wing will shelter.<br/> {{verse|chapter=36|verse=8}} They shalt satisfy from the plenty of your house, and the stream of your gentleness will quench them.<br/> {{verse|chapter=36|verse=9}} Because with you is the source of life, by your light we'll see the light.<br/> {{verse|chapter=36|verse=10}} Your kindness pulls in those who know you, and your justice to the upright of heart.<br/> {{verse|chapter=36|verse=11}} Do not bring on me a foot of pride, and let the hand of the wicked not uproot me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=36|verse=12}} There they fell, the workers of wrong, they were pushed away and could not stand. == Psalm 37 == {{verse|chapter=37|verse=1}} For David: &nbsp; Don't compete with the wicked, do not envy wrongdoers.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=2}} Because like a harvest, they will quickly ripen, and like the green grass wilteth.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=3}} Trust in Yahweh, and do good. Dwell the land, and guide faith.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=4}} And delight in Yahweh, and he will give you your heart's wishes.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=5}} Gather your paths on Yahweh, and trust in him, he will do.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=6}} And like light he will bring forth your justice, and like high noon your judgment.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=7}} Be still for Yahweh, and await him. Do not compete with he who himself made success, with a man who makes intrigue.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=8}} Begone with fury, and abandon violence, don't compete just to do evil.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=9}} Because the bad shalt be cut down, and those straight with god shalt inherit the Earth.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=10}} And in a little bit, and there is no evil. And you examined its place, and it isn't there.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=11}} And the agonized will inherit the Earth, and will delight over abundant peace.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=12}} The wicked plots against the righteous, and sets his teeth against him.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=13}} My lord has mirth at him, because he sees that his day will come.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=14}} The wicked unsheathed sword and drew their bows, to fell the impoverished poor, to slaughter the straight of path.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=15}} Their sword will fall on their hearts, and their bows will break.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=16}} Better is the little for the righteous than the fortune for the many wicked.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=17}} Because the arms of the wicked will break, and the support of the righteous is Yahweh.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=18}} Yahweh knows their days of innocence, and their bequest will be for all time.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=19}} They will not shame at an evil time, and in days of hunger will sate.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=20}} Because the wicked will be lost, and the enemies of Yahweh, like the field flock prime, consumed in smoke, consumed. {{verse|chapter=37|verse=21}} The wicked borrowed, and will not pay, and the righteous forgives and gives.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=22}} Because from his firstborn the Earth's inherit, and they who curse him will be sundered.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=23}} And from Yahweh, a mans steps are prepared, and his way eased.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=24}} Because he will not be delegated to fall, because Yahweh supports his hand.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=25}} I was a youth, and I also aged, and I have not seen a righteous man abandoned, and his seed asking for bread.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=26}} All day he forgives and loans, and his seed is to be blessed.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=27}} Avoid the evil, and do good, and dwell forever.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=28}} Because Yahweh loves adjudicating, and will not leave his righteous. They will be protected forever, and the seed of the wicked sundered.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=29}} The righteous will inherit the Earth, and will dwell upon it for all time.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=30}} The mouth of the righteous will pronounce wisdom, and his tongue will speak judgment.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=31}} The teaching of God is in his heart, his steps will not falter.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=32}} The wicked watches the righteous, and wishes to kill him.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=33}} Yahweh will not leave us in his hand, and will not convict us in his judgments.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=34}} Hope to Yahweh, and keep his way, and he will lift you up to inherit the Earth. You will see the wicked sunder.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=35}} I saw a glorified wicked man, and he displays as a vibrant citizen.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=36}} And after a while, and he is not, and I asked for him, and he was not found.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=37}} Keep innocent, and see straight, because the aftermath is for the man of peace.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=38}} And the criminals will be annihilated together, the aftermath for the wicked is cut off.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=39}} And the salvation of the righteous is from Yahweh, their strength in times of trouble.<br/> {{verse|chapter=37|verse=40}} And Yahweh will help them and deliver them, deliver them from the wicked and save them, because they sheltered in him. == Psalm 38 == {{verse|chapter=38|verse=0}} A lyric for david, a reminder.<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=38|verse=1}} Yahweh, do not in your snarling reprove me, and in your glare cut me off.<br/> {{verse|chapter=38|verse=2}} Because your arrows landed within me, and your hand will land upon me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=38|verse=3}} There is no ease in my flesh in the face of your fury. There is no peace in my bones in the face of my sins.<br/> {{verse|chapter=38|verse=4}} Because my ill-deeds overcome my head, as a weighty burden they outweigh me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=38|verse=5}} My wounds vengefully fester from my ill-doing.<br/> {{verse|chapter=38|verse=6}} I am wrung out so much, bent. All day I walk drooping.<br/> {{verse|chapter=38|verse=7}} Because my loins filled with embers, and there is no ease in my flesh.<br/> {{verse|chapter=38|verse=8}} I am drained and rejected so much, my roar is of my heart's moan.<br/> {{verse|chapter=38|verse=9}} My lord, against you are all my lusts, and my sighs were not hid from you.<br/> {{verse|chapter=38|verse=10}} My heart is swooning, my strength left me, and the light of my eyes (those too!) is not with me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=38|verse=11}} Whoever loves me, and my friend, will stand to avoid my touch. Those closest to me will stand at a distance.<br/> {{verse|chapter=38|verse=12}} And they will spring, those who demand my soul, and those who demand my fall. They spoke distortion. They'll babble deceptions all day.<br/> {{verse|chapter=38|verse=13}} And I am as the deaf, I will not hear, and as the dumb, who will not open his mouth.<br/> {{verse|chapter=38|verse=14}} And I will be as the man who did not hear, and whose mouth does not have reproof.<br/> {{verse|chapter=38|verse=15}} Because to you, Yahweh, my hope has been. You will answer, my lord, my God.<br/> {{verse|chapter=38|verse=16}} Because I said, "Lest they will rejoice over me, over my legs' stumble;" off me they expand.<br/> {{verse|chapter=38|verse=17}} Because I am ready to halt, and my hurts are always before me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=38|verse=18}} Because I will speak my illdeeds, I will worry over my sins.<br/> {{verse|chapter=38|verse=19}} And my enemies, became great of life, and my detesters multiplied falsely.<br/> {{verse|chapter=38|verse=20}} And those who paid me bad for good, will enmify me, for my chasing goodness. {{verse|chapter=38|verse=21}} Do not leave me, Yahweh, my God, do not distance yourself from me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=38|verse=22}} Tend to my help, my lord, my salvation. == Psalm 39 == {{verse|chapter=39|verse=0}} For the conductor, for Yeduthun,<ref>One of the Levite singers in the time of King David, see 1 Chronicles 25:1</ref> a lyric for David.<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=39|verse=1}} I said, "I shalt guard my path, from letting my tongue sin. I shalt guard for my mouth a barrier, while still the evil is against me."<br/> {{verse|chapter=39|verse=2}} I kept dumb, silent, I sensed of goodness, and my pain was uprooted.<br/> {{verse|chapter=39|verse=3}} My heart's warmth within me--- while speaking a fire burned--- I spoke with my tongue.<br/> {{verse|chapter=39|verse=4}} Inform me, Yahweh, of my end, and of the measure of my days, what are they? I will know how limited I am.<br/> {{verse|chapter=39|verse=5}} Here you have given my days, some handspans-- and my limitation is nothing compared to you. So is every vapor-wisp of every man standing, selah.<br/> {{verse|chapter=39|verse=6}} Only as an image, will a man walk, only as a vapor-wisp theye wonder. He will collect and does not know who gathers them. {{verse|chapter=39|verse=7}} And now, what did I hope, my lord? My hope is toward you.<br/> {{verse|chapter=39|verse=8}} Save me from all my crimes, do not place me as the shunned of the decayed.<br/> {{verse|chapter=39|verse=9}} I kept dumb, I will not open my mouth. Because you did make.<br/> {{verse|chapter=39|verse=10}} Remove from me your afflictions, from your hands' blow I wasted away.<br/> {{verse|chapter=39|verse=11}} For the reproof of illdeed, you cast away a man, and dissolve as ashes his fondness. Every man is but a wisp of vapor, selah.<br/> {{verse|chapter=39|verse=12}} Here my prayer, Yahweh, and to my entreat pay heed, do not keep dumb, do not deafen. For I am a stranger before you, a settler, as all my forefathers.<br/> {{verse|chapter=39|verse=13}} Release me, and I will recoup, just before I go and am not. == Psalm 40 == {{verse|chapter=40|verse=0}} For the conductor, a lyric for David.<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=40|verse=1}} A hope, I've hoped of Yahweh, and he tilted toward me, and listened to my petition.<br/> {{verse|chapter=40|verse=2}} And he raised me up from the rushing pit, from the miry clay, and he stood my legs on a boulder, readied my fortune.<br/> {{verse|chapter=40|verse=3}} And he placed in my mouth a new song, a psalm for our God. &nbsp; Many did see and fear, and relied on Yahweh.<br/> {{verse|chapter=40|verse=4}} Fortune to the guy who places his security in Yahweh, and did not turn to the willful, or the lying wayfarers.<br/> {{verse|chapter=40|verse=5}} Much have you done, you Yahweh my God. Your wonders and your thoughts are towards us. There is none compared to you. I shalt say and I shalt speak. They are too great to relate.<br/> {{verse|chapter=40|verse=6}} Sacrifice and offering you did not desire--- you opened your ears to me. For raised and sinstuff offer, you did not ask. {{verse|chapter=40|verse=7}} Then I said "Here, I've come." In the scroll of the book, of me is written.<br/> {{verse|chapter=40|verse=8}} To do do your will, my God, I desired. And your teaching is in my gut.<br/> {{verse|chapter=40|verse=9}} In my ministering justice in a great crowd, here I will not shutter my lips. Yahweh, you have known.<br/> {{verse|chapter=40|verse=10}} I did not hide your justice within my heart. Of your faith and your salvation I have spoken. I did not disguise your kindness and your reality before a great crowd.<br/> {{verse|chapter=40|verse=11}} You Yahweh, you will not shut your kindness from me. Your kindness and your reality will always reform me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=40|verse=12}} Because evil things flutter upon me, beyond number, my illdeeds have caught up to me, and I could not see. They were more than the hairs of my head, and my heart abandoned me. {{verse|chapter=40|verse=13}} Yahweh wanted to save me. Yahweh, minister to my aid.<br/> {{verse|chapter=40|verse=14}} They will shame and dig together, those who ask for my soul to curtail. They will fall back and disappear, those who seek bad upon me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=40|verse=15}} The will fall following from their shame, those who tell me "Aha, Aha".<br/> {{verse|chapter=40|verse=16}} They will revive and gladden in you, all who ask for you. They will say, "Yahweh will always grow", those who love your salvation.<br/> {{verse|chapter=40|verse=17}} And I am poor, impoverished, for me my Lord will reckon. You are my help and my sanctuary. My God, do not be late. == Psalm 41 == {{verse|chapter=41|verse=0}} For the conductor, a lyric for David.<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=41|verse=1}} Fortune to one considerate to the weak; on the day of evil, Yahweh will let him flee.<br/> {{verse|chapter=41|verse=2}} Yahweh will let him protection and life--- he will grow rich on the Earth. And do not give him to his enemies souls.<ref> The word יאשר (will grow rich) is traditionally corrected to וְאֻשַּׁר (and he has grown rich) which is a prettier construction which is essentially the same in biblical Hebrew.</ref><br/> {{verse|chapter=41|verse=3}} Yahweh will set our table, on the support of weakness, all his rest-beds you overturned in his sickness.<br/> {{verse|chapter=41|verse=4}} I said: "Yahweh, have mercy on me. Heal me, because I have sinned against you."<br/> {{verse|chapter=41|verse=5}} My enemies will speak ill of me: "When will he die, and his name be lost?"<br/> {{verse|chapter=41|verse=6}} And if he came to see, he will speak in vain. His heart will cluster on illdeed, he will go outside and speak.<br/> {{verse|chapter=41|verse=7}} Together, against me they whispered, all my detesters. Upon me, they think of evil against me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=41|verse=8}} The words of Belya'al is molded within him, and as he lay down, he will not get up again.<br/> {{verse|chapter=41|verse=9}} Also the man of my peace, in whom I have trusted, eats my bread. He has lifted his heel on me. {{verse|chapter=41|verse=10}} And you, Yahweh, have mercy on me, and raise me up, and I will repay them.<br/> {{verse|chapter=41|verse=11}} In this I have know, that I am pleasing to you, because my enemy will not do evil against me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=41|verse=12}} And me, you have supported me in my innocence, and you stationed me before you forever.<br/> {{verse|chapter=41|verse=13}} Blessed is Yahweh, the God of Israel, to all the world and to world's end. Amen and Amen. == Psalm 42 == {{verse|chapter=42|verse=0}} For the conductor, Masckil(learned one) to the sons of Korach.<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=42|verse=1}} As the stag longs for the water-brooks, so my soul longs for you, God.<br/> {{verse|chapter=42|verse=2}} My soul thirsts for God-- for a living god. When will I come and see the face of God?<br/> {{verse|chapter=42|verse=3}} My tears become my bread, days and nights, from their saying to me all day, "Where's your God?"<br/> {{verse|chapter=42|verse=4}} These I shall remember, and my soul will spill upon me, so I will pass through the hut, I will encourage them to God's house. With a sound of joy and thanks, many celebrate.<br/> {{verse|chapter=42|verse=5}} What for is my soul downcast? And my unrest upon me. Beseech{{sup|(f)}} God for me, because he still revives us, salvation of his presence.<br/> {{verse|chapter=42|verse=6}} My God, my soul upon me is downcast. For this, I will recall you from the land of Yarden(Jordan), and the Chermons, from mount Mitz'ar(sorrow).<br/> {{verse|chapter=42|verse=7}} Abyss upon abyss calls out to your tubes' sound. All your wave breaks and crests passed over me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=42|verse=8}} Daily, Yahweh commands his mercy, and at night he sings with me, a prayer for the god of my life.<br/> {{verse|chapter=42|verse=9}} I will say to my god, my rock, "Why have you forgotten me? Why do I walk head down at the enemy's pressure?"<br/> {{verse|chapter=42|verse=10}} As murder in my bones, my foes made me shunned, in their saying to me all day "Where's your God?"<br/> {{verse|chapter=42|verse=11}} How downcast is my soul, and what unrest is upon me. Beseech{{sup|(f)}} God for me, because he still revives us, salvation for my presence, and my God. == Psalm 43 == {{verse|chapter=43|verse=1}} Judge me, God, and argue my arguments.<br/> &nbsp; From a nation of none kind, from a man of deceit and illdeed, let me escape.<br/> {{verse|chapter=43|verse=2}} Because you, my God, my fortitude, Why did you neglect me?<br/> &nbsp; Why should I walk head down, at an enemies' pressure?<br/> {{verse|chapter=43|verse=3}} Send your light and your truth, they shall settle me.<br/> &nbsp; They will bring me to your holy mountain, and to your dwellings.<br/> {{verse|chapter=43|verse=4}} And I will come to God's altar, to the god of joy of my rejoicing.<br/> &nbsp; And I will praise you on harp, God my God.<br/> {{verse|chapter=43|verse=5}} What will my soul be downcast for? And why will my unrest be upon me?<br/> &nbsp; Beseech{{sup|(f)}} God, because he still revives us. The salvation of my presence, and my God. == Psalm 44 == {{verse|chapter=44|verse=0}} For the conductor to the sons of Korach, Masckil(learned one).<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=44|verse=1}} God, we carefully listening have heard.<br/> Our fathers told us: you have done deedss in their days, the days of old.<br/> {{verse|chapter=44|verse=2}} You, by your hand, bequeathed nations and planted them. You have made bad for peoples, and set them free.<br/> {{verse|chapter=44|verse=3}} Because not through their swords did they inherit land, and by their arms they did not save themselvse.<br/> &nbsp; But by your right hand and arm, and the light of your face, because you wanted them.<br/> {{verse|chapter=44|verse=4}} You are him, my king God, command Yaakov's(Jacob's) salvation.<br/> {{verse|chapter=44|verse=5}} With you, our foes are smitten, in your name, our insurgents tamp down.<br/> {{verse|chapter=44|verse=6}} For in my bow I won't trust, and my sword will not save me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=44|verse=7}} For you have saved us from our foes, and to our detesters you laid shame.<br/> {{verse|chapter=44|verse=8}} In God we praised all day, and your name we will thank forever, Selah. {{verse|chapter=44|verse=9}} But you neglected, and you waste us, and you will not come out within our ranks.<br/> {{verse|chapter=44|verse=10}} You dost set us back, from the foe, and why, our detesters rejoiceth.<br/> {{verse|chapter=44|verse=11}} You have give us feed like sheep. And among the nations dispersed us.<br/> {{verse|chapter=44|verse=12}} You sell your nation for no fortune, and you did not give their price as much.<br/> {{verse|chapter=44|verse=13}} You made us shunned of our neighbors, strike and mockery for our surrounding.<br/> {{verse|chapter=44|verse=14}} You made us an example among the nations, head-shaking in the nationalities.<br/> {{verse|chapter=44|verse=15}} All day, my waste is against me, and the my face's shame cloaked me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=44|verse=16}} From the teasing taunter's voice, from the enemy's presence, and the avenger.<br/> {{verse|chapter=44|verse=17}} All this, you bringeth to us, and we forgetteth you not. And we did not make lie of our covenant.<ref> Your covenant in Hebrew, but the meaning is that the Hebrews did not break the covenant. In English, "make a lie of your covenant" sort of implies that "you" break it.</ref><br/> {{verse|chapter=44|verse=18}} We will not turn back our hearts, nor redirect our steps from thine proceedings.<br/> {{verse|chapter=44|verse=19}} Because you have pushed us away into a jackal's place, and you cloaked us in death-shadow.<br/> {{verse|chapter=44|verse=20}} If we have forgotten the name of our God, and we spread our hand to a foreign God,<br/> {{verse|chapter=44|verse=21}} then God will discover this, because he knows the secrets of the heart.<br/> {{verse|chapter=44|verse=22}} Because we are being killed over you all day, we are thought of as sheep for slaughter. {{verse|chapter=44|verse=23}} Awake! Why will you sleep, my lord? Arise, do not neglect forever.<br/> {{verse|chapter=44|verse=24}} Why will you hide your face? You forget our torment and our pressure.<br/> {{verse|chapter=44|verse=25}} Because our soul sank to the dust, our stomach stuck to the earth.<br/> {{verse|chapter=44|verse=26}} Rise up, help us, and reclaim us for your mercy's sake. == Psalm 45 == {{verse|chapter=45|verse=0}} For the conductor of Sheshanim for the sons of Korach, Masckil, a song of friendship.<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=45|verse=1}} A good thing overfills my heart. I say, my works are for a king! My tongue, the pen of a quick writer. {{verse|chapter=45|verse=2}} You have out-beautified all men, desirability is forged in your lips. For this God has blessed you, forever. {{verse|chapter=45|verse=3}} Belt your sword on a hero's thigh--- your praise and your majesty. {{verse|chapter=45|verse=4}} And in your majesty, prosper your ride, for the thing of truth, and the modesty of justice. And your teaching of the awesomeness of your right hand. {{verse|chapter=45|verse=5}} Your arrows are sharp. Nations will fall under you, in the heart of the king's enemies. {{verse|chapter=45|verse=6}} Your Godly chair is forever and ever, the straight up staff is your reign's staff. {{verse|chapter=45|verse=7}} You have loved justice, and you will hate evil. For this, God your God annointed you, of your friends, in joyful oil. {{verse|chapter=45|verse=8}} All your clothes are Myrrh and Aloes of Cassia, from ivory tools, mine have made you happy. {{verse|chapter=45|verse=9}} The daughters of kings are among your dearest. She is posted lordly at your right in the pure gold of Ophir. {{verse|chapter=45|verse=10}} Listen, daughter, and see, tilt your ear, and forget your people and your father's household. {{verse|chapter=45|verse=11}} And the king will desire your beauty, because he is your lord, and bow down to him. {{verse|chapter=45|verse=12}} And the daughter of Tzor, the wealthy of the people with an offering will beseech for your presence. {{verse|chapter=45|verse=13}} All the honor of the king's daughter inwards, in gold checkers she is dressed. {{verse|chapter=45|verse=14}} With weaves she will be led to the king, virgins behind her, her friends, brought to you. {{verse|chapter=45|verse=15}} She will be led with happiness and joy, she will be brought to the king's dwelling. {{verse|chapter=45|verse=16}} After your fathers will be your sons. You will place them as ministers over all the land. {{verse|chapter=45|verse=17}} I will recall your name generation after generation. For this, people will thank you forever and ever. == Psalm 46 == {{verse|chapter=46|verse=0}} For the conductor for the sons of Korach, over 'alamoth, a song.<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=46|verse=1}} For us, God is shelter and might. An aid for troubles, present much.<br/> {{verse|chapter=46|verse=2}} For this we won't fear as the Earth transforms, and as the mountains are struck to the heart of sea.<br/> {{verse|chapter=46|verse=3}} His waters, they will mount and froth, the mountains will rumble to his pride. Selah. {{verse|chapter=46|verse=4}} A river. it's branches will gladden the city of God, the holiness of higher dwellings.<br/> {{verse|chapter=46|verse=5}} God is in among her, lest she is struck, God will help her just before morning.<br/> {{verse|chapter=46|verse=6}} The nations were stunned, the kingdoms were struck, he gave his voice, the land flowed off.<br/> {{verse|chapter=46|verse=7}} Yahweh's is with us in ranks, Jacob's God is a backrest for us. Selah. {{verse|chapter=46|verse=8}} Go and grasp Yahweh's doings, he who lays waste on the Earth,<br/> {{verse|chapter=46|verse=9}} pacifies wars, to the end of the Earth, will break up the bow, and mince the spear. Carts he burned in fire.<br/> {{blockquote/s}} {{verse|chapter=46|verse=10}} Accept and know that I myself am God.<br/> &nbsp;&nbsp; I rise over nations.<br/> &nbsp;&nbsp; I rise over Earth. {{blockquote/e}} {{verse|chapter=46|verse=11}} Yahweh is with us in ranks, Jacob's God is a backrest for us, Selah. == Psalm 47 == {{verse|chapter=47|verse=0}} For the conductor of the sons of Korach, a lyric.<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=47|verse=1}} All peoples, clap your hands. Sound out to God with a joyful noise.<br/> {{verse|chapter=47|verse=2}} Because awesome is highest Yahweh, a great king over all the Earth.<br/> {{verse|chapter=47|verse=3}} He will attest nations beneath us, and nationalities under our feet.<br/> {{verse|chapter=47|verse=4}} He will choose our bequest for us, the genius of Jacob, whom he loved, Selah.<br/> {{verse|chapter=47|verse=5}} Yahweh arose sounding, Yahweh, in the sound of a Ram's horn.<br/> {{verse|chapter=47|verse=6}} Sing to God, sing! Sing to our king, sing!<br/> {{verse|chapter=47|verse=7}} Because God is king of all the Earth. Sing, Masckil! {{verse|chapter=47|verse=8}} God is king over nations. God sits on his holy throne.<br/> {{verse|chapter=47|verse=9}} The gifts of the people were gathered--- for the God of Abraham. Because to God are the Earth's shields, most high. == Psalm 48 == {{verse|chapter=48|verse=0}} A lyrical song for the sons of Korach.<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=48|verse=1}} Yahweh is great and is much praised--- in the city of our God, his holy mount.<br/> {{verse|chapter=48|verse=2}} Beautifully scenic, felt on all the Earth. Mount Zion stretching north, the municipality of a vast king.<br/> {{verse|chapter=48|verse=3}} God, in its mansions, made known his resting place.<br/> {{verse|chapter=48|verse=4}} Because here the kings were fated, they passed together.<br/> {{verse|chapter=48|verse=5}} They saw, so were stunned, startled, made haste.<br/> {{verse|chapter=48|verse=6}} Their holdings shook there, afflicted as if in labor birthing. {{verse|chapter=48|verse=7}} In a westward wind, you will break the ships of Tarshish.<br/> {{verse|chapter=48|verse=8}} As we have heard, so we have seen.<br/> &nbsp; In the city of Yahweh's ranks, in the city of our God.<br/> &nbsp; God will ready it for all time, selah. {{verse|chapter=48|verse=9}} God, we have imagined your kindness, within your dwelling.<br/> {{verse|chapter=48|verse=10}} As your name, God, thus is your praise onto the ends of the Earth. Your right arm fills with justice.<br/> {{verse|chapter=48|verse=11}} Mount Zion gladdens--- the daughters of Yehuda(Judah) will be festive, for your judgements sake. {{verse|chapter=48|verse=12}} Surround Zion, and encircle it. Tell of its greatness.<br/> {{verse|chapter=48|verse=13}} Extend your hearts to its fortifications, travel its mansions, so that you will tell to the last generation.<br/> {{verse|chapter=48|verse=14}} Because this is Yahweh our God, forever and ever. He will guide us beyond death. == Psalm 49 == {{verse|chapter=49|verse=0}} For the conductor for the sons of Korach, a lyric.<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=49|verse=1}} Hear this, all peoples. Listen, all inhabitants of the biosphere.<br/> {{verse|chapter=49|verse=2}} Both the renowned and also the ordinary, the rich and poor together.<br/> {{verse|chapter=49|verse=3}} My mouth will speak wisdom, and my heart's talk is understanding.<br/> {{verse|chapter=49|verse=4}} Toward an axiom, I will tilt my ear, I will start my riddle on a lyre. {{verse|chapter=49|verse=5}} For what do I fear when evil is here? Illdeed is at my heels, surrounds me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=49|verse=6}} Those that trust in their ranks, and glory in their great wealth:<br/> {{verse|chapter=49|verse=7}} A man in no way redeems a brother. He will never give God his fee.<br/> {{verse|chapter=49|verse=8}} And their life's redemption is expensive, and forever lacking.<br/> {{verse|chapter=49|verse=9}} And he will live still forever, will not see the slaughter pit.<br/> {{verse|chapter=49|verse=10}} Because he will see, the wise ones will die--- the foolish and the bright together perish. They left their ranks for others.<br/> {{verse|chapter=49|verse=11}} Withyn them<ref>(49:11)''Withyn them'' - the Hebrew here is difficult. One proposed solution is that the word קרבם (withyn them) should be קברם; this would render the verse as "Their graves are their homes forever".</ref> their households,forever--- their dwelling from generation to generation. They named the land with their names.<br/> {{verse|chapter=49|verse=12}} And a man stayeth not in glorye, he is governed as the beasts he resembles.<br/> {{verse|chapter=49|verse=13}} This is their way, whye the foolishe, and those after them, of their mouth's talk will desire. Selah. {{verse|chapter=49|verse=14}} As sheep, they sailed to the underworld, death will shepherd them.<br/> &nbsp; The righteous will oversee them in the morning, and their form to the underworld's erosion, a waste toward it.<br/> {{verse|chapter=49|verse=15}} Only God will redeem my soul from the hand of the underworld, because he will take me. Selah. {{verse|chapter=49|verse=16}} Do not fear because a man enriches, because the honor of his house will be much.<br/> {{verse|chapter=49|verse=17}} Because he will at his death not take all that, and his honor will not go down along with him.<br/> {{verse|chapter=49|verse=18}} Because his soul in his life will be blessed, and he will thank you because you have made good for yourself. {{verse|chapter=49|verse=19}} Look onto the generation of his fathers. For eternity they will not see light.<br/> {{verse|chapter=49|verse=20}} A man has visited, and will not understand. He is governed as the beasts he resembles.<ref> The close similarity to Ecclesiastes in content is not accompanied in this psalm by a close similarity in Hebrew style, at least not to my ears.</ref> == Psalm 50 == {{verse|chapter=50|verse=1}} a lyric for Asaf: &nbsp; God, Yahweh God, spoke and called out to Earth, from the sun's rise until its set.<br/> {{verse|chapter=50|verse=2}} From Tzion(Zion), of general beauty, God appeared.<br/> {{verse|chapter=50|verse=3}} He came to us, and did not deafen. A fire consumed before him, and around him was very stormy.<br/> {{verse|chapter=50|verse=4}} He will tear up the skies above, and the Earth, to judge his people. {{verse|chapter=50|verse=5}} Gather to me, my kind ones, those who enact my covenant upon the altar.<br/> {{verse|chapter=50|verse=6}} And the skies will testify of his justice, because God, he is a judge, selah. {{verse|chapter=50|verse=7}} Listen my people, and I shall speak, Israel. And I will testify to you. &nbsp; I am God, your God.<br/> {{verse|chapter=50|verse=8}} I will not reprove you over your offerings, and your sacrifices are always before me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=50|verse=9}} I will not take a bull from your house, nor billy-goats from your enclosures.<br/> {{verse|chapter=50|verse=10}} Because for me is every anymal of the field, the livestock in the thousand hills.<br/> {{verse|chapter=50|verse=11}} I have known every fowl of the hill, and my field ziz is with me.<ref>(50:11) "ziz", the griffinlike/cherublike mythological animal.</ref><br/> {{verse|chapter=50|verse=12}} If I will be hungry, I would not tell you, because mine is the world's disk and fullness.<br/> {{verse|chapter=50|verse=13}} For will I eat the flesh of the bulls, and drink the blood of he-goats? {{verse|chapter=50|verse=14}} Raise offer to God in thanks, and give your vows to the higher one.<br/> {{verse|chapter=50|verse=15}} And call me on a day of trouble. I will release you, and you will respect me. {{verse|chapter=50|verse=16}} And to the evil, God said: &nbsp; What is it for you, to speak my laws? And will you carry my covenant with your mouth?<br/> {{verse|chapter=50|verse=17}} And you have hated tradition, and you cast my words behind you.<br/> {{verse|chapter=50|verse=18}} If you saw a thief, then you ran with him. And your part is with adulterers.<br/> {{verse|chapter=50|verse=19}} You send your mouth for evil, and your tongue always has deceit.<br/> {{verse|chapter=50|verse=20}} You will return to your brother, and speak. To your mother's son you will give abuse.<br/> {{verse|chapter=50|verse=21}} This you have done, and I have deafened--- you imagined that I would come to be like you.<br/> &nbsp; I will reprove you extensively to your witness. {{verse|chapter=50|verse=22}} Between us, please [know] this, those that forgetteth God: lest I will predate, and none rescue.<br/> {{verse|chapter=50|verse=23}} A sacrifice of thanks shalt show me respect, and the one that makes his path [right], I shalt show him of the salvation of God. == Psalm 51 == {{verse|chapter=51|verse=-1}} For the conductor, a lyric for David. {{verse|chapter=51|verse=0}} When the prophet Nathan was coming to him, when he came to Bath-Sheva'(Bathsheba).<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=51|verse=1}} Have mercy on me, God, by your kindness.<br/> &nbsp; As your pity is great, wipe out my crimes.<br/> {{verse|chapter=51|verse=2}} Cleanse me much of my ills, and purify me of my sins.<br/> {{verse|chapter=51|verse=3}} Because I have known of my crimes, and my sin is always before me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=51|verse=4}} To you, you alone, I sinned, and I did evil in your eyes.<br/> &nbsp; So that your sayings would be right, you would win your judgement.<br/> {{verse|chapter=51|verse=5}} So in illdeed I corrupted, and in sin my mother conceived me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=51|verse=6}} Therefore truth you sought securely, and in the sealed off, you informed me of wisdom. {{verse|chapter=51|verse=7}} Rid my sin with a hyssop bunch, and I will purify.<br/> &nbsp; Cleanse me, and I will be whiter than snow.<br/> {{verse|chapter=51|verse=8}} Sound out in me, joy and happiness. They will rejoice, the bones you denied.<br/> {{verse|chapter=51|verse=9}} Your face, hide, from my sins. And erase all my ill-deeds. {{verse|chapter=51|verse=10}} God created for me a pure heart. And a right spirit, he renewed within me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=51|verse=11}} Don't cast me way from your presence, and your holy spirit do not take from me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=51|verse=12}} Respond to me with the rejoicing of your salvation, and a generous spirit will support me. {{verse|chapter=51|verse=13}} I shalt teach criminals your ways. And sinners will come back to you.<br/> {{verse|chapter=51|verse=14}} Save me from bloodshed, God, God of my salvation, my tongue will spiritedly speak your justice.<br/> {{verse|chapter=51|verse=15}} My lord, open my lips, and my mouth will speak your glory.<br/> {{verse|chapter=51|verse=16}} Because you did not desire offering, and I will give it. You will not want an offering.<br/> {{verse|chapter=51|verse=17}} God's sacrifice is the broken spirit. The broken heart pushed away--- God, you will not belittle. {{verse|chapter=51|verse=18}} With your will, improve Zion. Build Jerusalem's fortifications.<br/> {{verse|chapter=51|verse=19}} Then you will desire justice-sacrifices, offering and whole-offering.<br/> &nbsp; Then they will raise up, on your altar, bulls. == Psalm 52 == {{verse|chapter=52|verse=-1}} For the conductor, Masckil, for David, {{verse|chapter=52|verse=0}} In the coming of Do-ag the Edomite, and he told Sha-ul, and said to him: "David comes to the house of Achimelech."<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=52|verse=1}} What will you rave over evil for, hero? God kindness is all day.<br/> {{verse|chapter=52|verse=2}} Distorted will your tongue be considered. Like a stropped razer, it makes swindle.<br/> {{verse|chapter=52|verse=3}} You have loved evil over good, lie over right saying, Selah.<br/> {{verse|chapter=52|verse=4}} You have loved all the things of Bela', the swindling tongue.<br/> {{verse|chapter=52|verse=5}} God also will shatter you forever. Will cut you, and evict you from a tent, and your roots from the land of the living, selah.<br/> {{verse|chapter=52|verse=6}} And the just will hear and will fear, and of him they will make fun.<ref> The literal translation is "the just will see and will fear", but "They will see" is "Yir-u" and "they will fear" is "Yir-a-u", which is a very salient repetition and rhyme. To preserve this, I gave the English rhyme "hear/fear" which is similarly salient.</ref><br/> {{verse|chapter=52|verse=7}} Here is the guy that did not place God as his security, and he relied on his great wealth, he will be brave in his distortion.<br/> {{verse|chapter=52|verse=8}} And I am, as a robust olive tree, in the house of God. I trusted in God's kindness, forever and ever.<br/> {{verse|chapter=52|verse=9}} I will thank you forever, because you have done it, and I will hope to your name, because it is good, against your mercies.<br/> == Psalm 53 == {{verse|chapter=53|verse=0}} For the conductor on Macheleth, Maschil, for David.<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=53|verse=1}} The rotten said in his heart, "There is no God." They corrupted and defiled perversion. None do good.<ref> This is almost identical to psalm 14. The only difference isהִתְעִיבוּ עֲלִילָה in 14, vs. וְהִתְעִיבוּ עָוֶל, here "defiled plots" vs. "defiled perversion".</ref><br/> {{verse|chapter=53|verse=2}} God from the sky scoped on the sons of man, to see, but is there one learned, enjoining of God?<br/> {{verse|chapter=53|verse=3}} All of it receded, together bygone, there is no good-doer, there is not one.<br/> {{verse|chapter=53|verse=4}} For they know, those doing wrong. Ate up my people, like eating bread. To God they did not call.<br/> {{verse|chapter=53|verse=5}} There fearfully they feared, there was no fear. Because God scattered the bones of your besieger. They shamed, because God rejected them. {{verse|chapter=53|verse=6}} Who from Zion will provide Israel's salvation?<br/> &nbsp; When God returns his interned people, Jacob will rejoice, Israel will gladden. == Psalm 54 == {{verse|chapter=54|verse=-1}} For the conductor of music-making, Masckil, for David. {{verse|chapter=54|verse=0}} In the coming of the Ziphites, and they said to Saul, "For David is hiding within us."<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=54|verse=1}} God, save me with your name, and adjudicate me with your power. {{verse|chapter=54|verse=2}} God, hear my prayer. Listen to my mouth's sayings. {{verse|chapter=54|verse=3}} Strangers rose up against me, and the proud have asked for my soul. They put God against them, selah. {{verse|chapter=54|verse=4}} Here is God helping me. My God in the supports of my soul. {{verse|chapter=54|verse=5}} He will return the evil to my foes. Let them thirst of your reality.<ref> In the first sentence of this verse, שֹׁרְרָי means "my foes", and elsewhere, but it's meaning is superficially "those that sing of me", which is absurd. I took it to be a later version of the word צּררי which means "foe".</ref> {{verse|chapter=54|verse=6}} In thanks I will raise altar to you. I will thank your name, Yahweh, for it is good. {{verse|chapter=54|verse=7}} Because from every trouble it has saved me, and my enemies, my eyes have seen. == Psalm 55 == {{verse|chapter=55|verse=0}} For the conductor of music-making, Masckil, for David.<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=55|verse=1}} God, listen close to my prayer, and do not ignore my plea.<br/> {{verse|chapter=55|verse=2}} Listen to me, and answer me. I am worn down in my conflicts, stunned.<br/> {{verse|chapter=55|verse=3}} From the sound of the enemy, from facing the wicked's yoke.<br/> &nbsp; Because they will strike illdeed upon me, and snarling will unravel me. {{verse|chapter=55|verse=4}} My heart withers within me, and deathly terror fell upon me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=55|verse=5}} Fear and trembling came at me, and horror covers me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=55|verse=6}} And I will say, "Who will give me a wing like the dove? I will fly and I will inhabit.<br/> {{verse|chapter=55|verse=7}} Look, I will wander far; I will dwell in the desert." Selah. {{verse|chapter=55|verse=8}} I will hasten for me a shelter from the wind swelling in storm.<br/> {{verse|chapter=55|verse=9}} My lord swallowed up, divided their tongue; because I have seen violence and strife in the city.<br/> {{verse|chapter=55|verse=10}} Day and night, He will revolve her upon her fortifications, and illdeed and labor within her.<br/> {{verse|chapter=55|verse=11}} Distortion within her, and He will not summon away from her widths oppression and fraud.<br/> {{verse|chapter=55|verse=12}} Because it is not an enemy which affronted me, that I could carry. Not of my detesters did one grow over me, that I could hide from him.<br/> {{verse|chapter=55|verse=13}} And You, mortal as my thigh, my champion and my buddy.<br/> {{verse|chapter=55|verse=14}} Who together will carry a sweet secret, in the house of God will emotionally walk.<br/> {{verse|chapter=55|verse=15}} Shalt deathstrike upon them, they will descent to underworld for life, because evils are in their dwellings, within them.<br/> {{verse|chapter=55|verse=16}} I will call to God, and Yahweh will save me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=55|verse=17}} Evening and morning and noon, I am conflicted and stunned, and he will hear my voice.<br/> {{verse|chapter=55|verse=18}} He redeemed my soul in peace, from those nearing me, because my opponents came in numbers.<br/> {{verse|chapter=55|verse=19}} God heard, and responded to them, and He sits of old, selah. For whom there doth be no substitute, and they will not see God. {{verse|chapter=55|verse=20}} Sent his hand at his subjects, desecrated his covenant.<br/> {{verse|chapter=55|verse=21}} They were flattered by his tongue, and his heart is war. His words were easier than oile, but theye were drawn swords.<br/> {{verse|chapter=55|verse=22}} Cast out to Yahweh, He will love you, and he will finance you. He will not ever strike the righteous.<br/> {{verse|chapter=55|verse=23}} And You, God, send them down to the slaughter pit, men of blood and fraud, they will not fulfill their days, and I will rely on you{{sup|(f)}}.<ref>God is represented here by a feminine you in the traditional pronunciation.</ref><ref> Generally, this psalm is somewhat schizophrenic. It is clearly an edit of three psalms, a standard "save me from my enemies" early psalm, a "Masckil heart David" middle psalm, and "why God, have you abandoned us?" later psalm. The references to abandoning the covenant and the words easier than oil are definitely later. The buddies running through the house of the lord is definitely middle, and the "strike down our opponents" talk is definitely early. Because of this unevenness, it is difficult to translate the psalm consistently.</ref><br/> == Psalm 56 == {{verse|chapter=56|verse=0}} For the conductor over the distant Yonath-Elem(dove cove?), for David, a michtam, as the philistines held him, in Gath(wine-press).<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=56|verse=1}} Have mercy on me, God, because man set sights on me. All day, a fighter presses upon me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=56|verse=2}} My foes have set sights all day, because the fighters against me are many, most high.<br/> {{verse|chapter=56|verse=3}} By day I will fear. I will upon you rely.<br/> {{verse|chapter=56|verse=4}} With God, I will praise his words.<br/> &nbsp; In God I have relied, I will not fear. What will flesh do to me? {{verse|chapter=56|verse=5}} All day, they will trouble my things. Upon me are all their thoughts, for evil.<br/> {{verse|chapter=56|verse=6}} They will dwell, they will scope, these shall guard my heels, as they hoped for my soul.<br/> {{verse|chapter=56|verse=7}} Do not let ill-deed escappe, why? Snarling, God has reduced peoples.<br/> {{verse|chapter=56|verse=8}} My wanderings, you have reckounted, put my teardrops in your flask, here in your recounting.<br/> {{verse|chapter=56|verse=9}} Then my enemies will turn back, the day I call out. This I know, because God is for me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=56|verse=10}} In God, I will praise a thing, in Yahweh, I will praise a thing.<br/> {{verse|chapter=56|verse=11}} In God I relied, I will not fear. What will a man do to me?<br/> {{verse|chapter=56|verse=12}} Over me, God, are your promises. I will pay thanks to you.<br/> {{verse|chapter=56|verse=13}} Because you have saved my soul from death, even my feet from defeat. To walk before God, in the light of life. == Psalm 57 == {{verse|chapter=57|verse=0}} For the conductor over Tashchet, a michtam for David, in his fleeing from Saul in the cave.<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=57|verse=1}} Have mercy on me, God, have mercy, because in you is the shelter of my soul, and in the shadow of your wing I will shelter, until the twisted, it passes. {{verse|chapter=57|verse=2}} I will call to God on high, to the God who completes beyond me. {{verse|chapter=57|verse=3}} He will send from the skies and will save me. Affront to he who seeks me. Selah. God will send, his kindness and his reality. {{verse|chapter=57|verse=4}} My soul is among lions, I will lie in embers, the sons of man, their teeth are spears and arrows, and their tongue a sharp sword.<br/> {{verse|chapter=57|verse=5}} Exalted over the skies, God, Your honor is over all the Earth.<br/> {{verse|chapter=57|verse=6}} They readied a net, to trip me-- my soul bent down, they dug out a trap before me, they fell within it. Selah. {{verse|chapter=57|verse=7}} My heart is steady, God, my heart is steady. I will sing, and I will make music.<br/> {{verse|chapter=57|verse=8}} Awake, my honor, awake, the Nevel and the harp. I will awake the dawn.<br/> {{verse|chapter=57|verse=9}} I will thank you among the nations, my lord, I will sing of you in the peoples.<br/> {{verse|chapter=57|verse=10}} Because your mercies are great onto the skies, and onto the horizon is your reality.<br/> {{verse|chapter=57|verse=11}} Exalted over the skies, God. Your honor is over all the Earth. == Psalm 58 == {{verse|chapter=58|verse=0}} For the conductor over Tashchath, a michtam for David.<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=58|verse=1}} Do ye really speaketh justice? Do ye really judgeth upright, sons of man?<br/> {{verse|chapter=58|verse=2}} Yet in your heartes, ye worke wronges, in the lande, you set loose your hand's violence.<br/> {{verse|chapter=58|verse=3}} The wicked are estranged from the wombe, they wronged from the belly, lying words.<br/> {{verse|chapter=58|verse=4}} Theyre venome to them is like the snayke venome, as the deaf asp stopped up the ear.<br/> {{verse|chapter=58|verse=5}} Who doesn't listen to the voice of whisperers, is the clever binder of schemes.<br/> {{verse|chapter=58|verse=6}} God has wrekked his teethe in his mouth, from the jaws of mighty lions Yahweh broke.<br/> {{verse|chapter=58|verse=7}} The melt like water, they will walk to them. He will bend his arrows, as if they were circumcisions.<br/> {{verse|chapter=58|verse=8}} As a snail walks in slime, misborn of woman doth not see the sun.<br/> {{verse|chapter=58|verse=9}} Before your pots can behold a thorn, like the living wind, he will defend us.<ref> This verse is obscure to me, in particular, כְּמוֹ-חַי כְּמוֹ-חָרוֹן, יִשְׂעָרֶנּוּ, "Chai", "Charon", "Yesha'arenu" are all obscure, as is the use of יָבִינוּ earlier, in regards to pots.</ref><br/> {{verse|chapter=58|verse=10}} The righteous will gladden because he foresaw the vengeance, he will wash his footpalms in the blood of the wicked.<br/> {{verse|chapter=58|verse=11}} And man will say, fruit is only for the just. Judgments on earth are only of God.<ref> The first part of this psalms is very heavily Aramaic tinged, and the whole psalm is in a Aramaic influenced Hebrew which I find difficult to translate accurately. This relies on the 1917 translation more.</ref><br/> == Psalm 59 == {{verse|chapter=59|verse=0}} For the conduction over Tashcheth, a michtam for David; as he sent Saul and they had been keeping the house, for putting him to death.<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=59|verse=1}} Save me from my enemies, my God. From those that rise against me, lean me back.<br/> {{verse|chapter=59|verse=2}} Save me from the workers of illdeed, and from men of blood, save me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=59|verse=3}} Because here they have stalked for my soul, bold ones set upon me, I did not commit crime, and I did not commit sin, Yahweh.<br/> {{verse|chapter=59|verse=4}} Without illdeed they shalt want and they will prepare; arise towards me and see. {{verse|chapter=59|verse=5}} And you Yahweh, God of ranks, God of Israel, summon yourself to command all the nations.<br/> &nbsp; Don't forgive all the workers of illdeed, Selah.<br/> {{verse|chapter=59|verse=6}} They return the evening, like curs, yelping, and turn about a city.<br/> {{verse|chapter=59|verse=7}} Lo, they doth bring in their mouths, swords, in their lipps,, because who will hear?<br/> {{verse|chapter=59|verse=8}} And you, Yahweh, doth jest at them, you will mock at all the nations.<br/> {{verse|chapter=59|verse=9}} His might towards you I will keep, because God is my backrest.<br/> {{verse|chapter=59|verse=10}} God, his mercy will advance me. God, make me feared by my foes.<br/> {{verse|chapter=59|verse=11}} Do not kill them, lest my nation will forget. Moveth them with your army, and cutteth them down, our sheild, my Lord.<br/> {{verse|chapter=59|verse=12}} Their mouth's sinns, their lips words, and they will be captured by their planning, and cursing and lies they will tell.<br/> {{verse|chapter=59|verse=13}} Consume them in glayre, consume them and they begone. And they will know that God governs of Jacob, to the ends of the Earth. Selah.<br/> {{verse|chapter=59|verse=14}} And they will return at evening, like curs, yelping, and turn about a city.<br/> {{verse|chapter=59|verse=15}} They shalt move to eat, if they did not sate, and they will lodge.<br/> {{verse|chapter=59|verse=16}} And I will sing of your might, and I will celebrate at morning your mercy. Because you were a backrest for me, and a shelter on the day of my troubles.<br/> {{verse|chapter=59|verse=17}} My might, to you I will sing. Because God is my backrest, God of my mercies. == Psalm 60 == {{verse|chapter=60|verse=-1}} For the conductor over Shushan-Aduth, a michtam for David, for teaching. {{verse|chapter=60|verse=0}} When he acted at Aram-Naharayim(crest of two rivers) and Aram-Tzova, and he turned Yoav back, and he struck of Edom at Gey-Melach(Salt valley), twelve thousand.<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=60|verse=1}} God, you negleckted us, brokken us. You snarled; return to us.<br/> {{verse|chapter=60|verse=2}} You thunnder Earth, shattered, clefte it, broake it, because it doth swaye.<br/> {{verse|chapter=60|verse=3}} You shouwed your people hardshippe, you drunk us wines appoisonned.<br/> {{verse|chapter=60|verse=4}} You gave your fearful sign to bandy, because of Koshet, selah.<ref> This whole intro is heavy Aramaic.</ref> {{verse|chapter=60|verse=5}} For the sayke of escapeing your friends. Save with your right hand, and answer me.<ref> "And we answered" ועננו/we-ananu is corrected to "and answer me" וַעֲנֵנִי/we-anani, which makes ''a lot'' more sense here, so I kept the correction.</ref><br/> {{verse|chapter=60|verse=6}} God spoke in his holiness, I rejoyced. I will divide Shechem, and measure out the valley of Succoth.<br/> {{verse|chapter=60|verse=7}} Gilad is to me, Menasheh is to me, and Ephraim, my head's fortress, Judah my lawmaker.<br/> {{verse|chapter=60|verse=8}} Moav, my washbasin, over Edom I will cast my shoes. Over me, Pleshet(Philistia), hesitate! {{verse|chapter=60|verse=9}} Who will lead me to the fortress city? Who will guide me to Edom?<br/> {{verse|chapter=60|verse=10}} For you, God, have neglected us, and God will not come out in our ranks.<br/> {{verse|chapter=60|verse=11}} Bring to us aid from foe, and for naught is salvation from man.<br/> {{verse|chapter=60|verse=12}} With God, we will make our ranks, and he will humble our foes. ==Psalm 61 == {{verse|chapter=61|verse=0}} For the conductor of music-making, for David.<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=61|verse=1}} God, hear my festivity, listen to my prayer.<br/> {{verse|chapter=61|verse=2}} From the end of the Earth, I will call to you--- as you wrap my heart. You, on the rock higher than me, will set me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=61|verse=3}} Because you were a shelter for me, a great tower, from the face of an enemy.<br/> {{verse|chapter=61|verse=4}} I will live in your tent forever, I will cover in the shelter of your wings. Selah. {{verse|chapter=61|verse=5}} Because you, God, have heard my vow. You gave inheritance to those that fear your name.<br/> {{verse|chapter=61|verse=6}} You will add days to a king's days, his years, like to generation and generation.<ref> This is given as "Add days to the kings!" making it a command as opposed to a declarative statement. Both readings are possible, but I think the tone of the Psalm is quiet. It is possible that this was changed from a declaration because of the tradition that David wrote it, in which case this would be a bit of hubris on the author's part, asserting that Yahweh would give him long life. But David is certainly not the author.</ref><br/> {{verse|chapter=61|verse=7}} An eternal reign before God, kindness and truth doth preserve him.<br/> {{verse|chapter=61|verse=8}} Thus I will sing your name to time, to pay my vows, day by day. == Psalm 62 == {{verse|chapter=62|verse=0}} For the conductor over Yeduthun, a lyric for David.<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=62|verse=1}} Only to God does my soul stand still. From him is my salvation.<br/> {{verse|chapter=62|verse=2}} Only he is my rock and my salvation, my backrest, I will not be too much struck.<br/> {{verse|chapter=62|verse=3}} To what point will you attack a man, all of you murder, as a leaning wall, a depressed fence.<br/> {{verse|chapter=62|verse=4}} From his elevation, they will consult to topple him, they will want a lie. Their mouths will bless him, and within they curse. Selah. {{verse|chapter=62|verse=5}} Only to God does my soul stand still, because from him is my hope.<br/> {{verse|chapter=62|verse=6}} Only he is my rock and my salvation, my backrest, I will not be struck.<br/> {{verse|chapter=62|verse=7}} Upon God are my redemption and honor, the rock of my might, my shelter, in God.<br/> {{verse|chapter=62|verse=8}} Trust him at all times, people--- pour your hearts before him. God is a shelter for us. Selah. {{verse|chapter=62|verse=9}} Only a vapor-wisp are the sons of man, the disappointing sons of folk. They will rise on the scales, they are from one vapor-wisp mirage.<br/> {{verse|chapter=62|verse=10}} Do not trust the confidence man, and of the embezzler do not startle. If your holdings shrink, do not take it to heart.<br/> {{verse|chapter=62|verse=11}} One, God has spoken, two, I heard this: Strength is but of God.<br/> {{verse|chapter=62|verse=12}} And to you is the lord of kindness: because you will pay to each man as his deeds. ==Psalm 63 == {{verse|chapter=63|verse=0}} A lyric for David, as he was in the Judean desert.<ref name="verse0"/> {{verse|chapter=63|verse=1}} God, you are to me, I will seek you.<br/> &nbsp; My soul thirsts for you, my flesh longs for you,<br/> &nbsp; On a parched and weary land, without water.<br/> {{verse|chapter=63|verse=2}} So in the holy, I have experienced you, to see your might, and your honor.<br/> {{verse|chapter=63|verse=3}} Because your kindness is better than life, My lips shall praise you.<br/ {{verse|chapter=63|verse=4}} Thus I will bless in my life, to your name I will lift my palms.<br/> {{verse|chapter=63|verse=5}} Like fat-flesh and roast-fat, my soul will sate, and my lips will be rejuvenated, my mouth will raise praise. {{verse|chapter=63|verse=6}} As I recall you on my bed, I recite to you on the watchtowers,<br/> {{verse|chapter=63|verse=7}} because you were a help to me. And in the shadow of your wings I will refresh.<br/> {{verse|chapter=63|verse=8}} My soul clings toward you, on me, your right hand has rested.<br/> {{verse|chapter=63|verse=9}} And they, demand my soul for disaster. They will come in underground.<br/> {{verse|chapter=63|verse=10}} They will be undone by the sword, they will be a serving for foxes. {{verse|chapter=63|verse=11}} And the king will rejoice in God. All that vows to him will become praised, as the liar's mouth will sell out. == Psalm 64 == {{verse|chapter=64|verse=0}} For the conductor. A psalm by David. {{verse|chapter=64|verse=1}} O God, hear my voice when I speak. Save my life from the threat of an enemy. {{verse|chapter=64|verse=2}} Shelter me from the secret [plots] of the wicked, from the whims of those who do unjustice. {{verse|chapter=64|verse=3}} Who have sharpened their tongue like a sword, who have nocked bitter words like an arrow, {{verse|chapter=64|verse=4}} [with which] to shoot an innocent in secret. They shall shoot him suddenly, without fear. {{verse|chapter=64|verse=5}} They strengthen themselves with evil words, they tell tales in order to lay obstacles, they said: "Who will see them?" {{verse|chapter=64|verse=6}} They search for misdemeanors, they lay hidden snares. The inner thoughts and heart of man are mysterious. {{verse|chapter=64|verse=7}} But God shall shoot them suddenly with an arrow. That shall be their blow. {{verse|chapter=64|verse=8}} And He shall trip them with their tongue. All who see them will be joyful. {{verse|chapter=64|verse=9}} And all men shall fear, and say: "[This is] the work of God!", and [from] His deed they will learn. {{verse|chapter=64|verse=10}} The righteous one shall rejoice in Yahweh, and take shelter in Him, and let all those with an honest heart gain glory. == Psalm 65 == {{verse|chapter=65|verse=0}} For the conductor. A psalm. A song by David. {{verse|chapter=65|verse=1}} Yours, God, is the silent glory in Zion, and to You a vow shall be paid. {{verse|chapter=65|verse=2}} Hearer of prayer, all flesh shall come to You. {{verse|chapter=65|verse=3}} Matters of injustice are too weighty for me. You will redeem our crimes. {{verse|chapter=65|verse=4}} Happy is [he whom] You shall choose and draw close, [who] shall dwell in Your courtyards. We shall be satisfied by the bounty of Your house, in ==Psalm 66== {{verse|chapter=66|verse=0}} For the choir-master; a song; a psalm. {{verse|chapter=66|verse=1}} Make a joyful shout to God, all the earth! <br/> {{verse|chapter=66|verse=2}} Sing ''regarding''<ref>Unsure of this verbiage</ref> the glory of His name! <br/> {{verse|chapter=66|verse=3}} Declare to God, "How awesome are your works? <br/> Because of how great your power is, your enemies will submit to You. <br/> {{verse|chapter=66|verse=4}} All the Earth will worship You and sing to You. <br/> They will sing of your name." {{verse|chapter=66|verse=5}} Come and see the works of God!<br/> His <ref>The 3rd person masculine suffix is absent in the Hebrew for poetic reasons.</ref> dealings with humanity inspire reverence: <br/> {{verse|chapter=66|verse=6}} He turned water into dry land, when <ref>A conjunction is absent in the Hebrew</ref> they walked through the river on foot. <br/> Let us rejoice in His name at that place! <br/> {{verse|chapter=66|verse=7}} He perpetually rules by His might. <br/> His eyes are on the nations; He observes the rebellious. <br/> They will not exalt themselves. {{verse|chapter=66|verse=8}} O people, bless our God and make the voice of His praise heard! <br/> {{verse|chapter=66|verse=9}} He who keeps our life alive and does not allow our feet to be shaken. <br/> {{verse|chapter=66|verse=10}} For You, O God, have tested us; <br/> You have refined us, like silver is refined.<br/> {{verse|chapter=66|verse=11}} You have brought us into the your judgement; <ref>Hebrew, net</ref> <br/> You have put affliction upon our backs.<br/> {{verse|chapter=66|verse=12}} You have made men to ride over our heads; <br/> We went through fire and water, but you brought us out into completion. <br/> {{verse|chapter=66|verse=13}} I will enter into your house with burnt offerings; <br/> {{verse|chapter=66|verse=14}} I will pay you with my vows which my lips had uttered and my mouth had spoken when I was in trouble. <br/> {{verse|chapter=66|verse=15}} I will offer you burnt sacrifices of fatty animals, with the aroma of rams; <br/> I will offer bulls with goats. {{verse|chapter=66|verse=16}} Come and listen, all who fear God, and I will declare what He has done <br/> {{verse|chapter=66|verse=17}} I cried from my mouth to Him, and He was praised with my tongue. <br/> {{verse|chapter=66|verse=18}} If I keep iniquity in my heart, the Lord will not hear me. <br/> {{verse|chapter=66|verse=19}} Surely, God has heard me; <br/> He has paid attention to the voice of my prayer. <br/> {{verse|chapter=66|verse=20}} Blessed be God, who has turned my prayer away, nor withheld His mercy from me. ==Psalm 77== {{verse|chapter=77|verse=0}} For the Leader, on Yeduthun, by Asaf, a song.<ref name="verse0"/><br/> {{verse|chapter=77|verse=1}} My voice is to God, and I will cry out; my voice is to God, and He shall give ear to me.<br/> {{verse|chapter=77|verse=2}} On the day of my distress, I sought God; my hand at night oozed and will not abate; my soul refused to be comforted.<br/> {{verse|chapter=77|verse=3}} I will remember God and I will moan; I will speak and my spirit will become faint, Selah.<br/> {{verse|chapter=77|verse=4}} You held my eyes from [getting any sleep]; I was stricken and will not speak.<br/> {{verse|chapter=77|verse=5}} I thought of days of yore, ancient years.<br/> {{verse|chapter=77|verse=6}} I will recall my music at night; with my heart I will speak and my spirit searched.<br/> {{verse|chapter=77|verse=7}} "Will God forsake [me] forever and will nevermore be appeased?<br/> {{verse|chapter=77|verse=8}} Is His kindness ended forever? Finished saying for all generations?<br/> {{verse|chapter=77|verse=9}} Has God forgotten graciousness? Has He, in anger, shut off His mercy?” Selah.<br/> {{verse|chapter=77|verse=10}} And I said, "This is to infirm me, this change of the right hand of the Most High."<br/> {{verse|chapter=77|verse=11}} I will recall the deeds of God when I will remember from time immemorial Your wonder.<br/> {{verse|chapter=77|verse=12}} And I meditated over all Your work, and of Your deeds I will speak.<br/> {{verse|chapter=77|verse=13}} God, Your way is in sanctifying. Who is a great god as God?<br/> {{verse|chapter=77|verse=14}} You are the God Who works wonders; You made known among the peoples Your might.<br/> {{verse|chapter=77|verse=15}} You redeemed with [Your] arm Your people, the sons of Yaacov and Yosef, Selah.<br/> {{verse|chapter=77|verse=16}} The waters saw You, God, the waters saw You, they shall tremble, the deeps shall even quake.<br/> {{verse|chapter=77|verse=17}} They poured forth thick waters; the skies let out a voice, even your arrows shall go.<br/> {{verse|chapter=77|verse=18}} The sound of Your thunder in the wheel; the lightning illuminated the world; the earth trembled and roared.<br/> {{verse|chapter=77|verse=19}} In the sea is Your way, and Your path in many waters; and Your steps were not known.<br/> {{verse|chapter=77|verse=20}} You led like sheep Your people by the hand of Moshe and Aharon. ==Psalm 78== {{verse|chapter=78|verse=1}} A maskil of Asaph.<br/> My people, attend to my teaching: bend your ears to the words of my mouth, {{verse|chapter=78|verse=2}} I will open my mouth in a poem I will express riddles from the past. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=3}} What we have heard and known, and what our ancestors have told us, {{verse|chapter=78|verse=4}} we will not hide from their children. We will tell to the next generation the praises and might of Yahweh, and the wonders that he has done. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=5}} He set up a testimony in Jacob, a law he appointed in Israel, which He commanded our ancestors to make known to their children, {{verse|chapter=78|verse=6}} that the next generation should know it, that the children yet to be born should arise and tell their children; {{verse|chapter=78|verse=7}} that in God they might put their confidence, and not forget God’s works; but that they might keep His commandments, {{verse|chapter=78|verse=8}} and not be like their ancestors, a generation defiant and stubborn,<ref> (78:8) ''defiant and stubborn'' - this phrase is used in Deuteronomy 21:18, describing a disobedient child who eventually will be executed for his disobedience.</ref> a generation with heart unsteady, and spirit unfaithful towards God. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=9}} Ephraimites, armed bowmen, turned back in the day of battle. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=10}} They did not keep God’s covenant, they refused to walk in His law. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=11}} They forgot what He had done, and the wonders He had shown them. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=12}} He did wonders before their ancestors in the country of Zoan in Egypt. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=13}} Through the sea which He split he brought them, making waters stand up like a heap; {{verse|chapter=78|verse=14}} He led them by day with a cloud, all the night with a light of fire. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=15}} He split rocks in the wilderness, He gave them to drink as of ocean’s abundance. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=16}} He brought streams out of the rock, and made water run down like rivers. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=17}} Yet they still went on sinning against Him, they defied the Most High in the desert. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=18}} They challenged God in their hearts, demanding the food that they longed for. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=19}} They spoke against God, saying “Is God able to spread in the desert a table? {{verse|chapter=78|verse=20}} From the rock that he struck there gushed water, and torrents that overflowed; but can he also give bread, or provide his people with nourishment?” {{verse|chapter=78|verse=21}} When Yahweh heard this, He was furious, and fire was kindled on Jacob, anger flared up against Israel. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=22}} For they put no trust in God, no confidence in His help. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=23}} So He summoned the clouds above; and, opening the doors of heaven, {{verse|chapter=78|verse=24}} He rained manna upon them for food, and grain of heaven He gave them. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=25}} Everyone ate the bread of angels; He sent them food to the full. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=26}} He launched the east wind in the heavens, and guided the south by His power. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=27}} He rained nourishment upon them like dust, and winged bird like the sand of the sea. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=28}} In the midst of their camp He dropped it, all around their tents. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=29}} They ate and were more than filled; He had brought them the thing they lusted. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=30}} But the thing they lusted became loathsome: while their food was still in their mouths, {{verse|chapter=78|verse=31}} the wrath of God rose against them. He slew the stoutest among them, and laid low the young men of Israel. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=32}} Yet for all this they sinned yet more, and refused to believe in His wonders. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=33}} So he ended their days in a breath, and their years in sudden dismay. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=34}} When He slew them, then they sought after Him, they turned and sought God with diligence. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=35}} They remembered that God was their rock, and the Most High God their redeemer. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=36}} But they flattered Him with their mouth, and lied to Him with their tongue. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=37}} Their heart was not steady with Him, they were faithless to His covenant. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=38}} But He is full of pity: He pardons sin as opposed to destroying. Often he turns his anger away, without stirring his wrath at all. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=39}} So He remembered that they were but flesh, breath that passes and does not return. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=40}} But how often they rebelled in the desert, and caused Him grief in the wilderness, {{verse|chapter=78|verse=41}} testing God again and again, provoking the Holy One of Israel. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=42}} They did not remember his strength, nor the day he redeemed from the foe, {{verse|chapter=78|verse=43}} how He set his signs in Egypt, in the country of Zoan his wonders. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=44}} He turned their canals into blood, their streams undrinkable. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=45}} He sent forth the mixture,<ref name="Arov"/> which devoured them; and frogs, which destroyed them. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=46}} Their crops He gave to the caterpillar,<ref> (78:46) ''caterpillar'' - Hebrew חסיל, generally used in parallel to ארבה (locusts).</ref> and the fruits of their toil to the locust. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=47}} He slew their vines with hail, and their sycamore trees with frost. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=48}} He delivered their cattle to the hail, and their flocks to bolts of fire. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=49}} He let loose his hot anger among them, fury and wrath and distress, a band of destroying angels. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=50}} He cleared a path for his anger, did not spare them from death. He gave their animals to pestilence. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=51}} {{{|}}}He struck down all the firstborn in Egypt, the first fruits of their strength in the tents of Ham.<ref> (78:51) ''tents of Ham'' - according to Jewish tradition, Egypt is descendant from Noah's son Ham (see Genesis 10:6).</ref> {{verse|chapter=78|verse=52}} He led forth his people like sheep, He guided them like a flock in the desert. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=53}} Securely He led them, and free from fear, while their foes were drowned<ref>(78:53) ''drowned'' - literally "covered"</ref> in the sea. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=54}} To His holy realm He brought them, to the mountain His right [hand] had purchased. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=55}} He drove out the nations before them, and allotted their land for possession, and their tents for Israel to live in. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=56}} Yet they tempted and angered the Most High God, they did not observe his decrees. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=57}} They drew back, false like their ancestors; they failed like a treacherous bow. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=58}} Their shrines stirred Him to anger, their idols moved Him to jealousy. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=59}} When God heard of this, He was furious, and He spurned Israel utterly. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=60}} He abandoned His home in Shiloh, the tent He had pitched among people. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=61}} He gave His strength up to captivity, His glory to the hands of the foe. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=62}} He gave His people to the sword, He was furious with His own. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=63}} Fire devoured their young men, and their maidens had no marriage-song. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=64}} Their priests fell by the sword, and their widows could not weep. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=65}} Then Yahweh awoke as from sleep, like a warrior flushed with wine; {{verse|chapter=78|verse=66}} and He beat back His foes, putting them to perpetual scorn. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=67}} He disowned the tent of Joseph, He rejected the tribe of Ephraim; {{verse|chapter=78|verse=68}} but He chose the tribe of Judah, Mount Zion, which He loves. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=69}} And He built like the heights His sanctuary, like the earth which He founded forever. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=70}} And He chose David His servant, taking him from the sheepfolds. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=71}} From the mother-ewes He brought him, to be shepherd to Jacob His people, and to Israel His inheritance. {{verse|chapter=78|verse=72}} With upright heart did he shepherd them, and with skilful hands did he guide them. ==Psalm 82== {{verse|chapter=82|verse=0}} a melody for Asaf<br/> {{verse|chapter=82|verse=1}} &nbsp; God stands forth in god-council. Shortly, God will judge.<br/> {{verse|chapter=82|verse=2}} "Til when will you judge immorally? Carry the wicked's reputation? [Selah]<br/> {{verse|chapter=82|verse=3}} Judge for the weak and the orphan, exonerate the poor and afflicted.<br/> {{verse|chapter=82|verse=4}} Set free the orphan and the weak, rescue them from the wicked's hand." {{verse|chapter=82|verse=5}} &nbsp; They didn't know and didn't understand. In darkness they walked.<br/> All the foundations of the Earth expired. {{verse|chapter=82|verse=6}} &nbsp; I said "You are gods, all of you sons of most-high.<br/> {{verse|chapter=82|verse=7}} In fact, as men, you'll die. Like one of the ministers, you'll fall." {{verse|chapter=82|verse=8}} &nbsp; Arise, God, judge the Earth, because you shall bequeath to all nations. ==Psalm 90== {{verse|chapter=90|verse=1}} A prayer by Moshe, man of God.<br/> &nbsp; God, a shelter You have been for us, in generation after generation.<br/> {{verse|chapter=90|verse=2}} Before mountains were born, and Earth and inhabited land were created, and from everlasting to everlasting, You are God.<br/> {{verse|chapter=90|verse=3}} You shall bring a man down to a crushing point, and You said, "Return, sons of men."<br/> {{verse|chapter=90|verse=4}} For a thousand years in Your eyes like a bygone yesterday, for it will pass away, and a watch in the night.<br/> {{verse|chapter=90|verse=5}} You flowed them; they shall be sleep; in the morning, like grass he shall pass away.<br/> {{verse|chapter=90|verse=6}} In the morning, it shall blossom and was rejuvenated; toward evening, it shall be cut off and shall wither.<br/> {{verse|chapter=90|verse=7}} For we perished by Your wrath, and by Your anger we were dismayed.<br/> {{verse|chapter=90|verse=8}} You have placed our iniquities before You, our youth before the light of Your countenance.<br/> {{verse|chapter=90|verse=9}} For all our days have passed away in Your anger; we have consumed our years as a thought.<br/> {{verse|chapter=90|verse=10}} The days of our years because of them are seventy years, and if with strength, eighty years;<br/> &nbsp; and their greatness is toil and pain, for it was quickly shorn off and we flew away.<br/> {{verse|chapter=90|verse=11}} Who knows the power of Your anger, and as Your reverence, Your wrath?<br/> {{verse|chapter=90|verse=12}} To number our days, so inform, and we shall bring a heart of wisdom.<br/> {{verse|chapter=90|verse=13}} Return, God. Until when? And be consoled regarding Your servants.<br/> {{verse|chapter=90|verse=14}} Satiate us in the morning [with] Your kindness, and we will sing and will rejoice throughout all our days.<br/> {{verse|chapter=90|verse=15}} Make us happy as the days that You afflicted us, the years when we saw evil.<br/> {{verse|chapter=90|verse=16}} May Your work appear to Your servants, and Your majesty unto their sons.<br/> {{verse|chapter=90|verse=17}} And may the pleasantness of God, our God, be upon us,<br/> &nbsp; and the work of our hands, establish for us,<br/> &nbsp; and the work of our hands, establish it. ==Psalm 91== {{verse|chapter=91|verse=1}} He who dwells in the protection of the most high, lives under the shadow of the Almighty. {{verse|chapter=91|verse=2}} He says from the Lord: “He is my refuge and my fortress, my God, in Him I hope”. {{verse|chapter=91|verse=3}} For it is He who frees you from the hunter’s tie, and from the bad words. {{verse|chapter=91|verse=4}} His wings cover you, and under His feathers you will find refuge; His truth is for you a shield. {{verse|chapter=91|verse=5}} You will neither fear the fear of the night, nor the arrow flying during the day, {{verse|chapter=91|verse=6}} 1Nor the pest walking in the darkness, nor the destruction devastating at noon. {{verse|chapter=91|verse=7}} A thousand will fall beside you, and ten thousand to your right; you it will not approach. {{verse|chapter=91|verse=8}} Nevertheless you will contemplate with your own eyes, you will contemplate the retribution of the sinners. {{verse|chapter=91|verse=9}} For You are, Lord, my refuge. You chose the Almighty for your refuge. {{verse|chapter=91|verse=10}} No evil will reach you, and no scourge will approach your tabernacle, {{verse|chapter=91|verse=11}} For He commanded His Angels, to guard you in all your ways. {{verse|chapter=91|verse=12}} In their hands the will carry you, so that you don’t stumble on a stone. {{verse|chapter=91|verse=13}} On the asp and the basilisk you will walk, and step on the lion and the dragon. {{verse|chapter=91|verse=14}} For he has joined me, I will free him; I will protect him, for he knows My name. {{verse|chapter=91|verse=15}} When he cries out for me, I will answer him; with him I am in the tribulation; I will free him and glorify him. {{verse|chapter=91|verse=16}} Longitude of days I will give him, and show him My salvation. ==Psalm 100 == {{verse|chapter=100|verse=1}} A song of thanksgiving: all the Earth, testify to Yahweh.<br/> {{verse|chapter=100|verse=2}} Serve Yahweh in happiness, come to him in festivity.<br/> {{verse|chapter=100|verse=3}} Know that Yahweh is God. He, not we, made us, his people, sheep of his herding flock.<ref>ולא (וְלוֹ) אֲנַחְנוּ The text without the parenthesized correction means "and not we", or in context "it's not we that did it", which is how I translated it. The homophonic parenthesized correction translates to "we are to him", which also makes sense in context, but I think it is best to stick to the original text, except where there are obvious typos, and this is not one of those cases.</ref><br/> {{verse|chapter=100|verse=4}} We came to his gate in thanks, to his courtyard in celebration, thank him, bless his name.<br/> {{verse|chapter=100|verse=5}} Because Yahweh is good, his kindness is forever, and his faith onto generation after generation. ==Psalm 104 == {{verse|chapter=104|verse=1}} Bless Yahweh, my soul. Yahweh, my God, you are very great. You are clothed with honor and majesty. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=2}} He<ref>Many of the verses in chapter 104 could be either second or third person; as others are explicitly each of them, it's impossible to be sure about the ambiguous ones.</ref> covers himself with light as with a garment. He stretches out the heavens like a curtain. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=3}} He lays the beams of his rooms in the waters. He makes the clouds his chariot. He walks on the wings of the wind. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=4}} He makes his messengers winds, and his servants burning fire. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=5}} He laid the foundations of the earth, that it should not be moved forever. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=6}} You covered it with the deep as with a cloak. The waters stood above the mountains. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=7}} At your rebuke they fled. At the voice of your thunder they hurried away. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=8}} They climbed mountains, the descended [into] valleys, to the place which you had assigned to them. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=9}} You have set a boundary that they may not pass over, that they don’t turn again to cover the earth. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=10}} He sends springs into the valleys. They run among the mountains. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=11}} They give drink to every animal of the field. The wild donkeys quench their thirst. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=12}} The birds of the sky nest by them. They sing among the branches. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=13}} He waters the mountains from his rooms. The earth is filled with the fruit of your works. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=14}} He causes the grass to grow for the livestock, and plants for man to cultivate, that he may produce food out of the earth: {{verse|chapter=104|verse=15}} wine that makes the heart of man glad, oil to make his face to shine, and bread that strengthens man’s heart. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=16}} Yahweh’s trees are well watered, the cedars of Lebanon, which he has planted, {{verse|chapter=104|verse=17}} where the birds make their nests. The stork makes its home in the cypress trees. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=18}} The high mountains are for the wild goats. The rocks are a refuge for the hyraxes. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=19}} He appointed the moon for seasons. The sun knows when to set. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=20}} You make darkness, and it is night, in which all the animals of the forest prowl. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=21}} The young lions roar after their prey, and seek their food from God. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=22}} The sun rises, and they steal away, and lie down in their dens. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=23}} Man goes out to his work, to his labor until the evening. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=24}} How many are your works, Yahweh! In wisdom, you have made them all. The earth is full of your creations. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=25}} There is the sea, great and wide, in which are innumerable living things, both small and large animals. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=26}} There the ships go, and leviathan,<ref>(104:26) ''leviathan'' - a mythical sea monster.</ref> whom you formed to play there. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=27}} These all wait for you, that you may give them their food in due season. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=28}} You give to them; they gather. You open your hand; they are satisfied with good. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=29}} You hide your face; they are troubled. You take away their breath; they die and return to their dust. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=30}} You send out your Spirit and they are created. You renew the face of the ground. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=31}} Let Yahweh’s glory endure forever. Let Yahweh rejoice in his works. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=32}} He looks at the earth, and it trembles. He touches the mountains, and they smoke. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=33}} I will sing to Yahweh as long as I live. I will sing praise to my God while I still [exist]. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=34}} Let my meditation be sweet to him. I will rejoice in Yahweh. {{verse|chapter=104|verse=35}} Let sinners<ref>(104:35) ''sinners'' - follows the vowels of the Massora; the text could alternatively be "sins" with different vowels, although חטאות would be more likely than חטאים.</ref> cease [to exist] from the earth. Let the wicked be no more. Bless my soul, Yahweh. Halleluyah! ==Psalm 105== {{verse|chapter=105|verse=1}} Give thanks to God, proclaim His Name; make known among the peoples His deeds.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=2}} Sing to Him, play music to Him, speak of all His wonders.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=3}} Boast of His Holy Name; may rejoice the heart of those who seek God.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=4}} Search for God and His Might; seek His Presence constantly.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=5}} Remember His wonders, which He performed, His miracles and the judgments of His mouth.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=6}} The seed of Abraham His servant, the children of Yaacov, His chosen ones.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=7}} He is God, our God; throughout all the earth are His judgments.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=8}} He remembered forever His covenant, a word He had commanded to a thousand generations,<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=9}} Which He cut with Abraham, and His oath to Yitzchak,<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=10}} And He set it up to Yaacov as a statute, to Israel an everlasting covenant,<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=11}} Saying, "To you I shall give the land of Canaan, the lot of your inheritance."<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=12}} When they were few in number, hardly dwelling in it.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=13}} And they walked from nation to nation, from a kingdom to another people.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=14}} He let not a man rob them, and He reproved on their account kings.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=15}} "Do not touch My anointed ones, and to My prophets do not harm."<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=16}} And he called a famine upon the land; every staff of bread He broke.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=17}} He sent before them a man; for a slave was Yoseph sold.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=18}} They afflicted with fetters his foot; [in] iron came his soul.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=19}} Until the time of the coming of His word, the saying of God purified him.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=20}} A king sent and released him, a ruler of peoples and loosed him.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=21}} He made him master unto his household and ruler on all his possessions.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=22}} To bind up his princes at his wish, and his elders he shall make wise.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=23}} And Israel came [to] Egypt, and Yaacov sojourned in the land of Cham.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=24}} And He made His people very fruitful, and He made it stronger than its adversaries.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=25}} He turned their heart to hate His people, to plot against His servants.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=26}} He sent Moshe His servant; Aharon whom He chose.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=27}} They placed upon them the words of His signs and miracles in the land of Cham.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=28}} He sent darkness and it darkened, and they did not disobey His word.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=29}} He turned their waters to blood, and He killed their fish.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=30}} Their land swarmed with frogs, in the rooms of their monarchs.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=31}} He spoke and a mixture<ref name="Arov">(78:45, 105:31) ''Mixture'' - precise meaning of Hebrew is unclear; this word, from the root which means "mix", is used only in the description of this plague.</ref> came; lice throughout their entire boundary.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=32}} He made their rains into hail; fire, flames in their land.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=33}} And it struck their vine and their fig tree, and it broke the wood of their boundary.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=34}} He spoke and locust came, and nibbling locusts without number.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=35}} And it consumed all grass in their land, and it consumed the produce of their soil.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=36}} And He smote every firstborn in their land, the first of all their strength.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=37}} And He took them out with silver and gold, and there was no pauper among His tribes.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=38}} Egypt rejoiced with their departure, for their fear had fallen upon them.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=39}} He spread out a cloud for shelter, and fire to illuminate the night.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=40}} He asked, and He brought quail, and bread of heavens shall sate them.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=41}} He opened a rock and waters flowed; rivers went in the deserts.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=42}} For He remembered the word of His Holiness with Abraham His servant.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=43}} And He took out His people with joy, with singing His chosen ones.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=44}} And He gave them lands of nations, and the toil of regimes they shall inherit.<br/> {{verse|chapter=105|verse=45}} In order that they shall keep His statutes, and His teachings they shall observe. Halleluyah! == Psalm 111 == {{verse|chapter=111|verse=6}} The power of His works He has declared to His nation, to give them the heritage of the nations. == Psalm 115 == {{verse|chapter=115|verse=1}} Not to us, Yahweh, not to us, but to Your name give honor, to Your kindness, to your reality.<br/> {{verse|chapter=115|verse=2}} Why would the foreigners say: "Please, where is their God?"<br/> {{verse|chapter=115|verse=3}} And our God is in the sky, everything he wished, he has done.<br/> {{verse|chapter=115|verse=4}} Their statues are silver and gold, done by the hands of man.<br/> {{verse|chapter=115|verse=5}} They have mouths, but will not speak. They have eyes, but will not see.<br/> {{verse|chapter=115|verse=6}} They have ears, but will not hear, they have a nose, but will not smell.<br/> {{verse|chapter=115|verse=7}} They have hands, but will not feel, they have legs, but will not walk<ref>(115:7) The precise grammar of this verse is weird. Unlike the previous verses, all of which have a separate word for "they have" (להם), this verse uses the ownership suffix, literally "their hands" and "their legs"; however, the prefix ו on the continuation of the verse (which would mean something along the lines of "and" or "but") would mame this meaning ungrammatical. There are a few other verses, however, where the ownership suffix is used to refer to tbe existance of ownership as opposed to specifically owned items/body parts. Without the ו, this verse would be translated as "their hands won't feel, their legs won't walk".</ref>. Their throats will not voice.<br/> {{verse|chapter=115|verse=8}} Like them will be their makers, all that trust in them.<br/> {{verse|chapter=115|verse=9}} Israel, trust in Yahweh: He is their helper and their defense.<br/> {{verse|chapter=115|verse=10}} House of Aaron, trust in Yahweh: He is their helper and their defense.<br/> {{verse|chapter=115|verse=11}} Those who fear God, trust in Yahweh: He is their helper and their defense.<br/> {{verse|chapter=115|verse=12}} Yahweh will bless our memory, will bless the house of Israel, will bless the house of Aaron,<br/> {{verse|chapter=115|verse=13}} Will bless those who fear God, the little along with the big.<br/> {{verse|chapter=115|verse=14}} Yahweh will add onto you, on you and onto your sons.<br/> {{verse|chapter=115|verse=15}} Blessed are you to Yahweh, maker of the skies and the Earth.<br/> {{verse|chapter=115|verse=16}} The skies are skies for Yahweh, and the Earth he gave to men.<br/> {{verse|chapter=115|verse=17}} The dead will not give-praise-to-Yah, and not those that descend into stillness.<br/> {{verse|chapter=115|verse=18}} And we will bless Yah, from now until forever, give-praise-to-Yah(Halelu-Ya/Hallelujah).<br/> ==Psalm 117== {{verse|chapter=117|verse=1}} Give blessings to the Lord, all you nations; Give praise to the Lord, all you nations<br /> {{verse|chapter=117|verse=2}} For His greatness, mercy, and trust are eternal: hallelujah! == Psalm 121 == {{verse|chapter=121|verse=1}} A song of ascents,<ref name="ascents" /> I will lift my eyes up to the hills, from where will my help come from?<br/> {{verse|chapter=121|verse=2}} My help come from Yahweh, maker of the sky and of the earth.<br/> {{verse|chapter=121|verse=3}} He will not allow your foot to be moved, he will not sleep from keeping you.<br/> {{verse|chapter=121|verse=4}} He will not slumber nor sleep, he who guards Israel.<br/> {{verse|chapter=121|verse=5}} Yahweh is your keeper, Yahweh is the shadown that is on your right hand.<br/> {{verse|chapter=121|verse=6}} The will not harm you by day, nor the moon by night.<br/> {{verse|chapter=121|verse=7}} Yahweh will guard you from all evil, will guard you soul.<br/> {{verse|chapter=121|verse=8}} Yahweh will keep your going out and your coming in, from now, until forever. == Psalm 134 == {{verse|chapter=134|verse=1}}A song of the ascents.<ref name="ascents">Original Hebrew is "שיר המעלות". The meaning of this phrase is uncertain. Some associate it with going to Israel or Jerusalem (a spiritual ascent), others with steps (the word typically used for them in the Bible is מעלות), others with the tune to which the psalm was sung, etc.</ref><br/> Behold: bless Yahweh, all you servants of Yahweh, who stand in the house of Yahweh at night.<br/> {{verse|chapter=134|verse=2}} Raise your hands to the sanctuary, and bless Yahweh.<br/> {{verse|chapter=134|verse=3}} May Yahweh bless you from Zion, he who made the heavens and the earth. == Psalm 135 == {{verse|chapter=135|verse=1}} Halleluyah! Hail the name of Yahweh! Hail, you servants of Yahweh!<br/> {{verse|chapter=135|verse=2}} Who stand in the house of Yahweh, in the courts of the house of our God.<br/> {{verse|chapter=135|verse=3}} Halleluyah, for Yahweh is good! Sing to his name, for it is pleasant!<br/> {{verse|chapter=135|verse=4}} For Yah chose Jacob for himself, Israel for his special care.<br/> {{verse|chapter=135|verse=5}} For I have known that Yahweh is big, and our Lord more than all gods.<br/> {{verse|chapter=135|verse=6}} All that Yahweh desired he has done: in the heavens and the earth, in the seas and all deeps.<br/> {{verse|chapter=135|verse=7}} Who raises up the chosen from the ends of the earth, who has made lightnings to rain, who finds wind from his treasures.<br/> {{verse|chapter=135|verse=8}} Who struck the eldest of Egypt, from man to beast.<br/> {{verse|chapter=135|verse=9}} He sent signs and wonders in the midst of Egypt, in Pharaoh and all his servants.<br/> {{verse|chapter=135|verse=10}} Who struck many nations, and killed powerful kings:<br/> {{verse|chapter=135|verse=11}} Sihon, the king of the Amorites; and Og, the king of Bashan; and all the kingdoms of Canaan.<br/> {{verse|chapter=135|verse=12}} And gave their lands as an inheritance, an inheritance for Israel his people.<br/> {{verse|chapter=135|verse=13}} Yahweh is your name forever, Yahweh your remembrance from generation to generation.<br/> {{verse|chapter=135|verse=14}} For Yahweh shall judge his people, and reconsider about his servants.<br/> {{verse|chapter=135|verse=15}} The idols of the nations are silver and gold, the work of man's hands:<br/> {{verse|chapter=135|verse=16}} They have a mouth, but do not speak; they have eyes, but do not see.<br/> {{verse|chapter=135|verse=17}} They have ears, but do not give ear; a nose, but there is no breath in their mouth.<br/> {{verse|chapter=135|verse=18}} May their makers be like them, all who trust in them.<br/> {{verse|chapter=135|verse=19}} House of Israel, bless Yahweh! House of Aaron, bless Yahweh!<br/> {{verse|chapter=135|verse=20}} House of the Levites, bless Yahweh! Fearers of Yahweh, bless Yahweh!<br/> {{verse|chapter=135|verse=21}} Blessed is Yahweh from Zion, he who dwells in Jerusalem. Halleluyah! == Psalm 137 == {{verse|chapter=137|verse=1}} By the rivers of Babylon, was where we sat and also wept, when we remembered Zion.<br/> {{verse|chapter=137|verse=2}} On the willows within it, we hung our harps,<br/> {{verse|chapter=137|verse=3}} because our captors asked us there, for words of song Our tormentors. for happiness: "Sing to us, from the songs of Zion"<br/> {{verse|chapter=137|verse=4}} How would we sing Yahweh's songs on a foreign land?<br/> {{verse|chapter=100|verse=5}} You, if I forget, Yerushalayim, be forgotten my right arm,<br/> {{verse|chapter=137|verse=6}} my tongue cling to my palette, if I do not remember you, if I don't raise Yerushalayim above my highest joys.<br/> {{verse|chapter=137|verse=7}} Yahweh, remind the sons of Edom of Jerusalem's day, Those who say, "raze, raze it, onto its foundation"<br/> {{verse|chapter=137|verse=8}} The plundered daughter of Babylon, would that he pay you your compensation, as you compensated us,<br/> {{verse|chapter=137|verse=9}} would that he would grasp and smash your toddlers against the rock. ==Psalm 150== {{verse|chapter=150|verse=1}} Halleluyah! Praise God in His Holiness, praise Him in the firmament of His might.<br/> {{verse|chapter=150|verse=2}} Praise Him for His mighty deeds; praise Him as the muchness of His Greatness.<br/> {{verse|chapter=150|verse=3}} Praise Him with the blast of a shofar; praise Him with psaltery and lyre.<br/> {{verse|chapter=150|verse=4}} Praise Him with a drum and dance<ref>(150:4) ''dance'' - the word translated as "dance", מחול, is frequently paired with drums (תוף), and some believe it to be a musical instrument.</ref>, praise Him with instruments and flute.<br/> {{verse|chapter=150|verse=5}} Praise Him with ringings of hearing; praise Him with ringings of blast.<br/> {{verse|chapter=150|verse=6}} Every soul shall praise God! Halleluyah! </onlyinclude> ==Footnotes== {{reflist}} [[Category:Wikisource translations of the Hebrew Bible]] [[ko:성서/구약성서/시편]] 7apkjkfuvil8qc344u8u3fr9hrb8b2h Index:A certificate for the electoral vote for Rutherford B. Hayes and William A. Wheeler for the State of Louisiana dated 1876 106 152188 14129990 12793174 2024-04-25T20:34:59Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=[[A certificate for the electoral vote for Rutherford B. Hayes and William A. Wheeler for the State of Louisiana]] dated 1876 |Language=en |Volume= |Author=The State of Louisiana |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=The State of Louisiana |Address= |Year=1876 |Key=Certificate for the electoral vote for Rutherford B. Hayes |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=The Library of Congress |Image=[[File:A certificate for the electoral vote for Rutherford B. Hayes and William A. Wheeler for the State of Louisiana dated 1876 part 3.jpg|200px]] |Progress=T |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date=March 2021 |Pages={{(!}} style="border-spacing:2px;" class="__pagetable" {{!}} {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:A_certificate_for_the_electoral_vote_for_Rutherford_B._Hayes_and_William_A._Wheeler_for_the_State_of_Louisiana_dated_1876_part_1.jpg|1]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:A_certificate_for_the_electoral_vote_for_Rutherford_B._Hayes_and_William_A._Wheeler_for_the_State_of_Louisiana_dated_1876_part_2.jpg|2]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:A_certificate_for_the_electoral_vote_for_Rutherford_B._Hayes_and_William_A._Wheeler_for_the_State_of_Louisiana_dated_1876_part_3.jpg|3]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:A_certificate_for_the_electoral_vote_for_Rutherford_B._Hayes_and_William_A._Wheeler_for_the_State_of_Louisiana_dated_1876_part_4.jpg|4]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:A_certificate_for_the_electoral_vote_for_Rutherford_B._Hayes_and_William_A._Wheeler_for_the_State_of_Louisiana_dated_1876_part_5.jpg|5]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:A_certificate_for_the_electoral_vote_for_Rutherford_B._Hayes_and_William_A._Wheeler_for_the_State_of_Louisiana_dated_1876_part_6.jpg|6]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:A_certificate_for_the_electoral_vote_for_Rutherford_B._Hayes_and_William_A._Wheeler_for_the_State_of_Louisiana_dated_1876_part_7.jpg|7]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:A_certificate_for_the_electoral_vote_for_Rutherford_B._Hayes_and_William_A._Wheeler_for_the_State_of_Louisiana_dated_1876_part_8.jpg|8]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:A_certificate_for_the_electoral_vote_for_Rutherford_B._Hayes_and_William_A._Wheeler_for_the_State_of_Louisiana_dated_1876_part_9.jpg|9]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:A_certificate_for_the_electoral_vote_for_Rutherford_B._Hayes_and_William_A._Wheeler_for_the_State_of_Louisiana_dated_1876_part_10.jpg|10]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:A_certificate_for_the_electoral_vote_for_Rutherford_B._Hayes_and_William_A._Wheeler_for_the_State_of_Louisiana_dated_1876_part_11.jpg|11]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:A_certificate_for_the_electoral_vote_for_Rutherford_B._Hayes_and_William_A._Wheeler_for_the_State_of_Louisiana_dated_1876_part_12.jpg|12]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:A_certificate_for_the_electoral_vote_for_Rutherford_B._Hayes_and_William_A._Wheeler_for_the_State_of_Louisiana_dated_1876_part_13.jpg|13]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:A_certificate_for_the_electoral_vote_for_Rutherford_B._Hayes_and_William_A._Wheeler_for_the_State_of_Louisiana_dated_1876_part_14.jpg|14]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:A_certificate_for_the_electoral_vote_for_Rutherford_B._Hayes_and_William_A._Wheeler_for_the_State_of_Louisiana_dated_1876_part_15.jpg|15]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:A_certificate_for_the_electoral_vote_for_Rutherford_B._Hayes_and_William_A._Wheeler_for_the_State_of_Louisiana_dated_1876_part_16.jpg|16]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:A_certificate_for_the_electoral_vote_for_Rutherford_B._Hayes_and_William_A._Wheeler_for_the_State_of_Louisiana_dated_1876_part_17.jpg|17]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:A_certificate_for_the_electoral_vote_for_Rutherford_B._Hayes_and_William_A._Wheeler_for_the_State_of_Louisiana_dated_1876_part_18.jpg|18]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:A_certificate_for_the_electoral_vote_for_Rutherford_B._Hayes_and_William_A._Wheeler_for_the_State_of_Louisiana_dated_1876_part_19.jpg|19]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:A_certificate_for_the_electoral_vote_for_Rutherford_B._Hayes_and_William_A._Wheeler_for_the_State_of_Louisiana_dated_1876_part_20.jpg|20]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:A_certificate_for_the_electoral_vote_for_Rutherford_B._Hayes_and_William_A._Wheeler_for_the_State_of_Louisiana_dated_1876_part_21.jpg|21]] {{!)}} |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} ly681aicrx1aekzrqxunquoucr97dpz A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes 0 177136 14130716 13367702 2024-04-26T07:05:06Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{no source}} {{header | title = A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes | author = Sabine Baring-Gould | translator = | section = | previous = | next = | year = 1895 | portal = Nursery rhymes | notes = {{no scan}} }} {| style="margin-top: 20px; border-spacing:0;" border=1 cellpadding=20 |- |{{ts|ac}} colspan=3|'''[[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Introduction|Introduction]]''' |- |{{ts|vtp|width:32%}}|{{center|'''Nursery Songs'''}} * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/I. THE TASK|I. THE TASK]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/II. A LYING TALE|II. A LYING TALE]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/III. THREE JOVIAL WELSHMEN|III. THREE JOVIAL WELSHMEN]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/IV. THE NUT TREE|IV. THE NUT TREE]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/V. THE FOX|V. THE FOX]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/VI. THE HERRING'S HEAD|VI. THE HERRING'S HEAD]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/VII. MOTHER'S SONG|VII. MOTHER'S SONG]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/VIII. THE FOOLISH BOY|VIII. THE FOOLISH BOY]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/IX. TOMMY-A-LYNN|IX. TOMMY-A-LYNN]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/X. PRIMROSE HILL|X. PRIMROSE HILL]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XI. GREEN AND AIRY AROUND|XI. GREEN AND AIRY AROUND]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XII. LAST NIGHT THE DOGS DID BARK|XII. LAST NIGHT THE DOGS DID BARK]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XIII. NICE YOUNG MAIDENS|XIII. NICE YOUNG MAIDENS]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XIV. AMONG THE GREEN HAY|XIV. AMONG THE GREEN HAY]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XV. ONE MICHAELMAS MORN|XV. ONE MICHAELMAS MORN]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XVI. THE OLD COUPLE|XVI. THE OLD COUPLE]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XVII. THE FROG WHO WOULD A-WOOING GO|XVII. THE FROG WHO WOULD A-WOOING GO]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XVIII. MY JOHNNY WAS A SHOEMAKER|XVIII. MY JOHNNY WAS A SHOEMAKER]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XIX. THE JACKET AND PETTICOAT|XIX. THE JACKET AND PETTICOAT]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XX. THE WHALE|XX. THE WHALE]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XXI. WINE AND WATER|XXI. WINE AND WATER]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XXII. THE TREE IN THE WOOD|XXII. THE TREE IN THE WOOD]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XXIII. THE QUAKER SONG|XXIII. THE QUAKER SONG]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XXIV. GOOD KING ARTHUR|XXIV. GOOD KING ARTHUR]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XXV. MY BILLY BOY|XXV. MY BILLY BOY]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XXVI. THE CARRION CROW|XXVI. THE CARRION CROW]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XXVII. THE BABES IN THE WOOD|XXVII. THE BABES IN THE WOOD]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XXVIII. I LOVE SIXPENCE|XXVIII. I LOVE SIXPENCE]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XXIX. THE LITTLE DANDY|XXIX. THE LITTLE DANDY]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XXX. WIG, HAT, AND CANE|XXX. WIG, HAT, AND CANE]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XXXI. CHIT, CHAT|XXXI. CHIT, CHAT]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XXXII. SONG OF SPRING|XXXII. SONG OF SPRING]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XXXIII. WINTER SONG|XXXIII. WINTER SONG]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XXXIV. THREE CHILDREN SLIDING|XXXIV. THREE CHILDREN SLIDING]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XXXV. IF ALL THE WORLD WERE PAPER|XXXV. IF ALL THE WORLD WERE PAPER]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XXXVI. IF I HAD TWO SHIPS|XXXVI. IF I HAD TWO SHIPS]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XXXVII. THE HUNTING OF THE HARE|XXXVII. THE HUNTING OF THE HARE]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XXXVIII. THE LITTLE MAN|XXXVIII. THE LITTLE MAN]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XXXIX. SING A SONG OF SIXPENCE|XXXIX. SING A SONG OF SIXPENCE]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XL. LUCY LOCKET|XL. LUCY LOCKET]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XLI. LITTLE BINGO|XLI. LITTLE BINGO]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XLII. A SHIP A-SAILING|XLII. A SHIP A-SAILING]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XLIII. THE SCARECROW|XLIII. THE SCARECROW]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XLIV. ON CHRISTMAS DAY IN THE MORNING|XLIV. ON CHRISTMAS DAY IN THE MORNING]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XLV. LITTLE JOHN COOK|XLV. LITTLE JOHN COOK]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XLVI. LITTLE BO-PEEP|XLVI. LITTLE BO-PEEP]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XLVII. THE MAGPIE|XLVII. THE MAGPIE]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XLVIII. ROBIN REDBREAST AND JENNY WREN|XLVIII. ROBIN REDBREAST AND JENNY WREN]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/XLIX. NEW-YEAR'S DAY|XLIX. NEW-YEAR'S DAY]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/L. THE DILLY SONG|L. THE DILLY SONG]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/LI. GREEN BROOM|LI. GREEN BROOM]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/LIL. TOM, THE PIPER'S SON|LIL. TOM, THE PIPER'S SON]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/LIII. WHERE ARE YOU GOING MY PRETTY MAID?|LIII. WHERE ARE YOU GOING MY PRETTY MAID?]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/LIV. LULLABY|LIV. LULLABY]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/LV. THE ROBIN|LV. THE ROBIN]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/LVI. CLICK, CLACK|LVI. CLICK, CLACK]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/LVII. THE SNAIL|LVII. THE SNAIL]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/LVIII. SCHOOL OVER|LVIII. SCHOOL OVER]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/LIX. TWINKLE, TWINKLE|LIX. TWINKLE, TWINKLE]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/LX. GOOD NIGHT AND GOOD MORNING|LX. GOOD NIGHT AND GOOD MORNING]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/LXI. THE PIGS|LXI. THE PIGS]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/LXII. THE LITTLE FISHERMAN|LXII. THE LITTLE FISHERMAN]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/LXIII. The Little Old Woman|LXIII. THE LITTLE OLD WOMAN]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/LXIV. THE RIDDLE|LXIV. THE RIDDLE]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/LXV. GIRLS AND BOYS COME OUT TO PLAY|LXV. GIRLS AND BOYS COME OUT TO PLAY]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/LXVI. MRS. BOND|LXVI. MRS. BOND]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/LXVII. THE LITTLE COCK-SPARROW|LXVII. THE LITTLE COCK-SPARROW]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/LXVIII. THE GOOSE AND GANDER|LXVIII. THE GOOSE AND GANDER]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/LXIX. AIKEN DRUM|LXIX. AIKEN DRUM]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/LXX. PUSSY-CAT|LXX. PUSSY-CAT]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/LXXI. THE BONNIE PIT LADDIE|LXXI. THE BONNIE PIT LADDIE]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/LXXII. THE GOLDEN BALL|LXXII. THE GOLDEN BALL]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/LXXIII. MRS. MARY|LXXIII. MRS. MARY]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/LXXIV. OLD MOTHER HUBBARD|LXXIV. OLD MOTHER HUBBARD]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/LXXV. WHO KILLED COCK-ROBIN?|LXXV. WHO KILLED COCK-ROBIN?]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/LXXVI. THE JEW'S GARDEN|LXXVI. THE JEW'S GARDEN]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Songs/LXXVII. LITTLE ST. WILLIAM|LXXVII. LITTLE ST. WILLIAM]] |{{ts|vtp}}|{{center|'''Game Rhymes'''}} * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Game Rhymes/I. THREE DUKES A-RIDING|I. THREE DUKES A-RIDING]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Game Rhymes/II. ORANGES AND LEMONS|II. ORANGES AND LEMONS]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Game Rhymes/III. GREEN GRAVEL|III. GREEN GRAVEL]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Game Rhymes/IV. PRETTY LITTLE GIRL|IV. PRETTY LITTLE GIRL]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Game Rhymes/V. THE PRICKLY BUSH|V. THE PRICKLY BUSH]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Game Rhymes/VI. JINNY, JAN|VI. JINNY, JAN]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Game Rhymes/VII. MARY BROWN|VII. MARY BROWN]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Game Rhymes/VIII. THE POOR WOMAN OF BABYLON|VIII. THE POOR WOMAN OF BABYLON]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Game Rhymes/IX. ROSY APPLE|IX. ROSY APPLE]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Game Rhymes/X. FORTY DUKES|X. FORTY DUKES]] |{{ts|vtp|width:33%}}|{{center|'''Nursery Jingles'''}} * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/I.|I.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/II.|II.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/III.|III.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/IV.|IV.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/V.|V.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/VI.|VI.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/VII.|VII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/VIII.|VIII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/IX.|IX.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/X.|X.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XI.|XI.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XII.|XII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XIII.|XIII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XIV.|XIV.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XV.|XV.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XVI.|XVI.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XVII.|XVII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XVIII.|XVIII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XIX.|XIX.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XX.|XX.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XXI.|XXI.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XXII.|XXII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XXIII.|XXIII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XXIV.|XXIV.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XXV.|XXV.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XXVI.|XXVI.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XXVII.|XXVII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XXVIII.|XXVIII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XXIX.|XXIX.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XXX.|XXX.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XXXI.|XXXI.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XXXII.|XXXII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XXXIII.|XXXIII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XXXIV.|XXXIV.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XXXV.|XXXV.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XXXVI.|XXXVI.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XXXVII.|XXXVII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XXXVIII.|XXXVIII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XXXIX.|XXXIX.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XL.|XL.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XLI.|XLI.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XLII.|XLII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XLIII.|XLIII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XLIV.|XLIV.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XLV.|XLV.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XLVI.|XLVI.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XLVII.|XLVII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XLVIII.|XLVIII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XLIX.|XLIX.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/L.|L.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LI.|LI.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LII.|LII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LIII.|LIII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LIV.|LIV.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LV.|LV.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LVI.|LVI.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LVII.|LVII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LVIII.|LVIII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LIX.|LIX.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LX.|LX.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LXI.|LXI.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LXII.|LXII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LXIII.|LXIII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LXIV.|LXIV.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LXV.|LXV.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LXVI.|LXVI.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LXVII.|LXVII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LXVIII.|LXVIII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LXIX.|LXIX.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LXX.|LXX.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LXXI.|LXXI.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LXXII.|LXXII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LXXIII.|LXXIII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LXXIV.|LXXIV.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LXXV.|LXXV.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LXXVI.|LXXVI.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LXXVII.|LXXVII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LXXIII.|LXXIII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LXXIX.|LXXIX.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LXXX.|LXXX.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LXXXI.|LXXXI.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LXXXII.|LXXXII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LXXXIII.|LXXXIII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LXXXIV.|LXXXIV.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LXXXV.|LXXXV.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LXXXVI.|LXXXVI.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LXXXVII.|LXXXVII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LXXXVIII.|LXXXVIII.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/LXXXIX.|LXXXIX.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XC.|XC.]] * [[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Nursery Jingles/XCI.|XCI.]] |- |{{ts|ac}} colspan=3|'''[[A Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes/Notes|Notes]]''' |} {{PD/US|1924}} {{DEFAULTSORT:Book of Nursery Songs and Rhymes, A}} [[Category:Collections of poetry]] [[Category:Nursery rhymes]] 7x9dze0cpbz839yhi8n18mbymwx70k9 The House by the Churchyard 0 182030 14131212 13026253 2024-04-26T08:00:11Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = The House by the Churchyard | author = Sheridan Le Fanu | translator = | section = | previous = | next = | year = 1863 | notes = First published 1863{{scans available|{{IAl|housebychurchyar00lefa_1}}}} | wikipedia = The House by the Churchyard }} {{center| THE HOUSE BY THE CHURCH-YARD by J. SHERIDAN LE FANU Author of 'Uncle Silas' and 'Torlogh O'brien' {{rule|width=300px}} Dublin:<br> James Duffy and Co., Ltd. New York: The MacMillan Company.<br> 1904.<br> Printed by Edmund Burke & Co., 61 & 62 Great Strand<br> Street, Dublin. }} ==Contents== {| {{ts|bc}} |- |{{ts|ar|vtp|width:100px}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/A Prologue|A Prologue]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;being a dish of village chat<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter I|I.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;The rector's night-walk to his church<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter II|II.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;The nameless coffin<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter III|III.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Mr. Mervyn in his inn<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter IV|IV.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;The Fair-green of Palmerstown<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter V|V.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;How the Royal Artillery entertained some of th neighbours at dinner<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter VI|VI.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In which the minstrelsy proceeds<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter VII|VII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Showing how two gentlemen may misunderstand one another without enabling the company to understand their quarrel<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter VIII|VIII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Relating how Doctor Toole and Captain Devereux wen on a moonlight errand<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter IX|IX.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;How a squire was found for the knight of the ruefu countenance<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter X|X.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;The dead secret, showing how the fireworker prove to Puddock that Nutter had spied out the nakednes of the land<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XI|XI.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Some talk about the haunted house&mdash;being, as I suppose only old woman's tales<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XII|XII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Some odd facts about the Tiled House&mdash;being a authentic narrative of the ghost of a hand<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XIII|XIII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In which the rector visits the Tiled House and Doctor Toole looks after the Brass Castle<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XIV|XIV.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Relating how Puddock purged O'Flaherty's head&mdash; chapter which, it is hoped, no genteel person will read<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XV|XV.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Æsculapius to the rescue<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XVI|XVI.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;The ordeal by battle<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XVII|XVII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Lieutenant Puddock receives an invitation and a ra over the knuckles<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XVIII|XVIII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Relating how the gentlemen sat over their claret and how Doctor Sturk saw a face<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XIX|XIX.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In which the gentlemen follow the ladies<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XX|XX.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In which Mr. Dangerfield visits the church of Chapelizod and Zekiel Irons goes a-fishing<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XXI|XXI.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Relating among other things how Doctor Toole walked up to the Tiled House, and of his pleasant discourse wit Mr. Mervyn<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XXII|XXII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Telling how Mr. Mervyn fared at Belmont, and of a pleasan little dejeuner by the margin of the Liffey<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XXIII|XXIII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Which concerns the grand dinner at the King's House, an who were there, and something of their talk, reveries disputes, and general jollity<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XXIV|XXIV.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In which two young persons understand one another better perhaps, than ever they did before, without saying so<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XXV|XXV.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In which the sun sets, and the merry-making is kept u by candle-light in the King's House, and Lily receives warning which she does not comprehend<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XXVI|XXVI.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Relating how the band of the Royal Irish Artillery played and, while the music was going on, how variously different people were moved<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XXVII|XXVII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Concerning the troubles and the shapes that began to gathe about Doctor Sturk<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XXVIII|XXVIII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In which Mr. Irons recounts some old recollections abou the Pied-horse and the Flower de Luce<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XXIX|XXIX.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Showing how poor Mrs. Macnamara was troubled an haunted too, and opening a budget of gossip<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XXX|XXX.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Concerning a certain woman in black<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XXXI|XXXI.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Being a short history of the great battle of Belmont tha lasted for so many days, wherein the belligerents showe so much constancy and valour, and sometimes one sid and sometimes t'other was victorious<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XXXII|XXXII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Narrating how Lieutenant Puddock and Captain Devereu brewed a bowl of punch, and how they sang and discourse together<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XXXIII|XXXIII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In which Captain Devereux's fiddle plays a prelude t 'Over the hills and far away'<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XXXIV|XXXIV.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In which Lilias hears a stave of an old song an there is a leave-taking beside the river<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XXXV|XXXV.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In which Aunt Becky and Doctor Toole, in full blow with Dominick the footman, behind, visit Miss Lily a the Elms<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XXXVI|XXXVI.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Narrating how Miss Lilias visited Belmont, and saw strange cocked-hat in the shadow by the window<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XXXVII|XXXVII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Showing how some of the feuds in Chapelizod ware fiercer, and others were solemnly condoned<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XXXVIII|XXXVIII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Dreams and troubles, and a dark look-out<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XXXIX|XXXIX.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Telling how Lilias Walsingham found two ladies awaiting her arrival at the Elms<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XL|XL.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Of a messenger from Chapelizod vault who waited in the Tiled House for Mr. Mervyn<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XLI|XLI.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In which the rector comes home, and Lily speaks her mind, and time glides on, and Aunt Rebecca calls a the Elms<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XLII|XLII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In which Doctor Sturk tries this way and that for a reprieve on the eve of execution<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XLIII|XLIII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Showing how Charles Nutter's blow descended, and what part the silver spectacles bore in the crisis<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XLIV|XLIV.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Relating how, in the watches of the night, a vision came to Sturk, and his eyes were opened<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XLV|XLV.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Concerning a little rehearsal in Captain Cluffe's lodging and a certain confidence between Doctor Sturk and Mr Dangerfield<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XLVI|XLVI.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;The closet scene, with the part of Polonius omitted<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XLVII|XLVII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In which pale Hecate visits the Mills, and Charles Nutter Esq., orders tea<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XLVIII|XLVIII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Swans on the water<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XLIX|XLIX.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Swans in the water<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter L|L.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Treating of some confusion, in consequence, in th club-room of the Phoenix and elsewhere, an of a hat that was picked up<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LI|LI.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;How Charles Nutter's tea, pipe, and tobacco-box wer all set out for him in the small parlour at th Mills, and how that night was passed in the hous by the church-yard<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LII|LII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Concerning a rouleau of guineas and the crac of a pistol<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LIII|LIII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Relating after what fashion Doctor Sturk came home<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LIV|LIV.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In which Miss Magnolia and Doctor Toole, in different scenes, prove themselves Good Samaritans; and th great Doctor Pell mounts the stairs of the House by th Church-yard<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LV|LV.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In which Doctor Toole, in full costume, stands upon th hearth-stone of the club, and illuminates the compan with his back to the fire<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LVI|LVI.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Doctor Walsingham and the Chapelizod Christians mee to the sound of the holy bell, and a vampire sits in th church<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LVII|LVII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In which Doctor Toole and Mr. Lowe make a visit a the Mills, and recognise something remarkable whil there<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LVIII|LVIII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In which one of little Bopeep's sheep comes home again and various theories are entertained respecting Charle Nutter and Lieutenant Puddock<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LIX|LIX.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Telling How a Coach Drew Up at the Elms, and Two Fin Ladies, Dressed For the Ball, Stepped in.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LX|LX.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Being a Chapter of Hoops, Feathers, and Brilliants and Bucks And Fiddlers.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LXI|LXI.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In Which the Ghosts of a By-gone Sin Keep Tryst.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LXII|LXII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Of a Solemn Resolution Which Captain Devereux Registere Among His Household Gods, With a Libation.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LXIII|LXIII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In Which a Liberty Is Taken With Mr. Nutter's Name and Mr. Dangerfield Stands at the Altar.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LXIV|LXIV.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Being a Night Scene, in Which Miss Gertrude Chattesworth Being Adjured By Aunt Becky, Makes Answer.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LXV|LXV.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Relating Some Awful News That Reached the Village and How Dr. Walsingham Visited Captain Richard Devereu at His Lodgings.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LXVI|LXVI.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Of a Certain Tempest That Arose and Shook th Captain's Spoons And Tea-cups; and How the Win Suddenly Went Down.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LXVII|LXVII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In Which a Certain Troubled Spirit Walks.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LXVIII|LXVIII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;How an Evening Passes at the Elms, and Dr. Toole Make a Little Excursion; and Two Choice Spirits Discourse and Hebe Trips in With The Nectar.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LXIX|LXIX.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Concerning a Second Hurricane That Raged in Captai Devereux's Drawing-room, and Relating How Mrs. Iron Was Attacked With a Sort Of Choking in Her Bed.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LXX|LXX.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In Which an Unexpected Visitor Is Seen in th Cedar-parlour of The Tiled House, and the Story o Mr. Beauclerc and the 'flower de Luce' Begins T Be Unfolded.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LXXI|LXXI.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In Which Mr. Irons's Narrative Reaches Merton Moor.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LXXII|LXXII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In Which the Apparition of Mr. Irons Is Swallowed i Darkness.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LXXIII|LXXIII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Concerning a Certain Gentleman, with a Black Patc Over His Eye, who made some Visits with a Lady in Chapelizod and its Neighbourhood.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LXXIV|LXXIV.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In Which Doctor Toole, in His Boots, Visits Mr. Gamble and Sees an Ugly Client of That Gentleman's; an Something Crosses an Empty Room.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LXXV|LXXV.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;How a Gentleman Paid a Visit at the Brass Castle, an There Read A Paragraph in an Old Newspaper.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LXXVI|LXXVI.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Relating How the Castle Was Taken, and How Mistres Moggy Took Heart Of Grace.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LXXVII|LXXVII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In Which Irish Melody Prevails.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LXXVIII|LXXVIII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In Which, While the Harmony Continues in Father Roach' Front Parlour, A Few Discords Are Introduced Elsewhere and Doctor Toole Arrives in The Morning With Marvellous Budget of News.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LXXIX|LXXIX.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Showing How Little Lily's Life Began To Change Int a Retrospect; And How on a Sudden She Began To Fee Better.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LXXX|LXXX.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In Which Two Acquaintances Become, on a Sudden Marvellously Friendly In The Church-yard; and Mr Dangerfield Smokes a Pipe in the Brass Castle and Resolves That the Dumb Shall Speak.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LXXXI|LXXXI.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In Which Mr. Dangerfield Receives a Visitor, and Make a Call.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LXXXII|LXXXII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In Which Mr. Paul Dangerfield Pays His Respects an Compliments At Belmont; Where Other Visitors Als Present Themselves<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LXXXIII|LXXXIII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In Which the Knight of the Silver Spectacles Makes th Acquaintance Of The Sage 'black Dillon,' and Confer With Him in His Retreat.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LXXXIV|LXXXIV.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In Which Christiana Goes Over; and Dan Loftu Comes Home.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LXXXV|LXXXV.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In Which Captain Devereux Hears the News; and Mr Dangerfield Meets An Old Friend After Dinner.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LXXXVI|LXXXVI.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In Which Mr. Paul Dangerfield Mounts the Stairs of th House by The Church-yard, and Makes Some Arrangements.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LXXXVII|LXXXVII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In Which Two Comrades Are Tete-a-tete in Their Ol Quarters, and Doctor Sturk's Cue Is Cut Off, and Consultation Commences.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LXXXVIII|LXXXVIII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In Which Mr. Moore the Barber Arrives, and the Medica Gentlemen Lock The Door.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter LXXXIX|LXXXIX.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In Which a Certain Songster Treats the Company To Dolorous Ballad Whereby Mr. Irons Is Somewhat Moved.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XC|XC.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Mr. Paul Dangerfield Has Something on His Mind, an Captain Devereux Receives a Message.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XCI|XCI.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;Concerning Certain Documents Which Reached Mr. Mervyn and the Witches' Revels at the Mills.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XCII|XCII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;The Wher-wolf.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XCIII|XCIII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In Which Doctor Toole and Dirty Davy Confer i the Blue-room.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XCIV|XCIV.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;What Doctor Sturk Brought To Mind, and All Tha Doctor Toole Heard At Mr. Luke Gamble's.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XCV|XCV.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In Which Doctor Pell Declines a Fee, and Doctor Stur a Prescription.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XCVI|XCVI.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;About the Rightful Mrs. Nutter of the Mills, and Ho Mr. Mervyn Received The News.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XCVII|XCVII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In Which Obediah Arrives.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XCVIII|XCVIII.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;In Which Charles Archer Puts Himself Upon the Country.<br><br> |- |{{ts|ar|vtp}}|[[The House by the Churchyard/Chapter XCIX|XCIX.]] |{{ts|al}}|&mdash;The Story Ends. |} {{PD-old-100}} {{DEFAULTSORT:House by the Churchard, The}} [[Category:Novels]] fkx9153qbhjgmhclc7nnjxnvhvs9a1v Portal:Massachusetts 100 190318 14128714 13997055 2024-04-25T18:18:24Z Duckmather 3067252 /* Encyclopedias */ add section headers wikitext text/x-wiki {{portal header | title = Massachusetts | class = E | shortcut = | wikipedia = Massachusetts | notes = Works related to Massachusetts, a state in the United States. See also [[:Category:Massachusetts]]. | portal = States of the United States }} [[Image:Flag of Massachusetts.svg|thumb|right|200px|Flag of Massachusetts]] == Documents == * [[Mayflower Compact]], November 11, 1620 * [[Oath of a Freeman]], 1631 and 1634 * [[Sheffield Declaration]] or Sheffield Resolves, 1773 * [[Constitution of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (1780)|Constitution]], 1780 * [[Ratifications of the Constitution of the United States/Massachusetts|Ratification of the Constitution of the United States]], February 6, 1788 * [[Virginia Resolutions of 1798/Massachusetts|Answer to the Virginia Resolutions of 1798]], February 9, 1799 ==History== * [[Good Newes from New England]], 1624 * [[Constitution of the Lowell Factory Girls Association]], 1836 * [[Slavery in Massachusetts]], 1854 * [[The History of Fiat Money and Currency Inflation in New England from 1620 to 1789|Fiat Money and Currency Inflation, 1620 to 1789]], 1898 * {{WD version|Q116208619}} ==Politics== *'''[[Portal:Massachusetts General Court]]''' ==Encyclopedias== === The American Cyclopaedia === * {{AmCyc link|Massachusetts|author=[[Author:Eaton S. Drone|Eaton S. Drone]]}} ** {{AmCyc link|Boston (Massachusetts)|author=[[Author:Eaton S. Drone|Eaton S. Drone]]}} ** {{AmCyc link|Cambridge (Mass.)|author=[[Author:Eaton S. Drone|Eaton S. Drone]]}} ** {{AmCyc link|Cape Cod}} ** {{AmCyc link|Charles River}} ** {{AmCyc link|Charlestown (Massachusetts)}} ** {{AmCyc link|Concord (Massachusetts)}} ** {{AmCyc link|Dennis}} ** {{AmCyc link|Elizabeth Islands}} ** {{AmCyc link|Fitchburg}} ** {{AmCyc link|Harvard University}} ** {{AmCyc link|Haverhill}} ** {{AmCyc link|Lawrence (Massachusetts)}} ** {{AmCyc link|Lexington (Massachusetts)}} ** {{AmCyc link|Lowell (city)}} ** {{AmCyc link|Marblehead}} ** {{AmCyc link|Middlesex (United States)}} ** {{AmCyc link|Natick}} ** {{AmCyc link|New Bedford}} ** {{AmCyc link|Pittsfield}} ** {{AmCyc link|Salem (Massachusetts)}} ** {{AmCyc link|Springfield (Massachusetts)}} ** {{AmCyc link|Waltham}} ** {{AmCyc link|Worcester (counties)}} ** {{AmCyc link|Worcester (Massachusetts)}} === Encyclopedia Britannica, Ninth Edition === * {{EB9 link|volume=15|Massachusetts|author=[[Author:Justin Winsor|Justin Winsor]]}} ** {{EB9 link|volume=4|Boston (Massachusetts)|author=[[Author:G. E. Ellis|G. E. Ellis]]}} ** {{EB9 link|volume=4|Cambridge (Massachusetts)}} ** {{EB9 link|volume=5|Charlestown}} ** {{EB9 link|volume=6|Concord (Massachusetts)}} ** {{EB9 link|Fitchburg|volume=9}} ** {{EB9 link|volume=11|Harvard College}} ** {{EB9 link|volume=11|Haverhill}} ** {{EB9 link|volume=14|Lawrence (Massachusetts)}} ** {{EB9 link|volume=15|Lowell}} ** {{EB9 link|volume=19|Pittsfield}} ** {{EB9 link|volume=21|Salem (Massachusetts)}} ** {{EB9 link|volume=22|Springfield (Massachusetts)}} ** {{EB9 link|volume=24|Worcester (Massachusetts)}} === New International Encyclopedia === * {{NIE link|Massachusetts}} ** {{NIE link|Adams}} ** {{NIE link|Amesbury}} ** {{NIE link|Boston (Massachusetts)}} ** {{NIE link|Cambridge (Massachusetts)}} ** {{NIE link|Charles River}} ** {{NIE link|Charlestown (Massachusetts)}} ** {{NIE link|Concord (Massachusetts)}} ** {{NIE link|Fitchburg}} ** {{NIE link|Great Barrington}} ** {{NIE link|Harvard University|author=Robert Arrowsmith}} ** {{NIE link|Lawrence (Massachusetts)}} ** {{NIE link|Lexington (Massachusetts)}} ** {{NIE link|Lowell}} ** {{NIE link|Manchester (Massachusetts)}} ** {{NIE link|Massachusetts Institute of Technology}} ** {{NIE link|Milton (Massachusetts)}} ** {{NIE link|Northbridge}} ** {{NIE link|Pittsfield}} ** {{NIE link|Provincetown}} ** {{NIE link|Radcliffe College}} ** {{NIE link|Salem (Massachusetts)}} ** {{NIE link|Southbridge}} ** {{NIE link|Springfield (Massachusetts)}} ** {{NIE link|West Springfield}} ** {{NIE link|Worcester (Massachusetts)}} * {{Nuttall link|Massachusetts|M}} ** {{Nuttall link|Boston|B}} ** {{Nuttall link|Cambridge|C}} ** {{Nuttall link|Concord|C}} ** {{Nuttall link|Harvard University|H}} ** {{Nuttall link|Salem|S}} ** {{Nuttall link|Springfield|S}} ** {{Nuttall link|Worcester|W}} === 1911 Encyclopedia Britannica === * {{EB1911 link|Massachusetts}} ** {{EB1911 link|Adams}} ** {{EB1911 link|Amesbury (Massachusetts)}} ** {{EB1911 link|Amherst (Massachusetts)}} ** {{EB1911 link|Andover, Massachusetts}} ** {{EB1911 link|Arlington}} ** {{EB1911 link|Attleborough}} ** {{EB1911 link|Barnstable}} ** {{EB1911 link|Beverly}} ** {{EB1911 link|Boston (Massachusetts)}} ** {{EB1911 link|Braintree (Massachusetts)}} ** {{EB1911 link|Brockton}} ** {{EB1911 link|Brookline}} ** {{EB1911 link|Bunker Hill}} ** {{EB1911 link|Cambridge (Massachusetts)}} ** {{EB1911 link|Charlestown}} ** {{EB1911 link|Chicopee}} ** {{EB1911 link|Clinton (Massachusetts)}} ** {{EB1911 link|Concord (Massachusetts)}} ** {{EB1911 link|Danvers}} ** {{EB1911 link|Dorchester (Massachusetts)}} ** {{EB1911 link|Duxbury}} ** {{EB1911 link|Easthampton}} ** {{EB1911 link|Everett, Massachusetts}} ** {{EB1911 link|Fall River}} ** {{EB1911 link|Fitchburg}} ** {{EB1911 link|Greenfield}} ** {{EB1911 link|Harvard University}} ** {{EB1911 link|Lawrence (Massachusetts)}} ** {{EB1911 link|Lexington (Massachusetts)}} ** {{EB1911 link|Lowell}} ** {{EB1911 link|Manchester (Massachusetts)}} ** {{EB1911 link|Milton (Massachusetts)}} ** {{EB1911 link|New Bedford}} ** {{EB1911 link|Palmer, Massachusetts}} ** {{EB1911 link|Peabody}} ** {{EB1911 link|Pittsfield}} ** {{EB1911 link|Revere}} ** {{EB1911 link|Salem (Massachusetts)}} ** {{EB1911 link|Southbridge}} ** {{EB1911 link|Spencer}} ** {{EB1911 link|Springfield (Massachusetts)}} ** {{EB1911 link|Waltham}} ** {{EB1911 link|Watertown (Massachusetts)}} ** {{EB1911 link|West Springfield}} ** {{EB1911 link|Williamstown (Massachusetts)}} ** {{EB1911 link|Winthrop}} ** {{EB1911 link|Worcester (Massachusetts)}} === Catholic Encyclopedia === * {{CE link|Massachusetts|author=Thomas F. Harrington}} ** {{CE link|Archdiocese of Boston|author=[[Author:Thomas Francis Meehan|Thomas F. Meehan]]}} ** {{CE link|Diocese of Fall River|author=Edward Joseph Carr}} ** {{CE link|Diocese of Springfield|author=Thomas F. Cummings}} === New Students' Reference Work === * {{NSRW link|Massachusetts}} ** {{NSRW link|Adams, Mass.}} ** {{NSRW link|Amesbury, Mass.}} ** {{NSRW link|Andover}} ** {{NSRW link|Arlington, Mass.}} ** {{NSRW link|Attleboro, Mass.}} ** {{NSRW link|Boston}} ** {{NSRW link|Boston University}} ** {{NSRW link|Cambridge}} ** {{NSRW link|Clinton, Mass.}} ** {{NSRW link|Concord (Mass.)}} ** {{NSRW link|Everett, Mass.}} ** {{NSRW link|Fall River}} ** {{NSRW link|Fitchburg, Mass.}} ** {{NSRW link|Gardner}} ** {{NSRW link|Haverhill, Mass.}} ** {{NSRW link|Lawrence (Massachusetts)}} ** {{NSRW link|Lexington (Massachusetts)}} ** {{NSRW link|Lowell}} ** {{NSRW link|Milford, Mass.}} ** {{NSRW link|Nantucket}} ** {{NSRW link|Natick, Mass.}} ** {{NSRW link|Newton, Mass.}} ** {{NSRW link|Peabody, Mass.}} ** {{NSRW link|Pittsfield, Mass.}} ** {{NSRW link|Salem, Mass.}} ** {{NSRW link|Springfield, Mass.}} ** {{NSRW link|Taunton, Mass.}} ** {{NSRW link|Waltham, Mass.}} ** {{NSRW link|West Springfield, Mass.}} ** {{NSRW link|Weymouth, Mass.}} ** {{NSRW link|Winchester, Mass.}} ** {{NSRW link|Worcester, Mass.}} === Encyclopedia Americana === * {{Americana link|Massachusetts|author=[[Author:Horace G. Wadlin|Horace G. Wadlin]]}} ** {{Americana link|Boston (Mass.)|author=[[Author:M. A. De Wolfe Howe|M. A. De Wolfe Howe]]}} ** {{Americana link|Fitchburg}} ** {{Americana link|Great Barrington}} ** {{Americana link|Harvard University}} ** {{Americana link|Lawrence (Massachusetts)}} ** {{Americana link|Rutland (Massachusetts)}} ** {{Americana link|Waltham}} === Collier's New Encyclopedia === * {{Collier's link|Massachusetts}} ** {{Collier's link|Adams}} ** {{Collier's link|Boston (New England)}} ** {{Collier's link|Boston Massacre}} ** {{Collier's link|Boston Tea Party, The}} ** {{Collier's link|Boston University}} ** {{Collier's link|Cambridge (Massachusetts)}} ** {{Collier's link|Chicopee}} ** {{Collier's link|Concord (Mass.)}} ** {{Collier's link|Fitchburg}} ** {{Collier's link|Greenfield}} ** {{Collier's link|Harvard Observatory}} ** {{Collier's link|Harvard University}} ** {{Collier's link|Haverhill}} ** {{Collier's link|Lawrence (Massachusetts)}} ** {{Collier's link|Lexington (Mass.)}} ** {{Collier's link|Lowell}} ** {{Collier's link|North Attleboro}} ** {{Collier's link|Northbridge}} ** {{Collier's link|Norwood (Massachusetts)}} ** {{Collier's link|Pittsfield}} ** {{Collier's link|Salem (Mass.)}} ** {{Collier's link|Southbridge}} ** {{Collier's link|South Hadley}} ** {{Collier's link|Springfield (Massachusetts)}} ** {{Collier's link|Waltham}} ** {{Collier's link|West Springfield}} ** {{Collier's link|Worcester (Massachusetts)}} === 1922 Encyclopedia Britannica === * {{EB1922 link|Massachusetts|author=[[Author:Frederick Albert Cleveland|Frederick Albert Cleveland]]}} ** {{EB1922 link|Boston|author=[[Author:Frederick Albert Cleveland|Frederick Albert Cleveland]]}} ** {{EB1922 link|Harvard University|author=[[Author:Clifford Herschel Moore|Clifford Herschel Moore]]}} ==See also== {{United States}}{{Counties of Massachusetts}} [[Category:Massachusetts| ]] g8lv491aycl4zd2xli0u8c9pgyuyorb Translation:Shulchan Aruch/Orach Chaim/489 114 195036 14130869 13646710 2024-04-26T07:43:07Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{translation header | language = he | original = | title = [[../../]] | author = Yosef Karo | section = [[../../Orach Chaim|Orach Chaim]] 489: The order of prayers on the 2nd evening of Pessach and the Counting of the Omer | previous = [[../../Orach Chaim/488|488]] | next = [[../../Orach Chaim/490|490]] | notes = }} {|{{ts|mc|vtp|background:white" rules="cols" cellpadding="5" |- | ''' The order of prayers on the 2nd evening of Pessach and the Counting of the Omer ''' |dir="rtl" lang="he"| '''סדר תפילת ליל שני של פסח וספירת העומר''' |- | '''489:1''' On the second night [of Pessach] after the Ma'ariv prayer, we start to count the Omer. If one forgot to count it in the beginning of the night, one may still count it during the whole night. The ''mitzvah'' is for each individual to count for himself. One should count standing, and recite a blessing first. The days and weeks are counted. How? On the first day one says: "Today it is one day (in the Omer)," until seven days are reached; then he says: "Today it is seven days that are one week (in the Omer)." On the eighth day one says: "Today it is eight days that are one week and one day (in the Omer)," and so on till fourteen days are reached. [Then] one says: "Today it is fourteen days that are two weeks (in the Omer)." In this manner one goes on counting, up to forty-nine days. |dir="rtl" lang="he"| '''סעיף א''' בליל שני אחר תפילת ערבית, מתחילין לספור העומר. ואם שכח לספור בתחילת הלילה, הולך וסופר כל הלילה. ומצווה על כל אחד לספור לעצמו. וצריך לספור מעומד, ולברך תחילה. וסופר הימים והשבועות. כיצד? ביום הראשון אומר: "היום יום אחד (בעומר)", עד שמגיע לשבעה ימים; ואז יאמר: "היום שבעה ימים שהם שבוע אחד (בעומר)". וביום שמיני יאמר: "היום שמונה ימים שהם שבוע אחד ויום אחד (בעומר)". וכן עד שיגיע לארבעה עשר, יאמר: "היום ארבעה עשר ימים שהם שני שבועות (בעומר)", ועל דרך זה מונה והולך, עד ארבעים ותשעה יום. |- |'''489:2''' If they mistook a cloudy day [for nightfall] and blessed and counted the Omer, they must count again after darkness ensues. The painstaking ones do not count until the appearance of the stars; and this practice should be followed. |dir="rtl" lang="he"| '''סעיף ב''' אם טעו ביום המעונן ובירכו על ספירת העומר חוזרים לספור כשתחשך והמדקדקים אינם סופרים עד צאת הכוכבים וכן ראוי לעשות: |- |'''489:3''' One who prays [Ma'ariv] with the congregation when it is still day, counts with them without a blessing; and if he remembers at night, he should recite the blessing and count. ''Rema:'' Even if he answered Amen after the blessing of the congregation, if he intended not to fulfil the obligation, he should again bless and count at night (Beit Yoseph citing Rashba). |dir="rtl" lang="he"| '''סעיף ג''' המתפלל עם הציבור מבעוד יום, מונה עימהם בלא ברכה; ואם יזכור בלילה, יברך ויספור. '''הגה:''' ואפילו ענה אמן על ברכת הקהל, אם היה דעתו שלא לצאת, יחזור ויברך ויספור בלילה (ב"י בשם רשב"א). |- |'''489:4''' If one's friend asks him during twilight: "How many days is the counting tonight?" he should answer: "Yesterday it was such-and-such"; because if he would tell him: "Today it is such-and-such," he may not count again with a blessing. But before twilight, since it is not the proper counting time, it is of no consequence. ''Rema:'' When the time comes, one may not eat until he counts; and even if he already started to eat, he must stop and count. However, if one started to eat before the time arrived, he need not stop, but rather may finish his meal and count afterwards. (Rema, according to the opinion that the counting nowadays is still of Torah authority). |dir="rtl" lang="he"| '''סעיף ד''' מי ששואל אותו חבירו בין השמשות: "כמה ימי הספירה בזה הלילה?" יאמר לו: "אתמול היה כך וכך"; שאם יאמר לו: "היום כך וכך", אינו יכול לחזור ולמנות בברכה. אבל קודם בין השמשות, כיוון שאינו זמן ספירה, אין בכך כלום. '''הגה:''' וכשהגיע הזמן, אסורים לאכול עד שיספור. ואפילו התחיל לאכול, פוסק וסופר. מיהו אם התחיל לאכול קודם שהגיע הזמן, אינו צריך להפסיק, אלא גומר אכילתו וסופר אחר כך (ד"ע למאן דאמר ספירה בזמן הזה דאורייתא). |- |'''489:5''' If one does not know the number, and started [i.e. recited the blessing] intending to end [i.e. count] as he will hear from his neighbor, and kept silent until he heard from his neighbor and then finished likewise, he has fulfilled his obligation. |dir="rtl" lang="he"| '''סעיף ה''' אם אינו יודע החשבון, ופתח אדעתא דלסיים כמו שישמע מחבירו, ושתק עד ששמע מחבירו וסיים כמוהו, יצא. |- |'''489:6''' If one started reciting "Barukh ata adonai eloheinu melekh ha'olam" ("Blessed are you, Hahsem, our G-d, King of the universe") with intention to say "Today it is four," assuming it was four, and then realized his error and ended [counting] five, it being five; or the other way round, it being four, and he started intending to say four, and mistakenly ended with five, he need not make the blessing again. <small>Achronim restrict the latter clause to where he recounted the proper counting, i.e. four, ''betoch kedei dibbur'' ("within the scope of speech," i.e. no more than it takes to say: "Shalom alekha Rabbi").</small> |dir="rtl" lang="he"| '''סעיף ו''' אם פתח ואמר "ברוך אתה ה' אלהינו מלך העולם" אדעתא דלימא "היום ארבעה", שהוא סבור שהם ארבעה, ונזכר וסיים בחמישה, והם חמישה; או איפכא, שהם ארבעה, ופתח אדעתא דלימא ארבעה, וטעה וסיים בחמישה, אינו חוזר ומברך. |- |'''489:7''' If one forgot to count all night, he should count during the day without a blessing. |dir="rtl" lang="he"| '''סעיף ז''' שכח ולא בירך כל הלילה, יספור ביום בלא ברכה. |- |'''489:8''' If one forgot to count on one of the days, whether it was the first day or one of the others, he must count on the remaining days without a blessing. But if he is in doubt whether he skipped one day and did not count, he may go on counting the remaining days with a blessing. |dir="rtl" lang="he"| '''סעיף ח''' אם שכח לברך באחד מהימים, בין יום ראשון בין משאר ימים, סופר בשאר ימים בלא ברכה. אבל אם הוא מסופק אם דילג יום אחד ולא ספר, יספור בשאר ימים בברכה. |- |'''489:9''' On Shabbat or Yom Tov night, we count with the blessing after ''kiddush'' in the synagogue. On the night after Shabbat or Yom Tov, [we count] before ''havdalah,'' after ''kadish titkabel.'' If the last Yom Tov of Pessach ocurrs after the Shabbat, whereas ''kiddush'' and ''havdalah'' are recited together, we should count before we make the blessings over the cup at the synagogue. ''Rema:'' If one has no wine and needs to make the ''Yakneha"z'' kiddush, see [[../296|''siman'' 296 above]]. |dir="rtl" lang="he"| '''סעיף ט''' ליל שבת וליל יום טוב, מברכים וסופרים אחר קידוש בבית הכנסת. ובמוצאי שבת ויום טוב, קודם הבדלה, אחר קדיש תתקבל. וכשחל יום טוב האחרון של פסח במוצאי שבת, דאז אומר קידוש והבדלה בפעם אחת, יש לספור קודם שמברכין על הכוס בבית הכנסת. '''הגה:''' ואם אין לו יין וצריך לקדש יקנה"ז, עיין לעיל סימן רצ"ו. |- |'''489:10''' It is forbidden to eat ''chadash'' ("new [grain] produce") even nowadays, whether in form of bread, roasted grain, or fresh grain, until the beginning of the 18th of Nissan's night; and in the Land of Israel, until the beginning of the 17th of Nissan's night. |dir="rtl" lang="he"| '''סעיף י''' אסור לאכול חדש אף בזמן הזה, בין לחם בין קלי בין כרמל, עד תחילת ליל י"ח בניסן; ובארץ ישראל, עד תחילת ליל י"ז בניסן. |} m855ehiiuqeoebx83f150hc0mftghti Category:Bangladesh 14 195397 14130150 12952383 2024-04-25T22:10:19Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{plain sister}} {|style="border-spacing=1px" |- |style="padding:1px"|[[Image:Flag of Bangladesh.svg|thumb|Flag]] |} [[Category:Asia]] [[Category:Indian subcontinent]] th16wpy6x2w637uzcvnrfer1wmvcnch Wikisource talk:Proofread of the Month 5 221025 14127799 14125728 2024-04-25T13:20:35Z Arcorann 2060189 /* May 2024: Geography */ wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="margin-left: -1em; margin-right: -1em; margin-bottom: 1em"> <div style="background-color: #EEEEEE; padding-bottom: 0.5em; padding-top: 0.65em; padding-left: 1em; padding-right: 1em; font-family: Trebuchet MS, Gill Sans; border-bottom: 1px solid #AAAAAA; border-top: 1px solid #AAAAAA"> {| cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" style="background-color: #EEEEEE; text-align: center; margin: auto; font-size: 90%;" |- | <div style="width: 8em; text-align: center; margin-right: 1em; border-right: 1px solid white; border-bottom: 1px solid white"> <div style="border: 1px solid #AAAAAA"> <div style="border-top: 1px solid white; border-left: 1px solid white"> [[Wikisource talk:Proofread of the Month|Proposals]] </div> </div> </div> | <div style="width: 5.8em; text-align: center; margin-right: 1em; border-right: 1px solid white; border-bottom: 1px solid white"> <div style="border: 1px solid #AAAAAA"> <div style="border-top: 1px solid white; border-left: 1px solid white"> [[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month|Main]] </div> </div> </div> | <div style="width: 5.8em; text-align: center; margin-right: 1em; border-right: 1px solid white; border-bottom: 1px solid white"> <div style="border: 1px solid #AAAAAA"> <div style="border-top: 1px solid white; border-left: 1px solid white"> [[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/members|Members]] </div> </div> </div> |} </div></div> {{c/s}}'''[[/archive|archived suggestions]]'''{{c/e}} {{shortcut|WT:PotM}} Please help start a list of text that need to be proofread. Larger text are preferred because we hope to have a large group of people working on the text of the month. [[Wikisource:Transcription_Projects#Projects_needing_to_be_proofread|Here]] is a great place to start looking for text to be proofread. {{nop}} {| |-valign=top |__TOC__ | {{Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/suggested works}} |width=20%| ===Links=== * [[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/Coding|Coding]] * [[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/notice|'Now' snapshot of PotM]] * [[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/validation works]] * [[Module:PotM/data]] |} {{#lst:Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/little works|pending}} *[[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/little works|Little works page]] * [[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/validation works]] == [[Wikisource:Transcription_Projects#Projects_needing_to_be_proofread|A list]] of potential PotM candidates == On the transcription project, there is a good list of text that are ready to be proofread. That list is available [[Wikisource:Transcription_Projects#Projects_needing_to_be_proofread|here.]] This list continues to grow so it would be great if we could knock it down. --[[User:Mattwj2002|Mattwj2002]] 11:03, 5 August 2008 (UTC) :: My person opinion, If people keep bringing in projects (and I have seen it) then they should do a good part of the editing. Some, whoever they are, bring in works for others to do and the work-load adds up. Too, if the texts are brought in and left for others, then others may not like the topic so the work load keeps building up. It would be nice to know [who] likes what to work on. *I* like history and specifically illustrated history* but not children’s books or poems. I have several more volumes to do and more I want to do after that. This way I work on what I brought in, or have another bring in because he/they like the same kind of work. [[User:William Maury Morris II|--Maury]] ([[User talk:William Maury Morris II|talk]]) 01:33, 1 December 2016 (UTC) == 2023 == The PotM hasn't been updated in several months, and I noticed there haven't been any proposals for this year. Given this, are there any ideas for what to do with the PotM this year? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 20:08, 1 January 2023 (UTC) === 2023 List === {|class="wikitable" !Month !Work !Category !Status |- |January | |Quirky | |- |February | |Fine arts | |- |March | |Wikipedia:WikiWomen's History Month / Woman author | |- |April | [[Index:The Playboy of the Western World.djvu|The Playboy of the Western World]] |Poetry / Drama | |- |May | [[Index:The ocean and its wonders.djvu|The Ocean and Its Wonders]] |Geography | |- |June | [[Index:Doom of the Great City - Hay - 1880.djvu|The Doom of the Great City]] |Fiction: Novel | |- |July | |Anthropology, Mythology, or Religion | |- |August | |Biography | |- |September | |Science/Technology | |- |October | |Fiction (SF/Fantastical/etc.) | |- |November | |Language | |- |December | |Fiction: Short story collections | |} ===March 2023 (Woman's history)=== ===April 2023 (Poetry / Drama)=== Let's get one teed up. I'm up for anything. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 02:27, 5 April 2023 (UTC) * Without nominations to select from, I've put in [[Index:The Playboy of the Western World.djvu|The Playboy of the Western World]], since it was a notable play of its time, and is the "masterpiece" of an Irish author. There is an entire [[w:John_Millington_Synge#Playboy_riots_and_after|section on the play's reception at WP]], as it caused quite a scandal. We have a dearth of Irish literature, and a dearth of drama. This particular edition also has simpler formatting than most dramatic works. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 03:03, 15 April 2023 (UTC) ===May 2023 (Geography)=== In previous year's we've always done terrestrial geography. Can anyone recommend good works on the ocean or oceanography that would still be useful? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 03:25, 15 April 2023 (UTC) *:I've found two works on oceanography that could work: ''A Textbook of Oceanography'' by James Travis Jenkins {{ext scan link|1=https://archive.org/details/textbookofoceano00jenkuoft}} and ''Science of the Sea'' by G. Herbert Fowler {{Commons link|Science of the sea. An elementary handbook of practical oceanography for travellers, sailors, and yachtsmen (IA scienceofseaele00chal).pdf}}. What do you think of these? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 03:31, 30 April 2023 (UTC) *:: The Jenkins text is too complicated for a PotM. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 14:40, 30 April 2023 (UTC) *:::Noted, but what are your thoughts on the other one? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 20:13, 30 April 2023 (UTC) *A few more suggestions: ''The Sea and its Wonders'' by Cyril Hall {{ext scan link|1=https://archive.org/details/cu31924023650231}}, ''General Examination of the Pacific Ocean'' by Charles Philippe de Kerhallet {{Commons link|General examination of the Pacific Ocean (IA cu31924023650231).pdf}}, ''General Examination of the Atlantic Ocean'' by Charles Philippe de Kerhallet {{Commons link|General examination of the Atlantic Ocean (IA generalexaminati00kerh).pdf}}, ''General Examination of the Indian Ocean'' by Charles Philippe de Kerhallet {{ext scan link|1=https://archive.org/details/generalexaminat00kerhgoog}}, and ''The Ocean and its Wonders'' by R. M. Ballantyne {{Commons link|1=The ocean and its wonders (IA oceanitswonders00ball).pdf}}. Are any of these suitable? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 21:30, 2 May 2023 (UTC) *: ''The Ocean and its Wonders'' looks doable. We would need a DjVu file to run with that option. PDF transcription still has serious issues. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 21:44, 2 May 2023 (UTC) *::I have set up a DjVu file at [[Index:The ocean and its wonders.djvu]]. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 06:23, 3 May 2023 (UTC) *:::Since there were no objections, I have set up ''The Ocean and its Wonders'' as this month's PoTM. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 19:25, 4 May 2023 (UTC) ===June 2023 (Fiction: Novel)=== For June, I'm thinking we do a novel that entered the public domain this year; some suggestions are ''Elmer Gantry'' by Sinclair Lewis {{ssl|Elmer Gantry (1927).djvu}} and ''Oil!'' by Upton Sinclair {{ssl|Upton Sinclair - Oil!.pdf}}. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 21:33, 2 May 2023 (UTC) : Both of those options are already part of the Monthly Challenge. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 21:41, 2 May 2023 (UTC) ::My apologies, I didn't see them listed in the Monthly Challenge when I looked. In that case, of the novels listed in [[Wikisource:Requested texts/1927]] that have a scan link, is ''Red Love'' by Alexandra Kollontay {{external scan link|https://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/001110439}} already part of the Monthly Challenge? If not, that could be an option. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 22:47, 2 May 2023 (UTC) Since it is already June, we should switch the PoTM over. We can do either ''Red Love'', which I suggested above, or as an alternative suggestion, I found ''The Silent Prince'' by Hattie Arnold Clark {{Commons link|The silent prince - a story of the Netherlands (IA cu31924008716957).pdf}} (IA also has a DjVU file if necessary) which we can do if the first option isn't suitable. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 21:08, 8 June 2023 (UTC) :{{ping|EncycloPetey}} {{ping|BD2412}} any comments? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 21:21, 8 June 2023 (UTC) : I did add ''Red Love'' to Requested Texts; I'd like to do it, but I'll prepare it now whether or not we're going to do it.--[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 22:27, 8 June 2023 (UTC) * I would like to see ''The Doom of the Great City'' (1880), by [[Author:William Delisle Hay]] (a UK author we do not have; died 1885). It depicts London suffocating under a cloud of pollution, which is timely given what is happening in US cities like Boston and New York. However, I cannot locate a copy, except at [https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id=umn.31951002135568t Hathi]. If this can be set up quickly, it is only 52 pages. It is also '''timely''', given what is happening this week in cities of the eastern US like Boston and New York City. I have no objections to either of the nominations above, but as this would be a ''short'' one, and is unusually ''timely'' (the book itself is in the news as well). Perhaps we swap themes for June and October? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:48, 8 June 2023 (UTC) *:I'm fine with that as well. It's easy to set up, since someone already uploaded it to Commons [[commons:File:Doom of the Great City - Hay - 1880.djvu|here]], so I can switch it over. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 03:16, 9 June 2023 (UTC) *::The index was even already set up, so I have switched the PoTM over. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 03:21, 9 June 2023 (UTC) *::: Awesome. Because this is so short, we might want to be ready with another short work or two, in case time allows. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:26, 9 June 2023 (UTC) : I'm fine with that.--[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 23:57, 8 June 2023 (UTC) : I agree with ''The Doom of the Great City''. We have gone to the well of authors just entering the public domain a bit much lately. We also have to get the old books in. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 06:24, 11 June 2023 (UTC) The June selection is almost done, needing only some validation. We should have a "July" selection ready, and might be able to start it a little early. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 18:40, 20 June 2023 (UTC) : June is done (except for Adverts). Do we want to proceed to the next selection? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 19:00, 22 June 2023 (UTC) ===July 2023 (Anthropology, Mythology, or Religion)=== For July, I was thinking we do a work on Zoroastrianism, which we currently don't have many works from or about, despite the fact that it is one of the world's oldest religions. Some suggestions related to this are ''Zoroastrian Theology from the Earliest Times to the Present Day'' {{ext scan link|1=https://archive.org/details/zoroastriantheol00dhaluoft}}, ''Zoroaster, the Prophet of Ancient Iran'' {{ext scan link|1=https://archive.org/details/zoroasterprophet00jack}}, ''The Gathas'' {{small scan link|1=The-Gathas.pdf}}, or ''Sacred Books of the East, Volume 4'' {{small scan link|1=Sacred Books of the East - Volume 4.djvu}}. Are any of these suitable? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 19:21, 4 May 2023 (UTC) : Zoroastrianism is cool with me. The Sacred Books of the East is a bit of nightmare to proof though, with diacritics and italics (as special characters) scattered all over the place.--[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 23:23, 8 June 2023 (UTC) : The ''Gathas'' volume is in poetic format with copious footnotes. It also has a lot of formatting in many lines. See page 120 for an example of the complexity. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 18:43, 20 June 2023 (UTC) * <s>Perhaps ''[[Index:The Souls of Black Folk (2nd ed).djvu|The Souls of Black Folk]]'', 2nd ed. by [[Author:William Edward Burghardt Du Bois|W.E.B. Du Bois]]. We have only an unsourced copy currently, despite the huge significance and impact this collection of essays has had. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:37, 9 June 2023 (UTC)</s> *: I'm withdrawing my nomination of this work as a PotM suggestion. It has musical content that would make it too challenging. It might be doable in the Monthly Challenge, but not PotM. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 22:42, 22 June 2023 (UTC) * ''[[The Great Encyclical Letters of Pope Leo XIII]]'' is in need of some love ... [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 02:10, 23 June 2023 (UTC) *: If this isn't selected for July, it ought to be nominated for the Monthly Challenge. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 04:24, 23 June 2023 (UTC) ===August 2023 (Biography)=== For August, I suggest ''Napoleon'' by T.P. O'Connor {{ext scan link|https://archive.org/details/napoleon00oconrich}}. Would this be suitable? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 21:19, 8 June 2023 (UTC) : It's long, but each page has a smaller bit of text than a usual work. The text also looks clean, without tables, footnotes, and such. That might make it less valuable to a researcher, but it would make for a more readable text for the average person, and easier to proofread. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:45, 9 June 2023 (UTC) : I've set up [[:Index:Napoleon (O'Connor 1896).djvu]] and am going to start it a week early, as no one seems to have set up anything for July, and the June work is still lingering on the main page. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:35, 22 July 2023 (UTC) :: This is agreeable. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 04:47, 26 July 2023 (UTC) ===September 2023 (Science/Technology)=== Two works that could be considered "technical", or could be held till next February as "fine arts". * The Tony Sarg Marionette Book (1921) with illustrations {{ext scan link|https://archive.org/details/tonysargmarionet00mcisuoft}} This nonfiction book includes illustrations and interviews, explaining aspects of how the illusions are created using puppetry. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:00, 28 June 2023 (UTC) * Marionettes, Masks and Shadows (c)1927 is a book by Winifred H. Mills about the construction of marionettes and masks, as well as stages, scenery, and general stagecraft. {{ext scan link|https://archive.org/details/marionettesmasks0000mill}} The potential downside of this one is that, although it is an American book by an American author, and explicitly copyrighted 1927, I can't find a date of death for the author, so I can't say whether the work is PD in the UK/EU. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:00, 28 June 2023 (UTC) ===October 2023 (Fiction: SF/Fantastical)=== One possibility is [[Author:Richard Jefferies|Jefferies's]] ''After London'' {{Ext scan link|https://archive.org/details/after-london-1885}}, about life after post-apocalyptic rewilding. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 03:23, 10 June 2023 (UTC) Note [https://digital.library.upenn.edu/women/_collections/utopias/u.topias.html here is a list] of books by female authors as well. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 20:46, 10 June 2023 (UTC) How about [[w:Melmoth the Wanderer]] ? Or is that too much ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 13:21, 5 September 2023 (UTC) Or "The conquest of the moon : a story of the Bayouda" - https://archive.org/details/McGillLibrary-hssl_conquest-moon-bayouda_PQ2269G7C61894-18172/page/n5/mode/2up - original title ''Les Exilés de la Terre – Selene-Company Limited'' (1887) -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 22:00, 25 September 2023 (UTC) ===November 2023 (Language)=== For basic language learning material, in a Latin alphabet, how about [[Index:Latvian self-taught for English speaking people - Kratins.djvu]]? It's short, the diacritics are found in Special characters/Latin, but it's not a language that's well covered.--[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 23:56, 8 June 2023 (UTC) : We'd have to watch carefully, and be sure editors are briefed to use {{tl|IPA}} with examples. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 03:54, 10 June 2023 (UTC) : Support ;) [[User:Feydey|feydey]] ([[User talk:Feydey|talk]]) 09:36, 21 June 2023 (UTC) ===December 2023 (Fiction: Short story collections)=== One possibility is Fitzgerald's ''All the Sad Young Men'' {{ext scan link|https://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/000437601}}. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 03:18, 10 June 2023 (UTC) :Shall we go with that, as no-one else has suggested an alternative ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 17:24, 3 December 2023 (UTC) Since I figure we'll spill over into January next year anyway, and All the Sad Young Men doesn't have an index page, I'm proposing [[Index:Frenzied_Fiction.djvu]] by Stephen Leacock -- we need more humourist works on here IMO. If no-one objects I'll add it in a couple of days. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:16, 13 December 2023 (UTC) == [[Template:User PotM participation]] == I noticed that a number of users have userboxes about their PotM participation, so I made a template to simplify things a little. Hope it helps! —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 03:26, 23 April 2023 (UTC) == 2024 == Probably best to get in early. Add sections if you want to suggest. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 11:29, 15 December 2023 (UTC) === 2024 List === {| class="wikitable" !Month !Work !Category !Status |- |January |[[Index:The art of kissing (IA artofkissing987wood).djvu|The Art of Kissing]] |Quirky |{{done}} |- |February |[[Index:The story of the flute (IA storyofflute1914fitz).djvu|The Story of the Flute]] |Fine arts |Lapsed (proofread 2024-03-20){{index progress bar|The story of the flute (IA storyofflute1914fitz).djvu|height=10px}} |- |March |[[Index:Memoirs of the Lady Hester Stanhope.djvu|Memoirs of the Lady Hester Stanhope]] |Wikipedia:WikiWomen's History Month / Woman author |Overshot (proofread 2024-04-10) {{index progress bar|Memoirs of the Lady Hester Stanhope.djvu|height=10px}} |- |April |[[Index:Yeats The tower.pdf|The Tower]] |Poetry / Drama |Active (started 2024-04-10, proofread 04-17) {{index progress bar|Yeats The tower.pdf|height=10px}} |- |May | |Geography | |- |June | |Fiction: Novel | |- |July | |Anthropology, Mythology, or Religion | |- |August | |Biography | |- |September | |Science/Technology | |- |October | |Fiction (SF/Fantastical/etc.) | |- |November | |Language | |- |December | |Fiction: Short story collections | |} === January 2024: Quirky === If we get an update at all depends largely on how much progress we get on the current one. I earmarked [[Index:Isis very much unveiled - being the story of the great Mahatma hoax (IA b24884273).pdf]] as a possibility but it might be better to save it for Anthropology/Mythology/Religion. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 11:29, 15 December 2023 (UTC) : I'm game for anything. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 03:46, 27 December 2023 (UTC) As I write this, ''Isis Very Much Unveiled'' has all pages with text either proofread, validated, or problematic, even though it hasn't yet been added. Should we still make it official, or skip it? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 08:38, 17 January 2024 (UTC) :There does not seem much point in including it in "Proofread of the Month" when there is no actual proofreading to be done. -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 14:45, 17 January 2024 (UTC) ::Re "quirky", the Little Blue Books have some titles that might count, e.g. "The Art of Kissing", https://archive.org/details/artofkissing987wood. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 05:38, 19 January 2024 (UTC) :::Seems like a decent choice, and it's short so we won't have to worry too much about it running over to the next month. It doesn't look like it's on Commons, do we want to bring it over using the IA tool? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 07:57, 20 January 2024 (UTC) ::::I brought it over at [[:File:The art of kissing (IA artofkissing987wood).djvu]], but I didn't realise the IA import tool would bring over the colour targets as well, so I've asked for a fix at Scan Lab. Once that's done and we have an index I'll add it as this month's proofread. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 11:34, 21 January 2024 (UTC) ::::And it's live. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:03, 21 January 2024 (UTC) === February 2024: Fine arts === Get your suggestions in quick because I haven't seen any. (Anyone know of any PD books on sculpting? That empty section in the portal jumped out at me.) [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 08:38, 17 January 2024 (UTC) : [https://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/001482647 Sculpture at your finger tips] (1962) by Fred Press (1919-2012)? A how-to book, all the sculpture is by the artist, so the photos should be fine. [https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id=gri.ark:/13960/t7jq5pt39 Manual of Italian Renaissance sculpture as illustrated in the collection of casts at the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston] (1904) by Benjamin Ives Gilham (1852-1933) is more about the sculpture; it virtually lacks illustrations, so that simplifies that.--[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 01:42, 19 January 2024 (UTC) :: Looks like we have two copies of the second one on Commons (via IA): [https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Manual_of_Italian_renaissance_sculpture_as_illustrated_in_the_collection_of_casts_at_the_Museum_of_fine_arts,_Boston_(IA_manualofitalianr00muserich).pdf] and [https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Manual_of_Italian_Renaissance_sculpture_as_illustrated_in_the_collection_of_casts_at_the_Museum_of_Fine_Arts,_Boston_(IA_manualofitalianr00gilh).pdf]. Which one would be better to proofread from? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 07:57, 20 January 2024 (UTC) :::Turns out the second one is missing two pages. [[Index:Manual of Italian renaissance sculpture as illustrated in the collection of casts at the Museum of fine arts, Boston (IA manualofitalianr00muserich).pdf]] it is. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:00, 21 January 2024 (UTC) *How about [https://archive.org/details/cu31924022386407/page/n93/mode/2up The Story of the Flute] by [[Author:Henry Macaulay Fitzgibbon]] (1914, 328 pages)? Based on the snippets I've read, the author makes the subject at least mildly more interesting than it would initially seem to be ({{tqi|i=yes|Clinton in 1848 patented some quite useless modifications, reverting more or less to the old system of closed keys, and contradicting much of what he had said two years previously. In 1855 he published a pamphlet about a new flute which he termed "The Equisonant Flute," retaining much of the old system of fingering, and having different diameters of the bore for the different notes to imitate the human larynx, a curious and valueless notion. A partisan of the Bohm thereupon asked if " equisonant " meant "equally bad all over,"[...]}} —p 70). [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 13:15, 22 January 2024 (UTC) :: It's on Commons already, so we can create an index at [[Index:The story of the flute (IA cu31924022386407).pdf]]. I'd be happy for us to work on either this or the sculpture one. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 08:31, 29 January 2024 (UTC) :::Scan on Commons is missing at least four pages (263-266). There's a usable scan at [https://archive.org/details/storyofflute1914fitz] but it's not on Commons at the moment; I'll put the other book up for now. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:08, 31 January 2024 (UTC) ::::Reverted; the sculpture book is missing pages 169-170. Seriously, how come both books are missing pages... [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:17, 31 January 2024 (UTC) :::::Uploaded [[Index:The story of the flute (IA storyofflute1914fitz).djvu]] and queued to PotM. There's some sheet music in there, by the way. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:31, 31 January 2024 (UTC) ::::::I was going to say, it is far easier to repair a djvu as opposed to a pdf. Sometimes we need to merge the two separate scans to get a complete scan. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 12:48, 31 January 2024 (UTC) ::::::Thanks for all that, {{ping|Arcorann}} [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 14:51, 31 January 2024 (UTC) === March 2024: Woman author === How about [[Author:Hester Lucy Stanhope|Lady Hester Stanhope]]'s [[Index:Memoirs of the Lady Hester Stanhope.djvu]] ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 14:24, 27 December 2023 (UTC) How would we feel about trying something new? [[Author:Dorothy Parker|Dorothy Parker]] was co-author on ''A Star is Born'', and although we do not have a script scan (that I have been able to find), the film itself is PD and a video exists at Commons. Maybe we could try transcribing the film this month, if {{ping|SnowyCinema}} is willing to help guide the process? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:39, 21 January 2024 (UTC) Wanda Gag's classic children's book Millions of Cats is in the public domain this year. It's a Newbery Award winning-picture book. I've been working on getting a quality scan up, it might be quite the challenge to get a double-paged picture book into namespace... [[User:FPTI|FPTI]] ([[User talk:FPTI|talk]]) 01:51, 29 January 2024 (UTC) :Well, it's [[Millions of Cats|already done now]] (not by me), so feel free to admire it. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:42, 6 February 2024 (UTC) === April 2024: Poetry / Drama === Four possibilities: * [[Index:Peter Pan (1928).pdf]], if it hasn't been done by then. (It is currently in the MC) * [[Index:The thirty-six dramatic situations (1921).djvu]] is a frequently cited book that categorizes hundreds of dramas by common plots. * ''Selected Poems'' by [[Author:Robert Frost|Robert Frost]] (1928) {{smaller|''not to be confused with the 1923 book of the same title''}} * ''The Tower'' by [[Author:William Butler Yeats|W. B. Yeats]] {{esl|https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id{{=}}inu.32000002551705&seq{{=}}9}} --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:02, 21 January 2024 (UTC) :Are you able to bring the last one across to Commons before the end of March? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 09:43, 20 March 2024 (UTC) :: I cannot, because it's at Hathi, but {{ping|TE(æ)A,ea.}} might be able to. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 17:48, 22 March 2024 (UTC) :The first two are already well underway, but if the last one can't be uploaded in time, we may be doing Robert Frost. Is there an available scan of that one? [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 19:11, 1 April 2024 (UTC) :File obtained from Hathi, uploaded at [[Index:Yeats The tower.pdf]]. I haven't checked the file in detail, though, so someone might want to do that. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 01:54, 6 April 2024 (UTC) :: Something is wrong with the PDF; the Index is giving an interval error. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 02:52, 6 April 2024 (UTC) :::I made some edits on Commons (had to add metadata anyway) and purged some stuff and it seems to have fixed it. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 09:00, 6 April 2024 (UTC) ::::I've boldly put in ''The Tower'', since it's the already tenth and ''Memoirs'' is now proofread. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 22:32, 10 April 2024 (UTC) === May 2024: Geography === *[https://archive.org/details/physicalgeograph0000stra/page/n7/mode/2up Physical Geography of Western Tibet] (1854; 92 pages) could be interesting, although it's somewhat lacking in pictures. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 19:53, 21 January 2024 (UTC) *:Alternatively: *:*[[:File:Limnology of Yellowstone Lake in relation to the cutthroat trout. - DPLA - d3b2104ea27783e1a44105d36871eb50.pdf|Limnology of Yellowstone Lake in relation to the cutthroat trout]] — does limnology count as geography? I think it does. *:*If we want something long <small>(and boring)</small> there's [[:File:Bathymetrical survey of the Scottish fresh-water lochs (IA bathymetricalsur02murrrich).pdf|here's a 750-page book about Scottish lochs.]] But given February and March weren't completed in time, a shorter work is likely better. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 19:57, 11 April 2024 (UTC) :For something proposed in 2022: [[Index:New geographies (IA cu31924092515158).pdf]]. 1910, 10+263 pages plus images. Seems about the right size for a PotM. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 08:38, 25 April 2024 (UTC) :[[Index:Journey to Lhasa and Central Tibet.djvu]] (a much older proposal) could work also. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:20, 25 April 2024 (UTC) === June 2024: Fiction: Novel === === July 2024: Anthropology, Mythology, or Religion === I was thinking something about Jainism, another religion we don't have much on. [[Portal:Jainism|Our portal]] suggests a few possibilities, but there might be more out there. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 07:57, 20 January 2024 (UTC) === August 2024: Biography === ''Recollections of Full Years'' (1914) {{esl|https://archive.org/details/recollectionsoff00taft}} by Helen Taft is the first memoir by a first lady of the US. [[User:SometimesUsesWikis|SometimesUsesWikis]] ([[User talk:SometimesUsesWikis|talk]]) 17:53, 24 January 2024 (UTC) === September 2024: Science/Technology === * ''Creation by Evolution'' (1928) {{esl|https://archive.org/details/creationbyevolut00maso}} a collection of papers by leading scientists putting forth the case for evolution with reference to scientific discoveries made since Darwin. ''N.B.:'' It does have a lot of illustrations, but I am willing to help with those. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:08, 21 January 2024 (UTC) === October 2024: Fiction (SF/Fantastical/etc.) === === November 2024: Language === I liked [[Wikisource_talk:Proofread_of_the_Month/archive#November_2020|the suggestions from 2020]], particularly ''A Handbook of the Cornish Language'' {{ssl|A_handbook_of_the_Cornish_language;_Chiefly_in_its_latest_stages_with_some_account_of_its_history_and_literature.djvu}} and ''A Grammar and Vocabulary of the Language of New Zealand'' {{ssl|A_Grammar_and_Vocabulary_of_the_Language_of_New_Zealand.djvu}} [[User:SometimesUsesWikis|SometimesUsesWikis]] ([[User talk:SometimesUsesWikis|talk]]) 08:08, 25 January 2024 (UTC) === December 2024: Fiction: Short story collections === I was going to suggest the collections by M.R. James that we don't have currently :) [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 11:11, 1 February 2024 (UTC) == Error message appearing on main page == At the moment, there is a message in read appearing on the main page - ".Lua error in ProofreadPage.lua at line 84: attempt to index upvalue 'qualityStats' (a number value)." - someone who knows about that stuff needs to sort it out, please. -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 17:35, 12 January 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Beardo|Beardo]] it is fixed, waiting to be deployed, I guess. See {{phab|T354820}} [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 18:47, 12 January 2024 (UTC) tpa2v6cy89u54k8fji7fu43w2ghe6as 14129845 14127799 2024-04-25T19:48:49Z Cremastra 3085872 /* May 2024: Geography */ Reply wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="margin-left: -1em; margin-right: -1em; margin-bottom: 1em"> <div style="background-color: #EEEEEE; padding-bottom: 0.5em; padding-top: 0.65em; padding-left: 1em; padding-right: 1em; font-family: Trebuchet MS, Gill Sans; border-bottom: 1px solid #AAAAAA; border-top: 1px solid #AAAAAA"> {| cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" style="background-color: #EEEEEE; text-align: center; margin: auto; font-size: 90%;" |- | <div style="width: 8em; text-align: center; margin-right: 1em; border-right: 1px solid white; border-bottom: 1px solid white"> <div style="border: 1px solid #AAAAAA"> <div style="border-top: 1px solid white; border-left: 1px solid white"> [[Wikisource talk:Proofread of the Month|Proposals]] </div> </div> </div> | <div style="width: 5.8em; text-align: center; margin-right: 1em; border-right: 1px solid white; border-bottom: 1px solid white"> <div style="border: 1px solid #AAAAAA"> <div style="border-top: 1px solid white; border-left: 1px solid white"> [[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month|Main]] </div> </div> </div> | <div style="width: 5.8em; text-align: center; margin-right: 1em; border-right: 1px solid white; border-bottom: 1px solid white"> <div style="border: 1px solid #AAAAAA"> <div style="border-top: 1px solid white; border-left: 1px solid white"> [[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/members|Members]] </div> </div> </div> |} </div></div> {{c/s}}'''[[/archive|archived suggestions]]'''{{c/e}} {{shortcut|WT:PotM}} Please help start a list of text that need to be proofread. Larger text are preferred because we hope to have a large group of people working on the text of the month. [[Wikisource:Transcription_Projects#Projects_needing_to_be_proofread|Here]] is a great place to start looking for text to be proofread. {{nop}} {| |-valign=top |__TOC__ | {{Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/suggested works}} |width=20%| ===Links=== * [[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/Coding|Coding]] * [[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/notice|'Now' snapshot of PotM]] * [[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/validation works]] * [[Module:PotM/data]] |} {{#lst:Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/little works|pending}} *[[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/little works|Little works page]] * [[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/validation works]] == [[Wikisource:Transcription_Projects#Projects_needing_to_be_proofread|A list]] of potential PotM candidates == On the transcription project, there is a good list of text that are ready to be proofread. That list is available [[Wikisource:Transcription_Projects#Projects_needing_to_be_proofread|here.]] This list continues to grow so it would be great if we could knock it down. --[[User:Mattwj2002|Mattwj2002]] 11:03, 5 August 2008 (UTC) :: My person opinion, If people keep bringing in projects (and I have seen it) then they should do a good part of the editing. Some, whoever they are, bring in works for others to do and the work-load adds up. Too, if the texts are brought in and left for others, then others may not like the topic so the work load keeps building up. It would be nice to know [who] likes what to work on. *I* like history and specifically illustrated history* but not children’s books or poems. I have several more volumes to do and more I want to do after that. This way I work on what I brought in, or have another bring in because he/they like the same kind of work. [[User:William Maury Morris II|--Maury]] ([[User talk:William Maury Morris II|talk]]) 01:33, 1 December 2016 (UTC) == 2023 == The PotM hasn't been updated in several months, and I noticed there haven't been any proposals for this year. Given this, are there any ideas for what to do with the PotM this year? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 20:08, 1 January 2023 (UTC) === 2023 List === {|class="wikitable" !Month !Work !Category !Status |- |January | |Quirky | |- |February | |Fine arts | |- |March | |Wikipedia:WikiWomen's History Month / Woman author | |- |April | [[Index:The Playboy of the Western World.djvu|The Playboy of the Western World]] |Poetry / Drama | |- |May | [[Index:The ocean and its wonders.djvu|The Ocean and Its Wonders]] |Geography | |- |June | [[Index:Doom of the Great City - Hay - 1880.djvu|The Doom of the Great City]] |Fiction: Novel | |- |July | |Anthropology, Mythology, or Religion | |- |August | |Biography | |- |September | |Science/Technology | |- |October | |Fiction (SF/Fantastical/etc.) | |- |November | |Language | |- |December | |Fiction: Short story collections | |} ===March 2023 (Woman's history)=== ===April 2023 (Poetry / Drama)=== Let's get one teed up. I'm up for anything. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 02:27, 5 April 2023 (UTC) * Without nominations to select from, I've put in [[Index:The Playboy of the Western World.djvu|The Playboy of the Western World]], since it was a notable play of its time, and is the "masterpiece" of an Irish author. There is an entire [[w:John_Millington_Synge#Playboy_riots_and_after|section on the play's reception at WP]], as it caused quite a scandal. We have a dearth of Irish literature, and a dearth of drama. This particular edition also has simpler formatting than most dramatic works. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 03:03, 15 April 2023 (UTC) ===May 2023 (Geography)=== In previous year's we've always done terrestrial geography. Can anyone recommend good works on the ocean or oceanography that would still be useful? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 03:25, 15 April 2023 (UTC) *:I've found two works on oceanography that could work: ''A Textbook of Oceanography'' by James Travis Jenkins {{ext scan link|1=https://archive.org/details/textbookofoceano00jenkuoft}} and ''Science of the Sea'' by G. Herbert Fowler {{Commons link|Science of the sea. An elementary handbook of practical oceanography for travellers, sailors, and yachtsmen (IA scienceofseaele00chal).pdf}}. What do you think of these? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 03:31, 30 April 2023 (UTC) *:: The Jenkins text is too complicated for a PotM. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 14:40, 30 April 2023 (UTC) *:::Noted, but what are your thoughts on the other one? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 20:13, 30 April 2023 (UTC) *A few more suggestions: ''The Sea and its Wonders'' by Cyril Hall {{ext scan link|1=https://archive.org/details/cu31924023650231}}, ''General Examination of the Pacific Ocean'' by Charles Philippe de Kerhallet {{Commons link|General examination of the Pacific Ocean (IA cu31924023650231).pdf}}, ''General Examination of the Atlantic Ocean'' by Charles Philippe de Kerhallet {{Commons link|General examination of the Atlantic Ocean (IA generalexaminati00kerh).pdf}}, ''General Examination of the Indian Ocean'' by Charles Philippe de Kerhallet {{ext scan link|1=https://archive.org/details/generalexaminat00kerhgoog}}, and ''The Ocean and its Wonders'' by R. M. Ballantyne {{Commons link|1=The ocean and its wonders (IA oceanitswonders00ball).pdf}}. Are any of these suitable? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 21:30, 2 May 2023 (UTC) *: ''The Ocean and its Wonders'' looks doable. We would need a DjVu file to run with that option. PDF transcription still has serious issues. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 21:44, 2 May 2023 (UTC) *::I have set up a DjVu file at [[Index:The ocean and its wonders.djvu]]. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 06:23, 3 May 2023 (UTC) *:::Since there were no objections, I have set up ''The Ocean and its Wonders'' as this month's PoTM. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 19:25, 4 May 2023 (UTC) ===June 2023 (Fiction: Novel)=== For June, I'm thinking we do a novel that entered the public domain this year; some suggestions are ''Elmer Gantry'' by Sinclair Lewis {{ssl|Elmer Gantry (1927).djvu}} and ''Oil!'' by Upton Sinclair {{ssl|Upton Sinclair - Oil!.pdf}}. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 21:33, 2 May 2023 (UTC) : Both of those options are already part of the Monthly Challenge. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 21:41, 2 May 2023 (UTC) ::My apologies, I didn't see them listed in the Monthly Challenge when I looked. In that case, of the novels listed in [[Wikisource:Requested texts/1927]] that have a scan link, is ''Red Love'' by Alexandra Kollontay {{external scan link|https://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/001110439}} already part of the Monthly Challenge? If not, that could be an option. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 22:47, 2 May 2023 (UTC) Since it is already June, we should switch the PoTM over. We can do either ''Red Love'', which I suggested above, or as an alternative suggestion, I found ''The Silent Prince'' by Hattie Arnold Clark {{Commons link|The silent prince - a story of the Netherlands (IA cu31924008716957).pdf}} (IA also has a DjVU file if necessary) which we can do if the first option isn't suitable. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 21:08, 8 June 2023 (UTC) :{{ping|EncycloPetey}} {{ping|BD2412}} any comments? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 21:21, 8 June 2023 (UTC) : I did add ''Red Love'' to Requested Texts; I'd like to do it, but I'll prepare it now whether or not we're going to do it.--[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 22:27, 8 June 2023 (UTC) * I would like to see ''The Doom of the Great City'' (1880), by [[Author:William Delisle Hay]] (a UK author we do not have; died 1885). It depicts London suffocating under a cloud of pollution, which is timely given what is happening in US cities like Boston and New York. However, I cannot locate a copy, except at [https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id=umn.31951002135568t Hathi]. If this can be set up quickly, it is only 52 pages. It is also '''timely''', given what is happening this week in cities of the eastern US like Boston and New York City. I have no objections to either of the nominations above, but as this would be a ''short'' one, and is unusually ''timely'' (the book itself is in the news as well). Perhaps we swap themes for June and October? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:48, 8 June 2023 (UTC) *:I'm fine with that as well. It's easy to set up, since someone already uploaded it to Commons [[commons:File:Doom of the Great City - Hay - 1880.djvu|here]], so I can switch it over. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 03:16, 9 June 2023 (UTC) *::The index was even already set up, so I have switched the PoTM over. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 03:21, 9 June 2023 (UTC) *::: Awesome. Because this is so short, we might want to be ready with another short work or two, in case time allows. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:26, 9 June 2023 (UTC) : I'm fine with that.--[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 23:57, 8 June 2023 (UTC) : I agree with ''The Doom of the Great City''. We have gone to the well of authors just entering the public domain a bit much lately. We also have to get the old books in. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 06:24, 11 June 2023 (UTC) The June selection is almost done, needing only some validation. We should have a "July" selection ready, and might be able to start it a little early. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 18:40, 20 June 2023 (UTC) : June is done (except for Adverts). Do we want to proceed to the next selection? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 19:00, 22 June 2023 (UTC) ===July 2023 (Anthropology, Mythology, or Religion)=== For July, I was thinking we do a work on Zoroastrianism, which we currently don't have many works from or about, despite the fact that it is one of the world's oldest religions. Some suggestions related to this are ''Zoroastrian Theology from the Earliest Times to the Present Day'' {{ext scan link|1=https://archive.org/details/zoroastriantheol00dhaluoft}}, ''Zoroaster, the Prophet of Ancient Iran'' {{ext scan link|1=https://archive.org/details/zoroasterprophet00jack}}, ''The Gathas'' {{small scan link|1=The-Gathas.pdf}}, or ''Sacred Books of the East, Volume 4'' {{small scan link|1=Sacred Books of the East - Volume 4.djvu}}. Are any of these suitable? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 19:21, 4 May 2023 (UTC) : Zoroastrianism is cool with me. The Sacred Books of the East is a bit of nightmare to proof though, with diacritics and italics (as special characters) scattered all over the place.--[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 23:23, 8 June 2023 (UTC) : The ''Gathas'' volume is in poetic format with copious footnotes. It also has a lot of formatting in many lines. See page 120 for an example of the complexity. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 18:43, 20 June 2023 (UTC) * <s>Perhaps ''[[Index:The Souls of Black Folk (2nd ed).djvu|The Souls of Black Folk]]'', 2nd ed. by [[Author:William Edward Burghardt Du Bois|W.E.B. Du Bois]]. We have only an unsourced copy currently, despite the huge significance and impact this collection of essays has had. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:37, 9 June 2023 (UTC)</s> *: I'm withdrawing my nomination of this work as a PotM suggestion. It has musical content that would make it too challenging. It might be doable in the Monthly Challenge, but not PotM. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 22:42, 22 June 2023 (UTC) * ''[[The Great Encyclical Letters of Pope Leo XIII]]'' is in need of some love ... [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 02:10, 23 June 2023 (UTC) *: If this isn't selected for July, it ought to be nominated for the Monthly Challenge. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 04:24, 23 June 2023 (UTC) ===August 2023 (Biography)=== For August, I suggest ''Napoleon'' by T.P. O'Connor {{ext scan link|https://archive.org/details/napoleon00oconrich}}. Would this be suitable? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 21:19, 8 June 2023 (UTC) : It's long, but each page has a smaller bit of text than a usual work. The text also looks clean, without tables, footnotes, and such. That might make it less valuable to a researcher, but it would make for a more readable text for the average person, and easier to proofread. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:45, 9 June 2023 (UTC) : I've set up [[:Index:Napoleon (O'Connor 1896).djvu]] and am going to start it a week early, as no one seems to have set up anything for July, and the June work is still lingering on the main page. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:35, 22 July 2023 (UTC) :: This is agreeable. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 04:47, 26 July 2023 (UTC) ===September 2023 (Science/Technology)=== Two works that could be considered "technical", or could be held till next February as "fine arts". * The Tony Sarg Marionette Book (1921) with illustrations {{ext scan link|https://archive.org/details/tonysargmarionet00mcisuoft}} This nonfiction book includes illustrations and interviews, explaining aspects of how the illusions are created using puppetry. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:00, 28 June 2023 (UTC) * Marionettes, Masks and Shadows (c)1927 is a book by Winifred H. Mills about the construction of marionettes and masks, as well as stages, scenery, and general stagecraft. {{ext scan link|https://archive.org/details/marionettesmasks0000mill}} The potential downside of this one is that, although it is an American book by an American author, and explicitly copyrighted 1927, I can't find a date of death for the author, so I can't say whether the work is PD in the UK/EU. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:00, 28 June 2023 (UTC) ===October 2023 (Fiction: SF/Fantastical)=== One possibility is [[Author:Richard Jefferies|Jefferies's]] ''After London'' {{Ext scan link|https://archive.org/details/after-london-1885}}, about life after post-apocalyptic rewilding. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 03:23, 10 June 2023 (UTC) Note [https://digital.library.upenn.edu/women/_collections/utopias/u.topias.html here is a list] of books by female authors as well. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 20:46, 10 June 2023 (UTC) How about [[w:Melmoth the Wanderer]] ? Or is that too much ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 13:21, 5 September 2023 (UTC) Or "The conquest of the moon : a story of the Bayouda" - https://archive.org/details/McGillLibrary-hssl_conquest-moon-bayouda_PQ2269G7C61894-18172/page/n5/mode/2up - original title ''Les Exilés de la Terre – Selene-Company Limited'' (1887) -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 22:00, 25 September 2023 (UTC) ===November 2023 (Language)=== For basic language learning material, in a Latin alphabet, how about [[Index:Latvian self-taught for English speaking people - Kratins.djvu]]? It's short, the diacritics are found in Special characters/Latin, but it's not a language that's well covered.--[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 23:56, 8 June 2023 (UTC) : We'd have to watch carefully, and be sure editors are briefed to use {{tl|IPA}} with examples. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 03:54, 10 June 2023 (UTC) : Support ;) [[User:Feydey|feydey]] ([[User talk:Feydey|talk]]) 09:36, 21 June 2023 (UTC) ===December 2023 (Fiction: Short story collections)=== One possibility is Fitzgerald's ''All the Sad Young Men'' {{ext scan link|https://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/000437601}}. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 03:18, 10 June 2023 (UTC) :Shall we go with that, as no-one else has suggested an alternative ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 17:24, 3 December 2023 (UTC) Since I figure we'll spill over into January next year anyway, and All the Sad Young Men doesn't have an index page, I'm proposing [[Index:Frenzied_Fiction.djvu]] by Stephen Leacock -- we need more humourist works on here IMO. If no-one objects I'll add it in a couple of days. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:16, 13 December 2023 (UTC) == [[Template:User PotM participation]] == I noticed that a number of users have userboxes about their PotM participation, so I made a template to simplify things a little. Hope it helps! —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 03:26, 23 April 2023 (UTC) == 2024 == Probably best to get in early. Add sections if you want to suggest. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 11:29, 15 December 2023 (UTC) === 2024 List === {| class="wikitable" !Month !Work !Category !Status |- |January |[[Index:The art of kissing (IA artofkissing987wood).djvu|The Art of Kissing]] |Quirky |{{done}} |- |February |[[Index:The story of the flute (IA storyofflute1914fitz).djvu|The Story of the Flute]] |Fine arts |Lapsed (proofread 2024-03-20){{index progress bar|The story of the flute (IA storyofflute1914fitz).djvu|height=10px}} |- |March |[[Index:Memoirs of the Lady Hester Stanhope.djvu|Memoirs of the Lady Hester Stanhope]] |Wikipedia:WikiWomen's History Month / Woman author |Overshot (proofread 2024-04-10) {{index progress bar|Memoirs of the Lady Hester Stanhope.djvu|height=10px}} |- |April |[[Index:Yeats The tower.pdf|The Tower]] |Poetry / Drama |Active (started 2024-04-10, proofread 04-17) {{index progress bar|Yeats The tower.pdf|height=10px}} |- |May | |Geography | |- |June | |Fiction: Novel | |- |July | |Anthropology, Mythology, or Religion | |- |August | |Biography | |- |September | |Science/Technology | |- |October | |Fiction (SF/Fantastical/etc.) | |- |November | |Language | |- |December | |Fiction: Short story collections | |} === January 2024: Quirky === If we get an update at all depends largely on how much progress we get on the current one. I earmarked [[Index:Isis very much unveiled - being the story of the great Mahatma hoax (IA b24884273).pdf]] as a possibility but it might be better to save it for Anthropology/Mythology/Religion. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 11:29, 15 December 2023 (UTC) : I'm game for anything. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 03:46, 27 December 2023 (UTC) As I write this, ''Isis Very Much Unveiled'' has all pages with text either proofread, validated, or problematic, even though it hasn't yet been added. Should we still make it official, or skip it? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 08:38, 17 January 2024 (UTC) :There does not seem much point in including it in "Proofread of the Month" when there is no actual proofreading to be done. -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 14:45, 17 January 2024 (UTC) ::Re "quirky", the Little Blue Books have some titles that might count, e.g. "The Art of Kissing", https://archive.org/details/artofkissing987wood. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 05:38, 19 January 2024 (UTC) :::Seems like a decent choice, and it's short so we won't have to worry too much about it running over to the next month. It doesn't look like it's on Commons, do we want to bring it over using the IA tool? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 07:57, 20 January 2024 (UTC) ::::I brought it over at [[:File:The art of kissing (IA artofkissing987wood).djvu]], but I didn't realise the IA import tool would bring over the colour targets as well, so I've asked for a fix at Scan Lab. Once that's done and we have an index I'll add it as this month's proofread. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 11:34, 21 January 2024 (UTC) ::::And it's live. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:03, 21 January 2024 (UTC) === February 2024: Fine arts === Get your suggestions in quick because I haven't seen any. (Anyone know of any PD books on sculpting? That empty section in the portal jumped out at me.) [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 08:38, 17 January 2024 (UTC) : [https://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/001482647 Sculpture at your finger tips] (1962) by Fred Press (1919-2012)? A how-to book, all the sculpture is by the artist, so the photos should be fine. [https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id=gri.ark:/13960/t7jq5pt39 Manual of Italian Renaissance sculpture as illustrated in the collection of casts at the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston] (1904) by Benjamin Ives Gilham (1852-1933) is more about the sculpture; it virtually lacks illustrations, so that simplifies that.--[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 01:42, 19 January 2024 (UTC) :: Looks like we have two copies of the second one on Commons (via IA): [https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Manual_of_Italian_renaissance_sculpture_as_illustrated_in_the_collection_of_casts_at_the_Museum_of_fine_arts,_Boston_(IA_manualofitalianr00muserich).pdf] and [https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Manual_of_Italian_Renaissance_sculpture_as_illustrated_in_the_collection_of_casts_at_the_Museum_of_Fine_Arts,_Boston_(IA_manualofitalianr00gilh).pdf]. Which one would be better to proofread from? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 07:57, 20 January 2024 (UTC) :::Turns out the second one is missing two pages. [[Index:Manual of Italian renaissance sculpture as illustrated in the collection of casts at the Museum of fine arts, Boston (IA manualofitalianr00muserich).pdf]] it is. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:00, 21 January 2024 (UTC) *How about [https://archive.org/details/cu31924022386407/page/n93/mode/2up The Story of the Flute] by [[Author:Henry Macaulay Fitzgibbon]] (1914, 328 pages)? Based on the snippets I've read, the author makes the subject at least mildly more interesting than it would initially seem to be ({{tqi|i=yes|Clinton in 1848 patented some quite useless modifications, reverting more or less to the old system of closed keys, and contradicting much of what he had said two years previously. In 1855 he published a pamphlet about a new flute which he termed "The Equisonant Flute," retaining much of the old system of fingering, and having different diameters of the bore for the different notes to imitate the human larynx, a curious and valueless notion. A partisan of the Bohm thereupon asked if " equisonant " meant "equally bad all over,"[...]}} —p 70). [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 13:15, 22 January 2024 (UTC) :: It's on Commons already, so we can create an index at [[Index:The story of the flute (IA cu31924022386407).pdf]]. I'd be happy for us to work on either this or the sculpture one. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 08:31, 29 January 2024 (UTC) :::Scan on Commons is missing at least four pages (263-266). There's a usable scan at [https://archive.org/details/storyofflute1914fitz] but it's not on Commons at the moment; I'll put the other book up for now. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:08, 31 January 2024 (UTC) ::::Reverted; the sculpture book is missing pages 169-170. Seriously, how come both books are missing pages... [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:17, 31 January 2024 (UTC) :::::Uploaded [[Index:The story of the flute (IA storyofflute1914fitz).djvu]] and queued to PotM. There's some sheet music in there, by the way. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:31, 31 January 2024 (UTC) ::::::I was going to say, it is far easier to repair a djvu as opposed to a pdf. Sometimes we need to merge the two separate scans to get a complete scan. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 12:48, 31 January 2024 (UTC) ::::::Thanks for all that, {{ping|Arcorann}} [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 14:51, 31 January 2024 (UTC) === March 2024: Woman author === How about [[Author:Hester Lucy Stanhope|Lady Hester Stanhope]]'s [[Index:Memoirs of the Lady Hester Stanhope.djvu]] ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 14:24, 27 December 2023 (UTC) How would we feel about trying something new? [[Author:Dorothy Parker|Dorothy Parker]] was co-author on ''A Star is Born'', and although we do not have a script scan (that I have been able to find), the film itself is PD and a video exists at Commons. Maybe we could try transcribing the film this month, if {{ping|SnowyCinema}} is willing to help guide the process? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:39, 21 January 2024 (UTC) Wanda Gag's classic children's book Millions of Cats is in the public domain this year. It's a Newbery Award winning-picture book. I've been working on getting a quality scan up, it might be quite the challenge to get a double-paged picture book into namespace... [[User:FPTI|FPTI]] ([[User talk:FPTI|talk]]) 01:51, 29 January 2024 (UTC) :Well, it's [[Millions of Cats|already done now]] (not by me), so feel free to admire it. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:42, 6 February 2024 (UTC) === April 2024: Poetry / Drama === Four possibilities: * [[Index:Peter Pan (1928).pdf]], if it hasn't been done by then. (It is currently in the MC) * [[Index:The thirty-six dramatic situations (1921).djvu]] is a frequently cited book that categorizes hundreds of dramas by common plots. * ''Selected Poems'' by [[Author:Robert Frost|Robert Frost]] (1928) {{smaller|''not to be confused with the 1923 book of the same title''}} * ''The Tower'' by [[Author:William Butler Yeats|W. B. Yeats]] {{esl|https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id{{=}}inu.32000002551705&seq{{=}}9}} --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:02, 21 January 2024 (UTC) :Are you able to bring the last one across to Commons before the end of March? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 09:43, 20 March 2024 (UTC) :: I cannot, because it's at Hathi, but {{ping|TE(æ)A,ea.}} might be able to. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 17:48, 22 March 2024 (UTC) :The first two are already well underway, but if the last one can't be uploaded in time, we may be doing Robert Frost. Is there an available scan of that one? [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 19:11, 1 April 2024 (UTC) :File obtained from Hathi, uploaded at [[Index:Yeats The tower.pdf]]. I haven't checked the file in detail, though, so someone might want to do that. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 01:54, 6 April 2024 (UTC) :: Something is wrong with the PDF; the Index is giving an interval error. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 02:52, 6 April 2024 (UTC) :::I made some edits on Commons (had to add metadata anyway) and purged some stuff and it seems to have fixed it. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 09:00, 6 April 2024 (UTC) ::::I've boldly put in ''The Tower'', since it's the already tenth and ''Memoirs'' is now proofread. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 22:32, 10 April 2024 (UTC) === May 2024: Geography === *[https://archive.org/details/physicalgeograph0000stra/page/n7/mode/2up Physical Geography of Western Tibet] (1854; 92 pages) could be interesting, although it's somewhat lacking in pictures. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 19:53, 21 January 2024 (UTC) *:Alternatively: *:*[[:File:Limnology of Yellowstone Lake in relation to the cutthroat trout. - DPLA - d3b2104ea27783e1a44105d36871eb50.pdf|Limnology of Yellowstone Lake in relation to the cutthroat trout]] — does limnology count as geography? I think it does. *:*If we want something long <small>(and boring)</small> there's [[:File:Bathymetrical survey of the Scottish fresh-water lochs (IA bathymetricalsur02murrrich).pdf|here's a 750-page book about Scottish lochs.]] But given February and March weren't completed in time, a shorter work is likely better. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 19:57, 11 April 2024 (UTC) :For something proposed in 2022: [[Index:New geographies (IA cu31924092515158).pdf]]. 1910, 10+263 pages plus images. Seems about the right size for a PotM. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 08:38, 25 April 2024 (UTC) :[[Index:Journey to Lhasa and Central Tibet.djvu]] (a much older proposal) could work also. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:20, 25 April 2024 (UTC) ::These both sound good. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 19:48, 25 April 2024 (UTC) === June 2024: Fiction: Novel === === July 2024: Anthropology, Mythology, or Religion === I was thinking something about Jainism, another religion we don't have much on. [[Portal:Jainism|Our portal]] suggests a few possibilities, but there might be more out there. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 07:57, 20 January 2024 (UTC) === August 2024: Biography === ''Recollections of Full Years'' (1914) {{esl|https://archive.org/details/recollectionsoff00taft}} by Helen Taft is the first memoir by a first lady of the US. [[User:SometimesUsesWikis|SometimesUsesWikis]] ([[User talk:SometimesUsesWikis|talk]]) 17:53, 24 January 2024 (UTC) === September 2024: Science/Technology === * ''Creation by Evolution'' (1928) {{esl|https://archive.org/details/creationbyevolut00maso}} a collection of papers by leading scientists putting forth the case for evolution with reference to scientific discoveries made since Darwin. ''N.B.:'' It does have a lot of illustrations, but I am willing to help with those. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:08, 21 January 2024 (UTC) === October 2024: Fiction (SF/Fantastical/etc.) === === November 2024: Language === I liked [[Wikisource_talk:Proofread_of_the_Month/archive#November_2020|the suggestions from 2020]], particularly ''A Handbook of the Cornish Language'' {{ssl|A_handbook_of_the_Cornish_language;_Chiefly_in_its_latest_stages_with_some_account_of_its_history_and_literature.djvu}} and ''A Grammar and Vocabulary of the Language of New Zealand'' {{ssl|A_Grammar_and_Vocabulary_of_the_Language_of_New_Zealand.djvu}} [[User:SometimesUsesWikis|SometimesUsesWikis]] ([[User talk:SometimesUsesWikis|talk]]) 08:08, 25 January 2024 (UTC) === December 2024: Fiction: Short story collections === I was going to suggest the collections by M.R. James that we don't have currently :) [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 11:11, 1 February 2024 (UTC) == Error message appearing on main page == At the moment, there is a message in read appearing on the main page - ".Lua error in ProofreadPage.lua at line 84: attempt to index upvalue 'qualityStats' (a number value)." - someone who knows about that stuff needs to sort it out, please. -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 17:35, 12 January 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Beardo|Beardo]] it is fixed, waiting to be deployed, I guess. See {{phab|T354820}} [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 18:47, 12 January 2024 (UTC) jwe1oboh0rzl194z10qqo6qt3qnbovw 14130397 14129845 2024-04-26T01:00:37Z Arcorann 2060189 /* 2024 List */ wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="margin-left: -1em; margin-right: -1em; margin-bottom: 1em"> <div style="background-color: #EEEEEE; padding-bottom: 0.5em; padding-top: 0.65em; padding-left: 1em; padding-right: 1em; font-family: Trebuchet MS, Gill Sans; border-bottom: 1px solid #AAAAAA; border-top: 1px solid #AAAAAA"> {| cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" style="background-color: #EEEEEE; text-align: center; margin: auto; font-size: 90%;" |- | <div style="width: 8em; text-align: center; margin-right: 1em; border-right: 1px solid white; border-bottom: 1px solid white"> <div style="border: 1px solid #AAAAAA"> <div style="border-top: 1px solid white; border-left: 1px solid white"> [[Wikisource talk:Proofread of the Month|Proposals]] </div> </div> </div> | <div style="width: 5.8em; text-align: center; margin-right: 1em; border-right: 1px solid white; border-bottom: 1px solid white"> <div style="border: 1px solid #AAAAAA"> <div style="border-top: 1px solid white; border-left: 1px solid white"> [[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month|Main]] </div> </div> </div> | <div style="width: 5.8em; text-align: center; margin-right: 1em; border-right: 1px solid white; border-bottom: 1px solid white"> <div style="border: 1px solid #AAAAAA"> <div style="border-top: 1px solid white; border-left: 1px solid white"> [[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/members|Members]] </div> </div> </div> |} </div></div> {{c/s}}'''[[/archive|archived suggestions]]'''{{c/e}} {{shortcut|WT:PotM}} Please help start a list of text that need to be proofread. Larger text are preferred because we hope to have a large group of people working on the text of the month. [[Wikisource:Transcription_Projects#Projects_needing_to_be_proofread|Here]] is a great place to start looking for text to be proofread. {{nop}} {| |-valign=top |__TOC__ | {{Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/suggested works}} |width=20%| ===Links=== * [[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/Coding|Coding]] * [[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/notice|'Now' snapshot of PotM]] * [[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/validation works]] * [[Module:PotM/data]] |} {{#lst:Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/little works|pending}} *[[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/little works|Little works page]] * [[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/validation works]] == [[Wikisource:Transcription_Projects#Projects_needing_to_be_proofread|A list]] of potential PotM candidates == On the transcription project, there is a good list of text that are ready to be proofread. That list is available [[Wikisource:Transcription_Projects#Projects_needing_to_be_proofread|here.]] This list continues to grow so it would be great if we could knock it down. --[[User:Mattwj2002|Mattwj2002]] 11:03, 5 August 2008 (UTC) :: My person opinion, If people keep bringing in projects (and I have seen it) then they should do a good part of the editing. Some, whoever they are, bring in works for others to do and the work-load adds up. Too, if the texts are brought in and left for others, then others may not like the topic so the work load keeps building up. It would be nice to know [who] likes what to work on. *I* like history and specifically illustrated history* but not children’s books or poems. I have several more volumes to do and more I want to do after that. This way I work on what I brought in, or have another bring in because he/they like the same kind of work. [[User:William Maury Morris II|--Maury]] ([[User talk:William Maury Morris II|talk]]) 01:33, 1 December 2016 (UTC) == 2023 == The PotM hasn't been updated in several months, and I noticed there haven't been any proposals for this year. Given this, are there any ideas for what to do with the PotM this year? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 20:08, 1 January 2023 (UTC) === 2023 List === {|class="wikitable" !Month !Work !Category !Status |- |January | |Quirky | |- |February | |Fine arts | |- |March | |Wikipedia:WikiWomen's History Month / Woman author | |- |April | [[Index:The Playboy of the Western World.djvu|The Playboy of the Western World]] |Poetry / Drama | |- |May | [[Index:The ocean and its wonders.djvu|The Ocean and Its Wonders]] |Geography | |- |June | [[Index:Doom of the Great City - Hay - 1880.djvu|The Doom of the Great City]] |Fiction: Novel | |- |July | |Anthropology, Mythology, or Religion | |- |August | |Biography | |- |September | |Science/Technology | |- |October | |Fiction (SF/Fantastical/etc.) | |- |November | |Language | |- |December | |Fiction: Short story collections | |} ===March 2023 (Woman's history)=== ===April 2023 (Poetry / Drama)=== Let's get one teed up. I'm up for anything. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 02:27, 5 April 2023 (UTC) * Without nominations to select from, I've put in [[Index:The Playboy of the Western World.djvu|The Playboy of the Western World]], since it was a notable play of its time, and is the "masterpiece" of an Irish author. There is an entire [[w:John_Millington_Synge#Playboy_riots_and_after|section on the play's reception at WP]], as it caused quite a scandal. We have a dearth of Irish literature, and a dearth of drama. This particular edition also has simpler formatting than most dramatic works. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 03:03, 15 April 2023 (UTC) ===May 2023 (Geography)=== In previous year's we've always done terrestrial geography. Can anyone recommend good works on the ocean or oceanography that would still be useful? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 03:25, 15 April 2023 (UTC) *:I've found two works on oceanography that could work: ''A Textbook of Oceanography'' by James Travis Jenkins {{ext scan link|1=https://archive.org/details/textbookofoceano00jenkuoft}} and ''Science of the Sea'' by G. Herbert Fowler {{Commons link|Science of the sea. An elementary handbook of practical oceanography for travellers, sailors, and yachtsmen (IA scienceofseaele00chal).pdf}}. What do you think of these? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 03:31, 30 April 2023 (UTC) *:: The Jenkins text is too complicated for a PotM. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 14:40, 30 April 2023 (UTC) *:::Noted, but what are your thoughts on the other one? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 20:13, 30 April 2023 (UTC) *A few more suggestions: ''The Sea and its Wonders'' by Cyril Hall {{ext scan link|1=https://archive.org/details/cu31924023650231}}, ''General Examination of the Pacific Ocean'' by Charles Philippe de Kerhallet {{Commons link|General examination of the Pacific Ocean (IA cu31924023650231).pdf}}, ''General Examination of the Atlantic Ocean'' by Charles Philippe de Kerhallet {{Commons link|General examination of the Atlantic Ocean (IA generalexaminati00kerh).pdf}}, ''General Examination of the Indian Ocean'' by Charles Philippe de Kerhallet {{ext scan link|1=https://archive.org/details/generalexaminat00kerhgoog}}, and ''The Ocean and its Wonders'' by R. M. Ballantyne {{Commons link|1=The ocean and its wonders (IA oceanitswonders00ball).pdf}}. Are any of these suitable? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 21:30, 2 May 2023 (UTC) *: ''The Ocean and its Wonders'' looks doable. We would need a DjVu file to run with that option. PDF transcription still has serious issues. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 21:44, 2 May 2023 (UTC) *::I have set up a DjVu file at [[Index:The ocean and its wonders.djvu]]. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 06:23, 3 May 2023 (UTC) *:::Since there were no objections, I have set up ''The Ocean and its Wonders'' as this month's PoTM. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 19:25, 4 May 2023 (UTC) ===June 2023 (Fiction: Novel)=== For June, I'm thinking we do a novel that entered the public domain this year; some suggestions are ''Elmer Gantry'' by Sinclair Lewis {{ssl|Elmer Gantry (1927).djvu}} and ''Oil!'' by Upton Sinclair {{ssl|Upton Sinclair - Oil!.pdf}}. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 21:33, 2 May 2023 (UTC) : Both of those options are already part of the Monthly Challenge. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 21:41, 2 May 2023 (UTC) ::My apologies, I didn't see them listed in the Monthly Challenge when I looked. In that case, of the novels listed in [[Wikisource:Requested texts/1927]] that have a scan link, is ''Red Love'' by Alexandra Kollontay {{external scan link|https://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/001110439}} already part of the Monthly Challenge? If not, that could be an option. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 22:47, 2 May 2023 (UTC) Since it is already June, we should switch the PoTM over. We can do either ''Red Love'', which I suggested above, or as an alternative suggestion, I found ''The Silent Prince'' by Hattie Arnold Clark {{Commons link|The silent prince - a story of the Netherlands (IA cu31924008716957).pdf}} (IA also has a DjVU file if necessary) which we can do if the first option isn't suitable. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 21:08, 8 June 2023 (UTC) :{{ping|EncycloPetey}} {{ping|BD2412}} any comments? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 21:21, 8 June 2023 (UTC) : I did add ''Red Love'' to Requested Texts; I'd like to do it, but I'll prepare it now whether or not we're going to do it.--[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 22:27, 8 June 2023 (UTC) * I would like to see ''The Doom of the Great City'' (1880), by [[Author:William Delisle Hay]] (a UK author we do not have; died 1885). It depicts London suffocating under a cloud of pollution, which is timely given what is happening in US cities like Boston and New York. However, I cannot locate a copy, except at [https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id=umn.31951002135568t Hathi]. If this can be set up quickly, it is only 52 pages. It is also '''timely''', given what is happening this week in cities of the eastern US like Boston and New York City. I have no objections to either of the nominations above, but as this would be a ''short'' one, and is unusually ''timely'' (the book itself is in the news as well). Perhaps we swap themes for June and October? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:48, 8 June 2023 (UTC) *:I'm fine with that as well. It's easy to set up, since someone already uploaded it to Commons [[commons:File:Doom of the Great City - Hay - 1880.djvu|here]], so I can switch it over. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 03:16, 9 June 2023 (UTC) *::The index was even already set up, so I have switched the PoTM over. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 03:21, 9 June 2023 (UTC) *::: Awesome. Because this is so short, we might want to be ready with another short work or two, in case time allows. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:26, 9 June 2023 (UTC) : I'm fine with that.--[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 23:57, 8 June 2023 (UTC) : I agree with ''The Doom of the Great City''. We have gone to the well of authors just entering the public domain a bit much lately. We also have to get the old books in. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 06:24, 11 June 2023 (UTC) The June selection is almost done, needing only some validation. We should have a "July" selection ready, and might be able to start it a little early. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 18:40, 20 June 2023 (UTC) : June is done (except for Adverts). Do we want to proceed to the next selection? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 19:00, 22 June 2023 (UTC) ===July 2023 (Anthropology, Mythology, or Religion)=== For July, I was thinking we do a work on Zoroastrianism, which we currently don't have many works from or about, despite the fact that it is one of the world's oldest religions. Some suggestions related to this are ''Zoroastrian Theology from the Earliest Times to the Present Day'' {{ext scan link|1=https://archive.org/details/zoroastriantheol00dhaluoft}}, ''Zoroaster, the Prophet of Ancient Iran'' {{ext scan link|1=https://archive.org/details/zoroasterprophet00jack}}, ''The Gathas'' {{small scan link|1=The-Gathas.pdf}}, or ''Sacred Books of the East, Volume 4'' {{small scan link|1=Sacred Books of the East - Volume 4.djvu}}. Are any of these suitable? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 19:21, 4 May 2023 (UTC) : Zoroastrianism is cool with me. The Sacred Books of the East is a bit of nightmare to proof though, with diacritics and italics (as special characters) scattered all over the place.--[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 23:23, 8 June 2023 (UTC) : The ''Gathas'' volume is in poetic format with copious footnotes. It also has a lot of formatting in many lines. See page 120 for an example of the complexity. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 18:43, 20 June 2023 (UTC) * <s>Perhaps ''[[Index:The Souls of Black Folk (2nd ed).djvu|The Souls of Black Folk]]'', 2nd ed. by [[Author:William Edward Burghardt Du Bois|W.E.B. Du Bois]]. We have only an unsourced copy currently, despite the huge significance and impact this collection of essays has had. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:37, 9 June 2023 (UTC)</s> *: I'm withdrawing my nomination of this work as a PotM suggestion. It has musical content that would make it too challenging. It might be doable in the Monthly Challenge, but not PotM. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 22:42, 22 June 2023 (UTC) * ''[[The Great Encyclical Letters of Pope Leo XIII]]'' is in need of some love ... [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 02:10, 23 June 2023 (UTC) *: If this isn't selected for July, it ought to be nominated for the Monthly Challenge. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 04:24, 23 June 2023 (UTC) ===August 2023 (Biography)=== For August, I suggest ''Napoleon'' by T.P. O'Connor {{ext scan link|https://archive.org/details/napoleon00oconrich}}. Would this be suitable? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 21:19, 8 June 2023 (UTC) : It's long, but each page has a smaller bit of text than a usual work. The text also looks clean, without tables, footnotes, and such. That might make it less valuable to a researcher, but it would make for a more readable text for the average person, and easier to proofread. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:45, 9 June 2023 (UTC) : I've set up [[:Index:Napoleon (O'Connor 1896).djvu]] and am going to start it a week early, as no one seems to have set up anything for July, and the June work is still lingering on the main page. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:35, 22 July 2023 (UTC) :: This is agreeable. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 04:47, 26 July 2023 (UTC) ===September 2023 (Science/Technology)=== Two works that could be considered "technical", or could be held till next February as "fine arts". * The Tony Sarg Marionette Book (1921) with illustrations {{ext scan link|https://archive.org/details/tonysargmarionet00mcisuoft}} This nonfiction book includes illustrations and interviews, explaining aspects of how the illusions are created using puppetry. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:00, 28 June 2023 (UTC) * Marionettes, Masks and Shadows (c)1927 is a book by Winifred H. Mills about the construction of marionettes and masks, as well as stages, scenery, and general stagecraft. {{ext scan link|https://archive.org/details/marionettesmasks0000mill}} The potential downside of this one is that, although it is an American book by an American author, and explicitly copyrighted 1927, I can't find a date of death for the author, so I can't say whether the work is PD in the UK/EU. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:00, 28 June 2023 (UTC) ===October 2023 (Fiction: SF/Fantastical)=== One possibility is [[Author:Richard Jefferies|Jefferies's]] ''After London'' {{Ext scan link|https://archive.org/details/after-london-1885}}, about life after post-apocalyptic rewilding. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 03:23, 10 June 2023 (UTC) Note [https://digital.library.upenn.edu/women/_collections/utopias/u.topias.html here is a list] of books by female authors as well. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 20:46, 10 June 2023 (UTC) How about [[w:Melmoth the Wanderer]] ? Or is that too much ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 13:21, 5 September 2023 (UTC) Or "The conquest of the moon : a story of the Bayouda" - https://archive.org/details/McGillLibrary-hssl_conquest-moon-bayouda_PQ2269G7C61894-18172/page/n5/mode/2up - original title ''Les Exilés de la Terre – Selene-Company Limited'' (1887) -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 22:00, 25 September 2023 (UTC) ===November 2023 (Language)=== For basic language learning material, in a Latin alphabet, how about [[Index:Latvian self-taught for English speaking people - Kratins.djvu]]? It's short, the diacritics are found in Special characters/Latin, but it's not a language that's well covered.--[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 23:56, 8 June 2023 (UTC) : We'd have to watch carefully, and be sure editors are briefed to use {{tl|IPA}} with examples. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 03:54, 10 June 2023 (UTC) : Support ;) [[User:Feydey|feydey]] ([[User talk:Feydey|talk]]) 09:36, 21 June 2023 (UTC) ===December 2023 (Fiction: Short story collections)=== One possibility is Fitzgerald's ''All the Sad Young Men'' {{ext scan link|https://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/000437601}}. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 03:18, 10 June 2023 (UTC) :Shall we go with that, as no-one else has suggested an alternative ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 17:24, 3 December 2023 (UTC) Since I figure we'll spill over into January next year anyway, and All the Sad Young Men doesn't have an index page, I'm proposing [[Index:Frenzied_Fiction.djvu]] by Stephen Leacock -- we need more humourist works on here IMO. If no-one objects I'll add it in a couple of days. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:16, 13 December 2023 (UTC) == [[Template:User PotM participation]] == I noticed that a number of users have userboxes about their PotM participation, so I made a template to simplify things a little. Hope it helps! —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 03:26, 23 April 2023 (UTC) == 2024 == Probably best to get in early. Add sections if you want to suggest. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 11:29, 15 December 2023 (UTC) === 2024 List === {| class="wikitable" !Month !Work !Category !Status |- |January |[[Index:The art of kissing (IA artofkissing987wood).djvu|The Art of Kissing]] |Quirky |{{done}} |- |February |[[Index:The story of the flute (IA storyofflute1914fitz).djvu|The Story of the Flute]] |Fine arts |Lapsed (proofread 2024-03-20){{index progress bar|The story of the flute (IA storyofflute1914fitz).djvu|height=10px}} |- |March |[[Index:Memoirs of the Lady Hester Stanhope.djvu|Memoirs of the Lady Hester Stanhope]] |Wikipedia:WikiWomen's History Month / Woman author |Overshot (proofread 2024-04-10) {{index progress bar|Memoirs of the Lady Hester Stanhope.djvu|height=10px}} |- |April |[[Index:Yeats The tower.pdf|The Tower]] |Poetry / Drama |{{done}} (started 2024-04-10, proofread 04-17, validated-overflow 04-26) |- |May | |Geography | |- |June | |Fiction: Novel | |- |July | |Anthropology, Mythology, or Religion | |- |August | |Biography | |- |September | |Science/Technology | |- |October | |Fiction (SF/Fantastical/etc.) | |- |November | |Language | |- |December | |Fiction: Short story collections | |} === January 2024: Quirky === If we get an update at all depends largely on how much progress we get on the current one. I earmarked [[Index:Isis very much unveiled - being the story of the great Mahatma hoax (IA b24884273).pdf]] as a possibility but it might be better to save it for Anthropology/Mythology/Religion. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 11:29, 15 December 2023 (UTC) : I'm game for anything. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 03:46, 27 December 2023 (UTC) As I write this, ''Isis Very Much Unveiled'' has all pages with text either proofread, validated, or problematic, even though it hasn't yet been added. Should we still make it official, or skip it? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 08:38, 17 January 2024 (UTC) :There does not seem much point in including it in "Proofread of the Month" when there is no actual proofreading to be done. -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 14:45, 17 January 2024 (UTC) ::Re "quirky", the Little Blue Books have some titles that might count, e.g. "The Art of Kissing", https://archive.org/details/artofkissing987wood. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 05:38, 19 January 2024 (UTC) :::Seems like a decent choice, and it's short so we won't have to worry too much about it running over to the next month. It doesn't look like it's on Commons, do we want to bring it over using the IA tool? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 07:57, 20 January 2024 (UTC) ::::I brought it over at [[:File:The art of kissing (IA artofkissing987wood).djvu]], but I didn't realise the IA import tool would bring over the colour targets as well, so I've asked for a fix at Scan Lab. Once that's done and we have an index I'll add it as this month's proofread. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 11:34, 21 January 2024 (UTC) ::::And it's live. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:03, 21 January 2024 (UTC) === February 2024: Fine arts === Get your suggestions in quick because I haven't seen any. (Anyone know of any PD books on sculpting? That empty section in the portal jumped out at me.) [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 08:38, 17 January 2024 (UTC) : [https://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/001482647 Sculpture at your finger tips] (1962) by Fred Press (1919-2012)? A how-to book, all the sculpture is by the artist, so the photos should be fine. [https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id=gri.ark:/13960/t7jq5pt39 Manual of Italian Renaissance sculpture as illustrated in the collection of casts at the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston] (1904) by Benjamin Ives Gilham (1852-1933) is more about the sculpture; it virtually lacks illustrations, so that simplifies that.--[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 01:42, 19 January 2024 (UTC) :: Looks like we have two copies of the second one on Commons (via IA): [https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Manual_of_Italian_renaissance_sculpture_as_illustrated_in_the_collection_of_casts_at_the_Museum_of_fine_arts,_Boston_(IA_manualofitalianr00muserich).pdf] and [https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Manual_of_Italian_Renaissance_sculpture_as_illustrated_in_the_collection_of_casts_at_the_Museum_of_Fine_Arts,_Boston_(IA_manualofitalianr00gilh).pdf]. Which one would be better to proofread from? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 07:57, 20 January 2024 (UTC) :::Turns out the second one is missing two pages. [[Index:Manual of Italian renaissance sculpture as illustrated in the collection of casts at the Museum of fine arts, Boston (IA manualofitalianr00muserich).pdf]] it is. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:00, 21 January 2024 (UTC) *How about [https://archive.org/details/cu31924022386407/page/n93/mode/2up The Story of the Flute] by [[Author:Henry Macaulay Fitzgibbon]] (1914, 328 pages)? Based on the snippets I've read, the author makes the subject at least mildly more interesting than it would initially seem to be ({{tqi|i=yes|Clinton in 1848 patented some quite useless modifications, reverting more or less to the old system of closed keys, and contradicting much of what he had said two years previously. In 1855 he published a pamphlet about a new flute which he termed "The Equisonant Flute," retaining much of the old system of fingering, and having different diameters of the bore for the different notes to imitate the human larynx, a curious and valueless notion. A partisan of the Bohm thereupon asked if " equisonant " meant "equally bad all over,"[...]}} —p 70). [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 13:15, 22 January 2024 (UTC) :: It's on Commons already, so we can create an index at [[Index:The story of the flute (IA cu31924022386407).pdf]]. I'd be happy for us to work on either this or the sculpture one. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 08:31, 29 January 2024 (UTC) :::Scan on Commons is missing at least four pages (263-266). There's a usable scan at [https://archive.org/details/storyofflute1914fitz] but it's not on Commons at the moment; I'll put the other book up for now. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:08, 31 January 2024 (UTC) ::::Reverted; the sculpture book is missing pages 169-170. Seriously, how come both books are missing pages... [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:17, 31 January 2024 (UTC) :::::Uploaded [[Index:The story of the flute (IA storyofflute1914fitz).djvu]] and queued to PotM. There's some sheet music in there, by the way. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:31, 31 January 2024 (UTC) ::::::I was going to say, it is far easier to repair a djvu as opposed to a pdf. Sometimes we need to merge the two separate scans to get a complete scan. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 12:48, 31 January 2024 (UTC) ::::::Thanks for all that, {{ping|Arcorann}} [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 14:51, 31 January 2024 (UTC) === March 2024: Woman author === How about [[Author:Hester Lucy Stanhope|Lady Hester Stanhope]]'s [[Index:Memoirs of the Lady Hester Stanhope.djvu]] ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 14:24, 27 December 2023 (UTC) How would we feel about trying something new? [[Author:Dorothy Parker|Dorothy Parker]] was co-author on ''A Star is Born'', and although we do not have a script scan (that I have been able to find), the film itself is PD and a video exists at Commons. Maybe we could try transcribing the film this month, if {{ping|SnowyCinema}} is willing to help guide the process? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:39, 21 January 2024 (UTC) Wanda Gag's classic children's book Millions of Cats is in the public domain this year. It's a Newbery Award winning-picture book. I've been working on getting a quality scan up, it might be quite the challenge to get a double-paged picture book into namespace... [[User:FPTI|FPTI]] ([[User talk:FPTI|talk]]) 01:51, 29 January 2024 (UTC) :Well, it's [[Millions of Cats|already done now]] (not by me), so feel free to admire it. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:42, 6 February 2024 (UTC) === April 2024: Poetry / Drama === Four possibilities: * [[Index:Peter Pan (1928).pdf]], if it hasn't been done by then. (It is currently in the MC) * [[Index:The thirty-six dramatic situations (1921).djvu]] is a frequently cited book that categorizes hundreds of dramas by common plots. * ''Selected Poems'' by [[Author:Robert Frost|Robert Frost]] (1928) {{smaller|''not to be confused with the 1923 book of the same title''}} * ''The Tower'' by [[Author:William Butler Yeats|W. B. Yeats]] {{esl|https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id{{=}}inu.32000002551705&seq{{=}}9}} --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:02, 21 January 2024 (UTC) :Are you able to bring the last one across to Commons before the end of March? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 09:43, 20 March 2024 (UTC) :: I cannot, because it's at Hathi, but {{ping|TE(æ)A,ea.}} might be able to. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 17:48, 22 March 2024 (UTC) :The first two are already well underway, but if the last one can't be uploaded in time, we may be doing Robert Frost. Is there an available scan of that one? [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 19:11, 1 April 2024 (UTC) :File obtained from Hathi, uploaded at [[Index:Yeats The tower.pdf]]. I haven't checked the file in detail, though, so someone might want to do that. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 01:54, 6 April 2024 (UTC) :: Something is wrong with the PDF; the Index is giving an interval error. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 02:52, 6 April 2024 (UTC) :::I made some edits on Commons (had to add metadata anyway) and purged some stuff and it seems to have fixed it. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 09:00, 6 April 2024 (UTC) ::::I've boldly put in ''The Tower'', since it's the already tenth and ''Memoirs'' is now proofread. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 22:32, 10 April 2024 (UTC) === May 2024: Geography === *[https://archive.org/details/physicalgeograph0000stra/page/n7/mode/2up Physical Geography of Western Tibet] (1854; 92 pages) could be interesting, although it's somewhat lacking in pictures. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 19:53, 21 January 2024 (UTC) *:Alternatively: *:*[[:File:Limnology of Yellowstone Lake in relation to the cutthroat trout. - DPLA - d3b2104ea27783e1a44105d36871eb50.pdf|Limnology of Yellowstone Lake in relation to the cutthroat trout]] — does limnology count as geography? I think it does. *:*If we want something long <small>(and boring)</small> there's [[:File:Bathymetrical survey of the Scottish fresh-water lochs (IA bathymetricalsur02murrrich).pdf|here's a 750-page book about Scottish lochs.]] But given February and March weren't completed in time, a shorter work is likely better. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 19:57, 11 April 2024 (UTC) :For something proposed in 2022: [[Index:New geographies (IA cu31924092515158).pdf]]. 1910, 10+263 pages plus images. Seems about the right size for a PotM. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 08:38, 25 April 2024 (UTC) :[[Index:Journey to Lhasa and Central Tibet.djvu]] (a much older proposal) could work also. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:20, 25 April 2024 (UTC) ::These both sound good. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 19:48, 25 April 2024 (UTC) === June 2024: Fiction: Novel === === July 2024: Anthropology, Mythology, or Religion === I was thinking something about Jainism, another religion we don't have much on. [[Portal:Jainism|Our portal]] suggests a few possibilities, but there might be more out there. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 07:57, 20 January 2024 (UTC) === August 2024: Biography === ''Recollections of Full Years'' (1914) {{esl|https://archive.org/details/recollectionsoff00taft}} by Helen Taft is the first memoir by a first lady of the US. [[User:SometimesUsesWikis|SometimesUsesWikis]] ([[User talk:SometimesUsesWikis|talk]]) 17:53, 24 January 2024 (UTC) === September 2024: Science/Technology === * ''Creation by Evolution'' (1928) {{esl|https://archive.org/details/creationbyevolut00maso}} a collection of papers by leading scientists putting forth the case for evolution with reference to scientific discoveries made since Darwin. ''N.B.:'' It does have a lot of illustrations, but I am willing to help with those. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:08, 21 January 2024 (UTC) === October 2024: Fiction (SF/Fantastical/etc.) === === November 2024: Language === I liked [[Wikisource_talk:Proofread_of_the_Month/archive#November_2020|the suggestions from 2020]], particularly ''A Handbook of the Cornish Language'' {{ssl|A_handbook_of_the_Cornish_language;_Chiefly_in_its_latest_stages_with_some_account_of_its_history_and_literature.djvu}} and ''A Grammar and Vocabulary of the Language of New Zealand'' {{ssl|A_Grammar_and_Vocabulary_of_the_Language_of_New_Zealand.djvu}} [[User:SometimesUsesWikis|SometimesUsesWikis]] ([[User talk:SometimesUsesWikis|talk]]) 08:08, 25 January 2024 (UTC) === December 2024: Fiction: Short story collections === I was going to suggest the collections by M.R. James that we don't have currently :) [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 11:11, 1 February 2024 (UTC) == Error message appearing on main page == At the moment, there is a message in read appearing on the main page - ".Lua error in ProofreadPage.lua at line 84: attempt to index upvalue 'qualityStats' (a number value)." - someone who knows about that stuff needs to sort it out, please. -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 17:35, 12 January 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Beardo|Beardo]] it is fixed, waiting to be deployed, I guess. See {{phab|T354820}} [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 18:47, 12 January 2024 (UTC) eb3kg9ep3yr3tqg3t6wj8w39lae7qf2 14130450 14130397 2024-04-26T02:04:45Z Prospectprospekt 2949947 /* October 2024: Fiction (SF/Fantastical/etc.) */ wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="margin-left: -1em; margin-right: -1em; margin-bottom: 1em"> <div style="background-color: #EEEEEE; padding-bottom: 0.5em; padding-top: 0.65em; padding-left: 1em; padding-right: 1em; font-family: Trebuchet MS, Gill Sans; border-bottom: 1px solid #AAAAAA; border-top: 1px solid #AAAAAA"> {| cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" style="background-color: #EEEEEE; text-align: center; margin: auto; font-size: 90%;" |- | <div style="width: 8em; text-align: center; margin-right: 1em; border-right: 1px solid white; border-bottom: 1px solid white"> <div style="border: 1px solid #AAAAAA"> <div style="border-top: 1px solid white; border-left: 1px solid white"> [[Wikisource talk:Proofread of the Month|Proposals]] </div> </div> </div> | <div style="width: 5.8em; text-align: center; margin-right: 1em; border-right: 1px solid white; border-bottom: 1px solid white"> <div style="border: 1px solid #AAAAAA"> <div style="border-top: 1px solid white; border-left: 1px solid white"> [[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month|Main]] </div> </div> </div> | <div style="width: 5.8em; text-align: center; margin-right: 1em; border-right: 1px solid white; border-bottom: 1px solid white"> <div style="border: 1px solid #AAAAAA"> <div style="border-top: 1px solid white; border-left: 1px solid white"> [[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/members|Members]] </div> </div> </div> |} </div></div> {{c/s}}'''[[/archive|archived suggestions]]'''{{c/e}} {{shortcut|WT:PotM}} Please help start a list of text that need to be proofread. Larger text are preferred because we hope to have a large group of people working on the text of the month. [[Wikisource:Transcription_Projects#Projects_needing_to_be_proofread|Here]] is a great place to start looking for text to be proofread. {{nop}} {| |-valign=top |__TOC__ | {{Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/suggested works}} |width=20%| ===Links=== * [[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/Coding|Coding]] * [[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/notice|'Now' snapshot of PotM]] * [[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/validation works]] * [[Module:PotM/data]] |} {{#lst:Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/little works|pending}} *[[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/little works|Little works page]] * [[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/validation works]] == [[Wikisource:Transcription_Projects#Projects_needing_to_be_proofread|A list]] of potential PotM candidates == On the transcription project, there is a good list of text that are ready to be proofread. That list is available [[Wikisource:Transcription_Projects#Projects_needing_to_be_proofread|here.]] This list continues to grow so it would be great if we could knock it down. --[[User:Mattwj2002|Mattwj2002]] 11:03, 5 August 2008 (UTC) :: My person opinion, If people keep bringing in projects (and I have seen it) then they should do a good part of the editing. Some, whoever they are, bring in works for others to do and the work-load adds up. Too, if the texts are brought in and left for others, then others may not like the topic so the work load keeps building up. It would be nice to know [who] likes what to work on. *I* like history and specifically illustrated history* but not children’s books or poems. I have several more volumes to do and more I want to do after that. This way I work on what I brought in, or have another bring in because he/they like the same kind of work. [[User:William Maury Morris II|--Maury]] ([[User talk:William Maury Morris II|talk]]) 01:33, 1 December 2016 (UTC) == 2023 == The PotM hasn't been updated in several months, and I noticed there haven't been any proposals for this year. Given this, are there any ideas for what to do with the PotM this year? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 20:08, 1 January 2023 (UTC) === 2023 List === {|class="wikitable" !Month !Work !Category !Status |- |January | |Quirky | |- |February | |Fine arts | |- |March | |Wikipedia:WikiWomen's History Month / Woman author | |- |April | [[Index:The Playboy of the Western World.djvu|The Playboy of the Western World]] |Poetry / Drama | |- |May | [[Index:The ocean and its wonders.djvu|The Ocean and Its Wonders]] |Geography | |- |June | [[Index:Doom of the Great City - Hay - 1880.djvu|The Doom of the Great City]] |Fiction: Novel | |- |July | |Anthropology, Mythology, or Religion | |- |August | |Biography | |- |September | |Science/Technology | |- |October | |Fiction (SF/Fantastical/etc.) | |- |November | |Language | |- |December | |Fiction: Short story collections | |} ===March 2023 (Woman's history)=== ===April 2023 (Poetry / Drama)=== Let's get one teed up. I'm up for anything. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 02:27, 5 April 2023 (UTC) * Without nominations to select from, I've put in [[Index:The Playboy of the Western World.djvu|The Playboy of the Western World]], since it was a notable play of its time, and is the "masterpiece" of an Irish author. There is an entire [[w:John_Millington_Synge#Playboy_riots_and_after|section on the play's reception at WP]], as it caused quite a scandal. We have a dearth of Irish literature, and a dearth of drama. This particular edition also has simpler formatting than most dramatic works. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 03:03, 15 April 2023 (UTC) ===May 2023 (Geography)=== In previous year's we've always done terrestrial geography. Can anyone recommend good works on the ocean or oceanography that would still be useful? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 03:25, 15 April 2023 (UTC) *:I've found two works on oceanography that could work: ''A Textbook of Oceanography'' by James Travis Jenkins {{ext scan link|1=https://archive.org/details/textbookofoceano00jenkuoft}} and ''Science of the Sea'' by G. Herbert Fowler {{Commons link|Science of the sea. An elementary handbook of practical oceanography for travellers, sailors, and yachtsmen (IA scienceofseaele00chal).pdf}}. What do you think of these? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 03:31, 30 April 2023 (UTC) *:: The Jenkins text is too complicated for a PotM. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 14:40, 30 April 2023 (UTC) *:::Noted, but what are your thoughts on the other one? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 20:13, 30 April 2023 (UTC) *A few more suggestions: ''The Sea and its Wonders'' by Cyril Hall {{ext scan link|1=https://archive.org/details/cu31924023650231}}, ''General Examination of the Pacific Ocean'' by Charles Philippe de Kerhallet {{Commons link|General examination of the Pacific Ocean (IA cu31924023650231).pdf}}, ''General Examination of the Atlantic Ocean'' by Charles Philippe de Kerhallet {{Commons link|General examination of the Atlantic Ocean (IA generalexaminati00kerh).pdf}}, ''General Examination of the Indian Ocean'' by Charles Philippe de Kerhallet {{ext scan link|1=https://archive.org/details/generalexaminat00kerhgoog}}, and ''The Ocean and its Wonders'' by R. M. Ballantyne {{Commons link|1=The ocean and its wonders (IA oceanitswonders00ball).pdf}}. Are any of these suitable? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 21:30, 2 May 2023 (UTC) *: ''The Ocean and its Wonders'' looks doable. We would need a DjVu file to run with that option. PDF transcription still has serious issues. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 21:44, 2 May 2023 (UTC) *::I have set up a DjVu file at [[Index:The ocean and its wonders.djvu]]. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 06:23, 3 May 2023 (UTC) *:::Since there were no objections, I have set up ''The Ocean and its Wonders'' as this month's PoTM. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 19:25, 4 May 2023 (UTC) ===June 2023 (Fiction: Novel)=== For June, I'm thinking we do a novel that entered the public domain this year; some suggestions are ''Elmer Gantry'' by Sinclair Lewis {{ssl|Elmer Gantry (1927).djvu}} and ''Oil!'' by Upton Sinclair {{ssl|Upton Sinclair - Oil!.pdf}}. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 21:33, 2 May 2023 (UTC) : Both of those options are already part of the Monthly Challenge. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 21:41, 2 May 2023 (UTC) ::My apologies, I didn't see them listed in the Monthly Challenge when I looked. In that case, of the novels listed in [[Wikisource:Requested texts/1927]] that have a scan link, is ''Red Love'' by Alexandra Kollontay {{external scan link|https://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/001110439}} already part of the Monthly Challenge? If not, that could be an option. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 22:47, 2 May 2023 (UTC) Since it is already June, we should switch the PoTM over. We can do either ''Red Love'', which I suggested above, or as an alternative suggestion, I found ''The Silent Prince'' by Hattie Arnold Clark {{Commons link|The silent prince - a story of the Netherlands (IA cu31924008716957).pdf}} (IA also has a DjVU file if necessary) which we can do if the first option isn't suitable. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 21:08, 8 June 2023 (UTC) :{{ping|EncycloPetey}} {{ping|BD2412}} any comments? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 21:21, 8 June 2023 (UTC) : I did add ''Red Love'' to Requested Texts; I'd like to do it, but I'll prepare it now whether or not we're going to do it.--[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 22:27, 8 June 2023 (UTC) * I would like to see ''The Doom of the Great City'' (1880), by [[Author:William Delisle Hay]] (a UK author we do not have; died 1885). It depicts London suffocating under a cloud of pollution, which is timely given what is happening in US cities like Boston and New York. However, I cannot locate a copy, except at [https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id=umn.31951002135568t Hathi]. If this can be set up quickly, it is only 52 pages. It is also '''timely''', given what is happening this week in cities of the eastern US like Boston and New York City. I have no objections to either of the nominations above, but as this would be a ''short'' one, and is unusually ''timely'' (the book itself is in the news as well). Perhaps we swap themes for June and October? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:48, 8 June 2023 (UTC) *:I'm fine with that as well. It's easy to set up, since someone already uploaded it to Commons [[commons:File:Doom of the Great City - Hay - 1880.djvu|here]], so I can switch it over. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 03:16, 9 June 2023 (UTC) *::The index was even already set up, so I have switched the PoTM over. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 03:21, 9 June 2023 (UTC) *::: Awesome. Because this is so short, we might want to be ready with another short work or two, in case time allows. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:26, 9 June 2023 (UTC) : I'm fine with that.--[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 23:57, 8 June 2023 (UTC) : I agree with ''The Doom of the Great City''. We have gone to the well of authors just entering the public domain a bit much lately. We also have to get the old books in. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 06:24, 11 June 2023 (UTC) The June selection is almost done, needing only some validation. We should have a "July" selection ready, and might be able to start it a little early. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 18:40, 20 June 2023 (UTC) : June is done (except for Adverts). Do we want to proceed to the next selection? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 19:00, 22 June 2023 (UTC) ===July 2023 (Anthropology, Mythology, or Religion)=== For July, I was thinking we do a work on Zoroastrianism, which we currently don't have many works from or about, despite the fact that it is one of the world's oldest religions. Some suggestions related to this are ''Zoroastrian Theology from the Earliest Times to the Present Day'' {{ext scan link|1=https://archive.org/details/zoroastriantheol00dhaluoft}}, ''Zoroaster, the Prophet of Ancient Iran'' {{ext scan link|1=https://archive.org/details/zoroasterprophet00jack}}, ''The Gathas'' {{small scan link|1=The-Gathas.pdf}}, or ''Sacred Books of the East, Volume 4'' {{small scan link|1=Sacred Books of the East - Volume 4.djvu}}. Are any of these suitable? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 19:21, 4 May 2023 (UTC) : Zoroastrianism is cool with me. The Sacred Books of the East is a bit of nightmare to proof though, with diacritics and italics (as special characters) scattered all over the place.--[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 23:23, 8 June 2023 (UTC) : The ''Gathas'' volume is in poetic format with copious footnotes. It also has a lot of formatting in many lines. See page 120 for an example of the complexity. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 18:43, 20 June 2023 (UTC) * <s>Perhaps ''[[Index:The Souls of Black Folk (2nd ed).djvu|The Souls of Black Folk]]'', 2nd ed. by [[Author:William Edward Burghardt Du Bois|W.E.B. Du Bois]]. We have only an unsourced copy currently, despite the huge significance and impact this collection of essays has had. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:37, 9 June 2023 (UTC)</s> *: I'm withdrawing my nomination of this work as a PotM suggestion. It has musical content that would make it too challenging. It might be doable in the Monthly Challenge, but not PotM. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 22:42, 22 June 2023 (UTC) * ''[[The Great Encyclical Letters of Pope Leo XIII]]'' is in need of some love ... [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 02:10, 23 June 2023 (UTC) *: If this isn't selected for July, it ought to be nominated for the Monthly Challenge. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 04:24, 23 June 2023 (UTC) ===August 2023 (Biography)=== For August, I suggest ''Napoleon'' by T.P. O'Connor {{ext scan link|https://archive.org/details/napoleon00oconrich}}. Would this be suitable? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 21:19, 8 June 2023 (UTC) : It's long, but each page has a smaller bit of text than a usual work. The text also looks clean, without tables, footnotes, and such. That might make it less valuable to a researcher, but it would make for a more readable text for the average person, and easier to proofread. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:45, 9 June 2023 (UTC) : I've set up [[:Index:Napoleon (O'Connor 1896).djvu]] and am going to start it a week early, as no one seems to have set up anything for July, and the June work is still lingering on the main page. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:35, 22 July 2023 (UTC) :: This is agreeable. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 04:47, 26 July 2023 (UTC) ===September 2023 (Science/Technology)=== Two works that could be considered "technical", or could be held till next February as "fine arts". * The Tony Sarg Marionette Book (1921) with illustrations {{ext scan link|https://archive.org/details/tonysargmarionet00mcisuoft}} This nonfiction book includes illustrations and interviews, explaining aspects of how the illusions are created using puppetry. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:00, 28 June 2023 (UTC) * Marionettes, Masks and Shadows (c)1927 is a book by Winifred H. Mills about the construction of marionettes and masks, as well as stages, scenery, and general stagecraft. {{ext scan link|https://archive.org/details/marionettesmasks0000mill}} The potential downside of this one is that, although it is an American book by an American author, and explicitly copyrighted 1927, I can't find a date of death for the author, so I can't say whether the work is PD in the UK/EU. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:00, 28 June 2023 (UTC) ===October 2023 (Fiction: SF/Fantastical)=== One possibility is [[Author:Richard Jefferies|Jefferies's]] ''After London'' {{Ext scan link|https://archive.org/details/after-london-1885}}, about life after post-apocalyptic rewilding. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 03:23, 10 June 2023 (UTC) Note [https://digital.library.upenn.edu/women/_collections/utopias/u.topias.html here is a list] of books by female authors as well. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 20:46, 10 June 2023 (UTC) How about [[w:Melmoth the Wanderer]] ? Or is that too much ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 13:21, 5 September 2023 (UTC) Or "The conquest of the moon : a story of the Bayouda" - https://archive.org/details/McGillLibrary-hssl_conquest-moon-bayouda_PQ2269G7C61894-18172/page/n5/mode/2up - original title ''Les Exilés de la Terre – Selene-Company Limited'' (1887) -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 22:00, 25 September 2023 (UTC) ===November 2023 (Language)=== For basic language learning material, in a Latin alphabet, how about [[Index:Latvian self-taught for English speaking people - Kratins.djvu]]? It's short, the diacritics are found in Special characters/Latin, but it's not a language that's well covered.--[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 23:56, 8 June 2023 (UTC) : We'd have to watch carefully, and be sure editors are briefed to use {{tl|IPA}} with examples. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 03:54, 10 June 2023 (UTC) : Support ;) [[User:Feydey|feydey]] ([[User talk:Feydey|talk]]) 09:36, 21 June 2023 (UTC) ===December 2023 (Fiction: Short story collections)=== One possibility is Fitzgerald's ''All the Sad Young Men'' {{ext scan link|https://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/000437601}}. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 03:18, 10 June 2023 (UTC) :Shall we go with that, as no-one else has suggested an alternative ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 17:24, 3 December 2023 (UTC) Since I figure we'll spill over into January next year anyway, and All the Sad Young Men doesn't have an index page, I'm proposing [[Index:Frenzied_Fiction.djvu]] by Stephen Leacock -- we need more humourist works on here IMO. If no-one objects I'll add it in a couple of days. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:16, 13 December 2023 (UTC) == [[Template:User PotM participation]] == I noticed that a number of users have userboxes about their PotM participation, so I made a template to simplify things a little. Hope it helps! —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 03:26, 23 April 2023 (UTC) == 2024 == Probably best to get in early. Add sections if you want to suggest. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 11:29, 15 December 2023 (UTC) === 2024 List === {| class="wikitable" !Month !Work !Category !Status |- |January |[[Index:The art of kissing (IA artofkissing987wood).djvu|The Art of Kissing]] |Quirky |{{done}} |- |February |[[Index:The story of the flute (IA storyofflute1914fitz).djvu|The Story of the Flute]] |Fine arts |Lapsed (proofread 2024-03-20){{index progress bar|The story of the flute (IA storyofflute1914fitz).djvu|height=10px}} |- |March |[[Index:Memoirs of the Lady Hester Stanhope.djvu|Memoirs of the Lady Hester Stanhope]] |Wikipedia:WikiWomen's History Month / Woman author |Overshot (proofread 2024-04-10) {{index progress bar|Memoirs of the Lady Hester Stanhope.djvu|height=10px}} |- |April |[[Index:Yeats The tower.pdf|The Tower]] |Poetry / Drama |{{done}} (started 2024-04-10, proofread 04-17, validated-overflow 04-26) |- |May | |Geography | |- |June | |Fiction: Novel | |- |July | |Anthropology, Mythology, or Religion | |- |August | |Biography | |- |September | |Science/Technology | |- |October | |Fiction (SF/Fantastical/etc.) | |- |November | |Language | |- |December | |Fiction: Short story collections | |} === January 2024: Quirky === If we get an update at all depends largely on how much progress we get on the current one. I earmarked [[Index:Isis very much unveiled - being the story of the great Mahatma hoax (IA b24884273).pdf]] as a possibility but it might be better to save it for Anthropology/Mythology/Religion. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 11:29, 15 December 2023 (UTC) : I'm game for anything. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 03:46, 27 December 2023 (UTC) As I write this, ''Isis Very Much Unveiled'' has all pages with text either proofread, validated, or problematic, even though it hasn't yet been added. Should we still make it official, or skip it? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 08:38, 17 January 2024 (UTC) :There does not seem much point in including it in "Proofread of the Month" when there is no actual proofreading to be done. -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 14:45, 17 January 2024 (UTC) ::Re "quirky", the Little Blue Books have some titles that might count, e.g. "The Art of Kissing", https://archive.org/details/artofkissing987wood. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 05:38, 19 January 2024 (UTC) :::Seems like a decent choice, and it's short so we won't have to worry too much about it running over to the next month. It doesn't look like it's on Commons, do we want to bring it over using the IA tool? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 07:57, 20 January 2024 (UTC) ::::I brought it over at [[:File:The art of kissing (IA artofkissing987wood).djvu]], but I didn't realise the IA import tool would bring over the colour targets as well, so I've asked for a fix at Scan Lab. Once that's done and we have an index I'll add it as this month's proofread. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 11:34, 21 January 2024 (UTC) ::::And it's live. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:03, 21 January 2024 (UTC) === February 2024: Fine arts === Get your suggestions in quick because I haven't seen any. (Anyone know of any PD books on sculpting? That empty section in the portal jumped out at me.) [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 08:38, 17 January 2024 (UTC) : [https://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/001482647 Sculpture at your finger tips] (1962) by Fred Press (1919-2012)? A how-to book, all the sculpture is by the artist, so the photos should be fine. [https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id=gri.ark:/13960/t7jq5pt39 Manual of Italian Renaissance sculpture as illustrated in the collection of casts at the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston] (1904) by Benjamin Ives Gilham (1852-1933) is more about the sculpture; it virtually lacks illustrations, so that simplifies that.--[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 01:42, 19 January 2024 (UTC) :: Looks like we have two copies of the second one on Commons (via IA): [https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Manual_of_Italian_renaissance_sculpture_as_illustrated_in_the_collection_of_casts_at_the_Museum_of_fine_arts,_Boston_(IA_manualofitalianr00muserich).pdf] and [https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Manual_of_Italian_Renaissance_sculpture_as_illustrated_in_the_collection_of_casts_at_the_Museum_of_Fine_Arts,_Boston_(IA_manualofitalianr00gilh).pdf]. Which one would be better to proofread from? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 07:57, 20 January 2024 (UTC) :::Turns out the second one is missing two pages. [[Index:Manual of Italian renaissance sculpture as illustrated in the collection of casts at the Museum of fine arts, Boston (IA manualofitalianr00muserich).pdf]] it is. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:00, 21 January 2024 (UTC) *How about [https://archive.org/details/cu31924022386407/page/n93/mode/2up The Story of the Flute] by [[Author:Henry Macaulay Fitzgibbon]] (1914, 328 pages)? Based on the snippets I've read, the author makes the subject at least mildly more interesting than it would initially seem to be ({{tqi|i=yes|Clinton in 1848 patented some quite useless modifications, reverting more or less to the old system of closed keys, and contradicting much of what he had said two years previously. In 1855 he published a pamphlet about a new flute which he termed "The Equisonant Flute," retaining much of the old system of fingering, and having different diameters of the bore for the different notes to imitate the human larynx, a curious and valueless notion. A partisan of the Bohm thereupon asked if " equisonant " meant "equally bad all over,"[...]}} —p 70). [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 13:15, 22 January 2024 (UTC) :: It's on Commons already, so we can create an index at [[Index:The story of the flute (IA cu31924022386407).pdf]]. I'd be happy for us to work on either this or the sculpture one. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 08:31, 29 January 2024 (UTC) :::Scan on Commons is missing at least four pages (263-266). There's a usable scan at [https://archive.org/details/storyofflute1914fitz] but it's not on Commons at the moment; I'll put the other book up for now. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:08, 31 January 2024 (UTC) ::::Reverted; the sculpture book is missing pages 169-170. Seriously, how come both books are missing pages... [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:17, 31 January 2024 (UTC) :::::Uploaded [[Index:The story of the flute (IA storyofflute1914fitz).djvu]] and queued to PotM. There's some sheet music in there, by the way. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:31, 31 January 2024 (UTC) ::::::I was going to say, it is far easier to repair a djvu as opposed to a pdf. Sometimes we need to merge the two separate scans to get a complete scan. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 12:48, 31 January 2024 (UTC) ::::::Thanks for all that, {{ping|Arcorann}} [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 14:51, 31 January 2024 (UTC) === March 2024: Woman author === How about [[Author:Hester Lucy Stanhope|Lady Hester Stanhope]]'s [[Index:Memoirs of the Lady Hester Stanhope.djvu]] ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 14:24, 27 December 2023 (UTC) How would we feel about trying something new? [[Author:Dorothy Parker|Dorothy Parker]] was co-author on ''A Star is Born'', and although we do not have a script scan (that I have been able to find), the film itself is PD and a video exists at Commons. Maybe we could try transcribing the film this month, if {{ping|SnowyCinema}} is willing to help guide the process? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:39, 21 January 2024 (UTC) Wanda Gag's classic children's book Millions of Cats is in the public domain this year. It's a Newbery Award winning-picture book. I've been working on getting a quality scan up, it might be quite the challenge to get a double-paged picture book into namespace... [[User:FPTI|FPTI]] ([[User talk:FPTI|talk]]) 01:51, 29 January 2024 (UTC) :Well, it's [[Millions of Cats|already done now]] (not by me), so feel free to admire it. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:42, 6 February 2024 (UTC) === April 2024: Poetry / Drama === Four possibilities: * [[Index:Peter Pan (1928).pdf]], if it hasn't been done by then. (It is currently in the MC) * [[Index:The thirty-six dramatic situations (1921).djvu]] is a frequently cited book that categorizes hundreds of dramas by common plots. * ''Selected Poems'' by [[Author:Robert Frost|Robert Frost]] (1928) {{smaller|''not to be confused with the 1923 book of the same title''}} * ''The Tower'' by [[Author:William Butler Yeats|W. B. Yeats]] {{esl|https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id{{=}}inu.32000002551705&seq{{=}}9}} --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:02, 21 January 2024 (UTC) :Are you able to bring the last one across to Commons before the end of March? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 09:43, 20 March 2024 (UTC) :: I cannot, because it's at Hathi, but {{ping|TE(æ)A,ea.}} might be able to. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 17:48, 22 March 2024 (UTC) :The first two are already well underway, but if the last one can't be uploaded in time, we may be doing Robert Frost. Is there an available scan of that one? [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 19:11, 1 April 2024 (UTC) :File obtained from Hathi, uploaded at [[Index:Yeats The tower.pdf]]. I haven't checked the file in detail, though, so someone might want to do that. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 01:54, 6 April 2024 (UTC) :: Something is wrong with the PDF; the Index is giving an interval error. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 02:52, 6 April 2024 (UTC) :::I made some edits on Commons (had to add metadata anyway) and purged some stuff and it seems to have fixed it. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 09:00, 6 April 2024 (UTC) ::::I've boldly put in ''The Tower'', since it's the already tenth and ''Memoirs'' is now proofread. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 22:32, 10 April 2024 (UTC) === May 2024: Geography === *[https://archive.org/details/physicalgeograph0000stra/page/n7/mode/2up Physical Geography of Western Tibet] (1854; 92 pages) could be interesting, although it's somewhat lacking in pictures. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 19:53, 21 January 2024 (UTC) *:Alternatively: *:*[[:File:Limnology of Yellowstone Lake in relation to the cutthroat trout. - DPLA - d3b2104ea27783e1a44105d36871eb50.pdf|Limnology of Yellowstone Lake in relation to the cutthroat trout]] — does limnology count as geography? I think it does. *:*If we want something long <small>(and boring)</small> there's [[:File:Bathymetrical survey of the Scottish fresh-water lochs (IA bathymetricalsur02murrrich).pdf|here's a 750-page book about Scottish lochs.]] But given February and March weren't completed in time, a shorter work is likely better. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 19:57, 11 April 2024 (UTC) :For something proposed in 2022: [[Index:New geographies (IA cu31924092515158).pdf]]. 1910, 10+263 pages plus images. Seems about the right size for a PotM. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 08:38, 25 April 2024 (UTC) :[[Index:Journey to Lhasa and Central Tibet.djvu]] (a much older proposal) could work also. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:20, 25 April 2024 (UTC) ::These both sound good. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 19:48, 25 April 2024 (UTC) === June 2024: Fiction: Novel === === July 2024: Anthropology, Mythology, or Religion === I was thinking something about Jainism, another religion we don't have much on. [[Portal:Jainism|Our portal]] suggests a few possibilities, but there might be more out there. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 07:57, 20 January 2024 (UTC) === August 2024: Biography === ''Recollections of Full Years'' (1914) {{esl|https://archive.org/details/recollectionsoff00taft}} by Helen Taft is the first memoir by a first lady of the US. [[User:SometimesUsesWikis|SometimesUsesWikis]] ([[User talk:SometimesUsesWikis|talk]]) 17:53, 24 January 2024 (UTC) === September 2024: Science/Technology === * ''Creation by Evolution'' (1928) {{esl|https://archive.org/details/creationbyevolut00maso}} a collection of papers by leading scientists putting forth the case for evolution with reference to scientific discoveries made since Darwin. ''N.B.:'' It does have a lot of illustrations, but I am willing to help with those. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:08, 21 January 2024 (UTC) === October 2024: Fiction (SF/Fantastical/etc.) === I nominate H. Beam Piper's 1962 novel ''[[:w:en:Little Fuzzy|Little Fuzzy]]'' {{Scan needed}}, in the public domain because copyright was never renewed. [[User:Prospectprospekt|Prospectprospekt]] ([[User talk:Prospectprospekt|talk]]) 02:04, 26 April 2024 (UTC) === November 2024: Language === I liked [[Wikisource_talk:Proofread_of_the_Month/archive#November_2020|the suggestions from 2020]], particularly ''A Handbook of the Cornish Language'' {{ssl|A_handbook_of_the_Cornish_language;_Chiefly_in_its_latest_stages_with_some_account_of_its_history_and_literature.djvu}} and ''A Grammar and Vocabulary of the Language of New Zealand'' {{ssl|A_Grammar_and_Vocabulary_of_the_Language_of_New_Zealand.djvu}} [[User:SometimesUsesWikis|SometimesUsesWikis]] ([[User talk:SometimesUsesWikis|talk]]) 08:08, 25 January 2024 (UTC) === December 2024: Fiction: Short story collections === I was going to suggest the collections by M.R. James that we don't have currently :) [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 11:11, 1 February 2024 (UTC) == Error message appearing on main page == At the moment, there is a message in read appearing on the main page - ".Lua error in ProofreadPage.lua at line 84: attempt to index upvalue 'qualityStats' (a number value)." - someone who knows about that stuff needs to sort it out, please. -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 17:35, 12 January 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Beardo|Beardo]] it is fixed, waiting to be deployed, I guess. See {{phab|T354820}} [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 18:47, 12 January 2024 (UTC) 3vddw7539ny91zcoe2uywjhp6t2pc4h 14131522 14130450 2024-04-26T11:52:56Z Cremastra 3085872 /* October 2024: Fiction (SF/Fantastical/etc.) */ Reply wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="margin-left: -1em; margin-right: -1em; margin-bottom: 1em"> <div style="background-color: #EEEEEE; padding-bottom: 0.5em; padding-top: 0.65em; padding-left: 1em; padding-right: 1em; font-family: Trebuchet MS, Gill Sans; border-bottom: 1px solid #AAAAAA; border-top: 1px solid #AAAAAA"> {| cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" style="background-color: #EEEEEE; text-align: center; margin: auto; font-size: 90%;" |- | <div style="width: 8em; text-align: center; margin-right: 1em; border-right: 1px solid white; border-bottom: 1px solid white"> <div style="border: 1px solid #AAAAAA"> <div style="border-top: 1px solid white; border-left: 1px solid white"> [[Wikisource talk:Proofread of the Month|Proposals]] </div> </div> </div> | <div style="width: 5.8em; text-align: center; margin-right: 1em; border-right: 1px solid white; border-bottom: 1px solid white"> <div style="border: 1px solid #AAAAAA"> <div style="border-top: 1px solid white; border-left: 1px solid white"> [[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month|Main]] </div> </div> </div> | <div style="width: 5.8em; text-align: center; margin-right: 1em; border-right: 1px solid white; border-bottom: 1px solid white"> <div style="border: 1px solid #AAAAAA"> <div style="border-top: 1px solid white; border-left: 1px solid white"> [[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/members|Members]] </div> </div> </div> |} </div></div> {{c/s}}'''[[/archive|archived suggestions]]'''{{c/e}} {{shortcut|WT:PotM}} Please help start a list of text that need to be proofread. Larger text are preferred because we hope to have a large group of people working on the text of the month. [[Wikisource:Transcription_Projects#Projects_needing_to_be_proofread|Here]] is a great place to start looking for text to be proofread. {{nop}} {| |-valign=top |__TOC__ | {{Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/suggested works}} |width=20%| ===Links=== * [[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/Coding|Coding]] * [[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/notice|'Now' snapshot of PotM]] * [[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/validation works]] * [[Module:PotM/data]] |} {{#lst:Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/little works|pending}} *[[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/little works|Little works page]] * [[Wikisource:Proofread of the Month/validation works]] == [[Wikisource:Transcription_Projects#Projects_needing_to_be_proofread|A list]] of potential PotM candidates == On the transcription project, there is a good list of text that are ready to be proofread. That list is available [[Wikisource:Transcription_Projects#Projects_needing_to_be_proofread|here.]] This list continues to grow so it would be great if we could knock it down. --[[User:Mattwj2002|Mattwj2002]] 11:03, 5 August 2008 (UTC) :: My person opinion, If people keep bringing in projects (and I have seen it) then they should do a good part of the editing. Some, whoever they are, bring in works for others to do and the work-load adds up. Too, if the texts are brought in and left for others, then others may not like the topic so the work load keeps building up. It would be nice to know [who] likes what to work on. *I* like history and specifically illustrated history* but not children’s books or poems. I have several more volumes to do and more I want to do after that. This way I work on what I brought in, or have another bring in because he/they like the same kind of work. [[User:William Maury Morris II|--Maury]] ([[User talk:William Maury Morris II|talk]]) 01:33, 1 December 2016 (UTC) == 2023 == The PotM hasn't been updated in several months, and I noticed there haven't been any proposals for this year. Given this, are there any ideas for what to do with the PotM this year? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 20:08, 1 January 2023 (UTC) === 2023 List === {|class="wikitable" !Month !Work !Category !Status |- |January | |Quirky | |- |February | |Fine arts | |- |March | |Wikipedia:WikiWomen's History Month / Woman author | |- |April | [[Index:The Playboy of the Western World.djvu|The Playboy of the Western World]] |Poetry / Drama | |- |May | [[Index:The ocean and its wonders.djvu|The Ocean and Its Wonders]] |Geography | |- |June | [[Index:Doom of the Great City - Hay - 1880.djvu|The Doom of the Great City]] |Fiction: Novel | |- |July | |Anthropology, Mythology, or Religion | |- |August | |Biography | |- |September | |Science/Technology | |- |October | |Fiction (SF/Fantastical/etc.) | |- |November | |Language | |- |December | |Fiction: Short story collections | |} ===March 2023 (Woman's history)=== ===April 2023 (Poetry / Drama)=== Let's get one teed up. I'm up for anything. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 02:27, 5 April 2023 (UTC) * Without nominations to select from, I've put in [[Index:The Playboy of the Western World.djvu|The Playboy of the Western World]], since it was a notable play of its time, and is the "masterpiece" of an Irish author. There is an entire [[w:John_Millington_Synge#Playboy_riots_and_after|section on the play's reception at WP]], as it caused quite a scandal. We have a dearth of Irish literature, and a dearth of drama. This particular edition also has simpler formatting than most dramatic works. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 03:03, 15 April 2023 (UTC) ===May 2023 (Geography)=== In previous year's we've always done terrestrial geography. Can anyone recommend good works on the ocean or oceanography that would still be useful? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 03:25, 15 April 2023 (UTC) *:I've found two works on oceanography that could work: ''A Textbook of Oceanography'' by James Travis Jenkins {{ext scan link|1=https://archive.org/details/textbookofoceano00jenkuoft}} and ''Science of the Sea'' by G. Herbert Fowler {{Commons link|Science of the sea. An elementary handbook of practical oceanography for travellers, sailors, and yachtsmen (IA scienceofseaele00chal).pdf}}. What do you think of these? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 03:31, 30 April 2023 (UTC) *:: The Jenkins text is too complicated for a PotM. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 14:40, 30 April 2023 (UTC) *:::Noted, but what are your thoughts on the other one? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 20:13, 30 April 2023 (UTC) *A few more suggestions: ''The Sea and its Wonders'' by Cyril Hall {{ext scan link|1=https://archive.org/details/cu31924023650231}}, ''General Examination of the Pacific Ocean'' by Charles Philippe de Kerhallet {{Commons link|General examination of the Pacific Ocean (IA cu31924023650231).pdf}}, ''General Examination of the Atlantic Ocean'' by Charles Philippe de Kerhallet {{Commons link|General examination of the Atlantic Ocean (IA generalexaminati00kerh).pdf}}, ''General Examination of the Indian Ocean'' by Charles Philippe de Kerhallet {{ext scan link|1=https://archive.org/details/generalexaminat00kerhgoog}}, and ''The Ocean and its Wonders'' by R. M. Ballantyne {{Commons link|1=The ocean and its wonders (IA oceanitswonders00ball).pdf}}. Are any of these suitable? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 21:30, 2 May 2023 (UTC) *: ''The Ocean and its Wonders'' looks doable. We would need a DjVu file to run with that option. PDF transcription still has serious issues. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 21:44, 2 May 2023 (UTC) *::I have set up a DjVu file at [[Index:The ocean and its wonders.djvu]]. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 06:23, 3 May 2023 (UTC) *:::Since there were no objections, I have set up ''The Ocean and its Wonders'' as this month's PoTM. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 19:25, 4 May 2023 (UTC) ===June 2023 (Fiction: Novel)=== For June, I'm thinking we do a novel that entered the public domain this year; some suggestions are ''Elmer Gantry'' by Sinclair Lewis {{ssl|Elmer Gantry (1927).djvu}} and ''Oil!'' by Upton Sinclair {{ssl|Upton Sinclair - Oil!.pdf}}. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 21:33, 2 May 2023 (UTC) : Both of those options are already part of the Monthly Challenge. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 21:41, 2 May 2023 (UTC) ::My apologies, I didn't see them listed in the Monthly Challenge when I looked. In that case, of the novels listed in [[Wikisource:Requested texts/1927]] that have a scan link, is ''Red Love'' by Alexandra Kollontay {{external scan link|https://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/001110439}} already part of the Monthly Challenge? If not, that could be an option. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 22:47, 2 May 2023 (UTC) Since it is already June, we should switch the PoTM over. We can do either ''Red Love'', which I suggested above, or as an alternative suggestion, I found ''The Silent Prince'' by Hattie Arnold Clark {{Commons link|The silent prince - a story of the Netherlands (IA cu31924008716957).pdf}} (IA also has a DjVU file if necessary) which we can do if the first option isn't suitable. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 21:08, 8 June 2023 (UTC) :{{ping|EncycloPetey}} {{ping|BD2412}} any comments? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 21:21, 8 June 2023 (UTC) : I did add ''Red Love'' to Requested Texts; I'd like to do it, but I'll prepare it now whether or not we're going to do it.--[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 22:27, 8 June 2023 (UTC) * I would like to see ''The Doom of the Great City'' (1880), by [[Author:William Delisle Hay]] (a UK author we do not have; died 1885). It depicts London suffocating under a cloud of pollution, which is timely given what is happening in US cities like Boston and New York. However, I cannot locate a copy, except at [https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id=umn.31951002135568t Hathi]. If this can be set up quickly, it is only 52 pages. It is also '''timely''', given what is happening this week in cities of the eastern US like Boston and New York City. I have no objections to either of the nominations above, but as this would be a ''short'' one, and is unusually ''timely'' (the book itself is in the news as well). Perhaps we swap themes for June and October? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:48, 8 June 2023 (UTC) *:I'm fine with that as well. It's easy to set up, since someone already uploaded it to Commons [[commons:File:Doom of the Great City - Hay - 1880.djvu|here]], so I can switch it over. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 03:16, 9 June 2023 (UTC) *::The index was even already set up, so I have switched the PoTM over. [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 03:21, 9 June 2023 (UTC) *::: Awesome. Because this is so short, we might want to be ready with another short work or two, in case time allows. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:26, 9 June 2023 (UTC) : I'm fine with that.--[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 23:57, 8 June 2023 (UTC) : I agree with ''The Doom of the Great City''. We have gone to the well of authors just entering the public domain a bit much lately. We also have to get the old books in. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 06:24, 11 June 2023 (UTC) The June selection is almost done, needing only some validation. We should have a "July" selection ready, and might be able to start it a little early. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 18:40, 20 June 2023 (UTC) : June is done (except for Adverts). Do we want to proceed to the next selection? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 19:00, 22 June 2023 (UTC) ===July 2023 (Anthropology, Mythology, or Religion)=== For July, I was thinking we do a work on Zoroastrianism, which we currently don't have many works from or about, despite the fact that it is one of the world's oldest religions. Some suggestions related to this are ''Zoroastrian Theology from the Earliest Times to the Present Day'' {{ext scan link|1=https://archive.org/details/zoroastriantheol00dhaluoft}}, ''Zoroaster, the Prophet of Ancient Iran'' {{ext scan link|1=https://archive.org/details/zoroasterprophet00jack}}, ''The Gathas'' {{small scan link|1=The-Gathas.pdf}}, or ''Sacred Books of the East, Volume 4'' {{small scan link|1=Sacred Books of the East - Volume 4.djvu}}. Are any of these suitable? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 19:21, 4 May 2023 (UTC) : Zoroastrianism is cool with me. The Sacred Books of the East is a bit of nightmare to proof though, with diacritics and italics (as special characters) scattered all over the place.--[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 23:23, 8 June 2023 (UTC) : The ''Gathas'' volume is in poetic format with copious footnotes. It also has a lot of formatting in many lines. See page 120 for an example of the complexity. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 18:43, 20 June 2023 (UTC) * <s>Perhaps ''[[Index:The Souls of Black Folk (2nd ed).djvu|The Souls of Black Folk]]'', 2nd ed. by [[Author:William Edward Burghardt Du Bois|W.E.B. Du Bois]]. We have only an unsourced copy currently, despite the huge significance and impact this collection of essays has had. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:37, 9 June 2023 (UTC)</s> *: I'm withdrawing my nomination of this work as a PotM suggestion. It has musical content that would make it too challenging. It might be doable in the Monthly Challenge, but not PotM. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 22:42, 22 June 2023 (UTC) * ''[[The Great Encyclical Letters of Pope Leo XIII]]'' is in need of some love ... [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 02:10, 23 June 2023 (UTC) *: If this isn't selected for July, it ought to be nominated for the Monthly Challenge. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 04:24, 23 June 2023 (UTC) ===August 2023 (Biography)=== For August, I suggest ''Napoleon'' by T.P. O'Connor {{ext scan link|https://archive.org/details/napoleon00oconrich}}. Would this be suitable? [[User:DraconicDark|DraconicDark]] ([[User talk:DraconicDark|talk]]) 21:19, 8 June 2023 (UTC) : It's long, but each page has a smaller bit of text than a usual work. The text also looks clean, without tables, footnotes, and such. That might make it less valuable to a researcher, but it would make for a more readable text for the average person, and easier to proofread. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:45, 9 June 2023 (UTC) : I've set up [[:Index:Napoleon (O'Connor 1896).djvu]] and am going to start it a week early, as no one seems to have set up anything for July, and the June work is still lingering on the main page. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:35, 22 July 2023 (UTC) :: This is agreeable. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 04:47, 26 July 2023 (UTC) ===September 2023 (Science/Technology)=== Two works that could be considered "technical", or could be held till next February as "fine arts". * The Tony Sarg Marionette Book (1921) with illustrations {{ext scan link|https://archive.org/details/tonysargmarionet00mcisuoft}} This nonfiction book includes illustrations and interviews, explaining aspects of how the illusions are created using puppetry. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:00, 28 June 2023 (UTC) * Marionettes, Masks and Shadows (c)1927 is a book by Winifred H. Mills about the construction of marionettes and masks, as well as stages, scenery, and general stagecraft. {{ext scan link|https://archive.org/details/marionettesmasks0000mill}} The potential downside of this one is that, although it is an American book by an American author, and explicitly copyrighted 1927, I can't find a date of death for the author, so I can't say whether the work is PD in the UK/EU. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:00, 28 June 2023 (UTC) ===October 2023 (Fiction: SF/Fantastical)=== One possibility is [[Author:Richard Jefferies|Jefferies's]] ''After London'' {{Ext scan link|https://archive.org/details/after-london-1885}}, about life after post-apocalyptic rewilding. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 03:23, 10 June 2023 (UTC) Note [https://digital.library.upenn.edu/women/_collections/utopias/u.topias.html here is a list] of books by female authors as well. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 20:46, 10 June 2023 (UTC) How about [[w:Melmoth the Wanderer]] ? Or is that too much ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 13:21, 5 September 2023 (UTC) Or "The conquest of the moon : a story of the Bayouda" - https://archive.org/details/McGillLibrary-hssl_conquest-moon-bayouda_PQ2269G7C61894-18172/page/n5/mode/2up - original title ''Les Exilés de la Terre – Selene-Company Limited'' (1887) -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 22:00, 25 September 2023 (UTC) ===November 2023 (Language)=== For basic language learning material, in a Latin alphabet, how about [[Index:Latvian self-taught for English speaking people - Kratins.djvu]]? It's short, the diacritics are found in Special characters/Latin, but it's not a language that's well covered.--[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 23:56, 8 June 2023 (UTC) : We'd have to watch carefully, and be sure editors are briefed to use {{tl|IPA}} with examples. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 03:54, 10 June 2023 (UTC) : Support ;) [[User:Feydey|feydey]] ([[User talk:Feydey|talk]]) 09:36, 21 June 2023 (UTC) ===December 2023 (Fiction: Short story collections)=== One possibility is Fitzgerald's ''All the Sad Young Men'' {{ext scan link|https://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/000437601}}. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 03:18, 10 June 2023 (UTC) :Shall we go with that, as no-one else has suggested an alternative ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 17:24, 3 December 2023 (UTC) Since I figure we'll spill over into January next year anyway, and All the Sad Young Men doesn't have an index page, I'm proposing [[Index:Frenzied_Fiction.djvu]] by Stephen Leacock -- we need more humourist works on here IMO. If no-one objects I'll add it in a couple of days. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:16, 13 December 2023 (UTC) == [[Template:User PotM participation]] == I noticed that a number of users have userboxes about their PotM participation, so I made a template to simplify things a little. Hope it helps! —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 03:26, 23 April 2023 (UTC) == 2024 == Probably best to get in early. Add sections if you want to suggest. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 11:29, 15 December 2023 (UTC) === 2024 List === {| class="wikitable" !Month !Work !Category !Status |- |January |[[Index:The art of kissing (IA artofkissing987wood).djvu|The Art of Kissing]] |Quirky |{{done}} |- |February |[[Index:The story of the flute (IA storyofflute1914fitz).djvu|The Story of the Flute]] |Fine arts |Lapsed (proofread 2024-03-20){{index progress bar|The story of the flute (IA storyofflute1914fitz).djvu|height=10px}} |- |March |[[Index:Memoirs of the Lady Hester Stanhope.djvu|Memoirs of the Lady Hester Stanhope]] |Wikipedia:WikiWomen's History Month / Woman author |Overshot (proofread 2024-04-10) {{index progress bar|Memoirs of the Lady Hester Stanhope.djvu|height=10px}} |- |April |[[Index:Yeats The tower.pdf|The Tower]] |Poetry / Drama |{{done}} (started 2024-04-10, proofread 04-17, validated-overflow 04-26) |- |May | |Geography | |- |June | |Fiction: Novel | |- |July | |Anthropology, Mythology, or Religion | |- |August | |Biography | |- |September | |Science/Technology | |- |October | |Fiction (SF/Fantastical/etc.) | |- |November | |Language | |- |December | |Fiction: Short story collections | |} === January 2024: Quirky === If we get an update at all depends largely on how much progress we get on the current one. I earmarked [[Index:Isis very much unveiled - being the story of the great Mahatma hoax (IA b24884273).pdf]] as a possibility but it might be better to save it for Anthropology/Mythology/Religion. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 11:29, 15 December 2023 (UTC) : I'm game for anything. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 03:46, 27 December 2023 (UTC) As I write this, ''Isis Very Much Unveiled'' has all pages with text either proofread, validated, or problematic, even though it hasn't yet been added. Should we still make it official, or skip it? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 08:38, 17 January 2024 (UTC) :There does not seem much point in including it in "Proofread of the Month" when there is no actual proofreading to be done. -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 14:45, 17 January 2024 (UTC) ::Re "quirky", the Little Blue Books have some titles that might count, e.g. "The Art of Kissing", https://archive.org/details/artofkissing987wood. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 05:38, 19 January 2024 (UTC) :::Seems like a decent choice, and it's short so we won't have to worry too much about it running over to the next month. It doesn't look like it's on Commons, do we want to bring it over using the IA tool? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 07:57, 20 January 2024 (UTC) ::::I brought it over at [[:File:The art of kissing (IA artofkissing987wood).djvu]], but I didn't realise the IA import tool would bring over the colour targets as well, so I've asked for a fix at Scan Lab. Once that's done and we have an index I'll add it as this month's proofread. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 11:34, 21 January 2024 (UTC) ::::And it's live. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:03, 21 January 2024 (UTC) === February 2024: Fine arts === Get your suggestions in quick because I haven't seen any. (Anyone know of any PD books on sculpting? That empty section in the portal jumped out at me.) [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 08:38, 17 January 2024 (UTC) : [https://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/001482647 Sculpture at your finger tips] (1962) by Fred Press (1919-2012)? A how-to book, all the sculpture is by the artist, so the photos should be fine. [https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id=gri.ark:/13960/t7jq5pt39 Manual of Italian Renaissance sculpture as illustrated in the collection of casts at the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston] (1904) by Benjamin Ives Gilham (1852-1933) is more about the sculpture; it virtually lacks illustrations, so that simplifies that.--[[User:Prosfilaes|Prosfilaes]] ([[User talk:Prosfilaes|talk]]) 01:42, 19 January 2024 (UTC) :: Looks like we have two copies of the second one on Commons (via IA): [https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Manual_of_Italian_renaissance_sculpture_as_illustrated_in_the_collection_of_casts_at_the_Museum_of_fine_arts,_Boston_(IA_manualofitalianr00muserich).pdf] and [https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Manual_of_Italian_Renaissance_sculpture_as_illustrated_in_the_collection_of_casts_at_the_Museum_of_Fine_Arts,_Boston_(IA_manualofitalianr00gilh).pdf]. Which one would be better to proofread from? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 07:57, 20 January 2024 (UTC) :::Turns out the second one is missing two pages. [[Index:Manual of Italian renaissance sculpture as illustrated in the collection of casts at the Museum of fine arts, Boston (IA manualofitalianr00muserich).pdf]] it is. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:00, 21 January 2024 (UTC) *How about [https://archive.org/details/cu31924022386407/page/n93/mode/2up The Story of the Flute] by [[Author:Henry Macaulay Fitzgibbon]] (1914, 328 pages)? Based on the snippets I've read, the author makes the subject at least mildly more interesting than it would initially seem to be ({{tqi|i=yes|Clinton in 1848 patented some quite useless modifications, reverting more or less to the old system of closed keys, and contradicting much of what he had said two years previously. In 1855 he published a pamphlet about a new flute which he termed "The Equisonant Flute," retaining much of the old system of fingering, and having different diameters of the bore for the different notes to imitate the human larynx, a curious and valueless notion. A partisan of the Bohm thereupon asked if " equisonant " meant "equally bad all over,"[...]}} —p 70). [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 13:15, 22 January 2024 (UTC) :: It's on Commons already, so we can create an index at [[Index:The story of the flute (IA cu31924022386407).pdf]]. I'd be happy for us to work on either this or the sculpture one. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 08:31, 29 January 2024 (UTC) :::Scan on Commons is missing at least four pages (263-266). There's a usable scan at [https://archive.org/details/storyofflute1914fitz] but it's not on Commons at the moment; I'll put the other book up for now. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:08, 31 January 2024 (UTC) ::::Reverted; the sculpture book is missing pages 169-170. Seriously, how come both books are missing pages... [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:17, 31 January 2024 (UTC) :::::Uploaded [[Index:The story of the flute (IA storyofflute1914fitz).djvu]] and queued to PotM. There's some sheet music in there, by the way. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:31, 31 January 2024 (UTC) ::::::I was going to say, it is far easier to repair a djvu as opposed to a pdf. Sometimes we need to merge the two separate scans to get a complete scan. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 12:48, 31 January 2024 (UTC) ::::::Thanks for all that, {{ping|Arcorann}} [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 14:51, 31 January 2024 (UTC) === March 2024: Woman author === How about [[Author:Hester Lucy Stanhope|Lady Hester Stanhope]]'s [[Index:Memoirs of the Lady Hester Stanhope.djvu]] ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 14:24, 27 December 2023 (UTC) How would we feel about trying something new? [[Author:Dorothy Parker|Dorothy Parker]] was co-author on ''A Star is Born'', and although we do not have a script scan (that I have been able to find), the film itself is PD and a video exists at Commons. Maybe we could try transcribing the film this month, if {{ping|SnowyCinema}} is willing to help guide the process? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:39, 21 January 2024 (UTC) Wanda Gag's classic children's book Millions of Cats is in the public domain this year. It's a Newbery Award winning-picture book. I've been working on getting a quality scan up, it might be quite the challenge to get a double-paged picture book into namespace... [[User:FPTI|FPTI]] ([[User talk:FPTI|talk]]) 01:51, 29 January 2024 (UTC) :Well, it's [[Millions of Cats|already done now]] (not by me), so feel free to admire it. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:42, 6 February 2024 (UTC) === April 2024: Poetry / Drama === Four possibilities: * [[Index:Peter Pan (1928).pdf]], if it hasn't been done by then. (It is currently in the MC) * [[Index:The thirty-six dramatic situations (1921).djvu]] is a frequently cited book that categorizes hundreds of dramas by common plots. * ''Selected Poems'' by [[Author:Robert Frost|Robert Frost]] (1928) {{smaller|''not to be confused with the 1923 book of the same title''}} * ''The Tower'' by [[Author:William Butler Yeats|W. B. Yeats]] {{esl|https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id{{=}}inu.32000002551705&seq{{=}}9}} --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:02, 21 January 2024 (UTC) :Are you able to bring the last one across to Commons before the end of March? [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 09:43, 20 March 2024 (UTC) :: I cannot, because it's at Hathi, but {{ping|TE(æ)A,ea.}} might be able to. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 17:48, 22 March 2024 (UTC) :The first two are already well underway, but if the last one can't be uploaded in time, we may be doing Robert Frost. Is there an available scan of that one? [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 19:11, 1 April 2024 (UTC) :File obtained from Hathi, uploaded at [[Index:Yeats The tower.pdf]]. I haven't checked the file in detail, though, so someone might want to do that. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 01:54, 6 April 2024 (UTC) :: Something is wrong with the PDF; the Index is giving an interval error. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 02:52, 6 April 2024 (UTC) :::I made some edits on Commons (had to add metadata anyway) and purged some stuff and it seems to have fixed it. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 09:00, 6 April 2024 (UTC) ::::I've boldly put in ''The Tower'', since it's the already tenth and ''Memoirs'' is now proofread. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 22:32, 10 April 2024 (UTC) === May 2024: Geography === *[https://archive.org/details/physicalgeograph0000stra/page/n7/mode/2up Physical Geography of Western Tibet] (1854; 92 pages) could be interesting, although it's somewhat lacking in pictures. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 19:53, 21 January 2024 (UTC) *:Alternatively: *:*[[:File:Limnology of Yellowstone Lake in relation to the cutthroat trout. - DPLA - d3b2104ea27783e1a44105d36871eb50.pdf|Limnology of Yellowstone Lake in relation to the cutthroat trout]] — does limnology count as geography? I think it does. *:*If we want something long <small>(and boring)</small> there's [[:File:Bathymetrical survey of the Scottish fresh-water lochs (IA bathymetricalsur02murrrich).pdf|here's a 750-page book about Scottish lochs.]] But given February and March weren't completed in time, a shorter work is likely better. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 19:57, 11 April 2024 (UTC) :For something proposed in 2022: [[Index:New geographies (IA cu31924092515158).pdf]]. 1910, 10+263 pages plus images. Seems about the right size for a PotM. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 08:38, 25 April 2024 (UTC) :[[Index:Journey to Lhasa and Central Tibet.djvu]] (a much older proposal) could work also. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:20, 25 April 2024 (UTC) ::These both sound good. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 19:48, 25 April 2024 (UTC) === June 2024: Fiction: Novel === === July 2024: Anthropology, Mythology, or Religion === I was thinking something about Jainism, another religion we don't have much on. [[Portal:Jainism|Our portal]] suggests a few possibilities, but there might be more out there. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 07:57, 20 January 2024 (UTC) === August 2024: Biography === ''Recollections of Full Years'' (1914) {{esl|https://archive.org/details/recollectionsoff00taft}} by Helen Taft is the first memoir by a first lady of the US. [[User:SometimesUsesWikis|SometimesUsesWikis]] ([[User talk:SometimesUsesWikis|talk]]) 17:53, 24 January 2024 (UTC) === September 2024: Science/Technology === * ''Creation by Evolution'' (1928) {{esl|https://archive.org/details/creationbyevolut00maso}} a collection of papers by leading scientists putting forth the case for evolution with reference to scientific discoveries made since Darwin. ''N.B.:'' It does have a lot of illustrations, but I am willing to help with those. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:08, 21 January 2024 (UTC) === October 2024: Fiction (SF/Fantastical/etc.) === I nominate H. Beam Piper's 1962 novel ''[[:w:en:Little Fuzzy|Little Fuzzy]]'' {{Scan needed}}, in the public domain because copyright was never renewed. [[User:Prospectprospekt|Prospectprospekt]] ([[User talk:Prospectprospekt|talk]]) 02:04, 26 April 2024 (UTC) :Ooh, yeah, that would be great. I've never read that, but was meaning to. [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 11:52, 26 April 2024 (UTC) === November 2024: Language === I liked [[Wikisource_talk:Proofread_of_the_Month/archive#November_2020|the suggestions from 2020]], particularly ''A Handbook of the Cornish Language'' {{ssl|A_handbook_of_the_Cornish_language;_Chiefly_in_its_latest_stages_with_some_account_of_its_history_and_literature.djvu}} and ''A Grammar and Vocabulary of the Language of New Zealand'' {{ssl|A_Grammar_and_Vocabulary_of_the_Language_of_New_Zealand.djvu}} [[User:SometimesUsesWikis|SometimesUsesWikis]] ([[User talk:SometimesUsesWikis|talk]]) 08:08, 25 January 2024 (UTC) === December 2024: Fiction: Short story collections === I was going to suggest the collections by M.R. James that we don't have currently :) [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 11:11, 1 February 2024 (UTC) == Error message appearing on main page == At the moment, there is a message in read appearing on the main page - ".Lua error in ProofreadPage.lua at line 84: attempt to index upvalue 'qualityStats' (a number value)." - someone who knows about that stuff needs to sort it out, please. -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 17:35, 12 January 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Beardo|Beardo]] it is fixed, waiting to be deployed, I guess. See {{phab|T354820}} [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 18:47, 12 January 2024 (UTC) 4klysn5b60cq1m9i16pzavk6ve6b236 Author:William Henry Davies 102 221109 14129478 12105121 2024-04-25T18:46:41Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = William Henry | lastname = Davies | last_initial = Da | description = Welsh poet and writer who spent a significant part of his life as a tramp, or vagabond, in the US and UK }} ==Works== *[[Songs of Joy]] (1911) **[[Leisure (Davies)|Leisure]] *[[Foliage]] (1913) **[[Thunderstorms]] **[[Strong Moments]] **[[A Greeting (Davies)|A Greeting]] **[[Sweet Stay-at-Home]] **[[The Starved]] **[[A May Morning]] **[[The Lonely Dreamer]] **[[Christmas (Davies)|Christmas]] **[[Laughing Rose]] **[[Seeking Joy]] **[[The Old Oak Tree]] **[[Poor Kings]] **[[Love and the Muse]] **[[My Youth]] **[[Smiles (Davies)|Smiles]] **[[Mad Poll]] **[[Joy Supreme]] **[[Francis Thompson]] **[[The Bird-Man]] **[[Winter's Beauty]] **[[The Church Organ]] **[[Heigh Ho, the Rain]] **[[Love's Inspiration]] **[[Night Wanderers]] **[[Young Beauty]] **[[Who I know]] **[[Sweet Birds, I come]] **[[The Two Lives]] **[[Hidden Love (Davies)|Hidden Love]] **[[Life is Jolly]] **[[The Fog (Davies)|The Fog]] **[[A Woman's Charms]] **[[Dreams of the Sea]] **[[The Wonder Maker]] **[[The Helpless]] **[[An Early Love]] **[[Dream Tragedies]] **[[Children at Play]] **[[When the Cuckoo Sings]] **[[Return to Nature]] **[[A Strange City]] * ''[[The Autobiography of a Super-Tramp]]'' (1908) (autobiographical) {{ssl|The Autobiography of a Super-Tramp (IA autobiographyofs00davirich).djvu}} * ''The Collected Poems of William H. Davies'' (1916) {{ssl|The collected poems of Willima H. Davies (IA collectedpoemsof00davi).pdf}} * ''Forty New Poems'' (1918) * [[The year's at the spring/Davies, W. H|Davies, W. H]].: "The Kingfisher", "Sheep". ''The Year's at the Spring'', 1920. Illustrated by Harry Clarke. *The Hour of Magic (published in 1922)[https://archive.org/details/hourofmagicother00daviiala] **[[A Woman's History]] {{PD/US|1940}} {{authority control}} [[Category:Welsh authors]] [[Category:United Kingdom authors]] [[Category:Modern poets]] t5ds546gh30twm9ytklwyyd59nbc7x8 Foliage/A Greeting 0 221162 14129481 9327644 2024-04-25T18:46:59Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 wikitext text/x-wiki {{similar|A Greeting}}<pages index="Foliage, various poems.djvu" include=15 header=1 /> j7n6uv8g8jlye0e96c22ugb6yy17duu Index:A Welsh Grammar, Historical and Comparative 106 225331 14130056 13458043 2024-04-25T21:10:49Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=[[A Welsh Grammar, Historical and Comparative]] |Language=en,cy |Volume= |Author=[[Author:John Morris Jones|John Morris Jones]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=Oxford University Press |Address=Oxford |Year=1913 |Key=Welsh Grammar, Historical and Comparative |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=png |Image=[[Image:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar i.png|220px]] |Progress=C |Transclusion=no |Validation_date= |Pages=&nbsp; {{(!}} class="__pagetable" {{!}}- {{!}}colspan=10 style="text-align:center;border-top: 2px solid #808080; background-color: #f4f0e5;"{{!}}'''[[A Welsh Grammar, Historical and Comparative]]''' {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar i.png|i]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar ii.png|ii]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar iii.png|iii]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar iv.png|iv]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar v.png|v]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar vi.png|vi]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar vii.png|vii]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar viii.png|viii]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar ix.png|ix]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xi.png|xi]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xii.png|xii]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xiii.png|xiii]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xiv.png|xiv]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xv.png|xv]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xvi.png|xvi]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xvii.png|xvii]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xviii.png|xviii]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xix.png|xix]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xx.png|xx]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xxi.png|xxi]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xxii.png|xxii]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xxiii.png|xxiii]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xxiv.png|xxiv]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xxv.png|xxv]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xxvi.png|xxvi]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xxvii.png|xxvii]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0001.png|1]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0002.png|2]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0003.png|3]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0004.png|4]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0005.png|5]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0006.png|6]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0007.png|7]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0008.png|8]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0009.png|9]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0010.png|10]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0011.png|11]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0012.png|12]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0013.png|13]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0014.png|14]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0015.png|15]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0016.png|16]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0017.png|17]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0018.png|18]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0019.png|19]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0020.png|20]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0021.png|21]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0022.png|22]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0023.png|23]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0024.png|24]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0025.png|25]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0026.png|26]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0027.png|27]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0028.png|28]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0029.png|29]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0030.png|30]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0031.png|31]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0032.png|32]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0033.png|33]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0034.png|34]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0035.png|35]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0036.png|36]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0037.png|37]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0038.png|38]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0039.png|39]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0040.png|40]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0041.png|41]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0042.png|42]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0043.png|43]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0044.png|44]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0045.png|45]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0046.png|46]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0047.png|47]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0048.png|48]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0049.png|49]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0050.png|50]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0051.png|51]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0052.png|52]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0053.png|53]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0054.png|54]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0055.png|55]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0056.png|56]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0057.png|57]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0058.png|58]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0059.png|59]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0060.png|60]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0061.png|61]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0062.png|62]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0063.png|63]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0064.png|64]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0065.png|65]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0066.png|66]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0067.png|67]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0068.png|68]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0069.png|69]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0070.png|70]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0071.png|71]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0072.png|72]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0073.png|73]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0074.png|74]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0075.png|75]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0076.png|76]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0077.png|77]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0078.png|78]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0079.png|79]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0080.png|80]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0081.png|81]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0082.png|82]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0083.png|83]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0084.png|84]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0085.png|85]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0086.png|86]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0087.png|87]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0088.png|88]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0089.png|89]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0090.png|90]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0091.png|91]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0092.png|92]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0093.png|93]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0094.png|94]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0095.png|95]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0096.png|96]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0097.png|97]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0098.png|98]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0099.png|99]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0100.png|100]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0101.png|101]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0102.png|102]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0103.png|103]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0104.png|104]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0105.png|105]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0106.png|106]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0107.png|107]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0108.png|108]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0109.png|109]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0110.png|110]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0111.png|111]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0112.png|112]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0113.png|113]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0114.png|114]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0115.png|115]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0116.png|116]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0117.png|117]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0118.png|118]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0119.png|119]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0120.png|120]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0121.png|121]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0122.png|122]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0123.png|123]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0124.png|124]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0125.png|125]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0126.png|126]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0127.png|127]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0128.png|128]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0129.png|129]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0130.png|130]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0131.png|131]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0132.png|132]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0133.png|133]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0134.png|134]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0135.png|135]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0136.png|136]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0137.png|137]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0138.png|138]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0139.png|139]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0140.png|140]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0141.png|141]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0142.png|142]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0143.png|143]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0144.png|144]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0145.png|145]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0146.png|146]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0147.png|147]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0148.png|148]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0149.png|149]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0150.png|150]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0151.png|151]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0152.png|152]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0153.png|153]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0154.png|154]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0155.png|155]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0156.png|156]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0157.png|157]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0158.png|158]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0159.png|159]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0160.png|160]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0161.png|161]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0162.png|162]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0163.png|163]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0164.png|164]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0165.png|165]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0166.png|166]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0167.png|167]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0168.png|168]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0169.png|169]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0170.png|170]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0171.png|171]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0172.png|172]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0173.png|173]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0174.png|174]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0175.png|175]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0176.png|176]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0177.png|177]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0178.png|178]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0179.png|179]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0180.png|180]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0181.png|181]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0182.png|182]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0183.png|183]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0184.png|184]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0185.png|185]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0186.png|186]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0187.png|187]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0188.png|188]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0189.png|189]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0190.png|190]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0191.png|191]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0192.png|192]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0193.png|193]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0194.png|194]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0195.png|195]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0196.png|196]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0197.png|197]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0198.png|198]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0199.png|199]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0200.png|200]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0201.png|201]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0202.png|202]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0203.png|203]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0204.png|204]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0205.png|205]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0206.png|206]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0207.png|207]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0208.png|208]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0209.png|209]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0210.png|210]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0211.png|211]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0212.png|212]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0213.png|213]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0214.png|214]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0215.png|215]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0216.png|216]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0217.png|217]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0218.png|218]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0219.png|219]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0220.png|220]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0221.png|221]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0222.png|222]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0223.png|223]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0224.png|224]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0225.png|225]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0226.png|226]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0227.png|227]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0228.png|228]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0229.png|229]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0230.png|230]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0231.png|231]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0232.png|232]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0233.png|233]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0234.png|234]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0235.png|235]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0236.png|236]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0237.png|237]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0238.png|238]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0239.png|239]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0240.png|240]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0241.png|241]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0242.png|242]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0243.png|243]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0244.png|244]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0245.png|245]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0246.png|246]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0247.png|247]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0248.png|248]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0249.png|249]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0250.png|250]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0251.png|251]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0252.png|252]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0253.png|253]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0254.png|254]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0255.png|255]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0256.png|256]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0257.png|257]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0258.png|258]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0259.png|259]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0260.png|260]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0261.png|261]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0262.png|262]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0263.png|263]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0264.png|264]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0265.png|265]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0266.png|266]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0267.png|267]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0268.png|268]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0269.png|269]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0270.png|270]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0271.png|271]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0272.png|272]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0273.png|273]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0274.png|274]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0275.png|275]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0276.png|276]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0277.png|277]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0278.png|278]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0279.png|279]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0280.png|280]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0281.png|281]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0282.png|282]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0283.png|283]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0284.png|284]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0285.png|285]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0286.png|286]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0287.png|287]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0288.png|288]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0289.png|289]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0290.png|290]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0291.png|291]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0292.png|292]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0293.png|293]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0294.png|294]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0295.png|295]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0296.png|296]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0297.png|297]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0298.png|298]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0299.png|299]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0300.png|300]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0301.png|301]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0302.png|302]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0303.png|303]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0304.png|304]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0305.png|305]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0306.png|306]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0307.png|307]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0308.png|308]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0309.png|309]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0310.png|310]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0311.png|311]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0312.png|312]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0313.png|313]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0314.png|314]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0315.png|315]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0316.png|316]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0317.png|317]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0318.png|318]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0319.png|319]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0320.png|320]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0321.png|321]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0322.png|322]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0323.png|323]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0324.png|324]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0325.png|325]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0326.png|326]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0327.png|327]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0328.png|328]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0329.png|329]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0330.png|330]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0331.png|331]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0332.png|332]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0333.png|333]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0334.png|334]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0335.png|335]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0336.png|336]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0337.png|337]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0338.png|338]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0339.png|339]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0340.png|340]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0341.png|341]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0342.png|342]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0343.png|343]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0344.png|344]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0345.png|345]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0346.png|346]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0347.png|347]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0348.png|348]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0349.png|349]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0350.png|350]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0351.png|351]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0352.png|352]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0353.png|353]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0354.png|354]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0355.png|355]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0356.png|356]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0357.png|357]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0358.png|358]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0359.png|359]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0360.png|360]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0361.png|361]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0362.png|362]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0363.png|363]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0364.png|364]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0365.png|365]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0366.png|366]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0367.png|367]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0368.png|368]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0369.png|369]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0370.png|370]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0371.png|371]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0372.png|372]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0373.png|373]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0374.png|374]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0375.png|375]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0376.png|376]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0377.png|377]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0378.png|378]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0379.png|379]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0380.png|380]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0381.png|381]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0382.png|382]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0383.png|383]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0384.png|384]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0385.png|385]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0386.png|386]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0387.png|387]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0388.png|388]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0389.png|389]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0390.png|390]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0391.png|391]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0392.png|392]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0393.png|393]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0394.png|394]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0395.png|395]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0396.png|396]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0397.png|397]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0398.png|398]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0399.png|399]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0400.png|400]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0401.png|401]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0402.png|402]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0403.png|403]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0404.png|404]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0405.png|405]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0406.png|406]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0407.png|407]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0408.png|408]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0409.png|409]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0410.png|410]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0411.png|411]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0412.png|412]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0413.png|413]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0414.png|414]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0415.png|415]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0416.png|416]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0417.png|417]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0418.png|418]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0419.png|419]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0420.png|420]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0421.png|421]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0422.png|422]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0423.png|423]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0424.png|424]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0425.png|425]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0426.png|426]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0427.png|427]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0428.png|428]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0429.png|429]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0430.png|430]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0431.png|431]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0432.png|432]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0433.png|433]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0434.png|434]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0435.png|435]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0436.png|436]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0437.png|437]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0438.png|438]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0439.png|439]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0440.png|440]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0441.png|441]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0442.png|442]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0443.png|443]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0444.png|444]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0445.png|445]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0446.png|446]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0447.png|447]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0448.png|448]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0449.png|449]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0450.png|450]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0451.png|451]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0452.png|452]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0453.png|453]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0454.png|454]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0455.png|455]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0456.png|456]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0457.png|457]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0458.png|458]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0459.png|459]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0460.png|460]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0461.png|461]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0462.png|462]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0463.png|463]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0464.png|464]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0465.png|465]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0466.png|466]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0467.png|467]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0468.png|468]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0469.png|469]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0470.png|470]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0471.png|471]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0472.png|472]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0473.png|473]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0474.png|474]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0475.png|475]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0476.png|476]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0477.png|477]] {{!)}} |Volumes= |Remarks={{:Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xi.png}} {{:Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xii.png}} {{:Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xiii.png}} |Width= |Header= |Footer=<references/> |tmplver= }} inrrv6yah4dokgyw3sgr8er9dtgc2gu 14130057 14130056 2024-04-25T21:11:30Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=[[A Welsh Grammar, Historical and Comparative]] |Language=en,cy |Volume= |Author=[[Author:John Morris Jones|John Morris Jones]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=Oxford University Press |Address=Oxford |Year=1913 |Key=Welsh Grammar, Historical and Comparative |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=png |Image=[[Image:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar i.png|220px]] |Progress=C |Transclusion=no |Validation_date= |Pages=&nbsp; {{(!}} class="__pagetable" {{!}}- {{!}}colspan=22 style="text-align:center;border-top: 2px solid #808080; background-color: #f4f0e5;"{{!}}'''[[A Welsh Grammar, Historical and Comparative]]''' {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar i.png|i]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar ii.png|ii]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar iii.png|iii]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar iv.png|iv]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar v.png|v]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar vi.png|vi]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar vii.png|vii]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar viii.png|viii]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar ix.png|ix]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xi.png|xi]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xii.png|xii]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xiii.png|xiii]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xiv.png|xiv]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xv.png|xv]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xvi.png|xvi]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xvii.png|xvii]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xviii.png|xviii]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xix.png|xix]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xx.png|xx]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xxi.png|xxi]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xxii.png|xxii]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xxiii.png|xxiii]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xxiv.png|xxiv]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xxv.png|xxv]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xxvi.png|xxvi]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xxvii.png|xxvii]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0001.png|1]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0002.png|2]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0003.png|3]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0004.png|4]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0005.png|5]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0006.png|6]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0007.png|7]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0008.png|8]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0009.png|9]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0010.png|10]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0011.png|11]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0012.png|12]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0013.png|13]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0014.png|14]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0015.png|15]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0016.png|16]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0017.png|17]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0018.png|18]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0019.png|19]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0020.png|20]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0021.png|21]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0022.png|22]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0023.png|23]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0024.png|24]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0025.png|25]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0026.png|26]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0027.png|27]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0028.png|28]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0029.png|29]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0030.png|30]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0031.png|31]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0032.png|32]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0033.png|33]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0034.png|34]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0035.png|35]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0036.png|36]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0037.png|37]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0038.png|38]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0039.png|39]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0040.png|40]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0041.png|41]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0042.png|42]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0043.png|43]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0044.png|44]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0045.png|45]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0046.png|46]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0047.png|47]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0048.png|48]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0049.png|49]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0050.png|50]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0051.png|51]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0052.png|52]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0053.png|53]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0054.png|54]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0055.png|55]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0056.png|56]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0057.png|57]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0058.png|58]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0059.png|59]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0060.png|60]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0061.png|61]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0062.png|62]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0063.png|63]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0064.png|64]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0065.png|65]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0066.png|66]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0067.png|67]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0068.png|68]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0069.png|69]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0070.png|70]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0071.png|71]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0072.png|72]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0073.png|73]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0074.png|74]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0075.png|75]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0076.png|76]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0077.png|77]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0078.png|78]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0079.png|79]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0080.png|80]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0081.png|81]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0082.png|82]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0083.png|83]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0084.png|84]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0085.png|85]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0086.png|86]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0087.png|87]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0088.png|88]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0089.png|89]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0090.png|90]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0091.png|91]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0092.png|92]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0093.png|93]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0094.png|94]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0095.png|95]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0096.png|96]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0097.png|97]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0098.png|98]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0099.png|99]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0100.png|100]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0101.png|101]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0102.png|102]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0103.png|103]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0104.png|104]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0105.png|105]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0106.png|106]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0107.png|107]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0108.png|108]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0109.png|109]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0110.png|110]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0111.png|111]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0112.png|112]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0113.png|113]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0114.png|114]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0115.png|115]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0116.png|116]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0117.png|117]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0118.png|118]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0119.png|119]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0120.png|120]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0121.png|121]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0122.png|122]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0123.png|123]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0124.png|124]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0125.png|125]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0126.png|126]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0127.png|127]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0128.png|128]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0129.png|129]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0130.png|130]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0131.png|131]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0132.png|132]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0133.png|133]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0134.png|134]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0135.png|135]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0136.png|136]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0137.png|137]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0138.png|138]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0139.png|139]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0140.png|140]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0141.png|141]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0142.png|142]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0143.png|143]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0144.png|144]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0145.png|145]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0146.png|146]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0147.png|147]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0148.png|148]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0149.png|149]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0150.png|150]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0151.png|151]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0152.png|152]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0153.png|153]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0154.png|154]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0155.png|155]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0156.png|156]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0157.png|157]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0158.png|158]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0159.png|159]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0160.png|160]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0161.png|161]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0162.png|162]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0163.png|163]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0164.png|164]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0165.png|165]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0166.png|166]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0167.png|167]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0168.png|168]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0169.png|169]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0170.png|170]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0171.png|171]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0172.png|172]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0173.png|173]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0174.png|174]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0175.png|175]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0176.png|176]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0177.png|177]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0178.png|178]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0179.png|179]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0180.png|180]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0181.png|181]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0182.png|182]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0183.png|183]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0184.png|184]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0185.png|185]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0186.png|186]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0187.png|187]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0188.png|188]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0189.png|189]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0190.png|190]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0191.png|191]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0192.png|192]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0193.png|193]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0194.png|194]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0195.png|195]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0196.png|196]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0197.png|197]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0198.png|198]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0199.png|199]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0200.png|200]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0201.png|201]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0202.png|202]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0203.png|203]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0204.png|204]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0205.png|205]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0206.png|206]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0207.png|207]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0208.png|208]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0209.png|209]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0210.png|210]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0211.png|211]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0212.png|212]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0213.png|213]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0214.png|214]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0215.png|215]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0216.png|216]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0217.png|217]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0218.png|218]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0219.png|219]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0220.png|220]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0221.png|221]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0222.png|222]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0223.png|223]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0224.png|224]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0225.png|225]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0226.png|226]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0227.png|227]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0228.png|228]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0229.png|229]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0230.png|230]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0231.png|231]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0232.png|232]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0233.png|233]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0234.png|234]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0235.png|235]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0236.png|236]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0237.png|237]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0238.png|238]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0239.png|239]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0240.png|240]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0241.png|241]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0242.png|242]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0243.png|243]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0244.png|244]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0245.png|245]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0246.png|246]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0247.png|247]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0248.png|248]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0249.png|249]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0250.png|250]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0251.png|251]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0252.png|252]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0253.png|253]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0254.png|254]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0255.png|255]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0256.png|256]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0257.png|257]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0258.png|258]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0259.png|259]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0260.png|260]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0261.png|261]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0262.png|262]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0263.png|263]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0264.png|264]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0265.png|265]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0266.png|266]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0267.png|267]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0268.png|268]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0269.png|269]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0270.png|270]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0271.png|271]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0272.png|272]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0273.png|273]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0274.png|274]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0275.png|275]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0276.png|276]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0277.png|277]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0278.png|278]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0279.png|279]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0280.png|280]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0281.png|281]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0282.png|282]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0283.png|283]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0284.png|284]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0285.png|285]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0286.png|286]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0287.png|287]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0288.png|288]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0289.png|289]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0290.png|290]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0291.png|291]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0292.png|292]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0293.png|293]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0294.png|294]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0295.png|295]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0296.png|296]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0297.png|297]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0298.png|298]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0299.png|299]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0300.png|300]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0301.png|301]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0302.png|302]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0303.png|303]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0304.png|304]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0305.png|305]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0306.png|306]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0307.png|307]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0308.png|308]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0309.png|309]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0310.png|310]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0311.png|311]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0312.png|312]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0313.png|313]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0314.png|314]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0315.png|315]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0316.png|316]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0317.png|317]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0318.png|318]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0319.png|319]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0320.png|320]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0321.png|321]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0322.png|322]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0323.png|323]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0324.png|324]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0325.png|325]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0326.png|326]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0327.png|327]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0328.png|328]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0329.png|329]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0330.png|330]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0331.png|331]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0332.png|332]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0333.png|333]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0334.png|334]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0335.png|335]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0336.png|336]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0337.png|337]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0338.png|338]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0339.png|339]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0340.png|340]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0341.png|341]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0342.png|342]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0343.png|343]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0344.png|344]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0345.png|345]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0346.png|346]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0347.png|347]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0348.png|348]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0349.png|349]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0350.png|350]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0351.png|351]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0352.png|352]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0353.png|353]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0354.png|354]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0355.png|355]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0356.png|356]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0357.png|357]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0358.png|358]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0359.png|359]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0360.png|360]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0361.png|361]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0362.png|362]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0363.png|363]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0364.png|364]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0365.png|365]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0366.png|366]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0367.png|367]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0368.png|368]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0369.png|369]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0370.png|370]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0371.png|371]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0372.png|372]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0373.png|373]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0374.png|374]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0375.png|375]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0376.png|376]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0377.png|377]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0378.png|378]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0379.png|379]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0380.png|380]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0381.png|381]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0382.png|382]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0383.png|383]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0384.png|384]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0385.png|385]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0386.png|386]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0387.png|387]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0388.png|388]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0389.png|389]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0390.png|390]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0391.png|391]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0392.png|392]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0393.png|393]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0394.png|394]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0395.png|395]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0396.png|396]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0397.png|397]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0398.png|398]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0399.png|399]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0400.png|400]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0401.png|401]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0402.png|402]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0403.png|403]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0404.png|404]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0405.png|405]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0406.png|406]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0407.png|407]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0408.png|408]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0409.png|409]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0410.png|410]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0411.png|411]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0412.png|412]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0413.png|413]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0414.png|414]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0415.png|415]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0416.png|416]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0417.png|417]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0418.png|418]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0419.png|419]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0420.png|420]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0421.png|421]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0422.png|422]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0423.png|423]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0424.png|424]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0425.png|425]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0426.png|426]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0427.png|427]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0428.png|428]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0429.png|429]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0430.png|430]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0431.png|431]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0432.png|432]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0433.png|433]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0434.png|434]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0435.png|435]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0436.png|436]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0437.png|437]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0438.png|438]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0439.png|439]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0440.png|440]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0441.png|441]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0442.png|442]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0443.png|443]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0444.png|444]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0445.png|445]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0446.png|446]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0447.png|447]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0448.png|448]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0449.png|449]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0450.png|450]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0451.png|451]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0452.png|452]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0453.png|453]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0454.png|454]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0455.png|455]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0456.png|456]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0457.png|457]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0458.png|458]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0459.png|459]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0460.png|460]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0461.png|461]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0462.png|462]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0463.png|463]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0464.png|464]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0465.png|465]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0466.png|466]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0467.png|467]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0468.png|468]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0469.png|469]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0470.png|470]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0471.png|471]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0472.png|472]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0473.png|473]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0474.png|474]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0475.png|475]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0476.png|476]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background-color:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar 0477.png|477]] {{!)}} |Volumes= |Remarks={{:Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xi.png}} {{:Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xii.png}} {{:Page:Morris-Jones Welsh Grammar xiii.png}} |Width= |Header= |Footer=<references/> |tmplver= }} i948etxyy9sd7gfusgjpz7hj4koib52 Index:Irving Berlin Michigan 106 252907 14130052 12793188 2024-04-25T21:09:18Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=[[I Want to Go Back to Michigan]] |Language=en |Volume= |Author=[[Author:Irving Berlin|Irving Berlin]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=Waterson Berlin Snyder |Address= |Year=1914 |Key=I Want to Go Back to Michigan |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=_empty_ |Image=[[Image:Irving Berlin Michigan1c.jpg|220px]] |Progress=C |Transclusion=no |Validation_date= |Pages=<br /> {{(!}} class="__pagetable" {{!}} {{!}}- {{!}}colspan=10 style="text-align:center;border-top: 2px solid #808080; background-color: #f4f0e5;"{{!}}'''[[I Want to Go Back to Michigan]]''' {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Irving Berlin Michigan1c.jpg|cover]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Irving Berlin Michigan2c.jpg|1]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Irving Berlin Michigan3c.jpg|2]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Irving Berlin Michigan4c.jpg|3]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Irving Berlin Michigan5c.jpg|4]] {{!)}} |Volumes= |Remarks={{plain sister|commonscat=Irving Berlin - I Want to Go Back to Michigan}} |Width= |Header= |Footer=<references/> |tmplver= }} nm8ueidxyowdh7nacldakyd0vphmr58 Template:TalkX 10 253738 14130135 9443372 2024-04-25T21:56:39Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {| style="margin:0em 0em 1em 0em; text-align: center; width:100% background-color:white; border-collapse:collapse" | style="width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid #abd5f5; background-color:#f1f5fc; text-align: center"| <div style="border-bottom:1px solid #abd5f5; background-color:#d0e5f5; padding:0.2em 0.5em 0.2em 0.5em; font-size:110%; font-weight:bold;">Welcome to [[User:{{BASEPAGENAMEE}}|{{color|#008080|{{BASEPAGENAMEE}}}}]]'s talk page!</div> <div style="border-bottom:1px solid #abd5f5; padding:0.4em 1em 1em 1em;"> Please ''include the article name'' in the header for new topics, and sign & date your entries by inserting "'''<nowiki> ~~</nowiki>~~'''" at the end. Thanks!<br> '''NOTE: I will respond to your comments ''here'', though I may place a duplicate response on your talk page for your convenience.''' <div class="plainlinks"> [[{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|action=edit&section=new}} {{color|#008080|start a new talk topic}}]]</div> </div> | style="padding:0em 0.5em 0em 0.5em;" | |} <noinclude>[[Category:User talk header templates|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> qdplp4jc9y1df26ehaof57trrr58x1c Index:Grammatical Notices of the Burmese Language 106 282109 14129939 13457874 2024-04-25T20:21:25Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=[[Grammatical Notices of the Burmese Language]] |Language=en,my |Volume= |Author=[[Author:Adoniram Judson|Adoniram Judson]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=American Baptist Mission Press |Address=Moulmein |Year=1842 |Key=Grammatical Notices of the Burmese Language |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=png |Image=[[File:Judson Grammatical Notices 0002.png|150px]] |Progress=V |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date= |Pages={{(!}} style="border-spacing:2px; border:none" cellpadding=4 {{!}} {{!}}- {{!}}colspan=6 style="text-align:center;border-top: 2px solid #808080; background-color: #f4f0e5;"{{!}}'''[[Grammatical Notices of the Burmese Language]]''' {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices i.png|i]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices ii.png|ii]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0001.png|1]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0002.png|2]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0003.png|3]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0004.png|4]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0005.png|5]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0006.png|6]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0007.png|7]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0008.png|8]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0009.png|9]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0010.png|10]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0011.png|11]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0012.png|12]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0013.png|13]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0014.png|14]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0015.png|15]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0016.png|16]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0017.png|17]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0018.png|18]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0019.png|19]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0020.png|20]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0021.png|21]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0022.png|22]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0023.png|23]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0024.png|24]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0025.png|25]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0026.png|26]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0027.png|27]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0028.png|28]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0029.png|29]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0030.png|30]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0031.png|31]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0032.png|32]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0033.png|33]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0034.png|34]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0035.png|35]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0036.png|36]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0037.png|37]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0038.png|38]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0039.png|39]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0040.png|40]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0041.png|41]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0042.png|42]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0043.png|43]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0044.png|44]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0045.png|45]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0046.png|46]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0047.png|47]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0048.png|48]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0049.png|49]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0050.png|50]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0051.png|51]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0052.png|52]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0053.png|53]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0054.png|54]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0055.png|55]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0056.png|56]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0057.png|57]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0058.png|58]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0059.png|59]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0060.png|60]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0061.png|61]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0062.png|62]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0063.png|63]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0064.png|64]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0065.png|65]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0066.png|66]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0067.png|67]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0068.png|68]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0069.png|69]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0070.png|70]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0071.png|71]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0072.png|72]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0073.png|73]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0074.png|74]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0075.png|75]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0076.png|76]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0077.png|77]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0078.png|78]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0079.png|79]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0080.png|80]] {{!)}} |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header={{rh||#}} |Footer=<references/> |tmplver= }} tvdgfzmyaknz8pjqskjrk4ru7wba9aj 14130013 14129939 2024-04-25T20:42:07Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=[[Grammatical Notices of the Burmese Language]] |Language=en,my |Volume= |Author=[[Author:Adoniram Judson|Adoniram Judson]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=American Baptist Mission Press |Address=Moulmein |Year=1842 |Key=Grammatical Notices of the Burmese Language |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=png |Image=[[File:Judson Grammatical Notices 0002.png|150px]] |Progress=V |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date= |Pages={{(!}} class="__pagetable" {{!}} {{!}}- {{!}}colspan=6 style="text-align:center;border-top: 2px solid #808080; background-color: #f4f0e5;"{{!}}'''[[Grammatical Notices of the Burmese Language]]''' {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices i.png|i]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices ii.png|ii]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0001.png|1]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0002.png|2]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0003.png|3]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0004.png|4]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0005.png|5]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0006.png|6]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0007.png|7]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0008.png|8]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0009.png|9]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0010.png|10]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0011.png|11]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0012.png|12]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0013.png|13]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0014.png|14]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0015.png|15]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0016.png|16]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0017.png|17]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0018.png|18]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0019.png|19]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0020.png|20]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0021.png|21]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0022.png|22]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0023.png|23]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0024.png|24]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0025.png|25]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0026.png|26]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0027.png|27]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0028.png|28]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0029.png|29]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0030.png|30]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0031.png|31]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0032.png|32]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0033.png|33]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0034.png|34]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0035.png|35]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0036.png|36]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0037.png|37]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0038.png|38]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0039.png|39]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0040.png|40]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0041.png|41]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0042.png|42]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0043.png|43]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0044.png|44]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0045.png|45]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0046.png|46]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0047.png|47]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0048.png|48]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0049.png|49]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0050.png|50]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0051.png|51]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0052.png|52]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0053.png|53]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0054.png|54]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0055.png|55]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0056.png|56]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0057.png|57]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0058.png|58]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0059.png|59]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0060.png|60]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0061.png|61]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0062.png|62]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0063.png|63]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0064.png|64]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0065.png|65]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0066.png|66]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0067.png|67]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0068.png|68]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0069.png|69]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0070.png|70]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0071.png|71]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0072.png|72]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0073.png|73]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0074.png|74]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0075.png|75]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0076.png|76]] {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0077.png|77]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0078.png|78]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0079.png|79]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:Judson Grammatical Notices 0080.png|80]] {{!)}} |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header={{rh||#}} |Footer=<references/> |tmplver= }} g0xpuzam023bvmdcvo24srsmgbx2zhu Page:United States Statutes at Large Volume 2.djvu/688 104 294187 14127916 13090669 2024-04-25T14:24:13Z Notsquaregarden 2780650 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Notsquaregarden" />{{USStatHeader | side=left | volume=2 | congress=11th | congress word=ELEVENTH | session=3rd | chapter=30 | year=1811 | page=652}} {{sidenotes begin}}</noinclude><section begin="chap29" />their giving bond with approved sureties to the United States, in a sum equal to the value thereof, to abide the decision of the proper court of the United States thereon; and any such bond shall be considered as satisfied if Great Britain shall, on or before the second day of February, one thousand eight hundred and eleven, have revoked or modified her edicts in the manner above mentioned: ''Provided also,'' that nothing herein contained shall be construed to affect any ships or vessels or the cargoes of ships or vessels wholly owned by citizen or citizens of the United States, which had cleared out for the [[w:Cape of Good Hope|Cape of Good Hope]], or for any port beyond the same, prior to the tenth day of November, one thousand eight hundred and ten. {{sc|Approved}}, March 2, 1811. <section end="chap29" /> {{USStatSidenote2|L|{{sc|Statute}} ⅠⅠⅠ.}} {{rule}} <section begin="chap30" />{{USStatChapHead | chapnum=30 | roman=XXX | title=''An Act for establishing trading houses with the Indian tribes.'' | align=centered | date=March 2, 1811. | side=left | footnote=Obsolete acts relating to trading houses with the Indians:—{{parabr}}An act for establishing trading houses with the Indian tribes, {{USStatLink|1|4th|1st|13|April 18, 1796, chap.&nbsp;13}}.{{parabr}}An act to revive and continue in force “An act for establishing trading houses with the Indian tribes,” {{USStatLink|2|7th|1st|39|April 30, 1802, chap.&nbsp;39}}.{{parabr}}An act for continuing in force a law entitled, “An act for establishing trading houses with the Indian tribes,” {{USStatLink|2|7th|2nd|14|February 28, 1803, chap.&nbsp;14}}.{{parabr}}An act for establishing trading houses with the Indian tribes, {{USStatLink|2|9th|1st|48|April 21, 1806, chap.&nbsp;48}}.{{parabr}}An act supplemental to an act entitled, “An act establishing trading houses with the Indian tribes,” {{USStatLink|2|10th|2nd|34|March 3, 1809, chap.&nbsp;34}}.{{parabr}}An act establishing trading houses with the Indian tribes, March 2, 1811, chap.&nbsp;30.{{parabr}}An act to continue in force for a limited time, the act entitled, “An act for establishing trading houses with the Indian tribes,” {{USStatLink|3|13th|3rd|99|March 3, 1815, chap.&nbsp;{{SIC|98|99}}}}.{{parabr}}An act to continue in force an act entitled, “An act for establishing trading houses with the Indian tribes,” {{USStatLink|3|14th|2nd|43|March 3, 1817, chap.&nbsp;43}}.{{parabr}}An act directing the manner of appointing Indian agents, and continuing the “act for establishing trading houses with the Indian tribes,” {{USStatLink|3|15th|1st|66|April 16, 1818, chap.&nbsp;{{SIC|61|66}}}}.{{parabr}}An act to continue in force for a further time the act entitled, “An act for establishing trading houses with the Indian tribes,” {{USStatLink|3|15th|2nd|80|March 3, 1819, chap.&nbsp;{{SIC|78|80}}}}.{{parabr}}An act to continue in force for a further time the act entitled “An act for establishing trading houses with the Indian tribes,” {{USStatLink|3|16th|1st|20|March 4, 1820, chap.&nbsp;{{SIC|18|20}}}}.{{parabr}}An act to continue in force for a further time the act entitled, “An act to establish trading houses with the Indian tribes,” {{USStatLink|3|16th|2nd|45|March 3, 1821, chap.&nbsp;{{SIC|44|45}}}}.{{parabr}}The trading houses with the Indian tribes, were abolished by an act to abolish the United States trading establishments with the Indian tribes, {{USStatLink|3|17th|1st|54|May 6, 1822, chap.&nbsp;54}}. }} {{USStatSidenote2|L|Trading houses to be established.}}''Be it enacted by the [[w:United States Senate|Senate]] and [[w:United States House of Representatives|House of Representatives]] of the United States of America in Congress assembled,'' That it shall be lawful for the [[w:President of the United States|President of the United States]] to establish trading houses at such posts and places on the frontiers, or in the [[w:Indian country|Indian country]], on either or both sides of the [[w:Mississippi River|Mississippi river]], as he shall judge most convenient, for the purpose of carrying on a liberal trade with the several Indian nations, within the United States, or their territories. {{USStatSidenote2|L|Superintendent of Indian trade to be appointed—his duties, &c. &c.}}{{USStatSec|2}}. ''And be it further enacted,'' That the President of the United States shall be authorized to appoint a superintendent of Indian trade, whose duty it shall be to purchase and take charge of all goods intended for trade with the Indian nations aforesaid, and to transmit the same to such places as he shall be directed by the President; and he shall take an oath or affirmation faithfully to execute the trust committed to him, and that he will not directly or indirectly be concerned or interested in any trade, commerce or barter restricted by this law, and except on the public account; and he shall also give bond, in the penal sum of twenty thousand dollars, with sufficient security, to be approved of by the [[w:United States Secretary of the Treasury|Secretary of the Treasury]] of the United States, truly and honestly to account for all money, goods and other property whatever, which shall come into his hands, or for which in good faith he ought so to account, and to perform all the duties required of him by this act; and he shall render to the Secretary of the Treasury a quarter yearly account of all his receipts and expenditures of cash, purchases and transmittals of goods for<section end="chap30" /><noinclude>{{sidenotes end}}{{rule}}{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 5p1asufkrfgsjotr0ri7emh1gqcequc Constitution of Ireland (consolidated text) 0 366646 14127833 14123314 2024-04-25T13:54:10Z Jnestorius 13472 /* Article 63 */Establishment of Court of Appeal: Transitional Provisions wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Constitution of Ireland (consolidated text) | author = | translator = | section = | previous = | next = |portal = Constitutional documents/Ireland |wikipedia= Constitution of Ireland | notes = The '''Constitution of Ireland''' ({{lang2|ga|Bunreacht na hÉireann}}) came into force on 29 December 1937 after having been passed by a national plebiscite the previous July. The Constitution is the second constitution of [[w:Republic of Ireland|independent Ireland]] and replaced the [[Constitution of the Irish Free State (consolidated text)|Constitution of the Irish Free State]]. {{wikipediaref|Constitution of Ireland}} ''Wikisource currently has three versions of the Constitution of Ireland:'' * ''The [[Constitution of Ireland (enrolled 2004)|version]] as enrolled by the Taoiseach under Article 25.5 in 2004.'' (Includes amendments up to and including the 27th amendment.) * ''The [[Constitution of Ireland (original text)|original version]] as enacted by the people in 1937.'' * ''This [[Constitution of Ireland (consolidated text)|consolidated version]] showing all the amendments which have been made to the Constitution since its enactment.'' (Last updated October 2021, reflecting amendments up to and including the 38th amendment, signed into law on 11th June, 2019.) }} BUNREACHT NA hÉIREANN<br> Enacted by the People 1st July, 1937<br> {{nonumtoc}}__TOC__ ==PREAMBLE== ''In the Name of the Most Holy Trinity, from Whom is all authority and to Whom, as our final end, all actions both of men and States must be referred,'' ''We, the people of Éire,'' ''Humbly acknowledging all our obligations to our Divine Lord, Jesus Christ, Who sustained our fathers through centuries of trial,'' ''Gratefully remembering their heroic and unremitting struggle to regain the rightful independence of our Nation,'' ''And seeking to promote the common good, with due observance of Prudence, Justice and Charity, so that the dignity and freedom of the individual may be assured, true social order attained, the unity of our country restored, and concord established with other nations,'' ''Do hereby adopt, enact, and give to ourselves this Constitution.'' ==THE NATION== =====Article 1===== The Irish nation hereby affirms its inalienable, indefeasible, and sovereign right to choose its own form of Government, to determine its relations with other nations, and to develop its life, political, economic and cultural, in accordance with its own genius and traditions. =====Article 2===== <s>The national territory consists of the whole island of Ireland, its islands and the territorial seas.</s><ref name="delArt29">deleted by Article 29.7.</ref> <u>It is the entitlement and birthright of every person born in the island of Ireland, which includes its islands and seas, to be part of the Irish nation. That is also the entitlement of all persons otherwise qualified in accordance with law to be citizens of Ireland. Furthermore, the Irish nation cherishes its special affinity with people of Irish ancestry living abroad who share its cultural identity and heritage.</u><ref name="insArt29"/> =====Article 3===== <s>Pending the re-integration of the national territory, and without prejudice to the right of the Parliament and Government established by this Constitution to exercise jurisdiction over the whole of that territory, the laws enacted by that Parliament shall have the like area and extent of application as the laws of Saorstát Éireann and the like extra-territorial effect.</s><ref name="delArt29"/> <ol><li><u>It is the firm will of the Irish nation, in harmony and friendship, to unite all the people who share the territory of the island of Ireland, in all the diversity of their identities and traditions, recognising that a united Ireland shall be brought about only by peaceful means with the consent of a majority of the people, democratically expressed, in both jurisdictions in the island. Until then, the laws enacted by the Parliament established by this Constitution shall have the like area and extent of application as the laws enacted by the Parliament that existed immediately before the coming into operation of this Constitution.</u> <li><u>Institutions with executive powers and functions that are shared between those jurisdictions may be established by their respective responsible authorities for stated purposes and may exercise powers and functions in respect of all or any part of the island.</u><ref name="insArt29">inserted by Article 29.7.</ref></ol> ==THE STATE== =====Article 4===== The name of the State is Éire, or, in the English language, Ireland. =====Article 5===== Ireland is a sovereign, independent, democratic state. =====Article 6===== <ol><li>All powers of government, legislative, executive and judicial, derive, under God, from the people, whose right it is to designate the rulers of the State and, in final appeal, to decide all questions of national policy, according to the requirements of the common good. <li>These powers of government are exercisable only by or on the authority of the organs of State established by this Constitution.</ol> =====Article 7===== The national flag is the tricolour of green, white and orange. =====Article 8===== <ol><li>The Irish language as the national language is the first official language. <li>The English language is recognised as a second official language. <li>Provision may, however, be made by law for the exclusive use of either of the said languages for any one or more official purposes, either throughout the State or in any part thereof.</ol> =====Article 9===== <ol><li><ol><li>On the coming into operation of this Constitution any person who was a citizen of Saorstát Éireann immediately before the coming into operation of this Constitution shall become and be a citizen of Ireland. <li>The future acquisition and loss of Irish nationality and citizenship shall be determined in accordance with law. <li>No person may be excluded from Irish nationality and citizenship by reason of the sex of such person.</ol> <li><ol><li><u>Notwithstanding any other provision of this Constitution, a person born in the island of Ireland, which includes its islands and seas, who does not have, at the time of the birth of that person, at least one parent who is an Irish citizen or entitled to be an Irish citizen is not entitled to Irish citizenship or nationality, unless provided for by law.</u> <li><u>This section shall not apply to persons born before the date of the enactment of this section.</u><ref name="ins27th">inserted by the 27th amendment.</ref></ol> <li>Fidelity to the nation and loyalty to the State are fundamental political duties of all citizens.<ref name="ren27th">renumbered by the 27th amendment.</ref></ol> =====Article 10===== <ol><li>All natural resources, including the air and all forms of potential energy, within the jurisdiction of the Parliament and Government established by this Constitution and all royalties and franchises within that jurisdiction belong to the State subject to all estates and interests therein for the time being lawfully vested in any person or body. <li>All land and all mines, minerals and waters which belonged to Saorstát Éireann immediately before the coming into operation of this Constitution belong to the State to the same extent as they then belonged to Saorstát Éireann. <li>Provision may be made by law for the management of the property which belongs to the State by virtue of this Article and for the control of the alienation, whether temporary or permanent, of that property. <li>Provision may also be made by law for the management of land, mines, minerals and waters acquired by the State after the coming into operation of this Constitution and for the control of the alienation, whether temporary or permanent, of the land, mines, minerals and waters so acquired.</ol> =====Article 11===== All revenues of the State from whatever source arising shall, subject to such exception as may be provided by law, form one fund, and shall be appropriated for the purposes and in the manner and subject to the charges and liabilities determined and imposed by law. ==THE PRESIDENT== =====Article 12===== <ol><li>There shall be a President of Ireland (Uachtarán na hÉireann), hereinafter called the President, who shall take precedence over all other persons in the State and who shall exercise and perform the powers and functions conferred on the President by this Constitution and by law. <li><ol><li>The President shall be elected by direct vote of the people. <li>Every citizen who has the right to vote at an election for members of Dáil Éireann shall have the right to vote at an election for President. <li>The voting shall be by secret ballot and on the system of proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote.</ol> <li><ol><li>The President shall hold office for seven years from the date upon which he enters upon his office, unless before the expiration of that period he dies, or resigns, or is removed from office, or becomes permanently incapacitated, such incapacity being established to the satisfaction of the Supreme Court consisting of not less than five judges. <li>A person who holds, or who has held, office as President, shall be eligible for re-election to that office once, but only once. <li>An election for the office of President shall be held not later than, and not earlier than the sixtieth day before, the date of the expiration of the term of office of every President, but in the event of the removal from office of the President or of his death, resignation, or permanent incapacity established as aforesaid <u>(whether occurring before or after he enters upon his office)</u><ref name="ins2nd">inserted by the 2nd amendment.</ref>, an election for the office of President shall be held within sixty days after such event.</ol> <li><ol><li>Every citizen who has reached his thirty-fifth year of age is eligible for election to the office of President. <li>Every candidate for election, not a former or retiring President, must be nominated either by:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"> <li>not less than twenty persons, each of whom is at the time a member of one of the Houses of the Oireachtas, or <li>by the Councils of not less than four administrative Counties (including County Boroughs) as defined by law.</ol> <li>No person and no such Council shall be entitled to subscribe to the nomination of more than one candidate in respect of the same election. <li>Former or retiring Presidents may become candidates on their own nomination. <li>Where only one candidate is nominated for the office of President it shall not be necessary to proceed to a ballot for his election.</ol> <li>Subject to the provisions of this Article, elections for the office of President shall be regulated by law. <li><ol><li>The President shall not be a member of either House of the Oireachtas. <li>If a member of either House of the Oireachtas be elected President, he shall be deemed to have vacated his seat in that House. <li>The President shall not hold any other office or position of emolument.</ol> <li>The first President shall enter upon his office as soon as may be after his election, and every subsequent President shall enter upon his office on the day following the expiration of the term of office of his predecessor or as soon as may be thereafter or, in the event of his predecessor’s removal from office, death, resignation, or permanent incapacity established as provided by section 3 hereof, as soon as may be after the election. <li>The President shall enter upon his office by taking and subscribing publicly, in the presence of members of both Houses of the Oireachtas, of Judges of the Supreme Court and of the High Court, and other public personages, the following declaration:<br />"In the presence of Almighty God I ,do solemnly and sincerely promise and declare that I will maintain the Constitution of Ireland and uphold its laws, that I will fulfil my duties faithfully and conscientiously in accordance with the Constitution and the law, and that I will dedicate my abilities to the service and welfare of the people of Ireland. May God direct and sustain me." <li>The President shall not leave the State during his term of office save with the consent of the Government. <li><ol><li>The President may be impeached for stated misbehaviour. <li>The charge shall be preferred by either of the Houses of the Oireachtas, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this section. <li>A proposal to either House of the Oireachtas to prefer a charge against the President under this section shall not be entertained unless upon a notice of motion in writing signed by not less than thirty members of that House. <li>No such proposal shall be adopted by either of the Houses of the Oireachtas save upon a resolution of that House supported by not less than two-thirds of the total membership thereof. <li>When a charge has been preferred by either House of the Oireachtas, the other House shall investigate the charge, or cause the charge to be investigated. <li>The President shall have the right to appear and to be represented at the investigation of the charge. <li>If, as a result of the investigation, a resolution be passed supported by not less than two-thirds of the total membership of the House of the Oireachtas by which the charge was investigated, or caused to be investigated, declaring that the charge preferred against the President has been sustained and that the misbehaviour, the subject of the charge, was such as to render him unfit to continue in office, such resolution shall operate to remove the President from his office.</ol> <li><ol><li>The President shall have an official residence in or near the City of Dublin. <li>The President shall receive such emoluments and allowances as may be determined by law. <li>The emoluments and allowances of the President shall not be diminished during his term of office.</ol></ol> =====Article 13===== <ol><li><ol><li>The President shall, on the nomination of Dáil Éireann, appoint the Taoiseach, that is, the head of the Government or Prime Minister. <li>The President shall, on the nomination of the Taoiseach with the previous approval of Dáil Éireann, appoint the other members of the Government. <li>The President shall, on the advice of the Taoiseach, accept the resignation or terminate the appointment of any member of the Government.</ol> <li><ol><li>Dáil Éireann shall be summoned and dissolved by the President on the advice of the Taoiseach. <li>The President may in his absolute discretion refuse to dissolve Dáil Éireann on the advice of a Taoiseach who has ceased to retain the support of a majority in Dáil Éireann. <li>The President may at any time, after consultation with the Council of State, convene a meeting of either or both of the Houses of the Oireachtas.</ol> <li><ol><li>Every Bill passed or deemed to have been passed by both Houses of the Oireachtas shall require the signature of the President for its enactment into law. <li>The President shall promulgate every law made by the Oireachtas.</ol> <li>The supreme command of the Defence Forces is hereby vested in the President. <li><ol><li>The exercise of the supreme command of the Defence Forces shall be regulated by law. <li>All commissioned officers of the Defence Forces shall hold their commissions from the President.</ol> <li>The right of pardon and the power to commute or remit punishment imposed by any court exercising criminal jurisdiction are hereby vested in the President, but such power of commutation or remission may<s>, except in capital cases,</s><ref name="del21st">deleted by the 21st amendment.</ref> also be conferred by law on other authorities. <li><ol><li>The President may, after consultation with the Council of State, communicate with the Houses of the Oireachtas by message or address on any matter of national or public importance. <li>The President may, after consultation with the Council of State, address a message to the Nation at any time on any such matter. <li>Every such message or address must, however, have received the approval of the Government.</ol> <li><ol><li>The President shall not be answerable to either House of the Oireachtas or to any court for the exercise and performance of the powers and functions of his office or for any act done or purporting to be done by him in the exercise and performance of these powers and functions. <li>The behaviour of the President may, however, be brought under review in either of the Houses of the Oireachtas for the purposes of section 10 of Article 12 of this Constitution, or by any court, tribunal or body appointed or designated by either of the Houses of the Oireachtas for the investigation of a charge under section 10 of the said Article.</ol> <li>The powers and functions conferred on the President by this Constitution shall be exercisable and performable by him only on the advice of the Government, save where it is provided by this Constitution that he shall act in his absolute discretion or after consultation with or in relation to the Council of State, or on the advice or nomination of, or on receipt of any other communication from, any other person or body. <li>Subject to this Constitution, additional powers and functions may be conferred on the President by law. <li>No power or function conferred on the President by law shall be exercisable or performable by him save only on the advice of the Government.</ol> =====Article 14===== <ol><li>In the event of the absence of the President, or his temporary incapacity, or his permanent incapacity established as provided by section 3 of Article 12 hereof, or in the event of his death, resignation, removal from office, or failure to exercise and perform the powers and functions of his office or any of them, or at any time at which the office of President may be vacant, the powers and functions conferred on the President by <u>or under</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> this Constitution shall be exercised and performed by a Commission constituted as provided in section 2 of this Article. <li><ol><li>The Commission shall consist of the following persons, namely, the Chief Justice, the Chairman of Dáil Éireann (An Ceann Comhairle), and the Chairman of Seanad Éireann. <li>The President of the High Court shall act as a member of the Commission in the place of the Chief Justice on any occasion on which the office of Chief Justice is vacant or on which the Chief Justice is unable to act. <li>The Deputy Chairman of Dáil Éireann shall act as a member of the Commission in the place of the Chairman of Dáil Éireann on any occasion on which the office of Chairman of Dáil Éireann is vacant or on which the said Chairman is unable to act. <li>The Deputy Chairman of Seanad Éireann shall act as a member of the Commission in the place of the Chairman of Seanad Éireann on any occasion on which the office of Chairman of Seanad Éireann is vacant or on which the said Chairman is unable to act.</ol> <li>The Commission may act by any two of their number and may act notwithstanding a vacancy in their membership. <li>The Council of State may by a majority of its members make such provision as to them may seem meet for the exercise and performance of the powers and functions conferred on the President by <u>or under</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> this Constitution in any contingency which is not provided for by the foregoing provisions of this Article. <li><ol><li>The provisions of this Constitution which relate to the exercise and performance by the President of the powers and functions conferred on him by <u>or under</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> this Constitution shall subject to the subsequent provisions of this section apply to the exercise and performance of the said powers and functions under this Article. <li>In the event of the failure of the President to exercise or perform any power or function which the President is by this <u>or under</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> Constitution required to exercise or perform within a specified time, the said power or function shall be exercised or performed under this Article, as soon as may be after the expiration of the time so specified.</ol></ol> ==THE NATIONAL PARLIAMENT== ===Constitution and Powers=== =====Article 15===== <ol><li><ol><li>The National Parliament shall be called and known, and is in this Constitution generally referred to, as the Oireachtas. <li>The Oireachtas shall consist of the President and two Houses, viz.: a House of Representatives to be called Dáil Éireann and a Senate to be called Seanad Éireann. <li>The Houses of the Oireachtas shall sit in or near the City of Dublin or in such other place as they may from time to time determine.</ol> <li><ol><li>The sole and exclusive power of making laws for the State is hereby vested in the Oireachtas: no other legislative authority has power to make laws for the State. <li>Provision may however be made by law for the creation or recognition of subordinate legislatures and for the powers and functions of these legislatures.</ol> <li><ol><li>The Oireachtas may provide for the establishment or recognition of functional or vocational councils representing branches of the social and economic life of the people. <li>A law establishing or recognising any such council shall determine its rights, powers and duties, and its relation to the Oireachtas and to the Government.</ol> <li><ol><li>The Oireachtas shall not enact any law which is in any respect repugnant to this Constitution or any provision thereof. <li>Every law enacted by the Oireachtas which is in any respect repugnant to this Constitution or to any provision thereof, shall, but to the extent only of such repugnancy, be invalid.</ol> <li><ol><li>The Oireachtas shall not declare acts to be infringements of the law which were not so at the date of their commission. <li><u>The Oireachtas shall not enact any law providing for the imposition of the death penalty.</u><ref name="ins21st">inserted by the 21st amendment.</ref></ol> <li><ol><li>The right to raise and maintain military or armed forces is vested exclusively in the Oireachtas. <li>No military or armed force, other than a military or armed force raised and maintained by the Oireachtas, shall be raised or maintained for any purpose whatsoever.</ol> <li>The Oireachtas shall hold at least one session every year. <li><ol><li>Sittings of each House of the Oireachtas shall be public. <li>In cases of special emergency, however, either House may hold a private sitting with the assent of two-thirds of the members present.</ol> <li><ol><li>Each House of the Oireachtas shall elect from its members its own Chairman and Deputy Chairman, and shall prescribe their powers and duties. <li>The remuneration of the Chairman and Deputy Chairman of each House shall be determined by law.</ol> <li>Each House shall make its own rules and standing orders, with power to attach penalties for their infringement, and shall have power to ensure freedom of debate, to protect its official documents and the private papers of its members, and to protect itself and its members against any person or persons interfering with, molesting or attempting to corrupt its members in the exercise of their duties. <li><ol><li>All questions in each House shall, save as otherwise provided by this Constitution, be determined by a majority of the votes of the members present and voting other than the Chairman or presiding member. <li>The Chairman or presiding member shall have and exercise a casting vote in the case of an equality of votes. <li>The number of members necessary to constitute a meeting of either House for the exercise of its powers shall be determined by its standing orders.</ol> <li>All official reports and publications of the Oireachtas or of either House thereof and utterances made in either House wherever published shall be privileged. <li>The members of each House of the Oireachtas shall, except in case of treason as defined in this Constitution, felony or breach of the peace, be privileged from arrest in going to and returning from, and while within the precincts of, either House, and shall not, in respect of any utterance in either House, be amenable to any court or any authority other than the House itself. <li>No person may be at the same time a member of both Houses of the Oireachtas, and, if any person who is already a member of either House becomes a member of the other House, he shall forthwith be deemed to have vacated his first seat. <li>The Oireachtas may make provision by law for the payment of allowances to the members of each House thereof in respect of their duties as public representatives and for the grant to them of free travelling and such other facilities (if any) in connection with those duties as the Oireachtas may determine.</ol> ===Dáil Éireann=== =====Article 16===== <ol><li><ol><li>Every citizen without distinction of sex who has reached the age of twenty-one years, and who is not placed under disability or incapacity by this Constitution or by law, shall be eligible for membership of Dáil Éireann. <li><s>Every citizen without distinction of sex who has reached the age of</s><ref name="del9th">deleted by the 9th amendment.</ref> <s>twenty-one years</s><ref>deleted by the 4th amendment.</ref> <s><u>eighteen years</u></s><ref>inserted by the 4th amendment.</ref> <s>who is not disqualified by law and complies with the provisions of the law relating to the election of members of Dáil Éireann, shall have the right to vote at an election for members of Dáil Éireann.</s><ref name="del9th">deleted by the 9th amendment.</ref> </ol><ol start="2"> <li><ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"> <li><u>All citizens, and</u> <li><u>such other persons in the State as may be determined by law,</u></ol> <u>without distinction of sex who have reached the age of eighteen years who are not disqualified by law and comply with the provisions of the law relating to the election of members of Dáil Éireann, shall have the right to vote at an election for members of Dáil Éireann.</u><ref name="ins9th">inserted by the 9th amendment.</ref> <li>No law shall be enacted placing any citizen under disability or incapacity for membership of Dáil Éireann on the ground of sex or disqualifying any citizen <u>or other person</u><ref name="ins9th"/> or other person from voting at an election for members of Dáil Éireann on that ground. <li>No voter may exercise more than one vote at an election for Dáil Éireann, and the voting shall be by secret ballot.</ol> <li><ol><li>Dáil Éireann shall be composed of members who represent constituencies determined by law. <li>The number of members shall from time to time be fixed by law, but the total number of members of Dáil Éireann shall not be fixed at less than one member for each thirty thousand of the population, or at more than one member for each twenty thousand of the population. <li>The ratio between the number of members to be elected at any time for each constituency and the population of each constituency, as ascertained at the last preceding census, shall, so far as it is practicable, be the same throughout the country. <li>The Oireachtas shall revise the constituencies at least once in every twelve years, with due regard to changes in distribution of the population, but any alterations in the constituencies shall not take effect during the life of Dáil Éireann sitting when such revision is made. <li>The members shall be elected on the system of proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote. <li>No law shall be enacted whereby the number of members to be returned for any constituency shall be less than three.</ol> <li><ol><li>Dáil Éireann shall be summoned and dissolved as provided by section 2 of Article 13 of this Constitution. <li>A general election for members of Dáil Éireann shall take place not later than thirty days after a dissolution of Dáil Éireann.</ol> <li><ol><li>Polling at every general election for Dáil Éireann shall as far as practicable take place on the same day throughout the country. <li>Dáil Éireann shall meet within thirty days from that polling day.</ol> <li>The same Dáil Éireann shall not continue for a longer period than seven years from the date of its first meeting: a shorter period may be fixed by law. <li>Provision shall be made by law to enable the member of Dáil Éireann who is the Chairman immediately before a dissolution of Dáil Éireann to be deemed without any actual election to be elected a member of Dáil Éireann at the ensuing general election. <li>Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Article, elections for membership of Dáil Éireann, including the filling of casual vacancies, shall be regulated in accordance with law.</ol> =====Article 17===== <ol><li><ol><li>As soon as possible after the presentation to Dáil Éireann under Article 28 of this Constitution of the Estimates of receipts and the Estimates of expenditure of the State for any financial year, Dáil Éireann shall consider such Estimates. <li>Save in so far as may be provided by specific enactment in each case, the legislation required to give effect to the Financial Resolutions of each year shall be enacted within that year.</ol> <li>Dáil Éireann shall not pass any vote or resolution, and no law shall be enacted, for the appropriation of revenue or other public moneys unless the purpose of the appropriation shall have been recommended to Dáil Éireann by a message from the Government signed by the Taoiseach.</ol> ===Seanad Éireann=== =====Article 18===== <ol><li>Seanad Éireann shall be composed of sixty members, of whom eleven shall be nominated members and forty-nine shall be elected members. <li>A person to be eligible for membership of Seanad Éireann must be eligible to become a member of Dáil Éireann. <li>The nominated members of Seanad Éireann shall be nominated, <u>with their prior consent,</u><ref name="ins2nd">inserted by the 2nd amendment.</ref> by the Taoiseach <s>with their prior consent</s><ref name="del2nd">deleted by the 2nd amendment.</ref> <u>who is appointed next after the re-assembly of Dáil Eireann following the dissolution thereof which occasions the nomination of the said members</u><ref name="ins2nd"/>. <li><ol><li>The elected members of Seanad Éireann shall be elected as follows:—<ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"> <li>Three shall be elected by the National University of Ireland. <li>Three shall be elected by the University of Dublin. <li>Forty-three shall be elected from panels of candidates constituted as hereinafter provided.</ol> <li><u>Provision may be made by law for the election, on a franchise and in the manner to be provided by law, by one or more of the following institutions, namely:</u><ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"> <li><u>the universities mentioned in subsection 1 ° of this section,</u> <li><u>any other institutions of higher education in the State,</u></ol> <u>of so many members of Seanad Éireann as may be fixed by law in substitution for an equal number of the members to be elected pursuant to paragraphs i and ii of the said subsection 1°.</u> <br> <u>A member or members of Seanad Éireann may be elected under this subsection by institutions grouped together or by a single institution.</u><ref name="ins7th">inserted by the 7th amendment.</ref> <li><u>Nothing in this Article shall be invoked to prohibit the dissolution by law of a university mentioned in subsection 1° of this section.</u><ref name="ins7th"/></ol> <li>Every election of the elected members of Seanad Éireann shall be held on the system of proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote, and by secret postal ballot. <li>The members of Seanad Éireann to be elected by the Universities shall be elected on a franchise and in the manner to be provided by law. <li><ol><li>Before each general election of the members of Seanad Éireann to be elected from panels of candidates, five panels of candidates shall be formed in the manner provided by law containing respectively the names of persons having knowledge and practical experience of the following interests and services, namely:– <br />i National Language and Culture, Literature, Art, Education and such professional interests as may be defined by law for the purpose of this panel; <br />ii Agriculture and allied interests, and Fisheries; <br />iii Labour, whether organised or unorganised; <br />iv Industry and Commerce, including banking, finance, accountancy, engineering and architecture; <br />v Public Administration and social services, including voluntary social activities. <li>Not more than eleven and, subject to the provisions of Article 19 hereof, not less than five members of Seanad Éireann shall be elected from any one panel.</ol> <li>A general election for Seanad Éireann shall take place not later than ninety days after a dissolution of Dáil Éireann, and the first meeting of Seanad Éireann after the general election shall take place on a day to be fixed by the President on the advice of the Taoiseach. <li>Every member of Seanad Éireann shall, unless he dies, resigns, or becomes disqualified, continue to hold office until the day before the polling day of the general election for Seanad Éireann next held after his election or nomination. <li><ol><li>Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Article elections of the elected members of Seanad Éireann shall be regulated by law. <li>Casual vacancies in the number of the nominated members of Seanad Éireann shall be filled by nomination by the Taoiseach with the prior consent of persons so nominated. <li>Casual vacancies in the number of the elected members of Seanad Éireann shall be filled in the manner provided by law.</ol></ol> =====Article 19===== Provision may be made by law for the direct election by any functional or vocational group or association or council of so many members of Seanad Éireann as may be fixed by such law in substitution for an equal number of the members to be elected from the corresponding panels of candidates constituted under Article 18 of this Constitution. ===Legislation=== =====Article 20===== <ol><li>Every Bill initiated in and passed by Dáil Éireann shall be sent to Seanad Éireann and may, unless it be a Money Bill, be amended in Seanad Éireann and Dáil Éireann shall consider any such amendment. <li><ol><li>A Bill other than a Money Bill may be initiated in Seanad Éireann, and if passed by Seanad Éireann, shall be introduced in Dáil Éireann. <li>A Bill initiated in Seanad Éireann if amended in Dáil Éireann shall be considered as a Bill initiated in Dáil Éireann.</ol> <li>A Bill passed by either House and accepted by the other House shall be deemed to have been passed by both Houses.</ol> ====Money Bills==== =====Article 21===== <ol><li><ol><li>Money Bills shall be initiated in Dáil Éireann only. <li>Every Money Bill passed by Dáil Éireann shall be sent to Seanad Éireann for its recommendations.</ol> <li><ol><li>Every Money Bill sent to Seanad Éireann for its recommendations shall, at the expiration of a period not longer than twenty-one days after it shall have been sent to Seanad Éireann, be returned to Dáil Éireann, which may accept or reject all or any of the recommendations of Seanad Éireann. <li>If such Money Bill is not returned by Seanad Éireann to Dáil Éireann within such twenty-one days or is returned within such twenty-one days with recommendations which Dáil Éireann does not accept, it shall be deemed to have been passed by both Houses at the expiration of the said twenty-one days.</ol></ol> =====Article 22===== <ol><li><ol><li>A Money Bill means a Bill which contains only provisions dealing with all or any of the following matters, namely, the imposition, repeal, remission, alteration or regulation of taxation; the imposition for the payment of debt or other financial purposes of charges on public moneys or the variation or repeal of any such charges; supply; the appropriation, receipt, custody, issue or audit of accounts of public money; the raising or guarantee of any loan or the repayment thereof; matters subordinate and incidental to these matters or any of them. <li>In this definition the expressions "taxation", "public money" and "loan" respectively do not include any taxation, money or loan raised by local authorities or bodies for local purposes.</ol> <li><ol><li>The Chairman of Dáil Éireann shall certify any Bill which, in his opinion, is a Money Bill to be a Money Bill, and his certificate shall, subject to the subsequent provisions of this section, be final and conclusive <li>Seanad Éireann, by a resolution, passed at a sitting at which not less than thirty members are present, may request the President to refer the question whether the Bill is or is not a Money Bill to a Committee of Privileges. <li>If the President after consultation with the Council of State decides to accede to the request he shall appoint a Committee of Privileges consisting of an equal number of members of Dáil Éireann and of Seanad Éireann and a Chairman who shall be a Judge of the Supreme Court: these appointments shall be made after consultation with the Council of State. In the case of an equality of votes but not otherwise the Chairman shall be entitled to vote. <li>The President shall refer the question to the Committee of Privileges so appointed and the Committee shall report its decision thereon to the President within twenty-one days after the day on which the Bill was sent to Seanad Éireann. <li>The decision of the Committee shall be final and conclusive. <li>If the President after consultation with the Council of State decides not to accede to the request of Seanad Éireann, or if the Committee of Privileges fails to report within the time hereinbefore specified the certificate of the Chairman of Dáil Éireann shall stand confirmed.</ol></ol> ====Time for Consideration of Bills==== =====Article 23===== <ol><li>This Article applies to every Bill passed by Dáil Éireann and sent to Seanad Éireann other than a Money Bill or a Bill the time for the consideration of which by Seanad Éireann shall have been abridged under Article 24 of this Constitution. <ol><li>Whenever a Bill to which this Article applies is within the stated period defined in the next following sub-section either rejected by Seanad Éireann or passed by Seanad Éireann with amendments to which Dáil Éireann does not agree or is neither passed (with or without amendment) nor rejected by Seanad Éireann within the stated period, the Bill shall, if Dáil Éireann so resolves within one hundred and eighty days after the expiration of the stated period be deemed to have been passed by both Houses of the Oireachtas on the day on which the resolution is passed. <li>The stated period is the period of ninety days commencing on the day on which the Bill is first sent by Dáil Éireann to Seanad Éireann or any longer period agreed upon in respect of the Bill by both Houses of the Oireachtas.</ol> <li><ol><li>The preceding section of this Article shall apply to a Bill which is initiated in and passed by Seanad Éireann, amended by Dáil Éireann, and accordingly deemed to have been initiated in Dáil Éireann. <li>For the purpose of this application the stated period shall in relation to such a Bill commence on the day on which the Bill is first sent to Seanad Éireann after having been amended by Dáil Éireann.</ol></ol> =====Article 24===== <ol><li>If and whenever on the passage by Dáil Éireann of any Bill, other than a Bill expressed to be a Bill containing a proposal to amend the Constitution, the Taoiseach certifies by messages in writing addressed to the President and to the Chairman of each House of the Oireachtas that, in the opinion of the Government, the Bill is urgent and immediately necessary for the preservation of the public peace and security, or by reason of the existence of a public emergency, whether domestic or international, the time for the consideration of such Bill by Seanad Éireann shall, if Dáil Éireann so resolves and if the President, after consultation with the Council of State, concurs, be abridged to such period as shall be specified in the resolution. <li><s>Where a Bill the time for the consideration of which by Seanad Éireann has been abridged under this Article is within the period specified in the resolution either rejected by Seanad Éireann or passed by Seanad Éireann with amendments or recommendations to which Dáil Éireann does not agree or is neither passed (with or without amendments or recommendations) nor rejected by Seanad Éireann within the period so specified the Bill shall be deemed to have been passed by both Houses of the Oireachtas at the expiration of that period.</s><ref name="del2nd"/> </ol><ol start="2"> <li><u>Where a Bill, the time for the consideration of which by Seanad Eireann has been abridged under this Article,</u> :<u>(a) is, in the case of a Bill which is not a Money Bill, rejected by Seanad Eireann or passed by Seanad Eireann with amendments to which Dáil Eireann does not agree or neither passed nor rejected by Seanad Eireann, or</u> :<u>(b) is, in the case of a Money Bill, either returned by Seanad Eireann to Dáil Eireann with recommendations which Dáil Eireann does not accept or is not returned by Seanad Eireann to Dáil Eireann,</u> <u>within the period specified in the resolution, the Bill shall be deemed to have been passed by both Houses of the Oireachtas at the expiration of that period.</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> <li>When a Bill the time for the consideration of which by Seanad Éireann has been abridged under this Article becomes law it shall remain in force for a period of ninety days from the date of its enactment and no longer unless, before the expiration of that period, both Houses shall have agreed that such law shall remain in force for a longer period and the longer period so agreed upon shall have been specified in resolutions passed by both Houses.</ol> ====Signing and Promulgation of Laws==== =====Article 25===== <ol><li>As soon as any Bill, other than a Bill expressed to be a Bill containing a proposal for the amendment of this Constitution, shall have been passed or deemed to have been passed by both Houses of the Oireachtas, the Taoiseach shall present it to the President for his signature and for promulgation by him as a law in accordance with the provisions of this Article. <li><ol><li>Save as otherwise provided by this Constitution, every Bill so presented to the President for his signature and for promulgation by him as a law shall be signed by the President not earlier than <s>five</s><ref name="del2nd"/> <u>the fifth</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> and not later than <s>seven days</s><ref name="del2nd"/> <u>the seventh day</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> after the date on which the Bill shall have been presented to him. <li>At the request of the Government, with the prior concurrence of Seanad Éireann, the President may sign any Bill the subject of such request on a date which is earlier than <s>five days</s><ref name="del2nd"/> <u>the fifth day</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> after such date as aforesaid.</ol> <li>Every Bill the time for the consideration of which by Seanad Éireann shall have been abridged under Article 24 of this Constitution shall be signed by the President on the day on which such Bill is presented to him for signature and promulgation as a law. <li><ol><li><s>Every Bill signed by the President under this Constitution shall become and be law as on and from the day on which the Bill shall have been so signed.</s> <li><s>Every Bill signed by the President shall come into operation on the day on which it is so signed unless the contrary intention appears.</s> <li><s>Every Bill so signed shall be promulgated by the President as a law by the publication by his direction of a notice in the Iris Oifigiúil stating that such Bill has become law.</s> <li><s>As soon as may be after the President has signed any Bill and promulgated it as a law, the signed text shall be enrolled for record in the office of the Registrar of the Supreme Court and such signed text shall be conclusive evidence as to the provisions of such law.</s> <li><s>An official translation of every law enacted by the Oireachtas in the Irish language shall be issued in the English language and an official translation of every law enacted by the Oireachtas in the English language shall be issued in the Irish language.</s><ref name="del2nd"/></ol> </ol><ol start="4"> <li><ol><li><u>Every Bill shall become and be law as on and from the day on which it is signed by the President under this Constitution, and shall, unless the contrary intention appears, come into operation on that day.</u> <li><u>Every Bill signed by the President under this Constitution shall be promulgated by him as a law by the publication by his direction of a notice in the Iris Oifigiúil stating that the Bill has become law.</u> <li><u>Every Bill shall be signed by the President in the text in which it was passed or deemed to have been passed by both Houses of the Oireachtas, and if a Bill is so passed or deemed to have been passed in both the official languages, the President shall sign the text of the Bill in each of those languages.</u> <li><u>Where the President signs the text of a Bill in one only of the official languages, an official translation shall be issued in the other official language.</u> <li><u>As soon as may be after the signature and promulgation of a Bill as a law, the text of such law which was signed by the President or, where the President has signed the text of such law in each of the official languages, both the signed texts shall be enrolled for record in the office of the Registrar of the Supreme Court, and the text, or both the texts, so enrolled shall be conclusive evidence of the provisions of such law.</u> <li><u>In case of conflict between the texts of a law enrolled under this section in both the official languages, the text in the national language shall prevail.</u><ref name="ins2nd"/></ol> <li><ol><li><u>It shall be lawful for the Taoiseach, from time to time as occasion appears to him to require, to cause to be prepared under his supervision a text (in both the official languages) of this Constitution as then in force embodying all amendments theretofore made therein.</u> <li><u>A copy of every text so prepared, when authenticated by the signatures of the Taoiseach and the Chief Justice, shall be signed by the President and shall be enrolled for record in the office of the Registrar of the Supreme Court.</u> <li><u>The copy so signed and enrolled which is for the time being the latest text so prepared shall, upon such enrolment, be conclusive evidence of this Constitution as at the date of such enrolment and shall for that purpose supersede all texts of this Constitution of which copies were previously so enrolled.</u> <li><u>In case of conflict between the texts of any copy of this Constitution enrolled under this section, the text in the national language shall prevail.</u><ref name="ins2nd"/></ol></ol> ====Reference of Bills to the Supreme Court==== =====Article 26===== This Article applies to any Bill passed or deemed to have been passed by both Houses of the Oireachtas other than a Money Bill, or a Bill expressed to be a Bill containing a proposal to amend the Constitution, or a Bill the time for the consideration of which by Seanad Éireann shall have been abridged under Article 24 of this Constitution. <ol><li><ol><li>The President may, after consultation with the Council of State, refer any Bill to which this Article applies to the Supreme Court for a decision on the question as to whether such Bill or any specified provision or provisions of such Bill is or are repugnant to this Constitution or to any provision thereof. <li>Every such reference shall be made not later than <s>four days</s><ref name="del2nd"/> <u>the seventh day</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> after the date on which such Bill shall have been <s>passed or deemed to have been passed by both Houses of the Oireachtas</s><ref name="del2nd"/> <u>presented by the Taoiseach to the President for his signature</u><ref name="ins2nd"/>. <li>The President shall not sign any Bill the subject of a reference to the Supreme Court under this Article pending the pronouncement of the decision of the Court.</ol> <li><ol><li>The Supreme Court consisting of not less than five judges shall consider every question referred to it by the President under this Article for a decision, and, having heard arguments by or on behalf of the Attorney General and by counsel assigned by the Court, shall pronounce its decision on such question in open court as soon as may be, and in any case not later than sixty days after the date of such reference. <li>The decision of the majority of the judges of the Supreme Court shall, for the purposes of this Article, be the decision of the Court <u>and shall be pronounced by such one of those judges as the Court shall direct, and no other opinion, whether assenting or dissenting, shall be pronounced nor shall the existence of any such other opinion be disclosed</u><ref name="ins2nd"/>.</ol> <li><ol><li>In every case in which the Supreme Court decides that any provision of a Bill the subject of a reference to the Supreme Court under this Article is repugnant to this Constitution or to any provision thereof, the President shall decline to sign such Bill. <li><u>If, in the case of a Bill to which Article 27 of this Constitution applies, a petition has been addressed to the President under that Article, that Article shall be complied with.</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> <li>In every other case the President shall sign the Bill as soon as may be after the date on which the decision of the Supreme Court shall have been pronounced.<ref name="ren2nd">renumbered by the 2nd amendment.</ref></ol></ol> ====Reference of Bills to the People==== =====Article 27===== This Article applies to any Bill, other than a Bill expressed to be a Bill containing a proposal for the amendment of this Constitution, which shall have been deemed, by virtue of Article 23 hereof, to have been passed by both Houses of the Oireachtas. <ol><li>A majority of the members of Seanad Éireann and not less than one-third of the members of Dáil Éireann may by a joint petition addressed to the President by them under this Article request the President to decline to sign and promulgate as a law any Bill to which this article applies on the ground that the Bill contains a proposal of such national importance that the will of the people thereon ought to be ascertained. <li><u>Every such petition shall be in writing and shall be signed by the petitioners whose signatures shall be verified in the manner prescribed by law.</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> <li><ol><li>Every such petition <s>shall be in writing signed by the petitioners,</s><ref name="del2nd"/> shall contain a statement of the particular ground or grounds on which the request is based, and shall be presented to the President not later than four days after the date on which the Bill shall have been deemed to have been passed by both Houses of the Oireachtas. <li><u>If the Bill or any provision thereof is or has been referred to the Supreme Court under Article 26 of this Constitution, it shall not be obligatory on the President to consider the petition unless or until the Supreme Court has pronounced a decision on such reference to the effect that the said Bill or the said provision thereof is not repugnant to this Constitution or to any provision thereof, and, if a decision to that effect is pronounced by the Supreme Court, it shall not be obligatory on the President to pronounce his decision on the petition before the expiration of six days after the day on which the decision of the Supreme Court to the effect aforesaid is pronounced.</u><ref name="ins2nd"/></ol> <li>Upon receipt of a petition addressed to him under this Article, the President shall forthwith consider such petition and shall, after consultation with the Council of State, pronounce his decision thereon not later than ten days after the date on which the Bill to which such petition relates shall have been deemed to have been passed by both Houses of the Oireachtas. <li><ol><li>In every case in which the President decides that a Bill the subject of a petition under this Article contains a proposal of such national importance that the will of the people thereon ought to be ascertained, he shall inform the Taoiseach and the Chairman of each House of the Oireachtas accordingly in writing under his hand and Seal and shall decline to sign and promulgate such Bill as a law unless and until the proposal shall have been approved either<br />i by the people at a Referendum in accordance with the provisions of section 2 of Article 47 of this Constitution within a period of eighteen months from the date of the President’s decision, or<br />ii by a resolution of Dáil Éireann passed within the said period after a dissolution and re-assembly of Dáil Éireann. <li><s>Every such Bill which</s><ref name="del2nd"/> <u>Whenever a proposal contained in a Bill the subject of a petition under this Article</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> shall have been approved either by the people or by a resolution of Dáil Éireann in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this section<u>, such Bill</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> shall as soon as may be after such approval be presented to the President for his signature and promulgation by him as a law and the President shall thereupon sign the Bill and duly promulgate it as a law.</ol> <li>In every case in which the President decides that a Bill the subject of a petition under this Article does not contain a proposal of such national importance that the will of the people thereon ought to be ascertained, he shall inform the Taoiseach and the Chairman of each House of the Oireachtas accordingly in writing under his hand and Seal, and such Bill shall be signed by the President not later than eleven days after the date on which the Bill shall have been deemed to have been passed by both Houses of the Oireachtas and shall be duly promulgated by him as a law.</ol> ==THE GOVERNMENT== =====Article 28===== <ol><li>The Government shall consist of not less than seven and not more than fifteen members who shall be appointed by the President in accordance with the provisions of this Constitution. <li>The executive power of the State shall, subject to the provisions of this Constitution, be exercised by or on the authority of the Government. <li><ol><li>War shall not be declared and the State shall not participate in any war save with the assent of Dáil Éireann. <li>In the case of actual invasion, however, the Government may take whatever steps they may consider necessary for the protection of the State, and Dáil Éireann if not sitting shall be summoned to meet at the earliest practicable date. <li>Nothing in this Constitution <u>other than Article 15.5.2</u><ref name="ins21st"/> shall be invoked to invalidate any law enacted by the Oireachtas which is expressed to be for the purpose of securing the public safety and the preservation of the State in time of war or armed rebellion, or to nullify any act done or purporting to be done <u>in time of war or armed rebellion</u><ref name="ins2nd"/>in pursuance of any such law. <br /><br /> <u>In this sub-section time of war includes a time when there is taking place an armed conflict in which the State is not a participant but in respect of which each of the Houses of the Oireachtas shall have resolved that, arising out of such armed conflict, a national emergency exists affecting the vital interests of the State</u><ref>inserted by the 1st amendment.</ref> <u>and 'time of war or armed rebellion' includes such time after the termination of any war, or of any such armed conflict as aforesaid, or of an armed rebellion, as may elapse until each of the Houses of the Oireachtas shall have resolved that the national emergency occasioned by such war, armed conflict, or armed rebellion has ceased to exist.</u><ref name="ins2nd"/></ol> <li><ol><li>The Government shall be responsible to Dáil Éireann. <li>The Government shall meet and act as a collective authority, and shall be collectively responsible for the Departments of State administered by the members of the Government. <li><u>The confidentiality of discussions at meetings of the Government shall be respected in all circumstances save only where the High Court determines that disclosure should be made in respect of a particular matter—</u><ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"> <li><u>in the interests of the administration of justice by a Court, or</u> <li><u>by virtue of an overriding public interest, pursuant to an application in that behalf by a tribunal appointed by the Government or a Minister of the Government on the authority of the Houses of the Oireachtas to inquire into a matter stated by them to be of public importance.</u><ref name="17th">inserted by the 17th amendment.</ref></ol> <li><ref name="ren17th">renumbered by the 17th amendment.</ref>The Government shall prepare Estimates of the Receipts and Estimates of the Expenditure of the State for each financial year, and shall present them to Dáil Éireann for consideration.</ol> <li><ol><li>The head of the Government, or Prime Minister, shall be called, and is in this Constitution referred to as, the Taoiseach. <li>The Taoiseach shall keep the President generally informed on matters of domestic and international policy.</ol> <li><ol><li>The Taoiseach shall nominate a member of the Government to be the Tánaiste. <li>The Tánaiste shall act for all purposes in the place of the Taoiseach if the Taoiseach should die, or become permanently incapacitated, until a new Taoiseach shall have been appointed. <li>The Tánaiste shall also act for or in the place of the Taoiseach during the temporary absence of the Taoiseach.</ol> <li><ol><li>The Taoiseach, the Tánaiste and the member of the Government who is in charge of the Department of Finance must be members of Dáil Éireann. <li>The other members of the Government must be members of Dáil Éireann or Seanad Éireann, but not more than two may be members of Seanad Éireann.</ol> <li>Every member of the Government shall have the right to attend and be heard in each House of the Oireachtas. <li><ol><li>The Taoiseach may resign from office at any time by placing his resignation in the hands of the President. <li>Any other member of the Government may resign from office by placing his resignation in the hands of the Taoiseach for submission to the President. <li>The President shall accept the resignation of a member of the Government, other than the Taoiseach, if so advised by the Taoiseach. <li>The Taoiseach may at any time, for reasons which to him seem sufficient, request a member of the Government to resign; should the member concerned fail to comply with the request, his appointment shall be terminated by the President if the Taoiseach so advises.</ol> <li>The Taoiseach shall resign from office upon his ceasing to retain the support of a majority in Dáil Éireann unless on his advice the President dissolves Dáil Éireann and on the reassembly of Dáil Éireann after the dissolution the Taoiseach secures the support of a majority in Dáil Éireann. <li><ol><li>If the Taoiseach at any time resigns from office the other members of the Government shall be deemed also to have resigned from office, but the Taoiseach and the other members of the Government shall continue to carry on their duties until their successors shall have been appointed. <li>The members of the Government in office at the date of a dissolution of Dáil Éireann shall continue to hold office until their successors shall have been appointed.</ol> <li>The following matters shall be regulated in accordance with law, namely, the organization of, and distribution of business amongst, Departments of State, the designation of members of the Government to be the Ministers in charge of the said Departments, the discharge of the functions of the office of a member of the Government during his temporary absence or incapacity, and the remuneration of the members of the Government.</ol> ==LOCAL GOVERNMENT== =====Article 28A===== <ol><li><u>The State recognises the role of local government in providing a forum for the democratic representation of local communities, in exercising and performing at local level powers and functions conferred by law and in promoting by its initiatives the interests of such communities.</u> <li><u>There shall be such directly elected local authorities as may be determined by law and their powers and functions shall, subject to the provisions of this Constitution, be so determined and shall be exercised and performed in accordance with law.</u> <li><u>Elections for members of such local authorities shall be held in accordance with law not later than the end of the fifth year after the year in which they were last held.</u> <li><u>Every citizen who has the right to vote at an election for members of Dáil Éireann and such other persons as may be determined by law shall have the right to vote at an election for members of such of the local authorities referred to in section 2 of this Article as shall be determined by law.</u> <li><u>Casual vacancies in the membership of local authorities referred to in section 2 of this Article shall be filled in accordance with law.</u><ref name="ins20th">inserted by the 20th amendment.</ref></ol> ==INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS== =====Article 29===== <ol><li>Ireland affirms its devotion to the ideal of peace and friendly co-operation amongst nations founded on international justice and morality. <li>Ireland affirms its adherence to the principle of the pacific settlement of international disputes by international arbitration or judicial determination. <li>Ireland accepts the generally recognised principles of international law as its rule of conduct in its relations with other States. <li><ol><li>The executive power of the State in or in connection with its external relations shall in accordance with Article 28 of this Constitution be exercised by or on the authority of the Government. <li>For the purpose of the exercise of any executive function of the State in or in connection with its external relations, the Government may to such extent and subject to such conditions, if any, as may be determined by law, avail of or adopt any organ, instrument, or method of procedure used or adopted for the like purpose by the members of any group or league of nations with which the State is or becomes associated for the purpose of international co-operation in matters of common concern. <li><u>The State may become a member of <s>the European Coal and Steel Community (established by Treaty signed at Paris on the 18th day of April, 1951), the European Economic Community (established by Treaty signed at Rome on the 25th day of March, 1957) and</s><ref name="ins3rd-del28th">inserted by the 3rd amendment, deleted by the 28th.</ref> the European Atomic Energy Community (established by Treaty signed at Rome on the 25th day of March, 1957).</u><ref name="ins3rd">inserted by the 3rd amendment.</ref> <u><s>The State may ratify the Single European Act (signed on behalf of the Member States of the Communities at Luxembourg on the 17th day of February, 1986, and at The Hague on the 28th day of February, 1986).</s></u><ref>inserted by the 10th amendment, deleted by the 28th amendment.</ref> <u><s>No provision of this Constitution invalidates laws enacted, acts done or measures adopted by the State necessitated by the obligations of membership of the Communities or prevents laws enacted, acts done or measures adopted by the Communities, or institutions thereof, from having the force of law in the State.</s></u><ref>inserted by the 3rd amendment, deleted by the 11th.</ref> <li><u><s>The State may ratify the Treaty on European Union signed at Maastricht on the 7th day of February, 1992, and may become a member of that Union.</s></u><ref>inserted by the 11th amendment, deleted by the 28th amendment.</ref> <li><u><s>The State may ratify the Treaty of Amsterdam amending the Treaty on European Union, the Treaties establishing the European Communities and certain related Acts signed at Amsterdam on the 2nd day of October, 1997.</s></u><ref name="ins18th-del28th">inserted by the 18th amendment, deleted by the 28th amendment.</ref> <li><u><s>The State may exercise the options or discretions provided by or under Articles 1.11, 2.5 and 2.15 of the Treaty referred to in subsection 5° of this section and the second and fourth Protocols set out in the said Treaty but any such exercise shall be subject to the prior approval of both Houses of the Oireachtas.</s></u><ref name="ins18th-del28th"/> <li><u><s>The State may ratify the Treaty of Nice amending the Treaty on European Union, the Treaties establishing the European Communities and certain related Acts signed at Nice on the 26th day of February, 2001.</s></u><ref name="ins26th-del28th">inserted by the 26th amendment, deleted by the 28th amendment.</ref> <li><u><s>The State may exercise the options or discretions provided by or under Articles 1.6, 1.9, 1.11, 1.12, 1.13 and 2.1 of the Treaty referred to in subsection 7° of this section but any such exercise shall be subject to the prior approval of both Houses of the Oireachtas.</s></u><ref name="ins26th-del28th"/> <li><u><s>The State shall not adopt a decision taken by the European Council to establish a common defence pursuant to Article 1.2 of the Treaty referred to in subsection 7° of this section where that common defence would include the State.</s></u><ref name="ins26th-del28th"/> <li><u><s>No provision of this Constitution invalidates laws enacted, acts done or measures adopted by the State which are necessitated by the obligations of membership of the European Union or of the Communities, or prevents laws enacted, acts done or measures adopted by the European Union or by the Communities or by institutions thereof, or by bodies competent under the Treaties establishing the Communities, from having the force of law in the State.</s></u><ref name="ins3rd-del28th"/> <li><u><s>The State may ratify the Agreement relating to Community Patents drawn up between the Member States of the Communities and done at Luxembourg on the 15th day of December, 1989.</s></u><ref>inserted by the 11th amendment, renumbered by the 18th and 26th amendments, deleted by the 28th amendment.</ref></ol> <ol start="4"><li><u>Ireland affirms its commitment to the European Union within which the member states of that Union work together to promote peace, shared values and the well-being of their peoples.</u><ref name="ins28th">inserted by the 28th amendment.</ref> <li><u>The State may ratify the Treaty of Lisbon amending the Treaty on European Union and the Treaty establishing the European Community, signed at Lisbon on the 13th day of December 2007 (“Treaty of Lisbon”), and may be a member of the European Union established by virtue of that Treaty.</u><ref name="ins28th"/> <li><u>No provision of this Constitution invalidates laws enacted, acts done or measures adopted by the State, before, on or after the entry into force of the Treaty of Lisbon, that are necessitated by the obligations of membership of the European Union referred to in subsection 5° of this section or of the European Atomic Energy Community, or prevents laws enacted, acts done or measures adopted by—</u><ref name="ins28th"/> <ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"><li><u>the said European Union or the European Atomic Energy Community, or institutions thereof,</u><ref name="ins28th"/> <li><u>the European Communities or European Union existing immediately before the entry into force of the Treaty of Lisbon, or institutions thereof, or</u><ref name="ins28th"/> <li><u>bodies competent under the treaties referred to in this section,</u><ref name="ins28th"/></ol> <u>from having the force of law in the State.</u><ref name="ins28th"/> <li><u>The State may exercise the options or discretions—</u><ref name="ins28th"/> <ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"><li><u>to which Article 20 of the Treaty on European Union relating to enhanced cooperation applies,</u><ref name="ins28th"/> <li><u>under Protocol No. 19 on the Schengen acquis integrated into the framework of the European Union annexed to that treaty and to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (formerly known as the Treaty establishing the European Community), and</u><ref name="ins28th"/> <li><u>under Protocol No. 21 on the position of the United Kingdom and Ireland in respect of the area of freedom, security and justice, so annexed, including the option that the said Protocol No. 21 shall, in whole or in part, cease to apply to the State,</u><ref name="ins28th"/></ol> <u>but any such exercise shall be subject to the prior approval of both Houses of the Oireachtas.</u><ref name="ins28th"/> <li><u>The State may agree to the decisions, regulations or other acts—</u><ref name="ins28th"/> <ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"><li><u>under the Treaty on European Union and the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union authorising the Council of the European Union to act other than by unanimity,</u><ref name="ins28th"/> <li><u>under those treaties authorising the adoption of the ordinary legislative procedure, and</u><ref name="ins28th"/> <li><u>under subparagraph (d) of Article 82.2, the third subparagraph of Article 83.1 and paragraphs 1 and 4 of Article 86 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, relating to the area of freedom, security and justice,</u><ref name="ins28th"/></ol> <u>but the agreement to any such decision, regulation or act shall be subject to the prior approval of both Houses of the Oireachtas.</u><ref name="ins28th"/> <li><u>The State shall not adopt a decision taken by the European Council to establish a common defence pursuant to Article 42 of the Treaty on European Union where that common defence would include the State.</u><ref name="ins28th"/> <li><u>The State may ratify the Treaty on Stability, Coordination and Governance in the Economic and Monetary Union done at Brussels on the 2nd day of March 2012. No provision of this Constitution invalidates laws enacted, acts done or measures adopted by the State that are necessitated by the obligations of the State under that Treaty or prevents laws enacted, acts done or measures adopted by bodies competent under that Treaty from having the force of law in the State.</u><ref name="ins30th">Inserted by the 30th Amendment.</ref></ol> <li><ol><li>Every international agreement to which the State becomes a party shall be laid before Dáil Éireann. <li>The State shall not be bound by any international agreement involving a charge upon public funds unless the terms of the agreement shall have been approved by Dáil Éireann. <li>This section shall not apply to agreements or conventions of a technical and adminstrative character.</ol> <li>No international agreement shall be part of the domestic law of the State save as may be determined by the Oireachtas. <li><ol><li><u>The State may consent to be bound by the British-Irish Agreement done at Belfast on the 10th day of April, 1998, hereinafter called the Agreement.</u> <li><u>Any institution established by or under the Agreement may exercise the powers and functions thereby conferred on it in respect of all or any part of the island of Ireland notwithstanding any other provision of this Constitution conferring a like power or function on any person or any organ of State appointed under or created or established by or under this Constitution. Any power or function conferred on such an institution in relation to the settlement or resolution of disputes or controversies may be in addition to or in substitution for any like power or function conferred by this Constitution on any such person or organ of State as aforesaid.</u> <li><u>If the Government declare that the State has become obliged, pursuant to the Agreement, to give effect to the amendment of this Constitution referred to therein, then, notwithstanding Article 46 hereof, this Constitution shall be amended as follows:</u> <ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"><li><u>the following Articles shall be substituted for Articles 2 and 3 of the Irish text:</u> <br><br><u>"Airteagal 2.</u> <br><u>Tá gach duine a shaolaítear in oileán na hÉireann, ar a n-áirítear a oileáin agus a fharraigí, i dteideal, agus tá de cheart oidhreachta aige nó aici, a bheith páirteach i náisiún na hÉireann. Tá an teideal sin freisin ag na daoine go léir atá cáilithe ar shlí eile de réir dlí chun bheith ina saoránaigh d'Éirinn. Ina theannta sin, is mór ag náisiún na hÉireann a choibhneas speisialta le daoine de bhunadh na hÉireann atá ina gcónaí ar an gcoigríoch agus arb ionann féiniúlacht agus oidhreacht chultúir dóibh agus do náisiún na hÉireann.</u> <br><br><u>Airteagal 3.</u> <ol><li><u>Is í toil dhiongbháilte náisiún na hÉireann, go sítheach cairdiúil, na daoine go léir a chomhroinneann críoch oileán na hÉireann i bpáirt lena chéile, in éagsúlacht uile a bhféiniúlachtaí agus a dtraidisiún, a aontú, á aithint gur trí mhodhanna síochánta amháin le toiliú thromlach na ndaoine, á chur in iúl go daonlathach, sa dá dhlínse san oileán, a dhéanfar Éire aontaithe a thabhairt i gcrích. Go dtí sin, bainfidh na dlíthe a achtófar ag an bParlaimint a bhunaítear leis an mBunreacht seo leis an limistéar feidhme céanna, agus beidh an raon feidhme céanna acu, lenar bhain na dlíthe, agus a bhí ag na dlíthe, a d'achtaigh an Pharlaimint a bhí ar marthain díreach roimh theacht i ngníomh don Bhunreacht seo.</u> <li><u>Féadfaidh údaráis fhreagracha faoi seach na ndlínsí sin institiúidí ag a mbeidh cumhachtaí agus feidhmeanna feidhmiúcháin a chomhroinntear idir na dlínsí sin a bhunú chun críoch sonraithe agus féadfaidh na hinstitiúidí sin cumhachtaí agus feidhmeanna a fheidhmiú i leith an oileáin ar fad nó i leith aon chuid de.",<br></u></ol> <li><u>the following Articles shall be substituted for Articles 2 and 3 of the English text:</u> <br><br><u>"Article 2.</u> <br><u>It is the entitlement and birthright of every person born in the island of Ireland, which includes its islands and seas, to be part of the Irish nation. That is also the entitlement of all persons otherwise qualified in accordance with law to be citizens of Ireland. Furthermore, the Irish nation cherishes its special affinity with people of Irish ancestry living abroad who share its cultural identity and heritage.</u> <br><br><u>Article 3.</u> <ol><li><u>It is the firm will of the Irish nation, in harmony and friendship, to unite all the people who share the territory of the island of Ireland, in all the diversity of their identities and traditions, recognising that a united Ireland shall be brought about only by peaceful means with the consent of a majority of the people, democratically expressed, in both jurisdictions in the island. Until then, the laws enacted by the Parliament established by this Constitution shall have the like area and extent of application as the laws enacted by the Parliament that existed immediately before the coming into operation of this Constitution.</u> <li><u>Institutions with executive powers and functions that are shared between those jurisdictions may be established by their respective responsible authorities for stated purposes and may exercise powers and functions in respect of all or any part of the island.",<br></u></ol> <li><u>the following section shall be added to the Irish text of this Article: <br><br> "8. Tig leis an Stát dlínse a fheidhmiú taobh amuigh dá chríoch de réir bhunrialacha gnáth-admhaithe an dlí idirnáisiúnta.", <br><br>and<br><br></u> <li><u>the following section shall be added to the English text of this Article:</u> <br><br> <u>"8. The State may exercise extra-territorial jurisdiction in accordance with the generally recognised principles of international law.".</u></ol> <li><u>If a declaration under this section is made, this subsection and subsection 3°, other than the amendment of this Constitution effected thereby, and subsection 5°, of this section shall be omitted from every official text of this Constitution published thereafter, but notwithstanding such omission this section shall continue to have the force of law.</u> <li><u>If such a declaration is not made within twelve months of this section being added to this Constitution or such longer period as may be provided for by law, this section shall cease to have effect and shall be omitted from every official text of this Constitution published thereafter.</u><ref name="ins19th">inserted by the 19th amendment.</ref></ol> <li><u>The State may exercise extra-territorial jurisdiction in accordance with the generally recognised principles of international law.</u> <li><u>The State may ratify the Rome Statute of the International Criminal Court done at Rome on the 17th day of July, 1998.</u><ref name="ins23rd">inserted by the 23rd amendment.</ref></ol> ==THE ATTORNEY GENERAL== =====Article 30===== <ol><li>There shall be an Attorney General who shall be the adviser of the Government in matters of law and legal opinion, and shall exercise and perform all such powers, functions and duties as are conferred or imposed on him by this Constitution or by law. <li>The Attorney General shall be appointed by the President on the nomination of the Taoiseach. <li>All crimes and offences prosecuted in any court constituted under Article 34 of this Constitution other than a court of summary jurisdiction shall be prosecuted in the name of the People and at the suit of the Attorney General or some other person authorised in accordance with law to act for that purpose. <li>The Attorney General shall not be a member of the Government. <li><ol><li>The Attorney General may at any time resign from office by placing his resignation in the hands of the Taoiseach for submission to the President. <li>The Taoiseach may, for reasons which to him seem sufficient, request the resignation of the Attorney General. <li>In the event of failure to comply with the request, the appointment of the Attorney General shall be terminated by the President if the Taoiseach so advises. <li>The Attorney General shall retire from office upon the resignation of the Taoiseach, but may continue to carry on his duties until the successor to the Taoiseach shall have been appointed.</ol> <li>Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Article, the office of Attorney General, including the remuneration to be paid to the holder of the office, shall be regulated by law.</ol> ==THE COUNCIL OF STATE== =====Article 31===== <ol><li>There shall be a Council of State to aid and counsel the President on all matters on which the President may consult the said Council in relation to the exercise and performance by him of such of his powers and functions as are by this Constitution expressed to be exercisable and performable after consultation with the Council of State, and to exercise such other functions as are conferred on the said Council by this Constitution. <li>The Council of State shall consist of the following members:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"> <li>As ex-officio members: the Taoiseach, the Tánaiste, the Chief Justice, the President of the High Court, the Chairman of Dáil Éireann, the Chairman of Seanad Éireann, and the Attorney General. <li>Every person able and willing to act as a member of the Council of State who shall have held the office of President, or the office of Taoiseach, or the office of Chief Justice, or the office of President of the Executive Council of Saorstát Éireann. <li>Such other persons, if any, as may be appointed by the President under this Article to be members of the Council of State.</ol> <li>The President may at any time and from time to time by warrant under his hand and Seal appoint such other persons as, in his absolute discretion, he may think fit, to be members of the Council of State, but not more than seven persons so appointed shall be members of the Council of State at the same time. <li>Every member of the Council of State shall at the first meeting thereof which he attends as a member take and subscribe a declaration in the following form:<br />"In the presence of Almighty God I, ___________, do solemnly and sincerely promise and declare that I will faithfully and conscientiously fulfil my duties as a member of the Council of State." <li>Every member of the Council of State appointed by the President, unless he dies, resigns, becomes permanently incapacitated, or is removed from office, shall hold office until the successor of the President by whom he was appointed shall have entered upon his office. <li>Any member of the Council of State appointed by the President may resign from office by placing his resignation in the hands of the President. <li>The President may, for reasons which to him seem sufficient, by an order under his hand and Seal, terminate the appointment of any member of the Council of State appointed by him. <li>Meetings of the Council of State may be convened by the President at such times and places as he shall determine.</ol> =====Article 32===== The President shall not exercise or perform any of the powers or functions which are by this Constitution expressed to be exercisable or performable by him after consultation with the Council of State unless, and on every occasion before so doing, he shall have convened a meeting of the Council of State and the members present at such meeting shall have been heard by him. ==THE COMPTROLLER AND AUDITOR GENERAL== =====Article 33===== <ol><li>There shall be a Comptroller and Auditor General to control on behalf of the State all disbursements and to audit all accounts of moneys administered by or under the authority of the Oireachtas. <li>The Comptroller and Auditor General shall be appointed by the President on the nomination of Dáil Éireann. <li>The Comptroller and Auditor General shall not be a member of either House of the Oireachtas and shall not hold any other office or position of emolument. <li>The Comptroller and Auditor General shall report to Dáil Éireann at stated periods as determined by law. <li><ol><li>The Comptroller and Auditor General shall not be removed from office except for stated misbehaviour or incapacity, and then only upon resolutions passed by Dáil Éireann and by Seanad Éireann calling for his removal. <li>The Taoiseach shall duly notify the President of any such resolutions as aforesaid passed by Dáil Éireann and by Seanad Éireann and shall send him a copy of each such resolution certified by the Chairman of the House of the Oireachtas by which it shall have been passed. <li>Upon receipt of such notification and of copies of such resolutions, the President shall forthwith, by an order under his hand and Seal, remove the Comptroller and Auditor General from office.</ol> <li>Subject to the foregoing, the terms and conditions of the office of Comptroller and Auditor General shall be determined by law.</ol> ==THE COURTS== =====Article 34===== <ol><li><s>Justice shall be administered in public courts established by law by judges appointed in the manner provided by this Constitution.</s><ref name="del2nd"/></ol> <ol><li><u>Justice shall be administered in courts established by law by judges appointed in the manner provided by this Constitution, and, save in such special and limited cases as may be prescribed by law, shall be administered in public.</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> <li>The Courts shall comprise<u>:</u> <ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"><li>Courts of First Instance<u>,</u></li> <li><u>a Court of Appeal;</u><ref name="ins33rd">inserted by the 33rd Amendment.</ref></li> <li>and a Court of Final Appeal.</li></ol> <li><ol><li>The Courts of First Instance shall include a High Court invested with full original jurisdiction in and power to determine all matters and questions whether of law or fact, civil or criminal. <li><s>The jurisdiction of the High Court shall extend to the question of the validity of any law having regard to the provisions of this Constitution, and in all cases in which any such matter shall come into question the High Court alone shall exercise original jurisdiction.</s><ref name="del2nd"/> </ol><ol start="2"> <li><u>Save as otherwise provided by this Article, the jurisdiction of the High Court shall extend to the question of the validity of any law having regard to the provisions of this Constitution, and no such question shall be raised (whether by pleading, argument or otherwise) in any Court established under this or any other Article of this Constitution other than the High Court or the Supreme Court.</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> <li><u>No Court whatever shall have jurisdiction to question the validity of a law, or any provision of a law, the Bill for which shall have been referred to the Supreme Court by the President under Article 26 of this Constitution, or to question the validity of a provision of a law where the corresponding provision in the Bill for such law shall have been referred to the Supreme Court by the President under the said Article 26.</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> <li><ref>renumbered by the 2nd amendment.</ref> The Courts of First Instance shall also include Courts of local and limited jurisdiction with a right of appeal as determined by law.</ol> <li><ol><li>The Court of Final Appeal shall be called the Supreme Court. <li>The president of the Supreme Court shall be called the Chief Justice. <li>The Supreme Court shall, with such exceptions and subject to such regulations as may be prescribed by law, have appellate jurisdiction from all decisions of the High Court, and shall also have appellate jurisdiction from such decisions of other courts as may be prescribed by law. <li>No law shall be enacted excepting from the appellate jurisdiction of the Supreme Court cases which involve questions as to the validity of any law having regard to the provisions of this Constitution. <li><u>The decision of the Supreme Court on a question as to the validity of a law having regard to the provisions of this Constitution shall be pronounced by such one of the judges of that Court as that Court shall direct, and no other opinion on such question, whether assenting or dissenting, shall be pronounced, nor shall the existence of any such other opinion be disclosed.</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> <li>The decision of the Supreme Court shall in all cases be final and conclusive.</ol> <li><ol><li>Every person appointed a judge under this Constitution shall make and subscribe the following declaration:<br />"In the presence of Almighty God I, _________, do solemnly and sincerely promise and declare that I will duly and faithfully and to the best of my knowledge and power execute the office of Chief Justice (or as the case may be) without fear or favour, affection or ill-will towards any man, and that I will uphold the Constitution and the laws. May God direct and sustain me." <li>This declaration shall be made and subscribed by the Chief Justice in the presence of the President, and by each of the other judges of the Supreme Court, the judges of the High Court and the judges of every other Court in the presence of the Chief Justice or the senior available judge of the Supreme Court in open court. <li>The declaration shall be made and subscribed by every judge before entering upon his duties as such judge, and in any case not later than ten days after the date of his appointment or such later date as may be determined by the President. <li>Any judge who declines or neglects to make such declaration as aforesaid shall be deemed to have vacated his office.</ol></ol> ===<u>ESTABLISHMENT OF COURT OF APPEAL</u>=== =====<u>Article 34A</u>===== <ol><li><u> The Court of Appeal referred to in paragraph ii of Article 34.2 hereof (“the Court of Appeal”) shall be established in accordance with this Article.</u></li> <li><u>As soon as practicable after the enactment of this Article, a law providing for the establishment of the Court of Appeal shall be enacted.</u></li> <li><u>That law shall require the Government to appoint by order a day (“the establishment day”) on which the Court of Appeal shall be established by virtue of that law; an order of the Government as aforesaid shall operate to have that effect accordingly.</u></li> <li><u>This Article shall be omitted from every official text of this Constitution published after the establishment day.</u><ref name="ins33rd"/></li></ol> =====Article 35===== <ol><li>The judges of the Supreme Court, the High Court and all other Courts established in pursuance of Article 34 hereof shall be appointed by the President. <li>All judges shall be independent in the exercise of their judicial functions and subject only to this Constitution and the law. <li>No judge shall be eligible to be a member of either House of the Oireachtas or to hold any other office or position of emolument. <li><ol><li>A judge of the Supreme Court or the High Court shall not be removed from office except for stated misbehaviour or incapacity, and then only upon resolutions passed by Dáil Éireann and by Seanad Éireann calling for his removal. <li>The Taoiseach shall duly notify the President of any such resolutions passed by Dáil Éireann and by Seanad Éireann, and shall send him a copy of every such resolution certified by the Chairman of the House of the Oireachtas by which it shall have been passed. <li>Upon receipt of such notification and of copies of such resolutions, the President shall forthwith, by an order under his hand and Seal, remove from office the judge to whom they relate.</ol> <li><s>The remuneration of a judge shall not be reduced during his continuance in office.</s><ref>deleted by the 29th amendment.</ref></ol> <ol start="5"><li><ol><li><u>The remuneration of judges shall not be reduced during their continuance in office save in accordance with this section.</u> <li><u>The remuneration of judges is subject to the imposition of taxes, levies or other charges that are imposed by law on persons generally or persons belonging to a particular class.</u> <li><u>Where, before or after the enactment of this section, reductions have been or are made by law to the remuneration of persons belonging to classes of persons whose remuneration is paid out of public money and such law states that those reductions are in the public interest, provision may also be made by law to make proportionate reductions to the remuneration of judges.</u><ref>inserted by the 29th amendment.</ref></ol></ol> =====Article 36===== Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Constitution relating to the Courts, the following matters shall be regulated in accordance with law, that is to say:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"> <li>the number of judges of the Supreme Court, and of the High Court, the remuneration, age of retirement and pensions of such judges, <li>the number of the judges of all other Courts, and their terms of appointment, and <li>the constitution and organization of the said Courts, the distribution of jurisdiction and business among the said Courts and judges, and all matters of procedure.</ol> =====Article 37===== <ol><li>Nothing in this Constitution shall operate to invalidate the exercise of limited functions and powers of a judicial nature, in matters other than criminal matters, by any person or body of persons duly authorised by law to exercise such functions and powers, notwithstanding that such person or such body of persons is not a judge or a court appointed or established as such under this Constitution. <li><u>No adoption of a person taking effect or expressed to take effect at any time after the coming into operation of this Constitution under laws enacted by the Oireachtas and being an adoption pursuant to an order made or an authorisation given by any person or body of persons designated by those laws to exercise such functions and powers was or shall be invalid by reason only of the fact that such person or body of persons was not a judge or a court appointed or established as such under this Constitution.</u><ref name="ins6th">inserted by the 6th amendment.</ref></ol> ==TRIAL OF OFFENCES== =====Article 38===== <ol><li>No person shall be tried on any criminal charge save in due course of law. <li>Minor offences may be tried by courts of summary jurisdiction. <li><ol><li>Special courts may be established by law for the trial of offences in cases where it may be determined in accordance with such law that the ordinary courts are inadequate to secure the effective administration of justice, and the preservation of public peace and order. <li>The constitution, powers, jurisdiction and procedure of such special courts shall be prescribed by law.</ol> <li><ol><li>Military tribunals may be established for the trial of offences against military law alleged to have been committed by persons while subject to military law and also to deal with a state of war or armed rebellion. <li>A member of the Defence Forces not on active service shall not be tried by any courtmartial or other military tribunal for an offence cognisable by the civil courts unless such offence is within the jurisdiction of any courtmartial or other military tribunal under any law for the enforcement of military discipline.</ol> <li>Save in the case of the trial of offences under section 2, section 3 or section 4 of this Article no person shall be tried on any criminal charge without a jury. <li>The provisions of Articles 34 and 35 of this Constitution shall not apply to any court or tribunal set up under section 3 or section 4 of this Article.</ol> =====Article 39===== Treason shall consist only in levying war against the State, or assisting any State or person or inciting or conspiring with any person to levy war against the State, or attempting by force of arms or other violent means to overthrow the organs of government established by this Constitution, or taking part or being concerned in or inciting or conspiring with any person to make or to take part or be concerned in any such attempt. ==FUNDAMENTAL RIGHTS== ===PERSONAL RIGHTS=== =====Article 40===== <ol><li>All citizens shall, as human persons, be held equal before the law.<br />This shall not be held to mean that the State shall not in its enactments have due regard to differences of capacity, physical and moral, and of social function. <li><ol><li>Titles of nobility shall not be conferred by the State. <li>No title of nobility or of honour may be accepted by any citizen except with the prior approval of the Government.</ol> <li><ol><li>The State guarantees in its laws to respect, and, as far as practicable, by its laws to defend and vindicate the personal rights of the citizen. <li>The State shall, in particular, by its laws protect as best it may from unjust attack and, in the case of injustice done, vindicate the life, person, good name, and property rights of every citizen. <li><s><u>The State acknowledges the right to life of the unborn and, with due regard to the equal right to life of the mother, guarantees in its laws to respect, and, as far as practicable, by its laws to defend and vindicate that right.</u></s><ref name="ins8th">inserted by the 8th amendment.</ref><ref name="del36th">deleted by the 36th amendment.</ref> <br><br> <s><u>This subsection shall not limit freedom to travel between the State and another state.</u></s><ref name="ins13th">inserted by the 13th amendment.</ref><ref name="del36th">deleted by the 36th amendment.</ref> <br><br> <s><u>This subsection shall not limit freedom to obtain or make available, in the State, subject to such conditions as may be laid down by law, information relating to services lawfully available in another state.</u></s><ref name="ins14th">inserted by the 14th amendment.</ref><ref name="del36th">deleted by the 36th amendment.</ref> </ol><ol start="3"> <li><u>Provision may be made by law for the regulation of termination of pregnancy.</u><ref name="ins36th">inserted by the 36th amendment.</ref></li></ol> <li><ol><li>No citizen shall be deprived of his personal liberty save in accordance with law. <li><s>Upon complaint being made by or on behalf of any person that he is being unlawfully detained, the High Court and any and every judge thereof shall forthwith enquire into the same and may make an order requiring the person in whose custody such person shall be detained to produce the body of the person so detained before such court or judge without delay and to certify in writing as to the cause of the detention, and such Court or judge shall thereupon order the release of such person unless satisfied that he is being detained in accordance with the law.</s><ref name="del2nd"/> </ol><ol start="2"> <li><u>Upon complaint being made by or on behalf of any person to the High Court or any judge thereof alleging that such person is being unlawfully detained, the High Court and any and every judge thereof to whom such complaint is made shall forthwith enquire into the said complaint and may order the person in whose custody such person is detained to produce the body of such person before the High Court on a named day and to certify in writing the grounds of his detention, and the High Court shall, upon the body of such person being produced before that Court and after giving the person in whose custody he is detained an opportunity of justifying the detention, order the release of such person from such detention unless satisfied that he is being detained in accordance with the law.</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> <li><u>Where the body of a person alleged to be unlawfully detained is produced before the High Court in pursuance of an order in that behalf made under this section and that Court is satisfied that such person is being detained in accordance with a law but that such law is invalid having regard to the provisions of this Constitution, the High Court shall refer the question of the validity of such law to the Supreme Court by way of case stated and may, at the time of such reference or at any time thereafter, allow the said person to be at liberty on such bail and subject to such conditions as the High Court shall fix until the Supreme Court has determined the question so referred to it.</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> <li><u>The High Court before which the body of a person alleged to be unlawfully detained is to be produced in pursuance of an order in that behalf made under this section shall, if the President of the High Court or, if he is not available, the senior judge of that Court who is available so directs in respect of any particular case, consist of three judges and shall, in every other case, consist of one judge only.</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> <li><u><s>Where an order is made under this section by the High Court or a judge thereof for the production of the body of a person who is under sentence of death, the High Court or such judge thereof shall further order that the execution of the said sentence of death shall be deferred until after the body of such person has been produced before the High Court and the lawfulness of his detention has been determined and if, after such deferment, the detention of such person is determined to be lawful, the High Court shall appoint a day for the execution of the said sentence of death and that sentence shall have effect with the substitution of the day so appointed for the day originally fixed for the execution thereof.</s></u><ref>inserted by the 2nd amendment, deleted by the 21st.</ref> </ol><ol start="5"> <li><ref name="ren2nd">renumbered by the 2nd amendment.</ref><ref name="ren21st">renumbered by the 21st amendment.</ref> Nothing in this section, however, shall be invoked to prohibit, control, or interfere with any act of the Defence Forces during the existence of a state of war or armed rebellion. <li><ref name="ren21st">renumbered by the 21st amendment.</ref> <u>Provision may be made by law for the refusal of bail by a court to a person charged with a serious offence where it is reasonably considered necessary to prevent the commission of a serious offence by that person.</u><ref name="ins16th">inserted by the 16th amendment.</ref></ol> <li>The dwelling of every citizen is inviolable and shall not be forcibly entered save in accordance with law. <li><ol><li>The State guarantees liberty for the exercise of the following rights, subject to public order and morality:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"> <li>The right of the citizens to express freely their convictions and opinions. <br><br> The education of public opinion being, however, a matter of such grave import to the common good, the State shall endeavour to ensure that organs of public opinion, such as the radio, the press, the cinema, while preserving their rightful liberty of expression, including criticism of Government policy, shall not be used to undermine public order or morality or the authority of the State. <br><br> The publication or utterance of <s>blasphemous,</s><ref name="del37th">deleted by the 37th amendment.</ref> seditious<s>,</s><ref name="del37th">deleted by the 37th amendment.</ref> or indecent matter is an offence which shall be punishable in accordance with law. <li>The right of the citizens to assemble peaceably and without arms. <br><br> Provision may be made by law to prevent or control meetings which are determined in accordance with law to be calculated to cause a breach of the peace or to be a danger or nuisance to the general public and to prevent or control meetings in the vicinity of either House of the Oireachtas. <li>The right of the citizens to form associations and unions. <br><br> Laws, however, may be enacted for the regulation and control in the public interest of the exercise of the foregoing right.</ol> <li>Laws regulating the manner in which the right of forming associations and unions and the right of free assembly may be exercised shall contain no political, religious or class discrimination.</ol></ol> ===THE FAMILY=== =====Article 41===== <ol><li><ol><li>The State recognises the Family as the natural primary and fundamental unit group of Society, and as a moral institution possessing inalienable and imprescriptible rights, antecedent and superior to all positive law. <li>The State, therefore, guarantees to protect the Family in its constitution and authority, as the necessary basis of social order and as indispensable to the welfare of the Nation and the State.</ol> <li><ol><li>In particular, the State recognises that by her life within the home, woman gives to the State a support without which the common good cannot be achieved. <li>The State shall, therefore, endeavour to ensure that mothers shall not be obliged by economic necessity to engage in labour to the neglect of their duties in the home.</ol> <li><ol><li>The State pledges itself to guard with special care the institution of Marriage, on which the Family is founded, and to protect it against attack. <li><s>No law shall be enacted providing for the grant of a dissolution of marriage.</s><ref>deleted by the 15th amendment.</ref> </ol><ol start="2"> <li><u>A Court designated by law may grant a dissolution of marriage where, but only where, it is satisfied that—</u><ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"> <li><s>at the date of the institution of the proceedings, the spouses have lived apart from one another for a period of, or periods amounting to, at least four years during the previous five years,</s><ref>deleted by the 38th amendment.</ref> </ol><ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"> <li><u>there is no reasonable prospect of a reconciliation between the spouses,</u> <li><u>such provision as the Court considers proper having regard to the circumstances exists or will be made for the spouses, any children of either or both of them and any other person prescribed by law, and</u> <li><u>any further conditions prescribed by law are complied with.</u><ref>inserted by the 15th amendment.</ref></ol> <li><s>No person whose marriage has been dissolved under the civil law of any other State but is a subsisting valid marriage under the law for the time being in force within the jurisdiction of the Government and Parliament established by this Constitution shall be capable of contracting a valid marriage within that jurisdiction during the lifetime of the other party to the marriage so dissolved.</s><ref>deleted by the 38th amendment.</ref> </ol><ol start="3"> <li><u>Provision may be made by law for the recognition under the law of the State of a dissolution of marriage granted under the civil law of another state.</u><ref>inserted by the 38th amendment.</ref></ol> <li><u>Marriage may be contracted in accordance with law by two persons without distinction as to their sex.</u><ref>inserted by the 34th amendment.</ref></ol> ===EDUCATION=== =====Article 42===== <ol><li>The State acknowledges that the primary and natural educator of the child is the Family and guarantees to respect the inalienable right and duty of parents to provide, according to their means, for the religious and moral, intellectual, physical and social education of their children. <li>Parents shall be free to provide this education in their homes or in private schools or in schools recognised or established by the State. <li><ol><li>The State shall not oblige parents in violation of their conscience and lawful preference to send their children to schools established by the State, or to any particular type of school designated by the State. <li>The State shall, however, as guardian of the common good, require in view of actual conditions that the children receive a certain minimum education, moral, intellectual and social.</ol> <li>The State shall provide for free primary education and shall endeavour to supplement and give reasonable aid to private and corporate educational initiative, and, when the public good requires it, provide other educational facilities or institutions with due regard, however, for the rights of parents, especially in the matter of religious and moral formation. <li><s>In exceptional cases, where the parents for physical or moral reasons fail in their duty towards their children, the State as guardian of the common good, by appropriate means shall endeavour to supply the place of the parents, but always with due regard for the natural and imprescriptible rights of the child.</s><ref>deleted by the 31st amendment.</ref></ol> ===<u>CHILDREN</u>=== =====<u>Article 42A</u>===== <ol><li><u>The State recognises and affirms the natural and imprescriptible rights of all children and shall, as far as practicable, by its laws protect and vindicate those rights.</u> <li><ol><li><u>In exceptional cases, where the parents, regardless of their marital status, fail in their duty towards their children to such extent that the safety or welfare of any of their children is likely to be prejudicially affected, the State as guardian of the common good shall, by proportionate means as provided by law, endeavour to supply the place of the parents, but always with due regard for the natural and imprescriptible rights of the child.</u> <li><u>Provision shall be made by law for the adoption of any child where the parents have failed for such a period of time as may be prescribed by law in their duty towards the child and where the best interests of the child so require.</u></ol> <li><u>Provision shall be made by law for the voluntary placement for adoption and the adoption of any child.</u> <li><ol><li><u>Provision shall be made by law that in the resolution of all proceedings—</u> <ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"><li><u>brought by the State, as guardian of the common good, for the purpose of preventing the safety and welfare of any child from being prejudicially affected, or</u> <li><u>concerning the adoption, guardianship or custody of, or access to, any child,</u></ol> <u>the best interests of the child shall be the paramount consideration.</u> <li><u>Provision shall be made by law for securing, as far as practicable, that in all proceedings referred to in subsection 1° of this section in respect of any child who is capable of forming his or her own views, the views of the child shall be ascertained and given due weight having regard to the age and maturity of the child.</u><ref>inserted by the 31st amendment.</ref></ol></ol> ===PRIVATE PROPERTY=== =====Article 43===== <ol><li><ol><li>The State acknowledges that man, in virtue of his rational being, has the natural right, antecedent to positive law, to the private ownership of external goods. <li>The State accordingly guarantees to pass no law attempting to abolish the right of private ownership or the general right to transfer, bequeath, and inherit property.</ol> <li><ol><li>The State recognises, however, that the exercise of the rights mentioned in the foregoing provisions of this Article ought, in civil society, to be regulated by the principles of social justice. <li>The State, accordingly, may as occasion requires delimit by law the exercise of the said rights with a view to reconciling their exercise with the exigencies of the common good.</ol></ol> ===RELIGION=== =====Article 44===== <ol><li>The State acknowledges that the homage of public worship is due to Almighty God. It shall hold His Name in reverence, and shall respect and honour religion. <ol start="2"><li><s>The State recognises the special position of the Holy Catholic Apostolic and Roman Church as the guardian of the Faith professed by the great majority of the citizens.</s> <li><s>The State also recognises the Church of Ireland, the Presbyterian Church in Ireland, the Methodist Church in Ireland, the Religious Society of Friends in Ireland, as well as the Jewish Congregations and the other religious denominations existing in Ireland at the date of the coming into operation of this Constitution.</s><ref>deleted by the 5th amendment.</ref></ol> <li><ol><li>Freedom of conscience and the free profession and practice of religion are, subject to public order and morality, guaranteed to every citizen. <li>The State guarantees not to endow any religion. <li>The State shall not impose any disabilities or make any discrimination on the ground of religious profession, belief or status. <li>Legislation providing State aid for schools shall not discriminate between schools under the management of different religious denominations, nor be such as to affect prejudicially the right of any child to attend a school receiving public money without attending religious instruction at that school. <li>Every religious denomination shall have the right to manage its own affairs, own, acquire and administer property, movable and immovable, and maintain institutions for religious or charitable purposes. <li>The property of any religious denomination or any educational institution shall not be diverted save for necessary works of public utility and on payment of compensation.</ol></ol> ==DIRECTIVE PRINCIPLES OF SOCIAL POLICY== =====Article 45===== The principles of social policy set forth in this Article are intended for the general guidance of the Oireachtas. The application of those principles in the making of laws shall be the care of the Oireachtas exclusively, and shall not be cognisable by any Court under any of the provisions of this Constitution. <ol><li>The State shall strive to promote the welfare of the whole people by securing and protecting as effectively as it may a social order in which justice and charity shall inform all the institutions of the national life. <li>The State shall, in particular, direct its policy towards securing:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"> <li>That the citizens (all of whom, men and women equally, have the right to an adequate means of livelihood) may through their occupations find the means of making reasonable provision for their domestic needs. <li>That the ownership and control of the material resources of the community may be so distributed amongst private individuals and the various classes as best to subserve the common good. <li>That, especially, the operation of free competition shall not be allowed so to develop as to result in the concentration of the ownership or control of essential commodities in a few individuals to the common detriment. <li>That in what pertains to the control of credit the constant and predominant aim shall be the welfare of the people as a whole. <li>That there may be established on the land in economic security as many families as in the circumstances shall be practicable.</ol> <li><ol><li>The State shall favour and, where necessary, supplement private initiative in industry and commerce. <li>The State shall endeavour to secure that private enterprise shall be so conducted as to ensure reasonable efficiency in the production and distribution of goods and as to protect the public against unjust exploitation.</ol> <li><ol><li>The State pledges itself to safeguard with especial care the economic interests of the weaker sections of the community, and, where necessary, to contribute to the support of the infirm, the widow, the orphan, and the aged. <li>The State shall endeavour to ensure that the strength and health of workers, men and women, and the tender age of children shall not be abused and that citizens shall not be forced by economic necessity to enter avocations unsuited to their sex, age or strength.</ol></ol> ==AMENDMENT OF THE CONSTITUTION== =====Article 46===== <ol><li>Any provision of this Constitution may be amended, whether by way of variation, addition, or repeal, in the manner provided by this Article. <li>Every proposal for an amendment of this Constitution shall be initiated in Dáil Éireann as a Bill, and shall upon having been passed or deemed to have been passed by both Houses of the Oireachtas, be submitted by Referendum to the decision of the people in accordance with the law for the time being in force relating to the Referendum. <li>Every such Bill shall be expressed to be "An Act to amend the Constitution". <li>A Bill containing a proposal or proposals for the amendment of this Constitution shall not contain any other proposal. <li>A Bill containing a proposal for the amendment of this Constitution shall be signed by the President forthwith upon his being satisfied that the provisions of this Article have been complied with in respect thereof and that such proposal has been duly approved by the people in accordance with the provisions of section 1 of Article 47 of this Constitution and shall be duly promulgated by the President as a law.</ol> ==THE REFERENDUM== =====Article 47===== <ol><li>Every proposal for an amendment of this Constitution which is submitted by Referendum to the decision of the people shall, for the purpose of Article 46 of this Constitution, be held to have been approved by the people, if, upon having been so submitted, a majority of the votes cast at such Referendum shall have been cast in favour of its enactment into law. <li><ol><li>Every <s>Bill and every</s> <ref name="del2nd"/> proposal, other than a proposal to amend the Constitution, which is submitted by Referendum to the decision of the people shall be held to have been vetoed by the people if a majority of the votes cast at such Referendum shall have been cast against its enactment into law and if the votes so cast against its enactment into law shall have amounted to not less than thirty-three and one-third per cent of the voters on the register. <li>Every <s>Bill and every</s> <ref name="del2nd"/> proposal, other than a proposal to amend the Constitution, which is submitted by Referendum to the decision of the people shall for the purposes of Article 27 hereof be held to have been approved by the people unless vetoed by them in accordance with the provisions of the foregoing sub-section of this section.</ol> <li>Every citizen who has the right to vote at an election for members of Dáil Éireann shall have the right to vote at a Referendum. <li>Subject as aforesaid, the Referendum shall be regulated by law.</ol> ==REPEAL OF CONSTITUTION OF SAORSTÁT ÉIREANN AND CONTINUANCE OF LAWS== =====Article 48===== The Constitution of Saorstát Éireann in force immediately prior to the date of the coming into operation of this Constitution and the Constitution of the Irish Free State (Saorstát Éireann) Act, 1922, in so far as that Act or any provision thereof is then in force shall be and are hereby repealed as on and from that date. =====Article 49===== <ol><li>All powers, functions, rights and prerogatives whatsoever exercisable in or in respect of Saorstát Éireann immediately before the 11th day of December, 1936, whether in virtue of the Constitution then in force or otherwise, by the authority in which the executive power of Saorstát Éireann was then vested are hereby declared to belong to the people. <li>It is hereby enacted that, save to the extent to which provision is made by this Constitution or may hereafter be made by law for the exercise of any such power, function, right or prerogative by any of the organs established by this Constitution, the said powers, functions, rights and prerogatives shall not be exercised or be capable of being exercised in or in respect of the State save only by or on the authority of the Government. <li>The Government shall be the successors of the Government of Saorstát Éireann as regards all property, assets, rights and liabilities.</ol> =====Article 50===== <ol><li>Subject to this Constitution and to the extent to which they are not inconsistent therewith, the laws in force in Saorstát Éireann immediately prior to the date of the coming into operation of this Constitution shall continue to be of full force and effect until the same or any of them shall have been repealed or amended by enactment of the Oireachtas. <li>Laws enacted before, but expressed to come into force after, the coming into operation of this Constitution, shall, unless otherwise enacted by the Oireachtas, come into force in accordance with the terms thereof.</ol> ==TRANSITORY PROVISIONS== =====Article 51===== <ol><li>Notwithstanding anything contained in Article 46 hereof, any of the provisions of this Constitution, except the provisions of the said Article 46 and this Article, may, subject as hereinafter provided, be amended by the Oireachtas, whether by way of variation, addition or repeal, within a period of three years after the date on which the first President shall have entered upon the office. <li>A proposal for the amendment of this Constitution under this Article shall not be enacted into law if, prior to such enactment, the President, after consultation with the Council of State, shall have signified in a message under his hand and Seal addressed to the Chairman of each of the Houses of the Oireachtas that the proposal is in his opinion a proposal to effect an amendment of such a character and importance that the will of the people thereon ought to be ascertained by Referendum before its enactment into law. <li>The foregoing provisions of this Article shall cease to have the force of law immediately upon the expiration of the period of three years referred to in section 1 hereof. <li>This Article shall be omitted from every official text of this Constitution published after the expiration of the said period.</ol> =====Article 52===== <ol><li>This Article and subsequent Articles shall be omitted from every official text of this Constitution published after the date on which the first President shall have entered upon his office. <li>Every Article of this Constitution which is hereafter omitted in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Article from the official text of this Constitution shall notwithstanding such omission continue to have the force of law.</ol> =====Article 53===== <ol><li>On the coming into operation of this Constitution a general election for Seanad Éireann shall be held in accordance with the relevant Articles of this Constitution as if a dissolution of Dáil Éireann had taken place on the date of the coming into operation of this Constitution. <li>For the purposes of this Article references in the relevant provisions of this Constitution to a dissolution of Dáil Éireann shall be construed as referring to the coming into operation of this Constitution, and in those provisions the expression "Dáil Éireann" shall include the Chamber of Deputies (Dáil Éireann) established by the Constitution hereby repealed. <li>The first assembly of Seanad Éireann shall take place not later than one hundred and eighty days after the coming into operation of this Constitution.</ol> =====Article 54===== <ol><li>The Chamber of Deputies (Dáil Éireann) established by the Constitution hereby repealed and existing immediately before that repeal shall, on the coming into operation of this Constitution, become and be Dáil Éireann for all the purposes of this Constitution. <li>Every person who is a member of the said Chamber of Deputies (Dáil Éireann) immediately before the said repeal shall, on the coming into operation of this Constitution, become and be a member of Dáil Éireann as if he had been elected to be such member at an election held under this Constitution. <li>The member of the said Chamber of Deputies (Dáil Éireann) who is immediately before the said repeal Ceann Comhairle shall upon the coming into operation of this Constitution become and be the Chairman of Dáil Éireann.</ol> =====Article 55===== <ol><li>After the coming into operation of this Constitution and until the first assembly of Seanad Éireann, the Oireachtas shall consist of one House only. <li>The House forming the Oireachtas under this Article shall be Dáil Éireann. <li>Until the first President enters upon his office, the Oireachtas shall be complete and capable of functioning notwithstanding that there is no President. <li>Until the first President enters upon his office, bills passed or deemed to have been passed by the House or by both Houses of the Oireachtas shall be signed and promulgated by the Commission hereinafter mentioned instead of by the President.</ol> =====Article 56===== <ol><li>On the coming into operation of this Constitution, the Government in office immediately before the coming into operation of this Constitution shall become and be the Government for the purposes of this Constitution and the members of that Government shall without any appointment under Article 13 hereof, continue to hold their respective offices as if they had been appointed thereto under the said Article 13. <li>The members of the Government in office on the date on which the first President shall enter upon his office shall receive official appointments from the President as soon as may be after the said date. <li>The Departments of State of Saorstát Éireann shall as on and from the date of the coming into operation of this Constitution and until otherwise determined by law become and be the Departments of State. <li>On the coming into operation of this Constitution, the Civil Service of the Government of Saorstát Éireann shall become and be the Civil Service of the Government. <li><ol><li>Nothing in this Constitution shall prejudice or affect the <s>terms, conditions, remuneration or tenure</s><ref name="del2nd"/> <u>terms and conditions of service, or the tenure of office or the remuneration</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> of any person who was in any Governmental employment immediately prior to the coming into operation of this Constitution. <li><u>Nothing in this Article shall operate to invalidate or restrict any legislation whatsoever which has been enacted or may be enacted hereafter applying to or prejudicing or affecting all or any of the matters contained in the next preceding sub-section.</u><ref name="ins2nd"/></ol></ol> =====Article 57===== <ol><li>The first President shall enter upon his office not later than one hundred and eighty days after the date of the coming into operation of this Constitution. <li>After the date of the coming into operation of this Constitution and pending the entry of the first President upon his office the powers and functions of the President under this Constitution shall be exercised by a Commission consisting of the following persons, namely, the Chief Justice, the President of the High Court, and the Chairman of Dáil Éireann. <li>Whenever the Commission is incomplete by reason of a vacancy in an office the holder of which is a member of the Commission, the Commission shall, during such vacancy, be completed by the substitution of the senior judge of the Supreme Court who is not already a member of the Commission in the place of the holder of such office, and likewise in the event of any member of the Commission being, on any occasion, unable to act, his place shall be taken on that occasion by the senior judge of the Supreme Court who is available and is not already a member, or acting in the place of a member, of the Commission. <li>The Commission may act by any two of their number. <li>The provisions of this Constitution which relate to the exercise and performance by the President of the powers and functions conferred on him by this Constitution shall apply to the exercise and performance of the said powers and functions by the said Commission in like manner as those provisions apply to the exercise and performance of the said powers and functions by the President.</ol> =====Article 58===== <ol><li>On and after the coming into operation of this Constitution and until otherwise determined by law, the Supreme Court of Justice, the High Court of Justice, the Circuit Court of Justice and the District Court of Justice in existence immediately before the coming into operation of this Constitution shall, subject to the provisions of this Constitution relating to the determination of questions as to the validity of any law, continue to exercise the same jurisdictions respectively as theretofore, and any judge or justice being a member of any such Court shall, subject to compliance with the subsequent provisions of this Article, continue to be a member thereof and shall hold office by the like tenure and on the like terms as theretofore unless he signifies to the Taoiseach his desire to resign. <li>Every such judge and justice who shall not have so signified his desire to resign shall make and subscribe the declaration set forth in section 5 of Article 34 of this Constitution. <li>This declaration shall be made and subscribed by the Chief Justice in the presence of the Taoiseach, and by each of the other judges of the said Supreme Court, the judges of the said High Court and the judges of the said Circuit Court in the presence of the Chief Justice in open court. <li>In the case of the justices of the said District Court the declaration shall be made and subscribed in open court. <li>Every such declaration shall be made immediately upon the coming into operation of this Constitution, or as soon as may be thereafter. <li>Any such judge or justice who declines or neglects to make such declaration in the manner aforesaid shall be deemed to have vacated his office.</ol> =====Article 59===== On the coming into operation of this Constitution, the person who is the Attorney General of Saorstát Éireann immediately before the coming into operation of this Constitution shall, without any appointment under Article 30 of this Constitution, become and be the Attorney General as if he had been appointed to that office under the said Article 30. =====Article 60===== On the coming into operation of this Constitution the person who is the Comptroller and Auditor General of Saorstát Éireann immediately before the coming into operation of this Constitution shall, without any appointment under Article 33 of this Constitution, become and be the Comptroller and Auditor General as if he had been appointed to that office under the said Article 33. =====Article 61===== <ol><li>On the coming into operation of this Constitution, the Defence Forces and the Police Forces of Saorstát Éireann in existence immediately before the coming into operation of this Constitution shall become and be respectively the Defence Forces and the Police Forces of the State.</ol> <ol><li><ol><li>Every commissioned officer of the Defence Forces of Saorstát Éireann immediately before the coming into operation of this Constitution shall become and be a commissioned officer of corresponding rank of the Defence Forces of the State as if he had received a commission therein under Article 13 of this Constitution. <li>Every officer of the Defence Forces of the State at the date on which the first President enters upon his office shall receive a commission from the President as soon as may be after that date.</ol></ol> =====Article 62===== This Constitution shall come into operation <ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"> <li>on the day following the expiration of a period of one hundred and eighty days after its approval by the people signified by a majority of the votes cast at a plebiscite thereon held in accordance with law, or, <li>on such earlier day after such approval as may be fixed by a resolution of Dáil Éireann elected at the general election the polling for which shall have taken place on the same day as the said plebiscite.</ol> =====Article 63===== A copy of this Constitution signed by the Taoiseach, the Chief Justice, and the Chairman of Dáil Éireann, shall be enrolled for record in the office of the Registrar of the Supreme Court, and such signed copy shall be conclusive evidence of the provisions of this Constitution. In case of conflict between the Irish and the English texts, the Irish text shall prevail. ====<u>Establishment of Court of Appeal: Transitional Provisions</u>==== =====<u>Article 64</u>===== <u>1 In this Article “the establishment day” has the same meaning as it has in Article 34A of this Constitution.</u> <u>2 1° Sections 3 and 4 hereof apply to an appeal to the Supreme Court initiated before the establishment day that has not been heard, in full or in part, by the Supreme Court before that day. :2° For the purposes of this Article, an appeal shall not be taken to have been heard in part by reason of the Supreme Court having heard an interlocutory application relating to the appeal or, unless the appeal itself is confined to a procedural matter, the Supreme Court having heard any procedural application or motion in the matter.</u> <u>3 1° On or after the establishment day, the Chief Justice may, if the Chief Justice is satisfied that it is in the interests of the administration of justice and the efficient determination of appeals to do so, and with the concurrence of the other judges of the Supreme Court, give a direction under the seal of the Court providing that each appeal to which this section applies falling within a class of appeals specified in the direction shall be heardand determined by the Court of Appeal and, where such a direction is given, the Court of Appeal shall, subject to subsection 3° hereof, have jurisdiction to hear and determine each appeal the subject of that direction accordingly. :2° A direction under subsection 1° hereof may contain provision for any matter that the Chief Justice considers it appropriate to provide for in consequence of the appeals concerned being heard and determined by the Court of Appeal and any such provision shall have like effect to a provision contained in an order made by the Supreme Court. :3° The Supreme Court, on application to it that complies with such, if any, regulations as may be prescribed by law and made by any of the parties to an appeal the subject of a direction under subsection 1°, may, if it is satisfied that it is just to do so, make an order— ::i cancelling the effect of that direction, or ::ii cancelling or varying the effect of any provision, referred to in subsection 2° hereof, of that direction, :so far as it relates to that appeal.</u> <u>4 1° If, on application to it that complies with such, if any, regulations as may be prescribed by law and made by any of the parties to the appeal, the Supreme Court is satisfied that it is in the interests of the administration of justice and the efficient determination of appeals to do so, the Supreme Court may make an order providing that the appeal shall be heard and determined by the Court of Appeal and, where such an order is made, the Court of Appeal shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine the appeal accordingly. :2° An order under subsection 1° hereof may contain provision for any matter that the Supreme Court considers it appropriate to provide for in consequence of the appeal being heard and determined by the Court of Appeal.</u> <u>5 Save to the extent provided by any direction given or order made pursuant to the powers conferred by section 3 or 4 hereof, the exercise by the Supreme Court of its jurisdiction in relation to appeals to that Court initiated before the establishment day shall not be affected by the amendments of this Constitution made by the Thirty-third Amendment of the Constitution (Court of Appeal) Act 2013.</u> <u>6 Notwithstanding any amendments of this Constitution made as aforesaid, the Supreme Court shall continue to have appellate jurisdiction from decisions of the Court of Criminal Appeal that stood established before the establishment day to the extent provided, and subject to the same regulations as were prescribed, by law immediately before the establishment day, and sections 3 and 4 hereof shall not apply to an appeal from a decision of the Court of Criminal Appeal.</u> <u>7 This Article shall be omitted from every official text of this Constitution published on or following the expiry of one year after the establishment day.</u><ref name="ins33rd"/> {{c|Dochum Glóire Dé<br />agus<br />Onóra na hÉireann}} ==Footnotes== <references/> {{PD-EdictGov}} [[Category:Constitution of Ireland]] [[Category:Ireland]] 9mrbrwi7svif8u68oabtk1u4u7ye6w6 14127965 14127833 2024-04-25T14:55:55Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Constitution of Ireland (consolidated text) | author = | translator = | section = | previous = | next = |portal = Constitutional documents/Ireland |wikipedia= Constitution of Ireland | notes = The '''Constitution of Ireland''' ({{lang2|ga|Bunreacht na hÉireann}}) came into force on 29 December 1937 after having been passed by a national plebiscite the previous July. The Constitution is the second constitution of [[w:Republic of Ireland|independent Ireland]] and replaced the [[Constitution of the Irish Free State (consolidated text)|Constitution of the Irish Free State]]. {{wikipediaref|Constitution of Ireland}} ''Wikisource currently has three versions of the Constitution of Ireland:'' * ''The [[Constitution of Ireland (enrolled 2004)|version]] as enrolled by the Taoiseach under Article 25.5 in 2004.'' (Includes amendments up to and including the 27th amendment.) * ''The [[Constitution of Ireland (original text)|original version]] as enacted by the people in 1937.'' * ''This [[Constitution of Ireland (consolidated text)|consolidated version]] showing all the amendments which have been made to the Constitution since its enactment.'' (Last updated October 2021, reflecting amendments up to and including the 38th amendment, signed into law on 11th June, 2019.) }} BUNREACHT NA hÉIREANN<br> Enacted by the People 1st July, 1937<br> {{nonumtoc}}__TOC__ ==PREAMBLE== ''In the Name of the Most Holy Trinity, from Whom is all authority and to Whom, as our final end, all actions both of men and States must be referred,'' ''We, the people of Éire,'' ''Humbly acknowledging all our obligations to our Divine Lord, Jesus Christ, Who sustained our fathers through centuries of trial,'' ''Gratefully remembering their heroic and unremitting struggle to regain the rightful independence of our Nation,'' ''And seeking to promote the common good, with due observance of Prudence, Justice and Charity, so that the dignity and freedom of the individual may be assured, true social order attained, the unity of our country restored, and concord established with other nations,'' ''Do hereby adopt, enact, and give to ourselves this Constitution.'' ==THE NATION== =====Article 1===== The Irish nation hereby affirms its inalienable, indefeasible, and sovereign right to choose its own form of Government, to determine its relations with other nations, and to develop its life, political, economic and cultural, in accordance with its own genius and traditions. =====Article 2===== <s>The national territory consists of the whole island of Ireland, its islands and the territorial seas.</s><ref name="delArt29">deleted by Article 29.7.</ref> <u>It is the entitlement and birthright of every person born in the island of Ireland, which includes its islands and seas, to be part of the Irish nation. That is also the entitlement of all persons otherwise qualified in accordance with law to be citizens of Ireland. Furthermore, the Irish nation cherishes its special affinity with people of Irish ancestry living abroad who share its cultural identity and heritage.</u><ref name="insArt29"/> =====Article 3===== <s>Pending the re-integration of the national territory, and without prejudice to the right of the Parliament and Government established by this Constitution to exercise jurisdiction over the whole of that territory, the laws enacted by that Parliament shall have the like area and extent of application as the laws of Saorstát Éireann and the like extra-territorial effect.</s><ref name="delArt29"/> <ol><li><u>It is the firm will of the Irish nation, in harmony and friendship, to unite all the people who share the territory of the island of Ireland, in all the diversity of their identities and traditions, recognising that a united Ireland shall be brought about only by peaceful means with the consent of a majority of the people, democratically expressed, in both jurisdictions in the island. Until then, the laws enacted by the Parliament established by this Constitution shall have the like area and extent of application as the laws enacted by the Parliament that existed immediately before the coming into operation of this Constitution.</u> <li><u>Institutions with executive powers and functions that are shared between those jurisdictions may be established by their respective responsible authorities for stated purposes and may exercise powers and functions in respect of all or any part of the island.</u><ref name="insArt29">inserted by Article 29.7.</ref></ol> ==THE STATE== =====Article 4===== The name of the State is Éire, or, in the English language, Ireland. =====Article 5===== Ireland is a sovereign, independent, democratic state. =====Article 6===== <ol><li>All powers of government, legislative, executive and judicial, derive, under God, from the people, whose right it is to designate the rulers of the State and, in final appeal, to decide all questions of national policy, according to the requirements of the common good. <li>These powers of government are exercisable only by or on the authority of the organs of State established by this Constitution.</ol> =====Article 7===== The national flag is the tricolour of green, white and orange. =====Article 8===== <ol><li>The Irish language as the national language is the first official language. <li>The English language is recognised as a second official language. <li>Provision may, however, be made by law for the exclusive use of either of the said languages for any one or more official purposes, either throughout the State or in any part thereof.</ol> =====Article 9===== <ol><li><ol><li>On the coming into operation of this Constitution any person who was a citizen of Saorstát Éireann immediately before the coming into operation of this Constitution shall become and be a citizen of Ireland. <li>The future acquisition and loss of Irish nationality and citizenship shall be determined in accordance with law. <li>No person may be excluded from Irish nationality and citizenship by reason of the sex of such person.</ol> <li><ol><li><u>Notwithstanding any other provision of this Constitution, a person born in the island of Ireland, which includes its islands and seas, who does not have, at the time of the birth of that person, at least one parent who is an Irish citizen or entitled to be an Irish citizen is not entitled to Irish citizenship or nationality, unless provided for by law.</u> <li><u>This section shall not apply to persons born before the date of the enactment of this section.</u><ref name="ins27th">inserted by the 27th amendment.</ref></ol> <li>Fidelity to the nation and loyalty to the State are fundamental political duties of all citizens.<ref name="ren27th">renumbered by the 27th amendment.</ref></ol> =====Article 10===== <ol><li>All natural resources, including the air and all forms of potential energy, within the jurisdiction of the Parliament and Government established by this Constitution and all royalties and franchises within that jurisdiction belong to the State subject to all estates and interests therein for the time being lawfully vested in any person or body. <li>All land and all mines, minerals and waters which belonged to Saorstát Éireann immediately before the coming into operation of this Constitution belong to the State to the same extent as they then belonged to Saorstát Éireann. <li>Provision may be made by law for the management of the property which belongs to the State by virtue of this Article and for the control of the alienation, whether temporary or permanent, of that property. <li>Provision may also be made by law for the management of land, mines, minerals and waters acquired by the State after the coming into operation of this Constitution and for the control of the alienation, whether temporary or permanent, of the land, mines, minerals and waters so acquired.</ol> =====Article 11===== All revenues of the State from whatever source arising shall, subject to such exception as may be provided by law, form one fund, and shall be appropriated for the purposes and in the manner and subject to the charges and liabilities determined and imposed by law. ==THE PRESIDENT== =====Article 12===== <ol><li>There shall be a President of Ireland (Uachtarán na hÉireann), hereinafter called the President, who shall take precedence over all other persons in the State and who shall exercise and perform the powers and functions conferred on the President by this Constitution and by law. <li><ol><li>The President shall be elected by direct vote of the people. <li>Every citizen who has the right to vote at an election for members of Dáil Éireann shall have the right to vote at an election for President. <li>The voting shall be by secret ballot and on the system of proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote.</ol> <li><ol><li>The President shall hold office for seven years from the date upon which he enters upon his office, unless before the expiration of that period he dies, or resigns, or is removed from office, or becomes permanently incapacitated, such incapacity being established to the satisfaction of the Supreme Court consisting of not less than five judges. <li>A person who holds, or who has held, office as President, shall be eligible for re-election to that office once, but only once. <li>An election for the office of President shall be held not later than, and not earlier than the sixtieth day before, the date of the expiration of the term of office of every President, but in the event of the removal from office of the President or of his death, resignation, or permanent incapacity established as aforesaid <u>(whether occurring before or after he enters upon his office)</u><ref name="ins2nd">inserted by the 2nd amendment.</ref>, an election for the office of President shall be held within sixty days after such event.</ol> <li><ol><li>Every citizen who has reached his thirty-fifth year of age is eligible for election to the office of President. <li>Every candidate for election, not a former or retiring President, must be nominated either by:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"> <li>not less than twenty persons, each of whom is at the time a member of one of the Houses of the Oireachtas, or <li>by the Councils of not less than four administrative Counties (including County Boroughs) as defined by law.</ol> <li>No person and no such Council shall be entitled to subscribe to the nomination of more than one candidate in respect of the same election. <li>Former or retiring Presidents may become candidates on their own nomination. <li>Where only one candidate is nominated for the office of President it shall not be necessary to proceed to a ballot for his election.</ol> <li>Subject to the provisions of this Article, elections for the office of President shall be regulated by law. <li><ol><li>The President shall not be a member of either House of the Oireachtas. <li>If a member of either House of the Oireachtas be elected President, he shall be deemed to have vacated his seat in that House. <li>The President shall not hold any other office or position of emolument.</ol> <li>The first President shall enter upon his office as soon as may be after his election, and every subsequent President shall enter upon his office on the day following the expiration of the term of office of his predecessor or as soon as may be thereafter or, in the event of his predecessor’s removal from office, death, resignation, or permanent incapacity established as provided by section 3 hereof, as soon as may be after the election. <li>The President shall enter upon his office by taking and subscribing publicly, in the presence of members of both Houses of the Oireachtas, of Judges of the Supreme Court and of the High Court, and other public personages, the following declaration:<br />"In the presence of Almighty God I ,do solemnly and sincerely promise and declare that I will maintain the Constitution of Ireland and uphold its laws, that I will fulfil my duties faithfully and conscientiously in accordance with the Constitution and the law, and that I will dedicate my abilities to the service and welfare of the people of Ireland. May God direct and sustain me." <li>The President shall not leave the State during his term of office save with the consent of the Government. <li><ol><li>The President may be impeached for stated misbehaviour. <li>The charge shall be preferred by either of the Houses of the Oireachtas, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this section. <li>A proposal to either House of the Oireachtas to prefer a charge against the President under this section shall not be entertained unless upon a notice of motion in writing signed by not less than thirty members of that House. <li>No such proposal shall be adopted by either of the Houses of the Oireachtas save upon a resolution of that House supported by not less than two-thirds of the total membership thereof. <li>When a charge has been preferred by either House of the Oireachtas, the other House shall investigate the charge, or cause the charge to be investigated. <li>The President shall have the right to appear and to be represented at the investigation of the charge. <li>If, as a result of the investigation, a resolution be passed supported by not less than two-thirds of the total membership of the House of the Oireachtas by which the charge was investigated, or caused to be investigated, declaring that the charge preferred against the President has been sustained and that the misbehaviour, the subject of the charge, was such as to render him unfit to continue in office, such resolution shall operate to remove the President from his office.</ol> <li><ol><li>The President shall have an official residence in or near the City of Dublin. <li>The President shall receive such emoluments and allowances as may be determined by law. <li>The emoluments and allowances of the President shall not be diminished during his term of office.</ol></ol> =====Article 13===== <ol><li><ol><li>The President shall, on the nomination of Dáil Éireann, appoint the Taoiseach, that is, the head of the Government or Prime Minister. <li>The President shall, on the nomination of the Taoiseach with the previous approval of Dáil Éireann, appoint the other members of the Government. <li>The President shall, on the advice of the Taoiseach, accept the resignation or terminate the appointment of any member of the Government.</ol> <li><ol><li>Dáil Éireann shall be summoned and dissolved by the President on the advice of the Taoiseach. <li>The President may in his absolute discretion refuse to dissolve Dáil Éireann on the advice of a Taoiseach who has ceased to retain the support of a majority in Dáil Éireann. <li>The President may at any time, after consultation with the Council of State, convene a meeting of either or both of the Houses of the Oireachtas.</ol> <li><ol><li>Every Bill passed or deemed to have been passed by both Houses of the Oireachtas shall require the signature of the President for its enactment into law. <li>The President shall promulgate every law made by the Oireachtas.</ol> <li>The supreme command of the Defence Forces is hereby vested in the President. <li><ol><li>The exercise of the supreme command of the Defence Forces shall be regulated by law. <li>All commissioned officers of the Defence Forces shall hold their commissions from the President.</ol> <li>The right of pardon and the power to commute or remit punishment imposed by any court exercising criminal jurisdiction are hereby vested in the President, but such power of commutation or remission may<s>, except in capital cases,</s><ref name="del21st">deleted by the 21st amendment.</ref> also be conferred by law on other authorities. <li><ol><li>The President may, after consultation with the Council of State, communicate with the Houses of the Oireachtas by message or address on any matter of national or public importance. <li>The President may, after consultation with the Council of State, address a message to the Nation at any time on any such matter. <li>Every such message or address must, however, have received the approval of the Government.</ol> <li><ol><li>The President shall not be answerable to either House of the Oireachtas or to any court for the exercise and performance of the powers and functions of his office or for any act done or purporting to be done by him in the exercise and performance of these powers and functions. <li>The behaviour of the President may, however, be brought under review in either of the Houses of the Oireachtas for the purposes of section 10 of Article 12 of this Constitution, or by any court, tribunal or body appointed or designated by either of the Houses of the Oireachtas for the investigation of a charge under section 10 of the said Article.</ol> <li>The powers and functions conferred on the President by this Constitution shall be exercisable and performable by him only on the advice of the Government, save where it is provided by this Constitution that he shall act in his absolute discretion or after consultation with or in relation to the Council of State, or on the advice or nomination of, or on receipt of any other communication from, any other person or body. <li>Subject to this Constitution, additional powers and functions may be conferred on the President by law. <li>No power or function conferred on the President by law shall be exercisable or performable by him save only on the advice of the Government.</ol> =====Article 14===== <ol><li>In the event of the absence of the President, or his temporary incapacity, or his permanent incapacity established as provided by section 3 of Article 12 hereof, or in the event of his death, resignation, removal from office, or failure to exercise and perform the powers and functions of his office or any of them, or at any time at which the office of President may be vacant, the powers and functions conferred on the President by <u>or under</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> this Constitution shall be exercised and performed by a Commission constituted as provided in section 2 of this Article. <li><ol><li>The Commission shall consist of the following persons, namely, the Chief Justice, the Chairman of Dáil Éireann (An Ceann Comhairle), and the Chairman of Seanad Éireann. <li>The President of the High Court shall act as a member of the Commission in the place of the Chief Justice on any occasion on which the office of Chief Justice is vacant or on which the Chief Justice is unable to act. <li>The Deputy Chairman of Dáil Éireann shall act as a member of the Commission in the place of the Chairman of Dáil Éireann on any occasion on which the office of Chairman of Dáil Éireann is vacant or on which the said Chairman is unable to act. <li>The Deputy Chairman of Seanad Éireann shall act as a member of the Commission in the place of the Chairman of Seanad Éireann on any occasion on which the office of Chairman of Seanad Éireann is vacant or on which the said Chairman is unable to act.</ol> <li>The Commission may act by any two of their number and may act notwithstanding a vacancy in their membership. <li>The Council of State may by a majority of its members make such provision as to them may seem meet for the exercise and performance of the powers and functions conferred on the President by <u>or under</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> this Constitution in any contingency which is not provided for by the foregoing provisions of this Article. <li><ol><li>The provisions of this Constitution which relate to the exercise and performance by the President of the powers and functions conferred on him by <u>or under</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> this Constitution shall subject to the subsequent provisions of this section apply to the exercise and performance of the said powers and functions under this Article. <li>In the event of the failure of the President to exercise or perform any power or function which the President is by this <u>or under</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> Constitution required to exercise or perform within a specified time, the said power or function shall be exercised or performed under this Article, as soon as may be after the expiration of the time so specified.</ol></ol> ==THE NATIONAL PARLIAMENT== ===Constitution and Powers=== =====Article 15===== <ol><li><ol><li>The National Parliament shall be called and known, and is in this Constitution generally referred to, as the Oireachtas. <li>The Oireachtas shall consist of the President and two Houses, viz.: a House of Representatives to be called Dáil Éireann and a Senate to be called Seanad Éireann. <li>The Houses of the Oireachtas shall sit in or near the City of Dublin or in such other place as they may from time to time determine.</ol> <li><ol><li>The sole and exclusive power of making laws for the State is hereby vested in the Oireachtas: no other legislative authority has power to make laws for the State. <li>Provision may however be made by law for the creation or recognition of subordinate legislatures and for the powers and functions of these legislatures.</ol> <li><ol><li>The Oireachtas may provide for the establishment or recognition of functional or vocational councils representing branches of the social and economic life of the people. <li>A law establishing or recognising any such council shall determine its rights, powers and duties, and its relation to the Oireachtas and to the Government.</ol> <li><ol><li>The Oireachtas shall not enact any law which is in any respect repugnant to this Constitution or any provision thereof. <li>Every law enacted by the Oireachtas which is in any respect repugnant to this Constitution or to any provision thereof, shall, but to the extent only of such repugnancy, be invalid.</ol> <li><ol><li>The Oireachtas shall not declare acts to be infringements of the law which were not so at the date of their commission. <li><u>The Oireachtas shall not enact any law providing for the imposition of the death penalty.</u><ref name="ins21st">inserted by the 21st amendment.</ref></ol> <li><ol><li>The right to raise and maintain military or armed forces is vested exclusively in the Oireachtas. <li>No military or armed force, other than a military or armed force raised and maintained by the Oireachtas, shall be raised or maintained for any purpose whatsoever.</ol> <li>The Oireachtas shall hold at least one session every year. <li><ol><li>Sittings of each House of the Oireachtas shall be public. <li>In cases of special emergency, however, either House may hold a private sitting with the assent of two-thirds of the members present.</ol> <li><ol><li>Each House of the Oireachtas shall elect from its members its own Chairman and Deputy Chairman, and shall prescribe their powers and duties. <li>The remuneration of the Chairman and Deputy Chairman of each House shall be determined by law.</ol> <li>Each House shall make its own rules and standing orders, with power to attach penalties for their infringement, and shall have power to ensure freedom of debate, to protect its official documents and the private papers of its members, and to protect itself and its members against any person or persons interfering with, molesting or attempting to corrupt its members in the exercise of their duties. <li><ol><li>All questions in each House shall, save as otherwise provided by this Constitution, be determined by a majority of the votes of the members present and voting other than the Chairman or presiding member. <li>The Chairman or presiding member shall have and exercise a casting vote in the case of an equality of votes. <li>The number of members necessary to constitute a meeting of either House for the exercise of its powers shall be determined by its standing orders.</ol> <li>All official reports and publications of the Oireachtas or of either House thereof and utterances made in either House wherever published shall be privileged. <li>The members of each House of the Oireachtas shall, except in case of treason as defined in this Constitution, felony or breach of the peace, be privileged from arrest in going to and returning from, and while within the precincts of, either House, and shall not, in respect of any utterance in either House, be amenable to any court or any authority other than the House itself. <li>No person may be at the same time a member of both Houses of the Oireachtas, and, if any person who is already a member of either House becomes a member of the other House, he shall forthwith be deemed to have vacated his first seat. <li>The Oireachtas may make provision by law for the payment of allowances to the members of each House thereof in respect of their duties as public representatives and for the grant to them of free travelling and such other facilities (if any) in connection with those duties as the Oireachtas may determine.</ol> ===Dáil Éireann=== =====Article 16===== <ol><li><ol><li>Every citizen without distinction of sex who has reached the age of twenty-one years, and who is not placed under disability or incapacity by this Constitution or by law, shall be eligible for membership of Dáil Éireann. <li><s>Every citizen without distinction of sex who has reached the age of</s><ref name="del9th">deleted by the 9th amendment.</ref> <s>twenty-one years</s><ref>deleted by the 4th amendment.</ref> <s><u>eighteen years</u></s><ref>inserted by the 4th amendment.</ref> <s>who is not disqualified by law and complies with the provisions of the law relating to the election of members of Dáil Éireann, shall have the right to vote at an election for members of Dáil Éireann.</s><ref name="del9th">deleted by the 9th amendment.</ref> </ol><ol start="2"> <li><ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"> <li><u>All citizens, and</u> <li><u>such other persons in the State as may be determined by law,</u></ol> <u>without distinction of sex who have reached the age of eighteen years who are not disqualified by law and comply with the provisions of the law relating to the election of members of Dáil Éireann, shall have the right to vote at an election for members of Dáil Éireann.</u><ref name="ins9th">inserted by the 9th amendment.</ref> <li>No law shall be enacted placing any citizen under disability or incapacity for membership of Dáil Éireann on the ground of sex or disqualifying any citizen <u>or other person</u><ref name="ins9th"/> or other person from voting at an election for members of Dáil Éireann on that ground. <li>No voter may exercise more than one vote at an election for Dáil Éireann, and the voting shall be by secret ballot.</ol> <li><ol><li>Dáil Éireann shall be composed of members who represent constituencies determined by law. <li>The number of members shall from time to time be fixed by law, but the total number of members of Dáil Éireann shall not be fixed at less than one member for each thirty thousand of the population, or at more than one member for each twenty thousand of the population. <li>The ratio between the number of members to be elected at any time for each constituency and the population of each constituency, as ascertained at the last preceding census, shall, so far as it is practicable, be the same throughout the country. <li>The Oireachtas shall revise the constituencies at least once in every twelve years, with due regard to changes in distribution of the population, but any alterations in the constituencies shall not take effect during the life of Dáil Éireann sitting when such revision is made. <li>The members shall be elected on the system of proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote. <li>No law shall be enacted whereby the number of members to be returned for any constituency shall be less than three.</ol> <li><ol><li>Dáil Éireann shall be summoned and dissolved as provided by section 2 of Article 13 of this Constitution. <li>A general election for members of Dáil Éireann shall take place not later than thirty days after a dissolution of Dáil Éireann.</ol> <li><ol><li>Polling at every general election for Dáil Éireann shall as far as practicable take place on the same day throughout the country. <li>Dáil Éireann shall meet within thirty days from that polling day.</ol> <li>The same Dáil Éireann shall not continue for a longer period than seven years from the date of its first meeting: a shorter period may be fixed by law. <li>Provision shall be made by law to enable the member of Dáil Éireann who is the Chairman immediately before a dissolution of Dáil Éireann to be deemed without any actual election to be elected a member of Dáil Éireann at the ensuing general election. <li>Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Article, elections for membership of Dáil Éireann, including the filling of casual vacancies, shall be regulated in accordance with law.</ol> =====Article 17===== <ol><li><ol><li>As soon as possible after the presentation to Dáil Éireann under Article 28 of this Constitution of the Estimates of receipts and the Estimates of expenditure of the State for any financial year, Dáil Éireann shall consider such Estimates. <li>Save in so far as may be provided by specific enactment in each case, the legislation required to give effect to the Financial Resolutions of each year shall be enacted within that year.</ol> <li>Dáil Éireann shall not pass any vote or resolution, and no law shall be enacted, for the appropriation of revenue or other public moneys unless the purpose of the appropriation shall have been recommended to Dáil Éireann by a message from the Government signed by the Taoiseach.</ol> ===Seanad Éireann=== =====Article 18===== <ol><li>Seanad Éireann shall be composed of sixty members, of whom eleven shall be nominated members and forty-nine shall be elected members. <li>A person to be eligible for membership of Seanad Éireann must be eligible to become a member of Dáil Éireann. <li>The nominated members of Seanad Éireann shall be nominated, <u>with their prior consent,</u><ref name="ins2nd">inserted by the 2nd amendment.</ref> by the Taoiseach <s>with their prior consent</s><ref name="del2nd">deleted by the 2nd amendment.</ref> <u>who is appointed next after the re-assembly of Dáil Eireann following the dissolution thereof which occasions the nomination of the said members</u><ref name="ins2nd"/>. <li><ol><li>The elected members of Seanad Éireann shall be elected as follows:—<ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"> <li>Three shall be elected by the National University of Ireland. <li>Three shall be elected by the University of Dublin. <li>Forty-three shall be elected from panels of candidates constituted as hereinafter provided.</ol> <li><u>Provision may be made by law for the election, on a franchise and in the manner to be provided by law, by one or more of the following institutions, namely:</u><ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"> <li><u>the universities mentioned in subsection 1 ° of this section,</u> <li><u>any other institutions of higher education in the State,</u></ol> <u>of so many members of Seanad Éireann as may be fixed by law in substitution for an equal number of the members to be elected pursuant to paragraphs i and ii of the said subsection 1°.</u> <br> <u>A member or members of Seanad Éireann may be elected under this subsection by institutions grouped together or by a single institution.</u><ref name="ins7th">inserted by the 7th amendment.</ref> <li><u>Nothing in this Article shall be invoked to prohibit the dissolution by law of a university mentioned in subsection 1° of this section.</u><ref name="ins7th"/></ol> <li>Every election of the elected members of Seanad Éireann shall be held on the system of proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote, and by secret postal ballot. <li>The members of Seanad Éireann to be elected by the Universities shall be elected on a franchise and in the manner to be provided by law. <li><ol><li>Before each general election of the members of Seanad Éireann to be elected from panels of candidates, five panels of candidates shall be formed in the manner provided by law containing respectively the names of persons having knowledge and practical experience of the following interests and services, namely:– <br />i National Language and Culture, Literature, Art, Education and such professional interests as may be defined by law for the purpose of this panel; <br />ii Agriculture and allied interests, and Fisheries; <br />iii Labour, whether organised or unorganised; <br />iv Industry and Commerce, including banking, finance, accountancy, engineering and architecture; <br />v Public Administration and social services, including voluntary social activities. <li>Not more than eleven and, subject to the provisions of Article 19 hereof, not less than five members of Seanad Éireann shall be elected from any one panel.</ol> <li>A general election for Seanad Éireann shall take place not later than ninety days after a dissolution of Dáil Éireann, and the first meeting of Seanad Éireann after the general election shall take place on a day to be fixed by the President on the advice of the Taoiseach. <li>Every member of Seanad Éireann shall, unless he dies, resigns, or becomes disqualified, continue to hold office until the day before the polling day of the general election for Seanad Éireann next held after his election or nomination. <li><ol><li>Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Article elections of the elected members of Seanad Éireann shall be regulated by law. <li>Casual vacancies in the number of the nominated members of Seanad Éireann shall be filled by nomination by the Taoiseach with the prior consent of persons so nominated. <li>Casual vacancies in the number of the elected members of Seanad Éireann shall be filled in the manner provided by law.</ol></ol> =====Article 19===== Provision may be made by law for the direct election by any functional or vocational group or association or council of so many members of Seanad Éireann as may be fixed by such law in substitution for an equal number of the members to be elected from the corresponding panels of candidates constituted under Article 18 of this Constitution. ===Legislation=== =====Article 20===== <ol><li>Every Bill initiated in and passed by Dáil Éireann shall be sent to Seanad Éireann and may, unless it be a Money Bill, be amended in Seanad Éireann and Dáil Éireann shall consider any such amendment. <li><ol><li>A Bill other than a Money Bill may be initiated in Seanad Éireann, and if passed by Seanad Éireann, shall be introduced in Dáil Éireann. <li>A Bill initiated in Seanad Éireann if amended in Dáil Éireann shall be considered as a Bill initiated in Dáil Éireann.</ol> <li>A Bill passed by either House and accepted by the other House shall be deemed to have been passed by both Houses.</ol> ====Money Bills==== =====Article 21===== <ol><li><ol><li>Money Bills shall be initiated in Dáil Éireann only. <li>Every Money Bill passed by Dáil Éireann shall be sent to Seanad Éireann for its recommendations.</ol> <li><ol><li>Every Money Bill sent to Seanad Éireann for its recommendations shall, at the expiration of a period not longer than twenty-one days after it shall have been sent to Seanad Éireann, be returned to Dáil Éireann, which may accept or reject all or any of the recommendations of Seanad Éireann. <li>If such Money Bill is not returned by Seanad Éireann to Dáil Éireann within such twenty-one days or is returned within such twenty-one days with recommendations which Dáil Éireann does not accept, it shall be deemed to have been passed by both Houses at the expiration of the said twenty-one days.</ol></ol> =====Article 22===== <ol><li><ol><li>A Money Bill means a Bill which contains only provisions dealing with all or any of the following matters, namely, the imposition, repeal, remission, alteration or regulation of taxation; the imposition for the payment of debt or other financial purposes of charges on public moneys or the variation or repeal of any such charges; supply; the appropriation, receipt, custody, issue or audit of accounts of public money; the raising or guarantee of any loan or the repayment thereof; matters subordinate and incidental to these matters or any of them. <li>In this definition the expressions "taxation", "public money" and "loan" respectively do not include any taxation, money or loan raised by local authorities or bodies for local purposes.</ol> <li><ol><li>The Chairman of Dáil Éireann shall certify any Bill which, in his opinion, is a Money Bill to be a Money Bill, and his certificate shall, subject to the subsequent provisions of this section, be final and conclusive <li>Seanad Éireann, by a resolution, passed at a sitting at which not less than thirty members are present, may request the President to refer the question whether the Bill is or is not a Money Bill to a Committee of Privileges. <li>If the President after consultation with the Council of State decides to accede to the request he shall appoint a Committee of Privileges consisting of an equal number of members of Dáil Éireann and of Seanad Éireann and a Chairman who shall be a Judge of the Supreme Court: these appointments shall be made after consultation with the Council of State. In the case of an equality of votes but not otherwise the Chairman shall be entitled to vote. <li>The President shall refer the question to the Committee of Privileges so appointed and the Committee shall report its decision thereon to the President within twenty-one days after the day on which the Bill was sent to Seanad Éireann. <li>The decision of the Committee shall be final and conclusive. <li>If the President after consultation with the Council of State decides not to accede to the request of Seanad Éireann, or if the Committee of Privileges fails to report within the time hereinbefore specified the certificate of the Chairman of Dáil Éireann shall stand confirmed.</ol></ol> ====Time for Consideration of Bills==== =====Article 23===== <ol><li>This Article applies to every Bill passed by Dáil Éireann and sent to Seanad Éireann other than a Money Bill or a Bill the time for the consideration of which by Seanad Éireann shall have been abridged under Article 24 of this Constitution. <ol><li>Whenever a Bill to which this Article applies is within the stated period defined in the next following sub-section either rejected by Seanad Éireann or passed by Seanad Éireann with amendments to which Dáil Éireann does not agree or is neither passed (with or without amendment) nor rejected by Seanad Éireann within the stated period, the Bill shall, if Dáil Éireann so resolves within one hundred and eighty days after the expiration of the stated period be deemed to have been passed by both Houses of the Oireachtas on the day on which the resolution is passed. <li>The stated period is the period of ninety days commencing on the day on which the Bill is first sent by Dáil Éireann to Seanad Éireann or any longer period agreed upon in respect of the Bill by both Houses of the Oireachtas.</ol> <li><ol><li>The preceding section of this Article shall apply to a Bill which is initiated in and passed by Seanad Éireann, amended by Dáil Éireann, and accordingly deemed to have been initiated in Dáil Éireann. <li>For the purpose of this application the stated period shall in relation to such a Bill commence on the day on which the Bill is first sent to Seanad Éireann after having been amended by Dáil Éireann.</ol></ol> =====Article 24===== <ol><li>If and whenever on the passage by Dáil Éireann of any Bill, other than a Bill expressed to be a Bill containing a proposal to amend the Constitution, the Taoiseach certifies by messages in writing addressed to the President and to the Chairman of each House of the Oireachtas that, in the opinion of the Government, the Bill is urgent and immediately necessary for the preservation of the public peace and security, or by reason of the existence of a public emergency, whether domestic or international, the time for the consideration of such Bill by Seanad Éireann shall, if Dáil Éireann so resolves and if the President, after consultation with the Council of State, concurs, be abridged to such period as shall be specified in the resolution. <li><s>Where a Bill the time for the consideration of which by Seanad Éireann has been abridged under this Article is within the period specified in the resolution either rejected by Seanad Éireann or passed by Seanad Éireann with amendments or recommendations to which Dáil Éireann does not agree or is neither passed (with or without amendments or recommendations) nor rejected by Seanad Éireann within the period so specified the Bill shall be deemed to have been passed by both Houses of the Oireachtas at the expiration of that period.</s><ref name="del2nd"/> </ol><ol start="2"> <li><u>Where a Bill, the time for the consideration of which by Seanad Eireann has been abridged under this Article,</u> :<u>(a) is, in the case of a Bill which is not a Money Bill, rejected by Seanad Eireann or passed by Seanad Eireann with amendments to which Dáil Eireann does not agree or neither passed nor rejected by Seanad Eireann, or</u> :<u>(b) is, in the case of a Money Bill, either returned by Seanad Eireann to Dáil Eireann with recommendations which Dáil Eireann does not accept or is not returned by Seanad Eireann to Dáil Eireann,</u> <u>within the period specified in the resolution, the Bill shall be deemed to have been passed by both Houses of the Oireachtas at the expiration of that period.</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> <li>When a Bill the time for the consideration of which by Seanad Éireann has been abridged under this Article becomes law it shall remain in force for a period of ninety days from the date of its enactment and no longer unless, before the expiration of that period, both Houses shall have agreed that such law shall remain in force for a longer period and the longer period so agreed upon shall have been specified in resolutions passed by both Houses.</ol> ====Signing and Promulgation of Laws==== =====Article 25===== <ol><li>As soon as any Bill, other than a Bill expressed to be a Bill containing a proposal for the amendment of this Constitution, shall have been passed or deemed to have been passed by both Houses of the Oireachtas, the Taoiseach shall present it to the President for his signature and for promulgation by him as a law in accordance with the provisions of this Article. <li><ol><li>Save as otherwise provided by this Constitution, every Bill so presented to the President for his signature and for promulgation by him as a law shall be signed by the President not earlier than <s>five</s><ref name="del2nd"/> <u>the fifth</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> and not later than <s>seven days</s><ref name="del2nd"/> <u>the seventh day</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> after the date on which the Bill shall have been presented to him. <li>At the request of the Government, with the prior concurrence of Seanad Éireann, the President may sign any Bill the subject of such request on a date which is earlier than <s>five days</s><ref name="del2nd"/> <u>the fifth day</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> after such date as aforesaid.</ol> <li>Every Bill the time for the consideration of which by Seanad Éireann shall have been abridged under Article 24 of this Constitution shall be signed by the President on the day on which such Bill is presented to him for signature and promulgation as a law. <li><ol><li><s>Every Bill signed by the President under this Constitution shall become and be law as on and from the day on which the Bill shall have been so signed.</s> <li><s>Every Bill signed by the President shall come into operation on the day on which it is so signed unless the contrary intention appears.</s> <li><s>Every Bill so signed shall be promulgated by the President as a law by the publication by his direction of a notice in the Iris Oifigiúil stating that such Bill has become law.</s> <li><s>As soon as may be after the President has signed any Bill and promulgated it as a law, the signed text shall be enrolled for record in the office of the Registrar of the Supreme Court and such signed text shall be conclusive evidence as to the provisions of such law.</s> <li><s>An official translation of every law enacted by the Oireachtas in the Irish language shall be issued in the English language and an official translation of every law enacted by the Oireachtas in the English language shall be issued in the Irish language.</s><ref name="del2nd"/></ol> </ol><ol start="4"> <li><ol><li><u>Every Bill shall become and be law as on and from the day on which it is signed by the President under this Constitution, and shall, unless the contrary intention appears, come into operation on that day.</u> <li><u>Every Bill signed by the President under this Constitution shall be promulgated by him as a law by the publication by his direction of a notice in the Iris Oifigiúil stating that the Bill has become law.</u> <li><u>Every Bill shall be signed by the President in the text in which it was passed or deemed to have been passed by both Houses of the Oireachtas, and if a Bill is so passed or deemed to have been passed in both the official languages, the President shall sign the text of the Bill in each of those languages.</u> <li><u>Where the President signs the text of a Bill in one only of the official languages, an official translation shall be issued in the other official language.</u> <li><u>As soon as may be after the signature and promulgation of a Bill as a law, the text of such law which was signed by the President or, where the President has signed the text of such law in each of the official languages, both the signed texts shall be enrolled for record in the office of the Registrar of the Supreme Court, and the text, or both the texts, so enrolled shall be conclusive evidence of the provisions of such law.</u> <li><u>In case of conflict between the texts of a law enrolled under this section in both the official languages, the text in the national language shall prevail.</u><ref name="ins2nd"/></ol> <li><ol><li><u>It shall be lawful for the Taoiseach, from time to time as occasion appears to him to require, to cause to be prepared under his supervision a text (in both the official languages) of this Constitution as then in force embodying all amendments theretofore made therein.</u> <li><u>A copy of every text so prepared, when authenticated by the signatures of the Taoiseach and the Chief Justice, shall be signed by the President and shall be enrolled for record in the office of the Registrar of the Supreme Court.</u> <li><u>The copy so signed and enrolled which is for the time being the latest text so prepared shall, upon such enrolment, be conclusive evidence of this Constitution as at the date of such enrolment and shall for that purpose supersede all texts of this Constitution of which copies were previously so enrolled.</u> <li><u>In case of conflict between the texts of any copy of this Constitution enrolled under this section, the text in the national language shall prevail.</u><ref name="ins2nd"/></ol></ol> ====Reference of Bills to the Supreme Court==== =====Article 26===== This Article applies to any Bill passed or deemed to have been passed by both Houses of the Oireachtas other than a Money Bill, or a Bill expressed to be a Bill containing a proposal to amend the Constitution, or a Bill the time for the consideration of which by Seanad Éireann shall have been abridged under Article 24 of this Constitution. <ol><li><ol><li>The President may, after consultation with the Council of State, refer any Bill to which this Article applies to the Supreme Court for a decision on the question as to whether such Bill or any specified provision or provisions of such Bill is or are repugnant to this Constitution or to any provision thereof. <li>Every such reference shall be made not later than <s>four days</s><ref name="del2nd"/> <u>the seventh day</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> after the date on which such Bill shall have been <s>passed or deemed to have been passed by both Houses of the Oireachtas</s><ref name="del2nd"/> <u>presented by the Taoiseach to the President for his signature</u><ref name="ins2nd"/>. <li>The President shall not sign any Bill the subject of a reference to the Supreme Court under this Article pending the pronouncement of the decision of the Court.</ol> <li><ol><li>The Supreme Court consisting of not less than five judges shall consider every question referred to it by the President under this Article for a decision, and, having heard arguments by or on behalf of the Attorney General and by counsel assigned by the Court, shall pronounce its decision on such question in open court as soon as may be, and in any case not later than sixty days after the date of such reference. <li>The decision of the majority of the judges of the Supreme Court shall, for the purposes of this Article, be the decision of the Court <u>and shall be pronounced by such one of those judges as the Court shall direct, and no other opinion, whether assenting or dissenting, shall be pronounced nor shall the existence of any such other opinion be disclosed</u><ref name="ins2nd"/>.</ol> <li><ol><li>In every case in which the Supreme Court decides that any provision of a Bill the subject of a reference to the Supreme Court under this Article is repugnant to this Constitution or to any provision thereof, the President shall decline to sign such Bill. <li><u>If, in the case of a Bill to which Article 27 of this Constitution applies, a petition has been addressed to the President under that Article, that Article shall be complied with.</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> <li>In every other case the President shall sign the Bill as soon as may be after the date on which the decision of the Supreme Court shall have been pronounced.<ref name="ren2nd">renumbered by the 2nd amendment.</ref></ol></ol> ====Reference of Bills to the People==== =====Article 27===== This Article applies to any Bill, other than a Bill expressed to be a Bill containing a proposal for the amendment of this Constitution, which shall have been deemed, by virtue of Article 23 hereof, to have been passed by both Houses of the Oireachtas. <ol><li>A majority of the members of Seanad Éireann and not less than one-third of the members of Dáil Éireann may by a joint petition addressed to the President by them under this Article request the President to decline to sign and promulgate as a law any Bill to which this article applies on the ground that the Bill contains a proposal of such national importance that the will of the people thereon ought to be ascertained. <li><u>Every such petition shall be in writing and shall be signed by the petitioners whose signatures shall be verified in the manner prescribed by law.</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> <li><ol><li>Every such petition <s>shall be in writing signed by the petitioners,</s><ref name="del2nd"/> shall contain a statement of the particular ground or grounds on which the request is based, and shall be presented to the President not later than four days after the date on which the Bill shall have been deemed to have been passed by both Houses of the Oireachtas. <li><u>If the Bill or any provision thereof is or has been referred to the Supreme Court under Article 26 of this Constitution, it shall not be obligatory on the President to consider the petition unless or until the Supreme Court has pronounced a decision on such reference to the effect that the said Bill or the said provision thereof is not repugnant to this Constitution or to any provision thereof, and, if a decision to that effect is pronounced by the Supreme Court, it shall not be obligatory on the President to pronounce his decision on the petition before the expiration of six days after the day on which the decision of the Supreme Court to the effect aforesaid is pronounced.</u><ref name="ins2nd"/></ol> <li>Upon receipt of a petition addressed to him under this Article, the President shall forthwith consider such petition and shall, after consultation with the Council of State, pronounce his decision thereon not later than ten days after the date on which the Bill to which such petition relates shall have been deemed to have been passed by both Houses of the Oireachtas. <li><ol><li>In every case in which the President decides that a Bill the subject of a petition under this Article contains a proposal of such national importance that the will of the people thereon ought to be ascertained, he shall inform the Taoiseach and the Chairman of each House of the Oireachtas accordingly in writing under his hand and Seal and shall decline to sign and promulgate such Bill as a law unless and until the proposal shall have been approved either<br />i by the people at a Referendum in accordance with the provisions of section 2 of Article 47 of this Constitution within a period of eighteen months from the date of the President’s decision, or<br />ii by a resolution of Dáil Éireann passed within the said period after a dissolution and re-assembly of Dáil Éireann. <li><s>Every such Bill which</s><ref name="del2nd"/> <u>Whenever a proposal contained in a Bill the subject of a petition under this Article</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> shall have been approved either by the people or by a resolution of Dáil Éireann in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this section<u>, such Bill</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> shall as soon as may be after such approval be presented to the President for his signature and promulgation by him as a law and the President shall thereupon sign the Bill and duly promulgate it as a law.</ol> <li>In every case in which the President decides that a Bill the subject of a petition under this Article does not contain a proposal of such national importance that the will of the people thereon ought to be ascertained, he shall inform the Taoiseach and the Chairman of each House of the Oireachtas accordingly in writing under his hand and Seal, and such Bill shall be signed by the President not later than eleven days after the date on which the Bill shall have been deemed to have been passed by both Houses of the Oireachtas and shall be duly promulgated by him as a law.</ol> ==THE GOVERNMENT== =====Article 28===== <ol><li>The Government shall consist of not less than seven and not more than fifteen members who shall be appointed by the President in accordance with the provisions of this Constitution. <li>The executive power of the State shall, subject to the provisions of this Constitution, be exercised by or on the authority of the Government. <li><ol><li>War shall not be declared and the State shall not participate in any war save with the assent of Dáil Éireann. <li>In the case of actual invasion, however, the Government may take whatever steps they may consider necessary for the protection of the State, and Dáil Éireann if not sitting shall be summoned to meet at the earliest practicable date. <li>Nothing in this Constitution <u>other than Article 15.5.2</u><ref name="ins21st"/> shall be invoked to invalidate any law enacted by the Oireachtas which is expressed to be for the purpose of securing the public safety and the preservation of the State in time of war or armed rebellion, or to nullify any act done or purporting to be done <u>in time of war or armed rebellion</u><ref name="ins2nd"/>in pursuance of any such law. <br /><br /> <u>In this sub-section time of war includes a time when there is taking place an armed conflict in which the State is not a participant but in respect of which each of the Houses of the Oireachtas shall have resolved that, arising out of such armed conflict, a national emergency exists affecting the vital interests of the State</u><ref>inserted by the 1st amendment.</ref> <u>and 'time of war or armed rebellion' includes such time after the termination of any war, or of any such armed conflict as aforesaid, or of an armed rebellion, as may elapse until each of the Houses of the Oireachtas shall have resolved that the national emergency occasioned by such war, armed conflict, or armed rebellion has ceased to exist.</u><ref name="ins2nd"/></ol> <li><ol><li>The Government shall be responsible to Dáil Éireann. <li>The Government shall meet and act as a collective authority, and shall be collectively responsible for the Departments of State administered by the members of the Government. <li><u>The confidentiality of discussions at meetings of the Government shall be respected in all circumstances save only where the High Court determines that disclosure should be made in respect of a particular matter—</u><ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"> <li><u>in the interests of the administration of justice by a Court, or</u> <li><u>by virtue of an overriding public interest, pursuant to an application in that behalf by a tribunal appointed by the Government or a Minister of the Government on the authority of the Houses of the Oireachtas to inquire into a matter stated by them to be of public importance.</u><ref name="17th">inserted by the 17th amendment.</ref></ol> <li><ref name="ren17th">renumbered by the 17th amendment.</ref>The Government shall prepare Estimates of the Receipts and Estimates of the Expenditure of the State for each financial year, and shall present them to Dáil Éireann for consideration.</ol> <li><ol><li>The head of the Government, or Prime Minister, shall be called, and is in this Constitution referred to as, the Taoiseach. <li>The Taoiseach shall keep the President generally informed on matters of domestic and international policy.</ol> <li><ol><li>The Taoiseach shall nominate a member of the Government to be the Tánaiste. <li>The Tánaiste shall act for all purposes in the place of the Taoiseach if the Taoiseach should die, or become permanently incapacitated, until a new Taoiseach shall have been appointed. <li>The Tánaiste shall also act for or in the place of the Taoiseach during the temporary absence of the Taoiseach.</ol> <li><ol><li>The Taoiseach, the Tánaiste and the member of the Government who is in charge of the Department of Finance must be members of Dáil Éireann. <li>The other members of the Government must be members of Dáil Éireann or Seanad Éireann, but not more than two may be members of Seanad Éireann.</ol> <li>Every member of the Government shall have the right to attend and be heard in each House of the Oireachtas. <li><ol><li>The Taoiseach may resign from office at any time by placing his resignation in the hands of the President. <li>Any other member of the Government may resign from office by placing his resignation in the hands of the Taoiseach for submission to the President. <li>The President shall accept the resignation of a member of the Government, other than the Taoiseach, if so advised by the Taoiseach. <li>The Taoiseach may at any time, for reasons which to him seem sufficient, request a member of the Government to resign; should the member concerned fail to comply with the request, his appointment shall be terminated by the President if the Taoiseach so advises.</ol> <li>The Taoiseach shall resign from office upon his ceasing to retain the support of a majority in Dáil Éireann unless on his advice the President dissolves Dáil Éireann and on the reassembly of Dáil Éireann after the dissolution the Taoiseach secures the support of a majority in Dáil Éireann. <li><ol><li>If the Taoiseach at any time resigns from office the other members of the Government shall be deemed also to have resigned from office, but the Taoiseach and the other members of the Government shall continue to carry on their duties until their successors shall have been appointed. <li>The members of the Government in office at the date of a dissolution of Dáil Éireann shall continue to hold office until their successors shall have been appointed.</ol> <li>The following matters shall be regulated in accordance with law, namely, the organization of, and distribution of business amongst, Departments of State, the designation of members of the Government to be the Ministers in charge of the said Departments, the discharge of the functions of the office of a member of the Government during his temporary absence or incapacity, and the remuneration of the members of the Government.</ol> ==LOCAL GOVERNMENT== =====Article 28A===== <ol><li><u>The State recognises the role of local government in providing a forum for the democratic representation of local communities, in exercising and performing at local level powers and functions conferred by law and in promoting by its initiatives the interests of such communities.</u> <li><u>There shall be such directly elected local authorities as may be determined by law and their powers and functions shall, subject to the provisions of this Constitution, be so determined and shall be exercised and performed in accordance with law.</u> <li><u>Elections for members of such local authorities shall be held in accordance with law not later than the end of the fifth year after the year in which they were last held.</u> <li><u>Every citizen who has the right to vote at an election for members of Dáil Éireann and such other persons as may be determined by law shall have the right to vote at an election for members of such of the local authorities referred to in section 2 of this Article as shall be determined by law.</u> <li><u>Casual vacancies in the membership of local authorities referred to in section 2 of this Article shall be filled in accordance with law.</u><ref name="ins20th">inserted by the 20th amendment.</ref></ol> ==INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS== =====Article 29===== <ol><li>Ireland affirms its devotion to the ideal of peace and friendly co-operation amongst nations founded on international justice and morality. <li>Ireland affirms its adherence to the principle of the pacific settlement of international disputes by international arbitration or judicial determination. <li>Ireland accepts the generally recognised principles of international law as its rule of conduct in its relations with other States. <li><ol><li>The executive power of the State in or in connection with its external relations shall in accordance with Article 28 of this Constitution be exercised by or on the authority of the Government. <li>For the purpose of the exercise of any executive function of the State in or in connection with its external relations, the Government may to such extent and subject to such conditions, if any, as may be determined by law, avail of or adopt any organ, instrument, or method of procedure used or adopted for the like purpose by the members of any group or league of nations with which the State is or becomes associated for the purpose of international co-operation in matters of common concern. <li><u>The State may become a member of <s>the European Coal and Steel Community (established by Treaty signed at Paris on the 18th day of April, 1951), the European Economic Community (established by Treaty signed at Rome on the 25th day of March, 1957) and</s><ref name="ins3rd-del28th">inserted by the 3rd amendment, deleted by the 28th.</ref> the European Atomic Energy Community (established by Treaty signed at Rome on the 25th day of March, 1957).</u><ref name="ins3rd">inserted by the 3rd amendment.</ref> <u><s>The State may ratify the Single European Act (signed on behalf of the Member States of the Communities at Luxembourg on the 17th day of February, 1986, and at The Hague on the 28th day of February, 1986).</s></u><ref>inserted by the 10th amendment, deleted by the 28th amendment.</ref> <u><s>No provision of this Constitution invalidates laws enacted, acts done or measures adopted by the State necessitated by the obligations of membership of the Communities or prevents laws enacted, acts done or measures adopted by the Communities, or institutions thereof, from having the force of law in the State.</s></u><ref>inserted by the 3rd amendment, deleted by the 11th.</ref> <li><u><s>The State may ratify the Treaty on European Union signed at Maastricht on the 7th day of February, 1992, and may become a member of that Union.</s></u><ref>inserted by the 11th amendment, deleted by the 28th amendment.</ref> <li><u><s>The State may ratify the Treaty of Amsterdam amending the Treaty on European Union, the Treaties establishing the European Communities and certain related Acts signed at Amsterdam on the 2nd day of October, 1997.</s></u><ref name="ins18th-del28th">inserted by the 18th amendment, deleted by the 28th amendment.</ref> <li><u><s>The State may exercise the options or discretions provided by or under Articles 1.11, 2.5 and 2.15 of the Treaty referred to in subsection 5° of this section and the second and fourth Protocols set out in the said Treaty but any such exercise shall be subject to the prior approval of both Houses of the Oireachtas.</s></u><ref name="ins18th-del28th"/> <li><u><s>The State may ratify the Treaty of Nice amending the Treaty on European Union, the Treaties establishing the European Communities and certain related Acts signed at Nice on the 26th day of February, 2001.</s></u><ref name="ins26th-del28th">inserted by the 26th amendment, deleted by the 28th amendment.</ref> <li><u><s>The State may exercise the options or discretions provided by or under Articles 1.6, 1.9, 1.11, 1.12, 1.13 and 2.1 of the Treaty referred to in subsection 7° of this section but any such exercise shall be subject to the prior approval of both Houses of the Oireachtas.</s></u><ref name="ins26th-del28th"/> <li><u><s>The State shall not adopt a decision taken by the European Council to establish a common defence pursuant to Article 1.2 of the Treaty referred to in subsection 7° of this section where that common defence would include the State.</s></u><ref name="ins26th-del28th"/> <li><u><s>No provision of this Constitution invalidates laws enacted, acts done or measures adopted by the State which are necessitated by the obligations of membership of the European Union or of the Communities, or prevents laws enacted, acts done or measures adopted by the European Union or by the Communities or by institutions thereof, or by bodies competent under the Treaties establishing the Communities, from having the force of law in the State.</s></u><ref name="ins3rd-del28th"/> <li><u><s>The State may ratify the Agreement relating to Community Patents drawn up between the Member States of the Communities and done at Luxembourg on the 15th day of December, 1989.</s></u><ref>inserted by the 11th amendment, renumbered by the 18th and 26th amendments, deleted by the 28th amendment.</ref></ol> <ol start="4"><li><u>Ireland affirms its commitment to the European Union within which the member states of that Union work together to promote peace, shared values and the well-being of their peoples.</u><ref name="ins28th">inserted by the 28th amendment.</ref> <li><u>The State may ratify the Treaty of Lisbon amending the Treaty on European Union and the Treaty establishing the European Community, signed at Lisbon on the 13th day of December 2007 (“Treaty of Lisbon”), and may be a member of the European Union established by virtue of that Treaty.</u><ref name="ins28th"/> <li><u>No provision of this Constitution invalidates laws enacted, acts done or measures adopted by the State, before, on or after the entry into force of the Treaty of Lisbon, that are necessitated by the obligations of membership of the European Union referred to in subsection 5° of this section or of the European Atomic Energy Community, or prevents laws enacted, acts done or measures adopted by—</u><ref name="ins28th"/> <ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"><li><u>the said European Union or the European Atomic Energy Community, or institutions thereof,</u><ref name="ins28th"/> <li><u>the European Communities or European Union existing immediately before the entry into force of the Treaty of Lisbon, or institutions thereof, or</u><ref name="ins28th"/> <li><u>bodies competent under the treaties referred to in this section,</u><ref name="ins28th"/></ol> <u>from having the force of law in the State.</u><ref name="ins28th"/> <li><u>The State may exercise the options or discretions—</u><ref name="ins28th"/> <ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"><li><u>to which Article 20 of the Treaty on European Union relating to enhanced cooperation applies,</u><ref name="ins28th"/> <li><u>under Protocol No. 19 on the Schengen acquis integrated into the framework of the European Union annexed to that treaty and to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (formerly known as the Treaty establishing the European Community), and</u><ref name="ins28th"/> <li><u>under Protocol No. 21 on the position of the United Kingdom and Ireland in respect of the area of freedom, security and justice, so annexed, including the option that the said Protocol No. 21 shall, in whole or in part, cease to apply to the State,</u><ref name="ins28th"/></ol> <u>but any such exercise shall be subject to the prior approval of both Houses of the Oireachtas.</u><ref name="ins28th"/> <li><u>The State may agree to the decisions, regulations or other acts—</u><ref name="ins28th"/> <ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"><li><u>under the Treaty on European Union and the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union authorising the Council of the European Union to act other than by unanimity,</u><ref name="ins28th"/> <li><u>under those treaties authorising the adoption of the ordinary legislative procedure, and</u><ref name="ins28th"/> <li><u>under subparagraph (d) of Article 82.2, the third subparagraph of Article 83.1 and paragraphs 1 and 4 of Article 86 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, relating to the area of freedom, security and justice,</u><ref name="ins28th"/></ol> <u>but the agreement to any such decision, regulation or act shall be subject to the prior approval of both Houses of the Oireachtas.</u><ref name="ins28th"/> <li><u>The State shall not adopt a decision taken by the European Council to establish a common defence pursuant to Article 42 of the Treaty on European Union where that common defence would include the State.</u><ref name="ins28th"/> <li><u>The State may ratify the Treaty on Stability, Coordination and Governance in the Economic and Monetary Union done at Brussels on the 2nd day of March 2012. No provision of this Constitution invalidates laws enacted, acts done or measures adopted by the State that are necessitated by the obligations of the State under that Treaty or prevents laws enacted, acts done or measures adopted by bodies competent under that Treaty from having the force of law in the State.</u><ref name="ins30th">Inserted by the 30th Amendment.</ref></ol> <li><ol><li>Every international agreement to which the State becomes a party shall be laid before Dáil Éireann. <li>The State shall not be bound by any international agreement involving a charge upon public funds unless the terms of the agreement shall have been approved by Dáil Éireann. <li>This section shall not apply to agreements or conventions of a technical and adminstrative character.</ol> <li>No international agreement shall be part of the domestic law of the State save as may be determined by the Oireachtas. <li><ol><li><u>The State may consent to be bound by the British-Irish Agreement done at Belfast on the 10th day of April, 1998, hereinafter called the Agreement.</u> <li><u>Any institution established by or under the Agreement may exercise the powers and functions thereby conferred on it in respect of all or any part of the island of Ireland notwithstanding any other provision of this Constitution conferring a like power or function on any person or any organ of State appointed under or created or established by or under this Constitution. Any power or function conferred on such an institution in relation to the settlement or resolution of disputes or controversies may be in addition to or in substitution for any like power or function conferred by this Constitution on any such person or organ of State as aforesaid.</u> <li><u>If the Government declare that the State has become obliged, pursuant to the Agreement, to give effect to the amendment of this Constitution referred to therein, then, notwithstanding Article 46 hereof, this Constitution shall be amended as follows:</u> <ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"><li><u>the following Articles shall be substituted for Articles 2 and 3 of the Irish text:</u> <br><br><u>"Airteagal 2.</u> <br><u>Tá gach duine a shaolaítear in oileán na hÉireann, ar a n-áirítear a oileáin agus a fharraigí, i dteideal, agus tá de cheart oidhreachta aige nó aici, a bheith páirteach i náisiún na hÉireann. Tá an teideal sin freisin ag na daoine go léir atá cáilithe ar shlí eile de réir dlí chun bheith ina saoránaigh d'Éirinn. Ina theannta sin, is mór ag náisiún na hÉireann a choibhneas speisialta le daoine de bhunadh na hÉireann atá ina gcónaí ar an gcoigríoch agus arb ionann féiniúlacht agus oidhreacht chultúir dóibh agus do náisiún na hÉireann.</u> <br><br><u>Airteagal 3.</u> <ol><li><u>Is í toil dhiongbháilte náisiún na hÉireann, go sítheach cairdiúil, na daoine go léir a chomhroinneann críoch oileán na hÉireann i bpáirt lena chéile, in éagsúlacht uile a bhféiniúlachtaí agus a dtraidisiún, a aontú, á aithint gur trí mhodhanna síochánta amháin le toiliú thromlach na ndaoine, á chur in iúl go daonlathach, sa dá dhlínse san oileán, a dhéanfar Éire aontaithe a thabhairt i gcrích. Go dtí sin, bainfidh na dlíthe a achtófar ag an bParlaimint a bhunaítear leis an mBunreacht seo leis an limistéar feidhme céanna, agus beidh an raon feidhme céanna acu, lenar bhain na dlíthe, agus a bhí ag na dlíthe, a d'achtaigh an Pharlaimint a bhí ar marthain díreach roimh theacht i ngníomh don Bhunreacht seo.</u> <li><u>Féadfaidh údaráis fhreagracha faoi seach na ndlínsí sin institiúidí ag a mbeidh cumhachtaí agus feidhmeanna feidhmiúcháin a chomhroinntear idir na dlínsí sin a bhunú chun críoch sonraithe agus féadfaidh na hinstitiúidí sin cumhachtaí agus feidhmeanna a fheidhmiú i leith an oileáin ar fad nó i leith aon chuid de.",<br></u></ol> <li><u>the following Articles shall be substituted for Articles 2 and 3 of the English text:</u> <br><br><u>"Article 2.</u> <br><u>It is the entitlement and birthright of every person born in the island of Ireland, which includes its islands and seas, to be part of the Irish nation. That is also the entitlement of all persons otherwise qualified in accordance with law to be citizens of Ireland. Furthermore, the Irish nation cherishes its special affinity with people of Irish ancestry living abroad who share its cultural identity and heritage.</u> <br><br><u>Article 3.</u> <ol><li><u>It is the firm will of the Irish nation, in harmony and friendship, to unite all the people who share the territory of the island of Ireland, in all the diversity of their identities and traditions, recognising that a united Ireland shall be brought about only by peaceful means with the consent of a majority of the people, democratically expressed, in both jurisdictions in the island. Until then, the laws enacted by the Parliament established by this Constitution shall have the like area and extent of application as the laws enacted by the Parliament that existed immediately before the coming into operation of this Constitution.</u> <li><u>Institutions with executive powers and functions that are shared between those jurisdictions may be established by their respective responsible authorities for stated purposes and may exercise powers and functions in respect of all or any part of the island.",<br></u></ol> <li><u>the following section shall be added to the Irish text of this Article: <br><br> "8. Tig leis an Stát dlínse a fheidhmiú taobh amuigh dá chríoch de réir bhunrialacha gnáth-admhaithe an dlí idirnáisiúnta.", <br><br>and<br><br></u> <li><u>the following section shall be added to the English text of this Article:</u> <br><br> <u>"8. The State may exercise extra-territorial jurisdiction in accordance with the generally recognised principles of international law.".</u></ol> <li><u>If a declaration under this section is made, this subsection and subsection 3°, other than the amendment of this Constitution effected thereby, and subsection 5°, of this section shall be omitted from every official text of this Constitution published thereafter, but notwithstanding such omission this section shall continue to have the force of law.</u> <li><u>If such a declaration is not made within twelve months of this section being added to this Constitution or such longer period as may be provided for by law, this section shall cease to have effect and shall be omitted from every official text of this Constitution published thereafter.</u><ref name="ins19th">inserted by the 19th amendment.</ref></ol> <li><u>The State may exercise extra-territorial jurisdiction in accordance with the generally recognised principles of international law.</u> <li><u>The State may ratify the Rome Statute of the International Criminal Court done at Rome on the 17th day of July, 1998.</u><ref name="ins23rd">inserted by the 23rd amendment.</ref></ol> ==THE ATTORNEY GENERAL== =====Article 30===== <ol><li>There shall be an Attorney General who shall be the adviser of the Government in matters of law and legal opinion, and shall exercise and perform all such powers, functions and duties as are conferred or imposed on him by this Constitution or by law. <li>The Attorney General shall be appointed by the President on the nomination of the Taoiseach. <li>All crimes and offences prosecuted in any court constituted under Article 34 of this Constitution other than a court of summary jurisdiction shall be prosecuted in the name of the People and at the suit of the Attorney General or some other person authorised in accordance with law to act for that purpose. <li>The Attorney General shall not be a member of the Government. <li><ol><li>The Attorney General may at any time resign from office by placing his resignation in the hands of the Taoiseach for submission to the President. <li>The Taoiseach may, for reasons which to him seem sufficient, request the resignation of the Attorney General. <li>In the event of failure to comply with the request, the appointment of the Attorney General shall be terminated by the President if the Taoiseach so advises. <li>The Attorney General shall retire from office upon the resignation of the Taoiseach, but may continue to carry on his duties until the successor to the Taoiseach shall have been appointed.</ol> <li>Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Article, the office of Attorney General, including the remuneration to be paid to the holder of the office, shall be regulated by law.</ol> ==THE COUNCIL OF STATE== =====Article 31===== <ol><li>There shall be a Council of State to aid and counsel the President on all matters on which the President may consult the said Council in relation to the exercise and performance by him of such of his powers and functions as are by this Constitution expressed to be exercisable and performable after consultation with the Council of State, and to exercise such other functions as are conferred on the said Council by this Constitution. <li>The Council of State shall consist of the following members:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"> <li>As ex-officio members: the Taoiseach, the Tánaiste, the Chief Justice, the President of the High Court, the Chairman of Dáil Éireann, the Chairman of Seanad Éireann, and the Attorney General. <li>Every person able and willing to act as a member of the Council of State who shall have held the office of President, or the office of Taoiseach, or the office of Chief Justice, or the office of President of the Executive Council of Saorstát Éireann. <li>Such other persons, if any, as may be appointed by the President under this Article to be members of the Council of State.</ol> <li>The President may at any time and from time to time by warrant under his hand and Seal appoint such other persons as, in his absolute discretion, he may think fit, to be members of the Council of State, but not more than seven persons so appointed shall be members of the Council of State at the same time. <li>Every member of the Council of State shall at the first meeting thereof which he attends as a member take and subscribe a declaration in the following form:<br />"In the presence of Almighty God I, ___________, do solemnly and sincerely promise and declare that I will faithfully and conscientiously fulfil my duties as a member of the Council of State." <li>Every member of the Council of State appointed by the President, unless he dies, resigns, becomes permanently incapacitated, or is removed from office, shall hold office until the successor of the President by whom he was appointed shall have entered upon his office. <li>Any member of the Council of State appointed by the President may resign from office by placing his resignation in the hands of the President. <li>The President may, for reasons which to him seem sufficient, by an order under his hand and Seal, terminate the appointment of any member of the Council of State appointed by him. <li>Meetings of the Council of State may be convened by the President at such times and places as he shall determine.</ol> =====Article 32===== The President shall not exercise or perform any of the powers or functions which are by this Constitution expressed to be exercisable or performable by him after consultation with the Council of State unless, and on every occasion before so doing, he shall have convened a meeting of the Council of State and the members present at such meeting shall have been heard by him. ==THE COMPTROLLER AND AUDITOR GENERAL== =====Article 33===== <ol><li>There shall be a Comptroller and Auditor General to control on behalf of the State all disbursements and to audit all accounts of moneys administered by or under the authority of the Oireachtas. <li>The Comptroller and Auditor General shall be appointed by the President on the nomination of Dáil Éireann. <li>The Comptroller and Auditor General shall not be a member of either House of the Oireachtas and shall not hold any other office or position of emolument. <li>The Comptroller and Auditor General shall report to Dáil Éireann at stated periods as determined by law. <li><ol><li>The Comptroller and Auditor General shall not be removed from office except for stated misbehaviour or incapacity, and then only upon resolutions passed by Dáil Éireann and by Seanad Éireann calling for his removal. <li>The Taoiseach shall duly notify the President of any such resolutions as aforesaid passed by Dáil Éireann and by Seanad Éireann and shall send him a copy of each such resolution certified by the Chairman of the House of the Oireachtas by which it shall have been passed. <li>Upon receipt of such notification and of copies of such resolutions, the President shall forthwith, by an order under his hand and Seal, remove the Comptroller and Auditor General from office.</ol> <li>Subject to the foregoing, the terms and conditions of the office of Comptroller and Auditor General shall be determined by law.</ol> ==THE COURTS== =====Article 34===== <ol><li><s>Justice shall be administered in public courts established by law by judges appointed in the manner provided by this Constitution.</s><ref name="del2nd"/></ol> <ol><li><u>Justice shall be administered in courts established by law by judges appointed in the manner provided by this Constitution, and, save in such special and limited cases as may be prescribed by law, shall be administered in public.</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> <li>The Courts shall comprise<u>:</u> <ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"><li>Courts of First Instance<u>,</u></li> <li><u>a Court of Appeal;</u><ref name="ins33rd">inserted by the 33rd Amendment.</ref></li> <li>and a Court of Final Appeal.</li></ol> <li><ol><li>The Courts of First Instance shall include a High Court invested with full original jurisdiction in and power to determine all matters and questions whether of law or fact, civil or criminal. <li><s>The jurisdiction of the High Court shall extend to the question of the validity of any law having regard to the provisions of this Constitution, and in all cases in which any such matter shall come into question the High Court alone shall exercise original jurisdiction.</s><ref name="del2nd"/> </ol><ol start="2"> <li><u>Save as otherwise provided by this Article, the jurisdiction of the High Court shall extend to the question of the validity of any law having regard to the provisions of this Constitution, and no such question shall be raised (whether by pleading, argument or otherwise) in any Court established under this or any other Article of this Constitution other than the High Court or the Supreme Court.</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> <li><u>No Court whatever shall have jurisdiction to question the validity of a law, or any provision of a law, the Bill for which shall have been referred to the Supreme Court by the President under Article 26 of this Constitution, or to question the validity of a provision of a law where the corresponding provision in the Bill for such law shall have been referred to the Supreme Court by the President under the said Article 26.</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> <li><ref>renumbered by the 2nd amendment.</ref> The Courts of First Instance shall also include Courts of local and limited jurisdiction with a right of appeal as determined by law.</ol> <li><ol><li>The Court of Final Appeal shall be called the Supreme Court. <li>The president of the Supreme Court shall be called the Chief Justice. <li>The Supreme Court shall, with such exceptions and subject to such regulations as may be prescribed by law, have appellate jurisdiction from all decisions of the High Court, and shall also have appellate jurisdiction from such decisions of other courts as may be prescribed by law. <li>No law shall be enacted excepting from the appellate jurisdiction of the Supreme Court cases which involve questions as to the validity of any law having regard to the provisions of this Constitution. <li><u>The decision of the Supreme Court on a question as to the validity of a law having regard to the provisions of this Constitution shall be pronounced by such one of the judges of that Court as that Court shall direct, and no other opinion on such question, whether assenting or dissenting, shall be pronounced, nor shall the existence of any such other opinion be disclosed.</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> <li>The decision of the Supreme Court shall in all cases be final and conclusive.</ol> <li><ol><li>Every person appointed a judge under this Constitution shall make and subscribe the following declaration:<br />"In the presence of Almighty God I, _________, do solemnly and sincerely promise and declare that I will duly and faithfully and to the best of my knowledge and power execute the office of Chief Justice (or as the case may be) without fear or favour, affection or ill-will towards any man, and that I will uphold the Constitution and the laws. May God direct and sustain me." <li>This declaration shall be made and subscribed by the Chief Justice in the presence of the President, and by each of the other judges of the Supreme Court, the judges of the High Court and the judges of every other Court in the presence of the Chief Justice or the senior available judge of the Supreme Court in open court. <li>The declaration shall be made and subscribed by every judge before entering upon his duties as such judge, and in any case not later than ten days after the date of his appointment or such later date as may be determined by the President. <li>Any judge who declines or neglects to make such declaration as aforesaid shall be deemed to have vacated his office.</ol></ol> ===<u>ESTABLISHMENT OF COURT OF APPEAL</u>=== =====<u>Article 34A</u>===== <ol><li><u> The Court of Appeal referred to in paragraph ii of Article 34.2 hereof (“the Court of Appeal”) shall be established in accordance with this Article.</u></li> <li><u>As soon as practicable after the enactment of this Article, a law providing for the establishment of the Court of Appeal shall be enacted.</u></li> <li><u>That law shall require the Government to appoint by order a day (“the establishment day”) on which the Court of Appeal shall be established by virtue of that law; an order of the Government as aforesaid shall operate to have that effect accordingly.</u></li> <li><u>This Article shall be omitted from every official text of this Constitution published after the establishment day.</u><ref name="ins33rd"/></li></ol> =====Article 35===== <ol><li>The judges of the Supreme Court, the High Court and all other Courts established in pursuance of Article 34 hereof shall be appointed by the President. <li>All judges shall be independent in the exercise of their judicial functions and subject only to this Constitution and the law. <li>No judge shall be eligible to be a member of either House of the Oireachtas or to hold any other office or position of emolument. <li><ol><li>A judge of the Supreme Court or the High Court shall not be removed from office except for stated misbehaviour or incapacity, and then only upon resolutions passed by Dáil Éireann and by Seanad Éireann calling for his removal. <li>The Taoiseach shall duly notify the President of any such resolutions passed by Dáil Éireann and by Seanad Éireann, and shall send him a copy of every such resolution certified by the Chairman of the House of the Oireachtas by which it shall have been passed. <li>Upon receipt of such notification and of copies of such resolutions, the President shall forthwith, by an order under his hand and Seal, remove from office the judge to whom they relate.</ol> <li><s>The remuneration of a judge shall not be reduced during his continuance in office.</s><ref>deleted by the 29th amendment.</ref></ol> <ol start="5"><li><ol><li><u>The remuneration of judges shall not be reduced during their continuance in office save in accordance with this section.</u> <li><u>The remuneration of judges is subject to the imposition of taxes, levies or other charges that are imposed by law on persons generally or persons belonging to a particular class.</u> <li><u>Where, before or after the enactment of this section, reductions have been or are made by law to the remuneration of persons belonging to classes of persons whose remuneration is paid out of public money and such law states that those reductions are in the public interest, provision may also be made by law to make proportionate reductions to the remuneration of judges.</u><ref>inserted by the 29th amendment.</ref></ol></ol> =====Article 36===== Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Constitution relating to the Courts, the following matters shall be regulated in accordance with law, that is to say:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"> <li>the number of judges of the Supreme Court, and of the High Court, the remuneration, age of retirement and pensions of such judges, <li>the number of the judges of all other Courts, and their terms of appointment, and <li>the constitution and organization of the said Courts, the distribution of jurisdiction and business among the said Courts and judges, and all matters of procedure.</ol> =====Article 37===== <ol><li>Nothing in this Constitution shall operate to invalidate the exercise of limited functions and powers of a judicial nature, in matters other than criminal matters, by any person or body of persons duly authorised by law to exercise such functions and powers, notwithstanding that such person or such body of persons is not a judge or a court appointed or established as such under this Constitution. <li><u>No adoption of a person taking effect or expressed to take effect at any time after the coming into operation of this Constitution under laws enacted by the Oireachtas and being an adoption pursuant to an order made or an authorisation given by any person or body of persons designated by those laws to exercise such functions and powers was or shall be invalid by reason only of the fact that such person or body of persons was not a judge or a court appointed or established as such under this Constitution.</u><ref name="ins6th">inserted by the 6th amendment.</ref></ol> ==TRIAL OF OFFENCES== =====Article 38===== <ol><li>No person shall be tried on any criminal charge save in due course of law. <li>Minor offences may be tried by courts of summary jurisdiction. <li><ol><li>Special courts may be established by law for the trial of offences in cases where it may be determined in accordance with such law that the ordinary courts are inadequate to secure the effective administration of justice, and the preservation of public peace and order. <li>The constitution, powers, jurisdiction and procedure of such special courts shall be prescribed by law.</ol> <li><ol><li>Military tribunals may be established for the trial of offences against military law alleged to have been committed by persons while subject to military law and also to deal with a state of war or armed rebellion. <li>A member of the Defence Forces not on active service shall not be tried by any courtmartial or other military tribunal for an offence cognisable by the civil courts unless such offence is within the jurisdiction of any courtmartial or other military tribunal under any law for the enforcement of military discipline.</ol> <li>Save in the case of the trial of offences under section 2, section 3 or section 4 of this Article no person shall be tried on any criminal charge without a jury. <li>The provisions of Articles 34 and 35 of this Constitution shall not apply to any court or tribunal set up under section 3 or section 4 of this Article.</ol> =====Article 39===== Treason shall consist only in levying war against the State, or assisting any State or person or inciting or conspiring with any person to levy war against the State, or attempting by force of arms or other violent means to overthrow the organs of government established by this Constitution, or taking part or being concerned in or inciting or conspiring with any person to make or to take part or be concerned in any such attempt. ==FUNDAMENTAL RIGHTS== ===PERSONAL RIGHTS=== =====Article 40===== <ol><li>All citizens shall, as human persons, be held equal before the law.<br />This shall not be held to mean that the State shall not in its enactments have due regard to differences of capacity, physical and moral, and of social function. <li><ol><li>Titles of nobility shall not be conferred by the State. <li>No title of nobility or of honour may be accepted by any citizen except with the prior approval of the Government.</ol> <li><ol><li>The State guarantees in its laws to respect, and, as far as practicable, by its laws to defend and vindicate the personal rights of the citizen. <li>The State shall, in particular, by its laws protect as best it may from unjust attack and, in the case of injustice done, vindicate the life, person, good name, and property rights of every citizen. <li><s><u>The State acknowledges the right to life of the unborn and, with due regard to the equal right to life of the mother, guarantees in its laws to respect, and, as far as practicable, by its laws to defend and vindicate that right.</u></s><ref name="ins8th">inserted by the 8th amendment.</ref><ref name="del36th">deleted by the 36th amendment.</ref> <br><br> <s><u>This subsection shall not limit freedom to travel between the State and another state.</u></s><ref name="ins13th">inserted by the 13th amendment.</ref><ref name="del36th">deleted by the 36th amendment.</ref> <br><br> <s><u>This subsection shall not limit freedom to obtain or make available, in the State, subject to such conditions as may be laid down by law, information relating to services lawfully available in another state.</u></s><ref name="ins14th">inserted by the 14th amendment.</ref><ref name="del36th">deleted by the 36th amendment.</ref> </ol><ol start="3"> <li><u>Provision may be made by law for the regulation of termination of pregnancy.</u><ref name="ins36th">inserted by the 36th amendment.</ref></li></ol> <li><ol><li>No citizen shall be deprived of his personal liberty save in accordance with law. <li><s>Upon complaint being made by or on behalf of any person that he is being unlawfully detained, the High Court and any and every judge thereof shall forthwith enquire into the same and may make an order requiring the person in whose custody such person shall be detained to produce the body of the person so detained before such court or judge without delay and to certify in writing as to the cause of the detention, and such Court or judge shall thereupon order the release of such person unless satisfied that he is being detained in accordance with the law.</s><ref name="del2nd"/> </ol><ol start="2"> <li><u>Upon complaint being made by or on behalf of any person to the High Court or any judge thereof alleging that such person is being unlawfully detained, the High Court and any and every judge thereof to whom such complaint is made shall forthwith enquire into the said complaint and may order the person in whose custody such person is detained to produce the body of such person before the High Court on a named day and to certify in writing the grounds of his detention, and the High Court shall, upon the body of such person being produced before that Court and after giving the person in whose custody he is detained an opportunity of justifying the detention, order the release of such person from such detention unless satisfied that he is being detained in accordance with the law.</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> <li><u>Where the body of a person alleged to be unlawfully detained is produced before the High Court in pursuance of an order in that behalf made under this section and that Court is satisfied that such person is being detained in accordance with a law but that such law is invalid having regard to the provisions of this Constitution, the High Court shall refer the question of the validity of such law to the Supreme Court by way of case stated and may, at the time of such reference or at any time thereafter, allow the said person to be at liberty on such bail and subject to such conditions as the High Court shall fix until the Supreme Court has determined the question so referred to it.</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> <li><u>The High Court before which the body of a person alleged to be unlawfully detained is to be produced in pursuance of an order in that behalf made under this section shall, if the President of the High Court or, if he is not available, the senior judge of that Court who is available so directs in respect of any particular case, consist of three judges and shall, in every other case, consist of one judge only.</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> <li><u><s>Where an order is made under this section by the High Court or a judge thereof for the production of the body of a person who is under sentence of death, the High Court or such judge thereof shall further order that the execution of the said sentence of death shall be deferred until after the body of such person has been produced before the High Court and the lawfulness of his detention has been determined and if, after such deferment, the detention of such person is determined to be lawful, the High Court shall appoint a day for the execution of the said sentence of death and that sentence shall have effect with the substitution of the day so appointed for the day originally fixed for the execution thereof.</s></u><ref>inserted by the 2nd amendment, deleted by the 21st.</ref> </ol><ol start="5"> <li><ref name="ren2nd">renumbered by the 2nd amendment.</ref><ref name="ren21st">renumbered by the 21st amendment.</ref> Nothing in this section, however, shall be invoked to prohibit, control, or interfere with any act of the Defence Forces during the existence of a state of war or armed rebellion. <li><ref name="ren21st">renumbered by the 21st amendment.</ref> <u>Provision may be made by law for the refusal of bail by a court to a person charged with a serious offence where it is reasonably considered necessary to prevent the commission of a serious offence by that person.</u><ref name="ins16th">inserted by the 16th amendment.</ref></ol> <li>The dwelling of every citizen is inviolable and shall not be forcibly entered save in accordance with law. <li><ol><li>The State guarantees liberty for the exercise of the following rights, subject to public order and morality:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"> <li>The right of the citizens to express freely their convictions and opinions. <br><br> The education of public opinion being, however, a matter of such grave import to the common good, the State shall endeavour to ensure that organs of public opinion, such as the radio, the press, the cinema, while preserving their rightful liberty of expression, including criticism of Government policy, shall not be used to undermine public order or morality or the authority of the State. <br><br> The publication or utterance of <s>blasphemous,</s><ref name="del37th">deleted by the 37th amendment.</ref> seditious<s>,</s><ref name="del37th">deleted by the 37th amendment.</ref> or indecent matter is an offence which shall be punishable in accordance with law. <li>The right of the citizens to assemble peaceably and without arms. <br><br> Provision may be made by law to prevent or control meetings which are determined in accordance with law to be calculated to cause a breach of the peace or to be a danger or nuisance to the general public and to prevent or control meetings in the vicinity of either House of the Oireachtas. <li>The right of the citizens to form associations and unions. <br><br> Laws, however, may be enacted for the regulation and control in the public interest of the exercise of the foregoing right.</ol> <li>Laws regulating the manner in which the right of forming associations and unions and the right of free assembly may be exercised shall contain no political, religious or class discrimination.</ol></ol> ===THE FAMILY=== =====Article 41===== <ol><li><ol><li>The State recognises the Family as the natural primary and fundamental unit group of Society, and as a moral institution possessing inalienable and imprescriptible rights, antecedent and superior to all positive law. <li>The State, therefore, guarantees to protect the Family in its constitution and authority, as the necessary basis of social order and as indispensable to the welfare of the Nation and the State.</ol> <li><ol><li>In particular, the State recognises that by her life within the home, woman gives to the State a support without which the common good cannot be achieved. <li>The State shall, therefore, endeavour to ensure that mothers shall not be obliged by economic necessity to engage in labour to the neglect of their duties in the home.</ol> <li><ol><li>The State pledges itself to guard with special care the institution of Marriage, on which the Family is founded, and to protect it against attack. <li><s>No law shall be enacted providing for the grant of a dissolution of marriage.</s><ref>deleted by the 15th amendment.</ref> </ol><ol start="2"> <li><u>A Court designated by law may grant a dissolution of marriage where, but only where, it is satisfied that—</u><ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"> <li><s>at the date of the institution of the proceedings, the spouses have lived apart from one another for a period of, or periods amounting to, at least four years during the previous five years,</s><ref>deleted by the 38th amendment.</ref> </ol><ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"> <li><u>there is no reasonable prospect of a reconciliation between the spouses,</u> <li><u>such provision as the Court considers proper having regard to the circumstances exists or will be made for the spouses, any children of either or both of them and any other person prescribed by law, and</u> <li><u>any further conditions prescribed by law are complied with.</u><ref>inserted by the 15th amendment.</ref></ol> <li><s>No person whose marriage has been dissolved under the civil law of any other State but is a subsisting valid marriage under the law for the time being in force within the jurisdiction of the Government and Parliament established by this Constitution shall be capable of contracting a valid marriage within that jurisdiction during the lifetime of the other party to the marriage so dissolved.</s><ref>deleted by the 38th amendment.</ref> </ol><ol start="3"> <li><u>Provision may be made by law for the recognition under the law of the State of a dissolution of marriage granted under the civil law of another state.</u><ref>inserted by the 38th amendment.</ref></ol> <li><u>Marriage may be contracted in accordance with law by two persons without distinction as to their sex.</u><ref>inserted by the 34th amendment.</ref></ol> ===EDUCATION=== =====Article 42===== <ol><li>The State acknowledges that the primary and natural educator of the child is the Family and guarantees to respect the inalienable right and duty of parents to provide, according to their means, for the religious and moral, intellectual, physical and social education of their children. <li>Parents shall be free to provide this education in their homes or in private schools or in schools recognised or established by the State. <li><ol><li>The State shall not oblige parents in violation of their conscience and lawful preference to send their children to schools established by the State, or to any particular type of school designated by the State. <li>The State shall, however, as guardian of the common good, require in view of actual conditions that the children receive a certain minimum education, moral, intellectual and social.</ol> <li>The State shall provide for free primary education and shall endeavour to supplement and give reasonable aid to private and corporate educational initiative, and, when the public good requires it, provide other educational facilities or institutions with due regard, however, for the rights of parents, especially in the matter of religious and moral formation. <li><s>In exceptional cases, where the parents for physical or moral reasons fail in their duty towards their children, the State as guardian of the common good, by appropriate means shall endeavour to supply the place of the parents, but always with due regard for the natural and imprescriptible rights of the child.</s><ref>deleted by the 31st amendment.</ref></ol> ===<u>CHILDREN</u>=== =====<u>Article 42A</u>===== <ol><li><u>The State recognises and affirms the natural and imprescriptible rights of all children and shall, as far as practicable, by its laws protect and vindicate those rights.</u> <li><ol><li><u>In exceptional cases, where the parents, regardless of their marital status, fail in their duty towards their children to such extent that the safety or welfare of any of their children is likely to be prejudicially affected, the State as guardian of the common good shall, by proportionate means as provided by law, endeavour to supply the place of the parents, but always with due regard for the natural and imprescriptible rights of the child.</u> <li><u>Provision shall be made by law for the adoption of any child where the parents have failed for such a period of time as may be prescribed by law in their duty towards the child and where the best interests of the child so require.</u></ol> <li><u>Provision shall be made by law for the voluntary placement for adoption and the adoption of any child.</u> <li><ol><li><u>Provision shall be made by law that in the resolution of all proceedings—</u> <ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"><li><u>brought by the State, as guardian of the common good, for the purpose of preventing the safety and welfare of any child from being prejudicially affected, or</u> <li><u>concerning the adoption, guardianship or custody of, or access to, any child,</u></ol> <u>the best interests of the child shall be the paramount consideration.</u> <li><u>Provision shall be made by law for securing, as far as practicable, that in all proceedings referred to in subsection 1° of this section in respect of any child who is capable of forming his or her own views, the views of the child shall be ascertained and given due weight having regard to the age and maturity of the child.</u><ref>inserted by the 31st amendment.</ref></ol></ol> ===PRIVATE PROPERTY=== =====Article 43===== <ol><li><ol><li>The State acknowledges that man, in virtue of his rational being, has the natural right, antecedent to positive law, to the private ownership of external goods. <li>The State accordingly guarantees to pass no law attempting to abolish the right of private ownership or the general right to transfer, bequeath, and inherit property.</ol> <li><ol><li>The State recognises, however, that the exercise of the rights mentioned in the foregoing provisions of this Article ought, in civil society, to be regulated by the principles of social justice. <li>The State, accordingly, may as occasion requires delimit by law the exercise of the said rights with a view to reconciling their exercise with the exigencies of the common good.</ol></ol> ===RELIGION=== =====Article 44===== <ol><li>The State acknowledges that the homage of public worship is due to Almighty God. It shall hold His Name in reverence, and shall respect and honour religion. <ol start="2"><li><s>The State recognises the special position of the Holy Catholic Apostolic and Roman Church as the guardian of the Faith professed by the great majority of the citizens.</s> <li><s>The State also recognises the Church of Ireland, the Presbyterian Church in Ireland, the Methodist Church in Ireland, the Religious Society of Friends in Ireland, as well as the Jewish Congregations and the other religious denominations existing in Ireland at the date of the coming into operation of this Constitution.</s><ref>deleted by the 5th amendment.</ref></ol> <li><ol><li>Freedom of conscience and the free profession and practice of religion are, subject to public order and morality, guaranteed to every citizen. <li>The State guarantees not to endow any religion. <li>The State shall not impose any disabilities or make any discrimination on the ground of religious profession, belief or status. <li>Legislation providing State aid for schools shall not discriminate between schools under the management of different religious denominations, nor be such as to affect prejudicially the right of any child to attend a school receiving public money without attending religious instruction at that school. <li>Every religious denomination shall have the right to manage its own affairs, own, acquire and administer property, movable and immovable, and maintain institutions for religious or charitable purposes. <li>The property of any religious denomination or any educational institution shall not be diverted save for necessary works of public utility and on payment of compensation.</ol></ol> ==DIRECTIVE PRINCIPLES OF SOCIAL POLICY== =====Article 45===== The principles of social policy set forth in this Article are intended for the general guidance of the Oireachtas. The application of those principles in the making of laws shall be the care of the Oireachtas exclusively, and shall not be cognisable by any Court under any of the provisions of this Constitution. <ol><li>The State shall strive to promote the welfare of the whole people by securing and protecting as effectively as it may a social order in which justice and charity shall inform all the institutions of the national life. <li>The State shall, in particular, direct its policy towards securing:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"> <li>That the citizens (all of whom, men and women equally, have the right to an adequate means of livelihood) may through their occupations find the means of making reasonable provision for their domestic needs. <li>That the ownership and control of the material resources of the community may be so distributed amongst private individuals and the various classes as best to subserve the common good. <li>That, especially, the operation of free competition shall not be allowed so to develop as to result in the concentration of the ownership or control of essential commodities in a few individuals to the common detriment. <li>That in what pertains to the control of credit the constant and predominant aim shall be the welfare of the people as a whole. <li>That there may be established on the land in economic security as many families as in the circumstances shall be practicable.</ol> <li><ol><li>The State shall favour and, where necessary, supplement private initiative in industry and commerce. <li>The State shall endeavour to secure that private enterprise shall be so conducted as to ensure reasonable efficiency in the production and distribution of goods and as to protect the public against unjust exploitation.</ol> <li><ol><li>The State pledges itself to safeguard with especial care the economic interests of the weaker sections of the community, and, where necessary, to contribute to the support of the infirm, the widow, the orphan, and the aged. <li>The State shall endeavour to ensure that the strength and health of workers, men and women, and the tender age of children shall not be abused and that citizens shall not be forced by economic necessity to enter avocations unsuited to their sex, age or strength.</ol></ol> ==AMENDMENT OF THE CONSTITUTION== =====Article 46===== <ol><li>Any provision of this Constitution may be amended, whether by way of variation, addition, or repeal, in the manner provided by this Article. <li>Every proposal for an amendment of this Constitution shall be initiated in Dáil Éireann as a Bill, and shall upon having been passed or deemed to have been passed by both Houses of the Oireachtas, be submitted by Referendum to the decision of the people in accordance with the law for the time being in force relating to the Referendum. <li>Every such Bill shall be expressed to be "An Act to amend the Constitution". <li>A Bill containing a proposal or proposals for the amendment of this Constitution shall not contain any other proposal. <li>A Bill containing a proposal for the amendment of this Constitution shall be signed by the President forthwith upon his being satisfied that the provisions of this Article have been complied with in respect thereof and that such proposal has been duly approved by the people in accordance with the provisions of section 1 of Article 47 of this Constitution and shall be duly promulgated by the President as a law.</ol> ==THE REFERENDUM== =====Article 47===== <ol><li>Every proposal for an amendment of this Constitution which is submitted by Referendum to the decision of the people shall, for the purpose of Article 46 of this Constitution, be held to have been approved by the people, if, upon having been so submitted, a majority of the votes cast at such Referendum shall have been cast in favour of its enactment into law. <li><ol><li>Every <s>Bill and every</s> <ref name="del2nd"/> proposal, other than a proposal to amend the Constitution, which is submitted by Referendum to the decision of the people shall be held to have been vetoed by the people if a majority of the votes cast at such Referendum shall have been cast against its enactment into law and if the votes so cast against its enactment into law shall have amounted to not less than thirty-three and one-third per cent of the voters on the register. <li>Every <s>Bill and every</s> <ref name="del2nd"/> proposal, other than a proposal to amend the Constitution, which is submitted by Referendum to the decision of the people shall for the purposes of Article 27 hereof be held to have been approved by the people unless vetoed by them in accordance with the provisions of the foregoing sub-section of this section.</ol> <li>Every citizen who has the right to vote at an election for members of Dáil Éireann shall have the right to vote at a Referendum. <li>Subject as aforesaid, the Referendum shall be regulated by law.</ol> ==REPEAL OF CONSTITUTION OF SAORSTÁT ÉIREANN AND CONTINUANCE OF LAWS== =====Article 48===== The Constitution of Saorstát Éireann in force immediately prior to the date of the coming into operation of this Constitution and the Constitution of the Irish Free State (Saorstát Éireann) Act, 1922, in so far as that Act or any provision thereof is then in force shall be and are hereby repealed as on and from that date. =====Article 49===== <ol><li>All powers, functions, rights and prerogatives whatsoever exercisable in or in respect of Saorstát Éireann immediately before the 11th day of December, 1936, whether in virtue of the Constitution then in force or otherwise, by the authority in which the executive power of Saorstát Éireann was then vested are hereby declared to belong to the people. <li>It is hereby enacted that, save to the extent to which provision is made by this Constitution or may hereafter be made by law for the exercise of any such power, function, right or prerogative by any of the organs established by this Constitution, the said powers, functions, rights and prerogatives shall not be exercised or be capable of being exercised in or in respect of the State save only by or on the authority of the Government. <li>The Government shall be the successors of the Government of Saorstát Éireann as regards all property, assets, rights and liabilities.</ol> =====Article 50===== <ol><li>Subject to this Constitution and to the extent to which they are not inconsistent therewith, the laws in force in Saorstát Éireann immediately prior to the date of the coming into operation of this Constitution shall continue to be of full force and effect until the same or any of them shall have been repealed or amended by enactment of the Oireachtas. <li>Laws enacted before, but expressed to come into force after, the coming into operation of this Constitution, shall, unless otherwise enacted by the Oireachtas, come into force in accordance with the terms thereof.</ol> ==TRANSITORY PROVISIONS== =====Article 51===== <ol><li>Notwithstanding anything contained in Article 46 hereof, any of the provisions of this Constitution, except the provisions of the said Article 46 and this Article, may, subject as hereinafter provided, be amended by the Oireachtas, whether by way of variation, addition or repeal, within a period of three years after the date on which the first President shall have entered upon the office. <li>A proposal for the amendment of this Constitution under this Article shall not be enacted into law if, prior to such enactment, the President, after consultation with the Council of State, shall have signified in a message under his hand and Seal addressed to the Chairman of each of the Houses of the Oireachtas that the proposal is in his opinion a proposal to effect an amendment of such a character and importance that the will of the people thereon ought to be ascertained by Referendum before its enactment into law. <li>The foregoing provisions of this Article shall cease to have the force of law immediately upon the expiration of the period of three years referred to in section 1 hereof. <li>This Article shall be omitted from every official text of this Constitution published after the expiration of the said period.</ol> =====Article 52===== <ol><li>This Article and subsequent Articles shall be omitted from every official text of this Constitution published after the date on which the first President shall have entered upon his office. <li>Every Article of this Constitution which is hereafter omitted in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Article from the official text of this Constitution shall notwithstanding such omission continue to have the force of law.</ol> =====Article 53===== <ol><li>On the coming into operation of this Constitution a general election for Seanad Éireann shall be held in accordance with the relevant Articles of this Constitution as if a dissolution of Dáil Éireann had taken place on the date of the coming into operation of this Constitution. <li>For the purposes of this Article references in the relevant provisions of this Constitution to a dissolution of Dáil Éireann shall be construed as referring to the coming into operation of this Constitution, and in those provisions the expression "Dáil Éireann" shall include the Chamber of Deputies (Dáil Éireann) established by the Constitution hereby repealed. <li>The first assembly of Seanad Éireann shall take place not later than one hundred and eighty days after the coming into operation of this Constitution.</ol> =====Article 54===== <ol><li>The Chamber of Deputies (Dáil Éireann) established by the Constitution hereby repealed and existing immediately before that repeal shall, on the coming into operation of this Constitution, become and be Dáil Éireann for all the purposes of this Constitution. <li>Every person who is a member of the said Chamber of Deputies (Dáil Éireann) immediately before the said repeal shall, on the coming into operation of this Constitution, become and be a member of Dáil Éireann as if he had been elected to be such member at an election held under this Constitution. <li>The member of the said Chamber of Deputies (Dáil Éireann) who is immediately before the said repeal Ceann Comhairle shall upon the coming into operation of this Constitution become and be the Chairman of Dáil Éireann.</ol> =====Article 55===== <ol><li>After the coming into operation of this Constitution and until the first assembly of Seanad Éireann, the Oireachtas shall consist of one House only. <li>The House forming the Oireachtas under this Article shall be Dáil Éireann. <li>Until the first President enters upon his office, the Oireachtas shall be complete and capable of functioning notwithstanding that there is no President. <li>Until the first President enters upon his office, bills passed or deemed to have been passed by the House or by both Houses of the Oireachtas shall be signed and promulgated by the Commission hereinafter mentioned instead of by the President.</ol> =====Article 56===== <ol><li>On the coming into operation of this Constitution, the Government in office immediately before the coming into operation of this Constitution shall become and be the Government for the purposes of this Constitution and the members of that Government shall without any appointment under Article 13 hereof, continue to hold their respective offices as if they had been appointed thereto under the said Article 13. <li>The members of the Government in office on the date on which the first President shall enter upon his office shall receive official appointments from the President as soon as may be after the said date. <li>The Departments of State of Saorstát Éireann shall as on and from the date of the coming into operation of this Constitution and until otherwise determined by law become and be the Departments of State. <li>On the coming into operation of this Constitution, the Civil Service of the Government of Saorstát Éireann shall become and be the Civil Service of the Government. <li><ol><li>Nothing in this Constitution shall prejudice or affect the <s>terms, conditions, remuneration or tenure</s><ref name="del2nd"/> <u>terms and conditions of service, or the tenure of office or the remuneration</u><ref name="ins2nd"/> of any person who was in any Governmental employment immediately prior to the coming into operation of this Constitution. <li><u>Nothing in this Article shall operate to invalidate or restrict any legislation whatsoever which has been enacted or may be enacted hereafter applying to or prejudicing or affecting all or any of the matters contained in the next preceding sub-section.</u><ref name="ins2nd"/></ol></ol> =====Article 57===== <ol><li>The first President shall enter upon his office not later than one hundred and eighty days after the date of the coming into operation of this Constitution. <li>After the date of the coming into operation of this Constitution and pending the entry of the first President upon his office the powers and functions of the President under this Constitution shall be exercised by a Commission consisting of the following persons, namely, the Chief Justice, the President of the High Court, and the Chairman of Dáil Éireann. <li>Whenever the Commission is incomplete by reason of a vacancy in an office the holder of which is a member of the Commission, the Commission shall, during such vacancy, be completed by the substitution of the senior judge of the Supreme Court who is not already a member of the Commission in the place of the holder of such office, and likewise in the event of any member of the Commission being, on any occasion, unable to act, his place shall be taken on that occasion by the senior judge of the Supreme Court who is available and is not already a member, or acting in the place of a member, of the Commission. <li>The Commission may act by any two of their number. <li>The provisions of this Constitution which relate to the exercise and performance by the President of the powers and functions conferred on him by this Constitution shall apply to the exercise and performance of the said powers and functions by the said Commission in like manner as those provisions apply to the exercise and performance of the said powers and functions by the President.</ol> =====Article 58===== <ol><li>On and after the coming into operation of this Constitution and until otherwise determined by law, the Supreme Court of Justice, the High Court of Justice, the Circuit Court of Justice and the District Court of Justice in existence immediately before the coming into operation of this Constitution shall, subject to the provisions of this Constitution relating to the determination of questions as to the validity of any law, continue to exercise the same jurisdictions respectively as theretofore, and any judge or justice being a member of any such Court shall, subject to compliance with the subsequent provisions of this Article, continue to be a member thereof and shall hold office by the like tenure and on the like terms as theretofore unless he signifies to the Taoiseach his desire to resign. <li>Every such judge and justice who shall not have so signified his desire to resign shall make and subscribe the declaration set forth in section 5 of Article 34 of this Constitution. <li>This declaration shall be made and subscribed by the Chief Justice in the presence of the Taoiseach, and by each of the other judges of the said Supreme Court, the judges of the said High Court and the judges of the said Circuit Court in the presence of the Chief Justice in open court. <li>In the case of the justices of the said District Court the declaration shall be made and subscribed in open court. <li>Every such declaration shall be made immediately upon the coming into operation of this Constitution, or as soon as may be thereafter. <li>Any such judge or justice who declines or neglects to make such declaration in the manner aforesaid shall be deemed to have vacated his office.</ol> =====Article 59===== On the coming into operation of this Constitution, the person who is the Attorney General of Saorstát Éireann immediately before the coming into operation of this Constitution shall, without any appointment under Article 30 of this Constitution, become and be the Attorney General as if he had been appointed to that office under the said Article 30. =====Article 60===== On the coming into operation of this Constitution the person who is the Comptroller and Auditor General of Saorstát Éireann immediately before the coming into operation of this Constitution shall, without any appointment under Article 33 of this Constitution, become and be the Comptroller and Auditor General as if he had been appointed to that office under the said Article 33. =====Article 61===== <ol><li>On the coming into operation of this Constitution, the Defence Forces and the Police Forces of Saorstát Éireann in existence immediately before the coming into operation of this Constitution shall become and be respectively the Defence Forces and the Police Forces of the State.</ol> <ol><li><ol><li>Every commissioned officer of the Defence Forces of Saorstát Éireann immediately before the coming into operation of this Constitution shall become and be a commissioned officer of corresponding rank of the Defence Forces of the State as if he had received a commission therein under Article 13 of this Constitution. <li>Every officer of the Defence Forces of the State at the date on which the first President enters upon his office shall receive a commission from the President as soon as may be after that date.</ol></ol> =====Article 62===== This Constitution shall come into operation <ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman"> <li>on the day following the expiration of a period of one hundred and eighty days after its approval by the people signified by a majority of the votes cast at a plebiscite thereon held in accordance with law, or, <li>on such earlier day after such approval as may be fixed by a resolution of Dáil Éireann elected at the general election the polling for which shall have taken place on the same day as the said plebiscite.</ol> =====Article 63===== A copy of this Constitution signed by the Taoiseach, the Chief Justice, and the Chairman of Dáil Éireann, shall be enrolled for record in the office of the Registrar of the Supreme Court, and such signed copy shall be conclusive evidence of the provisions of this Constitution. In case of conflict between the Irish and the English texts, the Irish text shall prevail. ====<u>Establishment of Court of Appeal: Transitional Provisions</u>==== =====<u>Article 64</u>===== <u>1 In this Article “the establishment day” has the same meaning as it has in Article 34A of this Constitution.</u> <u>2 1° Sections 3 and 4 hereof apply to an appeal to the Supreme Court initiated before the establishment day that has not been heard, in full or in part, by the Supreme Court before that day.</u> :<u>2° For the purposes of this Article, an appeal shall not be taken to have been heard in part by reason of the Supreme Court having heard an interlocutory application relating to the appeal or, unless the appeal itself is confined to a procedural matter, the Supreme Court having heard any procedural application or motion in the matter.</u> <u>3 1° On or after the establishment day, the Chief Justice may, if the Chief Justice is satisfied that it is in the interests of the administration of justice and the efficient determination of appeals to do so, and with the concurrence of the other judges of the Supreme Court, give a direction under the seal of the Court providing that each appeal to which this section applies falling within a class of appeals specified in the direction shall be heardand determined by the Court of Appeal and, where such a direction is given, the Court of Appeal shall, subject to subsection 3° hereof, have jurisdiction to hear and determine each appeal the subject of that direction accordingly.</u> :<u>2° A direction under subsection 1° hereof may contain provision for any matter that the Chief Justice considers it appropriate to provide for in consequence of the appeals concerned being heard and determined by the Court of Appeal and any such provision shall have like effect to a provision contained in an order made by the Supreme Court.</u> :<u>3° The Supreme Court, on application to it that complies with such, if any, regulations as may be prescribed by law and made by any of the parties to an appeal the subject of a direction under subsection 1°, may, if it is satisfied that it is just to do so, make an order—</u> ::<u>i cancelling the effect of that direction, or</u> ::<u>ii cancelling or varying the effect of any provision, referred to in subsection 2° hereof, of that direction,</u> :<u>so far as it relates to that appeal.</u> <u>4 1° If, on application to it that complies with such, if any, regulations as may be prescribed by law and made by any of the parties to the appeal, the Supreme Court is satisfied that it is in the interests of the administration of justice and the efficient determination of appeals to do so, the Supreme Court may make an order providing that the appeal shall be heard and determined by the Court of Appeal and, where such an order is made, the Court of Appeal shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine the appeal accordingly.</u> :<u>2° An order under subsection 1° hereof may contain provision for any matter that the Supreme Court considers it appropriate to provide for in consequence of the appeal being heard and determined by the Court of Appeal.</u> <u>5 Save to the extent provided by any direction given or order made pursuant to the powers conferred by section 3 or 4 hereof, the exercise by the Supreme Court of its jurisdiction in relation to appeals to that Court initiated before the establishment day shall not be affected by the amendments of this Constitution made by the Thirty-third Amendment of the Constitution (Court of Appeal) Act 2013.</u> <u>6 Notwithstanding any amendments of this Constitution made as aforesaid, the Supreme Court shall continue to have appellate jurisdiction from decisions of the Court of Criminal Appeal that stood established before the establishment day to the extent provided, and subject to the same regulations as were prescribed, by law immediately before the establishment day, and sections 3 and 4 hereof shall not apply to an appeal from a decision of the Court of Criminal Appeal.</u> <u>7 This Article shall be omitted from every official text of this Constitution published on or following the expiry of one year after the establishment day.</u><ref name="ins33rd"/> {{c|Dochum Glóire Dé<br />agus<br />Onóra na hÉireann}} ==Footnotes== <references/> {{PD-EdictGov}} [[Category:Constitution of Ireland]] [[Category:Ireland]] 7h4x1ftq9n7gnjg0vqkzom8mb649br3 User talk:Beeswaxcandle 3 389322 14127957 14127511 2024-04-25T14:45:58Z WeatherWriter 2983996 /* Question from a new editor */ reply wikitext text/x-wiki {{user header|username=Beeswaxcandle|section=(talk page)|notes='''Note:''' Please use ''informative'' section titles that give some indication of the message.}} {|align=right |{{Usertalkback|you=ping|me=watched|icon=attn}} |- | |{{block right|{{smaller|[[User talk:Beeswaxcandle/Archive1|'''Archive''']] to 30 November 2012}}<p>{{smaller|[[User talk:Beeswaxcandle/Archive2|'''Archive''']] to 31 May 2013}}</p><p>{{smaller|[[User talk:Beeswaxcandle/Archive3|'''Archive''']] to 30 November 2013}}</p><p>{{smaller|[[User talk:Beeswaxcandle/Archive4|'''Archive''']] to 30 November 2014}}</p><p>{{smaller|[[User talk:Beeswaxcandle/Archive5|'''Archive''']] to 30 November 2015}}</p><p>{{smaller|[[User talk:Beeswaxcandle/Archive6|'''Archive''']] to 30 November 2016}}</p><p>{{smaller|[[User talk:Beeswaxcandle/Archive7|'''Archive''']] to 30 November 2018}}<p>{{smaller|[[User talk:Beeswaxcandle/Archive8|'''Archive''']] to 31 December 2020}}}} |} == `crat == cf. [[Wikisource:Administrators'_noticeboard#Bureaucrat|WS:AN#Bureaucrat]], Any chance you'd be interested in being a `crat? Ideally we'd have three—for redundancy and to spread the load—and right now we're down to a single `crat who has very little time for the project. I'm hoping BD will pick up the ball, and if I could rope another <del>gullible fool</del><ins>solid community member</ins> into taking it on we'd be up three and Hesperian would have the option to resign without feeling guilty if they'd like to. --[[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 16:43, 9 January 2021 (UTC) : I endorse this plea. [[User:BD2412|<font style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</font>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 17:20, 9 January 2021 (UTC) :: Just had a look at our current stats. 397 active users, 25 sysops, and 2 bureaucrats. I prefer the ratio of sysops to active users to be ca. 10–12. At the moment it's 16. Growing the number of sysops then means more bureaucrats are needed, so that the ratio is similar. I'm UTC+12; Hesperian is UTC+8; I don't know BD's time-zone (guessing between -5 and -8). If that's thought to be a sufficient time-spread, then I'll let my name go forward. If, however, it's decided we need coverage in other time-zones rather than mine, that's okay. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 02:10, 10 January 2021 (UTC) :::Having a nice 24/7 spread of `crats would be nice, but the reality is that both of our current `crats have either resigned (Mpaa) or indicated that they desire to do so and are mostly staying on out of a sense of duty to the community (Hesperian). If we get you and BD elected we'd be up to two (+ however long we can fairly hope that Hesperian stays on to share of their experience). In other words, right now I'm not so much concerned with the optimum upper limit or spread as by the absolute ''minimum'' number we need to be self-sufficient.{{parabr}}Or put another way: if the community wants more timezonely diversified `crats they can darn well go find and recruit them! :) --[[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 10:06, 10 January 2021 (UTC) :::: Oh, I don't disagree with that sentiment. I'm not averse to the proposal, but I won't be doing a self-nom. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 06:12, 11 January 2021 (UTC) ::::: I'm happy to [[Special:Diff/10828453|do the nom'ing]]! :) --[[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 07:25, 11 January 2021 (UTC) == Adding photos to Hokitika 1921 == I wonder if I could get some help with the [[Index:Hokitika NZ Evans 1921.pdf|index for Hokitika (1921)]]. I scanned the photographic plates tipped in after page 8 and uploaded the new PDF, but now the pagination is all messed up, and I'm not sure how to fix it. BTW I've contacted Hokitika Museum to see if we can get higher quality scans of those photos for Commons; if now I'll just upload the bad scanned versions sans caption. Thanks! —[[User:Giantflightlessbirds|Giantflightlessbirds]] ([[User talk:Giantflightlessbirds|talk]]) 22:15, 20 January 2021 (UTC) :{{done}}. You also need to give consideration on how to transclude this text. Do you see it as a single document? Or as four articles contained within it? I would do the latter, but the transclusion is then a little more complicated to do. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 07:36, 21 January 2021 (UTC) ::Thanks for sorting that! I'll upload placeholder photos to Commons so we can complete the work, and add better scanned versions as we can source them. ::I'd be inclined to keep the pamphlet as a single document. It was a conceived as a unit: the three other essays refer to each other and cross-reference, and two were written as supplements to the main Evans piece, presumably to make the whole thing substantial enough to sell as a fund-raising booklet (with the Haast material probably added as filler). So I think the work is best viewed as a single multi-chaptered publication with four authors. —[[User:Giantflightlessbirds|Giantflightlessbirds]] ([[User talk:Giantflightlessbirds|talk]]) 21:23, 21 January 2021 (UTC) :::{{ping|Giantflightlessbirds}} I've just realised that I didn't quite say what I meant about transcluding the pamphlet. I agree that it is a unit, but I was thinking about putting each of the articles on a subpage—akin to chapters of a work. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 08:09, 24 January 2021 (UTC) ::::Oh I see! Yes, having them as "chapters" would absolutely make sense. Sorry, new to this. —[[User:Giantflightlessbirds|Giantflightlessbirds]] ([[User talk:Giantflightlessbirds|talk]]) 19:54, 24 January 2021 (UTC) :::::Transcluded at [[Hokitika, N.Z.]] (and subpages). [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 08:24, 25 January 2021 (UTC) == Closures == Hi, In case it helps, I have checklists that I follow to ensure I don't miss a step: [[User:Hesperian/Notes/Admin closure]]. [[User talk:Hesperian|Hesperian]] 01:57, 1 February 2021 (UTC) :Thanks. I had a feeling I'd missed something, but couldn't think what it was—updating the dates in the table. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 05:52, 1 February 2021 (UTC) == Gadgetified old toolbar via enWP == I have hacked what enWP have done to get the old toolbar together and gadgetified, and just stole their extra buttons. Can you indicate to me what you would like to see in enWS buttons, and I will look to put them in place. I still have my old code in my common.js, though they are not being picked up, though if it is you and me alone, then I am willing to make our favourites the globals in a complete vested interest approach. :-) Now that I have it working, I will attune it for local general use, throw in some things that I want, and attend to your wishes. — [[user:billinghurst|billinghurst]] ''<span style="font-size:smaller">[[user talk:billinghurst|sDrewth]]</span>'' 06:27, 7 February 2021 (UTC) :I have populated it with lots of the gumph that I use, still working on getting personal additions working, so those that are problems I can remove. — [[user:billinghurst|billinghurst]] ''<span style="font-size:smaller">[[user talk:billinghurst|sDrewth]]</span>'' 12:00, 7 February 2021 (UTC) ::Just turned the gadget on. A little odd to see it again after more than two years without one. The only buttons that I would use from the current set are: nowiki; add hyphenated word; insert a reference. From my common.js I miss the zoom buttons the most. Also, an OCR button would be useful. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 00:19, 8 February 2021 (UTC) :::Oh of course. <facepalm> They will be somewhere in the proofread scripts. — [[user:billinghurst|billinghurst]] ''<span style="font-size:smaller">[[user talk:billinghurst|sDrewth]]</span>'' 09:20, 8 February 2021 (UTC) == [[Special:Contributions/2600:1700:9A00:20D0:8129:8EE4:D748:9B9E]] == Please block this user, they are being horribly annoying. [[User:PseudoSkull|PseudoSkull]] ([[User talk:PseudoSkull|talk]]) 17:33, 27 March 2021 (UTC) == Patrolling == Hello, I'm sorry to bother you. I don't know where to write, so I ask you. I would like to be Patrol. What should I do? I'm here regularly, and I'm diligent. Thanks for your help :) [[User:Lois131|Lois131]] ([[User talk:Lois131|talk]]) 10:39, 4 April 2021 (UTC) :{{ping|Lois131}} Thank you for the offer. To patrol effectively, you need to understand our policies, so spend some time reading through the links in the Welcome message on your Talk page. It's also helpful to be aware of the Speedy Delete reasons on [[WS:CSD]]. A brief summary of how to patrol and what to look for is on [[Help:Patrolling]]. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 19:03, 4 April 2021 (UTC) ::Thank you, I'm still reading and learning. And of course I'm editing and proofreading my favourite texts/books. And if I'm ready for patrolling, where do I write? What should I do? Thanks :) [[User:Lois131|Lois131]] ([[User talk:Lois131|talk]]) 08:30, 5 April 2021 (UTC) :::There is no special place other than looking at Recent Changes and seeing what comes up. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 09:07, 5 April 2021 (UTC) == Undelete Request == [[Index:The complete works of Count Tolstoy (IA completeworksofc22tols).pdf]] was not a duplicate. [[User:Languageseeker|Languageseeker]] ([[User talk:Languageseeker|talk]]) 11:50, 25 April 2021 (UTC) :I didn't notice the offset in the speedy request on this one. Restored and deleted 21 as the correct duplicate. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 18:10, 25 April 2021 (UTC) == Line breaks == Hi there, I think when you were demonstrating editing for me you had a tool for removing line breaks – or did I imagine it? We're plodding along here in Hokitika, with a couple of works now transcluded and available in Overdrive to borrow. I've been clearing copyright on a couple of Google Books scans, and found most of our hit list of works already scanned and in IA or Hathi Trust, so have started moving them to Wikisource. We have one keen volunteer and a newbie, and another library interested in scanning works. So some progress is happening. —[[User:Giantflightlessbirds|Giantflightlessbirds]] ([[User talk:Giantflightlessbirds|talk]]) 03:42, 29 April 2021 (UTC) == GRP == Is George Reeves Person. Long time abuser from Illinois area. Just another PITA that occasionally appears here, though typically user pages. You know the type that throw a spanner and we just shut down their haunts, they get bored and typically go away as we don't want to play with them, and they don't get their rocks off. <shrug> — [[user:billinghurst|billinghurst]] ''<span style="font-size:smaller">[[user talk:billinghurst|sDrewth]]</span>'' 11:38, 6 May 2021 (UTC) == [[Author:A. Maud Moreland]] == Do you know anything more about the author than is on the author page or the front of the publication? Quick search doesn't show much evident for NZ, though quite probably restricting to NZ won't find much life information. Presuming that it is a female author, though not even a guarantee of that. Thanks. — [[user:billinghurst|billinghurst]] ''<span style="font-size:smaller">[[user talk:billinghurst|sDrewth]]</span>'' 02:18, 17 May 2021 (UTC) == NC Uploads... == I see you deleted a lot of these? Do you plan on filing DR at Commons? [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 18:35, 20 May 2021 (UTC) :Also - (Source site has an apparent NC clause. Shall I keep looking?) :: [[Index:First_Folio_(West_192)]] :: [[Index:First Folio (West 150).pdf]] [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 18:47, 20 May 2021 (UTC) :: I would suggest looking for other uploads from the relevant source as well. [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 18:48, 20 May 2021 (UTC) :::I have no plans to do anything in respect to this matter. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 19:59, 20 May 2021 (UTC) == Some Account of New Zealand == Hi there, the file update you made to [[Some Account of New Zealand]] has essentially broken the entire book. Have a look at any transcribed page after page 6 and you'll see the wrong transcriptions are now on the wrong pages. Additionally, one of the images in your new upload is much poorer quality, and the upload has the Google boiler page included. Can we revert to the previous file? Thanks, [[User:Supertrinko|Supertrinko]] ([[User talk:Supertrinko|talk]]) 21:32, 20 May 2021 (UTC) :The fixes are still in progress. Currently waiting for a bot to move the later pages back by seven. Once that's done, the transclusions will be fixed. We never use images from the pdf itself, so I will update those as well. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 00:56, 21 May 2021 (UTC) ::Perfect, thanks very much for letting me know :) You shouldn't need to update the images, I cropped and uploaded those as separate files. [[User:Supertrinko|Supertrinko]] ([[User talk:Supertrinko|talk]]) 03:20, 21 May 2021 (UTC) == poke confirmed == Hi. Would you mind popping past [[Special:UserRights/SOyeyele_(WMF)]] and assigning confirmed rights. Thanks. — [[user:billinghurst|billinghurst]] ''<span style="font-size:smaller">[[user talk:billinghurst|sDrewth]]</span>'' 05:40, 11 June 2021 (UTC) :@[[User:Billinghurst|Billinghurst]]: Uhm. Why? Sam has a grand total of one edit on enWS, and judging by their user page they are unlikely to make further edits beyond possibly a MassMessage or five. Certainly nothing that requires editing over autoconfirmed protection (which they'll get after 4 days / 10 edits anyway). This seems really arbitrary. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 15:53, 12 June 2021 (UTC) ::There was two, now three, regulars who thought otherwise. I think it appropriate to give a known wikimedia user the tick right off, one from the WMF seems an obvious exception to whatever protection autoconfirmed affords the site. <span style="font-size:smaller;">[[User talk:Cygnis insignis|CYGNIS INSIGNIS]]</span > 16:45, 12 June 2021 (UTC) :::{{ping|Xover}} [[Special:Abuselog]]. It is only "confirmed", what is the issue? Not asking for the crown jewels, and I hardly do these things for the halibut. — [[user:billinghurst|billinghurst]] ''<span style="font-size:smaller">[[user talk:billinghurst|sDrewth]]</span>'' 01:36, 13 June 2021 (UTC) ::::@[[User:Billinghurst|Billinghurst]]: Oh, I see. With that context the +confirmed makes sense.{{pbr}}But the flip side is that to me the two relevant filters then look like they are excessively sensitive and apt to generate false positives like this one. I don't have the history that necessitated those filters with those particular (very low) threshold values, nor enough experience with the Abuse Filters facility, to be able to have a very firmly-founded opinion on it; but my takeway is that we might want to do some tuning of those to avoid false positives like this.{{pbr}}And there was no problem implied as such. It just didn't make sense with the available context, and I saw no request on-wiki that would explain it, so I wanted to figure out what the reasoning was. Worst case, as with now, I'd learn something. *shrug* [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 07:27, 13 June 2021 (UTC) :::::{{ping|Xover}} I [[Special:AbuseFilter/history/9/diff/prev/478|modified one filter]], and I left the other, as it is a rare event with a way out per this request. I look at output from filters one, two or three times a day, and tweak them as required to minimise FPs. Our filters are [[Special:AbuseFilter/history|well-tended]] and those that dissuade or prevent action are minimal. I am always happy to explain my actions, and I cannot think that I would ask for any rights change for an arbitrary reason. I don't do arbitrary. — [[user:billinghurst|billinghurst]] ''<span style="font-size:smaller">[[user talk:billinghurst|sDrewth]]</span>'' 13:11, 13 June 2021 (UTC) == Tool to remove the background of a drawing/sketch/illustration == Hi there, Thanks for the useful presentation this past weekend at WikiCon. I think I missed this part of your Adam seems to remember a tool you talked about that removed the background of a drawing or sketch, possibly automatically. Would you be able to share what this might have been? Thanks. [[User:HughLilly|HughLilly]] ([[User talk:HughLilly|talk]]) 01:56, 21 July 2021 (UTC) :{{ping|HughLilly}} I use IrfanView. It's a free download for Windows or Linux. Unfortunately not available for MacOS. To pull up the Paint dialog, press F12. The tool is the Color Replacer [''sic'']. Have fun, [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 06:51, 21 July 2021 (UTC) == Piano / sheet music-related question == Unrelated to Wikisource. May I email you? [[User:Londonjackbooks|Londonjackbooks]] ([[User talk:Londonjackbooks|talk]]) 15:47, 3 September 2021 (UTC) :Of course. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 18:15, 3 September 2021 (UTC) Question. Do the LilyPond transcriptions not have the sound files generated at the end of the scores anymore? Do I remember correctly that they used to? [[User:Londonjackbooks|Londonjackbooks]] ([[User talk:Londonjackbooks|talk]]) 13:12, 7 September 2021 (UTC) :LilyPond got turned off in July last year and has only recently been allowed again. While it wasn't available any scores that had vorbis=1 in the opening tag caused documents to fail to render. So, we commented out most of the vorbis statements. Now, that it's working again, it is safe to reinstate them. You may find that some scores fail because of technical problems. Let me know and I'll see what can be done to fix them. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 18:16, 7 September 2021 (UTC) ::Okay. Thanks. I was just going to play around with a file (in preview mode only) sometime in the near future to see how something "translates", but it is for personal purposes only, so I don't want to bother anyone with it :) [[User:Londonjackbooks|Londonjackbooks]] ([[User talk:Londonjackbooks|talk]]) 23:53, 7 September 2021 (UTC) == [[:Index:Transactions NZ Institute Volume 26.djvu]] == You plan to do the pageslist yourself? Thanks :) [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 06:00, 5 September 2021 (UTC) == If two weeks == Hi. Hope that you are well, and not overly hampered by A's restrictions. If there is a new measure for closing, would you be so kind to have that reflected in [[Wikisource:Restricted access policy]]. I don't have an issue with the time period, just wish to manage expectations. Thanks. — [[user:billinghurst|billinghurst]] ''<span style="font-size:smaller">[[user talk:billinghurst|sDrewth]]</span>'' 23:47, 23 September 2021 (UTC) == "recent changes" == First, thank you for explaining what you changed in the most recent move log. I looked at it and looked at it. Then again and some more. Now, I have a question. Is the little line that has a dedicated key on most english keyboards a dash or a hyphen? LaTeX thinks it is a minus sign, which is, lord knows, fine by me. Thank you for your time (and talk space)in settling my somewhat stupified state.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 00:07, 25 September 2021 (UTC) :The key on the keyboard produces a hyphen. Technically a minus-sign is a different character, but the hyphen is generally used in general texts. There are two forms of dashes: the en-dash (–), used to separate ranges; and the em-dash (—), used to indicate a break in thought. It is our policy that page names only use a hyphen, even when an en-dash is correct, which is what I was adjusting, as I accidentally used the en-dash before and after the pipe, instead of after only. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 00:29, 25 September 2021 (UTC) ::Thank you so much. My list of little lines that have meanings just went from 3 to 5 in number. And yes, there is a lot wrong with LaTeX, it is good that the &lt;math /> space allows so many wrongs and such untidinesss. This "knowing" of the hyphen key, that you shared with me just now -- I feel greatly settled and gently amused by that in the Recent Changes. May you have such a good day (or night) for this as I am now!--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 00:56, 25 September 2021 (UTC) == Usage of Scans Template == I see that you are reverting my usages of {{tl|scan}} because "don't link to scans when they are fully validated" Is this a hard rule? My idea was to use scan to distinguish texts that are scan-backed from non-scan backed. Do you know where I can find the rules governing the usage of {{tl|scan}} ?[[User:Languageseeker|Languageseeker]] ([[User talk:Languageseeker|talk]]) 03:25, 6 October 2021 (UTC) :The backend arcana of Index: and Page: spaces should (mostly) be transparent to the normal reader. Putting a link to the Index: page on a work indicates that there is more to be done to complete it. Complete works don't need this. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 03:56, 6 October 2021 (UTC) :@[[User:Languageseeker|Languageseeker]]: Also, all scan-backed pages automatically get a link to the relevant Index: page through the "Source" page tab at the top of the page. To the degree we have a need to technically differentiate further (which I am not necessarily convinced of) we need to look at other methods; and a principle for any template-based tagging would be that we tag the pages that are a "problem"—the non-scan-backed ones—and not the ones that are actually up to current standards. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:56, 6 October 2021 (UTC) :: {{re|Xover}} Ok, I see that the ultimate goal is to present clean links on pages. However, I think that it's also helpful to easily visually distinguish scan-backed texts from non-scanned-backed texts. Would either of you support adding a template to tag non-scanned backed version, say with perhaps this icon [[file:Edit-delete-not encyclopedic2.svg|25px]]. Maybe call it, {{tl|noscan}}? [[User:Languageseeker|Languageseeker]] ([[User talk:Languageseeker|talk]]) 12:23, 6 October 2021 (UTC) ::: Once idea I had is to use the wikidata not proofread / proofread / validated icons (we could even pull them from wikidata). [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 15:28, 6 October 2021 (UTC) :::: That might not be a bad idea and save quite a bit of time. It would be nice to be able to look ahead at the link on the Author/Portal/Version ns and see if it is from a transcluded text and, if so, the status of the entire Index, and then automatically add an icon. [[User:Languageseeker|Languageseeker]] ([[User talk:Languageseeker|talk]]) 03:08, 7 October 2021 (UTC) ::::: Definitely NOT on the Author pages. Keep them as simple as possible: do we host such and such a work? That's all they're meant to indicate. The mainspace is where the indication of status lives. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 03:22, 7 October 2021 (UTC) : FYI, I find that scan image confusing now that we also have "Ready for Export" (i.e. that book implies good for e-book rather than having scans), but that is another whole topic... [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 03:35, 7 October 2021 (UTC) == scores and stupid users == I did. I found at least two songbooks and uploaded them here and added the needs score template. I tried to proof the words, but I did not and still do not know what form would be best for the software and and person applying the software to the words would be. It is easier for me to believe that a person would be not musical, yet interested in music than a person being interested in math but not mathy. The subjects are similar, very similar from what little I know of music and its notation, but they don't map onto the world and its inhabitant the same way. And further, I have an aversion to GUILE, Lisp and my first online experience with scripting language howtos was something like "Script-fu in one Unfun". I was going to install lilypond and when I saw it required guile, I considered removing my eyeballs so they could roll in a bigger circle. I used to think it was the curly brackets, but I am here and templates require three on each side, so it isn't that. Maybe it is a learned bias, although, some of my snobberies are there to keep me from doing too much. So, this is a rant, and it is mostly about how undeserving of ranting I am. 55 needs math templates and the person isn't proofing the pages, just smacking the template on them. But I can't rant because I basically did that also. The image software has a script-fu server running at all times. I remember a kindly person hinting about the file chooser also. So, no need to reply, I am unloading, in an I'm sorry sort of way. And in other conversations https://dev.w3.org/html5/html-author/charref says that &amp;hyphen == &amp;dash and I say that I appreciate that you use hyphen as its name since there is a whole dash family. I downloaded that page and sent it to my ereader and none of it displayed. None!!! Thank you for your time and participation in this sad, sorry sorry sorry rant.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 05:39, 12 October 2021 (UTC) == How we will see unregistered users == <section begin=content/> Hi! You get this message because you are an admin on a Wikimedia wiki. When someone edits a Wikimedia wiki without being logged in today, we show their IP address. As you may already know, we will not be able to do this in the future. This is a decision by the Wikimedia Foundation Legal department, because norms and regulations for privacy online have changed. Instead of the IP we will show a masked identity. You as an admin '''will still be able to access the IP'''. There will also be a new user right for those who need to see the full IPs of unregistered users to fight vandalism, harassment and spam without being admins. Patrollers will also see part of the IP even without this user right. We are also working on [[m:IP Editing: Privacy Enhancement and Abuse Mitigation/Improving tools|better tools]] to help. If you have not seen it before, you can [[m:IP Editing: Privacy Enhancement and Abuse Mitigation|read more on Meta]]. If you want to make sure you don’t miss technical changes on the Wikimedia wikis, you can [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|subscribe]] to [[m:Tech/News|the weekly technical newsletter]]. We have [[m:IP Editing: Privacy Enhancement and Abuse Mitigation#IP Masking Implementation Approaches (FAQ)|two suggested ways]] this identity could work. '''We would appreciate your feedback''' on which way you think would work best for you and your wiki, now and in the future. You can [[m:Talk:IP Editing: Privacy Enhancement and Abuse Mitigation|let us know on the talk page]]. You can write in your language. The suggestions were posted in October and we will decide after 17 January. Thank you. /[[m:User:Johan (WMF)|Johan (WMF)]]<section end=content/> 18:14, 4 January 2022 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Johan (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Johan_(WMF)/Target_lists/Admins2022(3)&oldid=22532499 --> == Playford == Thank you for your help with formatting at [[Index:The_English_Dancing_Master-John_Playford-1651.pdf]]. I'm still pretty inexperienced here and your fixes let me figure out what to do. I've copied your formatting methods on subsequent pages of the TOC; you saved me a lot of trial and error. [[User:HLHJ|HLHJ]] ([[User talk:HLHJ|talk]]) 03:46, 7 January 2022 (UTC) == Help with formatting == Hi Beeswaxcandle. I need help here: https://en.wikisource.org/wiki/Page:The_Federalist,_on_the_new_Constitution.djvu/487 I have played around with the spacing in the last section but can't get it right. I don't understand coding and just copy what others have done, but that means there's a lot I'm doing wrong. I'd like to align the page numbers so they are right-justified. I see that you have done this page, so you know how to do this: https://en.wikisource.org/wiki/Page:Lewis_Carroll_-_Alice%27s_Adventures_in_Wonderland.djvu/19 Would you please do enough lines so I can then copy what you've done and finish it? -- [[User:Valjean|Valjean]] ([[User talk:Valjean|talk]]) 17:51, 15 January 2022 (UTC) :{{ping|Valjean}} Like you, I've learnt from copying what others have done. This is best done as a table. I've done the first page completely and started the second. As I don't know what the names of the pages will be when they're transcluded, I haven't done any links. If you have any questions about why I done particular things, please drop me a note here. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 18:34, 15 January 2022 (UTC) :: Wow! That looks great. Thanks so much. I notice there are three errors (pp. 24, 25, pp. 39, 40, and p. 61 got lost). -- [[User:Valjean|Valjean]] ([[User talk:Valjean|talk]]) 19:08, 15 January 2022 (UTC) ::: The narrow width of the side by side view means that content longer than the word "Page" at the head of the column gets squished. However, when transcluded at full width of screen (or viewed in preview), everything will look fine. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 19:40, 15 January 2022 (UTC) :::: I see what you mean, but that means that it looks wrong at 100% but right at 90%. The lost p. 61 is still a problem. -- [[User:Valjean|Valjean]] ([[User talk:Valjean|talk]]) 20:03, 15 January 2022 (UTC) On this page https://en.wikisource.org/wiki/Page:The_Federalist,_on_the_new_Constitution.djvu/488 It doesn't look right until I'm down to 50%. There's got to be a way for it to look right at 100%. -- [[User:Valjean|Valjean]] ([[User talk:Valjean|talk]]) 20:10, 15 January 2022 (UTC) : Okay, I've forced the width of the last column on that page by setting a dummy row in the header. When it gets to pairs of three digits, we'll need to look at that again and make sure it's still the correct width. wrt the "61" at the bottom of /487, that's a binder's mark indicating that fascicle 61 starts here. It's part of how books used to be produced and makes sure that all the sections are in the right order. As such it's irrelevant to producing books on the web, and by policy we omit all of these. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 20:28, 15 January 2022 (UTC) :: That fixed it. I think there are several pages with those fascicle numbers. I'll find and remove them. -- [[User:Valjean|Valjean]] ([[User talk:Valjean|talk]]) 20:32, 15 January 2022 (UTC) I tried forcing the width of the last column on this page https://en.wikisource.org/wiki/Page:The_Federalist,_on_the_new_Constitution.djvu/487 but it still only looks right at 90%. -- [[User:Valjean|Valjean]] ([[User talk:Valjean|talk]]) 20:37, 15 January 2022 (UTC) ::Because /487 is the first page of the table, we need to set the parameters when initiating it. These will carry through to all the pages after transcluding. The later pages just need to look okay in the Page: namespace, which is why the parameters are set in the header field. I've tweaked it, see how it works for you now. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 21:08, 15 January 2022 (UTC) ::: So that info in the header field doesn't need to be repeated on each page? -- [[User:Valjean|Valjean]] ([[User talk:Valjean|talk]]) 21:11, 15 January 2022 (UTC) :::: Technically, no it's not needed, but I recommend you do as it helps you see when a line is out of whack. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 22:26, 15 January 2022 (UTC) Another issue... I think there's too much space between the heading (INDEX) and the body [https://en.wikisource.org/wiki/Page:The_Federalist,_on_the_new_Constitution.djvu/489 here]. I'm not sure how to fix that. -- [[User:Valjean|Valjean]] ([[User talk:Valjean|talk]]) 16:46, 17 January 2022 (UTC) :This is something that will sort itself out when transclusion happens. What you're seeing is the empty table row from the header box. In most tables of contents that I've dealt with there is a repeated word "Pages" at the top of every page that fills in that gap and makes it less obvious. This one is the exception. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 17:07, 17 January 2022 (UTC) :: The "page" word is only used once, on the [https://en.wikisource.org/wiki/Page:The_Federalist,_on_the_new_Constitution.djvu/487 first Index page]. Shouldn't we fix this on all the next pages? There's too big of a gap. I'm hesitant to proceed further until this is resolved. -- [[User:Valjean|Valjean]] ([[User talk:Valjean|talk]]) 18:05, 17 January 2022 (UTC) ::: I've transcluded the three pages done so far to [[User:Beeswaxcandle/Sandbox]]. As you can see there is no gap at the page changes. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 20:05, 17 January 2022 (UTC) :::: That looks quite different than the individual pages we edit. So what is it that readers will see? Will they read it as the individual pages we edit or as a long transcluded version? If it's the transcluded version, then we're wasting editing effort on headers and footers since they won't show in the transcluded version. Help me understand this. -- [[User:Valjean|Valjean]] ([[User talk:Valjean|talk]]) 02:12, 18 January 2022 (UTC) ::::: I have tried your transclusion trick here: [[User:Valjean/The Federalist]], but it lacks the small links on the left side. Why is that? -- [[User:Valjean|Valjean]] ([[User talk:Valjean|talk]]) 02:29, 18 January 2022 (UTC) :::::: Now I've tried it on a Sandbox page, and it works. Weird. [[User:Valjean/Sandbox]] -- [[User:Valjean|Valjean]] ([[User talk:Valjean|talk]]) 02:32, 18 January 2022 (UTC) ::::::: The page links only show in particular namespaces. The arcana of which I leave to the tech-nerds. The readers of the work in the mainspace will see the long transcluded version. Anyone who clicks on the small page links in the left margin will see the page as it is in the Page: namespace. The reason for doing the headers/footers in the Page: namespace is as an aid to navigation. Other editors here go to great lengths to match them exactly. My personal view is to replicate the content in an approximate form. However, I've found that battles are reduced if I strike a middle ground. However, there are some things, like table tags and some templates that must be in the header/footer fields to allow for correct representation in the mainspace. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 02:57, 18 January 2022 (UTC) ==Editing my user page== Do you have any idea why I can't edit my user page? It seems to be transcluded and what should be the edit tab says this: "view on meta.wikimedia.org". Clicking that tab does take me [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/User:Valjean here]. -- [[User:Valjean|Valjean]] ([[User talk:Valjean|talk]]) 02:15, 18 January 2022 (UTC) :wrt to editing your user page: It looks like you've set up a global user page at some time. I don't remember where the settings for this live. Probably on meta. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 02:57, 18 January 2022 (UTC) :: Okay, I'll check my preferences there. -- [[User:Valjean|Valjean]] ([[User talk:Valjean|talk]]) 03:16, 18 January 2022 (UTC) == Baby steps in Wikisource == You've kindly suggested as I'm new to enWS that a small proofreading or validation task would be good as a first step. My interests include: NZ Women (biographies and other material esp in relation to suffrage),Children's literature, NZ law. Thanks [[User:Noracrentiss|Noracrentiss]] ([[User talk:Noracrentiss|talk]]) 08:23, 6 April 2022 (UTC) :{{ping|Noracrentiss}} A validation task that would be useful is to go through some of the laws listed at [[Portal:Royal Society of New Zealand]]. Validation is being a second pair of eyes on the text. Did the proofreader (me) get all the spellings and punctuation correct? There's no need to worry about the layout for these, as that's already dealt with. To get to the scans to verify against, click on the "Source" button along the top above the page header. That will take you to the Index: page. From there you can click on any yellow page in the pagelist and then verify the text side-by-side with the scan. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 09:16, 6 April 2022 (UTC) :{{ping|Beeswaxcandle}} I have reviewed the [[Royal Society of New Zealand Act 1997|Royal Society of New Zealand Act]] and "Validated" all but 4 pages where I corrected some minor typos. I left these pages as unvalidated as I assume someone will need to check that my corrections are in fact correct. I forgot to put a note about what I had changed on the first page but think I remembered to do it on the other 3 pages. I wasn't sure if this is the correct procedure. so will hold off doing any more validation until I get confirmation (or otherwise) about whether or not I'm on the right track. (And as an aside, my reason for choosing this particular Act to do first is that when I worked for MORST (MBIE's predecessor), I was involved in "shepherding" this actual Act through Parliament. ) ::{{ping|Noracrentiss}} It's fine to mark corrected pages as Validated—particularly if the corrections are minor. It's only when I've had to make major changes, like a complete re-do that I leave it as Proofread. Your aside is a big part of what makes doing this stuff so interesting. I'm working on tracking down some material on NZ suffrage. I was hoping to find some materials via ''Eliza & the White Camellia'' that was published for the 125th anniversary of 1893, (Eliza was my great-great-grandmother.) but there's no bibliography. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 10:19, 7 April 2022 (UTC) == Thanks for the autopatroller rights == Thanks for the change to my rights! I've been dabbling for awhile and still having fun. Have an easy day! [[User:The Eloquent Peasant|The Eloquent Peasant]]. == The Lady of the Camellias == Hi, you leaved me a note about [[The Lady of the Camellias]] requesting chapter split, soo I did, I would also like to know how I could reduce the text width like for example in the French version: https://fr.wikisource.org/wiki/La_Dame_aux_cam%C3%A9lias/I ? Thanks. :{{ping|BluePrawn}} My preference is to allow readers to select their desired layout rather than force it on them, so I am not the one to ask how to force it. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 06:34, 27 April 2022 (UTC) :: I can understand your point of view, it's true that different people can have different taste, but it's not true that if someone prefer the other layout he/she can get it, there's no css switcher on wikisource to select different layout, the maximum someone can do is reduce the browser window width, and then the text will still stay very close to the left menu which is disturbing to read the content, and the text will not be justified. Most people probably prefer justified text in books, because I've never seen even a single book where the text is not justified. I also think that we have several centuries of experience about how to make a good layout for novel books, they almost always have about something similar because this is what is the easier to read for everyone ; if really a lot of reader would like different layout for books we would find in book shops a lot of different kind of book presentation. But I still share your opinion about not force a presentation, in the example I gave the width of the text is expressed in fixed pixel in the css instead of percentage of the window, which is personally what I prefer, but for the one I helped on the English wikisource it would still be nice to add some padding on the left and right which would not force anything while the reader will still be able to resize his window to change the width of the text. Anyway it's only a small detail and a minor issue, still thanks for your answer :) == West Coast Task Force == The West Coast Task Force [[Wikisource:West Coast Task Force|project page]] is growing, as we now have a paid person at Grey District Library scanning regularly, and have received a little grant money. Lots more works being added to Wikisource over the next few months. Thank you for all your support of the project, and feel free to formally add yourself to the team if you'd like to contribute regularly. —[[User:Giantflightlessbirds|Giantflightlessbirds]] ([[User talk:Giantflightlessbirds|talk]]) 21:39, 21 June 2022 (UTC) == {{tl|ls}} doesn't work properly with {{tl|hws}} == Hi, a [[Page:A general history of the pyrates, from their first rise and settlement in the Island of Providence, to the present time (1724).djvu/17|page]] I've transcribed has hyphenated word that contains "ſ" (''diſ-cover’d''). I've tried to use the {{tl|ls}} template with the {{tl|hws}}, but it breaks the span title because it itself cannot contain spans. Is there any way around this issue? [[User:Alnaling|Alnaling]] ([[User talk:Alnaling|talk]]) 20:01, 13 July 2022 (UTC) :You can pass something in the "title" parameter (e.g. discover'd) to populate the tool tip. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 20:46, 13 July 2022 (UTC) ::Thanks. [[User:Alnaling|Alnaling]] ([[User talk:Alnaling|talk]]) 08:14, 14 July 2022 (UTC) == Wikimedia Aotearoa New Zealand Incorporated - Draft Strategy 2022-2025 Feedback Round == Kia ora, The Committee of Wikimedia Aotearoa New Zealand Incorporated have developed a draft strategy for 2022 -2025. Feedback from members of the Wikimedia User Group of Aotearoa New Zealand that are New Zealanders or residents of Pacific islands without an established chapter is encouraged. The draft strategy can be read and commented on at this Google docs link  https://docs.google.com/document/d/1XoqMupo_5TlLs_6xuMU-3KU5_Lzks8unwFRo4QuDVM4/edit?usp=sharing  or in the discussion page of the Wikimedia User Group of Aotearoa New Zealand by adding a New Topic. https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Talk:Wikimedia_User_Group_of_Aotearoa_New_Zealand  The feedback round closes at midnight Sunday 9 October 2022. [[User:Einebillion|Einebillion]] ([[User talk:Einebillion|talk]]) 03:40, 20 August 2022 (UTC) == Greek in Matthew Henry == Mystified as to the purpose of your change and comment, though it's not particularly a problem. The Greek is part of the quotation from the Bible. Quotations from the Bible (and from other books) are what is italicized in Matthew Henry. The Greek letters are slanted in the page image. Therefore I don't see a problem with them being italicized. This is what I've done before on other pages. Matthew Henry frequently has bilingual quotations - e.g. a Latin and its English equivalent, both in italics. [[User:PeterR2|PeterR2]] ([[User talk:PeterR2|talk]]) 09:54, 22 September 2022 (UTC) :Standard print convention is that words and phrases that are normally italicised are put into roman if they occur in an italicised section of text. ''i.e.'' they're always the opposite of the surrounding text. This was the intent of my comment. However, here at enWS we don't normally italicise Greek anyway. Instead we use the marking templates. These both mark the text as being in the language and use a special Greek font that is more readable than the Greek letters in the standard fonts. Italicising characters that are not standard Roman glyphs doesn't really make sense. The purpose of italicising is to provide emphasis. The fact that a different alphabet is being used is already emphasis enough. In Henry's work, the Greek just looks italicised because that's the nature of the font the publisher has used. There are similar issues in Cyrillic and Hebrew (and Indic) texts. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 05:53, 23 September 2022 (UTC) == Submission Result - Wikisource - ESEAP 2022: Reconnect == Dear Beeswaxcandle, My name is Ghozi. I’m co-ordinator of Program Committee for ESEAP 2022: Reconnect. Thank you for submitting a proposal for the conference. Program Committee decided to accept your proposal for the [[m:ESEAP_Conference_2022/Program | program ]]. We have placed you in the Workshop Tech and Platform: Wikisource. Please find the details regarding your session below. 1) Workshop Tech and Platform: Wikisource (60 mins) Moderator - TBC - Opening - (5 mins) - Beeswaxcandle (40 mins) - QA - (10 mins) - Closing - (5 mins) Please let us know if you’re okay with this arrangement. After we got your confirmation, we may need your email and CC you in a new thread with everyone involved in this session, so everyone can discuss the session more. Thank you, stay healhty and have a good day. Best regards, Ghozi Septiandri On behalf of the Program Committee [[m:ESEAP_Conference_2022 | ESEAP 2022: Reconnect]] [[User:GhoziSeptiandri|GhoziSeptiandri]] ([[User talk:GhoziSeptiandri|talk]]) 14:17, 11 October 2022 (UTC) :Hello Beeswaxcandle, :I saw your name in the list of [[m:ESEAP_Conference_2022/Participants|participants]] :) :Let me know which media/medium you are comfortable talking more about your session. :Best, :Ghozi [[User:GhoziSeptiandri|GhoziSeptiandri]] ([[User talk:GhoziSeptiandri|talk]]) 22:36, 11 October 2022 (UTC) ::Hi Ghozi, Timing looks to be fine, although a QA session seems to be superfluous in an active workshop setting and I expect to be answering questions throughout. What do you need from me in terms of "discussion" of the session? The only two venues to contact me are on this talk page or via the email this user function. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 06:53, 12 October 2022 (UTC) :::Hello Beeswaxcandle, :::No need to worry about the QA part. This details above is a draft. We will build the session based on what you need. You can add more speakers if someone reaches you after the submission to join the panel. There're a lot of new names related to Wikisource from the list of participant, we can send an invitation to join this panel. :::After the official announce tomorrow, we plan to have a chat together (organizer, moderator and speaker/s) next week. We can do that here :) if you want. [[User:GhoziSeptiandri|GhoziSeptiandri]] ([[User talk:GhoziSeptiandri|talk]]) 02:03, 13 October 2022 (UTC) == Welcome to Workshop Tech and Platform: Wikisource! - ESEAP 2022: Reconnect == Welcome to Workshop Tech and Platform: Wikisource! Thanks for your passion, effort, and support to build the program for the ESEAP 2022: Reconnect. Please see the updated draft for this session below. Workshop Tech and Platform: Wikisource<br> Moderator: Satdeep Gill (WMF)<br> - Opening (5 mins)<br> - Beeswaxcandle (NZL) (40 mins) (from submission)<br> - QA (10 mins)<br> - Closing (5 mins)<br> Note:<br> 1) If you have a presentation file please send the file here. Or you can upload it into commons and send the link here before 15 November 2022.<br> 2) We will ask participant to not take any picture for privacy policy.<br> 3) Please write your short bio for the moderator to introduce the speaker.<br> 4) You may want to wear something iconic from your origin country such as a national costume or trademark (flag, toy, flower, animal, etc) at the Friday Night Social Event.<br> 5) This session is not streamed.<br> Feel free to let us know if you have any questions regarding the program. See you in Sydney next week :) Thanks again and have a good day. Best regards, Ghozi Septiandri On behalf of the Program Committee ESEAP 2022: Reconnect [[User:GhoziSeptiandri|GhoziSeptiandri]] ([[User talk:GhoziSeptiandri|talk]]) 17:50, 10 November 2022 (UTC) == Proper TOC formatting in 'Outdoor Girls in Florida' == Hi, I fail to see how converting the incorrectly formatted contents pages into correct TOC format, with accurate layout and formatting constitutes 'uglification'. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 09:07, 3 December 2022 (UTC) :It's not "incorrectly formatted". It's a simple, elegant table. It is not required to reproduce dot-leaders here—particularly where the page number is not the link. The dot-leader templates are problematic in their implementation and I ceased using them in late March 2013. Additionally, dot-leaders have neither a practical nor an ornamental function in an e-presentation of a book. We are not confined to the printed page here and far too much time is spend by some editors in attempting to reproduce the artefacts of the printers' workarounds to make things fit within the boundaries of a piece of paper, or to look good on that same size of paper. Does it look good on a small phone screen ''and'' on a 15″ laptop screen? If so, that's all we need to do. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 17:40, 3 December 2022 (UTC) == yet another music book == This book is stalled at pg. I have been wanting to ask you to consider doing it, well, since I learned that you are the goto person for this. It is not the usual song book, it is bird song put to notes: [[:File:Field book of wild birds and their music (IA fieldbookofwildb00math).pdf]]. Probably you know this, but a word of warning is due. Birds that vocalize are called "song birds". So this is not just a book of beautiful tweets and shrills. For example, my favorite when I saw it because even without knowing how to read music, I knew it to be true is the Flicker, pg 23/79 https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=File%3AField_book_of_wild_birds_and_their_music_(IA_fieldbookofwildb00math).pdf&page=79 Also, while flipping around for that, I noticed what is probably a very dorky song about a cuckoo and a cherry tree, but most of it is bird song! When I found this, it was my first hands-on with half-tone images. I have recovered from the ''indignation'' and the ''appalled'' and can dig out what I did or redo them (the plates). Also, I will proof them and not put indentations in it and I might be able to get some help to proof it (which will be better than me, for sure!) -- however much or little you would like me to do, you being the resident artist and me being the fan and the wanna be and wanna have and the music illiterate. I really did not want to bother you, I know you have a backlog of your own projects and probably those for others as well, but recent encouragement has come my way that perhaps you are bored and maybe will be open to this new book. Ever hopefully--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 17:30, 7 December 2022 (UTC) :I know I have a similar project for NZ bird song coming my way, which I would prefer to work on as a proof of concept before tackling something the size of this work. I'm also trying to clean off some of my long outstanding projects before getting involved in some new ones. Let's see how the NZ one goes before we jump into this one. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 06:59, 9 December 2022 (UTC) ::Let me know when the NZ book is here and ready to go!--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 18:20, 9 December 2022 (UTC) == Table formatting help == I have attempted to reproduce the tables for the vocab on [[Page:Fairytales•Tregear•1891.pdf/10]], but they are obviously short of the mark. When you have a moment, would you please sort them out on that page? Then I will be able to use that formatting at the end of each chapter where the vocab tables appear. [[User:Oronsay|Oronsay]] ([[User talk:Oronsay|talk]]) 01:27, 27 December 2022 (UTC) :{{ping|Oronsay}} I've done what I do with these. What I've done in each column is find the widest word and then put a {{tl|gap}} at the end of it to force the next column to start across a bit more. For the definitions, I've just set as a single column rather than messing around with balancing, which means we don't need to worry about the centre line. Because the font is smaller on the printed page, I've also reduced it to 92%—which is a distinguishable size without getting too small for the general reader. The next standard size down is 83% (or smaller), but I don't think we need to do that in this book. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 01:48, 27 December 2022 (UTC) ::Thank you so much. I will be able to work through the pages that I've already done and update with this formatting advice. Takes me back to typing school in the 1970s where we had to count the longest word in each column and then work out the tabs to set. [[User:Oronsay|Oronsay]] ([[User talk:Oronsay|talk]]) 01:54, 27 December 2022 (UTC) ==[[Adams ex rel. Kasper v. School Board of St. Johns County, Florida]]== How so are these “multiples”? They are separate works, which I finished at around the same time. [[User:TE(æ)A,ea.|TE(æ)A,ea.]] ([[User talk:TE(æ)A,ea.|talk]]) 14:11, 13 January 2023 (UTC) :The point of the New Texts template is to showcase on the Main page the variety of works that we host and are actively working on. When the same title appears four times, in this case, as a block it diminishes that purpose. It also has the effect of pushing works off the Main page even more quickly than already happens. Additionally, two of the works had the same author, which is listed in the instructions as something to never have in the active part template at the same time. The four works looked like a series, so I chose the oldest one to remain active. I would also add that, if I hadn't adjusted the list, one of the others would have. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 17:31, 13 January 2023 (UTC) == Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute == I think I found the full name of E P Dumerque (I believe he was Edward Perry Dumerque) who was a contributor to the Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute. I left a message on the name's Discussion page with some possible linking sources. It's not 100% certain that this is the same person and I wasn't quite sure what I should do with my contention that this is the full name. Can you advise? Thanks very much [[User:Noracrentiss|Noracrentiss]] ([[User talk:Noracrentiss|talk]]) 06:40, 12 March 2023 (UTC) == Papers Past contact for Transactions == Kia ora, I let Emerson at Papers Past know about the project and he reckons there's opportunity to help each other. If you're interested message me an email address and I'll put you in touch! [[User:Avocadobabygirl|Avocadobabygirl]] ([[User talk:Avocadobabygirl|talk]]) 01:35, 13 March 2023 (UTC) == [[Template:New texts]] == Hi, Why did you revert me there? This work was never included in new works. Thanks, [[User:Yann|Yann]] ([[User talk:Yann|talk]]) 11:12, 14 March 2023 (UTC) :New texts is for texts that are new, ''i.e.'' recently completed. That work was completed in July 2019, which is not new. I was initially alerted by the Handel work, which I knew I had worked on many years ago as part of PotM. Some editors choose not to put their completed works in the new texts area—and that's okay—it's not intended to be a complete catalogue. That's covered by [[:Category:Index Validated]]. If you want the works to be in the new texts list, then they should be interpolated into the appropriate month in the archives. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 05:25, 15 March 2023 (UTC) ::I consider that the omission to include a pity. I don’t see any issue with inserting a work in "New Texts" which was never inserted before, even if it wasn't completed right now. [[User:Yann|Yann]] ([[User talk:Yann|talk]]) 12:19, 15 March 2023 (UTC) == Re:Welcome == Thanks for your Welcome. I am active in [https://it.wikisource.org/wiki/Utente:Giaccai it.Wikisource]. Here I'll help this [https://fr.wikisource.org/wiki/Wikisource:Projet_Lessico_Beni_culturali University Project]. --[[User:Giaccai|Susanna Giaccai]] ([[User talk:Giaccai|talk]]) 18:29, 24 March 2023 (UTC) == link to Wikipedia and Wikidata == Can you please tell me how to make link to wikidata ad to Wikipedia. In fr:wikisource <nowiki>{{Hwp|Basilique Santa Maria Novella|Santa Maria Novella}}</nowiki> and to Wikidata <nowiki>{{Annotation QID|Q3606185|fresques de la Scala}},</nowiki> Thanks [[User:Giaccai|Susanna Giaccai]] ([[User talk:Giaccai|talk]]) 15:52, 3 April 2023 (UTC) == Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute == Hello, you have modified [[Page:Transactions NZ Institute Volume 40.djvu/584|pages 584]] and [[Page:Transactions NZ Institute Volume 40.djvu/585|585]]. Without section [[Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute/Volume 40/Meeting 4, Paper 1|this page]] has no more content. [[User:M-le-mot-dit|M-le-mot-dit]] ([[User talk:M-le-mot-dit|talk]]) 14:05, 25 April 2023 (UTC) :Sorted by deleting for the time being. Incorrectly named as there were multiple meetings of the various societies that make up the Institute. Once the Wellington Philosophical Society subpage of Volume 40 is created after proofreading all the pages of it, then it (and the next article) will have their place. Also, it is incorrect to apply a license template to subpages where it is not different to the parent page. CC-by doesn't apply to pre-1927 works. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 05:28, 26 April 2023 (UTC) ::Thanks, that's consistent. A new article will be created when more pages are proofread. [[User:M-le-mot-dit|M-le-mot-dit]] ([[User talk:M-le-mot-dit|talk]]) 10:11, 26 April 2023 (UTC) == NZ Authors. .. == Was this of interest: - https://teara.govt.nz/en/biographies It's a Biographical directory for prominent people from New Zealand? [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 10:40, 8 May 2023 (UTC) :Thanks, but I've been using it for several years to work out who some of the Authors in the ''Transactions'' are. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 18:13, 8 May 2023 (UTC) == [[Author:Ramy Allison Whyte]] or White ? == You created the author page with the y spelling but the portal had the i spelling. On Goodreads, I see a couple of covers with the i spelling. Do you know if the y spelling was actually used ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 20:31, 12 August 2023 (UTC) :Hi, on looking back at my source it looks like a typo on my part. Thanks for picking it up. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 23:10, 12 August 2023 (UTC) ::Cheers. So should the y version just be deleted ? Or should it be left as a soft redirect ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 08:50, 13 August 2023 (UTC) :::It's on the borderline in terms of time, so a soft direct for a couple of months is best. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 09:13, 13 August 2023 (UTC) == [[Author:Alexander Wojeikof]] == I've identified this person in wikidata {{wikidata link|Q1378553}} but he already has a different english author page [[Author:Aleksandr Ivanovich Woeikoff]] as well as this one. Author:Alexander Wojeikof I'm not sure what to do now to link the two author pages to the Wikidata entry. I've updated the wikidata entry to add information to the "also known as" values. Can you let me know how to progress? Do the two author pages need merging? [[User:Einebillion|Einebillion]] ([[User talk:Einebillion|talk]]) 04:20, 15 August 2023 (UTC) :Yes, they need merging with a redirect, but I'm not sure in which direction, or if indeed a new page that combines the two. {{ping|Billinghurst}} can you assist with (or advise on) this? [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 02:58, 18 August 2023 (UTC) ::There is a merge gadget at WD that you can set up to use. Typically that will merge to the oldest item, and that is suitable. I'll get it done. — [[user:billinghurst|billinghurst]] ''<span style="font-size:smaller">[[user talk:billinghurst|sDrewth]]</span>'' 05:07, 18 August 2023 (UTC) :::oh, just locally. I have merged to the longer name, though Russian names have such variability when Anglicised and interpreted. — [[user:billinghurst|billinghurst]] ''<span style="font-size:smaller">[[user talk:billinghurst|sDrewth]]</span>'' 05:12, 18 August 2023 (UTC) == How do I add missing pages in Wikisource? == If I found a missing page in the following example: https://en.wikisource.org/w/index.php?title=Page:A_curious_herbal_volume_1_blackwell.djvu/63&action=edit&redlink=1 If I have the replacement page, how do I upload it since the file is in the djvu or pdf format? It will be troublesome to modify the file and upload it again. Wikisource seems do not provide a guide for this. Any help is very much appreciated. Thank you. [[User:Cerevisae|Cerevisae]] ([[User talk:Cerevisae|talk]]) 12:14, 17 August 2023 (UTC) :Drop a message at the [[WS:LAB|Scan Lab]] and the team there will be able to assist you with this. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 02:54, 18 August 2023 (UTC) : Noted, thanks ! [[User:Cerevisae|Cerevisae]] ([[User talk:Cerevisae|talk]]) 11:14, 18 August 2023 (UTC) == LibriVox == How did you determine that [[Special:Diff/13423573|this]] is the same edition as our text? The [https://librivox.org/the-case-book-of-sherlock-holmes-by-sir-arthur-conan-doyle-2/ LibriVox] page doesn't seem to give any edition information at all (well, or I am blind, which is probably equally likely). [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 10:53, 8 September 2023 (UTC) :On the LV page on the left there is a link to the "Online text" used. The PG page at that link indicates that it was the John Murray 1927 edition that was the basis of the American reprint that was read from. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 18:16, 8 September 2023 (UTC) ::Ah. Elementary, apparently. :){{pbr}}But are you sure that's the text they used for this particular reading? I've seen LibriVox link to a random Gutenberg text in that link on enough occasions that I am very sceptical of it absent other evidence. I don't follow LibriVox enough to be categorical either way, of course, but… [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 19:13, 8 September 2023 (UTC) :::Yes, I'm sure because I was one of the readers and that's the text I used. I'm only linking to LibriVox recordings that I've done or been involved with. My solos are all based on our own texts as derived from IA or HathiTrust, but I don't have control over the editions chosen by others for group work. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 19:21, 8 September 2023 (UTC) ::::Oh, excellent. Good to know. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 19:24, 8 September 2023 (UTC) == The gardener's and botanist's dictionary - 1807 edition == I found some online scans of the four volumes - they were under Philip Miller's name, but were shown as edited by Thomas Martyn on the title page. Hope that this is what you were looking for! * HaithiTrust: https://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/100790561 * BHL: [https://www.biodiversitylibrary.org/search?searchTerm=Miller%2C%20Philip&tinc=&searchCat=&stype=C&lname=&ninc=&vol=&yr=&subj=&sinc=&lang=&col=&nt=&ntinc=&txt=&txinc=&ppage=1&apage=1&kpage=1&npage=1&facet=FacetItemAuthors_Miller,%20Philip,&facet=DateRanges_1801-1825#/titles Search results - four volumes] - the scans are held on the "Biblioteca del Real Jardín Botánico de Madrid" digital library, I found you could download the individual volumes, but they were large and took a while to download (for example, Vol I Part I was 312 MB and took about 10-15 minutes to download - they may be better quality scans) * Internet Archive: only [https://archive.org/details/the-gardeners-and-botanists-dictionary-vol.-ii-part-ii-philip-miller-1807_202011/ Vol II, Part II] A nice description from the [https://www.rct.uk/collection/1070889/the-gardeners-and-botanists-dictionary-containing-the-best-and-newest-methods-of UK Royal Collection Trust] [[User:David Nind|David Nind]] ([[User talk:David Nind|talk]]) 09:01, 19 September 2023 (UTC) :Wonderful, thank you. I'll see what we can do with the Madrid scans. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 09:09, 19 September 2023 (UTC) == Preserving extra spacing between paragraphs == Hi @[[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]], thanks for keying me into WS:STYLE and use of <nowiki>''italics''</nowiki> instead of <nowiki>{{emtext}}</nowiki> (I'm a new editor, but saw the latter used in another Wikisource work so I mistook it as a convention). I noticed in [https://en.wikisource.org/w/index.php?title=Page:The_Urantia_Book,_1st_Edition.djvu/189&diff=prev&oldid=13462921 this edit] of The Urantia Book you removed some double blank lines. In this text, variable sizes between paragraphs have meaning (I'm very familiar with this text). Would it not best to preserve that intent, since [[WS:STYLE#Formatting]] mentions it as allowable? Should we use <nowiki>{{DoubleHeightRow}}?</nowiki> [[User:Brad606|Brad606]] ([[User talk:Brad606|talk]]) 19:42, 23 September 2023 (UTC) :Ah. I didn't notice the distinction between the two paragraph settings on that page and just assumed. Sorry about that. Yes, the double blank lines is correct. I don't like the {{tl|DoubleHeightRow}} template for various reasons and so would prefer just the double return. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 22:56, 23 September 2023 (UTC) ::Good deal, thanks! Will look at your recent contribs for examples of best practices. Cheers [[User:Brad606|Brad606]] ([[User talk:Brad606|talk]]) 23:52, 23 September 2023 (UTC) == DNB entry for Charlotte Brontë (in volume 6) == Hi, I've come across a problem with volume 6 of DNB (fully validated and transcluded) and didn't want to undo anything unnecessarily (e.g. changing status of pages to 'problematic' and removing 'fully validated' status) before consulting someone. In the scan, pages 411 and 412 are out of order, consequently the transcluded article is assembled incorrectly. I could fix this in the transclusion, but fixing the scan would be the better option. Apologies if you're not the right person to ask for an opinion; I couldn't find a central contact point for the DNB project and I've come across you in recent DNB edits. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 11:27, 27 September 2023 (UTC) == Score for Yeats == I've nearly finished [[Index:Sophocles' King Oedipus.pdf]]. This is a key English translation and publication by Irish dramatist W. B. Yeats. This is ''the'' translation that was made into an art film with a young William Shatner in the chorus, which in turn was ''the'' film that inspired Tom Lehrer's song "Oedipus Rex". But I will need assistance stitching together the musical portions (pp. 55 to 61). If you can assist with this, so that the pages are Proofread, it would be much appreciated. '''Things to note:''' # There are five Choruses, each of which spans more than one page. I do not know whether our score tags can handle page-spanning pieces, and would not be surprised if we had to "move" musical portions to condense each Chorus to a single page. I haven't had to do this before. On the plus side, there is a single melody line and (mostly) single vocal text line for each Chorus. But this isn't a situation I've dealt with before, so I don't know how we would accomplish this best. # I have never before had to deal with a key signature or time signature change mid-piece, so rather than try to kludge them together, I transcribed each separately. I put each melody line and each vocal line on separate lines to match the line breaks in the original for ease of proofreading / troubleshooting. # The "Second Chorus" (pp.67 to 68) is the only piece with '''simultaneous''' vocal text, though only a few words in total. I could not find an example of how to do this that made sense, since the rhythm also differs between the two "words" that are simultaneous, so the few second line words have been placed into the footer. I need help inserting the parallel words into those three situations. # The prefatory material suggests a particular range/timbre for each voice, so if it can be done without much grief, I'd like to be able to set a different sound for each of the different sections (Leader, 2nd Voice, 3rd Voice, All). These changes happen mid-piece, sometimes more than once, and I do not know if this can even be done. But indicating the change of "voice" to the listener by invoking a different instrumental sound would be useful to do. If this can be done, I would also need information about what options exist. if it cannot be done, that's fine. '''But:''' even if it can be done, I'd like to know what timbre/instrument options exist '''before''' you go to the trouble. There may not be meaningful or sonorous options, in which case, it would not be worth the trouble. I have finished all but the last two pages of score, but expect to have that done either today or tomorrow. The first three Choruses are fully transcribed. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 02:45, 2 January 2024 (UTC) :I'm away from my usual haunts at present, so will need to delay looking at this properly for another few days, but on a quick glance, it looks easily solvable. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 02:56, 2 January 2024 (UTC) ::Gentle nudge as reminder, since it looks as though you are back. These scores are the only parts holding up the completion of this work, newly in the public domain. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 22:46, 17 January 2024 (UTC) :::Scores sorted. Pagination has to be played with to make transclusion practicable. I've done the simultaneous text as a second lyric line. I've never needed to change the sound part way through a piece. The only way I can think of doing it in Lilypond is to use voices on the same staff, which then has flow on effects making lyrics awkward to deal with. The available sounds are the standard general MIDI ones as listed [http://lilypond.org/doc/v2.24/Documentation/notation/midi-instruments here]. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 04:06, 19 January 2024 (UTC) Thanks. I've completed the work, but could not figure out the syntax for specifying a sound from the MIDI listings. I looked at other examples of scores on Wikisource that do this, but they are all multi-voice and so the syntax could not simply be copied. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:08, 20 January 2024 (UTC) :Use \set Staff.midiInstrument = "cello" (for example) in the initial set of commands where the clef, time-signature, &c. are set. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 23:14, 20 January 2024 (UTC) :: FYI, I created {{tl|elsewhere score}} for a more visible notice in the Page namespace. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:37, 20 January 2024 (UTC) ==Is there any Wikisource Typeface that can match this font?== Just wondering if there is any typeface that can match "His Highness the Rajah of Sarawak" on this page [[Page:A SEA Dyak Dictionary in alphabetical parts, with examples and quotations shewing the use and meaning of words.pdf/3]]. Regards. [[User:Cerevisae|Cerevisae]] ([[User talk:Cerevisae|talk]]) 10:45, 10 January 2024 (UTC) :I use the blackletter template {{tl|bl}} for this. I've had a go at the page for you to have a look at the way I approach Title pages. I couldn't get the {{tl|justify}} template to behave for me, so haven't replicated that. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 17:59, 10 January 2024 (UTC) ::Thanks for your help! [[User:Cerevisae|Cerevisae]] ([[User talk:Cerevisae|talk]]) 23:09, 12 January 2024 (UTC) == did n't, could n't == I 've been looking into some past discussions and precedents on this discrepancy, and I could only find [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/2020-07#Styling_of_contractions|one discussion from 2020]] about how to deal with this spacing convention. It seems like most people do n't like replicating this with a physical space character, and say that we probably should n't leave them like this because they did n't have semantic meaning. Despite the clear views of [[User:Xover|Xover]] and Inductiveload against using a space, there doesn't seem to be any official policy or even guideline around this. And that discussion was no attempt at making such a policy. Maybe there should be one, though. I'm no expert in typesetting, but I don't like the spaces. I'd rather stay on the side of consistency and not respect that spacing convention, which is why I didn't. [[User:PseudoSkull|PseudoSkull]] ([[User talk:PseudoSkull|talk]]) 09:34, 19 January 2024 (UTC) : Also was [https://en.wikisource.org/w/index.php?title=Page:Pratt_portraits_-_sketched_in_a_New_England_suburb_(IA_prattportraitssk00full).pdf/31&curid=4306280&diff=13796005&oldid=13471132 this really not a typo]? It looks glaringly like a mistake every time I see this in a text. [[User:PseudoSkull|PseudoSkull]] ([[User talk:PseudoSkull|talk]]) 09:36, 19 January 2024 (UTC) :: Their use can vary by work. In many prose works, collapsing the space has no effect on the text, and is fine. But in some works with dialogue, the space is intentional and required. I can think of two such categories where it should be preserved: (1) The spacing is used to present a dialectical form of English. Such situations can be spotted where some character's dialogue includes the spaces, but other character's dialogue does not, or where lots of additional contractions appear, and it is clear that the additional apostrophes and additional spacing is intentional. (2) Poetical works where replacing text like '''{{'}}t was''' with '''{{'}}twas''' would change the rhythm of the lines. The former is a two-syllable, two-word foot with stress on the second word; but the latter is a single stressed syllable. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 15:50, 19 January 2024 (UTC) :::{{tqi|"… ’t was …"}} and {{tqi|"… ’twas …"}} is probably mostly going to be deliberate, I think, and in something supposed to be speech-y (i.e. a character's speech, in play or prose, or in poetry) needs to be preserved. But {{tqi|"… did n’t …"}} and {{tqi|"… could n’t …"}} and similar are mostly going to be an artefact of printing that can be silently corrected. But the bottom line is that it's going to require judgement in each case, and possibly also discussions with other contributors if you're lucky enough that someone else is interested enough in the text to want to help out. I don't think this can have a bright-line policy beyond {{tqi|"… must be assessed case by case …"}}, nor even rules of thumb for specific variants. Maybe a discussion in the style guide somewhere to help people with the assessment could work though. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 08:32, 21 January 2024 (UTC) ::No, that doesn't look like a typo; and in any case, {{tl|SIC}} should generally not be used for missing punctuation like this. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 08:21, 21 January 2024 (UTC) ===Hyphenation inconsistency=== [[Page:Pratt portraits - sketched in a New England suburb (IA prattportraitssk00full).pdf/30|30]] has an inconsistent hyphenation with [[Page:Pratt portraits - sketched in a New England suburb (IA prattportraitssk00full).pdf/240|240]] for the word "gunshot". People processing a full text in bulk may notice this as an error, which is why Gutenberg silently corrects these, so that's why I've been marking these as inconsistent on ''all'' texts I've done, no matter how far apart the inconsistencies were from one another. It's one of the ways I have been trying to catch up with Gutenberg's technology in my own work. [[User:PseudoSkull|PseudoSkull]] ([[User talk:PseudoSkull|talk]]) 09:46, 19 January 2024 (UTC) :We don't "silently correct" text by policy. And some of PG's policies are just weird. This particular book is a collection of short stories that Fuller published in various places over several years—along with some stories published for the first time. I expect some variation in orthography as a result. Arcane templates are usually removed by me on sight. This particular one has two negatives for me: a) annotation of the text; b) a tool tip. If I find an egregious typo, I mark it with {{tl|sic}} and almost never use {{tl|SIC}}. I leave a few of the latter in when others have used them, but it has to be a major problem.<p>With respect to the spacing, the period of publication was when n't contractions were moving out of dialect and into common speech. Publishers were attempting to appease purists and modernists at the same time. In this particular text I see it as representing the speech pattern of Old Lady Pratt, whereas the grandchildren are more likely to elide the two in their speech pattern.</p><p>By the way, the reason I'm even looking at this book is that I've just initiated a project over on LibriVox to record a spoken word version. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 18:52, 19 January 2024 (UTC) :: Well, hey, by the way, I don't mean to come off as negative with you—thank you for taking the time to validate this, and to provide a free audiobook no less! That's a huge effort, and I hope it goes well for you. Feel free to link the audiobook files when you're done. I'll also fix the transclusion soon, to reflect it being a short story collection (due to my previous error to do this). :: I did a few other works by [[Author:Anna Fuller|Anna Fuller]] by the way, but I stopped with her when I discovered that one of them repeated vignettes from other works, and within themselves. The coding logic of it therefore got complicated for me. I believe the work in question was ''One of the Pilgrims''. :: Let's agree to disagree on {{tl|hinc}} for now. I thought it necessary to mark it, in fact I thought of it as an added spice of technical artistry, something most editors wouldn't do, but that I have the means to. Every time there are hyphenation inconsistencies in a work I do, I get a list of them that the processing program I use automatically finds, and that I check up on manually. One reason I do this is because it's also the source of a common Wikisource proofreading typo as well, where a word is supposed to be hyphenated, but the OCR doesn't fix this because "–" is at the end of a line so not treated like a real hyphen. So, another reason I mark the real ones with {{tl|hinc}} is to remind me (and potentially other editors) that the inconsistency is legitimate, and that it's not due to an incorrect insertion or deletion of a hyphen by OCR proofreading. :: Another rationale is that in print, it was nearly impossible for typists and editors to catch all these variations, in any book. After all, there was no Find and Replace. But, since we have digital processing tools, it's not only possible but can be easy for us today. So I would almost consider the inconsistencies under the purview of "technical limitations of print", and not legitimate use of a variation, but it's impossible to prove its legitimacy, so I just wanted to mark it as "inconsistent" rather than as a typo. I always think to myself, "gee, they must have fired their intern and went with somebody else," every time for example the word "Phœbe" is changed to "Phoebe" after Chapter 6 in a novel (and that I would ''unambiguously'' consider a typo). :: I thought marking it would be nice, but I didn't expect people would find it intrusive. One UX compromise might be for a tooltip not to be displayed in certain instances, such as when the inconsistencies appear hundreds of pages apart, but accept the tooltip version if they appear in the same chapter or section or especially page. The idea is that it could be marked just so people, or programs, know it's there. Although in this instance, it's fair to say that, since Fuller's work is a short story collection with subworks taken from various sources, this might be a grey area. :: Anyway, thanks for considering what I had to say about it, and good luck. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 23:23, 19 January 2024 (UTC) :::I don't see your responses as negative, rather you're doing what I do when I see that someone is validating my texts. "Is there anything that they're finding that I can take on board to improve my proofreading?" Or, for you, the algorithms. (And I agree that I would probably keep Phœbe consistent.) One of my ongoing contributions here is the Stratemeyer Syndicate books. Their methods of writing, editing, and publishing were "conveyor belt", which resulted in some pretty bad production values on some of the books—even the more popular ones. But, then, their general target audience of 8 to 14 y.o. wasn't particularly discriminating. As a result I end up having to make these sorts of calls regularly.<p>Because of this experience I also think about who the likely reader is for our texts. If it's a technical work like [[Manual of the New Zealand Flora]], then I'm focused much more on authorial intent and would be more inclined to allow for editing inconsistencies. But if it's a bit of "read once" light fiction, it's not worth worrying too much about.</p><p>w.r.t. the tooltips, my e-reader underlines the text at that point but doesn't indicate why, so for me emphasis is added and I have to decide what it means. This interrupts my reading flow, which is either frustrating or just annoying depending on my mood. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 00:34, 20 January 2024 (UTC) :::: Ah, interesting! I have yet to see some particularly egregious typographical laziness in early 20th century work—I thought that was exclusive to the latter half of the century and beyond. Lol. Well, anyway, I'll try and think of a less intrusive solution to this, and I'll let you know if I have any ideas. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 01:03, 20 January 2024 (UTC) ::::: {{ping|SnowyCinema}} I've found typographical laziness in early works by female authors. For example, the first edition of ''Ethan Frome'' was well-edited up to about the halfway point, and after that it's full of editorial laziness. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:36, 20 January 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]]: Did you know that we know who the compositors were for the 1623 First Folio of Shakespeare? We know because the people involved had idiosyncrasies like those discussed here, so we can identify where those occur and assign the plays to a compositor (often down to the individual page). In fact, there are multiple people who have made their careers and academic reputation on just such studies, and there are entire massive monographs published on the topic. That they fired their intern after chapter 6 is actually significant information.{{pbr}}That being said, I agree with Beeswaxcandle: how seriously (strictly) to take this depends somewhat on the text. For one-penny pulps the leeway for laziness (pick a style, stick to it) is much greater (counter-example: Lovecraft), getting increasingly strict on a scale that terminates at scholarly monographs and transcriptions of the actual First Folio. But when we're at the First Folio, the Folger maintains a catalogue of surviving copies with enough detail to distinguish individual copies (in one case they identified the multiple sources for a Frankenstein copy) based on both physical characteristics (stains etc.) and quirks of the changing compositors.{{pbr}}PS. {{tl|SIC}} has always been slightly controversial as an annotation, and several editors insist on using {{tl|sic}} instead for all typos. I personally think we should consolidate the two and explicitly allow {{tl|SIC}} as a ''permissible'' annotation, but, in any case, any new template mimicking {{tl|SIC}} (vs. {{tl|sic}}) has the policy presumption against it. I am not at all sure I would support visually tagging inconsistent hyphenation (or any other mere inconsistency) as a sufficient reason for such annotation. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 08:55, 21 January 2024 (UTC) :::: {{ping|Xover}} Gee, we really consider that ''annotation''? I never thought a tooltip would count as an annotation, since it can't be seen unless you hover over it, and doesn't get included in the copy-paste text. But the fact that you can't see it on mobile devices when you hover over it <s>makes me hate smartphones even more</s> is unfortunate and I agree that that's really annoying... :::: My personal philosophy on SIC is to use it when they have a typo that's either 1. unambiguously recognizable as a typo (even in the context of their own time period, eliminating the form simply from being obsolete or archaic), or 2. if it's a typo, ''and'' inconsistent with other parts of the text using the same word. Which is where hyphenation inconsistencies come in. Since, I think inconsistencies are more recognizable to me as erroneous, especially if it occurs on the same chapter or page. I admit it might seem a lot more like fussing over nooks and crannies if we're talking about the inconsistencies being hundreds of pages and ten chapters apart from one another (but I still think they should be ''somehow'' noted in any case, at least for editors who might try to change them). But if they're on the same page or in the same chapter, this is something that people would immediately notice if they had any kind of eye for detail while reading, so I think at least this should be noted. If you have 5 "gunshots" and 1 "gun-shot" on a single page (which I've actually seen happen before), then the 1 "gun-shot" was clearly wrong anyway. :::: I think our technology to mark typos is a beautiful thing personally, and perhaps to your surprise, I'd even go far as to say it's one of my favorite parts of the project. (I'm the type of person who loves intricate detail, that's probably why.) Because it's just one more thing that sets us apart from other projects like Gutenberg, and it gives readers one more bit of contextual understanding. So I would be against removing our technology for marking inconsistencies and typos, since without them it'd be harder to actually get this understanding. And it (to me) seems very unintrusive, because instead of removing the typo outright, we opt to remain true to the original text while leaving in a note that doesn't actually alter the text in any way (which is why I am skeptical to the degree of "annotation" that it is). And since what can and can't be considered a typo is I'm sure the subject of many a heated debate even among scholars, it's easier to remove the typo ''marking template'', which just notes a typo, than to remove a typo ''correction'', which is harder for a proofreader to spot in the first place. :::: Maybe a solution for the "mobile devices" problem is to disable the tooltip specifically in exports and on mobile views, since they don't really work right in those cases. And all you see is a bit of underlining. That should be possible to do with CSS/Lua...I think. (Or maybe we can just complain to Apple, Amazon, and Google. I'm sure ''they'd'' listen to us.) [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 11:53, 21 January 2024 (UTC) :::: {{comment}} The other idea I had for noting these "inconsistencies" and typoes is with a template that's placed on the page but not necessarily visible outside the wikitext editor. But, we can make a module for the Header template and/or Index that includes a collapsible "Errata" template that lists all the typos (hey, and it's also kind of an homage to the old texts we love so much, since they also used to do this). It's apparently harder and more resource-intensive to get Lua to actually go and read wiki pages than it is to collect data from Wikidata, but still ''technically'' possible. So it's not the solution I'd prefer over just tooltipping them, although it'd be pretty cool if it could actually be done. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 12:12, 21 January 2024 (UTC) == I made a new index == Thank you again for the welcome. I was encouraged by it, and I made a new index for [[Index:The Giant Horse of Oz (1928).pdf|The Giant Horse of Oz]]. [[User:SDudley|SDudley]] ([[User talk:SDudley|talk]]) 00:22, 21 January 2024 (UTC) == Tristan und Isolde == I am strongly considering [https://archive.org/details/tristanisoldeope00wagn Tristan und Isolde] as a project in the next couple of months, but this is one work where the music (no it's not the full score) would add tremendously to the value of the work if it were also done, both because of the "Tristan chord" and the turning point this opera was to the history of Western Music. Are the music pages at the end of this particular edition be something you'd be willing to tackle, if I did set this up? It's definitely beyond my limited skill. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 05:23, 15 February 2024 (UTC) :Yes, they look to be something I can do in terms of type-setting. There's nothing too complex in it as it's a straightforward piano score. I think the only thing I've not done before is the ''Ossia'' at the bottom of the second page. The sound version would requires a different treatment because of the repeated ''stringendo'' instructions. From the ''Adagio'' part way through the first page through to the end, there is a gradual step-wise acceleration. This means that the sound file will need to be generated off-site, uploaded to Commons as a separate file and then linked—rather than using the automatic play file associated with the score. Let me know when you've uploaded the Index: and I'll slot it into my WS schedule. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 06:46, 15 February 2024 (UTC) :: I can set up the Index today or tomorrow. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 17:10, 15 February 2024 (UTC) * [[Index:Tristan und Isolde (Met Opera).djvu]], with the music on pages 37 to 40. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 06:27, 16 February 2024 (UTC) == Contributors to Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute == Work has been completed by myslef and another editor (Wainuiomartian) on finding the full first name of authors the Contributors to Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute The vast majority have been completed but we would like help with two questions: '''[[Author:H. M. Christie|H. M. Christie is]] Henry Maynard Christie.''' However the article is actually authored by his wife Cordelia Christie as evidenced in the printed version (See Author Discussion). Our question is how to record the author correctly '''H P Macklin''' This is Hubert Patrick Macklin and has been expanded. But this was an alias of his real name, Patrick McGlynn - is there a way (or a need?) to add the alias? Thanks for your help! <nowiki>~~~</nowiki> [[User:Noracrentiss|Noracrentiss]] ([[User talk:Noracrentiss|talk]]) 22:00, 16 February 2024 (UTC) :I noticed you both doing these and I very much appreciate the work you've put into it. :I've moved H. M. Christie to [[Author:Cordelia Christie]] and left the redirect active. The WD item should be linked to the new place. :Macklin is not as straightforward. Did he author anything under McGlynn? If he did, then that needs to be the page with redirects from the alias. However, if he only wrote under Macklin, then the page can stay there with a note (in the header field) stating his real name and create a redirect from that name. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 17:18, 17 February 2024 (UTC) == binder's mark == It is not clear to me that the "binder's mark—these are not relevant to a digital version" is a sufficient or agreed upon reason for this number to be removed. There are other pages e.g. https://en.wikisource.org/wiki/Page:The_story_of_the_flute_(IA_storyofflute1914fitz).djvu/105 which indeed include the number. As far as I can tell, faithful recreations of the texts are more important than the consideration of whether it is a "digital version" and nowhere I can see has this declaration been made clear anywhere in this specific text. [[User:Shootmanng|Shootmanng]] ([[User talk:Shootmanng|talk]]) 17:56, 23 February 2024 (UTC) :Nothing placed in the footer in the Page: namespace is taken through into the transclusion in the Mainspace, which is where the digital version of the text sits. A binder's mark is not a part of the text, rather it is an artefact of the publishing on paper process. Thus as a house style it was decided many years ago that we wouldn't reproduce binder's marks and I remove them on sight. The fact that they are turning up in various works here is indicative that we haven't written the Help pages usefully. I'll get onto that now. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 18:13, 23 February 2024 (UTC) ::Understood, thanks for taking the time to reply. [[User:Shootmanng|Shootmanng]] ([[User talk:Shootmanng|talk]]) 18:14, 23 February 2024 (UTC) ::: There are a very few (extremely rare) circumstances where I have transcribed binding marks with informational value. True, they do not get transcluded into Mainspace, but in one series I've worked on, the binder's mark on page 1 was the ''only'' place in the books that the individual volume number in the series appeared. In that situation, it carries significant information we otherwise would not have, and a pointer to the Page namespace can be used to verify the volume number. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 19:26, 23 February 2024 (UTC) ::::Sure, but as it's extremely rare, I think it's best dealt with as an exception to the convention. I've put a section into [[Help:Formatting conventions]] (rather than the Style Guide). [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 21:05, 23 February 2024 (UTC) ::::: Indeed, it's rare enough that I don't object at all to what you've done. But as you indicated you "remove them on sight", I wanted to be sure you were aware of the rare instances where they are meaningful. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 22:11, 23 February 2024 (UTC) == Just to be clear == Are the tables on [[Wikisource:Administrators/Archives]] keyed to the next expiration of confirmation dates? I am guessing that's why they go into 2025. Cheers! [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 02:18, 1 April 2024 (UTC) :Yes, 1 year into the future. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 08:38, 1 April 2024 (UTC) :: That makes sense, thanks. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 02:10, 2 April 2024 (UTC) == Adventures of Kimble Bent.djvu == There are a number of pages appearing in the orphaned pages list, including [[Page:Adventures of Kimble Bent.djvu/1]]. I haven't got to grips with how the indexes work, so I don't know what needs doing. -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 05:13, 6 April 2024 (UTC) :I'm not sure why these pages have flagged when they are patently linked to the related Index. It's not as if I normally transclude such pages to the mainspace. I suggest waiting to see what happens in the next refresh. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 17:47, 6 April 2024 (UTC) ::Odd - when I last looked, that page I linked was showing as not linked from anything. Some quirk of the system, I suppose. -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 03:32, 7 April 2024 (UTC) == 2013 update == Hello! In 2013 you put a header on a short story. I went ahead and added the pdf of said short story. I linked it in the [[Talk:Weird Tales/Volume 12/Issue 3/The Ninth Skeleton|discussion page]] for the file, but it is also at [[:File:The Ninth Skeleton (1928).pdf]] if needed. Would you be able to help teach me how to best notate on the page? I'm unsure of how to and would like to learn. Best, [[User:SDudley|SDudley]] ([[User talk:SDudley|talk]]) 23:48, 6 April 2024 (UTC) == Question from a new editor == Hey Beeswaxcandle! So I noticed you added a standardized template to [[NWS Wichita Area Forecast Discussion on April 24, 2024]]. If I may ask, could you let me know what an issue with it is? I’m fairly new to Wikisource, so knowing what is wrong on that article can help me not repeat the mistake going forward. Cheers! [[User:WeatherWriter|WeatherWriter]] ([[User talk:WeatherWriter|talk]]) 05:12, 25 April 2024 (UTC) :Every line seems to begin with a space, which is what's forcing that blue box around the text and making the text monospaced. Take those out. Then get rid of the end of line breaks within paragraphs. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 10:21, 25 April 2024 (UTC) ::Done! Could you recheck the text to see if it was done correctly? Just to note, the original text came in that weird spaced format, where a paragraph took up 13-ish lines instead of 4 like it does now. If I got the spacing issue solved, going forward, I will go ahead and break-up the original U.S. government format to make it Wikisource format instead. But if there is something else wrong, please let me know! [[User:WeatherWriter|WeatherWriter]] ([[User talk:WeatherWriter|talk]]) 14:45, 25 April 2024 (UTC) == Starting Christchurch Wikisource project == As part of work with Christchurch Libraries, I've created a list of some relevant works for Wikisource: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:GLAM/AoWPAL_2024/Library This will eventually be mreged with the West Coast project but should stay under Wikipedian at Large for now. I'm a bit rusty, and have just uploaded the first book but immediately got an Invalid Interval error on the Index page. Could you possibly take a look and see what obvious mistake I might have made? https://en.wikisource.org/wiki/Index:Reminiscences_of_Earliest_Canterbury_1915.pdf [[User:Giantflightlessbirds|Giantflightlessbirds]] ([[User talk:Giantflightlessbirds|talk]]) 08:25, 25 April 2024 (UTC) :Unfortunately this is happening a bit lately. There appears to be some flakiness in the links between Commons and us when first setting up some files. Others are reporting that it seems to settle after a few hours. I've tried my usual double hard purging of the caches, but still showing for the moment. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle#top|talk]]) 10:16, 25 April 2024 (UTC) pz2gl4hiw1bqlzezm6m9rkiywugug1b Page:Sanskrit Grammar by Whitney p1.djvu/260 104 390577 14127728 13997859 2024-04-25T12:15:02Z Exarchus 3037526 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Prosody" /></noinclude>{{Hyphenated word end|sonal|personal}} endings — but combined in subjunctive and optative with the respective mode-signs; and in the imperfect the augment is prefixed to the root. a. The accented endings (552) regularly take the accent — except in the imperfect, where it falls on the augment — and before them the root remains unchanged; before the unaccented endings, the root takes the {{tt|guṇa}}-strengthening. b. It is only in the first three classes that the endings come immediately in contact with a final consonant of the root, and that the roles for consonant combination have to be noted and applied. In these classes, then, additional paradigms will be given, to illustrate the modes of combination. {{c|1. Present Indicative.}} 612. The endings are the primary (with अते {{tt|áte}} in 3d pl. mid.), added to the bare root. The root takes the accent, and has {{tt|guṇa}}, if capable of it, in the three persons sing. act. Examples of inflection: a. active, root इ {{tt|i}} ''go'': strong form of root-stem, ए {{tt|é}}; weak form, इ {{tt|i}}; middle, root {{tt|ās}} ''sit'', stem {{tt|ā́s}} (irregularly accented throughout: 628). {| class="wikitable" | !colspan=3|active. !colspan=3|middle. |- ! || s.|| d.|| p.|| s.|| d.|| p. |- | 1 || एमि<br>{{tt|émi}} || इवस्<br>{{tt|ivás}} || इमस्<br>{{tt|imás}} || आसे<br>{{tt|ā́se}} || आस्वहे<br>{{tt|ā́svahe}} || आस्महे<br>{{tt|ā́smahe}} |- | 2 || एषि<br>{{tt|éṣi}} || इथस्<br>{{tt|ithás}} || इथ<br>{{tt|ithá}} || आस्से<br>{{tt|ā́sse}} || आसाथे<br>{{tt|ā́sāthe}} || आद्ध्वे<br>{{tt|ā́ddhve}} |- | 3 || एति<br>{{tt|éti}} || इतस्<br>{{tt|itás}} || यन्ति<br>{{tt|yánti}} || आस्ते<br>{{tt|ā́ste}} || आसाते<br>{{tt|ā́sāte}} || आसते<br>{{tt|ā́sate}} |} b. root {{tt|dviṣ}}. ''hate'': strong stem-form, {{tt|dvéṣ}}; weak, {{tt|dviṣ}}. For rules of combination for the final {{tt|ṣ}}, see 226. {| class="wikitable" |1 || {{tt|dvéṣmi}} || {{tt|dviṣvás}} || {{tt|dviṣmás}} || {{tt|dviṣé}} || {{tt|dviṣváhe}} || {{tt|dviṣmáhe}} |- |2 || {{tt|dvékṣi}} || {{tt|dviṣṭhás}} || {{tt|dviṣṭhá}} || {{tt|dvikṣé}} || {{tt|dviṣā́the}} || {{tt|dviḍḍhvé}} |- |3 || {{tt|dvéṣṭi}} || {{tt|dviṣṭás}} || {{tt|dviṣánti}} || {{tt|dviṣṭé}} || {{tt|dviṣā́te}} || {{tt|dviṣáte}} |} c. root {{tt|duh}} ''milk'': strong stem-form, {{tt|dóh}}; weak, {{tt|duh}}. For rules of combination for the final {{tt|h}}, and for the conversion of the initial to {{tt|dh}}, see 222 a, 155, 160. {| class="wikitable" |1 || {{tt|dóhmi}} || {{tt|duhvás}} || {{tt|duhmás}} || {{tt|duhé}} || {{tt|duhváhe}} || {{tt|duhmáhe}} |- |2 || {{tt|dhókṣi}} || {{tt|dugdhás}} || {{tt|dugdhá}} || {{tt|dhukṣé}} || {{tt|duhā́the}} || {{tt|dhugdhvé}} |- |3 || {{tt|dógdhi}} || {{tt|dugdhás}} || {{tt|duhánti}} || {{tt|dugdhé}} || {{tt|duhā́te}} || {{tt|duháte}} |}<noinclude></noinclude> 3vnpov8ig1vz6c3wbrgm7rc6g0in9u1 Page:Sanskrit Grammar by Whitney p1.djvu/261 104 390578 14127732 13997860 2024-04-25T12:15:36Z Exarchus 3037526 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Prosody" /></noinclude>d. root {{tt|lih}} ''lick'': strong stem, {{tt|léh}}; weak, {{tt|lih}}. For rules of combination of the final {{tt|h}}, see 222 b. {| class="wikitable" |1 || {{tt|léhmi}} || {{tt|lihvás}} || {{tt|lihmás}} || {{tt|lihé}} || {{tt|lihváhe}} || {{tt|lihmáhe}} |- |2 || {{tt|lékṣi}} || {{tt|līḍhás}} || {{tt|līḍhá}} || {{tt|likṣé}} || {{tt|lihā́the}} || {{tt|līḍhvé}} |- |3 || {{tt|léḍhi}} || {{tt|līḍhás}} || {{tt|lihánti}} || {{tt|līḍhé}} || {{tt|lihā́te}} || {{tt|liháte}} |} 613. Examples of the 3d sing. mid. coincident in form with the 1st sing. are not rare in the older language (both V. and B.): the most frequent examples are {{tt|ī́çe, duhé, vidé, çáye}}; more sporadic are {{tt|cité, bruve, huvé}}. To {{tt|tha}} of the 2d pl. is added {{tt|na}} in {{tt|sthána, pāthánā, yāthána.}} The irregular accent of the 3d pl. mid. is found in RV. in {{tt|rihaté, duhaté}}. Examples of the same person in {{tt|re}} and {{tt|rate}} also occur: thus (besides those mentioned below, 629–30, 635), {{tt|vidré}}, and, with auxiliary vowel, {{tt|arhire}} (unless these are to be ranked, rather, as perfect forms without reduplication: 790 b). {{c|2. Present Subjunctive.}} 614. Subjunctive forms of this class are not uncommon in the older language, and nearly all those which the formation anywhere admits are quotable, from Veda or from Brāhmaṇa. A complete paradigm, accordingly, is given below, with the few forms not actually quotable for this class enclosed in brackets. We may take as models (as above), for the active the root {{tt|i}} ''go'', and for the middle the root {{tt|ās}} ''sit'', from both of which numerous forms are met with (although neither for these nor for any others can the whole series be found in actual use). a. The mode-stems are {{tt|áya (é+a)}} and {{tt|ā́sa (ā́s+a)}} respectively. {| class="wikitable" | !colspan=3|active. !colspan=3|middle. |- ! ||s.|| d.|| p.|| s.|| d.|| p. |- | 1||{{tt|áyāni}} <br>{{tt|áyā}} || {{tt|áyāva}} || {{tt|áyāma}} || {{tt|ā́sāi}} || {{tt|ā́sāvahāi}} <br>[{{tt|ā́sāvahe}}] || {{tt|ā́sāmahāi}} <br>[{{tt|ā́sāmahe}}] |- | 2||{{tt|áyasi}}<br> {{tt|áyas}} || {{tt|áyathas}} || {{tt|áyatha}} || {{tt|ā́sase}}<br> {{tt|ā́sāsāi}} || [{{tt|ā́sāithe}}] || [{{tt|ā́sadhve}}]<br> {{tt|ā́sādhvāi}} |- | 3||{{tt|áyati}}<br> {{tt|áyat}} || {{tt|áyatas}} || {{tt|áyan}} || {{tt|ā́sate}} <br>{{tt|ā́sātāi}} || {{tt|ā́sāite}} || [{{tt|ā́sante}}] -{{tt|nta}} <br> {{tt|ā́sāntāi}} |} 615. The RV. has no middle forms in {{tt|āi}} except those of the first person. The 1st. sing. act. in {{tt|ā}} occurs only in RV., in {{tt|ayā, bravā, stávā}}. The 2d and 3d sing. act. with primary endings are very unusual in the Brāhmaṇas. Forms irregularly made with long {{tt|ā}}, like those from present-stems in {{tt|a}}, are not rare in AV. and B.: thus, {{tt|ayās, ayāt, áyān; ásāt, brávāt; bravāthas; asātha, ayātha, bravātha, hanātha; ádān, dohān}}. Of middle forms with secondary endings are found {{tt|hánanta}}, 3d pl., and {{tt|īçata}}, 3d sing. (after {{tt|mā́}} prohibitive), which is an isolated example. The only dual person in {{tt|āite}} is {{tt|brávāite}}. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> dv65mlmb4frmxw0ppzpzcfwcb9nmgdb Page:Sanskrit Grammar by Whitney p1.djvu/262 104 390579 14127735 13997861 2024-04-25T12:16:23Z Exarchus 3037526 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Prosody" /></noinclude>{{c|3. Present Optative.}} 616. The personal endings combined with the mode-signs of this mode (या {{tt|yā}} in act., ई {{tt|ī}} in mid.) have been given in full above (566). The stem-form is the unaccented and unstrengthened root. {| class="wikitable" | !colspan=3|active. !colspan=3|middle. |- ! ||s.|| d.|| p.|| s.|| d.|| p. |- |1||इयाम् <br>{{tt|iyā́m}} || इयाव<br> {{tt|iyā́va}} || इयाम <br> {{tt|iyā́ma}} ||आसीय <br> {{tt|ā́sīya}} || आसीवहि <br> {{tt|ā́sīvahi}} || आसीमहि <br> {{tt|ā́sīmahi}} |- |2||इयास्<br>{{tt|iyā́s}} || इयातम्<br> {{tt|iyā́tam}} ||इयात <br> {{tt|iyā́ta}} || आसीथास् <br> {{tt|ā́sīthās}} ||आसीयाथाम् <br> {{tt|ā́sīyāthām}} ||आसीध्वम् <br> {{tt|ā́sīdhvam}} |- |3|| इयात्<br> {{tt|iyā́t}} || इयाताम् <br> {{tt|iyā́tām}} || इयुस् <br> {{tt|iyús}} ||आसीत <br> {{tt|ā́sīta}} || आसीयाताम् <br> {{tt|ā́sīyātām}} || आसीरन् <br> {{tt|ā́sīran}} |} a. In the same manner, from √{{tt|dviṣ, dviṣyā́m}} and {{tt|dviṣīyá}}; from √{{tt|duh, duhyā́m}} and {{tt|duhīyá}}; from √{{tt|lih, lihyā́m}} and {{tt|lihīyá}}. The inflection is so regular that the example above given is enough, with the addition of {{tt|dviṣīyá}}, to show the normal accentuation in the middle: thus, sing. {{tt|dviṣīyá, dviṣīthā́s, dviṣītá}}; du. {{tt|dviṣīváhi, dviṣīyā́thām, dviṣīyā́tām}}; pl. {{tt|dviṣīmáhi, dviṣīdhvám, dviṣīrán}}. b. The RV. has once {{tt|tana}} in 2d pl. act. (in {{tt|syātana}}). {{c|4. Present Imperative.}} 617. The imperative adds, in second and third persons, its own endings (with अताम् {{tt|atām}} in 3d pl. mid.) directly to the root-stem. The stem is accented and strengthened in 3d sing. act.; elsewhere, the accent is on the ending and the root remains unchanged. The first persons, so called, of the later language are from the old subjunctive, and have its strengthened stem and accent; they are repeated here from where they were given above (614 a). In the 2d sing. act., the ending is regularly (as in the two following classes) धि {{tt|dhi}} if the root end with a consonant, and हि {{tt|hi}} if it end with a vowel. As examples we take the roots already used for the purpose. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> goep9xdtna046kxcqwcvab7o8mqrn88 Page:Sanskrit Grammar by Whitney p1.djvu/263 104 390590 14127738 13997862 2024-04-25T12:16:51Z Exarchus 3037526 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Prosody" /></noinclude>{{nop}} a. Thus, from the roots इ {{tt|i}} and आस् {{tt|ās}}: {| class="wikitable" | !colspan=3|active. !colspan=3|middle. |- ! || s.|| d.|| p.|| s.|| d.|| p. |- | 1 || अयानि<br>{{tt|áyāni}} || अयाव<br>{{tt|áyāva}} || अयाम<br>{{tt|áyāma}} || आसै<br>{{tt|ā́sāi}} || आसावहै<br>{{tt|ā́sāvahāi}} || आसामहै<br>{{tt|ā́sāmahāi}} |- | 2 || इहि<br>{{tt|ihí}} || इतम्<br>{{tt|itám}} || इत<br>{{tt|itá}} || आस्स्व<br>{{tt|ā́ssva}} || आसाथाम्<br>{{tt|ā́sāthām}} || आद्ध्वम्<br>{{tt|ā́ddhvam}} |- | 3 || एतु<br>{{tt|étu}} || इताम्<br>{{tt|itā́m}} || यन्तु<br>{{tt|yántu}} || आस्ताम्<br>{{tt|ā́stām}} || आसाताम्<br>{{tt|ā́sātām}} || आसताम्<br>{{tt|ā́satām}} |} b. From the roots {{tt|dviṣ}} and {{tt|duh}} and {{tt|lih}}: {| class="wikitable" |1 || {{tt|dvéṣāṇi}} || {{tt|dvéṣāva}} || {{tt|dvéṣāma}} || {{tt|dvéṣāi}} || {{tt|dvéṣāvahāi}} || {{tt|dvéṣāmahāi}} |- |2 || {{tt|dviḍḍhí}} || {{tt|dviṣṭám}} || {{tt|dviṣṭá}} || {{tt|dvikṣvá}} || {{tt|dviṣā́thām}} || {{tt|dviḍḍhvám}} |- |3 || {{tt|dvéṣṭu}} || {{tt|dviṣṭā́m}} || {{tt|dviṣántu}} || {{tt|dviṣṭā́m}} || {{tt|dviṣā́tām}} || {{tt|dviṣátām}} |- |colspan=7| |- |1 || {{tt|dóhāni}} || {{tt|dóhāva}} || {{tt|dóhāma}} || {{tt|dóhāi}} || {{tt|dóhāvahāi}} || {{tt|dóhāmahāi}} |- |2 || {{tt|dugdhí}} || {{tt|dugdhám}} || {{tt|dugdhá}} || {{tt|dhukṣvá}} || {{tt|duhā́thām}} || {{tt|dhugdhvám}} |- |3 || {{tt|dógdhu}} || {{tt|dugdhā́m}} || {{tt|duhántu}} || {{tt|dugdhā́m}} || {{tt|duhā́tām}} || {{tt|duhátām}} |- |colspan=7| |- |1 || {{tt|léhāni}} || {{tt|léhāva}} || {{tt|léhāma}} || {{tt|léhāi}} || {{tt|léhāvahāi}} || {{tt|léhāmahāi}} |- |2 || {{tt|līḍhí}} || {{tt|līḍhám}} || {{tt|līḍhá}} || {{tt|likṣvá}} || {{tt|lihā́thām}} || {{tt|līḍhvám}} |- |3 || {{tt|léḍhu}} || {{tt|līḍhā́m}} || {{tt|lihántu}} || {{tt|līḍhā́m}} || {{tt|lihā́tām}} || {{tt|lihátām}} |} 618. The 2d sing. act. ending {{tt|tāt}} is found in the older language in a few verbs of this class: namely, {{tt|vittā́t, vītāt, brūtā́t, hatāt, yātāt, stutāt}}. In 3d sing. mid., two or three verbs have in the older language the ending {{tt|ām}}: thus, {{tt|duhā́m}} (only RV. case), {{tt|vidām, çayām}}; and in 3d pl. mid. AV. has {{tt|duhrā́m}} and {{tt|duhratām}}. The use of {{tt|tana}} for {{tt|ta}} in 2d pl. act. is quite frequent in the Veda: thus, {{tt|itana, yātána, attana}}, etc. And in {{tt|stota, éta étana, bravītana, çāstána, hantana}}, we have examples in the same person of a strong (and accented) stem. {{c|5. Present Participle.}} 619. a. The active participle has the ending अन्त् {{tt|ánt}} (weak stem-form अत् {{tt|at}}) added to the unstrengthened root. Mechanically, it may be formed from the 3d pl. by dropping the final इ {{tt|i}}. Thus, for the verbs inflected above, the active participles are यन्त् {{tt|yánt}}, दुहन्त् {{tt|duhánt}}, द्विषन्त् {{tt|dviṣánt}}, लिहन्त् {{tt|lihánt}}. The feminine stem ends usually in अती {{tt|atī́}}: thus, यती {{tt|yatī́}}, दुहती {{tt|duhatī́}}, द्विषती {{tt|dviṣatī́}}, लिहती {{tt|lihatī́}}: but, from roots in {{tt|ā}}, in आन्ती {{tt|ā́ntī}} or आती {{tt|ātī́}} (449 g). {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> dkjhdq6ffdfnjqhenbmcr2hut69i98n Page:Sanskrit Grammar by Whitney p1.djvu/264 104 390591 14127726 13997863 2024-04-25T12:14:25Z Exarchus 3037526 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Prosody" /></noinclude>{{nop}} b. The middle participle has the ending आन {{tt|āná}}, added to the unstrengthened root: thus, इयान {{tt|iyāná}}, दुहान {{tt|duhāná}}, द्विषाण {{tt|dviṣāṇá}}, लिहान {{tt|lihāná}}. c. The root {{tt|ās}} forms the anomalous and isolated {{tt|ā́sīna}} (in RV. also {{tt|āsāná}}). d. But a number of these participles in the older language have a double accent, either on the ending or on the radical syllable: thus, {{tt|īçāná}} and {{tt|ī́çāna, ohāná}} and {{tt|óhāna, duhāná}} and {{tt|dúhāna}} (also {{tt|dúghāna}}), {{tt|rihāṇá}} and {{tt|ríhāṇa, vidāná}} and {{tt|vídāna, suvāná}} and {{tt|súvāna, stuvāná}} and {{tt|stavāná}} and {{tt|stávāna}} — the last having in part also a strong form of the root. {{c|6. Imperfect.}} 620. This tense adds the secondary endings to the root as increased by prefixion of the augment. The root has the {{tt|guṇa}}-strengthening (if capable of it) in the three persons of the singular active, although the accent is always upon the augment. Examples of inflection are: a. From the roots इ {{tt|i}} and आस् {{tt|ās}}: {| class="wikitable" | !colspan=3|active. !colspan=3|middle. |- ! || s.|| d.|| p.|| s.|| d.|| p. |- | 1 || आयम्<br>{{tt|ā́yam}} || ऐव<br>{{tt|āíva}} || ऐम<br>{{tt|āíma}} || आसि<br>{{tt|ā́si}} || आस्वहि<br>{{tt|ā́svahi}} || आस्महि<br>{{tt|ā́smahi}} |- | 2 || ऐस्<br>{{tt|āís}} || ऐतम्<br>{{tt|āítam}} || ऐत<br>{{tt|āíta}} || आस्थास्<br>{{tt|ā́sthās}} || आसाथाम्<br>{{tt|ā́sāthām}} || आद्ध्वम्<br>{{tt|ā́ddhvam}} |- | 3 || ऐत्<br>{{tt|āít}} || ऐताम्<br>{{tt|āítām}} || आयन्<br>{{tt|ā́yan}} || आस्त<br>{{tt|ā́sta}} || आसाताम्<br>{{tt|ā́sātām}} || आसत<br>{{tt|ā́sata}} |} b. From the roots {{tt|dviṣ}} and {{tt|duh}} and {{tt|lih}}: {| class="wikitable" |1 || {{tt|ádveṣam}} || {{tt|ádviṣva}} || {{tt|ádviṣma}} || {{tt|ádviṣi}} || {{tt|ádviṣvahi}} || {{tt|ádviṣmahi}} |- |2 || {{tt|ádveṭ}} || {{tt|ádviṣṭam}} || {{tt|ádviṣṭa}} || {{tt|ádviṣṭhās}} || {{tt|ádviṣāthām}} || {{tt|ádviḍḍhvam}} |- |3 || {{tt|ádveṭ}} || {{tt|ádviṣṭām}} || {{tt|ádviṣan}} || {{tt|ádviṣṭa}} || {{tt|ádviṣātām}} || {{tt|ádviṣata}} |- |colspan=7| |- |1 || {{tt|ádoham}} || {{tt|áduhva}} || {{tt|áduhma}} || {{tt|áduhi}} || {{tt|áduhvahi}} || {{tt|áduhmahi}} |- |2 || {{tt|ádhok}} || {{tt|ádugdham}} || {{tt|ádugdha}} || {{tt|ádugdhās}} || {{tt|áduhāthām}} || {{tt|ádhugdhvam}} |- |3 || {{tt|ádhok}} || {{tt|ádugdhām}} || {{tt|áduhan}} || {{tt|ádugdha}} || {{tt|áduhātām}} || {{tt|áduhata}} |- |colspan=7| |- |1 || {{tt|áleham}} || {{tt|álihva}} || {{tt|álihma}} || {{tt|álihi}} || {{tt|álihvahi}} || {{tt|álihmahi}} |- |2 || {{tt|áleṭ}} || {{tt|álīḍham}} || {{tt|álīḍha}} || {{tt|álīḍhās}} || {{tt|álihāthām}} || {{tt|álīḍhvam}} |- |3 || {{tt|áleṭ}} || {{tt|álīḍhām}} || {{tt|álihan}} || {{tt|álīḍha}} || {{tt|álihātām}} || {{tt|álihata}} |} 621. a. Roots ending in {{tt|ā}} may in the later language optionally take {{tt|us}} instead of {{tt|an}} in 3d pl. act. (the {{tt|ā}} being lost before it); and<noinclude></noinclude> l1x5vyr0dluptu1wapc3nvxulcl9me1 Page:Sanskrit Grammar by Whitney p1.djvu/268 104 390595 14127741 13997864 2024-04-25T12:17:19Z Exarchus 3037526 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Prosody" /></noinclude>ई {{tt|ī}} in 2d and 3d sing. impf. has been noticed already above. a. The forms of this extremely common verb are, then, as follows: {| class="wikitable" | !colspan=3|Indicative. !colspan=3|Optative. |- ! || s.|| d.|| p.|| s.|| d.|| p. |- | 1 || अस्मि<br> {{tt|ásmi}} || स्वस्<br> {{tt|svás}} || स्मस्<br> {{tt|smás}} || स्याम्<br> {{tt|syā́m}} || स्याव<br> {{tt|syā́va}} || स्याम<br> {{tt|syā́ma}} |- | 2 || असि<br> {{tt|ási}} || स्थस्<br> {{tt|sthás}} || स्थ<br> {{tt|sthá}} || स्यास्<br> {{tt|syā́s}} || स्यातम्<br> {{tt|syā́tam}} || स्यात<br> {{tt|syā́ta}} |- | 3 || अस्ति<br> {{tt|ásti}} || स्तस्<br> {{tt|stás}} || सन्ति<br> {{tt|sánti}} || स्यात्<br> {{tt|syā́t}} || स्याताम्<br> {{tt|syā́tām}} || स्युस्<br> {{tt|syús}} |- | !colspan=3|Imperative. !colspan=3|Imperfect. |- | 1 || असानि<br> {{tt|ásāni}} || असाव<br> {{tt|ásāva}} || असाम<br> {{tt|ásāma}} || आसम्<br> {{tt|ā́sam}} || आस्व<br> {{tt|ā́sva}} || आस्म<br> {{tt|ā́sma}} |- | 2 || एधि<br> {{tt|edhí}} || स्तम्<br> {{tt|stám}} || स्त<br> {{tt|stá}} || आसीस्<br> {{tt|ā́sīs}} || आस्तम्<br> {{tt|ā́stam}} || आस्त<br> {{tt|ā́sta}} |- | 3 || अस्तु<br> {{tt|ástu}} || स्ताम्<br> {{tt|stā́m}} || सन्तु<br> {{tt|sántu}} || आसीत्<br> {{tt|ā́sīt}} || आस्ताम्<br> {{tt|ā́stām}} || आसन्<br> {{tt|ā́san}} |} Participle सन्त् {{tt|sánt}} (fem. सती {{tt|satī́}}). b. Besides the forms of the present-system, there is made from this root only a perfect, {{tt|ā́sa}} etc. (800), of wholly regular inflection. c. The Vedic subjunctive forms are the usual ones, made upon the stem {{tt|ása}}. They are in frequent use, and appear ({{tt|asat}} especially) even in late texts where the subjunctive is almost lost. The resolution {{tt|siā́m}} etc. (opt.) is common in Vedic verse. As 2d and 3d sing. impf. is a few times met with the more normal {{tt|ās}} (for {{tt|ās-s, ās-t}}). {{tt|Sthána}}, 2d pl., was noted above (613). d. Middle forms from √{{tt|as}} are also given by the grammarians as allowed with certain prepositions ({{tt|vi+ati}}), but they are not quotable; {{tt|smahe}} and {{tt|syāmahe}} (!) occur in the epics, but are merely instances of the ordinary epic confusion of voices (529 a). Confusions of primary and secondary endings — namely, {{tt|sva}} and {{tt|sma}} (not rare), and, on the other hand, {{tt|syāvas}} and {{tt|syāmas}} — are also epic. A middle present indicative is said to be compounded (in 1st and 2d persons) with the ''nomen agentis'' in {{tt|tṛ}} ({{tt|tar}}) to form a periphrastic future in the middle voice (but see below, 947). The 1st sing. indic. is {{tt|he}}; the rest is in the usual relation of middle to active forms (in 2d pers., {{tt|se, dhve, sva, dhvam}}, with total loss of the root itself). {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 79rocq820sgycl5eqmc2kvy662fhivc Page:Sanskrit Grammar by Whitney p1.djvu/269 104 390598 14127744 13997865 2024-04-25T12:17:43Z Exarchus 3037526 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Exarchus" /></noinclude>{{nop}} 637. The root {{tt|han}} ''smite, slay'' is treated somewhat after the manner of noun-stems in {{tt|an}} in declension (421): in weak forms, it loses its {{tt|n}} before an initial consonant (except {{tt|m}} and {{tt|v}}) of a personal ending (not in the optative), and its {{tt|a}} before an initial vowel — and in the latter case its {{tt|h}}, in contact with the {{tt|n}}, is changed to {{tt|gh}} (compare 402). Thus, for example: {| class="wikitable" | !colspan=3|Present Indicative. !colspan=3|Imperfect. |- ! ||s.|| d.|| p.|| s.|| d.|| p. |- |1 || {{tt|hánmi}} || {{tt|hanvás}} || {{tt|hanmás}} || {{tt|áhanam}} || {{tt|áhanva}} || {{tt|áhanma}} |- |2 || {{tt|háṅsi}} || {{tt|hathás}} || {{tt|hathá}} || {{tt|áhan}} || {{tt|áhatam}} || {{tt|áhata}} |- |3 || {{tt|hánti}} || {{tt|hatás}} || {{tt|ghnánti}} || {{tt|áhan}} || {{tt|áhatām}} || {{tt|ághnan}} |} a. Its participle is {{tt|ghnánt}} (fem. {{tt|ghnatī́}}). Its 2d sing. impv. is {{tt|jahí}} (by anomalous dissimilation, on the model of reduplicating forms). b. Middle forms from this root are frequent in the Brāhmaṇas, and those that occur are formed in general according to the same rules: thus, {{tt|hate, hanmahe, ghnate; ahata, aghnātām, aghnata}} (in AB., also {{tt|ahata}}); {{tt|ghnīta}} (but also {{tt|hanīta}}). Forms from transfer-stems, {{tt|hana}} and {{tt|ghna}}, are met with from an early period. 638. The root {{tt|vaç}} ''be eager'' is in the weak forms regularly and usually contracted to {{tt|uç}} (as in the perfect: 794 b): thus, {{tt|uçmási}} (V.: once apparently abbreviated in RV. to {{tt|çmasi}}), {{tt|uçánti}}; pple {{tt|uçánt, uçāná}}. Middle forms (except the pple) do not occur; nor do the weak forms of the imperfect, which are given as {{tt|āuçva, āuṣṭam}}, etc. a. RV. has in like manner the participle {{tt|uṣāṇá}} from the root {{tt|vas}} ''clothe''. 639. The root {{tt|çās}} ''order'' shows some of the peculiarities of a reduplicated verb, lacking (646) the {{tt|n}} before {{tt|t}} in all 3d persons pl. and in the active participle. A part of its active forms — namely, the weak forms having endings beginning with consonants (including the optative) — are said to come from a stem with weakened vowel, {{tt|çiṣ}} (as do the aorist, 854, and some of the derivatives); but, excepting the optative ({{tt|çiṣyām}} etc., U. S. and later), no such forms are quotable. a. The 3d sing. impf. is {{tt|açāt}} (555 a), and the same form is said to be allowed also as 2d sing. The 2d sing. impv. is {{tt|çādhí}} (with total loss of the {{tt|s}}); and RV. has the strong 2d pl. {{tt|çāstána}} (with anomalous accent); and {{tt|a}}-forms, from stem {{tt|çāsa}}, occasionally occur. b. The middle inflection is regular, and the accent (apparently) always upon the radical syllable ({{tt|çā́ste, çā́sate, çā́sāna}}). c. The root {{tt|dāç}} ''worship'' has in like manner (RV.) the pple {{tt|dā́çat}} (not {{tt|dā́çant}}). 640. The double so-called root {{tt|jakṣ}} ''eat, laugh'' is an evident reduplication of {{tt|ghas}} and {{tt|has}} respectively. It has the absence of {{tt|n}} in act.<noinclude></noinclude> d2ln4ulzuetktjrhtx2fflndt80ca53 Page:Sanskrit Grammar by Whitney p1.djvu/271 104 390603 14127747 13997866 2024-04-25T12:18:06Z Exarchus 3037526 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Prosody" /></noinclude>{{nop}} 645. According to all the analogies of the first general conjugation, we should expect to find the accent upon the root-syllable when this is strengthened. That is actually the case, however, only in a small minority of the roots composing the class: namely, in {{tt|hu, bhī}} (no test-forms in the older language), {{tt|hrī}} (no test-forms found in the older language), {{tt|mad}} (very rare), {{tt|jan}} (no forms of this class found to occur) , {{tt|ci}} ''notice'' (in V.), {{tt|yu}} ''separate'' (in older language only), and in {{tt|bhṛ}} in the later language (in V. it goes with the majority: but RV. has {{tt|bibhárti}} once, and AV. twice; and this, the later accentuation, is found also in the Brāhmaṇas); and RV. has once {{tt|iyárṣi}}. In all the rest — apparently, by a recent transfer — it rests upon the reduplicating instead of upon the radical syllable. And in both classes alike, the accent is anomalously thrown back upon the reduplication in those weak forms of which the ending begins with a vowel; while in the other weak forms it is upon the ending (but compare 666 a). a. Apparently (the cases with written accent are too few to determine the point satisfactorily) the middle optative endings, {{tt|īya}} etc. (566), are reckoned throughout as endings with initial vowel, and throw back the accent upon the reduplication. 646. The verbs of this class lose the न् {{tt|n}} in the 3d pl. endings in active as well as middle, and in the imperfect have उस् {{tt|us}} instead of अन् {{tt|an}} — and before this a final radical vowel has {{tt|guṇa}}. {{c|1. Present Indicative.}} 647. The combination of stem and endings is as in the preceding class. Examples of inflection: a. √हु {{tt|hu}} ''sacrifice'': strong stem-form, जुहो {{tt|juhó}}; weak form,जुहु {{tt|juhu}} (or {{tt|júhu}}). {| class="wikitable" | !colspan=3|active. !colspan=3|middle. |- ! || s.|| d.|| p.|| s.|| d.|| p. |- | 1 || जुहोमि<br> {{tt|juhómi}} || जुहुवस्<br> {{tt|juhuvás}} || जुहुमस्<br> {{tt|juhumás}} || जुह्वे<br> {{tt|júhve}} || जुहुवहे<br> {{tt|juhuváhe}} || जुहुमहे<br> {{tt|juhumáhe}} |- | 2 || जुहोषि<br> {{tt|juhóṣi}} || जुहुथस्<br> {{tt|juhuthás}} || जुहुथ<br> {{tt|juhuthá}} || जुहुषे <br> {{tt|juhuṣé}} || जुह्वाथे<br> {{tt|júhvāthe}} || जुहुध्वे<br> {{tt|juhudhvé}} |- | 3 || जुहोति<br> {{tt|juhóti}} || जुहुतस्<br> {{tt|juhutás}} || जुह्वति<br> {{tt|júhvati}} || जुहुते<br> {{tt|juhuté}} || जुह्वाते<br> {{tt|júhvāte}} || जुह्वते<br> {{tt|júhvate}} |}<noinclude></noinclude> 8qqesr1xg8dx0zzfy99jszdf2eem4rw Page:Sanskrit Grammar by Whitney p1.djvu/272 104 390605 14127749 13997867 2024-04-25T12:18:37Z Exarchus 3037526 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Prosody" /></noinclude>{{nop}} b. Root भृ {{tt|bhṛ}} ''bear'' (given with Vedic accentuation): strong stem-form, बिभर् {{tt|bíbhar}}; weak, बिभृ {{tt|bibhṛ}} (or {{tt|bíbhṛ}}). {| class="wikitable" |1 || बिभर्मि<br>{{tt|bíbharmi}} || बिभृवस् <br>{{tt|bibhṛvás}} || बिभृमस् <br>{{tt|bibhṛmás}} || बिभ्रे<br>{{tt|bíbhre}} || बिभृवहे<br>{{tt|bibhṛváhe}} || बिभृमहे<br>{{tt|bibhṛmáhe}} |- |2 || बिभर्षि<br>{{tt|bíbharṣi}} || बिभृथस्<br>{{tt|bibhṛthás}} || बिभृथ<br>{{tt|bibhṛthá}} || बिभृषे<br>{{tt|bibhṛṣé}} || बिभ्राथे<br>{{tt|bíbhrāthe}} || बिभृध्वे<br>{{tt|bibhṛdhvé}} |- |3 || बिभर्ति<br>{{tt|bíbharti}} || बिभृतस्<br>{{tt|bibhṛtás}} || बिभ्रति<br>{{tt|bíbhrati}} || बिभृते<br>{{tt|bibhṛté}} || बिभ्राते<br>{{tt|bíbhrāte}} || बिभ्रते<br>{{tt|bíbhrate}} |} c. The {{tt|u}} of {{tt|hu}} (like that of the class-signs {{tt|nu}} and {{tt|u}}: see below, 697 a) is said to be omissible before {{tt|v}} and {{tt|m}} of the endings of 1st du. and pl.: thus, {{tt|juhvás, juhváhe}}, etc.; but no such forms are quotable. {{c|2. Present Subjunctive.}} 648. It is not possible at present to draw a distinct line between those subjunctive forms of the older language which should be reckoned as belonging to the present-system and those which should be assigned to the perfect — or even, in some cases, to the reduplicated aorist and intensive. Here will be noticed only those which most clearly belong to this class; the more doubtful cases will be treated under the perfect-system. Except in first persons (which continue in use as "imperatives" down to the later language), subjunctives from roots having unmistakably a reduplicated present-system are of far from frequent occurrence. 649. The subjunctive mode-stem is formed in the usual manner, with the mode-sign {{tt|a}} and {{tt|guṇa}} of the root-vowel, if this is capable of such strengthening. The evidence of the few accented forms met with indicates that the accent is laid in accordance with that of the strong indicative forms: thus, from √{{tt|hu}}, the stem would be {{tt|juháva}}; from √{{tt|bhṛ}}, it would be {{tt|bíbhara}} (but {{tt|bibhára}} later). Before the mode-sign, final radical {{tt|ā}} would be, in accordance with analogies elsewhere, dropped: thus, {{tt|dáda}} from √{{tt|dā}}, {{tt|dádha}} from √{{tt|dhā}} (all the forms actually occurring would be derivable from the secondary roots {{tt|dad}} and {{tt|dadh}}). 650. Instead of giving a theoretically complete scheme of inflection, it will be better to note all the examples quotable from the older language (accented when found so occurring). a. Thus, of 1st persons, we have in the active {{tt|juhávāni, bibharāṇi, dadāni, dadhāni, jahāni; juhavāma, dádhāma, jáhāma;}} — in the middle, {{tt|dadhāi, mimāi; dadhāvahāi; juhavāmahāi, dadāmahe, dadāmahāi, dadhāmahāi}}. b. Of other persons, we have with primary endings in the active {{tt|bibharāsi}} (with double mode-sign: 560 e), {{tt|dádhathas, juhavātha}} (do.)<noinclude></noinclude> ag4xnlhz3b6qqalgc6o5wil334ynko2 Page:Sanskrit Grammar by Whitney p1.djvu/273 104 390606 14127725 13997868 2024-04-25T12:13:47Z Exarchus 3037526 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Prosody" /></noinclude>and {{tt|juhavatha}}; in the middle, {{tt|dádhase; dádhate, rárate, dádhātāi, dadātāi;}} — with secondary endings, {{tt|dádhas, víveṣas, juhavat, bibharat, yuyávat, dádhat, dadhánat, babhasat; dadhan, yuyavan, juhavan}}. {{c|3. Present Optative.}} 651. To form this mode, the optative endings given above (566 a), as made up of mode-sign and personal endings, are added to the unstrengthened stem. The accent is as already stated (645 a). The inflection is so regular that it is unnecessary to give here more than the first persons of a single verb: thus, {| class="wikitable" | !colspan=3|active. !colspan=3|middle. |- ! || s.|| d.|| p.|| s.|| d.|| p. |- | 1 || जुहुयाम्<br> {{tt|juhuyā́m}} || जुहुयाव<br> {{tt|juhuyā́va}} || जुहुयाम<br> {{tt|juhuyā́ma}} || जुह्वीय<br> {{tt|júhvīya}} || जुह्वीवहि<br> {{tt|júhvīvahi}} || जुह्वीमहि<br>{{tt|júhvīmahi}} |- | || etc. || etc. || etc. || etc. || etc. || etc. |} {{c|4. Present Imperative.}} 652. The endings, and the mode of their combination with the root, have been already given. In 2d sing. act., the ending is हि {{tt|hi}} after a vowel, but धि {{tt|dhi}} after a consonant: हु {{tt|hu}}, however, forms जुहुधि {{tt|juhudhí}} (apparently, in order to avoid the recurrence of ह् {{tt|h}} in two successive syllables): and other examples of धि {{tt|dhi}} after a vowel are found in the Veda. 653. a. Example of inflection: {| class="wikitable" | !colspan=3|active. !colspan=3|middle. |- ! || s.|| d.|| p.|| s.|| d.|| p. |- | 1 || जुहवानि<br>{{tt|juhávāni}} || जुहवाव<br> {{tt|juhávāva}} || जुहवाम<br> {{tt|juhávāma}} || जुहवै<br> {{tt|juhávāi}} || जुहवावहै<br> {{tt|juhávāvahāi}} ||जुहवामहै <br> {{tt|juhávāmahāi}} |- | 2 ||जुहुधि <br>{{tt|juhudhí}} || जुहुतम्<br> {{tt|juhutám}} || जुहुत<br> {{tt|juhutá}} ||जुहुष्व <br> {{tt|juhuṣvá}} || जुह्वाथाम्<br> {{tt|júhvāthām}} || जुहुध्वम्<br> {{tt|juhudhvám}} |- | 3 || जुहोतु <br>{{tt|juhótu}} || जुहुताम् <br> {{tt|juhutā́m}} || जुह्वतु<br> {{tt|júhvatu}} || जुहुताम्<br> {{tt|juhutā́m}} || जुह्वाताम्<br> {{tt|júhvātām}} || जुह्वताम्<br> {{tt|júhvatām}} |} b. The verbs of the other division differ here, as in the indicative, in the accentuation of their strong forms only: namely, in all the<noinclude></noinclude> 4d3dpwzbzi262u6xinoctgispottxqz Page:Sanskrit Grammar by Whitney p1.djvu/274 104 390607 14127754 13997869 2024-04-25T12:22:12Z Exarchus 3037526 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Prosody" /></noinclude>first persons (borrowed subjunctives), and in the 3d sing. act.: thus, (in the older language) {{tt|bíbharāṇi}} etc., {{tt|bíbhartu, bíbharāi}} etc. 654. Vedic irregularities of inflection are: 1. the occasional use of strong forms in 2d persons: thus, {{tt|yuyodhí, çiçādhi}} (beside {{tt|çiçīhí}}); {{tt|yuyotam}} (beside {{tt|yuyutám}}); {{tt|íyarta, dádāta}} and {{tt|dadātana, dádhāta}} and {{tt|dádhātana}} (see below, 668), {{tt|pipartana, juhóta}} and {{tt|juhótana, yuyota}} and {{tt|yuyotana; rarāsva}} (666); 2. the use of {{tt|dhi}} instead of {{tt|hi}} after a vowel (only in the two instances just quoted); 3. the ending {{tt|tana}} in 2d pl. act.: namely, besides those just given, in {{tt|jigātana, dhattana, mamáttana, vivaktana, didiṣṭana, bibhītana, jujuṣṭana, juhutana, vavṛttana}}: the cases are proportionally much more numerous in this than in any other class; 4. the ending {{tt|tāt}} in 2d sing. act., in {{tt|dattāt, dhattā́t, pipṛtāt, jahītāt}}. {{c|5. Present Participle.}} 655. As elsewhere, the active participle-stem may be made mechanically from the 3d pl. indic. by dropping इ {{tt|i}}: thus, जुह्वत् {{tt|júhvat}}, बिभ्रत् {{tt|bíbhrat}}. In inflection, it has no distinction of strong and weak forms (444). The feminine stem ends in अती {{tt|atī}}. The middle participles are regularly made: thus, जुह्वान {{tt|júhvāna}}, बिभ्राण {{tt|bíbhrāṇa}}. a. RV. shows an irregular accent in {{tt|pipāná}} (√{{tt|pā}} ''drink''). {{c|6. Imperfect.}} 656. As already pointed out, the 3d pl. act. of this class takes the ending उस् {{tt|us}}, and a final radical vowel has {{tt|guṇa}} before it. The strong forms are, as in present indicative, the three singular active persons. 657. Examples of inflection: {| class="wikitable" | !colspan=3|active. !colspan=3|middle. |- ! || s.|| d.|| p.|| s.|| d.|| p. |- | 1 || अजुहवम्<br> {{tt|ájuhavam}} || अजुहुव<br> {{tt|ájuhuva}} || अजुहुम<br> {{tt|ájuhuma}} || अजुह्वि<br> {{tt|ájuhvi}} || अजुहुवहि<br> {{tt|ájuhuvahi}} || अजुहुमहि<br> {{tt|ájuhumahi}} |- | 2 || अजुहोस्<br> {{tt|ájuhos}} || अजुहुतम्<br> {{tt|ájuhutam}} || अजुहुत<br> {{tt|ájuhuta}} || अजुहुथास्<br> {{tt|ájuhuthās}} || अजुह्वाथाम्<br> {{tt|ájuhvāthām}} || अजुहुध्वम्<br> {{tt|ájuhudhvam}} |- | 3 || अजुहोत्<br> {{tt|ájuhot}} || अजुहुताम्<br> {{tt|ájuhutām}} || अजुहवुस्<br> {{tt|ájuhavus}} || अजुहुत<br> {{tt|ájuhuta}} || अजुह्वाताम्<br> {{tt|ájuhvātām}} || अजुह्वत<br> {{tt|ájuhvata}} |}<noinclude></noinclude> c2napdy7ullbyqz5zcnonx7joie6kkq Index:To regulate the conduct and to maintain the freedom and purity of elections 106 397144 14130047 12793175 2024-04-25T21:05:03Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=[[An Act To regulate the conduct and to maintain the freedom and purity of elections]] |Language=en |Volume= |Author=The State of Louisiana |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=The State of Louisiana |Address= |Year=1870 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=Acts Passed by the General Assembly of the State of Louisiana, At the Session, Convened January 3, 1870 pp 145-161. |Image=[[Image:To regulate the conduct and to maintain the freedom and purity of elections part 1.jpg|thumb|right|200px]] |Progress=T |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date=November 2010 |Pages={{(!}} class="__pagetable" {{!}} {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:To regulate the conduct and to maintain the freedom and purity of elections part 1.jpg|1]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:To regulate the conduct and to maintain the freedom and purity of elections part 2a.jpg|2]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:To regulate the conduct and to maintain the freedom and purity of elections part 2b.jpg|3]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:To regulate the conduct and to maintain the freedom and purity of elections part 3a.jpg|4]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:To regulate the conduct and to maintain the freedom and purity of elections part 3b.jpg|5]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:To regulate the conduct and to maintain the freedom and purity of elections part 4a.jpg|6]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:To regulate the conduct and to maintain the freedom and purity of elections part 4b.jpg|7]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:To regulate the conduct and to maintain the freedom and purity of elections part 5a.jpg|8]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:To regulate the conduct and to maintain the freedom and purity of elections part 5b.jpg|9]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:To regulate the conduct and to maintain the freedom and purity of elections part 6a.jpg|10]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:To regulate the conduct and to maintain the freedom and purity of elections part 6b.jpg|11]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:To regulate the conduct and to maintain the freedom and purity of elections part 7a.jpg|12]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:To regulate the conduct and to maintain the freedom and purity of elections part 7b.jpg|13]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:To regulate the conduct and to maintain the freedom and purity of elections part 8a.jpg|14]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:To regulate the conduct and to maintain the freedom and purity of elections part 8b.jpg|15]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:To regulate the conduct and to maintain the freedom and purity of elections part 9a.jpg|16]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:To regulate the conduct and to maintain the freedom and purity of elections part 9b.jpg|17]] {{!)}} |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} n1f06735veyvpglxq885sklc5dtk6ww Page:What will he do with it.djvu/78 104 419903 14129653 12852946 2024-04-25T18:50:21Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mugumejudith" />{{rh|68|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>is All Mine. Miss Jane Burton gave it me for being Goode. Grandfather says you are too high for us, and that I shall not see you More; but I shall never forget how kind you were, never—never. Sophy. Said the Cobbler, his awl upright in the hand which rested on his knee, "What a plague did the 'Stronomers discover Herschel for? You see, sir," addressing Vance, "things odd and strange all come along o' Herschel." "What!—Sir John?" "No, the star he poked out. He's a awful star for females! hates 'em like poison! I suspect he's been worriting hisself into her nativity, for I got out from her the year, month, and day she was born, hour unbeknown, but, calkeiating by noon, Herschel was dead agin her in the Third and Ninth House,—Voyages, Travels, Letters, News, Church Matters, and such like. But it will all come right after he's transited. Her Jupiter must be good. But I only hope," added the Cobbler, solemnly, "that they won't go a-discovering any more stars. The world did a deal better without the new one, and they do talk of a Neptune—as bad as Saturn!" "And this is the last of her!" said Lionel, sadly, putting the book into his breast-pocket. "Heaven shield her wherever she goes!" {{sc|Vance}}. "Don't you think Waife and the poor little girl will come back again?" {{sc|Cobbler}}. "P'raps; I know he was looking hard into the county map at the stationer's over the way; that seems as if he did not mean to go very far. P'raps he may come back." {{sc|Vance}}. "Did he take all his goods with him?" {{sc|Cobbler}}. "Barrin' an old box,—nothing in it, I expect, but theatre rubbish,—play-books, paints, an old wig, and sick like. He has good clothes,—always had; and so has she, but they don't make more than a bundle." {{sc|Vance}}. "But surely you must know what the old fellow's project is. He has got from me a great sum: what will he do with it?" {{sc|Cobbler}}. "Just what has been a-bothering me. What will he do with it? I cast a figure to know; could not make it out. Strange signs in Twelfth House. Enemies and Big Animals. Well, well, he's a marbellous man, and if he warn't a misbeliever in the crystal, I should say he was under Herschel; for you see, sir" (laying hold of Vance's button, as he saw that gentleman turning to escape),—"you see Herschel, though he be a sinister chap eno', specially in affairs connected with t' other sex, {{hws|dis|disposes}}<noinclude></noinclude> lv7bec41bsso53v14k6ckppec6a4v18 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/80 104 419905 14129654 12852947 2024-04-25T18:50:22Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mugumejudith" />{{rh|70|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>hedgerow to the right; leaped it with an agility which no stimulus less preternatural than that of self-preservation could have given to his limbs, and then shot off like an arrow, and did not stop, till, out of breath, he dropped upon the bench in the sheltering honeysuckle arbour. Here he was still fanning himself with his cap, and muttering unmentionable expletives, when he was joined by Lionel, who had tarried behind to talk more about Sophy to the Cobbler, and who, unconscious that the din which smote his ear was caused by his ill-starred friend, had been enticed to go upstairs and look after Sophy in the crystal,—vainly. When Vance had recited his misadventures, and Lionel had sufficiently condoled with him, it became time for the latter to pay his share of the bill, pack up his knapsack, and start for the train. Now, the station could only be reached by penetrating the heart of the village, and Vance swore that he had had enough of that. "Peste!" said he; "I should pass right before No. 5 in the High Street, and the nuss and the babby will be there on the threshold, like Virgil's picture of the infernal regions, "'Infantumque anima; flentes in limine primo.' We will take leave of each other here. I shall go by the boat to Chertsey whenever I shall have sufficiently recovered my shaken nerves. There are one or two picturesque spots to be seen in that neighbourhood. In a few days I shall be in town! write to me there, and tell me how you get on. Shake hands, and Heaven speed you. But, ah! now you have paid your moiety of the bill, have you enough left for the train?" "Oh, yes, the fare is but a few shillings; but, to be sure, a fly to Fawley? I ought not to go on foot" (proudly); "and, too, supposing he affronts me, and I have to leave his house suddenly? May I borrow a sovereign? My mother will call and repay it." {{sc|Vance}} (magnificently). "There it is, and not much more left in my purse,—that cursed Star and Garter! and those three pounds!" {{sc|Lionel}} (sighing). "Which were so well spent! Before you sell that picture, do let me make a copy." {{sc|Vance}}. "Better take a model of your own. Village full of them; you could bargain with a porpoise for half the money which I was duped into squandering away on a chit! But don't look so grave; you may copy me if you can!" "Time to start, and must walk brisk, sir," said the jolly landlord, looking in. "Good-by,good-by."<noinclude></noinclude> 6m1rmkqdmv4bko91xowu5cainequwmm Page:What will he do with it.djvu/82 104 419907 14129655 13066888 2024-04-25T18:50:23Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mugumejudith" />{{rh|72|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>{{c|{{larger|BOOK SECOND.}}}} {{rule|4em}} {{c|CHAPTER I.}} {{smaller block|{{hi|Primitive character of the country in certain districts of Great Britain.—Connection between the features of surrounding scenery and the mental and moral inclinations of man, after the fashion of all sound Ethnological Historians.—A charioteer, to whom an experience of British Laws suggests an ingenious mode of arresting the progress of Roman Papacy, carries Lionel Haughton and his fortunes to a place which allows of description and invites repose.}}}} {{sc|In}} safety, but with naught else rare enough, in a railway train, to deserve commemoration, Lionel reached the station to which he was bound. He there inquired the distance to Fawley Manor House; it was five miles. He ordered a fly, and was soon wheeled briskly along a rough parish-road, through a country strongly contrasting the gay river scenery he had so lately quitted. Quite as English, but rather the England of a former race than that which spreads round our own generation like one vast suburb of garden-ground and villas. Here, nor village, nor spire, nor porter's lodge came in sight. Rare even were the corn-fields—wide spaces of uninclosed common opened, solitary and primitive, on the road, bordered by large woods, chiefly of beech, closing the horizon with ridges of undulating green. In such an England, Knights-Templars might have wended their way to scattered monasteries, or fugitive partisans in the bloody Wars of the Roses have found shelter under leafy coverts. The scene had its romance, its beauty—half-savage, half gentle—leading perforce the mind of any cultivated and imaginative gazer far back from the present day—waking up long-forgotten passages from old poets. The stillness of such wastes of sward—such deeps of woodland—induced the nurture of reverie, gravely soft and lulling. There, Ambition might give rest to the wheel of Ixion, Avarice to the sieve of the Danaids; there, disappointed Love might muse on the brevity of all human passions, and count over the tortured hearts that have found peace in holy meditation, or are now stilled under<noinclude></noinclude> t39icmhkl65oe66234wxx4ua58rippj Page:What will he do with it.djvu/84 104 419909 14129656 12852154 2024-04-25T18:50:24Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mugumejudith" />{{rh|74|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>towards the house: it had an air of tranquillity so sequestered, so solemn. A lively man of the world would have been seized with spleen at the first glimpse of it; but he who had known some great grief, some anxious care, would have drunk the calm into his weary soul like an anodyne. The house,—small, low, ancient, about the date of Edward VI., before the statelier architecture of Elizabeth. Few houses in England so old, indeed, as Fawley Manor House. A vast weight of roof, with high gables; windows on the upper story projecting far over the lower part; a covered porch with a coat of half-obliterated arms deep panelled over the oak door. Nothing grand, yet all how venerable! But what is this? Close beside the old, quiet, unassuming Manor House rises the skeleton of a superb and costly pile,—a palace uncompleted, and the work evidently suspended,—perhaps long since, perhaps now forever. No busy workmen nor animated scaffolding. The perforated battlements roofed over with visible haste,—here with slate, there with tile; the Elizabethan mullion casements unglazed; some roughly boarded across,—some with staring forlorn apertures, that showed floorless chambers, for winds to whistle through and rats to tenant. Weeds and long grass were growing over blocks of stone that lay at hand. A wallflower had forced itself into root on the sill of a giant oriel. The effect was startling. A fabric which he who conceived it must have founded for posterity,—so solid its masonry, so thick its walls,—and thus abruptly left to moulder; a palace constructed for the reception of crowding guests, the pomp of stately revels, abandoned to owl and bat. And the homely old house beside it, which that lordly hall was doubtless designed to replace, looking so safe and tranquil at the baffled presumption of its spectral neighbour. The driver had rung the bell, and now turning back to the chaise met Lionel's inquiring eye, and said, "Yes; Squire Darrell began to build that—many years ago—when I was a boy. I heerd say it was to be the show-house of the whole county. Been stopped these ten or a dozen years." "Why?—do you know?" "No one knows. Squire was a laryer, I b'leve: perhaps he put it into Chancery. My wife's grandfather was put into Chancery jist as he was growing up, and never grew afterwards: never got out o' it; nout ever does. There's our churchwarden comes to me with a petition to sign agin the Pope. Says I, 'That old Pope is always in trouble: what's he bin doin' now?' Says he, 'Spreading! He's a-got into Parlyment, and he's now got a colledge, and we pays for it. I does n't<noinclude></noinclude> 6sbfqm3y6cs8d10gq0y0sst5i3mr3gm Page:What will he do with it.djvu/88 104 419913 14129657 12852158 2024-04-25T18:50:25Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mugumejudith" />{{rh|78|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>to English energies, which are not to be united with Holland phlegm! But the view from the window-look out there. I wonder whether men in wigs and women in hoops enjoyed that. It is a mercy they did not clip those banks into a straight canal!" The view was indeed lovely,—the water looked so blue and so large and so limpid, woods and curving banks reflected deep on its peaceful bosom. "How Vance would enjoy this!" cried Lionel. "It would come into a picture even better than the Thames." "Vance? who is Vance?" "The artist,—a great friend of mine. Surely, sir, you have heard of him or seen his pictures!" "Himself and his pictures are since my time. Days tread down days for the recluse, and he forgets that celebrities rise with their suns, to wane with their moons, <poem> "'Truditur dies die, Novaeque pergunt interire lunae'" </poem> "All suns do not set; all moons do not wane!" cried Lionel, with blunt enthusiasm. "When Horace speaks elsewhere of the Julian star, he compares it to a moon—'inter ignes minores'—and surely Fame is not among the orbs which 'pergunt interire,'—hasten on to perish!" "I am glad to see that you retain your recollections of Horace," said Mr. Darrell, frigidly, and without continuing the allusion to celebrities; "the most charming of all poets to a man of my years, and" (he very dryly added) "the most useful for popular quotation to men at any age." Then sauntering forth carelessly, he descended the sloping turf, came to the water-side, and threw himself at length on the grass: the wild thyme which he crushed sent up its bruised fragrance. There, resting his face on his hand, Darrell gazed along the water in abstracted silence. Lionel felt that he was forgotten; but he was not hurt. By this time a strong and admiring interest for his cousin had sprung up within his breast: he would have found it difficult to explain why. But whosoever at that moment could have seen Guy Darrell's musing countenance, or whosoever, a few minutes before, could have heard the very sound of his voice, sweetly, clearly full; each slow enunciation unaffectedly, mellowly distinct,—making musical the homeliest; roughest word, would have understood and shared the interest which Lionel could not explain. There are living human faces, which, independently of mere physical beauty,<noinclude></noinclude> lkdgj11158w3wqbn055drozgm6ynle0 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/90 104 419915 14129659 12852160 2024-04-25T18:50:26Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mugumejudith" />{{rh|80|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>useful to me,—I am useful to him. We have an affection for each other. I never forgive any one who laughs at him. The half-hour bell, and you will meet him at dinner. Shall we come in and dress?" They entered the house; the same man-servant was in attendance in the hall. "Show Mr. Haughton to his room." Darrell inclined his head—I use that phrase, for the gesture was neither bow nor nod—turned down a narrow passage and disappeared. Led up an uneven staircase of oak, black as ebony, with huge balustrades, and newel-posts supporting clumsy balls, Lionel was conducted to a small chamber, modernized a century ago by a faded Chinese paper, and a mahogany bedstead, which took up three-fourths of the space, and was crested with dingy plumes, that gave it the cheerful look of a hearse; and there the attendant said, "Have you the key of your knapsack, sir? shall I put out your things to dress?" Dress! Then for the first time the boy remembered that he had brought with him no evening dress,—nay, evening dress, properly so called, he possessed not at all in any corner of the world. It had never yet entered into his modes of existence. Call to mind when you were a boy of seventeen, "betwixt two ages hovering like a star," and imagine Lionel's sensations. He felt his cheek burn as if he had been detected in a crime. "I have no dress things," he said piteously; "only a change of linen, and this," glancing at the summer jacket. The servant was evidently a most gentleman-like man: his native sphere that of groom of the chambers. "I will mention it to Mr. Darrell; and if you will favour me with your address in London, I will send to telegraph for what you want against to-morrow." "Many thanks," answered Lionel, recovering his presence of mind; "I will speak to Mr. Darrell myself." "There is the hot water, sir; that is the bell. I have the honour to be placed at your commands." The door closed, and Lionel unlocked his knapsack; other trousers, other waistcoat had he,—those worn at the fair, and once white. Alas! they had not since then passed to the care of the laundress. Other shoes,—double-soled for walking. There was no help for it but to appear at dinner, attired as he had been before, in his light pedestrian jacket, morning waistcoat flowered with sprigs, and a fawn-coloured nether man. Could it signify much,—only two men? Could the grave Mr. Darrell regard such trifles?—Yes, if they intimated want of due respect. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> dq32p71si0ejqtorpe0l9zrt6bsqr98 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/92 104 419917 14129660 12852162 2024-04-25T18:50:27Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mugumejudith" />{{rh|82|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>behind a curtain fold, and seemed to vanish as a crab does amidst the shingles. "Three minutes yet to dinner, and two before the lettercarrier goes," said the host, glancing at his watch. "Mr. Fairthorn, will you write a note for me?" There was a mutter from behind the curtain. Darrell walked to the place, and whispered a few words, returned to the hearth, rang the bell. "Another letter for the post, Mills: Mr. Fairthorn is sealing it. You are looking at my book-shelves, Lionel. As I understand that your master spoke highly of you, I presume that you are fond of reading." "I think so, but I am not sure," answered Lionel, whom his cousin's conciliatory words had restored to ease and good-humour. "You mean, perhaps, that you like reading, if you may choose your own books." "Or rather, if I may choose my own time to read them, and that would not be on bright summer days." "Without sacrificing bright summer days, one finds one has made little progress when the long winter nights come." "Yes, sir. But must the sacrifice be paid in books? I fancy I learned as much in the play-ground as I did n the schoolroom, and for the last few months, in much my own master, reading hard in the forenoon, it is true, for many hours at a stretch, and yet again for a few hours at evening, but rambling also through the streets, or listening to a few friends whom I have contrived to make,—I think, if I can boast of any progress at all, the books have the smaller share in it." "You would, then, prefer an active life to a studious one?" "Oh, yes—yes." "Dinner is served," said the decorous Mr. Mills, throwing open the door.<noinclude></noinclude> 4llcgc4aka21uw5qet2diiwlqublbag Page:What will he do with it.djvu/94 104 419919 14129661 12852164 2024-04-25T18:50:28Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mugumejudith" />{{rh|84|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>{{hwe|tiously|cautiously}} held up his finger, and then rapidly put it to his lip, and as rapidly drew it away. After that signal the boy did not dare to break the silence, which now lasted uninterruptedly till Darrell rose, and with the formal and superfluous question, "Any more wine?" led the way back to the library. There he ensconced himself in an easy-chair, and saying, "Will you find a book for yourself, Lionel?" took a volume at random from the nearest shelf, and soon seemed absorbed in its contents. The room, made irregular by baywindows, and shelves that projected as in public libraries, abounded with nook and recess. To one of these Fairthorn sidled himself, and became invisible. Lionel looked round the shelves. No belles lettres of our immediate generation were found there; none of those authors most in request in circulating libraries and literary institutes. The shelves disclosed no poets, no essayists, no novelists, more recent than the Johnsonian age. Neither in the lawyer's library were to be found any law books; no, nor the pamphlets and parliamentary volumes that should have spoken of the once eager politician. But there were superb copies of the ancient classics. French and Italian authors were not wanting, nor such of the English as have withstood the test of time. The larger portions of the shelves seemed, however, devoted to philosophical works. Here alone was novelty admitted, the newest essays on science, or the best editions of old works thereon. Lionel at length made his choice,—a volume of the "Faerie Queene." Coffee was served; at a later hour tea. The clock struck ten. Darrell laid down his book. "Mr. Fairthorn, the flute!" From the recess a mutter; and presently—the musician remaining still hidden—there came forth the sweetest note,—so dulcet, so plaintive! Lionel's ear was ravished. The music suited well with the enchanted page through which his fancy had been wandering dreamlike,—the flute with the "Faerie Queene." As the air flowed liquid on, Lionel's eyes filled with tears. He did not observe that Darrell was intently watching him. When the music stopped, he turned aside to wipe the tears from his eyes. Somehow or other, what with the poem, what with the flute, his thoughts had wandered far, far hence to the green banks and blue waves of the Thames,—to Sophy's charming face, to her parting childish gift! And where was she now? Whither passing away, after so brief a holiday, into the shadows of forlorn life? Darrell's bell-like voice smote his ear. "Spenser; you love him! Do you write poetry?" "No, sir: I only feel it!" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> pxyxw1m48h7wp0cgd7gjsjsojs6phxc Page:What will he do with it.djvu/96 104 419921 14129662 12852167 2024-04-25T18:50:29Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mugumejudith" />{{rh|86|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>to-day, as you threatened. I find you have made an appointment with Mr. Fairthorn, and I shall place you under his care. You may like to look over the old house, and make yourself"—Darrell paused "at home," jerked out Mr. Fairthorn, filling up the hiatus. Darrell turned his eye towards the speaker, who evidently became much frightened, and, after looking in vain for a corner, sidled away to the window and poked himself behind the curtain. "Mr. Fairthorn, in the capacity of my secretary, has learned to find me thoughts, and put them in his own words," said Darrell, with a coldness almost icy. He then seated himself at the breakfast-table; Lionel followed his example, and Mr. Fairthorn, courageously emerging, also took a chair and a roll. "You are a true diviner, Mr. Darrell," said Lionel; "it is a glorious day." "But there will be showers later. The fish are at play on the surface of the lake," Darrell added, with a softened glance towards Fairthorn, who was looking the picture of misery. "After twelve, it will be just the weather for trout to rise; and if you fish, Mr. Fairthorn will lend you a rod. He is a worthy successor of Izaak Walton, and loves a companion as Izaak did, but more rarely gets one." "Are there trout in your lake, sir?" "The lake! You must not dream of invading that sacred water. The inhabitants of rivulets and brooks not within my boundary are beyond the pale of Fawley civilization, to be snared and slaughtered like Caifres, red men, or any other savages, for whom we bait with a missionary and whom we impale on a bayonet. But I regard my lake as a politic community, under the protection of the law, and leave its denizens to devour each other, as Europeans, fishes, and other cold-blooded creatures wisely do, in order to check the overgrowth of population. To fatten one pike it takes a great many minnows. Naturally I support the vested rights of pike. I have been a lawyer." It would be in vain to describe the manner in which Mr. Darrell vented this or similar remarks of mocking irony or sarcastic spleen. It was not bitter nor sneering, but in his usual mellifluous level tone and passionless tranquillity. The breakfast was just over as a groom passed in front of the windows with a led horse. "I am going to leave you, Lionel," said the host, "to make—friends with Mr. Fairthorn, and I thus complete, according to my own original intention, the sentence which he diverted astray." He passed across the hall to the open house-door, and stood by the horse, stroking its neck and giving some directions to the groom. Lionel and Fairthorn followed<noinclude></noinclude> at7dia3d5hbyweze8xbav6zpwv03roe Page:What will he do with it.djvu/98 104 419923 14129663 12852169 2024-04-25T18:50:30Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mugumejudith" />{{rh|88|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>{{hwe|tred|concentred}} than chastised, and by an intellect forceful from the weight of its mass rather than the niceness of its balance. The other features harmonized with that brow; they were of the noblest order of aquiline, at once high and delicate. The lip had a rare combination of exquisite refinement and inflexible resolve. The eye, in repose, was cold, bright, unrevealing, with a certain absent, musing, self-absorbed expression, that often made the man's words appear as if spoken mechanically, and assisted towards that seeming of listless indifference to those whom he addressed, by which he wounded vanity without, perhaps, any malice prepense. But it was an eye in which the pupil could suddenly expand, the hue change from gray to dark, and the cold still brightness flash into vivid fire. It could not have occurred to any one, even to the most commonplace woman, to have described Darrell's as a handsome face; the expression would have seemed trivial and derogatory; the words that would have occurred to all, would have been somewhat to this effect: "What a magnificent countenance! What a noble head!" Yet an experienced physiognomist might have noted that the same lineaments which bespoke a virtue bespoke also its neighbouring vice; that with so much will there went stubborn obstinacy; that with that power of grasp there would be the tenacity in adherence which narrows, in astringing, the intellect; that a prejudice once conceived, a passion once cherished, would resist all rational argument for relinquishment. When men of this mould do relinquish prejudice or passion, it is by their own impulse, their own sure conviction that what they hold is worthless: then they do not yield it graciously; they fling it from them in scorn, but not a scorn that consoles. That which they thus wrench away had "grown a living part of themselves;" their own flesh bleeds; the wound seldom or never heals. Such men rarely fail in the achievement of what they covet, if the gods are neutral; but, adamant against the world, they are vulnerable through their affections. Their love is intense, but undemonstrative; their hatred implacable, but unrevengeful,—too proud to revenge, too galled to pardon. There stood Guy Darrell, to whom the bar had destined its highest honours, to whom the senate had accorded its most rapturous cheers; and the more you gazed on him as he there stood, the more perplexed became the enigma,—how with a career sought with such energy, advanced with such success, the man had abruptly subsided into a listless recluse, and the career had been voluntarily resigned for a home without neighbours, a hearth without children. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> j6hl8zxqgp4s239x7qyrkix05wi7q1e Page:What will he do with it.djvu/100 104 419925 14129483 12852171 2024-04-25T18:47:39Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mugumejudith" />{{rh|90|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>into projecting wings (college-like) by Darrell himself, without any pretension to mediaeval character. With this room communicated a small reading-closet, which the host reserved to himself; and this, by a circular stair cut into the massive wall, ascended first into Mr. Darrell's sleeping-chamber, and thence into a gable recess that adjoined the gallery, and which the host had fitted up for the purpose of scientific experiments in chemistry or other branches of practical philosophy. These more private rooms Lionel was not permitted to enter. Altogether the house was one of those cruel tenements which it would be a sin to pull down, or even materially to alter, but which it would be an hourly inconvenience for a modern family to inhabit. It was out of all character with Mr. Darrell's former position in life, or with the fortune which Lionel vaguely supposed him to possess, and considerably underrated. Like Sir Nicholas Bacon, the man had grown too large for his habitation. "I don't wonder," said Lionel, as, their wanderings over, he and Fairthorn found themselves in the library, "that Mr. Darrell began to build a new house. But it would have been a great pity to pull down this for it." "Pull down this! Don't hint at such an idea to Mr. Darrell. He would as soon have pulled down the British Monarchy! Nay, I suspect, sooner." "But the new building must surely have swallowed up the old one?" "Oh, no; Mr. Darrell had a plan by which he would have enclosed this separately in a kind of court, with an open screen-work or cloister; and it was his intention to appropriate it entirely to mediaeval antiquities, of which he has a wonderful collection. He had a notion of illustrating every earlier reign in which his ancestors flourished,—different apartments in correspondence with different dates. It would have been a chronicle of national manners." "But, if it be not an impertinent question, where is this collection? In London?" "Hush! hush! I will give you a peep of some of the treasures, only don't betray me." Fairthorn here, with singular rapidity, considering that he never moved in a straightforward direction, undulated into the open air in front of the house, described a rhomboid towards a side-buttress in the new building, near to which was a postern-door; unlocked that door from a key in his pocket, and, motioning Lionel to follow him, entered within the ribs of the<noinclude></noinclude> 854ygl4qi3nhcozhu4332rzkr2dp8qk Page:What will he do with it.djvu/102 104 419927 14129484 13076131 2024-04-25T18:47:41Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mugumejudith" />{{rh|92|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude><section begin="chapter4" />early specimens, intended for the old house, all spoiling and rotting, Mr. Darrell wishes them to do so, I believe! What he wishes must be done! my dear young Sir—a prodigious mind—it is of granite." "I can not understand it," said Lionel, aghast. "The last man I should have thought capriciously whimsical." "Whimsical! Bless my soul! don't say such a word—don't, pray, or the roof will fall down upon us! Come away. You have seen all you can see. You must go first now—mind that loose stone there!" Nothing further was said till they were out of the building; and Lionel felt like a knight of old who had been led into sepulchral halls by a wizard. <section end="chapter4" /> {{rule|4em}} <section begin="chapter5" />{{c|CHAPTER V.}} {{smaller block|{{hi|The annals of empire are briefly chronicled in family records brought down to the present day, showing that the race of men is indeed "like leaves on trees, now green in youth, now withering on the ground." Yet to the branch the most bare will green leaves return, so long as the sap can remount to the branch from the root; but the branch which has ceased to take life from the root—hang it high, hang it low—is a prey to the wind and the woodman.}}}} {{sc|It}} was mid-day. The boy and his friend were standing apart as becomes silent anglers, on the banks of a narrow brawling rivulet, running through green pastures, half a mile from the house. The sky was overcast, as Darrell had predicted, but the rain did not yet fall. The two anglers were not long before they had filled a basket with small trout. Then Lionel, who was by no means fond of fishing, laid his rod on the bank, and strolled across the long grass to his companion. "It will rain soon," said he. "Let me take advantage of the present time, and hear the flute, while we can yet enjoy the open air. No, not by the margin, or you will be always looking after the trout. On the rising-ground, see that old thorn-tree—let us go and sit under it. The new building looks well from it. What a pile it would have been! I may not ask you, I suppose, why it is left incompleted. Perhaps it would have cost too much, or would have been disproportionate to the estate." "To the present estate it would have been disproportioned, but not to the estate Mr. Darrell intended to add to it. As to<section end="chapter5" /><noinclude></noinclude> kz9ks1lmydkq3ituddpeyeba1k2umf1 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/104 104 419929 14129485 12852175 2024-04-25T18:47:41Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mugumejudith" />{{rh|94|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>Sir, Mr. Darrell has known griefs on which it does not become you and me to talk. He never talks of them. The least I can do for my benefactor is not to pry into his secrets, nor babble them out. And he is so kind, so good, never gets into a passion; but it is so awful to wound him,—it gives him such pain; that's why he frightens me,—frightens me horribly; and so he will you when you come to know him. Prodigious mind!—granite,—overgrown with sensitive plants. Yes, a little music will do us both good." Mr. Fairthorn screwed his flute, an exceedingly handsome one. He pointed out its beauties to Lionel—a present from Mr. Darrell last Christmas—and then he began. Strange thing, Art! especially music. Out of an art, a man may be so trivial you would mistake him for an imbecile,—at best a grown infant. Put him into his art, and how high he soars above you! How quietly he enters into a heaven of which he has become a denizen, and unlocking the gates with his golden key, admits you to follow, a humble reverent visitor. In his art, Fairthorn was certainly a master, and the air he now played was exquisitely soft and plaintive; it accorded with the clouded yet quiet sky, with the lone but summer landscape, with Lionel's melancholic but not afflicted train of thought. The boy could only murmur "Beautiful!" when the musician ceased. "It is an old air," said Fairthorn; "I don't think it is known. I found its scale scrawled down in a copy of the 'Eikon Basilike,' with the name of 'Joannes Darrell, Esq., Aurat,' written under it. That, by the date, was Sir John Darrell, the cavalier who fought for Charles I., father of the graceless Sir Ralph, who flourished under Charles II. Both their portraits are in the dining-room." "Tell me something of the family; I know so little about it,—not even how the Haughtons and Darrells seem to have been so long connected. I see by the portraits that the Haughton name was borne by former Darrells, then apparently dropped, now it is borne again by my cousin." "He bears it only as a Christian name. Your grandfather was his sponsor. But he is nevertheless the head of your family." "So he says. How?" Fairthorn gathered himself up, his knees to his chin, and began in the tone of a guide who has got his lesson by heart; though it was not long before he warmed into his subject. "The Darrells are supposed to have got their name from a<noinclude></noinclude> drwfy6dod6tkyz1me38pikz5y9vl7ca Page:What will he do with it.djvu/106 104 419931 14129486 12852177 2024-04-25T18:47:42Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mugumejudith" />{{rh|96|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>and made love to other men's wives in town. Shocking profligate! no fruit could thrive upon such a branch. He squandered all he could squander, and would have left his children beggars, but that he was providentially slain in a tavern brawl for boasting of a lady's favours to her husband's face. The husband suddenly stabbed him,—no fair duello, for Sir Ralph was invincible with the small sword. Still the family fortune was much dilapidated, yet still the Darrells lived in the fine house of the Haughtons, and left Fawley to the owls. But Sir Ralph's son, in his old age, married a second time, a young lady of high rank, an earl's daughter. He must have been very much in love with her, despite his age, for to win her consent or her father's he agreed to settle all the Haughton estates on her and the children she might bear to him. The smaller Darrell property had already been entailed on his son by his first marriage. This is how the family came to split. Old Darrell had children by his second wife; the eldest of those children took the Haughton name and inherited the Haughton property. The son by the first marriage had nothing but Fawley and the scanty domain round it. You descend from the second marriage, Mr. Darrell from the first. You understand now, my dear young sir?" "Yes, a little; but I should very much like to know where those fine Haughton estates are now?" "Where they are now? I can't say. They were once in Middlesex. Probably much of the land, as it was sold piecemeal, fell into small allotments, constantly changing hands. But the last relics of the property were, I know, bought on speculation by Cox the distiller; for, when we were in London, by Mr. Darrell's desire I went to look after them, and inquire if they could be repurchased. And I found that so rapid in a few years has been the prosperity of this great commercial country, that if one did buy them back, one would buy twelve villas, several streets, two squares, and a paragon! But as that symptom of national advancement, though a proud thought in itself, may not have any pleasing interest for you, I return to the Darrells. From the time in which the Haughton estate had parted from them, they settled back in their old house of Fawley. But they could never again hold up their heads with the noblemen and great squires in the county. As much as they could do to live at all upon the little patrimony; still the reminiscence of what they had been made them maintain it jealously and entail it rigidly. The eldest son would never have thought of any profession or business; the younger sons generally became soldiers, and {{hws|be|being}}<noinclude></noinclude> ohjrd5zlmgrxd699h1u44gzcuc8bzgh Page:What will he do with it.djvu/108 104 419933 14129487 12852179 2024-04-25T18:47:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mugumejudith" />{{rh|98|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>own reading-room; and he had it in his own library in Carlton Gardens. Our Mr. Darrell's mother was very pretty, even as I remember her: she died when he was about ten years old. And she too was a relation of yours,—a Haughton by blood,—but perhaps you will be ashamed of her, when I say she was a governess in a rich mercantile family. She had been left an orphan. I believe old Mr. Darrell (not that he was old then) married her because the Haughtons could or would do nothing for her, and because she was much snubbed and put upon, as I am told governesses usually are,—married her because, poor as he was, he was still the head of both families, and bound to do what he could for decayed scions. The first governess a Darrell, ever married; but no true Darrell would have called that a mesalliance since she was still a Haughton and 'Fors non mutat genus, Chance does not change race." "But how comes it that the Haughtons, my grandfather Haughton, I suppose, would do nothing for his own kinswoman?" "It was not your grandfather Robert Haughton, who was a generous man,—hewas then a mere youngster, hiding himself for debt,—but your great—grandfather, who was a hard man and on the turf. He never had money to give,—only money for betting. He left the Haughton estates sadly clipped. But when Robert succeeded, he came forward, was godfather to our Mr. Darrell, insisted on sharing the expense of sending him to Eton, where he became greatly distinguished; thence to Oxford, where he increased his reputation; and would probably have done more for him, only Mr. Darrell, once his foot on the ladder, wanted no help to climb to the top." "Then my grandfather, Robert, still had the Haughton estates? Their last relics had not been yet transmuted by Mr. Cox into squares and a paragon?" "No; the grand old mansion, though much dilapidated, with its park, though stripped of salable timber, was still left with a rental from farms that still appertained to the residence, which would have sufficed a prudent man for the luxuries of life, and allowed a reserve fund to clear off the mortgages gradually. Abstinence and self-denial for one or two generations would have made a property, daily rising in value as the metropolis advanced to its outskirts, a princely estate for a third. But Robert Haughton, though not on the turf, had a grand way of living; and while Guy Darrell went into the law to make a small patrimony a large fortune, your father, my dear young sir, was put into the Guards to reduce a large patrimony—into Mr. Cox's distillery." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> ro6bq2qsz44yfpxvq26jofdpmnmrd4h Page:What will he do with it.djvu/116 104 419941 14129488 12859602 2024-04-25T18:47:44Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mugumejudith" />{{rh|106|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>careless manner, but pointed diction, may perhaps illustrate his own practice and its results "Never think it enough to have solved the problem started by another mind till you have deduced from it a corollary of your own." After dinner, which was not over till past eight o'clock, they always adjourned to the library, Fairthorn vanishing into a recess, Darrell and Lionel each with his several book, then an air on the flute, and each to his own room before eleven. No life could be more methodical; yet to Lionel it had an animating charm, for his interest in his host daily increased, and varied his thoughts with perpetual occupation. Darrell, on the contrary, while more kind and cordial, more cautiously on his guard not to wound his young guest's susceptibilities than he had been before the quarrel and its reconciliation, did not seem to feel for Lionel the active interest which Lionel felt for him. He did not, as most clever men are apt to do in their intercourse with youth, attempt to draw him out, plumb his intellect, or guide his tastes. If he was at times instructive, it was because talk fell on subjects on which it pleased himself to touch, and in which he could not speak without involuntarily instructing. Nor did he ever allure the boy to talk of his school-days, of his friends, of his predilections, his hopes, his future. In short, had you observed them together, you would have never supposed they were connections, that one could and ought to influence and direct the career of the other. You would have said the host certainly liked the guest, as any man would like a promising, warm-hearted, high-spirited, graceful boy, under his own roof for a short time, but who felt that that boy was nothing to him; would soon pass from his eye; form friends, pursuits, aims, with which he could be in no way commingled, for which he should be wholly irresponsible. There was also this peculiarity in Darrell's conversation; if he never spoke of his guest's past and future, neither did he ever do more than advert in the most general terms to his own. Of that grand stage on which he had been so brilliant an actor he imparted no reminiscences; of those great men, the leaders of his age, with whom he had mingled familiarly, he told no anecdotes. Equally silent was he as to the earlier steps in his career, the modes by which he had studied, the accidents of which he had seized advantage,—silent there as upon the causes he had gained, or the debates he had adorned. Never could you have supposed that this man, still in the prime of public life, had been the theme of journals and the boast of party. Neither did he ever, as men who talk easily at their own hearths are prone to do, speak of projects in the<noinclude></noinclude> 7w5mrjln6gna5r8fd94nyza1y4agiov Page:What will he do with it.djvu/118 104 419943 14129489 13066897 2024-04-25T18:47:45Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mugumejudith" />{{rh|108|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude><section begin="chapter9" />swans and the tame doe. But from some mystic concealment within doors would often float far into the open air the melodies of that magic flute; and the boy would glide back, along the dark-red mournful walls of the old house, or the futile pomp of pilastered arcades in the uncompleted new one, to listen to the sound: listening, ''he'', blissful boy, forgot the present; ''he'' seized the unchallenged royalty of his years. For him no rebels in the past conspired with poison to the wine-cup, murder to the sleep. No deserts in the future, arresting the march of ambition, said, "Here are sands for a pilgrim, not fields for a conqueror." <section end="chapter9" /> {{rule|4em}} <section begin="chapter10" />{{c|CHAPTER X.}} {{smaller block|{{c|In which chapter the History quietly moves on to the next.}}}} {{sc|Thus}} nearly a week had gone, and Lionel began to feel perplexed as to the duration of his visit. Should he be the first to suggest departure? Mr. Darrell rescued him from that embarrassment. On the seventh day, Lionel met him in a lane near the house, returning from his habitual ride. The boy walked home by the side of the horseman, patting the steed, admiring its shape, and praising the beauty of another saddle-horse, smaller and slighter, which he had seen in the paddock exercised by a groom. "Do you ever ride that chestnut? I think it even handsomer than this." "Half our preferences are due to the vanity they flatter. Few can ride this horse—any one, perhaps, that." "There speaks the Dare-all!" said Lionel, laughing. The host did not look displeased. "Where no difficulty, there no pleasure," said he, in his curt laconic diction. "I was in Spain two years ago. I had not an English horse there, so I bought that Andalusian jennet. What has served him at need, no ''preux chevalier'' would leave to the chance of ill-usage. So the jennet came with me to England. You have not been much accustomed to ride, I suppose?" "Not much; but my dear mother thought I ought to learn. She pinched for a whole year to have me taught at a riding-school during one school vacation." "Your mother's relations are, I believe, well off. Do they suffer her to pinch?" "I do not know that she has relations living; she never speaks of them." {{nop}} <section end="chapter10" /><noinclude></noinclude> pbqs8bi6tt73jctihvkce5c9ee4zh1z Page:What will he do with it.djvu/122 104 419947 14129490 12859608 2024-04-25T18:47:46Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mugumejudith" />{{rh|112|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>and of kings; and as soon as she issues her patent of nobility, it matters not a straw whether the recipient be the son of a Bourbon or of a tallow-chandler. But if Fame withhold her patent; if a well-born man paint aldermen, and be not famous (and I dare say you would have been neither a Titian nor a Holbein),—why, he might as well be a painter and plumber, and has a better chance even of bread and cheese by standing to his post as gentleman. Mrs. Haughton was right, and I respect her." "Quite right. If I lived to the age of Methuselah, I could not paint a head like Frank Vance." "And even he is not famous yet. Never heard of him." "He will be famous: I am sure of it; and if you lived in London, you would hear of him even now. Oh, sir! such a portrait as he painted the other day! But I must tell you all about it." And therewith Lionel plunged at once, medias res, into the brief broken epic of little Sophy, and the eccentric infirm Belisarius for whose sake she first toiled and then begged; with what artless eloquence he brought out the colours of the whole story,—now its humour, now its pathos; with what beautifying sympathy he adorned the image of the little vagrant girl, with her mien of gentlewoman and her simplicity of child; the river excursion to Hampton Court; her still delight; how annoyed he felt when Vance seemed ashamed of her before those fine people; the orchard scene in which he had read Darrell's letter, that, for the time, drove her from the foremost place in his thoughts; the return home, the parting, her wistful look back, the visit to the Cobbler's next day; even her farewell gift, the nursery poem, with the lines written on the fly-leaf, he had them by heart! Darrell, the grand advocate, felt he could not have produced on a jury, with those elements, the effect which that boy-narrator produced on his granite self. "And, oh, sir!" cried Lionel, checking his horse, and even arresting Darrell's with bold right hand—"oh," said he, as he brought his moist and pleading eyes in full battery upon the shaken fort to which he had mined his way—"oh, sir! you are so wise and rich and kind, do rescue that poor child from the penury and hardships of such a life! If you could but have seen and heard her! She could never have been born to it! You look away: I offend you! I have no right to tax your benevolence for others; but, instead of showering favours upon me, so little would suffice for her!—if she were but above positive want, with that old man (she would not be happy without him), safe in such a cottage as you give to your own peasants! I am a<noinclude></noinclude> bzqrsgwaffgryp5ef4cf08wcimr6cr6 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/126 104 419951 14129491 12859612 2024-04-25T18:47:47Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mugumejudith" />{{rh|116|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>an expression that revealed the delicacy of intellect, but not its power. There was something forlorn, but imposing, in the whole effigy. As you continued to look at the countenance, the mournful attraction grew upon you. Truly a touching and a most lovable aspect. Darrell's eyes moistened. "Yes, my father, it is so!" he said softly. "All my sacrifices were in vain. The race is not to be rebuilt! No grandchild of yours will succeed me,—me, the last of the old line! Fairthorn, how can I love that boy? He may be my heir, and in his veins not a drop of my father's blood!" "But he has the blood of your father's ancestors; and why must you think of him as your heir?—you, who, if you would but go again into the world, might yet find a fair wi—" With such a stamp came Darrell's foot upon the floor that the holy and conjugal monosyllable dropping from Fairthorn's lips was as much cut in two as if a shark had snapped it. Unspeakably frightened, the poor man sidled away, thrust himself behind a tall reading-desk, and, peering aslant from that covert, whimpered out, "Don't, don't now, don't be so awful; I did not mean to offend, but I'm always saying something I did not mean; and really you look so young still" (coaxingly), "and, and—" Darrell, the burst of rage over, had sunk upon a chair, his face bowed over his hands, and his breast heaving as if with suppressed sobs. The musician forgot his fear; he sprang forward, almost upsetting the tall desk; he flung himself on his knees at Darrell's feet, and exclaimed in broken words, "Master, master, forgive me! Beast that I was! Do look up—do smile or else beat me—kick me." Darrell's right hand slid gently from his face, and fell into Fairthorn's clasp. "Hush, hush," muttered the man of granite; "one moment, and it will be over." One moment! That might be but a figure of speech; yet before Lionel had finished half the canto that was plunging him into fairyland, Darrell was standing by him with his ordinary tranquil mien; and Fairthorn's flute from behind the boughs of a neighbouring lime-tree was breathing out an air as dulcet as if careless Fauns still piped in Arcady, and Grief were a far dweller on the other side of the mountains, of whom shepherds, reclining under summer leaves, speak as we speak of hydras and unicorns, and things in fable. On, on swelled the mellow, mellow, witching music; and now<noinclude></noinclude> ayateou53nnj4cl8j63cpwzhmtcp8jx Page:What will he do with it.djvu/128 104 419953 14129492 12859614 2024-04-25T18:47:48Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mugumejudith" />{{rh|118|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>of prospect, "all that you see to the verge of the horizon, some fourteen years ago, was to have been thrown into the pretty paddock we have just quitted, and serve as park round the house I was then building. Vanity of human wishes! What but the several proportions of their common folly distinguishes the baffled squire from the arrested conqueror? Man's characteristic cerebral organ must certainly be acquisitiveness." "Was it his organ of acquisitiveness that moved Themistocles to boast that 'he could make a small state great'?" "Well remembered,—ingeniously quoted," returned Darrell, with the polite bend of his stately head. "Yes, I suspect that the coveting organ had much to do with the boast. To build a name was the earliest dream of Themistocles, if we are to accept the anecdote that makes him say, 'The trophies of Miltiades would not suffer him to sleep,' To build a name, or to create a fortune, are but varying applications of one human passion. The desire of something we have not is the first of our childish remembrances: it matters not what form it takes, what object it longs for; still it is to acquire! it never deserts us while we live." "And yet, if I might, I should like to ask, what you now desire that you do not possess?" "I—nothing; but I spoke of the living! I am dead. Only," added Darrell, with his silvery laugh, "I say, as poor Chesterfield said before me, 'It is a secret: keep it.'" Lionel made no reply; the melancholy of the words saddened him: but Darrell's manner repelled the expression of sympathy or of interest; and the boy fell into conjecture, what had killed to the world this man's intellectual life? And thus silently they continued to wander on till the sound of the flute had long been lost to their ears. Was the musician playing still? At length they came round to the other end of Fawley village, and Darrell again became animated. "Perhaps," said he, returning to the subject of talk that had been abruptly suspended,—"perhaps the love of power is at the origin of each restless courtship of Fortune: yet, after all, who has power with less alloy than the village thane? With so little effort, so little thought, the man in the manor-house can make men in the cottage happier here below and more fit for a hereafter yonder. In leaving the world I come from contest and pilgrimage, like our sires the Crusaders, to reign at home." As he spoke, he entered one of the cottages. An old paralytic man was seated by the fire, hot though the July sun was out of<noinclude></noinclude> sby75a8ab31wchj1ry2vdjdym1vklz0 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/130 104 419955 14129493 12859617 2024-04-25T18:47:49Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mugumejudith" />{{rh|120|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>box—black box with the gilded nails. Ho! Lionel, look up; there is our village church, and here, close at my right, the churchyard!" Now while Darrell and his young companion were directing their gaze to the right of the village lane, towards the small gray church,—towards the sacred burial-ground in which, here and there amongst humbler graves, stood the monumental stone inscribed to the memory of some former Darrell, for whose remains the living sod had been preferred to the family vault; while both slowly neared the funeral spot, and leaned, silent and musing, over the rail that fenced it from the animals turned to graze on the sward of the surrounding green,—a foot-traveller, a stranger in the place, loitered on the threshold of the small wayside inn, about fifty yards off to the left of the lane, and looked hard at the still figures of the two kinsmen. Turning then to the hostess, who was standing somewhat within the threshold, a glass of brandy-and-water in her hand, the third glass that stranger had called for during his half hour's rest in the hostelry, quoth the man, "The taller gentleman yonder is surely your squire, is he not? but who is the shorter and younger person?" The landlady put forth her head. "Oh! that is a relation of the squire down on a visit, sir. I heard coachman say that the squire's taken to him hugely; and they do think at the Hall that the young gentleman will be his heir." "Aha!—indeed—his heir! What is the lad's name? What relation can he be to Mr. Darrell?" "I don't know what relation exactly, sir; but he is one of the Haughtons, and they've been kin to the Fawley folks time out of mind." "Haughton?—aha! Thank you, ma'am. Change, if you please." The stranger tossed off his dram, and stretched his hand for his change. "Beg pardon, sir, but this must be forring money," said the landlady, turning a five-franc piece on her palm with suspicious curiosity. "Foreign! Is it possible?" The stranger dived again into his pocket, and apparently with some difficulty hunted out half-a-crown. "Sixpence more, if you please, sir; three brandies, and bread-and-cheese and the ale too, sir." "How stupid I am! I thought that French coin was a five-<noinclude></noinclude> 1dw7vc9irct7agy1xdlrrd5jzefi66o Page:What will he do with it.djvu/132 104 419957 14129494 12859620 2024-04-25T18:47:49Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mugumejudith" />{{rh|122|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>man wonderfully well-shaped,—tall, slender in the waist, long of limb, but with a girth of chest that showed immense power; one of those rare figures that a female eye would admire for grace, a recruiting sergeant for athletic strength. But still the man's whole bearing and aspect, even apart from the dismal incongruities of his attire, which gave him the air of a beggared spendthrift, marred the favourable effect that physical comeliness in itself produces. Difficult to describe how,—difficult to say why,—but there is a look which a man gets, and a gait which he contracts when the rest of mankind cut him; and this man had that look and that gait. "So, so," muttered the stranger. "That boy his heir? so, so. How can I get to speak to him? In his own house he would not see me: it must be as now, in the open air; but how catch him alone? and to lurk in the inn, in his own village,—perhaps for a day,—to watch an occasion; impossible! Besides, where is the money for it? Courage, courage!" He quickened his pace, pushed back his hat. "Courage! Why not now? Now or never!" While the man thus mutteringly soliloquized, Lionel had reached the gate which opened into the grounds of Fawley, just in the rear of the little lake. Over the gate he swung himself lightly, and, turning back to Darrell cried, "Here is the doe waiting to welcome you." Just as Darrell, scarcely heeding the exclamation, and with his musing eyes on the ground, approached the gate, a respectful hand opened it wide, a submissive head bowed low, a voice artificially soft faltered forth words, broken and, indistinct, but of which those most audible were—"Pardon, me; something to communicate,—important; hear me." Darrell started, just as the traveller almost touched him, started, recoiled, as one on whose path rises a wild beast. His bended head became erect, haughty, indignant, defying; but his cheek was pale, and his lip quivered. "You here! You in England-at Fawley! You presume to accost me! You, sir,—you!" Lionel just caught the sound of the voice as the doe had come timidly up to him. He turned round sharply, and beheld Darrell's stern, imperious countenance, on which, stern and imperious though it was, a hasty glance could discover, at once, a surprise that almost bordered upon fear. Of the stranger still holding the gate he saw but the back, and his voice he did not hear, though by the man's gesture he was evidently replying. Lionel paused a moment irresolute; but as the man continued<noinclude></noinclude> dake7am3mdikzq38dukodedn0fhno21 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/134 104 419959 14129495 13066902 2024-04-25T18:47:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mugumejudith" />{{rh|124|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>{{c|CHAPTER XV.}} {{smaller block|{{hi|Every street has two sides, the shady side and the sunny. When two men shake hands and part, mark which of the two takes the sunny side; he will be the younger man of the two.}}}} {{sc|The}} next morning, neither Darrell nor Fairthorn appeared at breakfast; but as soon as Lionel had concluded that meal, Mr. Mills informed him, with customary politeness, that Mr. Darrell wished to speak with him in the study. Study, across the threshold of which Lionel had never yet set footstep! He entered it now with a sentiment of mingled curiosity and awe. Nothing in it remarkable, save the portrait of the host's father over the mantle-piece. Books strewed tables, chairs, and floor in the disorder loved by habitual students. Near the window was a glass bowl containing gold fish, and close by, in its cage, a singing-bird. Darrell might exist without companionship in the human species, but not without something which he protected and cherished—a bird—even a fish. Darrell looked really ill; his keen eye was almost dim, and the lines in his face seemed deeper. But he spoke with his usual calm passionless melody of voice. "Yes," he said, in answer to Lionel's really anxious inquiry; "I am ill. Idle persons like me give way to illness. When I was a busy man, I never did; and then illness gave way to me. My general plans are thus, if not actually altered, at least hurried to their consummation sooner than I expected. Before you came here, I told you to come soon, or you might not find me. I meant to go abroad this summer; I shall now start at once. I need the change of scene and air. You will return to London to-day." "To-day! You are not angry with me?" "Angry! boy and cousin—no!" resumed Darrell, in a tone of unusual tenderness. "Angry—fie! But since the parting must be, 'tis well to abridge the pain of long farewells. You must wish, too, to see your mother, and thank her for rearing you up so that you may step from poverty into ease with a head erect. You will give to Mrs. Haughton this letter: for yourself, your inclinations seem to tend toward the army. But before you decide on that career, I should like you to see something more of the world. Call to-morrow on Colonel Morley, in Curzon Street: this is his address. He will receive by to-day's post a note from me, requesting him to advise you. Follow his counsels in what belongs to the world. He is a man of the<noinclude></noinclude> ndj2bvrn8n8f5dqynlh4mlhhv6bzzmn Page:What will he do with it.djvu/136 104 419961 14129496 13058303 2024-04-25T18:47:51Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="SM DENIS" />{{rh|126|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>Folding his arms tightly on his breast, Darrell paced the room with slow measured strides, pondering deeply. He was, indeed, seeking to suppress feeling, and to exercise only judgment; and his reasoning process seemed at length fully to satisfy him, for his countenance gradually cleared, and a triumphant smile passed across it. "A lie—certainly a palpable and gross lie; lie it must and shall be. Never will I accept it as truth. Father" (looking full at the portrait over the mantle-shelf), "father, fear not—never—never!"<noinclude></noinclude> rreru8k4lja8a35mmtqf9a3bnrk5ak7 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/138 104 419963 14129497 12868441 2024-04-25T18:47:52Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Titus Smiles" />{{rh|128|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>Sophy took his hand and pressed it, but she could not trust herself to speak, for she felt that at such effort she would have burst out into hearty crying. Then Waife proceeded to utter many of those wise sayings, old as the hills, and as high above our sorrows as hills are from the valley in which we walk. He said how foolish it was to unsettle the mind by preposterous fancies and impossible hopes. The pretty young gentleman could never be anything to her, nor she to the pretty young gentleman. It might be very well for the pretty young gentleman to promise to correspond with her, but as soon as he returned to his friends he would have other things to think of, and she would soon be forgotten; while she, on the contrary, would be thinking of him, and the Thames and the butterflies, and find hard life still more irksome. Of all this, and much more, in the general way of consolers who set out on the principle that grief is a matter of logic, did Gentleman Waife deliver himself with a vigor of ratiocination which admitted of no reply, and conveyed not a particle of comfort. And feeling this, that great actor—not that he was acting then—suddenly stopped, clasped the child in his arms, and murmured in broken accents,—"But if I see you thus cast down, I shall have no strength left to hobble on through the world; and the sooner I lie down, and the dust is shoveled over me, why, the better for you; for it seems that Heaven sends you friends, and I tear you from them." And then Sophy fairly gave way to her sobs; she twined her little arms round the old man's neck convulsively, kissed his rough face with imploring pathetic fondness, and forced out through her tears, "Don't talk so! I've been ungrateful and wicked. I don't care for any one but my own dear, dear Grandy." After this little scene, they both composed themselves, and felt much lighter of heart. They pursued their journey—no longer apart, but side by side, and the old man leaning, though very lightly, on the child's arm. But there was no immediate reaction from gloom to gayety. Waife began talking in softened undertones, and vaguely, of his own past afflictions; and partial as was the reference, how vast did the old man's sorrows seem beside the child's regrets; and yet he commented on them as if rather in pitying her state than grieving for his own. "Ah! at your age, my darling, I had not your troubles and hardships. I had not to trudge these dusty roads on foot with a broken-down good-for-nothing scatterling. I trod rich carpets, and slept under silken curtains. I took the air in gay carriages—I such a scape-grace—and you, little child—you so good!<noinclude></noinclude> aen5fcvuivdne9t1vceqojgyrg99vd8 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/140 104 419965 14129498 12873583 2024-04-25T18:47:54Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|130|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>{{hwe|ing|tramping}} this road, with you to lean upon—whom I see, when I would turn to look behind on that which I once was: it is another being, defunct and buried; and when I say to myself, 'that being did so and so,' it is like reading an epitaph on a tombstone. So, at last, solitary and hopeless, I came back to my own land; and I found you,—a blessing greater than I had ever dared to count on. And how was I to maintain you, and take you from that long-nosed alligator called Crane, and put you in womanly gentle hands; for I never thought then of subjecting you to all you have since undergone with me,—I who did not know one useful thing in life by which a man can turn a penny. And then, as I was all alone in a village ale-house, on my way back from—it does not signify from what, or from whence, but I was disappointed and despairing, Providence mercifully threw in my way—Mr. Rugge, and ordained me to be of great service to that ruffian, and that ruffian of great use to me." {{sc|Sophy}}. "Ah, how was that?" {{sc|Waife}}. "It was fair time in the village wherein I stopped, and Rugge's principal actor was taken off by delirium tremens, which is Latin for a disease common to men who eat little and drink much. Rugge came into the alehouse bemoaning his loss. A bright thought struck me. Once in my day I had been used to acting. I offered to try my chance on Mr. Rugge's stage: he caught at me, I at him. I succeeded: we came to terms, and my little Sophy was thus taken from that ringleted crocodile, and placed with Christian females who wore caps and read their Bible. Is not Heaven good to us, Sophy; and to me too—me, such a scamp?" "And you did all that,—suffered all that for my sake?" "Suffered, but I liked it. And, besides, I must have done something; and there were reasons—in short, I was quite happy; no, not actually happy, but comfortable and merry. Providence gives thick hides to animals that must exist in cold climates; and to the man whom it reserves for sorrow, Providence gives a coarse, jovial temper. Then, when by a mercy I was saved from what I most disliked and dreaded, and never would have thought of but that I fancied it might be a help to you,—I mean the London stage,—and had that bad accident on the railway, how did it end? Oh! in saving you" (and Waife closed his eyes and shuddered), "in saving your destiny from what might be much worse for you, body and soul, than the worst that has happened to you with me. And so we have been thrown together; and so you have supported me; and so, when we could exist without Mr. Rugge, Providence got rid of him for us.<noinclude></noinclude> ldukbn3utj3wotpskblefkkb711u27f Page:What will he do with it.djvu/142 104 419967 14129499 13066905 2024-04-25T18:47:55Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|132|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude><section begin="chapter2" />{{hwe|umphantly|triumphantly}}, to Sophy, who, standing against the wall with her face buried in her frock, long refused to look up—"there—tame as a lamb, and knows me. See"—he seated himself on the floor, and Sophy, hesitatingly opening her eyes, beheld gravely gazing at her from under a profusion of shaggy locks an enormous— <section end="chapter2" /> {{rule|4em}} <section begin="chapter3" />{{c|CHAPTER III.}} {{smaller block|{{c|Dénouement.}}}} <section end="chapter3" /> {{rule|4em}} <section begin="chapter4" />{{c|CHAPTER IV.}} {{smaller block|{{c|Zoology in connection with History.}}}} "{{sc|Walk}} to that young lady, Sir—walk, I say." The poodle slowly rose on his hind-legs, and, with an aspect inexpressibly solemn, advanced toward Sophy, who hastily receded into the room in which the creature had been confined. "Make a bow—''no''—a ''bow'', Sir; that is right; you can shake hands another time. Run down, Sophy, and ask for his dinner." "Yes—that I will;" and Sophy flew down the stairs, The dog, still on his hind-legs, stood in the centre of the floor, dignified, but evidently expectant. "That will do; lie down and die. Die this moment, Sir." The dog stretched himself out, closed his eyes, and to all appearance gave up the ghost. "A most splendid investment," said Waife, with enthusiasm; "and, upon the whole, dog-cheap. Ho! ''you'' are not to bring up his dinner; it is not you who are to make friends with the dog; it is my little girl; send her up; Sophy, Sophy." "She be fritted, Sir," said the woman, holding a plate of canine comestibles; "but lauk, Sir; ben't he really dead?" "Sophy, Sophy." "Please let me stay here, Grandy," said Sophy's voice from the foot of the stairs. "Nonsense! it is sixteen hours since he has had a morsel to eat. And he will never bite the hand that feeds him now. Come up, I say." Sophy slowly reascended, and Waife, summoning the poodle to life, insisted upon the child's feeding him. And indeed,<section end="chapter4" /><noinclude></noinclude> isbi4h3eg1d8zdp4m1fjfls7dlxcztb Page:What will he do with it.djvu/144 104 419969 14129500 12873587 2024-04-25T18:47:56Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|134|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>So I was thinking. I inquired the owner's address, called on him, and found him disposed to sell the dog. But he asked &pound;3, a sum that seemed out of the question then. Still I kept the dog in my eye; called every day to make friends with it, and ascertain its capacities. And at last, thanks to you, Sophy, I bought the dog; and what is more, as soon as I had two golden sovereigns to show, I got him for that sum, and we have still &pound;1. left (besides small savings from our lost salaries) to go to the completion of his education, and the advertisement of his merits. I kept this a secret from Merle,—from all. I would not even let the drunken owner know where I took the dog to yesterday. I brought him here, where, I learned in the village, there were two rooms to let, locked him up, and my story is told." "But why keep it such a secret?" "Because I don't want Rugge to trace us. He might do one a mischief; because I have a grand project of genteel position and high prices for the exhibition of that dog. And why should it be known where we come from, or what we were? And because, if the owner knew where to find the dog, he might decoy it back from us. Luckily he had not made the dog so fond of him but what, unless it be decoyed, it will accustom itself to us. And now I propose that we should stay a week or so here, and devote ourselves exclusively to developing the native powers of this gifted creature. Get out the dominos." "What is his name?" "Ha! that is the first consideration. What shall be his name?" "Has he not one already?" "Yes,—trivial and unattractive,—Mop! In private life it might pass. But in public life—give a dog a bad name and hang him. Mop, indeed!" Therewith Mop, considering himself appealed to, rose and stretched himself. "Right," said Gentleman Waife; "stretch yourself—you decidedly require it."<noinclude></noinclude> fio77tsjkofx0z91ug9l8il1hmq43xm Page:What will he do with it.djvu/146 104 419971 14129501 12873589 2024-04-25T18:47:56Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|136|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>{{sc|Waife}}. "He don't take to Socrates,—prosy!" {{sc|Sophy}}. "Ah, Mr. Merle's book about the Brazen Head, Friar Bacon! He must have been very wise." {{sc|Waife}}. "Not bad; mysterious, but not recondite; historical, yet familiar. What does Mop say to it? Friar, Friar, Friar Bacon, sir,—Friar!" {{sc|Sophy}} (coaxingly). "Friar!" Mop, evidently conceiving that appeal is made to some other personage, canine or human, not present, rouses up, walks to the door, smells at the chink, returns, shakes his head, and rests on his haunches, eying his two friends superciliously. {{sc|Sophy}}. "He does not take to that name." {{sc|Waife}}. "He has his reasons for it; and indeed there are many worthy persons who disapprove of anything that savours of magical practices. Mop intimates that on entering public life one should beware of offending the respectable prejudices of a class." Mr. Waife then, once more resorting to the recesses of scholastic memory, plucked therefrom, somewhat by the head and shoulders, sundry names reverenced in a by-gone age. He thought of the seven wise men of Greece, but could only recall the nomenclature of two out of the—even,—a sad proof of the distinction between collegiate fame and popular renown. He called Thales; he called Bion. Mop made no response. "Wonderful intelligence!" said Waife; "he knows that Thales and Bion would not draw!—obsolete." Mop was equally mute to Aristotle. He pricked up his cars at Plato, perhaps because the sound was not wholly dissimilar from that of Ponto,—a name of which he might have had vague reminiscences. The Romans not having cultivated an original philosophy, though they contrived to produce great men without it, Waife passed by that perished people. He crossed to China, and tried Confucius. Mop had evidently never heard of him. "I am at the end of my list, so far as the wise men are concerned," said Waife, wiping his forehead. "If Mop were to distinguish himself by valour, one would find heroes by the dozen,—Achilles, and Hector, and Julius Caesar, and Pompey, and Bonaparte, and Alexander the Great, and the Duke of Marlborough. Or, if he wrote poetry, we could fit him to a hair. But wise men certainly are scarce, and when one has hit on a wise man's name it is so little known to the vulgar that it would carry no more weight with it than Spot or Toby. But necessarily some name the dog must have, and take to sympathetically." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 2iv6hlvvydpo9z7233sjj6vgsrv9j0c Page:What will he do with it.djvu/148 104 419973 14129502 13166972 2024-04-25T18:47:57Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|138|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>dear, and see if we can get him to tell us how much twice ten are—I mean by addressing him as Sir Isaac." Sophy cut the figures from the multiplication table, and arranged them, at Waife's instruction, in a circle on the floor. "Now, Sir Isaac." Mop lifted a paw, and walked deliberately round the letters. "Now, Sir Isaac, how much are ten times two?" Mop deliberately made his survey and calculation, and, pausing at twenty, stooped, and took the letters in his mouth. "It is not natural," cried Sophy, much alarmed. "It must be wicked, and I'd rather have nothing to do with it, please." "Silly child! He was but obeying my sign. He had been taught that trick already under the name of Mop. The only strange thing is, that he should do it also under the name of Sir Isaac, and much more cheerfully too. However, whether he has been the great Newton or not, a live dog is better than a dead lion. But it is clear that, in acknowledging the name of Sir Isaac, he does not encourage us to take that of Newton; and he is right: for it might be thought unbecoming to apply to an animal, however extraordinary, who by the severity of fortune is compelled to exhibit his talents for a small pecuniary reward, the family name of so great a philosopher. Sir Isaac, after all, is a vague appellation; any dog has a right to be Sir Isaac—Newton may be left conjectural. Let us see if we can add to our arithmetical information. Look at me, Sir Isaac." Sir Isaac looked and grinned affectionately; and under that title learned a new combination with a facility that might have relieved Sophy's mind of all superstitious belief that the philosopher was resuscitated in the dog, had she known that in life that great master of calculations the most abstruse could not accurately cast up a simple sum in addition. Nothing brought him to the end of his majestic tether like dot and carry one. Notable type of our human incompleteness, where men might deem our studies had made us most complete! Notable type, too, of that grandest order of all human genius which seems to arrive at results by intuition, which a child might pose by a row of figures on a slate, while it is solving the laws that link the stars to infinity! But ''revenons a nos moutons'', what was the astral attraction that incontestably bound the reminiscences of Mop to the cognominal distinction of Sir Isaac? I had prepared a very erudite and subtle treatise upon this query, enlivened by quotations from the ancient Mystics,—such as Iamblicus and Proclus,—as well as by a copious reference to the doctrine of the more modern Spiritualists, from Sir Kenelm Digby and Swedenborg, to Monsieur Cahagnet and Judge Edmonds;<noinclude></noinclude> 0ei1jfgtmyr1vowyikbpkhtna5tehws Page:What will he do with it.djvu/150 104 419975 14129503 13066908 2024-04-25T18:47:58Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|140|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>{{c|CHAPTER VI.}} {{smaller block|{{hi|The Vagrant having got his dog, proceeds to hunt Fortune with it, leaving behind him a trap to catch rats. What the the trap does catch is "just like his luck!"}}}} {{sc|Sir Isaac}}, to designate him by his new name, improved much upon acquaintance. He was still in the ductile season of youth, and took to learning as an amusement to himself. His last master, a stupid sot, had not gained his affections—and perhaps even the old soldier, though gratefully remembered and mourned, had not stolen into his innermost heart, as Waife and Sophy gently contrived to do. In short, in a very few days he became perfectly accustomed and extremely attached to them. When Waife had ascertained the extent of his accomplishments, and added somewhat to their range in matters which cost no great trouble, he applied himself to the task of composing a little drama, which might bring all into more interesting play, and in which, though Sophy and himself were performers, the dog had the premier ''rôle''. And as soon as this was done, and the dog's performances thus ranged into methodical order and sequence, he resolved to set off to a considerable town at some distance, and to which Mr. Rugge was no visitor. His bill at the cottage made but slight inroad into his pecuniary resources; for in the intervals of leisure from his instructions to Sir Isaac, Waife had performed various little services to the lone widow with whom they lodged, which Mrs. Saunders (such was her name) insisted upon regarding as money's worth. He had repaired and regulated to a minute an old clock which had taken no note of time for the last three years; he had mended all the broken crockery by some cement of his own invention, and for which she got him the materials. And here his ingenuity was remarkable, for when there was only a fragment to be found of a cup, and a fragment or two of a saucer, he united them both into some pretty form, which, if not useful, at all events looked well on ashelf. He bound, in smart, showy papers, sundry tattered old books which had belonged to his landlady's defunct husband, a Scotch gardener, and which she displayed on a side-table, under the Japan tea-tray. More than all, he was of service to her in her vocation; for Mrs. Saunders eked out a small pension—which she derived from the affectionate providence of her Scotch husband, in insuring his life in her favor—by the rearing and sale of poultry; and Waife saved her the expense of a carpenter by the construction of a new coop,<noinclude></noinclude> 3ovw5cdkwennkmgh5zw1xive6xp7zfz Page:What will he do with it.djvu/152 104 419977 14129504 12873596 2024-04-25T18:47:59Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|142|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>panes. Poor Mrs. Saunders! in vain she sought to rouse herself, to put the rooms to rights, to attend to the chickens to distract her thoughts. The one-eyed cripple, the little girl, the shaggy-faced dog, still haunted her; and when at noon she dined all alone off the remnants of the last night's social supper, the very click of the renovated clock seemed to say, "Gone, gone;" and muttering, "Ah! gone," she reclined back on her chair, and indulged herself in a good womanlike cry. From this luxury she was startled by a knock at the door. "Could they have come back?" No; the door opened, and a genteel young man, in a black coat and white neckcloth, stepped in. "I beg your pardon, ma'am—your name 's Saunders—sell poultry?" "At your service, sir. Spring chickens?" Poor people, whatever their grief, must sell their chickens, if they have any to sell. "Thank you, ma'am; not at this moment. The fact is, that I call to make some inquiries Have not you lodgers here?" Lodgers! at that word the expanding soul of Mrs. Saunders reclosed hermetically; the last warning of Waife revibrated in her ears this white neckclothed gentleman, was he not a rat? "No, sir, I ha'n't no lodgers." "But you have had some lately, eh? a crippled elderly man and a little girl." "Don't know anything about them; leastways," said Mrs. Saunders, suddenly remembering that she was told less to deny facts than to send inquirers upon wrong directions, "leastways, at this blessed time. Pray, sir, what makes you ask?" "Why, I was instructed to come down to———, and find out where this person, one William Waife, had gone. Arrived yesterday, ma'am. All I could hear is, that a person answering to his description left the place several days ago, and had been seen by a boy, who was tending sheep, to come down the lane to your house, and you were supposed to have lodgers (you take lodgers sometimes, I think, ma'am), because you had been buying some trifling articles of food not in your usual way of custom. Circumstantial evidence, ma'am: you can have no motive to conceal the truth." "I should think not indeed, sir," retorted Mrs. Saunders, whom the ominous words "circumstantial evidence" set doubly on her guard. "I did see a gentleman such as you mention, and a pretty young lady, about ten days agone, or so, and they did lodge here a night or two, but they are gone to—" "Yes, ma'am,—gone where?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> lt52zvuxqfiohue33mdne2dgibpfrzx 14129552 14129504 2024-04-25T18:48:44Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|142|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>panes. Poor Mrs. Saunders! in vain she sought to rouse herself, to put the rooms to rights, to attend to the chickens to distract her thoughts. The one-eyed cripple, the little girl, the shaggy-faced dog, still haunted her; and when at noon she dined all alone off the remnants of the last night's social supper, the very click of the renovated clock seemed to say, "Gone, gone;" and muttering, "Ah! gone," she reclined back on her chair, and indulged herself in a good womanlike cry. From this luxury she was startled by a knock at the door. "Could they have come back?" No; the door opened, and a genteel young man, in a black coat and white neckcloth, stepped in. "I beg your pardon, ma'am—your name 's Saunders—sell poultry?" "At your service, sir. Spring chickens?" Poor people, whatever their grief, must sell their chickens, if they have any to sell. "Thank you, ma'am; not at this moment. The fact is, that I call to make some inquiries Have not you lodgers here?" Lodgers! at that word the expanding soul of Mrs. Saunders reclosed hermetically; the last warning of Waife revibrated in her ears this white neckclothed gentleman, was he not a rat? "No, sir, I ha'n't no lodgers." "But you have had some lately, eh? a crippled elderly man and a little girl." "Don't know anything about them; leastways," said Mrs. Saunders, suddenly remembering that she was told less to deny facts than to send inquirers upon wrong directions, "leastways, at this blessed time. Pray, sir, what makes you ask?" "Why, I was instructed to come down to{{bar|3}}, and find out where this person, one William Waife, had gone. Arrived yesterday, ma'am. All I could hear is, that a person answering to his description left the place several days ago, and had been seen by a boy, who was tending sheep, to come down the lane to your house, and you were supposed to have lodgers (you take lodgers sometimes, I think, ma'am), because you had been buying some trifling articles of food not in your usual way of custom. Circumstantial evidence, ma'am: you can have no motive to conceal the truth." "I should think not indeed, sir," retorted Mrs. Saunders, whom the ominous words "circumstantial evidence" set doubly on her guard. "I did see a gentleman such as you mention, and a pretty young lady, about ten days agone, or so, and they did lodge here a night or two, but they are gone to—" "Yes, ma'am,—gone where?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> abe0b5dxoiqx8p8s0tppjimagzsz6dy Page:What will he do with it.djvu/154 104 419979 14129505 12873599 2024-04-25T18:48:00Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|144|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>and ascertained that he could reach Gatesborough by a short cut for foot-travellers along fields and lanes. He was always glad to avoid the high road: doubtless for such avoidance he had good reasons. But prudential reasons were in this instance supported by vagrant inclinations. High roads are for the prosperous. By-paths and ill-luck go together. But by-paths have their charm, and ill-luck its pleasant moments. They passed then from the high road into a long succession of green pastures, through which a straight public path conducted them into one of those charming lanes never seen out of this bowery England,—a lane deep sunk amidst high banks with overhanging oaks, and quivering ash, gnarled witch-elm, vivid holly and shaggy brambles, with wild convolvulus and creeping woodbine forcing sweet life through all. Sometimes the banks opened abruptly, leaving patches of greensward, and peeps through still sequestered gates, or over moss-grown pales, into the park or paddock of some rural thane. New villas or old manor-houses on lawny uplands, knitting, as it were, together England's feudal memories with England's freeborn hopes,—the old land with its young people; for England is so old, and the English are so young! And the gray cripple and the bright-haired child often paused, and gazed upon the demesnes and homes of owners whose lots were cast in such pleasant places. But there was no grudging envy in their gaze; perhaps because their life was too remote from those grand belongings. And therefore they could enjoy and possess every banquet of the eye. For at least the beauty of what we see is ours for the moment, on the simple condition that we do not covet the thing which gives to our eyes that beauty. As the measureless sky and the unnumbered stars are equally granted to king and to beggar—and in our wildest ambition we do not sigh for a monopoly of the empyrean, or the fee-simple of the planets: so the earth too, with all its fenced gardens and embattled walls, all its landmarks of stern property and churlish ownership, is ours too by right of eye. Ours to gaze on the fair possessions with such delight as the gaze can give; grudging to the unseen owner his other, and, it may be, more troubled rights, as little as we grudge an astral proprietor his acres of light in Capricorn. Benignant is the law that saith, "''Thou shalt not covet.''" When the sun was at the highest our wayfarers found a shadowy nook for their rest and repast. Before them ran a shallow limpid trout-stream; on the other side its margin, low grassy meadows, a farmhouse in the distance, backed by a still grove, from which rose a still church tower and its still spire. Behind<noinclude></noinclude> 0x9mrt3zj02v02hs2opeglmjxs0o0l8 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/156 104 419981 14129506 13066910 2024-04-25T18:48:01Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|146|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude><section begin="chapter7" />{{hwe|tering|clustering}} leaves to reconnoitre. The piety of Waife's simple grace seemed to surprise him pleasingly, for a sweet approving smile crossed his lips. He continued to look and to listen. He forgot the fly, and a trout sailed him by unheeded. But Sir Isaac, having probably satisfied his speculative mind as to the natural attributes of minnows, now slowly reascended the bank, and after a brief halt and a sniff, walked majestically toward the hidden observer, looked at him with great solemnity, and uttered an inquisitive bark—a bark not hostile, not menacing; purely and dryly interrogative. Thus detected, the angler rose; and Waife, whose attention was attracted that way by the bark, saw him, called to Sir Isaac, and said politely, "There is no harm in my dog, Sir." The young man muttered some inaudible reply, and, lifting up his rod, as in sign of his occupation or excuse for his vicinity, put aside the intervening foliage, and stepped quietly to Waife's side. Sir Isaac followed him—sniffed again—seemed satisfied; and, seating himself on his haunches, fixed his attention upon the remains of the chicken which lay defenseless on the grass. The new-comer was evidently of the rank of gentleman; his figure was slim and graceful, his face pale, meditative, refined. He would have impressed you at once with the idea of what he really was—an Oxford scholar; and you would, perhaps, have guessed him designed for the ministry of the Church, if not actually in orders. <section end="chapter7" /> {{rule|4em}} <section begin="chapter8" />{{c|CHAPTER VIII.}} {{smaller block|{{hi|Mr. Waife excites the admiration, and benignly pities the infirmity of an Oxford scholar.}}}} "{{sc|You}} are str—str—strangers?" said the Oxonian, after a violent exertion to express himself, caused by an impediment in his speech. {{sc|Waife}}. "Yes, Sir, travellers. I trust we are not trespassing: this is not private ground, I think?" {{sc|Oxonian}}. "And if—f—f—f it were, my f—f—father would not war—n—n you off—off—f." "It is your father's ground then? Sir, I beg you a thousand pardons." The apology was made in the Comedian's grandest style—it imposed greatly on the young scholar. Waife might have been a duke in disguise; but I will do the angler the justice to say<section end="chapter8" /><noinclude></noinclude> jzwxnmt0d6r80qw21iyyiewsz1ku7bx Page:What will he do with it.djvu/158 104 419983 14129507 12873603 2024-04-25T18:48:02Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|148|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>it is a cruel sport, and I should break myself of it. But it is strange that whatever our love for Nature we always seek some excuse for trusting ourselves alone to her. A gun, a rod, a sketch-book, a geologist's hammer, an entomologist's net, a something." {{sc|Waife}}. "Is it not because all our ideas would run wild if not concentrated on a definite pursuit? Fortune and Nature are earnest females, though popular beauties; and they do not look upon coquettish triflers in the light of genuine wooers." The Oxonian, who, in venting his previous remark, had thought it likely he should be above his listener's comprehension, looked surprised. What pursuits, too, had this one-eyed philosopher? "You have a definite pursuit, sir?" "I—alas! when a man moralizes, it is a sign that he has known error: it is because I have been a trifler that I rail against triflers. And talking of that, time flies, and we must be off and away." Sophy re-tied the bundle. Sir Isaac, on whom, meanwhile, she had bestowed the remains of the chicken, jumped up and described a circle. "I wish you success in your pursuit, whatever it be," stuttered out the angler. "And I no less heartily, sir, wish you success in yours." "Mine! Success there is beyond my power." "How, sir? Does it rest so much with others?" "No, my failure is in myself. My career should be the Church, my pursuit the cure of souls, and—and—this pitiful infirmity! How can I speak the Divine Word—I—I—a stutterer!" The young man did not pause for an answer, but plunged through the brushwood that bespread the banks of the rill, and his hurried path could be traced by the wave of the foliage through which he forced his way. "We all have our burdens," said Gentleman Waife, as Sir Isaac took up the bundle and stalked on, placid and refreshed.<noinclude></noinclude> 5nfia6yeirdoywsasth4je7g83q4mso Page:What will he do with it.djvu/160 104 419985 14129508 12873606 2024-04-25T18:48:02Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|150|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>—teach him another name,—too late, too late. We cannot afford the delay." "I don't see why he should be called any name at all. He observes your signs just as well without." "If I had but discovered that at the beginning. Pity! Such a fine name too. Sir Isaac! ''Vanitas vanitatum!'' What desire chiefly kindles the ambitious? To create a name, perhaps bequeath a title,—exalt into Sir Isaacs a progeny of slops! And, after all, it is possible (let us hope it in this instance) that a sensible young dog may learn his letters and shoulder his musket just as well, though all the appellations by which humanity knows him be condensed into a pitiful monosyllable. Nevertheless (as you will find when you are older), people are obliged in practice to renounce for themselves the application of those rules which they philosophically prescribe for others. Thus, while I grant that a change of name for that dog is a question belonging to the policy of Ifs and Buts, commonly called the policy of Expediency, about which one may differ from others and one's own self every quarter of an hour, a change of name for me belongs to the policy of Must and Shall; namely the policy of Necessity, against which let no dog bark,—though I have known dogs howl at it! William Waife is no more: he is dead; he is buried; and even Juliet Araminta is the baseless fabric of a vision." Sophy raised inquiringly her blue guileless eyes. "You see before you a man who has used up the name of Waife, and who on entering the town of Gatesboro' becomes a sober, staid, and respectable personage, under the appellation of Chapman. You are Miss Chapman. Rugge and his Exhibition 'leave not a wrack behind.'" Sophy smiled, and then sighed,—the smile for her grandfather's gay spirits; wherefore the sigh? Was it that some instinct in that fresh, loyal nature revolted from the thought of these aliases, which, if requisite for safety, were still akin to imposture? If so, poor child, she had much yet to set right with her conscience! All I can say is, that after she had smiled she sighed. And more reasonably might a reader ask his author to subject a zephyr to the microscope than a female's sigh to analysis. "Take the dog with you, my dear, back into the lane; I will join you in a few minutes. You are neatly dressed, and, if not, would look so. I, in this old coat, have the air of a pedler, so I will change it, and enter the town of Gatesboro' in the character of—a man whom you will soon see before you. Leave those things alone, de-Isaacized Sir Isaac! Follow your mistress,—go!"<noinclude></noinclude> ek8rflktzhtm3pbsqawh3z8nh9ybklw Page:What will he do with it.djvu/162 104 419987 14129510 12897689 2024-04-25T18:48:03Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|152|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>those panting steam monsters,—so artfully, amidst the busy competition of nudging elbows, over-bearing shoulders, and the ''impedimenta'' of carpet-bags, portmanteaus, babies in arms, and shin-assailing trucks, did he look round, consequentially, on the ''qui vive'', turning his one eye, now on Sophy, now on Sir Isaac, and griping his bundle to his breast as if he suspected all his neighbours to be Thugs, condottieri, and swellmob,—that in an instant fly-men, omnibus drivers, cads, and porters marked him for their own. "Gatesboro' Arms," "Spread Eagle," "Royal Hotel," "Saracen's Head; very comfortable, centre of High Street, opposite the Town Hall,"—were shouted, bawled, whispered, or whined into his ear. "Is there an honest porter?" asked the Comedian, piteously. An Irishman presented himself. "And is it meself can serve your honour?"—"Take this bundle, and walk on before me to the High Street."—"Could not I take the bundle, Grandfather? The man will charge so much," said the prudent Sophy. "Hush! you indeed!" said the Pere Noble, as if addressing an exiled Altesse royale,—"you take a bundle—Miss—Chapman!" They soon gained the High Street. Waife examined the fronts of the various inns which they passed by with an eye accustomed to decipher the physiognomy of hostelries. The Saracen's Head pleased him, though its imposing size daunted Sophy. He arrested the steps of the porter, "Follow me close," and stepped across the open threshold into the bar. The landlady herself was there, portly and imposing, with an auburn toupet, a silk gown, a cameo brooch, and an ample bosom. "You have a private sitting-room, ma'am?" said the Comedian, lifting his hat. There are so many ways of lifting a hat,-for instance, the way for which Louis XIV. was so renowned. But the Comedian's way on the present occasion rather resembled that of the late Duke of B————, not quite royal, but as near to royalty as becomes a subject. He added, recovering his head,—"And on the first floor?" The landlady did not courtesy, but she bowed, emerged from the bar, and set foot on the broad stairs; then, looking back graciously, her eyes rested on Sir Isaac, who had stalked forth in advance and with expansive nostrils sniffed. She hesitated. "Your dog, sir! shall Boots take it round to the stables?" "The stables, ma'am—the stables, my dear," turning to Sophy, with a smile more ducal than the previous bow; "what would they say at home if they heard that noble animal was consigned to-stables? Ma'am, my dog is my companion, and as much accustomed to drawing-rooms as I am myself." Still<noinclude></noinclude> jsxuw95cex3skk35idj2zn3d3m05vpj 14129556 14129510 2024-04-25T18:48:48Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|152|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>those panting steam monsters,—so artfully, amidst the busy competition of nudging elbows, over-bearing shoulders, and the ''impedimenta'' of carpet-bags, portmanteaus, babies in arms, and shin-assailing trucks, did he look round, consequentially, on the ''qui vive'', turning his one eye, now on Sophy, now on Sir Isaac, and griping his bundle to his breast as if he suspected all his neighbours to be Thugs, condottieri, and swellmob,—that in an instant fly-men, omnibus drivers, cads, and porters marked him for their own. "Gatesboro' Arms," "Spread Eagle," "Royal Hotel," "Saracen's Head; very comfortable, centre of High Street, opposite the Town Hall,"—were shouted, bawled, whispered, or whined into his ear. "Is there an honest porter?" asked the Comedian, piteously. An Irishman presented himself. "And is it meself can serve your honour?"—"Take this bundle, and walk on before me to the High Street."—"Could not I take the bundle, Grandfather? The man will charge so much," said the prudent Sophy. "Hush! you indeed!" said the Pere Noble, as if addressing an exiled Altesse royale,—"you take a bundle—Miss—Chapman!" They soon gained the High Street. Waife examined the fronts of the various inns which they passed by with an eye accustomed to decipher the physiognomy of hostelries. The Saracen's Head pleased him, though its imposing size daunted Sophy. He arrested the steps of the porter, "Follow me close," and stepped across the open threshold into the bar. The landlady herself was there, portly and imposing, with an auburn toupet, a silk gown, a cameo brooch, and an ample bosom. "You have a private sitting-room, ma'am?" said the Comedian, lifting his hat. There are so many ways of lifting a hat,-for instance, the way for which Louis XIV. was so renowned. But the Comedian's way on the present occasion rather resembled that of the late Duke of B{{bar|4}}, not quite royal, but as near to royalty as becomes a subject. He added, recovering his head,—"And on the first floor?" The landlady did not courtesy, but she bowed, emerged from the bar, and set foot on the broad stairs; then, looking back graciously, her eyes rested on Sir Isaac, who had stalked forth in advance and with expansive nostrils sniffed. She hesitated. "Your dog, sir! shall Boots take it round to the stables?" "The stables, ma'am—the stables, my dear," turning to Sophy, with a smile more ducal than the previous bow; "what would they say at home if they heard that noble animal was consigned to-stables? Ma'am, my dog is my companion, and as much accustomed to drawing-rooms as I am myself." Still<noinclude></noinclude> r7lc03yiavahphw81zh4z43hqe81mam Page:What will he do with it.djvu/163 104 419988 14129558 12873610 2024-04-25T18:48:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh||''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|153}}</noinclude>the landlady paused. The dog might be accustomed to drawing-rooms, but her drawing-room was not accustomed to dogs. She had just laid down a new carpet. And such are the strange and erratic affinities in nature, such are the incongruous concatenations in the cross-stitch of ideas, that there are associations between dogs and carpets, which, if wrongful to the owners of dogs, beget no unreasonable apprehensions in the proprietors of carpets. So there stood the landlady, and there stood the dog! and there they might be standing to this day had not the Comedian dissolved the spell. "Take up my effects again," said he, turning to the porter; "doubtless they are more habituated to distinguish between dog and dog at the Royal Hotel." The landlady was mollified in a moment. Nor was it only the rivalries that necessarily existed between the Saracen's Head and the Royal Hotel that had due weight with her. A gentleman who could not himself deign to carry even that small bundle must be indeed a gentleman! Had he come with a portmanteau—even with a carpet-bag—the porter's service would have been no evidence of rank; but accustomed as she was chiefly to gentlemen engaged in commercial pursuits, it was new to her experience,—a gentleman with effects so light, and hands so aristocratically helpless. Herein were equally betokened the two attributes of birth and wealth; namely, the habit of command and the disdain of shillings. A vague remembrance of the well-known story how a man and his dog had arrived at the Granby Hotel, at Harrowgate, and been sent away roomless to the other and less patrician establishment, because, while he had a dog, he had not a servant; when, five minutes after such dismissal, came carriages and lackeys and an imperious valet, asking for his grace the Duke of A{{bar|4}}, who had walked on before with his dog, and who, oh, everlasting thought of remorse! had been sent away to bring the other establishment into fashion,—a vague reminiscence of that story, I say, flashed upon the landlady's mind, and she exclaimed, "I only thought, sir, you might prefer the stables; of course, it is as you please. This way, sir. He is a fine animal, indeed, and seems mild." "You may bring up the bundle, porter," quoth the Pere Noble. "Take my arm, my dear; these steps are very steep." The landlady threw open the door of a handsome sitting-room,—her best: she pulled down the blinds to shut out the glare of the sun; then retreating to the threshold awaited further orders. "Rest yourself, my dear," said the Actor, placing Sophy on a<noinclude></noinclude> ivdarjqbrum8n1t030yijhpv88lnwes Page:What will he do with it.djvu/164 104 419989 14129511 12873612 2024-04-25T18:48:04Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|154|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>couch with that tender respect for sex and childhood which so specially belongs to the high-bred. "The room will do, ma'am. I will let you know later whether we shall require beds. As to dinner, I am not particular,—a cutlet, a chicken, what you please, at seven o'clock. Stay, I beg your pardon for detaining you, but where does the Mayor live?" "His private residence is a mile out of the town, but his counting-house is just above the Town Hall,—to the right, sir." "Name?" "Mr. Hartopp!" "Hartopp! Ah! to be sure! Hartopp. His political opinions, I think, are" (ventures at a guess) "enlightened?" LANDLADY. "Very much so, sir. Mr. Hartopp is highly respected." {{sc|Waife}}. "The chief municipal officer of a town so thriving—fine shops and much plate glass—must march with the times. I think I have heard that Mr. Hartopp promotes the spread of intelligence and the propagation of knowledge." LANDLADY (rather puzzled). "I dare say, sir. The Mayor takes great interest in the Gatesboro' Athemeum and Literary Institute." {{sc|Waife}}. "Exactly what I should have presumed from his character and station. I will detain you no longer, ma'am" (ducal bow). The landlady descended the stairs. Was her guest a candidate for the representation of the town at the next election? March with the times!—spread of intelligence! All candidates she ever knew had that way of expressing themselves,—"March" and "Spread." Not an address had parliamentary aspirant put forth to the freemen and electors of Gatesboro' but what "March" had been introduced by the candidate, and "Spread" been suggested by the committee. Still she thought that her guest, upon the whole, looked and bowed more like a member of the Upper House,—perhaps one of the amiable though occasionally prosy peers who devote the teeth of wisdom to the cracking of those very hard nuts, "How to educate the masses," "What to do with our criminals," and such like problems, upon which already have been broken so many jawbones tough as that with which Samson slew the Philistines. "Oh, Grandfather!" sighed Sophy, "what are you about? We shall be ruined, you, too, who are so careful not to get into debt. And what have we left to pay the people here?" "Sir Isaac! and THIS!" returned the Comedian, touching his<noinclude></noinclude> 3f5mhj87eoz93tbm6jayif9q9bu6fbx Page:What will he do with it.djvu/166 104 419991 14129512 12873614 2024-04-25T18:48:05Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|156|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>porter, patronized by the Corporation. The narrative made it evident that Mr. Hartopp was a kind and worthy man, and the Comedian's heart warmed towards him. "An honour to our species, this Mr. Hartopp!" said Waife, striking his staff upon the floor; "I covet his acquaintance. Would he see you if you called at his counting-house?" Mike replied in the affirmative with eager pride. "Mr. Hartopp would see him at once. Sure, did not the Mayor know that time was money? Mr. Hartopp was not a man to keep the poor waiting." "Go down and stay outside the hall door; you shall take a note for me to the Mayor." Waife then passed into the bar, and begged the favour of a sheet of note-paper. The landlady seated him at her own desk, and thus wrote the Comedian: "Mr. Chapman presents his compliments to the Mayor of Gatesboro', and requests the Honour of a very short interview. Mr. Chapman's deep interest in the permanent success of those literary institutes which are so distinguished a feature of this enlightened age, and Mr. Mayor's well-known zeal in the promotion of those invaluable societies, must be Mr. Chapman's excuse for the liberty he ventures to take in this request. Mr. C. may add that of late he has earnestly directed his attention to the best means of extracting new uses from those noble but undeveloped institutions. "Saracens Head, &amp;c." This epistle, duly sealed and addressed, Waife delivered to the care of Mike Callaghan; and simultaneously he astounded that functionary with no less a gratuity than half a crown. Cutting short the fervent blessings which this generous donation naturally called forth, the Comedian said, with his happiest combination of suavity and loftiness, "And should the Mayor ask you what sort of person I am,—for I have not the honour to be known to him, and there are so many adventurers about, that he might reasonably expect me to be one, perhaps you can say that I don't look like a person he need be afraid to admit. You know a gentleman by sight! Bring back an answer as soon as may be; perhaps I sha'n't stay long in the town. You will find me in the High Street, looking at the shops." The porter took to his legs, impatient to vent his overflowing heart upon the praises of this munificent stranger. A gentleman, indeed! Mike should think so! If Mike's good word with the Mayor was worth money, Gentleman Waife had put his half-crown out upon famous interest.<noinclude></noinclude> 69uxiu1m1y7falrl1byf4mroh9p6xu9 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/168 104 419993 14129513 12873616 2024-04-25T18:48:06Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|158|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>writes on limpets, he is probably a man of independent fortune." SHOPMAN. "Why, sir, the professor was engaged from London,—five guineas and his travelling expenses. The funds of the society could ill afford such outlay; but we have a most worthy mayor, who, assisted by his foreman, Mr. Williams, our treasurer, is, I may say, the life and soul of the institute." "A literary man himself, your mayor?" The shopman smiled. "Not much in that way, sir; but anything to enlighten the working classes. This is Professor Long's great work upon limpets, two vols. post octavo. The Mayor has just presented it to the library of the institute. I was cutting the leaves when you came in." "Very prudent in you, sir. If limpets were but able to read printed character in the English tongue, this work would have more interest for them than the ablest investigations upon the political and social history of man. But," added the Comedian, shaking his head mournfully, "the human species is not testaceous; and what the history of man might be to a limpet, the history of limpets is to a man." So saying, Mr. Waife bought a sheet of cardboard and some gilt foil, relifted his hat, and walked out. The shopman scratched his head thoughtfully; he glanced from his window at the form of the receding stranger, and mechanically resumed the task of cutting those leaves, which, had the volumes reached the shelves of the library uncut, would have so remained to the crack of doom. Mike Callaghan now came in sight, striding fast; "Mr. Mayor sends his love—bother-o'-me—his respex; and will be happy to see your honour." In three minutes more the Comedian was seated in a little parlour that adjoined Mr. Hartopp's counting-house,—Mr. Hartopp seated also, vis-a-vis. The Mayor had one of those countenances upon which good-nature throws a sunshine softer than Claude ever shed upon canvas. Josiah Hartopp had risen in life by little other art than that of quiet kindliness. As a boy at school, he had been ever ready to do a good turn to his school-fellows; and his school-fellows at last formed themselves into a kind of police, for the purpose of protecting Jos. Hartopp's pence and person from the fists and fingers of each other. He was evidently so anxious to please his master, not from fear of the rod, but the desire to spare that worthy man the pain of inflicting it, that he had more trouble taken with his education than was bestowed on the brightest intellect that school ever<noinclude></noinclude> k8h01st9c0vsv36g0wqd4k0p49kuyzi Page:What will he do with it.djvu/170 104 419995 14129514 12873619 2024-04-25T18:48:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|160|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>not such as to excite their envy, nor your opinions such as to offend their prejudices. {{sc|Mr. Hartopp}}. "You take an interest, you say, in literary institutes, and have studied the subject?" THE COMEDIAN. "Of late, those institutes have occupied my thoughts as representing the readiest means of collecting liberal ideas into a profitable focus." {{sc|Mr. Hartopp}}. "Certainly it is a great thing to bring classes together in friendly union." THE COMEDIAN. "For laudable objects." {{sc|Mr. Hartopp}}. "To cultivate their understandings." THE COMEDIAN. "To warm their hearts." {{sc|Mr. Hartopp}}. "To give them useful knowledge." THE COMEDIAN. "And pleasurable sensations." {{sc|Mr. Hartopp}}. "In a word, to instruct them." THE COMEDIAN. "And to amuse." "Eh!" said the Mayor, "amuse!" Now, every one about the person of this amiable man was on the constantguard to save him from the injurious effects of his own benevolence; and accordingly his foreman, hearing that he was closeted with a stranger, took alarm, and entered on pretence of asking instructions about an order for hides, in reality, to glower upon the intruder, and keep his master's hands out of imprudent pockets. Mr. Hartopp, who, though not brilliant, did not want for sense, and was a keener observer than was generally supposed, divined the kindly intentions of his assistant. "A gentleman interested in the Gatesboro' Athenaeum. My foreman, sir,—Mr. Williams, the treasurer of our institute. Take a chair, Williams." "You said to amuse, Mr. Chapman, but—" "You did not find Professor Long on conchology amusing." "Why," said the Mayor, smiling blandly, "I myself am not a man of science, and therefore his lecture, though profound, was a little dry to me." "Must it not have been still more dry to your workmen, Mr. Mayor?" "They did not attend," said Williams. "Up-hill task we have to secure the Gatesboro' mechanics, when anything really solid is to be addressed to their understandings." "Poor things, they are so tired at night," said the Mayor, compassionately; "but they wish to improve themselves, and they take books from the library." "Novels," quoth the stern Williams: "it will be long before they take out that valuable 'History of Limpets.'<noinclude></noinclude> hp1563gqlk7ykc94wbc2af8du3n3y5y Page:What will he do with it.djvu/172 104 419997 14129515 12873624 2024-04-25T18:48:08Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|162|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>sure it will be, I will leave it to you, gentlemen, to continue my undertaking. But I cannot stay long here. If the day after to-morrow—" "That is our ordinary soiree night," said the Mayor. "But you said a dog, sir,—dogs not admitted,-eh, Williams?" MR. WILLIAMS. "A mere by-law, which the subcommittee can suspend if necessary. But would not the introduction of a live animal be less dignified than—" "A dead failure," put in the Comedian, gravely. The Mayor would have smiled, but he was afraid of doing so lest he might hurt the feelings of Mr. Williams, who did not seem to take the joke. "We are a purely intellectual body," said the latter gentleman, "and a dog—" "A learned dog, I presume," observed the Mayor. MR. WILLIAMS (nodding). "Might form a dangerous precedent for the introduction of other quadrupeds. We might thus descend even to the level of a learned pig. We are not a menagerie, Mr.—Mr.—" "Chapman," said the Mayor, urbanely. "Enough," said the Comedian, rising with his grand air; "if I considered myself at liberty, gentlemen, to say who and what I am, you would be sure that I am not trifling with what I consider a very grave and important subject. As to suggesting anything derogatory to the dignity of science, and the eminent repute of the Gatesboro' Athenaeum, it would be idle to vindicate myself. These gray hairs are—" He did not conclude that sentence, save by a slight wave of the hand. The two burgesses bowed reverentially, and the Comedian went on,— "But when you speak of precedent, Mr. Williams, allow me to refer you to precedents in point. Aristotle wrote to Alexander the Great for animals to exhibit to the Literary Institute of Athens. At the colleges in Egypt lectures were delivered on a dog called Anubis, as inferior, I boldly assert, to that dog which I have referred to, as an Egyptian College to a British Institute. The ancient Etrurians, as is shown by the erudite Schweighduser in that passage—you understand Greek, I presume, Mr. Williams?" Mr. Williams could not say he did. THE COMEDIAN. "Then I will not quote that passage in Schweighauser upon the Molossian dogs in general, and the dog of Alcibiades in particular. But it proves beyond a doubt, that, in every ancient literary institute, learned dogs were highly<noinclude></noinclude> d580vk2r8wbl8ooiw4g6uaopszgec2r Page:What will he do with it.djvu/174 104 419999 14129516 13066913 2024-04-25T18:48:09Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|164|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude><section begin="chapter10" />first class of cephalous mollusca; and it is my belief that harmless laughter has a moral effect upon the working class—only don't spread it about that I said so, for we know excellent persons of a serious turn of mind, whose opinions that sentiment might shock." <section end="chapter10" /> {{rule|4em}} <section begin="chapter11" />{{c|CHAPTER XI.}} {{smaller block|{{hi|{{sc|Historical Problem}}. "Is Gentleman Waife a swindler or a man of genius?" {{sc|Answer}}.—"Certainly a swindler, if he don't succeed." Julius Cæsar owed two millions when he risked the experiment of being general in Gaul. If Julius Cæsar had not lived to cross the Rubicon and pay off his debts, what would his creditors have called Julius Cæsar?}}}} {{sc|I need}} not say that Mr. Hartopp and his foreman came duly to tea, but the Comedian exhibited Sir Isaac's talents very sparingly—just enough to excite admiration without sating curiosity. Sophy, whose pretty face and well-bred air were not unappreciated, was dismissed early to bed by a sign from her grandfather, and the Comedian then exerted his powers to entertain his visitors, so that even Sir Isaac was soon forgotten. Hard task, by writing, to convey a fair idea of this singular vagrant's pleasant vein. It was not so much what he said as the way of saying it, which gave to his desultory talk the charm of humor. He had certainly seen an immense deal of life somehow or other; and without appearing at the time to profit much by observation, without perhaps being himself conscious that he did profit, there was something in the very ''enfantillage'' of his loosest prattle, by which, with a glance of the one lustrous eye, and a twist of the mobile lip, he could convey the impression of an original genius playing with this round world of ours—tossing it up, catching it again—easily as a child plays with his party-colored ball. His mere book-knowledge was not much to boast of, though early in life he must have received a fair education. He had a smattering of the ancient classics, sufficient, perhaps, to startle the unlearned. If he had not read them, he had read about them; and at various odds and ends of his life he had picked up acquaintance with the popular standard modern writers. But literature with him was the smallest stripe in the party-colored ball. Still it was astonishing how far and wide the Comedian could spread the sands of lore that the winds had drifted round the door of his playful, busy intellect. Where, for instance, could he ever have studied the nature and prospects of Mechanics' Institutes? and yet how well he seemed to<section end="chapter11" /><noinclude></noinclude> 2o2blzrsogx4wf4pgrkagp5dzz8pysd Page:What will he do with it.djvu/176 104 420001 14129517 12873630 2024-04-25T18:48:10Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|166|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>Williams shook the Comedian by the hand, relieved, affected, and confiding. The visitors departed; and the Comedian lighted his hand-candlestick, whistled to Sir Isaac, and went to bed without one compunctious thought upon the growth of his bill and the deficit in his pockets. And yet it was true, as Sophy implied, that the Comedian had an honest horror of incurring debt. He generally thought twice before he risked owing even the most trifling bill; and when the bill came in, if it left him penniless, it was paid. And, now, what reckless extravagance! The best apartments! dinner, tea, in the first hotel of the town! half-a-crown to a porter! That lavish mode of life renewed with the dawning sun! not a care for the morrow; and I dare not conjecture how few the shillings in that purse. What aggravation, too, of guilt! Bills incurred without means under a borrowed name! I don't pretend to be a lawyer; but it looks to me very much like swindling. Yet the wretch sleeps. But are we sure that we are not shallow moralists? Do we carry into account the right of genius to draw bills upon the Future? Does not the most prudent general sometimes burn his ships? Does not the most upright merchant sometimes take credit on the chance of his ventures? May not that peaceful slumberer be morally sure that he has that argosy afloat in his own head, which amply justifies his use of the "Saracen's"? If his plan should fail? He will tell you that is impossible! But if it should fail, you say. Listen; there runs a story-I don't vouch for its truth: I tell it as it was told to me—there runs a storv that in the late Russian war a certain naval veteran, renowned for professional daring and scientific invention, was examined before some great officials as to the chances of taking Cronstadt. "If you send me," said the admiral, "with so many ships of the line, and so many gunboats, Cronstadt of course will be taken." "But," said a prudent lord, "suppose it should not be taken?" "That is impossible: it must be taken!" "Yes," persisted my lord, "you think so, no doubt; but still, if it should not be taken,—what then?" "What then?—why, there's an end of the British fleet!" The great men took alarm, and that admiral was not sent. But they misconstrued the meaning of his answer. He meant not to imply any considerable danger to the British fleet. He meant to prove that one hypothesis was impossible by the suggestion of a counter-impossibility more self-evident. "It is impossible but what I shall take Cronstadt!" "But if you don't take it!" "It is impossible but what I shall<noinclude></noinclude> njsutwj3gfwnjh334r27vvpuoly3m3q Page:What will he do with it.djvu/178 104 420003 14129519 12873633 2024-04-25T18:48:11Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|168|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>piece in a familiar illustration of those qualities in which dogs might give a lesson to humanity. Again he bowed, and retired behind the curtain. A pause of three minutes! the curtain drew up. Could that be the same Mr. Chapman whom the spectators beheld before them? Could three minutes suffice to change the sleek, respectable, prosperous-looking gentleman who had just addressed them into that image of threadbare poverty and hunger-pinched dejection? Little aid from theatrical costume: the clothes seemed the same, only to have grown wondrous aged and rusty. The face, the figure, the man,—these had undergone a transmutation beyond the art of the mere stage wardrobe, be it ever so amply stored, to effect. But for the patch over the eye, you could not have recognized Mr. Chapman. There was, indeed, about him, still, an air of dignity; but it was the dignity of woe,—a dignity, too, not of an affable civilian, but of some veteran soldier. You could not mistake. Though not in uniform, the melancholy man must have been a warrior! The way the coat was buttoned across the chest, the black stock tightened round the throat, the shoulders thrown back in the disciplined habit of a life, though the head bent forward in the despondency of an eventful crisis,—all spoke the decayed but not ignoble hero of a hundred fields. There was something foreign, too, about the veteran's air. Mr. Chapman had looked so thoroughly English: that tragical and meagre personage looked so unequivocally French. Not a word had the Comedian yet said; and yet all this had the first sight of him conveyed to the audience. There was an amazed murmur, then breathless stillness; the story rapidly unfolded itself, partly by words, much more by look and action. There sat a soldier who had fought under Napoleon at Marengo and Austerlitz, gone through the snows of Muscovy, escaped the fires of Waterloo,—the soldier of the Empire! Wondrous ideal of a wondrous time! and nowhere winning more respect and awe than in that land of the old English foe, in which with slight knowledge of the Beautiful in Art, there is so reverent a sympathy for all that is grand in Man! There sat the soldier, penniless and friendless, there, scarcely seen, reclined his grandchild, weak and slowly dying for the want of food; and all that the soldier possesses wherewith to buy bread for the day, is his cross of the Legion of Honour. It was given to him by the hand of the Emperor: must he pawn or sell it? Out on the pomp of decoration which we have substituted for the voice of passionate<noinclude></noinclude> omigsu2tupy9ainn8jbmesgnpfyj14w Page:What will he do with it.djvu/180 104 420005 14129520 12873635 2024-04-25T18:48:12Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|170|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>the hearth, but the wolf at the door. Now, this sagacious animal had been taught to perform the duties of messenger and major-domo. At stated intervals he applied to his master for sous, and brought back the supplies which the sous purchased. He now, as usual, came to the table for the accustomed coin—the last sou was gone,—the dog's occupation was at an end. But could not the dog be sold? Impossible: it was the property of another,—a sacred deposit; one would be as bad as the fraudulent banker if one could apply to one's own necessities the property one holds in trust. These little biographical particulars came out in that sort of bitter and pathetic humour which a study of Shakspeare, or the experience of actual life, had taught the Comedian to be a natural relief to an intense sorrow. The dog meanwhile aided the narrative by his by-play. Still intent upon the sous, he thrust his nose into his master's pockets; he appealed touchingly to the child, and finally put back his head and vented his emotion in a lugubrious and elegiacal howl. Suddenly there is heard without the sound of a showman's tin trumpet! Whether the actor had got some obliging person to perform on that instrument, or whether, as more likely, it was but a trick of ventriloquism, we leave to conjecture. At that note, an idea seemed to seize the dog. He ran first to his master, who was on the threshold about to depart; pulled him back into the centre of the room: next he ran to the child, dragging her towards the same spot, though with great tenderness, and then, uttering a joyous bark, he raised himself on his hind legs and, with incomparable solemnity, performed a minuet step! The child catches the idea from the dog. Was he not more worth seeing than the puppet-show in the streets? might not people give money to see him, and the old soldier still keep his cross? To-day there is a public fete in the gardens yonder: that showman must be going thither; why not go too? What! he the old soldier,—he stoop to show off a dog! he! he! The dog looked at him deprecatingly and stretched himself on the floor—lifeless. Yes, that is the alternative—shall his child die too, and he be too proud to save her? Ah! and if the cross can be saved also! But pshaw! what did the dog know that people would care to see? Oh, much, much. When the child was alone and sad, it would come and play with her. See those old dominos! She ranged them on the floor, and the dog leaped up and came to prove his skill. Artfully, then, the Comedian had planned that the dog should make some sad mistakes, alternated by some marvellous surprises. No, he would not do: yes, he would do.<noinclude></noinclude> iuk1xdwthv4ffkgrcisqi57yfcfuafl Page:What will he do with it.djvu/182 104 420007 14129521 12873637 2024-04-25T18:48:13Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|172|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>what are they come for? To beg? He can never have the boldness to exhibit an animal for sous,—impossible; no, no, let them slink back again and sell the cross." And the child whispers courage; bids him look again along the rows; those faces seem very kind. He again lifts his eyes, glances round, and with an extemporaneous tact that completed the illusion to which the audience were already gently lending themselves, made sundry complimentary comments on the different faces actually before him, selected most felicitously. The audience, taken by surprise, as some fair female, or kindly burgess, familiar to their associations, was thus pointed out to their applause, became heartily genial in their cheers and laughter. And the Comedian's face, unmoved by such demonstrations,—so shy and sad, insinuated its pathos underneath cheer and laugh. You now learned through the child that a dance, on which the company had been supposed to be gazing, was concluded, and that they would not be displeased by an interval of some other diversion. Now was the tune! The dog, as if to convey a sense of the prevalent ennui, yawned audibly, patted the child on the shoulder, and looked up in her face. "A game of dominos," whispered the little girl. The dog gleefully grinned assent. Timidly she stole forth the old dominos, and ranged them on the ground; on which she slipped from her chair, the dog slipped from his; they began to play. The experiment was launched; the soldier saw that the curiosity of the company was excited, that the show would commence, the sons follow; and as if he at least would not openly shame his service and his Emperor, he turned aside, slid his hand to his breast, tore away his cross, and hid it. Scarce a murmured word accompanied the action, the acting said all; and a noble thrill ran through the audience. Oh, sublime art of the mime! The Mayor sat very near where the child and dog were at play. The Comedian had (as he before implied he would do) discreetly prepared that gentleman for direct and personal appeal. The little girl turned her blue eyes innocently towards Mr. Hartopp, and said, "The dog beats me, sir; will you try what you can do?" A roar, and universal clapping of hands, amidst which the worthy magistrate stepped on the stage. At the command of its young mistress the dog made the magistrate a polite bow, and straight to the game went magistrate and dog. From that time the interest became, as it were, personal to all present. "Will you come, sir," said the child to a young gentleman, who was straining his neck to see how the dominos were played;<noinclude></noinclude> ln1zsoauievxr65szsc0o3yari99o6d Page:What will he do with it.djvu/184 104 420010 14129522 12873639 2024-04-25T18:48:14Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|174|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>"What," asked she, raising her head proudly—"what secures WORTH and defends BEAUTY?" The dog took up the staff and shouldered it. "And to what can the soldier look for aid when he starves and will not beg?" The dog seemed puzzled,—the suspense was awful. "Good heavens," thought the Comedian, "if the brute should break down after all!—and when I took such care that the words should lie undisturbed-right before his nose!" With a deep sigh the veteran started from his despondent attitude, and crept along the floor as if for escape—so broken-down, so crestfallen. Every eye was on that heartbroken face and receding figure; and the eye of that heartbroken face was on the dog, and the foot of that receding figure seemed to tremble, recoil, start, as it passed by the alphabetical letters which still lay on the ground as last arranged. "Ah! to what should he look for aid?" repeated the grandchild, clasping her little hands. The dog had now caught the cue, and put his paw first upon "WORTH," and then upon "BEAUTY." "Worth!" cried the ladies—"Beauty!" exclaimed the Mayor. "Wonderful, wonderful!" "Take up the hat," said the child, and turning to the Mayor—"Ah! tell him, sir, that what Worth and Beauty give to Valour in distress is not alms but tribute." The words were little better than a hack claptrap; but the sweet voice glided through the assembly, and found its way into every heart. "Is it so?" asked the old soldier, as his hand hoveringly passed above the coins. "Upon my honour it is, sir!" said the Mayor, with serious emphasis. The audience thought it the best speech he had ever made in his life, and cheered him till the roof rang again. "Oh! bread, bread, for you, darling!" cried the veteran, bowing his head over the child, and taking out his cross and kissing it with passion; "and the badge of honour still for me!" While the audience was in the full depth of its emotion, and generous tears in many an eye, Waife seized his moment, dropped the actor, and stepped forth to the front as the man—simple, quiet, earnest man—artless man! "This is no mimic scene, ladies and gentlemen. It is a tale in real life that stands out before you. I am here to appeal to those hearts that are not vainly open to human sorrows. I plead for what I have represented. True, that the man who needs your aid is not one of that soldiery which devastated Europe. But he has fought in battles as severe, and been left by fortune to as stern a desolation. True, he is not a Frenchman; he is one of a land you will not love less than France,—it is your own.<noinclude></noinclude> qwxyfqurl7gfrxcaf1rwrls7d030wjj Page:What will he do with it.djvu/186 104 420012 14129523 12873642 2024-04-25T18:48:15Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|176|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>who begs for himself is not morally entitled—a person thus characterized must be some high-hearted philanthropist who condescended to display his powers at an Institute purely intellectual, perhaps on behalf of an eminent but decayed author, whose name, from the respect due to letters, was delicately concealed. Mr. Williams—considered the hardest head and most practical man in the town—originated and maintained that hypothesis. Probably the stranger was an author himself—a great and affluent author. Had not great and affluent authors—men who are the boast of our time and land—acted, yea, on a common stage, and acted inimitably too, on behalf of some lettered brother or literary object? Therefore in these guileless minds, with all the pecuniary advantages of extreme penury and forlorn position, the Comedian obtained the respect due to prosperous circumstances and high renown. But there was one universal wish expressed by all who had been present, as they took their way homeward—and that wish was to renew the pleasure they had experienced, even if they paid the same price for it. Could not the long-closed theatre re-open, and the great man be induced by philanthropic motives, and an assured sum raised by voluntary subscriptions, to gratify the whole town, as he had gratified its selected intellect? Mr. Williams, in a state of charitable thaw, now softest of the soft, like most hard men when once softened, suggested this idea to the Mayor. The Mayor said evasively that he would think of it, and that he intended to pay his respects to Mr. Chapman before he returned home, that very night: it was proper. Mr. Williams and many others wished to accompany his worship. But the kind magistrate suggested that Mr. Chapman would be greatly fatigued; that the presence of many might seem more an intrusion than a compliment; that he, the Mayor, had better go alone, and at a somewhat later hour, when Mr. Chapman, though not retired to bed, might have had time for rest and refreshment. This delicate consideration had its weight; and the streets were thin when the Mayor's gig stopped, on its way villa-ward, at the Saracen's Head.<noinclude></noinclude> tude65ufqte0hcidrahl9xm3lgn3x3p Page:What will he do with it.djvu/190 104 420016 14129524 12873649 2024-04-25T18:48:16Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|180|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>with brows knit in grave rebuke. Nor was it without deliberate caution—a whisker first, and then a paw—that he emerged from his retreat, when a plate heaped with the remains of the feast was placed upon the hearth-rug. The supper over, and the attendant gone, the negus still left, Waife lighted his pipe, and, gazing on Sir Isaac, thus addressed that canine philosopher: "Illustrious member of the Quadrupedal Society of Friends to Man, and, as possessing those abilities for practical life which but few friends to man ever display in his service, promoted to high rank—Commissary-General of the Victualling Department, and Chancellor of the Exchequer—I have the honour to inform you that a vote of thanks in your favour has been proposed in this house, and carried unanimously." Sir Isaac, looking shy, gave another lick to the plate, and wagged his tail. "It is true that thou wert once (shall I say it?) in fault at 'Beauty and Worth,'—thy memory deserted thee; thy peroration was on the verge of a breakdown; but 'Nemo mortalium omnibus horis sapit, I as the Latin grammar philosophically expresseth it. Mortals the wisest, not only on two legs but even upon four, occasionally stumble. The greatest general, statesman, sage, is not he who commits no blunder, but he who best repairs a blunder and converts it to success. This was thy merit and distinction! It hath never been mine! I recognize thy superior genius. I place in thee unqualified confidence; and consigning thee to the arms of Morpheus, since I see that panegyric acts on thy nervous system as a salubrious soporific, I now move that this House do resolve itself into a Committee of Ways and Means for the Consideration of the Budget!" Therewith, while Sir Isaac fell into a profound sleep the Comedian deliberately emptied his pockets on the table; and arranging gold and silver before him, thrice carefully counted the total, and then divided it into sundry small heaps. "That's for the bill," quoth he,—"Civil List!—a large item. That's for Sophy, the darling! She shall have a teacher, and learn Music,—Education Grant; Current Expenses for the next fortnight; Miscellaneous Estimates; tobacco,—we'll call that Secret-service Money. Ah, scamp, vagrant, is not Heaven kind to thee at last? A few more such nights, and who knows but thine old age may have other roof than the workhouse? And Sophy?—Ah, what of her? Merciful Providence, spare my life till she has outgrown its uses!" A tear came to his eye; he brushed it away quickly, and, recounting his money, hummed a joyous tune. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> pbl8zs3dtqux83nu99q2twvkv77nvos Page:What will he do with it.djvu/192 104 420018 14129525 12873653 2024-04-25T18:48:19Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|182|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>thought you were a philanthropical humourist, who might have crotchets, as many benevolent men, with time on their hands and money in their pockets, are apt to form. But when it came to the begging hat (I ask your pardon; don't let me offend you), when it came to the begging hat, I recognized the man who wants philanthropy from others, and whose crotchets are to be regarded in a professional point of view. Sir, I have come here alone, because I alone perhaps see the case as it really is. Will you confide in me? you may do it safely. To be plain, who and what are you?" THE COMEDIAN (evasively). "What do you take me for, Mr. Mayor? What can I be other than an itinerant showman, who has had resort to a harmless stratagem in order to obtain an audience, and create a surprise that might cover the naked audacity of the 'begging hat'!" {{sc|Mr. Hartopp}} (gravely). "When a man of your ability and education is reduced to such stratagems, he must have committed some great faults. Pray Heaven it be no worse than faults!" THE COMEDIAN (bitterly). "That is always the way with the prosperous. Is a man unfortunate? They say, 'Why don't he help himself?' Does he try to help himself? They say, 'With so much ability, why does not he help himself better?' Ability and education! Snares and springes, Mr. Mayor! Ability and education! the two worst mantraps that a poor fellow can put his foot into! Aha! Did not you say if you had set up to be clever, you would not be where you now are:' A wise saying; I admire you for it. Well, well, I and my dog have amused your townsfolk; they have amply repaid us. We are public servants; according as we act in public—hiss us or applaud. Are we to submit to an inquisition into our private character? Are you to ask how many mutton bones has that dog stolen? how many cats has he worried? or how many shirts has the showman in his wallet? how many debts has he left behind him? what is his rent-roll on earth, and his account with Heaven? Go and put those questions to ministers, philosophers, generals, poets. When they have acknowledged your right to put them, come to me and the other dog." {{sc|Mr. Hartopp}} (rising and drawing on his gloves). "I beg your pardon! I have done, sir. And yet I conceived an interest in you. It is because I have no talents myself that I admire those who have. I felt a mournful anxiety, too, for your poor little girl,—so young, so engaging. And is it necessary that you should<noinclude></noinclude> bwtso6k346e7y391snpgmqca9w4qf9c Page:What will he do with it.djvu/194 104 420020 14129526 12873655 2024-04-25T18:48:20Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|184|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>"Yes, yes, yet still—" "Still, if you love her so dearly, would you blunt her conscience and love of truth? Were you not an impostor tonight? Would you ask her to reverence and imitate and pray for an impostor?" "I never saw it in that light!" faltered Waife, struck to the soul; "never, never, so help me Heaven!" "I felt sure you did not," said the Mayor; "you saw but the sport of the thing; you took to it as a schoolboy. I have known many such men, with high animal spirits like yours. Such men err thoughtlessly; but did they ever sin consciously, they could not keep those high spirits! Good night, Mr. Chapman, I shall hear from you again." The door closed on the form of the visitor; Waife's head sank on his breast, and all the deep lines upon brow and cheek stood forth, records of mighty griefs revived,—a countenance so altered, now its innocent arch play was gone, that you would not have known it. At length he rose very quietly, took up the candle, and stole into Sophy's room. Shading the light with careful hand, he looked on her face as she slept. The smile was still upon the parted lip: the child was still in the fairyland of dreams. But the cheek was thinner than it had been weeks ago, and the little hand that rested on the coverlet seemed wasted. Waife took that hand noiselessly into his own! it was hot and dry. He dropped it with a look of unutterable fear and anguish, and, shaking his head piteously; stole back again. Seating himself by the table at which he had been caught counting his gains, he folded his arms, and rooted his gaze on the floor; and there, motionless, and as if in stupefied suspense of thought itself, he sat till the dawn crept over the sky,—till the sun shone into the windows. The dog, crouched at his feet, sometimes started up and whined as to attract his notice: he did not heed it. The clock struck six; the house began to stir. The chambermaid came into the room. Waife rose and took his hat, brushing its nap mechanically with his sleeve. "Who did you say was the best here?" he asked with a vacant smile, touching the chambermaid's arm. "Sir! the best—what?" "The best doctor, ma'am; none of your parish apothecaries,—the best physician,—Dr. Gill,—did you say Gill? Thank you; his address, High Street. Close by, ma'am." With his grand bow,—such is habit!—Gentleman Waife smiled graciously, and left the room. Sir Isaac stretched himself and followed.<noinclude></noinclude> lnovjqtkas9xrzk4ke8uz6d2hfmj3hx Page:What will he do with it.djvu/196 104 420022 14129527 12873657 2024-04-25T18:48:21Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|186|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>"Ha!" cried the other, in a hoarse sepulchral voice, "Ha! there is a pot-boy! Boy! boy! boy! I say. Hold, there! hold! Is this Podden Place,—Upper?" "Yes, it be," answered the pot-boy, with a sleepy air, caught in that sleepy atmosphere; and chiming his pewter against an area rail with a dull clang, he chanted forth "Pots oho!" with a note as dirge-like as that which in the City of the Plague chanted "Out with the dead!" Meanwhile the two wayfarers exchanged bows and parted; the sprucer wayfarer whether from the indulgence of a reflective mood, or from an habitual indifference to things and persons not concerning him, ceased to notice his fellow-solitary, and rather busied himself in sundry little coquetries appertaining to his own person. He passed his hand through his hair, re-arranged the cock of his hat, looked complacently at his boots, which still retained the gloss of the morning's varnish, drew down his wristbands, and, in a word, gave sign of a man who desires to make an effect, and feels that he ought to do it. So occupied was he in this self-commune that when he stopped at length at one of the small doors in the small street and lifted his hand to the knocker, he started to see that Wayfarer the Second was by his side. The two men now examined each other briefly but deliberately. Wayfarer the First was still young,—certainly handsome, but with an indescribable look about the eye and lip, from which the other recoiled with an instinctive awe,—a hard look, a cynical look,—a sidelong, quiet, defying, remorseless look. His clothes were so new of gloss that they seemed put on for the first time, were shaped to the prevailing fashion, and of a taste for colours less subdued than is usual with Englishmen, yet still such as a person of good mien could wear without incurring the charge of vulgarity, though liable to that of self-conceit. If you doubted that the man were a gentleman, you would have been puzzled to guess what else he could be. Were it not for the look we have mentioned, and which was perhaps not habitual, his appearance might have been called prepossessing. In his figure there was the grace, in his step the elasticity which come from just proportions and muscular strength. In his hand he carried a supple switch-stick, slight and innocuous to appearance, but weighted at the handle after the fashion of a life-preserver. The tone of his voice was not displeasing to the ear, though there might be something artificial in the swell of it,—the sort of tone men assume when they desire to seem more frank and off-hand than belongs to their nature,—a sort of {{hws|rol|rollicking}}<noinclude></noinclude> 3haopsaks59wtk0a44y3413d48rtrjm Page:What will he do with it.djvu/198 104 420024 14129528 12873661 2024-04-25T18:48:22Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|188|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>with a threatening gesture, that might be in play, for the lips wore smiles, or might be in earnest, for the brows were bent; and pushing into the passage, and shutting the door, said, "Is your mistress up stairs? show me to her room, or—" The old crone gave him one angry glance, which sank frightened beneath the cruel gleam of his eyes, and hastening up the stairs with a quicker stride than her age seemed to warrant, cried out, "Mistress, mistress! here is Mr. Losely! Jasper Losely himself!" By the time the visitor had reached the landing-place of the first floor, a female form had emerged from a room above, a female face peered over the banisters. Losely looked up and started as he saw it. A haggard face,—the face of one over whose life there has passed a blight. When last seen by him it had possessed beauty, though of a masculine rather than womanly character. Now of that beauty not a trace! the cheeks shrunk and hollow left the nose sharp, long, beaked as a bird of prey. The hair, once glossy in its ebon hue, now grizzled, harsh, neglected, hung in tortured, tangled meshes,—a study for an artist who would paint a fury. But the eyes were bright,—brighter than ever; bright now with a glare that lighted up the whole face bending over the man. In those burning eyes was there love? was there hate? was there welcome? was there menace? Impossible to distinguish; but at least one might perceive that there was joy. "So," said the voice from above, "so we do meet at last, Jasper Losely! you are come!" Drawing a loose kind of dressing-robe more closely round her, the mistress of the house now descended the stairs, rapidly, flittingly, with a step noiseless as a spectre's, and, grasping Losely firmly by the hand, led him into a chill, dank, sunless drawing-room, gazing into his face fixedly all the while. He winced and writhed. "There, there, let us sit down, my dear Mrs. Crane." "And once I was called Bella." "Ages ago! Basta! All things have their end. Do take those eyes of yours off my face; they were always so bright! and—really—now they are perfect burning-glasses! How close it is! Peuh! I am dead tired. May I ask for a glass of water; a drop of wine in it—or—brandy will do as well." "Ho! you have come to brandy and morning drams, eh, Jasper?" said Mrs. Crane, with a strange, dreary accent. "I, too, once tried if fire could burn up thought, but it did not succeed with me; that is years ago; and—there—see the bottles are full still!" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 0jllbx7x80ka12xjckydygb49zq1uan Page:What will he do with it.djvu/200 104 420026 14129529 12873663 2024-04-25T18:48:23Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|190|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>schools and graduated complexity from "lessons for beginners" to the most arduous gamut of a German oratorio, slunk pathetically a poor lute-harp, the strings long since broken. There, too, by the window, hung a wire bird-cage, the bird long since dead. In a word, round the woman gazing on Jasper Losely, as he complacently drank his brandy, grouped the forlorn tokens of an early state,—the lost golden age of happy girlish studies, of harmless girlish tastes. "Basta, eno'," said Mr. Losely, pushing aside the glass which he had twice filled and twice drained, "to business. Let me see the child: I feel up to it now." A darker shade fell over Arabella Crane's face, as she said, "The child! she is not here! I have disposed of her long ago." "Eh!—disposed of her! what do you mean?" "Do you ask as if you feared I had put her out of the world? No! Well, then,—you come to England to see the child? You miss—you love, the child of that—of that—" She paused, checked herself, and added in an altered voice, "of that honest, high-minded gentlewoman whose memory must be so dear to me,—you love that child; very natural, Jasper." "Love her! a child I have scarcely seen since she was born! do talk common-sense. No. But have I not told you that she ought to be money's worth to me; ay, and she shall be yet, despite that proud man's disdainful insolence." "That proud man! what, you have ventured to address him—visit him—since your return to England?" "Of course. That's what brought me over. I imagined the man would rejoice at what I told him, open his pursestrings, lavish blessings and bank-notes. And the brute would not even believe me; all because—" "Because you had sold the right to be believed before. I told you, when I took the child, that you would never succeed there, that—I would never encourage you in the attempt. But you had sold the future as you sold your past,—too cheaply, it seems, Jasper." "Too cheaply, indeed. Who could ever have supposed that I should have been fobbed off with such a pittance?" "Who, indeed, Jasper! You were made to spend fortunes, and call them pittances when spent, Jasper! You should have been a prince, Jasper; such princely tastes! Trinkets and dress, horses and dice, and plenty of ladies to look and die! Such princely spirit too! bounding all return for loyal sacrifice to the honour you vouchsafed in accepting it!"<noinclude></noinclude> 2jcqitoecgymh8nhtdvfwuu9engvxs2 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/202 104 420028 14129530 12873666 2024-04-25T18:48:24Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|192|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>make all these difficulties. What's your object? I don't understand it." "My object? What could be my object but to serve you? At your request I took, fed, reared a child, whom you could not expect me to love, at my own cost. Did I ever ask you for a shilling? Did I ever suffer you to give me one? Never! At last, hearing no more from you, and what little I heard of you making me think that, if anything happened to me (and I was very ill at the time), you could only find her a burden,—at last I say, the old man came to me,—you had given him my address,—and he offered to take her, and I consented. She is with him." "The old man! She is with him! And where is he?" "I don't know." "Humph; how does he live? Can he have got any money?" "I don't know." "Did any old friends take him up?" "Would he go to old friends?" Mr. Losely tossed off two fresh glasses of brandy, one after the other, and, rising, walked to and fro the room, his hands buried in his pockets, and in no comfortable vein of reflection. At length he paused and said, "Well, upon the whole, I don't see what I could do with the girl just at present, though, of course, I ought to know where she is, and with whom. Tell me, Mrs. Crane, what is she like,—pretty or plain?" "I suppose the chit would be called pretty,—by some persons at least." "Very pretty? handsome?" asked Losely, abruptly. "Handsome or not, what does it signify? what good comes of beauty? You had beauty enough; what have you done with it?" At that question, Losely drew himself up with a sudden loftiness of look and gesture, which, though prompted but by offended vanity, improved the expression of the countenance, and restored to it much of its earlier character. Mrs. Crane gazed on him, startled into admiration, and it was in an altered voice, half reproachful, half bitter, that she continued, "And now that you are satisfied about her, have you no questions to ask about me?—what I do? how I live?" "My dear Mrs. Crane, I know that you are comfortably off, and were never of a mercenary temper. I trust you are happy, and so forth: I wish I were; things don't prosper with me. If you could conveniently lend me a five-pound note—" "You would borrow of me, Jasper? Ah! you come to me in<noinclude></noinclude> s3j79kjustnd0ego7xelu092z41nszk Page:What will he do with it.djvu/204 104 420030 14129531 12873668 2024-04-25T18:48:25Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|194|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>at the same time I did, to see you on private business, gave way to me, said he should come again; may I ask who he is?" "I cannot guess; no one ever calls here on business except the tax-gatherer." The old woman-servant now entered. "A gentleman, ma'am; says his name is Rugge." "Rugge,—Rugge; let me think." "I am here, Mrs. Crane," said the manager, striding in. "You don't, perhaps, call me to mind by name; but—oho! not gone, sir! Do I intrude prematurely?" "No, I have done; good-day, my dear Mrs. Crane." "Stay, Jasper. I remember you now, Mr. Rugge; take a chair." She whispered a few words into Losely's ear, then turned to the manager, and said aloud, "I saw you at Mr. Waife's lodging, at the time he had that bad accident." "And I had the honour to accompany you home, ma'am, and—but shall I speak out before this gentleman?" "Certainly; you see he is listening to you with attention. This gentleman and I have no secrets from each other. What has become of that person? This gentleman wishes to know." LOSELY. "Yes, sir, I wish to know-particularly." RUGGE. "So do I; that is partly what I came about. You are aware, I think, ma'am, that I engaged him and Juliet Araminta, that is, Sophy." LOSELY. "Sophy? engaged them, sir,—how?" RUGGE. "Theatrical line, sir,—Rugge's Exhibition; he was a great actor once, that fellow Waife." LOSELY. "Oh, actor! well, sir, go on." RUGGE (who in the course of his address turns from the lady to the gentleman, from the gentleman to the lady, with appropriate gesture and appealing look). "But he became a wreck, a block of a man; lost an eye and his voice too. How ever, to serve him, I took his grandchild and him too. He left me—shamefully, and ran off with his grandchild, sir. Now, ma'am, to be plain with you, that little girl I looked upon as my property,—a very valuable property. She is worth a great deal to me, and I have been done out of her. If you can help me to get her back, articled and engaged say for three years, I am willing and happy, ma'am, to pay something handsome,—uncommon handsome." MRS. CRANE (loftily). "Speak to that gentleman; he may treat with you." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> jzi59b6nzeehtb71jsraw4jcui7ct37 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/209 104 420035 14129567 12873674 2024-04-25T18:48:57Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh||''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|199}}</noinclude>Lion Inn at{{bar|3}}-, for X. X., he will learn of something greatly to his advantage. A reward of &pound;5 will be given to any one who will furnish information where the said William Waife and the little girl who accompanies him may be found. The said William Waife is about sixty years of age, of middle stature, strongly built, has lost one eye, and is lame of one leg. The little girl, called Sophy, is twelve years old, but looks younger; has blue eyes and light brown hair. They had with them a white French poodle dog. This bill is printed by the friends of the missing party." The next day passed; no information: but on the day following, a young gentleman of good mien, dressed in black, rode into the town, stopped at the Red Lion Inn, and asked to see X. X. The two men were out on their researches; Mrs. Crane stayed at home to answer inquiries. The gentleman was requested to dismount, and walk in. Mrs. Crane received him in the inn parlour, which swarmed with flies. She stood in the centre,—vigilant, grim spider of the place. "I c-ca-call," said the gentleman, stammering fearfully, in con—consequence of a b-b-bill—I—ch-chanced to see in my ri-ri-ri-ride yesterday—on a wa-wa-wall. You-you, I—sup-sup—" "Am X. X.," put in Mrs. Crane, growing impatient, "one of the friends of Mr. Waife, by whom the handbill has been circulated; it will indeed be a great relief to us to know where they are,—the little girl more especially." Mrs. Crane was respectably dressed,—in silk iron-gray; she had crisped her flaky tresses into stiff hard ringlets, that fell like long screws from under a black velvet band. Mrs. Crane never wore a cap, nor could you fancy her in a cap; but the velvet band looked as rigid as if gummed to a hoop of steel. Her manner and tone of voice were those of an educated person, not unused to some society above the vulgar; and yet the visitor, in whom the reader recognizes the piscatorial Oxonian, with whom Waife had interchanged philosophy on the marge of the running brooklet, drew back as she advanced and spoke; and, bent on an errand of kindness, he was seized with a vague misgiving. MRS. CRANE (blandly). "I fear they must be badly off. I hope they are not wanting the necessaries of life. But pray be seated, sir." She looked at him again, and with more respect in her address than she had before thrown into it, added, with a half courtesy, as she seated herself by his side, "A clergyman of the Established Church, I presume, sir?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> e21v0bs92x39uznq96mx5fz46jb22ji Page:What will he do with it.djvu/210 104 420036 14129532 12873675 2024-04-25T18:48:26Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|200|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>OXONIAN (stammer, as on a former occasion, respectfully omitted). "With this defect, ma'am! But to the point. Some days ago I happened to fall in with an elderly person, such as is described, with a very pretty female child and a French dog. The man—gentleman, perhaps I may call him, judging from his conversation—interested me much; so did the little girl. And if I could be the means of directing real friends anxious to serve them—" Mrs. CRANE. "You would indeed be a benefactor. And where are they now, sir?" OXONIAN. "That I cannot positively tell you. But before I say more, will you kindly satisfy my curiosity? He is perhaps an eccentric person,—this Mr. Waife?—a little—" The Oxonian stopped, and touched his forehead. Mrs. Crane made no prompt reply: she was musing. Unwarily the scholar continued: "Because, in that case, I should not like to interfere." MRS. CRANE. "Quite right, sir. His own friends would not interfere with his roving ways, his little whims on any account. Poor man, why should they? He has no property for them to covet. But it is a long story. I had the care of that dear little girl from her infancy, sweet child!" OXONIAN. "So she seems." MRS. CRANE. "And now she has a most comfortable home provided for her; and a young girl, with good friends, ought not to be tramping about the country, whatever an old man may do. You must allow that, sir?" OXONIAN. "Well,—yes, I allow that; it occurred to me. But what is the man?—the gentleman?" MRS. CRANE. "Very 'eccentric,' as you say, and inconsiderate, perhaps, as to the little girl. We will not call it insane, sir. But—are you married?" OXONIAN (blushing). "No, ma'am." MRS. CRANE. "But you have a sister, perhaps?" OXONIAN. "Yes; I have one sister." MRS. CRANE. "Would you like your sister to be running about the country that way,—carried off from her home, kindred, and friends?" OXONIAN. "Ah! I understand. The poor little girl is fond of the old man,—a relation, grandfather perhaps? and he has taken her from her home; and though not actually insane, he is still—" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> lte0ph61hpbpnsrwrrg8e8r1a6973bj Page:What will he do with it.djvu/211 104 420037 14129572 12873676 2024-04-25T18:49:01Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh||''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|201}}</noinclude>MRS. CRANE. "An unsafe guide for a female child, delicately reared. I reared her; of good prospects, too. O sir, let us save the child! Look—" She drew from a sidepocket in her stiff iron-gray apron a folded paper;she placed it in the Oxonian's hand; he glanced over and returned it. "I see, ma'am. I cannot hesitate after this. It is a good many miles off where I met the persons whom I have no doubt that you seek; and two or three days ago my father received a letter from a very worthy, excellent man, with whom he is often brought into communication upon benevolent objects,—a Mr. Hartopp, the Mayor of Gatesboro', in which, among other matters, the Mayor mentioned briefly that the Literary Institute of that town had been much delighted by the performance of a very remarkable man with one eye, about whom there seemed some mystery, with a little girl and a learned dog; and I can't help thinking that the man, the girl, and the dog, must be those whom I saw and you seek." MRS. CRANE. "At Gatesboro'? is that far?" OXONIAN. "Some way; but you can get a cross train from this village. I hope that the old man will not be separated from the little girl; they seemed very fond of each other." MRS. CRANE. "No doubt of it; very fond: it would be cruel to separate them. A comfortable home for both. I don't know, sir, if I dare offer to a gentleman of your evident rank the reward,—but for the poor of your parish." OXONIAN. "Oh, ma'am, our poor want for nothing: my father is rich. But if you would oblige me by a line after you have found these interesting persons; I am going to a distant part of the country to-morrow,—to Montfort Court, in{{bar|3}}-shire." MRS. CRANE. "To Lord Montfort, the head of the noble family of Vipont?" OXONIAN. "Yes; do you know any of the family, ma'am? If you could refer me to one of them, I should feel more satisfied as to—" MRS. CRANE (hastily). "Indeed, sir, every one must know that great family by name and repute. I know no more. So you are going to Lord Montfort's! The Marchioness, they say, is very beautiful." OXONIAN. "And good as beautiful. I have the honour to be connected both with her and Lord Montfort; they are cousins, and my grandfather was a Vipont. I should have told you my name,—Morley; George Vipont Morley." Mrs. Crane made a profound courtesy, and, with an unmistakable smile of satisfaction, said, as if half in soliloquy, "So it is<noinclude></noinclude> bi7ty6qbcyqaxpdaamccxg5rxlivdyt Page:What will he do with it.djvu/214 104 420040 14129533 12873680 2024-04-25T18:48:27Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|204|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>or where he was. The Mayor rose and came forward, "My dear friends," said he, mildly, "Mr. Chapman calls by appointment. Perhaps he may have something to say to me confidentially." The three serious gentlemen, who had hitherto remained aloof, eying Mr. Chapman much as three inquisitors might have eyed a Jew, shook three solemn heads, and set the example of retreat. The last to linger were the rival proprietors of the theatre and the city concert-room. Each whispered the stranger,—one the left ear, one the right. Each thrust into his hand a printed paper. As the door closed on them the Comedian let fall the papers: his arm drooped to his side; his whole frame seemed to collapse. Hartopp took him by the hand, and led him gently to his own armchair beside the table. The Comedian dropped on the chair, still without speaking. {{sc|Mr. Hartopp}}. "What is the matter? What has happened?" {{sc|Waife}}. "She is very ill,—in a bad way; the doctor says so,—Dr. Gill." {{sc|Mr. Hartopp}} (feelingly). "Your little girl in a bad way! Oh, no; doctors always exaggerate in order to get more credit for the cure. Not that I would disparage Dr. Gill, fellow-townsman, first-rate man. Still 't is the way with doctors to talk cheerfully if one is in danger, and to look solemn if there is nothing to fear." {{sc|Waife}}. "DO you think so: you have children of your own, sir?—of her age, too?—Eh! eh!" {{sc|Mr. Hartopp}}. "Yes; I know all about children,—better, I think, than Mrs. H. does. What is the complaint?" {{sc|Waife}}. "The doctor says it is low fever." {{sc|Mr. Hartopp}}. "Caused by nervous excitement, perhaps." {{sc|Waife}} (looking up). "Yes: that's what he says,—nervous excitement." {{sc|Mr. Hartopp}}. "Clever sensitive children, subjected precociously to emulation and emotion, are always liable to such maladies. My third girl, Anna Maria, fell, into a low fever, caused by nervous excitement in trying for school prizes." {{sc|Waife}}. "Did she die of it, sir?" {{sc|Mr. Hartopp}} (shuddering). "Die! no! I removed her from school, set her to take care of the poultry, forbade all French exercises, made her take English exercises instead, and ride on a donkey. She's quite anotherthing now, cheeks as red as an apple, and as firm as a cricket-ball." {{sc|Waife}}. "I will keep poultry; I will buy a donkey. Oh, sir! you don't think she will go to heaven yet, and leave me here?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> jyhii5w76mo15w46fsvgqicehluep3j Page:What will he do with it.djvu/216 104 420042 14129534 13066921 2024-04-25T18:48:28Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|206|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude><section begin="chapter18" />voice. If there are fifty applicants for a benefit in our gift, one of the fifty wins his way to our preference at first sight, though with no better right to it than his fellows. We can no more say why we like the man than we can say why we fall in love with a woman in whom no one else would discover a charm. "There is," says a Latin love-poet, "no why or wherefore in liking." Hartopp, therefore, had taken, from the first moment, to Waife—the staid, respectable, thriving man, all muffled up from head to foot in the whitest lawn of reputation—to the wandering, shifty, tricksome scatterling, who had not seemingly secured, through the course of a life bordering upon age, a single certificate for good conduct. On his hearthstone, beside his ledger-book, stood the Mayor, looking with a respectful admiration that puzzled himself upon the forlorn creature, who could give no reason why he should not be rather in the Gatesboro' Parish Stocks than in its chief magistrate's easy-chair. Yet were the Mayor's sympathetic liking and respectful admiration wholly unaccountable? Runs there not between one warm human heart and another the electric chain of a secret understanding? In that maimed outcast, so stubbornly hard to himself—so tremulously sensitive for his sick child—was there not the majesty to which they who have learned that Nature has her nobles reverently bow the head! A man, true to man's grave religion, can no more despise a life wrecked in all else, while a hallowing affection stands out sublime through the rents and chinks of fortune, than he can profane with rude mockery a temple in ruins—if still left there the altar. <section end="chapter18" /> {{rule|4em}} <section begin="chapter19" />{{c|CHAPTER XIX.}} {{smaller block|{{c|Very well so far as it goes.}}}} {{sc|Mr. Hartopp}}. "I cannot presume to question you further, Mr. Chapman. But to one of your knowledge of the world, I need not say that your silence deprives me of the power to assist yourself. We'll talk no more of that." {{sc|Waife}}. "Thank you gratefully, Mr. Mayor." {{sc|Mr. Hartopp}}. "But for the little girl, make your mind easy—at least for the present. I will place her at my farm cottage. My bailiff's wife, a kind woman, will take care of her, while you pursue your calling elsewhere. As for this money, you will want it yourself; your poor little child shall cost you nothing. So<section end="chapter19" /><noinclude></noinclude> 2p292ov1d2xyu3a97hakvv2tzn5xu8b Page:What will he do with it.djvu/218 104 420044 14129535 12873684 2024-04-25T18:48:29Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|208|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>got up restlessly, sniffed the dominos, and placed a paw gently, very gently, on Sophy's knee. Not being encouraged, he lay down again uneasily, often shifting his position as if the floor was grown too hard for him. Thus the Mayor found the three. He approached Sophy with the step of a man accustomed to sick-rooms and ailing children,—step light as if shod with felt,—put his hand on her shoulder, kissed her forehead, and then took the doll. Sophy started, and took it back from him quickly, but without a word; then she hid it behind her pillow. The Mayor smiled. "My dear child, do you think I should hurt your doll?" Sophy coloured and said murmuringly, "No, sir, not hurt it, but—" she stopped short. "I have been talking to your grandpapa about you, my dear, and we both wish to give you a little holiday. Dolls are well enough for the winter, but green fields and daisy chains for the summer." Sophy glanced from the Mayor to her grandfather, and back again to the Mayor, shook her curls from her eyes, and looked seriously inquisitive. The Mayor, observing her quietly, stole her hand into his own, feeling the pulse as if merely caressing the slender wrist. Then he began to describe his bailiff's cottage, with woodbine round the porch, the farm-yard, the bee-hives, the pretty duck-pond with an osier island, and the great China gander who had a pompous strut, which made him the droll est creature possible. And Sophy should go there in a day or two, and be as happy as one of the bees, but not so busy. Sophy listened very earnestly, very gravely, and then sliding her hand from the Mayor, caught hold of her grandfather's arm firmly, and said, "And you, Grandy,—will you like it? won't it be dull for you, Grandy dear?" "Why, my darling," said Waife, "I and Sir Isaac will go and take a stroll about the country for a few weeks, and—" {{sc|Sophy}} (passionately). "I thought so; I thought he meant that. I tried not to believe it; go away,—you? and who's to take care of you? who'll understand you? I want care! I! I! No, no, it is you,—you who want care. I shall be well to-morrow,—quite well, don't fear. He shall not be sent away from me; he shall not, sir. Oh, Grandfather, Grandfather, how could you?" She flung herself on his breast, clinging there,—clinging as if infancy and age were but parts of the same whole. "But," said the Mayor, "it is not as if you were going to school, my dear; you are going for a holiday. And your {{hws|grand|grandfather}}<noinclude></noinclude> mvjomgx79kci8884nvulkk48g7x69il Page:What will he do with it.djvu/222 104 420048 14129536 12873692 2024-04-25T18:48:30Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|212|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>"I don't see how it is possible that I can leave her," said Waife, when the two men had adjourned to the sitting-room. "I am sure," quoth the Mayor, seriously, "that it is the best thing for her: her pulse has much nervous excitability; she wants a complete rest; she ought not to move about with you on any account. But come: though I must not know, it seems, who and what you are, Mr. Chapman, I don't think you will run off with my cow; and if you like to stay at the bailiff's cottage for a week or two with your grandchild, you shall be left in peace, and asked no questions. I will own to you a weakness of mine: I value myself on being seldom or never taken in. I don't think I could forgive the man who did take me in. But taken in I certainly shall be, if, despite all your mystery, you are not as honest a fellow as ever stood upon shoe-leather! So come to the cottage." Waife was very much affected by this confiding kindness; but he shook his head despondently, and that same abject, almost cringing humility of mien and manner which had pained at times Lionel and Vance crept over the whole man, so that he seemed to cower and shrink as a Pariah before a Brahmin. "No, sir; thank you most humbly. No, sir; that must not be. I must work for my daily bread; if what a poor vagabond like me may do can be called work. I have made it a rule for years not to force myself to the hearth and home of any kind man, who, not knowing my past, has a right to suspect me. Where I lodge, I pay as a lodger; or whatever favour shown me spares my purse, I try to return in some useful humble way. Why, sir, how could I make free and easy with another man's board and roof-tree for days or weeks together, when I would not even come to your hearthstone for a cup of tea?" The Mayor remembered, and was startled. Waife hurried on. "But for my poor child I have no such scruples,—no shame, no false pride. I take what you offer her gratefully,—gratefully. Ah, sir, she is not in her right place with me; but there's no use kicking against the pricks. Where was I? Oh! well, I tell you what we will do, sir. I will take her to the cottage in a day or two,—as soon as she is well enough to go,—and spend the day with her, and deceive her, sir! yes, deceive, cheat her, sir! I am a cheat, a player, and she'll think I'm going to stay with her; and at night, when she's asleep, I'll creep off, I and the other dog. But I'll leave a letter for her: it will soothe her, and she'll be patient and wait. I will come back again to see her in a week, and once every week, till she's well again." "And what will you do?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 61rmtiz74uzdcd1e0ic7b23tqj1ftjo Page:What will he do with it.djvu/224 104 420050 14129537 12873694 2024-04-25T18:48:31Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|214|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>town; and, though the walk tired her, she concealed fatigue, and would not suffer him to carry her. The cottage now smiled out before them,—thatched gable roof, with fancy barge board; half Swiss, half what is called Elizabethan; all the fences and sheds round it, as only your rich traders, condescending to turn farmers, construct and maintain,—sheds and fences, trim and neat, as if models in waxwork. The breezy air came fresh from the new haystacks; from the woodbine round the porch; from the breath of the lazy kine, as they stood knee-deep in the pool, that, belted with weeds and broad-leaved water-lilies, lay calm and gleaming amidst level pastures. Involuntarily they arrested their steps, to gaze on the cheerful landscape and inhale the balmy air. Meanwhile the Mayor came out from the cottage porch, his wife leaning on his arm, and two of his younger children bounding on before, with joyous faces, giving chase to a gaudy butterfly which they had started from the woodbine. Mrs. Hartopp had conceived a lively curiosity to see and judge for herself of the objects of her liege lord's benevolent interest. She shared, of course, the anxiety which formed the standing excitement of all those who lived but for one godlike purpose, that of preserving Josiah Hartopp from being taken in. But whenever the Mayor specially wished to secure his wife's countenance to any pet project of his own, and convince her either that he was not taken in, or that to be discreetly taken in is in this world a very popular and sure mode of getting up, he never failed to attain his end. That man was the cunningest creature! As full of wiles and stratagems in order to get his own way—in benevolent objects—as men who set up to be clever are for selfish ones. Mrs. Hartopp was certainly a good woman, but a made good woman. Married to another man, I suspect that she would have been a shrew. Petruchio would never have tamed her, I'll swear. But she, poor lady, had been gradually, but completely, subdued, subjugated, absolutely cowed beneath the weight of her spouse's despotic mildness; for in Hartopp there was a weight of soft quietude, of placid oppression, wholly irresistible. It would have buried a Titaness under a Pelion of moral feather-beds. Mass upon mass of downy influence descended upon you, seemingly yielding as it fell, enveloping, overbearing, stifling you; not presenting a single hard point of contact; giving in as you pushed against it; supplying itself seductively round you, softer and softer, heavier and heavier,—till, I assure you, ma'am, no matter how high your natural wifely spirit, you would have had it smothered out of you,<noinclude></noinclude> p0zp6df7x3hfsz4241p3qvt9vh5y1sk Page:What will he do with it.djvu/226 104 420052 14129538 12873696 2024-04-25T18:48:32Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|216|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>strong intellect to console her brother Tom; observed to Tom that it was not like his manly nature to set an example of weeping to his sister; and contrived thus to flatter their tears away in a trice, and sent them forward in a race to the turnstile. Waife and Sophy were alone in the cottage parlour, Mrs. Gooch, the bailiff's wife, walking part of the way back with the good couple, in order to show the Mayor a heifer who had lost appetite and taken to moping. "Let us steal out into the back garden, my darling," said Waife. "I see an arbour there, where I will compose myself with a pipe,—a liberty I should not like to take indoors." They stepped across the threshold, and gained the arbour, which stood at the extreme end of the small kitchen-garden, and commanded a pleasant view of pastures and cornfields, backed by the blue outline of distant hills. Afar were faintly heard the laugh of the Mayor's happy children, now and then a tinkling sheep-bell, or the tap of the woodpecker, unrepressed by the hush of the. Midmost summer, which stills the more tuneful choristers amidst their coverts. Waife lighted his pipe, and smoked silently; Sophy, resting her head on his bosom, silent also. She was exquisitely sensitive to nature: the quiet beauty of all round her was soothing a spirit lately troubled, and health came stealing gently back through frame and through heart. At length she said softly, "We could be so happy here, Grandfather! It cannot last, can it?" "It is no use in this life, my dear," returned Waife, philosophizing, "no use at all disturbing present happiness by asking, 'Can it last?' To-day is man's, to-morrow his Maker's. But tell me frankly, do you really dislike so much the idea of exhibiting? I don't mean as we did in Mr. Rugge's show. I know you hate that; but in a genteel private way, as the other night. You sigh! Out with it." "I like what you like, Grandy." "That's not true. I like to smoke; you don't. Come, you do dislike acting? Why? you do it so well,—wonderfully. Generally speaking, people like what they do well." "It is not the acting itself, Grandy dear, that I don't like. When I am in some part, I am carried away; I am not myself. I am some one else!" "And the applause?" "I don't feel it. I dare say I should miss it if it did not come; but it does not seem to me as if I were applauded. If I felt that, I should stop short, and get frightened. It is as if that somebody else into whom I was changed was making friends with the audience; and all my feeling is for that somebody,—<noinclude></noinclude> jeqzptnefq619gt4zq4lmtwd908yl10 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/228 104 420054 14129539 12873698 2024-04-25T18:48:32Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|218|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>looked up to and respected, as—as—oh, Grandy! Grandy! what am I saying? I have pained you." Waife indeed was striving hard to keep down emotion; but his lips were set firmly and the blood had left them, and his hands were trembling. "We must, hide ourselves," he said in a very low voice; "we must take false names;I—because—because of reasons I can't tell even to you; and you, because I failed to get you a proper home, where you ought to be; and there is one who, if he pleases, and he may please it any day, could take you away from me, if he found you out; and so—and so—" He paused abruptly, looked at her fearful wondering soft face, and, rising, drew himself up with one of those rare outbreaks of dignity which elevated the whole character of his person. "But as for me," said he, "if I have lost all name; if, while I live, I must be this wandering, skulking outcast,—look above, Sophy,—look up above: there all secrets will be known, all hearts read; and there my best hope to find a place in which I may wait your coming is in what has lost me all birthright here. Not to exalt myself do I say this,—no; but that you may have comfort, darling, if ever hereafter you are pained by what men say to you of me." As he spoke, the expression of his face, at first solemn and lofty, relaxed into melancholy submission. Then passing his arm into hers, and leaning on it as if sunk once more into the broken cripple needing her frail support, he drew her forth from the arbour, and paced the little garden slowly, painfully. At length he seemed to recover himself, and said in his ordinary cheerful tone, "But to the point in question, suppose we have done with acting and roaming, and keep to one name and settle somewhere like plain folks, again I ask, How shall we live?" "I have been thinking of that," answered Sophy. "You remember that those good Miss Burtons taught me all kinds of needlework, and I know people can make money by needlework. And then, Grandy dear, what can't you do? Do you forget Mrs. Saunders's books that you bound, and her cups and saucers that you mended? So we would both work, and have a little cottage and a garden, that we could take care of, and sell the herbs and vegetables. Oh, I have thought over it all, the last fortnight, a hundred hundred times, only I did not dare to speak first." Waife listened very attentively. "I can make very good baskets," said he, rubbing his chin, "famous baskets (if one<noinclude></noinclude> 41hdy8210ig5xwwtzk1fdydacdcfisu Page:What will he do with it.djvu/230 104 420056 14129540 12873700 2024-04-25T18:48:33Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|220|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>disposed to be sanguine, the vagabond chattered on, Sophy listening fondly, and smiling up in his face. "And a fine large park close by: the owners, great lords, deserted it then; perhaps it is deserted still. You might wander over it as if it were your own, Sophy. Such wonderful trees,—such green solitudes; and pretty shy hares running across the vistas,—stately deer too! We will make friends with the lodge-keepers, and we will call the park yours, Sophy; and I shall be a genius who weaves magical baskets, and you shall be the enchanted princess concealed from all evil eyes, knitting doileys of pearl under leaves of emerald, and catching no sound from the world of perishable life, except as the boughs whisper and the birds sing." "Dear me, here you are; we thought you were lost," said the bailiff's wife; "tea is waiting for you, and there's husband, sir, coming up from his work; he'll be proud and glad to know you, sir, and you too, my dear; we have no children of our own." It is past eleven. Sophy, worn out, but with emotions far more pleasurable than she has long known, is fast asleep. Waife kneels by her side, looking at her. He touches her hand, so cool and soft; all fever gone: he rises on tiptoe; he bends over her forehead,—a kiss there, and a tear; he steals away, down, down the stairs. At the porch is the bailiff holding Sir Isaac. "We'll take all care of her," said Mr. Gooch. "You'll not know her again when you come back." Waife pressed the hand of his grandchild's host, but did not speak. "You are sure you will find your way,—no, that's the wrong turn,—straight onto the town. They'll be sitting up for you at the Saracen's Head, I suppose, of course, sir? It seems not hospitable like, your going away at the dead of night thus. But I understand you don't like crying, sir, we men don't; and your sweet little girl I dare say would sob ready to break her heart if she knew. Fine moonlight night, sir,—straight on. And I say, don't fret about her: wife loves children dearly,—so do I. Good-night." On went Waife,—lamely, slowly,—Sir Isaac's white coat gleaming in the moon, ghostlike. On he went, his bundle strapped across his shoulder, leaning on his staff, along by the folded sheep and the sleeping cattle. But when he got into the high road, Gatesboro' full before him, with all its roofs and spires, he turned his back on the town, and tramped once more along the desert thoroughfare,—more slowly and more, more lamely and more,<noinclude></noinclude> fpvvjsthgbevgif5d7nd0r9vubxcx5a Page:What will he do with it.djvu/232 104 420058 14129541 12873702 2024-04-25T18:48:34Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|222|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>arithmetical talents in casting up the weekly bills, and he shall never stand on his hind legs except on sunny days, when he shall carry a parasol to shade an enchanted princess. Laugh; darling,—let me fancy I see you laughing; but don't fret,—don't fancy I desert you. Do try and get well,—quite, quite well; I ask it of you on my knees." The letter and the bag were taken over at sunrise to Mr. Hartopp's villa. Mr. Hartopp was an early man. Sophy overslept herself: her room was to the west; the morning beams did not reach its windows; and the cottage without children woke up to labour noiseless and still. So when at last she shook off sleep, and tossing her hair from her blue eyes, looked round and became conscious of the strange place, she still fancied the hour early. But she got up, drew the curtain from the window, saw the sun high in the heavens, and, ashamed of her laziness, turned, and lo! the letter on the chair! Her heart at once misgave her; the truth flashed upon a reason prematurely quick in the intuition which belongs to the union of sensitive affection and active thought. She drew a long breath, and turned deadly pale. It was some minutes before she could take up the letter, before she could break the seal. When she did, she read on noiselessly, her tears dropping over the page, without effort or sob. She had no egotistical sorrow, no grief in being left alone with strangers: it was the pathos of the old man's lonely wanderings, of his bereavement, of his counterfeit glee, and genuine self-sacrifice; this it was that suffused her whole heart with unutterable yearnings of tenderness, gratitude, pity, veneration. But when she had wept silently for some time, she kissed the letter with devout passion, and turned to that Heaven to which the outcast had taught her first to pray. Afterwards she stood still, musing a little while, and the sorrowful shade gradually left her face. Yes; she would obey him: she would not fret; she would try and get well and strong. He would feel, at the distance, that she was true to his wishes; that she was fitting herself to be again his companion: seven days would soon pass. Hope, that can never long quit the heart of childhood, brightened over her meditations, as the morning sun over a landscape that just before had lain sad amidst twilight and under rains. When she came downstairs, Mrs. Gooch was pleased and surprised to observe the placid smile upon her face, and the quiet activity with which, after the morning meal, she moved about by the good woman's side assisting her in her dairy-<noinclude></noinclude> rcy1anq4vmjqug83qkdw56mokcj5srp Page:What will he do with it.djvu/236 104 420062 14129542 12873709 2024-04-25T18:48:35Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|226|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>Waife's face was wild with the agony of his emotions, and his voice was so sharply terrible that it went like a knife into the heart of the men, who, thrust aside for the moment, now followed him, fearful, into the room. "Mr.—Mr. Chapman, Sir," faltered the Mayor, striving hard to reccH'er dignity and self-possession, "I am astonished at your—your—" "Audacity!" interposed Mr. Williams. "My child—my Sophy—my child! answer me, man!" "Sir," said the Mayor, drawing himself up, "have you not got the note which I left at my bailiff's cottage in case you called there?" "Your note—this thing!" said Waife, striking a crumpled paper with his hand, and running his eye over its contents. "You have rendered up, you say, the child to her lawful protector? Gracious Heavens! did ''I'' trust her to you or not?" "Leave the room all of you," said the Mayor, with a sudden return of his usual calm vigor. "You go—you, Sirs; what the deuce do you do here?" growled Williams to the meaner throng. "Out!—I stay; never fear, men, I'll take care of him!" The by-standers surlily slinked off, but none returned to their work; they stood within reach of call by the shut door. Williams tucked up his coat-sleeves, clenched his lists, hung his head doggedly on one side, and looked altogether so pugnacious and minatory, that Sir Isaac, who, though in a state of great excitement, had hitherto retained self-control, peered at him under his curls, stiffened his back, showed his teeth, and growled formidably. "My good Williams, leave us," said the Mayor; "I would be alone with this person." "Alone—you! out of the question. Now you have been once taken in, and you own it—it is my duty to protect you henceforth; and I will to the end of my days." The Mayor sighed heavily—"Well, Williams, well!—take a chair, and be quiet. Now, Mr. Chapman, so to call you still; you have deceived me." "I—how?" The Mayor was puzzled. "Deceived me," he said at last, "in my knowledge of human nature. I thought you an honest man, Sir. And you are—but no matter." {{sc|Waife}} (impatiently). "My child, my child! you have giveo her up—to—to—" {{sc|Mayor.}} "Her own father, Sir."<noinclude></noinclude> qdu16m6j2pw8stdw8kjapnvad0rr81t Page:What will he do with it.djvu/238 104 420064 14129543 12873711 2024-04-25T18:48:36Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|228|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>"Aid him—now!" said Williams, with a snort. "At it again! you're not a man, you're an angel!" "But if he is penitent, Williams." "So! so! so!" murmured Waife. "Thank Heaven it was not he who spoke against me—it was but a strange woman. Oh!" he suddenly broke off with a groan. "Oh—but that strange woman—who, what can she be? and Sophy with her and him. Distraction! Yes, yes, I take the money. I shall want it all. Sir Isaac, pick up that bag. Gentlemen, good-day to you!" He bowed; such a failure that bow! Nothing ducal in it! bowed and turned toward the door; then, when he gained the threshold, as if some meeker, holier thought restored to him dignity of bearing, his form rose, though his face softened, and stretching his right hand toward the Mayor, he said: "You did but as all perhaps would have done on the evidence before you. You meant to be kind to her. If you knew all, how you would repent! I do not blame—I forgive you." He was gone; the Mayor stood transfixed. Even Williams felt a cold, comfortless chill." He does not look like it," said the foreman. "Cheer up. Sir, no wonder you were taken in—who would not have been?" "Hark! that hoot again. Go, Williams, don't let the men insult him. Do, do. I shall be grateful." But before Williams got to the door, the cripple and his dog had vanished; vanished down a dark narrow alley on the opposite side of the street. The rude workmen had followed him to the mouth of the alley, mocking him. Of the exact charge against the Comedian's good name they were not informed: that knowledge was confined to the Mayor and Mr. Williams. But the latter had dropped such harsh expressions, that, bad as the charge might really be, all in Mr. Hartopp's employment probably deemed it worse, if possible, than it really was. And wretch indeed must be the man by whom the Mayor had been confessedly taken in, and whom the Mayor had indignantly given up to the reproaches of his own conscience. But the cripple was now out of sight, lost amidst those labyrinths of squalid homes which, in great towns, are thrust beyond view, branching off abruptly behind High Streets and Market-places; so that strangers passing only along the broad thoroughfares, with glittering shops and gas-lit causeways, exclaim, "Where do the Poor live?"<noinclude></noinclude> n6zoc8xaujrxl5c2fvoex7ht5qz11va Page:What will he do with it.djvu/240 104 420066 14129544 13355172 2024-04-25T18:48:37Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|230|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>more had he learned at the cottage, for Mr. and Mrs. Gooch had been cautioned to be as brief as possible, and give him no clew to regain his lost treasure, beyond the note which informed him it was with a lawful possessor. And, indeed, the worthy pair were now prejudiced against the vagrant, and were rude to him. But he had not tarried to cross-examine and inquire. He had rushed at once to the Mayor. Sophy was with one whose legal right to dispose of her he could not question. But where that person would take her—where he resided—what he would do with her—he had no means to conjecture. Most probably (he thought and guessed) she would be carried abroad—was already out of the country. But the woman with Losely, he had not heard her described; his guesses did not turn toward Mrs. Crane; the woman was evidently hostile to him—it was the woman who had spoken against him—not Losely; the woman whose tongue had poisoned Hartopp's mind, and turned into scorn all that admiring respect which had before greeted the great Comedian. Why was that woman his enemy? Who could she be? What had she to do with Sophy? He was half beside himself with terror. It was to save her less even from Losely than from such direful women as Losely made his confidantes and associates that Waife had taken Sophy to himself. As for Mrs. Crane, she had never seemed a foe to ''him''—she had ceded the child to him willingly—he had no reason to believe, from the way in which she had spoken of Losely when he last saw her, that she could henceforth aid the interests, or share the schemes, of the man whose perfidies she then denounced; and as to Rugge, he had not appeared at Gatesboro'. Mrs. Crane had prudently suggested that his presence would not be propitiatory or discreet, and that all reference to him, or to the contract with him, should be suppressed. Thus Waife was wholly without one guiding evidence—one groundwork for conjecture—that might enable him to track the lost; all he knew was, that she had been given up to a man whose whereabouts it was difficult to discover—a vagrant, of life darker and more hidden than his own. But how had the hunters discovered the place where he had treasured up his Sophy—how dogged that retreat? Perhaps from the village in which we first saw him. Ay, doubtless, learned from Mrs. Saunders of the dog he had purchased, and the dog would have served to direct them on his path. At that thought he pushed away Sir Isaac, who had been resting his head on the old man's knee—pushed him away angrily; the poor dog slunk off in sorrowful surprise, and whined. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> n0twqdyov7rqwctu2kihsavjc24sgbh Page:What will he do with it.djvu/242 104 420068 14129545 12873716 2024-04-25T18:48:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|232|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>{{hwe|pected|expected}}, from Rugge's account, to find there, and offering him any consolation or aid in his power, should Sophy have been taken from him against his will. A consultation with his crystal, which showed him the face of Mr. Waife alone, and much dejected, and a horary scheme which promised success to his journey, decided his movements. He had arrived at Gatesboro' the day before, had heard a confused story about a Mr. Chapman, with his dog and his child, whom the Mayor had first taken up, but who afterward, in some mysterious manner, had taken in the Mayor. Happily, the darker gossip in the High Street had not penetrated the back lane in which Merle's sister resided. There little more was known than the fact that this mysterious stranger had imposed on the wisdom of Gatesboro's learned Institute and enlightened Mayor. Merle, at no loss to indentify Waife with Chapman, could only suppose that he had been discovered to be a strolling player in Rugge's exhibition, after pretending to be some much greater man. Such an offence the Cobbler was not disposed to consider heinous. But Mr. Chapman was gone from Gatesboro', none knew whither; and Merle had not yet ventured to call himself on the chief magistrate of the place, to inquire after a man by whom that august personage had been deceived. "Howsomever," quoth Merle, in conclusion, "I was just standing in my sister's door, with her last baby in my arms, in Scrob Lane, when I saw you pass by like a shot. You were gone while I ran to give up the baby, who is teething, with malefics in square—gone—clean out of sight. You took one turn, I took another; but you see we meet at last, as good men always do in this world—or the other, which is the same thing in the long-run." Waife, who had listened to his friend without other interruption than an occasional nod of the head or interjectional expletive, was now restored to much of his constitutional mood of sanguine cheerfulness. He recognized Mrs. Crane in the woman described, and if surprised, he was rejoiced. For much as he disliked that gentlewoman, he thought Sophy might be in worse female hands. Without much need of sagacity, he divined the gist of the truth. Losely had somehow or other become acquainted with Rugge, and sold Sophy to the manager. Where Rugge was, there would Sophy be. It could not be very difficult to find out the place in which Rugge was now exhibiting; and then—ah then! Waife whistled to Sir Isaac, tapped his forehead, and smiled triumphantly. Meanwhile the Cobbler had led him back into the suburb, with the kind intention of {{hws|offer|offering}}<noinclude></noinclude> jpbiq9mpaigfilfdxsgnmn0uoykxnyg Page:What will he do with it.djvu/244 104 420070 14129546 13066929 2024-04-25T18:48:39Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|234|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude><section begin="chapter3" />{{hwe|ing|comforting}} words, and redescended the carriage, when the train put itself into movement, and the lifelike iron miracle, fuming, hissing, and screeching, bore off to London its motley convoy of human beings, each passenger's heart a mystery to the other, all bound the same road, all wedged close within the same whirling mechanism: what a separate and distinct world in each! Such is Civilization! How like we are one to the other in the mass! how strangely dissimilar in the abstract! <section end="chapter3" /> {{rule|4em}} <section begin="chapter4" />{{c|CHAPTER IV.}} {{smaller block|{{hi|"If," says a great thinker ({{sc|Degerando}}, ''Du Perfectionment Moral'', chap. ix., "On the Difficulties we encounter in Self Study")—"If one concentrates reflection too much on one's self, one ends by no longer seeing anything, or seeing only what one wishes. By the very act, as it were, of capturing one's self, the personage we believe we have seized escapes, disappears. Nor is it only the complexity of our inner being which obstructs our examination, but its exceeding variability. The investigator's regard should embrace all the sides of the subject, and perseveringly pursue all its phases."}}}} {{sc|It}} is the race-week in Humberston, a county town far from Gatesboro', and in the north of England. The races last three days; the first day is over; it has been a brilliant spectacle; the course crowded with the carriages of provincial magnates, with equestrian betters of note from the metropolis; blacklegs in great muster; there have been gaming-booths on the ground, and gypsies telling fortunes; much Champagne imbibed by the well-bred, much soda-water and brandy by the vulgar. Thousands and tens of thousands have been lost and won; some paupers been for the time enriched; some rich men made poor for life. Horses have won fame; some of their owners lost character. Din and uproar, and coarse oaths, and rude passions—all have had their hour. The amateurs of the higher classes have gone back to dignified country-houses, as courteous hosts or favored guests. The professional speculators of a lower grade have poured back into the country town, and inns and taverns are crowded. Drink is hotly called for at reeking bars; waiters and chambermaids pass to and fro, with dishes, and tankards, and bottles, in their hands. All is noise and bustle, and eating and swilling, and disputation and slang, wild glee and wilder despair among those who come back from the race-course to the inns in the county town. At one of these taverns, neither the best nor the worst, and in a small narrow slice of a<section eend="chapter4" /><noinclude></noinclude> r8mervjmrix8t4chpk7yhvpgi12l4wc Page:What will he do with it.djvu/246 104 420072 14129547 12873720 2024-04-25T18:48:39Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|236|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>be human—human, even as those slight triflers or coarse brawlers that pass yonder! Oh, for something in common with common life!" Her lips closed, and her eyes again fell upon the crowded street. At that moment three or four heavy vans or wagons filled with operatives, or laborers and their wives, coming back from the race-course, obstructed the way; two out-riders with satin jackets were expostulating, cracking their whips, and seeking to clear space for an open carriage with four thorough-bred impatient horses. Toward that carriage every gazer from the windows was directing eager eyes; each foot-passenger on the pavement lifted his hat—evidently in that carriage some great person! Like all who are at war with the world as it is, Arabella Crane abhorred the great, and despised the small for worshipping the great. But still her own fierce dark eyes mechanically followed those of the vulgar. The carriage bore a marquis's coronet on its panels, and was filled with ladies; two other carriages bearing a similar coronet, and evidently belonging to the same party, were in the rear. Mrs. Crane started. In that first carriage, as it now slowly moved under her very window, and paused a minute or more, till the obstructing vehicles in front were marshalled into order—there flashed upon her eyes a face radiant with female beauty in its more glorious prime. Among the crowd at that moment was a blind man, adding to the various discords of the street by a miserable hurdy-gurdy. In the movement of the throng to get nearer to a sight of the ladies in the carriage, this poor creature was thrown forward; the dog that led him, an ugly brute, on his own account or his master's, took fright, broke from the string, and ran under the horse's hoofs, snarling. The horses became restive; the blind man made a plunge after his dog, and was all but run over. The lady in the first carriage, alarmed for his safety, rose up from her seat, and made her outriders dismount, lead away the poor blind man, and restore to him his dog. Thus engaged, her face shone full upon Arabella Crane; and with that face rushed a tide of earlier memories. Long, very long since she had seen that face—seen it in those years when she herself, Arabella Crane, was young and handsome. The poor man—who seemed not to realize the idea of the danger he had escaped—once more safe, the lady resumed her seat; and now that the momentary animation of humane fear and womanly compassion passed from her countenance—its expression altered—it took the calm, almost the coldness, of a Creek statue. But with the calm there was a listless melancholy<noinclude></noinclude> 4d8i4ephjnxxeh673pn0jm8arn3y9w5 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/248 104 420074 14129548 13166974 2024-04-25T18:48:40Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|238|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>set eyes on; not happy, indeed! I had half a mind to ride up to her carriage ai;d advance a claim to her gratitude." "Gratitude! Oh, for your part in that miserable affair of which you told me?" "Not a miserable affair for her, but certainly /never got any good from it—trouble for nothing! Basta I No use looking back!" "No use; but who can help it!" said Arabella Crane, sighing heavily; then, as if eager to change the subject, she added, abruptly, "Mr. Rugge has been here twice this morning, highly excited—the child will not act. He says you are bound to make her do so!" "Nonsense. That is his look-out. / see after children, indeed!" {{sc|Mrs. Crane}} (with a visible effort). "Listen to me, Jasper Losely, I have no reason to love that child, as j'ou may suppose. But now that you so desert her, I think I feel compassion for her; and when, this morning, I raised my hand to strike her for her stubborn spirit, and saw her eyes unflinching, and her pale, pale, but fearless face, my arm fell to my side powerless. She will not take to this life without the old man. She will waste away and die." Losely. "How you bother me! Are you serious? What am I to do?" Mrs. Crane. "You have won money you say; revoke the contract; pay Rugge back his ^loo. He is disappointed in his bargain; he will take the money." Losely. "I dare say he will, indeed. No—I have won today, it is true, but I may lose to-morrow, and, besides, I am in want of so many things; where one gets a little money, one has an immediate necessity for more—ha! ha! Still I would not have the child die; and she may grow up to be of use. I tell you what I will do; if, when the races are over, I find I have gained enough to afford it, I will see about buying her off. But;^ioo is too much! Rugge ought to take half the money, or a quarter; because, if she don't act, I suppose she does eat." Odious as the man's words were, he said them with a laugh that seemed to render them less revolting—the laugh of a very handsome mouth, showing teeth still brilliantly white. More comely than usual that day, for he was in great good-humor, it was difficult to conceive that a man with so healthful and fair an exterior was really quite rotten at heart. "Your own young laugh!" said Arabella Crane, almost ten-<noinclude></noinclude> 8hgq0635oqu8x1ps0t2feygkcj1xvwl Page:What will he do with it.djvu/250 104 420076 14129549 13066930 2024-04-25T18:48:41Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|240|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude><section begin="chapter4" />Gad," added Losely, as he banged the door, "such overtures would frighten Old Nick himself!" Did Arabella Crane hear those last words—or had she not heard enough? If Losely had turned and beheld her face, would it have startled back his trivial laugh? Possibly; but it would have caused only a momentary uneasiness. If Alecto herself had reared over him her brow horrent with vipers, Jasper Losely would have thought he had only to look handsome, and say coaxingly, "Alecto, my dear!" and the Fury would have pawned her head-dress to pay his washing-bill. After all, in the face of the grim woman he had thus so wantonly incensed there was not so much menace as resolve. And that resolve was yet more shown in the movement of the hands than in the aspect of the countenance; those hands—lean, firm, nervous hands—slowly expanded; then as slowly clenched, as if her own thought had taken substance, and she was locking it in a clasp—tightly, tightly—never to be loosened till the pulse was still. <section end="chapter4" /> {{rule|4em}} <section begin="chapter5" />{{c|CHAPTER V.}} {{smaller block|{{hi|The most submissive where they love may be the most stubborn where they do not love.—Sophy is stubborn to Mr. Rugge.—That injured man summons to his side Mrs. Crane, imitating the policy of those potentates who would retrieve the failures of force by the successes of diplomacy.}}}} {{sc|Mr. Rugge}} has obtained his object. But now comes the question, "What will he do with it?" Question with as many heads as the Hydra; and no sooner does an Author dispose of one head than up springs another. Sophy has been bought and paid for—she is now, legally, Mr. Rugge's property. But there was a wise peer who once bought Punch—Punch became his property, and was brought in triumph to his lordship's house. To my lord's great dismay Punch would not talk. To Rugge's great dismay Sophy would not act. Rendered up to Jasper Losely and Mrs. Crane, they had not lost an hour in removing her from Gatesboro' and its neighborhood. They did not, however, go back to the village in which they had left Rugge, but returned straight to London, and wrote to the manager to join them there. Sophy, once captured, seemed stupefied; she evinced no noisy passion—she made no violent resistance. When she was told to love and obey a father in Jasper Losely, she lifted her eyes to<section end="chapter5" /><noinclude></noinclude> h1o9auo7s5gi5l8drffmn4pgcxacdnm Page:What will he do with it.djvu/252 104 420078 14129550 12873734 2024-04-25T18:48:42Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|242|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>{{hwe|male|female}} child to the same calling might be called in question before a magistrate, and necessitate the production of her father in order to substantiate the special contract. In return, the manager handsomely offered to Mr. Losely and Mrs. Crane to pay their expenses in the excursion—a liberality haughtily rejected by Mrs. Crane for herself, though she agreed at her own charge to accompany Losely, if he decided on complying with the manager's request, Losely at first raised objections, but hearing that there would be races in the neighborhood, and having a peculiar passion for betting and all kinds of gambling, as well as an ardent desire to enjoy his £100 in so fashionable a manner, he consented to delay his return to the Continent, and attend Arabella Crane to the provincial Elis. Rugge carried off Sophy to her fellow "orphans." {{sc|And Sophy would not act!}} In vain she was coaxed—in vain she was threatened—in vain she was deprived of food—in vain shut up in a dark hole—in vain was the lash held over her, Rugge, tyrant though he was, did not suffer the lasli to fall. His self-restraint there might be humanity—might be fear of the consequences. For the state of her health began to alarm him; she might die—there might be an inquest. He wished now that he had taken Mrs. Crane's suggestion, and re-engaged Waife. But where ''was'' Waife? Meanwhile he had advertised the Young Phenomenon; placarded the walls with the name of Juliet Araminta; got up the piece of the Remorseless Baron, with a new rock scene. As Waife had had nothing to say in that drama, so any one could act his part. The first performance was announced for that night: there would be such an audience—the best seats even now pre-engaged—first night of the race week. The clock had struck seven—the performance began at eight. {{sc|And Sophy would not act!}} The child was seated in a space that served for the green-room behind the scenes. The whole company had been convened to persuade or shame her out of her obstinacy. The king's lieutenant, the seductive personage of the troop, was on one knee to her, like a lover. He was accustomed to lover's parts, both on the stage and off it. Off it he had one favored phrase, hackneyed but effective: "You are too pretty to be so cruel." Thrice he now repeated that phrase, with a simper that might have melted a heart of stone between each repetition. Behind Sophy's chair, and sticking calico-flowers into the child's tresses, stood the senior matron of the establishment—not a bad sort of woman—who kept the dresses, nursed the sick, revered Rugge, told fortunes on a pack of cards which she always kept in her pocket,<noinclude></noinclude> 0iuj48a6ps91c6k8ks88p2ta058gnmc Page:What will he do with it.djvu/254 104 420080 14129551 12873739 2024-04-25T18:48:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|244|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>now, you may believe me. Act to-night, and I will promise you faithfully that I will either bring your grandfather here, or I will order it so that you shall be restored to him. If you refuse, I make no threat, but I shall leave this place; and my belief is that you will be your grandfather's death." "His death—his death—I!" "By first dying yourself. Oh, you smile; 3'ou think it would be happiness to die. What matter that the old man you profess to care for is broken-hearted! Brat! leave selfishness to boys—you are a girl! Suffer!" "Selfish!" murmured Sophy, "selfish! that was said of me before. Selfish!—ah, I understand. No, I ought not to wish to die—what would become of him }" She fell on her knees, and, raising both her clasped hands, prayed inly, silently—an instant, not more. She rose. "If I do act, then—it is a promise—you will keep it. I shall see him—he shall know where I am—we shall meet!" "A promise—sacred. I will keep it. Oh, girl, how much you will love some day—how your heart will ache! and when you are my age, look at that heart, then at your glass—perhaps you may be, within and without, like me." Sophy—innocent Sophy—stared, awe-stricken, but uncomprehending. Mrs. Crane led her back passive. "There, she will act. Put on the wreath. Trick her out. Hark ye, Mr. Rugge. This is for one night. I have made conditions with her: either you must take back her grandfather, or^-she must return to him." "Andmy;^ioo?" "In the latter case ought to be repaid you," "Am I never to have the Royal York theatre? Ambition of my life. Ma'am! Dreamed of it thrice! Ha! but she will act, and succeed. But to take back the old vagabond—a bitter pill 1 He shall halve it with me! Ma'am, I'm your grateful—"<noinclude></noinclude> rcqwvtignk8ji67v43ag4d8p6e74qd5 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/256 104 420082 14129553 12873742 2024-04-25T18:48:44Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|246|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>lids were closed, and he lifted them up piteously as if seeking for light. He did not seem, however, like a common beggar; had rather the appearance of a reduced sailor. Yes, you would have bet ten to one he had been a sailor; not that his dress be- longed to that noble calling, but his build, the roll of his walk, the tie of his cravat, a blue anchor tatooed on the great brown hand—certainly a sailor—a British tar! poor man. The dog was hideous enough to have been exhibited as a lusus 7iaturce—evidently very aged—for its face and ears were gray, the rest of it a rusty reddish black. It had immensely long ears, pricked up like horns. It was a dog that must have been brought from foreign parts; it might have come from Acheron, sire by Cerberus, so portentous and (if not irreverent the epithet) so infernal was its aspect, with that gray face, those antlered ears, and its ineffably weird demeanor altogether. A big dog, too, and evidently a strong one. All prudent folks would have made way for a man led by that dog. Whine creaked the hurdy- gurdy, and bow-wow, all of a sudden, barked the dog. Sophy stifled a cry, pressed her hand to her breast, and such a ray of joy flashed over her face that it would have warmed your heart for a month to have seen it. But do you mean to say, Mr. Author, that that British Tar (gallant, no doubt, but hideous) is Gentleman Waife, or that Stygian animal the snowly-curled Sir Isaac .<* Upon my word, when I look at them myself, I, the Historian, am puzzled. If it had not been for that bow-wow, I am sure Sophy would not have suspected. "Tarataran-tara. Walk in, la- dies and gentlemen, walk in, the performance is about to com- mence!" Sophy lingers last. "Yes, Sir," said the blind man, who had been talking to the apprentice. "Yes, Sir," said he, loud and emphatically, as if his word had been questioned. "The child was snowed up, but luckily the window of the , hut was left open. Exactly at two o'clock in the morning that dog came to the window, set up a howl, and—" Sophy could hear no more—led away behind the curtain by the King's Lieutenant. But she had heard enough to stir her heart with an emotion that set all the dimples round her lip into un- dulating play.<noinclude></noinclude> 9nncw5bj4m20ahltk8em8sdhw3j3vuf Page:What will he do with it.djvu/258 104 420084 14129554 13066933 2024-04-25T18:48:45Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|248|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude><section begin="chapter7" />"She is gone!" sobbed Mrs. Gormerick; and seeing the lifted arm and clenched fist of the manager, prudently fainted away. <section end="chapter7" /> {{rule|4em}} <section begin="chapter8" />{{c|CHAPTER VIII.}} {{smaller block|{{c|Corollaries from the problem suggested in Chapters VI. and VII.}}}} {{sc|Broad}} daylight, nearly nine o'clock indeed, and Jasper Losely is walking back to his inn from the place at which he had dined the evening before. He has spent the night drinking, gambling, and though he looks heated, there is no sign of fatigue. Nature in wasting on this man many of her most glorious elements of happiness, had not forgotten a Herculean constitution—always restless and never tired, always drinking and never drunk. Certainly it is some consolation to delicate individuals, that it seldom happens that the sickly are very wicked. Criminals are generally athletic—constitution and conscience equally tough; large backs to their heads—strong suspensorial muscles—digestions that save them from the over-fine nerves of the virtuous. The native animal must be vigorous in the human being, when the moral safeguards are daringly overleaped. Jasper was not alone, but with an acquaintance he had made at the dinner, and whom he invited to his inn at breakfast; they were walking familiarly arm in arm. Very unlike the brilliant Losely—a young man under thirty, who seemed to have washed out all the colors of youth in dirty water. His eyes dull, their whites yellow; his complexion sodden. His form was thick-set and heavy; his features pug, with a cross of the bull-dog. In dress, a specimen of the flash style of sporting man, as exhibited on the turf, or more often, perhaps, in the Ring; Belcher neckcloth, with an immense pin representing a jockey at full gallop; cut away coat, corduroy breeches, and boots with tops of a chalky white. Yet, withal, not the air and walk of a genuine born and bred sporting man, even of the vulgar order. Something about him which reveals the pretender. A would-be hawk with a pigeon's liver—a would-be sportsman with a cockney's nurture. Samuel Adolphus Poole is an orphan of respectable connections. His future expectations chiefly rest on an uncle from whom, as godfather, he takes the loathed name of Samuel. He prefers to sign himself Adolphus; he is popularly styled Dolly. For his present existence he relies ostensibly on his salary as an assistant in the house of a London tradesman in a fashionable<section end="chapter8" /><noinclude></noinclude> oguulzxg2s1akjr0n211bz2nzug7e7w Page:What will he do with it.djvu/262 104 420088 14129555 12873751 2024-04-25T18:48:46Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|252|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>promised to be an effective, investigation. He ascertained that the fugitive certainly had not left by the railway, or by any of the public conveyances; he sent scouts over all the neighborhood; he enlisted the sympathy of the police, who confideptly assured him that they had "a net-work over the three kingdoms; " no doubt they have, and we pay for it; but the meshes are so large that anything less than a whale must be silly indeed if it consent to be caught. Rugge's suspicions were directed to Waife—he could collect, however, no evidence to confirm them. No person answering to Waife's description had been seen in the town. Once, indeed, Rugge was close on the right scent; for, insisting vipon Waife's one eye and his possession of a white dog, he was told by several witnesses that a man blind of two eyes, and led by a black dog, had been close before the stage, just previous to the performance. But then the clown had spoken to that very man; all the Thespian company had observed him; all of them had known Waife familiarly for years; and all deposed that any creature more unlike to Waife than the blind man could not be turned out of Nature's workshop. But where was that blind man? They found out the wayside inn in which he had taken a lodging for the night; and there it was ascertained that he had paid for his room beforehand, stat- ing that he should start for the race-course early in the morning. Rugge himself set out to the race-course to kill two birds with one stone—catch Mr. Losely—examine the blind man himself. He did catch Mr. Losely, and very nearly caught something else—for that gentleman was in a ring of noisy horsemen, mounted on a hired hack, and loud as the noisiest. When Rugge came up to his stirrup, and began his harangue, Losely turned his hack round with so sudden an appliance of bit and spur that the animal lashed out, and its heel went within an inch of the manager's cheek-bone. Before Rugge could recover Losely was in a hand rillop. But the blind man! Of course Rugge did not find him t You are mistaken; he did. The blind man was there, dog and all. The manager spoke to him, and did not know him from Adam. Nor have you or I, my venerated readers, any right whatsoever to doubt whether Mr. Rugge could be so stolidly obtuse. Granting that blind sailor to be the veritable William Waife— William Waife was a man of genius, taking pains to appear an ordinary mortal. And the anecdotes of Munden, or of Bamfylde Moore Carew, suffice to tell us how Protean is the power of trans- formation in a man whose genius is mimetic. But how often<noinclude></noinclude> 6y1vks808hcbp18exvabnu41ct6zyek Page:What will he do with it.djvu/296 104 420122 14129557 12897684 2024-04-25T18:48:49Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kyakwera" />{{rh|286|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>enjoy ourselves. The Russians doat upon whist. We shall get into their swell sets, and live like princes." There with Jasper launched forth on the text of Russian existence, in such glowing terms, that Dolly Poole shut his aching eyes, and fancied himself sledging down the Neva, covered with furs—a countess waiting for him at dinner, and counts in dozens ready to offer bets, to a fabulous amount, that Jasper Losely lost the rubber. Having lifted his friend into this region of aerial castles, Jasper then, descending into the practical world, wound up with the mournful fact that one could not get to St. Petersburg, nor, when there, into swell sets, without having some little capital on hand. "I tell you what we will do. Madame Caumartin lives in prime style. Get old Latham, your employer, to discount her bill at three months' date, for Pounds 500, and we will be off in a crack." Poole shook his head. "Old Latham is too knowing a file for that—a foreigner! He'd want security." "I'll be security." Dolly shook his head a second time, still more emphatically than the first. "But you say he does discount paper—gets rich on it?" "Yes, gets rich on it, which he might not do if he discounted the paper you propose. No offence." "Oh, no offence among friends! You have taken him bills which he has discounted?" "Yes, good paper." "Any paper signed by good names is good paper. We can sign good names if we know their handwritings." Dolly started and turned white. Knave he was—cheat at cards, blackleg on the turf—but forgery! that crime was new to him. The very notion of it brought on a return of fever. And while Jasper was increasing his malady by arguing with his apprehensions, luckily for Poole, Uncle Sam came in. Uncle Sam, a sagacious old tradesman, no sooner clapped eyes on the brilliant Losely than he conceived for him a distrustful repugnance, similar to that with which an experienced gander may regard a fox in colloquy with its gosling. He had already learned enough of his godson's ways and chosen society to be assured that Samuel Dolly had indulged in very anti-commercial tastes, and been sadly contaminated by very anti-commercial friends. He felt persuaded that Dolly's sole chance of redemption was in working on his mind while his body was still suffering, so that Poole might, on recovery, break with all former associations. On socing Jasper in the dress of an exquisite, with<noinclude></noinclude> 1fa2o1cw4havbs33twklflwh2d2gjus Page:What will he do with it.djvu/304 104 420130 14129559 13066942 2024-04-25T18:48:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="SM DENIS" />{{rh|294|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>{{c|CHAPTER XVIII.}} {{smaller block|{{hi|Hope tells a flattering tale to Mr. Rugge. He is undeceived by a Solicitor, and left to mourn; but in turn, though unconsciously, Mr. Rugge deceives the Solicitor, and the Solicitor deceives his client, which is 6''s.'' 8''d.'' in the Solicitor's pocket.}}}} {{sc|The}} next morning Arabella Crane was scarcely dressed before Mr. Rugge knocked at her door. On the previous day the Detective had informed him that William and Sophy Waife were discovered to have sailed for America. Frantic, the unhappy manager rushed to the steam-packet office, and was favored by an inspection of the books, which confirmed the hateful tidings. As if in mockery of his bereaved and defrauded state, on returning home he found a polite note from Mr. Gotobed, requesting him to call at the office of that eminent solicitor, with reference to a young actress named Sophy Waife, and hinting "that the visit might prove to his advantage!" Dreaming for a wild moment that Mr. Losely, conscience-stricken, might through his solicitor pay back his £100, he rushed incontinent to Mr. Gotobed's office, and was at once admitted into the presence of that stately practitioner. "I beg your pardon, Sir," said Mr. Gotobed, with formal politeness, "but I heard a day or two ago accidentally from my head-clerk, who had learned it also accidentally from a sporting friend, that you were exhibiting at Humberston, during the raceweek, a young actress named on the play-bills (here is one) 'Juliet Araminta,' and whom, as I am informed, you had previously exhibited in Surrey and elsewhere; but she was supposed to have relinquished that earlier engagement, and left your stage with her grandfather, William Waife. I am instructed by a distinguished client, who is wealthy, and who, from motives of mere benevolence, interests himself in the said William and Sophy Waife, to discover their residence. Please, therefore, to render up the child to my charge, apprising me also of the address of her grandfather, if he be not with you; and without waiting for further instructions from my client, who is abroad, I will venture to say that any sacrifice in the loss of your juvenile actress will be most liberally compensated." "Sir," cried the miserable and imprudent Rugge, "I paid £100 for that fiendish child—a three years' engagement—and I have been robbed. Restore me the £100, and I will tell you where she is, and her vile grandfather also." At hearing so bad a character lavished upon objects recom-<noinclude></noinclude> p01nsmsjp14pn913atsrw5ctn8px2xa Page:What will he do with it.djvu/306 104 420132 14129560 13066944 2024-04-25T18:48:51Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="SM DENIS" />{{rh|296|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude><section begin="chapter18" />his own inexperienced kindly heart. And so and so—why, so end half the efforts of men who intrust to others the troublesome execution of humane intentions! The scales of early justice are poised in their quivering equilibrium, not by huge hundred-weights, but by infinitesimal grains, needing the most wary caution—the most considerate patience—the most delicate touch, to arrange or readjust. Few of our errors, national or individual, come from the design to be unjust—most of them from sloth, or incapacity to grapple with the difficulties of being just. Sins of commission may not, perhaps, shock the retrospect of conscience. Large and obtrusive to view, we have confessed, mourned, repented, possibly atoned them. Sins of omission, so veiled amidst our hourly emotions—blent, confused, unseen, in the conventional routine of existence.—Alas! could ''these'' suddenly emerge from their shadow, group together in serried mass and accusing order—alas, alas! would not the best of us then start in dismay, and would not the proudest humble himself at the Throne of Mercy! <section end="chapter18" /> {{rule|4em}} <section begin="chapter19" />{{c|CHAPTER XIX.}} {{smaller block|{{hi|Joy, nevertheless, does return to Mr. Rugge; and Hope now inflicts herself on Mrs. Crane. A very fine-looking Hope, too—six feet, one—strong as Achilles, and as fleet of foot!}}}} {{sc|But}} we have left Mr. Rugge at Mrs. Crane's door; admit him. He bursts into her drawing-room, wiping his brows. "Ma'am, they are off to America—!" "So I have heard. You are fairly entitled to the return of your money—" "Entitled, of course; but—" "There it is; restore to me the contract for the child's services." Rugge gazed on a roll of bank-notes, and could scarcely believe his eyes. He darted forth his hand, the notes receded like the dagger in Macbeth, "First the contract," said Mrs. Crane. Rugge drew out his greasy pocket-book, and extracted the worthless engagement. "Henceforth, then," said Mrs. Crane, "you have no right to complain; and whether or not the girl ever again falls in your way your claim over her ceases." "The gods be praised, it does, ma'am; I have had quite<section end="chapter19" /><noinclude></noinclude> gblx4yd67a4l0l1qa1fxg5ge4lxz6y7 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/308 104 420134 14129561 12893684 2024-04-25T18:48:52Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="SM DENIS" />{{rh|298|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>noon Jasper came—came, not with his jocund swagger, but with that sidelong sinister look—look of the man whom the world cuts—triumphantly restored to its former place in his visage. Madame Caumartin had been arrested; Poole had gone into the country with Uncle Sam; Jasper had seen a police-officer at the door of his own lodgings. He slunk away from the fashionable thoroughfares—slunk to the recesses of Poddon Place—slunk into Arabella Crane's prim drawing-room, and said, sullenly: " All is up; here I am!" Three days afterward, in a quiet street in a quiet town of Belgium, wherein a sharper, striving to live by his profession, would soon become a skeleton, in a commodious airy apart- ment, looking upon a magnificent street, the reverse of noisy, Jasper Losely sat secure, innocuous, and profoundly miserable. In another house, the windows of which, facing those of Jasper's sitting-room, from an upper story, commanded so good a view therein that it placed him under a surveillance akin to that de- signed by Mr. Bentham's reformatory Panopticon, sat Arabella Crane. Whatever her real feelings toward Jasper Losely (and what those feelings were no virile pen can presume authorita- tively to define—for lived there ever a jnan who thoroughly— thoroughly understood a woman?), or whatever in earlier life might have been their reciprocated vows of eternal love, not only from the day that Jasper, on his return to his native shores, presented himself in Poddon Place, had their intimacy been re- stricted to the austerest bounds of friendship; but after Jasper had so rudely declined the hand which now fed him, Arabella Crane had probably perceived that her sole chance of retaining intellectual power over his lawless being, necessitated the utter relinquishment of every hope or project that could expose her again to his contempt. Suiting appearances to reality, the de- corum of a separate house was essential to the maintenance of that authority with which the rigid nature of their intercourse invested her. The additional cost strained her pecuniary re- sources, but she saved in her own accommodation in order to leave Jasper no cause to complain of any stinting in his. There, then, she sat by the window, herself unseen, eyeing him in his opposite solitude, accepting for her own life a barren sacrifice, but a jealous sentinel on his. Meditating as she sat, and as she eyed him—meditating what employment she could invent, with the bribe of emoluments to be paid furtively by her—for those strong hands that could have felled an ox, but were nerveless in turning an honest penny—and for that restless mind, hun- gering for occupation, with the digestion of an ostrich for dice<noinclude></noinclude> m4fmpv97af99phxdadhdou0hfibigo3 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/312 104 420138 14129562 12893606 2024-04-25T18:48:53Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="SM DENIS" />{{rh|302|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>park, eighteen miles at least in circumference—that solid palace which, without inconvenience, could entertain and stow away a king and his whole court—in short, all that evidence of a princely territory, and a weighty rent-roll, made English dukes re- spectfully envious, and foreign potentates gratifyingly jealous. But turn from the front. Open the gate in that stone balus- trade. Come southward to the garden side of the house. Lady Montfort's flower-garden. Yes; not so dull! flowers, even autumnal flowers, enliven any sward. Still, on so large a scale, and so little relief; so little mystery about those broad gravel-walks; not a winding alley any where. Oh for a vulgar summer-house; for some alcove, all honey-suckle and ivy! But the dahlias are splendid! Very true; only dahlias, at the best, are such uninteresting prosy things. What poet ever wrote upon a dahlia! Surely Lady Montfort might have intro- duced a little more taste here—shown a little more fancy! Lady Montfort! I should like to see my lord's face, if Lady Montfort took any such liberty. But there is Lady Montfort walking slowly along the broad, broad, broad gravel walk— those splendid dahlias, on either side, in their set parterres. There she walks, in full evidence from all those sixty remorse- less windows on the garden front, each window exactly like the other. There she walks, looking wistfully to the far end—('tis a long way off)—where, happily, where is a wicket that carries a persevering pedestrian out of sight of the sixty windows, into shady walks, toward the banks of that immense piece of water, two miles from the house. My lord has not returned from his moor in Scotland—my lady is alone. No company in the house —it is like saying, " No acquaintance in a city." But the re- tinue is full. Though she dined alone, she might, had she pleased, have had almost as many servants to gaze upon her as there were windows now staring at her lonely walk, with their glassy spectral eyes. Just as Lady Montfort gains the wicket she is overtaken by a visitor, walking fast from the gravel sweep by the front door, where he has dismounted—where he has caught sight of her; any one so dismounting might have caught sight of her—could not help it. Gardens so fine, were made on purpose for fine persons walking in them to be seen. "Ah, Lady Montfort," said the visitor, stammering painfully, "I am so glad to find you at home." "At home, George!" said the lady, extending her hand; "where else is it likely that I should be found? But how pale you are! What has happened?"<noinclude></noinclude> shkpe150xcpk8nvfx00frn8hht9tsmz Page:What will he do with it.djvu/314 104 420140 14129563 12893611 2024-04-25T18:48:54Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="SM DENIS" />{{rh|304|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>the university, a profound theologian—an enthusiastic Church- man—filled with the most earnest sense of the pastor's solemn calling—he was thus complimentarily accosted by the Archi- mandrite of his college, " What a pity you cannot go into the Church!" "Cannot—but I am going into the Church." "You, is it possible? But perhaps you are sure of a living—" "Yes—Humberston." "An immense living, but a very large population. Certainly it is in the bishop's own discretionary power to ordain you, and for all the duties you can keep a curate. But—" Thte Don stopped short, and took snuff. That " But " said as plainly as words could say, " It may be a good thing for you, but is it fair for the Church?" So George Morley, at least, thought that " But " implied. His conscience took alarm. He was a thoroughly noble-hearted man, likely to be the more tender of conscience where tempted by worldly interests. With that living he was rich, without it very poor. But to give up a calling, to the idea of which he had attached himself with all the force of a powerful and zeal- ous nature, was to give up the whole scheme and dream of his existence He remained irresolute for some time; at last he wrote to the present Lord Montfort, intimating his doubts, and relieving the Marquis from the engagement which his lordship's predecessor had made. The present Marquis was not a man capable of understanding such scruples. But luckily perhaps for George and for the Church, the larger affairs of the great House of Montfort were not administered by the Marquis. The parliamentary influences, the ecclesiastical preferments, together with the practical direction of minor agents to the vast and complicated estates attached to the title, were at that time un- der the direction of Mr. Carr Vipont, a powerful member of Parliament, and husband to that Lady Selina whose condescen- sion had so disturbed the nerves of Frank Vance the artist. Mr. Carr Vipont governed this vice-roj-alty according to the rules and traditions by which the House of Montfort had become great and prosperous. For not only ever}' state, but every great seigniorial House has its hereditary maxims of policy; not less the House of Montfort than the House of Hapsburg. Now the House of Montfort made it a rule that all admitted to be mem- bers of the family should help each other; that the head of the House should never, if it could be avoided, suffer any of its branches to decay and wither into poverty. The House of Mont- fort also held it a duty to foster and make the most of every spe-<noinclude></noinclude> dppp56red6m337cleum2ascgy2hvj4a Page:What will he do with it.djvu/318 104 420145 14129564 13355161 2024-04-25T18:48:54Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="SM DENIS" />{{rh|308|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>will, with your leave, walk clown and look at the proposed site. Only do say that you forgive me." "Forgive you, Cousin George, oh yes. One word only—it is true you were a child still when I fancied I was a woman, and you have a right to talk to me upon all things, except those that relate to me and Lord Montfort; unless, indeed," she added, with a bewitching half laugh, " unless you ever see cause to scold me, there. Good-by, my cousin, and in turn forgive me, if I was so petulant. The Caroline you pelted with snow-balls was always a wayward, impulsive creature, quick to take offence, to misunderstand, and—to repent." Back into the broad, broad gravel-walk, walked, more slowly than before. Lady Montfort. Again the sixty ghastly windows stared at her with all their eyes—back from the gravel-walk, through a side-door, into the pompous solitude of the stately house—across long chambers, where the mirrors reflected her form, and the huge chairs, in their flaunting damask and flaring gold, stood stiff on desolate floors—into her own private room—neither large nor splendid that; plain chintzes, quiet bookshelves. She need not have been the Marchioness of Montfort to inhabit a room as pleasant and as luxurious. And the rooms that she could only have owned as Marchioness, what were those worth to her happiness? I know not. "Nothing," fine ladies will perhaps answer. Yet those same fine ladies will contrive to dispose their daughters to answer, "All." In her own room Lady Montfort sunk on her chair; wearily;—wearily she looked at the clock—wearily at the books on the shelves—at the harp near the window. Then she leaned her face on her hand, and that face was so sad, and so humbly sad, that you would have wondered how any one could call Lady Montfort proud. "Treasure! I—I!—worthless, fickle, credulous fool!—I—I!" The groom of the chambers entered with the letters by the afternoon post. That Great House contrived to worry itself with two posts a day. A royal command to Windsor— "I shall be more alone in a court than here," murmured Lady Montfort. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> oum0ayu23acp6gx765s9r1096qpovtj Page:What will he do with it.djvu/320 104 420147 14129565 13355167 2024-04-25T18:48:55Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="SM DENIS" />{{rh|310|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>is true; but a sea was only useful as representing the noise of a stormy democratic audience. To represent a peaceful congregation that still sheet of water would do as well. Pebbles there were in plenty just by that gravelly cove, near which a young pike lay sunning his green back. Half in jest, half in earnest, the scholar picked up a handful of pebbles, wiped them from sand and mould, inserted them between his teeth cautiously, and, looking round to assure himself that none were by, began an extempore discourse. So interested did he become in that classical experiment, that he might have tortured the air and astonished the magpies (three of whom from a neighboring thicket listened perfectly spell-bound) for more than half an hour, when, seized with shame at the ludicrous impotence of his exertions—with despair that so wretched a barrier should stand between his mind and its expression—he flung away the pebbles, and, sinking on the ground, he fairly wept—wept like a baffled child. The fact was, that Morley had really the temperament of an orator; he had the orator's gifts in warmth of passion, rush of thought, logical arrangement; there was in him the genius of a great preacher. He felt it—he knew it; and in that despair which only Genius knows, when some pitiful cause obstructs its energies and strikes down its powers—making a confidant of Solitude—he wept loud and freely. "Do not despond, Sir; I undertake to cure you," said a voice behind. George started up in confusion. A man, elderly, but fresh and vigorous, stood beside him, in a light fustian jacket, a blue apron, and with rushes in his hands, which he continued to plait together nimbly and deftly as he bowed to the startled scholar. "I was in the shade of the thicket yonder, Sir; pardon me, I could not help hearing you." The Oxonian rubbed his eyes, and stared at the man with a vague impression that he had seen him before—When? Where? "You can cure me," he stuttered out; " what of?—the folly of trying to speak in public. Thank you, I am cured." "Nay, Sir, you see before you a man who can make you a very good speaker. Your voice is naturally fine. I repeat I can cure a defect which is not in the organ, but in the manage ment." "You can! you—who and what are you?" "A basket-maker, Sir; I hope for your custom." "Surely this is not the first time I have seen you?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> gdkxh8eolezrgd8r4ru0024z3s971c8 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/322 104 420149 14129566 13066947 2024-04-25T18:48:56Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="SM DENIS" />{{rh|312|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude><section begin="chapter2" />"Then I will be the best friend to you that man ever had. There's my hand on it." "I take it, but I ask leave to change the parties in the contract. I don't want a friend—I don't deserve one. You'll be a friend to my little girl instead; and if ever I ask you to help me in aught for her welfare and happiness—" "I will help, heart and soul. Slight, indeed, any service to her or to you compared with such service to me. Free this wretched tongue from its stammer, and thought and zeal will not stammer, whenever you say, 'Keep your promise.' I am so glad your little girl is still with you!" Waife looked surprised—"Is still with me—why not?" The scholar bit his tongue. That was not the moment to confess; it might destroy all Waife's confidence in him. He would do so later. "When shall I begin my lesson?" "Now, if you like. But have you a book in your pocket?" "I always have." "Not Greek, I hope, Sir." "No, a volume of Barrow's Sermons. Lord Chatham recommended those sermons to his great son as a study for eloquence." "Good! Will you lend me that volume, Sir, and now for it; listen to me: one sentence at a time—draw your breath when I do." The three magpies pricked up their ears again, and, as they listened, marvelled much. <section end="chapter2" /> {{rule|4em}} <section begin="chapter3" />{{c|CHAPTER III.}} {{smaller block|{{hi|Could we know by what strange circumstances a man's genius became prepared for practical success, we should discover that the most serviceable items in his education were never entered in the bills which his father paid for it.}}}} {{sc|At}} the end of the very first lesson George Morley saw, that all the elocution-masters to whose skill he had been consigned were blunderers in comparison to the basket-maker. Waife did not puzzle him with scientific theories. All that the great comedian required of him was to observe and to imitate. Observation, imitation, lo! the ground-work of all art! the primal element of all genius! Not there, indeed, to halt, but there ever to commence. What remains to carry on the<section end="chapter3" /><noinclude></noinclude> quqa0vi3suq1x7995k5ypipsdmmduut Page:What will he do with it.djvu/324 104 420151 14129568 13066948 2024-04-25T18:48:57Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="SM DENIS" />{{rh|314|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>{{c|CHAPTER IV.}} {{smaller block|{{c|To judge human character rightly, a man may sometimes have very small experience, provided he has a very large heart.}}}} {{sc|Numa Pompilius}} did not more conceal from notice the lessons he received from Egeria than did George Morley those which he received from the basket-maker. Natural, indeed, must be his wish for secrecy—pretty story it would be for Humberston, its future rector learning now to preach a sermon from an old basket-maker! But he had a nobler and more imperious motive for discretion—his honor was engaged to it. Waife exacted a promise that he would regard the intercourse between them as strictly private and confidential. "It is for my sake I ask this," said Waife, frankly, "though I might say it was for yours." The Oxonian promised, and was bound. Fortunately, Lady Montfort quitting the Great House the very day after George had first encountered the basket-maker, and writing word that she should not return to it for some weeks—George was at liberty to avail himself of her lord's general invitation to make use of Montfort Court as his lodgings when in the neighborhood, which the proprieties of the world would not have allowed him to do while Lady Montfort was there without either host or female guests. Accordingly, he took up his abode in a corner of the vast palace, and was easily enabled when he pleased, to traverse unobserved the solitudes of the park, gain the water-side, or stroll thence through the thick copse leading to Waife's cottage, which bordered the park-pales, solitary, sequestered, beyond sight of the neighboring village. The great house all to himself, George was brought in contact with no one to whom, in unguarded moments, he could even have let out a hint of his new acquaintance, except the clergyman of the parish, a worthy man, who lived in strict retirement upon a scanty stipend. For the Marquis was the lay impropriator; the living was therefore but a very poor vicarage, below the acceptance of a Vipont or a Vipont's tutor—sure to go to a quiet worthy man forced to live in strict retirement. George saw too little of this clergyman either to let out secrets or pick up information. From him, however, George did incidentally learn that Waife had some months previously visited the village, and proposed to the bailiff to take the cottage and osier land, which he now rented—that he represented himself as having known an old basket-maker who had dwelt there many years ago, and had learned the bas-<noinclude></noinclude> 1b1a0u8a7mgaj8b41wqulay6u9ignuw Page:What will he do with it.djvu/326 104 420153 14129569 12894323 2024-04-25T18:48:58Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="SM DENIS" />{{rh|316|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>eign postmark. The idea befriended the old man; allowing it to be inferred that he had probably outlived the friends he had formerly left behind him in England, and on his return, been sufficiently fatigued with his rambles to drop contented in any corner of his native soil, wherein he could find a quiet home, and earn by light toil a decent livelihood. George, though naturally curious to know what had been the result of his communication to Mrs. Crane—whether it had led to Waife's discovery or caused him annoyance,—had hitherto, however, shrunk from touching upon a topic which subjected himself to an awkward confession of officious intermeddling, and might appear an indirect and indelicate mode of prying into painful family affairs. But one day he received a letter from his father which disturbed him greatly, and induced him to break ground and speak to his preceptor frankly. In this letter the elder Mr. Morley mentioned incidentally, among other scraps of local news, that he had seen Mr. Hartopp, who was rather out of sorts, his good heart not having recovered the shock of having been abominably *' taken in " by an impostor for whom he had conceived a great fancy, and to whose discovery George himself had providentially led (the father referring here to what George had told him of the first meeting with Waife, and his visit to Mrs. Crane), the impostor, it seemed, from what Mr. Hartopp let fall, not being a little queer in the head—as George had been led to surmise—but a very bad character, " In fact," added the elder Morley, " a character so bad, that Mr. Hartopp was too glad to give up the child, whom the man appears to have abducted, to her lawful protector; and I suspect from what Hartopp said, though he does not like to own that he was taken in to so gross a degree, that he had been actually introducing to his fellow-townsfolk, and conferring familiarly, with a regular jail-bird—perhaps a burglar. How lucky for the poor, softheaded, excellent Jos Hartopp—whom it is positively as inhuman to take in as if he were a born natural—that the lady you saw arrived in time to expose the snares laid for his benevolent credulity. But for that, Jos might have taken the fellow into his own house—(just like him!)—and been robbed by this time —perhaps murdered—Heaven knows!" Incredulous and indignant, and longing to be empowered to vindicate his friend's fair name, George seized his hat, and strode quick along the path toward the basket-maker's cottage. As he gained the water-side he perceived Waife himself, seated on a mossy bank, under a gnarled fantastic thorn-tree, watching a deer as it came to drink, and whistling a soft mellow tune—the<noinclude></noinclude> tka4i5nrth89xva7ppn9ipe5n89ljua Page:What will he do with it.djvu/328 104 420155 14129570 12894339 2024-04-25T18:48:59Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param; double braces proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="SM DENIS" />{{rh|318|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>{{sc|George Morley}}. " With all respect for minnows and houseflies, if we found another Shakspeare, he might be better employed, like his predecessor, in selecting individualities from the classifications of man." {{sc|Waife}}. "Being yourself a man, you think so—a house-fly might be of a different opinion. But permit me, at least, to doubt whether such an investigator would be better employed in reference to his own happiness, though I grant that he would be so in reference to your intellectual amusement and social interests. Poor Shakspeare! How much he must have suffered!" {{sc|George Morley}. " You mean that he must have been racked by the passions he describes—bruised by collision with the hearts he dissects. That is not necessary to genius. The judge on his bench, summing up evidence, and charging the jury, has no need to have shared the temptations, or been privy to the acts, of the prisoner at the bar. Yet how consummate may be his analysis!" "No," cried Waife, roughly. " No. Your illustration destroys your argument. The judge knows nothing of the prisoner! There are the circumstances—there is the law. By these he generalizes—by these he judges—right or wrong. But of the individual at the bar—of the world—the tremendous world within that individual heart—I repeat—he knows nothing. Did he know, law and circumstance might vanish—human justice would be paralyzed. Ho, there! place that swart-visaged, ill-looking foreigner in the dock, and let counsel open the case—hear the witnesses depose! Oh, horrible wretch!—a murderer—un- manly murderer!—a defenceless woman smothered by caitiff hands! Hang him up—hang him up! ' Softly,' whispers the Poet; and lifts the veil from the Assassin's heart. ' Lo! it is Othello the Moor! What jury now dare find that criminal guilty? —what judge now will put on the black cap?—who now says, ' Hang him up—hang him up? '" With such lifelike force did the Comedian vent his passionate outburst that he thrilled his listener with an awe akin to that which the convicted Moor gathers round himself at the close of the sublime drama. Even Sir Isaac was startled; and, leaving his hopeless pursuit of the water-rat, uttered a low bark, came to his master, and looked into his face with solemn curiosity. {{sc|Waif}} (relapsing into colloquial accents). " Why do we sympathize with those above us more than with those below?' why with the sorrows of a king rather than those of a beggar? why does Sir Isaac sympathize with me more than (let that water-rat vex him ever so much) I can possibly sympathize with him?<noinclude></noinclude> 3s8s5tm3az4t5eg38t5lqrwdxml1vt7 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/330 104 420157 14129571 12897638 2024-04-25T18:49:00Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="SM DENIS" />{{rh|320|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>have heard, or yet hear, to the discredit of my former life? You will not send me and my grandchild forth from our obscure refuge to confront a world with which we have no strength to cope? And, believing this, it only remains for me to say fare- you-well, Sir." "I should deserve to lose spe—spe—speech altogether," cried the Oxonian, gasping and stammering fearfully as he caught Waife firmly by the arm, " if I suffered—suff—suff—suff—" "One, two! take time. Sir!" said the Comedian, softly. And with sweet patience he reseated himself on the bank. The Oxonian threw himself at length by the outcast's side; and with the noble tenderness of a nature as chivalrously Christian as Heaven ever gave to priest, he rested his folded hands upon Waife's shoulder, and looking him full and close in the face, said thus, slowly, deliberately, not a stammer: "You do not guess what you have done for me; you have secured to me a home and a career—the wife of whom I must otherwise have despaired—the divine vocation on which all my earthly hopes were set, and which I was on the eve of renouncing—do not think these are obligations which can be lightly shaken off. If there are circumstances which forbid me to disabuse others of impressions which wrong you, imagine not that their false notions will affect my own gratiiude—my own respect for you!" "Nay, Sir! they ought—they must. Perhaps not your ex- aggerated gratitude for a service which you should not, however, measure by its effects on yourself, but by the slightness of the trouble it gave to me; not perhaps your gratitude—but your respect, yes." "I tell you no! Do you fancy that I cannot judge of a man's nature without calling on him to trust me with all his secrets— all the errors, if you will, of his past life? Will not the calling to which I may now hold myself destined give me power and commandment to absolve all those who truly repent and un- feignedly believe? Oh, Mr. Waife! if in earlier days you have sinned, do you not repent? and how often, in many a lovely gentle sentence dropped unawares from your lips, have I had cause to know that you unfeignedly believe! Were I now clothed with sacred authority, could I not absolve you as a priest? Think you that, in the meanwhile, I dare judge you as a man? I—life's new recruit, guarded hitherto from temptation by careful parents and favoring fortune—/presume to judge, and judge harshly, the gray-haired veteran, wearied by the march, wounded in the battle!"<noinclude></noinclude> 239s66pd8s5lwfphoq61tpovox1vv3y Page:What will he do with it.djvu/332 104 420159 14129573 12893635 2024-04-25T18:49:02Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="SM DENIS" />{{rh|322|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>you have taken will never betray—never desert; but is it—is it really powerless to raise and to restore you to your place?" "Powerless among your kind for that indeed," answered Waife, in accents still more tremulous. "All the kings of the earth are not strong enough to raise a name that has once been trampled into the mire. Learn that it is not only impossible for me to clear myself, but that it is equally impossible for me to confide to mortal being a single plea in defence if I am innocent, in extenuation if I am guilty. And saying this, and entreating you to hold it more merciful to condemn than to ques- tion me—for question is torture—I cannot reject your pity but it would be mockery to offer me respect!" "What! not respect the fortitude which calumny cannot crush? Would that fortitude be possible if you were not calm in the knowledge that no false witnesses can mislead the Eter- nal Judge? Respect you! yes—because I have seen you happy in despite of men, and therefore I know that the cloud around you is not the frown of Heaven." "Oh," cried Waife, the tears rolling down his cheeks, " and not an hour ago I was jesting at human friendship—venting graceless spleen on my fellow-men! And now—now—ah! Sir, Providence is so kind to me! And," said he. brushing away his tears, as the old arch smile began to play around the corner of his mouth—" and kind to me in the very quarter in which un- kindness had most sorely smitten me. True, you directed toward me the woman who took from me my grandchild—who destroyed me in the esteem of good Mr. Hartopp. Well, you see, I have my sweet Sophy back again; we are in the home of all others I most longed for; and that woman—yes, I can, at least thus far, confide to you my secrets, so that you may not blame yourself for sending her to Gatesboro'—that very woman knows of my shelter—furnished me with the very reference nec- essary to obtain it; has freed my grandchild from a loathsome bondage which I could not have legally resisted; and should new persecutions chase us, will watch, and warn, and help us. And if you ask me how this change in her was effected—how, when we had abandoned all hope of green fields, and deemed that only in the crowd of a city we could escape those who pur- sued us when discovered there, though I fancied myself an adept in disguise, and the child and the dog were never seen out of the four garret walls in which I hid them; if you ask me, I say, to explain how that very woman was suddenly converted from a remorseless foe into a saving guardian, I can only answer, by no wit, no device, no persuasive art of mine. Providence softened<noinclude></noinclude> kmoop1vz8pey8yphgi02xyjnmeooefg Page:What will he do with it.djvu/334 104 420161 14129575 13066949 2024-04-25T18:49:03Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="SM DENIS" />{{rh|324|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude><section begin="chapter4" />Montfort's humane fear for a blind old impostor, who was trying to save his dog—a black dog, Sir, who had dyed his hair—from her carriage wheels. And the hope became stronger still, when, the first Sunday I attended yon village church, I again saw that fair—wondrously fair—face at the far end—fair as moonlight and as melancholy. Strange it is, Sir, that I, naturally a boisterous, mirthful man, and now a shy, skulking fugitive—feel more attracted, more allured toward a countenance, in proportion as I read there the trace of sadness. I feel less abashed by my own nothingness—more emboldened to approach and say, 'Not so far apart from me; thou, too. hast suffered.' Why is this?" {{sc|George Morley}}. "'The fool hath said in his heart that there is no God;' but the fool hath not said in his heart that there is no sorrow—pithy and most profound sentence; intimating the irrefragable chain that binds men to the Father. And where the chain tightens the children are closer drawn together. But to your wish—I will remember it. And when my cousin returns she shall see your Sophy." <section end="chapter4" /> {{rule|4em}} <section begin="chapter5" />{{c|CHAPTER V.}} {{smaller block|{{hi|Mr. Waife, being by nature unlucky, considers that, in proportion as Fortune brings him good luck, Nature converts it into bad. He suffers Mr. George Morley to go away in his debt, and Sophy fears that he will be dull in consequence.}}}} {{sc|George Morley}}, a few weeks after the conversation last recorded, took his departure from Montfort Court, prepared, without a scruple, to present himself for ordination to the friendly bishop. From Waife he derived more than the cure of a disabling infirmity; he received those hints which, to a man who has the natural temperament of an orator, so rarely united with that of the scholar, expedite the mastery of the art which makes the fleeting human voice an abiding, imperishable power. The grateful teacher exhausted all his lore upon the pupil whose genius he had freed—whose heart had subdued himself. Before leaving, George was much perplexed how to offer to Waife any other remuneration than that which, in Waife's estimate, had already overpaid all the benefits he had received—viz., unquestioning friendship and pledged protection. It need scarcely be said that George thought the man to whom he owed fortune and happiness was entitled to something beyond that moral recom-<section end="chapter5" /><noinclude></noinclude> ncwyzde6cjxbdu4fekikt0ejxv05yyb Page:What will he do with it.djvu/336 104 420163 14129576 12893763 2024-04-25T18:49:04Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="SM DENIS" />{{rh|326|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>the winter days close in. You see I am not above being paid, Sir. But, Mr. Morley, there is a great favor you can do me." "What is it.? Speak." "Cautiously refrain from doing me a great disservice! You are going back to your friends and relations. Never speak of me to them. Never describe me and my odd ways. Name not the lady, nor—nor—nor—the man who claimed Sophy. Your friends might not hurt me, others might. Talk travels. The Hare is not long in its form when it has a friend in a Hound that gives tongue. Promise what I ask. Promise it as ' man and gentleman.'" "Certainly. Yet I have one relation to whom I should like, With your permission, to speak of you—with whom I could wish you acquainted. He is so thorough a man of the world that he might suggest some method to clear your good name, which you yourself would approve. My uncle, Colonel Morley—" "On no account!" cried Waife, almost fiercely, and he evinced so much anger and uneasiness that it was long before George could pacify him by the most earnest assurances that his secret should be inviolably kept, and his injunctions faith- fully obeyed. No men of the world consulted how to force him back to the world of men that he fled from! No colonels to scan him with martinet eyes, and hint how to pipe-clay a tarnish! Waife's apprehensions gradually allayed, and his confidence restored, one fine morning George took leave of his eccentric benefactor. Waife and Sophy stood gazing after him from their garden- gate; the cripple leaning lightly on the child's arm. She looked with anxious fondness into the old man's thoughtful face, and clung to him more closely as she looked. "Will you not be dull, poor grandy t Will you not miss him?" "A little at first," said Waife, rousing himself. "-Education is a great thing. An educated mind, provided that it does us no mischief—which is not always the case—cannot be withdrawn from our existence without leaving a blank behind. Sophy, we must seriously set to work and educate ourselves!" "We will, grandy dear," said Sophy, with decision; and a few minutes afterward, " If I can become very, very clever, you will not pine so much after that gentleman—will you, grandy?"<noinclude></noinclude> e93iko43d3ucwh2rd23f3cckjvkjqxm Page:What will he do with it.djvu/338 104 420165 14129577 12893705 2024-04-25T18:49:05Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="SM DENIS" />{{rh|328|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>During the reign of Richard I. the House of Vipont, though recalled to England (leaving its Irish acquisitions in charge of a fierce cadet, who served as middleman), excused itself from the Crusade, and, by marriage with a rich goldsmith's daughter, was enabled to lend moneys to those who indulged in that exciting but costly pilgrimage. In the reign of John the House of Vipont foreclosed its mortgages on lands thus pledged, and became possessed of a very fair property in England, as well as its fiefs in the sister isle. The House of Vipont took no part in the troublesome politics of that clay. Discreetly obscure, it attended to its own fortunes, and felt small interest in Magna Charta. During the reigns of the Plantagenet Edwards, who w-ere great encouragers of mercantile adventure, the House of Vipont, shunning Creci, Bannockburn, and such profitless brawls, intermarried with London traders, and got many a good thing out of the Genoese. In the reign of Henry IV. the House of Vipont reaped the benefit of its past forbearance and modesty. Now, for the first time, the Viponts appear as belted knights—they have armorial bearings—they are Lancasterian to the back-bone—they are ex- ceedingly indignant against heretics—they burn the Lollards— they have places in the household of Queen Joan, who was called a witch, but a witch is a very good friend when she wields a sceptre instead of a broomstick. And in proof of its growing importance, the House of Vipont marries a daughter of the then mighty House of Darrell. In the reign of Henry V., during the invasion of France, the House of Vipont—being afraid of the dysentery which carried off more brave fellows than the field of Agincourt—contrived to be a minor. The Wars of the Roses puzzled the House of Vipont sadly. But it went through that perilous ordeal with singular tact and success. The manner in which it changed sides, each change safe, and most changes lucrative, is beyond all praise. On the whole, it preferred the Yorkists; it was impossible to be actively Lancasterian, with Henry VI. of Lancaster always in prison. And thus, at the death of Edward IV., the House of Vipont was Baron Vipont of Vipont, with twenty manors. Rich- ard III. counted on the House of Vipont, when he left London to meet Richmond at Bosworth—he counted without his host. The House of Vipont became again intensely Lancasterian, and was among the first to crowd round the litter in which Henry VII. entered the metropolis. In that reign it married a relation of Empson's—did the great House of Vipont! and as nobles of elder date had become scarce and poor, Henry VII. was pleased<noinclude></noinclude> 0uhe0luej98q7jev3amwrjm0zu0obnk Page:What will he do with it.djvu/340 104 420167 14129578 13166976 2024-04-25T18:49:06Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="SM DENIS" />{{rh|330|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>came pre-eminently visible. By that time its lands were vast, its wealth enormous; its parliamentary influence, as " a Great House," was now a part of the British Constitution, At this period the House of Vipont found it convenient to rend itself into two grand divisions—the peer's branch and the commoner's. The House of Commons had become so important that it was necessary for the House of Vipont to be represented there by a great commoner. Thus arose the family of Carr Vipont. That division—owing to a marriage settlement favoring a younger son by the heiress of the Carrs—carried off a good slice from the estate of the earldom—uno averso,non deficit alter; the earldom mourned, but replaced the loss by two wealthy wedlocks of its own; and had since seen cause to rejoice that its power in the Upper Chamber was strengthened by such aid in the Lower. For, thanks to its parliamentary influence, and the aid of the great commoner, in the reign of George III. the House of Vi- pont became a Marquis. From that time to the present day the House of Vipont had gone on prospering and progressive. It was to the aristocracy what the Times newspaper is to the press. The same quick sympathy with public feeling—the same unity of tone and purpose—the same adaptability—and something of the same lofty tone of superiority to the petty interests of party. It may be conceded that the House of Vipont was less brilliant than the Times newspaper, but eloquence and wit, necessary to the duration of a newspaper, were not necessary to that of the House of Vipont. Had they been so, it would have had them! The Head of the House of Vipont rarely condescended to take office. With a rent-roll loosely estimated at about £170,000 a year, it is beneath a man to take from the public a paltry five or six thousand a year, and undergo all the undignified abuse of popular assemblies, and "a ribald press." But it was a matter of course that the 'House of Vipont should be represented in any cabinet that a constitutional monarch could be advised to form. Since the time of Walpole, a Vipont was always in the service of his country, except in those rare instances when the country was infamously misgoverned. The cadets of the House, or the senior member of the great commoner's branch of it, sacrificed their ease to fulfil that duty. The Montfort marquises in general were contented with situations of honor in the household, as of Lord Steward, Lord Chamberlain, or Master of the Horse, etc. —not onerous dignities; and even these they only deigned to accept on those especial occasions when danger threatened the Star of Brunswick, and the sense of its exalted station forbade the House of Vipont to leave his country in the dark.<noinclude></noinclude> eilq8he04ddqbmkc97btt1lbo4fcvoz Page:What will he do with it.djvu/342 104 420169 14129579 12893686 2024-04-25T18:49:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="SM DENIS" />{{rh|332|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>child, was a melancholy contrast, not only to his grandsire, but to the general character of his progenitors. Before his time every head of the House had done something for it—even the most frivolous had contributed; one had collected the pictures, another the statues, a third the medals, a fourth had amassed the famous Vipont library; while others had at kast married heiresses, or augmented, through ducal lines, the splendor of the interminable cousinhood. The present marquis was literally nil. The pith of the Viponts was not in him. He looked well, he dressed well; if life were only the dumb show of a tableau, he would have been a paragon of a Marquis. But he was like the watches we give to little children, with a pretty gilt dial- plate, and no works in them. He was thoroughly inert—there Was no winding him up; he could not manage his property— he could not answer his letters—very few of them could he even read through. Politics did not interest him, nor literature, nor field-sports. He shot, it is true, but mechanically—wondering, perhaps, why he did shoot. He attended races, because the House of Vipont kept a racing stud. He bet on his own horses; but if they lost, showed no vexation. Admirers (no Marquis of Montfort could be wholly without them) said: " What fine temper! what good-breeding!" it was nothing but constitutional apathy. No one could call him a bad man—he was not a profligate, an oppressor, a miser, a spendthrift; he would not have taken the trouble to be a bad man on any account. Those who beheld his character at a distance would have called him an exemplary man. The more conspicuous duties of his station, subscriptions, charities, the maintenance of grand establish- ments, the encouragement of the line arts, were virtues admirably performed for him by others. But the phlegm or nullity of his being was not, after all, so complete as I have made it, per- haps, appear. He had one susceptibility which is more com- mon with women than with men—the susceptibility to pique. His amour propre was unforgiving—pique that, and he could do a rash thing, a foolish thing, a spiteful thing—pique that, and, prodigious! the watch went! He had a rooted pique against his marchioness. Apparently he had conceived this pique from the very first. He showed it passively by supreme neglect; he showed it actively by removing her from all the spheres of pow- er which naturally fall to the wife when the husband shuns the details of business. Evidently he had a dread lest any one should say, " Lady Montfort iniiuences my lord." Accordingly, not only the management of his estates fell to Carr Vipont, but even of his gardens, his household, his domestic arrange-<noinclude></noinclude> ckxc6xk8dfdeugara3miibh6cr4325h Page:What will he do with it.djvu/344 104 420171 14129580 12893677 2024-04-25T18:49:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="SM DENIS" />{{rh|334|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>does absolutely nothing for us," said Lady Selina; but Lady Selina in her heart was well pleased that to her in reality thus fell, almost without a rival, the female representation, in the great world, of the Vipont honors. Lady Selina was fashion itself. Lady Montfort's social peculiarity was in the eagerness with which she sought the society of persons who enjoyed a reputa- tion for superior intellect, whether statesmen, lawyers, authors, philosophers, artists. Intellectual intercourse seemed as if it was her native atmosphere, from which she was habitually banished, to which she returned with an instinctive yearning and a new zest of life; yet was she called, even here, nor seemingly without jus- tice—capricious and unsteady in her likings. These clever per- sonages, after a little while, all seemed to disappoint her expec- tations of them; she sought the acquaintance of each with cor- dial earnestness; slid from the acquaintance with weary languor; never, after all, less alone than when alone. And so wondrous lovely! Nothing so rare as beauty of the high type; genius and beauty, indeed, are both rare; genius, which is the beauty of the mind—beauty, which is the genius of the body. But, of the two, beauty is the rarer. All of us can count on our fingers some forty or fifty persons of undoubted and illustrious genius, including those famous in action, letters, art. But can any of us remember to have seen more than four or five specimens of first-rate ideal beauty? Whosoever had seen Lady Montfort would have ranked her among such four or five in his recollection. There was in her face that lustrous dazzle to which the Latin poet, perhaps, refers when he speaks of the "Nitor Splendentis Pario marmore purhis . . . Et voltus, nimium lubricus adspici," and which an English poet, with the less sensuous but more spirit- ual imagination of northern genius, has described in lines that an English reader may be pleased to see rescued from oblivion: "Her face was like the milky way i' the sky, A meeting of gentle lights without a name." The eyes so purely bright, the exquisite harmony of coloring between the dark (not too dark) hair, and the ivory of the skin; such sweet radiance in the lip when it broke into a smile. And it was said that in her maiden day, before Caroline Lyndsay be- came Marchioness of Montfort, that smile was the most joyous thing imaginable. Absurd now; you would not think it, but that<noinclude></noinclude> ikv0feg6iip48blaex8zmi0ghzw9zga Page:What will he do with it.djvu/346 104 420173 14129581 12893668 2024-04-25T18:49:08Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="SM DENIS" />{{rh|336|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>the decorative arts, came resolutely to Montfort Court; and there, surrounded with architects, and gilders, and upholsterers, redeemed his errors; and soothed by the reflection of the palace provided for his successor, added to his vaults—a coffin. The suite expands before the eye. You are in the grand drawing-room, copied from that of Versailles. That is a picture, full length, of the late Marquis in his robes; its pendent is the late Marchioness, his wife. That table of malachite is a present from the Russian Emperor Alexander; that vase of Sevre which rests on it was made for Marie Antoinette—see her portrait enamelled in its centre. Through the open door at the far end your eye loses itself in a vista of other pompous chambers —the music-room, the statue hall, the orangery; other rooms there are appertaining to the suite—a ball-room fit for Babylon, a library that might have adorned Alexandria—but they are not lighted, nor required, on this occasion: it is strictly a family party, sixty guests and no more. In the drawing-room three whist-tables carry off the more elderly and grave. The piano, in the music-room, attracts a younger group. Lady Selina Vipont's eldest daughter Honoria, a young lady not yet brought out, but about to be brought out the next season, is threading a wonderfully intricate German piece— "Linked music long drawn out," with variations. Her science is consummate. No pains have been spared on her education; elaborately accomplished, she is formed to be the sympathizing spouse of a wealthy statesman. Lady Montfort is seated by an elderly duchess, who is good- natured, and a great talker; near her are seated two middle-aged gentlemen, who had been conversing with her till the duchess, having cut in, turned dialogue into monologue. The elder of these two gentlemen is Mr. Carr Vipont, bald, with clipped parliamentary whiskers; values himself on a like- ness to Canning, but with a portlier presence—looks a large- acred man. Carr Vipont has about £40,000 a year; has often refused office for himself, while taking care that other Viponts should have it; is a great authority in Committee business and the rules of the House of Commons; speaks very seldom, and at no great length, never arguing, merely- stating his opinion, carries great weight with him, and as he votes, vote fifteen other members of the House of Vipont, besides, admiring satel- lites. He can therefore turn divisions, and has decided the fate of cabinets. A pleasant man, a little consequential, but the<noinclude></noinclude> 5muwqpguutf6k5qng3inq3u6ujot7u7 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/348 104 420175 14129582 12873759 2024-04-25T18:49:09Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|338|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>Other one, and justified Darrell in commending a boy like Lionel Haughton to the Colonel's friendly care and admonitory counsels. The Colonel, like other men, had his weakness, if weakness it can be called: he believed that the House of Vipont was not mere- ly the Corinthian capital, but the embattled keep—not merely the dulce decus, but the prasidium columenque rerum of the British monarchy. He did not boast of his connection with the House; he did not provoke your spleen by enlarging on its manifold virtues; he would often have his harmless jest against its mem- bers or even against its pretensions, but such seeming evidences of forbearance or candor were cunning devices to mitigate envy. His devotion to the House was not obtrusive, it was profound. He loved the House of Vipont for the sake of England, he loved England for the House of Vipont. Had it been possible, by some tremendous reversal of the ordinary laws of nature, to dissociate the cause of England from the cause of the House of Vipont, the Colonel would have said, " Save at least the Ark of the Constitution! and rally round the old House!" The Colonel had none of Guy Darrell's infirmity of family pride; he cared not a rush for mere pedigrees—much too liberal and enlightened for such obsolete prejudices. No! He knew the world too well not to be quite aware that old family and long pedigrees are of no use to a man if he has not some money or some merit. But it was of use to a man to be a cousin of the House of Vipont, though without any money, without merit at all. It was of use to be part and parcel of a British institution: it was of use to have a legitimate indefeasible right to share in the administration and patronage of an empire, on which (to use a novel illustration) "the sun never sets." You might want noth- ing for yourself—the Colonel and the Marquis equally wanted nothing for themselves; but man is not to be a selfish egotist! Man has cousins—his cousins may want something. Demos- thenes denounces, in words that infiame every manly breast, the ancient Greek who does not love his Polis or State, even though he take nothing from it but barren honor, and contribute toward it—a great many disagreeable taxes. As the Polis to the Greek, was the House of Vipont to Alban Vipont Morley. It was the most beautiful touching affection imaginable! When ever the House was in difficulties—whenever it was threatened by a CRISIS—the Colonel was by its side, sparing no pains, neg- lecting no means, to get the Ark of the Constitution back into smooth water. That duty done, he retired again into private life, and scorned all other reward than the still whisper of ap- plauding conscience.<noinclude></noinclude> 2wq23s5uvob6jv1kaqhrbjm4xfpplch Page:What will he do with it.djvu/350 104 420177 14129583 12886447 2024-04-25T18:49:10Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|340|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>a kinsman of his own (no Vipont)—Lionel Haughton, son of poor Charlie Haughton, whom you may remember." Carr Vipont. "Yes, a handsome scamp—went to the dogs. So Darrell takes up Charlie's son—w'hat! as his heir?" Colonel Morlev. "In his letter to me he anticipated that question in the negative." Carr Vipont. "Has Darrell any nearer kinsman .'" Colonel Morley, " Not that I know of," Carr Vipont. "Perhaps he will select one of his wife's family for his heir—a Vipont; I should not wonder." Colonel Morley (dryly). "I should. But why may not Darrell marry again? I always thought he would—I think so still." Carr Vipont (glancing toward his own daughter Honoria). "Well, a wife well-chosen might restore him to society, and to us. Pity, indeed, that so great an intellect should be suspended —a voice so eloquent hushed. You are right; in this crisis, Guy Darrell once more in the House of Commons, we should have all we require—an orator, a debater! Very odd, but at this moment we have no speakers—we, the Viponts!" {{sc|Colonel Morley}}. "Yourself?" Carr Vipont. "You are too kind. I can speak on occasions; but regularly, no. Too much drudgery—not young enough to take to it now. So you think Darrell will marry as:ain? A remarkably fine-looking fellow when I last saw him , not old yet; I dare say', well preserved. I wish I had thought of asking him here—Montfort!" (Lord Montfort, with one or two male friends, was passing by toward a billiard-room, open- ing through a side-door from the regular suite)—" Montfort! only think, we forgot to invite Guy Darrell. Is it too late be- fore our party breaks up?" Lord Montfort (sullenly). "I don't choose Guy Darrell to be invited to my house." Carr Vipont was literally stunned by a reply so contumacious. Lord Montfort demur at what Carr Vipont suggested! He could not believe his senses. "Not choose, my dear Montfort! you are joking. A monstrous clever fellow, Guy Darrell, and at this crisis—" "I hate clever fellows—no such bores!" said Lord Montfort, breaking from the caressing clasp of Carr Vipont, and stalking away. "Spare your regrets, my dear Carr," said Colonel Morley. "Darrell is not in England—I rather believe he is in Verona." Therewith the Colonel sauntered toward the group gathered<noinclude></noinclude> 3pv8ishrv9p794ktmggkt0j7t83ropb Page:What will he do with it.djvu/352 104 420179 14129584 13066952 2024-04-25T18:49:11Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|342|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude><section begin="chapter8" />of life. When he comes back he must enter society; I have put his name up at White's; may I introduce him to you?" Lady Montfort hesitated, and, after a pause, said almost rudely, "No." She left the Colonel, slightly shrugging his shoulders, and passed into the billiard-room with a quick step. Some ladies were already there, looking at the players. Lord Montfort was chalking his cue. Lady Montfort walked straight up to him; her color was heightened; her lip was quivering; she placed her hand on his shoulder with a wifelike boldness. It seemed as if she had come there to seek him from an impulse of affection. She asked with a hurried fluttering kindness of voice, "If he had been successful?" and called him by his Christian name. Lord Montfort's countenance, before merely apathetic, now assumed an expression of extreme distaste. "Come to teach me to make a cannon, I suppose!" he said, mutteringly, and, turning from her, contemplated the balls and missed the cannon. "Rather in my way, Lady Montfort," said he then, and retiring to a corner, said no more. Lady Montfort's countenance became still more flushed. She lingered a moment, returned to the drawing-room, and for the rest of the evening was uncommonly animated, gracious, fascinating. As she retired with her lady guests for the night, she looked round, saw Colonel Morley, and held out her hand to him. "Your nephew comes here to-morrow," said she, "my old playfellow; impossible quite to forget old friends—good-night." <section end="chapter8" /> {{rule|4em}} <section begin="chapter9" />{{c|CHAPTER IX.}} {{smaller block|{{c|"Les extremes se touchent."}}}} {{sc|The}} next day the gentlemen were dispersed out of doors—a large shooting party. Those who did not shoot, walked forth to inspect the racing stud or the model farm. The ladies had taken their walk; some were in their own rooms, some in the reception rooms, at work, or reading, or listening to the piano—Honoria Carr Vipont again performing. Lady Montfort was absent; Lady Selina kindly supplied the hostess' place. Lady Selina was embroidering, with great skill and taste, a pair of slippers for her eldest boy, who had just entered at Oxford, having left Eton with a reputation of being the neatest dresser, and not the worst cricketer, of that renowned educational insti-<section end="chapter9" /><noinclude></noinclude> 9ofjbjm9cqwdpwvhdqj16wl9hivuttr Page:What will he do with it.djvu/354 104 420182 14129585 12886480 2024-04-25T18:49:12Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|344|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>dispute about the earldom. The Barony, of course, is safe; goes with the Irish estates, and most of the English—and goes (don't you know?)—to Sir James Vipont, the last person who ought to have it: the quietest, stupidest creature; not brought up to the sort of thing—a mere gentleman farmer on a small estate in Devonshire." "He is not here .'" "No. Lord Montfort does not like him. Very natural. Nobody does like his heir, if not his own child, and some people don't even like their own eldest sons! Shocking; but so it is. Montfort is the kindest, most tractable being that ever was, ex- cept where he takes a dislike He dislikes two or three people very much." "True; how he did dislike poor Mrs. Lyndsay!" said one of the listeners, smiling. "Mrs. Lyndsay, yes—dear Lady Montfort's mother. I can't say I pitied her, the ugh I was sorry for Lady Montfort. How Mrs. Lyndsay ever took in Montfort for Caroline I can't con- ceive! How she had the face to think of it! He, a mere youth at the time! Kept secret from all his family—even from his grandmother—the darkest transaction. I don't wonder that he never forgave it." FIRST LISTENER. "Caroline has beauty enough to—" Lady Selina (interrupting). "Beauty, of course—no one can deny that. But not at all suited to such a position; not brought up to the sort of thing. Poor Montfort! he should have mar- ried a different kind of woman altogether—a woman like his grandmother, the last Lady Montfort. Caroline does nothing for the House—nothing—has not even a child—most unfortu- nate affair." SECOND LISTENER. "Mrs. Lyndsay was very poor, was she not .- Caroline, I suppose, had no opportunity of forming those tastes and habits which are necessary for—for—" Lady Selina (helping the listener). "For such a position and such a fortune. You are quite right, my dear. People brought up in one way cannot accommodate themselves to another; and it is odd, but I have observed that people brought up poor can accommodate themselves less to being very rich than people brought up rich to accommodate themselves to being very poor. As Carr says, in his pointed way, ' it is easier to stoop than to climb.' Yes; Mrs. Lyndsay was, you know, a daughter of Seymour Vipont, who was for so many years in the Administration, with a fair income from his salary, and nothing out of it. She married one of the Scotch Lyndsays—good<noinclude></noinclude> kr8103q1yxv9v7ra3695r352j1kx4k6 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/356 104 420184 14129586 13066953 2024-04-25T18:49:13Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|346|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude><section begin="chapter9" />happy to see Mr. Morley. George followed the servant into that unpretending sitting-room, with its simple chintzes and quiet book-shelves—room that would not have been too fine for a cottage. <section end="chapter9" /> {{rule|4em}} <section begin="chapter10" />{{c|CHAPTER X.}} {{smaller block|{{hi|In every life, go it fast, go it slow, there are critical pausing places. When the journey is renewed the face of the country is changed.}}}} {{sc|How }}well she suited that simple room—herself so simply dressed—her marvellous beauty so exquisitely subdued. She looked at home there, as if all of home that the house could give were there collected. She had finished and sealed the momentous letters, and had come, with a sense of relief, from the table at the farther end of the room, on which those letters, ceremonial and conventional, had been written—come to the window, which, though mid-winter, was open, and the red-breast, with whom she had made friends, hopped boldly almost within reach, looking at her with bright eyes, and head curiously aslant. By the window a single chair and a small reading-desk, with the book lying open. The short day was not far from its close, but there was ample light still in the skies, and a serene if chilly stillness in the air without. Though expecting the relation she had just summoned to her presence, I fear she had half forgotten him. She was standing by the window deep in reverie as he entered, so deep that she started when his voice struck her ear and he stood before her. She recovered herself quickly, however, and said with even more than her ordinary kindliness of tone and manner toward the scholar—"I am so glad to see and congratulate you." "And I am so glad to receive your congratulations," answered the scholar, in smooth, slow voice, without a stutter. "But, George, how is this?" asked Lady Montfort. "Bring that chair, sit down here, and tell me all about it. You wrote me word you were cured, at least sufficiently to remove -your noble scruples. You did not say how. Your uncle tells me by patient will and resolute practice." "Under good guidance. But I am going to confide to you a secret, if you will promise to keep it." "Oh, you may trust me, I have no female friends." {{nop}} <section end="chapter10" /><noinclude></noinclude> n4rbbcwvroj5c96fiatopkqyfl4e9sk Page:What will he do with it.djvu/358 104 420186 14129587 12886533 2024-04-25T18:49:14Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|348|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>humble garden, which were backed by the basket-maker's cot- tage. As they entered those lowly precincts a child's laugh was borne to their ears—a child's silvery, musical, mirthful laugh; it was long since the great lady had heard a laugh like that—a happy child's natural laugh. She paused and listened with a strange pleasure. "Yes," whispered George Morley, " stop— and hush! there they are." Waife was seated on the stump of a tree, materials for his handicraft lying beside, neglected. Sophy was standing before him—he, raising his finger as in reproof, and striving hard to frown. As the intruders listened, they overheard that he was striving to teach her the rudiments of French dialogue, and she was laughing merrily at her own blunders and at the solemn affectations of the shocked schoolmaster. Lady Montfort noted with no unnatural surprise the purity of idiom and of accent with which this singular basket-maker was unconsciously dis- playing his perfect knowledge of a language, which the best educated English gentleman of that generation, nay, even of this, rarely speaks with accuracy and elegance. But her atten- tion was diverted immediately from the teacher to the face of the sweet pupil. Women have a quick appreciation of beauty in their own sex—and women, who are themselves beautiful, not the least. Irresistibly Lady Montfort felt attracted toward that innocent countenance, so lively in its mirth, and vet so softly gay. Sir Isaac, who had hitherto lain /^r^^//. watching the move- ments of a thrush amidst a holly-bush, now started up with a bark. Waife rose—Sophy turned half in flight. The visitors approached. Here, slowly, lingeringly', let fall the curtain. In the frank license of narrative, years will have rolled away ere the curtain rise again. Events that may influence a life often date from moments the most serene, from things that appear as trivial and unnoticeable as the great lady's visit to the basket-maker's cot- tage. Which of those lives will that visit influence hereafter— the woman's, the child's, the vagrant's? Whose? Probably little that passes now would aid conjecture, or be a visible link in the chain of destiny. A few desultory questions—a few guarded answers—a look or so, a musical syllable or two exchanged be- tween the lady and the child—a basket bought, or a promise to call again. Nothing worth the telling. Be it then untold. View only the scene itself as the curtain drops reluctantly. The rus- tic cottage, its garden-door open, and open its old-fashioned lat- tice casements. You can see how neat and cleanly, how elo-<noinclude></noinclude> n4wl03itmo8efw6elsqsolxgiytebng Page:What will he do with it.djvu/360 104 420188 14129588 12886544 2024-04-25T18:49:14Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|350|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>hopes of intellect matured;—memories of existence wrecked; household sorrows—untold regrets—elegy and epic in low, close, human sighs, to which Poetry never yet gave voice—all for the moment personified there before you—a glimpse for the guess— no more. Lower and lower falls the curtain! All is blank!<noinclude></noinclude> ptttz0tgpvlre913ctbr7g6wtck5kuy Page:What will he do with it.djvu/362 104 420190 14129589 12886589 2024-04-25T18:49:16Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|352|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>all the principles by which works that necessitate integrity of plan, and a certain harmony of proportion, are constructed; more especially those works which aim at artistic representa- tions of human life; for, in human life, we must presume that nothing is left to chance, and chance must be no less rigidly banished from the art by which human life is depicted. That art admits no hap-hazard chapters, no uncertainty as to the consequences that must ensue from the incidents it decides on selecting. Would the artist, on after-thought, alter a consequence, he must reconsider the whole chain-work of inci- dent which led to one inevitable result, and which would be wholly defective if it could be made to lead to another. Hence, a work of this kind cannot be written {{italic|currente calamo}}, from month to month; the entire design must be broadly set forth be- fore the first page goes to press; and large selections of the whole must be always completed in advance, in order to allow time for deliberate forethought, and fair opportunity for such revisions, as an architect, having prepared all his plans, must still admit to his building, should difficulties, not foreseen, sharpen the invention to render each variation in detail an im- provement consistent to the original design. Secondly.—May the Reader—accpeting this profession of the principles by which is constructed the history that invites his at- tention, and receiving now the assurance that the Work has actually passed out of the Author's hands, is as much a thing done and settled as any book composed by him twenty years ago —banish all fear lest each Number should depend for its aver- age merit on accidental circumstances—such as impatient haste, or varying humor, or capricious health, or the demand of more absorbing and practical pursuits, in which, during a considera- ble portion of the year, it has long been the Author's lot to be actively engaged. Certes, albeit in the course of his life he has got through a reasonable degree of Ubor, and has habitually re- lied on application to supply his defects in genius; yet to do one thing at a time is the practical rule of those by whom, in the course of time, many things have been accomplished. And ac- cordingly a work, even so trivial as this may be deemed, is not composed in the turmoil of metropolitan life, nor when other occupations demand attention, but in the quiet leisure of rural shades, and in those portions of the year which fellow-workmen devote to relaxation and amusement. For even in holidays, something of a holiday-task adds a zest to the hours of ease. Lastly.—Since this survey of our modern world requires a large and a crowded canvas, and would be incomplete did it not<noinclude></noinclude> ngspk5mtqbyqzg7v5wj90eszzx6zi6i Page:What will he do with it.djvu/366 104 420195 14129590 12894357 2024-04-25T18:49:16Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|356|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>meet here, in these very walks, ten minutes before six; decoys me with the promise of a dinner at Putney—room looking on the river, and fried flounders. I have the credulity to yield; I derange my habits—I leave my cool studio; I put off my easy blouse; I imprison my free-born throat in a cravat invented by the Thugs; the dog-days are at hand, and I walk rashly over scorching pavements in a black frock-coat, and a brimless hat; I annihilate 3J. 6d. in a pair of kid gloves; I arrive at this haunt of spleen; I run the gauntlet of Frosts, Slowes, and Prymmes; —and my traitor fails me! Half past six—not a sign of him; and the dinner at Putney—fried flounders? Dreams! -Patience, five minutes more; if then he comes not—breach for life be- tween him and me! Ah, voila! there he comes, the laggard! But how those fine folks are catching at him! Has he asked them also to dinner at Putney, and do they care for fried flounders?" The soliloquist's eye is on a young man, much 3^ounger than himself, who is threading the motley crowd with a light quick step, but is compelled to stop at each moment to interchange a word of welcome, a shake of the hand. Evidently he has al- ready a large acquaintance; evidently he is popular, on good terms with the world and himself. What free grace in his bear- ing, what gay good-humor in his smile! Powers above! Lady Wilhelmina surely blushes as she returns his bow. He has passed Lady Frost unblighted; the Slowes evince emotion, at least the female Slowes, as he shoots by them with that sliding bow. He looks from side to side, with a rapid glance of an eye in which light seems all dance and sparkle; he sees the soliloquist under the meagre tree—the pace quickens, the lips part, half laughing. "Don't scold, Vance. I am late, I know; but I did not make allowance for interceptions." "Body o' me, interceptions! For an absentee just arrived in London, you seem to have no lack of friends." "Friends made in Paris, and found again here at every corner, like pleasant surprises. But no friend so welcome, and dear, as Frank Vance." " Sensible of the honor, O Lionello the magnificent. Verily you are ''bon Prince!'' The Houses of Valois and of Medici were always kind to artists. But whither would you lead me? Back into that tread-mill? Thank you, humbly; no. A crowd in fine clothes is of all mobs the dullest. I can look undismayed on the many-headed monster, wild and rampant; but when the many-headed monster buys its hats in Bond Street, and has an<noinclude></noinclude> n681ofj7n2amzdafy6crvdv8a324n3t Page:What will he do with it.djvu/368 104 420197 14129591 12886616 2024-04-25T18:49:18Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|358|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>the bullet, the roar of the ball; it plants hope in the thick of peril; knits rivals with the bond of brothers; comforts the sur- vivor when the brother falls; takes from war its grim aspect of carnage; and from homicide itself extracts lessons that strength, th- en the safeguards of humanity, and perpetuate life to nations. Right—pant for fame; you are a soldier!" This was one of those bursts of high sentiment from Vance, which, as they were very rare with him, had the dramatic effect of surprise. Lionel listened to him with a thrilling delight. He could not answer, he was too moved. The artist resumed, as the cabriolet now cleared the Park, and rolled safely and rap- idly along the road. " I suppose, during the five years you have spent abroad, completing your general education, 5'ou have made little study, or none, of what specially appertains to the profes- sion you have so recently chosen." "You are mistaken there, my dear Vance. If a man's heart be set on a thing, he is always studying it. The books I loved best, and most pondered over, were such as, if they did not ad- minister lessons, suggested hints that might turn to lessons hereafter. In social intercourse, I never was so pleased as when I could fasten myself to some practical veteran—question and cross-examine him. One picks up more ideas in conversation than from books; at least I do. Besides, my idea of a soldier whho is to succeed some day, is not that of a mere mechanician at arms. See how accomplished most great captains have been. What observers of mankind!—What diplomatists—what reason- ers! what men of action, because men to whom reflection had been habitual before they acted! How many stores of ideas must have gone to the judgment which hazards the sortie, or decides on the retreat!" "Gently, gently!" cried Vance. "We shall be into that om- nibus! Give me the whip—do; there—a little more to the left— so. Yes; I am glad to see such enthusiasm in your profession —'tis half the battle. Hazlitt said a capital thing, ' the 'prentice who does not consider the Lord Mayor in his gilt coach the greatest man in the world will live to be hanged! '" "Pish!" said Lionel catching at the whip. Vance (holding it back). No. I apologize instead. I re- tract the Lord Mayor; comparisons are odious. I agree with you, nothing like leather—I mean nothing like a really great sol- dier—Hannibal, and so forth. Cherish that conviction, my boy; meanwhile, respect human life—there is another omnibus!" The danger past, the artist thought it prudent to divert the conversation into some channel less exciting.<noinclude></noinclude> hnfbu4s9dqp3a2ruy5nyewomdn6flj3 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/370 104 420199 14129592 12894373 2024-04-25T18:49:18Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|360|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>activity of career. But certainly he did not long keep it up. It might have been an effort to which, strong as he is, he felt himself unequal; or, might he have known some fresh disappointment, some new sorrow which the world never guesses.-' what I have said as to his family afflictions the world knows. But I think he will marry again. That idea seemed strong in his own mind when we parted; he brought it out bluntly, roughly. Colonel Morley is convinced that he will marry, if but for the sake of an heir." {{sc|Vance}}. "And if so, my poor Lionel, you are ousted of—" {{sc|Lionel}} (quickly interrupting). "Hush! Do not say, my dear Vance, do not you say—you!—one of those low, mean things which, if said to me even by men for whom I have no esteem, make my ears tingle and my cheek blush. When I think of what Darrell has already done for me—me who have no claim on him—it seems to me as if I must hate the man who insinuates, ' Fear lest your benefactor find a smile at his own hearth, a child of his own blood—for you may be richer at his death in proportion as his life is desolate." {{sc|Vance}}. "You are a fine young fellow, and I beg your pardon. Take care of that milestone—thank you. But I suspect that at least two-thirds of those friendly hands that detained you on the way to me, were stretched out less to Lionel Haughton—a Cornet in the Guards—than to Mr. Darrell's heir-presumptive." {{sc|Lionel}} " That thought sometimes galls me, but it does me good; for it goads on my desire to make myself some one whom the most worldly would not disdain to know for his own sake. Oh for active service!—Oh for a sharp campaign!—Oh for fair trial how far a man in earnest can grapple Fortune to his breast with his own strong hands! You have done so, Vance; you had but your genius and your painter's brush. I have no genius, but I have resolve, and resolve is perhaps as sure of its ends as genius. Genius and Resolve have three grand elements in common—Patience, Hope, Concentration." Vance, more and more surprised, looked hard at Lionel, without speaking. Five years of that critical age, from seventeen to twenty-two, spent in the great capital of Europe—kept from its more dangerous vices partly by a proud sense of personal dignity, partly by a temperament which, regarding love as an ideal for all tender and sublime emotion, recoiled from low profligacy as being to Love what the Yahoo of the mocking satirist was to Man—absorbed much by the brooding ambition that takes youth out of the frivolous present into the serious future, and seeking companionship, not with contemporary idlers, but with the high-<noinclude></noinclude> bsk1xk8qlv8uncgcn5ckyz12fhr2hm0 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/372 104 420201 14129593 12894417 2024-04-25T18:49:20Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|362|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>they scarcely merited the interest I felt in their fate. But we were not deceived—were we, Vance?" "Vance. "No; the little girl—what was her name? Sukey? Sally?—Sophy—true, Sophy—had something about her extremely prepossessing, besides her pretty face; and, in spite of that horrid cotton print, I shall never forget it." {{sc|Lionel}}. "Her face! Nor I. I see it still before me." {{sc|Vance}}. "Her cotton print! I see it still before me! But I must not be ungrateful. Would not believe it, that little portrait, which cost me three pounds, has made, I don't say my fortune, but my fashion?" {{sc|Lionel}}. "How! You had the heart to sell it?" {{sc|Vance}}. "No; I kept it as a study for young female heads— ' with variations,' as they say in music. It was by my female heads that I become the fashion; every order I have contains the condition—' But be sure, one of your sweet female heads, Mr. Vance.' My female heads are as necessary to my canvas as a white horse to Wouvermans'. Well, that child, who cost me three pounds, is the original of them all. Commencing as a Titania, she has been in turns a ' Psyche,' a * Beatrice Cence,' a ' Minna/ ' A Portrait of a Nobleman's Daughter,' ' Burns's Mary in Heaven,' 'The Young Gleaner,' and ' Sabrina fair,' in Milton's Comus. I have led that child through all history, sacred and profane. I have painted her in all costumes (her own cotton print excepted). My female heads are my glory—even the Times^ critic allows ''that!'' ' Mr. Vance, ''there'', is inimitable! a type of childlike grace peculiarly his own, etc., etc' I'll lend you the article." {{sc|Lionel}}. "And shall we never again see the original darling Sophy? You will laugh, Vance, but I have been heart-proof against all young ladies. If ever I marry, my wife must have Sophy's eyes! In America!" {{sc|Vance}}. "Let us hope by this time happily married to a Yankee! Yankees marry girls in their teens, and don't ask for dowries. Married to a Yankee! not a doubt of it! a Yankee who chaws, whittles, and keeps a ' store '!" {{sc|Lionel}}. "Monster! Hold your tongue! ''Apropos'' of marriage, why are you still single?" {{sc|Vance}}. "Because I have no wish to be doubled up! Moreover, man is like a napkin, the more neatly the housewife doubles him, the more carefully she lays him on the shelf. Neither can a man once doubled know how often he may be doubled. Not only his wife folds him in two, but every child quarters him into a new double, till what was a wide and hand-<noinclude></noinclude> agnnstvvfeul4e37z7lw7inzwfbizry Page:What will he do with it.djvu/374 104 420203 14129594 12894388 2024-04-25T18:49:22Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|364|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>he does it before he dies. Surely, when you were a child at school, you felt convinced that there was something in your fate distinct from that of the other boys—whom the master might call quite as clever—felt that faith in yourself which made you sure that you would be one day what you are." "Well, I suppose so; but vague aspirations and self-conceits must be bound together by some practical necessity—perhaps a very homely and a very vulgar one—or they scatter and evaporate. One would think that rich people in high life ought to do more than poor folks in humble life. More pains are taken with their education; they have more leisure for following the bent of their genius; yet it is the poor folks, often half self-educated, and with pinched bellies, that do three-fourths of the world's grand labor. Poverty is the keenest stimulant, and poverty made me not say, 'I ''will'' do,' but ' I ''must''.'" "You knew real poverty in childhood, Frank?" "Real poverty, covered over with sham affluence. My father was Genteel Poverty, and my mother was Poor Gentility. The sham affluence went when my father died. The real poverty then came out in all its ugliness. I was taken from a genteel school, at which, long afterward, I genteelly paid the bills; and I had to support my mother somehow or other—somehow or other I succeeded. Alas, I fear not genteelly! But before I lost her, which I did in a few years, she had some comforts which were not appearances; and she kindly allowed, dear soul, that gentility and shams do not go well together. Oh! beware of debt, ''Lionello mio''; and never call that economy meanness which is but the safeguard from mean degradation." "I understand you at last, Vance; shake hands; I know why you are saving." "Habit now," answered Vance, repressing praise of himself, as usual. " But I remember so well when twopence was a sum to be respected, that to this day I would rather put it by than spend it. All our ideas, like orange-plants, spread out in proportion to the size of the box which imprisons the roots. Then I had a sister." Vance paused a moment as if in pain, but went on with seeming carelessness, leaning over the window-sill, and turning his face from his friend. " I had a sister older than myself, handsome, gentle. I was so proud of her! Foolish girl! my love was not enough for her. Foolish girl! she could not wait to see what I might live to do for her. She married— oh! so genteelly!—a young man, very well born, who had wooed her before my father died. He had the villany to remain constant when she had not a farthing, and he was dependent on<noinclude></noinclude> 96fqaey3c3r2e6h50q8vchv4za06fl6 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/376 104 420205 14129595 12897705 2024-04-25T18:49:23Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|366|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>since then, left contemptuously to the care of a house-agent, to be let by year or by season, it had known various tenants of an opulence and station suitable to its space and site. Dinners and concerts, routes and balls, had assembled the friends and jaded the spirits of many a gracious host and smiling hostess. The tenure of one of these temporary occupants had recently expired, and ere the agent had found another the long-absent owner dropped down into its silenced halls as from the clouds, without other establishment than his old servant Mills and the woman in charge of the house. There, as in a caravanserai, the traveller took his rest, stately and desolate. Nothing so comfortless as one of those large London houses all to one's self. In long rows against the walls stood the empty ''fauteuils.'' Spectral from the gilded ceiling hung lightless chandeliers. The furniture, pompous, but worn by use and faded by time, seemed mementoes of departed revels. When you return to your own house in the country—no matter how long the absence—no matter how decayed by neglect the friendly chambers may be—if it has only been deserted in the mean while (not let to new races, who, by their own shifting dynasties, have supplanted the rightful lord, and half-effaced his memorials), the walls may still greet you forgivingly, the character of Home be still there. You take up again the thread of associations which had been suspended, not snapped. But it is otherwise with a house in cities, especially in our fast living London, v/here few houses descend from father to son—where the title-deeds are rarely more than those of a purchased lease for a term of years, after which your property quits you. A house in London which your father never entered, in which no elbow-chair, no old-fashioned work-table, recalls to you the kind smile of a mother—a house that you have left as you leave an inn, let to people whose names you scarce know, with as little respect for your family records as you have for theirs. When you return after a long interval of years to a house like that, you stand as stood Darrell—a forlorn stranger under your own roof-tree. What cared he for those who had last gathered round those hearths with their chill, steely grates—whose forms had reclined on those formal couches—whose feet had worn away the gloss from those costly carpets? Histories in the lives of many might be recorded within those walls. Lovers there had breathed their first vows; bridal feasts had been held; babes had crowed in the arms of proud young mothers; politicians there had been raised into ministers; ministers there had fallen back into " independent members; " through those doors corpses had been borne forth to relentless vaults. For these races and<noinclude></noinclude> 819xxwyicwwmwwf2k67m0ywmvmuzyg4 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/378 104 420207 14129596 12894433 2024-04-25T18:49:24Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|368|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>nance deliberately, and said: " So little change!—wonderful! What is your secret?" "Suspense from life—hybernating. But you beat me; you have been spending life, yet seem as rich in it as when we parted." "No; I begin to decry the present and laud the past—to read with glasses, to decide from prejudice, to recoil -from change, to find sense in twaddle—to know the value of health from the fear to lose it—to feel an interest in rheumatism, an awe of bron- chitis—to tell anecdotes and to wear flannel. To you in strict confidence I disclose the truth—I am no longer twenty-five. You laugh—this is civilized talk; does it not refresh you after the gibberish you must have chattered in Asia Minor?" Darrell might have answered in the affirmative with truth. What man, after long years of solitude, is not refreshed by talk, however trivial, that recalls to him the gay time of the world he remembered in his young day—and recalls it to him on the lips of a friend in youth! But Darrell said nothing; only he settled himself in his chair with a more cheerful ease, and inclined his relaxing brows with a nod of encouragement or assent. Colonel Morley continued, " But when did you arrive? whence? How long do you stay here? What are your plans?" {{sc|Darrell}}. "Caesar could not be more laconic. When arrived?—this evening. Whence?—Ouzelford. How long do I stay?—uncertain. What are my plans?—let us discuss them." {{sc|Colonel Morley}}. "With all my heart. You have plans, then?—a good sign. Animals in hybernation form none." {{sc|Darrell}}(putting aside the lights on the table, so as to leave his face in the shade, and looking toward the floor as he speaks). "For the last five years I have struggled hard to renew interest in mankind, reconnect myself with common life and its healthful objects. Between Fawley and London I desired to form a magnetic medium. I took rather a vast one—nearly all the rest of the known world. I have visited both Americas—either Ind. All Asia have I ransacked, and pisceed as far into Africa as traveller ever went in search of Timbuctoo. But I have sojourned also, at long intervals—at least they seemed long to me —in the gay capitals of Europe (Paris excepted); mixed, too, with the gayest—hired palaces, filled them with guests—feasted and heard music. ' Guy Darrell,' said I, ' shake off the rust of years—thou hadst no youth while young. Be young now. A holiday may restore thee to wholesome work , as a holiday restores the wearied school-boy.'"<noinclude></noinclude> jtr7m7oyc3pil816v24p6003afj265z Page:What will he do with it.djvu/380 104 420209 14129597 13166977 2024-04-25T18:49:25Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|370|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>{{sc|Darrell.}} " One word, one question. You have made ease a philosophy and a system; no man ever did so with more felicitous grace; nor, in following pleasure, have you parted company with conscience and shame, A fine gentleman ever, in honor as in elegance. Well, are you satisfied with your choice of life? Are you happy?" "Happy—who is? Satisfied—perhaps!" "Is there any one you envy—whose choice, other than your own, you would prefer?" "Certainly." "Who?" "You." "I!" said Darrell, opening his eyes with unaffected amaze. "I! envy me! prefer my choice!" Colonel Morley (peevishly). "Without doubt. You have had gratified ambition—a great career. Envy you! who would not? Your own objects in life fulfilled; you coveted distinction —you won it; fortune—your wealth is immense; the restoration of your name and lineage from obscurity and humiliation— are not name and lineage again written in the ''Libro d'oro?'' What king would not hail you as his councillor? what senate not open its ranks to admit you as a chief? what house, though the haughtiest in the land, would not accept your alliance? And withal, you stand before me stalwart and unbowed, young blood still in your veins. Ungrateful man! who would not change lots with Guy Darrell. "Fame, fortune, health, and, not to flatter you, a form and presence that would be remarked, though you stood in that black frock by the side of a monarch in his coronation robes." {{sc|Darrell}}. "You have turned my questions against myself with a kindliness of intention that makes me forgive your belief in my vanity. Pass on—or rather pass back; you say you have tried all in life that distracts or sweetens. Not so; lone bachelor, you have not tried wedlock. Has not that been your mistake?" {{sc|Colonel Morley}}. "Answer for yourself. You have tried it." The words were scarce out of his mouth ere he repented the retort. For Darrell started as if stung to the quick; and his brow, before serene, his lip, before playful, grew, the one darkly troubled, the other tightly compressed. "Pardon me," faltered out the friend. {{sc|Darrell}}. "Oh yes; I brought it on myself. What stuff we have been talking! Tell me the news—not political—any other. Rut first, jour report of young Haughton. Cordial<noinclude></noinclude> 14yrcct04dpm74gqji6suuykbkxgny3 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/384 104 420213 14129598 12894491 2024-04-25T18:49:26Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|374|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>nothing so injudicious. I am a Vipont, too, and all for the family maxim—' Vipont with Vipont, and come what may! '" "I stand rebuked. But I am no Vipont. I married, it is true, into their house, and they married, ages ago, into mine; but no drop in the blood of time-servers flows through the veins of the last childless Darrell. Pardon. I allow the merit of the Vipont race; no family more excites my respectful interest. What of their births, deaths, and marriages?" {{sc|Colonel Morley}}. "As to births, Carr has just welcomed the birth of a grandson; the first-born of his eldest son (who married last year a daughter of the Duke of Halifax)—a promising young man, a Lord in the Admiralty. Carr has a second son in the Hussars; has just purchased his step: the other boys are still at school. He has three daughters too, fine girls, admirably brought up; indeed, now I think of it, the eldest, Honoria, might suit you; highly accomplished—well read, interests herself in politics—a great admirer of intellect—of a very serious turn of mind, too." {{sc|Darrell}}. "A female politician with a serious turn of mind— a farthing rushlight in a London fog! Hasten on to subjects less gloomy. Whose funeral Achievement is that yonder?" {{sc|Colonel Morley}}. "The late Lord Niton's, father to Lady Montfort." {{sc|Darrell}}. "Lady Montfort! Her father was a Lyndsay, and died before the Flood. A deluge, at least, has gone over me and my world since I looked on the face of his widow." {{sc|Colonel Morley}}. "I speak of the present Lord Montfort's wife--the Earl's. You of the poor Marquis's—the last Marquis —the marquisate is extinct. Surely, whatever your wanderings, you must have heard of the death of the last Marquis of Montfort?" "Yes, I heard of that," answered Darrell, in a somewhat husky and muttered voice, " So he is dead, the young man!— What killed him .?" {{sc|Colonel Morley}}. "A violent attack of croup—quite sudden. He was staying at Carr's at the time. I suspect that Carr made him talk! a thing he was not accustomed to do: deranged his system altogether. But don't let us revive painful subjects." {{sc|Darrell}}. "Was she with him at the time .?" {{sc|Colonel Morley}}. "Lady Montfort?—No; they were very seldom together." {{sc|Darrell}}. "She is not married again yet?" {{sc|Colonel Morley}}. "No, but still young, and so beautiful, she will have many oilers. I know those who are waiting to<noinclude></noinclude> 6d4t3t951sxb1yn5gckp9myaxohz4fj Page:What will he do with it.djvu/386 104 420215 14129599 12876165 2024-04-25T18:49:27Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|376|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>gain. Our votes are divided, our influence frittered awaj'; Montfort House is shut up, and Carr, grown quite thin, says that, in the coming * crlsis ' a Cabinet will not only be formed, but will also last—last time enough for irreparable mischief— without a single Vipont in office." Thus Colonel Morley continued in mournful strain, Barrel! silent by his side, till the Colonel reached his own door. There, while applying his latch-key to the lock, Alban's mind returned from the perils that threatened the House of Vipont and the Star of Brunswick to the petty claims of private friendship. But even these last were now blended with those grander inter- ests, due care for which every true patriot of the House of Vi- pont imbibed with his mother's milk. "Your appearance in town, my dear Darrell, is most oppor- tune. It will be an object with the whole family to make the most of you at this coming ' crisis '—I say coming, for I believe it must come. Your name is still freshly remembered—your posi- tion greater for having been out of all the scrapes of the party the last sixteen or seventeen years; your house should be the nucleus of new combinations. Don't forget to send Mills to me; I will engage your i-Z'^and your house-steward to-morrow. I know just the men to suit you. Your intention to marry, too, just at this moment, is most seasonable; it will increase the family interest. I may give out that you intend to marry?" "Oh, certainly—cry it at Charing Cross." "A club-room will do as well. I beg ten thousand pardons; but people will talk about money whenever they talk about mar- riage. I should not like to exaggerate your fortune—I know it must be very large, and all at your own disposal—eh?" "Every shilling." "You must have saved a great deal since you retired into private life "i" "Take that for granted. Dick Fairthorn receives my rents, and looks to my various investments; and I take him as my in- disputable authority when I say that, what with the rental of lands I purchased in my poor boy's lifetime, and the interest on my much more lucrative moneyed capital, you may safely whis- per to all ladies likely to feel interest in that dilfusion of knowl- edge: ' Thirty-five thousand a-year, and an old fool.'" "I certainly shall not say an old fool, for I am the same age as yourself; and if I had ^35,000 a-year I would marry too." "You would! Old fool!" said Darrell, turning away.<noinclude></noinclude> oop2u2whotwa521qozcv8l1kuz07bsp Page:What will he do with it.djvu/388 104 420217 14129600 12876169 2024-04-25T18:49:28Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|378|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>broad thoroughfare continued where once it had vanished abrupt in a hibyrinth of courts and alleys. But the way was not hard to find. He turned a little toward the left,' recognizing, with admiring interest, in the ga}'^ white would-be Grecian edifice, with its French ^r///<?, bronzed, gilded, the transformed Museum, in the still libraries of which he had sometimes snatched a brief and ghostly respite from books of law. Onward yet through lifeless Bloomsbury, not so far toward the last bounds of Atlas as the desolation of Poddon Place, but the solitude deepening as he passed. There it is, a quiet street indeed! not a soul on its gloomy pavements—not even a policeman's soul. Naught stirring save a stealthy, profligate, good-for-nothing cat, flitting fine through yen area bars. Down that street had he come, I trow, with a livelier, quicker step the day when, by the strange good luck which had uniformly attended his worldly career of honors, he had been suddenly called upon to supply the place of an absent senior, and, in almost his earliest brief, the Courts of Westminster had recognized a master; come, I trow, with a livelier step, knocked at that very door whereat he is halting now; entered the room where the young wife sat, and at sight of her querulous peevish face, and at sound of her unsympathiz- ing languid voice, fled into his cupboard-like back-parlor—and muttered " courage "—courage to endure the home he had entered, longing for a voice which should invite and respond to a cr}' of joy. How closed up, dumb, and blind, looked the small mean house, with its small mean door, its small mean rayless windows. Yet a Fame had been born there! Who are the residents now .? Buried in slumber, h2M& they any "golden dreams?" Works therein any struggling brain, to which the prosperous man might whisper " courage; " or beats, there, any troubled heart to which faithful woman should murmur " joy? " Who knows? London is a wondrous poem, but each page of it is written in a different language; no lexicon yet composed for any. Back through the street, under the gaslights, under the stars went Guy Darrell, more slow and more thoughtful. Did the comparison between what he had been, what he was, the mean home just revisited, the stately home to which he would return, suggest thoughts of natural pride .-' it would not seem so; no pride in those close-shut lips, in that melancholy stoop. He came into a quiet square—still Bloomsburj'—and right before him was a large respectable mansion, almost as large as that one in courtlier quarters, to which he loiteringly delayed the lone return. There, too, had been, for a time, the dwelling<noinclude></noinclude> gjiw79k72x87mpmzowsxjh7qxeihw8g Page:What will he do with it.djvu/390 104 420219 14129601 13066959 2024-04-25T18:49:29Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|380|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude><section begin="chapter5" />as he looked on that large, most respectable house, and remembered his hourly campaign against disgrace! He has triumphed. Death fights for him: on the very brink of the last scandal, a cold, caught at some Vipont's ball, became fever; and so from that door the Black Horses bore away the Bloomsbury Dame, ere she was yet—the fashion! Happy in grief the widower who may, with confiding hand, ransack the lost wife's harmless desk, sure that no thought concealed from him in life will rise accusing from the treasured papers! But that pale, proud mourner, hurrying the eye over sweet-scented ''billets'', compelled, in very justice to the dead, to convince himself that the mother of his children was corrupt only at heart—that the Black Horses had come to the door in time—and, wretchedly consoled by that niggardly conviction, flinging into the flames the last flimsy tatters on which his honor (rock-like in his own keeping) had been fluttering to and fro in the charge of a vain, treacherous fool! Envy you ''that'' mourner? No! not even in his release. Memory is not nailed down in the velvet coffin; and to great loyal natures, less bitter is the memory of the lost when hallowed by tender sadness, than when coupled with scorn and shame. The wife is dead. Dead, too, long years ago, the Lothario! The world has forgotten them; they fade out of this very record when ye turn the page; no influence, no bearing have they on such future events as may mark what yet rests of life to Guy Darrell. But as he there stands and gazes into space, the two forms are before his eye as distinct as if living still. Slowly, slowly he gazes them down; the false smiles flicker away from their feeble lineaments; woe and terror on their aspects—they sink, they shrivel, they dissolve! <section end="chapter5" /> {{rule|4em}} <section begin="chapter6" />{{c|CHAPTER VI.}} {{smaller block|{{c|The wreck cast back from Charybdis.}}}} {{smaller block|{{c|''Souviens-toi de ta Gabrielle.''}}}} {{sc|Guy Darrell}} turned hurriedly from the large house in the great square, and, more and more absorbed in reverie, he wandered out of his direct way homeward, clear and broad though it was, and did not rouse himself till he felt, as it were, that the air had grown darker; and looking vaguely round, he saw that he had strayed into a dim maze of lanes and passages. He paused un-<section end="chapter6" /><noinclude></noinclude> l8akdr7s1xo5c0sg7sjp4j0m1g168wi Page:What will he do with it.djvu/392 104 420221 14129602 12876177 2024-04-25T18:49:30Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|382|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>barn full of rats. The prowler feels he is suspected. Un- known as yet to the London police, he has no desire to inviie their scrutiny. He crosses the way; he falls back; he follows from afar. The policeman may yet turn away before the safer streets of the metropolis be gained. No; the cursed Incarna-. tion of Law, with eyes in its slim back, continues its slow stride at the heels of the unsuspicious Darrell. The more solitary defiles are already passed—now that dim lane, with its dead wall on one side. By the dead wall skulks the prowler; on the other side still walks the Law. Now—alas for the prowler!— shine out the thoroughfares, no longer dim nor deserted— Leicester Square, the Haymarket, Pall Mall, Carlton Gardens; Darrell is at his door. The policeman turns sharply round. There, at the corner near the learned Club-house, halts the tat- terdemalion. Toward the tatterdemalion the policeman now advances quickly. The tatterdemalion is quicker still—fled like a guilty thought. Back—back—back into that maze of passages and courts— back to the mouth of that black alley. There he halts again. Look at him. He has arrived in London but that very night, after an absence of more than four years. He has arrived from the sea-side on foot; see, his shoes are worn into holes. He has not yet found a shelter for the night. He has been di- rected toward that quarter, thronged with adventurers, native and foreign, for a shelter, safe, if squalid. It is somewhere near that court, at the mouth of which he stands. He looks round, the policeman is baffled, the coast clear. He steals forth, and pauses under the same gaslight as that under which Guy Darrell had paused before—under the same gaslight, un- der the same stars. From some recess in his rags he draws forth a large, distained, distended pocket-book—last relic of sprucer days—leather of dainty morocco, once elaborately tooled, patent springs, fairy lock, fit receptacle for bank-notes, billets- donx, memoranda of debts of honor, or pleasurable engage- ments. Now how worn, tarnished, greasy, rapscallion-like, the costly bauble! Filled with what motley, unlovable contents— stale pawn-tickets of foreign moiits depiete, pledges never hence- forth to be redeemed; scrawls by villanous hands in thievish hieroglyphics; ugly implements replacing the malachite pen- knife, the golden toothpick, the jewelled pencil-case, once so neatly set within their satin lappets. Ugly implements, indeed —a file, a gimlet, loaded dice. Pell-mell, with such more hid- eous and recent contents, dishonored evidences of gaudier sum- mer life—locks of ladies' hair, love-notes treasured mechanically<noinclude></noinclude> tejhdyduy0ck33nkirhxddk4uvfgdsw Page:What will he do with it.djvu/394 104 420223 14129603 12897405 2024-04-25T18:49:31Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|384|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>lavish favor bestowed on it by nature. An artist would still have said, " How handsome that raggamuffin must have been!" And true is it, also, that there was yet that about the bearing of the man which contrasted his squalor, and seemed to say that he had not been born to wear rags, and loiter at midnight among the haunts of thieves. Nay, I am not sure that you would have been as incredulous now, if told that the wild outlaw before you had some claim by birth or by nurture to the rank of gentleman, as you would had you seen the gay spendthrift in his gaudy day. For then he seemed below, and now he seemed above, the grade in which he took place. And all this made his aspect yet more sinister, and the impression that he was dangerous yet more profound. Muscular strength often remains to a powerful frame long after the constitution is undermined, and Jasper Losely's frame was still that of a formidable athlete; nay, its strength was yet more apparent now that the shoulders and limbs had increased in bulk, than when it was half-disguised in the lissom symmetry of exquisite proportion—less active, less supple, less capable of endurance, but with more crushing weight in its rush or its blow. It was the figure in which brute force seems so to predominate that in a savage state it would have worn a crown —the figure which secures command and authority in all societies where force alone gives the law. Thus, under the gaslight and under the stars, stood the terrible animal—a strong man imbruted —" SOUVIENS-TOI DE TA GABRIELLE." There, still uneffaced, though the gold-threads are all tarnished and ragged, are the ominous words on the silk of the she-devil's love-token! But Jasper has now inspected the direction on the paper he held to the lamp-light, and, satisfying himself that he was in the right quarter, restored the paper to the bulky, distended pocket-book, and walked sullenly on toward the court from which had emerged the policeman who had crossed his prowling chase. "It is the most infernal shame," said Losely, between his grinded teeth, " that I should be driven to these wretched dens for a lodging, while that man who ought to feel bound to maintain me should be rolling in wealth, and cottoned up in a palace. But he shall fork out. Sophy must be hunted up. I will clothe her in rags like these. She shall sit at his street-door. I will shame the miserly hunks. But how track the girl? Have I no other hold over him? Can I send Dolly Poole to him? How addled my brains are!—want of food—want of sleep. Is this the place? Peuh!" Thus murmuring he now reached the arch of the court, and was swallowed up in its gloom. A few strides, and he came into<noinclude></noinclude> e0kauilohsceow4qcxzd7nar9jsmu1l Page:What will he do with it.djvu/396 104 420225 14129604 12897626 2024-04-25T18:49:32Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|386|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>and the place broke suddenly into light. A dirty narrow staircase on one side; facing it, a sort of lobby, in which an open door showed a long, sanded parlor, like that in public-houses— several tables, benches, the walls whitewashed, but adorned with sundry ingenious designs made by charcoal or the smoked ends of clay-pipes. A strong smell of stale tobacco and of gin and rum. Another gaslight, swinging from the centre of the ceiling, sprang into light as Cutts touched the tap-cock, "Wait here," said the guide. " I will go and get you some supper." "And some brandy," said Jasper. "Of course." The bravo threw himself at length on one of the tables, and, closing his eyes, moaned. His vast strength had become acquainted with physical pain. In its stout knots and fibres, aches and sharp twinges, the dragon-teeth of which had been sown years ago in revels or brawls, which then seemed to bring but innocuous joy and easy triumph, now began to gnaw and grind. But when Cutts reappeared with coarse viands and the brandy- bottle, Jasper shook off the sense of pain, as does a wounded wild beast that can still devour; and after regaling fast and ravenously, he emptied half the bottle at a draught, and felt himself restored and fresh. "Shall you fling yourself among the swell fellows who hold their club here, General?" asked Cutts; " 'tis a bad trade, every year it gets worse. Or have you not some higher game in your eye?" "I have higher game in my eye. One bird I marked down this very night. But that may be slow work, and uncertain. I have in this pocket-book a bank to draw upon meanwhile." "How?—forged French ''billets de banque''—dangerous." "Pooh! better than that; letters which prove theft against a respectable rich man." "Ah, you expect hush-money?" "Exactly so. I have good friends in London." "Among them, I suppose, that affectionate ' adopted mother ' who would have kept you in such order." "Thousand thunders! I hope not. I am not a superstitious man, but I fear that woman as if she were a witch, and I believe she is one. You remember black Jean, whom we called ''Sans culotte''. He would have filled a church-yard with his own brats for a five-franc piece; but he would not have crossed a churchyard alone at night for a thousand Naps. Well, that woman to me is what a church-yard was to black Jean. No; if she is<noinclude></noinclude> fgy0na7dzf8x42mne00dsayqhe232sy Page:What will he do with it.djvu/398 104 420227 14129605 12897419 2024-04-25T18:49:33Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|388|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>al times some villanous scheme on which he had counted to make his fortune had been baffled in the most mysterious way; and just when baffled—and there seemed no choice but to cut his own throat or some one else's—up turned grim Arabella Crane, in the iron-gray gown, and with the iron-gray ringlets—hatefully, awfully beneficent—offering food, shelter, gold—and some demoniacal, honorable work. Often had he been in imminent peril from watchful law or treacherous accomplice. She had warned and saved him as she had saved him from the fell Gabrielle Desmarets, who, unable to bear the sentence of penal servitude, after a long process defended with astonishing skill, and enlisting the romantic sympathies of young France, had contrived to escape into another world by means of a subtle poison concealed about her ''distinguce'' person, and which she had prepared years ago with her own bloodless hands, and no doubt scientifically tested its effect on others. The cobra capella is gone at last! ''"Souviens-toi de ta Gabrielle"'' O Jasper Losely! But why Arabella Crane should thus continue to watch over him whom she no longer professed to love—how she should thus have acquired the gift of ubiquity and the power to save him—Jasper Losely could not conjecture. The whole thing seemed to him weird and supernatural. Most truly did he say that she had ''cowed him.'' He had often longed to strangle her; when absent from her, had often resolved upon that act of gratitude. The moment he came in sight of her stern, haggard face—her piercing lurid eyes—the moment he heard her slow, dry voice in some such sentences as these: " Again you come to me in your trouble, and ever shall. Am I not still as your mother, but with a wife's fidelity, till death us do part? There is the portrait of what you were—look at it, Jasper. Now turn to the glass—see what you are. Think of the fate of Gabrielle Desmarets! But for me what, long since, had been your own? But I will save you—I have sworn it. You shall be wax in these hands at last; " the moment that voice thus claimed and insisted on redeeming him, the ruffian felt a cold shudder—his courage oozed—he could no more have nerved his arm against her than a Thug would have lifted his against the dire goddess of his murderous superstition. Jasper could not resist a belief that the life of this dreadful protectress was, somehow or other, made essential to his—that, were she to die, he should perish in some ghastly and preternatural expiation. But for the last few months lie had, at length, escaped from her—diving so low, so deep into the mud, that even her net could not mesh him. Hence, perhaps, the immi-<noinclude></noinclude> tfk0jqb9z0jj32fwgyi8cegp9uyxomk Page:What will he do with it.djvu/400 104 420229 14129606 12897408 2024-04-25T18:49:34Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|390|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>little on passing topics of political interest—rather alluding, with modesty and terseness, to the contests and victories of a former day. But still, in the few words there was the swell of the old clarion—the wind of the Paladin's horn which woke Fontarabian echoes. It is astonishing how capricious, how sudden are the changes in value of a public man. All depends upon whether the public want, or believe they want, the man; and that is a question upon which the public do not know their own minds a week before; nor do they always keep in the same mind, when made up, for a week together. If they do not want a man—if he do not hit the taste, nor respond to the exigency of the time—what- ever his eloquence, his abilities, his virtues, they push him aside, or cry him down. Is he wanted?—does the mirror of the moment reflect his image?—that mirror is an intense magnifier; his proportions swell—they become gigantic. At that moment the public wanted some man; and the instant the hint was given, "Why not Guy Darrell?" Guy Darrell was seized upon as the man wanted. It was one of these times in our Parliamentary history when the public are out of temper with all parties—when recognized leaders have contrived to damage themselves—when a Cabinet is shaking, and the public neither care to destroy nor to keep it; a time, too, when the country seemed in some clanger, and when, mere men of business held unequal to the emergency, whatever name suggested associations of vigor, eloquence, genius, rose to a premium above its market-price in times of tranquillity and tape. Without effort of his own—by the mere force of the undercurrent—Guy Darrell was thrown up from oblivion into note. He could not form a cabinet—certainly not; but he might help to bring a cabinet together, reconcile jarring elements, adjust disputed questions, take in such government some high place, influence its councils, and delight a public weary of the oratory of the day with the eloquence of a former race. For the public is ever a ''laudator, temporis acti'', and whatever the authors or the orators immediately before it, were those authors and orators Homers and Ciceros, would still shake a disparaging head, and talk of these degenerate days, as Homer himself talked ages before Leonidas stood in the Pass of Thermopylae or Miltiades routed Asian armaments at Marathon. Guy Darrell belonged to a former race. The fathers of those young Members rising now into fame, had quoted to their sons his pithy sentences, his vivid images; and added, as Fox added when quoting Burke, " but you should have heard and seen the man!" Heard and seen the man! But there he was again!—come<noinclude></noinclude> 500vurs849pbvv64hwzfponvbmu3l9y Page:What will he do with it.djvu/402 104 420231 14129607 12897483 2024-04-25T18:49:35Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Micheal Kaluba" />{{rh|392|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>coming CRISIS;—if he preferred the peerage? Darrell demurred still. The man's modesty was insufferable—his style of speaking might not suit that august assembly; and as to law— he could never now be a law lord—he should be but a ci-devant advocate, affecting the part of a judicial amateur. In short, without declining to re-enter public life, seeming on the contrary to resume all his interest in it, Darrell contrived with admirable dexterity to elude for the present all overtures pressed upon him, and even to convince his admirers, not only of his wisdom but of his patriotism in that reticence. For certainly he thus managed to exercise a very considerable influence —his advice was more sought, his suggestions more heeded, and his power in reconciling certain rival jealousies was perhaps greater than would have been the case if he had actually entered either House of Parliament, and thrown himself exclusively into the ranks, not only of one party, but of one section of a party. Nevertheless, such suspense could not last very long; he must decide at all events before the next session. Once he was seen in the arena of his old triumphs, on the benches devoted to strangers distinguished by the Speaker's order. There, recognized by the older members, eagerly gazed at by the younger, Guy Darrell listened calmly, throughout a long field night, to voices that must have roused from forgotten graves, kindling and glorious memories; voices of those—veterans now— by whose side he had once struggled for some cause which he had then, in the necessary exaggeration of all honest enthusiasm, identified with a nation's life-blood. Voices too of the old antagonists, over whose routed arguments he had marched triumphant amidst applauses that the next day rang again through England from side to side. Hark, the very man with whom, in the old battle-days, he had been the most habitually pitted, is speaking now. His tones are embarrassed—his argument confused. Does he know who listens yonder .'* Old members think so—smile, whisper each other, and glance significantly where Darrell sits. Sits, as became him, tranquil, respectful, intent, seemingly, perhaps really, unconscious of the sensation he excites. What an e}'e for an orator! how like the eye in a portrait! it seems to fix on each other eye that seeks it—steady, fascinating. Yon distant members behind the Speaker's chair, at the far distance, feel the light of that eye travel toward them. How lofty and massive among all those rows of human heads seems that fore- head, bending slightly down, with the dark, strong line of the weighty eyebrow! But what is passing within that secret mind?<noinclude></noinclude> s60g1sp3lbqfr7ozi5s8i9zlfudvu20 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/404 104 420233 14129608 12873488 2024-04-25T18:49:36Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|394|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>hardihood, but by the very affluence of ideas which animated his tongue, colored his language, and whether to young or old, wise or dull, made his conversation racy and original. He was a de- lightful companion; and if he had taken much instruction from those older and wiser than himself, he so bathed that instruction in the fresh fountain of his own lively intelligence, so warmed it at his own beating impulsive heart, that he could make an old man's gleanings from experience seem a young man's guesses in- to truth. Faults he had of course—chiefly the faults common at his age; among them, perhaps, the most dangerous were— Firstly, carelessness in money matters; secondly, a distaste for advice in which prudence was visibly predominant. His tastes were not in reality extravagant; but money slipped through his hands, leaving little to show for it; and when his quarterly al- lowance became due, ample though it was—too ample, perhaps —debts wholly forgotten started up to seize hold of it. And debts, as yet being manageable, were not regarded with suffi- cient horror. Paid or put aside, as the case might be, they were merely looked upon as bores. Youth is in danger till it learn to look upon them as furies. For advice, he took it with pleasure, when clothed with elegance and art—when it addressed ambition —when it exalted the loftier virtues. But advice, practical and prosy, went in at one ear and out at the other. In fact, with many talents, he had yet no adequate ballast of common sense; and if ever he gets enough to steady his bark through life's try- ing voyage, the necessity of so much dull weight must be forci- bly stricken home less to his reason than his imagination or his heart. But if, somehow or other, he get it not, I will not insure his vessel. I know not if Lionel Haughton had genius; he never assumed that he had; but he had something more like genius than that prototype—resolve—of which he boasted to the artist. He had youth—real youth—youth of mind, youth of heart, youth of soul. Lithe and supple as he moved before you, with the eye to which light or dew sprung at once from a nature vibrating to every lofty, every tender thought, he seemed more than young— the incarnation of youth. Darrell took to him at once. Amidst all the engagements crowded on the important man, he contrived to see Lionel daily. And what may seem strange, Guy Darrell felt more at home with Lionel Haughton that with any of his own contemporaries —than even with Alban Morley. To the last, indeed, he opened speech with less reserve of certain portions of the past, or or certain projects in the future. But still, even there, he<noinclude></noinclude> ih6xjdzb6rx9vfch3phvr44q38fonln Page:What will he do with it.djvu/406 104 420235 14129609 12897861 2024-04-25T18:49:37Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|396|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>"I don't think," said Lad)?- Selina, " that she was proud of him. She would have been proud of his station, or rather of that to which his fame and fortune would have raised her, had she lived to enjoy it. But for a few years after her marriage they were very poor; and though his rise at the bar was sudden and brilliant, he was long wholly absorbed in his profession, and lived in Bloomsbury. Mrs. Darrell was not proud of ''that''. The Crookes are generally fine—give themselves airs—marry into great houses if they can—but we can't naturalize them— they always remain Crookes—useful connections, very! Carr says we have not a more useful—but third-rate, my dear. All the Crookes are bad wives, because they are never satisfied with their own homes, but are always trying to get into great people's homes. Not very long before she died, Mrs. Darrell took her friend and relation, Mrs. Lyndsay, to live with her. I suspect it was not from affection, or any great consideration for Mrs. Lynd say's circumstances (which were indeed those of actual destitution, till—thanks to Mr. Darrell—she won her lawsuit), but simply because she looked to Mrs. Lyndsay to get her into our set. Mrs. Lyndsay was a great favorite with all of us—charming manners—perfectly correct, too—thorough Vipont—thorough . gentlewoman—but artful! Oh, so artful! She humored poor Mrs. Darrell's absurd vanity; but she took care not to injure herself. Of course, Darrell's wife, and a Vipont—though only a Vipont Crooke—had free passport into the outskirts of good society, the great parties, and so forth. But there it stopped; even I should have been compromised if I had admitted into our set a woman who was bent on compromising herself. Handsome—in a bad style—not the Vipont ''tournure''; and not only silly and flirting, but—(we are alone, keep the secret)—decidedly vulgar, my dear." "You amaze me! How such a man—" Honoria stopped, coloring up to the temples,, "Clever men," said Lady Selina, " as a general rule, do choose the oddest wives! The cleverer a man is, the more easily, I do believe, a woman can take him in. However, to do Mr. Darrell justice, he has been taken in only once. After Mrs. Darrell's death, Mrs. Lyndsay, I suspect, tried her chance, but failed. Of course, she could not actually stay in the same house with a widower who was then young, and who had only to get rid of a wife to whom one was forced to be shy, in order to be received into our set with open arms; and, in short, to be of the very best ''monde''. Mr. Darrell came into Parliament immensely rich (a legacy from an old East Indian, besides his own<noinclude></noinclude> q9rn54khe5g7d27553lzo7r9tzv6tik Page:What will he do with it.djvu/408 104 420237 14129610 12873494 2024-04-25T18:49:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|398|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>there, without his wife, more pretentious than his father—being a Lord of the Admiralty—felt a certain awe of Darrell, and spoke little, which was much to his own credit, and to the gen- eral conviviality. The other members of the symposium, be sides Lady Selina, Honoria, and a younger sister, were but Dar- rell, Lionel, and Lady Selina's two cousins; elderly peers—one with the garter, the other in the cabinet—jovial men, who had been wild fellows once in the same mess-room, and still joked at each other whenever they met as they met now. Lionel, who remembered Vance's description of Lady Selina, and who had since heard her spoken of in society as a female despot who car- ried to perfection the arts by which despots flourish, with maj- esty to impose, and caresses to deceive—an Aurungzebe in pet- ticoats—was sadly at a loss to reconcile such portraiture with the good-humored, motherly woman who talked to him of her home, her husband, her children, with open fondness and becom- ing pride, and who, far from being so formidably clever as the world cruelly gave out, seemed to Lionel rather below par in her understanding; strike from her talk its kindliness, and the residue was very like twaddle. After dinner, various members of the Vipont family dropped in—asked impromptu by Carr or by Lady Selina, in hasty three-cornered notes, to take the occa- sion of renewing their acquaintance with their distinguished con- nection. By some accident, among those invited, there were but few young single ladies; and by some other accident, those few were all plain. Honoria Vipont was unequivocally the belle of the room. It could not but be observed that Darrell .seemed struck with her—talked with her more than any other lady; and when she went to the piano, and played that great air of Beethoven's in which music seems to have got into a knot that only fingers the most artful can unravel, Darrell remained in his seat aloof and alone, listening, no doubt, with ravished attention. But just as the air ended, and Honoria turned round to look for him, he was gone. Lionel did not linger long after him. The gay young man went, thence, to one of those vast crowds which seem convened for a practical parody of Mr. Bentham's famous proposition— contriving the smallest happiness for the greatest number. It was a very great house, belonging to a very great person. Colonel Morley had procured an invitation for Lionel, and said, "Go; you should be seen there." Colonel Morley had passed the age of growing-into society—no such cares for the morrow could add a cubit to his conventional stature. One among a group of other young men by the door-way, Lionel beheld Dar-<noinclude></noinclude> 3eahiclf8fvngyno43nkl4e2p6jhtyz Page:What will he do with it.djvu/410 104 420239 14129611 12873497 2024-04-25T18:49:39Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|400|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>Lionel, wishing to hear no more, glided by, and penetrated farther into the throng. And then, as he proceeded, with those last words on his ear, the consciousness came upon him that his position had undergone a change. Difficult to define it; to an ordinary b3--stander, people would have seemed to welcome him cordially as ever. The gradations of respect in polite so- ciety are so exquisitely delicate, that it seems only by a sort of magnetism that one knows from day to day whether one has risen or declined. A man has lost high office, patronage, power, never, perhaps, to regain them. People don't turn their backs on him; their smiles are as gracious, their hands as flatteringly extended. But that man would be dull as a rhinoceros if he did not feel as every one who accosts him feels—that he has de- scended in the ladder. So with all else. Lose even your fortune, it is not the next day in a London drawing-room that your friends look as if you were going to ask them for five pounds. Wait a year or so for that. But if they have just heard you are ruined, you will ''feel'' that they have heard it, let them bow ever so courteously, smile ever so kindly. Lionel at Paris, in the last year or so, had been more than fashionable: he had been the fashion—courted, run after, petted, quoted, imitated. That evening he felt as an author may feel who has been the rage, and without fault of his own, is so no more. The rays that had gilt him had gone back to the orb that lent. And they who were most genial still to Lionel Haughton, were those who still most respected thirty-five thousand pounds a-year—in Guy Darrell! Lionel was angry with himself that he felt galled. But in his wounded pride there was no mercenary regret—only that sort of sickness which comes to youth when the hollowness of worldly life is first made clear to it. From the faces round him there fell that glamour by which the ''amour propre'' is, held captive in large assemblies, where the ''atnour propre'' is flattered. " Mag- nificent, intelligent audience," thinks the applauded actor. "Delightful party,'"' murmurs the worshipped beauty. Glamour! glamour! Let the audience yawn while the actor mouths; let the party neglect the beauty to adore another, and straightway the " magnificent audience " is an "ignorant public," and "the delightful party " a " heartless world."<noinclude></noinclude> te34dvimq5wi2i3mdzmlx46t5oou8an Page:What will he do with it.djvu/414 104 420243 14129612 12873505 2024-04-25T18:49:39Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|404|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>Fairthorn, my father's bailiff, entreating me to come immediately to Fawley, hinting at some great calamity. On taking leave of my friend and his family, something in the manner of his sister startled and pained me—an evident confusion, a burst of tears —I know not what. I had never sought to win her affections. I had an ideal of the woman I could love. It did not resemble her. On reaching Fawley, conceive the shock that awaited me. My father was like one heart-stricken. The principal mortgagee was about to foreclose—Fawley about to pass forever from the race of the Darrells. I saw that the day when my father was driven from the old house would be his last on earth. What means to save him?—how raise the pitiful sum—but a few thousands—by which to release from the spoiler's gripe those barren acres which all the lands of the Seymour or the Gower could never replace in my poor father's eyes? My sole income was a college fellowship, adequate to all my wants, but useless for sale or loan. I spent the night in vain consultation with Fairthorn. There seemed not a hope. Next morning came a letter from young Vipont Crooke. It was manly and frank, though somewhat coarse. With the consent of his parents he offered me his sister's hand, and a dowry of £10,000. He hinted, in excuse for his bluntness, that, perhaps from motives of delicacy, if I felt a, preference for his sister, I might not deem myself rich enough to propose, and—but it matters not what else he said. You foresee the rest. My father's life could be saved from despair—his beloved home be his shelter to the last. That dowry would more than cover the paltry debt upon the lands. I gave myself not an hour to pause. I hastened back to the house to which fate had led me. But," said Dar- rell, proudly, " do not think I was base enough, even with such excuses, to deceive the young lady. I told her what was true; that I could not profess to her the love painted by romance- writers and poets; but that I loved no other, and that, if she deigned to accept my hand, I should studiously consult her happiness, and gratefully confide to her my own. I said also, what was true, that, if she married me, ours must be for some years a life of privation and struggle; that even the interest of her fortune must be devoted to my father while he lived, though every shilling of its capital would be settled on herself and her children. How I blessed her when she accepted me, despite my candor!—how earnestly I prayed that I might love, and cherish, and requite her!" Darrell paused, in evident suffer- ing. " And, thank Heaven! I have nothing on that score wherewith to reproach myself. And the strength of that memory<noinclude></noinclude> p85rdllhobdxa132autoay6bot9q1st Page:What will he do with it.djvu/418 104 420247 14129613 12873514 2024-04-25T18:49:40Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|408|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>bowed to a young lady, who, with one or two others, passed rapidly by in a barouche. It was that very handsome young lady to whom Lionel had seen him listening so attentively in the great crowd, for which Carr Vipont's family party had been deserted. "Yes; Lady Adela is one of the loveliest girls in London," said the Colonel, who had also lifted his hat as the barouche whirled by, " and amiable too: I have known her ever since she was born. Her father and I are great friends—an excel- lent man, but stingy. I had much difficulty in arranging the eldest girl's marriage with Lord Bolton, and am a trustee in the settlements. If you feel a preference for Lady Adela, though I don't think she would suit you so well as Miss Vipont, I will answer for her father's encouragement and her consent. 'Tis no drawback to you, though it is to most of her admirers, when I add, ' There's nothing with her! '" "And nothing in her! which is worse," said Darrell. " Still, it is pleasant to gaze on a beautiful landscape, even though the soil be barren." {{sc|Colonel Morley}}. "That depends upon whether you are merely the artistic spectator of the4andscape, or the disappointed proprietor of the soil." "Admirable!" said Darrell; " you have disposed of Lady Adela. So ho! so ho!" Darrell's horse (his old high-mettled horse, freshly sent to him from Fawley, and in spite of the five years that had added to its age, of spirit made friskier by long repose) here put down its ears—lashed out—and indulged in abound which would have unseated many a London rider. A young Amazon, followed hard by some two or three young gen- tlemen and their grooms, shot by, swift and reckless as a hero at Balaklava. But with equal suddenness, as she caught sight of Darrell—whose hand and voice had already soothed the excited nerves of his steed—the Amazon wheeled round and gained his side. Throwing up her veil, she revealed a face so prettily arch —so perversely gay—with eye of radiant hazel, and fair locks half loosened from their formal braid—that it would have be- guiled resentment from the most insensible—reconciled to danger the most timid. And yet there was really a grace of humility in the apologies she tendered for her discourtesy and thoughtlessness. As the girl reined her light palfrey by Dar- rell's side—turning from the young companions who had now joined her, their hackneys in a foam—and devoting to his ear all her lively overflow of happy spirits, not untempered by a certain deference, but still apparently free from dissimulation—<noinclude></noinclude> tuc0jgps58c9gmpiiwltbqxys24ysdh Page:What will he do with it.djvu/422 104 420251 14129614 12873529 2024-04-25T18:49:41Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|412|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>"Unalterable man," said Darrell, as his eye followed the horseman's receding figure. "Through all the mutations on Time's dusty high road—stable as a milestone. Just what Alban Morley was as a school-boy he is now; and if mortal span were extended to the age of the patriarchs, just what Alban Morley is now Alban Morley would be a thousand years hence. I don't mean externally, of course; wrinkles will come —cheeks will fade. But these are trifles; man's body is a garment, as Socrates said before me, and every seven years, according to the physiologists, man has a new suit, fibre and cuticle, from top to toe. The interior being that wears the clothes is the same in Alban Morley. Has he loved, hated, re- joiced, suffered? Where is the sign? Not one. At school, as in life, doing nothing, but decidedly somebody—respected by small boys, petted by big boys—an authority with all. Never getting honors—arm in arm with those who did; never in scrapes— advising those who were; imperturbable, immovable, calm above mortal cares as an Epicurean deity. What can wealth give that he has not got? In the houses of the richest he chooses his room. Talk of ambition, talk of power—he has their rewards without an effort. True prime minister of all the realm he cares for; Good Society has not a vote against him—he trans- acts its affairs, he knows its secrets—he wields its patronage. Ever requested to do a favor—no man great enough to do him one. Incorruptible, yet versed to a fraction in each man's price; impeccable, yet confident in each man's foibles; smooth as silk, hard as adamant; impossible to wound, vex, annoy him—but not insensible; thoroughly kind. Dear, dear Alban! Nature never polished a finer gentleman out of a solider block of man!" Darrell's voice quivered as he completed in earnest affection the sketch begun in playful irony, and then, with a sudden change of thought, he resumed lightly, "But I wish you to do me a favor, Lionel. Aid me to repair a fault in good breeding, of which Alban Morley would never have been guilty. I have been several days in London, and not yet called on your mother. Will you accompany me now to her house and present me?" "Thank you, thank you! you will make her so proud and happy; but may I ride on and prepare her for your visit?" "Certainly; her address is—" "Gloucester Place, No.—." "1 will meet you there in half an hour."<noinclude></noinclude> jrusnyj1mt6zrjhpthxic4m0jbgx6re Page:What will he do with it.djvu/424 104 420253 14129615 12873532 2024-04-25T18:49:42Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|414|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>when Impertinence, installed by Brummell, though her influence was waning, still schooled her oligarchs, and maintained the eti- quette of her court; and even when his ''mesalliance'' and his debts had cast him out of his native sphere, he lost not all the original brightness of an exclusive. In moments of connubial confidence, when owning his past errors, and tracing to his sympathizing Jessie the causes of his decline, he would say, "'Tis not a man's birth, nor his fortune, that gives him his place in society—it depends on his conduct, Jessie. He must not be seen bowing to snobs, nor should his enemies track him to the haunts of vulgarians. I date my fall in life to dining with a horrid man who lent me £100, and lived in Upper Baker Street. His wife took my arm from a place they called a draw- ing-room (the Captain as he spoke was on a fourth floor), to share some unknown food which they called a dinner (the Cap- tain at that moment would have welcomed a rasher). The women went about blabbing—the thing got wind—for the first time my character received a soil. What is a man without character? and character once sullied, Jessie, a man becomes reckless. Teach my boy to beware of the first false step—no associations with ''parvenus''. Don't cry, Jessie—I don't mean that he is to cut you—relations are quite different from other people—nothing so low as cutting relations. I continued, for instance, to visit Guy Darrell, though he lived at the back of Holborn, and I actually saw him once in brown beaver gloves. But he was a relation. I have even dined at his house, and met odd people there—people who lived also at the back of Holborn. But he did not ask me to go to their houses, and if he had, I must have cut him." By reminiscences of this kind of talk Lionel was saved from any design of Mrs. Haughton's to attract his orbit into the circle within which she herself moved. He must come to the parties she gave—illumine or awe odd people there. That was a proper tribute to maternal pride. But had they asked him to their parties, she would have been the first to resent such a liberty. Lionel found Mrs. Haughton in great bustle. A gardener's cart was before the street-door. Men were bringing in a grove of evergreens, intended to border the staircase, and make its exiguous ascent still more difficult. The refreshments were al- ready laid out in the dining-room. Mrs. Haughton, with scis- sors in hand, was cutting flowers to fill the ''epergne'', but darting to and fro, like a dragon-fly, from the dining-room to the hall, from the flowers to the evergreens.<noinclude></noinclude> 1fq4rm5lhb6ojow7wzhr6sllz5sjn44 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/428 104 420257 14129616 13067816 2024-04-25T18:49:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|418|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude><section begin="chapter3" />grander gentleman than even Colonel Morley—regained his kinsman's side, looking abashed and discomfited. Darrell, with the kindness which his fine quick intellect enabled him so felicitously to apply, hastened to relieve the young guardsman's mind. "I like your mother much—very much," said he, in his most melodious accents. "Good boy! I see now why you gave up Lady Dulcett. Go and take a canter by yourself, or with younger friends, and be sure that you call on me, so that we may be both at Mrs. Haughton's by ten o'clock. I can go later to the concert if I feel inclined." He waved his hand, wheeled his horse, and trotted off toward the fair suburban lanes that still proffer to the denizens of London glimpses of rural fields, and shadows from quiet hedgerows. He wished to be alone; the sight of Mrs. Haughton had revived recollections of by-gone days—memory linking memory in painful chain—gay talk with his younger school-fellow—that wild Charlie now in his grave—his own laborious youth, resolute aspirings, secret sorrows—and the strong man felt the want of that solitary self-commune, without which self-conquest is unattainable. <section end="chapter3" /> {{rule|4em}} <section begin="chapter4" />{{c|CHAPTER IV.}} {{smaller block|{{hi|Mrs. Haughton at home miscellaneously. Little parties are useful in bringing people together. One never knows whom one may meet.}}}} Great kingdoms grow out of small beginnings. Mrs. Haughton's social circle was described from a humble centre. On coming into possession of her easy income, and her house in Gloucester Place, she was naturally seized with the desire of an appropriate "visiting acquaintance." The accomplishment of that desire had been deferred a while by the excitement of Lionel's departure for Paris, and the {{sc|immense temptation}} to which the attentions of the spurious Mr. Courtenay Smith had exposed her widowed solitude; but no sooner had she recovered from the shame and anger with which she had discarded that showy impostor, happily in time, than the desire became the more keen; because the good lady felt that, with a mind so active and restless as hers, a visiting acquaintance might be her best preservative from that sense of loneliness which disposes widows to lend the incautious ear to adventurous wooers. Af-<section end="chapter4" /><noinclude></noinclude> r6av1dwrpxtyhkwl9k9s2suqk3n6l9w Page:What will he do with it.djvu/430 104 420259 14129617 12873541 2024-04-25T18:49:44Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|420|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>tioner, announced, in a loud voice, " Mr. Haughton—Mr. Dar- rell." At that latter name a sensation thrilled the assembly—the name so much in every one's mouth at that period nor least in the mouths of the great middle class, on whom—though the po- lite may call them " a sad mixture," cabinets depend—could not fail to be familiar to the ears of Mrs. Haughton's "visiting acquaintance," The interval between his announcement and his ascent from the hall to the drawing-room was busily filled up by murmured questions to the smiling hostess, " Darrell! what! the Darrell! Guy Darrell! greatest man of the day! A connec- tion of yours? Bless me, you don't say so?" Mrs. Haughton began to feel nervous. Was Lionel right? Could the man who had only been a lawyer at the back of Holborn really be, now, such a very, very great man—greatest man of the day? Nonsense! "Ma'am," said one pale, puff-cheeked, flat-nosed gentleman, in a very large white waistcoat, who was waiting by her side till a vacancy in one of the two whist-tables should occur—" Ma'am, I'm an enthusiastic admirer of Mr. Darrell. You say he is a connection of yours? Present me to him." Mrs. Haughton nodded flutteringly, for, as the gentleman closed his request, and tapped a large gold snuff-box, Darrell stood before her—Lionel close at his side, looking positively sheepish. The great man said a few civil words, and was glid- ing into the room to make way for the press behind him, when he of the white waistcoat, touching Mrs. Haughton's arm, and staring Darrell full in the face, said, very loud: " In these anx- ious times public men dispense with ceremony. I crave an in- troduction to Mr. Darrell." Thus pressed, poor Mrs. Haugh- ton, without looking up, muttered out, " Mr. Adolphus Poole— Mr. Darrell," and turned to welcome fresh comers. "Mr. Darrell," said Mr. Poole, bowing to the ground, " this is an honor." Darrell gave the speaker one glance of his keen eye, and thought to himself—" If I were still at the bar, I should be sorry to hold a brief for that fellow." However, he returned the bow formally, and bowing again at the close of a highly com- plimentary address with which Mr, Poole followed up his open- ing sentence, expressed himself "much flattered," and thought he had escaped; but wherever he went through the crowd, Mr. Poole contrived to follow him, and claim his notice by re- marks on the affairs of the day—the weather—the funds—the crops. At length Darrell perceived, sitting aloof in a corner,<noinclude></noinclude> b7dpxktpw0solxe9sahx628vqrx49zl Page:What will he do with it.djvu/432 104 420261 14129618 12873544 2024-04-25T18:49:45Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|422|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>IV/y.-l T WILL HE DO WITH IT f of farming. But I have a family, and we live in enlightened times, when children require a finer education than their parents had. Mrs. Hartopp thought my daughter Anna Maria was in need of some ' finishing lessons '—very fond of the harp is Anna Maria—and so we have taken a house in London for six weeks. That's Mrs. Hartopp yonder, with the bird on her head—bird of paradise, I believe—Williams says that birds of that kind never rest. That bird is an exception—it has rested on Mrs. Har- topp's head for hours together, every evening since we have been in town." "Significant of your connubial felicity, Mr. Hartopp." "May it be so of Anna Maria's. She is to be married when her education is finished—married, by-the-by, to a son of your old friend Jessop, of Ouzelford—and between you and me, Mr. Darrell, that is the reason why I consented to come to town. Do not suppose that I would have a daughter finished unless there was a husband at hand who undertook to be responsible for the results." "You retain your wisdom, Mr. Hartopp; and I feel sure that not even your fair partner could have brought you up to Lon- don unless you had decided on the expediency of coming. Do you remember that I told you the day you so admirably set- tled a dispute in our committee-room, ' It was well you were not born a king, for you would have been an irresistible tyrant.'" "Hush! hush!" whispered Hartopp in great alarm, " if Mrs. Hartopp should hear you! What an observer j'ou are, Sir! I thought /was a judge of character—but I was once deceived. I dare say yow never were." "You mistake," answered Darrell, wincing, "you deceived! How?" "Oh, a long story. Sir. It was an elderly man—the most agreeable, interesting companion—a vagabond nevertheless— and such a pretty bewitching little girl with him, his grandchild. I thought he might have been a wild harum-scarum chap in his day, but that he had a true sense of honor"—(Darrell wholly uninterested in this narrative, suppressed a yawn, and wonder- ing when it would end). "Only think. Sir, just as I was say- ing to myself, ' I know character—I never was taken in,' down comes a smart fellow—the man's own son—and tells me—or rather he suffers a lady who comes with him to tell me—that this charming old gentleman of high sense of honor was a returned convict—been transported for robbing his employer." Pale, breathless, Darrell listened, not unheeding now. " What was the name of—of—"<noinclude></noinclude> q7md0g7rx993maun3cmoa7o2hi4kifi Page:What will he do with it.djvu/434 104 420263 14129619 12873546 2024-04-25T18:49:46Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|424|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>me assist you, Sir—do; " and turning round with petulant quickness, he beheld again Mr. Adolphus Poole. It requires an habitual intercourse with equals to give perfect and invariable control of temper to a man of irritable nerves and frank charac- ter; and though, where Darrell really liked, he had much sweet forbearance, and where he was indifferent, much stately courtesy, yet, when he was offended, he could be extremely uncivil. "Sir," he cried, almost stamping his foot, " your importunities annoy me; I request you to cease them." "Oh! I ask your pardon," said Mr. Poole, with an angry growl. " I have no need to force myself on any man. But I beg you to believe that if I presumed to seek your acquaintance, it was to do you a service. Sir—yes; a private service, Sir." He lowered his voice into a whisper, and laid his finger on his nose—"There's one Jasper Losely, Sir—eh? Oh, Sir, I'm no mischief-maker. I respect family secrets. Perhaps I might be of use, perhaps not." "Certainly not to me. Sir," said Darrell, flinging the cloak he had now found across his shoulders, and striding from the house. When he entered his carriage, the footman stood waiting for or- ders. Darrell was long in giving them. Any where for half an hour—to St. Paul's, then home." But on returning from this objectless plunge into the city, Darrell pulled the check-string—" To Belgrave Square—Lady Dulcett's." The concert was half over; but Flora Vyvyan had still guard- ed, as she had promised, a seat beside herself for Darrell, by lending it for the present to one of her obedient vassals. Her face brightened as she saw Darrell enter and approach. The vassal surrendered the chair. Darrell appeared to be in the highest spirits; and I firmly believe that he was striving to the utmost in his power—what?—to make himself agreeable to Flora Vyvyan? No; to make Flora Vyvyan agreeable to him- self. The man did not presume that a fair young lady could be in love with him; perhaps he believed that, at his years, to be impossible. But he asked what seemed much easier, and was much harder—he asked to be himself in love.<noinclude></noinclude> 0axms584jr7oqn2yyq6gsf71m8qd3h2 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/436 104 420265 14129620 12873549 2024-04-25T18:49:46Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|426|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>and reforms—especially when marriage and reform are accom- panied with increased income, and settled respectably in Alham- bra Villa—relations, before estranged, tender kindly overtures; the world, before austere, becomes indulgent. It was so with Poole—no longer Dolly. Grant that in earlier life he had fallen into bad ways, and, among equivocal associates, he had been led on by that taste for sporting which is manly though a perilous characteristic of the true-born Englishman. He who loves horses is liable to come in contact with blacklegs. The racer is a noble animal; but it is his misfortune that the better his breeding the worse his company. Grant that in the stables Adolphus Samuel Poole had picked up some wild oats—he had sown them now. By-gones were by-gones. He had made a very prudent marriage. Mrs. Poole was a sensible woman—had rendered him domestic, and would keep him straight! His Uncle Samuel, a most worthy man, had found him that sensible woman, and, having found her, had paid his nephew's debts, and, adding a round sum to the lady's fortune, had seen that the whole was so tightly settled on wife and children that Poole had the tender satisfaction of knowing that happen what might to himself, those dear ones were safe; nay, that if, in the reverses of fortune, he should be compelled by persecuting creditors to fly his native shores, law could not impair the competence it had settled upon Mrs. Poole, nor de- stroy her blessed privilege to share that competence with a be- loved spouse. Insolvency itself thus protected by a marriage- settlement realizes the sublime security of virtue immortalized by the Roman Muse: "Repulsae nescia sordidae, lntaminatis fulget honoribus, Nee sumit aut ponit secures Arbitrio populaiis aurae." Mr. Poole was an active man in the parish vestry—he was a sound politician—he subscribed to public charities—he attended public dinners—he had votes in half a dozen public institutions —he talked of the public interests, and called himself a public man. He chose his associates among gentlemen in business— speculative, it is true, but steady. A joint-stock company was set up; he obtained an official station at its board, coupled with a salary—not large, indeed, but still a salary. "The money," said Adolphus Samuel Poole, "is not my ob- ject; but I like to. have something to do." I cannot say how he did something, but no doubt somebody was done. Mr. Poole was in his parlor, reading letters and sorting papers,<noinclude></noinclude> n8makip7pp8yefd1dtmudgrn5lp7z7m Page:What will he do with it.djvu/438 104 420267 14129621 12873551 2024-04-25T18:49:47Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|428|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>isters to the wounded orb so soothing a lotion of pity and ad- miration that Poole growls out quite mildly—" Nonsense, blarney —by-the-by, I did not say this morning that you should not have the rosewood chiffonier." "No, you said you could not afford it, duck; and when Pa says he can't afford it, Pa m.ust be the judge—must not he, Johnny dear?" "But, perhaps I can afford it. Yes, you may have it; yes, I say, you ''shall'' have it. Don't forget to leave that card on Peck- ham—he's a moneyed man. There's a ring at the bell, who is in? Run and see." Mrs. Poole obeyed with great activity, considering her inter- esting condition. She came back in half a minute. "Oh, my Adolphus! oh, my Samuel! it is that dreadful-look- ing man who was here the other evening—staid with you so long. I don't like his looks at all. Pray, don't be at home." "I must," said Poole, turning a shade paler, if that were possible. " Stop—don't let that girl go to the door, and you leave me." He snatched his hat and gloves, and putting aside the parlor maid, who had emerged from the shades below in order to answer the ' ring,' walked hastily down the small garden. Jasper Losely was stationed at the little gate. Jasper was no longer in rags, but he was coarsely clad—clad as if he had re- signed all pretence to please a lady's eye, or to impose upon a West-End tradesman—a check shirt—a rough pea-jacket, his hands buried in its pockets. Poole started with a well-simulated surprise. " What, you! I am just going to my office—in a great hurry at present." "Hurry or not, I must and will speak to you," said Jasper, doggedly. "What now? then, step in;—only remember I can't give you more than five minutes." The rude visitor followed Poole into the back parlor, and closed the door after him. Leaning his arms over a chair, his hat still on his head, Losely fixed his fierce eyes on his'old friend, and said in a low, set, de- termined voice—" Now, mark me, Dolly Poole, if you think to shirk my business, or throw me over, you'll find yourself in Queer Street. Have you called on Guy Darrell, and put my case to him, or have you not?" "I met Mr. Darrell only last night, at a very genteel party. (Poole deemed it prudent not to say by whom that genteel party was given, for it will be remembered that Poole had been Jas- per's confidant in that adventurer's former designs upon Mrs.<noinclude></noinclude> rjlfnel9zpltsfb0jf7xl6manhhzxyh Page:What will he do with it.djvu/440 104 420269 14129622 13167018 2024-04-25T18:49:48Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|430|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>England, and it is your business to find them. Continue your search—quicken your wits—let me be better pleased with your success when I call again this day week—and meanwhile four pounds, if you please—as much more as you like." "Why, I gave you four pounds the other day, besides six pounds for clothes; it can't be gone." "Every penny." "Dear, dear! can't you maintain yourself anyhow? Can't you get any one to play at cards? Four pounds! Why, with your talent for whist, four pounds is a capital!" "Whom can I play with? Whom can I herd with?—Cracks- men and pickpockets. Fit me out; ask me to your own house; in vite your own friends; make up a rubber, and you will then see what I can do with four pounds; and may go shares if you like, as we used to do." "Don't talk so loud. Losely, you know very well that what you ask is impossible. I've turned over a new leaf." "But I've still got your handwriting on the old leaf." "What's the good of these stupid threats? If you really wanted to do me a mischief, where could you go to, and who'd believe you?" "I fancy your wife would. I'll try. Hillo—" "Stop—stop—stop. No row, here. Sir. No scandal. Hold your tongue, or I'll send for the police." "Do! Nothing I should like better. I'm tired out. I want to tell my own story at the Old Bailey, and have my revenge upon you, upon Darrell, upon all. Send for the police." Losely threw himself at length on the sofa—(new morocco, with spring cushions)—and folded his arms. "You could only give me five minutes—they are gone, I fear. I am liberal. I give you your own time to consider. I don't care if I stay to dine; I dare say Mrs. Poole will excuse my dress." "Losely, you are such a—fellow! If I do give you the four pounds you ask, will you promise to shift for yourself somehow, and molest me no more?" "Certainly not. I shall come once every week for the same sum. I can't live upon less—until—" "Until what?" "Until either you get Mr. Darrell to settle on me a suitable provision, or until you place me in possession of my daughter. and I can then be in a better condition to treat with him myself; for if I would make a claim on account of the girl, I must pro- duce the girl, or he may say she is dead. Besides, if she be as<noinclude></noinclude> jdl4w1jw0jqm00b7oo8dwixwnlmsovs Page:What will he do with it.djvu/442 104 420271 14129623 12897585 2024-04-25T18:49:49Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|432|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>olute as ever on the choice of a partner. Still the choice appeared to be circumscribed to the fair three who had been subjected to Colonel Morley's speculative criticism—Lady Adela, Miss Vipont, Flora Vyvyan. Much /;'<? and (^w^ might be said in respect to each. Lady Adela was so handsome that it was a pleasure to look at her; and that is much when one sees the handsome face every day—provided the pleasure does not wear off. She had the reputation of a very good temper; and the expression of her countenance confirmed it. There, panegyric stopped; but detraction did not commence. What remained was inoffensive commonplace. She had no salient attribute, and no ruling passion. Certainly she would never have wasted a thought on Mr. Darrell, nor have discovered a single merit in him, if he had not been quoted as a very rich man of high character in search of a wife; and if her father had not said to her— "Adela, Mr. Darrell has been greatly struck with your appearance—he told me so. He is not young, but he is still a very fine-looking man, and you are twenty-seven. 'Tis a greater distinction to be noticed by a person of his years and position than by a pack of silly young fellows, who think more of their own pretty faces than they would ever do of yours. If you did not mind a little disparity of years he would make you a happy wife; and, in the course of nature, a widow, not too old to enjoy liberty, and with a jointure that might entitle you to a still better match." Darrell, thus put into Lady Adela's head, he remained there, and became an ''idee fixe''. Viewed in the light of a probable husband, he was elevated into an "interesting man." She would have received his addresses with gentle complacency; and, being more the creature of habit than impulse, would, no doubt, in the intimacy of connubial life, have blessed him, or any other admiring husband, with a reasonable modicum of languid affection. Nevertheless, Lady Adela was an unconscious impostor; for, owing to a mild softness of eye and a susceptibility to blushes, a victim ensnared by her beauty would be apt to give her credit for a nature far more accessible to the romance of the tender passions, than, happily perhaps for her own peace of mind, she possessed; and might flatter himself that he had produced a sensation which gave that softness to the eye, and that damask to the blush. Honoria Vipont would have been a choice far more creditable to the good sense of so mature a wooer. Few better specimens of a young lady brought up to become an accomplished woman of the world. She had sufficient instruction to be the companion<noinclude></noinclude> 5oqzyoqas9dpotpu5nd94eqawp0jria Page:What will he do with it.djvu/444 104 420273 14129624 13167019 2024-04-25T18:49:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|434|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>will only marry the man I respect." Thus it was her respect for Guy Darrell that made her honor him by her preference. She appreciated his intellect—she fell in love with the reputation which the intellect had acquired. And Darrell might certainly choose worse. His cool reason inclined him much to Honoria. When Alban Morley argued in her favor he had no escape from acquiescence, except in the turns and doubles of his ironical humor. But his heart was a rebel to his reason; and between you and me, Honoria was exactly one of those young women by whom a man of grave years ought to be attracted, and by whom, somehow or other, he never is; I suspect, because the older we grow the more we love youthfulness of character. When Alcides, having gone through all the fatigues of life, took a bride in Olym- pus, he ought to have selected Minerva, but he chose Hebe. Will Darrell find his Hebe in Flora Vyvyan? Alban Morley became more and more alarmed by that apprehension. He was shrewd enough to recognize in her the girl of all others formed to glad the eye and plague the heart of a grave and reverend seigneur. As it might well not only flatter the vanity, but beguile the judgment, of a man who feared his hand would be accepted only for the sake of his money, that Flora, just at this moment, refused the greatest match in the kingdom—young Lord Vipont, son of the new Earl of Montfort—a young man of good sense, high character, well-looking as men go, heir to estates almost royal—a young man whom no girl on earth is justified in refusing. But would the whimsical creature accept Darrell? Was she not merely making sport of him, and if, caught by her arts, he, sage and elder, solemnly offered homage and hand to that ''belle de-daigncuse'' who had just doomed to despair a comely young magnate with five times his fortune, would she not hasten to make him the ridicule of London? Darrell had, perhaps, his secret reasons for thinking other- wise, but he did not confide them even to Alban Morley. This much only will the narrator, more candid, say to the reader—if out of the three whom his thoughts fluttered round, Guy Darrell wished to select the one who would love him best—love him with the whole, fresh, unreasoning heart of a girl whose childish for- wardness sprung from childlike innocence—let him dare the hazard of refusal and of ridicule; let him say to Flora Vyvyan, in the pathos of his sweet, deep voice, " Come, and be the spoiled darling of my gladdened age; let my life, ere it sink into night, be rejoiced by the bloom and fresh breeze of the morn- ing!" But to say he must wish it; he himself must love—love with<noinclude></noinclude> qyc2nagzpxckyzu7bulnt8wh9ipjyen Page:What will he do with it.djvu/446 104 420275 14129625 12873564 2024-04-25T18:49:51Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|436|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>there was a gasp as for breath, or a prolonged dwelling upon cer- tain syllables, which, occurring in the most animated passages, and apparently evincing the preacher's struggle with emotion, rather served to heighten the sympathy of the audience. But for the most part the original stammer was replaced by a felicitous pause—the pause as of a thoughtful reasoner, or a solemn moni- tor knitting ideas, that came too quick, into method, or chasten- ing impulse into disciplined zeal. The mind of the. preacher, thus not only freed from trammel, but armed for victory, came forth with that power which is peculiar to an original intellect— the power which suggests more than it demonstrates. He did not so much preach to his audience as wind himself through un- expected ways into the hearts of the audience; and they who heard suddenly found their hearts preaching to themselves. He took for his text, " Cast down, but not destroyed." And out of this text he framed a discourse full of true Gospel tenderness, which seemed to raise up comfort as the saving, against despair as the evil, principle of mortal life. The congregation was what is called "brilliant "—statesmen and peers, and great authors, and fine ladies—people whom the inconsiderate believe to stand little in need of comfort, and never to be subjected to despair. In many an intent or drooping face in that brilliant congregation might be read a very different tale. But of all present there was no one whom the discourse so moved as a woman, who, chanc- ing to pass that way, had followed the throng into the Chapel, and with difficulty obtained a seat at the far end; a woman who had not been within the walls of chapel or church for long years —a grim woman, in iron-gray. There she sat, unnoticed, in her remote corner; and before the preacher had done, her face was hidden behind her clasped hands, and she was weeping such tears as she had not wept since childhood. On leaving church Darrell said little more to the Colonel than this: " Your nephew takes me by surprise. The Church wants such men. He will have a grand career, if life be spared to him." Then he sank into a reverie, from which he broke abruptly— "Your nephew was at school with my boy. Had my son lived, what had been his career?" The Colonel, never encouraging painful subjects, made no re- joinder. "Bring George to see me to-morrow. I shrunk from asking it before: I thought the sight of him would too much revive old sorrows, but I feel I should accustom myself to face every mem- ory. Bring him." The next day the Colonel took George to Darrell's; but George<noinclude></noinclude> hypxhk3uaowzqcg5jqu182phvzm3lru Page:What will he do with it.djvu/448 104 420277 14129626 12873566 2024-04-25T18:49:52Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|438|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>river her favorite haunt. I know some romantic admirers who, when she reappears in the world, may be rival aspirants, and who have much taken to rowing since Lady Montfort has re- tired to Twickenham. They catch a glimse of her, and return to boast of it. But they report that there is a young lady seen walking with her—an extremely pretty one—who is she? Peo- ple ask ''me—''as if I knew everything." "A companion, I suppose," said George, more and more confused. " But, pardon me, I must leave you now. Good-by, uncle. Good-day, Mr. Darrell." Darrell did not seem to observe George take leave, but walked on, his hat over his brows, lost in one of his frequent fits of abstracted gloom, "If my nephew were not married," said the Colonel, " I should regard his embarrassment with much suspicion—embar- rassed at every point, from his travels about the country to the question of a young lady at Twickenham. I wonder who that young lady can be—not one of the Viponts, or I should have heard. Are there any young ladies on the Lyndsay side?—Eh, Darrell?" "What do I care—your head runs on young ladies," answered Darrell, with peevish vivacity, as he stopped abruptly at Carr Vipont's door. "And your feet do not seem to run from them," said the Colonel; and, with an ironical salute, walked away, while the expanding portals engulfed his friend. As he sauntered up St. James's street, nodding toward the thronged windows of its various clubs, the Colonel suddenly en- countered Lionel, and, taking the young gentleman's arm, said, "If you are not very much occupied, will you waste half an hour on me?—I am going homeward." Lionel readily assented, and the Colonel continued: " Are you in want of your cabriolet to-day, or can you lend it to me? I have asked a Frenchman, who brings me a letter of introduc- tion, to dine at the nearest ''restaurant'' to which one can ask a Frenchman. I need not say that is Greenwich; and if I took him in a cabriolet, he would not suspect that he was taken five miles out of town." "Alas! my dear Colonel, I have just sold my cabriolet." "What! old-fashioned already? True, it has been built three months. Perhaps the horse, too, has become an antique in some other collection—silent—urn!—cabriolet and horse both sold?" "Both," said Lionel, ruefully.<noinclude></noinclude> 2eog740lfbqhownc4sko26b2xkatu9j Page:What will he do with it.djvu/450 104 420279 14129627 12873568 2024-04-25T18:49:53Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|440|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>I avoid preaching on money-makers, or, indeed, any other, (preaching is my nephew's vocation, not mine), yet allow me to extract from you a solemn promise never again to sign bills, nor to draw them. Be to your friend what you please except secur- ity for him. Orestes never asked Plyades to help him to bor- row at fifty per cent. Promise me—your word of honor as a gentleman! Do you hesitate?" "My dear Colonel," said Lionel, frankly, " I do hesitate. I might promise not to sign a money-lender's bill on my own ac- count, though really I think you take rather an exaggerated view of what is, after all, a common occurrence—" "Do I?" said the Colonel, meekly. "I'm sorry to hear it. I detest exaggeration. Go on. You might promise not to ruin yourself—but you object to promise not to help in the ruin of your friend." "That is exquisite irony, Colonel," said Lionel, piqued; " but it does not deal with the difficulty, which is simply this: When a man whom you call friend—whom you walk with, ride with, dine with almost every day, says to you, ' I am in immediate want of a few hundreds—I don't ask you to lend them to me, perhaps you can't—but assist me to borrow—trust to my honor that the debt shall not fall on you,' why, then, it seems as if to refuse the favor was to tell the man you call friend that you doubt his honor; and though I have been caught once in that way, I feel that I must be caught very often before I should have the moral courage to say ' No! ' Don't ask me, then, to promise —be satisfied with my assurance that in future, at least, I will be more cautious, and if the loss fall on me, why, the worst that can happen is to do again what I do now." "Nay, you would not perhaps have another horse and cab to sell. In that case, you would do the reverse of what you do now—you would renew the bill—the debt would run on like a snow-ball—in a year or two you would owe, not hundreds, but thousands. But come in—here we are at my door." The Colonel entered his drawing-room. A miracle of exqui- site neatness the room was—rather effeminate, perhaps, in its attributes; but that was no sign of the Colonel's tastes, but of his popularity with the ladies. All those pretty things were their gifts. The tapestry on the chairs their work—the ''sevre'' on the consoles—the clock on the mantle-shelf—the ink-stand, paper- cutler, taper-stand on the writing-table—their birthday presents. Even the white woolly Maltese dog that sprang from the rug to welcome him—even the flowers in the ''Jardinier''—even the taste- ful cottage-piano, and the very music-stand beside it—and the<noinclude></noinclude> mam54b9qlgenid5g3ti7exfy9m6qaml Page:What will he do with it.djvu/452 104 420281 14129628 12873570 2024-04-25T18:49:53Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|442|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>Lionel resigned himself to the operation, throwing his hand-kerchief over his face as if he had taken chloroform. "When I was young," resumed the Colonel, "I chanced to make acquaintance with a man of infinite whim and humor; fascinating as Darrell himself, though in a very different way. We called him Willy—you know the kind of man one calls by his Christian name, cordially abbreviated—that kind of man seems never to be quite grown up; and therefore never rises in life. I never knew a man called Willy after the age of thirty, who did not come to a melancholy end! Willy was the natural son of a rich, helter-skelter, cleverish, maddish, stylish, raffish, four-in-hand Baronet, by a celebrated French actress. The title is extinct now; and so, I believe, is that genus of stylish, raffish, four-in-hand Baronet. Sir Julian Losely—" "Losely!" echoed Lionel. "Yes; do you know the name?" "I never heard it till yesterday. I want to tell you what I did hear then—but after your story—go on." "Sir Julian Losely (Willy's father) lived with the French lady as his wife, and reared Willy in his house, with as much pride and fondness as if he intended him for his heir. The poor boy, I suspect, got but little regular education; though, of course, he spoke his French mother's tongue like a native; and, thanks also perhaps to his mother, he had an extraordinary talent for mimicry and acting. His father was passionately fond of private theatricals, and Willy had early practice in that line. I once saw him act Falstaff in a country-house, and I doubt if Quin could have acted it better. Well, when Willy was still a mere boy, he lost his mother, the actress. Sir Julian married—had a legitimate daughter—died inestate—and the daughter, of course, had the personal property, which was not much; the heir-at-law got the land, and poor Willy nothing. But Willy was a universal favorite with his father's old friends—wild fellows like Sir Julian himself; among them there were two cousins, with large country-houses, sporting men, and bachelors. They shared Willy between them, and quarrelled which should have the most of him. So he grew up to be a man, with no settled provision, but always welcome, not only to the two cousins, but at every house in which, like Milton's lark, 'he came to startle the dull night'—the most amusing companion!—a famous shot—a capital horseman—knew the ways of all animals, fishes, and birds; I verily believe he could have coaxed a pug-dog to point, and an owl to sing. Void of all malice, up to all<noinclude></noinclude> gnkt6tdhwftaz1kpfucdv9brguww3j4 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/454 104 420283 14129629 12873572 2024-04-25T18:49:54Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|444|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>'half holiday' in a school-room. He dishonest! I should as soon have suspected the noonday sun of being a dark lantern! I remember, when he and I were walking home from wild-duck shooting in advance of our companions, a short conversation between us that touched me greatly, for it showed that, under all his levity, there were sound sense and right feeling. I asked him about his son, then a boy at school. 'Why, as it was the Christmas vacation, he had refused our host's suggestion to let the lad come down there?' 'Ah,' said he, 'don't fancy that I will lead my son to grow up a scatter-brained good-for-naught like his father. His society is the joy of my life; whenever I have enough in my pockets to afford myself that joy, I go and hire a quiet lodging close by his school, to have him with me from Saturday till Monday all to myself—where he never hears wild fellows call me "Willy," and ask me to mimic. I had hoped to have spent this vacation with him in that way. But his school-bill was higher than usual, and after paying it I had not a guinea to spare—obliged to come here where they lodge and feed me for nothing; the boy's uncle on the mother's side—a respectable man in business—kindly takes him home for the holidays; but did not ask me, because his wife—and I don't blame her—thinks I'm too wild for a city clerk's sober household.' "I asked Will Losely what he meant to do with his son, and hinted that I might get the boy a commission in the army with-out purchase. "'No,' said Willy, 'I know what it is to set up for a gentleman on the capital of a beggar. It is to be a shuttlecock between discontent and temptation, I would not have my lost wife's son waste his life as I have done. He would be more spoiled, too, than I have been. The handsomest boy you ever saw—and bold as a lion. Once in that set'—(pointing over his shoulders toward some of our sporting comrades, whose loud laughter every now and then reached our ears)—'once in that set he would never be out of it—fit for nothing. I swore to his mother, on her death-bed, that I would bring him up to avoid my errors—that he should be no hanger-on and led-Captain! Swore to her that he should be reared according to his real station—the station of his mother's kin (''I'' have no station)—and if I can but see him an honest British trader—respectable, upright, equal to the highest—because no rich man's dependent, and no poor man's jest—my ambition will be satisfied. And now you understand. Sir, why my boy is not here.' You would say a father who spoke thus had a man's honest stuff in him. Eh, Lionel?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 7pshylwzckr07baugtnkdf3y0d73bve Page:What will he do with it.djvu/456 104 420285 14129631 12873574 2024-04-25T18:49:55Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|446|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>Lionel's face remained covered, and it was only by choking gasps that he interrupted the Colonel's narrative. " Certainly," resumed Alban Morley, in a reflective tone, " certainly that vil- lain—I mean William Losely, for villain he afterward proved to be—had the sweetest, most forgiving temper! He might have gone about to his kinsmen and friends denouncing Charles Haughton, and saying by what solemn promises he had been undone. But no! such a story, just at that moment, would have crushed Charles Haughton's last chance of ever holding up his head again; and Charles told me (for it was through Charles that I knew the tale) that Willy's parting words to him were, * Do not fret, Charlie. After all, my boy is now settled in life, and I am a cat with nine lives, and should fall on my legs if thrown out of a garret window. Don't fret.' So he kept the secret, and told the money-lender to hold his tongue. Poor Willy! I never asked a rich friend to lend me money but once in my life. It was then. I went to Guy Darrell, who was in full practice, and said to him, ' Lend me one thousand pounds. I may never repay you.' ' Five thousand pounds, if you like it,' said he. ' One will do.' I took the money, and sent it to Willy. Alas! he returned it, writing word that 'Providence had been very kind to him; he had just been appointed to a capital place, with a magnificent salary. The cat had fallen on its legs.' He bade me comfort Haughton with that news. The money went back into Darrell's pocket, and perhaps wandered thence to Charles Haughton's creditors. Now for the appoint- ment. At the country house, to which Willy had returned des- titute, he had met a stranger (no relation) who said to him, ' You live with these people—shoot their game—break in their horses—see to their farms—and they give you nothing! You are no longer very young—you should lay by your little income, and add to it. Live with me, and I will give you;^3oo a year. I am parting with my steward—take his place, but be my friend.' William Losel}^ of course, closed with the proposition. This gentleman, whose name was Gunston, I had known slightly in former times (people say I know every body)—a soured, bilious, melancholy, indolent, misanthropical old bachelor. With a magnificent place universally admired, and a large estate uni- versally envied, he lived much alone, ruminating on the bitter- ness of life and the nothingness of worldly blessings. Meeting Willy at the country house to which, by some predestined relax- ation of misanthropy, he had been deco3'ed, for the first time for years Mr. Gunston was heard to laugh. He said to himself, * Here is a man who actually amuses me.' William Losely con-<noinclude></noinclude> 1ezc3f77576sdub61x1ter6j6z6fr08 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/458 104 420287 14129632 12897698 2024-04-25T18:49:56Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|448|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>William Losely's private apartment. Losely had two or three rooms appropriated to himself in one side of the house, which was built in a quadrangle round a court-yard. When Losely opened his door to Mr. Gunston's knock, it struck Mr. Gunston that his manner seemed confused. After some talk on general subjects, Losely said that he had occasion to go to London next morning for a few days on private business of his own. This annoyed Mr. Gunston. He observed that Losely's absence just then would be inconvenient. He reminded him that a tradesman, who lived at a distance, was coming over the next day to be paid for a vinery he had lately erected, and on the charge for which there was a dispute. Could not Losely at least stay to settle it? Losely replied, " that he had already, by correspondence, adjusted the dispute, having suggested deductions which the tradesman had agreed to, and that Mr.- Gunston would only have to give a check for the balance—viz.: £270." Thereon Mr. Gunston remarked, " If you were not in the habit of paying my bills for me out of what you receive, you would know that I seldom give checks. I certainly shall not give one now, for I have the money in the house. Losely observed, "That is a bad habit of yours, keeping large sums in your own house. You may be robbed." Gunston answered, " Safer than lodging large sums in a country bank. Country banks break. My grandfather lost £1000 by the failure of a country bank; and my father, therefore, always took his payments in cash, remitting them to London from time to time as he went thither himself. I do the same, and I have never been robbed of a farthing that I know of. Who would rob a great house like this, full of men- servants?" " That's true," said Losely; " so if you are sure you have as much by you, you will pay the bill, and have done with it. I shall be back before Sparks the builder comes to be paid for the new barns to the home farm—that will be £600; but I shall be taking money for timber next week. He can be paid out of that." {{sc|Gunston.}} " No, I will pay Sparks, too, out of what I have in my bureau; and the timber-merchant can pay his debt into my London banker's." {{sc|Losely.}} " Do you mean that you have enough for both these bills actually in the house?" Gunston. " Certainly, in the bureau in my study. I don't know how much I've got. It may be £1500—it may be £1700. I have not counted: I am such a bad man of business; but I am sure it is more than £1400." Losely made some jocular observation to the effect that if Gunston never kept an account of what he had, he could never tell whether he was robbed, and, therefore, never would be robbed; since, according to Othello;<noinclude></noinclude> hb3v06j45froi10w06mc3jep56c3dew Page:What will he do with it.djvu/460 104 420289 14129633 12873581 2024-04-25T18:49:57Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Fiktube" />{{rh|450|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>dog might also disturb his master, he got out of his window (be- ing on the ground-floor) to pacify the animal; that he then saw, in the opposite angle of the building, a light moving along the casement of the passage between Losely's rooms and Mr. Guns- ton's study. Surprised at this, at such an hour, he approached that part of the building, and saw the light very faintly through the chinks in the shutters of the study. The passage windows had no shutters, being old-fashioned stone mullions. He waited by the wall a few minutes, when the light again reappeared in the passage; and he saw a figure in a cloak, which, being in a peculiar color, he recognized at once as Losely's, pass rapidly along; but before the figure had got half through the passage, the light was extinguished, and the servant could see no more. But so positive was he, from his recognition of the cloak, that the man was Losely, that he ceased to feel alarm or surprise, thinking, on reflection, that Losely, sitting up later than usual to transact business before his departure, might have gone into his employer's study for any book or paper which he might have left there. The dog began barking again, and seemed anxious to get out of the court-yard to which he was confined; but the serv- ant gradually appeased him—went to bed, and somewhat over- slept himself. When he woke, he hastened to take the coffee into Losely's room, but Losely was gone. Here there was another suspicious circumstance. It had been a question how the bureau had been opened, the key being safe in Gunston's possession, and there being no sign off orce. The lock was one of those rude, old-fashioned ones which are very easily picked, but to which a modern key does not readily fit. In the passage there was found a long nail crooked at the end; and that nail the superintendent of the police (who had been summoned) had the wit to apply to the lock of the bureau, and it unlocked and relocked it easily. It was clear that whoever had so shaped the nail could not have used such an instrument for the first time, and must be a practiced picklock. That, one would suppose at first, might exonerate Losely; but he was so clever a fellow at all mechanical contrivances, that, coupled with the place of find- ing, the nail made greatly against him; and still more so, when some nails precisely similar were found on the chimney-place of an inner-rooni in his apartment, a room between that in which he had received Gunston and his bed-chamber, and used by him both as study and workshop; the nails, indeed, which were very long and narrow, with a Gothic ornamental head, were at once recognized by the carpenter on the estate as having been made according to Losely's directions, for a garden-bench to be placed<noinclude></noinclude> bq983w86xv3usn6ts7ltbh7n2kqnjnm Page:What will he do with it.djvu/462 104 420291 14129634 12876179 2024-04-25T18:49:58Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|452|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>fore, stating that he wanted to borrow two or three hundred pounds, which he could repay by instahiients out of his salary. What would be the terms? The money-lender having occasion to be in the neighborhood, called to discuss the matter in person, and to ask if Losely could not get some other person to join in security—suggesting his brother-in-law. Losely replied that it was a favor he would never ask any one; that his brother-in-law had no pecuniary means beyond his salary as a senior clerk; and, supposing that he (Losely) lost his place, which he might any day, if Gunston were displeased with him—how then could he be sure that his debt would not fall on the security? Upon which the money-lender remarked that the precarious nature of his income was the very reason why a security was wanted. And Losely answered, 'Ay; but you know that you incur that risk, and charge accordingly. Between you and me the debt and the hazard are mere matter of business; but between me and my security it would be a matter of honor.' Finally the money- lender agreed to find the sum required, though asking very high terms. Losely said he would consider, and let him know. There the conversation ended. But Gunston inquired ' If Losely had ever had dealings with the monej'-lender before, and for what purpose it was likely he would want the money now? ' and the money-lender answered ' That probably Losely had some sport- ing or gaming speculations on the sly; for that it was to pay a gambling debt that he had joined Captain Haughton in a bill for ^1200.' And Gunston afterward told a friend of mine that this it was that decided him to appear as a witness at the trial; and you will observe that if Gunston had kept away, there would have been no evidence sufficient to insure conviction. But Gun- ston considered that the man who could gamble away his whole fortune must be incorrigible, and that Losely, having concealed from him that he had become destitute by such transactions, must have been more than a. mere security In a joint bill with Captain Haughton. Gunston could never have understood such an inconsistency in human nature, that the same man who broke open his bureau should have become responsible to the amount of his fortune for a debt of which he had not shared the discredit; and still less that such a man should, in case he had been so generously imprudent, have concealed his loss out of delicate tenderness for the character of the man to whom he owed his ruin. Therefore, in short, Gunston looked on his dis- honest steward, not as a man tempted, by a sudden impulse in some moment of distress, at which a previous life was belied, but as a confirmed, dissimulating sharper, to whom public jus-<noinclude></noinclude> c0boup09dy2e24kqarus1awhl7zcuw3 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/464 104 420293 14129635 12876238 2024-04-25T18:49:58Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|454|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>man had arrived just in time to take his place in the night train from the north toward London, stopping there at four o'clock in the morning. The station-master remembered the stranger buy- ing the ticket, but did not remark his appearance. The porter did, however, so far notice liim, as he hurried into a first-class carriage, that he said afterward to the station-master, ' Why, that gentleman has a gray cloak just like Mr. Losely's. If he had not been thinner and taller, I should have thought it was Mr. Losely.' "Well, Losely went to the same station the next morning, tak- ing an early train, going thither on foot, with his carpet-bag in his hand; and both the porter and station-master declared that he had no cloak on him at the time; and as he got into a second- class carriage, the porter even said to him, ' 'Tis a sharp morning, Sir; I'm afraid you'll be cold.' Furthermore, as to tire purpose for which Losely had wished to borrow of the money-lender, his brother-in-law stated that Losely's son had been extravagant, had contracted debts, and was even hiding from his creditors in a country town, at which William Losely had stopped for a few hours on his way to London. He knew the young man's em- ployer had written kindly to Losely several davs before, lament- ing the son's extravagance; intimating that unless his debts were discharged, he must lose the situation in which otherwise he might soon rise to competence, for that he was quick and sharp; and that it was impossible not to feel indulgent toward him, he was so lively and so good-looking. The trader added that he would forbear to dismiss the young man as long as he could. It was on the receipt of that letter that Losely had entered into communication with the money-lender, whom he had come to town to seek, and to whose house he was actually going at the very hour of Gunston's arrival. But why borrow of the money- lender, if he had just stolen more money than he had any need to borrow? "The most damning fact against Losely, by the discovery in his possession of the ^5 note, of which Mr Gunston deposed to have taken the number, was certainly hard to get over; still, an ingenious lawyer might have thrown doubt on Gunston's testi- mony—a man confessedly so careless might have mistaken the number, etc. The lawyer went, with these hints for defence, to see Losely himself in prison; but Losely declined his help—be- came very angry—said that he would rather suffer death itself than have suspicion transferred to some innocent man; and that as to the cloak, it had been inside his carpet bag. So you see, bad as he was, there was something inconsistently honorable left<noinclude></noinclude> g02rh2h67l7tdnfpwfob0fc6f4mypku Page:What will he do with it.djvu/466 104 420296 14129636 12876246 2024-04-25T18:50:00Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|456|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>There are many members of the old Baronet's family; but when or where did you hear it?" "I will tell you; the man who holds the bill (ah, the word sickens me!) reminded me when he called that I had seen him at my mother's house—a chance acquaintance of hers—professed great regard for me—great admiration for Mr. Darrell—and then surprised me by asking if I had never heard Mr. Darrell speak of Mr. Jasper Losely." "Jasper!" said the Colonel; " Jasper!—well, go on," "When I answered 'No,' Mr. Poole (that is his name) shook his head, and muttered—' A sad affair—very bad business—I could do Mr. Darrell a great service if he would let me; ' and then went on talking what seemed to me impertinent gibberish about ' family exposures,' and ' poverty making men desperate,' and ' better compromise matters; ' and finally wound up by beg- ging me, ' If I loved Mr. Darrell, and wished to guard him from very great annoyance and suffering, to persuade him to give Mr. Poole an interview.' Then he talked about his own character in the City, and so forth, and entreating me ' not to think of paying him till quite convenient; that he would keep the bill in his desk; nobody should know of it; too happy to do me a favor ' —laid his card on the table, and went away. Tell me, should I say anything to Mr. Darrell about this or not?" "Certainly not, till I have seen Mr. Poole myself. You have the money to pay him about you? Give it to me with Mr. Poole's address; I will call and settle the matter. Just ring the bell." (To the servant, entering) "Order my horse round." Then, when they were again alone, turning to Lionel abruptly, laying one hand on his shoulder, with the other grasping his hand warmly, cordially, " Young man," said Alban Morley, " I love you—I am interested in you—who would not be .'* I have gone through this story; put myself positively to pain—which I hate—solely for your good. You see what usury and money- lenders bring men to. Look me in the face! Do you feel now that you would have the ' moral courage ' you before doubted of .- Have you done with such things forever?" "Forever, so help me Heaven! The lesson has been cruel, but I do thank and bless you for it." "I knew you would. Mark this! never treat money affairs with levity—money is character! Stop. I have bared a fa- ther's fault to a son. It was necessary—or even in his grave those faults might ha\-e revived in you. Now, I add this, if Charles Plaughton—like you, handsome, high-spirited, favored by men, spoiled by women—if Charles Haughton, on entering<noinclude></noinclude> 6gkd24v1bu40gjdch5cnbhljgigq72p Page:What will he do with it.djvu/472 104 420302 14129637 13101656 2024-04-25T18:50:01Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|462|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>provided Fossett, in his turn, would agree in the mean while to afford lodging and board, with a trifle for pocket-money, to Arabella and himself, in the Clapham Villa, which, though not partial to rural scenery, Jasper preferred, on the whole, to a second floor in the city—old Fossett fell ill, took to his bed; was unable to attend to his business, some one else attended to it; and the consequence was, that the house stopped payment, and was discovered to have been insolvent for the last ten years. Not a discreditable bankruptcy. There might, perhaps, be seven shillings in the pound ultimately paid, and not more than forty families irretrievably ruined. Old Fossett, safe in his bed, bore the affliction with philosophical composure; observed to Arabella that he had always warned her of the ups and downs in this sphere of trial; referred again with pride to her first-rate education; commended again to her care Tom and Biddy; and, declaring that he died in charity with all men, resigned himself to the last slumber. Arabella at first sought a refuge with her maiden aunt. But that lady, though not hit in pocket by her brother-in-law's failure, was more vehement against his memory than his most injured creditor—not only that she deemed herself unjustly defrauded of the pines, strawberries, and spring chickens, by which she had been enabled to give small parties at small cost, though with ample show, but that she was robbed of the consequence she had hitherto derived from the supposed expectations of her niece. In short, her welcome was so hostile, and her condolences so cutting, that Arabella quitted her door with a solemn determination never again to enter it. And now the nobler qualities of the bankrupt's daughter rose at once into play. Left penniless, she resolved by her own exertions to support and to rear her young brother and sister. The great school to which she had been the ornament willingly received her as a teacher, until some more advantageous place in a private family, and with a salary worthy of her talents and accomplishments, could be found. Her intercourse with Jasper became necessarily suspended. She had the generosity to write, offering to release him from his engagement. Jasper considered himself fully released without that letter; but he deemed it neither gallant nor discreet to say so. Arabella might obtain a situation with larger salary than she could possibly need, the superfluities whereof Jasper might undertake to invest. Her aunt had evidently something to leave, though she might have nothing to give. In fine, Arabella, if not rich enough for a wife, might be often rich enough for a friend at need; and so long as<noinclude></noinclude> 0en31m2s1xhd3uesqsf9zx0kym30528 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/474 104 420304 14129638 13043229 2024-04-25T18:50:02Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|464|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>Jasper Losely had still more solemnly sworn to marry his adored Arabella. But when? When they are rich enough. She feels as if her spirit was gone—as if she could work no more. She was no weak, commonplace girl, whom love can console for shame. She had been rigidly brought up; her sense of female rectitude was keen; her remorse was noiseless, but it was stern. Harassments of a more vulgar nature beset her; she had forestalled her sources of income; she had contracted debts for Jasper's sake: in vain, her purse was emptied, yet his no fuller. His creditors pressed him; he told her that he must hide. One winter's day he. thus departed; she saw him no more for a year. She heard, a few days after he left her, of his father's crime and committal. Jasper was sent abroad by his maternal uncle, at his father's prayer; sent to a commercial house in France, in which the uncle obtained him a situation. In fact, the young man had been dispatched to France under another name, in order to save him from the obloquy which his father had brought upon his own. Soon came William Losely's trial and sentence. Arabella felt the disgrace acutely—felt how it would affect the audacious, insolent Jasper; did not wonder that he forebore to write to her. She conceived him bowed by shame, but she was buoyed up by her conviction that they should meet again. For good or for ill, she held herself bound to him for life. But meanwhile the debts she had incurred on his account came upon her. She was forced to dispose of her house; and at that time Mrs. Lyndsay, looking out for some first-rate superior governess for Matilda Darrell, was urged by all means to try and secure for that post Arabella Fossett. The highest testimonials from the school at which she had been reared, from the most eminent professional masters, from the families at which she had recently taught, being all brought to bear upon Mr. Darrell, he authorized Mrs. Lyndsay to propose such a salary as could not fail to secure a teacher of such rare qualifications. And thus Arabella Fossett became governess to Miss Matilda Darrell. There is a kind of young lady of whom her nearest relations will say, "I can't make that girl out." Matilda Darrell was that kind of a young lady. She talked very little; she moved very noiselessly; she seemed to regard herself as a secret which she had solemnly sworn not to let out. She had been steeped in slyness from her early infancy by a sly mother. Mrs. Darrell was a woman who had always something to conceal. There was always some note to be thrust out of sight; some visit not<noinclude></noinclude> bd3s4nnguwcrpvxco2ztgepoh24jw2l Page:What will he do with it.djvu/476 104 420306 14129639 13043218 2024-04-25T18:50:03Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|466|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>bestows on an ordinary pupil. But an interest in Matilda sprung up in her breast, in proportion as she conceived a venerating gratitude for Darrell. He was aware of the pomp and circumstance which had surrounded her earlier years; he respected the creditable energy with which she had devoted her talents to the support of the young children thrown upon her care; compassionated her bereavement of those little fellow-orphans for whom toil had been rendered sweet; and he strove, by a kindness of forethought and a delicacy of attention, which were the more prized in a man so eminent and so preoccupied, to make her forget that she was a salaried teacher—to place her saliently, and as a matter of course, in the position of gentlewoman, guest, and friend. Recognizing in her a certain vigor and force of intellect apart from her mere accomplishments, he would flatter her scholastic pride, by referring to her memory in some question of reading, or consulting her judgment on some point of critical taste. She, in return, was touched by his chivalrous kindness to the depth of a nature that, though already seriously injured by its unhappy contact with a soul like Jasper's, retained that capacity of gratitude, the loss of which is humanity's last depravation. Nor this alone: Arabella was startled by the intellect and character of Darrell into that kind of homage which a woman, who has hitherto met but her own intellectual inferiors, renders to the first distinguished personage in whom she recognizes, half with humility and half with awe, an understanding and a culture to which her own reason is but the flimsy glass-house, and her own knowledge but the forced exotic. Arabella, thus roused from her first listlessness, sought to requite Darrell's kindness by exerting every energy to render his insipid daughter an accomplished woman. So far as mere ornamental education extends, the teacher was more successful than, with all her experience, her skill and her zeal, she had presumed to anticipate. Matilda, without ear or taste, or love for music, became a very fair mechanical musician. Without one artistic predisposition, she achieved the science of perspective—she attained even to the mixture of colors—she filled a portfolio with drawings which no young lady need have been ashamed to see circling round a drawing-room. She carried Matilda's thin mind to the farthest bound it could have reached without snapping, through an elegant range of selected histories and harmless feminine classics—through Gallic dialogues—through Tuscan themes—through Teuton verbs—yea, across the invaded bounds of astonished Science into the Elementary Ologies. And all this being done, Matilda Darrell was exactly the same creat-<noinclude></noinclude> 59q3u2meiehupvytrph7dbzpzm2pp34 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/480 104 420310 14129640 13042840 2024-04-25T18:50:04Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|470|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>in that respect, he was equal to most, having practiced at ''poupées'' from the age of fourteen, he called out the son of Crispin and shot him through the lungs. Another of Jasper's travelling friends was an ''enfant du peuple''—boasted that he was a foundling. He made verses of lugubrious strain, and taught Jasper how to shuffle at whist. The third, like Jasper, had been designed for trade; and, like Jasper, he had a soul above it. In politics he was a Communist—in talk a Philanthropist. He was the cleverest man of them all, and is now at the galleys. The fate of his two compatriots—more obscure—it is not my duty to discover. In that peculiar walk of life Jasper is as much as I can possibly manage. It need not be said that Jasper carefully abstained from reminding his old city friends of his existence. It was his object and his hope to drop all identity with that son of a convict who had been sent out of the way to escape humiliation. In this resolve he was the more confirmed because he had no old city friends out of whom anything could be well got. His poor uncle, who alone of his relations in England had been privy to his change of name, was dead; his end hastened by grief for William Losely's disgrace, and the bad reports he had received from France of the conduct of William Losely's son. That uncle had left, in circumstances too straitened to admit the waste of a shilling, a widow of very rigid opinions; who, if ever by some miraculous turn in the wheel of fortune she could have become rich enough to slay a fatted calf, would never have given the shinbone of it to a prodigal like Jasper, even had he been her own penitent son, instead of a graceless step-nephew. Therefore, as all civilization proceeds westward, Jasper turned his face from the east; and had no more idea of recrossing Temple Bar in search of fortune, friends, or kindred, than a modern Welshman would dream of a pilgrimage to Asian shores to re-embrace those distant relatives whom Hu Gadarn left behind him countless centuries ago, when that mythical chief conducted his faithful Cymrians over the Hazy Sea to this happy Island of Honey.<ref>''Mel Ynnys''—Isle of Honey. One of the poetic names given to England in the language of the ancient Britons.</ref> Two days after his ''rencontre'' with Arabella in the Green Park, the ''soi-disant'' Hammond, having, in the interim, learned that Darrell was immensely rich, and Matilda his only surviving child, did not fail to find himself in the Green Park again—and again—and again! Arabella, of course, felt how wrong it was to allow him to accost her, and walk by one side of her while Miss Darrell was on the other. But she felt, also, as if it would be much more wrong to<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> bq79w9jdzh5ilrmujmurxby031dtka9 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/482 104 420312 14129641 13042845 2024-04-25T18:50:05Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|472|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>interview, Arabella walking in the centre, Jasper on one side, Matilda the other—behind Arabella's back—passed the sly fingers and the sly notes, which Matilda received and answered. Not more than twelve or fourteen times was even this interchange effected. Darrell was about to move to Fawley. All such meetings would be now suspefided. Two or three mornings before that fixed for leaving London Matilda's room was found vacant. She was gone. Arabella was the first to discover her flight the first to learn its cause. Matilda had left on her writing-table a letter for Miss Fossett. It was very short, very quietly expressed, and it rested her justification on a note from Jasper, which she inclosed—a note in which that gallant hero, ridiculing the idea that he could ever have been in love with Arabella, declared that he would destroy himself if Matilda refused to fly. ''She'' need not fear such angelic confidence in him. No! Even {{block center/s}} {{fine block/s}} {{fqm|"}}Had he a heart for falsehood framed,<br /> He ne'er could injure her." {{fine block/e}} {{block center/e}} Stifling each noisier cry—but panting—gasping—literally half out of her mind, Arabella rushed into Darrell's study. He, unsuspecting man, calmly bending over his dull books, was startled by her apparition. Few minutes sufficed to tell him all that it concerned him to learn. Few brief questions, few passionate answers, brought him to the very worst. Who, and what, was this Mr. Hammond? Heaven of heavens! the son of William Losely—of a transported felon! Arabella exulted in a reply which gave her a moment's triumph over the rival who had filched from her such a prize. Roused from his first misery and sense of abasement in this discovery, Darrell's wrath was naturally poured, not on the fugitive child, but on the frontless woman, who, buoyed up by her own rage and sense of wrong, faced him, and did not cower. She, the faithless governess, had presented to her pupil this convict's son in another name; she owned it—she had trepanned into the snares of so vile a fortune-hunter, an ignorant child—she might feign amaze—act remorse—she must have been the man's accomplice. Stung, amidst all the bewilderment of her anguish, by this charge, which, at least, she did not deserve, Arabella tore from her bosom Jasper's recent letters to herself—letters all devotion and passion—placed them before Darrell, and bade him read. Nothing thought she then of name and fame. Nothing but of her wrongs and of her woes. Compared to herself Matilda seemed the perfidious criminal—she the injured victim,<noinclude></noinclude> s6vjd539q14hpl1409vuwhsv3c6kg9p Page:What will he do with it.djvu/484 104 420314 14129642 13076150 2024-04-25T18:50:06Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|474|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>love-vow—yea, even the very bells and coral that pleased the infant in its dainty cradle, and the very Bible in which the lips that now bargain for sixpence more, read to some gray-haired father on his bed of death! Soon the sums thus miserably raised were as miserably doled away. With a sullen apathy the woman contemplated famine. She would make no effort to live—appeal to no relations, no friends. It was a kind of vengeance she took on others, to let herself drift on to death. She had retreated from lodging to lodging, each obscurer, more desolate than the other. Now, she could no longer pay rent for the humblest room; now, she was told to go forth—whither? She knew not—cared not—took her way toward the river, as by that instinct which, when the mind is diseased, tends toward self-destruction, scarce less involuntarily than it turns, in health, toward self-preservation. Just as she passed under the lamp-light at the foot of Westminster Bridge, a well-dressed man looked at her, and seized her arm. She raised her head with a chilly, melancholy scorn, as if she had received an insult—as if she feared that the man knew the stain upon her name, and dreamed, in his folly, that the dread of death might cause her to sin again. "Do you not know me?" said the man; "more strange that I should recognize you! Dear, dear!—and what a dress!—how you ''are'' altered! Poor thing!" At the words "Poor thing!" Arabella burst into tears; and in those tears the heavy cloud on her brain seemed to melt away. "I have been inquiring, seeking for you everywhere, Miss," resumed the man. "Surely you know me now! Your poor aunt's Jawyer! She is no more—died last week. She has left you all she had in the world; and a very pretty income it is, too, for a single lady." Thus it was that we find Arabella installed in the dreary comforts of Poddon Place. "She exchanged," she said, "in honor to her aunt's memory, her own name for that of Crane, which her aunt had borne—her own mother's maiden name." She assumed, though still so young, that title of "Mrs." which spinsters, grown venerable, moodily adopt when they desire all mankind to know that henceforth they relinquish the vanities of tender misses—that, become mistress of themselves, they defy and spit upon our worthless sex, which, whatever its repentance, is warned that it repents in vain. Most of her aunt's property was in houses, in various districts of Bloomsbury. Arabella moved from one to the other of these tenements, till she settled for<noinclude></noinclude> misxutji0sw1o75v6uu5oo1m77qdsbh Page:What will he do with it.djvu/488 104 420318 14129643 13024771 2024-04-25T18:50:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|478|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>breathe out a blessing or to give up the ghost, as the worst brute of a father-in-law could possibly be. Nor were Darrell's words more comforting than his aspect. "Sir, I have consented to see you, partly that you mayle arn from my own lips once for all that I admit no man's right to enter my family without my consent, and that consent you will never receive, and partly that, thus knowing each other by sight, each may know the man it becomes him most to avoid. The lady who is now your wife is entitled by my marriage-settlement to the reversion of a small fortune at my death; nothing more from me is she likely to inherit. As I have no desire that she to whom I once gave the name of daughter should be dependent wholly on yourself for bread, my solicitor will inform you on what conditions I am willing, during my life, to pay the interest of the sum which will pass to your wife at my death. Sir, I return to your hands the letters that lady has addressed to me, and which, it is easy to perceive, were written at your dictation. No letter from her will I answer. Across my threshold her foot will never pass. Thus, Sir, concludes all possible intercourse between you and myself; what rests is between you and that gentleman." Darrell had opened a side-door in speaking the last words—pointed toward the respectable form of Mr. Gotobed standing tall beside his tall desk—and, before Jasper could put in a word, the father-in-law was gone. With becoming brevity Mr. Gotobed made Jasper fully aware that not only all Mr. Darrell's funded or personal property was entirely at his own disposal—that not only the large landed estates he had purchased (and which Jasper had vaguely deemed inherited and in strict entail) were in the same condition—condition enviable to the proprietor, odious to the bridegroom of the proprietor's sole daughter; but that even the fee-simple of the poor Fawley Manor-House and lands were vested in Darrell, encumbered only by the portion of £10,000 which the late Mrs. Darrell had brought to her husband, and which was settled, at the death of herself and Darrell, on the children of the marriage. In the absence of marriage-settlements between Jasper and Matilda, that sum at Darrell's death was liable to be claimed by Jasper, in right of his wife, so as to leave no certainty that provision would remain for the support of his wife and family; and the contingent reversion might, in the mean time, be so dealt with as to bring eventual poverty on them all. "Sir," said the lawyer, "I will be frank with you. It is my wish, acting for Mr. Darrell, so to settle this sum of £10,000<noinclude></noinclude> qcympz9ky67k1e9jwlzgy5kf691eaya Page:What will he do with it.djvu/490 104 420320 14129644 13006562 2024-04-25T18:50:08Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|480|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>survived her, the interest was to be his for life—in case she died childless, the capital would devolve to himself at Darrell's decease. Meanwhile, Darrell agreed to pay £500 a year, as the interest of the £10,000 at five per cent., to Jasper Hammond, or his order, provided always that Jasper and his wife continued to reside together, and fixed that residence abroad. By a private verbal arrangement, not even committed to writing, to this sum was added another £200 a year, wholly at Darrell's option and discretion. It being clearly comprehended that these words meant so long as Mr. Hammond kept his own secret, and so long, too, as he forbore directly, or indirectly, to molest, or even to address the person at whose pleasure it was held. On the whole, the conditions to Jasper were sufficiently favorable; he came into an income immeasurable beyond his right to believe that he should ever enjoy; and sufficient—well managed—for even a fair share of the elegances as well as comforts of life, to a young couple blessed in each other's love, and remote from the horrible taxes and emulous gentilities of this opulent England, where, out of fear to be thought too poor, nobody is ever too rich. Matilda wrote no more to Darrell. But some months afterward he received an extremely well-expressed note in French, the writer whereof represented herself as a French lady, who had very lately seen Madame Hammond—was now in London but for a few days, and had something to communicate, of such importance as to justify the liberty she took in requesting him to honor her with a visit. After some little hesitation, Darrell called on this lady. Though Matilda had forfeited his affection, he could not contemplate her probable fate without painful anxiety. Perhaps Jasper had ill-used her—perhaps she had need of shelter elsewhere. Though that shelter could not again be under a father's roof—and though Darrell would have taken no step to separate her from the husband she had chosen, still, in secret, he would have felt comparative relief and ease had she herself sought to divide her fate from one whose path downward in dishonor his penetration instinctively divined. With an idea that some communication might be made to him, to which he might reply that Matilda, if compelled to quit her husband, should never want the home and subsistence of a gentlewoman, he repaired to the house (a handsome house in a quiet street, temporarily occupied by the French lady). A tall ''chasseur'', in full costume, opened the door—a page ushered him into the drawing-room. He saw a lady—young—and with all the grace of a ''Parisienne'' in her manner{{peh|—}}<noinclude></noinclude> c5jcxbaazr694v7bq59dts845c3o3w2 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/632 104 420464 14129645 12924007 2024-04-25T18:50:11Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|622|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>as a garrison surprised accepts the terms of its conqueror. There would be no flight, no hiding, no fear of notes stopped at banks. He would march out, hand on haunch, with those immunities of booty that belong to the honor of war. Pleasing his self-conceit with so gallant a view of his meditated exploit, Jasper sauntered at dark into the town, bought a few long narrow nails and a small hammer, and returning to his room, by the aid of the fire, the tongs, and the hammer, he fashioned these nails, with an ease and quickness which showed an expert practitioner, into instruments that would readily move the wards of any common country-made lock. He did not care for weapons. He trusted at need to his own powerful hands. It was no longer, too, the affair of a robber unknown, unguessed, who might have to fight his way out of an alarmed household. It was but the visit which he, Jasper Losely, Esquire, thought fit to pay, however unceremoniously and unseasonably, to the house of a father-in-law! At the worst, should he fail in finding Darrell, or securing an unwitnessed interview—should he instead alarm the household, it would be a proof of the integrity of his intentions that he had no weapons save those which Nature bestows on the wild man as the mightiest of her wild beasts. At night he mounted his horse, but went out of his way, keeping the high-road for an hour or two, in order to allow ample time for the farmers to have quitted the rent-feast, and the old Manor House to be hushed in sleep. At last, when he judged the coast clear and the hour ripe, he wound back into the lane toward Fawley; and when the spire of its hamlet-church came in sight through the frosty star-lit air, he dismounted—led the horse into one of the thick beech-woods that make the prevailing characteristic of the wild country round that sequestered dwelling-place—fastened the animal to a tree, and stalked toward the park-pales on foot. Lightly, as a wolf enters a sheepfold, he swung himself over the moss-grown fence; he gained the buttresses of the great raw pile; high and clear above, from Darrell's chamber, streamed the light; all the rest of the old house was closed and dark, buried, no doubt, in slumber. He is now in the hollows of the skeleton pile; he mounts the ladder; the lock of the door before him yields to his rude implements but artful hand. He is in the long gallery; the moonlight comes broad and clear through the large casements. What wealth of art is on the walls! but how profitless to the robber's greed! There, through the very halls which the master had built in the day of his ambition, saying to himself,<noinclude></noinclude> 1d4vkyr8h6e2za8lfe35boo6hoa84bv Page:What will he do with it.djvu/634 104 420466 14129646 12924010 2024-04-25T18:50:12Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|624|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>took in all the precautions by which the intruder proclaimed his lawless purpose—the closed door, the bell-rope cut off. There, between those four secret walls, must pass the interview between himself and the desperado. He was unarmed, but he was not daunted. It was but man to man. Losely had for him his vast physical strength, his penury, despair, and vindictive purpose. Darrell had in his favor the intellect which gives presence of mind; the energy of nerve, which is no more to be seen in the sinew and bone than the fluid which fells can be seen in the jars and the wires; and that superb kind of pride, which, if terror be felt, makes its action impossible, because a disgrace, and bravery a matter of course, simply because it is honor. As the bravo approached, by a calm and slight movement Darrell drew to the other side of the table, placing that obstacle between himself and Losely, and, extending his arm, said: "Hold, Sir; I forbid you to advance another step. You are here, no matter how, to reurge your claims on me. Be seated; I will listen to you." Darrell's composure took Losely so by surprise that, mechanically, he obeyed the command thus tranquilly laid upon him, and sunk into a chair—facing Darrell with a sinister under-look from his sullen brow. "Ah!" he said, "you will listen to me now; but my terms have risen." Darrell, who had also seated himself, made no answer; but his face was resolute, and his eye watchful. The ruffian resumed, in a gruffer tone, "My terms have risen, Mr. Darrell." "Have they, Sir? and why?" "Why! Because no one can come to your aid here; because here you cannot escape; because here you are in my power!" "Rather, Sir, I listen to you because here you are under my roof-tree; and it is you who are in my power!" "Yours! Look round; the doors are locked on you. Perhaps you think your shouts, your cries, might bring aid to you. Attempt it—raise your voice—and I strangle you with these hands." "If I do not raise my voice, it is, first, because I should be ashamed of myself if I required aid against one man; and, secondly, because I would not expose to my dependants a wouldbe assassin in him whom my lost child called husband. Hush, Sir, hush, or your own voice will alarm those who sleep below. And, now, what is it you ask? Be plain, Sir, and be brief." "Well, if you like to take matters coolly, I have no objection. These are my terms. You have received large sums this day;<noinclude></noinclude> sikd3wxk3evvnbhl3brdugcoqbr7ara Page:What will he do with it.djvu/638 104 420471 14129647 12924120 2024-04-25T18:50:13Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|628|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>Colonel's servant, were in the room. Not one of them, at the first glance, perceived the inmates of the chamber, who were at the right of their entrance, by the angle of the wall and in shadow. But out came Darrell's calm voice— "Alban! Lionel!—welcome always; but what brings you hither, at such an hour, with such clamor? Armed, too!" The three men stood petrified. There sat, peaceably enough, a large dark form, its hands on its knees, its head bent down, so that the features were not distinguishable; and over the chair in which this bending figure was thus confusedly gathered up, leaned Guy Darrell, with quiet ease—no trace of fear nor of past danger in his face, which, though very pale, was serene, with a slight smile on the firm lips. "Well," muttered Alban Morley, slowly lowering his pistol, "well, I am surprised!—yes, for the first time in twenty years, I ''am'' surprised!" "Surprised, perhaps, to find me at this hour still up, and with a person upon business—the door locked. However, mutual explanations later. Of course you stay here to-night. My business with this—this visitor is now over. Lionel, open that door—here is the key. Sir (he touched Losely by the shoulder, and whispered in his ear, 'Rise, and speak not!')—(aloud)—Sir, I need not detain you longer. Allow me to show you the way out of this rambling old house." Jasper rose like one half-asleep, and, still bending his form and hiding his face, followed Darrell down the private stair, through the study, the library, into the hall, the Colonel's servant lighting the way; and Lionel and Morley, still too amazed for words, bringing up the rear. The servant drew the heavy bolts from the front door. And now the household had caught alarm. Mills first appeared with the blunderbuss, then the foot-man, then Fairthorn. "Stand back, there!" cried Darrell, and he opened the door himself to Losely. "Sir," said he, then, as they stood in the moonlight, "mark that I told you truly you were in my power; and if the events of this night can lead you to acknowledge a watchful Providence, and recall with a shudder the crime from which you have been saved, why, then, I too, out of gratitude to Heaven, may think of means by which to free others from the peril of your despair." Losely made no answer, but slunk off with a fast, furtive stride, hastening out of the moon-lit sward into the gloom of the leafless trees.<noinclude></noinclude> 0fwkiea0lp93slt1z91kb68l9b2g5zy Page:What will he do with it.djvu/640 104 420473 14129648 13067002 2024-04-25T18:50:13Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|630|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>{{c|CHAPTER III.}} {{smaller block|{{hi|Arabella Crane versus Guy Darrell; or, Woman versus Lawyer. In the Courts, Lawyer would win; but in a Private Parlor, foot to foot and tongue to tongue, Lawyer has not a chance.}}}} {{sc|Arabella Crane}} entered the room; Darrell hesitated—the remembrances attached to her were so painful and repugnant. But did he not now owe to her, perhaps, his very life? He passed his hand rapidly over his brow, as if to sweep away all earlier recollections, and, advancing quickly, extended that hand to her. The stern woman shook her head, and rejected the proffered greeting. "You owe me no thanks," she said, in her harsh, ungracious accents; "I sought to save not you, but him." "How!" said Darrell, startled; "you feel no resentment against the man who injured and betrayed you?" "What my feelings may be toward him are not for you to conjecture; man could not conjecture them; I am woman. What they once were I might blush for; what they are now, I could own without shame. But you, Mr. Darrell—you, in the hour of my uttermost anguish, when all my future was laid desolate, and the world lay crushed at my feet—you—man, chivalrous man!—you had for me no human compassion—you thrust me in scorn from your doors—you saw in my woe nothing but my error—you sent me forth, stripped of reputation, branded by your contempt, to famine or to suicide. And you wonder that I feel less resentment against him who wronged me than against you, who, knowing me wronged, only disdained my grief. The answer is plain—the scorn of the man she only reverenced leaves to a woman no memory to mitigate its bitterness and gall. The wrongs inflicted by the man she loved may leave, what they have left to me, an undying sense of a past existence—radiant, joyous, hopeful; of a time when the earth seemed covered with blossoms, just ready to burst into bloom; when the skies through their haze took the rose-hues as the sun seemed about to rise. The memory that I once was happy, at least then. I owe to him who injured and betrayed me. To you, when happiness was lost to me forever, what do I owe? Tell me." Struck by her words, more by her impressive manner, though not recognizing the plea by which the defendant thus raised herself into the accuser, Darrell answered gently, "Pardon me; this is no moment to revive recollections of anger on my part; but reflect. I entreat you, and you will feel that I was not too<noinclude></noinclude> i4eq2g204d5jbvox9v6t2ehsng04z09 Page:What will he do with it.djvu/642 104 420475 14129649 12924306 2024-04-25T18:50:14Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|632|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>flexible pride—no pardon there! But own, at least, that you have suffered." "Suffered!" groaned Darrell involuntarily, and pressing his hand to his heart. "You have! and you own it! Fellow-sufferer, I have no more anger against you. Neither should pity, but let each respect, the other. A few words more—this child!" "Ay—ay—this child! ''you'' will be truthful. You will not seek to deceive me—you know that she—she claimed by that assassin, reared by his convict father—''she'' is no daughter of my line!" "What! would it then be no joy to know that your line did not close with yourself—that your child might—" "Cease, madam, cease—it matters not to a man nor to a race when it perish, so that it perish at last with honor. Who would have either himself or his lineage live on into a day when the escutcheon is blotted and the name disgraced? No; if that be Matilda's child, tell me, and I will bear, as man may do, the last calamity which the will of Heaven may inflict. If, as I have all reason to think, the tale be an imposture, speak and give me the sole comfort to which I would cling amidst the ruin of all other hopes." "Verily," said Arabella, with a kind of musing wonder in the tone of her softened voice; "verily, has a man's heart the same throb and fiber as a woman's? Had I a child like that blueeyed wanderer with the frail form needing protection, and the brave spirit that ennobles softness, what would be my pride! my bliss! Talk of shame—disgrace! Fie—fie—the more the evil of others darkened one so innocent, the more cause to love and shelter her. But ''I''—am childless! Shall I tell you that the offense which lies heaviest on my conscience has been my cruelty to that girl? She was given an infant to my care. I saw in her the daughter of that false, false, mean, deceiving friend, who had taken my confidence, and bought, with her supposed heritage, the man sworn by all oaths to me. I saw in her, too, your descendant, your rightful heiress. I rejoiced in a revenge on your daughter and yourself. Think not ''I'' would have foisted her on your notice! No. I would have kept her without culture, without consciousness of a higher lot; and when I gave her up to her grandsire the convict, it was a triumph to think that Matilda's child would be an outcast. Terrible thought! but I was mad then. But that poor convict whom you, in your worldly arrogance, so loftily despise—''he'' took to his breast what was flung aside as a worthless weed. And if the flower keep the<noinclude></noinclude> m5evhtqwwt28yuck8bhd404fd9sqijz Page:What will he do with it.djvu/644 104 420477 14129650 13067003 2024-04-25T18:50:15Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|634|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude><section begin="chapter3" />The iron-gray robe fluttered an instant, and then vanished from the room. When Alban Morley returned to the library, he saw Darrell at the farther corner of the room on his knees. Well might Guy Darrell thank Heaven for the mercies vouchsafed to him that night! Life preserved? Is ''that'' all? Might life yet be bettered and gladdened? Was there aught in the grim woman's words that might bequeath thoughts which reflection would ripen into influences over action? aught that might suggest the cases in which, not ignobly, Pity might subjugate Scorn? In the royal abode of that soul does Pride ''only'' fortify Honor? is it but the mild king, not the imperial despot? Would it blind, as its rival, the reason? Would it chain, as a rebel, the Heart? Would it mar the dominions that might be serene by the treasures it wastes—by the wars it provokes? Self-knowledge! self-knowledge! From Heaven, indeed, descends the precept—"{{sc|Know thyself}}." That truth was told to us by the old heathen oracle. But what old heathen oracle has told us ''how'' to know? <section end="chapter3" /> {{rule|4em}} <section begin="chapter4" />{{c|CHAPTER IV.}} {{smaller block|{{hi|The Man-eater humiliated. He encounters an old acquaintance in a traveler, who, like Shakspeare's Jaques, is "a melancholy fellow;" who, also like Jaques, hath "great reason to be sad;" and who, still like Jaques, is "full of matter."}}}} {{sc|Jasper Losely}} rode slowly on through the clear frosty night; not back to the country town which he had left on his hateful errand, nor into the broad road to London. With a strange desire to avoid the haunts of men, he selected—at each choice of way in the many paths branching right and left, between waste and woodland—the lane that seemed the narrowest and dimmest. It was not remorse that gnawed him, neither was it the mere mercenary disappointment, nor even the pang of baffled vengeance—it was the profound humiliation of diseased selflove—the conviction that, with all his brute power, he had been powerless in the very time and scene in which he had pictured to himself so complete a triumph. The very quiet with which he had escaped stung him. Capture itself would have been preferable, if capture had been preceded by brawl and strife—the exhibition of his hardihood and prowess. Gloomily bending over his horse's neck, he cursed himself as fool and coward. What would he have had?—a new crime on his soul?<section end="chapter4" /><noinclude></noinclude> hf65aagqxlgxo59ho6tar232uamwupu Page:What will he do with it.djvu/646 104 420479 14129651 12923494 2024-04-25T18:50:16Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|636|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>Her garments seemed literally composed of particles of dust glued together, while her face might have insured her condemnation as a witch before any honest jury in the reign of King James the First. His breakfast, and the brandy-bottle that flanked the loaf, were now placed before Losely; and, as distastefully he forced himself to eat, his eye once more glanced toward, and this time rested on, the shabby man, in the sort of interest with which one knave out of elbows regards another. As Jasper thus looked, gradually there stole on him a reminiscence of those coarse large features—that rusty, disreputable wig. The recognition, however, was not mutual; and, presently, after a whisper interchanged between the man and the woman, the latter rose, and approaching Losely, dropped a courtesy, and said, in a weird undervoice, "Stranger, luck's in store for you. Tell your fortune?" As she spoke, from some dust-hole in her garments she produced a pack of cards, on whose half-obliterated faces seemed incrusted the dirt of ages. Thrusting these antiquities under Jasper's nose, she added, "Wish and cut." "Pshaw," said Jasper, who, though sufficiently superstitious in some matters and in regard to some persons, was not so completely under the influence of that imaginative infirmity as to take the creature before him for a sibyl. "Get away; you turn my stomach. Your cards smell; so do you!" "Forgive her, worthy Sir," said the man, leaning forward. "The hag may be unsavory, but she is wise. The Three Sisters who accosted the Scottish Thane, Sir (Macbeth—you have seen it on the stage?) were not savory. Withered, and wild in their attire, Sir, but they knew a thing or two! She sees luck in your face. Cross her hand and give it vent!" "Fiddledee," said the irreverent Losely. "Take her off, or I shall scald her," and he seized the kettle. The hag retreated grumbling; and Losely, soon dispatching his meal, placed his feet on the hobs, and began to meditate what course to adopt for a temporary subsistence. He had broken into the last pound left of the money which he had extracted from Mrs. Crane's purse some days before. He recoiled with terror from the thought of returning to town and placing himself at her mercy. Yet what option had he? While thus musing, he turned impatiently round and saw that the shabby man and the dusty hag were engaged in an amicable game of ''écarté'', with those very cards which had so offended his olfactory organs. At that sight the old instinct of the gambler struggled back; and, raising himself up, he looked over the cards of the players. The miserable wretches were, of course,<noinclude></noinclude> e4obo06tl216uejns3fe6kl35sn4yru Page:What will he do with it.djvu/648 104 420481 14129652 12923496 2024-04-25T18:50:18Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stellahk99" />{{rh|638|''WHAT WILL HE DO WITH IT?''|}}</noinclude>"But now, Mr. Rugge, I am all ears; perhaps you will be kind enough to be all tale." With tragic aspect, unrelaxed by that ''jeu de mots'', and still wholly unrecognizing in the massive form and discolored swollen countenance of the rough-clad stranger the elegant proportions, the healthful, blooming, showy face, and elaborate fopperies of the Jasper Losely who had sold to him a Phenomenon which proved so evanishing, Rugge entered into a prolix history of his wrongs at the hands of Waife, of Losely, of Sophy. Only of Mrs. Crane did he speak with respect; and Jasper then for the first time learned—and rather with anger for the interference than gratitude for the generosity—that she had repaid the £100, and thereby canceled Rugge's claim upon the child. The exmanager then proceeded to the narrative of his subsequent misfortunes—all of which he laid to the charge of Waife and the Phenomenon. "Sir," said he, "I was ambitious. From my childhood's hour I dreamed of the great York Theater—dreamed of it literally thrice. Fatal Vision! But, like other dreams, that dream would have faded—been forgotten in the workday world—and I should not have fallen into the sere and yellow, but have had, as formerly, troops of friends, and not been reduced to the horrors of poverty and a faithful Hag. But, Sir, when I first took to my bosom that fiend, William Waife, he exhibited a genius, Sir, that Dowton (you have seen Dowton?—grand!) was a stick as compared with. Then my ambition, Sir, blazed and flared up—obstreperous, and my childhood's dream haunted me; and I went about musing—[Hag, you recollect!]—and muttering 'The Royal Theater at York.' But incredible though it seem, the ungrateful scorpion left me, with a treacherous design to exhibit the parts I had fostered, on the London boards; and even-handed Justice, Sir, returned the poisoned chalice to his lips, causing him to lose an eye and to hobble—besides splitting up his voice—which served him right. And again I took the scorpion for the sake of the Phenomenon. I had a babe myself once, Sir, though you may not think it. Gormerick (that is this faithful Hag) gave the babe Daffy's Elixir, in teething; but it died—convulsions. I comforted myself when that Phenomenon came out on my stage—in pink satin and pearls. 'Ha!' I said, 'the great York Theater shall yet be mine!' The haunting idea became a Mania, Sir. The learned say that there is a Mania called Money Mania<ref>''Query''—Monomania.</ref>—when one can think but of the one thing needful—as the guilty Thane saw the dagger, Sir—you understand. And when the<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> eppimh44bp9uydtu3hui6y7rod74851 Page:A history of Hungarian literature.djvu/16 104 425962 14128449 12335799 2024-04-25T17:35:15Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Lo Ximiendo" />{{rh|2|HUNGARIAN LITERATURE|}}</noinclude>at the golden gate of Constantinople. They forced their way through the Pass of St. Bernard and through the Pyrenees, and wherever they went, they were as victorious on their steeds as the Vikings in their ships. But as soon as the predatory warriors, who had watered their horses in the Ilissus, Ebro, Elbe, and Tiber, settled down within the borders of Hungary, they founded there a strong and lasting state. Many another race had from time to time inhabited the plains of the Danube and the Tisza before the Hungarians, but none of them had succeeded in creating a state. The Celts had found a home there, but disappeared thence as from most other regions. At the time of Augustus, the brass eagles of the Roman legions visited the virgin forests of Pannonia. It was there that the wisest and noblest of rulers, Marcus Aurelius, wrote the greater portion of his philosophical works. There, too, was born that unlucky successor of the great Augustus, Romulus Augustulus, the last ruler over the Empire founded by Romulus, and with the pitiable figure of that shadow-like emperor the Romans vanished altogether from Pannonia. Then the blood-red waves of the migration flooded the country. The Huns came; their greatest leader, Attila, and his followers, built their wooden houses on the plain between the Danube and the Tisza, but they soon disappeared, to be followed for short periods by the Longobards, the Gepida, and the Jazyghiens. Next came the Avar race, but only to be overthrown by Charlemagne. Last came the Hungarians, who alone succeeded in holding their own, and the state they founded became, through the excellence of its constitution, one of the most powerful in Europe. In the fourteenth and fifteenth<noinclude></noinclude> mlonyhyejjq8o8p61u8c9w04fxj0pl4 Page:A history of Hungarian literature.djvu/10 104 425971 14128440 12335805 2024-04-25T17:33:24Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="EncycloPetey" />{{rh|vi|PREFACE|}}</noinclude>Hungarian poet, Arany, a book of remarkable power, which brought Professor Riedl into immediate prominence in his own country. Competent translators were found in Mr. Ch. Arthur Ginever and his wife (born Ilona de Gjöry), a daughter of the Hungarian poet Gjöry, who have brought to the work all possible skill and care. I am also much indebted to Mr. and Mrs. Ginever for help and advice in translating and revising a few of the specimens of Hungarian poetry. The book is unique in its kind in that it has been written entirely for the English public, and has never appeared in Hungarian; indeed no such work exists in Hungary, and it will be as new to the Hungarian public as it is to the English. All honour is due to the Hungarian Academy for their generosity in thus spreading knowledge among the nations. Hungarian literature makes, I think, special appeal to Englishmen. It is generally recognised how closely our literature is bound up with the country's religious life and political history. But in no country in the world is literature so much a part of its history, of its patriotic feelings, and of its struggles to preserve its liberties, as in Hungary. The epic and lyrical poetry, the drama, and the prose of every class, all alike sound those notes, and the melody is triumphant or despairing according to the period of the nation's history in which it was composed. Less perhaps than any other European literature has Hungarian literature been influenced by the literature of other lands. It mirrors throughout the simple, unsophisticated feelings and thoughts of men who loved their country wholly, sincerely, faithfully, and were ready to lay down their lives to preserve its freedom. Here, if ever, the soul of a people is revealed in its literature. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> iqq7ctdk6mx1i0lbunjqzhmfaqt08me Page:A history of Hungarian literature.djvu/20 104 425975 14128450 12335794 2024-04-25T17:35:16Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Lo Ximiendo" />{{rh|6|HUNGARIAN LITERATURE|}}</noinclude>originating there—the asceticism of the Middle Ages, the Renaissance, the Reformation and Anti-Reformation, the Baroque style, rationalism, romanticism, and the new democratic ideals—reached the borders of Hungary, and left some mark upon its mental life. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> o507d72qvehqjl0jvzh79z7ec0cs8vy Page:A history of Hungarian literature.djvu/22 104 425978 14128451 12335792 2024-04-25T17:35:18Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Lo Ximiendo" />{{rh|8|HUNGARIAN LITERATURE|}}</noinclude>and it struck him how very similar their language was to his own. That discovery outweighed in importance all his astronomical investigations and he published a book maintaining the common origin of the two languages. (''Demonstratio Idioma Ungarorum et Lapponum idem esse.'') The work proved the origin of the Hungarian language, for it was well known that the Lapp idiom was akin to the Finnish, and to that of several of the small tribes living in the northern parts of Russia. It had long been known in Hungary that there were a few scattered tribes related by race to the Hungarians, dwelling far away in north-eastern Russia. In the thirteenth century, Julian, an enthusiastic Franciscan monk, was told that a Hungarian tribe, the Baskirs, was still living somewhere on the frontier between Europe and Asia, and practising the old pagan religion. Julian at once resolved to go to these Asiatic kinsmen of his and convert them to Christianity. He accordingly went, and discovered them on the banks of the river Kama, and they understood his speech. Towards the end of the fifteenth century, King Matthias Corvinus also heard, from travelling merchants, that far away in the east there were some tribes related to the Hungarians. He intended to open communication with them, but he died before effecting his purpose. Two hundred years later, Martin Fogel, a learned Hamburg physician, on reading the first Hungarian grammar, became convinced of the relation between Hungarian and Finnish, and wrote a book on the subject which served as a foundation for the theory of Leibniz concerning the kinship of the Hungarians, Finns, and Laplanders. Sajnovics, the Jesuit, detected a similarity not only<noinclude></noinclude> mjnyiypdd9vpmgy3rca9ldfkv2kzzgw Page:A history of Hungarian literature.djvu/24 104 425980 14128453 12335790 2024-04-25T17:35:19Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Lo Ximiendo" />{{rh|10|HUNGARIAN LITERATURE|}}</noinclude>o in hot) the affix must contain a sound of the same kind. Not only are the words similar in the languages of the Ugrian race and the Hungarians, but also the grammatical rules. It is now proved that Hungarian is one of the Ugrian languages. There are some scholars who do not accept this view of the origin of the Hungarian tongue, amongst others Arminius Vámbéry, the well-known Orientalist. His opinion is that Hungarian is derived from Turkish, and that the Ugrian elements in it are all of later date. It is true that the language contains a large number of important words, chiefly substantives, of Turkish origin, but they are borrowed words, and no more warrant our regarding Hungarian as a Turkish tongue than the considerable Romance element in English would justify us in calling it a Romance language. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 4zigv47tp046w4j3k92j50pf2t50wvu Page:A history of Hungarian literature.djvu/28 104 425987 14128441 12346734 2024-04-25T17:33:30Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="CharlesSpencer" />{{rh|14|HUNGARIAN LITERATURE|}}</noinclude>of St. Ladislas (1094) who is inside. When his army is perishing from lack of food in an uninhabited district, at the prayer of the saint-king, large herds of oxen and buffaloes rush out from the wood. When a poor blind girl goes to the tomb of St. Ladislas her blind eyes fall to the ground, and she sees them fall, for new eyes have been given her. The first Christian king, St. Stephen, heals every one of whom tidings are brought to him, by cutting a slice of his own loaf of bread and sending it to the sufferer. St. Elizabeth is also helped by a benevolent miracle when once, in her embarrassment, she deviates from the strict truth. This miracle is narrated in the ''Érdi Codex'' with childish ''naïveté''. "It came to pass on a day when it was very cold, that the lady St. Elizabeth, taking good care that nobody should see her, carried the crusts and remnants of dinner to the poor outside the gate, a thing she had been forbidden to do. And lo! her father, the King (Andrew II.) suddenly stood before her. He was astonished to see her all alone and walking so hurriedly, and said to her: "Whither goest thou, my child Elizabeth? What art thou carrying?" The King's noble daughter, being very timid and gentle, felt ashamed, and could not answer anything but "I carry roses." But her father, being a wise man, remembered on a sudden that it was not the time of the year for roses, so he called her to him and looked at what she was holding in her lap, when, oh! wonderful! the crusts had all become roses. Oh, immortal, blessed, immaculate purity! The ever blessed King of Heaven did not let the words of His beloved handmaid bring her to shame. And her father, filled with wonder, said: "If this maiden lives she will be great."<noinclude></noinclude> 3wiq7jzvnfbzzupsgwqpqc7qds5dbzl Page:The Victorian Age.djvu/6 104 453688 14127915 8413661 2024-04-25T14:23:56Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Table Modernization proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" /><br/><br/><br/><br/></noinclude>{{c/s}} <br/><br/><br/><br/> CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS C. F. CLAY, {{sc|Manager}} LONDON: FETTER LANE, E.C. 4 [[Image:Cambridge University Press Shield.jpg|110px]] {{c/e}} {| style="margin: 0em auto 0em auto" |- |NEW YORK: THE MACMILLAN CO. {|{{ts|bracetable}} |- |BOMBAY |rowspan=3 {{ts|brace}}|{{brace3|100%|r}} |rowspan=3 {{ts|vmi}}|&nbsp;&nbsp;MACMILLAN AND CO., {{sc|Ltd}}. |- |CALCUTTA&nbsp;&nbsp; |- |MADRAS |} |- |TORONTO: THE MACMILLAN CO. OF CANADA, {{sc|Ltd}}. <br/> |- |TOKYO: MARUZEN-KABUSHIKI-KAISHA |} {{center|ALL RIGHTS RESERVED}} <br/><br/><br/><br/><noinclude> <br/><br/><br/><br/><references/></noinclude> gk4ijldav4s59cqe8ezqwb66f4jco3w 1911 Encyclopædia Britannica/Paracelsus 0 465304 14128666 12792021 2024-04-25T18:06:38Z Duckmather 3067252 replace with transclusion wikitext text/x-wiki {{EB1911 |volume = 20 |previous = Parabola |next = Parachute |wikipedia = Paracelsus }} <pages index = "EB1911 - Volume 20.djvu" from="805" to="806" fromsection="s2" tosection = "Paracelsus"/> [[Category:EB1911:People:Individuals:Europe:Germany]] [[Category:EB1911:People:Individuals:Europe:Switzerland]] t8t8xdwyjjvggpd2yzkrwj58my90zd8 The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz/Volume One/Chapter 07 0 472274 14129801 11889371 2024-04-25T19:35:30Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Table Modernization wikitext text/x-wiki {{TextQuality|75%}} {{header | title = [[The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz]], [[The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz/Volume One|Volume One]] | author = Carl Schurz | translator = Eleonora Kinnicutt | section = Chapter VII: Campaigns in the Palatinate and Baden—Escape from Rastatt | previous = [[../Chapter 06|Chapter VI: Uprising in Germany—Students' Participation]] | next = [[../Chapter 08|Chapter VIII: Refugee in Switzerland]] | notes = }} {{center|CHAPTER VII}} <!-- p. 179 --> {{font-size|140%|I}}N Mainz I learned from a member of the democratic club that Kinkel had already passed through on his way to the Palatinate. Mr. Zitz, one of the democratic leaders of Mainz, who had organized a corps of volunteers in the neighborhood, and was to be found at the little city of Kircheimbolander, would probably be able to tell me more. I therefore set out on foot to that place, carrying my baggage in a knapsack on my back. I found Mr. Zitz, a tall, stately man, surrounded by his apparently well-armed and disciplined free corps. (Mr. Zitz, a few years later, was well known in New York as a member of the law firm of Zitz &amp; Kapp.) The camp looked orderly and well-managed. The artillery consisted of three or four little cannon, such as were commonly used to make a noise at popular frolics. Mr. Zitz told me that Kinkel had gone to Kaiserslautern, the revolutionary capital of the Palatinate, to offer his services to the provisional government. I marched on, and found Kinkel and Anneke both in the best of humor. They welcomed me heartily, quartered me in a tavern, and told me that soon they might give me something to do. The next morning I rose bright and early. With especial curiosity I observed how people under a revolutionary condition look. I found that the guests in the tavern breakfasted as calmly as ever. I was told that the son of mine host would celebrate his wedding in a few days, and that great preparations were going on for the festivity. There was, indeed, a good deal of bustle on the streets—here persons who seemed to be following their daily vocation in the accustomed way; <!-- p. 180 --> there troops of young men in their ordinary dress with muskets on their shoulders, who evidently belonged to the “Volkswehr”—volunteer guard—in process of formation; between them, soldiers in the Bavarian uniform who had passed over to the people; and even policemen, in their official uniform with swords at their sides, and engaged in their regular functions as guardians of safety and order. At this I was not a little surprised, but I learned that these policemen had taken the oath of allegiance to the national constitution, that they served the provisional government, and were generally very good fellows. On the whole I found that although the leaders of the revolutionary movement had their busy hours of care and trouble, the population was in a condition of merry contentment, enjoying the charm of the moment without bothering much with thoughts of what the coming day would bring. There was a sort of general Sunday afternoon atmosphere, a real picnic humor—very amiable, but not at all corresponding with the conception which I had formed of the seriousness of a revolutionary situation. I soon learned to understand that this good humor sprung from the generally sunny disposition of the people of the Palatinate. The Bavarian Palatinate is a country richly blessed by nature; the beauty of the landscape and the wealth of its resources are well apt to nourish in its inhabitants a natural disposition to enjoy life merrily. The Pfaelzers had been known from immemorial times for their light-heartedness. They were an intelligent and excitable folk, good-natured and enthusiastic, self-confident, and perhaps also a little given to contentiousness. There were very few poor among them, at that time at least, except in one small district. It was, therefore, by no means want or distress that made the Pfaelzers discontented and revolutionary. The Vienna Congress, after <!-- p. 181 --> the Napoleonic wars, had assigned the Palatinate to the king of Bavaria, but as that province was not contiguous to the rest of the kingdom, it had not the feeling of really belonging to it. A Bavarian patriotism would never grow in the Palatinate. When the Bavarian government sent “Old-Bavarian” officers into the Palatinate to help govern its people, the attitude toward one another became still more unfriendly, as the hungry “Old-Bavarians,” it was said, were sent to the rich Palatinate to grow fat. Their relations were much like those that existed between the Prussian province on the Rhine and old Prussia. The Pfaelzers were therefore in almost constant opposition to Old-Bavaria, and this opposition would have been sufficient to drive them into the ranks of the liberals had not liberal ways of thinking and feeling been natural to this vivacious and enlightened population. That this liberalism bore a decided German-national character was a matter of course. In fact, one of the most famous national demonstrations at the beginning of the thirties, the celebrated “Hambacher Fest,” had taken place in the Palatinate, and among the leaders of the national movement there were always Pfaelzers in the foremost ranks. When the king of Bavaria refused to recognize the national constitution made by the Frankfurt Parliament, the general indignation in the Palatinate broke out in furious flame. It was a natural sentiment with the Pfaelzers that if the king of Bavaria would not be German, the Palatinate must cease to be Bavarian. On the 2d of May an immense mass-meeting was held at Kaiserslautern in which all the liberal clubs of the Palatinate were represented. This meeting elected a “Committee for the Defense of the Country,” which, according to the resolutions adopted, was to take the government of the province into its hands and to organize an <!-- p. 182 --> armed force. This action accorded with the universal will of the population of the Palatinate, with the exception, perhaps, of a very few civil and military officers. The terrible confusion which the refusal of the king of Prussia to accept the imperial crown under the national constitution had brought upon all Germany came now to light in an almost grotesque manner. As already mentioned, the national parliament had, on the 4th of May, summoned “the governments, the legislative bodies, the communes of the several German states, the whole German people, to see to it that the constitution of the German Empire be generally recognized and practically introduced.” Inasmuch as the king of Bavaria would not recognize the national constitution, the Pfaelzers felt themselves justified in rising against the Bavarian government, for they only obeyed the national parliament, which they regarded as the highest national authority in Germany. The “Committee for the Defense of the Country,” therefore, quite logically applied to the national parliament through their representatives in that body, and to the national central power, for recognition, protection, and support. The national central power, at the head of which stood the Austrian Archduke Johann, thereupon sent an imperial commissioner, Dr. Eisenstuck, to the Palatinate with the instruction “to take in the name of the imperial power all measures necessary for the restoration of the laws in that country,” and especially to see to it that some of the resolutions adopted by the “Committee for the Defense of the Country” be rescinded. The imperial commissioner, after due investigation, declared those resolutions to be invalid, but he recognized the “Committee for the Defense of the Country” and for the execution of the national constitution as fully competent to organize an armed power and to swear in the members thereof <!-- p. 183 --> to obey the national constitution, and in case of necessity to defend that constitution by independent action against all attacks by force. With this, of course, Archduke Johann, who had sent him, was not pleased. That prince had originally become distasteful to the Austrian court by marrying a young woman who did not belong to the nobility, and by uttering now and then a liberal sentiment. This had put him in the odor of liberalism with the great public, and to this circumstance he owed his election to the office of regent of the empire in 1848. It was not unnatural at all that this election created in him the desire to obtain for himself the imperial crown. When the king of Prussia was elected emperor the archduke was greatly disappointed, and he showed his displeasure at once by offering to the national parliament his resignation as regent of the empire. He permitted himself, however, to be persuaded to withdraw that resignation for the time being, and he did this all the more willingly as he received from the Austrian court the suggestion that he should not abandon so important an office while it existed, because through it he might do very important service to the dynastic interest of Austria. That dynastic interest of Austria was, at the time, to prevent by every means the elevation of the king of Prussia to the dignity of German emperor; and also not to permit any constitution of the German empire which did not comprise the whole of Austria, including its Hungarian and Slavic populations, and in which Austria did not occupy the leading place. The national constitution, which was actually adopted by the Frankfurt parliament, making Prussia the leading power, was therefore to the Austrian court an abomination. The liberalism of the Archduke Johann may originally have been ever so genuine—certain it is that he had the monarchical interest in general, and the <!-- p. 184 --> Austrian interest in particular, more at heart than the national constitution and German unity. Now the following situation of things presented itself; the German national parliament had created an executive authority in the form of the “Provisional Central Power,” with the Archduke Johann as regent, in order to enforce respect to its orders and its laws. The most important of the utterances of its will consisted in the national constitution and the election of the king of Prussia as German emperor. The king of Prussia, that is, the emperor-elect, refusing to recognize the national constitution as rightfully existing, and declined to accept his election. The national parliament thereupon summoned not only all German governments, but also all legislative bodies and the communes of the German states, etc., in fact, the whole people, to enforce the national constitution. The people of the Palatinate did exactly what the national parliament had ordered the German people to do. The Pfaelzers had risen for the national constitution, against the king of Bavaria, who refused to recognize that constitution. The imperial commissioner, sent by the regent of the empire into the Palatinate, found himself obliged, by the logic of circumstances as well as by his loyalty to the national parliament, to confirm the “Committee for the Defense of the Country” in the Palatinate, and to recognize it as lawfully empowered to resist all forcible attacks upon the national constitution. And what then did the imperial regent who had been appointed for the purpose of enforcing the will of the national parliament, and especially to secure the recognition and introduction of the national constitution, do? He recalled the imperial commissioner at once, and then went to work to suppress by force of arms the popular movement which had been set on foot in compliance with the summons of the <!-- p. 185 --> national parliament for the defense and introduction of the national constitution. And for this act of suppression mainly Prussian troops were selected—troops of the same king who in March, 1848, had solemnly promised to put himself at the head of the national movement and to merge Prussia in Germany; who then had been elected German emperor; and who now was to strike down those who insisted that he should become German emperor. It has been said in defense of this monstrous proceeding that the popular uprising for the national constitution in the Palatinate and in Baden was mixed up with strong republican tendencies; that is, with the desire to subvert the existing political order of things. This is true to a certain extent, but it is also true that if the German princes had loyally done that which in March, 1848, they had given the German people the fullest right to expect that they would do, and if the king of Prussia and his brother-kings had accepted the national constitution, they would have neutralized, disintegrated, and rendered powerless all republican movements in Germany. The German people at large would have been satisfied. They would undoubtedly have consented even to some changes in the monarchical sense in the national constitution. And it is no less true that the manner in which the kings, after so many beautiful promises and pledges, sought to disappoint the hopes of the German people for national unity, was only too certain to destroy all faith in their national sentiment, and to create the opinion that only by means of republicanism a united German nation could be formed. The attitude of the king of Prussia, as well as the kings of Bavaria, Hanover, and Saxony, placed before the German people the clear alternative either to abandon, at least for the time being, all endeavors for German unity and political freedom, or to strive for the <!-- p. 186 --> realization of these objects by means which are termed by governments revolutionary. The pitiable history of Germany during the next ten years has strikingly demonstrated that those who looked at the situation in the year 1849 in the light of this alternative were entirely right. Let us now return to the Palatinate and the recall of the imperial commissioner. At first attempts were made to check the revolutionary movement in the Palatinate with small bodies of troops; but this failed, and as also in the meanwhile by the uprising of the people and the defection of the army in Baden the situation of things had become much more serious, the Prussian government began to mobilize some army corps and to prepare for a regular campaign. It was these preparations which had caused the various revolts in the Prussian provinces on the Rhine and in Westphalia. The Palatinate was now, for a little while, left to itself, and the good-natured and sanguine people saw in this temporary quiet a sign that the king of Prussia and his royal associates after all disliked openly to proceed against them with arms in their hands, because other populations in Germany might be as enthusiastic for the cause of German unity and liberty as the people in the Palatinate and Baden. They preferred to believe that the uprising would end as merrily as it had begun; and this explains the fact that the popular lightheartedness in the midst of revolutionary events, which I have designated as a picnic humor, lasted a considerable time. The cooler heads indeed did not indulge in such delusions; they foresaw that this would be a decisive struggle against an anti-national and anti-liberal reaction, in which the princes and court parties would put into the field their large and well organized power, if necessary even to the last reserves, and that against this power the resources of the Palatinate and of Baden looked <!-- p. 187 --> pitiably inadequate. In the Palatinate a small number of Bavarian soldiers had come out for the popular cause—that is to say, they had left their colors and taken the oath of allegiance to the national constitution and to the provisional government. Aside from these regular soldiers, the provisional government had at its disposition the civic guard of some of the cities, which, however, could be used only for local service, and were indifferently armed. Then they had the little corps under Zitz—some six or seven hundred men—and a small corps under Blenker, and finally the military bodies which were still to be organized on a large scale, but which so far were insignificant as a fighting force. It would probably not have been difficult to raise in the Palatinate an army corps of twenty to twenty-five thousand men had the provisional government had firearms at its disposal. Multitudes of volunteers offered themselves, but as no guns could be put into their hands and they could only be armed with spears, many of them went home again. An attempt to import muskets from Belgium failed, because they were intercepted by Prussian customs officers on their way through Prussian territory. An expedition led by Blenker to surprise the fortress of Landau, situated in the Palatinate, which contained considerable stores of arms and military equipments, also failed. Thus the want of arms remained one of the most pressing cares. The provisional government consisted of highly honorable, well-meaning, and brave men, who should not be blamed for not having mastered a situation which would have tested the resources of a great organizing genius. Nor did they succeed in finding military men equal to the gigantic task. The chief command of such military organization as they had they gave first to a former leader of the civic guard in Vienna, Fenner von Fenneberg, a man who had developed into a <!-- p. 188 --> professional revolutionist, and who spent his time mainly in blaming others for not doing what had to be done. He was soon obliged to give up his post, and the command then passed temporarily into the hands of a military commission composed of former Prussian officers, Techow, Beust, Schimmelpfenni<del>n</del>g, and Anneke. These were well-trained men, but better fitted to take command of bodies of troops already organized and equipped than to create an army in a country the population of which was little accustomed to discipline and ready obedience, and to whom Prussian officers with their systematic ways and abrupt methods were not very sympathetic. Still this commission accomplished all that could have been expected of it. Meanwhile the provisional government had engaged for a considerable sum of money the services of an old Polish general by the name of Sznayde, of whom it was rumored that he was really not a Pole, but a German by the name of Schneider. Men who had served as officers in the great Polish revolutionary wars appeared at that time with a sort of a halo of revolutionary heroism around their heads. The popular legend attributed to them not only extraordinary bravery, but also all possible military talent, and exceptional familiarity with the secrets of the military art. It was as if at the rallying places of the Polish refugees, especially in Paris and Switzerland, a stock of generals was kept in store, to be occasionally disposed of for revolutionary enterprises in any part of the world. Among these Polish officers there were undoubtedly men of very respectable ability, such as Dembinsky, Bem, Mieroslawski, and others; but also much worthless and time-worn material. How the provisional government of the Palatinate hit upon General Sznayde I do not know. It was said that in the Polish-Russian war of 1830-1831 he had been a very brave cavalry officer, but in the year 1849 it would <!-- p. 189 --> have been difficult to find a general less fit for the command of the volunteer bodies in the Palatinate. He was a very fat and ponderous old gentleman who looked as if he preferred to wield fork and knife rather than the sword, and to whom a good night's rest would be much more welcome than the tumult of battle. Neither could he say the little he had to say in intelligible German. His performance as an organizer of the popular army consisted mainly in hindering the military commission that was to aid him. The consequence was that while the provisional government issued an abundance of appeals and orders, most of them remained unobserved. After a labor of six weeks the Palatinate had not more than seven to eight thousand men, most of whom were very badly armed, and all of whom were indifferently disciplined. In the neighboring grand duchy of Baden things looked much more favorable; the whole infantry and artillery, as well as the largest part of the cavalry of the state, had come over to the popular side and presented a well-equipped army corps of about fifteen thousand men. Moreover, the fortress of Rastatt had fallen into the hands of the insurrectionists, with all its stores of arms, ammunition and equipments. Newly formed organizations could therefore much more easily be provided with all the necessaries, and thus an army of some forty or fifty thousand men might have been organized in a comparatively short time. To be sure, the officers had mostly remained true to the grand duke, and thus separated themselves from their commands, but their places had been filled with promoted corporals and sergeants, and among these were able men in sufficient numbers to maintain among the troops tolerable discipline. Thus the revolution appeared in Baden in more or less stately armament. But the political leaders in the Palatinate and Baden <!-- p. 190 --> ought to have recognized from the start that the utmost exertion of their strength could not possibly be sufficient to resist the united power of the German princes, or even that of Prussia alone. There was no hope of success unless the popular uprising spread beyond its present boundaries into the rest of Germany. To this end all the available forces that could be mustered should without delay have been thrown across the frontiers in order to draw into the revolutionary movement the population of the neighboring states; in the first place those of Würtemberg and Hessen. A young officer of Baden, Franz Sigel, who had been promoted to major by the provisional government, recognized this clearly enough, and he counseled an advance into Würtemberg. The provisional government permitted him to lead an expedition into the grand duchy of Hessen with a small force, but after an unfortunate engagement he was ordered back. The provisional governments of Baden and of the Palatinate could not screw up their courage to an offensive venture across their boundaries; they did not see that their defeat was inevitable if they waited in a defensive attitude for the attacks of the hostile forces. They continued to cling to the desperate hope that the Prussian government after all at the last moment would recoil from an active assault upon the defenders of the national constitution; or, if not, that the Prussian “Landwehr” would refuse to fight against their brothers who had risen for a common cause. Whatever the Landwehr might have done if the revolutionary army, with bold resolution and victorious courage, had come to meet them on their own ground, and had so appealed to their sympathies, it could hardly be expected of them that they would sacrifice themselves for a cause which was only timidly defended by its champions. But however clear this should have been at the time to the leaders in Baden and the <!-- p. 191 --> Palatinate, the provisional governments insisted upon remaining within the boundaries of their own little countries and thus to await the attack. On the day after my arrival in Kaiserslautern I would have enlisted as a private soldier in one of the volunteer battalions then being organized, had not Anneke not advised me not to be in too much of a hurry, but to permit him to find a fit position for me. He had been made chief of artillery in the Palatinate, and said he could employ me on his staff. Two days afterwards he brought me an appointment as lieutenant, signed by the provisional government, and made me his aide-de-camp. Kinkel found employment as one of the secretaries of the provisional government. The artillery of the Palatinate consisted, at that time, of only the four little guns of the corps commanded by Zitz, of half a dozen small cannon, of which it was said they might be of much use in mountain warfare, and of a battery of six pounders obtained from the provisional government of Baden. The field of activity of the artillery chief and of his staff was therefore a limited one; and I was not displeased when I was told that until the beginning of active hostilities I might also be employed in political affairs. I was now and then sent to popular meetings which were held to warm the patriotic zeal of the masses; and once I received an order to effect the arrest of a priest who used his influence in his parish—a large village of about three thousand inhabitants—to keep the young men from enlisting in the military organizations then forming. This was regarded as a sort of high treason against the new order of things; and the priest being looked upon as a desperate person who might possibly offer resistance, a little body of fifty men was to accompany me in order to aid me in the execution of my <!-- p. 192 --> orders. This armed force did, indeed, not look very formidable; the lieutenant who commanded it was in civilian dress, except that he wore a plume on his hat and a tri-colored sash, and a sword. Among the men there was only one military uniform, that of a member of the national guard of Strasburg, whence he had come to enjoy with us the revolutionary frolic in the Palatinate. The rest of the men were in their daily garb. There were only about a dozen muskets among them, mostly with old flint locks. The rest of the armament consisted of spears and scythes fastened straight on poles. As a commissioner of the provisional government, I was distinguished by a tri-colored sash and a sword; I also carried a pistol in my belt, but without cartridges. Thus equipped we marched across the country to the village in which the treasonable priest carried on his mischievous activity. Within sight of the village we halted, and there being nobody among my men who was acquainted with the whereabouts, I sent three of them, without arms, ahead to reconnoiter the location of the parsonage. Two of them should remain there after having discovered it, and the third was to return to serve the expedition as a guide. When I marched into the village at the head of my armament I found the streets a picture of profound peace. It was a beautiful summer afternoon; the male inhabitants, agriculturists, were working in the fields; only a few old people and little children were to be seen at the doors of the houses or at the windows, looking at the strange procession with stolid astonishment. I must confess that I appeared to myself for the moment somewhat comical, but my official duty left me no choice. The parsonage was promptly surrounded by part of my force, so that my culprit should not slip away through a back door; the main body was drawn up in <!-- p. 193 --> front of the house on the street. I knocked at the door and found myself soon in a plain but very comfortably furnished room with the priest before me. He was a young man, perhaps thirty-five years old; a robust figure and a well-formed head, with lively penetrating eyes. I tried to assume a severe martial attitude, and acquainted him at once, in short words, with my charge, put my hand upon his shoulder, as was customary in making an arrest, and called him my prisoner. To my astonishment he broke out in a merry laugh, which seemed quite genuine. “You want to arrest me,” he exclaimed; “that is nice. You are evidently a university student. I have been the same, and understand this sort of thing; the whole story is only a joke. Drink a bottle of wine with me.” Thereupon he opened the door of the room and called to a servant to bring wine. {{anchor|schurzasstudent}} {| {{ts|mc|ac}} | [[Image:Schurz as Student.png|400px]] |- | {{left|{{smaller|[''From a pencil drawing by Charles Schmolze, London, 1851'']}}}} |- | {{smaller|CARL SCHURZ AS A STUDENT}} |} I did not like to be at once discovered as a university student, and resented that my mien of official authority should not impress him. So I said in as severe a tone as possible, “Reverend sir, this is not a joke. You have hindered in your parish the organization of the army; such treasonable conduct cannot be permitted by the provisional government. In the name of that provisional government I have arrested you. You must follow me; do not hesitate to obey. Your house is surrounded by soldiers; do not oblige me to use force!” “Force! We will see about that!” he exclaimed, and in his eyes there gleamed something like anger and defiance, but he controlled himself, and continued in a serious but quiet tone: “There cannot be so much hurry about this that you may not listen to a word from me. Here is the girl with the wine, and if I must follow you, permit me at least to drink a glass with you, to your health. It is true I have warned my poor peasant boys not to enter the army and to expose themselves <!-- p. 194 --> to be shot for nothing. You yourself do not think that this insane revolt can succeed; in a few days the Prussians will chase your provisional government across the Rhine. Wherefore then this nonsense which may cost many people their lives?” With this he pulled the cork out of the bottle and filled two glasses. I had no time to consider whether, thirsty as I was, I should drink with my prisoner, when I heard the bell on the church steeple near by give a violent signal of alarm. This could be nothing else than a tocsin; it seemed that the peasants had somehow or other been informed of the danger threatening their priest, and as if this church bell summoned them to his protection. The priest seemed to understand the situation clearly; a sly smile flew across his face. “How many men have you outside?” he asked. “Enough,” I answered. I opened the window and saw crowds of peasants hurrying on from all sides with flails and pitch-forks and bludgeons. My men were still standing in line on the street; some of them seemed to look around with anxiety at the villagers rushing upon the scene. I ordered the lieutenant to post my men with their backs against the house and to let nobody in; in case of an attack, he should defend the door to the utmost of his ability. I directed him to give the same orders to the men who watched the back door of the parsonage. The multitudes in front of the house grew larger and larger. Threatening exclamations were heard; evidently the situation was becoming complicated. Whether the handful of my volunteers could resist that big crowd of fanatic peasants appeared very questionable. The priest still smiled. “My parishioners will defend me with their lives. It looks to me as if your armed force were in their power.” Then a happy thought shot across my mind. <!-- p. 195 --> “In any case, you, Herr Pastor, are in my power,” I answered, drawing my pistol from my belt and cocking it. The priest would have continued to smile if he had known that the pistol was not loaded. He evidently thought it was a dangerous weapon, and his smile disappeared suddenly. “What do you want?” he asked. “I want you,” I said with a show of coolness which, however, I did not really feel; “I want you to step at once to this window and to admonish your peasants to return to their homes without delay. You will add that you have affairs with the provisional government in the interest of your parishioners; that you will go to the city in the company of your friend here—that means me—to transact that business, and that these armed volunteers have come to protect you on the way against all danger and annoyance. While you make this speech to your peasants I stand with this pistol behind you. Do your business well, my friend; the provisional government will remember it.” The priest looked at me for a moment with an expression of surprise, and smiled again, but it was an embarrassed smile; the pistol in my hand evidently did not please him. Then he rose, stepped to the window and was received by the peasants with loud exclamations. He commanded silence, and said exactly what I had prescribed to him. He did his business finely. The peasants obeyed without hesitation, and quiet reigned again in the streets. The priest and I then emptied our bottle of wine with all comfort. At dusk we left the house by the back door and wandered together toward the city like two old friends in merry conversation, my armed escort a hundred paces behind us. On the way I toyed with my pistol, throwing it into the air and catching it again with my hand. “Take care,” said the priest, “the pistol might go off.” <!-- p. 196 --> “Impossible, Herr Pastor,” I answered; “it is not loaded.” “What!” he exclaimed, “not loaded?” We looked at one another and broke out into loud laughter. I reported to the provisional government how the priest had helped me and my people out of a very precarious situation, and he was very kindly treated and allowed to return home forthwith. The provisional government had indeed much more important things to think of. The attack which the merry Pfaelzers—at least many of them—had so long deemed improbable now really came. On the 12th of June a body of Prussian troops crossed the frontier. If the curses which those otherwise so good-natured people hurled against those Prussians had all been cannon balls, the Prussian troops could hardly have stood up against them; but the real fighting force at the disposal of the provisional government was so insignificant and so ill-equipped and undisciplined that an effective defense of the country was not possible. It was therefore necessary to avoid an encounter with the Prussians, and so it happened that the first military operation in which I participated consisted in a retreat. A few days before this my chief, Lieutenant Colonel Anneke, had instructed me to be ready to march at any moment, which I did not find difficult, because my baggage was extremely scant. I was given a horse, a fine bay, and as I had never learned to ride, my commander sent me to a riding school, where the master ordered me to mount the animal, explaining to me in a few words what I was to do with my legs and my hands to guide my mount; whereupon he struck him with a smart cut of his whip, and I had to keep my seat as well as I could on my prancing steed. After this had gone on for an <!-- p. 197 --> hour or so the master dismissed me, saying: “The next lesson you will get on the march.” He was right; the constant exercise in active service gave me a pretty firm seat. The sudden necessity of retreating considerably increased the general confusion. There was no end of orders and revocations of orders until we finally got started. I think it was in the night from the 13th to the 14th of June. With our artillery we had, indeed, no great difficulty, inasmuch as it consisted of very few pieces. At two o'clock in the night we mounted our horses and were off. A night march is almost always a miserable affair, especially a night march in retreat. Yet I must confess that the dull rumble of the wheels on the road, the rustle of the marching columns, the low snorting of the horses, and the rattling of the sabers and scabbards in the darkness, affected me as something especially romantic. In the appreciation of this I found sympathetic response with the wife of my chief, Mathilda Franciska Anneke, a young woman of noble character, beauty, vivacity, and fiery patriotism, who accompanied her husband on this march. I remember well our common pleasure, when in that night we passed by a tavern on the roadside, where some of the men, bearded fellows with black hats covered with plumes, and fantastically ornamented blouses, their rifles hung over their shoulders, in the feeble flicker of a lamp crowded around the woman of the hostelry, who poured wine for them. The picture might have been a scene of Schiller's “Robbers.” The majority of our men not being uniformed, every soldier dressed more or less according to his fancy, and this gave tempting scope to individual taste. Many of the men evidently endeavored to look very wild and terrible, which they would have done had their faces not been so strikingly good-natured. <!-- p. 198 --> About sunrise after this first night's march we found ourselves in a deep gorge between precipitous ledges, near a place called Frankenstein, where we took a defensive position across the road to Neustadt. A cold morning brings, under such circumstances, a feeling of truly unromantic sober-mindedness with it, and I then learned that a hot cup of coffee, ever so thin, and a piece of dry bread, belong to the great benefactions of life. The Prussians, however, did not press us, and we remained undisturbed in our bivouac near Frankenstein during the entire day. On the 15th and 16th of June the troops of the Palatinate were drawn together near Neustadt-an-der-Hardt. In this rich country the population of the villages manifested their friendly sentiments toward us by putting large pails filled with wine in the doors of their houses, so that the passing troops might refresh themselves. There I saw for the first time the leader of a considerable corps, Colonel Blenker, who twelve years later, during the Civil War in the United States, attracted much attention as a brigade commander. He was an excellent horseman, and as he appeared splendidly accoutered at the head of his staff, he presented a stately and imposing figure. The spectacle of several well-armed battalions revived, to some extent, the courage of our troops, which had been somewhat dampened by the retreat, and here and there arose the cry that now the confounded Prussians might come on; but the retreat was continued and the Palatinate abandoned without the striking of a blow. About the 19th of June, 1849, some seven or eight thousand strong, we crossed the Rhine into Baden territory and marched toward Karlsruhe, the capital of the grand duchy. Our entry into that neat little city created among the inhabitants a sensation which was by no means flattering to the <!-- p. 199 --> troops of the Palatinate. The Karlsruhe burghers, who had been accustomed to the trim appearance of the grand duke's soldiers, did not seem to relish the picturesque and romantic appearance of our Palatinate fighters for liberty, but were rather inclined to close their doors and shutters as though feeling the necessity of protecting themselves against the inroad of a band of robbers. At any rate, the faces of many of the people who stood on the streets watching our entering columns bore the unmistakable expression of anxious expectancy. We consoled ourselves with the thought, and gave that thought very vigorous utterance, that the population of this little capital consisted mainly of courtiers high and low, and of government officials, and that at the bottom of their hearts they hated the revolution and wished the grand duke to return, although many of them had, since his flight, talked like republicans. The wish of the people of Karlsruhe to get rid of their neighbors from the Palatinate, was so great that our troops were not even given sufficient opportunity to prove to those timid souls what honest and peace-loving beings were concealed under those wild beards, those red plumes, and those belts stocked full of daggers and dirks. On the same day a camp was assigned to us outside of the city, and on the 20th of June we marched northward to the aid of the revolutionary army of Baden, which in the meantime had got into a critical situation. The army of Baden had defended the northern frontier of the grand duchy against General Peuker, commander of a corps formed of regular Würtemberg and Hessen troops. Just at the time when the hostilities broke out, the Badish army also received its Pole, General Mieroslawski, as commander-in-chief. He was still a young man, and had shown much ability as well as bravery in the last Polish uprising, but he possessed <!-- p. 200 --> no knowledge of local conditions, and was ignorant of the German language. However, he was vastly preferable to old Sznayde. On the 20th of June the Prussian corps passed the Rhine from the Palatinate near Philipsburg, and so got into the rear of the Badish army. With a rapid movement Mieroslawski turned against these Prussians, checked them by a bold attack near Waghaeusel, and then executed a clever flank march by which he passed between the Prussian troops and those of General Peuker, and opened communication with the corps of the Palatinate and the reserves which approached from the south of Baden. The engagement at Waghaeusel was by no means discreditable to the Badish troops. We could hear the roar of the guns as we marched northward by way of Bruchsal, and soon rumors began to circulate among us of a great victory won by our people over the Prussians. But then later news came that Mieroslawski was retreating along the Würtemberg frontier and that we had to cover his flank. This did not much disturb our belief that the battle of Waghaeusel had really been a victory, the fruits of which, however, as was said, were lost through the treachery of the colonel of the dragoons, who was ordered to pursue the beaten enemy. On the 23d of June we advanced to Ubstadt and there we received the report that the next morning we would have to meet the Prussian vanguard. The orders which I received from my chief kept me busy on horseback until night, and it was late when I reached my quarters in the tavern at Ubstadt. My chief had already gone to rest. Upon all sides I heard the snoring of sleepers. Only the daughter of our host, a buxom young maiden of resolute expression of face, seemed to be at work. I asked her for a bed and something to eat, and both requests were granted by her with a robust outbreak of her feelings against the “accursed Prussians,” who had nothing <!-- p. 201 --> to do in the Badish land, and whom we should send home on the morrow with a sound thrashing. Now I expected within myself the solemn “emotions on the eve of battle” of which here and there I had read. But no emotions came; I fell asleep as soon as I had stretched myself out. Neither did those emotions come the next morning, “on the morning of the battle.” It almost appeared to me as if overmuch had been imagined about such emotions. In later life I have gathered the experience that indeed they will occur, but only on exceptional occasions. Ordinarily the thoughts of the soldier on the morning before the battle turn to things of a very practical nature, among which breakfast occupies an important place. So it happened to me on that morning at Ubstadt. At an early hour we were in the saddle, and soon we saw at a little distance in our front some cavalrymen who approached at a moderate pace. This signified that the Prussians had deployed one or more squadrons of uhlans as skirmishers who would be followed by infantry and artillery to make an attack. The uhlans disappeared after having fired a few shots from their carbines, and then began a lively rattle of infantry fire. Soon cannon were posted on both sides and the balls flew to and fro with their peculiar rushing sound, without, however, doing much damage. At first my attention was occupied entirely by orders which I had to transmit or to execute, but after our artillery had been placed, and we sat quietly on our horses in the immediate neighborhood of the battery, I had leisure to become conscious of my thoughts and feelings. Then I experienced another disappointment. For the first time I was “under fire.” I cannot say that I was entirely calm; my nerves were in an unaccustomed stir: but that stir was not fear, nor was it the heroic joy of battle, of which I had read so much, for I was <!-- p. 202 --> obliged to stand still. As the Prussian guns directed their fire upon our artillery position, their balls flew one after another immediately over our heads. At first I felt a strong inclination when I heard the noise right above me, to duck; but it occurred to me that this was unbecoming an officer, and then I remained straight upright in my saddle. I also forced myself not to quiver when a musket bullet whizzed close by my ear. The wounded men who were carried past excited my warm sympathy; but the thought that the same might happen to me the next moment did not occur to me at all. When my chief afterwards sent me again with orders hither and thither, all the reflections ceased and I thought of nothing but the things I had to do, and of the course of the action as I could observe it. In short, I felt little or nothing of those stormy, irrepressible agitations which I had imagined to be inseparable from a battle, but the experience convinced me that under similar circumstances I should always be likely to retain my presence of mind. The engagement at Ubstadt was a comparatively small affair, with no purpose on our side but to retard the advance of the enemy until the Badish army could have reformed in our rear, and then slowly to fall back upon its position. At Ubstadt this instruction was carried out in a comparatively orderly manner. That such things cannot be done as perfectly with hastily organized and indifferently disciplined volunteers as with well-schooled regular troops is a matter of course. The next day we had a more considerable engagement with the Prussian vanguard near Bruchsal, which again ended in a retreat on our part. As frequently happens in popular uprisings, excited people are apt to ascribe the failure of their enterprise to the treachery of this or that leader; and on this occasion the cry was raised against poor General Sznayde. <!-- p. 203 --> On the retreat he was suddenly surrounded by a band of mutineers and dragged from his horse. He then disappeared from the scene of action, and the troops of the Palatinate were put under the immediate orders of the Badish commander. On the line of the Murg River, the left wing leaning on the fortress of Rastatt, the united corps of the revolutionists of Baden and of the Palatinate fought their last defensive fight on the 28th, 29th and 30th of June, 1849, in part very gallantly, although without success. On the evening of June 30 Lieutenant Colonel Anneke sent me with an instruction concerning artillery ammunition into the fortress of Rastatt, where I was to wait for him in a certain fortification from which we could observe a large part of the battlefield. There he would call for me, he said. I discharged my order and then went to the place indicated by my chief, tied my horse to a gun carriage and sat down on the rampart, where after having watched the fight outside for a little while I fell asleep from sheer fatigue in spite of the roaring of the cannon. When I awoke the sun was about to set. I inquired among the artillerymen standing around for Colonel Anneke, but nobody had seen him. I became restless and mounted my horse to look for my chief outside of the town. When I arrived at the gate the officer on duty informed me that I could not get out; that our army was pressed back toward the south, and that the fortress was completely surrounded by the Prussians. I galloped to the headquarters of the commander of the fortress and received there the confirmation of what I had heard. The prospect of remaining in the city with Prussians all around, and this not in obedience to orders, but by mere accident, struck me as exceedingly undesirable. I could not resign myself to it, and inquired again and again whether there was no way out, until <!-- p. 204 --> at last an officer standing near the gate said: “I feel just as you do. I do not belong here and have tried all possible points where I thought I might slip through, but all in vain. We have to submit and remain.” Of Anneke I found no trace. He had either left the city or perhaps had not been in it <ins>at</ins> all. Having given up all hope of escape, I reported myself to the Governor of the fortress, Colonel Tiedemann. He was a tall, slender man, with fine, regular features, and a bold, resolute expression of face. As the son of a privy counselor, a far-famed professor of medicine in Heidelberg, he had received a good education. In early youth his inclination led him into the army, and he followed to Athens the Bavarian Prince Otto, who became the first king of Greece. The revolution in Baden found him at home, and the provisional government entrusted to him the command of the fortress of Rastatt. He received me kindly, listened to my report, and attached me to his staff. As to my duties, I was to report to him the next morning. I received quarters in the house of a confectioner by the name of Nusser. My host and his wife, very kind and well-mannered people, welcomed me heartily and put at my disposal a pleasant room and a seat at their table. Also my servant, Adam, a young soldier from the Palatinate, who fortunately had followed me into the fortress, found shelter in the house. All this looked cheerful enough. But when my host and Adam had left me alone and I could, in the silence of my chamber, think over the new situation, my heart became heavy. That our cause, unless a miracle happened, was lost, I could no longer conceal from myself; and what kind of a miracle it might be, my hopeful imagination failed to guess. Could it be the passing over of the Prussian Landwehr to the revolutionary army? That would have been possible at the <!-- p. 205 --> beginning of the campaign, if at all. Now, after a series of defeats that possibility had disappeared. Could it be a great victory of our troops in the highlands of Baden? Not to be thought of, as the retreat of our forces from the Murg River must have weakened them more by the inevitable demoralization than they could have been strengthened by reinforcements from other parts of the country. Could it be a great victory of the Hungarians in the East? But the Hungarians were far away and the Russians were marching upon them. Could it be a new uprising of the people in Germany? But the revolutionary impulse was evidently exhausted. Here we were shut up in a fortress surrounded by the Prussians. A stubborn defense of the fortress could serve our cause, only in so much as it might prove that a popular army could also possess courage and maintain its military honor. But under all circumstances the fortress could resist only a very limited time. And then? Capitulation. And then? We would fall into the hands of the Prussians. The supreme commander of the Prussian troops in Baden was “The Prince of Prussia,” in whom, at that time, nobody would have recognized the afterwards so popular Kaiser Wilhelm I. At that period the prince was regarded as the worst enemy of all movements for freedom. The generally credited rumor that it was he who on the 18th of March, 1848, in Berlin, had given the order to fire upon the people had earned for him, with the people, the title of the “Grapeshot Prince.” The excitement of the masses against him during those days of March was in fact so violent that the king thought it best to send him away to England for some time, and this journey was carried out in a manner which looked very much like flight. That in the year 1849 when the imperial crown was offered to his brother, Frederick William IV., he belonged to those who advised <!-- p. 206 --> a favorable consideration of that offer, and that if he instead of his brother had been king of Prussia, the crisis might have taken a turn much more propitious to the realization of German unity, was at that time not yet known; nor would it have found much belief, for the prince of Prussia was then generally thought to be an honest and inflexible absolutist, who candidly and firmly believed that kings were ordained by God and had to render account only to God; that the people must have nothing to do with the business of the government; that resistance to the kingly power was equivalent to a direct offense against God Himself, and that it was an important duty of those in power to impose upon such a crime the heaviest possible penalty. So in the minds of the people the prince appeared as a fanatical soldier to whom the Prussian army was a very idol; who saw in it the “sword of God,” the bulwark of the order of the universe; in whose eyes the Prussian subject that fought against the Prussian army committed an unpardonable crime not less accursed than patricide itself, and from whom such a criminal could expect no grace. We natives of Prussia, therefore, if we fell into the hands of that prince, had the best possible prospects of being condemned to death by a drumhead court-martial and of being shot. With these dismal thoughts I went to bed. Nevertheless I slept soundly and awoke long after sunrise. The duties assigned to me by the governor were not onerous. I had to spend certain hours on the highest gallery of the tower of the castle, armed with a telescope, to observe the enemy and to make report of what I might see. Then I had, periodically, to visit certain bastions and gates, and to inspect certain watches, and in addition to do such other things as the governor might see proper to entrust to me. To fit me for that duty I donned the uniform of a regular infantry lieutenant <!-- p. 207 --> of the Badish army, which transformed me into a respectable-looking officer and gave me a sort of military consciousness which until then I had not possessed. Colonel Tiedemann succeeded in maintaining among the garrison—which was composed partly of regular Badish soldiers and partly of volunteers—pretty good discipline. Only once, as far as I can remember, I witnessed a serious breach of order. Some soldiers thought they had detected a spy, and soon a furious crowd rushed after the poor fellow, who tried to save himself by flight, but who succumbed after a few steps to the saber thrusts and stones hurled at him. It was all the work of a moment. The officers who accidentally were near, among them myself, succeeded, after a while, in quieting the soldier mob, but we were unable to save the victim. We had also other excitements. One morning, shortly after break of day, I was awakened by a violent explosion on the street immediately under my window. As I jumped out of bed the thought struck me that the Prussians might, during the night, have penetrated into the city, and that there was now a street fight going on. A second explosion, immediately above the house, and the rattling noise of heavy objects falling upon the roof, taught me that the fortress was being bombarded, and that a shell had knocked down the chimney of my house. One explosion came after another, and the guns of our fortress boomed in response. I hurried as quickly as possible to headquarter in the castle and there I beheld a heartrending spectacle. The court of the castle was crowded with citizens, among them many women and children who had fled out of their houses and instinctively sought in the vicinity of the commander, protection against the threatening catastrophe. Most of the grown-up people, and even some of the children, carried beds or boxes and all <!-- p. 208 --> other house belongings on their heads or under their arms. As often as a shell rushed over the castle yard or exploded in the vicinity, the poor people, overcome by terror, threw down all they were carrying and ran toward shelter, screaming and wringing their hands. Then a moment of silence would intervene and they picked up their goods and chattels from the ground; but as soon as another shell came along the same scene repeated itself. We staff officers had our hands full in trying to quiet the people, and as far as possible to place them in safety in the bomb-proof casemates of the fortress. Meantime the church-bells began to peal and a multitude—women with their children, and not a few men—ran across the market-place to the church, where, with loud lamentations, they prayed God to save them. The bombardment, however, was not very serious. It lasted only a few hours, and did very little damage. A few fires caused by it were speedily extinguished. The Prussians probably intended only to let us know that the surrender of the fortress must not be too long delayed, if we would avoid greater discomfort. Thus we were bombarded only with field pieces and a few mortars. The heavy siege guns were to be brought on if it should be necessary to compel surrender by extreme means. The governor preferred, however, for the time being, to continue defense, and the next day a sortie was undertaken to drive away the battery that had annoyed us. The officer who commanded that sortie afterwards reported that the mortars had been taken and spiked by our men. Beyond this nothing of great importance happened. With the higher officers of the garrison I came into contact as a member of the staff, but as I was still a very young man our intercourse was not intimate. The principal figures that I remember were Colonel Biedenfeld, a stiff old soldier who had <!-- p. 209 --> been an officer in the regular army of Baden; Colonel Böhning, a white-haired, venerable-looking free corps commander; Major Heilig, the chief of artillery, about six and a half feet in height, a kindly and very popular officer; Lieutenant Colonel Otto von Corvin, a strikingly handsome young soldier, who had been a lieutenant in the Prussian army, and who, if I remember rightly, like myself, had remained in the fortress accidentally; and Major Mahler, a former lieutenant in the regular army of Baden, a young, gay infantry officer who, many years afterwards, fought for the Union under my command as a Colonel of the Seventy-fifth Pennsylvania, and who was killed at Gettysburg. The duty which most interested me was that of the lookout, from the height of the castle tower. From there I had a magnificent view—toward the east the mountains in which Baden-Baden is nestled; toward the north the smiling Rhine valley with its rich fields and vineyards, its shady forests and the church steeples of many villages hidden among the fruit trees; toward the south the Black Forest; to the west Alsatia on the opposite side of the Rhine, with far-away blue mountain lines. How beautiful was all this! How benevolent Nature in her rich, lavish goodness! And over there, in these apparently peaceful surroundings, lay “The Enemy,” who had us firmly in his grasp. There I saw the outposts regularly relieved, and the patrols of horsemen busily moving to and fro, keeping a sharp eye upon us so that not a soul of us should escape them. There I saw the batteries of the enemy ready to hurl destruction and death at us. There I saw their camps teeming with human beings, many of whom, aye, perhaps a large majority, thought as we thought and desired what we desired—possibly among them children of neighbors in my native village—and yet, all <!-- p. 210 --> prepared at the command of their superiors, to fire the deadly bullet into our breasts. And over all this there streamed down in those summer days the beautiful sunlight of heaven, so warm and so peaceably radiant, as if there were nothing but harmony and happiness in the world. All this so cruelly unnatural, and yet so cruelly true! A strange life that was in the besieged fortress. With the exception of one sortie, there being no further fighting excitement, we soldiers did our routine service day after day with mechanical precision, and the burghers pursued what occupation there still remained to them, all in a state of strained expectation, waiting for the fate that could not be averted. The world outside lay far, far away from us in unmeasurable distance. There we sat within our ramparts, excluded from all humanity, as if we did not belong to it. Not a sound of it penetrated to us except a distant rolling of the drum or the trumpet signals of the enemy besieging us. From time to time mysterious rumors arose, of which nobody knew whence they came. Our troops, it was once said, had won a great victory in the upper country and driven the Prussians before them. Then a fresh revolution had broken out in France, and all Germany was in new commotion. Then the Hungarians had disastrously defeated the united Austrians and Russians, and were ready to send their victorious legions to the aid of the German revolutionists. Once the higher officers of the garrison rushed up to me on the observation tower because somebody had actually heard, in the direction of the upper country, a long continuing thunder of cannon, constantly approaching; and now they had come to see the clouds of dust raised by the columns advancing to our relief. But the imagined thunder of artillery was inaudible to us; all remained still, and we sank back into our dull hopelessness. <!-- p. 211 --> Sometimes we tried to amuse ourselves with frolics in the wine houses—for the town was still well provided with wine. Then there was occasionally an effort at gayety, but it was little more than an effort, for everybody knew that behind his chair stood the dark specter of the inevitable catastrophe. {{anchor|prussian}} {| {{ts|mc|ac}} | {| {| {{ts|mc|bc|ba2}} |style="padding: 4"|[[Image:Schurz Prussian Summoning Rastatt to Surrender.png|500px]] |} |- | {{left|{{smaller|[Illustration by Charlotte Weber-Ditzler]}}}} |- | {{smaller|“A PRUSSIAN OFFICER, UNDER A FLAG OF TRUCE . . . WITH A SUMMONS TO SURRENDER”}} |} Suddenly one day—it was in the third week of the siege—a Prussian officer, under a flag of truce, came into the fortress with a summons to surrender, bringing the news that the revolutionary army had crossed the Swiss frontier, and had therefore ceased to exist; that not a single armed insurgent remained on German soil, and that the Prussian commander would consent to permit any man whom the garrison of Rastatt would entrust with such a mission, to convince himself of these facts with his own eyes, and to this end they would give him safe conduct wherever he might wish to go. This caused tremendous excitement. At once the governor called a general council of war, which, if I remember rightly, consisted of all officers of the garrison from captain upward. The council met promptly in the great hall of the castle. After a stormy discussion it was resolved that the offer of the Prussian commander should be accepted, and Lieutenant Colonel Corvin received the commission to explore the condition of things outside; and in case he found it to be as the Prussian flag of truce had represented, to negotiate for a capitulation on conditions as favorable as could be obtained. The hall in the castle in which that council of war was held, had been, during the siege, always accessible to me, and one of the big lounges, upholstered with yellow silk damask, had been my accustomed resting place when I returned from my observations on the castle tower, or from my rounds through the fortress. I had selected this sofa because from it <!-- p. 212 --> I had an especially good view of a fresco on the ceiling which had a peculiar charm for me. It was an allegorical group, in which probably some ancestor of the grand ducal family of Baden was portrayed in the shape of Jupiter, or Mars, or Apollo. The subject of the picture did not attract me. But I found therein the face of some goddess which reminded me vividly of Betty, and when I looked up from my sofa the eyes of Betty looked kindly down upon me. No wonder, therefore, that I loved to rest upon this spot and that I indulged myself in all sorts of waking dreams, forgetting my dismal situation, until my eyes closed in sleep. On the second morning after Corvin's departure, in the gray dawn I lay down upon the sofa for a short rest. Soon I was awakened by the noise of heavy steps, rattling sabers and a confusion of voices. From what I saw and heard I concluded that Corvin had returned from his mission and that the great council of war was reassembling. The governor entered, demanded silence and asked Corvin, who stood at his side, to make his report orally to the whole assembly. Corvin then told us that, accompanied by a Prussian officer, he had traveled down to the Swiss frontier and had convinced himself on the spot that no revolutionary force was left in Baden, the revolutionary army having crossed into Switzerland, surrendered its arms, and dissolved. He had also satisfied himself from the newspapers, that in the rest of Germany there was not the slightest vestige of a revolutionary movement. Everywhere submission and quiet. The Hungarians, too, had suffered decisive defeats in consequence of the Russian intervention and would undoubtedly soon succumb. In short, the garrison of Rastatt was entirely forsaken, and could not hope for any relief; and finally, Corvin added, he had been informed at Prussian headquarters that the <!-- p. 213 --> commander of the besieging army would insist upon a surrender of the fortress at discretion, without conditions of any kind. Deep silence followed this speech. Every one of the hearers felt that Corvin had told the truth. Finally, somebody—I do not remember who—asked to be allowed to put some questions. Then there was a confusion of voices in which some hotheads talked of “dying to the last man”; whereupon the governor gave the floor to a former Prussian soldier, who had become an officer in the forces of the Palatinate. This officer said that he was as ready as anyone to sacrifice to our cause his last drop of blood, and that those of us who were Prussians, when they fell into the hands of the besieging army, would have to die in any case. Nevertheless he advised the immediate surrender of the fortress. If we did not surrender to-day, we would be obliged to do it to-morrow. We ought not to expose the citizens of the town, with their wives and children, to famine, or to another bombardment, and all in vain. It was time to make an end, whatever might happen to us personally. A murmur swept through the hall approving this advice, and then it was resolved that Corvin should try once more to secure, at the Prussian headquarters, for the officers and men of our garrison as favorable conditions as possible. But if after a reasonable effort he saw the impossibility of obtaining such conditions, he should agree with the Prussian headquarters upon the necessary arrangements for a surrender at discretion. When we left the hall most of us undoubtedly felt that nothing else could be hoped for. That afternoon I mounted once more my tower of observation upon which I had spent so many watchful and dreamy hours. The magnificent landscape lay before me in the beautiful <!-- p. 214 --> sunshine. It appeared to me even more beautiful than ever. I felt as if I must take a last leave of it. “We Prussians will probably have to die in any case.” These words echoed in my ear, and I was convinced of their truth. To these Prussians I belonged. I remember vividly the thoughts which then on that tower of observation went through my head. One recollection forced itself again and again upon my mind, how a few years before my father had, with me, visited Professor Pütz in Cologne; how the professor had put his hand upon my shoulder and smilingly said to my father, “A hopeful boy”; and how proudly then my father had nodded his head and looked at me. “Of that hopeful boy there is now an end,” I said to myself. Many of the bold dreams of a great and fruitful activity which I had formerly cherished recurred to me, and it seemed hard, very hard, to depart from the world before I had been permitted to render it any worthy service. A sensation of profound sorrow came over me, not on account of myself alone, but also on account of my parents who had expected so much of me, to whom I was to be the support of old age, and who now saw all their hopes shattered and destroyed forever. Finally, nothing remained to me but the determination if I was so to end, to look my fate in the eyes with courage and dignity. I remained on the gallery of the observation tower until the sun was down. Then I descended and reported myself to the governor, [to see] whether he still had orders for the night. “Tonight,” he said, “every one of my officers ought to be on the ramparts. I apprehend that the men know that we shall surrender to-morrow, and will leave their posts. That should not be.” I was glad to have something to do that would occupy my thoughts. In the fortifications and in the town there was <!-- p. 215 --> now a great deal of noise and confusion. Many of the men regarded it as superfluous to take further care of the service; it would be all over anyhow the next day. There was also much hubbub in the wine houses, when the soldiers would have their last cup together. But the admonitions addressed by the officers to the men who were running about or drinking did not find any vicious resistance. The number of those who still continued to do their duty was sufficient to maintain tolerable order. Toward daybreak I stretched myself once more on my accustomed sofa, and after several hours of profound sleep woke up with the thought, “To-day you will be taken by the Prussians, to be shot dead.” Then I went to headquarters, where I learned that Corvin had not succeeded in negotiating any conditions, and that the surrender at discretion was a certain thing. At twelve o'clock noon the troops were to march through the gates to lay down their arms between two lines of Prussians outside on the glacis of the fortress. The orders had already been issued. I went to my quarters to write a last letter to my parents. I thanked them for all the love and care they had devoted to me, and asked them to forgive me if I had disappointed their hopes. I told them that following my honest convictions I had taken up arms for a cause that I believed to be right, for the liberty and unity of the German people, and if it should be my lot to die for that cause, it would be an honorable death of which they would never have reason to be ashamed. This letter I put into the hands of good Mr. Nusser, my host, who, with tears in his eyes, promised to put it into the mail as soon as communications should be opened again. In the meanwhile the hour of noon approached. Already I heard the signals calling the troops on the ramparts and in the barracks to the rally, and I prepared <!-- p. 216 --> myself to go up to headquarters. Then a new idea suddenly flashed through my head. I remembered that only a few days previously my attention had been attracted to a subterranean sewer for the waters of the street gutters which, near the Steinmauerner gate, led from the interior of the city, under the fortifications, into an open field outside. This sewer was probably a part of an uncompleted drainage system. The entrance to it in the interior of the city was situated in a trench near a garden hedge. Outside it emptied into a ditch overgrown with shrubbery, which bordered a corn field. When these circumstances had first come to my knowledge, it had occurred to me that if the opening as well as the exit of that sewer were not well watched, spies might easily pass through it from the outside into the town. I had reported the matter to the governor, but immediately afterwards came the negotiations with the enemy, the mission of Corvin, and the excitement about the impending capitulation, which drove the affair of the sewer out of my mind. Now at the last moment before the surrender the remembrance came back to me like a ray of light. Would it not be possible for me to escape through that sewer? Would it not, if I thus gained the open in this way, be possible in some manner to reach the Rhine, there to procure a boat and to cross the river to the French side? My resolution was promptly taken—I would at least try. I called my servant, who had prepared my belongings for the surrender. “Adam,” I said, “you are a Palatinate man, a volunteer. I believe if you surrender to the Prussians you will soon be sent home. I am a Prussian, and us Prussians they will probably shoot dead. I will therefore try to escape, and I know a way. Let us therefore say good-bye.” “No, Herr Lieutenant,” Adam exclaimed, “I shall not <!-- p. 217 --> leave you. Where you go, I go.” The eyes of the good boy sparkled with pleasure. “But,” said I, “you have nothing to gain, and we shall probably have to incur great dangers.” “Danger or no danger,” replied Adam, with decision, “I remain with you.” At this moment I saw an artillery officer of the name of Neustädter, whom I knew well, pass by my window. He, like myself, was born in Rhenish Prussia, and had formerly served in the Prussian artillery. “Where are you going, Neustädter?” I called to him through the window. “To join my battery,” he answered. “We are to surrender in half an hour.” “The Prussians will shoot you dead,” I replied; “go with me and let us try to escape.” He stopped, came into the house and listened to my plan, which I explained to him in a few words. “Good,” he said; “I will go with you.” There was now no time to be lost. Adam was sent out to purchase a loaf of bread, two bottles of wine and some sausages. Then we put our pistols under our clothes, and rolled up our cloaks. In mine, a large dark cape lined with scarlet, received recently from our stores, I wrapped up a short carbine which I possessed. The bottles and the eatables which Adam had bought were packed up as well as we knew how. In the meantime the garrison began to march in close columns across the market-place. We followed the last column a short distance, and then turning into a side lane soon reached the inner mouth of our sewer. Without hesitation we slipped into it. It was between one and two o'clock in the afternoon of the 23d of July. <!-- p. 218 --> The sewer was a tube of brick masonry, sufficiently high and wide for us to move through it with bent knees and curved backs, half walking, half crawling. The water running through the sewer covered our feet and ankles. As we penetrated into the interior we found, here and there, narrow manholes covered on top with iron gratings, through which air and, during the day, some light came down. At such places we rested a moment and stretched ourselves out so as to get our spines into shape again. According to our calculation we should have reached about the middle of the sewer, when I happened to strike my foot against a piece of board lying in the water, which was just long enough to be squeezed between the walls of the sewer so that it served us as a sort of bench to sit upon. Upon this bench, which made our condition a little more comfortable, we huddled together for a longer rest. Until then the constant movement to which we had been compelled had hardly permitted us to survey our situation. Now, sitting on the bench, we had leisure enough to collect our thoughts and to hold council as to what was further to be done. During the siege I had had frequent opportunity to observe the immediate surroundings of the fortress, and I therefore pretty well knew the ground on which the sewer emptied outside. I proposed to my companions that we should remain on the bench until about midnight, then leave the sewer and seek cover in a field planted with corn, which I knew to be in the neighborhood. From there we could, if the sky was tolerably clear, overlook a little part of the road to Steinmauern, a village distant about an hour's walk from Rastatt, on the bank of the Rhine, and assure ourselves whether we might leave the protection of the cornfield without danger. And so, seeking cover from time to time in order to reconnoiter the road ahead of us, we might hope before daybreak to reach Steinmauern and there <!-- p. 219 --> to find a boat that might carry us to the French side of the river. This plan was approved by my companions. While we were thus engaged in taking counsel, we heard above us a dull, rumbling noise as from the wheels of vehicles and the heavy tread of great masses of men, from which we concluded that the Prussians were now entering the fortress and occupying the gates and the ramparts. We also heard the striking of a church clock which gave the hour, our bench being near one of the manholes, so that the sounds of the upper world reached us without much difficulty. About nine o'clock in the evening it began to rain so heavily that we could clearly hear the splashing of the water as it poured down. At first it seemed to us that the bad weather would be favorable to our plan of escape. But before long the matter appeared in a different light. We felt that the water was rising in our sewer, and soon it began to shoot through it with great vehemence like a mountain stream. After a while it flooded the bench upon which we were sitting and reached up to our chests. We also perceived living creatures which suddenly, with great activity, rushed and crawled around us. They were undoubtedly rats. “We have to get out,” I said to my companions, “or we shall be drowned.” We left our bench and pushed forward. I had hardly advanced a few steps when in the darkness I ran my head against a hard object. I touched it with my hands and discovered that the obstacle was an iron railing. At once the thought came to me that this railing had been put there for the purpose of cutting off, in time of siege, communication through the sewer between the interior of the town and the outside. This thought, which I communicated at once to my companions, brought us almost to despair. But when I grasped the railing with both hands, as a prisoner may sometimes shake the iron rods of his dungeon window, I <!-- p. 220 --> noticed that it could be moved a little, and a further examination proved that it did not reach quite down to the bottom, but left a free space of about two feet. It was probably so arranged that it could be pulled up or let down, so that the sewer might be opened for purposes of cleaning and then shut again. Fortunately, nobody had, during the siege, known anything of this railing, and thus the possibility of escape still remained open to us. Now, in order to slip through the low aperture under it we were obliged to crawl with our whole bodies through the water; but that circumstance, although disagreeable, did not disturb us. We pushed vigorously on, and when we believed ourselves to be near the outward opening of the sewer, we stopped a minute to gather strength and presence of mind for the dangerous moment of our issuing forth from our concealment. Then a terrible sound struck our ears. Close ahead of us, distant only a few paces, we heard a voice call, “Who goes there?” and at once another voice answered, “Good friend.” We stood still as if struck by lightning. In a short time we heard the same calls repeat themselves at a somewhat greater distance, and again and again. It was clear that we were close to the opening of the sewer, that outside there was a dense chain of Prussian guard posts, and that just then a patrol or round had been passing along that chain. Softly I ventured a step or two further on. Really, there was the mouth of the sewer overgrown with brush so thick that I stood in darkness almost as dense as was that in the interior of the canal. But when I raised myself up a little I could distinctly perceive the dark figures of a Prussian double sentinel immediately before me, as well as some camp fires at a short distance. Had we been able to get into the open without being noticed, which <!-- p. 221 --> seemed almost impossible, still the road to Steinmauern was evidently closed to us. Softly as we had come we crawled back into our sewer and sought safety there, at least for the moment. Fortunately the rain had ceased. The water was, indeed, still high, but it did not rise any more. “Back to our bench,” I whispered to my companions. We crawled again under the railing and found our bit of plank. There we sat close together. Our next council of war had a certain solemnity about it. There were few words, but a good deal of thinking. It was clear, we could not venture into the open. To remain a longer time in the sewer was not to be thought of, because there was the danger that if it rained again we might be drowned. There was therefore nothing to be done but to go back into the town. But how could we go back into the town without falling into the hands of the Prussians? After we had exchanged these thoughts in a whisper, a long pause followed. At last I interrupted the silence, saying, “Let us eat and drink a little; good counsel may come then.” Adam unpacked our provisions, and as we had eaten nothing since breakfast time of the preceding day—midnight was now long past—hunger and thirst were keen. Our bread was, indeed, quite wet, but it tasted good; also the sausages. We remembered, in time, that we must not consume our whole store, for we did not know when and where we should get the next meal. Moreover, we were more troubled by thirst than by hunger, as is always the case under such circumstances. For nearly twelve hours our feet had been in the water, and were therefore as cold as ice. This had driven the blood to our heads. Adam now opened one of the two bottles which he had bought for us, and we discovered that they contained rum instead of wine. Although rum had always been repugnant to me, still I drank like my companions, in eager <!-- p. 222 --> draughts, and my brain remained entirely clear in spite of it. After we had finished our meal Adam took the floor. “I have a widowed cousin in the town,” he said. “Her house is not far from the entrance to the sewer. To reach it we have only to go through a kitchen garden or two. We might hide ourselves there in the barn until we find something better.” This proposition had our approval, and we resolved to make the attempt. At the same moment something occurred to me that was depressing in the extreme. I remembered that during the siege our garrison had a sentinel close to the entrance of the sewer. If this post was occupied by the Prussians too, then we sat in the sewer between two Prussian guards. I communicated my apprehension to my companions. But what was to be done? Possibly the Prussians had not occupied that post. Perhaps we might slip by. In any case, nothing else remained to us than to make the attempt. When we left our bench to begin our retreat, we heard the church clock outside strike three. I went ahead and soon reached the last manhole. I availed myself of the opportunity to stretch myself out a little, when something happened that at the first moment appeared very unfortunate. I had used my short carbine in moving through the canal in a bent position, as a sort of crutch. When I lifted myself up the carbine fell from my arm into the water and caused a loud splash. “Hello!” cried a voice just above me. “Hello! There is something in this hole; come here.” At the same moment a bayonet descended like a probe through the grating which covered the manhole. I heard it strike against the iron rods in time to duck myself and thus avoid being touched by it. “Now out quickly!” I whispered to my companions, “or we are lost.” With a few hasty paces we reached the end of the sewer. <!-- p. 223 --> Without looking around we jumped over a hedge into the nearest kitchen garden, and gained, with a rapid run, a second hedge, which we cleared in the same way. Then we halted, breathless under cover of some shrubs, to listen whether anybody was following us. We heard nothing. It is probable that the falling of my carbine into the water attracted the attention of the guard post in the immediate vicinity, and diverted it from the mouth of the sewer. Thus our escape may have been facilitated by the accident, which at first seemed so unfortunate. When Adam looked around from our halting place he found that we were close by the house of his cousin. We leaped another hedge which separated us from the kitchen garden belonging to that house, but there we were greeted by the loud barking of a dog. To pacify the animal we sacrificed the last remnant of our sausages. Finding the door of the barn open, we entered it, stretched ourselves out on a pile of hay, and soon fell into a profound sleep. But this rest was not to last long. I awoke suddenly and heard the church clock strike six. Adam had already risen and said he would now go into the house to ask his cousin what she could do for us. After a few minutes he returned and the cousin with him. I still see her before me—a woman of about thirty years, with a pale face and wide-open, anxious eyes. “For God's sake,” she said, “what are you doing here? You cannot remain. This morning some Prussian cavalrymen will be quartered here, and they will surely look in the barn for litter for their horses. Then they will find you and we shall all be lost.” “But be reasonable, cousin,” said Adam; “where can we go now? You certainly will not deliver us up.” But the poor woman was beside herself with fear. “If <!-- p. 224 --> you do not go,” she replied, with decision, “I must tell the soldiers that you are here. You cannot expect me to sacrifice myself and my children for you.” There was more talk, but all in vain. We had no choice; we must leave the barn. But where to go? The woman showed us through the open door a ditch covered with high and thick shrubbery on the other side of the little yard, in which we might hide ourselves. Our situation became desperate. There we stood, all three in the military uniform of Baden, easily recognizable as the soldiers of the revolutionary army. Now we were to have no other refuge but some shrubbery covering a ditch in the midst of a town teeming with hostile troops! Of course, we hesitated to leave the barn, although it was a dangerous resting place for us, but at any rate it offered us a roof over our heads, and perhaps it might be possible to find in it some hiding corner. We still hoped that Adam's cousin would yield to our prayers. She went to the house, as she had to expect every moment the arrival of the cavalrymen. After about half an hour she came back and said the cavalrymen were there and were just sitting at their breakfast. Now was the moment for us to pass through the yard without being seen by them. She insisted on this with such determination that we had to submit. Then we ran across the yard to the ditch, which on the opposite side was separated from the street by a tall board fence. It again rained hard, and in the immediate vicinity nobody seemed to be stirring. Thus we could, with some assurance, explore our new refuge. We found that at the end of the ditch cord wood was heaped up in the form of a hollow square, open on the side toward us. We could slip through the brush into the square and were in that close space pretty well protected from the eyes of the passerby. There we sat down on blocks of wood. <!-- p. 225 --> But what was to become of us now? The discomfort of our miserable situation, as well as our sitting there wet to the skin, we might easily have borne had we had the slightest prospect of escape. My faithful Adam, otherwise so good-natured, was much wrought up over the conduct of his cousin. Neustädter regarded our situation as hopeless, and asked whether it was not better to put an end to our distress by a voluntary surrender to the soldiers in the house. I must confess that my sanguine temperament, too, was severely tested. Still I gathered up courage, and we then resolved to trust to luck. So we sat there hour after hour waiting for something to turn up, with the heavy rain mercilessly streaming down on us, pictures of misery. About noon we heard steps in the garden near our place of concealment. Cautiously I looked out from the open side of our cord wood square, and perceived coming from the house a man with a saw in his hand. According to his looks and the tool he carried I concluded he must be a laborer, and as the laboring men throughout were in favor of the revolutionary cause, I did not hesitate to confide myself to him. I threw a little chip of wood at the man, which hit him on the arm, and as he stood still I attracted his attention by a low cough. He saw me and came to us. With as few words as possible I explained to him our situation, and begged him to find us a place of safety, and also to procure for us something to eat, as our last morsel was gone. My confidence was not misplaced. He promised to do what was possible. Then he left, but returned in half an hour, and showed us near by a large open shed. At the end of that shed there was a little closed compartment in which the laborers probably deposited their tools, and on top of this, under the roof of the shed, a small loft enclosed in boards. “I will break loose one of these boards,” said our man. “You can then climb over the <!-- p. 226 --> cord wood and slip under the roof of the loft and lie down there. I will soon come back and bring you something to eat.” We followed his advice, and succeeded in slipping into the little loft without being observed. The space we occupied was just large enough to permit us to lie side by side on our backs. We lay in a white dust, inches thick, which was, in view of the wet condition of our clothing, extremely disagreeable. But at least we felt secure for the time being. It was about one o'clock of the afternoon when we crawled into our new asylum. We waited quietly for our friend to bring us the necessary food, and would then consult with him about a plan of escape. But we heard the church clock strike two, three, and four, and our man did not return. Shortly after four o'clock a lively noise arose in the shed below. From the talk and the shouting and the rumbling we heard we concluded that a troop of cavalrymen must have arrived, and that they were now occupied in putting the shed in order for their horses. The horses came soon, and on all sides soldiers swarmed around us. Through the chinks of the wooden wall of our loft we could easily see them. Our situation became extremely critical. If it had occurred to one of those soldiers to investigate the compartment and to look into the loft, it would have been all over with us. Any kind of noise, a cough or a sneeze, would have betrayed us. We took the utmost pains to breathe softly, and longed for the night. The night came and we were still undiscovered, but the man on whose assistance we had counted had not yet shown himself. We began to be very hungry and thirsty, and had neither a bit of bread nor a drop of water. What was left of our rum had been lost on the hasty run from the sewer to the house. Now we lay still like corpses. Gradually it became more quiet in the shed; soon we heard heavy snoring, and from time <!-- p. 227 --> to time somebody moving around, probably to look after the horses. We were afraid to sleep ourselves, although very much exhausted. But at last we came to a whispered agreement alternately to sleep and to lie awake, and to shake the temporary sleeper if he breathed heavily. So the night passed over and morning came, but not the friend whom we so longingly expected. Noon, afternoon, evening, the whole second day, passed, but of our friend no sign. There we lay, still and stiff, surrounded by hostile soldiers, and the prospect of succor growing less every moment. Thirst began to torture us. Fortunately the next night it rained again. Above my head there was a broken tile in the roof, and through the hole, although it was small, some of the rain trickled down. I caught it in the hollow of my hand, and so enjoyed a refreshing draught. My companions followed my example. Again morning came, and our hope for the return of our friend sank lower and lower. The church clock struck one hour after another, and no aid. My limbs began to ache from the rigid stiffness of our position, and yet we hardly dared to move. Three days and two nights we had been without nourishment, and an unwonted feeling of weakness set in. So the third night arrived. All hope of the coming of our friend was gone. We recognized the necessity of making a new attempt at escape before our strength had entirely vanished. We thought and thought, without saying a word, except, perhaps, “He will not come any more.” At last I had an idea. When, during the third night, we heard the soldiers below snoring vigorously, I whispered to my neighbor, Neustädter, holding my mouth close to his ear, “Did you not, as we clambered over the cord wood, notice a little house about fifty paces from here?” “Yes,” said Neustädter. “There must be a poor man living there,” I continued, <!-- p. 228 --> “probably a laborer. One of us must go to him and see whether he cannot help us. I should be glad to go myself, but I would have to clamber over you [Neustädter lay nearest to the opening in the board wall], and that might make a noise. You are, anyhow, the lightest of us. Will you try?” “Yes.” I had a little money, for immediately before the capitulation we had received our soldiers' pay. “Take my purse,” I whispered, “and give to the man who lives in the little house ten florins, or as much as he asks. Tell him to bring us some bread and wine, or water, and to inform himself as soon as possible whether or not the Prussian guard posts are still standing outside of the fortress. If those posts have been drawn in, we can try to-morrow night again to get through the sewer. Now go and bring us a piece of bread if you can.” “Good,” said Neustädter. In a minute, lightly and softly like a cat, he had slipped through the hole in the board wall. My heart beat fast while he was gone. A false step, an accidental noise, would betray him. But in less than half an hour he came back just as lightly and softly as before, and lay down by my side. “It is all right,” he whispered; “here is a piece of bread, all he had in the house, and also an apple that in passing by I picked from a tree, but I am afraid it is still green.” The bread and the apple were soon divided among us, and devoured with avidity; and then Neustädter reported with his mouth to my ear, that he found in the little house a man and his wife. The man, to whom he had given the ten gulden, had promised to bring us some food, and also the desired information about the condition of things outside of the fortress. <!-- p. 229 --> This refreshed our spirits, and, much relieved, we slept alternately until high morning. Now we expected with every moment our rescuer, but one hour after another passed and he did not come. Were we again to be disappointed? At last, about noon, we heard somebody in the compartment immediately below us noisily moving things from one place to another; then a low cough. The next moment a head appeared in the opening of our board wall, and a man climbed up to us. It was our new friend. He brought a basket apparently filled with tools, but out of the depth of which he took two bottles of wine, a couple of sausages and a large loaf of bread. “This is something for hunger and thirst,” our friend whispered. “I have been also all around the city. The Prussian guard posts are no longer outside. I shall be glad to help you; only tell me what I am to do.” I now asked him to go to Steinmauern and look for a boat which in the coming night might take us across the Rhine. Then, about midnight, to be in the cornfield near the Steinmauern gate, outside of the fortress, and wait for us. He would hear the signal of a whistle; this he should answer, and then join us in order to take us to the boat. He should ask his wife to have something for us to eat at about eleven o'clock of the night. I gave him a little more money, and he promised to do all I had asked, and disappeared again as he had come. Now we held a royal feast, during which our good humor made it very difficult for us to preserve the necessary silence. All the longer appeared to us the ensuing hours that were so full of hope and at the same time of anxiety. About two o'clock we heard the rattling of musketry at a distance. “What is that?” whispered Neustädter. “There, they are killing somebody.” <!-- p. 230 --> So it seemed to me. We took it as an indication of the lot that would be ours if we were captured. In fact, however, as we learned subsequently, the executions began only a few days later. What we had heard was probably some shots fired in cleaning guns. Toward three o'clock a great ado began in the shed below. The cavalrymen were evidently preparing for departure; but they had hardly gone when another troop took possession of the premises. We concluded from the conversations overheard that it was a troop of Hussars. Toward evening a large crowd of people seemed to gather below, and we distinguished among them also women's voices. Then the trumpeters began to play waltzes and the merry company to dance. This was by no means disagreeable to us, for we expected that after such a frolic, which could scarcely pass off without some drink, our Hussars would sleep all the better. But before nine o'clock the crowd dispersed, and all would have been quiet had not one of the Hussars held back on the spot a Rastatt maiden. The couple stood or sat immediately under our hiding place, and we could understand every word they exchanged. The conversation was of a very sentimental character. He assured her that she was charming; that she had inflamed his heart when she first looked at him, and that he loved her tenderly. She answered he should not trouble her with his bad jests. But he may have observed that she really did not want to be left untroubled, and so he continued to vary the theme in all sorts of bold and flowery figures of speech. At last she seemed to be really inclined to believe all he told her. We should certainly have laughed had we dared. But when this otherwise interesting conversation would not come to an end, I began to be a little anxious lest it last until midnight, and so this Hussar love might interfere seriously with our plans. I felt, <!-- p. 231 --> therefore, very much relieved when finally, after ten o'clock, the wooing vows died away in the distance. Now we counted the minutes as the decisive moment approached. When it struck eleven Neustädter slipped out of the opening in the plank wall, stepped upon the pile of wood, and jumped lightly to the ground. I followed him. My legs had become very stiff in consequence of my lying for days and nights immovable on my back, and as I put my foot upon the wood several sticks fell down with a great noise. A moment later I heard not far away the tread of a patrol. I only had time to whisper back to my faithful Adam that he should remain until the patrol should have passed, and then follow me. I succeeded in reaching the little house before the patrol turned the corner of the lane. Neustädter was already there, and Adam came a few minutes later. “The patrol passed quietly by,” said he, “and they snored so loud in the shed that any other noise would hardly have been heard.” The wife of our friend in the little house had prepared a precious repast of beef broth, with rice, for us. After this and a dish of boiled meat and roast potatoes had refreshed our strength, we set out through the garden for the sewer. The moon was shining brightly, and we kept cautiously in the shadows of the hedges. But when we arrived at the ditch close by the mouth of the sewer a new fright awaited us. A sentinel was pacing to and fro just beyond the sewer, hardly thirty feet away from it. We halted and stooped under the hedge. There was but one thing to do. As the man turned his back upon us and walked to the other side, one of us was to slip cautiously into the sewer. The two others had to do the same. In a few minutes we were reassembled in the darkness of our refuge. We crawled ahead and found our old bench again, where we rested <!-- p. 232 --> a while. Then pursuing our way we found the railing in its old place, dipped under it, and soon perceived a gleam of light through a mass of dark leaves, which suggested that the opening was immediately before us. We stood still once more to make our pistols ready for action. Whether after having been so wet, they would have gone off is very questionable. After all we had suffered, we were now determined to do our utmost. But the field was clear, the chain of guards had disappeared. The cornfield lay immediately before us. A low whistle on our part was promptly answered, and our man joined us a moment later. He reported that the road was free. We marched vigorously on and in less than an hour we reached the village of Steinmauern. Our friend conducted us to the bank of the Rhine and showed us a boat in which a man lay fast asleep. He was quickly roused, and our friend announced to him that we were the men he was to take across the Rhine. “That will cost five florins,” growled the boatman, who, upon my question as to what countryman he was, told me he came from Coblenz. I gave him the reward asked for, and offered also some more money to our kind friend. “You have given me already enough,” he said; “what you still have you will be very much in need of. My name is Augustin Loeffler. Perhaps we may meet again in this world. God protect you.” Then we shook hands most cordially and parted. We fugitives stepped into the boat, and our friend wandered back to Rastatt. Many years later, when I was Secretary of the Interior in the government of the United States, I received one day a letter from Augustin Loeffler. It was dated at a little place in Canada. He wrote me that he had left Germany a short time after the revolutionary period, and was doing very well in his new home. He had read in the newspapers that I <!-- p. 233 --> was one of the three young men who in that July night, 1849, had been conducted by him from Rastatt to the Rhine. In answer I expressed my joy at the receipt of his letter, and requested him to write again, but I have heard nothing from him since. In an unexpectedly short time the boatman put us ashore in a dense growth of willows. It was between two and three o'clock in the morning, and as the surroundings seemed to be rather uninviting, we resolved to sit down upon old stumps of trees and there to await the light of day. At daybreak we arose to look for the nearest Alsatian village; but soon we discovered that we were on an island. A little house which stood in the middle of the island seemed to be the abode of a frontier guard of the grand duchy of Baden. So it looked as if we were still in the enemy's country, and as if the boatman from Coblenz had deceived us. The shutters and the doors of the little house were closed. We listened, but heard no sounds inside. A rapid run over the island convinced us that, excepting us three, there was no human being on it. We went to the water's edge opposite Alsatia, and in the rising sunlight saw on the other side two men whom we soon recognized to be French customs officers. We called out to them across the water that we were fugitives and desired to be taken over. One of the men came over to us in a little skiff and took us across to Alsatian soil. We gave up our arms to him and assured him and his comrade, amid great laughter, that we had brought with us from Rastatt nothing else subject to tariff duty. When I felt myself now really in freedom and security, my first impulse was, after a silence of four days, to shout as loudly as I could. My companions had the same feeling, and so we burst forth to our hearts' content, watched with great astonishment by the French officers, who may have taken us for madmen. We had <!-- p. 234 --> landed near a little village called Münchhausen. The officers told us that in the town of Selz, near by, there were many German fugitives, and to Selz therefore we went. On the way we gazed at one another in the clear sunlight, and discovered that we looked like savages. For days and nights we had waded or squatted in wet clothes in water, mud and dust. Our hair was matted and our faces were streaked with dirt. A near rivulet furnished us the indescribable luxury of a washing, and thus restored to human shape, we soon reached the inn at Selz. The refugees there from Baden, none of whom had been in Rastatt, welcomed us heartily, and asked us at once for the story of our adventures. But our first wish was for a hot bath, a breakfast, and a bed. All this we obtained. I slept twenty-four hours with slight interruptions. Then I acquainted the company of refugees in the inn with the circumstances of our escape from Rastatt. From them I learned also for the first time that Kinkel had been captured by the Prussians in a fight near the fortress, before the beginning of the siege. When we left the Palatinate and he could no longer make himself useful in the offices of the provisional government, he had joined a battalion of volunteers and shouldered his musket as a private soldier. Thus he would share the lot of the revolutionary army. In the fight on the line of the Murg River he was wounded in the head and fell into the hands of the attacking Prussians. He was then incarcerated in one of the casemates at Rastatt, together with the captured garrison, in order to have him tried by court-martial, which would, no doubt, order him to be shot. This news threw a black veil over my joy at my own recovered freedom. On the day after our arrival in Selz a police officer appeared at the inn, by the authority of the mayor, to learn our names, and also whether we expected to remain, or, if not, <!-- p. 235 --> where we intended to go. “We want to go to Strasburg,” I answered haphazard. The mayor gave us thereupon a sort of passport, with the instruction that we should report ourselves at once in Strasburg to the prefect. The depressing seriousness came over me that I was now really a homeless man, a fugitive, and under police surveillance. After having written to my parents and described to them my escape, we started for Strasburg without further delay. The real goal, however, of my journey was Switzerland, where, as I learned, Anneke and many others of my friends might be found. If I had remained only a few days longer in Selz I should have seen my father in the same inn in which I had slept my first night in freedom. The mischance happened in this wise: The letter I had written to my parents on the day of the surrender at Rastatt, in the expectation that I would be taken prisoner together with the rest of the garrison, struck them like a clap of thunder, and at once my father set out to look for his son. Arrived in Rastatt, he reported himself at the office of the Prussian commander, to learn something about my fate. The commander received him kindly, but on inquiry could not give him any further information than that my name was not on the list of the captives. This surprised my father very much, and he requested permission to visit the casemates in which the prisoners were kept. This permission he received, and an officer accompanied him on this anxious search. From casemate to casemate they went three days long, and of one man after another they inquired about me, but all in vain. Many of those they saw knew me, but nobody knew what had become of me. Nobody had seen me on the occasion of the surrender. My father found Kinkel among the crowd. “What,” Kinkel cried, “is Carl here, too? Alas, I believed him to be secure in Switzerland!” <!-- p. 236 --> In speechless grief the two men pressed each other's hand. When my father had thus many days looked for me in vain, a ray of hope dawned upon him that after all I might have escaped. From citizens in Rastatt he learned that there were several refugees from Baden on the other side of the Rhine in Selz. Possibly one of these might be able to give him tidings about me. A few hours later my father appeared at the inn in Selz, and there he inscribed his name. Then he learned the whole story of my flight, and how only a few days before I had been in Selz and was now gone to Strasburg, with the intention of traveling further, nobody knew where, probably to Switzerland. My father burst into tears of joy, and exclaimed again and again, “That boy! That boy! Now I must quickly go home to tell his mother.” As he could hardly hope still to find me in Strasburg, and expected to hear from me before long, he returned without delay to Bonn. One of the refugees from Baden, who had seen my father in the inn at Selz, and who had given him the happy news about me, told me all this a month later in Switzerland, and he could hardly master his emotion when he described to me my father's joy. isixffvjfdppv6rra0e0d38etz9ez77 The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz/Volume One/Chapter 10 0 472355 14129796 11889392 2024-04-25T19:34:23Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{TextQuality|75%}} {{header | title = [[The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz]], [[The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz/Volume One|Volume One]] | author = Carl Schurz | translator = Eleonora Kinnicutt | section = Chapter X: Liberation of Kinkel | previous = [[../Chapter 09|Chapter IX: Return to Germany—Rachel]] | next = [[../Chapter 11|Chapter XI: Flight with Kinkel to England]] | notes = }} {{center|CHAPTER X}} <!-- p. 285 --> {{font-size|140%|I}}MMEDIATELY after my arrival in Berlin I put myself in communication with several persons, who had been designated to me as trustworthy by Frau Kinkel, and by my democratic friends. I spent some time in studying them carefully, as I could not confide the purpose of my presence in Berlin to anyone of whom I might not be convinced that he would be useful in its accomplishment. After this review I told my secret to one of them only, Dr. Falkenthal, a physician who practiced and lived the life of an old bachelor in the suburb of Moabit. Falkenthal had already been in correspondence with Frau Kinkel. He had an extended acquaintance in Spandau and conducted me there to an innkeeper by the name of Krüger, for whom he vouched as a thoroughly reliable and energetic man. Mr.&nbsp;Krüger occupied in Spandau a highly respected position. He had for several years served his town as a member of the common council; he conducted the best hotel; he was a man of some property, and was also generally liked on account of his honorable character and his amiable disposition. Although much older than myself, we gradually became true friends. I found in him not only qualities of heart and soul thoroughly sympathetic to me, but also clear judgment, great discretion, unflinching courage, and a noble, self-sacrificing devotion. He offered me his hotel as headquarters for my enterprise. {{anchor|krueger}} {| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |[[Image:Innkeeper Krüger.png|center|300px]] |} {{center|{{smaller|KRÜGER, INNKEEPER AT SPANDAU}}}} I preferred, however, not to live in Spandau, as the presence of a stranger in so small a town could not well remain a <!-- p. 286 --> secret. To dwell in the great city of Berlin appeared to me much less dangerous, at least during the long time of preparation which my undertaking would probably require. From Berlin to Spandau and from Spandau back to Berlin I did not avail myself of the railroad, because at the Berlin station the police examined the passcards of every traveler, even on the way-trains, and if my passport, with the name of Heribert Jüssen, issued in Cologne, appeared too frequently, it might have excited suspicion. I therefore always hired a street cab, a “droschke,” and each time a different one, on going and coming to and from Spandau, usually making the short journey during the night. The first point to be considered was whether it would be feasible to liberate Kinkel by force. I soon convinced myself that there was no such possibility. The armed guard of the penitentiary itself consisted only of a handful of soldiers and the turnkeys on duty. It would therefore have been possible for a number of resolute men to storm the building. But it was situated in the center of a fortified town filled with soldiers, and the first signal of alarm would have attracted an overpowering force. Such a venture would therefore have been hopeless. On the other hand, we knew of cases in which prisoners, even more closely watched than Kinkel was, had escaped by breaking through barred windows and tunneling walls, and then being helped to a safe place by their friends. But this, too, seemed hardly possible in our case for several reasons, among which Kinkel's lack of skill in the use of his hands was not the least serious. In any event, it seemed prudent to try first whether or not one or the other of the officers of the penitentiary could be induced to help us. This sort of business was extremely repugnant to me. But what would I not do to save a dear friend, who had been so badly and cruelly <!-- p. 287 --> treated, and a champion of liberty who might still be so useful to a great cause? {{anchor|leddihn}} {| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |[[Image:Leddihn.png|center|300px]] |} {{center|{{smaller|HERR LEDDIHN}}}} Krüger selected two young men, well known to him, who were in friendly intercourse with some of the officers to be taken into our confidence. Their names were Poritz and Leddihn, vigorous, strong, and true men, who confessed themselves willing to render any aid required of them in so good a work as the liberation of such a prisoner as Kinkel. They agreed to bring to me the one of the penitentiary guards who, they believed, might be most easily persuaded. Thus they introduced to me in a little beerhouse, in which I had a room to myself, a turnkey who had been, like most of his colleagues, a non-commissioned officer in the army and was now supporting a large family upon a very small salary. Poritz and Leddihn had vouched to him for my good faith, and he listened quietly to what I had to say. I presented myself as a traveler for a business house, who was closely related to the Kinkel family. I described to him the misery of the wife and the children, and how anxious they were, lest with the poor convict fare he would gradually waste away in body and mind. Would it not be possible to smuggle into Kinkel's cell from time to time a bit of meat or a glass of wine to keep up in a measure his strength, until the king's grace would take pity on him? The turnkey thought Kinkel's lot indeed very deplorable. It would be a good work to alleviate it a little—perhaps not impossible, but perilous. He would consider what might be done. At the close of our conversation I slipped a ten-thaler note into his hand with the request that he buy with it some nourishing food for Kinkel if he could transmit it to him without danger. I intimated that business affairs required me to leave Spandau, but that I would return in a few days, to hear <!-- p. 288 --> what report he could give about the condition of the prisoner. He could be certain of my gratitude. Thus we parted. Three days later I went again to Spandau and met the turnkey in the same way as before. He told me he had succeeded in handing to Kinkel a sausage and a little loaf of bread, and that he had found the prisoner in comparatively good condition. He was also willing to do still more in a similar way. Of course I did not wish him to do so at his own expense, and therefore gave him a second ten-thaler note which I accompanied with the request that he deliver into Kinkel's hands a few words written on a slip of paper, and bring back to me from Kinkel a word in reply. This too he promised to do. I wrote down a few words without a signature, containing about the following: “Your friends are true to you. Keep up your courage.” It was less important to me to inform Kinkel of my presence than to satisfy myself that the turnkey had really carried out my instructions, and whether I could go farther with him. Again I left to return in a few days. In the same manner as before my man turned up and brought me my slip of paper, which bore a word of thanks in Kinkel's hand. The turnkey had evidently kept his promise, and had thereby taken a step which compromised him greatly. Now it appeared to me time to come to the point. Thus I told him that the thought had crossed my brain what a splendid deed it would be to deliver Kinkel entirely from his dreadful situation, and, that before returning to my home on the Rhine, I thought it my duty to ask him whether this thing could not be accomplished through his aid. The man started and at once exclaimed this would be impossible; with such an attempt he could and would have nothing to do. The mere suggestion had evidently terrified him, and I <!-- p. 289 --> saw clearly that he was not the man whom I needed. Now I had to get rid of him and assure myself at the same time of his silence. I expressed to him my regret at his unwillingness, and added, that if he, who had been represented to me as a compassionate and at the same time courageous man, thought such an attempt hopeless, I had to accept his opinion and abandon the idea. I would therefore without delay depart for my home and not return. Then I hinted to him something about a secret and mysterious power which, if it could not liberate Kinkel, might become very dangerous to those who betrayed him. I succeeded indeed in intimidating him to such a degree that he begged me most earnestly not to bear any ill-will against him. I assured him that if he would bury in silence all that had happened, he might expect me to remain his friend. He might count even upon my further gratitude if, also, after my departure he would continue to furnish Kinkel from time to time with some nourishment. This he promised to do with demonstrative earnestness. Then I handed him another ten-thaler note and took leave of him forever. So my first attempt had failed. I remained quiet for some days until Krüger, Leddihn and Poritz, who in the meantime had been watching the penitentiary people very carefully, communicated to me their conviction that my man had not disclosed anything. Thereupon my Spandau friends brought to me another turnkey. I began with him in the same manner as with the first, and everything seemed to progress favorably until I put the question whether or not he was willing to lend his hand in an attempt to set Kinkel free. The second man showed no more courage than the first, whereupon I dismissed him. A third man was brought, but he seemed so frightened by the first word that I did not put the decisive question to him at all. <!-- p. 290 --> Now it appeared to me prudent to let the affair rest for a while, at least until we could be perfectly assured that the three disquieted souls in the penitentiary had preserved silence. My sojourn in Berlin, too, began to become uncomfortable to me. The number of friends who knew of my presence in the Prussian capital had grown a little too large, and I was confronted too often by the question why I was there and what were my intentions. I therefore requested one of my friends to bid good-bye to the others in my behalf. I had departed not to return. Where I went, nobody knew. In fact, I went for a week or two to Hamburg. There I met my friend Strodtmann and got into communication with some people of our way of thinking. But the most agreeable society could not hold me long. By the end of September I returned to my work, but I did not go back to Berlin, thinking it safer to live with my friend, Dr. Falkenthal, in the suburb of Moabit. At Spandau I received the report that everything had remained quiet. In general my secret had been well kept. To my friends in Berlin I had disappeared into regions unknown. Only one of them, a law student, by the name of Dreyer, once accidentally ran against me in Moabit. He may have had a suspicion as to what my business was, but I could firmly count upon his discretion. At a later period many persons who were entire strangers to me have stated that they were at that time in confidential relations with me, but such statements were unfounded. Even Dr. Falkenthal and Krüger did not at that time know my true name. To them I was, as my passport indicated, Heribert Jüssen, and among Dr. Falkenthal's neighbors, who sometimes saw me, I passed for a young physician assisting the doctor in his studies. To strengthen this impression I always carried a little kit of surgical instruments with <!-- p. 291 --> me as they are frequently seen in the hands of physicians. From Moabit I made my nightly excursions as before. After my return from Hamburg I did not at once succeed in finding among the penitentiary officials the man I wanted. A fourth was introduced to me, but he too would undertake nothing more than to smuggle into Kinkel's cell some eatables and perhaps a written communication. I began to entertain serious doubts as to whether the plan so far pursued could be successfully carried out, for the list of the turnkeys was nearly exhausted. Then suddenly and unexpectedly I found the helper whom I had so long looked for in vain. My Spandau friends made me acquainted with Officer Brune. At the first moment of our meeting I received from him an impression very different from that which his colleagues had made upon me. He too had been a non-commissioned officer in the army; he too had wife and children and a miserable salary like the others. But in his bearing there was nothing of the servile humility so frequently found among subalterns. When I talked to him of Kinkel and of my desire to alleviate his misery at least a little by conveying to him additional fare, Brune's face expressed none of the pitiable embarrassment of the man who is vacillating between his sense of duty and a ten-thaler note. Brune stood firmly upright like a man who is not ashamed of what he is willing to do. He talked with astonishing frankness without waiting for the gradual advance of my suggestions. “Certainly,” he said, “I will help as much as I can. It is a shame and a disgrace that so learned and worthy a gentleman should sit here among common rogues in this penitentiary. I would gladly help him out myself, if I had not to take care of my wife and children.” His indignation at the treatment Kinkel had received <!-- p. 292 --> appeared so honest, and the whole manner of the man expressed so much courage and self-respect that I thought I might come to the point with him without circumlocution. And thus I told him point-blank that if the support of his family was his greatest trouble, I would be able to overcome that difficulty. Assured of this, would he then, I asked, be willing to lend a hand to Kinkel's escape? “If it can be done,” he answered; “but you know it is a difficult and dangerous thing. I will consider whether and how it may be done. Give me three days' time to think it over.” “Good” I replied. “do think it over; to judge from your accent you are a Westphalian.” “Yes, born near Soest.” “Then we are near neighbors; I am a Rhinelander. In three days then.” Those were three long days which I passed in Dr. Falkenthal's quarters. I sought to soothe my impatience by reading Dumas' “Three Musketeers” and a large part of Lamartine's history of the Girondists. But the book would fall again and again into my lap and my thoughts roam abroad. On the evening of the third day I went again to Spandau and a heavy burden fell from my heart at Brune's first word. “I have thought it over,” he said. “I think we can do it.” I had to restrain myself for joy. Brune explained how some night in the near future, when the watch in the upper story of the penitentiary would be his and a certain other officer would be in the lower story, he might possess himself of the necessary keys and conduct Kinkel to the gate of the building. The plan, as he laid it before me, the details of which I shall return to later, appeared feasible. <!-- p. 293 --> But not until the night from the 5th to the 6th of November would the night watches be as he would have them. This suited me, for I too wanted some time for necessary preparations. Then I informed Brune what provision I would be able to make for his family. A sum of money was at my disposal which was contributed partly by German democrats, partly by personal admirers of Kinkel, among them the Russian Baroness Brüning, of whom I shall have more to say. This enabled me to offer to Brune a decent compensation. Brune was content. The question whether it would be best to ship him and his family to America he rejected at once. Perhaps he hoped to remain undiscovered as a participant in our enterprise or he preferred, in case of discovery, to suffer his punishment and to keep his family in the Fatherland. Thus we were agreed. Now the important preparations were taken in hand. Frau Kinkel had instructed me to call personally for the sum of money at my disposal at the residence of a lady in Berlin, a friend of hers who was a relative of the celebrated Felix Mendelssohn Bartholdy. It was in the dusk of evening that I arrived at this lady's house. I was received by a somewhat solemn footman to whom I gave my name Heribert Jüssen. He showed me into a large drawing-room, in which everything—furniture, pictures, books, musical instruments—breathed comfort and refinement. I had to wait a little while, and the contrast between my own wild business and these peaceable and elegant surroundings became very sensible to me. At last a lady clad in black entered, whose features I could just discern in the twilight. She was no longer young nor altogether beautiful. But her presence radiated a rare charm. In her hand she carried a large pocketbook. “You bring me greetings from a Rhineland friend?” she <!-- p. 294 --> said with one of those mellow voices that touch the soul like a benefaction. “Yes, cordial greetings,” I replied, “from a friend who asked me to beg you for a package of valuable papers which she had put into your hands for safe-keeping.” “I knew that you would come at about this time,” the lady replied. “In this pocketbook you will find all. I do not know your plans, but they must be good. You have my warmest wishes; God protect and bless you.” Then she reached out to me her slender hand with a warm pressure, and I felt, after having left her, that her blessing had already become a reality. That money was a heavy care to me. Never had I borne any responsibility of this kind for the property of others. In order not to expose this precious treasure to any accident, I carried it constantly with me tightly sewed in the inside pocket of my waistcoat. The difficult task which I had still to perform before the decisive hour consisted in arranging for means of transportation to a safe place of refuge. Where should we turn after the escape of the prisoner? The frontiers of Switzerland, Belgium and France were too far away. We could not venture upon so long a journey through a hostile country. Nothing remained, therefore, but to try to reach the seacoast somewhere in order to cross over to England. After due consideration I concluded that the government would certainly take all precautions to watch every outgoing vessel in the harbors of Bremen and Hamburg. It appeared therefore prudent to choose another seaport, and so I turned to Mecklenburg. We had an influential and true friend in Rostock in the eminent jurist and president of the house of delegates, Moritz Wiggers, with whom I had become personally acquainted at the democratic congress in Braunschweig. I might also hope to <!-- p. 295 --> reach Rostock more quickly than any other port—for we could not trust ourselves to the railroads—and the journey to Rostock offered the advantage that if we left Spandau about midnight, we might hope to cross the Mecklenburg frontier and thus to be beyond the immediate pursuit by the Prussian police about daybreak. I had also on my list of reliable persons a very considerable number of Mecklenburgers to whom I could apply for assistance. I now set out to travel along the road which I had resolved to take, in order to make the necessary arrangements as to relays of horses and carriages for the decisive night and the day following. Of course, we could use only private carriages with, if possible, the owners on the box. Until then I had succeeded in keeping my secret within a very narrow circle of participants. But now it was necessary to draw a larger number of persons into confidence, and thus the danger grew in proportion. What I feared most was not malicious treachery, but excessive and indiscreet zeal. Everywhere I was met with hearty cordiality, and this cordiality was not confined to persons of the same political belief. Of this I had a surprising example. My democratic friends had designated as specially trustworthy and helpful a gentleman living in the interior of Mecklenburg who was not on my list. I visited him and was very kindly received. He also assured me without hesitation of his willing assistance in the arrangement for relays. Then our conversation turned upon politics, and to my indescribable astonishment, my new friend declared to me that he considered our democratic ideas as well meant but as vain phantasies. He became quite eloquent in setting forth his opinion that human society would appear most delightful and would also be most happy if it were as variegated and checkered as possible in its division into <!-- p. 296 --> estates and classes and ranks and conditions and callings, with princes, knights, merchants, clergymen, tradesmen, peasants, each and all with different rights and duties. Even monasteries he would have preserved with their abbots and abbesses, monks and nuns. In short, of all phases of human civilization the Middle Ages seemed to him the most congenial. “You see,” he added with a kindly smile, “I am what you would call a full-blooded reactionary, and I don't believe at all in your liberty and equality and that sort of thing. But that they have put Kinkel, a poet and a sage, into a penitentiary on account of his idealistic imaginings, that is a revolting scandal, and although I am a good conservative Mecklenburger, I am at all times ready to help Kinkel out.” So we parted in the warmest agreement. But after all I did not feel quite comfortable about my new friend, and I talked afterwards with my democratic associates in Mecklenburg of the curious speeches of this gentleman and of my anxiety about him. “Do not borrow any trouble on that score,” was the answer. “He is indeed a very curious saint and talks amazing stuff. But when there is a good deed to be done, he is as true as gold.” And so he proved to be. After a journey of several days my relays were arranged, and I could hope that a drive of less than thirty hours would take us from Spandau to Rostock. There we might confide ourselves to our good friends until a vessel should be ready to take us across the sea. To carry us from Spandau to the first relay, Krüger applied to a well-to-do farmer in the neighborhood by the name of Hensel, who had fast horses and would be glad to put them and his carriage and himself as driver at our disposal. {{anchor|hensel}}[[Image:Farmer Hensel.png|center|300px]] {{center|{{smaller|HENSEL}}}} On November 4 I took leave of Dr. Falkenthal. He was acquainted with my plans in general, but I had not <!-- p. 297 --> thought it necessary to initiate him into all the details. So he did not know the exact night in which the attempt was to be made, and he was also discreet enough not to ask me about it. But in bidding me farewell, he gave me a brace of pistols, which might serve me in close quarters. Arrived in Spandau on the evening of November 4, I had a conversation with Brune, in which we talked over the details of our scheme, in order to assure ourselves that nothing had been neglected. Everything seemed to be in order. Our programme disposed of, Brune said: “There is one more thing of which I do not like to speak.” I listened with some surprise. “What is it?” “You have my fullest confidence,” Brune continued. “What you have promised to do for my family that you will honestly do—if you can.” “Certainly I can. I have the means in my possession.” “That is not what I mean,” Brune objected. “If everything goes well to-morrow night, then I am as sure of the money as if I had it in my pocket. That I know. But maybe all will not go well. The thing is dangerous. Accident may have its play. Something human can happen to you and to me too, in fact, to both of us. And what will then become of my family, my wife and my children?” He was silent for a moment and so was I. “Now, what further?” I asked. “Considering the matter calmly,” Brune slowly answered, “you will see yourself that the money must be in the hands of my family before I risk my head.” “You tell me yourself that I must consider this thing,” I said with some hesitation. “Let me do so and I shall give you my answer as soon as possible. In the meantime will you prepare everything according to our agreement?” <!-- p. 298 --> “You may depend upon it.” Then we wished each other good-night. The hour I spent after this in the solitude of my room in Krüger's hotel, taking counsel with myself, I have never forgotten. The money, according to my notions an enormous sum, had been confided to me for a specific purpose; should it be lost without having accomplished this purpose, then it was all over with Kinkel, for such a sum could hardly be raised for him a second time. My personal honor would also be lost, for I would then have upon me a suspicion of dishonesty or at least a reproach of guilty recklessness. And was it not really great recklessness to confide this trust fund, upon a mere promise, without further guarantee, to a man who after all was a stranger to me? What did I really know of Brune? Nothing but that his face and his utterances had made upon me a most favorable impression and that he was held in good repute by his acquaintances. And these acquaintances had told me that they would have brought Brune first to me had they not thought that a man like him would hardly consider such a proposition. Indeed, they had added, that if he did it, he might be absolutely trusted. But was not the opportunity to appropriate to himself such a sum of money and then to manifest his official fidelity by delivering me up to the police, to a person in his situation, in the highest degree seductive? And would not he, if he contemplated such a treachery, act exactly as Brune had done? Had he not by the most positive promises and by apparent preparations excited my hopes to the utmost, to the end of inducing me by some clever pretext to deliver to him the money, and then to ruin me all the more easily? On the other hand, could Brune, were he ever so honest, really act differently? Could he expose his wife and his <!-- p. 299 --> children to the chance of accident? Was he not obliged in order to secure the future of his family to demand the money in advance? Would I not do the same in his situation? Furthermore, did Brune seem like a traitor? Could a traitor look into my eyes and speak to me as Brune had done? Was his straightforward, frank, candid, even proud bearing that of a man who would entice another into an ambush to rob him? Impossible. And finally, how could I hope to win if I did not dare? Should I abandon the liberation of my friend because I would deny to Brune the request which everybody else would make to me under similar circumstances? Yes, it was clear, if I would save Kinkel from his dreadful fate, I had to risk if necessary even my honor. The thought to deposit the money for Brune in a third person's hand had occurred to me, but I rejected it, partly because that might have led to further complications; partly, also, because if I must dare, I preferred to dare in a manner which Brune would take as proof of my absolute confidence in his integrity. I reminded myself that the war in Schleswig-Holstein was still going on. In the Schleswig-Holstein army, I thought, I might enlist as a volunteer under an assumed name and seek my fate on the field of battle, should the enterprise in Spandau miscarry, and the money be lost, and I at the same time escape. My friends would then at least believe in my honesty. This was the reasoning that led me to the decision to hand over the money to Brune before the fulfillment of his promise. I had just formed this conclusion when Krüger knocked at my door and said that Poritz and Leddihn were below; was there still anything more they could do for me? “Yes,” I answered. “I would ask them to bring Brune <!-- p. 300 --> to me once again in a quarter of an hour to the Heinrich Platz.” Brune came with my friends. I took him aside. “Mr. Brune,” I said, “I will not let you go to bed with a load of doubt on your heart. We have spoken about the money. That money is a treasure confided to me. My honor hangs on it. Everything I trust to you—money, honor, freedom, all. You are a brave man. I wish to say to you still this night that to-morrow evening at five o'clock I shall bring the money to your quarters.” Brune was silent for a moment. At last he heaved a sigh and replied: “I would probably have done it without this. To-morrow at midnight your friend Kinkel will be a free man.” I passed the larger part of the following day with Krüger, Leddihn, and Poritz, in going over the chances of our enterprise, in order to make provision for all not yet foreseen accidents. At last the evening came. I put the money for Brune into a cigar box and went to his dwelling. I found him alone in his scantily furnished but neat living-room, and handed the cigar box to him with: “Here it is; count it.” “There you do not know me,” he answered; “if between us a mere word were not sufficient, we should not have begun together. What comes from you, I don't count.” “Is there anything to change in our plan?” “Nothing.” “To-night, then.” “To-night, and good luck!” Indeed, we had good reason to be confident of the success of our plan, barring incalculable accidents. The penitentiary building was situated in the center of the town, a large, barrack-like edifice, the bare walls of which were pierced by one large gate and a multitude of narrow slits of windows. On all <!-- p. 301 --> four sides it was surrounded by streets. The entrance was on the main street. It led into a large gateway. Inside of that gateway there was, on the right, a door opening into the official dwelling of the director of the institution, and on the left a door leading into the guardroom of the soldiers on duty in the prison. At the end of the passage a third door opened upon an inner court. A stone staircase leading up from the hall united the lower with the upper stories. High up on the second story was Kinkel's cell. It had a window towards the rear of the edifice. This window was guarded by a screen which opened upwards so that a little daylight fell in from above and only a small bit of sky could be seen, but nothing of the surroundings below. The window was also guarded by strong iron bars, wire lattice and a wooden shutter, which was closed at night—in short, by all the contrivances that are usually employed to shut off a prisoner from all communication with the outside world. Moreover, the cell was divided into two compartments by a strong wooden railing, which reached from the floor to the ceiling. One of the compartments contained Kinkel's bed; in the other, during the day, he did his work. The two compartments were united by a door in the wooden railing, which every evening was securely fastened. The entrance to the cell from the corridor was guarded by two heavy doors, with several locks. In the street, under Kinkel's cell, stood day and night a sentinel. Another sentinel watched during the daytime the door of the building on the main street, but he was transferred to the inner court during the night—a regulation which proved very important to us. Had it not been for this stupid arrangement we would never have attempted what we did. The cell, the doors, the locks on the railings, were all examined several times every twenty-four hours by the turnkeys on duty. <!-- p. 302 --> The keys to Kinkel's cell, as well as those to the door in the inside wooden railing, were during the night, after Kinkel had been locked up in his compartment, kept in a locker in the room of the inspector, the so-called Revier room. As Brune had no access to the Revier room during the night, and the key had been confided to another superior officer, he had availed himself of some opportunity to procure a wax impression of that key, from which a duplicate key was made, enabling Brune to enter the Revier room during the night. The key to the locker containing the keys to Kinkel's cell was, as Brune knew, in the evening negligently put on top of that locker, so that without difficulty he could possess himself of the keys to the cell. Thus Brune believed himself fully able to enter the cell during the night and to take the prisoner out. It had been agreed that Brune, who had the watch of the night of the 5th to the 6th of November on Kinkel's corridor, should bring Kinkel down the stairs into the gateway. He was sure that he could take him without danger past the turnkey watching the lower floor. Whether he intended to interest that man in our affair, or to divert his attention in some manner, Brune did not tell me. He only assured me I might depend upon there being no difficulty about this. As soon as Kinkel was conducted into the gateway below, I was to be there to receive him. In one of the wings of the great door that opened upon the main street there was a little postern gate to facilitate the daily passage in and out. Of the key of this postern gate we had also procured a wax impression, and from it a duplicate key. Now, it was to be my task, shortly after midnight, after the town night watchman—for in Spandau there was at that time still a night watchman with spear and rattle—had passed by the building on the street, to open the postern gate, to step into the interior of the gateway, there to await Brune and <!-- p. 303 --> Kinkel, to wrap Kinkel up in a cloak, to take him through the postern gate into the street and to hurry with him to Krüger's hotel, where he was to put on a suit of clothes, and then step with me into Hensel's carriage—and away. I had asked Brune to provide Kinkel with a plentiful supply of food, so that he might be in a good physical condition. But to avoid long excitement, Kinkel was to be informed only on the evening of the 5th of November, the night of the attempt, that something was being done for him, and that he should go to bed at the accustomed hour, rise immediately before midnight, dress himself and be ready for the venture. On the same day Leddihn and Poritz had entrusted two good, able-bodied friends with the charge of guarding the street corners nearest to the penitentiary during the night and to come to our aid if necessary. About midnight all my people were at their posts, and after the night watchman had passed down the street I approached the door of the penitentiary. I had covered my feet with rubber shoes, so as to make my step inaudible. A second pair of rubber shoes I had with me for Kinkel. In my belt I carried the pistols given to me by Dr. Falkenthal; in one pocket a well-sharpened dirk and in another a slungshot, with which to arm Kinkel in case of stress. I had thrown across my shoulders a large cloak with sleeves, which should serve Kinkel as a first wrap. So equipped I softly opened the postern gate to step into the gateway of the prison. I left that little gate ajar and the key sticking in the lock. The gateway was dimly lighted by a lantern hanging from the ceiling. My first task was to prevent the opening from the inside of the director's door on the right, and of the guardroom door on the left, and I did so by tying the doorhandles to the iron fastening of the bell rope with stout strings. This was the most delicate piece of work I had to do. Nothing <!-- p. 304 --> moved. My gaze was riveted on the end of the passage opposite where Brune was to appear with Kinkel. So I waited. One minute elapsed after another, but all remained still. I waited a full quarter of an hour, but nothing stirred. What did this mean? According to all calculations they ought to have joined me some time ago. My situation began to appear to me very precarious. Was Brune after all faithless? I took one of my pistols out of my belt and held it in my left hand ready to fire, and my dirk in the right. But I resolved to remain at my post until I could say to myself that the last chance of success was gone. Half an hour had passed and still everything was quiet as the grave. Suddenly I heard a faint rustle, and at the other end of the gateway I saw a dark figure appear like a specter as if it had stepped out of the wall. My hands closed more tightly on my weapons. The next moment I recognized in the dim light the form of Brune. There he was at last, but alone. He put his finger upon his lips and approached me. I awaited him ready for the worst. “I am unfortunate,” he whispered with his mouth at my ear. “I have tried everything, I have failed. The keys were not in the locker. Come to me to-morrow and get your money back.” I said nothing in reply, but quickly untied the strings from the door handles, right and left, and then stepped out through the postern gate, locked it, and put the key into my pocket. I was hardly on the street when Leddihn and Poritz hastened to join me. With a few words I told them what had happened. “We were afraid you had been trapped,” said Leddihn. “You stayed so long inside that we were on the point of coming after you to fetch you out.” Soon we reached Krüger's hotel, where Hensel stood <!-- p. 305 --> ready with his carriage to take Kinkel and me away. The disappointment that followed my report was terrible. “But there is something more to do this night,” said I, “for my relays stand on the road deep into Mecklenburg. We must order them off.” I stepped into the carriage, an open vehicle with a top over the back seat. Hensel took the reins, and so we drove away. It was a melancholy journey. We were on the road something over three hours when we observed sparks of fire sputtering from a black object that came toward us. We quickly recognized it to be a carriage. I had steel and flint at hand and also struck sparks. This was the signal of recognition that I had agreed upon with my Mecklenburg friends. The carriage coming toward us stopped and so did we. “Is this the right one?” asked a voice. This was the concerted question. “It is the right one,” I replied, “but our enterprise has failed. Pray turn back and advise the next relay and request our friends there to pass on the word in this way. But for Heaven's sake keep silent about the rest, lest all may be lost.” “Of course, but what a confounded disappointment! How did the failure happen?” “Another time. Good-night.” The two carriages turned. We drove back in the direction of Spandau, but very slowly, almost as if a part of a funeral procession, both sitting silent. I tormented myself with the gravest reproaches. Could not the unfortunate accident that had crossed our plan easily have been prevented? Could we not have duplicated the keys to the cell as well as those to the postern gate and the Revier room? Certainly. But why had this not been done? Why had Brune not thought of it? But <!-- p. 306 --> as Brune had not done so, was it not my duty to see to it? I had neglected that duty. Mine, mine only, was the fault of this terrible miscarriage. Mine the responsibility that Kinkel was not now a free man hurrying to the seacoast behind fleet horses. The fruit of long and dangerous labor had recklessly been jeopardized by my negligence. Would I ever be able again to reknit the torn threads of the scheme? And, if so, was it not probable that through the improvidence of some one of the participants rumors of what had happened would get abroad and Kinkel would be surrounded with the severest measures of precaution and even carried into another and more secure dungeon? But if nothing of this did happen—where was the money entrusted to me? No longer in my possession—in the hands of another man who might keep it if he would, and I perfectly powerless to recover it. And thus Kinkel's horrible lot might be sealed forever through my guilt. Thus my conscience put itself to the rack in that terrible night. At last Hensel interrupted the silence. “How would it be,” he said, “if we stopped for a few hours in Oranienburg? We could there feed our horses, sleep a little, and then comfortably drive on.” I was content. I began to feel very much exhausted; and then, if of last night's happenings anything had got abroad in Spandau and thereby any danger threatened, the prudent and watchful Krüger, I felt sure, would send somebody to find us on the road and to give warning. It was very dark when we arrived at a hotel in Oranienburg. After I had permitted my thoughts to torment me a little longer, I fell asleep at last. When I awoke light shone through the windows of my room, and with me awoke also the consciousness of the whole weight of our failure, with even greater clearness than during the past night. Such awakenings <!-- p. 307 --> belong to the unhappiest moments of human life. We breakfasted late, and it was on this occasion that for the first time I saw my companion, Mr. Hensel, in clear daylight. I had met him at Krüger's and on our night drive only in the dark. The stately broad-shouldered figure and the long dark beard had then struck my attention; but I could now see the clear, shrewd, and at the same time bold, sparkle of his eyes, and the expression of his face, which betokened a strong will as well as sincerity and kindness of heart. Hensel observed that I was in low spirits and tried to put a pleasant face upon things. He thought that our friends in Spandau were not only faithful, but also discreet, that the officers of the penitentiary in their own interest would keep silent, and that a new attempt would soon be possible. I willingly agreed with him. In fact I was busily thinking of what was now to be done, and such a thought is always the most effective antidote for discouragements. I have frequently in life had the experience that when we are struck by an especially heavy blow, we can do nothing better than to present to our minds all, even the worst, possible features of trouble that may still be in store for us, and so in our imagination drink the cup of bitterness down to the last drop; but then to turn our thoughts to the future and to occupy them entirely with that which must be done to prevent further misfortune, to repair the damage done, and to replace what has been lost by something equally desirable. This is a sure and rapid cure; for the consequences of the misfortune hardly ever will be as disastrous as imagined. Of course, I do not apply this to the loss of one very dear. In returning to Spandau we were in no hurry. We even thought that it would be more prudent to arrive there in the dark, and therefore started only after noon at a slow trot. Arrived in Spandau, I learned from Krüger that all had <!-- p. 308 --> remained quiet. I forthwith went to Brune's rooms. I found him there, evidently expecting me. The little cigar box stood on the table. “That was cursed ill-luck last night,” he said, “but it was not my fault. Everything was in the best of order, but as I opened the locker in the Revier room I could not find the keys to the cell. I searched and searched for them, but they were not there. This morning I learned that Inspector Semmler had accidentally, instead of placing them in the locker, put them into his pocket and carried them with him to his home.” For a moment he was silent. “There is the money,” he continued, pointing to the cigar box; “take it; count it first; no thaler is missing.” I could not refrain from shaking the man's hand and in my heart asking his pardon for my doubts. “What comes from you,” I answered, repeating his words of yesterday, “will not be counted. But what now? I do not give up. Must we wait until you have the night watch again?” “We might wait,” he replied, “and in the meantime duplicate all the keys that we need so that this difficulty may not arise again; but,” he added, “I have thought over the matter to-day. It is a disgrace that that man should sit in the convict's cell a day longer—I will try to help him this very night, if he has courage enough for a break-neck feat.” “What, this night?” “Yes, this night. Now listen.” Then Brune told me that the officer who during the coming night should have the watch on the upper stories, had been taken ill, and he, Brune, had offered to take his place. Thereupon he had thought he might without much difficulty take Kinkel into the loft under the roof and let him down with a rope from out of one of the dormer windows on the street. To this end he would of course <!-- p. 309 --> again require the keys to the cell, but after the accident of last night, when the inspector took them home with him through mere thoughtlessness, they would certainly be again in their accustomed place. I should only see to it that the street below was kept free, while Kinkel was let down from the roof, and that he then be promptly received and carried off. “It is a somewhat perilous undertaking,” Brune added; “from the dormer window down to the street it may be sixty feet, but if the Herr Professor has courage, I think we may succeed.” “I vouch for Kinkel's courage,” I said; “what does not a prisoner dare for liberty?” The details were rapidly considered and determined upon. I undertook to procure the necessary rope for Brune. He was to wind it about his body under the overcoat and take it into the penitentiary building in that way. About midnight I was to be in the dark recess of the door of the house opposite the gate of the penitentiary, from which I could observe the dormer windows of the building; when in one of them I should see the light of a lantern move up and down perpendicularly, three times, that would be a sign that everything was in order for the descent. If standing in my sheltered place I then struck sparks with my steel and flint, Brune would understand from this signal that everything was in safe order on the street. With a hearty handshake I took leave of Brune and hurried to Krüger's hotel. Poritz and Leddihn, whom I had quickly sent for, procured at once a rope of the necessary length and strength, and carried it to Brune's dwelling. But after freeing Kinkel how should we get him away from Spandau? I had no relays of horses and carriages on the road; the preceding night everything had fitted in so excellently, but now? Fortunately Hensel was still in Krüger's house. When <!-- p. 310 --> I told him what was to happen in the next few hours, he broke out in loud jubilation. “I will take you with my own horses as far as they can travel,” he exclaimed. “But our nearest friend is in Neu-Strelitz,” I replied; “that is a good many miles from here. Will your horses hold out that distance?” “The devil take them if they don't,” said Hensel. We resolved then to risk it and to confide ourselves to benignant fate. A short conversation with Poritz and Leddihn followed about the measures necessary to keep the streets clear of unwelcome intruders, while Kinkel was swinging down on his rope. Those measures were simple. My friends were to occupy the street corners with their stalwart fellows whom they had already employed last night, and if some belated reveler should show himself, they were to simulate intoxication and use all sorts of means to divert the unwelcome person from our path. In case of necessity they were to use force. Poritz and Leddihn vouched for everything. “Happy coincidence,” chuckled Krüger. “This evening some of the officers of the penitentiary are to celebrate a birthday in this hotel. There will be a bowl of punch, and I will make that punch especially irresistible.” “And you will detain those officers long enough?” “You may be sure of that. Not one of them will cross your way.” This prospect put us into the best of humor, and we had a cosy little supper together. Our thoughts were, however, constantly directed to the accidents that might again play mischief with us, and fortunately an important possibility occurred to us. At the time of Kinkel's descent from the dormer window hanging on his rope, the rubbing of the rope against the edge <!-- p. 311 --> of the brick wall might easily loosen tiles and brick which then would fall down and produce a loud clatter. We therefore resolved that Hensel should take his carriage immediately after midnight slowly along the street so that the rattle of the vehicle on the rough cobblestone pavement might drown all other noises. Shortly before midnight I stood, equipped as on the night before, well hidden in the dark recess of the house door opposite the penitentiary. The street corners right and left were, according to agreement, properly watched, but our friends kept themselves as much as possible concealed. A few minutes later the night watchman shuffled down the street and when immediately in front of me swung his rattle and called the hour of twelve. Then he slouched quietly on and disappeared. What would I have given for a roaring storm and a splashing rain! But the night was perfectly still. My eye was riveted to the roof of the penitentiary building, the dormer windows of which I could scarcely distinguish. The street lights flared dimly. Suddenly there appeared a light above by which I could observe the frame of one of the dormer windows; it moved three times up and down; that was the signal hoped for. With an eager glance I examined the street right and left. Nothing stirred. Then on my part I gave the signal agreed upon, striking sparks. A second later the light above disappeared and I perceived a dark object slowly moving across the edge of the wall. My heart beat violently and drops of perspiration stood upon my forehead. Then the thing I had apprehended actually happened: tiles and brick, loosened by the rubbing rope, rained down upon the pavement with a loud clatter. “Now, good Heaven, help us!” At the same moment Hensel's carriage came rumbling over the cobblestones. The noise of the falling tiles and brick was no longer audible. But would <!-- p. 312 --> they not strike Kinkel's head and benumb him? Now the dark object had almost reached the ground. I jumped forward and touched him; it was indeed my friend, and there he stood alive and on his feet. “This is a bold deed,” were the first words he said to me. “Thank God,” I answered. “Now off with the rope and away.” I labored in vain to untie the rope that was wound around his body. {{anchor|escape}} {| cellpadding="0" align=center |- |[[Image:Gottfried Kinkel Escape.png|center|500px]] |- |{{left|{{smaller|[Illustration by Charlotte Weber-Ditzler]}}}} |} {{center|{{smaller|KINKEL'S ESCAPE}}}} “I cannot help you,” Kinkel whispered, “for the rope has fearfully lacerated both my hands.” I pulled out my dirk and with great effort I succeeded in cutting the rope, the long end of which, as soon as it was free, was quickly pulled up. While I threw a cloak around Kinkel's shoulders and helped him get into the rubber shoes he looked anxiously around. Hensel's carriage had turned and was coming slowly back. “What carriage is that?” Kinkel asked. “Our carriage.” Dark figures showed themselves at the street corners and approached us. “For Heaven's sake, what people are those?” “Our friends.” At a little distance we heard male voices sing, “Here we sit gayly together.” “What is that?” asked Kinkel, while we hurried through a side street toward Krüger's hotel. “Your jailers around a bowl of punch.” “Capital!” said Kinkel. We entered the hotel through a back door and soon found ourselves in a room in which Kinkel was to put on the clothes that we had bought for him—a black cloth suit, a big bear-skin overcoat, and a cap like those worn by Prussian forest officers. From a room near by sounded the voices of the revelers. Krüger, who had stood a few minutes looking on while Kinkel was exchanging his convict's garb <!-- p. 313 --> for an honest man's dress, suddenly went out with a peculiarly sly smile. When he returned carrying a few filled glasses, he said, “Herr Professor, in a room near by some of your jailers are sitting around a bowl of punch. I have just asked them whether they would not permit me to take some for a few friends of mine who have just arrived. They had no objection. Now, Herr Professor, let us drink your health first out of the bowl of your jailers.” We found it difficult not to break out in loud laughter. Kinkel was now in his citizen's clothes, and his lacerated hands were washed and bandaged with handkerchiefs. He thanked his faithful friends with a few words which brought tears to their eyes. Then we jumped into Hensel's vehicle. The penitentiary officers were still singing and laughing around their punch bowl. We had agreed that our carriage should leave Spandau through the Potsdam gate which opens upon the road to Hamburg, and then turn in a different direction in order to mislead the pursuit that was sure to follow. So we rattled at a fast trot through the gate, and this ruse succeeded so well that, as we learned later, we were really the next day, in accordance with the report of the guard at the gate, pursued in the direction of Hamburg. Before we reached the little town of Nauen we turned to the right on a field road and reached the Berlin<ins>-</ins>Strelitz turnpike near the Sandkrug. Our bays made the best of their speed. Only when the keen night air touched his face, Kinkel seemed to come to a clear consciousness of what had happened. “I would like to hold your hand in mine,” he said, “but I cannot; my hands are too much torn.” He then put his arm around me and pressed me once and again. I would not let him express his gratitude in words, but told him how the night before everything had been so well <!-- p. 314 --> arranged, and how our plan had been crossed by an unfortunate accident, and what a mournful ride I had had in the same carriage only twenty-four hours before. “That was the most terrible night of my life,” said Kinkel. “After Brune had instructed me to hold myself ready, I waited for the appointed hour with the most confident expectation. Before midnight I was up. I listened as only an ear practiced in long isolation can listen. Now and then I heard a distinct noise of steps in the corridors, but they would not approach. I heard the clocks outside strike the hours. When midnight was past the thought first rose in me: ‘Is it possible that this should fail?’ Minute after minute went by, and all remained quiet. Then I was seized by an anguish which I cannot describe. The perspiration dropped from my forehead. Until one o'clock I had still a little hope, but when even then Brune did not come I gave up everything for lost. The most gruesome pictures rose in my imagination. The whole design had surely been discovered. You were in the hands of the police and also imprisoned for many years. I saw myself a miserable wreck in convict's garb. My wife and my children perished in misery. I shook the rails in my cell like a madman. Then I dropped exhausted upon my straw bed. I believe I was nearly insane.” “Well, and this night?” “Oh, this night,” Kinkel exclaimed, “I could hardly trust my eyes and ears when Brune with a lantern in his hand came into my cell and whispered to me, ‘Get up quickly, Herr Professor; now you shall get out.’ That was an electric shock. In a moment I was on my feet, but do you know that to-night again everything was on the point of going wrong?” I listened eagerly, and again and again a cold shiver ran down my back as Kinkel proceeded with his story. Half an <!-- p. 315 --> hour before midnight Brune was in Kinkel's cell. This time he had found the keys in the locker and had opened with two of them the cell doors. After having called Kinkel up, he attempted to open, with a third key, the door in the wooden railing. He tried and tried, but in vain. The key did not fit. Afterwards it appeared that the key with which Brune tried to open the cell door belonged to the window shutters, but that one of the keys for the doors of the cell also opened the door of the wooden railing. Thus Brune had the true key in his hand without knowing it or without thinking of it in the excitement. So Kinkel stood on one and Brune on the other side of the wooden railing, baffled and for a moment utterly bewildered. Then Kinkel grasped with the strength of despair one of the wooden rails, trying to break it by throwing the whole weight of his body against it, but in vain. Brune worked hard with his sword to the same end, also in vain. Then he said: “Herr Professor, you shall get out to-night even if it costs me my life.” He left the cell and in a minute returned with an ax in his hand. With a few vigorous blows two of the rails were cut loose. Using the ax as a lever he effected an opening which just permitted Kinkel's broad-shouldered body to pass through. But had not the blows of Brune's ax alarmed the whole house? The two listened with suspended breath. All remained quiet. In fact, Brune had been no less prudent than daring. Before he swung his ax he had carefully closed the two thick doors of the cell. The sound of the blows which filled the interior of the cell was, as to the outside, very much deadened by the thick walls and by the heavy doors. They not only had not wakened any of the sleepers, but had not reached those that were awake, or if they did make any impression, it was as if the noise had come from the outside of the building. <!-- p. 316 --> Now Brune left the cell with Kinkel, the doors of which he again locked. Then they had to walk through corridors, up and down various stairways, and even to pass a night watchman. By Brune's clever management they succeeded in doing this. At last they reached the loft under the roof and the dormer window, through which the dangerous ride through the air had to be undertaken. Kinkel confessed to me that he was seized with a dizzy horror when he looked down upon the street below and then upon the thin rope which was to bear him; but when he saw my sparkling signal, the meaning of which Brune explained to him in a whisper, he regained his composure and boldly swung out over the precipice. At once the tiles and bricks began to rain about his head, but none of them struck him, only the hands which at first had taken too high a hold on the rope and through which it had to glide, suffered grievously. That was, however, a slight wound for so hard a struggle and so great a victory. When Kinkel finished his narrative, Hensel took out of the hamper one of the bottles of precious Rhine wine that Krüger had provided us with for our journey, and we drank to the health of the brave Brune, without whose resoluteness and fidelity all our plans and labors would have come to nothing. It was a happy, enthusiastic moment, which made us almost forget that so long as we were on German soil the danger was not over, and our success not yet complete. 8pg7pgv8y1wrm4npf4hxvzyjy3jv080 The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz/Volume One/Chapter 13 0 472367 14129799 11890951 2024-04-25T19:34:55Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{TextQuality|75%}} {{header | title = [[The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz]], [[The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz/Volume One|Volume One]] | author = Carl Schurz | translator = Eleonora Kinnicutt | section = Chapter XIII: Return to London, Mission to Switzerland—Mazzini, Kossuth | previous = [[../Chapter 12|Chapter XII: Sojourn in Paris]] | next = [[../Chapter 14|Chapter XIV: Refugee Life in London—Marriage and Departure for America]] | notes = }} {{center|CHAPTER XIII}} <!-- p. 367 --> {{font-size|140%|A}}BOUT the mid<ins>d</ins>le of June I arrived in London. Kinkel had already selected rooms for me on St. John's Wood Terrace, not far from his house, and he had also found pupils for me to whom I was to give lessons in the German language and in music, the proceeds of which would be more than sufficient to cover my modest wants. The well-known paradox that you can have more in London for a shilling and less for a pound, than anywhere else, that is to say, that you can live very cheaply and comparatively well in modest circumstances, while life on a grand scale is very expensive, was at that time as well founded as undoubtedly it still is. I could have found a great many more pupils if I had been able to speak English. But, strange as this appeared to myself in later life, my musical ear still rebelled against the sound of the English language, and could not conquer its repugnance. The peculiar charm of its cadence I began to appreciate only as I learned to speak it with fluency. In the social circles to which I was admitted, and of which I shall say something later, German and French were sufficient. In teaching German to others the Princess De Beaufort's method in teaching me French proved of great use to me. Some of my pupils took a very lively interest in old German literature, and requested me to read with them the Nibelungenlied; and, as not seldom happens, in my rôle of teacher I learned more of the subject I had to teach than I had known before, and than I would have learned otherwise. I taught and learned with real enthusiasm, for—I may <!-- p. 368 --> permit myself here to remark, by the way—the Nibelungenlied is, in my opinion, certainly not in elegance of diction, but surely in dramatic architecture, the grandest and most powerful epic presented by any medieval or modern literature. {{anchor|kinkelandschurz}} {| {{ts|mc|bc|ba2}} | [[Image:Gottfried Kinkel and Carl Schurz.png|700px]] |- | {| cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" |style="width: 145px"| |[[Image:Gottfried Kinkel signature.png|130px]]</td> |style="width: 120px"| |[[Image:Carl Schurz signature.png|130px]] |style="width: 175px"| |} |} {{c|{{smaller|GOTTFRIED KINKEL AND CARL SCHURZ}}}} In my social intercourse, the Kinkel family occupied naturally the first place. Their house was small, and modestly furnished. But in this house dwelled happiness. Kinkel had regained the whole cheerful elasticity of his being. His hair and beard were, to be sure, touched with gray, but the morbid pallor which his imprisonment had imparted to his face had yielded to the old fresh and healthy hue. With cheerful courage he had undertaken the task of founding for his family in a foreign country a comfortable existence, and his efforts were crowned with success. To the private lessons he gave were added lectures and other engagements at educational institutions. During the first months he had earned enough to give his wife an Erard grand piano, and Frau Kinkel won in a large social circle an excellent reputation as a teacher of music. The four children promised well as they grew up. There could have been nothing more pleasant and instructive than to see Frau Kinkel occupied with the education of her two boys and two girls. They not only began to play on the piano as soon as they were physically able, but they also sang with perfect purity of tone and naïve expression, quartets composed by their mother especially for them. The joy I felt when I observed the new life of this family I cannot well describe. I learned to understand and appreciate one great truth: there is no purer or more beautiful happiness in this world than the consciousness of having contributed something toward the happiness of those one loves, without demanding any other reward than this consciousness. The gratitude of Kinkel and his wife was so sincere and <!-- p. 369 --> untiring that it frequently embarrassed me. They constantly were looking for something that they could do to please me. At the time when I was thinking of settling down in London it was hard work for me to induce them to accept my declination when they uttered the wish that I should live in their house. Now I had at least to consent to their pressing proposition that my youngest sister should come over from Germany to be educated in their home, like a child of the family. This turned out happily, as my sister was also blessed with that cheerful Rhenish temperament that radiates sunshine. Then Frau Kinkel insisted upon giving me further lessons upon the piano, and I resumed my musical studies with renewed zest. My teacher taught me fully to appreciate Beethoven, Schubert, and Schumann, and conducted me through the enchanted gardens of Chopin. But more than that, she familiarized me with the rules and spirit of thorough-bass and thereby opened to me a knowledge which in the course of time I learned to value as an enrichment of musical enjoyment. Then she put at my disposal her Erard grand piano, which was reverenced in the family like a sacred thing, and upon which, aside from herself, I was the only one privileged to practice and to improvise, although there was, for such things, another instrument of less value in the house. The Kinkels, naturally, introduced me also in the social circles which were open to them. Of course my ignorance of the English language I felt as a great drawback. But I had the good fortune of establishing relations of something like friendship with several English families in which German or French was spoken. There I learned to understand how much sincere warmth of feeling there may be hidden in English men and women who often appear cold, stiff and formal. I was soon made to feel that every word of friendly sympathy <!-- p. 370 --> addressed to me, and every invitation to more intimate intercourse—words which with other people pass as mere superficial expressions of politeness—was to be taken as perfectly honest and seriously meant. Theirs was true hospitality, without pretension and without reserve, in which one breathed the atmosphere of assured confidence. I have also not infrequently been surprised in such friendly intercourse with persons who at first acquaintance seemed to be rather dull, by the reach of thought, the treasures of knowledge, the variety of experiences, and the comprehensive views of life and of the world, which came forth in familiar talks. At that period, the German language was much in fashion in England, probably owing to the circumstance that the popularity of Prince Albert, whose merit as the patron of the great International Exposition of 1851 was universally recognized, had reached its highest point. It had become a widespread custom to sing German songs at evening parties and the German “Volkslieder,” seemed to be especial favorites. I could not but be amused when in great company a blushing miss was solemnly conducted to the piano “to give us a sweet German folk song,” and she then, in slow time and in a tone of profound melancholy, which might have indicated a case of death in the family, sang the merry German tune, “Wenn i' komm, wenn i' komm, wiederum komm,” etc., etc. In later years I have often regretted that at that time I did not take more interest in the political life of England and did not seek acquaintances in political circles. But even without this, I received a deep impression of the country and the people. How different was the restless commotion in the streets of London in its mighty seriousness and its colossal motive power, from the gay, more or less artistically elegant, but more than half frivolous activity that entertains the visitor on the streets <!-- p. 371 --> of Paris; and how different from the half military, half philistine appearance presented by Berlin, which at that time had not yet become a world city! How well justified, how natural, appeared to me the national pride of the Briton, when in Westminster Hall I beheld the statues and busts, and in the Abbey the tombs of the great Englishmen, which stood there as monuments of mighty thoughts and deeds! How firmly founded appeared to me the free institutions of the people to whom civil liberty was not a mere phrase, a passing whim, or a toy, but a life-principle, the reality of which the citizen needed for his daily work, and that lived in the thoughts and aspirations of every Englishman as something that is a matter of course! I saw enough of the country and of the people to feel all this, although we refugees in London lived separate lives as on an island of our own in a great surrounding sea of humanity. A large number of refugees from almost all parts of the European continent had gathered in London since the year 1848, but the intercourse between the different national groups—Germans, Frenchmen, Italians, Hungarians, Poles, Russians—was confined more or less to the prominent personages. All, however, in common nourished the confident hope of a revolutionary upturning on the continent soon to come. Among the Germans there were only a few who shared this hope in a less degree. Perhaps the ablest and most important person among these was Lothar Bucher, a quiet, retiring man of great capacity and acquirements, who occupied himself with serious political studies, and whom I was to meet again in later life as Bismarck's most confidential privy-councilor. In London, as in Switzerland, the refugees zealously discussed the question to whom should belong the leadership in the coming revolution. Of course this oversanguine conception of things gave rise to all sorts of jealousies, as will always happen among <!-- p. 372 --> people similarly situated, and the refugees therefore divided into parties which at times antagonized one another with considerable bitterness. When Kinkel arrived in London he occupied, naturally, a very prominent position among the refugees and became, so to speak, the head of a large following. But he also had his opponents who would recognize in him only a poet, a learned man and a political dreamer, but not a “practical revolutionist” fit to be a real leader in a great struggle. Many of these opponents gathered, strange to say, around Arnold Ruge, a venerable and widely known philosopher and writer, to whom the name of a mere learned man and political dreamer might have been applied even more justly. Then there were groups of socialistic workingmen who partly gathered around Karl Marx and partly around August Willich; and finally, many neutrals, who did not trouble themselves about such party bickerings, but went individually each his own way. Kinkel certainly was not free from ambition, nor from illusory hopes of a speedy change in the Fatherland. But his first and most natural aim was to make a living for his family in London. This claimed his activity so much that he could not, to so great an extent as he might have wished, take part in the doings of the refugees, a great many of whom had no regular occupation. Neither was it possible for him to keep open house for his political friends and to put his working hours at their disposal, and to make the home of his family the meeting place of a debating club for the constant repetition of things that had been told many times before. Kinkel was therefore reproached with giving to the cause of the revolution too little, and to his family interests too much of his time and care, and it was said that he was all the more to blame, as he owed his liberation in a high degree to the helpfulness <!-- p. 373 --> of his democratic friends. However unjust such a reproach, it touched Kinkel deeply. He was in this state of mind when a scheme was proposed to him, characteristic of the feverish imagination of the political exiles. The scheme was to raise a “German National Loan,” of I do not remember how many million thalers, to be redeemed at a certain time after the establishment of the German Republic. The money thus raised was to be at the disposal of a central committee to be expended in Germany for revolutionary ends. To expedite the levying of that national loan Kinkel was to go to America without delay, and by means of public agitation, in which his personal popularity and eminent oratorical gifts were expected to prove highly effective, induce the Germans living in America, and also, if possible, native Americans, too, to make liberal contributions. In the meantime some of his friends were, through personal efforts, to win the assent of other prominent refugees to this plan, and thus, if possible, to unite all refugeedom in one organization. But Kinkel was to leave for America forthwith without exposing the project to the chance of further consultation, so that the refugees, who otherwise might have doubted or criticised the plan, would have to deal with it as an accomplished fact. In later years it must have appeared to Kinkel himself as rather strange, if not comical, that he could ever have believed in the success of such a plan. At any rate this project was one of the most striking illustrations of the self-deception of the political exiles. But there can hardly be any doubt that the reproaches directed against Kinkel, as to his giving more care to the well-being of his family than to the revolutionary cause, and as to his owing a debt of gratitude to one of his friends in further efforts for the revolutionary movement, was to him one of the principal motives for accepting this plan without hesitation. <!-- p. 374 --> Only a few days after the matter had been resolved upon in a confidential circle Kinkel broke off his activity as a teacher in London—a very great sacrifice for him thus to expose his family to new hazards—and departed for America. I, being still quite young and inexperienced, was sanguine enough to consider the success of such an undertaking possible, and went into it with zeal. I was considered capable of doing some diplomatic service and therefore charged with the task of traveling to Switzerland in order to win the assent of the prominent refugees living there, and so to prepare the foundation for a general organization. This task I assumed with pleasure, and on the way paid a visit to Paris, of which I did not, however, advise the polite prefect of police, and soon met my old friends in Zürich. For these, I had become, because of the liberation of Kinkel, an entirely new person since my departure a year before. They now attributed to me a great deal more insight and skill than I possessed, and my diplomatic mission, therefore, met with but little difficulty—that is to say, the prominent refugees, in the expectation that a national loan would, through Kinkel's agitations in America, turn out a great success, readily declared their willingness to join the proposed movement. The most important man, and at the same time the most stubborn doubter, I found there, was Loewe von Calbe. As the last president of the German National Parliament he had gone in the spring of 1849 with the remnant of that assembly from Frankfurt to Stuttgart and there he had, arm in arm with the old poet Uhland, led the procession of his colleagues to a new meeting place, when it was dispersed by a force of Würtemberg cavalry. He was a physician by profession, and had acquired a large treasure of knowledge in various directions by extensive studies. He made the impression of a very calm, methodical <!-- p. 375 --> thinker, who also possessed the courage of bold action. There was something of well-conditioned ease in his deportment, and when the sturdy, somewhat corpulent man sat down, looked at the listener with his uncommonly shrewd eyes, and then exposed his own opinion in well-formed, clear sentences, pronounced in slow and precise cadence, he made the impression of authority, the very presence of which was apt to convince, even before the argument had been conducted to its last conclusions. Loewe was not nearly as sanguine as most of us with regard to the possibility of a speedy change of things in Germany, although even he was not entirely untouched by the current illusions of the exiles' life. He expressed to me his doubts as to the chances of the projected national loan; but as he did not altogether repel the plan, and as I was anxious to win him for this enterprise by further conversations about it, I accompanied him on a tramp through the “Berner Oberland.” Until then I had seen the snowy heads of the Alps only from afar. Now for the first time I came near to them and, so to speak, sat down at their feet. We walked from Bern to Interlaken and then by way of Lauterbrunnen and the Wengern Alp to Grindelwald; then we ascended the Faulhorn, and finally turned to the lakes by way of the Scheideck. We stopped at the most beautiful points long enough to see the finest part of this range. Of all the wonderful things that I saw, the deepest impression was produced upon me not by the vast panoramas, as from the top of the Faulhorn, where large groups and chains of the Alps are embraced in one view, but it was the single mountain peak reaching up into the blue sunny ether from a bank of clouds that separated it from the nether world, and standing there as something distinct and individual. It was the image of the eternally firm, unchangeable, certain, looking down as from a throne in serene sunlight upon <!-- p. 376 --> the eternally unstable and untrustworthy. This picture became especially impressive when behind a veil of cloud the dull mysterious thunder of the plunging avalanches was heard. As we were favored by constantly beautiful weather I enjoyed this spectacle frequently and always with a feeling that I cannot designate otherwise than devotional. I was so deeply touched by all this magnificence that I envied every peasant who could spend his life in such surroundings. But my enthusiasm was sobered by an enlightening experience. On the village street of Grindelwald I noticed one day a man of an intelligent face, who was saluted by the children playing on the street, with especial interest. From his appearance I concluded that he must be the schoolmaster of the village, and I was not mistaken. I stopped and asked him for some information about local conditions, and found him amiably communicative. He told me that in the Valley of Grindelwald, a valley covering hardly more than four or five square miles, there were people who had never passed its boundaries. The whole world as seen by them was therefore enclosed by the Schreckhorn, Mönch, Eiger, Jungfrau and Faulhorn. In my enthusiasm I remarked that the constant sight of so magnificent a landscape might perhaps satisfy the taste of any man. The schoolmaster smiled and said that the ordinary peasant was probably least conscious of this grand beauty. He saw, in the phenomena of nature which he observed, rather that which was to him advantageous or disadvantageous, encouraging or troublesome, or even threatening. The cloud formations, which caused us a variety of sensations and emotions, signified to him only good or bad weather; the thunder of the avalanches reminded him only that under certain circumstances they might do a great deal of damage; he saw in the fury of the mountain hurricane, not a grand spectacle, <!-- p. 377 --> but destructive hail storms and the danger of inundations, and so on. I asked the schoolmaster whether it was not true what we frequently heard of the famous Swiss' homesickness, that those born and reared in these mountains could not be satisfied or happy elsewhere, and if forced to live in foreign parts, were consumed by a morbid longing for their mountain home. The schoolmaster smiled again and thought such cases of homesickness did occur among the Swiss, but not in larger number nor with greater force than with the inhabitants of other regions. Everywhere he supposed there might be people that adhere to the habits and conditions of life of their homes with a warm and even morbid attachment. But he knew also of a large number of Swiss who in foreign countries, even on the flat prairies of America, had settled down and felt themselves well satisfied there. “Am I to understand from you,” I asked, “that as a rule the Swiss himself does not appreciate the beauty of his country?” “No, not that,” answered the schoolmaster; “the more educated people know everywhere how to appreciate the beautiful because of its beauty; but the laboring man, who here is always engaged in a struggle with nature, must be told that the things which are to him so often troublesome and disagreeable, are also grand and beautiful. When his thought has once been directed to that idea, he will more and more familiarize himself with it, and the Swiss,” added the schoolmaster with a sly smile, “also the uneducated Swiss, have now learned to appreciate the beauty of their country very highly.” This sounded to me at first like a very prosaic philosophy, but as I thought about it, I concluded that the schoolmaster was right. The perception of natural beauty is not primitive, <!-- p. 378 --> but the result of education, of culture. Naïve people seldom possess it or at least do not express it. The aspects of nature, mountain, valley, forest, desert, river, sea, sunshine, storm, etc., etc., are to them either beneficent, helpful, or disagreeable, troublesome, terrible. It is a significant fact that in Homer with all the richness of his pictures there is no description of a landscape or of a natural phenomenon from the point of view of the beautiful. We remark the same in the primitive literature of other countries. In the same spirit spoke the farmer from one of the flat prairies of the west of America, who once traveled on a steamboat on the magnificent Hudson, and when he heard an enthusiastic fellow-traveler exclaim, “How beautiful these highlands are,” answered dryly, “It may be a pretty good country, but it's a little too broken.” My diplomatic mission in Switzerland was quickly accomplished. I soon had the assent of almost all the prominent exiles to the plan of the national loan and I thought I had done a good service to the cause of liberty. Then I returned to London. Frau Kinkel asked me to live in her house during the absence of her husband, and I complied with her wish, but life in that house was no longer as cheerful as before Kinkel's departure. I then felt how great the sacrifice was that Kinkel had made by undertaking the mission to America. Frau Johanna had seen him go with sadness and anxiety. She could not be blamed for thinking that the burden imposed upon her by the political friends was all too heavy. She accepted her lot, but not without serious dejection. Her health began to suffer, and conditions of nervousness appeared, and it is probable that then the beginning of that heart disease developed which a few years later brought her to an early grave. The news which we received from Kinkel, was indeed, as far as he himself was concerned, very satisfactory; but it did not suffice to cheer the darkened soul of <!-- p. 379 --> the lonely woman, however heroically she tried to seek courage in her patriotic impulses and hopes. Kinkel had much to tell in his letters of the cordiality with which the Germans in America had welcomed him. Wherever he appeared his countrymen gathered in large numbers to listen to the charm of his eloquence. As he traveled from city to city one festive welcome followed another. The enthusiasm of the mass meetings left nothing to be desired. Although Kinkel at that period spoke English with some difficulty, he was obliged to make little speeches in that tongue, when native Americans took part in the honors offered to him. So he visited all the important places in the United States, north, south, east, and west. He also paid his respects to President Fillmore and was received with great kindness. These happenings he described with bubbling humor in his letters, which breathed a keen enjoyment of his experiences, as well as a warm interest in the new country. In short, his journey was successful in all respects, except in that of the German National Loan. Indeed, committees were organized everywhere for the collection of money and for the distribution of loan certificates; but the contributions finally amounted only to a few thousand dollars, a small sum with which no great enterprise could be set on foot. Kossuth, who visited the United States a few months later for a similar purpose, and who enjoyed a greater prestige, and was received with much more pomp, had the same experience. And it was really a fortunate circumstance that these revolutionary loans miscarried. Even with much larger sums hardly anything could have been done but to organize hopeless conspiracies and to lead numbers of patriotic persons into embarrassment and calamity without rendering any valuable service to the cause of liberty. At that time, however, we thought otherwise. Emissaries <!-- p. 380 --> were sent to Germany to investigate conditions there and to build up the revolutionary organization—that is to say, to find people who lived in the same illusions as the exiles, and to put these in correspondence with the London Committee preparatory to common action. Some of these emissaries exposed themselves to great dangers in traveling from place to place, and most of them returned with the report that there was general discontent in Germany and that an important disturbance might soon be looked for. That there was much discontent in Germany was undoubtedly true. But of those who really dreamed of another general uprising there were only a few. The revolutionary fires had burned out; but the exile was so unwilling to accept this truth as to be inclined to look upon everybody that expressed it as a suspicious person. He therefore worked steadily on. {{anchor|letter}} [[Image:Mazzini Letter to Schurz.png|center|500px]] {{center|{{smaller|FACSIMILE OF THE LAST PAGE OF A LETTER WRITTEN BY GIUSEPPE MAZZINI TO CARL SCHURZ DURING THEIR SOJOURN IN LONDON, 1851}}}} <table align="center" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="495"> <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr> <tr><td align="center">''Translation:''</td></tr> <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr> <tr><td> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Party spirit has not crept in among us, at least on my side. Dominated by the idea, which you must find sufficiently just, that the initiation of the movement belongs to-day to the Alliance of Nationalities, and weary of the systematic discussions and disintegrating methods which have come to us from French socialism, I have done the utmost I could to choose a common ground and bring you all to it. I have stood in equal relations with the men of different shades of political opinion. I have acceded—the matter of the money is a proof of this—to all demands, no matter whence they came. I have been unsuccessful. I have found ten centers instead of a single one; rivals instead of the compact ranks of combatants I sought. To-day I do not know where to be looking for <em>Germany</em>—I mean, for that which represents the aim, the hope, the activity of Germany. On one hand I meet French communities, on the other, Proudhonian independence. This deeply grieved me, for I aim singly at action, and feel excessive shame for democracy which talks, talks, talks, and allows itself to be beaten at every point by those who do not talk, who hate one another, but have the sense to remain united for the purpose of defeating us. &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;To-day I no longer have faith in any but ourselves. And I work to convince my countrymen of this. That is all, <div style="margin-left: 240px">Believe me. Devotedly,</div> <div style="margin-left: 360px; font-variant: small-caps">Jos. Mazzini.</div> </td></tr> </table> At that time I was favored by what I considered a mark of great distinction. One day I received a letter from Mazzini, written in his own hand, in which he invited me to visit him. He gave me the address of one of his confidential friends who would guide me to him. His own address he kept secret, for the reason, as was generally believed, that he desired to baffle the espionage of monarchical governments. That the great Italian patriot should invite me, a young and insignificant person, and so take me into his confidence, I felt to be an extraordinary distinction. Mazzini was looked upon in revolutionary circles, especially by us young people, as the dictatorial head of numberless secret leagues, as a sort of mysterious power which not only in Italy, but in all Europe, was felt and feared. Wonderful stories were told of his secret journeys in countries in which there was a price on his head; of his sudden, almost miraculous, appearance among his faithful followers here and there; of his equally miraculous <!-- p. 381 --> disappearance, as if the earth had swallowed him; and of the unequaled skill with which he possessed himself of the secrets of the governments, while he knew how to conceal his own plans and acts. By us young men he was regarded as the embodied genius of revolutionary action, and we looked up to his mysterious greatness with a sort of reverential awe. I therefore felt, when I was called into his presence, as if I were to enter the workshop of the master magician. The confidential friend designated by Mazzini conducted me to the dwelling of the great leader, situated in an unfashionable street. In the vicinity of his house we met several black-eyed, bearded young men, manifestly Italians, who seemed to patrol the neighborhood. I found Mazzini in an extremely modest little apartment, which served at the same time as drawing room and office. In the middle of the room there was a writing table covered with an apparently confused heap of papers. Little models of guns and mortars served for paper weights; a few chairs, and, if I remember correctly, a hair-cloth sofa, completed the furniture. The room as a whole made the impression of extreme economy. Mazzini was seated at the writing table when I entered, and, rising, he offered me his hand. He was a slender man of medium stature, clad in a black suit. His coat was buttoned up to the throat, around which he wore a black silk scarf, without any show of linen. His face was of regular, if not classic, cut, the lower part covered with a short, black beard, streaked with gray. The dark eyes glowed with restless fire; his dome-like forehead topped with thin, smooth, dark hair. In speaking, the mouth showed a full, but somewhat dark row of teeth. His whole appearance was that of a serious and important man. Soon I felt myself under the charm of a personality of rare power of attraction. <!-- p. 382 --> Our conversation was carried on in French, which Mazzini spoke with perfect ease, although with some of the accent peculiar to the Italians. He was constantly smoking while he spoke. He developed even in this confidential conversation between two men an eloquence such as in my long life I have hardly ever heard again—warm, insinuating, at times vehement, enthusiastic, lofty, and always thoroughly natural. The three greatest conversationalists with whom it has been my good fortune to come into touch were Mazzini, Dr. Oliver Wendell Holmes and Bismarck. Of these Dr. Holmes was the most spirited in the “bel esprit” sense; Bismarck the most imposing and at the same time the most entertaining in point of wit, sarcasm, anecdote, and narratives of historical interest, brought out with rushing vivacity and with lightning-like illumination of conditions, facts and men. But in Mazzini's words there breathed such a warmth and depth of conviction, such enthusiasm of faith in the sacredness of the principles he professed, and of the aims he pursued, that it was difficult to resist such a power of fascination. While looking at him and hearing him speak I could well understand how he could hold and constantly augment the host of his faithful adherents, how he could lead them into the most dangerous enterprises and keep them under his influence even after the severest disappointments. Mazzini had undoubtedly given up, if not formally, yet in fact, his membership in his church. But there was in him, and there spoke out of him, a deep religious feeling, an instinctive reliance upon a higher Power to which he could turn and which would aid him in the liberation and unification of his people. That was his form of the fatalism so often united with great ambitions. He had a trait of prophetic mysticism which sprung from the depths of his convictions and emotions, and was free of all charlatanism, and all <!-- p. 383 --> affectation, all artificial solemnity. At least that was the impression made upon me. I never observed in him any suggestion of cynicism in his judgment of men and things—that cynicism in which many revolutionary characters pleased themselves. The petty and usually ridiculous rivalries among the leaders of the exiles did not seem to touch him; and discord and quarreling among those who should have stood and worked together, instead of eliciting sharp and offensive criticism on his part, only called from him expressions of sincere and painful regret. The revolution he aimed at was not merely the attainment of certain popular rights, not a mere change in the constitution of the state, not the mere liberation of his countrymen from foreign rule, not the mere reunion of all Italy in a national bond; it rather signified to him the elevation of the liberated people to higher moral aims of life. There vibrated a truthful and noble tone in his conception of human relations, in the modest self-denying simplicity of his character and his life, in the unbounded self-sacrifice and self-denial which he imposed upon himself and demanded of others. Since 1839 he had passed a large part of his life as an exile in London, and in the course of this time he had established relations of intimate friendship with some English families. It was undoubtedly owing to the genuineness of his sentiments, the noble simplicity of his nature, and his unselfish devotion to his cause, not less than to his brilliant personal qualities, that in some of those families a real Mazzini-cult had developed which sometimes showed itself capable of great sacrifices. The historic traditions of his people, as well as the circumstance that to the end of liberating his fatherland he had to fight against foreign rule, made him a professional conspirator. As a young man he had belonged to the “Carbonari,” and then there followed—instigated and conducted by him—one conspiracy <!-- p. 384 --> upon another, resulting in insurrectionary attempts which always failed. But these failures did not discourage him; they rather stimulated his zeal to new efforts. In the course of our conversation he gave me to understand that he had preparations going on for a new enterprise in upper Italy, and as he probably considered me a person of influence in that part of German refugeedom which would control the disposition of our prospective national loan, he wished to know whether we would be inclined to support his undertaking with our money. At any rate, he evidently desired to create among us a disposition favorable to such coöperation. He no doubt took me for a more influential person than I was. I could only promise him to discuss the matter with Kinkel and his associates, after his return from America. But I did not conceal from Mazzini that I doubted whether the responsible German leaders would consider themselves justified in using moneys which had been collected for employment in their own country for the furtherance of revolutionary uprisings in Italy. This remark gave Mazzini an opportunity for some eloquent sentiments about the solidarity of peoples in their struggle for liberty and national existence. At that time neither of us knew yet how small would be the result of the agitation for a German national loan. I was honored with another meeting that has remained to me hardly less memorable. In October, 1851, Louis Kossuth came to England. After the breakdown of the Hungarian revolution he had fled across the Turkish frontier. His remaining on Turkish soil was considered objectionable by the Austrian government, and unsafe by his friends. The Sultan, indeed, refused his extradition. But when the republic of the United States of America, in general sympathy with the unfortunate Hungarian patriots, offered them an American ship-of-war <!-- p. 385 --> for their transportation to the United States that offer was unhesitatingly accepted. But Kossuth did not intend to emigrate to America for the purpose of establishing there his permanent residence. He was far from considering his mission as ended and the defeat of his cause as irretrievable. He, too, with the sanguine temperament of the exile, dreamed of the possibility of inducing the liberal part of the old and also of the new world to take up arms against the oppressors of Hungary, or at least to aid his country by diplomatic interference. And, indeed, could this have been accomplished by a mere appeal to the emotions and the imagination, Kossuth would have been the man to achieve it. Of all the events of the years 1848 and 1849, the heroic struggle of the Hungarians for their national independence had excited the liveliest sympathy in other countries. The brave generals, who for a time went from victory to victory and then succumbed to the overwhelming power of the Russian intervention, appeared like the champions of a heroic legend, and among and above them stood the figure of Kossuth like that of a prophet whose burning words kindled and kept alive the fire of patriotism in the hearts of his people. There was everything of heroism and tragic misfortune to make this epic grand and touching, and the whole romance of the revolutionary time found in Kossuth's person its most attractive embodiment. The sonorous notes of his eloquence had, during the struggle, been heard far beyond the boundaries of Hungary in the outside world. Not a few of his lofty sentences, his poetic illustrations and his thrilling appeals had passed from mouth to mouth among us young people at the German universities. And his picture, with thoughtful forehead, the dreamy eyes and his strong, beard-framed chin, became everywhere an object of admiring reverence. When now, delaying his journey to America, he arrived <!-- p. 386 --> in London the enthusiasm of the English people seemed to know no bounds. His entry was like that of a national hero returning from a victorious campaign. The multitudes crowding the streets were immense. He appeared in his picturesque Hungarian garb, standing upright in his carriage, with his saber at his side, and surrounded by an equally picturesque retinue. But when he began to speak, and his voice, with its resonant and at the same time mellow sound, poured forth its harmony over the heads of the throngs in classic English, deriving a peculiar charm from the soft tinge of foreign accent, then the enthusiasm of the listeners mocked all description. Kossuth had been offered the hospitality of the house of a private citizen of London who took an especial interest in the Hungarian cause; and there during his sojourn in the British capital he received his admirers and friends. A kind of court surrounded him; his companions, always in their Hungarian national dress, maintained in a ceremonious way his pretension of his still being the rightful governor of Hungary. He granted audiences like a prince, and when he entered the room he was announced by an aide-de-camp as “the Governor.” All persons rose and Kossuth saluted them with grave solemnity. Among the exiles of other nations these somewhat undemocratic formalities created no little displeasure. But it was Kossuth's intention to produce certain effects upon public opinion, not in his own, but in his people's behalf, and as to that end it may have seemed to him necessary to impress upon the imagination of the Englishmen the picture of Hungary under her own Governor, and also to illustrate to them the firm faith of the Hungarians themselves in the justice of their cause, it was not improper that he used such picturesque displays as means for the accomplishment of his purpose. Our organization of German refugees also sent a deputation <!-- p. 387 --> to Kossuth to pay their respects, and of that deputation I was one. We were ushered into the reception-room in the customary way and there saluted by aides-de-camp with much gold lace on their coats—handsome fellows, with fine black mustaches and splendid white teeth. At last Kossuth appeared. It was the first time that I came near to him. The speaker of our deputation introduced us each by name, and as mine was called Kossuth reached out his hand to me and said in German: “I know you. You have done a noble deed. I am rejoiced to take your hand.” I was so embarrassed that I could not say anything in response. But it was, after all, a proud moment. A short conversation followed, in which I took but small part. A member of our deputation spoke of the socialistic tendencies of the new revolutionary agitation. I remember distinctly what Kossuth answered. It was to this effect: “I know nothing of socialism. I have never occupied myself with it. My aim is to secure for the Hungarian people national independence and free political institutions. When that is done my task will have been performed.” On public occasions, wherever Kossuth put forth his whole eloquence to inflame the enthusiasm of Englishmen for the Hungarian cause, his hearers always rewarded him with frantic applause; but his efforts to induce the British government to take active steps against Russia and Austria in behalf of Hungary could not escape sober criticism, and all his attempts to get the ear of official circles and to come into confidential touch with the Palmerston ministry came to nothing. In fact, the same experience awaited him in the United States: great enthusiasm for his person and for the heroic struggles of his people, but then sober consideration of the traditional policy of the United States, and an unwillingness to abandon that traditional policy by active intervention in the affairs of the old world. <!-- p. 388 --> Before Kossuth began his agitation in America, Kinkel had returned from there. He had much to tell of the new world that was good and beautiful, although he was obliged to confess to himself that the practical result of his mission was discouragingly trifling. With robust energy he resumed his interrupted activity as a teacher, and with him the old sunshine returned to the Kinkel home. ffydxvilas3si1m7x55wjrwjtkf9i5p The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz/Volume Three/01 Gettysburg 0 472917 14129810 11847826 2024-04-25T19:36:48Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{TextQuality|75%}} {{header | title = [[The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz]], [[The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz/Volume Three|Volume Three]] | author = Carl Schurz | translator = | section = Chapter I: Gettysburg | previous = [[../List of Illustrations|List of Illustrations]] | next = [[../02 Chattanooga|Chapter II: Chattanooga]] | notes = }} {{center|CHAPTER I}} <!-- p. 3 --> {{font-size|140%|T}}HE story of the Gettysburg campaign has so often and so elaborately been rehearsed, that it is hardly possible to add anything of value to the familiar tale. I shall, therefore, put down only some individual impressions and experiences which may be of interest at least to the circle of my personal friends. {{anchor|josephs}} {| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |style="padding: 5px"|[[Image:Joseph's in Emmitsburg.png|500px]] |} {{center|{{x-smaller|{{sp|ST. JOSEPH'S COLLEGE AT EMMITSBURG, MARYLAND}}}}}} On the 30th of June, on our march through Maryland, I had the good fortune of finding shelter in a nunnery, the St. Joseph's College at Emmitsburg, in Maryland, a young ladies' school, carried on by a religious order. I waited upon the Lady Superior to ask her for permission to use one of her buildings as my headquarters for a night, suggesting, and with perfect sincerity, that her buildings and grounds would be better protected by our presence within than by any guards stationed without. The Lady Superior received me very graciously, and at once put one of the houses within the enclosure at my disposal. She even sent for the chaplain of the institution, Father Borlando, to conduct us through the main edifice, and permitted one of my officers, a good musician, to play on the organ in the chapel, which he did to the edification of all who heard him. The conduct of my troops camped around the institution was exemplary, and we enjoyed there as still and restful a night as if the outside of the nunnery had been as peaceful as daily life was ordinarily within it. I mention this as one of the strange contrasts of our existence, for at daybreak the next morning I was waked up by a marching order, directing me to take the road to Gettysburg. {{anchor|gettymap}} [[Image:Map of Gettysburg Battlefield.png|center|700px]] {{center|{{x-smaller|{{sp|THE BATTLEFIELD AT GETTYSBURG}}}}}} We did not know that we were marching towards the most <!-- p. 4 --> famous battlefield of the war. In fact, we, I mean even the superior officers, had no clear conception as to where the decisive battle of the campaign was to take place. Only a few days before, General Hooker had left the command of the Army of the Potomac—he had been made to resign, as rumor had it—and General Meade had been put into his place. Such a change of commanders at the critical period of a campaign would ordinarily have a disquieting effect upon officers and men. But in this case it had not, for by his boastful proclamation and his subsequent blunders and failures at Chancellorsville, General Hooker had largely forfeited the confidence of the army, while General Meade enjoyed generally the repute, not of a very brilliant, but of a brave, able and reliable officer. Everybody respected him. It was at once felt that he had grasped the reins with a firm hand. As was subsequently understood, neither he nor General Lee desired or expected to fight a battle at Gettysburg. Lee wished to have it at Cashtown, Meade on Pipe Creek. Both were drawn into it by the unexpected encounter of the Confederate general Heth, who hoped to find “some shoes” for his men in the town of Gettysburg, and a Federal cavalry general on reconnaissance, both instructed not to bring on a general engagement, but rather cautioned against it. When we left Emmitsburg at 7 a. m. we were advised that the First Army Corps, under General Reynolds, was ahead of us, and there was a rumor that some rebel troops were moving toward Gettysburg, but that was all. At 10:30, when my division had just passed Horner's Mills, I received an order from General Howard to hurry my command forward as quickly as possible, as the First Corps was engaged with the enemy in the neighborhood of Gettysburg. This was a surprise, for we did not hear the slightest indication of artillery firing from that direction. I put the division <!-- p. 5 --> to the “double quick,” and then rode ahead with my staff. Soon I met on the road fugitives from Gettysburg, men, women and children, who seemed to be in great terror. I remember especially a middle-aged woman, who tugged a small child by the hand and carried a large bundle on her back. She tried to stop me, crying out at the top of her voice: “Hard times at Gettysburg! They are shooting and killing! What will become of us!” Still I did not hear any artillery fire until I had reached the ridge of a rise of ground before me. Until then the waves of sound had passed over my head unperceived. {{anchor|gettysburg}} {|style="margin: auto" rules="all" border="1" |style="padding: 5px"|[[Image:Gettysburg.png|center|500px]] |} {{center|{{x-smaller|{{sp|THE TOWN OF GETTYSBURG}}}}}} About 11:30 I found General Howard on an eminence east of the cemetery of Gettysburg, from which we could overlook a wide plain. Immediately before us Gettysburg, a comfortable-looking town of a few thousand inhabitants. Beyond and on both sides of it, stretching far away an open landscape dotted with little villages and farmhouses and orchards and tufts of trees and detached belts of timber; two creeks, Willoughby's Run on the left and Rock Creek on the right; radiating from the town westward and eastward, well-defined roads—counting from right to left the Hanover road, the York Pike, the Gettysburg and Hanover railroad, the Hunterstown road, the Harrisburg road, the Carlisle road, the Mummasburg road, the Cashtown and Chambersburg Pike, the Hagerstown road, and behind us the roads on which our troops were coming—the Emmitsburg road, the Taneytown road, and the Baltimore road. The elevated spot from which we overlooked this landscape was Cemetery Hill, being the northern end of a ridge which terminated due south in two steep, rocky knolls partly wooded, called the Round Tops—half a mile distant on our right a hill called Culp's Hill, covered with timber; and opposite our left, about a mile distant, a ridge running almost parallel with Cemetery Ridge, called <!-- p. 6 --> Seminary Ridge, from the Lutheran Seminary buildings on its crest—the whole a smiling landscape inhabited by a peaceable people wont to harvest their crops and to raise their children in quiet and prosperous contentment. From where we stood we observed the thin lines of troops, and here and there puffy clouds of white smoke on and around Seminary Ridge, and heard the crackle of the musketry and the booming of the cannon, indicating a forward movement of our First Corps, which we knew to be a little over 8000 men strong. Of the troops themselves we could see little. I remember how small the affair appeared to me, as seen from a distance in the large frame of the surrounding open country. But we were soon made painfully aware of the awful significance of it. The dead body of General Reynolds, the commander of the First Corps, was being carried away from the field. He had been too far forward in the firing-line and the bullet of a Southern sharpshooter had laid him low. So the action had begun with a great loss. He was known as an officer of superior merit, and in the opinion of many it was he that ought to have been put at the head of the Army of the Potomac. General Reynolds' death devolved the command of the First Corps upon General Doubleday, the command of all the troops then on the field upon General Howard, and the command of the Eleventh Corps upon me. The situation before us was doubtful. We received a report from General Wadsworth, one of the division commanders of the First Corps, that he was advancing, that the enemy's forces in his front were apparently not very strong, but that he thought that the enemy was making a movement towards his right. From our point of observation we could perceive but little of the strength of the enemy, and Wadsworth's dispatch did not relieve our uncertainty. If the enemy <!-- p. 7 --> before us was only in small force, then we had to push him as far as might seem prudent to General Meade. But if the enemy was bringing on the whole or a large part of his army, which his movement toward General Wadsworth's right might be held to indicate, then we had to look for a strong position in which to establish and maintain ourselves until reinforced or ordered back. Such a position was easily found at the first glance. It was Cemetery Hill on which we then stood and which was to play so important a part in the battle to follow. Accordingly General Howard ordered me to take the First and Third Divisions of the Eleventh Corps through the town and to place them on the right of the First Corps, while he would hold back the Second Division under General Steinwehr and the reserve artillery on Cemetery Hill and the eminence east of it, as a reserve. {{anchor|meade}} {|rules="none" border="1" style="margin: auto" |style="padding: 1"|[[Image:George Gordon Meade.png|center|x400px]] |} {{center|{{smaller|GENERAL GEORGE G. MEADE}}}} About 12:30 the head of the column of the Eleventh Corps arrived. The weather being sultry, the men, who had marched several miles at a rapid pace, were streaming with perspiration and panting for breath. But they hurried through the town as best they could, and were promptly deployed on the right of the First Corps. But the deployment could not be made as originally designed by simply prolonging the First Corps' line, for in the meantime a strong Confederate force had arrived on the battlefield on the right flank of the First Corps, so that to confront it, the Eleventh had to deploy under fire at an angle with the First. General Schimmelfennig, temporarily commanding my, the Third, Division, connected with the First Corps on his left as well as he could under the circumstances, and General Francis Barlow, commanding our First Division, formerly Devens', deployed on his right. General Barlow was still a young man, but with his beardless, smooth face looked even much younger than he was. His <!-- p. 8 --> men at first gazed at him wondering how such a boy could be put at the head of regiments of men. But they soon discovered him to be a strict disciplinarian, and one of the coolest and bravest in action. In both respects he was inclined to carry his virtues to excess. At the very time when he moved into the firing line at Gettysburg I had to interfere by positive order in favor of the commander of one of his regiments, whom he had suspended and sent to the rear for a mere unimportant peccadillo. Having been too strict in this instance, within the next two hours he made the mistake of being too brave. {{anchor|schimmelfennig}} [[Image:Alexander Schimmelfennig.png|center|400px]] {{center|{{smaller|GENERAL SCHIMMELFENNIG}}}} I had hardly deployed my two divisions, about 6000 men, on the north side of Gettysburg, when the action very perceptibly changed its character. Until then the First Corps had been driving before it a comparatively small force of the enemy, taking many prisoners, among them the rebel general Archer with almost his whole brigade. My line, too, advanced, but presently I received an order from General Howard to halt where I was, and to push forward only a strong force of skirmishers. This I did, and my skirmishers, too, captured prisoners in considerable number. But then the enemy began to show greater strength and tenacity. He planted two batteries on a hillside, one above the other, opposite my left, enfilading part of the First Corps. Captain Dilger, whose battery was attached to my Third Division, answered promptly, dismounted four of the enemy's guns, as we observed through our field-glasses, and drove away two rebel regiments supporting them. In the meantime the infantry firing on my left and on the right of the First Corps grew much in volume. It became evident that the enemy's line had been heavily reinforced, and was pressing upon us with constantly increasing vigor. I went up to the roof of a house behind my skirmish line to get a better view of the situation, and observed that <!-- p. 9 --> my right and center were not only confronted by largely superior forces, but also that my right was becoming seriously overlapped. I had ordered General Barlow to refuse his right wing, that is to place his right brigade, Colonel Gilsa's, a little in the right rear of his other brigade, in order to use it against a possible flanking movement by the enemy. But I now noticed that Barlow, be it that he had misunderstood my order, or that he was carried away by the ardor of the conflict, had advanced his whole line and lost connection with my Third Division on his left, and in addition to this, he had, instead of refusing, pushed forward his right brigade, so that it formed a projecting angle with the rest of the line. At the same time I saw the enemy emerging from the belt of woods on my right with one battery after another and one column of infantry after another, threatening to envelop my right flank and to cut me off from the town and the position on Cemetery Hill behind. I immediately gave orders to the Third Division to re-establish its connection with the First, although this made still thinner a line already too thin, and hurried one staff officer after another to General Howard with the urgent request for one of his two reserve brigades to protect my right against the impending flank attack by the enemy. Our situation became critical. As far as we could judge from the reports of prisoners and from what we observed in our front, the enemy was rapidly advancing the whole force of at least two of his army-corps—A. P. Hill's, and Ewell's, against us, that is to say, 40,000 men, of whom at least 30,000 were then before us. We had 17,000, counting in the two brigades held in reserve by General Howard and not deducting the losses already suffered by the First Corps. Less than 14,000 men we had at that moment in the open field without the slightest advantage of <!-- p. 10 --> position. We could hardly hope to hold out long against such a superiority of numbers, and there was imminent danger that, if we held out too long, the enemy would succeed in turning our right flank and in getting possession of the town of Gettysburg, through which our retreat to the defensive position on Cemetery Hill would probably have to be effected. For this reason I was so anxious to have one of the reserve brigades posted at the entrance of the town to oppose the flanking movement of the enemy which I saw going on. But, before that brigade came, the enemy advanced to the attack along the whole line with great impetuosity. Gilsa's little brigade, in its exposed position “in the air” on Barlow's extreme right, had to suffer the first violent onset of the Confederates, and was fairly crushed by the enemy rushing on from the front and both flanks. Colonel Gilsa, one of the bravest of men and an uncommonly skillful officer, might well complain of his fate. Here, as at Chancellorsville, he was in a position in which neither he nor his men could do themselves justice, and he felt keenly the adverse whims of the fortunes of war. General Barlow, according to his habit always in the thickest of the fight, was seriously wounded, as happened to him repeatedly, and had to leave the command of the division to the commander of its second brigade, General Adelbert Ames. This brigade bravely endured an enfilading fire from two rebel batteries placed near the Harrisburg road. But it was forced back when its right flank was entirely uncovered and heavy masses of rebel infantry pressed upon it. About four o'clock, the attack by the enemy along the whole line became general and still more vehement. Regiment stood against regiment in the open fields, near enough almost to see the white in one another's eyes, firing literally in one another's faces. The slaughter on both sides was awful. At <!-- p. 11 --> that moment it was reported that the right wing of the First Corps, which had fought heroically all day, had been pressed back, and one of General Doubleday's aides-de-camp brought me a request for a few regiments to be sent to his assistance. Alas, I had not a man to spare, but was longing for reinforcements myself, for at the same time I received a report that my Third Division was flanked on its left, on the very spot where it should have connected with the First, General Doubleday's corps. A few minutes later, while this butchery was still going on, an order reached me from General Howard directing me to withdraw to the south side of the town and to occupy a position on and near Cemetery Hill. While I was doing my utmost, assisted by my staff officers, to rally and re-form what was within my reach of the First Division, for the purpose of checking the enemy's advance around my right, and to hold the edge of the town, the reserve brigade I had so urgently asked for, the First Brigade of the Second Division, Eleventh Corps, under Colonel Coster, at last arrived. It came too late for that offensive push which I had intended to make with it in order to relieve my right, if it had come half, or even quarter of an hour earlier. But I led it out of the town and ordered it to deploy on the right of the junction of the roads near the railway station, which the enemy was fast approaching. There the brigade, assisted by a battery, did good service in detaining the enemy long enough to permit the First Division to enter the town without being seriously molested on its retreat. The Third Division was meanwhile still sustaining the murderous contest. To break off an engagement carried on at long range, is comparatively easy. But the task becomes very difficult and delicate in a fight at very close quarters. Still, the Third Division, when ordered to do so, fell back in good form, executing its retreat to the town, <!-- p. 12 --> fighting, step by step, with great firmness. I said in my official report: “In this part of the action, which was almost a hand-to-hand struggle, officers and men showed the highest courage and determination. Our loss was extremely severe. The Second Brigade, Third Division, lost all its regimental commanders; several regiments nearly half their number in killed and wounded.” Among the mortally wounded was Colonel Mahler of the Seventy-fifth Pennsylvania, who had been a revolutionary comrade of mine in the German fortress of Rastatt, in 1849. Now with death on his face he reached out his hand to me on the bloody field of Gettysburg, to bid me a last farewell. I came out unscathed, but my horse had a bullet bole clean through the fatty ridge of the neck just under the mane. It has been represented by some writers, Southerners, that the Union forces on the first day of the battle of Gettysburg were utterly routed and fled pell-mell into the town. This is far from the truth. That there were a good many stragglers hurrying to the rear in a disorderly fashion, as is always the case during and after a hot fight, will not be denied. Neither will it be denied that it was a retreat after a lost battle with the enemy in hot pursuit. But there was no element of dissolution in it. The retreat through the town was of course more or less disorderly, the streets being crowded with vehicles of every description, which offered to the passing troops exceedingly troublesome obstructions. It is also true that Eleventh Corps men complained that when they entered the town, it was already full of First Corps men, and vice versa, which really meant that the two corps became more or less mixed in passing through. It is likewise true that many officers and men, among others General Schimmelfennig, became entangled in cross streets, and alleys without thoroughfare, and <!-- p. 13 --> were captured by the enemy pressing after them. But, after all, the fact remains that in whatever shape the troops issued from the town, they were promptly reorganized, each was under the colors of his regiment, and in as good a fighting trim as before, save that their ranks were fearfully thinned by the enormous losses suffered during the day. As we ascended Cemetery Hill from the town of Gettysburg we met General Hancock, whom General Meade had sent forward to take command of the field. The meeting of Generals Hancock and Howard is thus described by Major E. P. Halstead of the staff of the First Corps, who had been sent by General Doubleday to ask General Howard for reinforcements: “I returned to where General Howard sat, just as General Hancock approached at a swinging gallop. When near General Howard, who was then alone, he saluted, and with great animation, as if there was no time for ceremony, said General Meade had sent him forward to take command of the three Corps [the First, Eleventh, and his own, the Second]. General Howard replied that he was the senior. General Hancock said: ‘I am aware of that, General, but I have written orders in my pocket from General Meade, which I will show you if you wish to see them.’ General Howard said: ‘No; I do not doubt your word, General Hancock, but you can give no orders here while I am here.’ Hancock replied: ‘Very well, General Howard, I will second any order that you have to give, but General Meade has also directed me to select a field on which to fight this battle in rear of Pipe Creek.’ Then casting one glance from Culp's Hill to Round Top, he continued: ‘But I think this the strongest position by nature upon which to fight a battle that I ever saw, and if it meets your approbation I will select this as the battlefield.’ General Howard responded: ‘I think this a very strong <!-- p. 14 --> position, General Hancock, a very strong position.’ ‘Very well, sir, I select this as the battlefield,’ said General Hancock, and immediately turned away to rectify our lines.” {{anchor|hancock}} {| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |style="padding: 1"|[[Image:Winfield Scott Hancock.png|center|x400px]] |} {{center|{{smaller|GENERAL WINFIELD S. HANCOCK}}}} This story is told by Major Halstead in the ''Century'' series of “Battles and Leaders,” and he adds this remark: “There was no person present besides myself when the conversation took place between Howard and Hancock. A number of years since I reminded General Hancock of that fact and what I had heard pass between them. He said that what I have repeated here was true, and requested a written statement, which I subsequently furnished him.” That the appearance of Hancock as commander of the field should have sorely touched Howard's pride, is well intelligible, especially as he could hardly fail to understand it as an expression of want of confidence in him on the part of General Meade. It was about 3:20 of the afternoon when General Buford sent a dispatch to General Meade in which he said: “In my opinion there seems to be no directing person.” This was too severe on General Howard, who, in fact, had given several directions which were unquestionably correct. But it, no doubt, expressed the prevailing impression, and under these circumstances the appearance of General Hancock at the front was a most fortunate event. It gave the troops a new inspiration. They all knew him by fame, and his stalwart figure, his proud mien, and his superb soldierly bearing seemed to verify all the things that fame had told about him. His mere presence was a reinforcement, and everybody on the field felt stronger for his being there. This new inspiration of self-reliance might have become of immediate importance, had the enemy made another attack—an eventuality for which we had to prepare. And in this preparation Howard, in spite of his heart-sore, <!-- p. 15 --> co-operated so loyally with Hancock that it would have been hard to tell which of the two was the commander, and which the subordinate. The line was soon formed. The Second Brigade, Colonel Orlando Smith's of Steinwehr's division, was already in position on the Cemetery Hill, fronting the town and occupying the nearest houses. Coster's brigade, and next the First Division, under Ames, were posted on the right, and my division, the Third, on his left on the cemetery itself. The First Corps was placed on my left, except Wadsworth's division, which was sent to the extreme right to occupy Culp's Hill. The batteries were put in proper position, and breastworks promptly constructed wherever necessary. All this was accomplished in a very short time. This done, General Hancock sat down on a stone fence on the brow of the hill from which he could overlook the field, on the north and west of Gettysburg, occupied by the Confederates. I joined him there, and through our field-glasses we eagerly watched the movements of the enemy. We saw their batteries and a large portion of their infantry columns distinctly. Some of those columns moved to and fro in a way the purpose of which we did not clearly understand. I was not ashamed to own that I felt nervous, for while our position was a strong one, the infantry line in it appeared, after the losses of the day, woefully thin. It was soothing to my pride, but by no means reassuring as to our situation, when General Hancock admitted that he felt nervous, too. Still he thought that with our artillery so advantageously posted, we might well hold out until the arrival of the Twelfth Corps, which was only a short distance behind us. So we sat watching the enemy and presently observed to our great relief that the movements of the rebel troops looked less and less like a formation for an immediate attack. Our nerves grew more and more tranquil <!-- p. 16 --> as minute after minute lapsed, for each brought night and reinforcements nearer. When the sun went down the Twelfth Corps was on the field and the Third Corps arriving. There has been much speculation as to whether the Confederates would not have won the battle of Gettysburg had they pressed the attack on the first day after the substantial overthrow of the First and Eleventh Corps. Southern writers are almost unanimous in the opinion that Lee would then without serious trouble have achieved a great victory. It is indeed possible that had they vigorously pushed their attack with their whole available force it the moment when the First and Eleventh Corps were entangled in the streets of the town, they might have completely annihilated those corps, possessed themselves of Cemetery Hill, and taken the heads of the Federal columns advancing toward Gettysburg at a disadvantage. But night would soon have put an end to that part of the action; that night would have given General Meade time to change his dispositions, and the main battle would in all likelihood have been fought on Pipe Creek instead of Gettysburg, in the position which General Meade had originally selected. Nor is it quite so certain, as Southern writers seem to think, that the Confederates would have had easy work in carrying Cemetery Hill after the First and Eleventh Corps had passed through the town and occupied that position. When they speak of the two corps as having fled from the field in a state of utter demoralization, they grossly exaggerate. Those troops were indeed beaten back, but not demoralized or dispirited. Had they been in a state of rout such as Southern writers describe, they would certainly have left many of their cannon behind them. But they brought off their whole artillery save one single dismounted piece, and that artillery, as now posted, was capable of formidable work. The infantry was <!-- p. 17 --> indeed reduced by well-nigh one-half its effective force, but all that was left, was good. Besides, the Confederates, too, had suffered severely. Their loss in killed and wounded and prisoners was very serious. Several of their brigades had become disordered during the action to such an extent that it required some time to re-form them. It is therefore at least doubtful whether they could have easily captured Cemetery Hill before the arrival of heavy reinforcements on our side. Another disputed point is whether we did not make a great mistake in continuing the bloody fight north of the town too long. Thirty-eight years after the event I was called upon by Mr. John Codman Ropes, the eminent historian of the Civil War, who unfortunately for the country has died before finishing his work. He had then the history of the battle of Gettysburg in hand and wished to have my recollections as to certain details. In the course of our conversation I asked him what his criticism was of our conduct on the first day. He said that on the whole we fought well and were obliged to yield the field north and east of the town, but that we committed a great mistake in not retreating to our second position south and west of Gettysburg an hour and perhaps two hours earlier. The same opinion was expressed by General Doubleday in his official report. In referring to about that time of the day he says: “Upon taking a retrospect of the field it might seem, in view of the fact that we were finally forced to retreat, that this would have been the proper time to retire; but to fall back without orders from the commanding general might have inflicted lasting disgrace upon the corps—nor would I have retreated without the knowledge and approbation of General Howard, who was my superior officer. Had I done so, it would have uncovered the left flank of his corps. If circumstances required it, it was his place, not mine, to issue the order. <!-- p. 18 --> General Howard, from his commanding position on Cemetery Hill, could overlook all the enemy's movements as well as our own, and I therefore relied much upon his superior facilities for observation to give me timely warning of any unusual danger.” That General Howard ought to have given the order to retreat at an earlier period of the action will, in the light of subsequent events, seriously be doubted. He may, in the first place, well have hesitated to retreat without orders from General Meade for reasons perhaps not quite as good, but nearly as good, as those given by General Doubleday for not having retreated without orders from General Howard. But there was another consideration of weightier importance. Would not the enemy, if we had retreated two hours, or even one hour earlier, have been in better condition, and therefore more encouraged to make a determined attack upon the cemetery that afternoon,—and with better chance of success? The following occurrence subsequently reported, indicates that he would. Three or four companies of my regiments, led by Captain F. Irsch, became separated from the main body while retreating through the streets of Gettysburg. Hotly pressed by the pursuing enemy, they threw themselves into a block of buildings near the market place, from which they continued firing. A rebel officer approached them under a flag of truce, and summoned them to surrender. Captain Irsch defiantly refused, saying that he expected every moment to be relieved, as the Army of the Potomac was coming on. The rebel officer replied that the whole town was in the possession of the Confederates, and he offered Captain Irsch “safe conduct” if he would look for himself. The Captain accepted, and saw on the market place General Ewell on horseback, at the moment when an officer approached him (General <!-- p. 19 --> Ewell) in hot haste, and said to him within the Captain's hearing that General Lee wished him, General Ewell, forthwith to proceed to attack the Federals on Cemetery Hill, whereupon General Ewell replied in a low voice, but audible to Captain Irsch, that if General Lee knew the condition of his, Ewell's, troops, after their long march and the fight that had just taken place, he would not think of such an order, and that the attack could not be risked. This story, which I have from Captain Irsch himself and which is corroborated by other evidence, would seem to show that by continuing as long as we did, our fight in the afternoon, in spite of the losses we suffered, we rendered the enemy unable, or at least disinclined, to undertake a later attack upon Cemetery Hill, which might have had much more serious results. There is, therefore, very good reason for concluding that General Howard rendered valuable service in not ordering the retreat as early as General Doubleday thought he ought to have ordered it. I remember a picturesque scene that happened that night in a lower room of the gate house of the Gettysburg Cemetery. In the center of the room a barrel set upright, with a burning tallow candle stuck in the neck of a bottle on top of it; around the walls six or seven generals accidentally gathered together, sitting some on boxes but most on the floor, listening to the accounts of those who had been in the battle of the day, then making critical comments and discussing what might have been and finally all agreeing in the hope that General Meade had decided or would decide to fight the battle of the morrow on the ground on which we then were. There was nothing of extraordinary solemnity in the “good-night” we gave one another when we parted. It was rather a commonplace, business-like “good-night,” as that of an ordinary occasion. We of the Eleventh Corps, occupying the cemetery, lay down, <!-- p. 20 --> wrapt in our cloaks, with the troops among the grave-stones. There was profound stillness in the graveyard, broken by no sound but the breathing of men and here and there the tramp of a horse's foot; and sullen rumblings mysteriously floating on the air from a distance all around. The sun of the 2nd of July rose brightly upon these two armies marshalling for battle. Neither of them was ready. But as we could observe the field from Cemetery Hill, the Confederates were readier than we were. The belts of timber screening their lines presented open spaces enough, in which we could see their bayonets glisten and their artillery in position, to permit us to form a rough estimate of the extent of the positions they occupied and of the strength of their forces present. There was a rumor that Lee's army was fully as strong as ours—which, however, was not the case—and from what we saw before us, we guessed that it was nearly all up and ready for action. We knew, too, that to receive the anticipated attack, our army was, although rapidly coming in, not nearly all up. It was, indeed, a comforting thought that Lee, who, as rumor had it, had wished and planned for a defensive battle, was now obliged to fight an aggressive one against our army established in a strong position. Yet we anxiously hoped that his attack would not come too early for our comfort. Thus we watched with not a little concern the dense columns of our troops as they approached at a brisk pace on the Taneytown road and the Baltimore Pike to wheel into the positions assigned to them. It was, if I remember rightly, about 8 o'clock when General Meade quietly appeared on the cemetery, on horseback, accompanied by a staff officer and an orderly. His long-bearded, haggard face, shaded by a black military felt hat the rim of which was turned down, looked careworn and tired, as if he had not slept that night. The spectacles on his nose <!-- p. 21 --> gave him a somewhat magisterial look. There was nothing in his appearance or his bearing—not a smile nor a sympathetic word addressed to those around him—that might have made the hearts of the soldiers warm up to him, or that called forth a cheer. There was nothing of pose, nothing stagey, about him. His mind was evidently absorbed by a hard problem. But this simple, cold, serious soldier with his business-like air did inspire confidence. The officers and men, as much as was permitted, crowded around and looked up to him with curious eyes, and then turned away, not enthusiastic, but clearly satisfied. With a rapid glance he examined the position of our army, which has often, and quite correctly, been likened to a fishing hook, the long shank of which was formed by Cemetery Ridge, running south from the cemetery to Round Top; the head by the cemetery itself, and the hook, receding toward the southeast, by the woods of Culp's Hill. The General nodded, seemingly with approval. After the usual salutations I asked him how many men he had on the ground. I remember his answer well. “In the course of the day I expect to have about 95,000—enough, I guess, for this business.” And then, after another sweeping glance over the field, he added, as if repeating something to himself: “Well, we may fight it out here just as well as anywhere else.” Then he quietly rode away. The Second Corps of our army had arrived about seven; two divisions of the Fifth about the same time; several brigades of the Third Corps came up about nine; the Artillery Reserve and the large ammunition train was parked in the valley between Cemetery Ridge and Culp's Hill by eleven; the Sixth Corps under Sedgwick reached Rock Creek after a march of thirty-four miles, about four of the afternoon. Thus our line was gradually filled. But, the forenoon passed without any serious attack from the Confederates. There were <!-- p. 22 --> only, as the two armies “felt” one another, occasional sputterings of musketry and abrupt discharges of cannon, like growling barks of chained watch-dogs when you approach them too closely. At last, between three and four, the expected attack came. Our position had its weak points. On our extreme right the Twelfth Corps under General Slocum held Culp's Hill—Wadsworth's division of the First Corps joined the Twelfth Corps to the Eleventh under Howard, which occupied the cemetery, forming the bend of the fishing hook; to the left of the Eleventh on Cemetery Ridge, the “long shank,” stood Doubleday's division of the First, then the Second Corps under Hancock, and on its left the Third under Sickles, which, to gain a higher and apparently more advantageous position, was moved forward on the Cemetery Ridge line to a peach orchard, hence become famous, the two divisions of the corps forming a projecting angle, provoking attack. The Round Tops on the left of the Third Corps were unoccupied. These were the weak points which General Lee's keen eyes quickly perceived. Our Fifth Corps stood in reserve, and our Sixth Corps under Sedgwick had not yet arrived. Lee's army formed a large semicircle fronting our lines—Ewell's Corps on its left, facing Culp's Hill and Cemetery Hill; A. P. Hill's Corps in the center, occupying Seminary Ridge and facing part of Cemetery Ridge held by the Second and the Third Corps, and Longstreet's facing our left. It was from Longstreet's Corps, therefore, that the attack upon our weak points came. A brisk cannonade preceded it, which, to judge by the missiles which whirred over our heads, was partly directed upon Cemetery Hill, and to which the batteries near us replied at a lively rate. Then we heard a confused noise on our left, a continuous rattle of musketry, discharge of artillery now thundering with rapid vehemence; <!-- p. 23 --> then slackening as if batteries were silenced; then breaking out again with renewed violence; and from time to time something like an echo of a Union cheer or a rebel yell. Owing to a projecting spur of Cemetery Ridge, we on the cemetery itself could not see what was happening on our extreme left—nothing but the rising clouds of white smoke. Neither did the sounds we heard indicate which side had the advantage in the battle. But looking to our rear we observed how regiment after regiment was taken from our right wing to be hurried as quickly as possible toward the left of the army as reinforcement. The fire grew more furious from minute to minute, and about half after six, the roar of the battle actually seemed to indicate that our line was yielding. A moment later Captain Dilger of my artillery, who had gone to the ammunition train to get a new supply, came galloping up Cemetery Hill in great agitation with the report that the enemy had overwhelmed the Third Corps in the peach orchard and pressing after our flying troops had pierced our left center; that his musket balls were already falling into our ammunition train, and that unless the rebels were beaten back at once, they would attack us in the rear and take us prisoners in half an hour. It was a moment of most anxious suspense. But it did not last long. Loud and repeated Union cheers on our left, which could be heard above the din of battle, told us that relief had come in time and had rolled back the hostile wave. General Meade had skillfully used the advantage afforded us by the “interior line” in rapidly shifting forces from one point to another as the necessities of the moment required, and thus succeeded in meeting the assault of the enemy with superior numbers. As evening came the battle on the left sank into a lull and we were assured that, although the enemy had gained some ground, we had won a secure lodgment on the Round Tops, owing to <!-- p. 24 --> General Warren's keen discernment of the situation, and our line from there to Cemetery Hill was substantially restored. In the meantime the enemy, noticing the withdrawal of some of our troops from Culp's Hill, had tried to capture that vitally important position. But there, too, although the enemy possessed himself of some of the breastworks left by the brigades that had been called away to assist in beating back the attack on our left, he was checked by our troops left in position, especially General Greene's brigade—the same General Greene who lived in New York to reach, in honor and health, the age of ninety odd years—which heroically maintained itself alone until succored by reinforcements, among which were several of my regiments. A part of my First Brigade was sent to strengthen General Ames, who was hard pressed, and some of the Second Brigade pushed to the support of General Wadsworth, which they did very efficiently—for which thanks were returned. But the dangers of the day were not yet ended. It was already dark when we on Cemetery Hill were suddenly startled by a tremendous turmoil at Wiedrich's and Rickett's batteries placed on a commanding point on the right of Cemetery Hill. General Howard and I were standing together in conversation when the uproar surprised us. There could be no doubt of its meaning. The enemy was attacking the batteries on our right, and if he gained possession of them he would enfilade a large part of our line toward the south as well as the east, and command the valley between Cemetery Ridge and Culp's Hill, where the ammunition trains were parked. The fate of the battle might hang on the repulse of this attack. There was no time to wait for superior orders. With the consent of General Howard I took the two regiments <!-- p. 25 --> nearest to me, ordered them to fix bayonets, and, headed by Colonel Krzyzanowski, they hurried to the threatened point at a double-quick. I accompanied them with my whole staff. Soon we found ourselves surrounded by a rushing crowd of stragglers from the already broken lines. We did our best, sword in hand, to drive them back as we went. Arrived at the batteries, we found an indescribable scene of mêlée. Some rebel infantry had scaled the breastworks and were taking possession of the guns. But the cannoneers defended themselves desperately. With rammers and fence rails, hand spikes and stones, they knocked down the intruders. In Wiedrich's battery, manned by Germans from Buffalo, a rebel officer, brandishing his sword, cried out: “This battery is ours!” Whereupon a sturdy artilleryman responded: “No, dis battery is ''unser'',” and felled him to the ground with a sponge-staff. Our infantry made a vigorous rush upon the invaders, and after a short but very spirited hand-to-hand scuffle tumbled them down the embankment. As General Hunter said in his contribution to the ''Century'' series: “The Dutchmen showed that they were in no way inferior to their Yankee comrades, who had been taunting them ever since Chancellorsville.” Our line to the right, having been reinforced by Carroll's brigade of the Second Corps, which had hurried on in good time, also succeeded in driving back the assailants with a rapid fire, and the dangerous crisis was happily ended. I could say with pride in my official report that during this perilous hour my officers and men behaved splendidly. During the night the regiments that had been withdrawn from my command to give aid elsewhere, returned to their former positions. The net result of the second day's battle was, on the whole, not encouraging to either side. The Confederates had gained some ground—the position of the Emmitsburg road on their <!-- p. 26 --> right and some Union breastworks on Culp's Hill on their extreme left; but they had also failed in several of their attacks, and become aware how difficult it would be to break the Union lines at any point in a manner to secure a decisive result. On the other hand, our army had lost some ground, but at the same time made its position stronger by the secure occupation of the Round Tops and the rectification of its line between them and Cemetery Hill. But both armies had suffered enormous losses in killed, wounded, and prisoners, and the commander of each, as has appeared from subsequent revelations, profoundly wished he were well out of the mess, while neither could see how he could do else than continue on the line on which he had begun. A council of the corps commanders held by General Meade that night was unanimous in that decision. {{anchor|meadehq}} [[Image:Meade HQ.png|center|500px]] {{center|{{smaller|GENERAL MEADE'S HEADQUARTERS AT GETTYSBURG}}}} At dawn of day on the 3rd of July we were roused from sleep by a fierce rattle of musketry in the woods of Culp's Hill. As already mentioned, the withdrawal of several brigades from our right to assist our left in the fights of the preceding day had enabled the enemy to get possession of several breastworks abandoned by the Twelfth Corps. General Meade decided that for the security of our right flank those positions must be retaken, and the Twelfth Corps went at the task with great spirit. It was a little battle of its own, of which, owing to the woods on the field of action, we could see nothing except the columns of troops sent from the center and the left wing of our army to the assistance of the right. But the firing was incessant, both of artillery and musketry, now and then swelling into a great roar, stimulating the imagination of the distant listeners into nervous activity as to what might be happening under that cloud of white smoke hovering over Culp's Hill. About half past ten the firing ceased, and it was reported that the Twelfth, after a six hours' stubborn fight, not too bloody <!-- p. 27 --> on our side, had retaken the positions held by the enemy during the night. And then came that interval of perfect stillness of which most of the descriptions of the battle of Gettysburg have so much to say. That the battle should have come to a short stop would have surprised nobody. But when that stop lengthened from minute to minute, from half hour to half hour, and when it settled down into a tranquillity like the peaceful and languid repose of a warm midsummer morning in which one might expect to hear the ringing of the village church-bells, there was something ominous, something uncanny, in these strange, unexpected hours of profound silence so sharply contrasting with the bloody horrors which had preceded, and which were sure to follow them. Even the light-hearted soldiers, who would ordinarily never lose an opportunity for some outbreak of an hilarious mood, even in a short moment of respite in a fight, seemed to feel the oppression. Some sat silently on the ground munching their hard-tack, while others stretched themselves out seeking sleep, which they probably would have found more readily had the cannon been thundering at a distance. The officers stood together in little groups discussing with evident concern what this long-continued calm might mean. Could it be that Lee, whose artillery in long rows of batteries had been silently frowning at us all the morning, had given up his intention to make another great attack? If not, why had he not begun it at an earlier hour, which unquestionably would have been more advantageous to him? Suddenly the riddle was solved. About one o'clock the long hush was broken by the booming of two guns fired in rapid succession on the enemy's right, where Longstreet's Corps stood. And at once this signal was answered by all the batteries of the Confederate army, about 130 cannon, that could be <!-- p. 28 --> brought to bear upon Cemetery Hill and the ridge joining it to the Round Tops. Instantly about 80 pieces of our artillery—as many as could usefully be posted in our line facing west and northwest—took up the challenge, and one of the grandest artillery duels in the history of wars followed. All that I had ever read in battle-stories of the booming of heavy guns out-thundering the thunders of heaven, and making the earth tremble, and almost stopping one's breath by the concussions of the air—was here made real, in terrific effect. The roar was so incessant and at times so deafening that when I wished to give an order to one of my officers I had to put my hands to my mouth as a speaking trumpet and shout my words into his ear. Fortunately the enemy had aimed their artillery a little too high, so that most of its missiles passed over our heads. But enough of them struck the ground on the cemetery and exploded there, to scatter death and destruction among the men immediately around, and to shatter gravestones and blow up ammunition caissons. But as most of them flew over us, rushing, screaming, whirring, and as they burst above, and sent down their deadly fragments, they added to the hellish din a peculiarly malicious noise of their own. How would the men endure this frightful experience? One of the hardest trials of the courage and steadfastness of the soldier is to stand still and be shot at without being able to reply. This ordeal is especially severe when the soldier is under a heavy artillery fire which, although less dangerous than that of musketry, is more impressive on the nerves. It bewilders the mind of the bravest with a painful sense of helplessness as against a tremendous power, and excites to peculiar vivacity the not unnatural desire to get into a safer place out of range. As a matter of course we ordered the troops to lie down flat on the ground, so as to present the smallest possible target. But when I observed the effect <!-- p. 29 --> of the dropping of a shell right into the midst of a regiment which caused some uneasy commotion, I thought it my duty to get upon my feet and look after it. I found that it had a very steadying and cheering effect upon the men to see me quietly walking up and down in front smoking a cigar. I could not speak to them, for the incessant roar of the cannonade would not let them hear me. But I noticed that many of them returned my smile in a sort of confidential way when I happened to catch their eyes, as if to say: “It is not jolly, but we two will not be frightened by it.” Indeed it was not jolly, for I felt as if the enemy's projectiles rushing over me were so near that I might have touched them with my riding-whip held up at full length of my arm. But observing the good effect of my promenade in front, I invited, by gesture, some of the regimental officers to do likewise. They promptly obeyed, although, I suppose, they liked the stroll no more than I did. Many years later I found in Tolstoy's great novel, “War and Peace,” a description of the conduct of a Russian regiment at the battle of Borodino, which had to remain motionless under a fearful fire of French batteries, the men sitting on the ground and diverting their minds under the deadly hail by braiding the blades of grass within their reach. It reminded me vividly of what I saw on the cemetery of Gettysburg, where, while that tremendous cannonade was going on, some of the men occupied their minds by cleaning their gun-locks, others by polishing the buttons of their uniforms, still others by sewing up rents in their clothes. Evidently Tolstoy wrote from the personal experience of battles. {{anchor|tiedemann}} [[Image:Fritz Tiedemann.png|center|400px]] {{center|{{smaller|CAPTAIN FRITZ TIEDEMANN}}}} I had the good fortune of saving in a curious way the life of one of my aides, Captain Fritz Tiedemann, one of whose daughters more than thirty years later was to become the wife of one of my sons. During an interval between two of my <!-- p. 30 --> front promenades I stretched myself on the ground, my aide Fritz by my side. Feeling a nagging desire to eat something, I shouted into his ear: “Fritz, go and see whether you cannot borrow a cracker for me from somebody. I am desperately hungry.” Fritz had hardly moved two paces away from me when a piece of a burst shell about half as large as my hand fell upon the place on which he had been lying, and buried itself several inches in the soil. Thus the life of my son's father-in-law that was to be, was saved by the craving of my stomach. The furious bombardment had lasted more than an hour when the excellent Chief of Artillery of the Army of the Potomac, General Hunt, passed along the line the order to “cease firing”; not all the batteries to become silent at once, but one after another. The intention, and the actual effect, was, not only to prevent the further useless expenditure of ammunition, but principally to make the enemy believe that our artillery was in great part seriously crippled and would no longer be able to offer effective resistance to a vigorous attack. In fact the actual effect of the enemy's grand bombardment of our lines had been very trifling. A few pieces had been dismounted, but they were easily replaced from the reserve artillery. A few caissons had been exploded, but there was plenty of ammunition left. Some men and some horses had been killed or wounded, but, their number was astonishingly small considering the awfulness of the turmoil, and there was nothing of the terror and demoralization which the enemy, no doubt, had expected to produce. To judge by my own command, which occupied one of the positions most exposed to the enemy's fire, we had suffered very little in killed and wounded, and I did not hear of a single man that had skulked away from the ranks. But the enemy seemed to think differently. As our <!-- p. 31 --> batteries grew silent, so did his. And then came forth that famous scene which made the battle of Gettysburg more dramatic than any other event of the Civil War, and which more nearly approached the conception of what a battle is in the imagination of persons who have never seen one. I will describe only what we observed of it from the crest of Cemetery Hill. From a screen of woods opposite our left center emerged a long line of Confederate infantry, mounted officers in front and behind; and then another, and another—about 15,000 men. The alignment was perfect. The battle-flags fluttered gaily over the bayonets glittering in the sunlight. The spectacle has often been truly likened to a grand holiday parade on a festive ground. A mile of open field separated them from our line of defense. They had hardly traversed one-tenth of that distance when they became fully aware that those of them who had counted upon our artillery having been much disabled, had grievously deceived themselves. No sooner had the attacking column appeared on the open than our batteries, which had in the meantime been re-formed and well supplied with ammunition, opened upon them from the front and from the right and left, with a terrific fire. Through our field-glasses we could distinctly see the gaps torn in their ranks, and the ground dotted with dark spots—their dead and wounded. Now land then a cheer went up from our lines when our men observed some of our shells striking right among the advancing enemy and scattering death and destruction around. But the brave rebels promptly filled the gaps from behind or by closing up on their colors, and unshaken and unhesitatingly they continued their onward march. Then the Confederate artillery behind them, firing over their heads, tried to silence our batteries or at least to attract their fire so as to divert it from the infantry masses advancing in the open field. But in vain. Our cannon <!-- p. 32 --> did not change their aim, and the number of dark spots dotting the field increased fearfully from minute to minute. So far not a musket had been discharged from behind the stone fences protecting our regiments. Now the assailants steadily marching on seemed to disappear in a depression of the ground, where they stopped for a little while to readjust their alignment. But when they emerged again, evidently with undismayed courage, and quickened their pace to make the final plunge, a roar of cannon and a rattle of musketry, so tremendous, received them that one might have thought any force coming against it would have been swept from the face of the earth. Still the attacking lines, although much thinned and losing their regularity, rushed forward with grim determination. Then we on the cemetery lost sight of them as they were concealed from our eyes by the projecting spur of the ridge I have already spoken of. Meanwhile a rebel force, consisting apparently of two or three brigades, supporting the main attack on its left, advanced against our position on Cemetery Hill. We had about thirty pieces of artillery in our front. They were ordered to load with grape and canister, and to reserve their fire until the enemy should be within four or five hundred yards. Then the word to fire was given, and when, after a few rapid discharges, the guns “ceased” and permitted the smoke to clear away, all we saw of the enemy was the backs of men hastily running away, and the ground covered with dead and wounded. Our skirmishers rushed forward, speeding the pace of fugitives and gathering in a multitude of prisoners. But on our left the struggle, which from the cemetery we could not see, still continued. We could only hear a furious din which seemed to be stationary. Could it be that the rebels were breaking our lines? With nervous anxiety we turned our <!-- p. 33 --> eyes upon the valley behind us. But there we saw, not fugitives or skulkers from our positions, but columns of troops hurrying to the scene of the decisive conflict. This was reassuring. At last, looking again at the field which had been traversed by the splendid host of assailants we saw, first little driblets, then larger numbers, and finally huge swarms of men in utter disorder hurrying back the way they had come, and then, soon after, in hot pursuit, clouds of blue-coated skirmishers from our front rushing in from both sides, firing and capturing prisoners. This spectacle could have but one meaning. The great attack had failed disastrously. That magnificent column that had so proudly advanced upon us, was not only defeated, but well-nigh annihilated. A deep sigh of relief wrung itself from every breast. Then tremendous cheers arose along the Union lines, and here and there the men began to sing “John Brown's Soul.” The song swept weirdly over the bloody field. The general feeling in our ranks was that we had won a victory, and that we had now to reap its fruits. The instinct of the soldiers demanded a prompt, aggressive movement upon the enemy, and I think the instinct of the soldiers was right. The strongest of our army corps, the Fifth, kept in reserve, was substantially intact. Hardly any of the other corps had suffered so much as to be incapable of vigorous action. Their spirits were elated to genuine enthusiasm by the great event of the day. An order for a general advance seemed to be the natural outcome of the moment, and many men in the ranks fairly cried for it. But it did not come. Our skirmishers followed the retreating enemy for a certain distance, and then returned with their prisoners without having touched the positions from which the attacking force had emerged. Then two or three batteries of rebel artillery galloped forth from the belt <!-- p. 34 --> of timber which screened the enemy's scattered forces. They advanced a short distance, unlimbered, fired a few discharges, limbered up again and galloped back—probably to make us believe that the enemy, although repulsed, was still on the ground in fighting trim. (I do not remember having seen this fact stated in any of the histories of the battle of Gettysburg, but I observed it with my own eyes, and the impression is still vivid in my memory.) Soon darkness and deep silence fell upon the battlefield. Officers and men, utterly exhausted by the fatigues and excitements of the past three days, just dropped down on the ground. In a moment my people around me were soundly asleep among the shattered gravestones. About two o'clock in the morning I was suddenly aroused by a sharp but short rattle of musketry, the sound coming clearly from the plain on the north side of the town. It lasted only a few seconds—then complete stillness again. What could it mean? Only that the enemy was withdrawing his pickets, and some of our outposts sent a volley after them. This was my own opinion, and that of my officers. The next minute we were fast asleep again, and woke up only when daylight was upon us. Early in the morning I sent a detachment of my second brigade, under my chief of staff, Lieutenant Colonel Otto, into the town to reconnoiter. They took prisoners over 250 rebel stragglers, who remained behind while the enemy had during the night quietly evacuated Gettysburg. I at once rode in with some staff-officers and orderlies to satisfy myself whether there were any wounded men left in the houses or on the fields beyond, where my troops had been engaged on the first day of the battle. Then I enjoyed a most delightful surprise. Of all the losses we had suffered in the first day's bloody battle, that of my old friend Schimmelfennig went nearest to <!-- p. 35 --> my heart. He had not only been an officer of exceptional ability, but my military instructor in the old German days, and a dear personal friend. We did not know what had become of him—whether he lay dead on the field, or had been wounded, or made a prisoner by the enemy. Some of his officers had last seen him in the thickest of the fight, and how, when the order to retreat was given, he had left the field in the rear of his command. Further, their accounts did not go. Now, when early in the morning after the three-days' struggle I entered the town—what should I see? In the door of one of the houses on the main street, General Schimmelfennig, alive and waving his hat to me. “Halloh!” he shouted. “I knew you would come. I have been preparing for you. You must be hungry. I found some eggs in this house and saved them for you. We shall have them fried in a few minutes. Get off your horse and let us take breakfast together.” It was a jolly repast, during which he told us his story. When, during that furious fight of the first day, the order to retreat reached him, he did his best to take his command out of the fire-line in as orderly a shape as possible—a very difficult operation under any circumstances—and, therefore, left the field in the rear of his troops. But when he reached the town he found the streets crowded with a confused mass of artillery and vehicles of all sorts, and disorganized men. Somehow he was crowded into a blind lane, and suddenly ran against a high fence, barring his progress, while some rebel infantrymen, in hot pursuit, were yelling close behind him. To clear the tall fence on horseback was impossible. He therefore dismounted and climbed over it. While he was on the top rail, his pursuers came up to him, and one of them knocked him on the head with the butt of his gun. The blow did not hurt him much, but he let himself drop on the other side of the fence as if he were dead, or at least stunned. Fortunately, he wore <!-- p. 36 --> an ordinary cavalry overcoat over his general's uniform, so that no sign of his rank was visible. The rebel soldiers, thus taking him for a mere private, then passed by him. After a little while he cautiously raised his head and discovered that he was alone in a little kitchen garden, and that within a few yards of him there was a small stable or shed that might serve him as a temporary shelter. He crawled into it, and found a litter of straw on the ground, as well as some bread crumbs and other refuse, which seemed to have been intended for pigs. Soon he heard voices all around him, and from the talk he could catch he concluded that the rebels had taken possession of the town and were making preparations for its defense. There he lay, then, in his pig-sty, alone and helpless, surrounded on all sides by enemies who might have discovered him at any moment, but fortunately did not, and unknown to the inhabitants of the house to which the kitchen garden belonged. He had nothing to eat except the nauseous scraps he found on the ground, and nothing to drink except the few drops that were left in his field flask. And in this condition he lay from the afternoon of the 1st of July until the early morning of the 4th. But worse than hunger and thirst during those two and a half days and three nights was his feverish anxiety concerning the course of the battle. There was an ill-omened silence during the first night and the early forenoon of the second day. Had our army withdrawn? From the noises be heard he could only conclude that the enemy held the town of Gettysburg in force. But the roar of cannon and the rattle of the musketry during the afternoon assured him that our army was present in force, too. Only he could not tell which side had the advantage, or whether there was any advantage achieved by either side. And so it was on the third day, when the battle seemed to rage furiously, at different times and at <!-- p. 37 --> different points, apparently neither advancing nor receding, until late in the afternoon the artillery became silent, and a mighty Union cheer filled the air. Then his hope rose that something favorable to us had happened. Still, he was disquieted again by the continued presence of the rebel infantry around him, until late in the night he heard something like the passing around of an order among them in a low voice, whereupon they seemed quietly to slink away. Then perfect stillness. At break of day he ventured his head out of the pig-sty, and finding the kitchen garden completely deserted, he went into the house, the inhabitants of which greeted him first with some apprehension, but then, upon better knowledge of the situation, with great glee. A happy moment it was to me when I could telegraph to Mrs. Schimmelfennig, who was, with my family, at Bethlehem, Pa., that her husband, who had been reported missing after the first day's battle, had been found, sound and safe! No contrast could have been gloomier than that between the light-hearted hilarity of our breakfast and my visit to the battlefield immediately following it. The rebels had removed many if not most of their dead, but ours lay still in ghastly array on the ground where they had fallen. There can be no more hideous sight than that of the corpses on a battlefield, after they have been exposed a day or more to the sun in warm weather—the bodies swollen to monstrous size, the faces bloated and black, the eyes bulging out with a dead stare, all their features puffed out almost beyond recognition, some lying singly or in rows, others in heaps, having fallen over one another, some in attitudes of peaceful repose, others with arms raised, others in a sitting posture, others on their knees, others clawing the earth, many horribly distorted by what must have been a frightful death-struggle. Here I stood on the ground <!-- p. 38 --> occupied by my division during that murderous conflict, around me the dead bodies of men who, but three days ago, had cheered me when I rode along their front, and whose greetings I had responded to with sincere affection, the features of some of whom I now succeeded in recognizing after a painful effort; some officers whom I had known well, with whom I had talked often, and who now lay here, struck down in the flower of their young manhood, now horrible to look at like the rest—and over yonder, only a few paces away, some Confederate dead, whom their comrades had left on the field, now looking just like our men, and having in all probability died with the same belief in the justice of ''their'' cause. Was it possible that any of them should have been sincerely convinced of the righteousness of the cause they fought for—the cause of slavery? I had to say to myself that it was possible, and in many cases even certain; for did I not know from history that in many religious wars men had cut one another's throats with the fierceness of fanatical conviction concerning differences of opinion on doctrinal points which to-day would call forth from any educated person only a smile of pity? I rode away from this horrible scene in a musing state of mind, finally composing myself with the reaffirmed faith that in our struggle against slavery we could not possibly be wrong; that there was an imperative, indisputable necessity of fighting for our cause; that the belief of the rebels in the righteousness of their cause might be ever so sincere, and that they might individually deserve ever so much credit for that sincerity, but that their error stood offensively in the way of justice, and that their challenge had to be met. There were more harrowing experiences in store for me that day. To look after the wounded of my command, I visited the places where the surgeons were at work. At Bull Run, I <!-- p. 39 --> had seen only on a very small scale what I was now to behold. At Gettysburg the wounded—many thousands of them—were carried to the farmsteads behind our lines. The houses, the barns, the sheds, and the open barnyards were crowded with moaning and wailing human beings, and still an unceasing procession of stretchers and ambulances was coming in from all sides to augment the number of the sufferers. A heavy rain set in during the day—the usual rain after a battle—and large numbers had to remain unprotected in the open, there being no room left under roof. I saw long rows of men lying under the eaves of the buildings, the water pouring down upon their bodies in streams. Most of the operating tables were placed in the open where the light was best, some of them partially protected against the rain by tarpaulins or blankets stretched upon poles. There stood the surgeons, their sleeves rolled up to the elbows, their bare arms as well as their linen aprons smeared with blood, their knives not seldom held between their teeth, while they were helping a patient on or off the table, or had their hands otherwise occupied; around them pools of blood and amputated arms or legs in heaps, sometimes more than man-high. Antiseptic methods were still unknown at that time. As a wounded man was lifted on the table, often shrieking with pain as the attendants handled him, the surgeon quickly examined the wound and resolved upon cutting off the injured limb. Some ether was administered and the body put in position in a moment. The surgeon snatched his knife from between his teeth, where it had been while his hands were busy, wiped it rapidly once or twice across his blood-stained apron, and the cutting began. The operation accomplished, the surgeon would look around with a deep sigh, and then—“Next!” And so it went on, hour after hour, while the number of expectant patients seemed hardly to diminish. Now and then <!-- p. 40 --> one of the wounded men would call attention to the fact that his neighbor lying on the ground had given up the ghost while waiting for his turn, and the dead body was then quietly removed. Or a surgeon, having been long at work, would put down his knife, exclaiming that his hand had grown unsteady, and that this was too much for human endurance—not seldom hysterical tears streaming down his face. Many of the wounded men suffered with silent fortitude, fierce determination in the knitting of their brows and the steady gaze of their bloodshot eyes. Some would even force themselves to a grim jest about their situation or about the “skedaddling of the rebels.” But there were, too, heart-rending groans and shrill cries of pain piercing the air, and despairing exclamations, “Oh, Lord! Oh, Lord!” or “Let me die!” or softer murmurings in which the words “mother” or “father” or “home” were often heard. I saw many of my command among the sufferers, whose faces I well remembered, and who greeted me with a look or even a painful smile of recognition, and usually with the question what I thought of their chances of life, or whether I could do anything for them, sometimes, also, whether I thought the enemy were well beaten. I was sadly conscious that many of the words of cheer and encouragement I gave them were mere hollow sound, but they might be at least some solace for the moment. There are people who speak lightly of war as a mere heroic sport. They would hardly find it in their hearts to do so, had they ever witnessed scenes like these, and thought of the untold miseries connected with them that were spread all over the land. He must be an inhuman brute or a slave of wild, unscrupulous ambition, who, having seen the horrors of war, will not admit that war brought on without the most absolute necessity, is the greatest and most unpardonable of crimes. <!-- p. 41 --> In the course of the day the great tidings came that General Grant had taken Vicksburg and made the whole garrison of that Confederate stronghold prisoners of war. That was a great victory—a complete victory—and great was the cheering along our lines when we heard of it. But there was also among many of the officers of the Army of the Potomac, deep-down, a depressing consciousness that ours was not what it might have been, a complete victory. To be sure, we had fought a great battle—and fought it bravely; our losses were enormous, over twenty-five per cent of the whole force, and the losses of the enemy could hardly be less; we had disastrously repulsed a fierce attack of the Confederates and inflicted upon them a terrible blow. But now, on the day after that great event, there stood the enemy—having, indeed, withdrawn from the field fought over during the preceding three days, but only to concentrate his forces in a strong defensive position on that very Seminary Ridge from which he had been directing his offensive movements—there he stood, within sight of us, within cannon-shot, grimly daring us to attack him, and we did not move. The situation seemed almost humiliating when we remembered that the day before, after the repulse of Pickett's charge, with three hours of daylight to spare, we might, by a resolute and vigorous counter-charge by our whole disposable force, have achieved a real victory over Lee's army, a victory which might have stopped this mainstay of the Confederacy of most of its power of mischief. I have always esteemed General Meade's character so highly that I am loath to join his critics on any point. But I have always understood it to be one of the first of the rules of war—which, in fact, are nothing but the rules of common sense applied to the business of war—that when you have dealt the enemy a blow which destroys his strength at some important point, and which confuses and demoralizes <!-- p. 42 --> him so as to make him stagger—or as the pugilists say, to render him “groggy”—you must follow up your advantage to the best of your ability, so as to reap its fruits. That we had dealt such a blow to Lee's army by the repulse of Pickett's charge we could see with our eyes. The attacking force of the rebels had not only been hurled back, but what was left of it had been turned into a disorderly and demoralized mob—that is, it had been substantially annihilated as a fighting body, much more apt to continue running than to offer effective resistance—for the time being, at least. On the other hand, we had one army corps that had hardly been engaged at all, and several others which, in spite of the losses they had suffered, were in good fighting form and in unusually fine fighting spirits; for at that moment the Army of the Potomac—what had not often happened to it before—felt victory in its bones. In one word, the chances of success would have been decidedly and largely in our favor. It was one of those rare opportunities in war promising great results, but, to win them, demanding instant resolution. There being no instant resolution the great opportunity was lost. Lee was given ample time to rally and re-form his shattered host, and, contracting his lines, to establish himself in his strong defensive position on Seminary Ridge. There he stood—a whole day longer, like a wounded lion—wounded, but still defiant. He gave the order to retreat across the Potomac on the afternoon of July 4th. There we had another opportunity to win great results by a vigorous pursuit. Lee's retreat was a difficult one, owing to his encumbrances and the heavy rains spoiling the roads. But our pursuit was not vigorous. We started the next day, exerted hardly any pressure at all upon his rear, marched by circuitous routes more or less parallel with Lee's line of retreat, and when, after several days, we caught <!-- p. 43 --> up with him in an entrenched position, we put off the attack long enough to give him time to withdraw his whole army across the river without any serious loss. Thus it happened that General Lee saved from the battlefield at Gettysburg an army still capable of giving many anxious hours to the defenders of the Union. Indeed, the political value of the results achieved at Gettysburg can hardly be overestimated. Had Lee defeated us on that battlefield, and marched with his victorious hosts upon Baltimore and Washington, there would have been complications of incalculable consequence. The lines of communication between the seat of our government and the North and West might have been seriously interrupted. A new secession movement might possibly have been started in Maryland. The disloyal partisan elements in the Northern States might have been greatly encouraged to aggressive activity. New attempts might have been made in England and France to bring about the recognition of the Southern Confederacy by those powers, and eventual intervention in its favor. I am far from believing that all this would have resulted in the final breaking down of the Union cause, for the North would no doubt have risen to a supreme effort, but our situation would certainly have been beset with most perplexing troubles for a time, and the war might have been materially prolonged. On the other hand, Lee's failure at Gettysburg—if we call it only that—had dashed the highest hopes of the Southern people. The invasion of the North and the attempt to transplant the war upon Northern soil had so decidedly miscarried that so ambitious a plan would hardly again be thought of. The hope of supplying the meager and constantly dwindling resources of the South with rich Northern spoil had to be given up forever. Moreover, Lee's army, which so far had thought itself invincible, and looked upon the Northern soldiers with <!-- p. 44 --> haughty contempt, had been seriously weakened in the self-reliance which had inspired its daring in many battles. Thenceforth it felt itself on the defensive. And the defensive, although still formidable, was bound gradually to grow weaker as the Confederacy found it more and more difficult to fill the widening gaps in the ranks of its armies, and to furnish its fighting forces with the necessaries of warfare. It has been a common saying that the capture of Vicksburg, giving us the free command of the Mississippi, and the battle of Gettysburg, forcing the best Southern army back upon Southern soil, broke the backbone of the rebellion. This is substantially true. But it is equally true that, had our success at Gettysburg been so followed up as to destroy Lee's army, or at least to render it unable to keep the field, the war would probably have been a year shorter. When General Lee had recrossed the Potomac, our army leisurely followed rather than pursued him upon the old, well-trodden field of operations in Virginia. An amusing little adventure happened to me on that occasion. When we were passing through Loudoun County, Virginia, my division had the rear of the marching column, and I observed on a ridge of ground on our left, running nearly parallel with our line of march, at a distance of about two miles, groups of horsemen, who would quickly disappear again after having for a moment shown themselves. Owing to the distance we could not make out through our glasses whether they looked like Union or rebel cavalry, or guerrillas, of whom there were a good many in that part of Virginia, under their famous chief, Colonel Mosby. But it was my own opinion, as well as that of my staff-officers, that they must be detachments of Union cavalry, charged with the duty of guarding the flank of the army on its march. This would have been the correct thing. Not <!-- p. 45 --> having any cavalry to investigate the matter at a distance, I had to content myself with pushing out a little farther my infantry flanking parties and my rear guard. That night we camped at a place called Mountsville, where we were to rest two or three days. The next morning it was reported to me that Mosby's guerrillas were hovering all around us, and had already picked up some army vehicles and sutlers' wagons, as well as a number of stragglers. At once I ordered out several strong infantry patrols to scour the country in all directions, and one of them I accompanied myself for the special purpose of establishing an outpost at a mill situated on a water-course, near which I had noticed on yesterday's march several loiterers of suspicious appearance. I rode ahead of the patrol, accompanied by an officer of my staff, two orderlies, and my staff bugler. Light-heartedly we enjoyed the freshness of the morning. To get to the mill we had to pass through a little defile—a narrow, sunken road, slightly descending, and bordered on each side by an abrupt rise of ground covered with trees and underbrush. We had hardly entered this defile, when, at the lower end of it, perhaps two hundred yards ahead of us, we observed a troop of horsemen, ten or twelve of them, who advanced toward us. They looked rather ragged, and I took them for teamsters or similar folk. But one of my orderlies cried out: “There are the rebels!” And true enough, they were a band of Mosby's guerrillas. Now they came up at a gallop, and in a minute they were among us. While we whipped out our revolvers, I shouted to my bugler: “Sound the advance, double-quick!” which he did; and there was an instant “double-quick” signal in response from the infantry patrol, still hidden by the bushes, but close behind us. We had a lively, but, as to my party, harmless conversation with revolvers for a few <!-- p. 46 --> seconds, whereupon the guerrillas, no doubt frightened by the shouts of the patrol coming on at a run, hastily turned tail and galloped down the road, leaving in our hands one prisoner and two horses. We sped after them, but as soon as they had cleared the defile they scattered over the fields, and were soon lost to sight in the ravines and among the timber-belts around. The infantry patrol, of course, could not overtake them, but it found in a sheltered nook, at a distance from the road, several army vehicles, two sutlers' wagons, and a lot of our stragglers that had been captured. About ten years later, when I was a member of the Senate of the United States, I was one day passing through the great rotunda of the Capitol, and was stopped by an unknown person with the question: “General, do you remember me?” He was a man of middle stature, a lean, close-shaven face, and a somewhat high-pitched voice. I should have judged him to be a genuine Yankee, especially as I thought I detected in his speech something of the nasal twang usually attributed to the New Englander. I had to confess that I did not remember him. “Well,” he replied; “but you surely recall a lively meeting you had with some of Mosby's men on a shady road near Mountsville, Loudoun, County, Virginia, on a fine July morning in 1863! I am Colonel Mosby, and I was there. You and I were together at arm's length on that occasion.” Of course, there was a hearty handshake and a merry laugh. And we good-naturedly confessed to one another how delighted each one of us would have been to bag the other. Shortly after the close of the Civil War, Colonel Mosby, the nimble and daring marauder, who had often given us much annoyance, “accepted the situation,” joined the Republican party, and was employed by the Union Government in various capacities. During the summer weeks which followed, my command <!-- p. 47 --> did not again come into contact with the enemy. We were occasionally shifted from one place to another, as the safety of the communications of the army required. We led, therefore, a rather dull life, but that period is especially memorable to me, because it was there that I committed a breach of discipline for which I might have been—and perhaps ought to have been—cashiered. The case was this: A private in one of my regiments had been tried by court-martial for desertion, and, according to law, sentenced to death. I was directed to see to the execution of that sentence, for which a special day was appointed. It was reported to me that the culprit was a mere boy, who had been seduced to desert by two older men, bad characters, who succeeded in getting away, while he was caught. I was also informed that he had been in the custody of my provost-guard on the battlefield of Gettysburg, and I had an idea that if a soldier sentenced to death was brought under the fire of the enemy again, he was, according to military custom, relieved of that mortal sentence and entitled at least to some commutation of it. I went to see the poor fellow, and found him to be a young Bohemian, a remarkably handsome lad of hardly more than eighteen, who looked at me with the honest eyes of a child. He told me his side of the story of his desertion in a simple way, confirming what I had heard of his being taken with them by two much older comrades, and that he did not know how serious a thing it was, and how he had intended to come back, and how he would try to die bravely if die he must—but his mother—oh, his mother! The poor woman was a widow, and lived in New York. She was not alone, and not destitute, but she loved him much, and would miss him dreadfully. I at once made up my mind that, in spite of my orders, I <!-- p. 48 --> would not direct that boy to be shot, and that I would save him from being shot by anybody else if I could. First, I tried the “regular official channels.” I appealed to my immediate superior, my corps commander, General Howard, asking him for authority to put off the execution, and laying before him at the same time—to be submitted to the War Department—my reasons for believing that the unfortunate young man should be pardoned. General Howard, with whom I talked the matter over personally, showed himself very sympathetic, but he told me that he had no power to suspend the order I was to execute. He would, however, forward my request to a higher authority, with a warm endorsement, which, no doubt, he did. The time set for the execution approached, but no answer from the War Department came. On the dreaded day I was ordered to take my command from New Baltimore, Virginia, to some point the name of which I have forgotten, and the poor boy was to be shot at noon on the march. I was firmly resolved not to do it. I did not advise General Howard of my resolution, because I did not wish to involve him in my responsibility. We did, indeed, stop at noon, but merely to give the troops a little rest and time to cook and eat their midday meal. My poor culprit remained undisturbed. When we had gone into camp in the evening, I had him brought into my tent. I told him that an effort was being made to save him, but that I did not know whether it would succeed. He expressed his gratitude with touching simplicity. He said that he expected to be shot that day, and that, when the column halted at noon, he was sure that his last moment on earth had come. But when he then heard the bugle signals, indicating that the troops were to be put in motion again, he suddenly wanted something to eat, and he felt a great joy in his heart which he was hardly able to repress; and would I <!-- p. 49 --> permit him to write to his mother about it? It was hard for me to repeat to him that I could give him no definite assurance; but when the next morning no answer came from the War Department, I wrote to Mr. Lincoln directly—again in disregard of all the rules and regulations—submitting to him a full statement of the case, and asking him to pardon the boy. Then I had not long to wait for a response. The pardon came promptly, and the boy was sent back to his regiment. The whole affair was hushed up quietly. My insubordinate conduct passed without official notice, and I never heard of the matter again until nearly forty years later, when at one of the annual banquets held by the “Eleventh Corps Association,” composed of survivors of the war, an elderly man, apparently a well-to-do mechanic, was brought to me, who introduced himself as the “deserter” condemned to death, and whose life I had saved in the summer of 1863. During these comparatively quiet weeks after such arduous campaigns the matter of the reorganization of the Army of the Potomac came naturally to the foreground. In consequence of the casualties of the war, many of the regiments had become reduced to mere skeletons. My division, for instance, which, had all the regiments composing it been up to their original number, would have been 10,000 men strong, counted after the battle of Gettysburg hardly more than 1500 muskets. And many other commands were in a similar condition. The return from the hospitals or from furlough of men who had been wounded or sick, gradually repleted the ranks somewhat, but far from sufficiently, and the few recruits who were furnished us through conscription and the lavish bounty system, were in large part of a character by no means desirable. We became familiarly acquainted with the “bounty-jumper,” the fellow who pocketed considerable sums of money in selling <!-- p. 50 --> himself for service as a soldier, and then would desert on the first favorable occasion, to play the same game again, at a different place and under a different name. {{anchor|schurzmg}} [[Image:General Carl Schurz.png|center|x350px]] {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|MAJOR-GENERAL CARL SCHURZ}}}}}} The task of army-reorganization brought to the front the question what would be done with the Eleventh Corps. The conduct of the corps on the battlefield at Gettysburg should have silenced the voice of detraction which had malignantly pursued it ever since it had been made the scapegoat of the Chancellorsville disaster. To be sure, we had again had the misfortune of being opposed, on the first day, to a vastly superior force of the enemy, in an unfavorable position, and we had been beaten, together with the First Corps. But we had held our ground a considerable time in a terrible fight, which inflicted enormous losses upon us; and then, after a short but very difficult retreat through the streets of a town filled with all sorts of obstructions, we instantly re-formed our thinned ranks, ready to fight again. On the next two days our men endured the great cannonade with exemplary firmness, manfully repelled the attacks made upon them, and whenever ordered, rushed with alacrity to the points where aid was required. No troops could have done their duty better. The defamatory persecution of the Eleventh Corps might then have ceased. But it did not. The “foreign legion,” as it was dubbed, was to serve as a scapegoat again for the retreat of the First Corps from a battlefield which could no longer be held against overwhelming numbers. How far this campaign of slander would go in its absolutely unscrupulous disregard of the truth, and how tenaciously the original calumny was stuck to, appears from a description of the battle of Gettysburg published by General Charles King, an officer of the regular army, over thirty years after the event. There we are told that while in the first day's battle the First Corps was <!-- p. 51 --> making an heroic stand against the reinforced rebels, the Eleventh Corps was “losing its hold on the northward front”; that “its foreign-born, foreign-bred brigadiers were giving before the natives sweeping down upon them in those long gray lines”; and that, “just as at Chancellorsville, one sturdy Ohio brigade—McLean's command, now led by Ames—was making stanch but futile stand against the onward rush of Early and Gordon.” To characterize the cool effrontery of this tale I have only to remind my reader of the fact that at Chancellorsville McLean's brigade was at once swept away by the first onset of Jackson's attack, that the division on our extreme right at Chancellorsville, the first to be driven in, was commanded by General Devens of Massachusetts, a native, and his strongest brigade by General McLean, also a native, while only his smallest brigade had Colonel Gilsa, a foreign brigadier, at its head; that the only real fighting at Chancellorsville, which for about an hour delayed Jackson's progress, was done by “foreign brigadiers,” Schimmelfennig and Krzyzanowski of Schurz's division, and Buschbeck of Steinwehr's division; and that on the first Gettysburg day the “foreign brigadiers” did not leave the “native” Ohio brigade in the lurch, but that, on the contrary, the “foreign brigadiers” withdrew from the field even a little later than the Ohio brigade, after a valiant struggle, had found itself obliged to retreat. The corps still continued to be used as a convenient scapegoat for all sorts of mishaps with which it had absolutely nothing to do. Officers and men still complained of being exposed to outrageous indignities. This went so far that in some instances the commanders of reinforcements that were to be attached to the corps, loudly protested against being identified with it on account of its “reputation.” I had long been in favor of maintaining the identity of the corps, and of <!-- p. 52 --> “braving it out.” But the situation gradually became unendurable. Something had to be done, in justice to the officers and men—either to dissolve and distribute the corps among other organizations, or to take it in some way out of this noxious atmosphere. I discussed the matter with Generals Howard and Meade, who both agreed that I should go to Washington to lay before General Halleck, who was then still in command of the Armies of the United States, the scheme proposed by me and recommended by them. The proposition was to attach two of the three divisions of the Eleventh Corps to other corps, and to send me with my division, to be reinforced by other troops available for that purpose, to Shenandoah Valley, to guard that important region, which had repeatedly been, and was again to be, the theater of rebel operations on the right flank and rear of the Army of the Potomac. Introducing me, General Howard wrote to General Halleck: “In case the proposition of General Meade, which was telegraphed to-day, respecting the Eleventh Corps, should be acted upon as desired, General Schurz would be left with an independent division. In furtherance of his own views, which he will present in person, I wish to say that the General has been prompt, energetic, and able during the operations in which I have been associated with him. Should you see fit to occupy the Shenandoah Valley with a small force, so as to co-operate with this army and prevent its occupancy by the rebels, I believe I do not flatter him when I say that General Schurz will not fail to give complete satisfaction.” In the same letter, General Howard said: “We feel sensitive under false accusations, but considering the existing prejudices in this army against the Eleventh Corps, and the great difficulty in overcoming them, we regard it better for the service to make the changes. The different corps are now so <!-- p. 53 --> small that a consolidation is advisable. Personally, it will be gratifying to me to return to the Second Corps, but I do not feel dissatisfied with the Eleventh during the present campaign, and hope the changes referred to will not be regarded as a reflection upon the officers and soldiers of this command, who have worked so hard and done so much to carry out every order.” All I could obtain from General Halleck was that he would take the matter into consideration. Nothing more was heard of it. The Eleventh Corps was not dissolved. It was, however, reinforced by the assignment to it of several regiments, enough of which were added to my division to enable me to form three brigades. One of these remained under the command of Colonel Krzyzanowski. The second was given to the senior colonel after him, Colonel Hecker, and the third, the old brigade of General Schimmelfennig, who was transferred to the army besieging Charleston, to a new-comer, General Hector Tyndale. When I first saw General Tyndale, with his proud mien, his keen eye, his severely classic features framed in a brown curly beard, it struck me that so Coriolanus might have looked. A closer acquaintance with him gradually ripened into friendship. He was a few years older than I, and had already a remarkable record behind him. He was the son of a merchant in Philadelphia, and a business man himself. Although without an academic education, his appearance and conversation were those of a man of culture. His was the natural refinement of a mind animated with high ideals, pure principles, perfect honesty of intelligence, a chivalrous sense of honor, and, added to all this, artistic instinct. He had been a warm anti-slavery man, but not an extreme abolitionist. He disapproved of John Brown's attempt at slave-insurrection. But when John Brown's <!-- p. 54 --> wife appeared in Philadelphia looking for an escort to accompany her on a last visit to her husband, in jail in Virginia under sentence of death, Hector Tyndale chivalrously offered his services, thus braving not only the fury of the mob surrounding John Brown's prison, but also the violent prejudice of his own neighbors. The news of the breaking out of our Civil War found him on a business journey in Europe, but he instantly, at great sacrifice, hastened home to enter the volunteer army. He was made a major in the Twenty-eighth Pennsylvania Regiment, and won promotion by efficient service on various fields. At Antietam he was severely wounded in the head, and obtained the rank of a brigadier-general for conspicuous bravery in action. Having recovered after long prostration, he was assigned to my division. As a strict disciplinarian, he was, as frequently happens, at first not popular with his soldiers, but they gradually perceived that his apparent sternness sprang from an overruling sense of duty and a conscientious care for their welfare, and then their respect turned into affection. It was this rigid, relentless, uncompromising sense of duty which years later, after he had returned to private life, made his fellow-citizens in Philadelphia more than once look to him when the civic situation demanded the services of men of uncompromising rectitude and indomitable moral courage. He never was a popular man, in the ordinary sense, for he would often appear haughty from his moral sensitiveness, and distant, owing to his very nature. Only his near friends enjoyed the real loveliness of his character. He was an aristocrat by taste, and a true democrat by principle and sympathy. I have known few men who so nearly approached the current conception of antique virtue and the ideal of the republican citizen. He died in 1880, not yet sixty years old. [[Category:Battle of Gettysburg]] 4kvs8na9t8ef08yk6jg4osj9iy9mk3f 14129812 14129810 2024-04-25T19:37:21Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Table Modernization wikitext text/x-wiki {{TextQuality|75%}} {{header | title = [[The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz]], [[The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz/Volume Three|Volume Three]] | author = Carl Schurz | translator = | section = Chapter I: Gettysburg | previous = [[../List of Illustrations|List of Illustrations]] | next = [[../02 Chattanooga|Chapter II: Chattanooga]] | notes = }} {{center|CHAPTER I}} <!-- p. 3 --> {{font-size|140%|T}}HE story of the Gettysburg campaign has so often and so elaborately been rehearsed, that it is hardly possible to add anything of value to the familiar tale. I shall, therefore, put down only some individual impressions and experiences which may be of interest at least to the circle of my personal friends. {{anchor|josephs}} {| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |style="padding: 5px"|[[Image:Joseph's in Emmitsburg.png|500px]] |} {{center|{{x-smaller|{{sp|ST. JOSEPH'S COLLEGE AT EMMITSBURG, MARYLAND}}}}}} On the 30th of June, on our march through Maryland, I had the good fortune of finding shelter in a nunnery, the St. Joseph's College at Emmitsburg, in Maryland, a young ladies' school, carried on by a religious order. I waited upon the Lady Superior to ask her for permission to use one of her buildings as my headquarters for a night, suggesting, and with perfect sincerity, that her buildings and grounds would be better protected by our presence within than by any guards stationed without. The Lady Superior received me very graciously, and at once put one of the houses within the enclosure at my disposal. She even sent for the chaplain of the institution, Father Borlando, to conduct us through the main edifice, and permitted one of my officers, a good musician, to play on the organ in the chapel, which he did to the edification of all who heard him. The conduct of my troops camped around the institution was exemplary, and we enjoyed there as still and restful a night as if the outside of the nunnery had been as peaceful as daily life was ordinarily within it. I mention this as one of the strange contrasts of our existence, for at daybreak the next morning I was waked up by a marching order, directing me to take the road to Gettysburg. {{anchor|gettymap}} [[Image:Map of Gettysburg Battlefield.png|center|700px]] {{center|{{x-smaller|{{sp|THE BATTLEFIELD AT GETTYSBURG}}}}}} We did not know that we were marching towards the most <!-- p. 4 --> famous battlefield of the war. In fact, we, I mean even the superior officers, had no clear conception as to where the decisive battle of the campaign was to take place. Only a few days before, General Hooker had left the command of the Army of the Potomac—he had been made to resign, as rumor had it—and General Meade had been put into his place. Such a change of commanders at the critical period of a campaign would ordinarily have a disquieting effect upon officers and men. But in this case it had not, for by his boastful proclamation and his subsequent blunders and failures at Chancellorsville, General Hooker had largely forfeited the confidence of the army, while General Meade enjoyed generally the repute, not of a very brilliant, but of a brave, able and reliable officer. Everybody respected him. It was at once felt that he had grasped the reins with a firm hand. As was subsequently understood, neither he nor General Lee desired or expected to fight a battle at Gettysburg. Lee wished to have it at Cashtown, Meade on Pipe Creek. Both were drawn into it by the unexpected encounter of the Confederate general Heth, who hoped to find “some shoes” for his men in the town of Gettysburg, and a Federal cavalry general on reconnaissance, both instructed not to bring on a general engagement, but rather cautioned against it. When we left Emmitsburg at 7 a. m. we were advised that the First Army Corps, under General Reynolds, was ahead of us, and there was a rumor that some rebel troops were moving toward Gettysburg, but that was all. At 10:30, when my division had just passed Horner's Mills, I received an order from General Howard to hurry my command forward as quickly as possible, as the First Corps was engaged with the enemy in the neighborhood of Gettysburg. This was a surprise, for we did not hear the slightest indication of artillery firing from that direction. I put the division <!-- p. 5 --> to the “double quick,” and then rode ahead with my staff. Soon I met on the road fugitives from Gettysburg, men, women and children, who seemed to be in great terror. I remember especially a middle-aged woman, who tugged a small child by the hand and carried a large bundle on her back. She tried to stop me, crying out at the top of her voice: “Hard times at Gettysburg! They are shooting and killing! What will become of us!” Still I did not hear any artillery fire until I had reached the ridge of a rise of ground before me. Until then the waves of sound had passed over my head unperceived. {{anchor|gettysburg}} {| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |style="padding: 5px"|[[Image:Gettysburg.png|center|500px]] |} {{center|{{x-smaller|{{sp|THE TOWN OF GETTYSBURG}}}}}} About 11:30 I found General Howard on an eminence east of the cemetery of Gettysburg, from which we could overlook a wide plain. Immediately before us Gettysburg, a comfortable-looking town of a few thousand inhabitants. Beyond and on both sides of it, stretching far away an open landscape dotted with little villages and farmhouses and orchards and tufts of trees and detached belts of timber; two creeks, Willoughby's Run on the left and Rock Creek on the right; radiating from the town westward and eastward, well-defined roads—counting from right to left the Hanover road, the York Pike, the Gettysburg and Hanover railroad, the Hunterstown road, the Harrisburg road, the Carlisle road, the Mummasburg road, the Cashtown and Chambersburg Pike, the Hagerstown road, and behind us the roads on which our troops were coming—the Emmitsburg road, the Taneytown road, and the Baltimore road. The elevated spot from which we overlooked this landscape was Cemetery Hill, being the northern end of a ridge which terminated due south in two steep, rocky knolls partly wooded, called the Round Tops—half a mile distant on our right a hill called Culp's Hill, covered with timber; and opposite our left, about a mile distant, a ridge running almost parallel with Cemetery Ridge, called <!-- p. 6 --> Seminary Ridge, from the Lutheran Seminary buildings on its crest—the whole a smiling landscape inhabited by a peaceable people wont to harvest their crops and to raise their children in quiet and prosperous contentment. From where we stood we observed the thin lines of troops, and here and there puffy clouds of white smoke on and around Seminary Ridge, and heard the crackle of the musketry and the booming of the cannon, indicating a forward movement of our First Corps, which we knew to be a little over 8000 men strong. Of the troops themselves we could see little. I remember how small the affair appeared to me, as seen from a distance in the large frame of the surrounding open country. But we were soon made painfully aware of the awful significance of it. The dead body of General Reynolds, the commander of the First Corps, was being carried away from the field. He had been too far forward in the firing-line and the bullet of a Southern sharpshooter had laid him low. So the action had begun with a great loss. He was known as an officer of superior merit, and in the opinion of many it was he that ought to have been put at the head of the Army of the Potomac. General Reynolds' death devolved the command of the First Corps upon General Doubleday, the command of all the troops then on the field upon General Howard, and the command of the Eleventh Corps upon me. The situation before us was doubtful. We received a report from General Wadsworth, one of the division commanders of the First Corps, that he was advancing, that the enemy's forces in his front were apparently not very strong, but that he thought that the enemy was making a movement towards his right. From our point of observation we could perceive but little of the strength of the enemy, and Wadsworth's dispatch did not relieve our uncertainty. If the enemy <!-- p. 7 --> before us was only in small force, then we had to push him as far as might seem prudent to General Meade. But if the enemy was bringing on the whole or a large part of his army, which his movement toward General Wadsworth's right might be held to indicate, then we had to look for a strong position in which to establish and maintain ourselves until reinforced or ordered back. Such a position was easily found at the first glance. It was Cemetery Hill on which we then stood and which was to play so important a part in the battle to follow. Accordingly General Howard ordered me to take the First and Third Divisions of the Eleventh Corps through the town and to place them on the right of the First Corps, while he would hold back the Second Division under General Steinwehr and the reserve artillery on Cemetery Hill and the eminence east of it, as a reserve. {{anchor|meade}} {| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |style="padding: 1"|[[Image:George Gordon Meade.png|center|x400px]] |} {{center|{{smaller|GENERAL GEORGE G. MEADE}}}} About 12:30 the head of the column of the Eleventh Corps arrived. The weather being sultry, the men, who had marched several miles at a rapid pace, were streaming with perspiration and panting for breath. But they hurried through the town as best they could, and were promptly deployed on the right of the First Corps. But the deployment could not be made as originally designed by simply prolonging the First Corps' line, for in the meantime a strong Confederate force had arrived on the battlefield on the right flank of the First Corps, so that to confront it, the Eleventh had to deploy under fire at an angle with the First. General Schimmelfennig, temporarily commanding my, the Third, Division, connected with the First Corps on his left as well as he could under the circumstances, and General Francis Barlow, commanding our First Division, formerly Devens', deployed on his right. General Barlow was still a young man, but with his beardless, smooth face looked even much younger than he was. His <!-- p. 8 --> men at first gazed at him wondering how such a boy could be put at the head of regiments of men. But they soon discovered him to be a strict disciplinarian, and one of the coolest and bravest in action. In both respects he was inclined to carry his virtues to excess. At the very time when he moved into the firing line at Gettysburg I had to interfere by positive order in favor of the commander of one of his regiments, whom he had suspended and sent to the rear for a mere unimportant peccadillo. Having been too strict in this instance, within the next two hours he made the mistake of being too brave. {{anchor|schimmelfennig}} [[Image:Alexander Schimmelfennig.png|center|400px]] {{center|{{smaller|GENERAL SCHIMMELFENNIG}}}} I had hardly deployed my two divisions, about 6000 men, on the north side of Gettysburg, when the action very perceptibly changed its character. Until then the First Corps had been driving before it a comparatively small force of the enemy, taking many prisoners, among them the rebel general Archer with almost his whole brigade. My line, too, advanced, but presently I received an order from General Howard to halt where I was, and to push forward only a strong force of skirmishers. This I did, and my skirmishers, too, captured prisoners in considerable number. But then the enemy began to show greater strength and tenacity. He planted two batteries on a hillside, one above the other, opposite my left, enfilading part of the First Corps. Captain Dilger, whose battery was attached to my Third Division, answered promptly, dismounted four of the enemy's guns, as we observed through our field-glasses, and drove away two rebel regiments supporting them. In the meantime the infantry firing on my left and on the right of the First Corps grew much in volume. It became evident that the enemy's line had been heavily reinforced, and was pressing upon us with constantly increasing vigor. I went up to the roof of a house behind my skirmish line to get a better view of the situation, and observed that <!-- p. 9 --> my right and center were not only confronted by largely superior forces, but also that my right was becoming seriously overlapped. I had ordered General Barlow to refuse his right wing, that is to place his right brigade, Colonel Gilsa's, a little in the right rear of his other brigade, in order to use it against a possible flanking movement by the enemy. But I now noticed that Barlow, be it that he had misunderstood my order, or that he was carried away by the ardor of the conflict, had advanced his whole line and lost connection with my Third Division on his left, and in addition to this, he had, instead of refusing, pushed forward his right brigade, so that it formed a projecting angle with the rest of the line. At the same time I saw the enemy emerging from the belt of woods on my right with one battery after another and one column of infantry after another, threatening to envelop my right flank and to cut me off from the town and the position on Cemetery Hill behind. I immediately gave orders to the Third Division to re-establish its connection with the First, although this made still thinner a line already too thin, and hurried one staff officer after another to General Howard with the urgent request for one of his two reserve brigades to protect my right against the impending flank attack by the enemy. Our situation became critical. As far as we could judge from the reports of prisoners and from what we observed in our front, the enemy was rapidly advancing the whole force of at least two of his army-corps—A. P. Hill's, and Ewell's, against us, that is to say, 40,000 men, of whom at least 30,000 were then before us. We had 17,000, counting in the two brigades held in reserve by General Howard and not deducting the losses already suffered by the First Corps. Less than 14,000 men we had at that moment in the open field without the slightest advantage of <!-- p. 10 --> position. We could hardly hope to hold out long against such a superiority of numbers, and there was imminent danger that, if we held out too long, the enemy would succeed in turning our right flank and in getting possession of the town of Gettysburg, through which our retreat to the defensive position on Cemetery Hill would probably have to be effected. For this reason I was so anxious to have one of the reserve brigades posted at the entrance of the town to oppose the flanking movement of the enemy which I saw going on. But, before that brigade came, the enemy advanced to the attack along the whole line with great impetuosity. Gilsa's little brigade, in its exposed position “in the air” on Barlow's extreme right, had to suffer the first violent onset of the Confederates, and was fairly crushed by the enemy rushing on from the front and both flanks. Colonel Gilsa, one of the bravest of men and an uncommonly skillful officer, might well complain of his fate. Here, as at Chancellorsville, he was in a position in which neither he nor his men could do themselves justice, and he felt keenly the adverse whims of the fortunes of war. General Barlow, according to his habit always in the thickest of the fight, was seriously wounded, as happened to him repeatedly, and had to leave the command of the division to the commander of its second brigade, General Adelbert Ames. This brigade bravely endured an enfilading fire from two rebel batteries placed near the Harrisburg road. But it was forced back when its right flank was entirely uncovered and heavy masses of rebel infantry pressed upon it. About four o'clock, the attack by the enemy along the whole line became general and still more vehement. Regiment stood against regiment in the open fields, near enough almost to see the white in one another's eyes, firing literally in one another's faces. The slaughter on both sides was awful. At <!-- p. 11 --> that moment it was reported that the right wing of the First Corps, which had fought heroically all day, had been pressed back, and one of General Doubleday's aides-de-camp brought me a request for a few regiments to be sent to his assistance. Alas, I had not a man to spare, but was longing for reinforcements myself, for at the same time I received a report that my Third Division was flanked on its left, on the very spot where it should have connected with the First, General Doubleday's corps. A few minutes later, while this butchery was still going on, an order reached me from General Howard directing me to withdraw to the south side of the town and to occupy a position on and near Cemetery Hill. While I was doing my utmost, assisted by my staff officers, to rally and re-form what was within my reach of the First Division, for the purpose of checking the enemy's advance around my right, and to hold the edge of the town, the reserve brigade I had so urgently asked for, the First Brigade of the Second Division, Eleventh Corps, under Colonel Coster, at last arrived. It came too late for that offensive push which I had intended to make with it in order to relieve my right, if it had come half, or even quarter of an hour earlier. But I led it out of the town and ordered it to deploy on the right of the junction of the roads near the railway station, which the enemy was fast approaching. There the brigade, assisted by a battery, did good service in detaining the enemy long enough to permit the First Division to enter the town without being seriously molested on its retreat. The Third Division was meanwhile still sustaining the murderous contest. To break off an engagement carried on at long range, is comparatively easy. But the task becomes very difficult and delicate in a fight at very close quarters. Still, the Third Division, when ordered to do so, fell back in good form, executing its retreat to the town, <!-- p. 12 --> fighting, step by step, with great firmness. I said in my official report: “In this part of the action, which was almost a hand-to-hand struggle, officers and men showed the highest courage and determination. Our loss was extremely severe. The Second Brigade, Third Division, lost all its regimental commanders; several regiments nearly half their number in killed and wounded.” Among the mortally wounded was Colonel Mahler of the Seventy-fifth Pennsylvania, who had been a revolutionary comrade of mine in the German fortress of Rastatt, in 1849. Now with death on his face he reached out his hand to me on the bloody field of Gettysburg, to bid me a last farewell. I came out unscathed, but my horse had a bullet bole clean through the fatty ridge of the neck just under the mane. It has been represented by some writers, Southerners, that the Union forces on the first day of the battle of Gettysburg were utterly routed and fled pell-mell into the town. This is far from the truth. That there were a good many stragglers hurrying to the rear in a disorderly fashion, as is always the case during and after a hot fight, will not be denied. Neither will it be denied that it was a retreat after a lost battle with the enemy in hot pursuit. But there was no element of dissolution in it. The retreat through the town was of course more or less disorderly, the streets being crowded with vehicles of every description, which offered to the passing troops exceedingly troublesome obstructions. It is also true that Eleventh Corps men complained that when they entered the town, it was already full of First Corps men, and vice versa, which really meant that the two corps became more or less mixed in passing through. It is likewise true that many officers and men, among others General Schimmelfennig, became entangled in cross streets, and alleys without thoroughfare, and <!-- p. 13 --> were captured by the enemy pressing after them. But, after all, the fact remains that in whatever shape the troops issued from the town, they were promptly reorganized, each was under the colors of his regiment, and in as good a fighting trim as before, save that their ranks were fearfully thinned by the enormous losses suffered during the day. As we ascended Cemetery Hill from the town of Gettysburg we met General Hancock, whom General Meade had sent forward to take command of the field. The meeting of Generals Hancock and Howard is thus described by Major E. P. Halstead of the staff of the First Corps, who had been sent by General Doubleday to ask General Howard for reinforcements: “I returned to where General Howard sat, just as General Hancock approached at a swinging gallop. When near General Howard, who was then alone, he saluted, and with great animation, as if there was no time for ceremony, said General Meade had sent him forward to take command of the three Corps [the First, Eleventh, and his own, the Second]. General Howard replied that he was the senior. General Hancock said: ‘I am aware of that, General, but I have written orders in my pocket from General Meade, which I will show you if you wish to see them.’ General Howard said: ‘No; I do not doubt your word, General Hancock, but you can give no orders here while I am here.’ Hancock replied: ‘Very well, General Howard, I will second any order that you have to give, but General Meade has also directed me to select a field on which to fight this battle in rear of Pipe Creek.’ Then casting one glance from Culp's Hill to Round Top, he continued: ‘But I think this the strongest position by nature upon which to fight a battle that I ever saw, and if it meets your approbation I will select this as the battlefield.’ General Howard responded: ‘I think this a very strong <!-- p. 14 --> position, General Hancock, a very strong position.’ ‘Very well, sir, I select this as the battlefield,’ said General Hancock, and immediately turned away to rectify our lines.” {{anchor|hancock}} {| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |style="padding: 1"|[[Image:Winfield Scott Hancock.png|center|x400px]] |} {{center|{{smaller|GENERAL WINFIELD S. HANCOCK}}}} This story is told by Major Halstead in the ''Century'' series of “Battles and Leaders,” and he adds this remark: “There was no person present besides myself when the conversation took place between Howard and Hancock. A number of years since I reminded General Hancock of that fact and what I had heard pass between them. He said that what I have repeated here was true, and requested a written statement, which I subsequently furnished him.” That the appearance of Hancock as commander of the field should have sorely touched Howard's pride, is well intelligible, especially as he could hardly fail to understand it as an expression of want of confidence in him on the part of General Meade. It was about 3:20 of the afternoon when General Buford sent a dispatch to General Meade in which he said: “In my opinion there seems to be no directing person.” This was too severe on General Howard, who, in fact, had given several directions which were unquestionably correct. But it, no doubt, expressed the prevailing impression, and under these circumstances the appearance of General Hancock at the front was a most fortunate event. It gave the troops a new inspiration. They all knew him by fame, and his stalwart figure, his proud mien, and his superb soldierly bearing seemed to verify all the things that fame had told about him. His mere presence was a reinforcement, and everybody on the field felt stronger for his being there. This new inspiration of self-reliance might have become of immediate importance, had the enemy made another attack—an eventuality for which we had to prepare. And in this preparation Howard, in spite of his heart-sore, <!-- p. 15 --> co-operated so loyally with Hancock that it would have been hard to tell which of the two was the commander, and which the subordinate. The line was soon formed. The Second Brigade, Colonel Orlando Smith's of Steinwehr's division, was already in position on the Cemetery Hill, fronting the town and occupying the nearest houses. Coster's brigade, and next the First Division, under Ames, were posted on the right, and my division, the Third, on his left on the cemetery itself. The First Corps was placed on my left, except Wadsworth's division, which was sent to the extreme right to occupy Culp's Hill. The batteries were put in proper position, and breastworks promptly constructed wherever necessary. All this was accomplished in a very short time. This done, General Hancock sat down on a stone fence on the brow of the hill from which he could overlook the field, on the north and west of Gettysburg, occupied by the Confederates. I joined him there, and through our field-glasses we eagerly watched the movements of the enemy. We saw their batteries and a large portion of their infantry columns distinctly. Some of those columns moved to and fro in a way the purpose of which we did not clearly understand. I was not ashamed to own that I felt nervous, for while our position was a strong one, the infantry line in it appeared, after the losses of the day, woefully thin. It was soothing to my pride, but by no means reassuring as to our situation, when General Hancock admitted that he felt nervous, too. Still he thought that with our artillery so advantageously posted, we might well hold out until the arrival of the Twelfth Corps, which was only a short distance behind us. So we sat watching the enemy and presently observed to our great relief that the movements of the rebel troops looked less and less like a formation for an immediate attack. Our nerves grew more and more tranquil <!-- p. 16 --> as minute after minute lapsed, for each brought night and reinforcements nearer. When the sun went down the Twelfth Corps was on the field and the Third Corps arriving. There has been much speculation as to whether the Confederates would not have won the battle of Gettysburg had they pressed the attack on the first day after the substantial overthrow of the First and Eleventh Corps. Southern writers are almost unanimous in the opinion that Lee would then without serious trouble have achieved a great victory. It is indeed possible that had they vigorously pushed their attack with their whole available force it the moment when the First and Eleventh Corps were entangled in the streets of the town, they might have completely annihilated those corps, possessed themselves of Cemetery Hill, and taken the heads of the Federal columns advancing toward Gettysburg at a disadvantage. But night would soon have put an end to that part of the action; that night would have given General Meade time to change his dispositions, and the main battle would in all likelihood have been fought on Pipe Creek instead of Gettysburg, in the position which General Meade had originally selected. Nor is it quite so certain, as Southern writers seem to think, that the Confederates would have had easy work in carrying Cemetery Hill after the First and Eleventh Corps had passed through the town and occupied that position. When they speak of the two corps as having fled from the field in a state of utter demoralization, they grossly exaggerate. Those troops were indeed beaten back, but not demoralized or dispirited. Had they been in a state of rout such as Southern writers describe, they would certainly have left many of their cannon behind them. But they brought off their whole artillery save one single dismounted piece, and that artillery, as now posted, was capable of formidable work. The infantry was <!-- p. 17 --> indeed reduced by well-nigh one-half its effective force, but all that was left, was good. Besides, the Confederates, too, had suffered severely. Their loss in killed and wounded and prisoners was very serious. Several of their brigades had become disordered during the action to such an extent that it required some time to re-form them. It is therefore at least doubtful whether they could have easily captured Cemetery Hill before the arrival of heavy reinforcements on our side. Another disputed point is whether we did not make a great mistake in continuing the bloody fight north of the town too long. Thirty-eight years after the event I was called upon by Mr. John Codman Ropes, the eminent historian of the Civil War, who unfortunately for the country has died before finishing his work. He had then the history of the battle of Gettysburg in hand and wished to have my recollections as to certain details. In the course of our conversation I asked him what his criticism was of our conduct on the first day. He said that on the whole we fought well and were obliged to yield the field north and east of the town, but that we committed a great mistake in not retreating to our second position south and west of Gettysburg an hour and perhaps two hours earlier. The same opinion was expressed by General Doubleday in his official report. In referring to about that time of the day he says: “Upon taking a retrospect of the field it might seem, in view of the fact that we were finally forced to retreat, that this would have been the proper time to retire; but to fall back without orders from the commanding general might have inflicted lasting disgrace upon the corps—nor would I have retreated without the knowledge and approbation of General Howard, who was my superior officer. Had I done so, it would have uncovered the left flank of his corps. If circumstances required it, it was his place, not mine, to issue the order. <!-- p. 18 --> General Howard, from his commanding position on Cemetery Hill, could overlook all the enemy's movements as well as our own, and I therefore relied much upon his superior facilities for observation to give me timely warning of any unusual danger.” That General Howard ought to have given the order to retreat at an earlier period of the action will, in the light of subsequent events, seriously be doubted. He may, in the first place, well have hesitated to retreat without orders from General Meade for reasons perhaps not quite as good, but nearly as good, as those given by General Doubleday for not having retreated without orders from General Howard. But there was another consideration of weightier importance. Would not the enemy, if we had retreated two hours, or even one hour earlier, have been in better condition, and therefore more encouraged to make a determined attack upon the cemetery that afternoon,—and with better chance of success? The following occurrence subsequently reported, indicates that he would. Three or four companies of my regiments, led by Captain F. Irsch, became separated from the main body while retreating through the streets of Gettysburg. Hotly pressed by the pursuing enemy, they threw themselves into a block of buildings near the market place, from which they continued firing. A rebel officer approached them under a flag of truce, and summoned them to surrender. Captain Irsch defiantly refused, saying that he expected every moment to be relieved, as the Army of the Potomac was coming on. The rebel officer replied that the whole town was in the possession of the Confederates, and he offered Captain Irsch “safe conduct” if he would look for himself. The Captain accepted, and saw on the market place General Ewell on horseback, at the moment when an officer approached him (General <!-- p. 19 --> Ewell) in hot haste, and said to him within the Captain's hearing that General Lee wished him, General Ewell, forthwith to proceed to attack the Federals on Cemetery Hill, whereupon General Ewell replied in a low voice, but audible to Captain Irsch, that if General Lee knew the condition of his, Ewell's, troops, after their long march and the fight that had just taken place, he would not think of such an order, and that the attack could not be risked. This story, which I have from Captain Irsch himself and which is corroborated by other evidence, would seem to show that by continuing as long as we did, our fight in the afternoon, in spite of the losses we suffered, we rendered the enemy unable, or at least disinclined, to undertake a later attack upon Cemetery Hill, which might have had much more serious results. There is, therefore, very good reason for concluding that General Howard rendered valuable service in not ordering the retreat as early as General Doubleday thought he ought to have ordered it. I remember a picturesque scene that happened that night in a lower room of the gate house of the Gettysburg Cemetery. In the center of the room a barrel set upright, with a burning tallow candle stuck in the neck of a bottle on top of it; around the walls six or seven generals accidentally gathered together, sitting some on boxes but most on the floor, listening to the accounts of those who had been in the battle of the day, then making critical comments and discussing what might have been and finally all agreeing in the hope that General Meade had decided or would decide to fight the battle of the morrow on the ground on which we then were. There was nothing of extraordinary solemnity in the “good-night” we gave one another when we parted. It was rather a commonplace, business-like “good-night,” as that of an ordinary occasion. We of the Eleventh Corps, occupying the cemetery, lay down, <!-- p. 20 --> wrapt in our cloaks, with the troops among the grave-stones. There was profound stillness in the graveyard, broken by no sound but the breathing of men and here and there the tramp of a horse's foot; and sullen rumblings mysteriously floating on the air from a distance all around. The sun of the 2nd of July rose brightly upon these two armies marshalling for battle. Neither of them was ready. But as we could observe the field from Cemetery Hill, the Confederates were readier than we were. The belts of timber screening their lines presented open spaces enough, in which we could see their bayonets glisten and their artillery in position, to permit us to form a rough estimate of the extent of the positions they occupied and of the strength of their forces present. There was a rumor that Lee's army was fully as strong as ours—which, however, was not the case—and from what we saw before us, we guessed that it was nearly all up and ready for action. We knew, too, that to receive the anticipated attack, our army was, although rapidly coming in, not nearly all up. It was, indeed, a comforting thought that Lee, who, as rumor had it, had wished and planned for a defensive battle, was now obliged to fight an aggressive one against our army established in a strong position. Yet we anxiously hoped that his attack would not come too early for our comfort. Thus we watched with not a little concern the dense columns of our troops as they approached at a brisk pace on the Taneytown road and the Baltimore Pike to wheel into the positions assigned to them. It was, if I remember rightly, about 8 o'clock when General Meade quietly appeared on the cemetery, on horseback, accompanied by a staff officer and an orderly. His long-bearded, haggard face, shaded by a black military felt hat the rim of which was turned down, looked careworn and tired, as if he had not slept that night. The spectacles on his nose <!-- p. 21 --> gave him a somewhat magisterial look. There was nothing in his appearance or his bearing—not a smile nor a sympathetic word addressed to those around him—that might have made the hearts of the soldiers warm up to him, or that called forth a cheer. There was nothing of pose, nothing stagey, about him. His mind was evidently absorbed by a hard problem. But this simple, cold, serious soldier with his business-like air did inspire confidence. The officers and men, as much as was permitted, crowded around and looked up to him with curious eyes, and then turned away, not enthusiastic, but clearly satisfied. With a rapid glance he examined the position of our army, which has often, and quite correctly, been likened to a fishing hook, the long shank of which was formed by Cemetery Ridge, running south from the cemetery to Round Top; the head by the cemetery itself, and the hook, receding toward the southeast, by the woods of Culp's Hill. The General nodded, seemingly with approval. After the usual salutations I asked him how many men he had on the ground. I remember his answer well. “In the course of the day I expect to have about 95,000—enough, I guess, for this business.” And then, after another sweeping glance over the field, he added, as if repeating something to himself: “Well, we may fight it out here just as well as anywhere else.” Then he quietly rode away. The Second Corps of our army had arrived about seven; two divisions of the Fifth about the same time; several brigades of the Third Corps came up about nine; the Artillery Reserve and the large ammunition train was parked in the valley between Cemetery Ridge and Culp's Hill by eleven; the Sixth Corps under Sedgwick reached Rock Creek after a march of thirty-four miles, about four of the afternoon. Thus our line was gradually filled. But, the forenoon passed without any serious attack from the Confederates. There were <!-- p. 22 --> only, as the two armies “felt” one another, occasional sputterings of musketry and abrupt discharges of cannon, like growling barks of chained watch-dogs when you approach them too closely. At last, between three and four, the expected attack came. Our position had its weak points. On our extreme right the Twelfth Corps under General Slocum held Culp's Hill—Wadsworth's division of the First Corps joined the Twelfth Corps to the Eleventh under Howard, which occupied the cemetery, forming the bend of the fishing hook; to the left of the Eleventh on Cemetery Ridge, the “long shank,” stood Doubleday's division of the First, then the Second Corps under Hancock, and on its left the Third under Sickles, which, to gain a higher and apparently more advantageous position, was moved forward on the Cemetery Ridge line to a peach orchard, hence become famous, the two divisions of the corps forming a projecting angle, provoking attack. The Round Tops on the left of the Third Corps were unoccupied. These were the weak points which General Lee's keen eyes quickly perceived. Our Fifth Corps stood in reserve, and our Sixth Corps under Sedgwick had not yet arrived. Lee's army formed a large semicircle fronting our lines—Ewell's Corps on its left, facing Culp's Hill and Cemetery Hill; A. P. Hill's Corps in the center, occupying Seminary Ridge and facing part of Cemetery Ridge held by the Second and the Third Corps, and Longstreet's facing our left. It was from Longstreet's Corps, therefore, that the attack upon our weak points came. A brisk cannonade preceded it, which, to judge by the missiles which whirred over our heads, was partly directed upon Cemetery Hill, and to which the batteries near us replied at a lively rate. Then we heard a confused noise on our left, a continuous rattle of musketry, discharge of artillery now thundering with rapid vehemence; <!-- p. 23 --> then slackening as if batteries were silenced; then breaking out again with renewed violence; and from time to time something like an echo of a Union cheer or a rebel yell. Owing to a projecting spur of Cemetery Ridge, we on the cemetery itself could not see what was happening on our extreme left—nothing but the rising clouds of white smoke. Neither did the sounds we heard indicate which side had the advantage in the battle. But looking to our rear we observed how regiment after regiment was taken from our right wing to be hurried as quickly as possible toward the left of the army as reinforcement. The fire grew more furious from minute to minute, and about half after six, the roar of the battle actually seemed to indicate that our line was yielding. A moment later Captain Dilger of my artillery, who had gone to the ammunition train to get a new supply, came galloping up Cemetery Hill in great agitation with the report that the enemy had overwhelmed the Third Corps in the peach orchard and pressing after our flying troops had pierced our left center; that his musket balls were already falling into our ammunition train, and that unless the rebels were beaten back at once, they would attack us in the rear and take us prisoners in half an hour. It was a moment of most anxious suspense. But it did not last long. Loud and repeated Union cheers on our left, which could be heard above the din of battle, told us that relief had come in time and had rolled back the hostile wave. General Meade had skillfully used the advantage afforded us by the “interior line” in rapidly shifting forces from one point to another as the necessities of the moment required, and thus succeeded in meeting the assault of the enemy with superior numbers. As evening came the battle on the left sank into a lull and we were assured that, although the enemy had gained some ground, we had won a secure lodgment on the Round Tops, owing to <!-- p. 24 --> General Warren's keen discernment of the situation, and our line from there to Cemetery Hill was substantially restored. In the meantime the enemy, noticing the withdrawal of some of our troops from Culp's Hill, had tried to capture that vitally important position. But there, too, although the enemy possessed himself of some of the breastworks left by the brigades that had been called away to assist in beating back the attack on our left, he was checked by our troops left in position, especially General Greene's brigade—the same General Greene who lived in New York to reach, in honor and health, the age of ninety odd years—which heroically maintained itself alone until succored by reinforcements, among which were several of my regiments. A part of my First Brigade was sent to strengthen General Ames, who was hard pressed, and some of the Second Brigade pushed to the support of General Wadsworth, which they did very efficiently—for which thanks were returned. But the dangers of the day were not yet ended. It was already dark when we on Cemetery Hill were suddenly startled by a tremendous turmoil at Wiedrich's and Rickett's batteries placed on a commanding point on the right of Cemetery Hill. General Howard and I were standing together in conversation when the uproar surprised us. There could be no doubt of its meaning. The enemy was attacking the batteries on our right, and if he gained possession of them he would enfilade a large part of our line toward the south as well as the east, and command the valley between Cemetery Ridge and Culp's Hill, where the ammunition trains were parked. The fate of the battle might hang on the repulse of this attack. There was no time to wait for superior orders. With the consent of General Howard I took the two regiments <!-- p. 25 --> nearest to me, ordered them to fix bayonets, and, headed by Colonel Krzyzanowski, they hurried to the threatened point at a double-quick. I accompanied them with my whole staff. Soon we found ourselves surrounded by a rushing crowd of stragglers from the already broken lines. We did our best, sword in hand, to drive them back as we went. Arrived at the batteries, we found an indescribable scene of mêlée. Some rebel infantry had scaled the breastworks and were taking possession of the guns. But the cannoneers defended themselves desperately. With rammers and fence rails, hand spikes and stones, they knocked down the intruders. In Wiedrich's battery, manned by Germans from Buffalo, a rebel officer, brandishing his sword, cried out: “This battery is ours!” Whereupon a sturdy artilleryman responded: “No, dis battery is ''unser'',” and felled him to the ground with a sponge-staff. Our infantry made a vigorous rush upon the invaders, and after a short but very spirited hand-to-hand scuffle tumbled them down the embankment. As General Hunter said in his contribution to the ''Century'' series: “The Dutchmen showed that they were in no way inferior to their Yankee comrades, who had been taunting them ever since Chancellorsville.” Our line to the right, having been reinforced by Carroll's brigade of the Second Corps, which had hurried on in good time, also succeeded in driving back the assailants with a rapid fire, and the dangerous crisis was happily ended. I could say with pride in my official report that during this perilous hour my officers and men behaved splendidly. During the night the regiments that had been withdrawn from my command to give aid elsewhere, returned to their former positions. The net result of the second day's battle was, on the whole, not encouraging to either side. The Confederates had gained some ground—the position of the Emmitsburg road on their <!-- p. 26 --> right and some Union breastworks on Culp's Hill on their extreme left; but they had also failed in several of their attacks, and become aware how difficult it would be to break the Union lines at any point in a manner to secure a decisive result. On the other hand, our army had lost some ground, but at the same time made its position stronger by the secure occupation of the Round Tops and the rectification of its line between them and Cemetery Hill. But both armies had suffered enormous losses in killed, wounded, and prisoners, and the commander of each, as has appeared from subsequent revelations, profoundly wished he were well out of the mess, while neither could see how he could do else than continue on the line on which he had begun. A council of the corps commanders held by General Meade that night was unanimous in that decision. {{anchor|meadehq}} [[Image:Meade HQ.png|center|500px]] {{center|{{smaller|GENERAL MEADE'S HEADQUARTERS AT GETTYSBURG}}}} At dawn of day on the 3rd of July we were roused from sleep by a fierce rattle of musketry in the woods of Culp's Hill. As already mentioned, the withdrawal of several brigades from our right to assist our left in the fights of the preceding day had enabled the enemy to get possession of several breastworks abandoned by the Twelfth Corps. General Meade decided that for the security of our right flank those positions must be retaken, and the Twelfth Corps went at the task with great spirit. It was a little battle of its own, of which, owing to the woods on the field of action, we could see nothing except the columns of troops sent from the center and the left wing of our army to the assistance of the right. But the firing was incessant, both of artillery and musketry, now and then swelling into a great roar, stimulating the imagination of the distant listeners into nervous activity as to what might be happening under that cloud of white smoke hovering over Culp's Hill. About half past ten the firing ceased, and it was reported that the Twelfth, after a six hours' stubborn fight, not too bloody <!-- p. 27 --> on our side, had retaken the positions held by the enemy during the night. And then came that interval of perfect stillness of which most of the descriptions of the battle of Gettysburg have so much to say. That the battle should have come to a short stop would have surprised nobody. But when that stop lengthened from minute to minute, from half hour to half hour, and when it settled down into a tranquillity like the peaceful and languid repose of a warm midsummer morning in which one might expect to hear the ringing of the village church-bells, there was something ominous, something uncanny, in these strange, unexpected hours of profound silence so sharply contrasting with the bloody horrors which had preceded, and which were sure to follow them. Even the light-hearted soldiers, who would ordinarily never lose an opportunity for some outbreak of an hilarious mood, even in a short moment of respite in a fight, seemed to feel the oppression. Some sat silently on the ground munching their hard-tack, while others stretched themselves out seeking sleep, which they probably would have found more readily had the cannon been thundering at a distance. The officers stood together in little groups discussing with evident concern what this long-continued calm might mean. Could it be that Lee, whose artillery in long rows of batteries had been silently frowning at us all the morning, had given up his intention to make another great attack? If not, why had he not begun it at an earlier hour, which unquestionably would have been more advantageous to him? Suddenly the riddle was solved. About one o'clock the long hush was broken by the booming of two guns fired in rapid succession on the enemy's right, where Longstreet's Corps stood. And at once this signal was answered by all the batteries of the Confederate army, about 130 cannon, that could be <!-- p. 28 --> brought to bear upon Cemetery Hill and the ridge joining it to the Round Tops. Instantly about 80 pieces of our artillery—as many as could usefully be posted in our line facing west and northwest—took up the challenge, and one of the grandest artillery duels in the history of wars followed. All that I had ever read in battle-stories of the booming of heavy guns out-thundering the thunders of heaven, and making the earth tremble, and almost stopping one's breath by the concussions of the air—was here made real, in terrific effect. The roar was so incessant and at times so deafening that when I wished to give an order to one of my officers I had to put my hands to my mouth as a speaking trumpet and shout my words into his ear. Fortunately the enemy had aimed their artillery a little too high, so that most of its missiles passed over our heads. But enough of them struck the ground on the cemetery and exploded there, to scatter death and destruction among the men immediately around, and to shatter gravestones and blow up ammunition caissons. But as most of them flew over us, rushing, screaming, whirring, and as they burst above, and sent down their deadly fragments, they added to the hellish din a peculiarly malicious noise of their own. How would the men endure this frightful experience? One of the hardest trials of the courage and steadfastness of the soldier is to stand still and be shot at without being able to reply. This ordeal is especially severe when the soldier is under a heavy artillery fire which, although less dangerous than that of musketry, is more impressive on the nerves. It bewilders the mind of the bravest with a painful sense of helplessness as against a tremendous power, and excites to peculiar vivacity the not unnatural desire to get into a safer place out of range. As a matter of course we ordered the troops to lie down flat on the ground, so as to present the smallest possible target. But when I observed the effect <!-- p. 29 --> of the dropping of a shell right into the midst of a regiment which caused some uneasy commotion, I thought it my duty to get upon my feet and look after it. I found that it had a very steadying and cheering effect upon the men to see me quietly walking up and down in front smoking a cigar. I could not speak to them, for the incessant roar of the cannonade would not let them hear me. But I noticed that many of them returned my smile in a sort of confidential way when I happened to catch their eyes, as if to say: “It is not jolly, but we two will not be frightened by it.” Indeed it was not jolly, for I felt as if the enemy's projectiles rushing over me were so near that I might have touched them with my riding-whip held up at full length of my arm. But observing the good effect of my promenade in front, I invited, by gesture, some of the regimental officers to do likewise. They promptly obeyed, although, I suppose, they liked the stroll no more than I did. Many years later I found in Tolstoy's great novel, “War and Peace,” a description of the conduct of a Russian regiment at the battle of Borodino, which had to remain motionless under a fearful fire of French batteries, the men sitting on the ground and diverting their minds under the deadly hail by braiding the blades of grass within their reach. It reminded me vividly of what I saw on the cemetery of Gettysburg, where, while that tremendous cannonade was going on, some of the men occupied their minds by cleaning their gun-locks, others by polishing the buttons of their uniforms, still others by sewing up rents in their clothes. Evidently Tolstoy wrote from the personal experience of battles. {{anchor|tiedemann}} [[Image:Fritz Tiedemann.png|center|400px]] {{center|{{smaller|CAPTAIN FRITZ TIEDEMANN}}}} I had the good fortune of saving in a curious way the life of one of my aides, Captain Fritz Tiedemann, one of whose daughters more than thirty years later was to become the wife of one of my sons. During an interval between two of my <!-- p. 30 --> front promenades I stretched myself on the ground, my aide Fritz by my side. Feeling a nagging desire to eat something, I shouted into his ear: “Fritz, go and see whether you cannot borrow a cracker for me from somebody. I am desperately hungry.” Fritz had hardly moved two paces away from me when a piece of a burst shell about half as large as my hand fell upon the place on which he had been lying, and buried itself several inches in the soil. Thus the life of my son's father-in-law that was to be, was saved by the craving of my stomach. The furious bombardment had lasted more than an hour when the excellent Chief of Artillery of the Army of the Potomac, General Hunt, passed along the line the order to “cease firing”; not all the batteries to become silent at once, but one after another. The intention, and the actual effect, was, not only to prevent the further useless expenditure of ammunition, but principally to make the enemy believe that our artillery was in great part seriously crippled and would no longer be able to offer effective resistance to a vigorous attack. In fact the actual effect of the enemy's grand bombardment of our lines had been very trifling. A few pieces had been dismounted, but they were easily replaced from the reserve artillery. A few caissons had been exploded, but there was plenty of ammunition left. Some men and some horses had been killed or wounded, but, their number was astonishingly small considering the awfulness of the turmoil, and there was nothing of the terror and demoralization which the enemy, no doubt, had expected to produce. To judge by my own command, which occupied one of the positions most exposed to the enemy's fire, we had suffered very little in killed and wounded, and I did not hear of a single man that had skulked away from the ranks. But the enemy seemed to think differently. As our <!-- p. 31 --> batteries grew silent, so did his. And then came forth that famous scene which made the battle of Gettysburg more dramatic than any other event of the Civil War, and which more nearly approached the conception of what a battle is in the imagination of persons who have never seen one. I will describe only what we observed of it from the crest of Cemetery Hill. From a screen of woods opposite our left center emerged a long line of Confederate infantry, mounted officers in front and behind; and then another, and another—about 15,000 men. The alignment was perfect. The battle-flags fluttered gaily over the bayonets glittering in the sunlight. The spectacle has often been truly likened to a grand holiday parade on a festive ground. A mile of open field separated them from our line of defense. They had hardly traversed one-tenth of that distance when they became fully aware that those of them who had counted upon our artillery having been much disabled, had grievously deceived themselves. No sooner had the attacking column appeared on the open than our batteries, which had in the meantime been re-formed and well supplied with ammunition, opened upon them from the front and from the right and left, with a terrific fire. Through our field-glasses we could distinctly see the gaps torn in their ranks, and the ground dotted with dark spots—their dead and wounded. Now land then a cheer went up from our lines when our men observed some of our shells striking right among the advancing enemy and scattering death and destruction around. But the brave rebels promptly filled the gaps from behind or by closing up on their colors, and unshaken and unhesitatingly they continued their onward march. Then the Confederate artillery behind them, firing over their heads, tried to silence our batteries or at least to attract their fire so as to divert it from the infantry masses advancing in the open field. But in vain. Our cannon <!-- p. 32 --> did not change their aim, and the number of dark spots dotting the field increased fearfully from minute to minute. So far not a musket had been discharged from behind the stone fences protecting our regiments. Now the assailants steadily marching on seemed to disappear in a depression of the ground, where they stopped for a little while to readjust their alignment. But when they emerged again, evidently with undismayed courage, and quickened their pace to make the final plunge, a roar of cannon and a rattle of musketry, so tremendous, received them that one might have thought any force coming against it would have been swept from the face of the earth. Still the attacking lines, although much thinned and losing their regularity, rushed forward with grim determination. Then we on the cemetery lost sight of them as they were concealed from our eyes by the projecting spur of the ridge I have already spoken of. Meanwhile a rebel force, consisting apparently of two or three brigades, supporting the main attack on its left, advanced against our position on Cemetery Hill. We had about thirty pieces of artillery in our front. They were ordered to load with grape and canister, and to reserve their fire until the enemy should be within four or five hundred yards. Then the word to fire was given, and when, after a few rapid discharges, the guns “ceased” and permitted the smoke to clear away, all we saw of the enemy was the backs of men hastily running away, and the ground covered with dead and wounded. Our skirmishers rushed forward, speeding the pace of fugitives and gathering in a multitude of prisoners. But on our left the struggle, which from the cemetery we could not see, still continued. We could only hear a furious din which seemed to be stationary. Could it be that the rebels were breaking our lines? With nervous anxiety we turned our <!-- p. 33 --> eyes upon the valley behind us. But there we saw, not fugitives or skulkers from our positions, but columns of troops hurrying to the scene of the decisive conflict. This was reassuring. At last, looking again at the field which had been traversed by the splendid host of assailants we saw, first little driblets, then larger numbers, and finally huge swarms of men in utter disorder hurrying back the way they had come, and then, soon after, in hot pursuit, clouds of blue-coated skirmishers from our front rushing in from both sides, firing and capturing prisoners. This spectacle could have but one meaning. The great attack had failed disastrously. That magnificent column that had so proudly advanced upon us, was not only defeated, but well-nigh annihilated. A deep sigh of relief wrung itself from every breast. Then tremendous cheers arose along the Union lines, and here and there the men began to sing “John Brown's Soul.” The song swept weirdly over the bloody field. The general feeling in our ranks was that we had won a victory, and that we had now to reap its fruits. The instinct of the soldiers demanded a prompt, aggressive movement upon the enemy, and I think the instinct of the soldiers was right. The strongest of our army corps, the Fifth, kept in reserve, was substantially intact. Hardly any of the other corps had suffered so much as to be incapable of vigorous action. Their spirits were elated to genuine enthusiasm by the great event of the day. An order for a general advance seemed to be the natural outcome of the moment, and many men in the ranks fairly cried for it. But it did not come. Our skirmishers followed the retreating enemy for a certain distance, and then returned with their prisoners without having touched the positions from which the attacking force had emerged. Then two or three batteries of rebel artillery galloped forth from the belt <!-- p. 34 --> of timber which screened the enemy's scattered forces. They advanced a short distance, unlimbered, fired a few discharges, limbered up again and galloped back—probably to make us believe that the enemy, although repulsed, was still on the ground in fighting trim. (I do not remember having seen this fact stated in any of the histories of the battle of Gettysburg, but I observed it with my own eyes, and the impression is still vivid in my memory.) Soon darkness and deep silence fell upon the battlefield. Officers and men, utterly exhausted by the fatigues and excitements of the past three days, just dropped down on the ground. In a moment my people around me were soundly asleep among the shattered gravestones. About two o'clock in the morning I was suddenly aroused by a sharp but short rattle of musketry, the sound coming clearly from the plain on the north side of the town. It lasted only a few seconds—then complete stillness again. What could it mean? Only that the enemy was withdrawing his pickets, and some of our outposts sent a volley after them. This was my own opinion, and that of my officers. The next minute we were fast asleep again, and woke up only when daylight was upon us. Early in the morning I sent a detachment of my second brigade, under my chief of staff, Lieutenant Colonel Otto, into the town to reconnoiter. They took prisoners over 250 rebel stragglers, who remained behind while the enemy had during the night quietly evacuated Gettysburg. I at once rode in with some staff-officers and orderlies to satisfy myself whether there were any wounded men left in the houses or on the fields beyond, where my troops had been engaged on the first day of the battle. Then I enjoyed a most delightful surprise. Of all the losses we had suffered in the first day's bloody battle, that of my old friend Schimmelfennig went nearest to <!-- p. 35 --> my heart. He had not only been an officer of exceptional ability, but my military instructor in the old German days, and a dear personal friend. We did not know what had become of him—whether he lay dead on the field, or had been wounded, or made a prisoner by the enemy. Some of his officers had last seen him in the thickest of the fight, and how, when the order to retreat was given, he had left the field in the rear of his command. Further, their accounts did not go. Now, when early in the morning after the three-days' struggle I entered the town—what should I see? In the door of one of the houses on the main street, General Schimmelfennig, alive and waving his hat to me. “Halloh!” he shouted. “I knew you would come. I have been preparing for you. You must be hungry. I found some eggs in this house and saved them for you. We shall have them fried in a few minutes. Get off your horse and let us take breakfast together.” It was a jolly repast, during which he told us his story. When, during that furious fight of the first day, the order to retreat reached him, he did his best to take his command out of the fire-line in as orderly a shape as possible—a very difficult operation under any circumstances—and, therefore, left the field in the rear of his troops. But when he reached the town he found the streets crowded with a confused mass of artillery and vehicles of all sorts, and disorganized men. Somehow he was crowded into a blind lane, and suddenly ran against a high fence, barring his progress, while some rebel infantrymen, in hot pursuit, were yelling close behind him. To clear the tall fence on horseback was impossible. He therefore dismounted and climbed over it. While he was on the top rail, his pursuers came up to him, and one of them knocked him on the head with the butt of his gun. The blow did not hurt him much, but he let himself drop on the other side of the fence as if he were dead, or at least stunned. Fortunately, he wore <!-- p. 36 --> an ordinary cavalry overcoat over his general's uniform, so that no sign of his rank was visible. The rebel soldiers, thus taking him for a mere private, then passed by him. After a little while he cautiously raised his head and discovered that he was alone in a little kitchen garden, and that within a few yards of him there was a small stable or shed that might serve him as a temporary shelter. He crawled into it, and found a litter of straw on the ground, as well as some bread crumbs and other refuse, which seemed to have been intended for pigs. Soon he heard voices all around him, and from the talk he could catch he concluded that the rebels had taken possession of the town and were making preparations for its defense. There he lay, then, in his pig-sty, alone and helpless, surrounded on all sides by enemies who might have discovered him at any moment, but fortunately did not, and unknown to the inhabitants of the house to which the kitchen garden belonged. He had nothing to eat except the nauseous scraps he found on the ground, and nothing to drink except the few drops that were left in his field flask. And in this condition he lay from the afternoon of the 1st of July until the early morning of the 4th. But worse than hunger and thirst during those two and a half days and three nights was his feverish anxiety concerning the course of the battle. There was an ill-omened silence during the first night and the early forenoon of the second day. Had our army withdrawn? From the noises be heard he could only conclude that the enemy held the town of Gettysburg in force. But the roar of cannon and the rattle of the musketry during the afternoon assured him that our army was present in force, too. Only he could not tell which side had the advantage, or whether there was any advantage achieved by either side. And so it was on the third day, when the battle seemed to rage furiously, at different times and at <!-- p. 37 --> different points, apparently neither advancing nor receding, until late in the afternoon the artillery became silent, and a mighty Union cheer filled the air. Then his hope rose that something favorable to us had happened. Still, he was disquieted again by the continued presence of the rebel infantry around him, until late in the night he heard something like the passing around of an order among them in a low voice, whereupon they seemed quietly to slink away. Then perfect stillness. At break of day he ventured his head out of the pig-sty, and finding the kitchen garden completely deserted, he went into the house, the inhabitants of which greeted him first with some apprehension, but then, upon better knowledge of the situation, with great glee. A happy moment it was to me when I could telegraph to Mrs. Schimmelfennig, who was, with my family, at Bethlehem, Pa., that her husband, who had been reported missing after the first day's battle, had been found, sound and safe! No contrast could have been gloomier than that between the light-hearted hilarity of our breakfast and my visit to the battlefield immediately following it. The rebels had removed many if not most of their dead, but ours lay still in ghastly array on the ground where they had fallen. There can be no more hideous sight than that of the corpses on a battlefield, after they have been exposed a day or more to the sun in warm weather—the bodies swollen to monstrous size, the faces bloated and black, the eyes bulging out with a dead stare, all their features puffed out almost beyond recognition, some lying singly or in rows, others in heaps, having fallen over one another, some in attitudes of peaceful repose, others with arms raised, others in a sitting posture, others on their knees, others clawing the earth, many horribly distorted by what must have been a frightful death-struggle. Here I stood on the ground <!-- p. 38 --> occupied by my division during that murderous conflict, around me the dead bodies of men who, but three days ago, had cheered me when I rode along their front, and whose greetings I had responded to with sincere affection, the features of some of whom I now succeeded in recognizing after a painful effort; some officers whom I had known well, with whom I had talked often, and who now lay here, struck down in the flower of their young manhood, now horrible to look at like the rest—and over yonder, only a few paces away, some Confederate dead, whom their comrades had left on the field, now looking just like our men, and having in all probability died with the same belief in the justice of ''their'' cause. Was it possible that any of them should have been sincerely convinced of the righteousness of the cause they fought for—the cause of slavery? I had to say to myself that it was possible, and in many cases even certain; for did I not know from history that in many religious wars men had cut one another's throats with the fierceness of fanatical conviction concerning differences of opinion on doctrinal points which to-day would call forth from any educated person only a smile of pity? I rode away from this horrible scene in a musing state of mind, finally composing myself with the reaffirmed faith that in our struggle against slavery we could not possibly be wrong; that there was an imperative, indisputable necessity of fighting for our cause; that the belief of the rebels in the righteousness of their cause might be ever so sincere, and that they might individually deserve ever so much credit for that sincerity, but that their error stood offensively in the way of justice, and that their challenge had to be met. There were more harrowing experiences in store for me that day. To look after the wounded of my command, I visited the places where the surgeons were at work. At Bull Run, I <!-- p. 39 --> had seen only on a very small scale what I was now to behold. At Gettysburg the wounded—many thousands of them—were carried to the farmsteads behind our lines. The houses, the barns, the sheds, and the open barnyards were crowded with moaning and wailing human beings, and still an unceasing procession of stretchers and ambulances was coming in from all sides to augment the number of the sufferers. A heavy rain set in during the day—the usual rain after a battle—and large numbers had to remain unprotected in the open, there being no room left under roof. I saw long rows of men lying under the eaves of the buildings, the water pouring down upon their bodies in streams. Most of the operating tables were placed in the open where the light was best, some of them partially protected against the rain by tarpaulins or blankets stretched upon poles. There stood the surgeons, their sleeves rolled up to the elbows, their bare arms as well as their linen aprons smeared with blood, their knives not seldom held between their teeth, while they were helping a patient on or off the table, or had their hands otherwise occupied; around them pools of blood and amputated arms or legs in heaps, sometimes more than man-high. Antiseptic methods were still unknown at that time. As a wounded man was lifted on the table, often shrieking with pain as the attendants handled him, the surgeon quickly examined the wound and resolved upon cutting off the injured limb. Some ether was administered and the body put in position in a moment. The surgeon snatched his knife from between his teeth, where it had been while his hands were busy, wiped it rapidly once or twice across his blood-stained apron, and the cutting began. The operation accomplished, the surgeon would look around with a deep sigh, and then—“Next!” And so it went on, hour after hour, while the number of expectant patients seemed hardly to diminish. Now and then <!-- p. 40 --> one of the wounded men would call attention to the fact that his neighbor lying on the ground had given up the ghost while waiting for his turn, and the dead body was then quietly removed. Or a surgeon, having been long at work, would put down his knife, exclaiming that his hand had grown unsteady, and that this was too much for human endurance—not seldom hysterical tears streaming down his face. Many of the wounded men suffered with silent fortitude, fierce determination in the knitting of their brows and the steady gaze of their bloodshot eyes. Some would even force themselves to a grim jest about their situation or about the “skedaddling of the rebels.” But there were, too, heart-rending groans and shrill cries of pain piercing the air, and despairing exclamations, “Oh, Lord! Oh, Lord!” or “Let me die!” or softer murmurings in which the words “mother” or “father” or “home” were often heard. I saw many of my command among the sufferers, whose faces I well remembered, and who greeted me with a look or even a painful smile of recognition, and usually with the question what I thought of their chances of life, or whether I could do anything for them, sometimes, also, whether I thought the enemy were well beaten. I was sadly conscious that many of the words of cheer and encouragement I gave them were mere hollow sound, but they might be at least some solace for the moment. There are people who speak lightly of war as a mere heroic sport. They would hardly find it in their hearts to do so, had they ever witnessed scenes like these, and thought of the untold miseries connected with them that were spread all over the land. He must be an inhuman brute or a slave of wild, unscrupulous ambition, who, having seen the horrors of war, will not admit that war brought on without the most absolute necessity, is the greatest and most unpardonable of crimes. <!-- p. 41 --> In the course of the day the great tidings came that General Grant had taken Vicksburg and made the whole garrison of that Confederate stronghold prisoners of war. That was a great victory—a complete victory—and great was the cheering along our lines when we heard of it. But there was also among many of the officers of the Army of the Potomac, deep-down, a depressing consciousness that ours was not what it might have been, a complete victory. To be sure, we had fought a great battle—and fought it bravely; our losses were enormous, over twenty-five per cent of the whole force, and the losses of the enemy could hardly be less; we had disastrously repulsed a fierce attack of the Confederates and inflicted upon them a terrible blow. But now, on the day after that great event, there stood the enemy—having, indeed, withdrawn from the field fought over during the preceding three days, but only to concentrate his forces in a strong defensive position on that very Seminary Ridge from which he had been directing his offensive movements—there he stood, within sight of us, within cannon-shot, grimly daring us to attack him, and we did not move. The situation seemed almost humiliating when we remembered that the day before, after the repulse of Pickett's charge, with three hours of daylight to spare, we might, by a resolute and vigorous counter-charge by our whole disposable force, have achieved a real victory over Lee's army, a victory which might have stopped this mainstay of the Confederacy of most of its power of mischief. I have always esteemed General Meade's character so highly that I am loath to join his critics on any point. But I have always understood it to be one of the first of the rules of war—which, in fact, are nothing but the rules of common sense applied to the business of war—that when you have dealt the enemy a blow which destroys his strength at some important point, and which confuses and demoralizes <!-- p. 42 --> him so as to make him stagger—or as the pugilists say, to render him “groggy”—you must follow up your advantage to the best of your ability, so as to reap its fruits. That we had dealt such a blow to Lee's army by the repulse of Pickett's charge we could see with our eyes. The attacking force of the rebels had not only been hurled back, but what was left of it had been turned into a disorderly and demoralized mob—that is, it had been substantially annihilated as a fighting body, much more apt to continue running than to offer effective resistance—for the time being, at least. On the other hand, we had one army corps that had hardly been engaged at all, and several others which, in spite of the losses they had suffered, were in good fighting form and in unusually fine fighting spirits; for at that moment the Army of the Potomac—what had not often happened to it before—felt victory in its bones. In one word, the chances of success would have been decidedly and largely in our favor. It was one of those rare opportunities in war promising great results, but, to win them, demanding instant resolution. There being no instant resolution the great opportunity was lost. Lee was given ample time to rally and re-form his shattered host, and, contracting his lines, to establish himself in his strong defensive position on Seminary Ridge. There he stood—a whole day longer, like a wounded lion—wounded, but still defiant. He gave the order to retreat across the Potomac on the afternoon of July 4th. There we had another opportunity to win great results by a vigorous pursuit. Lee's retreat was a difficult one, owing to his encumbrances and the heavy rains spoiling the roads. But our pursuit was not vigorous. We started the next day, exerted hardly any pressure at all upon his rear, marched by circuitous routes more or less parallel with Lee's line of retreat, and when, after several days, we caught <!-- p. 43 --> up with him in an entrenched position, we put off the attack long enough to give him time to withdraw his whole army across the river without any serious loss. Thus it happened that General Lee saved from the battlefield at Gettysburg an army still capable of giving many anxious hours to the defenders of the Union. Indeed, the political value of the results achieved at Gettysburg can hardly be overestimated. Had Lee defeated us on that battlefield, and marched with his victorious hosts upon Baltimore and Washington, there would have been complications of incalculable consequence. The lines of communication between the seat of our government and the North and West might have been seriously interrupted. A new secession movement might possibly have been started in Maryland. The disloyal partisan elements in the Northern States might have been greatly encouraged to aggressive activity. New attempts might have been made in England and France to bring about the recognition of the Southern Confederacy by those powers, and eventual intervention in its favor. I am far from believing that all this would have resulted in the final breaking down of the Union cause, for the North would no doubt have risen to a supreme effort, but our situation would certainly have been beset with most perplexing troubles for a time, and the war might have been materially prolonged. On the other hand, Lee's failure at Gettysburg—if we call it only that—had dashed the highest hopes of the Southern people. The invasion of the North and the attempt to transplant the war upon Northern soil had so decidedly miscarried that so ambitious a plan would hardly again be thought of. The hope of supplying the meager and constantly dwindling resources of the South with rich Northern spoil had to be given up forever. Moreover, Lee's army, which so far had thought itself invincible, and looked upon the Northern soldiers with <!-- p. 44 --> haughty contempt, had been seriously weakened in the self-reliance which had inspired its daring in many battles. Thenceforth it felt itself on the defensive. And the defensive, although still formidable, was bound gradually to grow weaker as the Confederacy found it more and more difficult to fill the widening gaps in the ranks of its armies, and to furnish its fighting forces with the necessaries of warfare. It has been a common saying that the capture of Vicksburg, giving us the free command of the Mississippi, and the battle of Gettysburg, forcing the best Southern army back upon Southern soil, broke the backbone of the rebellion. This is substantially true. But it is equally true that, had our success at Gettysburg been so followed up as to destroy Lee's army, or at least to render it unable to keep the field, the war would probably have been a year shorter. When General Lee had recrossed the Potomac, our army leisurely followed rather than pursued him upon the old, well-trodden field of operations in Virginia. An amusing little adventure happened to me on that occasion. When we were passing through Loudoun County, Virginia, my division had the rear of the marching column, and I observed on a ridge of ground on our left, running nearly parallel with our line of march, at a distance of about two miles, groups of horsemen, who would quickly disappear again after having for a moment shown themselves. Owing to the distance we could not make out through our glasses whether they looked like Union or rebel cavalry, or guerrillas, of whom there were a good many in that part of Virginia, under their famous chief, Colonel Mosby. But it was my own opinion, as well as that of my staff-officers, that they must be detachments of Union cavalry, charged with the duty of guarding the flank of the army on its march. This would have been the correct thing. Not <!-- p. 45 --> having any cavalry to investigate the matter at a distance, I had to content myself with pushing out a little farther my infantry flanking parties and my rear guard. That night we camped at a place called Mountsville, where we were to rest two or three days. The next morning it was reported to me that Mosby's guerrillas were hovering all around us, and had already picked up some army vehicles and sutlers' wagons, as well as a number of stragglers. At once I ordered out several strong infantry patrols to scour the country in all directions, and one of them I accompanied myself for the special purpose of establishing an outpost at a mill situated on a water-course, near which I had noticed on yesterday's march several loiterers of suspicious appearance. I rode ahead of the patrol, accompanied by an officer of my staff, two orderlies, and my staff bugler. Light-heartedly we enjoyed the freshness of the morning. To get to the mill we had to pass through a little defile—a narrow, sunken road, slightly descending, and bordered on each side by an abrupt rise of ground covered with trees and underbrush. We had hardly entered this defile, when, at the lower end of it, perhaps two hundred yards ahead of us, we observed a troop of horsemen, ten or twelve of them, who advanced toward us. They looked rather ragged, and I took them for teamsters or similar folk. But one of my orderlies cried out: “There are the rebels!” And true enough, they were a band of Mosby's guerrillas. Now they came up at a gallop, and in a minute they were among us. While we whipped out our revolvers, I shouted to my bugler: “Sound the advance, double-quick!” which he did; and there was an instant “double-quick” signal in response from the infantry patrol, still hidden by the bushes, but close behind us. We had a lively, but, as to my party, harmless conversation with revolvers for a few <!-- p. 46 --> seconds, whereupon the guerrillas, no doubt frightened by the shouts of the patrol coming on at a run, hastily turned tail and galloped down the road, leaving in our hands one prisoner and two horses. We sped after them, but as soon as they had cleared the defile they scattered over the fields, and were soon lost to sight in the ravines and among the timber-belts around. The infantry patrol, of course, could not overtake them, but it found in a sheltered nook, at a distance from the road, several army vehicles, two sutlers' wagons, and a lot of our stragglers that had been captured. About ten years later, when I was a member of the Senate of the United States, I was one day passing through the great rotunda of the Capitol, and was stopped by an unknown person with the question: “General, do you remember me?” He was a man of middle stature, a lean, close-shaven face, and a somewhat high-pitched voice. I should have judged him to be a genuine Yankee, especially as I thought I detected in his speech something of the nasal twang usually attributed to the New Englander. I had to confess that I did not remember him. “Well,” he replied; “but you surely recall a lively meeting you had with some of Mosby's men on a shady road near Mountsville, Loudoun, County, Virginia, on a fine July morning in 1863! I am Colonel Mosby, and I was there. You and I were together at arm's length on that occasion.” Of course, there was a hearty handshake and a merry laugh. And we good-naturedly confessed to one another how delighted each one of us would have been to bag the other. Shortly after the close of the Civil War, Colonel Mosby, the nimble and daring marauder, who had often given us much annoyance, “accepted the situation,” joined the Republican party, and was employed by the Union Government in various capacities. During the summer weeks which followed, my command <!-- p. 47 --> did not again come into contact with the enemy. We were occasionally shifted from one place to another, as the safety of the communications of the army required. We led, therefore, a rather dull life, but that period is especially memorable to me, because it was there that I committed a breach of discipline for which I might have been—and perhaps ought to have been—cashiered. The case was this: A private in one of my regiments had been tried by court-martial for desertion, and, according to law, sentenced to death. I was directed to see to the execution of that sentence, for which a special day was appointed. It was reported to me that the culprit was a mere boy, who had been seduced to desert by two older men, bad characters, who succeeded in getting away, while he was caught. I was also informed that he had been in the custody of my provost-guard on the battlefield of Gettysburg, and I had an idea that if a soldier sentenced to death was brought under the fire of the enemy again, he was, according to military custom, relieved of that mortal sentence and entitled at least to some commutation of it. I went to see the poor fellow, and found him to be a young Bohemian, a remarkably handsome lad of hardly more than eighteen, who looked at me with the honest eyes of a child. He told me his side of the story of his desertion in a simple way, confirming what I had heard of his being taken with them by two much older comrades, and that he did not know how serious a thing it was, and how he had intended to come back, and how he would try to die bravely if die he must—but his mother—oh, his mother! The poor woman was a widow, and lived in New York. She was not alone, and not destitute, but she loved him much, and would miss him dreadfully. I at once made up my mind that, in spite of my orders, I <!-- p. 48 --> would not direct that boy to be shot, and that I would save him from being shot by anybody else if I could. First, I tried the “regular official channels.” I appealed to my immediate superior, my corps commander, General Howard, asking him for authority to put off the execution, and laying before him at the same time—to be submitted to the War Department—my reasons for believing that the unfortunate young man should be pardoned. General Howard, with whom I talked the matter over personally, showed himself very sympathetic, but he told me that he had no power to suspend the order I was to execute. He would, however, forward my request to a higher authority, with a warm endorsement, which, no doubt, he did. The time set for the execution approached, but no answer from the War Department came. On the dreaded day I was ordered to take my command from New Baltimore, Virginia, to some point the name of which I have forgotten, and the poor boy was to be shot at noon on the march. I was firmly resolved not to do it. I did not advise General Howard of my resolution, because I did not wish to involve him in my responsibility. We did, indeed, stop at noon, but merely to give the troops a little rest and time to cook and eat their midday meal. My poor culprit remained undisturbed. When we had gone into camp in the evening, I had him brought into my tent. I told him that an effort was being made to save him, but that I did not know whether it would succeed. He expressed his gratitude with touching simplicity. He said that he expected to be shot that day, and that, when the column halted at noon, he was sure that his last moment on earth had come. But when he then heard the bugle signals, indicating that the troops were to be put in motion again, he suddenly wanted something to eat, and he felt a great joy in his heart which he was hardly able to repress; and would I <!-- p. 49 --> permit him to write to his mother about it? It was hard for me to repeat to him that I could give him no definite assurance; but when the next morning no answer came from the War Department, I wrote to Mr. Lincoln directly—again in disregard of all the rules and regulations—submitting to him a full statement of the case, and asking him to pardon the boy. Then I had not long to wait for a response. The pardon came promptly, and the boy was sent back to his regiment. The whole affair was hushed up quietly. My insubordinate conduct passed without official notice, and I never heard of the matter again until nearly forty years later, when at one of the annual banquets held by the “Eleventh Corps Association,” composed of survivors of the war, an elderly man, apparently a well-to-do mechanic, was brought to me, who introduced himself as the “deserter” condemned to death, and whose life I had saved in the summer of 1863. During these comparatively quiet weeks after such arduous campaigns the matter of the reorganization of the Army of the Potomac came naturally to the foreground. In consequence of the casualties of the war, many of the regiments had become reduced to mere skeletons. My division, for instance, which, had all the regiments composing it been up to their original number, would have been 10,000 men strong, counted after the battle of Gettysburg hardly more than 1500 muskets. And many other commands were in a similar condition. The return from the hospitals or from furlough of men who had been wounded or sick, gradually repleted the ranks somewhat, but far from sufficiently, and the few recruits who were furnished us through conscription and the lavish bounty system, were in large part of a character by no means desirable. We became familiarly acquainted with the “bounty-jumper,” the fellow who pocketed considerable sums of money in selling <!-- p. 50 --> himself for service as a soldier, and then would desert on the first favorable occasion, to play the same game again, at a different place and under a different name. {{anchor|schurzmg}} [[Image:General Carl Schurz.png|center|x350px]] {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|MAJOR-GENERAL CARL SCHURZ}}}}}} The task of army-reorganization brought to the front the question what would be done with the Eleventh Corps. The conduct of the corps on the battlefield at Gettysburg should have silenced the voice of detraction which had malignantly pursued it ever since it had been made the scapegoat of the Chancellorsville disaster. To be sure, we had again had the misfortune of being opposed, on the first day, to a vastly superior force of the enemy, in an unfavorable position, and we had been beaten, together with the First Corps. But we had held our ground a considerable time in a terrible fight, which inflicted enormous losses upon us; and then, after a short but very difficult retreat through the streets of a town filled with all sorts of obstructions, we instantly re-formed our thinned ranks, ready to fight again. On the next two days our men endured the great cannonade with exemplary firmness, manfully repelled the attacks made upon them, and whenever ordered, rushed with alacrity to the points where aid was required. No troops could have done their duty better. The defamatory persecution of the Eleventh Corps might then have ceased. But it did not. The “foreign legion,” as it was dubbed, was to serve as a scapegoat again for the retreat of the First Corps from a battlefield which could no longer be held against overwhelming numbers. How far this campaign of slander would go in its absolutely unscrupulous disregard of the truth, and how tenaciously the original calumny was stuck to, appears from a description of the battle of Gettysburg published by General Charles King, an officer of the regular army, over thirty years after the event. There we are told that while in the first day's battle the First Corps was <!-- p. 51 --> making an heroic stand against the reinforced rebels, the Eleventh Corps was “losing its hold on the northward front”; that “its foreign-born, foreign-bred brigadiers were giving before the natives sweeping down upon them in those long gray lines”; and that, “just as at Chancellorsville, one sturdy Ohio brigade—McLean's command, now led by Ames—was making stanch but futile stand against the onward rush of Early and Gordon.” To characterize the cool effrontery of this tale I have only to remind my reader of the fact that at Chancellorsville McLean's brigade was at once swept away by the first onset of Jackson's attack, that the division on our extreme right at Chancellorsville, the first to be driven in, was commanded by General Devens of Massachusetts, a native, and his strongest brigade by General McLean, also a native, while only his smallest brigade had Colonel Gilsa, a foreign brigadier, at its head; that the only real fighting at Chancellorsville, which for about an hour delayed Jackson's progress, was done by “foreign brigadiers,” Schimmelfennig and Krzyzanowski of Schurz's division, and Buschbeck of Steinwehr's division; and that on the first Gettysburg day the “foreign brigadiers” did not leave the “native” Ohio brigade in the lurch, but that, on the contrary, the “foreign brigadiers” withdrew from the field even a little later than the Ohio brigade, after a valiant struggle, had found itself obliged to retreat. The corps still continued to be used as a convenient scapegoat for all sorts of mishaps with which it had absolutely nothing to do. Officers and men still complained of being exposed to outrageous indignities. This went so far that in some instances the commanders of reinforcements that were to be attached to the corps, loudly protested against being identified with it on account of its “reputation.” I had long been in favor of maintaining the identity of the corps, and of <!-- p. 52 --> “braving it out.” But the situation gradually became unendurable. Something had to be done, in justice to the officers and men—either to dissolve and distribute the corps among other organizations, or to take it in some way out of this noxious atmosphere. I discussed the matter with Generals Howard and Meade, who both agreed that I should go to Washington to lay before General Halleck, who was then still in command of the Armies of the United States, the scheme proposed by me and recommended by them. The proposition was to attach two of the three divisions of the Eleventh Corps to other corps, and to send me with my division, to be reinforced by other troops available for that purpose, to Shenandoah Valley, to guard that important region, which had repeatedly been, and was again to be, the theater of rebel operations on the right flank and rear of the Army of the Potomac. Introducing me, General Howard wrote to General Halleck: “In case the proposition of General Meade, which was telegraphed to-day, respecting the Eleventh Corps, should be acted upon as desired, General Schurz would be left with an independent division. In furtherance of his own views, which he will present in person, I wish to say that the General has been prompt, energetic, and able during the operations in which I have been associated with him. Should you see fit to occupy the Shenandoah Valley with a small force, so as to co-operate with this army and prevent its occupancy by the rebels, I believe I do not flatter him when I say that General Schurz will not fail to give complete satisfaction.” In the same letter, General Howard said: “We feel sensitive under false accusations, but considering the existing prejudices in this army against the Eleventh Corps, and the great difficulty in overcoming them, we regard it better for the service to make the changes. The different corps are now so <!-- p. 53 --> small that a consolidation is advisable. Personally, it will be gratifying to me to return to the Second Corps, but I do not feel dissatisfied with the Eleventh during the present campaign, and hope the changes referred to will not be regarded as a reflection upon the officers and soldiers of this command, who have worked so hard and done so much to carry out every order.” All I could obtain from General Halleck was that he would take the matter into consideration. Nothing more was heard of it. The Eleventh Corps was not dissolved. It was, however, reinforced by the assignment to it of several regiments, enough of which were added to my division to enable me to form three brigades. One of these remained under the command of Colonel Krzyzanowski. The second was given to the senior colonel after him, Colonel Hecker, and the third, the old brigade of General Schimmelfennig, who was transferred to the army besieging Charleston, to a new-comer, General Hector Tyndale. When I first saw General Tyndale, with his proud mien, his keen eye, his severely classic features framed in a brown curly beard, it struck me that so Coriolanus might have looked. A closer acquaintance with him gradually ripened into friendship. He was a few years older than I, and had already a remarkable record behind him. He was the son of a merchant in Philadelphia, and a business man himself. Although without an academic education, his appearance and conversation were those of a man of culture. His was the natural refinement of a mind animated with high ideals, pure principles, perfect honesty of intelligence, a chivalrous sense of honor, and, added to all this, artistic instinct. He had been a warm anti-slavery man, but not an extreme abolitionist. He disapproved of John Brown's attempt at slave-insurrection. But when John Brown's <!-- p. 54 --> wife appeared in Philadelphia looking for an escort to accompany her on a last visit to her husband, in jail in Virginia under sentence of death, Hector Tyndale chivalrously offered his services, thus braving not only the fury of the mob surrounding John Brown's prison, but also the violent prejudice of his own neighbors. The news of the breaking out of our Civil War found him on a business journey in Europe, but he instantly, at great sacrifice, hastened home to enter the volunteer army. He was made a major in the Twenty-eighth Pennsylvania Regiment, and won promotion by efficient service on various fields. At Antietam he was severely wounded in the head, and obtained the rank of a brigadier-general for conspicuous bravery in action. Having recovered after long prostration, he was assigned to my division. As a strict disciplinarian, he was, as frequently happens, at first not popular with his soldiers, but they gradually perceived that his apparent sternness sprang from an overruling sense of duty and a conscientious care for their welfare, and then their respect turned into affection. It was this rigid, relentless, uncompromising sense of duty which years later, after he had returned to private life, made his fellow-citizens in Philadelphia more than once look to him when the civic situation demanded the services of men of uncompromising rectitude and indomitable moral courage. He never was a popular man, in the ordinary sense, for he would often appear haughty from his moral sensitiveness, and distant, owing to his very nature. Only his near friends enjoyed the real loveliness of his character. He was an aristocrat by taste, and a true democrat by principle and sympathy. I have known few men who so nearly approached the current conception of antique virtue and the ideal of the republican citizen. He died in 1880, not yet sixty years old. [[Category:Battle of Gettysburg]] gn7ic6t6coqf0lv4xmi5wqbzvbwk9sy The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz/Volume Three/02 Chattanooga 0 472920 14129793 11897147 2024-04-25T19:33:55Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{TextQuality|75%}} {{header | title = [[The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz]], [[The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz/Volume Three|Volume Three]] | author = Carl Schurz | translator = | section = Chapter II: Chattanooga | previous = [[../01 Gettysburg|Chapter I: Gettysburg]] | next = [[../03 The Political Campaign of 1864|Chapter III: The Political Campaign of 1864]] | notes = A background document: [[Hooker Inquiry (Wauhatchie Engagement) - Schurz Argument|''Court of Inquiry on Maj.-Genl. Hooker's report of the night engagement of Wauhatchie: Argument of Maj.-Gen. Carl Schurz'']] (February 12, 1864). }} {{center|CHAPTER II}} <!-- p. 55 --> {{font-size|140%|A}}T last, on the 25th day of September, 1863, the Eleventh Corps was cut loose from the Army of the Potomac and dispatched, together with the Twelfth, both under the command of General Hooker, to the western field of operations. General Rosecrans had maneuvered the rebel general, Bragg, out of Chattanooga, but suffered a grievous defeat on September 19th and 20th at Chickamauga, where the Army of the Cumberland was saved from total destruction only by the heroic firmness of General Thomas. It may be remarked here, by the way, that the rout of our right wing in that battle was far more disastrous and discreditable than the defeat of the Eleventh Corps at Chancellorsville had been, but that nobody ever thought of branding that part of the Army of the Cumberland with cowardice on that account. Our defeated hosts found refuge in Chattanooga, where they entrenched themselves. The Confederate General Bragg did not feel himself strong enough to carry their works by assault, but he besieged them closely enough to threaten their lines of communication with the Union forces in the West, as well as their bases of supplies. In fact, the Army of the Cumberland at Chattanooga was reduced to very short rations, and there was such a scarcity of forage that there were not nearly sound horses enough to equip the artillery. Under these circumstances the Eleventh and the Twelfth Corps were detached from the Army of the Potomac and hurried westward to succor the Army of the Cumberland in its precarious situation, and in the first place <!-- p. 56 --> to open the “cracker-line,” as the soldiers humorously called the line of supplies. On the 1st and 2nd of October, my command arrived at Bridgeport, Alabama, on the Tennessee River. One of my first duties was to acquaint myself with the country in my front and on my flanks. Many of the scouting parties I led myself, and it was on these occasions that I came first into personal contact with the population of that hill-region of Northern Alabama, Northern Georgia, and Southwestern Tennessee. I had met Southern country people in Virginia and Maryland, and had been astonished at the ignorance of many of them as to what, among the rural population of the North, were matters of common knowledge. But my experiences in my present surroundings were far more astonishing still. Not far from my encampment I struck a farmhouse inhabited by an elderly man, his wife, and a flock of children. He was by no means a poor man, for, as he told me, he owned several hundred acres of land. But he lived in a log-house, the central part of which was open at the front with one enclosed room on the right and one on the left, with mud chimneys, the chinks between the logs being so imperfectly filled that the wind would pass through freely. There was hardly anything inside worthy of the name of furniture. The art of reading and writing was unknown in the family, except, perhaps, from hearsay. The children were dirty, ragged, and, of course, barefooted, sharing the freedom of the house with dogs and other domestic animals. The farmer seemed to be a good-natured person, but my conversations with him disclosed an almost incredible depth of ignorance. Of the country in which he lived he had only a vague and nebulous conception. He asked me where all these people, meaning the soldiers, came from. When I told him they came from New York, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Illinois, and <!-- p. 57 --> Wisconsin, he was very much puzzled. Of New York he had heard as “a monstrous big town,” so far away that it would take several weeks' travel to get there. He asked me how many people might live there, but when I answered about seven hundred thousand, he understood me to say seven thousand. He threw up his hands in amazement, and exclaimed: “Lord, seven thousand people living in one place! That place must be bigger than Chattanooga!” He had heard somebody say that the earth was traveling around the sun; but he could not believe it. Did he not see the sun rising every morning on one side of him and travel to the other side, where it set in the evening. He cherished some religious notions centering in a somewhat indefinite imagining of heaven and hell and salvation, which he had received from his parents and from itinerant exhorters. He had also heard something about the Atlantic Ocean, beyond which there were large countries with lots of strange people in them, and he was struck dumb with wonder and amazement, looking me over with a sort of puzzled curiosity, when I told him that I and many of the soldiers were born in one of those countries on the other side of the great water. But I had another experience if possible still more astonishing. On one of my rides I struck a lonely log-cabin, in the door of which I saw a woman, surrounded by a lively flock of flaxen-haired children, some six or seven of them, of various ages. Being thirsty, I rode up to her to ask her for a drink of water, which she brought to me in a gourd from the well-bucket, presenting it with a kindly smile and a few words in the local dialect, which I did not understand. Although poorly clad and barefooted, she looked rather clean and neat; and so did the children, who had evidently been washed that day. She appeared to be about thirty-five years old, and the expression of her face was pleasant, frank, and modest. I asked her <!-- p. 58 --> whether these were her children. She answered, “Yes,” looking around at them with an expression of obvious pride and pleasure. How many children had she? “Thirteen. Some were in the field, the older ones.” Where was her husband? In the army? “Husband?” She had no husband. Was he dead, leaving her alone with so many children? Without the slightest embarrassment she answered that she never had had any husband; and in response to my further question whether she really had never been married, she simply shook her head with an expression, not of vexation, but rather of surprise, as if she did not quite understand what I might mean. I left her, greatly puzzled. When I met my friend, the old farmer, again, I asked him about her; he replied that she was a very decent and industrious woman, who took good care of her children, and that there were several such cases around there. I do not mean to say that those cases portrayed the general state of civilization in a large tract of country. In some of the valleys, or “coves,” I found people, indeed, quite illiterate, but intellectually far more advanced and more conversant with the moralities of civilized society. But even among them, instances such as I have described appeared sporadically, while in some more secluded districts they represented the rule. What surprised me most was that such people were mostly of pure Anglo-Saxon stock, here and there interspersed with Scotch-Irish, very clearly demonstrating that the element of race is by no means the only one determining the progressive capacities or tendencies of a population, but that even the most vigorous races may succumb in their development to the disfavor of surrounding circumstances. These people, in their seclusion, were simply left behind by the progressive movements going on at a distance. About the 20th of October we learned, first by rumor, and <!-- p. 59 --> then by official announcement, that General Grant had taken command of the “Military Division of the Mississippi,” including the field of operations of the Army of the Cumberland; that General Rosecrans had been removed from the command of that army, to be superseded by General Thomas; and that General Sherman was hurrying on from the West with large reinforcements. On the 27th we broke camp and started on our march from Bridgeport to Chattanooga. The road was in a dreadful condition. There were so many carcasses of mules and horses lying on and alongside of it, that I thought if they were laid lengthwise they would easily cover the whole distance. In the afternoon of the 28th we arrived in Lookout Valley, near Brown's Ferry, about three miles from Chattanooga. The commanding form of Lookout Mountain frowned down upon us, with a rebel battery on top. We presumed that there must be a rebel force at its foot, but it was hidden from us by dense woods. There were with us two divisions of the Eleventh Corps, General Steinwehr's and mine, except some detachments, and part of General Geary's division of the Twelfth Corps, which, however, was left behind with a wagon train at a small hamlet called Wauhatchie, about three miles distant. The road from Wauhatchie to Brown's Ferry was bordered on the enemy's eastern side by steep ridges, intersected by gaps and ravines, through one of which ran a country road leading to Kelly's Ferry, and through another the track of the Memphis and Charleston Railroad. On the western side of the Wauhatchie road there was a valley about one-half mile wide, covered partly with cornfields, partly with timber and underbrush, and bordered by the Raccoon Mountains. On our march we saw nothing of the enemy except little squads of cavalry, who vanished at our approach, and a small infantry force in the woods near Wauhatchie, which disappeared after <!-- p. 60 --> having fired a few shots, when it saw some of our regiments deploy for attack. Besides, the rebel battery posted on the top of Lookout Mountain pitched some shells at us, without effect. But from the same height the enemy could easily observe every one of our movements, and it occurred to some of us that the separation by nearly three miles of bad road of Geary's small force from ours was really an invitation to an attack under circumstances very favorable to the enemy. However, such was the disposition made by General Hooker, and all we could do was to surround ourselves by strong picket lines, well thrown out, to guard against a surprise. So we went into bivouac. All remained quiet until about midnight, when we were disturbed by a few shots fired on our picket line. Then profound stillness again, which, however, lasted only about half an hour. Then very lively firing was heard in the direction of Wauhatchie. This evidently meant something more serious. We could not doubt that the enemy was attacking Geary in order to overwhelm him, and thus to break the line of communication we had established. Prompt action was necessary. The troops abruptly waked from their first and best sleep, tumbled out of their blankets with alacrity, and were under arms in a few minutes, ready to march. Night combats are apt to be somewhat uncomfortable affairs under any circumstances. Napoleon is quoted to have said that “the two-o'clock-in-the-morning courage” is the true test of the soldier's quality. To be called upon to fight when, as he feels, he ought to be permitted to sleep, and to fight, too, with a sensation of peculiar emptiness in his stomach, of dullness in his head, and of shiver in his back and limbs, and with a darkness surrounding him which prevents him from seeing the things he ought to see, and sometimes makes him see things which do not exist, is apt to <!-- p. 61 --> make him surly, to confuse him, and to weaken his confidence in himself. However, our men were, on this occasion, in good spirits, indulging themselves in more or less jocose curses on the enemy who had disturbed them. Soon General Hooker rode up—as it seemed to me in a somewhat excited state of mind—and ordered me to hurry my division to the relief of Geary. This was the order I had expected. Instantly I put myself at the head of Tyndale's brigade, which was the nearest at hand, and marched off on the road to Wauhatchie, sending my chief-of-staff to my other two brigades, with the order to follow me. The moon shone brightly, only now and then obscured by passing clouds. We could see ahead on the open ground tolerably well. But the shadows of the dense woods we entered were all the darker. Having thrown out a skirmish line to the front, and flanking parties toward the hills, we pressed on with the utmost possible expedition on the road, which was very bad. The musketry fire ahead of us at Wauhatchie grew more lively and was punctuated with occasional discharges of artillery which, to judge from the sound, came from Geary's battery. Evidently, Geary was hard pressed, and we accelerated our speed. We had advanced only a few hundred yards when we received a heavy volley of musketry from one of the darkly wooded hills on our left. One of my aides, riding by my side, was wounded and had to be carried to the rear. Several men in the marching column were also hit. Without orders some scattering shots were fired in reply from our side, which were promptly stopped, and we pushed on without delay, anxious as I was to reach Geary, and confident that our forces behind would at once take care of the enemy on my left and rear who had tried to molest us. This, indeed, was done by a brigade of the second division which in splendid style stormed and cleared the hill from which the <!-- p. 62 --> volley had come. But it seemed probable that the whole row of hills along which the road to Wauhatchie ran, was occupied by rebel troops to guard the flank and rear of those who attacked Geary, and I reinforced my flanking parties. We soon struck a slight turn toward the hills in the road where it was especially muddy and difficult. I directed the column to march straight ahead through what appeared to me an open field, expecting to reach Geary more quickly. But my advance skirmishers soon ran into a miry bog covered with low brush, which appeared to be impassable, and we were obliged to regain the road by a movement to the left. This was done without any loss of time. Until then General Howard had been with me off and on during the march. Now, accompanied by an aide, he rode on to Geary to tell him that help was near. Then one of those confusing disarrangements occurred which occasionally will happen in campaigns or battles, and which sometimes produce much mischief and cause excited controversies among the interested parties. I had hardly reached the road again, when through staff officers sent after me, I received the information that my second and my third brigades which, according to my orders, were to follow Tyndale's, and which, therefore, I firmly expected to be at my heels, were not following me at all, but were kept back—one by General Hooker's personal direction, and the other by an order delivered by one of General Hooker's staff officers that it should accompany a lot of prisoners to Chattanooga. I was much surprised, but would have hurried on to Geary with Tyndale's brigade alone, had not at that moment one of General Hooker's aides-de-camp, Lieutenant Oliver, come with an order from General Hooker that I should take and occupy with one brigade the hill on my left next to the railroad gap. I replied to Lieutenant Oliver that I was ordered by General <!-- p. 63 --> Hooker personally to push through to Geary, that I had just been informed of my other two brigades having been stopped by General Hooker's direction, and that if I occupied the hill on my left with the only brigade I had on hand, I would have no troops at all to push on to Geary. Lieutenant Oliver answered that General Hooker wanted the hill on my left taken, and he repeated the order. This was puzzling. However, it naturally occurred to me that circumstances might have changed. The firing at Wauhatchie had for a while slackened and then died out altogether. It was evident that Geary, after a fierce fight, had succeeded in repulsing the rebel attack. But there was still more firing going on in my rear near the hill from which the volley had been thrown upon us. The enemy might perhaps have made a new movement, making it most important that the gaps in the row of hills be in our possession. Finally, although General Hooker had personally ordered me to push through to Geary, his last order, brought by his aide-de-camp, was that I should take and occupy with one brigade the hill immediately on my left, and according to all military rules, it was the last order that counted. I asked, therefore, General Tyndale to arrest the march to Geary, and to take and occupy the hill with his brigade. This was done. Our skirmishers ascended the dark woods, silently. There was a moment of remarkable stillness. Then we heard about half way up a ringing voice calling out: “What regiment do you belong to?” Another voice, a little further away, responded, naming a Georgia regiment. Thereupon promptly followed a shot and then a rattle of musketry. Then three of our regiments rushed up after our skirmishers, the firing became more lively, and soon our men were on the crest and descended the opposite slope, the enemy yielding as our men steadily advanced. The affair occupied not much <!-- p. 64 --> more than a quarter of an hour, but it cost us two killed, one of them a captain, and ten wounded. The importance of our occupation of the hill consisted in its commanding one of the passes through that chain of ridges. Our troops had, therefore, to be put in proper position to sustain an attack, the immediate vicinity to be explored by scouts, pickets to be well thrown out on front and flanks, and a reserve to be properly placed—arrangements which require some time, especially in the dark and on densely wooded and uneven ground, not permitting anything to be discerned with certainty, even at a very short distance. While these things were being done, Lieutenant Oliver, who had left me soon after the fight, had ample time to report to his chief all that had happened, and General Hooker had ample time to send me further instructions if my doings were in any respect not in accordance with his wishes, or if he desired me to do anything beyond. But as I received no word from him I naturally believed that I had acted to General Hooker's entire satisfaction; and as the firing had ceased along the whole line, and everything seemed to be in the best of order, I hastened to report to General Hooker myself, and to look after my other two brigades held back by him. I found General Hooker in the midst of my brigades, which stood there with grounded arms. Expecting a word of commendation in response to my salute, I was beyond measure astonished when in a harsh voice and in that excited manner which I had observed in him an hour or two before, he asked me why I had not carried out his order to march my division to the relief of Geary. Mastering my feelings, I quietly replied that I had tried to do so; that I had marched off at the head of my advance brigade; that I then had received his positive order while en route to take and occupy a certain hill with one brigade; that I had ordered my other two brigades to <!-- p. 65 --> follow me, but that they had been held back by superior orders; that therefore I had no troops to take to Geary. There was a moment's silence. He broke it by repeating that he had given me the order to march to Geary two hours before, and that I should do it now. I asked him whether my two brigades held back by his superior orders were now at my disposal again. He answered that they were, and rode away. I doubted, and my officers, too, doubted, whether he was in his senses. {{anchor|hecker}} [[Image:Colonel Friedrich Hecker.png|center|400px]] {{center|{{smaller|COLONEL FRIEDRICH HECKER}}}} At once we were in motion, Colonel Hecker's brigade leading. On the road Colonel Hecker told me what had happened. He had promptly obeyed the instruction brought to him by my chief-of-staff, to follow my second brigade, Colonel Krzyzanowski's, in marching to Wauhatchie. A little while after the head of our column had been fired upon from the hill on our left, he observed that Krzyzanowski's brigade halted, presumably by order. But he, Colonel Hecker, having received no such order, continued his march, passing by Krzyzanowski's brigade through an open field. He had hardly done so when Major Howard, of General Hooker's staff, brought him, too, a positive order to halt at the cross-roads, one branch of which led to Chattanooga, and to form his brigade front towards the hills. He had not time to do so when General Hooker himself appeared, and Major Howard said: “Here is General Hooker himself.” General Hooker asked: “What troops are these?” Hecker answered: “Third Brigade, Third Division, Eleventh Corps.” General Hooker asked further: “Where is General Schurz?” Hecker replied: “In the front; one of his aides has just been carried by here wounded.” General Hooker then instructed Hecker so to form his brigade that it could easily change front towards the right—the valley—if necessary. He thereupon inquired about the troops standing nearest to Hecker, and was informed that it was the <!-- p. 66 --> Second Brigade, Colonel Krzyzanowski's, of my division, and saying to Colonel Hecker: “You stay here!” he rode over to Krzyzanowski's brigade and remained with it a considerable time. Indeed, it was between it and Hecker's brigade, within speaking distance of both, where I found him when I returned from Tyndale's position. This was the report Hecker gave me. It was subsequently proved to be absolutely correct in every detail. It made the words addressed by General Hooker to me more and more inexplicable. I could understand how the sudden appearance of the enemy on the range of hills between us and Chattanooga should have produced upon his mind the impression that the main action that night would have to be fought not at Wauhatchie, but in the immediate vicinity of our camp, and how that impression should have led him to throw into the hills or to keep in his own hand the troops he had ordered to the relief of Geary. But that he should not have appreciated what he had done in changing his dispositions, even after he had been informed of it, and that he should have blamed anybody for the confusion but himself, was not so easy to explain, except upon the supposition that he wanted a scapegoat for the mistake he had made in leaving Geary in so recklessly exposed a situation, which might have resulted in a very serious disaster, had the rebels attacked with a larger force. However, I consoled myself with the hope that when after a good sound sleep he reviewed the events of the night quite soberly, General Hooker would find it to be the best policy to recognize the truth and tell it. As soon as I had free disposition of my two brigades again, both Hecker and Krzyzanowski were promptly dispatched to Geary, and the gap between him and Tyndale was properly filled. I bivouacked in the woods near Tyndale's position, and before lying down to take a short sleep, I still had <!-- p. 67 --> occasion to witness a weird scene characteristic of the time and place. Some of my staff officers had built a little fire under a rock, to take the shiver out of their limbs. One of them reported to me that two women had come and squatted near that fire, and that nobody could understand what they said. Would I not come and examine them myself? There I met a curious spectacle—the two women sitting on their heels like Indians, looking in the flickering light of the camp-fire almost like two bundles of rags; the one old, sharp-featured, and wrinkled, strands of gray hair falling over her face, her mouth holding a corn-cob pipe with a very short stem, the eyes dark, with reddish, apparently inflamed, eyelids. Her shoulders were covered with something like a dirty gray woolen shawl; her dress somewhat dingy and tattered, undefinable as to stuff and color. So one of Macbeth's witches might have looked. I asked her what she wanted. She looked up to me with a meaningless eye, and muttered something which I was unable to understand. Then her gaze dropped to the fire again, and she continued to smoke her short corn-cob pipe, which she seemed much to relish. I thought it best to try my fortune with the other woman by putting my question to her. Her attire was very much like that of her companion, but when she lifted her head, I was surprised to look into a young face which might have been called decidedly handsome, if not beautiful, had it been washed—large lustrous dark eyes shaded by long lashes, fine features of classic cut, a noble chin under exquisitely curved lips. But these lips bore a brownish line, which was soon explained. She also uttered some—to me, at least—entirely unintelligible words in response to my question, whereupon she quietly dropped her eyes to the fire, as if she had said all that she could say. Then she thrust one of her hands deep into her bosom and brought forth a huge roll of tobacco, bit off <!-- p. 68 --> with evidently sharp teeth a good mouth-filling plug which she began composedly to chew, while she restored the roll to its biding place. Then both sat perfectly silent again, stolidly smoking and chewing, until I repeated my question what they wanted, with increased urgency. In what the old woman—probably the mother—mumbled in reply, we detected something resembling the word “cow,” and then, using this discovery as a clue, we finally succeeded by many artifices of interrogation in the way of word-and-sign-language in eliciting the fact that their cow had been stampeded by our fight, and probably had got across Lookout Creek, the opposite bank of which was held by the rebels, and they wanted us to get their cow back for them. With much difficulty and persistent effort we made them understand that if the cow had crossed the creek, it must be given up for lost; but if it was found within our lines, there might be a chance—although a very uncertain one—of their getting it back. Then, without looking at anybody, they gave a grunt, rose up, and, smoking and chewing, vanished in the darkness. Poor creatures! The loss of their cow, no doubt, meant much to them—perhaps the loss of the only comfort of their lives. {{anchor|grant}} {| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |style="padding: 1px"|[[Image:U S Grant.png|500px]] |} {{center|{{smaller|GENERAL U. S. GRANT}}}} In the course of the next morning I saw General Grant for the first time. Unexpectedly he had come over with General Thomas to inspect our lines. As his coming had not been announced, his appearance among us was a surprise, and there was no demonstration, no cheering, among the soldiers, because they did not know that this modest-looking gentleman was the victorious hero of many battles. There was absolutely nothing of the fuss-and-feathers style, nothing of the stage or picture general about him. His head was covered with the regulation black felt hat. He wore a major-general's coat, but it was unbuttoned and unbelted. He carried no sword. On his <!-- p. 69 --> hands he had a pair of shining white cotton gloves, and on his feet low shoes which permitted a pair of white socks to be seen, all the more as his trousers had perceptibly slipped up. He smoked a large black cigar with great energy, and looked about him in a business-like way with an impassable face. I had no opportunity for coming into personal contact with him at that time, as the cavalcade passed by at a brisk gait. While General Grant pushed on his preparations for the discomfiture of Bragg's army, which occupied very strong positions on Missionary Ridge and Lookout Mountain, the Eleventh Corps remained encamped until November 22nd in Lookout Valley, extending and strengthening its entrenchments. We were within range of the rebel battery on Lookout Mountain, which every day dropped a number of shells into our camps, without doing any damage. The noise made by the shells in coming and in exploding at first caused a little nervousness among some of the men, which, however, soon disappeared. Indeed, a shell falling into my mess tent while I was sitting at dinner with the officers of my staff, caused a momentary sensation and a rapid scattering of the diners. But as the shell did not explode, confidence was soon restored. It gradually became a favorite amusement of the troops to watch the puffs of smoke ejected by the rebel guns on Lookout Mountain, to listen to the whirring noise made by the coming missiles, and to make bets as to where they would strike the ground. Another amusement consisted in the talks with deserters from the rebel army, who came over to us in great numbers. They were mostly from some Alabama regiments which were camped opposite to us on the other side of Lookout Creek. They would during the night crawl over a big tree which had fallen across the creek, and then surrender to our pickets. <!-- p. 70 --> There were so many of them that I sometimes, when I rose in the early morning, found the space between my headquarter tents filled with a dense crowd. They were a sorry lot; ragged, dirty, and emaciated. The first thing a great many of them asked for as soon as they had surrendered themselves, was the “oath.” They insisted upon “taking the oath” without delay. There had, no doubt, been much current talk about their having to “take the oath of allegiance” if they surrendered. But many of them seemed to think that “taking the oath” meant getting something to eat—so eager were they in their demand for it, and apparently as disappointed when they were only asked to bold up their hands and swear. That disappointment was relieved by the subsequent distribution of rations among them, and the avidity and relish with which those rations were devoured, spoke volumes of the lean days when they had had nothing to live upon but roasted ears of corn. Among those with whom I talked I found some who were not without a certain kind of rustic mother-wit. But the ignorance of most of them was beyond belief. There we saw the “Southern, poor white” in his typical complexion. His knowledge of the world had originally been confined to the interior and the immediate surroundings of his wretched log-cabin. With those whom we met as deserters, the horizon had been widened somewhat by their experience of campaign life, but not very much. They had but a very dim conception, if any conception at all, of what all this fighting and bloodshed was about. They had been induced, or had been forced, to join the army by those whom they had been accustomed to look upon as their superiors. They had only an indistinct feeling that on the part of the South the war had not been undertaken and was not carried on for their benefit. There was a “winged word” current among the poor people of the South, which strikingly portrayed the situation, <!-- p. 71 --> as they conceived it to be, in a single sentence: “It is the rich man's war and the poor man's fight.” This was so true that the poor whites of the South could hardly be expected to be sentimentally loyal to the “Southern cause.” Many of them saw, therefore, nothing dishonorable or criminal in desertion or voluntary surrender, and resorted to it without any qualm of conscience when they got tired of sacrificing themselves for the benefit of interests which they did not understand. But while they did move in the ranks, they proved in many respects excellent soldiers. They suffered hunger and all sorts of privations with heroic endurance. They executed marches of almost incredible length and difficulty, and bore all kinds of fatigue without much complaint. And they were good, steady fighters, too, and many of them good marksmen, having been “handy” with the rifle or shotgun from their childhood up. Those who had surrendered to us and “took the oath” we put to work in improving the roads and similar tasks and found them to be, if not very good, at least tolerably useful laborers. At last General Grant was ready to strike. Bragg had foolishly detached Longstreet's corps to overwhelm Burnside at Knoxville, and thus had dangerously weakened himself. Sherman had arrived with several divisions of his army, and on November 22nd the Eleventh Corps received orders to leave Lookout Valley and to march to Chattanooga, where we joined the Army of the Cumberland. I shall not attempt a description of the battle of Missionary Ridge, with all its dramatic and picturesque incidents, but confine myself to my own personal experiences, one of which is of some psychological interest. When after a quiet sleep I woke up about daybreak on November 23rd, my first thought was that on that day I would be killed. It was as if a voice within me told <!-- p. 72 --> me so with solemn distinctness. I tried to shake off the impression and to laugh at my weakness in listening to that voice a single moment. But while I met my companions and went about the performance of my duties in the accustomed way, the voice would always come back: “This day I shall be killed.” Once I actually came very near sitting down to write a “last letter” to my wife and children, but a feeling of shame at my superstitious emotion came over me, and I desisted. Still the voice would not be silent. I busied myself with walking about among my troops to see that they were in proper fighting trim for the battle which we expected to open at any moment, but the voice followed me without cessation. I made a strong effort to appear as cheerful as usual, so that my officers should not notice the state of my mind, and I think I succeeded. But what I could not conceal was a restless impatience that the impending action should begin. Still the whole forenoon passed without any serious engagement—only a cannon shot now and then, and here and there a little crackle of picket firing. The breastworks and batteries of the enemy on the steep crest of Missionary Ridge on our left and opposite our center, and on Lookout Mountain on our right, frowned down upon us, apparently impregnable and we stood inactive, looking at them. At last, about noon, two divisions of the Army of the Cumberland in our left center were ordered to advance, and in a short space of time they took the first line of the enemy's rifle pits at the foot of the mountains. Although the voice within still spoke, I felt a little relief when I heard the real thunder of battle immediately in front. But my command stood there two hours more with grounded arms waiting for orders. At last at two o'clock a staff officer galloped up with the instruction that I should take position in the woods on the left of <!-- p. 73 --> those divisions, between Orchard Knob and the Tennessee River, connecting on my right with General Wood, and on my left with the second division of our Corps. “Now is the time,” said the voice within. In deploying my command and making the prescribed connection I had no difficulty—only a slight skirmish fire, the enemy readily yielding when I pushed my skirmishers as far ahead as Citico Creek. But there was a rebel battery of artillery placed on the slope of Missionary Ridge opposite Orchard Knob, invisible to us on account of the woods, which threw shells at us, and apparently had a correct range. Shells would come over to us from it in slow order, probably about two a minute. A practiced ear could gauge their course in coming rather accurately by their whirring noise. Having made my alignment with the neighboring divisions on the right and left, I was halting on horseback with my staff, between my skirmishers and my line of battle, in momentary expectation of further orders, when I heard a shell, as I judged, coming straight towards me. “This is the one,” I said to myself. The few moments I heard it come seemed very long. It did strike the ground under my horse, causing the animal to give a jump, broke the forelegs of the horse of one of my orderlies immediately behind me, and then struck an embankment about twenty yards in rear of me, and exploded, without hurting anyone. The effect was electric. The voice within me said: “This was the one, but it did not kill me after all.” Instantly the premonition of death vanished, and my usual spirits returned. I never had such an experience again; but I have in vain tried to find an explanation for the one I have had. The share of my division in the actual fighting in the battle of Missionary Ridge was rather slight. It would have been our fortune to take part in the conquest of Lookout <!-- p. 74 --> Mountain, the so-called “battle above the clouds”—had not an unexpected mixing of General Hooker's troops with other commands transferred us from Lookout Mountain to Chattanooga. But as it was, we could only watch it from afar as during the afternoon the little puffs of smoke enlivened the brush on the rugged mountain slope, and after dark the musketry flickered through it like swarms of fireflies. The steady advance of our fire-line in this spectacular fashion greatly cheered the whole army. Late the same afternoon I received an order from General Grant to support the forces on my right and left in case of an attack, but, unless myself attacked, to do nothing that might bring on a general engagement. As there was nothing but slight skirmishing in my front and that of my neighbors, this order was easily executed. The night passed quietly. At sunrise the next day, the 25th of November, I was ordered to drive the enemy out of his rifle pits in my front, which was done with ease. But it was by no means intended that our corps should remain without serious work in the battle. On the contrary, an important part had been assigned to us in what was to be the decisive movement. But again accident doomed us to comparative inactivity. It was General Grant's plan that Sherman should assault the extreme right of Bragg's army placed on the northern end of Missionary Ridge at Tunnel Hill, and then drive the enemy from the flank out of his position on the crest. Sherman did succeed in crossing the Tennessee River at the appointed place on the right of the enemy, and in dislodging the rebel forces from the heights immediately before him; but advancing, he discovered to his chagrin that the heights he had carried were separated from the enemy's strong position on Tunnel Hill by a deep and precipitous ravine which was a very serious <!-- p. 75 --> obstacle to his progress. In the course of the morning I received orders to join General Sherman, the second division of our Corps having preceded me. About 2 p.m. I took position on Sherman's left. I then met the General personally for the first time. I found him sitting on a stone fence overlooking the great ravine separating him from the enemy's fortifications on Tunnel Hill, which bristled with cannon and bayonets. General Sherman was anxiously watching the progress of Ewing's division of the Fifteenth Corps, reinforced by two or three regiments of Buschbeck's brigade of the Eleventh, as it struggled up the slope toward the rebel entrenchments above, under very heavy fire of the enemy. They were evidently laboring hard. General Sherman received me very cordially and asked me to sit by him. At once we were engaged in lively conversation as if we had been old acquaintances. The General was in an unhappy frame of mind, his hope of promptly overwhelming the enemy's right flank and thus striking the decisive blow of the battle having been dashed by the discovery of the big ravine in his way. It was a stinging disappointment. He gave vent to his feelings in language of astonishing vivacity,—at least, it astonished me, as I had never seen or heard him before. I expected every moment that he would order me to “go in” with my whole division in support of Ewing's charge. But he preferred that my command should remain in reserve on his left to provide for the emergency of a rebel attack from that quarter. The result as to my command was that it stood there inactive, only now and then attracting a shell from the rebel position across the ravine, as my troops showed themselves. So the afternoon wore on. After a short stay on the stone fence Sherman restlessly walked away, and I did not see him again that day. Ewing's attack advanced more and more slowly, but came near reaching <!-- p. 76 --> the rebel entrenchments on the crest, when toward dusk it seemed to be arrested by the increasing intensity of the rebel fire, and dropped back down the hill. From the direction of Chattanooga, the center of the position of our army, we heard a tremendous roar, and saw thick clouds of white smoke rising into the air, but we did not know what it signified. It might have meant an unsuccessful attack on Missionary Ridge, like Ewing's, but on a grander scale and perhaps with more disastrous results. Thus we on the extreme left, were rather in a depressed state of mind when the shadows of evening fell and the battlefield grew more and more silent. The great victory of Missionary Ridge was announced to us in an almost casual way. There was immediately behind my line of battle a little dilapidated negro cabin, in which our headquarter orderlies had constructed, out of planks found lying around, something like a table, with a bench on each side. There I sat down with my staff officers to “supper”—coffee, hard-tack, and, perhaps, a slice of bacon. We had hardly begun our repast when my division-surgeon dismounted outside, came in and joined the revelers. He was a somewhat monosyllabic gentleman, and gave us only a “good evening.” After a while I asked him: “Where do you come from, doctor?” “Just from Chattanooga, sir.” “Looked for medical stores, I suppose.” “Yes, sir.” “There was a tremendous noise around there. What was it?” “Fighting, sir.” “Fighting—where?” “On the hillside, sir. Boys went up nicely.” “What hillside?” <!-- p. 77 --> “They call it Missionary Ridge, I believe, sir.” “What? Our boys went up Missionary Ridge? Did they get to the top? Now be a little more lively, doctor!” “Yes, sir, we could see them climb up there, and there was much waving of hats and cheering.” “What? Got to the top? And the rebels ran away?” “I heard some officers say so at headquarters.” “By Jove, then we have won the battle!” “I guess so, sir!” said the doctor quietly. The rest of us jumped up without finishing our supper and hurriedly ran out for more news. Then we heard from afar a swelling wave of cheers rolling along our lines toward us, and in a few minutes we had the whole glorious story. It was an amazing tale. Sherman's attack on the enemy's right having come to a standstill, several divisions of the Army of the Cumberland in our center were ordered to advance. It was at first not intended to attempt the actual storming of Missionary Ridge—a fortified position which seemed well-nigh impregnable by a front attack—but rather to make a threatening demonstration calculated to induce Bragg to withdraw forces from his right to his center, and thus to facilitate Sherman's task. But the brave men of our Army of the Cumberland, once launched, could not be held back. With irresistible impetuosity, without orders,—it may almost be said against orders,—they rushed forward, hurled the enemy's advanced lines out of their defenses on the slope, scaled the steep acclivity like wild-cats, suddenly appeared on the crest of the ridge, where the rebel host, amazed at this wholly unlooked-for audacity, fled in wild confusion, leaving their entrenched artillery and thousands of prisoners behind them. It was a soldier's triumph, one of the most brilliant in history. {{anchor|missionaryridge}} [[Image:Grant at Missionary Ridge.jpg|center|600px]] {{center|{{smaller|GENERAL GRANT AT MISSIONARY RIDGE}}<br /> {{smaller|Grant is in the lower left corner of the photograph.}}}} The next two days we took part in the pursuit of the <!-- p. 78 --> discomfited enemy, which resulted in the capture of more guns—bringing up the total to 42 pieces—of more prisoners, amounting to 6000 in all, and of large numbers of vehicles and stores, and in vast destruction of property. And then we set out under General Sherman's command on an expedition to Knoxville, East Tennessee, for the relief of General Burnside, who was hard pressed by General Longstreet's corps. According to alarming reports, Burnside was in sore need of speedy help. It seemed to be a matter of days how long he would be able to hold out. The distance to be covered in a hurry was 120 miles. We marched in the lightest kind of order—no tents, no wagon trains, the men carrying only their blankets and knapsacks, if they had any, with something to eat in their haversacks, and plenty of ammunition in their cartridge boxes. But they were in fine spirits after the great victory, and bore the fatigue of the forced march with excellent cheer. We usually started about daybreak and went into camp about dark, having in the meantime crossed rivers and creeks with or without bridges, and mountain passes, sometimes over roads hardly worthy of the name. We saw no enemy in our front except some cavalry detachments sent out not to fight, but to observe. Whenever they came within range, a shell or two from our guns made them scamper off. On this march I witnessed a little scene which was characteristic of the “fun” which we higher officers occasionally indulged in. One frosty morning I noticed a rather decent-looking house by the roadside, from the chimney of which a blue cloud of smoke curled up. In the front yard two orderlies were holding saddled horses. I concluded that there must be general officers inside, and, possibly, something to eat. Seduced by this thought, I dismounted, and found within, toasting their feet by a crackling wood fire, General Sherman <!-- p. 79 --> and General Jefferson C. Davis, who commanded a division in the Fourteenth Corps attached to Sherman's command,—the same General Jeff. C. Davis, who, at the beginning of the war, had attracted much attention by the killing of General Nelson in the Galt House at Louisville. General Sherman kindly invited me to sit with them, and I did so. A few minutes later General Howard entered. I have already mentioned that General Howard enjoyed the reputation of great piety, and went by the name of “the Christian soldier.” General Sherman greeted him in his brusque way, exclaiming: “Glad to see you, Howard! Sit down by the fire! Damned cold this morning!” Howard, who especially abhorred the use of “swear words,” answered demurely: “Yes, General, it is ''quite'' cold this morning.” Sherman may have noticed a slight touch of reproof in this answer. At any rate, I observed a wink he gave General Davis with his left eye, while a sarcastic smile flitted across his features. It became at once clear what it meant, for Davis instantly, while talking about some indifferent subject, began to intersperse his speech with such a profusion of “damns” and the like, when there was not the slightest occasion for it, that one might have supposed him to be laboring under the intensest excitement, while really he was in perfectly cold blood. In fact, as I afterward learned, General Davis was noted for having mastered the vocabulary of the “Army in Flanders” more completely than any other man of his rank. Howard made several feeble attempts to give a different turn to the conversation, but in vain. Encouraged by repeated winks and also a few sympathetic remarks from Sherman, Davis inexorably continued the lurid flow of his infernalisms, until finally, Howard, with distress painted all over his face, got up and left; whereupon Sherman and Davis broke out in a peal of laughter. And when I ventured upon a remark about Howard's <!-- p. 80 --> sufferings, Sherman said: “Well, that Christian soldier business is all right in its place. But he needn't put on airs when we are among ourselves.” A few weeks later, when the Knoxville campaign was over, Sherman addressed a letter to Howard thanking him, most deservedly, for the excellent services rendered by him on that expedition, and praising him as “one who mingled so gracefully and perfectly the polished Christian gentleman and the prompt, zealous, and gallant soldier.” When I read this, I remembered the scene I have just described, and imagined I saw a little twinkle in Sherman's eye. On December 5th, not many miles from Knoxville, we were informed that Longstreet had not waited for the arrival of our forces of relief, but effected his retreat toward Virginia. Thus our expedition had accomplished its purpose. It was a victory achieved by the soldiers' legs. We were allowed a day's rest, and then started on our way back, the same 120 miles and a little more, to our old camp in Lookout Valley. We could march more leisurely, but the return seemed harder than the advance had been. There was not the same spirit in it. Our regular food supplies were entirely exhausted. We had “to live upon the country.” We impressed what live stock we could, which was by no means always sufficient. The surrounding population, Union people, were friendly, but poor. Roasted wheat and corn had to serve for coffee, molasses found on the farms, for sugar. But far worse than this, the clothing of the men was in tatters, the shoes worn and full of holes. Perhaps one-fourth of the men had none at all. They protected their feet by winding rags around them. Their miseries were increased by occurrences like this: One day our march was unusually difficult. We passed through a hilly country. The roads were in many places like dry, washed-out beds of <!-- p. 81 --> mountain torrents, full of boulders, large and small. The artillery horses could not possibly pull their pieces and caissons over these obstacles. They had to be unhitched, and infantry detachments were called upon to help the artillerymen lift their guns and appurtenances over the rocks. This operation had to be repeated several times during the day. Thus the marching column was stopped time and again without affording the soldiers any real rest. On the contrary, such irregular stoppages for an uncertain length of time are apt to annoy and fatigue the marching men all the more. At last, toward dusk of the evening, I struck on our route a large meadow-ground through which a clear stream of water flowed. There was plenty of wood for fires near by. The spot seemed to be made for camping. My orders as to how far I was to march, were not quite definite. I was to receive further instructions on the way. My troops having been on their feet from early morning and having marched under the difficulties described, were tired beyond measure. They just dragged themselves painfully along. I resolved to rest them on this favored spot if permitted, and dispatched a staff officer to corps-headquarters, two or three miles ahead, to obtain that permission. Meanwhile, waiting for an answer which I did not doubt would be favorable, camping places were assigned to the different brigades. After the lapse of about an hour, when a large part of my command had come in and were beginning to build fires and to prepare such food as they had, my officer returned from corps-headquarters with the positive order that I must, without loss of time, continue my march and proceed about three miles farther, where a camping place would be assigned to me. I thought there must be some mistake, as, according to reports, there was no enemy within many miles, and I dispatched a <!-- p. 82 --> second staff officer to represent to corps-headquarters that to start my men again would be downright cruelty to them, and I begged that they be allowed to stay for the night where they were, unless there were real necessity for their marching on. In due time the answer came that there was such necessity. Now nothing was to be done but to obey instantly. My division bugler sounded the signal. There arose something like a sullen groan from the bivouac, but the men emptied the water, which was just beginning to boil in their kettles, upon the ground, and promptly fell into line. We had hardly been on the way half an hour when a fearful thunderstorm broke upon us. The rain came down in sheets like a cloudburst, driving right into our faces. In a few minutes we were all drenched to the skin. I wore a stout cavalry overcoat with cape, well lined with flannel, over my uniform. In an incredibly short time I felt the cold water trickle down my body. My riding boots were soon full to overflowing. One may imagine the sorry plight of the poor fellows in rags. They had to suffer, too, not only from the water coming down from above, but also from water coming from below. We were again passing through a hilly district. The road ran along the bottom of a deep valley with high ridges on both sides. From these the rain-water rushed down in streams, transforming the road into a swelling torrent, the water reaching up to the knees of the men, and higher. Meanwhile the thunder was rolling, the lightning flashing, and the poor sufferers stumbling over unseen boulders under the water, and venting their choler in wild imprecations. At last, after having struggled on in this way for about two hours, we emerged from the wooded hills into a more open country—at least I judged so, as the darkness seemed to be a little relieved. The storm had ceased. Riding at the head of my column, I ran against a horseman standing in <!-- p. 83 --> the middle of the road. “What troops are these?” he asked. “Third Division, Eleventh Corps.” He made himself known as an officer of the corps staff. My advance patrol had somehow missed him and gone astray. He brought me an order to put my command into camp “right here on both sides of the road.” I asked him what it was that made my march in this dreadful night necessary, but he did not know. It was so dark that I could not distinguish anything beyond half a dozen feet. I did discover, however, that on “both sides of the road” there were plowed fields. There was water from the rain standing in the furrows and the ridges were softened into a thick mire. And there my men were to camp. My staff officers scattered themselves to find a more convenient, or less dismal, location for the men, but they soon returned, having, in the gloom, run into camps occupied by other troops. Nothing remained but to stay where we were. The regiments were distributed as well as possible in the darkness. The men could not stretch themselves out on the ground because the ground was covered or soaked with water. They had to sit down on their knapsacks, if they had any, or on their heels, and try to catch some sleep in that position. About midnight the wind shifted suddenly and blew bitterly cold from the north, so bitterly, indeed, that after a while our outer garments began to freeze stiff on our bodies. I thought I could hear the men's teeth chatter. I am sure mine did. There we sat, now and then dropping into a troubled doze, waiting for day to dawn. As soon as the first gray of the morning streaked the horizon, there was a general stir. The men rose and tossed and swung their limbs to get their blood into circulation. The feet of not a few were frozen fast in the soil, and when they pulled them up, they left the soles of such shoes as they had, sticking in the hardened mud. The pools of water left by the rain were covered with solid <!-- p. 84 --> crusts of ice, and the cold north wind was still blowing. I started my command as soon as possible in order to get the men into motion, intending to have them prepare their breakfast further on in some more congenial spot. The ranks were considerably thinned, a large number of the men having strayed away from the column and trudged on in the darkness of the night. As we proceeded we saw them crawl out from houses or barns or sheds or heaps of cornstraw or whatever protection from the weather they had been able to find. The hard-frozen and stony road was marked with streaks of blood from the feet of the poor fellows who limped painfully along. And finally it turned out that all this had been for nothing. Headquarters had been disturbed by a rumor that the enemy was attempting a cavalry raid in our direction, which might have made a drawing together of our forces necessary. But the rumor proved quite unfounded. I have told the story of that dismal night so elaborately to show my reader that even in an ordinary campaign, not to be compared with the retreat of Napoleon's army from the Russian snow-fields, soldiers are sometimes exposed to hardships not always necessary, which in their effects are now and then no less destructive than powder and lead. But on the whole the expedition to Knoxville for the relief of Burnside had been a decided success. The forced marches were well planned, and executed with exemplary precision and spirit. Congratulatory orders and complimentary letters were flying about in great profusion. General Sherman wrote one to General Howard in which he, with justice, commended his conduct very highly, and charged him “to convey to General Schurz and Colonel Buschbeck and to all your officers the assurance of my official and personal respect.” General Howard, in his turn, was quite eloquent in praise of the <!-- p. 85 --> Eleventh Corps, and lauded its “division and brigade commanders for the energy and constancy they manifested during the campaign.” In the course of his report he spoke with especial commendation of Colonel Hecker, who commanded my Third Brigade, and who had performed the most arduous duties with his characteristic spirit and efficiency. On the 17th of December we re-occupied our old encampments in Lookout Valley and looked forward to a comparatively quiet and comfortable winter. But my repose and that of many of the officers in my command was disturbed in an entirely unexpected and exasperating manner. On the 10th of January, 1864, I found in a New York paper a reprint of General Hooker's official report on the engagement of Wauhatchie, which I have so elaborately described above because a knowledge of the details of the occurrence is needed for a just appreciation of what followed. In that report General Hooker praised the conduct of the troops under his command in the Wauhatchie affair very highly, and then added: “I regret that my duty constrains me to except any portion of my command in my commendation of their courage and valor. The brigade dispatched to the relief of Geary, by orders delivered in person to the division commander, never reached him until long after the fight had ended. It was alleged that it lost its way, when it had a terrific infantry fire to guide it all over the way; and that it became involved in a swamp, where there was no swamp or other obstacle between it and Geary to delay it a moment in marching to the relief of its imperiled companions.” When I read this I was utterly amazed and indignant. I had often heard a murmur among the generals of the army that “Joe Hooker's character for truth and veracity was not <!-- p. 86 --> good.” But how he could have put into an official report statements so palpably false and so malicious was beyond my comprehension. It was cowardly at the same time, for if Hooker's allegations were true, or believed by him to be true, it was his obvious duty not only to call the division and the brigade commanders by name, but to cause them to be tried by court martial for undutiful conduct in the presence of the enemy. What brigade was meant in the report as guilty of such conduct? Was it Tyndale's, which really had run into a bog, but which was promptly extricated, and then by General Hooker's own order, acknowledged by him, took and occupied a gap in the hills? Or was it Hecker's brigade, which, on its way to Geary's position, was held back by General Hooker himself and was permitted to proceed only long after Geary's fight had ceased, and had never been stopped by any swamp? I had hardly finished reading the report when my brave friend Colonel Hecker, pale with anger, rushed into my tent, paper in hand, and with quivering lip swore that he would rather die than submit to so infamous an outrage as this imputation. I suggested to Hecker that he address to me a written protest against this untruthful report, in the calmest language he could command, and a short statement of the facts, together with a demand for a court of inquiry, and I sat down at once to write a letter to General Hooker containing an emphatic remonstrance against his report, in which I declared that, “''believing'' that Colonel Hecker and his command did on that occasion all they were ordered to do, and did it with conscientiousness and alacrity, I begged leave to assume the responsibility for their conduct, if any mistakes or any violation of orders had been committed. If, indeed, anybody must be blamed, I would rather claim the blame entirely for myself, than permit it to fall, even by construction, upon my subordinate commanders and their men, <!-- p. 87 --> who bear no responsibility in this matter and have always executed orders with promptness and spirit.” I then asked, “respectfully and earnestly,” that General Hooker properly exonerate Colonel Hecker and his brigade from the accusation cast upon them, or that a court of inquiry be granted to probe the matter to the bottom. Thus I made the cause of my subordinates my own, fully resolved to expose the calumny and calumniator and not to spare him. The court of inquiry was granted, but with ill grace. In the first place it was ordered to include in its investigation all the operations connected with the fight at Wauhatchie, which would have required the collection of great masses of testimony obscuring the real issue and consuming endless time. I remonstrated, and the order was satisfactorily changed. But in the second place the composition of the court might have been resented as an indignity to me. Among its members there was not a single officer of my rank, and all of them belonged to General Hooker's command. But this I permitted to pass without any protest, relying upon the justice of my cause. As I expected, the testimony of the many witnesses called demonstrated beyond the possibility of doubt or cavil the absolute truthfulness of the story as I have told it above: That General Hooker had ordered me to march my command to the relief of Geary; that I started at the head of Tyndale's brigade to execute this order, having directed my other two brigades to follow me; that then, being attacked near his camp, General Hooker disposed by later orders of these two brigades for other purposes; that he ordered me to take and occupy a gap in the hills with the only brigade, Tyndale's, left me; that Colonel Hecker finally sent off to Geary, had acted strictly according to General Hooker's and my personal directions; that Hecker could not by any possibility have reached Geary before the end <!-- p. 88 --> of his fight, because he was not let go by General Hooker himself until hours after Geary's fight had ended, and so on; in other words, that General Hooker's report was nothing but a muddled jumble of untruths. General Hooker, when examined as a witness, had substantially nothing to say except that he must stand by his report. But having the privilege of summing up the case in my own behalf, I availed myself of the opportunity to give General Hooker a piece of my mind. I did this to my heart's content in a written statement which I read to the court, and which went on record. I reviewed the testimony with great care, exposing every fact in the case with the utmost clearness, and then paid General Hooker my compliments—in this style: “Before closing, I deem it my duty to call your attention to one feature of this business which has an important bearing, not only upon my interests but upon yours and upon those of every subordinate commander in the army. We are bound by the iron chains of military discipline. The superior has it in his power to do all manner of things which may work serious injury to the honor and reputation of the subordinate, which the latter is but seldom at liberty to disprove and almost never able to resent. The greater, in this respect, the power of the superior, the more is he in honor and conscience bound to use his power with the utmost carefulness and discrimination, for the honor and reputation of every subordinate officer is a sacred trust in the hands of the superior commander. The most formidable weapon in the hands of the latter is his official report of campaigns and actions. It is universally received as documentary history, as the purest fountain from which the future historian can take his most reliable information. Praise and censure conveyed in such a report is generally looked upon as based upon irrefutable evidence. And it ought <!-- p. 89 --> to be. Every conscientious commander will therefore consider it a sacred duty, before making an official statement affecting the honor and reputation of a subordinate, to scrutinize with scrupulous care the least incident connected with the case; and when at last, after weighing every circumstance, he has arrived at the conclusion that his duty commands him to pronounce a censure, he will again well weigh every word he says so as to be perfectly sure that he does not say too much. For it must be considered that public opinion is generally swayed by first impressions, and an injury once done can but rarely be repaired by a subsequent modification of language. “And I now invite you to apply this criterion, which certainly is a just one, to the report of General Hooker. That it is severe in its reflections on a body of troops, nobody will deny. By solemnly excepting them in a general commendation of courage and valor, it stigmatizes them as destitute of the first qualities which a soldier is proud of. That the report is a just one, who will after this investigation assert it? I am far from saying that General Hooker knowingly and willfully reported what was false; his position ought to exempt him from the suspicion of such an act. I have not entertained that suspicion a moment, but what excuse is there for his error? “There are two things which every conscientious man will be careful to guard against. The first is saying anything to the prejudice of another which he knows to be false, and the other is saying anything to the prejudice of another which he does not positively know to be true. And did General Hooker positively know his report to be true and just? He could not know to be just what is proved to be unjust. But would it have been impossible to ascertain the truth? I lived within five minutes' walk of his headquarters. My brigade commanders were all within call. I saw him almost every day, and a single question <!-- p. 90 --> would have elicited a satisfactory explanation. The question was not asked. Five minutes' conversation with his own aides, Lieutenant Oliver and Captain Hall, would have removed the error. Was the error so dear to him that he shielded it with silence against the truth? But to me it is a mystery how that error could stand against the force of his own recollections. Were they, too, shut out when that paragraph was penned? They would, indeed, have ill-comported with the sensational dash with which the verbiage of the censure is flavored. “You will admit that this is not the way in which troops should be declared destitute of courage and valor; troops belonging to a division which on three battlefields lost far more killed and wounded than it counted men when I was put in command, and than it counts men to-day; and this is not the way to treat an officer, not one of whose subordinates will say that when he was in a place of danger his general was not with him. This is a levity which would not be admissible in the ordinary walks of life, much less in the military world, where every question of honor is weighed with scrupulous nicety. When looking at this most strange transaction, every impartial observer will ask himself, 'What can have been the motive of this?' If the battle had been lost, we might have found the motive in the desire of the commander to throw the responsibility upon some subordinate whom he might select as the unfortunate victim of his embarrassments. This, indeed, would not be noble nor even excusable; yet we can find the springs of such actions among the ordinary weaknesses of human nature. But we were victorious; the results of the action were uncommonly gratifying, and that General Hooker should then sit down and coolly endeavor to consign a fellow-soldier and part of his command to shame, and affectingly ornament the scene with the fanciful pyrotechnics of a terrific infantry fire <!-- p. 91 --> flaming around imperiled companions—for that I seek the motive in vain.” *&nbsp;*&nbsp;*&nbsp;* “Everybody that knows me, will tell you that here, as elsewhere, I have been and am the most forbearing and inoffensive of men. And even in this case, I would have abstained from all sharpness of criticism had I not, by a series of occurrences, been tortured into the conviction that, at last, I owed it to myself and to my companions to array on one occasion the whole truth in its nakedness against official and private obloquy.” *&nbsp;*&nbsp;*&nbsp;* The verdict of the court of inquiry appeared like an almost ludicrous effort to carry water on both shoulders. It is intelligible that the colonels composing that court should have hesitated to find their commander, General Hooker, guilty of a muddled head during the night of the Wauhatchie engagement in giving orders and then making the execution of those orders utterly impossible by subsequent orders, and of covering this fact by a palpable falsehood and a shameless slander of his subordinates in an official report. On the other hand, they were too honest to join General Hooker in his outrageous misrepresentation of facts and his calumnious assault. Thus they hit upon a finding according to which the facts were exactly as I had stated them; but General Hooker was right in wishing Geary speedily relieved, and in being displeased when this was not done as he had wished; and he held back my brigades, believing I had other troops to send to Geary. Tyndale was right in not marching to the relief of Geary, because he was ordered to occupy a certain hill. Hecker was right in doing what he did, because he was ordered to do so. And, finally, “General Schurz, as soon as he had received his orders from General Hooker, promptly set about carrying them into execution; the troops were quickly under arms; they turned out splendidly. The necessary orders answering the object and fitting the <!-- p. 92 --> circumstances were given. The column was put in motion, and General Schurz took his proper place at its head. He had reason to assume, and act upon the assumption, that his entire command was following him; if any of his brigades failed to do so, they acted in disregard of orders, or were stopped by orders which were regarded as superior to those of General Schurz. General Schurz had official information upon which in the opinion of the court, he was authorized to rely and act; that the Second and Third Brigades of his division had been detached from his command, and were under orders direct from General Hooker, which orders were in conflict with the orders issued by him. In the opinion of the court, General Schurz has fully explained his delay in going to the relief of Geary, and his apparent disobedience of orders in this regard, and fully justified his conduct in the premises, and consequently it follows that he has exonerated himself from the strictures contained in General Hooker's official report.” As to my vindication, the verdict could not have been more conclusive and emphatic. I was told that General Hooker felt the substantial condemnation of his conduct very keenly, and spoke of it with intense bitterness. Although I remained under his command for several months longer, I never saw him again until about fifteen years later at a dinner at the White House. I was then Secretary of the Interior under President Hayes. General Hooker had been married in the meantime, and, visiting Washington with his wife, was invited to dine with the President. The President, knowing nothing of our past difficulties, invited me, too, thinking that it would be a pleasant meeting of old war comrades. I noticed, after dinner, that Hooker sought to have some private words with me, and I could not avoid him. “You know, General,” he said, “that trouble about <!-- p. 93 --> Wauhatchie between you and me was all owing to Howard's riding away from his command.” “General,” I answered—I fear somewhat coldly—“I do not see what Howard's riding away could have had to do with our quarrel.” Some other guest intervening, there our conversation stopped. {{anchor|hooker}} [[Image:General Joseph Hooker.png|center|400px]] {{center|{{smaller|MAJOR-GENERAL JOSEPH HOOKER}}<br /> {{smaller|Commander of the Army of the Potomac at Chancellorsville}}<br /> ''After inaugurating what promised to be a brilliant offensive campaign, he surrendered the initiative to Lee and during the remainder of the action showed a spirit of indecision that was quite out of keeping with his title of “Fighting Joe.”''}} General Hooker proved himself a brilliant corps commander on many a battlefield. His “battle above the clouds,” although by no means the hardest of his fights, has won a shining place in history. His competency as a commander of a large army was very seriously put in doubt by his amazing failure at Chancellorsville. It was in a large measure the infirmities of his character that stood in his way, impeding, if not altogether preventing, hearty co-operation between him and his comrades. He had, deservedly, the reputation of an envious critic and backbiter, running down other persons' merit to extol his own. He did not spare the best. In a curious letter of December, 1863, addressed to the Secretary of the Treasury, Salmon P. Chase, in which he gave a somewhat sarcastic account of what he considered an insidious attempt by Grant to deprive him of his due part in the battle of Missionary Ridge, to the advantage of Sherman, he said of that general: “Sherman is an energetic and active officer, but in my judgment is as infirm as Burnside. He will never be successful. Please remember what I tell you.” The feeling called forth by such things among the high officers of the army can well be imagined. When in September, 1863, General Slocum, as commander of the Twelfth Corps, being put under the orders of General Hooker, protested against the arrangement on the ground that “he had no confidence in General Hooker as an officer, and no respect for him as a man,” he spoke the mind of many of his comrades. Subsequently, on Sherman's “march to the sea,” Hooker found himself compelled to ask to be relieved <!-- p. 94 --> from his position in that army, on the ground of the indignities he had to suffer in the distribution of commands among the various major generals; and thus he disappeared from the scene at a time when he might still have rendered much good service. But his character made his comrades decidedly disinclined to serve under, or even with him. {{anchor|slocum2}} [[Image:H W Slocum Three.png|center|400px]] {{center|{{smaller|MAJOR-GENERAL H. W. SLOCUM}}}} My encounter with General Hooker, although very satisfactory to me in some respects, and very much enjoyed by other officers, who keenly relished the moral drubbing Hooker had received, after all had serious consequences to me as to my position in the army. It was quite clear that thenceforth I could not again serve under the orders of General Hooker in any campaign, and that, on the other hand, he would not wish to have me among his subordinate commanders. I did not ask to be relieved or transferred at once, because that would have looked like a moral retreat. Besides, I had some hope that in the reorganization of the army preparatory to the Atlanta campaign, some way might be found to obviate the difficulty. I neglected, or, rather, I deemed it improper to urge or even express my personal wishes, and quietly went about the duties assigned to my command, which, during the winter and early spring, consisted in guarding and keeping in repair the so-called “cracker-line,” which supplied the army camped at Chattanooga and vicinity with its necessaries; an office which the very long, one-track railroad, exposed to guerrilla attacks and the like, did not always satisfactorily perform—for I remember weeks during which salt was lacking and we used gunpowder instead, and forage was so scarce that many horses, among them two of my own, died of actual want of food. At last I was advised that in the work of reorganization the Eleventh and Twelfth Corps had been consolidated under the name of the Twentieth Corps, that the Twentieth Corps was to be <!-- p. 95 --> commanded by General Hooker, and that I was assigned to the command of a so-called Corps of Instruction near Nashville, in which a number of newly levied regiments were to be made fit for active duty, and then, presumptively, to form part of the Army of the Cumberland, under General Thomas. Thus I was separated from General Hooker, but in a manner not at all according to my wishes and expectations. I had hoped to march with Sherman southward, but the position to which I was now assigned promised little active service, for nobody could then foresee the battle of Nashville. Still, I obeyed orders without protest or murmur. My camp was speedily established at Edgefield, on the northern side of the river, opposite Nashville, and several newly organized regiments from Western States, especially from Indiana, came in to fill it. It was then that I made the acquaintance of Andrew Johnson, whom President Lincoln had made “Military Governor” of Tennessee. I called upon him at the State House in Nashville, and he received me not only with polite kindness, but with some evidence of a desire to cultivate intercourse with me. I was not quite clear in my own mind about the impression be made upon me. He had worked himself up from poverty and a low social position to political prominence by the energy of his character and a degree of ability which, if not brilliant, was at least higher than that of his political competitors in East Tennessee. By a bold and vigorous fight against all secession tendencies and against the arrogant pretensions of the slave-holding aristocracy, he became the most conspicuous representative and the leader of the loyal Union element of the South. His appearance was not prepossessing, at least not to me. His countenance was of a distinctly plebeian cast, somewhat like that of the late Senator Douglas, but it had nothing of Douglas' force and vivacity in it. There was no genial sunlight in it; <!-- p. 96 --> rather something sullen, something betokening a strong will inspired by bitter feelings. I could well imagine him leading with vindictive energy an uprising of a lower order of society against an aristocracy from whose lordly self-assertion he had suffered, and whose pride he was bent upon humiliating. Nor did he as a “child of the soil,” possess anything of that ingenuous, naïve, and lovable naturalness which never ceased to form one of the greatest charms of Lincoln's character. Johnson was by no means a man of culture. His education had been of the scantiest. Judging from his conversation, his mind moved in a narrow circle of ideas as well as of phrases. But his contact with the world had taught him certain things as to decent and correct appearance. As often as I saw him I found him clothed in the customary broadcloth of the higher politician in Washington, with immaculate linen; and I noticed also in his deportment, as far as I could observe it, an air, whether assumed or genuine, of quiet dignity. Yet I could not rid myself of the impression that beneath this staid and sober exterior there were still some wild fires burning which occasionally might burst to the surface. This impression was strengthened by a singular experience. It happened twice or three times that, when I called upon him, I was told by the attendant that the Governor was sick and could not see anybody; then, after the lapse of four or five days, he would send for me, and I would find him uncommonly natty in his attire, and generally “groomed” with especial care. He would also wave off any inquiry about his health. When I mentioned this circumstance to one of the most prominent Union men of Nashville, he smiled, and said that the Governor had “his infirmities,” but was “all right” on the whole. My conversation with him always turned upon political subjects. He was a demonstratively fierce Union man—not <!-- p. 97 --> upon anti-slavery grounds, but from constitutional reasons and from hatred of the slave-holding aristocracy, the oppressors and misleaders of the common people, who had resolved to destroy the Republic if they were not permitted to rule it. The constant burden of his speech was that this rebellion against the government of the Union was treason, and that treason was a crime that must be made odious by visiting condign punishment upon the traitors. To hear him expatiate upon this, his favorite theme, one would have thought that if this man ever came into power, the face of the country would soon bristle with gibbets, and foreign lands swarm with fugitives from the avenging sword of the Republic. And such sentiments he uttered not in a tone betraying the slightest excitement, but with the calmness of long-standing and unquestionable conviction. When, in the course of our conversations, I suggested, as I sometimes did, that there were in the reconstruction of the Union other objects to be accomplished fully as important as the punishment of the traitors, he would treat such suggestions with polite indulgence, at the same time insisting with undisturbed sternness, that the Union could not endure unless by a severe punishment of the traitors, treason were forever branded as the unpardonable crime. Indeed, this seemed to constitute the principal part of his political program for the future. No doubt, there were gentler and more amiable currents of feeling in Mr. Johnson's composition, known to his family, friends, and neighbors; but in our political talks at that time they did not manifest themselves. When, a short time after my first meeting with Mr. Johnson, the Republican National Convention nominated him as its candidate for the vice-presidency, I was, I must confess, one of those who received the news with a certain uneasiness of feeling. amecb0fj80qqhyafbsx4c2zxegeo9pc The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz/Volume Three/06 The South 0 473212 14129807 11917593 2024-04-25T19:36:08Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Template Modernisation wikitext text/x-wiki {{TextQuality|75%}} {{header | title = [[The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz]], [[The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz/Volume Three|Volume Three]] | author = Carl Schurz | translator = | section = Chapter VI: The South | previous = [[../05 The Situation after the War|Chapter V: The Situation after the War]] | next = [[../07 1865-1869|Chapter VII: 1865-1869]] | notes = A background document: [[Condition of the South]]. }} {{center|CHAPTER VI}} <!-- p. 150 --> {{font-size|140%|T}}HE accession of Andrew Johnson to the presidency at first made no change in the character and tone of his utterances concerning the treatment to be meted out to the rebels. The burden of his speech was at Washington, as it had been, during the war, at Nashville, that “arson was a crime, that robbery was a crime, that murder was a crime, and that treason was a crime worse than all; that this crime of treason must be made odious and properly punished; that the principal traitors should be hanged and the rest at least impoverished,” by which he meant, as on some occasion he said himself, that their large plantations must be taken from them and sold in small parcels to farmers. In fact, there seemed to be reason to apprehend, and it was actually apprehended by many, that under the Andrew Johnson regime the country would have to pass through a disgraceful period of “bloody assizes” before proceeding with the task of rebuilding the political and social structure of the South. In the conversations I had with him, and still more in the conferences he had with some public men of importance, he threw out, indeed, certain hints as to his willingness that the colored people should have some part in the reconstruction of their States, but those hints were too vague to give a clear indication of his purposes. They betrayed rather an unsettled state of mind. {{anchor|johnson}} [[Image:Andrew Johnson.png|center|500px]] {{center|{{smaller|PRESIDENT JOHNSON}}<br /> {{smaller|From a Brady negative in the possession of F. H. Meserve}}}} There was much surprise, therefore, when on the 29th of May, 1865, two executive proclamations appeared, one of which, a proclamation of pardon and amnesty, put an end to <!-- p. 151 --> the anticipation of a policy of hanging and impoverishing, while the other appointed a provisional governor for North Carolina, whose duty it would be “at the earliest practicable period, to prescribe such rules and regulations as may be necessary and proper for convening a convention composed of delegates, to be chosen by that portion of the people of said State who are loyal to the United States, and no others, for the purpose of altering or amending the constitution thereof, and with authority to exercise within the limits of said State all the powers necessary and proper to enable the loyal people of the State of North Carolina to restore said State to its constitutional relations to the Federal Government,” etc. The proclamation provided, also, that in “choosing delegates to any State convention, as aforesaid, no person shall be qualified as an elector or shall be eligible as a member of such convention unless he shall have previously taken and subscribed the oath of amnesty as set forth in the President's proclamation of May 29, A. D. 1865, and as a voter qualified as prescribed by the constitution and laws of the State of North Carolina in force immediately before the 20th day of May, 1861, the date of the so-called ordinance of secession.” The convention that might be elected by such voters, or the Legislature that might be subsequently elected by virtue of the State Constitution as amended by the convention, was to have the power to prescribe the permanent qualifications of voters and their eligibility to office. And who were the loyal persons that were to be entrusted with such far-reaching powers? Not only the men who during the war had abstained from giving aid and comfort to the rebellion and that maintained their loyalty to the United States, but also those who, having given aid and comfort to the rebellion, had subsequently cleared themselves by taking the oath <!-- p. 152 --> of allegiance prescribed by the Amnesty Proclamation, and by thus promising to be thenceforth loyal to the United States. The proclamation of amnesty, indeed, excluded from its benefits several classes of persons enumerated under thirteen heads—mostly persons who prior to joining the rebellion had held certain official positions of trust under the government of the United States, or who had filled similar positions under the Confederate government, and “all participants in the rebellion, the estimated value of whose taxable property was over twenty thousand dollars.” The classes thus excepted no doubt comprised the most intelligent and influential part of the population. But the proclamation provided also that “special application may be made to the President for pardon by any person belonging to the excepted classes,” and the assurance was added that such applications would be liberally considered and complied with. Such applications promptly came in by the thousands and were granted with the liberality promised. However, it was not at all probable that the excluded classes, the men of traditional standing and influence in their communities, would now at once cease to exercise that influence over the multitude that had been accustomed to follow their leadership. The Amnesty Proclamation, giving the country and the world the assurance that the victory of the Union would not be tarnished by any acts of bloody vengeance, was received with general satisfaction at the North, excepting by a few extremists. But the proclamation ordering the reconstruction of the State of North Carolina caused much misgiving, as it was taken, not as a mere experiment, but as an intended rule for the reconstruction of all the rest. It confined the right of suffrage to the white men. Among the white men of the South there were only a small number who had not, after the secession ordinances had been passed, thrown in their lot with the rebellion. <!-- p. 153 --> These comparatively few consistent loyalists did not, as a rule, belong to the influential class. And among these few there were still fewer convinced anti-slavery men. It was therefore certain that a large majority of the voting body in the Southern States so to be reconstructed would consist of men who had taken part in the rebellion and then qualified themselves as voters by taking the oath of allegiance, and that this large majority would stand under the immediate influence of the class of men who had instigated the attempt to break up the Union for the purpose of founding “an empire on the corner-stone of slavery.” Nor was it unreasonable to expect that this class of men, if directly or indirectly entrusted with power, would indeed accept the abolition of slavery in point of form, but would spare no effort to preserve as much as possible of its substance. Availing myself again of the privilege President Johnson had granted to me, I wrote to him about the anxieties among many of his friends caused by the position he had taken in his North Carolina proclamation, and in reply I received from him a telegraphic message asking me to call upon him at the White House at my earliest convenience. I obeyed his summons without delay. On the way to Washington something strange happened to me which may be of interest to the speculative psychologist. I went from Bethlehem to Philadelphia in the afternoon with the intention of taking there the midnight train to Washington. At Philadelphia I took supper at the house of my intimate friend, Dr. Tiedemann, the son of the eminent professor of medicine at the University of Heidelberg, and brother of the Colonel Tiedemann, one of whose aides-de-camp I had been during the siege of the Fortress of Rastatt in 1849. Mrs. Tiedemann was a sister of Friedrich Hecker, the famous <!-- p. 154 --> revolutionary leader in Germany, who in this country did distinguished service as a Union officer. The Tiedemanns had lost two sons in our army, one in Kansas, and the other, a darling boy, in the Shenandoah valley. The mother, a lady of bright mind and a lively imagination, happened to become acquainted with a circle of spiritualists and received “messages” from her two sons, which were of the ordinary sort, but moved her so much that she became a believer. The doctor, too, although belonging to a school of philosophy which looked down upon such things with a certain disdain, could not restrain a sentimental interest in the pretended communications from his lost boys, and permitted spiritualistic experiments to be made in his family. This was done with much zest. On the evening I speak of, it was resolved to have a séance. One of the daughters, an uncommonly beautiful, intelligent and high-spirited girl of about fifteen, had shown remarkable qualities as a “writing medium.” When the circle was formed around the table, hands touching, a shiver seemed to pass over her, her fingers began to twitch, she grasped a pencil held out to her, and as if obeying an irresistible impulse, she wrote in a jerky way upon a piece of paper placed before her the “messages” given her by the “spirits” that happened to be present. So it happened that evening. The names of various deceased persons known to the family were announced, but they had nothing to say except that they “lived in a higher sphere,” and were “happy,” and “were often with us,” and “wished us all to be happy,” etc. Finally I was asked by one of the family would I not take part in the proceeding by calling for some spirit in whom I took an interest? I consented and called for the spirit of Schiller. For a minute or two the hand of the girl remained quiet. Then she wrote that the spirit of Schiller had come and asked <!-- p. 155 --> what I wished of him. I answered that I wished him by way of identification to quote a verse or two from one of his works. Then the girl wrote in German the following: {| style="margin: auto; font-size: smaller" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"> |“||Ich höre rauschende Musik. Das Schloss ist |- | ||Von Lichtern hell. Wer sind die Fröhlichen?” |- |style="height: 0.5em"| |- | ||Gay music strikes my ear. The castle is |- | ||Aglow with lights. Who are the revelers?” |} We were all struck with astonishment. The sound of the language was much like Schiller's. But none of us remembered for a moment in which of Schiller's works the lines might be found. At last it occurred to me that they might be in the last act of “Wallensteins Tod.” The volume was brought out, and true enough there they were. I asked myself “can it be that this girl, who, although very bright, has never been given to much reading, should have read so serious a work as ‘Wallenstein's Death,’ and if she has, that those verses, which have meaning only in connection with what precedes and follows them, should have stuck in her memory?” I asked her when the séance was over, what she knew about the Wallenstein tragedy, and she, an entirely truthful child, answered that she had never read a line of it. But something still stranger was in store for me. Schiller's spirit would say no more, and I called for the spirit of Abraham Lincoln. Several minutes had elapsed when the girl wrote that Abraham Lincoln's spirit was present. I asked whether he knew for what purpose President Johnson had summoned me to Washington. The answer came: “He wants you to make an important journey for him.” I asked where that journey would take me. Answer: “He will tell you tomorrow.” I asked further whether I should undertake that journey. Answer: “Yes, do not fail.” (I may add, by the <!-- p. 156 --> way, that at the time I had myself not the slightest anticipation as to what President Johnson's intention with regard to me was. The most plausible supposition I entertained was, that he wished to discuss with me the points urged in my letters.) Having disposed of this matter I asked whether the spirit of Lincoln had anything more to say to me. The answer came: “Yes, you will be a Senator of the United States.” This struck me as so fanciful that I could hardly suppress a laugh. But I asked further: “From what State?” Answer: “From Missouri.” This was more provokingly mysterious still; but there the conversation ended. Hardly anything could have been more improbable at that time than that I should be a Senator of the United States from the State of Missouri. My domicile was in Wisconsin, and I was then thinking of returning there. I had never thought of removing from Wisconsin to Missouri, and there was not the slightest prospect of my ever doing so. But—to forestall my narrative—two years later I was surprised by an entirely unsought and unexpected business proposition which took me to St. Louis, and in January, 1869, the Legislature of Missouri elected me a Senator of the United States. I then remembered the prophecy made to me at the spirit-séance in the house of my friend Tiedemann in Philadelphia, which during the intervening years had never been thought of. I should hardly have trusted my memory with regard to it, had it not been verified by friends who witnessed the occurrence. I have given here my own experience, but do not offer any theory or hypothesis upon which to explain it. The believer in spiritualism may see in it a striking proof of the truthfulness of his belief. It is indeed as striking in this respect as anything that has ever come to my knowledge. But the story I told in the first volume of these Reminiscences of my <!-- p. 157 --> clairvoyance experiences in Paris, touching a closely kindred subject, was an equally striking one, while it was not pretended that the “spirits” were the active power in the case. Yet the phenomena produced were very similar. Assuming that there was no fraudulent jugglery in the production of these phenomena, which in the cases I have narrated I think there was not, we must conclude that there are forces active in and upon the human mind the nature of which we do not know. Scientific research, such as “experimental psychology,” has given names to these forces—“telepathy,” “suggestion,” “spiritual communication,” etc., which indicate interesting problems, but as to the nature of the forces, leave us in the dark. We may be able to see such forces in motion and observe their effects. But what they really are we do not know, and it is questionable whether we ever shall. It is so with a force which some centuries ago might have been called witchcraft, but has now become our familiar servant—electricity. We can make it active. We can control its activity and put it to all sorts of practical uses, but what electricity essentially is, we do not know. President Johnson received me with the assurance that he had read my letters with great interest and appreciation, and that he was earnestly considering the views I had presented in them. But in one respect, he said, I had entirely mistaken his intentions. His North Carolina proclamation was not to be understood as laying down a general rule for the reconstruction of all “the States lately in rebellion.” It was to be regarded as merely experimental, and he thought that the condition of things in North Carolina was especially favorable for the making of such an experiment. As to the Gulf States, he was very doubtful and even anxious. He wished to see those States restored to their constitutional relations with the General Government as quickly as possible, but he did not know <!-- p. 158 --> whether it could be done with safety to the Union men and to the emancipated slaves. He therefore requested me to visit those States for the purpose of reporting to him whatever information I could gather as to the existing condition of things, and of suggesting to him such measures as my observations might lead me to believe advisable. He accompanied this request with many flattering assurances of his confidence in my character and judgment, and added the most urgent expression of his hope that I would not decline the task. He appeared to me like a man who had taken some important step under pressure, against his own inclination, and who was troubled about himself. The President's request came as a great surprise to me. I could not at once understand why he should have selected just me for this delicate mission. I must also confess that the prospect of spending two or three months of the hottest season of the year in the Gulf States was by no means alluring. But I should not have minded that had not the whole affair struck me as somewhat strange. I asked the President to give me one or two days to consider the matter, and he kindly assented. I went to Mr. Stanton, then still Secretary of War, to learn whether the proposition made to me by the President had been suggested by him. He assured me that it had not. In fact, he was as much surprised as I was, but he advised me most urgently to accept at once. He told me that President Johnson was set upon by all sorts of influences, and that what he needed most, was to learn the truth. He also consulted Chief Justice Chase, who told me that in his opinion I had an opportunity for rendering a valuable service to the country, and that I must not think of declining. What impressed me strongly was that neither of them made the slightest suggestion as to what they expected me to report. The next day I informed President <!-- p. 159 --> Johnson that I was willing to undertake the journey. In order that everything should be clear between us, I repeated to him what I had stated in former conversations and correspondence, that, so far as I was then informed, I considered the reconstruction policy ill-advised and fraught with great danger, but that if my observations should show this view to be erroneous, no pride of opinion would prevent me from saying so. I would consider it my only duty to tell the truth. President Johnson cordially declared himself satisfied and repeated his expressions of entire confidence. The Secretary of War ordered an officer of one of the New York Volunteer regiments still in the service, Captain Orlemann, a gentleman of ability and pleasing manners, to accompany me as my secretary, and all military officers in the Gulf States to give me all the aid and assistance I might require. Thus equipped I set out and arrived at Hilton Head in South Carolina on the 15th of July. On board of the steamer which carried me there, I had a conversation with a Southern gentleman which might have served as an epitome of the most important of my subsequent observations touching the same subjects. He was a handsome young man, something over thirty; had served as an officer in the Confederate army since 1861; had been captured in battle, fallen ill, spent some time in a Northern hospital, and was now on his way home, not having heard from his family for several months. He did not seem to be a highly educated man, but there was an air of natural refinement about him which invited sympathy. He had not seen much of the North, but enough to feel its immense superiority over the South in all the elements of power. He therefore frankly “accepted” the defeat of the South. He was, or, as he said, had been at the beginning of the war, a prosperous planter, owning about 90 slaves and 4000 acres of land, not far from Savannah. But what was he <!-- p. 160 --> now? He supposed his plantation, having been in Sherman's track, was all devastated, his buildings ruined, and his slaves gone. Some of them, he hoped, would come back to him after his return, because he had always treated his slaves well, never having lost any except one, and him by “congestive fever.” But what could he do after all this ruination? There was a tone of resigned helplessness in his speech. I suggested that if many of his former slaves were found still within reach, he might, as other planters did, make fair contracts with them and set them to work as free laborers. This remark stirred him. He became animated. There was even a slight flurry of excitement in his voice. What? Contracts with those niggers? It would never work. Yes, he had heard of that emancipation business. He knew that was the intention. But—and here he approached me with an air of confidentiality as if to coax my secret, true opinion out of me—now, really, did I think that this was a settled thing? Now, he could tell me that niggers would not work unless compelled to. A free nigger was never good for anything. He knew the thing would not work. No Southern man would expect it to work. No use trying. I sought to convince him that the emancipation of the slaves was indeed a settled thing, and that the Southern people would have to try the introduction of free labor. He sighed and in a polite way gave me to understand that he could not believe it. He knew the nigger. He knew how unfit the nigger was for freedom. Why, was not President Johnson a Southern man, and did he not know equally well that the nigger would not work without compulsion? Contract! No nigger knew what a contract was and would never keep one unless forced to. I remarked in vain that I had seen reports of the successful working of the contract system in some instances. He <!-- p. 161 --> replied that it might work to some extent so long as the Federal soldiers were at hand. But would not the troops soon be withdrawn? And would not the people of the Southern States right soon be left to manage their own affairs? Was not that the policy of the Administration? He had concluded so from what he had heard people say and from what he had seen in the papers. I must see, therefore, that the emancipation business would never work. He pronounced this like a conclusive judgment. I greatly startled him, as it seemed, with the suggestion, that, deeming the successful employment of negroes as free laborers impossible, he might sell the larger part of his plantation and himself cultivate a small part of it as a farmer. The idea that he should work with his hands, as a farmer, seemed to strike him as ludicrously absurd. He told me with a smile that he had never done a day's work of that kind in his life. He had learned to manage a plantation with slaves on it. But to do a farmer's work—that evidently could not be thought of. Neither did it seem to him possible to sell the plantation and to use the money in some other business pursuit. He could not make any guess as to what his land might sell for. There had not been an acre of land sold in his neighborhood as far back as he could remember. And who would think of buying land there under present circumstances?—He mused for a while in sad silence, and said at last, “No, I can't sell my plantation. We must make the nigger work somehow.” I give this initial conversation so elaborately because I heard it substantially repeated in an endless variety of expressions, scores, aye, hundreds of times during my three months' journey through the Gulf States. I sought conversation with everybody that I could reach—planters large and small, merchants, lawyers, physicians, clergymen, guests I met at city <!-- p. 162 --> hotels or country taverns, fellow travelers on railroads or steamboats, men who had served as officers or private soldiers in the war, men who had stayed at home and whatever different opinions or feelings as to other subjects they might cherish, or with whatever degree of heat or moderation they might express them—on one point they were substantially unanimous with very, very few individual exceptions: “The negro will not work without physical compulsion. He is lazy. He is improvident. He is inconstant. He may sometimes work a little spell to earn some money, and then stop working to spend his money in a frolic. We want steady, continuous work, work that can be depended upon. To get that out of him a negro needs physical compulsion of some sort.” The first of my own personal observations led me to surmise that the success of negro free labor would depend not only on the aptitudes of the laborer, but also on those of the employer. Shortly after my arrival at Hilton Head, General Gillmore, the commander of that district, an officer of high character and great intelligence, took me over the bay to Beaufort, a town on one of the sea-islands celebrated for the quality of the cotton raised there. The plantations had been deserted by their owners at the approach of our forces, had been taken possession of by our government, and then leased to various parties. I was to visit a plantation near by which was managed by such a lessee, a Massachusetts man. We first had to pass through fields cultivated on their own account by freedmen, mostly refugees from other parts of the State, who had arrived there but a short time before. These first attempts of recently emancipated slaves to set up for themselves would have looked rather discouraging had we not known the unfavorable circumstances of haste and disorder under which they had been made. But when we reached the plantation we were to <!-- p. 163 --> visit, the spectacle suddenly changed; fields free from weeds, the cotton-plants healthy, the cornfields promised a rich yield, everything breathing thrift, order and prosperity. We passed by a large log house in which a colored preacher was exhorting his congregation, for it was Sunday. At last we found the lessee in his dwelling, a modest frame house in a grove of magnificent live oaks. We found in him a middle-aged man of plain manners, but keen intelligence. He did not seem to regard his enterprise at all as one of extraordinary difficulty. His system, as he explained it, was very simple. Most of the negroes he employed, he had found on the place. In addition he had selected some outside applicants, with reasonable care. His laborers were paid by the task. Certain kinds of work requiring skill, such as plowing, were better remunerated than others. Every family had a patch of ground assigned to it upon which vegetables or some cotton might be raised. The only incentive to faithful labor was self-interest, which he considered sufficient. No physical coercion, he thought, was necessary. He had met with only one instance of refractory conduct. He threatened the evil-doer with arrest by the provost-marshal of the nearest military post, whereupon the delinquent ran away, never to show his face again. Aside from this case everything had gone on smoothly. All he had to do was to ride over his plantation once in a day or two and to spend with each gang of laborers a few minutes—long enough to inspect the work and to give directions. The negroes were living well, seemed to be saving something, had their school and their meeting house, and their frolics, and the employer looked for a prosperous business. Such was the report of the lessee. It struck me that—unless this man lied, which I had no reason for supposing—here was proof, not that the general <!-- p. 164 --> solution of the problem of negro free labor would be easy, but that it ''could'' be accomplished, or at least that a shrewd Yankee, blessed with a good stock of common sense and energy and experience in the ways of free labor, and unhampered by any prejudice as to what the negro could or could not do with or without physical compulsion, might be just the person to point out the way in which that problem could best be solved. I am far from saying that all Northern men who undertook the management of Southern plantations were equally successful; nor is it probable that all were as capable as our lessee at Beaufort. I met, indeed, in the course of my tour of investigation, an Iowa farmer who managed a large cotton plantation in another State on the same principles and had a similar story of success to tell. Another Northern man who had a timber-cutting contract to fill, told me that the negroes he employed were equal to the best laborers he had ever had to do with, while a contractor for railroad work near a town complained to me that many of the negroes he had engaged were so much attracted by the delights of town-life that they could not be depended upon for steady work. That Southern white men should quite generally have been rather querulous as to the new order of things did not at all surprise me. Their situation was indeed trying in the extreme. It could not have been more unpropitious for a calm contemplation of the requirements of the time. {{anchor|charleston}} [[Image:Charleston in 1865.png|center|500px]] {{center|{{smaller|CHARLESTON AFTER THE WAR}}}} I shall never forget my first impressions of Charleston. We ran into Charleston Harbor early in the morning. As we passed Fort Sumter—then a shapeless mass of brick and rubbish into which the bombardment had battered the old masonry—the city of Charleston lay open to our view; on the left a row of more or less elegant dwellings, on the right such buildings as are usually seen in the neighborhood of <!-- p. 165 --> wharves. There was no shipping in the harbor except a few quartermaster's vessels and two or three small steamers. We made fast to a decaying pier constructed of palmetto-logs. There was not a human being visible on the wharf. The warehouses seemed to be completely deserted. There was no wall and no roof that did not bear eloquent marks of having been under the fire of siege guns. I was informed that when our troops first entered the city, the wharf region was overgrown with a luxuriant weed, giving it the appearance of a large swamp. Since then it had been cleared up, but in many places the weed insisted upon growing up again with irresistible vigor. Nothing could be more desolate and melancholy than the appearance of the lower part of the city immediately adjoining the harbor. Although the military authorities had caused,the streets to be “policed” as well as possible, abundant grass had still grown up between the paving stones. The first living object that struck my view when making my way to the hotel was a dilapidated United States cavalry horse bearing the mark I. C.—inspected and condemned—now peaceably browsing on the grass in a Charleston street. A few cows were feeding in a vacant lot near by, surrounded by buildings gashed and shattered by shell and solid shot. The crests of the roofs and the chimneys were covered with turkey-buzzards, who evidently felt at home, and who from time to time lazily flapped their wings and stretched forth their hideous necks. Proceeding higher up into the city, we passed through a part of the “burned district,” looking like a vast graveyard with broken walls and tall blackened chimneys for monuments, overtopped by the picturesque ruins of the cathedral. At last we arrived at the Charleston Hotel, a large building with a lofty colonnade in front. From that portico the first speeches had been addressed to a jubilant assemblage of Charleston <!-- p. 166 --> citizens immediately after the passage of the secession ordinance, hurling defiance at the government of the United States and proclaiming the success of the movement for Southern independence, as a foregone conclusion. The Charleston Hotel had been the resort of the wealthy, of the cream of South Carolina society. At the time of my arrival there, it was managed by a newcomer from the North, one of the New York Stetsons, of Astor House memory. He had put the building in tolerably good order, but the wars and the ceiling of the dining hall showed several spots recently plastered over which, as interpreted by the negro waiters, told interesting tales of scenes of great excitement caused by the Yankee artillery. On the whole the hotel made the impression of a dreary solitude. As I learned, business in the city was slowly reviving. In the main business streets many buildings had been, or were being, made fit for use, and some stores had been opened by Northern men of recent immigration. A larger influx of Northern enterprise and Northern capital was looked for, but such a prospect did not by any means please all South Carolinians. The idea that Charleston might possibly become a “Yankee City” seemed revolting to the old South Carolina pride. I was introduced to a gentleman of venerable age and high standing in the State who assured me in the course of a long conversation, that he was one of those who fully recognized the exigencies of their present situation and were willing to accommodate themselves to them. He admitted that outside aid was wanted to restore the fallen fortunes of the Southern people. But, he added, South Carolina could not appeal to the North for financial aid without humiliating herself. He did not even know whether financial aid, if offered by the North, could consistently be accepted by South Carolina. He <!-- p. 167 --> rather thought not. Nor did he believe that a true South Carolinian would like to sell any of his property to Northern men. State pride forbade it. But South Carolina would go to Europe, raise money there upon the security afforded by her real estate, and thus work out her own destinies. The old gentleman, who evidently felt himself as South Carolina personified, uttered these sentiments with unaffected gravity and in a tone of conscious dignity unimpaired by adverse fortune—a tone, indeed, which had something of condescension in it. Nothing could have been more pathetic. At the time when the grizzled patrician thus gave voice to his pride in the name of his State he himself was reported to be in pinching want, while some of his fellow citizens in various parts of the State, struggling painfully with the necessities of the day, were actually obliged to accept daily rations from the hands of the Federal garrison to sustain life. My travels in the interior took me to the track of Sherman's march, which, in South Carolina, at least, looked for many miles like a broad black streak of ruin and desolation—the fences all gone; lonesome smoke stacks, surrounded by dark heaps of ashes and cinders, marking the spots where human habitations had stood; the fields along the road wildly overgrown by weeds, with here and there a sickly looking patch of cotton or corn cultivated by negro squatters. In the city of Columbia, the political capital of the State, I found a thin fringe of houses encircling a confused mass of charred ruins of dwellings and business buildings, which had been destroyed by a sweeping conflagration. No part of the South I then visited had indeed suffered as much from the ravages of the war as South Carolina—the State which was looked upon by the Northern soldier as the principal instigator of the whole mischief and therefore <!-- p. 168 --> deserving of special punishment. But even those regions which had but little, or not at all, been touched by military operations, were laboring under dire distress. The “Confederate money” in the hands of the Southern people, paper money issued by the Confederate government without any security behind it, had, by the collapse of the Confederacy, become entirely worthless. Only a few individuals of more or less wealth had been fortunate enough to save, and to keep, throughout the war, small hoards of gold and silver, which, in the aggregate, amounted to little. The people may, therefore, be said to have been substantially without a “circulating medium” to serve in the transaction of ordinary business immediately after the close of the war. United States money came in to fill the vacuum, but it could not be had for nothing. It could be obtained only by selling something for it in the shape of goods or of labor. The Southern people, having during four years of war, devoted their productive activity, aside from the satisfaction of their current home wants, almost entirely to the sustenance of their army and of the machinery of their government, and having suffered great losses by the destruction of property, had of course very little to sell. In fact, they were dreadfully impoverished and needed all their laboring capacity to provide for the wants of the next day. And as agriculture was their main resource upon which everything else depended, the next crop was to them of supreme importance. But now the men come home from the war found their whole agricultural labor system turned upside down. Slave labor had been their absolute reliance. They had been accustomed to it; they had believed in it; they had religiously regarded it as a necessity in the order of the universe. During the war a large majority of the negroes had stayed upon the plantations and attended to the crops in the <!-- p. 169 --> wonted way in those regions which were not touched by the Union armies. They had heard of Mas'r Lincoln's Emancipation Proclamation in a more or less vague way, but did not know exactly what it meant and preferred to remain quietly at work and wait for further developments. But when the war was over, general emancipation became a well understood reality. The negro knew that he was a free man and the Southern white man found himself face to face with the problem of dealing with the negro as a free laborer. To most of the Southern whites this problem was utterly bewildering. Many of them, honest and well-meaning people, admitted to me with a sort of helpless stupefaction that their imagination was wholly incapable of grasping the fact that their former slaves were now free. And yet they had to deal with this perplexing fact, and practically to accommodate themselves to it, at once, without delay, if they were to have any crops that year. Many of them would frankly recognize this necessity and begin in good faith to consider how they might meet it. But then they stumbled forthwith over a set of old prejudices which in their minds had acquired the stubborn force of convictions. They were sure the negro would not work without physical compulsion. They were sure the negro did not, and never would, understand the nature of a contract, and so on. Yes, they “accepted the situation.” Yes, they recognized that the negro was henceforth to be a free man. But could not some method of force he discovered and introduced, to compel the negro to work? It goes without saying that persons of such a way of thinking labored under a heavy handicap in going at a difficult task with a settled conviction that it was really “useless to try.” But even if they did try and found that the negro might after all be induced to work without physical <!-- p. 170 --> compulsion, they were apt to be seriously troubled by things which would not trouble at all an employer accustomed to free labor. Many worries of that sort came to my notice, the narration of one of which may do to characterize them all. I wrote it down at the time as a specimen occurrence. One of our generals commanding the garrisons of a district, was visited by a doctor who owned a plantation in the neighborhood of headquarters. The doctor seemed very much disturbed. “General,” said he, “the negroes in my county are in a terrible state of insubordination, and we may look for an outbreak at any moment. I come to implore your aid.” The General, having heard such stories before, and remaining cool, insisted upon the doctor's telling him in detail the facts and circumstances which so violently agitated him. The doctor repeated with growing emphasis that it was impossible to put up with the demonstrations of insubordination on the part of the negroes; that he would have to seek refuge for his family in the city, for their lives were not safe on the plantation, unless military protection be furnished them. The General still remaining obdurate in asking for particulars, the whole story came out at last. Formerly, the doctor said, the slaves had to retire to their cabins by nine o'clock in the evening. After that nobody was permitted outside. The slaves knew this and quietly obeyed the rule. “But now,” the doctor continued, “when their work is done, they roam about just as they please, and when I tell them to go to their quarters, they do not obey me. Negroes from other plantations will sometimes come to visit them, and then they have a sort of meeting and they cut up sometimes until ten or eleven. You see, General, this is alarming, and you must admit that we are not safe.” The General, still undisturbed, wished to know what the <!-- p. 171 --> negroes were doing when they had that sort of a meeting. All the doctor could say was that they were talking together, sometimes in whispers, sometimes aloud, having their conspiracies, as he supposed. And then they would even sing and dance and make a noise. The General mildly suggested that this was for the negroes a year of jubilee and that they must be expected to celebrate their freedom in some way. What harm could there be in their singing and dancing? At the North, laboring people sang and danced whenever they pleased, and instead of seeing any harm in it, we rather enjoyed it with them. But the doctor would not be comforted. He repeated again and again that, while this was well enough at the North, his laborers were negroes, who ought to be subordinate, and that, when he told them to retire to their quarters, and they did not do it, he could not possibly tolerate such insolence. “By the way, doctor,” said the General, “have you made contracts with the negroes on your plantation?” “Yes.” “Do they work well?” “Pretty well so far. My crops are in pretty good condition.” “Do they steal much?” “They steal some, but not much.” “Well, then, doctor, what have you to complain about?” “Oh, General,” replied the doctor dolefully, “you do not appreciate the dangers of our situation.” “Now, doctor,” said the General with some impatience, “to cut the matter short, has a single act of violence been perpetrated in your neighborhood by a negro against a white man?” “Yes, sir!” exclaimed the doctor, apparently confident of <!-- p. 172 --> making an impression. “And I will tell you of one that happened right in my family. I have a negro girl, eighteen years old, whom I raised. For ten years she has been waiting upon my old mother-in-law, who lives with me. A few days ago the old lady was dissatisfied with something and told the girl that she felt like giving her a whipping. Now, what do you think? The negro girl actually informed my old mother-in-law that she would not submit to a whipping, but would resist. My old father-in-law then got mad and threatened her, and she told him the same thing. Now, this is an intolerable state of things.” The General could not repress a smile and delivered a little homily to the doctor, to which that gentleman listened with a puzzled expression of countenance. “My dear sir, that girl is a free girl, and you have just as little right to whip her, as you have to whip your neighbor's daughter. She ought to resist when you offer her a whipping, and I hope she will. And I will tell you another thing. Among your former slaves there are probably men who have seen their wives, and young men who have seen their mothers whipped by your order. I think the negroes deserve a great deal of praise for their moderation. Another race, if suddenly freed from slavery after such experiences, would probably have proceeded to cut the throats of those who were in the habit of whipping their wives and mothers. Now go home, treat your people well, and pay them fair wages, and do not come to me again to clamor about danger and insurrection when the freedmen on your plantation dance and sing, and when the girls refuse to accept a whipping.” The doctor left, sorely puzzled about the mysteries of free labor, and when he and the General met again, which frequently happened, the General invariably bantered him with <!-- p. 173 --> the question: “Well, Doctor, how does the insurrection in your county come on?” I have here retold this story as I heard it from the lips of the General, who was a man of veracity, good sense, and sincere sympathy with the Southern people. I myself once had an argument with a Georgia planter who vociferously insisted that one of his negro laborers who objected to a whipping had thereby furnished the most conclusive proof of his unfitness for freedom. And such statements were constantly reinforced by further assertion, that they, the Southern whites, understood the negro and knew how to treat him, and that we of the North did not and never would. This might have been true in one sense, but not true in another. The Southerner knew better than the Northerner how to treat the negro as a slave. But it did not follow that he knew best how to treat the negro as a freedman. And just there was the rub. It was, perhaps, too much to expect of the Southern slave-holders or of Southern society generally, that a clear judgment of the new order of things should have come to them at once. The total overturn of the whole labor system of a country accomplished suddenly, without preparation or general transition, is a tremendous revolution, a terrible wrench, well apt to confuse men's minds. It should not have surprised any fair-minded person that many Southern people should, for a time, have clung to the accustomed idea that the landowner must also own the black man tilling his land, and that any assertion of freedom of action on the part of that black man was insubordination equivalent to criminal revolt, and any dissent by the black man from the employer's opinion or taste, intolerable insolence. Nor should it be forgotten that the urgent necessity of negro labor for that summer's crop could hardly fail to sharpen the nervous tension then disquieting Southern society. <!-- p. 174 --> It is equally natural that the negro population of the South should at that period have been unusually restless. I have already mentioned that during the Civil War the bulk of the slave population remained quietly at work on the plantations except in districts touched by the operations of the armies. Had the negro slaves not done so, the rebellion would not have survived its first year. They presented the remarkable spectacle of an enslaved race doing slaves' work to sustain a government and an army fighting for the perpetuation of its enslavement. Stories were told of house-slaves accompanying their masters to the field, or taking care of their unprotected families left behind, with a sentimental attachment truly touching. Some colored people would indeed escape from the plantations and run into the Union lines where our troops were within reach, and some of their young men would enlist in the Union army as soldiers. But there was nowhere any commotion among them that had in the slightest degree the character of an uprising, in force, of slaves against their masters. Nor was there, when after the downfall of the Confederacy, general emancipation had become an established fact, a single instance of an act of vengeance committed by a negro upon a white man for inhumanity suffered by him or his, while in the condition of bondage. No race or class of men ever passed from slavery to freedom with a record equally pure of revenge. But many of them, especially in the neighborhood of towns or of Federal encampments, very naturally yielded to the temptation of testing and enjoying their freedom by walking away from the plantations to have a frolic. Many others left their work because their employers ill-treated them or in other ways incurred their distrust. Thus it happened that in various parts of the South the highroads and by-ways were alive with foot-loose colored people. <!-- p. 175 --> I did not find, so far as I was informed by personal observation or report, that their conduct could on the whole be called lawless. There was some stealing of pigs and chickens and other petty pilfering, but rather less than might have been expected. More serious excesses hardly, if ever, occurred. The vagrants were throughout very good natured. They would crowd around the military posts to learn from the Yankee officers and soldiers something more about their “freedom” and also to get something to eat when they were hungry. Then they had their carousels with singing and dancing and their camp-meetings with their peculiar religious paroxysms. But while these things might in themselves have been harmless enough under different circumstances, they produced deplorable effects in the situation then existing. Those negroes strayed away from the plantations just at the time when their labor was most needed to secure the crops of the season, and those crops were more than ordinarily needed to save the population from continued want and misery. Violent efforts were made by white people to drive the straggling negroes back to the plantations by force, and reports of bloody outrages inflicted upon colored people came from all quarters. I had occasion to examine personally into several of those cases, and I saw in various hospitals negroes, women as well as men, whose ears had been cut off or whose bodies were slashed with knives or bruised with whips, or bludgeons, or punctured with shot wounds. Dead negroes were found in considerable number in the country roads or on the fields, shot to death, or strung upon the limbs of trees. In many districts the colored people were in a panic of fright, and the whites in a state of almost insane irritation against them. Indeed, these conditions in their worst form were only local, but they were liable to spread, for there was plenty of inflammable spirit of the same kind all over the <!-- p. 176 --> South. It looked sometimes as if wholesale massacres were prevented only by the presence of the Federal garrisons which were dispersed all over the country. It is painful to imagine what might have happened, had the restraining force of the Federal authority, ready for instant action, not been on the ground. Indeed, nothing could have been more necessary at that period than the active interposition of the Federal power between the whites and the blacks of the South, not only to prevent or repress violent collisions, but to start the former masters and the former slaves on the path of peaceful and profitable co-operation as employers and free laborers. This was a difficult task. Northern men who had come to the South to purchase or lease plantations enjoyed the great advantage of having money so that they could pay the wages of their laborers in cash, which the negroes preferred. The Southern men, having been stripped almost naked by the war, had, aside from current sustenance, only prospective payment after harvest to offer, consisting mostly of a part of the crop. While many planters were just and even liberal in the making of cash contracts, others would take advantage of the ignorance of the negroes and try to tie them down to stipulations which left to the laborer almost nothing, or even oblige him to run in debt to the employers, and thus drop into the condition of a mere peon—a debt-slave. It is a very curious fact that some of the forms of contract drawn up by former slave-holders contained provisions looking to the possibility of a future restoration of slavery. There was, not unnaturally, much distrust of the planters among the negroes, who, in concluding contracts, feared to compromise their rights as freedmen, or to be otherwise overreached. To allay that distrust and, in many cases, to secure their just dues, they stood much in need of an adviser <!-- p. 177 --> in whom they had confidence and to whom they could look for protection while, on the other hand, the employers of negro labor stood in equal need of some helpful authority to give the colored people sound instruction as to their duties as free men and to lead them back to the path of industry and good order, when, with their loose notions of the binding force of agreements, they broke their contracts or indulged themselves otherwise in unruly pranks. To this end the “Freedmen's Bureau” was instituted, an organization of civil officials who were, with the necessary staffs, dispersed all over the South to see to it that the freedmen had their rights, and to act as intermediaries between them and the whites. The conception was a good one, and the institution, at the head of which General O. O. Howard was put, did useful service in many instances. It would have done more, and avoided some sad and conspicuous failures, had there been greater care in the selection of agents. The duties to be performed required above all things strict integrity, sound sense, discretion and tact. Many of the men appointed possessed those qualities, but others treated the people they had to deal with, to gushes of unctuous cant which spread false notions among the blacks, irritated the whites, and not seldom caused their own honesty to be suspected. I found that in various places military officers were appealed to for advice and help by whites as well as blacks with greater confidence than the officers of the Freedmen's Bureau. {{anchor|howard}} [[Image:O O Howard.png|center|400px]] {{center|{{smaller|MAJOR-GENERAL O. O. HOWARD}}}} Thus the strain of the situation was somewhat relieved by the interposition of the Federal authority between clashing elements, but by no means as much as was required to produce a feeling of security. The labor puzzle, aggravated by the race antagonism, was indeed the main disturbing influence, but not the only one. By the differences in the character of the <!-- p. 178 --> civilization of free society on the one side, and of master-and-slave society on the other, by their long and bitter disputes over the slavery question, and, finally, by the four years of a civil war, in which the two contending parties were divided, not only by diverging sentiments and interests but by a geographical line, the estrangement between the peoples of the North and of the South had become so deep, that the attack upon Southern territory by the Northern armies had been resented by a large part of the Southern whites, almost as a foreign invasion, and the occupation of the South by Northern forces almost like a foreign conquest. Many of the older men, with whom the Union-sentiment which prevailed throughout the country before the slavery dispute became acute and critical, and was in a large sense traditional, found something congenial and sympathetic in the thought of a restored union, and therefore submitted to the result of the war in this aspect with comparatively good grace. But to the younger Southerners, who had grown up in the heated atmosphere of the political feud about slavery, to whom the threat of disunion as a means of saving slavery had been like a household word, and who had always regarded the bond of Union as a shackle to be cast off, the thought of being “reunited” to “the enemy,” the hated Yankee, was distasteful in the extreme. I speak here not of the “poor whites,” who, aside from their animosity against the negro, had no distinct feelings or aspirations of any kind, but suffered developments to pass by them with stolid indifference; but I speak of young Southerners of the educated or semi-educated class whose talk one heard on the streets, in the hotels, and on public conveyances. {{anchor|howard1893}} [[Image:Oliver Otis Howard.png|center|550px]] {{center|{{smaller|A PHOTOGRAPH OF GENERAL HOWARD, TAKEN AT GOVERNOR'S ISLAND IN 1893}}<br /> {{smaller|AT THE CLOSE OF THE WAR GENERAL HOWARD WAS APPOINTED CHIEF OF THE FREEDMEN'S BUREAU}}}} They smarted keenly under the sense of defeat. But they would let it be understood that their spirit was unbroken. It was a current phrase among them that the South was indeed <!-- p. 179 --> “overpowered” but “not conquered”; that the war had only proved the fighting superiority of the Southerner over the Northerner, man against man, and that the cause of Southern independence was lost only for the time being, to rise again at some future day with increased strength. To them the Southern Union man who had stood by the Federal Government during the Civil War was a black-hearted traitor who ought not to be permitted to live in the South—and, indeed, in many places Southern Unionists had to suffer cruel persecutions and saw reason to fear for their lives, except under the immediate protection of Federal garrisons. On the first Fourth of July after the close of the war, celebrations of the national birthday were attempted in Savannah and in Mobile, but they were participated in substantially only by colored people who were furiously set upon by white mobs. Public demonstrations in honor of the national flag or the Federal Government were generally denounced as wanton outrages to the Southern people. Such sentiments of the “unconquered” found excited and exciting expression in the Southern press and were largely entertained by many Southern clergymen of different denominations and still more ardently by Southern women. General Thomas Kilby Smith, commanding the Southern district of Alabama, reported to me that when he suggested to Bishop Wilmer of the diocese of Alabama, Episcopal, the propriety of restoring to the liturgy that prayer which includes the President of the United States, the whole of which he had ordered his rectors to expunge, the bishop refused, first upon the ground that he could not pray for a continuance of martial law, and, secondly, that he would, by ordering the restoration of the prayer, stultify himself in the event of Alabama, and the Southern Confederacy regaining independence. The influence exercised by the feelings of the women of <!-- p. 180 --> the South upon the condition of mind and the conduct of the men was, of course, very great. Of those feelings I witnessed a significant manifestation in a hotel at Savannah. At the public dinner table I sat opposite a lady in black, probably mourning. She was middle-aged, but still handsome, and of an agreeable expression of countenance. She seemed to be a lady of the higher order of society. A young lieutenant in Federal uniform took a seat by my side, a youth of fine features and gentlemanly appearance. The lady, as I happened to notice, darted a glance at him which, as it impressed me, indicated that the presence of the person in Federal uniform was highly obnoxious to her. She seemed to grow restless as if struggling with an excitement hard to restrain. To judge from the tone of her orders to the waiter she was evidently impatient to finish her dinner. When she reached for a dish of pickles standing on the table at a little distance from her, the lieutenant got up and with a polite bow took it and offered it to her. She withdrew her hand as if it had touched something loathsome, her eyes flashed fire and with a tone of wrathful scorn and indignation she said: “So you think a Southern woman will take a dish of pickles from a hand that is dripping with the blood of her countrymen?” Then she abruptly left the table while the poor lieutenant, apparently stunned by the unexpected rebuff, and blushing deeply, stammered some words of apology, assuring the lady that he had meant no offense. The mixing of a dish of pickles with so hot an outburst of Southern patriotism could hardly fail to evoke a smile. But the whole scene struck me as gravely pathetic, and as auguring ill for the speedy revival of a common national spirit. If this was the general temper of the women of the South—which, as I found on my travels it substantially was, then we encountered here a hostile moral force of incalculable potency, which <!-- p. 181 --> could not be reasoned with. I do not mean to say that there were no women of social standing in the South capable of appreciating the true interest of the South, which was promptly to accept the legitimate results of the war in good faith and to make the best of the new order of things. But I mean to say that the general tendency of feminine nature to let the emotional impulse interfere with the cool and sober consideration of circumstances and interests, manifested itself at that time in the South with startling vigor. This might indeed have been expected in a country where the warmer sun enhances the vivacity of temperament, making that temperament apt to become peculiarly charming in friendly intercourse, but also peculiarly vehement in a conflict. Southern women had suffered much by the Civil War, on the whole far more than their Northern sisters. There was but little exaggeration in the phrase which was current at the time, that the Confederacy, in order to fill its armies, had to “draw upon the cradle and the grave.” Almost every white man capable of bearing arms enlisted or was pressed into the service. The loss of men—not in proportion to the number on the rolls, but in proportion to the whole white population, was far heavier in the South than in the North. There were not many families unbereft, not many women who had not the loss of a father, or a husband, or a brother, or of a friend to deplore. In the regions in which military operations had taken place, the destruction of property had been great, and while most of that destruction seemed necessary in the opinion of military men,—in the eyes of the sufferers it appeared wanton, cruel, malignant, devilish. The interruption of the industries of the country, the exclusion, by the blockade of the ports, of all importations from abroad, and the necessity of providing for the sustenance of the armies in the field, subjected all classes to <!-- p. 182 --> various distressing privations and self-denials. There were bread riots in Richmond. Salt became so scarce that the earthen floors of the smoke-houses were scraped to secure the remnants of the brine drippings of former periods. Flour was at all times painfully scarce. Coffee and tea were almost unattainable. Of the various little comforts and luxuries which by long common use had almost become necessaries, many were no longer to be had. Mothers had to ransack old ragbags to find material for clothing their children. Ladies accustomed to a life of abundance and fashion had not only to work their old gowns over and to wear their bonnets of long ago, but also to flit with their children from one plantation to another in order to find something palatable to eat in the houses of more fortunate friends, who had in time provided themselves. And when at last the war was over, the blockade was raised and the necessaries and comforts so long and so painfully missed came within sight again, the South was made only more sensible of her poverty, for only a few persons in exceptionally favorable circumstances could obtain them, as the South generally was almost absolutely stripped of current money and stood face to face with the wreck of her fortunes, which, to save herself from greater misery, she had to rebuild quickly, with her male population decimated by the war, her resources in a great measure wasted or unavailable, and her traditional labor system utterly disorganized. It was, indeed, an appalling situation, looking in many respects almost hopeless. And for all this, her heart full of the mournful memories of the near past and heavy with the anxieties of the present, the Southern woman held the “cruel Yankee” responsible as the wanton originator of all her woes. It was not to be wondered at that her emotional nature, while the wounds were still fresh, refused to listen to any plea in justification of the war on our part, and that she should give <!-- p. 183 --> abundant expression to her sense of injury and outrage. Nor is it strange that her feelings dominated to a great extent the intercourse between Southern and Northern men. A Northerner could hardly hope to be admitted to any Southern social circles on terms of welcome. The men might treat him with a certain businesslike consideration, but he was in danger of snubs of such exquisite frigidity from the ladies, that he would feel, at best, like an unwillingly tolerated, but really intolerable intruder. This state of feeling was much to be deplored, for it obstructed friendly approach between Northerners and Southerners, and thus in a general sense between the South and the North, at a time when such approach would have been most apt to prevent great mischief. In fact, it required the passing of many years to restore a satisfactory degree of cordiality in the social intercourse between the North and the South; and even now, more than forty years after the close of the Civil War, the visitor to the South, if he wishes to keep quite unruffled the temper of his lady friends,—a temper usually so animated, sympathetic, and captivating—will have circumspectly to steer clear of topics touching certain phases of the war period. From time to time, traveling from State to State, I reported to President Johnson my observations and the conclusions I drew from them. I not only was most careful to tell him the exact truth as I saw it, but I elicited from our military officers and from agents of the Freedmen's Bureau stationed in the South, as well as from prominent Southern men statements of their views and experiences, which formed a weighty body of authoritative testimony coming from men of high character and partly of important public position, some of whom were Republicans, some Democrats, some old anti-slavery men, some old pro-slavery men. All these papers, too, I <!-- p. 184 --> submitted to the President. In them the enthusiast, the cool man of affairs, as well as the pessimist and the cynic had their say. The historian of that time will hardly find more trustworthy material. They all substantially agreed upon certain points of fact. They all found that the South was at peace so far as there was no open armed conflict between the Government troops and organized bodies of insurgents. The South was not at peace inasmuch as the different social forces did not peaceably co-operate, and violent collisions on a great scale were prevented or repressed only by the presence of the Federal authority supported by the government troops on the ground ready for immediate action. The “results of the war” were recognized in the South by virtue of necessity in so far as the restoration of Union and the Federal government were submitted to, and the emancipation of the slaves and the introduction of free labor were accepted in name; but the Union was still hateful to a large majority of the white population of the South, the Southern Unionists were still social outcasts, the officers of the Union were still regarded as foreign tyrants ruling by force; and as to the abolition of slavery, emancipation, although “accepted” in name, was still denounced by a large majority of the former master class as an “unconstitutional” stretch of power to be reversed if possible, and that class, the ruling class among the whites, was still desiring, hoping, and striving to reduce the free negro laborer as much as possible to the condition of a slave. And this tendency was seriously aggravated by the fact that the South, exhausted and impoverished, stood in the most pressing need of productive agricultural labor, while the landowners generally did not yet know how to manage the former slave as a free laborer, and the emancipated negro was still unused to the rights and duties of a free man. In short, Southern society was still in that most <!-- p. 185 --> confused, perplexing and perilous of conditions—the condition of a defeated insurrection leaving irritated feelings behind it, and of a great social revolution only half accomplished, leaving antagonistic forces face to face. The necessity of the presence of a restraining and guiding higher authority could hardly have been more obvious. This was the general purport of the opinions of military and civil officers, as well as other persons of consequence which I had collected and submitted to the President, and with which my own observations and reflections entirely agreed. During the first six weeks of my travels in the South I did not receive a single word from the President or any member of the Administration. But through the newspapers and the talk going on around me, I learned that the President had taken active measures to put the “States lately in rebellion” into a self-governing condition—that is to say, that he appointed “provisional governors,” that he directed those provisional governors to call conventions for the purpose of reviving the State constitutions in harmony with the new order of things, the conventions to be elected, according to the plan laid down in the North Carolina proclamation, by the “loyal” white citizens, an overwhelming majority of whom were persons who had adhered to the rebellion and had then taken the prescribed oath of allegiance. On the same basis the provisional governors were to set in motion again the whole machinery of civil government as rapidly as possible. When, early in July, I took leave of the President to set out on my tour of investigation, he, as already mentioned, assured me that the North Carolina proclamation was not to be regarded as a plan definitely resolved upon; that it was merely tentative and experimental; that before proceeding further he would “wait and see”; and that to aid him by furnishing him information <!-- p. 186 --> and advice while he was “waiting and seeing” was the object of my mission. Had not this been the understanding, I should not have undertaken the wearisome and ungrateful journey. But now he did not “wait and see.” On the contrary, he rushed forward the political reconstruction of the Southern States in hot haste—apparently without regard to consequences. Every good citizen most cordially desired the earliest practicable re-establishment of the constitutional relations of the late “rebel States” to the National Government. But before restoring those States to all the functions of self-government within the Union, the National Government was in conscience bound to keep in mind certain debts of honor. One was due to the Union men of the South who had stood true to the Republic in the days of trial and danger. They might well claim that they should not be delivered up to the tender mercies of the overwhelming majority of their countrymen without any protection—at least not so long as the vindictive passions left behind it by the Civil War were still hot. And the other was due to the colored people, who had furnished 200,000 soldiers to our army at the time when enlistments were running slack and to whom we had given the solemn promise of freedom at a time when that promise gave a distinct moral character to our war for the Union, fatally discouraging the inclination of foreign governments to interfere in our civil conflict against us. Not only imperative reasons of statesmanship, but the very honor of the Republic seemed to forbid that the fate of the emancipated slaves be turned over to State governments ruled by the former master class without the amplest possible guaranty insuring the genuineness of their freedom. But, as every fair-minded observer would admit, nothing could have been more certain than that the political restoration of the “late rebel <!-- p. 187 --> States” as self-governing bodies on the North Carolina plan would, at that time, have put the whole legislative and executive power of those States into the hands of men ignorant of the ways of free labor society, who sincerely believed that the negro would not work without physical compulsion and was generally unfit for freedom, and who were then pressed by the dire necessities of their impoverished condition to force out of the negroes all the agricultural labor they could with the least possible regard to their new rights. The consequences of all this were witnessed in the actual experiences of every day. Had the National Government, immediately after the close of the war, given the former slave-holders clearly to understand that, however great the difficulties of the introduction of free labor in the South might be, those difficulties must—absolutely must—be overcome, and that the “late rebel States” would under no circumstances be restored to their constitutional position as self-governing States in the Union until those difficulties had been overcome and the free labor system was in peaceable and reasonably successful operation in the South, most of the perplexities would soon have yielded to honest and hopeful effort and appeared far less serious than the Southern men had originally thought them to be. Much trouble might thus have been avoided. But as soon as President Johnson permitted it to be understood that he purposed to restore those States to their self-governing functions without such preparation, the still existing pro-slavery spirit was naturally flushed with new hope. Word went round at once that soon the States would have full power again to control their own affairs, and that then, the emancipation edicts notwithstanding, the negro would be “put in his place.” No secret was made of this expectation. The provisional governor of South Carolina openly admitted that the people of his State still indulged in a <!-- p. 188 --> lingering trust that after all slavery might be preserved. When the elections for the constitutional conventions in the different States approached, candidates for seats, in most cases claiming the confidence of the people on the ground of their having been faithful Confederate soldiers during the war, declared frankly that they were at heart opposed to the freedom of the negro, but accepted it, and advised others to accept it, for the simple reason that this was the only way to obtain at once more full control of their own affairs, when the people, meaning the whites of those States, would be able to dispose of the matter as they pleased. Support of the President in his reconstruction policy was, therefore, warmly advocated. From various quarters I received reports that planters were making extraordinary efforts to hold their former slaves together on their plantations, so that when the hoped-for restoration of slavery came, they might have less difficulty in identifying and reclaiming the slaves belonging to them. The cases of murder or mutilation of straggling freedmen increased in number. Various parish or county governments, organized under the authority of the provisional governors, anticipating the restoration of slavery or so much of it as might be found practicable, adopted ordinances or regulations putting the negroes under the strictest police control, stripping them almost completely of the right of free movement enjoyed by everyone else, and of the right to dispose of their persons and property, and re-establishing to the end of enforcing such regulations, which in many respects were identical with the old slave laws, the old county patrol and other devices designed to keep the negro in absolute subjection. The difference between the conditions contemplated by these regulations and the condition of slavery as it had been was very small. That under these circumstances efforts made by Northerners to establish schools for the <!-- p. 189 --> education of colored people should have met with fierce opposition, was natural. Unless under the immediate protection of Federal troops the negro schoolhouses were set on fire and the teachers driven away. The situation was pungently described in a report addressed to me by Colonel Samuel Thomas, Assistant Commissioner of the Freedmen's Bureau for Mississippi, in these words: “The whites esteem the blacks their property by natural right, and, however much they may admit that the relations of masters and slaves have been destroyed by the war and by the President's emancipation proclamation, they still have an ingrained feeling that the blacks at large belong to the whites at large, and whenever opportunity serves, they treat the colored people just as their profit, caprice or passion may dictate.” I found evidence of this at every step; and the worst of it was, that, as I had to confess to myself, it was under existing circumstances as natural as it was terrible and distressing. {{anchor|sharkey}} {| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |[[Image:William L Sharkey.png|center|400px]] |} {{center|{{smaller|SENATOR WILLIAM LEWIS SHARKEY}}}} At last I came again into contact with the President. Late in August I arrived in Vicksburg, Mississippi, and visited the headquarters of Major General Slocum, who commanded the Department of the Mississippi. I found the General in a puzzled state of mind about a proclamation recently issued by Mr. W. L. Sharkey, the provisional governor of that State appointed by President Johnson, calling “upon the people, and especially upon such as are liable to perform military duty and are familiar with military discipline,” and more especially “the young men of the State who have so distinguished themselves for gallantry,” to organize as speedily as possible volunteer companies in every county of the State, at least one company of cavalry and one of infantry, for the protection of life, property and good order in the State. This meant no more nor less an the organization, under the authority of one of the “States lately in rebellion,” of a large armed military force consisting <!-- p. 190 --> of men who had but recently surrendered their arms as Confederate soldiers. Two days before my arrival at Vicksburg, General Slocum had issued a “General Order” in which he directed the district commanders under him not to permit within their districts the organization of such military forces as were contemplated by Governor Sharkey's proclamation. The reasons for such action given by General Slocum in the order itself, were conclusive. While the military forces of the United States sent to the State of Mississippi for the purpose of maintaining order, of executing the laws of Congress and the orders of the War Department, had performed their duties in a spirit of conciliation and forbearance and with remarkable success, the provisional governor, on the alleged ground that this had not been done to his satisfaction, and without consulting the Department Commander, had called upon the late Confederate soldiers, fresh from the war against the National Government, to organize a military force intended to be “independent of the military authority now present, and superior in strength to the United States powers on duty in the State.” The execution of this scheme would bring on collisions at once, especially where the United States forces consisted of colored troops. The crimes and disorder, the occurrence of which the provisional governor adduced as his reason for organizing his State volunteers, had been committed or connived at as the record showed, by people of the same class to which the Governor's volunteers would belong. The commanding general as well as every good citizen earnestly desired to hasten the day when the troops of the United States could with safety be withdrawn, but that day would “not be hastened by arming at this time the young men of the State.” {{anchor|slocum}} [[Image:H W Slocum Two.png|center|400px]] {{center|{{smaller|MAJOR-GENERAL H. W. SLOCUM}}}} General Slocum—by the way be it said, not at all an old anti-slavery man, but a Democrat in politics—was manifest <!-- p. 191 --> right. He showed me reports from his district commanders which substantially anticipated his order. But the General was anxious to know whether the President had authorized or approved Governor Sharkey's action. This he asked me to ascertain, and I telegraphed to President Johnson the following dispatch: “General Slocum has issued an order prohibiting the organization of the militia in this State. The organization of the militia would have been a false step. All I can see and learn in the State convinces me that the course followed by General Slocum is the only one by which public order and security can be maintained. To-day I shall forward by mail General Slocum's order with a full statement of the case.” Indeed, the policy of organizing the militia in such a State as Mississippi, that is, of re-organizing and re-arming a part of the Confederate army, for the purpose, among other things, of protecting the Union men of the South and the emancipated slaves in their rights, at a time when the Union men were still heartily hated and the reversal of emancipation ardently desired by the very class of men thus to be armed and organized, was so glaringly absurd, that I could not suppose the President possibly to be in favor of it, whatever Governor Sharkey might have told him. Passing through Jackson, the capital of the State, I had long conversations with him in which he had impressed me as a pleasant old gentleman who sincerely cherished Union sentiments and wished all things to come out right, but who was intellectually too feeble to cope with the astute persons who wanted to preserve as much as possible of the system of slave labor and to this end the earliest possible removal of the Federal forces from the South. And persons of that class had entire possession of the amiable Governor. He admitted to me that all the “outrages” he complained of were really committed against negroes and Union men, and that if the <!-- p. 192 --> Union troops were withdrawn, the life of no Northern man would be safe in Mississippi. At the same time he was anxious to see the Union forces withdrawn and thus to make room for his militia. It seemed to me impossible that a man of so doltish a brain should have exercised a determining influence upon the President's mind. It is hard to imagine my amazement when, at two o'clock A. M., of the 1st of September, I was called up from my berth on a Mississippi steamboat carrying me from Vicksburg to New Orleans, off Baton Rouge, to receive a telegraphic dispatch from President Johnson, to which I cannot do justice without quoting the whole of it: <blockquote> <table width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"> <tr><td width="10%"></td><td width="10%"></td> <td>{{small-caps|Washington, D. C.,}} August 30, 1865.</td></tr> <tr><td colspan="3">To {{small-caps|Major General Carl Schurz}},</td></tr> <tr><td></td><td colspan="2">Vicksburg, Mississippi.</td></tr> <tr><td colspan="3"> I presume General Slocum will issue no order interfering with Governor Sharkey in restoring functions of the State Government without first consulting the Government, giving the reasons for such proposed interference. It is believed there can be organized in each county a force of citizens or militia to suppress crime, preserve order, and enforce the civil authority of the State and of the United States which would enable the Federal Government to reduce the Army and withdraw to a great extent the forces from the State, thereby reducing the enormous expense of the Government. If there was any danger from an organization of the citizens for the purpose indicated, the military are there to detect and suppress on the first appearance any move insurrectionary in its character. The great object is to induce the people to come forward in the defense of the State and Federal Government. General Washington declared that the people or the militia was the <!-- p. 193 --> Army of the Constitution or the Army of the United States and as soon as it is practicable the original design of the Government must be resumed and the Government administered upon the principles of the great chart of freedom handed down to the people by the founders of the Republic. The people must be trusted with their Government and if trusted, my opinion is they will act in good faith and restore their former Constitutional relations with all the States composing the Union. The main object of Major General Carl Schurz's mission to the South was to aid as far as practicable in carrying out the policy adopted by the Government for restoring the States to their former relations with the Federal Government. It is hoped such aid has been given. The proclamation authorizing restoration of State Governments requires the military to aid the Provisional Governor in the performance of his duties as prescribed in the proclamation, and in no manner to interfere or throw impediments in the way of consummating the object of his appointment, at least without advising the Government of the intended interference. </td></tr> <tr><td></td><td></td> <td>{{small-caps|Andrew Johnson}}, ''Prest. U. S.'' </td></tr></table> </blockquote> As soon as I reached New Orleans I telegraphed my reply. The President having apparently supposed that I had induced General Slocum to issue his order, I thought it due to myself to inform the President that the order had been out before I saw the General, but that I decidedly approved it. In some localities county patrols had already been organized, but had to be suppressed on account of their open hostility to Union men and freed people. A number of Union men at Vicksburg had declared that unless General Slocum's policy be upheld, they would at once prepare for leaving the State. One of the reasons given by Governor Sharkey for organizing <!-- p. 194 --> the militia was that the inhabitants refused to aid our military in the suppression of crime, and the call was especially addressed to the class of people who so refused their aid. This was an insulting proceeding which no general having the dignity of his government at heart, could submit to. The existence of armed bodies not under the control of the military command would inevitably lead to collisions. I was heartily in favor of cutting down expenses, but circumstances did not yet permit the saving by reducing the Southern garrisons. I was profoundly convinced the President would see this himself, were he on the ground. The Union people and freedmen absolutely needed as yet a protecting force. Their safety required that Slocum be openly sustained and that Governor Sharkey be censured for his proclamation. According to the President's own words I had understood the President's policy to be merely experimental, and my mission to be merely one of observation and report. I had governed myself strictly by this understanding, seeking to aid the President by reliable information, believing that it could not be the President's intention to withdraw his protecting hand from the Union people and freedmen before their rights and safety were secured. I entreated him not to disapprove General Slocum's conduct and to give me an indication of his purposes concerning the Mississippi Militia case. {{anchor|canby}} {| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |[[Image:Edward Canby.png|center|400px]] |} {{center|{{smaller|MAJOR-GENERAL E. R. S. CANBY}}}} The next day, September 2nd, after having seen Major General Canby, the commander of the Department of Louisiana, an uncommonly cool-headed and cautious man, I telegraphed again:— <blockquote> “{{small-caps|To the President}}: General Canby authorizes me to state that the organization of local militia companies was tried in his Department, but that he found himself obliged to <!-- p. 195 --> disband them again because they indulged in the gratification of private vengeance and worked generally against the policy of the Government. Sheridan has issued an order in Texas embracing the identical points contained in General Slocum's order.” </blockquote> Thereupon I received on the 6th of September a telegram simply announcing the receipt of my “dispatch of the 30th ultimo,” probably meaning my letter from Vicksburg. And then nothing more; not a word indicating the President's policy, or his wishes or his approval or disapproval of my conduct. But meanwhile I had found a short paragraph in a New Orleans paper telegraphed from Washington, only a few lines, stating that the President was dissatisfied with me, and that I was especially blamed for having written to the newspapers instead of informing him. I believed I saw in this news paragraph an inspiration from the White House. Acting upon that supposition I at once wrote to the President reminding him that I had not sought this mission to the South, but had accepted it thinking that I might do the country some service; that the charge that I had reported to the newspapers instead of to the President, was simply absurd; that I had written to the President a series of elaborate reports; that I had, indeed, written a few letters to a newspaper, but that this was well understood by the Secretary of War when he made the arrangements for my journey; that the compensation set out for me—a mere War-Department-clerk's salary—was utterly insufficient to cover the expenses incidental to my travels, aside from transportation and subsistence, among which incidentals was a considerable extra premium on my life insurance on account of my travels so far South during the summer; that, as the Secretary of War understood and appreciated, I had to earn <!-- p. 196 --> something in some way to make my journey financially possible, that my newspaper letters contained nothing that should have been treated as official secrets, but incidents of travel, anecdotes, picturesque views of Southern conditions with some reflections thereon, mostly things which would not find proper elaboration in official reports,—and all this quite anonymous so as not to have the slightest official character; and finally that I had a right to feel myself entitled to protection against such imputations as the newspaper paragraph in question contained. My first impulse was to resign my mission at once and return home. But then I considered that the duty to the public which I had assumed, obliged me to finish my work as well as I could, unless expressly recalled by the President. I would, therefore, at any rate, go on with my inquiries in expectation of an answer from him to my letter. I was outraged at the treatment I was receiving. I had undertaken the journey in obedience to an urgent request of the President, and at serious sacrifice, for I was on the point of returning to my Western home when the President called me off. My journey in the South during the hottest part of the year was in the highest degree laborious and fatiguing. I had to travel many hundred miles in dilapidated railroad cars over tracks which, originally poor, had for years experienced no repairs, at the rate of ten, at best, fifteen miles an hour, and at a temperature not seldom up in the nineties. Where railroad facilities were wanting, I moved from place to place—usually by night to avoid the blistering heat of the day—in carriages, mostly old aristocratic family coaches that had seen better days, now degraded to mean hack service, the upholstery worn out or ripped open, the lanterns gone, the harness pieced together with ropes and trying one's patience by breaking every moment. I remember especially a night ride in Alabama through a long <!-- p. 197 --> stretch of woods over a horrible road. Our vehicle had been a gorgeous family coach once, with satin-covered cushions, from which now the horse-hair protruded in hideous abundance; the springs in so enfeebled a condition, that every unevenness of the road caused a bump lifting us out of our seats, and the harness,—the “old rig” as our driver called it—snapping so frequently and in so vicious a manner as to defy to the utmost not only our endurance, but also our skill in making temporary repairs. Fortunately noticing before starting that the lanterns of the carriage were lacking, we had provided ourselves at the last station with a supply of tallow candles, and now, making our way slowly through the dense darkness of the woods, one of us, either myself or my companion, Captain Orlemann, alternately, would stumble, a burning tallow candle in hand, ahead of the horses to discover stumps, or boulders, or holes in the road and thus to prevent a total shipwreck. Meantime, our driver, a white boy of sixteen or seventeen, with difficulty maintaining himself on the box, would in the intervals between violent fits of swearing, persistently describe to us what a magnificent affair he had known this carriage to be, and how rich and elegant the people had been who had owned it, but who were now so poor that they had to hire it out as a livery hack, and had not enough money to keep it in repair. Such journeys were fatiguing indeed, but they were hardly worse than the sweltering nights in the wretched country taverns of those days—nights spent in desperate fights with ravenous swarms of mosquitoes, if not, in addition, with insects still more offensive. Indeed, the comforts of many a military camp during the war had been genuine luxury compared with the accommodations offered by most of those hostelries. The upshot of it was that when I arrived at New Orleans, the limits of my endurance were well-nigh reached, and <!-- p. 198 --> a few days later I had a severe attack of the “break-bone fever,” an illness which by the sensations it causes does full justice to its ill-boding name. I thought I might fight the distemper by leaving New Orleans and visiting other parts in pursuit of my inquiries. I went to Mobile for the purpose of looking into the conditions of Southern Alabama, returned to New Orleans, and then ran up Bayou Teche in a government tug-boat as far as New Iberia, where I was literally driven back by clouds of mosquitoes of unusual ferocity. At New Orleans I dispatched an additional report to the President, and then, relentlessly harassed by the break-bone fever, which, as a physician advised me, I would not get rid of as long as I remained in that climate, I set my face northward, stopping at Natchez and Vicksburg to gather up some important information. At Natchez I witnessed a significant spectacle. I was shown some large dwelling houses which, before the Civil War, had at certain seasons been occupied by families of the planting aristocracy of that region. Most of those houses now looked deserted and uncared for—shutters unhinged, windowpanes broken, yards and gardens covered with a rank growth of grass and weeds. In the front yard of one of the houses I observed some fresh stumps and stacks of cord-wood and an old man busy cutting down with an axe a magnificent shade tree. There was something distinguished in his appearance that arrested my attention—fine features topped with long, white locks; slender, delicate hands; clothes shabby, but of a cut denoting that they had originally been made for a person above the ordinary wood-chopper. My companion, a Federal captain, did not know him. I accosted him with the question to whom that house belonged. “It belongs to me,” he said. I begged his pardon for asking the further question why he was cutting <!-- p. 199 --> down that splendid shade tree. “I must live,” he replied with a sad smile. “My sons fell in the war. All my servants have left me. I sell firewood to the steamboats passing by.” He swung his axe again to end the conversation. A warm word of sympathy was on my tongue, but I repressed it, a look at his dignified mien making me apprehend that he might resent being pitied―especially by one of the victorious enemy. At Vicksburg I learned from General Slocum that Governor Sharkey himself had, upon more mature reflection, given up the organization of his State militia as too dangerous an experiment. I left the South troubled by great anxiety. No fair-minded man could have had my experiences in the Southern country without conceiving and cherishing a profound and warm sympathetic feeling for the Southern people, white as well as black. From what I had seen and heard, the resources of the South in men and means had all through the Civil War, been so enormously inferior to those of the North, that it was fairly amazing how the South could have sustained the desperate struggle four long years—a struggle full of heroic self-sacrifice, the prowess of which extorted admiration. And that gallant devotion had been wasted upon a hopeless cause—the cause of slavery—which, while held sacred by the white people of the South, was abhorred by the moral sense and the enlightened opinion of the century. Now the South found precipitated upon it a problem of tremendous moment and perplexing difficulty—the problem of abruptly transforming a social organism based upon slave labor into a free labor society. Four millions of negroes, of a race held in servitude for two centuries, had suddenly been made free men. That an overwhelming majority of them, grown up in the traditional darkness of slavery, should at first not have been able to grasp the duties of their <!-- p. 200 --> new condition together with its rights, was but natural. While on the whole their conduct was better than might have been expected, yet it was equally natural and equally deplorable—that the Southern whites, who had known the negro laborer only as a slave, and who had been trained only in the habits and ways of thinking of the master class, should have stubbornly clung to their traditional prejudice that the negro would not work without physical compulsion. From the fact that a large number of negroes actually did work without physical compulsion, they might have concluded that their prejudice was unreasonable; but—such is human nature—a prejudice is often the more tenaciously clung to, the more unreasonable it is. There was, therefore, a strong tendency among the whites to continue the old practices of the slavery system, to force the negro freedmen to labor for them. Thus the two races, whose well-being depended upon their peaceable and harmonious co-operation, confronted one another in a state of fretful irritation, aggravated by the pressing necessity of producing a crop that season, and embittered by race antagonism. That irritation would have been liable to break out in bloody conflicts on a large scale had not a superior restraining authority interposed. In fact it did so break out on a small scale in places where that authority was not present to make itself instantly felt. The Southern whites wished and hoped to be speedily restored to the control of their States by the reestablishment of their State Governments. To this end they were willing to recognize “the results of the war,” among them the abolition of slavery, in point of form. The true purpose was to use the power of the State Governments, legislative and executive, to reduce the freedom of the negroes to a minimum and to revive so much of the old slave code as was thought necessary to make the blacks work for the whites. This tendency was not <!-- p. 201 --> unnatural under the perplexing conditions then existing and the morbid state of mind they produced among the whites. Neither was it artfully concealed. It frankly avowed itself in a hundred ways by word and act. Here was the great opportunity of the Federal Government. Had it sternly discountenanced that hope by making the South clearly understand that the “States lately in rebellion” would certainly not be restored to full self-government until the introduction of free labor should have been in good faith and successfully accomplished and the rights of the freedmen reasonably secured, the Southern whites would, instead of striving to reverse the new order of things, have endeavored to study and improve their chances and opportunities, thus avoiding the worst troubles. But now President Johnson stepped in, and, directly encouraging the expectation that the States would without delay be restored to full self-control, even under present circumstances, distinctly stimulated the most dangerous reactionary tendencies to more reckless and baneful activity. The poor Southern people thus became the victims of reckless seduction and headed straightway for a sea of disastrous trouble and confusion. This was my view of Southern conditions when I returned from my mission of inquiry. Arrived at Washington, I reported myself at once at the White House. The President's private secretary, who seemed surprised to see me, announced me to the President, who sent out word that he was busy. When would it please the President to receive me? The private secretary could not tell, as the President's time was much occupied by urgent business. I left the ante-room, but called again the next morning. The President was still busy. I asked the private secretary to submit to the President that I had returned from a three months' journey made at the President's <!-- p. 202 --> personal request, that I thought it my duty respectfully to report myself back, and that I should be obliged to the President if he would let me know whether, and, if so, when he would receive me to that end. The private secretary went in again and brought out the answer that the President would see me in an hour or so. At the appointed time I was admitted. The President received me without a smile of welcome. His mien was sullen. I said that I had returned from the journey which I had made in obedience to his demand and was ready to give him, in addition to the communications I had already sent him, such further information as was in my possession. A moment's silence followed. Then he inquired about my health. I thanked him for the inquiry and hoped the President's health was good. He said it was. Another pause, which I brought to an end by saying that I wished to supplement the letters I had written to him from the South with an elaborate report giving my experiences and conclusions in a connected shape. The President looked up and said that I need not go to the trouble of writing out such a general report on his account. I replied that it would be no trouble at all, but that I considered it a duty. The President did not answer. The silence became awkward and I bowed myself out. President Johnson evidently wished to suppress my testimony as to the condition of things in the South. I resolved not to let him do so. I had conscientiously endeavored to see Southern conditions as they were. I had not permitted any political considerations or any preconceived opinions on my part, to obscure my perception and discernment in the slightest degree. I had told the truth as I learned it and understood it with the severest accuracy, and I thought it due to the country that the truth should be known. Among my friends in Washington there were different <!-- p. 203 --> opinions as to how the striking change in President Johnson's attitude had been brought about. Some told me that during the summer the White House had been fairly besieged by Southern men and women of high social standing who had told the President that the only element of trouble in the South consisted in a lot of fanatical abolitionists who excited the negroes with all sorts of dangerous notions, and that all would be well if he would only restore the Southern State governments as quickly as possible, according to his own plan as laid down in his North Carolina proclamation, and that he was a great man to whom they looked up as their savior. Now it was thought that Mr. Johnson, the plebeian, who, before the war had been treated with undisguised contempt by the slave-holding aristocracy, could not withstand the subtle flattery of the same aristocracy when they flocked around him as humble suppliants cajoling his vanity. Another opinion was that Mr. Seward, who had remained Secretary of State after Lincoln's death, had used all the powers of his persuasive eloquence to satisfy President Johnson that all now to be done was simply to restore the Union by at once re-admitting the “States lately in rebellion” to their full constitutional functions as regular States of the Union, and that then, being encouraged by this mark of confidence, the late master class in the South could be trusted with the recognition and protection of the emancipated slaves. That Mr. Seward urged such advice upon the President, there is good reason for believing. Not only was it common report, but it accorded also strikingly with Mr. Seward's singular turn of mind concerning the slavery question. As after the outbreak of the secession movement he peremptorily relegated the slavery question to the background in spite of its evident importance in the Civil War and of the influence it would <!-- p. 204 --> inevitably exercise upon the opinion and attitude of foreign nations, so he may have been forgetful of the national duty of honor to secure the rights of the freedmen and the safety of the Southern Union men in his impatient desire to “restore the Union” in point of form. It is not at all improbable that both the influences named combined in determining the course of Mr. Johnson. I went to work at my general report with the utmost care. My statements of fact were regularly escorted by my witnesses whose testimony was produced in their own language. I scrupulously avoided exaggeration and cultivated sober and moderate forms of expression. It gives me some satisfaction now to say that none of those statements of fact has ever been effectually controverted. I cannot speak with the same assurance of my conclusions and recommendations; for they were matters, not of knowledge, but of judgment. And we stood at that time face to face with a situation bristling with problems so complicated and puzzling that every proposed solution, based upon assumptions apparently ever so just and supported by reasoning apparently ever so logical, was liable to turn out in practice apparently more mischievous than any other. In a great measure this has actually come to pass. There was an almost universal argument among the loyal people that the “States lately in rebellion” should as soon as possible be restored to their constitutional functions. But as to the conditions of that possibility opinions gravely differed. Would it not have been foolish as well as dishonorable to emancipate the negro slaves and even to use them as soldiers of the Republic to-day and then, to-morrow, to turn them over without protection to those who had held them enslaved and who wished to hold them to enforced labor? But how to protect them and to make that protection permanent? It was seriously proposed by <!-- p. 205 --> some well-meaning men, in view of the antagonism between the white and the black races, to deport and settle them in some convenient and safe place and thus to take them out of harm's way. But this plan had for various cogent reasons to be abandoned as a practical impossibility. To protect them temporarily by a military force appeared admissible and proper, but to prolong that military protection indefinitely would have not only been practically difficult but also obnoxious to our principles of government, and prolific of dangerous abuses. The alternative was to enable the emancipated slaves to protect themselves by giving them the suffrage as a means to exercise a certain power in the government as citizens. This had the advantage of being in harmony with our institutions. A grave objection to this plan consisted in the general ignorance of the colored masses. But as it was expected that in the course of time they would divide their votes between the different political parties, it was thought that the ignorance of the blacks would not be essentially worse in its effects than the ignorance already prevailing among the great mass of the Southern white voters, and that the resulting evil could be mitigated by the introduction of an educational or other qualification applicable to blacks and whites alike, and that, at any rate, the evil consequences likely to follow the enfranchisement of the blacks, would ultimately prove less dangerous than those apt to be brought about by any other available method of protecting the rights of the emancipated slaves. In the concluding paragraph of my report I respectfully suggested to the President that he advise Congress to send one or more investigating committees into the Southern States to inquire for themselves into the actual condition of things before taking final and irreversible action. I sent the completed document to the President on the 22nd of November, <!-- p. 206 --> asking him at the same time to permit me to publish it, on my sole responsibility and in such a manner as would preclude the imputation that the President approved the whole or any part of it. To this request I never received a reply. I should not have made it, had I not suspected that in some way my report might be suppressed. But subsequently it turned out that another expedient had been devised. Congress met early in the following December. At once the Republican majority in both Houses rose in opposition to President Johnson's plan of reconstruction. Even before the President's message was read, the House of Representatives, upon the motion of Thaddeus Stevens, of Pennsylvania, passed a resolution providing for a joint committee of both Houses to inquire into the condition of the “States lately in rebellion,” which committee should thereupon report “by bill or otherwise,” whether in its judgment those States, or any of them, were entitled to be represented in either House of Congress. To this resolution the Senate subsequently assented. Thus Congress took the matter of the reconstruction of the late rebel States as to its final consummation into its own hands, which, under the Constitution, it had a perfect right to do. On the 12th of December, upon the motion of Mr. Sumner, the Senate resolved that the President be directed to furnish to the Senate, among other things, a copy of my report. A week later the President did so, but he coupled it with a report from General Grant on the same subject. The two reports were transmitted with a short message from the President in which he affirmed that the rebellion had been suppressed; that peace reigned throughout the land; that “so far as could be done” the courts of the United States had been restored, post-offices re-established and revenues collected; that several of those States had re-organized their State <!-- p. 207 --> governments; that good progress had been made in doing so; that the constitutional amendment abolishing slavery had been ratified by nearly all of them; that legislation to protect the rights of the freedmen was in course of preparation in most of them; that indeed here and there the “demoralizing effects of the war” were still to be seen in “occasional disorders” which, however, were local, infrequent, and rapidly diminishing; and that, on the whole, the condition of things was promising and far better than might have been expected. He transmitted my report without a word of comment, but invited special attention to that of General Grant. The appearance of General Grant's report was a surprise, which, however, easily explained itself. On November 22nd, the President had received my report. On the 27th General Grant, with the approval of the President, started on a “tour of inspection through some of the Southern States,” to look after the “disposition of the troops,” and also “to learn, as far as possible, the feelings and intentions of the citizens of those States towards the General Government.” On the 12th of December the Senate asked for the transmission of my report. General Grant's report was dated on the 18th and on the 19th it was sent to the Senate together with mine. The supposition lay near, and it was generally believed that this arrangement was devised by President Johnson to the end of neutralizing the possible effect of my account of Southern conditions. If so, it was cleverly planned. General Grant was at that time at the height of his popularity. He was, since Lincoln's death, by far the most imposing figure in the popular eye. Having forced the surrender of the formidable Lee, he was by countless tongues called “the savior of the Union.” He enjoyed in an extraordinary degree the privilege of military heroes, to be endowed by the popular imagination with all conceivable <!-- p. 208 --> virtues and capabilities. His word would, therefore, go very far toward carrying conviction. But in this case the discredit which President Johnson had already incurred proved too heavy for even the military hero to carry. It is more than probable that General Grant, who had no political experience whatever, had permitted himself to be used for the President's purpose without knowing it. His report was, no doubt, perfectly candid. In it he frankly stated that he had hurried through Virginia without conversing with anybody, and that he had stayed only one day in Raleigh, North Carolina, only two days in Charleston, South Carolina, and only one day each in Savannah and Augusta, Georgia. One of his conclusions was “that the mass of thinking men of the South accept the present situation of affairs in good faith.” That the mass of the thinking men who called upon him during his hurried visits at Raleigh, Charleston, Savannah and Augusta, told him so, and that they did their best to put things in the most favorable light in order to secure the earliest possible restoration of the Southern States to their self-governing functions, and that General Grant generously accepted that view, cannot fairly be questioned. But he frankly stated that he “did not meet anyone, either those holding places under the Government, or citizens of the Southern States, who thought it practicable to withdraw the military from the South at present, the white and the black mutually requiring the protection of the General Government.” He went even so far as to say that “in some form the Freedmen's Bureau is an absolute necessity until civil law is established and enforced, securing to the freedmen their rights and full protection” and “it cannot be expected that the opinions held by men at the South for years can be changed in a day, and therefore the freedmen require, for a few years, not only laws to protect them, but the <!-- p. 209 --> fostering care of those who will give them good counsel, and on whom they can rely.” As to the practical things to be done, General Grant's views were not so very far apart from mine; but President Johnson's friends insisted upon representing him as favoring the immediate restoration of all “the States lately in rebellion” to all their self-governing functions, and this became the general impression—probably much against his wish. My report, after its publication as an “Executive Document,” became widely known in the country. A flood of letters of approval and congratulation poured in upon me from all parts of the United States. I may be pardoned for expressing here my own opinion of the merits of my work after having critically and retrospectively re-examined it in the course of writing these reminiscences. I am far from saying that somebody else might not have performed the task much better than I did. But I do think that this report is the best paper I have ever written on a public matter. The weakest part of it is that referring to negro-suffrage,—not as if the argument as far as it goes were wrong, but as it leaves out of consideration several aspects of the matter, the great importance of which has since become apparent. Of this more hereafter. On the whole, I venture to say the student of the history of that period will find my description of Southern conditions immediately after the war well worth reading. jf1zyyh2ibn8gi3dbsoyhd4z2nff1dj H.R. 3200/Division A 0 480685 14130187 12071487 2024-04-25T22:29:42Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../|America's Affordable Health Choices Act of 2009]] | author = | translator = | previous = [[../#Sec. 1.|Section 1 of this Act]] | section = '''Division A - Affordable Health Care Choices''' | next = [[../Division B|Division B-<BR/>Medicare and Medicaid Improvements]] | notes = }} __NOTOC__ =={{section|Division A|DIVISION A}}—AFFORDABLE HEALTH CARE CHOICES== ==={{section|Sec. 100.|SEC. 100}}. [[#Sec. 100(a).|PURPOSE]]; [[#Sec. 100(b).|TABLE OF CONTENTS OF DIVISION]]; [[#Sec. 100(c).|GENERAL DEFINITIONS]].=== : {{section|Sec. 100(a).|(a)}} PURPOSE— ::: (1) IN GENERAL— :::: The purpose of this division is to provide affordable, quality health care for all Americans and reduce the growth in health care spending. ::: (2) BUILDING ON CURRENT SYSTEM— :::: This division achieves this purpose by building on what works in today's health care system, while repairing the aspects that are broken. ::: (3) INSURANCE REFORMS— :::: This division— ::::: (A) enacts strong insurance market reforms; ::::: (B) creates a new Health Insurance Exchange, with a public health insurance option alongside private plans; ::::: (C) includes sliding scale affordability credits; and ::::: (D) initiates shared responsibility among workers, employers, and the government; :::: so that all Americans have coverage of essential health benefits. ::: (4) HEALTH DELIVERY REFORM— :::: This division institutes health delivery system reforms both to increase quality and to reduce growth in health spending so that health care becomes more affordable for businesses, families, and government. : {{section|Sec. 100(b).|(b)}} TABLE OF CONTENTS OF DIVISION— :: The table of contents of this division is as follows: ::: [[#Sec. 100.|Sec. 100. Purpose; table of contents of division; general definitions]]. {{ti|5em| ====[[/Title I|TITLE I—PROTECTIONS AND STANDARDS FOR QUALIFIED HEALTH BENEFITS PLANS]]==== }} :::: [[/Title I/Subtitle A|'''Subtitle A—General Standards''']] ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle A#Sec. 101.|Sec. 101. Requirements Reforming Health Insurance Marketplace]]. ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle A#Sec. 102.|Sec. 102. Protecting the Choice to Keep Current Coverage]]. :::: [[/Title I/Subtitle B|'''Subtitle B—Standards Guaranteeing Access to Affordable Coverage''']] ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle B#Sec. 111.|Sec. 111. Prohibiting Pre-existing Condition Exclusions]]. ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle B#Sec. 112.|Sec. 112. Guaranteed Issue and Renewal for Insured Plans]]. ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle B#Sec. 113.|Sec. 113. Insurance Rating Rules]]. ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle B#Sec. 114.|Sec. 114. Nondiscrimination in Benefits; Parity in Mental Health and Substance Abuse Disorder Benefits]]. ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle B#Sec. 115.|Sec. 115. Ensuring Adequacy of Provider Networks]]. ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle B#Sec. 116.|Sec. 116. Ensuring Value and Lower Premiums]]. :::: [[/Title I/Subtitle C|'''Subtitle C—Standards Guaranteeing Access to Essential Benefits''']] ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle C#Sec. 121.|Sec. 121. Coverage of Essential Benefits Package]]. ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle C#Sec. 122.|Sec. 122. Essential Benefits Package Defined]]. ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle C#Sec. 123.|Sec. 123. Health Benefits Advisory Committee]]. ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle C#Sec. 124.|Sec. 124. Process for Adoption of Recommendations; Adoption of Benefit Standards]]. :::: [[/Title I/Subtitle D|'''Subtitle D—Additional Consumer Protections''']] ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle D#Sec. 131.|Sec. 131. Requiring Fair Marketing Practices by Health Insurers]]. ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle D#Sec. 132.|Sec. 132. Requiring Fair Grievance and Appeals Mechanisms]]. ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle D#Sec. 133.|Sec. 133. Requiring Information Transparency and Plan Disclosure]]. ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle D#Sec. 134.|Sec. 134. Application to Qualified Health Benefits Plans Not Offered Through the Health Insurance Exchange]]. ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle D#Sec. 135.|Sec. 135. Timely Payment of Claims]]. ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle D#Sec. 136.|Sec. 136. Standardized Rules for Coordination and Subrogation of Benefits]]. ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle D#Sec. 137.|Sec. 137. Application of Administrative Simplification]]. :::: [[/Title I/Subtitle E|'''Subtitle E—Governance''']] ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle E#Sec. 141.|Sec. 141. Health Choices Administration; Health Choices Commissioner]]. ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle E#Sec. 142.|Sec. 142. Duties and Authority of Commissioner]]. ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle E#Sec. 143.|Sec. 143. Consultation and Coordination]]. ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle E#Sec. 144.|Sec. 144. Health Insurance Ombudsman]]. :::: [[/Title I/Subtitle F|'''Subtitle F—Relation to Other Requirements; Miscellaneous''']] ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle F#Sec. 151.|Sec. 151. Relation to Other Requirements]]. ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle F#Sec. 152.|Sec. 152. Prohibiting Discrimination in Health Care]]. ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle F#Sec. 153.|Sec. 153. Whistleblower Protection]]. ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle F#Sec. 154.|Sec. 154. Construction Regarding Collective Bargaining]]. ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle F#Sec. 155.|Sec. 155. Severability]]. :::: [[/Title I/Subtitle G|'''Subtitle G—Early Investments''']] ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle G#Sec. 161.|Sec. 161. Ensuring Value and Lower Premiums]]. ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle G#Sec. 162.|Sec. 162. Ending Health Insurance Rescission Abuse]]. ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle G#Sec. 163.|Sec. 163. Administrative Simplification]]. ::::: [[/Title I/Subtitle G#Sec. 164.|Sec. 164. Reinsurance Program for Retirees]]. {{ti|5em| ====[[/Title II|TITLE II—HEALTH INSURANCE EXCHANGE AND RELATED PROVISIONS]]==== }} :::: [[/Title II/Subtitle A|'''Subtitle A—Health Insurance Exchange''']] ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle A#Sec. 201.|Sec. 201. Establishment of Health Insurance Exchange; Outline of Duties; Definitions]]. ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle A#Sec. 202.|Sec. 202. Exchange-Eligible Individuals and Employers]]. ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle A#Sec. 203.|Sec. 203. Benefits Package Levels]]. ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle A#Sec. 204.|Sec. 204. Contracts for the Offering of Exchange-Participating Health Benefits Plans]]. ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle A#Sec. 205.|Sec. 205. Outreach and Enrollment of Exchange-Eligible Individuals & Employers in Exchange-Participating Health Benefits Plan]]. ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle A#Sec. 206.|Sec. 206. Other Functions]]. ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle A#Sec. 207.|Sec. 207. Health Insurance Exchange Trust Fund]]. ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle A#Sec. 208.|Sec. 208. Optional Operation of State-Based Health Insurance Exchanges]]. :::: [[/Title II/Subtitle B|'''Subtitle B—Public Health Insurance Option''']] ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle B#Sec. 221.|Sec. 221. Establishment and Administration of a Public Health Insurance Option as an Exchange-Qualified Health Benefits Plan]]. ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle B#Sec. 222.|Sec. 222. Premiums and Financing]]. ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle B#Sec. 223.|Sec. 223. Payment Rates for Items and Services]]. ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle B#Sec. 224.|Sec. 224. Modernized Payment Initiatives and Delivery System Reform]]. ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle B#Sec. 225.|Sec. 225. Provider Participation]]. ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle B#Sec. 226.|Sec. 226. Application of Fraud and Abuse Provisions]]. :::: [[/Title II/Subtitle C|'''Subtitle C—Individual Affordability Credits''']] ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle C#Sec. 241.|Sec. 241. Availability Through Health Insurance Exchange]]. ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle C#Sec. 242.|Sec. 242. Affordable Credit Eligible Individual]]. ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle C#Sec. 243.|Sec. 243. Affordable Premium Credit]]. ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle C#Sec. 244.|Sec. 244. Affordability Cost-Sharing Credit]]. ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle C#Sec. 245.|Sec. 245. Income Determinations]]. ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle C#Sec. 246.|Sec. 246. No Federal Payment for Undocumented Aliens]]. {{ti|5em| ====[[/Title III|TITLE III—SHARED RESPONSIBILITY]]==== }} :::: [[/Title III/Subtitle A|'''Subtitle A—Individual Responsibility''']] ::::: [[/Title III/Subtitle A#Sec. 301.|Sec. 301. Individual Responsibility]]. :::: [[/Title III/Subtitle B|'''Subtitle B—Employer Responsibility''']] ::::: [[/Title III/Subtitle B/Part 1|{{sc|Part 1—Health Coverage Participation Requirements}}]] :::::: [[/Title III/Subtitle B/Part 1#Sec. 311.|Sec. 311. Health Coverage Participation Requirements]]. :::::: [[/Title III/Subtitle B/Part 1#Sec. 312.|Sec. 312. Employer Responsibility to Contribute Towards Employee and Dependent Coverage]]. :::::: [[/Title III/Subtitle B/Part 1#Sec. 313.|Sec. 313. Employer Contributions in Lieu of Coverage]]. :::::: [[/Title III/Subtitle B/Part 1#Sec. 314.|Sec. 314. Authority Related to Improper Steering]]. ::::: [[/Title III/Subtitle B/Part 2|{{sc|Part 2—Satisfaction of Health Coverage Participation Requirements}}]] :::::: [[/Title III/Subtitle B/Part 2#Sec. 321.|Sec. 321. Satisfaction of Health Coverage Participation Requirements Under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974]]. :::::: [[/Title III/Subtitle B/Part 2#Sec. 322.|Sec. 322. Satisfaction of Health Coverage Participation Requirements Under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986]]. :::::: [[/Title III/Subtitle B/Part 2#Sec. 323.|Sec. 323. Satisfaction of Health Coverage Participation Requirements Under the Public Health Service Act]]. :::::: [[/Title III/Subtitle B/Part 2#Sec. 324.|Sec. 324. Additional Rules Relating to Health Coverage Participation Requirements]]. {{ti|5em| ====[[/Title IV|TITLE IV—AMENDMENTS TO INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986]]==== }} :::: [[/Title IV/Subtitle A|'''Subtitle A—Shared Responsibility''']] ::::: [[/Title IV/Subtitle A/Part 1|{{sc|Part 1—Individual Responsibility}}]] :::::: [[/Title IV/Subtitle A/Part 1#Sec. 401.|Sec. 401. Tax On Individuals Without Acceptable Health Care Coverage]]. ::::: [[/Title IV/Subtitle A/Part 2|{{sc|Part 2—Employer Responsibility}}]] :::::: [[/Title IV/Subtitle A/Part 2#Sec. 411.|Sec. 411. Election to Satisfy Health Coverage Participation Requirements]]. :::::: [[/Title IV/Subtitle A/Part 2#Sec. 412.|Sec. 412. Responsibilities of Nonelecting Employers]]. :::: [[/Title IV/Subtitle B|'''Subtitle B—Credit for Small Business Employee Health Coverage Expenses''']] ::::: [[/Title IV/Subtitle B#Sec. 421.|Sec. 421. Credit for Small Business Employee Health Coverage Expenses]]. :::: [[/Title IV/Subtitle C|'''Subtitle C—Disclosures To Carry Out Health Insurance Exchange Subsidies''']] ::::: [[/Title IV/Subtitle C#Sec. 431.|Sec. 431. Disclosures to Carry Out Health Insurance Exchange Subsidies]]. :::: [[/Title IV/Subtitle D|'''Subtitle D—Other Revenue Provisions''']] ::::: [[/Title IV/Subtitle D/Part 1|{{sc|Part 1—General Provisions}}]] :::::: [[/Title IV/Subtitle D/Part 1#Sec. 441.|Sec. 441. Surcharge on High Income Individuals]]. :::::: [[/Title IV/Subtitle D/Part 1#Sec. 442.|Sec. 442. Delay in Application of Worldwide Allocation of Interest]]. ::::: [[/Title IV/Subtitle D/Part 2|{{sc|Part 2—Prevention of Tax Avoidance}}]] :::::: [[/Title IV/Subtitle D/Part 2#Sec. 451.|Sec. 451. Limitation on Treaty Benefits for Certain Deductible Payments]]. :::::: [[/Title IV/Subtitle D/Part 2#Sec. 452.|Sec. 452. Codification of Economic Substance Doctrine]]. :::::: [[/Title IV/Subtitle D/Part 2#Sec. 453.|Sec. 453. Penalties for Underpayments]]. : {{section|Sec. 100(c).|(c)}} GENERAL DEFINITIONS— :: Except as otherwise provided, in this division: ::: (1) ACCEPTABLE COVERAGE— :::: The term `acceptable coverage' has the meaning given such term in section 202(d)(2). ::: (2) BASIC PLAN— :::: The term `basic plan' has the meaning given such term in section 203(c). ::: (3) COMMISSIONER— :::: The term `Commissioner' means the Health Choices Commissioner established under section 141. ::: (4) COST-SHARING— :::: The term `cost-sharing' includes deductibles, coinsurance, copayments, and similar charges but does not include premiums or any network payment differential for covered services or spending for non-covered services. ::: (5) DEPENDENT— :::: The term `dependent' has the meaning given such term by the Commissioner and includes a spouse. ::: (6) EMPLOYMENT-BASED HEALTH PLAN— :::: The term `employment-based health plan'— ::::: (A) means a group health plan (as defined in section 733(a)(1) of the [[Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974]]); and ::::: (B) includes such a plan that is the following: ::::::: (i) FEDERAL, STATE, AND TRIBAL GOVERNMENTAL PLANS— :::::::: A governmental plan (as defined in section 3(32) of the [[Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974]]), including a health benefits plan offered under chapter 89 of [[title 5, United States Code]]. ::::::: (ii) CHURCH PLANS— :::::::: A church plan (as defined in section 3(33) of the [[Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974]]). ::: (7) ENHANCED PLAN— :::: The term `enhanced plan' has the meaning given such term in section 203(c). ::: (8) ESSENTIAL BENEFITS PACKAGE— :::: The term `essential benefits package' is defined in section 122(a). ::: (9) FAMILY— :::: The term `family' means an individual and includes the individual's dependents. ::: (10) FEDERAL POVERTY LEVEL; FPL— :::: The terms `Federal poverty level' and `FPL' have the meaning given the term `poverty line' in section 673(2) of the [[Community Services Block Grant Act]] (42 U.S.C. 9902(2)), including any revision required by such section. ::: (11) HEALTH BENEFITS PLAN— :::: The terms `health benefits plan' means health insurance coverage and an employment-based health plan and includes the public health insurance option. ::: (12) HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE; HEALTH INSURANCE ISSUER— :::: The terms `health insurance coverage' and `health insurance issuer' have the meanings given such terms in section 2791 of the [[Public Health Service Act]]. ::: (13) HEALTH INSURANCE EXCHANGE— :::: The term `Health Insurance Exchange' means the Health Insurance Exchange established under section 201. ::: (14) MEDICAID— :::: The term `Medicaid' means a State plan under title XIX of the [[Social Security Act]] (whether or not the plan is operating under a waiver under section 1115 of such Act). ::: (15) MEDICARE— :::: The term `Medicare' means the health insurance programs under title XVIII of the [[Social Security Act]]. ::: (16) PLAN SPONSOR— :::: The term `plan sponsor' has the meaning given such term in section 3(16)(B) of the [[Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974]]. ::: (17) PLAN YEAR— :::: The term `plan year' means— ::::: (A) with respect to an employment-based health plan, a plan year as specified under such plan; or ::::: (B) with respect to a health benefits plan other than an employment-based health plan, a 12-month period as specified by the Commissioner. ::: (18) PREMIUM PLAN; PREMIUM-PLUS PLAN— :::: The terms `premium plan' and `premium-plus plan' have the meanings given such terms in section 203(c). ::: (19) QHBP OFFERING ENTITY— :::: The terms `QHBP offering entity' means, with respect to a health benefits plan that is— ::::: (A) a group health plan (as defined, subject to subsection (d), in section 733(a)(1) of the [[Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974]]), the plan sponsor in relation to such group health plan, except that, in the case of a plan maintained jointly by 1 or more employers and 1 or more employee organizations and with respect to which an employer is the primary source of financing, such term means such employer; ::::: (B) health insurance coverage, the health insurance issuer offering the coverage; ::::: (C) the public health insurance option, the [[w:United States Secretary of Health and Human Services|Secretary of Health and Human Services]]; ::::: (D) a non-Federal governmental plan (as defined in section 2791(d) of the [[Public Health Service Act]]), the State or political subdivision of a State (or agency or instrumentality of such State or subdivision) which establishes or maintains such plan; or ::::: (E) a Federal governmental plan (as defined in section 2791(d) of the [[Public Health Service Act]]), the appropriate Federal official. ::: (20) QUALIFIED HEALTH BENEFITS PLAN— :::: The term `qualified health benefits plan' means a health benefits plan that meets the requirements for such a plan under title I and includes the public health insurance option. ::: (21) PUBLIC HEALTH INSURANCE OPTION— :::: The term `public health insurance option' means the public health insurance option as provided under subtitle B of title II. ::: (22) SERVICE AREA; PREMIUM RATING AREA— :::: The terms `service area' and `premium rating area' mean with respect to health insurance coverage— ::::: (A) offered other than through the Health Insurance Exchange, such an area as established by the QHBP offering entity of such coverage in accordance with applicable State law; and ::::: (B) offered through the Health Insurance Exchange, such an area as established by such entity in accordance with applicable State law and applicable rules of the Commissioner for Exchange-participating health benefits plans. ::: (23) STATE— :::: The term `State' means the 50 States and the District of Columbia. ::: (24) STATE MEDICAID AGENCY— :::: The term `State Medicaid agency' means, with respect to a Medicaid plan, the single State agency responsible for administering such plan under title XIX of the [[Social Security Act]]. ::: (25) Y1, Y2, ETC— :::: The terms `Y1' , `Y2', `Y3', `Y4', `Y5', and similar subsequently numbered terms, mean 2013 and subsequent years, respectively. c3i491mlpfp4nwcfcqe003n2qsrqif0 H.R. 3200/Division A/Title IV 0 480893 14130181 1193173 2024-04-25T22:28:17Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../../|America’s Affordable Health Choices Act of 2009]] | author = | translator = | previous = [[../Title III|Title III<BR/>—Shared Responsibility]] | section = '''[[../|Division A - Affordable Health Care Choices]]<br/>Title IV - Amendments to Internal Revenue Code of 1986''' | next = [[../../Division B|Division B-<BR/>Medicare and Medicaid Improvements]] | notes = }} __NOTOC__ =={{section|Title IV|TITLE IV}} — AMENDMENTS TO INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986== : [[/Subtitle A|'''SUBTITLE A—SHARED RESPONSIBILITY''']] :: [[/Subtitle A/Part 1|{{sc|Part 1—Individual Responsibility}}]] ::: [[/Subtitle A/Part 1#Sec. 401.|Sec. 401. Tax On Individuals Without Acceptable Health Care Coverage]]. :: [[/Subtitle A/Part 2|{{sc|Part 2—Employer Responsibility}}]] ::: [[/Subtitle A/Part 2#Sec. 411.|Sec. 411. Election to Satisfy Health Coverage Participation Requirements]]. ::: [[/Subtitle A/Part 2#Sec. 412.|Sec. 412. Responsibilities of Nonelecting Employers]]. : [[/Subtitle B|'''SUBTITLE B—CREDIT FOR SMALL BUSINESS EMPLOYEE HEALTH COVERAGE EXPENSES''']] :: [[/Subtitle B#Sec. 421.|Sec. 421. Credit for Small Business Employee Health Coverage Expenses]]. : [[/Subtitle C|'''SUBTITLE C—DISCLOSURES TO CARRY OUT HEALTH INSURANCE EXCHANGE SUBSIDIES''']] :: [[/Subtitle C#Sec. 431.|Sec. 431. Disclosures to Carry Out Health Insurance Exchange Subsidies]]. : [[/Subtitle D|'''SUBTITLE D—OTHER REVENUE PROVISIONS''']] :: [[/Subtitle D/Part 1|{{sc|Part 1—General Provisions}}]] ::: [[/Subtitle D/Part 1#Sec. 441.|Sec. 441. Surcharge on High Income Individuals]]. ::: [[/Subtitle D/Part 1#Sec. 442.|Sec. 442. Delay in Application of Worldwide Allocation of Interest]]. :: [[/Subtitle D/Part 2|{{sc|Part 2—Prevention of Tax Avoidance}}]] ::: [[/Subtitle D/Part 2#Sec. 451.|Sec. 451. Limitation on Treaty Benefits for Certain Deductible Payments]]. ::: [[/Subtitle D/Part 2#Sec. 452.|Sec. 452. Codification of Economic Substance Doctrine]]. ::: [[/Subtitle D/Part 2#Sec. 453.|Sec. 453. Penalties for Underpayments]]. <BR/> 84cpwmdemrtzhqn9h3k4emruajtdowf H.R. 3200/Division B 0 480894 14130183 12437189 2024-04-25T22:28:36Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../|America's Affordable Health Choices Act of 2009]] | author = | translator = | previous = [[../Division A|Division A<BR/>—Affordable Health Care Choices]] | section = '''Division B - Medicare and Medicaid Improvements''' | next = [[../Division C|Division C—<BR/>Public Health and Workforce Development]] | notes = }} __NOTOC__ =={{section|Division B|DIVISION B}}—MEDICARE AND MEDICAID IMPROVEMENTS== ==={{section|Sec. 1001.|SEC. 1001}}. TABLE OF CONTENTS OF DIVISION.=== : The table of contents for this division is as follows: {{c/s}} ===[[#Division B|'''DIVISION B—MEDICARE AND MEDICAID IMPROVEMENTS''']]=== {{c/e}} [[#sec. 1001.|Sec. 1001. Table of Contents of Division]]. ====[[/Title I|'''TITLE I—IMPROVING HEALTH CARE VALUE''']]==== : [[/Title I/Subtitle A|'''Subtitle A—Provisions Related to Medicare PART A''']] :: [[/Title I/Subtitle A/Part 1|{{sc|Part 1—Market Basket Updates}}]] ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle A/Part 1#Sec. 1101.|Sec. 1101. Skilled Nursing Facility Payment Update]]. ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle A/Part 1#Sec. 1102.|Sec. 1102. Inpatient Rehabilitation Facility Payment Update]]. ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle A/Part 1#Sec. 1103.|Sec. 1103. Incorporating Productivity Improvements into Market Basket Updates that do not Already Incorporate Such Improvements]]. :: [[/Title I/Subtitle A/Part 2|{{sc|Part 2—Other Medicare PART A Provisions}}]] ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle A/Part 2#Sec. 1111.|Sec. 1111. Payments to Skilled Nursing Facilities]]. ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle A/Part 2#Sec. 1112.|Sec. 1112. Medicare DSH Report and Payment Adjustments in Response to Coverage Expansion]]. : [[/Title I/Subtitle B|'''Subtitle B—Provisions Related to PART B''']] :: [[/Title I/Subtitle B/Part 1|{{sc|Part 1—Physicians' Services}}]] ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle B/Part 1#Sec. 1121.|Sec. 1121. Sustainable Growth Rate Reform]]. ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle B/Part 1#Sec. 1122.|Sec. 1122. Misvalued Codes Under the Physician Fee Schedule]]. ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle B/Part 1#Sec. 1123.|Sec. 1123. Payments for Efficient Areas]]. ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle B/Part 1#Sec. 1124.|Sec. 1124. Modifications to the Physician Quality Reporting Initiative (PQRI)]]. ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle B/Part 1#Sec. 1125.|Sec. 1125. Adjustment to Medicare Payment Localities]]. :: [[/Title I/Subtitle B/Part 2|{{sc|Part 2—Market Basket Updates}}]] ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle B/Part 2#Sec. 1131.|Sec. 1131. Incorporating Productivity Improvements Into Market Basket Updates That Do Not Already Incorporate Such Improvements]]. :: [[/Title I/Subtitle B/Part 3|{{sc|Part 3—Other Provisions}}]] ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle B/Part 3#Sec. 1141.|Sec. 1141. Rental and Purchase of Power-Driven Wheelchairs]]. ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle B/Part 3#Sec. 1142.|Sec. 1142. Extension of Payment Rule for Brachytherapy]]. ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle B/Part 3#Sec. 1143.|Sec. 1143. Home Infusion Therapy Report to Ccongress]]. ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle B/Part 3#Sec. 1144.|Sec. 1144. Require Ambulatory Surgical Centers (ASCs) to Submit Cost Data and Other Data]]. ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle B/Part 3#Sec. 1145.|Sec. 1145. Treatment of Certain Cancer Hospitals]]. ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle B/Part 3#Sec. 1146.|Sec. 1146. Medicare Improvement Fund]]. ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle B/Part 3#Sec. 1147.|Sec. 1147. Payment for Imaging Services]]. ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle B/Part 3#Sec. 1148.|Sec. 1148. Durable Medical Equipment Program Improvements]]. ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle B/Part 3#Sec. 1149.|Sec. 1149. MedPAC Study and Report on Bone Mass Measurement]]. : [[/Title I/Subtitle C|'''Subtitle C—Provisions Related to Medicare PARTS A and B''']] :: [[/Title I/Subtitle C#Sec. 1151.|Sec. 1151. Reducing Potentially Preventable Hospital Readmissions]]. :: [[/Title I/Subtitle C#Sec. 1152.|Sec. 1152. Post Acute Care Services Payment Reform Plan and Bundling Pilot Program]]. :: [[/Title I/Subtitle C#Sec. 1153.|Sec. 1153. Home Health Payment Update for 2010]]. :: [[/Title I/Subtitle C#Sec. 1154.|Sec. 1154. Payment Adjustments for Home Health Care]]. :: [[/Title I/Subtitle C#Sec. 1155.|Sec. 1155. Incorporating Productivity Improvements into Market Basket Update for Home Health Services]]. :: [[/Title I/Subtitle C#Sec. 1156.|Sec. 1156. Limitation on Medicare Exceptions to the Prohibition on Certain Physician Referrals Made to Hospitals]]. :: [[/Title I/Subtitle C#Sec. 1157.|Sec. 1157. Institute of Medicine Study of Geographic Adjustment Factors Under Medicare]]. :: [[/Title I/Subtitle C#Sec. 1158.|Sec. 1158. Revision of Medicare Payment Systems to Address Geographic Inequities]]. : [[/Title I/Subtitle D|'''Subtitle D—Medicare Advantage Reforms''']] :: [[/Title I/Subtitle D/Part 1|{{sc|Part 1—Payment and Administration}}]] ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle D/Part 1#Sec. 1161.|Sec. 1161. Phase-in of Payment Based On Fee-for-Service Costs]]. ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle D/Part 1#Sec. 1162.|Sec. 1162. Quality Bonus Payments]]. ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle D/Part 1#Sec. 1163.|Sec. 1163. Extension of Secretarial Coding Intensity Adjustment Authority]]. ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle D/Part 1#Sec. 1164.|Sec. 1164. Simplification of Annual Beneficiary Election Periods]]. ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle D/Part 1#Sec. 1165.|Sec. 1165. Extension of Reasonable Cost Contracts]]. ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle D/Part 1#Sec. 1166.|Sec. 1166. Limitation of Waiver Authority for Employer Group Plans]]. ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle D/Part 1#Sec. 1167.|Sec. 1167. Improving Risk Adjustment for Payments]]. ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle D/Part 1#Sec. 1168.|Sec. 1168. Elimination of MA Regional Plan Stabilization Fund]]. :: [[/Title I/Subtitle D/Part 2|{{sc|Part 2—Beneficiary Protections and Anti-Fraud}}]] ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle D/Part 2#Sec. 1171.|Sec. 1171. Limitation on Cost-Sharing for Individual Health Services]]. ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle D/Part 2#Sec. 1172.|Sec. 1172. Continuous Open Enrollment for Enrollees in Plans with Enrollment Suspension]]. ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle D/Part 2#Sec. 1173.|Sec. 1173. Information for Beneficiaries on MA Plan Administrative Costs]]. ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle D/Part 2#Sec. 1174.|Sec. 1174. Strengthening Audit Authority]]. ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle D/Part 2#Sec. 1175.|Sec. 1175. Authority to Deny Plan Bids]]. :: [[/Title I/Subtitle D/Part 3|{{sc|Part 3—Treatment of Special Needs Plans}}]] ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle D/Part 3#Sec. 1176.|Sec. 1176. Limitation on Enrollment Outside Open Enrollment Period of Individuals into Chronic Care Specialized MA Plans for Special Needs Individuals]]. ::: [[/Title I/Subtitle D/Part 3#Sec. 1177.|Sec. 1177. Extension of Authority of Special Needs Plans to Restrict Enrollment]]. : [[/Title I/Subtitle E|'''Subtitle E—Improvements to Medicare PART D''']] :: [[/Title I/Subtitle E#Sec. 1811.|Sec. 1181. Elimination of Coverage Gap]]. :: [[/Title I/Subtitle E#Sec. 1182.|Sec. 1182. Discounts for Certain PART D Drugs in Original Coverage Gap]]. :: [[/Title I/Subtitle E#Sec. 1183.|Sec. 1183. Repeal of Provision Relating to Submission of Claims by Pharmacies Located in or Contracting with Long-term Care Facilities]]. :: [[/Title I/Subtitle E#Sec. 1184.|Sec. 1184. Including Costs Incurred by AIDS Drug Assistance Programs and Indian Health Service in Providing Prescription Drugs Toward the Annual Out-of-Pocket Tthreshold Under PART D]]. :: [[/Title I/Subtitle E#Sec. 1185.|Sec. 1185. Permitting Mid-Year Changes in Eenrollment for Formulary Changes That Adversely Impact an Enrollee]]. : [[/Title I/Subtitle F|'''Subtitle F—Medicare Rural Access Protections''']] :: [[/Title I/Subtitle F#Sec. 1191.|Sec. 1191. TeleHealth Expansion and Enhancements]]. :: [[/Title I/Subtitle F#Sec. 1192.|Sec. 1192. Extension of Outpatient Hold Harmless Provision]]. :: [[/Title I/Subtitle F#Sec. 1193.|Sec. 1193. Extension of Section 508 Hospital Reclassifications]]. :: [[/Title I/Subtitle F#Sec. 1194.|Sec. 1194. Extension of Geographic Floor for Work]]. :: [[/Title I/Subtitle F#Sec. 1195.|Sec. 1195. Extension of Payment for Technical Component of Certain Physician Pathology Services]]. :: [[/Title I/Subtitle F#Sec. 1196.|Sec. 1196. Extension of Ambulance Add-Ons]]. ====[[/Title II|'''TITLE II—MEDICARE BENEFICIARY IMPROVEMENTS''']]==== : [[/Title II/Subtitle A|'''Subtitle A—Improving and Simplifying Financial Assistance for Low Income Medicare Beneficiaries''']] :: [[/Title II/Subtitle A#Sec. 1201.|Sec. 1201. Improving Assets Tests for Medicare Savings Program and Low-Income Subsidy Program]]. :: [[/Title II/Subtitle A#Sec. 1202.|Sec. 1202. Elimination of PART D Cost-Sharing for Certain Non-Institutionalized Full-Benefit Dual Eligible Individuals.]] :: [[/Title II/Subtitle A#Sec. 1203.|Sec. 1203. Eliminating Barriers to Enrollment]]. :: [[/Title II/Subtitle A#Sec. 1204.|Sec. 1204. Enhanced Oversight Relating to Reimbursements for Retroactive Low Income Subsidy Enrollment]]. :: [[/Title II/Subtitle A#Sec. 1205.|Sec. 1205. Intelligent Assignment in Enrollment]]. :: [[/Title II/Subtitle A#Sec. 1206.|Sec. 1206. Special Enrollment Period and Automatic Enrollment Process for Certain Subsidy Eligible Individuals]]. :: [[/Title II/Subtitle A#Sec. 1207.|Sec. 1207. Application of MA Premiums Prior to Rebate in Calculation of Low Income Subsidy Benchmark]]. : [[/Title II/Subtitle B|'''Subtitle B—Reducing Health Disparities''']] :: [[/Title II/Subtitle B#Sec. 1221.|Sec. 1221. Ensuring Effective Communication in Medicare]]. :: [[/Title II/Subtitle B#Sec. 1222.|Sec. 1222. Demonstration to Promote Access for Medicare Beneficiaries with Limited English Proficiency by Providing Reimbursement for Culturally and Linguistically Appropriate Services]]. :: [[/Title II/Subtitle B#Sec. 1223.|Sec. 1223. IOM Report on Impact of Language Access Services]]. :: [[/Title II/Subtitle B#Sec. 1224.|Sec. 1224. Definitions]]. : [[/Title II/Subtitle C|'''Subtitle C—Miscellaneous Improvements''']] :: [[/Title II/Subtitle C#Sec. 1231.|Sec. 1231. Extension of Therapy Caps Exceptions Process]]. :: [[/Title II/Subtitle C#Sec. 1232.|Sec. 1232. Extended Months of Coverage of Immunosuppressive Drugs for Kidney Transplant Patients and Other Renal Dialysis Provisions]]. :: [[/Title II/Subtitle C#Sec. 1233.|Sec. 1233. Advance Care Planning Consultation]]. :: [[/Title II/Subtitle C#Sec. 1234.|Sec. 1234. PART B Special Enrollment Period and Waiver of Limited Enrollment Penalty for TRICARE Beneficiaries]]. :: [[/Title II/Subtitle C#Sec. 1235.|Sec. 1235. Exception for Use of More Recent Tax Year in Case of Gains from Sale of Primary Residence in Computing PART B Income-Related Premium]]. :: [[/Title II/Subtitle C#Sec. 1236.|Sec. 1236. Demonstration Program on Use of Patient Decisions Aids]]. ====[[/Title III|'''TITLE III—PROMOTING PRIMARY CARE, MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES, AND COORDINATED CARE''']]==== : [[/Title III#Sec. 1301.|Sec. 1301. Accountable Care Organization Pilot Program]]. : [[/Title III#Sec. 1302.|Sec. 1302. Medical Home Pilot Program]]. : [[/Title III#Sec. 1303.|Sec. 1303. Payment Incentive for Selected Primary Care Services]]. : [[/Title III#Sec. 1304.|Sec. 1304. Increased Reimbursement Rate for Certified Nurse-Midwives]]. : [[/Title III#Sec. 1305.|Sec. 1305. Coverage and Waiver of Cost-Sharing for Preventive Services]]. : [[/Title III#Sec. 1306.|Sec. 1306. Waiver of Deductible for Colorectal cancer Screening Tests Regardless of Coding, Subsequent Diagnosis, or Ancillary Tissue Removal]]. : [[/Title III#Sec. 1307.|Sec. 1307. Excluding Clinical Social Worker Services From Coverage Under the Medicare Skilled Nursing Facility Prospective Payment System and Consolidated Payment]]. : [[/Title III#Sec. 1308.|Sec. 1308. Coverage of Marriage and Family Therapist Services and Mental Health Counselor Services]]. : [[/Title III#Sec. 1309.|Sec. 1309. Extension of Physician Fee Schedule Mental Health Add-on]]. : [[/Title III#Sec. 1310.|Sec. 1310. Expanding Access to Vaccines]]. ====[[/Title IV|'''TITLE IV—QUALITY''']]==== : [[/Title IV/Subtitle A|'''Subtitle A—Comparative Effectiveness Research''']] :: [[/Title IV/Subtitle A#Sec. 1401.|Sec. 1401. Comparative Effectiveness Research]]. : [[/Title IV/Subtitle B|'''Subtitle B—Nursing Home Transparency''']] :: [[/Title IV/Subtitle B/Part 1|{{sc|Part 1—Improving Transparency of Information on Skilled Nursing Facilities and Nursing Facilities}}]] ::: [[/Title IV/Subtitle B/Part 1#Sec. 1411.|Sec. 1411. Required Disclosure of Ownership and Additional Disclosable Parties Information]]. ::: [[/Title IV/Subtitle B/Part 1#Sec. 1412.|Sec. 1412. Accountability Requirements]]. ::: [[/Title IV/Subtitle B/Part 1#Sec. 1413.|Sec. 1413. Nursing Home Compare Medicare Website]]. ::: [[/Title IV/Subtitle B/Part 1#Sec. 1414.|Sec. 1414. Reporting of Expenditures]]. ::: [[/Title IV/Subtitle B/Part 1#Sec. 1415.|Sec. 1415. Standardized Complaint Form]]. ::: [[/Title IV/Subtitle B/Part 1#Sec. 1416.|Sec. 1416. Ensuring Staffing Accountability]]. :: [[/Title IV/Subtitle B/Part 2|{{sc|Part 2—Targeting Enforcement}}]] ::: [[/Title IV/Subtitle B/Part 2#Sec. 1421.|Sec. 1421. Civil Money Penalties]]. ::: [[/Title IV/Subtitle B/Part 2#Sec. 1422.|Sec. 1422. National Independent Monitor Pilot Program]]. ::: [[/Title IV/Subtitle B/Part 2#Sec. 1423.|Sec. 1423. Notification of Facility Closure]]. :: [[/Title IV/Subtitle B/Part 3|{{sc|Part 3—Improving Staff Training}}]] ::: [[/Title IV/Subtitle B/Part 3#Sec. 1431.|Sec. 1431. Dementia and Abuse Prevention Training]]. ::: [[/Title IV/Subtitle B/Part 3#Sec. 1432.|Sec. 1432. Study and Report on Training Required for Certified Nurse Aides and Supervisory Staff]]. : [[/Title IV/Subtitle C|'''Subtitle C—Quality Measurements''']] :: [[/Title IV/Subtitle C#Sec. 1441.|Sec. 1441. Establishment of National Priorities for Quality Improvement]]. :: [[/Title IV/Subtitle C#Sec. 1442.|Sec. 1442. Development of New Quality Measures; GAO Evaluation of Data Collection Process for Quality Measurement]]. :: [[/Title IV/Subtitle C#Sec. 1443.|Sec. 1443. Multi-stakeholder Pre-rulemaking Input Into Selection of Quality Measures]]. :: [[/Title IV/Subtitle C#Sec. 1444.|Sec. 1444. Application of Quality Measures]]. :: [[/Title IV/Subtitle C#Sec. 1445.|Sec. 1445. Consensus-based Entity Funding]]. : [[/Title IV/Subtitle D|'''Subtitle D—Physician Payments Sunshine Provision''']] :: [[/Title IV/Subtitle D#Sec. 1451.|Sec. 1451. Reports on Financial Relationships Between Manufacturers and Distributors of Covered Drugs, Devices, Biologicals, or Medical Supplies under Medicare, Medicaid, or CHIP and physicians and other health care entities and between Physicians and Other Health Care Entities]]. : [[/Title IV/Subtitle E|'''Subtitle E—Public Reporting on Health Care-Associated Infections''']] :: [[/Title IV/Subtitle E#Sec. 1461.|Sec. 1461. Requirement for Public Reporting by Hospitals and Ambulatory Surgical Centers on Health Care-Associated Infections]]. ====[[/Title V|'''TITLE V—MEDICARE GRADUATE MEDICAL EDUCATION''']]==== : [[/Title V#Sec. 1501.|Sec. 1501. Distribution of Unused Residency Positions]]. : [[/Title V#Sec. 1502.|Sec. 1502. Increasing Training in Nonprovider Settings]]. : [[/Title V#Sec. 1503.|Sec. 1503. Rules for Counting Resident Time for Didactic and Scholarly Activities and Other Activities]]. : [[/Title V#Sec. 1504.|Sec. 1504. Preservation of Resident Cap Positions from Closed Hospitals]]. : [[/Title V#Sec. 1505.|Sec. 1505. Improving Accountability for Approved Medical Residency Training]]. ====[[/Title VI|'''TITLE VI—PROGRAM INTEGRITY''']]==== : [[/Title VI/Subtitle A|'''Subtitle A—Increased Funding to Fight Waste, Fraud, and Abuse''']] :: [[/Title VI/Subtitle A#Sec. 1601.|Sec. 1601. Increased Funding and Flexibility to Fight Fraud and Abuse]]. : [[/Title VI/Subtitle B|'''Subtitle B—Enhanced Penalties for Fraud and Abuse''']] :: [[/Title VI/Subtitle B#Sec. 1611.|Sec. 1611. Enhanced Penalties for False Statements on Provider or Supplier Enrollment Applications]]. :: [[/Title VI/Subtitle B#Sec. 1612.|Sec. 1612. Enhanced Penalties for Submission of False Statements Material to a False Claim]]. :: [[/Title VI/Subtitle B#Sec. 1613.|Sec. 1613. Enhanced Penalties for Delaying Inspections]]. :: [[/Title VI/Subtitle B#Sec. 1614.|Sec. 1614. Enhanced Hospice Program Safeguards]]. :: [[/Title VI/Subtitle B#Sec. 1615.|Sec. 1615. Enhanced Penalties for Individuals Excluded from Program Participation]]. :: [[/Title VI/Subtitle B#Sec. 1616.|Sec. 1616. Enhanced Penalties for Provision of False Information by Medicare Advantage and PART D Plans]]. :: [[/Title VI/Subtitle B#Sec. 1617.|Sec. 1617. Enhanced Penalties for Medicare Advantage and PART D Marketing Violations]]. :: [[/Title VI/Subtitle B#Sec. 1618.|Sec. 1618. Enhanced Penalties for Obstruction of Program Audits]]. :: [[/Title VI/Subtitle B#Sec. 1619.|Sec. 1619. Exclusion of Certain Individuals and Entities from Participation in Medicare and State Health Care Programs]]. : [[/Title VI/Subtitle C|'''Subtitle C—Enhanced Program and Provider Protections''']] :: [[/Title VI/Subtitle C#Sec. 1631.|Sec. 1631. Enhanced CMS Program Protection Authority]]. :: [[/Title VI/Subtitle C#Sec. 1632.|Sec. 1632. Enhanced Medicare, Medicaid, and CHIP Program Disclosure Requirements Relating to Previous Affiliations]]. :: [[/Title VI/Subtitle C#Sec. 1633.|Sec. 1633. Required Inclusion of Payment Modifier for Certain Evaluation and Management Services]]. :: [[/Title VI/Subtitle C#Sec. 1634.|Sec. 1634. Evaluations and Reports Required under Medicare Integrity Program]]. :: [[/Title VI/Subtitle C#Sec. 1635.|Sec. 1635. Require Providers and Suppliers to Adopt Programs to Reduce Waste, Fraud, and Abuse]]. :: [[/Title VI/Subtitle C#Sec. 1636.|Sec. 1636. Maximum Period for Submission of Medicare Claims Reduced to Not More Than 12 Months]]. :: [[/Title VI/Subtitle C#Sec. 1637.|Sec. 1637. Physicians Who Order Durable Medical Equipment or Home Health Services Required to be Medicare Enrolled Physicians or Eligible Professionals]]. :: [[/Title VI/Subtitle C#Sec. 1638.|Sec. 1638. Requirement for Physicians to Provide Documentation on Referrals to Programs at High Risk of Waste and Abuse]]. :: [[/Title VI/Subtitle C#Sec. 1639.|Sec. 1639. Face to Face Encounter with Patient Required Before Physicians May Certify Eligibility for Home Health Services or Durable Medical Equipment Under Medicare]]. :: [[/Title VI/Subtitle C#Sec. 1640.|Sec. 1640. Extension of Testimonial Subpoena Authority to Program Exclusion Investigations]]. :: [[/Title VI/Subtitle C#Sec. 1641.|Sec. 1641. Required Repayments of Medicare and Medicaid Overpayments]]. :: [[/Title VI/Subtitle C#Sec. 1642.|Sec. 1642. Expanded Application of Hardship Waivers for OIG Exclusions to Beneficiaries of Any Federal Health Care Program]]. :: [[/Title VI/Subtitle C#Sec. 1643.|Sec. 1643. Access to Certain Information on Renal Dialysis Facilities]]. :: [[/Title VI/Subtitle C#Sec. 1644.|Sec. 1644. Billing Agents, Clearinghouses, or Other Alternate Payees Required to Register under Medicare]]. :: [[/Title VI/Subtitle C#Sec. 1645.|Sec. 1645. Conforming Civil Monetary Penalties to False Claims Act Amendments]]. : [[/Title VI/Subtitle D|'''Subtitle D—Access to Information Needed To Prevent Fraud, Waste, and Abuse''']] :: [[/Title VI/Subtitle D#Sec. 1651.|Sec. 1651. Access to Information Necessary to Identify Fraud, Waste, and Abuse]]. :: [[/Title VI/Subtitle D#Sec. 1652.|Sec. 1652. Elimination of Duplication Between the Healthcare Integrity and Protection Data Bank and the National Practitioner Data Bank]]. :: [[/Title VI/Subtitle D#Sec. 1653.|Sec. 1653. Compliance with HIPAA Privacy and Security Standards]]. ====[[/Title VII|'''TITLE VII—MEDICAID AND CHIP''']]==== : [[/Title VII/Subtitle A|'''Subtitle A—Medicaid and Health Reform''']] :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle A#Sec. 1701.|Sec. 1701. Eligibility for individuals with income below 133 1⁄3 percent of the Federal poverty level]]. :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle A#Sec. 1702.|Sec. 1702. Requirements and special rules for certain Medicaid eligible individuals]]. :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle A#Sec. 1703.|Sec. 1703. CHIP and Medicaid maintenance of effort]]. :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle A#Sec. 1704.|Sec. 1704. Reduction in Medicaid DSH]]. :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle A#Sec. 1705.|Sec. 1705. Expanded outstationing]]. : [[/Title VII/Subtitle B|'''Subtitle B—Prevention''']] :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle B#Sec. 1711.|Sec. 1711. Required coverage of preventive services]]. :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle B#Sec. 1712.|Sec. 1712. Tobacco cessation]]. :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle B#Sec. 1713.|Sec. 1713. Optional coverage of nurse home visitation services]]. :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle B#Sec. 1714.|Sec. 1714. State eligibility option for family planning services]]. : [[/Title VII/Subtitle C|'''Subtitle C—Access''']] :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle C#Sec. 1721.|Sec. 1721. Payments to primary care practitioners]]. :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle C#Sec. 1722.|Sec. 1722. Medical home pilot program]]. :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle C#Sec. 1723.|Sec. 1723. Translation or interpretation services]]. :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle C#Sec. 1724.|Sec. 1724. Optional coverage for freestanding birth center services]]. :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle C#Sec. 1725.|Sec. 1725. Inclusion of public health clinics under the vaccines for children program]]. : [[/Title VII/Subtitle D|'''Subtitle D—Coverage''']] :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle D#Sec. 1731.|Sec. 1731. Optional medicaid coverage of low-income HIV-infected individuals]]. :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle D#Sec. 1732.|Sec. 1732. Extending transitional Medicaid Assistance (TMA)]]. :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle D#Sec. 1733.|Sec. 1733. Requirement of 12-month continuous coverage under certain CHIP programs]]. : [[/Title VII/Subtitle E|'''Subtitle E—Financing''']] :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle E#Sec. 1741.|Sec. 1741. Payments to pharmacists]]. :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle E#Sec. 1742.|Sec. 1742. Prescription drug rebates]]. :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle E#Sec. 1743.|Sec. 1743. Extension of prescription drug discounts to enrollees of medicaid managed care organizations]]. :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle E#Sec. 1744.|Sec. 1744. Payments for graduate medical education]]. : [[/Title VII/Subtitle F|'''Subtitle F—Waste, Fraud, and Abuse''']] :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle F#Sec. 1751.|Sec. 1751. Health-care acquired conditions]]. :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle F#Sec. 1752.|Sec. 1752. Evaluations and reports required under Medicaid Integrity Program]]. :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle F#Sec. 1753.|Sec. 1753. Require providers and suppliers to adopt programs to reduce waste, fraud, and abuse]]. :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle F#Sec. 1754.|Sec. 1754. Overpayments]]. :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle F#Sec. 1755.|Sec. 1755. Managed Care Organizations]]. :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle F#Sec. 1756.|Sec. 1756. Termination of provider participation under Medicaid and CHIP if terminated under Medicare or other State plan or child health plan]]. :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle F#Sec. 1757.|Sec. 1757. Medicaid and CHIP exclusion from participation relating to certain ownership, control, and management affiliations]]. :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle F#Sec. 1758.|Sec. 1758. Requirement to report expanded set of data elements under MMIS to detect fraud and abuse]]. :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle F#Sec. 1759.|Sec. 1759. Billing agents, clearinghouses, or other alternate payees required to register under Medicaid]]. :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle F#Sec. 1760.|Sec. 1760. Denial of payments for litigation-related misconduct]]. : [[/Title VII/Subtitle G|'''Subtitle G—Puerto Rico and the Territories''']] :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle G#Sec. 1771.|Sec. 1771. Puerto Rico and territories]]. : [[/Title VII/Subtitle H|'''Subtitle H—Miscellaneous''']] :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle H#Sec. 1781.|Sec. 1781. Technical corrections]]. :: [[/Title VII/Subtitle H#Sec. 1782.|Sec. 1782. Extension of QI program]]. ====[[/Title VIII|'''TITLE VIII—REVENUE-RELATED PROVISIONS''']]==== : [[/Title VIII#Sec. 1801.|Sec. 1801. Disclosures to Facilitate Identification of Individuals Likely to be Ineligible for the Low-income Assistance Under the Medicare Prescription Drug Program to Assist Social Security Administration’s Outreach to Eligible Individuals]]. : [[/Title VIII#Sec. 1802.|Sec. 1802. Comparative Effectiveness Research Trust Fund; financing for Trust Fund]]. ====[[/Title IX|'''TITLE IX—MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS''']]==== : [[/Title IX#Sec. 1901.|Sec. 1901. Repeal of Trigger Provision]]. : [[/Title IX#Sec. 1902.|Sec. 1902. Repeal of Comparative Cost Adjustment (CCA) Program]]. : [[/Title IX#Sec. 1903.|Sec. 1903. Extension of Gainsharing Demonstration]]. : [[/Title IX#Sec. 1904.|Sec. 1904. Grants to States for Quality Home Visitation Programs for Families with Young Children and Families Expecting Children]]. : [[/Title IX#Sec. 1905.|Sec. 1905. Improved Ccoordination and Protection for Dual Eligibles]]. <br/> jldgkoc2mvyxfg5tqzxg4g3d9th03pf H.R. 3200/Division C 0 480904 14130184 11025868 2024-04-25T22:28:57Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../|America’s Affordable Health Choices Act of 2009]] | author = | translator = | previous = [[../Division B|Division B<BR/>—Medicare and Medicaid Improvements]] | section = '''Division C - Public Health and Workforce Development''' | next = | notes = }} __NOTOC__ =={{section|Division C|DIVISION C}}—PUBLIC HEALTH AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT== ==={{section|Sec. 2001.|SEC. 2001}}. TABLE OF CONTENTS; REFERENCES.=== : (a) TABLE OF CONTENTS.— :: The table of contents of this division is as follows: :: [[#Sec. 2001.|Sec. 2001. Table of Contents; References]]. :: [[#Sec. 2002.|Sec. 2002. Public Health Investment Fund]]. {{ti|4em| ====[[/Title I|TITLE I—COMMUNITY HEALTH CENTERS]]==== }} ::: [[/Title I#Sec. 2101.|Sec. 2101. Increased Funding]]. {{ti|4em| ====[[/Title II|TITLE II—WORKFORCE]]==== }} ::: [[/Title II/Subtitle A|'''Subtitle A—Primary Care Workforce''']] :::: [[/Title II/Subtitle A/Part 1|{{sc|Part 1—National Health Service Corps}}]] ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle A/Part 1#Sec. 2201.|Sec. 2201. National Health Service Corps]]. ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle A/Part 1#Sec. 2202.|Sec. 2202. Authorizations of Appropriations]]. :::: [[/Title II/Subtitle A/Part 2|{{sc|Part 2—Promotion of Primary Care and Dentistry}}]] ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle A/Part 2#Sec. 2211.|Sec. 2211. Frontline Health Providers]]. {{ti|4em| ``[[/Title II/Subtitle A/Part 2#Subpart XI|SUBPART XI—HEALTH PROFESSIONAL NEEDS AREAS]] :``[[/Title II/Subtitle A/Part 2#Sec. 340H.|Sec. 340H. In General]]. :``[[/Title II/Subtitle A/Part 2#Sec. 340I.|Sec. 340I. Loan Repayments]]. :``[[/Title II/Subtitle A/Part 2#Sec. 340J.|Sec. 340J. Report]]. :``[[/Title II/Subtitle A/Part 2#Sec. 340K.|Sec. 340K. Allocation]].´´|13}} ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle A/Part 2#Sec. 2212.|Sec. 2212. Primary Care Student Loan Funds]]. ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle A/Part 2#Sec. 2213.|Sec. 2213. Training in Family Medicine, General Internal Medicine, General Pediatrics, Geriatrics, and Physician Assistantship]]. ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle A/Part 2#Sec. 2214.|Sec. 2214. Training of Medical Residents in Community-based Settings]]. ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle A/Part 2#Sec. 2215.|Sec. 2215. Training for General, Pediatric, and Public Health Dentists and Dental Hygienists]]. ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle A/Part 2#Sec. 2216.|Sec. 2216. Authorization of Appropriations]]. ::: [[/Title II/Subtitle B|'''Subtitle B—Nursing Workforce''']] :::: [[/Title II/Subtitle B#Sec. 2221.|Sec. 2221. Amendments to Public Health Service Act]]. ::: [[/Title II/Subtitle C|'''Subtitle C—Public Health Workforce''']] :::: [[/Title II/Subtitle C#Sec. 2231.|Sec. 2231. Public Health Workforce Corps]]. {{ti|11em| ``[[/Title II/Subtitle C#Subpart XII|SUBPART XII—PUBLIC HEALTH WORKFORCE]] :``[[/Title II/Subtitle C#Sec. 340L.|Sec. 340L. Public Health Workforce Corps]]. :``[[/Title II/Subtitle C#Sec. 340M.|Sec. 340M. Public Health Workforce Scholarship Program]]. :``[[/Title II/Subtitle C#Sec. 340N.|Sec. 340N. Public Health Workforce Loan Repayment Program]].´´}} :::: [[/Title II/Subtitle C#Sec. 2232.|Sec. 2232. Enhancing the Public Health Workforce]]. :::: [[/Title II/Subtitle C#Sec. 2233.|Sec. 2233. Public Health Training Centers]]. :::: [[/Title II/Subtitle C#Sec. 2234.|Sec. 2234. Preventive Medicine and Public Health Training Grant Program]]. :::: [[/Title II/Subtitle C#Sec. 2235.|Sec. 2235. Authorization of Appropriations]]. ::: [[/Title II/Subtitle D|'''Subtitle D—Adapting Workforce to Evolving Health System Needs''']] :::: [[/Title II/Subtitle D/Part 1|{{sc|Part 1—Health Professions Training for Diversity}}]] ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle D/Part 1#Sec. 2241.|Sec. 2241. Scholarships for Disadvantaged Students, loan repayments and Fellowships regarding Faculty Positions, and educational assistance in the health professions regarding individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds]]. ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle D/Part 1#Sec. 2242.|Sec. 2242. Nursing Workforce Diversity Grants]]. ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle D/Part 1#Sec. 2243.|Sec. 2243. Coordination of Diversity and Cultural Competency Programs]]. :::: [[/Title II/Subtitle D/Part 2|{{sc|Part 2—Interdisciplinary Training Programs}}]] ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle D/Part 2#Sec. 2251.|Sec. 2251. Cultural and Linguistic Competency Training for Health Care Professionals]]. ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle D/Part 2#Sec. 2252.|Sec. 2252. Innovations in Interdisciplinary Care Training]]. :::: [[/Title II/Subtitle D/Part 3|{{sc|Part 3—Advisory Committee on Health Workforce Evaluation and Assessment}}]] ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle D/Part 3#Sec. 2261.|Sec. 2261. Health Workforce Evaluation and Assessment]]. :::: [[/Title II/Subtitle D/Part 4|{{sc|Part 4—Health Workforce Assessment}}]] ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle D/Part 4#Sec. 2271.|Sec. 2271. Health Workforce Assessment]]. :::: [[/Title II/Subtitle D/Part 5|{{sc|Part 5—Authorization of Appropriations}}]] ::::: [[/Title II/Subtitle D/Part 5#Sec. 2281.|Sec. 2281. Authorization of Appropriations]]. {{ti|4em| ====[[/Title III|TITLE III—PREVENTION AND WELLNESS]]==== }} ::: [[/Title III#Sec. 2301.|Sec. 2301. Prevention and Wellness]]. {{ti|8em| ``[[/Title III#Title XXXI|TITLE XXXI—PREVENTION AND WELLNESS]] :``[[/Title III#Subtitle A|Subtitle A—Prevention and Wellness Trust]] ::``[[/Title III#Sec. 3111.|Sec. 3111. Prevention and Wellness Trust]]. :``[[/Title III#Subtitle B|Subtitle B—National Prevention and Wellness Strategy]] ::``[[/Title III#Sec. 3121.|Sec. 3121. National Prevention and Wellness Strategy]]. :``[[/Title III#Subtitle C|Subtitle C—Prevention Task Forces]] ::``[[/Title III#Sec. 3131.|Sec. 3131. Task Force on Clinical Preventive Services]]. ::``[[/Title III#Sec. 3132.|Sec. 3132. Task Force on Community Preventive Services]]. :``[[/Title III#Subtitle D|Subtitle D—Prevention and Wellness Research]] ::``[[/Title III#Sec. 3141.|Sec. 3141. Prevention and Wellness Research Activity Coordination]]. ::``[[/Title III#Sec. 3142.|Sec. 3142. Community Prevention and Wellness Research Grants]]. :``[[/Title III#Subtitle E|Subtitle E—Delivery of Community Prevention and Wellness Services]] ::``[[/Title III#Sec. 3151.|Sec. 3151. Community Prevention and Wellness Services Grants]]. :``[[/Title III#Subtitle F|Subtitle F—Core Public Health Infrastructure]] ::``[[/Title III#Sec. 3161.|Sec. 3161. Core Public Health Infrastructure for State, Local, and Tribal Health Departments]]. ::``[[/Title III#Sec. 3162.|Sec. 3162. Core Public Health Infrastructure and Activities for CDC]]. :``[[/Title III#Subtitle G|Subtitle G—General Provisions]] ::``[[/Title III#Sec. 3171.|Sec. 3171. Definitions]].´´}} {{ti|4em| ====[[/Title IV|TITLE IV—QUALITY AND SURVEILLANCE]]==== }} ::: [[/Title IV#Sec. 2401.|Sec. 2401. Implementation of Best Practices in the Delivery of Health Care]]. ::: [[/Title IV#Sec. 2402.|Sec. 2402. Assistant Secretary for Health Information]]. ::: [[/Title IV#Sec. 2403.|Sec. 2403. Authorization of Appropriations]]. {{ti|4em| ====[[/Title V|TITLE V—OTHER PROVISIONS]]==== }} ::: [[/Title V/Subtitle A|'''Subtitle A—Drug Discount for Rural and Other Hospitals''']] :::: [[/Title V/Subtitle A#Sec. 2501.|Sec. 2501. Expanded Participation in 340B Program]]. :::: [[/Title V/Subtitle A#Sec. 2502.|Sec. 2502. Extension of Discounts to Inpatient Drugs]]. :::: [[/Title V/Subtitle A#Sec. 2503.|Sec. 2503. Effective Date]]. ::: [[/Title V/Subtitle B|'''Subtitle B—School-Based Health Clinics''']] :::: [[/Title V/Subtitle B#Sec. 2511.|Sec. 2511. School-Based Health Clinics]]. ::: [[/Title V/Subtitle C|'''Subtitle C—National Medical Device Registry''']] :::: [[/Title V/Subtitle C#Sec. 2521.|Sec. 2521. National Medical Device Registry]]. ::: [[/Title V/Subtitle D|'''Subtitle D—Grants for Comprehensive Programs to Provide Education to Nurses and Create a Pipeline to Nursing''']] :::: [[/Title V/Subtitle D#Sec. 2531.|Sec. 2531. Establishment of Grant Program]]. ::: [[/Title V/Subtitle E|'''Subtitle E—States Failing to Adhere to Certain Employment Obligations''']] :::: [[/Title V/Subtitle E#Sec. 2541.|Sec. 2541. Limitation on Federal Funds]]. : (b) REFERENCES.— :: Except as otherwise specified, whenever in this division an amendment is expressed in terms of an amendment to a section or other provision, the reference shall be considered to be made to a section or other provision of the [[Public Health Service Act]] (42 U.S.C. 201 et seq.). ==={{section|Sec. 2002.|SEC. 2002}}. PUBLIC HEALTH INVESTMENT FUND.=== : (a) Establishment of Funds.— ::: (1) IN GENERAL.— :::: There is established a fund to be known as the “Public Health Investment Fund” (referred to in this section as the “Fund”). ::: (2) FUNDING.— ::::: (A) There shall be deposited into the Fund— ::::::: (i) for fiscal year 2010, $4,600,000,000; ::::::: (ii) for fiscal year 2011, $5,600,000,000; ::::::: (iii) for fiscal year 2012, $6,900,000,000; ::::::: (iv) for fiscal year 2013, $7,800,000,000; ::::::: (v) for fiscal year 2014, $9,000,000,000; ::::::: (vi) for fiscal year 2015, $9,400,000,000; ::::::: (vii) for fiscal year 2016, $10,100,000,000; ::::::: (viii) for fiscal year 2017, $10,800,000,000; ::::::: (ix) for fiscal year 2018, $11,800,000,000; and ::::::: (x) for fiscal year 2019, $12,700,000,000. ::::: (B) Amounts deposited into the Fund shall be derived from general revenues of the Treasury. : (b) Authorization of Appropriations from the Fund.— ::: (1) NEW FUNDING.— ::::: (A) IN GENERAL.— :::::: Amounts in the Fund are authorized to be appropriated by the Committees on Appropriations of the House of Representatives and the Senate for carrying out activities under designated public health provisions. ::::: (B) DESIGNATED PROVISIONS.— :::::: For purposes of this paragraph, the term “designated public health provisions” means the provisions for which amounts are authorized to be appropriated under section 330(s), 338(c), 338H–1, 799C, 872, or 3111 of the [[Public Health Service Act]], as added by this division. ::: (2) BASELINE FUNDING.— ::::: (A) IN GENERAL.— :::::: Amounts in the Fund are authorized to be appropriated (as described in paragraph (1)) for a fiscal year only if (excluding any amounts in or appropriated from the Fund)— ::::::: (i) the amounts specified in subparagraph (B) for the fiscal year involved are equal to or greater than the amounts specified in subparagraph (B) for fiscal year 2008; and ::::::: (ii) the amounts appropriated, out of the general fund of the Treasury, to the Prevention and Wellness Trust under section 3111 of the [[Public Health Service Act]], as added by this division, for the fiscal year involved are equal to or greater than the funds— ::::::::: (I) appropriated under the heading “[[American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009/Division A/Title VIII#Prevention And Wellness Fund|Prevention and Wellness Fund]]” in title VIII of division A of the [[American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009]] ([[Public Law 111-5]]); and ::::::::: (II) allocated by the second proviso under such heading for evidence-based clinical and community-based prevention and wellness strategies. ::::: (B) AMOUNTS SPECIFIED.— :::::: The amounts specified in this subparagraph, with respect to a fiscal year, are the amounts appropriated for the following: ::::::: (i) Community health centers (including funds appropriated under the authority of section 330 of the [[Public Health Service Act]] (42 U.S.C. 254b)). ::::::: (ii) The National Health Service Corps Program (including funds appropriated under the authority of section 338 of such [[Public Health Service Act|Act]] (42 U.S.C. 254k)). ::::::: (iii) The National Health Service Corps Scholarship and Loan Repayment Programs (including funds appropriated under the authority of section 338H of such [[Public Health Service Act|Act]] (42 U.S.C. 254q)). ::::::: (iv) Primary care loan funds (including funds appropriated for schools of medicine or osteopathic medicine under the authority of section 735(f) of such [[Public Health Service Act|Act]] (42 U.S.C. 292y(f))). ::::::: (v) Primary care education programs (including funds appropriated under the authority of sections 736, 740, 741, and 747 of such [[Public Health Service Act|Act]] (42 U.S.C. 293, 293d, and 293k)). ::::::: (vi) Sections 761 and 770 of such [[Public Health Service Act|Act]] (42 U.S.C. 294n and 295e). ::::::: (vii) Nursing workforce development (including funds appropriated under the authority of title VIII of such [[Public Health Service Act|Act]] (42 U.S.C. 296 et seq.)). ::::::: (viii) The National Center for Health Statistics (including funds appropriated under the authority of sections 304, 306, 307, and 308 of such [[Public Health Service Act|Act]] (42 U.S.C. 242b, 242k, 242l, and 242m)). ::::::: (ix) The Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (including funds appropriated under the authority of title IX of such [[Public Health Service Act|Act]] (42 U.S.C. 299 et seq.)). ::: (3) BUDGETARY IMPLICATIONS.— :::: Amounts appropriated under this section, and outlays flowing from such appropriations, shall not be taken into account for purposes of any budget enforcement procedures including allocations under section 302(a) and (b) of the [[Public Law 99-177|Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act]] and budget resolutions for fiscal years during which appropriations are made from the Fund. ed157mk78ov706m4vtuqxw1jz8l3c1y H.R. 3200/Division A/Title II/Subtitle C 0 481348 14130191 1220814 2024-04-25T22:31:28Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Modernize deprecated markup. wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../../../|America’s Affordable Health Choices Act of 2009]] | author = | translator = | previous = [[../Subtitle B|Subtitle B<BR/>—Public Health Insurance Options]] | section = '''[[../../|Division A - Affordable Health Care Choices]]<br/>[[../|Title II - Health Insurance Exchange and Related Programs]]<br/>Subtitle C - Individual Affordability Credits''' | next = [[../../Title III|Title III—<BR/>Shared Responsibility]] | notes = }} =={{section|Subtitle C|SUBTITLE C}} — INDIVIDUAL AFFORDABILITY CREDITS== __TOC__ ==={{uc|{{section|Sec. 241.|Sec. 241}}. Availability Through Health Insurance Exchange}}.=== : (a) In General.— :: Subject to the succeeding provisions of this subtitle, in the case of an affordable credit eligible individual enrolled in an Exchange-participating health benefits plan— ::: (1) the individual shall be eligible for, in accordance with this subtitle, affordability credits consisting of— ::::: (A) an affordability premium credit under section 243 to be applied against the premium for the Exchange-participating health benefits plan in which the individual is enrolled; and ::::: (B) an affordability cost-sharing credit under section 244 to be applied as a reduction of the cost-sharing otherwise applicable to such plan; and ::: (2) the Commissioner shall pay the QHBP offering entity that offers such plan from the Health Insurance Exchange Trust Fund the aggregate amount of affordability credits for all affordable credit eligible individuals enrolled in such plan. : (b) Application.— ::: (1) In General.— :::: An Exchange eligible individual may apply to the Commissioner through the Health Insurance Exchange or through another entity under an arrangement made with the Commissioner, in a form and manner specified by the Commissioner. The Commissioner through the Health Insurance Exchange or through another public entity under an arrangement made with the Commissioner shall make a determination as to eligibility of an individual for affordability credits under this subtitle. The Commissioner shall establish a process whereby, on the basis of information otherwise available, individuals may be deemed to be affordable credit eligible individuals. In carrying this subtitle, the Commissioner shall establish effective methods that ensure that individuals with limited English proficiency are able to apply for affordability credits. ::: (2) Use of State Medicaid Agencies.— :::: If the Commissioner determines that a State Medicaid agency has the capacity to make a determination of eligibility for affordability credits under this subtitle and under the same standards as used by the Commissioner, under the Medicaid memorandum of understanding (as defined in section 205(c)(4))— ::::: (A) the State Medicaid agency is authorized to conduct such determinations for any Exchange-eligible individual who requests such a determination; and ::::: (B) the Commissioner shall reimburse the State Medicaid agency for the costs of conducting such determinations. ::: (3) Medicaid Screen and Enroll Obligation.— :::: In the case of an application made under paragraph (1), there shall be a determination of whether the individual is a Medicaid-eligible individual. If the individual is determined to be so eligible, the Commissioner, through the Medicaid memorandum of understanding, shall provide for the enrollment of the individual under the State Medicaid plan in accordance with the Medicaid memorandum of understanding. In the case of such an enrollment, the State shall provide for the same periodic redetermination of eligibility under Medicaid as would otherwise apply if the individual had directly applied for medical assistance to the State Medicaid agency. : (c) Use of Affordability Credits.— ::: (1) In General.— :::: In Y1 and Y2 an affordable credit eligible individual may use an affordability credit only with respect to a basic plan. ::: (2) Flexibility in Plan Enrollment Authorized.— :::: Beginning with Y3, the Commissioner shall establish a process to allow an affordability credit to be used for enrollees in enhanced or premium plans. In the case of an affordable credit eligible individual who enrolls in an enhanced or premium plan, the individual shall be responsible for any difference between the premium for such plan and the affordable credit amount otherwise applicable if the individual had enrolled in a basic plan. : (d) Access to Data.— :: In carrying out this subtitle, the Commissioner shall request from the Secretary of the Treasury consistent with section 6103 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 such information as may be required to carry out this subtitle. : (e) No Cash Rebates.— :: In no case shall an affordable credit eligible individual receive any cash payment as a result of the application of this subtitle. ==={{uc|{{section|Sec. 242.|Sec. 242}}. Affordable Credit Eligible Individual}}.=== : (a) Definition.— ::: (1) In General.— :::: For purposes of this division, the term “affordable credit eligible individual” means, subject to subsection (b), an individual who is lawfully present in a State in the United States (other than as a nonimmigrant described in a subparagraph (excluding subparagraphs (K), (T), (U), and (V)) of section 101(a)(15) of the [[Immigration and Nationality Act]])— ::::: (A) who is enrolled under an Exchange-participating health benefits plan and is not enrolled under such plan as an employee (or dependent of an employee) through an employer qualified health benefits plan that meets the requirements of section 312; ::::: (B) with family income below 400 percent of the Federal poverty level for a family of the size involved; and ::::: (C) who is not a Medicaid eligible individual, other than an individual described in section 202(d)(3) or an individual during a transition period under section 202(d)(4)(B)(ii). ::: (2) Treatment of Family.— :::: Except as the Commissioner may otherwise provide, members of the same family who are affordable credit eligible individuals shall be treated as a single affordable credit individual eligible for the applicable credit for such a family under this subtitle. : (b) Limitations on Employee and Dependent Disqualification.— ::: (1) In General.— :::: Subject to paragraph (2), the term “affordable credit eligible individual” does not include a full-time employee of an employer if the employer offers the employee coverage (for the employee and dependents) as a full-time employee under a group health plan if the coverage and employer contribution under the plan meet the requirements of section 312. ::: (2) Exceptions.— ::::: (A) For certain family circumstances.— :::::: The Commissioner shall establish such exceptions and special rules in the case described in paragraph (1) as may be appropriate in the case of a divorced or separated individual or such a dependent of an employee who would otherwise be an affordable credit eligible individual. ::::: (B) For unaffordable employer coverage.— :::::: Beginning in Y2, in the case of full-time employees for which the cost of the employee premium for coverage under a group health plan would exceed 11 percent of current family income (determined by the Commissioner on the basis of verifiable documentation and without regard to section 245), paragraph (1) shall not apply. : (c) Income Defined.— ::: (1) In General.— :::: In this title, the term “income” means modified adjusted gross income (as defined in section 59B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986). ::: (2) Study of Income Disregards.— :::: The Commissioner shall conduct a study that examines the application of income disregards for purposes of this subtitle. Not later than the first day of Y2, the Commissioner shall submit to Congress a report on such study and shall include such recommendations as the Commissioner determines appropriate. : (d) Clarification of Treatment of Affordability Credits.— :: Affordabilty credits under this subtitle shall not be treated, for purposes of title IV of the [[Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act of 1996]], to be a benefit provided under section 403 of such title. ==={{uc|{{section|Sec. 243.|Sec. 243}}. Affordable Premium Credit}}.=== : (a) In General.— :: The affordability premium credit under this section for an affordable credit eligible individual enrolled in an Exchange-participating health benefits plan is in an amount equal to the amount (if any) by which the premium for the plan (or, if less, the reference premium amount specified in subsection (c)), exceeds the affordable premium amount specified in subsection (b) for the individual. : (b) Affordable Premium Amount.— ::: (1) In General.— :::: The affordable premium amount specified in this subsection for an individual for monthly premium in a plan year shall be equal to 1⁄12 of the product of— ::::: (A) the premium percentage limit specified in paragraph (2) for the individual based upon the individual’s family income for the plan year; and ::::: (B) the individual’s family income for such plan year. ::: (2) Premium Percentage Limits Based on Table.— :::: The Commissioner shall establish premium percentage limits so that for individuals whose family income is within an income tier specified in the table in subsection (d) such percentage limits shall increase, on a sliding scale in a linear manner, from the initial premium percentage to the final premium percentage specified in such table for such income tier. : (c) Reference Premium Amount.— :: The reference premium amount specified in this subsection for a plan year for an individual in a premium rating area is equal to the average premium for the 3 basic plans in the area for the plan year with the lowest premium levels. In computing such amount the Commissioner may exclude plans with extremely limited enrollments. : (d) Table of Premium Percentage Limits and Actuarial Value Percentages Based on Income Tier.— ::: (1) In General.— :::: For purposes of this subtitle, the table specified in this subsection is as follows: <DIV id=left style="MARGIN-LEFT: 0em" align=center> <TABLE class="" style="BORDER-RIGHT: #c0c0c0 1px solid; BORDER-TOP: #c0c0c0 1px solid; BORDER-LEFT: #c0c0c0 1px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #c0c0c0 1px solid; BORDER-COLLAPSE: collapse" cellSpacing=0 cellPadding=0 width="95%" summary="Align to level: ; Subformat: "> <TR> <TD class=column1 width=389 style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid">In the case of family income<BR/>(expressed as a percent of FPL)<BR/>within the following income tier:</TD> <TD class=column3 width=263 style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid">The initial premium percentage is—</TD> <TD class=column4 width=263 style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid">The final premium percentage is—</TD> <TD class=column5 width=263 style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid">The actuarial value percentage is—</TD></TR> <TR> <TD class="" style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">133% through 150%</SPAN></TD> <TD class=column3 style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">1.5%</SPAN></TD> <TD class=column4 style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">3%</SPAN></TD> <TD class=column5 style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">97%</SPAN></TD></TR> <TR> <TD class="" style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">150% through 200%</SPAN></TD> <TD class=column3 style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">3%</SPAN></TD> <TD class=column4 style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">5%</SPAN></TD> <TD class=column5 style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">93%</SPAN></TD></TR> <TR> <TD class="" style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">200% through 250%</SPAN></TD> <TD class=column3 style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">5%</SPAN></TD> <TD class=column4 style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">7%</SPAN></TD> <TD class=column5 style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">85%</SPAN></TD></TR> <TR> <TD class="" style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">250% through 300%</SPAN></TD> <TD class=column3 style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">7%</SPAN></TD> <TD class=column4 style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">9%</SPAN></TD> <TD class=column5 style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">78%</SPAN></TD></TR> <TR> <TD class="" style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">300% through 350%</SPAN></TD> <TD class=column3 style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">9%</SPAN></TD> <TD class=column4 style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">10%</SPAN></TD> <TD class=column5 style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">72%</SPAN></TD></TR> <TR> <TD class="" style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">350% through 400%</SPAN></TD> <TD class=column3 style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">10%</SPAN></TD> <TD class=column4 style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">11%</SPAN></TD> <TD class=column5 style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">70%</SPAN></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV>&nbsp;<BR> ::: (2) Special Rules.— :::: For purposes of applying the table under paragraph (1)— ::::: (A) For lowest level of income.— :::::: In the case of an individual with income that does not exceed 133 percent of FPL, the individual shall be considered to have income that is 133 percent of FPL. ::::: (B) Application of higher actuarial value percentage at tier transition points.— :::::: If two actuarial value percentages may be determined with respect to an individual, the actuarial value percentage shall be the higher of such percentages. ==={{uc|{{section|Sec. 244.|Sec. 244}}. Affordability Cost-Sharing Credit}}.=== : (a) In General.— :: The affordability cost-sharing credit under this section for an affordable credit eligible individual enrolled in an Exchange-participating health benefits plan is in the form of the cost-sharing reduction described in subsection (b) provided under this section for the income tier in which the individual is classified based on the individual’s family income. : (b) Cost-sharing Reductions.— :: The Commissioner shall specify a reduction in cost-sharing amounts and the annual limitation on cost-sharing specified in section 122(c)(2)(B) under a basic plan for each income tier specified in the table under section 243(d), with respect to a year, in a manner so that, as estimated by the Commissioner, the actuarial value of the coverage with such reduced cost-sharing amounts (and the reduced annual cost-sharing limit) is equal to the actuarial value percentage (specified in the table under section 243(d) for the income tier involved) of the full actuarial value if there were no cost-sharing imposed under the plan. : (c) Determination and Payment of Cost-sharing Affordability Credit.— :: In the case of an affordable credit eligible individual in a tier enrolled in an Exchange-participating health benefits plan offered by a QHBP offering entity, the Commissioner shall provide for payment to the offering entity of an amount equivalent to the increased actuarial value of the benefits under the plan provided under section 203(c)(2)(B) resulting from the reduction in cost-sharing described in subsection (b). ==={{uc|{{section|Sec. 245.|Sec. 245}}. Income Determinations}}.=== : (a) In General.— :: In applying this subtitle for an affordability credit for an individual for a plan year, the individual’s income shall be the income (as defined in section 242(c)) for the individual for the most recent taxable year (as determined in accordance with rules of the Commissioner). The Federal poverty level applied shall be such level in effect as of the date of the application. : (b) Program Integrity; Income Verification Procedures.— ::: (1) Program Integrity.— :::: The Commissioner shall take such steps as may be appropriate to ensure the accuracy of determinations and redeterminations under this subtitle. ::: (2) Income Verification.— ::::: (A) In General.— :::::: Upon an initial application of an individual for an affordability credit under this subtitle (or in applying section 242(b)) or upon an application for a change in the affordability credit based upon a significant change in family income described in subparagraph (A)— ::::::: (i) the Commissioner shall request from the Secretary of the Treasury the disclosure to the Commissioner of such information as may be permitted to verify the information contained in such application; and ::::::: (ii) the Commissioner shall use the information so disclosed to verify such information. ::::: (B) Alternative Procedures.— :::::: The Commissioner shall establish procedures for the verification of income for purposes of this subtitle if no income tax return is available for the most recent completed tax year. : (c) Special Rules.— ::: (1) Changes in Income as a Percent of FPL.— :::: In the case that an individual’s income (expressed as a percentage of the Federal poverty level for a family of the size involved) for a plan year is expected (in a manner specified by the Commissioner) to be significantly different from the income (as so expressed) used under subsection (a), the Commissioner shall establish rules requiring an individual to report, consistent with the mechanism established under paragraph (2), significant changes in such income (including a significant change in family composition) to the Commissioner and requiring the substitution of such income for the income otherwise applicable. ::: (2) Reporting of Significant Changes in Income.— :::: The Commissioner shall establish rules under which an individual determined to be an affordable credit eligible individual would be required to inform the Commissioner when there is a significant change in the family income of the individual (expressed as a percentage of the FPL for a family of the size involved) and of the information regarding such change. Such mechanism shall provide for guidelines that specify the circumstances that qualify as a significant change, the verifiable information required to document such a change, and the process for submission of such information. If the Commissioner receives new information from an individual regarding the family income of the individual, the Commissioner shall provide for a redetermination of the individual’s eligibility to be an affordable credit eligible individual. ::: (3) Transition for CHIP.— :::: In the case of a child described in section 202(d)(2), the Commissioner shall establish rules under which the family income of the child is deemed to be no greater than the family income of the child as most recently determined before Y1 by the State under title XXI of the [[Social Security Act]]. ::: (4) Study of Geographic Variation in Application of FPL.— :::: The Commissioner shall examine the feasibility and implication of adjusting the application of the Federal poverty level under this subtitle for different geographic areas so as to reflect the variations in cost-of-living among different areas within the United States. If the Commissioner determines that an adjustment is feasible, the study should include a methodology to make such an adjustment. Not later than the first day of Y2, the Commissioner shall submit to Congress a report on such study and shall include such recommendations as the Commissioner determines appropriate. : (d) Penalties for Misrepresentation.— :: In the case of an individual intentionally misrepresents family income or the individual fails (without regard to intent) to disclose to the Commissioner a significant change in family income under subsection (c) in a manner that results in the individual becoming an affordable credit eligible individual when the individual is not or in the amount of the affordability credit exceeding the correct amount— ::: (1) the individual is liable for repayment of the amount of the improper affordability credit; and ::: (2) in the case of such an intentional misrepresentation or other egregious circumstances specified by the Commissioner, the Commissioner may impose an additional penalty. ==={{uc|{{section|Sec. 246.|Sec. 246}}. No Federal Payment for Undocumented Aliens}}.=== : Nothing in this subtitle shall allow Federal payments for affordability credits on behalf of individuals who are not lawfully present in the United States. <br/> 4piwnm07d9gamrekzwjrnch2no7kqip H.R. 3200/Division A/Title III/Subtitle B/Part 2 0 481464 14130180 1193337 2024-04-25T22:27:58Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../../../../|America's Affordable Health Choices Act of 2009]] | author = | translator = | previous = [[../Part 1|Part 1<BR/>—Health Coverage Participation Requirements]] | section = '''[[../../../|Division A - Affordable Health Care Choices]]<br/>[[../../../Title III|Title III - Shared Responsibility]]<br/>[[../../Subtitle B|Subtitle B - Employer Responsibility]]<br/>Part 2 - Satisfaction of Health Coverage Participation Requirements''' | next = [[../../../Title IV|Title IV—<BR/>Amendments to Internal Revenue Code of 1986]] | notes = }} =={{section|Part 2|PART 2}} — SATISFACTION OF HEALTH COVERAGE PARTICIPATION REQUIREMENTS== __TOC__ ==={{uc|{{section|Sec. 321.|Sec. 321}}. Satisfaction of Health Coverage Participation Requirements Under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974}}.=== : (a) In General.— :: Subtitle B of title I of the [[Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974]] is amended by adding at the end the following new part: {{center| ====“PART 8—National Health Coverage Participation Requirements==== }} =====“{{uc|SEC. 801. Election of employer to be subject to national health coverage participation requirements}}.===== ::“(a) In general.—An employer may make an election with the Secretary to be subject to the health coverage participation requirements. ::“(b) Time and manner.—An election under subsection (a) may be made at such time and in such form and manner as the Secretary may prescribe. =====“{{uc|SEC. 802. Treatment of coverage resulting from election}}.===== ::“(a) In general.—If an employer makes an election to the Secretary under section 801— :::“(1) such election shall be treated as the establishment and maintenance of a group health plan (as defined in section 733(a)) for purposes of this title, subject to section 151 of the America’s Affordable Health Choices Act of 2009, and :::“(2) the health coverage participation requirements shall be deemed to be included as terms and conditions of such plan. ::“(b) Periodic investigations To discover noncompliance.—The Secretary shall regularly audit a representative sampling of employers and group health plans and conduct investigations and other activities under section 504 with respect to such sampling of plans so as to discover noncompliance with the health coverage participation requirements in connection with such plans. The Secretary shall communicate findings of noncompliance made by the Secretary under this subsection to the Secretary of the Treasury and the Health Choices Commissioner. The Secretary shall take such timely enforcement action as appropriate to achieve compliance. =====“{{uc|SEC. 803. Health coverage participation requirements}}.===== ::“For purposes of this part, the term ‘health coverage participation requirements’ means the requirements of part 1 of subtitle B of title III of division A of America’s Affordable Health Choices Act of 2009 (as in effect on the date of the enactment of such Act). =====“{{uc|SEC. 804. Rules for applying requirements}}.===== ::“(a) Affiliated groups.—In the case of any employer which is part of a group of employers who are treated as a single employer under subsection (b), (c), (m), or (o) of section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, the election under section 801 shall be made by such employer as the Secretary may provide. Any such election, once made, shall apply to all members of such group. ::“(b) Separate elections.—Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, separate elections may be made under section 801 with respect to— :::“(1) separate lines of business, and :::“(2) full-time employees and employees who are not full-time employees. =====“{{uc|SEC. 805. Termination of election in cases of substantial noncompliance}}.===== ::“The Secretary may terminate the election of any employer under section 801 if the Secretary (in coordination with the Health Choices Commissioner) determines that such employer is in substantial noncompliance with the health coverage participation requirements and shall refer any such determination to the Secretary of the Treasury as appropriate. =====“{{uc|SEC. 806. Regulations}}.===== ::“The Secretary may promulgate such regulations as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the provisions of this part, in accordance with section 324(a) of the America’s Affordable Health Choices Act of 2009. The Secretary may promulgate any interim final rules as the Secretary determines are appropriate to carry out this part.”. : (b) Enforcement of Health Coverage Participation Requirements.— :: Section 502 of such Act (29 U.S.C. 1132) is amended— ::: (1) in subsection (a)(6), by striking “paragraph” and all that follows through “subsection (c)” and inserting “paragraph (2), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), or (11) of subsection (c)”; and ::: (2) in subsection (c), by redesignating the second paragraph (10) as paragraph (12) and by inserting after the first paragraph (10) the following new paragraph: ::::“(11) Health coverage participation requirements.— :::::“(A) Civil penalties.—In the case of any employer who fails (during any period with respect to which an election under section 801(a) is in effect) to satisfy the health coverage participation requirements with respect to any employee, the Secretary may assess a civil penalty against the employer of $100 for each day in the period beginning on the date such failure first occurs and ending on the date such failure is corrected. :::::“(B) Health coverage participation requirements.—For purposes of this paragraph, the term ‘health coverage participation requirements’ has the meaning provided in section 803. :::::“(C) Limitations on amount of penalty.— ::::::“(i) Penalty not to apply where failure not discovered exercising reasonable diligence.—No penalty shall be assessed under subparagraph (A) with respect to any failure during any period for which it is established to the satisfaction of the Secretary that the employer did not know, or exercising reasonable diligence would not have known, that such failure existed. ::::::“(ii) Penalty not to apply to failures corrected within 30 days.—No penalty shall be assessed under subparagraph (A) with respect to any failure if— :::::::“(I) such failure was due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, and :::::::“(II) such failure is corrected during the 30-day period beginning on the 1st date that the employer knew, or exercising reasonable diligence would have known, that such failure existed. ::::::“(iii) Overall limitation for unintentional failures.—In the case of failures which are due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, the penalty assessed under subparagraph (A) for failures during any 1-year period shall not exceed the amount equal to the lesser of— :::::::“(I) 10 percent of the aggregate amount paid or incurred by the employer (or predecessor employer) during the preceding 1-year period for group health plans, or :::::::“(II) $500,000. :::::“(D) Advance notification of failure prior to assessment.—Before a reasonable time prior to the assessment of any penalty under this paragraph with respect to any failure by an employer, the Secretary shall inform the employer in writing of such failure and shall provide the employer information regarding efforts and procedures which may be undertaken by the employer to correct such failure. :::::“(E) Coordination with excise tax.—Under regulations prescribed in accordance with section 324 of the America’s Affordable Health Choices Act of 2009, the Secretary and the Secretary of the Treasury shall coordinate the assessment of penalties under this section in connection with failures to satisfy health coverage participation requirements with the imposition of excise taxes on such failures under section 4980H(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 so as to avoid duplication of penalties with respect to such failures. :::::“(F) Deposit of penalty collected.—Any amount of penalty collected under this paragraph shall be deposited as miscellaneous receipts in the Treasury of the United States.”. : (c) Clerical Amendments.— :: The table of contents in section 1 of such Act is amended by inserting after the item relating to section 734 the following new items: :::: “PART 8—NATIONAL HEALTH COVERAGE PARTICIPATION REQUIREMENTS :::::“Sec. 801. Election of employer to be subject to national health coverage participation requirements. :::::“Sec. 802. Treatment of coverage resulting from election. :::::“Sec. 803. Health coverage participation requirements. :::::“Sec. 804. Rules for applying requirements. :::::“Sec. 805. Termination of election in cases of substantial noncompliance. :::::“Sec. 806. Regulations.”. : (d) Effective Date.— :: The amendments made by this section shall apply to periods beginning after December 31, 2012. ==={{uc|{{section|Sec. 322.|Sec. 322}}. Satisfaction of Health Coverage Participation Requirements Under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986}}.=== : (a) Failure to Elect, or Substantially Comply with, Health Coverage Participation Requirements.— :: For employment tax on employers who fail to elect, or substantially comply with, the health coverage participation requirements described in part 1, see section 3111(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as added by section 412 of this Act). : (b) Other Failures.— :: For excise tax on other failures of electing employers to comply with such requirements, see section 4980H of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as added by section 411 of this Act). ==={{uc|{{section|Sec. 323.|Sec. 323}}. Satisfaction of Health Coverage Participation Requirements Under the Public Health Service Act}}.=== : (a) In General.— :: Part C of title XXVII of the [[Public Health Service Act]] is amended by adding at the end the following new section: ====={{uc|“SEC. 2793. National health coverage participation requirements}}.===== ::“(a) Election of employer To be subject to national health coverage participation requirements.— :::“(1) In general.—An employer may make an election with the Secretary to be subject to the health coverage participation requirements. :::“(2) Time and manner.—An election under paragraph (1) may be made at such time and in such form and manner as the Secretary may prescribe. ::“(b) Treatment of coverage resulting from election.— :::“(1) In general.—If an employer makes an election to the Secretary under subsection (a)— ::::“(A) such election shall be treated as the establishment and maintenance of a group health plan for purposes of this title, subject to section 151 of the America’s Affordable Health Choices Act of 2009, and ::::“(B) the health coverage participation requirements shall be deemed to be included as terms and conditions of such plan. :::“(2) Periodic investigations to determine compliance with health coverage participation requirements.—The Secretary shall regularly audit a representative sampling of employers and conduct investigations and other activities with respect to such sampling of employers so as to discover noncompliance with the health coverage participation requirements in connection with such employers (during any period with respect to which an election under subsection (a) is in effect). The Secretary shall communicate findings of noncompliance made by the Secretary under this subsection to the Secretary of the Treasury and the Health Choices Commissioner. The Secretary shall take such timely enforcement action as appropriate to achieve compliance. ::“(c) Health coverage participation requirements.—For purposes of this section, the term ‘health coverage participation requirements’ means the requirements of part 1 of subtitle B of title III of division A of the America’s Affordable Health Choices Act of 2009 (as in effect on the date of the enactment of this section). ::“(d) Separate elections.—Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, separate elections may be made under subsection (a) with respect to full-time employees and employees who are not full-time employees. ::“(e) Termination of election in cases of substantial noncompliance.—The Secretary may terminate the election of any employer under subsection (a) if the Secretary (in coordination with the Health Choices Commissioner) determines that such employer is in substantial noncompliance with the health coverage participation requirements and shall refer any such determination to the Secretary of the Treasury as appropriate. ::“(f) Enforcement of health coverage participation requirements.— :::“(1) Civil penalties.—In the case of any employer who fails (during any period with respect to which the election under subsection (a) is in effect) to satisfy the health coverage participation requirements with respect to any employee, the Secretary may assess a civil penalty against the employer of $100 for each day in the period beginning on the date such failure first occurs and ending on the date such failure is corrected. :::“(2) Limitations on amount of penalty.— ::::“(A) Penalty not to apply where failure not discovered exercising reasonable diligence.—No penalty shall be assessed under paragraph (1) with respect to any failure during any period for which it is established to the satisfaction of the Secretary that the employer did not know, or exercising reasonable diligence would not have known, that such failure existed. ::::“(B) Penalty not to apply to failures corrected within 30 days.—No penalty shall be assessed under paragraph (1) with respect to any failure if— :::::“(i) such failure was due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, and :::::“(ii) such failure is corrected during the 30-day period beginning on the 1st date that the employer knew, or exercising reasonable diligence would have known, that such failure existed. ::::“(C) Overall limitation for unintentional failures.—In the case of failures which are due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, the penalty assessed under paragraph (1) for failures during any 1-year period shall not exceed the amount equal to the lesser of— :::::“(i) 10 percent of the aggregate amount paid or incurred by the employer (or predecessor employer) during the preceding taxable year for group health plans, or :::::“(ii) $500,000. :::“(3) Advance notification of failure prior to assessment.—Before a reasonable time prior to the assessment of any penalty under paragraph (1) with respect to any failure by an employer, the Secretary shall inform the employer in writing of such failure and shall provide the employer information regarding efforts and procedures which may be undertaken by the employer to correct such failure. :::“(4) Actions to enforce assessments.—The Secretary may bring a civil action in any District Court of the United States to collect any civil penalty under this subsection. :::“(5) Coordination with excise tax.—Under regulations prescribed in accordance with section 324 of the America’s Affordable Health Choices Act of 2009, the Secretary and the Secretary of the Treasury shall coordinate the assessment of penalties under paragraph (1) in connection with failures to satisfy health coverage participation requirements with the imposition of excise taxes on such failures under section 4980H(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 so as to avoid duplication of penalties with respect to such failures. :::“(6) Deposit of penalty collected.—Any amount of penalty collected under this subsection shall be deposited as miscellaneous receipts in the Treasury of the United States. ::“(g) Regulations.—The Secretary may promulgate such regulations as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the provisions of this section, in accordance with section 324(a) of the America’s Affordable Health Choices Act of 2009. The Secretary may promulgate any interim final rules as the Secretary determines are appropriate to carry out this section.”. : (b) Effective Date.— :: The amendments made by subsection (a) shall apply to periods beginning after December 31, 2012. ==={{uc|{{section|Sec. 324.|Sec. 324}}. Additional Rules Relating to Health Coverage Participation Requirements}}.=== : (a) Assuring Coordination.— :: The officers consisting of the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of the Treasury, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, and the Health Choices Commissioner shall ensure, through the execution of an interagency memorandum of understanding among such officers, that— ::: (1) regulations, rulings, and interpretations issued by such officers relating to the same matter over which two or more of such officers have responsibility under subpart B of part 6 of subtitle B of title I of the [[Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974]], section 4980H of the [[Internal Revenue Code of 1986]], and section 2793 of the [[Public Health Service Act]] are administered so as to have the same effect at all times; and ::: (2) coordination of policies relating to enforcing the same requirements through such officers in order to have a coordinated enforcement strategy that avoids duplication of enforcement efforts and assigns priorities in enforcement. : (b) Multiemployer Plans.— :: In the case of a group health plan that is a multiemployer plan (as defined in section 3(37) of the [[Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974]]), the regulations prescribed in accordance with subsection (a) by the officers referred to in subsection (a) shall provide for the application of the health coverage participation requirements to the plan sponsor and contributing sponsors of such plan. <br/> 7051as4vlpcxsaorofqhvghv0hmwsky H.R. 3200/Division A/Title III/Subtitle B/Part 1 0 481468 14130178 1193184 2024-04-25T22:27:24Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../../../../|America’s Affordable Health Choices Act of 2009]] | author = | translator = | previous = [[../../Subtitle B#Subtitle B|Subtitle B<BR/>—Table of Contents]] | section = '''[[../../../|Division A - Affordable Health Care Choices]]<br/>[[../../../Title III|Title III - Shared Responsibility]]<br/>[[../../Subtitle B|Subtitle B - Employer Responsibility]]<br/>Part 1 - Health Coverage Participation Requirements''' | next = [[../Part 2|Part 2—<BR/>Satisfaction of Health Coverage Participation Requirements]] | notes = }}=={{section|Part 1|PART 1}} — HEALTH COVERAGE PARTICIPATION REQUIREMENTS== __TOC__ ==={{uc|{{section|Sec. 311.|Sec. 311}}. Health Coverage Participation Requirements}}.=== : An employer meets the requirements of this section if such employer does all of the following: ::: (1) Offer of Coverage.— :::: The employer offers each employee individual and family coverage under a qualified health benefits plan (or under a current employment-based health plan (within the meaning of section 102(b))) in accordance with section 312. ::: (2) Contribution Towards Coverage.— :::: If an employee accepts such offer of coverage, the employer makes timely contributions towards such coverage in accordance with section 312. ::: (3) Contribution in Lieu of Coverage.— :::: Beginning with Y2, if an employee declines such offer but otherwise obtains coverage in an Exchange-participating health benefits plan (other than by reason of being covered by family coverage as a spouse or dependent of the primary insured), the employer shall make a timely contribution to the Health Insurance Exchange with respect to each such employee in accordance with section 313. ==={{uc|{{section|Sec. 312.|Sec. 312}}. Employer Responsibility to Contribute Towards Employee and Dependent Coverage}}.=== : (a) In General.— :: An employer meets the requirements of this section with respect to an employee if the following requirements are met: ::: (1) Offering of coverage.— :::: The employer offers the coverage described in section 311(1) either through an Exchange-participating health benefits plan or other than through such a plan. ::: (2) Employer Required Contribution.— :::: The employer timely pays to the issuer of such coverage an amount not less than the employer required contribution specified in subsection (b) for such coverage. ::: (3) Provision of Information.— :::: The employer provides the Health Choices Commissioner, the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, and the Secretary of the Treasury, as applicable, with such information as the Commissioner may require to ascertain compliance with the requirements of this section. ::: (4) Autoenrollment of Employees.— :::: The employer provides for autoenrollment of the employee in accordance with subsection (c). : (b) Reduction of Employee Premiums Through Minimum Employer Contribution.— ::: (1) Full-time Employees.— :::: The minimum employer contribution described in this subsection for coverage of a full-time employee (and, if any, the employee’s spouse and qualifying children (as defined in section 152(c) of the [[Internal Revenue Code of 1986]]) under a qualified health benefits plan (or current employment-based health plan) is equal to— ::::: (A) in case of individual coverage, not less than 72.5 percent of the applicable premium (as defined in section 4980B(f)(4) of such Code, subject to paragraph (2)) of the lowest cost plan offered by the employer that is a qualified health benefits plan (or is such current employment-based health plan); and ::::: (B) in the case of family coverage which includes coverage of such spouse and children, not less 65 percent of such applicable premium of such lowest cost plan. ::: (2) Applicable Premium for Exchange Coverage.— :::: In this subtitle, the amount of the applicable premium of the lowest cost plan with respect to coverage of an employee under an Exchange-participating health benefits plan is the reference premium amount under section 243(c) for individual coverage (or, if elected, family coverage) for the premium rating area in which the individual or family resides. ::: (3) Minimum Employer Contribution for Employees Other than Full-time Employees.— :::: In the case of coverage for an employee who is not a full-time employee, the amount of the minimum employer contribution under this subsection shall be a proportion (as determined in accordance with rules of the Health Choices Commissioner, the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, and the Secretary of the Treasury, as applicable) of the minimum employer contribution under this subsection with respect to a full-time employee that reflects the proportion of— ::::: (A) the average weekly hours of employment of the employee by the employer, to ::::: (B) the minimum weekly hours specified by the Commissioner for an employee to be a full-time employee. ::: (4) Salary Reductions Not Treated as Employer Contributions.— :::: For purposes of this section, any contribution on behalf of an employee with respect to which there is a corresponding reduction in the compensation of the employee shall not be treated as an amount paid by the employer. : (c) Automatic Enrollment for Employer Sponsored Health Benefits.— ::: (1) In General.— :::: The requirement of this subsection with respect to an employer and an employee is that the employer automatically enroll suchs employee into the employment-based health benefits plan for individual coverage under the plan option with the lowest applicable employee premium. ::: (2) Opt-Out.— :::: In no case may an employer automatically enroll an employee in a plan under paragraph (1) if such employee makes an affirmative election to opt out of such plan or to elect coverage under an employment-based health benefits plan offered by such employer. An employer shall provide an employee with a 30-day period to make such an affirmative election before the employer may automatically enroll the employee in such a plan. ::: (3) Notice Requirements.— ::::: (A) In General.— :::::: Each employer described in paragraph (1) who automatically enrolls an employee into a plan as described in such paragraph shall provide the employees, within a reasonable period before the beginning of each plan year (or, in the case of new employees, within a reasonable period before the end of the enrollment period for such a new employee), written notice of the employees’ rights and obligations relating to the automatic enrollment requirement under such paragraph. Such notice must be comprehensive and understood by the average employee to whom the automatic enrollment requirement applies. ::::: (B) Inclusion of Specific Information.— :::::: The written notice under subparagraph (A) must explain an employee’s right to opt out of being automatically enrolled in a plan and in the case that more than one level of benefits or employee premium level is offered by the employer involved, the notice must explain which level of benefits and employee premium level the employee will be automatically enrolled in the absence of an affirmative election by the employee. ==={{uc|{{section|Sec. 313.|Sec. 313}}. Employer Contributions in Lieu of Coverage}}.=== : (a) In General.— :: A contribution is made in accordance with this section with respect to an employee if such contribution is equal to an amount equal to 8 percent of the average wages paid by the employer during the period of enrollment (determined by taking into account all employees of the employer and in such manner as the Commissioner provides, including rules providing for the appropriate aggregation of related employers). Any such contribution— ::: (1) shall be paid to the Health Choices Commissioner for deposit into the Health Insurance Exchange Trust Fund, and ::: (2) shall not be applied against the premium of the employee under the Exchange-participating health benefits plan in which the employee is enrolled. : (b) Special Rules for Small Employers.— ::: (1) In General.— :::: In the case of any employer who is a small employer for any calendar year, subsection (a) shall be applied by substituting the applicable percentage determined in accordance with the following table for ``8 percent´´: <DIV style="MARGIN-LEFT: 4em" align=center> <TABLE class="" style="BORDER-RIGHT: #c0c0c0 1px solid; BORDER-TOP: #c0c0c0 1px solid; BORDER-LEFT: #c0c0c0 1px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #c0c0c0 1px solid; BORDER-COLLAPSE: collapse" cellSpacing=0 cellPadding=0 width="86%" summary="Align to level: section; Subformat: "> <TR> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">``<b>If the annual payroll of such employer for <BR>the preceding calendar year:</B></SPAN></TD> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px"><B>The applicable percentage is:</B></SPAN></TD></TR> <TR> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">&nbsp;&nbsp;Does not exceed $250,000</SPAN></TD> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">0 percent</SPAN></TD></TR> <TR> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">&nbsp;&nbsp;Exceeds $250,000, but does not exceed $300,000</SPAN></TD> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">2 percent</SPAN></TD></TR> <TR> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">&nbsp;&nbsp;Exceeds $300,000, but does not exceed $350,000</SPAN></TD> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">4 percent</SPAN></TD></TR> <TR> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">&nbsp;&nbsp;Exceeds $350,000, but does not exceed $400,000</SPAN></TD> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">6 percent</SPAN></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV> ::: (2) Small Employer.— :::: For purposes of this subsection, the term ``small employer´´ means any employer for any calendar year if the annual payroll of such employer for the preceding calendar year does not exceed $400,000. ::: (3) Annual Payroll.— :::: For purposes of this paragraph, the term ``annual payroll´´ means, with respect to any employer for any calendar year, the aggregate wages paid by the employer during such calendar year. ::: (4) Aggregation Rules.— :::: Related employers and predecessors shall be treated as a single employer for purposes of this subsection. ==={{uc|{{section|Sec. 314.|Sec. 314}}. Authority Related to Improper Steering}}.=== : The Health Choices Commissioner (in coordination with the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, and the Secretary of the Treasury) shall have authority to set standards for determining whether employers or insurers are undertaking any actions to affect the risk pool within the Health Insurance Exchange by inducing individuals to decline coverage under a qualified health benefits plan (or current employment-based health plan (within the meaning of section 102(b))) offered by the employer and instead to enroll in an Exchange-participating health benefits plan. An employer violating such standards shall be treated as not meeting the requirements of this section. <BR/> itmr5qpr8ru0orof48y3m8lfd38k71y 14130179 14130178 2024-04-25T22:27:39Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../../../../|America’s Affordable Health Choices Act of 2009]] | author = | translator = | previous = [[../../Subtitle B#Subtitle B|Subtitle B<BR/>—Table of Contents]] | section = '''[[../../../|Division A - Affordable Health Care Choices]]<br/>[[../../../Title III|Title III - Shared Responsibility]]<br/>[[../../Subtitle B|Subtitle B - Employer Responsibility]]<br/>Part 1 - Health Coverage Participation Requirements''' | next = [[../Part 2|Part 2—<BR/>Satisfaction of Health Coverage Participation Requirements]] | notes = }} =={{section|Part 1|PART 1}} — HEALTH COVERAGE PARTICIPATION REQUIREMENTS== __TOC__ ==={{uc|{{section|Sec. 311.|Sec. 311}}. Health Coverage Participation Requirements}}.=== : An employer meets the requirements of this section if such employer does all of the following: ::: (1) Offer of Coverage.— :::: The employer offers each employee individual and family coverage under a qualified health benefits plan (or under a current employment-based health plan (within the meaning of section 102(b))) in accordance with section 312. ::: (2) Contribution Towards Coverage.— :::: If an employee accepts such offer of coverage, the employer makes timely contributions towards such coverage in accordance with section 312. ::: (3) Contribution in Lieu of Coverage.— :::: Beginning with Y2, if an employee declines such offer but otherwise obtains coverage in an Exchange-participating health benefits plan (other than by reason of being covered by family coverage as a spouse or dependent of the primary insured), the employer shall make a timely contribution to the Health Insurance Exchange with respect to each such employee in accordance with section 313. ==={{uc|{{section|Sec. 312.|Sec. 312}}. Employer Responsibility to Contribute Towards Employee and Dependent Coverage}}.=== : (a) In General.— :: An employer meets the requirements of this section with respect to an employee if the following requirements are met: ::: (1) Offering of coverage.— :::: The employer offers the coverage described in section 311(1) either through an Exchange-participating health benefits plan or other than through such a plan. ::: (2) Employer Required Contribution.— :::: The employer timely pays to the issuer of such coverage an amount not less than the employer required contribution specified in subsection (b) for such coverage. ::: (3) Provision of Information.— :::: The employer provides the Health Choices Commissioner, the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, and the Secretary of the Treasury, as applicable, with such information as the Commissioner may require to ascertain compliance with the requirements of this section. ::: (4) Autoenrollment of Employees.— :::: The employer provides for autoenrollment of the employee in accordance with subsection (c). : (b) Reduction of Employee Premiums Through Minimum Employer Contribution.— ::: (1) Full-time Employees.— :::: The minimum employer contribution described in this subsection for coverage of a full-time employee (and, if any, the employee’s spouse and qualifying children (as defined in section 152(c) of the [[Internal Revenue Code of 1986]]) under a qualified health benefits plan (or current employment-based health plan) is equal to— ::::: (A) in case of individual coverage, not less than 72.5 percent of the applicable premium (as defined in section 4980B(f)(4) of such Code, subject to paragraph (2)) of the lowest cost plan offered by the employer that is a qualified health benefits plan (or is such current employment-based health plan); and ::::: (B) in the case of family coverage which includes coverage of such spouse and children, not less 65 percent of such applicable premium of such lowest cost plan. ::: (2) Applicable Premium for Exchange Coverage.— :::: In this subtitle, the amount of the applicable premium of the lowest cost plan with respect to coverage of an employee under an Exchange-participating health benefits plan is the reference premium amount under section 243(c) for individual coverage (or, if elected, family coverage) for the premium rating area in which the individual or family resides. ::: (3) Minimum Employer Contribution for Employees Other than Full-time Employees.— :::: In the case of coverage for an employee who is not a full-time employee, the amount of the minimum employer contribution under this subsection shall be a proportion (as determined in accordance with rules of the Health Choices Commissioner, the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, and the Secretary of the Treasury, as applicable) of the minimum employer contribution under this subsection with respect to a full-time employee that reflects the proportion of— ::::: (A) the average weekly hours of employment of the employee by the employer, to ::::: (B) the minimum weekly hours specified by the Commissioner for an employee to be a full-time employee. ::: (4) Salary Reductions Not Treated as Employer Contributions.— :::: For purposes of this section, any contribution on behalf of an employee with respect to which there is a corresponding reduction in the compensation of the employee shall not be treated as an amount paid by the employer. : (c) Automatic Enrollment for Employer Sponsored Health Benefits.— ::: (1) In General.— :::: The requirement of this subsection with respect to an employer and an employee is that the employer automatically enroll suchs employee into the employment-based health benefits plan for individual coverage under the plan option with the lowest applicable employee premium. ::: (2) Opt-Out.— :::: In no case may an employer automatically enroll an employee in a plan under paragraph (1) if such employee makes an affirmative election to opt out of such plan or to elect coverage under an employment-based health benefits plan offered by such employer. An employer shall provide an employee with a 30-day period to make such an affirmative election before the employer may automatically enroll the employee in such a plan. ::: (3) Notice Requirements.— ::::: (A) In General.— :::::: Each employer described in paragraph (1) who automatically enrolls an employee into a plan as described in such paragraph shall provide the employees, within a reasonable period before the beginning of each plan year (or, in the case of new employees, within a reasonable period before the end of the enrollment period for such a new employee), written notice of the employees’ rights and obligations relating to the automatic enrollment requirement under such paragraph. Such notice must be comprehensive and understood by the average employee to whom the automatic enrollment requirement applies. ::::: (B) Inclusion of Specific Information.— :::::: The written notice under subparagraph (A) must explain an employee’s right to opt out of being automatically enrolled in a plan and in the case that more than one level of benefits or employee premium level is offered by the employer involved, the notice must explain which level of benefits and employee premium level the employee will be automatically enrolled in the absence of an affirmative election by the employee. ==={{uc|{{section|Sec. 313.|Sec. 313}}. Employer Contributions in Lieu of Coverage}}.=== : (a) In General.— :: A contribution is made in accordance with this section with respect to an employee if such contribution is equal to an amount equal to 8 percent of the average wages paid by the employer during the period of enrollment (determined by taking into account all employees of the employer and in such manner as the Commissioner provides, including rules providing for the appropriate aggregation of related employers). Any such contribution— ::: (1) shall be paid to the Health Choices Commissioner for deposit into the Health Insurance Exchange Trust Fund, and ::: (2) shall not be applied against the premium of the employee under the Exchange-participating health benefits plan in which the employee is enrolled. : (b) Special Rules for Small Employers.— ::: (1) In General.— :::: In the case of any employer who is a small employer for any calendar year, subsection (a) shall be applied by substituting the applicable percentage determined in accordance with the following table for ``8 percent´´: <DIV style="MARGIN-LEFT: 4em" align=center> <TABLE class="" style="BORDER-RIGHT: #c0c0c0 1px solid; BORDER-TOP: #c0c0c0 1px solid; BORDER-LEFT: #c0c0c0 1px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #c0c0c0 1px solid; BORDER-COLLAPSE: collapse" cellSpacing=0 cellPadding=0 width="86%" summary="Align to level: section; Subformat: "> <TR> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">``<b>If the annual payroll of such employer for <BR>the preceding calendar year:</B></SPAN></TD> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px"><B>The applicable percentage is:</B></SPAN></TD></TR> <TR> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">&nbsp;&nbsp;Does not exceed $250,000</SPAN></TD> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">0 percent</SPAN></TD></TR> <TR> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">&nbsp;&nbsp;Exceeds $250,000, but does not exceed $300,000</SPAN></TD> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">2 percent</SPAN></TD></TR> <TR> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">&nbsp;&nbsp;Exceeds $300,000, but does not exceed $350,000</SPAN></TD> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">4 percent</SPAN></TD></TR> <TR> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">&nbsp;&nbsp;Exceeds $350,000, but does not exceed $400,000</SPAN></TD> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">6 percent</SPAN></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV> ::: (2) Small Employer.— :::: For purposes of this subsection, the term ``small employer´´ means any employer for any calendar year if the annual payroll of such employer for the preceding calendar year does not exceed $400,000. ::: (3) Annual Payroll.— :::: For purposes of this paragraph, the term ``annual payroll´´ means, with respect to any employer for any calendar year, the aggregate wages paid by the employer during such calendar year. ::: (4) Aggregation Rules.— :::: Related employers and predecessors shall be treated as a single employer for purposes of this subsection. ==={{uc|{{section|Sec. 314.|Sec. 314}}. Authority Related to Improper Steering}}.=== : The Health Choices Commissioner (in coordination with the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, and the Secretary of the Treasury) shall have authority to set standards for determining whether employers or insurers are undertaking any actions to affect the risk pool within the Health Insurance Exchange by inducing individuals to decline coverage under a qualified health benefits plan (or current employment-based health plan (within the meaning of section 102(b))) offered by the employer and instead to enroll in an Exchange-participating health benefits plan. An employer violating such standards shall be treated as not meeting the requirements of this section. <BR/> ayd1h9ze9ma1y86og6xiylkb746bjjd H.R. 3200/Division A/Title IV/Subtitle A/Part 2 0 481474 14130192 1193168 2024-04-25T22:32:13Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../../../../|America's Affordable Health Choices Act of 2009]] | author = | translator = | previous = [[../Part 1|Part 1<BR/>—Individual Responsibility]] | section = '''[[../../../|Division A - Affordable Health Care Choices]]<br/>[[../../../Title IV|Title IV - Amendments to Internal Revenue Code of 1986]]<br/>[[../../Subtitle A|Subtitle A - Shared Responsibility]]<br/>Part 2 - Employer Responsibility''' | next = [[../../Subtitle B|Subtitle B—<BR/>Credit for Small Business Employee Health Coverage Expenses]] | notes = }} =={{section|Part 2|PART 2}} — EMPLOYER RESPONSIBILITY== __TOC__ ==={{uc|{{section|Sec. 411.|Sec. 411}}. Election to Satisfy Health Coverage Participation Requirements}}.=== : (a) In General.— :: Chapter 43 of the [[Internal Revenue Code of 1986]] is amended by adding at the end the following new section: ::``{{uc|SEC. 4980H. Election with respect to health coverage participation requirements}}. :::``(a) Election of employer responsibility To provide health coverage.— ::::``(1) In general.—Subsection (b) shall apply to any employer with respect to whom an election under paragraph (2) is in effect. ::::``(2) Time and manner.—An employer may make an election under this paragraph at such time and in such form and manner as the Secretary may prescribe. ::::``(3) Affiliated groups.—In the case of any employer which is part of a group of employers who are treated as a single employer under subsection (b), (c), (m), or (o) of section 414, the election under paragraph (2) shall be made by such person as the Secretary may provide. Any such election, once made, shall apply to all members of such group. ::::``(4) Separate elections.—Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, separate elections may be made under paragraph (2) with respect to— :::::``(A) separate lines of business, and :::::``(B) full-time employees and employees who are not full-time employees. ::::``(5) Termination of election in cases of substantial noncompliance.—The Secretary may terminate the election of any employer under paragraph (2) if the Secretary (in coordination with the Health Choices Commissioner) determines that such employer is in substantial noncompliance with the health coverage participation requirements. :::``(b) Excise tax with respect to failure To meet health coverage participation requirements.— ::::``(1) In general.—In the case of any employer who fails (during any period with respect to which the election under subsection (a) is in effect) to satisfy the health coverage participation requirements with respect to any employee to whom such election applies, there is hereby imposed on each such failure with respect to each such employee a tax of $100 for each day in the period beginning on the date such failure first occurs and ending on the date such failure is corrected. ::::``(2) Limitations on amount of tax.— :::::``(A) Tax not to apply where failure not discovered exercising reasonable diligence.—No tax shall be imposed by paragraph (1) on any failure during any period for which it is established to the satisfaction of the Secretary that the employer neither knew, nor exercising reasonable diligence would have known, that such failure existed. :::::``(B) Tax not to apply to failures corrected within 30 days.—No tax shall be imposed by paragraph (1) on any failure if— ::::::``(i) such failure was due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, and ::::::``(ii) such failure is corrected during the 30-day period beginning on the 1st date that the employer knew, or exercising reasonable diligence would have known, that such failure existed. :::::``(C) Overall limitation for unintentional failures.—In the case of failures which are due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, the tax imposed by subsection (a) for failures during the taxable year of the employer shall not exceed the amount equal to the lesser of— ::::::``(i) 10 percent of the aggregate amount paid or incurred by the employer (or predecessor employer) during the preceding taxable year for employment-based health plans, or ::::::``(ii) $500,000. :::::``(D) Coordination with other enforcement provisions.—The tax imposed under paragraph (1) with respect to any failure shall be reduced (but not below zero) by the amount of any civil penalty collected under section 502(c)(11) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 or section 2793(g) of the Public Health Service Act with respect to such failure. :::``(c) Health coverage participation requirements.—For purposes of this section, the term ‘health coverage participation requirements’ means the requirements of part I of subtitle B of title III of the America’s Affordable Health Choices Act of 2009 (as in effect on the date of the enactment of this section).´´. : (b) Clerical Amendment.— :: The table of sections for chapter 43 of such Code is amended by adding at the end the following new item: ::::``{{uc|Sec. 4980H. Election to satisfy health coverage participation requirements}}.´´. : (c) Effective Date.— :: The amendments made by this section shall apply to periods beginning after December 31, 2012. ==={{uc|{{section|Sec. 412.|Sec. 412}}. Responsibilities of Nonelecting Employers}}.=== : (a) In General.— :: Section 3111 of the [[Internal Revenue Code of 1986]] is amended by redesignating subsection (c) as subsection (d) and by inserting after subsection (b) the following new subsection: :::``(c) Employers electing to not provide health benefits.— ::::``(1) In general.—In addition to other taxes, there is hereby imposed on every nonelecting employer an excise tax, with respect to having individuals in his employ, equal to 8 percent of the wages (as defined in section 3121(a)) paid by him with respect to employment (as defined in section 3121(b)). ::::``(2) Special rules for small employers.— :::::``(A) In general.—In the case of any employer who is small employer for any calendar year, paragraph (1) shall be applied by substituting the applicable percentage determined in accordance with the following table for ‘8 percent’: <DIV style="MARGIN-LEFT: 4em" align=center> <TABLE class="" style="BORDER-RIGHT: #c0c0c0 1px solid; BORDER-TOP: #c0c0c0 1px solid; BORDER-LEFT: #c0c0c0 1px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #c0c0c0 1px solid; BORDER-COLLAPSE: collapse" cellSpacing=0 cellPadding=0 width="86%" summary="Align to level: section; Subformat: "> <TR> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">``<b>If the annual payroll of such employer for <BR>the preceding calendar year:</B></SPAN></TD> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px"><B>The applicable percentage is:</B></SPAN></TD></TR> <TR> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">&nbsp;&nbsp;Does not exceed $250,000</SPAN></TD> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">0 percent</SPAN></TD></TR> <TR> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">&nbsp;&nbsp;Exceeds $250,000, but does not exceed $300,000</SPAN></TD> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">2 percent</SPAN></TD></TR> <TR> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">&nbsp;&nbsp;Exceeds $300,000, but does not exceed $350,000</SPAN></TD> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">4 percent</SPAN></TD></TR> <TR> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">&nbsp;&nbsp;Exceeds $350,000, but does not exceed $400,000</SPAN></TD> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">6 percent</SPAN></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV> :::::``(B) Small employer.—For purposes of this paragraph, the term ‘small employer’ means any employer for any calendar year if the annual payroll of such employer for the preceding calendar year does not exceed $400,000. :::::``(C) Annual payroll.—For purposes of this paragraph, the term ‘annual payroll’ means, with respect to any employer for any calendar year, the aggregate wages (as defined in section 3121(a)) paid by him with respect to employment (as defined in section 3121(b)) during such calendar year. ::::``(3) Nonelecting employer.—For purposes of paragraph (1), the term ‘nonelecting employer’ means any employer for any period with respect to which such employer does not have an election under section 4980H(a) in effect. ::::``(4) Special rule for separate elections.—In the case of an employer who makes a separate election described in section 4980H(a)(4) for any period, paragraph (1) shall be applied for such period by taking into account only the wages paid to employees who are not subject to such election. ::::``(5) Aggregation; predecessors.—For purposes of this subsection— :::::``(A) all persons treated as a single employer under subsection (b), (c), (m), or (o) of section 414 shall be treated as 1 employer, and :::::``(B) any reference to any person shall be treated as including a reference to any predecessor of such person.´´. : (b) Definitions.— :: Section 3121 of such Code is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: ::::``(aa) Special rules for tax on employers electing not To provide health benefits.—For purposes of section 3111(c)— :::::``(1) Paragraphs (1), (5), and (19) of subsection (b) shall not apply. :::::``(2) Paragraph (7) of subsection (b) shall apply by treating all services as not covered by the retirement systems referred to in subparagraphs (C) and (F) thereof. :::::``(3) Subsection (e) shall not apply and the term ‘State’ shall include the District of Columbia.´´. : (c) Conforming Amendment.— :: Subsection (d) of section 3111 of such Code, as redesignated by this section, is amended by striking ``this section´´ and inserting ``subsections (a) and (b)´´. : (d) Application to Railroads.— ::: (1) In General.— :::: Section 3221 of such Code is amended by redesignating subsection (c) as subsection (d) and by inserting after subsection (b) the following new subsection: :::::``(c) Employers electing to not provide health benefits.— ::::::``(1) In general.—In addition to other taxes, there is hereby imposed on every nonelecting employer an excise tax, with respect to having individuals in his employ, equal to 8 percent of the compensation paid during any calendar year by such employer for services rendered to such employer. ::::::``(2) Exception for small employers.—Rules similar to the rules of section 3111(c)(2) shall apply for purposes of this subsection. ::::::``(3) Nonelecting employer.—For purposes of paragraph (1), the term ‘nonelecting employer’ means any employer for any period with respect to which such employer does not have an election under section 4980H(a) in effect. ::::::``(4) Special rule for separate elections.—In the case of an employer who makes a separate election described in section 4980H(a)(4) for any period, subsection (a) shall be applied for such period by taking into account only the wages paid to employees who are not subject to such election.´´. ::: (2) Definitions.— :::: Subsection (e) of section 3231 of such Code is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph: :::::``(13) Special rules for tax on employers electing not to provide health benefits.—For purposes of section 3221(c)— ::::::``(A) Paragraph (1) shall be applied without regard to the third sentence thereof. ::::::``(B) Paragraph (2) shall not apply.´´. ::: (3) Conforming Amendment.— :::: Subsection (d) of section 3221 of such Code, as redesignated by this section, is amended by striking ``subsections (a) and (b), see section 3231(e)(2)´´ and inserting ``this section, see paragraphs (2) and (13)(B) of section 3231(e)´´. : (e) Effective Date.— :: The amendments made by this section shall apply to periods beginning after December 31, 2012. <br/> f289unlr9cdaz2smn4ymsk6a06rt1ko H.R. 3200/Division C/Title V/Subtitle E 0 481550 14130189 1179155 2024-04-25T22:30:19Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../../../|America’s Affordable Health Choices Act of 2009]] | author = | translator = | previous = [[../Subtitle D|Subtitle D<BR/>—Grants for Comprehensive Programs to Provide Education to Nurses and Create a Pipeline to Nursing]] | section = '''[[../../|Division C - Public Health and Workforce Development]]<br/>[[../|Title V - Other Provisions]]<br/>Subtitle E - States Failing to Adhere to Certain Employment Obligations''' | next = | notes = }} __NOTOC__ =={{section|Subtitle E|SUBTITLE E}} — STATES FAILING TO ADHERE TO CERTAIN EMPLOYMENT OBLIGATIONS== ==={{section|Sec. 2541.|SEC. 2541}}. LIMITATION ON FEDERAL FUNDS.=== : A State is eligible for Federal funds under the provisions of the [[Public Health Service Act]] (42 U.S.C. 201 et seq.) only if the State— ::: (1) agrees to be subject in its capacity as an employer to each obligation under [[../../../Division A#Division A|Division A]] of this Act and the amendments made by such division applicable to persons in their capacity as an employer; and ::: (2) assures that all political subdivisions in the State will do the same. 2x4897lqraqy027qbkwm8dsp3r1n4z0 H.R. 3200/Division C/Title V/Subtitle D 0 481551 14130190 1189199 2024-04-25T22:30:40Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../../../|America’s Affordable Health Choices Act of 2009]] | author = | translator = | previous = [[../Subtitle C|Subtitle C<BR/>—National Medical Device Registry]] | section = '''[[../../|Division C - Public Health and Workforce Development]]<br/>[[../|Title V - Other Provisions]]<br/>Subtitle D - Grants for Comprehensive Programs to Provide Education <BR/>to Nurses and Create a Pipeline to Nursing''' | next = [[../Subtitle E|Subtitle E—<BR/>States Failing to Adhere to Certain Employment Obligations]] | notes = }} __NOTOC__ =={{section|Subtitle D|SUBTITLE D}} — {{uc|Grants for Comprehensive Programs to Provide Education to Nurses and Create a Pipeline to Nursing}}== ==={{section|Sec. 2531.|SEC. 2531}}. ESTABLISHMENT OF GRANT PROGRAM.=== : (a) Purposes.— :: It is the purpose of this section to authorize grants to— ::: (1) address the projected shortage of nurses by funding comprehensive programs to create a career ladder to nursing (including Certified Nurse Assistants, Licensed Practical Nurses, Licensed Vocational Nurses, and Registered Nurses) for incumbent ancillary health care workers; ::: (2) increase the capacity for educating nurses by increasing both nurse faculty and clinical opportunities through collaborative programs between staff nurse organizations, health care providers, and accredited schools of nursing; and ::: (3) provide training programs through education and training organizations jointly administered by health care providers and health care labor organizations or other organizations representing staff nurses and frontline health care workers, working in collaboration with accredited schools of nursing and academic institutions. : (b) Grants.— :: Not later than 6 months after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Labor (referred to in this section as the “Secretary”) shall establish a partnership grant program to award grants to eligible entities to carry out comprehensive programs to provide education to nurses and create a pipeline to nursing for incumbent ancillary health care workers who wish to advance their careers, and to otherwise carry out the purposes of this section. : (c) Eligibility.— :: To be eligible for a grant under this section, an entity shall be— ::: (1) a health care entity that is jointly administered by a health care employer and a labor union representing the health care employees of the employer and that carries out activities using labor management training funds as provided for under section 302(c)(6) of the [[Labor Management Relations Act, 1947]] (29 U.S.C. 186(c)(6)); ::: (2) an entity that operates a training program that is jointly administered by— ::::: (A) one or more health care providers or facilities, or a trade association of health care providers; and ::::: (B) one or more organizations which represent the interests of direct care health care workers or staff nurses and in which the direct care health care workers or staff nurses have direct input as to the leadership of the organization; ::: (3) a State training partnership program that consists of nonprofit organizations that include equal participation from industry, including public or private employers, and labor organizations including joint labor-management training programs, and which may include representatives from local governments, worker investment agency one-stop career centers, community-based organizations, community colleges, and accredited schools of nursing; or ::: (4) a school of nursing (as defined in section 801 of the [[Public Health Service Act]] (42 U.S.C. 296)). : (d) Additional Requirements for Health Care Employer Described in Subsection (c).— :: To be eligible for a grant under this section, a health care employer described in subsection (c) shall demonstrate that it— ::: (1) has an established program within their facility to encourage the retention of existing nurses; ::: (2) provides wages and benefits to its nurses that are competitive for its market or that have been collectively bargained with a labor organization; and ::: (3) supports programs funded under this section through 1 or more of the following: ::::: (A) The provision of paid leave time and continued health coverage to incumbent health care workers to allow their participation in nursing career ladder programs, including certified nurse assistants, licensed practical nurses, licensed vocational nurses, and registered nurses. ::::: (B) Contributions to a joint labor-management training fund which administers the program involved. ::::: (C) The provision of paid release time, incentive compensation, or continued health coverage to staff nurses who desire to work full- or part-time in a faculty position. ::::: (D) The provision of paid release time for staff nurses to enable them to obtain a bachelor of science in nursing degree, other advanced nursing degrees, specialty training, or certification program. ::::: (E) The payment of tuition assistance which is managed by a joint labor-management training fund or other jointly administered program. : (e) Other Requirements.— ::: (1) Matching Requirement.— ::::: (A) In General.— :::::: The Secretary may not make a grant under this section unless the applicant involved agrees, with respect to the costs to be incurred by the applicant in carrying out the program under the grant, to make available non-Federal contributions (in cash or in kind under subparagraph (B)) toward such costs in an amount equal to not less than $1 for each $1 of Federal funds provided in the grant. Such contributions may be made directly or through donations from public or private entities, or may be provided through the cash equivalent of paid release time provided to incumbent worker students. ::::: (B) Determination of Amount of non-Federal Contribution.— :::::: Non-Federal contributions required in subparagraph (A) may be in cash or in kind (including paid release time), fairly evaluated, including equipment or services (and excluding indirect or overhead costs). Amounts provided by the Federal Government, or services assisted or subsidized to any significant extent by the Federal Government, may not be included in determining the amount of such non-Federal contributions. ::: (2) Required Collaboration.— :::: Entities carrying out or overseeing programs carried out with assistance provided under this section shall demonstrate collaboration with accredited schools of nursing which may include community colleges and other academic institutions providing associate, bachelor's, or advanced nursing degree programs or specialty training or certification programs. : (f) Use of Funds.— :: Amounts awarded to an entity under a grant under this section shall be used for the following: ::: (1) To carry out programs that provide education and training to establish nursing career ladders to educate incumbent health care workers to become nurses (including certified nurse assistants, licensed practical nurses, licensed vocational nurses, and registered nurses). Such programs shall include one or more of the following: ::::: (A) Preparing incumbent workers to return to the classroom through English -as-a-second language education, GED education, pre-college counseling, college preparation classes, and support with entry level college classes that are a prerequisite to nursing. ::::: (B) Providing tuition assistance with preference for dedicated cohort classes in community colleges, universities, accredited schools of nursing with supportive services including tutoring and counseling. ::::: (C) Providing assistance in preparing for and meeting all nursing licensure tests and requirements. ::::: (D) Carrying out orientation and mentorship programs that assist newly graduated nurses in adjusting to working at the bedside to ensure their retention postgraduation, and ongoing programs to support nurse retention. ::::: (E) Providing stipends for release time and continued health care coverage to enable incumbent health care workers to participate in these programs. ::: (2) To carry out programs that assist nurses in obtaining advanced degrees and completing specialty training or certification programs and to establish incentives for nurses to assume nurse faculty positions on a part-time or full-time basis. Such programs shall include one or more of the following: ::::: (A) Increasing the pool of nurses with advanced degrees who are interested in teaching by funding programs that enable incumbent nurses to return to school. ::::: (B) Establishing incentives for advanced degree bedside nurses who wish to teach in nursing programs so they can obtain a leave from their bedside position to assume a full- or part-time position as adjunct or full-time faculty without the loss of salary or benefits. ::::: (C) Collaboration with accredited schools of nursing which may include community colleges and other academic institutions providing associate, bachelor's, or advanced nursing degree programs, or specialty training or certification programs, for nurses to carry out innovative nursing programs which meet the needs of bedside nursing and health care providers. : (g) Preference.— :: In awarding grants under this section the Secretary shall give preference to programs that— ::: (1) provide for improving nurse retention; ::: (2) provide for improving the diversity of the new nurse graduates to reflect changes in the demographics of the patient population; ::: (3) provide for improving the quality of nursing education to improve patient care and safety; ::: (4) have demonstrated success in upgrading incumbent health care workers to become nurses or which have established effective programs or pilots to increase nurse faculty; or ::: (5) are modeled after or affiliated with such programs described in paragraph (4). : (h) Evaluation.— ::: (1) Program Evaluations.— :::: An entity that receives a grant under this section shall annually evaluate, and submit to the Secretary a report on, the activities carried out under the grant and the outcomes of such activities. Such outcomes may include— ::::: (A) an increased number of incumbent workers entering an accredited school of nursing and in the pipeline for nursing programs; ::::: (B) an increasing number of graduating nurses and improved nurse graduation and licensure rates; ::::: (C) improved nurse retention; ::::: (D) an increase in the number of staff nurses at the health care facility involved; ::::: (E) an increase in the number of nurses with advanced degrees in nursing; ::::: (F) an increase in the number of nurse faculty; ::::: (G) improved measures of patient quality (which may include staffing ratios of nurses, patient satisfaction rates, patient safety measures); and ::::: (H) an increase in the diversity of new nurse graduates relative to the patient population. ::: (2) General Report.— :::: Not later than 2 years after the date of the enactment of this Act, and annually thereafter, the Secretary of Labor shall, using data and information from the reports received under paragraph (1), submit to the Congress a report concerning the overall effectiveness of the grant program carried out under this section. : (i) Authorization of Appropriations.— :: There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary. 2sof1oj2jdraruhzd2qstm5s7ijov17 Page:Copyright Act 1978 from Government Gazette.djvu/23 104 486701 14127701 14104280 2024-04-25T12:02:06Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{rh|{{smaller|{{uc|Government Gazette, 30 June 1978}}}}||{{smaller|No. 6092{{gap|3em}}45}}}} {{rule|100%}} {{rh||{{smaller|{{uc|Copyright Act, 1978.}}}}|{{smaller|'''Act No. 98, 1978'''}}}} {{Sidenotes begin}} {{SLeb|pad=y}}</noinclude><section begin="s43"/>section 16 of the Copyright Act, 1965 made before the commencement of this Act, shall continue to subsist until its expiration in conformity with the said section 16; {{SLi|''(c)''}} the copyright in cinematograph films made before the commencement of this Act shall be governed by the relevant provisions of this Act, subject to the qualification, in the case of cinematograph films treated as original dramatic works under section 35 of the Third Schedule to the [[Designs Act, 1916]] (Act No. 9 of 1916)― {{SLeb}} {{SLi|(i)}} that the author shall, if so required, remunerate the person who is the owner of a copyright in that film for the purposes of that Act, which remuneration shall be determined by arbitration if agreement thereon cannot be reached; and {{SLi|(ii)}} the author shall indemnify the user against any further claims relating to the copyright in the film. {{SLee}}{{SLee}} <section end="s43"/> <section begin="s44"/><div style="clear:both;text-indent:1.5em">{{anchor|s44}}{{right sidenote|Time when a work is made.}} '''44.''' For the purposes of this Act a work shall be deemed to have been made at the time when it was first reduced to writing or to some other material form. </div> <section end="s44"/> <section begin="s45"/><div style="clear:both;text-indent:1.5em">{{anchor|s45}}{{right sidenote|Regulation and control of circulation, presentation or exhibition of works.}} '''45.''' (1) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Act contained, the Minister may make such regulations as he may consider necessary in regard to the circulation, presentation or exhibition of any work or production. (2) Such regulations may empower any person specified therein to prohibit the circulation, presentation or exhibition of any such work or production or to authorize the circulation, presentation or exhibition thereof on such conditions as may be specified in those regulations. (3) The circulation, presentation or exhibition of any work or production in pursuance of authority granted in terms of such regulations shall not constitute an infringement of copyright in such work or production, but the author shall not thereby be deprived of his right to a reasonable remuneration, which shall in default of agreement be determined by arbitration. </div> <section end="s45"/> <section begin="s46"/><div style="clear:both;text-indent:1.5em">{{anchor|s46}}{{right sidenote|Repeal of laws.}} '''46.''' The laws specified in the [[#schedule|Schedule]] are hereby repealed to the extent set out in the third column of the Schedule: Provided that any proclamation, regulation or rule having effect under any provision so repealed and in force immediately prior to the commencement of this Act, shall continue in force after such commencement and may be repealed, amended or altered as if it had been made under this Act. </div> <section end="s46"/> <section begin="s47"/><div style="clear:both;text-indent:1.5em">{{anchor|s47}}{{right sidenote|Short title and commencement.}} '''47.''' This Act shall be called the Copyright Act, 1978, and shall come into operation on 1 January 1979, except sections [[#s1|1]], [[#s39|39]] and [[#s40|40]], which shall come into operation upon promulgation of this Act in the ''Gazette'', and except [[#s45|section 45]], which shall come into operation on a date fixed by the State President by proclamation in the ''Gazette''. </div> <section end="s47"/> <section begin="schedule"/> {{rule|width=5em|height=1px}} {{anchor|schedule}}{{c|{{larger|'''Schedule'''}}}}<br /> {|class="__schedule" |- |No. and year of Act |Title |Extent of Repeal |- |Act No. 63 of 1965 |[[Copyright Act, 1965]] |The whole, except section 46 |- |Act No. 56 of 1967 |[[Copyright Amendment Act, 1967]] |The whole |- |Act No. 75 of 1972 |[[Copyright Amendment Act, 1972]] |The whole |- |Act No. 64 of 1975 |[[Copyright Amendment Act, 1975]] |The whole |}<section end="schedule"/><noinclude> {{sidenotes end}}</noinclude> k2u1iy8p4gc7vd51hqh15gxqfwab1nz 14127703 14127701 2024-04-25T12:03:33Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{rh|{{smaller|{{uc|Government Gazette, 30 June 1978}}}}||{{smaller|No. 6092{{gap|3em}}45}}}} {{rule|100%}} {{rh||{{smaller|{{uc|Copyright Act, 1978.}}}}|{{smaller|'''Act No. 98, 1978'''}}}} {{Sidenotes begin}} {{SLeb|pad=y}}</noinclude><section begin="s43"/>section 16 of the Copyright Act, 1965 made before the commencement of this Act, shall continue to subsist until its expiration in conformity with the said section 16; {{SLi|''(c)''}} the copyright in cinematograph films made before the commencement of this Act shall be governed by the relevant provisions of this Act, subject to the qualification, in the case of cinematograph films treated as original dramatic works under section 35 of the Third Schedule to the [[Designs Act, 1916]] (Act No. 9 of 1916)― {{SLeb}} {{SLi|(i)}} that the author shall, if so required, remunerate the person who is the owner of a copyright in that film for the purposes of that Act, which remuneration shall be determined by arbitration if agreement thereon cannot be reached; and {{SLi|(ii)}} the author shall indemnify the user against any further claims relating to the copyright in the film. {{SLee}}{{SLee}} <section end="s43"/> <section begin="s44"/><div style="clear:both;text-indent:1.5em">{{anchor|s44}}{{right sidenote|Time when a work is made.}} '''44.''' For the purposes of this Act a work shall be deemed to have been made at the time when it was first reduced to writing or to some other material form. </div> <section end="s44"/> <section begin="s45"/><div style="clear:both;text-indent:1.5em">{{anchor|s45}}{{right sidenote|Regulation and control of circulation, presentation or exhibition of works.}} '''45.''' (1) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Act contained, the Minister may make such regulations as he may consider necessary in regard to the circulation, presentation or exhibition of any work or production. (2) Such regulations may empower any person specified therein to prohibit the circulation, presentation or exhibition of any such work or production or to authorize the circulation, presentation or exhibition thereof on such conditions as may be specified in those regulations. (3) The circulation, presentation or exhibition of any work or production in pursuance of authority granted in terms of such regulations shall not constitute an infringement of copyright in such work or production, but the author shall not thereby be deprived of his right to a reasonable remuneration, which shall in default of agreement be determined by arbitration. </div> <section end="s45"/> <section begin="s46"/><div style="clear:both;text-indent:1.5em">{{anchor|s46}}{{right sidenote|Repeal of laws.}} '''46.''' The laws specified in the [[#schedule|Schedule]] are hereby repealed to the extent set out in the third column of the Schedule: Provided that any proclamation, regulation or rule having effect under any provision so repealed and in force immediately prior to the commencement of this Act, shall continue in force after such commencement and may be repealed, amended or altered as if it had been made under this Act. </div> <section end="s46"/> <section begin="s47"/><div style="clear:both;text-indent:1.5em">{{anchor|s47}}{{right sidenote|Short title and commencement.}} '''47.''' This Act shall be called the Copyright Act, 1978, and shall come into operation on 1 January 1979, except sections [[#s1|1]], [[#s39|39]] and [[#s40|40]], which shall come into operation upon promulgation of this Act in the ''Gazette'', and except [[#s45|section 45]], which shall come into operation on a date fixed by the State President by proclamation in the ''Gazette''. </div> <section end="s47"/> <section begin="schedule"/> {{rule|width=5em|height=1px}} {{anchor|schedule}}{{c|{{larger|'''Schedule'''}}}}<br /> {|class="__schedule" |- !No. and year of Act !Title !Extent of Repeal |- |Act No. 63 of 1965 |[[Copyright Act, 1965]] |The whole, except section 46 |- |Act No. 56 of 1967 |[[Copyright Amendment Act, 1967]] |The whole |- |Act No. 75 of 1972 |[[Copyright Amendment Act, 1972]] |The whole |- |Act No. 64 of 1975 |[[Copyright Amendment Act, 1975]] |The whole |}<section end="schedule"/><noinclude> {{sidenotes end}}</noinclude> cokf9i95y3paoc6ucxu96mikufy2bib Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990/Title XIII/Subtitle A/Part I 0 487556 14130195 11530351 2024-04-25T22:32:53Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../../../]] | author = | previous = [[../#Subtitle A|SUBTITLE A<BR/>—Table of Contents]] | section = [[../../../Title XIII|Title XIII - Budget Enforcement]]<BR/>[[../../Subtitle A|Subtitle A - Amendments to the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act<br/>of 1985 and Related Amendments]]Part I - Amendments to the Balanced Budget and Emergency. Deficit Control Act of 1985 | next = [[../Part II|PART II—<BR/>Related Amendments]] | notes = }} =={{UC|{{section|Part I|PART I}} — Amendments to the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985 }}== __NOTOC__ === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 13101.|Sec. 13101}}. Sequestration}}. === : (a) SECTIONS 250 THROUGH 254.— :: Sections 251 (except for subsection (a)(6)(I)) through 254 of part C of the [[Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985]] (2 U.S.C. 901 et seq.) are amended to read as follows: <div style="padding-left: 6em; text-indent: -1em"> ===== ``{{UC|{{section|Sec. 250.|Sec. 250}}. Table of Contents; Budget Enforcement Statement; Definitions}}. ===== </div> :::``(a) TABLE OF CONTENTS.— ::::``[[#Sec. 250.|Sec. 250. Table of Contents; Budget Enforcement Statement; Definitions]]. ::::``[[#Sec. 251.|Sec. 251. Enforcing Discretionary Spending Limits]]. ::::``[[#Sec. 252.|Sec. 252. Enforcing Pay-As-You-Go]]. ::::``[[#Sec. 253.|Sec. 253. Enforcing Deficit Targets]]. ::::``[[#Sec. 254.|Sec. 254. Reports and Orders]]. ::::``[[#Sec. 255.|Sec. 255. Exempt Programs and Activities]]. ::::``[[#Sec. 256.|Sec. 256. Special Rules]]. ::::``[[#Sec. 257.|Sec. 257. The Baseline]]. ::::``[[#Sec. 258.|Sec. 258. Suspension in the Event of War or Low Growth]]. ::::``[[#Sec. 258A.|Sec. 258A. Modification of Presidential Order]]. ::::``[[#Sec. 258B.|Sec. 258B. Alternative Defense Sequestration]]. ::::``[[#Sec. 258C.|Sec. 258C. Special Reconciliation Process]]. :::``(b) GENERAL STATEMENT OF BUDGET ENFORCEMENT THROUGH SEQUESTRATION.— This part provides for the enforcement of the deficit reduction assumed in House Concurrent Resolution 310 (101st Congress, second session) and the applicable deficit targets for fiscal years 1991 through 1995. Enforcement, as necessary, is to be implemented through sequestration— :::::``(1) to enforce discretionary spending levels assumed in that resolution (with adjustments as provided hereinafter); :::::``(2) to enforce the requirement that any legislation increasing direct spending or decreasing revenues be on a pay-as-you-go basis; and :::::``(3) to enforce the deficit targets specifically set forth in the [[Congressional Budget and Impoundment Control Act of 1974]] (with adjustments as provided hereinafter); ::::``applied in the order set forth above. :::``(c) DEFINITIONS.— ::::``As used in this part: :::::``(1) The terms ``budget authority´´, ``new budget authority´´, ``outlays´´, and ``deficit´´ have the meanings given to such terms in section 3 of the [[Congressional Budget and Impoundment Control Act of 1974]] (but including the treatment specified in section 257(b)(3) of the Hospital Insurance Trust Fund) and the terms ``maximum deficit amount´´ and ``discretionary spending limit´´ shall mean the amounts specified in section 601 of that Act as adjusted under sections 251 and 253 of this Act. :::::``(2) The terms ``sequester´´ and ``sequestration´´ refer to or mean the cancellation of budgetary resources provided by discretionary appropriations or direct spending law. :::::``(3) The term ``breach´´ means, for any fiscal year, the amount (if any) by which new budget authority or outlays for that year (within a category of discretionary appropriations) is above that category's discretionary spending limit for new budget authority or outlays for that year, as the case may be. :::::``(4) The term ``category´´ means: ::::::``(A) For fiscal years 1991, 1992, and 1993, any of the following subsets of discretionary appropriations: defense, international, or domestic. Discretionary appropriations in each of the three categories shall be those so designated in the joint statement of managers accompanying the conference report on the [[Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990]]. New accounts or activities shall be categorized in consultation with the Committees on Appropriations and the Budget of the House of Representatives and the Senate. ::::::``(B) For fiscal years 1994 and 1995, all discretionary appropriations. :::::``Contributions to the United States to offset the cost of Operation Desert Shield shall not be counted within any category. :::::``(5) The term ``baseline´´ means the projection (described in section 257) of current-year levels of new budget authority, outlays, receipts, and the surplus or deficit into the budget year and the outyears. :::::``(6) The term ``budgetary resources´´ means— ::::::``(A) with respect to budget year 1991, new budget authority; unobligated balances; new loan guarantee commitments or limitations; new direct loan obligations, commitments, or limitations; direct spending authority; and obligation limitations; or ::::::``(B) with respect to budget year 1992, 1993, 1994, or 1995, new budget authority; unobligated balances; direct spending authority; and obligation limitations. :::::``(7) The term ``discretionary appropriations´´ means budgetary resources (except to fund direct-spending programs) provided in appropriation Acts. :::::``(8) The term ``direct spending´´ means— ::::::``(A) budget authority provided by law other than appropriation Acts; ::::::``(B) entitlement authority; and ::::::``(C) the food stamp program. :::::``(9) The term ``current´´ means, with respect to OMB estimates included with a budget submission under section 1105(a) of [[title 31, United States Code]], the estimates consistent with the economic and technical assumptions underlying that budget and with respect to estimates made after submission of the fiscal year 1992 budget that are not included with a budget submission, estimates consistent with the economic and technical assumptions underlying the most recently submitted President's budget. :::::``(10) The term ``real economic growth´´, with respect to any fiscal year, means the growth in the gross national product during such fiscal year, adjusted for inflation, consistent with Department of Commerce definitions. :::::``(11) The term ``account´´ means an item for which appropriations are made in any appropriation Act and, for items not provided for in appropriation Acts, such term means an item for which there is a designated budget account identification code number in the President's budget. :::::``(12) The term ``budget year´´ means, with respect to a session of Congress, the fiscal year of the Government that starts on October 1 of the calendar year in which that session begins. :::::``(13) The term ``current year´´ means, with respect to a budget year, the fiscal year that immediately precedes that budget year. :::::``(14) The term ``outyear´´ means, with respect to a budget year, any of the fiscal years that follow the budget year through fiscal year 1995. :::::``(15) The term ``OMB´´ means the Director of the Office of Management and Budget. :::::``(16) The term ``CBO´´ means the Director of the Congressional Budget Office. :::::``(17) For purposes of sections 252 and 253, legislation enacted during the second session of the One Hundred First Congress shall be deemed to have been enacted before the enactment of this Act. :::::``(18) As used in this part, all references to entitlement authority shall include the list of mandatory appropriations included in the joint explanatory statement of managers accompanying the conference report on the [[Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990]]. :::::``(19) The term ``deposit insurance´´ refers to the expenses of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the funds it incorporates, the Resolution Trust Corporation, the National Credit Union Administration and the funds it incorporates, the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Comptroller of the Currency Assessment Fund, and the RTC Office of Inspector General. :::::``(20) The term ``composite outlay rate´´ means the percent of new budget authority that is converted to outlays in the fiscal year for which the budget authority is provided and subsequent fiscal years, as follows: ::::::``(A) For the international category, 46 percent for the first year, 20 percent for the second year, 16 percent for the third year, and 8 percent for the fourth year. ::::::``(B) For the domestic category, 53 percent for the first year, 31 percent for the second year, 12 percent for the third year, and 2 percent for the fourth year. <div style="padding-left: 6em; text-indent: -1em"> ===== ``{{UC|{{section|Sec. 251.|Sec. 251}}. Enforcing Discretionary Spending Limits}}. ===== </div> :::``(a) FISCAL YEARS 1991-1995 Enforcement.— ::::``(1) SEQUESTRATION.— Within 15 calendar days after Congress adjourns to end a session and on the same day as a sequestration (if any) under section 252 and section 253, there shall be a sequestration to eliminate a budget-year breach, if any, within any category. ::::``(2) ELIMINATING A BREACH.— Each non-exempt account within a category shall be reduced by a dollar amount calculated by multiplying the baseline level of sequestrable budgetary resources in that account at that time by the uniform percentage necessary to eliminate a breach within that category; except that the health programs set forth in section 256(e) shall not be reduced by more than 2 percent and the uniform percent applicable to all other programs under this paragraph shall be increased (if necessary) to a level sufficient to eliminate that breach. If, within a category, the discretionary spending limits for both new budget authority and outlays are breached, the uniform percentage shall be calculated by— :::::``(A) first, calculating the uniform percentage necessary to eliminate the breach in new budget authority, and :::::``(B) second, if any breach in outlays remains, increasing the uniform percentage to a level sufficient to eliminate that breach. ::::``(3) MILITARY PERSONNEL.— If the President uses the authority to exempt any military personnel from sequestration under section 255(h), each account within subfunctional category 051 (other than those military personnel accounts for which the authority provided under section 255(h) has been exercised) shall be further reduced by a dollar amount calculated by multiplying the enacted level of non-exempt budgetary resources in that account at that time by the uniform percentage necessary to offset the total dollar amount by which outlays are not reduced in military personnel accounts by reason of the use of such authority. ::::``(4) PART-YEAR APPROPRIATIONS.— If, on the date specified in paragraph (1), there is in effect an Act making or continuing appropriations for part of a fiscal year for any budget account, then the dollar sequestration calculated for that account under paragraphs (2) and (3) shall be subtracted from— :::::``(A) the annualized amount otherwise available by law in that account under that or a subsequent part-year appropriation; and :::::``(B) when a full-year appropriation for that account is enacted, from the amount otherwise provided by the full-year appropriation. ::::``(5) LOOK-BACK.— If, after June 30, an appropriation for the fiscal year in progress is enacted that causes a breach within a category for that year (after taking into account any sequestration of amounts within that category), the discretionary spending limits for that category for the next fiscal year shall be reduced by the amount or amounts of that breach. ::::``(6) WITHIN-SESSION SEQUESTRATION.— If an appropriation for a fiscal year in progress is enacted (after Congress adjourns to end the session for that budget year and before July 1 of that fiscal year) that causes a breach within a category for that year (after taking into account any prior sequestration of amounts within that category), 15 days later there shall be a sequestration to eliminate that breach within that category following the procedures set forth in paragraphs (2) through (4). ::::``(7) OMB ESTIMATES.— As soon as practicable after Congress completes action on any discretionary appropriation, CBO, after consultation with the Committees on the Budget of the House of Representatives and the Senate, shall provide OMB with an estimate of the amount of discretionary new budget authority and outlays for the current year (if any) and the budget year provided by that legislation. Within 5 calendar days after the enactment of any discretionary appropriation, OMB shall transmit a report to the House of Representatives and to the Senate containing the CBO estimate of that legislation, an OMB estimate of the amount of discretionary new budget authority and outlays for the current year (if any) and the budget year provided by that legislation, and an explanation of any difference between the two estimates. For purposes of this paragraph, amounts provided by annual appropriations shall include any new budget authority and outlays for those years in accounts for which funding is provided in that legislation that result from previously enacted legislation. Those OMB estimates shall be made using current economic and technical assumptions. OMB shall use the OMB estimates transmitted to the Congress under this paragraph for the purposes of this subsection. OMB and CBO shall prepare estimates under this paragraph in conformance with scorekeeping guidelines determined after consultation among the House and Senate Committees on the Budget, CBO, and OMB. :::``(b) ADJUSTMENTS TO DISCRETIONARY SPENDING LIMITS.— ::::``(1) When the President submits the budget under section 1105(a) of [[title 31, United States Code]], for budget year 1992, 1993, 1994, or 1995 (except as otherwise indicated), OMB shall calculate (in the order set forth below), and the budget shall include, adjustments to discretionary spending limits (and those limits as cumulatively adjusted) for the budget year and each outyear through 1995 to reflect the following: :::::``(A) CHANGES IN CONCEPTS AND DEFINITIONS.— The adjustments produced by the amendments made by title XIII of the [[Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990]] or by any other changes in concepts and definitions shall equal the baseline levels of new budget authority and outlays using up-to-date concepts and definitions minus those levels using the concepts and definitions in effect before such changes. Such other changes in concepts and definitions may only be made in consultation with the Committees on Appropriations, the Budget, Government Operations, and Governmental Affairs of the House of Representatives and Senate. :::::``(B) CHANGES IN INFLATION.— ::::::`` (i) For a budget submitted for budget year 1992, 1993, 1994, or 1995, the adjustments produced by changes in inflation shall equal the levels of discretionary new budget authority and outlays in the baseline (calculated using current estimates) subtracted from those levels in that baseline recalculated with the baseline inflators for the budget year only, multiplied by the inflation adjustment factor computed under clause (ii). ::::::``(ii) For a budget year the inflation adjustment factor shall equal the ratio between the level of year-over-year inflation measured for the fiscal year most recently completed and the applicable estimated level for that year set forth below: ::::::::``For 1990, 1.041 ::::::::``For 1991, 1.052 ::::::::``For 1992, 1.041 ::::::::``For 1993, 1.033 ::::::``Inflation shall be measured by the average of the estimated gross national product implicit price deflator index for a fiscal year divided by the average index for the prior fiscal year. :::::``(C) CREDIT REESTIMATES.— For a budget submitted for fiscal year 1993 or 1994, the adjustments produced by reestimates to costs of Federal credit programs shall be, for any such program, a current estimate of new budget authority and outlays associated with a baseline projection of the prior year's gross loan level for that program minus the baseline projection of the prior year's new budget authority and associated outlays for that program. ::::``(2) When OMB submits a sequestration report under section 254(g) or (h) for fiscal year 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, or 1995 (except as otherwise indicated), OMB shall calculate (in the order set forth below), and the sequestration report, and subsequent budgets submitted by the President under section 1105(a) of [[title 31, United States Code]], shall include, adjustments to discretionary spending limits (and those limits as adjusted) for the fiscal year and each succeeding year through 1995, as follows: :::::``(A) IRS FUNDING.— To the extent that appropriations are enacted that provide additional new budget authority or result in additional outlays (as compared with the CBO baseline constructed in June 1990) for the Internal Revenue Service compliance initiative in any fiscal year, the adjustments for that year shall be those amounts, but shall not exceed the amounts set forth below— ::::::``(i) for fiscal year 1991, $191,000,000 in new budget authority and $183,000,000 in outlays; ::::::``(ii) for fiscal year 1992, $172,000,000 in new budget authority and $169,000,000 in outlays; ::::::``(iii) for fiscal year 1993, $183,000,000 in new budget authority and $179,000,000 in outlays; ::::::``(iv) for fiscal year 1994, $187,000,000 in new budget authority and $183,000,000 in outlays; and ::::::``(v) for fiscal year 1995, $188,000,000 in new budget authority and $184,000,000 in outlays; and :::::``the prior-year outlays resulting from these appropriations of budget authority. :::::``(B) DEBT FORGIVENESS.— If, in calendar year 1990 or 1991, an appropriation is enacted that forgives the Arab Republic of Egypt's foreign military sales indebtedness to the United States and any part of the Government of Poland's indebtedness to the United States, the adjustment shall be the estimated costs (in new budget authority and outlays, in all years) of that forgiveness. :::::``(C) IMF FUNDING.— If, in fiscal year 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, or 1995 an appropriation is enacted to provide to the International Monetary Fund the dollar equivalent, in terms of Special Drawing Rights, of the increase in the United States quota as part of the International Monetary Fund Ninth General Review of Quotas, the adjustment shall be the amount provided by that appropriation. :::::``(D) EMERGENCY APPROPRIATIONS.— ::::::``(i) If, for fiscal year 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, or 1995, appropriations for discretionary accounts are enacted that the President designates as emergency requirements and that the Congress so designates in statute, the adjustment shall be the total of such appropriations in discretionary accounts designated as emergency requirements and the outlays flowing in all years from such appropriations. ::::::``(ii) The costs for operation Desert Shield are to be treated as emergency funding requirements not subject to the defense spending limits. Funding for Desert Shield will be provided through the normal legislative process. Desert Shield costs should be accommodated through Allied burden-sharing, subsequent appropriation Acts, and if the President so chooses, through offsets within other defense accounts. Emergency Desert Shield costs mean those incremental costs associated with the increase in operations in the Middle East and do not include costs that would be experienced by the Department of Defense as part of its normal operations absent Operation Desert Shield. :::::``(E) SPECIAL ALLOWANCE FOR DISCRETIONARY NEW BUDGET AUTHORITY.— ::::::``(i) For each of fiscal years 1992 and 1993, the adjustment for the domestic category in each year shall be an amount equal to 0.1 percent of the sum of the adjusted discretionary spending limits on new budget authority for all categories for fiscal years 1991, 1992, and 1993 (cumulatively), together with outlays associated therewith (calculated at the composite outlay rate for the domestic category); ::::::``(ii) for each of fiscal years 1992 and 1993, the adjustment for the international category in each year shall be an amount equal to 0.079 percent of the sum of the adjusted discretionary spending limits on new budget authority for all categories for fiscal years 1991, 1992, and 1993 (cumulatively), together with outlays associated therewith (calculated at the composite outlay rate for the international category); and ::::::``(iii) if, for fiscal years 1992 and 1993, the amount of new budget authority provided in appropriation Acts exceeds the discretionary spending limit on new budget authority for any category due to technical estimates made by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, the adjustment is the amount of the excess, but not to exceed an amount (for 1992 and 1993 together) equal to 0.042 percent of the sum of the adjusted discretionary limits on new budget authority for all categories for fiscal years 1991, 1992, and 1993 (cumulatively). :::::``(F) SPECIAL OUTLAY ALLOWANCE.— If in any fiscal year outlays for a category exceed the discretionary spending limit for that category but new budget authority does not exceed its limit for that category (after application of the first step of a sequestration described in subsection (a)(2), if necessary), the adjustment in outlays is the amount of the excess, but not to exceed $2,500,000,000 in the defense category, $1,500,000,000 in the international category, or $2,500,000,000 in the domestic category (as applicable) in fiscal year 1991, 1992, or 1993, and not to exceed $6,500,000,000 in fiscal year 1994 or 1995 less any of the outlay adjustments made under subparagraph (E) for a category for a fiscal year. <div style="padding-left: 6em; text-indent: -1em"> ===== ``{{UC|{{section|Sec. 252.|Sec. 252}}. Enforcing Pay-As-You-Go}}. ===== </div> :::``(a) FISCAL YEARS 1992-1995 ENFORCEMENT.— The purpose of this section is to assure that any legislation (enacted after the date of enactment of this section) affecting direct spending or receipts that increases the deficit in any fiscal year covered by this Act will trigger an offsetting sequestration. :::``(b) SEQUESTRATION; LOOK-BACK.— Within 15 calendar days after Congress adjourns to end a session (other than of the One Hundred First Congress) and on the same day as a sequestration (if any) under section 251 and section 253, there shall be a sequestration to offset the amount of any net deficit increase in that fiscal year and the prior fiscal year caused by all direct spending and receipts legislation enacted after the date of enactment of this section (after adjusting for any prior sequestration as provided by paragraph (2)). OMB shall calculate the amount of deficit increase, if any, in those fiscal years by adding— ::::``(1) all applicable estimates of direct spending and receipts legislation transmitted under subsection (d) applicable to those fiscal years, other than any amounts included in such estimates resulting from— :::::``(A) full funding of, and continuation of, the deposit insurance guarantee commitment in effect on the date of enactment of this section, and :::::``(B) emergency provisions as designated under subsection (e); and ::::``(2) the estimated amount of savings in direct spending programs applicable to those fiscal years resulting from the prior year's sequestration under this section or section 253, if any (except for any amounts sequestered as a result of a net deficit increase in the fiscal year immediately preceding the prior fiscal year), as published in OMB's end-of-session sequestration report for that prior year. :::``(c) ELIMINATING A DEFICIT INCREASE.— ::::``(1) The amount required to be sequestered in a fiscal year under subsection (b) shall be obtained from non-exempt direct spending accounts from actions taken in the following order: :::::``(A) FIRST.— All reductions in automatic spending increases specified in section 256(a) shall be made. :::::``(B) SECOND.— If additional reductions in direct spending accounts are required to be made, the maximum reductions permissible under sections 256(b) (guaranteed student loans) and 256(c) (foster care and adoption assistance) shall be made. :::::``(C) THIRD.— ::::::`` (i) If additional reductions in direct spending accounts are required to be made, each remaining non-exempt direct spending account shall be reduced by the uniform percentage necessary to make the reductions in direct spending required by paragraph (1); except that the medicare programs specified in section 256(d) shall not be reduced by more than 4 percent and the uniform percentage applicable to all other direct spending programs under this paragraph shall be increased (if necessary) to a level sufficient to achieve the required reduction in direct spending. ::::::``(ii) For purposes of determining reductions under clause (i), outlay reductions (as a result of sequestration of Commodity Credit Corporation commodity price support contracts in the fiscal year of a sequestration) that would occur in the following fiscal year shall be credited as outlay reductions in the fiscal year of the sequestration. ::::``(2) For purposes of this subsection, accounts shall be assumed to be at the level in the baseline. :::``(d) OMB ESTIMATES.— As soon as practicable after Congress completes action on any direct spending or receipts legislation enacted after the date of enactment of this section, after consultation with the Committees on the Budget of the House of Representatives and the Senate, CBO shall provide OMB with an estimate of the amount of change in outlays or receipts, as the case may be, in each fiscal year through fiscal year 1995 resulting from that legislation. Within 5 calendar days after the enactment of any direct spending or receipts legislation enacted after the date of enactment of this section, OMB shall transmit a report to the House of Representatives and to the Senate containing such CBO estimate of that legislation, an OMB estimate of the amount of change in outlays or receipts, as the case may be, in each fiscal year through fiscal year 1995 resulting from that legislation, and an explanation of any difference between the two estimates. Those OMB estimates shall be made using current economic and technical assumptions. OMB and CBO shall prepare estimates under this paragraph in conformance with scorekeeping guidelines determined after consultation among the House and Senate Committees on the Budget, CBO, and OMB. :::``(e) EMERGENCY LEGISLATION.— If, for fiscal year 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, or 1995, a provision of direct spending or receipts legislation is enacted that the President designates as an emergency requirement and that the Congress so designates in statute, the amounts of new budget authority, outlays, and receipts in all fiscal years through 1995 resulting from that provision shall be designated as an emergency requirement in the reports required under subsection (d). <div style="padding-left: 6em; text-indent: -1em"> ===== ``{{UC|{{section|Sec. 253.|Sec. 253}}. Enforcing Deficit Targets}}. ===== </div> :::``(a) SEQUESTRATION.— Within 15 calendar days after Congress adjourns to end a session (other than of the One Hundred First Congress) and on the same day as a sequestration (if any) under section 251 and section 252, but after any sequestration required by section 251 (enforcing discretionary spending limits) or section 252 (enforcing pay-as-you-go), there shall be a sequestration to eliminate the excess deficit (if any remains) if it exceeds the margin. :::``(b) EXCESS DEFICIT; MARGIN.— The excess deficit is, if greater than zero, the estimated deficit for the budget year, minus— ::::``(1) the maximum deficit amount for that year; ::::``(2) the amounts for that year designated as emergency direct spending or receipts legislation under section 252(e); and ::::``(3) for any fiscal year in which there is not a full adjustment for technical and economic reestimates, the deposit insurance reestimate for that year, if any, calculated under subsection (h). :::``The ``margin´´ for fiscal year 1992 or 1993 is zero and for fiscal year 1994 or 1995 is $15,000,000,000. :::``(c) DIVIDING THE SEQUESTRATION.— To eliminate the excess deficit in a budget year, half of the required outlay reductions shall be obtained from non-exempt defense accounts (accounts designated as function 050 in the President's fiscal year 1991 budget submission) and half from non-exempt, non-defense accounts (all other non-exempt accounts). :::``(d) DEFENSE.— Each non-exempt defense account shall be reduced by a dollar amount calculated by multiplying the level of sequestrable budgetary resources in that account at that time by the uniform percentage necessary to carry out subsection (c), except that, if any military personnel are exempt, adjustments shall be made under the procedure set forth in section 251(a)(3). :::``(e) NON-DEFENSE.— Actions to reduce non-defense accounts shall be taken in the following order: ::::``(1) FIRST.— All reductions in automatic spending increases under section 256(a) shall be made. ::::``(2) SECOND.— If additional reductions in non-defense accounts are required to be made, the maximum reduction permissible under sections 256(b) (guaranteed student loans) and 256(c) (foster care and adoption assistance) shall be made. ::::``(3) THIRD.— :::::``(A) If additional reductions in non-defense accounts are required to be made, each remaining non-exempt, non-defense account shall be reduced by the uniform percentage necessary to make the reductions in non-defense outlays required by subsection (c), except that— ::::::``(i) the medicare program specified in section 256(d) shall not be reduced by more than 2 percent in total including any reduction of less than 2 percent made under section 252 or, if it has been reduced by 2 percent or more under section 252, it may not be further reduced under this section; and ::::::``(ii) the health programs set forth in section 256(e) shall not be reduced by more than 2 percent in total (including any reduction made under section 251), :::::``and the uniform percent applicable to all other programs under this subsection shall be increased (if necessary) to a level sufficient to achieve the required reduction in non-defense outlays. :::::``(B) For purposes of determining reductions under subparagraph (A), outlay reduction (as a result of sequestration of Commodity Credit Corporation commodity price support contracts in the fiscal year of a sequestration) that would occur in the following fiscal year shall be credited as outlay reductions in the fiscal year of the sequestration. :::``(f) BASELINE ASSUMPTIONS; PART-YEAR APPROPRIATIONS.— ::::``(1) BUDGET ASSUMPTIONS.— For purposes of subsections (b), (c), (d), and (e), accounts shall be assumed to be at the level in the baseline minus any reductions required to be made under sections 251 and 252. ::::``(2) PART-YEAR APPROPRIATIONS.— If, on the date specified in subsection (a), there is in effect an Act making or continuing appropriations for part of a fiscal year for any non-exempt budget account, then the dollar sequestration calculated for that account under subsection (d) or (e), as applicable, shall be subtracted from— :::::``(A) the annualized amount otherwise available by law in that account under that or a subsequent part-year appropriation; and :::::``(B) when a full-year appropriation for that account is enacted, from the amount otherwise provided by the full-year appropriation; except that the amount to be sequestered from that account shall be reduced (but not below zero) by the savings achieved by that appropriation when the enacted amount is less than the baseline for that account. :::``(g) ADJUSTMENTS TO MAXIMUM DEFICIT AMOUNTS.— ::::``(1) ADJUSTMENTS.— :::::``(A) When the President submits the budget for fiscal year 1992, the maximum deficit amounts for fiscal years 1992, 1993, 1994, and 1995 shall be adjusted to reflect up-to-date reestimates of economic and technical assumptions and any changes in concepts or definitions. When the President submits the budget for fiscal year 1993, the maximum deficit amounts for fiscal years 1993, 1994, and 1995 shall be further adjusted to reflect up-to-date reestimates of economic and technical assumptions and any changes in concepts or definitions. :::::``(B) When submitting the budget for fiscal year 1994, the President may choose to adjust the maximum deficit amounts for fiscal years 1994 and 1995 to reflect up-to-date reestimates of economic and technical assumptions. If the President chooses to adjust the maximum deficit amount when submitting the fiscal year 1994 budget, the President may choose to invoke the same adjustment procedure when submitting the budget for fiscal year 1995. In each case, the President must choose between making no adjustment or the full adjustment described in paragraph (2). If the President chooses to make that full adjustment, then those procedures for adjusting discretionary spending limits described in sections 251(b)(1)(C) and 251(b)(2)(E), otherwise applicable through fiscal year 1993 or 1994 (as the case may be), shall be deemed to apply for fiscal year 1994 (and 1995 if applicable). :::::``(C) When the budget for fiscal year 1994 or 1995 is submitted and the sequestration reports for those years under section 254 are made (as applicable), if the President does not choose to make the adjustments set forth in subparagraph (B), the maximum deficit amount for that fiscal year shall be adjusted by the amount of the adjustment to discretionary spending limits first applicable for that year (if any) under section 251(b). :::::``(D) For each fiscal year the adjustments required to be made with the submission of the President's budget for that year shall also be made when OMB submits the sequestration update report and the final sequestration report for that year, but OMB shall continue to use the economic and technical assumptions in the President's budget for that year. ::::``Each adjustment shall be made by increasing or decreasing the maximum deficit amounts set forth in section 601 of the [[Congressional Budget Act of 1974]]. ::::``(2) CALCULATIONS OF ADJUSTMENTS.— The required increase or decrease shall be calculated as follows: :::::``(A) The baseline deficit or surplus shall be calculated using up-to-date economic and technical assumptions, using up-to-date concepts and definitions, and, in lieu of the baseline levels of discretionary appropriations, using the discretionary spending limits set forth in section 601 of the [[Congressional Budget Act of 1974]] as adjusted under section 251. :::::``(B) The net deficit increase or decrease caused by all direct spending and receipts legislation enacted after the date of enactment of this section (after adjusting for any sequestration of direct spending accounts) shall be calculated for each fiscal year by adding— ::::::``(i) the estimates of direct spending and receipts legislation transmitted under section 252(d) applicable to each such fiscal year; and ::::::``(ii) the estimated amount of savings in direct spending programs applicable to each such fiscal year resulting from the prior year's sequestration under this section or section 252 of direct spending, if any, as contained in OMB's final sequestration report for that year. :::::``(C) The amount calculated under subparagraph (B) shall be subtracted from the amount calculated under subparagraph (A). :::::``(D) The maximum deficit amount set forth in section 601 of the [[Congressional Budget Act of 1974]] shall be subtracted from the amount calculated under subparagraph (C). :::::``(E) The amount calculated under subparagraph (D) shall be the amount of the adjustment required by paragraph (1). :::``(h) TREATMENT OF DEPOSIT INSURANCE.— ::::``(1) INITIAL ESTIMATES.— The initial estimates of the net costs of federal deposit insurance for fiscal year 1994 and fiscal year 1995 (assuming full funding of, and continuation of, the deposit insurance guarantee commitment in effect on the date of the submission of the budget for fiscal year 1993) shall be set forth in that budget. ::::``(2) REESTIMATES.— For fiscal year 1994 and fiscal year 1995, the amount of the reestimate of deposit insurance costs shall be calculated by subtracting the amount set forth under paragraph (1) for that year from the current estimate of deposit insurance costs (but assuming full funding of, and continuation of, the deposit insurance guarantee commitment in effect on the date of submission of the budget for fiscal year 1993). <div style="padding-left: 6em; text-indent: -1em"> ===== ``{{UC|{{section|Sec. 254.|Sec. 254}}. Reports and Orders}}. ===== </div> :::``(a) TIMETABLE.— The timetable with respect to this part for any budget year is as follows: <DIV style="MARGIN-LEFT: 4em" align=center> <TABLE class="" style="BORDER-RIGHT: #c0c0c0 1px solid; BORDER-TOP: #c0c0c0 1px solid; BORDER-LEFT: #c0c0c0 1px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #c0c0c0 1px solid; BORDER-COLLAPSE: collapse" cellSpacing=0 cellPadding=0 width="86%" summary="Align to level: section; Subformat: "> <TR> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">``<b>Date:</B></SPAN></TD> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px"><B>Action to be Completed:</B></SPAN></TD></TR> <TR> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">January 21</SPAN></TD> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">Notification regarding optional adjustment of maximum deficit amount.</SPAN></TD></TR> <TR> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">5 days before the President's<br/>budget submission</SPAN></TD> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">CBO sequestration preview report.</SPAN></TD></TR> <TR> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">The President's budget submission</SPAN></TD> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">OMB sequestration preview report.</SPAN></TD></TR> <TR> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">August 10</SPAN></TD> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">Notification regarding military personnel.</SPAN></TD></TR> <TR> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">August 15</SPAN></TD> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">CBO sequestration update report.</SPAN></TD></TR> <TR> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">August 20</SPAN></TD> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">OMB sequestration update report.</SPAN></TD></TR> <TR> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">10 days after end of session</SPAN></TD> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">CBO final sequestration report.</SPAN></TD></TR> <TR> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">15 days after end of session</SPAN></TD> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">OMB final sequestration report; Presidential order.</SPAN></TD></TR> <TR> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">30 days later</SPAN></TD> <TD style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><SPAN class=td style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">GAO compliance report.</SPAN></TD></TR></TABLE></DIV> :::``(b) SUBMISSION AND AVAILABILITY OF REPORTS.— Each report required by this section shall be submitted, in the case of CBO, to the House of Representatives, the Senate and OMB and, in the case of OMB, to the House of Representatives, the Senate, and the President on the day it is issued. On the following day a notice of the report shall be printed in the Federal Register. :::``(c) OPTIONAL ADJUSTMENT OF MAXIMUM DEFICIT AMOUNTS.— With respect to budget year 1994 or 1995, on the date specified in subsection (a) the President shall notify the House of Representatives and the Senate of his decision regarding the optional adjustment of the maximum deficit amount (as allowed under section 253(g)(1)(B)). :::``(d) SEQUESTRATION PREVIEW REPORTS.— ::::``(1) REPORTING REQUIREMENT.— On the dates specified in subsection (a), OMB and CBO shall issue a preview report regarding discretionary, pay-as-you-go, and deficit sequestration based on laws enacted through those dates. ::::``(2) DISCRETIONARY SEQUESTRATION REPORT.— The preview reports shall set forth estimates for the current year and each subsequent year through 1995 of the applicable discretionary spending limits for each category and an explanation of any adjustments in such limits under section 251. ::::``(3) PAY-AS-YOU-GO SEQUESTRATION REPORTS.— The preview reports shall set forth, for the current year and the budget year, estimates for each of the following: :::::``(A) The amount of net deficit increase or decrease, if any, calculated under subsection 252(b). :::::``(B) A list identifying each law enacted and sequestration implemented after the date of enactment of this section included in the calculation of the amount of deficit increase or decrease and specifying the budgetary effect of each such law. :::::``(C) The sequestration percentage or (if the required sequestration percentage is greater than the maximum allowable percentage for medicare) percentages necessary to eliminate a deficit increase under section 252(c). ::::``(4) DEFICIT SEQUESTRATION REPORTS.— The preview reports shall set forth for the budget year estimates for each of the following: :::::``(A) The maximum deficit amount, the estimated deficit calculated under section 253(b), the excess deficit, and the margin. :::::``(B) The amount of reductions required under section 252, the excess deficit remaining after those reductions have been made, and the amount of reductions required from defense accounts and the reductions required from non-defense accounts. :::::``(C) The sequestration percentage necessary to achieve the required reduction in defense accounts under section 253(d). :::::``(D) The reductions required under sections 253(e)(1) and 253(e)(2). :::::``(E) The sequestration percentage necessary to achieve the required reduction in non-defense accounts under section 253(e)(3). ::::``The CBO report need not set forth the items other than the maximum deficit amount for fiscal year 1992, 1993, or any fiscal year for which the President notifies the House of Representatives and the Senate that he will adjust the maximum deficit amount under the option under section 253(g)(1)(B). ::::``(5) EXPLANATION OF DIFFERENCES.— The OMB reports shall explain the differences between OMB and CBO estimates for each item set forth in this subsection. :::``(e) NOTIFICATION REGARDING MILITARY PERSONNEL.— On or before the date specified in subsection (a), the President shall notify the Congress of the manner in which he intends to exercise flexibility with respect to military personnel accounts under section 255(h). :::``(f) SEQUESTRATION UPDATE REPORTS.— On the dates specified in subsection (a), OMB and CBO shall issue a sequestration update report, reflecting laws enacted through those dates, containing all of the information required in the sequestration preview reports. :::``(g) FINAL SEQUESTRATION REPORTS.— ::::``(1) REPORTING REQUIREMENT.— On the dates specified in subsection (a), OMB and CBO shall issue a final sequestration report, updated to reflect laws enacted through those dates. ::::``(2) DISCRETIONARY SEQUESTRATION REPORTS.— The final reports shall set forth estimates for each of the following: :::::``(A) For the current year and each subsequent year through 1995 the applicable discretionary spending limits for each category and an explanation of any adjustments in such limits under section 251. :::::``(B) For the current year and the budget year the estimated new budget authority and outlays for each category and the breach, if any, in each category. :::::``(C) For each category for which a sequestration is required, the sequestration percentages necessary to achieve the required reduction. :::::``(D) For the budget year, for each account to be sequestered, estimates of the baseline level of sequestrable budgetary resources and resulting outlays and the amount of budgetary resources to be sequestered and resulting outlay reductions. ::::``(3) PAY-AS-YOU-GO AND DEFICIT SEQUESTRATION REPORTS.— The final reports shall contain all the information required in the pay-as-you-go and deficit sequestration preview reports. In addition, these reports shall contain, for the budget year, for each account to be sequestered, estimates of the baseline level of sequestrable budgetary resources and resulting outlays and the amount of budgetary resources to be sequestered and resulting outlay reductions. The reports shall also contain estimates of the effects on outlays of the sequestration in each outyear through 1995 for direct spending programs. ::::``(4) EXPLANATION OF DIFFERENCES.— The OMB report shall explain any differences between OMB and CBO estimates of the amount of any net deficit change calculated under subsection 252(b), any excess deficit, any breach, and any required sequestration percentage. The OMB report shall also explain differences in the amount of sequesterable resources for any budget account to be reduced if such difference is greater than $5,000,000. ::::``(5) PRESIDENTIAL ORDER.— On the date specified in subsection (a), if in its final sequestration report OMB estimates that any sequestration is required, the President shall issue an order fully implementing without change all sequestrations required by the OMB calculations set forth in that report. This order shall be effective on issuance. :::``(h) WITHIN-SESSION SEQUESTRATION REPORTS AND ORDER.— If an appropriation for a fiscal year in progress is enacted (after Congress adjourns to end the session for that budget year and before July 1 of that fiscal year) that causes a breach, 10 days later CBO shall issue a report containing the information required in paragraph (g)(2). Fifteen days after enactment, OMB shall issue a report containing the information required in paragraphs (g)(2) and (g)(4). On the same day as the OMB report, the President shall issue an order fully implementing without change all sequestrations required by the OMB calculations set forth in that report. This order shall be effective on issuance. :::``(i) GAO COMPLIANCE REPORT.— On the date specified in subsection (a), the Comptroller General shall submit to the Congress and the President a report on— ::::``(1) the extent to which each order issued by the President under this section complies with all of the requirements contained in this part, either certifying that the order fully and accurately complies with such requirements or indicating the respects in which it does not; and ::::``(2) the extent to which each report issued by OMB or CBO under this section complies with all of the requirements contained in this part, either certifying that the report fully and accurately complies with such requirements or indicating the respects in which it does not. :::``(j) LOW-GROWTH REPORT.— At any time, CBO shall notify the Congress if— ::::``(1) during the period consisting of the quarter during which such notification is given, the quarter preceding such notification, and the 4 quarters following such notification, CBO or OMB has determined that real economic growth is projected or estimated to be less than zero with respect to each of any 2 consecutive quarters within such period; or ::::``(2) the most recent of the Department of Commerce's advance preliminary or final reports of actual real economic growth indicate that the rate of real economic growth for each of the most recently reported quarter and the immediately preceding quarter is less than one percent. :::``(k) ECONOMIC AND TECHNICAL ASSUMPTIONS.— In all reports required by this section, OMB shall use the same economic and technical assumptions as used in the most recent budget submitted by the President under section 1105(a) of [[title 31, United States Code]].´´. : (b) SECTION 250: DEFINITIONS.— :: Paragraph (12) of section 257 of such Act (as in effect immediately before the date of enactment of this Act) is redesignated as a new paragraph (21) of section 250(c). : (c) {{section|Sec. 255.|SECTION 255}}: EXEMPT PROGRAMS AND ACTIVITIES.— ::: (1) Section 255(a) of such Act is amended to read as follows: ::::``(a) SOCIAL SECURITY BENEFITS AND TIER I RAILROAD RETIREMENT BENEFITS.— Benefits payable under the old-age, survivors, and disability insurance program established under title II of the [[Social Security Act]], and benefits payable under section 3(a), 3(f)(3), 4(a), or 4(f) of the [[Railroad Retirement Act of 1974]], shall be exempt from reduction under any order issued under this part.´´. ::: (2) Section 255(e) of such Act is amended to read as follows: ::::``(e) NON-DEFENSE UNOBLIGATED BALANCES.— Unobligated balances of budget authority carried over from prior fiscal years, except balances in the defense category, shall be exempt from reduction under any order issued under this part.´´. ::: (3) Section 255(g)(1)(B) of such Act is amended by inserting after the item relating to Railroad retirement tier II the following: ::::``Railroad supplemental annuity pension fund (60-8012-0-7-602);´´. ::: (4) Section 255 of such Act is amended by inserting at the end the following: ::::``(h) OPTIONAL EXEMPTION OF MILITARY PERSONNEL.— :::::``(1) The President may, with respect to any military personnel account, exempt that account from sequestration or provide for a lower uniform percentage reduction than would otherwise apply. :::::``(2) The President may not use the authority provided by paragraph (1) unless he notifies the Congress of the manner in which such authority will be exercised on or before the initial snapshot date for the budget year.´´. : (d) {{section|Sec. 256.|SECTION 256}}: EXCEPTIONS, LIMITATIONS, AND SPECIAL RULES.— ::: (1) Section 256(a) of such Act is amended to read as follows: ::::``(a) AUTOMATIC SPENDING INCREASES.— Automatic spending increases are increases in outlays due to changes in indexes in the following programs: :::::``(1) [[National Wool Act]]; :::::``(2) Special milk program; and :::::``(3) Vocational rehabilitation basic State grants. ::::``In those programs all amounts other than the automatic spending increases shall be exempt from reduction under any order issued under this part.´´. ::: (2) Section 256 of such Act is amended by redesignating subsection (b) as subsection (h), subsection (c) as subsection (b), subsection (e) as subsection (f), subsection (f) as subsection (c), subsection (h) as subsection (i), and subsection (k) as subsection (e), by repealing subsections (i) and (l), and by inserting at the end the following: ::::``(k) SPECIAL RULES FOR THE JOBS PORTION OF AFDC.— :::::``(1) FULL AMOUNT OF SEQUESTRATION REQUIRED.— Any order issued by the President under section 254 shall accomplish the full amount of any required sequestration of the job opportunities and basic skills training program under section 402(a)(19), and part F of title VI, of the [[Social Security Act]], in the manner specified in this subsection. Such an order may not reduce any Federal matching rate pursuant to section 403(l) of the [[Social Security Act]]. :::::``(2) NEW ALLOTMENT FORMULA.— ::::::``(A) GENERAL RULE.— Notwithstanding section 403(k) of the [[Social Security Act]], each State's percentage share of the amount available after sequestration for direct spending pursuant to section 403(l) of such Act for the fiscal year to which the sequestration applies shall be equal to— :::::::``(i) the lesser of— ::::::::``(I) that percentage of the total amount paid to the States pursuant to such section 403(l) for the prior fiscal year that is represented by the amount paid to such State pursuant to such section 403(l) for the prior fiscal year; or ::::::::``(II) the amount that would have been allotted to such State pursuant to such section 403(k) had the sequestration not been in effect. ::::::``(B) REALLOTMENT OF AMOUNTS REMAINING UNALLOTTED AFTER APPLICATION OF GENERAL RULE.— Any amount made available after sequestration for direct spending pursuant to section 403(l) of the [[Social Security Act]] for the fiscal year to which the sequestration applies that remains unallotted as a result of subparagraph (A) of this paragraph shall be allotted among the States in proportion to the absolute difference between the amount allotted, respectively, to each State as a result of such subparagraph and the amount that would have been allotted to such State pursuant to section 403(k) of such Act had the sequestration not been in effect, except that a State may not be allotted an amount under this subparagraph that results in a total allotment to the State under this paragraph of more than the amount that would have been allotted to such State pursuant to such section 403(k) had the sequestration not been in effect. :::``(l) EFFECTS OF SEQUESTRATION.— The effects of sequestration shall be as follows: ::::``(1) Budgetary resources sequestered from any account other than a trust or special fund account shall be permanently cancelled. ::::``(2) Except as otherwise provided, the same percentage sequestration shall apply to all programs, projects, and activities within a budget account (with programs, projects, and activities as delineated in the appropriation Act or accompanying report for the relevant fiscal year covering that account, or for accounts not included in appropriation Acts, as delineated in the most recently submitted President's budget). ::::``(3) Administrative regulations or similar actions implementing a sequestration shall be made within 120 days of the sequestration order. To the extent that formula allocations differ at different levels of budgetary resources within an account, program, project, or activity, the sequestration shall be interpreted as producing a lower total appropriation, with the remaining amount of the appropriation being obligated in a manner consistent with program allocation formulas in substantive law. ::::``(4) Except as otherwise provided, obligations in sequestered accounts shall be reduced only in the fiscal year in which a sequester occurs. ::::``(5) If an automatic spending increase is sequestered, the increase (in the applicable index) that was disregarded as a result of that sequestration shall not be taken into account in any subsequent fiscal year. ::::``(6) Except as otherwise provided, sequestration in trust and special fund accounts for which obligations are indefinite shall be taken in a manner to ensure that obligations in the fiscal year of a sequestration are reduced, from the level that would actually have occurred, by the applicable sequestration percentage.´´. ::: (3) Section 256 of such Act is amended by striking ``section 252´´ each place it appears and by inserting ``section 254´´. ::: (4) Section 256(c) (as redesignated) of such Act is amended by inserting after the first sentence the following: ``No State's matching payments from the Federal Government for foster care maintenance payments or for adoption assistance maintenance payments may be reduced by a percentage exceeding the applicable domestic sequestration percentage.´´. ::: (5) Section 256(d)(1) of such Act is amended to read as follows: ::::``(1) CALCULATION OF REDUCTION IN INDIVIDUAL PAYMENT AMOUNTS.— To achieve the total percentage reduction in those programs required by sections 252 and 253, and notwithstanding section 710 of the [[Social Security Act]], OMB shall determine, and the applicable Presidential order under section 254 shall implement, the percentage reduction that shall apply to payments under the health insurance programs under title XVIII of the [[Social Security Act]] for services furnished after the order is issued, such that the reduction made in payments under that order shall achieve the required total percentage reduction in those payments for that fiscal year as determined on a 12-month basis.´´. ::: (6) Section 256(d)(2)(C) of such Act is repealed. : (e) THE BASELINE.— ::: (1) Section 257 of such Act is amended to read as follows: <div style="padding-left: 6em; text-indent: -1em"> ===== ``{{UC|{{section|Sec. 257.|Sec. 257}}. The Baseline}}. ===== </div> :::``(a) IN GENERAL.— For any budget year, the baseline refers to a projection of current-year levels of new budget authority, outlays, revenues, and the surplus or deficit into the budget year and the outyears based on laws enacted through the applicable date. :::``(b) DIRECT SPENDING AND RECEIPTS.— For the budget year and each outyear, the baseline shall be calculated using the following assumptions: ::::``(1) IN GENERAL.— Laws providing or creating direct spending and receipts are assumed to operate in the manner specified in those laws for each such year and funding for entitlement authority is assumed to be adequate to make all payments required by those laws. ::::``(2) EXCEPTIONS.— :::::`` (A) No program with estimated current-year outlays greater than $50 million shall be assumed to expire in the budget year or outyears. :::::``(B) The increase for veterans' compensation for a fiscal year is assumed to be the same as that required by law for veterans' pensions unless otherwise provided by law enacted in that session. :::::``(C) Excise taxes dedicated to a trust fund, if expiring, are assumed to be extended at current rates. ::::``(3) HOSPITAL INSURANCE TRUST FUND.— Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the receipts and disbursements of the Hospital Insurance Trust Fund shall be included in all calculations required by this Act. :::``(c) DISCRETIONARY APPROPRIATIONS.— For the budget year and each outyear, the baseline shall be calculated using the following assumptions regarding all amounts other than those covered by subsection (b): ::::``(1) INFLATION OF CURRENT-YEAR APPROPRIATIONS.— Budgetary resources other than unobligated balances shall be at the level provided for the budget year in full-year appropriation Acts. If for any account a full-year appropriation has not yet been enacted, budgetary resources other than unobligated balances shall be at the level available in the current year, adjusted sequentially and cumulatively for expiring housing contracts as specified in paragraph (2), for social insurance administrative expenses as specified in paragraph (3), to offset pay absorption and for pay annualization as specified in paragraph (4), for inflation as specified in paragraph (5), and to account for changes required by law in the level of agency payments for personnel benefits other than pay. ::::``(2) EXPIRING HOUSING CONTRACTS.— New budget authority to renew expiring multiyear subsidized housing contracts shall be adjusted to reflect the difference in the number of such contracts that are scheduled to expire in that fiscal year and the number expiring in the current year, with the per-contract renewal cost equal to the average current-year cost of renewal contracts. ::::``(3) SOCIAL INSURANCE ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.— Budgetary resources for the administrative expenses of the following trust funds shall be adjusted by the percentage change in the beneficiary population from the current year to that fiscal year: the Federal Hospital Insurance Trust Fund, the Supplementary Medical Insurance Trust Fund, the Unemployment Trust Fund, and the railroad retirement account. ::::``(4) PAY ANNUALIZATION; OFFSET TO PAY ABSORPTION.— Current-year new budget authority for Federal employees shall be adjusted to reflect the full 12-month costs (without absorption) of any pay adjustment that occurred in that fiscal year. ::::``(5) INFLATORS.— The inflator used in paragraph (1) to adjust budgetary resources relating to personnel shall be the percent by which the average of the Bureau of Labor Statistics Employment Cost Index (wages and salaries, private industry workers) for that fiscal year differs from such index for the current year. The inflator used in paragraph (1) to adjust all other budgetary resources shall be the percent by which the average of the estimated gross national product fixed-weight price index for that fiscal year differs from the average of such estimated index for the current year. ::::``(6) CURRENT-YEAR APPROPRIATIONS.— If, for any account, a continuing appropriation is in effect for less than the entire current year, then the current-year amount shall be assumed to equal the amount that would be available if that continuing appropriation covered the entire fiscal year. If law permits the transfer of budget authority among budget accounts in the current year, the current-year level for an account shall reflect transfers accomplished by the submission of, or assumed for the current year in, the President's original budget for the budget year. :::``(d) UP-TO-DATE CONCEPTS.— In deriving the baseline for any budget year or outyear, current-year amounts shall be calculated using the concepts and definitions that are required for that budget year.´´. ::: (2) Section 251(a)(6)(I) of such Act (as in effect immediately before the date of enactment of this Act) is redesignated as section 257(e) of such Act. Section 257(e) is amended by striking ``assuming, for purposes of this paragraph and subparagraph (A)(i) of paragraph (3), that the´´ and inserting ``The´´. : (f) Such Act is amended by inserting after section 257 the following: <div style="padding-left: 6em; text-indent: -1em"> ===== ``{{UC|{{section|Sec. 258.|Sec. 258}}. Suspension in the Event of War or Low Growth}}. ===== </div> :::``(a) PROCEDURES IN THE EVENT OF A LOW GROWTH REPORT.— ::::``(1) TRIGGER.— Whenever CBO issues a low-growth report under section 254(j), the Majority Leader of the House of Representatives may, and the Majority Leader of the Senate shall, introduce a joint resolution (in the form set forth in paragraph (2)) declaring that the conditions specified in section 254(j) are met and suspending the relevant provisions of this title, titles III and VI of the [[Congressional Budget Act of 1974]], and section 1103 of [[title 31, United States Code]]. ::::``(2) FORM OF JOINT RESOLUTION.— :::::``(A) The matter after the resolving clause in any joint resolution introduced pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be as follows: ``That the Congress declares that the conditions specified in section 254(j) of the [[Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985]] are met, and the implementation of the [[Congressional Budget and Impoundment Control Act of 1974]], chapter 11 of [[title 31, United States Code]], and part C of the [[Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985]] are modified as described in section 258(b) of the [[Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985]].´´. :::::``(B) The title of the joint resolution shall be ``Joint resolution suspending certain provisions of law pursuant to section 258(a)(2) of the [[Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985]].´´; and the joint resolution shall not contain any preamble. ::::``(3) COMMITTEE ACTION.— Each joint resolution introduced pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be referred to the appropriate committees of the House of Representatives or the Committee on the Budget of the Senate, as the case may be; and such Committee shall report the joint resolution to its House without amendment on or before the fifth day on which such House is in session after the date on which the joint resolution is introduced. If the Committee fails to report the joint resolution within the five-day period referred to in the preceding sentence, it shall be automatically discharged from further consideration of the joint resolution, and the joint resolution shall be placed on the appropriate calendar. ::::``(4) CONSIDERATION OF JOINT RESOLUTION.— :::::``(A) A vote on final passage of a joint resolution reported to the Senate or discharged pursuant to paragraph (3) shall be taken on or before the close of the fifth calendar day of session after the date on which the joint resolution is reported or after the Committee has been discharged from further consideration of the joint resolution. If prior to the passage by one House of a joint resolution of that House, that House receives the same joint resolution from the other House, then— ::::::``(i) the procedure in that House shall be the same as if no such joint resolution had been received from the other House, but ::::::``(ii) the vote on final passage shall be on the joint resolution of the other House. :::::``When the joint resolution is agreed to, the Clerk of the House of Representatives (in the case of a House joint resolution agreed to in the House of Representatives) or the Secretary of the Senate (in the case of a Senate joint resolution agreed to in the Senate) shall cause the joint resolution to be engrossed, certified, and transmitted to the other House of the Congress as soon as practicable. ::::::``(B)(i) In the Senate, a joint resolution under this paragraph shall be privileged. It shall not be in order to move to reconsider the vote by which the motion is agreed to or disagreed to. :::::::``(ii) Debate in the Senate on a joint resolution under this paragraph, and all debatable motions and appeals in connection therewith, shall be limited to not more than five hours. The time shall be equally divided between, and controlled by, the majority leader and the minority leader or their designees. :::::::``(iii) Debate in the Senate on any debatable motion or appeal in connection with a joint resolution under this paragraph shall be limited to not more than one hour, to be equally divided between, and controlled by, the mover and the manager of the joint resolution, except that in the event the manager of the joint resolution is in favor of any such motion or appeal, the time in opposition thereto shall be controlled by the minority leader or his designee. :::::::``(iv) A motion in the Senate to further limit debate on a joint resolution under this paragraph is not debatable. A motion to table or to recommit a joint resolution under this paragraph is not in order. ::::::``(C) No amendment to a joint resolution considered under this paragraph shall be in order in the Senate. :::``(b) SUSPENSION OF SEQUESTRATION PROCEDURES.— Upon the enactment of a declaration of war or a joint resolution described in subsection (a)— ::::``(1) the subsequent issuance of any sequestration report or any sequestration order is precluded; ::::``(2) sections 302(f), 310(d), 311(a), and title VI of the [[Congressional Budget Act of 1974]] are suspended; and ::::``(3) section 1103 of [[title 31, United States Code]], is suspended. :::``(c) RESTORATION OF SEQUESTRATION PROCEDURES.— ::::``(1) In the event of a suspension of sequestration procedures due to a declaration of war, then, effective with the first fiscal year that begins in the session after the state of war is concluded by Senate ratification of the necessary treaties, the provisions of subsection (b) triggered by that declaration of war are no longer effective. ::::``(2) In the event of a suspension of sequestration procedures due to the enactment of a joint resolution described in subsection (a), then, effective with regard to the first fiscal year beginning at least 12 months after the enactment of that resolution, the provisions of subsection (b) triggered by that resolution are no longer effective. <div style="padding-left: 6em; text-indent: -1em"> ===== ``{{UC|{{section|Sec. 258A.|Sec. 258A}}. Modification of Presidential Order}}. ===== </div> :::``(a) INTRODUCTION OF JOINT RESOLUTION.— At any time after the Director of OMB issues a final sequestration report under section 254 for a fiscal year, but before the close of the twentieth calendar day of the session of Congress beginning after the date of issuance of such report, the majority leader of either House of Congress may introduce a joint resolution which contains provisions directing the President to modify the most recent order issued under section 254 or provide an alternative to reduce the deficit for such fiscal year. After the introduction of the first such joint resolution in either House of Congress in any calendar year, then no other joint resolution introduced in such House in such calendar year shall be subject to the procedures set forth in this section. :::``(b) PROCEDURES FOR CONSIDERATION OF JOINT RESOLUTIONS.— ::::``(1) REFERRAL TO COMMITTEE.— A joint resolution introduced in the Senate under subsection (a) shall not be referred to a committee of the Senate and shall be placed on the calendar pending disposition of such joint resolution in accordance with this subsection. ::::``(2) CONSIDERATION IN THE SENATE.— On or after the third calendar day (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays) beginning after a joint resolution is introduced under subsection (a), notwithstanding any rule or precedent of the Senate, including Rule XXII of the Standing Rules of the Senate, it is in order (even though a previous motion to the same effect has been disagreed to) for any Member of the Senate to move to proceed to the consideration of the joint resolution. The motion is not in order after the eighth calendar day (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays) beginning after a joint resolution (to which the motion applies) is introduced. The joint resolution is privileged in the Senate. A motion to reconsider the vote by which the motion is agreed to or disagreed to shall not be in order. If a motion to proceed to the consideration of the joint resolution is agreed to, the Senate shall immediately proceed to consideration of the joint resolution without intervening motion, order, or other business, and the joint resolution shall remain the unfinished business of the Senate until disposed of. ::::``(3) DEBATE IN THE SENATE.— :::::``(A) In the Senate, debate on a joint resolution introduced under subsection (a), amendments thereto, and all debatable motions and appeals in connection therewith shall be limited to not more than 10 hours, which shall be divided equally between the majority leader and the minority leader (or their designees). :::::``(B) A motion to postpone, or a motion to proceed to the consideration of other business is not in order. A motion to reconsider the vote by which the joint resolution is agreed to or disagreed to is not in order, and a motion to recommit the joint resolution is not in order. :::::``(C)(i) No amendment that is not germane to the provisions of the joint resolution or to the order issued under section 254 shall be in order in the Senate. In the Senate, an amendment, any amendment to an amendment, or any debatable motion or appeal is debatable for not to exceed 30 minutes to be equally divided between, and controlled by, the mover and the majority leader (or their designees), except that in the event that the majority leader favors the amendment, motion, or appeal, the minority leader (or the minority leader's designee) shall control the time in opposition to the amendment, motion, or appeal. ::::::``(ii) In the Senate, an amendment that is otherwise in order shall be in order notwithstanding the fact that it amends the joint resolution in more than one place or amends language previously amended. It shall not be in order in the Senate to vote on the question of agreeing to such a joint resolution or any amendment thereto unless the figures then contained in such joint resolution or amendment are mathematically consistent. ::::``(4) VOTE ON FINAL PASSAGE.— Immediately following the conclusion of the debate on a joint resolution introduced under subsection (a), a single quorum call at the conclusion of the debate if requested in accordance with the rules of the Senate, and the disposition of any pending amendments under paragraph (3), the vote on final passage of the joint resolution shall occur. ::::``(5) APPEALS.— Appeals from the decisions of the Chair shall be decided without debate. ::::``(6) CONFERENCE REPORTS.— In the Senate, points of order under titles III, IV, and VI of the [[Congressional Budget Act of 1974]] are applicable to a conference report on the joint resolution or any amendments in disagreement thereto. ::::``(7) RESOLUTION FROM OTHER HOUSE.— If, before the passage by the Senate of a joint resolution of the Senate introduced under subsection (a), the Senate receives from the House of Representatives a joint resolution introduced under subsection (a), then the following procedures shall apply: :::::``(A) The joint resolution of the House of Representatives shall not be referred to a committee and shall be placed on the calendar. :::::``(B) With respect to a joint resolution introduced under subsection (a) in the Senate— ::::::``(i) the procedure in the Senate shall be the same as if no joint resolution had been received from the House; but ::::::``(ii)(I) the vote on final passage shall be on the joint resolution of the House if it is identical to the joint resolution then pending for passage in the Senate; or :::::::``(II) if the joint resolution from the House is not identical to the joint resolution then pending for passage in the Senate and the Senate then passes the Senate joint resolution, the Senate shall be considered to have passed the House joint resolution as amended by the text of the Senate joint resolution. :::::``(C) Upon disposition of the joint resolution received from the House, it shall no longer be in order to consider the resolution originated in the Senate. ::::``(8) SENATE ACTION ON HOUSE RESOLUTION.— If the Senate receives from the House of Representatives a joint resolution introduced under subsection (a) after the Senate has disposed of a Senate originated resolution which is identical to the House passed joint resolution, the action of the Senate with regard to the disposition of the Senate originated joint resolution shall be deemed to be the action of the Senate with regard to the House originated joint resolution. If it is not identical to the House passed joint resolution, then the Senate shall be considered to have passed the joint resolution of the House as amended by the text of the Senate joint resolution.´´. : (g) Such Act is amended by inserting after section 258A the following: <div style="padding-left: 6em; text-indent: -1em"> ===== ``{{UC|{{section|Sec. 258B.|Sec. 258B}}. Flexibility Among Defense Programs, Projects, and Activities}}. ===== </div> :::``(a) Subject to subsections (b), (c), and (d), new budget authority and unobligated balances for any programs, projects, or activities within major functional category 050 (other than a military personnel account) may be further reduced beyond the amount specified in an order issued by the President under section 254 for such fiscal year. To the extent such additional reductions are made and result in additional outlay reductions, the President may provide for lesser reductions in new budget authority and unobligated balances for other programs, projects, or activities within major functional category 050 for such fiscal year, but only to the extent that the resulting outlay increases do not exceed the additional outlay reductions, and no such program, project, or activity may be increased above the level actually made available by law in appropriation Acts (before taking sequestration into account). In making calculations under this subsection, the President shall use account outlay rates that are identical to those used in the report by the Director of OMB under section 254. :::``(b) No actions taken by the President under subsection (a) for a fiscal year may result in a domestic base closure or realignment that would otherwise be subject to section 2687 of [[title 10, United States Code]]. :::``(c) The President may not exercise the authority provided by this paragraph for a fiscal year unless— ::::``(1) the President submits a single report to Congress specifying, for each account, the detailed changes proposed to be made for such fiscal year pursuant to this section; ::::``(2) that report is submitted within 5 calendar days of the start of the next session of Congress; and ::::``(3) a joint resolution affirming or modifying the changes proposed by the President pursuant to this paragraph becomes law. :::``(d) Within 5 calendar days of session after the President submits a report to Congress under subsection (c)(1) for a fiscal year, the majority leader of each House of Congress shall (by request) introduce a joint resolution which contains provisions affirming the changes proposed by the President pursuant to this paragraph. :::``(e)(1) The matter after the resolving clause in any joint resolution introduced pursuant to subsection (d) shall be as follows: ``That the report of the President as submitted on [Insert Date] under section 258B is hereby approved.´´. ::::``(2) The title of the joint resolution shall be ``Joint resolution approving the report of the President submitted under section 258B of the [[Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985]].´´. ::::``(3) Such joint resolution shall not contain any preamble. :::``(f)(1) A joint resolution introduced in the Senate under subsection (d) shall be referred to the Committee on Appropriations, and if not reported within 5 calendar days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays) from the date of introduction shall be considered as having been discharged therefrom and shall be placed on the appropriate calendar pending disposition of such joint resolution in accordance with this subsection. In the Senate, no amendment proposed in the Committee on Appropriations shall be in order other than an amendment (in the nature of a substitute) that is germane or relevant to the provisions of the joint resolution or to the order issued under section 254. For purposes of this paragraph, an amendment shall be considered to be relevant if it relates to function 050 (national defense). ::::``(2) On or after the third calendar day (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays) beginning after a joint resolution is placed on the Senate calendar, notwithstanding any rule or precedent of the Senate, including Rule XXII of the Standing Rules of the Senate, it is in order (even though a previous motion to the same effect has been disagreed to) for any Member of the Senate to move to proceed to the consideration of the joint resolution. The motion is not in order after the eighth calendar day (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays) beginning after such joint resolution is placed on the appropriate calendar. The motion is not debatable. The joint resolution is privileged in the Senate. A motion to reconsider the vote by which the motion is agreed to or disagreed to shall not be in order. If a motion to proceed to the consideration of the joint resolution is agreed to, the Senate shall immediately proceed to consideration of the joint resolution without intervening motion, order, or other business, and the joint resolution shall remain the unfinished business of the Senate until disposed of. :::``(g)(1) In the Senate, debate on a joint resolution introduced under subsection (d), amendments thereto, and all debatable motions and appeals in connection therewith shall be limited to not more than 10 hours, which shall be divided equally between the majority leader and the minority leader (or their designees). ::::``(2) A motion to postpone, or a motion to proceed to the consideration of other business is not in order. A motion to reconsider the vote by which the joint resolution is agreed to or disagreed to is not in order. In the Senate, a motion to recommit the joint resolution is not in order. :::``(h)(1) No amendment that is not germane or relevant to the provisions of the joint resolution or to the order issued under section 254 shall be in order in the Senate. For purposes of this paragraph, an amendment shall be considered to be relevant if it relates to function 050 (national defense). In the Senate, an amendment, any amendment to an amendment, or any debatable motion or appeal is debatable for not to exceed 30 minutes to be equally divided between, and controlled by, the mover and the majority leader (or their designees), except that in the event that the majority leader favors the amendment, motion, or appeal, the minority leader (or the minority leader's designee) shall control the time in opposition to the amendment, motion, or appeal. ::::``(2) In the Senate, an amendment that is otherwise in order shall be in order notwithstanding the fact that it amends the joint resolution in more than one place or amends language previously amended, so long as the amendment makes or maintains mathematical consistency. It shall not be in order in the Senate to vote on the question of agreeing to such a joint resolution or any amendment thereto unless the figures then contained in such joint resolution or amendment are mathematically consistent. ::::``(3) It shall not be in order in the Senate to consider any amendment to any joint resolution introduced under subsection (d) or any conference report thereon if such amendment or conference report would have the effect of decreasing any specific budget outlay reductions below the level of such outlay reductions provided in such joint resolution unless such amendment or conference report makes a reduction in other specific budget outlays at least equivalent to any increase in outlays provided by such amendment or conference report. ::::``(4) For purposes of the application of paragraph (3), the level of outlays and specific budget outlay reductions provided in an amendment shall be determined on the basis of estimates made by the Committee on the Budget of the Senate. :::``(i) Immediately following the conclusion of the debate on a joint resolution introduced under subsection (d), a single quorum call at the conclusion of the debate if requested in accordance with the rules of the Senate, and the disposition of any pending amendments under subsection (h), the vote on final passage of the joint resolution shall occur. :::``(j) Appeals from the decisions of the Chair relating to the application of the rules of the Senate to the procedure relating to a joint resolution described in subsection (d) shall be decided without debate. :::``(k) In the Senate, points of order under titles III and IV of the [[Congressional Budget Act of 1974]] (including points of order under sections 302(c), 303(a), 306, and 401(b)(1)) are applicable to a conference report on the joint resolution or any amendments in disagreement thereto. :::``(l) If, before the passage by the Senate of a joint resolution of the Senate introduced under subsection (d), the Senate receives from the House of Representatives a joint resolution introduced under subsection (d), then the following procedures shall apply: ::::``(1) The joint resolution of the House of Representatives shall not be referred to a committee. ::::``(2) With respect to a joint resolution introduced under subsection (d) in the Senate— :::::``(A) the procedure in the Senate shall be the same as if no joint resolution had been received from the House; but :::::``(B)(i) the vote on final passage shall be on the joint resolution of the House if it is identical to the joint resolution then pending for passage in the Senate; or ::::::``(ii) if the joint resolution from the House is not identical to the joint resolution then pending for passage in the Senate and the Senate then passes the Senate joint resolution, the Senate shall be considered to have passed the House joint resolution as amended by the text of the Senate joint resolution. ::::``(3) Upon disposition of the joint resolution received from the House, it shall no longer be in order to consider the joint resolution originated in the Senate. :::``(m) If the Senate receives from the House of Representatives a joint resolution introduced under subsection (d) after the Senate has disposed of a Senate originated joint resolution which is identical to the House passed joint resolution, the action of the Senate with regard to the disposition of the Senate originated joint resolution shall be deemed to be the action of the Senate with regard to the House originated joint resolution. If it is not identical to the House passed joint resolution, then the Senate shall be considered to have passed the joint resolution of the House as amended by the text of the Senate joint resolution. <div style="padding-left: 6em; text-indent: -1em"> ===== ``{{UC|{{section|Sec. 258C.|Sec. 258C}}. Special Reconciliation Process}}. ===== </div> :::``(a) REPORTING OF RESOLUTIONS AND RECONCILIATION BILLS AND RESOLUTIONS, IN THE SENATE.— ::::``(1) COMMITTEE ALTERNATIVES TO PRESIDENTIAL ORDER.— After the submission of an OMB sequestration update report under section 254 that envisions a sequestration under section 252 or 253, each standing committee of the Senate may, not later than October 10, submit to the Committee on the Budget of the Senate information of the type described in section 301(d) of the [[Congressional Budget Act of 1974]] with respect to alternatives to the order envisioned by such report insofar as such order affects laws within the jurisdiction of the committee. ::::``(2) INITIAL BUDGET COMMITTEE ACTION.— After the submission of such a report, the Committee on the Budget of the Senate may, not later than October 15, report to the Senate a resolution. The resolution may affirm the impact of the order envisioned by such report, in whole or in part. To the extent that any part is not affirmed, the resolution shall state which parts are not affirmed and shall contain instructions to committees of the Senate of the type referred to in section 310(a) of the [[Congressional Budget Act of 1974]], sufficient to achieve at least the total level of deficit reduction contained in those sections which are not affirmed. ::::``(3) RESPONSE OF COMMITTEES.— Committees instructed pursuant to paragraph (2), or affected thereby, shall submit their responses to the Budget Committee no later than 10 days after the resolution referred to in paragraph (2) is agreed to, except that if only one such Committee is so instructed such Committee shall, by the same date, report to the Senate a reconciliation bill or reconciliation resolution containing its recommendations in response to such instructions. A committee shall be considered to have complied with all instructions to it pursuant to a resolution adopted under paragraph (2) if it has made recommendations with respect to matters within its jurisdiction which would result in a reduction in the deficit at least equal to the total reduction directed by such instructions. ::::``(4) BUDGET COMMITTEE ACTION.— Upon receipt of the recommendations received in response to a resolution referred to in paragraph (2), the Budget Committee shall report to the Senate a reconciliation bill or reconciliation resolution, or both, carrying out all such recommendations without any substantive revisions. In the event that a committee instructed in a resolution referred to in paragraph (2) fails to submit any recommendation (or, when only one committee is instructed, fails to report a reconciliation bill or resolution) in response to such instructions, the Budget Committee shall include in the reconciliation bill or reconciliation resolution reported pursuant to this subparagraph legislative language within the jurisdiction of the noncomplying committee to achieve the amount of deficit reduction directed in such instructions. ::::``(5) POINT OF ORDER.— It shall not be in order in the Senate to consider any reconciliation bill or reconciliation resolution reported under paragraph (4) with respect to a fiscal year, any amendment thereto, or any conference report thereon if— :::::``(A) the enactment of such bill or resolution as reported; :::::``(B) the adoption and enactment of such amendment; or :::::``(C) the enactment of such bill or resolution in the form recommended in such conference report, ::::``would cause the amount of the deficit for such fiscal year to exceed the maximum deficit amount for such fiscal year, unless the low-growth report submitted under section 254 projects negative real economic growth for such fiscal year, or for each of any two consecutive quarters during such fiscal year. ::::``(6) TREATMENT OF CERTAIN AMENDMENTS.— In the Senate, an amendment which adds to a resolution reported under paragraph (2) an instruction of the type referred to in such paragraph shall be in order during the consideration of such resolution if such amendment would be in order but for the fact that it would be held to be non-germane on the basis that the instruction constitutes new matter. ::::``(7) DEFINITION.— For purposes of paragraphs (1), (2), and (3), the term ``day´´ shall mean any calendar day on which the Senate is in session. :::``(b) PROCEDURES.— ::::``(1) IN GENERAL.— Except as provided in paragraph (2), in the Senate the provisions of sections 305 and 310 of the [[Congressional Budget Act of 1974]] for the consideration of concurrent resolutions on the budget and conference reports thereon shall also apply to the consideration of resolutions, and reconciliation bills and reconciliation resolutions reported under this paragraph and conference reports thereon. ::::``(2) LIMIT ON DEBATE.— Debate in the Senate on any resolution reported pursuant to subsection (a)(2), and all amendments thereto and debatable motions and appeals in connection therewith, shall be limited to 10 hours. ::::``(3) LIMITATION ON AMENDMENTS.— Section 310(d)(2) of the [[Congressional Budget Act of 1974|Congressional Budget Act]] shall apply to reconciliation bills and reconciliation resolutions reported under this subsection. ::::``(4) BILLS AND RESOLUTIONS RECEIVED FROM THE HOUSE.— Any bill or resolution received in the Senate from the House, which is a companion to a reconciliation bill or reconciliation resolution of the Senate for the purposes of this subsection, shall be considered in the Senate pursuant to the provisions of this subsection. ::::``(5) DEFINITION.— For purposes of this subsection, the term ``resolution´´ means a simple, joint, or concurrent resolution.´´. gs9jciyvjpokl169mwoxgx4qyb1qjjc Page:Citation of Constitutional Laws Act 2005 from Government Gazette.djvu/4 104 496992 14127903 14117245 2024-04-25T14:18:38Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Angelprincess72" />{{running header |{{smaller|6{{gap|2em}} No. 27722}}||{{smaller|{{uc|Government Gazette, 27 June 2005}}}}}} {{rule}} {{running header |{{smaller|'''Act No. 5, 2005'''}}|{{smaller|{{uc|Citation of Constitutional Laws Act, 2005}}}}|}}</noinclude>{{c|'''{{uc|Schedule}}'''}}<br> {| class="__schedule" |- |width="23%"|'''No. and year of law''' |width="33%"|'''Short title''' |width="44%"|'''Extent of amendment''' |- |Act No. 35 of 1997 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Amendment Act, 1997]] |The following section is substituted for [[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Amendment Act, 1997#s4|section 4]]: “'''Short title and commencement''' <div style="text-indent:1.5em">'''4.''' This Act is called the Constitution '''[of the Republic of South Africa]''' <u>First</u> Amendment Act <u>of</u> 1997, and must be regarded as having taken effect on 4 February 1997.”.</div> |- |Act No. 65 of 1998 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Amendment Act, 1998]] |The following section is substituted for [[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Amendment Act, 1998#s6|section 6]]: “'''Short title''' <div style="text-indent:1.5em">'''6.''' This Act is called the Constitution '''[of the Republic of South Africa]''' <u>Second</u> Amendment Act <u>of</u> 1998.”.</div> |- |Act No. 87 of 1998 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Second Amendment Act, 1998]] |The following section is substituted for [[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Second Amendment Act, 1998#s3|section 3]]: “'''Short title''' <div style="text-indent:1.5em">'''3.''' This Act is called the Constitution '''[of the Republic of South Africa Second]''' <u>Third</u> Amendment Act <u>of</u> 1998.”.</div> |- |Act No. 3 of 1999 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Amendment Act, 1999]] |The following section is substituted for [[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Amendment Act, 1999#s3|section 3]]: “'''Short title''' <div style="text-indent:1.5em">'''3.''' This <u>Act</u> is <u>called</u> the Constitution '''[of the Republic of South Africa]''' <u>Fourth</u> Amendment Act <u>of</u> 1999.”.</div> |- |Act No. 2 of 1999 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Second Amendment Act, 1999]] |The following section is substituted for [[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Second Amendment Act, 1999#s3|section 3]]: “'''Short title''' <div style="text-indent:1.5em">'''3.''' This <u>Act</u> is <u>called</u> the Constitution '''[of the Republic of South Africa Second]''' <u>Fifth</u> Amendment Act <u>of</u> 1999.”.</div> |- |Act No. 34 of 2001 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Amendment Act, 2001]] |The following section is substituted for [[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Amendment Act, 2001#s21|section 21]]: “'''Short title [and commencement]''' <div style="text-indent:1.5em">'''21.''' This Act is called the Constitution '''[of the Republic of South Africa]''' <u>Sixth</u> Amendment Act <u>of</u> 2001.”.</div><noinclude> |} <references/></noinclude> 5vah8l6wjrlukjd6009tglevv0p9pyg Page:Citation of Constitutional Laws Act 2005 from Government Gazette.djvu/5 104 496993 14127906 14117202 2024-04-25T14:20:00Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Billinghurst" />{{running header |<small>8{{gap|2em}} No. 27722</small>||<small>{{uc|Government Gazette, 27 June 2005}}</small>}} {{rule|100%}} {{running header|<small>'''Act No. 5, 2005'''</small> |<small>{{uc|Citation of Constitutional Laws Act, 2005}}</small>|}} {| class="__schedule" |- |width="23%"|'''No. and year of law''' |width="33%"|'''Short title''' |width="44%"|'''Extent of amendment''' |-</noinclude>{{nopt}} |- |Act No. 61 of 2001 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Second Amendment Act, 2001]] |The following section is substituted for [[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Second Amendment Act, 2001#s11|section 11]]: “'''Short title <u>and commencement</u>''' <div style="text-indent:1.5em">'''11.''' This Act is called the Constitution '''[of the Republic of South Africa Second]''' <u>Seventh</u> Amendment Act <u>of</u> 2001, and comes into operation on a date fixed by the President by proclamation in the ''Gazette''.”.</div> |- |Act No. 18 of 2002 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Amendment Act, 2002]] |The following section is substituted for [[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Amendment Act, 2002#s3|section 3]]: “'''Short title''' <div style="text-indent:1.5em">'''3.''' This Act is called the Constitution '''[of the Republic of South Africa]''' <u>Eighth</u> Amendment Act <u>of</u> 2002.”.</div> |- |Act No. 21 of 2002 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Second Amendment Act, 2002]] |The following section is substituted for [[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Second Amendment Act, 2002#s4|section 4]]: “'''Short title''' <div style="text-indent:1.5em">'''4.''' This Act is called the Constitution '''[of the Republic of South Africa Second]''' <u>Ninth</u> Amendment Act <u>of</u> 2002.”.</div> |- |Act No. 2 of 2003 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Amendment Act, 2003]] |The following section is substituted for [[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Amendment Act, 2003#s10|section 10]]: “'''Short title <u>and commencement</u>''' <div style="text-indent:1.5em">'''10.''' This Act is called the Constitution '''[of the Republic of South Africa]''' <u>Tenth</u> Amendment Act <u>of</u> 2003, and comes into operation on a date set by the President by proclamation.”.</div> |- |Act No. 3 of 2003 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Second Amendment Act, 2003]] |The following section is substituted for [[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Second Amendment Act, 2003#s5|section 5]]: “'''Short title and commencement''' <div style="text-indent:1.5em">'''5.''' This Act is called the Constitution '''[of the Republic of South Africa Second]''' <u>Eleventh</u> Amendment Act <u>of</u> 2003, and takes effect on a date determined by the President by proclamation in the ''Gazette''.”.</div> |}<noinclude> <references/></noinclude> dukvw32zmfa4uaous7xkrs6u6phcstu Page:Notice 1998 of 2005.djvu/3 104 497404 14130729 14117026 2024-04-26T07:15:45Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{running header||{{smaller|{{uc|Staatskoerant, 31 Oktober 2005}}}}|{{smaller|No. 28189 {{gap|1em}}'''3'''}}}} {{rule|100%|height=2px}}</noinclude>{{center|{{xx-larger|{{sc|General Notice}}}}}} {{rule|100%|height=2px}} <section begin="text" />{{center|'''{{uc|Notice 1998 of 2005}}'''}} {{center|{{uc|'''Notice for general information'''}}}} {{center|{{uc|'''Municipal Demarcation Board'''}}}} {{uc|'''Proposals for boundary changes in terms of the Local Government: Municipal Demarcation Act, 1998, read with section 2 of the Local Government: Cross-boundary Municipalities Act, 2000'''}} In terms of section 22 of the Demarcation Act, 1998, the Minister of Provincial and Local Government has requested the Municipal Demarcation Board to re-determine the boundaries of certain municipalities. The Min<includeonly>i</includeonly>ster's request was published in Government Gazette No. 27937 of 19 August 2005. A further request has been received from the Minister to publish a notice and maps reflecting alternative proposals submitted by the Minister to the Board. The maps, referred to in Schedule 1, are hereby published to reflect the alternative proposals received from the Minister. For purposes of amending the Constitution, the Parliamentary Portfolio Committee on Justice and Constitutional Development, requested the Board to republish the maps reflected in Schedule 2. {{uc|'''Vuyo Mlokoti'''<br>'''Chairperson: MDB'''}} {{center|'''Schedule 1'''<br><br>}} {|class="__schedule" frame=border rules=all align=center cellpadding=2 |-align=center valign=top |'''Map No.''' |'''Name of municipality and existing designation/code''' |'''Proposed designation/code''' |'''Minister's alternative proposal''' |- |colspan="4" align="center"|'''Eastern Cape''' |-align=center valign=top |[[:File:Map No. 1 of Schedule 1 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|1]] |Matatiele Local Municipality<br/>(KZ5a3) |EC05b3 |align=left rowspan=3|The whole magisterial district of Maluti together with district management area, ECDMA44, and the small Matatiele area within Umzimvubu are to be excluded from Umzimvubu Local Municipality and incorporated into the Matatiele Local Municipality. The remainder of Umzimvubu and the new Matatiele to constitute the Alfred Nzo District Municipality. |-align=center valign=top |[[:File:Map No. 2 of Schedule 1 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|2]] |Umzimvubu Local Municipality<br/>(EC05b2) |EC05b2 |-align=center valign=top |[[:File:Map No. 3 of Schedule 1 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|3]] |Alfred Nzo District Municipality<br/>(DC44) |DC44<section end="text" /><noinclude> |} <references/></noinclude> 20ikfdqxfjylysokfqjur0muwdi69st 14130731 14130729 2024-04-26T07:16:08Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{running header||{{smaller|{{uc|Staatskoerant, 31 Oktober 2005}}}}|{{smaller|No. 28189 {{gap|1em}}'''3'''}}}} {{rule|100%|height=2px}}</noinclude>{{center|{{xx-larger|{{sc|General Notice}}}}}} {{rule|100%|height=2px}} <section begin="text" />{{center|'''{{uc|Notice 1998 of 2005}}'''}} {{center|{{uc|'''Notice for general information'''}}}} {{center|{{uc|'''Municipal Demarcation Board'''}}}} {{uc|'''Proposals for boundary changes in terms of the Local Government: Municipal Demarcation Act, 1998, read with section 2 of the Local Government: Cross-boundary Municipalities Act, 2000'''}} In terms of section 22 of the Demarcation Act, 1998, the Minister of Provincial and Local Government has requested the Municipal Demarcation Board to re-determine the boundaries of certain municipalities. The Min<includeonly>i</includeonly>ster's request was published in Government Gazette No. 27937 of 19 August 2005. A further request has been received from the Minister to publish a notice and maps reflecting alternative proposals submitted by the Minister to the Board. The maps, referred to in Schedule 1, are hereby published to reflect the alternative proposals received from the Minister. For purposes of amending the Constitution, the Parliamentary Portfolio Committee on Justice and Constitutional Development, requested the Board to republish the maps reflected in Schedule 2. {{uc|'''Vuyo Mlokoti'''<br>'''Chairperson: MDB'''}} {{center|'''Schedule 1'''<br><br>}} {| class="__schedule" |-align=center valign=top |'''Map No.''' |'''Name of municipality and existing designation/code''' |'''Proposed designation/code''' |'''Minister's alternative proposal''' |- |colspan="4" align="center"|'''Eastern Cape''' |-align=center valign=top |[[:File:Map No. 1 of Schedule 1 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|1]] |Matatiele Local Municipality<br/>(KZ5a3) |EC05b3 |align=left rowspan=3|The whole magisterial district of Maluti together with district management area, ECDMA44, and the small Matatiele area within Umzimvubu are to be excluded from Umzimvubu Local Municipality and incorporated into the Matatiele Local Municipality. The remainder of Umzimvubu and the new Matatiele to constitute the Alfred Nzo District Municipality. |-align=center valign=top |[[:File:Map No. 2 of Schedule 1 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|2]] |Umzimvubu Local Municipality<br/>(EC05b2) |EC05b2 |-align=center valign=top |[[:File:Map No. 3 of Schedule 1 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|3]] |Alfred Nzo District Municipality<br/>(DC44) |DC44<section end="text" /><noinclude> |} <references/></noinclude> jbhdiyv5px7oedaxyx86mtylq8i8b6v 14130739 14130731 2024-04-26T07:19:24Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{running header||{{smaller|{{uc|Staatskoerant, 31 Oktober 2005}}}}|{{smaller|No. 28189 {{gap|1em}}'''3'''}}}} {{rule|100%|height=2px}}</noinclude>{{center|{{xx-larger|{{sc|General Notice}}}}}} {{rule|100%|height=2px}} <section begin="text" />{{center|'''{{uc|Notice 1998 of 2005}}'''}} {{center|{{uc|'''Notice for general information'''}}}} {{center|{{uc|'''Municipal Demarcation Board'''}}}} {{uc|'''Proposals for boundary changes in terms of the Local Government: Municipal Demarcation Act, 1998, read with section 2 of the Local Government: Cross-boundary Municipalities Act, 2000'''}} In terms of section 22 of the Demarcation Act, 1998, the Minister of Provincial and Local Government has requested the Municipal Demarcation Board to re-determine the boundaries of certain municipalities. The Min<includeonly>i</includeonly>ster's request was published in Government Gazette No. 27937 of 19 August 2005. A further request has been received from the Minister to publish a notice and maps reflecting alternative proposals submitted by the Minister to the Board. The maps, referred to in Schedule 1, are hereby published to reflect the alternative proposals received from the Minister. For purposes of amending the Constitution, the Parliamentary Portfolio Committee on Justice and Constitutional Development, requested the Board to republish the maps reflected in Schedule 2. {{uc|'''Vuyo Mlokoti'''<br>'''Chairperson: MDB'''}} {{center|'''Schedule 1'''<br><br>}} {| class="__schedule" |- !'''Map No.''' !'''Name of municipality and existing designation/code''' !'''Proposed designation/code''' !'''Minister's alternative proposal''' |- !colspan="4" |'''Eastern Cape''' |- |[[:File:Map No. 1 of Schedule 1 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|1]] |Matatiele Local Municipality<br/>(KZ5a3) |EC05b3 |rowspan=3 {{ts|al}}|The whole magisterial district of Maluti together with district management area, ECDMA44, and the small Matatiele area within Umzimvubu are to be excluded from Umzimvubu Local Municipality and incorporated into the Matatiele Local Municipality. The remainder of Umzimvubu and the new Matatiele to constitute the Alfred Nzo District Municipality. |- |[[:File:Map No. 2 of Schedule 1 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|2]] |Umzimvubu Local Municipality<br/>(EC05b2) |EC05b2 |- |[[:File:Map No. 3 of Schedule 1 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|3]] |Alfred Nzo District Municipality<br/>(DC44) |DC44<section end="text" /><noinclude> |} <references/></noinclude> oaxmznxhr9p3k4txju4g6ra1vlv875h Page:Notice 1998 of 2005.djvu/4 104 497411 14130746 14084155 2024-04-26T07:23:17Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{running header|{{smaller|'''4'''{{gap|1em}} No. 28189}}|{{smaller|{{uc|Government Gazette, 31 October 2005}}}}|}} {{rule|100%|height=2px}} {| class="__schedule"</noinclude>{{nopt}} |- |<noinclude>style="width:3em"|</noinclude>[[:File:Map No. 4 of Schedule 1 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|4]] |West Rand District Municipality<br/>(CBDC8) |DC48 |{{ts|al}}|Merafong City Local Municipality is to be excluded from the municipal area of the West Rand District Municipality and included in the municipal area of the Southern District Municipality. Westonaria to remain in the West Rand District Municipality. |- |[[:File:Map No. 5 of Schedule 1 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|5]] |Southern District Municipality<br/>(DC40) |DC40 |- | |District Management Area<br/>(GTDMA41) |GTDMA48 |{{ts|al}}|No changes to DMA boundary but designation/code to change. |- | |Westonaria Local Municipality<br/>(GT414) |GT483 |{{ts|al}}|No changes to municipal boundary but designation/municipal code to change. |- | |Merafong City Local Municipality<br/>(CBLC8) |NW405 |{{ts|al}}|No changes to municipal boundary but designation/municipal code to change. |-{{ts|al}} | |Mogale City Local Municipality<br/>(GT411) |GT481 |{{ts|al}}|No changes to municipal boundary but designation/municipal code to change. |- | |Randfontein Local Municipality<br/>(GT412) |GT482 |{{ts|al}}|No changes to municipal boundary but designation/municipal code to change. |} {{c|'''Schedule 2'''}} {{c|'''<noinclude>{{uc|</noinclude>The Province of the Eastern Cape<noinclude>}}</noinclude>'''}} {|class="__schedule" |- !style="width:5em"|'''Map No.''' !style="width:30em"|'''Notice No.''' |- |[[:File:Map No. 6 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|6]] |Map No. 38 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 7 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|7]] |Map No. 39 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 8 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|8]] |Map No. 40 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 9 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|9]] |Map No. 41 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 10 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|10]] |Map No. 42 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 11 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|11]] |Map No. 43 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |} {{c|'''<noinclude>{{uc|</noinclude>The Province of Free<includeonly> </includeonly>State<noinclude>}}</noinclude>'''}} {|class="__schedule" |- |style="width:5em"|'''Map No.''' |style="width:30em"|'''Notice No.''' |- |[[:File:Map No. 12 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|12]] |Map No. 45 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 13 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|13]] |Map No. 46 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 14 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|14]] |Map No. 47 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 15 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|15]] |Map No. 48 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 16 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|16]] |Map No. 49 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |} {{c|'''The Province of Gauteng'''}} {|class="__schedule" |- |style="width:5em"|'''Map No.''' |style="width:30em"|'''Notice No.''' |- |[[:File:Map No. 17 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|17]] |Map No. 1 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 18 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|18]] |Map No. 2 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 19 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|19]] |Map No. 72 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005<noinclude> |} <references/></noinclude> 1512votidvq1yx9fccmh59498pxuz2n Page:Notice 1998 of 2005.djvu/5 104 497416 14130756 14117042 2024-04-26T07:27:08Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{running header||{{smaller|{{uc|Staatskoerant, 31 Oktober 2005}}}}|{{smaller|No. 28189 {{gap|1em}}'''5'''}}}} {{rule|100%|height=2px}} {|class="__schedule"</noinclude>{{nopt}} |- |<noinclude>style="width:5em"|</noinclude>[[:File:Map No. 20 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|20]] |<noinclude>style="width:30em"|</noinclude>Map No. 73 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 21 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|21]] |Map No. 3 of the Schedule to Notice 3960 of 2005<br/>(Gauteng Provincial Gazette No. 446 and Mpumalanga Gazette No. 1277) |} {{center|'''The Province of KwaZulu-Natal'''}} {|class="__schedule" |- !'''Map No.''' !'''Notice No.''' |- |style="width:5em"|[[:File:Map No. 22 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|22]] |style="width:30em"|Map No. 50 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 23 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|23]] |Map No. 51 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 24 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|24]] |Map No. 52 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 25 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|25]] |Map No. 53 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 26 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|26]] |Map No. 54 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 27 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|27]] |Map No. 55 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 28 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|28]] |Map No. 56 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 29 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|29]] |Map No. 57 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 30 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|30]] |Map No. 58 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 31 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|31]] |Map No. 59 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 32 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|32]] |Map No. 1 of the Schedule to Notice 1594 of 2005 |} {{center|'''The Province of Limpopo'''}} {|class="__schedule" |- !'''Map No.''' !'''Notice No.''' |- |style="width:5em"|[[:File:Map No. 33 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|33]] |style="width:30em"|Map No. 65 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 34 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|34]] |Map No. 66 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 35 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|35]] |Map No. 67 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 36 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|36]] |Map No. 15 of the Schedule to Notice 1594 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 37 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|37]] |Map No. 19 of the Schedule to Notice 1594 of 2005 |} {{center|'''The Province of Mpumalanga'''}} {|class="__schedule" |- |style="width:5em"|'''Map No.''' |style="width:30em"|'''Notice No.''' |- |[[:File:Map No. 38 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|38]] |Map No. 61 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 39 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|39]] |Map No. 2 of the Schedule to Notice 3960 of 2005<br/>(Gauteng Provincial Gazette No. 446 and Mpumalanga Gazette No. 1277) |- |[[:File:Map No. 40 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|40]] |Map No. 23 of the Schedule to Notice 1594 of 2005 |} {{center|'''The Province of the Northern Cape'''}} {|class="__schedule" |- !'''Map No.''' !'''Notice No.''' |- |style="width:5em"|[[:File:Map No. 41 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|41]] |style="width:30em"|Map No. 35 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 42 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|42]] |Map No. 36 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 43 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|43]] |Map No. 37 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 44 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|44]] |Map No. 6 of the Schedule to Notice 1594 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 45 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|45]] |Map No. 11 of the Schedule to Notice 1594 of 2005 |} {{center|'''The Province of North West'''}} {|class="__schedule" |- !style="width:5em"|'''Map No.''' !style="width:30em"|'''Notice No.''' |- |[[:File:Map No. 46 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|46]] |Map No. 68 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 47 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|47]] |Map No. 69 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 48 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|48]] |Map No. 70 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |} {{center|'''The Province of the Western Cape'''}} {|class="__schedule" |- !style="width:5em"|'''Map No.''' !style="width:30em"|'''Notice No.''' |- |[[:File:Map No. 49 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|49]] |Map No. 29 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 50 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|50]] |Map No. 30 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 51 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|51]] |Map No. 31 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 52 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|52]] |Map No. 32 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 53 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|53]] |Map No. 33 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |- |[[:File:Map No. 54 of Schedule 2 to Notice 1998 of 2005.png|54]] |Map No. 34 of the Schedule to Notice 1179 of 2005 |}<noinclude> <references/></noinclude> gdi0tpmbltfww1508gppgmyzsynbf8p Page:Constitution of the Republic of South Africa 1996 from Government Gazette.djvu/126 104 501123 14127864 14089684 2024-04-25T14:07:29Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="George Orwell III" />{{rh|<small>124{{gap|2em}} No. 17678</small> ||<small>{{uc|Government Gazette, 18 December 1996}}</small>}} {{rule}} {|width="100%" |-valign="top" |align="left" style="width:9em"|<small>'''Act No. 108, 1996'''</small> |align="center"|<small>{{uc|Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1996}}</small> |} <div style="text-align:left">''Schedule 6—Transitional Arrangements''</div> {{rule}} {{SLeb}}{{SLeb}}{{SLeb}}</noinclude>delegation to the National Council of Provinces must be the same as the proportion in which the province’s 10 senators were nominated in terms of [[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1993/Chapter 4#s48|section 48]] of the previous Constitution; and {{SLi|(b)}} the allocation of permanent delegates and special delegates to the parties represented in the provincial legislature, is as follows: {{SLee}}{{SLee}}{{SLee}} {|class="__table_p18" |- |'''{{uc|Province}}''' |'''{{uc|Permanent delegates}}''' |'''{{uc|Special delegates}}''' |- |1. Eastern Cape |ANC 5<br>NP 1 |ANC 4 |- |2. Free State |ANC 4<br>FF 1<br>NP 1 |ANC 4 |- |3. Gauteng |ANC 3<br>DP 1<br>FF 1<br>NP 1 |ANC 3<br><br><br>NP 1 |- |4. KwaZulu-Natal |ANC 1<br>DP 1<br>IFP 3<br>NP 1 |ANC 2<br><br>IFP 2 |- |5. Mpumalanga |ANC 4<br>FF 1<br>NP 1 |ANC 4 |- |6. Northern Cape |ANC 3<br>FF 1<br>NP 2 |ANC 2<br><br>NP 2 |-valign="top" |7. Northern Province |ANC 6 |ANC 4 |- |8. North West |ANC 4<br>FF 1<br>NP 1 |ANC 4 |- |9. Western Cape |ANC 2<br>DP 1<br>NP 3 |ANC 1<br><br>NP 3 |} {{nop}}<noinclude> <references/></noinclude> 0z75xqobxljn9tiumw5zdonjqc1hu05 Page:Constitution of the Republic of South Africa 1996 from Government Gazette.djvu/149 104 501362 14127842 14116308 2024-04-25T13:59:19Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="George Orwell III" />{{running header|{{smaller|{{uc|Government Gazette, 18 December 1996}}}}||{{smaller|No. 17678 {{gap|2em}}147}}}} {{rule|100%}} {|width="100%" |-valign="top" |align="center"|{{smaller|{{uc|Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1996}}}} |align="right" style="width:9em"|{{smaller|'''Act No. 108, 1996'''}} |} <div style="text-align:right">''Schedule 7—Laws Repealed''</div> {{rule|100%}}</noinclude>{{xx-larger block|'''Schedule 7'''|style=text-align:center}} {{x-larger block|Laws Repealed|style=text-align:center}} {| class="__table_p18 __Schedule7" |- !{{uc|Number and year of law}} !{{uc|Title}} |- |Act 200 of 1993 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1993]] |- |Act 2 of 1994 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Amendment Act, 1994]] |- |Act 3 of 1994 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Second Amendment Act, 1994]] |- |Act 13 of 1994 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Third Amendment Act, 1994]] |- |Act 14 of 1994 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Fourth Amendment Act, 1994]] |- |Act 24 of 1994 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Sixth Amendment Act, 1994]] |- |Act 29 of 1994 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Fifth Amendment Act, 1994]] |- |Act 20 of 1995 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Amendment Act, 1995]] |- |Act 44 of 1995 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Second Amendment Act, 1995]] |- |Act 7 of 1996 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Amendment Act, 1996]] |- |Act 26 of 1996 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Third Amendment Act, 1996]] |}<noinclude> <references/></noinclude> rzu67jn0r5smkyehcwd3r23bd75iwrs 14127846 14127842 2024-04-25T14:02:24Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="George Orwell III" />{{running header|{{smaller|{{uc|Government Gazette, 18 December 1996}}}}||{{smaller|No. 17678 {{gap|2em}}147}}}} {{rule|100%}} {|width="100%" |-valign="top" |align="center"|{{smaller|{{uc|Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1996}}}} |align="right" style="width:9em"|{{smaller|'''Act No. 108, 1996'''}} |} <div style="text-align:right">''Schedule 7—Laws Repealed''</div> {{rule|100%}}</noinclude>{{xx-larger block|'''Schedule 7'''|style=text-align:center}} {{x-larger block|Laws Repealed|style=text-align:center}} {| class="__Schedule7" |- !{{uc|Number and year of law}} !{{uc|Title}} |- |Act 200 of 1993 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1993]] |- |Act 2 of 1994 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Amendment Act, 1994]] |- |Act 3 of 1994 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Second Amendment Act, 1994]] |- |Act 13 of 1994 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Third Amendment Act, 1994]] |- |Act 14 of 1994 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Fourth Amendment Act, 1994]] |- |Act 24 of 1994 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Sixth Amendment Act, 1994]] |- |Act 29 of 1994 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Fifth Amendment Act, 1994]] |- |Act 20 of 1995 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Amendment Act, 1995]] |- |Act 44 of 1995 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Second Amendment Act, 1995]] |- |Act 7 of 1996 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Amendment Act, 1996]] |- |Act 26 of 1996 |[[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Third Amendment Act, 1996]] |}<noinclude> <references/></noinclude> 3hn1wdn1ndtodkimbow5xd3psiwm8mj Template:EB1911 article link 10 503835 14128033 2116072 2024-04-25T15:19:48Z 37.111.140.33 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#if:{{{nosc|}}}|[[1911 Encyclopædia Britannica/{{#if:{{{2|}}}|{{{2}}}|{{{1}}}}}|{{{1}}}]]|{{small-caps|[[1911 Encyclopædia Britannica/{{#if:{{{2|}}}|{{{2}}}|{{{1}}}}}|{{{1}}}]]}}}}</includeonly><noall mother fucker}} </noinclude> kv85xba5bm1btspl3ieyzfyp9swgtq6 14128039 14128033 2024-04-25T15:25:55Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 This was showing up as a lint error, Did someone not use preview? wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#if:{{{nosc|}}}|[[1911 Encyclopædia Britannica/{{#if:{{{2|}}}|{{{2}}}|{{{1}}}}}|{{{1}}}]]|{{small-caps|[[1911 Encyclopædia Britannica/{{#if:{{{2|}}}|{{{2}}}|{{{1}}}}}|{{{1}}}]]}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> pyqzoyir073e7xjqj8a18vnk04qac75 Department of Homeland Security Appropriations Act, 2010/Title V 0 551060 14129816 13556041 2024-04-25T19:38:54Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Table Modernization wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../]] | author = | previous = [[../Title IV|TITLE IV<BR/>—Research and Development, Training, and Services]] | section = Title V &minus; General Provisions | next = | notes = }} __TOC__ =={{UC|Title V — General Provisions (Including Rescissions)}}== === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 501.|Sec. 501}}}}. === : No part of any appropriation contained in this Act shall remain available for obligation beyond the current fiscal year unless expressly so provided herein. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 502.|Sec. 502}}}}. === : Subject to the requirements of section 503 of this Act, the unexpended balances of prior appropriations provided for activities in this Act may be transferred to appropriation accounts for such activities established pursuant to this Act, may be merged with funds in the applicable established accounts, and thereafter may be accounted for as one fund for the same time period as originally enacted. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 503.|Sec. 503}}}}. === : (a) None of the funds provided by this Act, provided by previous appropriations Acts to the agencies in or transferred to the Department of Homeland Security that remain available for obligation or expenditure in fiscal year 2010, or provided from any accounts in the Treasury of the United States derived by the collection of fees available to the agencies funded by this Act, shall be available for obligation or expenditure through a reprogramming of funds that: :: (1) creates a new program, project, or activity; :: (2) eliminates a program, project, office, or activity; :: (3) increases funds for any program, project, or activity for which funds have been denied or restricted by the Congress; :: (4) proposes to use funds directed for a specific activity by either of the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate or the House of Representatives for a different purpose; or :: (5) contracts out any function or activity for which funding levels were requested for Federal full-time equivalents in the object classification tables contained in the fiscal year 2010 Budget Appendix for the Department of Homeland Security, as modified by the joint explanatory statement accompanying this Act, unless the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives are notified 15 days in advance of such reprogramming of funds. : (b) None of the funds provided by this Act, provided by previous appropriations Acts to the agencies in or transferred to the Department of Homeland Security that remain available for obligation or expenditure in fiscal year 2010, or provided from any accounts in the Treasury of the United States derived by the collection of fees or proceeds available to the agencies funded by this Act, shall be available for obligation or expenditure for programs, projects, or activities through a reprogramming of funds in excess of $5,000,000 or 10 percent, whichever is less, that: :: (1) augments existing programs, projects, or activities; :: (2) reduces by 10 percent funding for any existing program, project, or activity, or numbers of personnel by 10 percent as approved by the Congress; or :: (3) results from any general savings from a reduction in personnel that would result in a change in existing programs, projects, or activities as approved by the Congress, unless the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives are notified 15 days in advance of such reprogramming of funds. : (c) Not to exceed 5 percent of any appropriation made available for the current fiscal year for the Department of Homeland Security by this Act or provided by previous appropriations Acts may be transferred between such appropriations, but no such appropriation, except as otherwise specifically provided, shall be increased by more than 10 percent by such transfers: :: ''Provided'', That any transfer under this section shall be treated as a reprogramming of funds under subsection (b) and shall not be available for obligation unless the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives are notified 15 days in advance of such transfer. : (d) Notwithstanding subsections (a), (b), and (c) of this section, no funds shall be reprogrammed within or transferred between appropriations after June 30, except in extraordinary circumstances that imminently threaten the safety of human life or the protection of property. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 504.|Sec. 504}}}}. === : The Department of Homeland Security Working Capital Fund, established pursuant to section 403 of [[Public Law 103-356]] (31 U.S.C. 501 note), shall continue operations as a permanent working capital fund for fiscal year 2010: :: ''Provided'', That none of the funds appropriated or otherwise made available to the Department of Homeland Security may be used to make payments to the Working Capital Fund, except for the activities and amounts allowed in the President's fiscal year 2010 budget: :: ''Provided further'', That funds provided to the Working Capital Fund shall be available for obligation until expended to carry out the purposes of the Working Capital Fund: :: ''Provided further'', That all departmental components shall be charged only for direct usage of each Working Capital Fund service: :: ''Provided further'', That funds provided to the Working Capital Fund shall be used only for purposes consistent with the contributing component: :: ''Provided further'', That such fund shall be paid in advance or reimbursed at rates which will return the full cost of each service: :: ''Provided further'', That the Working Capital Fund shall be subject to the requirements of section 503 of this Act. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 505.|Sec. 505}}}}. === : Except as otherwise specifically provided by law, not to exceed 50 percent of unobligated balances remaining available at the end of fiscal year 2010 from appropriations for salaries and expenses for fiscal year 2010 in this Act shall remain available through September 30, 2011, in the account and for the purposes for which the appropriations were provided: :: ''Provided'', That prior to the obligation of such funds, a request shall be submitted to the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives for approval in accordance with [[#Sec. 503.|section 503]] of this Act. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 506.|Sec. 506}}}}. === : Funds made available by this Act for intelligence activities are deemed to be specifically authorized by the Congress for purposes of section 504 of the [[National Security Act of 1947]] (50 U.S.C. 414) during fiscal year 2010 until the enactment of an Act authorizing intelligence activities for fiscal year 2010. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 507.|Sec. 507}}}}. === : None of the funds made available by this Act may be used to make a grant allocation, grant award, contract award, Other Transaction Agreement, a task or delivery order on a Department of Homeland Security multiple award contract, or to issue a letter of intent totaling in excess of $1,000,000, or to announce publicly the intention to make such an award, including a contract covered by the Federal Acquisition Regulation, unless the Secretary of Homeland Security notifies the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives at least 3 full business days in advance of making such an award or issuing such a letter: :: ''Provided'', That if the Secretary of Homeland Security determines that compliance with this section would pose a substantial risk to human life, health, or safety, an award may be made without notification and the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives shall be notified not later than 5 full business days after such an award is made or letter issued: :: ''Provided further'', That no notification shall involve funds that are not available for obligation: :: ''Provided further'', That the notification shall include the amount of the award, the fiscal year for which the funds for the award were appropriated, and the account from which the funds are being drawn: :: ''Provided further'', That the Federal Emergency Management Agency shall brief the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives 5 full business days in advance of announcing publicly the intention of making an award under “State and Local Programs”. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 508.|Sec. 508}}}}. === : Notwithstanding any other provision of law, no agency shall purchase, construct, or lease any additional facilities, except within or contiguous to existing locations, to be used for the purpose of conducting Federal law enforcement training without the advance approval of the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives, except that the Federal Law Enforcement Training Center is authorized to obtain the temporary use of additional facilities by lease, contract, or other agreement for training which cannot be accommodated in existing Center facilities. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 509.|Sec. 509}}}}. === : None of the funds appropriated or otherwise made available by this Act may be used for expenses for any construction, repair, alteration, or acquisition project for which a prospectus otherwise required under chapter 33 of [[title 40, United States Code]], has not been approved, except that necessary funds may be expended for each project for required expenses for the development of a proposed prospectus. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 510.|Sec. 510}}}}. === : Sections 519, 520, 522, 528, 530, and 531 of the [[Department of Homeland Security Appropriations Act, 2008]] (division E of [[Public Law 110-161]]; 121 Stat. 2072, 2073, 2074, 2082) shall apply with respect to funds made available in this Act in the same manner as such sections applied to funds made available in that Act. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 511.|Sec. 511}}}}. === : None of the funds made available in this Act may be used in contravention of the applicable provisions of the [[Buy American Act]] (41 U.S.C. 10a et seq.). === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 512.|Sec. 512}}}}. === : None of the funds made available in this Act may be used to amend the oath of allegiance required by section 337 of the [[Immigration and Nationality Act]] (8 U.S.C. 1448). === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 513.|Sec. 513}}}}. === : None of the funds appropriated by this Act may be used to process or approve a competition under Office of Management and Budget Circular A–76 for services provided as of June 1, 2004, by employees (including employees serving on a temporary or term basis) of United States Citizenship and Immigration Services of the Department of Homeland Security who are known as of that date as Immigration Information Officers, Contact Representatives, or Investigative Assistants. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 514.|Sec. 514}}}}. === : (a) The Assistant Secretary of Homeland Security (Transportation Security Administration) shall work with air carriers and airports to ensure that the screening of cargo carried on passenger aircraft, as defined in section 44901(g)(5) of [[title 49, United States Code]], increases incrementally each quarter until the requirement of section 44901(g)(2)(B) of title 49 is met. : (b) Not later than 45 days after the end of each quarter, the Assistant Secretary shall submit to the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives a report on air cargo inspection statistics by airport and air carrier detailing the incremental progress being made to meet the requirement of section 44901(g)(2)(B) of [[title 49, United States Code]]. : (c) Not later than 180 days after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Assistant Secretary shall submit to the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives, a report on how the Transportation Security Administration plans to meet the requirement for screening all air cargo on passenger aircraft by the deadline under section 44901(g) of [[title 49, United States Code]]. The report shall identify the elements of the system to screen 100 percent of cargo transported between domestic airports at a level of security commensurate with the level of security for the screening of passenger checked baggage. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 515.|Sec. 515}}}}. === : Within 45 days after the end of each month, the Chief Financial Officer of the Department of Homeland Security shall submit to the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives a monthly budget and staffing report for that month that includes total obligations, on-board versus funded full-time equivalent staffing levels, and the number of contract employees for each office of the Department. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 516.|Sec. 516}}}}. === : Except as provided in section 44945 of [[title 49, United States Code]], funds appropriated or transferred to Transportation Security Administration “Aviation Security”, “Administration” and “Transportation Security Support” for fiscal years 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, and 2008 that are recovered or deobligated shall be available only for the procurement or installation of explosives detection systems, air cargo, baggage, and checkpoint screening systems, subject to notification: :: ''Provided'', That quarterly reports shall be submitted to the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives on any funds that are recovered or deobligated. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 517.|Sec. 517}}}}. === : Any funds appropriated to Coast Guard “Acquisition, Construction, and Improvements” for fiscal years 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, and 2006 for the 110–123 foot patrol boat conversion that are recovered, collected, or otherwise received as the result of negotiation, mediation, or litigation, shall be available until expended for the Replacement Patrol Boat (FRC–B) program. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 518.|Sec. 518}}}}. === : (a) None of the funds provided by this or any other Act may be obligated for the development, testing, deployment, or operation of any portion of a human resources management system authorized by section 9701(a) of [[title 5, United States Code]], or by regulations prescribed pursuant to such section, for an employee, as that term is defined in section 7103(a)(2) of such title. : (b) The Secretary of Homeland Security shall collaborate with employee representatives in the manner prescribed in section 9701(e) of [[title 5, United States Code]], in the planning, testing, and development of any portion of a human resources management system that is developed, tested, or deployed for persons excluded from the definition of employee as that term is defined in section 7103(a)(2) of such title. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 519.|Sec. 519}}}}. === : Section 532(a) of [[Public Law 109-295]] (120 Stat. 1384) is amended by striking “2009” and inserting “2010”. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 520.|Sec. 520}}}}. === : The functions of the Federal Law Enforcement Training Center instructor staff shall be classified as inherently governmental for the purpose of the [[Federal Activities Inventory Reform Act of 1998]] (31 U.S.C. 501 note). === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 521.|Sec. 521}}}}. === : (a) Except as provided in subsection (b), none of the funds appropriated in this or any other Act to the Office of the Secretary and Executive Management, the Office of the Under Secretary for Management, or the Office of the Chief Financial Officer, may be obligated for a grant or contract funded under such headings by any means other than full and open competition. : (b) Subsection (a) does not apply to obligation of funds for a contract awarded— :: (1) by a means that is required by a Federal statute, including obligation for a purchase made under a mandated preferential program, including the AbilityOne Program, that is authorized under the [[Javits-Wagner-O'Day Act]] (41 U.S.C. 46 et seq.); :: (2) pursuant to the [[Small Business Act]] (15 U.S.C. 631 et seq.); :: (3) in an amount less than the simplified acquisition threshold described under section 302A(a) of the [[Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949]] (41 U.S.C. 252a(a)); or :: (4) by another Federal agency using funds provided through an interagency agreement. : (c) :: (1) Subject to paragraph (2), the Secretary of Homeland Security may waive the application of this section for the award of a contract in the interest of national security or if failure to do so would pose a substantial risk to human health or welfare. :: (2) Not later than 5 days after the date on which the Secretary of Homeland Security issues a waiver under this subsection, the Secretary shall submit notification of that waiver to the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives, including a description of the applicable contract and an explanation of why the waiver authority was used. The Secretary may not delegate the authority to grant such a waiver. : (d) In addition to the requirements established by subsections (a), (b), and (c) of this section, the Inspector General of the Department of Homeland Security shall review departmental contracts awarded through means other than a full and open competition to assess departmental compliance with applicable laws and regulations: :: ''Provided'', That the Inspector General shall review selected contracts awarded in the previous fiscal year through means other than a full and open competition: :: ''Provided further'', That in selecting which contracts to review, the Inspector General shall consider the cost and complexity of the goods and services to be provided under the contract, the criticality of the contract to fulfilling Department missions, past performance problems on similar contracts or by the selected vendor, complaints received about the award process or contractor performance, and such other factors as the Inspector General deems relevant: ::: ''Provided further'', That the Inspector General shall report the results of the reviews to the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives no later than February 5, 2010. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 522.|Sec. 522}}}}. === : Except as provided in paragraphs (1) and (2) of this section, none of the funds provided by this or previous appropriations Acts shall be used to fund any position designated as a Principal Federal Official, or any successor position, for any [[Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act]] (42 U.S.C. 5121 et seq.) declared disasters or emergencies— ::: (1) The Secretary of Homeland Security may waive the application of this section provided that any field position appointed pursuant to this waiver shall not hold the title of Principal Federal Official, shall functionally report through the Federal Coordinating Officer appointed under section 302 of the [[Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act]] (42 U.S.C. 5143), and shall be subject to the provisions of subsection (c) of section 319 of [[title 6, United States Code]]. The Secretary may not delegate the authority to grant such a waiver. ::: (2) Not later than 10 business days after the date on which the Secretary of Homeland Security issues a waiver under this section, the Secretary shall submit notification of that waiver to the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives, the Transportation and Infrastructure Committee of the House of Representatives, and the Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs Committee of the Senate explaining the circumstances necessitating the waiver, describing the specific role of any officials appointed pursuant to the waiver, and outlining measures taken to ensure compliance with subsection (c) of section 319 and subsections (c)(3) and (c)(4)(A) of section 313 of [[title 6, United States Code]]. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 523.|Sec. 523}}}}. === : None of the funds made available in this or any other Act may be used to enforce section 4025(1) of [[Public Law 108-458]] unless the Assistant Secretary of Homeland Security (Transportation Security Administration) reverses the determination of July 19, 2007, that butane lighters are not a significant threat to civil aviation security. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 524.|Sec. 524}}}}. === : Funds made available in this Act may be used to alter operations within the Civil Engineering Program of the Coast Guard nationwide, including civil engineering units, facilities design and construction centers, maintenance and logistics commands, and the Coast Guard Academy, except that none of the funds provided in this Act may be used to reduce operations within any Civil Engineering Unit unless specifically authorized by a statute enacted after the date of the enactment of this Act. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 525.|Sec. 525}}}}. === : None of the funds provided in this Act shall be available to carry out section 872 of the [[Homeland Security Act of 2002]] (6 U.S.C. 452). === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 526.|Sec. 526}}}}. === : None of the funds made available in this Act may be used by United States Citizenship and Immigration Services to grant an immigration benefit unless the results of background checks required by law to be completed prior to the granting of the benefit have been received by United States Citizenship and Immigration Services, and the results do not preclude the granting of the benefit. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 527.|Sec. 527}}}}. === : None of the funds made available in this Act may be used to destroy or put out to pasture any horse or other equine belonging to the Federal Government that has become unfit for service, unless the trainer or handler is first given the option to take possession of the equine through an adoption program that has safeguards against slaughter and inhumane treatment. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 528.|Sec. 528}}}}. === : None of the funds provided in this Act under the heading “Office of the Chief Information Officer” shall be used for data center development other than for Data Center One (National Center for Critical Information Processing and Storage) until the Chief Information Officer certifies that Data Center One is fully utilized as the Department's primary data storage center at the highest capacity throughout the fiscal year. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 529.|Sec. 529}}}}. === : None of the funds in this Act shall be used to reduce the United States Coast Guard's Operations Systems Center mission or its government-employed or contract staff levels. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 530.|Sec. 530}}}}. === : None of the funds appropriated by this Act may be used to conduct, or to implement the results of, a competition under Office of Management and Budget Circular A–76 for activities performed with respect to the Coast Guard National Vessel Documentation Center. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 531.|Sec. 531}}}}. === : Section 831 of the [[Homeland Security Act of 2002]] (6 U.S.C. 391) is amended— :: (1) in subsection (a), by striking “Until September 30, 2009” and inserting “Until September 30, 2010,”; and :: (2) in subsection (d)(1), by striking “September 30, 2009,” and inserting “September 30, 2010,”. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 532.|Sec. 532}}}}. === : The Secretary of Homeland Security shall require that all contracts of the Department of Homeland Security that provide award fees link such fees to successful acquisition outcomes (which outcomes shall be specified in terms of cost, schedule, and performance). === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 533.|Sec. 533}}}}. === : None of the funds made available to the Office of the Secretary and Executive Management under this Act may be expended for any new hires by the Department of Homeland Security that are not verified through the basic pilot program (E-Verify Program) under section 401 of the [[Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant Responsibility Act of 1996]] (8 U.S.C. 1324a note). === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 534.|Sec. 534}}}}. === : None of the funds made available in this Act for U.S. Customs and Border Protection may be used to prevent an individual not in the business of importing a prescription drug (within the meaning of section 801(g) of the [[Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act]]) from importing a prescription drug from Canada that complies with the [[Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act]]: :: ''Provided'', That this section shall apply only to individuals transporting on their person a personal-use quantity of the prescription drug, not to exceed a 90-day supply: :: ''Provided further'', That the prescription drug may not be— ::: (1) a controlled substance, as defined in section 102 of the [[Controlled Substances Act]] (21 U.S.C. 802); or ::: (2) a biological product, as defined in section 351 of the [[Public Health Service Act]] (42 U.S.C. 262). === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 535.|Sec. 535}}}}. === : None of the funds made available in this Act may be used by the Secretary of Homeland Security or any delegate of the Secretary to issue any rule or regulation which implements the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking related to Petitions for Aliens To Perform Temporary Nonagricultural Services or Labor (H–2B) set out beginning on {{USFR|70|3984|pipe=70 Fed. Reg. 3984}} (January 27, 2005). === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 536.|Sec. 536}}}}. === : The Secretary of Homeland Security, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, shall notify the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives of any proposed transfers of funds available under subsection (g)(4)(B) of [[title 31, Unites States Code]] (as added by [[Public Law 102-393]]) from the Department of the Treasury Forfeiture Fund to any agency within the Department of Homeland Security: :: ''Provided'', That none of the funds identified for such a transfer may be obligated until the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives approve the proposed transfers. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 537.|Sec. 537}}}}. === : None of the funds made available in this Act may be used for planning, testing, piloting, or developing a national identification card. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 538.|Sec. 538}}}}. === : If the Assistant Secretary of Homeland Security (Transportation Security Administration) determines that an airport does not need to participate in the basic pilot program (E-Verify Program) under section 402 of the [[Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant Responsibility Act of 1996]] (8 U.S.C. 1324a note), the Assistant Secretary shall certify to the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives that no security risks will result from such non-participation. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 539.|Sec. 539}}}}. === : (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Act, except as provided in subsection (b), and 30 days after the date that the President determines whether to declare a major disaster because of an event and any appeal is completed, the Administrator shall submit to the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate, the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives, the Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure of the House of Representatives, the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives, and publish on the website of the Federal Emergency Management Agency, a report regarding that decision, which shall summarize damage assessment information used to determine whether to declare a major disaster. : (b) The Administrator may redact from a report under subsection (a) any data that the Administrator determines would compromise national security. : (c) In this section— :: (1) the term “Administrator” means the Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management Agency; and :: (2) the term “major disaster” has the meaning given that term in section 102 of the [[Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act]] (42 U.S.C. 5122). === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 540.|Sec. 540}}}}. === : Notwithstanding any other provision of law, should the Secretary of Homeland Security determine that the National Bio- and Agro-defense Facility be located at a site other than Plum Island, New York, the Secretary shall have the Administrator of General Services sell through public sale all real and related personal property and transportation assets which support Plum Island operations, subject to such terms and conditions as necessary to protect government interests and meet program requirements: :: ''Provided'', That the gross proceeds of such sale shall be deposited as offsetting collections into the Department of Homeland Security Science and Technology “Research, Development, Acquisition, and Operations” account and, subject to appropriation, shall be available until expended, for site acquisition, construction, and costs related to the construction of the National Bio- and Agro-defense Facility, including the costs associated with the sale, including due diligence requirements, necessary environmental remediation at Plum Island, and reimbursement of expenses incurred by the General Services Administration which shall not exceed 1 percent of the sale price or $5,000,000, whichever is greater: :: ''Provided further'', That after the completion of construction and environmental remediation, the unexpended balances of funds appropriated for costs in the preceding proviso shall be available for transfer to the appropriate account for design and construction of a consolidated Department of Homeland Security Headquarters project, excluding daily operations and maintenance costs, notwithstanding section 503 of this Act, and the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives shall be notified 15 days prior to such transfer. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 541.|Sec. 541}}}}. === : The explanatory statement referenced in [[Public_Law_110-161#Sec. 4.|section 4 of Public Law 110-161]] for “National Predisaster Mitigation Fund” under Federal Emergency Management Agency is deemed to be amended— :: (1) by striking “Dalton Fire District” and all that follows through “750,000” and inserting the following: <div id="left" style="MARGIN-LEFT: 7em"> {| {{ts|mc|BORDER-RIGHT: #c0c0c0 1px solid; BORDER-TOP: #c0c0c0 1px solid; BORDER-LEFT: #c0c0c0 1px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #c0c0c0 1px solid; BORDER-COLLAPSE: collapse}} summary="Align to level: section; Subformat: " width="95%" | style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" align="left" valign="top" | <span class="td" style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">{{smaller|“Franklin Regional Council of Governments, MA}}</span> | style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" align="right" valign="bottom" | <span class="td" style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">{{smaller|250,000&nbsp;&nbsp;}}</span> |- | style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" align="left" valign="top" | <span class="td" style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">{{smaller|&nbsp;Town of Lanesborough, MA}}</span> | style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #ffffff 0px solid" align="right" valign="bottom" | <span class="td" style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">{{smaller|175,000&nbsp;&nbsp;}}</span> |- | style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid" align="left" valign="top" | <span class="td" style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">{{smaller|&nbsp;University of Massachusetts, MA}}</span> | style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid" align="right" valign="bottom" | <span class="td" style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">{{smaller|175,000”;}}</span> |} </div> :: (2) by striking “Santee and”; :: (3) by striking “3,000,000” and inserting “1,500,000”; :: (4) by inserting after the item relating to Adjutant General’s Office of Emergency Preparedness the following: <div id="left" style="MARGIN-LEFT: 7em"> {| {| {{ts|mc|BORDER-RIGHT: #c0c0c0 1px solid; BORDER-TOP: #c0c0c0 1px solid; BORDER-LEFT: #c0c0c0 1px solid; BORDER-BOTTOM: #c0c0c0 1px solid; BORDER-COLLAPSE: collapse}} summary="Align to level: section; Subformat: " width="95%" | style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid" align="left" valign="top" | <span class="td" style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">{{smaller|“Town of Branchville, SC}}</span> | style="BORDER-RIGHT: #ffffff 0px solid" align="right" valign="bottom" | <span class="td" style="PADDING-RIGHT: 1px; PADDING-LEFT: 5px">{{smaller|1,500,000”;}}</span> |} </div> :: and :: (5) by striking “Public Works Department of the City of Santa Cruz, CA” and inserting “Monterey County Water Resources Agency, CA”. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 542.|Sec. 542}}}}. === :Any official that is required by this Act to report or certify to the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives may not delegate such authority to perform that act unless specifically authorized herein. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 543.|Sec. 543}}}}. === :Section 203(m) of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5133(m)) is amended by striking "September 30, 2009" and inserting "September 30, 2010". === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 544.|Sec. 544}}}}. === :(a) Not later than 3 months of the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Homeland Security shall consult with the Secretaries of Defense and Transportation and develop a concept of operations for unmanned aircraft systems in the United States national airspace system for the purposes of border and maritime security operations. :(b) The Secretary of Homeland Security shall report to the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives not later than 30 days after the date of enactment of this Act on any foreseeable challenges to complying with subsection (a). === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 545.|Sec. 545}}}}. === :From unobligated amounts that are available to the Coast Guard for fiscal year 2008 or 2009 for "Acquisition, Construction, and Improvements" for shoreside facilities and aids to navigation at Coast Guard Sector Buffalo, the Secretary of Homeland Security shall use such sums as may be necessary to make improvements to the land along the northern portion of Sector Buffalo to enhance public access to the Buffalo Lighthouse and the waterfront. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 546.|Sec. 546}}}}. === :For fiscal year 2010 and thereafter, the Secretary may provide to personnel appointed or assigned to serve abroad, allowances and benefits similar to those provided under chapter 9 of title I of the Foreign Service Act of 1990 (22 U.S.C. 4081 et seq.). === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 547.|Sec. 547}}}}. === :Section 401(b) of the Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant Responsibility Act of 1996 (8 U.S.C. 1324a note) is amended by striking "at the end of the 11-year period beginning on the first day the pilot program is in effect." and inserting "on September 30, 2012." === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 548.|Sec. 548}}}}. === :Section 610(b) of the Departments of Commerce, Justice, and State, the Judiciary, and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 1993 (8 U.S.C. 1153 note) is amended by striking "for 15 years" and inserting "until September 30, 2012". === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 549.|Sec. 549}}}}. === :(a) In addition to collection of registration fees described in section 244(c)(1)(B) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1254a(c)(1)(B)), fees for fingerprinting services, biometric services, and other necessary services may be collected when administering the program described in section 244 of such Act. :(b) Subsection (a) shall be construed to apply for fiscal year 1998 and each fiscal year thereafter. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 550.|Sec. 550}}}}. === :Section 550(b) of the Department of Homeland Security Appropriations Act, 2007 (Public Law 109-295; 6 U.S.C. 121 note) is amended by striking "three years after the date of enactment of this Act" and inserting "on October 4, 2010". === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 551.|Sec. 551}}}}. === :(a) (1) Sections 401(c)(1), 403(a), 403(b)(1), 403(c)(1), and 405(b)(2) of the Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant Responsibility Act of 1996 (division C of Public Law 104-208; 8 U.S.C. 1324a note) are amended by striking "basic pilot program" each place that term appears and inserting "E-Verify Program". ::(2) The heading of section 403(a) of the Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant Responsibility Act of 1996 is amended by striking "Basic Pilot" and inserting "E-Verify". :(b) Section 404(h)(1) of the Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant Responsibility Act of 1996 (Public Law 104-208; 8 U.S.C. 1324a note) is amended by striking "under a pilot program" and inserting "under this subtitle". === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 552.|Sec. 552}}}}. === :(a) None of the funds made available in this or any other Act may be used to release an individual who is detained, as of June 24, 2009, at Naval Station, Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, into the continental United States, Alaska, Hawaii, or the District of Columbia, into any of the United States territories of Guam, American Samoa (AS), the United States Virgin Islands (USVI), the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands (CNMI). :(b) None of the funds made available in this or any other Act may be used to transfer an individual who is detained, as of June 24, 2009, at Naval Station, Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, into the continental United States, Alaska, Hawaii, or the District of Columbia, into any of the United States territories of Guam, American Samoa (AS), the United States Virgin Islands (USVI), the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands (CNMI), for the purpose of detention, except as provided in subsection (c). :(c) None of the funds made available in this or any other Act may be used to transfer an individual who is detained, as of June 24, 2009, at Naval Station, Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, into the continental United States, Alaska, Hawaii, or the District of Columbia, into any of the United States territories of Guam, American Samoa (AS), the United States Virgin Islands (USVI), the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands (CNMI), for the purposes of prosecuting such individual, or detaining such individual during legal proceedings, until 45 days after the plan described in subsection (d) is received. :(d) The President shall submit to Congress, in classified form, a plan regarding the proposed disposition of any individual covered by subsection (c) who is detained as of June 24, 2009. Such plan shall include, at a minimum, each of the following for each such individual: ::(1) A determination of the risk that the individual might instigate an act of terrorism within the continental United States, Alaska, Hawaii, the District of Columbia, or the United States territories if the individual were so transferred. ::(2) A determination of the risk that the individual might advocate, coerce, or incite violent extremism, ideologically motivated criminal activity, or acts of terrorism, among inmate populations at incarceration facilities within the continental United States, Alaska, Hawaii, the District of Columbia, or the United States territories if the individual were transferred to such a facility. ::(3) The costs associated with transferring the individual in question. ::(4) The legal rationale and associated court demands for transfer. ::(5) A plan for mitigation of any risks described in paragraphs (1), (2), and (7). ::(6) A copy of a notification to the Governor of the State to which the individual will be transferred, to the Mayor of the District of Columbia if the individual will be transferred to the District of Columbia, or to any United States territories with a certification by the Attorney General of the United States in classified form at least 14 days prior to such transfer (together with supporting documentation and justification) that the individual poses little or no security risk to the United States. ::(7) An assessment of any risk to the national security of the United States or its citizens, including members of the Armed Services of the United States, that is posed by such transfer and the actions taken to mitigate such risk. :(e) None of the funds made available in this or any other Act may be used to transfer or release an individual detained at Naval Station, Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, as of June 24, 2009, to the country of such individual's nationality or last habitual residence or to any other country other than the United States or to a freely associated State, unless the President submits to the Congress, in classified form, at least 15 days prior to such transfer or release, the following information: ::(1) The name of any individual to be transferred or released and the country or the freely associated State to which such individual is to be transferred or released. ::(2) An assessment of any risk to the national security of the United States or its citizens, including members of the Armed Services of the United States, that is posed by such transfer or release and the actions taken to mitigate such risk. ::(3) The terms of any agreement with the country or the freely associated State for the acceptance of such individual, including the amount of any financial assistance related to such agreement. :(f) None of the funds made available in this Act may be used to provide any immigration benefit (including a visa, admission into the United States or any of the United States territories, parole into the United States or any of the United States territories (other than parole for the purposes of prosecution and related detention), or classification as a refugee or applicant for asylum) to any individual who is detained, as of June 24, 2009, at Naval Station, Guantanamo Bay, Cuba. :(g) In this section, the term "freely associated States" means the Federated States of Micronesia (FSM), the Republic of the Marshall Islands (RMI), and the Republic of Palau. :(h) Prior to the termination of detention operations at Naval Station, Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, the President shall submit to the Congress a report in classified form describing the disposition or legal status of each individual detained at the facility as of the date of enactment of this Act. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 553.|Sec. 553}}}}. === :Section 44903(j)(2)(C) of title 49, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end the following new clause: ::"(v) INCLUSION OF DETAINEES ON NO FLY LIST— ::The Assistant Secretary, in coordination with the Terrorist Screening Center, shall include on the No Fly List any individual who was a detainee held at the Naval Station, Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, unless the President certifies in writing to Congress that the detainee poses no threat to the United States, its citizens, or its allies. For purposes of this clause, the term 'detainee' means an individual in the custody or under the physical control of the United States as a result of armed conflict.". === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 554.|Sec. 554}}}}. === :For fiscal year 2010 and thereafter, the Secretary of Homeland Security may collect fees from any non-Federal participant in a conference, seminar, exhibition, symposium, or similar meeting conducted by the Department of Homeland Security in advance of the conference, either directly or by contract, and those fees shall be credited to the appropiration or account from which the costs of the conference, seminar, exhibition, symposium, or similar meeting are paid and shall be available to pay the costs of the Department of Homeland Security with respect to the conference or to reimburse the Department for costs incurred with respect to the conference: ::''Provided,'' That in the event the total amount of fees collected with respect to a conference exceeds the actual costs of the Department of Homeland Security with respect to the conferences, the amount of such excess shall be deposited into the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts; ::''Provided further,'' That the Secretary shall provide a report to the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives not later than January 5, 2011, providing the level of collections and a summary by agency of the purposes and levels of expenditures for the prior fiscal year, and shall report annually thereafter. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 555.|Sec. 555}}}}. === :For purposes of section 210C of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 (6 U.S.C. 124j) a rural area shall also include any area that is located in a metropolitan statistical area and a county, borough, parish, or area under the jurisdiction of an Indian tribe with a population of not more than 50,000. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 556.|Sec. 556}}}}. === :None of the funds made available in this Act may be used for first-class travel by the employees of agencies funded by this Act in contravention of sections 301-10.122 through 301.20-124 of title 41, Code of Federal Regulations. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 557.|Sec. 557}}}}. === :None of the funds made available in this Act may be used to propose or effect a disciplinary or adverse action, with respect to any Department of Homeland Security employee who engages regularly with the public in the performance of his or her official duties solely because that employee elects to utilize protective equipment or measures, including but not limited to surgical masks, N95 respirators, gloves, or hand-sanitizers, where use of such equipment or measures is in accord with Department of Homeland Security policy, and Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and Office of Personnel Management guidance. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 558.|Sec. 558}}}}. === :None of the funds made available in this Act may be used to employ workers described in section 274A(h)(3) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1324a(h)(3)). === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 559.|Sec. 559}}}}. === :(a) Subject to subsection (b), none of the funds appropriated or otherwise made available by this Act may be available to operate the Loran-C signal after January 4, 2010. :(b) The limitation in subsection (a) shall take effect only if: ::(1) the Commandant of the Coast Guard certifies that the termination of the operation of the Loran-C as of the date specified in subsection (a) will not adversely impact the safety of maritime navigation; and ::(2) the Secretary of Homeland Security certifies that the Loran-C system infrastructure is not needed as a backup to the Global Positioning System or to meet any other Federal navigation requirement. :(c) If the certifications described in subsection (b) are made, the Coast Guard shall, commencing January 4, 2010, terminate the operation of the Loran-C signal and commence a phased decommissioning of the Loran-C system infrastructure. :(d) Not later than 30 days after such certifications pursuant to subsection (b), the Commandant shall submit to the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and House of Representatives a report setting forth a proposed schedule for the phased decommissioning of the Loran-C system infrastructure in the event of the decommissioning of such infrastructure in accordance with subsection (c). :(e) If the certifications described in subsection (b) are made, the Secretary of Homeland Security, acting through the Commandant of the Coast Guard, may, notwithstanding any other provision of law, sell any real and personal property under the administrative control of the Coast Guard and used for the Loran-C system, by directing the Administrator of General Services to sell such real and personal property, subject to such terms and conditions that the Secretary believes to be necessary to protect government interests and program requirements of the Coast Guard: ::''Provided,'' That the proceeds, less the costs of sale incurred by the General Services Administration, shall be deposited as offsetting collections into the Coast Guard "Environmental Compliance and Restoration" account and, subject to appropriation, shall be available until expended for environmental compliance and restoration purposes associated with the Loran-C system, for the costs of securing and maintaining equipment that may be used as a backup to the Global Positioning System or to meet any other Federal navigation requirement, for the demolition of improvements on such real property, and for the costs associated with the sale of such real and personal property, including due diligence requirements, necessary environmental remediation, and reimbursement of expenses incurred by the General Services Administration; ::''Provided further,'' That after the completion of such activities, the unexpended balances shall be available for any other environmental compliance and restoration activities of the Coast Guard. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 560.|Sec. 560}}}}. === :(a) None of the funds made available by this Act may be obligated for construction of the National Bio- and Agro-defense Facility on the United States mainland until 30 days after the later of: ::(1) the date on which the Secretary of Homeland Security submits to the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives a site-specific bio-safety and bio-security mitigation risk assessment, which includes an integrated set of analyses using plume modeling and epidemiological impact modeling, to determine the requirements necessary to ensure safe operation of the National Bio- and Agro-defense Facility at the approved Manhattan, Kansas, site identified in the January 16, 2009, record of decision published in Federal Register Vol. 74, Number 11, and the results of the National Academy of Sciences' review of the risk assessment as described in paragraph (b): :::''Provided,'' That the integrated set of analyses is to determine the extent of the dispersion of the foot-and-mouth virus following a potential laboratory spill, the potential spread of foot-and-mouth disease in the surrounding susceptible animal population, and its economic impact; :::''Provided further,'' That the integrated set of analyses should also take into account specific local, State, and national risk mitigation strategies; or ::(2) the date on which the Secretary of Homeland Security, in coordination with the Secretary of Agriculture, submits to the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives a report that: :::(A) describes the procedure that will be used to issue the permit to conduct foot-and-mouth disease live virus research under section 7524 of the Food, Conservation, and Energy Act of 2008 (21 U.S.C. 113a note; Public Law 110-246); and :::(B) includes plans to establish an emergency response plan with city, regional, and State officials in the event of an accidental release of foot-and-mouth disease or another hazardous pathogen. :(b) With regard to the integrated set of analyses included in the mitigation risk assessment required under paragraph (a)(1), the Secretary of Homeland Security shall enter into a contract with the National Academy of Sciences to evaluate the mitigation risk assessment required by subsection (a)(1) of this section and to submit a Letter Report: ::''Provided,'' that such contract shall be entered into within 90 days from the date of enactment of this Act, and the National Academy of Sciences shall complete its assessment and submit its Letter Report within four months after the date the Department of Homeland Security concludes the risk assessment. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 561.|Sec. 561}}}}. === :(a) SHORT TITLE—This section may be cited as the "American Communities' Right to Public Information Act". :(b) IN GENERAL—Section 70103(d) of title 46, United States Code, is amended to read as follows: :::"(d) NONDISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION— ::::"(1) IN GENERAL—Information developed under this section or sections 70102, 70104, and 70108 is not required to be disclosed to the public, including — :::::"(A) facility security plans, vessel security plans, and port vulnerability assessments; and :::::"(B) other information related to security plans, procedures, or programs for vessels or facilities authorized under this section or sections 70102, 70104, and 70108. ::::"(2) LIMITATIONS—Nothing in paragraph (1) shall be construed to authorize the designation of information as sensitive security information (as defined in section 1520.5 of title 49, Code of Federal Regulations)— :::::"(A) to conceal a violation of law, inefficiency, or administrative error; :::::"(B) to prevent embarrassment to a person, organization, or agency; :::::"(C) to restrain competition; or :::::"(D) to prevent or delay the release of information that does not require protection in the interest of transportation security, including basic scientific research information not clearly related to transportation security.". :(c) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS— ::(1) Section 114(r) of title 49, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end thereof the following: ::::"(4) LIMITATIONS—Nothing in this subsection, or any other provision of law, shall be construed to authorize the designation of information as sensitive security information (as defined in section 1520.5 of title 49, Code of Federal Regulations)— :::::"(A) to conceal a violation of law, inefficiency, or administrative error; :::::"(B) to prevent embarrassment to a person, organization, or agency; :::::"(C) to restrain competition; or :::::"(D) to prevent or delay the release of information that does not require protection in the interest of transportation security, including basic scientific research information not clearly related to transportation security.". ::(2) Section 40119(b) of title 49, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end thereof the following: ::::"(3) Nothing in paragraph (1) shall be construed to authorize the designation of information as sensitive security information (as defined in section 15.5 of title 49, Code of Federal Regulations)— :::::"(A) to conceal a violation of law, inefficiency, or administrative error; :::::"(B) to prevent embarrassment to a person, organization, or agency; :::::"(C) to restrain competition; or :::::"(D) to prevent or delay the release of information that does not require protection in the interest of transportation security, including basic scientific research information not clearly related to transportation security.". === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 562.|Sec. 562}}}}. === :Section 4 of the Act entitled "An Act to prohibit the introduction, or manufacture for introduction, into interstate commerce of switchblade knives, and for other purposes" (commonly known as the Federal Switchblade Act) (15 U.S.C. 1244) is amended— ::(1) by striking "or" at the end of paragraph (3); ::(2) by striking the period at the end of paragraph (4) and inserting "; or" and ::(3) by adding at the end the following: ::::"(5) a knife that contains a spring, indent, or other mechanism designed to create a bias toward closure of the blade and that requires exertion applied to the blade by hand, wrist, or arm to overcome the bias toward closure to assist in opening the knife.". === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 563.|Sec. 563}}}}. === :(a) APPLICABLE ANNUAL PERCENTAGE RATE OF INTEREST—Section 44(f)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1831u(f)(1)) is amended— ::(1) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by inserting "(or in the case of a governmental entity located in such State, paid)" after "received, or reserved"; and ::(2) in subparagraph (B)— :::(A) in the matter preceding clause (i), by striking "non-depository institution operating in such State" and inserting "governmental entity located in such State or any person that is not a depository institution described in subparagraph (A) doing business in such State"; :::(B) by redesigning clause (ii) as clause (iii); :::(C) in clause (i)— ::::(i) in subclass (III)— :::::(I) in item (aa) by adding "and" at the end; :::::(II) in item (bb) by striking ", to facilitate" and all that follows through "2009"; and :::::(III) by striking item (cc); and ::::(ii) by adding after subclause (III) the following: ::::::"(IV) the uniform accessibility of bonds and obligations issued under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009;"; and :::(D) by inserting after clause (i) the following: :::::"(ii) to facilitate interstate commerce through the issuance of bonds and obligations under any provision of State law, including bonds and obligations for the purpose of economic development, education, and improvements to infrastructure; and". :(b) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION—Section 44(f)(2) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C 1831u(f)(2)) is amended— ::(1) by redesigning subparagraphs (A) and (B) as clauses (i) and (ii), respectively, and moving the margins 2 ems to the right; ::(2) by striking "No provision" and inserting the following: ::::"(A) IN GENERAL—No provision"; and ::(3) by adding at the end the following: ::::"(B) APPLICABILITY—This subsection shall be construed to apply to any loan or discount made, or note, bill of exchange, financing transaction, or other evidence of debt, originated by an insured depositary institution, a governmental entity located in such State, or a person that is not a depository institution described in subparagraph (A) doing business in such State.". :(c) EFFECTIVE PERIOD—The amendments made by this section shall apply with respect to contracts consummated during the period beginning on the date of enactment of this Act and ending on December 31, 2010. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 564.|Sec. 564}}}}. === :(a) SHORT TITLE—This section may be cited as the "OPEN FOIA Act of 2009". :(b) SPECIFIC CITATIONS IN STATUTORY EXEMPTIONS—Section 552(b) of title 5, United States Code, is amended by striking paragraph (3) and inserting the following: :::"(3) specifically exempted from disclosure by statute (other than section 552b of this title), if that statute— ::::"(A)(i) requires that the matters be withheld from the public in such a manner as to leave no discretion on the issue; or :::::"(ii) establishes particular criteria for withholding or refers to particular types of matters to be withheld; and ::::"(B) if enacted after the date of enactment of the OPEN FOIA Act of 2009, specifically cites to this paragraph.". === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 565.|Sec. 565}}}}. === :(a) SHORT TITLE—This section may be cited as the "Protected National Security Documents Act of 2009". :(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of the law to the contrary, no protected document, as defined in subsection (c), shall be subject to disclosure under section 552 of title 5, United States Code or any proceeding under that section. :(c) DEFINITIONS—In this section: ::(1) PROTECTED DOCUMENT—The term "protected document" means any record— :::(A) for which the Secretary of Defense has issued a certification, as described ins subsection (d), stating that disclosure of that record would endanger citizens of the United States, members of the United States Armed Forces, or employees of the United States Government deployed outside the United States; and :::(B) that is a photograph that— ::::(i) was taken during the period beginning on September 11, 2001, through January 22, 2009; and ::::(ii) relates to the treatment of individuals engaged, captured, or detained after September 11, 2001, by the Armed Forces of the United States in operations outside of the United States. ::(2) PHOTOGRAPH—The term "photograph" encompasses all photographic images, whether originals or copies, including still photographs, negatives, digital images, films, video tapes, and motion pictures. :(d) CERTIFICATION— ::(1) IN GENERAL—For any photograph described under subsection (c)(1), the Secretary of Defense shall issue a certification if the Secretary of Defense determines that disclosure of that photograph would endanger citizens of the United States, members of the United States Armed Forces, or employees of the United States Government deployed outside the United States. ::(2) CERTIFICATION EXPIRATION—A certification and a renewal of a certification issued pursuant to subsection (d)(3) shall expire 3 years after the date on which the certification or renewal, is issued by the Secretary of Defense. ::(3) CERTIFICATION RENEWAL—The Secretary of Defense may issue— :::(A) a renewal of a certification at any time; and :::(B) more than 1 renewal of a certification. ::(4) NOTICE TO CONGRESS—The Secretary of Defense shall provide Congress a timely notice of the Secretary's issuance of a certification and of a renewal of a certification. :(e) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION—Nothing in this section shall be construed to preclude the voluntary disclosure of a protected document. :(f) EFFECTIVE DATE—This section shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act and apply to any protected document. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 566.|Sec. 566}}}}. === :The administrative law judge annuitants participating in the Senior Administrative Law Judge Program managed by the Director of the Office of Personnel Management under section 3323 of title 5, United States Code, shall be available on a temporary reemployment basis to conduct arbitrations of disputes as part of the arbitration panel established by the President under section 601 of division A of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (Public Law 111-5; 123 Stat. 164). === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 567.|Sec. 567}}}}. === :(a) IN GENERAL—Any company that collects or retains personal information directly from individuals who participated in the Registered Traveler program shall safeguard and dispose of such information in accordance with the requirements in— ::(1) the National Institute for Standards and Technology Special Publication 800-30, entitled "Risk Management Guide for Information Technology Systems"; and ::(2) the National Institute for Standards and Technology Special Publication 800-53, Revision 3, entitled "Recommended Security Controls for Federal Information Systems and Organizations,"; ::(3) any supplemental standards established by the Assistant Secretary, Transportation Security Administration (referred to in this section as the "Assistant Secretary"). :(b) CERTIFICATION—The Assistant Secretary shall require any company through the sponsoring entity described in subsection (a) to provide, not later than 30 days after the date of the enactment of this Act, written certification to the sponsoring entity that such procedures are consistent with the minimum standards established under paragraph (a)(1-3) with a description of the procedures used to comply with such standards. :(c) REPORT—Not later than 90 days after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Assistant Secretary shall submit a report to Congress that— ::(1) describes the procedures that have been used to safeguard and dispose of personal information collected through the Registered Traveler program; and ::(2) provides the status of the certification by any company described in subsection (a) that such procedures are consistent with the minimum standards established by paragraph (a)(1-3). === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 568.|Sec. 568}}}}. === :(a) SPECIAL IMMIGRANT NONMINISTER RELIGIOUS WORKER PROGRAM AND OTHER IMMIGRATION PROGRAMS— ::(1) EXTENSION—Subclauses (II) and (III) of section 101(a)(27)(C)(ii) are amended by striking "September 30, 2009," each place such terms appears and inserting "September 30, 2012,". ::(2) STUDY AND PLAN—Not later than 180 days after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Director of United States Citizenship and Immigration Services shall submit a report to the Committee on the Judiciary of the Senate and the Committee on the Judiciary of the House of Representatives that includes— :::(A) the results of a study conducted under the supervision of the Director to evaluate the Special Immigrant Nonminister Religious Worker Program to identify the risks of fraud and noncompliance by program participants; and :::(B) a detailed plan that describes the actions to be taken by United States Citizenship and Immigration Services to improve the integrity of the program. ::(3) PROGRESS REPORT—Not later than 240 days after the submission of the report under paragraph (2), the Director of United States Citizenship and Immigration Services shall submit a report to the Committee on the Judiciary of the Senate and the Committee on the Judiciary of the House of Representatives that describes the progress made in implementing the plan described in clause (a)(2)(B) of this section. :(b) CONRAD STATE 30 J-1 VISA WAIVER PROGRAM—Section 220(c) of the Immigration and Nationality Technical Corrections Act of 1994 (8 U.S.C. 1182 note) is amended by striking "September 30, 2009" and inserting "September 30, 2012". :(c) RELIEF FOR SURVIVING SPOUSES— ::(1) IN GENERAL—The second sentence of section 201(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1151(b)(2)(A)(i)) is amended by striking "for at least 2 years at the time of the citizen's death". ::(2) APPLICABILITY— :::(A) IN GENERAL—The amendment made by paragraph (1) shall apply to all applications and petitions relating to immediate relative status under section 201(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1151(b)(2)(A)(i)) pending on or after the date of the enactment of this act. :::(B) TRANSITION CASES— ::::(i) IN GENERAL—Notwithstanding any other provision of law, an alien described in clause (ii) who seeks immediate relative status pursuant to the amendment made by paragraph (1) shall file a petition under section 204(a)(1)(A)(ii) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1154(a)(1)(A)(ii)) not later than the date that is 2 years after the date of the enactment of this Act. ::::(ii) ALIENS DESCRIBED—An alien is described in this clause if— :::::(I) the alien's United States citizen spouse died before the date of the enactment of this Act; :::::(II) the alien and the citizen spouse were married for less than 2 years at the time of the citizen spouse's death; and :::::(III) the alien has not remarried. :(d) SURVIVING RELATIVE CONSIDERATION FOR CERTAIN PETITIONS AND APPLICATIONS— ::(1) AMENDMENT—Section 204 of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1154) is amended by adding at the end the following: ::::"(l) SURVIVING RELATIVE CONSIDERATION FOR CERTAIN PETITIONS AND APPLICATIONS— :::::"(1) IN GENERAL—An alien described in paragraph (2) who resided in the United States at the time of the death of the qualifying relative and who continues to reside in the United States shall have such petition described in paragraph (2), or an application for adjustment of status to that of a person admitted for lawful permanent residenc based upon the family relationship described in paragraph (2), and any related applications, adjudicated notwithstanding the death of the qualifying relative, unless the Secretary of Homeland Security determines, in the unreviewable discretion of the Secretary, that approval would not be in the public interest. :::::"(2) ALIEN DESCRIBED—An alien described in this paragraph is an alien who, immediately prior to the death of his or her qualifying relative, was— ::::::"(A) the beneficiary of a pending or approved petition for classification as an immediate relative (as described in section 201(b)(2)(A)(i)); ::::::"(B) the beneficiary of a pending or approved petition for classification under section 203 (a) or (d); ::::::"(C) a derivative beneficiary of a pending or approved petition for classification under section 203(b) (as described in section 203(d)); ::::::"(D) the beneficiary of a pending or approved refugee/asylee relative petition under section 207 or 208; ::::::"(E) an alien admitted in "T" nonimmigrant status as described in section 101(a)(15)(T)(ii) or in "U" nonimmigrant status as described in section 101(a)(15)(U)(ii); or ::::::"(F) an asylee (as described in section 208(b)(3).". ::(2) CONSTRUCTION—Nothing in the amendment made by paragraph (1) may be construed to limit or waive any ground of removal, basis for denial of petition or application, or other criteria for adjudicating petitions or applications as otherwise provided under the immigration laws of the United States other than ineligibility based solely on the lack of a qualifying family relationship as specifically provided by such amendment. :(e) CONFORMING AMENDMENT TO AFFIDAVIT OF SUPPORT REQUIREMENT—Section 213A(f)(5) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1183a(5)) is amended by striking clauses (i) and (ii) and inserting: :::"(i) the individual petitioning under section 204 of this Act for the classification of such alien died after the approval of such petition, and the Secretary of Homeland Security has determined for humanitarian reasons that revocation of such petition under section 205 would be inappropriate; or :::"(ii) the alien's petition is being adjudicated pursuant to section 204(l) (surviving relative consideration).". === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 569.|Sec. 569}}}}. === :Notwithstanding any other provision of this Act, none of the funds appropriated or otherwise made available by this Act may be used to pay award or incentive fees for contractor performance that has been judged to be below satisfactory performance or performance that does not meet the basic requirements of a contract. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 570.|Sec. 570}}}}. === :None of the funds appropriated or otherwise made available by this Act may be used by the Department of Homeland Security to enter into any federal contract unless such contract is entered into in accordance with the requirements of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (41 U.S.C. 253) or Chapter 137 of title 10, United States Code, and the Federal Acquisition Regulation, unless such contract is otherwise authorized by statute to be entered into without regard to the above referenced statutes. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 571.|Sec. 571}}}}. === :(a) Funds made available by this Act solely for data center migration may be transferred by the Secretary between appropriations for the same purpose, notwithstanding section 503 of this Act. :(b) No transfer described in (a) shall occur until 15 days after the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives are notified of such transfer. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 572.|Sec. 572}}}}. === :Specific projects contained in the report of the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives accompanying this Act (H. Rept. 111-157) that are considered congressional earmarks for purposes of clause 9 of rule XXI of the Rules of the House of Representatives, when intended to be awarded to a for-profit entity, shall be awarded under a full and open competition. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 573.|Sec. 573}}}}. === :From unobligated balances for fiscal year 2009 made available for Federal Emergency Management Agency "Trucking Industry Security Grants", $5,572,000 are rescinded. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 574.|Sec. 574}}}}. === :From the unobligated balances of prior year appropriations made available for "Analysis and Operations", $2,358,000 are rescinded. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 575.|Sec. 575}}}}. === :From the unobligated balances of prior year appropriations made available for National Protection and Programs Directorate "Infrastructure Protection and Information Security", $8,000,000 are rescinded. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 576.|Sec. 576}}}}. === :From the unobligated balances of prior year appropriations made available for Science and Technology "Research, Development, Acquisition, and Operations", $6,944,148 are rescinded. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 577.|Sec. 577}}}}. === :From the unobligated balances of prior year appropriations made available for Domestic Nuclear Detection Office "Research, Development, and Operations", $8,000,000 are rescinded. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 578.|Sec. 578}}}}. === :From the unobligated balances of prior year appropriations made available for Transportation Security Administration "Research and Development", $4,000,000 are rescinded. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 579.|Sec. 579}}}}. === :From the unobligated balances of prior year appropriations made available for Coast Guard "Acquisition, Construction, and Improvements", $800,000 are rescinded: ::''Provided,'' That these rescissions shall be taken from completed projects. === {{UC|{{section|Sec. 580.|Sec. 580}}}}. === : Of the amounts available under the heading “Counterterrorism Fund”, $5,600,000 are rescinded. 978ryse91mz07gywh34y7vpzf1qh8m9 Page:Kohs-Block-Design tests-1920.pdf/6 104 557328 14127929 7819693 2024-04-25T14:31:07Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" /></noinclude>obtained through the use of the Binet Scale, as also upon the basis of the diagnostic value of each design determined by the progress of its curve with increasing chronological age. The results at present indicate that the block designs are as good as any single test in the Binet scale (though better in the sense of ''diagnostic value''), as good as the Trabue Language Completion Tests, or any other similar single type test, whether involving the use of language or whether mere performance. The designs, appropriately colored, are printed on medium thick, white, semi-gloss cardboard. The dimensions of the card are 3 by 4 inches. The printed designs, placed in the center of the card, are ''one fourth'' the size of the actual designs when the cubes are used. In other words, the face of a cube represented on the designs is only ''one half'' of an inch on each of its sides. Thus design no. 1 is one inch square, design no. 10 is one and a half inches square, and design no. 14 is two inches square. The writer has found it of assistance to place in the lower right-hand corner the time limit for each design. These values follow: {| class="_table_p362" |+{{x-larger|{{sc|Table}} I}}<br />{{larger|{{sc|Time Limits for Each Design}}}} |- | Design (Number) | Time Limit (Minutes) | Design (Number) | Time Limit (Minutes) |- | 1 | 1½ | 10 | 3 |- | 2 | 1½ | 11 | 3½ |- | 3 | 1½ | 12 | 3½ |- | 4 | 2 | 13 | 3½ |- | 5 | 2 | 14 | 3½ |- | 6 | 2 | 15 | 4 |- | 7 | 2 | 16 | 4 |- | 8 | 2 | 17 | 4 |- | 9 | 2 | | |} The time limit as set for each design is about one minute longer than the time within which a correct response may reasonably be expected. It may be of interest to remark that if the full limit is allowed on each test the working-time totals only 45 minutes for all of the seventeen designs. With practice an examination should average about thirty to forty minutes. In some<noinclude> <references/></noinclude> p85u4n420671p9ob3tv94h6i93zizm2 14127933 14127929 2024-04-25T14:32:10Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" /></noinclude>obtained through the use of the Binet Scale, as also upon the basis of the diagnostic value of each design determined by the progress of its curve with increasing chronological age. The results at present indicate that the block designs are as good as any single test in the Binet scale (though better in the sense of ''diagnostic value''), as good as the Trabue Language Completion Tests, or any other similar single type test, whether involving the use of language or whether mere performance. The designs, appropriately colored, are printed on medium thick, white, semi-gloss cardboard. The dimensions of the card are 3 by 4 inches. The printed designs, placed in the center of the card, are ''one fourth'' the size of the actual designs when the cubes are used. In other words, the face of a cube represented on the designs is only ''one half'' of an inch on each of its sides. Thus design no. 1 is one inch square, design no. 10 is one and a half inches square, and design no. 14 is two inches square. The writer has found it of assistance to place in the lower right-hand corner the time limit for each design. These values follow: {| class="_table_p362" |+{{x-larger|{{sc|Table}} I}}<br />{{larger|{{sc|Time Limits for Each Design}}}} |- ! Design (Number) ! Time Limit (Minutes) ! Design (Number) ! Time Limit (Minutes) - | 1 | 1½ | 10 | 3 |- | 2 | 1½ | 11 | 3½ |- | 3 | 1½ | 12 | 3½ |- | 4 | 2 | 13 | 3½ |- | 5 | 2 | 14 | 3½ |- | 6 | 2 | 15 | 4 |- | 7 | 2 | 16 | 4 |- | 8 | 2 | 17 | 4 |- | 9 | 2 | | |} The time limit as set for each design is about one minute longer than the time within which a correct response may reasonably be expected. It may be of interest to remark that if the full limit is allowed on each test the working-time totals only 45 minutes for all of the seventeen designs. With practice an examination should average about thirty to forty minutes. In some<noinclude> <references/></noinclude> 7f3scfd2jh2y5le7140b3qt6t41uwbi 14127935 14127933 2024-04-25T14:32:38Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" /></noinclude>obtained through the use of the Binet Scale, as also upon the basis of the diagnostic value of each design determined by the progress of its curve with increasing chronological age. The results at present indicate that the block designs are as good as any single test in the Binet scale (though better in the sense of ''diagnostic value''), as good as the Trabue Language Completion Tests, or any other similar single type test, whether involving the use of language or whether mere performance. The designs, appropriately colored, are printed on medium thick, white, semi-gloss cardboard. The dimensions of the card are 3 by 4 inches. The printed designs, placed in the center of the card, are ''one fourth'' the size of the actual designs when the cubes are used. In other words, the face of a cube represented on the designs is only ''one half'' of an inch on each of its sides. Thus design no. 1 is one inch square, design no. 10 is one and a half inches square, and design no. 14 is two inches square. The writer has found it of assistance to place in the lower right-hand corner the time limit for each design. These values follow: {| class="_table_p362" |+{{x-larger|{{sc|Table}} I}}<br />{{larger|{{sc|Time Limits for Each Design}}}} |- ! Design (Number) ! Time Limit (Minutes) ! Design (Number) ! Time Limit (Minutes) |- | 1 | 1½ | 10 | 3 |- | 2 | 1½ | 11 | 3½ |- | 3 | 1½ | 12 | 3½ |- | 4 | 2 | 13 | 3½ |- | 5 | 2 | 14 | 3½ |- | 6 | 2 | 15 | 4 |- | 7 | 2 | 16 | 4 |- | 8 | 2 | 17 | 4 |- | 9 | 2 | | |} The time limit as set for each design is about one minute longer than the time within which a correct response may reasonably be expected. It may be of interest to remark that if the full limit is allowed on each test the working-time totals only 45 minutes for all of the seventeen designs. With practice an examination should average about thirty to forty minutes. In some<noinclude> <references/></noinclude> e6wb0vpcv9jpp8e82flt9aupqf75h4e Page:Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Amendment Act 2003 from Government Gazette.djvu/7 104 566946 14127750 14118664 2024-04-25T12:19:04Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="George Orwell III" />{{running header|{{smaller|12{{gap|2em}} No. 24597}}||{{smaller|{{uc|Government Gazette, 19 March 2003}}}}}} {{rule}} {|width="100%" |-valign="top" |align="left" style="width:9em"|{{smaller|'''Act No. 2, 2003'''}} |align="center"|{{smaller|{{uc|Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Amendment Act, 2003}}}} |}</noinclude><section begin="s9"/>{{c|'''Table'''}} {|class="__schedule" |- !1<br>Act&nbsp;No. !2<br>Short&nbsp;title !3<br>Extent of amendment |- |117 of 1998 |Local Government: Municipal Structures Act, 1998 |Amendment of sections 26, 29, 63, 66, 93A, 93B, item 10 of Schedule 1, item 4 of Schedule 2 and the Table of Contents by the substitution for the words “Schedule 6A to the Constitution”, wherever they occur, of the words “Schedule 6B to the Constitution”. |- |20 of 2002 |Local Government: Municipal Structures Amendment Act, 2002 |Amendment of section 12 by the substitution for the words “Schedule 6A to the Constitution”, wherever they occur, of the words “Schedule 6B to the Constitution”. |} <section end="s9"/> <section begin="s10"/>{{anchor|s10}}'''Short title''' <div style="text-indent:1.5em"> '''10.''' This Act is called the Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Amendment Act, 2003, and comes into operation on a date set by the President by proclamation. </div><section end="s10"/><noinclude></noinclude> eo0b32rtx8psqrwc7weawr0lxd1y3s6 Index:H. Rept. No. 94-1733 (1976).djvu 106 584778 14130072 12788655 2024-04-25T21:19:12Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=phdthesis |Title=[[General Revision of the Copyright Law (House Report No. 94-1733)|House Report No. 94-1733: General Revision of the Copyright Law]] |Language=en |Volume= |Author=United States House of Representatives, Committee of Conference |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=United States Government Printing Office |Address=Washington, D.C. |Year=1976 |Key=House Report No. 94-1733 |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=djvu |Image=1 |Progress=V |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date= |Pages=<BR /> '''General Revision of the Copyright Law, Title 17 of the United States Code''' {{(!}} style="border-spacing:1px; border:none; margin: 0em 3em 0em 3em;" {{!}} {{!}}- {{!}}style="padding:1px;"{{!}}<pagelist from=1 to=23/> {{!}}- {{!}}style="padding:1px;{{!}}<pagelist from=24 to=46/> {{!}}- {{!}}style="padding:1px;{{!}}<pagelist from=47 to=68/> {{!)}} '''Joint Explanatory Statement of the Committee of Conference''' {{(!}} style="border-spacing:1px; border:none; margin: 0em 3em 2em 3em;" {{!}} {{!}}- {{!}}style="padding:1px;"{{!}}<pagelist from=69 to=82/> {{!)}} |Volumes= |Remarks=<div style="font-size:90%;">These are the committee reports accompanying proposed legislation before its enactment as the [[Copyright Act of 1976]]. • '''[[Index:Copyright Law Revision (Senate Report No. 94-473).djvu|Copyright Law Revision (Senate Report No. 94-473)]]''' the 1975 United States Senate Judiciary Committee report on the proposed copyright legislation. • '''[[Index:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476|Copyright Law Revision (House Report No. 94-1476)]]''' the 1976 United States House Judiciary Committee report on the proposed copyright legislation. • '''[[Index:H. Rept. No. 94-1733 (1976).djvu|General Revision of the Copyright Law (House Report No. 94-1733)]]''' the 1976 Joint Conference Committee report resolving differences between the above and containg the final language ultimately enacted into law with the passage of the [[Copyright Act of 1976]].</div> |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} hgm0awjur1ravyx98s37lo9rfcc2j92 Template:ALL PAGES 10 585613 14130700 14125484 2024-04-26T06:57:35Z SodiumBot 3125031 Unattended update of statistics templates wikitext text/x-wiki 3,218,434 678vl520e4525fm6ycbvxpfij5vehng Template:PR TEXTS 10 585614 14130701 14125485 2024-04-26T06:57:45Z SodiumBot 3125031 Unattended update of statistics templates wikitext text/x-wiki 391,079 ooq95pkz3xkgnh63lmdyoatqa0x70bx Template:ALL TEXTS 10 585615 14130702 14125486 2024-04-26T06:57:55Z SodiumBot 3125031 Unattended update of statistics templates wikitext text/x-wiki 595,818 1k6nnn9o8dew64gfegoml7qfiobuq91 Template:PR PERCENT 10 585616 14130703 14122630 2024-04-26T06:58:05Z SodiumBot 3125031 Unattended update of statistics templates wikitext text/x-wiki 65.64 2mzdr2mywf9i7cikeq3j5bbhgwtugh4 Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography/Koehler, Alexander Daniel 0 591693 14130200 14125481 2024-04-25T22:35:35Z MRB16th 3061825 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Appletons' |previous = Knyphausen, Wilhelm von |next = Koehler, John Daniel |edition = 1892 |fictitious = x |extra_notes = There is a remarkable disconnect in that the subject is described as a botanist, but his career involves work in astronomy and political studies. Alexander von Humboldt did not travel to America until May 1804: he is also mentioned in the fictitious entries of Andrè Herbette and Lorenz Kerckhove. There are also spelling errors in two of the titles of the alleged literary works: further, the titles of the alleged literary works have been partially copied from those of Karl von Martius and Louis-Vincent-Joseph Le Blond, comte de Saint-Hilaire, with the dates of publication altered. }}<!-- p. 569 --> <pages index="Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography (1892, volume 3).djvu" from=605 to=605 fromsection=s3 tosection=s3 /> 9j81xbgrgdxr8eif6m6ntmuknhevf4n Template:Brace table parameters 10 595129 14129913 12330863 2024-04-25T20:13:21Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki role=presentation style="border-collapse:collapse; background-color:transparent;line-height:1em;{{{1|}}}"<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> sp6d1pnj3ttm4kcsm57e8ubsltgvroz Page:Historical Record of the Fifty-Sixth, Or the West Essex Regiment of Foot.djvu/26 104 598373 14131330 7798498 2024-04-26T08:45:14Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Bobanahalf" />{{rh|16|HISTORICAL RECORD OF|}}{{sidenotes begin}}</noinclude>{{left sidenote|1779}}Valloton, aide-de-camp to the governor; and Lieutenant S. Wood, assistant town-major: the regiment was commanded by Major Bulleine Fancourt.<ref>Strength of the garrison of Gibraltar, at the commencement the blockade, 21st June, 1779. {| rules="cols" style="border: 2px solid #000000; margin:auto" | |style="border-bottom: 1px solid"|Officers |style="border-bottom: 1px solid"|Staff. |style="border-bottom: 1px solid"|Serjeants. |style="border-bottom: 1px solid"|Drummers. |style="border-bottom: 1px solid"|Rank & File. |- | align=center |{{sc|British}}. | | | | | |-align=right | align=left|Royal Artillery |25 |0 |17 |15 |428 |-align=right | align=left|Royal Engineers |8 |0 |6 |2 |106 |-align=right | align=left|12th Regiment |26 |3 |29 |22 |519 |-align=right | align=left|39th {{gap}}” |25 |4 |29 |22 |506 |-align=right | align=left|56th {{gap}}” |23 |4 |30 |22 |508 |-align=right | align=left|58th {{gap}}” |25 |3 |29 |22 |526 |-align=right | align=left|72nd, or, Royal Manchester Volunteers (disbanded 1783) |29 |4 |47 |22 |944 |- | align=center |{{sc|Hanoverians}}. | | | | | |-align=right | align=left|Hardenberg’s Regiment |16 |13 |42 |14 |367 |-align=right | align=left|Reden’s {{gap|4em}}” |15 |12 |42 |14 |361 |-align=right | align=left|De la Motte’s{{gap}}” |17 |16 |42 |14 |367 |-align=right | Total |style="border-top: 1px solid"|209 |style="border-top: 1px solid"|59 |style="border-top: 1px solid"|313 |style="border-top: 1px solid"|169 |style="border-top: 1px solid"|4,632 |- |} :''Governor,'' General {{sc|[[w:George Augustus Eliott, 1st Baron Heathfield|George A. Eliott]]}}, afterwards Lord Heathfield.<br> :''Lieut.-Governor,'' Lieut.-General R. Boyd.<br> :''Commanding the Hanoverian Brigade,'' Major-General De la Motte</ref> {{left sidenote|1780}}A rigorous blockade being established by sea and land, a scarcity of provision was soon experienced; the soldiers, being resolutely determined to defend their position, submitted to privations which were unavoidable, although the scurvy made great ravages among them, and reduced their numbers. Early in 1780 Admiral [[w:George Brydges Rodney, 1st Baron Rodney|Sir George Rodney]] arrived with a convoy, to the great joy and relief of the garrison, which was augmented by the second battalion of the [[w:73rd Regiment of Foot|Seventy-third Regiment]]. The British fleet having departed, the Spaniards renewed the blockade by sea, and attempted to destroy the vessels in the harbour by fire-ships, but failed.<noinclude> {{Sidenotes end}}<references/></noinclude> 9tzwkbd8ky0bqf1eu3fnxnm8v8uwg0x Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography/Huss, Magnus 0 602620 14130608 14125424 2024-04-26T05:35:28Z MRB16th 3061825 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Appletons' |previous = Huske, Ellis |next = Hussey, Curtis Grubb |fictitious = x |extra_notes = This entry has been copied to a large extent from Felix de Azara's biography from in the ''Cyclopædia'', as it almost exactly parallels de Azara's real life. There is also a marked incompatibility in that the subject was supposedly Swedish, but the titles of three of the alleged literary works are written in French, one is written in German, and one is written in Danish: there is also a spelling error in the title of one alleged literary work, and a grammatical error in the title of one alleged literary work. |edition = 1892 }}<!-- p. 330 --> <pages index="Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography (1892, volume 3).djvu" from=358 to=358 fromsection=s3 tosection=s3 /> 46i1yrarrrkv1kjcuegexgd28x9ui0s Page:The inn of dreams (1911).djvu/12 104 602829 14128336 13998389 2024-04-25T17:12:12Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Chrisguise" />{{rh|{{larger|viii}}|{{larger|Contents}}|}} {|align=center |- |||{{right|{{x-smaller|PAGE}}}} |-</noinclude>{{nopt}} |- |[[The Inn of Dreams/The Prisoner of God|The Prisoner of God]]||{{right|36}} |- |[[The Inn of Dreams/The Storm|The Storm]]||{{right|38}} |- |[[The Inn of Dreams/St. Anthony|St. Anthony]]||{{right|41}} |- |[[The Inn of Dreams/Black Butterflies|Black Butterflies]]||{{right|43}} |- |[[The Inn of Dreams/In Praise of Youth|In Praise of Youth]]||{{right|45}} |- |[[The Inn of Dreams/Opal Song|Opal Song]]||{{right|47}} |- |[[The Inn of Dreams/Gifts|Gifts]]||{{right|48}} |- |[[The Inn of Dreams/Primrose Hill|Primrose Hill]]||{{right|50}} |- |[[The Inn of Dreams/A Morning Song|A Morning Song]]||{{right|52}} |- |[[The Inn of Dreams/The Wings of Fortune|The Wings of Fortune]]||{{right|53}} |- |[[The Inn of Dreams/Shadow-Nets|Shadow-Nets]]||{{right|55}} |- |[[The Inn of Dreams/Peacocks. A Mood|Peacocks.{{gap}}A Mood]]||{{right|56}} |- |[[The Inn of Dreams/Hyacinthus|Hyacinthus]]||{{right|58}} |- |[[The Inn of Dreams/Hylas|Hylas]]||{{right|61}} |- |[[The Inn of Dreams/Blue Flowers|Blue Flowers]]||{{right|63}} |- |[[The Inn of Dreams/Madrigal|Madrigal]]||{{right|64}} |- |[[The Inn of Dreams/Endymion|Endymion]]||{{right|65}} |- |[[The Inn of Dreams/Dance Song|Dance Song]]||{{right|66}} |- |[[The Inn of Dreams/A Memory|A Memory]]||{{right|67}} |- |[[The Inn of Dreams/The Photograph|The Photograph]]||{{right|69}} |- |[[The Inn of Dreams/St. Sebastian|St. Sebastian]]||{{right|71}} |- |[[The Inn of Dreams/The Magic Mirrors|The Magic Mirrors]]||{{right|73}} |}<noinclude></noinclude> 39p1pz80idfd6ph9cr03watiguz3el2 Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography/Suspicious Entries 0 609477 14131392 14121263 2024-04-26T10:21:19Z MRB16th 3061825 Added more suspicious entries as per Dobson and moved Vicente y Bennazar and Voguè to fictitious list; removed Rotours, Torrubia and Woert as they have Wikipedia articles, thus proving their existence wikitext text/x-wiki {{Appletons' Index Page |previous = Fictitious Entries |current = Suspicious Entries |column_1 = |column_2 = |column_3 = |column_4 = |extra_notes = These are entries for which no confirmation of their existence outside of Appletons' and derived sources (e.g. http://famousamericans.net) has as yet been located, and for which no source has been found which describes them as fictitious. }} |valign="top" colspan="2"| * [[../Chel-Ab-Ku-Kil/]] * [[../Chignavitcelut, Oxiquieb/]] * [[../Chiguaihue/]] * [[../Davila, Nepomueno/]] * [[../Higuaihué/]] * [[../Huebner, John Andrew/]] * [[../Huehuetemixcatl/]] * [[../Huelen/]] * [[../Ibercourt, Henry Louis/]] * [[../Ietersdorf-Klasten, Gustav von/]] * [[../Ihering, Mauritius van/]] * [[../Imfreville-Baudry, Louis, Comte d'/]] * [[../Ingrande, Jose Domingo/]] * [[../Inigo, Abad y Lasierra/]] * [[../Isambert, Henry/]] * [[../Iwert, Sebold/]] * [[../Ixtlilcuechahua/]] * [[../Jacintha do San José/]] * [[../Jacobsen, Simon/]] * [[../Jacobson, Christian/]] * [[../Juels, Niels/]] Apparently not the [[w:Niels Juel|admiral]]. * [[../Jügler, Lorenz/]] * [[../Jungmann, Bernhardt/]] * [[../Kannegieser, Sigismund/]] * [[../Knapp, Mathias/]] * [[../Las Casas, Gonzalo/]] * [[../van Loot, Gerard/]] * [[../Martin De Moyville, Edouard Nicolas Henry/]] * [[../Michel, Dieudonné Gabriel Lucien/]] * [[../Michel, Jacques Léonard/]] * [[../Montaigne De Nogaret, Charles Stanislas/]] * [[../Montrueil, Desire Amahle Ferdinand/]] * [[../Navailles, Charles/]] * [[../Niebuhr, Sigismund/]] |valign="top" colspan="2"| * [[../Niel, Frédéric Guillaume Amédée Ferdinand/]] * [[../Nina, João Estevam Miguel da Silva/]] * [[../Nores, Simon de/]] * [[../Otto, Charles/]] * [[../Quesnel, Dieudonné-Gabriel Louis/]] * [[../Ribas, Andres Perez de/]] * [[../Steinhefer, Juan/]] * [[../Struensee, Karl/]] * [[../Teste, Lucien Auguste/]] * [[../Tlaxpanquizqui/]] * [[../Toussaint, Dieudonné Gabriel/]] * [[../Ulphilas, Herman/]] * [[../Urfe, Louis Edouard d'/]] * [[../Viana, Francisco/]] * [[../Wagner, Daniel Christian/]] * [[../Wernicke, Gottlieb/]] * [[../Westerman, Hans/]] * [[../Wouwerman, Simon van/]] * [[../Xuárez, Pedro/]] |} slugykhs69onq4z5xnjxo5grihwm0da Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography/Fictitious Entries 0 609478 14131350 14125312 2024-04-26T09:21:41Z MRB16th 3061825 Added a new source that contains two more fictitious entries wikitext text/x-wiki {{Appletons' Index Page |next = Suspicious Entries |current = Fictitious Entries |column_1 = H |column_2 = V |column_3 = A-G, I-L |column_4 = M-U, W-Z |extra_notes = These are entries which have been determined to be fictitious by verifiable sources. Superscripts for each fictitious entry identifies which sources list the name as fictitious. See the list of sources at the bottom of this page. }} |valign="top"| * [[../Harmand, Louis Gustave/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Henrion, Nicolas/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Herauld, André/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Herbette, André Paul/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Hermstaedt, Nicholas Piet/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Hernandez, Vicente/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Herrera, Miguel da Fonseca e Silva/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Hjorn, Oscar/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Horne, Antoine/]]{{sup|''c,e''}} * [[../Houdetot, François Lauriot de/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Huden, Lucas Van/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Huet de Navarre/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Hühne, Bernhard/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Huon de Penanster, Charles Henry/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Huss, Magnus/]]{{sup|''c''}} |valign="top"| * [[../Verden, Karl von/]]{{sup|''c,e''}} * [[../Verdugo, Vicente/]]{{sup|''c,e''}} * [[../Vergara y Zamoral, Diego/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Verhuen, Jacobus/]]{{sup|''c,e''}} * [[../Veuillot, Désiré/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Viana, Miguel Pereira/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Vicente y Bennazar, Andres/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Vigier, George/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Villadarias, Manoel Duarte Caldeiras Centenera de/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Villiers, Jean Pierre/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Vilmot, Charles Stanislas/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Vivier, Jacques du/]]{{sup|''a,c''}} * [[../Vogué, Jean Pierre de/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Voisin, Charles Antoine/]]{{sup|''c,e''}} * [[../Voisin, Pierre Joseph/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Voiture, Nicolas Auguste/]]{{sup|''c,f''}} |valign="top"| * [[../Ferrer, Rafael/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Iff, Simon van/]]{{sup|''d''}} * [[../Ignacio, José de Jesu Maria/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Igné-Chivré, Barthelemy/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Igolino, Giuseppe/]]{{sup|''a,c,d''}} * [[../Illiers, Henry Louis, Comte d'/]]{{sup|''d''}} * [[../Imhoffer, Gustave M./]]{{sup|''d,e''}} * [[../Ingenhous, Jean Simon/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Ingulf von Köln, Rudolf/]]{{sup|''f''}} * [[../Iselin, Jacob Christian/]]{{sup|''d''}} * [[../Isoart, Louis/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Issertieux, Dieudonné Gabriel Yves, Comte d'/]]{{sup|''d''}} * [[../Jansen, Olaüs/]]{{sup|''d''}} * [[../Jarava, Manuel/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Jargue, Francisco/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Jaubert, Edouard E./]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Jauregui y Aguilar, Domingo/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Jose de Santa Teresa/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Joubert, Antoine H./]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Jouffroy, Gabriel/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Kehr, Gustav Herman/]]{{sup|''a,c''}} * [[../Kerckhove, Lorenz Wenceslas/]]{{sup|''a,c,f''}} * [[../Kjoeping, Oläus/]]{{sup|''a,c''}} * [[../Klein, Gustav Frederic/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Klüber, Melchior/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Koehler, Alexander Daniel/]]{{sup|''a,c''}} * [[../La Borde/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Lottenschiold, Mathias/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Lotter, Frederic August/]]{{sup|''a,c''}} |valign="top"| * [[../Menacho, Juan Perez/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Meyer, Bernhard/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Mimeure, Victor Emmanuel/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Monteil, Nicolas Antoine/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Moraud, Dieudonné/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Mortier, Édouard Louis/]]{{sup|''a,c''}} * [[../Mouraille, Theodore/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Nascher, Friedrich Wilhelm/]]{{sup|''a,c''}} * [[../Neé, Isidore Charles Sigismond/]]{{sup|''a,c''}} * [[../Orlando, Giuseppe/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Ormond, Cesar/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Oudin, Christian Jules/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Percheron, Etienne/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Pereira, Antonio/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Perret, Jacques/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Quentin, Charles H./]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Ramée, Stanislas Henri de la/]]{{sup|''a,c''}} * [[../de Rouvroy, Charles-Albert Zénon/]]{{sup|''f''}} * [[../Renaud, Pierre F./]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Sa, Simao Pereira de/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Sibiel, Alexander/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Solis y Rivadeneyra, Antonio/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Soulabie, Louis F./]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Sylvie, Édouard/]]{{sup|''a,c''}} * [[../Tapin, Richard/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Thibaudin, Gaston Louis/]]{{sup|''a,c''}} * [[../Uffenbach, Bernard von/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Urfe, Louis Edouard/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Wallerton, Charles Louis Auguste/]]{{sup|''a,c''}} * [[../Wallon, Louis F./]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Watteau, Boudoin Louis/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Zapata, Juan Ortiz de/]]{{sup|''e''}} |- |colspan="4"| {| |- |colspan="2" align="center"|'''Sources for names of fictitious entries.''' |- |valign="top"|''a''. |&nbsp;Barnhart, John Hendley. "[http://books.google.com/books?id=On9MAAAAMAAJ&pg=PA171 Some Fictitious Botanists]." ''Journal of the New York Botanical Garden'' 20 (September 1919): 171-81. (This lists 14. It's at [[w:Google Books|Google Books]].) |- |valign="top"|''b''. |&nbsp;O'Brien, Frank M. "The Wayward Encyclopedias", ''New Yorker'', XII (May 2, 1936), pp. 71-74. (This is a summary of Barnhart's article.) |- |valign="top"|''c''. |&nbsp;Schindler, Margaret Castle. "[http://www.jstor.org/pss/1839450 Fictitious Biography]." ''American Historical Review'' 42 (1937), pp. 680-90. (This lists 47, including the 14 from Barnhart's article.) |- |valign="top"|''d''. |&nbsp;Dobson, John Blythe. "[http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/biography/summary/v016/16.4.dobson.html The Spurious Articles in Appleton's Cyclopaedia of American Biography—Some New Discoveries and Considerations]." ''Biography'' 16(4) 1993: 388-408. (This lists 4 in "I" that had not been detected before.) |- |valign="top"|''e''. |&nbsp;Zorn, George, S.J. [http://www.jesuitsmissouri.org/files/arch/arWoodstockLettersIndex.pdf ''Woodstock Letters Index: Volumes 1-80 (1872-1951)''], Woodstock, Maryland: Woodstock College Press, 1960. Visited 13 October 2011. Search on "phantom Jesuit" or "Appleton's". (This lists 42, including 4 from Schindler's article. It has a "V" subject which was not located by Schindler.) |- |valign="top"|''f''. | Williams, Kelsey Jackson, [https://kelseyjacksonwilliams.com/2021/12/21/appletons-cyclopaedia-and-a-mysterious-literary-hoax/ Appletons' Cyclopeadia And A Mysterious Literary Hoax]. (This lists Ingulf von Köln, who had been listed as suspicious by Dobson, and de Rouvroy, who had not been detected previously). |} |} 8w2jgcxf3pyf0nggf58d4wc22x3af4t 14131355 14131350 2024-04-26T09:26:46Z MRB16th 3061825 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Appletons' Index Page |next = Suspicious Entries |current = Fictitious Entries |column_1 = H |column_2 = V |column_3 = A-G, I-L |column_4 = M-U, W-Z |extra_notes = These are entries which have been determined to be fictitious by verifiable sources. Superscripts for each fictitious entry identifies which sources list the name as fictitious. See the list of sources at the bottom of this page. }} |valign="top"| * [[../Harmand, Louis Gustave/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Henrion, Nicolas/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Herauld, André/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Herbette, André Paul/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Hermstaedt, Nicholas Piet/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Hernandez, Vicente/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Herrera, Miguel da Fonseca e Silva/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Hjorn, Oscar/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Horne, Antoine/]]{{sup|''c,e''}} * [[../Houdetot, François Lauriot de/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Huden, Lucas Van/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Huet de Navarre/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Hühne, Bernhard/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Huon de Penanster, Charles Henry/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Huss, Magnus/]]{{sup|''c''}} |valign="top"| * [[../Verden, Karl von/]]{{sup|''c,e''}} * [[../Verdugo, Vicente/]]{{sup|''c,e''}} * [[../Vergara y Zamoral, Diego/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Verhuen, Jacobus/]]{{sup|''c,e''}} * [[../Veuillot, Désiré/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Viana, Miguel Pereira/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Vicente y Bennazar, Andres/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Vigier, George/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Villadarias, Manoel Duarte Caldeiras Centenera de/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Villiers, Jean Pierre/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Vilmot, Charles Stanislas/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Vivier, Jacques du/]]{{sup|''a,c''}} * [[../Vogué, Jean Pierre de/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Voisin, Charles Antoine/]]{{sup|''c,e''}} * [[../Voisin, Pierre Joseph/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Voiture, Nicolas Auguste/]]{{sup|''c,f''}} |valign="top"| * [[../de Rouvroy, Charles-Albert Zénon/]]{{sup|''f''}} * [[../Ferrer, Rafael/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Iff, Simon van/]]{{sup|''d''}} * [[../Ignacio, José de Jesu Maria/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Igné-Chivré, Barthelemy/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Igolino, Giuseppe/]]{{sup|''a,c,d''}} * [[../Illiers, Henry Louis, Comte d'/]]{{sup|''d''}} * [[../Imhoffer, Gustave M./]]{{sup|''d,e''}} * [[../Ingenhous, Jean Simon/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Ingulf von Köln, Rudolf/]]{{sup|''f''}} * [[../Iselin, Jacob Christian/]]{{sup|''d''}} * [[../Isoart, Louis/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Issertieux, Dieudonné Gabriel Yves, Comte d'/]]{{sup|''d''}} * [[../Jansen, Olaüs/]]{{sup|''d''}} * [[../Jarava, Manuel/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Jargue, Francisco/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Jaubert, Edouard E./]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Jauregui y Aguilar, Domingo/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Jose de Santa Teresa/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Joubert, Antoine H./]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Jouffroy, Gabriel/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Kehr, Gustav Herman/]]{{sup|''a,c''}} * [[../Kerckhove, Lorenz Wenceslas/]]{{sup|''a,c,f''}} * [[../Kjoeping, Oläus/]]{{sup|''a,c''}} * [[../Klein, Gustav Frederic/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Klüber, Melchior/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Koehler, Alexander Daniel/]]{{sup|''a,c''}} * [[../La Borde/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Lottenschiold, Mathias/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Lotter, Frederic August/]]{{sup|''a,c''}} |valign="top"| * [[../Menacho, Juan Perez/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Meyer, Bernhard/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Mimeure, Victor Emmanuel/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Monteil, Nicolas Antoine/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Moraud, Dieudonné/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Mortier, Édouard Louis/]]{{sup|''a,c''}} * [[../Mouraille, Theodore/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Nascher, Friedrich Wilhelm/]]{{sup|''a,c''}} * [[../Neé, Isidore Charles Sigismond/]]{{sup|''a,c''}} * [[../Orlando, Giuseppe/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Ormond, Cesar/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Oudin, Christian Jules/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Percheron, Etienne/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Pereira, Antonio/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Perret, Jacques/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Quentin, Charles H./]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Ramée, Stanislas Henri de la/]]{{sup|''a,c''}} * [[../Renaud, Pierre F./]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Sa, Simao Pereira de/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Sibiel, Alexander/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Solis y Rivadeneyra, Antonio/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Soulabie, Louis F./]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Sylvie, Édouard/]]{{sup|''a,c''}} * [[../Tapin, Richard/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Thibaudin, Gaston Louis/]]{{sup|''a,c''}} * [[../Uffenbach, Bernard von/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Urfe, Louis Edouard/]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Wallerton, Charles Louis Auguste/]]{{sup|''a,c''}} * [[../Wallon, Louis F./]]{{sup|''e''}} * [[../Watteau, Boudoin Louis/]]{{sup|''c''}} * [[../Zapata, Juan Ortiz de/]]{{sup|''e''}} |- |colspan="4"| {| |- |colspan="2" align="center"|'''Sources for names of fictitious entries.''' |- |valign="top"|''a''. |&nbsp;Barnhart, John Hendley. "[http://books.google.com/books?id=On9MAAAAMAAJ&pg=PA171 Some Fictitious Botanists]." ''Journal of the New York Botanical Garden'' 20 (September 1919): 171-81. (This lists 14. It's at [[w:Google Books|Google Books]].) |- |valign="top"|''b''. |&nbsp;O'Brien, Frank M. "The Wayward Encyclopedias", ''New Yorker'', XII (May 2, 1936), pp. 71-74. (This is a summary of Barnhart's article.) |- |valign="top"|''c''. |&nbsp;Schindler, Margaret Castle. "[http://www.jstor.org/pss/1839450 Fictitious Biography]." ''American Historical Review'' 42 (1937), pp. 680-90. (This lists 47, including the 14 from Barnhart's article.) |- |valign="top"|''d''. |&nbsp;Dobson, John Blythe. "[http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/biography/summary/v016/16.4.dobson.html The Spurious Articles in Appleton's Cyclopaedia of American Biography—Some New Discoveries and Considerations]." ''Biography'' 16(4) 1993: 388-408. (This lists 4 in "I" that had not been detected before.) |- |valign="top"|''e''. |&nbsp;Zorn, George, S.J. [http://www.jesuitsmissouri.org/files/arch/arWoodstockLettersIndex.pdf ''Woodstock Letters Index: Volumes 1-80 (1872-1951)''], Woodstock, Maryland: Woodstock College Press, 1960. Visited 13 October 2011. Search on "phantom Jesuit" or "Appleton's". (This lists 42, including 4 from Schindler's article. It has a "V" subject which was not located by Schindler.) |- |valign="top"|''f''. | Williams, Kelsey Jackson, [https://kelseyjacksonwilliams.com/2021/12/21/appletons-cyclopaedia-and-a-mysterious-literary-hoax/ Appletons' Cyclopeadia And A Mysterious Literary Hoax]. (This lists Ingulf von Köln, who had been listed as suspicious by Dobson, and de Rouvroy, who had not been detected previously). |} |} rk1hinsjbsjsd1y8rvvyvjcglkum5yw Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 0 611823 14130176 13839298 2024-04-25T22:26:46Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Act of Congress | congress =111 | session =2 | pl =152 | title =Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 | title previous =[[Satellite Television Extension Act of 2010]] | title next =[[Federal Aviation Administration Extension Act of 2010]] | statvolume =124 | statpage =1029 | year =2010 | month =03 | day =30 | bill =4872 | billtype =H.R. | notes = | resolution = | purpose =To provide for reconciliation pursuant to [[Concurrent Resolution on the Budget for Fiscal Year 2010|Title II of the concurrent resolution on the budget for fiscal year 2010 (S. Con. Res. 13)]]. }} :''Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled'', === {{uc|{{section|Sec. 1.|Section 1}}. Short Title; Table of Contents}}. === <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Short title</span>.—This Act may be cited as the “Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Table of contents</span>.—The table of contents of this Act is as follows:</p> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1. Short title; table of contents.</div> <div class="toctitleOLC" style="text-align:center; color:#0000ff;">TITLE I—COVERAGE, MEDICARE, MEDICAID, AND REVENUES</div> <div class="tocsubtitleOLC" style="text-align:center; color:#0000ff;">Subtitle A—Coverage</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1001. Tax credits.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1002. Individual responsibility.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1003. Employer responsibility.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1004. Income definitions.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1005. Implementation funding.</div> <div class="tocsubtitleOLC" style="text-align:center; color:#0000ff;">Subtitle B—Medicare</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1101. Closing the medicare prescription drug “donut hole”.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1102. Medicare Advantage payments.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1103. Savings from limits on MA plan administrative costs.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1104. Disproportionate share hospital (DSH) payments.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1105. Market basket updates.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1106. Physician ownership-referral.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1107. Payment for imaging services.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1108. PE GPCI adjustment for 2010.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1109. Payment for qualifying hospitals.</div> <div class="tocsubtitleOLC" style="text-align:center; color:#0000ff;">Subtitle C—Medicaid</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1201. Federal funding for States.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1202. Payments to primary care physicians.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1203. Disproportionate share hospital payments.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1204. Funding for the territories.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1205. Delay in Community First Choice option.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1206. Drug rebates for new formulations of existing drugs.</div> <div class="tocsubtitleOLC" style="text-align:center; color:#0000ff;">Subtitle D—Reducing Fraud, Waste, and Abuse</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1301. Community mental health centers.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1302. Medicare prepayment medical review limitations.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1303. Funding to fight fraud, waste, and abuse.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1304. 90-day period of enhanced oversight for initial claims of DME suppliers.</div> <div class="tocsubtitleOLC" style="text-align:center; color:#0000ff;">Subtitle E—Provisions relating to revenue</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1401. High-cost plan excise tax.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1402. Unearned income Medicare contribution.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1403. Delay of limitation on health flexible spending arrangements under cafeteria plans.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1404. Brand name pharmaceuticals.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1405. Excise tax on medical device manufacturers.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1406. Health insurance providers.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1407. Delay of elimination of deduction for expenses allocable to medicare part D subsidy.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1408. Elimination of unintended application of cellulosic biofuel producer credit.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1409. Codification of economic substance doctrine and penalties.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1410. Time for payment of corporate estimated taxes.</div> <div class="tocsubtitleOLC" style="text-align:center; color:#0000ff;">Subtitle F—Other provisions</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 1501. Community college and career training grant program.</div> <div class="toctitleOLC" style="text-align:center; color:#0000ff;">TITLE II—EDUCATION AND HEALTH</div> <div class="tocsubtitleOLC" style="text-align:center; color:#0000ff;">Subtitle A—Education</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 2001. Short title; references.</div> <div class="tocpartOLC" style="text-align:center; color:#0000ff;">PART I—INVESTING IN STUDENTS AND FAMILIES</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 2101. Federal Pell Grants.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 2102. College access challenge grant program.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 2103. Investment in historically black colleges and universities and minority-serving institutions.</div> <div class="tocpartOLC" style="text-align:center; color:#0000ff;">PART II—STUDENT LOAN REFORM</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 2201. Termination of Federal Family Education Loan appropriations.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 2202. Termination of Federal loan insurance program.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 2203. Termination of applicable interest rates.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 2204. Termination of Federal payments to reduce student interest costs.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 2205. Termination of FFEL PLUS Loans.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 2206. Federal Consolidation Loans.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 2207. Termination of Unsubsidized Stafford Loans for middle-income borrowers.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 2208. Termination of special allowances.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 2209. Origination of Direct Loans at institutions outside the United States.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 2210. Conforming amendments.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 2211. Terms and conditions of loans.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 2212. Contracts; mandatory funds.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 2213. Income-based repayment.</div> <div class="tocsubtitleOLC" style="text-align:center; color:#0000ff;">Subtitle B—Health</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 2301. Insurance reforms.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 2302. Drugs purchased by covered entities.</div> <div class="tocsectionOLC" style="text-align:justify; color:#0000ff;">Sec. 2303. Community health centers.</div> <div class="titlelevelOLC" style="text-align:center; font-size:144%; color:#0000ff; font-weight:bold;">TITLE I—{{uc|Coverage, Medicare, Medicaid, and Revenues}}</div> <div class="subtitlelevelOLC" style="text-align:center; font-size:144%; color:#0000ff; font-weight:bold;">subtitle A—Coverage</div> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1001. {{uc|Tax credits.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Premium tax credits</span>.—Section 36B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as added by section 1401 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and amended by section 10105 of such Act, is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in subsection (b)(3)(A)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) in clause (i), by striking “with respect to any taxpayer” and all that follows up to the end period and inserting: “for any taxable year shall be the percentage such that the applicable percentage for any taxpayer whose household income is within an income tier specified in the following table shall increase, on a sliding scale in a linear manner, from the initial premium percentage to the final premium percentage specified in such table for such income tier: </p> <div id=left style="margin-left: 2em" align=center> <templatestyles src="Template:table class/HCERA2010.css" /> <table class="__hcera2010a" cellSpacing=0 cellPadding=0 width="95%" summary="Align to level: ; Subformat: "> <tr> <th style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" align=left>“In the case of household income (expressed as a percent of poverty line) within the following income tier:</th> <th style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid">The initial premium percentage is—</th> <th style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid">The final premium percentage is—</th></tr> <tr> <td class="" style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">Up to 133%</span></td> <td class=column3 style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">2.0%</span></td> <td class=column4 style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">2.0%</span></td></tr> <tr> <td class="" style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">133% up to 150%</span></td> <td class=column3 style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">3.0%</span></td> <td class=column4 style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">4.0%</span></td></tr> <tr> <td class="" style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">150% up to 200%</span></td> <td class=column3 style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">4.0%</span></td> <td class=column4 style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">6.3%</span></td></tr> <tr> <td class="" style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">200% up to 250%</span></td> <td class=column3 style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">6.3%</span></td> <td class=column4 style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">8.05%</span></td></tr> <tr> <td class="" style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">250% up to 300%</span></td> <td class=column3 style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">8.05%</span></td> <td class=column4 style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">9.5%</span></td></tr> <tr> <td class="" style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">300% up to 400%</span></td> <td class=column3 style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">9.5%</span></td> <td class=column4 style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">9.5%”; and</span></td></tr></table></div> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) by striking clauses (ii) and (iii), and inserting the following:</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>NDEXING</span>.—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>N GENERAL</span>.—Subject to subclause (II), in the case of taxable years beginning in any calendar year after 2014, the initial and final applicable percentages under clause (i) (as in effect for the preceding calendar year after application of this clause) shall be adjusted to reflect the excess of the rate of premium growth for the preceding calendar year over the rate of income growth for the preceding calendar year.</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>DDITIONAL ADJUSTMENT</span>.—Except as provided in subclause (III), in the case of any calendar year after 2018, the percentages described in subclause (I) shall, in addition to the adjustment under subclause (I), be adjusted to reflect the excess (if any) of the rate of premium growth estimated under subclause (I) for the preceding calendar year over the rate of growth in the consumer price index for the preceding calendar year.</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(III) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">F</span><span class=smallcapUSC>AILSAFE</span>.—Subclause (II) shall apply for any calendar year only if the aggregate amount of premium tax credits under this section and cost-sharing reductions under section 1402 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act for the preceding calendar year exceeds an amount equal to 0.504 percent of the gross domestic product for the preceding calendar year.”; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) in subsection (c)(2)(C)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) by striking “9.8 percent” in clauses (i)(II) and (iv) and inserting “9.5 percent”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) by striking “(b)(3)(A)(iii)” in clause (iv) and inserting “(b)(3)(A)(ii)”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Cost sharing</span>.—Section 1402(c) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in paragraph (1)(B)(i)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) in subclause (I), by striking “90” and inserting “94”;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) in subclause (II)—</p> <p class=indentClause>(i) by striking “80” and inserting “87”; and</p> <p class=indentClause>(ii) by striking “and”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(C) by striking subclause (III) and inserting the following:</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(III) 73 percent in the case of an eligible insured whose household income is more than 200 percent but not more than 250 percent of the poverty line for a family of the size involved; and</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(IV) 70 percent in the case of an eligible insured whose household income is more than 250 percent but not more than 400 percent of the poverty line for a family of the size involved.”; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) in paragraph (2)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) in subparagraph (A)—</p> <p class=indentClause>(i) by striking “90” and inserting “94”; and</p> <p class=indentClause>(ii) by striking “and”;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) in subparagraph (B)—</p> <p class=indentClause>(i) by striking “80” and inserting “87”; and</p> <p class=indentClause>(ii) by striking the period and inserting “; and”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(C) by inserting after subparagraph (B) the following new subparagraph:</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(C) in the case of an eligible insured whose household income is more than 200 percent but not more than 250 percent of the poverty line for a family of the size involved, increase the plan’s share of the total allowed costs of benefits provided under the plan to 73 percent of such costs.”.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1002. {{uc|Individual responsibility.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Amounts</span>.—Section 5000A(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as added by section 1501(b) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and amended by section 10106 of such Act, is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in paragraph (2)(B)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) in the matter preceding clause (i), by—</p> <p class=indentClause>(i) inserting “the excess of” before “the taxpayer’s household income”; and</p> <p class=indentClause>(ii) inserting “for the taxable year over the amount of gross income specified in section 6012(a)(1) with respect to the taxpayer” before “for the taxable year”;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) in clause (i), by striking “0.5” and inserting “1.0”;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(C) in clause (ii), by striking “1.0” and inserting “2.0”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(D) in clause (iii), by striking “2.0” and inserting “2.5”; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) in paragraph (3)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) in subparagraph (A), by striking “$750” and inserting “$695”;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) in subparagraph (B), by striking “$495” and inserting “$325”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(C) in subparagraph (D)—</p> <p class=indentClause>(i) in the matter preceding clause (i), by striking “$750” and inserting “$695”; and</p> <p class=indentClause>(ii) in clause (i), by striking “$750” and inserting “$695”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Threshold</span>.—Section 5000A of such Code, as so added and amended, is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) by striking subsection (c)(4)(D); and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) in subsection (e)(2)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) by striking “<span class=allcapnormal>under 100 percent of poverty line</span>” and inserting “<span class=allcapnormal>below filing threshold</span>”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) by striking all that follows “less than” and inserting “the amount of gross income specified in section 6012(a)(1) with respect to the taxpayer.”.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1003. {{uc|Employer responsibility.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Payment calculation</span>.—Subparagraph (D) of subsection (d)(2) of section 4980H of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as added by section 1513 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and amended by section 10106 of such Act, is amended to read as follows:</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(D) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>PPLICATION OF EMPLOYER SIZE TO ASSESSABLE PENALTIES</span>.—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>N GENERAL</span>.—The number of individuals employed by an applicable large employer as full-time employees during any month shall be reduced by 30 solely for purposes of calculating—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) the assessable payment under subsection (a), or</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) the overall limitation under subsection (b)(2).</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>GGREGATION</span>.—In the case of persons treated as 1 employer under subparagraph (C)(i), only 1 reduction under subclause (I) or (II) shall be allowed with respect to such persons and such reduction shall be allocated among such persons ratably on the basis of the number of full-time employees employed by each such person.”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Applicable payment amount</span>.—Section 4980H of such Code, as so added and amended, is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in the flush text following subsection (c)(1)(B), by striking “400 percent of the applicable payment amount” and inserting “an amount equal to {{unifrac|1|12}} of $3,000”;</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) in subsection (d)(1), by striking “$750” and inserting “$2,000”; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(3) in subsection (d)(5)(A), in the matter preceding clause (i), by striking “subsection (b)(2) and (d)(1)” and inserting “subsection (b) and paragraph (1)”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(c) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Counting part-time workers in setting the threshold for employer responsibility</span>.—Section 4980H(d)(2) of such Code, as so added and amended and as amended by subsection (a), is amended by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(E) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">F</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ULL-TIME EQUIVALENTS TREATED AS FULL-TIME EMPLOYEES</span>.—Solely for purposes of determining whether an employer is an applicable large employer under this paragraph, an employer shall, in addition to the number of full-time employees for any month otherwise determined, include for such month a number of full-time employees determined by dividing the aggregate number of hours of service of employees who are not full-time employees for the month by 120.”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(d) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Eliminating waiting period assessment</span>.—Section 4980H of such Code, as so added and amended and as amended by the preceding subsections, is amended by striking subsection (b) and redesignating subsections (c), (d), and (e) as subsections (b), (c), and (d), respectively.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1004. {{uc|Income definitions.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Modified adjusted gross income</span>.—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>N GENERAL</span>.—The following provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 are each amended by striking “modified gross” each place it appears and inserting “modified adjusted gross”: </p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) Clauses (i) and (ii) of section 36B(d)(2)(A), as added by section 1401 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) Section 6103(l)(21)(A)(iv), as added by section 1414 of such Act.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(C) Clauses (i) and (ii) of section 5000A(c)(4), as added by section 1501(b) of such Act.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">D</span><span class=smallcapUSC>EFINITION</span>.—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) Section 36B(d)(2)(B) of such Code, as so added, is amended to read as follows:</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">M</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ODIFIED ADJUSTED GROSS INCOME</span>.—The term ‘modified adjusted gross income’ means adjusted gross income increased by—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) any amount excluded from gross income under section 911, and</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) any amount of interest received or accrued by the taxpayer during the taxable year which is exempt from tax.”.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) Section 5000A(c)(4)(C) of such Code, as so added, is amended to read as follows:</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(C) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">M</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ODIFIED ADJUSTED GROSS INCOME</span>.—The term ‘modified adjusted gross income’ means adjusted gross income increased by—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) any amount excluded from gross income under section 911, and</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) any amount of interest received or accrued by the taxpayer during the taxable year which is exempt from tax.”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Modified adjusted gross income definition</span>.—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">M</span><span class=smallcapUSC>EDICAID</span>.—Section 1902 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a) is amended by striking “modified gross income” each place it appears in the text and headings of the following provisions and inserting “modified adjusted gross income”:</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) Paragraph (14) of subsection (e), as added by section 2002(a) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) Subsection (gg)(4)(A), as added by section 2001(b) of such Act.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">C</span><span class=smallcapUSC>HIP</span>.—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">S</span><span class=smallcapUSC>TATE PLAN REQUIREMENTS</span>.—Section 2102(b)(1)(B)(v) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397bb(b)(1)(B)(v)), as added by section 2101(d)(1) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, is amended by striking “modified gross income” and inserting “modified adjusted gross income”.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">P</span><span class=smallcapUSC>LAN ADMINISTRATION</span>.—Section 2107(e)(1)(E) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397gg(e)(1)(E)), as added by section 2101(d)(2) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, is amended by striking “modified gross income” and inserting “modified adjusted gross income”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(c) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>No excess payments</span>.—Section 36B(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as added by section 1401(a) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph:</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(3) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>NFORMATION REQUIREMENT</span>.—Each Exchange (or any person carrying out 1 or more responsibilities of an Exchange under section 1311(f)(3) or 1321(c) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act) shall provide the following information to the Secretary and to the taxpayer with respect to any health plan provided through the Exchange:</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) The level of coverage described in section 1302(d) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the period such coverage was in effect.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) The total premium for the coverage without regard to the credit under this section or cost-sharing reductions under section 1402 of such Act.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(C) The aggregate amount of any advance payment of such credit or reductions under section 1412 of such Act.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(D) The name, address, and TIN of the primary insured and the name and TIN of each other individual obtaining coverage under the policy.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(E) Any information provided to the Exchange, including any change of circumstances, necessary to determine eligibility for, and the amount of, such credit.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(F) Information necessary to determine whether a taxpayer has received excess advance payments.”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(d) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Adult dependents</span>.—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">E</span><span class=smallcapUSC>XCLUSION OF AMOUNTS EXPENDED FOR MEDICAL CARE</span>.—The first sentence of section 105(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (relating to amounts expended for medical care) is amended—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) by striking “and his dependents” and inserting “his dependents”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) by inserting before the period the following: “, and any child (as defined in section 152(f)(1)) of the taxpayer who as of the end of the taxable year has not attained age 27”.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">S</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ELF-EMPLOYED HEALTH INSURANCE DEDUCTION</span>.—Section 162(l)(1) of such Code is amended to read as follows:</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(1) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>LLOWANCE OF DEDUCTION</span>.—In the case of a taxpayer who is an employee within the meaning of section 401(c)(1), there shall be allowed as a deduction under this section an amount equal to the amount paid during the taxable year for insurance which constitutes medical care for—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) the taxpayer,</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) the taxpayer’s spouse,</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(C) the taxpayer’s dependents, and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(D) any child (as defined in section 152(f)(1)) of the taxpayer who as of the end of the taxable year has not attained age 27.”.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(3) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">C</span><span class=smallcapUSC>OVERAGE UNDER SELF-EMPLOYED DEDUCTION</span>.—Section 162(l)(2)(B) of such Code is amended by inserting “, or any dependent, or individual described in subparagraph (D) of paragraph (1) with respect to,” after “spouse of”.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(4) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">S</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ICK AND ACCIDENT BENEFITS PROVIDED TO MEMBERS OF A VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEES’ BENEFICIARY ASSOCIATION AND THEIR DEPENDENTS</span>.—Section 501(c)(9) of such Code is amended by adding at the end the following new sentence: “For purposes of providing for the payment of sick and accident benefits to members of such an association and their dependents, the term ‘dependent’ shall include any individual who is a child (as defined in section 152(f)(1)) of a member who as of the end of the calendar year has not attained age 27.”.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(5) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">M</span><span class=smallcapUSC>EDICAL AND OTHER BENEFITS FOR RETIRED EMPLOYEES</span>.—Section 401(h) of such Code is amended by adding at the end the following: “For purposes of this subsection, the term ‘dependent’ shall include any individual who is a child (as defined in section 152(f)(1)) of a retired employee who as of the end of the calendar year has not attained age 27.”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(e) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Five percent income disregard for certain individuals</span>.—Section 1902(e)(14) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(e)(14)), as amended by subsection (b)(1), is further amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in subparagraph (B), by striking “No type” and inserting “Subject to subparagraph (I), no type”; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(I) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">T</span><span class=smallcapUSC>REATMENT OF PORTION OF MODIFIED ADJUSTED GROSS INCOME</span>.—For purposes of determining the income eligibility of an individual for medical assistance whose eligibility is determined based on the application of modified adjusted gross income under subparagraph (A), the State shall—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) determine the dollar equivalent of the difference between the upper income limit on eligibility for such an individual (expressed as a percentage of the poverty line) and such upper income limit increased by 5 percentage points; and</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) notwithstanding the requirement in subparagraph (A) with respect to use of modified adjusted gross income, utilize as the applicable income of such individual, in determining such income eligibility, an amount equal to the modified adjusted gross income applicable to such individual reduced by such dollar equivalent amount.”.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1005. {{uc|Implementation funding.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>In general</span>.—There is hereby established a Health Insurance Reform Implementation Fund (referred to in this section as the “Fund”) within the Department of Health and Human Services to carry out the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and this Act (and the amendments made by such Acts).</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Funding</span>.—There is appropriated to the Fund, out of any funds in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, $1,000,000,000 for Federal administrative expenses to carry out such Act (and the amendments made by such Acts).</p> <div class="subtitlelevelOLC" style="text-align:center; font-size:144%; color:#0000ff; font-weight:bold;">subtitle B—Medicare</div> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1101. {{uc|Closing the medicare prescription drug “donut hole”.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Coverage gap rebate for 2010</span>.—</p> <div class=indent> <p class=indentparagraph align=justify>(1) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>N GENERAL</span>.—Section 1860D–42 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–152) is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection:</p> <p class=indentSubsection align=justify>“(c) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Coverage gap rebate for 2010</span>.—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(1) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>N GENERAL</span>.—In the case of an individual described in subparagraphs (A) through (D) of section 1860D–14A(g)(1) who as of the last day of a calendar quarter in 2010 has incurred costs for covered part D drugs so that the individual has exceeded the initial coverage limit under section 1860D–2(b)(3) for 2010, the Secretary shall provide for payment from the Medicare Prescription Drug Account of $250 to the individual by not later than the 15th day of the third month following the end of such quarter.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(2) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">L</span><span class=smallcapUSC>IMITATION</span>.—The Secretary shall provide only 1 payment under this subsection with respect to any individual.”.</p> </div> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">R</span><span class=smallcapUSC>EPEAL OF PROVISION</span>.—Section 3315 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (including the amendments made by such section) is repealed, and any provision of law amended or repealed by such sections is hereby restored or revived as if such section had not been enacted into law.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Closing the donut hole</span>.—Part D of title XVIII of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–101 et seq.), as amended by section 3301 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, is further amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in section 1860D–43—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) in subsection (b), by striking “July 1, 2010” and inserting “January 1, 2011”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) in subsection (c)(2), by striking “July 1, 2010, and ending on December 31, 2010,” and inserting “January 1, 2011, and December 31, 2011,”;</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) in section 1860D–14A— </p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) in subsection (a)—</p> <p class=indentClause>(i) by striking “July 1, 2010” and inserting “January 1, 2011”; and</p> <p class=indentClause>(ii) by striking “April 1, 2010” and inserting “180 days after the date of the enactment of this section”;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) in subsection (b)(1)(C)—</p> <p class=indentClause>(i) in the heading, by striking “<span class=allcapnormal>2010 and</span>”;</p> <p class=indentClause>(ii) by striking “July 1, 2010” and inserting “January 1, 2011”; and</p> <p class=indentClause>(iii) by striking “May 1, 2010” and inserting “not later than 30 days after the date of the establishment of a model agreement under subsection (a)”;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(C) in subsection (c)—</p> <p class=indentClause>(i) in paragraph (1)(A)(iii), by striking “July 1, 2010, and ending on December 31, 2011” and inserting “January 1, 2011, and ending on December 31, 2011”; and</p> <p class=indentClause>(ii) in paragraph (2), by striking “2010” and inserting “2011”;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(D) in subsection (d)(2)(B), by striking “July 1, 2010, and ending on December 31, 2010” and inserting “January 1, 2011, and ending on December 31, 2011”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(E) in subsection (g)(1)—</p> <p class=indentClause>(i) in the matter before subparagraph (A), by striking “an applicable drug” and inserting “a covered part D drug”;</p> <p class=indentClause>(ii) by adding “and” at the end of subparagraph (C);</p> <p class=indentClause>(iii) by striking subparagraph (D); and</p> <p class=indentClause>(iv) by redesignating subparagraph (E) as subparagraph (D); and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(3) in section 1860D–2(b)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) in paragraph (2)(A), by striking “The coverage” and inserting “Subject to subparagraphs (C) and (D), the coverage”;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) in paragraph (2)(B), by striking “subparagraph (A)(ii)” and inserting “subparagraphs (A)(ii), (C), and (D)”;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(C) by adding at the end of paragraph (2) the following new subparagraphs:</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(C) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">C</span><span class=smallcapUSC>OVERAGE FOR GENERIC DRUGS IN COVERAGE GAP</span>.—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>N GENERAL</span>.—Except as provided in paragraph (4), the coverage for an applicable beneficiary (as defined in section 1860D–14A(g)(1)) has coinsurance (for costs above the initial coverage limit under paragraph (3) and below the out-of-pocket threshold) for covered part D drugs that are not applicable drugs under section 1860D–14A(g)(2) that is—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) equal to the generic-gap coinsurance percentage (specified in clause (ii)) for the year; or</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) actuarially equivalent (using processes and methods established under section 1860D–11(c)) to an average expected payment of such percentage of such costs for covered part D drugs that are not applicable drugs under section 1860D–14A(g)(2).</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">G</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ENERIC-GAP COINSURANCE PERCENTAGE</span>.—The generic-gap coinsurance percentage specified in this clause for—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) 2011 is 93 percent;</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) 2012 and each succeeding year before 2020 is the generic-gap coinsurance percentage under this clause for the previous year decreased by 7 percentage points; and</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(III) 2020 and each subsequent year is 25 percent.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(D) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">C</span><span class=smallcapUSC>OVERAGE FOR APPLICABLE DRUGS IN COVERAGE GAP</span>.—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>N GENERAL</span>.—Except as provided in paragraph (4), the coverage for an applicable beneficiary (as defined in section 1860D–14A(g)(1)) has coinsurance (for costs above the initial coverage limit under paragraph (3) and below the out-of-pocket threshold) for the negotiated price (as defined in section 1860D–14A(g)(6)) of covered part D drugs that are applicable drugs under section 1860D–14A(g)(2) that is—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) equal to the difference between the applicable gap percentage (specified in clause (ii) for the year) and the discount percentage specified in section 1860D–14A(g)(4)(A) for such applicable drugs; or</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) actuarially equivalent (using processes and methods established under section 1860D–11(c)) to an average expected payment of such percentage of such costs, for covered part D drugs that are applicable drugs under section 1860D–14A(g)(2).</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>PPLICABLE GAP PERCENTAGE</span>.—The applicable gap percentage specified in this clause for—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) 2013 and 2014 is 97.5 percent;</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) 2015 and 2016 is 95 percent;</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(III) 2017 is 90 percent;</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(IV) 2018 is 85 percent;</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(V) 2019 is 80 percent; and</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(VI) 2020 and each subsequent year is 75 percent.”;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(D) in paragraph (3)(A), as restored under subsection (a)(2), by striking “paragraph (4)” and inserting “paragraphs (2)(C), (2)(D), and (4)”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(E) in paragraph (4)(E), by inserting before the period at the end the following: “, except that incurred costs shall not include the portion of the negotiated price that represents the reduction in coinsurance resulting from the application of paragraph (2)(D)”; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(4) in section 1860D–22(a)(2)(A), by inserting before the period at the end the following: “, not taking into account the value of any discount or coverage provided during the gap in prescription drug coverage that occurs between the initial coverage limit under section 1860D–2(b)(3) during the year and the out-of-pocket threshold specified in section 1860D–2(b)(4)(B)”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(c) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Conforming amendment to AMP under Medicaid</span>.—Section 1927(k)(1)(B)(i) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396r–8(k)(1)(B)(i)), as amended by section 2503(a)(2)(B) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) by striking “and” at the end of subclause (III);</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) by striking the period at the end of subclause (IV); and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(3) by adding at the end the following new subclause:</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(V) discounts provided by manufacturers under section 1860D–14A.”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(d) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Reducing growth rate of out-of-pocket cost threshold</span>.—Section 1860D–2(b) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–102(b)) is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in paragraph (4)(B)(i)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) in subclause (I), by striking “or” at the end;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) by redesignating subclause (II) as subclause (VI); and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(C) by inserting after subclause (I) the following new subclauses:</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) for each of years 2007 through 2013, is equal to the amount specified in this subparagraph for the previous year, increased by the annual percentage increase described in paragraph (6) for the year involved;</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(III) for 2014 and 2015, is equal to the amount specified in this subparagraph for the previous year, increased by the annual percentage increase described in paragraph (6) for the year involved, minus 0.25 percentage point;</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(IV) for each of years 2016 through 2019, is equal to the amount specified in this subparagraph for the previous year, increased by the lesser of—</p> <p class=indentItem>“(aa) the annual percentage increase described in paragraph (7) for the year involved, plus 2 percentage points; or</p> <p class=indentItem>“(bb) the annual percentage increase described in paragraph (6) for the year;</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(V) for 2020, is equal to the amount that would have been applied under this subparagraph for 2020 if the amendments made by section 1101(d)(1) of the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 had not been enacted; or”; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) by adding at the end the following new paragraph:</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(7) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>DDITIONAL ANNUAL PERCENTAGE INCREASE</span>.—The annual percentage increase specified in this paragraph for a year is equal to the annual percentage increase in the consumer price index for all urban consumers (United States city average) for the 12-month period ending in July of the previous year.”.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1102. {{uc|Medicare Advantage payments.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Repeal</span>.—Effective as if included in the enactment of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, sections 3201 and 3203 of such Act (and the amendments made by such sections) are repealed.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Phase-in of modified benchmarks</span>.—Section 1853 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–23) is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in subsection (j)(1)(A), by striking “(or, beginning with 2007, {{unifrac|1|12}} of the applicable amount determined under subsection (k)(1)) for the area for the year” and inserting “for the area for the year (or, for 2007, 2008, 2009, and 2010, {{unifrac|1|12}} of the applicable amount determined under subsection (k)(1) for the area for the year; for 2011, {{unifrac|1|12}} of the applicable amount determined under subsection (k)(1) for the area for 2010; and, beginning with 2012, 1⁄12 of the blended benchmark amount determined under subsection (n)(1) for the area for the year)”; and</p> <div class=indent> <p class=indentparagraph align=justify>(2) by adding at the end the following new subsection:</p> <p class=indentSubsection align=justify>“(n) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Determination of blended benchmark amount</span>.—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(1) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>N GENERAL</span>.—For purposes of subsection (j), subject to paragraphs (3), (4), and (5), the term ‘blended benchmark amount’ means for an area—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) for 2012 the sum of—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) ½ of the applicable amount for the area and year; and</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) ½ of the amount specified in paragraph (2)(A) for the area and year; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) for a subsequent year the amount specified in paragraph (2)(A) for the area and year.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(2) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">S</span><span class=smallcapUSC>PECIFIED AMOUNT</span>.—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>N GENERAL</span>.—The amount specified in this subparagraph for an area and year is the product of—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) the base payment amount specified in subparagraph (E) for the area and year adjusted to take into account the phase-out in the indirect costs of medical education from capitation rates described in subsection (k)(4); and</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) the applicable percentage for the area for the year specified under subparagraph (B).</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>PPLICABLE PERCENTAGE</span>.—Subject to subparagraph (D), the applicable percentage specified in this subparagraph for an area for a year in the case of an area that is ranked—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) in the highest quartile under subparagraph (C) for the previous year is 95 percent;</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) in the second highest quartile under such subparagraph for the previous year is 100 percent;</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iii) in the third highest quartile under such subparagraph for the previous year is 107.5 percent; or</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iv) in the lowest quartile under such subparagraph for the previous year is 115 percent.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(C) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">P</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ERIODIC RANKING</span>.—For purposes of this paragraph in the case of an area located—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) in 1 of the 50 States or the District of Columbia, the Secretary shall rank such area in each year specified under subsection (c)(1)(D)(ii) based upon the level of the amount specified in subparagraph (A)(i) for such areas; or</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) in a territory, the Secretary shall rank such areas in each such year based upon the level of the amount specified in subparagraph (A)(i) for such area relative to quartile rankings computed under clause (i).</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(D) <span class=smallcapUSC>1-YEAR TRANSITION FOR CHANGES IN APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE</span>.—If, for a year after 2012, there is a change in the quartile in which an area is ranked compared to the previous year, the applicable percentage for the area in the year shall be the average of—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) the applicable percentage for the area for the previous year; and</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) the applicable percentage that would otherwise apply for the area for the year.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(E) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">B</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ASE PAYMENT AMOUNT</span>.—Subject to subparagraph (F), the base payment amount specified in this subparagraph—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) for 2012 is the amount specified in subsection (c)(1)(D) for the area for the year; or</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) for a subsequent year that—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) is not specified under subsection (c)(1)(D)(ii), is the base amount specified in this subparagraph for the area for the previous year, increased by the national per capita MA growth percentage, described in subsection (c)(6) for that succeeding year, but not taking into account any adjustment under subparagraph (C) of such subsection for a year before 2004; and</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) is specified under subsection (c)(1)(D)(ii), is the amount specified in subsection (c)(1)(D) for the area for the year.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(F) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>PPLICATION OF INDIRECT MEDICAL EDUCATION PHASE-OUT</span>.—The base payment amount specified in subparagraph (E) for a year shall be adjusted in the same manner under paragraph (4) of subsection (k) as the applicable amount is adjusted under such subsection.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(3) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>LTERNATIVE PHASE-INS</span>.—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) <span class=smallcapUSC>4-YEAR PHASE-IN FOR CERTAIN AREAS</span>.—If the difference between the applicable amount (as defined in subsection (k)) for an area for 2010 and the projected 2010 benchmark amount (as defined in subparagraph (C)) for the area is at least $30 but less than $50, the blended benchmark amount for the area is—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) for 2012 the sum of—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) {{unifrac|3|4}} of the applicable amount for the area and year; and</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) ¼ of the amount specified in paragraph (2)(A) for the area and year;</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) for 2013 the sum of—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) ½ of the applicable amount for the area and year; and</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) ½ of the amount specified in paragraph (2)(A) for the area and year;</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iii) for 2014 the sum of—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) {{unifrac|1|4}} of the applicable amount for the area and year; and</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) ¾ of the amount specified in paragraph (2)(A) for the area and year; and</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iv) for a subsequent year the amount specified in paragraph (2)(A) for the area and year.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) <span class=smallcapUSC>6-YEAR PHASE-IN FOR CERTAIN AREAS</span>.—If the difference between the applicable amount (as defined in subsection (k)) for an area for 2010 and the projected 2010 benchmark amount (as defined in subparagraph (C)) for the area is at least $50, the blended benchmark amount for the area is—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) for 2012 the sum of—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) {{unifrac|5|6}} of the applicable amount for the area and year; and</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) {{unifrac|1|6}} of the amount specified in paragraph (2)(A) for the area and year;</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) for 2013 the sum of—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) {{unifrac|2|3}} of the applicable amount for the area and year; and</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) {{unifrac|1|3}} of the amount specified in paragraph (2)(A) for the area and year;</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iii) for 2014 the sum of—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) ½ of the applicable amount for the area and year; and</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) ½ of the amount specified in paragraph (2)(A) for the area and year;</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iv) for 2015 the sum of—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) {{unifrac|1|3}} of the applicable amount for the area and year; and</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) {{unifrac|2|3}} of the amount specified in paragraph (2)(A) for the area and year; and</p> <p class=indentClause>“(v) for 2016 the sum of—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) {{unifrac|1|6}} of the applicable amount for the area and year; and</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) {{unifrac|5|6}} of the amount specified in paragraph (2)(A) for the area and year; and</p> <p class=indentClause>“(vi) for a subsequent year the amount specified in paragraph (2)(A) for the area and year.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(C) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">P</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ROJECTED 2010 BENCHMARK AMOUNT</span>.—The projected 2010 benchmark amount described in this subparagraph for an area is equal to the sum of—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) ½ of the applicable amount (as defined in subsection (k)) for the area for 2010; and</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) ½ of the amount specified in paragraph (2)(A) for the area for 2010 but determined as if there were substituted for the applicable percentage specified in clause (ii) of such paragraph the sum of—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) the applicable percent that would be specified under subparagraph (B) of paragraph (2) (determined without regard to subparagraph (D) of such paragraph) for the area for 2010 if any reference in such paragraph to ‘the previous year’ were deemed a reference to 2010; and</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) the applicable percentage increase that would apply to a qualifying plan in the area under subsection (o) as if any reference in such subsection to 2012 were deemed a reference to 2010 and as if the determination of a qualifying county under paragraph (3)(B) of such subsection were made for 2010.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(4) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">C</span><span class=smallcapUSC>AP ON BENCHMARK AMOUNT</span>.—In no case shall the blended benchmark amount for an area for a year (determined taking into account subsection (o)) be greater than the applicable amount that would (but for the application of this subsection) be determined under subsection (k)(1) for the area for the year.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(5) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">N</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ON-APPLICATION TO PACE PLANS</span>.—This subsection shall not apply to payments to a PACE program under section 1894.”.</p> </div> <p class=indent align=justify>(c) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Applicable percentage quality increases</span>.—Section 1853 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–23), as amended by subsection (b), is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in subsection (j), by inserting “subject to subsection (o),” after “For purposes of this part,”;</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) in subsection (n)(2)(B), as added by subsection (b), by inserting “, subject to subsection (o)” after “as follows”; and</p> <div class=indent> <p class=indentparagraph align=justify>(3) by adding at the end the following new subsection:</p> <p class=indent align=justify>“(o) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Applicable percentage quality increases</span>.—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(1) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>N GENERAL</span>.—Subject to the succeeding paragraphs, in the case of a qualifying plan with respect to a year beginning with 2012, the applicable percentage under subsection (n)(2)(B) shall be increased on a plan or contract level, as determined by the Secretary— </p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) for 2012, by 1.5 percentage points;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) for 2013, by 3.0 percentage points; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(C) for 2014 or a subsequent year, by 5.0 percentage points.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(2) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>NCREASE FOR QUALIFYING PLANS IN QUALIFYING COUNTIES</span>.—The increase applied under paragraph (1) for a qualifying plan located in a qualifying county for a year shall be doubled.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(3) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">Q</span><span class=smallcapUSC>UALIFYING PLANS AND QUALIFYING COUNTY DEFINED; APPLICATION OF INCREASES TO LOW ENROLLMENT AND NEW PLANS</span>.—For purposes of this subsection:</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">Q</span><span class=smallcapUSC>UALIFYING PLAN</span>.—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>N GENERAL</span>.—The term ‘qualifying plan’ means, for a year and subject to paragraph (4), a plan that had a quality rating under paragraph (4) of 4 stars or higher based on the most recent data available for such year.</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>PPLICATION OF INCREASES TO LOW ENROLLMENT PLANS</span>.—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) <span class=smallcapUSC>2012</span>.—For 2012, the term ‘qualifying plan’ includes an MA plan that the Secretary determines is not able to have a quality rating under paragraph (4) because of low enrollment.</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) <span class=smallcapUSC>2013 AND SUBSEQUENT YEARS</span>.—For 2013 and subsequent years, for purposes of determining whether an MA plan with low enrollment (as defined by the Secretary) is included as a qualifying plan, the Secretary shall establish a method to apply to MA plans with low enrollment (as defined by the Secretary) the computation of quality rating and the rating system under paragraph (4).</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iii) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>PPLICATION OF INCREASES TO NEW PLANS</span>.—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>N GENERAL</span>.—A new MA plan that meets criteria specified by the Secretary shall be treated as a qualifying plan, except that in applying paragraph (1), the applicable percentage under subsection (n)(2)(B) shall be increased—</p> <p class=indentItem>“(aa) for 2012, by 1.5 percentage points;</p> <p class=indentItem>“(bb) for 2013, by 2.5 percentage points; and</p> <p class=indentItem>“(cc) for 2014 or a subsequent year, by 3.5 percentage points.</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">N</span><span class=smallcapUSC>EW MA PLAN DEFINED</span>.—The term ‘new MA plan’ means, with respect to a year, a plan offered by an organization or sponsor that has not had a contract as a Medicare Advantage organization in the preceding 3-year period.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">Q</span><span class=smallcapUSC>UALIFYING COUNTY</span>.—The term ‘qualifying county’ means, for a year, a county—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) that has an MA capitation rate that, in 2004, was based on the amount specified in subsection (c)(1)(B) for a Metropolitan Statistical Area with a population of more than 250,000;</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) for which, as of December 2009, of the Medicare Advantage eligible individuals residing in the county at least 25 percent of such individuals were enrolled in Medicare Advantage plans; and</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iii) that has per capita fee-for-service spending that is lower than the national monthly per capita cost for expenditures for individuals enrolled under the original medicare fee-for-service program for the year.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(4) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">Q</span><span class=smallcapUSC>UALITY DETERMINATIONS FOR APPLICATION OF INCREASE</span>.—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">Q</span><span class=smallcapUSC>UALITY DETERMINATION</span>.—The quality rating for a plan shall be determined according to a 5-star rating system (based on the data collected under section 1852(e)).</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">P</span><span class=smallcapUSC>LANS THAT FAILED TO REPORT</span>.—An MA plan which does not report data that enables the Secretary to rate the plan for purposes of this paragraph shall be counted as having a rating of fewer than 3.5 stars.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(5) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">E</span><span class=smallcapUSC>XCEPTION FOR PACE PLANS</span>.—This subsection shall not apply to payments to a PACE program under section 1894.”. </p> </div> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(4) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">D</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ETERMINATION OF MEDICARE PART D LOW-INCOME BENCHMARK PREMIUM</span>.—Section 1860D–14(b)(2)(B)(iii) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–114(b)(2)(B)(iii)) as amended by section 3302 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, is amended by striking “, determined without regard to any reduction in such premium as a result of any beneficiary rebate under section 1854(b)(1)(C) or bonus payment under section 1853(n)” and inserting the following: “and determined before the application of the monthly rebate computed under section 1854(b)(1)(C)(i) for that plan and year involved and, in the case of a qualifying plan, before the application of the increase under section 1853(o) for that plan and year involved”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(d) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Beneficiary rebates</span>.—Section 1854(b)(1)(C) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–24(b)(1)(C)), as amended by section 3202(b) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, is further amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in clause (i), by inserting “(or the applicable rebate percentage specified in clause (iii) in the case of plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2012)” after “75 percent”; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) by striking clause (iii), by redesignating clauses (iv) and (v) as clauses (vii) and (viii), respectively, and by inserting after clause (ii) the following new clauses:</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iii) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>PPLICABLE REBATE PERCENTAGE</span>.—The applicable rebate percentage specified in this clause for a plan for a year, based on the system under section 1853(o)(4)(A), is the sum of—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) the product of the old phase-in proportion for the year under clause (iv) and 75 percent; and</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) the product of the new phase-in proportion for the year under clause (iv) and the final applicable rebate percentage under clause (v).</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iv) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">O</span><span class=smallcapUSC>LD AND NEW PHASE-IN PROPORTIONS</span>.—For purposes of clause (iv)—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) for 2012, the old phase-in proportion is 2⁄3 and the new phase-in proportion is 1⁄3;</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) for 2013, the old phase-in proportion is 1⁄3 and the new phase-in proportion is 2⁄3; and</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(III) for 2014 and any subsequent year, the old phase-in proportion is 0 and the new phase-in proportion is 1.</p> <p class=indentClause>“(v) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">F</span><span class=smallcapUSC>INAL APPLICABLE REBATE PERCENTAGE</span>.—Subject to clause (vi), the final applicable rebate percentage under this clause is—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) in the case of a plan with a quality rating under such system of at least 4.5 stars, 70 percent;</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) in the case of a plan with a quality rating under such system of at least 3.5 stars and less than 4.5 stars, 65 percent; and</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(III) in the case of a plan with a quality rating under such system of less than 3.5 stars, 50 percent.</p> <p class=indentClause>“(vi) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">T</span><span class=smallcapUSC>REATMENT OF LOW ENROLLMENT AND NEW PLANS</span>.—For purposes of clause (v)—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) for 2012, in the case of a plan described in subclause (I) of subsection (o)(3)(A)(ii), the plan shall be treated as having a rating of 4.5 stars; and</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) for 2012 or a subsequent year, in the case of a new MA plan (as defined under subclause (III) of subsection (o)(3)(A)(iii)) that is treated as a qualifying plan pursuant to subclause (I) of such subsection, the plan shall be treated as having a rating of 3.5 stars.”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(e) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Coding intensity adjustment</span>.—Section 1853(a)(1)(C)(ii) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–23(a)(1)(C)(ii)) is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in the heading, by striking “<span class=allcapnormal>during phaseout of budget neutrality factor</span>” and inserting “<span class=allcapnormal>of coding adjustment</span>”;</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) in the matter before subclause (I), by striking “through 2010” and inserting “and each subsequent year”; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(3) in subclause (II)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) in the first sentence, by inserting “annually” before “conduct an analysis”;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) in the second sentence—</p> <p class=indentClause>(i) by inserting “on a timely basis” after “are incorporated”; and</p> <p class=indentClause>(ii) by striking “only for 2008, 2009, and 2010” and inserting “for 2008 and subsequent years”;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(C) in the third sentence, by inserting “and updated as appropriate” before the period at the end; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(D) by adding at the end the following new subclauses:</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(III) In calculating each year’s adjustment, the adjustment factor shall be for 2014, not less than the adjustment factor applied for 2010, plus 1.3 percentage points; for each of years 2015 through 2018, not less than the adjustment factor applied for the previous year, plus 0.25 percentage point; and for 2019 and each subsequent year, not less than 5.7 percent.</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(IV) Such adjustment shall be applied to risk scores until the Secretary implements risk adjustment using Medicare Advantage diagnostic, cost, and use data.”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(f) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Repeal of comparative cost adjustment program</span>.—Section 1860C–1 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–29), as added by section 241(a) of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003 (Public Law 108–173), is repealed.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1103. {{uc|Savings from limits on MA plan administrative costs.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>Section 1857(e) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–27(e)) is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph:</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(4) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">R</span><span class=smallcapUSC>EQUIREMENT FOR MINIMUM MEDICAL LOSS RATIO</span>.—If the Secretary determines for a contract year (beginning with 2014) that an MA plan has failed to have a medical loss ratio of at least .85—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) the MA plan shall remit to the Secretary an amount equal to the product of—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) the total revenue of the MA plan under this part for the contract year; and</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) the difference between .85 and the medical loss ratio;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) for 3 consecutive contract years, the Secretary shall not permit the enrollment of new enrollees under the plan for coverage during the second succeeding contract year; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(C) the Secretary shall terminate the plan contract if the plan fails to have such a medical loss ratio for 5 consecutive contract years.”.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1104. {{uc|Disproportionate share hospital (DSH) payments.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>Section 1886(r) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395ww(r)), as added by section 3133 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and as amended by section 10316 of such Act, is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in paragraph (1), by striking “2015” and inserting “2014”; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) in paragraph (2)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking “2015” and inserting “2014”;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) in subparagraph (B)(i)—</p> <p class=indentClause>(i) in the heading, by inserting “<span class=allcapnormal>2014,</span>” after “<span class=allcapnormal>years</span>”;</p> <p class=indentClause>(ii) in the matter preceding subclause (I), by inserting “2014,” after “each of fiscal years”;</p> <p class=indentClause>(iii) in subclause (I), by striking “on such Act” and inserting “on the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010”; and</p> <p class=indentClause>(iv) in the matter following subclause (II), by striking “minus 1.5 percentage points” and inserting “minus 0.1 percentage points for fiscal year 2014 and minus 0.2 percentage points for each of fiscal years 2015, 2016, and 2017”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(C) in subparagraph (B)(ii), in the matter following subclause (II), by striking “and, for each of 2018 and 2019, minus 1.5 percentage points” and inserting “minus 0.2 percentage points for each of fiscal years 2018 and 2019”.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1105. {{uc|Market basket updates.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>IPPS</span>.—Section 1886(b)(3)(B) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395ww(b)(3)(B)), as amended by sections 3401(a)(4) and 10319(a) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in clause (xii)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) by placing the subclause (II) (inserted by section 10319(a)(3) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act) immediately after subclause (I) and, in such subclause (II), by striking “and” at the end; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) by striking subclause (III) and inserting the following:</p> <p class=indentParagraph>“(III) for fiscal year 2014, by 0.3 percentage point;</p> <p class=indentParagraph>“(IV) for each of fiscal years 2015 and 2016, by 0.2 percentage point; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph>“(V) for each of fiscal years 2017, 2018, and 2019, by 0.75 percentage point.”; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) by striking clause (xiii).</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Long-term care hospitals</span>.—Section 1886(m)(4) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395ww(m)(4)), as added by section 3401(c) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and amended by section 10319(b) of such Act, is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in subparagraph (A)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) in clause (iii), by striking “and” at the end; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) by striking clause (iv) and inserting the following:</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iv) for rate year 2014, 0.3 percentage point;</p> <p class=indentClause>“(v) for each of rate years 2015 and 2016, 0.2 percentage point; and</p> <p class=indentClause>“(vi) for each of rate years 2017, 2018, and 2019, 0.75 percentage point.”; </p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) by striking subparagraph (B); and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(3) by striking “(4) <span style="font-size: 110%">O</span><span class=allcapnormal>ther adjustment.—</span>” and all that follows through “For purposes” and inserting “(4) <span style="font-size: 110%">O</span><span class=allcapnormal>ther adjustment</span>.—For purposes” (and redesignating clauses (i) through (vi) as subparagraphs (A) through (F), respectively, with appropriate indentation).</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(c) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Inpatient rehabilitation facilities</span>.—Section 1886(j)(3)(D) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395ww(j)(3)(D)), as added by section 3401(d)(2) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and amended by section 10319(c) of such Act, is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in clause (i)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) by placing the subclause (II) (inserted by section 10319(c)(3) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act) immediately after subclause (I) and, in such subclause (II), by striking “and” at the end; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) by striking subclause (III) and inserting the following:</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(III) for fiscal year 2014, 0.3 percentage point;</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(IV) for each of fiscal years 2015 and 2016, 0.2 percentage point; and</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(V) for each of fiscal years 2017, 2018, and 2019, 0.75 percentage point.”; </p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) by striking clause (ii); and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(3) by striking “(D) <span style="font-size: 110%">O</span><span class=allcapnormal>ther adjustment.—</span>” and all that follows through “For purposes” and inserting “(D) <span style="font-size: 110%">O</span><span class=allcapnormal>ther adjustment</span>.—For purposes” (and redesignating subclauses (I) through (V) as clauses (i) through (v), respectively, with appropriate indentation).</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(d) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Psychiatric hospitals</span>.—Section 1886(s)(3) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 3401(f) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and amended by section 10319(e) of such Act, is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in subparagraph (A)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) by placing the clause (ii) (inserted by section 10319(e)(3) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act) immediately after clause (i) and, in such clause (ii), by striking “and” at the end; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) by striking clause (iii) and inserting the following:</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iii) for the rate year beginning in 2014, 0.3 percentage point;</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iv) for each of the rate years beginning in 2015 and 2016, 0.2 percentage point; and</p> <p class=indentClause>“(v) for each of the rate years beginning in 2017, 2018, and 2019, 0.75 percentage point.”; </p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) by striking subparagraph (B); and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(3) by striking “(3) <span style="font-size: 110%">O</span><span class=allcapnormal>ther adjustment.—</span>” and all that follows through “For purposes” and inserting “(3) <span style="font-size: 110%">O</span><span class=allcapnormal>ther adjustment</span>.—For purposes” (and redesignating clauses (i) through (v) as subparagraphs (A) through (E), respectively, with appropriate indentation).</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(e) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Outpatient hospitals</span>.—Section 1833(t)(3)(G) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395l(t)(3)(G)), as added by section 3401(i)(2) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and amended by section 10319(g) of such Act, is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in clause (i)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) by placing the subclause (II) (inserted by section 10319(g)(3) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act) immediately after subclause (I) and, in such subclause (II), by striking “and” at the end; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) by striking subclause (III) and inserting the following:</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(III) for 2014, 0.3 percentage point;</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(IV) for each of 2015 and 2016, 0.2 percentage point; and</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(V) for each of 2017, 2018, and 2019, 0.75 percentage point.”; </p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) by striking clause (ii); and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(3) by striking “(G) <span style="font-size: 110%">O</span><span class=allcapnormal>ther adjustment.—</span>” and all that follows through “For purposes” and inserting “(G) <span style="font-size: 110%">O</span><span class=allcapnormal>ther adjustment</span>.—For purposes” (and redesignating subclauses (I) through (V) as clauses (i) through (v), respectively, with appropriate indentation).</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1106. {{uc|Physician ownership-referral.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>Section 1877(i) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395nn(i)), as added by section 6001(a)(3) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and as amended by section 10601(a) of such Act, is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in paragraph (1)(A)(i), by striking “August 1, 2010” and inserting “December 31, 2010”; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) in paragraph (3)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) in subparagraph (A)(i), by striking “an applicable hospital (as defined in subparagraph (E))” and inserting “a hospital that is an applicable hospital (as defined in subparagraph (E)) or is a high Medicaid facility described in subparagraph (F)”;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) in subparagraph (C)(iii), by inserting after “date of enactment of this subsection” the following: “(or, in the case of a hospital that did not have a provider agreement in effect as of such date but does have such an agreement in effect on December 31, 2010, the effective date of such provider agreement)”;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(C) by redesignating subparagraphs (F) through (H) as subparagraphs (G) through (I), respectively; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(D) by inserting after subparagraph (E) the following new subparagraph:</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(F) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">H</span><span class=smallcapUSC>IGH MEDICAID FACILITY DESCRIBED</span>.—A high Medicaid facility described in this subparagraph is a hospital that—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) is not the sole hospital in a county;</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) with respect to each of the 3 most recent years for which data are available, has an annual percent of total inpatient admissions that represent inpatient admissions under title XIX that is estimated to be greater than such percent with respect to such admissions for any other hospital located in the county in which the hospital is located; and</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iii) meets the conditions described in subparagraph (E)(iii).”.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1107. {{uc|Payment for imaging services.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>Section 1848 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–4), as amended by section 3135(a) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in subsection (b)(4)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) in subparagraph (B), by striking “this paragraph” and inserting “subparagraph (A)”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) by amending subparagraph (C) to read as follows:</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(C) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>DJUSTMENT IN IMAGING UTILIZATION RATE</span>.—With respect to fee schedules established for 2011 and subsequent years, in the methodology for determining practice expense relative value units for expensive diagnostic imaging equipment under the final rule published by the Secretary in the Federal Register on November 25, 2009 (42 CFR 410 et al.), the Secretary shall use a 75 percent assumption instead of the utilization rates otherwise established in such final rule.”; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) in subsection (c)(2)(B)(v), by striking subclauses (III), (IV), and (V) and inserting the following new subclause:</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(III) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">C</span><span class=smallcapUSC>HANGE IN UTILIZATION RATE FOR CERTAIN IMAGING SERVICES</span>.—Effective for fee schedules established beginning with 2011, reduced expenditures attributable to the change in the utilization rate applicable to 2011, as described in subsection (b)(4)(C).”.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1108. {{uc|PE GPCI adjustment for 2010.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>Effective as if included in the enactment of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, section 1848(e)(1)(H)(i) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–4(e)(1)(H)(i)), as added by section 3102(b)(2) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, is amended by striking “{{unifrac|3|4}}” and inserting “½”.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1109. {{uc|Payment for qualifying hospitals.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>In general</span>.—From the amount available under subsection (b), the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall provide for a payment to qualifying hospitals (as defined in subsection (d)) for fiscal years 2011 and 2012 of the amount determined under subsection (c). </p> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Amounts available</span>.—There shall be available from the Federal Hospital Insurance Trust Fund $400,000,000 for payments under this section for fiscal years 2011 and 2012. </p> <p class=indent align=justify>(c) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Payment amount</span>.—The amount of payment under this section for a qualifying hospital shall be determined, in a manner consistent with the amount available under subsection (b), in proportion to the portion of the amount of the aggregate payments under section 1886(d) of the Social Security Act to the hospital for fiscal year 2009 bears to the sum of all such payments to all qualifying hospitals for such fiscal year. </p> <p class=indent align=justify>(d) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Qualifying hospital defined</span>.—In this section, the term “qualifying hospital” means a subsection (d) hospital (as defined for purposes of section 1886(d) of the Social Security Act) that is located in a county that ranks, based upon its ranking in age, sex, and race adjusted spending for benefits under parts A and B under title XVIII of such Act per enrollee, within the lowest quartile of such counties in the United States.</p> <div class="subtitlelevelOLC" style="text-align:center; font-size:144%; color:#0000ff; font-weight:bold;">subtitle C—Medicaid</div> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1201. {{uc|Federal funding for States.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>Section 1905 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d), as amended by sections 2001(a)(3) and 10201(c) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in subsection (y)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) by redesignating subclause (II) of paragraph (1)(B)(ii) as paragraph (5) of subsection (z) and realigning the left margins accordingly; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) by striking paragraph (1) and inserting the following:</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(1) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>MOUNT OF INCREASE</span>.—Notwithstanding subsection (b), the Federal medical assistance percentage for a State that is one of the 50 States or the District of Columbia, with respect to amounts expended by such State for medical assistance for newly eligible individuals described in subclause (VIII) of section 1902(a)(10)(A)(i), shall be equal to—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) 100 percent for calendar quarters in 2014, 2015, and 2016;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) 95 percent for calendar quarters in 2017;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(C) 94 percent for calendar quarters in 2018;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(D) 93 percent for calendar quarters in 2019; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(E) 90 percent for calendar quarters in 2020 and each year thereafter.”; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) in subsection (z)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) in paragraph (1), by striking “September 30, 2019” and inserting “December 31, 2015” and by striking “subsection (y)(1)(B)(ii)(II)” and inserting “paragraph (3)”;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) by striking paragraphs (2) through (4) and inserting the following:</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(2)(A) For calendar quarters in 2014 and each year thereafter, the Federal medical assistance percentage otherwise determined under subsection (b) for an expansion State described in paragraph (3) with respect to medical assistance for individuals described in section 1902(a)(10)(A)(i)(VIII) who are nonpregnant childless adults with respect to whom the State may require enrollment in benchmark coverage under section 1937 shall be equal to the percent specified in subparagraph (B)(i) for such year.</p> <p class=indentParagraph>“(B)(i) The percent specified in this subparagraph for a State for a year is equal to the Federal medical assistance percentage (as defined in the first sentence of subsection (b)) for the State increased by a number of percentage points equal to the transition percentage (specified in clause (ii) for the year) of the number of percentage points by which—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(I) such Federal medical assistance percentage for the State, is less than</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(II) the percent specified in subsection (y)(1) for the year.</p> <p class=indentParagraph>“(ii) The transition percentage specified in this clause for—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(I) 2014 is 50 percent;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(II) 2015 is 60 percent;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(III) 2016 is 70 percent;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(IV) 2017 is 80 percent;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(V) 2018 is 90 percent; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(VI) 2019 and each subsequent year is 100 percent.”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(C) by redesignating paragraph (5) (as added by paragraph (1)(A) of this section) as paragraph (3), realigning the left margins to align with paragraph (2), and striking the heading and all that follows through “a State is” and inserting “A State is”.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1202. {{uc|Payments to primary care physicians.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>In general</span>.—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">F</span><span class=smallcapUSC>EE-FOR-SERVICE PAYMENTS</span>.—Section 1902 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a), as amended by section 2303(a)(2) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, is amended—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) in subsection (a)(13)—</p> <p class=indentClause>(i) by striking “and” at the end of subparagraph (A);</p> <p class=indentClause>(ii) by adding “and” at the end of subparagraph (B); and</p> <p class=indentClause>(iii) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(C) payment for primary care services (as defined in subsection (jj)) furnished in 2013 and 2014 by a physician with a primary specialty designation of family medicine, general internal medicine, or pediatric medicine at a rate not less than 100 percent of the payment rate that applies to such services and physician under part B of title XVIII (or, if greater, the payment rate that would be applicable under such part if the conversion factor under section 1848(d) for the year involved were the conversion factor under such section for 2009);”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) by adding at the end the following new subsection:</p> <p class=indentSubsection align=justify>“(jj) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Primary care services defined</span>.—For purposes of subsection (a)(13)(C), the term ‘primary care services’ means—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(1) evaluation and management services that are procedure codes (for services covered under title XVIII) for services in the category designated Evaluation and Management in the Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System (established by the Secretary under section 1848(c)(5) as of December 31, 2009, and as subsequently modified); and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(2) services related to immunization administration for vaccines and toxoids for which CPT codes 90465, 90466, 90467, 90468, 90471, 90472, 90473, or 90474 (as subsequently modified) apply under such System.”.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">U</span><span class=smallcapUSC>NDER MEDICAID MANAGED CARE PLANS</span>.—Section 1932(f) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396u–2(f)) is amended—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) in the heading, by adding at the end the following: “<span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>; adequacy of payment for primary care services</span>”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) by inserting before the period at the end the following: “and, in the case of primary care services described in section 1902(a)(13)(C), consistent with the minimum payment rates specified in such section (regardless of the manner in which such payments are made, including in the form of capitation or partial capitation)”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Increase in payment using increased FMAP</span>.—Section 1905 of the Social Security Act, as amended by section 1004(b) of this Act and section 10201(c)(6) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection:</p> <p class=indentSubsection align=justify>“(dd) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Increased FMAP for additional expenditures for primary care services</span>.—Notwithstanding subsection (b), with respect to the portion of the amounts expended for medical assistance for services described in section 1902(a)(13)(C) furnished on or after January 1, 2013, and before January 1, 2015, that is attributable to the amount by which the minimum payment rate required under such section (or, by application, section 1932(f)) exceeds the payment rate applicable to such services under the State plan as of July 1, 2009, the Federal medical assistance percentage for a State that is one of the 50 States or the District of Columbia shall be equal to 100 percent. The preceding sentence does not prohibit the payment of Federal financial participation based on the Federal medical assistance percentage for amounts in excess of those specified in such sentence.”.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1203. {{uc|Disproportionate share hospital payments.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>In general</span>.—Section 1923(f) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396r–4(f)), as amended by sections 2551(a)(4) and 10201(e)(1) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in paragraph (6)(B)(iii), in the matter preceding subclause (I), by striking “or paragraph (7)”; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) by striking paragraph (7) and inserting the following:</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(7) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">M</span><span class=smallcapUSC>EDICAID DSH REDUCTIONS</span>.—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">R</span><span class=smallcapUSC>EDUCTIONS</span>.—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>N GENERAL</span>.—For each of fiscal years 2014 through 2020 the Secretary shall effect the following reductions:</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">R</span><span class=smallcapUSC>EDUCTION IN DSH ALLOTMENTS</span>.—The Secretary shall reduce DSH allotments to States in the amount specified under the DSH health reform methodology under subparagraph (B) for the State for the fiscal year.</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">R</span><span class=smallcapUSC>EDUCTIONS IN PAYMENTS</span>.—The Secretary shall reduce payments to States under section 1903(a) for each calendar quarter in the fiscal year, in the manner specified in clause (iii), in an amount equal to {{unifrac|1|4}} of the DSH allotment reduction under subclause (I) for the State for the fiscal year.</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>GGREGATE REDUCTIONS</span>.—The aggregate reductions in DSH allotments for all States under clause (i)(I) shall be equal to—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) $500,000,000 for fiscal year 2014;</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) $600,000,000 for fiscal year 2015;</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(III) $600,000,000 for fiscal year 2016;</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(IV) $1,800,000,000 for fiscal year 2017;</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(V) $5,000,000,000 for fiscal year 2018;</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(VI) $5,600,000,000 for fiscal year 2019; and</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(VII) $4,000,000,000 for fiscal year 2020.</p> <p class=noindentClause>The Secretary shall distribute such aggregate reductions among States in accordance with subparagraph (B).</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iii) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">M</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ANNER OF PAYMENT REDUCTION</span>.—The amount of the payment reduction under clause (i)(II) for a State for a quarter shall be deemed an overpayment to the State under this title to be disallowed against the State’s regular quarterly draw for all spending under section 1903(d)(2). Such a disallowance is not subject to a reconsideration under subsections (d) and (e) of section 1116.</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iv) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">D</span><span class=smallcapUSC>EFINITION</span>.—In this paragraph, the term ‘State’ means the 50 States and the District of Columbia.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">D</span><span class=smallcapUSC>SH HEALTH REFORM METHODOLOGY</span>.—The Secretary shall carry out subparagraph (A) through use of a DSH Health Reform methodology that meets the following requirements:</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) The methodology imposes the largest percentage reductions on the States that—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) have the lowest percentages of uninsured individuals (determined on the basis of data from the Bureau of the Census, audited hospital cost reports, and other information likely to yield accurate data) during the most recent year for which such data are available; or</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) do not target their DSH payments on—</p> <p class=indentItem>“(aa) hospitals with high volumes of Medicaid inpatients (as defined in subsection (b)(1)(A)); and</p> <p class=indentItem>“(bb) hospitals that have high levels of uncompensated care (excluding bad debt).</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) The methodology imposes a smaller percentage reduction on low DSH States described in paragraph (5)(B).</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iii) The methodology takes into account the extent to which the DSH allotment for a State was included in the budget neutrality calculation for a coverage expansion approved under section 1115 as of July 31, 2009.”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Extension of DSH allotment</span>.—Section 1923(f)(6)(A) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396r–4(f)(6)(A)) is amended by adding at the end the following:</p> <p class=indentClause>“(v) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>LLOTMENT FOR 2D, 3RD, AND 4TH QUARTERS OF FISCAL YEAR 2012 AND FOR FISCAL YEAR 2013</span>.—Notwithstanding the table set forth in paragraph (2):</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) <span class=smallcapUSC>2D, 3RD, AND 4TH QUARTERS OF FISCAL YEAR 2012</span>.—In the case of a State that has a DSH allotment of $0 for the 2d, 3rd, and 4th quarters of fiscal year 2012, the DSH allotment shall be $47,200,000 for such quarters.</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">F</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ISCAL YEAR 2013</span>.—In the case of a State that has a DSH allotment of $0 for fiscal year 2013, the DSH allotment shall be $53,100,000 for such fiscal year.”.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1204. {{uc|Funding for the territories.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>In general</span>.—Part III of subtitle D of title I of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by section 10104(m) of such Act, is amended by inserting after section 1322 the following section:</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">“SEC. 1323. {{uc|Funding for the territories.}}</div> <p class=indentSubsection align=justify>“(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>In general</span>.—A territory that—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(1) elects consistent with subsection (b) to establish an Exchange in accordance with part II of this subtitle and establishes such an Exchange in accordance with such part shall be treated as a State for purposes of such part and shall be entitled to payment from the amount allocated to the territory under subsection (c); or</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(2) does not make such election shall be entitled to an increase in the dollar limitation applicable to the territory under subsections (f) and (g) of section 1108 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1308) for such period in such amount for such territory and such increase shall not be taken into account in computing any other amount under such subsections.</p> <p class=indentSubsection align=justify>“(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Terms and conditions</span>.—An election under subsection (a)(1) shall—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(1) not be effective unless the election is consistent with section 1321 and is received not later than October 1, 2013; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(2) be contingent upon entering into an agreement between the territory and the Secretary that requires that—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) funds provided under the agreement shall be used only to provide premium and cost-sharing assistance to residents of the territory obtaining health insurance coverage through the Exchange; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) the premium and cost-sharing assistance provided under such agreement shall be structured in such a manner so as to prevent any gap in assistance for individuals between the income level at which medical assistance is available through the territory’s Medicaid plan under title XIX of the Social Security Act and the income level at which premium and cost-sharing assistance is available under the agreement.</p> <p class=indentSubsection align=justify>“(c) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Appropriation and allocation</span>.—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(1) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>PPROPRIATION</span>.—Out of any funds in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, there is appropriated for purposes of payment pursuant to subsection (a) $1,000,000,000, to be available during the period beginning with 2014 and ending with 2019.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(2) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>LLOCATION</span>.—The Secretary shall allocate the amount appropriated under paragraph (1) among the territories for purposes of carrying out this section as follows:</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) For Puerto Rico, $925,000,000.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) For another territory, the portion of $75,000,000 specified by the Secretary.”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Medicaid funding</span>.—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>NCREASE IN FUNDING CAPS</span>.—Section 1108(g) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1308(g)), as amended by section 2005(a) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, is amended—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) in paragraph (2), by inserting “and section 1323(a)(2) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act” after “subject to”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) by striking paragraph (5) and inserting the following:</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(5) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>DDITIONAL INCREASE</span>.—The Secretary shall increase the amounts otherwise determined under this subsection for Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, and American Samoa (after the application of subsection (f) and the preceding paragraphs of this subsection) for the period beginning July 1, 2011, and ending on September 30, 2019, by such amounts that the total additional payments under title XIX to such territories equals $6,300,000,000 for such period. The Secretary shall increase such amounts in proportion to the amounts applicable to such territories under this subsection and subsection (f) on the date of enactment of this paragraph.”.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">D</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ISREGARD OF PAYMENTS; INCREASED FMAP</span>.—Section 2005 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act is amended— </p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) by repealing subsection (b) (and the amendments made by that subsection) and section 1108(g)(4) of the Social Security Act shall be applied as if such amendments had never been enacted; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) in subsection (c)(2), by striking “January” and inserting “July”.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1205. {{uc|Delay in Community First Choice option.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>Section 1915(k)(1) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396n(k)), as added by section 2401 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, is amended by striking “October 1, 2010” and inserting “October 1, 2011”.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1206. {{uc|Drug rebates for new formulations of existing drugs.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Treatment of new formulations</span>.—Subparagraph (C) of section 1927(c)(2) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396r–8(c)(2)), as added by section 2501(d) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, is amended to read as follows:</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(C) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">T</span><span class=smallcapUSC>REATMENT OF NEW FORMULATIONS</span>.—In the case of a drug that is a line extension of a single source drug or an innovator multiple source drug that is an oral solid dosage form, the rebate obligation with respect to such drug under this section shall be the amount computed under this section for such new drug or, if greater, the product of—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) the average manufacturer price of the line extension of a single source drug or an innovator multiple source drug that is an oral solid dosage form;</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) the highest additional rebate (calculated as a percentage of average manufacturer price) under this section for any strength of the original single source drug or innovator multiple source drug; and</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iii) the total number of units of each dosage form and strength of the line extension product paid for under the State plan in the rebate period (as reported by the State).</p> <p class=noindentSubpar>In this subparagraph, the term ‘line extension’ means, with respect to a drug, a new formulation of the drug, such as an extended release formulation.”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Effective date</span>.—The amendment made by subsection (a) shall take effect as if included in the enactment of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act.</p> <div class="subtitlelevelOLC" style="text-align:center; font-size:144%; color:#0000ff; font-weight:bold;">subtitle D—Reducing Fraud, Waste, and Abuse</div> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1301. {{uc|Community mental health centers.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>In general</span>.—Section 1861(ff)(3)(B) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395x(ff)(3)(B)) is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in clause (ii), by striking “and” at the end;</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) by redesignating clause (iii) as clause (iv); and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(3) by inserting after clause (ii) the following:</p> <p class=indentParagraph>“(iii) provides at least 40 percent of its services to individuals who are not eligible for benefits under this title; and”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Restriction</span>.—Section 1861(ff)(3)(A) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395x(ff)(3)(A)) is amended by inserting “other than in an individual’s home or in an inpatient or residential setting” before the period.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(c) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Effective date</span>.—The amendments made by this section shall apply to items and services furnished on or after the first day of the first calendar quarter that begins at least 12 months after the date of the enactment of this Act.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1302. {{uc|Medicare prepayment medical review limitations.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>Section 1874A(h) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–3a(h)) is repealed.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1303. {{uc|Funding to fight fraud, waste, and abuse.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Funding to fight fraud, waste, and abuse</span>.—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>N GENERAL</span>.—Section 1817(k) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395i(k)), as amended by section 6402(i) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, is further amended—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) by adding at the end the following new paragraph: </p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(8) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>DDITIONAL FUNDING</span>.—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>N GENERAL</span>.—In addition to the funds otherwise appropriated to the Account from the Trust Fund under paragraphs (3)(C) and (4)(A) and for purposes described in paragraphs (3)(C) and (4)(A), there are hereby appropriated to such Account from such Trust Fund the following additional amounts:</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) For fiscal year 2011, $95,000,000.</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) For fiscal year 2012, $55,000,000.</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iii) For each of fiscal years 2013 and 2014, $30,000,000.</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iv) For each of fiscal years 2015 and 2016, $20,000,000.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>LLOCATION</span>.—The funds appropriated under this paragraph shall be allocated in the same proportion as the total funding appropriated with respect to paragraphs (3)(A) and (4)(A) was allocated with respect to fiscal year 2010, and shall be available without further appropriation until expended.”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) in paragraph (4)(A), by inserting “for activities described in paragraph (3)(C) and” after “necessary”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Medicaid Integrity Program</span>.—Section 1936(e)(1) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396–u6(e)(1)) is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in subparagraph (B), by striking at the end “and”;</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) in subparagraph (C)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) by striking “for each fiscal year thereafter” and inserting “for each of fiscal years 2009 and 2010”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) by striking the period and inserting “; and”; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(3) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(D) for each fiscal year after fiscal year 2010, the amount appropriated under this paragraph for the previous fiscal year, increased by the percentage increase in the consumer price index for all urban consumers (all items; United States city average) over the previous year.”.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1304. {{uc|90-day period of enhanced oversight for initial claims of DME suppliers.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>Section 1866(j), as amended by section 6401 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, is further amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) by redesignating paragraphs (4) through (7) as paragraphs (5) through (8), respectively; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) by inserting after paragraph (3) the following new paragraph:</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(4) <span class=smallcapUSC>90-DAY PERIOD OF ENHANCED OVERSIGHT FOR INITIAL CLAIMS OF DME SUPPLIERS</span>.—For periods beginning after January 1, 2011, if the Secretary determines that there is a significant risk of fraudulent activity among suppliers of durable medical equipment, in the case of a supplier of durable medical equipment who is within a category or geographic area under title XVIII identified pursuant to such determination and who is initially enrolling under such title, the Secretary shall, notwithstanding sections 1816(c), 1842(c), and 1869(a)(2), withhold payment under such title with respect to durable medical equipment furnished by such supplier during the 90-day period beginning on the date of the first submission of a claim under such title for durable medical equipment furnished by such supplier.”.</p> <div class="subtitlelevelOLC" style="text-align:center; font-size:144%; color:#0000ff; font-weight:bold;">subtitle E—Provisions relating to revenue</div> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1401. {{uc|High-cost plan excise tax.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>In general</span>.—Section 4980I of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as added by section 9001 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and amended by section 10901 of such Act, is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in subsection (b)(3)(B)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) by striking “The annual” and inserting the following: </p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>N GENERAL</span>.—Except as provided in clause (ii), the annual”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) by adding at the end the following new clause:</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">M</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ULTIEMPLOYER PLAN COVERAGE</span>.—Any coverage provided under a multiemployer plan (as defined in section 414(f)) shall be treated as coverage other than self-only coverage.”;</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) in subsection (b)(3)(C)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) by striking “Except as provided in subparagraph (D)—”;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) in clause (i)—</p> <p class=indentClause>(i) by striking “2013” each place it appears in the heading and the text and inserting “2018”;</p> <p class=indentClause>(ii) by striking “$8,500” in subclause (I) and inserting “$10,200 multiplied by the health cost adjustment percentage (determined by only taking into account self-only coverage)”; and</p> <p class=indentClause>(iii) by striking “$23,000” in subclause (II) and inserting “$27,500 multiplied by the health cost adjustment percentage (determined by only taking into account coverage other than self-only coverage)”;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(C) by redesignating clauses (ii) and (iii) as clauses (iv) and (v), respectively, and by inserting after clause (i) the following new clauses:</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">H</span><span class=smallcapUSC>EALTH COST ADJUSTMENT PERCENTAGE</span>.—For purposes of clause (i), the health cost adjustment percentage is equal to 100 percent plus the excess (if any) of—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) the percentage by which the per employee cost for providing coverage under the Blue Cross/Blue Shield standard benefit option under the Federal Employees Health Benefits Plan for plan year 2018 (determined by using the benefit package for such coverage in 2010) exceeds such cost for plan year 2010, over</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) 55 percent.</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iii) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>GE AND GENDER ADJUSTMENT</span>.—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>N GENERAL</span>.—The amount determined under subclause (I) or (II) of clause (i), whichever is applicable, for any taxable period shall be increased by the amount determined under subclause (II).</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>MOUNT DETERMINED</span>.—The amount determined under this subclause is an amount equal to the excess (if any) of—</p> <p class=indentItem>“(aa) the premium cost of the Blue Cross/Blue Shield standard benefit option under the Federal Employees Health Benefits Plan for the type of coverage provided such individual in such taxable period if priced for the age and gender characteristics of all employees of the individual’s employer, over</p> <p class=indentItem>“(bb) that premium cost for the provision of such coverage under such option in such taxable period if priced for the age and gender characteristics of the national workforce.”.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(D) in clause (iv), as redesignated by subparagraph (C)—</p> <p class=indentClause>(i) by inserting “covered by the plan” after “whose employees”; and</p> <p class=indentClause>(ii) by striking subclauses (I) and (II) and inserting the following:</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) the dollar amount in clause (i)(I) shall be increased by $1,650, and</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) the dollar amount in clause (i)(II) shall be increased by $3,450,”, and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(E) in clause (v), as redesignated by subparagraph (C)—</p> <p class=indentClause>(i) by striking “2013” and inserting “2018”;</p> <p class=indentClause>(ii) by striking “clauses (i) and (ii)” and inserting “clauses (i) (after the application of clause (ii)) and (iv)”; and</p> <p class=indentClause>(iii) by inserting “in the case of determinations for calendar years beginning before 2020” after “1 percentage point” in subclause (II) thereof;</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(3) by striking subparagraph (D) of subsection (b)(3);</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(4) in subsection (d)(1)(B), by redesignating clause (ii) as clause (iii) and by inserting after clause (i) the following new clause:</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) any coverage under a separate policy, certificate, or contract of insurance which provides benefits substantially all of which are for treatment of the mouth (including any organ or structure within the mouth) or for treatment of the eye, or”; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(5) in subsection (d), by adding at the end the following new paragraph:</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(3) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">E</span><span class=smallcapUSC>MPLOYEE</span>.—The term ‘employee’ includes any former employee, surviving spouse, or other primary insured individual.”. </p> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Effective dates</span>.—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) Section 9001(c) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act is amended by striking “2012” and inserting “2017”.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) Section 10901(c) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act is amended by striking “2012” and inserting “2017”.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1402. {{uc|Unearned income Medicare contribution.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Investment income</span>.—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>N GENERAL</span>.—Subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by inserting after chapter 2 the following new chapter:</p> <div class="chapterlevelOLC" style="text-align:center; font-size:144%; color:#0000ff; font-weight:bold;">“CHAPTER 2A—UNEARNED INCOME MEDICARE CONTRIBUTION</div> <div class=tocsectionOLC align=justify> <div>“Sec. 1411. Imposition of tax.</div></div> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">“SEC. 1411. {{uc|Imposition of tax.}}</div> <p class=indentSubsection align=justify>“(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>In general</span>.—Except as provided in subsection (e)—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(1) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>PPLICATION TO INDIVIDUALS</span>.—In the case of an individual, there is hereby imposed (in addition to any other tax imposed by this subtitle) for each taxable year a tax equal to 3.8 percent of the lesser of—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) net investment income for such taxable year, or</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) the excess (if any) of—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) the modified adjusted gross income for such taxable year, over</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) the threshold amount.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(2) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>PPLICATION TO ESTATES AND TRUSTS</span>.—In the case of an estate or trust, there is hereby imposed (in addition to any other tax imposed by this subtitle) for each taxable year a tax of 3.8 percent of the lesser of—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) the undistributed net investment income for such taxable year, or</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) the excess (if any) of—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) the adjusted gross income (as defined in section 67(e)) for such taxable year, over</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) the dollar amount at which the highest tax bracket in section 1(e) begins for such taxable year.</p> <p class=indentSubsection align=justify>“(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Threshold amount</span>.—For purposes of this chapter, the term ‘threshold amount’ means—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(1) in the case of a taxpayer making a joint return under section 6013 or a surviving spouse (as defined in section 2(a)), $250,000,</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(2) in the case of a married taxpayer (as defined in section 7703) filing a separate return, ½ of the dollar amount determined under paragraph (1), and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(3) in any other case, $200,000.</p> <p class=indentSubsection align=justify>“(c) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Net investment income</span>.—For purposes of this chapter—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(1) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>N GENERAL</span>.—The term ‘net investment income’ means the excess (if any) of—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) the sum of—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) gross income from interest, dividends, annuities, royalties, and rents, other than such income which is derived in the ordinary course of a trade or business not described in paragraph (2),</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) other gross income derived from a trade or business described in paragraph (2), and</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iii) net gain (to the extent taken into account in computing taxable income) attributable to the disposition of property other than property held in a trade or business not described in paragraph (2), over</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) the deductions allowed by this subtitle which are properly allocable to such gross income or net gain.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(2) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">T</span><span class=smallcapUSC>RADES AND BUSINESSES TO WHICH TAX APPLIES</span>.—A trade or business is described in this paragraph if such trade or business is—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) a passive activity (within the meaning of section 469) with respect to the taxpayer, or</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) a trade or business of trading in financial instruments or commodities (as defined in section 475(e)(2)).</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(3) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>NCOME ON INVESTMENT OF WORKING CAPITAL SUBJECT TO TAX</span>.—A rule similar to the rule of section 469(e)(1)(B) shall apply for purposes of this subsection.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(4) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">E</span><span class=smallcapUSC>XCEPTION FOR CERTAIN ACTIVE INTERESTS IN PARTNERSHIPS AND S CORPORATIONS</span>.—In the case of a disposition of an interest in a partnership or S corporation—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) gain from such disposition shall be taken into account under clause (iii) of paragraph (1)(A) only to the extent of the net gain which would be so taken into account by the transferor if all property of the partnership or S corporation were sold for fair market value immediately before the disposition of such interest, and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) a rule similar to the rule of subparagraph (A) shall apply to a loss from such disposition.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(5) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">E</span><span class=smallcapUSC>XCEPTION FOR DISTRIBUTIONS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS</span>.—The term ‘net investment income’ shall not include any distribution from a plan or arrangement described in section 401(a), 403(a), 403(b), 408, 408A, or 457(b).</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(6) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">S</span><span class=smallcapUSC>PECIAL RULE</span>.—Net investment income shall not include any item taken into account in determining self-employment income for such taxable year on which a tax is imposed by section 1401(b).</p> <p class=indentSubsection align=justify>“(d) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Modified adjusted gross income</span>.—For purposes of this chapter, the term ‘modified adjusted gross income’ means adjusted gross income increased by the excess of—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(1) the amount excluded from gross income under section 911(a)(1), over</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(2) the amount of any deductions (taken into account in computing adjusted gross income) or exclusions disallowed under section 911(d)(6) with respect to the amounts described in paragraph (1).</p> <p class=indentSubsection align=justify>“(e) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Nonapplication of section</span>.—This section shall not apply to—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(1) a nonresident alien, or</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(2) a trust all of the unexpired interests in which are devoted to one or more of the purposes described in section 170(c)(2)(B).”.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">E</span><span class=smallcapUSC>STIMATED TAXES</span>.—Section 6654 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) in subsection (a), by striking “and the tax under chapter 2” and inserting “the tax under chapter 2, and the tax under chapter 2A”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) in subsection (f)—</p> <p class=indentClause>(i) by striking “minus” at the end of paragraph (2) and inserting “plus”; and</p> <p class=indentClause>(ii) by redesignating paragraph (3) as paragraph (4) and inserting after paragraph (2) the following new paragraph: </p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(3) the taxes imposed by chapter 2A, minus”.</p> <div class=indent> <p class=indentparagraph align=justify>(3) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">C</span><span class=smallcapUSC>LERICAL AMENDMENT</span>.—The table of chapters for subtitle A of chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by inserting after the item relating to chapter 2 the following new item:</p> <div class="tocchapterOLC" style="text-align:center; color:#0000ff;">“CHAPTER 2A—UNEARNED INCOME MEDICARE CONTRIBUTION”.</div> </div> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(4) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">E</span><span class=smallcapUSC>FFECTIVE DATES</span>.—The amendments made by this subsection shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Earned income</span>.—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">T</span><span class=smallcapUSC>HRESHOLD</span>.—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">F</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ICA</span>.—Paragraph (2) of section 3101(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as added by section 9015 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and amended by section 10906 of such Act, is amended by striking “and” at the end of subparagraph (A), by redesignating subparagraph (B) as subparagraph (C), and by inserting after subparagraph (A) the following new subparagraph:</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) in the case of a married taxpayer (as defined in section 7703) filing a separate return, ½ of the dollar amount determined under subparagraph (A), and”.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">S</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ECA</span>.—Section 1401(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as added by section 9015 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and amended by section 10906 of such Act, is amended—</p> <p class=indentClause>(i) in subparagraph (A), by striking “and” at the end of clause (i), by redesignating clause (ii) as clause (iii), and by inserting after clause (i) the following new clause:</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) in the case of a married taxpayer (as defined in section 7703) filing a separate return, ½ of the dollar amount determined under clause (i), and”; and</p> <p class=indentClause>(ii) in subparagraph (B), by striking “under clauses (i) and (ii)” and inserting “under clause (i), (ii), or (iii) (whichever is applicable)”.</p> <div class=indent><p class=indentparagraph align=justify>(2) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">E</span><span class=smallcapUSC>STIMATED TAXES</span>.—Section 6654 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by redesignating subsection (m) as subsection (n) and by inserting after subsection (l) the following new subsection:</p> <p class=indentSubsection align=justify>“(m) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Special rule for medicare tax</span>.—For purposes of this section, the tax imposed under section 3101(b)(2) (to the extent not withheld) shall be treated as a tax imposed under chapter 2.”.</p> </div> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(3) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">E</span><span class=smallcapUSC>FFECTIVE DATE</span>.—The amendments made by this subsection shall apply with respect to remuneration received, and taxable years beginning after, December 31, 2012.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1403. {{uc|Delay of limitation on health flexible spending arrangements under cafeteria plans.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>In general</span>.—Section 10902(b) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act is amended by striking “December 31, 2010” and inserting “December 31, 2012”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Inflation adjustment</span>.—Paragraph (2) of section 125(i) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as added by section 9005 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and amended by section 10902 of such Act, is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking “December 31, 2011” and inserting “December 31, 2013”; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) in subparagraph (B), by striking “2010” and inserting “2012”.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1404. {{uc|Brand name pharmaceuticals.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>In general</span>.—Section 9008 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in subsection (a)(1), by striking “2009” and inserting “2010”;</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) in subsection (b)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) by striking “$2,300,000,000” in paragraph (1) and inserting “the applicable amount”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) by adding at the end the following new paragraph:</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(4) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>PPLICABLE AMOUNT</span>.—For purposes of paragraph (1), the applicable amount shall be determined in accordance with the following table:</p> <div id=left style="margin-left: 2em" align=center> <table class="" style="border-right: #c0c0c0 1px solid; border-top: #c0c0c0 1px solid; border-left: #c0c0c0 1px solid; border-bottom: #c0c0c0 1px solid; border-collapse: collapse" cellSpacing=0 cellPadding=0 width="95%" summary="Align to level: section; Subformat: "> <tr> <td class="" style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">“<b>Calendar year </b></span></td> <td class=column2 style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-weight:bold; font-size:83%;">Applicable amount</span></td></tr> <tr> <td class=dot-leader style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">&nbsp;&nbsp;2011</span></td> <td class=column2 style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">$2,500,000,000</span></td></tr> <tr> <td class=dot-leader style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">&nbsp;&nbsp;2012</span></td> <td class=column2 style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">$2,800,000,000</span></td></tr> <tr> <td class=dot-leader style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">&nbsp;&nbsp;2013</span></td> <td class=column2 style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">$2,800,000,000</span></td></tr> <tr> <td class=dot-leader style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">&nbsp;&nbsp;2014</span></td> <td class=column2 style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">$3,000,000,000</span></td></tr> <tr> <td class=dot-leader style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">&nbsp;&nbsp;2015</span></td> <td class=column2 style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">$3,000,000,000</span></td></tr> <tr> <td class=dot-leader style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">&nbsp;&nbsp;2016</span></td> <td class=column2 style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">$3,000,000,000</span></td></tr> <tr> <td class=dot-leader style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">&nbsp;&nbsp;2017</span></td> <td class=column2 style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">$4,000,000,000</span></td></tr> <tr> <td class=dot-leader style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">&nbsp;&nbsp;2018</span></td> <td class=column2 style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">$4,100,000,000</span></td></tr> <tr> <td class=dot-leader style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">&nbsp;&nbsp;2019 and thereafter</span></td> <td class=column2 style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">$2,800,000,000.”;</span></td></tr></table></div> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(3) in subsection (d), by adding at the end the following new paragraph:</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(3) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">J</span><span class=smallcapUSC>OINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY</span>.—If more than one person is liable for payment of the fee under subsection (a) with respect to a single covered entity by reason of the application of paragraph (2), all such persons shall be jointly and severally liable for payment of such fee.”; and</p> <div class=indent><p class=indentparagraph align=justify>(4) by striking subsection (j) and inserting the following new subsection: </p> <p class=indentSubsection align=justify>“(j) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Effective date</span>.—This section shall apply to calendar years beginning after December 31, 2010.”.</p> </div> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Effective date</span>.—The amendments made by this section shall take effect as if included in section 9008 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1405. {{uc|Excise tax on medical device manufacturers.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>In general</span>.—Chapter 32 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) by inserting after subchapter D the following new subchapter:</p> <div class="subchapterlevelOLC" style="text-align:center; font-size:144%; font-weight:bold;">“subchapter E—Medical devices</div> <div class=tocsectionOLC align=justify> <div>“Sec. 4191. Medical devices.</div></div> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">“SEC. 4191. {{uc|Medical devices.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>“(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>In general</span>.—There is hereby imposed on the sale of any taxable medical device by the manufacturer, producer, or importer a tax equal to 2.3 percent of the price for which so sold.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>“(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Taxable medical device</span>.—For purposes of this section—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(1) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>N GENERAL</span>.—The term ‘taxable medical device’ means any device (as defined in section 201(h) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act) intended for humans.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(2) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">E</span><span class=smallcapUSC>XEMPTIONS</span>.—Such term shall not include— </p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) eyeglasses,</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) contact lenses,</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(C) hearing aids, and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(D) any other medical device determined by the Secretary to be of a type which is generally purchased by the general public at retail for individual use.”, and</p> <div class=indent><p class=indentparagraph align=justify>(2) by inserting after the item relating to subchapter D in the table of subchapters for such chapter the following new item:</p> <div align=center><span class=tocsubchapterOLC>“SUBCHAPTER E. MEDICAL DEVICES”.</span></div> </div> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Certain exemptions not to apply</span>.—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) Section 4221(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by adding at the end the following new sentence: “In the case of the tax imposed by section 4191, paragraphs (3), (4), (5), and (6) shall not apply.”.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) Section 6416(b)(2) of such Code is amended by adding at the end the following: “In the case of the tax imposed by section 4191, subparagraphs (B), (C), (D), and (E) shall not apply.”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(c) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Effective date</span>.—The amendments made by this section shall apply to sales after December 31, 2012.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(d) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Repeal of section 9009 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act</span>.—Section 9009 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by section 10904 of such Act, is repealed effective as of the date of enactment of that Act.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1406. {{uc|Health insurance providers.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>In general</span>.—Section 9010 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by section 10905 of such Act, is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in subsection (a)(1), by striking “2010” and inserting “2013”;</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) in subsection (b)(2)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) by striking “For purposes of paragraph (1), the net premiums” and inserting “For purposes of paragraph (1)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>N GENERAL</span>.—The net premiums”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) by adding at the end the following subparagraph:</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">P</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ARTIAL EXCLUSION FOR CERTAIN EXEMPT ACTIVITIES</span>.—After the application of subparagraph (A), only 50 percent of the remaining net premiums written with respect to health insurance for any United States health risk that are attributable to the activities (other than activities of an unrelated trade or business as defined in section 513 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) of any covered entity qualifying under paragraph (3), (4), (26), or (29) of section 501(c) of such Code and exempt from tax under section 501(a) of such Code shall be taken into account.”; </p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(3) in subsection (c)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) by inserting “during the calendar year in which the fee under this section is due” in paragraph (1) after “risk”;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) in paragraph (2), by striking subparagraphs (C), (D), and (E) and inserting the following new subparagraphs:</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(C) any entity—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) which is incorporated as a nonprofit corporation under a State law,</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) no part of the net earnings of which inures to the benefit of any private shareholder or individual, no substantial part of the activities of which is carrying on propaganda, or otherwise attempting, to influence legislation (except as otherwise provided in section 501(h) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986), and which does not participate in, or intervene in (including the publishing or distributing of statements), any political campaign on behalf of (or in opposition to) any candidate for public office, and</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iii) more than 80 percent of the gross revenues of which is received from government programs that target low-income, elderly, or disabled populations under titles XVIII, XIX, and XXI of the Social Security Act, and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(D) any entity which is described in section 501(c)(9) of such Code and which is established by an entity (other than by an employer or employers) for purposes of providing health care benefits.”; </p> <p class=indentSubpar>(C) in paragraph (3)(A), by striking “subparagraph (C)(i)(I), (D)(i)(I), or (E)(i)” and inserting “subparagraph (C) or (D)”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(D) by adding at the end the following new paragraph:</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(4) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">J</span><span class=smallcapUSC>OINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY</span>.—If more than one person is liable for payment of the fee under subsection (a) with respect to a single covered entity by reason of the application of paragraph (3), all such persons shall be jointly and severally liable for payment of such fee.”;</p> <div class=indent> <p class=indentparagraph align=justify>(4) by striking subsection (e) and inserting the following:</p> <p class=indent align=justify>“(e) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Applicable amount</span>.—For purposes of subsection (b)(1)—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(1) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">Y</span><span class=smallcapUSC>EARS BEFORE 2019</span>.—In the case of calendar years beginning before 2019, the applicable amount shall be determined in accordance with the following table:</p> <div id=left style="margin-left: 0em" align=center> <table class="__hcera2010b" style="border-right: #c0c0c0 1px solid; border-top: #c0c0c0 1px solid; border-left: #c0c0c0 1px solid; border-bottom: #c0c0c0 1px solid; border-collapse: collapse" cellSpacing=0 cellPadding=0 width="95%" summary="Align to level: section; Subformat: "> <tr> <td class="" style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">“<b>Calendar year </b></span></td> <td class=column2 style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-weight:bold; font-size:83%;">Applicable amount</span></td></tr> <tr> <td class=dot-leader style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">&nbsp;&nbsp;2014</span></td> <td class=column2 style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">$8,000,000,000</span></td></tr> <tr> <td class=dot-leader style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">&nbsp;&nbsp;2015</span></td> <td class=column2 style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">$11,300,000,000</span></td></tr> <tr> <td class=dot-leader style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">&nbsp;&nbsp;2016</span></td> <td class=column2 style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">$11,300,000,000</span></td></tr> <tr> <td class=dot-leader style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">&nbsp;&nbsp;2017</span></td> <td class=column2 style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid; border-bottom: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">$13,900,000,000</span></td></tr> <tr> <td class=dot-leader style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">&nbsp;&nbsp;2018</span></td> <td class=column2 style="border-right: #ffffff 0px solid" vAlign=top><span class=td style="padding-right: 1px; padding-left: 5px; font-size:83%;">$14,300,000,000.</span></td></tr></table></div> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(2) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">Y</span><span class=smallcapUSC>EARS AFTER 2018</span>.—In the case of any calendar year beginning after 2018, the applicable amount shall be the applicable amount for the preceding calendar year increased by the rate of premium growth (within the meaning of section 36B(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) for such preceding calendar year.”;</p> </div> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(5) in subsection (g), by adding at the end the following new paragraphs:</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(3) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>CCURACY-RELATED PENALTY</span>.—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>N GENERAL</span>.—In the case of any understatement of a covered entity’s net premiums written with respect to health insurance for any United States health risk for any calendar year, there shall be paid by the covered entity making such understatement, an amount equal to the excess of—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) the amount of the covered entity’s fee under this section for the calendar year the Secretary determines should have been paid in the absence of any such understatement, over</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) the amount of such fee the Secretary determined based on such understatement.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">U</span><span class=smallcapUSC>NDERSTATEMENT</span>.—For purposes of this paragraph, an understatement of a covered entity’s net premiums written with respect to health insurance for any United States health risk for any calendar year is the difference between the amount of such net premiums written as reported on the return filed by the covered entity under paragraph (1) and the amount of such net premiums written that should have been reported on such return.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(C) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">T</span><span class=smallcapUSC>REATMENT OF PENALTY</span>.—The penalty imposed under subparagraph (A) shall be subject to the provisions of subtitle F of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 that apply to assessable penalties imposed under chapter 68 of such Code.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(4) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">T</span><span class=smallcapUSC>REATMENT OF INFORMATION</span>.—Section 6103 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall not apply to any information reported under this subsection.”; and</p> <div class=indent> <p class=indentparagraph align=justify>(6) by striking subsection (j) and inserting the following new subsection:</p> <p class=indentSubsection align=justify>“(j) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Effective date</span>.—This section shall apply to calendar years beginning after December 31, 2013.”.</p> </div> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Effective date</span>.—The amendments made by this section shall take effect as if included in section 9010 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1407. {{uc|Delay of elimination of deduction for expenses allocable to medicare part D subsidy.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>Section 9012(b) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act is amended by striking “2010” and inserting “2012”.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1408. {{uc|Elimination of unintended application of cellulosic biofuel producer credit.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>In general</span>.—Section 40(b)(6)(E) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by adding at the end the following new clause: </p> <p class=indentClause>“(iii) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">E</span><span class=smallcapUSC>XCLUSION OF UNPROCESSED FUELS</span>.—The term ‘cellulosic biofuel’ shall not include any fuel if—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) more than 4 percent of such fuel (determined by weight) is any combination of water and sediment, or</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) the ash content of such fuel is more than 1 percent (determined by weight).”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Effective date</span>.—The amendment made by this section shall apply to fuels sold or used on or after January 1, 2010.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1409. {{uc|Codification of economic substance doctrine and penalties.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>In general</span>.—Section 7701 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by redesignating subsection (o) as subsection (p) and by inserting after subsection (n) the following new subsection:</p> <p class=indentSubsection align=justify>“(o) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Clarification of economic substance doctrine</span>.—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(1) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>PPLICATION OF DOCTRINE</span>.—In the case of any transaction to which the economic substance doctrine is relevant, such transaction shall be treated as having economic substance only if—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) the transaction changes in a meaningful way (apart from Federal income tax effects) the taxpayer’s economic position, and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) the taxpayer has a substantial purpose (apart from Federal income tax effects) for entering into such transaction.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(2) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">S</span><span class=smallcapUSC>PECIAL RULE WHERE TAXPAYER RELIES ON PROFIT POTENTIAL</span>.—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>N GENERAL</span>.—The potential for profit of a transaction shall be taken into account in determining whether the requirements of subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (1) are met with respect to the transaction only if the present value of the reasonably expected pre-tax profit from the transaction is substantial in relation to the present value of the expected net tax benefits that would be allowed if the transaction were respected.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">T</span><span class=smallcapUSC>REATMENT OF FEES AND FOREIGN TAXES</span>.—Fees and other transaction expenses shall be taken into account as expenses in determining pre-tax profit under subparagraph (A). The Secretary shall issue regulations requiring foreign taxes to be treated as expenses in determining pre-tax profit in appropriate cases.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(3) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">S</span><span class=smallcapUSC>TATE AND LOCAL TAX BENEFITS</span>.—For purposes of paragraph (1), any State or local income tax effect which is related to a Federal income tax effect shall be treated in the same manner as a Federal income tax effect.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(4) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">F</span><span class=smallcapUSC>INANCIAL ACCOUNTING BENEFITS</span>.—For purposes of paragraph (1)(B), achieving a financial accounting benefit shall not be taken into account as a purpose for entering into a transaction if the origin of such financial accounting benefit is a reduction of Federal income tax.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(5) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">D</span><span class=smallcapUSC>EFINITIONS AND SPECIAL RULES</span>.—For purposes of this subsection—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">E</span><span class=smallcapUSC>CONOMIC SUBSTANCE DOCTRINE</span>.—The term ‘economic substance doctrine’ means the common law doctrine under which tax benefits under subtitle A with respect to a transaction are not allowable if the transaction does not have economic substance or lacks a business purpose.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">E</span><span class=smallcapUSC>XCEPTION FOR PERSONAL TRANSACTIONS OF INDIVIDUALS</span>.—In the case of an individual, paragraph (1) shall apply only to transactions entered into in connection with a trade or business or an activity engaged in for the production of income.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(C) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">D</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ETERMINATION OF APPLICATION OF DOCTRINE NOT AFFECTED</span>.—The determination of whether the economic substance doctrine is relevant to a transaction shall be made in the same manner as if this subsection had never been enacted.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(D) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">T</span><span class=smallcapUSC>RANSACTION</span>.—The term ‘transaction’ includes a series of transactions.”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Penalty for underpayments attributable to transactions lacking economic substance</span>.—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>N GENERAL</span>.—Subsection (b) of section 6662 is amended by inserting after paragraph (5) the following new paragraph:</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(6) Any disallowance of claimed tax benefits by reason of a transaction lacking economic substance (within the meaning of section 7701(o)) or failing to meet the requirements of any similar rule of law.”.</p> <div class=indent> <p class=indentparagraph align=justify>(2) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>NCREASED PENALTY FOR NONDISCLOSED TRANSACTIONS</span>.—Section 6662 is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection:</p> <p class=indentSubsection align=justify>“(i) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Increase in penalty in case of nondisclosed noneconomic substance transactions</span>.—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(1) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>N GENERAL</span>.—In the case of any portion of an underpayment which is attributable to one or more nondisclosed noneconomic substance transactions, subsection (a) shall be applied with respect to such portion by substituting ‘40 percent’ for ‘20 percent’.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(2) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">N</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ONDISCLOSED NONECONOMIC SUBSTANCE TRANSACTIONS</span>.—For purposes of this subsection, the term ‘nondisclosed noneconomic substance transaction’ means any portion of a transaction described in subsection (b)(6) with respect to which the relevant facts affecting the tax treatment are not adequately disclosed in the return nor in a statement attached to the return.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(3) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">S</span><span class=smallcapUSC>PECIAL RULE FOR AMENDED RETURNS</span>.—In no event shall any amendment or supplement to a return of tax be taken into account for purposes of this subsection if the amendment or supplement is filed after the earlier of the date the taxpayer is first contacted by the Secretary regarding the examination of the return or such other date as is specified by the Secretary.”.</p> </div> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(3) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">C</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ONFORMING AMENDMENT</span>.—Subparagraph (B) of section 6662A(e)(2) is amended—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) by striking “section 6662(h)” and inserting “subsections (h) or (i) of section 6662”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) by striking “<span class=allcapnormal>gross valuation misstatement penalty</span>” in the heading and inserting “<span class=allcapnormal>certain increased underpayment penalties</span>”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(c) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Reasonable cause exception not applicable to noneconomic substance transactions</span>.—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">R</span><span class=smallcapUSC>EASONABLE CAUSE EXCEPTION FOR UNDERPAYMENTS</span>.—Subsection (c) of section 6664 is amended—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) by redesignating paragraphs (2) and (3) as paragraphs (3) and (4), respectively;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) by striking “paragraph (2)” in paragraph (4)(A), as so redesignated, and inserting “paragraph (3)”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(C) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following new paragraph:</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(2) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">E</span><span class=smallcapUSC>XCEPTION</span>.—Paragraph (1) shall not apply to any portion of an underpayment which is attributable to one or more transactions described in section 6662(b)(6).”.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">R</span><span class=smallcapUSC>EASONABLE CAUSE EXCEPTION FOR REPORTABLE TRANSACTION UNDERSTATEMENTS</span>.—Subsection (d) of section 6664 is amended—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) by redesignating paragraphs (2) and (3) as paragraphs (3) and (4), respectively;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) by striking “paragraph (2)(C)” in paragraph (4), as so redesignated, and inserting “paragraph (3)(C)”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(C) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following new paragraph:</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(2) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">E</span><span class=smallcapUSC>XCEPTION</span>.—Paragraph (1) shall not apply to any portion of a reportable transaction understatement which is attributable to one or more transactions described in section 6662(b)(6).”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(d) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Application of penalty for erroneous claim for refund or credit to noneconomic substance transactions</span>.—Section 6676 is amended by redesignating subsection (c) as subsection (d) and inserting after subsection (b) the following new subsection:</p> <p class=indentSubsection align=justify>“(c) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Noneconomic substance transactions treated as lacking reasonable basis</span>.—For purposes of this section, any excessive amount which is attributable to any transaction described in section 6662(b)(6) shall not be treated as having a reasonable basis.”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(e) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Effective Date</span>.—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>N GENERAL</span>.—Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, the amendments made by this section shall apply to transactions entered into after the date of the enactment of this Act.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">U</span><span class=smallcapUSC>NDERPAYMENTS</span>.—The amendments made by subsections (b) and (c)(1) shall apply to underpayments attributable to transactions entered into after the date of the enactment of this Act.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(3) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">U</span><span class=smallcapUSC>NDERSTATEMENTS</span>.—The amendments made by subsection (c)(2) shall apply to understatements attributable to transactions entered into after the date of the enactment of this Act.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(4) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">R</span><span class=smallcapUSC>EFUNDS AND CREDITS</span>.—The amendment made by subsection (d) shall apply to refunds and credits attributable to transactions entered into after the date of the enactment of this Act.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1410. {{uc|Time for payment of corporate estimated taxes.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>The percentage under paragraph (1) of section 202(b) of the Corporate Estimated Tax Shift Act of 2009 in effect on the date of the enactment of this Act is increased by 15.75 percentage points.</p> <div class="subtitlelevelOLC" style="text-align:center; font-size:144%; color:#0000ff; font-weight:bold;">subtitle F—Other provisions</div> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 1501. {{uc|Community college and career training grant program.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>Section 279(b) of the Trade Act of 1974 (19 U.S.C. 2372a(b)) is amended by striking “<span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Supplement</span>” and all that follows through “Funds” and inserting “There are” and by striking “pursuant” and all that follows and inserting “$500,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2011, 2012, 2013, and 2014 to carry out this subchapter, except that the limitations contained in section 278(a)(2) shall not apply to such funds and each State shall receive not less than 0.5 percent of the amount appropriated pursuant to this subsection for each such fiscal year.”.</p> <div class="titlelevelOLC" style="text-align:center; font-size:144%; color:#0000ff; font-weight:bold;">TITLE II—{{uc|Education and Health}}</div> <div class="subtitlelevelOLC" style="text-align:center; font-size:144%; color:#0000ff; font-weight:bold;">subtitle A—Education</div> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 2001. {{uc|Short title; references.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Short title</span>.—This subtitle may be cited as the “SAFRA Act”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>References</span>.—Except as otherwise expressly provided, whenever in this subtitle an amendment or repeal is expressed in terms of an amendment to, or repeal of, a section or other provision, the reference shall be considered to be made to a section or other provision of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.).</p> <div class="partlevelOLC" style="text-align:center; font-size:144%; color:#0000ff; font-weight:bold;">PART I—Investing in students and families</div> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 2101. {{uc|Federal Pell Grants.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Amount of grants</span>.—Section 401(b) (20 U.S.C. 1070a(b)) is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) by amending paragraph (2)(A) to read as follows:</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) The amount of the Federal Pell Grant for a student eligible under this part shall be—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) the maximum Federal Pell Grant, as specified in the last enacted appropriation Act applicable to that award year, plus</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) the amount of the increase calculated under paragraph (8)(B) for that year, less</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iii) an amount equal to the amount determined to be the expected family contribution with respect to that student for that year.”; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) in paragraph (8)— </p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) in subparagraph (A)—</p> <p class=indentClause>(i) in the matter preceding clause (i), by striking “, to carry out subparagraph (B) of this paragraph”; and</p> <p class=indentClause>(ii) by striking clauses (iii) through (x) and inserting the following:</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iii) to carry out subparagraph (B) of this paragraph, such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2010 and each subsequent fiscal year to provide the amount of increase of the maximum Federal Pell Grant required by clauses (ii) and (iii) of subparagraph (B); and</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iv) to carry out this section, $13,500,000,000 for fiscal year 2011.”;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) in subparagraph (B)—</p> <p class=indentClause>(i) in the matter preceding clause (i), by striking “subparagraph (A)” and inserting “clauses (i) through (iii) of subparagraph (A)”; </p> <p class=indentClause>(ii) in clause (ii), by striking “and 2011–2012” and inserting “, 2011–2012, and 2012–2013”; and</p> <p class=indentClause>(iii) by striking clause (iii) and inserting the following:</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iii) the amount determined under subparagraph (C) for each succeeding award year.”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(C) by striking subparagraph (C) and inserting the following:</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(C) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>DJUSTMENT AMOUNTS</span>.—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>WARD YEAR 2013–2014</span>.—For award year 2013–2014, the amount determined under this subparagraph for purposes of subparagraph (B)(iii) shall be equal to—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) $5,550 or the total maximum Federal Pell Grant for the preceding award year (as determined under clause (v)(II)), whichever is greater, increased by a percentage equal to the annual adjustment percentage for award year 2013–2014, reduced by</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) $4,860 or the maximum Federal Pell Grant for which a student was eligible for the preceding award year, as specified in the last enacted appropriation Act applicable to that year, whichever is greater; and</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(III) rounded to the nearest $5.</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>WARD YEARS 2014–2015 THROUGH 2017–2018</span>.—For each of the award years 2014–2015 through 2017–2018, the amount determined under this subparagraph for purposes of subparagraph (B)(iii) shall be equal to—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) the total maximum Federal Pell Grant for the preceding award year (as determined under clause (v)(II)), increased by a percentage equal to the annual adjustment percentage for the award year for which the amount under this subparagraph is being determined, reduced by</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) $4,860 or the maximum Federal Pell Grant for which a student was eligible for the preceding award year, as specified in the last enacted appropriation Act applicable to that year, whichever is greater; and</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(III) rounded to the nearest $5.</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iii) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">S</span><span class=smallcapUSC>UBSEQUENT AWARD YEARS</span>.—For award year 2018–2019 and each subsequent award year, the amount determined under this subparagraph for purposes of subparagraph (B)(iii) shall be equal to the amount determined under clause (ii) for award year 2017–2018.</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iv) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">D</span><span class=smallcapUSC>EFINITIONS</span>.—For purposes of this subparagraph—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) the term ‘annual adjustment percentage’ as applied to an award year, is equal to the estimated percentage change in the Consumer Price Index (as determined by the Secretary, using the definition in section 478(f)) for the most recent calendar year ending prior to the beginning of that award year; and</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) the term ‘total maximum Federal Pell Grant’ as applied to a preceding award year, is equal to the sum of—</p> <p class=indentItem>“(aa) the maximum Federal Pell Grant for which a student is eligible during an award year, as specified in the last enacted appropriation Act applicable to that preceding award year; and</p> <p class=indentItem>“(bb) the amount of the increase in the maximum Federal Pell Grant required by this paragraph for that preceding award year.”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Conforming amendments</span>.—Title IV (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.) is further amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in section 401(b) (20 U.S.C. 1070a(b))—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) in paragraph (4)—</p> <p class=indentClause>(i) by striking “maximum basic grant level specified in the appropriate appropriation Act ” and inserting “maximum amount of a Federal Pell Grant award determined under paragraph (2)(A)”; and</p> <p class=indentClause>(ii) by striking “such level” each place it appears and inserting “such Federal Pell Grant amount” in each such place; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) in paragraph (6), by striking “the grant level specified in the appropriate Appropriation Act for this subpart for such year” and inserting “the maximum amount of a Federal Pell Grant award determined under paragraph (2)(A), for which a student is eligible during such award year”;</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) in section 402D(d)(1) (20 U.S.C. 1070a–14(d)(1)), by striking “exceed the maximum” and all that follows through “Grant, for” and inserting “exceed the Federal Pell Grant amount, determined under section 401(b)(2)(A), for which a student is eligible, or be less than the minimum Federal Pell Grant amount described in section 401(b)(4), for”;</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(3) in section 435(a)(5)(A)(i)(I) (20 U.S.C. 1085(a)(5)(A)(i)(I)), by striking “one-half the maximum Federal Pell Grant award for which a student would be eligible” and inserting “one-half the Federal Pell Grant amount, determined under section 401(b)(2)(A), for which a student would be eligible”;</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(4) in section 483(e)(3)(A)(ii) (20 U.S.C. 1090(e)(3)(A)(ii)), by striking “based on the maximum Federal Pell Grant award at the time of application” and inserting “based on the Federal Pell Grant amount, determined under section 401(b)(2)(A), for which a student is eligible at the time of application”;</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(5) in section 485E(b)(1)(A) (20 U.S.C. 1092f(b)(1)(A)), by striking “of such students’ potential eligibility for a maximum Federal Pell Grant under subpart 1 of part A” and inserting “of such students’ potential eligibility for the Federal Pell Grant amount, determined under section 401(b)(2)(A), for which the student would be eligible”; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(6) in section 894(f)(2)(C)(ii)(I) (20 U.S.C. 1161y(f)(2)(C)(ii)(I)), by striking “the maximum Federal Pell Grant for each award year” and inserting “the Federal Pell Grant amount, determined under section 401(b)(2)(A), for which a student may be eligible for each award year”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(c) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Effective date</span>.—The amendments made by subsections (a) and (b) shall take effect on July 1, 2010.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 2102. {{uc|College access challenge grant program.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>Section 781 (20 U.S.C. 1141) is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in the first sentence of subsection (a), by striking “$66,000,000” and all that follows through the period and inserting “$150,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 2010 through 2014. The authority to award grants under this section shall expire at the end of fiscal year 2014.”; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) in subsection (c)(2), by striking “0.5 percent” and inserting “1.0 percent”.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 2103. {{uc|Investment in historically black colleges and universities and minority-serving institutions.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>Section 371(b)(1)(A) (20 U.S.C. 1067q(b)(1)(A)) is amended by striking “and 2009.” and all that follows and inserting “through 2019. The authority to award grants under this section shall expire at the end of fiscal year 2019.”.</p> <div class="partlevelOLC" style="text-align:center; font-size:144%; color:#0000ff; font-weight:bold;">PART II—Student loan reform</div> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 2201. {{uc|Termination of Federal Family Education Loan appropriations.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>Section 421 (20 U.S.C. 1071) is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in subsection (b), in the first sentence of the matter following paragraph (6), by inserting “, except that no sums may be expended after June 30, 2010, with respect to loans under this part for which the first disbursement is after such date” after “expended”; and</p> <div class=indent> <p class=indentparagraph align=justify>(2) by adding at the end the following new subsection:</p> <p class=indentSubsection align=justify>“(d) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Termination of authority to make or insure new loans</span>.—Notwithstanding paragraphs (1) through (6) of subsection (b) or any other provision of law—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(1) no new loans (including consolidation loans) may be made or insured under this part after June 30, 2010; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(2) no funds are authorized to be appropriated, or may be expended, under this Act or any other Act to make or insure loans under this part (including consolidation loans) for which the first disbursement is after June 30, 2010,</p> <p><span class=nonIndentSubsection>except as expressly authorized by an Act of Congress enacted after the date of enactment of the SAFRA Act”..”.</span></p> </div> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 2202. {{uc|Termination of Federal loan insurance program.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>Section 424(a) (20 U.S.C. 1074(a)) is amended by striking “September 30, 1976,” and all that follows and inserting “September 30, 1976, for each of the succeeding fiscal years ending prior to October 1, 2009, and for the period from October 1, 2009, to June 30, 2010, for loans first disbursed on or before June 30, 2010.”.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 2203. {{uc|Termination of applicable interest rates.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>Section 427A(l) (20 U.S.C. 1077a(l)) is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in the subsection heading, by inserting “<span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>and before July 1, 2010</span>” after “<span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>2006</span>”;</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) in paragraph (1), by inserting “and before July 1, 2010,” after “July 1, 2006,”;</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(3) in paragraph (2), by inserting “and before July 1, 2010,” after “July 1, 2006,”;</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(4) in paragraph (3), by inserting “and that was disbursed before July 1, 2010,” after “July 1, 2006,”; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(5) in paragraph (4)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking “July 1, 2012” and inserting “July 1, 2010”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) by repealing subparagraphs (D) and (E).</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 2204. {{uc|Termination of Federal payments to reduce student interest costs.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Higher Education Act of 1965</span>.—Section 428 (20 U.S.C. 1078) is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in subsection (a)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) in paragraph (1), in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by inserting “for which the first disbursement is made before July 1, 2010, and” after “eligible institution”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) in paragraph (5), by striking “September 30, 2014,” and all that follows through the period and inserting “June 30, 2010.”;</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) in subsection (b)(1)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) in subparagraph (G)(ii), by inserting “and before July 1, 2010,” after “July 1, 2006,”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) in subparagraph (H)(ii), by inserting “and that are first disbursed before July 1, 2010,” after “July 1, 2006,”;</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(3) in subsection (f)(1)(A)(ii)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) by striking “during fiscal years beginning”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) by inserting “and first disbursed before July 1, 2010,” after “October 1, 2003,”; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(4) in subsection (j)(1), by inserting “, before July 1, 2010,” after “section 435(d)(1)(D) of this Act shall”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>College Cost Reduction and Access Act</span>.—Section 303 of the College Cost Reduction and Access Act (Public Law 110–84) is repealed.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 2205. {{uc|Termination of FFEL PLUS Loans.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>Section 428B(a)(1) (20 U.S.C. 1078–2(a)(1)) is amended by striking “A graduate” and inserting “Prior to July 1, 2010, a graduate”.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 2206. {{uc|Federal Consolidation Loans.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>In general</span>.—Section 428C (20 U.S.C. 1078–3) is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in subsection (a)(4)(A), by inserting “, and first disbursed before July 1, 2010” after “under this part”;</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) in subsection (b)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) in paragraph (1)(E), by inserting before the semicolon “, and before July 1, 2010”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) in paragraph (5), by striking “In the event that” and inserting “If, before July 1, 2010,”;</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(3) in subsection (c)(1)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) in subparagraph (A)(ii), by inserting “and that is disbursed before July 1, 2010,” after “2006,”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) in subparagraph (C), by inserting “and disbursed before July 1, 2010,” after “1994,”; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(4) in subsection (e), by striking “September 30, 2014.” and inserting “June 30, 2010. No loan may be made under this section for which the disbursement is on or after July 1, 2010.”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Temporary loan consolidation authority</span>.—Part D of title IV (20 U.S.C. 1087a et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 459A (20 U.S.C. 1087i) the following:</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">“SEC. 459B. {{uc|Temporary loan consolidation authority.}}</div> <p class=indentSubsection align=justify>“(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Temporary loan consolidation authority</span>.—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(1) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>N GENERAL</span>.—A borrower who has 1 or more loans in 2 or more of the categories described in paragraph (2), and who has not yet entered repayment on 1 or more of those loans in any of the categories, may consolidate all of the loans of the borrower that are described in paragraph (2) into a Federal Direct Consolidation Loan during the period described in paragraph (3).</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(2) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">C</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ATEGORIES OF LOANS THAT MAY BE CONSOLIDATED</span>.—The categories of loans that may be consolidated under paragraph (1) are—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) loans made under this part;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) loans purchased by the Secretary pursuant to section 459A; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(C) loans made under part B that are held by an eligible lender, as such term is defined in section 435(d).</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(3) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">T</span><span class=smallcapUSC>IME PERIOD IN WHICH LOANS MAY BE CONSOLIDATED</span>.—The Secretary may make a Federal Direct Consolidation Loan under this section to a borrower whose application for such Federal Direct Consolidation Loan is received on or after July 1, 2010, and before July 1, 2011.</p> <p class=indentSubsection align=justify>“(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Terms of loans</span>.—A Federal Direct Consolidation Loan made under this section shall have the same terms and conditions as a Federal Direct Consolidation Loan made under section 455(g), except that—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(1) in determining the applicable rate of interest on the Federal Direct Consolidation Loan made under this section (other than on a Federal Direct Consolidation Loan described in paragraph (2)), section 427A(l)(3) shall be applied without rounding the weighted average of the interest rate on the loans consolidated to the nearest higher one-eighth of 1 percent as described in subparagraph (A) of section 427A(l)(3); and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(2) if a Federal Direct Consolidation Loan made under this section that repays a loan which is subject to an interest rate determined under section 427A(g)(2), (j)(2), or (k)(2), then the interest rate for such Federal Direct Consolidation Loan shall be calculated—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) by using the applicable rate of interest described in section 427A(g)(2), (j)(2), or (k)(2), respectively; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) in accordance with section 427A(l)(3).”.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 2207. {{uc|Termination of Unsubsidized Stafford Loans for middle-income borrowers.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>Section 428H (20 U.S.C. 1078–8) is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in subsection (a), by inserting “that are first disbursed before July 1, 2010,” after “under this part”;</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) in subsection (b)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) by striking “Any student” and inserting “Prior to July 1, 2010, any student”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) by inserting “for which the first disbursement is made before such date” after “unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan”; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(3) in subsection (h), by inserting “and that are first disbursed before July 1, 2010,” after “July 1, 2006,”.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 2208. {{uc|Termination of special allowances.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>Section 438 (20 U.S.C. 1087–1) is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in subsection (b)(2)(I)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) in the subclause heading, by inserting “<span class=allcapnormal>, and before July 1, 2010</span>” after “<span class=allcapnormal>2000</span>”;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) in clause (i), by inserting “and before July 1, 2010,” after “2000,”;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(C) in clause (ii)(II), by inserting “and before July 1, 2010,” after “2006,”;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(D) in clause (iii), by inserting “and before July 1, 2010,” after “2000,”;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(E) in clause (iv), by inserting “and that is disbursed before July 1, 2010,” after “2000,”;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(F) in clause (v)(I), by inserting “and before July 1, 2010,” after “2006,”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(G) in clause (vi)—</p> <p class=indentClause>(i) in the clause heading, by inserting “<span class=allcapnormal>, and before July 1, 2010</span>” after “<span class=allcapnormal>2007</span>”; and</p> <p class=indentClause>(ii) in the matter preceding subclause (I), by inserting “and before July 1, 2010,” after “2007,”;</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) in subsection (c)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) in paragraph (2)(B)—</p> <p class=indentClause>(i) in clause (iii), by inserting “and” after the semicolon;</p> <p class=indentClause>(ii) in clause (iv), by striking “; and” and inserting a period; and</p> <p class=indentClause>(iii) by striking clause (v); and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) in paragraph (6), by inserting “and first disbursed before July 1, 2010,” after “1992,”; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(3) in subsection (d)(2)(B), by inserting “, and before July 1, 2010” after “2007”.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 2209. {{uc|Origination of Direct Loans at institutions outside the United States.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Loans for students attending institutions outside the United States</span>.—Section 452 (20 U.S.C. 1087b) is amended by adding at the end the following:</p> <p class=indentSubsection align=justify>“(d) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Institutions outside the United States</span>.—Loan funds for students (and parents of students) attending institutions outside the United States shall be disbursed through a financial institution located or operating in the United States and designated by the Secretary to serve as the agent of such institutions with respect to the receipt of the disbursements of such loan funds and the transfer of such funds to such institutions. To be eligible to receive funds under this part, an institution outside the United States shall make arrangements with the agent designated by the Secretary under this subsection to receive funds under this part.”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Conforming amendments</span>.—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>MENDMENTS</span>.—Section 102 (20 U.S.C. 1002), as amended by section 102 of the Higher Education Opportunity Act (Public Law 110–315) and section 101 of Public Law 111–39, is amended—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) by striking “part B” each place the term appears and inserting “part D”;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) in subsection (a)(1)(C), by inserting “, consistent with the requirements of section 452(d)” before the period at the end; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(C) in subsection (a)(2)(A)—</p> <p class=indentClause>(i) in the second sentence of the matter preceding clause (i), by striking “made, insured, or guaranteed” and inserting “made”; and</p> <p class=indentClause>(ii) in clause (iii)—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>(I) in subclause (III), by striking “only Federal Stafford” and all that follows through “section 428B” and inserting “only Federal Direct Stafford Loans under section 455(a)(2)(A), Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loans under section 455(a)(2)(D), or Federal Direct PLUS Loans under section 455(a)(2)(B)”; and</p> <p class=indentSubclause>(II) in subclause (V), by striking “a Federal Stafford” and all that follows through “section 428B” and inserting “a Federal Direct Stafford Loan under section 455(a)(2)(A), a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan under section 455(a)(2)(D), or a Federal Direct PLUS Loan under section 455(a)(2)(B)”.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">E</span><span class=smallcapUSC>FFECTIVE DATE</span>.—The amendments made by subparagraph (C) of paragraph (1) shall be effective on July 1, 2010, as if enacted as part of section 102(a)(1) of the Higher Education Opportunity Act (Public Law 110–315) and subject to section 102(e) of such Act as amended by section 101(a)(2) of Public Law 111–39 (20 U.S.C. 1002 note).</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 2210. {{uc|Conforming amendments.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Amendments</span>.—Section 454 (20 U.S.C. 1087d) is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in subsection (a)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) by striking paragraph (4); and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) by redesignating paragraphs (5) through (7) as paragraphs (4) through (6), respectively; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) in subsection (b)(2), by striking “(5), (6), and (7)” and inserting “(5), and (6)”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Effective date</span>.—The amendments made by subsection (a) shall take effect on July 1, 2010.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 2211. {{uc|Terms and conditions of loans.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>In general</span>.—Section 455 (20 U.S.C. 1087e) is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in subsection (a)(1), by inserting “, and first disbursed on June 30, 2010,” before “under sections 428”; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) in subsection (g)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) by inserting “, including any loan made under part B and first disbursed before July 1, 2010” after “section 428C(a)(4)”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) by striking the third sentence.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Effective date</span>.—The amendment made by subsection (a)(1) shall apply with respect to loans first disbursed under part D of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087a et seq.) on or after July 1, 2010.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 2212. {{uc|Contracts; mandatory funds.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Contracts</span>.—Section 456 (20 U.S.C. 1087f) is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in subsection (a)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) by inserting after paragraph (3) the following new paragraph:</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(4) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">S</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ERVICING BY ELIGIBLE NOT-FOR-PROFIT SERVICERS</span>.—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">S</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ERVICING CONTRACTS</span>.—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>N GENERAL</span>.—The Secretary shall contract with each eligible not-for-profit servicer to service loans originated under this part, if the servicer—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) meets the standards for servicing Federal assets that apply to contracts awarded pursuant to paragraph (1); and</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) has the capacity to service the applicable loan volume allocation described in subparagraph (B).</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">C</span><span class=smallcapUSC>OMPETITIVE MARKET RATE DETERMINATION FOR FIRST 100,000 BORROWER ACCOUNTS</span>.—The Secretary shall establish a separate pricing tier for each of the first 100,000 borrower loan accounts at a competitive market rate.</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iii) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>NELIGIBILITY</span>.—An eligible not-for-profit servicer shall no longer be eligible for a contract under this paragraph after July 1, 2014, if—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) the servicer has not been awarded such a contract before that date; or</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) the servicer’s contract was terminated, and the servicer had not reapplied for, and been awarded, a contract under this paragraph.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>LLOCATIONS</span>.—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>N GENERAL</span>.—The Secretary shall (except as provided in clause (ii)) allocate to an eligible not-for-profit servicer, subject to the contract of such servicer described in subparagraph (A), the servicing rights for the loan accounts of 100,000 borrowers (including borrowers who borrowed loans in a prior year that were serviced by the servicer).</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">S</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ERVICER ALLOCATION</span>.—The Secretary may reallocate, increase, reduce, or terminate an eligible not-for-profit servicer’s allocation of servicing rights under clause (i) based on the performance of such servicer, on the same terms as loan allocations provided by contracts awarded pursuant to paragraph (1).”; and</p> <div class=indent> <p class=indentparagraph align=justify>(2) by adding at the end the following:</p> <p class=indentSubsection align=justify>“(c) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Definition of eligible not-for-profit servicer</span>.—In this section:</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(1) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>N GENERAL</span>.—The term ‘eligible not-for-profit servicer’ means an entity—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) that is not owned or controlled in whole or in part by—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) a for-profit entity; or</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) a nonprofit entity having its principal place of business in another State; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) that—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) as of July 1, 2009—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) meets the definition of an eligible not-for-profit holder under section 435(p), except that such term does not include eligible lenders described in paragraph (1)(D) of such section; and</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) was performing, or had entered into a contract with a third party servicer (as such term is defined in section 481(c)) who was performing, student loan servicing functions for loans made under part B of this title;</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) notwithstanding clause (i), as of July 1, 2009—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) is the sole beneficial owner of a loan for which the special allowance rate is calculated under section 438(b)(2)(I)(vi)(II) because the loan is held by an eligible lender trustee that is an eligible not-for-profit holder as defined under section 435(p)(1)(D); and</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) was performing, or had entered into a contract with a third party servicer (as such term is defined in section 481(c)) who was performing, student loan servicing functions for loans made under part B of this title; or</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iii) is an affiliated entity of an eligible not-for-profit servicer described in clause (i) or (ii) that—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) directly employs, or will directly employ (on or before the date the entity begins servicing loans under a contract awarded by the Secretary pursuant to subsection (a)(3)(A)), the majority of individuals who perform borrower-specific student loan servicing functions; and</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) as of July 1, 2009, was performing, or had entered into a contract with a third party servicer (as such term is defined in section 481(c)) who was performing, student loan servicing functions for loans made under part B of this title.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(2) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>FFILIATED ENTITY</span>.—For the purposes of paragraph (1), the term ‘affiliated entity’—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) means an entity contracted to perform services for an eligible not-for-profit servicer that—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) is a nonprofit entity or is wholly owned by a nonprofit entity; and</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) is not owned or controlled, in whole or in part, by—</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(I) a for-profit entity; or</p> <p class=indentSubclause>“(II) an entity having its principal place of business in another State; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) may include an affiliated entity that is established by an eligible not-for-profit servicer after the date of enactment of the SAFRA Act, if such affiliated entity is otherwise described in paragraph (1)(B)(iii)(I) and subparagraph (A) of this paragraph.”.</p> </div> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Mandatory funds</span>.—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>MENDMENTS</span>.—Section 458(a) (20 U.S.C. 1087h(a)) is amended—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) by redesignating paragraph (5) as paragraph (8);</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) by redesignating paragraphs (2) through (4) as paragraphs (3) through (5), respectively;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(C) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following new paragraph:</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(2) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">M</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ANDATORY FUNDS FOR ELIGIBLE NOT-FOR-PROFIT SERVICERS</span>.—For fiscal years 2010 through 2019, there shall be available to the Secretary, in addition to any other amounts appropriated to carry out this paragraph and out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, funds to be obligated for administrative costs of servicing contracts with eligible not-for-profit servicers as described in section 456.”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(D) by inserting after paragraph (5), as redesignated by subparagraph (B) of this paragraph, the following:</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(6) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">T</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ECHNICAL ASSISTANCE TO INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER EDUCATION</span>.—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">P</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ROVISION OF ASSISTANCE</span>.—The Secretary shall provide institutions of higher education participating, or seeking to participate, in the loan programs under this part with technical assistance in establishing and administering such programs.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">F</span><span class=smallcapUSC>UNDS</span>.—There are authorized to be appropriated, and there are appropriated, to carry out this paragraph (in addition to any other amounts appropriated to carry out this paragraph and out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated), $50,000,000 for fiscal year 2010.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(C) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">D</span><span class=smallcapUSC>EFINITION</span>.—In this paragraph, the term ‘assistance’ means the provision of technical support, training, materials, technical assistance, and financial assistance.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(7) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>DDITIONAL PAYMENTS</span>.—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">P</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ROVISION OF ASSISTANCE</span>.—The Secretary shall provide payments to loan servicers for retaining jobs at locations in the United States where such servicers were operating under part B on January 1, 2010.</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">F</span><span class=smallcapUSC>UNDS</span>.—There are authorized to be appropriated, and there are appropriated, to carry out this paragraph (in addition to any other amounts appropriated to carry out this paragraph and out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated), $25,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 2010 and 2011.”.</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">C</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ONFORMING AMENDMENT</span>.—Section 458 (20 U.S.C. 1087h) is further amended by striking “subsection (a)(3)” in subsection (b) and inserting “subsection (a)(4)”.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 2213. {{uc|Income-based repayment.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>Section 493C (20 U.S.C. 1098e) is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection:</p> <p class=indentSubsection align=justify>“(e) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Special terms for new borrowers on and after July 1, 2014</span>.—With respect to any loan made to a new borrower on or after July 1, 2014—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(1) subsection (a)(3)(B) shall be applied by substituting ‘10 percent’ for ‘15 percent’; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(2) subsection (b)(7)(B) shall be applied by substituting ‘20 years’ for ‘25 years’.”.</p> <div class="subtitlelevelOLC" style="text-align:center; font-size:144%; color:#0000ff; font-weight:bold;">subtitle B—Health</div> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 2301. {{uc|Insurance reforms.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>(a) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Extending certain insurance reforms to grandfathered plans</span>.—Section 1251(a) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as added by section 10103(d) of such Act, is amended by adding at the end the following: </p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>“(4) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>PPLICATION OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS</span>.—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(A) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">I</span><span class=smallcapUSC>N GENERAL</span>.—The following provisions of the Public Health Service Act (as added by this title) shall apply to grandfathered health plans for plan years beginning with the first plan year to which such provisions would otherwise apply:</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) Section 2708 (relating to excessive waiting periods).</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) Those provisions of section 2711 relating to lifetime limits.</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iii) Section 2712 (relating to rescissions).</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iv) Section 2714 (relating to extension of dependent coverage).</p> <p class=indentSubpar>“(B) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">P</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ROVISIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO GROUP HEALTH PLANS</span>.—</p> <p class=indentClause>“(i) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">P</span><span class=smallcapUSC>ROVISIONS DESCRIBED</span>.—Those provisions of section 2711 relating to annual limits and the provisions of section 2704 (relating to pre-existing condition exclusions) of the Public Health Service Act (as added by this subtitle) shall apply to grandfathered health plans that are group health plans for plan years beginning with the first plan year to which such provisions otherwise apply.</p> <p class=indentClause>“(ii) <span style="font-size: 110%; text-transform: capitalize">A</span><span class=smallcapUSC>DULT CHILD COVERAGE</span>.—For plan years beginning before January 1, 2014, the provisions of section 2714 of the Public Health Service Act (as added by this subtitle) shall apply in the case of an adult child with respect to a grandfathered health plan that is a group health plan only if such adult child is not eligible to enroll in an eligible employer-sponsored health plan (as defined in section 5000A(f)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) other than such grandfathered health plan.”.</p> <p class=indent align=justify>(b) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Clarification regarding dependent coverage</span>.—Section 2714(a) of the Public Health Service Act, as added by section 1001(5) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, is amended by striking “(who is not married)”.</p> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 2302. {{uc|Drugs purchased by covered entities.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>Section 340B of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 256b), as amended by sections 7101 and 7102 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in subsection (a)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) in paragraphs (1), (2), (5), (7), and (9), by striking the terms “covered drug” and “covered drugs” each place either term appears and inserting “covered outpatient drug” or “covered outpatient drugs”, respectively;</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) in paragraph (4)(L)—</p> <p class=indentClause>(i) in clause (i), by striking “and” at the end;</p> <p class=indentClause>(ii) in clause (ii), by striking the period and inserting “; and”; and</p> <p class=indentClause>(iii) by inserting after clause (ii), the following:</p> <p class=indentClause>“(iii) does not obtain covered outpatient drugs through a group purchasing organization or other group purchasing arrangement.”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(C) in paragraph (5)—</p> <p class=indentClause>(i) by striking subparagraph (C);</p> <p class=indentClause>(ii) by redesignating subparagraphs (D) and (E) as subparagraphs (C) and (D), respectively; and</p> <p class=indentClause>(iii) in subparagraph (D), as so redesignated, by striking “subparagraph (D)” and inserting “subparagraph (C)”;</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) by striking subsection (c);</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(3) in subsection (d)—</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(A) by striking “covered drugs” each place it appears and inserting “covered outpatient drugs”; </p> <p class=indentSubpar>(B) by striking “(a)(5)(D)” each place it appears and inserting “(a)(5)(C)”; and</p> <p class=indentSubpar>(C) by striking “(a)(5)(E)” each place it appears and inserting “(a)(5)(D)”; and</p> <div class=indent> <p class=indentparagraph align=justify>(4) by inserting after subsection (d) the following: </p> <p class=indentSubsection align=justify>“(e) <span class=sectionlevelOLCnuclear>Exclusion of orphan drugs for certain covered entities</span>.—For covered entities described in subparagraph (M), (N), or (O) of subsection (a)(4), the term ‘covered outpatient drug’ shall not include a drug designated by the Secretary under section 526 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act for a rare disease or condition.”.</p> </div> <div class="sectionlevelOLC" style="margin-left:2em; text-indent:2em; font-weight:bold;">SEC. 2303. {{uc|Community health centers.}}</div> <p class=indent align=justify>Section 10503(b)(1) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act is amended—</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(1) in subparagraph (A), by striking “700,000,000” and inserting “1,000,000,000”;</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(2) in subparagraph (B), by striking “800,000,000” and inserting “1,200,000,000”;</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(3) in subparagraph (C), by striking “1,000,000,000” and inserting “1,500,000,000”;</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(4) in subparagraph (D), by striking “1,600,000,000” and inserting “2,200,000,000”; and</p> <p class=indentParagraph align=justify>(5) in subparagraph (E), by striking “2,900,000,000” and inserting “3,600,000,000”.</p> {{PD-EdictGov}} ji39vz85993lc3lp31wnmph0dyb35i7 Page:Works of William Blake; poetic, symbolic, and critical (1893) Volume 2.djvu/188 104 623376 14127959 12472460 2024-04-25T14:49:35Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Cygnis insignis" />{{rh|{{larger|174}}|EUROPE|}}</noinclude>of the five senses (Night), and in their region (North), keep their horses (intellectual activities) in the stable and busy themselves with the poetic dreams of Beulah—"consolation of sleepers—land of shades." (156-193, 198.) In the joys of the senses, in the sports of night, the stars of Urizen, the watchers of darkened intellect, awake to desire and life as Urizen did when Orc was chained to the rock (see [[The Book of Urizen|"Urizen"]]). (194.) Till imagination—the dawn of the East—suddenly begining, Red Orc shot from the heights of dream down to the level of fact, and his first performance was the French Revolution. (199-201.) Violence rejoiced, sweet pleasure wept. (202-207.) At this Los, as the spirit of prophecy, called all his powers to strive with blood (268-210), and in strife was Blake's mental warfare all his life long. {{c|{{larger|{{smallcaps|Tabular Abstract to [[Europe a Prophecy|Europe.]]}}}}}} {{c|Night, the period of material or feminine power, comes.}} {| {{ts|bb|bt|sm|width:"100%"}} cellpadding="5px" | |- | {{ts|ar|bb|br}} | (1)&nbsp;Head | {{ts|bb}}| Enitharmon calls for joy. She will bind all pleasure to the "elemental" forces. She calls for Ore, but will have him bound.<br/> |- | {{ts|ar|bb|br}}| Heart | {{ts|bb}}| Enitharmon calls for dominion. Not being satisfied with bindingjoy to matter, she will have matter rule over it. The clouds ofrestraint and cold unimaginativeness fall upon Albion's guardian. He withdraws into the limits of physical man—the serpent-temple—and tries to blow the last trumpet or effect the last fructification. |- | {{ts|ar|bb|br}} | Loins | {{ts|bb}}| Head invading region of heart and loins. Reason, as Newton blows the trumpet, and autumn instead of spring results. |} The meteorological symbolism of the poem may be pieced together as follows:—Night comes on, darkness; the secret child descends first in the east. The sun, Urizen, sheds a faint light along the northern horizon. "Fleecy clouds" float in the air. Orc rises in the form of the northern lights or of a shooting star. The feminine powers long<noinclude> <references/></noinclude> j6alss20pvefa5klbpk5443yk3o8zz6 14127960 14127959 2024-04-25T14:50:25Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Cygnis insignis" />{{rh|{{larger|174}}|EUROPE|}}</noinclude>of the five senses (Night), and in their region (North), keep their horses (intellectual activities) in the stable and busy themselves with the poetic dreams of Beulah—"consolation of sleepers—land of shades." (156-193, 198.) In the joys of the senses, in the sports of night, the stars of Urizen, the watchers of darkened intellect, awake to desire and life as Urizen did when Orc was chained to the rock (see [[The Book of Urizen|"Urizen"]]). (194.) Till imagination—the dawn of the East—suddenly begining, Red Orc shot from the heights of dream down to the level of fact, and his first performance was the French Revolution. (199-201.) Violence rejoiced, sweet pleasure wept. (202-207.) At this Los, as the spirit of prophecy, called all his powers to strive with blood (268-210), and in strife was Blake's mental warfare all his life long. {{c|{{larger|{{smallcaps|Tabular Abstract to [[Europe a Prophecy|Europe.]]}}}}}} {{c|Night, the period of material or feminine power, comes.}} {| {{ts|bc|bb|bt|sm|width:"100%"}} cellpadding="5px" | |- | {{ts|ar|bb|br}} | (1)&nbsp;Head | {{ts|bb}}| Enitharmon calls for joy. She will bind all pleasure to the "elemental" forces. She calls for Ore, but will have him bound.<br/> |- | {{ts|ar|bb|br}}| Heart | {{ts|bb}}| Enitharmon calls for dominion. Not being satisfied with bindingjoy to matter, she will have matter rule over it. The clouds ofrestraint and cold unimaginativeness fall upon Albion's guardian. He withdraws into the limits of physical man—the serpent-temple—and tries to blow the last trumpet or effect the last fructification. |- |{{ts|ar|br}}Loins | Head invading region of heart and loins. Reason, as Newton blows the trumpet, and autumn instead of spring results. |} The meteorological symbolism of the poem may be pieced together as follows:—Night comes on, darkness; the secret child descends first in the east. The sun, Urizen, sheds a faint light along the northern horizon. "Fleecy clouds" float in the air. Orc rises in the form of the northern lights or of a shooting star. The feminine powers long<noinclude> <references/></noinclude> n105xs4u54ce2ap3lcuq4yhez56p17c 14127961 14127960 2024-04-25T14:50:44Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Cygnis insignis" />{{rh|{{larger|174}}|EUROPE|}}</noinclude>of the five senses (Night), and in their region (North), keep their horses (intellectual activities) in the stable and busy themselves with the poetic dreams of Beulah—"consolation of sleepers—land of shades." (156-193, 198.) In the joys of the senses, in the sports of night, the stars of Urizen, the watchers of darkened intellect, awake to desire and life as Urizen did when Orc was chained to the rock (see [[The Book of Urizen|"Urizen"]]). (194.) Till imagination—the dawn of the East—suddenly begining, Red Orc shot from the heights of dream down to the level of fact, and his first performance was the French Revolution. (199-201.) Violence rejoiced, sweet pleasure wept. (202-207.) At this Los, as the spirit of prophecy, called all his powers to strive with blood (268-210), and in strife was Blake's mental warfare all his life long. {{c|{{larger|{{smallcaps|Tabular Abstract to [[Europe a Prophecy|Europe.]]}}}}}} {{c|Night, the period of material or feminine power, comes.}} {| {{ts|bc|bb|bt|sm|width:"100%"}} cellpadding="5px" | |- | {{ts|ar|bb|br}} | (1)&nbsp;Head | {{ts|bb}}| Enitharmon calls for joy. She will bind all pleasure to the "elemental" forces. She calls for Ore, but will have him bound.<br/> |- | {{ts|ar|bb|br}}| Heart | {{ts|bb}}| Enitharmon calls for dominion. Not being satisfied with bindingjoy to matter, she will have matter rule over it. The clouds ofrestraint and cold unimaginativeness fall upon Albion's guardian. He withdraws into the limits of physical man—the serpent-temple—and tries to blow the last trumpet or effect the last fructification. |- |{{ts|ar|br}} | Loins | Head invading region of heart and loins. Reason, as Newton blows the trumpet, and autumn instead of spring results. |} The meteorological symbolism of the poem may be pieced together as follows:—Night comes on, darkness; the secret child descends first in the east. The sun, Urizen, sheds a faint light along the northern horizon. "Fleecy clouds" float in the air. Orc rises in the form of the northern lights or of a shooting star. The feminine powers long<noinclude> <references/></noinclude> lclm5f3nlcjzgh3tbbl6fhsk9gpe0yt Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion 0 623788 14128084 13479750 2024-04-25T15:48:40Z SnowyCinema 2484340 added [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{TextQuality|100%}} {{header | title = [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion]] | author = William Blake | section = | previous = | next = [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 1. Frontispiece|Plate 1. Frontispiece]] | notes = Written and etched 1804-1820. Source: Blake: The Complete Poetry & Prose (David. V. Erdman) In the internet: [http://www.blakearchive.org/exist/blake/archive/erdgen.xq?id=b1.16 www.blakearchive.org] }} {{c|{{xxl|'''JERUSALEM'''}}}} {{c|{{xl|'''The Emanation of The Giant Albion'''}}}} {{c|'''1804 Printed by W. Blake Sth Molton St.'''}} {{float center| * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 1. Frontispiece|Plate 1. Frontispiece]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 2|Plate 2. Title Page]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 3. To the Public|Plate 3. To the Public]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Chapter I|Chapter I (Plates 4-26)]] }} {{float center| * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 4|Plate 4]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 5|Plate 5]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 6|Plate 6]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 7|Plate 7]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 8|Plate 8]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 9|Plate 9]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 10|Plate 10]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 11|Plate 11]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 12|Plate 12]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 13|Plate 13]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 14|Plate 14]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 15|Plate 15]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 16|Plate 16]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 17|Plate 17]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 18|Plate 18]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 19|Plate 19]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 20|Plate 20]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 21|Plate 21]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 22|Plate 22]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 23|Plate 23]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 24|Plate 24]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 25|Plate 25]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Chapter I#Plate 26|Plate 26]] }} {{float center| * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/To the Jews|To the Jews (Plate 27)]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Chapter II|Chapter II (Plates 28-51)]] }} {{c/s}} {| | ''copies A, C, F:'' || || ''copies D, E:'' |- | ||● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 28|Plate 28]] || |- |● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 29|Plate 29 [33] ]] || ||● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 29a|Plate 29a [43] ]] |- |● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 30|Plate 30 [34] ]] || ||● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 30a|Plate 30a [44] ]] |- |● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 31|Plate 31 [35] ]] || ||● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 31a|Plate 31a [45] ]] |- |● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 32|Plate 32 [36] ]] || ||● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 32a|Plate 32a [46] ]] |- |● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 33|Plate 33 [37] ]] || ||● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 33a|Plate 33a [29] ]] |- |● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 34|Plate 34 [38] ]] || ||● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 34a|Plate 34a [30] ]] |- |● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 35|Plate 35 [39] ]] || ||● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 35a|Plate 35a [31] ]] |- |● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 36|Plate 36 [40] ]] || ||● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 36a|Plate 36a [32] ]] |- |● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 37|Plate 37 [41] ]] || ||● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 38a|Plate 37a [33] ]] |- |● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 38|Plate 38 [43] ]] || ||● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 38a|Plate 38a [34] ]] |- |● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 39|Plate 39 [44] ]] || ||● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 39a|Plate 39a [35] ]] |- |● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 40|Plate 40 [45] ]] || ||● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 40a|Plate 40a [36] ]] |- |● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 41|Plate 41 [46] ]] || ||● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 41a|Plate 41a [37] ]] |- | ||● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 42|Plate 42]] |- |● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 43|Plate 43 [29] ]] || ||● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 43a|Plate 43a [38] ]] |- |● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 44|Plate 44 [30] ]] || ||● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 44a|Plate 44a [39] ]] |- |● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 45|Plate 45 [31] ]] || ||● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 45a|Plate 45a [40] ]] |- |● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 46|Plate 46 [32] ]] || ||● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 46a|Plate 46a [41] ]] |- | ||● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 47|Plate 47]] |- | ||● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 48|Plate 48]] |- | ||● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 49|Plate 49]] |- | ||● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 50|Plate 50]] |- | ||● [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 51|Plate 51]] |} {{c/e}} {{float center| * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/To the Deists|To the Deists (Plate 52)]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Chapter III|Chapter III (Plates 53-76)]] }} {{float center| * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 53|Plate 53]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 54|Plate 54]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 55|Plate 55]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 56|Plate 56]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 57|Plate 57]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 58|Plate 58]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 59|Plate 59]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 60|Plate 60]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 61|Plate 61]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 62|Plate 62]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 63|Plate 63]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 64|Plate 64]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 65|Plate 65]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 66|Plate 66]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 67|Plate 67]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 68|Plate 68]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 69|Plate 69]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 70|Plate 70]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 71|Plate 71]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 72|Plate 72]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 73|Plate 73]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 74|Plate 74]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 75|Plate 75]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 76|Plate 76]] }} {{float center| * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/To the Christians|To the Christians (Plate 77)]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Chapter IV|Chapter IV (Plates 78-99)]]}} {{float center| * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 78|Plate 78]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 79|Plate 79]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 80|Plate 80]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 81|Plate 81]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 82|Plate 82]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 83|Plate 83]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 84|Plate 84]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 85|Plate 85]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 86|Plate 86]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 87|Plate 87]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 88|Plate 88]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 89|Plate 89]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 90|Plate 90]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 91|Plate 91]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 92|Plate 92]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 93|Plate 93]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 94|Plate 94]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 95|Plate 95]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 96|Plate 96]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 97|Plate 97]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 98|Plate 98]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 99|Plate 99]] * [[Jerusalem. The Emanation of the Giant Albion/Plate 100|Plate 100]] }} {{PD-old}} [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] clrgy0kgqocphhe5z1zsa8z1jxnvh78 Page:A Set of Six.djvu/286 104 624521 14128652 7585875 2024-04-25T18:04:02Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="William Maury Morris II" /> {{rh|266|THE DUEL|}}</noinclude>{{Hyphenated word end|band|husband}}. "He must never, by any chance, be allowed to guess where the money comes from. It wouldn't do. He couldn't bear it." "You are a ''brave homme'', Armand," said Madame la Générale, appreciatively. "My dear, I had the right to blow his brains out; but as I didn't, we can't let him starve. He has lost his pension and he is utterly incapable of doing anything in the world for himself. We must take care of him, secretly, to the end of his days. Don't I owe him the most ecstatic moment of my life? . . . Ha! ha! ha! Over the fields, two miles, running all the way! I couldn't believe my ears! . . . But for his stupid ferocity, it would have taken me years to find you out. It's extraordinary how in one way or another this man has managed to fasten himself on my deeper feelings."<noinclude></noinclude> 1pnx4lh84g0baunvex7irwou3md2swn Page:A Set of Six.djvu/16 104 624585 14128650 7585569 2024-04-25T18:03:55Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="William Maury Morris II" /> {{rh|x|AUTHOR'S NOTE|}}</noinclude>in there I have forgotten for the most part; and for the rest I really don't see why I should give myself away more than I have done already. It remains for me only now to mention The Duel, the longest story in the book. That story attained the dignity of publication all by itself in a small illustrated volume, under the title, "The Point of Honour." That was many years ago. It has been since reinstated in its proper place, which is the place it occupies in this volume, in all the subsequent editions of my work. Its pedigree is extremely simple. It springs from a ten-line paragraph in a small provincial paper published in the South of France. That paragraph, occasioned by a duel with a fatal ending between two well-known Parisian personalities, referred for some reason or other to the "well-known fact" of two officers in Napoleon's Grand Army having fought a series of duels in the midst of great wars and on some futile pretext. The pretext was never disclosed. I had therefore to invent it; and I think that, given the character of the two officers which I had to invent, too, I have made it sufficiently convincing by the mere force of its absurdity. The truth is that in my mind the story is nothing but a serious and even earnest attempt at a bit of historical fiction. I had heard in my boyhood a good deal of the great Napoleonic legend. I had a genuine feeling that I would find myself at home in it, and The Duel is the result of that feeling, or, if the reader prefers, of that presumption. Personally I have no qualms of conscience about this piece of work. The story might have been better told of course. All one's work might have been better done; but this is the sort of reflection a worker must put aside courageously if he doesn't mean every one of his conceptions to remain for ever a private vision, an evanescent reverie. How many of<noinclude></noinclude> hr4quxk0u21tr47moknmp31t2turm2m Page:Constitution of the Republic of South Africa 1993 from Government Gazette.djvu/112 104 631630 14128132 14089058 2024-04-25T16:11:05Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{rh|<small>222&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;No. 15466</small> ||<small>{{uc|Government Gazette, 28 January 1994}}</small>}} {{rule}} {|width="100%" |-{{ts|vtp}} |{{ts|al|width:8em}}|<small>'''Act No. 200, 1993'''</small> |{{ts|ac}}|<small>{{uc|Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1993}}</small> |}</noinclude>{{center|{{uc|'''Schedule 7'''}}}} {| class="__schedule" |- !width="30%"|'''Number and year of Law''' !'''Title''' !width="25%"|'''Extent of repeal''' |- |Act No. 46 of 1959 |[[Representation between the Republic of South Africa and Self-governing Territories Act, 1959]] |width="25%"|The whole |- |Act No. 32 of 1961 |[[Provincial Government Act, 1961]] |The whole |- |Act No. 22 of 1963 |[[Provincial Councils and Executive Committees Act, 1963]] |The whole |- |Act No. 48 of 1963 |[[Transkei Constitution Act, 1963]] |The whole |- |Act No. 101 of 1967 |[[Transkei Constitution Amendment Act, 1967]] |The whole |- |Act No. 36 of 1968 |[[Transkei Constitution Amendment Act, 1968]] |The whole |- |Act No. 26 of 1969 |[[South Africa Act Amendment Act, 1969]] |The whole |- |Act No. 26 of 1970 |[[National States Citizenship Act, 1970]] |The whole |- |Act No. 21 of 1971 |[[Self-governing Territories Constitution Act, 1971]] |The whole |- |Act No. 31 of 1971 |[[Transkei Constitution Amendment Act, 1971]] |The whole |- |Act No. 61 of 1975 |[[Transkei Constitution Amendment Act, 1975]] |The whole |- |Act No. 3 of 1976 |[[Transkei Constitution Amendment Act, 1976]] |The whole |- |Act No. 65 of 1976 |[[Financial Relations Act, 1976]] |The whole, except sections 27 and 28 |- |Act No. 100 of 1976 |[[Status of Transkei Act, 1976]] |The whole |- |Act No. 30 of 1977 |[[Constitution Amendment Act, 1977]] |The whole |- |Act No. 31 of 1977 |[[Financial Relations Amendment Act, 1977]] |The whole |- |Act No. 89 of 1977 |[[Status of Bophuthatswana Act, 1977]] |The whole |- |Act No. 8 of 1978 |[[Bophuthatswana Border Extension Act, 1978]] |The whole |- |Act No. 13 of 1978 |[[National States Citizenship Amendment Act, 1978]] |The whole |- |Act No. 36 of 1978 |[[Alteration of Provincial Boundaries Act, 1978]] |The whole |- |Act No. 107 of 1979 |[[Status of Venda Act, 1979]] |The whole |- |Act No. 2 of 1980 |[[Borders of Particular States Extension Act, 1980]] |The whole |- |Act No. 70 of 1980 |[[Republic of South Africa Constitution Amendment Act, 1980]] |The whole |- |Act No. 101 of 1980 |[[Republic of South Africa Constitution Fifth Amendment Act, 1980]] |The whole |- |Act No. 77 of 1981 |[[Borders of Particular States Extension Amendment Act, 1981]] |The whole |- |Act No. 101 of 1981 |[[Republic of South Africa Constitution Second Amendment Act, 1981]] |The whole |- |Act No. 102 of 1981 |[[Financial Relations Amendment Act, 1981]] |The whole<noinclude> |}<references/></noinclude> lqch3tr3na1uih8sx8cbsgvtk3s5ap4 Page:Constitution of the Republic of South Africa 1993 from Government Gazette.djvu/113 104 631640 14128136 14089059 2024-04-25T16:14:49Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{rh|<small>224&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;No. 15466</small> ||<small>{{uc|Government Gazette, 28 January 1994}}</small>}} {{rule}} {|width="100%" |-{{ts|vtp}} |{{ts|al|width:8em}}|<small>'''Act No. 200, 1993'''</small> |{{ts|ac}}|<small>{{uc|Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1993}}</small> |} {| class="__schedule" |- |width="30%"|'''Number and year of Law''' |'''Title''' |width="25%"|'''Extent of repeal''' |-</noinclude>{{nopt}} |- |width="30%"|Act No. 110 of 1981 |[[Status of Ciskei Act, 1981]] |width="25%"|The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 34 of 1982 |[[Financial Relations Amendment Act, 1982]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 25 of 1983 |[[Borders of Particular States Extension Amendment Act, 1983]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 88 of 1983 |[[Provincial Affairs Act, 1983]] |The whole, except section 5 |-valign="top" |Act No. 109 of 1983 |[[Borders of Particular States Extension Second Amendment Act, 1983]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 110 of 1983 |[[Republic of South Africa Constitution Act, 1983]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 105 of 1984 |[[Constitution Amendment Act, 1984]] |The whole, except sections 12, 13 and 14 |-valign="top" |Act No. 114 of 1984 |[[Financial Relations Amendment Act, 1984]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 3 of 1985 |[[Financial Relations Amendment Act, 1985]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 26 of 1985 |[[Alteration of Provincial Boundaries Act, 1985]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 104 of 1985 |[[Constitutional Affairs Amendment Act, 1985]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 69 of 1986 |[[Provincial Government Act, 1986]] |The whole, except section 20 |-valign="top" |Act No. 80 of 1986 |[[Joint Executive Authority for KwaZulu and Natal Act, 1986]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 112 of 1986 |[[Borders of Particular States Extension Amendment Act, 1986]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 20 of 1987 |[[Constitution Amendment Act, 1987]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 32 of 1987 |[[Constitutional Laws Amendment Act, 1987]] |Sections 18, 19, 20, 31 and 32 |-valign="top" |Act No. 43 of 1988 |[[Constitutional Laws Amendment Act, 1988]] |Sections 10, 11, 12 and 13 |-valign="top" |Act No. 50 of 1988 |[[Constitution Amendment Act, 1988]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 59 of 1988 |[[Borders of Particular States Extension Act, 1988]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 85 of 1988 |[[National States Constitution Amendment Act, 1988]] |The whole |- |Act No. 86 of 1988 |[[Promotion of Constitutional Development Act, 1988]] |The whole |- |Act No. 101 of 1988 |[[Constitution Third Amendment Act, 1988]] |The whole |- |Act No. 42 of 1989 |[[Incorporation of Certain Land in the Republic of South Africa Act, 1989]] |The whole |- |Act No. 71 of 1989 |[[Constitution Fourth Amendment Act, 1989]] |The whole |- |Act No. 61 of 1990 |[[Constitution Amendment Act, 1990]] |The whole |- |Act No. 111 of 1990 |[[National States Constitution Amendment Act, 1990]] |The whole |- |Act No. 59 of 1991 |[[Provincial Matters Amendment Act, 1991]] |The whole |-|Act No. 62 of 1991 |[[Financial Relations Amendment Act, 1991]] |The whole<noinclude> |}<references/></noinclude> n05s1ednyf40cnylq667o74c48w3c8s 14128143 14128136 2024-04-25T16:19:46Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{rh|<small>224&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;No. 15466</small> ||<small>{{uc|Government Gazette, 28 January 1994}}</small>}} {{rule}} {|width="100%" |-{{ts|vtp}} |{{ts|al|width:8em}}|<small>'''Act No. 200, 1993'''</small> |{{ts|ac}}|<small>{{uc|Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1993}}</small> |} {| class="__schedule" |- |width="30%"|'''Number and year of Law''' |'''Title''' |width="25%"|'''Extent of repeal''' |-</noinclude>{{nopt}} |- |width="30%"|Act No. 110 of 1981 |[[Status of Ciskei Act, 1981]] |width="25%"|The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 34 of 1982 |[[Financial Relations Amendment Act, 1982]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 25 of 1983 |[[Borders of Particular States Extension Amendment Act, 1983]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 88 of 1983 |[[Provincial Affairs Act, 1983]] |The whole, except section 5 |-valign="top" |Act No. 109 of 1983 |[[Borders of Particular States Extension Second Amendment Act, 1983]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 110 of 1983 |[[Republic of South Africa Constitution Act, 1983]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 105 of 1984 |[[Constitution Amendment Act, 1984]] |The whole, except sections 12, 13 and 14 |-valign="top" |Act No. 114 of 1984 |[[Financial Relations Amendment Act, 1984]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 3 of 1985 |[[Financial Relations Amendment Act, 1985]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 26 of 1985 |[[Alteration of Provincial Boundaries Act, 1985]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 104 of 1985 |[[Constitutional Affairs Amendment Act, 1985]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 69 of 1986 |[[Provincial Government Act, 1986]] |The whole, except section 20 |-valign="top" |Act No. 80 of 1986 |[[Joint Executive Authority for KwaZulu and Natal Act, 1986]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 112 of 1986 |[[Borders of Particular States Extension Amendment Act, 1986]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 20 of 1987 |[[Constitution Amendment Act, 1987]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 32 of 1987 |[[Constitutional Laws Amendment Act, 1987]] |Sections 18, 19, 20, 31 and 32 |-valign="top" |Act No. 43 of 1988 |[[Constitutional Laws Amendment Act, 1988]] |Sections 10, 11, 12 and 13 |-valign="top" |Act No. 50 of 1988 |[[Constitution Amendment Act, 1988]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 59 of 1988 |[[Borders of Particular States Extension Act, 1988]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 85 of 1988 |[[National States Constitution Amendment Act, 1988]] |The whole |- |Act No. 86 of 1988 |[[Promotion of Constitutional Development Act, 1988]] |The whole |- |Act No. 101 of 1988 |[[Constitution Third Amendment Act, 1988]] |The whole |- |Act No. 42 of 1989 |[[Incorporation of Certain Land in the Republic of South Africa Act, 1989]] |The whole |- |Act No. 71 of 1989 |[[Constitution Fourth Amendment Act, 1989]] |The whole |- |Act No. 61 of 1990 |[[Constitution Amendment Act, 1990]] |The whole |- |Act No. 111 of 1990 |[[National States Constitution Amendment Act, 1990]] |The whole |- |Act No. 59 of 1991 |[[Provincial Matters Amendment Act, 1991]] |The whole |- |Act No. 62 of 1991 |[[Financial Relations Amendment Act, 1991]] |The whole<noinclude> |}<references/></noinclude> pxjy225f5nlrax9c22glmrszta9c89n 14128145 14128143 2024-04-25T16:21:10Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{rh|<small>224&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;No. 15466</small> ||<small>{{uc|Government Gazette, 28 January 1994}}</small>}} {{rule}} {|width="100%" |-{{ts|vtp}} |{{ts|al|width:8em}}|<small>'''Act No. 200, 1993'''</small> |{{ts|ac}}|<small>{{uc|Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1993}}</small> |} {| class="__schedule" |- !width="30%"|'''Number and year of Law''' !'''Title''' !width="25%"|'''Extent of repeal''' |-</noinclude>{{nopt}} |- |width="30%"|Act No. 110 of 1981 |[[Status of Ciskei Act, 1981]] |width="25%"|The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 34 of 1982 |[[Financial Relations Amendment Act, 1982]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 25 of 1983 |[[Borders of Particular States Extension Amendment Act, 1983]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 88 of 1983 |[[Provincial Affairs Act, 1983]] |The whole, except section 5 |-valign="top" |Act No. 109 of 1983 |[[Borders of Particular States Extension Second Amendment Act, 1983]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 110 of 1983 |[[Republic of South Africa Constitution Act, 1983]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 105 of 1984 |[[Constitution Amendment Act, 1984]] |The whole, except sections 12, 13 and 14 |-valign="top" |Act No. 114 of 1984 |[[Financial Relations Amendment Act, 1984]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 3 of 1985 |[[Financial Relations Amendment Act, 1985]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 26 of 1985 |[[Alteration of Provincial Boundaries Act, 1985]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 104 of 1985 |[[Constitutional Affairs Amendment Act, 1985]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 69 of 1986 |[[Provincial Government Act, 1986]] |The whole, except section 20 |-valign="top" |Act No. 80 of 1986 |[[Joint Executive Authority for KwaZulu and Natal Act, 1986]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 112 of 1986 |[[Borders of Particular States Extension Amendment Act, 1986]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 20 of 1987 |[[Constitution Amendment Act, 1987]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 32 of 1987 |[[Constitutional Laws Amendment Act, 1987]] |Sections 18, 19, 20, 31 and 32 |-valign="top" |Act No. 43 of 1988 |[[Constitutional Laws Amendment Act, 1988]] |Sections 10, 11, 12 and 13 |-valign="top" |Act No. 50 of 1988 |[[Constitution Amendment Act, 1988]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 59 of 1988 |[[Borders of Particular States Extension Act, 1988]] |The whole |-valign="top" |Act No. 85 of 1988 |[[National States Constitution Amendment Act, 1988]] |The whole |- |Act No. 86 of 1988 |[[Promotion of Constitutional Development Act, 1988]] |The whole |- |Act No. 101 of 1988 |[[Constitution Third Amendment Act, 1988]] |The whole |- |Act No. 42 of 1989 |[[Incorporation of Certain Land in the Republic of South Africa Act, 1989]] |The whole |- |Act No. 71 of 1989 |[[Constitution Fourth Amendment Act, 1989]] |The whole |- |Act No. 61 of 1990 |[[Constitution Amendment Act, 1990]] |The whole |- |Act No. 111 of 1990 |[[National States Constitution Amendment Act, 1990]] |The whole |- |Act No. 59 of 1991 |[[Provincial Matters Amendment Act, 1991]] |The whole |- |Act No. 62 of 1991 |[[Financial Relations Amendment Act, 1991]] |The whole<noinclude> |}<references/></noinclude> m1dxndtey9d03o5ot42u2m3wzqd1nf4 Page:Constitution of the Republic of South Africa 1993 from Government Gazette.djvu/114 104 631642 14128179 14089060 2024-04-25T16:35:16Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{rh|<small>226&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;No. 15466</small> ||<small>{{uc|Government Gazette, 28 January 1994}}</small>}} {{rule}} {|width="100%" |-{{ts|btp}} |{{ts|al|width:8em}}|<small>'''Act No. 200, 1993'''</small> |{{ts|ac}}|<small>{{uc|Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1993}}</small> |} {| class="__schedule" |- |width="30%"|'''Number and year of Law''' |'''Title''' |width="25%"|'''Extent of repeal''' |-</noinclude>{{nopt}} |- |Act No. 74 of 1991 |[[Joint Executive Authority for KwaZulu and Natal Amendment Act, 1991]] |The whole |- |Act No. 146 of 1992 |[[Constitution Second Amendment Act, 1992]] |The whole |- |Act No. 149 of 1992 |[[Constitution Amendment Act, 1992]] |The whole |- |Act No. 82 of 1993 |[[Constitution Amendment Act, 1993]] |The whole |}<noinclude> <references/></noinclude> 3ryoekzth4qo04ja7xfxu6v1gsfq3fr Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography/Ulphilas, Herman 0 636021 14130679 11600627 2024-04-26T06:45:53Z MRB16th 3061825 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Appletons' |previous = Ulloa, Francisco de (explorer) |next = Ulrich, Charles Frederick |edition = 1889 |suspicious = yes |extra_notes = The subject is mentioned as leaving his collection to the Museum of Natural History at Berlin, but the museum was not founded until 1810, i.e. 49 years after the subject's date of death. |other_projects = [[:de:w:Herman Ulphilas|Herman Ulphilas]] at [[:de:w:Hauptseite|German Wikipedia]] }}<!-- p. 207 --> <pages index="Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography (1889, volume 6).djvu" from="233" to="233" fromsection="s3" tosection="s3" /> 18gg9x2u2do3mkxqb54zoiojpx8yxzs Template:PAGES NOT PROOFREAD 10 648350 14130699 14125483 2024-04-26T06:57:25Z SodiumBot 3125031 Unattended update of statistics templates wikitext text/x-wiki 1,057,633 sn39byxra01q5truakvlrewlqjthe1t Index:Agreement relating to Malaysia (1963).djvu 106 657582 14130076 13908834 2024-04-25T21:20:43Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=[[Agreement relating to Malaysia between United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore]] |Language=en |Volume=United Nations - Treaty Series No. 10760 |Author=Governments of United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore |Translator= |Editor=United Nations |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=United Nations |Address=London |Year=2007 |Key=Agreement relating to Malaysia |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=djvu |Image=1 |Progress=C |Transclusion=no |Validation_date= |Pages=<pagelist 1=2 2=4 3=6 4=8 5=10 6=12 7=13/> [[fr:livre:Accord relatif à la Malaisie.pdf]] |Volumes=SEE ALSO<br> *[[Index:British hansard (1963) Malaysia bill.djvu]] *[[Index:Malaysia Act 1963.pdf]] *[[Index:Question of Malaysia.djvu]] *[[Index:Agreement relating to the separation of Singapore from Malaysia as an independent and sovereign State.djvu]] |Remarks=TABLE OF CONTENTS<br> {{(!}}style="border-spacing:3px" class="europetable" width="76%" {{!}}- style="vertical-align:top;" {{!}}width="40%" class="MainPageBG" style="border:1px solid #2f2f2f; padding: .5em 1em 1em; color: #000; background-color: #f8fff8"{{!}} {{(!}} width=90% {{!}}- {{!}} width=5% {{!}} {{!}}'''United Nations - Treaty Series No. 10760'''<br> <pagelist from=1 to=1 1="1"/> '''[[Agreement relating to Malaysia between United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore|AGREEMENT RELATING TO MALAYSIA ON 9 JULY 1963]]''' - [[:mul:Perjanjian berkenaan dengan penubuhan perlembagaan Malaysia|Malay texts]] on Multilingual Wikisource<br> <pagelist from=2 to=5 2="1" /><br> ::<b>Related agreeements</b>:<br> ::'''[[Agreement relating to Malaysia between United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore/amendments|AGREEMENT AMENDING THE AGREEMENT RELATING TO MALAYSIA ON 28 AUGUST 1963]]'''<br> ::<pagelist from=235 to=235 235="1" /><br> ::'''[[Agreement relating to Malaysia between United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore/supplementary agreement|SUPPLEMENTARY AGREEMENT RELATING TO MALAYSIA ON 11 SEPTEMBER 1963 - United Nations - Treaty Series No. 10761]]'''<br> '''Annexes :'''<br> :1. '''[[Agreement relating to Malaysia between United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore/Annex A|Annex A:<br> MALAYSIA BILL]]''' :<pagelist from=6 to=68 6="1" /><br><br> ::'''''[[Agreement relating to Malaysia between United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore/Annex A/First Schedule|First Schedule Insertion of new Articles in Constitution.]]'''''<br> ::<pagelist from=69 to=71 69="1" /><br> ::'''''[[Agreement relating to Malaysia between United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore/Annex A/Second Schedule|Second Schedule Section added to Eighth Schedule to Constitution.]]'''''<br> ::<pagelist from=71 to=71 71="1" /><br> ::'''[[Agreement relating to Malaysia between United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore/Annex A/Third Schedule|Third Schedule—Citizenship (amendment of Second Schedule to Constitution).]]'''<br> ::<pagelist from=71 to=75 71="1" /><br> ::'''''[[Agreement relating to Malaysia between United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore/Annex A/Fourth Schedule|Fourth Schedule—Special Legislative Lists for Borneo States and Singapore.]]'''''<br> ::<pagelist from=75 to=77 75="1" /><br> ::'''''[[Agreement relating to Malaysia between United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore/Annex A/Fifth Schedule|Fifth Schedule—Additions for Borneo States to Tenth Schedule (Grants and assigned revenues) to Constitution.]]'''''<br> ::<pagelist from=77 to=78 77="1" /><br> ::'''''[[Agreement relating to Malaysia between United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore/Annex A/Sixth Schedule|Sixth Schedule—Minor and consequential amendments of Constitutions.]]'''''<br> ::<pagelist from=78 to=82 78="1" /><br><br> :2. Annex B:<br> '''[[Agreement relating to Malaysia between United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore/Annex B/table of contents|THE CONSTITUTION OF THE STATE OF SABAH<br>Table of contents ]]''' :<pagelist from=83 to=85 83="1" /><br><br> :'''[[Agreement relating to Malaysia between United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore/Annex B|THE CONSTITUTION OF THE STATE OF SABAH]]''' :<pagelist from=86 to=108 83="1" /><br><br> ::'''''[[Agreement relating to Malaysia between United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore/Annex B/The Schedule|The Schedule - Forms of Oaths and Affirmations]]''''' ::<pagelist from=109 to=109 109="1" /><br><br> :3. Annex C:<br> [[Agreement relating to Malaysia between United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore/Annex C/table of contents|THE CONSTITUTION OF THE STATE OF SARAWAK<br>Table of contents]]<br> ::<pagelist from=110 to=112 110="1" /><br> :'''[[Agreement relating to Malaysia between United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore/Annex C|Annex C:<br> THE CONSTITUTION OF THE STATE OF SARAWAK]]''' :<pagelist from=113 to=132 113="1" /><br><br> ::'''''[[Agreement relating to Malaysia between United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore/Annex C/The Schedule|The Schedule - Forms of Oaths and Affirmations]]''''' ::<pagelist from=133 to=133 133="1" /><br><br> :4. Annex D:<br> [[Agreement relating to Malaysia between United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore/Annex D/table of contents|THE CONSTITUTION OF THE STATE OF SINGAPORE<br>Table of contents]]<br> :<pagelist from=134 to=137 134="1" /><br> :4. '''[[Agreement relating to Malaysia between United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore/Annex D|THE CONSTITUTION OF THE STATE OF SINGAPORE]]''' :<pagelist from=138 to=175 138="1" /><br><br> ::'''''[[Agreement relating to Malaysia between United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore/Annex D/First Schedule|First Schedule - Forms of Oaths and Affirmations]]''''' ::<pagelist from=171 to=172 171="1" /><br><br> ::'''''[[Agreement relating to Malaysia between United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore/Annex D/Second Schedule|Second Schedule - Oath of Allegiance and Loyalty]]''''' ::<pagelist from=172 to=172 172="1" /><br><br> ::'''''[[Agreement relating to Malaysia between United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore/Annex D/Third Schedule|Third Schedule]]''''' :::<pagelist from=172 to=175 172="1" /><br><br> :'''5. Annex E:<br> [[Agreement relating to Malaysia between United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore/Annex E/table of contents|IMMIGRATION BILL<br>Table of contents]]'''<br> :<pagelist from=176 to=177 176="1" /><br> :'''[[Agreement relating to Malaysia between United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore/Annex E|IMMIGRATION BILL<br>(SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR THE BORNEO STATES)]]''' :<pagelist from=176 to=186 176="1" /><br><br> :6. '''[[Agreement relating to Malaysia between United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore/Annex F|Annex F:<br> AGREEMENT OF EXTERNAL DEFENCE AND MUTUAL ASSISTANCE]]''' :<pagelist from=187 to=200 187="1" /><br><br> :7. '''[[Agreement relating to Malaysia between United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore/Annex G|Annex G:<br> NORTH BORNEO (COMPENSATION AND RETIRING BENEFITS) ORDER IN COUNCIL, 1963]]'''<br> :<pagelist from=201 to=219 201="1" /><br><br> :8. '''[[Agreement relating to Malaysia between United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore/Annex H{{!}}Annex H:<br>FORM OF PUBLIC OFFICERS AGREEMENTS IN RESPECT OF SABAH AND SARAWAK]]'''<br> :<pagelist from=220 to=223 220="1" /><br><br> :9. '''[[Agreement relating to Malaysia between United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore/Annex I{{!}}Annex I:<br>FORM OF PUBLIC OFFICERS AGREEMENT IN RESPECT OF SINGAPORE]]'''<br> :<pagelist from=224 to=227 224="1" /><br><br> :10. '''[[Agreement relating to Malaysia between United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore/Annex J{{!}}Annex J:<br> AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENTS OF THE FEDERATION OF MALAYA AND SINGAPORE ON COMMON MARKET AND FINANCIAL ARRANGEMENTS]]'''<br> :<pagelist from=228 to=232 228="1" /><br><br> ::'''[[Agreement relating to Malaysia between United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore/Annex J/Annex to Annex J|Annex to Annek J:<br> SINGAPORE CUSTOMS ORDINANCE]]'''<br> ::<pagelist from=232 to=233 232="1" /><br><br> :11. '''[[Agreement relating to Malaysia between United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Federation of Malaya, North Borneo, Sarawak and Singapore/Annex K{{!}}Annex K:<br>ARRANGEMENTS WITH RESPECT TO BROADCASTING AND TELEVISION IN SINGAPORE]]'''<br> :<pagelist from=234 to=234 234="1" /><br><br><br> {{!)}} {{!)}} |Width= |Header= |Footer=<references/> |tmplver= }} s06mcpx3ulll1e6xusrmmf3308pnbvq Template:Outside L 10 657990 14128640 14122636 2024-04-25T18:02:50Z SnowyCinema 2484340 [[Special:WhatLinksHere/Template:Outside L]] instead wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><templatestyles src="Template:Outside RL/styles.css" />{{page other<!-- -->|{{left sidenote|{{{1}}}|size={{{size|}}}|height={{#if:{{{height|}}}|{{{height|}}}%}}|align={{{align|}}}|class=wst-outside-rl {{{class|}}}}}<!-- -->|{{outside<!-- -->|{{{1}}}<!-- -->|depth={{{depth|{{{2|9}}}}}}<!-- -->|align={{{align|left}}}<!-- -->|size={{{size|83%}}}<!-- -->|top={{{top|4}}}<!-- -->|padding={{{padding|1}}}<!-- -->|height={{{height|125}}}%<!-- -->}}<!-- -->| demospace = {{{demospace|}}}<!-- -->}}{{#if:{{{size|}}}{{{height|}}}{{{align|}}}{{{depth|}}}{{{top|}}}{{{padding|}}}|[[Category:Pages using custom call of Outside]]|}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{padding|}}}|[[Category:Outside items with padding]]}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{depth|}}}{{{2|}}}|[[Category:Outside items with depth]]}}<!-- --></includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation|Template:outside/doc}} </noinclude> 9wtf2vbmjztwdpxatib39oxnj3edldx Page:Works of William Blake; poetic, symbolic, and critical (1893) Volume 2.djvu/150 104 674510 14128087 14119033 2024-04-25T15:49:32Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Dmitrismirnov" /> {{rh|136|{{smaller|THE FIRST BOOK OF URIZEN.}}|}}</noinclude>{{center|{{larger|Notes.}}}} C. 1-12. — The general structure of the book may be seen by the following table of correspondences: — {| {{ts|bb|bt}} width="100%" cellpadding="5px" | | {{ts|ac}}| {{smaller|Head. <br/>Darkness.<br/>Head.&nbsp;&nbsp; Heart.&nbsp;&nbsp; Loins.<br/> Chaos.<br/> Chaos.<br/>''Self- Opaque- Tossing- ''<br/>''hood.&nbsp;&nbsp; ness.'' &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <br/>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;}} | {{ts|ac|bl|br}}| {{smaller| Heart. <br/>Light. <br/>Head.&nbsp;&nbsp; Heart.&nbsp;&nbsp; Loins. <br/>Spine.&nbsp;&nbsp; Heart. &nbsp;&nbsp;Eyes.<br/>Earth. Air. Fire.<br/> ''Time. &nbsp;&nbsp;Space. &nbsp;&nbsp;Ten-'' <br/>''(Spirit) &nbsp;(Essence)&nbsp; dency''<br/>&nbsp;&nbsp;}} | {{ts|ac}}| {{smaller| Loins<br/>Fire. <br/>Head. &nbsp;&nbsp;Heart. &nbsp;&nbsp;Loins.<br/>Ears. &nbsp;&nbsp;Nostrils. Tongue. <br/>Earth. &nbsp;&nbsp;Air. &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Water. <br/> ''Memory.&nbsp; Religion.&nbsp; The''<br/>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;''Sense <br/>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;or Body.'' }} |- |} Though different in expression and distribution of emphasis the main structures is in agreement with Jacob Boehmen's scheme of creation. The first triad is identical with the alchemical categories, salt, mercury and sulphur ; as contraction, motion, and whirling. It must be remembered, too, that the first and second of any triad produce the third, as alchemical salt and mercury produce sulphur. To recapitulate the abstract of the book: iu the first chapter a self-hood arises in eternity ; in the second it hides itself in darkness, and so enters the womb of nature ; in the third it tosses with agony, and these tossings are fixed into various states of consciousness in the fourth chapter; the fifth sees the creation of an organized outer nature ; and the sixth the birth of passion, the product of the states of consciousness and their nature; the seventh and eighth chapter see the rise respectively of memory and moral restraint, and these solidify in the ninth into the mortal body. Prologue, l. 2. — "Religion" used in its common Blakean sense of restriction. L. 3. — North is equivalent to matter. C. 2, v. 2, l. 1. — A trumpet means a creative or unimaginative thought; musical instruments are always generative. V. 2, l. 2. — The cold clouds of Urizen are changed by the<noinclude> <references/></noinclude> gmgxxp2l5mtrfgf13g0g1lkca32q9pb Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1993/1994-04-27/Schedule 1 0 692522 14128214 7224570 2024-04-25T16:44:05Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../|Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1993 (as at 27 April 1994)]] | author = |override_author = ratified by the Multiparty Negotiating Forum and adopted and amended by the Parliament of South Africa | translator = | section = Schedule 1: Definitions of Provinces and Affected Areas | previous = [[../Chapter 15 /]] | next = [[../Schedule 2 /]] | notes = }} <section begin="body"/><section begin="kzn"/><div style="text-align:center"> {{uc|'''Schedule 1'''}} {{anchor|p1}}{{uc|'''Part 1'''}} '''''Definitions of Provinces''''' </div> {{center|{{uc|'''The Province of KwaZulu/Natal'''}}}} {{SLan|Name changed from “The Province of Natal” by [[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Amendment Act, 1994#s11|s. 11]]''(a)'' of [[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Amendment Act, 1994|Act No. 2 of 1994]].}} <div style="text-indent:1.5em"> Districts created in terms of the Magistrates’ Courts Act, 1944 (Act No. 32 of 1944) </div> <div style="margin-left:3em"> {|width="100%" |- |width=33%|Alfred ||width=33%|Kranskop ||width=33%|Nqutu* |- |Babanango ||Lions River ||Paulpietersburg |- |Bergville ||Lower Tugela ||Piet Retief (2) |- |Camperdown ||Lower Umfolozi ||Pietermaritzburg |- |Chatsworth ||Mapumulo* ||Pinetown |- |Dannhauser ||Mhlabatini* ||Polela |- |Dundee ||Mooi River ||Port Shepstone |- |Durban ||Mount Currie (1) ||Richmond |- |Eshowe ||Msinga* ||Ubombo |- |Estcourt ||Mtonjaneni ||Umbumbulu* |- |Glencoe ||Mtunzini ||Umlazi* |- |Hlabisa ||Ndwedwe* ||Umvoti |- |Impendle ||New Hanover ||Umzinto |- |Inanda ||Newcastle ||Underberg |- |Ingwavuma* ||Ngotshe ||Utrecht |- |Ixopo ||Nkandhla* ||Vryheid |- |Klip River ||Nongoma* ||Weenen |} </div> {{SLeb|pad=y}} {{SLi|(1)}} Excluding land mentioned in Proclamations R. 141 of 30 September 1983 and 43 of 26 April 1985 and the farms Drumleary 130 and Stanford 127. {{SLi|(2)}} Only the Simdlangentsha and Pongola areas, described as: {{SLee}} {{center|{{uc|Pongola}}}} <div style="text-indent:1.5em"> From the north-western beacon of Portion 45 (Diagram A 4265/55) of the farm Pongola 61 HU on the boundary between the Republic of South Africa and Swaziland; thence east along the said boundary between the Republic of South Africa and Swaziland to the north-eastern corner of the farm Devils Dive 79 HU, thence generally south along the said boundary to the south-eastern corner of the farm Lebombo’s Poort 92 HU, thence generally west along the middle of the Pongola River, to the south-eastern corner of the farm Zwartkloof 60 HU; thence generally north along the boundaries of the following so as to exclude them out of this area: the said farm Zwartkloof 60 HU, Kranskloof 59 HU and Portion 45 (Diagram A 4275/55) of the farm Pongola 61 HU to the north-eastern beacon of the last-named Portion 45, the place of beginning. </div> {{center|{{uc|Simdlangentsha}}}} <div style="text-indent:1.5em"> From the north-western beacon of Portion 10 (Diagram A 1373/39) of the farm Voorslag 24 HU, in a south-eastern direction along the north-eastern boundary of the said Voorslag 24 HU to the north-western beacon of the farm Beginsel 56 HU; thence eastwards along the northern boundaries of the following properties: the said farm Beginsel 56 HU, Kranskloof 59 HU and Portion 45 (Diagram A 4265/55) of the farm Pongola 61 HU, to the north-eastern beacon of the latter portion; thence in a general southern direction along the boundaries of the following properties so as to include them in this area: the said Portion 45 HU, the farm Kranskloof 59 HU and Zwartkloof 60 HU to the south-eastern beacon of the latter farm in the middle of the Pongola River; thence in a general western direction along the middle of the said Pongola River to the northernmost beacon of the farm Gunsteling 45 HU; thence in a general north-eastern direction along the boundaries of the following properties so as to include them in this area: the said farm Gunsteling 45 HU, Prudentie 46 HU, Oranjedal 38 HU, Tobolsk 28 HU, Belgrade 27 HU and Portion 10 (Diagram A 1373/39) of the farm Voorslag 24 HU to the north-western beacon of the latter farm, the place of beginning. </div> {{SLeb}} {{SLi|*}} Kwazulu districts, as they were on 1 February 1977. {{SLee}} {{nop}}<section end="kzn"/> <pages index="Constitution of the Republic of South Africa 1993 from Government Gazette.djvu" from=94 to=97 /> <section begin="partb"/><div style="text-align:center"> {{anchor|p2}}{{uc|'''Part 2'''}} '''''Affected Areas''''' </div> {{SLeb}} {{SLi|''(a)''}} Bosbokrand—Consisting of the Mala district of Gazankulu and the Mapumaleng district of Lebowa {{SLi|''(b)''}} District of Namaqualand {{SLi|''(c)''}} District of Groblersdal {{SLi|''(d)''}} Northern Transkei/Pondoland—Consisting of the Bizana, Flagstaff, Lusikisiki, Mt Ayliff, Mt Frere, Mt Fletcher, Matatiele and Tabankulu districts of Transkei, as they were defined on 26 October 1976 {{SLan|Para. ''(d)'' amended by [[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Amendment Act, 1994#s11|s. 11]]''(b)'' of [[Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Amendment Act, 1994|Act No. 2 of 1994]].}} {{SLi|''(e)''}} District of Umzimkulu of Transkei, as it was defined on 26 October 1976 {{SLi|''(f)''}} The area consisting of the districts of block “B” envisaged in [[#p1|Part 1]] in respect of the province of Pretoria-Witwatersrand-Vereeniging {{SLi|''(g)''}} The areas consisting of the districts of the two blocks envisaged in Part 1 in respect of the province of Eastern Cape {{SLi|''(h)''}} Province of Northern Cape {{SLi|''(i)''}} The area for which the KwaNdebele Legislative Assembly has been instituted in terms of section 1 of the Self-governing Territories Constitution Act, 1971 (Act No. 21 of 1971), including the districts of Moutse 1, 2 and 3 and the district of Mathanjana as described in Part 2 of the Schedule to the Bophuthatswana Border Extension Act, 1978 (Act No. 8 of 1978) {{SLi|''(j)''}} District of Sasolburg {{SLi|''(k)''}} The area consisting of the districts of Clanwilliam, Vredendal and Van Rhynsdorp {{SLi|''(l)''}} District of Mount Currie, including land mentioned in Proclamations R.141 of 30 September 1983 and 43 of 26 April 1985 and the farms Drumleary 130 and Stanford 127 {{SLi|''(m)''}} The area consisting of the districts of Kuruman, including the area defined in Proclamation 103 of 31 October 1991, Postmasburg and Hartswater {{SLi|''(n)''}} The area consisting of— {{SLeb}} {{SLi|(i)}} the district of Brits, excluding the areas as described in Part 1 of the Schedule to the Bophuthatswana Border Extension Act, 1978 (Act No. 8 of 1978), and Proclamations R.222 of 28 November 1986 and R.98 of 30 June 1989; {{SLi|(ii)}} the districts of Moretele and Odi of Bophuthatswana, as they were defined on 6 December 1977 {{SLee}}{{SLee}} {{nop}}<section end="partb"/><section end="body" /> gwswu2lo52vczjf35kg3udpju1aivi2 Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1993/1994-04-27/Schedule 7 0 692529 14128195 7224577 2024-04-25T16:37:56Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../|Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1993 (as at 27 April 1994)]] | author = |override_author = ratified by the Multiparty Negotiating Forum and adopted and amended by the Parliament of South Africa | translator = | section = Schedule 7: Repeal of Laws | previous = [[../Schedule 6 /]] | next = | notes = }} <section begin="body" /> <pages index="Constitution of the Republic of South Africa 1993 from Government Gazette.djvu" from=112 to=114 /> <section end="body" /> eqx27miy7c0zalkfdq1e7h5rngkyvm6 The New International Encyclopædia/Kindergarten 0 693451 14129885 12441066 2024-04-25T20:01:30Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{TextQuality|75%}} {{NIE |previous = Kind, Johann Friedrich |next = Kindi, Abu Yusuf Ya‘kub ibn-Ishak, al- |wikipedia = Kindergarten |edition = 1905 |author = Paul Monroe }}<!-- p. 496 --> '''KINDERGARTEN''', kĭn'dẽr-gär't''e''n (Ger., children's garden). A school for children from the third or fourth to the seventh year, suggested and organized by [[../Fröbel, Friedrich Wilhelm August|Friedrich Fröbel]] (q.v.), through which the natural activity of the child in play is so organized as to assist in the physical, mental, and moral development. Fröbel first grasped the significance of the idea of evolution in its application to education, and saw the importance of the earlier stages. To him education was a setting free of the powers inherent in the individual. By an organization of the child's instinctive tendency to action, through gradual, continuous exercises, his best tendencies can be strengthened, and at the same time he can acquire a certain preliminary knowledge of the world of nature and man around him. Thus the child gains control over his own being, develops power of thought, self-control, accuracy of sense-perception, and a tendency toward an active intellectual life. Fröbel was a close student of child life. Hence his suggestion of means and methods for the kindergarten work were based on accurate knowledge of child nature, and have been of permanent value. The mere play instinct alone would not suffice, but the plays and games must be selected and organized. Fröbel classified the material to be so used as gifts and occupations. <!-- column 2 --> The kindergarten is a new social institution for the child, in which he has free scope to be himself while being also one of a community of equals toward whom he must observe his duties and accept the responsibility of his part in the whole. The gifts and the occupations are there introduced gradually and in a logical order. As he becomes familiar with the properties of the one he is led on to the next, which properly grows out of the first, each introducing new impressions and repeating the old. The ''first gift'' is composed of six rubber or woolen balls, three of the primary and three of the secondary colors. The ball is chosen as the simplest type form, from which may be derived all other forms, as embodying the element of constancy and unity. Through the balls the idea of comparison is introduced, and sensation and perception become clearer and stronger through the similarity, contrast, and discrimination made possible by the almost innumerable exercises and games. The ''second gift'', comprising a wooden ball, cylinder, and cube, carries impressions further, and offers not only in itself, but also with the first gift, a strong illustration of contrasts and their connections. In shape, in material, in hardness, in color, etc., it contrasts with its predecessor, but is like it in the common shape of the balls. With the ''third gift'', consisting of a wooden cube cut once in each dimension to form eight smaller cubes, begins the first impression of a whole divisible into similar parts. Here, too, are the first steps in number, in analysis of construction, the first suggestion, in the gifts, of the relation of the individual to the whole, and of the need of every perfect part to form a perfect unit. With the use of this gift the child accustoms himself to regularity, care, precision, beauty. The ''fourth gift'', a cube like that of the third, but cut once horizontally and twice vertically into eight rectangular parallelograms, introduces especially the new element of a whole composed of parts unlike itself. The ''fifth'' and ''sixth gifts'' are but extensions of the third and fourth, with more material and differing forms of solids. The seventh gift consists of quadrangular and triangular tablets of cardboard or thin wood, giving a basis for studies in surfaces and colors. The ''eighth'' and ''ninth gifts'' are introductory to drawing, and consist of small strips of laths and of rings and circles in cardboard, which can be arranged into all sorts of patterns. The development of Fröbelian principles has caused much more stress to be placed upon the occupations than upon the use of the gifts. These occupations are, modeling in clay and in cardboard, and, later, wood-carving, or sloyd; paper-folding, in two and three dimensions; paper-cutting, paper mosaic, and work with the color-brush; mat-plaiting, slat-weaving, paper-weaving, sewing, wax or cork work with sticks, drawing in checks and free, bead-threading, and perforating. These occupations are grouped above, not in the order of their use, but as they deal with solids, surfaces, and lines and points. The union of part with part in the kindergarten periods is maintained by a central, seasonable thought, from which spring all the exercises of day, week, and month, that thought always dealing with subjects within the general and local experience of the kindergarten children. The songs, games, and stories, which hold together <!-- p. 497 --> the periods of gift and occupation exercises, are also an integral part of them, growing out of them and their necessities. While they are the means of developing the singing voice, facility in language, grace and strength of body, they are also compassing the powers of attention, observation, imagination &mdash; they are helping the child to think, to obey law, to govern himself, to stand in the proper attitude toward his environment. Another aspect is the industrial connection of the kindergarten with life. Manual training, not in special but in general dexterity, forms an important part of the kindergarten training. From the delicacy of touch, as needed in such gifts as paper-folding and parquetry, to the strength and decision gained by the hands in clay-modeling, all degrees of handling are introduced, accuracy becomes a second nature, and crisp, distinct action is attained. The kindergarten also develops an interest in nature, and gives the child an impulse to study its forces and phenomena. {|{{ts|ba|bc|mc}} |- |{{ts|padding:5px}}|[[Image:NIE Kindergarten Christian Memorial Brooklyn.jpg|600px]] |- |{{ts|padding:5px}}[[Image:NIE Kindergarten Pratt Institute Brooklyn.jpg|600px]] |} {{c|TYPICAL KINDERGARTENS}} {|align="center" |1. Interior of H. S. Christian Memorial Kindergarten, Brooklyn, N. Y.<br>2. Children of Pratt Institute Kindergarten, Brooklyn, N. Y., gardening. |} The first kindergarten was opened by Fröbel in the year 1840 in the village of Blankenburg in the Thuringian Forest. Until his death in 1852, Fröbel gave himself up to the work of establishing other of these institutions, and of interesting and enlisting the friends of education in the cause. After his death the Baroness Marenholtz-Bülow, Fröbel's ardent disciple, devoted herself to carrying on the work, and the movement has steadily grown until kindergartens form a component part of the public-school system in most Continental countries, in most cities of the United States, and in some South American and Asiatic countries. In France and French Switzerland their establishment is compulsory, and they are supported and organized like any other part of the public-school system. In Germany and England their support is yet local or philanthropic. The pioneer movement for the establishment of kindergartens in the United States was led by Miss Elizabeth Pcabody, of Boston, who on becoming interested in Fröbel's writings went to Germany in 1867 to study his system. She returned the next year and devoted the remainder of her life to the popularizing of the Fröbelian principle of education, ably seconded by Mrs. Horace Mann and Dr. Henry Barnard. During the decade of the sixties several kindergartens were established in Boston, Mass., Hoboken, N. J., and Louisville, Ky. A similar movement was led independently in New York by Miss Henrietta Haines and Miss Boelte, the latter a pupil of Fröbel's widow. During the seventies philanthropic associations were established in numerous cities for the support of kindergartens as charitable institutions. These were begun in Florence, Mass., in 1874, and in Boston in 1878; this movement prospered especially in San Francisco, Brooklyn, New York, Chicago, Pittsburg, Cincinnati, and Louisville, and was supported in various other places. The first public kindergarten was opened in Boston in 1870, but shortly abandoned. The first permanently successful attempt to make the kindergarten a part of the public-school system was begun in Saint Louis in 1873, under the leadership of Miss Susan Blow and Dr. W. T. Harris. Boston, Philadelphia, Chicago, Milwaukee, and in time most of the large cities and many of the smaller ones, have followed Saint Louis in this respect, usual<!-- column 2 -->ly through the absorption of free kindergartens previously established by private benevolent associations. In 1898-99 there were reported to the United States Commissioner of Education 2884 kindergartens, having 5764 teachers and 143,720 pupils. These statistics are far below the actual numbers, for the reports made are purely voluntary. Statistics privately collected show the number of kindergartens to have increased as follows: in 1873, 43; in 1882, 348; in 1892, 1311; in 1898, 4363. The kindergarten movement was furthered by a magazine ''The Kindergarten'' ''Messenger'', first published in 1873 by Miss Peabody. At the present time there are very many similar publications. The ''American Froebel Union'', established in 1867, also by Miss Peabody, was the forerunner of many such associations. The ''Union'' became the kindergarten department of the National Educational Association in 1885. Many schools for the training of kindergartners have been established either as independent enterprises or in connection with other educational institutions, chiefly normal schools. The best known of these, now connected with normal schools, are the Chicago Kindergarten College, and those in connection with the Teachers College, Columbia University, and with Pratt Institute, Brooklyn. {{small-caps|Bibliography}}. There is now a very extensive literature relating to the subject. Consult: Fröbel, ''Die Menschenerziehung'' (Keilhau, 1826); id., ''Pedagogik des Kindergartens'' (Keilhau, 1837-40); id., ''Autobiographie'', translated (London, 1886); id., ''Mutter- und Koselieder'' (new ed., Vienna, 1895); Madame Marenholtz-Bülow, ''Die Arbeit'' ''und die neue Erziehung'' (Berlin, 1886); ''Das'' ''Kind und sein Wesen'' (2d ed., Berlin, 1878); ''Erinnerungen an Froebel'' (Kassel, 1876); ''Der'' ''Kindergarten des Kindes erste Werkstätte'' (2d ed., Dresden, 1878); ''Woman's Educational Mission''. Among the more useful translations of these are ''Reminiscences of Froebel'', by Mrs. Horace Mann (Boston, 1877); ''The Songs and'' ''Music of Froebel's Mother Play'', by Susan E. Blow (New York, 1874); ''Education of Man'', by Dr. Hailmann (New York, 1892); Fröbel's ''Autobiography'' (London, 1886); and Madame Marenholtz-Bülow's ''Child and Child Nature'' and ''Hand-work and Head-work'' (London, 1899). Dr. Henry Barnard published in 1881 a translation of the ''Autobiography'', and of other important works, as well as many original contributions under the title of ''Kindergarten and Child'' ''Culture''. The complete works of Fröbel are now published in translation in the “International Educational Series” (New York). Other important publications in English are: Schireff, ''The'' ''Kindergarten'' (London, 1889); Hailmann, ''Kindergarten Culture in the Family and Kindergarten'' (Cincinnati, 1873); Bowen, ''Froebel and'' ''Education by Self-activity'' (London, 1892); Kraus, ''The Kindergarten Guide'' (New York and London, 1882); Hailmann, ''The Law of Childhood'' ''and Kindergarten Methods in the Primary'' ''School'' (Chicago, 1889); Mrs. Hailmann, ''Songs'' ''and Games for the Kindergarten'' (Springfield, Mass., 1887); Blow, ''Symbolic Education'' (New York, 1889); Hughes, ''Froebel's Educational'' ''Laws'' (New York, 1899). See [[../Fröbel, Friedrich Wilhelm August|{{small-caps|Fröbel}}]]; {{NIE Article Link|National Education, Systems of}}. 1jxs2kisxwsfhfh2qlxlluu41v8ihc1 14129886 14129885 2024-04-25T20:01:52Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{TextQuality|75%}} {{NIE |previous = Kind, Johann Friedrich |next = Kindi, Abu Yusuf Ya‘kub ibn-Ishak, al- |wikipedia = Kindergarten |edition = 1905 |author = Paul Monroe }}<!-- p. 496 --> '''KINDERGARTEN''', kĭn'dẽr-gär't''e''n (Ger., children's garden). A school for children from the third or fourth to the seventh year, suggested and organized by [[../Fröbel, Friedrich Wilhelm August|Friedrich Fröbel]] (q.v.), through which the natural activity of the child in play is so organized as to assist in the physical, mental, and moral development. Fröbel first grasped the significance of the idea of evolution in its application to education, and saw the importance of the earlier stages. To him education was a setting free of the powers inherent in the individual. By an organization of the child's instinctive tendency to action, through gradual, continuous exercises, his best tendencies can be strengthened, and at the same time he can acquire a certain preliminary knowledge of the world of nature and man around him. Thus the child gains control over his own being, develops power of thought, self-control, accuracy of sense-perception, and a tendency toward an active intellectual life. Fröbel was a close student of child life. Hence his suggestion of means and methods for the kindergarten work were based on accurate knowledge of child nature, and have been of permanent value. The mere play instinct alone would not suffice, but the plays and games must be selected and organized. Fröbel classified the material to be so used as gifts and occupations. <!-- column 2 --> The kindergarten is a new social institution for the child, in which he has free scope to be himself while being also one of a community of equals toward whom he must observe his duties and accept the responsibility of his part in the whole. The gifts and the occupations are there introduced gradually and in a logical order. As he becomes familiar with the properties of the one he is led on to the next, which properly grows out of the first, each introducing new impressions and repeating the old. The ''first gift'' is composed of six rubber or woolen balls, three of the primary and three of the secondary colors. The ball is chosen as the simplest type form, from which may be derived all other forms, as embodying the element of constancy and unity. Through the balls the idea of comparison is introduced, and sensation and perception become clearer and stronger through the similarity, contrast, and discrimination made possible by the almost innumerable exercises and games. The ''second gift'', comprising a wooden ball, cylinder, and cube, carries impressions further, and offers not only in itself, but also with the first gift, a strong illustration of contrasts and their connections. In shape, in material, in hardness, in color, etc., it contrasts with its predecessor, but is like it in the common shape of the balls. With the ''third gift'', consisting of a wooden cube cut once in each dimension to form eight smaller cubes, begins the first impression of a whole divisible into similar parts. Here, too, are the first steps in number, in analysis of construction, the first suggestion, in the gifts, of the relation of the individual to the whole, and of the need of every perfect part to form a perfect unit. With the use of this gift the child accustoms himself to regularity, care, precision, beauty. The ''fourth gift'', a cube like that of the third, but cut once horizontally and twice vertically into eight rectangular parallelograms, introduces especially the new element of a whole composed of parts unlike itself. The ''fifth'' and ''sixth gifts'' are but extensions of the third and fourth, with more material and differing forms of solids. The seventh gift consists of quadrangular and triangular tablets of cardboard or thin wood, giving a basis for studies in surfaces and colors. The ''eighth'' and ''ninth gifts'' are introductory to drawing, and consist of small strips of laths and of rings and circles in cardboard, which can be arranged into all sorts of patterns. The development of Fröbelian principles has caused much more stress to be placed upon the occupations than upon the use of the gifts. These occupations are, modeling in clay and in cardboard, and, later, wood-carving, or sloyd; paper-folding, in two and three dimensions; paper-cutting, paper mosaic, and work with the color-brush; mat-plaiting, slat-weaving, paper-weaving, sewing, wax or cork work with sticks, drawing in checks and free, bead-threading, and perforating. These occupations are grouped above, not in the order of their use, but as they deal with solids, surfaces, and lines and points. The union of part with part in the kindergarten periods is maintained by a central, seasonable thought, from which spring all the exercises of day, week, and month, that thought always dealing with subjects within the general and local experience of the kindergarten children. The songs, games, and stories, which hold together <!-- p. 497 --> the periods of gift and occupation exercises, are also an integral part of them, growing out of them and their necessities. While they are the means of developing the singing voice, facility in language, grace and strength of body, they are also compassing the powers of attention, observation, imagination &mdash; they are helping the child to think, to obey law, to govern himself, to stand in the proper attitude toward his environment. Another aspect is the industrial connection of the kindergarten with life. Manual training, not in special but in general dexterity, forms an important part of the kindergarten training. From the delicacy of touch, as needed in such gifts as paper-folding and parquetry, to the strength and decision gained by the hands in clay-modeling, all degrees of handling are introduced, accuracy becomes a second nature, and crisp, distinct action is attained. The kindergarten also develops an interest in nature, and gives the child an impulse to study its forces and phenomena. {|{{ts|ba|bc|mc}} |- |{{ts|padding:5px}}|[[Image:NIE Kindergarten Christian Memorial Brooklyn.jpg|600px]] |- |{{ts|padding:5px}}|[[Image:NIE Kindergarten Pratt Institute Brooklyn.jpg|600px]] |} {{c|TYPICAL KINDERGARTENS}} {|align="center" |1. Interior of H. S. Christian Memorial Kindergarten, Brooklyn, N. Y.<br>2. Children of Pratt Institute Kindergarten, Brooklyn, N. Y., gardening. |} The first kindergarten was opened by Fröbel in the year 1840 in the village of Blankenburg in the Thuringian Forest. Until his death in 1852, Fröbel gave himself up to the work of establishing other of these institutions, and of interesting and enlisting the friends of education in the cause. After his death the Baroness Marenholtz-Bülow, Fröbel's ardent disciple, devoted herself to carrying on the work, and the movement has steadily grown until kindergartens form a component part of the public-school system in most Continental countries, in most cities of the United States, and in some South American and Asiatic countries. In France and French Switzerland their establishment is compulsory, and they are supported and organized like any other part of the public-school system. In Germany and England their support is yet local or philanthropic. The pioneer movement for the establishment of kindergartens in the United States was led by Miss Elizabeth Pcabody, of Boston, who on becoming interested in Fröbel's writings went to Germany in 1867 to study his system. She returned the next year and devoted the remainder of her life to the popularizing of the Fröbelian principle of education, ably seconded by Mrs. Horace Mann and Dr. Henry Barnard. During the decade of the sixties several kindergartens were established in Boston, Mass., Hoboken, N. J., and Louisville, Ky. A similar movement was led independently in New York by Miss Henrietta Haines and Miss Boelte, the latter a pupil of Fröbel's widow. During the seventies philanthropic associations were established in numerous cities for the support of kindergartens as charitable institutions. These were begun in Florence, Mass., in 1874, and in Boston in 1878; this movement prospered especially in San Francisco, Brooklyn, New York, Chicago, Pittsburg, Cincinnati, and Louisville, and was supported in various other places. The first public kindergarten was opened in Boston in 1870, but shortly abandoned. The first permanently successful attempt to make the kindergarten a part of the public-school system was begun in Saint Louis in 1873, under the leadership of Miss Susan Blow and Dr. W. T. Harris. Boston, Philadelphia, Chicago, Milwaukee, and in time most of the large cities and many of the smaller ones, have followed Saint Louis in this respect, usual<!-- column 2 -->ly through the absorption of free kindergartens previously established by private benevolent associations. In 1898-99 there were reported to the United States Commissioner of Education 2884 kindergartens, having 5764 teachers and 143,720 pupils. These statistics are far below the actual numbers, for the reports made are purely voluntary. Statistics privately collected show the number of kindergartens to have increased as follows: in 1873, 43; in 1882, 348; in 1892, 1311; in 1898, 4363. The kindergarten movement was furthered by a magazine ''The Kindergarten'' ''Messenger'', first published in 1873 by Miss Peabody. At the present time there are very many similar publications. The ''American Froebel Union'', established in 1867, also by Miss Peabody, was the forerunner of many such associations. The ''Union'' became the kindergarten department of the National Educational Association in 1885. Many schools for the training of kindergartners have been established either as independent enterprises or in connection with other educational institutions, chiefly normal schools. The best known of these, now connected with normal schools, are the Chicago Kindergarten College, and those in connection with the Teachers College, Columbia University, and with Pratt Institute, Brooklyn. {{small-caps|Bibliography}}. There is now a very extensive literature relating to the subject. Consult: Fröbel, ''Die Menschenerziehung'' (Keilhau, 1826); id., ''Pedagogik des Kindergartens'' (Keilhau, 1837-40); id., ''Autobiographie'', translated (London, 1886); id., ''Mutter- und Koselieder'' (new ed., Vienna, 1895); Madame Marenholtz-Bülow, ''Die Arbeit'' ''und die neue Erziehung'' (Berlin, 1886); ''Das'' ''Kind und sein Wesen'' (2d ed., Berlin, 1878); ''Erinnerungen an Froebel'' (Kassel, 1876); ''Der'' ''Kindergarten des Kindes erste Werkstätte'' (2d ed., Dresden, 1878); ''Woman's Educational Mission''. Among the more useful translations of these are ''Reminiscences of Froebel'', by Mrs. Horace Mann (Boston, 1877); ''The Songs and'' ''Music of Froebel's Mother Play'', by Susan E. Blow (New York, 1874); ''Education of Man'', by Dr. Hailmann (New York, 1892); Fröbel's ''Autobiography'' (London, 1886); and Madame Marenholtz-Bülow's ''Child and Child Nature'' and ''Hand-work and Head-work'' (London, 1899). Dr. Henry Barnard published in 1881 a translation of the ''Autobiography'', and of other important works, as well as many original contributions under the title of ''Kindergarten and Child'' ''Culture''. The complete works of Fröbel are now published in translation in the “International Educational Series” (New York). Other important publications in English are: Schireff, ''The'' ''Kindergarten'' (London, 1889); Hailmann, ''Kindergarten Culture in the Family and Kindergarten'' (Cincinnati, 1873); Bowen, ''Froebel and'' ''Education by Self-activity'' (London, 1892); Kraus, ''The Kindergarten Guide'' (New York and London, 1882); Hailmann, ''The Law of Childhood'' ''and Kindergarten Methods in the Primary'' ''School'' (Chicago, 1889); Mrs. Hailmann, ''Songs'' ''and Games for the Kindergarten'' (Springfield, Mass., 1887); Blow, ''Symbolic Education'' (New York, 1889); Hughes, ''Froebel's Educational'' ''Laws'' (New York, 1899). See [[../Fröbel, Friedrich Wilhelm August|{{small-caps|Fröbel}}]]; {{NIE Article Link|National Education, Systems of}}. nbjc7kxdst2788570klyvq9p1xabsx1 Page:EB1911 - Volume 05.djvu/244 104 706469 14130723 10962015 2024-04-26T07:09:54Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="DivermanAU" />{{EB1911 Page Heading|{{x-smaller|POPULATION]}}|Cape Colony||   231}}</noinclude>the eastern coast-lands the vegetation becomes distinctly subtropical. Of pod-bearing plants there are upwards of eighty genera: Cape “everlasting” flowers (generally species of ''Helichrysum'') are in great numbers. Several species of aloe are indigenous to the Cape. The so-called American aloe has also been naturalized. The castor-oil plant and many other plants of great value in medicine are indigenous in great abundance. Among plants remarkable in their appearance and structure may be noted the cactus-like Euphorbiae or spurge plants, the ''Stapelia'' or carrion flower, and the elephant’s foot or Hottentots’ bread, a plant of the same order as the yam. Hooks, thorns and prickles are characteristic of many South African plants. Forests are confined to the seaward slopes of the coast ranges facing south. They cover between 500 and 600 sq. m. The forests contain a great variety of useful woods, affording excellent timber; among the commonest trees are the yellow wood, which is also one of the largest, belonging to the yew species; black iron wood; heavy, close-grained and durable stinkhout; melkhout, a white wood used for wheel work; nieshout; and the assegai or Cape lancewood. Forest trees rarely exceed 30 ft. in height and scarcely any attain a greater height than 60 ft. A characteristic Cape tree is ''Leucadendron argenteum'' or silver tree, so named from the silver-like lustre of stem and leaves. The so-called cedars, whence the Cedarberg got its name, exist no longer. Among trees introduced by the Dutch or British colonists the oak, poplar, various pines, the Australian blue-gum (eucalyptus) and wattle flourish. The silver wattle grows freely in shifting sands and by its means waste lands, ''e.g.'' the Cape Flats, have been reclaimed. The oak grows more rapidly and more luxuriantly than in Europe. There are few indigenous fruits; the kei apple is the fruit of a small tree or shrub found in Kaffraria and the eastern districts, where also the wild and Kaffir plums are common; hard pears, gourds, water melons and species of almond, chestnut and lemon are also native. Almost all the fruits of other countries have been introduced and flourish. On the Karroo the bush consists of dwarf mimosas, wax-heaths and other shrubs, which after the spring rains are gorgeous in blossom (see {{EB1911 article link|Karroo}}). The grass of the interior plains is of a coarse character and yellowish colour, very different from the meadow grasses of England. The “Indian” doab grass is also indigenous. With regard to mountain flora arborescent shrubs do not reach beyond about 4000 ft. Higher up the slopes are covered with small heath, ''Bruniaceae, Rutaceae'', &c. All plants with permanent foliage are thickly covered with hair. Above 6000 ft. over seventy species of plants of Alpine character have been found. ''Races and Population''.—The first inhabitants of Cape Colony of whom there is any record were {{EB1911 lkpl|Bushmen}} and {{EB1911 lkpl|Hottentots}} (''q.v.''). The last-named were originally called Quaequaes, and received the name Hottentots from the Dutch. They dwelt chiefly in the south-west and north-west parts of the country; elsewhere the inhabitants were of Bantu negroid stock, and to them was applied the name Kaffir. When the Cape was discovered by Europeans, the population, except along the coast, was very scanty and it is so still. The advent of Dutch settlers and a few Huguenot families in the 17th century was followed in the 19th century by that of English and German immigrants. The Bushmen retreated before the white races and now few are to be found in the colony. These live chiefly in the districts bordering the Orange river. The tribal organization of the Hottentots has been broken up, and probably no ''pure bred'' representatives of the race survive in the colony. Half-breeds of mixed Hottentot, Dutch and Kaffir blood now form the bulk of the native population west of the Great Fish river. Of Kaffir tribes the most important living north of the Orange river are the Bechuanas, whilst in the eastern province and Kaffraria live the Fingoes, Tembus and Pondos. The Amaxosa are the principal Kaffir tribe in Cape Colony proper. The Griquas (or Bastaards) are descendants of Dutch-Hottentot half-castes. They give their name to two tracts of country. During the slavery period many thousands of negroes were imported, chiefly from the Guinea coast. The negroes have been largely assimilated by the Kaffir tribes. (For particulars of the native races see their separate articles.) Of the white races in the Colony the French element has been completely absorbed in the Dutch. They and the German settlers are mainly pastoral people. The Dutch, who have retained in a debased form their own language, also engage largely in agriculture and viticulture. Of fine physique and hardy constitution, they are of strongly independent character; patriarchal in their family life; shrewd, ''slim'' and courageous; in religion Protestants of a somewhat austere type. Education is somewhat neglected by them, and the percentage of illiteracy among adults is high. They are firm believers in the inferiority of the black races and regard servitude as their natural lot. The British settlers have developed few characteristics differing from the home type. The British element of the community is largely resident in the towns, and is generally engaged in trade or in professional pursuits; but in the eastern provinces the bulk of the farmers are English or German; the German farmers being found in the district between King William’s Town and East London, and on the Cape Peninsula. Numbers of them retain their own language. The term “Africander” is sometimes applied to all white residents in Cape Colony and throughout British South Africa, but is often restricted to the Dutch-speaking colonists. “Boer,” ''i.e.'' farmer, as a synonym for “Dutch,” is not in general use in Cape Colony. Besides the black and white races there is a large colony of Malays in Cape Town and district, originally introduced by the Dutch as slaves. These people are largely leavened with foreign elements and, professing Mahommedanism, religion rather than race is their bond of union. They add greatly by their picturesque dress to the gaiety of the street scenes. They are generally small traders, but many are wealthy. There are also a number of Indians in the colony. English is the language of the towns; elsewhere, except in the eastern provinces, the ''taal'' or vernacular Dutch is the tongue of the majority of the whites, as it is of the natives in the western provinces. The first census was taken in 1865 when the population of the colony, which then had an area of 195,000 sq. m., and did not include the comparatively densely-populated Native Territories, was 566,158. Of these the Europeans numbered 187,400 or about 33% of the whole. Of the coloured races the Hottentots and Bushmen were estimated at 82,000, whilst the Kaffirs formed about 50% of the population. Since 1865 censuses have been taken—in 1875, 1891 and 1904. In 1875 Basutoland formed part of the colony; in 1891 Transkei, Tembuland, Griqualand East, Griqualand West and Walfish Bay had been incorporated, and Basutoland had been disannexed; and in 1904 Pondoland and British Bechuanaland had been added. The following table gives the area and population at each of the three periods. {|{{ts|ba|mc|ac|font-size:92%; line-height:130%;"}} border=1 rules=all cellpadding=3 |colspan=2|1875. |colspan=2|1891. |colspan=2|1904. |- |Area. sq. m. |Pop. |Area. sq. m. |Pop. |Area. sq. m. |Pop. |- |201,136 |849,160 |260,918 |1,527,224 |276,995 |2,409,804 |} The 1875 census gave the population of the colony proper at 720,984, and that of Basutoland at 128,176. The colony is officially divided into nine provinces, but is more conveniently treated as consisting of three regions, to which may be added the detached area of Walfish Bay and the islands along the coast of Namaqualand. The table on the next page shows the distribution of population in the various areas. The white population, which as stated was 187,400 in 1865 and 579,741 in 1904, was at the intermediate censuses 236,783 in 1875 and 376,987 in 1891. The proportion of Dutch descended whites to those of British origin is about 3 to 2. No exact comparison can be made showing the increase in the native population owing to the varying areas of the colony, but the natives have multiplied more rapidly than the whites; the increase in the numbers of the last-named being due, in considerable measure, to immigration. The whites who form about 25%<noinclude></noinclude> q0lhrx3macn4qlzrsqzn6uhkeauzuw0 14131334 14130723 2024-04-26T08:49:00Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="DivermanAU" />{{EB1911 Page Heading|{{x-smaller|POPULATION]}}|Cape Colony||   231}}</noinclude>the eastern coast-lands the vegetation becomes distinctly subtropical. Of pod-bearing plants there are upwards of eighty genera: Cape “everlasting” flowers (generally species of ''Helichrysum'') are in great numbers. Several species of aloe are indigenous to the Cape. The so-called American aloe has also been naturalized. The castor-oil plant and many other plants of great value in medicine are indigenous in great abundance. Among plants remarkable in their appearance and structure may be noted the cactus-like Euphorbiae or spurge plants, the ''Stapelia'' or carrion flower, and the elephant’s foot or Hottentots’ bread, a plant of the same order as the yam. Hooks, thorns and prickles are characteristic of many South African plants. Forests are confined to the seaward slopes of the coast ranges facing south. They cover between 500 and 600 sq. m. The forests contain a great variety of useful woods, affording excellent timber; among the commonest trees are the yellow wood, which is also one of the largest, belonging to the yew species; black iron wood; heavy, close-grained and durable stinkhout; melkhout, a white wood used for wheel work; nieshout; and the assegai or Cape lancewood. Forest trees rarely exceed 30 ft. in height and scarcely any attain a greater height than 60 ft. A characteristic Cape tree is ''Leucadendron argenteum'' or silver tree, so named from the silver-like lustre of stem and leaves. The so-called cedars, whence the Cedarberg got its name, exist no longer. Among trees introduced by the Dutch or British colonists the oak, poplar, various pines, the Australian blue-gum (eucalyptus) and wattle flourish. The silver wattle grows freely in shifting sands and by its means waste lands, ''e.g.'' the Cape Flats, have been reclaimed. The oak grows more rapidly and more luxuriantly than in Europe. There are few indigenous fruits; the kei apple is the fruit of a small tree or shrub found in Kaffraria and the eastern districts, where also the wild and Kaffir plums are common; hard pears, gourds, water melons and species of almond, chestnut and lemon are also native. Almost all the fruits of other countries have been introduced and flourish. On the Karroo the bush consists of dwarf mimosas, wax-heaths and other shrubs, which after the spring rains are gorgeous in blossom (see {{EB1911 article link|Karroo}}). The grass of the interior plains is of a coarse character and yellowish colour, very different from the meadow grasses of England. The “Indian” doab grass is also indigenous. With regard to mountain flora arborescent shrubs do not reach beyond about 4000 ft. Higher up the slopes are covered with small heath, ''Bruniaceae, Rutaceae'', &c. All plants with permanent foliage are thickly covered with hair. Above 6000 ft. over seventy species of plants of Alpine character have been found. ''Races and Population''.—The first inhabitants of Cape Colony of whom there is any record were {{EB1911 lkpl|Bushmen}} and {{EB1911 lkpl|Hottentots}} (''q.v.''). The last-named were originally called Quaequaes, and received the name Hottentots from the Dutch. They dwelt chiefly in the south-west and north-west parts of the country; elsewhere the inhabitants were of Bantu negroid stock, and to them was applied the name Kaffir. When the Cape was discovered by Europeans, the population, except along the coast, was very scanty and it is so still. The advent of Dutch settlers and a few Huguenot families in the 17th century was followed in the 19th century by that of English and German immigrants. The Bushmen retreated before the white races and now few are to be found in the colony. These live chiefly in the districts bordering the Orange river. The tribal organization of the Hottentots has been broken up, and probably no ''pure bred'' representatives of the race survive in the colony. Half-breeds of mixed Hottentot, Dutch and Kaffir blood now form the bulk of the native population west of the Great Fish river. Of Kaffir tribes the most important living north of the Orange river are the Bechuanas, whilst in the eastern province and Kaffraria live the Fingoes, Tembus and Pondos. The Amaxosa are the principal Kaffir tribe in Cape Colony proper. The Griquas (or Bastaards) are descendants of Dutch-Hottentot half-castes. They give their name to two tracts of country. During the slavery period many thousands of negroes were imported, chiefly from the Guinea coast. The negroes have been largely assimilated by the Kaffir tribes. (For particulars of the native races see their separate articles.) Of the white races in the Colony the French element has been completely absorbed in the Dutch. They and the German settlers are mainly pastoral people. The Dutch, who have retained in a debased form their own language, also engage largely in agriculture and viticulture. Of fine physique and hardy constitution, they are of strongly independent character; patriarchal in their family life; shrewd, ''slim'' and courageous; in religion Protestants of a somewhat austere type. Education is somewhat neglected by them, and the percentage of illiteracy among adults is high. They are firm believers in the inferiority of the black races and regard servitude as their natural lot. The British settlers have developed few characteristics differing from the home type. The British element of the community is largely resident in the towns, and is generally engaged in trade or in professional pursuits; but in the eastern provinces the bulk of the farmers are English or German; the German farmers being found in the district between King William’s Town and East London, and on the Cape Peninsula. Numbers of them retain their own language. The term “Africander” is sometimes applied to all white residents in Cape Colony and throughout British South Africa, but is often restricted to the Dutch-speaking colonists. “Boer,” ''i.e.'' farmer, as a synonym for “Dutch,” is not in general use in Cape Colony. Besides the black and white races there is a large colony of Malays in Cape Town and district, originally introduced by the Dutch as slaves. These people are largely leavened with foreign elements and, professing Mahommedanism, religion rather than race is their bond of union. They add greatly by their picturesque dress to the gaiety of the street scenes. They are generally small traders, but many are wealthy. There are also a number of Indians in the colony. English is the language of the towns; elsewhere, except in the eastern provinces, the ''taal'' or vernacular Dutch is the tongue of the majority of the whites, as it is of the natives in the western provinces. The first census was taken in 1865 when the population of the colony, which then had an area of 195,000 sq. m., and did not include the comparatively densely-populated Native Territories, was 566,158. Of these the Europeans numbered 187,400 or about 33% of the whole. Of the coloured races the Hottentots and Bushmen were estimated at 82,000, whilst the Kaffirs formed about 50% of the population. Since 1865 censuses have been taken—in 1875, 1891 and 1904. In 1875 Basutoland formed part of the colony; in 1891 Transkei, Tembuland, Griqualand East, Griqualand West and Walfish Bay had been incorporated, and Basutoland had been disannexed; and in 1904 Pondoland and British Bechuanaland had been added. The following table gives the area and population at each of the three periods. {|class="_tablecolhdborder __cellpadding3 " {{ts|ba|mc|ac|font-size:92%; line-height:130%;"}} |-{{ts|bb}} |colspan=2|1875. |colspan=2|1891. |colspan=2|1904. |- |Area. sq. m. |Pop. |Area. sq. m. |Pop. |Area. sq. m. |Pop. |- |201,136 |849,160 |260,918 |1,527,224 |276,995 |2,409,804 |} The 1875 census gave the population of the colony proper at 720,984, and that of Basutoland at 128,176. The colony is officially divided into nine provinces, but is more conveniently treated as consisting of three regions, to which may be added the detached area of Walfish Bay and the islands along the coast of Namaqualand. The table on the next page shows the distribution of population in the various areas. The white population, which as stated was 187,400 in 1865 and 579,741 in 1904, was at the intermediate censuses 236,783 in 1875 and 376,987 in 1891. The proportion of Dutch descended whites to those of British origin is about 3 to 2. No exact comparison can be made showing the increase in the native population owing to the varying areas of the colony, but the natives have multiplied more rapidly than the whites; the increase in the numbers of the last-named being due, in considerable measure, to immigration. The whites who form about 25%<noinclude></noinclude> 0v59fr5c2n7xsik6o7axqipla8ydbkh Page:EB1911 - Volume 05.djvu/245 104 706476 14130697 10963006 2024-04-26T06:57:05Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="DivermanAU" />{{EB1911 Page Heading|232   |Cape Colony||{{x-smaller|[POPULATION}}}}</noinclude>of the total population are in the proportion of 4 to 6 in the colony proper. The great bulk of the people inhabit the coast region. The population is densest in the south-west corner (which includes Cape Town, the capital) where the white outnumbers of the total population are in the proportion of 4 to 6 in the colony proper. The great bulk of the people inhabit the coast region. The population is densest in the south-west corner (which includes Cape Town, the capital) where the white outnumbers the coloured population. {|frame=border rules=cols cellpadding=3 {{Ts|ma|sm92|lh13|ba}} |-style="border-bottom:1px solid" |rowspan=2| |colspan=5 align=center|Population (1904). |-style="border-bottom:1px solid; text-align:center;" |Area in sq. m. |White. |Coloured. |Total. |Per sq. m. |- |Cape Colony Proper |{{Ts|ar|pr1}}|206,613 |{{Ts|ar|pr.5}}|553,452 |{{Ts|ar|pr1}}|936,239 |{{Ts|ar|pr.5}}|1,489,691 |{{Ts|ar|pr1}}|7.21 |- |British Bechuanaland |{{Ts|ar|pr1}}|51,424 |{{Ts|ar|pr.5}}|9,368 |{{Ts|ar|pr1}}|75,104 |{{Ts|ar|pr.5}}|84,472 |{{Ts|ar|pr1}}|1.64 |- |Native Territories |{{Ts|ar|pr1}}|18,310 |{{Ts|ar|pr.5}}|16,777 |{{Ts|ar|pr1}}|817,867 |{{Ts|ar|pr.5}}|834,644 |{{Ts|ar|pr1}}|45.50 |- |Walfish Bay and Islands&emsp; |{{Ts|ar|pr1|bb}}|648 |{{Ts|ar|pr.5|bb}}|144 |{{Ts|ar|pr1|bb}}|853 |{{Ts|ar|pr.5|bb}}|997 |{{Ts|ar|pr1|bb}}|1.50 |-{{Ts|lh15}} |{{Ts|ar|pr2}}|Total |{{Ts|ar|pr1}}|276,995 |{{Ts|ar|pr.5}}|579,741 |{{Ts|ar|pr1}}|1,830,063 |{{Ts|ar|pr.5}}|2,409,804 |{{Ts|ar|pr1}}|8.70 |} Here in an area of 1711 sq. m. the inhabitants exceed 264,000, being 154 to the sq. m. The urban population, reckoning as such dwellers in the nine largest towns and their suburbs, exceeds 331,000, being nearly 25% of the total population of the colony proper. Of the coloured inhabitants at the 1904 census 15,682 were returned as Malay, 8489 as Indians, 85,892 as Hottentots,<ref>This is an overstatement. The director of the census estimated the true number of Hottentots at about 56,000.</ref> 4168 as Bushmen and 6289 as Griquas. The Kaffir and Bechuana tribes numbered 1,114,067 individuals, besides 310,720 Fingoes separately classified, while 279,662 persons were described as of mixed race. Divided by sex (including white and black) the males numbered (1904) 1,218,940, the females 1,190,864, females being in the proportion of 97.70 to 100 males. By race the proportion is:—whites, 82.16 females to every 100 males (a decrease of 10% compared with 1891); coloured, 103.22 females to every 100 males. Of the total population over 14 years old—1,409,975—the number married was 738,563 or over 50%. Among the white population this percentage was only reached in adults over 17. The professional, commercial and industrial occupations employ about {{EB1911 tfrac|1|4}}th of the white population. In 1904 whites engaged in such pursuits numbered respectively only 32,202, 46,750 and 67,278, whereas 99,319 were engaged in domestic employment, and 111,175 in agricultural employment, while 214,982 (mostly children) were dependants. The natives follow domestic and agricultural pursuits almost exclusively. Registration of births and deaths did not become compulsory till 1895. Among the European population the birth-rate is about 33.00 per thousand, and the death-rate 14.00 per thousand. The birth-rate among the coloured inhabitants is about the same as with the whites, but the death-rate is higher—about 25.00 per thousand. ''Immigration and Emigration''.—From 1873 to 1884 only 23,337 persons availed themselves of the government aid to immigrants from England to the Cape, and in 1886 this aid was stopped. The total number of adult immigrants by sea, however, steadily increased from 11,559 in 1891 to 38,669 in 1896, while during the same period the number of departures by sea only increased from 8415 to 17,695, and most of this increase took place in the last year. But from 1896 onwards the uncertainty of the political position caused a falling off in the number of immigrants, while the emigration figures still continued to grow; thus in 1900 there were 29,848 adult arrivals by sea, as compared with 21,163 departures. Following the close of the Anglo-Boer War the immigration figures rose in 1903 to 61,870, whereas the departures numbered 29,615. This great increase proved transitory; in 1904 and 1905 the immigrants numbered 32,282 and 33,775 respectively, while in the same years the emigrants numbered 33,651 and 34,533. At the census of 1904, 21.68% of the European population was born outside Africa, persons of Russian extraction constituting the strongest foreign element. ''Provinces''.—The first division of the colony for the purposes of administration and election of members for the legislative council was into two provinces, a western and an eastern, the western being largely Dutch in sentiment, the eastern chiefly British. With the growth of the colony these provinces were found to be inconveniently large, and by an act of government, which became law in 1874, the country was portioned out into seven provinces; about the same time new fiscal divisions were formed within them by the reduction of those already existing. The seven provinces are named from their geographical position: western, north-western, south-western, eastern, north-eastern, south-eastern and midland. In general usage the distinction made is into western and eastern provinces, according to the area of the primary division. Griqualand West on its incorporation with the colony in 1880 became a separate province, and when the crown colony of British Bechuanaland was taken over by the Cape in 1895 it also became a separate province (see {{EB1911 article link|Griqualand}} and {{EB1911 article link|Bechuanaland}}). For electoral purposes the Native Territories (see {{EB1911 article link|Kaffraria}}) are included in the eastern province. ''Chief Towns''.—With the exception of Kimberley the principal towns (see separate notices) are on the coast. The capital, Cape Town, had a population (1904) of 77,668, or including the suburbs, 169,641. The most important of these suburbs, which form separate municipalities, are Woodstock (28,990), Wynberg (18,477), and Claremont (14,972). Kimberley, the centre of the diamond mining industry, 647 m. up country from Cape Town, had a pop. of 34,331, exclusive of the adjoining municipality of Beaconsfield (9378). Port Elizabeth, in Algoa Bay, had 32,959 inhabitants, East London, at the mouth of the Buffalo river, 25,220. Cambridge (pop. 3480) is a suburb of East London. Uitenhage (pop. 12,193) is 21 m. N.N.W. of Port Elizabeth. Of the other towns Somerset West (2613), Somerset West Strand (3059), Stellenbosch (4969), Paarl (11,293), Wellington (4881), Ceres (2410), Malmesbury (3811), Caledon (3508), Worcester (7885), Robertson (3244) and Swellendam (2406) are named in the order of proximity to Cape Town, from which Swellendam is distant 134 m. Other towns in the western half of the colony are Riversdale (2643), Oudtshoorn (8849), Beaufort West (5478), Victoria West (2762), De Aar (3271), and the ports of Mossel Bay (4206) and George (3506). Graaff Reinet (10,083), Middleburg (6137), Cradock (7762), Aberdeen (2553), Steynsburg (2250) and Colesberg (2668) are more centrally situated, while in the east are Graham’s Town (13,887), King William’s Town (9506), Queenstown (9616), Molteno (2725), Burghersdorp (2894), Tarkastad (2270), Dordrecht (2052), Aliwal North (5566), the largest town on the banks of the Orange, and Somerset East (5216). Simon’s Town (6643) in False Bay is a station of the British navy. Mafeking (2713), in the extreme north of the colony near the Transvaal frontier, Taungs (2715) and Vryburg (2985) are in Bechuanaland. Kokstad (2903) is the capital of Griqualand East, Umtata (2342) the capital of Tembuland. Port Nolloth is the seaport for the Namaqualand copper mines, whose headquarters are at O’okiep (2106). Knysna, Port Alfred and Port St Johns are minor seaports. Barkly East and Barkly West are two widely separated towns, the first being E.S.E. of Aliwal North and Barkly West in Griqualand West. Hopetown and Prieska are on the south side of the middle course of the Orange river. Upington (2508) lies further west on the north bank of the Orange and is the largest town in the western part of Bechuanaland. Indwe (2608) is the centre of the coal-mining region in the east of the colony. The general plan of the small country towns is that of streets laid out at right angles, and a large central market square near which are the chief church, town hall and other public buildings. In several of the towns, notably those founded by the early Dutch settlers, the streets are tree-lined. Those towns for which no population figures are given had at the 1904 census fewer than 2000 inhabitants. ''Agriculture and Allied <span style="border-bottom: 1px dashed red;" title="amended from Industires">Industries</span>''.—Owing to the scarcity of water over a large part of the country the area of land under cultivation is restricted. The farmers, in many instances, are pastoralists, whose wealth consists in their stock of cattle, sheep and goats, horses, and, in some cases, ostriches. In the lack of adequate irrigation much fertile soil is left untouched. The principal cereal crops are wheat, with a yield of 1,701,000<noinclude> {{smallrefs|90%}}</noinclude> 9yswmbnh85zlr4g1s2fbtr9rgrjfttf 14130711 14130697 2024-04-26T07:02:20Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="DivermanAU" />{{EB1911 Page Heading|232   |Cape Colony||{{x-smaller|[POPULATION}}}}</noinclude>of the total population are in the proportion of 4 to 6 in the colony proper. The great bulk of the people inhabit the coast region. The population is densest in the south-west corner (which includes Cape Town, the capital) where the white outnumbers of the total population are in the proportion of 4 to 6 in the colony proper. The great bulk of the people inhabit the coast region. The population is densest in the south-west corner (which includes Cape Town, the capital) where the white outnumbers the coloured population. {|class="_tablecolhdborder" {{Ts|ma|sm92|lh13|ba}} |-style="border-bottom:1px solid" |rowspan=2| |colspan=5 align=center|Population (1904). |-style="border-bottom:1px solid; text-align:center;" |Area in sq. m. |White. |Coloured. |Total. |Per sq. m. |- |Cape Colony Proper |{{Ts|ar|pr1}}|206,613 |{{Ts|ar|pr.5}}|553,452 |{{Ts|ar|pr1}}|936,239 |{{Ts|ar|pr.5}}|1,489,691 |{{Ts|ar|pr1}}|7.21 |- |British Bechuanaland |{{Ts|ar|pr1}}|51,424 |{{Ts|ar|pr.5}}|9,368 |{{Ts|ar|pr1}}|75,104 |{{Ts|ar|pr.5}}|84,472 |{{Ts|ar|pr1}}|1.64 |- |Native Territories |{{Ts|ar|pr1}}|18,310 |{{Ts|ar|pr.5}}|16,777 |{{Ts|ar|pr1}}|817,867 |{{Ts|ar|pr.5}}|834,644 |{{Ts|ar|pr1}}|45.50 |- |Walfish Bay and Islands&emsp; |{{Ts|ar|pr1|bb}}|648 |{{Ts|ar|pr.5|bb}}|144 |{{Ts|ar|pr1|bb}}|853 |{{Ts|ar|pr.5|bb}}|997 |{{Ts|ar|pr1|bb}}|1.50 |-{{Ts|lh15}} |{{Ts|ar|pr2}}|Total |{{Ts|ar|pr1}}|276,995 |{{Ts|ar|pr.5}}|579,741 |{{Ts|ar|pr1}}|1,830,063 |{{Ts|ar|pr.5}}|2,409,804 |{{Ts|ar|pr1}}|8.70 |} Here in an area of 1711 sq. m. the inhabitants exceed 264,000, being 154 to the sq. m. The urban population, reckoning as such dwellers in the nine largest towns and their suburbs, exceeds 331,000, being nearly 25% of the total population of the colony proper. Of the coloured inhabitants at the 1904 census 15,682 were returned as Malay, 8489 as Indians, 85,892 as Hottentots,<ref>This is an overstatement. The director of the census estimated the true number of Hottentots at about 56,000.</ref> 4168 as Bushmen and 6289 as Griquas. The Kaffir and Bechuana tribes numbered 1,114,067 individuals, besides 310,720 Fingoes separately classified, while 279,662 persons were described as of mixed race. Divided by sex (including white and black) the males numbered (1904) 1,218,940, the females 1,190,864, females being in the proportion of 97.70 to 100 males. By race the proportion is:—whites, 82.16 females to every 100 males (a decrease of 10% compared with 1891); coloured, 103.22 females to every 100 males. Of the total population over 14 years old—1,409,975—the number married was 738,563 or over 50%. Among the white population this percentage was only reached in adults over 17. The professional, commercial and industrial occupations employ about {{EB1911 tfrac|1|4}}th of the white population. In 1904 whites engaged in such pursuits numbered respectively only 32,202, 46,750 and 67,278, whereas 99,319 were engaged in domestic employment, and 111,175 in agricultural employment, while 214,982 (mostly children) were dependants. The natives follow domestic and agricultural pursuits almost exclusively. Registration of births and deaths did not become compulsory till 1895. Among the European population the birth-rate is about 33.00 per thousand, and the death-rate 14.00 per thousand. The birth-rate among the coloured inhabitants is about the same as with the whites, but the death-rate is higher—about 25.00 per thousand. ''Immigration and Emigration''.—From 1873 to 1884 only 23,337 persons availed themselves of the government aid to immigrants from England to the Cape, and in 1886 this aid was stopped. The total number of adult immigrants by sea, however, steadily increased from 11,559 in 1891 to 38,669 in 1896, while during the same period the number of departures by sea only increased from 8415 to 17,695, and most of this increase took place in the last year. But from 1896 onwards the uncertainty of the political position caused a falling off in the number of immigrants, while the emigration figures still continued to grow; thus in 1900 there were 29,848 adult arrivals by sea, as compared with 21,163 departures. Following the close of the Anglo-Boer War the immigration figures rose in 1903 to 61,870, whereas the departures numbered 29,615. This great increase proved transitory; in 1904 and 1905 the immigrants numbered 32,282 and 33,775 respectively, while in the same years the emigrants numbered 33,651 and 34,533. At the census of 1904, 21.68% of the European population was born outside Africa, persons of Russian extraction constituting the strongest foreign element. ''Provinces''.—The first division of the colony for the purposes of administration and election of members for the legislative council was into two provinces, a western and an eastern, the western being largely Dutch in sentiment, the eastern chiefly British. With the growth of the colony these provinces were found to be inconveniently large, and by an act of government, which became law in 1874, the country was portioned out into seven provinces; about the same time new fiscal divisions were formed within them by the reduction of those already existing. The seven provinces are named from their geographical position: western, north-western, south-western, eastern, north-eastern, south-eastern and midland. In general usage the distinction made is into western and eastern provinces, according to the area of the primary division. Griqualand West on its incorporation with the colony in 1880 became a separate province, and when the crown colony of British Bechuanaland was taken over by the Cape in 1895 it also became a separate province (see {{EB1911 article link|Griqualand}} and {{EB1911 article link|Bechuanaland}}). For electoral purposes the Native Territories (see {{EB1911 article link|Kaffraria}}) are included in the eastern province. ''Chief Towns''.—With the exception of Kimberley the principal towns (see separate notices) are on the coast. The capital, Cape Town, had a population (1904) of 77,668, or including the suburbs, 169,641. The most important of these suburbs, which form separate municipalities, are Woodstock (28,990), Wynberg (18,477), and Claremont (14,972). Kimberley, the centre of the diamond mining industry, 647 m. up country from Cape Town, had a pop. of 34,331, exclusive of the adjoining municipality of Beaconsfield (9378). Port Elizabeth, in Algoa Bay, had 32,959 inhabitants, East London, at the mouth of the Buffalo river, 25,220. Cambridge (pop. 3480) is a suburb of East London. Uitenhage (pop. 12,193) is 21 m. N.N.W. of Port Elizabeth. Of the other towns Somerset West (2613), Somerset West Strand (3059), Stellenbosch (4969), Paarl (11,293), Wellington (4881), Ceres (2410), Malmesbury (3811), Caledon (3508), Worcester (7885), Robertson (3244) and Swellendam (2406) are named in the order of proximity to Cape Town, from which Swellendam is distant 134 m. Other towns in the western half of the colony are Riversdale (2643), Oudtshoorn (8849), Beaufort West (5478), Victoria West (2762), De Aar (3271), and the ports of Mossel Bay (4206) and George (3506). Graaff Reinet (10,083), Middleburg (6137), Cradock (7762), Aberdeen (2553), Steynsburg (2250) and Colesberg (2668) are more centrally situated, while in the east are Graham’s Town (13,887), King William’s Town (9506), Queenstown (9616), Molteno (2725), Burghersdorp (2894), Tarkastad (2270), Dordrecht (2052), Aliwal North (5566), the largest town on the banks of the Orange, and Somerset East (5216). Simon’s Town (6643) in False Bay is a station of the British navy. Mafeking (2713), in the extreme north of the colony near the Transvaal frontier, Taungs (2715) and Vryburg (2985) are in Bechuanaland. Kokstad (2903) is the capital of Griqualand East, Umtata (2342) the capital of Tembuland. Port Nolloth is the seaport for the Namaqualand copper mines, whose headquarters are at O’okiep (2106). Knysna, Port Alfred and Port St Johns are minor seaports. Barkly East and Barkly West are two widely separated towns, the first being E.S.E. of Aliwal North and Barkly West in Griqualand West. Hopetown and Prieska are on the south side of the middle course of the Orange river. Upington (2508) lies further west on the north bank of the Orange and is the largest town in the western part of Bechuanaland. Indwe (2608) is the centre of the coal-mining region in the east of the colony. The general plan of the small country towns is that of streets laid out at right angles, and a large central market square near which are the chief church, town hall and other public buildings. In several of the towns, notably those founded by the early Dutch settlers, the streets are tree-lined. Those towns for which no population figures are given had at the 1904 census fewer than 2000 inhabitants. ''Agriculture and Allied <span style="border-bottom: 1px dashed red;" title="amended from Industires">Industries</span>''.—Owing to the scarcity of water over a large part of the country the area of land under cultivation is restricted. The farmers, in many instances, are pastoralists, whose wealth consists in their stock of cattle, sheep and goats, horses, and, in some cases, ostriches. In the lack of adequate irrigation much fertile soil is left untouched. The principal cereal crops are wheat, with a yield of 1,701,000<noinclude> {{smallrefs|90%}}</noinclude> gnjjczy3c6vr9pupgsj12423udrbqf7 Page:EB1911 - Volume 05.djvu/249 104 706493 14130726 10963130 2024-04-26T07:10:58Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="DivermanAU" />{{EB1911 Page Heading|236  |Cape Colony||{{x-smaller|[FINANCE}}}}</noinclude>Kimberley for trying cases relating to illicit diamond buying (“I.D.B.”). This court consists of two judges of the supreme court and one other member, hitherto the civil commissioner or the resident magistrate of Kimberley. The Transkeian territories, which fall under the jurisdiction of the eastern district court, are subject to a Native Territories Penal Code, which came into force in 1887. Besides the usual magistrates in these territories, there is a chief magistrate, resident at Cape Town, with two assistants in the territories. ''Religion''.—Up to the year 1876 government provided an annual grant for ecclesiastical purposes which was divided among the various churches, Congregationalists alone declining to receive state aid. From that date, in accordance with the provisions of the Voluntary Act of 1875, grants were only continued to the then holders of office. The Dutch Reformed Church, as might be anticipated from the early history of the country, is by far the most numerous community. Next in number of adherents among the white community come the Anglicans—Cape Colony forming part of the Province of South Africa. In 1847 a bishop of Cape Town was appointed to preside over this church, whose diocese extended not only over Cape Colony and Natal, but also over the island of St Helena. Later, however, separate bishops were appointed for the eastern province (with the seat at Graham’s Town) and for Natal. Subsequently another bishopric, St John’s, Kaffraria, was created and the Cape Town diocesan raised to the rank of archbishop. Of other Protestant bodies the Methodists outnumber the Anglicans, eight-ninths of their members being coloured people. The Roman Catholics have bishops in Cape Town and Graham’s Town, but are comparatively few. There are, besides, several foreign missions in the colony, the most important being the Moravian, London and Rhenish missionary societies. The Moravians have been established since 1732. The following figures are extracted from the census returns of 1904:—Protestants, 1,305,453; Roman Catholics, 38,118; Jews, 19,537; Mahommedans, 22,623; other sects, 4297; “no religion,” 1,016,255. In this last category are placed the pagan natives. The figures for the chief Protestant sects were:—Dutch Reformed Church, 399,487; Gereformeerde Kerk, 6209; Lutherans, 80,902; Anglicans, 281,433; Presbyterians, 88,660; Congregationalists, 112,202; Wesleyan and other Methodists, 290,264; Baptists, 14,105. Of the Hottentots 77%, of the Fingoes 50%, of the mixed races 89%, and of the Kaffirs and Bechuanas 26% were returned as Christians. ''Education''.—There is a state system of primary education controlled by a superintendent-general of education and the education department which administers the parliamentary grants. As early as 1839 a scheme of public schools, drawn up by Sir John Herschel, the astronomer, came into operation, and was continued until 1865, when a more comprehensive scheme was adopted. In 1905 an act was passed dividing the colony into school districts under the control of popularly elected school boards, which were established during 1905–1906. These boards levy, through municipal or divisional councils, a rate for school purposes and supervise all public and poor schools. The schools are divided into public undenominational elementary schools; day schools and industrial institutions for the natives; mission schools to which government aid for secular instruction is granted; private farm schools, district boarding schools, training schools for teachers, industrial schools for poor whites, &c. In 1905 2930 primary schools of various classes were open. Education is not compulsory, but at the 1904 census 95% of the white population over fourteen years old could read and write. In the same year 186,000 natives could read and write, and 53,000 could read but not write. There are also numbers of private schools receiving no government aid. These include schools maintained by the German community, in which the medium of instruction is German. The university of the Cape of Good Hope, modelled on that of London, stands at the head of the educational system of the colony. It arose out of and superseded the board of public examiners (which had been constituted in 1858), was established in 1874 and was granted a royal charter in 1877. It is governed by a chancellor, a vice-chancellor (who is chairman of the university council) and a council consisting (1909) of 38 members, including representatives of Natal. The university is empowered to grant degrees ranking equally with those of any university in Great Britain. Originally only B.A., M.A., LL.B., LL.D., M.B., and M.D. degrees were conferred, but degrees in literature, science and music and (in 1908) in divinity were added. The number of students who matriculated rose from 34 in 1875 to 118 in 1885, 242 in 1895 and 539 in 1905. The examinations are open to candidates irrespective of where they have studied, but under the Higher Education Act grants are paid to seven colleges that specially devote themselves to preparing students for the graduation courses. These are the South African College at Cape Town (founded in 1829), the Victoria College at Stellenbosch, the Diocesan College at Rondebosch, Rhodes University College, Graham’s Town, Gill College at Somerset East, the School of Mines at Kimberley and the Huguenot Ladies’ College at Wellington. Several denominational colleges, receiving no government aid, do the same work in a greater or less degree, the best known being St Aidan’s (Roman Catholic) College and Kingswood (Wesleyan) College, both at Graham’s Town. Graaff Reinet College, Dale College, King William’s Town, and the Grey Institute, Port Elizabeth, occupy the place of high schools under the education department. The Theological Seminary at Stellenbosch prepares theological students for the ministry of the Dutch Church. At Cape Town is a Royal Observatory, founded in 1829, one of the most important institutions of its kind in the world. It is under the control of a royal astronomer and its expenses are defrayed by the British admiralty. ''Defence''.—The Cape peninsula is fortified with a view to repelling attacks from the sea. Simon’s Town, which is on the east side of the peninsula, is the headquarters of the Cape and West Coast naval squadron. It is strongly fortified, as is also Table Bay. Port Elizabeth is likewise fortified against naval attack. A strong garrison of the British army is stationed in the colony, with headquarters at Cape Town. The cost of this garrison is borne by the imperial government. For purposes of local defence a force named the Frontier Armed and Mounted Police was organized in 1853, and a permanent colonial force has been maintained since that date. It is now known as the Cape Mounted Riflemen and is about 700 strong. Its ordinary duty is to preserve order in the Transkeian territories. The Cape Mounted Police, over 1600 strong, are also available for the defence of the colony and are fully armed. There are numerous volunteer corps, which receive a capitation grant from the government. By a law passed in 1878 every able-bodied man between eighteen and fifty is liable to military service without as well as within the limits of the state. There is also a volunteer naval force. ''Revenue'', ''Debt'', ''&c''.—The following table shows the total receipts (including loans) and payments (including that under Loan Acts) of the colony in various financial years, from 1880 to {{nowrap|1905:—}} {| {{ts|mc|ba}} border=1 rules=cols cellpadding=3 |-style="border-bottom:1px solid; text-align:center;" |rowspan=2|Year ending<br />30th June. |colspan=2|Receipts. |rowspan=2|Payments. |-style="border-bottom:1px solid; text-align:center;" |Total. |Loans<br />(included in total). |- |align=center|1880 |colspan=2 align=center|£3,556,601&emsp; |align=right|£3,742,665 |- |align=center|1885 |{{Ts|ar|pl1|pr1}}|£3,814,947 |{{Ts|ar|pr15}}|£496,795 |align=right|4,211,832 |- |align=center|1890 |{{Ts|ar|pr1}}|5,571,907 |{{Ts|ar|pr15}}|1,141,857 |align=right|5,327,496 |- |align=center|1895 |{{Ts|ar|pr1}}|5,416,611 |{{Ts|ar|pr15}}|26,441 |align=right|5,388,157 |- |align=center|1900 |{{Ts|ar|pr1}}|6,565,752 |{{Ts|ar|pr15}}|128,376 |align=right|7,773,230 |- |align=center|1905 |{{Ts|ar|pr1}}|13,856,247 |{{Ts|ar|pr15}}|5,214,290 |align=right|10,913,784 |} The colony had a public debt of £42,109,561 on the 31st of December 1905, including sums raised for corporate bodies, harbour boards, &c., but guaranteed in the general revenue. The greater part of the loans were issued at 3{{EB1911 tfrac|1|2}} or 4% interest. Nearly the whole of the loans raised have been spent on railways, harbours, irrigation and other public works. The value of assessed property for divisional council purposes was returned in 1905 at £87,078,268. The total revenue of the divisional councils increased from £160,558 in 1901 to £273,543 in 1905, and the<noinclude></noinclude> 1k7ljtte8ug53qtclgsa7ppt1gaf4fl Template:Outside R 10 706517 14128645 14058418 2024-04-25T18:03:19Z SnowyCinema 2484340 [[Special:WhatLinksHere/Template:Outside R]] instead wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><templatestyles src="Template:Outside RL/styles.css" />{{page other<!-- -->|{{right sidenote|{{{1}}}|size={{{size|}}}|height={{#if:{{{height|}}}|{{{height|}}}%}}|align={{{align|}}}|class=wst-outside-rl {{{class|}}}}}<!-- -->|{{outside2<!-- -->|{{{1}}}<!-- -->|depth={{{depth|{{{2|9}}}}}}<!-- -->|align={{{align|left}}}<!-- -->|size={{{size|83%}}}<!-- -->|top={{{top|4}}}<!-- -->|padding = {{{padding|1}}}<!-- -->|height={{{height|125}}}%<!-- -->}}<!-- -->| demospace = {{{demospace|}}}<!-- -->}}{{#if:{{{size|}}}{{{height|}}}{{{align|}}}{{{depth|}}}{{{top|}}}{{{padding|}}}{{{2|}}}{{{4|}}}|[[Category:Pages using custom call of Outside]]|}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{padding|}}}|[[Category:Outside items with padding]]}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{depth|}}}{{{2|}}}|[[Category:Outside items with depth]]}}<!-- --></includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> buu621fsb9e5ssrl1vxb5x1jkqyt61k Page:EB1911 - Volume 25.djvu/480 104 706665 14130690 12681597 2024-04-26T06:54:57Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="DivermanAU" />{{running header |{{size|xl|464}} |{{size|xl|SOUTH AFRICA}} |[GENERAL FEATURES}}</noinclude>which run in lines parallel to the coast, approach close to the sea, as at Table Bay. In the south-east, in the Drakensberg, they attain heights of 10,000 to 11,000&nbsp;ft., elsewhere the highest points are between 8000 and 9000 ft. They form terrace-like steps leading to a vast tableland (covering about 900,000 sq.&nbsp;m.) with a mean elevation of 4000 ft., the highest part of the plateau—the High Veld of the Transvaal—being fully 6000&nbsp;ft. above the sea. In its southern part the plateau has a general tilt to the West, in the north it tilts eastward. This tilt determines the hydrographical system. In the south the drainage is to the Atlantic, chiefly through the Orange River, in the north to the Indian Ocean through the Zambezi, Limpopo and other streams. A large number of smaller rivers rise on the outer slopes of the mountain ramparts and flow direct to the sea. In consequence of their great slope and the intermittent supply of water the rivers—except the Zambezi—are unnavigable save for a few miles from their mouths. The central part of the interior plateau, covering some 120,000 sq.&nbsp;m., is arid and is known as the Kalahari Desert. The western region, both plateau and coast lands, specially that part north of the Orange, is largely semi or wholly desert, while in the Cape province the terrace lands below the interior plateau are likewise arid, as is signified by their Hottentot name ''karusa'' (Karroo). The southern and eastern coast lands, owing to different climatic conditions (see ''infra'') are very fertile. The geological structure is remarkably uniform, the plateau consisting mainly of sedimentary deposits resting on crystalline rocks. The Karroo system (sandstones and marls) covers immense areas (see {{EB1911 article link|Africa}}, §&nbsp;''Geology''). Intrusive dikes—locally known as ironstone—by preventing erosion are often the cause of the flat-topped hills which are a common feature of the landscape. The Witwatersrand series of the Transvaal includes auriferous conglomerates which have been worked since 1886 and constitute the richest gold-mines in the world. The diamondiferous areas at Kimberley and in the Pretoria district are likewise the richest known. Coal beds are widely distributed in the eastern districts while there are large copper deposits in the west, both at the Cape and in German territory. {{EB1911 Fine Print|''Climate''.—The general characteristics of the climate are determined more by the physical conformation of the land than its proximity to the equator. The eastern escarpments (the Drakensberg, &c.) of the plateau intercept the rain-bearing winds from the Indian Ocean, so that over the greater part of the interior the rainfall is slight (5 to 24&nbsp;in.). This, added to the elevation of the land, makes the climate in general dry, bracing and suitable for Europeans, notwithstanding that the northern part is within the tropics. Temperature is high, the mean yearly average lying between 60° and 70°&nbsp;F. Only along the south-eastern coast and in some of the river valleys is the climate of a markedly tropical character; here the rainfall rises to 50&nbsp;in. a year and the coast is washed by the warm Mozambique current. The Cape peninsula and the western coast receive the cold currents from the Antarctic regions. Except in southern and western Cape Colony and along the Atlantic coast, summer is the rainy season. ''Flora and Fauna''.—In consequence of the deficient rainfall over the greater part of the country the flora is not luxuriant and there are no large forests. Coarse grasses are the characteristic vegetation of the tableland. On the plains where grasses cannot find sufficient moisture their place is taken by “bush,” composed mainly of stunted mimosas, acacias, euphoria, wild pomegranate, bitter aloes and herbaceous plants. Forest patches are found in the kloofs and seaward sides of the mountains; willows often border the watercourses; heaths and bulbous plants are common in some areas. In the semi-tropical regions south-east of the Drakensberg, ''i.e.'' the coast lands of Natal and Portuguese East Africa, the vegetation is abundant, and mangroves, palms, baobab and bombax trees flourish. Here, and also in the upper Limpopo valley, cotton, tobacco, and rubber vines are found. Among the timber trees are species of pine, cedar, ebony, ironwood, stinkwood and sneezewood. Flowering plants include numerous species of terrestrial orchids, the socalled arum lily (''Richardia Africana''), common in low-lying moist land, and the white everlasting flower, found abundantly in some regions of Cape Colony. Of non-indigenous flora are the oak, poplar, bluegum, the Australian wattle, the vine, and almost every variety of fruit tree and European vegetables. In suitable regions tea, coffee, sugar and rice, as well as tobacco and cotton, are cultivated. In the western districts of the Cape viticulture is largely followed. The cereal most grown is maize (known in South Africa as mealies); kaffir com, wheat, barley and oats are also largely cultivated. The soil is everywhere rich, but the lack of perennial water and the absence of irrigation works on a large scale retards agriculture. Most of the veld is divided into huge farms devoted to the rearing of cattle, sheep, goats and horses. On the Karroo are numerous ostrich farms. Lucerne is very largely grown as fodder for the cattle. The native fauna was formerly very rich in big game, a fact sufficiently testified by the names given by the early European settlers to mountains and streams. The lion, elephant, rhinoceros, hippopotamus, giraffe, buffalo, quagga, zebra and other large animals were, however, during the 18th and 19th centuries driven out of the more southern regions (though a few elephants and buffaloes, now carefully preserved, are still found at the Cape), the quagga being totally exterminated. In the Kalahari and in the eastern lowlands (from Zululand to the Zambezi delta) most of these animals are still found, as well as the eland, wildebeest and gemsbok. The leopard (called a tiger in South Africa) is still fairly common in all mountainous regions. Spotted hyenas and jackals are also numerous. The kudu is now the most common of the larger antelopes, the duiker and klipspringer are among the smaller antelopes still existing in large numbers. Baboons are common in some districts. Birds include the ostrich, great kori bustard, the eagle, vulture, hawk and crane, francolin, golden cuckoo, loorie, scarlet and yellow finches, kingfishers, parrots (in the eastern regions), pelicans and flamingoes. There are thirty varieties of snakes. Locusts are conspicuous among the common plagues of the country. In Rhodesia and on the east coast the tsetse fly is found and termites are widely distributed.}} ''Inhabitants''.—The aborigines of South Africa are represented by the Bushmen and Hottentots, now found in any racial purity only in the Kalahari and in the southern part of German South-West Africa. All the other natives, popularly called Kaffirs, are members of the Bantu-negroid family, of whom they here form three distinct branches: (1) the ''Zulu-Xosas'', originally confined to the south-east seaboard between Delagoa Bay and the Great Fish River, but later (19th&nbsp;century) spread by conquest over Gazaland, parts of the Transvaal, and Rhodesia (Matabeleland), (2) the ''Bechuanas'', with the kindred ''Basutos'', on the continental plateau from the Orange to the Zambezi, and ranging westwards over the Kalahari desert and the Lake Ngami region; (3) the ''Ova-Herero'' and ''Ova-Mpo'', confined to German South-West Africa between Walfish Bay and the Kunene River. {| {{Ts|ma|sm92|lh12|ba}} border=1 rules=cols cellpadding=3 |+''Population'' (''1904''). |-style="border-bottom:1px solid; text-align:center" |colspan=2| |Area in<br>sq. m. |White. |Coloured. |Total. |- |colspan=2|British South Africa: | | | | |- |style="padding-left:1em;border-right:0" rowspan=4|Union of South Africa {{brace2|5|l}} |style="border-left:0"|Cape of Good Hope |align=right|276,995&nbsp; |align=right|579,741&nbsp; |align=right|1,830,063&nbsp; |align=right|2,409,804 |-{{Ts|ar}} |{{Ts|blt1|al}}|Natal (with Zululand) |35,371&nbsp; |97,109&nbsp; |1,011,645&nbsp; |1,108,754 |-{{Ts|ar}} |{{Ts|blt1|al}}|Orange Free State |50,392&nbsp; |142,679&nbsp; |244,636&nbsp; |387,315 |-{{Ts|ar}} |{{Ts|blt1|al}}|Transvaal |111,196&nbsp; |297,277&nbsp; |972,674&nbsp; |1,269,951 |- |style="padding-left:1em" colspan=2|Southern Rhodesia |align=right|148,575&nbsp; |align=right|12,623&nbsp; |align=right|600,000¹ |align=right|612,623 |- |style="padding-left:1em" colspan=2|Basutoland |align=right|10,293&nbsp; |align=right|895&nbsp; |align=right|347,953&nbsp; |align=right|348,848 |- |style="padding-left:1em" colspan=2|Bechuanaland Protectorate |align=right|225,000¹ |align=right|1,004&nbsp; |align=right|119,772&nbsp; |align=right|120,776 |- |style="padding-left:1em" colspan=2|Swaziland |align=right style="border-bottom:1px solid"|6,536&nbsp; |align=right style="border-bottom:1px solid"|898&nbsp; |align=right style="border-bottom:1px solid"|84,586&nbsp; |align=right style="border-bottom:1px solid"|85,484 |- |style="padding-left:2em" colspan=2|Total British |align=right|864,358&nbsp; |align=right|1,132,226&nbsp; |align=right|5,211,329&nbsp; |align=right|6,343,555 |- |colspan=2|German S.W. Africa |align=right|322,450&nbsp; |align=right|7,110² |align=right|200,000¹ |align=right|207,110 |- |colspan=2|Portuguese East Africa (southern part of) |align=right style="border-bottom:1px solid"|145,000¹ |align=right style="border-bottom:1px solid"|10,000¹ |align=right style="border-bottom:1px solid"|1,700,000¹ |align=right style="border-bottom:1px solid"|1,710,000 |- |style="padding-left:2em" colspan=2|Total South Africa |align=right|1,331,808&nbsp; |align=right|1,149,336&nbsp; |align=right|7,111,329&nbsp; |align=right|8,260,665 |} {{center|{{Fs|92%|¹ Estimates.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;² 1907.}}}} All these mixed Bantu peoples are immigrants at various periods from beyond the Zambezi. The Bechuanas, who occupy by far the largest domain, and preserve the totemic tribal system, were probably the first arrivals from the north or the north-sea coast lands. As early, probably, as the 8th century&nbsp;{{asc|A.D.}} Arabs had formed a settlement on the coast at Sofala, 130 m. south of the mouth of the Zambezi, but they got no further south nor do they appear to have penetrated inland, though they traded for gold and other articles with the inhabitants of the northern part of the plateau—the builders of the zimbabwes and other ruins in what is now {{EB1911 lkpl|Rhodesia}} (''q.v.'') The Asiatic inhabitants of South Africa of the present day are mainly Indian<noinclude></noinclude> hi1qyytqvxhsz40zgbydxqiiy14iusy Page:EB1911 - Volume 03.djvu/606 104 707802 14130694 12287491 2024-04-26T06:56:20Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="DivermanAU" />{{EB1911 Page Heading|  |Beaufort, L. de|Beaugency|587}}</noinclude><section begin="Beaufort, Henry" />accepted. He went to France in 1427, and was then appointed papal legate for Germany, Hungary and Bohemia; and proceeding eastwards, he made a bold but futile effort to rally the crusaders at Tachau. Returning to England to raise money for a fresh crusade, he was received with great state in London; but his acceptance of the cardinalate had weakened his position and Gloucester refused to recognize his legatine commission. Beaufort gave way on this question, but an unsuccessful attempt was made in 1429 to deprive him of his see. Having raised some troops he set out for Bohemia; but owing to the disasters which had just attended the English arms in France, he was induced to allow these soldiers to serve in the French war; and in February 1431 the death of Martin V. ended his commission as legate. Meanwhile an attempt on the part of Gloucester to exclude the cardinal from the council had failed, and it was decided that his attendance was required except during the discussion of questions between the king and the papacy. He accompanied King Henry VI. to Normandy in April 1430, and in December 1431 crowned him king of France. About this time Gloucester made another attempt to deprive Beaufort of his see, and it was argued in the council that as a cardinal he could not hold an English bishopric. The general council was not inclined to press the case against him; but the privy council, more clerical and more hostile, sealed writs of praemunire and attachment against him, and some of his jewels were seized. On his return to England he attended the parliament in May 1432, and asked to hear the charges against him. The king declared him loyal, and a statute was passed freeing him from any penalties which he might have incurred under the Statute of Provisors or in other ways. He supported Bedford in his attempts to restore order to the finances. In August 1435 he attended the congress at Arras, but was unable to make peace with France; and after Bedford’s death his renewed efforts to this end were again opposed by Gloucester, who favoured a continuance of the war. On two occasions the council advised the king to refuse him permission to leave England, but in 1437 he obtained a full pardon for all his offences. In 1439 and 1440 he went to France on missions of peace, and apparently at his instigation the English council decided to release Charles, duke of Orleans. This step further irritated Gloucester, who drew up and presented to the king a long and serious list of charges against Beaufort; but the council defended the policy of the cardinal and ignored the personal accusations against him. Beaufort, however, gradually retired from public life, and after witnessing the conclusion of the treaty of Troyes died at Wolvesey palace, Winchester, on the 10th of April 1447. The “black despair” which Shakespeare has cast round his dying hours appears to be without historical foundation. He was buried in Winchester cathedral, the building of which he finished. He also refounded and enlarged the hospital of St Cross near Winchester. Beaufort was a man of considerable wealth, and on several occasions he lent large sums of money to the king. He was the lover of Lady Alice Fitzalan, daughter of Richard, earl of Arundel, by whom he had a daughter, Joan, who married Sir Edward Stradling of St Donat’s in Glamorganshire. His interests were secular and he was certainly proud and ambitious; but Stubbs has pictured the fairer side of his character when he observes that Beaufort “was merciful in his political enmities, enlightened in his foreign policy; that he was devotedly faithful, and ready to sacrifice his wealth and labour for the king; that from the moment of his death everything began to go wrong, and went worse and worse until all was lost.” {{EB1911 Fine Print|See ''Historiae Croylandensis continuatio'', translated by H. T. Riley (London, 1854); ''Proceedings and Ordinances of the Privy Council'', edited by N. H. Nicolas (London, 1834–1837); Aeneas Sylvius Piccolomini, ''Historica Bohemica'' (Frankfort and Leipzig, 1707); W. Stubbs, ''Constitutional History'', vol. iii. (Oxford, 1895); M. Creighton, ''A History of the Papacy during the Period of the Reformation'' (London, 1897); and L. B. Radford, ''Henry Beaufort'' (1908).}} <section end="Beaufort, Henry" /> <section begin="Beaufort, Louis de" />'''BEAUFORT, LOUIS DE''' (d. 1795), French historian, of whose life little is known. In 1738 he published at Utrecht a ''Dissertation sur l’incertitude des cinq premiers siècles de l’histoire romaine'', in which he showed what untrustworthy guides even the historians of highest repute, such as Livy and Dionysius of Halicarnassus, were for that period, and pointed out by what methods and by the aid of what documents truly scientific bases might be given to its history. This was an ingenious plea, bold for its time, against traditional history such as Rollin was writing at that very moment. A German, Christopher Saxius, endeavoured to refute it in a series of articles published in vols. i.-iii. of the ''Miscellanea Liviensia''. Beaufort replied by some brief and ironical ''Remarques'' in the appendix to the second edition of his ''Dissertation'' (1750). Beaufort also wrote an ''Histoire de César Germanicus'' (Leyden, 1761), and ''La République romaine'', ''ou plan général de l’ancien gouvernement de Rome'' (The Hague, 1766, 2 vols. quarto). Though not a scholar of the first rank, Beaufort has at least the merit of having been a pioneer in raising the question, afterwards elaborated by Niebuhr, as to the credibility of early Roman history. <section end="Beaufort, Louis de" /> <section begin="Beaufort Scale" />'''BEAUFORT SCALE,''' a series of numbers from 0 to 12 arranged by Admiral Sir Francis Beaufort (1774–1857) in 1805, to indicate the strength of the wind from a calm, force 0, to a hurricane, force 12, with sailing directions such as “5, smacks shorten sails” for coast purposes, and “royals, &c., ‘full and by’&#8202;” for the open sea. An exhaustive report was made in 1906 by the Meteorological Office on the relation between the estimates of wind-force according to Beaufort’s scale and the velocities recorded by anemometers belonging to the office, from which the following table is taken:— {| rules=cols cellpadding=3 {{Ts|sm92|lh12|ma|ba}} |-{{Ts|bb|ac}} |&emsp;Beaufort scale.&emsp; |&ensp;Corresponding wind.&ensp; |&thinsp;Limits of hourly velocity.&thinsp; |- |align=center|Numbers. | |align=center|Miles per hour. |- |align=center|0 |&emsp;Calm |&emsp;Under {{em|.57}}2 |- |align=center|1–3 |&emsp;Light breeze |align=center|{{em|.35}}2–12 |- |align=center|4–5 |&emsp;Moderate wind |align=center|13–23 |- |align=center|6–7 |&emsp;Strong wind |align=center|24–37 |- |align=center|8–9 |&emsp;Gale |align=center|38–55 |- |align=center|10–11 |&emsp;Storm |align=center|56–75 |- |align=center|12 |&emsp;Hurricane |{{em|.97}}Above 75 |} <section end="Beaufort Scale" /> <section begin="Beaufort West" />'''BEAUFORT WEST,''' in Cape province, South Africa, the capital of a division of this name, 339 m. by rail N.E. of Cape Town. Pop.(1904) 5481. The largest town in the western part of the Great Karroo, it lies, at an elevation of 2792 ft., at the foot of the southern slopes of the Nieuwveld mountains. It has several fine public buildings and the streets are lined with avenues of pear trees, while an abundant supply of water, luxuriant orchards, fields and gardens give it the appearance of an oasis in the desert. It is a favourite resort of invalids. The town was founded in 1819, and in its early days was largely resorted to by Griquas and Bechuana for the sale of ivory, skins and cattle. The Beaufort West division has an area of 6374 sq. m. and a pop. (1904) of 10,762, 45% being whites. Sheep-farming is the principal industry. <section end="Beaufort West" /> <section begin="Beaugency" />'''BEAUGENCY,''' a town of central France, in the department of Loiret, 16 m. S.W. of Orleans on the Orleans railway, between that city and Blois. Pop. (1906) 2993. It is situated at the foot of vine-clad hills on the right bank of the Loire, to the left bank of which it is united by a bridge of twenty-six arches, many of them dating from the 13th century. The chief buildings are the château, mainly of the 15th century, of which the massive donjon of the 11th century known as the Tour de César is the oldest portion; and the abbey-church of Notre-Dame, a building in the Romanesque style of architecture, frequently restored. Some of the buildings of the Benedictine abbey, to which this church belonged, remain. The hôtel de ville, the façade of which is decorated with armorial bearings of Renaissance carving, and the church of St Étienne, an unblemished example of Romanesque architecture, are of interest. Several old houses, some remains of the medieval ramparts and the Tour de l’Horloge, an ancient gateway, are also preserved. The town carries on trade in grain, and has flour mills. The lords of Beaugency attained considerable importance in the 11th, 12th and 13th centuries; at the end of the 13th century the fief was sold to the crown, and afterwards passed to the house of Orleans, then to those of Dunois and Longueville and<section end="Beaugency" /><noinclude></noinclude> cg4nsyzie2h9vfovzhcrym9km6c2402 Author:Andrew Ewbank Burn 102 738864 14127854 10932423 2024-04-25T14:05:07Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = Rev. Andrew Ewbank | lastname = Burn | last_initial = Bu | description = Vicar of Halifax and Prebendary of Lichfield. Author of ''An Introduction to the Creeds and the Te Deum''; ''Niceta of Remesiana''; &c {{EB1911 contributor|A. E. B.}} }} ==Works== * {{EB1911 Link|Church}} * {{EB1911 Link|Creeds}} {{PD/US|1927}} {{authority control}} [[Category:English authors]] [[Category:United Kingdom authors]] [[Category:clerics as authors]] 0rar5b10u0ay0g5e0ni66ez8gl7pd05 Page:A book of the Pyrenees.djvu/26 104 764301 14128422 7534042 2024-04-25T17:28:47Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{rh|10|THE PYRENEES|}}</noinclude>Hardly a grotto that has been explored does not reveal that these men had lived there. There are not many megalithic monuments to the north of the chain, but sufficient remain to show us that the dolmen-builder occupied the land from sea to sea. At Buzy, near the entrance to the Val d'Ossau, is a fine dolmen. I saw it first in 1850; it had been recently dug out by a treasure-seeker. A peasant told me that the man who had rifled it had found a bar of gold so soft that he could bend it. In fact, it consisted of pure gold without alloy. Near the dolmen lay a slab of red sandstone, with circles carved on it, some concentric, much like the carvings on the stones of Gavr'innis, in Brittany, and in the great covered way at Drogheda, in Ireland. Not having a drawing book with me nor a scale, all I could do at the time was to sketch the sculpture on my cuff. Three weeks later I revisited Buzy to make a careful drawing to scale of the slab, and found that in the meantime it had been broken up by the road-menders. The road from Pau to Tarbes traverses a vast plateau, rising 300 feet above the plain of the Adour. It is composed of marshy moorland covered with fern and gorse. This is actually the old moraine deposited by the glacier of Argelez. It is made up of angular blocks brought down from the mountains, excellent material from which to construct mortuary cells. And on this plateau we find tumuli in remarkable abundance. This, as well as Lannemezan, must have served as huge cemeteries. Of late these cairns have been excavated, and prove to cover dolmens and covered avenues; one, the Grande Butte of the lande of Pontacq, contains a megalithic chamber, recalling the finest monuments of the kind in Brittany. The tumulus of La Hallade had been violated in the Iron<noinclude></noinclude> j4sk6aoy6b6vlbzu6ewup6z9sgktdnv Index:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587.jpg 106 783627 14130064 12792689 2024-04-25T21:15:08Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=[[The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland]] |Language=en |Volume= |Author=[[Author:Raphael Holinshed|Raphael Holinshed]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher= |Address=London |Year=1587 |Key=Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=JPG |Image=[[File:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0001.jpg|200px]] |Progress=C |Transclusion=no |Validation_date= |Pages={{(!}} class="__pagetable" style="background-color:#F0F0F0; text-align:center;" {{!}} {{!}}+ {{!}}colspan=20 style="text-align:center; border-top: 2px solid #808080; background-color: #f4f0e5;"{{!}}'''The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland''' {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0001.jpg|1]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0002.jpg|2]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0003.jpg|3]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0004.jpg|4]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0005.jpg|5]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0006.jpg|6]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0007.jpg|7]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0008.jpg|8]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0009.jpg|9]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0010.jpg|10]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0011.jpg|11]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0012.jpg|12]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0013.jpg|13]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0014.jpg|14]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0015.jpg|15]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0016.jpg|16]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0017.jpg|17]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0018.jpg|18]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0019.jpg|19]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0020.jpg|20]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0021.jpg|21]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0022.jpg|22]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0023.jpg|23]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0024.jpg|24]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0025.jpg|25]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0026.jpg|26]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0027.jpg|27]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0028.jpg|28]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0029.jpg|29]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0030.jpg|30]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0031.jpg|31]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0032.jpg|32]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0033.jpg|33]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0034.jpg|34]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0035.jpg|35]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0036.jpg|36]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0037.jpg|37]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0038.jpg|38]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0039.jpg|39]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0040.jpg|40]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0041.jpg|41]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0042.jpg|42]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0043.jpg|43]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0044.jpg|44]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0045.jpg|45]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0046.jpg|46]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0047.jpg|47]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0048.jpg|48]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0049.jpg|49]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0050.jpg|50]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0051.jpg|51]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0052.jpg|52]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0053.jpg|53]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0054.jpg|54]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0055.jpg|55]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0056.jpg|56]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0057.jpg|57]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0058.jpg|58]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0059.jpg|59]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0060.jpg|60]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0061.jpg|61]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0062.jpg|62]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0063.jpg|63]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0064.jpg|64]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0065.jpg|65]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0066.jpg|66]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0067.jpg|67]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0068.jpg|68]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0069.jpg|69]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0070.jpg|70]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0071.jpg|71]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0072.jpg|72]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0073.jpg|73]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0074.jpg|74]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0075.jpg|75]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0076.jpg|76]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0077.jpg|77]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0078.jpg|78]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0079.jpg|79]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0080.jpg|80]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0081.jpg|81]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0082.jpg|82]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0083.jpg|83]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0084.jpg|84]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0085.jpg|85]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0086.jpg|86]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0087.jpg|87]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0088.jpg|88]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0089.jpg|89]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0090.jpg|90]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0091.jpg|91]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0092.jpg|92]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0093.jpg|93]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0094.jpg|94]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0095.jpg|95]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0096.jpg|96]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0097.jpg|97]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0098.jpg|98]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0099.jpg|99]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0100.jpg|100]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0101.jpg|101]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0102.jpg|102]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0103.jpg|103]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0104.jpg|104]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0105.jpg|105]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0106.jpg|106]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0107.jpg|107]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0108.jpg|108]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0109.jpg|109]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0110.jpg|110]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0111.jpg|111]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0112.jpg|112]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0113.jpg|113]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0114.jpg|114]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0115.jpg|115]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0116.jpg|116]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0117.jpg|117]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0118.jpg|118]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0119.jpg|119]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0120.jpg|120]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0121.jpg|121]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0122.jpg|122]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0123.jpg|123]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0124.jpg|124]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0125.jpg|125]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0126.jpg|126]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0127.jpg|127]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0128.jpg|128]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0129.jpg|129]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0130.jpg|130]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0131.jpg|131]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0132.jpg|132]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0133.jpg|133]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0134.jpg|134]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0135.jpg|135]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0136.jpg|136]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0137.jpg|137]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0138.jpg|138]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0139.jpg|139]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0140.jpg|140]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0141.jpg|141]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0142.jpg|142]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0143.jpg|143]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0144.jpg|144]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0145.jpg|145]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0146.jpg|146]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0147.jpg|147]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0148.jpg|148]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0149.jpg|149]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0150.jpg|150]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0151.jpg|151]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0152.jpg|152]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0153.jpg|153]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0154.jpg|154]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0155.jpg|155]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0156.jpg|156]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0157.jpg|157]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0158.jpg|158]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0159.jpg|159]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0160.jpg|160]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0161.jpg|161]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0162.jpg|162]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0163.jpg|163]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0164.jpg|164]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0165.jpg|165]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0166.jpg|166]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0167.jpg|167]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0168.jpg|168]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0169.jpg|169]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0170.jpg|170]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0171.jpg|171]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0172.jpg|172]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0173.jpg|173]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0174.jpg|174]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0175.jpg|175]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0176.jpg|176]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0177.jpg|177]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0178.jpg|178]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0179.jpg|179]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0180.jpg|180]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0181.jpg|181]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0182.jpg|182]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0183.jpg|183]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0184.jpg|184]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0185.jpg|185]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0186.jpg|186]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0187.jpg|187]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0188.jpg|188]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0189.jpg|189]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0190.jpg|190]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0191.jpg|191]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0192.jpg|192]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0193.jpg|193]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0194.jpg|194]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0195.jpg|195]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0196.jpg|196]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0197.jpg|197]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0198.jpg|198]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0199.jpg|199]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0200.jpg|200]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0201.jpg|201]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0202.jpg|202]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0203.jpg|203]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0204.jpg|204]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0205.jpg|205]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0206.jpg|206]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0207.jpg|207]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0208.jpg|208]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0209.jpg|209]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0210.jpg|210]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0211.jpg|211]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0212.jpg|212]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0213.jpg|213]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0214.jpg|214]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0215.jpg|215]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0216.jpg|216]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0217.jpg|217]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0218.jpg|218]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0219.jpg|219]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0220.jpg|220]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0221.jpg|221]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0222.jpg|222]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0223.jpg|223]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0224.jpg|224]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0225.jpg|225]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0226.jpg|226]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0227.jpg|227]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0228.jpg|228]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0229.jpg|229]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0230.jpg|230]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0231.jpg|231]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0232.jpg|232]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0233.jpg|233]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0234.jpg|234]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0235.jpg|235]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0236.jpg|236]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0237.jpg|237]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0238.jpg|238]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0239.jpg|239]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0240.jpg|240]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0241.jpg|241]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0242.jpg|242]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0243.jpg|243]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0244.jpg|244]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0245.jpg|245]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0246.jpg|246]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0247.jpg|247]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0248.jpg|248]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0249.jpg|249]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0250.jpg|250]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0251.jpg|251]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0252.jpg|252]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0253.jpg|253]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0254.jpg|254]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0255.jpg|255]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0256.jpg|256]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0257.jpg|257]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0258.jpg|258]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0259.jpg|259]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0260.jpg|260]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0261.jpg|261]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0262.jpg|262]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0263.jpg|263]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0264.jpg|264]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0265.jpg|265]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0266.jpg|266]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0267.jpg|267]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0268.jpg|268]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0269.jpg|269]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0270.jpg|270]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0271.jpg|271]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0272.jpg|272]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0273.jpg|273]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0274.jpg|274]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0275.jpg|275]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0276.jpg|276]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0277.jpg|277]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0278.jpg|278]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0279.jpg|279]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0280.jpg|280]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0281.jpg|281]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0282.jpg|282]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0283.jpg|283]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0284.jpg|284]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0285.jpg|285]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0286.jpg|286]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0287.jpg|287]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0288.jpg|288]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0289.jpg|289]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0290.jpg|290]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0291.jpg|291]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0292.jpg|292]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0293.jpg|293]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0294.jpg|294]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0295.jpg|295]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0296.jpg|296]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0297.jpg|297]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0298.jpg|298]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0299.jpg|299]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0300.jpg|300]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0301.jpg|301]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0302.jpg|302]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0303.jpg|303]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0304.jpg|304]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0305.jpg|305]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0306.jpg|306]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0307.jpg|307]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0308.jpg|308]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0309.jpg|309]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0310.jpg|310]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0311.jpg|311]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0312.jpg|312]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0313.jpg|313]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0314.jpg|314]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0315.jpg|315]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0316.jpg|316]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0317.jpg|317]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0318.jpg|318]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0319.jpg|319]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0320.jpg|320]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0321.jpg|321]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0322.jpg|322]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0323.jpg|323]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0324.jpg|324]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0325.jpg|325]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0326.jpg|326]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0327.jpg|327]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0328.jpg|328]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0329.jpg|329]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0330.jpg|330]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0331.jpg|331]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0332.jpg|332]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0333.jpg|333]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0334.jpg|334]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0335.jpg|335]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0336.jpg|336]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0337.jpg|337]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0338.jpg|338]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0339.jpg|339]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0340.jpg|340]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0341.jpg|341]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0342.jpg|342]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0343.jpg|343]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0344.jpg|344]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0345.jpg|345]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0346.jpg|346]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0347.jpg|347]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0348.jpg|348]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0349.jpg|349]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0350.jpg|350]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0351.jpg|351]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0352.jpg|352]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0353.jpg|353]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0354.jpg|354]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0355.jpg|355]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0356.jpg|356]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0357.jpg|357]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0358.jpg|358]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0359.jpg|359]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0360.jpg|360]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0361.jpg|361]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0362.jpg|362]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0363.jpg|363]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0364.jpg|364]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0365.jpg|365]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0366.jpg|366]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0367.jpg|367]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0368.jpg|368]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0369.jpg|369]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0370.jpg|370]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0371.jpg|371]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0372.jpg|372]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0373.jpg|373]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0374.jpg|374]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0375.jpg|375]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0376.jpg|376]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0377.jpg|377]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0378.jpg|378]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0379.jpg|379]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0380.jpg|380]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0381.jpg|381]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0382.jpg|382]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0383.jpg|383]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0384.jpg|384]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0385.jpg|385]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0386.jpg|386]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0387.jpg|387]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0388.jpg|388]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0389.jpg|389]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0390.jpg|390]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0391.jpg|391]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0392.jpg|392]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0393.jpg|393]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0394.jpg|394]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0395.jpg|395]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0396.jpg|396]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0397.jpg|397]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0398.jpg|398]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0399.jpg|399]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0400.jpg|400]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0401.jpg|401]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0402.jpg|402]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0403.jpg|403]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0404.jpg|404]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0405.jpg|405]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0406.jpg|406]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0407.jpg|407]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0408.jpg|408]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0409.jpg|409]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0410.jpg|410]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0411.jpg|411]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0412.jpg|412]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0413.jpg|413]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0414.jpg|414]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0415.jpg|415]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0416.jpg|416]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0417.jpg|417]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0418.jpg|418]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0419.jpg|419]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0420.jpg|420]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0421.jpg|421]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0422.jpg|422]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0423.jpg|423]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0424.jpg|424]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0425.jpg|425]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0426.jpg|426]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0427.jpg|427]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0428.jpg|428]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0429.jpg|429]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0430.jpg|430]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0431.jpg|431]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0432.jpg|432]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0433.jpg|433]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0434.jpg|434]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0435.jpg|435]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0436.jpg|436]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0437.jpg|437]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0438.jpg|438]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0439.jpg|439]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0440.jpg|440]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0441.jpg|441]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0442.jpg|442]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0443.jpg|443]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0444.jpg|444]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0445.jpg|445]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0446.jpg|446]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0447.jpg|447]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0448.jpg|448]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0449.jpg|449]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0450.jpg|450]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0451.jpg|451]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0452.jpg|452]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0453.jpg|453]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0454.jpg|454]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0455.jpg|455]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0456.jpg|456]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0457.jpg|457]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0458.jpg|458]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0459.jpg|459]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0460.jpg|460]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0461.jpg|461]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0462.jpg|462]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0463.jpg|463]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0464.jpg|464]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0465.jpg|465]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0466.jpg|466]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0467.jpg|467]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0468.jpg|468]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0469.jpg|469]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0470.jpg|470]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0471.jpg|471]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0472.jpg|472]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0473.jpg|473]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0474.jpg|474]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0475.jpg|475]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0476.jpg|476]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0477.jpg|477]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0478.jpg|478]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0479.jpg|479]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0480.jpg|480]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0481.jpg|481]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0482.jpg|482]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0483.jpg|483]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0484.jpg|484]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0485.jpg|485]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0486.jpg|486]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0487.jpg|487]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0488.jpg|488]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0489.jpg|489]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0490.jpg|490]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0491.jpg|491]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0492.jpg|492]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0493.jpg|493]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0494.jpg|494]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0495.jpg|495]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0496.jpg|496]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0497.jpg|497]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0498.jpg|498]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0499.jpg|499]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0500.jpg|500]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0501.jpg|501]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0502.jpg|502]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0503.jpg|503]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0504.jpg|504]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0505.jpg|505]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0506.jpg|506]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0507.jpg|507]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0508.jpg|508]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0509.jpg|509]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0510.jpg|510]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0511.jpg|511]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0512.jpg|512]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0513.jpg|513]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0514.jpg|514]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0515.jpg|515]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0516.jpg|516]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0517.jpg|517]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0518.jpg|518]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0519.jpg|519]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0520.jpg|520]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0521.jpg|521]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0522.jpg|522]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0523.jpg|523]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0524.jpg|524]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0525.jpg|525]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0526.jpg|526]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0527.jpg|527]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0528.jpg|528]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0529.jpg|529]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0530.jpg|530]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0531.jpg|531]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0532.jpg|532]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0533.jpg|533]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0534.jpg|534]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0535.jpg|535]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0536.jpg|536]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0537.jpg|537]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0538.jpg|538]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0539.jpg|539]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0540.jpg|540]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0541.jpg|541]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0542.jpg|542]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0543.jpg|543]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0544.jpg|544]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0545.jpg|545]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0546.jpg|546]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0547.jpg|547]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0548.jpg|548]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0549.jpg|549]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0550.jpg|550]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0551.jpg|551]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0552.jpg|552]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0553.jpg|553]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0554.jpg|554]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0555.jpg|555]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0556.jpg|556]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0557.jpg|557]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0558.jpg|558]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0559.jpg|559]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0560.jpg|560]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0561.jpg|561]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0562.jpg|562]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0563.jpg|563]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0564.jpg|564]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0565.jpg|565]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0566.jpg|566]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0567.jpg|567]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0568.jpg|568]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0569.jpg|569]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0570.jpg|570]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0571.jpg|571]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0572.jpg|572]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0573.jpg|573]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0574.jpg|574]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0575.jpg|575]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0576.jpg|576]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0577.jpg|577]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0578.jpg|578]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0579.jpg|579]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0580.jpg|580]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0581.jpg|581]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0582.jpg|582]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0583.jpg|583]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0584.jpg|584]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0585.jpg|585]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0586.jpg|586]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0587.jpg|587]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0588.jpg|588]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0589.jpg|589]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0590.jpg|590]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0591.jpg|591]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0592.jpg|592]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0593.jpg|593]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0594.jpg|594]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0595.jpg|595]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0596.jpg|596]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0597.jpg|597]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0598.jpg|598]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0599.jpg|599]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0600.jpg|600]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0601.jpg|601]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0602.jpg|602]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0603.jpg|603]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0604.jpg|604]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0605.jpg|605]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0606.jpg|606]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0607.jpg|607]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0608.jpg|608]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0609.jpg|609]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0610.jpg|610]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0611.jpg|611]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0612.jpg|612]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0613.jpg|613]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0614.jpg|614]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0615.jpg|615]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0616.jpg|616]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0617.jpg|617]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0618.jpg|618]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0619.jpg|619]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0620.jpg|620]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0621.jpg|621]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0622.jpg|622]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0623.jpg|623]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0624.jpg|624]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0625.jpg|625]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0626.jpg|626]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0627.jpg|627]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0628.jpg|628]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0629.jpg|629]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0630.jpg|630]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0631.jpg|631]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0632.jpg|632]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0633.jpg|633]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0634.jpg|634]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0635.jpg|635]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0636.jpg|636]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0637.jpg|637]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0638.jpg|638]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0639.jpg|639]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0640.jpg|640]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0641.jpg|641]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0642.jpg|642]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0643.jpg|643]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0644.jpg|644]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0645.jpg|645]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0646.jpg|646]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0647.jpg|647]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0648.jpg|648]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0649.jpg|649]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0650.jpg|650]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0651.jpg|651]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0652.jpg|652]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0653.jpg|653]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0654.jpg|654]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0655.jpg|655]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0656.jpg|656]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0657.jpg|657]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0658.jpg|658]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0659.jpg|659]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0660.jpg|660]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0661.jpg|661]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0662.jpg|662]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0663.jpg|663]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0664.jpg|664]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0665.jpg|665]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0666.jpg|666]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0667.jpg|667]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0668.jpg|668]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0669.jpg|669]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0670.jpg|670]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0671.jpg|671]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0672.jpg|672]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0673.jpg|673]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0674.jpg|674]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0675.jpg|675]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0676.jpg|676]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0677.jpg|677]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0678.jpg|678]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0679.jpg|679]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0680.jpg|680]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0681.jpg|681]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0682.jpg|682]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0683.jpg|683]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0684.jpg|684]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0685.jpg|685]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0686.jpg|686]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0687.jpg|687]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0688.jpg|688]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0689.jpg|689]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0690.jpg|690]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0691.jpg|691]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0692.jpg|692]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0693.jpg|693]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0694.jpg|694]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0695.jpg|695]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0696.jpg|696]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0697.jpg|697]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0698.jpg|698]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0699.jpg|699]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0700.jpg|700]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0701.jpg|701]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0702.jpg|702]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0703.jpg|703]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0704.jpg|704]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0705.jpg|705]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0706.jpg|706]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0707.jpg|707]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0708.jpg|708]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0709.jpg|709]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0710.jpg|710]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0711.jpg|711]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0712.jpg|712]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0713.jpg|713]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0714.jpg|714]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0715.jpg|715]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0716.jpg|716]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0717.jpg|717]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0718.jpg|718]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0719.jpg|719]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0720.jpg|720]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0721.jpg|721]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0722.jpg|722]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0723.jpg|723]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0724.jpg|724]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0725.jpg|725]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0726.jpg|726]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0727.jpg|727]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0728.jpg|728]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0729.jpg|729]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0730.jpg|730]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0731.jpg|731]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0732.jpg|732]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0733.jpg|733]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0734.jpg|734]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0735.jpg|735]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0736.jpg|736]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0737.jpg|737]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0738.jpg|738]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0739.jpg|739]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0740.jpg|740]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0741.jpg|741]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0742.jpg|742]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0743.jpg|743]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0744.jpg|744]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0745.jpg|745]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0746.jpg|746]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0747.jpg|747]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0748.jpg|748]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0749.jpg|749]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0750.jpg|750]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0751.jpg|751]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0752.jpg|752]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0753.jpg|753]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0754.jpg|754]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0755.jpg|755]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0756.jpg|756]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0757.jpg|757]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0758.jpg|758]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0759.jpg|759]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0760.jpg|760]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0761.jpg|761]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0762.jpg|762]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0763.jpg|763]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0764.jpg|764]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0765.jpg|765]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0766.jpg|766]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0767.jpg|767]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0768.jpg|768]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0769.jpg|769]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0770.jpg|770]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0771.jpg|771]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0772.jpg|772]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0773.jpg|773]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0774.jpg|774]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0775.jpg|775]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0776.jpg|776]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0777.jpg|777]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0778.jpg|778]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0779.jpg|779]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0780.jpg|780]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0781.jpg|781]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0782.jpg|782]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0783.jpg|783]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0784.jpg|784]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0785.jpg|785]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0786.jpg|786]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0787.jpg|787]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0788.jpg|788]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0789.jpg|789]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0790.jpg|790]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0791.jpg|791]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0792.jpg|792]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0793.jpg|793]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0794.jpg|794]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0795.jpg|795]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0796.jpg|796]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0797.jpg|797]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0798.jpg|798]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0799.jpg|799]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0800.jpg|800]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0801.jpg|801]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0802.jpg|802]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0803.jpg|803]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0804.jpg|804]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0805.jpg|805]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0806.jpg|806]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0807.jpg|807]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0808.jpg|808]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0809.jpg|809]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0810.jpg|810]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0811.jpg|811]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0812.jpg|812]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0813.jpg|813]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0814.jpg|814]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0815.jpg|815]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0816.jpg|816]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0817.jpg|817]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0818.jpg|818]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0819.jpg|819]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0820.jpg|820]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0821.jpg|821]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0822.jpg|822]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0823.jpg|823]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0824.jpg|824]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0825.jpg|825]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0826.jpg|826]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0827.jpg|827]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0828.jpg|828]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0829.jpg|829]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0830.jpg|830]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0831.jpg|831]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0832.jpg|832]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0833.jpg|833]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0834.jpg|834]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0835.jpg|835]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0836.jpg|836]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0837.jpg|837]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0838.jpg|838]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0839.jpg|839]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0840.jpg|840]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0841.jpg|841]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0842.jpg|842]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0843.jpg|843]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0844.jpg|844]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0845.jpg|845]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0846.jpg|846]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0847.jpg|847]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0848.jpg|848]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0849.jpg|849]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0850.jpg|850]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0851.jpg|851]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0852.jpg|852]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0853.jpg|853]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0854.jpg|854]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0855.jpg|855]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0856.jpg|856]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0857.jpg|857]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0858.jpg|858]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0859.jpg|859]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0860.jpg|860]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0861.jpg|861]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0862.jpg|862]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0863.jpg|863]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0864.jpg|864]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0865.jpg|865]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0866.jpg|866]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0867.jpg|867]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0868.jpg|868]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0869.jpg|869]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0870.jpg|870]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0871.jpg|871]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0872.jpg|872]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0873.jpg|873]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0874.jpg|874]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0875.jpg|875]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0876.jpg|876]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0877.jpg|877]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0878.jpg|878]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0879.jpg|879]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0880.jpg|880]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0881.jpg|881]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0882.jpg|882]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0883.jpg|883]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0884.jpg|884]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0885.jpg|885]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0886.jpg|886]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0887.jpg|887]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0888.jpg|888]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0889.jpg|889]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0890.jpg|890]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0891.jpg|891]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0892.jpg|892]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0893.jpg|893]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0894.jpg|894]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0895.jpg|895]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0896.jpg|896]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0897.jpg|897]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0898.jpg|898]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0899.jpg|899]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0900.jpg|900]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0901.jpg|901]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0902.jpg|902]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0903.jpg|903]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0904.jpg|904]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0905.jpg|905]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0906.jpg|906]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0907.jpg|907]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0908.jpg|908]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0909.jpg|909]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0910.jpg|910]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0911.jpg|911]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0912.jpg|912]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0913.jpg|913]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0914.jpg|914]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0915.jpg|915]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0916.jpg|916]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0917.jpg|917]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0918.jpg|918]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0919.jpg|919]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0920.jpg|920]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0921.jpg|921]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0922.jpg|922]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0923.jpg|923]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0924.jpg|924]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0925.jpg|925]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0926.jpg|926]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0927.jpg|927]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0928.jpg|928]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0929.jpg|929]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0930.jpg|930]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0931.jpg|931]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0932.jpg|932]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0933.jpg|933]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0934.jpg|934]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0935.jpg|935]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0936.jpg|936]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0937.jpg|937]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0938.jpg|938]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0939.jpg|939]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0940.jpg|940]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0941.jpg|941]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0942.jpg|942]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0943.jpg|943]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0944.jpg|944]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0945.jpg|945]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0946.jpg|946]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0947.jpg|947]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0948.jpg|948]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0949.jpg|949]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0950.jpg|950]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0951.jpg|951]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0952.jpg|952]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0953.jpg|953]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0954.jpg|954]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0955.jpg|955]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0956.jpg|956]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0957.jpg|957]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0958.jpg|958]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0959.jpg|959]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0960.jpg|960]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0961.jpg|961]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0962.jpg|962]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0963.jpg|963]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0964.jpg|964]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0965.jpg|965]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0966.jpg|966]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0967.jpg|967]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0968.jpg|968]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0969.jpg|969]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0970.jpg|970]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0971.jpg|971]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0972.jpg|972]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0973.jpg|973]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0974.jpg|974]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0975.jpg|975]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0976.jpg|976]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0977.jpg|977]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0978.jpg|978]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0979.jpg|979]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0980.jpg|980]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0981.jpg|981]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0982.jpg|982]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0983.jpg|983]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0984.jpg|984]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0985.jpg|985]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0986.jpg|986]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0987.jpg|987]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0988.jpg|988]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0989.jpg|989]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0990.jpg|990]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0991.jpg|991]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0992.jpg|992]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0993.jpg|993]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0994.jpg|994]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0995.jpg|995]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0996.jpg|996]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0997.jpg|997]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0998.jpg|998]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 0999.jpg|999]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1000.jpg|1000]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1001.jpg|1001]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1002.jpg|1002]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1003.jpg|1003]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1004.jpg|1004]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1005.jpg|1005]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1006.jpg|1006]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1007.jpg|1007]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1008.jpg|1008]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1009.jpg|1009]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1010.jpg|1010]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1011.jpg|1011]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1012.jpg|1012]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1013.jpg|1013]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1014.jpg|1014]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1015.jpg|1015]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1016.jpg|1016]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1017.jpg|1017]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1018.jpg|1018]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1019.jpg|1019]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1020.jpg|1020]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1021.jpg|1021]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1022.jpg|1022]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1023.jpg|1023]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1024.jpg|1024]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1025.jpg|1025]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1026.jpg|1026]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1027.jpg|1027]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1028.jpg|1028]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1029.jpg|1029]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1030.jpg|1030]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1031.jpg|1031]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1032.jpg|1032]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1033.jpg|1033]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1034.jpg|1034]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1035.jpg|1035]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1036.jpg|1036]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1037.jpg|1037]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1038.jpg|1038]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1039.jpg|1039]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1040.jpg|1040]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1041.jpg|1041]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1042.jpg|1042]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1043.jpg|1043]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1044.jpg|1044]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1045.jpg|1045]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1046.jpg|1046]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1047.jpg|1047]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1048.jpg|1048]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1049.jpg|1049]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1050.jpg|1050]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1051.jpg|1051]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1052.jpg|1052]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1053.jpg|1053]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1054.jpg|1054]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1055.jpg|1055]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1056.jpg|1056]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1057.jpg|1057]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1058.jpg|1058]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1059.jpg|1059]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1060.jpg|1060]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1061.jpg|1061]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1062.jpg|1062]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1063.jpg|1063]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1064.jpg|1064]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1065.jpg|1065]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1066.jpg|1066]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1067.jpg|1067]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1068.jpg|1068]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1069.jpg|1069]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1070.jpg|1070]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1071.jpg|1071]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1072.jpg|1072]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1073.jpg|1073]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1074.jpg|1074]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1075.jpg|1075]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1076.jpg|1076]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1077.jpg|1077]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1078.jpg|1078]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1079.jpg|1079]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1080.jpg|1080]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1081.jpg|1081]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1082.jpg|1082]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1083.jpg|1083]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1084.jpg|1084]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1085.jpg|1085]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1086.jpg|1086]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1087.jpg|1087]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1088.jpg|1088]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1089.jpg|1089]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1090.jpg|1090]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1091.jpg|1091]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1092.jpg|1092]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1093.jpg|1093]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1094.jpg|1094]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1095.jpg|1095]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1096.jpg|1096]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1097.jpg|1097]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1098.jpg|1098]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1099.jpg|1099]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1100.jpg|1100]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1101.jpg|1101]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1102.jpg|1102]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1103.jpg|1103]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1104.jpg|1104]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1105.jpg|1105]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1106.jpg|1106]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1107.jpg|1107]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1108.jpg|1108]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1109.jpg|1109]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1110.jpg|1110]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1111.jpg|1111]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1112.jpg|1112]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1113.jpg|1113]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1114.jpg|1114]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1115.jpg|1115]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1116.jpg|1116]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1117.jpg|1117]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1118.jpg|1118]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1119.jpg|1119]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1120.jpg|1120]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1121.jpg|1121]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1122.jpg|1122]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1123.jpg|1123]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1124.jpg|1124]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1125.jpg|1125]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1126.jpg|1126]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1127.jpg|1127]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1128.jpg|1128]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1129.jpg|1129]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1130.jpg|1130]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1131.jpg|1131]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1132.jpg|1132]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1133.jpg|1133]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1134.jpg|1134]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1135.jpg|1135]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1136.jpg|1136]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1137.jpg|1137]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1138.jpg|1138]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1139.jpg|1139]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1140.jpg|1140]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1141.jpg|1141]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1142.jpg|1142]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1143.jpg|1143]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1144.jpg|1144]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1145.jpg|1145]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1146.jpg|1146]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1147.jpg|1147]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1148.jpg|1148]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1149.jpg|1149]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1150.jpg|1150]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1151.jpg|1151]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1152.jpg|1152]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1153.jpg|1153]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1154.jpg|1154]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1155.jpg|1155]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1156.jpg|1156]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1157.jpg|1157]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1158.jpg|1158]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1159.jpg|1159]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1160.jpg|1160]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1161.jpg|1161]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1162.jpg|1162]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1163.jpg|1163]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1164.jpg|1164]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1165.jpg|1165]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1166.jpg|1166]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1167.jpg|1167]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1168.jpg|1168]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1169.jpg|1169]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1170.jpg|1170]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1171.jpg|1171]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1172.jpg|1172]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1173.jpg|1173]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1174.jpg|1174]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1175.jpg|1175]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1176.jpg|1176]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1177.jpg|1177]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1178.jpg|1178]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1179.jpg|1179]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1180.jpg|1180]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1181.jpg|1181]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1182.jpg|1182]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1183.jpg|1183]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1184.jpg|1184]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1185.jpg|1185]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1186.jpg|1186]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1187.jpg|1187]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1188.jpg|1188]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1189.jpg|1189]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1190.jpg|1190]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1191.jpg|1191]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1192.jpg|1192]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1193.jpg|1193]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1194.jpg|1194]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1195.jpg|1195]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1196.jpg|1196]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1197.jpg|1197]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1198.jpg|1198]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1199.jpg|1199]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1200.jpg|1200]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1201.jpg|1201]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1202.jpg|1202]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1203.jpg|1203]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1204.jpg|1204]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1205.jpg|1205]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1206.jpg|1206]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1207.jpg|1207]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1208.jpg|1208]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1209.jpg|1209]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1210.jpg|1210]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1211.jpg|1211]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1212.jpg|1212]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1213.jpg|1213]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1214.jpg|1214]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1215.jpg|1215]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1216.jpg|1216]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1217.jpg|1217]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1218.jpg|1218]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1219.jpg|1219]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1220.jpg|1220]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1221.jpg|1221]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1222.jpg|1222]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1223.jpg|1223]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1224.jpg|1224]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1225.jpg|1225]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1226.jpg|1226]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1227.jpg|1227]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1228.jpg|1228]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1229.jpg|1229]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1230.jpg|1230]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1231.jpg|1231]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1232.jpg|1232]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1233.jpg|1233]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1234.jpg|1234]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1235.jpg|1235]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1236.jpg|1236]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1237.jpg|1237]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1238.jpg|1238]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1239.jpg|1239]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1240.jpg|1240]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1241.jpg|1241]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1242.jpg|1242]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1243.jpg|1243]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1244.jpg|1244]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1245.jpg|1245]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1246.jpg|1246]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1247.jpg|1247]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1248.jpg|1248]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1249.jpg|1249]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1250.jpg|1250]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1251.jpg|1251]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1252.jpg|1252]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1253.jpg|1253]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1254.jpg|1254]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1255.jpg|1255]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1256.jpg|1256]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1257.jpg|1257]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1258.jpg|1258]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1259.jpg|1259]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1260.jpg|1260]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1261.jpg|1261]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1262.jpg|1262]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1263.jpg|1263]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1264.jpg|1264]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1265.jpg|1265]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1266.jpg|1266]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1267.jpg|1267]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1268.jpg|1268]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1269.jpg|1269]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1270.jpg|1270]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1271.jpg|1271]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1272.jpg|1272]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1273.jpg|1273]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1274.jpg|1274]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1275.jpg|1275]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1276.jpg|1276]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1277.jpg|1277]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1278.jpg|1278]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1279.jpg|1279]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1280.jpg|1280]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1281.jpg|1281]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1282.jpg|1282]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1283.jpg|1283]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1284.jpg|1284]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1285.jpg|1285]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1286.jpg|1286]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1287.jpg|1287]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1288.jpg|1288]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1289.jpg|1289]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1290.jpg|1290]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1291.jpg|1291]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1292.jpg|1292]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1293.jpg|1293]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1294.jpg|1294]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1295.jpg|1295]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1296.jpg|1296]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1297.jpg|1297]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1298.jpg|1298]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1299.jpg|1299]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1300.jpg|1300]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1301.jpg|1301]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1302.jpg|1302]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1303.jpg|1303]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1304.jpg|1304]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1305.jpg|1305]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1306.jpg|1306]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1307.jpg|1307]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1308.jpg|1308]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1309.jpg|1309]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1310.jpg|1310]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1311.jpg|1311]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1312.jpg|1312]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1313.jpg|1313]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1314.jpg|1314]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1315.jpg|1315]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1316.jpg|1316]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1317.jpg|1317]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1318.jpg|1318]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1319.jpg|1319]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1320.jpg|1320]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1321.jpg|1321]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1322.jpg|1322]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1323.jpg|1323]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1324.jpg|1324]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1325.jpg|1325]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1326.jpg|1326]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1327.jpg|1327]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1328.jpg|1328]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1329.jpg|1329]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1330.jpg|1330]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1331.jpg|1331]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1332.jpg|1332]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1333.jpg|1333]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1334.jpg|1334]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1335.jpg|1335]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1336.jpg|1336]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1337.jpg|1337]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1338.jpg|1338]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1339.jpg|1339]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1340.jpg|1340]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1341.jpg|1341]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1342.jpg|1342]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1343.jpg|1343]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1344.jpg|1344]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1345.jpg|1345]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1346.jpg|1346]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1347.jpg|1347]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1348.jpg|1348]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1349.jpg|1349]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1350.jpg|1350]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1351.jpg|1351]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1352.jpg|1352]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1353.jpg|1353]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1354.jpg|1354]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1355.jpg|1355]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1356.jpg|1356]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1357.jpg|1357]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1358.jpg|1358]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1359.jpg|1359]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1360.jpg|1360]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1361.jpg|1361]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1362.jpg|1362]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1363.jpg|1363]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1364.jpg|1364]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1365.jpg|1365]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1366.jpg|1366]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1367.jpg|1367]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1368.jpg|1368]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1369.jpg|1369]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1370.jpg|1370]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1371.jpg|1371]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1372.jpg|1372]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1373.jpg|1373]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1374.jpg|1374]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1375.jpg|1375]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1376.jpg|1376]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1377.jpg|1377]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1378.jpg|1378]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1379.jpg|1379]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1380.jpg|1380]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1381.jpg|1381]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1382.jpg|1382]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1383.jpg|1383]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1384.jpg|1384]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1385.jpg|1385]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1386.jpg|1386]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1387.jpg|1387]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1388.jpg|1388]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1389.jpg|1389]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1390.jpg|1390]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1391.jpg|1391]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1392.jpg|1392]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1393.jpg|1393]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1394.jpg|1394]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1395.jpg|1395]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1396.jpg|1396]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1397.jpg|1397]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1398.jpg|1398]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1399.jpg|1399]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1400.jpg|1400]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1401.jpg|1401]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1402.jpg|1402]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1403.jpg|1403]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1404.jpg|1404]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1405.jpg|1405]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1406.jpg|1406]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1407.jpg|1407]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1408.jpg|1408]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1409.jpg|1409]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1410.jpg|1410]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1411.jpg|1411]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1412.jpg|1412]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1413.jpg|1413]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1414.jpg|1414]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1415.jpg|1415]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1416.jpg|1416]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1417.jpg|1417]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1418.jpg|1418]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1419.jpg|1419]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1420.jpg|1420]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1421.jpg|1421]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1422.jpg|1422]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1423.jpg|1423]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1424.jpg|1424]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1425.jpg|1425]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1426.jpg|1426]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1427.jpg|1427]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1428.jpg|1428]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1429.jpg|1429]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1430.jpg|1430]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1431.jpg|1431]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1432.jpg|1432]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1433.jpg|1433]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1434.jpg|1434]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1435.jpg|1435]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1436.jpg|1436]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1437.jpg|1437]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1438.jpg|1438]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1439.jpg|1439]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1440.jpg|1440]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1441.jpg|1441]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1442.jpg|1442]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1443.jpg|1443]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1444.jpg|1444]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1445.jpg|1445]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1446.jpg|1446]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1447.jpg|1447]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1448.jpg|1448]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1449.jpg|1449]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1450.jpg|1450]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1451.jpg|1451]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1452.jpg|1452]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1453.jpg|1453]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1454.jpg|1454]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1455.jpg|1455]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1456.jpg|1456]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1457.jpg|1457]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1458.jpg|1458]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1459.jpg|1459]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1460.jpg|1460]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1461.jpg|1461]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1462.jpg|1462]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1463.jpg|1463]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1464.jpg|1464]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1465.jpg|1465]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1466.jpg|1466]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1467.jpg|1467]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1468.jpg|1468]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1469.jpg|1469]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1470.jpg|1470]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1471.jpg|1471]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1472.jpg|1472]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1473.jpg|1473]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1474.jpg|1474]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1475.jpg|1475]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1476.jpg|1476]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1477.jpg|1477]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1478.jpg|1478]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1479.jpg|1479]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1480.jpg|1480]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1481.jpg|1481]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1482.jpg|1482]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1483.jpg|1483]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1484.jpg|1484]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1485.jpg|1485]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1486.jpg|1486]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1487.jpg|1487]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1488.jpg|1488]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1489.jpg|1489]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1490.jpg|1490]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1491.jpg|1491]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1492.jpg|1492]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1493.jpg|1493]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1494.jpg|1494]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1495.jpg|1495]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1496.jpg|1496]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1497.jpg|1497]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1498.jpg|1498]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1499.jpg|1499]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1500.jpg|1500]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1501.jpg|1501]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1502.jpg|1502]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1503.jpg|1503]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1504.jpg|1504]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1505.jpg|1505]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1506.jpg|1506]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1507.jpg|1507]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1508.jpg|1508]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1509.jpg|1509]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1510.jpg|1510]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1511.jpg|1511]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1512.jpg|1512]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1513.jpg|1513]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1514.jpg|1514]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1515.jpg|1515]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1516.jpg|1516]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1517.jpg|1517]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1518.jpg|1518]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1519.jpg|1519]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1520.jpg|1520]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1521.jpg|1521]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1522.jpg|1522]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1523.jpg|1523]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1524.jpg|1524]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1525.jpg|1525]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1526.jpg|1526]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1527.jpg|1527]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1528.jpg|1528]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1529.jpg|1529]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1530.jpg|1530]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1531.jpg|1531]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1532.jpg|1532]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1533.jpg|1533]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1534.jpg|1534]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1535.jpg|1535]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1536.jpg|1536]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1537.jpg|1537]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1538.jpg|1538]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1539.jpg|1539]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1540.jpg|1540]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1541.jpg|1541]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1542.jpg|1542]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1543.jpg|1543]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1544.jpg|1544]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1545.jpg|1545]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1546.jpg|1546]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1547.jpg|1547]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1548.jpg|1548]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1549.jpg|1549]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1550.jpg|1550]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1551.jpg|1551]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1552.jpg|1552]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1553.jpg|1553]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1554.jpg|1554]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1555.jpg|1555]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1556.jpg|1556]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1557.jpg|1557]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1558.jpg|1558]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1559.jpg|1559]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1560.jpg|1560]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1561.jpg|1561]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1562.jpg|1562]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1563.jpg|1563]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1564.jpg|1564]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1565.jpg|1565]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1566.jpg|1566]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1567.jpg|1567]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1568.jpg|1568]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1569.jpg|1569]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1570.jpg|1570]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1571.jpg|1571]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1572.jpg|1572]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1573.jpg|1573]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1574.jpg|1574]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1575.jpg|1575]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1576.jpg|1576]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1577.jpg|1577]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1578.jpg|1578]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1579.jpg|1579]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1580.jpg|1580]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1581.jpg|1581]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1582.jpg|1582]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1583.jpg|1583]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1584.jpg|1584]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1585.jpg|1585]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1586.jpg|1586]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1587.jpg|1587]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1588.jpg|1588]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1589.jpg|1589]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1590.jpg|1590]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1591.jpg|1591]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1592.jpg|1592]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1593.jpg|1593]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1594.jpg|1594]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1595.jpg|1595]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1596.jpg|1596]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1597.jpg|1597]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1598.jpg|1598]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1599.jpg|1599]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1600.jpg|1600]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1601.jpg|1601]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1602.jpg|1602]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1603.jpg|1603]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1604.jpg|1604]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1605.jpg|1605]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1606.jpg|1606]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1607.jpg|1607]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1608.jpg|1608]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1609.jpg|1609]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1610.jpg|1610]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1611.jpg|1611]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1612.jpg|1612]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1613.jpg|1613]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1614.jpg|1614]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1615.jpg|1615]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1616.jpg|1616]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1617.jpg|1617]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1618.jpg|1618]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1619.jpg|1619]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1620.jpg|1620]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1621.jpg|1621]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1622.jpg|1622]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1623.jpg|1623]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1624.jpg|1624]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1625.jpg|1625]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1626.jpg|1626]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1627.jpg|1627]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1628.jpg|1628]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1629.jpg|1629]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1630.jpg|1630]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1631.jpg|1631]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1632.jpg|1632]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1633.jpg|1633]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1634.jpg|1634]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1635.jpg|1635]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1636.jpg|1636]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1637.jpg|1637]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1638.jpg|1638]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1639.jpg|1639]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1640.jpg|1640]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1641.jpg|1641]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1642.jpg|1642]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1643.jpg|1643]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1644.jpg|1644]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1645.jpg|1645]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1646.jpg|1646]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1647.jpg|1647]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1648.jpg|1648]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1649.jpg|1649]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1650.jpg|1650]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1651.jpg|1651]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1652.jpg|1652]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1653.jpg|1653]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1654.jpg|1654]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1655.jpg|1655]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1656.jpg|1656]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1657.jpg|1657]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1658.jpg|1658]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1659.jpg|1659]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1660.jpg|1660]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1661.jpg|1661]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1662.jpg|1662]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1663.jpg|1663]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1664.jpg|1664]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1665.jpg|1665]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1666.jpg|1666]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1667.jpg|1667]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1668.jpg|1668]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1669.jpg|1669]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1670.jpg|1670]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1671.jpg|1671]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1672.jpg|1672]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1673.jpg|1673]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1674.jpg|1674]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1675.jpg|1675]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1676.jpg|1676]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1677.jpg|1677]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1678.jpg|1678]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1679.jpg|1679]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1680.jpg|1680]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1681.jpg|1681]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1682.jpg|1682]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1683.jpg|1683]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1684.jpg|1684]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1685.jpg|1685]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1686.jpg|1686]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1687.jpg|1687]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1688.jpg|1688]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1689.jpg|1689]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1690.jpg|1690]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1691.jpg|1691]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1692.jpg|1692]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1693.jpg|1693]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1694.jpg|1694]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1695.jpg|1695]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1696.jpg|1696]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1697.jpg|1697]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1698.jpg|1698]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1699.jpg|1699]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1700.jpg|1700]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1701.jpg|1701]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1702.jpg|1702]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1703.jpg|1703]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1704.jpg|1704]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1705.jpg|1705]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1706.jpg|1706]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1707.jpg|1707]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1708.jpg|1708]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1709.jpg|1709]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1710.jpg|1710]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1711.jpg|1711]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1712.jpg|1712]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1713.jpg|1713]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1714.jpg|1714]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1715.jpg|1715]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1716.jpg|1716]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1717.jpg|1717]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1718.jpg|1718]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1719.jpg|1719]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1720.jpg|1720]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1721.jpg|1721]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1722.jpg|1722]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1723.jpg|1723]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1724.jpg|1724]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1725.jpg|1725]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1726.jpg|1726]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1727.jpg|1727]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1728.jpg|1728]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1729.jpg|1729]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1730.jpg|1730]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1731.jpg|1731]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1732.jpg|1732]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1733.jpg|1733]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1734.jpg|1734]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1735.jpg|1735]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1736.jpg|1736]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1737.jpg|1737]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1738.jpg|1738]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1739.jpg|1739]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1740.jpg|1740]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1741.jpg|1741]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1742.jpg|1742]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1743.jpg|1743]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1744.jpg|1744]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1745.jpg|1745]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1746.jpg|1746]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1747.jpg|1747]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1748.jpg|1748]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1749.jpg|1749]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1750.jpg|1750]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1751.jpg|1751]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1752.jpg|1752]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1753.jpg|1753]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1754.jpg|1754]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1755.jpg|1755]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1756.jpg|1756]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1757.jpg|1757]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1758.jpg|1758]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1759.jpg|1759]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1760.jpg|1760]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1761.jpg|1761]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1762.jpg|1762]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1763.jpg|1763]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1764.jpg|1764]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1765.jpg|1765]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1766.jpg|1766]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1767.jpg|1767]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1768.jpg|1768]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1769.jpg|1769]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1770.jpg|1770]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1771.jpg|1771]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1772.jpg|1772]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1773.jpg|1773]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1774.jpg|1774]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1775.jpg|1775]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1776.jpg|1776]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1777.jpg|1777]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1778.jpg|1778]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1779.jpg|1779]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1780.jpg|1780]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1781.jpg|1781]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1782.jpg|1782]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1783.jpg|1783]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1784.jpg|1784]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1785.jpg|1785]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1786.jpg|1786]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1787.jpg|1787]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1788.jpg|1788]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1789.jpg|1789]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1790.jpg|1790]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1791.jpg|1791]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1792.jpg|1792]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1793.jpg|1793]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1794.jpg|1794]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1795.jpg|1795]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1796.jpg|1796]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1797.jpg|1797]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1798.jpg|1798]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1799.jpg|1799]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1800.jpg|1800]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1801.jpg|1801]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1802.jpg|1802]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1803.jpg|1803]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1804.jpg|1804]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1805.jpg|1805]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1806.jpg|1806]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1807.jpg|1807]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1808.jpg|1808]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1809.jpg|1809]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1810.jpg|1810]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1811.jpg|1811]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1812.jpg|1812]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1813.jpg|1813]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1814.jpg|1814]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1815.jpg|1815]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1816.jpg|1816]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1817.jpg|1817]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1818.jpg|1818]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1819.jpg|1819]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1820.jpg|1820]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1821.jpg|1821]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1822.jpg|1822]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1823.jpg|1823]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1824.jpg|1824]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1825.jpg|1825]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1826.jpg|1826]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1827.jpg|1827]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1828.jpg|1828]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1829.jpg|1829]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1830.jpg|1830]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1831.jpg|1831]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1832.jpg|1832]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1833.jpg|1833]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1834.jpg|1834]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1835.jpg|1835]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1836.jpg|1836]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1837.jpg|1837]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1838.jpg|1838]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1839.jpg|1839]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1840.jpg|1840]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1841.jpg|1841]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1842.jpg|1842]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1843.jpg|1843]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1844.jpg|1844]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1845.jpg|1845]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1846.jpg|1846]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1847.jpg|1847]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1848.jpg|1848]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1849.jpg|1849]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1850.jpg|1850]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1851.jpg|1851]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1852.jpg|1852]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1853.jpg|1853]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1854.jpg|1854]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1855.jpg|1855]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1856.jpg|1856]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1857.jpg|1857]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1858.jpg|1858]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1859.jpg|1859]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1860.jpg|1860]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1861.jpg|1861]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1862.jpg|1862]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1863.jpg|1863]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1864.jpg|1864]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1865.jpg|1865]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1866.jpg|1866]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1867.jpg|1867]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1868.jpg|1868]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1869.jpg|1869]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1870.jpg|1870]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1871.jpg|1871]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1872.jpg|1872]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1873.jpg|1873]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1874.jpg|1874]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1875.jpg|1875]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1876.jpg|1876]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1877.jpg|1877]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1878.jpg|1878]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1879.jpg|1879]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1880.jpg|1880]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1881.jpg|1881]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1882.jpg|1882]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1883.jpg|1883]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1884.jpg|1884]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1885.jpg|1885]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1886.jpg|1886]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1887.jpg|1887]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1888.jpg|1888]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1889.jpg|1889]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1890.jpg|1890]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1891.jpg|1891]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1892.jpg|1892]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1893.jpg|1893]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1894.jpg|1894]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1895.jpg|1895]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1896.jpg|1896]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1897.jpg|1897]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1898.jpg|1898]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1899.jpg|1899]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1900.jpg|1900]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1901.jpg|1901]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1902.jpg|1902]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1903.jpg|1903]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1904.jpg|1904]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1905.jpg|1905]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1906.jpg|1906]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1907.jpg|1907]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1908.jpg|1908]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1909.jpg|1909]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1910.jpg|1910]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1911.jpg|1911]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1912.jpg|1912]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1913.jpg|1913]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1914.jpg|1914]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1915.jpg|1915]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1916.jpg|1916]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1917.jpg|1917]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1918.jpg|1918]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1919.jpg|1919]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1920.jpg|1920]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1921.jpg|1921]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1922.jpg|1922]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1923.jpg|1923]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1924.jpg|1924]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1925.jpg|1925]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1926.jpg|1926]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1927.jpg|1927]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1928.jpg|1928]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1929.jpg|1929]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1930.jpg|1930]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1931.jpg|1931]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1932.jpg|1932]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1933.jpg|1933]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1934.jpg|1934]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1935.jpg|1935]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1936.jpg|1936]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1937.jpg|1937]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1938.jpg|1938]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1939.jpg|1939]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1940.jpg|1940]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1941.jpg|1941]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1942.jpg|1942]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1943.jpg|1943]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1944.jpg|1944]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1945.jpg|1945]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1946.jpg|1946]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1947.jpg|1947]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1948.jpg|1948]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1949.jpg|1949]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1950.jpg|1950]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1951.jpg|1951]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1952.jpg|1952]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1953.jpg|1953]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1954.jpg|1954]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1955.jpg|1955]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1956.jpg|1956]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1957.jpg|1957]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1958.jpg|1958]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1959.jpg|1959]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1960.jpg|1960]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1961.jpg|1961]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1962.jpg|1962]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1963.jpg|1963]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1964.jpg|1964]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1965.jpg|1965]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1966.jpg|1966]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1967.jpg|1967]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1968.jpg|1968]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1969.jpg|1969]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1970.jpg|1970]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1971.jpg|1971]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1972.jpg|1972]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1973.jpg|1973]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1974.jpg|1974]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1975.jpg|1975]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1976.jpg|1976]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1977.jpg|1977]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1978.jpg|1978]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1979.jpg|1979]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1980.jpg|1980]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1981.jpg|1981]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1982.jpg|1982]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1983.jpg|1983]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1984.jpg|1984]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1985.jpg|1985]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1986.jpg|1986]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1987.jpg|1987]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1988.jpg|1988]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1989.jpg|1989]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1990.jpg|1990]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1991.jpg|1991]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1992.jpg|1992]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1993.jpg|1993]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1994.jpg|1994]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1995.jpg|1995]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1996.jpg|1996]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1997.jpg|1997]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1998.jpg|1998]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 1999.jpg|1999]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2000.jpg|2000]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2001.jpg|2001]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2002.jpg|2002]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2003.jpg|2003]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2004.jpg|2004]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2005.jpg|2005]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2006.jpg|2006]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2007.jpg|2007]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2008.jpg|2008]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2009.jpg|2009]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2010.jpg|2010]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2011.jpg|2011]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2012.jpg|2012]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2013.jpg|2013]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2014.jpg|2014]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2015.jpg|2015]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2016.jpg|2016]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2017.jpg|2017]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2018.jpg|2018]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2019.jpg|2019]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2020.jpg|2020]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2021.jpg|2021]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2022.jpg|2022]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2023.jpg|2023]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2024.jpg|2024]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2025.jpg|2025]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2026.jpg|2026]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2027.jpg|2027]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2028.jpg|2028]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2029.jpg|2029]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2030.jpg|2030]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2031.jpg|2031]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2032.jpg|2032]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2033.jpg|2033]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2034.jpg|2034]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2035.jpg|2035]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2036.jpg|2036]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2037.jpg|2037]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2038.jpg|2038]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2039.jpg|2039]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2040.jpg|2040]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2041.jpg|2041]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2042.jpg|2042]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2043.jpg|2043]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2044.jpg|2044]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2045.jpg|2045]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2046.jpg|2046]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2047.jpg|2047]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2048.jpg|2048]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2049.jpg|2049]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2050.jpg|2050]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2051.jpg|2051]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2052.jpg|2052]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2053.jpg|2053]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2054.jpg|2054]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2055.jpg|2055]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2056.jpg|2056]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2057.jpg|2057]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2058.jpg|2058]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2059.jpg|2059]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2060.jpg|2060]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2061.jpg|2061]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2062.jpg|2062]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2063.jpg|2063]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2064.jpg|2064]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2065.jpg|2065]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2066.jpg|2066]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2067.jpg|2067]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2068.jpg|2068]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2069.jpg|2069]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2070.jpg|2070]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2071.jpg|2071]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2072.jpg|2072]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2073.jpg|2073]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2074.jpg|2074]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2075.jpg|2075]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2076.jpg|2076]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2077.jpg|2077]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2078.jpg|2078]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2079.jpg|2079]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2080.jpg|2080]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2081.jpg|2081]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2082.jpg|2082]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2083.jpg|2083]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2084.jpg|2084]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2085.jpg|2085]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2086.jpg|2086]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2087.jpg|2087]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2088.jpg|2088]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2089.jpg|2089]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2090.jpg|2090]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2091.jpg|2091]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2092.jpg|2092]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2093.jpg|2093]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2094.jpg|2094]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2095.jpg|2095]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2096.jpg|2096]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2097.jpg|2097]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2098.jpg|2098]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2099.jpg|2099]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2100.jpg|2100]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2101.jpg|2101]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2102.jpg|2102]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2103.jpg|2103]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2104.jpg|2104]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2105.jpg|2105]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2106.jpg|2106]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2107.jpg|2107]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2108.jpg|2108]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2109.jpg|2109]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2110.jpg|2110]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2111.jpg|2111]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2112.jpg|2112]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2113.jpg|2113]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2114.jpg|2114]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2115.jpg|2115]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2116.jpg|2116]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2117.jpg|2117]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2118.jpg|2118]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2119.jpg|2119]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2120.jpg|2120]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2121.jpg|2121]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2122.jpg|2122]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2123.jpg|2123]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2124.jpg|2124]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2125.jpg|2125]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2126.jpg|2126]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2127.jpg|2127]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2128.jpg|2128]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2129.jpg|2129]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2130.jpg|2130]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2131.jpg|2131]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2132.jpg|2132]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2133.jpg|2133]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2134.jpg|2134]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2135.jpg|2135]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2136.jpg|2136]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2137.jpg|2137]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2138.jpg|2138]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2139.jpg|2139]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2140.jpg|2140]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2141.jpg|2141]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2142.jpg|2142]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2143.jpg|2143]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2144.jpg|2144]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2145.jpg|2145]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2146.jpg|2146]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2147.jpg|2147]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2148.jpg|2148]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2149.jpg|2149]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2150.jpg|2150]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2151.jpg|2151]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2152.jpg|2152]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2153.jpg|2153]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2154.jpg|2154]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2155.jpg|2155]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2156.jpg|2156]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2157.jpg|2157]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2158.jpg|2158]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2159.jpg|2159]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2160.jpg|2160]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2161.jpg|2161]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2162.jpg|2162]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2163.jpg|2163]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2164.jpg|2164]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2165.jpg|2165]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2166.jpg|2166]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2167.jpg|2167]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2168.jpg|2168]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2169.jpg|2169]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2170.jpg|2170]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2171.jpg|2171]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2172.jpg|2172]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2173.jpg|2173]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2174.jpg|2174]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2175.jpg|2175]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2176.jpg|2176]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2177.jpg|2177]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2178.jpg|2178]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2179.jpg|2179]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2180.jpg|2180]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2181.jpg|2181]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2182.jpg|2182]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2183.jpg|2183]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2184.jpg|2184]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2185.jpg|2185]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2186.jpg|2186]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2187.jpg|2187]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2188.jpg|2188]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2189.jpg|2189]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2190.jpg|2190]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2191.jpg|2191]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2192.jpg|2192]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2193.jpg|2193]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2194.jpg|2194]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2195.jpg|2195]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2196.jpg|2196]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2197.jpg|2197]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2198.jpg|2198]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2199.jpg|2199]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2200.jpg|2200]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2201.jpg|2201]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2202.jpg|2202]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2203.jpg|2203]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2204.jpg|2204]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2205.jpg|2205]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2206.jpg|2206]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2207.jpg|2207]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2208.jpg|2208]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2209.jpg|2209]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2210.jpg|2210]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2211.jpg|2211]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2212.jpg|2212]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2213.jpg|2213]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2214.jpg|2214]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2215.jpg|2215]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2216.jpg|2216]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2217.jpg|2217]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2218.jpg|2218]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2219.jpg|2219]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2220.jpg|2220]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2221.jpg|2221]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2222.jpg|2222]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2223.jpg|2223]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2224.jpg|2224]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2225.jpg|2225]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2226.jpg|2226]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2227.jpg|2227]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2228.jpg|2228]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2229.jpg|2229]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2230.jpg|2230]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2231.jpg|2231]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2232.jpg|2232]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2233.jpg|2233]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2234.jpg|2234]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2235.jpg|2235]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2236.jpg|2236]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2237.jpg|2237]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2238.jpg|2238]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2239.jpg|2239]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2240.jpg|2240]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2241.jpg|2241]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2242.jpg|2242]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2243.jpg|2243]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2244.jpg|2244]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2245.jpg|2245]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2246.jpg|2246]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2247.jpg|2247]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2248.jpg|2248]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2249.jpg|2249]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2250.jpg|2250]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2251.jpg|2251]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2252.jpg|2252]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2253.jpg|2253]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2254.jpg|2254]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2255.jpg|2255]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2256.jpg|2256]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2257.jpg|2257]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2258.jpg|2258]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2259.jpg|2259]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2260.jpg|2260]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2261.jpg|2261]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2262.jpg|2262]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2263.jpg|2263]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2264.jpg|2264]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2265.jpg|2265]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2266.jpg|2266]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2267.jpg|2267]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2268.jpg|2268]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2269.jpg|2269]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2270.jpg|2270]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2271.jpg|2271]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2272.jpg|2272]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2273.jpg|2273]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2274.jpg|2274]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2275.jpg|2275]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2276.jpg|2276]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2277.jpg|2277]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2278.jpg|2278]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2279.jpg|2279]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2280.jpg|2280]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2281.jpg|2281]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2282.jpg|2282]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2283.jpg|2283]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2284.jpg|2284]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2285.jpg|2285]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2286.jpg|2286]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2287.jpg|2287]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2288.jpg|2288]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2289.jpg|2289]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2290.jpg|2290]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2291.jpg|2291]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2292.jpg|2292]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2293.jpg|2293]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2294.jpg|2294]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2295.jpg|2295]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2296.jpg|2296]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2297.jpg|2297]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2298.jpg|2298]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2299.jpg|2299]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2300.jpg|2300]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2301.jpg|2301]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2302.jpg|2302]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2303.jpg|2303]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2304.jpg|2304]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2305.jpg|2305]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2306.jpg|2306]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2307.jpg|2307]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2308.jpg|2308]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2309.jpg|2309]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2310.jpg|2310]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2311.jpg|2311]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2312.jpg|2312]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2313.jpg|2313]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2314.jpg|2314]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2315.jpg|2315]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2316.jpg|2316]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2317.jpg|2317]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2318.jpg|2318]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2319.jpg|2319]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2320.jpg|2320]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2321.jpg|2321]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2322.jpg|2322]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2323.jpg|2323]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2324.jpg|2324]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2325.jpg|2325]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2326.jpg|2326]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2327.jpg|2327]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2328.jpg|2328]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2329.jpg|2329]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2330.jpg|2330]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2331.jpg|2331]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2332.jpg|2332]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2333.jpg|2333]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2334.jpg|2334]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2335.jpg|2335]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2336.jpg|2336]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2337.jpg|2337]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2338.jpg|2338]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2339.jpg|2339]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2340.jpg|2340]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2341.jpg|2341]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2342.jpg|2342]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2343.jpg|2343]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2344.jpg|2344]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2345.jpg|2345]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2346.jpg|2346]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2347.jpg|2347]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2348.jpg|2348]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2349.jpg|2349]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2350.jpg|2350]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2351.jpg|2351]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2352.jpg|2352]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2353.jpg|2353]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2354.jpg|2354]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2355.jpg|2355]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2356.jpg|2356]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2357.jpg|2357]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2358.jpg|2358]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2359.jpg|2359]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2360.jpg|2360]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2361.jpg|2361]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2362.jpg|2362]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2363.jpg|2363]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2364.jpg|2364]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2365.jpg|2365]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2366.jpg|2366]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2367.jpg|2367]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2368.jpg|2368]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2369.jpg|2369]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2370.jpg|2370]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2371.jpg|2371]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2372.jpg|2372]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2373.jpg|2373]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2374.jpg|2374]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2375.jpg|2375]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2376.jpg|2376]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2377.jpg|2377]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2378.jpg|2378]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2379.jpg|2379]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2380.jpg|2380]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2381.jpg|2381]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2382.jpg|2382]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2383.jpg|2383]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2384.jpg|2384]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2385.jpg|2385]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2386.jpg|2386]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2387.jpg|2387]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2388.jpg|2388]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2389.jpg|2389]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2390.jpg|2390]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2391.jpg|2391]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2392.jpg|2392]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2393.jpg|2393]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2394.jpg|2394]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2395.jpg|2395]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2396.jpg|2396]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2397.jpg|2397]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2398.jpg|2398]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2399.jpg|2399]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2400.jpg|2400]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2401.jpg|2401]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2402.jpg|2402]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2403.jpg|2403]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2404.jpg|2404]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2405.jpg|2405]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2406.jpg|2406]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2407.jpg|2407]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2408.jpg|2408]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2409.jpg|2409]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2410.jpg|2410]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2411.jpg|2411]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2412.jpg|2412]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2413.jpg|2413]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2414.jpg|2414]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2415.jpg|2415]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2416.jpg|2416]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2417.jpg|2417]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2418.jpg|2418]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2419.jpg|2419]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2420.jpg|2420]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2421.jpg|2421]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2422.jpg|2422]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2423.jpg|2423]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2424.jpg|2424]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2425.jpg|2425]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2426.jpg|2426]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2427.jpg|2427]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2428.jpg|2428]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2429.jpg|2429]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2430.jpg|2430]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2431.jpg|2431]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2432.jpg|2432]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2433.jpg|2433]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2434.jpg|2434]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2435.jpg|2435]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2436.jpg|2436]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2437.jpg|2437]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2438.jpg|2438]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2439.jpg|2439]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2440.jpg|2440]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2441.jpg|2441]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2442.jpg|2442]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2443.jpg|2443]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2444.jpg|2444]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2445.jpg|2445]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2446.jpg|2446]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2447.jpg|2447]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2448.jpg|2448]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2449.jpg|2449]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2450.jpg|2450]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2451.jpg|2451]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2452.jpg|2452]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2453.jpg|2453]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2454.jpg|2454]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2455.jpg|2455]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2456.jpg|2456]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2457.jpg|2457]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2458.jpg|2458]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2459.jpg|2459]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2460.jpg|2460]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2461.jpg|2461]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2462.jpg|2462]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2463.jpg|2463]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2464.jpg|2464]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2465.jpg|2465]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2466.jpg|2466]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2467.jpg|2467]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2468.jpg|2468]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2469.jpg|2469]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2470.jpg|2470]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2471.jpg|2471]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2472.jpg|2472]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2473.jpg|2473]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2474.jpg|2474]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2475.jpg|2475]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2476.jpg|2476]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2477.jpg|2477]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2478.jpg|2478]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2479.jpg|2479]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2480.jpg|2480]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2481.jpg|2481]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2482.jpg|2482]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2483.jpg|2483]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2484.jpg|2484]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2485.jpg|2485]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2486.jpg|2486]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2487.jpg|2487]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2488.jpg|2488]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2489.jpg|2489]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2490.jpg|2490]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2491.jpg|2491]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2492.jpg|2492]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2493.jpg|2493]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2494.jpg|2494]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2495.jpg|2495]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2496.jpg|2496]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2497.jpg|2497]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2498.jpg|2498]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2499.jpg|2499]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2500.jpg|2500]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2501.jpg|2501]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2502.jpg|2502]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2503.jpg|2503]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2504.jpg|2504]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2505.jpg|2505]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2506.jpg|2506]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2507.jpg|2507]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2508.jpg|2508]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2509.jpg|2509]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2510.jpg|2510]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2511.jpg|2511]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2512.jpg|2512]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2513.jpg|2513]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2514.jpg|2514]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2515.jpg|2515]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2516.jpg|2516]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2517.jpg|2517]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2518.jpg|2518]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2519.jpg|2519]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2520.jpg|2520]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2521.jpg|2521]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2522.jpg|2522]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2523.jpg|2523]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2524.jpg|2524]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2525.jpg|2525]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2526.jpg|2526]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2527.jpg|2527]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2528.jpg|2528]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2529.jpg|2529]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2530.jpg|2530]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2531.jpg|2531]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2532.jpg|2532]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2533.jpg|2533]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2534.jpg|2534]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2535.jpg|2535]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2536.jpg|2536]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2537.jpg|2537]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2538.jpg|2538]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2539.jpg|2539]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2540.jpg|2540]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2541.jpg|2541]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2542.jpg|2542]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2543.jpg|2543]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2544.jpg|2544]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2545.jpg|2545]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2546.jpg|2546]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2547.jpg|2547]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2548.jpg|2548]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2549.jpg|2549]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2550.jpg|2550]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2551.jpg|2551]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2552.jpg|2552]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2553.jpg|2553]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2554.jpg|2554]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2555.jpg|2555]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2556.jpg|2556]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2557.jpg|2557]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2558.jpg|2558]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2559.jpg|2559]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2560.jpg|2560]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2561.jpg|2561]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2562.jpg|2562]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2563.jpg|2563]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2564.jpg|2564]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2565.jpg|2565]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2566.jpg|2566]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2567.jpg|2567]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2568.jpg|2568]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2569.jpg|2569]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2570.jpg|2570]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2571.jpg|2571]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2572.jpg|2572]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2573.jpg|2573]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2574.jpg|2574]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2575.jpg|2575]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2576.jpg|2576]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2577.jpg|2577]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2578.jpg|2578]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2579.jpg|2579]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2580.jpg|2580]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2581.jpg|2581]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2582.jpg|2582]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2583.jpg|2583]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2584.jpg|2584]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2585.jpg|2585]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2586.jpg|2586]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2587.jpg|2587]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2588.jpg|2588]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2589.jpg|2589]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2590.jpg|2590]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2591.jpg|2591]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2592.jpg|2592]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2593.jpg|2593]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2594.jpg|2594]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2595.jpg|2595]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2596.jpg|2596]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2597.jpg|2597]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2598.jpg|2598]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2599.jpg|2599]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2600.jpg|2600]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2601.jpg|2601]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2602.jpg|2602]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2603.jpg|2603]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2604.jpg|2604]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2605.jpg|2605]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2606.jpg|2606]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2607.jpg|2607]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2608.jpg|2608]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2609.jpg|2609]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2610.jpg|2610]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2611.jpg|2611]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2612.jpg|2612]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2613.jpg|2613]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2614.jpg|2614]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2615.jpg|2615]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2616.jpg|2616]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2617.jpg|2617]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2618.jpg|2618]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2619.jpg|2619]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2620.jpg|2620]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2621.jpg|2621]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2622.jpg|2622]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2623.jpg|2623]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2624.jpg|2624]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2625.jpg|2625]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2626.jpg|2626]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2627.jpg|2627]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2628.jpg|2628]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2629.jpg|2629]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2630.jpg|2630]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2631.jpg|2631]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2632.jpg|2632]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2633.jpg|2633]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2634.jpg|2634]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2635.jpg|2635]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2636.jpg|2636]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2637.jpg|2637]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2638.jpg|2638]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2639.jpg|2639]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2640.jpg|2640]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2641.jpg|2641]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2642.jpg|2642]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2643.jpg|2643]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2644.jpg|2644]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2645.jpg|2645]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2646.jpg|2646]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2647.jpg|2647]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2648.jpg|2648]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2649.jpg|2649]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2650.jpg|2650]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2651.jpg|2651]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2652.jpg|2652]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2653.jpg|2653]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2654.jpg|2654]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2655.jpg|2655]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2656.jpg|2656]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2657.jpg|2657]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2658.jpg|2658]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2659.jpg|2659]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2660.jpg|2660]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2661.jpg|2661]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2662.jpg|2662]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2663.jpg|2663]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2664.jpg|2664]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2665.jpg|2665]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2666.jpg|2666]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2667.jpg|2667]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2668.jpg|2668]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2669.jpg|2669]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2670.jpg|2670]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2671.jpg|2671]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2672.jpg|2672]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2673.jpg|2673]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2674.jpg|2674]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2675.jpg|2675]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2676.jpg|2676]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2677.jpg|2677]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2678.jpg|2678]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2679.jpg|2679]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2680.jpg|2680]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2681.jpg|2681]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2682.jpg|2682]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2683.jpg|2683]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2684.jpg|2684]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2685.jpg|2685]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2686.jpg|2686]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2687.jpg|2687]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2688.jpg|2688]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2689.jpg|2689]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2690.jpg|2690]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2691.jpg|2691]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2692.jpg|2692]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2693.jpg|2693]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2694.jpg|2694]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2695.jpg|2695]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2696.jpg|2696]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2697.jpg|2697]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2698.jpg|2698]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2699.jpg|2699]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2700.jpg|2700]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2701.jpg|2701]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2702.jpg|2702]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2703.jpg|2703]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2704.jpg|2704]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2705.jpg|2705]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2706.jpg|2706]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2707.jpg|2707]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2708.jpg|2708]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2709.jpg|2709]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2710.jpg|2710]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2711.jpg|2711]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2712.jpg|2712]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2713.jpg|2713]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2714.jpg|2714]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2715.jpg|2715]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2716.jpg|2716]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2717.jpg|2717]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2718.jpg|2718]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2719.jpg|2719]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2720.jpg|2720]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2721.jpg|2721]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2722.jpg|2722]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2723.jpg|2723]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2724.jpg|2724]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2725.jpg|2725]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2726.jpg|2726]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2727.jpg|2727]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2728.jpg|2728]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2729.jpg|2729]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2730.jpg|2730]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2731.jpg|2731]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2732.jpg|2732]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2733.jpg|2733]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2734.jpg|2734]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2735.jpg|2735]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2736.jpg|2736]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2737.jpg|2737]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2738.jpg|2738]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2739.jpg|2739]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2740.jpg|2740]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2741.jpg|2741]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2742.jpg|2742]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2743.jpg|2743]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2744.jpg|2744]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2745.jpg|2745]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2746.jpg|2746]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2747.jpg|2747]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2748.jpg|2748]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2749.jpg|2749]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2750.jpg|2750]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2751.jpg|2751]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2752.jpg|2752]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2753.jpg|2753]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2754.jpg|2754]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2755.jpg|2755]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2756.jpg|2756]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2757.jpg|2757]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2758.jpg|2758]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2759.jpg|2759]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2760.jpg|2760]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2761.jpg|2761]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2762.jpg|2762]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2763.jpg|2763]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2764.jpg|2764]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2765.jpg|2765]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2766.jpg|2766]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2767.jpg|2767]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2768.jpg|2768]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2769.jpg|2769]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2770.jpg|2770]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2771.jpg|2771]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2772.jpg|2772]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2773.jpg|2773]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2774.jpg|2774]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2775.jpg|2775]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2776.jpg|2776]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2777.jpg|2777]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2778.jpg|2778]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2779.jpg|2779]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2780.jpg|2780]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2781.jpg|2781]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2782.jpg|2782]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2783.jpg|2783]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2784.jpg|2784]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2785.jpg|2785]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2786.jpg|2786]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2787.jpg|2787]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2788.jpg|2788]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2789.jpg|2789]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2790.jpg|2790]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2791.jpg|2791]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2792.jpg|2792]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2793.jpg|2793]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2794.jpg|2794]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2795.jpg|2795]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2796.jpg|2796]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2797.jpg|2797]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2798.jpg|2798]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2799.jpg|2799]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2800.jpg|2800]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2801.jpg|2801]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2802.jpg|2802]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2803.jpg|2803]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2804.jpg|2804]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2805.jpg|2805]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2806.jpg|2806]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2807.jpg|2807]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2808.jpg|2808]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2809.jpg|2809]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2810.jpg|2810]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2811.jpg|2811]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2812.jpg|2812]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2813.jpg|2813]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2814.jpg|2814]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2815.jpg|2815]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2816.jpg|2816]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2817.jpg|2817]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2818.jpg|2818]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2819.jpg|2819]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2820.jpg|2820]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2821.jpg|2821]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2822.jpg|2822]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2823.jpg|2823]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2824.jpg|2824]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2825.jpg|2825]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2826.jpg|2826]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2827.jpg|2827]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2828.jpg|2828]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2829.jpg|2829]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2830.jpg|2830]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2831.jpg|2831]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2832.jpg|2832]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2833.jpg|2833]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2834.jpg|2834]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2835.jpg|2835]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2836.jpg|2836]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2837.jpg|2837]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2838.jpg|2838]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2839.jpg|2839]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2840.jpg|2840]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2841.jpg|2841]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2842.jpg|2842]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2843.jpg|2843]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2844.jpg|2844]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2845.jpg|2845]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2846.jpg|2846]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2847.jpg|2847]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2848.jpg|2848]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2849.jpg|2849]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2850.jpg|2850]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2851.jpg|2851]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2852.jpg|2852]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2853.jpg|2853]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2854.jpg|2854]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2855.jpg|2855]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2856.jpg|2856]] {{!}}[[Page:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587 - 2857.jpg|2857]] {{!}}  {{!}}  {{!}}  {{!)}} |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer=<references /> |tmplver= }} mz7wt82b8l91zuimukor5alj8ry8dm2 Index:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615.jpg 106 787479 14129968 12792597 2024-04-25T20:28:46Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=''[[Microcosmographia]]'' |Language=en |Volume= |Author=[[Author:Helkiah Crooke|Helkiah Crooke]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=William Jaggard |Address=London |Year=1615 |Key=Microcosmographia |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=[[Commons:Category:Microcosmographia, 1615]] |Image=[[File:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0001.jpg|200px]] |Progress=C |Transclusion=no |Validation_date= |Pages='''DO NOT RE-STATUS FOR NEEDING OCR''' {{(!}} class="__pagetable" style="border-spacing:2px; border-none; background-color:#F0F0F0; text-align:center;" {{!}} {{!}}+ {{!}}colspan=20 style="text-align:center;border-top: 2px solid #808080; background-color: #f4f0e5;"{{!}}'''Microcosmographia''' {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0001.jpg|1]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0002.jpg|2]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0003.jpg|3]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0004.jpg|4]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0005.jpg|5]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0006.jpg|6]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0007.jpg|7]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0008.jpg|8]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0009.jpg|9]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0010.jpg|10]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0011.jpg|11]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0012.jpg|12]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0013.jpg|13]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0014.jpg|14]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0015.jpg|15]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0016.jpg|16]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0017.jpg|17]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0018.jpg|18]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0019.jpg|19]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0020.jpg|20]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0021.jpg|21]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0022.jpg|22]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0023.jpg|23]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0024.jpg|24]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0025.jpg|25]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0026.jpg|26]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0027.jpg|27]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0028.jpg|28]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0029.jpg|29]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0030.jpg|30]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0031.jpg|31]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0032.jpg|32]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0033.jpg|33]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0034.jpg|34]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0035.jpg|35]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0036.jpg|36]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0037.jpg|37]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0038.jpg|38]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0039.jpg|39]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0040.jpg|40]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0041.jpg|41]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0042.jpg|42]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0043.jpg|43]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0044.jpg|44]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0045.jpg|45]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0046.jpg|46]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0047.jpg|47]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0048.jpg|48]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0049.jpg|49]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0050.jpg|50]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0051.jpg|51]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0052.jpg|52]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0053.jpg|53]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0054.jpg|54]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0055.jpg|55]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0056.jpg|56]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0057.jpg|57]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0058.jpg|58]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0059.jpg|59]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0060.jpg|60]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0061.jpg|61]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0062.jpg|62]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0063.jpg|63]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0064.jpg|64]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0065.jpg|65]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0066.jpg|66]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0067.jpg|67]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0068.jpg|68]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0069.jpg|69]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0070.jpg|70]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0071.jpg|71]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0072.jpg|72]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0073.jpg|73]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0074.jpg|74]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0075.jpg|75]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0076.jpg|76]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0077.jpg|77]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0078.jpg|78]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0079.jpg|79]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0080.jpg|80]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0081.jpg|81]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0082.jpg|82]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0083.jpg|83]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0084.jpg|84]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0085.jpg|85]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0086.jpg|86]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0087.jpg|87]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0088.jpg|88]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0089.jpg|89]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0090.jpg|90]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0091.jpg|91]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0092.jpg|92]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0093.jpg|93]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0094.jpg|94]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0095.jpg|95]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0096.jpg|96]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0097.jpg|97]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0098.jpg|98]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0099.jpg|99]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0100.jpg|100]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0101.jpg|101]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0102.jpg|102]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0103.jpg|103]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0104.jpg|104]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0105.jpg|105]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0106.jpg|106]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0107.jpg|107]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0108.jpg|108]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0109.jpg|109]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0110.jpg|110]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0111.jpg|111]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0112.jpg|112]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0113.jpg|113]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0114.jpg|114]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0115.jpg|115]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0116.jpg|116]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0117.jpg|117]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0118.jpg|118]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0119.jpg|119]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0120.jpg|120]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0121.jpg|121]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0122.jpg|122]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0123.jpg|123]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0124.jpg|124]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0125.jpg|125]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0126.jpg|126]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0127.jpg|127]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0128.jpg|128]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0129.jpg|129]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0130.jpg|130]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0131.jpg|131]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0132.jpg|132]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0133.jpg|133]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0134.jpg|134]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0135.jpg|135]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0136.jpg|136]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0137.jpg|137]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0138.jpg|138]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0139.jpg|139]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0140.jpg|140]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0141.jpg|141]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0142.jpg|142]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0143.jpg|143]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0144.jpg|144]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0145.jpg|145]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0146.jpg|146]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0147.jpg|147]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0148.jpg|148]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0149.jpg|149]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0150.jpg|150]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0151.jpg|151]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0152.jpg|152]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0153.jpg|153]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0154.jpg|154]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0155.jpg|155]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0156.jpg|156]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0157.jpg|157]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0158.jpg|158]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0159.jpg|159]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0160.jpg|160]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0161.jpg|161]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0162.jpg|162]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0163.jpg|163]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0164.jpg|164]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0165.jpg|165]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0166.jpg|166]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0167.jpg|167]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0168.jpg|168]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0169.jpg|169]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0170.jpg|170]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0171.jpg|171]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0172.jpg|172]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0173.jpg|173]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0174.jpg|174]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0175.jpg|175]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0176.jpg|176]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0177.jpg|177]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0178.jpg|178]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0179.jpg|179]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0180.jpg|180]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0181.jpg|181]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0182.jpg|182]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0183.jpg|183]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0184.jpg|184]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0185.jpg|185]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0186.jpg|186]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0187.jpg|187]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0188.jpg|188]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0189.jpg|189]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0190.jpg|190]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0191.jpg|191]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0192.jpg|192]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0193.jpg|193]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0194.jpg|194]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0195.jpg|195]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0196.jpg|196]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0197.jpg|197]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0198.jpg|198]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0199.jpg|199]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0200.jpg|200]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0201.jpg|201]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0202.jpg|202]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0203.jpg|203]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0204.jpg|204]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0205.jpg|205]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0206.jpg|206]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0207.jpg|207]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0208.jpg|208]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0209.jpg|209]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0210.jpg|210]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0211.jpg|211]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0212.jpg|212]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0213.jpg|213]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0214.jpg|214]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0215.jpg|215]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0216.jpg|216]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0217.jpg|217]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0218.jpg|218]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0219.jpg|219]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0220.jpg|220]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0221.jpg|221]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0222.jpg|222]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0223.jpg|223]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0224.jpg|224]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0225.jpg|225]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0226.jpg|226]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0227.jpg|227]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0228.jpg|228]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0229.jpg|229]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0230.jpg|230]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0231.jpg|231]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0232.jpg|232]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0233.jpg|233]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0234.jpg|234]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0235.jpg|235]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0236.jpg|236]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0237.jpg|237]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0238.jpg|238]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0239.jpg|239]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0240.jpg|240]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0241.jpg|241]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0242.jpg|242]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0243.jpg|243]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0244.jpg|244]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0245.jpg|245]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0246.jpg|246]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0247.jpg|247]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0248.jpg|248]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0249.jpg|249]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0250.jpg|250]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0251.jpg|251]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0252.jpg|252]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0253.jpg|253]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0254.jpg|254]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0255.jpg|255]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0256.jpg|256]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0257.jpg|257]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0258.jpg|258]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0259.jpg|259]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0260.jpg|260]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0261.jpg|261]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0262.jpg|262]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0263.jpg|263]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0264.jpg|264]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0265.jpg|265]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0266.jpg|266]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0267.jpg|267]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0268.jpg|268]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0269.jpg|269]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0270.jpg|270]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0271.jpg|271]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0272.jpg|272]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0273.jpg|273]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0274.jpg|274]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0275.jpg|275]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0276.jpg|276]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0277.jpg|277]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0278.jpg|278]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0279.jpg|279]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0280.jpg|280]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0281.jpg|281]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0282.jpg|282]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0283.jpg|283]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0284.jpg|284]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0285.jpg|285]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0286.jpg|286]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0287.jpg|287]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0288.jpg|288]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0289.jpg|289]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0290.jpg|290]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0291.jpg|291]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0292.jpg|292]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0293.jpg|293]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0294.jpg|294]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0295.jpg|295]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0296.jpg|296]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0297.jpg|297]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0298.jpg|298]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0299.jpg|299]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0300.jpg|300]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0301.jpg|301]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0302.jpg|302]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0303.jpg|303]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0304.jpg|304]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0305.jpg|305]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0306.jpg|306]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0307.jpg|307]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0308.jpg|308]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0309.jpg|309]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0310.jpg|310]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0311.jpg|311]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0312.jpg|312]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0313.jpg|313]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0314.jpg|314]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0315.jpg|315]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0316.jpg|316]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0317.jpg|317]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0318.jpg|318]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0319.jpg|319]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0320.jpg|320]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0321.jpg|321]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0322.jpg|322]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0323.jpg|323]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0324.jpg|324]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0325.jpg|325]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0326.jpg|326]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0327.jpg|327]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0328.jpg|328]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0329.jpg|329]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0330.jpg|330]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0331.jpg|331]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0332.jpg|332]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0333.jpg|333]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0334.jpg|334]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0335.jpg|335]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0336.jpg|336]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0337.jpg|337]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0338.jpg|338]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0339.jpg|339]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0340.jpg|340]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0341.jpg|341]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0342.jpg|342]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0343.jpg|343]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0344.jpg|344]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0345.jpg|345]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0346.jpg|346]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0347.jpg|347]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0348.jpg|348]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0349.jpg|349]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0350.jpg|350]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0351.jpg|351]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0352.jpg|352]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0353.jpg|353]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0354.jpg|354]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0355.jpg|355]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0356.jpg|356]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0357.jpg|357]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0358.jpg|358]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0359.jpg|359]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0360.jpg|360]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0361.jpg|361]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0362.jpg|362]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0363.jpg|363]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0364.jpg|364]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0365.jpg|365]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0366.jpg|366]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0367.jpg|367]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0368.jpg|368]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0369.jpg|369]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0370.jpg|370]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0371.jpg|371]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0372.jpg|372]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0373.jpg|373]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0374.jpg|374]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0375.jpg|375]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0376.jpg|376]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0377.jpg|377]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0378.jpg|378]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0379.jpg|379]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0380.jpg|380]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0381.jpg|381]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0382.jpg|382]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0383.jpg|383]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0384.jpg|384]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0385.jpg|385]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0386.jpg|386]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0387.jpg|387]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0388.jpg|388]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0389.jpg|389]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0390.jpg|390]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0391.jpg|391]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0392.jpg|392]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0393.jpg|393]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0394.jpg|394]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0395.jpg|395]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0396.jpg|396]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0397.jpg|397]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0398.jpg|398]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0399.jpg|399]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0400.jpg|400]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0401.jpg|401]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0402.jpg|402]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0403.jpg|403]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0404.jpg|404]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0405.jpg|405]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0406.jpg|406]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0407.jpg|407]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0408.jpg|408]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0409.jpg|409]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0410.jpg|410]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0411.jpg|411]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0412.jpg|412]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0413.jpg|413]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0414.jpg|414]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0415.jpg|415]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0416.jpg|416]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0417.jpg|417]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0418.jpg|418]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0419.jpg|419]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0420.jpg|420]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0421.jpg|421]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0422.jpg|422]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0423.jpg|423]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0424.jpg|424]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0425.jpg|425]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0426.jpg|426]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0427.jpg|427]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0428.jpg|428]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0429.jpg|429]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0430.jpg|430]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0431.jpg|431]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0432.jpg|432]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0433.jpg|433]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0434.jpg|434]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0435.jpg|435]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0436.jpg|436]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0437.jpg|437]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0438.jpg|438]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0439.jpg|439]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0440.jpg|440]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0441.jpg|441]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0442.jpg|442]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0443.jpg|443]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0444.jpg|444]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0445.jpg|445]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0446.jpg|446]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0447.jpg|447]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0448.jpg|448]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0449.jpg|449]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0450.jpg|450]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0451.jpg|451]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0452.jpg|452]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0453.jpg|453]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0454.jpg|454]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0455.jpg|455]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0456.jpg|456]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0457.jpg|457]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0458.jpg|458]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0459.jpg|459]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0460.jpg|460]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0461.jpg|461]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0462.jpg|462]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0463.jpg|463]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0464.jpg|464]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0465.jpg|465]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0466.jpg|466]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0467.jpg|467]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0468.jpg|468]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0469.jpg|469]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0470.jpg|470]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0471.jpg|471]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0472.jpg|472]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0473.jpg|473]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0474.jpg|474]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0475.jpg|475]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0476.jpg|476]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0477.jpg|477]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0478.jpg|478]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0479.jpg|479]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0480.jpg|480]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0481.jpg|481]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0482.jpg|482]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0483.jpg|483]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0484.jpg|484]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0485.jpg|485]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0486.jpg|486]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0487.jpg|487]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0488.jpg|488]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0489.jpg|489]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0490.jpg|490]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0491.jpg|491]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0492.jpg|492]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0493.jpg|493]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0494.jpg|494]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0495.jpg|495]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0496.jpg|496]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0497.jpg|497]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0498.jpg|498]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0499.jpg|499]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0500.jpg|500]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0501.jpg|501]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0502.jpg|502]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0503.jpg|503]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0504.jpg|504]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0505.jpg|505]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0506.jpg|506]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0507.jpg|507]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0508.jpg|508]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0509.jpg|509]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0510.jpg|510]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0511.jpg|511]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0512.jpg|512]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0513.jpg|513]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0514.jpg|514]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0515.jpg|515]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0516.jpg|516]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0517.jpg|517]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0518.jpg|518]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0519.jpg|519]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0520.jpg|520]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0521.jpg|521]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0522.jpg|522]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0523.jpg|523]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0524.jpg|524]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0525.jpg|525]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0526.jpg|526]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0527.jpg|527]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0528.jpg|528]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0529.jpg|529]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0530.jpg|530]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0531.jpg|531]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0532.jpg|532]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0533.jpg|533]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0534.jpg|534]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0535.jpg|535]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0536.jpg|536]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0537.jpg|537]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0538.jpg|538]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0539.jpg|539]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0540.jpg|540]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0541.jpg|541]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0542.jpg|542]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0543.jpg|543]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0544.jpg|544]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0545.jpg|545]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0546.jpg|546]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0547.jpg|547]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0548.jpg|548]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0549.jpg|549]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0550.jpg|550]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0551.jpg|551]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0552.jpg|552]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0553.jpg|553]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0554.jpg|554]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0555.jpg|555]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0556.jpg|556]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0557.jpg|557]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0558.jpg|558]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0559.jpg|559]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0560.jpg|560]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0561.jpg|561]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0562.jpg|562]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0563.jpg|563]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0564.jpg|564]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0565.jpg|565]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0566.jpg|566]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0567.jpg|567]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0568.jpg|568]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0569.jpg|569]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0570.jpg|570]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0571.jpg|571]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0572.jpg|572]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0573.jpg|573]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0574.jpg|574]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0575.jpg|575]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0576.jpg|576]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0577.jpg|577]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0578.jpg|578]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0579.jpg|579]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0580.jpg|580]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0581.jpg|581]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0582.jpg|582]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0583.jpg|583]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0584.jpg|584]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0585.jpg|585]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0586.jpg|586]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0587.jpg|587]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0588.jpg|588]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0589.jpg|589]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0590.jpg|590]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0591.jpg|591]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0592.jpg|592]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0593.jpg|593]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0594.jpg|594]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0595.jpg|595]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0596.jpg|596]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0597.jpg|597]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0598.jpg|598]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0599.jpg|599]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0600.jpg|600]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0601.jpg|601]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0602.jpg|602]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0603.jpg|603]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0604.jpg|604]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0605.jpg|605]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0606.jpg|606]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0607.jpg|607]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0608.jpg|608]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0609.jpg|609]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0610.jpg|610]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0611.jpg|611]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0612.jpg|612]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0613.jpg|613]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0614.jpg|614]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0615.jpg|615]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0616.jpg|616]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0617.jpg|617]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0618.jpg|618]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0619.jpg|619]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0620.jpg|620]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0621.jpg|621]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0622.jpg|622]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0623.jpg|623]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0624.jpg|624]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0625.jpg|625]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0626.jpg|626]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0627.jpg|627]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0628.jpg|628]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0629.jpg|629]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0630.jpg|630]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0631.jpg|631]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0632.jpg|632]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0633.jpg|633]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0634.jpg|634]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0635.jpg|635]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0636.jpg|636]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0637.jpg|637]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0638.jpg|638]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0639.jpg|639]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0640.jpg|640]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0641.jpg|641]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0642.jpg|642]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0643.jpg|643]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0644.jpg|644]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0645.jpg|645]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0646.jpg|646]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0647.jpg|647]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0648.jpg|648]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0649.jpg|649]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0650.jpg|650]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0651.jpg|651]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0652.jpg|652]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0653.jpg|653]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0654.jpg|654]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0655.jpg|655]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0656.jpg|656]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0657.jpg|657]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0658.jpg|658]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0659.jpg|659]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0660.jpg|660]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0661.jpg|661]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0662.jpg|662]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0663.jpg|663]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0664.jpg|664]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0665.jpg|665]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0666.jpg|666]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0667.jpg|667]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0668.jpg|668]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0669.jpg|669]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0670.jpg|670]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0671.jpg|671]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0672.jpg|672]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0673.jpg|673]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0674.jpg|674]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0675.jpg|675]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0676.jpg|676]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0677.jpg|677]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0678.jpg|678]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0679.jpg|679]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0680.jpg|680]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0681.jpg|681]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0682.jpg|682]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0683.jpg|683]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0684.jpg|684]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0685.jpg|685]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0686.jpg|686]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0687.jpg|687]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0688.jpg|688]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0689.jpg|689]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0690.jpg|690]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0691.jpg|691]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0692.jpg|692]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0693.jpg|693]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0694.jpg|694]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0695.jpg|695]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0696.jpg|696]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0697.jpg|697]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0698.jpg|698]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0699.jpg|699]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0700.jpg|700]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0701.jpg|701]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0702.jpg|702]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0703.jpg|703]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0704.jpg|704]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0705.jpg|705]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0706.jpg|706]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0707.jpg|707]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0708.jpg|708]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0709.jpg|709]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0710.jpg|710]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0711.jpg|711]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0712.jpg|712]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0713.jpg|713]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0714.jpg|714]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0715.jpg|715]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0716.jpg|716]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0717.jpg|717]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0718.jpg|718]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0719.jpg|719]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0720.jpg|720]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0721.jpg|721]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0722.jpg|722]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0723.jpg|723]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0724.jpg|724]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0725.jpg|725]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0726.jpg|726]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0727.jpg|727]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0728.jpg|728]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0729.jpg|729]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0730.jpg|730]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0731.jpg|731]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0732.jpg|732]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0733.jpg|733]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0734.jpg|734]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0735.jpg|735]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0736.jpg|736]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0737.jpg|737]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0738.jpg|738]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0739.jpg|739]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0740.jpg|740]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0741.jpg|741]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0742.jpg|742]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0743.jpg|743]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0744.jpg|744]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0745.jpg|745]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0746.jpg|746]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0747.jpg|747]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0748.jpg|748]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0749.jpg|749]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0750.jpg|750]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0751.jpg|751]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0752.jpg|752]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0753.jpg|753]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0754.jpg|754]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0755.jpg|755]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0756.jpg|756]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0757.jpg|757]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0758.jpg|758]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0759.jpg|759]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0760.jpg|760]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0761.jpg|761]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0762.jpg|762]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0763.jpg|763]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0764.jpg|764]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0765.jpg|765]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0766.jpg|766]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0767.jpg|767]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0768.jpg|768]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0769.jpg|769]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0770.jpg|770]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0771.jpg|771]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0772.jpg|772]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0773.jpg|773]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0774.jpg|774]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0775.jpg|775]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0776.jpg|776]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0777.jpg|777]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0778.jpg|778]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0779.jpg|779]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0780.jpg|780]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0781.jpg|781]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0782.jpg|782]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0783.jpg|783]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0784.jpg|784]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0785.jpg|785]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0786.jpg|786]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0787.jpg|787]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0788.jpg|788]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0789.jpg|789]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0790.jpg|790]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0791.jpg|791]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0792.jpg|792]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0793.jpg|793]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0794.jpg|794]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0795.jpg|795]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0796.jpg|796]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0797.jpg|797]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0798.jpg|798]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0799.jpg|799]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0800.jpg|800]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0801.jpg|801]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0802.jpg|802]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0803.jpg|803]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0804.jpg|804]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0805.jpg|805]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0806.jpg|806]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0807.jpg|807]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0808.jpg|808]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0809.jpg|809]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0810.jpg|810]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0811.jpg|811]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0812.jpg|812]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0813.jpg|813]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0814.jpg|814]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0815.jpg|815]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0816.jpg|816]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0817.jpg|817]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0818.jpg|818]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0819.jpg|819]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0820.jpg|820]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0821.jpg|821]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0822.jpg|822]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0823.jpg|823]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0824.jpg|824]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0825.jpg|825]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0826.jpg|826]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0827.jpg|827]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0828.jpg|828]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0829.jpg|829]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0830.jpg|830]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0831.jpg|831]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0832.jpg|832]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0833.jpg|833]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0834.jpg|834]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0835.jpg|835]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0836.jpg|836]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0837.jpg|837]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0838.jpg|838]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0839.jpg|839]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0840.jpg|840]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0841.jpg|841]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0842.jpg|842]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0843.jpg|843]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0844.jpg|844]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0845.jpg|845]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0846.jpg|846]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0847.jpg|847]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0848.jpg|848]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0849.jpg|849]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0850.jpg|850]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0851.jpg|851]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0852.jpg|852]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0853.jpg|853]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0854.jpg|854]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0855.jpg|855]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0856.jpg|856]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0857.jpg|857]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0858.jpg|858]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0859.jpg|859]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0860.jpg|860]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0861.jpg|861]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0862.jpg|862]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0863.jpg|863]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0864.jpg|864]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0865.jpg|865]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0866.jpg|866]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0867.jpg|867]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0868.jpg|868]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0869.jpg|869]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0870.jpg|870]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0871.jpg|871]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0872.jpg|872]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0873.jpg|873]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0874.jpg|874]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0875.jpg|875]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0876.jpg|876]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0877.jpg|877]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0878.jpg|878]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0879.jpg|879]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0880.jpg|880]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0881.jpg|881]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0882.jpg|882]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0883.jpg|883]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0884.jpg|884]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0885.jpg|885]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0886.jpg|886]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0887.jpg|887]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0888.jpg|888]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0889.jpg|889]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0890.jpg|890]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0891.jpg|891]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0892.jpg|892]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0893.jpg|893]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0894.jpg|894]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0895.jpg|895]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0896.jpg|896]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0897.jpg|897]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0898.jpg|898]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0899.jpg|899]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0900.jpg|900]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0901.jpg|901]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0902.jpg|902]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0903.jpg|903]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0904.jpg|904]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0905.jpg|905]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0906.jpg|906]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0907.jpg|907]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0908.jpg|908]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0909.jpg|909]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0910.jpg|910]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0911.jpg|911]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0912.jpg|912]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0913.jpg|913]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0914.jpg|914]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0915.jpg|915]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0916.jpg|916]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0917.jpg|917]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0918.jpg|918]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0919.jpg|919]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0920.jpg|920]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0921.jpg|921]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0922.jpg|922]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0923.jpg|923]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0924.jpg|924]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0925.jpg|925]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0926.jpg|926]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0927.jpg|927]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0928.jpg|928]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0929.jpg|929]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0930.jpg|930]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0931.jpg|931]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0932.jpg|932]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0933.jpg|933]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0934.jpg|934]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0935.jpg|935]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0936.jpg|936]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0937.jpg|937]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0938.jpg|938]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0939.jpg|939]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0940.jpg|940]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0941.jpg|941]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0942.jpg|942]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0943.jpg|943]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0944.jpg|944]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0945.jpg|945]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0946.jpg|946]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0947.jpg|947]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0948.jpg|948]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0949.jpg|949]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0950.jpg|950]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0951.jpg|951]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0952.jpg|952]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0953.jpg|953]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0954.jpg|954]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0955.jpg|955]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0956.jpg|956]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0957.jpg|957]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0958.jpg|958]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0959.jpg|959]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0960.jpg|960]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0961.jpg|961]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0962.jpg|962]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0963.jpg|963]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0964.jpg|964]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0965.jpg|965]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0966.jpg|966]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0967.jpg|967]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0968.jpg|968]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0969.jpg|969]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0970.jpg|970]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0971.jpg|971]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0972.jpg|972]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0973.jpg|973]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0974.jpg|974]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0975.jpg|975]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0976.jpg|976]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0977.jpg|977]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0978.jpg|978]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0979.jpg|979]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0980.jpg|980]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0981.jpg|981]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0982.jpg|982]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0983.jpg|983]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0984.jpg|984]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0985.jpg|985]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0986.jpg|986]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0987.jpg|987]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0988.jpg|988]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0989.jpg|989]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0990.jpg|990]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0991.jpg|991]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0992.jpg|992]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0993.jpg|993]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0994.jpg|994]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0995.jpg|995]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0996.jpg|996]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0997.jpg|997]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0998.jpg|998]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0999.jpg|999]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1000.jpg|1000]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1001.jpg|1001]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1002.jpg|1002]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1003.jpg|1003]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1004.jpg|1004]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1005.jpg|1005]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1006.jpg|1006]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1007.jpg|1007]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1008.jpg|1008]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1009.jpg|1009]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1010.jpg|1010]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1011.jpg|1011]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1012.jpg|1012]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1013.jpg|1013]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1014.jpg|1014]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1015.jpg|1015]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1016.jpg|1016]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1017.jpg|1017]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1018.jpg|1018]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1019.jpg|1019]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1020.jpg|1020]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1021.jpg|1021]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1022.jpg|1022]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1023.jpg|1023]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1024.jpg|1024]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1025.jpg|1025]] {{!}} {{!}} {{!}} {{!}} {{!}} {{!}} {{!}} {{!}} {{!}} {{!}} {{!}} {{!}} {{!}} {{!}} {{!}} {{!)}} |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer=<references /> |tmplver= }} 969zni2vx21uxv0083s1e98iz9jroih 14129979 14129968 2024-04-25T20:31:11Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=''[[Microcosmographia]]'' |Language=en |Volume= |Author=[[Author:Helkiah Crooke|Helkiah Crooke]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=William Jaggard |Address=London |Year=1615 |Key=Microcosmographia |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=[[Commons:Category:Microcosmographia, 1615]] |Image=[[File:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0001.jpg|200px]] |Progress=C |Transclusion=no |Validation_date= |Pages='''DO NOT RE-STATUS FOR NEEDING OCR''' {{(!}} class="__pagetable" style="border-spacing:2px; border-none; background-color:#F0F0F0; text-align:center;" {{!}} {{!}}+ {{!}}colspan=20 style="text-align:center;border-top: 2px solid #808080; background-color: #f4f0e5;"{{!}}'''Microcosmographia''' {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0001.jpg|1]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0002.jpg|2]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0003.jpg|3]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0004.jpg|4]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0005.jpg|5]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0006.jpg|6]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0007.jpg|7]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0008.jpg|8]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0009.jpg|9]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0010.jpg|10]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0011.jpg|11]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0012.jpg|12]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0013.jpg|13]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0014.jpg|14]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0015.jpg|15]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0016.jpg|16]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0017.jpg|17]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0018.jpg|18]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0019.jpg|19]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0020.jpg|20]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0021.jpg|21]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0022.jpg|22]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0023.jpg|23]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0024.jpg|24]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0025.jpg|25]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0026.jpg|26]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0027.jpg|27]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0028.jpg|28]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0029.jpg|29]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0030.jpg|30]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0031.jpg|31]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0032.jpg|32]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0033.jpg|33]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0034.jpg|34]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0035.jpg|35]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0036.jpg|36]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0037.jpg|37]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0038.jpg|38]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0039.jpg|39]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0040.jpg|40]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0041.jpg|41]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0042.jpg|42]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0043.jpg|43]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0044.jpg|44]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0045.jpg|45]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0046.jpg|46]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0047.jpg|47]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0048.jpg|48]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0049.jpg|49]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0050.jpg|50]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0051.jpg|51]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0052.jpg|52]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0053.jpg|53]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0054.jpg|54]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0055.jpg|55]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0056.jpg|56]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0057.jpg|57]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0058.jpg|58]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0059.jpg|59]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0060.jpg|60]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0061.jpg|61]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0062.jpg|62]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0063.jpg|63]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0064.jpg|64]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0065.jpg|65]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0066.jpg|66]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0067.jpg|67]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0068.jpg|68]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0069.jpg|69]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0070.jpg|70]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0071.jpg|71]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0072.jpg|72]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0073.jpg|73]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0074.jpg|74]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0075.jpg|75]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0076.jpg|76]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0077.jpg|77]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0078.jpg|78]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0079.jpg|79]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0080.jpg|80]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0081.jpg|81]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0082.jpg|82]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0083.jpg|83]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0084.jpg|84]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0085.jpg|85]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0086.jpg|86]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0087.jpg|87]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0088.jpg|88]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0089.jpg|89]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0090.jpg|90]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0091.jpg|91]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0092.jpg|92]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0093.jpg|93]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0094.jpg|94]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0095.jpg|95]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0096.jpg|96]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0097.jpg|97]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0098.jpg|98]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0099.jpg|99]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0100.jpg|100]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0101.jpg|101]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0102.jpg|102]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0103.jpg|103]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0104.jpg|104]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0105.jpg|105]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0106.jpg|106]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0107.jpg|107]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0108.jpg|108]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0109.jpg|109]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0110.jpg|110]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0111.jpg|111]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0112.jpg|112]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0113.jpg|113]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0114.jpg|114]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0115.jpg|115]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0116.jpg|116]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0117.jpg|117]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0118.jpg|118]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0119.jpg|119]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0120.jpg|120]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0121.jpg|121]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0122.jpg|122]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0123.jpg|123]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0124.jpg|124]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0125.jpg|125]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0126.jpg|126]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0127.jpg|127]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0128.jpg|128]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0129.jpg|129]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0130.jpg|130]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0131.jpg|131]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0132.jpg|132]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0133.jpg|133]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0134.jpg|134]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0135.jpg|135]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0136.jpg|136]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0137.jpg|137]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0138.jpg|138]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0139.jpg|139]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0140.jpg|140]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0141.jpg|141]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0142.jpg|142]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0143.jpg|143]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0144.jpg|144]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0145.jpg|145]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0146.jpg|146]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0147.jpg|147]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0148.jpg|148]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0149.jpg|149]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0150.jpg|150]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0151.jpg|151]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0152.jpg|152]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0153.jpg|153]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0154.jpg|154]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0155.jpg|155]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0156.jpg|156]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0157.jpg|157]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0158.jpg|158]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0159.jpg|159]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0160.jpg|160]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0161.jpg|161]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0162.jpg|162]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0163.jpg|163]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0164.jpg|164]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0165.jpg|165]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0166.jpg|166]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0167.jpg|167]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0168.jpg|168]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0169.jpg|169]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0170.jpg|170]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0171.jpg|171]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0172.jpg|172]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0173.jpg|173]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0174.jpg|174]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0175.jpg|175]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0176.jpg|176]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0177.jpg|177]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0178.jpg|178]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0179.jpg|179]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0180.jpg|180]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0181.jpg|181]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0182.jpg|182]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0183.jpg|183]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0184.jpg|184]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0185.jpg|185]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0186.jpg|186]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0187.jpg|187]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0188.jpg|188]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0189.jpg|189]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0190.jpg|190]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0191.jpg|191]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0192.jpg|192]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0193.jpg|193]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0194.jpg|194]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0195.jpg|195]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0196.jpg|196]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0197.jpg|197]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0198.jpg|198]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0199.jpg|199]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0200.jpg|200]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0201.jpg|201]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0202.jpg|202]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0203.jpg|203]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0204.jpg|204]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0205.jpg|205]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0206.jpg|206]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0207.jpg|207]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0208.jpg|208]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0209.jpg|209]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0210.jpg|210]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0211.jpg|211]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0212.jpg|212]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0213.jpg|213]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0214.jpg|214]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0215.jpg|215]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0216.jpg|216]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0217.jpg|217]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0218.jpg|218]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0219.jpg|219]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0220.jpg|220]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0221.jpg|221]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0222.jpg|222]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0223.jpg|223]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0224.jpg|224]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0225.jpg|225]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0226.jpg|226]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0227.jpg|227]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0228.jpg|228]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0229.jpg|229]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0230.jpg|230]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0231.jpg|231]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0232.jpg|232]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0233.jpg|233]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0234.jpg|234]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0235.jpg|235]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0236.jpg|236]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0237.jpg|237]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0238.jpg|238]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0239.jpg|239]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0240.jpg|240]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0241.jpg|241]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0242.jpg|242]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0243.jpg|243]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0244.jpg|244]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0245.jpg|245]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0246.jpg|246]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0247.jpg|247]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0248.jpg|248]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0249.jpg|249]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0250.jpg|250]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0251.jpg|251]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0252.jpg|252]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0253.jpg|253]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0254.jpg|254]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0255.jpg|255]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0256.jpg|256]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0257.jpg|257]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0258.jpg|258]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0259.jpg|259]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0260.jpg|260]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0261.jpg|261]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0262.jpg|262]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0263.jpg|263]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0264.jpg|264]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0265.jpg|265]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0266.jpg|266]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0267.jpg|267]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0268.jpg|268]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0269.jpg|269]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0270.jpg|270]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0271.jpg|271]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0272.jpg|272]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0273.jpg|273]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0274.jpg|274]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0275.jpg|275]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0276.jpg|276]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0277.jpg|277]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0278.jpg|278]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0279.jpg|279]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0280.jpg|280]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0281.jpg|281]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0282.jpg|282]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0283.jpg|283]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0284.jpg|284]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0285.jpg|285]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0286.jpg|286]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0287.jpg|287]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0288.jpg|288]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0289.jpg|289]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0290.jpg|290]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0291.jpg|291]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0292.jpg|292]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0293.jpg|293]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0294.jpg|294]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0295.jpg|295]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0296.jpg|296]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0297.jpg|297]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0298.jpg|298]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0299.jpg|299]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0300.jpg|300]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0301.jpg|301]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0302.jpg|302]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0303.jpg|303]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0304.jpg|304]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0305.jpg|305]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0306.jpg|306]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0307.jpg|307]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0308.jpg|308]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0309.jpg|309]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0310.jpg|310]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0311.jpg|311]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0312.jpg|312]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0313.jpg|313]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0314.jpg|314]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0315.jpg|315]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0316.jpg|316]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0317.jpg|317]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0318.jpg|318]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0319.jpg|319]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0320.jpg|320]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0321.jpg|321]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0322.jpg|322]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0323.jpg|323]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0324.jpg|324]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0325.jpg|325]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0326.jpg|326]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0327.jpg|327]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0328.jpg|328]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0329.jpg|329]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0330.jpg|330]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0331.jpg|331]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0332.jpg|332]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0333.jpg|333]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0334.jpg|334]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0335.jpg|335]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0336.jpg|336]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0337.jpg|337]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0338.jpg|338]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0339.jpg|339]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0340.jpg|340]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0341.jpg|341]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0342.jpg|342]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0343.jpg|343]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0344.jpg|344]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0345.jpg|345]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0346.jpg|346]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0347.jpg|347]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0348.jpg|348]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0349.jpg|349]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0350.jpg|350]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0351.jpg|351]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0352.jpg|352]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0353.jpg|353]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0354.jpg|354]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0355.jpg|355]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0356.jpg|356]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0357.jpg|357]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0358.jpg|358]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0359.jpg|359]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0360.jpg|360]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0361.jpg|361]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0362.jpg|362]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0363.jpg|363]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0364.jpg|364]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0365.jpg|365]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0366.jpg|366]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0367.jpg|367]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0368.jpg|368]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0369.jpg|369]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0370.jpg|370]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0371.jpg|371]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0372.jpg|372]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0373.jpg|373]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0374.jpg|374]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0375.jpg|375]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0376.jpg|376]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0377.jpg|377]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0378.jpg|378]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0379.jpg|379]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0380.jpg|380]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0381.jpg|381]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0382.jpg|382]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0383.jpg|383]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0384.jpg|384]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0385.jpg|385]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0386.jpg|386]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0387.jpg|387]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0388.jpg|388]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0389.jpg|389]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0390.jpg|390]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0391.jpg|391]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0392.jpg|392]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0393.jpg|393]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0394.jpg|394]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0395.jpg|395]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0396.jpg|396]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0397.jpg|397]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0398.jpg|398]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0399.jpg|399]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0400.jpg|400]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0401.jpg|401]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0402.jpg|402]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0403.jpg|403]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0404.jpg|404]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0405.jpg|405]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0406.jpg|406]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0407.jpg|407]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0408.jpg|408]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0409.jpg|409]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0410.jpg|410]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0411.jpg|411]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0412.jpg|412]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0413.jpg|413]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0414.jpg|414]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0415.jpg|415]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0416.jpg|416]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0417.jpg|417]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0418.jpg|418]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0419.jpg|419]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0420.jpg|420]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0421.jpg|421]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0422.jpg|422]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0423.jpg|423]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0424.jpg|424]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0425.jpg|425]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0426.jpg|426]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0427.jpg|427]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0428.jpg|428]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0429.jpg|429]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0430.jpg|430]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0431.jpg|431]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0432.jpg|432]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0433.jpg|433]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0434.jpg|434]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0435.jpg|435]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0436.jpg|436]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0437.jpg|437]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0438.jpg|438]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0439.jpg|439]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0440.jpg|440]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0441.jpg|441]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0442.jpg|442]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0443.jpg|443]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0444.jpg|444]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0445.jpg|445]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0446.jpg|446]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0447.jpg|447]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0448.jpg|448]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0449.jpg|449]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0450.jpg|450]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0451.jpg|451]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0452.jpg|452]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0453.jpg|453]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0454.jpg|454]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0455.jpg|455]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0456.jpg|456]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0457.jpg|457]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0458.jpg|458]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0459.jpg|459]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0460.jpg|460]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0461.jpg|461]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0462.jpg|462]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0463.jpg|463]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0464.jpg|464]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0465.jpg|465]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0466.jpg|466]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0467.jpg|467]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0468.jpg|468]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0469.jpg|469]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0470.jpg|470]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0471.jpg|471]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0472.jpg|472]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0473.jpg|473]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0474.jpg|474]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0475.jpg|475]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0476.jpg|476]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0477.jpg|477]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0478.jpg|478]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0479.jpg|479]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0480.jpg|480]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0481.jpg|481]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0482.jpg|482]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0483.jpg|483]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0484.jpg|484]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0485.jpg|485]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0486.jpg|486]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0487.jpg|487]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0488.jpg|488]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0489.jpg|489]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0490.jpg|490]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0491.jpg|491]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0492.jpg|492]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0493.jpg|493]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0494.jpg|494]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0495.jpg|495]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0496.jpg|496]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0497.jpg|497]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0498.jpg|498]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0499.jpg|499]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0500.jpg|500]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0501.jpg|501]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0502.jpg|502]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0503.jpg|503]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0504.jpg|504]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0505.jpg|505]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0506.jpg|506]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0507.jpg|507]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0508.jpg|508]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0509.jpg|509]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0510.jpg|510]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0511.jpg|511]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0512.jpg|512]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0513.jpg|513]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0514.jpg|514]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0515.jpg|515]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0516.jpg|516]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0517.jpg|517]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0518.jpg|518]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0519.jpg|519]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0520.jpg|520]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0521.jpg|521]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0522.jpg|522]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0523.jpg|523]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0524.jpg|524]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0525.jpg|525]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0526.jpg|526]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0527.jpg|527]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0528.jpg|528]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0529.jpg|529]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0530.jpg|530]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0531.jpg|531]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0532.jpg|532]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0533.jpg|533]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0534.jpg|534]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0535.jpg|535]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0536.jpg|536]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0537.jpg|537]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0538.jpg|538]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0539.jpg|539]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0540.jpg|540]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0541.jpg|541]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0542.jpg|542]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0543.jpg|543]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0544.jpg|544]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0545.jpg|545]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0546.jpg|546]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0547.jpg|547]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0548.jpg|548]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0549.jpg|549]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0550.jpg|550]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0551.jpg|551]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0552.jpg|552]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0553.jpg|553]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0554.jpg|554]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0555.jpg|555]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0556.jpg|556]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0557.jpg|557]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0558.jpg|558]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0559.jpg|559]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0560.jpg|560]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0561.jpg|561]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0562.jpg|562]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0563.jpg|563]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0564.jpg|564]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0565.jpg|565]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0566.jpg|566]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0567.jpg|567]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0568.jpg|568]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0569.jpg|569]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0570.jpg|570]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0571.jpg|571]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0572.jpg|572]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0573.jpg|573]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0574.jpg|574]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0575.jpg|575]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0576.jpg|576]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0577.jpg|577]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0578.jpg|578]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0579.jpg|579]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0580.jpg|580]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0581.jpg|581]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0582.jpg|582]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0583.jpg|583]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0584.jpg|584]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0585.jpg|585]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0586.jpg|586]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0587.jpg|587]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0588.jpg|588]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0589.jpg|589]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0590.jpg|590]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0591.jpg|591]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0592.jpg|592]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0593.jpg|593]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0594.jpg|594]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0595.jpg|595]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0596.jpg|596]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0597.jpg|597]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0598.jpg|598]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0599.jpg|599]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0600.jpg|600]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0601.jpg|601]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0602.jpg|602]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0603.jpg|603]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0604.jpg|604]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0605.jpg|605]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0606.jpg|606]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0607.jpg|607]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0608.jpg|608]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0609.jpg|609]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0610.jpg|610]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0611.jpg|611]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0612.jpg|612]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0613.jpg|613]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0614.jpg|614]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0615.jpg|615]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0616.jpg|616]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0617.jpg|617]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0618.jpg|618]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0619.jpg|619]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0620.jpg|620]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0621.jpg|621]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0622.jpg|622]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0623.jpg|623]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0624.jpg|624]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0625.jpg|625]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0626.jpg|626]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0627.jpg|627]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0628.jpg|628]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0629.jpg|629]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0630.jpg|630]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0631.jpg|631]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0632.jpg|632]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0633.jpg|633]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0634.jpg|634]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0635.jpg|635]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0636.jpg|636]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0637.jpg|637]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0638.jpg|638]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0639.jpg|639]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0640.jpg|640]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0641.jpg|641]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0642.jpg|642]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0643.jpg|643]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0644.jpg|644]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0645.jpg|645]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0646.jpg|646]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0647.jpg|647]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0648.jpg|648]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0649.jpg|649]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0650.jpg|650]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0651.jpg|651]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0652.jpg|652]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0653.jpg|653]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0654.jpg|654]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0655.jpg|655]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0656.jpg|656]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0657.jpg|657]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0658.jpg|658]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0659.jpg|659]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0660.jpg|660]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0661.jpg|661]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0662.jpg|662]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0663.jpg|663]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0664.jpg|664]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0665.jpg|665]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0666.jpg|666]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0667.jpg|667]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0668.jpg|668]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0669.jpg|669]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0670.jpg|670]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0671.jpg|671]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0672.jpg|672]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0673.jpg|673]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0674.jpg|674]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0675.jpg|675]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0676.jpg|676]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0677.jpg|677]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0678.jpg|678]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0679.jpg|679]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0680.jpg|680]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0681.jpg|681]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0682.jpg|682]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0683.jpg|683]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0684.jpg|684]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0685.jpg|685]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0686.jpg|686]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0687.jpg|687]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0688.jpg|688]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0689.jpg|689]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0690.jpg|690]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0691.jpg|691]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0692.jpg|692]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0693.jpg|693]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0694.jpg|694]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0695.jpg|695]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0696.jpg|696]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0697.jpg|697]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0698.jpg|698]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0699.jpg|699]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0700.jpg|700]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0701.jpg|701]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0702.jpg|702]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0703.jpg|703]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0704.jpg|704]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0705.jpg|705]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0706.jpg|706]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0707.jpg|707]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0708.jpg|708]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0709.jpg|709]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0710.jpg|710]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0711.jpg|711]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0712.jpg|712]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0713.jpg|713]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0714.jpg|714]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0715.jpg|715]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0716.jpg|716]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0717.jpg|717]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0718.jpg|718]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0719.jpg|719]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0720.jpg|720]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0721.jpg|721]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0722.jpg|722]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0723.jpg|723]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0724.jpg|724]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0725.jpg|725]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0726.jpg|726]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0727.jpg|727]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0728.jpg|728]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0729.jpg|729]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0730.jpg|730]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0731.jpg|731]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0732.jpg|732]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0733.jpg|733]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0734.jpg|734]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0735.jpg|735]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0736.jpg|736]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0737.jpg|737]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0738.jpg|738]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0739.jpg|739]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0740.jpg|740]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0741.jpg|741]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0742.jpg|742]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0743.jpg|743]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0744.jpg|744]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0745.jpg|745]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0746.jpg|746]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0747.jpg|747]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0748.jpg|748]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0749.jpg|749]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0750.jpg|750]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0751.jpg|751]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0752.jpg|752]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0753.jpg|753]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0754.jpg|754]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0755.jpg|755]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0756.jpg|756]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0757.jpg|757]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0758.jpg|758]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0759.jpg|759]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0760.jpg|760]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0761.jpg|761]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0762.jpg|762]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0763.jpg|763]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0764.jpg|764]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0765.jpg|765]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0766.jpg|766]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0767.jpg|767]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0768.jpg|768]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0769.jpg|769]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0770.jpg|770]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0771.jpg|771]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0772.jpg|772]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0773.jpg|773]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0774.jpg|774]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0775.jpg|775]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0776.jpg|776]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0777.jpg|777]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0778.jpg|778]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0779.jpg|779]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0780.jpg|780]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0781.jpg|781]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0782.jpg|782]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0783.jpg|783]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0784.jpg|784]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0785.jpg|785]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0786.jpg|786]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0787.jpg|787]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0788.jpg|788]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0789.jpg|789]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0790.jpg|790]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0791.jpg|791]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0792.jpg|792]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0793.jpg|793]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0794.jpg|794]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0795.jpg|795]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0796.jpg|796]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0797.jpg|797]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0798.jpg|798]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0799.jpg|799]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0800.jpg|800]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0801.jpg|801]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0802.jpg|802]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0803.jpg|803]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0804.jpg|804]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0805.jpg|805]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0806.jpg|806]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0807.jpg|807]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0808.jpg|808]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0809.jpg|809]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0810.jpg|810]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0811.jpg|811]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0812.jpg|812]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0813.jpg|813]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0814.jpg|814]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0815.jpg|815]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0816.jpg|816]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0817.jpg|817]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0818.jpg|818]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0819.jpg|819]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0820.jpg|820]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0821.jpg|821]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0822.jpg|822]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0823.jpg|823]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0824.jpg|824]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0825.jpg|825]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0826.jpg|826]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0827.jpg|827]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0828.jpg|828]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0829.jpg|829]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0830.jpg|830]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0831.jpg|831]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0832.jpg|832]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0833.jpg|833]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0834.jpg|834]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0835.jpg|835]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0836.jpg|836]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0837.jpg|837]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0838.jpg|838]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0839.jpg|839]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0840.jpg|840]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0841.jpg|841]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0842.jpg|842]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0843.jpg|843]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0844.jpg|844]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0845.jpg|845]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0846.jpg|846]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0847.jpg|847]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0848.jpg|848]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0849.jpg|849]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0850.jpg|850]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0851.jpg|851]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0852.jpg|852]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0853.jpg|853]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0854.jpg|854]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0855.jpg|855]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0856.jpg|856]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0857.jpg|857]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0858.jpg|858]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0859.jpg|859]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0860.jpg|860]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0861.jpg|861]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0862.jpg|862]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0863.jpg|863]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0864.jpg|864]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0865.jpg|865]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0866.jpg|866]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0867.jpg|867]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0868.jpg|868]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0869.jpg|869]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0870.jpg|870]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0871.jpg|871]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0872.jpg|872]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0873.jpg|873]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0874.jpg|874]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0875.jpg|875]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0876.jpg|876]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0877.jpg|877]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0878.jpg|878]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0879.jpg|879]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0880.jpg|880]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0881.jpg|881]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0882.jpg|882]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0883.jpg|883]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0884.jpg|884]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0885.jpg|885]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0886.jpg|886]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0887.jpg|887]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0888.jpg|888]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0889.jpg|889]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0890.jpg|890]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0891.jpg|891]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0892.jpg|892]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0893.jpg|893]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0894.jpg|894]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0895.jpg|895]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0896.jpg|896]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0897.jpg|897]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0898.jpg|898]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0899.jpg|899]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0900.jpg|900]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0901.jpg|901]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0902.jpg|902]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0903.jpg|903]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0904.jpg|904]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0905.jpg|905]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0906.jpg|906]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0907.jpg|907]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0908.jpg|908]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0909.jpg|909]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0910.jpg|910]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0911.jpg|911]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0912.jpg|912]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0913.jpg|913]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0914.jpg|914]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0915.jpg|915]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0916.jpg|916]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0917.jpg|917]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0918.jpg|918]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0919.jpg|919]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0920.jpg|920]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0921.jpg|921]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0922.jpg|922]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0923.jpg|923]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0924.jpg|924]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0925.jpg|925]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0926.jpg|926]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0927.jpg|927]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0928.jpg|928]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0929.jpg|929]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0930.jpg|930]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0931.jpg|931]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0932.jpg|932]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0933.jpg|933]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0934.jpg|934]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0935.jpg|935]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0936.jpg|936]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0937.jpg|937]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0938.jpg|938]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0939.jpg|939]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0940.jpg|940]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0941.jpg|941]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0942.jpg|942]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0943.jpg|943]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0944.jpg|944]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0945.jpg|945]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0946.jpg|946]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0947.jpg|947]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0948.jpg|948]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0949.jpg|949]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0950.jpg|950]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0951.jpg|951]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0952.jpg|952]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0953.jpg|953]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0954.jpg|954]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0955.jpg|955]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0956.jpg|956]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0957.jpg|957]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0958.jpg|958]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0959.jpg|959]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0960.jpg|960]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0961.jpg|961]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0962.jpg|962]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0963.jpg|963]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0964.jpg|964]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0965.jpg|965]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0966.jpg|966]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0967.jpg|967]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0968.jpg|968]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0969.jpg|969]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0970.jpg|970]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0971.jpg|971]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0972.jpg|972]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0973.jpg|973]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0974.jpg|974]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0975.jpg|975]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0976.jpg|976]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0977.jpg|977]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0978.jpg|978]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0979.jpg|979]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0980.jpg|980]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0981.jpg|981]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0982.jpg|982]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0983.jpg|983]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0984.jpg|984]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0985.jpg|985]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0986.jpg|986]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0987.jpg|987]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0988.jpg|988]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0989.jpg|989]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0990.jpg|990]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0991.jpg|991]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0992.jpg|992]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0993.jpg|993]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0994.jpg|994]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0995.jpg|995]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0996.jpg|996]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0997.jpg|997]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0998.jpg|998]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 0999.jpg|999]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1000.jpg|1000]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1001.jpg|1001]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1002.jpg|1002]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1003.jpg|1003]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1004.jpg|1004]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1005.jpg|1005]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1006.jpg|1006]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1007.jpg|1007]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1008.jpg|1008]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1009.jpg|1009]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1010.jpg|1010]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1011.jpg|1011]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1012.jpg|1012]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1013.jpg|1013]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1014.jpg|1014]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1015.jpg|1015]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1016.jpg|1016]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1017.jpg|1017]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1018.jpg|1018]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1019.jpg|1019]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1020.jpg|1020]] {{!}}- {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1021.jpg|1021]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1022.jpg|1022]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1023.jpg|1023]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1024.jpg|1024]] {{!}}[[Page:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615 - 1025.jpg|1025]] {{!}} {{!}} {{!}} {{!}} {{!}} {{!}} {{!}} {{!}} {{!}} {{!}} {{!}} {{!}} {{!}} {{!}} {{!}} {{!)}} |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer=<references /> |tmplver= }} 2cnedc4sct7x531fhm2pwx4s9lnd3fs Page:A book of the Pyrenees.djvu/72 104 813668 14128427 7534161 2024-04-25T17:29:49Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{rh|50|THE PYRENEES|}}</noinclude>the express purpose of hampering the progress of the English, when he saw that the place must inevitably fall; and this, when Wellington would not suffer his batteries to play upon the town. When finally San Sebastian was taken, all control over the soldiers, who were exasperated by the stubborn resistance, was for a while lost. A thunderstorm burst at the same time that the soldiers broke in, and a scene of riot and rapine ensued. In the midst of explosions of thunder and lightning the city was sacked. Fires broke out in various places, and flames waved over such houses as had been spared by Rey. At the same time the garrison of the castle ploughed the streets with their artillery, killing alike inhabitants flying from the English, Spanish and Portuguese soldiery, as well as the soldiers themselves. It was found impossible to extinguish the flames or to control the soldiers. The most was made of this. Napoleon wrote: "Les Anglais commettent des horreurs dont les annales de la guerre off rent peu d'examples, et dont cette nation barbare êtait seule capable dans un siècle de civilisation." But Napoleon never minced words. The sack of San Sebastian, though regrettable, was mild in comparison with the atrocities committed by the French elsewhere in Spain. In justice it must be said that it was not English alone who were guilty of these excesses, but the far more lawless Spaniards and Portuguese who formed our allies, and that the sack was stopped as soon as ever Wellington was able to gain control over the maddened soldiery. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 7l4fostejrz751fhbaedtcrn86rqpvw Page:A book of the Pyrenees.djvu/117 104 824350 14128414 11154736 2024-04-25T17:27:12Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rh||VIEW OF THE PYRENEES|89}}</noinclude>{{block center/s}} {{fs90/s}} {{fqm}}No more, thou lithe and long-winged hawk, of desert life for thee;<br/> No more across the sultry sands shalt thou go swooping free;<br/> Blunt idle talons, idle beak, with spurning of thy chain,<br/> Shatter against the cage the wing thou ne'er mayst spread again. {{***|8}} {{fqm}}They gave him what he asked; from king to king he spake<br/> As one that plighted word and seal not knoweth how to break;<br/> 'Let me pass from out my deserts, be't mine own choice where to go,<br/> I brook no fettered life to live, a captive and a show.' {{fqm}}And they promised and he trusted them, and proud and calm he came,<br/> Upon his black mare riding, girt with his sword of flame:<br/> Good steed, good sword, he rendered unto the Prankish throng;<br/> He knew them false and fickle—but a Prince's word is strong. {{fqm}}How have they kept their promise? Turned they the vessel's prow<br/> Upon Acre, Alexandria, as they have sworn e'en now?<br/> Not so: from Oran northwards the white sails gleam and glance.<br/> And the wild hawk of the desert is borne away to France. {{fqm}}They have need of thee to gaze on, they have need of thee to grace<br/> The triumph of the Prince, to gild the pinch-beck of their race.<br/> Words are but wind, conditions must be construed by Guizot:<br/> Dash out thy heart, thou desert hawk, ere thou art made a show." {{fs90/e}} {{block center/e}} With the exception of the castle there is nothing of architectural interest in Pau. The churches are modern, and the predominant feature of the place is hotels, monster hotels that even dwarf the castle. But the great glory of Pau is the view of the chain of the Pyrenees from the terrace and the park. That from the Schänzle above Berne of the giants of the Oberland is beautiful, but not comparable with the prospect from Pau. All the middle distance in the view from Berne is filled up with rolling hills, and it is over them that one catches glimpses of the snowy heads of the Alps. But from Pau one has in front the broad trough of the Gave, beyond which are the<noinclude></noinclude> tsi4x2a3gqujrk6r2jumys3wgrla54a Page:The Catholic encyclopedia and its makers.djvu/114 104 826678 14131009 8332558 2024-04-26T07:48:09Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="P.T. Aufrette" /></noinclude>{{center|{{larger|'''H'''}}}} <section begin=Haag, Anthony/>'''Haag,''' {{small-caps|Reverend Anthony, s.j.}}, b. at Saarlouis, Germany, 10 Jan., 1878. Education: Jesuit scholasticates. Entered the Society of Jesus 1897; ordained 1908; at present, professor of theology, St. Ignatius College, Valkenburg, Holland. Contributor to various periodicals. {{smaller|'''ARTICLE''':}} {{small-caps|Syllabus}}. <section end=Haag, Anthony/> <section begin=Hagan, John/>'''Hagan,''' {{small-caps|Reverend John, b.a., d.d.}}, b. 1873. Education: Clonliffe College, Dublin, Ireland; Irish College and Propaganda, Rome. Ordained 1899; curate in archdiocese of Dublin 1899–1904; vice-rector, Irish College, Rome, 1904– . Author of "Insula Sanctorum" (Rome); translated and edited "Compendium of Catechetical Instruction", 4 vols. (Dublin and New York); contributor to Italian, Irish, and American periodicals. {{smaller|'''ARTICLE''':}} {{small-caps|Walsh, Peter}}. <section end=Hagan, John/> <section begin=Hagen, Henry J./>'''Hagen,''' {{small-caps|Reverend Henry J}}., b. at Germantown, Illinois, 21 May, 1861, d. at Belleville, Illinois, 14 March, 1908. Education: parochial school, Germantown; Franciscan College, Teupolis, Illinois; St. Francis Seminary, St. Francis, Wisconsin; University of Innsbruck. Ordained 1883; pastor at Mt. Vernon, Illinois, 1883–1890; assistant (1890–1896) and rector (1896–1908), cathedral, Belleville; chancellor of the diocese of Belleville up to the time of his death. {{smaller|'''ARTICLE''':}} {{sc|Belleville, Diocese of}}. <section end=Hagen, Henry J./> <section begin=Hagen, John George/>'''Hagen,''' {{sc|Reverend John George, s.j.}}, astronomer, b. at Bregenz, Austria, 6 March, 1847. Education: Stella Matutina College, Feldkirch, Austria; University of Bonn; University of Münster. Entered the Society of Jesus 1863; ordained 1878; professor of mathematics, Stella Matutina College, Feldkirch (1878–1880), and Sacred Heart College, Prairie-du-Chien, Wisconsin (1880–1888); director of the Observatory, Georgetown University, Washington, 1888–1906; director of the Vatican Observatory, Rome, 1906– . Gave the initiative to the publication of the Collected Works of Leonard Euler at the meeting of Naturalists and Physicians at Frankfort-on-the-Main, 1896; has given two new mechanical demonstrations of the earth's rotation on its axis, one by the torsion balance and the other by the Atwood machine, both published in "Specola Vaticana Astronomica", Series 2, Vol. I, presented first part of his work "Die veränderlichen Sterne" the first ever written on this branch of science, at the Jubilee meeting of the German Astronomical Society, Hamburg, 1913. Member of: Astronomical Society of Mexico; American Society of Astronomy and Astrophysics; Astronomical Society (Leipzig); Belgian Astronomical Society; Scientific Society of Brussels; German Mathematical Association; Görres Society; Pontifical Academy of the Lincei; Washington Academy of Sciences; Imperial Leopoldine-Karoline Academy (Halle); Southern California Academy of Sciences; Foreign Associate Royal Astronomical Society. Author of: "Synopsis der Hoeheren Mathematik". Vols. I–III (1891–1905); "Index Operum Leonardi Euleri" (1896); "Atlas Stellarum Variabilium". Series I–VI (1899–1908); "Beobachtungen Veränderlicher Sterne von E. Heis und A. Krueger" (1903); contributor of astronomical articles to "Stimmen aus Maria-Laach." {{smaller|'''ARTICLES''':}} {{sc|Copernicus, Nicolaus; Gassendi, Pierre; Guglielmini, Giovanni-Battista; Heis, Eduard; Laplace, Pierre Simon; Lilius, Aloisius; Müller (Regiomontanus), Johann; Nicholas of Cusa; Paul of Middelburg; Science and the Church; Tempel, Wilhelm (Ernest Leberecht); Universe, Systems of the; Vatican Observatory}}. <section end=Hagen, John George/> <section begin=Hagerty, James Edward/>'''Hagerty,''' {{sc|James Edward}}, {{smaller|A.B. P}}h{{smaller|.d.}}, sociologist, economist, b. in La Porte County, Indiana. Education: Universities of Indiana, Chicago, Wisconsin, Pennsylvania, Berlin, and Halle. Teacher, High School, La Porte, Indiana, 1892–1896; assistant professor of economics and sociology (1901–1904), acting head of department (1903–1904), professor of economies and sociology and head of department (1904– ), dean of the College of commerce and journalism, Ohio State University. Former Fellow of the Universities of Wisconsin and Pennsylvania. Member of: American Economic Association; American Sociological Society; National Conference of Charities and Corrections; Ohio State Conference of Charities and Corrections (President, 1909); National Conference of Catholic Charities; Catholic Educational Association; Phi Beta Kappa Society; Knights of Columbus; various philanthropic associations in Ohio. Collaborator in "International Encyclopedia", contributor of economic and sociological articles to various publications. {{smaller|'''ARTICLES''':}} {{sc|Calvert, George, First Lord Baltimore; Carey, Mathew; Carroll, Charles, of Carrollton}}. <section end=Hagerty, James Edward/> <section begin=Hamilton, George E./>'''Hamilton,''' {{sc|George E.}}, {{smaller|A.M. LL.D.}}, lawyer, b. in Maryland. Education: Georgetown University, Washington, D. C. Admitted to the Bar of the Supreme Court of the District of Columbia 1875; practising lawyer 1875–; later admitted to the Bar of the Supreme Court of the United States; has held the post of professor (at present of legal ethics), Georgetown University School of Law, for over twenty-five years; senior member of the firm of Hamilton, Yerkes, and Hamilton. {{smaller|'''ARTICLE''':}} {{sc|Morris, Martin Ferdinand}}. <section end=Hamilton, George E./> <section begin=Hammer, Bonaventure/>'''Hammer''', {{smaller|Reverend Bonaventure, O.F.M.}}, b. at Durmersheim, Baden, Germany, 23 June, 1842; d. at Lafayette, Indiana, 19 January, 1917. Education: St. Philomena's Parochial School, Pittsburg, and St. Vincent's College, Westmoreland County, Pennsylvania. Emigrated with his parents to the United States 1846; entered the Franciscan Order 1860; ordained 1865; successively stationed at Cincinnati, Ohio, Louisville, Kentucky, Hamilton, Ohio, Oldenburg, Indiana, and Detroit, Michigan, 1865–1882; stationed at Lafayette, Indiana, devoting himself principally to literary work, 1882–1901; at San Diego, California, 1901–1904; assistant, St. Boniface's Church, Lafayette, Indiana, 1904–1917. Author of over fifty books, 300,000 copies having been printed of one of his books of devotion; translated into German Wallace's "Ben Hur" (1888; 119th edition 1898); contributed to Catholic magazines. {{smaller|'''ARTICLE''':}} {{small-caps|Fort Wayne, Diocese of}}. <section end=Hammer, Bonaventure/> <section begin=Handley, Marie Louise Adelaide Clare/>[[Author:Marie Louise Adelaide Handley|'''Handley,''' {{small-caps|Marie Louise Adelaide Clare}}]], {{smaller|B.A}}., b. in Rome, Italy. Education: private; Ferrari Art School, Rome; University of Chicago; Columbia University, New York. Came to the United States 1898; has devoted her time principally to the study <section end=Handley, Marie Louise Adelaide Clare/><noinclude> {{center|72}}</noinclude> gcor6jkweheh2yxa3zek69o0t30wtas Page:The Catholic encyclopedia and its makers.djvu/20 104 826679 14131010 8332594 2024-04-26T07:48:18Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="P.T. Aufrette" />{{rh|AUSTIN|6|AZEVEDO}}</noinclude><section begin="Augustine, Father (John Augustine Hayden)"/>{{hwe|ment|Management}} 1903–; unanimously elected first chairman of the Cork District Council of the Gaelic League, holding the office seven years; definitor of his province 1904–1913; transferred to Dublin to take part in the National Temperance Crusade 1907; guardian, Franciscan Capuchin Friary, Dublin, 1913– . Active in the Irish Industrial Movement; first speaker at the anti-emigration conference, Cork, 1902; distinguished as a pulpit orator; has preached in the principal cities of Ireland in English and Gaelic, in addition to having delivered, in German, a Lenten course of sermons in Vienna (1905) and a shorter one at Prague at the invitation of the Cardinal Prince-Bishop; pronounced the panegyric of St. Finbarr at the shrine in Gougane Barra, Co. Cork, 1905; preached on "St. Patrick and the Faith of the Irish People" in Westminster Cathedral before Bishop Johnson and Bishop O'Donnell, of Raphoe, and 7000 Irish exiles, March 17, 1906; and in the Pro-Cathedral, Dublin, in the presence of Archbishop Walsh and a great muster of the Gaels of the city, March 17, 1909; preached at Croagh Patrick, National Pilgrimage, 1913. Member of the Committee, Dublin College of Modern Irish. Author of an Introduction in English to J. J. O'Kelly's Irish Life of Father Mathew; contributor to several Irish periodicals. {{smaller|'''ARTICLES''': {{sc|Mathew, Theobald; Nugent, Francis.}}}} <section end="Augustine, Father (John Augustine Hayden)"/> <section begin="Austin, Sister Mary Stanislas"/>'''Austin,''' {{sc|Sister Mary Stanislas (Laura Cornelia Marie Stanislas Brooks O'Reilly)}}, Sister of Mercy, b. at Albany, New York, 1846, great grandniece of Count Andreas O'Reilly of the Austrian Army and descendant of the Arundels of Wardour; d. at Tarrytown, N. Y., September, 1916. Education: private; Peck and Hegeman Seminary, Rochester, New York. Entered the Order of Sisters of Mercy 1870; passed her life in teaching and charitable works; held the posts of superior and novice-mistress in various convents of the Sisters of Mercy; formerly at the Convent of Mercy, Madison Avenue, New York; at the Institute of Mercy, Tarrytown, New York, 1911–1916. Inaugurated a home for ex-convicts, which was given up after two years for want of funds; former editor of the "Sunday Companion". Former member Fort Greene Chapter, Daughters of the American Revolution. Author of: "Life of Philip Freneau"; etc.; contributor to "Sunday Companion"; "America"; "Journal of American History"; "Connecticut Magazine"; "Catholic World"; "Messenger of the Sacred Heart'; "Lamp". {{smaller|'''ARTICLES''': {{sc|O'Reilly, Hugh; Mercy, Sisters of; Warde Maby Francis-Xavier.}}}} <section end="Austin, Sister Mary Stanislas"/> <section begin="Aveling, Francis Arthur Powell"/>'''Aveling,''' {{sc|Reverend Francis Arthur Powell, d.d., p}}h{{sc|.d., sc.d.}}, writer, b. at St. Catherine's, Ontario, Canada, 1875. Education: Bishop Ridley College, St. Catherine's; Bishop's College, Lennoxville, Quebec, Canada; Keble College, Oxford; Canadian College, Rome; Louvain University, Belgium. Received into the Church by Father Luke Rivington 1896; ordained 1899; former curate at Tottenham, London; first rector of the Cathedral Choir School, Westminster, London; former Cathedral chaplain; lecturer in analytical psychology. University College, London, and Chaplain of St. Wilfrid's Convent, Chelsea, London; at present Chaplain of the Forces; Fellow of Louvain University; extern examiner in philosophy. National University of Ireland; lecturer in pedagogical methods, London County Council. Member of: the Aristotelian Society; the British Psychological Society. Author of: "The Philosophers of the Smoking Room"; "The God of Philosophy"; "Arnoul the Englishman"; "The Immortality of the Soul"; "On the Consciousness of the Universal and the Individual"; "The Spectrum of Truth" (in collaboration with Reverend A. B. Sharpe); editor of: "Westminster Lectures"; "Expository Lessons in Christian Philosophy"; contributor to: "Dublin Review"; "American Catholic Quarterly Review"; "Catholic World"; "Revue Néo-Scolastique"; "Nineteenth Century"; "Journal of Psychology"; "Annales de I'Institut de Louvain". {{smaller|'''ARTICLES''': {{sc|Abingdon, Abbey of; Ampleforth, Abbey of; Anglebea, Priory of; Antinomianism; Arches, Court of; Arundel, Thomas; Atheism; Athelney, Abbey of; Baconian System of Philosophy; Baldwin of Canterbury; Beaufort, Lady Margaret; Belief; Boniface of Savoy; Bristow, Richard; Cause; Condition; Deism; Essence and Existence; Form; Free-Thinkers; Man; Matter; Mivart, St. George Jackson; Phenomenalism; Quality; Quantity; Rationalism; Ward, William George.}}}} <section end="Aveling, Francis Arthur Powell"/> <section begin="Aymé, Edward Lucien"/>'''Aymé,''' {{sc|Edward Lucien, m.d.}}, b. in New York, 10 July, 1862, son of Dr. Henry Aymé, of La Rochelle, France, and Elizabeth Geraldine Fitzgerald, of Dublin, Ireland, grandson of Baron Aymé and Charlotte Guyot, and brother of Louis Henry Aymé, American Consul General at Lisbon. Education: public schools, New York; St. Laurent College, Montreal, Canada; Columbia University, New York. Interne at Manhattan Hospital, New York, 1885; practising physician, New York, 1885–; former assistant to Dr. William T. Bull; assistant to Dr. Stokes at Chambers Street Hospital 1884; surgeon of Holland American Steamship Line 1887; assistant at the Roosevelt Hospital and at the Hospital for the Ruptured and Crippled 1889; examiner in lunacy, Supreme Court, New York, 1890–; assistant, Post Graduate School and Hospital, 1906; instructor in gynecology, Post Graduate Hospital, 1910–; obstetrician, Misericordia Hospital, 1909–; attending physician and surgeon, Home for the Aged of Little Sisters of the Poor; First Lieutenant, Medical Reserve Corps, United States Army; surgeon of the "W. A. Schulten", and wrecked with it in English Channel, 1887. Member of: American Medical Association, New York County Medical Society, New York State Medical Society, Medical Society of Greater New York, Society of American Wars, Sons of Veterans, Medical Jurisprudence Society, Clinical Society of Post Graduate Hospital, Society of Medical Reserve Corps, Holy Name Society, Third Order of St. Dominic, and Society of St. Vincent de Paul. Author of: "Life of St. Catherine of Siena" (New York); contributor to various periodicals. {{smaller|'''ARTICLES''': {{sc|Rose of Lima, Saint; Toribio Alfonso Mogrovejo, Saint.}}}} <section end="Aymé, Edward Lucien"/> <section begin="Azevedo e Castro, João Paulino d'"/>'''Azevedo e Castro,''' {{sc|Right Reverend João Paulino d', s.t.d.}}, Bishop of Macao, China, b. at Lages, Island of Pico, Azores, 4 February, 1852. Education: public schools, Lages; National Lyceum, Horta, Azores; seminary and university, Coimbra, Portugal. Ordained 1879; professor alternately of philosophy, theology, Church history, and canon law (1879–1902) and rector (1888–1902), Seminary, Angra, Azores; Pro-Synodal Examiner (1879–1902) and at various times also Promotor Fiscalis, Chief Treasurer of the Cathedral, member of the Episcopal Governing Board, and Episcopal Deputy to Portugal, diocese of Angra; Canon of the Cathedral of Angra 1888; archdeacon 1902; Bishop of Macao, China, 1902–; one of the chancellors of the Privy Council of His Most Faithful Majesty of Portugal 1902–1910; president of the Council of Studies at the Seminary, member of Superior Council of Public Education, of the Government Council, and President of the Chief Executive Council, Macao. One of the founders of the paper "A Ordem", Coimbra; one of the founders and 1st Secretary, Congregation of Mary, Coimbra; former editor of "Boletin do governo ecclesiastico dos Açores"; member of the Commission for the Promotion of Conferences of the Clergy, Angra, 1892, 1894; first president of the Association for the Promotion of Spiritual Exercises and Prayer, Angra; as rector of the Seminary, Angra, enlarged the building, introduced the study of scholastic philosophy, established new library and founded Natural History<section end="Azevedo e Castro, João Paulino d'"/><noinclude></noinclude> 0kckmka0vmwyyy2uhmi6o4wkvuuamik Page:Colonist automobilerace july1906.png 104 826710 14130617 11610732 2024-04-26T05:52:19Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ offset 1em proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{rule|6em}} {{c|AUTOMOBILE RACE}} {{rule|3em}} {{c|Received July 2, 0.48 a.m.}} {{right|Paris, July 1.|offset=1em}} The Automobile Grand Prix de France was held over the Sarthe circuit, 745 miles, and resulted—Renault's No. 1 car, driven by Sisz, which did the journey in 12 hours 14 minutes; Fiat's No 2 car, driven by Mazzari, 12 hours 46 minutes 26 seconds; Bayard Clement's No. 1 car, driven by Clement, 12 hours 49 minutes 46 seconds. The cars which filled the first and third places were French, and that which secured second place was Italian. {{rule|6em}}<noinclude></noinclude> idlifkneuutb9t5zbhaohhc0748r0lp Marchetti v. United States 0 932182 14127987 13889826 2024-04-25T15:06:40Z JoeSolo22 3028097 detailed syllabus page wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Marchetti v. United States | author = | section = Syllabus | previous = | next = | portal = Supreme Court of the United States | wikipedia = | notes = }} {{USSCcase |percuriam = |concurrence_author1 = |concurrence_author2 = |concurrence_author3 = |concurrence_author4 = |concurrence_author5 = |concurrence_author6 = |concurrence_author7 = |concurrence_author8 = |concurrence-dissent_author1 = |concurrence-dissent_author2 = |concurrence-dissent_author3 = |concurrence-dissent_author4 = |dissent_author1 = |dissent_author2 = |dissent_author3 = |dissent_author4 = |separate_author1 = |separate_author2 = |separate_author3 = |separate_author4 = |linked_cases = |wikipedia = no }} {{CaseCaption | court = United States Supreme Court | volume = 390 | reporter = U.S. | page = 39 | party1 = Marchetti | party2 = United States | lowercourt = Certiorari to the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit | argued = January 17-18, and October 10, 1967 | decided = January 29, 1968 | case no = 2. }} <div class='courtopinion'> Petitioner was convicted for conspiring to evade payment of the occupational tax relating to wagers imposed by 26 U.S.C. § 4411, for evading such payment, and for failing to comply with § 4412, which requires those liable for the occupational tax to register annually with the Internal Revenue Service and to supply detailed information for which a special form is prescribed. Under other provisions of the interrelated statutory system for taxing wagers, registrants must "conspicuously" post at their business places or keep on their persons stamps showing payment of the tax; maintain daily wagering records; and keep their books open for inspection. Payment of the occupational taxes is declared not to exempt persons from federal or state laws which broadly proscribe wagering, and federal tax authorities are required by § 6107 to furnish prosecuting officers lists of those who have paid the occupational tax. Petitioner, whose alleged wagering activities subjected him to possible state or federal protection, contended that the statutory requirements to register and pay the occupational tax violated his privilege against self-incrimination. The Court of Appeals affirmed, relying on ''United States v. Kahriger'', [[345 U.S. 22]], and ''Lewis v. United States'', [[348 U.S. 419]], which held the privilege unavailable in a situation like the one here involved. ''Held:'' :1. The recognized principle that taxes may be imposed upon unlawful activities is not at issue here. P. 44. :2. Petitioner's assertion of his [[Fifth Amendment to the United States Constitution|Fifth Amendment]] privilege against self-incrimination barred his prosecution for violating the federal wagering tax statutes. Pp. 48-61. ::(a) All the requirements for registration and payment of the occupational tax would have had the direct and unmistakable consequence of incriminating petitioner. Pp. 48-49. ::(b) Petitioner did not waive his constitutional privilege by failing to assert it when the tax payments were due. Pp. 50-51. ::(c) ''United States v. Kahriger, supra, Lewis v. United States, supra'' both ''pro tanto'' overruled. Pp. 50-54. ::(d) The premises supporting ''Shapiro v. United States'', [[335 U.S. 1]] (''viz.'', that the records be analogous to public documents and of a kind which the regulated party has customarily kept, and that the statutory requirements be essentially regulatory rather than aimed at a particular group suspected of criminal activities), do not apply to the facts of this case and therefore ''Shapiro's'' "required records" doctrine is not controlling. Pp. 55-57. ::(e) Permitting continued enforcement of the registration and occupational tax provisions by imposing restrictions against the use by prosecuting authorities of information obtained thereunder might improperly contravene Congress' purpose in adopting the wagering taxes and impede enforcement of state gambling laws. Pp. 58-60. 352 F. 2d 848, reversed. ''Jacob D. Zeldes'' reargued the cause for petitioner. With him on the brief on the reargument were ''David Goldstein, Elaine S. Amendola, Francis J. King'' and ''Ira B. Grudberg'', and on the original argument ''Messrs. Goldstein, King'', and ''Grudberg''. ''Francis X. Beytagh, Jr.'', reargued the cause for the United States, ''pro hac vice''. With him on the brief on the reargument were ''Acting Solicitor General Spritzer, Assistant Attorney General Vinson, Beatrice Rosenberg'' and ''Jerome M. Feit'', and on the original argument ''Solicitor General Marshall, Assistant Attorney General Vinson, Miss Rosenberg''. and ''Theodore George Gilinsky''. ==Notes== </div> [[Category:Uncategorized United States Supreme Court decision]] {{PD-USGov}} lor2posi0kny3t1w94xf8kcjpyx0ewj Grosso v. United States 0 932189 14129932 13889939 2024-04-25T20:20:01Z JoeSolo22 3028097 detailed syllabus page wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Grosso v. United States | author = | section = Syllabus | previous = | next = | portal = Supreme Court of the United States | wikipedia = | notes = }} {{USSCcase |percuriam = |concurrence_author1 = Brennan |concurrence_author2 = Stewart |concurrence_author3 = |concurrence_author4 = |concurrence_author5 = |concurrence_author6 = |concurrence_author7 = |concurrence_author8 = |concurrence-dissent_author1 = |concurrence-dissent_author2 = |concurrence-dissent_author3 = |concurrence-dissent_author4 = |dissent_author1 = Warren |dissent_author2 = |dissent_author3 = |dissent_author4 = |separate_author1 = |separate_author2 = |separate_author3 = |separate_author4 = |linked_cases = |wikipedia = no }} {{CaseCaption | court = United States Supreme Court | volume = 390 | reporter = U.S. | page = 62 | party1 = Grosso | party2 = United States | lowercourt = Certiorari to the United States Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit | argued = January 18 and October 10-11, 1967 | decided = January 29, 1968 | case no = 12. }} <div class='courtopinion'> Petitioner was convicted for failure to pay the excise tax on wagering and the occupational tax imposed, respectively, by 26 U.S.C. § 4401 and 4411 and for conspiracy to defraud the Government by evading payment of both taxes. In addition to the general statutory and regulatory requirements described in [[390 U.S. 39|''Marchetti v. United States'']], ''ante'', p. 39, those liable for payment of the excise tax must submit monthly to the tax authorities on a special form, to accompany payment, detailed information concerning their wagering activities which the tax authorities make available to prosecuting officers. The Court of Appeals affirmed, rejecting petitioner's contention that the charges relating to the excise tax violated his [[Fifth Amendment to the United States Constitution|Fifth Amendment]] rights against self-incrimination. Petitioner has not made a similar contention concerning his conviction on charges involving the special occupational tax. ''Held:'' :1. The wagering excise tax provisions, which, like the provisions involved in ''Marchetti v. United States, supra'', were directed almost exclusively to individuals inherently suspect of criminal activities, violated petitioner's privilege against self-incrimination secured by the Fifth Amendment. ''Ibid.'' Pp. 64-69. :2. The "required records" doctrine of ''Shapiro v. United States'', [[335 U.S. 1]], cannot appropriately be applied here. ''Marchetti v. United States, supra''. Pp. 67-69. :3. Restrictions upon the use by prosecuting authorities of information obtained as a consequence of payment of the wagering excise tax would be inappropriate where this Court has held it improper to impose similar restrictions with respect to "an integral part" of the same system. ''Ibid''. P. 69. :4. Since petitioner did not waive the privilege against self-incrimination with regard to the charges involving the occupational tax and reversal by the lower courts of his conviction thereon would be inevitable in the light of this case and ''Marchetti'', the judgment is conviction in its entirely is reversed by this Court. Pp. 71-72. 358 F. 2d 154, reversed. ''Charles Alan Wright'' reargued the cause for petitioner. With him on the briefs on the reargument and on the original argument was ''James E. McLaughlin''. ''Francis X. Beytagh, Jr.'', reargued the cause for the United States, pro hac vice. With him on the brief on the reargument were ''Acting Solicitor General Spritzer, Assistant Attorney General Vinson, Beatrice Rosenberg'' and ''Jerome M. Feit. Jack S. Levin'' argued the cause for the United States on the original argument. On the brief were ''Solicitor General Marshall, Assistant Attorney General Vinson, Miss Rosenberg'' and ''Theodore George Gilinsky''. ==Notes== </div> [[Category:Uncategorized United States Supreme Court decision]] {{PD-USGov}} bgtmyb7aj4ockbeq9q9yacfjmk4p0xs Haynes v. United States (390 U.S. 85) 0 932202 14130097 13890356 2024-04-25T21:35:01Z JoeSolo22 3028097 detailed syllabus page wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Haynes v. United States | author = | section = Syllabus | previous = | next = | portal = Supreme Court of the United States | wikipedia = | notes = '''''Haynes v. United States''''', {{ussc|390|85|1968}}, was a [[Supreme Court of the United States|United States Supreme Court]] decision interpreting the [[Fifth Amendment to the United States Constitution]]'s self-incrimination clause. ''Haynes'' extended the Fifth Amendment protections elucidated in ''[[Marchetti v. United States]]'', 390 U.S. 39, 57 (1968). {{wikipediaref|Haynes v. United States}} }} {{USSCcase |percuriam = |concurrence_author1 = |concurrence_author2 = |concurrence_author3 = |concurrence_author4 = |concurrence_author5 = |concurrence_author6 = |concurrence_author7 = |concurrence_author8 = |concurrence-dissent_author1 = |concurrence-dissent_author2 = |concurrence-dissent_author3 = |concurrence-dissent_author4 = |dissent_author1 = Warren |dissent_author2 = |dissent_author3 = |dissent_author4 = |separate_author1 = |separate_author2 = |separate_author3 = |separate_author4 = |linked_cases = |wikipedia = no }} {{CaseCaption | court = United States Supreme Court | volume = 390 | reporter = U.S. | page = 85 | party1 = Haynes | party2 = United States | lowercourt = Certiorari to the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit | argued = October 11, 1967 | decided = January 29, 1968 | case no = 236. }} <div class='courtopinion'> Petitioner was charged by information with violating 26 U.S.C. § 5851 (part of the National Firearms Act, an interrelated statutory system for the taxation of certain classes of firearms used principally by persons engaged in unlawful activities) by knowingly possessing a defined firearm which had not been registered as required by § 26 U.S.C. § 5841. Section 5841 obligates the possessor of a defined firearm to register the weapon, unless he made or acquired it by transfer or importation, and the Act's requirements as to transfers, makings and importations "were complied with." Section 5851 declares unlawful the possession of such firearm which has "at any time" been transferred or made in violation of the Act, or which "has not been registered as required by section 5841." Additionally, § 5851 provides that "possession shall be deemed sufficient evidence to authorize conviction, unless the defendant explains such possession to the satisfaction of the jury." Petitioner moved before trial to dismiss the charge, sufficiently asserting that § 5851 violated his privilege against self-incrimination guaranteed by the [[Fifth Amendment to the United States Constitution|Fifth Amendment]]. The motion was denied, petitioner pleaded guilty, and his conviction was affirmed by the Court of Appeals. ''Held:'' :1. Congress, subject to constitutional limitations, has authority to regulate the manufacture, transfer, and possession of firearms, and may tax unlawful activities. Pp. 90, 98. :2. Petitioner's conviction under § 5851 for possession of an unregistered firearm is not properly distinguishable from a conviction under § 5841 for failure to register possession of a firearm, and both offenses must be deemed subject to any constitutional deficiencies arising under the Fifth Amendment from the obligation to register. Pp. 90-95. :3. A proper claim of the privilege against self-incrimination provides a full defense to prosecutions either for failure to register under § 5841 or for possession of an unregistered firearm under § 5851. Pp. 95-100. :4. Restrictions upon the use by federal or state authorities of information obtained as a consequence of the registration requirement, suggested by the Government, is not appropriate. [[390 U.S. 39|''Marchetti v. United States'']], ''ante'', p. 39, and [[390 U.S. 62|''Grosso v. United States'']], ''ante'', p. 62. Pp. 99-100. :5. Since any proceeding in the District Court upon a remand must inevitably result in the reversal of petitioner's conviction, it would be neither just nor appropriate to require such needless action and accordingly the judgment is reversed. Pp. 100-101. 372 F. 2d 651, reversed. ''Charles Alan Wright'' argued the cause for petitioner. With him on the brief was ''Ernest E. Figari, Jr.'' ''Harris Weinstein'' argued the cause for the United States. With him on the brief were ''Acting Solicitor General Spritzer, Assistant Attorney General Vinson, Beatrice Rosenberg'' and ''Kirby W. Patterson''. ==Notes== </div> [[Category:United States Supreme Court decisions on self-incrimination]] {{PD-USGov}} 907knswznn9fimh69tqx71risjpsn17 Provident Tradesmens Bank & Trust Company v. Patterson 0 932211 14130561 13891557 2024-04-26T04:20:52Z JoeSolo22 3028097 detailed syllabus page wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Provident Tradesmens Bank &amp; Trust Company v. Patterson | author = | section = Syllabus | previous = | next = | portal = Supreme Court of the United States | wikipedia = | notes = '''''Provident Tradesmens Bank & Trust Co. v. Patterson''''', {{ussc|390|102|1968}}, is a [[United States Supreme Court]] decision which clarified the meaning and application of Rule 19 of the [[Federal Rules of Civil Procedure]]. In a unanimous decision, the Court reversed the judgment of the [[w:United States Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit|United States Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit]] and held that an automobile owner's interest in a suit against his insurer did not make him an "[[w:indispensable party|indispensable party]]" to that suit under Rule 19. The Court also made clear that Supreme Court precedent predating the enactment of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure did not create any substantive right in non-parties to be joined in case, as the Court of Appeals had apparently thought. {{wikipediaref|Provident Tradesmens Bank & Trust Co. v. Patterson}} }} {{USSCcase |linked_cases = |wikipedia = Provident Tradesmens Bank & Trust Co. v. Patterson }} {{CaseCaption | court = United States Supreme Court | volume = 390 | reporter = U.S. | page = 102 | party1 = Provident Tradesmens Bank & Trust Co, Administrator | party2 = Patterson, Administrator, {{smaller|et al.}} | lowercourt = | argued = November 6-7, 1967 | decided = January 29, 1968 | case no = 28. }} <div class='courtopinion'> An automobile owned by Dutcher, driven by Cionci, to whom Dutcher had given the keys, in which Lynch and Harris were passengers, collided with a truck driven by Smith. Cionci, Lynch and Smith were killed and Harris was injured. The administrator of Lynch's estate, the petitioner here, sued Cionci's estate in a diversity action which was settled for $50,000, which was not paid as Cionci's estate was penniless. Smith's administratrix and Harris each brought a state-court action against Cionci's estate, Dutcher, and Lynch's estate, but these suits have never gone to trial. Dutcher had an automobile policy with Lumbermans Mutual Casualty Co., a respondent here, which had a limit of $100,000 for an accident. The policy covered Dutcher's potential liability as Cionci's "principal" and the direct liability of anyone driving the car with Dutcher's permission. Lumbermans had declined to defend in petitioner's action against Cionci's estate, believing that Cionci lacked permission and thus was not covered by the policy. Petitioner then brought this diversity action for a declaration that Cionci's use of the car had been "with permission" of Dutcher, naming as defendants Lumbermens and Cionci's estate. The state-court tort plaintiffs were joined as plaintiffs, but Dutcher, a Pennsylvania resident, as were all the plaintiffs, was not joined either as plaintiff or defendant, a fact not adverted to at trial. The District Court ruled that under Pennsylvania law the driver is presumed to have the owner's permission, and the State's "Dead Man Rule" did not permit Dutcher to testify in the two estate claims as his interest was adverse. The court directed verdicts in favor of the two estates. Dutcher was allowed to testify as against Harris, but the jury found that Cionci had had permission and awarded a verdict to Harris. Lumbermens appealed on state-law grounds, which the Court of Appeals did not reach. That court reversed on the grounds that Dutcher was an indispensable party, that the right of any person who "may be affected" by the judgment to be joined is a "substantive" right, unaffected by Rule 19 of the [[Federal Rules of Civil Procedure|Fed. Rules of Civ. Proc.]], and that since Dutcher could not be joined without destroying diversity jurisdiction, the action had to be dismissed. The court also concluded that since the state-court actions "presented the mooted question as to the coverage of the policy," the issue here, the District Court should have declined jurisdiction to allow the state courts to settle this question of state law. ''Held:'' :1. On the basis of the record and applying the "equity and good conscience" test of Rule 19 (b), the Court of Appeals erred in not allowing the judgment to stand. Pp. 107-116. ::(a) Here, where Dutcher was assumedly a party who should, under Rule 19 (a), be "joined if feasible," but where his joinder as a defendant would destroy diversity, is a problem within the scope of Rule 19 (b). Pp. 108-109. ::(b) Rule 19 (b) has four "interests" to be examined, in this case from an appellate perspective: plaintiff's interest in having a forum, defendant's interest in avoiding multiple litigation, interest of the outsider whom it would have been desirable to join, and interests of courts and the public in complete, consistent, and efficient settlement of controversies. Pp. 109-111. ::(c) Application of Rule 19's criteria by the Court of Appeals would have resulted in a different conclusion. Pp. 112-116. :2. The Court of Appeals' dismissal of Rule 19 (b) as an ineffective attempt to change the "substantive rights" stated in ''Shields v. Barrow'', 17 How. 130, was erroneous, as the Rule is a valid statement of the criteria for determining whether to proceed or dismiss in the forced absence of an interested person. Pp. 116-125. :3. The Court of Appeals decided the procedural question incorrectly. Pp. 125-128. ::(a) In deciding this discretionary matter the court should have considered the existence of a verdict reached after a prolonged trial in which the defendants did not invoke the pending state actions. Pp. 125-126. ::(b) The issue in the state-court actions, whether Cionci was acting as Dutcher's agent, differs from the question in this case of whether Ciongi had "permission" within the scope of the insurance policy. P. 127. 365 F. 2d 802, vacated and remanded. ''Avram G. Adler'' argued the cause for petitioner. With him on the brief were ''Abraham E. Freedman, J. Willison Smith'' and ''Bayard M. Graf''. ''Norman Paul Harvey'' argued the cause and filed a brief for respondents. ==Notes== </div> [[Category:United States Supreme Court decisions on civil procedure]] {{PD-USGov}} 9vgj8v06t51s3zaj93g72y8au5yl4e1 Smith v. Illinois 0 932218 14130564 3009386 2024-04-26T04:24:44Z JoeSolo22 3028097 detailed syllabus page wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Smith v. Illinois | author = | section = Syllabus | previous = | next = | portal = Supreme Court of the United States | wikipedia = | notes = }} {{USSCcase |percuriam = |concurrence_author1 = |concurrence_author2 = |concurrence_author3 = |concurrence_author4 = |concurrence_author5 = |concurrence_author6 = |concurrence_author7 = |concurrence_author8 = |concurrence-dissent_author1 = |concurrence-dissent_author2 = |concurrence-dissent_author3 = |concurrence-dissent_author4 = |dissent_author1 = Harlan |dissent_author2 = |dissent_author3 = |dissent_author4 = |separate_author1 = |separate_author2 = |separate_author3 = |separate_author4 = |linked_cases = |wikipedia = no }} {{CaseCaption | court = United States Supreme Court | volume = 390 | reporter = U.S. | page = 129 | party1 = Smith | party2 = Illinois | lowercourt = Certiorari to the Appellate Court of Illinois, First District | argued = December 7, 1967 | decided = January 29, 1968 | case no = 158. }} <div class='courtopinion'> Where on cross-examination of principal prosecution witness at petitioner's state trial for illegal sale of narcotics the court sustained the prosecutor's objections to disclosure of witness' correct name and his address, ''held'' petitioner was denied his [[Sixth Amendment to the United States Constitution|Sixth Amendment]] right, made applicable to the States by the [[Fourteenth Amendment to the United States Constitution|Fourteenth Amendment]], to confront the witnesses against him. ''Alford v. United States'', [[282 U.S. 687]], followed. Pp. 131-133. 70 Ill. App. 2d 289, 217 N.E. 2d 546, reversed. ''Gerald W. Getty'' argued the cause for petitioner. With him on the briefs were ''James J. Doherty'' and ''Marshall J. Hartman''. ''John J. O'Toole'', Assistant Attorney General of Illinois, argued the cause for respondent. With him on the brief were ''William G. Clark'', Attorney General, and ''Philip J. Rock'', Assistant Attorney General. ==Notes== </div> [[Category:Uncategorized United States Supreme Court decision]] {{PD-USGov}} t3vaip5qopeuts6jf2d9o4hbm9kz3o0 Kolod v. United States 0 932227 14130568 3009290 2024-04-26T04:29:56Z JoeSolo22 3028097 detailed syllabus page wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Kolod v. United States | author = | section = Syllabus | previous = | next = | portal = Supreme Court of the United States | wikipedia = | notes = }} {{USSCcase |percuriam = yes |concurrence_author1 = |concurrence_author2 = |concurrence_author3 = |concurrence_author4 = |concurrence_author5 = |concurrence_author6 = |concurrence_author7 = |concurrence_author8 = |concurrence-dissent_author1 = |concurrence-dissent_author2 = |concurrence-dissent_author3 = |concurrence-dissent_author4 = |dissent_author1 = |dissent_author2 = |dissent_author3 = |dissent_author4 = |separate_author1 = |separate_author2 = |separate_author3 = |separate_author4 = |linked_cases = |wikipedia = no }} {{CaseCaption | court = United States Supreme Court | volume = 390 | reporter = U.S. | page = 136 | party1 = Kolod {{smaller|et al.}} | party2 = United States | lowercourt = On Petition for Rehearing | argued = October 9, 1967 | decided = January 29, 1968 | case no = 133. }} <div class='courtopinion'> After the petition for a writ of certiorari in this case was filed, petitioners' counsel, as alleged in their petition for rehearing, learned of a government agency's electronic monitoring of a petitioner's conversations at his place of business. The Solicitor General sought to justify nondisclosure by the Government on the basis of the Justice Department's determination that the eavesdropped information was not arguably relevant to this prosecution. ''Held:'' This Court cannot accept the Department's ''ex parte'' determination of relevancy in lieu of such a determination in an adversary District Court proceeding, to be confined to the content of any electronically eavesdropped conversations at petitioner's place of business and the pertinence thereof to petitioners' subsequent convictions. Rehearing and certiorari granted; 371 F. 2d 983, vacated and remanded. ''Edward Bennett Williams, Harold Ungar'' and ''W.H. Erickson'' for petitioners. ''Solicitor General Griswold'', former ''Solicitor General Marshall, Assistant Attorney General Vinson, Beatrice Rosenberg'' and ''Sidney M. Glazer'' for the United States. PER CURIAM. ==Notes== </div> [[Category:Uncategorized United States Supreme Court decision]] {{PD-USGov}} gykl0wmflrubekgihb2ld0tksploklb Page:A book of the Pyrenees.djvu/189 104 1015794 14128416 6908925 2024-04-25T17:27:28Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Jasonanaggie" />{{rh||VALLEY OF ISABY|153}}</noinclude>which the waters of Gazost are led, its casino, and a park in which the bamboos grow rank, and the acacias in spring flower and scent the air. Avenues, bordered by hotels, link the Argelez of the tourist and those who go there for what the Germans call "Sommerfrische" with the old Argelez. Among the villas is the château of Vieusac, from which that scoundrel Barrère took a title, that he dropped in the Reign of Terror, and reassumed as soon as he was safe under Louis Philippe, when he represented Argelez in the Conseil Général. This place was formerly a Romano-Gaulish settlement; in a field near the town a considerable number of cinerary urns have been dug up. A mile below Argelez is the Balandrau, a huge block of stone balanced at the edge of a crag, held from falling by a small stone of different nature, that retains it in position, and looking as though all it needed was a touch to send it hurtling down upon the roof of a farm-house planted beneath. A Mass is said annually in the church of Argelez to invoke Divine intervention against such a catastrophe. The Balandrau has been supposed to be a megalithic monument of the dolmen builders, but it is natural, a relic of the Ice Age in the valley when it was choked with glaciers. Farther down a stream flows into the Gave. Here, at Ouzous, is an intermittent spring that turns a mill, when it pleases it to flow. Before it bursts forth it is said to growl and grumble. Here also, in the face of the limestone cliff, is a cave that served as a church during the Reign of Terror, when priests were hunted down like wolves; and here the peasants assembled to hear Mass. Fifty years ago the rude stone altar, made like that of Gilgal, was standing; I have not been to the grotto since. Facing Argelez, the right bank of the Gave to the crest<noinclude></noinclude> jbj6tnetovilzbcjkoi7w9xdpmpiiic User talk:Xover 3 1150336 14130234 14104534 2024-04-25T22:58:39Z Wikisource-bot 1571978 Bot: Archiving 2 threads (older than 90 days) to [[User talk:Xover/Archives/2024]] wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="width:350px;height:220px;position:fixed;right:0;bottom:0;z-index:-1;">[[File:Pensive dandy.png|350px|link=|alt=]]</div> {{User:Wikisource-bot/config |archive = User talk:Xover/Archives/%(year)d |algo = old(90d) |counter = 1 |archiveheader = {{archive header}} |minthreadsleft = 3 }} == [[Template_talk:RunningHeader#Migrating this template to Lua]] == I took your suggestion of importing an upstream module for [[Module:Roman]]! Could you take a look at [[Module:Running header]] and [[Template:RunningHeader/testcases]] and let me know what you think? —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 21:37, 9 November 2023 (UTC) :@[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]]: Heh. Would you believe just hours before you posted this I was looking at {{tl|rh}} and thinking to myself "I should ''really'' convert this to Lua!" (before punting as my todo is already too long)? :Overall looks awesome! Some quick observations in no particular order: :* [[Module:Optional CSS attribute]] is using somewhat confusing terms. It says it's working on CSS, but what it's really doing is constructing HTML attributes, some of which contain CSS, but in [[Module:Running header]] you're using it to make a HTML <code>class</code> attribute (which has no inherent connection with CSS, except that it's often targeted by CSS selectors). I'd suggest rethinking this module and what it's supposed to be. Maybe the module is about making ''HTML'' attributes? Perhaps it would make sense to have specific named helper functions to make .class(), .style(), etc. attributes? And it could either inline or in a sibling module have functions for working with actual CSS properties and values. Not directly related to {{tl|rh}} but it took me a good long while to figure out what the calling code there was actually doing. :* [[Module:Running header#L-13]] and on is confusing. Why do we need <code>n</code> here? It used to be an IPC mechanism for communicating between {{tl|RunningHeader}} and {{tl|RunningHeader/core}}, but now we're merging the logic inside [[Module:Running header]]. Where would <code>args.n</code> even come from? Wy are you checking for the value <code>4</code> when the only actual special case is three cells? Also, the code seems to cap the number of cells at 4, but /core supports up to nine. I think this should either be an enforced cap at a specific number (with reasoning: ''why'' are we capping it) or infinity. :* [[Module:Running header#L-20]] is concise and elegant; but I found it unexpectedly hard to parse. I think the code is more complicated than the actual task it is implementing, not helped by the alien introduced by <code>make_attribute_string()</code>. I think I would have gone for a less elegant but more straightforward approach here. Then again, maybe the existing code would be clearer if the concept of [[Module:Optional CSS attribute]] was more intuitive? :* [[Module:Running header#L-38]]: why are you trimming a string you are producing yourself? :* [[Module:Running header#L-49]]: <code>k</code> is traditionally the "key" for an associative array (hash). The usual mnemonic variable name for a <code>for</code> loop counter is <code>i</code> (iteration, index). Also, a step size of one is the default and does not need to be made explicit (and in Lua usually isn't; unlike C-derived languages, Perl, etc.). :* You might want to look at using mw.html to generate markup in a more fluent way. It may be an awkward fit here, and it might be overkill for the use, but it's worth looking at at least. :* [[Module:Running header#L-56]]: Note that in its typical perverse style, MediaWiki will look for wikitext even in pages with a different content model. The category string there is going to get picked up and count toward things like category links, sometimes error tracking categories, etc. I plan to eventually write a module to generalize and abstract tracking cat handling that avoids this, but in the mean time I generally recommend doing awkward stuff like <syntaxhighlight lang="lua" inline>style_cat = '[[' .. 'Category:' .. catname .. ']]'</syntaxhighlight>. :* [[Module:Running header#L-59]]: The newlines aren't needed. HTML doesn't care, and the parser will mess with them as it sees fit in any case. The HTML output here isn't meant to be human-readable, and will need to be fed through a pretty-printer to be so no matter what we do here. :* Why is [[Module:Running header centered]] a separate module when all it does is add an extra class and then call {{ml|running header|_running_header}}? :Not every comment is, obviously, something you should necessarily take as gospel, and assume an "IMO" at some suitable place in each sentence. These are "thoughts" more than "advice", and jotted down fairly quickly as I looked at it the first time. More when I have time. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 09:57, 11 November 2023 (UTC) ::Hmm. The output seems to be missing "wst-running-header-cell" classes for the cells. For three-column headers these could also beneficially have "wst-running-header-{left|center|right}" classes. And the old output has a "wst-running-header-default" class when no custom class has been added. ::Incidentally, due to this template's ubiquity, I think we could beneficially use just "wst-rh-" as a prefix. There are enough instances of it that the byte savings are going to be measurable, and it saves having to type out the whole thing every time (especially in complex selectors). [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 12:36, 11 November 2023 (UTC) :::Thank you, this feedback was helpful! :::* You're right that [[Module:Optional CSS attribute]] is about making HTML attributes. I ended up deciding it was unnecessary to use it for [[Module:Running header]], but I'll keep your feedback in mind for future. :::* I've implemented your suggestions about <code>style_cat</code>, [[Module:Running header centered]], and classes. CSS that will need to be updated: {{search/css|.wst-running-header}} :::* I've removed the newlines between cells. :::* Re <code>args.n</code>, the main concern was that there are a lot of invocations of {{tl|RunningHeader}} that assume that the template will have three cells even if only the first one or two parameters are used. I've redone this part of the code to (hopefully) handle this more fluidly. :::Looking at [[Template:RunningHeader/testcases]], it seems that the spacing for four-cell headers is different in the updated code. Do you have insight as to why this is? —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 00:09, 12 November 2023 (UTC) ::::@[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]]: In [[Template:RunningHeader/styles/sandbox.css#L-9|/sandbox.css#L-9]] you have :::::<syntaxhighlight lang="css"> .wst-rh > div { flex: auto; }</syntaxhighlight> ::::<syntaxhighlight lang="css" inline>flex: auto;</syntaxhighlight> is a shorthand property that expands to <syntaxhighlight lang="css" inline>flex: 1 1 auto;</syntaxhighlight>, which in turn is the same as: :::::<syntaxhighlight lang="css" highlight=2> .wst-rh > div { flex-grow: 1; flex-shrink: 1; flex-basis: auto; }</syntaxhighlight> ::::In [[Template:RunningHeader/styles.css|/styles]] meanwhile, there's no explicit selector for these; which means the effective rule is <syntaxhighlight lang="css" inline>flex: initial;</syntaxhighlight> which expands to <syntaxhighlight lang="css" inline>flex: 0 1 auto;</syntaxhighlight>, which in turn is the same as: :::::<syntaxhighlight lang="css" highlight=2> .wst-rh > div { flex-grow: 0; flex-shrink: 1; flex-basis: auto; }</syntaxhighlight> ::::When <code>flex-grow</code> is any non-zero number, it is a ratio used for deciding how to distribute any remaining space between flex items in the same flex container. If all the flex items have the same <code>flex-grow</code> value they all get equal parts of the remaining space. But if <code>flex-grow</code> is zero it means the flex item ''cannot'' grow to fill available space in the flex container. The difference is something like this: {{c|flex-grow-0}} <div style="margin: 0 auto; border: 1px solid red; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; background: #fafafa; width: 380px; padding: 5px 7px; box-shadow: 6px 6px 2px 1px rgba(200, 200, 200, .6);"> <div style="flex: 0 1 auto; border: 1px dotted blue; background: #a0a0ff; padding: 4px; text-align: left;">Cell 1</div> <div style="flex: 0 1 auto; border: 1px dotted blue; background: #a0a0ff; padding: 4px; text-align: left;">Cell 1</div> <div style="flex: 0 1 auto; border: 1px dotted blue; background: #a0a0ff; padding: 4px; text-align: right;">Cell 1</div> <div style="flex: 0 1 auto; border: 1px dotted blue; background: #a0a0ff; padding: 4px; text-align: right;">Cell 1</div> </div> {{c|flex-grow-1}} <div style="margin: 0 auto; border: 1px solid red; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; background: #fafafa; width: 380px; padding: 5px 7px; box-shadow: 6px 6px 2px 1px rgba(200, 200, 200, .6);"> <div style="flex: 1 1 auto; border: 1px dotted blue; background: #a0a0ff; padding: 4px; text-align: left;">Cell 1</div> <div style="flex: 1 1 auto; border: 1px dotted blue; background: #a0a0ff; padding: 4px; text-align: left;">Cell 1</div> <div style="flex: 1 1 auto; border: 1px dotted blue; background: #a0a0ff; padding: 4px; text-align: right;">Cell 1</div> <div style="flex: 1 1 auto; border: 1px dotted blue; background: #a0a0ff; padding: 4px; text-align: right;">Cell 1</div> </div> ::::When the flex items cannot grow larger than their automatically calculated width (<code>max-content()</code> in this case), <syntaxhighlight lang="css" inline>justify-content: space-between;</syntaxhighlight> comes into effect (as there now actually is any space to distribute between the flex items). ::::Left- or right-aligning the contents of the flex items that can grow won't line up with the same alignments for the flex items that can't grow for the simple reason that their reference point is different: the items that can grow align relative to an edge that is ''in the free space outside the items that can't grow''. The only common reference points for these is the center line, so aligning the growing flex items to <code>center</code> will give the same effective alignment. ::::The exception is the two outermost flex items. Because we have <syntaxhighlight lang="css" inline>justify-content: space-between;</syntaxhighlight> active, that free space is distributed only on the inside. The two outermost flex item edges do not get any extra space on their outside edge (they are flush with the flex container, modulo padding and margins etc.). These therefore ''do'' have a common reference between the non-growing flex items and the growing flex items, on the left edge for the first flex item and on the right for the last flex item. And when they have a common reference they can be aligned relative to that reference and end up in the same place. Which is why the leftmost and the rightmost cells in the old and new template output appear to be aligned correctly. ::::Without really digging into it my thought is that <syntaxhighlight lang="css" inline>flex-grow: 1;</syntaxhighlight> is the correct mode, and that we should have <syntaxhighlight lang="css" inline>text-align: center;</syntaxhighlight> for all the flex items except the <syntaxhighlight lang="css" inline>:first-child</syntaxhighlight> and <syntaxhighlight lang="css" inline>:last-child</syntaxhighlight> which should be left and right aligned respectively. --[[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 10:07, 12 November 2023 (UTC) :::::Thank you for explaining! Using <syntaxhighlight lang="css" inline>flex-grow: 1;</syntaxhighlight> and having <syntaxhighlight lang="css" inline>text-align: center;</syntaxhighlight> for all the flex items except the <syntaxhighlight lang="css" inline>:first-child</syntaxhighlight> and <syntaxhighlight lang="css" inline>:last-child</syntaxhighlight> sounds good to me (with the exception of four-cell headers having the second cell left-aligned and the third-cell right-aligned, since this is the current style). :::::Thoughts on next steps? :::::# Find & address any remaining issues with the new code. :::::#* Solicit feedback from other users? (Where?) :::::# Update {{tl|RunningHeader}} and [[Template:RunningHeader/styles.css]]. :::::# <syntaxhighlight lang="css" inline>.wst-running-header</syntaxhighlight> &#8594; <syntaxhighlight lang="css" inline>.wst-rh</syntaxhighlight> in [https://en.wikisource.org/w/index.php?search=insource%3A%2Fwst-running-header%2F&title=Special:Search&profile=advanced&fulltext=1&ns0=1&ns1=1&ns2=1&ns3=1&ns4=1&ns5=1&ns6=1&ns7=1&ns8=1&ns9=1&ns10=1&ns11=1&ns12=1&ns13=1&ns14=1&ns15=1&ns100=1&ns101=1&ns102=1&ns103=1&ns104=1&ns105=1&ns106=1&ns107=1&ns114=1&ns115=1&ns710=1&ns711=1&ns828=1&ns829=1&ns2300=1&ns2301=1&ns2302=1&ns2303=1 relevant pages]; run a bot on [https://en.wikisource.org/w/index.php?search=insource%3A%2F%5C.wst-running-header%2F+contentmodel%3Asanitized-css&title=Special%3ASearch&profile=advanced&fulltext=1&ns10=1&ns106=1 the template and index CSS pages]? :::::# Replace {{tl|RunningHeader/core}}. :::::# Replace the now-redundant sub-templates {{tl|RunningHeader/1}} through {{tl|RunningHeader/9}}. (Maybe keep {{tl|RunningHeader/1}} and {{tl|RunningHeader/2}} since otherwise you have to specify {{parameter|cell_count}}; depends how heavily they're used outside of other templates.) :::::# Delete unused stylesheets that are now redundant to [[Template:RunningHeader/styles.css]]. :::::# Announce changes: :::::#* {{tl|RunningHeader}} is backed by [[Module:Running header]] instead of {{tl|RunningHeader/core}}. :::::#* {{tl|RunningHeader}} now supports an arbitrary number of cells. If you input fewer than 3 cells, it will default to a 3-cell header, but you can set <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline>cell_count = 1</syntaxhighlight> or <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline>cell_count = 2</syntaxhighlight> if you want fewer cells. (Possibly {{tl|RunningHeader/1}} and {{tl|RunningHeader/2}} will also be options.) :::::#* The class prefix has been changed from "wst-running-header" to "wst-rh". :::::—[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 19:24, 12 November 2023 (UTC) ::::::@[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]]: I don't think it's accurate to say the second/third cells are left/right-aligned. They may have that style applied (I didn't check), but since the div that contains the text collapses to its contents there's no space there for text-align to take effect. What you're seeing is probably just the distribution of the cells. If we're going to generalize a rule I think it either has to be all but the :first/:last being centered; or it has to be the somewhat more involved "all cells left of the midpoint are left-aligned, all cells to the right of the midpoint are right-aligned, if there's an odd number of cells the middle one is centered, if there's an even number of cells none are centered". My initial take is that the latter is over-complicated and not necessary. I could be wrong, of course, but…{{pbr}}I think we need more testcases before proceeding. For example, the ones I just added told me that while /core supports up to 9 cells, {{tl|rh}} itself only supports exactly 3 or 4. I hadn't actually twigged to that when looking at the code. It probably doesn't matter, but that's the sort of change of functionality that we need to be conscious of and test the implications of.{{pbr}}I am also not sure we need {{para|cell_count}}. I haven't checked, but I'm pretty sure you can detect the difference between a parameter being present-but-empty and a parameter being absent. If so, why is the {{para|cell_count}} not simply the number of cells provided as input?{{pbr}}For the classes, output both the old and new classes on deployment, then you can take your time migrating existing uses of the old class. Once there are no uses left we can stop outputting the old class. That gives us a clean migration with no disruption.{{pbr}}{{tl|RunningHeader/core}} can be deleted once it's no longer in use. All the /n variants too. What's the need for keeping /1 and /2? I don't think anyone cares whether there are one, two, or three cells in the output header so long as the one or two cells they provide end up in the right position. In my spot-checks I've only found two users adding these, and I've queried them as to the reasoning. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 08:49, 13 November 2023 (UTC) :::::::And cf. my query to SF00 on their talk: {{tqi|q=y|My working theory is that we can make {{tlx|rh|42}} do what rh/1 does and {{tlx|rh|42|Chapter 3}} do what rh/2 does, or at least be treated identically to {{tlx|rh|&nbsp;|42|&nbsp;}} and {{tlx|rh|42|&nbsp;|Chapter 3}}.}} [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 08:57, 13 November 2023 (UTC) ::::::::I've added the old class to the module for now. ::::::::Re left/right-alignment, I was just talking about [[Template:RunningHeader/styles.css|the stylesheet]]. I'm on board with simplifying that situation. Also, I expect this to make {{tl|RunningHeader-centered}} redundant, although I'll need to review the existing uses. ([[Wikisource:Bot requests#One more Template:RunningHeader-centered request]] would help with that.) ::::::::Really the only reason to have {{para|cell_count}} is backwards compatibility. Since {{tl|rh}} only supports exactly 3 or 4 cells, if you only fill in the first 1 or 2 cells, the contents will be slotted into a 3-cell header, with the corresponding alignment. I'm pretty sure I've done this myself. If we converted existing instances of <code><nowiki>{{rh|42}}</nowiki></code> &#8594; <code><nowiki>{{rh|42||}}</nowiki></code> and <code><nowiki>{{rh|42|Chapter 3}}</nowiki></code> &#8594; <code><nowiki>{{rh|42|Chapter 3|}}</nowiki></code>, we wouldn't need {{para|cell_count}} and could just determine how many cells to use based on the number of input cells. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 05:57, 14 November 2023 (UTC) :::::::::I was right, we'll be able to merge {{tl|rh-c}} and {{tl|rh}} :) —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 23:52, 14 November 2023 (UTC) :Another design question: is the style parameter useful? —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 16:27, 16 November 2023 (UTC) ::@[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]]: Unless there's a use out in the wild that can't be better handled with Index CSS, then, no, all {{para|style}} parameters in all templates should go the way of the dodo. We should always discourage as much as is reasonably possible, raw CSS or other unbounded formatting in the content spaces. {{para|style}} is a safety-valve to make unusual and hard things ''possible'', but we want as little as possible and preferably zero of them. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 16:40, 16 November 2023 (UTC) :::As far as I can tell, no one's using it at all :) [[:Category:Running headers applying manual styles]] —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 16:42, 16 November 2023 (UTC) ::::Then hurry up and remove it before anyone gets ideas… [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 16:53, 16 November 2023 (UTC) :::::Done! —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 16:54, 16 November 2023 (UTC) :::::Speaking of not letting people get ideas—[[WS:PD#Template:RunningHeader-centered]]. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 20:57, 16 November 2023 (UTC) :An update on the transition plan: while of course we should do our best to find and migrate all the invocations with fewer than three parameters before migrating, I've also added a tracking category to the module in case we miss some. (Relatedly, we should hold off on replacing {{tl|rh/1}} and {{tl|rh/2}} until we've emptied that category.) —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 23:21, 21 November 2023 (UTC) ::My thoughts on a migration plan: ::* Create tracking categories (after making sure they're the right ones). ::* Make sure [[:Category:Running headers applying manual styles]] is empty. ::* Make {{tl|rh}} use [[Module:Running header]]. The only functionality change will be the removal of the style parameter. ::* Add the contents of [[Template:RunningHeader/styles/sandbox.css]] to [[Template:RunningHeader/styles.css]] (in addition to what's there now). This won't change functionality. ::* Change wst-running-header to wst-rh in [https://en.wikisource.org/w/index.php?search=insource%3A%2F%5C.wst-running-header%2F+contentmodel%3Asanitized-css&title=Special:Search&profile=advanced&fulltext=1&ns106=1 index CSS], preferably with a bot. ::* Change wst-running-header to wst-rh in [https://en.wikisource.org/w/index.php?search=insource%3A%2Fwst-running-header%2F&title=Special:Search&profile=advanced&fulltext=1&ns0=1&ns1=1&ns2=1&ns3=1&ns4=1&ns5=1&ns6=1&ns7=1&ns8=1&ns9=1&ns10=1&ns11=1&ns12=1&ns13=1&ns14=1&ns15=1&ns100=1&ns101=1&ns102=1&ns103=1&ns104=1&ns105=1&ns106=1&ns107=1&ns114=1&ns115=1&ns710=1&ns711=1&ns828=1&ns829=1&ns2300=1&ns2301=1&ns2302=1&ns2303=1 other pages]. ::* Remove the wst-running-header class from the module. ::* Remove the wst-running-header styles from [[Template:RunningHeader/styles.css]]. ::* Empty [[:Category:Running headers with one entry]] and [[:Category:Running headers with two entries]]. ::* Check pages in [[:Category:Empty running headers]], [[:Category:Running headers with undefined entries]] and [[:Category:Running headers with more than four entries]]. ::* Remove the code that enforces a three-cell minimum and adds [[:Category:Running headers with one entry]], [[:Category:Running headers with two entries]], and [[:Category:Running headers with more than four entries]]. ::* Migrate all the other templates using {{tl|rh/core}} to use {{tl|rh}}. ::* Migrate uses of the rh/n templates to {{tl|rh}}. ::* Delete unused templates and tracking categories. (Keep [[:Category:Running headers using explicit parameter names]], [[:Category:Running headers with undefined entries]], and [[:Category:Empty running headers]].) ::—[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 15:49, 28 November 2023 (UTC) :::Does this look like a good plan to you, and if so, what testing needs to happen before we start implementing it? —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 06:01, 14 December 2023 (UTC) ::::The plan looks good, except you need to give the community a heads up at [[WS:S]] before changes that might conceivably break something (because it might break a large number of pages), so they know it's coming and who to contact if they see something broken.{{pbr}}Testing is iffy because we can't rely on code coverage in /testcases, since the output is expected to change. I think systematic creation of synthetic test cases + a selection of real-world pathological cases on /testcases is a good idea. Not to catch issues beforehand so much as being able to quickly identify problems after the change. And, of course, random sampling of pages "in the wild" after changes. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 07:20, 14 December 2023 (UTC) :::::Heads-up at [[WS:S#Updates to Template:RunningHeader]]. I've done my best to fill out /testcases, and haven't found any real-world pathological cases yet but will keep an eye out. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 09:36, 3 January 2024 (UTC) ::::::I don't have a lot of experience with these kind of Big Change discussions. It seems like the conversation's mostly died down, but do we need to wait for anything before getting started by updating the styles page? In particular: more arguments about using Lua at all, more testing, or more time for people to see the discussion? I would add "more discussion about the two-cell header thing", but it would be pretty nice to have the template using Lua even if the code has some silly special-casing in it. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 03:20, 18 January 2024 (UTC) :::::::The issue of whether to use Lua at all is a digression: its motivations are valid (complexity, maintainability, sustainability, etc.), but arguing that technology should stop advancing is not a productive way to handle it. We can certainly have those discussions, but then as general discussions not as part of the conversation for this specific template.{{pbr}}I haven't been paying close attention to this discussion (sorry, IRL is eating all my mental capacity right now), but with that caveat in mind… I think the two-cell header thing is the remaining issue to address. I don't tend to use two-cell headers so I don't have a gut feeling about the best way to handle it. It would be nice to have the functionality be completely genericised, but the details and what's the most common use cases for it are the critical factors for whether it needs to be special-cased. Users' muscle memory can be retrained, but if doing so creates a bigger overhead (requiring a lot of works to create Index CSS to handle it, say) it may be a necessary optimisation for user convenience. I don't have an answer for that ottomh. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 07:38, 18 January 2024 (UTC) ::::::::No worries! The only thing users will need to do differently is switch to adding a third empty header cell for left-center headers, which is only one extra keystroke. Retraining muscle memory is a cost, but I don't think it's an insurmountable one, especially since most headers are inserted automatically using the Header field of the index or with user scripts. (We can update the former and nudge users to update the latter.) —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 18:20, 18 January 2024 (UTC) :::::::::Hi! Just wanted to check whether you're convinced about the two-cell headers. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 23:17, 25 January 2024 (UTC) ::::::::::@[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]]: I am convinced that you've thought the issue through to a far greater extent than I have, and that therefore I have very little useful to contribute to the question? :) [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 06:56, 26 January 2024 (UTC) :::::::::::Great, works for me :) In that case, could you do step 1 of the transition plan and replace the contents of [[Template:RunningHeader/styles.css]] with [[Template:RunningHeader/styles/sandbox.css]]? —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 15:19, 26 January 2024 (UTC) ::::::::::::(To be clear, the reason I'm asking you to do this is that while I can edit {{tl|RunningHeader}}, I cannot edit the style sheet.) —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 06:51, 5 February 2024 (UTC) :::::::::::::@[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]]: Not any more. :-) [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 19:28, 6 February 2024 (UTC) ::::::::::::::Thank you! —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 19:37, 6 February 2024 (UTC) :One more thing, could you unlock [[Template:RunningHeader/core]]? —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 17:19, 12 February 2024 (UTC) == Van Druten DjVu == I have another DjVu request: ''The Return of the Soldier'' by [[Author:John Van Druten|John Van Druten]] {{esl|https://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/001374040}}. I am planning to focus on dramatic works all this year, but I will first finish a handful of works in progress, so no hurry on this particular request. The scan will have to be uploaded locally, since the author is from the UK, and died in 1957 (so protected until 2028), and preferably name the scan [[:File:The Return of the Soldier (Van Druten).djvu]] to distinguish it from the Rebecca West novel it is based on. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 00:51, 22 January 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]]: It's apparently geolocked at Hathi so I can't get at it. Sorry. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 05:55, 22 January 2024 (UTC) ::I have institutional access and could easily download + share the page images, if that would be helpful. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 07:15, 27 January 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]]: That would be awesome! [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 08:46, 27 January 2024 (UTC) ::::OK, I've got the images. I don't really want to upload 124 images with the WS upload interface, so what's a good way to share them? —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 06:57, 28 January 2024 (UTC) :::::@[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]]: If you have iCloud Drive, Dropbox, Google Drive, or similar, putting a zip file there and sharing it (probably best to drop the link in email rather than on-wiki) would be ideal. Alternately, if the work is public domain in your jurisdiction, you could upload it to the Internet Archive. I'm sure there's also some website out there that'd let you share a zip, but I don't know of one off the top of my head. Downloading 124 loose images is even more tedious than uploading them, so I very much hope we can find a way to exchange it in a container format like zip. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 08:09, 28 January 2024 (UTC) ::::::Great! I've sent you an email with a Google Drive link. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 08:15, 28 January 2024 (UTC) :::::::@[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]]: {{done}}, thanks to [[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]]. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 09:10, 28 January 2024 (UTC) Thanks so much! --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 17:59, 28 January 2024 (UTC) == Linting - == https://public-paws.wmcloud.org/4407/idx.txt - This is a listing of a sizeable chunk of Index with lint-error containing pages. Most are not proofread. It would be appreciated if someone could come up with a project to try and get some of these lint-free. (In many cases the lint errors are a pair of italic tags with a line-feed between them! and easy to solve.) [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 00:34, 2 February 2024 (UTC) == Header updates == I've taken another stab at updating {{tl|Header}}. Does [[Module:Header/sandbox]] look like it's making a reasonable amount of changes? —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 04:13, 9 February 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]]: I would have split that up into maybe 3-5 steps, but it looks within reasonable limits, yes. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 10:14, 9 February 2024 (UTC) ::Great! Could I ask you to review my changes and merge them into the main template? —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 17:30, 9 February 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]]: That requires available brain cycles and sustained attention, so as things look now that could maybe happen around Easter. How about I drop the protection and you can have at it yourself? [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 08:58, 10 February 2024 (UTC) ::::Sure, sounds great to me! —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 20:57, 10 February 2024 (UTC) :::::@[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]]: {{done}}. Module, template, and main stylesheet can now be edited by autopatrolled users. Please let me know if I missed anything; and when you're all done so I can jack the protection back up to +sysadmin. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 21:15, 10 February 2024 (UTC) ::::::@[[User:Xover|Xover]]: Will do! —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 21:16, 10 February 2024 (UTC) ::::::Could you also drop the protection for [[Module:Portal header]], [[Template:Portal header]], [[Module:Author]] and [[Template:Author]]? (I'll make sure to give you a full list of pages when I'm done). —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 00:15, 12 February 2024 (UTC) :::::::@[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]]: {{done}} [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 06:14, 12 February 2024 (UTC) ::::::Another unprotection request: [[Template:Translation header]]. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 21:06, 12 February 2024 (UTC) :::::::@[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]]: {{done}} [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 06:42, 13 February 2024 (UTC) == Running header .. == The problem arose with {{tl|RunningHeader/1rv}} and {{tl|RunningHeader/1}} Unless the verso/recto classes are apparently defined in a very specfic order and location , they get overwritten by the generic template. I appreciate why you don't want these in site wide template, but perhaps you can suggest how to PROPERLY "fix" specific Indexstyles which were migrated over to use the updated naming structure and do not apparently work unless the recto, verso behaviour is defined in the generic stylesheet. Most of the content in the stylesheet for {{tl|rh/1}} was redundant to the generic stylesheet in {{tl|rh}} anyway. See https://en.wikisource.org/w/index.php?title=Template:RunningHeader/1/styles.css&action=history The specfic Indexstyles that were not working yet: *[[:Index:The Seven Pillars of Wisdom (1926).djvu/styles.css]] *[[:Index:The_Annals_of_Our_Time_-_Volume_1.djvu/styles.css]] [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 09:15, 12 February 2024 (UTC) See also ALL the Pages: linked from {{tl|rh/1rv}} - https://en.wikisource.org/wiki/Special:WhatLinksHere?target=Template%3ARunningHeader%2F1rv&namespace= The behaviour for that template seemingly changed because of changes in how {{tl|running header}} and related work. Perhaps you'd like to implement an appropiate fix, before I revert every single contribution I've made in response to another contributors request to "update" usages of {{tl|rh}} and related, potentially creating far more chaos in the process? [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 09:22, 12 February 2024 (UTC) : In the specfic - [[Page:Hesiod, The Homeric Hymns, and Homerica.djvu/100]] The recto-verso behaviour is apparently ignored. Perhaps you can sit down and figure out how to do this, without it being overrideen due to a higher priority CSS stlyle undoing what's defined on the very specfic template? Thanks. [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 09:37, 12 February 2024 (UTC) :Also https://en.wikisource.org/w/index.php?title=Index:Risk_of_performance_errors_due_to_sleep_loss,_circadian_desynchronization,_fatigue,_and_work_overload.pdf/styles.css&action=history , where I had to revert the update, to get it working again. [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 09:46, 12 February 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]]: What you describe sounds like the well-known issue with selector specificity in CSS. It's solvable, but requires some understanding of how selector specificity works and how it interacts with our hierarchy of templates. But making changes to these templates and their style sheets willy-nilly is not the way to go about it. In the first instance bring the issue up with [[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] who is currently working in this area and let them figure out how it fits in with the other changes they're making. And there's no need to (and it's not a good idea to) start mass reverting stuff. There is no particular urgency, so cool heads, think things through, and find a good long-term solution is the order of the day. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 10:19, 12 February 2024 (UTC) :::Noted. I'll ask him about the 2 very specfic templates concerned, as they seem to be the ones creating the issues.[[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 13:25, 12 February 2024 (UTC) :::I thought it was CSS selector specificity. I'm just not sure how to solve it currently. [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 14:11, 12 February 2024 (UTC) == [[Index:Brain Volume 31 Index.pdf/styles.css]] == This page was associated with an index page that you deleted - I assume that the styles page should be deleted too. -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 17:52, 12 February 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Beardo|Beardo]]: Indeed. Thanks for the heads-up. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 06:41, 13 February 2024 (UTC) == [[Module_talk:Author/testcases]] == I think the word here is, "Why?" . This isn't the first 'glitch' I've noted from all the header changes, including a very obvious typo, that a slower approach would have caught quite quickly [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 15:26, 15 February 2024 (UTC) == Our Poets DjVu == Would you please be kind enough to prepare a DjVu from {{esl|https://archive.org/details/ourpoetsoftoday00cookuoft}}? There are enough irregularities in the listing that I do not trust IA's PDF, and this work is nominated for deletion, but it's contents cover many 19th/20th century poets from whom we have little or no sources about their work. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 19:48, 17 February 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]]: [[Index:Our Poets of Today (1918).djvu]]. I did a quick pass on missing pages, page order, etc. and it looked good. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 11:20, 18 February 2024 (UTC) :: Thanks! --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 19:29, 18 February 2024 (UTC) == Removal of 'by' from transclusions using override_author == Hi. I note you have been removing the manually-entered 'by' where 'override_author' is used, and am wondering why. I took up the practice, having seen it done elsewhere, as it makes the presentation consistent with pages which only use 'author', where the 'by' is automatically included. Regards, [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 00:15, 23 February 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]]: The edit summary should have contained a link to the relevant discussion, but in any case the removal of the manual "by" is so that {{tl|header}} can start automatically adding "by" without creating "by by". [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 06:32, 23 February 2024 (UTC) ::OK [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 07:37, 23 February 2024 (UTC) == [[:Page:Tristimulus specification of the Munsell book of color from spectrophotometric measurements (IA jresv31n1p55).pdf/23]] == I get a 'too-small' to be usable edit space for this. The only possible thing I can think of something that changed in recently, because it wasn't doing this until toady. I appreciate your efforts in trying to clean out cruft, but something broke here. And before you ask I did try viewing/editing without being logged in and got the same behaviour. Also I've not had the ability to resize it for an EXTENDED period. I am suspecting some kind of obscure interaction, but if there isn't a soloution I am reconsidering if I want to contribute on a project that's actively "broken". [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 22:34, 24 February 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]]: The lack of resizing is annoying, but they dropped the ability during a modernization of the code because they didn't find a clean way to implement it. The cramped editing interface for scans that are in landscape orientation is simply a bug. You can temporarily work around it with: ::<syntaxhighlight lang="css"> .prp-page-container { min-height: 80vh; } .prp-page-image-openseadragon-vertical { height: 100% !important; } </syntaxhighlight> :This behaviour is a tradeoff: almost all scan pages are in portrait orientation and the current behaviour works very well with those (compared with the old code), but it fails pretty miserably with landscape pages and there's no obvious robust fix for it. Longer term I'm hoping we get a full-screen editing interface (for other reasons) that would also fix this problem in most cases. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 10:03, 25 February 2024 (UTC) ::I asked someone that worked on Proofread page to consider integrating Inductiveload's Minipane style UI. It's not something that is a high priority though obviously. [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 09:45, 26 February 2024 (UTC) == Colors... == Hi.. How quickly could you come up with a Lua Module to generate colors based on a blend of RGB triplets by percentage? [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 00:24, 26 February 2024 (UTC) (I needed a way to generate HTML hex colors for Ridgway's 1912 book, based on his methodology.) [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 00:24, 26 February 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]]: If I understand the calculation and the usage context, probably not that long. If it's taking a triplet of percentage values (0–100%) in and spitting them out converted to a triplet of hexadecimal values in a 0–255 space, then that should be fairly easy. If you need fancier conversion or other special behaviour it might be trickier. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 06:23, 26 February 2024 (UTC) ::Ridgway, uses a series of pure hues, (he gives wavelengths) , blended in a percentage to give a full spectrum of colors. Colors from that spectrum are then blended with various levels of whit or black (there is a table) in the book to give an initial series. ::All the colors in the first series are then blended with various amounts of neutral grey ( I took this to mean a 50% grey (or N/5 level on Munsell's scale.) ::Breaking this down the first function in the module would take the sRGB values for pure hues, and 'blend' them on the basis of percentages, returning an HTML style value for use in a style statement. ::The second function would take the value of the first and blend it with white or black percentages, again returning an HTML color value for the blended tone or shade. ::The third function would take an html hex value from the previous 2 functions and blend it with a specified percentage of neutral gray. ::If it's possible to combine all these into one ultimate ridgway color generator, based on the tables provided in the book, even better. ::BTW if writing a color module, I would strongly suggest making it flexiblbe enough that it could also do RGB->HSL and other color space conversions in the future. ::Additional functions could be for conversion of xyY or XYZ specified colors to clamped sRGB. This transformation has a specific matrix for doing so, (albiet in respect of certain data it would need to be able to accomodate adjusting the putput for different illuminat conditions. (In some of the JOSA published MUnsell data for example it's using Illuminat C whereas sRGB is Illuminant D65.). ::The reason I am wanting a module to do this (based on established methodology) is that I couldn't be sure the color plates in some works had not faded compared to original publication. [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 09:44, 26 February 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]]: What you're describing here is something completely different than converting one way to specify a color in a given color space to another. What you're describing here is about converting between colour spaces, and that's pretty advanced stuff (read: not something I'm going to tackle any time soon). The best I can offer is to suggest you take a look at [[w:Module:Color]] to see whether it does any of what you need. I'll also note that the values provided by the early pioneers in now-PD (i.e. old) books does not necessarily match seemingly similar values in what are the current standards a hundred years later. Figuring out this stuff requires domain-expertise in colour theory that at least I do not have. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 10:04, 26 February 2024 (UTC) ::::Module:Color doesn't convert xyY or XYZ (yet). But it does have a useufl mixer function that would be useful. Can we put it on the import list at some point? [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 14:08, 26 February 2024 (UTC) == Gadget transclusion-check question == Hello, Xover, I am from Ukrainian wikisource, we would like to use same approach as you utilized in transclusion-check gadget, thanks for creating it. https://en.wikisource.org/wiki/MediaWiki:Gadget-transclusion-check.js But while I was reviewing your code for a gadget, I noticed that line 185 has namespace ids of 0 and 114, though in eng wikisource you don't have this ids, see here: https://wikisource.org/wiki/Wikisource:Namespaces Also, on page https://en.wikisource.org/wiki/MediaWiki:Gadgets-definition you have an attribute namespaces=106, as I understand it forces gadget to work only inside that namespace, witch makes my question about 0 and 114 even more open. Could you please take a look there? It looks like 0 and 114 are from some obsolete revision. We are curious, what ids should be used (should it be for Index or some others)? Thank you. [[User:Maxbgn|Maxbgn]] ([[User talk:Maxbgn|talk]]) 21:21, 26 February 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Maxbgn|Maxbgn]]: ns:106 on enWS is the Index: namespace. The Gadget is limited to only execute there because its purpose is to mark the page numbers in the pagelist on an Index:. When it runs it queries the MediaWiki API for information about those Page:-namespace wikipages, and among the information it requests is what ''other'' wikipages they are transcluded in. The namespace numbers you see in line 185 are for mainspace and the Translation: namespace. They're being used to filter the API response so that it only returns information about transclusions in those namespaces (and not in, for example, a sandbox in the User: namespace).{{pbr}}The link you give is for Multilingual Wikisource (aka. [[mul:Wikisource:Namespaces]]). English Wikisource's namespaces are at [[Help:Namespaces]]. It's easy to get us mixed up since mulWS also has a lot of project pages in English (and no other Wikimedia project has a separate Multilingual variant).{{pbr}}Incidentally, I am very to happy to see that my contributions can be of some use on other Wikisourcen. Please do not hesitate to reach out if there's anything I can help with. I'd also appreciate feedback about what you had to change or what made adopting it difficult, so that I can perhaps make that easier for the other Wikisourcen that want to use it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 22:34, 26 February 2024 (UTC) ::Thank you again for your response and gadget, we have successfully launched it in Ukrainian wikisource. Now this page [[Help:Gadget-transclusion-check]] is available in Ukrainian language also, where I translated your documentation and added some tech details, related to our wiki. I've also credited your original page in the end. [[User:Maxbgn|Maxbgn]] ([[User talk:Maxbgn|talk]]) 12:55, 28 February 2024 (UTC) == Policy reform proposals == I'm pretty tired of the vague and terribly written policies we have... Since I know you've voiced adamant concern as well, I wanted to bring it up with you. I want to know your opinion on how we should exactly ''start'' to make reforms. I can see a couple of issues. # The ''awful'' wording and lack of specificity of a lot of our existing policies, such as those at [[WS:WWI]]. Some of what's said here is said in a single sentence, with conditional platitudes, when really the exceptions should be extrapolated on. For example, we should elaborate on a consistent definition of "text" to use in our policies, because "text" has many different definitions. And "work", "text", and "edition" are often used interchangeably to one another in our discourse (which I admit to doing sometimes myself). # Our help pages, and other pages that aren't strictly policy, are often cited as if their policy, meaning that as I think you said something along the lines of before, the differences between our namespaces aren't quite clear and pronounced enough. Maybe we should consider merging some of our help pages ''into'' policy so that there are clearer expectations for users, and so we don't have to constantly forget whether something was a policy or just a bit of advice from the Help page. (And IMO, a lot of our help pages contain advices that really ''ought to be policy''.) # Our community culture, being quite anarchical and individualistic in nature especially in terms of certain stylistic or structural preferences, encourages a laissez-faire approach to policy application. And while I do think this culture has some merits it also leads to people ''selectively'' caring about certain policies and not as much for others. I think we're all guilty of this to some degree to be honest... So how can we determine how far we want ''laissez-faire'' to go? It's not entirely clear... And here I am getting into disagreements still because of this very mentality being inconsistently applied. # I do believe that we should, at the end of the day, care far more about the integrity of the site than any of its policies, and should be able to override a policy on the fly if it means improving user experience in a meaningful way for example. So it might be beneficial to include something similar to [[w:Ignore all rules|Ignore all rules]] in our policy documentation. These are just some casual brainstorms. I was wondering if you gave policy reform any thought recently, and I would be interested in collaborating with you on some proposals, and/or gathering together other collaborators on it. Maybe we can make a WikiProject out of it. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 01:24, 28 February 2024 (UTC) : Lurker butting in: I'm interested in improving this situation too, and would like to find a way that makes things better without being too jarring. Feel free to nudge me if you get something going. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 07:09, 28 February 2024 (UTC) ::Thanks Pete. Yeah, I agree with that: ''make things better without being too jarring''. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 08:03, 3 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]]: Sorry for the tardy reply. IRL is kicking my behind lately so anything requiring sustained attention is challenging.{{pbr}}Yes, I agree with all your main points (but reserve the right to disagree on some particulars). We need to improve our policy game, and because we have a lot of years of relative neglect to compensate for, that's going to take time (marathon, not a sprint). And the biggest challenge is that the community is in general not that interested in policy work, and significant subsets view policies as inconveniences and with outright suspicion. No policy reform is going to be successful if we cannot engage the majority of the community in it, and in a way that they at least feel heard if they disagree with the majority opinion on some point. There is also a major major risk in that relative anarchy has reigned for decades, attracting contributors that may hold views of what the site should be that are diametrically opposed and on the extreme ends of whatever spectrum. The only way to satisfy both will be to make policy more general, not more specific, and being specific will have a high risk of driving one side of that issue away.{{pbr}}What I'm trying to say is this will need tact, diplomacy, respect for all viewpoints, and sustained effort over time. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 08:02, 3 March 2024 (UTC) == {{tl|plainlist/m}} spanning pages? == Should spanning with this template also be abandoned as in I did with spanning tables? I am asking because there are an unknown number of pages are spanned before you made me aware of the issue. I am referring to these pages [[Page:History of Woman Suffrage Volume 4.djvu/1217]] [[User:Ineuw|&#32;— ineuw]] ([[User talk:Ineuw|talk]]) 06:45, 1 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Ineuw|Ineuw]]: I am not sure I understand the question, so I am going to try to answer with a little guessing and a little generalisation and then you can hopefully adjust my understanding so I can give a more specific answer.{{pbr}}I never use the dedicated "middle" templates like {{tl|plainlist/m}}, because I have yet to run into a situation where that is actually needed. In all actual cases I have run across it is enough to use the "start" template (i.e. {{tl|plainlist/s}}) in the header. That will sometimes give small divergences in formatting in the Page: namespace, but looks as intended in mainspace when transcluded. Having small formatting glitches in the Page: namespace is ok: it is our internal workbench namespace and what counts is how it looks when transcluded for presentation.{{pbr}}I also do not normally use {{tl|plainlist}} for use cases like your typical book index. For one thing, HTML / wiki list markup across Page: pages is technically very finicky and challenging for the software, and hence for the humans using it. But for another your typical book index neither needs list markup nor is semantically best expressed that way. So my usual approach is to separate each line of the index with one blank line, and each letter group with two blank lines (if the book has extra spaces between the letter groups). If there are hanging indents and similar in play I use those formatting templates in the header/body/footer as required, because those are simple div tags and not list or table markup (lists and tables are html constructs that are very finicky). This will sometimes give a presentation that is not pixel-perfect, but I've yet to find a case where it doesn't give results that are good enough for the purpose. So for all the typical book indexes, which is what your example page looks like, I quite strongly recommend ''not'' using any list markup at all. Some blank lines, a {{tl|nop}} here and there, and maybe {{tl|hi/s}}/{{tl|hi/e}} in the header/footer is all you need.{{pbr}}The only time I use {{tl|plainlist}} or other list templates is for something that is very obviously a ''list'' in the source. The book's index is ''arguably'' a list, but not ''obviously'' one, if I can put it that way.{{pbr}}Hopefully that was of some kind of use. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 07:26, 1 March 2024 (UTC) :: Thanks for the reply. My concern was in general. I know that tables spanning pages slow down the server. I imagine that this also apply to the plainlist template. I am just curious. [[User:Ineuw|&#32;— ineuw]] ([[User talk:Ineuw|talk]]) 09:35, 2 March 2024 (UTC) :::They don't inherently slow down the server, but some of the templates we use for them do cause all sorts of performance problems. And tables and lists in the way they are technically defined (both in HTML and MediaWiki wikimarkup) make them very fragile and finicky when we break them up across pages. For short lists or tables (like a two or three page table of contents) we can usually make it work, but for a potentially multiple many page book's index it is most definitely better to avoid those constructs if at all possible. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 10:15, 2 March 2024 (UTC) :::: Initially, my concern was how a table broken into two consecutive pages appear in the main namespace, but they match seamlessly and appear continuous. I check the main namespace looking for errors. [[User:Ineuw|&#32;— ineuw]] ([[User talk:Ineuw|talk]]) 10:26, 2 March 2024 (UTC) == Using mw.language.fetchLanguageNames in [[Module:ISO 639]] == I've been considering making [[Module:ISO 639]] get language names from mw.language.fetchLanguageNames where possible. Does that seem like a good idea to you, and does the implementation in [[Module:ISO 639/sandbox]] look like a reasonable way to do it? —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 02:54, 16 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]]: Why does [[Module:ISO 639/local]] contain north of 8k language mappings? How many of these are actually used here? How many are likely to ever be used? How many of these (micro)languages even have a written language? Remember that these all get loaded into the hard-limited memory for every invocation of the module, whether they are used or not. Why do we need language codes that MediaWiki doesn't support anyway? We can't get web font support for them, or other software features, so why jump through hoops to just recognize them only on enWS?{{pbr}}Why do we need separate data tables for "local" names and "override" names? Why not simply let local names override upstream names and solve both in one lookup table? That also makes the logic more explicit: right now an "override" is supposed to only override upstream names, but the implementation also overrides local names ''and'' local names override upstream names even though they're apparently not supposed to. Having only two sources would make this logic and the code clearer.{{pbr}}Why would you fetch ''all'' language names, copy them into a table in your heap, and then look up a single code in it; instead of just looking the code up directly with <code>mw.language.fetchLanguageName(code, 'en')</code>?{{pbr}}Why are you lazy-loading [[Module:Arguments]] only in <code>p.ISO_639_name</code>? You're loading 8k of config, so loading [[Module:Arguments]] doesn't even show up in the performance profile. And in general, this kind of thing is premature optimization absent a specific real case where it is needed. Just stuff module loads up top where they're expected and simplify the code further down.{{pbr}}You're using [[Module:Error]] to handle what is a completely normal and expected situation: a missing argument value. [[Module:Error]] throws a low-level exception and unconditionally puts the page into a platform-provided tracking category. Its useful role is to signal that something catastrophic and exceptional has happened and technical admins need to step in immediately. What you're actually dealing with there is a warning to the end user that they have failed to provide some input, and if they do not fix it they will probably not get the result they wanted. It's the difference between "FIRE!" and "Excuse me, sir, I'm sorry to bother you but…". For this use case use [[Module:Warning]], with a tracking category the community can use to fix backlogs if needed, possibly supplemented with [[Module:If preview]] to give users an early heads-up before saving.{{pbr}}That all aside, the approach as such seems good, and a definite improvement over the current implementation. I don't have a lot of experience with the Scribunto Language library so I can't give you any specific advice on it, but in general terms it's always better to use upstream functionality wherever possible. Less work for us to maintain, and we can take advantage of upstream improvements, stuff that breaks can be fixed once for everyone that uses it, and so forth. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 09:07, 16 March 2024 (UTC) ::Thank you! I've adjusted the code to load [[Module:Arguments]] at the top, only load the specific MW language name needed, and use [[Module:Warning]] instead of [[Module:Error]]. ::The reason [[Module:ISO 639/local]] contains 8k+ language mappings is that I was getting tired of adding mappings ad-hoc when works showed up in [[:Category:Index pages of works originally in an unknown language]]. The memory issue is why there are separate "local" and "override" names (I've now made the code only load the local names if needed). I could be argued into merging [[Module:ISO 639/local]] and [[Module:ISO 639/overrides]] and only loading the names that are actually in use, but my main goal was to reduce maintenance. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 02:11, 17 March 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]], [[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]]: Try [[Module:ISO 639/sandbox]] (specifically [[Special:PermanentLink/13974731|13974731]]). —[[User:Uzume|Uzume]] ([[User talk:Uzume|talk]]) 07:46, 17 March 2024 (UTC) ::::Thanks, but that's just the same as hard-coding "en". <code>mw.language.getContentLanguage()</code> returns the wiki's content language, which is hard-coded in LocalSettings.php as English. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 08:05, 17 March 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]]: [[Module:ISO 639]] currently has three entry-points: <code>ISO_639_name()</code> for templates, <code>_ISO_639_name()</code> for other modules, and <code>language_name()</code>. But the latter is not designed as an entry-point in that it does no sanity checking of its inputs. In other words, it is designed as a private function that relies on its calling context to take care of sanity checking and error handling. When [[Module:Header]] calls <code>language_name()</code> it bypasses all of the error checking from <code>_ISO_639_name()</code>.{{pbr}}In terms of API design, you want to reduce the number of entry points as much as possible so that you reduce the number of places you have to check inputs and to simplify the code in non-entry-point code. You also want to make private functions explicitly private so that clients can see clearly what functions they should not call directly. In a Scribunto context that means making private functions <code>local</code> and not part of the export table (<code>p</code>, the table you <code>return</code> at the end of the module). You can go further and name them with a <code>_</code> prefix too, but that's not particularly common in Scribunto modules for whatever reason (I sometimes do that anyway, but it's not idiomatic).{{pbr}}If you want to make utility functions available for specialized cases you need to be very explicit about the contract: it is the client's responsibility to ensure valid arguments are passed in. You'll also need to start using stuff like <code>pcall()</code> and <code>try/catch</code> to avoid the standard libraries blowing up. And in this scenario, it also effectively means we'll have to include all the client modules (i.e. [[Module:Header]] and all its clients) in the testing matrix any time we make a change.{{pbr}}In this particular case I don't see why [[Module:Header]] can't call us through <code>_ISO_639_name()</code> so we can reduce the API surface in [[Module:ISO 639]] to just <code>ISO_639_name()</code> and <code>_ISO_639_name()</code> (and isolate the error checking in the latter). In addition, at a quick glance it looks like while [[Module:Header]] calls [[Module:ISO 639]] unconditionally, it is only {{tl|translation header}} that actually uses the name. So we get the overhead for every single page that uses {{tl|header}}, {{tl|process header}}, etc. even if we don't need it there; and errors like this blow up the whole site instead of just a subset of pages isolated to one namespace. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 08:42, 17 March 2024 (UTC) == Pointers for CSS use == I randomly saw that you've been doing some work on https://en.wikisource.org/wiki/Index:Works_of_Sir_John_Suckling.djvu moving the TOC formatting to a stylesheet. I wonder if you have any tips on how I could do something similar for the index to The Strand Magazine? I haven't done anything with CSS for a while, and it would be good to move the formatting away from lots of repetition of the ts template. See [[Index:The Strand Magazine (Volume 3).djvu]] for my 'current' (i.e. 12 months ago!) style. [[User:Qq1122qq|Qq1122qq]] ([[User talk:Qq1122qq|talk]]) 13:43, 1 April 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Qq1122qq|Qq1122qq]]: There are some tips / tutorial stuff in [[Help:Page styles]]. And feel free to ask for help here. It turns out a large proportion of tables of contents are remarkably regular so the reuse potential is pretty good. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 14:05, 1 April 2024 (UTC) ::Thank you for the pointer - that looks like a very useful page. [[User:Qq1122qq|Qq1122qq]] ([[User talk:Qq1122qq|talk]]) 14:26, 1 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Qq1122qq|Qq1122qq]]: Oh, one thing that might be worth keeping in mind… For a multi-volume work it's possible to create redirects from the style pages for vol. 2+ to the style page for vol. 1 so that you get consistent formatting throughout. This sadly requires admin permissions to set up, but do feel free to grab me if you need that. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 16:48, 1 April 2024 (UTC) == A loose end == Hi Xover, I just re-read your comment [[Special:Diff/13990362|here]], more closely than I did the first time. It seems like my comments came off as hostile or uncooperative, and I can see in hindsight how they would give that impression. I just want to assure you that wasn't my intent. I appreciate the efforts you make to keep things going here. In your comment, you stated that "process stuff matters." My purpose in each of the comments of the discussion was to learn the correct process. With your close, I did finally get the answer I had been seeking, and I specifically appreciate you spelling it out. I didn't intend to cause frustration, and I could have been clearer in my questions and comments. Sorry if I added stress. [[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 13:18, 2 April 2024 (UTC) : {{sm|{{ping|Peteforsyth}} You linked <nowiki>[[Special:Diff|here]]</nowiki>, and not a specific diff. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 13:23, 2 April 2024 (UTC)}} :: {{sm|{{ping|SnowyCinema}} Ugh. Fixed now, thanks. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 13:26, 2 April 2024 (UTC)}} :@[[User:Peteforsyth|Peteforsyth]]: If you felt you needed to come here and apologise for something then the most reasonable explanation is that I've expressed myself poorly, given the wrong impression, it's my bad, and I am the one who should apologise. There may be issues on which you and I disagree to such a degree that the tearing out of one's own hair may be an apposite analogy, but I have yet to see any instance where you had any actual cause to apologise for anything. As for the specific comment you linked… Assume I was trying to apologise for dropping the ball on closing the referenced copyright discussion ([[Wikisource:Copyright discussions/Archives/2024#Letter recommending persecution of certain Muslims|this one]]), explaining ways you could nudge things along in such situations (never hesitate to ping me: if I've dropped the ball I appreciate reminders so I can fix it), and why I was being kinda bureaucratic on the process stuff. None of it was intended to express any form of critique, frustration, or similar. Quite the contrary. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 14:01, 2 April 2024 (UTC) == Template Rationalisations == These were some temporary migrations - https://en.wikisource.org/w/index.php?title=Special:WhatLinksHere/Template:Table_class/import&limit=500 , Ultimately this template should be removed entirely, as should {{tl|numbered div}} and related. [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 10:08, 3 April 2024 (UTC) :Thanks for letting me know. Yes, {{tl|table class/import}} in its current form should probably not be used. It's possible some ideas from it can be reused for some other use cases though, it depends on what needs are discovered when the more straightforward cases are dealt with. I'll keep it in mind. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 10:11, 3 April 2024 (UTC) : I've been workiing on deprecating <code>valign</code> but I need to take a break. [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 20:31, 3 April 2024 (UTC) == Unclosed DIV's == Any chance of clearing up some of these? https://en.wikisource.org/wiki/Special:LintErrors/missing-end-tag?wpNamespaceRestrictions=8&titlecategorysearch=&exactmatch=1&tag=all&template=all https://en.wikisource.org/wiki/Special:LintErrors/missing-end-tag?wpNamespaceRestrictions=1%0D%0A4%0D%0A5%0D%0A6%0D%0A7%0D%0A0%0D%0A10%0D%0A11%0D%0A12%0D%0A13%0D%0A14%0D%0A15%0D%0A100%0D%0A101%0D%0A102%0D%0A103%0D%0A106%0D%0A107%0D%0A114%0D%0A115%0D%0A710%0D%0A711%0D%0A828%0D%0A829%0D%0A104%0D%0A105&titlecategorysearch=&exactmatch=1&tag=div&template=all I lack the clout/bits to resolve these ( some of which it might not be possible to repair.) [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 10:42, 5 April 2024 (UTC) == Unclosed span == https://en.wikisource.org/w/index.php?title=Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/2020-12&action=edit&lintid=1610524 Typo? [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 10:51, 5 April 2024 (UTC) :Probably. I just threw a /span in there in any case. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 12:01, 5 April 2024 (UTC) == Style rationalisations? == https://en.wikisource.org/w/index.php?search=insource%3A%2Fheadertemplate%2F&title=Special:Search&profile=advanced&fulltext=1&ns0=1&ns1=1&ns2=1&ns3=1&ns4=1&ns5=1&ns6=1&ns7=1&ns8=1&ns9=1&ns10=1&ns11=1&ns12=1&ns13=1&ns14=1&ns15=1&ns100=1&ns101=1&ns102=1&ns103=1&ns104=1&ns105=1&ns106=1&ns107=1&ns114=1&ns115=1&ns710=1&ns711=1&ns828=1&ns829=1&searchToken=5szr1s6lvq2qxyqc6iupa06jh I've cleared some of the backlog but wanted someone to review..}[[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 17:45, 6 April 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]]: I appreciate your willingness to help, but you've got to stop diving in immediately. I am still working on this, the template isn't done yet, and it's still not certain that it's a workable solution. The effect of you jumping in now—even though that was obviously not your intent—is that my job becomes much more difficult. I get edit conflicts because you've changed pages ''while'' I was working on them, trying to get the template to support that use case. You've changed a lot of pages that I otherwise had in my todo list to check for whether the template could work for them, and now I have to find a different way to identify them. And since the reason I hadn't converted them yet was that I wasn't sure yet that it would work there, it means I have to go back and check the pages you edited too.{{pbr}}Please don't take this the wrong way: I very much appreciate all your efforts in general, and your willingness to help out with projects like this. But please don't just jump in to these projects like this. Stop to think about whether you helping out in a given case might end up being a "bull in a china shop" type situation. If you're not sure, it's never wrong to ''ask'' before you go wading in. One person working on something alone can keep track of things on their own; but the second you have two or more people involved it is necessary to ''coordinate''.{{pbr}}So, please don't do anything else related to this just now (most especially do not start reverting any of your changes!). Once I am confident this template can be used reliably, if there is still more work to do, I will let you know and tell you what would be most helpful. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 19:07, 6 April 2024 (UTC) ::I have other projects so I should not conflict with your efforts now you have asked me not to. ::Is the intent to clean out relevant Site.CSS entirely? [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 19:19, 6 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]]: Not completely empty, no. But I want to pare down the number of default Gadgets (each one adds to the size of the startup manifest), and I want to reduce the size of each default Gadget as much as possible, because we pay the cost of these on every single page load. And as it happens this coincides well with the need to find better solutions for some things that are currently global CSS classes. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 19:23, 6 April 2024 (UTC) == Redirected Stylesheet... == [[:A_Dictionary_of_Music_and_Musicians/Lord_of_the_Isles,_The]] Did someone forget to change the content model back? [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 20:04, 6 April 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]]: No, just a race condition: the page was reparsed into cache in the middle of setting up the stylesheet redirects, and hadn't been updated after. A null edit or page purge should fix it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 20:15, 6 April 2024 (UTC) == Delinting - A strategy.. == I'm currently working to remove unmatched {{tag|I|o}} in Page: namespace typically resulting from OCR. The objective is to eventually allow for automated conversion of {{tag|I}} to <nowiki>'' ... ''</nowiki> or some equivalent {{tl|italic}} template, where needed [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 10:34, 7 April 2024 (UTC) Would you be willing to consider semi-automated conversion of {{tag|U}}{{tag|B}}{{tag|I}} and {{tag|HR}} tags in content namespaces, once the effort to contain the mismatched ones is completed? [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 10:34, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :I plan to look at those eventually, mainly due to raw HR being problematic. Whether we actually want to convert B and I is less certain. It depends on how and where they are used. These two are somewhat special and it is entirely possible that we may end up just letting them stay, or possibly make some guidelines for when it is appropriate to use them. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 10:38, 7 April 2024 (UTC) ::For some simple unmatched examples of {{tag|I|o}} in raw:- ::*https://public-paws.wmcloud.org/4407/i_pair ::*https://public-paws.wmcloud.org/4407/i_space ::[[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 12:27, 7 April 2024 (UTC) == More stylesheets == There is a lot of rant about my stylesheets becoming "unhooked" from the text I was working on before I was finished. There is less but more intense rants about basic templates not working, meaning in this case, not displaying for me. There is a way in my browser that I can see that I have never visited the stylesheet page, but I don't want it to "get fixed" because appearances are deceiving. Now all of my scripting is doing the exact same thing. The debugging output file stops updating. Sorry about the rant; but the problems are problems. Having style problems when I log into worldcat also, but that should not be ranted about here, I suppose. === thoughts about stylesheet migration === The SFan table style guru needs to make canned styles of common combinations, like do-re-mi when they see it on the page. If the table styled page has a three note call that gets used in all of tables for one magazine style then put them together and call it {{tl|ss:do-re-mi}} which then can be expanded and moved (backwards, as it is) into the Main as {{tl|ss:doe-sun-myself}} only using css names not musical theater names, or a be predetermined style collection whose structure is to be considered and determined later. Build backward. Get another issue of the Journal of Optical and release the tables from the styles used by moving them to the style sheets with the same notation. Get a three note band together for making tables. The Kinks only used two notes very often!! The multi-personalitied SFan is the King of tables here. That two key shorthand for style is very very appealing. Builders and typists. Let the typists build backwards, it is easy, they can do it. The builders show them how to do it and they reassemble backwards built parts into good order; assuring the typists that it will still be the same amount of fun to use. This should be fun and right now is not fun for me. The not completing things because weird and wrong software problems are occurring is more not fun than discovering the weird and wrong software problems. ===final rant=== Leave atlantic monthly alone for me to finish. Please. None of that moving the pages around crap like got done at Rackhams ring volume two. Yes, I know I hacked around Billinghursts bf deleter in an audacious way, but I should have been allowed the second volume without that page switching crap. I have done my time with that stuff. No more NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNcu at IA, also. Honestly, those magazines set up will be great to just drop in and do an article with. I was looking forward to meeting up with where it started. So, let me build the magazine backward and you all start to work on table styles to sheets.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 13:58, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]]: I have no idea what you're talking about, sorry. If I've stepped on one of your projects then I apologise. If you explain which and how I'd appreciate it.{{pbr}}The only changes I have made to Atlantic Monthly are replacing old auxiliary contents with something new, and only because the old approach is going to stop working. I have no plans to move any pages around. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 15:43, 7 April 2024 (UTC) :I'm no expert on tables or on stylesheets. In checking back I can only find some repairs to italics, (and possibly the addition of a basic TOC) in a single volume of The Atlantic Monthly, which I can't (at present) find changes I've made to stylesheets. Can you clarify which styles have become 'detached'? Can you also provide a list of what you had as 'projects' so that any current delinting efforts aren't duplicated. [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 16:40, 7 April 2024 (UTC) ::[[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] all of the color stuff, with the exception of the patent: The Ridgeway book, the Munsell articles. The stylesheet here says it is unvisited by me. Then it quits working, changes don't happen to the text. It seems detatched from the page. Unhooked from each other or the stylesheet being edited by me is not the stylesheet that the page is using, all of a sudden. Page: and styles.css. ::In volume 6, {{tl|bc}} did not display. Another one also, I forget which. bc is like a base template here and very useful. No complaint, no red Lua errors, nothing, including text, centered or not. Then I broke the tables there, because I was frustrated. I did not think it would break it, I thought that it would fix it and maybe the style sheet also. And it didn't fix it. I had to settle down to think about it. So, now, I can fix it in like 30 seconds, but there is still that "what happened to the style sheet" part. Sorry.--[[User:RaboKarbakian|RaboKarbakian]] ([[User talk:RaboKarbakian|talk]]) 20:53, 7 April 2024 (UTC) == [[:Template:AuxBox]] == I'd used this for Transcription or usernotes. It was forked due to the different use case. If you want to rationalise, I have no objections. [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 21:14, 7 April 2024 (UTC) == Bulk upload request == In the process of scan-backing "[[The Bromsgrovian/Volume 2/Number 5/Fragment of a Greek Tragedy|Fragment of a Greek Tragedy]]", I ended up extracting a lot of back issues of ''The Bromsgrovian'' from https://www.bromsgrove-schoolarchive.co.uk (file URLs like https://www.bromsgrove-schoolarchive.co.uk/Filename.ashx?tableName=ta_publications&columnName=filename&recordId=112 and they go in order). I don't plan to transcribe them, and I don't really feel like going through the 138 issues published between 1904 and 1928 to check author death years and determine suitability for Commons, but I would like to upload them somewhere so they're more accessible to anyone who does want to work on transcribing them. If I email you the files, could you use a bot to upload them to Wikisource? The file names follow the pattern <code><nowiki>The Bromsgrovian, [date], New Series, Volume [volume], Number [number].pdf</nowiki></code> and if possible I'd like the summaries to be <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{Book |Author = |Translator = |Editor = |Illustrator = |Title =The Bromsgrovian |Subtitle = |Series title =New Series |Volume =Volume [volume], Number [number] |Edition = |Publisher = |Printer = |Publication date =[date] |City =Bromsgrove |Language =en |Description ={{en|1=Magazine of Bromsgrove School}} |Source =https://www.bromsgrove-schoolarchive.co.uk |Permission = |Image = |Image page = |Pageoverview = |Wikisource = |Homecat = |Other_versions = |ISBN = |LCCN = |OCLC = |References = |Linkback = |Wikidata = }} [[Category:The Bromsgrovian]] </syntaxhighlight> —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 04:04, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :I… don't actually know. I've never done any bulk uploads like that, and thus haven't really looked at what ready-made plumbing there is. I can take a look at some point when I've spare cycles for it. How many uploads are we talking about total? [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 12:28, 12 April 2024 (UTC) ::138. More than I want to do by hand, but hopefully not too many if there is ready-made plumbing. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 19:51, 12 April 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]]: Just to give you a status update on this... I've found ready-made plumbing to bulk upload the files, but only with identical file description pages. I've not yet found any sane way to individualize them either at upload or in a batch after the fact. I'll keep looking as time allows. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 08:52, 15 April 2024 (UTC) ::::@[[User:Xover|Xover]]: Thank you! If it looks like it would be too difficult to customize the file description pages, you could skip the volume and date (the data's in the filenames, so it wouldn't be too hard for later users to add that info). —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 15:32, 15 April 2024 (UTC) ::::It's late for me, so this might be a bad idea, but what about setting <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline>|Volume = {{subst:ROOTPAGENAME}}</syntaxhighlight> and <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline>|Publication date = {{subst:ROOTPAGENAME}}</syntaxhighlight> and then running a replacement script to change <code><nowiki>|Volume = The Bromsgrovian, [date], New Series, Volume [volume], Number [number].pdf</nowiki></code> to <code><nowiki>|Volume = Volume [volume], Number [number]</nowiki></code>, and likewise <code><nowiki>|Publication date = The Bromsgrovian, [date], New Series, Volume [volume], Number [number].pdf</nowiki></code> to <code><nowiki>|Publication date = [date]</nowiki></code>? —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 04:45, 19 April 2024 (UTC) :::::@[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]]: Ooooh! Now there's an excellent idea! I'll see if I can make that approach work and let you know. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 05:29, 19 April 2024 (UTC) == Chekhov DjVu == Could you please generate a DjVu file from [https://archive.org/details/playsche01chek this IA scan]? It will allow me to start scan-backing our translations of his plays. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 02:54, 19 April 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]]: [[Index:Plays (1916).djvu]]. Basic quality control, but nothing in-depth. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 06:42, 20 April 2024 (UTC) :: Thanks! --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 15:33, 20 April 2024 (UTC) :: Although IA gives the title as "Plays", the Library of Congress titles it "Plays by Anton Tchekhoff", so I am going with that title. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 15:38, 20 April 2024 (UTC) :::Not sure I agree with the LoC on that call, but whatever you prefer is fine by me. :) [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 16:43, 20 April 2024 (UTC) == Withdrawals == Hey, I just wanted to thank you for your patience explaining best practices around withdrawing a proposal (or not). I feel like I've been taking up a lot of "space" on the boards the last few months, so when something gets resolved I prefer not to take up more of people's time/attention than necessary. But what you said makes sense, I think I've finally got it. In place of a "withdrawal" on the most recent one, I simply added a "keep" !vote. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 16:27, 19 April 2024 (UTC) :Don't worry about "taking up space". That's rarely an issue at all, and in your case it certainly doesn't apply. If you knew quite how batty I drove the old-timers here when I first became active you definitely wouldn't be worried about stretching ''my'' patience. :) The sentiment is appreciated, but you're doing entirely fine. And your willingness to help out with all this maintenance puts you well ahead by any yardstick you care to apply. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 17:17, 19 April 2024 (UTC) 44zft2r96kqin7fcx6n1vx4x4z2r5mi Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography/Hühne, Bernhard 0 1169611 14130420 11975648 2024-04-26T01:17:08Z MRB16th 3061825 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Appletons' |previous = Huguet-Latour, Louis A. |next = Huidekoper, Harm Jan |edition = 1892 |fictitious = x |extra_notes = There are anachronisms regarding the subject's travels, and there is a reference to him sighting Cape San Sebastian, which was not named as such until 1603. The title of the Allgemeine Encyclopädie has been misspelled, and there is no entry for the subject in this work. }}<!-- p. 306 --> <pages index="Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography (1892, volume 3).djvu" from=334 to=334 fromsection=s3 tosection=s3 /> fhfybahr8hgv681pak8dwrvjyw9fu67 14130612 14130420 2024-04-26T05:39:12Z MRB16th 3061825 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Appletons' |previous = Huguet-Latour, Louis A. |next = Huidekoper, Harm Jan |edition = 1892 |fictitious = x |extra_notes = This entry has been copied to a large extent from Sebastian Vizcaino's biography from in the ''Cyclopædia'', as it almost exactly parallels Vizcaino's real life. There are anachronisms regarding the subject's travels, as well as errors in geography of the coast of California, and there is a reference to him sighting Cape San Sebastian, which was not named as such until 1603. The title of the Allgemeine Encyclopädie has been misspelled, and there is no entry for the subject in this work. }}<!-- p. 306 --> <pages index="Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography (1892, volume 3).djvu" from=334 to=334 fromsection=s3 tosection=s3 /> kxzakyfkspau679mjyryxixpph3b724 Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography/Uffenbach, Bernard von 0 1192824 14131442 14125496 2024-04-26T11:12:20Z MRB16th 3061825 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Appletons' |previous = Ubilla, Andrés |next = Ugarte, Juan |fictitious = x |extra_notes = Prince Liechtenstein's name is misspelled, while the subject's collections in natural history are mentioned as being preserved in the museum at Vienna, but the Vienna Museum of Natural History was not founded until 1889, i.e. 130 years after the subject's date of death. |edition = 1900 }}<!-- p. 205 --> <!-- column 2 --> <pages index="Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography (1889, volume 6).djvu" from="231" to="231" fromsection="s2" tosection="s2" /> g63qne3kfwjy1eyfwkj0ssarmd5w90e Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography/Lottenschiold, Mathias 0 1193880 14128659 11598552 2024-04-25T18:05:02Z MRB16th 3061825 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Appletons' |previous = Lott, John A. |next = Lotter, Friedrich August |fictitious = x |extra_notes = There is a spelling error in one of the titles of the alleged literary works. There is also a remarkable disconnect in that the subject is described as an explorer, but two of the titles of his alleged literary works refer to metallurgy and geognosy, while there is also a glaring factual error in that the Jesuits, a religous order, are referred to as a company. |edition = 1900 }}<!-- p. 32 --> <!-- column 2 --> <pages index="Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography (1900, volume 4).djvu" from=52 to=52 fromsection=s8 tosection=s8 /> ibpshdmgcff32fuyip1ix3mmf97zqfq Witchcraft Suppression Act, 1957/1970-09-18 0 1198329 14128266 3515528 2024-04-25T17:00:24Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 LST Modernisation wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../]] | author = |override_author = enacted by the [[Portal:Acts of the Parliament of South Africa|Parliament of South Africa]] | translator = | section = as at 18 September 1970 | previous = | next = | notes = This is the text of the [[../]], as it was on 18 September 1970, that being the date on which the [[Witchcraft Suppression Amendment Act, 1970]] was published and came into force. }}<!--- force dynamic layout ---><span class="pagenum" style="display:none">&#x200b;</span> {{#lst:Page:Witchcraft Suppression Act 1957.djvu/1|header}} <div style="text-align:center"> '''as amended by''' [[Witchcraft Suppression Amendment Act, 1970|Witchcraft Suppression Amendment Act, No. 50 of 1970]] </div> <section begin="s1" />{{dropinitial|B}}{{uc|e it enacted}} by the Queen’s Most Excellent Majesty, the Senate and the House of Assembly of the Union of South Africa, as follows:— <div style="clear:both;text-indent:1.5em">{{anchor|s1}}{{Left sidenote|Offences relating to the practice of witchcraft and similar practices.}} '''1.''' Any person who— </div> {{SLeb|padding=1.5em}} {{SLi|(''a'')}} imputes to any other person the causing, by supernatural means, of any disease in or injury or damage to any person or thing, or who names or indicates any other person as a wizard; {{SLi|(''b'')}} in circumstances indicating that he professes or pretends to use any supernatural power, witchcraft, sorcery, enchantment or conjuration, imputes the cause of death of, injury or grief to, disease in, damage to or disappearance of any person or thing to any other person; {{SLi|(''c'')}} employs or solicits any witchdoctor, witch-finder or any other person to name or indicate any person as a wizard; {{SLi|(''d'')}} professes a knowledge of witchcraft, or the use of charms, and advises any person how to bewitch, injure or damage any person or thing, or supplies any person with any pretended means of witchcraft; {{SLi|(''e'')}} on the advice of any witchdoctor, witch-finder or other person or on the ground of any pretended knowledge of witchcraft, uses or causes to be put into operation any means or process which, in accordance with such advice or his own belief, is calculated to injure or damage any person or thing; {{SLi|(''f'')}} for gain pretends to exercise or use any supernatural power, witchcraft, sorcery, enchantment or conjuration, or undertakes to tell fortunes, or pretends from his skill in or knowledge of any occult science to discover where and in what manner anything supposed to have been stolen or lost may be found, {{SLee}} shall be guilty of an offence and liable on conviction— {{SLeb|padding=1.5em}} {{SLi|(i)}} in the case of an offence referred to in paragraph (''a'') or (''b'') in consequence of which the person in respect of whom such offence was committed, has been killed, or where the accused has been proved to be by habit or repute a witchdoctor or witch-finder, to imprisonment for a period not exceeding twenty years or to a whipping not exceeding ten strokes or to both such imprisonment and such whipping; {{SLi|(ii)}} in the case of any other offence referred to in the said paragraphs, to one or more of the following penalties, namely, a fine not exceeding one thousand rand, imprisonment for a period not exceeding ten years and a whipping not exceeding ten strokes; {{SLi|(iii)}} in the case of an offence referred to in paragraph (''c''), (''d'') or (''e''), to a fine not exceeding five hundred rand or to imprisonment for a period not exceeding five years or to both such fine and such imprisonment; {{SLi|(iv)}} in the case of an offence referred to in paragraph (''f''), to a fine not exceeding two hundred rand or to imprisonment for a period not exceeding two years. {{SLee}} {{SLan|S. 1 substituted by [[Witchcraft Suppression Amendment Act, 1970#s1|s. 1]] of [[Witchcraft Suppression Amendment Act, 1970|Act No. 50 of 1970]].}} <section end="s1" /> <section begin="s2" /><div style="clear:both;text-indent:1.5em">{{anchor|s2}}{{Left sidenote|Presumption.}} '''2.''' Where any person in respect of whom an offence referred to in paragraph (''a'') or (''b'') of [[#s1|section 1]] was committed, is killed, it shall be presumed, until the contrary is proved, that such person was killed in consequence of the commission of such offence. </div> {{SLan|S. 2 substituted by [[Witchcraft Suppression Amendment Act, 1970#s2|s. 2]] of [[Witchcraft Suppression Amendment Act, 1970|Act No. 50 of 1970]].}} <section end="s2" /> <pages index="Witchcraft Suppression Act 1957.djvu" from=2 to=3 fromsection=s3 /> oxfiwm9n1zow9qlo8531yufv4s7mqmz Translation:Tales of Rabbi Nachman/3 114 1202298 14129728 14125328 2024-04-25T19:20:58Z Techilah 3025138 /* [Notes] */Added Notes wikitext text/x-wiki {{translation header | title = [[Translation:Tales of Rabbi Nachman|Tales of Rabbi Nachman]] (''Sipurei Ma'asiyot'') | author = Nachman of Breslov | section = The Son Who Could Not Walk | previous = [[Translation:Tales of Rabbi Nachman/2|The Emperor and the King]] | next = [[Translation:Tales of Rabbi Nachman/4|The King Who Decreed Conversion]] | shortcut = | year = | language = he | original = | portal = Breslov | notes = }} {{textquality|100%}} <section begin=1 /> ===[The Son's Trip to Leipzig, and Ambush by Robbers]=== A tale. Once there was a sage. Before his death he called his sons and family and left them a will: that they should water fruit trees [''ilanoth'']. "You may engage in other needs as well, but this you must constantly do: water trees." Afterwards the sage passed away and he left children. And he had one son who could not walk; he could stand, but he could not walk. His brothers would give him his needs for livelihood, and they gave him so much that he had leftover. He would save up for himself bit by bit whatever remained beyond his needs, until he had amassed a certain amount. He then came to the decision, "Why should I get a stipend from them? Better that I begin some commerce." And though he could not walk, he came up with the solution to hire a carriage, an assistant (''ne'eman'', lit. faithful or trusted one) and a wagon-driver and to travel with them to Leipzig<ref>a city on the Poland-Germany border</ref>, and he would be able to conduct trade even though he could not walk. When the family heard this, it pleased them very much, and they also said, "Why should we give him subsistence? Better to let him make a livelihood." And they lent him more money so that he could conduct trade. Thus he did; he hired a carriage, an assistant and a wagon-driver, and he set out, and they came to an inn. The assistant said that they should spend the night there, but he did not want to. They pleaded with him, but he was stubborn with them. They traveled away from there and got lost in a forest and thieves ambushed them. And the thieves had come about according to a story: There was once a famine. Someone came to the city and proclaimed: Whoever wants food should come to him. Numerous people came to him. When he saw that the men who came to him were not useful to him he would reject them. To one he would say, "You can be a craftsman," while to another he said, "You can be a miller." And he chose only intelligent youths, and went with them into the forest and proposed to them that they become thieves: "Being that from here there are roads to Leipzig, to Breslau [a city in Germany] and to other places, merchants travel through here. We will rob them. We will have money." (So did the thief who had earlier made the proclamation in the city tell them.) The thieves ambushed them (that is, the one who could not walk and his men, namely the assistant and the wagon driver). The assistant and the wagon driver were able to flee and they fled; and he was left on the wagon. The thieves came to him and took from him the chest of money and asked him, "Why are you sitting?" He replied he could not walk. And they stole the chest and the horses, and he remained on the carriage. The assistant and the wagon-driver (who had fled away) came to the decision that inasmuch as they had taken out loans from feudal landlords [''poritz''es], why should they return home where they could be placed in chains? Better to remain there (where they had fled) and be an assistant and wagon-driver there. Now, the one who could not walk, who remained on the wagon, as long as he had the dry bread that he had brought from home, he ate it. Then when it ran out and he had nothing to eat, he thought about what to do. He threw himself out of the carriage to eat grass. He slept alone in the field and was frightened and his strength was so taken from him that he could not even stand, only crawl, and he would eat the grass that was around him. And as long as he could reach grass and eat, he would eat there, and when the grass around him ran out so that he could no longer reach, he crawled further away and ate again. Thus he ate grass for a time. ===[The Son Finds a Diamond Having Four Charms]=== Once, he came to an herb the likes of which he had never eaten before. This herb pleased him very much, because he had been eating grasses for a long time, so he knew them very well, and such an herb he had never seen before. He came to the decision to tear it out with its root. Under the root was a diamond. The diamond was quadrangular [Yid. ''firekig'', Heb. ''meruba`''] and each side had in it a different ''segulah'' [a charm or special ability]. On one side of the diamond it was written that whoever grasps that side, it would take him where day and night meet together, that is, where the sun and the moon gather in unison. When he tore out the herb with its root (which is where the diamond was) it happened that he grasped that side (that is, the side which the segulah of it was it would take him to the place where day and night come together). It took him there, where day and night come together. He looked around and now he was there! He heard the sun and the moon talking, and the sun was complaining before the moon, "Inasmuch as there is a tree that has many branches, fruits, and leaves, and each of its branches, fruits, and leaves has a segulah — one is conducive [''mesugal''] to having children, another is conducive to livelihood, another is conducive to healing this sickness, another is conducive for another sickness; each tiny bit [''pitsel''] of the tree is conducive to something else — this tree should have been watered, and if it would be watered, it would be very specially potent [''mesugal'']. But not only do I not water it, I shine on it too and dry it out." The moon answered and said, "You worry about others' worries. I'll tell you my worry. Inasmuch as I have a thousand mountains, and around the thousand mountains are another thousand mountains, and that [lit. there] is a place of demons, and the demons have chicken-like feet — they have no strength in their feet, so they take strength from my feet and because of this I have no strength in my feet. And I have a powder (that is, a dust) that is a cure for my feet, but a wind comes and carries it away." The sun responded, "That is what you worry about?! I will tell you a cure. Inasmuch as there is a path, and many paths branch off from that path: One is the path of the ''tzaddikim'' [righteous]. Even someone who is a tzaddik here, the dust from that path is sprinkled underneath each his steps, so that with each step he is stepping on that dust. Another is the path of heretics. Even someone who is a heretic here, the dust of this path is sprinkled underneath each of his steps, as mentioned. And there is the path of the insane. Even someone who is insane here, the dust of this path is sprinkled underneath each of his steps, as mentioned. And so there are several paths. And there is a different path, being that there are tzaddikim who accept suffering upon themselves, the landlords march them in chains, and they have no strength in their feet: dust from this path is sprinkled underneath their feet so that they have strength in their feet. So go there, for there is plenty of dust there and you will have healing for your feet." (All this did the sun say to the moon.) And he heard all this. (That is, the one who had no strength in his feet heard all this.) ===[The Son Is Healed, and the Robbers Repent]=== Meanwhile, he looked at the diamond on another side and saw that it was written there that whoever grasps that side, it would bring him to the path from which many paths go out (namely, the path mentioned above, of which the sun informed the moon). He grasped that side and it carried him away to there (that is, to the path). He placed his feet on the path whose dust was healing for the feet and he was immediately healed. He went and took the dust from all the paths and bound each dust separately in a bundle. (Namely,) he bound the dust from the path of the righteous separately, and likewise the dust of the remaining paths he bound separately; so he made himself bundles from the powders and took them with him. And he came to a decision and went to the forest where he was robbed. When he arrived there, he chose a tall tree near the path from which the thieves go out to rob. And he took the dust of the righteous and the dust of the insane and mixed them together, and spread them on the path. And he went up the tree and sat there to see what would happen with them. He saw the robbers going out, having been sent out by the elder robber (mentioned above) to rob. When the robbers came to that path, as soon as they took a step on the powder they became tzaddikim and began to cry out for their years and days for having robbed until then and having killed numerous souls. But since it was mixed there with the powder of the insane, they became insane tzaddikim and began to argue with each other. One said, "Because of you we killed," and another said, "Because of you!" So did they argue until they killed each other. The elder robber sent more robbers, and it was also as before and they also killed each other. And so it was each time until they were all killed off, until he (namely the one who previously had no strength in his feet, who was up in a tree) understood that there were none remaining of the robbers except for him alone (namely the elder robber who commanded them all) and one other. He went down from the tree and swept up the dust from the path, and sprinkled only dust from the path of the righteous, and went to sit in the tree again. Now, the elder robber was very puzzled that he had sent all the thieves and none of them had returned. He decided to go personally with the one that still remained with him. And as soon as he came onto the path (where the son mentioned above had sprinkled the dust of the righteous by itself), he became a tzaddik. He began to cry out to the other bandit over his soul [Heb. ''nafsho''; Yid. ''seine yar un tag'', his years and days], over how he had murdered so many souls and robbed so much. And he tore graves and was penitent and very remorseful. When he (the son who was sitting in the tree) saw he had remorse and was very penitent, he came down from the tree. As soon as the robber noticed a person he began to cry out, "Woe to me! I have done this and that! Woe! Give me penance!" He answered him, "Return to me the chest that you robbed from me." For, it was written by them on all the stolen goods, when it was stolen and from whom. He said to him, "I will immediately return it to you! I will even give you the troves of stolen goods that I have! Just give me penance!" He said to him, "Your penance is just to go into the town, call out and confess, 'I am the one who made the proclamation at that time [during the famine, that whoever wants food should come to me] and made many robbers, and I murdered and robbed many souls.' That is your penance." The robber gave him all his troves, and went with him into the city and did so. Judgment was passed in that town that since he had murdered so many souls, he should be hanged, so people would know: meaning, so that others would be edified. ===[To the Two Thousand Mountains with the Demons]=== After this he (that is, the one who previously had no strength in his feet) decided to go to the two thousand mountains (mentioned above) to see what takes place there. When he arrived there he stood far from the two thousand mountains, and he saw there were many, many millions and billions of demon families, for they are fruitful and they multiply and they have children as do humans, so they are very numerous. And he saw their kingship sitting on a throne, upon which no one born of a woman (meaning, no human) had ever sat on such a throne. And he saw how they make scoffery: one tells over that he had harmed someone's baby, another tells how he had harmed someone's hand, another tells how he had harmed someone's foot, and other such scoffery. Meanwhile, he noticed a father and mother [demon] walking and weeping. They were asked, "Why are you weeping?" They answered: They have a son, whose routine was he would go his way and would return at the same time, but now it has been a long time and he still has not come. They were brought before the king. The king ordered to send messengers throughout the world to find him. As they were returning from the king, the parents met up with someone who used to go together with their son. He asked them, "Why are you weeping?" They told him. He answered them, "I will tell you. Being that we had a little island at sea, which was our territory — the king to whom this island pertained went and wanted to build palaces there and had already laid a foundation. Your son said to me that we should harm him. We went and took away the king's strength. He got involved with doctors but they could not help him so he started getting involved with sorcerers. There was one sorcerer there who knew his family. He did not know my family, therefore he could not do anything to me — but he knew his family, so he seized him and is torturing him severely." They brought him (that is, the demon who was telling all this) to the king and he told it over before the king too. The king said: "Let them return the strength to the king [to whom the island pertained]!" He replied, "There was someone by us who had no strength and we have given away the strength to him." The king said, "Let them take that strength away from him and return it to the king!" They answered him: He has become a cloud (that is, the demon to whom they have given away the king's strength has become a cloud). The king said that they should, "Summon the cloud and bring it here." They sent an emissary for him. ===[How a Demon Becomes a Cloud]=== He (namely, the one who previously had no strength in his feet, who has witnessed all this) decided, "I will go ahead and see how these people [i.e. these demons] become a cloud." He followed the emissary and came to the city where the cloud was. He asked the townspeople, "Why is it [such] a ''cloud'' here in town?" They answered him, "Here in town it is just the opposite; never a cloud here. Only for while has such a cloud enveloped the city." And the emissary came and summoned the cloud; it went away from there. He (that is, the one who previously had no strength in his feet) decided to follow them to hear what they were saying. He heard the messenger ask him, "How did it come to be, that you became a cloud here?" He answered him, "I'll tell you a story. ===[The Sage-Elder Has No Fear of the Demons]=== "Once, there was a sage (Heb. an elder). And the emperor [''keisar'', Caesar] of the country was a big heretic, and he made the entire country into heretics. The sage went and summoned his whole family and said to them, 'Surely you see that the emperor is a big heretic and has made the entire country into heretics, and some of our family he has already made into heretics. Therefore let us set out for the wilderness so that we will be able to remain in our faith in God, blessed be He.' They agreed on this. The sage uttered a [Divine] Name; it brought them to a wilderness. This wilderness did not please him. He again uttered a Name; it took them to yet another wilderness. This wilderness too did not please him. He uttered another [''noch''] name; again it took him to another wilderness. This wilderness did please him. And the wilderness was close to the two thousand mountains (mentioned above). The sage went and made a circle around them so that no one would be able to come near them. "Now, there is a tree which if it would be watered, there would not remain any of us (that is, of the demons). Therefore, some of us stand digging day and night, allowing no water to reach the tree." The other one asked, "Why do they have to stand day and night digging? Once they have dug one time then the water will be unable to come; it should suffice." He answered him, "Since there are gossipers among us, and these gossipers go and instigate disputes between the one king and the other king, and this causes wars, and the wars cause earthquakes, and the earth around the ditches falls in, which allows water to reach the tree; therefore, they must constantly stand and dig. And when there is a new king among us, they make all the mockery before him and they rejoice. One jests in how he harmed a baby and how the mother mourns over it, another shows another mockery, and similarly many various mockeries. And when the king gets into festivity he goes and takes a walk with his ministers and tries to uproot the tree. Because if this tree would not exist at all, it would be very good for us. And the king fortifies his heart exceedingly in order to uproot the tree entirely. When he approaches the tree, the tree gives a great shout, so a great fear falls on him and he must turn around. "Once, a new king was appointed among us (that is, among the demons, for all this did the cloud tell to the emissary, as mentioned). Great mockery was done before him, as mentioned, and he waxed quite joyous and made his heart very bold, and wanted to tear out the tree completely. So he went out walking with his ministers, brazened his heart exceedingly, and ran to tear out the tree completely. When he arrived at the tree it let out a great cry at him, and a great fear fell on him; he turned around and was very angry. And he was coming back and meanwhile took a look and noticed men sitting (this was the aforementioned sage with his men). The king sent from his people to do something (that is, to harm them, as was their custom). When the sage's family saw them, they were overcome with fear. The elder (that is, the sage) called out to them, 'Do not fear.' When the demons arrived there, they were unable to come close due to the circle that was around them. He sent other messengers but they too were unable to come close. The king came in great anger and went himself and he too was unable to come close to them. "He asked the elder to let him in to them. The elder said to him, 'Since you request it of me, I will indeed let you in, however it is not customary for a king to go alone, so I will let you in with one other.' He opened a little door for them, they entered, and he closed the circle again. The king said to the elder, 'How do you come and settle on our place?' He said to him, 'Why is it your place? It is my place!' The king said to the elder, 'You have no fear of me?' He said, 'No.' He said again, 'You have no fear at all?' And he displayed himself becoming very big, up to the sky, and wanted to swallow him. The elder said, 'I still have no fear of you at all. But if I want, you will be afraid of me.' And he went and prayed a bit, and big thick clouds formed, and there was great thunder. And thunder kills them very effectively, so all his ministers that were with him were killed, and none remained except for the king and the one who was there with him in the circle. He begged him (that is, the king begged the elder) for the thunder to cease, and it ceased. ===[The Demon King Gives the Elder a Book]=== "The king replied and said to the elder, 'Since you are such a person, I will give you a book of all the demon families. For, there are miracle workers [''ba`alei shemoth''] who only know of one demon family, and even that family they do not know completely. But I will give you a book in which all the families are written. For, by the king they are all recorded, and even a newborn is also registered by the king. The king sent the one who was with him for the book. (Hence the sage did very rightly by letting him in with another, for otherwise whom would he send?) He brought him the book. He opened it and saw that inside were millions and billions of their families. The king promised the elder that they would never harm the elder's entire family, and he commanded to bring portraits of his whole family, and even if a baby was born, to immediately bring its portrait, so that they would not harm anyone from the elder's family. "Afterwards, when the time came for the elder to leave the world, he called his sons and commanded them and said to them, 'I leave you this book. Surely you see that I have the power to use this book in holiness, and even still I don't use it; I just have faith in Hashem Yithbarakh. You too should not use it. Even if there will be one of you who will be able to use it in holiness, he still should not use it, but just have faith in Hashem Yithbarakh.' Then the sage died and the book was passed on as an inheritance and came to his grandson (his son's son). And he had the power to use it in holiness, but he just had faith in Hashem Yithbarakh and did not use it, as the elder wished. "The gossipers that were among the demons tried to persuade the elder's grandson, 'Since you have grown daughters and are unable to support them and marry them off, therefore use this book.' And he did not know that they were trying to persuade him, and thought that his heart was advising him to do this. So he traveled to his grandfather, to his grave, and asked him, 'Being that you left a testament that we should not to use this book, but only have faith in Hashem Yithbarakh, now my heart is telling me to use it.' His grandfather (who was deceased) answered him, 'Even though you can use it in holiness, it is better that you should have faith in the Hashem Yithbarakh and not use it, and Hashem Yithbarakh will help you.' And that is what he did. "And the day came to pass, when the king of the country where this grandson of the elder lived became ill. He got involved with doctors, but they could not heal him. Due to the high heat there in that country, the treatments did not help. The king of the country decreed that the Jews should pray for him. Our king (that is, the king of the demons) said, 'Since this grandson has the power to use this book in holiness and he still does not use it, therefore we need to do him a favor.' He commanded me to become a cloud there so that the king (of that country) would be healed by the treatments that he had already taken and the treatments he would yet take. And the grandson knew nothing about this. And that is why I have become a cloud here." (All this is what the cloud told the emissary.) And the one who previously had no strength in his feet was following them and heard everything. The one who was a cloud was brought before the (demon) king, and the king commanded to take the strength from him and return it to the other king (from whom they had taken away his strength because he had built upon their territory, as mentioned), and they returned the strength to him. The son of the demons (whose father and mother had wept for him, as mentioned) had returned, and he arrived very afflicted and without strength, because he had been severely tortured there. He was very enraged at the sorcerer who had tortured him so much there, so he ordered his children and his family to always stalk this sorcerer. But among the demons are talkers (that is, gossipers), and they went and told the sorcerer that they were waiting to ambush him, so that he could protect himself from them. The sorcerer performed some strategy, and called upon more sorcerers who knew more families, in order to protect himself from them. The (demon) son and his family were very enraged at the tattlers for having revealed his secret to the sorcerer. ===[Nothing Remains of the Demons]=== Once, it happened that some members of the (demon) son's family and some of the tattlers went together on the king's watch. The son's family went and made false accusations against the tattlers, and the king killed the tattlers. The remaining tattlers were enraged, and they went and made an upheaval (that is, a huge war) between all the kings. And there were hunger, infirmity, murder, and plagues among the demons. So wars were waged between all the kings, and this caused an earthquake, and all the earth [around the tree] fell in, and the tree was watered completely. None of them (that is, of the demons) survived whatsoever, and they became as if they had never existed. Amen. ===[Notes]=== At one point in the story, the crippled man finds a diamond among plants that magically brings him to multiple paths. There is the path that was healing for his feet, the path of the wicked, the path of the Tzadikim, and the path of the insane. On each of these paths there is a dust. The dust has a strong effect on the personality of those who walk through it. Anyone who walks through the dust of the path of the insane becomes an insane person. Anyone who walks through the dust of the path of the tzadikim becomes a tzadik even if he is wicked. Anyone who walks through the path that is healing for the feet becomes immediately able to walk again. It’s by walking through the dust of these paths that has an effect on the personality. These are not literally paths here that you walk through. But it is a matter of speech for the direction a person wants to go in life. To go in the good path meaning to do good things. Or to go in the crazy path and do crazy things. The diamond gemstone helped bring the crippled man to the “path” that he wants to go. Meaning it is the gemstone that has the effect on his personality to become a good person, a bad person, or a crazy person. Later the crippled man takes the dust from some of these paths and sprinkles them into the path the robbers go through. In this path the robbers would go and steal from anybody who passes by. And do wicked acts. They were in the bad path doing bad things. But as soon as they walked through the dust of the tzadikim and insane, they immediately became good people and regretted all the actions they had done. But they also became insane crazy people. There is also a tree that is mentioned that has on it various segulot and effects from its leaves. One is for healing a sickness, one is for children, one is to become rich etc. The crippled man here is a tzadik who is compared to a tree. This tree couldn’t be uprooted by the wicked men at end of story. And the tzadik im are rewarded with all good things and everything they do will prosper. Including being healed from all sicknesses. Which the crippled man was healed from the dust and was able to walk again. ===[Notes Following the Story]=== [Rabbi Nachman's words:] "''Ashrei ha'ish asher lo-halakh... lo-`amad, uvmoshav leitzim... vehayah ke`etz shathul `al-palgei mayim''" — the entire story is alluded to in this chapter [Psalms 1]. Whoever has eyes, let him see, and whoever has a heart, let him understand, what on earth is happening. [Rabbi Nathan writes:] The secret of this story is alluded to in Chapter 1 in the Psalms: {v. 1} "''Ashrei ha'ish asher lo-halakh''/ Fortunate is the man who has not walked..." — the "path of the wicked" and the "path of the just." These are the aspect of the paths mentioned in the story that have the dust that they sprinkle, etc. {v. 3} "''Wehayah ke`etz shathul `al-palgei mayim, asher piryo yiten be`ito we`alehu''/ And he will be like a tree planted by streams of water, which gives its fruit in its season, and its leaves... ''…Wekhol-asher ya`aseh yatzliach''/ and all that he does will prosper" — this refers to the tree in the story, that all of its fruit and leaves, everything in its entirety, are all very beneficial, as mentioned. Examine and you will find more allusions: "Fortunate is the man who has not walked" — for, initially he could not walk. "''Lo-`amad''/ Has not stood" — for, later on, he could not stand either. "''Uvmoshav leitzim''/ And in the company of scorners" refers to the settlement of the mockers who make mockery, etc., as mentioned. {v. 4} "...''Kamotz asher-tidfenu ruach''/ Like chaff which the wind drives away" refers to the wind that carries away the dust. And all this is just a few superficial allusions that he [Rabbi Nachman] enlightened our eyes with a little bit, in order to somewhat understand and comprehend the extent to which these things reach. But the things are still sealed in utter concealment, for all these stories that he [Rabbi Nachman] told are very, very high above human comprehension and hidden from the eye of all living creatures, etc. <section end=1 /> ===Footnotes=== {{Reflist}} ru38er7nwmdz78ytu4irfqu85r32qd6 14129737 14129728 2024-04-25T19:22:41Z Techilah 3025138 /* [Notes] */Added Notes wikitext text/x-wiki {{translation header | title = [[Translation:Tales of Rabbi Nachman|Tales of Rabbi Nachman]] (''Sipurei Ma'asiyot'') | author = Nachman of Breslov | section = The Son Who Could Not Walk | previous = [[Translation:Tales of Rabbi Nachman/2|The Emperor and the King]] | next = [[Translation:Tales of Rabbi Nachman/4|The King Who Decreed Conversion]] | shortcut = | year = | language = he | original = | portal = Breslov | notes = }} {{textquality|100%}} <section begin=1 /> ===[The Son's Trip to Leipzig, and Ambush by Robbers]=== A tale. Once there was a sage. Before his death he called his sons and family and left them a will: that they should water fruit trees [''ilanoth'']. "You may engage in other needs as well, but this you must constantly do: water trees." Afterwards the sage passed away and he left children. And he had one son who could not walk; he could stand, but he could not walk. His brothers would give him his needs for livelihood, and they gave him so much that he had leftover. He would save up for himself bit by bit whatever remained beyond his needs, until he had amassed a certain amount. He then came to the decision, "Why should I get a stipend from them? Better that I begin some commerce." And though he could not walk, he came up with the solution to hire a carriage, an assistant (''ne'eman'', lit. faithful or trusted one) and a wagon-driver and to travel with them to Leipzig<ref>a city on the Poland-Germany border</ref>, and he would be able to conduct trade even though he could not walk. When the family heard this, it pleased them very much, and they also said, "Why should we give him subsistence? Better to let him make a livelihood." And they lent him more money so that he could conduct trade. Thus he did; he hired a carriage, an assistant and a wagon-driver, and he set out, and they came to an inn. The assistant said that they should spend the night there, but he did not want to. They pleaded with him, but he was stubborn with them. They traveled away from there and got lost in a forest and thieves ambushed them. And the thieves had come about according to a story: There was once a famine. Someone came to the city and proclaimed: Whoever wants food should come to him. Numerous people came to him. When he saw that the men who came to him were not useful to him he would reject them. To one he would say, "You can be a craftsman," while to another he said, "You can be a miller." And he chose only intelligent youths, and went with them into the forest and proposed to them that they become thieves: "Being that from here there are roads to Leipzig, to Breslau [a city in Germany] and to other places, merchants travel through here. We will rob them. We will have money." (So did the thief who had earlier made the proclamation in the city tell them.) The thieves ambushed them (that is, the one who could not walk and his men, namely the assistant and the wagon driver). The assistant and the wagon driver were able to flee and they fled; and he was left on the wagon. The thieves came to him and took from him the chest of money and asked him, "Why are you sitting?" He replied he could not walk. And they stole the chest and the horses, and he remained on the carriage. The assistant and the wagon-driver (who had fled away) came to the decision that inasmuch as they had taken out loans from feudal landlords [''poritz''es], why should they return home where they could be placed in chains? Better to remain there (where they had fled) and be an assistant and wagon-driver there. Now, the one who could not walk, who remained on the wagon, as long as he had the dry bread that he had brought from home, he ate it. Then when it ran out and he had nothing to eat, he thought about what to do. He threw himself out of the carriage to eat grass. He slept alone in the field and was frightened and his strength was so taken from him that he could not even stand, only crawl, and he would eat the grass that was around him. And as long as he could reach grass and eat, he would eat there, and when the grass around him ran out so that he could no longer reach, he crawled further away and ate again. Thus he ate grass for a time. ===[The Son Finds a Diamond Having Four Charms]=== Once, he came to an herb the likes of which he had never eaten before. This herb pleased him very much, because he had been eating grasses for a long time, so he knew them very well, and such an herb he had never seen before. He came to the decision to tear it out with its root. Under the root was a diamond. The diamond was quadrangular [Yid. ''firekig'', Heb. ''meruba`''] and each side had in it a different ''segulah'' [a charm or special ability]. On one side of the diamond it was written that whoever grasps that side, it would take him where day and night meet together, that is, where the sun and the moon gather in unison. When he tore out the herb with its root (which is where the diamond was) it happened that he grasped that side (that is, the side which the segulah of it was it would take him to the place where day and night come together). It took him there, where day and night come together. He looked around and now he was there! He heard the sun and the moon talking, and the sun was complaining before the moon, "Inasmuch as there is a tree that has many branches, fruits, and leaves, and each of its branches, fruits, and leaves has a segulah — one is conducive [''mesugal''] to having children, another is conducive to livelihood, another is conducive to healing this sickness, another is conducive for another sickness; each tiny bit [''pitsel''] of the tree is conducive to something else — this tree should have been watered, and if it would be watered, it would be very specially potent [''mesugal'']. But not only do I not water it, I shine on it too and dry it out." The moon answered and said, "You worry about others' worries. I'll tell you my worry. Inasmuch as I have a thousand mountains, and around the thousand mountains are another thousand mountains, and that [lit. there] is a place of demons, and the demons have chicken-like feet — they have no strength in their feet, so they take strength from my feet and because of this I have no strength in my feet. And I have a powder (that is, a dust) that is a cure for my feet, but a wind comes and carries it away." The sun responded, "That is what you worry about?! I will tell you a cure. Inasmuch as there is a path, and many paths branch off from that path: One is the path of the ''tzaddikim'' [righteous]. Even someone who is a tzaddik here, the dust from that path is sprinkled underneath each his steps, so that with each step he is stepping on that dust. Another is the path of heretics. Even someone who is a heretic here, the dust of this path is sprinkled underneath each of his steps, as mentioned. And there is the path of the insane. Even someone who is insane here, the dust of this path is sprinkled underneath each of his steps, as mentioned. And so there are several paths. And there is a different path, being that there are tzaddikim who accept suffering upon themselves, the landlords march them in chains, and they have no strength in their feet: dust from this path is sprinkled underneath their feet so that they have strength in their feet. So go there, for there is plenty of dust there and you will have healing for your feet." (All this did the sun say to the moon.) And he heard all this. (That is, the one who had no strength in his feet heard all this.) ===[The Son Is Healed, and the Robbers Repent]=== Meanwhile, he looked at the diamond on another side and saw that it was written there that whoever grasps that side, it would bring him to the path from which many paths go out (namely, the path mentioned above, of which the sun informed the moon). He grasped that side and it carried him away to there (that is, to the path). He placed his feet on the path whose dust was healing for the feet and he was immediately healed. He went and took the dust from all the paths and bound each dust separately in a bundle. (Namely,) he bound the dust from the path of the righteous separately, and likewise the dust of the remaining paths he bound separately; so he made himself bundles from the powders and took them with him. And he came to a decision and went to the forest where he was robbed. When he arrived there, he chose a tall tree near the path from which the thieves go out to rob. And he took the dust of the righteous and the dust of the insane and mixed them together, and spread them on the path. And he went up the tree and sat there to see what would happen with them. He saw the robbers going out, having been sent out by the elder robber (mentioned above) to rob. When the robbers came to that path, as soon as they took a step on the powder they became tzaddikim and began to cry out for their years and days for having robbed until then and having killed numerous souls. But since it was mixed there with the powder of the insane, they became insane tzaddikim and began to argue with each other. One said, "Because of you we killed," and another said, "Because of you!" So did they argue until they killed each other. The elder robber sent more robbers, and it was also as before and they also killed each other. And so it was each time until they were all killed off, until he (namely the one who previously had no strength in his feet, who was up in a tree) understood that there were none remaining of the robbers except for him alone (namely the elder robber who commanded them all) and one other. He went down from the tree and swept up the dust from the path, and sprinkled only dust from the path of the righteous, and went to sit in the tree again. Now, the elder robber was very puzzled that he had sent all the thieves and none of them had returned. He decided to go personally with the one that still remained with him. And as soon as he came onto the path (where the son mentioned above had sprinkled the dust of the righteous by itself), he became a tzaddik. He began to cry out to the other bandit over his soul [Heb. ''nafsho''; Yid. ''seine yar un tag'', his years and days], over how he had murdered so many souls and robbed so much. And he tore graves and was penitent and very remorseful. When he (the son who was sitting in the tree) saw he had remorse and was very penitent, he came down from the tree. As soon as the robber noticed a person he began to cry out, "Woe to me! I have done this and that! Woe! Give me penance!" He answered him, "Return to me the chest that you robbed from me." For, it was written by them on all the stolen goods, when it was stolen and from whom. He said to him, "I will immediately return it to you! I will even give you the troves of stolen goods that I have! Just give me penance!" He said to him, "Your penance is just to go into the town, call out and confess, 'I am the one who made the proclamation at that time [during the famine, that whoever wants food should come to me] and made many robbers, and I murdered and robbed many souls.' That is your penance." The robber gave him all his troves, and went with him into the city and did so. Judgment was passed in that town that since he had murdered so many souls, he should be hanged, so people would know: meaning, so that others would be edified. ===[To the Two Thousand Mountains with the Demons]=== After this he (that is, the one who previously had no strength in his feet) decided to go to the two thousand mountains (mentioned above) to see what takes place there. When he arrived there he stood far from the two thousand mountains, and he saw there were many, many millions and billions of demon families, for they are fruitful and they multiply and they have children as do humans, so they are very numerous. And he saw their kingship sitting on a throne, upon which no one born of a woman (meaning, no human) had ever sat on such a throne. And he saw how they make scoffery: one tells over that he had harmed someone's baby, another tells how he had harmed someone's hand, another tells how he had harmed someone's foot, and other such scoffery. Meanwhile, he noticed a father and mother [demon] walking and weeping. They were asked, "Why are you weeping?" They answered: They have a son, whose routine was he would go his way and would return at the same time, but now it has been a long time and he still has not come. They were brought before the king. The king ordered to send messengers throughout the world to find him. As they were returning from the king, the parents met up with someone who used to go together with their son. He asked them, "Why are you weeping?" They told him. He answered them, "I will tell you. Being that we had a little island at sea, which was our territory — the king to whom this island pertained went and wanted to build palaces there and had already laid a foundation. Your son said to me that we should harm him. We went and took away the king's strength. He got involved with doctors but they could not help him so he started getting involved with sorcerers. There was one sorcerer there who knew his family. He did not know my family, therefore he could not do anything to me — but he knew his family, so he seized him and is torturing him severely." They brought him (that is, the demon who was telling all this) to the king and he told it over before the king too. The king said: "Let them return the strength to the king [to whom the island pertained]!" He replied, "There was someone by us who had no strength and we have given away the strength to him." The king said, "Let them take that strength away from him and return it to the king!" They answered him: He has become a cloud (that is, the demon to whom they have given away the king's strength has become a cloud). The king said that they should, "Summon the cloud and bring it here." They sent an emissary for him. ===[How a Demon Becomes a Cloud]=== He (namely, the one who previously had no strength in his feet, who has witnessed all this) decided, "I will go ahead and see how these people [i.e. these demons] become a cloud." He followed the emissary and came to the city where the cloud was. He asked the townspeople, "Why is it [such] a ''cloud'' here in town?" They answered him, "Here in town it is just the opposite; never a cloud here. Only for while has such a cloud enveloped the city." And the emissary came and summoned the cloud; it went away from there. He (that is, the one who previously had no strength in his feet) decided to follow them to hear what they were saying. He heard the messenger ask him, "How did it come to be, that you became a cloud here?" He answered him, "I'll tell you a story. ===[The Sage-Elder Has No Fear of the Demons]=== "Once, there was a sage (Heb. an elder). And the emperor [''keisar'', Caesar] of the country was a big heretic, and he made the entire country into heretics. The sage went and summoned his whole family and said to them, 'Surely you see that the emperor is a big heretic and has made the entire country into heretics, and some of our family he has already made into heretics. Therefore let us set out for the wilderness so that we will be able to remain in our faith in God, blessed be He.' They agreed on this. The sage uttered a [Divine] Name; it brought them to a wilderness. This wilderness did not please him. He again uttered a Name; it took them to yet another wilderness. This wilderness too did not please him. He uttered another [''noch''] name; again it took him to another wilderness. This wilderness did please him. And the wilderness was close to the two thousand mountains (mentioned above). The sage went and made a circle around them so that no one would be able to come near them. "Now, there is a tree which if it would be watered, there would not remain any of us (that is, of the demons). Therefore, some of us stand digging day and night, allowing no water to reach the tree." The other one asked, "Why do they have to stand day and night digging? Once they have dug one time then the water will be unable to come; it should suffice." He answered him, "Since there are gossipers among us, and these gossipers go and instigate disputes between the one king and the other king, and this causes wars, and the wars cause earthquakes, and the earth around the ditches falls in, which allows water to reach the tree; therefore, they must constantly stand and dig. And when there is a new king among us, they make all the mockery before him and they rejoice. One jests in how he harmed a baby and how the mother mourns over it, another shows another mockery, and similarly many various mockeries. And when the king gets into festivity he goes and takes a walk with his ministers and tries to uproot the tree. Because if this tree would not exist at all, it would be very good for us. And the king fortifies his heart exceedingly in order to uproot the tree entirely. When he approaches the tree, the tree gives a great shout, so a great fear falls on him and he must turn around. "Once, a new king was appointed among us (that is, among the demons, for all this did the cloud tell to the emissary, as mentioned). Great mockery was done before him, as mentioned, and he waxed quite joyous and made his heart very bold, and wanted to tear out the tree completely. So he went out walking with his ministers, brazened his heart exceedingly, and ran to tear out the tree completely. When he arrived at the tree it let out a great cry at him, and a great fear fell on him; he turned around and was very angry. And he was coming back and meanwhile took a look and noticed men sitting (this was the aforementioned sage with his men). The king sent from his people to do something (that is, to harm them, as was their custom). When the sage's family saw them, they were overcome with fear. The elder (that is, the sage) called out to them, 'Do not fear.' When the demons arrived there, they were unable to come close due to the circle that was around them. He sent other messengers but they too were unable to come close. The king came in great anger and went himself and he too was unable to come close to them. "He asked the elder to let him in to them. The elder said to him, 'Since you request it of me, I will indeed let you in, however it is not customary for a king to go alone, so I will let you in with one other.' He opened a little door for them, they entered, and he closed the circle again. The king said to the elder, 'How do you come and settle on our place?' He said to him, 'Why is it your place? It is my place!' The king said to the elder, 'You have no fear of me?' He said, 'No.' He said again, 'You have no fear at all?' And he displayed himself becoming very big, up to the sky, and wanted to swallow him. The elder said, 'I still have no fear of you at all. But if I want, you will be afraid of me.' And he went and prayed a bit, and big thick clouds formed, and there was great thunder. And thunder kills them very effectively, so all his ministers that were with him were killed, and none remained except for the king and the one who was there with him in the circle. He begged him (that is, the king begged the elder) for the thunder to cease, and it ceased. ===[The Demon King Gives the Elder a Book]=== "The king replied and said to the elder, 'Since you are such a person, I will give you a book of all the demon families. For, there are miracle workers [''ba`alei shemoth''] who only know of one demon family, and even that family they do not know completely. But I will give you a book in which all the families are written. For, by the king they are all recorded, and even a newborn is also registered by the king. The king sent the one who was with him for the book. (Hence the sage did very rightly by letting him in with another, for otherwise whom would he send?) He brought him the book. He opened it and saw that inside were millions and billions of their families. The king promised the elder that they would never harm the elder's entire family, and he commanded to bring portraits of his whole family, and even if a baby was born, to immediately bring its portrait, so that they would not harm anyone from the elder's family. "Afterwards, when the time came for the elder to leave the world, he called his sons and commanded them and said to them, 'I leave you this book. Surely you see that I have the power to use this book in holiness, and even still I don't use it; I just have faith in Hashem Yithbarakh. You too should not use it. Even if there will be one of you who will be able to use it in holiness, he still should not use it, but just have faith in Hashem Yithbarakh.' Then the sage died and the book was passed on as an inheritance and came to his grandson (his son's son). And he had the power to use it in holiness, but he just had faith in Hashem Yithbarakh and did not use it, as the elder wished. "The gossipers that were among the demons tried to persuade the elder's grandson, 'Since you have grown daughters and are unable to support them and marry them off, therefore use this book.' And he did not know that they were trying to persuade him, and thought that his heart was advising him to do this. So he traveled to his grandfather, to his grave, and asked him, 'Being that you left a testament that we should not to use this book, but only have faith in Hashem Yithbarakh, now my heart is telling me to use it.' His grandfather (who was deceased) answered him, 'Even though you can use it in holiness, it is better that you should have faith in the Hashem Yithbarakh and not use it, and Hashem Yithbarakh will help you.' And that is what he did. "And the day came to pass, when the king of the country where this grandson of the elder lived became ill. He got involved with doctors, but they could not heal him. Due to the high heat there in that country, the treatments did not help. The king of the country decreed that the Jews should pray for him. Our king (that is, the king of the demons) said, 'Since this grandson has the power to use this book in holiness and he still does not use it, therefore we need to do him a favor.' He commanded me to become a cloud there so that the king (of that country) would be healed by the treatments that he had already taken and the treatments he would yet take. And the grandson knew nothing about this. And that is why I have become a cloud here." (All this is what the cloud told the emissary.) And the one who previously had no strength in his feet was following them and heard everything. The one who was a cloud was brought before the (demon) king, and the king commanded to take the strength from him and return it to the other king (from whom they had taken away his strength because he had built upon their territory, as mentioned), and they returned the strength to him. The son of the demons (whose father and mother had wept for him, as mentioned) had returned, and he arrived very afflicted and without strength, because he had been severely tortured there. He was very enraged at the sorcerer who had tortured him so much there, so he ordered his children and his family to always stalk this sorcerer. But among the demons are talkers (that is, gossipers), and they went and told the sorcerer that they were waiting to ambush him, so that he could protect himself from them. The sorcerer performed some strategy, and called upon more sorcerers who knew more families, in order to protect himself from them. The (demon) son and his family were very enraged at the tattlers for having revealed his secret to the sorcerer. ===[Nothing Remains of the Demons]=== Once, it happened that some members of the (demon) son's family and some of the tattlers went together on the king's watch. The son's family went and made false accusations against the tattlers, and the king killed the tattlers. The remaining tattlers were enraged, and they went and made an upheaval (that is, a huge war) between all the kings. And there were hunger, infirmity, murder, and plagues among the demons. So wars were waged between all the kings, and this caused an earthquake, and all the earth [around the tree] fell in, and the tree was watered completely. None of them (that is, of the demons) survived whatsoever, and they became as if they had never existed. Amen. ===[Notes]=== At one point in the story, the crippled man finds a diamond among plants that magically brings him to multiple paths. There is the path that was healing for his feet, the path of the wicked, the path of the Tzadikim, and the path of the insane. On each of these paths there is a dust. The dust has a strong effect on the personality of those who walk through it. Anyone who walks through the dust of the path of the insane becomes an insane person. Anyone who walks through the dust of the path of the tzadikim becomes a tzadik even if he is wicked. Anyone who walks through the path that is healing for the feet becomes immediately able to walk again. It’s by walking through the dust of these paths that has an effect on the personality. These are not literally paths here that you walk through. But it is a matter of speech for the direction a person wants to go in life. To go in the good path meaning to do good things. Or to go in the crazy path and do crazy things. The diamond gemstone helped bring the crippled man to the “path” that he wants to go. Meaning it is the gemstone that has the effect on his personality to become a good person, a bad person, or a crazy person. Later the crippled man takes the dust from some of these paths and sprinkles them into the path the robbers go through. In this path the robbers would go and steal from anybody who passes by. And do wicked acts. They were in the bad path doing bad things. But as soon as they walked through the dust of the tzadikim and insane, they immediately became good people and regretted all the actions they had done. But they also became insane crazy people. There is also a tree that is mentioned that has on it various segulot and effects from its leaves. One is for healing a sickness, one is for children, one is to become rich etc. The crippled man here is a tzadik who is compared to a tree. This tree couldn’t be uprooted by the wicked men at end of story. And the tzadikim are rewarded with all good things and everything they do will prosper. Including being healed from all sicknesses. Which the crippled man was healed from the dust and was able to walk again. ===[Notes Following the Story]=== [Rabbi Nachman's words:] "''Ashrei ha'ish asher lo-halakh... lo-`amad, uvmoshav leitzim... vehayah ke`etz shathul `al-palgei mayim''" — the entire story is alluded to in this chapter [Psalms 1]. Whoever has eyes, let him see, and whoever has a heart, let him understand, what on earth is happening. [Rabbi Nathan writes:] The secret of this story is alluded to in Chapter 1 in the Psalms: {v. 1} "''Ashrei ha'ish asher lo-halakh''/ Fortunate is the man who has not walked..." — the "path of the wicked" and the "path of the just." These are the aspect of the paths mentioned in the story that have the dust that they sprinkle, etc. {v. 3} "''Wehayah ke`etz shathul `al-palgei mayim, asher piryo yiten be`ito we`alehu''/ And he will be like a tree planted by streams of water, which gives its fruit in its season, and its leaves... ''…Wekhol-asher ya`aseh yatzliach''/ and all that he does will prosper" — this refers to the tree in the story, that all of its fruit and leaves, everything in its entirety, are all very beneficial, as mentioned. Examine and you will find more allusions: "Fortunate is the man who has not walked" — for, initially he could not walk. "''Lo-`amad''/ Has not stood" — for, later on, he could not stand either. "''Uvmoshav leitzim''/ And in the company of scorners" refers to the settlement of the mockers who make mockery, etc., as mentioned. {v. 4} "...''Kamotz asher-tidfenu ruach''/ Like chaff which the wind drives away" refers to the wind that carries away the dust. And all this is just a few superficial allusions that he [Rabbi Nachman] enlightened our eyes with a little bit, in order to somewhat understand and comprehend the extent to which these things reach. But the things are still sealed in utter concealment, for all these stories that he [Rabbi Nachman] told are very, very high above human comprehension and hidden from the eye of all living creatures, etc. <section end=1 /> ===Footnotes=== {{Reflist}} ptbuoij6tfz8xeyq7mdplrklth6wtff 14129898 14129737 2024-04-25T20:09:39Z Techilah 3025138 /* [Notes] */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{translation header | title = [[Translation:Tales of Rabbi Nachman|Tales of Rabbi Nachman]] (''Sipurei Ma'asiyot'') | author = Nachman of Breslov | section = The Son Who Could Not Walk | previous = [[Translation:Tales of Rabbi Nachman/2|The Emperor and the King]] | next = [[Translation:Tales of Rabbi Nachman/4|The King Who Decreed Conversion]] | shortcut = | year = | language = he | original = | portal = Breslov | notes = }} {{textquality|100%}} <section begin=1 /> ===[The Son's Trip to Leipzig, and Ambush by Robbers]=== A tale. Once there was a sage. Before his death he called his sons and family and left them a will: that they should water fruit trees [''ilanoth'']. "You may engage in other needs as well, but this you must constantly do: water trees." Afterwards the sage passed away and he left children. And he had one son who could not walk; he could stand, but he could not walk. His brothers would give him his needs for livelihood, and they gave him so much that he had leftover. He would save up for himself bit by bit whatever remained beyond his needs, until he had amassed a certain amount. He then came to the decision, "Why should I get a stipend from them? Better that I begin some commerce." And though he could not walk, he came up with the solution to hire a carriage, an assistant (''ne'eman'', lit. faithful or trusted one) and a wagon-driver and to travel with them to Leipzig<ref>a city on the Poland-Germany border</ref>, and he would be able to conduct trade even though he could not walk. When the family heard this, it pleased them very much, and they also said, "Why should we give him subsistence? Better to let him make a livelihood." And they lent him more money so that he could conduct trade. Thus he did; he hired a carriage, an assistant and a wagon-driver, and he set out, and they came to an inn. The assistant said that they should spend the night there, but he did not want to. They pleaded with him, but he was stubborn with them. They traveled away from there and got lost in a forest and thieves ambushed them. And the thieves had come about according to a story: There was once a famine. Someone came to the city and proclaimed: Whoever wants food should come to him. Numerous people came to him. When he saw that the men who came to him were not useful to him he would reject them. To one he would say, "You can be a craftsman," while to another he said, "You can be a miller." And he chose only intelligent youths, and went with them into the forest and proposed to them that they become thieves: "Being that from here there are roads to Leipzig, to Breslau [a city in Germany] and to other places, merchants travel through here. We will rob them. We will have money." (So did the thief who had earlier made the proclamation in the city tell them.) The thieves ambushed them (that is, the one who could not walk and his men, namely the assistant and the wagon driver). The assistant and the wagon driver were able to flee and they fled; and he was left on the wagon. The thieves came to him and took from him the chest of money and asked him, "Why are you sitting?" He replied he could not walk. And they stole the chest and the horses, and he remained on the carriage. The assistant and the wagon-driver (who had fled away) came to the decision that inasmuch as they had taken out loans from feudal landlords [''poritz''es], why should they return home where they could be placed in chains? Better to remain there (where they had fled) and be an assistant and wagon-driver there. Now, the one who could not walk, who remained on the wagon, as long as he had the dry bread that he had brought from home, he ate it. Then when it ran out and he had nothing to eat, he thought about what to do. He threw himself out of the carriage to eat grass. He slept alone in the field and was frightened and his strength was so taken from him that he could not even stand, only crawl, and he would eat the grass that was around him. And as long as he could reach grass and eat, he would eat there, and when the grass around him ran out so that he could no longer reach, he crawled further away and ate again. Thus he ate grass for a time. ===[The Son Finds a Diamond Having Four Charms]=== Once, he came to an herb the likes of which he had never eaten before. This herb pleased him very much, because he had been eating grasses for a long time, so he knew them very well, and such an herb he had never seen before. He came to the decision to tear it out with its root. Under the root was a diamond. The diamond was quadrangular [Yid. ''firekig'', Heb. ''meruba`''] and each side had in it a different ''segulah'' [a charm or special ability]. On one side of the diamond it was written that whoever grasps that side, it would take him where day and night meet together, that is, where the sun and the moon gather in unison. When he tore out the herb with its root (which is where the diamond was) it happened that he grasped that side (that is, the side which the segulah of it was it would take him to the place where day and night come together). It took him there, where day and night come together. He looked around and now he was there! He heard the sun and the moon talking, and the sun was complaining before the moon, "Inasmuch as there is a tree that has many branches, fruits, and leaves, and each of its branches, fruits, and leaves has a segulah — one is conducive [''mesugal''] to having children, another is conducive to livelihood, another is conducive to healing this sickness, another is conducive for another sickness; each tiny bit [''pitsel''] of the tree is conducive to something else — this tree should have been watered, and if it would be watered, it would be very specially potent [''mesugal'']. But not only do I not water it, I shine on it too and dry it out." The moon answered and said, "You worry about others' worries. I'll tell you my worry. Inasmuch as I have a thousand mountains, and around the thousand mountains are another thousand mountains, and that [lit. there] is a place of demons, and the demons have chicken-like feet — they have no strength in their feet, so they take strength from my feet and because of this I have no strength in my feet. And I have a powder (that is, a dust) that is a cure for my feet, but a wind comes and carries it away." The sun responded, "That is what you worry about?! I will tell you a cure. Inasmuch as there is a path, and many paths branch off from that path: One is the path of the ''tzaddikim'' [righteous]. Even someone who is a tzaddik here, the dust from that path is sprinkled underneath each his steps, so that with each step he is stepping on that dust. Another is the path of heretics. Even someone who is a heretic here, the dust of this path is sprinkled underneath each of his steps, as mentioned. And there is the path of the insane. Even someone who is insane here, the dust of this path is sprinkled underneath each of his steps, as mentioned. And so there are several paths. And there is a different path, being that there are tzaddikim who accept suffering upon themselves, the landlords march them in chains, and they have no strength in their feet: dust from this path is sprinkled underneath their feet so that they have strength in their feet. So go there, for there is plenty of dust there and you will have healing for your feet." (All this did the sun say to the moon.) And he heard all this. (That is, the one who had no strength in his feet heard all this.) ===[The Son Is Healed, and the Robbers Repent]=== Meanwhile, he looked at the diamond on another side and saw that it was written there that whoever grasps that side, it would bring him to the path from which many paths go out (namely, the path mentioned above, of which the sun informed the moon). He grasped that side and it carried him away to there (that is, to the path). He placed his feet on the path whose dust was healing for the feet and he was immediately healed. He went and took the dust from all the paths and bound each dust separately in a bundle. (Namely,) he bound the dust from the path of the righteous separately, and likewise the dust of the remaining paths he bound separately; so he made himself bundles from the powders and took them with him. And he came to a decision and went to the forest where he was robbed. When he arrived there, he chose a tall tree near the path from which the thieves go out to rob. And he took the dust of the righteous and the dust of the insane and mixed them together, and spread them on the path. And he went up the tree and sat there to see what would happen with them. He saw the robbers going out, having been sent out by the elder robber (mentioned above) to rob. When the robbers came to that path, as soon as they took a step on the powder they became tzaddikim and began to cry out for their years and days for having robbed until then and having killed numerous souls. But since it was mixed there with the powder of the insane, they became insane tzaddikim and began to argue with each other. One said, "Because of you we killed," and another said, "Because of you!" So did they argue until they killed each other. The elder robber sent more robbers, and it was also as before and they also killed each other. And so it was each time until they were all killed off, until he (namely the one who previously had no strength in his feet, who was up in a tree) understood that there were none remaining of the robbers except for him alone (namely the elder robber who commanded them all) and one other. He went down from the tree and swept up the dust from the path, and sprinkled only dust from the path of the righteous, and went to sit in the tree again. Now, the elder robber was very puzzled that he had sent all the thieves and none of them had returned. He decided to go personally with the one that still remained with him. And as soon as he came onto the path (where the son mentioned above had sprinkled the dust of the righteous by itself), he became a tzaddik. He began to cry out to the other bandit over his soul [Heb. ''nafsho''; Yid. ''seine yar un tag'', his years and days], over how he had murdered so many souls and robbed so much. And he tore graves and was penitent and very remorseful. When he (the son who was sitting in the tree) saw he had remorse and was very penitent, he came down from the tree. As soon as the robber noticed a person he began to cry out, "Woe to me! I have done this and that! Woe! Give me penance!" He answered him, "Return to me the chest that you robbed from me." For, it was written by them on all the stolen goods, when it was stolen and from whom. He said to him, "I will immediately return it to you! I will even give you the troves of stolen goods that I have! Just give me penance!" He said to him, "Your penance is just to go into the town, call out and confess, 'I am the one who made the proclamation at that time [during the famine, that whoever wants food should come to me] and made many robbers, and I murdered and robbed many souls.' That is your penance." The robber gave him all his troves, and went with him into the city and did so. Judgment was passed in that town that since he had murdered so many souls, he should be hanged, so people would know: meaning, so that others would be edified. ===[To the Two Thousand Mountains with the Demons]=== After this he (that is, the one who previously had no strength in his feet) decided to go to the two thousand mountains (mentioned above) to see what takes place there. When he arrived there he stood far from the two thousand mountains, and he saw there were many, many millions and billions of demon families, for they are fruitful and they multiply and they have children as do humans, so they are very numerous. And he saw their kingship sitting on a throne, upon which no one born of a woman (meaning, no human) had ever sat on such a throne. And he saw how they make scoffery: one tells over that he had harmed someone's baby, another tells how he had harmed someone's hand, another tells how he had harmed someone's foot, and other such scoffery. Meanwhile, he noticed a father and mother [demon] walking and weeping. They were asked, "Why are you weeping?" They answered: They have a son, whose routine was he would go his way and would return at the same time, but now it has been a long time and he still has not come. They were brought before the king. The king ordered to send messengers throughout the world to find him. As they were returning from the king, the parents met up with someone who used to go together with their son. He asked them, "Why are you weeping?" They told him. He answered them, "I will tell you. Being that we had a little island at sea, which was our territory — the king to whom this island pertained went and wanted to build palaces there and had already laid a foundation. Your son said to me that we should harm him. We went and took away the king's strength. He got involved with doctors but they could not help him so he started getting involved with sorcerers. There was one sorcerer there who knew his family. He did not know my family, therefore he could not do anything to me — but he knew his family, so he seized him and is torturing him severely." They brought him (that is, the demon who was telling all this) to the king and he told it over before the king too. The king said: "Let them return the strength to the king [to whom the island pertained]!" He replied, "There was someone by us who had no strength and we have given away the strength to him." The king said, "Let them take that strength away from him and return it to the king!" They answered him: He has become a cloud (that is, the demon to whom they have given away the king's strength has become a cloud). The king said that they should, "Summon the cloud and bring it here." They sent an emissary for him. ===[How a Demon Becomes a Cloud]=== He (namely, the one who previously had no strength in his feet, who has witnessed all this) decided, "I will go ahead and see how these people [i.e. these demons] become a cloud." He followed the emissary and came to the city where the cloud was. He asked the townspeople, "Why is it [such] a ''cloud'' here in town?" They answered him, "Here in town it is just the opposite; never a cloud here. Only for while has such a cloud enveloped the city." And the emissary came and summoned the cloud; it went away from there. He (that is, the one who previously had no strength in his feet) decided to follow them to hear what they were saying. He heard the messenger ask him, "How did it come to be, that you became a cloud here?" He answered him, "I'll tell you a story. ===[The Sage-Elder Has No Fear of the Demons]=== "Once, there was a sage (Heb. an elder). And the emperor [''keisar'', Caesar] of the country was a big heretic, and he made the entire country into heretics. The sage went and summoned his whole family and said to them, 'Surely you see that the emperor is a big heretic and has made the entire country into heretics, and some of our family he has already made into heretics. Therefore let us set out for the wilderness so that we will be able to remain in our faith in God, blessed be He.' They agreed on this. The sage uttered a [Divine] Name; it brought them to a wilderness. This wilderness did not please him. He again uttered a Name; it took them to yet another wilderness. This wilderness too did not please him. He uttered another [''noch''] name; again it took him to another wilderness. This wilderness did please him. And the wilderness was close to the two thousand mountains (mentioned above). The sage went and made a circle around them so that no one would be able to come near them. "Now, there is a tree which if it would be watered, there would not remain any of us (that is, of the demons). Therefore, some of us stand digging day and night, allowing no water to reach the tree." The other one asked, "Why do they have to stand day and night digging? Once they have dug one time then the water will be unable to come; it should suffice." He answered him, "Since there are gossipers among us, and these gossipers go and instigate disputes between the one king and the other king, and this causes wars, and the wars cause earthquakes, and the earth around the ditches falls in, which allows water to reach the tree; therefore, they must constantly stand and dig. And when there is a new king among us, they make all the mockery before him and they rejoice. One jests in how he harmed a baby and how the mother mourns over it, another shows another mockery, and similarly many various mockeries. And when the king gets into festivity he goes and takes a walk with his ministers and tries to uproot the tree. Because if this tree would not exist at all, it would be very good for us. And the king fortifies his heart exceedingly in order to uproot the tree entirely. When he approaches the tree, the tree gives a great shout, so a great fear falls on him and he must turn around. "Once, a new king was appointed among us (that is, among the demons, for all this did the cloud tell to the emissary, as mentioned). Great mockery was done before him, as mentioned, and he waxed quite joyous and made his heart very bold, and wanted to tear out the tree completely. So he went out walking with his ministers, brazened his heart exceedingly, and ran to tear out the tree completely. When he arrived at the tree it let out a great cry at him, and a great fear fell on him; he turned around and was very angry. And he was coming back and meanwhile took a look and noticed men sitting (this was the aforementioned sage with his men). The king sent from his people to do something (that is, to harm them, as was their custom). When the sage's family saw them, they were overcome with fear. The elder (that is, the sage) called out to them, 'Do not fear.' When the demons arrived there, they were unable to come close due to the circle that was around them. He sent other messengers but they too were unable to come close. The king came in great anger and went himself and he too was unable to come close to them. "He asked the elder to let him in to them. The elder said to him, 'Since you request it of me, I will indeed let you in, however it is not customary for a king to go alone, so I will let you in with one other.' He opened a little door for them, they entered, and he closed the circle again. The king said to the elder, 'How do you come and settle on our place?' He said to him, 'Why is it your place? It is my place!' The king said to the elder, 'You have no fear of me?' He said, 'No.' He said again, 'You have no fear at all?' And he displayed himself becoming very big, up to the sky, and wanted to swallow him. The elder said, 'I still have no fear of you at all. But if I want, you will be afraid of me.' And he went and prayed a bit, and big thick clouds formed, and there was great thunder. And thunder kills them very effectively, so all his ministers that were with him were killed, and none remained except for the king and the one who was there with him in the circle. He begged him (that is, the king begged the elder) for the thunder to cease, and it ceased. ===[The Demon King Gives the Elder a Book]=== "The king replied and said to the elder, 'Since you are such a person, I will give you a book of all the demon families. For, there are miracle workers [''ba`alei shemoth''] who only know of one demon family, and even that family they do not know completely. But I will give you a book in which all the families are written. For, by the king they are all recorded, and even a newborn is also registered by the king. The king sent the one who was with him for the book. (Hence the sage did very rightly by letting him in with another, for otherwise whom would he send?) He brought him the book. He opened it and saw that inside were millions and billions of their families. The king promised the elder that they would never harm the elder's entire family, and he commanded to bring portraits of his whole family, and even if a baby was born, to immediately bring its portrait, so that they would not harm anyone from the elder's family. "Afterwards, when the time came for the elder to leave the world, he called his sons and commanded them and said to them, 'I leave you this book. Surely you see that I have the power to use this book in holiness, and even still I don't use it; I just have faith in Hashem Yithbarakh. You too should not use it. Even if there will be one of you who will be able to use it in holiness, he still should not use it, but just have faith in Hashem Yithbarakh.' Then the sage died and the book was passed on as an inheritance and came to his grandson (his son's son). And he had the power to use it in holiness, but he just had faith in Hashem Yithbarakh and did not use it, as the elder wished. "The gossipers that were among the demons tried to persuade the elder's grandson, 'Since you have grown daughters and are unable to support them and marry them off, therefore use this book.' And he did not know that they were trying to persuade him, and thought that his heart was advising him to do this. So he traveled to his grandfather, to his grave, and asked him, 'Being that you left a testament that we should not to use this book, but only have faith in Hashem Yithbarakh, now my heart is telling me to use it.' His grandfather (who was deceased) answered him, 'Even though you can use it in holiness, it is better that you should have faith in the Hashem Yithbarakh and not use it, and Hashem Yithbarakh will help you.' And that is what he did. "And the day came to pass, when the king of the country where this grandson of the elder lived became ill. He got involved with doctors, but they could not heal him. Due to the high heat there in that country, the treatments did not help. The king of the country decreed that the Jews should pray for him. Our king (that is, the king of the demons) said, 'Since this grandson has the power to use this book in holiness and he still does not use it, therefore we need to do him a favor.' He commanded me to become a cloud there so that the king (of that country) would be healed by the treatments that he had already taken and the treatments he would yet take. And the grandson knew nothing about this. And that is why I have become a cloud here." (All this is what the cloud told the emissary.) And the one who previously had no strength in his feet was following them and heard everything. The one who was a cloud was brought before the (demon) king, and the king commanded to take the strength from him and return it to the other king (from whom they had taken away his strength because he had built upon their territory, as mentioned), and they returned the strength to him. The son of the demons (whose father and mother had wept for him, as mentioned) had returned, and he arrived very afflicted and without strength, because he had been severely tortured there. He was very enraged at the sorcerer who had tortured him so much there, so he ordered his children and his family to always stalk this sorcerer. But among the demons are talkers (that is, gossipers), and they went and told the sorcerer that they were waiting to ambush him, so that he could protect himself from them. The sorcerer performed some strategy, and called upon more sorcerers who knew more families, in order to protect himself from them. The (demon) son and his family were very enraged at the tattlers for having revealed his secret to the sorcerer. ===[Nothing Remains of the Demons]=== Once, it happened that some members of the (demon) son's family and some of the tattlers went together on the king's watch. The son's family went and made false accusations against the tattlers, and the king killed the tattlers. The remaining tattlers were enraged, and they went and made an upheaval (that is, a huge war) between all the kings. And there were hunger, infirmity, murder, and plagues among the demons. So wars were waged between all the kings, and this caused an earthquake, and all the earth [around the tree] fell in, and the tree was watered completely. None of them (that is, of the demons) survived whatsoever, and they became as if they had never existed. Amen. ===[Notes]=== At one point in the story, the crippled man finds a diamond among plants that magically brings him to multiple paths. There is the path that was healing for his feet, the path of the wicked, the path of the Tzadikim, and the path of the insane. On each of these paths there is a dust. The dust has a strong effect on the personality of those who walk through it. Anyone who walks through the dust of the path of the insane becomes an insane person. Anyone who walks through the dust of the path of the tzadikim becomes a tzadik even if he is wicked. Anyone who walks through the path that is healing for the feet becomes immediately able to walk again. It’s by walking through the dust of these paths that has an effect on the personality. These are not literally paths here that you walk through. But it is a matter of speech for the direction a person wants to go in life. To go in the good path meaning to do good things. Or to go in the crazy path and do crazy things. The diamond gemstone helped bring the crippled man to the “path” that he wants to go. Meaning it is the gemstone that has the effect on his personality to become a good person, a bad person, or a crazy person. Later the crippled man takes the dust from some of these paths and sprinkles them into the path the robbers go through. In this path the robbers would go and steal from anybody who passes by. And do wicked acts. They were in the bad path doing bad things. But as soon as they walked through the dust of the tzadikim and insane, they immediately became good people and regretted all the actions they had done. But they also became insane crazy people. There is also a tree that is mentioned that has on it various segulot and effects from its leaves. One is for healing a sickness, one is for children, one is to become rich etc. The crippled man here is a tzadik who is compared to a tree. This tree couldn’t be uprooted by the wicked men at end of story. And the tzadikim are rewarded with all good things and everything they do will prosper. Including being healed from all sicknesses. Which the crippled man was healed from the dust and was able to walk again. The segulot effect of the gemstones are connected to these leaves. ===[Notes Following the Story]=== [Rabbi Nachman's words:] "''Ashrei ha'ish asher lo-halakh... lo-`amad, uvmoshav leitzim... vehayah ke`etz shathul `al-palgei mayim''" — the entire story is alluded to in this chapter [Psalms 1]. Whoever has eyes, let him see, and whoever has a heart, let him understand, what on earth is happening. [Rabbi Nathan writes:] The secret of this story is alluded to in Chapter 1 in the Psalms: {v. 1} "''Ashrei ha'ish asher lo-halakh''/ Fortunate is the man who has not walked..." — the "path of the wicked" and the "path of the just." These are the aspect of the paths mentioned in the story that have the dust that they sprinkle, etc. {v. 3} "''Wehayah ke`etz shathul `al-palgei mayim, asher piryo yiten be`ito we`alehu''/ And he will be like a tree planted by streams of water, which gives its fruit in its season, and its leaves... ''…Wekhol-asher ya`aseh yatzliach''/ and all that he does will prosper" — this refers to the tree in the story, that all of its fruit and leaves, everything in its entirety, are all very beneficial, as mentioned. Examine and you will find more allusions: "Fortunate is the man who has not walked" — for, initially he could not walk. "''Lo-`amad''/ Has not stood" — for, later on, he could not stand either. "''Uvmoshav leitzim''/ And in the company of scorners" refers to the settlement of the mockers who make mockery, etc., as mentioned. {v. 4} "...''Kamotz asher-tidfenu ruach''/ Like chaff which the wind drives away" refers to the wind that carries away the dust. And all this is just a few superficial allusions that he [Rabbi Nachman] enlightened our eyes with a little bit, in order to somewhat understand and comprehend the extent to which these things reach. But the things are still sealed in utter concealment, for all these stories that he [Rabbi Nachman] told are very, very high above human comprehension and hidden from the eye of all living creatures, etc. <section end=1 /> ===Footnotes=== {{Reflist}} 9ezlcl5pywqruihaftwtc7rawikboi1 Help:Beginner's guide to typography 12 1205610 14130241 14022348 2024-04-25T23:07:47Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 /* Table comparing reduced sizes */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{process header | title = [[Help:Beginner's guide to Wikisource|Beginner's guide]] to | section = '''typography''' | previous = [[Help:Beginner's guide to proofreading|Proofreading]] | next = [[Help:Beginner's guide to validation|Validation]] | notes = How to format and arrange the text on a page. }} When proofreading a work for Wikisource, it helps to get the typesetting as close as possible to the original. However, Wikisource has some of its own style guidelines and the fact that this is a website rather than a printed book affects what can be achieved with typesetting. This page should help you start typesetting a work. Please note that typesetting is secondary to the text itself. If there is a conflict between the two or a problem with typesetting, always keep the wording of the text intact and either ignore any inconvenient formatting or leave it until later. Wikisource is a wiki, so corrections and improvements can always be made at any time, either by yourself or by another user. ==Paragraphs and sentences== Although the general maxim on Wikisource is to preserve the source text as closely as possible, there are some concessions made for the change of medium from the printed page to a digital format. Chief among these are changes to the way in which paragraphs are formatted, and the consequences of such changes. ; Do not indent paragraphs or other text on Wikisource. : The beginning of a paragraph should not be indented, regardless of the original text. Why? In a printed work, the first line of a paragraph is normally indented by a small distance from the left margin. This indentation provides the reader with a visual cue to the start of a new paragraph. On Wikisource, the visual cue is provided in the form of a greater spacing ''between'' paragraphs. It is a natural consequence of our software that there will be greater line spacing between the final line of one paragraph and the start of the next paragraph. Because this visual cue exists, we do not use paragraph indentation under normal circumstances. : Under ''no'' circumstances should one or more spaces be used at the beginning of a line of text. This has unfortunate consequences for the way in which the following line will be displayed by the software. The text will appear in an equal-spaced font (usually Courier) inside a shaded rectangle, as shown below: : <pre>This is what happens when a space appears before a line of text.</pre> ; Leave a blank line between paragraphs. : To produce the greater line spacing between paragraphs, simply leave a blank line between the two paragraphs when editing. This must be a truly blank line, without any characters or spaces. ; {{anchor+|Remove line breaks}}. : Printed books break lines of text to fit lines to a page. Scanned texts often render line breaks at the end of each line according to how they appear in the original text. Such breaks are considered artefacts of the printing process. When transcribing a text from its source into a Wikisource page, it is best practice to remove these line breaks. Although web browsers will naturally wrap text for the individual reader, there are cases where leaving in line breaks proves problematic. It is recommended that line breaks be removed during the proofread stage of editing to lessen distraction during the validation stage. ; Reconnect hyphenated words broken over separate lines. : Words broken over two lines should be reconnected into one word again. For example, if a line of text ends in "bad-" and the next line begins with "ger", the hyphen and break should be removed to leave just "badger". However, take care when doing this that you do not eliminate hyphens from the middle of hyphenated words, such as "twenty-nine", "three-fourths", or "Saxe-Coburg". When these words are broken at the end of a line, they may look like ordinary words that were hyphenated merely as a result of a line break, when in fact they are hyphenated words. Recognizing the difference between these two situations requires some common sense, but also an awareness that rules for spacing and hyphenation both vary by country and change over time. For example, the word "today" was sometimes written as "to day" or "to-day" in some older works. Browsing several pages of the work, or looking at nearby paragraphs, can often answer questions about whether a hyphen should be retained or collapsed. ; A single space is sufficient between sentences. : Traditionally, style guides for printed works advocate two spaces following a full stop (period), exclamation point, question mark, or other punctuation occurring at the end of a sentence. People who learned to type or keyboard under such a style guide may do this habitually. However, web browsers normally collapse two or more consecutive spaces on a line into a single space. It is therefore necessary to include only a single space between sentences of the same paragraph, as any extra spaces will not be displayed. The above statements about formatting are standard in most situations, but there are some exceptions. For example, poetry is deliberately written on multiple lines, and so removing all line breaks is not appropriate. Formatting poetry is a more advanced topic, and is covered at [[Help:Poetry]]. Also, when a hyphenated word falls at the end of a page, and continues onto the start of the following page, special formatting is required. This issue is discussed below under [[#Multiple pages|Multiple pages]]. ==Text format== Under this heading are included issues of the style of text, such as '''bold''' and ''italics'', as well as the size, font (such as {{blackletter|blackletter}}), and special characters. ===Text style=== You can type italic or bold text by adding apostrophes to either side of the text as shown in this table. {| class="wikitable" {{ts|mc}} ! Font style ! Wiki code ! Description |- | ''Italics'' | <code><nowiki>''Italics''</nowiki></code> | To make text ''italic'', add two apostrophes on either side of the text. |- | '''Bold''' | <code><nowiki>'''Bold'''</nowiki></code> | To make text '''bold''', add three apostrophes on either side of the text. |- | '''''Bold italics''''' | <code><nowiki>'''''Bold italics'''''</nowiki></code> | To make text '''bold''' and ''italic'' at the same time, add five apostrophes on either side of the text. (ie. two apostrophes around three other apostrophes to achieve both effects at the same time.) |} ===Text size=== To change the size of text, you can use the following templates. This is especially useful with chapter titles or footnotes and it might even be used elsewhere in the text. {| class="wikitable" {{ts|mc}} ! Text size ! Template ! Wiki code ! Paragraph equivalent ! Notes |- | {{xx-smaller|xx-smaller}} | {{tl|xx-smaller}} | <code><nowiki>{{xx-smaller|Foo}}</nowiki></code> | {{tl|xx-smaller block}} | |- | {{x-smaller|x-smaller}} | {{tl|x-smaller}} | <code><nowiki>{{x-smaller|Foo}}</nowiki></code> | {{tl|x-smaller block}} | |- | {{smaller|smaller}} | {{tl|smaller}} | <code><nowiki>{{smaller|Foo}}</nowiki></code> | {{tl|smaller block}} | |- | normal | | <code>normal</code> | No templates or modification at all. |- | {{larger|larger}} | {{tl|larger}} | <code><nowiki>{{larger|Foo}}</nowiki></code> | {{tl|larger block}} | |- | {{x-larger|x-larger}} | {{tl|x-larger}} | <code><nowiki>{{x-larger|Foo}}</nowiki></code> | {{tl|x-larger block}} | |- | {{xx-larger|xx-larger}} | {{tl|xx-larger}} | <code><nowiki>{{xx-larger|Foo}}</nowiki></code> | {{tl|xx-larger block}} | |- | {{xxx-larger|xxx-larger}} | {{tl|xxx-larger}} | <code><nowiki>{{xxx-larger|Foo}}</nowiki></code> | {{tl|xxx-larger block}} | |- | {{xxxx-larger|xxxx-larger}} | {{tl|xxxx-larger}} | <code><nowiki>{{xxxx-larger|Foo}}</nowiki></code> | {{tl|xxxx-larger block}} | |} ===Table comparing reduced sizes=== {{Dhr}} {|class=wikitable {{ts|al|bc|lh12|mc}} |-{{ts|ac}} |Templates |Normal |'''Bold''' |''Italics'' |'''''Bold and italics''''' |- | |{{fs|100%|This is 100% font size.}} |{{fs|100%|'''This is 100% font size.'''}} |{{fs|100%|''This is 100% font size.''}} |{{fs|100%|'''<i>This is 100% font size.</i>'''}} |- | |{{fs|99%|This is 99% font size.}} |{{fs|99%|'''This is 99% font size.'''}} |{{fs|99%|''This is 99% font size.''}} |{{fs|99%|'''<i>This is 99% font size.</i>'''}} |- | |{{fs|98%|This is 98% font size.}} |{{fs|98%|'''This is 98% font size.'''}} |{{fs|98%|''This is 98% font size.''}} |{{fs|98%|'''<i>This is 98% font size.</i>'''}} |- | |{{fs|97%|This is 97% font size.}} |{{fs|97%|'''This is 97% font size.'''}} |{{fs|97%|''This is 97% font size.''}} |{{fs|97%|'''<i>This is 97% font size.</i>'''}} |- | |{{fs|96%|This is 96% font size.}} |{{fs|96%|'''This is 96% font size.'''}} |{{fs|96%|''This is 96% font size.''}} |{{fs|96%|'''<i>This is 96% font size.</i>'''}} |- | |{{fs|95%|This is 95% font size.}} |{{fs|95%|'''This is 95% font size.'''}} |{{fs|95%|''This is 95% font size.''}} |{{fs|95%|'''<i>This is 95% font size.</i>'''}} |- | |{{fs|94%|This is 94% font size.}} |{{fs|94%|'''This is 94% font size.'''}} |{{fs|94%|''This is 94% font size.''}} |{{fs|94%|'''<i>This is 94% font size.</i>'''}} |- | |{{fs|93%|This is 93% font size.}} |{{fs|93%|'''This is 93% font size.'''}} |{{fs|93%|''This is 93% font size.''}} |{{fs|93%|'''<i>This is 93% font size.</i>'''}} |- |{{tl|fine block}} |{{fs|92%|This is 92% font size.}} |{{fs|92%|'''This is 92% font size.'''}} |{{fs|92%|''This is 92% font size.''}} |{{fs|92%|'''<i>This is 92% font size.</i>'''}} |- | |{{fs|91%|This is 91% font size.}} |{{fs|91%|'''This is 91% font size.'''}} |{{fs|91%|''This is 91% font size.''}} |{{fs|91%|'''<i>This is 91% font size.</i>'''}} |- | |{{fs|90%|This is 90% font size.}} |{{fs|90%|'''This is 90% font size.'''}} |{{fs|90%|''This is 90% font size.''}} |{{fs|90%|'''<i>This is 90% font size.</i>'''}} |- | |{{fs|89%|This is 89% font size.}} |{{fs|89%|'''This is 89% font size.'''}} |{{fs|89%|''This is 89% font size.''}} |{{fs|89%|'''<i>This is 89% font size.</i>'''}} |- | |{{fs|88%|This is 88% font size.}} |{{fs|88%|'''This is 88% font size.'''}} |{{fs|88%|''This is 88% font size.''}} |{{fs|88%|'''<i>This is 88% font size.</i>'''}} |- | |{{fs|87%|This is 87% font size.}} |{{fs|87%|'''This is 87% font size.'''}} |{{fs|87%|''This is 87% font size.''}} |{{fs|87%|'''<i>This is 87% font size.</i>'''}} |- | |{{fs|86%|This is 86% font size.}} |{{fs|86%|'''This is 86% font size.'''}} |{{fs|86%|''This is 86% font size.''}} |{{fs|86%|'''<i>This is 86% font size.</i>'''}} |- | |{{fs|85%|This is 85% font size.}} |{{fs|85%|'''This is 85% font size.'''}} |{{fs|85%|''This is 85% font size.''}} |{{fs|85%|'''<i>This is 85% font size.</i>'''}} |- | |{{fs|84%|This is 84% font size.}} |{{fs|84%|'''This is 84% font size.'''}} |{{fs|84%|''This is 84% font size.''}} |{{fs|84%|'''<i>This is 84% font size.</i>'''}} |- |{{tl|smaller}} |{{fs|83%|This is 83% font size.}} |{{fs|83%|'''This is 83% font size.'''}} |{{fs|83%|''This is 83% font size.''}} |{{fs|83%|'''<i>This is 83% font size.</i>'''}} |- | |{{fs|82%|This is 82% font size.}} |{{fs|82%|'''This is 82% font size.'''}} |{{fs|82%|''This is 82% font size.''}} |{{fs|82%|'''<i>This is 82% font size.</i>'''}} |- | |{{fs|81%|This is 81% font size.}} |{{fs|81%|'''This is 81% font size.'''}} |{{fs|81%|''This is 81% font size.''}} |{{fs|81%|'''<i>This is 81% font size.</i>'''}} |- | |{{fs|80%|This is 80% font size.}} |{{fs|80%|'''This is 80% font size.'''}} |{{fs|80%|''This is 80% font size.''}} |{{fs|80%|'''<i>This is 80% font size.</i>'''}} |- | |{{fs|79%|This is 79% font size.}} |{{fs|79%|'''This is 79% font size.'''}} |{{fs|79%|''This is 79% font size.''}} |{{fs|79%|'''<i>This is 79% font size.</i>'''}} |- | |{{fs|78%|This is 78% font size.}} |{{fs|78%|'''This is 78% font size.'''}} |{{fs|78%|''This is 78% font size.''}} |{{fs|78%|'''<i>This is 78% font size.</i>'''}} |- | |{{fs|77%|This is 77% font size.}} |{{fs|77%|'''This is 77% font size.'''}} |{{fs|77%|''This is 77% font size.''}} |{{fs|77%|'''<i>This is 77% font size.</i>'''}} |- | |{{fs|76%|This is 76% font size.}} |{{fs|76%|'''This is 76% font size.'''}} |{{fs|76%|''This is 76% font size.''}} |{{fs|76%|'''<i>This is 76% font size.</i>'''}} |- | |{{fs|75%|This is 75% font size.}} |{{fs|75%|'''This is 75% font size.'''}} |{{fs|75%|''This is 75% font size.''}} |{{fs|75%|'''<i>This is 75% font size.</i>'''}} |- | |{{fs|74%|This is 74% font size.}} |{{fs|74%|'''This is 74% font size.'''}} |{{fs|74%|''This is 74% font size.''}} |{{fs|74%|'''<i>This is 74% font size.</i>'''}} |- | |{{fs|73%|This is 73% font size.}} |{{fs|73%|'''This is 73% font size.'''}} |{{fs|73%|''This is 73% font size.''}} |{{fs|73%|'''<i>This is 73% font size.</i>'''}} |- | |{{fs|72%|This is 72% font size.}} |{{fs|72%|'''This is 72% font size.'''}} |{{fs|72%|''This is 72% font size.''}} |{{fs|72%|'''<i>This is 72% font size.</i>'''}} |- | |{{fs|71%|This is 71% font size.}} |{{fs|71%|'''This is 71% font size.'''}} |{{fs|71%|''This is 71% font size.''}} |{{fs|71%|'''<i>This is 71% font size.</i>'''}} |- | |{{fs|70%|This is 70% font size.}} |{{fs|70%|'''This is 70% font size.'''}} |{{fs|70%|''This is 70% font size.''}} |{{fs|70%|'''<i>This is 70% font size.</i>'''}} |- |{{tl|x-smaller}} {{tl|x-smaller block}} |{{fs|69%|This is 69% font size.}} |{{fs|69%|'''This is 69% font size.'''}} |{{fs|69%|''This is 69% font size.''}} |{{fs|69%|'''<i>This is 69% font size.</i>'''}} |- | |{{fs|68%|This is 68% font size.}} |{{fs|68%|'''This is 68% font size.'''}} |{{fs|68%|''This is 68% font size.''}} |{{fs|68%|'''<i>This is 68% font size.</i>'''}} |- |{{tl|xx-smaller}} {{tl|xx-smaller block}} |{{fs|58%|This is 58% font size.}} |{{fs|58%|'''This is 58% font size.'''}} |{{fs|58%|''This is 58% font size.''}} |{{fs|58%|'''<i>This is 58% font size.</i>'''}} |- |} ===Other text effects=== There are many different text effects that can be made with templates. This table shows some of the most common: {| class="wikitable" {{ts|mc}} ! Format ! Template ! Wiki code ! Effect ! Notes |- | Small capitals | {{tl|small-caps}},<br/> {{tl|sc}} | <code><nowiki>{{small-caps|foo lorem}}</nowiki></code>, <code><nowiki>{{small-caps|Foo Lorem}}</nowiki></code> | {{small-caps|foo lorem}}, {{small-caps|Foo Lorem}} | |- | Dropped initial, or "drop cap" | {{tl|dropinitial}},<br/> {{tl|di}} | <code><nowiki>{{dropinitial|F}}oo</nowiki></code> | {{dropinitial|F}}oo {{lorem ipsum}} | Additional text has been added with the {{tl|lorem ipsum}} template to show how this will appear in a paragraph. |- | Raised, or large, initial | {{tl|largeinitial}},<br/> {{tl|li}} | <code><nowiki>{{largeinitial|F}}oo</nowiki></code> | {{largeinitial|F}}oo {{lorem ipsum}} | Additional text has been added here as well for the same reason. |- | Hanging indent | {{tl|hanging indent}},<br/> {{tl|hi}} | <code><nowiki>{{hanging indent|lorem ipsum}}</nowiki></code> | {{hanging indent|{{lorem ipsum}}}} | Text also added with the {{tl|lorem ipsum}} template. |} ===Font face=== In most situations, Wikisource does not specify the choice of font for texts; this choice is left to the browser or reader. However there are some situations in which it is useful to specify a particular font, and this can be done with one of the following templates: {| class="wikitable" {{ts|mc}} ! Format ! Template ! Wiki code ! Effect ! Notes |- | Blackletter | {{tl|blackletter}}, {{tl|bl}} | <code><nowiki>{{blackletter|für Elise}}</nowiki></code> | {{blackletter|für Elise}} | Can be combined with other effects and templates |- | Polytonic | {{tl|polytonic}} | <code><nowiki>{{polytonic|Προμηθεὺς Δεσμώτης}}</nowiki></code> | {{polytonic|Προμηθεὺς Δεσμώτης}} | Used for rendering Ancient Greek. |- | Monospace | {{tl|monospace}} | <code><nowiki>{{monospace|print "Hello world!"}}</nowiki></code> | {{monospace|print "Hello world!"}} | Used for rendering source code, or text which is otherwise marked by use of an alternate but non-italic typeface. |} ===Symbols and special characters=== [[w:Unicode|Unicode]], also known as "''What about these funny characters?''" Often in our works there are unusual and foreign characters, and, not unexpectedly, many of us don't know how to type these. Edit tools are included in the new toolbar and at the bottom of our editing pages to assist you in adding these characters. Please note that the available character sets do not contain every character, especially for formatting very old typography. You can check one of the following sites to look to see if the character is available in modern fonts * http://www.fileformat.info/ * http://unicode-table.com/ If you can find the character, you can just copy and paste it into the work on Wikisource. Alternatively, you can use the HTML entity code of the character; for example, the ‡ (double dagger) is represented with <code>&amp;#8225;</code>. ==Layout== === Header and footer, and edit area orientation === {{FI | file = Header&footer and edit area orientation.jpg | width = 50% | cstyle = margin-top:15px; margin-bottom:-0px }} The visibility of the header and footer is controlled by the [+] control on the toolbar. The default state, or how it should appear when opening a page for edit, is set in the user Preferences on the Edit tab. The edit area orientation — between side-by-side or over-and-under editing mode — is set by the adjacent [↻] control on the toolbar. Its default state, or how it should appear when opening a page for edit, is also set in the user Preferences on the Edit tab. {{clear}} {{Dhr}} === Header and footer text position === {| class="wikitable" {{ts|ac|mc}} |- |+ ! Template || Short form || Usage |- | {{tl|RunningHeader}} || {{tl|rh}} || Easy formatting for headers and footers, including page numbers. |} {{Dhr|3}} {| class="wikitable" {{ts|mc}} |- |+ Examples of RunningHeader ! width=40% | Wiki code || width=60% | Result |- | <code><nowiki>{{rh|1|CHAPTER TITLE|[1830.}}</nowiki></code> | {{rh|1|CHAPTER TITLE|[1830.}} |- | <code><nowiki>{{rh|{{fs|90%|1}}|{{fs|90%|CHAPTER TITLE}}|{{fs|90%|[1830.}}}}</nowiki></code> | {{rh|{{fs|90%|1}}|{{fs|90%|CHAPTER TITLE}}|{{fs|90%|[1830.}}}} |- | <code><nowiki>{{rh||''Book Title''|55}}</nowiki></code> | {{rh||''Book Title''|55}} |- | <code><nowiki>{{rh|{{sc|Vol}}. 2||Page 101}}</nowiki></code> | {{rh|{{sc|Vol}}. 2||Page 101}} |- |} {{Dhr}} === Text position === These templates do not format text (such as adjusting text size); they help to format the pages themselves. {| class="wikitable" {{ts|mc}} |- ! Template || Short form || Usage |- | {{tl|Center}} || {{tl|c}} || Aligns text to the center of the current line. |- | {{tl|nop}} || n/a || Mark the end of a paragraph if it is also the last text on a page. |- |} {{Dhr}} ===Multiple pages=== The text in a book will normally continue across pages and the computer program behind the proofreading process assumes this. When the text appears in the mainspace, it will put a space between the last word on the first page and the first word on the second page. Usually this is what you want to happen. However there are some cases where you will need to use a template to make the program do something different. * If a page ends with the end of a paragraph: add the template {{tl|nop}} on a new line at the end. This will prevent the paragraph being merged with the first paragraph of the next page. * If a page ends with a hyphen that is part of an actually hyphenated word, like "twenty-nine": add the {{tl|page end hyphen}} template at the end of the last line. This will prevent the hyphen being subsumed when the two parts of the word are merged together. ==Tables== Tables can be used both to create a table (if one was in the original text) and to arrange the layout of text. This can be complicated. * For more information, please see [[Help:Table]]. * Formatting tables can be made easier with the {{tl|table style}} template. * See also [[w:Wikipedia:Manual of Style/Tables]] ==More information== * [[WS:STYLE|Style guide]] * [[Help:Templates]]: a guide to the most common Wikisource templates {{Beginner navbox}} [[Category:Beginner's guide|Typography]] [[id:Bantuan:Pedoman pemula tentang tipografi]] i3gky8isqikc5o0kt58lbyyo7rbjh15 Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography/Wouwerman, Simon van 0 1215619 14130683 11974140 2024-04-26T06:49:11Z MRB16th 3061825 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Appletons' |previous = Worthington, Thomas |next = Wragg, William |wikipedia = Simon van Wouwerman |suspicious = x |extra_notes = There is a reference to the subject serving in the Mississippi company, but Mississippi was not named as such until 1798, i.e. 55 years after the date of the subject's death. |edition = 1889 }}<!-- p. 617 --> <!-- column 2 --> <!-- p. 618 --> <pages index="Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography (1889, volume 6).djvu" from="653" to="654" fromsection="s6" tosection="s1" /> 3pnpg77i0f8xomffke7kxwgzid2yl58 Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography/Neé, Isidore Charles Sigismond 0 1237806 14127781 14125533 2024-04-25T12:51:03Z MRB16th 3061825 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Appletons' |previous = Necochea, Eugenio |next = Needham, Francis Jack |fictitious = x |extra_notes = The name is a partial combination of those of botanists Carl Sigismund Kunth and Luis Née. There are style errors in the titles of three of the four alleged literary works. |edition = 1900 }}<!-- p. 486 --> <!-- column 2 --> <pages index="Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography (1900, volume 4).djvu" from=526 to=526 fromsection=s3 tosection=s3 /> 2utf32mp2l8mjoxtymiumywzl6dj19r Page:The Wild Swans at Coole.djvu/12 104 1238084 14130862 14079965 2024-04-26T07:40:19Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" /> {{rh|vi|PREFACE|}}</noinclude>that I read the name John Aherne among those of men prosecuted for making a disturbance at the first production of "The Play Boy," which may account for his animosity to myself. {{right|W. B. Y.|2em}} {|{{ts|ac}} |{{ts|pl2}}|{{sc|Ballylee, Co. Galway,}}<br/> ''September'' 1918. |}<noinclude></noinclude> r1gshtw3qfo6eu7rczmyrmh9v1yyptz Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography/Toussaint, Dieudonné Gabriel 0 1246877 14130665 11600626 2024-04-26T06:33:36Z MRB16th 3061825 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Appletons' |previous = Tousey, Sinclair |next = Toussaint, Dominique François |suspicious = x |extra_notes = There is a grammatical error in the title of one of the alleged literary works. |edition = 1889 }}<!-- p. 144 --> <pages index="Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography (1889, volume 6).djvu" from="168" to="168" fromsection="s5" tosection="s5" /> l3l6ykna4bnbv7jjoca3wqdmc9cf891 The New International Encyclopædia/Libraries 0 1260055 14129884 12462528 2024-04-25T20:00:07Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{TextQuality|75%}} {{NIE |previous = Libra |next = Library of Congress, The |wikipedia = Library |edition = 1905 |override_author = [[Author:James Morton Paton|James Morton Paton]], [[Author:Charles Alexander Nelson|Charles Alexander Nelson]], [[Author:Melvil Dewey|Melvil Dewey]] and [[Author:James Hulme Canfield|James Hulme Canfield]] }}<!-- p. 193 --> <!-- column 2 --> '''LIBRARIES'''. A term applied indifferently to buildings designed to contain books, and to the books deposited in these buildings. In the present article it is used chiefly in the latter sense. {{sc|History.}} Though there were libraries in ancient times in Egypt, no remains of these collections have been found. From very early days Babylonia was the seat of a learned and literary people, and almost every important temple contained its library of clay tablets with cuneiform inscriptions, carefully shelved in regular order. Such a library was recently (1901) found at Nippur, in the great temple of Bel, which was destroyed in the Elamite invasion (c.1782 {{smaller|B.C.}}). It was from the treasures of such libraries that King Assurbanipal of Assyria, in the seventh century {{smaller|B.C.}}, caused copies to be made for the great library which he gathered in his palace at Nineveh. The tablets here found by Layard and his successors contain history, science, religion, grammars, and dictionaries in the original languages of Babylonia, and in translation. Among the Greeks private libraries <!-- p. 194 --> doubtless existed during the third and fourth centuries {{smaller|B.C.}}, and there may be some truth in the stories of the collection of books by the earlier tyrants, such as Pisistratus and Polycrates; but these were of moderate size, even the library of Aristotle probably containing only a few hundred rolls. It is with the founding of the [[../Alexandrian Library/]] (q.v.) by the first of the Ptolemies that the history of the great classical libraries begins. The library of Pergamum, a formidable rival to that of Alexandria, was founded probably by Attalus I., and was largely increased by the fostering care of his successors. It was ultimately removed to Alexandria, being sent by Antony as a gift to Cleopatra. At the time of this transference it contained, according to Plutarch, 200,000 volumes. At Rome interest in literature developed slowly, but we are told that the library of the kings of Macedon was brought to Rome by Æmilius Paulus ({{smaller|B.C.}} 167). In the first century {{smaller|B.C.}} there were some notable private collections, as that of the grammarian Tyrannion, estimated at 30,000 rolls, and the carefully selected and valuable collection of Atticus, the friend of Cicero. Cæsar is said to have planned a public library; and Pliny states that C. Asinius Pollio ({{smaller|B.C.}} 39) erected from the spoils of his Parthian victories the first public library in Rome, in the temple of Libertas, near the Forum; but according to Plutarch this honor should be given to Lucullus. Another library was established by Augustus on the Palatine, in connection with his new temple of Apollo. This was divided into Greek and Latin sections. Another was placed by the same Emperor in the Portico of Octavia. Tiberius and later emperors continued this work. Especially famous was the Ulpian library, established by Trajan, which soon surpassed all others in Rome, and was later removed from the Forum of Trajan to the Baths of Diocletian. Nearly 1700 MSS. and fragments of MSS. have been found in a library room at Herculaneum, about 400 of which have been more or less unrolled and deciphered. In the ancient libraries the books, usually rolls of papyrus, were kept in closets, in somewhat small rooms, which, however, seem to have been arranged for the use of the books. Catalogues were prepared, and the tablets of Alexandria were valuable sources for literary history. The librarian was commonly a distinguished scholar, and at all times seems to have ranked as an important public officer. The first librarian of whom we have any record was a Babylonian named Amil-anu, who lived about 1600 {{smaller|B.C.}}, one of whose signet cylinders is in the British Museum. Nehemiah is said to have founded a library, and references in the Books of Samuel and Kings to other books imply the existence of some collection in which these works might be found. Eusebius mentions an early Christian library founded by the martyr Alexander, Bishop of Jerusalem, who died {{smaller|A.D.}} 250. Saint Pamphilus, another Christian martyr ({{smaller|A.D.}} 300), founded at Cæsarea a public library of about 30,000 volumes, chiefly theological, which is said to have been destroyed by the Arabs in the seventh century. Saint Jerome had a large library, and made frequent use of that at Cæsarea; in one of his letters he refers to the use of church libraries as though each church had one. Saint Augustine, on his deathbed, {{smaller|A.D.}} 430, requested that the {{hws|li|library}} <!-- column 2 --> {{hwe|brary|library}} of the church at Hippo and all the MSS. should be carefully preserved. In the primitive monasteries of Tabenna, founded by Pachomius, in the depths of the Thebaid, there was a library in every house. Julian the Apostate ({{smaller|A.D.}} 363) founded libraries of a different character, upon which he inscribed the words: “Some love horses, some birds, others wild beasts, but from boyhood I have been possessed with the desire of acquiring and owning books.” Constantine the Great founded ({{smaller|A.D.}} 336) a library at Constantinople, which at his death is said to have contained 6000 volumes; it grew under Julian and Theodosius the Younger to 120,000 volumes. In it was deposited the only authentic copy of the proceedings of the Council of Nice, and among its curiosities were a MS. of Homer, one hundred and twenty feet in length, written in letters of gold on serpents' skin, and a copy of the Four Gospels bound in plates of gold weighing fifteen pounds and enriched with precious stones. This library was destroyed by fire under Zeno. A later collection, extending to 33,000 volumes, is said to have been destroyed by Leo III., ‘the Iconoclast,’ {{smaller|A.D.}} 730. The triple fire at the capture of Constantinople by the Crusaders, in 1203, eclipsed all previous ones in destructiveness. Two hundred and fifty years later came the final disaster of the Ottoman conquest. Despite all these losses, possibly through some of them, the great libraries of Europe owe to Constantinople some of their choicest treasures. Through the Middle Ages books and learning were preserved by the monasteries, especially those of the Benedictines, beginning at Monte-Cassino, {{smaller|A.D.}} 530. Each Benedictine house instituted first a library, then the scriptorium or writing-room, where MSS. were copied for sale or exchange, and lastly the school, often to all who desired instruction. Many famous libraries of Europe had their nuclei in these Benedictine collections. Notable among these are the libraries of Monte-Cassino, Fleury on the Loire (c.650), Corbie (662), Hersfeld, Ratisbon, [[../Corvei/]] (q.v.), Reichenau (724), Fulda (744), Saint Gall (820), and Clugny (910). England is indebted to the Benedictines for her earliest library, that of Christ Church, Canterbury (596), and for Saint Peter's of York, Saint Cuthbert's at Durham, and those at Peterborough, Wearmouth (647), Bury Saint Edmunds, Reading, and Saint Albans. The Franciscans had a considerable library at Oxford, to which Adam de Murisco left his books, 1253. The Bodleian was opened in 1602. The library of the University of Cambridge dates from 1475. Charlemagne established libraries in his cloister-schools at Aix-la-Chapelle and Tours, to which Alcuin brought the training he had secured at Saint Mary's, in York, England. With the fourteenth century came the establishment in Germany of the university libraries, at Prague (1348), Heidelberg (1386), Leipzig (1409); and the first public town libraries, the outcome of humanism, at Ratisbon (1430), Vienna (1440, opened to the public in 1575), and Frankfort (1484). The suppression of the monasteries after the Reformation gave an impulse to the foundation of the royal and town libraries. Many important ones were established in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries: Göttingen (1737), Bonn (1818), {{hws|Strass|Strassburg,}} <!-- p. 195 --> {{hwe|burg,|Strassburg,}} dating back to 1566, rising phœnix-like from the ashes of the siege of 1870. All the universities of Germany have notable libraries. Spain with its University of Palencia (1212) and of Salamanca, a few years later, takes a very early place in library history. The National Library at Madrid owns the Columbus Letter in Spanish among its rarities. The famed ''Corvina'', established by Matthias Corvinus (c. 1460), had a rapid growth, but its treasures were dispersed by the Turks in 1527, and scattered specimens are to be found in more than thirty of the libraries of Europe. The Royal Library at Copenhagen, dating from 1479, is the largest of Scandinavian libraries, is specially strong in Icelandic literature, and has a fine collection of Persian MSS. The first public library in Italy was founded at Florence, in 1437, on a bequest by Niccoli, the Florentine Socrates, of his own collection of 800 MSS. Cosmo de' Medici erected a building for it in 1441, and later, under his grandson, Lorenzo de' Medici, it acquired the name of Laurentian Library. With the expulsion of the Medici at the close of the fifteenth century the collection passed into the posses<ins>s</ins>ion of a monastery. Later Leo X. bought it, and in 1521 Cardinal Giulio de' Medici restored it to the city and housed it in a building erected by Michelangelo. Nicholas V. founded the Vatican Libraiy in 1447 and left it at his death enriched with 9000 MSS. In 1588 its present building was erected by Sixtus V. In 1658 the famous Urbino Library was acquired for it. Queen Christina of Sweden enriched it with a splendid collection of MSS. and books. In 1746 the Ottobuoni collection of 3862 German and Latin MSS. was added. Italy is exceedingly rich in libraries of historical interest; her university libraries contain many MSS. and incunabula. Among the famous collections may be named the [[../Ambrosian Library/]] (q.v.) at Milan, founded in 1602; the Casanata, at Rome; the National Central, at Florence, formed by the union of the well-known Magliabechiana and Palatina; and the National of Saint Mark, at Venice. The archives of Venice, complete for more than ten centuries, and numbering fifteen million documents, are housed under a single roof. France, in the Bibliothèque Nationale, at Paris, has the largest library in the world. Charles V. in 1368 had a tower in the old Louvre fitted up as a library, where he gathered 910 volumes. These were scattered during the English wars, and many fell into the hands of the Duke of Bedford and were carried to London. Louis XI. made an effort to revive the library. Henry IV. gave it a home in the Collège de Clermont and appointed De Thou librarian. It narrowly escaped destruction at the time of the Revolution, when two of its librarians were guillotined. In 1666 it was removed to its present building, which has been frequently enlarged to accommodate the rapidly growing collection. The minor libraries of Paris include the Arsenal, founded in 1755; the Mazarin (1643); and the Library of Sainte Geneviève (1624). The library of the Abbey of Saint Victor, the first opened to the public in France, went largely, at the dissolution of the monasteries, to the Bibliothèque Nationale. Large libraries owing their origin to monastic collections and to the liberality of private persons are to be found in all <!-- column 2 --> the provincial cities of France. Most noteworthy are those of Lyons (1630), Aix (1705), Rouen (1809), and Bordeaux (1768). Many notable libraries in England and on the Continent collected by private individuals during the past five centuries still bear their names, or have been merged in university or public libraries or dispersed at auction sales. Subscription and circulating libraries began to be established about the middle of the eighteenth century, and have been widely successful. Some town libraries were established at dates much earlier. The earliest library in America was that presented to the Henrico College, established by the colonists at Jamestown, Va., in 1621, destroyed with the colony the next year. Harvard University Library was founded in 1638. In 1700 came the Public Library in New York, changed in 1754 into the present Society Library. In 1700, also, South Carolina passed the Provincial Library Law to encourage parochial libraries. Yale College Library was founded in 1701. In 1731 Benjamin Franklin founded the Library Company of Philadelphia, which he called the ‘mother of all North American subscription libraries.’ In 1800 the national library, called in its first general catalogue the Library of the United States, and later misnamed the Library of Congress, was established. The first recognition of the principle of taxation for support of public libraries was the New York District Library Law of 1835. This was not for school but for public libraries, unwisely placed in charge of school officers as a mere convenience of administration. The general plan was copied in twenty-three other States; and without exception has proved that while schools and libraries should work in the greatest harmony, the best results demand that their administration be separated. Exceptions have been only enough to prove the rule. These district libraries did a beneficent work, but under their own trustees, with proper supervision and well-organized administration, the same money might have done vastly more. But the law made the needed beginning in recognizing the popular educational character and possibilities of libraries. In 1849 New Hampshire passed a law allowing towns to tax themselves for libraries. In 1850 Great Britain passed the famous Ewart Free Libraries Act. In 1852 the Boston Public Library was founded, and for a generation led the world in showing what might be done by a municipal library. In 1853 fifty-three librarians held the first library convention of the world in New York City, and received their first idea of the card catalogue. {{sc|Types of Libraries}}. Because of their number and importance, public libraries are always meant unless some other type is specified. In private and family libraries the shelf-list is the most important single record, as it combines in cheapest form both invoice book and inventory, and may easily have added to it the essential accession book facts. With better understanding of their value, many private libraries now have card indexes and accession books as well as shelf-lists. Proprietary and club libraries are only larger family libraries, as they are open only to those elected to membership. Subscription or circulating libraries are carried on as a business and are usually open to all <!-- p. 196 --> who pay the fees. Their records and methods are the simplest and cheapest, except for institutions like Mudie's and Smith's in England, and the Booklovers with its Tabard Inn and other branches in this country. National and State libraries have a distinct function in preserving for posterity everything printed which they can obtain. They are the central storehouses on which all local libraries in their field may draw when necessary. This demands large provision for storage and facilities for sending books quickly and safely to students and libraries. They should have books, pamphlets, manuscripts, and other material which because of rarity or little demand are seldom found in local collections. The smaller libraries have learned that the first cost of a book is seldom its chief expense. It must be catalogued, classified, shelved, cleaned, and inventoried yearly even if never used. Libraries limited in funds cannot afford to accept as gifts books seldom used. The average library is becoming one in a series of sieves. The traditional conception of a library required it to keep all it could get. The immense growth in volume of books issued has enforced new ideas. A scholar outgrows certain books which he has kept on his table, and relegates them to the shelves of his private library. Later he sifts out books seldom wanted and sends them to the public library, where they will serve the whole locality instead of one person. Club and subscription libraries make room by disposing freely of books no longer needed. Recently thoughtful observers realize that even public libraries, except a few great central storehouses, must in turn take their place in the series of sieves and abandon the plan of keeping everything, selecting up to their capacity what will be most useful and sending the rest to State or national centres, to be destroyed if found to be duplicates too common to be worth keeping. {{sc|Special Libraries}}. Every department of human endeavor is recognizing the library as its laboratory, with the result that special libraries are formed for special work. This gives libraries not only for law, medicine, theology, education, art, history, but for every distinct department. These libraries on special subjects are sometimes independent, but experience proves that they are more wisely treated as branches of the central collection and kept under supervision of its director. The value of the best reading in giving to any class of people information that will help them to do their work better, or inspiration and recreation which will broaden and sweeten their lives, has led to forming general libraries for special classes wherever people can be interested and command leisure to read. Owners of factories, stores, mines, and other employers have found it profitable to improve their employees' character and standards by furnishing such libraries. Governments put them in prisons, asylums, and other institutions. Cities send them to station and engine houses of police and fire departments. {{sc|College Libraries}}. In these circulation is subordinate to reference work, the most important feature being to teach students how to use books and to give opportunities to handle them with a freedom thought impracticable in a public library, though recent experience with open shelves has shown that the public can be trusted <!-- column 2 --> far more than was supposed. In modern work every department finds the library as necessary as its laboratory, so that the college library is not the rival but the best ally of every professor in the institution. Some normal schools and colleges give systematic instruction to their students in using books and in the mechanism of the library; not to train them as librarians, but to give them the ability to get the most from books and modern libraries. {{sc|Modern Movement}}. It was the chief duty of the old librarian to get and keep books. Their use was a subordinate consideration. The library was a storehouse. But the modern library is less a reservoir than a fountain. Its librarian is an active, aggressive factor in popular education. He recognizes fully his duty to get and to keep, but puts far above this his greater duty to use. The old library was of interest only to the learned few. The modern library has won an equal place beside the public school. The present will be known to historians as the library age. In a single year 100 new general library laws have been passed by American States. In public interest and support, in liberality of laws and appropriations, in magnitude of individual gifts, the modern library movement exceeds any other in history. It meets not with jealousy and antagonism, but with sympathy and cordial support from those concerned with the other half of education, the schools. The most potent and most economical influence to be exerted for good on young and old is through reading. It is the longest lever with which human hands have ever pried. Educational experts declare that the chief influence on the child is not father, mother, teacher, or school, but what he reads. This reading can be guided effectively and economically by free public libraries. The vast percentage of children are able to secure, only the barest elements of education before becoming bread-winners. During life the rest is gained, whether of information or inspiration, from what they read. The birth-year of active, new work, of the modern library movement, was 1876. In it was founded the American Library Association, a most potent national body. The ''[[Library Journal]]'' was established as its official organ. The Library Bureau, a centre for library enterprises, started its work, which has grown from a few hundred dollars the first year to over a million dollars annually, and has introduced card indexes and other labor-saving devices into a score of countries. Later the United States Bureau of Education published a volume of essays and statistics on public libraries in the United States. Cutter's Rules for a dictionary catalogue, and the decimal classification and relative index, appeared. In 1886 the ''Library Journal'' was supplemented by ''Library Notes'', later replaced by ''Public Libraries'', published since 1896 by the Library Bureau. In 1893, at the Columbian Exposition, a national comparative library exhibit, prepared by the New York State Library, was a prominent feature in the United States Building. Similar exhibits, limited by lack of space, were made at the Paris Exposition of 1900 and the Pan-American of 1901. The ''A. L. A. Catalog'' of 5000 of the best books for a village library was a leading feature of the Chicago exhibit, and the <!-- p. 197 --> New York State Library took charge of its revision for the Saint Louis Exposition. Significant of the new part public libraries are playing is the action of one of the shrewdest observers among mankind's greatest friends, Andrew Carnegie, who, in his avowed purpose of distributing his wealth for the greatest good of his fellows, finds nothing which promises so large returns as coöperation with communities which are willing to pledge themselves permanently to devote, from public funds or other sources, for the annual maintenance of a public library, one-tenth the sum given by Mr. Carnegie for a building. Up to January 1, 1903, Mr. Carnegie had given 730 libraries and had applications for 800 more, most of which he hoped to grant. The clearest testimony that the great library movement is accepted as educational is found in the fact that circulating, subscription, and proprietary libraries have given way before the tax-supported free public library, just as the private and denominational schools have been so often replaced by the tax-supported free high school. All the important steps in the development of the school system have already been taken also for libraries; such as educating public sentiment, making libraries entirely free, giving grants and subsidies from public money, supervision, reports, professional journals, training schools and classes corresponding to normal schools and teachers' classes, institutes, inspectors; and, most important of all, establishing State library commissions, which will inevitably grow to State departments like that already established in New York. Two other steps are advocated to complete the correspondence: requiring librarians to attend institutes as a condition of receiving public library money, and requiring State certification of librarians as to fitness for their duties. The conception of the library's scope and functions has broadened rapidly in recent years. The original library might be used by a privileged few. Then those who paid a fee might use it. Finally it was made free to all for reference. The thought of taking any book from the older libraries was as preposterous as that of borrowing specimens or pictures from a museum. Then the favored few might borrow, then all who paid a fee, and finally came the broad plan of lending free to all. Then the library became aggressive, and reached out to secure readers as earnestly as a merchant to secure patrons. When New York established its Public Libraries Department, there were 40 public libraries in the State and 40,000 licensed saloons, with chances a thousand to one that a boy at leisure would find the open door and cordial welcome of a saloon, instead of opportunity to read the best books. In competing with these rivals, branch libraries were established. But these did not get close enough to the homes in all cases, and deliveries were added. The express, mail, and telephone were used to make the best books more accessible. One or more books were lent to readers at a distance; then home libraries were sent out to local centres for groups of a dozen children. Traveling libraries of 50 or 100 volumes of the choicest books were sent to every community wishing them. The idea spread rapidly. The need of reaching rural homes too scattered for the larger collections led New York, in 1903, <!-- column 2 --> to offer the house library of 10 volumes. Book-wagons and cars with traveling librarians are now planned. Perhaps the most significant features of late years are the development of reference librarians to answer questions; of the children's room and librarians devoted wholly to the needs of little people; of free access to open shelves so that all readers may have the advantages of actually handling the books; provision for those who cannot come to the library, by means of branches and traveling libraries; and the appraisement or evaluation of books by disinterested authorities, so that a reader may have a trustworthy guide in selecting from the millions of books in existence the one best adapted to his needs. Librarians largely agree that the best name for local tax-supported libraries is ‘public library,’ preceded by the name of the city or town. The word ‘free’ is objectionable as suggesting charity, and ‘circulating’ is unnecessary, for all libraries are understood to be for lending unless called ‘reference.’ The library has three functions: (1) As a storehouse; (2) as a laboratory for study and serious work; (3) as affording sane entertainment. Every complete library must have a reference and a lending department and general reading-rooms for periodicals. It should work in close touch with the schools, but under independent trustees. Efficiency and economy make it the natural home for collections in science, art, or history; for lectures, meetings of clubs, and all interests outside the schools which help on education and culture. Many Sunday-schools find it wiser to turn their books over to the public library, where Sunday-school teachers may meet during the week, with access to books, pictures, and all facilities for study. The library field is being rapidly enlarged in various directions. Legislation aims to make it easy to establish and difficult to abolish libraries, to encourage gifts, to grant State aid to communities willing to help themselves, to collect the results of experience and make them available in print and by personal expert advice, to protect library property by stringent laws, and to recognize in every direction the library as on the same plane with the school. {{sc|Building}}. The location should be very near the business centre, but preferably on a side street just away from the turmoil of the main thoroughfare. In larger towns, branches and delivery stations should bring library facilities within easy walking distance of every home. For most libraries the heavy cost of fireproofing is needless, as most of their books can be readily replaced, and a vault or safe will hold their rarities. Small libraries often wisely occupy rented rooms; the order of importance being first a competent librarian, then the best books, and after these a building. After the small rural building of one square room, the most obvious and successful types are shaped like capitals I, L, T, H, E, according to space required. The other types are the hollow square, the Greek cross, and E with middle arm omitted. Circular, spiral, and other peculiar buildings have won no acceptance, except that some advocate a round end having radial stacks with each shelf in view of the delivery desk. The Pittsburg branches afford excellent examples of this type. <!-- p. 198 --> Most small libraries now adopt the ⊥ or trefoil type. The book-room projects from the rear and has a cheap end wall for easy removal and extension. The main entrance in the middle front is into a central hall for loan desk and the less quiet work. In one arm is the reference or study room, in the other the children's room or periodical room. This general type gives best results for a given cost, and can be most cheaply administered. The best library buildings are all recent. Of the large libraries, the Newberry of Chicago (1893), Boston Public (1895), Library of Congress and Chicago Public (1897), Providence Public (1900), Wisconsin Historical Society and Newark Public (1901), Washington (1902), are most often quoted; of university libraries, Columbia, Cornell, Illinois, Pennsylvania, and New York. Trustees may now wisely copy the plan that suits them best and make such changes as local needs demand. The modified plan should be submitted for criticism to some expert student of library buildings. State library commissions always give this aid, and the New York State Library School at Albany answers many such inquiries by suggestions in print. Trustees should be free to use any suggestions in any competitive plan by paying for them, instead of being compelled to choose some one plan as a whole and employ the successful anonymous competitor. A useful aid in fixing location of rooms is to cut cards to scale for the area of each room, and thus test various arrangements more quickly and plainly than by drawing plans. Brief general rules are: Plan each library specially for its work and community; care for interiors before exteriors; provide amply for future growth; plan for economy in administration by arranging rooms to allow supervision by the smallest possible staff; sacrifice no convenience for architectural effect; use no decoration that will attract sightseers to disturb quiet study-rooms. A model building might be said to be built around a standard catalogue card; for this card determines the size of trays and drawers, these of cases, and these determine spaces between windows and doors. Certain rooms must be near the card catalogue, because it is much too costly to duplicate even with printed cards; and the one catalogue must be close to reference-room, loan desk, and cataloguers. The plan should aim to give direct access to each department and be so obvious that people will know where to go. The general effect should be cheerful and hospitable. Experts advise omitting permanent partitions except where necessary for support, and depending on temporary partitions, chiefly of glass, which can be readily moved as growth and changes demand. These give spacious effect and much better light, and allow supervision from another room, while shutting off noise. An attendant may often control two or three rooms as cheaply as one, if rooms open together. The smallest library starts with one room. The next need is a quiet study-room, free from the noise of issue and return of books and current work. The third room needed is usually one for children, which if possible should have an independent entrance, so they will not pass through the doors or corridors used by adults. On the main floor must be delivery and book rooms for quick service, children's room (unless <!-- column 2 --> in the basement), and, if space allows, rooms for librarian, cataloguers, and for reference. Above may go class, trustee, lecture, and other rooms used by fewer people or less often, both rooms and books most used being nearest the entrance. Basement and attic should both be made so they can be finished later for public use, for the rapid growth of libraries shows that they will surely be needed. Stairs should be inclosed or put to one side to lessen noise. Spirals cost more, waste room, are dangerous and inconvenient. Risers to stairs should be only 6½ or 6¾ inches for easiest use. For book-rooms, ceilings should be fifteen feet high to allow two decks. Ten or twelve feet will answer for other rooms. The most common error is in building on too small a lot. Ample space is needed for light and quiet, and for inevitable growth. {{sc|Book-Shelves}}. The rapid growth of libraries is a constant embarrassment. The most compact possible system of storage is still too costly. The lowest estimate for fireproof building is 30 cents per cubic foot, so that a building 30&times;50 feet and 40 feet high for two stories and high basement would cost $18,000. If half the whole building were given to close stacking of books it would hold in four decks only 60,000 volumes, making the cost of shelf-space 30 cents a volume, or if no reading-room and administrative space is allowed for, 15 cents a volume. But often fireproof construction is unnecessary. Rarities can be kept in the safe or fireproof vault. Other books can be readily replaced if burned. A simple frame building for 5000 volumes costs from $1000 to $2500. Brick and stone and better construction would cost two or three times this amount. Larger libraries must use a stack, i.e. shelving set as close together as possible and yet allow ready access by narrow aisles. Stacks are of iron or steel uprights with wood or sheet-steel shelves, and from one to ten stories or decks high, each deck carrying the weight of all above it, aisles always being exactly over aisles. Floors should be of thick glass, because it admits some light. Each deck is seven or eight shelves high, with aisles 75 cm. (30 inches) wide. Separate rooms for great subjects are very desirable, but in use cost more to administer than large central reading-rooms, where a single card catalogue and reference librarian can do the work that would require several on the department plan. In computing capacity of shelving, 33⅓ volumes to the running meter (10 to the running foot) are allowed for public libraries, with shelves crowded. Economy requires ample vacant spaces to insert additions, so that buildings must allow for two or three times the volumes on hand. In book-stacks with average aisles and windows, each square meter of floor surface will hold 200 volumes on each stack-level. The standard shelf is 25.5 cm. high and 20 cm. deep; 75 cm. (30 inches) is the best length. Some use 90 cm. (36 inches). Longer shelves, unless extra heavy, sag when heavily loaded. Wall-spaces should not be divided into aliquot parts, but into standard shelf-lengths. If the building has not been planned with due regard to these standard sizes, any remaining space should be occupied by a single odd length, which for symmetry may be in the centre. A 10-cm. base, to protect the lower books when floors are cleaned, is enough. On at least one side of a double case the first four shelves should be <!-- p. 199 --> 35 cm. (14 inches) wide, the fourth shelf making a 15-cm. ledge 94 cm. above the floor. The first two shelves above the base should be movable, so that the three spaces for octavo books may be changed into two for quartos and small folios, or into one for folios and one for octavos. The four or five upper shelves are cheaper and stronger if fixed at octavo height, for most libraries now use relative location in which shelves are seldom moved. The best standard case is eight shelves (7 feet 8 inches) high and five tiers (13 feet 6 inches) long, and uprights two inches thick. On its two sides the 10 tiers of 80 shelves hold 2000 volumes in close packing. For a one or two deck stack wood is best and cheaper. Steel is necessary to carry the load of taller stacks. A good plan in growing libraries is to set the first cases with aisles 6 feet 4 inches wide, leaving room for narrow tables and convenient access by readers. When necessary this broad aisle allows a new case without ledge to be put in the middle and leaves the standard 75 em. (30 inches) aisle on each side. Where the public has access to the shelves this wide aisle is very desirable. Doors are now never used on library shelves except for a few rarities. Aisles should be 75 cm. at the bottom between ledges. This will give above the ledge 90 cm. for single or 105 cm. for double-ledge aisles. Tall ladders have given way to galleries 75 to 100 cm. (30 to 40 inches) wide, as quicker and safer. All books should be within the natural reach of a person five feet high. The front edges of shelves and uprights should be rounded to save wear on bindings. A flanged groove on the shelf edge to hold labels saves buying metal label-holders. Before stacks or floor cases are put in, all wall-space within reach should always be shelved. A box-factory can make the cheapest possible temporary shelving at about 20 cents, 30 cents, 40 cents, and 50 cents for standard cases of one, two, three, and four compartments, each 75 &times; 20 &times; 25.5 cm. inside. These can be stacked in various combinations; on top of other cases, over doors and windows, and on each other to any height. Lath tacked on ends will prevent tipping. When no longer needed these shelves are worth nearly cost for packing-boxes. When old buildings are adapted for libraries, extra floor supports must be put under book-stacks to carry the great weight. It is wiser, however, to build a wing for a stack with the weight directly on the ground. {{sc|Reading-Rooms}}. Three types are: (1) The quiet study or reference rooms for serious work; (2) periodical rooms with rustling newspapers and noise of constant coming and going; (3) children's rooms. As readers stay longest in the study-room, it can be put in the upper story, or at a point most distant from noise. Entrances to periodical and children's rooms should be as near the street as practicable, for convenience and to keep noise away from quiet rooms. Two square meters (20 square feet) of floor-space should be allowed each reader in study-rooms. Less space will suffice in the other two. Larger libraries need separate reading-rooms for art, patents, bound newspapers, and other large special collections. Small study-rooms are most costly to build and to supervise, and so are in little favor. Economy requires for general purposes a large central hall so that reference books and attendants need not be duplicated. <!-- column 2 --> {{sc|Special Rooms}}. Even small libraries need coat and toilet rooms near the entrance. Lavatories with hot and cold water are important, especially for children. Many come to a library dirty, and it is unwise to send them away if they want good books. In most places books are dusty and quickly soil the hands. There should be one room in which conversation is allowed. The library is a kind of intellectual clubhouse; and those who wish to play chess or other quiet games, discuss books, look at pictures, hold meetings of study clubs or classes, should have a place, as well as the reader demanding quiet. A separate trustees' room is usually wasteful, and if built should serve for some use not interfering with the infrequent trustees' meetings. A catalogue and work room is needed for all but small libraries. As work grows, various administrative rooms are demanded. {{sc|Light}}. Good daylight has become less essential since electricity is so widely used. Acetylene gas gains steadily in favor. Shelves should be set at right angles to or opposite windows, always putting backs of books where titles can be most easily read. Windows, preferably on the north or east side, where they avoid direct sunlight, should reach to the ceilings and have square tops, since light-area there is worth double that near the floor. In stacks, windows exactly opposite centres of aisles are best. Walls should be tinted with colors that reflect instead of absorbing light. In many cases there is ample space for windows above the shelving, but a prison-like effect is produced unless there are some windows at ordinary height. Bright general illumination with artificial light is needless in study-rooms. A reading-lamp should be on each table, the wire coming from below through a bored leg or suspended from the ceiling. Even the best lights on ceilings or distant from tables are injurious to sensitive eyes. White-lined green glass translucent shades are easiest for eyes, and give all general light needed in the room. If general lights are used, they should be so arranged that direct rays do not reach the eye. Heat and ventilation are specially important in study, periodical, and children's rooms, and about the loan desk. {{sc|Furniture and Fittings}}. Except to deaden the noise in special places, avoid carpets and rugs because unsanitary in public buildings. Tile and marble floors are noisy and cold. Interlocking rubber tile is good, but is costly. Corticine and linoleum have proved for a generation the best library floor-covering. A lift should run from the unpacking room in the basement to the catalogue room above, and to the top floors if books are often sent there. Call-bells should be single-stroke, not buzzers, to avoid noise and admit of convenient codes of signals. The wooden sounder or a mere click is preferable to the common bell. These devices save much time and needless walking that annoys readers. Tables and desks for readers should be 78 cm. high from the floor, not 75 cm. as is usual. With chairs of various heights and footstools, these are adapted to short people as well as tall; but tall people cannot sit comfortably at low tables. Large tables for a dozen people are objectionable. The best sizes are 60 &times; 100 cm. (24 &times; 40 inches). 75 &times; 120 cm. (30 &times; 48 inches), and 100 &times; 150 cm. (40 &times; 60 inches). Bentwood chairs are light, strong, and so durable as to be cheaper <!-- p. 200 --> than lower-priced ones. Rubber tips for chair-legs are needed on bare floors. {{c|{{smaller|LIBRARY ADMINISTRATION.}}}} The work of the larger libraries falls naturally into the following departments: {{sc|Executive}}. Seven hours daily is the limit of good work in cataloguing and similar steady, exact work. Eight hours are usually required of attendants having a margin of free time. Libraries which have studied results most closely give a full month's vacation with pay, and some allow one additional month during the year for total absence from illness or other causes. Salaries are steadily working upward, with the demand for higher qualifications and fuller training. Small rural libraries may be kept open a few hours a week for $100 to $300 a year. The great libraries now pay $5000 or more to their directors. The tendency is to open libraries on holidays, Sunday afternoons, evenings, and earlier in the morning. Forenoon use is so comparatively small that if the staff is not large enough for relays the public is convenienced more by afternoon and evening opening. Where practicable, hours are from 8 {{smaller|A.M.}} to 10 {{smaller|P.M.}} Closing for annual inventories is needless under a proper system. {{sc|Accession Department}}. This includes the whole subject of selecting and getting books and other material, gifts, sale or exchange of duplicates, plating, ‘pocketing,’ and writing the accession book. This is a business record, giving on one line for each volume in the library a record of the life history of that special volume. This accession book shows total volumes added to the library, and the accession number placed on the first right-hand page after the title of each book is the quickest and most accurate means of identification. For cataloguing department, see {{NIE article link|Cataloguing}}; for classification, see below. {{sc|Reference Department}}. Systematic aid to readers is given by means of an information desk or reference librarian. In larger libraries the demand has led to adding various assistants who devote their time to answering questions, helping readers to find what they wish, and incidentally showing them how to use bibliographics and catalogues for themselves. The children's librarian is one of the most useful. Larger institutions are developing a library faculty of specialists, each assisting readers in his special field. The rapid development of reference work comes from recognizing the library as an educational centre. The room of a skillful reference librarian, surrounded by the best reference books supplemented with card indexes, notes, and the rapidly increasing bibliographic devices, becomes like an enlarged universal encyclopædia. Such a librarian not only answers questions on every conceivable subject and utilizes French, German, and probably other languages freely, but also teaches applicants how they may find out for themselves next time, and thus in time develops the ability to use to the best advantage a well-equipped library. This department becomes the information bureau for its whole constituency. Some investigations require considerable time and are not in their nature of such public value as to be justifiable at public expense. These are made for any one willing to pay the pro rata cost of the assistant's time. This gives free use of all library resources and facilities and protects against using the time of public officers for private purposes. <!-- column 2 --> Free access to the shelves is becoming more common, and in most libraries serious students have no difficulty in getting shelf privileges. {{sc|Loan Department}}. Many libraries allow a second book to be lent, not fiction. For special investigations it is easy to get permits for an extra number of copies or for extra time. Loan records are kept on cards. Books may be reserved, and notice is freely sent when books asked for are ready. Interlibrary loans are common. A lending library has ceased to be a mere storehouse, but aims to induce its readers to borrow better books by restricting the supply of the less desirable and inciting interest in the best by annotated lists in newspapers and on slips for free distribution, by illustrated bulletins, by personal suggestions, and by shelves open freely for all to browse among tempting books. Immense gains have resulted from these systematic, intelligent, sympathetic efforts to improve the average of books lent. {{sc|Binding Department}}. Public libraries care chiefly for durability, and demand the best materials, methods, and work; tight backs, vellum instead of leather corners, signatures sewed all along and laced in boards, Turkey morocco, cowhide, duck, or muslin according to amount of wear. Genuine Turkey more than pays its extra cost in wear. Books specially exposed to heat are safer in vegetable fibre like duck, as heat disintegrates leather. Sheep, calf, Russia, and all fancy materials and tooling are avoided. Back lettering should be: (1) author's name (at top); (2) title of book; (3) volume number; (4) class and book (call) number, about 5 cm. from the bottom where it will not be worn by the hand, e.g.: {|{{ts|mc|ba|bc}} |- |{{ts|bb|ac}}|<br><br>GREEN<br><br>&nbsp; |- |{{ts|bb|ac}}|<br>{{sc|History<br>of the<br>English People}}<br>&nbsp; |- |{{ts|bb|ac}}|<br>1<br>&nbsp; |- |{{ts|bb|ac}}|&nbsp; |- |{{ts|bb|ac}}|942<br>G82<br><br><br>&nbsp; |} Many libraries in addition stamp their name at the extreme bottom. See also {{NIE article link|Bookbinding}}. {{sc|Shelf Department}}. This has entire charge of arrangement and preservation of books, and all other material. It must keep all the library collections in order and clean, and find or replace missing books. A complete inventory is taken once a year, but well-managed libraries no longer close for this purpose, but distribute the work of stock-taking and cleaning throughout the year. The inventory is called a shelf list. This has class, book, volume, and accession numbers, author, and brief title of every book, written on loose sheets laced together in a binder, or on cards arranged in the order in which the books stand on the shelves. It forms a brief and very convenient subject catalogue. As this is the check list for losses, the old rule was not to allow it on cards, which could be removed by a book-thief without detection except by accident. As books are constantly added, a bound book is <!-- p. 201 --> impracticable because of frequent recopying, and even with the small sheets 10 &times; 25 cm. holding only 20 titles each the labor has led many libraries to take the greater risk of cards. In the relative system, now almost universally preferred, shelves require no numbers, the class numbers being the sole guide. For greater legibility these are often printed large on movable label-holders. If shelves are numbered, the plan should be so comprehensive that numbers signify position as well as sequence. Here as everywhere numbers must run from top to bottom and left to right, to read as the columns of a newspaper are read, e.g. 2435.8 might mean second floor, fourth room or face, third tier, fifth shelf from the top, and eighth book from the left-hand end. The unit figure should uniformly represent a height the same distance from the floor, so that one seeking a shelf ending in 5 knows on what level to look. {{sc|Janitorial Department}}. Feather dusters merely redistribute dust. Damp cloths can be used in many places and moist sawdust scattered over the floor in sweeping collects the dust in little balls. Books are cleaned by slapping them sharply together over a shallow pan of water which catches the dust. Some libraries have an air-shaft with strong exhaust, so that books may have the dust jarred off and carried away by an air-current. A recently invented portable exhaust with rubber hose sucks out all dust thoroughly by running the nozzle over the tops of the volumes. The best protection against fire is an ample supply of fibre or metal buckets kept filled with water, and kept in plain benches with hinged covers. Raising the cover exposes the entire line of full pails, which are less likely to spill than when taken down from high racks. Hand grenades lose their power with age. As books are easily damaged by water, dry powder extinguishers are specially adapted to libraries. Insurance authorities have tested and approved three of the scores of appliances for mixing sulphuric acid quickly with soda and water, thus making the best of chemical extinguishers. A pattern should be chosen without rubber pipes, which harden with age, or valves, which are apt to stick. But prevention of fire is more important than extinction. The greatest danger is from imperfect electric wiring. For unlighted corners candles are safer than oil lamps. Steam or hot water heat with a single fire and flue is much safer and cleaner than stoves, furnaces, or fireplaces. {{sc|Library Classification}}. Books alone are no more a library than boxes of type or dictionaries of words are poems. A collection of books must be classified before it deserves the name library. Classification is putting like things together. Each book, pamphlet, clipping, map, or other item goes with any others like it on a carefully systematized plan, so that matter most closely allied and oftenest used with it will precede or follow closely. Only thus can all reasonable demands of readers be met fully and promptly. The vital importance of classification has long been recognized. Alexander Bain says. "To learn to classify is in itself an education." But practical difficulties were so grave as largely to neutralize advantages. It is an almost endless work to prepare a complete scheme, and when done it never wholly suits the maker, much less any one else. To avoid the inevitable delays and confusion of these elaborate systems, some libraries were {{hws|ar|arranged}} <!-- column 2 --> {{hwe|ranged|arranged}} in order of acquisition, some by authors like a directory. Usually there was coarse classification by subjects, and librarians and readers did the best they could to find their resources by aid of bibliographies, subject catalogues, and indexes. Some classifications had no indexes. Others referred to pages of scheme on which subjects might be found. The book number itself indicated a fixed location on a particular shelf and had to be altered as often as growth made it necessary to move that subject. The great desideratum was a system that would do away with the expensive necessity of renumbering books whenever their location was changed. This was provided in 1876 by the publication of the ''Decimal Classification and Relative Index'', which showed by the same number both subject and location. This scheme divided the field of knowledge into nine main classes, numbered 1 to 9. Encyclopædias, periodicals, etc., so general in character as to belong to no one of these classes, are marked 0 and form a tenth class. Each class is similarly separated into nine divisions, general works belonging to no division having naught in place of the division number. Divisions are similarly divided into nine sections and the process is repeated as often as necessary, the full tables covering some 20,000 topics. Books on the shelves and cards in the subject catalogue are arranged in simple numerical order, all class numbers being decimal. Since each subject has a definite number, it follows that all books on any subject must stand together. The tables show the order in which subjects follow one another, 512 algebra preceding 513 geometry, and following 511 arithmetic. Of this E. C. Richardson says in his ''Classification, Theoretical'' ''and Practical'' (pages 199-200), published, by Scribners in 1901: “This system has probably had more vogue than any other bibliographic system ever published save possibly that of Brunet. Taken as a whole and regarding the substantially unchanging form and notation, among the multitude of derived systems with minor variations, it is undoubtedly true that no system ever invented has been applied to as many libraries (probably at the present day several thousand) as this. In many libraries considerable changes have been made, but in the majority it remains practically unchanged. It is now being adopted very generally on the Continent of Europe by booksellers even as well as libraries, and is of late, through its adoption by the Brussels Institute (for international bibliographic work), having a very zealous propaganda by its converts, especially in France and Italy. Many of the most noteworthy partial classifications of the present day are avowedly founded on and are enlargements of this system. The system itself is supposed to be in some way an adaptation of Bacon, but the relation is hardly to be discovered and it really should be counted as independent. The reasons for its deserved popularity are to be found: (1) In an intelligent and consistent application of the decimal notation (not new with Dewey, but first by him vigorously and consistently applied); (2) in the grasp of mnemonic possibilities of this situation; (3) in the practical, intelligent, and often up-to-date management of the remoter subdivisions of the, in some places, somewhat artificial, larger subclasses; (4) in the fully printed schedules with their ‘relative index,’ which more <!-- p. 202 --> than anything else is the cause of the practicality of this system and its wide adoption. In other words, its popularity has been due to intelligent practical usefulness.” The user of a library as a rule has no interest or knowledge as to theories of the scheme used. His concern is to find quickly any subject wanted and to find near it other closely allied subjects which he is also likely to consult. Experience proved the proposed change from fixed to relative location practical. This solved most of the difficulties, so that in recent years most libraries careful in deciding on methods adopt the most important characteristics noted below as recognized essentials in a satisfactory library classification. {{sc|Relative Index}}. The card catalogue is rapidly displacing the book form. The former could not be indexed like a book by reference to pages, for cards to which additions are made daily could not be numbered like pages. The solution for classed catalogues was to number subjects so that the entry in the relative index was followed by a number which meant not a page of a special book, but a subject in the complete scheme; e.g. geometry in the index is marked 513, meaning Class 5 Natural Science, Division 1 Pure Mathematics, Section 3 Geometry. This relative index number is a key to card catalogue, shelves, pamphlet collections, shelf-list, charging system, newspaper clippings, manuscript notes, in fact to everything arranged on the relative system. Books and other material are arranged in simple 1, 2, 3 order, and the old numbers indicating a fixed location are wholly abolished because this relative index number shows not only what subject the book treats, but also exactly where it may be found. Old numbers were frequently changed, while relative numbers, being permanent, are gilded on book-backs. {{sc|Close Classing}}. All recent experience strongly confirms the wisdom of close classification on shelves, and the practice has so changed that what twenty years ago was called extreme close classification would now be considered medium or even coarse. Where libraries depend on catalogues and indexes for the resources on any subject it usually results, after a few years, in doing the work over at greatly increased cost. The best results can be obtained only by having as far as physically practicable material on each definite subject standing together. Lists of books printed as guides to readers are now usually closely classified. {{sc|Classification in Advance by Experts}}. By the relative index the number of each minute topic shows the exact place to which it has been assigned by a recognized authority in that field. A classifier need have no knowledge of the general subject if he knows exactly what a book is about. Turning to that topic or any of its synonyms in the index, he finds its number, which, marked on book, cards, and elsewhere, gives expert classification with a minimum of labor. When this book is wanted any assistant who knows what topic is sought repeats the process, finding almost instantly the index number which guides to book or catalogue entry in 1, 2, 3 order. {{sc|Simple Notation}}. In any plan the system of numbers is of the utmost practical importance. Extreme simplicity is necessary for rapid and accurate use by readers and attendants. Only Arabic numerals, and Roman letters are {{hws|suf|sufficiently}} <!-- column 2 --> {{hwe|ficiently|sufficiently}} simple and familiar to be available. Most libraries use nothing but figures to number subjects. The expansive system by C. A. Cutter combines letters and figures. The 26 letters allow 676 combinations with two characters or 17,576 with three, and as compared with Arabic numerals have 18, 40, and 118 times the capacity for three, four, and five characters. This is a great advantage, but produces numbers very unusual and complicated in appearance. The expansive is the best of the letter systems and the only one used by any number of libraries. Both expansive and decimal systems meet the test of a good classification in insuring that books on the same subject shall be classed together and readily found when wanted. {{sc|Book Numbers}}. Mr. Cutter is also author of an ingenious and widely used table to keep books in each class in alphabetical order. The author's initial is followed by a number which is the translation into figures of the rest of the name, so that the system is much simpler in handling and recording than it would be if the author's whole name had to be used. For scientific and other books where chronologic order is preferable, W. S. Biscoe, of New York State Library, devised a translation scheme by which a letter followed by simple Arabic numerals indicates date. Under the subject or class numbers most libraries use Cutter numbers, while many use also Biscoe numbers for science and useful arts. Some use simple accession order. {{sc|Mnemonics}}. Both decimal and expansive systems made large use of practical mnemonics. These are of much use, especially in geographic divisions, languages, and form distinctions; e.g. since in the decimal classification German is invariably 3 and grammars 5, one knows without reference to tables or index that in class 4 philology German grammars must be 435. Library attendants are greatly aided by these mnemonic features and can often construct a number instantly. The principle also allows very minute subdivisions of topics where it is needed for detailed notes of specialists, as in limited divisions of historical periods. In history, 0 after the number for country means no further geographic subdivision and that the figure following denotes time; e.g. 942 is history of England (class 9 history, division 4 Europe, section 2 England), 0 indicates no further geographic division, 6 the sixth or Stuart period, 1 the first Stuart King, so that 942.061 means history of England in the reign of James I. (1603-25). Or, still further, a specialist may be collecting material on Norfolk under James I. If so 061, the number for reign of James I., added to 942.61 (Norfolk), making 942.61061. would indicate with absolute precision and in a language understood all over the civilized world exactly the time and place. The wide adoption of this decimal classification for international use was based on the fact that it was a universal language used with equal readiness by all nations, while words would often be confused and misinterpreted as they were transferred from one tongue to another. {{sc|Assigning Class Numbers}}. The content or the real subject of which a book treats, not the literary form or wording of the title, determines its place. A history of mathematics goes with mathematics, not with history. Every book should be assigned to the most specific head that will contain it, according to its predominant <!-- p. 203 --> tendency or obvious purpose and also the nature and specialties of the library. Translations, reviews, analyses, and other books about specific books should be classified with the original books, as being most useful there. {{sc|Devising New Schemes}}. The relative index and relative location, and closer classification than was thought possible before their invention, are now generally accepted. Experienced librarians uniformly advise against making new schemes, as the labor and cost are so excessive. The result is never wholly satisfactory, and the same time and money spent in other directions would do much greater good to the library. Schemes already laboriously worked out are freely at the disposal of all, and there is also the very great advantage in adopting a scheme used by many other libraries that catalogues, indexes, and notes are interchangeable, and that many accessories have been prepared and printed and can be cheaply obtained that could be had for an independent scheme only at a cost so large as to be prohibitive. {{sc|Library Schools and Training}}. When near the close of the last century librarianship was recognized as a profession, it became clear that it had the same need for professional schools as law, medicine, or teaching, but nowhere was there offered systematic training for this important field. May 7, 1883, Melvil Dewey's plan for a library school with a statement of need of it was presented to the trustees of Columbia University. There was a growing call for trained librarians animated by the modern library spirit. There were in the United States 5000 public libraries, large and small, whose efficiency experts agreed could be doubled by skillful administration. Young college graduates of unusual promise were ready to enter the new profession, but no adequate facilities for training were offered. In 1884, after a year's consideration, Columbia voted to establish the school, which was opened January 5, 1887. The three months' course was by petition lengthened to four, and then to seven months, and then at once to two years, thus proving a demand for technical training not only larger than estimated, but also for broader and more thorough work than that originally planned. On April 1, 1889, by agreement between Columbia and the State, the school was transferred to the State Library at Albany. Library schools in charge of graduates of the parent school were opened in 1890 by Pratt Institute, Brooklyn, in 1892 by Drexel institute, Philadelphia, in 1893 by Armour Institute, Chicago. When in 1897 the University of Illinois erected its finest building for the library and determined to make library training a special feature, it arranged for the transfer to the State of Armour Institute School with its faculty and collections. The New York School since 1902 requires for admission a degree from a registered college. The Illinois State School in 1903 raised its requirements from two to three years of college work for admission. The degree of B.A. in library science is given at the end of four years' college work, the last of which is devoted to library science. The degree of bachelor of library science requires two full years of work besides the three years of college work. Pratt and Drexel Institute schools admit high-school graduates, and do not offer degrees. Like law and medical schools, a library school offers only a technical course, making no <!-- column 2 --> attempt to give general culture or supply deficiencies in earlier education. It gives only an outline treatment of historical and antiquarian topics, devoting its time to preparing its students for as valuable service as possible in their chosen field. A course includes bibliography, cataloguing, classification, work of accession, loan and shelf departments, bookbinding, library buildings, administrative, supervisory, and State commission work, selection of books, general library methods and appliances. As practical training is the chief end, seminars, problems, study of libraries in operation, and other features are used in such proportion as experience has shown to give the best results. Practice work in all the different departments under careful supervision is an important factor. The arduous work of the modern librarian demands more than ordinary capacity and executive ability, and also health, energy, and tireless industry. Besides these natural qualifications, the candidates should be college-bred because: (1) They are a picked class, selected from the best material throughout the country; (2) college training has given them a wider culture and broader view with a considerable fund of information, all of which is valuable working material in a library as almost nowhere else; (3) a four years' course successfully completed is the strongest voucher for persistent purpose and mental and physical capacity for protracted intellectual work; (4) experience proves that college discipline enables the mind to work with a quick precision and steady application rarely otherwise gained. Several large libraries have regular training or apprentice classes. Younger staff members and sometimes applicants for positions are organized in a class, assigned a teacher, and trained for several months in order to make them more efficient. Such classes are not open to the public, and do not pretend to be library schools; but in a large library systematic class instruction is much cheaper and more effective than to have high-priced assistants losing time in individual explanations. Many colleges and normal schools give library and bibliographic courses, not to train librarians, but to teach their students how to utilize a large library, how to care for their own private libraries, and to give them a knowledge and interest that will qualify them to serve intelligently as library trustees. Another form of instruction is for library organizers, members of commissions, or missionary librarians to meet for a day librarians needing assistance and answer questions and make suggestions. The name ‘institute’ has been used for such ‘round table’ work, but should properly be limited to work corresponding closely to ordinary teachers' institutes where most of the week is given to systematic short courses under expert conductors. In 1902 New York was divided into 11 districts and the first systematic institute work successfully begun. {{sc|Library Associations and Clubs}}. The first convention of librarians was held in New York, September 15-17, 1853, with 53 delegates. The next was held in Philadelphia, October 4-6, 1876 with 103 delegates. At the close, the American Library Association, of which the object is “to promote the welfare of libraries in America,” began its work, which has grown steadily in scope and usefulness. Its annual meetings alternate <!-- p. 204 --> between East and West, usually from Boston to San Francisco, and from Montreal to New Orleans. Its largest attendance is over 1000. In intervals between meetings its work is carried on by the committees, the council of 32, or the executive board of 7. It has sections devoted to special interests, e.g. college, reference, State library, trustees. Its most important branch is the American Library Association Publishing Board, consisting of five members who have charge of preparing and publishing bibliographies and other specially needed library aids. Funds for this board were raised by small subscriptions till in 1902 Andrew Carnegie made a first large gift of $100,000. The Board publishes various indexes and other helps to librarians, and annotated lists of the best books, for which George Iles has furnished the chief inspiration and most of the funds. Through it the experience of the library profession on many matters is focalized, formulated, and made available to all. At the close of the first international conference of librarians, held in London. October 2-5, 1877, at which 22 Americans were present, the Library Association of the United Kingdom, later chartered as the Library Association, began its work. It holds annual meetings at central points in the three kingdoms, and its Council holds monthly meetings in London. It gives much more attention to the antiquarian and historical side of library work than the American Association, whose activities have been almost wholly directed to establishing new libraries, improving methods, reducing cost, and other directly practical ends. The National Library Association of Australasia was founded in 1869, in 1900 the Verein Deutscher Bibliothekäre was founded in Germany, and in 1901 the Kansai Bunko Kyōkai or Western Library Association was established in Japan with ''Tōheki'' as its official organ. In half a dozen other countries, notably Italy, France, and Denmark, growing interest in the modern library movement indicates early organization. The first State Library Association was organized in New York in 1890, followed rapidly by other States, till now nearly all have such organizations. Interstate meetings are becoming more common, because they reach large numbers in certain sections unable to afford time and cost of journeys to national meetings at distant points. New York holds an annual ‘Library Week’ for the Northeastern States and Canada, the last full week in September, at Lake Placid Club in the Adirondacks, which draws delegates from numerous other States. The Pennsylvania and New Jersey associations for many years have held a joint meeting, to which others are invited, at Atlantic City, N. J., for three days late in March. Another central meeting-point is Madison, Wis., where some of the best public-library work of the country has been done by the efficient State Commission. In 1885 the New York Library Club, the first local body devoted to library interests, was started. Chicago followed in 1891, and now local clubs are found in most of the large cities and are being established also for groups of counties where the need is felt for more frequent meetings and closer contact than is provided by the State associations. While delegates from different countries frequently attend national meetings, the distinctly international library conferences have been in London (1877), Chicago (1893), at the {{hws|Colum|Columbian}} <!-- column 2 --> {{hwe|bian|Columbian}} Exposition, London (1897), at the Queen's Jubilee, and at the Paris Exposition of 1900. {{sc|State Supervision, Grants, and Subsidies}}. Most of the States have now appointed library commissions, usually of three or five persons serving without salary, but often with a paid secretary or organizer. These commissions have charge of the State's public library interests. They are recognized as transitional, and are paving the way for establishment, as an essential part of State government, of a library department corresponding closely to the educational department. At present these commissions answer questions, help in selecting books, give suggestions and advise as to buildings, methods, and rules, and in several States make grants of books or money to new libraries. New York first of any State or country organized a distinct library department, under the law of May 1, 1891. It grants for buying approved books as much as is raised from local sources, up to $200 annually. The law also allows grants from local money up to 10 cents for each volume circulated, but supervision is more strict than elsewhere. All books bought with State money must be approved by the Public Libraries Division of the State Library, and the recorded circulation on which subsidies from local funds are granted must be certified as conforming to a proper standard. {{sc|Bibliography}}. ''American Library Association'' ''Papers'', prepared for the World's Library Congress held at the Columbian Exposition, ed. by Melvil Dewey (Washington, 1896). United States Bureau of Education, free; Burgoyne, ''Library'' ''Construction, Architecture, Fittings, and Furniture'' (London, 1897); Dana, ''Library Primer'' (Chicago, 1899); Dewey, ''Library School Rules;'' ''Card Catalog Rules, Accession Rules, Shelf List'' ''Rules'' (3d ed., Boston, 1894); Grasel, ''Manuel'' ''de bibliothéconomie'' (Paris, 1897); Greenwood, ''Public Libraries: A History of the Movement'' ''and a Manual for the Organization and Management'' (4th ed., London, 1891); ''Library Journal'' (New York, 1877 et seq.), the monthly journal of the American Library Association; Macfarlane, ''Library Administration'' (London, 1898); Maire, ''Manuel pratique du bibliothécaire'' (Paris, 1896); Plummer, ''Hints to Small Libraries'' (2d ed., revised and enlarged, New York, 1898); ''Public Libraries'', a monthly review of library matters and methods (Chicago, 1896 et seq.); Spofford, ''Book-for All Readers, Designed as an'' ''Aid to the Collection, Use, and Preservation of'' ''Books, and the Information of Public and Private'' ''Libraries'' (2d ed., New York, 1900). Probably the most important books and articles on classification are: Edwards, “Classificatory Systems” in his ''Memoirs of Libraries'', vol. ii. (London, 1859); Petzholdt, “Bibliographische Systeme,” in his ''Bibliotheca Bibliographica'' (Leipzig, 1866); Kephart, “Classification,” in ''American Library'' ''Association Papers at Columbian Exposition,'' ''1893'', a survey of methods in larger American libraries, published by the United States Bureau of Education (Washington, 1896); J. D. Brown, ''Manual of Library Classification and Shelf'' ''Arrangement'' (London, 1898); Richardson, ''Classification, Theoretical and Practical'' (New York, 1901); Dewey, ''Decimal Classification and Relativ'' ''Index'' (6th ed., Boston, 1899); Cutter, ''Expansive Classification''. Also articles in ''Library'' ''Journal'' and ''Bulletins de l'institut international'' ''de bibliographie'' (Brussels, Belgium). <!-- p. 205 --> {{c|{{sc|Library Statistics}}}} {|{{ts|ba|bc}} rules="cols" |&nbsp;<br>No.<br>&nbsp; |Library |City |Country |Date* |No.&nbsp;of&nbsp;vols. |- |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |- |align="right" valign="top"|1 |Bibliothèque Nationale |valign="top"|Paris |valign="top"|France |valign="top"|1894 |align="right" valign="top"|2,600,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|2 |British Museum |valign="top"|London |valign="top"|England |valign="top"|1900 |align="right" valign="top"|2,000,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|3 |Imperatorskij Publicnaja Biblioteka |valign="top"|Saint&nbsp;Petersburg |valign="top"|Russia |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|1,330,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|4 |Königliche Bibliothek |valign="top"|Berlin |valign="top"|Prussia |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|1,200,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|5 |Library of Congress |valign="top"|Washington |valign="top"|D.C. |valign="top"|1900 |align="right" valign="top"|1,000,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|6 |Kön. Hof- u. Staatsbibliothek |valign="top"|Munich |valign="top"|Bavaria |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|1,000,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|7 |K. u. k. Hofbibliothek |valign="top"|Vienna |valign="top"|Austria |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|900,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|8 |Universitäts- u. Landesbibliothek |valign="top"|Strassburg |valign="top"|Alsace |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|814,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|9 |Public Library |valign="top"|Boston |valign="top"|Mass. |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|812,264 |- |align="right" valign="top"|10 |Publičnyj i Rumjancovskij Musej |valign="top"|Moscow |valign="top"|Russia |valign="top"|1900 |align="right" valign="top"|800,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|11 |Public Library |valign="top"|N. Y. City |valign="top"|New York |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|787,775 |- |align="right" valign="top"|12 |Bodleian Library |valign="top"|Oxford |valign="top"|England |valign="top"|1900 |align="right" valign="top"|600,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|13 |Biblioteca Nacional |valign="top"|Madrid |valign="top"|Spain |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|600,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|14 |K. u. k. Universitäts-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Vienna |valign="top"|Austria |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|596,525 |- |align="right" valign="top"|15 |Harvard University Library |valign="top"|Cambridge |valign="top"|Mass. |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|575,888 |- |align="right" valign="top"|16 |Det Store Kongelige Bibliothek |valign="top"|Copenhagen |valign="top"|Denmark |valign="top"|1895 |align="right" valign="top"|550,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|17 |Cambridge University Library |valign="top"|Cambridge |valign="top"|England |valign="top"|1900 |align="right" valign="top"|550,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|18 |Universitäts-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Göttingen |valign="top"|Prussia |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|506,812 |- |align="right" valign="top"|19 |Kön. Bibliotheek |valign="top"|The Hague |valign="top"|Netherlands |valign="top"|1892 |align="right" valign="top"|500,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|20 |Universiteit Bibliotheek |valign="top"|Amsterdam |valign="top"|Netherlands |valign="top"|1892 |align="right" valign="top"|500,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|21 |Universitäts-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Leipzig |valign="top"|Saxony |valign="top"|1892 |align="right" valign="top"|500,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|22 |Bibliothèque Royale |valign="top"|Brussels |valign="top"|Belgium |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|500,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|23 |Regia Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale |valign="top"|Florence |valign="top"|Italy |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|488,207 |- |align="right" valign="top"|24 |Advocates' Library |valign="top"|Edinburgh |valign="top"|Scotland |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|485,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|25 |Bibliothèque de l'Université |valign="top"|Paris |valign="top"|France |valign="top"|1897 |align="right" valign="top"|477,590 |- |align="right" valign="top"|26 |N. Y. State Library |valign="top"|Albany |valign="top"|New York |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|476,437 |- |align="right" valign="top"|27 |Magyar Nemzeti Muzeum |valign="top"|Budapest |valign="top"|Hungary |valign="top"|1900 |align="right" valign="top"|467,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|28 |Grossherzogliche Hof-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Darmstadt |valign="top"|Hesse |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|460,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|29 |Königliche öffentliche Bibliothek |valign="top"|Dresden |valign="top"|Saxony |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|460,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|30 |Bibliothèque de l'Arsenal |valign="top"|Paris |valign="top"|France |valign="top"|1892 |align="right" valign="top"|454,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|31 |Imperatorskij Varsavskij Universitet |valign="top"|Warsaw |valign="top"|Russia |valign="top"|1898 |align="right" valign="top"|453,728 |- |align="right" valign="top"|32 |Kön. Bayerische Ludwig-Maximilians-Universitäts-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Munich |valign="top"|Bavaria |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|450,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|33 |Biblioteca Nazionale Marciana |valign="top"|Venice |valign="top"|Italy |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|405,098 |- |align="right" valign="top"|34 |Grossherz. Ruprecht-Karls-Universitäts-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Heidelberg |valign="top"|Baden |valign="top"|1892 |align="right" valign="top"|400,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|35 |Imperatorskaja Akademija Naiik |valign="top"|Saint&nbsp;Petersburg |valign="top"|Russia |valign="top"|1900 |align="right" valign="top"|400,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|36 |Kongl. Biblioteket |valign="top"|Stockholm |valign="top"|Sweden |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|395,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|37 |Kön. Eberhard-Karls Universitäts-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Tübingen |valign="top"|Württemberg |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|390,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|38 |R. Biblioteca Nazionale |valign="top"|Naples |valign="top"|Italy |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|374,755 |- |align="right" valign="top"|39 |Kongelige Frederiks Universitet Biblioteket |valign="top"|Christiania |valign="top"|Norway |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|372,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|40 |Yale University Library |valign="top"|New Haven |valign="top"|Conn. |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|360,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|41 |Bibliothèque de l'Université de l'Etat de Gand |valign="top"|Ghent |valign="top"|Belgium |valign="top"|1900 |align="right" valign="top"|357,254 |- |align="right" valign="top"|42 |Kön. Julius-Maximilians-Universitäts-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Würzburg |valign="top"|Bavaria |valign="top"|1898 |align="right" valign="top"|350,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|43 |University of Chicago |valign="top"|Chicago |valign="top"|Ill. |valign="top"|1899 |align="right" valign="top"|350,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|44 |Universytet Jagiellouski w Krakowie |valign="top"|Cracow |valign="top"|Galica |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|344,715 |- |align="right" valign="top"|45 |Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale Vittorio Emanuele |valign="top"|Rome |valign="top"|Italy |valign="top"|1900 |align="right" valign="top"|337,632 |- |align="right" valign="top"|46 |Stadtbibliothek |valign="top"|Hamburg |valign="top"|Germany |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|335,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|47 |Columbia University Library |valign="top"|N. Y. City |valign="top"|New York |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|327,622 |- |align="right" valign="top"|48 |Kön. Landesbibliothek |valign="top"|Stuttgart |valign="top"|Württemberg |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|326,131 |- |align="right" valign="top"|49 |Kön. öffentliche Bibliothek |valign="top"|Bamberg |valign="top"|Bavaria |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|323,958 |- |align="right" valign="top"|50 |Landes-Universitäts-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Rostock |valign="top"|Mecklenburg |valign="top"|1899 |align="right" valign="top"|318,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|51 |Tokyo Teikoku Daigaku (University) |valign="top"|Tokio |valign="top"|Japan |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|317,935 |- |align="right" valign="top"|52 |Imperatorskij S. Peterburgsky Universitet |valign="top"|Saint&nbsp;Petersburg |valign="top"|Russia |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|306,727 |- |align="right" valign="top"|53 |Public Library |valign="top"|Chicago |valign="top"|Ill. |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|306,601 |- |align="right" valign="top"|54 |Kön. Universitäts-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Breslau |valign="top"|Prussia |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|305,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|55 |Public Library |valign="top"|Brooklyn |valign="top"|New York |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|303,801 |- |align="right" valign="top"|56 |Herzogliche Bibliothek |valign="top"|Wolfenbüttel |valign="top"|Brunswick |valign="top"|1892 |align="right" valign="top"|300,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|57 |Bibliothèque Mazarin |valign="top"|Paris |valign="top"|France |valign="top"|1893 |align="right" valign="top"|300,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|58 |Kongelige Universitetet |valign="top"|Upsala |valign="top"|Sweden |valign="top"|1897 |align="right" valign="top"|300,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|59 |Kjøbenhavns Universitet |valign="top"|Copenhagen |valign="top"|Denmark |valign="top"|1898 |align="right" valign="top"|300,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|60 |R. Biblioteca Palatina |valign="top"|Parma |valign="top"|Italy |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|299,404 |- |align="right" valign="top"|61 |Public Free Libraries |valign="top"|Manchester |valign="top"|England |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|292,167 |- |align="right" valign="top"|62 |Rheinische Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universitäts-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Bonn |valign="top"|Prussia |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|287,500 |- |align="right" valign="top"|63 |K. k. Karl-Ferdinand-Universitats-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Prague |valign="top"|Bohemia |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|278,623 |- |align="right" valign="top"|64 |Stadtbibliothek |valign="top"|Frankfort |valign="top"|Prussia |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|277,687 |- |align="right" valign="top"|65 |Birmingham Free Libraries |valign="top"|Birmingham |valign="top"|England |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|272,166 |- |align="right" valign="top"|66 |Imperatorskij Moskovskij Universitet |valign="top"|Moscow |valign="top"|Russia |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|271,926 |- |align="right" valign="top"|67 |Grossherz. Bad. Albert-Ludwigs-Universitäts-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Freiburg i. Br. |valign="top"|Baden |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|270,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|68 |Bibliotheca Nacional |valign="top"|Rio de Janeiro |valign="top"|Brazil |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|259,404 |- |align="right" valign="top"|69 |Trinity College Library |valign="top"|Dublin |valign="top"|Ireland |valign="top"|1900 |align="right" valign="top"|257,317 |- |align="right" valign="top"|70 |Regia Università degli Studi |valign="top"|Bologna |valign="top"|Italy |valign="top"|1895 |align="right" valign="top"|255,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|71 |Newberry Library |valign="top"|Chicago |valign="top"|Ill. |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|251,743 |- |align="right" valign="top"|72 |Kön. Albertus-Universitäts-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Königsberg |valign="top"|Prussia |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|250,395 |- |align="right" valign="top"|73 |Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana |valign="top"|Rome |valign="top"|Italy |valign="top"|1893 |align="right" valign="top"|250,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|74 |Goruyj Institut |valign="top"|Saint&nbsp;Petersburg |valign="top"|Russia |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|250,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|75 |Cornell University Library |valign="top"|Ithaca |valign="top"|New York |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|250,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|76 |Bibliothèque Cantonale |valign="top"|Lausanne |valign="top"|Switzerland |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|250,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|77 |Biblioteca Nazionale |valign="top"|Turin |valign="top"|Italy |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|250,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|78 |Rijks-Universiteit |valign="top"|Utrecht |valign="top"|Netherlands |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|250,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|79 |Kön. Christian-Albrechts Universitäts-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Kiel |valign="top"|Prussia |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|246,310 |- |align="right" valign="top"|80 |Grossherzogliche Bibliothek |valign="top"|Weimar |valign="top"|Saxe-Weimar |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|240,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|81 |Free Library |valign="top"|Philadelphia |valign="top"|Pa. |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|239,183 |- |align="right" valign="top"|82 |Budapesti Királyi Magyar Tudomány-Egyetem (University) |valign="top"|Budapest |valign="top"|Hungary |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|236,881 |- |align="right" valign="top"|83 |Imperatorskij Novorossijskij Universitet |valign="top"|Odessa |valign="top"|Russia |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|232,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|84 |Library Company |valign="top"|Philadelphia |valign="top"|Pa. |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|231,184 |- |align="right" valign="top"|85 |Mercantile Library |valign="top"|N. Y. City |valign="top"|New York |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|230,541 |- |align="right" valign="top"|86 |Princeton University Library |valign="top"|Princeton |valign="top"|N. J. |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|230,100 |- |align="right" valign="top"|87 |Oeffentliche Bibliothek |valign="top"|Basel |valign="top"|Switzerland |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|230,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|88 |Biblioteca Nazionale Braideuse |valign="top"|Milan |valign="top"|Italy |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|228,648 |- |align="right" valign="top"|89 |Vereinigte Friedrichs-Universität Halle-Wittenberg |valign="top"|Halle |valign="top"|Prussia |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|228,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|90 |London Library |valign="top"|London |valign="top"|England |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|220,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|91 |Grosherzogliche Regierungsbibliothek |valign="top"|Schwerin |valign="top"|Mecklenburg |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|220,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|92 |Sutro Library |valign="top"|San Francisco |valign="top"|Cal. |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|220,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|93 |Public Library |valign="top"|Liverpool |valign="top"|England |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|217,630 |- |align="right" valign="top"|94 |Biblioteca Comunale |valign="top"|Palermo |valign="top"|Italy |valign="top"|1897 |align="right" valign="top"|216,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|95 |Public Library |valign="top"|Cincinnati |valign="top"|Ohio |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|215,558 |- |align="right" valign="top"|96 |Kön. Friedrich-Alexanders Universitäts-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Erlangen |valign="top"|Bavaria |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|213,800 |- |align="right" valign="top"|97 |Central Public Free Library |valign="top"|Leeds |valign="top"|England |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|212,396 |- |align="right" valign="top"|98 |Ἐθνικὴ Βιβλιοθήκη τῆς Ἑλλάδος |valign="top"|Athens |valign="top"|Greece |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|212,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|99 |Enoch Pratt Free Library |valign="top"|Baltimore |valign="top"|Md. |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|211,449 |- |align="right" valign="top"|100 |Imperatorskij Kazanskij Universitet |valign="top"|Kasan |valign="top"|Russia |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|211,196 |- |align="right" valign="top"|101 |University Library |valign="top"|Edinburgh |valign="top"|Scotland |valign="top"|1900 |align="right" valign="top"|210,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|l02 |University Library |valign="top"|Glasgow |valign="top"|Scotland |valign="top"|1900 |align="right" valign="top"|210,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|103 |Bibliotheca Nacional |valign="top"|Lisbon |valign="top"|Portugal |valign="top"|1894 |align="right" valign="top"|209,415 |- |align="right" valign="top"|104 |Imperatorskij Jurjevskij Universitet |valign="top"|Dorpat |valign="top"|Russia |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|209,090 |- |align="right" valign="top"|105 |Biblioteca Governativa |valign="top"|Lucca |valign="top"|Italy |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|207,794 |- |align="right" valign="top"|106 |Biblioteca Comunale |valign="top"|Fermo |valign="top"|Italy |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|206,150 |- |align="right" valign="top"|107 |Universidad Central de España |valign="top"|Madrid |valign="top"|Spain |valign="top"|1895 |align="right" valign="top"|206,134 |- |align="right" valign="top"|108 |Imperial Library |valign="top"|Tokio |valign="top"|Japan |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|205,953 |- |align="right" valign="top"|109 |University of Pennsylvania Library |valign="top"|Philadelphia |valign="top"|Pa. |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|202,500 |- |align="right" valign="top"|110 |Boston Athenæum |valign="top"|Boston |valign="top"|Mass. |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|202,166 |- |align="right" valign="top"|111 |Grossherzoglich- und herzoglich Sächsische Gesamtuniversitäts-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Jena |valign="top"|Saxe-Weimar |valign="top"|1892 |align="right" valign="top"|200,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|112 |Staats-, Kreis- und Stadtbibliotlick |valign="top"|Augsburg |valign="top"|Bavaria |valign="top"|1893 |align="right" valign="top"|200,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|113 |Museum Královstvl Českeho |valign="top"|Prague |valign="top"|Bohemia |valign="top"|1898 |align="right" valign="top"|200,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|114 |Bibliothèque Publique |valign="top"|Bordeaux |valign="top"|France |valign="top"|1900 |align="right" valign="top"|200,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|115 |Kön. und Provinzial-Bibliotbek |valign="top"|Hanover |valign="top"|Prussia |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|200,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|116 |Stadtbibliothek |valign="top"|Mainz |valign="top"|Hesse |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|200,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|117 |Bibliothèque Sainte-Geneviève |valign="top"|Paris |valign="top"|France |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|200,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|118 |Publičnaja Biblioteka i Sostojaščij pri nej Muzej |valign="top"|Vilna |valign="top"|Russia |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|200,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|119 |Staats Bibliothek |valign="top"|Aarhuus |valign="top"|Denmark |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|200,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|120 |Library of Parliament |valign="top"|Ottawa |valign="top"|Canada |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|200,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|121 |Tomskij Universitet |valign="top"|Tomsk |valign="top"|Siberia |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|200,000 |} {{c|<nowiki>*</nowiki>Date of latest available statistics.}} 8uqz4wn7eydrf8yov97jmcku8jmlhrl 14130270 14129884 2024-04-25T23:27:05Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Undo revision [[Special:Diff/14129884|14129884]] by [[Special:Contributions/ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) wikitext text/x-wiki {{TextQuality|75%}} {{NIE |previous = Libra |next = Library of Congress, The |wikipedia = Library |edition = 1905 |override_author = [[Author:James Morton Paton|James Morton Paton]], [[Author:Charles Alexander Nelson|Charles Alexander Nelson]], [[Author:Melvil Dewey|Melvil Dewey]] and [[Author:James Hulme Canfield|James Hulme Canfield]] }}<!-- p. 193 --> <!-- column 2 --> '''LIBRARIES'''. A term applied indifferently to buildings designed to contain books, and to the books deposited in these buildings. In the present article it is used chiefly in the latter sense. {{sc|History.}} Though there were libraries in ancient times in Egypt, no remains of these collections have been found. From very early days Babylonia was the seat of a learned and literary people, and almost every important temple contained its library of clay tablets with cuneiform inscriptions, carefully shelved in regular order. Such a library was recently (1901) found at Nippur, in the great temple of Bel, which was destroyed in the Elamite invasion (c.1782 {{smaller|B.C.}}). It was from the treasures of such libraries that King Assurbanipal of Assyria, in the seventh century {{smaller|B.C.}}, caused copies to be made for the great library which he gathered in his palace at Nineveh. The tablets here found by Layard and his successors contain history, science, religion, grammars, and dictionaries in the original languages of Babylonia, and in translation. Among the Greeks private libraries <!-- p. 194 --> doubtless existed during the third and fourth centuries {{smaller|B.C.}}, and there may be some truth in the stories of the collection of books by the earlier tyrants, such as Pisistratus and Polycrates; but these were of moderate size, even the library of Aristotle probably containing only a few hundred rolls. It is with the founding of the [[../Alexandrian Library/]] (q.v.) by the first of the Ptolemies that the history of the great classical libraries begins. The library of Pergamum, a formidable rival to that of Alexandria, was founded probably by Attalus I., and was largely increased by the fostering care of his successors. It was ultimately removed to Alexandria, being sent by Antony as a gift to Cleopatra. At the time of this transference it contained, according to Plutarch, 200,000 volumes. At Rome interest in literature developed slowly, but we are told that the library of the kings of Macedon was brought to Rome by Æmilius Paulus ({{smaller|B.C.}} 167). In the first century {{smaller|B.C.}} there were some notable private collections, as that of the grammarian Tyrannion, estimated at 30,000 rolls, and the carefully selected and valuable collection of Atticus, the friend of Cicero. Cæsar is said to have planned a public library; and Pliny states that C. Asinius Pollio ({{smaller|B.C.}} 39) erected from the spoils of his Parthian victories the first public library in Rome, in the temple of Libertas, near the Forum; but according to Plutarch this honor should be given to Lucullus. Another library was established by Augustus on the Palatine, in connection with his new temple of Apollo. This was divided into Greek and Latin sections. Another was placed by the same Emperor in the Portico of Octavia. Tiberius and later emperors continued this work. Especially famous was the Ulpian library, established by Trajan, which soon surpassed all others in Rome, and was later removed from the Forum of Trajan to the Baths of Diocletian. Nearly 1700 MSS. and fragments of MSS. have been found in a library room at Herculaneum, about 400 of which have been more or less unrolled and deciphered. In the ancient libraries the books, usually rolls of papyrus, were kept in closets, in somewhat small rooms, which, however, seem to have been arranged for the use of the books. Catalogues were prepared, and the tablets of Alexandria were valuable sources for literary history. The librarian was commonly a distinguished scholar, and at all times seems to have ranked as an important public officer. The first librarian of whom we have any record was a Babylonian named Amil-anu, who lived about 1600 {{smaller|B.C.}}, one of whose signet cylinders is in the British Museum. Nehemiah is said to have founded a library, and references in the Books of Samuel and Kings to other books imply the existence of some collection in which these works might be found. Eusebius mentions an early Christian library founded by the martyr Alexander, Bishop of Jerusalem, who died {{smaller|A.D.}} 250. Saint Pamphilus, another Christian martyr ({{smaller|A.D.}} 300), founded at Cæsarea a public library of about 30,000 volumes, chiefly theological, which is said to have been destroyed by the Arabs in the seventh century. Saint Jerome had a large library, and made frequent use of that at Cæsarea; in one of his letters he refers to the use of church libraries as though each church had one. Saint Augustine, on his deathbed, {{smaller|A.D.}} 430, requested that the {{hws|li|library}} <!-- column 2 --> {{hwe|brary|library}} of the church at Hippo and all the MSS. should be carefully preserved. In the primitive monasteries of Tabenna, founded by Pachomius, in the depths of the Thebaid, there was a library in every house. Julian the Apostate ({{smaller|A.D.}} 363) founded libraries of a different character, upon which he inscribed the words: “Some love horses, some birds, others wild beasts, but from boyhood I have been possessed with the desire of acquiring and owning books.” Constantine the Great founded ({{smaller|A.D.}} 336) a library at Constantinople, which at his death is said to have contained 6000 volumes; it grew under Julian and Theodosius the Younger to 120,000 volumes. In it was deposited the only authentic copy of the proceedings of the Council of Nice, and among its curiosities were a MS. of Homer, one hundred and twenty feet in length, written in letters of gold on serpents' skin, and a copy of the Four Gospels bound in plates of gold weighing fifteen pounds and enriched with precious stones. This library was destroyed by fire under Zeno. A later collection, extending to 33,000 volumes, is said to have been destroyed by Leo III., ‘the Iconoclast,’ {{smaller|A.D.}} 730. The triple fire at the capture of Constantinople by the Crusaders, in 1203, eclipsed all previous ones in destructiveness. Two hundred and fifty years later came the final disaster of the Ottoman conquest. Despite all these losses, possibly through some of them, the great libraries of Europe owe to Constantinople some of their choicest treasures. Through the Middle Ages books and learning were preserved by the monasteries, especially those of the Benedictines, beginning at Monte-Cassino, {{smaller|A.D.}} 530. Each Benedictine house instituted first a library, then the scriptorium or writing-room, where MSS. were copied for sale or exchange, and lastly the school, often to all who desired instruction. Many famous libraries of Europe had their nuclei in these Benedictine collections. Notable among these are the libraries of Monte-Cassino, Fleury on the Loire (c.650), Corbie (662), Hersfeld, Ratisbon, [[../Corvei/]] (q.v.), Reichenau (724), Fulda (744), Saint Gall (820), and Clugny (910). England is indebted to the Benedictines for her earliest library, that of Christ Church, Canterbury (596), and for Saint Peter's of York, Saint Cuthbert's at Durham, and those at Peterborough, Wearmouth (647), Bury Saint Edmunds, Reading, and Saint Albans. The Franciscans had a considerable library at Oxford, to which Adam de Murisco left his books, 1253. The Bodleian was opened in 1602. The library of the University of Cambridge dates from 1475. Charlemagne established libraries in his cloister-schools at Aix-la-Chapelle and Tours, to which Alcuin brought the training he had secured at Saint Mary's, in York, England. With the fourteenth century came the establishment in Germany of the university libraries, at Prague (1348), Heidelberg (1386), Leipzig (1409); and the first public town libraries, the outcome of humanism, at Ratisbon (1430), Vienna (1440, opened to the public in 1575), and Frankfort (1484). The suppression of the monasteries after the Reformation gave an impulse to the foundation of the royal and town libraries. Many important ones were established in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries: Göttingen (1737), Bonn (1818), {{hws|Strass|Strassburg,}} <!-- p. 195 --> {{hwe|burg,|Strassburg,}} dating back to 1566, rising phœnix-like from the ashes of the siege of 1870. All the universities of Germany have notable libraries. Spain with its University of Palencia (1212) and of Salamanca, a few years later, takes a very early place in library history. The National Library at Madrid owns the Columbus Letter in Spanish among its rarities. The famed ''Corvina'', established by Matthias Corvinus (c. 1460), had a rapid growth, but its treasures were dispersed by the Turks in 1527, and scattered specimens are to be found in more than thirty of the libraries of Europe. The Royal Library at Copenhagen, dating from 1479, is the largest of Scandinavian libraries, is specially strong in Icelandic literature, and has a fine collection of Persian MSS. The first public library in Italy was founded at Florence, in 1437, on a bequest by Niccoli, the Florentine Socrates, of his own collection of 800 MSS. Cosmo de' Medici erected a building for it in 1441, and later, under his grandson, Lorenzo de' Medici, it acquired the name of Laurentian Library. With the expulsion of the Medici at the close of the fifteenth century the collection passed into the posses<ins>s</ins>ion of a monastery. Later Leo X. bought it, and in 1521 Cardinal Giulio de' Medici restored it to the city and housed it in a building erected by Michelangelo. Nicholas V. founded the Vatican Libraiy in 1447 and left it at his death enriched with 9000 MSS. In 1588 its present building was erected by Sixtus V. In 1658 the famous Urbino Library was acquired for it. Queen Christina of Sweden enriched it with a splendid collection of MSS. and books. In 1746 the Ottobuoni collection of 3862 German and Latin MSS. was added. Italy is exceedingly rich in libraries of historical interest; her university libraries contain many MSS. and incunabula. Among the famous collections may be named the [[../Ambrosian Library/]] (q.v.) at Milan, founded in 1602; the Casanata, at Rome; the National Central, at Florence, formed by the union of the well-known Magliabechiana and Palatina; and the National of Saint Mark, at Venice. The archives of Venice, complete for more than ten centuries, and numbering fifteen million documents, are housed under a single roof. France, in the Bibliothèque Nationale, at Paris, has the largest library in the world. Charles V. in 1368 had a tower in the old Louvre fitted up as a library, where he gathered 910 volumes. These were scattered during the English wars, and many fell into the hands of the Duke of Bedford and were carried to London. Louis XI. made an effort to revive the library. Henry IV. gave it a home in the Collège de Clermont and appointed De Thou librarian. It narrowly escaped destruction at the time of the Revolution, when two of its librarians were guillotined. In 1666 it was removed to its present building, which has been frequently enlarged to accommodate the rapidly growing collection. The minor libraries of Paris include the Arsenal, founded in 1755; the Mazarin (1643); and the Library of Sainte Geneviève (1624). The library of the Abbey of Saint Victor, the first opened to the public in France, went largely, at the dissolution of the monasteries, to the Bibliothèque Nationale. Large libraries owing their origin to monastic collections and to the liberality of private persons are to be found in all <!-- column 2 --> the provincial cities of France. Most noteworthy are those of Lyons (1630), Aix (1705), Rouen (1809), and Bordeaux (1768). Many notable libraries in England and on the Continent collected by private individuals during the past five centuries still bear their names, or have been merged in university or public libraries or dispersed at auction sales. Subscription and circulating libraries began to be established about the middle of the eighteenth century, and have been widely successful. Some town libraries were established at dates much earlier. The earliest library in America was that presented to the Henrico College, established by the colonists at Jamestown, Va., in 1621, destroyed with the colony the next year. Harvard University Library was founded in 1638. In 1700 came the Public Library in New York, changed in 1754 into the present Society Library. In 1700, also, South Carolina passed the Provincial Library Law to encourage parochial libraries. Yale College Library was founded in 1701. In 1731 Benjamin Franklin founded the Library Company of Philadelphia, which he called the ‘mother of all North American subscription libraries.’ In 1800 the national library, called in its first general catalogue the Library of the United States, and later misnamed the Library of Congress, was established. The first recognition of the principle of taxation for support of public libraries was the New York District Library Law of 1835. This was not for school but for public libraries, unwisely placed in charge of school officers as a mere convenience of administration. The general plan was copied in twenty-three other States; and without exception has proved that while schools and libraries should work in the greatest harmony, the best results demand that their administration be separated. Exceptions have been only enough to prove the rule. These district libraries did a beneficent work, but under their own trustees, with proper supervision and well-organized administration, the same money might have done vastly more. But the law made the needed beginning in recognizing the popular educational character and possibilities of libraries. In 1849 New Hampshire passed a law allowing towns to tax themselves for libraries. In 1850 Great Britain passed the famous Ewart Free Libraries Act. In 1852 the Boston Public Library was founded, and for a generation led the world in showing what might be done by a municipal library. In 1853 fifty-three librarians held the first library convention of the world in New York City, and received their first idea of the card catalogue. {{sc|Types of Libraries}}. Because of their number and importance, public libraries are always meant unless some other type is specified. In private and family libraries the shelf-list is the most important single record, as it combines in cheapest form both invoice book and inventory, and may easily have added to it the essential accession book facts. With better understanding of their value, many private libraries now have card indexes and accession books as well as shelf-lists. Proprietary and club libraries are only larger family libraries, as they are open only to those elected to membership. Subscription or circulating libraries are carried on as a business and are usually open to all <!-- p. 196 --> who pay the fees. Their records and methods are the simplest and cheapest, except for institutions like Mudie's and Smith's in England, and the Booklovers with its Tabard Inn and other branches in this country. National and State libraries have a distinct function in preserving for posterity everything printed which they can obtain. They are the central storehouses on which all local libraries in their field may draw when necessary. This demands large provision for storage and facilities for sending books quickly and safely to students and libraries. They should have books, pamphlets, manuscripts, and other material which because of rarity or little demand are seldom found in local collections. The smaller libraries have learned that the first cost of a book is seldom its chief expense. It must be catalogued, classified, shelved, cleaned, and inventoried yearly even if never used. Libraries limited in funds cannot afford to accept as gifts books seldom used. The average library is becoming one in a series of sieves. The traditional conception of a library required it to keep all it could get. The immense growth in volume of books issued has enforced new ideas. A scholar outgrows certain books which he has kept on his table, and relegates them to the shelves of his private library. Later he sifts out books seldom wanted and sends them to the public library, where they will serve the whole locality instead of one person. Club and subscription libraries make room by disposing freely of books no longer needed. Recently thoughtful observers realize that even public libraries, except a few great central storehouses, must in turn take their place in the series of sieves and abandon the plan of keeping everything, selecting up to their capacity what will be most useful and sending the rest to State or national centres, to be destroyed if found to be duplicates too common to be worth keeping. {{sc|Special Libraries}}. Every department of human endeavor is recognizing the library as its laboratory, with the result that special libraries are formed for special work. This gives libraries not only for law, medicine, theology, education, art, history, but for every distinct department. These libraries on special subjects are sometimes independent, but experience proves that they are more wisely treated as branches of the central collection and kept under supervision of its director. The value of the best reading in giving to any class of people information that will help them to do their work better, or inspiration and recreation which will broaden and sweeten their lives, has led to forming general libraries for special classes wherever people can be interested and command leisure to read. Owners of factories, stores, mines, and other employers have found it profitable to improve their employees' character and standards by furnishing such libraries. Governments put them in prisons, asylums, and other institutions. Cities send them to station and engine houses of police and fire departments. {{sc|College Libraries}}. In these circulation is subordinate to reference work, the most important feature being to teach students how to use books and to give opportunities to handle them with a freedom thought impracticable in a public library, though recent experience with open shelves has shown that the public can be trusted <!-- column 2 --> far more than was supposed. In modern work every department finds the library as necessary as its laboratory, so that the college library is not the rival but the best ally of every professor in the institution. Some normal schools and colleges give systematic instruction to their students in using books and in the mechanism of the library; not to train them as librarians, but to give them the ability to get the most from books and modern libraries. {{sc|Modern Movement}}. It was the chief duty of the old librarian to get and keep books. Their use was a subordinate consideration. The library was a storehouse. But the modern library is less a reservoir than a fountain. Its librarian is an active, aggressive factor in popular education. He recognizes fully his duty to get and to keep, but puts far above this his greater duty to use. The old library was of interest only to the learned few. The modern library has won an equal place beside the public school. The present will be known to historians as the library age. In a single year 100 new general library laws have been passed by American States. In public interest and support, in liberality of laws and appropriations, in magnitude of individual gifts, the modern library movement exceeds any other in history. It meets not with jealousy and antagonism, but with sympathy and cordial support from those concerned with the other half of education, the schools. The most potent and most economical influence to be exerted for good on young and old is through reading. It is the longest lever with which human hands have ever pried. Educational experts declare that the chief influence on the child is not father, mother, teacher, or school, but what he reads. This reading can be guided effectively and economically by free public libraries. The vast percentage of children are able to secure, only the barest elements of education before becoming bread-winners. During life the rest is gained, whether of information or inspiration, from what they read. The birth-year of active, new work, of the modern library movement, was 1876. In it was founded the American Library Association, a most potent national body. The ''[[Library Journal]]'' was established as its official organ. The Library Bureau, a centre for library enterprises, started its work, which has grown from a few hundred dollars the first year to over a million dollars annually, and has introduced card indexes and other labor-saving devices into a score of countries. Later the United States Bureau of Education published a volume of essays and statistics on public libraries in the United States. Cutter's Rules for a dictionary catalogue, and the decimal classification and relative index, appeared. In 1886 the ''Library Journal'' was supplemented by ''Library Notes'', later replaced by ''Public Libraries'', published since 1896 by the Library Bureau. In 1893, at the Columbian Exposition, a national comparative library exhibit, prepared by the New York State Library, was a prominent feature in the United States Building. Similar exhibits, limited by lack of space, were made at the Paris Exposition of 1900 and the Pan-American of 1901. The ''A. L. A. Catalog'' of 5000 of the best books for a village library was a leading feature of the Chicago exhibit, and the <!-- p. 197 --> New York State Library took charge of its revision for the Saint Louis Exposition. Significant of the new part public libraries are playing is the action of one of the shrewdest observers among mankind's greatest friends, Andrew Carnegie, who, in his avowed purpose of distributing his wealth for the greatest good of his fellows, finds nothing which promises so large returns as coöperation with communities which are willing to pledge themselves permanently to devote, from public funds or other sources, for the annual maintenance of a public library, one-tenth the sum given by Mr. Carnegie for a building. Up to January 1, 1903, Mr. Carnegie had given 730 libraries and had applications for 800 more, most of which he hoped to grant. The clearest testimony that the great library movement is accepted as educational is found in the fact that circulating, subscription, and proprietary libraries have given way before the tax-supported free public library, just as the private and denominational schools have been so often replaced by the tax-supported free high school. All the important steps in the development of the school system have already been taken also for libraries; such as educating public sentiment, making libraries entirely free, giving grants and subsidies from public money, supervision, reports, professional journals, training schools and classes corresponding to normal schools and teachers' classes, institutes, inspectors; and, most important of all, establishing State library commissions, which will inevitably grow to State departments like that already established in New York. Two other steps are advocated to complete the correspondence: requiring librarians to attend institutes as a condition of receiving public library money, and requiring State certification of librarians as to fitness for their duties. The conception of the library's scope and functions has broadened rapidly in recent years. The original library might be used by a privileged few. Then those who paid a fee might use it. Finally it was made free to all for reference. The thought of taking any book from the older libraries was as preposterous as that of borrowing specimens or pictures from a museum. Then the favored few might borrow, then all who paid a fee, and finally came the broad plan of lending free to all. Then the library became aggressive, and reached out to secure readers as earnestly as a merchant to secure patrons. When New York established its Public Libraries Department, there were 40 public libraries in the State and 40,000 licensed saloons, with chances a thousand to one that a boy at leisure would find the open door and cordial welcome of a saloon, instead of opportunity to read the best books. In competing with these rivals, branch libraries were established. But these did not get close enough to the homes in all cases, and deliveries were added. The express, mail, and telephone were used to make the best books more accessible. One or more books were lent to readers at a distance; then home libraries were sent out to local centres for groups of a dozen children. Traveling libraries of 50 or 100 volumes of the choicest books were sent to every community wishing them. The idea spread rapidly. The need of reaching rural homes too scattered for the larger collections led New York, in 1903, <!-- column 2 --> to offer the house library of 10 volumes. Book-wagons and cars with traveling librarians are now planned. Perhaps the most significant features of late years are the development of reference librarians to answer questions; of the children's room and librarians devoted wholly to the needs of little people; of free access to open shelves so that all readers may have the advantages of actually handling the books; provision for those who cannot come to the library, by means of branches and traveling libraries; and the appraisement or evaluation of books by disinterested authorities, so that a reader may have a trustworthy guide in selecting from the millions of books in existence the one best adapted to his needs. Librarians largely agree that the best name for local tax-supported libraries is ‘public library,’ preceded by the name of the city or town. The word ‘free’ is objectionable as suggesting charity, and ‘circulating’ is unnecessary, for all libraries are understood to be for lending unless called ‘reference.’ The library has three functions: (1) As a storehouse; (2) as a laboratory for study and serious work; (3) as affording sane entertainment. Every complete library must have a reference and a lending department and general reading-rooms for periodicals. It should work in close touch with the schools, but under independent trustees. Efficiency and economy make it the natural home for collections in science, art, or history; for lectures, meetings of clubs, and all interests outside the schools which help on education and culture. Many Sunday-schools find it wiser to turn their books over to the public library, where Sunday-school teachers may meet during the week, with access to books, pictures, and all facilities for study. The library field is being rapidly enlarged in various directions. Legislation aims to make it easy to establish and difficult to abolish libraries, to encourage gifts, to grant State aid to communities willing to help themselves, to collect the results of experience and make them available in print and by personal expert advice, to protect library property by stringent laws, and to recognize in every direction the library as on the same plane with the school. {{sc|Building}}. The location should be very near the business centre, but preferably on a side street just away from the turmoil of the main thoroughfare. In larger towns, branches and delivery stations should bring library facilities within easy walking distance of every home. For most libraries the heavy cost of fireproofing is needless, as most of their books can be readily replaced, and a vault or safe will hold their rarities. Small libraries often wisely occupy rented rooms; the order of importance being first a competent librarian, then the best books, and after these a building. After the small rural building of one square room, the most obvious and successful types are shaped like capitals I, L, T, H, E, according to space required. The other types are the hollow square, the Greek cross, and E with middle arm omitted. Circular, spiral, and other peculiar buildings have won no acceptance, except that some advocate a round end having radial stacks with each shelf in view of the delivery desk. The Pittsburg branches afford excellent examples of this type. <!-- p. 198 --> Most small libraries now adopt the ⊥ or trefoil type. The book-room projects from the rear and has a cheap end wall for easy removal and extension. The main entrance in the middle front is into a central hall for loan desk and the less quiet work. In one arm is the reference or study room, in the other the children's room or periodical room. This general type gives best results for a given cost, and can be most cheaply administered. The best library buildings are all recent. Of the large libraries, the Newberry of Chicago (1893), Boston Public (1895), Library of Congress and Chicago Public (1897), Providence Public (1900), Wisconsin Historical Society and Newark Public (1901), Washington (1902), are most often quoted; of university libraries, Columbia, Cornell, Illinois, Pennsylvania, and New York. Trustees may now wisely copy the plan that suits them best and make such changes as local needs demand. The modified plan should be submitted for criticism to some expert student of library buildings. State library commissions always give this aid, and the New York State Library School at Albany answers many such inquiries by suggestions in print. Trustees should be free to use any suggestions in any competitive plan by paying for them, instead of being compelled to choose some one plan as a whole and employ the successful anonymous competitor. A useful aid in fixing location of rooms is to cut cards to scale for the area of each room, and thus test various arrangements more quickly and plainly than by drawing plans. Brief general rules are: Plan each library specially for its work and community; care for interiors before exteriors; provide amply for future growth; plan for economy in administration by arranging rooms to allow supervision by the smallest possible staff; sacrifice no convenience for architectural effect; use no decoration that will attract sightseers to disturb quiet study-rooms. A model building might be said to be built around a standard catalogue card; for this card determines the size of trays and drawers, these of cases, and these determine spaces between windows and doors. Certain rooms must be near the card catalogue, because it is much too costly to duplicate even with printed cards; and the one catalogue must be close to reference-room, loan desk, and cataloguers. The plan should aim to give direct access to each department and be so obvious that people will know where to go. The general effect should be cheerful and hospitable. Experts advise omitting permanent partitions except where necessary for support, and depending on temporary partitions, chiefly of glass, which can be readily moved as growth and changes demand. These give spacious effect and much better light, and allow supervision from another room, while shutting off noise. An attendant may often control two or three rooms as cheaply as one, if rooms open together. The smallest library starts with one room. The next need is a quiet study-room, free from the noise of issue and return of books and current work. The third room needed is usually one for children, which if possible should have an independent entrance, so they will not pass through the doors or corridors used by adults. On the main floor must be delivery and book rooms for quick service, children's room (unless <!-- column 2 --> in the basement), and, if space allows, rooms for librarian, cataloguers, and for reference. Above may go class, trustee, lecture, and other rooms used by fewer people or less often, both rooms and books most used being nearest the entrance. Basement and attic should both be made so they can be finished later for public use, for the rapid growth of libraries shows that they will surely be needed. Stairs should be inclosed or put to one side to lessen noise. Spirals cost more, waste room, are dangerous and inconvenient. Risers to stairs should be only 6½ or 6¾ inches for easiest use. For book-rooms, ceilings should be fifteen feet high to allow two decks. Ten or twelve feet will answer for other rooms. The most common error is in building on too small a lot. Ample space is needed for light and quiet, and for inevitable growth. {{sc|Book-Shelves}}. The rapid growth of libraries is a constant embarrassment. The most compact possible system of storage is still too costly. The lowest estimate for fireproof building is 30 cents per cubic foot, so that a building 30&times;50 feet and 40 feet high for two stories and high basement would cost $18,000. If half the whole building were given to close stacking of books it would hold in four decks only 60,000 volumes, making the cost of shelf-space 30 cents a volume, or if no reading-room and administrative space is allowed for, 15 cents a volume. But often fireproof construction is unnecessary. Rarities can be kept in the safe or fireproof vault. Other books can be readily replaced if burned. A simple frame building for 5000 volumes costs from $1000 to $2500. Brick and stone and better construction would cost two or three times this amount. Larger libraries must use a stack, i.e. shelving set as close together as possible and yet allow ready access by narrow aisles. Stacks are of iron or steel uprights with wood or sheet-steel shelves, and from one to ten stories or decks high, each deck carrying the weight of all above it, aisles always being exactly over aisles. Floors should be of thick glass, because it admits some light. Each deck is seven or eight shelves high, with aisles 75 cm. (30 inches) wide. Separate rooms for great subjects are very desirable, but in use cost more to administer than large central reading-rooms, where a single card catalogue and reference librarian can do the work that would require several on the department plan. In computing capacity of shelving, 33⅓ volumes to the running meter (10 to the running foot) are allowed for public libraries, with shelves crowded. Economy requires ample vacant spaces to insert additions, so that buildings must allow for two or three times the volumes on hand. In book-stacks with average aisles and windows, each square meter of floor surface will hold 200 volumes on each stack-level. The standard shelf is 25.5 cm. high and 20 cm. deep; 75 cm. (30 inches) is the best length. Some use 90 cm. (36 inches). Longer shelves, unless extra heavy, sag when heavily loaded. Wall-spaces should not be divided into aliquot parts, but into standard shelf-lengths. If the building has not been planned with due regard to these standard sizes, any remaining space should be occupied by a single odd length, which for symmetry may be in the centre. A 10-cm. base, to protect the lower books when floors are cleaned, is enough. On at least one side of a double case the first four shelves should be <!-- p. 199 --> 35 cm. (14 inches) wide, the fourth shelf making a 15-cm. ledge 94 cm. above the floor. The first two shelves above the base should be movable, so that the three spaces for octavo books may be changed into two for quartos and small folios, or into one for folios and one for octavos. The four or five upper shelves are cheaper and stronger if fixed at octavo height, for most libraries now use relative location in which shelves are seldom moved. The best standard case is eight shelves (7 feet 8 inches) high and five tiers (13 feet 6 inches) long, and uprights two inches thick. On its two sides the 10 tiers of 80 shelves hold 2000 volumes in close packing. For a one or two deck stack wood is best and cheaper. Steel is necessary to carry the load of taller stacks. A good plan in growing libraries is to set the first cases with aisles 6 feet 4 inches wide, leaving room for narrow tables and convenient access by readers. When necessary this broad aisle allows a new case without ledge to be put in the middle and leaves the standard 75 em. (30 inches) aisle on each side. Where the public has access to the shelves this wide aisle is very desirable. Doors are now never used on library shelves except for a few rarities. Aisles should be 75 cm. at the bottom between ledges. This will give above the ledge 90 cm. for single or 105 cm. for double-ledge aisles. Tall ladders have given way to galleries 75 to 100 cm. (30 to 40 inches) wide, as quicker and safer. All books should be within the natural reach of a person five feet high. The front edges of shelves and uprights should be rounded to save wear on bindings. A flanged groove on the shelf edge to hold labels saves buying metal label-holders. Before stacks or floor cases are put in, all wall-space within reach should always be shelved. A box-factory can make the cheapest possible temporary shelving at about 20 cents, 30 cents, 40 cents, and 50 cents for standard cases of one, two, three, and four compartments, each 75 &times; 20 &times; 25.5 cm. inside. These can be stacked in various combinations; on top of other cases, over doors and windows, and on each other to any height. Lath tacked on ends will prevent tipping. When no longer needed these shelves are worth nearly cost for packing-boxes. When old buildings are adapted for libraries, extra floor supports must be put under book-stacks to carry the great weight. It is wiser, however, to build a wing for a stack with the weight directly on the ground. {{sc|Reading-Rooms}}. Three types are: (1) The quiet study or reference rooms for serious work; (2) periodical rooms with rustling newspapers and noise of constant coming and going; (3) children's rooms. As readers stay longest in the study-room, it can be put in the upper story, or at a point most distant from noise. Entrances to periodical and children's rooms should be as near the street as practicable, for convenience and to keep noise away from quiet rooms. Two square meters (20 square feet) of floor-space should be allowed each reader in study-rooms. Less space will suffice in the other two. Larger libraries need separate reading-rooms for art, patents, bound newspapers, and other large special collections. Small study-rooms are most costly to build and to supervise, and so are in little favor. Economy requires for general purposes a large central hall so that reference books and attendants need not be duplicated. <!-- column 2 --> {{sc|Special Rooms}}. Even small libraries need coat and toilet rooms near the entrance. Lavatories with hot and cold water are important, especially for children. Many come to a library dirty, and it is unwise to send them away if they want good books. In most places books are dusty and quickly soil the hands. There should be one room in which conversation is allowed. The library is a kind of intellectual clubhouse; and those who wish to play chess or other quiet games, discuss books, look at pictures, hold meetings of study clubs or classes, should have a place, as well as the reader demanding quiet. A separate trustees' room is usually wasteful, and if built should serve for some use not interfering with the infrequent trustees' meetings. A catalogue and work room is needed for all but small libraries. As work grows, various administrative rooms are demanded. {{sc|Light}}. Good daylight has become less essential since electricity is so widely used. Acetylene gas gains steadily in favor. Shelves should be set at right angles to or opposite windows, always putting backs of books where titles can be most easily read. Windows, preferably on the north or east side, where they avoid direct sunlight, should reach to the ceilings and have square tops, since light-area there is worth double that near the floor. In stacks, windows exactly opposite centres of aisles are best. Walls should be tinted with colors that reflect instead of absorbing light. In many cases there is ample space for windows above the shelving, but a prison-like effect is produced unless there are some windows at ordinary height. Bright general illumination with artificial light is needless in study-rooms. A reading-lamp should be on each table, the wire coming from below through a bored leg or suspended from the ceiling. Even the best lights on ceilings or distant from tables are injurious to sensitive eyes. White-lined green glass translucent shades are easiest for eyes, and give all general light needed in the room. If general lights are used, they should be so arranged that direct rays do not reach the eye. Heat and ventilation are specially important in study, periodical, and children's rooms, and about the loan desk. {{sc|Furniture and Fittings}}. Except to deaden the noise in special places, avoid carpets and rugs because unsanitary in public buildings. Tile and marble floors are noisy and cold. Interlocking rubber tile is good, but is costly. Corticine and linoleum have proved for a generation the best library floor-covering. A lift should run from the unpacking room in the basement to the catalogue room above, and to the top floors if books are often sent there. Call-bells should be single-stroke, not buzzers, to avoid noise and admit of convenient codes of signals. The wooden sounder or a mere click is preferable to the common bell. These devices save much time and needless walking that annoys readers. Tables and desks for readers should be 78 cm. high from the floor, not 75 cm. as is usual. With chairs of various heights and footstools, these are adapted to short people as well as tall; but tall people cannot sit comfortably at low tables. Large tables for a dozen people are objectionable. The best sizes are 60 &times; 100 cm. (24 &times; 40 inches). 75 &times; 120 cm. (30 &times; 48 inches), and 100 &times; 150 cm. (40 &times; 60 inches). Bentwood chairs are light, strong, and so durable as to be cheaper <!-- p. 200 --> than lower-priced ones. Rubber tips for chair-legs are needed on bare floors. {{c|{{smaller|LIBRARY ADMINISTRATION.}}}} The work of the larger libraries falls naturally into the following departments: {{sc|Executive}}. Seven hours daily is the limit of good work in cataloguing and similar steady, exact work. Eight hours are usually required of attendants having a margin of free time. Libraries which have studied results most closely give a full month's vacation with pay, and some allow one additional month during the year for total absence from illness or other causes. Salaries are steadily working upward, with the demand for higher qualifications and fuller training. Small rural libraries may be kept open a few hours a week for $100 to $300 a year. The great libraries now pay $5000 or more to their directors. The tendency is to open libraries on holidays, Sunday afternoons, evenings, and earlier in the morning. Forenoon use is so comparatively small that if the staff is not large enough for relays the public is convenienced more by afternoon and evening opening. Where practicable, hours are from 8 {{smaller|A.M.}} to 10 {{smaller|P.M.}} Closing for annual inventories is needless under a proper system. {{sc|Accession Department}}. This includes the whole subject of selecting and getting books and other material, gifts, sale or exchange of duplicates, plating, ‘pocketing,’ and writing the accession book. This is a business record, giving on one line for each volume in the library a record of the life history of that special volume. This accession book shows total volumes added to the library, and the accession number placed on the first right-hand page after the title of each book is the quickest and most accurate means of identification. For cataloguing department, see {{NIE article link|Cataloguing}}; for classification, see below. {{sc|Reference Department}}. Systematic aid to readers is given by means of an information desk or reference librarian. In larger libraries the demand has led to adding various assistants who devote their time to answering questions, helping readers to find what they wish, and incidentally showing them how to use bibliographics and catalogues for themselves. The children's librarian is one of the most useful. Larger institutions are developing a library faculty of specialists, each assisting readers in his special field. The rapid development of reference work comes from recognizing the library as an educational centre. The room of a skillful reference librarian, surrounded by the best reference books supplemented with card indexes, notes, and the rapidly increasing bibliographic devices, becomes like an enlarged universal encyclopædia. Such a librarian not only answers questions on every conceivable subject and utilizes French, German, and probably other languages freely, but also teaches applicants how they may find out for themselves next time, and thus in time develops the ability to use to the best advantage a well-equipped library. This department becomes the information bureau for its whole constituency. Some investigations require considerable time and are not in their nature of such public value as to be justifiable at public expense. These are made for any one willing to pay the pro rata cost of the assistant's time. This gives free use of all library resources and facilities and protects against using the time of public officers for private purposes. <!-- column 2 --> Free access to the shelves is becoming more common, and in most libraries serious students have no difficulty in getting shelf privileges. {{sc|Loan Department}}. Many libraries allow a second book to be lent, not fiction. For special investigations it is easy to get permits for an extra number of copies or for extra time. Loan records are kept on cards. Books may be reserved, and notice is freely sent when books asked for are ready. Interlibrary loans are common. A lending library has ceased to be a mere storehouse, but aims to induce its readers to borrow better books by restricting the supply of the less desirable and inciting interest in the best by annotated lists in newspapers and on slips for free distribution, by illustrated bulletins, by personal suggestions, and by shelves open freely for all to browse among tempting books. Immense gains have resulted from these systematic, intelligent, sympathetic efforts to improve the average of books lent. {{sc|Binding Department}}. Public libraries care chiefly for durability, and demand the best materials, methods, and work; tight backs, vellum instead of leather corners, signatures sewed all along and laced in boards, Turkey morocco, cowhide, duck, or muslin according to amount of wear. Genuine Turkey more than pays its extra cost in wear. Books specially exposed to heat are safer in vegetable fibre like duck, as heat disintegrates leather. Sheep, calf, Russia, and all fancy materials and tooling are avoided. Back lettering should be: (1) author's name (at top); (2) title of book; (3) volume number; (4) class and book (call) number, about 5 cm. from the bottom where it will not be worn by the hand, e.g.: {|align="center" rules="rows" border="1" |align="center"|<br><br>GREEN<br><br>&nbsp; |- |align="center"|<br>{{sc|History<br>of the<br>English People}}<br>&nbsp; |- |align="center"|<br>1<br>&nbsp; |- |align="center"|&nbsp; |- |align="center"|942<br>G82<br><br><br>&nbsp; |} Many libraries in addition stamp their name at the extreme bottom. See also {{NIE article link|Bookbinding}}. {{sc|Shelf Department}}. This has entire charge of arrangement and preservation of books, and all other material. It must keep all the library collections in order and clean, and find or replace missing books. A complete inventory is taken once a year, but well-managed libraries no longer close for this purpose, but distribute the work of stock-taking and cleaning throughout the year. The inventory is called a shelf list. This has class, book, volume, and accession numbers, author, and brief title of every book, written on loose sheets laced together in a binder, or on cards arranged in the order in which the books stand on the shelves. It forms a brief and very convenient subject catalogue. As this is the check list for losses, the old rule was not to allow it on cards, which could be removed by a book-thief without detection except by accident. As books are constantly added, a bound book is <!-- p. 201 --> impracticable because of frequent recopying, and even with the small sheets 10 &times; 25 cm. holding only 20 titles each the labor has led many libraries to take the greater risk of cards. In the relative system, now almost universally preferred, shelves require no numbers, the class numbers being the sole guide. For greater legibility these are often printed large on movable label-holders. If shelves are numbered, the plan should be so comprehensive that numbers signify position as well as sequence. Here as everywhere numbers must run from top to bottom and left to right, to read as the columns of a newspaper are read, e.g. 2435.8 might mean second floor, fourth room or face, third tier, fifth shelf from the top, and eighth book from the left-hand end. The unit figure should uniformly represent a height the same distance from the floor, so that one seeking a shelf ending in 5 knows on what level to look. {{sc|Janitorial Department}}. Feather dusters merely redistribute dust. Damp cloths can be used in many places and moist sawdust scattered over the floor in sweeping collects the dust in little balls. Books are cleaned by slapping them sharply together over a shallow pan of water which catches the dust. Some libraries have an air-shaft with strong exhaust, so that books may have the dust jarred off and carried away by an air-current. A recently invented portable exhaust with rubber hose sucks out all dust thoroughly by running the nozzle over the tops of the volumes. The best protection against fire is an ample supply of fibre or metal buckets kept filled with water, and kept in plain benches with hinged covers. Raising the cover exposes the entire line of full pails, which are less likely to spill than when taken down from high racks. Hand grenades lose their power with age. As books are easily damaged by water, dry powder extinguishers are specially adapted to libraries. Insurance authorities have tested and approved three of the scores of appliances for mixing sulphuric acid quickly with soda and water, thus making the best of chemical extinguishers. A pattern should be chosen without rubber pipes, which harden with age, or valves, which are apt to stick. But prevention of fire is more important than extinction. The greatest danger is from imperfect electric wiring. For unlighted corners candles are safer than oil lamps. Steam or hot water heat with a single fire and flue is much safer and cleaner than stoves, furnaces, or fireplaces. {{sc|Library Classification}}. Books alone are no more a library than boxes of type or dictionaries of words are poems. A collection of books must be classified before it deserves the name library. Classification is putting like things together. Each book, pamphlet, clipping, map, or other item goes with any others like it on a carefully systematized plan, so that matter most closely allied and oftenest used with it will precede or follow closely. Only thus can all reasonable demands of readers be met fully and promptly. The vital importance of classification has long been recognized. Alexander Bain says. "To learn to classify is in itself an education." But practical difficulties were so grave as largely to neutralize advantages. It is an almost endless work to prepare a complete scheme, and when done it never wholly suits the maker, much less any one else. To avoid the inevitable delays and confusion of these elaborate systems, some libraries were {{hws|ar|arranged}} <!-- column 2 --> {{hwe|ranged|arranged}} in order of acquisition, some by authors like a directory. Usually there was coarse classification by subjects, and librarians and readers did the best they could to find their resources by aid of bibliographies, subject catalogues, and indexes. Some classifications had no indexes. Others referred to pages of scheme on which subjects might be found. The book number itself indicated a fixed location on a particular shelf and had to be altered as often as growth made it necessary to move that subject. The great desideratum was a system that would do away with the expensive necessity of renumbering books whenever their location was changed. This was provided in 1876 by the publication of the ''Decimal Classification and Relative Index'', which showed by the same number both subject and location. This scheme divided the field of knowledge into nine main classes, numbered 1 to 9. Encyclopædias, periodicals, etc., so general in character as to belong to no one of these classes, are marked 0 and form a tenth class. Each class is similarly separated into nine divisions, general works belonging to no division having naught in place of the division number. Divisions are similarly divided into nine sections and the process is repeated as often as necessary, the full tables covering some 20,000 topics. Books on the shelves and cards in the subject catalogue are arranged in simple numerical order, all class numbers being decimal. Since each subject has a definite number, it follows that all books on any subject must stand together. The tables show the order in which subjects follow one another, 512 algebra preceding 513 geometry, and following 511 arithmetic. Of this E. C. Richardson says in his ''Classification, Theoretical'' ''and Practical'' (pages 199-200), published, by Scribners in 1901: “This system has probably had more vogue than any other bibliographic system ever published save possibly that of Brunet. Taken as a whole and regarding the substantially unchanging form and notation, among the multitude of derived systems with minor variations, it is undoubtedly true that no system ever invented has been applied to as many libraries (probably at the present day several thousand) as this. In many libraries considerable changes have been made, but in the majority it remains practically unchanged. It is now being adopted very generally on the Continent of Europe by booksellers even as well as libraries, and is of late, through its adoption by the Brussels Institute (for international bibliographic work), having a very zealous propaganda by its converts, especially in France and Italy. Many of the most noteworthy partial classifications of the present day are avowedly founded on and are enlargements of this system. The system itself is supposed to be in some way an adaptation of Bacon, but the relation is hardly to be discovered and it really should be counted as independent. The reasons for its deserved popularity are to be found: (1) In an intelligent and consistent application of the decimal notation (not new with Dewey, but first by him vigorously and consistently applied); (2) in the grasp of mnemonic possibilities of this situation; (3) in the practical, intelligent, and often up-to-date management of the remoter subdivisions of the, in some places, somewhat artificial, larger subclasses; (4) in the fully printed schedules with their ‘relative index,’ which more <!-- p. 202 --> than anything else is the cause of the practicality of this system and its wide adoption. In other words, its popularity has been due to intelligent practical usefulness.” The user of a library as a rule has no interest or knowledge as to theories of the scheme used. His concern is to find quickly any subject wanted and to find near it other closely allied subjects which he is also likely to consult. Experience proved the proposed change from fixed to relative location practical. This solved most of the difficulties, so that in recent years most libraries careful in deciding on methods adopt the most important characteristics noted below as recognized essentials in a satisfactory library classification. {{sc|Relative Index}}. The card catalogue is rapidly displacing the book form. The former could not be indexed like a book by reference to pages, for cards to which additions are made daily could not be numbered like pages. The solution for classed catalogues was to number subjects so that the entry in the relative index was followed by a number which meant not a page of a special book, but a subject in the complete scheme; e.g. geometry in the index is marked 513, meaning Class 5 Natural Science, Division 1 Pure Mathematics, Section 3 Geometry. This relative index number is a key to card catalogue, shelves, pamphlet collections, shelf-list, charging system, newspaper clippings, manuscript notes, in fact to everything arranged on the relative system. Books and other material are arranged in simple 1, 2, 3 order, and the old numbers indicating a fixed location are wholly abolished because this relative index number shows not only what subject the book treats, but also exactly where it may be found. Old numbers were frequently changed, while relative numbers, being permanent, are gilded on book-backs. {{sc|Close Classing}}. All recent experience strongly confirms the wisdom of close classification on shelves, and the practice has so changed that what twenty years ago was called extreme close classification would now be considered medium or even coarse. Where libraries depend on catalogues and indexes for the resources on any subject it usually results, after a few years, in doing the work over at greatly increased cost. The best results can be obtained only by having as far as physically practicable material on each definite subject standing together. Lists of books printed as guides to readers are now usually closely classified. {{sc|Classification in Advance by Experts}}. By the relative index the number of each minute topic shows the exact place to which it has been assigned by a recognized authority in that field. A classifier need have no knowledge of the general subject if he knows exactly what a book is about. Turning to that topic or any of its synonyms in the index, he finds its number, which, marked on book, cards, and elsewhere, gives expert classification with a minimum of labor. When this book is wanted any assistant who knows what topic is sought repeats the process, finding almost instantly the index number which guides to book or catalogue entry in 1, 2, 3 order. {{sc|Simple Notation}}. In any plan the system of numbers is of the utmost practical importance. Extreme simplicity is necessary for rapid and accurate use by readers and attendants. Only Arabic numerals, and Roman letters are {{hws|suf|sufficiently}} <!-- column 2 --> {{hwe|ficiently|sufficiently}} simple and familiar to be available. Most libraries use nothing but figures to number subjects. The expansive system by C. A. Cutter combines letters and figures. The 26 letters allow 676 combinations with two characters or 17,576 with three, and as compared with Arabic numerals have 18, 40, and 118 times the capacity for three, four, and five characters. This is a great advantage, but produces numbers very unusual and complicated in appearance. The expansive is the best of the letter systems and the only one used by any number of libraries. Both expansive and decimal systems meet the test of a good classification in insuring that books on the same subject shall be classed together and readily found when wanted. {{sc|Book Numbers}}. Mr. Cutter is also author of an ingenious and widely used table to keep books in each class in alphabetical order. The author's initial is followed by a number which is the translation into figures of the rest of the name, so that the system is much simpler in handling and recording than it would be if the author's whole name had to be used. For scientific and other books where chronologic order is preferable, W. S. Biscoe, of New York State Library, devised a translation scheme by which a letter followed by simple Arabic numerals indicates date. Under the subject or class numbers most libraries use Cutter numbers, while many use also Biscoe numbers for science and useful arts. Some use simple accession order. {{sc|Mnemonics}}. Both decimal and expansive systems made large use of practical mnemonics. These are of much use, especially in geographic divisions, languages, and form distinctions; e.g. since in the decimal classification German is invariably 3 and grammars 5, one knows without reference to tables or index that in class 4 philology German grammars must be 435. Library attendants are greatly aided by these mnemonic features and can often construct a number instantly. The principle also allows very minute subdivisions of topics where it is needed for detailed notes of specialists, as in limited divisions of historical periods. In history, 0 after the number for country means no further geographic subdivision and that the figure following denotes time; e.g. 942 is history of England (class 9 history, division 4 Europe, section 2 England), 0 indicates no further geographic division, 6 the sixth or Stuart period, 1 the first Stuart King, so that 942.061 means history of England in the reign of James I. (1603-25). Or, still further, a specialist may be collecting material on Norfolk under James I. If so 061, the number for reign of James I., added to 942.61 (Norfolk), making 942.61061. would indicate with absolute precision and in a language understood all over the civilized world exactly the time and place. The wide adoption of this decimal classification for international use was based on the fact that it was a universal language used with equal readiness by all nations, while words would often be confused and misinterpreted as they were transferred from one tongue to another. {{sc|Assigning Class Numbers}}. The content or the real subject of which a book treats, not the literary form or wording of the title, determines its place. A history of mathematics goes with mathematics, not with history. Every book should be assigned to the most specific head that will contain it, according to its predominant <!-- p. 203 --> tendency or obvious purpose and also the nature and specialties of the library. Translations, reviews, analyses, and other books about specific books should be classified with the original books, as being most useful there. {{sc|Devising New Schemes}}. The relative index and relative location, and closer classification than was thought possible before their invention, are now generally accepted. Experienced librarians uniformly advise against making new schemes, as the labor and cost are so excessive. The result is never wholly satisfactory, and the same time and money spent in other directions would do much greater good to the library. Schemes already laboriously worked out are freely at the disposal of all, and there is also the very great advantage in adopting a scheme used by many other libraries that catalogues, indexes, and notes are interchangeable, and that many accessories have been prepared and printed and can be cheaply obtained that could be had for an independent scheme only at a cost so large as to be prohibitive. {{sc|Library Schools and Training}}. When near the close of the last century librarianship was recognized as a profession, it became clear that it had the same need for professional schools as law, medicine, or teaching, but nowhere was there offered systematic training for this important field. May 7, 1883, Melvil Dewey's plan for a library school with a statement of need of it was presented to the trustees of Columbia University. There was a growing call for trained librarians animated by the modern library spirit. There were in the United States 5000 public libraries, large and small, whose efficiency experts agreed could be doubled by skillful administration. Young college graduates of unusual promise were ready to enter the new profession, but no adequate facilities for training were offered. In 1884, after a year's consideration, Columbia voted to establish the school, which was opened January 5, 1887. The three months' course was by petition lengthened to four, and then to seven months, and then at once to two years, thus proving a demand for technical training not only larger than estimated, but also for broader and more thorough work than that originally planned. On April 1, 1889, by agreement between Columbia and the State, the school was transferred to the State Library at Albany. Library schools in charge of graduates of the parent school were opened in 1890 by Pratt Institute, Brooklyn, in 1892 by Drexel institute, Philadelphia, in 1893 by Armour Institute, Chicago. When in 1897 the University of Illinois erected its finest building for the library and determined to make library training a special feature, it arranged for the transfer to the State of Armour Institute School with its faculty and collections. The New York School since 1902 requires for admission a degree from a registered college. The Illinois State School in 1903 raised its requirements from two to three years of college work for admission. The degree of B.A. in library science is given at the end of four years' college work, the last of which is devoted to library science. The degree of bachelor of library science requires two full years of work besides the three years of college work. Pratt and Drexel Institute schools admit high-school graduates, and do not offer degrees. Like law and medical schools, a library school offers only a technical course, making no <!-- column 2 --> attempt to give general culture or supply deficiencies in earlier education. It gives only an outline treatment of historical and antiquarian topics, devoting its time to preparing its students for as valuable service as possible in their chosen field. A course includes bibliography, cataloguing, classification, work of accession, loan and shelf departments, bookbinding, library buildings, administrative, supervisory, and State commission work, selection of books, general library methods and appliances. As practical training is the chief end, seminars, problems, study of libraries in operation, and other features are used in such proportion as experience has shown to give the best results. Practice work in all the different departments under careful supervision is an important factor. The arduous work of the modern librarian demands more than ordinary capacity and executive ability, and also health, energy, and tireless industry. Besides these natural qualifications, the candidates should be college-bred because: (1) They are a picked class, selected from the best material throughout the country; (2) college training has given them a wider culture and broader view with a considerable fund of information, all of which is valuable working material in a library as almost nowhere else; (3) a four years' course successfully completed is the strongest voucher for persistent purpose and mental and physical capacity for protracted intellectual work; (4) experience proves that college discipline enables the mind to work with a quick precision and steady application rarely otherwise gained. Several large libraries have regular training or apprentice classes. Younger staff members and sometimes applicants for positions are organized in a class, assigned a teacher, and trained for several months in order to make them more efficient. Such classes are not open to the public, and do not pretend to be library schools; but in a large library systematic class instruction is much cheaper and more effective than to have high-priced assistants losing time in individual explanations. Many colleges and normal schools give library and bibliographic courses, not to train librarians, but to teach their students how to utilize a large library, how to care for their own private libraries, and to give them a knowledge and interest that will qualify them to serve intelligently as library trustees. Another form of instruction is for library organizers, members of commissions, or missionary librarians to meet for a day librarians needing assistance and answer questions and make suggestions. The name ‘institute’ has been used for such ‘round table’ work, but should properly be limited to work corresponding closely to ordinary teachers' institutes where most of the week is given to systematic short courses under expert conductors. In 1902 New York was divided into 11 districts and the first systematic institute work successfully begun. {{sc|Library Associations and Clubs}}. The first convention of librarians was held in New York, September 15-17, 1853, with 53 delegates. The next was held in Philadelphia, October 4-6, 1876 with 103 delegates. At the close, the American Library Association, of which the object is “to promote the welfare of libraries in America,” began its work, which has grown steadily in scope and usefulness. Its annual meetings alternate <!-- p. 204 --> between East and West, usually from Boston to San Francisco, and from Montreal to New Orleans. Its largest attendance is over 1000. In intervals between meetings its work is carried on by the committees, the council of 32, or the executive board of 7. It has sections devoted to special interests, e.g. college, reference, State library, trustees. Its most important branch is the American Library Association Publishing Board, consisting of five members who have charge of preparing and publishing bibliographies and other specially needed library aids. Funds for this board were raised by small subscriptions till in 1902 Andrew Carnegie made a first large gift of $100,000. The Board publishes various indexes and other helps to librarians, and annotated lists of the best books, for which George Iles has furnished the chief inspiration and most of the funds. Through it the experience of the library profession on many matters is focalized, formulated, and made available to all. At the close of the first international conference of librarians, held in London. October 2-5, 1877, at which 22 Americans were present, the Library Association of the United Kingdom, later chartered as the Library Association, began its work. It holds annual meetings at central points in the three kingdoms, and its Council holds monthly meetings in London. It gives much more attention to the antiquarian and historical side of library work than the American Association, whose activities have been almost wholly directed to establishing new libraries, improving methods, reducing cost, and other directly practical ends. The National Library Association of Australasia was founded in 1869, in 1900 the Verein Deutscher Bibliothekäre was founded in Germany, and in 1901 the Kansai Bunko Kyōkai or Western Library Association was established in Japan with ''Tōheki'' as its official organ. In half a dozen other countries, notably Italy, France, and Denmark, growing interest in the modern library movement indicates early organization. The first State Library Association was organized in New York in 1890, followed rapidly by other States, till now nearly all have such organizations. Interstate meetings are becoming more common, because they reach large numbers in certain sections unable to afford time and cost of journeys to national meetings at distant points. New York holds an annual ‘Library Week’ for the Northeastern States and Canada, the last full week in September, at Lake Placid Club in the Adirondacks, which draws delegates from numerous other States. The Pennsylvania and New Jersey associations for many years have held a joint meeting, to which others are invited, at Atlantic City, N. J., for three days late in March. Another central meeting-point is Madison, Wis., where some of the best public-library work of the country has been done by the efficient State Commission. In 1885 the New York Library Club, the first local body devoted to library interests, was started. Chicago followed in 1891, and now local clubs are found in most of the large cities and are being established also for groups of counties where the need is felt for more frequent meetings and closer contact than is provided by the State associations. While delegates from different countries frequently attend national meetings, the distinctly international library conferences have been in London (1877), Chicago (1893), at the {{hws|Colum|Columbian}} <!-- column 2 --> {{hwe|bian|Columbian}} Exposition, London (1897), at the Queen's Jubilee, and at the Paris Exposition of 1900. {{sc|State Supervision, Grants, and Subsidies}}. Most of the States have now appointed library commissions, usually of three or five persons serving without salary, but often with a paid secretary or organizer. These commissions have charge of the State's public library interests. They are recognized as transitional, and are paving the way for establishment, as an essential part of State government, of a library department corresponding closely to the educational department. At present these commissions answer questions, help in selecting books, give suggestions and advise as to buildings, methods, and rules, and in several States make grants of books or money to new libraries. New York first of any State or country organized a distinct library department, under the law of May 1, 1891. It grants for buying approved books as much as is raised from local sources, up to $200 annually. The law also allows grants from local money up to 10 cents for each volume circulated, but supervision is more strict than elsewhere. All books bought with State money must be approved by the Public Libraries Division of the State Library, and the recorded circulation on which subsidies from local funds are granted must be certified as conforming to a proper standard. {{sc|Bibliography}}. ''American Library Association'' ''Papers'', prepared for the World's Library Congress held at the Columbian Exposition, ed. by Melvil Dewey (Washington, 1896). United States Bureau of Education, free; Burgoyne, ''Library'' ''Construction, Architecture, Fittings, and Furniture'' (London, 1897); Dana, ''Library Primer'' (Chicago, 1899); Dewey, ''Library School Rules;'' ''Card Catalog Rules, Accession Rules, Shelf List'' ''Rules'' (3d ed., Boston, 1894); Grasel, ''Manuel'' ''de bibliothéconomie'' (Paris, 1897); Greenwood, ''Public Libraries: A History of the Movement'' ''and a Manual for the Organization and Management'' (4th ed., London, 1891); ''Library Journal'' (New York, 1877 et seq.), the monthly journal of the American Library Association; Macfarlane, ''Library Administration'' (London, 1898); Maire, ''Manuel pratique du bibliothécaire'' (Paris, 1896); Plummer, ''Hints to Small Libraries'' (2d ed., revised and enlarged, New York, 1898); ''Public Libraries'', a monthly review of library matters and methods (Chicago, 1896 et seq.); Spofford, ''Book-for All Readers, Designed as an'' ''Aid to the Collection, Use, and Preservation of'' ''Books, and the Information of Public and Private'' ''Libraries'' (2d ed., New York, 1900). Probably the most important books and articles on classification are: Edwards, “Classificatory Systems” in his ''Memoirs of Libraries'', vol. ii. (London, 1859); Petzholdt, “Bibliographische Systeme,” in his ''Bibliotheca Bibliographica'' (Leipzig, 1866); Kephart, “Classification,” in ''American Library'' ''Association Papers at Columbian Exposition,'' ''1893'', a survey of methods in larger American libraries, published by the United States Bureau of Education (Washington, 1896); J. D. Brown, ''Manual of Library Classification and Shelf'' ''Arrangement'' (London, 1898); Richardson, ''Classification, Theoretical and Practical'' (New York, 1901); Dewey, ''Decimal Classification and Relativ'' ''Index'' (6th ed., Boston, 1899); Cutter, ''Expansive Classification''. Also articles in ''Library'' ''Journal'' and ''Bulletins de l'institut international'' ''de bibliographie'' (Brussels, Belgium). <!-- p. 205 --> {{c|{{sc|Library Statistics}}}} {|border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" rules="cols" |&nbsp;<br>No.<br>&nbsp; |Library |City |Country |Date* |No.&nbsp;of&nbsp;vols. |- |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |- |align="right" valign="top"|1 |Bibliothèque Nationale |valign="top"|Paris |valign="top"|France |valign="top"|1894 |align="right" valign="top"|2,600,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|2 |British Museum |valign="top"|London |valign="top"|England |valign="top"|1900 |align="right" valign="top"|2,000,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|3 |Imperatorskij Publicnaja Biblioteka |valign="top"|Saint&nbsp;Petersburg |valign="top"|Russia |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|1,330,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|4 |Königliche Bibliothek |valign="top"|Berlin |valign="top"|Prussia |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|1,200,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|5 |Library of Congress |valign="top"|Washington |valign="top"|D.C. |valign="top"|1900 |align="right" valign="top"|1,000,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|6 |Kön. Hof- u. Staatsbibliothek |valign="top"|Munich |valign="top"|Bavaria |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|1,000,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|7 |K. u. k. Hofbibliothek |valign="top"|Vienna |valign="top"|Austria |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|900,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|8 |Universitäts- u. Landesbibliothek |valign="top"|Strassburg |valign="top"|Alsace |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|814,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|9 |Public Library |valign="top"|Boston |valign="top"|Mass. |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|812,264 |- |align="right" valign="top"|10 |Publičnyj i Rumjancovskij Musej |valign="top"|Moscow |valign="top"|Russia |valign="top"|1900 |align="right" valign="top"|800,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|11 |Public Library |valign="top"|N. Y. City |valign="top"|New York |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|787,775 |- |align="right" valign="top"|12 |Bodleian Library |valign="top"|Oxford |valign="top"|England |valign="top"|1900 |align="right" valign="top"|600,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|13 |Biblioteca Nacional |valign="top"|Madrid |valign="top"|Spain |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|600,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|14 |K. u. k. Universitäts-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Vienna |valign="top"|Austria |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|596,525 |- |align="right" valign="top"|15 |Harvard University Library |valign="top"|Cambridge |valign="top"|Mass. |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|575,888 |- |align="right" valign="top"|16 |Det Store Kongelige Bibliothek |valign="top"|Copenhagen |valign="top"|Denmark |valign="top"|1895 |align="right" valign="top"|550,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|17 |Cambridge University Library |valign="top"|Cambridge |valign="top"|England |valign="top"|1900 |align="right" valign="top"|550,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|18 |Universitäts-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Göttingen |valign="top"|Prussia |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|506,812 |- |align="right" valign="top"|19 |Kön. Bibliotheek |valign="top"|The Hague |valign="top"|Netherlands |valign="top"|1892 |align="right" valign="top"|500,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|20 |Universiteit Bibliotheek |valign="top"|Amsterdam |valign="top"|Netherlands |valign="top"|1892 |align="right" valign="top"|500,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|21 |Universitäts-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Leipzig |valign="top"|Saxony |valign="top"|1892 |align="right" valign="top"|500,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|22 |Bibliothèque Royale |valign="top"|Brussels |valign="top"|Belgium |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|500,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|23 |Regia Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale |valign="top"|Florence |valign="top"|Italy |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|488,207 |- |align="right" valign="top"|24 |Advocates' Library |valign="top"|Edinburgh |valign="top"|Scotland |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|485,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|25 |Bibliothèque de l'Université |valign="top"|Paris |valign="top"|France |valign="top"|1897 |align="right" valign="top"|477,590 |- |align="right" valign="top"|26 |N. Y. State Library |valign="top"|Albany |valign="top"|New York |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|476,437 |- |align="right" valign="top"|27 |Magyar Nemzeti Muzeum |valign="top"|Budapest |valign="top"|Hungary |valign="top"|1900 |align="right" valign="top"|467,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|28 |Grossherzogliche Hof-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Darmstadt |valign="top"|Hesse |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|460,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|29 |Königliche öffentliche Bibliothek |valign="top"|Dresden |valign="top"|Saxony |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|460,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|30 |Bibliothèque de l'Arsenal |valign="top"|Paris |valign="top"|France |valign="top"|1892 |align="right" valign="top"|454,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|31 |Imperatorskij Varsavskij Universitet |valign="top"|Warsaw |valign="top"|Russia |valign="top"|1898 |align="right" valign="top"|453,728 |- |align="right" valign="top"|32 |Kön. Bayerische Ludwig-Maximilians-Universitäts-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Munich |valign="top"|Bavaria |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|450,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|33 |Biblioteca Nazionale Marciana |valign="top"|Venice |valign="top"|Italy |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|405,098 |- |align="right" valign="top"|34 |Grossherz. Ruprecht-Karls-Universitäts-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Heidelberg |valign="top"|Baden |valign="top"|1892 |align="right" valign="top"|400,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|35 |Imperatorskaja Akademija Naiik |valign="top"|Saint&nbsp;Petersburg |valign="top"|Russia |valign="top"|1900 |align="right" valign="top"|400,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|36 |Kongl. Biblioteket |valign="top"|Stockholm |valign="top"|Sweden |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|395,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|37 |Kön. Eberhard-Karls Universitäts-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Tübingen |valign="top"|Württemberg |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|390,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|38 |R. Biblioteca Nazionale |valign="top"|Naples |valign="top"|Italy |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|374,755 |- |align="right" valign="top"|39 |Kongelige Frederiks Universitet Biblioteket |valign="top"|Christiania |valign="top"|Norway |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|372,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|40 |Yale University Library |valign="top"|New Haven |valign="top"|Conn. |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|360,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|41 |Bibliothèque de l'Université de l'Etat de Gand |valign="top"|Ghent |valign="top"|Belgium |valign="top"|1900 |align="right" valign="top"|357,254 |- |align="right" valign="top"|42 |Kön. Julius-Maximilians-Universitäts-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Würzburg |valign="top"|Bavaria |valign="top"|1898 |align="right" valign="top"|350,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|43 |University of Chicago |valign="top"|Chicago |valign="top"|Ill. |valign="top"|1899 |align="right" valign="top"|350,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|44 |Universytet Jagiellouski w Krakowie |valign="top"|Cracow |valign="top"|Galica |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|344,715 |- |align="right" valign="top"|45 |Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale Vittorio Emanuele |valign="top"|Rome |valign="top"|Italy |valign="top"|1900 |align="right" valign="top"|337,632 |- |align="right" valign="top"|46 |Stadtbibliothek |valign="top"|Hamburg |valign="top"|Germany |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|335,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|47 |Columbia University Library |valign="top"|N. Y. City |valign="top"|New York |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|327,622 |- |align="right" valign="top"|48 |Kön. Landesbibliothek |valign="top"|Stuttgart |valign="top"|Württemberg |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|326,131 |- |align="right" valign="top"|49 |Kön. öffentliche Bibliothek |valign="top"|Bamberg |valign="top"|Bavaria |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|323,958 |- |align="right" valign="top"|50 |Landes-Universitäts-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Rostock |valign="top"|Mecklenburg |valign="top"|1899 |align="right" valign="top"|318,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|51 |Tokyo Teikoku Daigaku (University) |valign="top"|Tokio |valign="top"|Japan |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|317,935 |- |align="right" valign="top"|52 |Imperatorskij S. Peterburgsky Universitet |valign="top"|Saint&nbsp;Petersburg |valign="top"|Russia |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|306,727 |- |align="right" valign="top"|53 |Public Library |valign="top"|Chicago |valign="top"|Ill. |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|306,601 |- |align="right" valign="top"|54 |Kön. Universitäts-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Breslau |valign="top"|Prussia |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|305,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|55 |Public Library |valign="top"|Brooklyn |valign="top"|New York |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|303,801 |- |align="right" valign="top"|56 |Herzogliche Bibliothek |valign="top"|Wolfenbüttel |valign="top"|Brunswick |valign="top"|1892 |align="right" valign="top"|300,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|57 |Bibliothèque Mazarin |valign="top"|Paris |valign="top"|France |valign="top"|1893 |align="right" valign="top"|300,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|58 |Kongelige Universitetet |valign="top"|Upsala |valign="top"|Sweden |valign="top"|1897 |align="right" valign="top"|300,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|59 |Kjøbenhavns Universitet |valign="top"|Copenhagen |valign="top"|Denmark |valign="top"|1898 |align="right" valign="top"|300,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|60 |R. Biblioteca Palatina |valign="top"|Parma |valign="top"|Italy |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|299,404 |- |align="right" valign="top"|61 |Public Free Libraries |valign="top"|Manchester |valign="top"|England |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|292,167 |- |align="right" valign="top"|62 |Rheinische Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universitäts-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Bonn |valign="top"|Prussia |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|287,500 |- |align="right" valign="top"|63 |K. k. Karl-Ferdinand-Universitats-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Prague |valign="top"|Bohemia |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|278,623 |- |align="right" valign="top"|64 |Stadtbibliothek |valign="top"|Frankfort |valign="top"|Prussia |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|277,687 |- |align="right" valign="top"|65 |Birmingham Free Libraries |valign="top"|Birmingham |valign="top"|England |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|272,166 |- |align="right" valign="top"|66 |Imperatorskij Moskovskij Universitet |valign="top"|Moscow |valign="top"|Russia |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|271,926 |- |align="right" valign="top"|67 |Grossherz. Bad. Albert-Ludwigs-Universitäts-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Freiburg i. Br. |valign="top"|Baden |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|270,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|68 |Bibliotheca Nacional |valign="top"|Rio de Janeiro |valign="top"|Brazil |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|259,404 |- |align="right" valign="top"|69 |Trinity College Library |valign="top"|Dublin |valign="top"|Ireland |valign="top"|1900 |align="right" valign="top"|257,317 |- |align="right" valign="top"|70 |Regia Università degli Studi |valign="top"|Bologna |valign="top"|Italy |valign="top"|1895 |align="right" valign="top"|255,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|71 |Newberry Library |valign="top"|Chicago |valign="top"|Ill. |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|251,743 |- |align="right" valign="top"|72 |Kön. Albertus-Universitäts-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Königsberg |valign="top"|Prussia |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|250,395 |- |align="right" valign="top"|73 |Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana |valign="top"|Rome |valign="top"|Italy |valign="top"|1893 |align="right" valign="top"|250,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|74 |Goruyj Institut |valign="top"|Saint&nbsp;Petersburg |valign="top"|Russia |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|250,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|75 |Cornell University Library |valign="top"|Ithaca |valign="top"|New York |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|250,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|76 |Bibliothèque Cantonale |valign="top"|Lausanne |valign="top"|Switzerland |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|250,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|77 |Biblioteca Nazionale |valign="top"|Turin |valign="top"|Italy |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|250,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|78 |Rijks-Universiteit |valign="top"|Utrecht |valign="top"|Netherlands |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|250,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|79 |Kön. Christian-Albrechts Universitäts-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Kiel |valign="top"|Prussia |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|246,310 |- |align="right" valign="top"|80 |Grossherzogliche Bibliothek |valign="top"|Weimar |valign="top"|Saxe-Weimar |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|240,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|81 |Free Library |valign="top"|Philadelphia |valign="top"|Pa. |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|239,183 |- |align="right" valign="top"|82 |Budapesti Királyi Magyar Tudomány-Egyetem (University) |valign="top"|Budapest |valign="top"|Hungary |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|236,881 |- |align="right" valign="top"|83 |Imperatorskij Novorossijskij Universitet |valign="top"|Odessa |valign="top"|Russia |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|232,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|84 |Library Company |valign="top"|Philadelphia |valign="top"|Pa. |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|231,184 |- |align="right" valign="top"|85 |Mercantile Library |valign="top"|N. Y. City |valign="top"|New York |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|230,541 |- |align="right" valign="top"|86 |Princeton University Library |valign="top"|Princeton |valign="top"|N. J. |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|230,100 |- |align="right" valign="top"|87 |Oeffentliche Bibliothek |valign="top"|Basel |valign="top"|Switzerland |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|230,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|88 |Biblioteca Nazionale Braideuse |valign="top"|Milan |valign="top"|Italy |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|228,648 |- |align="right" valign="top"|89 |Vereinigte Friedrichs-Universität Halle-Wittenberg |valign="top"|Halle |valign="top"|Prussia |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|228,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|90 |London Library |valign="top"|London |valign="top"|England |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|220,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|91 |Grosherzogliche Regierungsbibliothek |valign="top"|Schwerin |valign="top"|Mecklenburg |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|220,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|92 |Sutro Library |valign="top"|San Francisco |valign="top"|Cal. |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|220,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|93 |Public Library |valign="top"|Liverpool |valign="top"|England |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|217,630 |- |align="right" valign="top"|94 |Biblioteca Comunale |valign="top"|Palermo |valign="top"|Italy |valign="top"|1897 |align="right" valign="top"|216,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|95 |Public Library |valign="top"|Cincinnati |valign="top"|Ohio |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|215,558 |- |align="right" valign="top"|96 |Kön. Friedrich-Alexanders Universitäts-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Erlangen |valign="top"|Bavaria |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|213,800 |- |align="right" valign="top"|97 |Central Public Free Library |valign="top"|Leeds |valign="top"|England |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|212,396 |- |align="right" valign="top"|98 |Ἐθνικὴ Βιβλιοθήκη τῆς Ἑλλάδος |valign="top"|Athens |valign="top"|Greece |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|212,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|99 |Enoch Pratt Free Library |valign="top"|Baltimore |valign="top"|Md. |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|211,449 |- |align="right" valign="top"|100 |Imperatorskij Kazanskij Universitet |valign="top"|Kasan |valign="top"|Russia |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|211,196 |- |align="right" valign="top"|101 |University Library |valign="top"|Edinburgh |valign="top"|Scotland |valign="top"|1900 |align="right" valign="top"|210,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|l02 |University Library |valign="top"|Glasgow |valign="top"|Scotland |valign="top"|1900 |align="right" valign="top"|210,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|103 |Bibliotheca Nacional |valign="top"|Lisbon |valign="top"|Portugal |valign="top"|1894 |align="right" valign="top"|209,415 |- |align="right" valign="top"|104 |Imperatorskij Jurjevskij Universitet |valign="top"|Dorpat |valign="top"|Russia |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|209,090 |- |align="right" valign="top"|105 |Biblioteca Governativa |valign="top"|Lucca |valign="top"|Italy |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|207,794 |- |align="right" valign="top"|106 |Biblioteca Comunale |valign="top"|Fermo |valign="top"|Italy |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|206,150 |- |align="right" valign="top"|107 |Universidad Central de España |valign="top"|Madrid |valign="top"|Spain |valign="top"|1895 |align="right" valign="top"|206,134 |- |align="right" valign="top"|108 |Imperial Library |valign="top"|Tokio |valign="top"|Japan |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|205,953 |- |align="right" valign="top"|109 |University of Pennsylvania Library |valign="top"|Philadelphia |valign="top"|Pa. |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|202,500 |- |align="right" valign="top"|110 |Boston Athenæum |valign="top"|Boston |valign="top"|Mass. |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|202,166 |- |align="right" valign="top"|111 |Grossherzoglich- und herzoglich Sächsische Gesamtuniversitäts-Bibliothek |valign="top"|Jena |valign="top"|Saxe-Weimar |valign="top"|1892 |align="right" valign="top"|200,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|112 |Staats-, Kreis- und Stadtbibliotlick |valign="top"|Augsburg |valign="top"|Bavaria |valign="top"|1893 |align="right" valign="top"|200,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|113 |Museum Královstvl Českeho |valign="top"|Prague |valign="top"|Bohemia |valign="top"|1898 |align="right" valign="top"|200,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|114 |Bibliothèque Publique |valign="top"|Bordeaux |valign="top"|France |valign="top"|1900 |align="right" valign="top"|200,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|115 |Kön. und Provinzial-Bibliotbek |valign="top"|Hanover |valign="top"|Prussia |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|200,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|116 |Stadtbibliothek |valign="top"|Mainz |valign="top"|Hesse |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|200,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|117 |Bibliothèque Sainte-Geneviève |valign="top"|Paris |valign="top"|France |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|200,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|118 |Publičnaja Biblioteka i Sostojaščij pri nej Muzej |valign="top"|Vilna |valign="top"|Russia |valign="top"|1901 |align="right" valign="top"|200,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|119 |Staats Bibliothek |valign="top"|Aarhuus |valign="top"|Denmark |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|200,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|120 |Library of Parliament |valign="top"|Ottawa |valign="top"|Canada |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|200,000 |- |align="right" valign="top"|121 |Tomskij Universitet |valign="top"|Tomsk |valign="top"|Siberia |valign="top"|1902 |align="right" valign="top"|200,000 |} {{c|<nowiki>*</nowiki>Date of latest available statistics.}} mpl8f032p2rdfa7dqjm6eh0l3b54day Index talk:Manual of the New Zealand Flora.djvu 107 1310943 14131356 13948021 2024-04-26T09:29:16Z Beeswaxcandle 80078 /* List of authorities */ + Fitzgeralid wikitext text/x-wiki == Spacing before order/genus headers == I would like to propose that we give an extra hard return before every new order and every new genus. If no one objects I'll start checking the pages done in a couple of days - [[User:Dick Bos|Dick Bos]] ([[User talk:Dick Bos|talk]]) 10:13, 30 March 2012 (UTC) ==Other formatting== * Fractions—use the characters ¼ ½ ¾ ⅓ ⅔ for the standard fractions unless linked by an en-dash to a non-standard fraction; use {{tl|sfrac}} for all other fractions * Number ranges—use an unspaced en-dash * Month ranges—use an unspaced en-dash * Order titles—centered with the Latin name in bold and {{tl|larger}}. See example on [[Page:Manual of the New Zealand Flora.djvu/41]] * Genus titles—centered with the Latin name in bold and {{tl|larger}} followed by authority linked per the list below. See example on [[Page:Manual of the New Zealand Flora.djvu/46]] * Species—Latin name in bold followed by authority linked per the list below * Paragraphs of smaller text—use {{tl|smaller block}} * Tables of characteristics—use {{tlp|ts|sm}} in the table opening line. See example on [[Page:Manual of the New Zealand Flora.djvu/47]] ''ff'' for a complex example ===List of authorities=== * [[Author:Joseph Beattie Armstrong|Armstr.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Joseph Beattie Armstrong|Armstr.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:George Arnott Walker-Arnott|Arn.]] <nowiki>[[Author:George Arnott Walker-Arnott|Arn.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:John Gilbert Baker|Baker]] <nowiki>[[Author:John Gilbert Baker|Baker]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Joseph Banks|Banks]] and [[Author:Daniel Solander|Sol.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Joseph Banks|Banks]] and [[Author:Daniel Solander|Sol.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:George Bentham|Benth.]] <nowiki>[[Author:George Bentham|Benth.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Sven Berggren|Bergg.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Sven Berggren|Bergg.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Johann Jakob Bernhardi|Bernh.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Johann Jakob Bernhardi|Bernh.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Carl Ludwig Blume|Blume.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Carl Ludwig Blume|Blume.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Jean Baptiste Bory de Saint-Vincent|Bory.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Jean Baptiste Bory de Saint-Vincent|Bory.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Adolphe-Théodore Brongniart|Brong.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Adolphe-Théodore Brongniart|Brong.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Robert Brown (1773-1858)|R. Br.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Robert Brown (1773-1858)|R. Br.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:John Buchanan|Buch.]] <nowiki>[[Author:John Buchanan|Buch.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Augustin Pyramus de Candolle|D.C.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Augustin Pyramus de Candolle|D.C.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Alphonse Louis Pierre Pyrame de Candolle|A. D.C.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Alphonse Louis Pierre Pyrame de Candolle|A. D.C.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Élie-Abel Carrière|Carr.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Élie-Abel Carrière|Carr.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:William Carruthers|Carruthers]] <nowiki>[[Author:William Carruthers|Carruthers]]</nowiki> N.B. The work may also use "Carruth." * [[Author:Henri Cassini|Cass.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Henri Cassini|Cass.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Antonio José Cavanilles|Cav.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Antonio José Cavanilles|Cav.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Adelbert von Chamisso|Cham.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Adelbert von Chamisso|Cham.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Frederick Revans Chapman|F. R. Chapm.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Frederick Revans Chapman|F. R. Chapm.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Thomas Frederick Cheeseman|Cheesem.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Thomas Frederick Cheeseman|Cheesem.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Leonard Cockayne|Cockayne]] <nowiki>[[Author:Leonard Cockayne|Cockayne]]</nowiki> * [[Author:William Colenso|Col.]] <nowiki>[[Author:William Colenso|Col.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Philibert Commerçon|Comm.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Philibert Commerçon|Comm.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Allan Cunningham (1791-1839)|A. Cunn.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Allan Cunningham (1791-1839)|A. Cunn.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Richard Cunningham|R. Cunn.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Richard Cunningham|R. Cunn.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Joseph Decaisne|Dcne.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Joseph Decaisne|Dcne.]]</nowiki> N.B. The work may also use "Decne." * [[Author:Albert Gottfried Dietrich|A. Dietr.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Albert Gottfried Dietrich|A. Dietr.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:David Don|Don.]] <nowiki>[[Author:David Don|Don.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Jonas Carlsson Dryander|Dryander.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Jonas Carlsson Dryander|Dryander.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Barthélemy Charles Joseph Dumortier|Dum.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Barthélemy Charles Joseph Dumortier|Dum.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Stephan Ladislaus Endlicher|Endl.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Stephan Ladislaus Endlicher|Endl.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Antoine Laurent Apollinaire Fée|Fée]] <nowiki>[[Author:Antoine Laurent Apollinaire Fée|Fée]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Robert D. Fitzgerald|Fitzgerald]] <nowiki>[[Author:Robert D. Fitzgerald|Fitzgerald]]</nowiki> <!--unknown whether David or Desmond--> * [[Author:Peter Forsskål|Forsk.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Peter Forsskål|Forsk.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Georg Forster|Forst.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Georg Forster|Forst.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Joseph Gaertner|Gærtn.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Joseph Gaertner|Gærtn.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Jean François Aimée Gottlieb Philippe Gaudin|Gaud.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Jean François Aimée Gottlieb Philippe Gaudin|Gaud.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Asa Gray|A. Gray]] <nowiki>[[Author:Asa Gray|A. Gray]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Heinrich Carl Haussknecht|Haussk.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Heinrich Carl Haussknecht|Haussk.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Adrian Hardy Haworth|Haw.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Adrian Hardy Haworth|Haw.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Charles Louis L'Héritier de Brutelle|L'Herit.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Charles Louis L'Héritier de Brutelle|L'Herit.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Jacques Bernard Hombron|Hombr.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Jacques Bernard Hombron|Hombr.]]</nowiki> N.B. The work also uses "Homb." * [[Author:William Jackson Hooker|Hook.]] <nowiki>[[Author:William Jackson Hooker|Hook.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Joseph Dalton Hooker|Hook. f.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Joseph Dalton Hooker|Hook. f.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Nikolaus Joseph von Jacquin|Jacq.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Nikolaus Joseph von Jacquin|Jacq.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Honoré Jacquinot|Jacq.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Honoré Jacquinot|Jacq.]]</nowiki> N.B. In modern botany, "Jacq." applies to Jacquin * [[Author:Antoine Laurent de Jussieu|Juss.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Antoine Laurent de Jussieu|Juss.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Pehr Kalm|Kalm]] <nowiki>[[Author:Pehr Kalm|Kalm]]</nowiki> N.B. appears in work as "Kahn" * [[Author:Thomas Kirk|T. Kirk]] <nowiki>[[Author:Thomas Kirk|T. Kirk]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Karl Heinrich Emil Koch|C. Koch]] <nowiki>[[Author:Karl Heinrich Emil Koch|C. Koch]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Gustav Kunze|Kunze]] <nowiki>[[Author:Gustav Kunze|Kunze]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Jacques Labillardière|Labill.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Jacques Labillardière|Labill.]]</nowiki> N.B. The work also uses "Lab." for the same author * [[Author:Mariano Lagasca y Segura|Lag.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Mariano Lagasca y Segura|Lag.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Jean-Baptiste Lamarck|Lam.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Jean-Baptiste Lamarck|Lam.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Johann Georg Christian Lehman|Lehm.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Johann Georg Christian Lehman|Lehm.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:John Lindley|Lindl.]] <nowiki>[[Author:John Lindley|Lindl.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Johann Heinrich Friedrich Link|Link]] <nowiki>[[Author:Johann Heinrich Friedrich Link|Link]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Carl Linnaeus|Linn.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Carl Linnaeus|Linn.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Carolus Linnaeus the Younger|Linn. f.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Carolus Linnaeus the Younger|Linn. f.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:João de Loureiro|Lour.]] <nowiki>[[Author:João de Loureiro|Lour.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Carl Daniel Friedrich Meissner|Meissn.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Carl Daniel Friedrich Meissner|Meissn.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Friedrich Anton Wilhelm Miquel|Miq.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Friedrich Anton Wilhelm Miquel|Miq.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Conrad Moench|Mœnch]] <nowiki>[[Author:Conrad Moench|Mœnch]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Ferdinand Jacob Heinrich von Mueller|F. Muell]] <nowiki>[[Author:Ferdinand Jacob Heinrich von Mueller|F. Muell]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Josef Murr|Murr]] <nowiki>[[Author:Josef Murr|Murr]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Christian Gottfried Daniel Nees von Esenbeck|Nees]] <nowiki>[[Author:Christian Gottfried Daniel Nees von Esenbeck|Nees]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Thomas Nuttall|Nutt.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Thomas Nuttall|Nutt.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Daniel Oliver|Oliver]] <nowiki>[[Author:Daniel Oliver|Oliver]]</nowiki> * [[Author:José Antonio Pavón Jiménez|Pavon]] <nowiki>[[Author:José Antonio Pavón Jiménez|Pavon]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Christiaan Hendrik Persoon|Pers.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Christiaan Hendrik Persoon|Pers.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Donald Petrie|Petrie]] <nowiki>[[Author:Donald Petrie|Petrie]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Robert Knud Friedrich Pilger|Pilger]] <nowiki>[[Author:Robert Knud Friedrich Pilger|Pilger]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Jean Louis Marie Poiret|Poir.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Jean Louis Marie Poiret|Poir.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Constantine Samuel Rafinesque|Rafin.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Constantine Samuel Rafinesque|Rafin.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Daniel Rapin|Rapin]] <nowiki>[[Author:Daniel Rapin|Rapin]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Etienne Raoul|Raoul]] <nowiki>[[Author:Etienne Raoul|Raoul]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Achille Richard|A. Rich.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Achille Richard|A. Rich.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Louis Claude Marie Richard|L. C. Rich]] <nowiki>[[Author:Louis Claude Marie Richard|L. C. Rich]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Edward Rudge|Rudge]] <nowiki>[[Author:Edward Rudge|Rudge]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Hipólito Ruiz López|Ruiz]] <nowiki>[[Author:Hipólito Ruiz López|Ruiz]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Richard Anthony Salisbury|Salisb.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Richard Anthony Salisbury|Salisb.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Diederich Franz Leonhard von Schlectendal|Schl.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Diederich Franz Leonhard von Schlectendal|Schl.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Heinrich Adolph Schrader|Schrad.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Heinrich Adolph Schrader|Schrad.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Berthold Carl Seemann|Seem.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Berthold Carl Seemann|Seem.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Franz Sieber|Sieb.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Franz Sieber|Sieb.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:John Sims|Sims]] <nowiki>[[Author:John Sims|Sims]]</nowiki> * [[Author:James Edward Smith|Sm.]] <nowiki>[[Author:James Edward Smith|Sm.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Kurt Polycarp Joachim Sprengel|Spreng.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Kurt Polycarp Joachim Sprengel|Spreng.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Olof Swartz|Swartz]] <nowiki>[[Author:Olof Swartz|Swartz]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Louis-Marie Aubert de Petit-Thouars|Thouars]] <nowiki>[[Author:Louis-Marie Aubert de Petit-Thouars|Thouars]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Carl Peter Thunberg|Thunb.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Carl Peter Thunberg|Thunb.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Joseph Pitton de Tournefort|Tourn.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Joseph Pitton de Tournefort|Tourn.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Martin Vahl|Vahl]] <nowiki>[[Author:Martin Vahl|Vahl]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Sébastien Vaillant|Vaill.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Sébastien Vaillant|Vaill.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Wilhelm Gerhard Walpers|Walp.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Wilhelm Gerhard Walpers|Walp.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Richard Wettstein|Wettst.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Richard Wettstein|Wettst.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Friedrich Heinrich Wiggers|Wigg.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Friedrich Heinrich Wiggers|Wigg.]]</nowiki> * [[Author:Carl Ludwig Willdenow|Willd.]] <nowiki>[[Author:Carl Ludwig Willdenow|Willd.]]</nowiki> l2yrll7dsz5aplpc4xv5z2hcj2xo4jb Page:Project Longshot - Advanced Design Program Project Report.pdf/35 104 1312210 14130201 8249622 2024-04-25T22:35:41Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Yann" />{{rh|||34}}</noinclude>{{block center/s}} {{c|{{xx-larger|{{underline|INTERSTELLAR DIVE TRADE-OFF STUDY}}}}}} {| style="margin:auto; font-size:larger; border:1px solid black;" |- |{{ts|bb}}|SYSTEM |{{ts|ac|bb}}|I<sub>sp</sub><br>(1000s) |FEASIBILITY |- |{{ts|bb}}|FUSION MICRO-EXPLOSION |{{ts|bb}}|1020 |{{ts|bb}}|MEDIUM |- |{{ts|bb}}|LASER-PUMPED LIGHT SAIL |{{ts|bb}}|N/A* |{{ts|bb}}|LOW |- |{{ts|bb}}|ION DRIVE |{{ts|bb}}|3.5–10 |{{ts|bb}}|HIGH |- |{{ts|bb}}|THERMAL EXPANSION OF GAS |{{ts|bb}}|39 |{{ts|bb}}|HIGH–V. LOW |- |{{ts|bb}}|MATTER/ANTI-MATTER DRIVE |{{ts|bb}}|100 |{{ts|bb}}|EXTREMELY LOW |} {{*}} EXTERNAL DRIVE SOURCE--3.75 TERRAWATT LASER {{block center/e}}<noinclude><references/></noinclude> o13sm99nbqdh60jtmx8n97mzdk5f0b7 14130203 14130201 2024-04-25T22:36:45Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Yann" />{{rh|||34}}</noinclude>{{block center/s}} {{c|{{xx-larger|{{underline|INTERSTELLAR DIVE TRADE-OFF STUDY}}}}}} {| {{ts|mc|bc|ba|lg}} |- |{{ts|bb|br}}|SYSTEM |{{ts|ac|bb|br}}|I<sub>sp</sub><br>(1000s) |FEASIBILITY |- |{{ts|bb|br}}|FUSION MICRO-EXPLOSION |{{ts|bb|br}}|1020 |{{ts|bb}}|MEDIUM |- |{{ts|bb|br}}|LASER-PUMPED LIGHT SAIL |{{ts|bb|br}}|N/A* |{{ts|bb}}|LOW |- |{{ts|bb|br}}|ION DRIVE |{{ts|bb|br}}|3.5–10 |{{ts|bb}}|HIGH |- |{{ts|bb|br}}|THERMAL EXPANSION OF GAS |{{ts|bb|br}}|39 |{{ts|bb}}|HIGH–V. LOW |- |{{ts|bb|br}}|MATTER/ANTI-MATTER DRIVE |{{ts|bb|br}}|100 |{{ts|bb}}|EXTREMELY LOW |} {{*}} EXTERNAL DRIVE SOURCE--3.75 TERRAWATT LASER {{block center/e}}<noinclude><references/></noinclude> cvkbmigdmugzfflyo76jnfpfg3umsiv 14130204 14130203 2024-04-25T22:37:01Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Yann" />{{rh|||34}}</noinclude>{{block center/s}} {{c|{{xx-larger|{{underline|INTERSTELLAR DIVE TRADE-OFF STUDY}}}}}} {| {{ts|mc|bc|ba|lg}} |- |{{ts|bb|br}}|SYSTEM |{{ts|ac|bb|br}}|I<sub>sp</sub><br>(1000s) |{{ts|bb}}|FEASIBILITY |- |{{ts|bb|br}}|FUSION MICRO-EXPLOSION |{{ts|bb|br}}|1020 |{{ts|bb}}|MEDIUM |- |{{ts|bb|br}}|LASER-PUMPED LIGHT SAIL |{{ts|bb|br}}|N/A* |{{ts|bb}}|LOW |- |{{ts|bb|br}}|ION DRIVE |{{ts|bb|br}}|3.5–10 |{{ts|bb}}|HIGH |- |{{ts|bb|br}}|THERMAL EXPANSION OF GAS |{{ts|bb|br}}|39 |{{ts|bb}}|HIGH–V. LOW |- |{{ts|bb|br}}|MATTER/ANTI-MATTER DRIVE |{{ts|bb|br}}|100 |{{ts|bb}}|EXTREMELY LOW |} {{*}} EXTERNAL DRIVE SOURCE--3.75 TERRAWATT LASER {{block center/e}}<noinclude><references/></noinclude> tcny9ead9w2nz6rvzta9ngx2xams35j Page:Project Longshot - Advanced Design Program Project Report.pdf/55 104 1312371 14130208 8249644 2024-04-25T22:39:34Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Yann" />{{rh|||54}}</noinclude>{{c|{{x-larger|ATTITUDE CONTROL TECHNIQUE COMPARISON}}}} {| {{ts|ba|bc|mc}} class="_rules_all " |- |{{ts|ac}}|TYPE |{{ts|ac}}|COST |{{ts|ac}}|ACCURACY |{{ts|ac}}|MISSIONS |{{ts|ac}}|COMMENTS |- |3-AXIS ACTIVE CONTROL :(1) REACTION WHEELS |VERY HIGH |.007 ARC-SECONDS–1.0 DEG. |ASTRONOMICAL, WEATHER |VIBRATIONS AT HIGH RPM'S MAY REDUCE ACCURACY |- | :(2) HYDRAZINE THRUSTERS |VERY HIGH |.1–1.0 DEG |DEEP SPACE |FUEL LIMITED |- |SPIN STABILISATION |LOW TO MODERATE |.1–2.0 DEG. |EARTH ORB, INTERPLANETARY |SPIN RATE AND DIRECTION REQUIRE CONTROL |- |DUAL-SPIN STABILIASATION :(1) HALF SPIN, HALF STABILIZED |HIGH |.01–.1 DEG. |GEOSYNCH. COMMS. SATELLITES |REQUIRES COMPLEX ELEC. AND MECH. CONNECTIONS |- | :(2) INTERNAL MOMENTUM WHEELS |HIGH |.01–.1 DEG. |GEOSYNCH. COMMS. SATELLITES |HIGH TECHNOLOGY REQUIREMENTS |- |MAGNETIC STABILIZATION |VERY LOW |10–20 DEG. |LOW ALT., SCIENTIFIC |REQUIRES A MAGNETIC FIELD |- |GRAVITY-GRADIENT STABILIZATION |LOW |1.0–10 DEG. |CIRCULAR, LOW ALT. |REQUIRES A GRAVITY FIELD AND A LARGE MOMENT OF INTERTIA FOR SATELLITE |}<noinclude></noinclude> gcb7ohcetx5yu15kyn7t1jefevv090v Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography/Iselin, Jacob Christian 0 1313063 14131282 14125378 2024-04-26T08:16:20Z MRB16th 3061825 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Appletons' |previous = Isambert, Henry |next = Isert, Paul Edmond |edition = 1892 |fictitious = x | extra_notes = There is a serious grammatical error in the title of one of the alleged literary works that precludes it from being the title of a work, and this entry has been partially copied from the entry of Jean-Rodolphe Iselin in the ''Biographie Universelle''. }}<!-- p. 365 --> <!-- column 2 --> <pages index="Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography (1892, volume 3).djvu" from=395 to=395 fromsection=s3 tosection=s3 /> e6y2sx2oxlmpncko9vr75jhjxzmettl Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography/Sibiel, Alexander 0 1314825 14130112 11975983 2024-04-25T21:42:53Z MRB16th 3061825 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Appletons' |previous = Shute, Samuel Moore |next = Sibley, George Champlain |edition = 1900 |fictitious = x |extra_notes = There is a remarkable disconnect in that the subject is described as an antiquiary, but his career involves work in deciphering hieroglyphics. The subject is also described as studying at Mechlin, but the university there, the University of Louvain, was not founded until 1834, i.e. 43 years after the date of death of the subject. }}<!-- p. 520 --> <!-- column 2 --> <pages index="Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography (1900, volume 5).djvu" from="552" to="552" fromsection="s5" tosection="s5" /> 4c04ii07eaooqp87xn48fvy1r2v9ni1 Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography/Jacintha do San José 0 1316215 14131265 11598598 2024-04-26T08:07:23Z MRB16th 3061825 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Appletons' |previous = Izcohuatl |next = Jacker, Edward |suspicious = x |extra_notes = There is an anachronism in the subject's return from Lisbon to Rio De Janiero. |edition = 1892 }}<!-- p. 373 --> <pages index="Appletons' Cyclopædia of American Biography (1892, volume 3).djvu" from=405 to=405 fromsection=s1 tosection=s1 /> 8nim0el7y5buazwrpvsqh57t192ewq0 Template:Statute table/header 10 1317456 14130123 12652958 2024-04-25T21:50:08Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Template:Statute table/header.css" /> {{(!}}align="center" class="__statutetable" |- class="__statutetable_header" !width="20%"{{!}}Year, statute, and chapter. !Subject-matter. !width="30%"{{!}}How repealed or otherwise determined, wholly&nbsp;or&nbsp;in&nbsp;part<noinclude> {{!)}}{{Documentation}}</noinclude> nhirwlpu5iek2qw0i7fsxl83juucgrj Page:A Set of Six.djvu/158 104 1323393 14128641 7585565 2024-04-25T18:02:54Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="William Maury Morris II" />{{rh|138|AN ANARCHIST|}}</noinclude>to-day? Butterflies going strong? Ha, ha, ha!"—especially as he charged me two dollars per diem for the hospitality of the B. O. S. Co., Ltd., (capital £1,500,000, fully paid up), in whose balance-sheet for that year those monies are no doubt included. "I don't think I can make it anything less in justice to my company," he had remarked, with extreme gravity, when I was arranging with him the terms of my stay on the island. His chaff would have been harmless enough if intimacy of intercourse in the absence of all friendly feeling were not a thing detestable in itself. Moreover, his facetiousness was not very amusing. It consisted in the wearisome repetition of descriptive phrases applied to people with a burst of laughter. "Desperate butterfly-slayer. Ha, ha, ha!" was one sample of his peculiar wit which he himself enjoyed so much. And in the same vein of exquisite humour he called my attention to the engineer of the steam-launch, one day, as we strolled on the path by the side of the creek. The man's head and shoulders emerged above the deck, over which were scattered various tools of his trade and a few pieces of machinery. He was doing some repairs to the engines. At the sound of our footsteps he raised anxiously a grimy face with a pointed chin and a tiny fair moustache. What could be seen of his delicate features under the black smudges appeared to me wasted and livid in the greenish shade of the enormous tree spreading its foliage over the launch moored close to the bank. To my great surprise, Harry Gee addressed him as "Crocodile," in that half-jeering, half-bullying tone which is characteristic of self-satisfaction in his delectable kind: "How does the work get on, Crocodile?" I should have said before that the amiable Harry had<noinclude></noinclude> isyvf905z2nnjjen7u7m4ekx7pfh8qx Page:A Set of Six.djvu/169 104 1323449 14128642 7585583 2024-04-25T18:03:06Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="William Maury Morris II" />{{rh||AN ANARCHIST|149}}</noinclude>good companions. They assured him that he would not be allowed to starve, work or no work. They had drinks all round to the discomfiture of all employers of labour and to the destruction of society. He sat biting his lower lip. "That is, monsieur, how I became a ''compagnon''," he said. The hand he passed over his forehead was trembling. "All the same, there's something wrong in a world where a man can get lost for a glass more or less." He never looked up, though I could see he was getting excited under his dejection. He slapped the bench with his open palm. "No!" he cried. "It was an impossible existence! Watched by the police, watched by the comrades, I did not belong to myself any more! Why, I could not even go to draw a few francs from my savings-bank without a comrade hanging about the door to see that I didn't bolt! And most of them were neither more nor less than housebreakers. The intelligent, I mean. They robbed the rich; they were only getting back their own, they said. When I had had some drink I believed them. There were also the fools and the mad. ''Des exaltés—quoi!'' When I was drunk I loved them. When I got more drink I was angry with the world. That was the best time. I found refuge from misery in rage. But one can't be always drunk—''n'est-ce pas, monsieur?'' And when I was sober I was afraid to break away. They would have stuck me like a pig." He folded his arms again and raised his sharp chin with a bitter smile. "By and by they told me it was time to go to work. The work was to rob a bank. Afterwards a bomb would be thrown to wreck the place. My beginner's part would be to keep watch in a street at the back and<noinclude></noinclude> 1tyvwir3r033pgbxw904495nudacclx Page:A Set of Six.djvu/174 104 1323460 14128643 7585596 2024-04-25T18:03:16Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="William Maury Morris II" />{{rh|154|AN ANARCHIST|}}</noinclude>body of my fellow-convicts came down to the pier—which was sure to happen soon—I would shoot her through the head before I shot myself. I knew the 'comrades' well. This idea of mine gave me quite an interest in life, monsieur; and at once, instead of remaining stupidly exposed on the pier, I retreated a little way and crouched behind a bush. I did not intend to let myself be pounced upon unawares and be prevented perhaps from rendering a supreme service to at least one human creature before I died myself. "But we must believe the signal was seen, for the galley from ''Ile Royale'' came over in an astonishingly short time. The woman kept right on till the light of her lantern flashed upon the officer in command and the bayonets of the soldiers in the boat. Then she sat down and began to cry. "She didn't need me any more. I did not budge. Some soldiers were only in their shirt-sleeves, others without boots, just as the call to arms had found them. They passed by my bush at the double. The galley had been sent away for more; and the woman sat all alone crying at the end of the pier, with the lantern standing on the ground near her. "Then suddenly I saw in the light at the end of the pier the red pantaloons of two more men. I was overcome with astonishment. They, too, started off at a run. Their tunics flapped unbuttoned and they were bare-headed. One of them panted out to the other, 'Straight on, straight on!' "Where on earth did they spring from, I wondered. Slowly I walked down the short pier. I saw the woman's form shaken by sobs and heard her moaning more and more distinctly, 'Oh, my man! my poor man! my poor man!' I stole on quietly. She could neither hear nor see anything. She had thrown her apron over<noinclude></noinclude> 0mqmmmrfeopbynk0lpebjs8vog7zle9 Page:A Set of Six.djvu/179 104 1323468 14128644 7585606 2024-04-25T18:03:18Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="William Maury Morris II" />{{rh||AN ANARCHIST|159}}</noinclude>rage came upon me—the rage of extreme intoxication—but not against the injustice of society. Oh, no! "'I must be free!' I cried, furiously. "<nowiki>'</nowiki>''Vive la liberté!''<nowiki>'</nowiki> yells that ruffian Mafile. <nowiki>'</nowiki>''Mort aux bourgeois'' who send us to Cayenne! They shall soon know that we are free.' "The sky, the sea, the whole horizon, seemed to turn red, blood red all round the boat. My temples were beating so loud that I wondered they did not hear. How is it that they did not? How is it they did not understand? "I heard Simon ask, 'Have we not pulled far enough out now?' "'Yes. Far enough,' I said. I was sorry for him; it was the other I hated. He hauled in his oar with a loud sigh, and as he was raising his hand to wipe his forehead with the air of a man who has done his work, I pulled the trigger of my revolver and shot him like this off the knee, right through the heart. "He tumbled down, with his head hanging over the side of the boat. I did not give him a second glance. The other cried out piercingly. Only one shriek of horror. Then all was still. "He slipped off the thwart on to his knees and raised his clasped hands before his face in an attitude of supplication. 'Mercy,' he whispered, faintly. 'Mercy for me!—comrade.' "'Ah, comrade,' I said, in a low tone. 'Yes, comrade, of course. Well, then, shout ''Vive l'anarchie''.' "He flung up his arms, his face up to the sky and his mouth wide open in a great yell of despair. <nowiki>'</nowiki>''Vive l'anarchie! Vive''{{bar|2}}' "He collapsed all in a heap, with a bullet through his head. "I flung them both overboard. I threw away the<noinclude></noinclude> nwa4b0y1uq8uusr85q6xkm0jknntxrr Page:A Set of Six.djvu/87 104 1342588 14128646 7586041 2024-04-25T18:03:31Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="William Maury Morris II" />{{rh||GASPAR RUIZ|67}}</noinclude>"The widow of Gaspar Ruiz, the strong man, allowed me to lead her away without shedding a tear. "For travelling we had arranged for her a side-saddle very much like a chair, with a board swung beneath to rest her feet on. And the first day she rode without uttering a word, and hardly for one moment turning her eyes away from the little girl, whom she held on her knees. At our first camp I saw her during the night walking about, rocking the child in her arms and gazing down at it by the light of the moon. After we had started on our second day's march she asked me how soon we should come to the first village of the inhabited country. "I said we should be there about noon. "'And will there be women there?' she inquired. "I told her that it was a large village. 'There will be men and women there, señora,' I said, 'whose hearts shall be made glad by the news that all the unrest and war is over now.' "'Yes, it is all over now,' she repeated. Then, after a time: 'Señor officer, what will your Government do with me?' "'I do not know, señora,' I said. 'They will treat you well, no doubt. We republicans are not savages and take no vengeance on women.' "She gave me a look at the word 'republicans' which I imagined full of undying hate. But an hour or so afterwards, as we drew up to let the baggage mules go first along a narrow path skirting a precipice, she looked at me with such a white, troubled face that I felt a great pity for her. "'Señor officer,' she said, 'I am weak, I tremble. It is an insensate fear.' And indeed her lips did tremble while she tried to smile, glancing at the beginning of the narrow path which was not so dangerous after all. 'I am<noinclude></noinclude> 345g2r77oradl62ap3zc8wcd4ihcwa5 The Civil Service and the Patronage/Appendix A 0 1348273 14129875 12461410 2024-04-25T19:57:08Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{TextQuality|75%}} {{header | title = The Civil Service and the Patronage | author = Carl Russell Fish | translator = | section = Appendix A. Officers of the Confederation and the States appointed to Positions under the Constitution of 1789. | previous = [[../Chapter 11|Chapter XI. Present Status of the Civil Service Reform Movement.]] | next = [[../Appendix B|Appendix B. Tables of Hold-over Officials.]] | notes = }} <!-- p. 229 --> {{c/s}}{{fsx|125%|APPENDICES.}} {{rule|20%}} {{fsx|125%|APPENDIX A.}} '''TRANSFER OF OFFICERS (1789-1791).''' {{sc|Table I.<br />Officers of the Confederation.}} {{c/e}} {|{{ts|mc}} |{{ts|bb|ac}}|''Old Position.'' |{{ts|bb|}}|&nbsp; |{{ts|bb}}|&nbsp; |{{ts|bb}}|&nbsp; |{{ts|bb|ac}}|''New Position.'' |- |{{ts|bb}}|Superintendent of Foreign Affairs |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|John Jay |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Chief Justice. |- |{{ts|bb}}|Minister to France |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Thomas Jefferson |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Secretary of State. |- |{{ts|bb}}|Commissioner of Treasury Board |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Samuel Osgood |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Postmaster-general. |- |{{ts|bb}}|Secretary at War |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Henry Knox |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Secretary of War. |- |{{ts|bb}}|Governor of Northwest Territory |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Arthur St. Clair |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Governor of Northwest Territory. |- |{{ts|bb}}|Secretary of Northwest Territory |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Winthrop Sargent |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Secretary of Northwest Territory. |- |{{ts|bb}}|Judge of Northwest Territory |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Samuel Holden Parsons |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Judge of Northwest Territory. |- |{{ts|bb}}|Judge of Northwest Territory |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|John Cleves Symmes |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Judge of Northwest Territory. |- |{{ts|bb}}|Continental Loan Officer in Virginia |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|John H. Hopkins |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Commissioner of Loans for Virginia. |- |{{ts|bb}}|Assistant Secretary of Congress |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Roger Alden |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Place in State Department. |} {{c|{{sc|Table II.<br />State Customs Offices (1789-1791).}}}} {|align="center" |colspan="2" align="center"|{{sc|Collectors.}} |- |align="left"|Number of national offices |align="right" valign="bottom"|67 |- |align="left"|State collectors or equivalents made federal collectors |align="right" valign="bottom"|27 |- |align="left"|State collectors appointed to lower offices |align="right" valign="bottom"|4 |- |align="left"|State collectors not appointed to any customs office |align="right" valign="bottom"|8 |- |align="left"|New offices, or no data |align="right" valign="bottom"|28 |- |&nbsp; |- |colspan="2" align="center"|{{sc|Naval Officers.}} |- |align="left"|Number of national offices |align="right" valign="bottom"|13 |- |align="left"|State naval officers made federal naval officers |align="right" valign="bottom"|3 |- |align="left"|State collectors appointed |align="right" valign="bottom"|2 |- |align="left"|State naval officer not appointed to any customs office |align="right" valign="bottom"|1 |- |align="left"|New offices, or no data |align="right" valign="bottom"|7&nbsp;(or&nbsp;9) |- |&nbsp; |- |colspan="2" align="center"|{{sc|Surveyors.}} |- |align="left"|Number of national offices |align="right" valign="bottom"|56 |- |align="left"|State surveyors or searchers made federal surveyors |align="right" valign="bottom"|12 |- |align="left"|State collectors appointed |align="right" valign="bottom"|2 |- |align="left"|State surveyors not appointed to any customs office |align="right" valign="bottom"|6 |- |align="left"|New offices, or no data |align="right" valign="bottom"|36&nbsp;(or&nbsp;38) |- |&nbsp; |- |colspan="2" align="center"|{{sc|Total.}} |- |align="left"|Whole number of offices at beginning of federal government |align="right" valign="bottom"|136 |- |align="left"|State officers appointed to corresponding federal positions |align="right" valign="bottom"|42 |- |align="left"|State officers appointed to some other customs place |align="right" valign="bottom"|46 |- |align="left"|State officers not appointed to any customs place |align="right" valign="bottom"|15 |- |align="left"|New offices, or no data |align="right" valign="bottom"|75 |} t0vrwelwvvuhwstk0axcd9iv60z1hbx 14129878 14129875 2024-04-25T19:57:35Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{TextQuality|75%}} {{header | title = The Civil Service and the Patronage | author = Carl Russell Fish | translator = | section = Appendix A. Officers of the Confederation and the States appointed to Positions under the Constitution of 1789. | previous = [[../Chapter 11|Chapter XI. Present Status of the Civil Service Reform Movement.]] | next = [[../Appendix B|Appendix B. Tables of Hold-over Officials.]] | notes = }} <!-- p. 229 --> {{c/s}}{{fsx|125%|APPENDICES.}} {{rule|20%}} {{fsx|125%|APPENDIX A.}} '''TRANSFER OF OFFICERS (1789-1791).''' {{sc|Table I.<br />Officers of the Confederation.}} {{c/e}} {|{{ts|mc|bc}} |- |{{ts|bb|ac}}|''Old Position.'' |{{ts|bb|}}|&nbsp; |{{ts|bb}}|&nbsp; |{{ts|bb}}|&nbsp; |{{ts|bb|ac}}|''New Position.'' |- |{{ts|bb}}|Superintendent of Foreign Affairs |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|John Jay |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Chief Justice. |- |{{ts|bb}}|Minister to France |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Thomas Jefferson |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Secretary of State. |- |{{ts|bb}}|Commissioner of Treasury Board |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Samuel Osgood |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Postmaster-general. |- |{{ts|bb}}|Secretary at War |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Henry Knox |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Secretary of War. |- |{{ts|bb}}|Governor of Northwest Territory |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Arthur St. Clair |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Governor of Northwest Territory. |- |{{ts|bb}}|Secretary of Northwest Territory |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Winthrop Sargent |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Secretary of Northwest Territory. |- |{{ts|bb}}|Judge of Northwest Territory |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Samuel Holden Parsons |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Judge of Northwest Territory. |- |{{ts|bb}}|Judge of Northwest Territory |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|John Cleves Symmes |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Judge of Northwest Territory. |- |{{ts|bb}}|Continental Loan Officer in Virginia |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|John H. Hopkins |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Commissioner of Loans for Virginia. |- |{{ts|bb}}|Assistant Secretary of Congress |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Roger Alden |{{ts|bb}}| |{{ts|bb}}|Place in State Department. |} {{c|{{sc|Table II.<br />State Customs Offices (1789-1791).}}}} {|align="center" |colspan="2" align="center"|{{sc|Collectors.}} |- |align="left"|Number of national offices |align="right" valign="bottom"|67 |- |align="left"|State collectors or equivalents made federal collectors |align="right" valign="bottom"|27 |- |align="left"|State collectors appointed to lower offices |align="right" valign="bottom"|4 |- |align="left"|State collectors not appointed to any customs office |align="right" valign="bottom"|8 |- |align="left"|New offices, or no data |align="right" valign="bottom"|28 |- |&nbsp; |- |colspan="2" align="center"|{{sc|Naval Officers.}} |- |align="left"|Number of national offices |align="right" valign="bottom"|13 |- |align="left"|State naval officers made federal naval officers |align="right" valign="bottom"|3 |- |align="left"|State collectors appointed |align="right" valign="bottom"|2 |- |align="left"|State naval officer not appointed to any customs office |align="right" valign="bottom"|1 |- |align="left"|New offices, or no data |align="right" valign="bottom"|7&nbsp;(or&nbsp;9) |- |&nbsp; |- |colspan="2" align="center"|{{sc|Surveyors.}} |- |align="left"|Number of national offices |align="right" valign="bottom"|56 |- |align="left"|State surveyors or searchers made federal surveyors |align="right" valign="bottom"|12 |- |align="left"|State collectors appointed |align="right" valign="bottom"|2 |- |align="left"|State surveyors not appointed to any customs office |align="right" valign="bottom"|6 |- |align="left"|New offices, or no data |align="right" valign="bottom"|36&nbsp;(or&nbsp;38) |- |&nbsp; |- |colspan="2" align="center"|{{sc|Total.}} |- |align="left"|Whole number of offices at beginning of federal government |align="right" valign="bottom"|136 |- |align="left"|State officers appointed to corresponding federal positions |align="right" valign="bottom"|42 |- |align="left"|State officers appointed to some other customs place |align="right" valign="bottom"|46 |- |align="left"|State officers not appointed to any customs place |align="right" valign="bottom"|15 |- |align="left"|New offices, or no data |align="right" valign="bottom"|75 |} d0i3ncy3rp255j03a5k6plvm59xjjg7 Page:Pentagon-Papers-Part I.djvu/47 104 1348347 14128067 13635131 2024-04-25T15:43:15Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="SuckitHamilton" /><p style='text-align:center; font-size:90%;'><b>Declassified</b> per [[Executive_Order_13526#sect3.3|Executive Order 13526, Section 3.3]]<br>NND Project Number: NND 63316. By: NWD Date: 2011</p><br/><div class= "tiInherit" style="text-align:center;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;">TOP SECRET – Sensitive</span></div></noinclude>{{center|<u>PRINCIPAL EVENTS<br/>FRANCE – VIETNAM RELATIONS<br/><br/>1946 – 1950</u>}} <table class="__timeline"> <tr> <th>{{u|Event}} <th>{{u|Description}} <th>{{u|Outcome}} </tr> <tr> <td>Accord of 6&nbsp;March 1946 <td>Agreement signed by Ho Chi Minh with French provides that:<br/><br/><ol><li>France recognizes DRV as: "Free State&nbsp;...&nbsp;forming part of the Indochina Federation and the French Union."</li><li>DRV welcomes French Army into Tonkin for 5 years.</li><li>Further negotiations to spell out details for DRV independence.</li></ol> <td><ol><li>Led to French occupation of Tonkin Delta.</li><li>No significant step taken by France toward DRV autonomy.</li></ol> </tr> <tr> <td>First Dalat Conference, 19&nbsp;April – 11 May 1946 <td>French and DRV delegates attempt to negotiate differences, but are able to enact only minor agreements on cultural and educational matters. <td><ol><li>Overshadowed by continuing guerrilla war in Cochinchina.</li><li>A commission was set up to arrange an armistice; futile.</li></ol> <tr> <td>Establishment of Provisional Government of Cochinchina, 1 June 1946 <td>French announce formation of an independent Cochinchina within the Indochina Federation and the French Union. <td><ol><li>Touched off new wave of guerrilla war in South Vietnam.</li><li>Possibility of divided Vietnam pressured DRV in negotiations with France; stiffened DRV attitudes.</li></ol> </tr> <noinclude></table></noinclude><noinclude>{{rh||A-37 |<u>TOP SECRET – Sensitive</u>}}<br/><references/></noinclude> aysecfuz3rlzvjnogo4z79eih93gigj Page:Pentagon-Papers-Part I.djvu/48 104 1348352 14128069 13634612 2024-04-25T15:44:06Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="SuckitHamilton" /><p style='text-align:center; font-size:90%;'><b>Declassified</b> per [[Executive_Order_13526#sect3.3|Executive Order 13526, Section 3.3]]<br>NND Project Number: NND 63316. By: NWD Date: 2011</p><br/>{{center|<u>TOP SECRET – Sensitive</u>}}</noinclude><noinclude> <table class="__timeline"> <tr> <th>{{u|Event}} <th>{{u|Description}} <th>{{u|Outcome}} </tr> </noinclude> <tr> <td>Fontainbleau Conference, 6&nbsp;July – 10&nbsp;September 1946 <td>Formal negotiations in France between DRV delegation headed by Ho Chi Minh and second-rank French officials leads to no agreement on any substantive issue. <td>DRV delegation withdrew in protest over convening of Second Dalat Conference (below), resumed talks, then acceded to adjournment without progress. </tr> <tr> <td>Second Dalat Conference, 1&nbsp;August 1946 <td>Conference among French, Cochinchinese, Laotians, Cambodians, Montaguards of Annam:<ol><li>Announces formation of "federal states" under French High Commissioner.</li><li>Denounces DRV delegation at Fontainbleau as unrepresentative.</li><li>Cambodians and Cochinchinese move for direct representation in French Union and abroad, but French refuse.</li></ol> <td><ol><li>Caused breakdown of Fontainbleau Conference.</li><li>Erected new facade of federation, but led to no significant political concessions by French.</li></ol> </tr> <td>Franco-DRV {{u|Modus Vivendi}}, 14&nbsp;September 1946 <td>After DRV delegation departed from Fontainbleau, Ho Chi Minh signs agreement with France which provides, effective 30&nbsp;March 1946:<ol><li>Reciprocal rights for citizens.</li><li>Reciprocal property rights and restoration seized French property in Vietnam.</li><li>[[w:Piastre|Piastre]] related to [[w:Franc|franc]].</li><li>Customs union and free trade within Indochina Federation.</li><li>Armistice Commission to deal with guerilla war in Cochinchina.</li><li>Referendum to decide Cochinchina's relationship to DRV.</li><li>France-DRV talks to resume in January, 1947.</li></ol> <td><ol><li>Led to some release of prisoners, and lull in guerrilla operations.</li><li>No substantial French political concessions eventuated.</li></ol> </tr> <noinclude></table></noinclude><noinclude>{{rh||A-38 |<span style="text-decoration: underline;">TOP SECRET – Sensitive</span>}}<br/><references/></noinclude> jtystj3wj4bcw8mzid3uv7918dh1vd9 Page:Pentagon-Papers-Part I.djvu/49 104 1348401 14128071 13635555 2024-04-25T15:45:11Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="SuckitHamilton" /><p style='text-align:center; font-size:90%;'><b>Declassified</b> per [[Executive_Order_13526#sect3.3|Executive Order 13526, Section 3.3]]<br>NND Project Number: NND 63316. By: NWD Date: 2011</p><br/>{{center|<u>TOP SECRET – Sensitive</u>}}</noinclude><noinclude> <table class="__timeline"> <tr> <th>{{u|Event}} <th>{{u|Description}} <th>{{u|Outcome}} </tr></noinclude> <tr> <td>"Incidents" at Haiphong, Langson, and Tourane, November, 1946 <td>Local disputes lead to clashes between French and DRV troops. <td><ol><li>French seized unilateral control over Haiphong and Langson.</li><li>French reinforcements landed at Tourane in violation of March 6 Accord.</li></ol> </tr> <tr> <td>Hanoi Incident, 19 December 1946 <td>Large-scale conflict begins, spreads throughout Vietnam. <td>Complete breakdown of relations between France and DRV </tr> <tr> <td>Declaration of the Freedom of Cochinchina, 4 February 1947 <td>French High Commissioner extends powers of the Saigon Government to include:<ol><li>Legislative and executive action on all internal affairs.</li><li>Universal suffrage for election of legislature.</li></ol> <td><ol><li>President [[w:Le Van Hoach|Le Van Hoach]] of Cochinchina admitted Viet Minh controlled greater part of Cochinchina.</li><li>Elections repeatedly postponed because of civil disorder.</li></ol> </tr> <tr> <td>First Ha Long Bay Agreement, 7 December 1947 <td><ol><li>Bao Dai associates himself with French-sponsored nationalist movement.</li><li>French promise in vague terms national independence for Vietnam.</li></ol> <td><ol><li>French took no action toward releasing their control in Vietnam.</li><li>Bao Dai withdrew to Europe.</li><li>Agreement condemned by non-Viet Minh nationalists; e.g., [[w:Ngo Dinh Diem|Ngo Dinh Diem]].</li></ol> <noinclude></table></noinclude><noinclude>{{rh||A-39 |<u>TOP SECRET – Sensitive</u>}}<br/><references/></noinclude> s2ddtxgro60m0ch2l85tkmcqgi0u8dz Page:Pentagon-Papers-Part I.djvu/50 104 1348403 14128075 13634171 2024-04-25T15:46:17Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="SuckitHamilton" /><p style='text-align:center; font-size:90%;'><b>Declassified</b> per [[Executive_Order_13526#sect3.3|Executive Order 13526, Section 3.3]]<br>NND Project Number: NND 63316. By: NWD Date: 2011</p><br/>{{center|<u>TOP SECRET – Sensitive</u>}}</noinclude><noinclude> <table class="__timeline"> <tr> <td>{{u|Event}} <td>{{u|Description}} <td>{{u|Outcome}} </tr> </noinclude> <tr> <td>Second Ha Long Bay Agreement, 5 June 1948 <td><ol><li>France solemnly recognizes the independence of Vietnam within the French Union.</li><li>Bao Dai reassociates himself with the attempt to form a nationalist government.</li></ol> <td><ol><li>France transferred no significant political power to Vietnamese.</li><li>Led only to further negotiations between Bao Dai and France.</li></ol> </tr> <tr> <td>[[w:Élysée Accords|Elysee Agreement]], 8 March 1949 <td>In an exchange of letters between Bao Dai and President [[w:Vincent Auriol|Auriol]], France:<ol><li>Reconfirms Vietnam's status as an independent Associated State within the French Union.</li><li>Agrees to unifying Vietnam, and placing it under Vietnamese administration, under terms to be negotiated subsequently.</li><li>Retains control of Vietnamese armed forces and foreign relations.</li></ol> <td><ol><li>French economic and political primacy remained unchanged, even in principle.</li><li>Cochinchina formally merged with Annam and Tonkin in State of Vietnam in June, 1949.</li><li>Plans for internal administrative transfer announced 30 December 1949.</li><li>Practical matters of transfer of administrative functions in principal external affairs were deferred to Pau Negotiations of 1950.</li></ol> </tr> <tr> <td>Recognition of the Independence of the State of Vietnam, 14 June 1949 <td>French High Commissioner for Indochina and Emperor Bao Dai exchange letters in Saigon formalizing Elysee Agreement. <td><ol><li>Cochinchina government tendered resignation to Bao Dai, merging in principle with new State of Vietnam.</li><li>No actual transfer of political power occurred.</li> </ol> </tr> <noinclude></table></noinclude><noinclude>{{rh||A-40 |<u>TOP SECRET – Sensitive</u>}}<br/><references/></noinclude> 7snl2muizldxhg9109wbj2g2ut13v44 Page:Pentagon-Papers-Part I.djvu/51 104 1348406 14128093 13633217 2024-04-25T15:50:31Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="SuckitHamilton" /><p style='text-align:center; font-size:90%;'><b>Declassified</b> per [[Executive_Order_13526#sect3.3|Executive Order 13526, Section 3.3]]<br>NND Project Number: NND 63316. By: NWD Date: 2011</p><br/>{{center|<u>TOP SECRET – Sensitive</u>}}</noinclude><noinclude> <table class="__timeline" <tr> <td>{{u|Event}} <td>{{u|Description}} <td>{{u|Outcome}} </tr> </noinclude> <tr> <td>French Ratification of the Independence of Vietnam, 2 February 1950 <td>Following National Assembly approval (29 January 1950), France announces ratification of the status for Vietnam described in the Elysee Agreement. <td><ol><li>U.S. recognized State of Vietnam (3 February 1950).</li><li>Details of transfer of powers awaited Pau Negotiations (March–November, 1950).</li></ol> </tr> </table><noinclude>{{rh||A-41 |<u>TOP SECRET – Sensitive</u>}}<br/><references/></noinclude> t0hcbvssgkwrp7slpaf1ed0ue74cywa 14128094 14128093 2024-04-25T15:50:46Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="SuckitHamilton" /><p style='text-align:center; font-size:90%;'><b>Declassified</b> per [[Executive_Order_13526#sect3.3|Executive Order 13526, Section 3.3]]<br>NND Project Number: NND 63316. By: NWD Date: 2011</p><br/>{{center|<u>TOP SECRET – Sensitive</u>}}</noinclude><noinclude> <table class="__timeline"> <tr> <td>{{u|Event}} <td>{{u|Description}} <td>{{u|Outcome}} </tr> </noinclude> <tr> <td>French Ratification of the Independence of Vietnam, 2 February 1950 <td>Following National Assembly approval (29 January 1950), France announces ratification of the status for Vietnam described in the Elysee Agreement. <td><ol><li>U.S. recognized State of Vietnam (3 February 1950).</li><li>Details of transfer of powers awaited Pau Negotiations (March–November, 1950).</li></ol> </tr> </table><noinclude>{{rh||A-41 |<u>TOP SECRET – Sensitive</u>}}<br/><references/></noinclude> 48z4euojv6as9b18amglo1lit3odfhy Page:The Book of the Thousand Nights and a Night - Volume 3.djvu/18 104 1348554 14130066 14013488 2024-04-25T21:16:12Z Slowking4 251604 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{rvh|2|{{i|Alf Laylah wa Laylah.}}}}</noinclude>face with skin bristling<ref>This "horripilation," for which we have the poetical term "goose-flesh," is often mentioned in Hindu as in Arab literature.</ref> and looked at me with furious eyes. When I saw her in this case I was terrified at her and my side muscles trembled and quivered, for she was like a dreadful she Ghul, an ogress in ire, and I like a bean over the fire. Then said she, "Thou art of no use to me, now thou art married and hast a child; nor art thou any longer fit for my company; I care only for bachelors and not for married men: <ref>How often we have heard this in England!</ref> these profit us nothing Thou hast sold me for yonder stinking armful; but, by Allah, I will make the whore's heart ache for thee, and thou shalt not live either for me or for her!" Then she cried a loud cry and, ere I could think, up came the slave girls and threw me on the ground; and when I was helpless under their hands she rose and, taking a knife, said, "I will cut thy throat as they slaughter he goats; and that will be less than thy desert, for thy doings to me and the daughter of thy uncle before me." When I looked to my life and found myself at the mercy of her slave women, with my cheeks dust soiled, and saw her sharpen the knife, I made sure of death.{{--}}And Shahrazad perceived the dawn of day and ceased to say her permitted say. {{c|{{blackletter|Now when it was the Hundred and Twenty-sixth Night,}}}} She said, It hath reached me, O auspicious King, that the Wazir Dandan thus continued his tale to Zau al-Makan:{{--}}Then quoth the youth Aziz to Taj al-Muluk, Now when I found my life at the mercy of her slave women with my cheeks dust soiled, and I saw her sharpen the knife, I made sure of death and cried out to her for mercy. But she only redoubled in ferocity and ordered the slave girls to pinion my hands behind me, which they did; and, throwing me on my back, she seated herself on my middle and held down my head. Then two of them came up and squatted on my shin bones, whilst other two grasped my hands and arms; and she summoned a third pair and bade them beat me. So they beat me till I fainted and my voice failed. When I revived, I said to myself, " 'Twere easier and better for me to have my gullet slit than to be beaten on this wise!" And I remembered the words of my cousin, and how she used to say to me, "Allah, keep thee from<noinclude> {{rule}} {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> nl7z93mjo4qy1jiqyg03rj50qi458rg Page:The Book of the Thousand Nights and a Night - Volume 3.djvu/19 104 1348555 14130070 12390920 2024-04-25T21:17:22Z Slowking4 251604 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sharfshak" />{{rh||''Tale of Aziz and Azizah''.|3}}</noinclude>her mischief!"; and I shrieked and wept till my voice failed and I remained without power to breathe or to move. Then she again whetted the knife and said to the slave girls, "Uncover him." Upon this the Lord inspired me to repeat to her the two phrases my cousin had taught me, and had bequeathed to me, and I said, "O my lady, dost thou not know that Faith is fair, Unfaith is foul?" When she heard this, she cried out and said, "Allah pity thee, Azizah, and give thee Paradise in exchange for thy wasted youth! By Allah, of a truth she served thee in her life time and after her death, and now she hath saved thee alive out of my hands with these two saws. Nevertheless, I cannot by any means leave thee thus, but needs must I set my mark on thee, to spite yonder brazen faced piece, who hath kept thee from me." There upon she called out to the slave women and bade them bind my feet with cords and then said to them, "Take seat on him!" They did her bidding, upon which she arose and fetched a pan of copper and hung it over the brazier and poured into it oil of sesame, in which she fried cheese. <ref>As a styptic. The scene in the text has often been enacted in Egypt where a favourite feminine mode of murdering men is by beating and bruising the testicles. The Fellahs are exceedingly clever in inventing methods of manslaughter. For some years bodies were found that bore no outer mark of violence, and only Frankish inquisitiveness discovered that the barrel of a pistol had been passed up the anus and the weapon discharged internally Murders of this description are known in English history; but never became popular practice.</ref> Then she came up to me (and I still insensible) and, unfastening my bag trousers, tied a cord round my testicles and, giving it to two of her women, bade them trawl at it. They did so, and I swooned away and was for excess of pain in a world other than this. Then she came with a razor of steel and cut off my member masculine, <ref>Arab. "Zakar," that which betokens masculinity. At the end of the tale we learn that she also gelded him; thus he was a "Sandali," a rasé.</ref> so that I remained like a woman: after which she seared the wound with the boiling and rubbed it with a powder, and I the while unconscious. Now when I came to myself, the blood had stopped; so she bade the slave girls unbind me and made me drink a cup of wine. Then said she to me, "Go now to her whom thou hast married and who grudged me a single night, and the mercy of Allah be on thy cousin Azizah, who saved thy life and never told her secret love! Indeed, haddest thou not repeated those words to me, I had surely slit thy weasand. Go forth this instant to whom thou wilt, for I needed<noinclude><br>———— {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> ax25rck4p8e4bkv5t85xgnjxfdu6krf 14130071 14130070 2024-04-25T21:17:40Z Slowking4 251604 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sharfshak" />{{rh||''Tale of Aziz and Azizah''.|3}}</noinclude>her mischief!"; and I shrieked and wept till my voice failed and I remained without power to breathe or to move. Then she again whetted the knife and said to the slave girls, "Uncover him." Upon this the Lord inspired me to repeat to her the two phrases my cousin had taught me, and had bequeathed to me, and I said, "O my lady, dost thou not know that Faith is fair, Unfaith is foul?" When she heard this, she cried out and said, "Allah pity thee, Azizah, and give thee Paradise in exchange for thy wasted youth! By Allah, of a truth she served thee in her life time and after her death, and now she hath saved thee alive out of my hands with these two saws. Nevertheless, I cannot by any means leave thee thus, but needs must I set my mark on thee, to spite yonder brazen faced piece, who hath kept thee from me." There upon she called out to the slave women and bade them bind my feet with cords and then said to them, "Take seat on him!" They did her bidding, upon which she arose and fetched a pan of copper and hung it over the brazier and poured into it oil of sesame, in which she fried cheese. <ref>As a styptic. The scene in the text has often been enacted in Egypt where a favourite feminine mode of murdering men is by beating and bruising the testicles. The Fellahs are exceedingly clever in inventing methods of manslaughter. For some years bodies were found that bore no outer mark of violence, and only Frankish inquisitiveness discovered that the barrel of a pistol had been passed up the anus and the weapon discharged internally Murders of this description are known in English history; but never became popular practice.</ref> Then she came up to me (and I still insensible) and, unfastening my bag trousers, tied a cord round my testicles and, giving it to two of her women, bade them trawl at it. They did so, and I swooned away and was for excess of pain in a world other than this. Then she came with a razor of steel and cut off my member masculine, <ref>Arab. "Zakar," that which betokens masculinity. At the end of the tale we learn that she also gelded him; thus he was a "Sandali," a rasé.</ref> so that I remained like a woman: after which she seared the wound with the boiling and rubbed it with a powder, and I the while unconscious. Now when I came to myself, the blood had stopped; so she bade the slave girls unbind me and made me drink a cup of wine. Then said she to me, "Go now to her whom thou hast married and who grudged me a single night, and the mercy of Allah be on thy cousin Azizah, who saved thy life and never told her secret love! Indeed, haddest thou not repeated those words to me, I had surely slit thy weasand. Go forth this instant to whom thou wilt, for I needed<noinclude>{{rule}} {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> mz1u68872ucz495g479hxrye5bmdu1b Page:The Book of the Thousand Nights and a Night - Volume 3.djvu/20 104 1348556 14130073 8327661 2024-04-25T21:19:15Z Slowking4 251604 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{rh|4|''Alf Laylah wa Laylah''.|}}</noinclude>naught of thee save what I have just cut off; and now I have no part in thee, nor have I any further want of thee or care for thee. So begone about thy business and rub thy head <ref>See vol. i. p. 104.</ref> and implore mercy for the daughter of thine uncle!" Thereupon she kicked me with her foot and I rose, hardly able to walk; and I went, little by little, till I came to the door of our house. I saw it was open, so I threw myself within it and fell down in a fainting fit; whereupon my wife came out and lifting me up, carried me into the saloon and assured herself that I had become like a woman. Then I fell into a sleep and a deep sleep; and when I awoke, I found myself thrown down at the garden gate,--And Shahrazad perceived the dawn of day and ceased to say her permitted say. {{blackletter|Now when it was the One Hundred and Twenty-seventh Night,}} She said, It hath reached me, O auspicious King, that the Wazir Dandan pursued to King Zau al-Makan, The youth Aziz thus continued his story to Taj al-Muluk: When I awoke and found myself thrown down at the garden gate, I rose, groaning for pain and misery, and made my way to our home and entering, I came upon my mother weeping for me, and saying, "Would I knew, O my son, in what land art thou?" So I drew near and threw myself upon her, and when she looked at me and felt me, she knew that I was ill; for my face was coloured black and tan. Then I thought of my cousin and all the kind offices she had been wont to do me, and I learned when too late that she had truly loved me; so I wept for her and my mother wept also Presently she said to me, "O my son, thy sire is dead." At this my fury against Fate redoubled, and I cried till I fell into a fit. When I came to myself, I looked at the place where my cousin Azizah had been used to sit and shed tears anew, till I all but fainted once more for excess of weeping; and I ceased not to cry and sob and wail till midnight, when my mother said to me, "Thy father hath been dead these ten days." "I shall never think of any one but my cousin Azizah," replied I; "and indeed I deserve all that hath befallen me, for that I neglected her who loved me with love so dear." Asked she, "What hath befallen thee?" So I<noinclude>{{rule}}{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> fxocgme6f5tgemqjzrglokynk0j88an Page:The Book of the Thousand Nights and a Night - Volume 3.djvu/21 104 1348557 14130077 8327672 2024-04-25T21:23:01Z Slowking4 251604 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{rh||''Tale of Azoz and Azizah.''|5}}</noinclude>I told her all that had happened and she wept awhile, then she rose and set some matter of meat and drink before me. I ate a little and drank, after which I repeated my story to her, and told her the whole occurrence; whereupon she exclaimed, "Praised be Allah, that she did but this to thee and forbore to slaughter thee!" Then she nursed me and medicined me till I regained my health; and, when my recovery was complete, she said to me, "O my son, I will now bring out to thee that which thy cousin committed to me in trust for thee; for it is thine. She swore me not to give it thee, till I should see thee recalling her to mind and weeping over her and thy connection severed from other than herself; and now I know that these conditions are fulfilled in thee." So she arose, and opening a chest, took out this piece of linen, with the figures of gazelles worked thereon, which I had given to Azizah in time past; and taking it I found written therein these couplets:— {{smaller|"Lady of beauty, say, who taught thee hard and harsh design, ○ To slay with longing Love's excess this hapless lover thine?<br> An thou fain disremember me beyond our parting day, ○ Allah will know, that thee and thee my memory never shall tyne.<br> Thou blamest me with bitter speech yet sweetest 'tis to me; ○ Wilt generous be and deign one day to show of love a sign? <br> I had not reckoned Love contained so much of pine and pain; ○ And soul distress until I came for thee to pain and pine; <br> Never my heart knew weariness, until that eve I fell ○ In love wi' thee, and prostrate fell before those glancing eyne!<br> My very foes have mercy on my case and moan therefor; ○ But thou, O heart of Indian steel, all mercy dost decline.<br> No, never will I be consoled, by Allah, an I die, ○ Nor yet forget the love of thee though life in ruins lie!"<br>}} When I read these couplets, I wept with sore weeping and buffeted my face; then I unfolded the scroll, and there fell from it an other paper. I opened it and behold, I found written therein, 'Know, O son of my uncle, that I acquit thee of my blood and I beseech Allah to make accord between thee and her whom thou lovest; but if aught befal thee through the daughter of Dalilah the Wily, return thou not to her neither resort to any other woman and patiently bear thine affliction, for were not thy fated life tide a long life, thou hadst perished long ago; but praised be Allah who hath appointed my death day before thine! My peace be upon thee; preserve this cloth with the gazelles herein figured and let it not leave thee, for it was my companion when thou was absent from<noinclude> <references /></noinclude> rp1ddsdd4ffrdumcl9f9mtycfczadk6 14130079 14130077 2024-04-25T21:23:30Z Slowking4 251604 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{rh||''Tale of Aziz and Azizah.''|5}}</noinclude>I told her all that had happened and she wept awhile, then she rose and set some matter of meat and drink before me. I ate a little and drank, after which I repeated my story to her, and told her the whole occurrence; whereupon she exclaimed, "Praised be Allah, that she did but this to thee and forbore to slaughter thee!" Then she nursed me and medicined me till I regained my health; and, when my recovery was complete, she said to me, "O my son, I will now bring out to thee that which thy cousin committed to me in trust for thee; for it is thine. She swore me not to give it thee, till I should see thee recalling her to mind and weeping over her and thy connection severed from other than herself; and now I know that these conditions are fulfilled in thee." So she arose, and opening a chest, took out this piece of linen, with the figures of gazelles worked thereon, which I had given to Azizah in time past; and taking it I found written therein these couplets:— {{smaller|"Lady of beauty, say, who taught thee hard and harsh design, ○ To slay with longing Love's excess this hapless lover thine?<br> An thou fain disremember me beyond our parting day, ○ Allah will know, that thee and thee my memory never shall tyne.<br> Thou blamest me with bitter speech yet sweetest 'tis to me; ○ Wilt generous be and deign one day to show of love a sign? <br> I had not reckoned Love contained so much of pine and pain; ○ And soul distress until I came for thee to pain and pine; <br> Never my heart knew weariness, until that eve I fell ○ In love wi' thee, and prostrate fell before those glancing eyne!<br> My very foes have mercy on my case and moan therefor; ○ But thou, O heart of Indian steel, all mercy dost decline.<br> No, never will I be consoled, by Allah, an I die, ○ Nor yet forget the love of thee though life in ruins lie!"<br>}} When I read these couplets, I wept with sore weeping and buffeted my face; then I unfolded the scroll, and there fell from it an other paper. I opened it and behold, I found written therein, 'Know, O son of my uncle, that I acquit thee of my blood and I beseech Allah to make accord between thee and her whom thou lovest; but if aught befal thee through the daughter of Dalilah the Wily, return thou not to her neither resort to any other woman and patiently bear thine affliction, for were not thy fated life tide a long life, thou hadst perished long ago; but praised be Allah who hath appointed my death day before thine! My peace be upon thee; preserve this cloth with the gazelles herein figured and let it not leave thee, for it was my companion when thou was absent from<noinclude> <references /></noinclude> 55f81kdl1nxutgz4iidregveg4saoes Page:The Book of the Thousand Nights and a Night - Volume 3.djvu/22 104 1348558 14130082 8327683 2024-04-25T21:25:39Z Slowking4 251604 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" /></noinclude>me;"——And Shahrazad perceived the dawn of day and ceased saying her permitted say. {{blackletter|Now when it was the One Hundred and Twenty-eighth Night,}} She said, It hath reached me, O auspicious King, that the Wazir Dandan pursued to King Zau al-Makan, And the youth Aziz continued to Taj al-Muluk:—So I read what my cousin had written and the charge to me which was, "Preserve this cloth with the gazelles and let it not leave thee, for it was my companion when thou west absent from me and, Allah upon thee! if thou chance to fall in with her who worked these gazelles, hold aloof from her and do not let her approach thee nor marry her; and if thou happen not on her and find no way to her, look thou consort not with any of her sex. Know that she who wrought these gazelles worketh every year a gazelle cloth and despatcheth it to far countries, that her report and the beauty of her broidery, which none in the world can match, may be bruited abroad. As for thy beloved, the daughter of Dalilah the Wily, this cloth came to her hand, and she used to ensnare folk with it, showing it to them and saying, 'I have a sister who wrought this.' But she lied in so saying, Allah rend her veil! This is my parting counsel; and I have not charged thee with this charge, but because I know <ref>The purity and intensity of her love had attained to a something of prophetic strain.</ref> that after my death the world will be straitened on thee and, haply, by reason of this, thou wilt leave thy native land and wander in foreign parts, and hearing of her who wrought these figures, thou mayest be minded to fore gather with her. Then wilt thou remember me, when the memory shall not avail thee; nor wilt thou know my worth till after my death. And, lastly, learn that she who wrought the gazelles is the daughter of the King of the Camphor Islands and a lady of the noblest." Now when I had read that scroll and understood what was written therein, I fell again to weeping, and my mother wept because I wept, and I ceased not to gaze upon it and to shed tears till night fall. I abode in this condition a whole year, at the end of which the merchants, with whom I am in this cafilah, prepared to set out from my native town; and my mother counseled me to equip myself and journey with them, so haply I might be consoled and my sorrow be dispelled, saying, "Take comfort and put away from thee this mourning and travel for a year or two or<noinclude>{{rule}}{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> p4ijsyo6nnggp8j98unumiljode67hg 14130083 14130082 2024-04-25T21:26:04Z Slowking4 251604 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" /></noinclude>me;"——And Shahrazad perceived the dawn of day and ceased saying her permitted say. {{blackletter|Now when it was the Hundred and Twenty-eighth Night,}} She said, It hath reached me, O auspicious King, that the Wazir Dandan pursued to King Zau al-Makan, And the youth Aziz continued to Taj al-Muluk:—So I read what my cousin had written and the charge to me which was, "Preserve this cloth with the gazelles and let it not leave thee, for it was my companion when thou west absent from me and, Allah upon thee! if thou chance to fall in with her who worked these gazelles, hold aloof from her and do not let her approach thee nor marry her; and if thou happen not on her and find no way to her, look thou consort not with any of her sex. Know that she who wrought these gazelles worketh every year a gazelle cloth and despatcheth it to far countries, that her report and the beauty of her broidery, which none in the world can match, may be bruited abroad. As for thy beloved, the daughter of Dalilah the Wily, this cloth came to her hand, and she used to ensnare folk with it, showing it to them and saying, 'I have a sister who wrought this.' But she lied in so saying, Allah rend her veil! This is my parting counsel; and I have not charged thee with this charge, but because I know <ref>The purity and intensity of her love had attained to a something of prophetic strain.</ref> that after my death the world will be straitened on thee and, haply, by reason of this, thou wilt leave thy native land and wander in foreign parts, and hearing of her who wrought these figures, thou mayest be minded to fore gather with her. Then wilt thou remember me, when the memory shall not avail thee; nor wilt thou know my worth till after my death. And, lastly, learn that she who wrought the gazelles is the daughter of the King of the Camphor Islands and a lady of the noblest." Now when I had read that scroll and understood what was written therein, I fell again to weeping, and my mother wept because I wept, and I ceased not to gaze upon it and to shed tears till night fall. I abode in this condition a whole year, at the end of which the merchants, with whom I am in this cafilah, prepared to set out from my native town; and my mother counseled me to equip myself and journey with them, so haply I might be consoled and my sorrow be dispelled, saying, "Take comfort and put away from thee this mourning and travel for a year or two or<noinclude>{{rule}}{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> q9ngiy1myaldvaqp8xviaijtpehuk1q 14130084 14130083 2024-04-25T21:26:25Z Slowking4 251604 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" /></noinclude>me;"——And Shahrazad perceived the dawn of day and ceased saying her permitted say. {{c|{{blackletter|Now when it was the Hundred and Twenty-eighth Night,}} }} She said, It hath reached me, O auspicious King, that the Wazir Dandan pursued to King Zau al-Makan, And the youth Aziz continued to Taj al-Muluk:—So I read what my cousin had written and the charge to me which was, "Preserve this cloth with the gazelles and let it not leave thee, for it was my companion when thou west absent from me and, Allah upon thee! if thou chance to fall in with her who worked these gazelles, hold aloof from her and do not let her approach thee nor marry her; and if thou happen not on her and find no way to her, look thou consort not with any of her sex. Know that she who wrought these gazelles worketh every year a gazelle cloth and despatcheth it to far countries, that her report and the beauty of her broidery, which none in the world can match, may be bruited abroad. As for thy beloved, the daughter of Dalilah the Wily, this cloth came to her hand, and she used to ensnare folk with it, showing it to them and saying, 'I have a sister who wrought this.' But she lied in so saying, Allah rend her veil! This is my parting counsel; and I have not charged thee with this charge, but because I know <ref>The purity and intensity of her love had attained to a something of prophetic strain.</ref> that after my death the world will be straitened on thee and, haply, by reason of this, thou wilt leave thy native land and wander in foreign parts, and hearing of her who wrought these figures, thou mayest be minded to fore gather with her. Then wilt thou remember me, when the memory shall not avail thee; nor wilt thou know my worth till after my death. And, lastly, learn that she who wrought the gazelles is the daughter of the King of the Camphor Islands and a lady of the noblest." Now when I had read that scroll and understood what was written therein, I fell again to weeping, and my mother wept because I wept, and I ceased not to gaze upon it and to shed tears till night fall. I abode in this condition a whole year, at the end of which the merchants, with whom I am in this cafilah, prepared to set out from my native town; and my mother counseled me to equip myself and journey with them, so haply I might be consoled and my sorrow be dispelled, saying, "Take comfort and put away from thee this mourning and travel for a year or two or<noinclude>{{rule}}{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> apap68vdlw5vf0p3etjneapwfja3088 14131456 14130084 2024-04-26T11:20:03Z Slowking4 251604 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{rh|6|''Alf Laylah wa Laylah''.|}}</noinclude>me;"——And Shahrazad perceived the dawn of day and ceased saying her permitted say. {{c|{{blackletter|Now when it was the Hundred and Twenty-eighth Night,}} }} She said, It hath reached me, O auspicious King, that the Wazir Dandan pursued to King Zau al-Makan, And the youth Aziz continued to Taj al-Muluk:—So I read what my cousin had written and the charge to me which was, "Preserve this cloth with the gazelles and let it not leave thee, for it was my companion when thou west absent from me and, Allah upon thee! if thou chance to fall in with her who worked these gazelles, hold aloof from her and do not let her approach thee nor marry her; and if thou happen not on her and find no way to her, look thou consort not with any of her sex. Know that she who wrought these gazelles worketh every year a gazelle cloth and despatcheth it to far countries, that her report and the beauty of her broidery, which none in the world can match, may be bruited abroad. As for thy beloved, the daughter of Dalilah the Wily, this cloth came to her hand, and she used to ensnare folk with it, showing it to them and saying, 'I have a sister who wrought this.' But she lied in so saying, Allah rend her veil! This is my parting counsel; and I have not charged thee with this charge, but because I know <ref>The purity and intensity of her love had attained to a something of prophetic strain.</ref> that after my death the world will be straitened on thee and, haply, by reason of this, thou wilt leave thy native land and wander in foreign parts, and hearing of her who wrought these figures, thou mayest be minded to fore gather with her. Then wilt thou remember me, when the memory shall not avail thee; nor wilt thou know my worth till after my death. And, lastly, learn that she who wrought the gazelles is the daughter of the King of the Camphor Islands and a lady of the noblest." Now when I had read that scroll and understood what was written therein, I fell again to weeping, and my mother wept because I wept, and I ceased not to gaze upon it and to shed tears till night fall. I abode in this condition a whole year, at the end of which the merchants, with whom I am in this cafilah, prepared to set out from my native town; and my mother counseled me to equip myself and journey with them, so haply I might be consoled and my sorrow be dispelled, saying, "Take comfort and put away from thee this mourning and travel for a year or two or<noinclude>{{rule}}{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> mq5hdlnj71ntpjyj0as3g32ybb9jjag Page:The Book of the Thousand Nights and a Night - Volume 3.djvu/23 104 1348559 14131459 8327694 2024-04-26T11:22:06Z Slowking4 251604 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{rh||''Tale of Aziz and Azizah.''|7}}</noinclude>three, till the caravan return, when perhaps thy breast may be broadened and thy heart heartened." And she ceased not to persuade me with endearing words, till I provided myself with merchandise and set out with the caravan. But all the time of my wayfaring, my tears have never dried; no, never! and at every halting place where we halt, I open this piece of linen and look on these gazelles and call to mind my cousin Azizah and weep for her as thou hast seen; for indeed she loved me with dearest love and died, oppressed by my unlove. I did her nought but ill and she did me nought but good. When these merchants return from their journey, I shall return with them, by which time I shall have been absent a whole year: yet hath my sorrow waxed greater and my grief and affliction were but increased by my visit to the Islands of Camphor and the Castle of Crystal. Now these islands are seven in number and are ruled by a King, by name Shahriman, <ref>Lane corrupts this Persian name to Sháh Zemán (i. 568).</ref> who hath a daughter called Dunyá; <ref>i.e. the world, which includes the ideas of Fate, Time, Chance.</ref> and I was told that it was she who wrought these gazelles and that this piece in my possession was of her embroidery. When I knew this, my yearning redoubled and I burnt with the slow fire of pining and was drowned in the sea of sad thought; and I wept over myself for that I was become even as a woman, without manly tool like other men, and there was no help for it. From the day of my quitting the Camphor Islands, I have been tearful eyed and heavy hearted, and such hath been my case for a long while and I know not whether it will be given me to return to my native land and die beside my mother or not; for I am sick from eating too much of the world. Thereupon the young merchant wept and groaned and complained and gazed upon the gazelles; whilst the tears rolled down his cheeks in streams and he repeated these two couplets, {{smaller|"Joy needs shall come," a prattler 'gan to prattle: ○ "Needs cease thy blame!" I was commoved to rattle:<br> 'In time,' quoth he: quoth I ' 'Tis marvellous! ○ Who shall ensure my life, O cold of tattle!'"}}<ref>Arab. "Bárid," silly, noyous, contemptible; as in the proverb<br /> Two things than ice are colder cold:--<br /> An old man young, a young man old.<br /> A "cold-of-countenance"=a fool: "May Allah make cold thy face!"=may it show want and misery. "By Allah, a cold speech!"=a silly or abusive tirade (Pilgrimage, ii. 22).</ref><noinclude>{{rule}}{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 5o7hrnphln6pyesf4umelo9b513pwfl 14131460 14131459 2024-04-26T11:23:17Z Slowking4 251604 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{rh||''Tale of Aziz and Azizah.''|7}}</noinclude>three, till the caravan return, when perhaps thy breast may be broadened and thy heart heartened." And she ceased not to persuade me with endearing words, till I provided myself with merchandise and set out with the caravan. But all the time of my wayfaring, my tears have never dried; no, never! and at every halting place where we halt, I open this piece of linen and look on these gazelles and call to mind my cousin Azizah and weep for her as thou hast seen; for indeed she loved me with dearest love and died, oppressed by my unlove. I did her nought but ill and she did me nought but good. When these merchants return from their journey, I shall return with them, by which time I shall have been absent a whole year: yet hath my sorrow waxed greater and my grief and affliction were but increased by my visit to the Islands of Camphor and the Castle of Crystal. Now these islands are seven in number and are ruled by a King, by name Shahriman, <ref>Lane corrupts this Persian name to Sháh Zemán (i. 568).</ref> who hath a daughter called Dunyá; <ref>i.e. the world, which includes the ideas of Fate, Time, Chance.</ref> and I was told that it was she who wrought these gazelles and that this piece in my possession was of her embroidery. When I knew this, my yearning redoubled and I burnt with the slow fire of pining and was drowned in the sea of sad thought; and I wept over myself for that I was become even as a woman, without manly tool like other men, and there was no help for it. From the day of my quitting the Camphor Islands, I have been tearful eyed and heavy hearted, and such hath been my case for a long while and I know not whether it will be given me to return to my native land and die beside my mother or not; for I am sick from eating too much of the world. Thereupon the young merchant wept and groaned and complained and gazed upon the gazelles; whilst the tears rolled down his cheeks in streams and he repeated these two couplets, {{smaller|"Joy needs shall come," a prattler 'gan to prattle: ○ "Needs cease thy blame!" I was commoved to rattle:<br>}} {{smaller|"In time," quoth he: quoth I " 'Tis marvellous! ○ Who shall ensure my life, O cold of tattle!"}}<ref>Arab. "Bárid," silly, noyous, contemptible; as in the proverb<br /> Two things than ice are colder cold:--<br /> An old man young, a young man old.<br /> A "cold-of-countenance"=a fool: "May Allah make cold thy face!"=may it show want and misery. "By Allah, a cold speech!"=a silly or abusive tirade (Pilgrimage, ii. 22).</ref><noinclude>{{rule}}{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 1kzvgzhgypr5w74kaor067ds188cfw4 Page:The Book of the Thousand Nights and a Night - Volume 3.djvu/24 104 1348560 14131463 8327705 2024-04-26T11:26:48Z Slowking4 251604 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" /></noinclude><nowiki /> And he repeated also these, {{smaller| "Well Allah weets that since our severance day ○ I've wept till forced to ask of tears a loan:<br> "Patience! (the blamer cries): thou'lt have her yet!' ○ Quoth I, 'O blamer where may patience wone?"}} Then said he, "This, O King! is my tale: hast thou ever heard one stranger?" So Taj al-Muluk marvelled with great marvel at the young merchant's story, and fire darted into his entrails on hearing the name of the Lady Dunya and her loveliness.--And Shahrazad perceived the dawn of day and ceased to say her permitted say. {{c|{{blackletter|Now when it was the Hundred and Twenty-ninth Night,}} }} She said, It hath reached me, O auspicious King, that the Wazir Dandan continued to Zau al-Makan:—Now when Taj al-Muluk heard the story of the young merchant, he marvelled with great marvel and fire darted into his entrails on hearing the name of the Lady Dunya who, as he knew, had embroidered the gazelles; and his love and longing hourly grew, so he said to the youth, "By Allah, that hath befallen thee whose like never befel any save thyself, but thou hast a life term appointed, which thou must fulfil; and now I would fain ask of thee a question." Quoth Aziz, "And what is it?" Quoth he, "Wilt thou tell me how thou sawest the young lady who wrought these gazelles?" Then he, "O my lord, I got me access to her by a sleight and it was this. When I entered her city with the caravan, I went forth and wandered about the garths till I came to a flower garden abounding in trees, whose keeper was a venerable old man, a Shaykh stricken in years. I addressed him, saying, 'O ancient sir, whose may be this garden?' and he replied, It belongs to the King's daughter, the Lady Dunya. We are now beneath her palace and, when she is minded to amuse herself, she openeth the private wicket and walketh in the garden and smelleth the fragrance of the flowers. So I said to him, Favour me by allowing me to sit in this garden till she come; haply I may enjoy a sight of her as she passeth. The Shaykh answered, There can be no harm in that. Thereupon I gave him a dirham or so and said to him, Buy us something to eat. He took the money gladly and opened door and, entering himself, admitted me into the garden, where we<noinclude> <references /></noinclude> 1nc57v45cduady0i1w8fm0fmyeejiyp 14131465 14131463 2024-04-26T11:27:09Z Slowking4 251604 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" /></noinclude> And he repeated also these, {{smaller|"Well Allah weets that since our severance day ○ I've wept till forced to ask of tears a loan:<br> "Patience! (the blamer cries): thou'lt have her yet!' ○ Quoth I, 'O blamer where may patience wone?"}} Then said he, "This, O King! is my tale: hast thou ever heard one stranger?" So Taj al-Muluk marvelled with great marvel at the young merchant's story, and fire darted into his entrails on hearing the name of the Lady Dunya and her loveliness.--And Shahrazad perceived the dawn of day and ceased to say her permitted say. {{c|{{blackletter|Now when it was the Hundred and Twenty-ninth Night,}} }} She said, It hath reached me, O auspicious King, that the Wazir Dandan continued to Zau al-Makan:—Now when Taj al-Muluk heard the story of the young merchant, he marvelled with great marvel and fire darted into his entrails on hearing the name of the Lady Dunya who, as he knew, had embroidered the gazelles; and his love and longing hourly grew, so he said to the youth, "By Allah, that hath befallen thee whose like never befel any save thyself, but thou hast a life term appointed, which thou must fulfil; and now I would fain ask of thee a question." Quoth Aziz, "And what is it?" Quoth he, "Wilt thou tell me how thou sawest the young lady who wrought these gazelles?" Then he, "O my lord, I got me access to her by a sleight and it was this. When I entered her city with the caravan, I went forth and wandered about the garths till I came to a flower garden abounding in trees, whose keeper was a venerable old man, a Shaykh stricken in years. I addressed him, saying, 'O ancient sir, whose may be this garden?' and he replied, It belongs to the King's daughter, the Lady Dunya. We are now beneath her palace and, when she is minded to amuse herself, she openeth the private wicket and walketh in the garden and smelleth the fragrance of the flowers. So I said to him, Favour me by allowing me to sit in this garden till she come; haply I may enjoy a sight of her as she passeth. The Shaykh answered, There can be no harm in that. Thereupon I gave him a dirham or so and said to him, Buy us something to eat. He took the money gladly and opened door and, entering himself, admitted me into the garden, where we<noinclude> <references /></noinclude> 7pc32hjomoutpr3l0y8zh3f4uw7avrr Page:The Book of the Thousand Nights and a Night - Volume 3.djvu/25 104 1348561 14131469 8327716 2024-04-26T11:29:18Z Slowking4 251604 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{rh||''Tale of Taj al-Mulak and the Princess Dunya''|9}}</noinclude>strolled and ceased not strolling till we reached a pleasant spot in which he bade me sit down and await his going and his returning. Then he brought me somewhat of fruit and, leaving me, disappeared for an hour; but after a while he returned to me bringing a roasted lamb, of which we ate till we had eaten enough, my heart yearning the while for a sight of the lady. Presently, as we sat, the postern opened and the keeper said to me, Rise and hide thee. I did so; and behold, a black eunuch put his head out through the garden wicket and asked, O Shaykh, there any one with thee?' No, answered he; and the eunuch said, Shut the garden gate. So the keeper shut the gate, and lo! the Lady Dunya came in by the private door. When I saw her, methought the moon had risen above the horizon and was shining; I looked at her a full hour and longed for her as one athirst longeth for water. After a while she withdrew and shut the door; whereupon I left the garden and sought my lodging, knowing that I could not get at her and that I was no man for her, more especially as I was become like a woman, having no manly tool: moreover she was a King's daughter and I but a merchant man; so; how could I have access to the like of her or—to any other woman? Accordingly, when these my companions made ready for the road, I also made preparation and set out with them, and we journeyed towards this city till we arrived at the place ere we met with thee. Thou askedst me and I have answered; and these are my adventures and peace be with thee!" Now when Taj al-Muluk heard that account, fires raged in his bosom and his heart and thought were occupied love for the Lady Dunya; and passion and longing were sore upon him. Then he arose and mounted horse and, taking Aziz with him, returned to his father's capital, where he settled him in a separate house and supplied him with all he needed in the way of meat and drink and dress. Then he left him and returned to his palace, with the tears trickling down his cheeks, for hearing oftentimes standeth instead of seeing and knowing. <ref>The popular form is, "often the ear loveth before the eye."</ref> And he ceased not to be in this state till his father came in to him and finding him wan faced, lean of limb and tearful eyed, knew that something had occurred to chagrin him and said, "O my son, acquaint me with thy case and tell me what hath befallen thee, that thy colour is changed and thy body is<noinclude>{{rule}}{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> sm0szp7ce1xe4qkufl6vqbibo3i6exg 14131474 14131469 2024-04-26T11:30:27Z Slowking4 251604 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{rh||''Tale of Táj al-Mulúk and the Princess Dunyá''|9}}</noinclude>strolled and ceased not strolling till we reached a pleasant spot in which he bade me sit down and await his going and his returning. Then he brought me somewhat of fruit and, leaving me, disappeared for an hour; but after a while he returned to me bringing a roasted lamb, of which we ate till we had eaten enough, my heart yearning the while for a sight of the lady. Presently, as we sat, the postern opened and the keeper said to me, Rise and hide thee. I did so; and behold, a black eunuch put his head out through the garden wicket and asked, O Shaykh, there any one with thee?' No, answered he; and the eunuch said, Shut the garden gate. So the keeper shut the gate, and lo! the Lady Dunya came in by the private door. When I saw her, methought the moon had risen above the horizon and was shining; I looked at her a full hour and longed for her as one athirst longeth for water. After a while she withdrew and shut the door; whereupon I left the garden and sought my lodging, knowing that I could not get at her and that I was no man for her, more especially as I was become like a woman, having no manly tool: moreover she was a King's daughter and I but a merchant man; so; how could I have access to the like of her or—to any other woman? Accordingly, when these my companions made ready for the road, I also made preparation and set out with them, and we journeyed towards this city till we arrived at the place ere we met with thee. Thou askedst me and I have answered; and these are my adventures and peace be with thee!" Now when Taj al-Muluk heard that account, fires raged in his bosom and his heart and thought were occupied love for the Lady Dunya; and passion and longing were sore upon him. Then he arose and mounted horse and, taking Aziz with him, returned to his father's capital, where he settled him in a separate house and supplied him with all he needed in the way of meat and drink and dress. Then he left him and returned to his palace, with the tears trickling down his cheeks, for hearing oftentimes standeth instead of seeing and knowing. <ref>The popular form is, "often the ear loveth before the eye."</ref> And he ceased not to be in this state till his father came in to him and finding him wan faced, lean of limb and tearful eyed, knew that something had occurred to chagrin him and said, "O my son, acquaint me with thy case and tell me what hath befallen thee, that thy colour is changed and thy body is<noinclude>{{rule}}{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 0yu3ie03vha3jpj5d0eohhoj8knclbp Page:The Book of the Thousand Nights and a Night - Volume 3.djvu/26 104 1348562 14131491 8327726 2024-04-26T11:37:14Z Slowking4 251604 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{rh|10|''Alf Laylah wa Laylah.''|}}</noinclude>is wasted. So he told him all that had passed and what tale he had heard of Aziz and the account of the Princess Dunya; and how he had fallen in love of her on hearsay, without having set eyes on her. Quoth his sire, "O my son, she is the daughter of a King whose land is far from ours: so put away this thought and go in to thy mother's palace."--And Shahrazad perceived the dawn of day and ceased saying her permitted say. {{c|{{blackletter|Now when it was the Hundred and Thirtieth Night,}} }} She said, It hath reached me, O auspicious King, that the Wazir Dandan continued to Zau al-Makan: And the father of Taj al-Muluk spake to him on this wise, "O my son, her father is a King whose land is far from ours: so put away this thought and go into thy mother's palace where are five hundred maidens like moons, and whichsoever of them pleaseth thee, take her; or else we will seek for thee in marriage some one of the King's daughters, fairer than the Lady Dunya." Answered Taj al-Muluk, "O my father, I desire none other, for she it is who wrought the gazelles which I saw, and there is no help but that I have her; else I will flee into the world and the waste and I will slay myself for her sake." Then said his father, "Have patience with me, till I send to her sire and demand her in marriage, and win thee thy wish as I did for myself with thy mother. Haply Allah will bring thee to thy desire; and, if her parent will not consent, I will make his kingdom quake under him with an army, whose rear shall be with me whilst its van shall be upon him." Then he sent for the youth Aziz and asked him, "O my son, tell me dost thou know the way to the Camphor Islands?" He answered "Yes"; and the King said, "I desire of thee that thou fare with my Wazir thither." Replied Aziz, "I hear and I obey, O King of the Age!"; where upon the King summoned his Minister and said to him, "Devise me some device, whereby my son's affair may be rightly managed and fare thou forth to the Camphor Islands and demand of their King his daughter in marriage for my son, Taj al-Muluk." The Wazir replied, "Hearkening and obedience." Then Taj al-Muluk returned to his dwelling place and his love and longing redoubled and the delay seemed endless to him; and when the night darkened around him, he wept and sighed and complained and repeated this poetry:— {{nop}}<noinclude> <references /></noinclude> mirlpzessn167p8k89w4sxmc7cqv4ym Page:The Book of the Thousand Nights and a Night - Volume 3.djvu/27 104 1348563 14131501 8327737 2024-04-26T11:40:59Z Slowking4 251604 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{rh||''Tale of Taj al-Mulak and the Princess Dunya.''|11}}</noinclude>{{smaller|"Dark falls the night: my tears unaided rail ○ And fiercest flames of love my heart assail:<br> Ask thou the nights of me, and they shall tell ○ An I find aught to do but weep and wail:<br> Night long awake, I watch the stars what while ○ Pour down my cheeks the tears like dropping hail:<br> And lone and lorn I'm grown with none to aid; ○ For kith and kin the love lost lover fail."}} And when he had ended his reciting he swooned away and did not recover his senses till the morning, at which time there came to him one of his father's eunuchs and, standing at his head, summoned him to the King's presence. So he went with him and his father, seeing that his pallor had increased, exhorted him to patience and promised him union with her he loved. Then he equipped Aziz and the Wazir and supplied them with presents; and they set out and fared on day and night till they drew near the Isles of Camphor, where they halted on the banks of a stream, and the Minister despatched a messenger to acquaint the King of his arrival. The messenger hurried forwards and had not been gone more than an hour, before they saw the King's Chamberlains and Emirs advancing towards them, to meet them at a parasang's distance from the city and escort them into the royal presence. They laid their gifts before the King and became his guests for three days. And on the fourth day the Wazir rose and going in to the King, stood between his hands and acquainted him with the object which induced his visit; whereat he was perplexed for an answer inasmuch as his daughter misliked men and disliked marriage. So he bowed his head groundwards awhile, then raised it and calling one of his eunuchs, said to him, "Go to thy mistress, the Lady Dunya, and repeat to her what thou hast heard and the purport of this Wazir's coming." So the eunuch went forth and returning after a time, said to the King, "O King of the Age, when I went in to the Lady Dunya and told her what I had heard, she was wroth with exceeding wrath and rose at me with a staff designing to break my head; so I fled from her, and she said to me:—If my Father force me to wed him, whomsoever I wed I will slay." Then said her sire to the Wazir and Aziz, "Ye have heard, and now ye know all! So let your King wot of it and give him my salutations and say that my daughter misliketh men and disliketh marriage."——And Shahrazad perceived the dawn of day and ceased to say her permitted say.{{nop}}<noinclude> <references /></noinclude> c59l4iwbmsoqw2pch0hza2t1dx7i3nr Page:The Book of the Thousand Nights and a Night - Volume 3.djvu/28 104 1348564 14131508 8327748 2024-04-26T11:45:07Z Slowking4 251604 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{rh|12|''Alf Laylah wa Laylah.''|}}</noinclude>{{c|{{blackletter|''Now when it was the Hundred and Thirty-first Night,}} }} She said, It hath reached me, O auspicious King, that King Shahriman thus addressed the Wazir and Aziz, "Salute your King from me and inform him of what ye have heard, namely that my daughter misliketh marriage." So they turned away unsuccessful and ceased not faring on till they rejoined the King and told him what had passed; whereupon he commanded the chief officers to summon the troops and get them ready for marching and campaigning. But the Wazir said to him, "O my liege Lord, do not thus: the King is not at fault because, when his daughter learnt our business, she sent a message saying, If my father force me to wed, whomsoever I wed I will slay and myself after him. So the refusal cometh from her." When the King heard his Minister's words he feared for Taj al-Muluk and said, "Verily if I make war on the King of the Camphor Islands and carry off his daughter, she will kill herself and it will avail me naught." Then he told his son how the case stood, who hearing it said, "O my father, I cannot live without her; so I will go to her and contrive to get at her, even though I die in the attempt, and this only will I do and nothing else." Asked his father, "How wilt thou go to her?" and he answered, "I will go in the guise of a merchant."<ref>Not the first time that royalty has played this prank, nor the last, perhaps.</ref> Then said the King, "If thou need must go and there is no help for it, take with thee the Wazir and Aziz." Then he brought out money from his treasuries and made ready for his son merchandise to the value of an hundred thousand dinars. The two had settled upon this action; and when the dark hours came Taj al-Muluk and Aziz went to Aziz's lodgings and there passed that night, and the Prince was heart smitten, taking no pleasure in food or in sleep; for melancholy was heavy upon him and he was agitated with longing for his beloved. So he besought the Creator that he would vouch safe to unite him with her and he wept and groaned and wailed and began versifying, {{smaller|Union, this severance ended, shall I see some day? ○ Then shall my tears this love lorn lot of me portray.<br> While night all care forgets I only minded thee, ○ And thou didst gar me wake while all forgetful lay."}}<noinclude>{{rule}}{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> gh9u8cy5ydqyc91mp02j3ocr1t90avu 14131510 14131508 2024-04-26T11:46:09Z Slowking4 251604 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{rh|12|''Alf Laylah wa Laylah.''|}}</noinclude>{{c|{{blackletter|''Now when it was the Hundred and Thirty-first Night,}} }} She said, It hath reached me, O auspicious King, that King Shahriman thus addressed the Wazir and Aziz, "Salute your King from me and inform him of what ye have heard, namely that my daughter misliketh marriage." So they turned away unsuccessful and ceased not faring on till they rejoined the King and told him what had passed; whereupon he commanded the chief officers to summon the troops and get them ready for marching and campaigning. But the Wazir said to him, "O my liege Lord, do not thus: the King is not at fault because, when his daughter learnt our business, she sent a message saying, If my father force me to wed, whomsoever I wed I will slay and myself after him. So the refusal cometh from her." When the King heard his Minister's words he feared for Taj al-Muluk and said, "Verily if I make war on the King of the Camphor Islands and carry off his daughter, she will kill herself and it will avail me naught." Then he told his son how the case stood, who hearing it said, "O my father, I cannot live without her; so I will go to her and contrive to get at her, even though I die in the attempt, and this only will I do and nothing else." Asked his father, "How wilt thou go to her?" and he answered, "I will go in the guise of a merchant."<ref>Not the first time that royalty has played this prank, nor the last, perhaps.</ref> Then said the King, "If thou need must go and there is no help for it, take with thee the Wazir and Aziz." Then he brought out money from his treasuries and made ready for his son merchandise to the value of an hundred thousand dinars. The two had settled upon this action; and when the dark hours came Taj al-Muluk and Aziz went to Aziz's lodgings and there passed that night, and the Prince was heart smitten, taking no pleasure in food or in sleep; for melancholy was heavy upon him and he was agitated with longing for his beloved. So he besought the Creator that he would vouch safe to unite him with her and he wept and groaned and wailed and began versifying, {{smaller|Union, this severance ended, shall I see some day? ○ Then shall my tears this love-lorn lot of me portray.}}<br> {{smaller|While night all care forgets I only minded thee, ○ And thou didst gar me wake while all forgetful lay."}}<noinclude>{{rule}}{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> miz0wsrh83qn2lw5b6h0fjphqb0qi2m Page:The Book of the Thousand Nights and a Night - Volume 3.djvu/32 104 1348568 14131479 8327793 2024-04-26T11:32:25Z Slowking4 251604 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Phe-bot" /></noinclude>of the market?" "This is he," replied they; and behold, he came forward and the Wazir observed him narrowly and saw him to be an old man of grave and dignified carriage, with eunuchs and servants and black slaves. The Syndic greeted them with the greeting of friends and was lavish in his attentions to them: then he seated them by his side and asked them, "Have ye any business which we <ref>In Europe this would be a plurale majestatis, used only by Royalty. In Arabic it has no such significance, and even the lower orders apply it to themselves; although it often has a soupçon of "I and thou."</ref> may have the happiness of transacting?" The Minister answered, "Yes; I am an old man, stricken in years, and have with me these two youths, with whom I have travelled through every town and country, entering no great city without tarrying there a full year, that they might take their pleasure in viewing it and come to know its citizens. Now I have visited your town intending to sojourn here for a while; so I want of thee a handsome shop in the best situation, wherein I may establish them, that they may traffic and learn to buy and sell and give and take, whilst they divert themselves with the sight of the place, and be come familiar with the usages of its people." Quoth the Overseer, "There is no harm in that;" and, looking at the two youths, he was delighted with them and affected them with a warm affection. Now he was a great connoisseur of bewitching glances, preferring the love of boys to that of girls and inclining to the sour rather than the sweet of love. So he said to himself, "This, indeed, is fine game. Glory be to Him who created and fashioned them out of vile water!" <ref>Man being an "extract of despicable water" (Koran xxxii. 7) ex spermate genital), which Mr. Rodwell renders "from germs of life," "from sorry water."</ref> and rising stood before them like a servant to do them honour. Then he went out and made ready for them a shop which was in the very midst of the Exchange; nor was there any larger or better in the bazar, for it was spacious and handsomely decorated and fitted with shelves of ivory and ebony wood. After this he delivered the keys to the Wazir, who was dressed as an old merchant, saying, "Take them, O my lord, and Allah make it a blessed abiding place to thy two sons!" The Minister took the keys and the three returning to the Khan where they had alighted, bade the servants transport to the shop all their goods and stuffs.--And Shahrazad perceived the dawn of day and ceased saying her permitted say.<noinclude>{{rule}}{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> orblt107bz5j9qb7doa8foun2ovkzep Page:The Book of the Thousand Nights and a Night - Volume 3.djvu/33 104 1348569 14131487 8327804 2024-04-26T11:35:25Z Slowking4 251604 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{rh||''Tale of Taj al-Mulak and the Princess Dunya''|17}}</noinclude>{{c|{{blackletter|Now when it was the Hundred and Thirty-second Night,}} }} She said, It hath reached me, O auspicious King, that when the Wazir took the shop keys, he went accompanied by Taj al-Muluk and Aziz to the Khan, and they bade the servants transport to the shop all their goods and stuffs and valuables of which they had great store worth treasures of money. And when all this was duly done, they went to the shop and ordered their stock in trade and slept there that night. As soon as morning morrowed the Wazir took the two young men to the Hammam bath where they washed them clean; and they donned rich dresses and scented themselves with essences and enjoyed themselves to the utmost. Now each of the youths was passing fair to look upon, and in the bath they were even as saith the poet, {{smaller|Luck to the Rubber, whose deft hand o'erdies ○ A frame begotten twixt the lymph and light:<ref>i.e. begotten by man's seed in the light of salvation (Núr al-hudá).</ref><br> He shows the thaumaturgy of his craft, ○ And gathers musk in form of camphor dight."}} <ref>The rolls of white (camphor-like) scarf-skin and sordes which come off under the bathman's glove become by miracle of Beauty, as brown musk. The Rubber or Shampooer is called in Egypt "Mukayyis" (vulgarly "Mukayyisáti") or "bagman," from his "Kís," a bag-glove of coarse woollen stuff. To "Johnny Raws" he never fails to show the little rolls which come off the body and prove to them how unclean they are, but the material is mostly dead scarf-skin</ref> After bathing they left; and, when the Overseer heard that they had gone to the Hammam, he sat down to await the twain, and presently they came up to him like two gazelles; their cheeks were reddened by the bath and their eyes were darker than ever; their faces shone and they were as two lustrous moons or two branches fruit laden. Now when he saw them he rose forthright and said to them, "O my sons, may your bath profit you always!" <ref>The normal phrase on such occasions (there is always a "dovetail" de rigueur) "Allah give thee profit!"</ref> Where upon Taj al-Muluk replied, with the sweetest of speech, "Allah be bountiful to thee, O my father; why didst thou not come with us and bathe in our company?" Then they both bent over his right hand and kissed it and walked before him to the shop, to entreat him honourably and show their respect for him, for that he was Chief of the Merchants and the market, and he had done them kindness in giving them the shop. When he saw their hips<noinclude>{{rule}}{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> jcjcz4grn12pwasm9jr7g538ypy8jyk Basket Ball 0 1350702 14128668 10781242 2024-04-25T18:06:45Z SnowyCinema 2484340 removed [[Category:Laws]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Basket Ball | author = James Naismith | section = | previous = | next = | year = 1892 | wikipedia = James Naismith's Original Rules of Basketball | commonscat = | portal = Basketball | notes = }} <pages index="Dr. James Naismith's Original 13 Rules of Basket Ball.jpg" from="Dr. James Naismith's Original 13 Rules of Basket Ball.jpg" to="Dr. James Naismith's Original 13 Rules of Basket Ball.jpg"/> {{PD/US|1939}} [[Category:Basketball]] 154ovwz7p3u1mky2uv8p3urdgv84mk3 Index:Ladys Realm v 13 pp 274-278 106 1358122 14130008 12793172 2024-04-25T20:40:40Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=journal |Title=[[Fashions in waists]] |Language=en |Volume= |Author=[[Author:Robert Machray|Robert Machray]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher= |Address= |Year=1902 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=_empty_ |Image=[[File:LadysRealmXIII274.png|220px]] |Progress=C |Transclusion=no |Validation_date= |Pages=<!-- MAIN TABLE START --> {{(!}} width=100% style="border-spacing:2px border-collapse:collapse; border-none {{!}} {{!}}style="vertical-align:top; text-align:center" {{!}}<!-- MAIN TABLE CENTRE COLUMN --> {{(!}} class="__pagetable {{!}} {{!}}- {{!}}colspan=10 style="text-align:center;border-top: 2px solid #808080; background-color: #f4f0e5;"{{!}}'''Lady's Realm''' {{!}}- {{!}}colspan="10"{{!}}Fashions in Waists {{!}}- {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}} {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}} {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}} {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:LadysRealmXIII274.png| 274]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:LadysRealmXIII275.png| 275]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:LadysRealmXIII276.png| 276]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:LadysRealmXIII277.png| 277]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}}[[Page:LadysRealmXIII278.png| 278]] {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}} {{!}}{{ts|ac|background:#F0F0F0}}{{!}} {{!}}- {{!)}} {{!)}} <!-- MAIN TABLE END --> |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} tpllr84qaaos1hffyg2tqwrb4rid6s7 Page:Weird Tales volume 31 number 03.djvu/3 104 1367123 14127940 6327785 2024-04-25T14:33:33Z Beardo 950405 art -> an; ike -> the proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Auric" /></noinclude>{{c|A MAGAZINE OF THE BIZARRE AND UNUSUAL}} [[File:Weird Tales 1934 internal logo.png|center|600px|Weird Tales]] {{c|{{smaller|REGISTERED IN U.S. PATENT OFFICE}}}} <section begin="TOC" /> {| {{ts|ba}} width="100%" | Volume 31 | {{ts|ac}} | CONTENTS FOR MARCH, 1938 | {{ts|ar}} | Number 3 |} {| width="100%" | Cover Design | {{ts|ar}} colspan="2" | M. Brundage |- | colspan="2" | {{gap}}{{smaller|''Illustrating "Incense of Abomination"''}} |- | "[[Weird Tales/Volume 31/Issue 3/Like one, that on a lonesome road|Like one, that on a lonesome road]]" | {{ts|ar}} | [[Author:Virgil Finlay|Virgil Finlay]] | {{ts|ar}} | {{DJVU page link 2|2|257}} |- | colspan="2" | {{gap}}{{smaller|''Pictorial interpretation from "The Rime of the Ancient Mariner"''}} |- | [[Weird Tales/Volume 31/Issue 3/Incense of Abomination|Incense of Abomination]] | {{ts|ar}} | [[Author:Seabury Quinn|Seabury Quinn]] | {{ts|ar}} | {{DJVU page link 2|4|259}} |- | colspan="2" | {{gap}}{{smaller|''A daring story of Devil-worship, strange suicides, and Jules de Grandin''}} |- | The Poets | {{ts|ar}} | [[Author:Robert Ervin Howard|Robert E. Howard]] | {{ts|ar}} | 279 |- | colspan="2" | {{gap}}{{smaller|''Posthumous verse, by a late master of weird literature''}} |- | [[Weird Tales/Volume 31/Issue 3/The Thing on the Floor|The Thing on the Floor]] | {{ts|ar}} | [[Author:Thorp McClusky|Thorp McClusky]] | {{ts|ar}} | {{DJVU page link 2|24|280}} |- | colspan="2" | {{gap}}{{smaller|''The story of an unscrupulous hypnotist, and the frightful thing called Stepan''}} |- | Dreadful Sleep | {{ts|ar}} | [[Author:Jack Williamson|Jack Williamson]] | {{ts|ar}} | 298 |- | colspan="2" | {{gap}}{{smaller|''A romantic and tragic tale of fearsome beings that lay in slumber under the antarctic ice''}} |- | [[Weird Tales/Volume 31/Issue 3/The Shadow on the Screen|The Shadow on the Screen]] | {{ts|ar}} | [[Author:Henry Kuttner|Henry Kuttner]] | {{ts|ar}} | {{DJVU page link 2|43|320}} |- | colspan="2" | {{gap}}{{smaller|''A weird story of Hollywood and the silver screen''}} |- | [[Weird Tales/Volume 31/Issue 3/Beyond the Wall of Sleep|Beyond the Wall of Sleep]] | {{ts|ar}} | [[Author:Howard Phillips Lovecraft|H. P. Lovecraft]] | {{ts|ar}} | {{DJVU page link 2|54|331}} |- | colspan="2" | {{gap}}{{smaller|''What splendid yet terrible experiences came to the poor mountaineer while he slept?''}} |- | [[Weird Tales/Volume 31/Issue 3/The Hairy Ones Shall Dance|The Hairy Ones Shall Dance (end)]] | {{ts|ar}} | [[Author:Manly Wade Wellman|Gans T. Field]] | {{ts|ar}} | {{DJVU page link 2|62|339}} |- | colspan="2" | {{gap}}{{smaller|''A novel of terror and sudden death, and the frightful thing that laired in the Devil's Croft''}} |- | [[Weird Tales/Volume 31/Issue 3/Guarded|Guarded]] | {{ts|ar}} | [[Author:Mearle Prout|Mearle Prout]] | {{ts|ar}} | {{DJVU page link 2|77|354}} |- | colspan="2" | {{gap}}{{smaller|''A brief tale of murder—by the author of "The Home of the Worm"''}} |- | [[Weird Tales/Volume 31/Issue 3/The Teakwood Box|The Teakwood Box]] | {{ts|ar}} | [[Author:Johns Harrington|Johns Harrington]] | {{ts|ar}} | {{DJVU page link 2|81|358}} |- | colspan="2" | {{gap}}{{smaller|''San Pedro Joe found the secret in that intricately carved Oriental box''}} |- | [[Weird Tales/Volume 31/Issue 3/To Howard Phillips Lovecraft|To Howard Phillips Lovecraft]] | {{ts|ar}} | [[Author:Francis Flagg|Francis Flagg]] | {{ts|ar}} | {{DJVU page link 2|84|361}} |- | colspan="2" | {{gap}}{{smaller|''Sonnet to a late master of weird literature''}} |- | [[Weird Tales/Volume 31/Issue 3/The Head in the Window|The Head in the Window]] | {{ts|ar}} | [[Author:Roy Temple House|Roy Temple House]] | {{ts|ar}} | {{DJVU page link 2|85|362}} |- | colspan="2" | {{gap}}{{smaller|''A brief tale, adapted from the German of Wilhelm von Scholz''}} |- | Weird Story Reprint:<br />{{gap|1em}}[[Weird Tales/Volume 31/Issue 3/The Girl from Samarcand|The Girl from Samarcand]] | {{ts|ar}} | [[Author:Edgar Hoffman Trooper Price|E. Hoffmann Price]] | {{ts|ar}} | {{DJVU page link 2|90|367}} |- | colspan="2" | {{gap}}{{smaller|''A favorite tale by a master of fantasy, reprinted by popular demand''}} |- | [[Weird Tales/Volume 31/Issue 3/The Eyrie|The Eyrie]] | | {{ts|ar}} | {{DJVU page link 2|101|378}} |- | colspan="2" | {{gap}}{{smaller|''Wherein the readers of WEIRD TALES voice their opinions''}} |} <section end="TOC" /> {{rule}}{{rule}} {{smaller|Published monthly by the Popular Fiction Publishing Company, 2457 East Washington Street, Indianapolis, Ind. Entered as second-class matter March 20, 1923, at the post office at Indianapolis, Ind., under the act of March 3, 1879. Single copies, 25 cents. ''Subscription rates:'' One year in the United States and possessions, Cuba, Mexico, South America. Spain, $2.50; Canada, $2.75; elsewhere, $3.00. English office: Otis A. Kline, c/o John Paradise, 86 Strand, W. C. 2, London. The publishers are not responsible for the loss of unsolicited manuscripts, although every care will be taken of such material while in their possession. The contents of this magazine are fully protected by copyright and must not be reproduced either wholly or in part without permission from the publishers.}} {{smaller|NOTE—All manuscripts and communications should be addressed to the publishers' Chicago office at 840 North Michigan Avenue, Chicago, Ill.}} {{right|{{smaller|FARNSWORTH WRIGHT, Editor.}}}} {{c|{{smaller|Copyright, 1938, by the Popular Fiction Publishing Company,}}}} {{c|{{smaller|COPYRIGHTED IN GREAT BRITAIN}}}} {{c|{{larger|WEIRD TALES ISSUED 1st OF EACH MONTH}}}}<noinclude> 258</noinclude> ppx7kvdgep44v4wcm3xfzq2cot4ldsq Page:Weird Tales volume 31 number 03.djvu/2 104 1368337 14127818 10407918 2024-04-25T13:33:00Z Beardo 950405 footer proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Einstein95" /></noinclude>{{overfloat image | image = [[File:WeirdTalesv31n3pg257 Ancient Mariner.png|600px|center|Black and white artwork. A man in a suit walking down a country lane, looking ahead and to one side. Immediately behind him is a decomposing and flaming apparition of a dead man.]] | width = 600 | item1 = {{block center| Like one, that on a lonesome road<br /> Doth walk in fear and dread,<br /> And having once turn'd round, walks on,<br /> And turns no more his head;<br /> Because he knows a frightful fiend<br /> Doth close behind him tread.<br /> {{right|—[[Author:Samuel Taylor Coleridge|Coleridge]]: ''[[The Rime of the Ancient Mariner|The Ancient Mariner.]]''}} }} | x1 = 170 | y1 = 765 }}<noinclude>{{RunningHeader|W.T.—'''1'''||{{sm|257}}}}</noinclude> pskbo2kwt9jg4089041i26jn193pje5 Fundamental Law of Hungary 0 1369350 14131283 13748397 2024-04-26T08:17:10Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Fundamental Law of Hungary | author = | override_author = [[w:National Assembly of Hungary|National Assembly of Hungary]] | section = | previous = [[Constitution of the Republic of Hungary (1989)]] | next = | year = 2012 | portal = Constitutional documents/Hungary | wikipedia = Constitution of Hungary | notes = The Fundamental Law of Hungary was adopted by the National Assembly of Hungary on 18 April 2011 and entered into force on 1 January 2012. Since then the Fundamental Law has been amended a few times. [https://web.archive.org/web/20121126172612/https://www.kormany.hu/download/4/c3/30000/THE%20FUNDAMENTAL%20LAW%20OF%20HUNGARY.pdf Source] {{scans available|https://web.archive.org/web/20121126172612/https://www.kormany.hu/download/4/c3/30000/THE%20FUNDAMENTAL%20LAW%20OF%20HUNGARY.pdf}} }} == '''The Fundamental Law of Hungary''' == (25 April 2011) <br /> <br /> <br /> <br />''God bless the Hungarians'' <br /> <br /> ==== NATIONAL AVOWAL ==== <br />WE, THE MEMBERS OF THE HUNGARIAN NATION, at the beginning of the new millennium, with a sense of responsibility for every Hungarian, hereby proclaim the following: <br />We are proud that our king Saint Stephen built the Hungarian State on solid ground and made our country a part of Christian Europe one thousand years ago. <br />We are proud of our forebears who fought for the survival, freedom and independence of our country. <br />We are proud of the outstanding intellectual achievements of the Hungarian people. <br />We are proud that our people has over the centuries defended Europe in a series of struggles and enriched Europe’s common values with its talent and diligence. <br />We recognise the role of Christianity in preserving nationhood. We value the various religious traditions of our country. <br />We promise to preserve the intellectual and spiritual unity of our nation torn apart in the storms of the last century. The nationalities living with us form part of the Hungarian political community and are constituent parts of the State. <br />We commit to promoting and safeguarding our heritage, our unique language, Hungarian culture, the languages and cultures of nationalities living in Hungary, along with all man-made and natural assets of the Carpathian Basin. We bear responsibility for our descendants; therefore we shall protect the living conditions of future generations by making prudent use of our material, intellectual and natural resources. <br />We believe that our national culture is a rich contribution to the diversity of European unity. <br />We respect the freedom and culture of other nations, and shall strive to cooperate with every nation of the world. <br /> <br />We hold that human existence is based on human dignity. <br />We hold that individual freedom can only be complete in cooperation with others. <br />We hold that the family and the nation constitute the principal framework of our coexistence, and that our fundamental cohesive values are fidelity, faith and love. <br />We hold that the strength of community and the honour of each person are based on labour, an achievement of the human mind. <br />We hold that we have a general duty to help the vulnerable and the poor. <br />We hold that the common goal of citizens and the State is to achieve the highest possible measure of well-being, safety, order, justice and liberty. <br />We hold that democracy is only possible where the State serves its citizens and administers their affairs in an equitable manner, without prejudice or abuse. <br /> <br />We honour the achievements of our historical constitution and we honour the Holy Crown, which embodies the constitutional continuity of Hungary’s statehood and the unity of the nation. <br />We do not recognise the suspension of our historical constitution due to foreign occupations. We deny any statute of limitations for the inhuman crimes committed against the Hungarian nation and its citizens under the national socialist and communist dictatorships. <br />We do not recognise the communist constitution of 1949, since it was the basis for tyrannical rule; therefore we proclaim it to be invalid. <br />We agree with the members of the first free Parliament, which proclaimed as its first decision that our current liberty was born of our 1956 Revolution. <br />We date the restoration of our country’s self-determination, lost on the nineteenth day of March 1944, from the second day of May 1990, when the first freely elected body of popular representation was formed. We shall consider this date to be the beginning of our country’s new democracy and constitutional order. <br /> <br />We hold that after the decades of the twentieth century which led to a state of moral decay, we have an abiding need for spiritual and intellectual renewal. <br />We trust in a jointly-shaped future and the commitment of younger generations. We believe that our children and grandchildren will make Hungary great again with their talent, persistence and moral strength. <br />Our Fundamental Law shall be the basis of our legal order: it shall be a covenant among Hungarians past, present and future; a living framework which expresses the nation’s will and the form in which we want to live. <br />We, the citizens of Hungary, are ready to found the order of our country upon the common endeavours of the nation. <br /> <br /> ==== FOUNDATION ==== <br />''Article A'' <br />The name of OUR COUNTRY shall be Hungary. <br /> <br />''Article B'' <br />(1) Hungary shall be an independent, democratic state governed by the rule of law. <br />(2) Hungary’s form of government shall be that of a republic. <br />(3) The source of public power shall be the people. <br />(4) The people shall exercise its power through its elected representatives or, in exceptional cases, in a direct manner. <br /> <br />''Article C'' <br />(1) The functioning of the Hungarian State shall be based on the principle of separation of powers. <br />(2) No person’s activity shall be aimed at the forcible acquisition, exercise or exclusive possession of power. Every person shall be entitled and obliged to act against such attempts in a lawful way. <br />(3) The State shall have the exclusive right to use coercion in order to enforce the Fundamental Law and legislation. <br /> <br />''Article D'' <br />Bearing in mind that there is one single Hungarian nation that belongs together, Hungary shall bear responsibility for the fate of Hungarians living beyond its borders, and shall facilitate the survival and development of their communities; it shall support their efforts to preserve their Hungarian identity, the assertion of their individual and collective rights, the establishment of their community self-governments, and their prosperity in their native lands, and shall promote their cooperation with each other and with Hungary. <br /> <br />''Article E'' <br />(1) In order to enhance the liberty, prosperity and security of European nations, Hungary shall contribute to the creation of European unity. <br />(2) With a view to participating in the European Union as a member state, Hungary may exercise some of its competences arising from the Fundamental Law jointly with other member states through the institutions of the European Union under an international agreement, to the extent required for the exercise of the rights and the fulfilment of the obligations arising from the Founding Treaties. <br />(3) The law of the European Union may stipulate a generally binding rule of conduct subject to the conditions set out in Paragraph (2). <br />(4) The authorisation to recognise the binding nature of an international agreement referred to in Paragraph (2) shall require a two-thirds majority of the votes of the Members of Parliament. <br /> <br />''Article F'' <br />(1) The capital of Hungary shall be Budapest. <br />(2) The territory of Hungary shall be comprised of counties, cities, towns and villages. Cities and towns may be divided into districts. <br /> <br />''Article G'' <br />(1) The child of a Hungarian citizen shall be a Hungarian citizen by birth. A cardinal Act may define other cases of the origin or acquisition of Hungarian citizenship. <br />(2) Hungary shall defend its citizens. <br />(3) No person may be deprived of Hungarian citizenship established by birth or acquired in a lawful manner. <br />(4) The detailed rules for citizenship shall be defined by a cardinal Act. <br /> <br />''Article H'' <br />(1) In Hungary the official language shall be Hungarian. <br />(2) Hungary shall protect the Hungarian language. <br />(3) Hungary shall protect Hungarian Sign Language as a part of Hungarian culture. <br /> <br />''Article I'' <br />(1) The coat of arms of Hungary shall be a vertically divided shield with a pointed base. The left field shall contain eight horizontal bars of red and silver. The right field shall have a red background and shall depict a base of three green hills with a golden crown atop the central hill and a silver patriarchal cross issuing from the middle of the crown. The Holy Crown shall rest on top of the shield. <br />{{c|[[File:Coat of Arms of Hungary.svg|120px]]}} <br />(2) The flag of Hungary shall feature three horizontal bands of equal width coloured red, white and green from top to bottom as the symbols of strength, fidelity and hope respectively. <br />{{c|[[File:Flag of Hungary.svg|border|300px]]}} <br />(3) The anthem of Hungary shall be the poem Himnusz by Ferenc Kölcsey set to music by Ferenc Erkel. <br />(4) The coat of arms and the flag may also be used in other historical forms. The detailed rules for the use of the coat of arms and the flag, and state decorations shall be defined by a cardinal Act. <br /> <br />''Article J'' <br />(1) The national holidays of Hungary shall be: <br />a) the 15th day of March, in memory of the 1848-49 Revolution and War of Independence, <br />b) the 20th day of August, in memory of the foundation of the State and King Saint Stephen the State Founder, and <br />c) the 23rd day of October, in memory of the 1956 Revolution and War of Independence. <br />(2) The official state holiday shall be the 20th day of August. <br /> <br />''Article K'' <br />The official currency of Hungary shall be the forint. <br /> <br />''Article L'' <br />(1) Hungary shall protect the institution of marriage as the union of a man and a woman established by voluntary decision, and the family as the basis of the nation’s survival. <br />(2) Hungary shall encourage the commitment to have children. <br />(3) The protection of families shall be regulated by a cardinal Act. <br /> <br />''Article M'' <br />(1) The economy of Hungary shall be based on work which creates value and freedom of enterprise. <br />(2) Hungary shall ensure the conditions for fair economic competition, act against any abuse of a dominant position, and shall defend the rights of consumers. <br /> <br />''Article N'' <br />(1) Hungary shall enforce the principle of balanced, transparent and sustainable budget management. <br />(2) Parliament and the Government shall have primary responsibility for the enforcement of the principle set out in Paragraph (1). <br />(3) In the course of performing their duties, the Constitutional Court, courts, local governments and other state organs shall be obliged to respect the principle set out in Paragraph (1). <br /> <br />''Article O'' <br />Every person shall be responsible for his or herself, and shall be obliged to contribute to the performance of state and community tasks to the best of his or her abilities and potential. <br /> <br />''Article P'' <br />All natural resources, especially agricultural land, forests and drinking water supplies, biodiversity – in particular native plant and animal species – and cultural assets shall form part of the nation’s common heritage, and the State and every person shall be obliged to protect, sustain and preserve them for future generations. <br /> <br />''Article Q'' <br />(1) In order to create and maintain peace and security, and to achieve the sustainable development of humanity, Hungary shall strive for cooperation with every nation and country of the world. <br />(2) Hungary shall ensure harmony between international law and Hungarian law in order to fulfil its obligations under international law. <br />(3) Hungary shall accept the generally recognised rules of international law. Other sources of international law shall become part of the Hungarian legal system by publication in the form of legislation. <br /> <br />''Article R'' <br />(1) The Fundamental Law shall be the foundation of the legal system of Hungary. <br />(2) The Fundamental Law and legislation shall be binding on every person. <br />(3) The provisions of the Fundamental Law shall be interpreted in accordance with their purposes, the National Avowal and the achievements of our historical constitution. <br /> <br />''Article S'' <br />(1) A proposal for the adoption of a new Fundamental Law or any amendment of the present Fundamental Law may be submitted by the President of the Republic, the Government, any parliamentary committee or any Member of Parliament. <br />(2) The adoption of a new Fundamental Law or any amendment of the present Fundamental Law shall require a two-thirds majority of the votes of all Members of Parliament. <br />(3) The Speaker of the House shall sign the Fundamental Law or the amended Fundamental Law and send it to the President of the Republic. The President of the Republic shall sign the Fundamental Law or the amended Fundamental Law and shall order its publication in the Official Gazette within five days of receipt. <br />(4) The designation of the amendment of the Fundamental Law made during publication shall include the title, the serial number of the amendment and the date of publication. <br /> <br />''Article T'' <br />(1) A generally binding rule of conduct may be laid down by a piece of legislation which is made by a body with legislative competence as specified in the Fundamental Law and which is published in the Official Gazette. A cardinal Act may lay down different rules for the publication of local ordinances and other legislation adopted during any special legal order. <br />(2) Legislation shall include Acts of Parliament, government decrees, orders by the Governor of the National Bank of Hungary, orders by the Prime Minister, ministerial decrees, orders by autonomous regulatory bodies and local ordinances. Legislation shall also include orders issued by the National Defence Council and the President of the Republic during any state of national crisis or state of emergency. <br />(3) No legislation shall conflict with the Fundamental Law. <br />(4) Cardinal Acts shall be Acts of Parliament, the adoption and amendment of which requires a two-thirds majority of the votes of Members of Parliament present. <br /> <br /> ==== FREEDOM AND RESPONSIBILITY ==== <br />''Article I'' <br />(1) The inviolable and inalienable fundamental rights of MAN shall be respected and defended by the State as a primary obligation. <br />(2) Hungary shall recognise the fundamental rights which may be exercised by individuals and communities. <br />(3) The rules for fundamental rights and obligations shall be determined by special Acts. A fundamental right may be restricted to allow the exercise of another fundamental right or to defend any constitutional value to the extent absolutely necessary, in proportion to the desired goal and in respect of the essential content of such fundamental right. <br />(4) Subjects of law established by an Act shall have the fundamental rights and obligations that by nature not only apply to natural persons. <br /> <br />''Article II'' <br />Human dignity shall be inviolable. Every human being shall have the right to life and human dignity; embryonic and foetal life shall be subject to protection from the moment of conception. <br /> <br />''Article III'' <br />(1) No person shall be subjected to torture, any inhuman or degrading treatment or punishment, or be enslaved. Human trafficking shall be prohibited. <br />(2) All medical and scientific experiments on human subjects without their free and informed consent shall be prohibited. <br />(3) All practices aimed at eugenics, any use of the human body or any of its parts for financial gain, and human cloning shall be prohibited. <br /> <br />''Article IV'' <br />(1) Every person shall have the right to freedom and personal safety. <br />(2) No person shall be deprived of his or her liberty except for statutory reasons or as a result of a statutory procedure. Life imprisonment without parole shall only be imposed in relation to the commission of wilful and violent offences. <br />(3) Any person suspected of and arrested for committing any offence shall either be released or brought before a court as soon as possible. The court shall be obliged to give such person a hearing and to immediately make a decision with a written justification on his or her acquittal or conviction. <br />(4) A person whose liberty has been restricted without a well-founded reason or in an unlawful manner shall be entitled to indemnity. <br /> <br />''Article V'' <br />Every person shall have the right to repel any unlawful attack against his or her person or property, or one that poses a direct threat to the same. <br /> <br />''Article VI'' <br />(1) Every person shall have the right to the protection of his or her private and family life, home, relations and good reputation. <br />(2) Every person shall have the right to the protection of his or her personal data, and to access and disseminate data of public interest. <br />(3) The exercise of the right to the protection of personal data and the access to data of public interest shall be supervised by an independent authority. <br /> <br />''Article VII'' <br />(1) Every person shall have the right to freedom of thought, conscience and religion. This right shall include the freedom to choose or change religion or any other persuasion, and the freedom for every person to proclaim, refrain from proclaiming, profess or teach his or her religion or any other persuasion by performing religious acts, ceremonies or in any other way, whether individually or jointly with others, in the public domain or in his or her private life. <br />(2) The State and Churches shall be separate. Churches shall be autonomous. The State shall cooperate with the Churches for community goals. <br />(3) The detailed rules for Churches shall be regulated by a cardinal Act. <br /> <br />''Article VIII'' <br />(1) Every person shall have the right to peaceful assembly. <br />(2) Every person shall have the right to establish and join organisations. <br />(3) The right to freedom of association shall allow the free establishment and operation of political parties. Political parties shall participate in the formation and proclamation of people’s will. No political party may exercise public power in a direct way. <br />(4) The detailed rules for the operation and financial management of political parties shall be regulated by a cardinal Act. <br />(5) The right to freedom of association shall allow the free establishment and operation of trade unions and other representative bodies. <br /> <br />''Article IX'' <br />(1) Every person shall have the right to express his or her opinion. <br />(2) Hungary shall recognise and defend the freedom and diversity of the press, and shall ensure the conditions for free dissemination of information necessary for the formation of democratic public opinion. <br />(3) The detailed rules for the freedom of the press and the organ supervising media services, press products and the infocommunications market shall be regulated by a cardinal Act. <br /> <br />''Article X'' <br />(1) Hungary shall ensure the freedom of scientific research and artistic creation, the freedom of learning for the acquisition of the highest possible level of knowledge, and the freedom of teaching within the framework determined by law. <br />(2) The State shall not be entitled to decide on questions of scientific truth, and scientists shall have the exclusive right to evaluate any scientific research. <br />(3) Hungary shall defend the scientific and artistic freedom of the Hungarian Academy of Sciences and the Hungarian Academy of Arts. All institutions of higher education shall be autonomous in terms of the contents and methodology of research and teaching, and their organisations and financial management shall be regulated by a special Act. <br /> <br />''Article XI'' <br />(1) Every Hungarian citizen shall have the right to education. <br />(2) Hungary shall ensure this right by extending and generalising public education, providing free and compulsory primary education, free and generally available secondary education, and higher education available to every person according to his or her abilities, and by providing statutory financial support to beneficiaries of education. <br /> <br />''Article XII'' <br />(1) Every person shall have the right to freely choose his or her work, occupation and entrepreneurial activities. Every person shall be obliged to contribute to the community’s enrichment with his or her work to the best of his or her abilities and potential. <br />(2) Hungary shall strive to create conditions ensuring that every person who is able and willing to work has the opportunity to do so. <br /> <br />''Article XIII'' <br />(1) Every person shall have the right to property and inheritance. Property shall entail social responsibility. <br />(2) Property may only be expropriated in exceptional cases and in the public interest, in legally defined cases and ways, and subject to full, unconditional and immediate indemnity. <br /> <br />''Article XIV'' <br />(1) No Hungarian citizen may be expelled from the territory of Hungary and every Hungarian citizen may return from abroad at any time. Any foreign citizen staying in the territory of Hungary may only be expelled by a lawful decision. Collective expulsion shall be prohibited. <br />(2) No person may be expelled or extradited to a state where he or she faces the danger of a death sentence, torture or any other inhuman treatment or punishment. <br />(3) Hungary shall grant asylum to all non-Hungarian citizens as requested if they are being persecuted or have a well-founded fear of persecution in their native countries or in the countries of their usual residence due to their racial or national identities, affiliation to a particular social group, or to their religious or political persuasions, unless they receive protection from their countries of origin or any other country. <br /> <br />''Article XV'' <br />(1) Every person shall be equal before the law. Every human being shall have legal capacity. <br />(2) Hungary shall ensure fundamental rights to every person without any discrimination on the grounds of race, colour, sex, disability, language, religion, political or other views, national or social origin, financial, birth or other circumstances whatsoever. <br />(3) Women and men shall have equal rights. <br />(4) Hungary shall adopt special measures to promote the implementation of legal equality. <br />(5) Hungary shall adopt special measures to protect children, women, the elderly and persons living with disabilities. <br /> <br />''Article XVI'' <br />(1) Every child shall have the right to the protection and care required for his or her proper physical, mental and moral development. <br />(2) Parents shall have the right to choose the type of upbringing they deem fit for their children. <br />(3) Parents shall be obliged to look after their children. This obligation shall include the provision of schooling for their children. <br />(4) Adult children shall be obliged to look after their parents if they are in need. <br /> <br />''Article XVII'' <br />(1) Employees and employers shall cooperate with each other in order to ensure jobs, make the national economy sustainable and for other community goals. <br />(2) Employees, employers and their representative bodies shall have a statutory right to bargain and conclude collective agreements, and to take any joint action or hold strikes in defence of their interests. <br />(3) Every employee shall have the right to working conditions which respect his or her health, safety and dignity. <br />(4) Every employee shall have the right to daily and weekly rest times and annual paid leave. <br /> <br />''Article XVIII'' <br />(1) The employment of children shall be prohibited except for cases laid down in an Act posing no risk to the child’s physical, mental or moral development. <br />(2) Hungary shall adopt special measures to protect young people and parents in the workplace. <br /> <br />''Article XIX'' <br />(1) Hungary shall strive to provide social security to all of its citizens. Every Hungarian citizen shall be entitled to statutory subsidies for maternity, illness, disability, widowhood, orphanage and unemployment not caused by his or her own actions. <br />(2) Hungary shall implement social security for the persons listed in Paragraph (1) and other people in need through a system of social institutions and measures. <br />(3) The nature and extent of social measures may be determined by law in accordance with the usefulness to the community of the beneficiary’s activity. <br />(4) Hungary shall promote the livelihood of the elderly by maintaining a general state pension system based on social solidarity and by allowing for the operation of voluntarily established social institutions. Eligibility for a state pension may include statutory criteria in consideration of the requirement for special protection to women. <br /> <br />''Article XX'' <br />(1) Every person shall have the right to physical and mental health. <br />(2) Hungary shall promote the exercise of the right set out in Paragraph (1) by ensuring that its agriculture remains free from any genetically modified organism, by providing access to healthy food and drinking water, by managing industrial safety and healthcare, by supporting sports and regular physical exercise, and by ensuring environmental protection. <br /> <br />''Article XXI'' <br />(1) Hungary shall recognise and enforce the right of every person to a healthy environment. <br />(2) A person who causes any damage to the environment shall be obliged to restore it or to bear all costs of restoration as defined by law. <br />(3) No pollutant waste shall be brought into Hungary for the purpose of dumping. <br /> <br />''Article XXII'' <br />Hungary shall strive to provide every person with decent housing and access to public services. <br /> <br />''Article XXIII'' <br />(1) Every adult Hungarian citizen shall have the right to be a voter as well as a candidate in the elections of Members of Parliament, local representatives and mayors, and of members of the European Parliament. <br />(2) Every adult citizen of any other member state of the European Union who is a resident of Hungary shall have the right to be a voter as well as a candidate in the elections of local representatives and mayors, and of members of the European Parliament. <br />(3) Every adult person who is recognised as a refugee, immigrant or resident of Hungary shall have the right to be a voter in the elections of local representatives and mayors. <br />(4) The exercise or completeness of active suffrage may be subject to the requirement of residence in Hungary, and passive suffrage may be subject to further criteria under a cardinal Act. <br />(5) Every elector may participate in the election of local representatives and mayors in the locality of his or her residence or registered address. Every elector may exercise his or her right to vote in the locality of his or her residence or registered address. <br />(6) A person disenfranchised by a court for committing an offence or due to his or her limited mental capacity shall have no suffrage. No citizen of any other member state of the European Union who is a resident of Hungary shall have passive suffrage if he or she has been disenfranchised in his or her native country under any law, court or official decision of his or her state of citizenship. <br />(7) Every person entitled to vote in elections of Members of Parliament shall have the right to participate in national referenda. Every person entitled to vote in elections of local representatives and mayors shall have the right to participate in local referenda. <br />(8) Every Hungarian citizen shall have the right to hold a public office corresponding to his or her aptitude, qualifications and expertise. A special Act shall determine public offices that may not be held by members or officials of any political party. <br /> <br />''Article XXIV'' <br />(1) Every person shall have the right to have his or her affairs administered by the authorities in an impartial, fair and reasonably timely manner. This right shall include the obligation of the authorities to justify their decisions as determined by law. <br />(2) Every person shall have the right to statutory state compensation for any unlawful damage caused by the authorities while performing their duties. <br /> <br />''Article XXV'' <br />Every person shall have the right to submit a written application, complaint or proposal, whether individual or joint, to any organ which exercises public power. <br /> <br />''Article XXVI'' <br />The State shall strive to use the latest technological solutions and scientific achievements to make its operation efficient, raise the standard of public services, improve the transparency of public affairs and to promote equality of opportunity. <br /> <br />''Article XXVII'' <br />(1) Every person lawfully staying in the territory of Hungary shall have the right to freedom of movement and to freely choose residence. <br />(2) Every Hungarian citizen shall have the right to be protected by Hungary during any stay abroad. <br /> <br />''Article XXVIII'' <br />(1) Every person shall have the right to have any charge against him or her, or any right and duty in litigation, adjudicated by a legally established independent and impartial court in a fair public trial within a reasonable period of time. <br />(2) No person shall be considered guilty unless his or her criminal liability has been established by an effective court ruling. <br />(3) Every person subject to prosecution shall have the right to legal defence at every stage of the trial. No counsel shall be made liable for his or her opinion expressed while providing legal defence. <br />(4) No person shall be found guilty or be punished for an act which, at the time when it was committed, was not an offence under the law of Hungary or of any other state by virtue of an international agreement or any legal act of the European Union. <br />(5) Paragraph (4) shall not exclude the prosecution or conviction of any person for an act which was, at the time when it was committed, an offence according to the generally recognised rules of international law. <br />(6) Except for extraordinary cases of legal remedy determined by law, no person shall be prosecuted or convicted for any offence for which he or she has already been acquitted or convicted by an effective court ruling, whether in Hungary or in any other jurisdiction as defined by international agreements or any legal act of the European Union. <br />(7) Every person shall have the right to seek legal remedy against any court, administrative or other official decision which violates his or her rights or lawful interests. <br /> <br />''Article XXIX'' <br />(1) Nationalities living in Hungary shall be constituent parts of the State. Every Hungarian citizen belonging to any nationality shall have the right to freely express and preserve his or her identity. Nationalities living in Hungary shall have the right to use their native languages and to the individual and collective use of names in their own languages, to promote their own cultures, and to be educated in their native languages. <br />(2) Nationalities living in Hungary shall have the right to establish local and national self-governments. <br />(3) The detailed rules for the rights of nationalities living in Hungary and the rules for the elections of their local and national self-governments shall be defined by a cardinal Act. <br /> <br />''Article XXX'' <br />(1) Every person shall contribute to satisfying community needs to the best of his or her capabilities and in proportion to his or her participation in the economy. <br />(2) For persons raising children, the extent of contribution to satisfying community needs shall be determined in consideration of the costs of raising children. <br /> <br />''Article XXXI'' <br />(1) Every Hungarian citizen shall be obliged to defend the country. <br />(2) Hungary shall maintain a voluntary reserve force for national defence purposes. <br />(3) During a state of national crisis or, by decision of Parliament during a state of preventive defence, every adult male Hungarian citizen living in Hungary shall perform military service. If armed service is incompatible with the conscience of any person obliged to perform military service, he shall perform unarmed service. The forms and detailed rules for military service shall be defined by a cardinal Act. <br />(4) Every adult Hungarian citizen living in Hungary may be ordered to perform work for national defence purposes during a state of national crisis as defined by a cardinal Act. <br />(5) Every adult Hungarian citizen living in Hungary may be ordered to engage in civil protection for the purpose of national defence and disaster management as defined by a cardinal Act. <br />(6) Every person may be ordered to provide economic and financial services for the purpose of national defence and disaster management, as defined by a cardinal Act. <br /> <br /> ==== THE STATE ==== ===== Parliament ===== <br />''Article 1'' <br />(1) In HUNGARY the supreme body of popular representation shall be Parliament. <br />(2) Parliament shall: <br />a) enact and amend the Fundamental Law of Hungary; <br />b) adopt Acts of Parliament, <br />c) adopt the State Budget and approve its implementation, <br />d) authorise recognition of the binding nature of any international agreement subject to its responsibilities and competences, <br />e) elect the President of the Republic, the members and President of the Constitutional Court, the President of the Curia, the Supreme Prosecutor, the Commissioner for Fundamental Rights and his or her deputies, and the President of the State Audit Office, <br />f) elect the Prime Minister and decide on any matter of confidence related to the Government, <br />g) dissolve any representative body which operates in violation of the Fundamental Law, <br />h) decide to declare a state of war and to conclude peace, <br />i) make decisions on any special legal order and participation in military operations, <br />j) grant pardons, and <br />k) exercise other responsibilities and competences defined by the Fundamental Law and other laws. <br /> <br />''Article 2'' <br />(1) Electors shall exercise universal and equal suffrage to elect the Members of Parliament by direct and secret ballot, in elections allowing the free expression of voters’ will, in the manner defined by a cardinal Act. <br />(2) Nationalities living in Hungary shall contribute to Parliament’s work as defined by a cardinal Act. <br />(3) The general elections of the Members of Parliament shall be held in April or May four years after the election of the previous Parliament, except for the elections held due to the voluntary or mandatory dissolution of Parliament. <br /> <br />''Article 3'' <br />(1) Parliament’s mandate shall commence with its inaugural session and be terminated by the inaugural session of the next Parliament. The inaugural session shall be convened by the President of the Republic within thirty days of the elections. <br />(2) Parliament may decide to be dissolved. <br />(3) The President of the Republic may dissolve Parliament and simultaneously announce elections if: <br />a) when the Government’s mandate ends, Parliament fails to elect the person proposed by the President of the Republic to serve as Prime Minister within forty days of presentation of the first nomination, or <br />b) Parliament fails to adopt the State Budget for the current year by 31 March. <br />(4) Before dissolving Parliament, the President of the Republic shall be obliged to ask the Prime Minister, the Speaker of the House, and the heads of parliamentary groups for their opinions. <br />(5) The President of the Republic may exercise his or her right set out in Paragraph (3)a) until Parliament elects the Prime Minister. The President of the Republic may exercise his or her right under Paragraph (3)b) until Parliament adopts the State Budget. <br />(6) The new Parliament shall be elected within ninety days of the voluntary or mandatory dissolution of the previous Parliament. <br /> <br />''Article 4'' <br />(1) Members of Parliament shall have equal rights and obligations, perform their activities in the public interest, and may not be instructed in that context. <br />(2) Members of Parliament shall be entitled to immunity and remuneration in order to promote their independence. A cardinal Act shall list the public offices which may not be held by Members of Parliament and may determine other criteria for incompatibility. <br />(3) The mandate of a Member of Parliament shall be terminated: <br />a) when Parliament’s mandate is terminated, <br />b) upon his or her death, <br />c) by the declaration of his or her incompatibility, <br />d) by resignation, <br />e) if the conditions for his or her election no longer exist, or <br />f) if he or she has failed to participate in Parliament’s work for one year. <br />(4) Parliament shall decide with a two-thirds majority of the votes of the Members of Parliament present to declare the absence of requirements for the election of any Member of Parliament, to declare incompatibility and to establish that a particular Member of Parliament has failed to participate in Parliament’s work for one year. <br />(5) The detailed rules for the legal status and remuneration of Members of Parliament shall be defined by a cardinal Act. <br /> <br />''Article 5'' <br />(1) The sessions of Parliament shall be open to the public. Parliament may decide with a two-thirds majority of the votes of the Members of Parliament to hold any session in camera at the request of the Government or any Member of Parliament. <br />(2) Parliament shall elect the Speaker of the House, Deputy Speakers of the House and Clerks from its members. <br />(3) Parliament shall establish permanent committees consisting of Members of Parliament. <br />(4) Members of Parliament may establish parliamentary groups to coordinate their activities under the Rules of Procedure. <br />(5) Parliament shall have a quorum if more than half of its members are in attendance. <br />(6) Unless otherwise provided for by the Fundamental Law, Parliament shall make decisions by a simple majority of votes of members present. Particular decisions may be subject to a qualified majority under the Rules of Procedure. <br />(7) Parliament shall determine the rules of its operation and the order of its debates in its Rules of Procedure adopted by a two-thirds vote of Members of Parliament present. <br />(8) The provisions on Parliament’s regular sessions shall be laid down in a cardinal Act. <br /> <br />''Article 6'' <br />(1) The President of the Republic, the Government, any parliamentary committee and Member of Parliament may propose bills. <br />(2) Parliament may send the adopted Act to the Constitutional Court to examine its conformity with the Fundamental Law upon the motion of the proponent of the bill, the Government or the Speaker of the House, submitted before the final vote. Parliament shall decide on the motion after the final vote. If the motion is adopted, the Speaker of the House shall immediately send the adopted Act to the Constitutional Court to examine its conformity with the Fundamental Law. <br />(3) The Speaker of the House shall sign the adopted Act and send it to the President of the Republic within five days. The President of the Republic shall sign the Act received and order its publication within five days. If Parliament sends the Act to the Constitutional Court to examine its conformity with the Fundamental Law under Paragraph (2), the Speaker of the House may only sign and send it to the President of the Republic if the Constitutional Court has not found any violation of the Fundamental Law. <br />(4) If the President of the Republic finds the Act or any constituent provision contrary to the Fundamental Law and no examination has been held under Paragraph (2), he or she shall send the Act to the Constitutional Court to examine its conformity with the Fundamental Law. <br />(5) If the President of the Republic disagrees with the Act or any constituent provision and has not exercised his or her right under Paragraph (4), he or she may return the Act once to Parliament for reconsideration along with his or her comments before signature. Parliament shall hold a new debate on the Act and decide on its adoption again. The President of the Republic may also exercise this right if the Constitutional Court has not found any violation of the Fundamental Law during the examination conducted according to Parliament’s decision. <br />(6) The Constitutional Court shall decide on the motion under Paragraphs (2) or (4) as soon as possible but no later than thirty days from receipt. If the Constitutional Court finds any violation of the Fundamental Law, Parliament shall hold a new debate on the Act in order to eliminate such a violation. <br />(7) If the Constitutional Court does not find any violation of the Fundamental Law during the examination proposed by the President of the Republic, the President of the Republic shall immediately sign the Act and order its publication. <br />(8) The Constitutional Court may be requested to re-examine the Act discussed and adopted by Parliament under Paragraph (6) for its conformity with the Fundamental Law under Paragraphs (2) and (4). The Constitutional Court shall decide on the repeated motion as soon as possible but no later than ten days from receipt. <br />(9) If Parliament amends the Act returned due to any disagreement of the President of the Republic, the examination of its conformity with the Fundamental Law under Paragraphs (2) and (4) shall only be applicable to the amended provisions or on the grounds of failure to meet the Fundamental Law’s procedural requirements for the drafting of such Act. If Parliament adopts the Act returned due to any disagreement of the President of the Republic with the text unamended, the President of the Republic may propose that it should be examined for conformity with the Fundamental Law on the grounds of failure to meet the procedural requirements for the drafting of such Act. <br /> <br />''Article 7'' <br />(1) Members of Parliament may ask questions of the Commissioner for Fundamental Rights, the President of the State Audit Office, the Supreme Prosecutor, and the Governor of the National Bank of Hungary about any matter within their competence. <br />(2) Members of Parliament may submit interpellations and questions to the Government and any government member about any matter within their competence. <br />(3) The supervisory activities of parliamentary committees and the obligation to appear before any committee shall be regulated by a cardinal Act. <br /> <br /> ===== National referenda ===== <br />''Article 8'' <br />(1) Parliament shall order a national referendum upon the motion of at least two hundred thousand electors. Parliament may order a national referendum upon the motion of the President of the Republic, the Government or one hundred thousand electors. The decision made by any valid and conclusive referendum shall be binding on Parliament. <br />(2) National referenda may be held about any matter within Parliament’s responsibilities and competences. <br />(3) No national referendum may be held on: <br />a) any matter aimed at the amendment of the Fundamental Law, <br />b) the contents of the Acts on the State Budget and its implementation, the central tax type, pension or healthcare contributions, customs and the central conditions for local taxes, <br />c) the contents of the Acts on the elections of Members of Parliament, local representatives and mayors, and members of the European Parliament, <br />d) any obligation arising from an international agreement, <br />e) any matter related to human resources and the establishment of organisations within the competence of Parliament, <br />f) the voluntary dissolution of Parliament, <br />g) the mandatory dissolution of any representative body, <br />h) the declaration of a state of war, state of national crisis and state of emergency, and on the declaration or extension of a state of preventive defence, <br />i) any matter related to participation in military operations, <br />j) the granting of pardons. <br />(4) A national referendum shall be valid if more than half of all electors have cast a valid vote, and shall be conclusive if more than half of all voters casting a valid vote have given the same answer to a question. <br /> <br /> ===== The President of the Republic ===== <br />''Article 9'' <br />(1) The head of State of Hungary shall be the President of the Republic, who shall embody the nation’s unity and shall safeguard the democratic operation of state organisation. <br />(2) The President of the Republic shall be the Commander in Chief of the Hungarian Defence Forces. <br />(3) The President of the Republic: <br />a) shall represent Hungary, <br />b) may attend and address any session of Parliament, <br />c) may propose bills, <br />d) may propose national referenda, <br />e) shall set a date for the general elections of Members of Parliament, local representatives and mayors, and of members of the European Parliament, and for national referenda, <br />f) shall make decisions on any special legal order, <br />g) shall convene the inaugural session of Parliament, <br />h) may dissolve Parliament, <br />i) may send adopted Acts to the Constitutional Court to examine their conformity with the Fundamental Law, or may return them to Parliament for reconsideration, <br />j) shall propose persons for the positions of Prime Minister, the President of the Curia, the Supreme Prosecutor and the Commissioner for Fundamental Rights, <br />k) shall appoint professional judges and the President of the Budget Council, <br />l) shall confirm the appointment of the President of the Hungarian Academy of Sciences, and <br />m) shall form the organisation of his or her office. <br />(4) The President of the Republic shall: <br />a) recognise the binding nature of international agreements by authorisation of Parliament, <br />b) accredit and receive ambassadors and envoys, <br />c) appoint Ministers, the Governor and Deputy Governors of the National Bank of Hungary, the heads of autonomous regulatory bodies and university professors, <br />d) appoint university rectors, <br />e) appoint and promote generals, <br />f) award statutory decorations, prizes and titles, and authorise the use of foreign state decorations, <br />g) exercise the right to grant pardons to individuals, <br />h) decide on any matter of territorial administration within his or her responsibilities and competences, and <br />i) decide on any matter related to the acquisition and termination of citizenship, <br />j) decide on any matter assigned to his or her competence by law. <br />(5) Any measure and decision of the President of the Republic under Paragraph (4) shall be subject to the countersignature of a government member. An Act may provide that a decision within the statutory competence of the President of the Republic shall not be subject to a countersignature. <br />(6) The President of the Republic shall refuse to perform any of his or her obligations in Paragraphs (4)b)-e) if the legal conditions are absent or if he or she has a well-grounded reason to conclude that it would result in a serious malfunction of the State’s democratic operation. <br />(7) The President of the Republic shall refuse to perform his or her obligation set out in Paragraph (4)f), if it violates the values enshrined in the Fundamental Law. <br /> <br />''Article 10'' <br />(1) The President of the Republic shall be elected for five years by Parliament. <br />(2) Any Hungarian citizen above the age of 35 years may be elected to serve as the President of the Republic. <br />(3) The President of the Republic may be re-elected only once. <br /> <br />''Article 11'' <br />(1) The President of the Republic shall be elected no sooner than sixty but no later than thirty days before expiry of the mandate of the previous President of the Republic, or, as the case may be, within thirty days of the premature termination of his or her mandate. The date for the election of the President of the Republic shall be set by the Speaker of the House. Parliament shall elect the President of the Republic by secret ballot. <br />(2) The election of the President of the Republic shall be preceded by nomination. Any nomination shall be valid subject to a written proposal by at least one-fifth of the Members of Parliament. Nominations shall be submitted to the Speaker of the House before the vote is ordered. Every Member of Parliament may propose one candidate. No proposal for multiple candidates shall be valid. <br />(3) The President of the Republic elected in the first round of voting shall be the candidate who received a two-thirds majority of the votes of the Members of Parliament. <br />(4) If the first round of voting is inconclusive, a second round shall be held. In the second round of voting, votes may be cast for the two candidates receiving the highest and second highest numbers of votes respectively in the first round. In the event of a tied vote for first place in the first round of voting, votes may be cast for the candidates who have received the highest number of votes. In the event of a tied vote only for second place in the first round of voting, votes may be cast for all candidates who have received the highest and second highest numbers of votes. The President of the Republic, elected in the second round of voting, shall be the candidate who has received the majority of valid votes, irrespective of the number of voters. If the second round of voting is also inconclusive, a new election shall be held after repeated nomination. <br />(5) The elections procedure shall be completed within two consecutive days at most. <br />(6) The President-elect of the Republic shall swear an oath before Parliament and take office on expiry of the mandate of the previous President of the Republic or, in the event of the early termination of such mandate, eight days after the announcement of the result of the election. <br /> <br />''Article 12'' <br />(1) The person of the President of the Republic shall be inviolable. <br />(2) The office of the President of the Republic shall be incompatible with any other state, social, economic and political office or assignment. The President of the Republic may not pursue any other remunerated occupation, and may not receive a fee for any other activity, except for an activity subject to copyright protection. <br />(3) The mandate of the President of the Republic shall be terminated: <br />a) by the expiry of his or her term, <br />b) upon his or her death, <br />c) by his or her inability to perform his or her responsibilities for over ninety days, <br />d) if the conditions for his or her election no longer exist, <br />e) by the declaration of his or her incompatibility, <br />f) by resignation or <br />g) by removal from office as the President of the Republic. <br />(4) Parliament shall decide with a two-thirds majority of the votes of members present to establish any condition of the President of the Republic which has prevented the performance of his or her responsibilities for over ninety days or on the absence of the requirements for his or her election, or on the declaration of his or her incompatibility. <br />(5) The detailed rules for the legal status and remuneration of the President of the Republic shall be defined by a cardinal Act. <br /> <br />''Article 13'' <br />(1) The President of the Republic may only be prosecuted after termination of his or her mandate. <br />(2) If the President of the Republic wilfully violates the Fundamental Law or any Act while in office, or if he or she commits a wilful offence, one-fifth of the Members of Parliament may propose his or her removal from office. <br />(3) The impeachment procedure shall require a two-thirds majority of the votes of the Members of Parliament. Voting shall be held by secret ballot. <br />(4) The President of the Republic may not exercise his or her competence from the day when Parliament makes its decision until the end of the impeachment procedure. <br />(5) The impeachment procedure shall be conducted by the Constitutional Court. <br />(6) If the Constitutional Court establishes the liability of the President of the Republic under public law, it may remove him or her from office. <br /> <br />''Article 14'' <br />(1) In the event of any temporary incapacity of the President of the Republic, his or her responsibilities and competence shall be exercised by the Speaker of the House until the termination of such incapacity or, if the mandate of the President of the Republic expires in the meantime, until the new President of the Republic takes office. <br />(2) The temporary incapacity of the President of the Republic shall be established by Parliament on the recommendation of the President of the Republic, the Government or any Member of Parliament. <br />(3) While substituting for the President of the Republic, the Speaker of the House may not exercise his or her rights as a Member of Parliament, and his or her responsibilities as the Speaker of the House shall be performed by the Deputy Speaker of the House designated by Parliament. <br /> <br /> ===== The Government ===== <br />''Article 15'' <br />(1) The Government shall be the general body of executive power, and its responsibilities and competences shall include all matters not expressly delegated by the Fundamental Law or other legislation to the responsibilities and competences of another body. The Government shall be answerable to Parliament. <br />(2) The Government shall be the supreme body of public administration and may establish public administration organs as defined by law. <br />(3) Acting within its competence, the Government shall adopt decrees by statutory authorisation on any matter not regulated by an Act. <br />(4) No decree of the Government shall conflict with any Act. <br /> <br />''Article 16'' <br />(1) The Government’s members shall be the Prime Minister and the Ministers. <br />(2) The Prime Minister shall adopt decrees to designate one or two Ministers to serve as Deputy Prime Ministers. <br />(3) The Prime Minister shall be elected by Parliament on the recommendation of the President of the Republic. <br />(4) The election of the Prime Minister shall be subject to a majority vote of the Members of Parliament. The Prime Minister shall take office on the day of his or her election. <br />(5) The President of the Republic shall make his or her proposal set out in Paragraph (3): <br />a) at the inaugural session of the new Parliament, if the Prime Minister’s mandate was terminated by the formation of the newly-elected Parliament; <br />b) within fifteen days of termination of the Prime Minister’s mandate, if the Prime Minister’s mandate was terminated by resignation, upon his or her death, the establishment of incompatibility, absence of the requirements for his or her election or because Parliament expressed its lack of confidence in the Prime Minister at the confidence vote. <br />(6) If Parliament has not elected the candidate for Prime Minister defined by Paragraph (5), the President of the Republic shall propose a new candidate within fifteen days. <br />(7) Ministers shall be appointed by the President of the Republic on the recommendation of the Prime Minister. Ministers shall take office on the date designated in their appointment document or, in the absence thereof, on the day of appointment. <br />(8) The Government shall be formed by the appointment of Ministers. <br />(9) Government members shall swear an oath before Parliament. <br /> <br />''Article 17'' <br />(1) The Ministries shall be listed in a special Act. <br />(2) Ministers without portfolio may be appointed for the responsibilities defined by the Government. <br />(3) The Government’s regional administrative bodies with general competence shall be the metropolitan and county government offices. <br />(4) An Act may amend the provision of a cardinal Act on the designation of Ministries, Ministers or public administration organs. <br />(5) The legal status of government officials shall be regulated by law. <br /> <br />''Article 18'' <br />(1) The Prime Minister shall determine the Government’s general policy. <br />(2) Ministers shall have autonomous control of the sectors of public administration and the subordinated organs within their competence in line with the Government’s general policy, and shall perform the responsibilities determined by the Government or the Prime Minister. <br />(3) Acting within their competence, government members shall adopt decrees by authority of an Act or a government decree, whether independently or in agreement with any other Minister; such decrees may not conflict with any Act, government decree or any order of the Governor of the National Bank of Hungary. <br />(4) Government members shall be answerable to Parliament for their activities, and Ministers shall be answerable to the Prime Minister. Government members may attend and address any session of Parliament. Parliament and any parliamentary committee may oblige government members to attend any of their sessions. <br />(5) The detailed rules for the legal status and remuneration of government members and the substitution of Ministers shall be determined by an Act. <br /> <br />''Article 19'' <br />Parliament may ask the Government for information on its position to be adopted in the decision-making process of the European Union’s institutions operating with the Government’s participation, and may express its position about the draft on the agenda in the procedure. In the European Union’s decision-making process, the Government shall take Parliament’s position into consideration. <br /> <br />''Article 20'' <br />(1) The mandate of the Government shall be terminated by the termination of the Prime Minister’s mandate. <br />(2) The Prime Minister’s mandate shall be terminated: <br />a) by the formation of the newly-elected Parliament, <br />b) if Parliament adopts a motion of no-confidence in the Prime Minister and elects a new Prime Minister, <br />c) if Parliament adopts a motion of no-confidence in the Prime Minister at the confidence vote proposed by the Prime Minister, <br />d) by resignation, <br />e) upon his or her death, <br />f) by incompatibility or <br />g) if the conditions of his or her election no longer exist. <br />(3) A Minister’s mandate shall be terminated: <br />a) by termination of the Prime Minister’s mandate, <br />b) by resignation, <br />c) by removal, <br />d) upon his or her death. <br />(4) Parliament shall decide on the establishment of the absence of requirements for the election of the Prime Minister and on the declaration of incompatibility by a two-thirds vote of Members of Parliament present. <br /> <br />''Article 21'' <br />(1) One-fifth of the Members of Parliament may submit a written motion of no-confidence in the Prime Minister by proposing another person to serve as Prime Minister. <br />(2) By endorsing a motion of no-confidence, Parliament shall express its lack of confidence in the Prime Minister and shall simultaneously elect as Prime Minister the person proposed in the motion of no-confidence. Such decision by Parliament shall require a simple majority of the votes of the Members of Parliament. <br />(3) The Prime Minister may propose a confidence vote. Parliament shall adopt a motion of no-confidence in the Prime Minister if a simple majority of Members of Parliament do not support the Prime Minister in the confidence vote proposed by the Prime Minister. <br />(4) The Prime Minister may propose that the vote on a government proposal shall be regarded as a confidence vote. Parliament shall adopt a motion of no-confidence in the Prime Minister if it does not endorse the government proposal. <br />(5) Parliament shall make a decision on the matter of confidence three days after submission of the motion of no-confidence or the Prime Minister’s proposal set out in Paragraphs (3) and (4), but no later than eight days after submission. <br /> <br />''Article 22'' <br />(1) The Government shall exercise its competence as a caretaker government from termination of its mandate until the formation of the new Government, but may not recognise the binding nature of an international agreement, and may only adopt decrees in cases of extreme urgency by authority of an Act. <br />(2) If the Prime Minister’s mandate is terminated by resignation or the formation of the newly-elected Parliament, the Prime Minister shall exercise his or her competence as a caretaker Prime Minister until the election of the new Prime Minister, but may not propose the removal of any Minister or the appointment of a new Minister, and may only adopt decrees in cases of urgency by authority of an Act. <br />(3) If the Prime Minister’s mandate has been terminated upon his or her death, by the establishment of incompatibility or due to the absence of the requirements for his or her election or because Parliament adopted a motion of no-confidence in the Prime Minister at a confidence vote, the Prime Minister’s competence shall be exercised by the Deputy Prime Minister or, in the case of several Deputy Prime Ministers, the Deputy Prime Minister designated as first choice until the new Prime Minister is elected, with the restrictions set out in Paragraph (2). <br />(4) Every Minister shall exercise his or her competence as a caretaker Minister from termination of the Prime Minister’s mandate until the new Minister’s appointment or the designation of any other member of the new Government for the temporary performance of the responsibilities of Ministers, but may only adopt decrees in cases of urgency. <br /> <br /> ===== Autonomous regulatory bodies ===== <br />''Article 23'' <br />(1) Parliament may establish autonomous regulatory bodies to perform and exercise particular responsibilities and competences of the executive branch by virtue of a cardinal Act. <br />(2) The heads of autonomous regulatory bodies shall be appointed by the Prime Minister or the President of the Republic on the recommendation of the Prime Minister for the term defined by a cardinal Act. The heads of autonomous regulatory bodies shall appoint one or more deputies. <br />(3) The heads of autonomous regulatory bodies shall present an annual report to Parliament on the activities of their respective autonomous regulatory bodies. <br />(4) Acting within their competence defined by a cardinal Act, the heads of autonomous regulatory bodies shall issue decrees by statutory authorisation, which may not conflict with any Act, government decree, any decree of the Prime Minister, ministerial decree or with any order of the Governor of the National Bank of Hungary. The heads of autonomous regulatory bodies may be substituted for by their deputies designated in their decrees for the purpose of issuing decrees. <br /> <br /> ===== The Constitutional Court ===== <br />''Article 24'' <br />(1) The Constitutional Court shall be the supreme body for the protection of the Fundamental Law. <br />(2) The Constitutional Court shall: <br />a) examine adopted but not published Acts for conformity with the Fundamental Law, <br />b) review any piece of legislation applicable in a particular case for conformity with the Fundamental Law at the proposal of any judge, <br />c) review any piece of legislation applied in a particular case for conformity with the Fundamental Law further to a constitutional complaint, <br />d) review any court ruling for conformity with the Fundamental Law further to a constitutional complaint, <br />e) examine any piece of legislation for conformity with the Fundamental Law at the request of the Government, one-fourth of the Members of Parliament or the Commissioner for Fundamental Rights, <br />f) examine any piece of legislation for conflict with any international agreement, and <br />g) exercise further responsibilities and competences determined in the Fundamental Law and a cardinal Act. <br />(3) The Constitutional Court: <br />a) shall annul any piece of legislation or any constituent provision which conflicts with the Fundamental Law, within its competence set out in Paragraphs (2), Subparagraphs b), c) and e); <br />b) shall annul any court ruling which conflicts with the Fundamental Law within its competence set out in Paragraph (2)d); <br />c) may annul any piece of legislation or any constituent provision which conflicts with an international agreement, within its competence set out in Paragraph (2)f); <br />and shall determine further legal consequences set out in a cardinal Act. <br />(4) The Constitutional Court shall be a body of fifteen members, each elected for twelve years by a two-thirds vote of the Members of Parliament. Parliament shall elect, with a two-thirds majority of the votes, a member of the Constitutional Court to serve as its President until the expiry of his or her mandate as a constitutional judge. No member of the Constitutional Court shall be affiliated to any political party or engage in any political activity. <br />(5) The detailed rules for the competence, organisation and operation of the Constitutional Court shall be regulated by a cardinal Act. <br /> <br /> ===== Courts ===== <br />''Article 25'' <br />(1) Courts shall administer justice. The supreme judicial body shall be the Curia. <br />(2) Courts shall decide on: <br />a) criminal matters, civil disputes, other matters defined by laws; <br />b) the legitimacy of administrative decisions; <br />c) the conflict of local ordinances with other legislation and their annulment; <br />d) the establishment of a local government’s neglect of its statutory legislative obligation. <br />(3) In addition to the responsibilities defined by Paragraph (2), the Curia shall ensure uniformity in the judicial application of laws and shall make decisions accordingly, which shall be binding on courts. <br />(4) The judiciary shall have a multi-level organisation. Special courts may be established for particular groups of cases, especially for administrative and labour disputes. <br />(5) The organs of judicial self-government shall participate in the administration of the courts. <br />(6) An Act may authorise other organs to act in particular legal disputes. <br />(7) The detailed rules for the organisation and administration of courts, and of the legal state and remuneration of judges shall be regulated by a cardinal Act. <br /> <br />''Article 26'' <br />(1) Judges shall be independent and only subordinated to laws, and may not be instructed in relation to their judicial activities. Judges may only be removed from office for the reasons and in a procedure defined by a cardinal Act. Judges shall not be affiliated to any political party or engage in any political activity. <br />(2) Professional judges shall be appointed by the President of the Republic as defined by a cardinal Act. No person under thirty years of age shall be eligible for the position of judge. With the exception of the President of the Curia, no judge may serve who is older than the general retirement age. <br />(3) The President of the Curia shall be elected from among its members for nine years by Parliament on the recommendation of the President of the Republic. The election of the President of the Curia shall require a two-thirds majority of the votes of the Members of Parliament. <br /> <br />''Article 27'' <br />(1) Unless otherwise provided for by law, courts shall administer justice in panels. <br />(2) Non-professional judges shall also participate in the administration of justice in the cases and ways defined by laws. <br />(3) Sole judges and chairpersons of panels shall be professional judges. In cases defined by law, court secretaries may also act within the competence of sole judges subject to Article 26(1). <br /> <br />''Article 28'' <br />In applying laws, courts shall primarily interpret the text of any law in accordance with its goals and the Fundamental Law. The interpretation of the Fundamental Law and other laws shall be based on the assumption that they serve a moral and economical purpose corresponding to common sense and the public benefit. <br /> <br /> ===== Prosecution services ===== <br />''Article 29'' <br />(1) The Supreme Prosecutor and prosecution services shall contribute to the administration of justice by enforcing the State’s demand for punishment. Prosecution services shall prosecute offences, take action against any other unlawful act or omission, and shall promote the prevention of unlawful acts. <br />(2) By statutory definition, the Supreme Prosecutor and prosecution services shall: <br />a) exercise rights in conjunction with investigations, <br />b) represent public accusation in court proceedings, <br />c) supervise the legitimacy of penal enforcement, <br />d) exercise other responsibilities and competences defined by law. <br />(3) The organisation of prosecution shall be led and directed by the Supreme Prosecutor, who shall appoint prosecutors. With the exception of the Supreme Prosecutor, no prosecutor may serve who is older than the general retirement age. <br />(4) The Supreme Prosecutor shall be elected from prosecutors for nine years by Parliament on the recommendation of the President of the Republic. The election of the Supreme Prosecutor shall require a two-thirds majority of the votes of the Members of Parliament. <br />(5) The Supreme Prosecutor shall present to Parliament an annual report on his or her activities. <br />(6) No prosecutor may be affiliated to any political party or engage in any political activity. <br />(7) The detailed rules for the organisation and operation of prosecution services, and the legal status and remuneration of the Supreme Prosecutor and prosecutors shall be defined by a cardinal Act. <br /> <br /> ===== The Commissioner for Fundamental Rights ===== <br />''Article 30'' <br />(1) The Commissioner for Fundamental Rights shall protect fundamental rights and shall act at the request of any person. <br />(2) The Commissioner for Fundamental Rights shall examine or cause to examine any abuses of fundamental rights of which he or she becomes aware, and shall propose general or special measures for their remedy. <br />(3) The Commissioner for Fundamental Rights and his or her deputies shall be elected for six years by a two-thirds vote of the Members of Parliament. The deputies shall defend the interests of future generations and the rights of nationalities living in Hungary. The Commissioner for Fundamental Rights and his or her deputies shall not be affiliated to any political party or engage in any political activity. <br />(4) The Commissioner for Fundamental Rights shall present to Parliament an annual report on his or her activities. <br />(5) The detailed rules for the Commissioner for Fundamental Rights and his or her deputies shall be determined by an Act. <br /> <br /> ===== Local governments ===== <br />''Article 31'' <br />(1) In Hungary local governments shall be established to administer public affairs and exercise public power at a local level. <br />(2) A local referendum may be held on any matter within the responsibilities and competences of local governments as defined by law. <br />(3) The rules of local governments shall be defined by a cardinal Act. <br /> <br />''Article 32'' <br />(1) In administering public affairs at a local level, local governments shall, to the extent permitted by law: <br />a) adopt ordinances, <br />b) make decisions, <br />c) perform autonomous administration, <br />d) determine their regime of organisation and operation, <br />e) exercise their rights as owners of local government properties, <br />f) determine their budgets and perform independent financial management accordingly, <br />g) engage in entrepreneurial activities with their assets and revenues available for the purpose, without jeopardising the performance of their compulsory tasks, <br />h) decide on the types and rates of local taxes, <br />i) create local government symbols and establish local decorations and honorary titles, <br />j) ask for information, propose decisions and express their views to competent bodies, <br />k) be free to associate with other local governments, establish alliances for the representation of interests, cooperate with the local governments of other countries within their competences, and be free to affiliate with organisations of international local governments, and <br />l) exercise further statutory responsibilities and competences. <br />(2) Acting within their competences, local governments shall adopt local ordinances to regulate local social relations not regulated by an Act or by authority of an Act. <br />(3) Local ordinances may not conflict with any other legislation. <br />(4) Local governments shall send their ordinances to the metropolitan or county government office immediately after their publication. If the metropolitan or county government office finds the ordinance or any constituent provision unlawful, it may apply to any court for a review of such ordinance. <br />(5) The metropolitan or county government office may apply to a court to establish a local government’s neglect of its statutory legislative obligation. If such local government continues to neglect its statutory legislative obligation by the date determined by the court’s decision on the establishment of such neglect, the court shall order, at the initiative of the metropolitan or county government office, the head of the metropolitan or county government office to adopt the local ordinance required for the remedy of the neglect in the name of the local government. <br />(6) The properties of local governments shall be public properties which shall serve for the performance of their duties. <br /> <br />''Article 33'' <br />(1) The responsibilities and competences of local governments shall be exercised by local representative bodies. <br />(2) Local representative bodies shall be headed by mayors. County representative bodies shall elect one of their members to serve as president for the term of their mandate. <br />(3) Local representative bodies may elect committees and establish offices as defined by a cardinal Act. <br /> <br />''Article 34'' <br />(1) Local governments and state organs shall cooperate to achieve community goals. An Act may define compulsory responsibilities and competences for local governments. Local governments shall be entitled to proportionate budgetary and other financial support for the performance of their compulsory responsibilities and competences. <br />(2) An Act may authorise local governments to perform their compulsory duties through associations. <br />(3) Mayors and presidents of county representative bodies may exceptionally perform administrative responsibilities and competences in addition to their local duties by virtue of an Act or a government decree by authority of an Act. <br />(4) The Government shall perform the legal supervision of local governments through the metropolitan and county government offices. <br />(5) An Act may define conditions for, or the Government’s consent to, any borrowing to a statutory extent or to any other commitment of local governments with the aim of preserving their budget balance. <br /> <br />''Article 35'' <br />(1) Electors shall exercise universal and equal suffrage to elect local representatives and mayors by direct and secret ballot, in elections allowing the free expression of the will of electors, in the manner defined by a cardinal Act. <br />(2) Local representatives and mayors shall be elected for five years as defined by a cardinal Act. <br />(3) The mandate of local representative bodies shall end on the day of the national elections of local representatives and mayors. In the case of elections cancelled due to the absence of candidates, the mandate of local representative bodies shall be extended until the day of the interim elections. The mandate of mayors shall end on the day of the election of the new mayor. <br />(4) Local representative bodies may decide to be dissolved as defined by a cardinal Act. <br />(5) Parliament may dissolve any local representative body which violates the Fundamental Law at the proposal of the Government made after consultation with the Constitutional Court. <br />(6) Voluntary and mandatory dissolution shall also terminate the mandate of mayors. <br /> <br /> ===== Public finances ===== <br />''Article 36'' <br />(1) Parliament shall adopt an Act on the State Budget and its implementation for each calendar year. The Government shall submit to Parliament a bill on the State Budget and its implementation by the statutory deadline. <br />(2) All bills on the State Budget and its implementation shall contain all state expenditures and revenues in the same structure, in a transparent manner and in reasonable detail. <br />(3) By adopting the State Budget Act, Parliament shall authorise the Government to collect the revenues and to disburse the expenditures defined by the same. <br />(4) Parliament may not adopt a State Budget Act which allows state debt to exceed half of the Gross Domestic Product. <br />(5) As long as state debt exceeds half of the Gross Domestic Product, Parliament may only adopt a State Budget Act which contains state debt reduction in proportion to the Gross Domestic Product. <br />(6) Any deviation from the provisions in Paragraphs (4) and (5) shall only be possible during a special legal order, to the extent required for mitigating the consequences of the causes, and if there is a significant and enduring national economic recession, to the extent required for redressing the balance of the national economy. <br />(7) If Parliament fails to adopt the State Budget Act by the beginning of the calendar year, the Government shall be entitled to collect statutory revenues and disburse expenditures for the previous calendar year on a pro-rata basis in accordance with the expenditure targets defined by the State Budget Act. <br /> <br />''Article 37'' <br />(1) The Government shall be obliged to implement the State Budget in a lawful, practical and transparent manner, with efficient management of public funds. <br />(2) During the implementation of the State Budget, no debt or financial obligation may be assumed which allows state debt to exceed half of the Gross Domestic Product, with the exceptions defined by Article 36(6). <br />(3) During the implementation of the State Budget, as long as state debt exceeds half of the Gross Domestic Product, no debt or financial obligation may be assumed which allows the share of state debt related to the Gross Domestic Product to exceed its level in the previous year, with the exceptions defined by Article 36(6). <br />(4) As long as state debt exceeds half of the Gross Domestic Product, the Constitutional Court may, within its competence set out in Article 24(2)b-e), only review the Acts on the State Budget and its implementation, the central tax type, duties, pension and healthcare contributions, customs and the central conditions for local taxes for conformity with the Fundamental Law or annul the preceding Acts due to violation of the right to life and human dignity, the right to the protection of personal data, freedom of thought, conscience and religion, and with the rights related to Hungarian citizenship. The Constitutional Court shall have the unrestricted right to annul the related Acts for non-compliance with the Fundamental Law’s procedural requirements for the drafting and publication of such legislation. <br />(5) The rules for the calculation of state debt and the Gross Domestic Product and for the implementation of the provisions in Article 36 and Paragraphs (1)-(3) shall be defined by an Act. <br /> <br />''Article 38'' <br />(1) The properties of the State and local governments shall be national assets. The management and protection of national assets shall aim to serve the public interest, to satisfy common needs and to safeguard natural resources in consideration of the needs of future generations. The requirements for the preservation, protection and responsible management of national assets shall be defined by a cardinal Act. <br />(2) The scope of the State’s exclusive properties and exclusive economic activities, and the limitations and conditions of the alienation of national assets that are strategic in terms of the national economy, shall de defined by a cardinal Act in consideration of the goals set out in Paragraph (1). <br />(3) National assets shall only be transferred for the purposes and with the exceptions determined by law and in consideration of the requirement of proportionate values. <br />(4) Agreements on the transfer or utilisation of national assets shall only be concluded with any organisation which has a transparent ownership structure, organisation and activity aimed to manage the national assets transferred or assigned for utilisation. <br />(5) All business organisations owned by the State and local governments shall perform independent economic management in a lawful, responsible, practical and efficient manner. <br /> <br />''Article 39'' <br />(1) The State Budget may only be used for providing support or performing any contractual payment to an organisation which has a transparent ownership structure, organisation and activity aimed to utilise such support. <br />(2) Every organisation managing public funds shall be obliged to account for its management of public funds to the general public. Public funds and national assets shall be managed according to the principles of transparency and the elimination of corruption. The data related to public funds and national assets shall be data of public interest. <br /> <br />''Article 40'' <br />The fundamental rules of general taxation and the pension system shall be defined by a cardinal Act for the predictable contribution to the satisfaction of common needs and to ensure decent living conditions for the elderly. <br /> <br />''Article 41'' <br />(1) The National Bank of Hungary shall be the central bank of Hungary. The National Bank of Hungary shall be responsibility for monetary policy as set out by a cardinal Act. <br />(2) The Governor and Deputy Governors of the National Bank of Hungary shall be appointed for six years by the President of the Republic. <br />(3) The Governor of the National Bank of Hungary shall present to Parliament an annual report on the activities of the National Bank of Hungary. <br />(4)Acting within his or her competence defined by a cardinal Act, the Governor of the National Bank of Hungary shall issue orders by statutory authorisation, which may not conflict with any law. The Governor of the National Bank of Hungary may be substituted for by a Deputy Governor designated in an order for the purpose of issuing orders. <br />(5) The detailed rules for the organisation and operation of the National Bank of Hungary shall be defined by a cardinal Act. <br /> <br />''Article 42'' <br />The rules for the body supervising the system of financial mediation shall be defined by a cardinal Act. <br /> <br />''Article 43'' <br />(1) The State Audit Office shall be the financial and economic audit agency of Parliament. Acting within its statutory competence, the State Audit Office shall audit the implementation of the State Budget, the management of public finances, the utilisation of funds from public finances and the management of national assets. The State Audit Office shall examine the criteria of lawfulness, practicality and efficiency. <br />(2) The President of the State Audit Office shall be elected for twelve years by a two-thirds vote of the Members of Parliament. <br />(3) The President of the State Audit Office shall present to Parliament an annual report on the activities of the State Audit Office. <br />(4) The detailed rules for the organisation and operation of the State Audit Office shall be defined by a cardinal Act. <br /> <br />''Article 44'' <br />(1) The Budget Council shall be an organ supporting Parliament’s legislative activities and examining feasibility of the State Budget. <br />(2) The Budget Council shall make a statutory contribution to the preparation of the State Budget Act. <br />(3) The adoption of the State Budget Act shall be subject to the prior consent of the Budget Council in order to meet the requirements set out in Article 36(4)-(5). <br />(4) The members of the Budget Council shall include the President of the Budget Council, the Governor of the National Bank of Hungary and the President of the State Audit Office. The President of the Budget Council shall be appointed for six years by the President of the Republic. <br />(5) The detailed rules for the operation of the Budget Council shall be defined by a cardinal Act. <br /> <br /> ===== The Hungarian Defence Forces ===== <br />''Article 45'' <br />(1) Hungary’s armed forces shall be the Hungarian Defence Forces. The core activities of the Hungarian Defence Forces shall include the military defence of Hungary’s independence, territorial integrity and state borders, common defence and peacekeeping tasks arising from international agreements, and humanitarian activities according to the rules of international law. <br />(2) Unless otherwise provided for by an international agreement, Parliament, the President of the Republic, the National Defence Council, the Government, and the responsible and competent Minister shall have the exclusive right to direct the Hungarian Defence Forces according to the Fundamental Law and a cardinal Act. The operation of the Hungarian Defence Forces shall be directed by the Government. <br />(3) The Hungarian Defence Forces shall contribute to disaster prevention and the relief and elimination of the consequences of disasters. <br />(4) The professional members of the Hungarian Defence Forces shall not be affiliated to any political party or engage in any political activity. <br />(5) The detailed rules for the organisation, tasks, direction, management and operation of the Hungarian Defence Forces shall be defined by a cardinal Act. <br /> <br /> ===== The police and national security services ===== <br />''Article 46'' <br />(1) The fundamental duties of the police shall include the prevention and investigation of offences, and the protection of public security, law and order, and the state borders. <br />(2) The operation of the police shall be directed by the Government. <br />(3) The fundamental duties of national security services shall include the protection of Hungary’s independence and lawful order, and the enforcement of its national security interests. <br />(4) The operation of national security services shall be directed by the Government. <br />(5) The professional members of the police and national security services shall not be affiliated to any political party or engage in any political activity. <br />(6) The detailed rules for the organisation and operation of the police and national security services, the rules for using secret service means and methods, and the rules for national security activities shall be defined by a cardinal Act. <br /> <br /> ===== Decisions on participation in military operations ===== <br />''Article 47'' <br />(1) The Government shall decide on any cross-border manoeuvre of the Hungarian Defence Forces and foreign armed forces. <br />(2) With a two-thirds majority of the votes of its members present, Parliament shall decide on any foreign or domestic deployment and foreign stationing of the Hungarian Defence Forces and on any deployment of foreign armed forces in Hungary or departing from Hungary, except for the cases defined by Paragraph (3). <br />(3) The Government shall decide on any deployment of the Hungarian Defence Forces and foreign armed forces under Paragraph (2) based on the decision of the European Union and the North Atlantic Treaty Organisation, and on any other manoeuvre of the same. <br />(4) The Government shall immediately report to Parliament, and notify the President of the Republic of, any decision made under Paragraph (3) or made to authorise the participation of the Hungarian Defence Forces in any peacekeeping or humanitarian activity in a foreign operational area. <br /> <br /> ==== SPECIAL LEGAL ORDERS ==== ===== Common rules for the state of national crisis and the state of emergency ===== <br />''Article 48'' <br />(1) Parliament shall: <br />a) declare a state of national crisis and establish the National Defence Council in the event of a state of war or an imminent danger of armed attack by a foreign power (danger of war); <br />b) declare a state of emergency in the event of armed acts aimed at the overturning of the constitutional order or at the exclusive acquisition of power, and of serious mass acts of violence threatening life and property, committed with arms or in an armed manner. <br />(2) The declaration of any special legal order, the conclusion of peace and the declaration of the state of special legal order under Paragraph (1) shall require a two-thirds majority of the votes of the Members of Parliament. <br />(3) The President of the Republic shall be entitled to declare a state of war and a state of national crisis, establish the National Defence Council and to declare a state of emergency if Parliament is prevented from making such decisions. <br />(4) Parliament shall be considered prevented from making such decisions during parliamentary recess and if the limited time available or the events which have resulted in the state of war, state of national crisis or state of emergency create an insurmountable obstacle to its convening. <br />(5) The incapacity of Parliament and the justifiability of the declaration of state of war, state of national crisis or state of emergency shall be unanimously determined by the Speaker of the House, the President of the Constitutional Court and the Prime Minister. <br />(6) Parliament shall review the justifiability of the declaration of state of war, state of national crisis or state of emergency at its first session once it is able again to convene, and shall decide on the legitimacy of the measures adopted. Such decision shall require a two-thirds majority of the votes of the Members of Parliament. <br />(7) During a state of national crisis or a state of emergency, Parliament may not undergo voluntary or mandatory dissolution. During a state of national crisis or a state of emergency, no general elections may be called or held. In such cases, a new Parliament shall be elected within ninety days of termination of the state of national crisis or state of emergency. If the general elections of Members of Parliament have already been held, but the new Government has not been formed yet, the President of the Republic shall convene the inaugural session within thirty days of termination of the state of national crisis or state of emergency. <br />(8) Parliament under voluntary or mandatory dissolution may be convened by the National Defence Council in a state of national crisis, and by the President of the Republic in a state of emergency. <br /> <br /> ===== State of national crisis ===== <br />''Article 49'' <br />(1) The President of the National Defence Council shall be the President of the Republic, and its members shall be the Speaker of the House, the heads of parliamentary groups, the Prime Minister, Ministers and the Chief of the National Defence Staff with a consultative right. <br />(2) The National Defence Council shall exercise the rights: <br />a) delegated to it by Parliament, <br />b) of the President of the Republic, <br />c) of the Government. <br />(3) The National Defence Council shall decide on: <br />a) any foreign or domestic deployment of the Hungarian Defence Forces, their participation in any peace-keeping activity, engagement in humanitarian activities in any foreign operational area, and their stationing abroad, <br />b) the deployment of foreign armed forces in Hungary or departing from Hungary, and their stationing in Hungary, <br />c) the introduction of any extraordinary measure defined by a cardinal Act. <br />(4) The National Defence Council may adopt orders to suspend the application of particular laws, to deviate from any statutory provision and to adopt any other extraordinary measure. <br />(5) Any order of the National Defence Council shall be repealed by termination of the state of national crisis, unless its effect is extended by Parliament. <br /> <br /> ===== State of emergency ===== <br />''Article 50'' <br />(1) The Hungarian Defence Forces may be involved in a state of emergency if the use of the police and national security services is insufficient. <br />(2) In a state of emergency, the President of the Republic shall decide on the involvement of the Hungarian Defence Forces under Paragraph (1) in the event of Parliament’s incapacity. <br />(3) In a state of emergency, the President of the Republic shall pass orders to adopt any extraordinary measure as defined by a cardinal Act. The orders of the President of the Republic may suspend the application of particular laws, deviate from any statutory provision, and adopt any further extraordinary measure. <br />(4) The President of the Republic shall immediately notify the Speaker of the House of the adoption of any extraordinary measure. In a state of emergency, Parliament or, in the event of its incapacity, Parliament’s National Defence Committee shall hold sessions on a continuous basis. Parliament or, in the event of its incapacity, Parliament’s National Defence Committee may suspend the application of any extraordinary measure adopted by the President of the Republic. <br />(5) Any extraordinary measure adopted by an order shall remain effective for thirty days, unless its effect is extended by Parliament or, in the event of its incapacity, Parliament’s National Defence Committee. <br />(6) Any order of the President of the Republic shall be repealed by termination of the state of emergency. <br /> <br /> ===== State of preventive defence ===== <br />''Article 51'' <br />(1) In the event of a danger of an external armed attack or in order to perform an obligation arising from a military alliance, Parliament shall declare a state of preventive defence for a particular period, and shall simultaneously authorise the Government to adopt extraordinary measures defined by a cardinal Act. The period of a state of preventive defence may be extended. <br />(2) The declaration and extension of the special legal order set out in Paragraph (1) shall require a two-thirds majority of the votes of Members of Parliament present. <br />(3) After proposing the declaration of a state of preventive defence, the Government may pass decrees to adopt any measure in deviation from the laws regulating the operation of public administration, the Hungarian Defence Forces and law enforcement agencies, and shall continuously inform the President of the Republic and the relevant and competent permanent committees of Parliament accordingly. Such measures shall remain in effect until Parliament decides on the declaration of a state of preventive defence but for no longer than sixty days. <br />(4) During a state of preventive defence, the Government may adopt decrees to suspend the application of particular laws, to deviate from any statutory provision and to adopt any further extraordinary measure as defined by a cardinal Act. <br />(5) Any government decree shall be repealed by termination of the state of preventive defence. <br /> <br /> ===== Unexpected attacks ===== <br />''Article 52'' <br />(1) In the event of any unexpected invasion of the territory of Hungary by external armed groups, the Government shall be obliged to immediately take action with forces duly prepared and proportionate to the attack to repel the same, to safeguard the territory of Hungary with domestic and allied emergency air defence and aviation forces, and to protect law and order, life and property, public order and public safety, according to an armed defence plan approved by the President of the Republic as necessary, until it makes a decision on the declaration of a state of emergency or a state of national crisis. <br />(2) The Government shall immediately notify Parliament and the President of the Republic of its action taken according to Paragraph (1). <br />(3) In the event of any unexpected attack, the Government may adopt decrees to suspend the application of particular laws and to deviate from any statutory provision, and may adopt any further extraordinary measure as defined by a cardinal Act. <br />(4) Any such government decree shall be repealed by termination of the unexpected attack. <br /> <br /> ===== State of extreme danger ===== <br />''Article 53'' <br />(1) The Government shall declare a state of extreme danger and may adopt any extraordinary measure defined by a cardinal Act in the event of any natural disaster or industrial accident endangering life or property, or to mitigate the consequences. <br />(2) The Government may adopt decrees in a state of extreme danger to suspend the application of particular laws, to deviate from any statutory provision and to adopt any further extraordinary measure as defined by a cardinal Act. <br />(3) The government decree set out in Paragraph (2) shall remain effective for fifteen days, unless the Government extends the effect of such decree by authority of Parliament. <br />(4) The government decree shall be repealed by termination of the state of extreme danger. <br /> <br /> ===== Common rules for special legal orders ===== <br />''Article 54'' <br />(1) In a special legal order, the exercise of fundamental rights may be suspended or restricted beyond Article I(3), except for the fundamental rights set out in Articles II and III, and Article XXVIII(2)-(5). <br />(2) In a special legal order, the application of the Fundamental Law may not be suspended, and the operation of the Constitutional Court may not be restricted. <br />(3) Any special legal order shall be terminated by the organ entitled to introduce the special legal order if the conditions for its declaration no longer exist. <br />(4) The detailed rules for any special legal order shall be defined by a cardinal Act. <br /> <br /> ==== CLOSING PROVISIONS ==== <br />1. The Fundamental Law of Hungary shall take effect on 1 January 2012. <br />2. Parliament shall adopt the Fundamental Law pursuant to Sections 19(3)a) and 24(3) of Act XX of 1949. <br />3. Parliament shall adopt the temporary provisions related to this Fundamental Law in a special procedure defined in point 2. <br />4. The Government shall be obliged to submit to Parliament all bills required for the enforcement of the Fundamental Law. <br /> <br />{{c|{{larger|*}}}} <br />We, the Members of the Parliament elected on 25 April 2010, being aware of our responsibility before God and man and in exercise of our constitutional power, hereby adopt this to be the first unified Fundamental Law of Hungary. <br /> <br />{{c|{{larger|'''MAY THERE BE PEACE, FREEDOM AND ACCORD.'''}}}} <br /> {| width="100%" |- |width="33%"|{{c|''Dr. Pál Schmitt'' s. k.,<br/>{{smaller|President of the Republic}}}} |width="34%"| |width="33%"|{{c|''László Kövér'' s. k.,<br/>{{smaller|Speaker of the House}}}} |} {{translation license | original = {{PD-Hungary}} | translation = {{PD-Hungary}} }} [[Category:National constitutions|Hungary]] [[Category:Hungary]] nzz0m78m3xjju78fmcalnj59hqlxvtu Page:EB1922 - Volume 32.djvu/158 104 1373173 14127946 14076467 2024-04-25T14:39:43Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Htonl" />{{rh|{{size|xl|140}}|{{size|xl|{{uc|Power, Sir W. T.—Prices}}}}|}}</noinclude><section begin="Poultry" />In 1900 there were few colleges or experiment stations in America teaching poultry raising or experimenting with it. By 1920 all the states were teaching and most of them were doing experimental work. Colleges and experiment stations have been of great assistance to farmers and poultrymen in showing them better methods. Egg-laying contests have shown the value of breeding for high production and of strains rather than breeds so far as egg production is concerned. The first egg-laying contest in America was at Storrs, Conn., under the supervision of the Connecticut Agricultural College in 1911–2. There were more than 10 contests in the United States and 10 in Canada in 1921–2. The highest average production in any contest was obtained by the Western Washington Experiment Station at Puyallup, Wash., for the year 1920–21. The 365 birds in the contest averaged 214 eggs per hen. The pen of five single-comb White Leghorns which led the contest and made the American record layed 1,384 eggs or an average of 276.8 eggs per hen. During 1910–20 ornamental breeds and bantams so decreased that in 1921 few commercial breeds were maintained on a large scale. The chief breeds were White Leghorns, Barred Plymouth Rocks, Rhode Island Reds and White Wyandottes. There were also fairly large numbers of Anconas, Buff and White Orpingtons, Brown Leghorns, White Plymouth Rocks, Buff Wyandottes, Black Minorcas, Black Langshans and Light Brahmas. {{EB1911 fine print/s}} <div style="float:right; margin-left:1em"> {{c|{{sc|Table 8.}}—''U.S. Exports and Imports; Eggs (Shell) and Egg Products, Fiscal Years 1910–20''}} {| class="__frame_border rules_cols" cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 style="text-align: right" |- |style="border-bottom:1px solid black"| ||align=center style="border-bottom:1px solid black"| Exports ||align=center style="border-bottom:1px solid black"|Imports |- |&nbsp;1910&nbsp;||{{nowrap|&nbsp;$&ensp;1,264,043&nbsp;}}||{{nowrap|&nbsp;$&emsp;166,859&nbsp;}} |- |1915&nbsp;||5,083,825&nbsp;||1,236,889&nbsp; |- |1920&nbsp;||19,459,187&nbsp;||9,250,021&nbsp; |} </div> {{EB1911 fine print/e}} Table 8 shows that imports and exports of eggs and egg products greatly increased from 1910 to 1920, the imports more rapidly than the exports, so that the United States seemed likely to become on balance an importing nation. The exports for 1920 consisted largely of shell eggs and went to Cuba, Canada, Mexico, Panama, England and Scotland. A considerable proportion of the eggs that went to Canada replaced Canadian eggs shipped to England. As Canada has a grading law, its eggs were exported to better advantage. The imports were mostly egg products from the Orient, particularly from China. In 1920 the imports consisted of 1,348,383 dozen of shell eggs, of which over 70% came from the Orient. The egg products amounted to 24,091,098 pounds, of which over 90% came from the Orient. Beginning about 1918 the large packing and egg handling houses began establishing egg-breaking and packing facilities in China and South America, so that in 1921 the imports seemed likely to continue to increase for some years unless tariff changes affected conditions. {{EB1911 footer initials|Olney Brown Kent|O. B. K.}} <section end="Poultry" /> <section begin="Power" />'''{{uc|Power, Sir William Tyrone}}''' (1819–1911), British soldier and administrator (''see'' [[1911 Encyclopædia Britannica/Power, Tyrone|22.224]]), died July 24 1911. <section end="Power" /> <section begin="Poynter" />'''{{uc|Poynter, Sir Edward John,}}''' {{sc|Bart.}} (1836–1919), English painter (''see'' [[1911 Encyclopædia Britannica/Poynter, Sir Edward John|22.239]]), died in London July 26 1919. In 1919 he retired from the presidency of the Royal Academy, and was created K.C.V.O. <section end="Poynter" /> <section begin="Preece" />'''{{uc|Preece, Sir William Henry}}''' (1834–1913), British electrical engineer, was born in Wales Feb. 15 1834 and educated at King’s College, London. He became a civil engineer but in 1853 joined the Electric and International Telegraph Co., whence in 1869 he reverted to the civil service. In 1877 he was appointed electrician to the Post Office, in 1899 engineer-in-chief and, after his retirement, consulting engineer. He was a pioneer of wireless telegraphy and his early experiments are described in [[1911 Encyclopædia Britannica/Telegraph|26.530]]. He died at Penrhos, Carnarvon, Nov. 6 1913. <section end="Preece" /> <section begin="Pressensé" />'''{{uc|Pressensé, Francis de}}''' (1853–1914), French politician and man of letters, was born in Paris Sept. 30 1853, the son of Edmond de Pressensé (''see'' [[1911 Encyclopædia Britannica/Pressensé, Edmond Dehault de|22.299]]). He was educated at the Lyceé Bonaparte, and at school had a brilliant career, earning many distinctions. He served on General Chanzy’s staff during the war of 1870 and was taken prisoner at Le Mans, but after the war entered the public service. After a short period at the Ministry of Public Instruction, he entered the diplomatic service, and was appointed first secretary at Washington. In 1882 he returned to France and took up journalism. He was a contributor to many journals, including the ''Revue des Deux Mondes'' and the ''République Française'', and in 1888 became foreign editor of the ''Temps''. On the rise of the Dreyfus question (1895) de Pressensé identified himself with the cause of the prisoner. He wrote in support of General Picquart, and in consequence of his advocacy of Émile Zola's cause was struck off the roll of the Legion of Honour. This led to his resignation from the ''Temps'', and he came forward as a socialist politician, being in 1902 elected socialist deputy for the Rhone. He was prominent in the debates on the question of the separation of Church and State, and a bill brought in by him formed the basis of the one finally carried by M. Briand. He died in Paris Jan. 19 1914. {{EB1911 fine print|De Pressensé published many articles of the greatest interest in the ''Temps'', the ''Revue des Deux Mondes'', ''Aurore'' and ''Humanité''. He also produced ''Le Cardinal Manning'' (1896), an interesting study, and a work on Home Rule, ''L’Irlande et l’Anglelerre depuis l’acte d’union jusqu’à nos jours, 1800–1888'' (1889).}} <section end="Pressensé" /> <section begin="Pretoria" />'''{{uc|Pretoria}}''' (''see'' [[1911 Encyclopædia Britannica/Pretoria|22.309]]).—Pop. (1911), whites 35,942, coloured 18,732, total 54,674; in 1918, whites 41,690. About a mile from the centre of the town on a commanding position on the slopes of Meintjes Kop are the Union Government Buildings, the finest public offices in South Africa. They were built 1910–3, from the designs of Herbert Baker, at a cost of £1,800,000, and consist of three main portions; a large central semi-circular colonnaded building flanked east and west by rectangular blocks. At the junction of each wing with the central section is a domed tower 180 ft. high, and at the end of each wing is a projecting pillared pavilion. A feature of the building is the long low roof, with projecting eaves. The space enclosed by the building is laid out in terraces culminating in an open amphitheatre, in the centre of which is a stone rostrum. The buildings are of South African freestone, on a foundation of Transvaal granite. The laying out and planting of the terraced gardens was not completed until 1920. The principal approach lies 12 ft. below the main terrace, is 80 ft. wide and is planted with trees. Another road leads to the suburb of Bryntirion, where are Government House and the residences of ministers. The foundation stone of Government Buildings was laid in Nov. 1910 by the Duke of Connaught, and the first public ceremony in the amphitheatre of the building was held in 1915 to celebrate General Botha’s conquest of South-West Africa. In 1913 a statue of President Kruger was unveiled in the town. In April 1918 Pretoria became the headquarters of the newly created university of South Africa. One of its constituent colleges, the Transvaal University College (incorporated 1910), is situated in Pretoria. The State Library and Museum (built 1913) are in Market Street. The former Transvaal Government Buildings, facing Church Square, which is the business centre of the city, are used by the Provincial Council. The Law Courts (completed 1914) are on the north side of the square; the Post Office (completed 1912) faces Church Square and Church St. The municipality, which owns the sanitary, water, electric and tramway services, spent between 1902 and 1919 a sum of £1,675,000 on improvements, including the provision of a water sewerage system, electric tramways, parks, an open air swimming-bath and a golf course, reputed one of the best in South Africa. The rateable value of Pretoria in 1918 was £7,438,000, its revenue £366,000, and its indebtedness £1,716,000. <section end="Pretoria" /> <section begin="Prices" />'''{{uc|Prices.}}'''—In the following article, which should be read in connexion with those under {{EB1922 Article Link|Cost of Living}} and {{EB1922 Article Link|Wages}}, the changes in prices of commodities during the years 1910–20 are considered with special reference to the United Kingdom. An account of the American system for controlling prices in the United States is appended. (I.) ''Wholesale Prices in General.''—The movement of wholesale prices in general is measured by the method of index numbers. The prices of commodities for which definite market quotations for definite grades exist are selected as typical in their changes of prices in general, a year or longer period is chosen as base, the price of each commodity is equated to 100 at the base period and the price in other years expressed proportionately, such numbers being called price ratios. (Thus if the price of wheat in the base period was 60s. and in another year 45s., the price ratio in the latter year would be written as 75.) Then ''either'' factors are chosen expressing the relative importance of the commodities as {{hyphenated word start|deter|determined}}<section end="Prices" /><noinclude></noinclude> p0tovr7ydqt8c8k1eyk2i1f6b0e1crm Page:EB1922 - Volume 32.djvu/288 104 1373321 14127955 14076468 2024-04-25T14:45:06Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Htonl" />{{rh|{{size|xl|270}}|{{size|xl|{{uc|Rhodesia}}}}|}}</noinclude>''Inhabitants.''—At the census of May 3 1921 the white inhabitants of Southern Rhodesia numbered 33,621,<ref>The figures for 1921 are the unaudited return.</ref> compared with 23,606 in 1911 and 12,596 in 1904. In 1921 males numbered 18,987 and females 14,634. The increase per cent, in the male pop. in the 10 years was 21.87, that of the female pop. 82.23. The natives in 1921 numbered 845,593, compared with 744,559 in 1911 and 591,493 in 1904. Asiatics in 1921 numbered 1,250 and the coloured pop. 1,997. Salisbury and Bulawayo, the chief towns, had in 1921 a white pop. of 5,654 and 6,830 respectively. Gwelo (white pop. 1,148) and Umtali (white pop. 1,874) were made municipalities in 1914, and Gatooma was made a municipality in 1917. All these places have most of the amenities of European towns. In Northern Rhodesia the white in 1911 numbered about 1,500, and in May 1921 3,585, of whom 2,223 were males and 1,326 females. A considerable proportion of the white residents are officials and missionaries and their families. The native pop. in 1920 was estimated at 928,000. ''Communication.''—Little was done during 1910–21 to extend communication in Rhodesia itself, but from Sakania on the Rhodesian-Belgian Congo frontier the railway was continued through Katanga with the result that the valuable mineral output of that region was carried over the Rhodesian lines. The completion of the line from Zeerust (Transvaal) to Mafeking (Cape province) shortened the distance between Rhodesian stations and Johannesburg by 250 miles and enabled Durban to compete for the Rhodesian trade. On the completion in 1913 of the line through the northern Transvaal to the Limpopo at Messina, proposals were made to bridge the gap left—some 130 m.—between the Union railways and the West Nicholson branch of the Rhodesian system. As the bridging of the gap would place Lourenço Marques as closely in touch with Bulawayo as is Beira (its existing port), there was much opposition from interested parties to the building of the line and construction had not begun in 1921. Among other projects the most important was the so-called Sinoia-Kafue cut-off, to give Salisbury and Beira a much shorter line to Northern Rhodesia and Katanga. The line in 1921 had been built as far as Sinoia only. In south-eastern Rhodesia the branch line from Gwelo had been extended to Victoria. There was a good deal of road-making, the largest piece of work being the cutting of a road—400 m. long—through the bush from Broken Hill to Lake Tanganyika. This was done for military reasons during the campaign in German East Africa. In 1919 aerodromes were made at Bulawayo and other stations on the Cairo-Cape route. For the year ended Sept. 30 1919 the report of the Rhodesian Railways Ltd. showed that the gross revenue was £1,058,000; expenditure £568,000 and net earnings £490,000. For the year ended Sept. 30 1910 the corresponding figures were £789,990, £362,000 and £427,000 respectively. The gross revenue of the Beira-Salisbury and Kalomo-Broken Hill sections of the Mashonaland Railway Co. for 1918–9 was £647,000; expenditure £367,000 and net earnings £280,000, compared with £502,000, £184,000 and £317,000 respectively in the year ended Sept. 30 1910. ''Agriculture.''—At the end of 1919 the area under crops, excluding vegetable gardens and land cultivated by the natives for their own benefit, in Southern Rhodesia was 215,276 ac.,of which 177,470 ac. were under maize. In 1911 the area under crops was 132,105 acres. The production of wheat increased in Mashonaland, the quantity produced in 1919 (13,432 bags) being double the amount of the output five years previously. Tobacco became one of the principal crops, the production of leaf in 1919–20 being about 2,500,000 pounds. Cotton-growing had not got beyond the experimental stage in 1921. The citrus industry made headway and considerable quantities of oranges, etc., are now exported. Over 6,000 boxes were shipped to the United Kingdom in 1920. The Mazoe dam, which has an effective storage capacity in a normal season, after allowing for evaporation, of 4,000,000,000 gal., was completed in March 1920. This dam enables sufficient water to be stored for the irrigation of 6,000 ac. with 2½ ft. per annum. Cattle-breeding in the decade 1911–21 became one of the leading industries of Rhodesia. By the importation of pedigree bulls the native breed was steadily improved. In 1919 29,510 head of cattle was exported by rail or on the hoof to the cold-storage works in the Union or to Portuguese East Africa and the Belgian Congo. By the end of 1919 the number of cattle owned by Europeans (673,431) exceeded the number belonging to the natives. In 1910 the total (European and native owned) was 371,000. The Liebig Co. acquired extensive ranching areas. In Northern Rhodesia maize and tobacco are the principal crops; wheat was grown under irrigation. Experimental work in the cultivation of wheat and other cereals, fodder plants, fruit and forest trees, fibres and in the investigation of plant diseases was carried on at the Chilanga estate of the B. S. A. Company. Orange-growing was started and a small quantity of cotton grown in the Fort Jameson district adjoining Nyasaland. Large areas of wild rubber exist. Cattle ranching became popular, a good market being found in Katanga for slaughter beasts. Except for the settlement at Fort Jameson, the white residents are mostly concentrated along the railway line from the Victoria Falls to Katanga. ''Mining.''—Gold is now found in a large variety of formations, including quartz, schists, granite, sandstones, banded ironstones, conglomerates and dolorite.<ref>The Geological Survey of Southern Rhodesia showed that the majority of the productive gold-mines do not lie in the “schist belt,” as previously supposed, but occur in a peculiar granite mass, known as the Mont d’Or granite. Important chrome iron-ore deposits occur in a mass of serpentine and talc-schist, which is related to the Mont d’Or granite in structure and probably in origin. The two masses together, according to the Director of the Geological Survey, Mr. H. B. Maufe (formerly of the Geological Survey of the United Kingdom), constitute an important plutonic complex, which had remained unrecognized until then. The result of the mapping by the Survey was to give a view of the nature of the mineral field totally different from that generally held. </ref> The value of the output steadily increased from £2,566,000 in 1910 to £3,895,000 in 1916, when the yield in ounces was 930,356. The effects of the World War, increased working costs and labour difficulties then brought about a decline and the value of the output had fallen in 1919 to £2,499,000. In 1920 the value of the output went up to £3,056,000, though the yield measured by weight (552,497 oz.) was 40,725 oz. less than in 1919, the rise in value being due to the premiums obtained on sales of gold in 1920. The silver output reached its highest level (211,989 oz.) in 1917 and this was also the case with coal (584,954 tons) and copper (3,911 tons). The largest output of chrome iron ore (88,871 tons) was in 1916. After the end of the World War production was considerably reduced. Asbestos is becoming an important industry, the chief mines being in the Bulawayo and Victoria districts. The output rose from 55 tons in 1908 to 18,823 tons in 1920. Valuable mica deposits are being worked in the Sinoia district, the output in 1920 being 97 tons. Small shipments realized up to 6co per ton. Arsenic (1920, 437 tons) and tungsten (1920, 17 tons) are worked. The output and value of the principal minerals of Southern Rhodesia in 1920 were as follows:—Gold 552,497 oz. (£3,056,549); silver 158,982 oz. (£58,178); copper 3,109 tons (£333,111); chrome iron 60,269 tons (£245,378); coal 578,492 tons (£252,000); asbestos 18,823 tons (£459,572). The total value of mineral production in Southern Rhodesia up to the end of 1920 was £56,164,325. ''Northern Rhodesia.''—The chief mining centres in Northern Rhodesia are Broken Hill (lead and zinc) and Bwana Mkubwa, near the Congo border (copper). The mineral production in 1920 was as follows, the figures for 1916 being given in parentheses for purposes of comparison:—Gold 569 oz. (719 oz.), value £2,998 (£2,980) ; silver 5,583 oz. (8,777 oz), value £706 (£877); copper 145 tons (1,298 tons), value £7,601 (39,362); lead 16,345 tons (1,392 tons), value £335,000 (£25,121). Up to Dec. 31 1913 13,156 tons of zinc ore, valued at £84,577, had been produced. Mining for this ore then ceased. The total value of the mineral production of the northern territory to Dec. 31 1920 was £1,534,000. ''Commerce.''—Bacon-making, oil-crushing and soap-making, cheese-making and meat-canning, in addition to creameries and tobacco factories and flour-mills, are established. The following table shows the value of the imports and exports of Southern Rhodesia (exclusive of specie and goods reëxported) in 1910, 1915 and 1919. {| class="__frame_border rules_cols" cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 {{ts|mc|font-size: 90%}} |- | |{{ts|ac}}|Imports |{{ts|ac}}|Exports |- |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |- |{{nowrap|&nbsp;1910&ensp;}}||{{nowrap|&ensp;£2,786,000&nbsp;}}||{{nowrap|&ensp;£2,812,000&nbsp;}} |- |&nbsp;1915 ||{{ts|ar}}| 2,949,000&nbsp; ||{{ts|ar}}| 4,536,000&nbsp; |- |&nbsp;1919 ||{{ts|ar}}| 4,500,000&nbsp; ||{{ts|ar}}| 4,432,000&nbsp; |} In Northern Rhodesia the value of imports increased from £168,000 in 1911 to £424,000 in 1919. Exports in 1911 were valued at £107,000 and in 1919 at £452,000. ''Revenue.''—For the year ended March 31 1911 the revenue of Southern Rhodesia was £773,000 and expenditure £752,000. In 1918–9 the revenue amounted to £961,000 and the expenditure was £858,000. The chief items on the revenue side of the account were: customs duty £298,000; native tax £238,000; posts and telegraphs £100,000; stamps and licences £59,000; income-tax and excess-profits tax £60,000. For the year ending March 31 1920 the revenue was £1,031,000, the expenditure £1,061,000. The revenue of Northern Rhodesia for the year ended March 31 1912 was £116,000, expenditure being £190,000. In 1919–20 the revenue was £169,000 and expenditure £260,000. Native tax produced (1918–9) £83,000 and customs duty £36,000. ''Education.''—In Southern Rhodesia in 1919 public expenditure on education was £125,000, the sum of £39,000 being received from fees. At the end of that year there were 77 public schools open, with 4,775 pupils. There are schools of domestic science at Bulawayo and Salisbury. There were 670 native schools, with 38,284 pupils, conducted by missionary bodies, receiving grants in aid. In Northern Rhodesia in March 1920 European children attending Government schools numbered 222. The Administration established boarding-houses at three centres. ''Native Affairs.''—No radical change was made in the system of native administration in Southern Rhodesia during 1910–21. The office of Secretary of Native Affairs was filled by the administrator and in each district a commissioner was appointed to direct and protect the natives. The conduct of the white settlers and of the Chartered Co. towards the natives was the subject of strict scrutiny.<noinclude> {{rule}}{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> ogcvuf9d1rj23d3c52lb12xz7jsebt3 Page:EB1911 - Volume 19.djvu/930 104 1389312 14130514 12486024 2024-04-26T03:18:47Z DivermanAU 522506 /* Validated */ en-dash for date ranges; add some non-break spaces; adjust Shoulder Headings proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="DivermanAU" />{{rh|{{x-larger|896  }}|{{x-larger|NUMISMATICS}}|[MEDIEVAL AND}}</noinclude><section begin="part1" />although the officials who introduced them doubtless knew they could do so with impunity. As times goes on the Christian emblems become more popular; on a coin of Constantius&nbsp;II. we find Victory crowning the emperor, who holds the standard of the cross; the inscription is HOC SIGNO VICTOR ERIS. Another type of the same reign is the Christian monogram flanked by ''alpha'' and ''omega''. Under Julian there is a temporary recrudescence of pagan types; with the revival of Christianity monotony of type sets in. {{fine block|The art of Roman imperial coins, although far inferior to that of Greek, is well worthy of study in its best ages, for its intrinsic merit, for its illustration of contemporary sculpture, and on account of the influence it exercised on medieval and modern art. On the whole the finest work is produced under Augustus, when the portraits still betray a certain refinement of imagination in the artists. Some of it reflects the beauty of Roman monumental sculpture in relief of the time, whether that sculpture be regarded as the work of Greeks or of purely Roman artists. The most vigorous portraiture is perhaps found under the Flavians. Under the Antonines, although still striking and powerful, the portraits lost in subtlety and from the time of Commodus there is a rapid decline. The age of Diocletian and Constantine shows a well-meant but hopeless attempt at revival of art. In spite of its defects, the fact that many of the greatest medallists of the Renaissance drew their inspiration from the art of imperial coins shows that it had many good qualities, of which the chief was an honest directness of effort. The realism in which this resulted is perhaps best seen in the portraits of Nero, the growth of whose bad passions may be seen in the increasing brutality of his features and expression. The medallion series is full of charming subjects, though when they have been treated by Greek artists of earlier ages the contrast is trying; the most satisfactory are the representations of older statues; the purely new compositions are either poor inventions, or have a theatrical air that removes them from the province of good art.}} <section end="part1" /> <section begin="part2" />{{csc|III. Medieval and Later Coins of Europe}} The period of the medieval and later coins of Europe must be considered to begin about the time of the fall of the Western empire, so that its length to the present day is about 1400 years. It is impossible to separate the medieval and later coins, either in the entire class, because the time of change varies, or in each group, since there are usually pieces indicative of transition which display characteristics of both periods. The clearest division of the subject is to place the Byzantine coinage first, then to notice the characteristics of its descendants, and lastly to sketch the monetary history of each country. The coinage of the present day, however, having certain definite characteristics, may be dealt with separately. The Byzantine money is usually held to begin in the reign of Anastasius ({{asc|A.D.}}&nbsp;491–518, Pl.&nbsp;III. fig.&nbsp;6). The coinage is always in the three metals, but the silver money is rare, and was probably struck in small quantities. At first both the gold and the silver are fine, but towards the close of the empire they are much alloyed. The gold coin {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingSmall|Byzantine empire.}} is the solidus of Constantine, with its half and its third, the so-called semissis and tremissis. The Byzantine solidus (''besant'') had an enormous vogue throughout the middle ages, being the chief gold coin until the introduction of the Italian gold in the 13th century. The chief silver coin was the miliarision, and a smaller coin, the siliqua or keration. Under Heraclius (610–641) the hexagram or double miliarision was first coined. The silver money of the restored Greek empire is obscure. In 498 Anastasius introduced a new copper coinage, bearing on the reverse, at his time, the following indexes of value as the main type: '''M''', '''K''', '''I''' and '''E''', 40&nbsp;nummi, 20, 10 and 5. These coins bear beneath the indexes the abbreviated name of the place of issue. Justinian&nbsp;I. added the regnal year in {{asc|A.D.}}&nbsp;538, his twelfth year. The money of this class presents extraordinary variations of weight, which indicate the condition of the imperial finances. The Alexandrian coins of this class begin under Anastasius and end with the capture of the city by the Arabs. They have two denominations, '''IB''' and '''S''', and '''{{Greek|Γ}}''' or 12, 6 and 3 denarii, and there is an isolated variety of Justinian with '''{{Greek|ΛΓ}}'''(33). The Alexandrian bronze never lost its weight, while that of the empire generally fell, and thus some of the pieces of Heraclius, while associated with his sons Heraclius Constantinus and Heraclonas, have the double index '''IB''' and '''M'''. Under Basil&nbsp;I. the bronze money <!-- column 2 --> appears to have been reformed, but the absence of indexes of value makes the whole later history of the coinage in this metal very difficult. There was one curious change in the aspect of the money. Early in the 11th century the solidus begins to assume a cup-shaped form, and this subsequently became the shape of the whole coinage except the smaller bronze pieces. These novel coins are called nummi scyphati. The types, except when they refer simply to the sovereign, are of a religious and consequently of a Christian character. This feeling increases to the last. Thus, on the obverse of the earlier coins the emperors are represented alone, but from about the 10th century they are generally portrayed as aided or supported by some sacred personage or saint. On the reverses of the oldest coins we have such types as a Victory holding a cross (other personifications all but disappear), but on those of later ones a representation of Our Saviour or of the Virgin Mary. Christ first appears on a coin of about {{asc|A.D.}}&nbsp;450, where He is represented marrying Pulcheria to Marcian. He does not appear again until the end of the 7th century, when His bust is introduced by Justinian&nbsp;II. It was perhaps this type, so offensive to Mahommedan feeling, that caused the Caliph Abdalmalik to initiate the Mussulman coinage. From the 9th century Christ appears in various forms on the coins; about 900 we find the Virgin; a few years later saints begin to appear. A remarkable type was introduced by Michael&nbsp;VIII., Palaeologus, who recovered Constantinople from the Latins in 1261, and issued coins with the Virgin standing in the midst of the walls of the city. The principal inscriptions for a long period almost invariably relate to the sovereign, and express his name and titles. The secondary inscriptions of the earlier coins indicate the town at which the piece was struck, and, in the case of the larger bronze pieces, the year of the emperor's reign is also given. From about the 10th century there are generally two principal inscriptions, the one relating to the emperor and the other to the sacred figure of the reverse, in the form of a prayer. The secondary inscriptions at the same time are descriptive, and are merely abbreviations of the names or titles of the sacred personages near the representations of whom they are placed. From the time of Alexius&nbsp;I. (Comnenus) the principal inscriptions are almost disused, and descriptive ones alone given. These are nearly always abbreviations, like the secondary ones of the earlier period. The language of the inscriptions was at first Latin with a partial use of Greek; about the time of Heraclius Greek began to take its place on a rude class of coins, probably local; by the 9th century Greek inscriptions occur in the regular coinage; and at the time of Alexius&nbsp;I. Latin wholly disappears. The Greek inscriptions are remarkable for their orthography, which indicates the changes of the language. In the 11th century we notice a few metrical inscriptions, the forerunners of verse-mottoes on later coins. Of the art of these coins little need be said. It has its importance in illustrating contemporary ecclesiastical art, but is generally inferior to it both in design and in execution. It is noticeable that from the beginning of the Byzantine period the facing representation of the bust begins to be popular, and that from the time of Justinian (6th&nbsp;century) onwards the profile practically disappears from the coinage. The last Byzantine gold coin (a piece of John&nbsp;V., 1341–1391) shows a figure of John the Baptist imitated from the Florentine coinage. Besides the regular series of the Byzantine empire, in which we include the money assigned to the Latin emperors of Constantinople, there are several cognate groups connected with it, either because of their similarity, or because the sovereigns were of the imperial houses. There are the coinages of the barbarians to be next noticed, and the money {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingSmall|Cognate groups.}} of the emperors of Nicaea, of Thessalonica and of Trebizond. The last group consists of small silver pieces, which were prized for their purity; they were called Comnenian white-money (<span title="áspra Komnḗnata">{{Greek|ἄσπρα Κομνήνατα}}</span>), the princes of Trebizond having sprung from the illustrious family of the Comneni. The coinage of the other states of the West falls into well-defined periods, which have been distinguished as (1)&nbsp;transitional period, from Roman to true medieval coinage, from the fall<section end="part2" /><noinclude></noinclude> 7flvt0756uyjug1y0xnreifgcpsolf7 Page:Internal Security Act 1982 South Africa.pdf/49 104 1436865 14127881 14092697 2024-04-25T14:13:29Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Htonl" />{{rh|{{smaller|{{uc|Government Gazette, 9 June 1982}}}}||{{smaller|No. 8232&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;97}}}} {{rule|100%|height=1px}} {{rh||{{smaller|{{uc|Internal Security Act, 1982}}}}|{{smaller|'''Act No. 74, 1982.'''}}}}</noinclude><section begin="sch1"/>{{anchor|sch1}}{{c|{{larger|'''Schedule 1'''}}}} {{c|{{sc|Laws Repealed}}}} {|class="__schedule" |- !No. and year of law !Short title !Extent of repeal |- |Act No. 44 of 1950 |[[Internal Security Act, 1950]] |The whole, except section 17''bis'' |- |Act No. 50 of 1951 |[[Suppression of Communism Amendment Act, 1951]] |The whole |- |Act No. 8 of 1953 |[[Criminal Law Amendment Act, 1953]] |The whole |- |Act No. 15 of 1954 |[[Riotous Assemblies and Suppression of Communism Amendment Act, 1954]] |So much as is unrepealed |- |Act No. 17 of 1956 |[[Riotous Assemblies Act, 1956]] |Sections 1 to 9, inclusive, and sections 19 and 20 |- |Act No. 34 of 1960 |[[Unlawful Organizations Act, 1960]] |The whole |- |Act No. 39 of 1961 |[[General Law Amendment Act, 1961]] |Sections 6 and 7 |- |Act No. 76 of 1962 |[[General Law Amendment Act, 1962]] |Sections 1 to 15, inclusive, and sections 19, 20 and 21 |- |Act No. 37 of 1963 |[[General Law Amendment Act, 1963]] |Sections 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 14, 15, 16 and 17 |- |Act No. 80 of 1964 |[[General Law Amendment Act, 1964]] |Sections 14, 15 and 16 |- |Act No. 97 of 1965 |[[Suppression of Communism Amendment Act, 1965]] |The whole |- |Act No. 8 of 1966 |[[Suppression of Communism Amendment Act, 1966]] |The whole |- |Act No. 62 of 1966 |[[General Law Amendment Act, 1966]] |Sections 3, 4, 5, 6 and 22 |- |Act No. 24 of 1967 |[[Suppression of Communism Amendment Act, 1967]] |The whole |- |Act No. 83 of 1967 |[[Terrorism Act, 1967]] |The whole, except section 7 |- |Act No. 102 of 1967 |[[General Law Amendment Act, 1967]] |Section 6 |- |Act No. 70 of 1968 |[[General Law Amendment Act, 1968]] |Section 36 |- |Act No. 34 of 1969 |[[Abolition of Juries Act, 1969]] |Section 34 |- |Act No. 101 of 1969 |[[General Law Amendment Act, 1969]] |Section 29 |- |Act No. 92 of 1970 |[[General Law Further Amendment Act, 1970]] |Section 15 |- |Act No. 2 of 1972 |[[Suppression of Communism Amendment Act, 1972]] |The whole |- |Act No. 102 of 1972 |[[General Law Amendment Act, 1972]] |Section 25 |- |Act No. 30 of 1974 |[[Riotous Assemblies Amendment Act, 1974]] |Sections 1 to 8, inclusive, and section 11 |- |Act No. 94 of 1974 |[[Second General Law Amendment Act, 1974]] |Section 1 |- |Act No. 57 of 1975 |[[General Law Amendment Act, 1975]] |Section 13 |- |Act No. 79 of 1976 |[[Internal Security Amendment Act, 1976]] |The whole, except sections 10, 13 and 14 |- |Act No. 91 of 1977 |[[Lower Courts Amendment Act, 1977]] |Sections 14, 15 and 16 |- |Act No. 79 of 1978 |[[Criminal Procedure Matters Amendment Act, 1978]] |Section 1 |} <section end="sch1"/> <section begin="sch2"/>{{anchor|sch2}}{{c|{{larger|'''Schedule 2'''}}}} {{c|{{uc|Offences a conviction of which may, if certain additional circumstances are present, render a person subject to action against him in terms of section 18 (1) ''(b)'', 19 (1) ''(b)'', 20 ''(b)'' or 28 (1) ''(c)''}}}} <div style="text-indent:1.5em"> Sedition. Any other common law offence, the circumstances pertaining to the commission of which in the opinion of the Minister relate to or are connected with activities which endangered or could have endangered the secur­ity of the State or the maintenance of law and order. Any offence referred to in section [[#s54|54]], [[#s55|55]] or [[#s56|56]] of this Act. Any offence referred to in section 11 ''(a)'', ''(b)'', ''(b)bis'', ''(b)ter'', ''(c)'', ''(d)'', ''(d)bis'' or ''(d)ter'' of the [[Internal Security Act, 1950]] (Act No. 44 of 1950), or that Act as applied by any other law. Any offence referred to in section 21 of the [[General Law Amendment Act, 1962]] (Act No. 76 of 1962). Any offence referred to in section 2 or 3 of the [[Terrorism Act, 1967]] (Act No. 83 of 1967). Any conspiracy, incitement or attempt to commit any of the above-mentioned offences. Treason. </div> {{nop}}<section end="sch2"/><noinclude></noinclude> 3gw307c7eudeqfouswqnxel27ecod5c Page:The Spirit of the Age.djvu/79 104 1445211 14131195 13833323 2024-04-26T07:56:23Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Chrisguise" />{{rh||MR. COLERIDGE.|71}}</noinclude>and wedded with truth in [[Author:Plato|Plato's]] shade, and in the writings of [[Author:Proclus|Proclus]] and [[Author:Plotinus|Plotinus]] saw the ideas of things in the eternal mind, and unfolded all mysteries with the Schoolmen and fathomed the depths of [[Author:John Duns Scotus|Duns Scotus]] and [[Author:Thomas Aquinas|Thomas Aquinas]], and entered the third heaven with [[Author:Jakob Böhme|Jacob Behmen]], and walked hand in hand with [[Author:Emanuel Swedenborg|Swedenborg]] through the pavilions of the New Jerusalem, and sung his faith in the promise and in the word in his ''Religious Musings''—and lowering himself from that dizzy height, poised himself on [[Author:John Milton|Milton's]] wings, and spread out his thoughts in charity with the glad prose of [[Author:Jeremy Taylor|Jeremy Taylor]], and wept over [[Author:William Lisle Bowles|Bowles's]] Sonnets, and studied [[Author:William Cowper (1731-1800)|Cowper's]] blank verse, and betook himself to [[Author:James Thomson (1700-1748)|Thomson's]] [[The Castle of Indolence|Castle of Indolence]], and sported with the wits of Charles the Second's days and of Queen Anne, and relished [[Author:Jonathan Swift|Swift's]] style and that of the John Bull ({{errata|Arburthnot's|[[Author:John Arbuthnot|Arbuthnot's]]|Page:The Spirit of the Age.djvu/8|Errata|mark=yellow}} we mean, not Mr. Croker's) and dallied with the British Essayists and Novelists, and knew all qualities of more modern writers with a learned spirit, [[Author:Samuel Johnson (1709-1784)|Johnson]], and [[Author:Oliver Goldsmith|Goldsmith]], and [[Author:Junius|Junius]], and [[Author:Edmund Burke|Burke]], and [[Author:William Godwin|Godwin]], and the [[The Works of J. W. von Goethe/Volume 6/The Sorrows of Young Werther|Sorrows of Werter]], and [[Author:Jean-Jacques Rousseau|Jean Jacques Rousseau]], and [[Author:Voltaire|Voltaire]], and [[Author:Pierre de Marivaux de Marivaux|Marivaux]], and [[w:Claude Prosper Jolyot de Crébillon|Crebillon]], and thousands more—now "laughed with [[Author:François Rabelais|Rabelais]] in his easy chair" or pointed to Ho-<noinclude>{{smallrefs}} ''Errata'' {{smallrefs|group="errata"}}</noinclude> k5j2dvgkfeortvtwgqzd3bnpobj26pe User:Yodin 2 1448775 14127811 14127617 2024-04-25T13:27:08Z Yodin 174939 /* Proofread */ +missing " wikitext text/x-wiki ==Projects== === Create === * Authors of ''Lays and Legends of Germany'' ([[Index talk:Lays and Legends of Germany (1834).djvu|list]]) {{ssl|Lays and Legends of Germany (1834).djvu}} * Authors of ''The Twelve Nights'' ([[Index talk:The Twelve Nights (1831).djvu|list]]) {{ssl|The Twelve Nights (1831).djvu}} * Authors of Sinclair's ''The Decameron of the West'' (<s>[[Index talk:The Decameron of the West (1839).djvu|list]]</s>, [[Index:The Decameron of the West (1839).djvu|index]]: identify whether Arthur Sinclair is a pseudonym, and if they were the sole translator/author: maybe publisher's records will help) * Authors of ''Foreign Tales and Traditions'' ([[Talk:Foreign Tales and Traditions|list]]: worth checking the sources of the stories attributed to Gottschalck) {{ssl|Foreign Tales and Traditions (Volume 1).djvu|Foreign Tales and Traditions (Volume 2).djvu}} * Authors of Roscoe's ''The German Novelists'' ([[Talk:The German Novelists|list]]: check the sources of the stories from Gottschalck and the Grimms; create translations/versions pages for each of the volume 1 stories, which should be added to the relevant portals/disambig pages for Faust/Reynard/Eulenspiegel, etc. [check WhatLinksHere pages to see where these translations have been linked]; find sources of Roscoe's introductions to each author/work and create pages for them, as well as adding to the "Works about ..." sections of the author pages) {{ssl|The German Novelists (Volume 1).djvu|The German Novelists (Volume 2).djvu|The German Novelists (Volume 3).djvu|The German Novelists (Volume 4).djvu}} * Wikipedia articles for all [[wikipedia:WP:GNG|GNG]] notable story authors and translators, with Wikisource link templates for all that have transcluded works ([[Index talk:Popular Tales and Romances of the Northern Nations (Volume 1).djvu|1]], [[Index talk:German Stories (Volumes 1–2).djvu|2]], [[Index talk:Terrible Tales; German.djvu|3]], [[Index talk:The Decameron of the West (1839).djvu|4]], [[Talk:The German Novelists|5]], [[Talk:Specimens of German Romance|6]], [[Talk:Foreign Tales and Traditions|7]], [[Index talk:Gleanings from Germany (1839).djvu|8]], [[Index talk:Tales of the Wild and the Wonderful (1825).djvu|9]]) * Publisher portals for all Indexes I've made * Versions pages for each translation that's been reprinted, with {{tl|esl}}s for each reprint * Add mini biographies from the above to "Works about [...]" on the Author pages ===Upload=== * All [[Author:Carl Gottlieb Samuel Heun|Carl Gottlieb Samuel Heun]] translations * Some/all translations of "[[Die Bohne]]" * Freischütz opera translations: {{ssl|Der Freischütz (The Free-Shooter); A Lyric Folk-Drama (1849).djvu}} ** ''Der Freischutz; or, a Good Cast for a Piece'', a burlesque by F. C. Burnand (1870) {{esl|1=https://books.google.com/books?id=HdZZAAAAcAAJ}} ** "Hunters’ Chorus" translated by [[Author:Charles Timothy Brooks|Charles Timothy Brooks]] (1863) {{esl|1=https://books.google.com/books?id=YhP9Pl5xNSoC&pg=PA333}} * Magazine uploads for the above (check if these magazines are the first known publications of these translations): ** [[Ackermann’s Repository of Arts]]: Clauren (1821); Clauren (1821–22); [https://books.google.com/books?id=BEkFAAAAQAAJ&pg=PA131 Freischütz] (1824) ** [[w:Dublin University Magazine|Dublin University Magazine]]: [https://books.google.com/books?id=GNoEAAAAQAAJ&pg=PA46 Miltitz] (1848) ** The Mirror of Literature, Amusement, and Instruction: two of [[Author:Mary Diana Dods|Mary Diana Dods]]' poems (search for "lord of liberty, hath set me free"); not the first editions of these poems, so create versions pages for them ** The Literary Gazette: [https://archive.org/details/sim_literary-gazette_1819-05-01_119/page/286 John Murray's letter to the editor of the Literary Gazette, saying that The Vampyre wasn't by Byron] ** <s>All the Year Round: s2v8 (Sept 1872) [https://books.google.com/books?id=fHzNAAAAMAAJ&pg=PA400 Freischutz] (pp. 400–403) ([[Index:All the Year Round - Series 2 - Volume 8.pdf]] isn't a great scan, and has missing pages that need to be fixed, etc.; might be better to find a higher quality scan instead and upload it as a djvu; n.b. no high quality scans found: pdf fixed instead)</s> * First edition of all volumes of [[Author:Thomas Carlyle|Thomas Carlyle]]'s ''German Romance'' (1827) ** Subsequent reprints often miss out some of the stories from this edition (e.g. Hoffmann etc.) ** Add versions pages for all of his translations, to allow correct year of first publication in all cases where these are linked to on author pages etc. *** These should include ssls for both UK and US versions index pages of Carlyle's complete works * Relevant editions of [[Author:William Combe|William Combe]]'s ''Letters of the Late Lord Lyttleton'' ** especially the first edition, but also any other ones if they are more likely to have been read by M.G. Lewis for his Diodati ghost stories ** where did Lewis get the story of Miles Andrews seeing Lyttleton's ghost? ===Proofread=== * "[[The Vampyre/Account of Lord Byron's Residence, &c.|Lord Byron’s Residence in the Island of Mitylene]]" (3 pages) {{ssl|The New Monthly Magazine and Universal Register - Volume 010.djvu}} * Byron's letter to ''Galignani's Messenger'', denying writing ''The Vampyre'' (1 page) {{ssl|Galignani's Messenger (number 1334, 29 May 1819).pdf}} * "[[Kriegerische Abenteuer eines Friedfertigen|Warlike Adventures of a Peaceful Man]]" (14 pages) {{ssl|Godey's Magazine and Lady's Book (volume 30, January–June 1845).djvu}} * All "[[The Spectre-Barber|Stumme Liebe]]" translations {{ssl|Popular Tales and Romances of the Northern Nations (Volume 2).djvu|The German Novelists (Volume 3).djvu|The Decameron of the West (1839).djvu}} * All "[[Der Freischütz]]" translations {{ssl|Tales of the Wild and the Wonderful (1825).djvu|Foreign Tales and Traditions (Volume 2).djvu|Der Freischütz (The Free-Shooter); A Lyric Folk-Drama (1849).djvu}} * "The Silver Lady" (34 pages; pp. 159–192) {{ssl|The Keepsake for 1838.djvu}} * "The Vampire Knight and his Cloud Steed" (28 pages; 242–269) {{ssl|The Keepsake for 1838.djvu}} * "[[The Scots Magazine/Volume 94/November 1824/The Twelve Nights|The Twelve Nights]]" (create [[The Scots Magazine/Volume 94/November 1824|issue]], with TOC & front matter) {{ssl|The Scots Magazine and Edinburgh Literary Miscellany (vol 94, 1824).djvu}} * "[[The London Magazine/1820–1829/Series 1/Volume 8/November/The King of Hayti|The King of Hayti]]" and "[[Mr. Schnackenberger; or, Two Masters for One Dog]]" (fix chapter heading spacing) * "[[The Vampyre (Polidori)|The Vampyre]]" (compare texts) * "[[The Defier of Ghosts]]" (check manuscript) * "[[Blackwood's Magazine/Volume 20/Issue 114/The Owl|The Owl]]", "[[Blackwood's Magazine/Volume 10/Issue 58/The Mount of Olives|The Mount of Olives]]", "[[Blackwood's Magazine/Volume 20/Issue 115/My Transmogrifications|My Transmogrifications]]" (add volume and issue) * "A Tale of Allhallow E’en" (5 pages) {{ssl|The New Monthly Belle Assemblée (Volume 21, 1844).djvu}} * "[[Hallow-E’en (Mayne)|Hallow-E’en]]" by [[Author:John Mayne (1759-1836)|John Mayne]] (1 page) {{esl|https://archive.org/details/sim_edinburgh-weekly-magazine_1780-11-23_50/page/n18}} * "[[Halloween]]" (pp. 45–49) and "Tam Glen" (p. 217) by [[Author:Robert Burns (1759-1796)|Robert Burns]] {{ssl|The poetical works of Robert Burns.djvu}} * "Singular Adventure" an 1824 ghost story set at the end of October (5 pages; pp. 585–589) {{ssl|The Scots Magazine and Edinburgh Literary Miscellany (vol 94, 1824).djvu}} ** Either a revision, or another translation of the same story, was published as "A Tale of Mystery" in ''The Literary Magnet'', vol 4, 1825 (6 pages; pp. 145–150) {{ssl|The Literary Magnet 1825 vol 4.djvu}} * "The Wehr Wolf" (3 pages; pp. 241–243) {{ssl|Lays and Legends of Germany (1834).djvu}} * "The Haunted House" (7, 5, 6, 2, 6, 4, 17, 1 pages) {{ssl|All the Year Round - Series 1 - Volume 2.djvu}} * [https://www.isfdb.org/cgi-bin/adv_search_results.cgi?USE_1=title_title&O_1=contains&TERM_1=hallow&C=AND&USE_2=title_title&O_2=exact&TERM_2=&USE_3=title_title&O_3=exact&TERM_3=&USE_4=title_title&O_4=exact&TERM_4=&USE_5=title_title&O_5=exact&TERM_5=&USE_6=title_title&O_6=exact&TERM_6=&USE_7=title_title&O_7=exact&TERM_7=&USE_8=title_title&O_8=exact&TERM_8=&USE_9=title_title&O_9=exact&TERM_9=&USE_10=title_title&O_10=exact&TERM_10=&ORDERBY=title_copyright&ACTION=query&START=0&TYPE=Title *hallow* isfdb search] * ''[[Journal of the Conversations of Lord Byron]]'' {{ssl|Journal of the Conversations of Lord Byron (1824).djvu}} ** Section 1: "Diodati" (p. 15), "Geneva" (pp. 15, 17), "Polidori" (pp. 17, 18) ** <s>Section 12: "Vampyre" (p. 101), "Geneva" (p. 101), "Diodati" (p. 102), "Polidori" (p. 102), "Alonzo and Imogene" (p. 102)</s> ** Section 19: "Faust" (pp. 128, 129) ** Section 22: "Faust" (pp. 141, 142), "Diodati" (p. 141) ** Section 23: "Faust" (p. 151) ** Section 24: "Christabel" (p. 155) ** Section 27: "Christabel" (pp. 172, 173) ** <s>Section 32: "Alonzo and Imogene" (p. 187), "Geneva" (p. 191)</s> ** <s>Section 35: "Christabel" (p. 202)</s> ** Section 38: "Polidori" (p. 211) ** Section 45: "Diodati" (p. 251), "Geneva" (p. 251) ** <s>Section 49: "Faust" (p. 267)</s> ** "Lewis", "Madame de Stäel" * ''[[Tales by Musæus, Tieck, Richter]]'' {{ssl|Tales by Musæus, Tieck, Richter, Volume 1.djvu}} * ''[[Rambles and Researches in Thuringian Saxony]]'' {{ssl|Rambles and Researches in Thuringian Saxony.djvu}} * ''[[The German Novelists]]'' {{ssl|The German Novelists (Volume 3).djvu}} * ''[[Popular Tales and Romances of the Northern Nations]]'' {{ssl|Popular Tales and Romances of the Northern Nations (Volume 1).djvu|Popular Tales and Romances of the Northern Nations (Volume 2).djvu|Popular Tales and Romances of the Northern Nations (Volume 3).djvu}} * ''[[The Decameron of the West]]'' {{ssl|The Decameron of the West (1839).djvu}} * ''[[Memoirs of Hyppolite Clairon]]'' {{ssl|Memoirs of Hyppolite Clairon (Volume 1).djvu}} * ''[[Legends of Rubezahl, and Other Tales]]'' {{ssl|Legends of Rubezahl, and Other Tales (1845).djvu}} * ''[[Select Popular Tales from the German of Musaeus]]'' {{ssl|Select Popular Tales from the German of Musaeus.djvu}} * ''[[Libussa, Duchess of Bohemia; also, The Man Without a Name]]'' {{ssl|Libussa, Duchess of Bohemia; also, The Man Without a Name.djvu}} * ''[[Popular Tales of the Germans]]'' {{ssl|Popular Tales of the Germans (Volume 1).djvu|Popular Tales of the Germans (Volume 2).djvu}} * ''[[Ernestus Berchtold]]'' {{ssl|Ernestus Berchtold or the Modern Œdipus.djvu}} * <s>''[[Gleanings from Germany]]''</s> {{ssl|Gleanings from Germany (1839).djvu}} * <s>''[[Specimens of German Romance]]''</s> {{ssl|Specimens of German Romance (Volume 3).djvu}} * <s>''[[German Stories]]''</s> {{ssl|German Stories (Volumes 1–2).djvu|German Stories (Volumes 2–3).djvu}} * <s>''[[Terrible Tales: German]]''</s> {{ssl|Terrible Tales; German.djvu}} * <s>''[[The Enchanted Knights]]''</s> {{ssl|The Enchanted Knights; or The Chronicle of the Three Sisters.djvu}} * Pulp magazines {{ssl|Amazing Stories Volume 16 Number 11.djvu|Fantastic Volume 08 Number 01.djvu}} ===Other=== * Find as many reprints of each story as possible, to produce complete versions pages/bibliographies * London Journal, March 1732, which has "a curious, and of course ''credible'' account of a particular case of vampyrism, which is stated to have occurred at Madreyga, in Hungary" according to the introductory text to "The Vampyre" in New Monthly Magazine *A Freischütz portal, with the Apel story, Kind/Weber opera (as many translations as possible), Grimm fairy stories "[[The Skilful Huntsman]]" and "[[The Four Clever Brothers]]" (and German Legends if translated), Ackermann story (linked above), Dutch folktale {{ssl|Northern Mythology (volume 3, 1852).djvu}}, Georg Schmid story versions, Hoffmann's The Devil's Elixirs (if a translation that doesn't abridge that section can be found), Malleus Maleficarum translation, etc. *Add other translations of [[Author:Johann August Apel|Johann August Apel]] and [[Author:Friedrich August Schulze|Friedrich August Schulze]] ([[Gespensterbuch]], etc., including mentioning [https://books.google.com/books?id=P7EIAAAAQAAJ&pg=PA112 this note] in the header for "The Veiled Bride") *Find if any of the translations by [[Author:Jean-Baptiste Benoît Eyriès|Eyriès]] have been translated into English, and consider removing the books that haven't been translated into English from his en Author page *Find and add other translations of [[Princess Rosette]] ("König Pfau" in the ''Gespensterbuch''), including the French original *First and other relevant editions of Byron's poem "[[Darkness (Byron)|Darkness]]", written at Diodati *Add translations of Voltaire's article "Apparitions" from ''Questions sur l'Encyclopédie'' (1770), sometimes included in later editions of his ''Dictionnaire philosophique'', as the first sentence of this article is directly quoted in the translator's preface to ''Fantasmagoriana'' *Find and add other translations of [[Author:Johann Karl August Musäus‎|Johann Karl August Musäus‎]]' "[[The Spectre-Barber|Stumme Liebe]]". {{ssl|The German Novelists (Volume 3).djvu|Popular Tales and Romances of the Northern Nations (Volume 2).djvu}} *<s>Add [[Author:Mary Wollstonecraft Shelley|Mary Shelley]]'s "[[The London Magazine/1820–1829/Series 1/Volume 9/March/On Ghosts|On Ghosts]]" from ''[[The London Magazine]]'', vol 9, March 1824, pp. 253–256.</s> (contains a slightly different version of M. G. Lewis' King of the Cats story) *<s>Add the Shelleys' ''[[History of a Six Weeks' Tour]]''.</s> * Add relevant versions of ''[[Manfred]]'' (Gothic horror, written soon after giving up on his prose horror story) * Add versions of ''[[Christabel]]'' (especially the ones relevant to the recital at Diodati) ** Were there other books & poems they mention reading around that time too? Especially their gothic/horror influences. Was ''[[Vathek]]'' mentioned (and if so, which versions would they have read?) *** Byron mentions Lewis read parts of Goethe's ''Faust'' "into English" while at Diodati {{esl|1=https://archive.org/details/conversationso00medw/page/170}} **** Also mentioned a few times in Byron's letters {{esl|1=https://books.google.com/books?id=TLdcAAAAcAAJ&pg=PA349|2=https://books.google.com/books?id=TLdcAAAAcAAJ&pg=PA368|3=https://books.google.com/books?id=TLdcAAAAcAAJ&pg=PA447}} **** It seems that ''Faust'' was [[:fr:Faust (Goethe)|first translated into French in 1823]], so what the "sorry French translation" that Byron mentions was, is unclear. Perhaps there was a (partial?) French translation in a periodical before 1822 (when Byron is reported as having said this). Perhaps Byron was misremembering ''Fantasmagoriana'', or Medwin was confused by what he said? It could also have been a French translation of a non-Goethe ''Faust'' story? ***** [https://doi.org/10.1080/09593683.1925.11785690 The English Goethe Society (1925)] say that "Byron's knowledge of [Faust], before he had Lewis's help, could only have been based on Madame de Stael's chapter", of ''De l'Allemagne'', which covers Goethe's ''Faust'', including extended quotes translated into French. {{esl|https://archive.org/details/germanyhols02staeuoft/page/181}} **** Add all editions of Shelley's "Scenes from the Faust of Goethe" {{ssl|The complete poetical works of Percy Bysshe Shelley, including materials never before printed in any edition of the poems.djvu}} **** List all known public domain translations of parts/the whole Goethe's ''Faust'', and add the best one(s) * Add possible sources of [[The Prose Works of Percy Bysshe Shelley/Journal at Geneva (including Ghost Stories) and on Return to England, 1816#Journal at Geneva|the Princess of Wales' request to M. G. Lewis for a poem about Minna]] (read by Lewis to the Shelleys and Byron in 1816) ** Also apparently retold by Byron as recorded in [[Author:Thomas Medwin|Thomas Medwin]]'s ''Conversations of Lord Byron'' (1824) {{esl|1=https://books.google.com/books?id=CCQtAAAAYAAJ&pg=PA231}} (also contains Byron's account of the ghost stories, including P. B. Shelley's "Medusa" {{esl|1=https://archive.org/details/conversationso00medw/page/120}}) *** Have P. B. Shelley's original journals at Geneva been discovered? If Mary Shelley wrote/revised them, she may have used this account when doing so, as they are so similar despite it being years since they heard Lewis, and it was published later (1840?) *** Perhaps Byron also recounted it to Medwin from a journal? Are any of Byron's papers from the time still around? ** Lewis' "Alonzo the Brave, and the Fair Imogene" from ''[[The Monk (Lewis)|The Monk]]'' (1796) (the plot is essentially the same, but it doesn't have the name Minna, or her husband being Florentine) {{esl|1=https://archive.org/details/ParadiseLostandRegained/page/n365}} *** Lewis revised the poem; some changes are noted here: {{esl|1=https://archive.org/details/ParadiseLostandRegained/page/n545}} would be interesting to check if any other changes were made (e.g. was he involved in changing the title of the poem from "Alonzo the Brave and Fair Imogine"?) *** Was also reprinted in his ''Tales of Wonder'' (1805) {{esl|1=https://books.google.com/books?id=DrACAAAAYAAJ&pg=PA21}} *** The skull head in this poem might be reflected in Mary Shelley's recollection of Polidori's "[[Frankenstein, or the Modern Prometheus (Revised Edition, 1831)/Introduction|terrible idea about a skull-headed lady]]" ** Lewis' ''Adelmorn'' (1801) (has a poem about one Minna dying because her love was faithless) {{esl|1=https://books.google.com/books?id=JkkHAAAAQAAJ&pg=PA57}} ** Naubert's ''Elisabeth, Erbin von Toggenburg'' (1789) translated by Lewis as ''Feudal Tyrants'' (4 vols, 1806) (has a character Minna; haven't checked whether this story has any parallels with Lewis' poem described by Shelley and Byron) ** Lewis had not spoken to the Princess of Wales for about 5 years when they reconnected, and he soon after dedicated his "Monody" on the death of John Moore (1809) to her {{esl|1=https://hdl.handle.net/2027/hvd.32044004446472?urlappend=%3Bseq=387%3Bownerid=1822889-395|2=http://access.bl.uk/item/viewer/ark:/81055/vdc_100096684090.0x000001}} ** Shelley's account seems to be saying that Lewis recited the poem (probably "Alonzo and Imogene", but perhaps the one from ''Adelmorn'' – is there any way of telling whether Lewis had met Caroline of Brunswick by the time he finished ''The Monk'' in 1795/6?), and then told them the story that it was based on, that Caroline of Brunswick had told him (about a German woman called Wilhelmina). These different versions of similar stories may have been part of what Mary Shelley was remembering in her accounts of "[[The London Magazine/1820–1829/Series 1/Volume 9/March/On Ghosts|the returning bride, who claims the fidelity of her betrothed]]" and "[[Frankenstein, or the Modern Prometheus (Revised Edition, 1831)/Introduction|the History of the Inconstant Lover]]", as well as "[[The Dead Bride|La Morte Fiancée]]" and maybe a host of other ghost stories she had read and heard with similar plot elements *** Are there any original German versions of this story remaining, that Caroline of Brunswick read/heard the story from? "Die Todtenbraut" does have a Florentine as a very minor character, but this seems very unlikely to be the source ** Lewis present at Diodati "some days" according to Byron {{esl|1=https://books.google.com/books?id=TLdcAAAAcAAJ&pg=PA349}}; at least from the 18th (per Shelley's Journal) to 20th (per [https://hdl.handle.net/2027/hvd.32044019284280?urlappend=%3Bseq=182%3Bownerid=1823088-178 this codicil] signed by Byron, Shelley and Polidori) August 1816. By [https://hdl.handle.net/2027/hvd.32044019284280?urlappend=%3Bseq=188%3Bownerid=1823088-184 1 October] he had reached Florence after crossing the Alps and visiting Milan, Pavia and Genoa. *** According to Feldman and Scott-Kilvert's ''The Journals of Mary Shelley'' (1987), he seems to have arrived on 14th August, and left on 21 August. (pp. 125, 130) **** This book also contains the most accurate readings of Lewis' Diodati ghost stories, from the original manuscript journal **** An earlier scholarly reprinting of the journals edited by Frederick L. Jones, was published in 1947, but Feldman & Scott-Kilvert say this did not consult the original manuscript journals directly, and so is interesting, but not very reliable {{esl|https://archive.org/details/in.ernet.dli.2015.54863/page/n87}} **** [https://digital.bodleian.ox.ac.uk/objects/7859ffa7-8b86-49d7-a005-2aed9d333010/surfaces/7936660f-e57d-4767-ae5b-1828c84fdc47/ Scanned version digitized by Bodleian] * "Alonzo the Brave" ** Copies of the poem published in magazines soon after publication: ''The Gentleman's Magazine'' {{esl|1=https://books.google.com/books?id=fqc2AQAAMAAJ&pg=PA773}} and ''The Scots Magazine'' {{esl|1=https://books.google.com/books?id=g14AAAAAYAAJ&pg=PA702}} ** Another early edition is the poem printed separately (undated, c.1797) {{esl|https://archive.org/details/bim_eighteenth-century_alonzo-the-brave-and-fai_lewis-m-g-matthew-gr_1797}} ** A copy of ''The Monk'' with manuscript additions made by Lewis (for revisions of future editions?), including [https://archive.org/details/sim_notes-and-queries_1910-04-23_1_17/page/331 alternative readings for two lines in the fourth stanza], was held by the British Museum (presumably now in the British Library): details in "[https://www.jstor.org/stable/40371066 The Early Editions and Issues of The Monk, with a Bibliography]" by William B. Todd * Princess of Wales (Caroline of Brunswick)'s superstitions mentioned by M. G. Lewis: ** Details of some prophecies given in ''The Murdered Queen! Or, Caroline of Brunswick: A Diary of the Court of George IV'' (1838) {{esl|1=https://books.google.com/books?id=jZYQAAAAYAAJ&pg=PA13|2=https://books.google.com/books?id=jZYQAAAAYAAJ&pg=PA153}} ** Pergami's prophecy {{esl|1=https://books.google.com/books?id=44dHAAAAYAAJ&pg=PA663}} ** Burned wax effigies of her husband {{esl|https://archive.org/details/aqueenindiscret00clergoog/page/n73}} * Walter Scott's "Frederick and Alice" in Lewis' ''Tales of Wonder'' (1801) {{esl|1=https://books.google.com/books?id=NtoIAAAAQAAJ&pg=PA165}} ** This is a free translation from a passage in Goethe's ''Claudine von Villa Bella'' that might have inspired "The Death Bride", and maybe even Lewis' "Alonzo the Brave" ** Lewis shows that he was familiar with the passage, which he mentions in a letter to Scott (has Scott's preceding letter to Lewis been discovered since this article was written?) [https://www.jstor.org/stable/27702767] *<s>Add Shelley's ''On "Frankenstein"''</s> and other contemporary reviews of the Lake Geneva ghost stories. **''Tales of the Dead'': [[Blackwood's Magazine/Volume 3/Issue 17/Phantasmagoriana|Blackwoods]], [https://hdl.handle.net/2027/hvd.hxjgbp?urlappend=%3Bseq=392%3Bownerid=27021597767369173-404 Monthly Review s2v77, pp. 378–381] {{ssl|The Monthly Review 1815-08 vol 77.djvu}}, [https://hdl.handle.net/2027/nyp.33433081657995?urlappend=%3Bseq=103%3Bownerid=27021597765408609-89 Quarterly Review, v22, pp. 348–380] {{ssl|The Quarterly Review 1820-01 vol 22 no 44.djvu}} **''Popular Tales and Romances of the Northern Nations'': [[Blackwood's Magazine/Volume 14/Issue 80/Popular Tales of the Northern Nations|Blackwoods]], [[The Imperial Magazine/Volume 6/Number 62/Review: Popular Tales and Romances of the Northern Nations|Imperial Magazine]], Literary Examiner {{ssl|The Literary Examiner 1823-08-23 vol 1 no 8.djvu}} (pp. 123–126), Monthly Magazine {{ssl|The Monthly Magazine volume 56 (August 1823–February 1824).djvu}} (pp. 360–361), Literary Gazette {{ssl|The Literary Gazette 1823-07-26 no 340.djvu|The Literary Gazette 1823-08-02 no 341.djvu}} (pp. 466–469 & pp. 486–488), Lady's Magazine {{ssl|The Lady’s Magazine Vol. 4(1823) (IA in.ernet.dli.2015.510690).pdf|THE LADY’S MAGAZINE VOL. 4(1823) (IA dli.bengal.10689.22796).pdf}} (pp. 442–447), The British Magazine {{esl|1=https://books.google.com/books?id=0LUEAAAAQAAJ&pg=PA310}} (pp.310–323) Monthly Review {{esl|1=https://books.google.com/books?id=vgIwAAAAYAAJ&pg=PA45}} (pp. 45–47) **Mrs Grant's Highland Superstitions: mentioned in Eyriès' preface to Fantasmagoriana as being in "the (''English'') Monthly Review for December 1811", but the review in that magazine was November 1812 {{ssl|The Monthly Review 1812-11 vol 69.djvu}} – this might be too late for Eyriès to have included it if Fantasmagoriana was published in 1812, so it could have been another review of the same work (or possibly even another work in the same issue of the Monthly Review) **[https://books.google.com/books?id=2PE7AQAAMAAJ&pg=PA844 De Quincey's review of Gillies' ''German Stories''] in Blackwood's Magazine: discusses "The Spectre Bride" and "The Sisters", De Quincey's theory of translation, including how it relates to how he translated Laun, and a couple of other mentions of Laun *Make a portal for the ghost stories of Lake Geneva. *Add Jane and Anna-Maria Porter's ''[[Tales Round a Winter Hearth]]''. {{ssl|Tales Round a Winter Hearth.djvu}} *Add Bell's Weekly Messenger article that inspired "Jeannie Halliday" in ''[[Tales Round a Winter Hearth]]''. *Add the works of [[w:Edward Vernon Utterson|Edward Vernon Utterson]]. * Hyphenation: wherever being consistently hyphenated as "where-/ever" ([[Page talk:The London Magazine, volume 7 (January–June 1823).djvu/674|London Magazine]]). Might need a new template, as SIC doesn't seem to cover this; it could also be used for ambiguous hyphenation (a bot could assess hyphenated words across each work to out which ones are most likely, depending on year, publisher, and other hyphenations in the same work, etc.) Another example is "thresh-/hold" in [[Page talk:The Kaleidoscope; Or, Literary and Scientific Mirror (1824-03-23; Vol 4 Iss 195).djvu/3|The Kaleidoscope]]. * Change all my previous uses of {{tl|dtpl}} to {{tl|TOC row 2dot-1}} etc. * Check if any of the multi-volume works I've done need to be restructured to /Volume/ subpages; and all volume title pages etc. have been transcluded * Check if any of the works I've done need {{tl|AuxTOC}}s * Check if any mainspace transclusions I've done need: ** DEFAULTSORTs (especially subpages e.g. periodicals, short stories from anthologies, etc.) ** Full categorisation ** Licenses (do subpages of complete works need separate licenses? how about incomplete works? or works with several different authors/translators?) fah280bwidb0lgcu2qdz2wb6inc7du3 Page:Matrimonial Property Act 1984.djvu/14 104 1456838 14127762 14093709 2024-04-25T12:30:41Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Legofan94" />{{rh|{{smaller|{{uc|Government Gazette, 25 July 1984}}}}||{{smaller|No. 9322&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;27}}}} {{rule|100%|height=1px}} {{rh||{{smaller|{{uc|Matrimonial Property Act, 1984}}}}|{{smaller|'''Act No. 88, 1984.'''}}}} {{Sidenotes begin}} {{SLeb|pad=y}} <div style="text-indent:1.5em"></noinclude><section begin="s36"/>(5) In the determination of the assets or part of the assets to be transferred as contemplated in subsection (3) the court shall, apart from any direct or indirect contribution made by the party concerned to the maintenance or increase of the estate of the other party, as contemplated in subsection (4), also take into account— </div> {{SLeb|padding}} {{SLi|''(a)''}} the existing means and obligations of the parties; {{SLi|''(b)''}} any donation made by one party to the other during the subsistence of the marriage, or which is owing and enforceable in terms of the antenuptial contract concerned; {{SLi|''(c)''}} any order which the court grants under section 9 of this Act or under any other law which affects the patrimonial position of the parties; and {{SLi|''(d)''}} any other factor which should in the opinion of the court be taken into account. {{SLee}} <div style="text-indent:1.5em"> (6) A court granting an order under subsection (3) may, on application by the party against whom the order is granted, order that satisfaction of the order be deferred on such conditions, including conditions relating to the furnishing of security, the payment of interest, the payment of instalments, and the delivery or transfer of specified assets, as the court may deem just.”. </div> {{SLee}} <section end="s36"/> <section begin="s37"/><div style="clear:both;text-indent:1.5em">{{anchor|s37}}{{Right sidenote|Repeal of laws.}} '''37.''' The laws mentioned in the [[#sch|Schedule]] are hereby repealed to the extent set out in the third column of the Schedule. </div> <section end="s37"/> <section begin="s38"/><div style="clear:both;text-indent:1.5em">{{anchor|s38}}{{Right sidenote|Short title and commencement.}} '''38.''' (1) This Act shall be called the Matrimonial Property Act, 1984, and shall come into operation on a date fixed by the State President by proclamation in the ''Gazette''. (2) Different dates may be fixed under subsection (1) in respect of different provisions of this Act. </div> <section end="s38"/> <section begin="sch"/>{{c/s}} {{rule|10em}} {{anchor|sch}}'''Schedule''' {{c/e}} {|class="__schedule" |- |Number and year of law |Title or subject |Extent of repeal |- |The Perpetual Edict of 4 October 1540 |The Perpetual Edict |Section 17 in so far as it is in force in the Republic |- |The Political Ordinance of 1 April 1580 |The Political Ordinance |Sections 3 and 13 in so far as they are in force in the Republic |- |Law No. 13 of 1883 (Natal) |To amend the Law of Divorce |Sections 10 and 11 |- |Act No. 37 of 1953 |[[Matrimonial Affairs Act, 1953]] |Section 3 |- |Act No. 13 of 1976 |[[Matrimonial Affairs Amendment Act, 1976]] |The whole |}<section end="sch"/><noinclude>{{Sidenotes end}}</noinclude> trm5w2phyfqt7cdijjw9fdofga5a92l 14127764 14127762 2024-04-25T12:31:25Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Legofan94" />{{rh|{{smaller|{{uc|Government Gazette, 25 July 1984}}}}||{{smaller|No. 9322&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;27}}}} {{rule|100%|height=1px}} {{rh||{{smaller|{{uc|Matrimonial Property Act, 1984}}}}|{{smaller|'''Act No. 88, 1984.'''}}}} {{Sidenotes begin}} {{SLeb|pad=y}} <div style="text-indent:1.5em"></noinclude><section begin="s36"/>(5) In the determination of the assets or part of the assets to be transferred as contemplated in subsection (3) the court shall, apart from any direct or indirect contribution made by the party concerned to the maintenance or increase of the estate of the other party, as contemplated in subsection (4), also take into account— </div> {{SLeb|padding}} {{SLi|''(a)''}} the existing means and obligations of the parties; {{SLi|''(b)''}} any donation made by one party to the other during the subsistence of the marriage, or which is owing and enforceable in terms of the antenuptial contract concerned; {{SLi|''(c)''}} any order which the court grants under section 9 of this Act or under any other law which affects the patrimonial position of the parties; and {{SLi|''(d)''}} any other factor which should in the opinion of the court be taken into account. {{SLee}} <div style="text-indent:1.5em"> (6) A court granting an order under subsection (3) may, on application by the party against whom the order is granted, order that satisfaction of the order be deferred on such conditions, including conditions relating to the furnishing of security, the payment of interest, the payment of instalments, and the delivery or transfer of specified assets, as the court may deem just.”. </div> {{SLee}} <section end="s36"/> <section begin="s37"/><div style="clear:both;text-indent:1.5em">{{anchor|s37}}{{Right sidenote|Repeal of laws.}} '''37.''' The laws mentioned in the [[#sch|Schedule]] are hereby repealed to the extent set out in the third column of the Schedule. </div> <section end="s37"/> <section begin="s38"/><div style="clear:both;text-indent:1.5em">{{anchor|s38}}{{Right sidenote|Short title and commencement.}} '''38.''' (1) This Act shall be called the Matrimonial Property Act, 1984, and shall come into operation on a date fixed by the State President by proclamation in the ''Gazette''. (2) Different dates may be fixed under subsection (1) in respect of different provisions of this Act. </div> <section end="s38"/> <section begin="sch"/>{{c/s}} {{rule|10em}} {{anchor|sch}}'''Schedule''' {{c/e}} {|class="__schedule" |- !Number and year of law !Title or subject !Extent of repeal |- |The Perpetual Edict of 4 October 1540 |The Perpetual Edict |Section 17 in so far as it is in force in the Republic |- |The Political Ordinance of 1 April 1580 |The Political Ordinance |Sections 3 and 13 in so far as they are in force in the Republic |- |Law No. 13 of 1883 (Natal) |To amend the Law of Divorce |Sections 10 and 11 |- |Act No. 37 of 1953 |[[Matrimonial Affairs Act, 1953]] |Section 3 |- |Act No. 13 of 1976 |[[Matrimonial Affairs Amendment Act, 1976]] |The whole |}<section end="sch"/><noinclude>{{Sidenotes end}}</noinclude> svadoj0gfxfejzbjxtj5i97bvfbvp9b Page:EB1911 - Volume 19.djvu/937 104 1472770 14130544 9129805 2024-04-26T04:06:24Z DivermanAU 522506 resize image proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{center|{{x-larger|NUMISMATICS}}}}</noinclude>{{right|{{sc|Plate V.}}}} {|{{Ts|ma|ba}} |[[Image:EB1911 Numismatics - modern coins and medals.jpg|800px]] |} {{center|MODERN COINS AND MEDALS.}}<noinclude></noinclude> sqzwml2bxjmwtcm1spk2o7ehhfon037 Photographic views of Asbury Park, Ocean Grove, and vicinity 0 1479307 14128088 12798427 2024-04-25T15:49:46Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 added [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Photographic views of Asbury Park, Ocean Grove, and vicinity | author = |override_author=Rand, McNally & Co. | translator = | section = | previous = | next = | year = 1896 | notes = | portal = Photography }} <pages index="Photographic Views of Asbury Park, Ocean Grove, and vicinity.djvu" from=5 to=38 /> {{PD-US}} [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] hsm8anot78rmvet294eqcu319aaddgo Page:The life of Tolstoy.djvu/58 104 1480075 14129127 13085791 2024-04-25T18:35:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Yann" />{{rh|34|THE LIFE OF TOLSTOY|}}</noinclude>against the mountaineers. For the winter he went to Tiflis to pass his examination in order to enter the artillery service. In Tiflis he began to write his first novel, “Childhood.” After a successful examination he returned to his brother, wearing military uniform, and was appointed as a non-commissioned officer to the 4th battery of the 20th artillery brigade. In July he finished the novel and, signing it modestly with the initials, “L. N. T.,” sent it to the ''Sovremennik''.<ref>The "Contemporary"—a leading, advanced, St. Petersburg monthly review. Amongst its contributors were the best Russian authors of that time, such as Turgenef, Tchernichevsky, etc.—''Translator''.</ref> Towards the end of August he received an answer from the editor, the poet N. Nekrasoff—who recognised talent in the unknown author—announcing that the novel would be published, and it duly appeared in the September number of the review, 1852. This was the first step in the literary career of Leo Tolstoy, and from that time he realised that he had found his vocation. Shortly before the event he wrote in his diary: “Something within me makes me think that I am not born to be as others.” Yet at that time his inner consciousness vaguely {{nop}}<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> kmalf3uzl54ngv9qzvm1puelacqkyjw Page:The life of Tolstoy.djvu/217 104 1481385 14129126 13056622 2024-04-25T18:35:29Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Yann" />{{rh||INDEX|167}}</noinclude>Russo-Japanese War, Outbreak of the, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 16#139|139]]|page=[[../185|139]]}} {{sc|St. Pierre}}, Bernardin de, Tolstoy’s translation of, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 14#129|129]]|page=[[../175|129]]}}<br/> ''Sebastopol'', {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 3#38|38]]|page=[[../64|38]]}}<br/> Serfs, Emancipation of the, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 6#64|64]]|page=[[../96|64]]}}<br/> Sexual excess, Tolstoy’s fight against, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 13#121|121]]|page=[[../165|121]]}}<br/> Shakers’ sympathy with Tolstoy, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 12#113|113]]|page=[[../157|113]]}}<br/> Shakespeare, Tolstoy’s article on, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 17#143|143]]|page=[[../191|143]]}}<br/> Shibunin, Tolstoy's defence of, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 7#76|76]]|page=[[../110|76]]}}<br/> Single tax system, The, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 7#79|79]]|page=[[../113|79]]}}, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 12#114|114]]|page=[[../158|114]]}}, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 17#143|143]]|page=[[../191|143]]}}<br/> Sitin, T. D., {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 11#103|103]]|page=[[../143|103]]}}<br/> “Sovremennik, The,” {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 3#34|34]]|page=[[../58|34]]}}, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 4#39|39]]|page=[[../65|39]]}}<br/> Stary-Yurt, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 3#27|27]]|page=[[../49|27]]}}<br/> Strakhoff, N., {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 8#81|81]]|page=[[../115|81]]}}<br/> Strannolubsky, A. N., {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 8#81|81]]|page=[[../115|81]]}}<br/> Sutaieff, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 12#110|110]]|page=[[../152|110]]}} {{sc|Tchertkoff}}, V. G., {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 11#103|103]]|page=[[../143|103]]}}, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 12#109|109]]|page=[[../151|109]]}}, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 15#134|134]]|page=[[../180|134]]}}<br/> Temperance society organised by Tolstoy, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 13#120|120]]|page=[[../164|120]]}}<br/> ''Thoughts of Wise Men'', {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 16#139|139]]|page=[[../185|139]]}}<br/> ''Three Deaths'', {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 4#48|48]]|page=[[../76|48]]}}<br/> Tolstoy, Count Eliah, <br/> {{bar|2}}, Count Nicolas, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 1#6|6]]|page=[[../24|6]]}}, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 1#7|7]]|page=[[../25|7]]}}, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 2#18|18]]|page=[[../38|18]]}}<br/> {{bar|2}}, Count Peter, <br/> {{bar|2}}, Countess, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 6#66|66]]|page=[[../98|66]]}}, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 18#147|147]]|page=[[../195|147]]}}-{{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 18#152|152]]|page=[[../200|152]]}}<br/> {{bar|2}}, Dimitri, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 2#14|14]]|page=[[../34|14]]}}, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 2#16|16]]|page=[[../36|16]]}}<br/> {{bar|2}} exhibition. The, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 17#144|144]]|page=[[../192|144]]}}<br/> {{bar|2}} family, The, <br/> {{hanging indent/s}}{{bar|2}}, Leo, birth, 1; childhood, boyhood, and youth, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 2#11|11]]|page=[[../31|11]]}}-{{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 2#25|25]]|page=[[../47|25]]}}; early religious influences, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 2#17|17]]|page=[[../37|17]]}}; student days at Kazan University, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 2#20|20]]|page=[[../40|20]]}}-{{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 2#24|24]]|page=[[../46|24]]}}; his early philosophy, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 2#21|21]]|page=[[../43|21]]}}; first literary work, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 2#21|21]]|page=[[../43|21]]}}; his irregular life in Moscow, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 2#24|24]]|page=[[../46|24]]}}; journeys to the Caucasus, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 3#26|26]]|page=[[../48|26]]}}; falls in love with Zenaïde Molostoff, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 3#26|26]]|page=[[../48|26]]}}; his regeneration, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 3#31|31]]|page=[[../55|31]]}}; joins the army, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 3#34|34]]|page=[[../58|34]]}}; on active service, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 3#35|35]]|page=[[../61|35]]}}; resigns his commission, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 3#35|35]]|page=[[../61|35]]}}, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 3#38|38]]|page=[[../64|38]]}}; at Sebastopol, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 3#36|36]]|page=[[../62|36]]}}-{{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 3#38|38]]|page=[[../64|38]]}}; first foreign tour, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 4#40|40]]|page=[[../66|40]]}}; attachment to Valerie Arsenef, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 4#40|40]]|page=[[../66|40]]}}; in Paris, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 4#41|41]]|page=[[../67|41]]}}; in Switzerland, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 4#43|43]]|page=[[../71|43]]}}-{{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 4#46|46]]|page=[[../74|46]]}}; adventure with a bear, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 4#46|46]]|page=[[../74|46]]}}; enthusiasm for gymnastics, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 4#47|47]]|page=[[../75|47]]}}; inaugural speech at the Moscow Literary Society, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 4#48|48]]|page=[[../76|48]]}}; goes to Soden to join his sick brother, Nicolas, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 5#51|51]]|page=[[../79|51]]}}; takes Nicolas to Hyères, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 5#52|52]]|page=[[../80|52]]}}; second foreign tour, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 5#54|54]]|page=[[../84|54]]}}; illness of, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 6#64|64]]|page=[[../96|64]]}}; his marriage, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 6#66|66]]|page=[[../98|66]]}}; thrown from his horse, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 7#72|72]]|page=[[../106|72]]}}; the religious note sounds in his literary work, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 8#85|85]]|page=[[../121|85]]}}; assists starving population of the Samara province, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 8#86|86]]|page=[[../122|86]]}}; the spiritual crisis, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 9#88|88]]|page=[[../124|88]]}}-{{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 9#94|94]]|page=[[../132|94]]}}; removal to Moscow, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 10#97|97]]|page=[[../135|97]]}}; offers his services to the Moscow municipality for the census, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 10#98|98]]|page=[[../136|98]]}}; renunciation of luxuries, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 10#99|99]]|page=[[../139|99]]}}; his physical labours, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 10#100|100]]|page=[[../140|100]]}}, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 11#105|105]]|page=[[../147|105]]}}; begins to write tales for the people, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 11#102|102]]|page=[[../142|102]]}}; accident in the hay-field, resulting in illness, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 11#105|105]]|page=[[../147|105]]}}; spread of his influence, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 12#109|109]]|page=[[../151|109]]}}-{{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 12#117|117]]|page=[[../161|117]]}}; his silver wedding, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 12#116|116]]|page=[[../160|116]]}}; turns his attention to human excesses, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 13#120|120]]|page=[[../164|120]]}}; labours in the famine area, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 14#124|124]]|page=[[../168|124]]}}-{{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 14#127|127]]|page=[[../173|127]]}}; excommunicated by the Holy Synod, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 16#136|136]]|page=[[../182|136]]}}; dangerous illness, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 16#137|137]]|page=[[../183|137]]}}; removal to the Crimea, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 16#138|138]]|page=[[../184|138]]}}; return to Yasnaya Polyana, {{namespace detect|main=[[../Chapter 16#139|139]]|page=[[../185|139]]}};<noinclude>{{hanging indent/e}}</noinclude> 4tepp5c289zjcjj4rbpzwezhqv1fjgr Page:Ambulance 464 by Julien Bryan.djvu/261 104 1487559 14128694 13856502 2024-04-25T18:11:42Z Mpaa 257091 fmt proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Jarekt" /></noinclude><noinclude>{| style="margin: auto; border:1px solid #000000;" |style="font-family: Courier" |</noinclude> on June 5, Count Berchtold (who was), Minister for Foreign Affairs at that time, now declares that according to the assertion of the London {{'}}'Times'{{'}} this Crown Council (was held) with the participation of Field-Marshal Archduke [[Author:Friedrich Maria Albrecht Wilhelm Karl of Austria|Frederick]] and Chief of the Austro-Hungarian General Staff Baron Conrad and Hungarian Prime Minister Count Tisza. (In reply to the) utterance of Lloyd George, that the Imperial Chancellor used ambiguous expressions in his explanations of the Reichstag's "Peace Resolution,""Heisemst (?)" points to the explanation of the "North German General News" which cleared up the matter. The German steamer "Frederick Karro" from Rostock was sunk August 8, going north, off Skelleftea elf in Sweden. According to the report of the pilot the sinking occurred within 800 meters of the Swedish ''three mile limit?'' The foreign vessel which torpedoed the German steamer remained above the surface after accomplishing its act, but bore however no distinguishing features. Newspapers declare this ------------------breach of neutrality in regard to food supplies. A Congress of (East) Indiens and committee of Mohammedans held a council together at Bombay, where it was demanded that India (should) at once receive home-rule and have a share in determining her own fate; that, further, India (should) receive a constitution, which is to go into effect immediately after the end of the war; and further, that the English Government's policy of suppression in India must cease at once. The (well-)known English writer Anna Besant (was) arrested some time ago by English authorities and held captive, as became well known at the Congress of Indians and Mohammedans. |}<noinclude></noinclude> 6ntquguxd2qdd3fic3eg9vpsk861sw3 Page:Ambulance 464 by Julien Bryan.djvu/67 104 1487961 14128683 7607937 2024-04-25T18:09:11Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{Running header||"AMBULANCE 464"|35}}</noinclude>we had stolen from the kitchen, and also to see that the smaller torch which was boiling the water for the chocolate didn't tip over into Lundquist's lap. We ate course after course of stuff which Gil had gotten at some time or other from the Epicerie. But cocoa, lobster, champagne, welsh rarebit, peas and hardtack don't work too well together, the bunch became more and more uproarious, and the party almost ended in a rough and tumble contest with the lighted lamps as weapons. General N{{bar|3}}, the commander of our Division, passed through the village this afternoon and reviewed the Section. Our orders were to stand motionless beside our cars and to look straight ahead. But the general was a good natured old fellow and spoke to several of the men as he passed, instead of marching formally by, funeral fashion. If they do any attacking, he will lead the 132nd when they go up to the front.<noinclude></noinclude> n4nasnwuu43w96sd2bhq6fv0moxqibo Page:Ambulance 464 by Julien Bryan.djvu/256 104 1488063 14128689 7844100 2024-04-25T18:10:34Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Jarekt" />{{Running header|200|"AMBULANCE 464"|}}</noinclude>Henderson, asked to see my pictures of the front today, and after we had spent some time looking at them, he took me down into the engine room and showed me the whole works. There are always one engineer and a couple of oilers below; but they don't have to work very hard. They burn crude oil instead of coal and thereby eliminate stoking. . . . About noon they had trouble with the big piston and had to stop the ship for two hours to fix it.<noinclude></noinclude> nhyp2yzszm3ox9lc4sof2fbn8c5ti6a Page:Ambulance 464 by Julien Bryan.djvu/188 104 1489345 14128688 7844028 2024-04-25T18:10:09Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Jarekt" />{{Running header|142|"AMBULANCE 464"|}}</noinclude>10:30—It got so hot that I fell asleep on the last page of the story. Reading is too strenuous for me today. 11:00—I loafed, fooled around and monkeyed for half an hour. I spent part of this time in planning how to waste away the afternoon. 12:00—I took a picture a few minutes ago while sitting in my car. I could have gotten it much better if I had moved but it was too much trouble. 1:00—By dint of great effort OttKann and I covered the entire two hundred yards between the cantonment and the canal in a little less than twenty minutes and gazed upon the barges which are being towed along by man and woman power. Work like that would kill us (or do us a whole lot of good). 1:30—Mosquitoes and bugs pestered us too much by the water so we sauntered rapidly back to the quarters and watched the poker game for a while. They are out for an endurance record today, trying to beat the one of fourteen hours and eight minutes made at Ste. Menehould, when they played until Bob, the old waiter, brought in the "Quaker Oats" at breakfast. 3:30—I fell asleep about two o'clock while I was attempting to decide whether I would finish my letter home or start a new story. 4:30—When climbing out of my car I noticed that one of my tires was flat. I think I shall pump<noinclude></noinclude> 246vzg5eqssdlzcshycx2tsjdktsm5j Page:Ambulance 464 by Julien Bryan.djvu/216 104 1489402 14128672 7844059 2024-04-25T18:08:00Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Jarekt" /></noinclude>{{dhr}} {{rh|''July 6th.''||''Tirage at Suippes.''}} Mike O'Connor and I have been out here all day and only had one run apiece. The post here is a ''"tirage,"'' where all the blessés from the other posts are left and then taken by the men on duty there to the hospitals at Cuperly and St. Hilare au Temple. If these become overcrowded they are sent on to base hospitals at Châlons or Bar-le-Duc; and from there any cases which require special attention or a long period of recuperation are sent into Paris by train. Like all the other towns near the front, Suippes has been shelled considerably and occasionally even now the Boches drop in a few ''obus''. They take particular delight in banging away at the railroad station, for though the inhabitants have been forced to leave the village, all the military supplies for this sector are brought up here by train. A poilu was killed here only yesterday by a "210." Mike and I got permission for a few minutes off about noon. We walked over to the church which was unharmed, with the exception of the belfry which had been torn away. The four bells were lying where they fell, in front of the altar, and the statues of two angels, kneeling<noinclude>{{c|166}}</noinclude> knmcq1nzn86csuiehujna1i9jsyvpxc Page:Ambulance 464 by Julien Bryan.djvu/220 104 1489408 14128673 7844064 2024-04-25T18:08:02Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Jarekt" />{{Running header|170|"AMBULANCE 464"|}}</noinclude>{{hwe |s= Unfor |e= tunately }} we had to return to the post before eight-thirty so we had very little time there. We took as many souvenirs as we could carry, including two unexploded torpedos and an Austrian "88." Just as we were leaving, we asked one of the poilus who was at work putting the trenches into shape once more, if he had seen any "77" cartridge cases lying about. And instead of giving us an empty one, what did he do but pick up a whole loaded shell and slam it against the side of the trench until it came apart. Then he dumped all the powder out on the ground and gave us the casing. On our way back we had a close call. We had gone only a short distance when we found we were heading straight for a battery which the Boches were shelling. There was no other way to the post except by a long detour; so we decided to chance it, figuring that we could get past in the four minute interval at which the shells seemed to be coming. But we weren't quite quick enough and a big fellow just as we got there. Éclat shot by us and over our heads and a few seconds later twigs and small branches from the nearby trees began to patter down around us. We didn't stop here, not even long enough to take a picture. As soon as we arrived at the post we dumped the souvenirs into the rear of Frutiger's car.<noinclude></noinclude> tuzfrzeefjhltda05o3qqn2yu98yaqs Page:Ambulance 464 by Julien Bryan.djvu/283 104 1490122 14128678 7607813 2024-04-25T18:08:48Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" /></noinclude>{{dhr}} {{x-larger|'''Christine'''}} {{c|{{sc|By [[Author:Elizabeth von Arnim|ALICE CHOLMONDELEY]] }}}} {{right|''Cloth, 12mo., $1.25''}} "A book which is true in essentials—so real that one is tempted to doubt whether it is fiction at all—doubly welcome and doubly important. . . . It would be difficult indeed to find a book in which the state of mind of the German people is pictured so cleverly, with so much understanding and convincing detail. . . . Intelligent, generous, sweetnatured, broadminded, quick to see and to appreciate all that is beautiful either in nature or in art, rejoicing humbly over her own great gift, endowed with a keen sense of humour, Christine's is a thoroughly wholesome and lovable character. But charming as Christine's personality and her literary style both are, the main value of the book lies in its admirably lucid analysis of the German mind."—''New York Times''. "Absolutely different from preceding books of the war. Its very freedom and girlishness of expression, its very simplicity and open-heartedness, prove the truth of its pictures." —''New York World''. "A luminous story of a sensitive and generous nature, the spontaneous expression of one spirited, affectionate, ardently ambitious, and blessed with a sense of humour."—''Boston Herald''. "The next time some sentimental old lady of either sex, who 'can't see why we have to send our boys abroad,' comes into your vision, and you know they are too unintelligent (they usually are) to understand a serious essay, try to trap them into reading 'Christine.' If you succeed we know it will do them good."—''Town and Country''. {{dhr}} {{rule|4em}} {{dhr}} {{c|THE MACMILLAN COMPANY<br> {{x-smaller|Publishers{{gap|2em}}64-66 Fifth Avenue{{gap|2em}}New York}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> bqbtqp7yodi3db6q7mo7by1w6arqm9m Page:Ambulance 464 by Julien Bryan.djvu/285 104 1490436 14128681 7607817 2024-04-25T18:08:59Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" /></noinclude>{{dhr}} {{x-larger|'''Inside the Russian Revolution '''}} {{c|{{sc|By [[w:en:Rheta Childe Dorr|RHETA CHILDE DORR]] }}}} {{right|''$1.50''}} Here we have the truth, and the whole truth, as it has never before been written, about Russia and its revolution. It is, undoubtedly, the most important book of recent times on the country and the situation there. In the course of this remarkable work will be found interviews with many of the leading figures of the revolution—Kerensky and other ministers; Madame Viruboba, the Czarina's intriguing confidante; Botchkareva, leader of the Battalion of Death; and with Prince Felix Yussupoff, who himself describes in startling, vivid fashion how he killed Rasputin. The book is of enthralling interest, and everyone who is interested in Russia (and who is not just now?) should not fail to read it. {{dhr}} {{rule|4em}} {{dhr}} {{c|THE MACMILLAN COMPANY<br> {{x-smaller|Publishers{{gap|2em}}64-66 Fifth Avenue{{gap|2em}}New York}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> i575oel1kym68e484omvq7b20ys607t Page:Ambulance 464 by Julien Bryan.djvu/85 104 1492667 14128685 7607974 2024-04-25T18:09:36Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{Running header||"AMBULANCE 464"|51}}</noinclude>more besides—war, real war, stripped of glory. For what chance has a man against a shell? And how does the awful suffering of trench life compare with the thrilling battles of the Revolution. I don't mean that it doesn't take ten times the nerve and the endurance, but there's the rub, for we have become machines, not men. I know God will protect us over here, but you realize how absolutely weak and helpless you are when a load of dead are brought in, some with arms and legs gone, others with heads and trunks mixed together; and quite often you learn there wasn't anything left to bring. This matter of being under shellfire for the first time and of trying to drive back in the dark from Esnes, gives one a queer feeling. Payne told me on the boat coming over that he wasn't a Christian and that he didn't believe in prayer. But he said to me yesterday that he had prayed for the first time in his life out there on the Esnes road. Just as he was rounding "Kelly's Corner," a "77" landed in the road in front of him. Then two more shells came, one in the field to his right and the other a few yards behind him. "Why, Doolie," he said afterwards, "there wasn't anything else to do except ''to'' pray. I felt so little, so absolutely helpless, that I had to ask God for help. I got it too. That fourth shell didn't explode."<noinclude></noinclude> tf5t9otjg9nuoeneu5eopsv579ze1cg Page:EB1911 - Volume 19.djvu/929 104 1498941 14130099 12502430 2024-04-25T21:36:30Z DivermanAU 522506 /* Validated */ Nerds→Nero’s; Carthage→Carthago; aura→auro after cf. theodora.com/encyclopedia/n/numismatics.html proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="DivermanAU" />{{rh|ROMAN COINS]|{{x-larger|NUMISMATICS}}|{{x-larger|  895}}}}</noinclude>yellow brass (orichalcum), and the as semis and quadrans in common red copper. This distinction of metals, however, was sometimes ignored, as in the time of Nero, when we have sestertius (Pl.&nbsp;III. fig.&nbsp;2), dupondius and as, all in brass, and of three different sizes. The as is usually nearly equal in size and Weight to the dupondius, but is distinguished by its metal and inferior fabric. All this brass and copper coinage bears the letters S.C., ''senatus'' ''consulto''. Emperors not acknowledged by the senate are without such money; thus we have no specimens of Otho or Pescennius Niger. {{fine block|Nero reduced the denarius to {{EB1911 tfrac|96}}th of the pound, and alloyed its silver with from 5 to 10% of base metal. Henceforward the quality of the denarius gradually sank, until under Sept. Severus the proportion of alloy was from 50 to 60%. Caracalla also issued lead plated with silver and, among his aurei, copper plated with gold. He also introduced a new coin, {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingFine|Changes under later emperors.}} called after him the argenteus Antoninianus. It was struck at {{nowrap|{{EB1911 tfrac|60}}th}} to {{nowrap|{{EB1911 tfrac|64}}th}} of the pound, and seems to have been originally a double denarius struck on a lower standard. The characteristic of this coin is that the head of the emperor is radiate as Sol (Pl.&nbsp;III. fig.&nbsp;4), that of the empress on a crescent as Luna. Towards the end of Caracalla’s reign the weight of the aureus had fallen to {{nowrap|{{EB1911 tfrac|50}} ℔.}} Under Elagabalus the taxes were paid in gold alone; this was ruinous, for the treasury paid in debased silver at nominal value, which had to be used to purchase gold by the taxpayer at real value. Under Gordian&nbsp;III. the silver contained 67% of alloy; and eventually under Gallienus the “argenteus” frequently contained no silver whatever. Aurelian ({{asc|A.D.}}&nbsp;270–275) attempted a reform of the coinage by which the previous coin was reduced from its nominal to its intrinsic value. The coins were now of bronze with a wash of silver, and we now find them marked with their value as two denarii. These coins replace at once the base silver and the bronze, which now disappear. The moneying right of the senate had become illusory by the depreciation of silver, which had ceased to have any real value. Aurelian entirely suppressed this right; Tacitus and Florian restored it for a few years, after which the S.C. disappears from the coinage. The reform of Aurelian caused a serious outbreak at Rome, but was maintained by him and by Tacitus. Aurelian also suppressed all local mints but Alexandria. It was the work of Diocletian to restore the issue of relatively pure money in the three metals. He made no less than four unsuccessful attempts to regulate the weight of gold. Not later than 290 he restored a pure silver coinage with a piece of {{EB1911 tfrac|96}} ℔. His reformed bronze coins are the ''follis'', marked XX, XX·I., K, KA, &c. (all meaning “2&nbsp;denarii=the unit”) and the half-denarius of centenionalis. Constantine, probably in {{asc|A.D.}} 312 (though some critics attribute the reform to Constantius Chlorus) desiring to rectify the gold coinage, which had long been quite irregular in weight, reduced the chief gold piece to {{EB1911 tfrac|72}} of the pound, and issued the solidus (Pl.&nbsp;III. fig.&nbsp;5), a piece destined to play a great part in commercial history. It was never lowered in weight, though many centuries later it was debased, long after it had become the parent of the gold coinages of Westerns and Easterns alike throughout the civilized world. The letters OB, which are commonly found in the exergue of gold coins from the 4th century onwards mean ''Obryzum'' (refined gold), and the letters PS, found on silver coins ''Pustulatum'' (refined silver). Under Constantius&nbsp;II. ({{asc|A.D.}}&nbsp;360) and Julian the silver coin of {{nowrap|{{EB1911 tfrac|96}} ℔}} was suppressed, and the siliqua of {{nowrap|{{EB1911 tfrac|144}}th}} of the pound (which had already been issued in small quantities before) took its place. From about 360 there was a system of 4 bronze coins (follis, denarius, centenionalis and {{EB1911 tfrac|2}} centenionalis). The last soon disappeared, and under Honorius (395) only the centenionalis remained. Honorius and his successors issued the silver decargyrus (=10&nbsp;denarii). The bronze coinage of this time was small and mean. It will be seen that a fuller system of bronze was originated by Anastasius, the Byzantine emperor.}} Under Augustus the Roman monetary system became the official standard of the empire, and no local mint could exist without the imperial licence. Thus the Greek imperial money is strictly Roman money coined in the provinces, with the legends and types of the towns. Many cities were allowed to strike bronze, several silver. The kings of the Cimmerian Bosporus enjoyed the exceptional privilege of striking gold, which, however, became rapidly debased. The silver becomes limited about Nero’s time, but lasts under the Antonines, and is also found under Caracalla and Macrinus. It is chiefly supplied by the mints of Caesarea in Cappadocia, Antioch and subsidiary mints in Syria, and Alexandria in Egypt. None of these were strictly city-mints, but served the purposes of the provincial government. The bronze increased in mints and quantity in the 2nd century, but, through the debasement of the Roman silver, one city after another ceased to strike about the middle of the 3rd, The provincial mint of Alexandria, however, continued to strike <!-- column 2 --> until the end of the century. From the coins of the ordinary Greek and other cities under the empire must be distinguished the issues of the Roman colonies. In the west these practically ceased in Nero’s time; in the east they lasted as long as the other Greek coinage. Purely Roman gold and silver was coined in certain of the provinces, in Spain and Gaul, and at the cities of Antioch and Ephesus. When the base silver had driven the Greek imperial bronze out of circulation, Gallienus established local mints which struck pure Roman types. Diocletian increased the number of these mints, which lasted until the fall of the empire of the West, and in the East longer. These mints were (with others added later), Londinium (or Augusta), Camulodunum, Treviri, Lugdunum, Arelate (or Constantina), Ambianum, Tarraco, Carthago, Roma, Ostia, Ravenna, Aquileia, Mediolanum, Siscia, Serdica, Sirmium, Thessalonica, Constantinopolis, Heraclea, Nicomedia, Cyzicus, Antiochia (ultimately Theupolis) and Alexandria. A few were speedily abandoned. {{fine block|As regards the internal organization of the mints under the empire, we know that, although the names of the ''triumviri monetales'' do not occur on the coins after 15&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}, they continued to exist (with the title ''IIIviri aere argento auro flando feriundo'', although their competence was restricted to the first metal) until probably the time of Aurelian, who withdrew the right of coinage from the senate. Officials of the imperial treasury superintended the gold and silver coinage; Trajan placed a ''procurator monetae Augusti'' of equestrian rank at the head of the whole system, subject to the emperor’s ''rationalis'' (the chief official of the treasury). The system of procurators was extended and regularized by Diocletian. In the Roman colonies (which were only allowed to issue bronze) the formula D.D. or EX&nbsp;D.D. (''ex'' ''decurionum decreto'') often occurs, corresponding to the S.C. of the Roman mint. At many colonies, especially in the west, the monetary duumviri sign the coins. At Rome the imperial mint itself was situated behind the Colosseum, near the Caelian hill, the senate retaining its mint on the Capitol probably until the time of Trajan. The three monetae (of the three metals) appear together on medallions for the first time under Hadrian, and probably indicate the organization of the mints for the three metals in one place. From the middle of the 3rd century mint-marks begin to occur on the coins, indicating the various mints, the ''officinae'' in each mint, &c. Sometimes these marks form “secret combinations”; thus the letters I, O and BI found on three different coins of Diocletian (struck at three different officinae), and the letters HP, KOY and {{Fs|90%|ΛΙ}} on three corresponding coins of Maximian, combine into Greek words representing the genitives of the Latin titles ''Iovius'' and ''Herculius'' assumed by these two emperors.}} The obverse type of the imperial coins is the portrait of an imperial personage, emperor, empress or Caesar. The type only varies in the treatment of the head or bust—if male, laureate, radiate or bare; if female, sometimes veiled, but usually bare. The reverse types of the pagan period are mythological of divinities, allegorical {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingSmall|Types and inscriptions.}} of personifications, historical of the acts of the emperors. Thus the coins of Hadrian, besides bearing the figures of the chief divinities of Rome, commemorate by allegorical representations of countries or cities the emperor’s progresses, and by actual representations his architectural works. Types often occur purely personal to the emperor, such as the sphinx which Augustus used as his signet, or the Capricorn, his natal sign. The most remarkable feature of imperial types is the increase of personifications, such as Abundantia, Concordia, Liberalitas, Pudicitia—for the most part drearily conventional. The inscriptions are either simply descriptive, such as the emperor’s names and titles in the nominative on the obverse, or partly on the obverse and partly on the reverse, and the name of the subject on the reverse; or else they are dedicatory, the imperial names and titles being given on the obverse in the dative and the name of the type on the reverse. Sometimes the reverse bears a directly dedicatory inscription to the emperor. The inscriptions on the earlier imperial coins from Tiberius to Severus Alexander are generally chronological, usually giving the current or last consulship of the emperor and his tribunitian year. It must be noted that Christian symbols first made their appearance on coins in an unsystematic, almost accidental way. The earliest instance is at the mint of Tarraco in {{asc|A.D.}}&nbsp;314, when a cross occurs as a symbol on the reverse. In {{asc|A.D.}}&nbsp;320 the Christian monogram is found as a detail in the field at several mints. But the types still remain pagan; these symbols are not introduced by order,<noinclude></noinclude> jclbdtbo2hdhl7mrgujcto7aach6sy0 Page:EB1911 - Volume 19.djvu/928 104 1498942 14130074 12486022 2024-04-25T21:20:03Z DivermanAU 522506 /* Validated */ aura→auro after cf. theodora.com/encyclopedia/n/numismatics.html; add some non-break spaces; {{EB1911 tfrac|2}} etc.; en-dash for date ranges proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="DivermanAU" />{{rh|{{x-larger|894  }}|{{x-larger|NUMISMATICS}}|[ROMAN COINS}}</noinclude>the sesterce remained the unit of account. Marks of value occur on all the coins from 269&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}} for some time onward, except on the smallest bronze and the victoriatus. After the reduction of the bronze had been carried far, it became possible to issue large denominations of a circular form; thus circular bronze decusses (equal each to 1&nbsp;denarius) are known of various periods, weighing from over 1100 to 650&nbsp;grammes. Gold was not regularly coined by the Romans until the close of the republic; but certain exceptional issues must be noticed. The earliest (some time during the first Punic War) consisted of pieces of 60 (Pl.&nbsp;II. fig.&nbsp;26), 40 and 20&nbsp;sestertii; they were issued both from Rome and from some external mint or mints. To the crisis of the second Punic War may be assigned certain electrum coins of {{nowrap|1{{EB1911 tfrac|2}} scruple}} weight (types: janiform female head, and Jupiter in quadriga). It is to this time that Pliny attributes the fixing of the as at the weight of an uncia, and the valuation of the denarius at 16 instead of 10&nbsp;asses (although in estimating the pay of soldiers the denarius continued to be given for 10&nbsp;asses). Finally there is some probability in the attribution to the year&nbsp;209 of the well-known gold coins of 6 and 3&nbsp;scruples which have on the obverse a head of the young Janus, and on the reverse two soldiers taking an oath of alliance over the carcass of a pig—in allusion to the loyalty to Rome of her Latin colonies (Livy xxvii. 9,&nbsp;10). Without following the fortunes of the various denominations, we may note that in 89&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}} the lex Papiria suppressed all local mints throughout Italy, ordered the reissue of the silver sestertius, and introduced the semuncial {{nowrap|({{EB1911 tfrac|2}} ounce)}} standard for bronze. This was just after the close of the Social War, which had been signalized by the issue, on the part of the revolted allies, of an interesting series of coins (denarii and—most treasonable of all—a gold piece) chiefly from Italia, as they called Corfinium. These coins bear in Oscan letters the names of the Italian military leaders, such as C.&nbsp;Papius Mutilus. In 81&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}} the regular bronze coinage came to an end, and the denarius remained for a long time the only coin issued by the Roman mint. Roman generals sometimes, however, issued exceptional coins in their own names, such as “bronze sesterces.” We have already dealt with the earliest gold money of the republic. Another exceptional issue was the gold coin bearing the name of T.&nbsp;Quinctius Flamininus, the liberator of Hellas (struck between 198 and 190&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}); but it was minted in Greece and conformed to Greek standards. The earliest Roman aurei proper (those of Sulla) were also struck outside Rome. They weigh {{EB1911 tfrac|30}} or {{EB1911 tfrac|36}} of a Roman pound. The aurei of Pompeius were {{EB1911 tfrac|36}}, those of Julius Caesar {{EB1911 tfrac|40}}, of the pound. After Caesar’s time the weight of the aureus fell to {{nowrap|{{EB1911 tfrac|42}} ℔,}} under Augustus. {{fine block|Of the administrative side of the Roman system of coinage little is known but what the coins reveal. The earliest indication of monetary magistrates is found in symbols, which occur on the coins before the close of the first Punic War. Then the names begin to appear, at first abbreviated, then at length. Probably the right of coinage was in the beginning vested in the consuls, but it would seem that about the time of the second Punic War it was transferred to a special board of magistrates, the ''tresviri aere argento auro flando'' ''feriundo''. Whether they were appointed every year, or only when need arose, we do not know; but it is improbable that there was an annual board until the beginning of the 1st century, if then; and even when annually appointed, they cannot all have exercised their right. On the other hand, there were in some years, as 92&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}, no less than five moneyers; in ''c''.&nbsp;86&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}} there were four, two being aediles exercising a specially conferred right. Exceptional issues of this kind were often authorized by the senate, and bear inscriptions indicating the fact, such as P.E.S.C. (''Publice ex Senatus consulto''). An issue for the purpose of the Apollinarian games, defrayed out of a special treasury, bears the inscription S.C.D(e) T(hesauro). Julius Caesar added a fourth moneyer to the board. The first issue of gold by such a board took place in 43&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}; all previous issues of gold had been made, so far as we know, in virtue of military imperium (in 44&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}} by the praetors). Augustus, after the troublous period 41–27 was over, returned to the triumviral system; after his reform of 15&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}} the bronze coinage which he introduced in that year is signed by the triumvirs, although the gold and silver bears no such names. Shortly afterwards, however, he organized the system which will be dealt with under the empire.}} The types of the Roman republican coins are of great interest, although their art never rises above mediocrity. The chief types <!-- column 2 --> of the period before 269 have already been mentioned. The earliest denarii, quinarii and sestertii bear a head of the goddess Roma, helmeted, and the Dioscuri charging on horseback, as they appeared at Lake Regillus. The victoriatus has a head of Jupiter and a figure of Victory crowning a trophy. The types of the bronze coins are practically the same as in the earlier period. About 190&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}} the goddess Diana in her chariot begins to appear on the reverses of some of the denarii. Later, other types gradually encroach on the reverses; first, Victory in a chariot; still later such types as the Juno of Lanuvium in a chariot drawn by goats. This and other types which now begin to relieve the monotony of the series usually have a personal allusion to the moneyer, or to his family history. Thus, on a denarius of Sex. Pompeius Fostlus is seen the shepherd Faustulus discovering Romulus and Remus suckled by the she-wolf. Imaginary or more or less authentic portraits of ancestors, such as Numa, L.&nbsp;Junius Brutus or M.&nbsp;Claudius Marcellus, belong to the same category. An elephant’s head on a Macedonian shield, on a coin of M. Caecilius Metellus (''c''.&nbsp;94&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}), alludes to victories won by Caecilii at Panormus (in 251, over Punic elephants) and in Macedonia (in 148). The cult of Venus by the Julian family is illustrated by a denarius of L. Julius Caesar (''c''.&nbsp;90&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}) with a head of Mars and a figure of Venus in a car drawn by two Cupids. The surrender of Jugurtha by Bocchus to Sulla is represented on a denarius of Sulla’s son Faustus (62&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}, Pl.&nbsp;II. fig.&nbsp;23). The type is probably a copy of the design which we, know the dictator used for his signet-ring, M. Aemilius Lepidus (TVTOR REGis) crowning Ptolemy Epiphanes, or Paullus Aemilius erecting a trophy, while King Perseus and his two children, stand before him, are other historical types. A contemporary event is commemorated on a special issue inscribed AD FRV(mentum) EMV(ndum) EX S(enatus) C(onsulto), coined by L.&nbsp;Calpurnius Piso and Q.&nbsp;Servilius Caepio in 100&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}} Caepio, quaestor in that year, defeated the proposal of Saturninus to sell corn publicly at a nominal price; but the senate voted a special issue of money to meet the strain of the market. On the obverse is a head of Saturn, from whose treasury the funds for the issue were drawn; on the reverse are Caepio and Piso on their official seat, and two ears of corn. Perhaps the most graphic allusion to a contemporary event to be found on any coin is furnished by the cap of liberty with two daggers and the inscription EID(ibus) MAR(tiis) on coins of Brutus. Representations of a less obviously historical character, as personifications of countries or places (Hispania, Alexandria) or qualities (Honos and Virtus) or mythological figures (Scylla), are all, it would seem, inspired by some personal interest. Many types will only be explained when more light is thrown on the obscure corners of Roman mythology and ritual; but they will all probably be found to have some personal reference to the moneyer. Roman types of the later republic, therefore, though they may be classified externally as “religious,” “historical,” “canting,” &c., are all inspired by some personal motive. The inevitable outcome of this character was that, when once contemporary portraiture was regarded as legitimate on the coins, it speedily became its most important feature. The portrait of Flamininus on his gold coin struck in Greece long remained without a Roman analogy. In 44&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}, by order of the senate, the head of Julius Caesar was placed on the silver coins (Pl.&nbsp;III. fig.&nbsp;1; the gold coin bearing his portrait is of doubtful authenticity). After Caesar’s death portraits occur on coins issued by men of all shades of political opinion, showing that portraiture on the coins was not then regarded as the monarchical prerogative, which it became from {{asc|A.D.}}&nbsp;6 onwards, when it was limited to members of the imperial family. The history of the imperial coinage is full of metrological difficulties. These arise from the conditions fixed by Augustus (16–15&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}), by which the emperor alone coined gold and silver, the senate alone bronze. Consequently the senate was wholly at the mercy of the emperor. Augustus struck the aureus at 42 to the pound, equal to 25&nbsp;denarii at 84 {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingSmall|Augustus.}} to the pound (Pl.&nbsp;III. fig.&nbsp;3). He introduced a new coinage in two metals, the sestertius of 4&nbsp;asses and dupondius of 2, both in fine<noinclude></noinclude> igjgvihemuseza0rj822h8vyde8cs7w Page:EB1911 - Volume 19.djvu/927 104 1498943 14130041 12486021 2024-04-25T21:01:50Z DivermanAU 522506 /* Validated */ {{EB1911 tfrac|2}} etc.; middot decimals; add some non-break spaces proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="DivermanAU" />{{rh|ROMAN COINS]|{{x-larger|NUMISMATICS}}|{{x-larger|  893}}}}</noinclude>coinage from 338 to 16&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}} falls into two great periods—the second being marked by the introduction of the denarius system in 269. From 338 to 269 three minor periods may be distinguished, indicating in a striking way the growth of the Roman organization of central Italy. In the period 338–312 Rome consolidated her dominion in Latium and Campania as against her rivals the Samnites. In the second period (312 to ''c''.&nbsp;290) she finally subdued the Samnites. The system of her coinage is from the beginning based on a double mint, one in Rome and one in Capua, (perhaps also she struck in some other cities in south Italy). The weight-units with which she starts are, for bronze, the Osco-Latin pound of 273 grammes, for silver the didrachm of 7·58 grammes (the latter being {{EB1911 tfrac|36}} of the former and more or less coincident with the Phocaic-Campanian didrachm current in Campania). The relation between silver and bronze was as 1&#x202f;:&#x202f;120 or 1&#x202f;:&#x202f;125. The bronze unit was the ''as'' of 1&nbsp;pound weight, which was divided into 12 unciae. The reverse type of all bronze denominations was a prow, which alluded to the establishment of Roman sea-power (in 348 she concluded her treaty with Carthage, in 338 she subjugated Antium, her chief rival on the Latin coast, and set up the beaks of the Antiate ships in her forum). The denominations are marked by I (the as), S (semis={{EB1911 tfrac|2}}&nbsp;as) and for the smaller denominations a number of pellets indicating the value in unciae. On the obverses appear the heads of deities: Janus on the as (see Plate), Jupiter on the semis, Minerva on the triens (4&nbsp;unciae), Hercules on the quadrans (3&nbsp;unciae), Mercury on the sextans (2&nbsp;unciae) and Bellona on the uncia. These heavy coins were all cast at Rome. The Roman mint at Capua, on the other hand, produced a series of silver coins (chiefly didrachms) and small ''struck'' bronze change with the inscription ROMANO (see Pl.&nbsp;II. fig.&nbsp;24). In the second period (312 to ''c''.&nbsp;290) the mint at Rome continues to issue cast bronze of the same weights and types. But at Capua the mint becomes much more active, being opened for cast bronze as well as struck silver. The Osco-Latin silver standard is superseded by the Roman scruple-standard (1&nbsp;scruple of 1·137&nbsp;grammes={{EB1911 tfrac|240}} of the pound of 273&nbsp;grammes). Silver being to bronze as 1&#x202f;:&#x202f;120, 2 scruples of silver were equivalent to 1 bronze as of 273&nbsp;grammes. The first issue of silver in this period consisted of didrachms (six-scruple pieces) with a head of Roma in a Phrygian helmet (alluding to her Trojan foundation), the inscription is ROMANO. Parallel with this is a Capuan issue of libral cast bronze (''aes grave'') for the use of the Latin territory; the 3-asses (tressis), 2-asses (dupondius) and as all have the head of Roma as on the didrachm, and the reverse type of all denominations is a wheel. (This wheel probably alludes to the completion of the internal routes of communication in Roman territory, especially of the via Appia, which was finished in 312). Finally, to this first issue is attributed one of the quadrilateral ingots generally known as ''aes signatum''; its types are the Roman eagle on a thunderbolt, and a Pegasus with the inscription ROMANOM. These ingots, according to a plausible but not quite convincing conjecture, were probably not used as money, but only in sacral and legal ceremonies—such as dedication to the gods, ''venditio per aes et libram'', &c.—in which the use of ''aes rude'' was traditional. But from this time onward each issue of silver and aes grave from the Capuan mint was, it is supposed, accompanied by a new ingot of this kind. Three further issues of silver from the Capuan mint took place in this period, each accompanied by its corresponding aes grave series and ingot. These heavy bronze pieces are all uninscribed; on the silver and small struck bronze ROMA replaces ROMANO. The evidence of hoards shows that in this period there must have been some sort of convention between Rome and the autonomous mints of her allies, permitting the circulation, throughout the bronze-using district under Roman control, of all the coins issued from Rome and Capua, on the one hand, and, on the other, all the aes grave issued by the autonomous mints. In the third sub-period (''c''.&nbsp;290–269) the silver coinage of the Capuan mint becomes thoroughly Romanized; its inscription is, of course, ROMA; its types are the typically Roman ones of the youthful head of Janus and Jupiter in his <!-- column 2 --> quadriga (these are the ''nummi quadrigati''). There is also a series of struck bronze inscribed ROMA issued from the same mint. The important feature of this period is that bronze is no longer regarded as the most important element in the currency, but is subordinated to silver; the result is that we have what is called the semi-libral reduction, the weight of the as issued from the Roman mint being half the pound. But opinions vary as to whether the pound of which the as represented the half in this period was the old one of 273&nbsp;grammes or the new Roman pound of 327·45&nbsp;grammes. As the latter was certainly used for a special series of ''aes grave'' issued from the Roman mint for the Latins (see below), we may assume that it was also used for the regular Roman coinage. Now since the {{EB1911 tfrac|2}}&nbsp;℔ as (163·72&nbsp;grammes) was equated to 1&nbsp;scruple of silver (1137&nbsp;grammes), we get a forced relation of silver to copper of 1&#x202f;:&#x202f;144. The as being regarded merely as representing so much silver (1&nbsp;scruple), so long as the state guaranteed the cover, there was no reason why the as, being merely token money, should not fall in weight; and that it does, sinking by the end of this or beginning of the next period to the weight of {{EB1911 tfrac|5}} of the Oscan or {{EB1911 tfrac|6}} (sextans) of the new Roman pound. We may note the occurrence in this series of the ''decussis'' or 10-as piece. Of the two series of aes grave issued in this period for the benefit of the Latin district, both are heavier than in the preceding period; the new Roman pound of 327·45&nbsp;grammes is used for a series issued from the mint of Rome; a still higher weight (perhaps of 341&nbsp;grammes) for a series issued from Capua, The relation between silver and copper involved in this standard is not quite clear. In this period also we have ingots corresponding according to the theory above mentioned, to the various series of aes grave; one, with a pair of chickens feeding and a pair of rostra, refers to the augury taken by the Roman imperator before battle. Two other ingots commemorate historical events; one, with a Samnite bull on each side, the subjugation of Rome’s great rival; the other, with an elephant and a pig, the alleged rout of Pyrrhus’s elephants by the grunting of swine at Asculum in 278. After the introduction in 269 {{asc|B.C.}} of the silver denarius (piece of 10 asses, marked&nbsp;X, Pl.&nbsp;II. fig.&nbsp;25) with its half (the quinarius, V) and its quarter (the sestertius, IIS), no changes of obviously great economic importance take place in the coinage until near the close of the republican period. Although it is not true, as is sometimes stated, that the coinage of silver at all local mints in south Italy, except the Bruttian, came to a close with the introduction of the denarius, yet the new Roman coin entirely dominated the currency from the first. Many mints, however, continued to issue bronze coinage down to 89&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}, and a Roman coinage in various metals is also attributed to certain local mints, such as Croton and Hatria; not to mention the Roman issues which still continued to be made from Capua, though in a less degree than before. At Rome itself the mint was now localized in the temple of Juno Moneta, who probably received her surname from, rather than gave it to, ''money''. The denarius, being equivalent to 10 asses, and weighing 4·55&nbsp;grammes, would at the rate of 1&#x202f;:&#x202f;120 (which was now restored) be equivalent to 546&nbsp;grammes of bronze. The as of the time must therefore have been the one weighing 54·6&nbsp;grammes, that is {{EB1911 tfrac|5}} of the Oscan pound of 273&nbsp;grammes, or {{EB1911 tfrac|6}} (sextans) of the Attic-Roman pound of 327·45&nbsp;grammes. In other words, the legally recognized as of this period was the as of the sextantal reduction. The bronze coins of this reduction are, like the silver, struck, not cast; the process of striking had already been introduced for the lower denominations of bronze in the previous period. About 241&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}} the weight of the denarius, having sunk under the stress of the first Punic war, was fixed at 3·90&nbsp;grammes. Possibly the reduction of the as to the weight of an uncia, which Pliny attributes to the time of the Hannibalian crisis, may really have taken place at the same time. In 228&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}} (some critics prefer to say nearly forty years earlier) a new silver extra-Roman coin, the ''victoriatus'', was introduced. It replaced the old Campanian drachm and, wherever it may have been minted, was meant for circulation outside Rome. The quinarius and sestertius at the same time disappeared from the regular coinage, but<noinclude></noinclude> megw3a125pq4wia7b64ufmdobdke06w Page:EB1911 - Volume 19.djvu/926 104 1498944 14130005 12486020 2024-04-25T20:40:07Z DivermanAU 522506 /* Validated */ add some non-break spaces; curly apostrophes; adjust Shoulder Headings proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="DivermanAU" />{{rh|{{x-larger|892 &emsp;}}|{{x-larger|NUMISMATICS}}|[ROMAN COINS}}</noinclude>coins are octadrachms in gold and tetradrachms in silver, besides the abundant bronze money. Ptolemy&nbsp;I. appears to have issued his money while regent for Philip Arrhidaeus (323–318); it only differs in the royal name from that of Alexander. He then struck money for Alexander&nbsp;IV. (317–311) on the Attic standard with the head of Alexander the Great, with the horn of Ammon in the elephant’s skin and Alexander’s reverse. He soon adopted a new reverse, that of Athene Promachos. This money he continued to strike after the young king’s death until he himself (305) took the royal title, when he issued his own money, his portrait on the one side and the eagle and thunderbolt with his name as king on the other. This type in silver, with the inscription “Ptolemy the king,” is thenceforward the regular currency. He also issued gold staters (reverse, Alexander the Great in an elephant-car). Ptolemy&nbsp;II. (Philadelphus, 285–247), the richest of the family, continued his father’s coinage. Philadelphus also began (after the death and deification of Arsinoë&nbsp;II., about 271&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}), the issue of the gold octadrachms with the busts of Ptolemy&nbsp;I. and Berenice&nbsp;I., Ptolemy&nbsp;II. and Arsinoë&nbsp;II., and certainly struck beautiful octadrachms in gold and decadrachms in silver of Arsinoë&nbsp;II., the gold being long afterwards continued. Philadelphus also began the great bronze issues of the system. Ptolemy&nbsp;III. (Euergetes&nbsp;I. ''c''.&nbsp;247–222) struck gold octadrachms with his own portrait, wearing a crown of rays. His queen Berenice&nbsp;II., striking in her own right as heiress of the Cyrenaica and also as consort, issued a showy currency with her portrait, both octadrachms and decadrachms like those of Arsinoë, and a coinage for the Cyrenaica of peculiar divisions. Under Ptolemy&nbsp;IV. (Philopator, 222–205) the gold octadrachms are continued with his portrait and that of Arsinoë&nbsp;III. Ptolemy&nbsp;V. (Epiphanes, 205–181) still strikes octadrachms with his portrait and with that of Arsinoë, and begins the continuous series of the tetradrachms of the three great cities of Cyprus. The coinage henceforward steadily degenerates in style and eventually also in metal. In the latest series, the money of the famous Cleopatra&nbsp;VII., it is interesting to note the Egyptian variety of her head, also occurring on Greek imperial money and on that of Ascalon. Under the Roman rule the imperial money of Alexandria, the coinage of the imperial province of Egypt, is the most remarkable in its class for its extent and the interest and variety of its types. It begins under Augustus and ends with the usurper or patriot Achilleus, called on his money Domitius Domitianus, overthrown by Diocletian ({{asc|A.D.}}&nbsp;297), thus lasting longer than Greek imperial money elsewhere. In the earlier period there are base silver coins continuing the base tetradrachms struck by Auletes, and bronze money of several sizes. Most of the coins are dated by the regnal years of the emperors, the letter <span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold">L</span> being used for “year.” The types are very various, and may be broadly divided into Greek, Graeco-Roman and Graeco-Egyptian. The Graeco-Roman types have the closest analogy to those of Rome herself; the Graeco-Egyptian are of high interest as a special class illustrative of the latest phase of Egyptian mythology. These native types, at first uncommon, from the time of Domitian are of great frequency. The money of Trajan, Hadrian and Antoninus Pius is abundant and interesting. A coin of Antoninus, dated in his sixth year, records the beginning of a new Sothiac cycle of 1460 years, which happened in the emperor’s second year ({{asc|A.D.}}&nbsp;139). The reverse type is a crested crane, the Egyptian bennu or phoenix, with a kind of radiate nimbus round its head, and the inscription '''{{Greek|ΑΙΩΝ}}'''. Under Claudius&nbsp;II. (Gothicus) and thenceforward there is but a single kind of coin of bronze washed with silver. In this series we note the money of Zenobia, and of her son Vabalathus. Coins bearing the names and local types of the nomes of Egypt were struck by a few emperors at the Alexandrian mint. Their metal is bronze, and they are of different sizes. Passing by the unimportant coinage of the Libyans, we reach the interesting series of the Cyrenaica, the only truly Greek currency of Africa. It begins under the line of Battus about the middle of the 7th century, and reaches to the Roman rule as <!-- column 2 --> far as the reign of Augustus. The coins were issued at Cyrene, Barca, Euesperides and smaller towns. The weight of the gold always, and of the silver until some date not long after 450&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}, is Euboic; afterwards it is Phoenician. The ruling types are the silphium plant and its fruit, and the head of Zeus Ammon, first bearded (Pl.&nbsp;II. fig.&nbsp;23) then beardless. The art is vigorous, and in the transitional and fine period has the best Greek qualities. It is clearly an outlying branch of the school of Central Greece. The oldest coins are uninscribed, so that it cannot always be said at which mint they were struck. The money with the name of Cyrene comprises a fine series of gold Attic staters and silver tetradrachms. It was an important mint of the Ptolemies. Barca has a smaller coinage then Cyrene. It comprises a wonderful tetradrachm (Phoenician), with the head of Ammon bearded, boldly represented, absolutely full face, and three silphiums joined, between their heads an owl, a chameleon and a jerboa. The money of Euesperides is less important. Syrtica and Byzacena offer little of interest. Their coins are late bronze, first with Punic inscriptions, then in imperial times with Latin and Punic or Latin. Latin and Greek are used in the same coins at Leptis Minor in Byzacena. {{EB1911 fine print/s}} In Zeugitana the great currency of Carthage is the last representative of Greek money, for, despite its Orientalism, its origin is Hellenic, and of this origin it is at first not unworthy. Its range in time is from about 410&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}, when the Carthaginians invaded Sicily, to the fall of Carthage in 146&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}} The earliest coins are Attic tetradrachms of the class usually called Siculo-Punic. {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingFine|Carthage.}} These, and certain gold coins with similar types, were issued in Sicily down to about 310&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}} The types owe much to the coinage of Sicilian cities, especially Syracuse; but they show also distinct Punic motives, such as a lion before a palm-tree, or a head of a Punic queen. The Punic inscriptions enable some to be attributed to mints such as Motya, Solus, Eryx; others name “Carthage,” “the Camp,” “the Paymasters,” many, inscribed ''Ziz'', were issued from Panormus. The coinage from about 340 to 242&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}, perhaps all issued at Carthage itself, is scanty; the types, head of Persephone and a horse, or horse and palm-tree, now come in, and prevail to the end of the independent coinage. The acquisition of the Spanish mines about 241 caused the issue of a large coinage, but the gold and silver soon degenerate into electrum and potin. The metrology of the various series (excepting the Siculo-Punic) is obscure, but the standard seems to be Phoenician. The late silver 12-drachm pieces and some of the bronzes are among the heaviest struck coins of the ancients. The art of the earlier coins is sometimes purely Greek of Sicilian style. There is even in the best class a curious tendency to exaggeration, which gradually develops itself and finally becomes very barbarous. Roman Carthage has a bronze coinage which is insignificant. There are a few other towns which issued money with Roman legends, such as Utica. The denarii of Clodius Macer, who revolted in {{asc|A.D.}}&nbsp;68, are curiously illustrative of his policy, which was to restore the Roman republic. The cities of Numidia and Mauretania have a late bronze coinage; but an interesting series of silver and bronze coins is attributed with more or less certainty to the Numidian kings from Massinissa (202–148), to Juba&nbsp;I. (60–46&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}), and to the Mauretanian kings from Syphax (213–202&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}), to Juba&nbsp;II. (who also struck coins with his consort Cleopatra, {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingFine|Numidia, Mauretania.}} daughter of Mark Antony and the famous Egyptian queen) and Ptolemy their son, the last of the great family of the kings of Egypt ({{asc|A.D.}}&nbsp;23–40). {{EB1911 fine print/e}} {{clear}} {{anchor|Roman|Roman Coins|II}} {{csc|II. Roman Coins}} The Roman coinage is of two great classes,—the republican and the imperial; the first lasted from the origin of money at Rome to the reform of Augustus in 16&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}, and the second from this date to the fall of the Western empire in {{asc|A.D.}}&nbsp;476. The evidence of the coins themselves as to the origin of the republican coinage is at variance with that of the ancient writers; but the general principles of criticism must be maintained here as in other matters of early Roman story. The tradition which ascribed the introduction of coins bearing types to Servius Tullius must be unhesitatingly rejected. The style and types of the earliest Roman coins point clearly to a date not earlier than the middle of the 4th century. The native copper which the Italians used from primitive times as a sort of medium of exchange, in amorphous blocks (''aes rude'') was probably not a state-currency, being produced by private enterprise. It was not until Rome unified Latium and Campania under her rule that central Italy acquired a true coinage. This must have been about 338&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}} The history of the republican<noinclude></noinclude> 87z8jgn4ua5vmhasr469esxfei8thqv Page:EB1911 - Volume 19.djvu/925 104 1498947 14127826 12486019 2024-04-25T13:46:50Z DivermanAU 522506 /* Validated */ Laodieea→Laodicea; line→fine etc. after cf. theodora.com/encyclopedia/n/numismatics.html; add some non-break spaces proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="DivermanAU" />{{rh|AFRICAN COINS]|{{x-larger|NUMISMATICS}}|{{x-larger| 891}}}}</noinclude>coins in this period, sometimes under the name of Laodicea in Canaan. Ace-Ptolemais (Acre) was an important mint under the Ptolemies; for a time, under the Seleucidae, it was called Antiochia in Ptolemais. Besides the Seleucid era autonomous eras are in use at some of the cities, as at Aradus (259&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}), Sidon (111&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}) and Tyre (126&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}). Under the empire there are some very large coinages of bronze, besides a certain amount of silver resembling that of Antioch. The quasi-autonomous silver of Tyre was also issued as late as {{asc|A.D.}}&nbsp;57. Berytus (a ''colonia'') has types relating to the cults of Astarte and Poseidon; Astarte is also prominent at Sidon (a colonia from Elagabalus onwards; a common type represents the wheeled shrine of the goddess) and Tripolis. At Byblus a temple is represented with a conical fetish. Tyre has many interesting types: Dido building Carthage; the Ambrosial Rocks; Cadmus fighting the serpent or founding Thebes, &c. Ptolemais issued coins as a colony from Claudius onwards. In Trachonitis, the only city of importance is Caesarea Panias, with a famous grotto of Pan, perhaps represented on an imperial coin. Several cities in Decapolis issued imperial coins, among them Gadara and Gerasa. In Galilee the coins struck at Tiberias by its founder, Herod Antipas, may be mentioned. Samaria has money of Caesarea, both autonomous {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingSmall|Palestine.}} and imperial, the last for the most part colonial, and also imperial of Neapolis, among the types of which occurs the interesting subject of Mount Gerizim surmounted by the Samaritan temple. The coinage of Judaea is an interesting series. The money of Jerusalem is of high interest, and more extensive than appears at first sight. Here was struck the coin of Antiochus&nbsp;VII., with the native lily as a type, the series of the Maccabaean princes, that of the Roman procurators, and the bronze coins countermarked by the tenth legion, quartered by Titus in the ruins of the city. One of these bears the remarkable symbol of a pig. After the reduction of Judaea in the reign of Hadrian, Jerusalem was rebuilt as a colonia with the name Aelia Capitolina. The earliest coin commemorates the foundation. The coinage lasts as late as Valerian. Ascalon strikes autonomous silver and bronze, including remarkable tetradrachms with the portraits of Ptolemy Auletes, of his elder son Ptolemy&nbsp;XIV., and of his daughter Cleopatra (see Pl.&nbsp;II. fig.&nbsp;21). There is also money of Gaza of some importance; the earliest coins are Attic drachms, &c., of barbarous style, inspired by Greek, especially Athenian models; on its imperial coins the god Marna, and Minos and Io are named. The independent Jewish coinage begins with the famous shekels. They have been assigned to various periods, but the preponderance of evidence would class them to Simon Maccabaeus, to whom the right of coining was granted by Antiochus&nbsp;VII. The series is of shekels and half-shekels, of the weight of Phoenician tetradrachms and didrachms. {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingSmall|Jewish coinage.}} The obverse of the shekel bears the inscription “the shekel of Israel,” and for type a sacred vessel of the temple, above which (after year&nbsp;1) is the letter indicating the year of issue and the initial of the word year. The reverse reads “Jerusalem the Holy,” and the type is a flowering branch (Pl.&nbsp;II. fig.&nbsp;19). The half-shekel differs in having the inscription “half-shekel” on the obverse. The types are markedly peculiar; the obverse inscription is equally so, for the regular formula of the neighbouring cities would give nothing but the name of the city; but the reverse inscription is like that of Tyre and Sidon, for instance, “of Tyre sacred and inviolable.” This agreement is confirmatory of the assignment to Simon Maccabaeus. This coinage bears the dates of years 1, 2, 3, 4 (rare), and 5 (very rare). There has been much discussion as to the date. It is best reckoned from the decree of Antiochus&nbsp;VII. granting the right of coinage to Simon (139–138&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}). The coins of the fifth year were then struck by John Hyrcanus. The certain coins of the successors of Simon are small bronze pieces of John Hyrcanus (135–104), of Judas Aristobulus (104–103), of Alexander Jannaeus (103–76), who strikes bilingual Hebrew and Greek and also Hebrew coins, showing his native name to have been Jonathan, and of Antigonus (40–37), who has the Hebrew name <!-- column 2 --> Mattathiah. The types represent only inanimate objects. The Maccabaean coinage is followed by that of the Herodian family, equally of bronze, the two most important issues being those of Herod the Great and Agrippa&nbsp;II. The silver coinage under the early empire was chiefly supplied by the issues of Antioch and Roman denarii; the “penny” with Caesar’s image and superscription was such a denarius. The money of the procurators of Judaea, in part parallel with the Herodian, is of small bronze coins, struck between {{asc|A.D.}}&nbsp;6–7 and {{asc|A.D.}}&nbsp;58–59, the latest period of their administration being as yet unrepresented. These are followed by two classes, the money of the first revolt ({{asc|A.D.}}&nbsp;66–70) and that of the second (suppressed {{asc|A.D.}}&nbsp;135). Both risings caused the issue of native coinage, some of which may be assigned with certainty to each. Of the first revolt are bronze pieces of years 2, 3 and 4. Of the second revolt are restruck Antiochene tetradrachms and Roman denarii, usually with the name of Simon, which appears to have been that of the leader surnamed Bar Cochebas. The obverse type of the tetradrachms or shekels is the portico of the temple; on the reverse are a bundle of branches and a citron, symbols of the feast of tabernacles. Besides this native currency there are coins struck in Palestine by Vespasian, Titus and Domitian. {{EB1911 fine print/s}} Of Roman Arabia there are bronze imperial coins of Bostra and less important mints; the kings of Nabataea also issued silver and bronze coins from Aretas&nbsp;III. (''c''.&nbsp;87–62&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}) to Rabbel&nbsp;II. ({{asc|A.D.}}&nbsp;75–101). From S.&nbsp;Arabia comes a remarkable silver coinage issued by the Himyarites, beginning in the 4th century&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}, and imitated originally from Attic tetradrachms {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingFine|Arabia, Mesopotamia, Babylonia.}} (both of the old and new style). In Mesopotamia the colonia of Carrhae deserves notice, and the city of Edessa, which issues imperial money as a colonia, and has a series of coins of its kings, striking with Roman emperors in silver and bronze. Curiously, this and the colonial issue are long contemporary. The colonial coinages of Nisibis and of Resaena, which became a colonia, close the group. Babylon was probably a mint of Alexander the Great and of many of the Seleucid kings, certainly of the usurpers Molon (222–220) and Timarchus (162&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}). {{EB1911 fine print/e}} {{clear}} {{center|''Africa''.}} The coins of Africa are far less numerous then those of the other two continents, as Greek, Phoenician and Roman civilization never penetrated beyond Egypt and the northern coast to the west. The series of Egypt is first in geographical order. As yet no coins have been here assigned of a date anterior to Alexander. The old Egyptians kept their {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingSmall|Egypt.}} gold, electrum and silver in rings, and weighed them to ascertain the value. During the Persian rule the Persian money must have been current, and the satrap Aryandes is said to have issued a coinage of silver under Darius&nbsp;I. With Alexander a regular Greek coinage must have begun, and some of his coins are of Egyptian mints. A rare bronze coin was struck at Naucratis, probably during his lifetime. With Ptolemy&nbsp;I. the great Ptolemaic currency begins, which lasted for three centuries. The characteristics of this coinage are its splendid series of gold pieces and the size of the bronze money. The execution of the earlier heads is good; afterwards they become coarse and careless. At first the fine pieces were issued by the Phoenician, Cyprian and other foreign mints, the Egyptian work being usually inferior. While the Seleucids were still striking good coins, the Ptolemies allowed their money to fall into barbarism in Egypt and even in Cyprus. The obverse type is a royal head, that of Ptolemy&nbsp;I. being the ordinary silver type (see Pl.&nbsp;II. fig.&nbsp;22), while that of Arsinoë&nbsp;II. was long but not uninterruptedly continued on the gold. The head of Zeus Ammon is most usual on the bronze coinage. A type once adopted was usually retained. Thus Ptolemy&nbsp;I., Arsinoë&nbsp;II., Ptolemy&nbsp;IV., Cleopatra&nbsp;I., have a kind of commemoration in the coinage on the analogy of the priesthoods established in honour of each royal pair. The almost universal type of reverse of all metals is the Ptolemaic badge, the eagle on the thunderbolt, which, in spite of variety, is always heraldic. For art and iconography this series is far inferior to that of the Seleucids. The weight after the earlier part of the reign of Ptolemy&nbsp;I. (who experimented with the Attic and Rhodian standards) is Phoenician for gold and silver; the metrology of the bronze is obscure. The chief<noinclude></noinclude> ggpx3cwrwbb3uyisfdxdzq18kou2qo6 Page:EB1911 - Volume 19.djvu/924 104 1498948 14127819 12486018 2024-04-25T13:33:19Z DivermanAU 522506 /* Validated */ consul ships→consulships; cornucopia→cornucopiae after cf. theodora.com/encyclopedia/n/numismatics.html; add some non-break spaces; adjust Shoulder Headings proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="DivermanAU" />{{rh|{{x-larger|890 }}|{{x-larger|NUMISMATICS}}|[GREEK COINS}}</noinclude>abundance by that of the Ptolemies, which it excels in its series of portraits, though it is far inferior in its gold money and wants the large and well-executed bronze pieces which make the Egyptian currency complete. The gold {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingSmall|Syria.}} of the Seleucids is scarce, and their main coinage is a splendid series of tetradrachms bearing the portraits of the successive sovereigns. The reverse types are varied for the class of regal money. The execution of the portraits is good, and forms the best continuous history of portraiture for the third and second centuries before our era. The reverses are far less careful. The weight is Attic, but the cities of Phoenicia were ultimately allowed to strike on their own standard. Many of the coins of the earlier kings were issued in their Bactrian or Indian dominions. Seleucus&nbsp;I. (312–280&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}) began by striking gold staters and tetradrachms with the types of Alexander the Great. The same king, like his contemporaries, then took his own types: for gold staters, his head with a bull’s horn, and on the reverse a horse’s head with bull’s horns; for tetradrachms, his own head in a helmet of hide with bull’s horn and lion’s skin, and Victory crowning a trophy, or the head of Zeus, and Athene fighting in a car drawn by four or two elephants with bull’s horns. Antiochus&nbsp;I. (293–261), like his father, first struck tetradrachms with Alexandrine types, and then with his own head, Apollo on the omphalos occupying the reverse. The portrait of Antiochus has a characteristic realism. Antiochus&nbsp;III. (222–187) is represented by a fine and interesting series with a vigorous portrait. He alone of the Seleucids seems to have struck the great octadrachm in gold in rivalry of the Ptolemies. Coins dated by the Seleucid era (312&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}) first appear in his reign. The portrait of Antiochus&nbsp;IV. Epiphanes (175–164) is extremely characteristic, marked by the mad obstinacy which is the key to the tyrant’s history. The most remarkable coin is a tetradrachm with the head of Antiochus in the character of Zeus. In his time mints became numerous in the bronze coinage, and there is a remarkable series in that metal with Ptolemaic types, marking his short-lived usurpation in Egypt. From the time of Demetrius&nbsp;I. (162–150) the silver tetradrachms bear both mints and dates. In one type the heads of Demetrius and Queen Laodice occur side by side. With Alexander&nbsp;I. Balas (152–144), Tyre and Sidon begin to strike royal tetradrachms on their own Phoenician weight. Tarsus also first strikes coins for him with the type of the pyre of Sandan. The money of young Antiochus&nbsp;VI. presents the most carefully executed portrait in the whole series, which, despite its weakness, has a certain charm of sweetness that marks it as a new type in art. The same artist’s hand seems apparent in the fine portrait of the cruel usurper Tryphon, and also in the picturesque spiked Macedonian helmet with a goat's horn and cheek-piece which occupies the reverse. Antiochus&nbsp;VII. (138–129) continues the series with, amongst other coins, the solitary bronze piece of Jerusalem, bearing the lily and the Seleucid anchor. Alexander&nbsp;II. Zebina (128–123) is represented by a unique gold coin (Pl.&nbsp;II. fig.&nbsp;18), as well as by silver and bronze. The empire closes with the money of the Armenian Tigranes (83–69), bearing his portrait with the lofty native tiara, and for reverse Antioch seated, the Orontes swimming at her feet (a copy of the famous group by Eutychides). {{EB1911 fine print/s}} There is a copper coinage of the Syrian ''koinon'' under Trajan; also of the cities of Commagene, Samosata and Zeugma, and less important mints. The money of the kings of Commagene is in bronze (''c''.&nbsp;140&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}} to {{asc|A.D.}}&nbsp;72).{{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingFine|width=7.3|Commagene.}} {{clear}} Cyrrhestica has bronze coins of a few cities, nearly all imperial, the chief mints being Cyrrhus and Hieropolis. Hieropolis in the time of Alexander the Great issued some remarkable silver coins in the name of Abd-Hadad and Alexander himself, with figures of the Syrian goddess Atergatis, who also appears on its imperial coins.{{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingFine|width=7.3|Cyrrhestica.}} {{clear}} Of Chalcidene there are bronze coins of Chalcis and of the tetrarchs, and Palmyrene shows only the small bronze pieces of Palmyra, the money of Zenobia and the family of Odenathus being found in the series of Alexandria.{{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingFine|width=7.5|Chalcidene, &c.}} {{clear}} In Seleucis and Pieria, the four cities of Antioch, Apamea, Laodicea ad Mare and Seleucia Pieria issued a joint coinage inscribed '''{{Greek|ΑΔΕΛΦΩΝ ΔΗΜΩΝ}}''' about the middle of the 2nd century&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}} But the bulk of the money of this territory is of the great city of Antioch on the Orontes. The coinage is both <!-- column 2 --> autonomous bronze before and of Roman times, and imperial silver, {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingFine|width=7.3|Antioch.}} base metal and bronze. Other mints (as Tyre and Sidon) in this same province issued silver of the same class as Antioch, with different symbols. A large series of coins was issued bearing on the reverse the letters S.C. (''Senatus consulto''), showing that the coinage was under the control of the Roman senate. Both Latin and Greek inscriptions are used until the reign of Trajan. The city is first called a colony on the coins of Elagabalus. The earliest coins are dated by various eras (Seleucid, Caesarian, Actian); later the emperor’s consulships are used to date the silver. The leading types are the figure of Antioch seated, the river Orontes swimming at her feet, from the famous statue by Eutychides, and the eagle on a thunderbolt, a palm in front. Under Hadrian the eagle is represented carrying an ox’s leg, a reference to the story of the foundation of the city when an eagle carried off part of the sacrifice and deposited it on the site which was consequently chosen. There are few other types. The series (which, strictly speaking, was not the local coinage of Antioch, but an imperial coinage for the province) is very full and includes money of the Syrian emperor Sulpicius Uranius Antoninus (who also struck bronze at Emesa and gold of the Roman imperial class). It ends with Valerian, though it begins anew in the Roman provincial money of the reform of Diocletian, to be noticed later. Of the other cities of this district, Emisa presents the type of the sacred stone of Elagabal. The imperial money of Gabala shows the veiled cultus-statue of a goddess flanked by sphinxes. Laodicea has an important series. It begins with bronze money of the later Seleucids. The autonomous tetradrachms of the 1st century&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}} have a turreted and veiled female {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingFine|width=7.3|Apamea, &c.}} bust of the city, a favourite Syrian and Phoenician type. From 47&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}} its title is Julia Laodicea; from Caracalla downwards it is a colonia; the inscriptions become Latin; then, very strangely, Greek on the obverse of the coins and Latin on the reverse. Seleucia has a similar regal autonomous and imperial currency, but does not become a colonia. A shrine containing the sacred stone of Zeus Casius, and the thunderbolt of Zeus Keraunius resting on a throne, are among the types. {{clear}} In Coele-Syria, Damascus issues coins from the 3rd century {{asc|B.C.}} (beginning with Alexandrine tetradrachms) onwards; the city becomes a colonia under Philip&nbsp;I. The imperial money of Heliopolis (Baalbek), a colonia, shows a great temple (of the Zeus of Heliopolis) in perspective, another temple containing an ear of corn as the central object of worship, and {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingFine|width=7.6|Coele-Syria,&thinsp;&c.}} a view of the Acropolis with the great temple upon it, and steps leading up the rock. {{EB1911 fine print/e}} {{clear}} The coinage of Phoenicia is a large and highly interesting series. The autonomous money is here important, and indicates the ancient wealth of the great marts of the coast. The earliest coins were struck about the middle of the 5th century and usually bear Phoenician inscriptions. The coinage falls into three main periods; the first pre-Alexandrine; {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingSmall|Phoenicia.}} the second, that of Alexandrine, Ptolemaic and Seleucid rule; the third, that of the empire. In the first period Aradus strikes silver, usually on the Babylonian standard, staters with a head of Melkarth and a galley, and smaller denominations. All the other cities use the Phoenician standard. The regal silver coins of Byblus have a galley as obverse type; on the reverse, a vulture standing on a ram, or a lion devouring a bull. Here and at Sidon and Tyre portions of the types are represented incuse. Sidon has a large and important series of silver octadrachms and smaller denominations; on the obverse is a galley (at first with sails set, then without sails, first lying before a fortress, afterwards alone). On the reverse is the king of Persia in a chariot, or slaying a lion. These coins were issued by the kings such as Strato&nbsp;I. and II.&nbsp;and Tennes, and by the satrap Mazaeus. The early silver of Tyre has as reverse type an owl with a crook and flail over its shoulder; on the obverse a dolphin, or Melkarth riding on a sea-horse; a common symbol is the purple-shell (Pl.&nbsp;II. fig.&nbsp;20). In the second period, besides Alexandrine silver and regal coins of the Ptolemies and Seleucidae, there are certain large and important issues of autonomous or semi-autonomous silver tetradrachms and smaller denominations, as at Aradus (head of the City, and Victory; also drachms with types copied from Ephesus: obv., bee, rev., stag and date-palm), Marathus (head of the City, and nude figure at Marathus seated on a pile of shields), Sidon (head of the City, and eagle), Tripolis (busts of the Dioscuri, and figure of the City holding cornucopiae) and Tyre (head of the Tyrian Heracles, Melkarth, and eagle). Tyre also issued a gold decadrachm with the head of the City, and a double cornucopiae. On these and other coins Sidon and Tyre claim the rights of asylum. Berytus first<noinclude></noinclude> hbdc2vlamj356mw7tm2l62yee56vukq Page:EB1911 - Volume 19.djvu/923 104 1498949 14127791 12486017 2024-04-25T13:05:39Z DivermanAU 522506 /* Validated */ coast land→coastland after cf. theodora.com/encyclopedia/n/numismatics.html; add some non-break spaces; adjust Shoulder Headings proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="DivermanAU" />{{rh|GREEK COINS]|{{x-larger|NUMISMATICS}}|{{x-larger| 889}}}}</noinclude>sometimes of monstrous types, which recall the designs of Phoenicia and Assyria. The most remarkable symbol is the triskeles or tetraskeles symbol, an object resembling a ring, to which three or four hooks are attached. It is supposed to be a solar symbol like the swastika. The oldest money has a boar or his fore-part and an incuse. This is succeeded by a series with an animal reverse, and then by one in which the hooked ring is the usual reverse type. The fourth series bears Lycian inscriptions, which give the names of dynasts and places. A fifth series is characterized by the type of a lion’s scalp. This coinage reaches as late as Alexander’s time. It is followed by silver and bronze money of the Lycian League before Augustus and under his reign, but ceasing in that of Claudius—the usual types of the chief silver piece, a hemidrachm, being the head of Apollo and the lyre. The districts of Cragus and Masicytus have coinages, as well as the individual cities. Besides this general currency there are some special ones of towns not in the League. The imperial money rarely goes beyond the reign of Augustus, and is resumed during that of Gordian&nbsp;III. There is a remarkable coin of Myra of this emperor, showing the goddess of the city, of a type like the Ephesian Artemis, in a tree; two woodcutters, each armed with a double axe, hew at the trunk, from which two serpents rise as if to protect it and aid the goddess. Phaselis is an exceptional town, for it has early Greek coins, the leading type being a galley. The coinage of Pamphylia offers some examples of good art distinctly marked by the Asiatic formality. Aspendus shows a remarkable series of Persic didrachms, extending from about 500&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}} to Alexander’s time. The oldest coins have the types of a warrior and the triskelion or three legs, more familiarly associated with Sicily; it is probably a {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingSmall|Pamphylia.}} solar symbol. These coins are followed by a long series with the types of two wrestlers engaged and a slinger. The main legend is almost always in the Panphylian character and language. There are also very curious imperial types. The money of Perga begins in the 2nd century with Greek types of the Artemis of Perga. Her figure in a remarkable Asiatic form occurs in the long imperial series. Bronze coins earlier in date than the silver money with the Greek types have the Pamphylian title of the goddess, '''<span title="ϜANASSAS PREIIAS">{{Greek|ϜΑΝΑΣΣΑΣ ΠΡΕIIΑΣ}}</span>''', “of the Lady of Perga.” Side has at first Persic didrachms of about 480&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}, their types the pomegranate and dolphin and head of Athene; then there are money with an undeciphered Aramaizing inscription of the 4th century and figures of Athene and Apollo, and late Attic tetradrachms their types being the head of Athene and Victory. These were carried on by Amyntas, king of Galatia, when he made his mint in Side (36&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}). The pomegranate (<span title=sídē>{{Greek|σίδη}}</span>) is throughout the badge of the city. The money of Pisidia is chiefly imperial. There is a long series of this class of the colonia Antiochia. The autonomous coins of Selge have the wrestlers and the slinger of Aspendus in inferior and even barbarous copies. Of Isauria and Lycaonia a few cities, including Derbe and the colonies of Iconium and Lystra, strike coins, chiefly of {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingSmall|Pisidia, &c.}} imperial time. Cilicia, for the most part a coastland, is numismatically of high interest. To Aphrodisias is assigned an interesting series of archaic coins with a winged figure and a pyramidal fetish-stone; in the 4th century Aphrodite is represented in human form seated between sphinxes; the Parthenos of Pheidias is also represented. Celenderis has a coinage {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingSmall|Cilicia.}} beginning in the 5th century, with a horseman seated sideways on the obverse, and on the reverse a goat kneeling on one knee. Mallus has a most interesting series of silver coins, some with curious Asiatic types. Of Nagidus there are Persic didrachms of good style, one interesting type being Aphrodite seated, before whom Eros flies crowning her, with, on the other side, a standing Dionysus. Soli has silver coins of the same weight, the types being an archer or the head of Athene, one variety imitated from remote Velia, and a bunch of grapes. The coinage of Tarsus begins in the 5th century with Persic staters representing a Cilician king on horseback, and a hoplite kneeling. <!-- column 2 --> In the 4th century it was the mint of a large series of satrapal coins, issued by Pharnabazus, Mazaeus and other governors (Issus, Mallus and Soli also sharing the cost of minting). The chief type is the Baal of Tarsus. The autonomous bronze of the Seleucid age shows the remarkable subject of the pyre of Sandan, the local form of Heracles; and there is a long and curious imperial series. The coinage of Anazarbus (imperial, showing rivalry with Tarsus), Seleucia on the Calycadnus, Mopsus, and the priest-kings of Olba are also full of interest. {{EB1911 fine print/s}} The coinage of the great island of Cyprus is, as we might expect from its monuments, almost exclusively non-Hellenic in character. The weight-system, except of gold, which is Attic, is Persic, save only in the later coins of some mints, struck on the reduced Rhodian standard, and a solitary Attic tetradrachm of Paphos. The art is usually very stiff down to about 400&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}, with {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingFine|Cyprus.}} types of Egypto-Phoenician or Phoenician or of Greek origin. The inscriptions are in the Cyprian syllabic character and the earliest coins resemble the early Etruscan in being one-sided. The prevalent types are animals or their heads, the chief subjects being the bull, eagle, sheep, lion, the lion seizing the stag, the deer and the mythical sphinx. The divinities we can recognize are Aphrodite, Heracles, Athene, Hermes and Zeus Ammon. But the most curious mythological types are a goddess carried by a bull or by a ram, in both cases probably Astarte, the Phoenician Aphrodite. The most remarkable symbol is the well-known Egyptian sign of life. The coins appear to have been struck by kings until before the age of Alexander, when civic money appears. The mints to which coins are ascribed with certainty are Salamis, Paphos, Marium, Idalium and Citium. The coins of the Salaminian line are in silver and gold. The earlier, beginning with Evelthon about 560&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}, have Cyprian, the later Greek inscriptions, the types generally being native, though after a time under Hellenic influence. They are of Evagoras&nbsp;I., Nicocles, Evagoras&nbsp;II., Pnytagoras and Nicocreon, and the coinage is closed by Menelaus, brother of Ptolemy&nbsp;I. The Phoenician kings of Citium, from about 500 to 312, strike silver and in one case gold, their general types being Heracles and the lion seizing the stag. Bronze begins soon after 400&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}, and of the same age there are autonomous pieces in silver and bronze. There is Greek imperial money from Augustus to Caracalla (chiefly issued by the <span title=Koinón>{{Greek|Κοινόν}}</span>). The most remarkable type is the temple at Paphos, represented as a structure of two storeys with wings. Within the central portion is the sacred stone, in front a semicircular court. The earliest coinage of Lydia is no doubt that of the kings, already described. The next currency must have been of Persian darics (gold) and drachms (silver), followed by that of Alexander, the Seleucids, and the Attalids of Pergamum, and then by the cistophori of the province of Asia. There is an abundant bronze coinage of the cities, autonomous from the formation of the province, {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingFine|Lydia.}} and of imperial time, but mostly of the imperial class. The largest currencies are of Philadelphia, Sardis, Thyatira and Tralles. The art is not remarkable, though good for the period, and the types are mostly Greek. The coinage of Phrygia has the same general characteristics as that of Lydia, but the workmanship is poorer. Among noteworthy types must be noticed Men or Lunus, the Phrygian moon-god. There are curious types of Apamea, surnamed Kibotos or the Ark, and more anciently Celaenae. One of Severus represents the legend of the invention of the double pipe, a type {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingFine|Phrygia.}} already described. Of the same and later emperors are coins bearing the famous type of the ark of Noah and the name '''<span title=NŌE>{{Greek|ΝΩΕ}}</span>'''. The town of Cibyra is remarkable for a silver coinage of the 1st century&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}, of which the large pieces have the weight of cistophori. Galatia has little to offer of interest. Trajan issued bronze imperial coins for the province, and there is imperial money of Ancyra, Pessinus and Tavium. The only remarkable regal issue is that of Amyntas, Strabo’s contemporary, who struck tetradrachms at Side in Pamphylia.{{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingFine|Galatia.}} {{clear}} With the coinage of Cappadocia we bid farewell to Greek art and enter on the domain of Oriental conventionalism, succeeded by inferior Roman design coarsely executed. There is one large imperial series, that of Caesarea, intended for general circulation in the province. The issues range from {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingFine|Cappadocia, &c.}} Tiberius to Gordian&nbsp;III., and are in silver and bronze. The most common type is the sacred Mount Argaeus, on which a statue is sometimes seen—a remarkable type curiously varied. There are scanty issues of a few other towns. There is an interesting series of coins of the kings of Cappadocia, beginning with Ariarathes&nbsp;I. (''c''.&nbsp;332–322 {{asc|B.C.}}), who struck Persic drachms at Sinope and Gaziura, and continuing with other kings, called usually Ariarathes or Ariobarzanes, who struck Attic drachms and occasionally tetradrachms. The rare tetradrachms of Orophernes, a successful usurper (158–157 {{asc|B.C.}}), bear a fine portrait. The coins of Archelaus, the last king set up by Antony (36&nbsp;{{asc|B.C.}}–{{asc|A.D.}}&nbsp;17), have a good head on the obverse. Of Armenia there are a few silver and bronze coins of late sovereigns. {{EB1911 fine print/e}} The great series of Syrian money begins with the coinage of the Seleucid kings of Syria, only rivalled for length and<noinclude></noinclude> n6l0ci552uyz8xpuz5c8899bqqi0wmq Page:EB1911 - Volume 19.djvu/933 104 1498965 14130523 10611707 2024-04-26T03:37:11Z DivermanAU 522506 /* Validated */ a pear→appear after cf. theodora.com/encyclopedia/n/numismatics.html; add some non-break spaces proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="DivermanAU" />{{rh|LATER EUROPEAN]|{{x-larger|NUMISMATICS}}|{{x-larger|&emsp; 897}}}}</noinclude>of Rome (476) to the accession of Charlemagne (768); (2)&nbsp;true medieval age, during which the Carolingian money was the currency of western Europe, from Charlemagne to the {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingSmall|Periods of other European coinage.}} fall of the Swabian house (1268); (3)&nbsp;early Renaissance, from the striking of the florin in Florence (1252) to the classical Renaissance (1450); (4)&nbsp;the classical Renaissance, from 1450 to 1600; (5)&nbsp;the modern period. {{EB1911 fine print/s}} {{clear}} 1. The various coinages of the transitional period will best be considered together (see below). 2. The inconvenience of gold money when it represents a very large value in the necessaries of life must have caused its abandonment and the substitution of silver by the Carlovingians. The denier (denarius) or penny of about 24 grains was at first practically the sole coin. The solidus in gold was struck but very rarely, perhaps as a kind of proof of the right of {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingFine|Medieval.}} coining. The Byzantine solidus or bezant was used and probably the equivalent Arab gold. The Arab silver piece, the ''dirhem'', was almost exactly the double of the denier, and seems to have been widely current in the north. The new coinage spread from France, where it was first royal and then royal and feudal, to Germany, Italy, where the Byzantine types did not wholly disappear, England, Scandinavia, Castile and Aragon. In Germany and France feudal money was soon issued, and in Italy towns and ecclesiastical foundations largely acquired from the empire the right of coinage, which was elsewhere rare. The consequence of the extended right of coinage was a depreciation in weight, and in the middle of the 12th century the one-sided pennies called bracteates appeared in Germany, which were so thin that they could only be stamped on one side. The types of this whole second coinage are new, except when the bust of the emperor is engraved. The most usual are the cross; and the church as a temple also appears, ultimately taking the form of a Gothic building. There are also sacred figures, and more rarely heads in the later age. 3. The true herald of the Renaissance was the emperor Frederick II. In restoring the gold coinage, however, he followed in the steps of the Norman dukes of Apulia. With a large Arab population, these princes had found it convenient to continue the Oriental gold money of the country, part of the great currency at that time of all the western Moslems, and {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingFine|Of early Renaissance.}} Roger&nbsp;II. (1130–1154) also struck Latin coins of his own as DVX APVLIAE, the first ducats. Frederick II. (1215–1250), continuing the Arab coinage, also struck his own Roman gold money, solidi and half solidi, with his bust as emperor of the Romans, Caesar Augustus, and on the reverse the imperial eagle (Pl.&nbsp;III. fig.&nbsp;7). In workmanship these were the finest coins produced in the middle ages. But the calamities which overwhelmed the Swabian house and threw back the Renaissance deprived this effort of any weight, and it was left to the great republics to carry out the idea of a worthy coinage—a necessity of their large commercial schemes. The famous gold florin was first issued in 1252 (Pl.&nbsp;III. fig.&nbsp;8). The obverse type is the standing figure of St John the Baptist, the reverse bears the lily of Florence. The weight was about 54 grains, but the breadth of the coin and the beauty of the work gave it dignity. The commercial greatness of Florence and the purity of the florin caused the issue of similar coins in almost all parts of Europe. Venice was not long in striking (in 1284) a gold coin of the same weight as the florin, but with the types of a standing figure of Christ, and the doge receiving the gonfalon at the hands of St&nbsp;Mark (see Pl.&nbsp;III. fig.&nbsp;9). It was first called the ducat, the name it always bears in its inscription; later it is known as the zecchino or sequin. Though not so largely imitated as the florin, the extreme purity of the sequin was unquestioned to a time within the memory of living persons. Genoa likewise had a great gold currency, and the other Italian states struck in this metal. It is significant of the power of the Italian republics that the later Mameluke Sultans of Egypt found it convenient or necessary for their position between Europe and India to adopt the weight of the florin and sequin for their gold money. Many varieties of gold money appear in course of time in France, England and to a less extent in other countries. The need for a heavier silver coinage caused the issue of the large denier (grossus denarius, gros or groat). This coin appears early in the 14th century. The types from the 14th century onwards are very various and distinctly worthy of the art of the time, which as yet is purely decorative and conventional, so that portraits are not possible. The religious intention also is gradually giving way to the desire to produce a beautiful result, and the symbol of the cross is varied to suit the decorative needs of the coin. Heraldic subjects also appear, and in the shield, which is frequently a reverse type, we see the origin of the usual modern reverse of the most important coins. 4, 5. With the classical Renaissance we find ourselves in the presence of modern ideas. The elaborate systems of coinage of the various states of Europe are soon to begin, and the prevalence of a general currency to become for the time impossible. Silver money now gains new importance with the issue of the thaler or dollar in Germany, in 1518. {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingFine|Of classical Renaissance, and modern.}} This great coin speedily became the chief European piece in its metal, but as it was coined of various weights and varying purity it failed to acquire the general character of the denier. <!-- column 2 --> The style of this age is at first excellent. The medals gave the tone to the coinage. Art had wholly thrown off the rules of the age before and attained the faculty of portraiture and the power of simply representing objects of nature and art. Great masters now executed medals and even coins, but speedily this work became a mere matter of commerce, and by the beginning of the modern period it was fast falling into the poverty and barbarism in which it has ever since remained. The details of the numismatics of these two periods belong to the notices of the money of the several countries. A word must be added on money of account. While the denier was the chief and practically the sole coin, the solidus passed from use as a foreign piece into a money of account. The solidus, like the German schilling (shilling), contained usually 12 deniers. As there were 20&nbsp;shillings to the pound of silver, we obtain the reckoning by £&nbsp;s.&nbsp;d., librae, solidi and {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingFine|Money of account.}} denarii. The pound as a weight contained 12&nbsp;oz., and its two-thirds was the German mark of 8&nbsp;oz. {{clear}} It would be interesting, did space permit, to notice fully the art of this entire class, to examine its growth, and to trace its decline; but, as with that of Greek and Roman coins, we must mainly limit ourselves to the best period. This is a space of about a hundred and fifty years, the age of the classical Renaissance, from the middle of the 15th century to the close of the 16th. {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingFine|Art.}} The finest works are limited to the first half-century of this period, from a little before 1450 to about 1500, in Italy, and for as long a time, beginning and ending somewhat later, in Germany. The artists were then greater than afterwards, and medal-making had not degenerated into a trade; but with the larger production of the period following the work was more mechanical, and so fell into the hands of inferior men. The medals of this first period may not unworthily be placed by the side of its sculpture and its painting. Not only have some of its medallists taken honourable places in a list where there was no room for ignoble names, but to design medals was not thought an unworthy occupation for the most famous artists. There are, as we should expect, two principal schools, the Italian and the German. The former attained a higher excellence, as possessing not merely a nobler style but one especially adapted to coins or medals. The object which the artists strove to attain was to present a portrait or to commemorate an action in the best manner possible, without losing sight of the fitness of the designs to the form and use of the piece on which they were to be placed. For the successful attainment of this purpose the style of the later pre-Raphaelites was eminently suited. Its general love of truth, symmetrical grouping, simple drapery and severely faithful portraiture were qualities especially fitted to produce a fine portrait and a good medal. It is to be noted that their idea of portraiture did not depend on such a feeling for beauty as influenced the Greeks. Rather did it set before it the moral or intellectual attainments and capabilities, what the Italians called the ''virtù'', of the subject. The German art, as seen in the medals, is mostly the work of carvers in wood or honestone, or goldsmiths. It excels in vigorous, realistic portraiture, and in decorative treatment of heraldic subjects, but is lacking in breadth of style and in the imagination shown by the best Italian medallists. Both these schools, but especially the Italian, afford the best foundation for a truly excellent modern medallic art. The finest coins and medals of Italy and Germany have an object similar to that which it is sought to fulfil in the English, and their nearness in time makes many details entirely appropriate. Thus, without blindly imitating them, modern artists may derive from them the greatest aid. There are some delicately beautiful Italian medals of the 16th century, too closely imitated from the Roman style. A vigorous realistic school, the only great one of modern times, arose in France before the close of the 16th century and lasted into the next. It was rendered illustrious by Dupré and the inferior but still powerful Warin. From this age until the time of Napoleon there is nothing worthy of note. The style of his medallists is the weak classical manner then in vogue, but yet is superior to what went before and what has followed. It is not intended here to enter in any detail into the various divisions of the subject already treated in its main outlines. The questions that would require consideration are of too complicated and technical a nature to be illustrated within reasonable limits; the principal matters of inquiry may, however, be indicated. {{EB1911 fine print/e}} We begin with a survey of the transitional coinages in the various countries of the West. They cover the period from the 5th to the 8th centuries, and are of immense historical significance. The types throughout are monotonous: the bust of a Roman emperor or local ruler, a cross of some kind, a Victory, &c. The style is quite barbarous. {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingSmall|Transitional coinages.}} The classification of the earliest servile imitations of Roman and Byzantine money rests solely upon provenance and is uncertain. The following general series are distinguished: (A)&nbsp;The ''Vandals'' (in Africa, 428–534) issued gold (?), silver and bronze from Hunneric (477–484) to Gelamir (530–534); the gold is anonymous. (B)&nbsp;The ''Suevians'' (Spain, 409–585) had little but imitations of<noinclude></noinclude> ifshs0mfidzfh56fzvnw23l212fj6qw Page:EB1911 - Volume 19.djvu/934 104 1498966 14130529 12590015 2024-04-26T03:51:17Z DivermanAU 522506 /* Validated */ add some non-break spaces; checked against theodora.com/encyclopedia/n/numismatics.html proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="DivermanAU" />{{rh|{{x-larger|898  }}|{{x-larger|NUMISMATICS}}|[MEDIEVAL AND}}</noinclude>Byzantine gold; but Richiar (448–456) issued a denarius in his own name. (C)&nbsp;The ''Ostrogoths'' (Italy, 489–553) were preceded by the Herulian Odoacer (476–494), who coined silver and bronze; their kings (including Theodoric, 493–526, and Totila or Baduila, 541–552) issued gold, silver and bronze in their own names, from Rome, Ravenna, Milan, &c. (D)&nbsp;The ''Lombards'' (Italy, 568–774) had no coins in their own names before Grimoald, duke of Beneventum (662–671); later there are gold solidi and thirds and silver from many mints; Gold was issued for the duchy of Beneventum in the 8th century. (E)&nbsp;The ''Burgundians'' (Gaul, to 534) first issued recognizable coins under Gondebald (473–516). (F)&nbsp;The ''Visigoths'' (South Gaul and Spain) had imitative gold thirds in the 5th and 6th centuries; the kings’ names appear from Leovigild (573–586) to Roderic (710–711). Sixty-one mints were in operation. (G)&nbsp;The ''Meroving Franks'' first issued under Clovis&nbsp;I. (481–511) coins recognizably Frankish (solidi and thirds) Royal names first appear on silver and copper under Theuderic of Austrasia (511–534) and Childebert&nbsp;I. of Paris (511–558). The chief Frankish inscribed coinage is, however, of gold solidi and thirds, from Theodebert&nbsp;I. (534–548), who broke down the Roman imperial prerogative and issued ''gold with his own name'' ''in full'', to the beginning of the 8th&nbsp;century. The last Merovings issued no coins in their own names, being mere puppets. And from the middle of the 6th century the coins with kings' names are far less numerous than those bearing the names only of mints and moneyers; some 800 places (not only in what is now France, but in Germany, the Low Countries and Switzerland) are thus named (Pl.&nbsp;III. fig.&nbsp;12). This coinage seems to have been intimately connected with the fiscal organization, though the generally accepted theory that the taxes collected in each place were there and then converted into money is by no means proved. Certain religious establishments also possessed the right of coining in their own name. The close of the Meroving dynasty saw a revival of silver in the ''saiga'', which heralded the introduction of the denier. (H) The Anglo-Saxons began with an imitative coinage similar to the Merovingian, viz. gold, ''solidi'' and ''thirds'', and silver ''sceattas'' (=treasure, Ger. ''Schatz'') of about 20 grains troy, and ''stycas'' (=pieces, Ger. ''Stück''), first of silver, then of copper. The gold is rare and confined to the south; only two ''solidi'' are known, imitations of Honorius, with runic legends on the reverse. The types of the gold ''thirds'', as of the coinage in other metals (which does not begin until the 7th&nbsp;century), are derived more or less directly from Roman. Some of the inscribed sceattas bear the name of London in Roman letters; others, in runes, the names of Epa and Peada (who is perhaps the son of Penda), king of Mercia (d.&nbsp;655). Sceattas with runic inscriptions were also issued in East Anglia towards the end of the 8th century. But the sceatta was superseded by the penny introduced by Offa (757–796). Offa also struck a gold coin, bearing his name and an inscription copied directly from an almost contemporary Arab coin; but this is quite an exceptional issue, represented now by a unique specimen. The styca, which begins ''c''.&nbsp;670, was characteristic of the Northumbrian coinage, lasting, long after the introduction of the penny farther south, down to the Danish invasions of the second half of the 9th&nbsp;century. A series was issued by the archbishops of York. Wigmund (837–854) struck a gold solidus inscribed MVNVS DIVINVM, copied from the solidi of Louis le Debonnaire, and evidently meant for a religious purpose (Pl.&nbsp;III. fig.&nbsp;11). For the whole question of Anglo-Saxon coins see {{EB1911 article link|Britain}}: ''Anglo-Saxon''. (I)&nbsp;The Frisians had a small coinage of gold thirds (imitated from Byzantine), and one with the name of Audulfus also exists (end of the 6th&nbsp;century?). The chief mint was probably Doccum. We now proceed to the consideration of the coinages of the various countries from the 8th century to modern times. The money of Portugal begins, after the expulsion of the Moors, with Alphonso&nbsp;I. (1112); it is exclusively regal, and not of great interest except as affording indications of the wealth and commercial activity of the state in the early part of {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingSmall2|Portugal.}} the 18th century. The coinage of Spain, after the reconquest from the Moors, is almost without exception regal. The kingdom of Navarre had a coinage from the time of Sancho&nbsp;III. (1000–<!-- column 2 -->1035). The series of Castile and Leon begins with Alphonso&nbsp;VI. (1053) with deniers and obols. Aragon first has coins under Sancho Ramirez&nbsp;I. (1063). Gold (imitated from {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingSmall|Spain.}} Moorish money) is introduced in the middle of the 12th century. A plentiful coinage was issued after the union of the crowns in 1479. The Spanish dollar of the 17th and 18th centuries was one of the most widely circulating currencies in the West (see Pl.&nbsp;V. fig.&nbsp;5). The medals of Spain are not important. In 755 Pippin abolished the gold coinage of his Merovingian predecessors and introduced the silver denier (see Pl.&nbsp;III. fig.&nbsp;10); the coinage became a royal prerogative once more, and was confined to a few mints. The denier, which at first weighed ''c''.&nbsp;1·28&nbsp;gramme {{nowrap|(19{{EB1911 tfrac|3|4}} grains),}} was for centuries the most important of European silver coins. Under Charlemagne {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingSmall|France.}} the weight was slightly raised; the Caroline monogram appears, and there are other modifications in the types. Charlemagne also issued money from various Italian, German and Spanish mints. He also introduced the obol, and struck gold (chiefly at Italian mints). Among his types must be noted the temple with the inscription XPISTIANA RELIGIO. Louis le Debonnaire (814–840) was the last Carolingian to strike gold. In the 9th century are perceptible the first traces of the movement which led to the extensive feudal coinage. The advent of the house of Capet made no great change in the system, but the feudal issues now become important. The most widespread denier was that of the abbey of St&nbsp;Martin at Tours (''denier tournois''); the royal coinage was known as the ''monnaie parisis''. St&nbsp;Louis (1226–1270) effected a great reform late in his reign, making the sou (hitherto a money of account) into a real coin as the ''gros'' (see Pl.&nbsp;III. fig.&nbsp;14), and introducing a gold coinage. Henceforward the coinage increases in complexity; in the 14th century it has great artistic merit (see Pl.&nbsp;III. fig.&nbsp;17). The French medals are far more interesting than the modern coins. The earliest of artistic importance not by Italian artists show nevertheless strong Italian influence (medals of Charles&nbsp;VIII. and Anne of Brittany, of Philibert of Savoy and Margaret of Austria). A series of large medallions of the Valois is attributed to Germain Pilon. The most characteristically French artists are Guillaume Dupré (working 1595–1643) and Jean and Claude Warin (middle and second half of 17th century). The long historical series of Louis&nbsp;XIV. has no artistic value; but that of the Napoleonic period shows great technical ability on the part of artists like Andrieu, in spite of the false classicalism of their designs. The silver penny was introduced into England by Offa, king of Mercia (757–796), following the lead of Pippin in France (see Pl.&nbsp;III. fig.&nbsp;13). It soon rose in weight to about 22&nbsp;grains troy (1·42&nbsp;gramme), at which it long remained. The types were usually, ''obverse'' the king’s head, or some form of cross or religious symbol; ''reverse'' some form of cross, religious {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingSmall|England.}} symbol or ornament. The inscriptions gave the names of the king and of the moneyer, later also the mint. An important gold coin of Offa was imitated from an Arab ''dinar'' of 774, with the addition of the words OFFA REX. The Mercian coinage ends about 874. The pennies of the kings of Kent extend from 765 to 825; the archbishops of Canterbury went on striking to the beginning of the 10th century. The East Anglian regal series extends to 890; the memorial coinage of St&nbsp;Edmund circulated largely in East Anglia in the 9th century. The penny appears in Northumbria with the Dane Halfdan (875–877) and continues to the middle of the next century. A coinage of “St&nbsp;Peter” pennies was issued from York ''c''.&nbsp;920–940. The coinage of Wessex begins with Ecgbert, probably ''c''.&nbsp;825, when he got possession of the mint at Canterbury (see Pl.&nbsp;III. fig.&nbsp;15 with the name of London). The coinage marks the gradual growth of Wessex, until England is united under Edgar (957–975). There is henceforward for a long time no change of great importance in the coinage, which continued to consist of pennies, with rare half-pennies (the pennies were usually cut into halves and quarters along the lines of the cross to make small change). During the reign of Stephen the monotony is relieved by a few issues by barons like Robert, earl of Gloucester. The number of mints is much reduced by the time of Henry&nbsp;III., and the moneyers cease<noinclude></noinclude> 4bjx9mmssr81c68ywzdgkncxrb9qkvx Page:EB1911 - Volume 19.djvu/935 104 1498967 14130537 12502421 2024-04-26T03:59:25Z DivermanAU 522506 /* Validated */ Il.→II.; line→fine after cf. theodora.com/encyclopedia/n/numismatics.html proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="DivermanAU" />{{rh|LATER EUROPEAN]|{{x-larger|NUMISMATICS}}|{{x-larger|  899}}}}</noinclude><section begin="part1" />to sign the coins in Edward&nbsp;I.’s reign. Henry&nbsp;III. made an abortive attempt to introduce a gold coinage, which was successfully established by Edward&nbsp;III. in 1343, with the gold florin, and in 1344 with the gold noble (see Pl.&nbsp;III. fig.&nbsp;20). (The obverse type of the noble, the king in a ship, is generally thought to refer to the victory of Sluys in 1340.) He also introduced the silver groat (4d.) and half-groat. The English coinage, both gold and silver, was now of such high quality and reputation that it (especially the silver sterling) was largely exported and imitated, chiefly in the Low Countries. The gold coinage of Edward&nbsp;III. is perhaps the most successful, from an artistic point of view, in the English series. Subsequent developments of the coinage now become very complicated. Edward&nbsp;IV. distinguished his noble by a rose on the obverse and a sun on the reverse, and introduced a new gold coin, the angel. The Tudor period is distinguished by the splendour, variety and size of the coins; Henry&nbsp;VII. introduced the sovereign of 20s. (240 grains) and the shilling, and on his coins the first serious attempt at portraiture is found (see Pl.&nbsp;III. fig.&nbsp;21). Under Henry&nbsp;VIII. the quality of the silver money declines, being not effectually restored until the reign of Elizabeth, when an unsuccessful attempt was made to introduce a copper coinage. Private tokens came into use, but the official copper coinage does not begin until the next reign. The use of the mill, as distinct from the hammer, was begun in 1562, but it took just a century to oust the old-fashioned method. In 1613 John, Lord Harrington, obtained a patent for the issue of copper farthings, and private tradesmen’s tokens were prohibited. The gold sovereign of James&nbsp;I., from its inscription (FACIAM EOS IN GENTEM VNAM) and the fact that it was meant to circulate on both sides of the Border, was known as the unite. The coinage of Charles&nbsp;I. presents great varieties owing to the civil war. The best workmanship is seen on the milled coins issued by Nicolas Briot. But the majority of the money was still hammered. The scarcity of gold in the royal treasury during the troubles induced the king to coin twenty- and ten-shilling pieces of silver, in addition to the crowns and smaller denominations. Gold three-pound pieces, or triple-unites, however, were issued from the Oxford mint. One of the most remarkable of his pieces is a crown struck at Oxford by Rawlins. It bears on the obverse the king on horseback, with a representation of the town beneath the horse, and on the reverse the heads of the “Oxford Declaration.” The so-called “Juxon medal,” given by Charles to Bishop Juxon on the scaffold, is really a pattern-piece by Rawlins (see Pl.&nbsp;V. fig.&nbsp;1). Of equal interest are the siege-pieces of many castles famous in the annals of those days. They are mostly of silver, often mere pieces of plate with a stamp; but Colchester and Pontefract issued gold. The coinage of the Commonwealth is of a plainness proper to the principles of those who sanctioned it. The great Protector, however, caused money to be designed of his own bearing his head. It is not certain that this was ever sent forth, and it is therefore put in the class of patterns. Simon, the chief of English medallists, designed the coins, which are unequalled in the whole series for the vigour of the portrait (a worthy presentment of the head of Cromwell) and the beauty and fitness of every portion of the work. The finest coin produced under Charles&nbsp;II., and technically the best executed piece in the whole English series, is the “Petition Crown” (see Pl.&nbsp;V. fig.&nbsp;2), a pattern by Simon, to which, however—probably for political reasons—the work of Jan Roettier was preferred. Maundy money was first struck in this reign, and the name guinea was now applied to the 20s. piece. In 1672 a true copper coinage of halfpence and farthings was introduced. Henceforward there is a decline in the coinage, although skill is perceived in the portrait of William&nbsp;III., whose grand features could scarcely have failed to stimulate an artist to more than a common effort. Queen Anne’s money is also worthy of note, on account of the attempt, on Dean Swift’s suggestion, to commemorate current history on the copper coinage, which led to the issue of the famous farthings (see Pl.&nbsp;V. fig.&nbsp;4). These have been the cause of an extraordinary delusion, to the effect that a very small number (some say three) of these pieces were struck, and that their value is a thousand pounds each, instead of usually some shillings. Worth<!-- column 2 -->less casts of genuine farthings, and counters made in imitation of the sixpence of the time, are constantly mistaken for, such farthings. After this there is little to remark, except the baseness of the art of the coins under the first three Georges, until the talent of Pistrucci gave a worthier form to the currency. Between 1760 and 1816 hardly any silver or copper money was issued. The gap was filled by the use of Spanish dollars counter-stamped, and silver tokens issued by the Banks of England and Ireland, as well as by vast quantities of tokens issued by private persons. In 1816 the new coinage of gold and silver was issued, since when there have been few changes in the British currency. <section end="part1" /> <section begin="part2" />The English medals are far more interesting for their bearing on events than as works of art. The best are almost all by foreigners, but the fine pieces of the Simons form notable exceptions. The medals of the Tudors are good in style, and show some excellent portraits, in particular those by Trezzo and Stephen&nbsp;H. (generally known as Stephen {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingSmall|English Medals.}} of Holland). There is one of Mary queen of Scots by Primavera, representing her in middle life, which is perhaps her most characteristic portrait. Elizabeth’s are of historical importance, and some of them, as the Armada medals (see Pl.&nbsp;V. fig.&nbsp;7), have a certain barbaric grandeur, being probably the work of English artists. The richer series of the Stuart period contains some medals of fine style. These include works by Warin, the Simons and the Roettiers, besides the excellent coin engravers Briot and Rawlins. The numerous badges worn by adherents of various parties during the civil war and Commonwealth have a personal and historical interest. The most curious pieces are those popular issues relating to current events, such as the so-called “Popish plot,” and a certain interest attaches to medals of the exiled Stuarts. From this time there are no works deserving notice except military and naval medals, the historical interest of which makes some amends for their poverty of design and execution. The English tokens form a curious class. They are of two periods: the earlier, which are almost always of copper, were issued chiefly at the middle of the 17th&nbsp;century and somewhat later; the later, which are mainly of copper, but also sometimes of silver, were struck during the scarcity of the royal coinage in this metal at the end of the 18th century, and during the earlier years of the 10th century. Both were chiefly coined by tradesmen and bear their names. The colonial money of England was until lately unimportant, but now (except in style) it is not unworthy of the wealth and activity of the dependencies. The “Anglo-Gallic” money struck by the English kings for their French dominions forms a peculiar class. It was begun by Henry&nbsp;II., who struck deniers and half-deniers for Aquitaine. Richard&nbsp;I. (whose name is not found on his English coinage) struck for most of the French domains, but no coins are attributed to John or Henry&nbsp;III. Edward&nbsp;I.’s coins are of billon; of Edward&nbsp;II. there are none. Gold was introduced before 1337, and there are fine series of gold, silver, and billon of Edward&nbsp;III. (see Pl.&nbsp;III. fig.&nbsp;19) and the Black Prince. Henry, earl of Lancaster, struck silver at Bergerac (1345–1361). The succeeding kings down to Henry&nbsp;VI. (first reign) all issued Anglo-Gallic coins. There was a temporary revival under Henry&nbsp;VIII. at Tournay (1513–1519). The whole series, with the exception of the Calais coinage, is French in character. {{EB1911 fine print/s}} The coinage of Scotland is allied to that of England, although generally ruder; but it seems to have been more influenced in the early period from England, and towards its close from France. The oldest pieces are silver pennies or sterlings, resembling the contemporary English money of the reign of David&nbsp;I. (1124–1153). David&nbsp;II. after 1357 introduced a gold {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingFine|Scotland.}} coinage. In the 15th and 16th centuries there is an important coinage, both in gold and silver, not the least interesting pieces being the fine bonnet-piece of James&nbsp;V., and the various issues of Queen Mary, many of which bear her portrait. The indifferent execution of the coins of Mary’s reign is traceable to the disturbed state of the kingdom. The Scottish coinage came to an end in 1709. Wales has never had a coinage of its own, properly speaking. A unique penny attributed with good reason to Howel the Good, a contemporary of Edmund (died ''c''.&nbsp;950), was perhaps struck at Chester. Various English kings struck coins at Welsh mints such as Rhuddlan, Pembroke.{{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingFine|Wales.}} {{nop}}<section end="part2" /><noinclude> {{EB1911 fine print/e}}</noinclude> 8rp9kcxcb9bxv7yr9lhtlusjmfpdp21 14131517 14130537 2024-04-26T11:50:07Z DivermanAU 522506 {{clear}} at end proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="DivermanAU" />{{rh|LATER EUROPEAN]|{{x-larger|NUMISMATICS}}|{{x-larger|  899}}}}</noinclude><section begin="part1" />to sign the coins in Edward&nbsp;I.’s reign. Henry&nbsp;III. made an abortive attempt to introduce a gold coinage, which was successfully established by Edward&nbsp;III. in 1343, with the gold florin, and in 1344 with the gold noble (see Pl.&nbsp;III. fig.&nbsp;20). (The obverse type of the noble, the king in a ship, is generally thought to refer to the victory of Sluys in 1340.) He also introduced the silver groat (4d.) and half-groat. The English coinage, both gold and silver, was now of such high quality and reputation that it (especially the silver sterling) was largely exported and imitated, chiefly in the Low Countries. The gold coinage of Edward&nbsp;III. is perhaps the most successful, from an artistic point of view, in the English series. Subsequent developments of the coinage now become very complicated. Edward&nbsp;IV. distinguished his noble by a rose on the obverse and a sun on the reverse, and introduced a new gold coin, the angel. The Tudor period is distinguished by the splendour, variety and size of the coins; Henry&nbsp;VII. introduced the sovereign of 20s. (240 grains) and the shilling, and on his coins the first serious attempt at portraiture is found (see Pl.&nbsp;III. fig.&nbsp;21). Under Henry&nbsp;VIII. the quality of the silver money declines, being not effectually restored until the reign of Elizabeth, when an unsuccessful attempt was made to introduce a copper coinage. Private tokens came into use, but the official copper coinage does not begin until the next reign. The use of the mill, as distinct from the hammer, was begun in 1562, but it took just a century to oust the old-fashioned method. In 1613 John, Lord Harrington, obtained a patent for the issue of copper farthings, and private tradesmen’s tokens were prohibited. The gold sovereign of James&nbsp;I., from its inscription (FACIAM EOS IN GENTEM VNAM) and the fact that it was meant to circulate on both sides of the Border, was known as the unite. The coinage of Charles&nbsp;I. presents great varieties owing to the civil war. The best workmanship is seen on the milled coins issued by Nicolas Briot. But the majority of the money was still hammered. The scarcity of gold in the royal treasury during the troubles induced the king to coin twenty- and ten-shilling pieces of silver, in addition to the crowns and smaller denominations. Gold three-pound pieces, or triple-unites, however, were issued from the Oxford mint. One of the most remarkable of his pieces is a crown struck at Oxford by Rawlins. It bears on the obverse the king on horseback, with a representation of the town beneath the horse, and on the reverse the heads of the “Oxford Declaration.” The so-called “Juxon medal,” given by Charles to Bishop Juxon on the scaffold, is really a pattern-piece by Rawlins (see Pl.&nbsp;V. fig.&nbsp;1). Of equal interest are the siege-pieces of many castles famous in the annals of those days. They are mostly of silver, often mere pieces of plate with a stamp; but Colchester and Pontefract issued gold. The coinage of the Commonwealth is of a plainness proper to the principles of those who sanctioned it. The great Protector, however, caused money to be designed of his own bearing his head. It is not certain that this was ever sent forth, and it is therefore put in the class of patterns. Simon, the chief of English medallists, designed the coins, which are unequalled in the whole series for the vigour of the portrait (a worthy presentment of the head of Cromwell) and the beauty and fitness of every portion of the work. The finest coin produced under Charles&nbsp;II., and technically the best executed piece in the whole English series, is the “Petition Crown” (see Pl.&nbsp;V. fig.&nbsp;2), a pattern by Simon, to which, however—probably for political reasons—the work of Jan Roettier was preferred. Maundy money was first struck in this reign, and the name guinea was now applied to the 20s. piece. In 1672 a true copper coinage of halfpence and farthings was introduced. Henceforward there is a decline in the coinage, although skill is perceived in the portrait of William&nbsp;III., whose grand features could scarcely have failed to stimulate an artist to more than a common effort. Queen Anne’s money is also worthy of note, on account of the attempt, on Dean Swift’s suggestion, to commemorate current history on the copper coinage, which led to the issue of the famous farthings (see Pl.&nbsp;V. fig.&nbsp;4). These have been the cause of an extraordinary delusion, to the effect that a very small number (some say three) of these pieces were struck, and that their value is a thousand pounds each, instead of usually some shillings. Worth<!-- column 2 -->less casts of genuine farthings, and counters made in imitation of the sixpence of the time, are constantly mistaken for, such farthings. After this there is little to remark, except the baseness of the art of the coins under the first three Georges, until the talent of Pistrucci gave a worthier form to the currency. Between 1760 and 1816 hardly any silver or copper money was issued. The gap was filled by the use of Spanish dollars counter-stamped, and silver tokens issued by the Banks of England and Ireland, as well as by vast quantities of tokens issued by private persons. In 1816 the new coinage of gold and silver was issued, since when there have been few changes in the British currency. <section end="part1" /> <section begin="part2" />The English medals are far more interesting for their bearing on events than as works of art. The best are almost all by foreigners, but the fine pieces of the Simons form notable exceptions. The medals of the Tudors are good in style, and show some excellent portraits, in particular those by Trezzo and Stephen&nbsp;H. (generally known as Stephen {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingSmall|English Medals.}} of Holland). There is one of Mary queen of Scots by Primavera, representing her in middle life, which is perhaps her most characteristic portrait. Elizabeth’s are of historical importance, and some of them, as the Armada medals (see Pl.&nbsp;V. fig.&nbsp;7), have a certain barbaric grandeur, being probably the work of English artists. The richer series of the Stuart period contains some medals of fine style. These include works by Warin, the Simons and the Roettiers, besides the excellent coin engravers Briot and Rawlins. The numerous badges worn by adherents of various parties during the civil war and Commonwealth have a personal and historical interest. The most curious pieces are those popular issues relating to current events, such as the so-called “Popish plot,” and a certain interest attaches to medals of the exiled Stuarts. From this time there are no works deserving notice except military and naval medals, the historical interest of which makes some amends for their poverty of design and execution. The English tokens form a curious class. They are of two periods: the earlier, which are almost always of copper, were issued chiefly at the middle of the 17th&nbsp;century and somewhat later; the later, which are mainly of copper, but also sometimes of silver, were struck during the scarcity of the royal coinage in this metal at the end of the 18th century, and during the earlier years of the 10th century. Both were chiefly coined by tradesmen and bear their names. The colonial money of England was until lately unimportant, but now (except in style) it is not unworthy of the wealth and activity of the dependencies. The “Anglo-Gallic” money struck by the English kings for their French dominions forms a peculiar class. It was begun by Henry&nbsp;II., who struck deniers and half-deniers for Aquitaine. Richard&nbsp;I. (whose name is not found on his English coinage) struck for most of the French domains, but no coins are attributed to John or Henry&nbsp;III. Edward&nbsp;I.’s coins are of billon; of Edward&nbsp;II. there are none. Gold was introduced before 1337, and there are fine series of gold, silver, and billon of Edward&nbsp;III. (see Pl.&nbsp;III. fig.&nbsp;19) and the Black Prince. Henry, earl of Lancaster, struck silver at Bergerac (1345–1361). The succeeding kings down to Henry&nbsp;VI. (first reign) all issued Anglo-Gallic coins. There was a temporary revival under Henry&nbsp;VIII. at Tournay (1513–1519). The whole series, with the exception of the Calais coinage, is French in character. {{EB1911 fine print/s}} The coinage of Scotland is allied to that of England, although generally ruder; but it seems to have been more influenced in the early period from England, and towards its close from France. The oldest pieces are silver pennies or sterlings, resembling the contemporary English money of the reign of David&nbsp;I. (1124–1153). David&nbsp;II. after 1357 introduced a gold {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingFine|Scotland.}} coinage. In the 15th and 16th centuries there is an important coinage, both in gold and silver, not the least interesting pieces being the fine bonnet-piece of James&nbsp;V., and the various issues of Queen Mary, many of which bear her portrait. The indifferent execution of the coins of Mary’s reign is traceable to the disturbed state of the kingdom. The Scottish coinage came to an end in 1709. Wales has never had a coinage of its own, properly speaking. A unique penny attributed with good reason to Howel the Good, a contemporary of Edmund (died ''c''.&nbsp;950), was perhaps struck at Chester. Various English kings struck coins at Welsh mints such as Rhuddlan, Pembroke.{{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingFine|Wales.}} {{clear}}<section end="part2" /><noinclude> {{EB1911 fine print/e}}</noinclude> rpftfmz8li9aojp5ogdxfucm1mmjror Page:EB1911 - Volume 19.djvu/936 104 1498968 14130548 12502411 2024-04-26T04:09:07Z DivermanAU 522506 /* Validated */ add some non-break spaces; checked against theodora.com/encyclopedia/n/numismatics.html proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="DivermanAU" />{{rh|{{x-larger|900  }}|{{x-larger|NUMISMATICS}}|[MEDIEVAL AND}} {{EB1911 fine print/s}}</noinclude>The money of Ireland is more scanty and of less importance than that of Scotland. The pieces most worthy of notice are the silver pennies of the early Danish kings, the earliest being that of Sihtric&nbsp;III. (989–1029), copied from contemporary English pennies. The Anglo-Irish coinage begins in 1177, when John as lord of Ireland received the right of coinage. A copper coinage {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingFine|Ireland.}} was introduced as early as the reign of Henry&nbsp;VI. The quality of the Irish coinage was exceedingly poor in the 16th&nbsp;century, especially under Elizabeth. Between 1642 and 1647 various kinds of money of necessity were issued, including the only gold Irish coin, the Inchiquin pistole. After his expulsion from England James&nbsp;II. issued enormous quantities of coins of necessity made of gunmetal or pewter. The latest Irish coins were the penny and halfpenny of 1822. The Isle of Man had a regular copper coinage, beginning in 1709 with pence and halfpence under the Derby family, continued by James, duke of Athol (issue of 1758), and by the English sovereigns from 1786 to 1864. The badge of the island is the three-legged symbol, with the motto ''Quocunque'' ''jeceris stabit''.{{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingFine|Isle of Man.}} {{EB1911 fine print/e}} {{clear}} Belgium occupies the next place in our arrangement. Its coinage, which, except for the few mints operating under the Merovingians and Carolingians, does not begin until the 11th&nbsp;century, comprises many pieces struck by foreign rulers, and has little of an independent character in either the regal or the seignorial class. The most {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingSmall|Belgium and Holland.}} important coinages are those of the house of Burgundy and Charles&nbsp;V. and his son, and of the bishops of Liége. In character the coinage of Belgium approximates to the French on the one side, the German on the other. About 1400 the Burgundian school produced a remarkable series of medals representing Roman emperors, of which two (those of Constantine and Heraclius) have come down to us; these form a link between the late Roman medallion and the Italian medal of the Renaissance. The series of Holland is similar in character until the period of the revolt of the provinces. The Dutch dollars of the 16th to the 18th&nbsp;centuries had an immense circulation (see Pl.&nbsp;V. fig.&nbsp;3). Among the early Dutch medallists must be mentioned Stephen&nbsp;H., generally without reason known as Stephen of Holland (working 1558–1572), whose portraits show great charm. The Dutch historical medals are of great interest, more especially those which were struck by the Protestants in commemoration of current events. There is also a remarkable series of bronze medallets or jettons, which form a continuous commentary on history during the 16th and early part of the 17th&nbsp;centuries. Both are interesting as largely illustrating not only local events but also those of the chief European states. Such are the pieces recording the raising of the siege of Leiden, likened to the destruction of Sennacherib’s army, the assassination of William the Silent, and the discomfiture of the Armada, affording striking indications of the zeal, the piety and the confidence in the right which built up the great political structure of the Dutch republic. After this time the medals lose much of their interest. The money of Switzerland illustrates the varying fortunes of this central state, and the gradual growth of the stronghold of European freedom. First we have the gold money of the Frankish kings, among whose mints Basel, Lausanne, St&nbsp;Maurice-en-Valais and Sitten (Sion) already appear. The silver deniers, which Charlemagne made {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingSmall|Switzerland.}} the coinage of the empire, are issued by fewer mints; the dukes of Swabia began to strike at Zurich in the 10th&nbsp;century, and the empire granted during the 10th and to the 13th&nbsp;century the right of coinage to various ecclesiastical foundations, bishoprics and abbeys. Bern was allowed a mint by the emperor Frederick&nbsp;II. in 1218, and other towns and seigneurs subsequently gained the same right. The demi-bracteate appears about the middle of the 11th&nbsp;century, and about 1125 is superseded by the true bracteate, which lasts until about 1300. The 14th&nbsp;century witnessed the rise of the Swiss confederation, and by degrees the cantons struck their own money. These, together with the coins of some few sees and abbacies, form the bulk of Swiss money of the medieval and modern periods. The separate cantonal coinage, interrupted by the French occupation, was finally suppressed in 1848, when a uniform currency was adopted by the whole <!-- column 2 --> republic. The monetary systems of the cantonal and ecclesiastical mints were extremely complicated. This was partly due to the variety of coins, partly to the debasement practised by the ecclesiastical mints. Geneva had a peculiar system of her own. Italy, with Sicily, has peculiar features. Here the barbaric coinages were mixed with the Byzantine issues which marked the recovery of the Eastern empire, and left a lasting influence in the north at Venice, and in the south at Beneventum. Later the Arab conquest left its mark in the curious Oriental coinages of the Normans of {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingSmall|Modern Italy and Sicily.}} Sicily and the emperor Frederick&nbsp;II., mixed after his fashion with Latin coinage. The earliest money is that of the barbarians, Ostrogoths and Lombards, and local Byzantine issues in Sicily. This is followed by the deniers of Charlemagne and his successors, supplanted by the gold currencies of the Normans and Frederick&nbsp;II. The age of the free cities is marked by the great coinages of Florence, Venice and Genoa, while the Angevin and Aragonese princes coined in the south, and the popes began to issue a regular currency of their own at Rome. The Italian princes of the next period coined in Savoy, and at Florence, Modena, Mantua and other cities, while Rome and the foreign rulers of the south continued their mintages, Venice and Genoa of the republics alone surviving. The Italian monetary systems have already been touched on in the introductory notice. For art the series is invaluable. First in Italy the revival influenced the coins, and in them every step of advance found its record. The Italian medals are without rivals in the works of modern times. Following the geographical order which is best suited to the Italian coinage, we first notice the money of Savoy, which is inferior in art to that of the rest of the country. It begins with Umberto&nbsp;II. (1080); in 1720 the dukes became kings of Sardinia, and their coinage merged eventually in 1861 in that of the kingdom of Italy. Genoa is the first of the great republics. She obtained the right of coinage from Conrad&nbsp;II. in 1139, and struck gold coins from the time of the general origin of civic coinage in that metal; these are ducats and their divisions, and after a time their multiples also. In the 17th&nbsp;century there are very large silver pieces. In the money of Mantua there are fine coins of Gianfrancesco&nbsp;III. (1484–1519) and Vincenzo&nbsp;II. (1627–1628), these last splendid examples of the late Renaissance, large pieces of gold and silver; the portrait is fine, and the hound on the reverse a powerful design. The vicissitudes of the story of Milan find their record in no less than ten groups of money—Lombard regal coins, Carolingian deniers, money of the republic (1260–1310), next of the Visconti family (1329–1447), succeeded by the republic (1447–1450) and by the Sforza line, next of Louis&nbsp;XII. and Francis&nbsp;I. of France, of the restored Sforza, of Charles&nbsp;V. by Spanish right and his successors of Spain, and lastly of Austria. There are extremely fine coins of the 15th&nbsp;century, showing great beauty in their portraits (see Pl.&nbsp;III. fig.&nbsp;22). The money of Florence is disappointing in its art. The Athens of the middle ages had the same reason as her prototype to preserve as faithfully as might be the types and aspect of her most famous coin, the gold florin (see Pl.&nbsp;III. fig.&nbsp;8), and thus those who expect to see in this series the story of Italian art will be much disappointed. The silver florin was first struck in 1189. It is heavier than the denier, weighing about 27 grains, and bears the lily of Florence and the bust of St John the Baptist. These are thenceforward the leading types, the flower never changing, but the representation of the saint being varied. On the gold florin, first issued in 1252, the Baptist is represented standing, while in the contemporary silver florins he is seated. In the 14th&nbsp;century the arms of a moneyer appear in the field, two such officers have had the right of striking yearly, each for six months. The coins of the duchy from 1532, in spite of their new types, are not a fine series; the best are those of Alessandro, designed by Cellini. Venice as a mint even surpasses Florence in conservatism, and, the early style being distinctly Byzantine, this is the more striking in a great artistic city. We find Venice as an imperial mint issuing Carolingian deniers, but the doges begin to coin, placing their own names on their currency, in the 12th&nbsp;century.<noinclude></noinclude> snw1ft59zevjey9duhyepbqyq4coksu Page:EB1911 - Volume 19.djvu/938 104 1498969 14130542 9129806 2024-04-26T04:05:34Z DivermanAU 522506 resize image proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{center|{{x-larger|NUMISMATICS}}}}</noinclude>{{right|{{sc|Plate VI.}}}} {|{{Ts|ma|ba}} |[[Image:EB1911 Numismatics - Italian medals.jpg|800px]] |} {{center|ITALIAN MEDALS.}}<noinclude></noinclude> lmynzldqopcu7s6nsaieqtn2owr4qbm Page:EB1911 - Volume 19.djvu/939 104 1498970 14130563 12486025 2024-04-26T04:22:39Z DivermanAU 522506 /* Validated */ frorn→from after cf. theodora.com/encyclopedia/n/numismatics.html; add some non-break spaces proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="DivermanAU" />{{rh|LATER EUROPEAN]|{{x-larger|NUMISMATICS}}|{{x-larger|{{em|3}}901}}}}</noinclude><section begin="part1" />The most famous silver coin, the matapan, was first struck in the brilliant time of Enrico Dandolo (1192–1205). This coin is a grossus weighing about 33 grains, with on the obverse St&nbsp;Mark giving the standard or gonfalon to the doge, both figures standing, and on the reverse the seated figure of the Saviour. The famous Venetian zecchino or sequin (see Pl.&nbsp;III. fig.&nbsp;9), the rival of the florin of Florence, appears to have been first issued under Giovanni Dandolo (1284). On the obverse St&nbsp;Mark gives the gonfalon to the kneeling doge, and on the reverse is a standing figure of the Saviour within an oval nimbus. Niccolo Trono (1471–1473) introduces his portrait on most of his coins, but this custom is not continued. By the latest part of the 15th century large silver coins appear. The archaic style changes in the beginning of the 16th century, but there is no later movement. The large silver pieces increase in size, and large gold is also struck; the last doge, Ludovico Manin (1788–1797), issued the 100-sequin piece in gold, a monstrous coin, worth over £40. The doges of Venice from 1521 to 1797 issued a peculiar silver token or medallet, the osella, five of which they annually presented to every member of the Great Council. They replaced the wild ducks (''uccelle'') which it had been customary to present at Christmas. Two dogaressas struck similar medallets. Their types are usually allegorical; some are commemorative. The series of the coins of Rome is rather of historical than of artistic merit. The popes begin to strike money with Adrian&nbsp;I. ({{asc|A.D.}}&nbsp;772–795), whose deniers are in a Byzantino-Lombard style. The coins of his successors, with few exceptions, down to Leo&nbsp;IX. (1049) associate the names of pope and emperor. From Leo&nbsp;IX. to Urban&nbsp;V. (1362) {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingSmall|Papal Coins.}} there is no papal coinage at Rome. The Roman senate strikes from 1188 onwards. We then see on the silver the style of the senate and Roman people, and ROMA CAPUT MUNDI. Some coins have the figures of St&nbsp;Paul and St&nbsp;Peter, others Rome seated and a lion. Charles of Anjou, king of Sicily (1263–1285), strikes as a senator, and Cola di Rienzo (1347–1348) as tribune. The gold ducat of about 1300 imitates the types of the Venetian sequin. St&nbsp;Peter here gives the gonfalon to a kneeling senator. The arms of the moneying senator next appear in the field. The papal coinage is resumed at Avignon; and Urban&nbsp;V., on his return to Rome, takes the sole right of the mint. From Martin&nbsp;V. (1417) to Pius&nbsp;IX. there is a continuous papal coinage. The later coins, though they have an interest from their bearing on the history of art, are disappointing in style. There is indeed a silver coin of Julius&nbsp;II. struck at Bologna and attributed to Francia, with a very fine portrait. We have beautiful gold coins of Giovanni Bentivoglio (see Pl.&nbsp;III. fig.&nbsp;23), lord of Bologna, who employed Francia at his mint, and we know that the artist remained at his post after Julius&nbsp;II. had taken the city. There are also pieces of Clement&nbsp;VII. by Cellini, vigorous in design but careless in execution. There were papal mints at Ancona, Bologna, Piacenza, Parma, Ferrara and other Italian towns; and coins were also struck at Avignon from 1342 to 1700. The papal portraits are highly characteristic and interesting. It is, however, in the fine series of papal medals that we find a worthier artistic record. The coinage of Sicily, afterwards that of the Two Sicilies, or Naples and Sicily, begins with the Normans. Theirs is a curiously mixed series. It begins with Robert Guiscard as duke of Apulia (1075) and Roger&nbsp;I. of Sicily (1072). The gold money is almost wholly Arabic, though Roger&nbsp;II. struck the Latin ducat, the earliest of its class; the silver is Arabic, {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingSmall|Sicily.}} except the great Latin scyphati of Roger&nbsp;II. with Roger&nbsp;III.; the copper is both Latin and Arabic. The gold series (''Augustales'') of the emperor Frederick&nbsp;II. (1198–1250) shows the first sentiment of reviving classical art, its work being far in advance of the age. These are Latin coins; he also struck small Arabic pieces in gold. Under Conrad and Manfred there is an insignificant coinage, copper only, but with CharlesS&nbsp;I. of Anjou (1266–1285) the gold money in purely medieval style is very beautiful, quite equal to that of his brother, St&nbsp;Louis of France. After this time there is a great issue of ''gigliati'', silver coins with, for reverse, a cross fleurdelisée cantoned with fleurs-de-lis. These coins acquired <!-- column 2 --> a great reputation in the Levant, and were even struck by the emirs of Asia Minor. With Alphonso, the founder of the Aragonese line, we note the old style of the coins, which are in singular contrast to his fine medals. Good portraiture begins on the money of Ferdinand&nbsp;I., his successor. The later coinage is interesting only for its illustration of the varying fortunes of the Two Sicilies, The curious early gold coinage of the Lombard dukes of Beneventum, which follows the Byzantine type, has been mentioned under the transitional series; the dukes and princes of Beneventum and the princes of Salerno continued to issue coins (sometimes gold, usually deniers) down to the middle of the 11th century. <section end="part1" /> <section begin="part2" />Italian medals (Pl. VI.) are next in merit to the works of the Greek die-engravers. Certain small pieces of a medallic character were made in Italy, at Padua, as early as the end of the 14th century, and there existed also large cast and chased pieces representing various Roman emperors (perhaps Burgundian work of the 14th century), which influenced {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingSmall|Italian Medals.}} the beginnings of the true medal. This began, and also reached its highest excellence, with Vittore Pisano (Pisanello), the Veronese painter, whose medals date from 1438 (or earlier) to 1449. The finest work of Italian medallists is seen in the cast medals of the 15th and early 16th century; with the increase of classicism in the 16th the style declines rapidly. The earlier medals are independent works, marked by simple vigorous truthfulness. The designs are skilful and the portraits strongly characteristic; the expression of character and ''virtù'' takes precedence over ideal beauty, especially in the work of the Florentine school. As the art became popular the execution of medals passed into the hands of inferior artists, and by degrees striking became usual for the smaller pieces; at the same time, a slavish imitation of the classical style weakened or destroyed originality and stamped the works with the feebleness of copies. The great medallists of the first age are Pisano, Matteo de' Pasti, Enzola, Boldù, Sperandio, Guazzalotti, Bertoldo, Gambello, Niccolò Fiorentino, Lysippus, Candida, Caradosso. Some of the most beautiful medals, however, are by unknown artists (Pl.&nbsp;VI. fig.&nbsp;2). In the 16th century must be mentioned Pomedello, Benvenuto Cellini, Leone Leoni, Giovanni Cavino “the Paduan,” Pastorino of Siena, Giacomo da Trezzo, Pietro Paolo Galeotto, called Romano, and Antonio Abondio. Incomparably the finest of all Italian medals are the works of Pisano, particularly the medals of Alphonso the Magnanimous, with the reverses of the boar-hunt and the eagle and lesser birds of prey, those of Sigismondo Malatesta, his brother surnamed Novello (see Pl.&nbsp;VI. fig.&nbsp;1), Leonello d’Este, John&nbsp;VIII. (Palaeologus), Nicolò Piccinino, Inigo d’Avalos (marquis of Pescara), Ludovico and Cecilia Gonzaga of the same family, the great humanists Vittorino da Feltre and Pier Candido Decembrio. Pisano is great in portraiture, great in composition and design, and marvellously skilful in depicting animals. He alone represents the moral qualities of his subject in their highest expression and even capability. That he has high ideal power is seen at once if we compare with his portrait Pasti’s inferior though powerful head of Sigismondo Malatesta. Pasti’s medal of Isotta, wife of Sigismondo, is also noteworthy, likewise the medal by the otherwise unknown Constantius of Mahomet&nbsp;II., the conqueror of Constantinople—interesting works, but lacking Pisano’s technical skill and inspiration. An artist of great power is Sperandio of Mantua; but his productions lack the finish necessary to good medallic work, his drawing and composition are careless, and his realism too often becomes brutal or vulgar. The work of Niccolò Fiorentino and of his pupils is astonishingly vigorous in portraiture, but they lack the power of designing reverses (see Pl.&nbsp;VI. fig.&nbsp;3). In the later age Cavino executed a remarkable series of imitations of Roman sestertii, which have been frequently mistaken for originals. In art these Italian works frequently surpass the originals in spite of a degree of weakness inseparable from copies. A comparison of the Italian with the Roman pieces is thus most instructive. The works of Pastorino of Siena (who had an extraordinary facility in graceful portraiture) are especially charming (see Pl.&nbsp;VI. fig.&nbsp;4). Historically the Italian<section end="part2" /><noinclude></noinclude> 37y59jviu4doqyl0r2vpoub1ibmllqz Page:EB1911 - Volume 19.djvu/940 104 1498971 14130571 12402738 2024-04-26T04:33:54Z DivermanAU 522506 /* Validated */ Horin→florin after cf. theodora.com/encyclopedia/n/numismatics.html; add some non-break spaces proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="DivermanAU" />{{rh|{{x-larger|902 }}|{{x-larger|NUMISMATICS}}|[MEDIEVAL AND LATER EUROPEAN}}</noinclude>medals supply the defects of the coinages of Florence and Rome, and in a less degree of Venice. The papal series is invaluable as a continuous chronicle, although artistically, after the earliest period, it is monotonous. The money of Germany is, like that of Italy, far too various for it to be possible here to do more than sketch some of its main features. In the Frankish period mints were in operation at cities in the West, such as Mainz, Strassburg, Spires, Treves, Worms, Cologne. Pippin issued denarii from Strassburg and Mainz; under his successors denarii and {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingSmall|Germany.}} obols were also coined at other mints, as Bonn, Cologne, Spires, Treves. After the reign of Louis the Child (910–911) the Carolingian system was continued until the advent of the Swabians with Conrad&nbsp;III. (1138–1152). In the succeeding period, which ends with the introduction of the grossus and the gold coinage under Louis of Bavaria (1314–1347), the uniformity of the currency disappears. In the west (in Lotharingia, including the southern Low Countries, the Moselle and Rhine-lands, in Frisia, Bavaria, parts of Franconia and Swabia) the denier continues; but elsewhere we find the bracteate. The right of coinage is acquired in an increasing measure by the feudatories of the empire. These local coinages entirely dominated the system, so that even the imperial coinage is not uniform, but consists of denarii in the West and bracteates in the east. The earliest imperial bracteate is of Frederick&nbsp;I.; the large fine bracteates last but a short time, reaching their acme about the end of the 12th century (see Pl.&nbsp;III. fig.&nbsp;18). The fine pieces of the bishops of Halberstadt and the abbesses of Quedlinburg are characteristic of this class. With the introduction of the regular gold coinage (chiefly florins) and the grossus in the 14th century, Germany enters on the modern period. From the 16th century the thaler (so called from Joachimsthal in Bohemia, where the counts of Schlick first struck the coin in 1518) dominates the silver currency (see Pl.&nbsp;V. fig.&nbsp;6). The thalers and other large coins of the 16th and 17th&nbsp;centuries are often good and always vigorous in workmanship. By the convention of 1857 the thaler was recognized as the unit for Berlin and the north, the florin of 100 kreuzers for Austria, the florin of 60 kr. for the south. The present system, based on the gold reichsmark of 100 pfennigs, was established all over the German empire in 1876. Of particular currencies in Germany we must be content with the bare mention of some of the more important. Among the great rulers we note the dukes of Bavaria, who coined from Henry&nbsp;I. (948–955), and issued fine thalers in the 16th century. The Counts Palatine of the Rhine coined from 1294, their mints being at Heidelberg, Frankfort, &c. The Saxon coinage begins with Duke Bernard (973) and includes a large series of bracteates and thalers, the latter being especially famous. The Brunswick coinage begins in the 11th century; besides its bracteates we note the large mining-thalers of the 16th and 17th centuries (up to ten-thaler pieces). There are good bracteates and thalers of the margraves of Brandenburg; from 1701 they coin as kings of Prussia. In Austria there is a ducal coinage from the 12th century; the gold florin of Florentine character appears under Albert&nbsp;II. (1330–1358). The marriage-coin of Maximilian and Maria of Burgundy (a 16th-century reproduction of a medal made by the Italian Candida in 1479) is a striking piece, and in the 16th century there is a large series of fine thalers. The thalers of Maria Theresa had an enormous circulation among savage races, and those of the date 1780 were recoined for the purposes of the Abyssinian War of 1867. In Bohemia there is a ducal coinage from the early 10th century to 1192; then came the regal bracteates. [[Author:Wenceslaus II of Bohemia|Wenceslas&nbsp;II.]] (1278–1305) struck the first German grossus at Prague (see Pl.&nbsp;III. fig.&nbsp;16). The gold florin appears under John of Luxemburg (1310–1347). In Hungary the regal coinage begins with St Stephen (1000). Charles&nbsp;I. of Anjou (1310–1342) introduced the florin and grossus. Of historical interest is the money of John Hunyady as regent (1441–1452). The abundance of gold about this time and later shows the metallic wealth of the land. The same is true of the rich gold coinage of the Transylvanian princes in the 16th and 17th&nbsp;centuries. Of ecclesiastical coinages the most important are at Münster, Cologne, Mainz, Treves, <!-- column 2 --> Augsburg, Magdeburg, Spires, Würzburg, Salzburg. The Cologne series of coins is almost continuous from the Frankish period; the archbishops first received the right from Otto&nbsp;I., Bruno (953–965) being the first to coin; from Pilgrim (1021–1036) the series, issued at various mints in the Rhineland, is very complete down to 1802. The series of Treves ranges from Theodoric&nbsp;I. (965–975) to Clement Wenceslas (1794). The archiepiscopal coinage of Mainz begins with Willigis (975) and lasts until 1802; its mints included Erfurt, Bingen and many other places. The Salzburg series (beginning 996) is remarkable for its fine thalers (especially of Mathias Lang, 1519–1540). The patriarchs of Aquileia, who may be mentioned here, acquired the right of coinage from Louis&nbsp;II. in the 9th century, but the first who can be identified on the coins is Godfrey (1184); thence onwards there is an interesting series of denarii and smaller coins down to the early 15th century. Of cities with large coinages it is sufficient to mention Aix-la-Chapelle (from the time of Frederick I. to 1795), Frankfort-on-the-Main, Hamburg (with great gold pieces of the 16th and 17th centuries, up to 10&nbsp;ducats) and Nuremberg. Lastly, we may mention the coins of the grand-masters of the Teutonic Order, issued in Prussia from 1351 to 1512. German medals perhaps rank next to Italian, although' they lack the higher artistic qualities. They are the work of craftsmen—jewellers, wood-carvers, workers in hone-stone—and show great facility of minute workmanship and chasing and decorative design (the last is especially clear in the heraldic reverses); the faults of these qualities are to some extent redeemed by the native German vigour and directness of the portraiture. The original models from which the medals were cast were in many cases made in hone-stone or box-wood, which did not, like the favourite wax of the Italian artists, give much scope for subtlety. The chief centres of the art were Nuremberg and Augsburg. Many medals have been attributed to Albrecht Dürer; whether he did more than design them is uncertain. Among other medallists may be mentioned Hans Schwarz (working 1516–1527), Ludwig Krug, Friedrich Hagenauer (working 1525–1546, see Pl.&nbsp;V. fig.&nbsp;8), Peter Flötner (''c''.&nbsp;1538, although it is doubtful whether this artist, whose plaquettes are famous, made any of the portrait-medals ascribed to him), Mattes Gebel, Hans Reinhardt the Elder, &c. Some other good artists are known only by their initials, or quite unidentified. After the middle of the 16th century the art declines, although we still have skilful artists like Valentin Maler (1568–1593). In this later period striking gradually supersedes casting. {{EB1911 fine print/s}} The earliest Polish coins are of the 10th century; the types are copied from English, German and Byzantine sources. In the 12th and 13th centuries there is a bracteate coinage. The grossus was introduced about 1300. In later times the town of Danzig, while belonging to the kingdom, issued remarkable gold pieces, thalers, &c., down to its restoration to Prussia (1793).{{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingFine|Poland.}} {{clear}} The origin of the coinage of the Scandinavian states: Norway, Denmark and Sweden, is clearly English and due to the Danish conquest of England. The runic alphabet is employed, though not by any means exclusively, on many of the early coins of Denmark and Norway. The Norwegian series begins with Hakon Jarl (989–996), who copies the pennies of {{EB1911 Shoulder HeadingFine|Scandinavia.}} Æthelred&nbsp;II. In the second half of the 11th century begins a coinage of small, thin pennies, which develop into bracteates. Magnus&nbsp;IV. (1263–1280) restores the coinage, more or less imitating the English sterlings of the time. Norway and Denmark were united under Eric of Pomerania in 1396. The money of Denmark begins with pennies of Sweyn (985–1014) which are copied from the coinage of Æthelred&nbsp;II.; the coins of Canute the Great (1014–1035) and Hardicanute (1036–1042) are mainly English in character. With Magnus (1042–1047) other influences, especially Byzantine, appear, and the latter is very strong under Sweyn Æstrithson (1047–1076). Bracteates come in in the second half of the 12th century. The coinage is very difficult of classification until the time of Eric of Pomerania (1396). There are important episcopal coinages at Roskilde and Lund in the 12th and 13th centuries. Sweden has very few early coins, beginning with imitations by Olaf Skötkonung (995) of English pennies and showing the usual bracteate coinage. The money was restored by Albert of Mecklenburg (1363–1387). The thaler is introduced by Sten Sture the younger (1512–1520). The money of Gustavus Adolphus is historically interesting. Under Charles&nbsp;XII. there is highly curious money of necessity. The daler is struck as a small copper coin, sometimes plated. The types include<noinclude> {{EB1911 fine print/e}}</noinclude> e0ga7yurvqbvv80u135ziqh1put55xs 1911 Encyclopædia Britannica/Numismatics 0 1498986 14127835 12032643 2024-04-25T13:54:34Z DivermanAU 522506 {{clear}} {{rule}} {{smallrefs}} wikitext text/x-wiki {{EB1911 |volume=19 |previous= Numidia |next= Nummulite |wikipedia = Numismatics |override_contributor=[[Author:Reginald Stuart Poole|Reginald Stuart Poole]], [[Author:Herbert Appold Grueber|Herbert Appold Grueber]] and [[Author:George Francis Hill|George Francis Hill]] |portal = Numismatics }} <pages index="EB1911 - Volume 19.djvu" include="901-908,911" fromsection="Numismatics" tosection="part1" /> <pages index="EB1911 - Volume 19.djvu" include="909, 910" /> <pages index="EB1911 - Volume 19.djvu" include=911-930 fromsection=part2 tosection=part1 /> <pages index="EB1911 - Volume 19.djvu" include=931-932 /> <pages index="EB1911 - Volume 19.djvu" include=930,933-935 fromsection=part2 tosection=part1 /> <pages index="EB1911 - Volume 19.djvu" include="937" /> <pages index="EB1911 - Volume 19.djvu" include="935-936,939" fromsection=part2 tosection=part1 /> <pages index="EB1911 - Volume 19.djvu" include=938 /> <pages index="EB1911 - Volume 19.djvu" include=939-949 fromsection=part2 tosection=Numismatics /> {{clear}} {{rule}} {{smallrefs}} [[Category:1911 Encyclopædia Britannica articles about economics]] [[Category:Numismatics]] 7tx9czdoy3edlfvdds33r4go5m6lids Page:EB1911 - Volume 19.djvu/931 104 1499000 14130515 9129803 2024-04-26T03:20:10Z DivermanAU 522506 resize image proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{c|{{x-larger|NUMISMATICS}}}}</noinclude>{{right|{{sc|Plate III.}}}} {|{{Ts|ma|ba}} |[[Image:EB1911 Numismatics - Roman and medieval coins.jpg|800px]] |} {{center|ROMAN AND MEDIEVAL COINS.}}<noinclude></noinclude> 8mufuklc73b4pknpr0rq4jmdgekc75m Page:EB1911 - Volume 19.djvu/932 104 1499002 14130516 9129804 2024-04-26T03:21:15Z DivermanAU 522506 resize image proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{center|{{x-larger|NUMISMATICS}}}}</noinclude>{{right|{{sc|Plate IV.}}}} {|{{Ts|ma|ba}} |[[Image:EB1911 Numismatics - oriental coins.jpg|800px]] |} {{center|ORIENTAL COINS.}}<noinclude></noinclude> 0znbn5rb9v6annacqvul1gle5onqrb1 Template:Plain TOC 10 1507961 14131262 4473706 2024-04-26T08:06:19Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki <div> __NOTOC__ {| style="border:1px solid #aaaaaa;background-color:#f9f9f9;padding:5px;font-size: 95%; margin:0 auto; border-spacing:0;" | style="text-align: center; border:none;" | [[#A|A]] [[#B|B]] [[#C|C]] [[#D|D]] [[#E|E]] [[#F|F]] [[#G|G]] [[#H|H]] [[#I|I]] [[#J|J]] [[#K|K]] [[#L|L]] [[#M|M]] [[#N|N]] [[#O|O]] [[#P|P]] [[#Q|Q]] [[#R|R]] [[#S|S]] [[#T|T]] [[#U|U]] [[#V|V]] [[#W|W]] [[#X|X]] [[#Y|Y]] [[#Z|Z]] |} </div><noinclude>[[Category:TOC templates]]</noinclude> 311o2u58ipl6i04ubk2ijdzst6jqlg6 14131263 14131262 2024-04-26T08:06:39Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki <div> __NOTOC__ {| style="border:1px solid #aaaaaa;background-color:#f9f9f9;padding:5px;font-size: 95%; margin:0 auto;" | style="text-align: center;" | [[#A|A]] [[#B|B]] [[#C|C]] [[#D|D]] [[#E|E]] [[#F|F]] [[#G|G]] [[#H|H]] [[#I|I]] [[#J|J]] [[#K|K]] [[#L|L]] [[#M|M]] [[#N|N]] [[#O|O]] [[#P|P]] [[#Q|Q]] [[#R|R]] [[#S|S]] [[#T|T]] [[#U|U]] [[#V|V]] [[#W|W]] [[#X|X]] [[#Y|Y]] [[#Z|Z]] |} </div><noinclude>[[Category:TOC templates]]</noinclude> 9ygmx420ndloy9a6irjdui8u6yqbboq Page:Val d'Arno (Ruskin, 1890).djvu/38 104 1512315 14129479 8773643 2024-04-25T18:46:51Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|20|VAL D'ARNO.|}}</noinclude>26. No passion of fretwork, or pinnacle whatever, I said, is in this Pisan pulpit. The trefoiled arch itself, pleasant as it is, seems forced a little; out of perfect harmony with the rest (see Plate II.). Unnatural, perhaps, to Niccola? Altogether unnatural to him, it is; such a thing never would have come into his head, unless some one had shown it him. Once got into his head, he puts it to good use; perhaps even he will let this somebody else put pinnacles and crockets into his head, or at least, into his son's, in a little while. Pinnacles,—crockets,—it may be, even traceries. The ground tier of the baptistery is round-arched, and has no pinnacles; but look at its first story. The clerestory of the Duomo of Pisa has no traceries, but look at the cloister of its Campo Santo. 27. I pause at the words;—for they introduce a new group of thoughts, which presently we must trace farther. The Holy Field;—field of burial, the "cave of Machpelah which is before Mamre," of the Pisans. "There they buried Abraham, and Sarah his wife; there they buried Isaac, and Rebekah his wife; and there I buried Leah." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 3vmiy9u044nf3f985ivqz0yqvqaufdy Page:Val d'Arno (Ruskin, 1890).djvu/110 104 1517323 14129469 8773437 2024-04-25T18:45:28Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|88|VAL D'ARNO.|}}</noinclude>or townsman temper,—resolute maintenance of fortified peace. These are the walls which modern republicanism throws down, to make boulevards over their ruins. 109. Such new order being taken, Florence remained quiet for—full two months. On the 13th of December, in the same year, died the Emperor Frederick II.; news of his death did not reach Florence till the 7th January, 1251. It had chanced, according to Villani, that on the actual day of his death, his Florentine vicegerent, Rinieri of Montemerlo, was killed by a piece of the vaulting<ref>"Una volta ch'era sopra la camera."</ref> of his room falling on him as he slept. And when the people heard of the Emperor's death, "which was most useful and needful for Holy Church, and for our commune," they took the fall of the roof on his lieutenant as an omen of the extinction of Imperial authority, and resolved to bring home all their Guelphic exiles, and that the Ghibellines should be forced to make peace with them. Which was done, and the peace really lasted for full six months; when, a quarrel chancing with Ghibelline Pistoja, the Florentines, under a Milanese podesta, fought their first properly communal<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 3ue6fae38qp1qhjflb6gidailp9d827 Page:Val d'Arno (Ruskin, 1890).djvu/117 104 1518096 14129472 8773444 2024-04-25T18:45:52Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh||V.—PAX VOBISCUM.|95}}</noinclude>use of a flag which flew no farther than over the new palazzo? 16. Accordingly, in the next year, the pacific Florentines began by ravaging the territory of Pistoja; then attacked the Pisans at Pontadera, and took 3,000 prisoners; and finished by traversing, and eating up all that could be ate in, the country of Siena; besides beating the Sienese under the castle of Montalcino. Returning in triumph after these benevolent operations, they resolved to strike a new piece of money in memory of them,—the golden Florin! 117. This coin I have placed in your room of study, to be the first of the series of coins which I hope to arrange for you, not chronologically, but for the various interest, whether as regards art or history, which they should possess in your general studies. "The Florin of Florence," (says Sismondi,) "through all the monetary revolutions of all neighbouring countries, and while the bad faith of governments adulterated their coin from one end of Europe to the other, has always remained the same; it is, to-day," (I don't know when, exactly, he wrote this,—but it doesn't matter,) "of the same weight, and bears the same name and the same stamp, which it did when it<noinclude></noinclude> aug3uq507ef2n0aug5smz1mmogosfow Page:Val d'Arno (Ruskin, 1890).djvu/199 104 1518901 14129473 8773531 2024-04-25T18:46:00Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh||VIII.—FRANCHISE.|167}}</noinclude>it must be necessarily?—Of course, Libertas. Now M. Didron is quite the best writer on art that I know,—full of sense and intelligence; but of course, as a modern Frenchman,—one of a nation for whom the Latin and Gothic ideas of libertas have entirely vanished,—he is not on his guard against the trap here laid for him. He looks at the word libertas through his spectacles;—can't understand, being a thoroughly good antiquary,<ref>Historical antiquary; not art-antiquary I must limitedly say, however. He has made a grotesque mess of his account of the Ducal Palace of Venice, through his ignorance of the technical characters of sculpture.</ref> how such a virtue, or privilege, could honestly be carved with approval in the twelfth century;—rubs his spectacles; rubs the inscription, to make sure of its every letter; stamps it, to make surer still;—and at last, though in a greatly bewildered state of mind, remains convinced that here is a sculpture of 'La Liberté' in the twelfth century. "C'est bien la liberté!" "On lit parfaitement libertas." 202. Not so, my good M. Didron!—a very different personage, this; of whom more, presently, though the letters of her name are<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> otdjhk6pieva20fsrb3ivi3yp4sd101 Page:Val d'Arno (Ruskin, 1890).djvu/201 104 1518903 14129474 8773534 2024-04-25T18:46:02Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh||VIII.—FRANCHISE.|169}}</noinclude>with this difference: Heracles kills the beast, and makes a helmet and cloak of his skin; the Greek St. Mark converts the beast, and makes an evangelist of him. Is not that a greater difference, think you, than one of mere decadence? This 'maniera goffa e sproporzionata' of Vasari is not, then, merely the wasting away of former leonine strength into thin rigidities of death? There is another change going on at the same time,—body perhaps subjecting itself to spirit. I will not tease you with further questions. The facts are simple enough. Theseus and Heracles have their religion, sincere and sufficient,—a religion of lion-killers, minotaur-killers, very curious and rude; Eleusinian mystery mingled in it, inscrutable to us now,—partly always so, even to them. 204. Well; the Greek nation, in process of time, loses its manliness,—becomes Graeculus instead of Greek. But though effeminate and feeble, it inherits all the subtlety of its art, all the cunning of its mystery; and it is converted to a more spiritual religion. Nor is it altogether degraded, even by the diminution of its<noinclude></noinclude> a3nokj2pqzugpujw6skupix8ufq9rz8 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Russian).djvu/122 104 1522131 14128918 8305066 2024-04-25T18:23:58Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Captain Nemo" />{{rh|116|ST. JOHN'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>so very long ago—my father was still alive—that I remember how a good man could not pass the ruined tavern, which a dishonest race had long managed for their own interest. From the smoke-blackened chimneys, smoke poured out in a pillar, and rising high in the air, as if to take an observation, rolled off like a cap, scattering burning coals over the steppe; and Satan (the son of a dog should not be mentioned) sobbed so pitifully in his lair, that the startled ravens rose in flocks from the neighboring oak-wood, and flew through the air with wild cries.<noinclude></noinclude> pcuzpowfr1c98e8zyckgiy3d9243mmt Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/24 104 1571768 14130953 7462756 2024-04-26T07:45:20Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="4nn1l2" />{{rh|12|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>the gate and disappeared. Together with his servants the banker went instantly to the wing and established the escape of his prisoner. To avoid unnecessary rumours he took the paper with the renunciation from the table and, on his return, locked it in his safe. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> j953yy4tmd445hmi2dcp0ds25slov9a The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy 0 1601879 14127928 14050010 2024-04-25T14:30:20Z GrooveCreator 2854703 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy | author = Leo Tolstoy | translator = Leo Wiener | section = | previous = | next = | year = | notes = Boston: D. Estes, 1904 }} {{incomplete}} <div style="-moz-column-count:4; -webkit-column-count:4; column-count:4"> * [[/Volume 1|Volume 1]]: [[/Childhood|Childhood]], [[Boyhood (tr. Wiener)|Boyhood]], [[Youth (tr. Wiener)|Youth]]; [[The Incursion (tr. Wiener)|The Incursion]]. * [[/Volume 2|Volume 2]]: [[A Landed Proprietor (tr. Wiener)|A Landed Proprietor]]; [[The Cossacks (tr. Wiener)|The Cossacks]]; [[Sevastopol (tr. Wiener)|Sevastopol]]. * [[/Volume 3|Volume 3]]: [[A Moscow Acquaintance (tr. Wiener)|A Moscow Acquaintance]]; [[The Snow-Storm (tr. Wiener)|The Snow-Storm]]; [[Domestic Happiness (tr. Wiener)|Domestic Happiness]]; Miscellanies. * [[/Volume 4|Volume 4]]: Pedagogical Articles; [[Linen-Measurer (tr. Wiener)|Linen-Measurer]]. * [[/Volume 5|Volume 5]]: [[War and Peace (tr. Wiener)|War and Peace ]] * [[/Volume 6|Volume 6]]: [[War and Peace (tr. Wiener)|War and Peace ]] * [[/Volume 7|Volume 7]]: [[War and Peace (tr. Wiener)|War and Peace ]] * [[/Volume 8|Volume 8]]: [[War and Peace (tr. Wiener)|War and Peace ]] * [[/Volume 9|Volume 9]]: [[Anna Karénin]] * [[/Volume 10|Volume 10]]: [[Anna Karénin]] * [[/Volume 11|Volume 11]]: [[Anna Karénin]] * [[/Volume 12|Volume 12]]: Fables for Children; Stories for Children; Natural Science Stories; Popular Education; Decembrist; Moral Tales. * [[/Volume 13|Volume 13]]: [[The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Volume 13/My Confession|My Confession]]; [[The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Volume 13/Critique of Dogmatic Theology|Critique of Dogmatic Theology]]. * [[/Volume 14|Volume 14]]: [[The Four Gospels Harmonized and Translated]] * [[/Volume 15|Volume 15]]: [[The Four Gospels Harmonized and Translated]] * [[/Volume 16|Volume 16]]: [[My Religion (tr. Wiener)|My Religion]]; [[On Life (tr. Wiener)|On Life]]; [[Thoughts on God (tr. Wiener)|Thoughts on God]]; [[On the Meaning of Life (tr. Wiener)|On the Meaning of Life]]. * [[/Volume 17|Volume 17]]: What shall we do then? On the Moscow census; Collected articles. * [[/Volume 18|Volume 18]]: [[The Death of Ivan Ilich (tr. Wiener)|The Death of Ivan Ilich]]; Dramatic Works; [[Kreutzer Sonata (tr. Wiener)|Kreutzer Sonata]]. * [[/Volume 19|Volume 19]]: Walk in the Light while ye have Light; Thoughts and Aphorisms; Letters; Miscellanies. * [[/Volume 20|Volume 20]]: [[The Kingdom of God Is Within You (tr. Wiener)|The Kingdom of God Is Within You]]; [[Christianity and Patriotism (tr. Wiener)|Christianity and Patriotism]]; Miscellanies. * [[/Volume 21|Volume 21]]: [[Resurrection (tr. Wiener)|Resurrection]], v.1. * [[/Volume 22|Volume 22]]: [[Resurrection (tr. Wiener)|Resurrection]], v.2.; [[What is Art? (tr. Wiener)|What is Art?]]; [[The Christian Teaching]]. * [[/Volume 23|Volume 23]]: Miscellaneous Letters and Essays. * [[/Volume 24|Volume 24]]: Latest Works; Life; General Index; Bibliography * [[/Volume 25|Volume 25]]: [[Hadji Murad (tr. Wiener)|Hadji Murad]] * [[/Volume 26|Volume 26]]: [[The Light that Shines in the Darkness]]; [[The Man Who Was Dead]]; [[The Cause of It All]]. * [[/Volume 27|Volume 27]]: [[The Forged Coupon (tr. Wiener)|The Forged Coupon]]; [[After the Dance (tr. Wiener)|After the Dance]]; [[Alyosha the Pot (tr. Wiener)|Alyosha the Pot]]; Miscellaneous Stories. * [[/Volume 28|Volume 28]]: [[Father Sergius (tr. Wiener)|Father Sergius]]; [[The Wisdom of Children]]; Miscellaneous Stories. </div> {{translation license |original = {{PD-old}} |translation = {{PD-US|1939}} }} {{Works of Tolstoy (Wiener)}} fdle5ytwj91gv87911iaaa660w3yp52 Page:A history of Hungarian literature.djvu/36 104 1605532 14128454 12335777 2024-04-25T17:35:21Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Lo Ximiendo" />{{rh|22|HUNGARIAN LITERATURE|}}</noinclude>mingled something of the darkness of night; so in the character of Matthias we may discern features which link him to a bygone age. It was the same with the men who were his spiritual kindred, Lorenzo the Magnificent or Alfonso of Arragon{{sic}}; but like them Matthias was essentially a man of the Renaissance. Italy herself could not show us a more striking type of the new genus. It is not only that he surrounded himself with the very best works of art of that period, but his whole personality showed that he had drunk deeply of the waters of that enchanting stream which reached Hungary earlier than other countries. His character and education, his tastes and prejudices, his imagination and temperament, were all rooted in the soil of the Renaissance. Great vitality and uncurbed emotions are frequently to be found linked with a sense of beauty in the typical man of that age; but his lively imagination and his manifold abilities were often mingled with craftiness and rhetorical volubility; he admired the classical world in an intellectual way, and yet was not entirely free from superstitions; finely turned wit and indomitable energy existed side by side in his nature. All those features appeared in Matthias. His imagination was powerful and undisciplined. Gigantic plans seethed in his mind like precious metals in a furnace, rich, yet mingled with dross. At one time it was the crown of Bohemia which he attempted to seize, at another it was the German imperial title. He dreamed of reconquering the territories near the Danube, chasing the Turks back to Asia, or converting them to Christianity. Later on, he found a wild pretext for laying claim to the throne of the Sultan, on the ground that an aunt of his had been carried off to that monarch's harem. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> jbq0t1wzpcxer7jdxz3lhix53eztgw9 Page:A Hundred and Seventy Chinese Poems (1919).djvu/24 104 1621466 14128478 7574133 2024-04-25T17:37:17Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Wylve" /></noinclude>of candid reflection and self-analysis which has not been rivalled in the West. Turning from thought to emotion, the most conspicuous feature of European poetry is its pre-occupation with love. This is apparent not only in actual "love-poems," but in all poetry where the personality of the writer is in any way obtruded. The poet tends to exhibit himself in a ''romantic'' light; in fact, to recommend himself as a lover. The Chinese poet has a tendency different but analogous. He recommends himself not as a lover, but as a friend. He poses as a person of infinite leisure [which is what we should most like our friends to possess] and free from worldly ambitions [which constitute the greatest bars to friendship]. He would have us think of him as a boon companion, a great drinker of wine, who will not disgrace a social gathering by quitting it sober. To the European poet the relation between man and woman is a thing of supreme importance and mystery. To the Chinese, it is something commonplace, obvious—a need of the body, not a satisfaction of the ''emotions''. These he reserves entirely for friendship. Accordingly we find that while our poets tend to lay stress on physical courage and other qualities which normal women admire, Po Chü-i is not ashamed to write such a poem as "Alarm at entering the Gorges." Our poets imagine themselves very much as Art has portrayed them—bare-headed and wild-eyed, with shirts unbuttoned at the neck as though they feared that a seizure of emotion might at any minute suffocate them. The Chinese poet introduces himself as a timid recluse, "Reading the Book of Changes at the Northern Window," playing chess with a Taoist priest, or practising caligraphy with an occasional<noinclude>{{Left|[ 18 ]}}</noinclude> b6p9k40if6ue4ht34my9nfq6gm0lyw6 Page:A Hundred and Seventy Chinese Poems (1919).djvu/25 104 1621467 14128479 7574142 2024-04-25T17:37:19Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Wylve" /></noinclude>visitor. If "With a Portrait of the Author" had been the rule in the Chinese book-market, it is in such occupations as these that he would be shown; a neat and tranquil figure compared with our lurid frontispieces. It has been the habit of Europe to idealize love at the expense of friendship and so to place too heavy a burden on the relation of man and woman. The Chinese erred in the opposite direction, regarding their wives and concubines simply as instruments of procreation. For sympathy and intellectual companionship they looked only to their friends. But these friends were bound by no such tie as held women to their masters; sooner or later they drifted away to frontier campaigns, remote governorships, or country retirement. It would not be an exaggeration to say that half the poems in the Chinese language are poems of parting or separation. Readers of these translations may imagine that the culture represented by Po Chü-i extended over the whole vast confines of China. This would, I think, be an error. Culture is essentially a metropolitan product. Chü-i was as much ''dépaysé'' at a provincial town as Charles Lamb would have been at Botany Bay. But the system of Chinese bureaucracy tended constantly to break up the literary coteries which formed at the capitals, and to drive the members out of the little corner of Shensi and Honan which to them was "home." It was chiefly economic necessity which forced the poets of China into the meshes of bureaucracy—backed by the Confucian insistence on public service. To such as were landowners there remained the alternative of agricultural life, arduous and isolated. The poet, then, usually passed through three stages of<noinclude>{{Left|[ 19 ]}}</noinclude> 178aha97npre244ahxee76lffotrgev Page:A Hundred and Seventy Chinese Poems (1919).djvu/27 104 1621469 14128480 7574144 2024-04-25T17:37:21Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Wylve" /></noinclude>The "figures of speech," devices such as metaphor, simile, and play on words, are used by the Chinese with much more restraint than by us. "Metaphorical epithets" are occasionally to be met with; waves, for example, might perhaps be called "angry." But in general the adjective does not bear the heavy burden which our poets have laid upon it. The Chinese would call the sky "blue," "gray," or "cloudy," according to circumstances; but never "triumphant" or "terror-scourged." The long Homeric simile, introduced for its own sake or to vary the monotony of narrative, is unknown to Chinese poetry. Shorter similes are sometimes found, as when the half-Chinese poet Altun compares the sky over the Mongolian steppe with the "walls of a tent"; but nothing could be found analogous to Mr. [[Author:T. S. Eliot|T. S. Eliot]]'s comparison of the sky to a "patient etherized on a table." Except in popular poetry, puns are rare; but there are several characters which, owing to the wideness of their import, are used in a way almost equivalent to play on words. Classical allusion, always the vice of Chinese poetry, finally destroyed it altogether. In the later periods [from the fourteenth century onwards] the use of elegant synonyms also prevailed. I have before me a "gradus" of the kind which the later poet used as an aid to composition. The moon should be called the "Silver Dish," "Frozen Wheel," or "Golden Ring." Allusions may in this connection be made to Yü Liang, who rode to heaven on the crescent moon; to the hermit T'ang, who controlled the genius of the New Moon, and kept him in his house as a candle—or to any other of some thirty stories which are given. The sun may be called "The Lantern-Dragon," the "Crow in Flight," the "White Colt," etc. Such were the artificialities of later Chinese poetry. {{nop}}<noinclude>{{Left|[ 21 ]}}</noinclude> nf753j2bkqnueyec3zpbkw4xnobk9mm Page:A Hundred and Seventy Chinese Poems (1919).djvu/30 104 1621522 14128481 7574150 2024-04-25T17:37:23Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Wylve" /></noinclude>differently in different native books. But it is possible to enumerate certain characteristics which distinguish the two kinds of verse. I will attempt to do so; but not till I have discussed ''rhyme'', the other main element in Chinese prosody. It would be equally difficult to define accurately the difference between the couplets of [[Author:Alexander Pope|Pope]] and those of [[Author:William Morris|William Morris]]. But it would not be impossible, by pointing out certain qualities of each, to enable a reader to distinguish between the two styles. ''Rhyme''.—Most Chinese syllables ended with a vowel or nasal sound. The Chinese rhyme was in reality a vowel assonance. Words in different consonants rhymed so long as the vowel-sound was exactly the same. Thus ''ywet'', "moon," rhymed with ''sek'', "beauty." During the classical period these consonant endings were gradually weakening, and to-day, except in the south, they are wholly lost. It is possible that from very early times final consonants were lightly pronounced. The rhymes used in ''lü-shih'' were standardized in the eighth century, and some of them were no longer rhymes to the ear in the Mandarin dialect. To be counted as a rhyme, two words must have exactly the same vowel-sound. Some of the distinctions then made are no longer audible to-day; the sub-divisions therefore seem arbitrary. Absolute homophony is also counted as rhyme, as in French. It is as though we should make ''made'' rhyme with ''maid''. I will now attempt to distinguish between ''Ku-shih'' [old style] and ''Lü-shih'' [new style]. {{Dhr}} ''Ku-shih'' [Old Style]. [''a''] According to the investigations of Chu Hua, an {{hws|eight|eighteenth}}<noinclude>{{Left|[ 24 ]}}</noinclude> cip8l7zvobckt4c7v30sx6ogkex2v3m Page:A history of Hungarian literature.djvu/38 104 1624225 14128455 12335775 2024-04-25T17:35:23Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="EncycloPetey" />{{rh|24|HUNGARIAN LITERATURE|}}</noinclude>"If the Holy Father does not comply with my wishes, I swear by the sacred Cross that I will help the Turks to enter Italy," he declared to the Nuncio. He might have said, with the Latin poet, "''Si flectere nequeo superos, Acheronta movebo''." His fertile and vehement imagination, and his far­ seeing, calculating intellect, combined in effecting his purposes. He flattered and threatened, he implored and commanded, he convinced or conquered or bribed his enemies. If he did not attain his ends by his logic and persuasive eloquence, or by his princely gifts, with swift dexterity he resorted to force. But if violent methods did not promise success, he forgot his former plan and once again became tranquil. As a statesman, then, as in other respects, he was typical of the Renaissance. His cunning in design, his vigour in execution, the grand scale of his plans, and his indifference to the means, so long as the ends were achieved, made him seem like a pupil of the great Machiavelli, though long before Machiavelli's time. It is characteristic of the Renaissance politicians that they enlarged the stage for their combinations by involving one European country after another, and this feature may be seen in Matthias. His mind, his fertile imagination, and his feverish energy were typical of the fifteenth century. In respect of certain wild but majestic features in him, he had something in common with the famous lions which he used to keep in an enclosure of his palace, and which are mentioned by the poet Janus Pannonius. Matthias was a consummate artist, with all the artistic intuitions of his age, but his art was politics, as that of Giovanni Dalmata was architecture, and that of Benedetto<noinclude></noinclude> qrm6so0v24cmeta5j9hk248h2d2ab18 Page:A history of Hungarian literature.djvu/40 104 1635507 14128456 12335772 2024-04-25T17:35:24Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Lo Ximiendo" />{{rh|26|HUNGARIAN LITERATURE|}}</noinclude>first place, he had been educated by eminent humanists, who taught the impressionable youth to admire the classical world; when he became king, the most influential men of his Court and amongst the clergy had nearly all studied in Italy and brought home the ideas of the new cult; and, furthermore, the direction taken by his tastes was largely influenced by his marriage, his Queen Beatrice having been brought up at the Court of Naples, where knowledge and art were enthusiastically beloved. Her grandfather, the noble Alfonso, was the best connoisseur of art of his time. Her father, though harsh and crafty by nature, was endowed with much artistic taste; he founded a scientific academy, and zealously collected books. It must be remembered, too, that in the middle of the fifteenth century, there was a constant intercourse between Hungary and Italy, for not only did merchants and pilgrims pass to and fro frequently, and in large numbers, but also scholars, students, and painters. Filippino Lippi, Verrocchio, and Caradosso could not accept the King's invitation to his Court, but their works were well represented there. The artist who worked for Matthias the most, and who spent the longest time at his Court, was Giovanni Dalmata. All his works in Hungary were destroyed by the Turks, but it is well-known that he executed a great number for the King, who conferred upon him a title equivalent to knighthood. On the death of the King he left Hungary. He was one of the most refined sculptors of the Renaissance, and possessed something of the graceful Attic spirit, which is only to be observed elsewhere in works of the early Florentine Renaissance. His works represented historical Hungarian personages, such as John Hunyadi and his son Ladislas (then<noinclude></noinclude> awc26bsfrwxang9av4o00nuebq1pdq0 Page:A history of Hungarian literature.djvu/42 104 1635866 14128457 12335770 2024-04-25T17:35:26Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Lo Ximiendo" />{{rh|28|HUNGARIAN LITERATURE|}}</noinclude>''molto belle'', says Vasari). One was a portrait of Matthias, and the other the Lord's Supper. It was probably the famous Caradosso who made the masterpiece of Renaissance goldsmith's work, the Calvary at Esztergom, for the king, which was afterwards given to the Primate Bakócz by the king's son, John Corvinus. The most talented Italian artist at the Court of Matthias was the young Benedetto da Majano, afterwards the architect of the splendid palace belonging to the Strozzi family. Matthias would not have been a typical Renaissance ruler had he not been passionately fond of fine vellum manuscripts, adorned with miniatures. He and the Italian princes were rivals in book-collecting, and as he could easily afford it, he used to spend as much as 30,000 golden florins annually on his library, which must have cost, in our money, some hundreds of thousands of pounds. His agents wandered as far as the Levant in order to procure interesting Greek manuscripts. The most eminent Floren­tine masters worked for his library, and he paid Attavantes for a single manuscript the price usually given for a masterpiece of painting. The miniatures on the parch­ments of Attavantes combine the fresh beauty of the early Renaissance with the most refined Greek taste. In that age, love of art went hand in hand with admira­tion of antiquity. Italian potentates were all eager collectors of antique treasures. People did not always understand the Greeks and Romans, but they always venerated them. Matthias began collecting ancient relics, sarcophagi, tablets, bronze casts of coins, and both he and his favourite writers and artists speak of the Romans with the greatest reverence. "The King," writes a well-known Italian humanist, "reads even late at<noinclude></noinclude> 6k527jb2loogbgw6dlw933og2lcjf2x Page:A book of the Pyrenees.djvu/232 104 1638584 14128417 6908933 2024-04-25T17:27:58Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Jasonanaggie" />{{rh|192|THE PYRENEES|}}</noinclude>laid and the work was begun. The general took up his abode in the cabin of Sencours, just below the terminal cone, where he passed winter and summer registering his observations, whilst Vaussenat travelled through France, lecturing, exhorting, wringing money for the work out of learned societies and from generous individuals. Nansouty underwent great hardships. On one occasion, in December, 1874, a furious tempest burst over the refuge of Sencours, and twelve feet of snow was heaped on the roof, one of the windows was blown in, and the door gave way. It was absolutely necessary to quit the place. Nansouty, aided by his two companions, took seventeen hours struggling through the snow to reach the bottom, a distance that can easily be mounted in two hours and a half. The observatory was completed in 1882, and was made over by these two energetic men to the State, whereupon Vaussenat was appointed director of the observatory. He lived till 1891, when he fell ill in it. He was being conveyed down the mountain, when one of the bearers slipped, and Vaussenat was flung down a steep descent of ice. He was taken up and carried to Bagnères, where he succumbed eight days after. Bagnères is at the mouth of the Val de Campan. In it are the ivy-mantled ruins of the Castle of Asté. They are inconsiderable, and in themselves hardly deserve a visit. But they are of some historic interest, as this Chateau d'Asté was the second cradle of the dukes of Grammont. The barons d'Asté, early in the sixteenth century, became viscounts, and Menard d'Aure, Viscount Asté, had the good luck to marry the heiress of Grammont. Thenceforth his descendants assumed the title of counts of Grammont and viscounts of Asté. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 98niplkjyxry39es7ij5f71wstjm45d Page:A book of the Pyrenees.djvu/249 104 1638599 14128418 7473494 2024-04-25T17:28:00Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{rh||THE ARMAGNACS|209}}</noinclude>desire to see the line of Armagnac continued, she was thrown into prison and poisoned. The title and claim to the county now devolved on Charles, another son of John IV; but Louis XI had him cast into prison, and retained there till he died of chagrin. There existed at the time another branch of the family, that had likewise received favours from King Louis, and had repaid them with treachery. Jacques d'Armagnac had been given by Louis XI vast estates in Meaux, Châlons, Langres, and Sens. The king had married Jacques to Louise of Anjou, and had created him Duke of Nemours. But Jacques was false to his benefactor, and joined in the League of Public Good against him. At the Treaty of Confians he returned to his allegiance, swore fidelity on the relics in the Sainte Chapelle, and had the governorship of Paris conferred upon him. The very next year, 1469, he went over to the enemies of the King, and sided with his cousin, John IV, entering with him into negotiations with the English. But alarmed at the fate that befell John, he solicited pardon, and took an oath of fidelity, the most solemn and binding that could be devised. Two years later, when Louis XI was in embarrassment, the Duke refused the King the succour he demanded, and prepared to lay his hands on Languedoc. No sooner was Louis delivered from his anxieties than he besieged and took Nemours, in his Castle of Carlat, and confined him in an iron cage in the Bastille. His wife, feeling confident that he would experience no mercy at the hands of the justly incensed King, died during her confinement at Carlat. Jacques d'Armagnac's hair turned white within a few days. He was not mistaken about the gravity of his position. Louis was alarmed at these incessant conspiracies, and indignant at the ingratitude of the Duke, whom no oaths could<noinclude></noinclude> ofo3714y0gezovq8simlhylp4f4lykg Page:A book of the Pyrenees.djvu/250 104 1638600 14128419 7473497 2024-04-25T17:28:14Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{rh|210|THE PYRENEES|}}</noinclude>bind. In vain did Nemours implore permission to speak with the King face to face; Louis refused to see him, and gave orders that he should be tortured. One day, hearing that the prisoner had been treated with some consideration, he wrote sharply to the gaoler, "Give him Hell (the extremity of torture); let him suffer Hell in his own chamber. Take care not to let him out of the cage except to be tortured." Jacques d'Armagnac was executed on 10 July, 1477. The assertion often made, that by the order of the King his children were placed under the scaffold so that their father's blood might fall over them, is asserted by no contemporary writers. His sons died without issue, and so ended this wicked family. {{block center/s}} {{fs90/s}} {{familytree/start}} {{familytree|border=0| | | | | | | B1|B1=Bernard VII<br/>''d.'' 1418}} {{familytree|border=0| | | |,|-|-|-|^|-|-|-|.}} {{familytree|border=0| | |J4| | | | | |B1|J4=John IV<br/>''d.'' 1473|B1= Bernard, Count of<br/>Pardiac<br/>''d.'' after 1462}} {{familytree|border=0| |,|-|^|-|.| | | | | |!}} {{familytree|border=0|J1| |C1| | | |J2|J1=John<br/>''d.'' 1473|C1=Charles<br/>''d.'' 1497|J2=Jacques d'Armagnac<br/>created Duc de Nemours<br/>''d.'' 1477}} {{familytree|border=0| | | | | | | | | |,|-|^|-|.}} {{familytree|border=0| | | | | | | | |J1| | |L1|J1=John<br/>''d.'' 1500|L1=Louis<br/>''d.'' 1503}} {{familytree/end}} {{fs90/e}} {{block center/e}} For some way above Bordères the Neste of Luron traverses a gloomy ravine; but then all at once it opens out and we come on a basin well cultivated, fringed with woods, and studded with twelve villages, about their church spires. The road ascends steeply past slate quarries that send down their avalanches of grey refuse over the base of the hill surmounted by the donjon of Gélos. It is still a long way on to the Lac de Caillaouas, that lies at the height of 3500 feet, and covers 120 acres; its blue waters are fed by some small tarns higher<noinclude></noinclude> 36o8eongwl03vrnaq40p1lp3gnt2lm2 Page:A book of the Pyrenees.djvu/265 104 1638611 14128423 7480667 2024-04-25T17:28:51Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{rh||KINGDOM OF THE FRANKS|223}} {{fs90/s}}</noinclude>the custom with kings of the Franks, had his hair flowing in long curls over his shoulders. He was presented by his mother to King Childebert (his uncle, King of Paris), and she said to him, ' Behold your nephew, the son of Clothair. His father ever hated him, but do you take him to you, for he is your own flesh and blood.' And this Childebert did, as he had no son of his own." {{fs90/e}} This was the prince whom the Aquitanians invited to rule over them. Clothair I had divided the kingdom of the Franks among his sons, but three of these were dead; Sigebert, King of Metz, however, had left a son, Childebert II. Gunthram, King of Orleans, still lived. Gundowald visited his nephew, Childebert, at Metz, and was favourably received by him. Childebert and Gundowald sent Duke Boso with a deputation to Gunthram, King of Orleans, to demand the recognition of the prince, and that he should be given Aquitaine as a kingdom. The deputation was roughly received by Gunthram at Orleans, seated on his throne. "Pshaw!" said he, "Gundowald's father was a miller, or, to be more exact, a carder of wool." Then one of the deputies said boldly, "Do you pretend that Gundowald had two fathers—one a miller, the other a wool-carder? Who ever heard of a man having two fathers?" Another deputy broke out with—" Take care. King, the axe that cut off the heads of your brothers has not lost its edge." In a fury Gunthram ordered the embassy to be driven out of the palace and pelted with horse-dung and rotten vegetables. The Aquitanians flew to arms; Gundowald was crowned at Brives, and marched to secure Toulouse. The ecclesiastics of the south to a man favoured the pretender. Gunthram<noinclude></noinclude> 04hht7whg8bnbhi7mw6kyvtg24boldf Page:A book of the Pyrenees.djvu/272 104 1638616 14128424 7480700 2024-04-25T17:28:53Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{rh|228|THE PYRENEES|}}</noinclude>thither to dislodge the Huguenots, who thrice between 1569 and 1593 entered the town and committed great ravages. At the Revolution the see was suppressed, and the small world of canons, vicars-general, and diocesan functionaries who had inhabited the capital of Cominges dispersed, and the little town sank to be a ''chef-lieu de Canton'', and then lost even that dignity, which was transferred to Barbazan. S. Bertrand would be abandoned altogether by its inhabitants, who would settle on the plain were it not much resorted to by visitors from Luchon, by artists and antiquaries, and by pilgrims. There were counts of Cominges from a very early period, indeed from 900; but the county came to the Crown of France in 1442 through a domestic quarrel. Margaret de Cominges was left an heiress in 1376. She married John III, Count of Armagnac Fézansac. He died in 1391, having had by her two daughters. She then married Jean d'Armagnac Pardiac, who was aged eighteen. As she treated him with contempt as a mere boy he was offended, and left her so as to reside with his father. But after awhile, finding that Margaret had installed a lieutenant in the county, and refused him those rights in it which had been assured to him by the marriage contract, he appealed to Count Bernard VII of Armagnac for assistance. This treacherous man went over to the side of Margaret, and when John hastened to Auch to urge the Count to assist him Bernard had him arrested, carried to a castle in the Rouergue, and there blinded by a red-hot basin applied to his eyes. The poor lad died in prison in great misery. Margaret being free of her boy-husband, looked out for one who was a man, and pitched on Matthew de Grailli, brother of the Count of Foix, and married him. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> ovkg9pv2lszv8y8k8n0my1m1ik9nwk2 Page:A book of the Pyrenees.djvu/331 104 1638663 14128425 7512616 2024-04-25T17:28:59Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Sp1nd01" />{{rh||CERET|281}}</noinclude>cog-railway remains to be seen. The church is a very interesting example of earliest Romanesque, the aisles are separated from the nave by granite columns very massive, with Byzantine ornament on the capitals. Beneath the church is the crypt. The second way to reach the roots of the Canigou, and, if it be desired, to ascend it, is to take the branch line from Elne to Arles-sur-Tech. At Le Boulou (lo Volo) the line crosses the Great Eastern highway into Spain, the main pass from Narbonne to Barcelona in Roman and medieval times, and used by Celts and Iberians before ever Narbonne and Barcelona were thought of. Le Boulou did well as a place through which travellers and merchandise streamed this way and that. But then came the days of steam; the iron road was carried along the coast from Perpignan to Barcelona, and Le Boulou's occupation and prosperity were gone never to return. Beyond Le Boulou we reach Ceret, famous for its bridge, a daring medieval structure, and for its nuts and cherry orchards. The architect employed on the bridge, unable to throw the bold arch over the Tech, put himself in communication with the Devil, who promised to complete it for the usual consideration. As the fatal day approached the architect became uneasy, and in the night went to the river with a sack on his back, and waited till half-past eleven. Then he let loose a cat with a kettle tied to its tail, and the Evil One, frightened at the noise, let drop the last stone needed to complete the bridge and fled. Thus the bridge never was finished; it lacks one stone to the present day. The bridge spans the river with a single arch, and the height from the key of the arch to the level of the water is 70 feet. The opening of the arch between the piers is 128 feet. It remains the boldest achievement in bridge-building accomplished<noinclude></noinclude> 041wbka3byc0n18b1iflwrkfde0za4k Page:A Hundred and Seventy Chinese Poems (1919).djvu/32 104 1674671 14128482 9010670 2024-04-25T17:37:33Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mathmitch7" /></noinclude>This device, used with some discretion in T'ang, becomes an irritating trick in the hands of the Sung poets. {{c|THE RISE AND PROGRESS OF CHINESE POETRY}} ''The Odes.''—From the songs current in his day Confucius [551–479 {{smaller|B. C.}}] chose about three hundred which he regarded as suitable texts for his ethical and social teaching. Many of them are eulogies of good rulers or criticisms of bad ones. Out of the three hundred and five still extant only about thirty are likely to interest the modern reader. Of these half deal with war and half with love. Many translations exist, the best being those of [[Author:James Legge|Legge]] in English and of [[:w:Séraphin Couvreur|Couvreur]] in French. There is still room for an English translation displaying more sensitively to word-rhythm than that of Legge. It should not, I think, include more than fifty poems. But the Odes are essentially lyric poetry, and their beauty lies in effects which cannot be reproduced in English. For that reason I have excluded them from this book; nor shall I discuss them further here, for full information will be found in the works of Legge or Couvreur. ''Elegies of the land of Ch'u.''—We come next to Ch'ü Yüan [third century {{smaller|B. C.}}] whose famous poem "Li Sao," or "Falling into Trouble," has also been translated by Legge. It deals, under a love-allegory, with the relation between the writer and his king. In this poem, sex and politics are curiously interwoven, as we need not doubt they were in Chü Yüan's own mind. He affords a striking example of the way in which abnormal mentality imposes<noinclude>{{left|[ 26 ]}}</noinclude> 85inuaisvv2mkqtaq8bicxqmnqxvmoz Page:A Hundred and Seventy Chinese Poems (1919).djvu/33 104 1685527 14128483 9010676 2024-04-25T17:37:34Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mathmitch7" /></noinclude>itself. We find his followers unsuccessfully attempting to use the same imagery and rhapsodical verbiage, not realizing that these were, as De Goncourt would say, the product of their master's ''propre névrosté''. "The Battle," his one thoroughly intelligible poem, has hitherto been only very imperfectly translated. A literal version will be found on page 39. His nephew Sung Yü was no servile imitator. In addition to "elegies" in the style of the Li Sao, he was the author of many "Fu". or descriptive prose-poems, unrhymed but more or less metrical. {{Dhr}} ''The Han Dynasty.''—Most of the Han poems in this book were intended to be sung. Many of them are from the official song-book of the dynasty and are known as Yo Fu or Music Bureau poems, as distinct from ''shih'' which were recited. Ch'in Chia's poem and his wife's reply [pages 76 and 77] are both ''shih;'' but all the rest might, I think, be counted as songs. The Han dynasty is rich in Fu [descriptions], but none of them could be adequately translated. They are written in an elaborate and florid style which recalls Apuleius or Lyly. {{Dhr}} ''The Chin Dynasty.'' [1] ''Popular Songs'' [Songs of Wu]. The popular songs referred to the Wu [Soochow] district and attributed to the fourth century may many of them have been current at a much earlier date. They are slight in content and deal with only one topic. They may, in fact, be called "Love-epigrams." They find a close parallel in the ''coplas'' of Spain, ''cf.'': {{nop}}<noinclude>{{left|[ 27 ]}}</noinclude> 7n3lxkdzx6ftbvllcjcnbcb1prqf9lt Page:A Hundred and Seventy Chinese Poems (1919).djvu/34 104 1685528 14128484 9010802 2024-04-25T17:37:35Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mathmitch7" /></noinclude>{{block center|style=font-style:italic;|<poem> El candil se està apagando. La alcuza no tiene aceite — No te digo que te vayas, . . . No te digo que te quedes. The brazier is going out. The lamp has no more oil — I do not tell you to go, . . . I do not tell you to stay. </poem>}} A Han song, which I will translate quite literally, seems to be the forerunner of the Wu songs. {{block center|style=font-style:italic;|<poem> On two sides of river, wedding made: Time comes; no boat. Lusting heart loses hope Not seeing what-it-desires. </poem>}} [2] ''The Taoists.''—Confucius inculcated the duty of public service. Those to whom this duty was repulsive found support in Taoism, a system which denied this obligation. The third and fourth centuries {{smaller|A. D.}} witnessed a great reaction against state service. It occurred to the intellectuals of China that they would be happier growing vegetables in their gardens than place-hunting at Nanking. They embraced the theory that "by bringing himself into harmony with Nature" man can escape every evil. Thus Tao [Nature's Way] corresponds to the Nirvana of Buddhism, and the God of Christian mysticism. They reduced to the simplest standard their houses, apparel, and food; and discarded the load of book-learning which Confucianism imposed on its adherents. The greatest of these recluses was T'ao Ch'ien [{{smaller|A. D.}}<noinclude>{{left|[ 28 ]}}</noinclude> 30v0h4blkersb6npgf8aiv0brfddnfd Page:A Hundred and Seventy Chinese Poems (1919).djvu/35 104 1685529 14128485 9010811 2024-04-25T17:37:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mathmitch7" /></noinclude>365–427], twelve of whose poems will be found on page 103, ''seq''. Something of his philosophy may be gathered from the poem "Substance, Shadow, and Spirit" [page 106], his own views being voiced by the last speaker. He was not an original thinker, but a great poet who reflects in an interesting way the outlook of his time. {{Dhr}} ''Liang and Minor Dynasties.''—This period is known as that of the "Northern and Southern Courts." The north of China was in the hands of the Tungusie Tartars, who founded the Northern Wei dynasty—a name particularly familiar, since it is the habit of European collectors to attribute to this dynasty any sculpture which they believe to be earlier than T'ang. Little poetry was produced in the conquered provinces; the Tartar emperors, though they patronized Buddhist art, were incapable of promoting literature. But at Nanking a series of emperors ruled, most of whom distinguished themselves either in painting or poetry. The Chinese have always [and rightly] despised the literature of this period, which is "all flowers and moonlight." A few individual writers, such as Pao Chao, stand out as exceptions. The Emperor Yüan-ti—who hacked his way to the throne by murdering all other claimants, including his own brother—is typical of the period both as a man and as a poet. A specimen of his sentimental poetry will be found on page 135. When at last forced to abdicate, he heaped together 200,000 books and pictures; and, setting fire to them, exclaimed: "The culture of the Liang dynasty perishes with me." {{Dhr}} ''Tang.''—I have already described the technical developments of poetry during this dynasty. Form was at this<noinclude>{{left|[ 29 ]}}</noinclude> 6w4bh7b9d64jtogbdvwgte82o6zizn9 Page:A Hundred and Seventy Chinese Poems (1919).djvu/37 104 1685536 14128486 9010884 2024-04-25T17:37:40Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mathmitch7" /></noinclude>lived through the most tragic period of Chinese history. In 755 the Emperor's Turkic favourite, An Lu-shan, revolted against his master. A civil war followed, in which China lost thirty million men. The dynasty was permanently enfeebled and the Empire greatly curtailed by foreign incursions. So ended the "Golden Age" of Ming Huang. Tu Fu, stirred by the horror of massacres and conscriptions, wrote a series of poems in the old style, which Po Chü-i singles out for praise. One of them, "The Press-gang," is familiar in Giles's translations. Li Po, meanwhile, was writing complimentary poems on the Emperor's "Tour in the West"—a journey which was in reality a precipitate flight from his enemies. ''Sung.''—In regard to content the Sung poets show even less originality than their predecessors. Their whole energy was devoted towards inventing formal restrictions. The "tz'ǔ" developed, a species of song in lines of irregular length, written in strophes, each of which must conform to a strict pattern of tones and rhymes. The content of the "tz'ǔ" is generally wholly conventional. Very few have been translated; and it is obvious that they are unsuitable for translation, since their whole merit lies in metrical dexterity. Examples by the poetess Li I-an will be found in the second edition of Judith Gautier's "Livre de Jade." The poetry of Su Tung-p'o, the foremost writer of the period, is in its matter almost wholly a patchwork of earlier poems. It is for the musical qualities of his verse that he is valued by his countrymen. He hardly wrote a poem which does not contain a phrase [sometimes a whole line] borrowed from Po Chü-i, for whom in his critical writings he expresses boundless admiration. {{nop}}<noinclude>{{left|[ 31 ]}}</noinclude> rb28v6winxy37o30ju9h92atmiolmpl Page:A Hundred and Seventy Chinese Poems (1919).djvu/38 104 1685538 14128487 9010894 2024-04-25T17:37:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mathmitch7" /></noinclude>A word must be said of the Fu [descriptive prose-poems] of this time. They resemble the ''vers libres'' of modern France, using rhyme occasionally [like Georges Duhamel] as a means of "sonner, rouler, quand il faut faire donner les cuivres et la batterie." Of this nature is the magnificent "Autumn Dirge" [Giles, "Chinese Lit.," p. 215] by Ou-yang Hsiu, whose lyric poetry is of small interest. The subsequent periods need not much concern us. In the eighteenth century the garrulous Yüan Mei wrote his "Anecdotes of Poetry-making"—a book which, while one of the most charming in the language, probably contains more bad poetry [chiefly that of his friends] than any in the world. His own poems are modelled on Po Chü-i and Su Tung-p'o. {{dhr}} This introduction is intended for the general reader. I have therefore stated my views simply and categorically, and without entering into controversies which are of interest only to a few specialists. As an account of the development of Chinese poetry these notes are necessarily incomplete, but it is hoped that they answer some of those question which a reader would be most likely to ask. {{nop}}<noinclude>{{left|[ 32 ]}}</noinclude> ri11qhd8x759iyqbry5lp8mlrermzi7 Page:A Hundred and Seventy Chinese Poems (1919).djvu/41 104 1685543 14128488 11408786 2024-04-25T17:37:45Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" /></noinclude>{{c|BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTES}} {{smaller block/s}} 1. H. A. Giles, "Chinese Poetry in English Verse." 1896. 212 pp. Combines rhyme and literalness with wonderful dexterity. 2. Hervey St. Denys, "Poésies des Thang." 1862. 301 pp. The choice of poems would have been very different if the author had selected from the whole range of T'ang poetry, instead of contenting himself, except in the case of Li Po and Tu Fu, with making extracts from two late anthologies. This book, the work of a great scholar, is reliable—except in its information about Chinese prosody. 3. Judith Gautier, "Le Livre de Jade." 1867 and 1908. It has been difficult to compare these renderings with the original, for proper names are throughout distorted or interchanged. For example, part of a poem by Po Chü-i ''about'' Yang T'ai-chēn is here given as a complete poem and ascribed to "Yan-Ta-Tchen" as author. The poet Han Yü figures as Heu-Yu; T'ao Han as Sao Nan, etc. Such mistakes are evidently due to faulty decipherment of someone else's writing. Nevertheless, the book is far more readable than that of St. Denys, and shows a wider acquaintance with Chinese poetry on the part of whoever chose the poems. Most of the credit for this selection must certainly be given to Ting Tun-ling, the ''literatus'' whom Théophile Gautier befriended. But the credit for the beauty of these often erroneous renderings must go to Mademoiselle Gautier herself. 4. Anna von Bernhardi, in "Mitteil d. Seminar f. Orient. Sprachen," 1912, 1915, and 1916. Two articles of Tao Ch'ien and one on Li Po. All valuable, though not free from mistakes. 5. Zottoli, "Cursus Litteraturae Sinicae." 1886. Chinese text with Latin translation. Vol. V deals with poetry. None of the poems is earlier than T'ang. The Latin is seldom intelligible without reference to the Chinese. Translators have obviously used {{hws|Zot|Zottoli}}<noinclude>{{smaller block/e}} {{left|[ 35 ]}}</noinclude> 05o103cx1d4ks11ava67zcsneqde2v2 Page:A Hundred and Seventy Chinese Poems (1919).djvu/170 104 1699775 14128477 7574083 2024-04-25T17:36:41Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" /></noinclude>{{hwe|content|discontent}}. He held at this time the post of assistant secretary to the Princes' tutor. He should not have criticized the Prime Minister (for being murdered!) until the official Censors had spoken, for he held a Palace appointment which did not carry with it the right of censorship. His opponents also raked up another charge. His mother had met her death by falling into a well while looking at flowers. Chü-i had written two poems entitled "In Praise of Flowers" and "The New Well." It was claimed that by choosing such subjects he had infringed the laws of Filial Piety. He was banished to Kiukiang [then called Hsün-yang] with the rank of Sub-Prefect. After three years he was given the Govenorship of Chung-chou, a remote place in Ssech'uan. On the way up the Yangtze he met Yüan Chēn after three years of separation. They spent a few days together at I-ch'ang, exploring the rock-caves of the neighbourhood. Chung-chou is noted for its "many flowers and exotic trees," which were a constant delight to its new Governor. In the winter of 819 he was recalled to the capital and became a second-class Assistant Secretary. About this time Yüan Chēn also returned to the city. In 821 the Emperor Mou Tsung came to the throne. His arbitrary mis-government soon caused a fresh rising in the north-west. Chü-i remonstrated in a series of memorials and was again removed from the capital—this time to be Governor of the important town of Hangchow. Yüan now held a judicial post at Ningpo and the two were occasionally able to meet. In 824 his Governorship expired and he lived [with the nominal rank of Imperial Tutor] at the village of Li-tao-li,<noinclude>{{left|[ 164 ]}}</noinclude> 2zewajg8dab6qa7vlso95rpn4a58d2y Arizona Constitution 0 1722015 14127984 14123493 2024-04-25T15:05:56Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Undo revision [[Special:Diff/14123493|14123493]] by [[Special:Contributions/ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) wikitext text/x-wiki {{No source}} {{header | title=Arizona Constitution | author= | override_author=Arizona Constitutional Convention, 1910 | section= | previous= | next= | year=1910 | portal=Arizona | notes=The '''Constitution of the State of Arizona''' is the basic law for the State of Arizona. The current constitution, adopted in 1912, is the first and only adopted by the State of Arizona. }} __NOTOC__ <!-- CONTENTS [[#Constitution for the State of Arizona|{{smallcaps|Constitution for the State of Arizona}}]] :[[#pre|{{smallcaps|Preamble}}]] :[[#I|{{smallcaps|Article '''I'''. State boundaries}}]] ::[[#I:1|Section '''1'''. <u>''Designation of boundaries''</u>]] ::[[#I:2|Section '''2'''. <u>''Alteration of state boundaries''</u>]] :[[#II|{{smallcaps|Article '''II'''. Declaration of rights}}]] ::[[#II:1|Section '''1'''. <u>''Fundamental principles; recurrence to''</u>]] ::[[#II:2|Section '''2'''. <u>''Political power; purpose of government''</u>]] ::[[#II:2.1|Section '''2.1'''. <u>''Victim's bill of rights''</u>]] ::[[#II:3|Section '''3'''. <u>''Supreme law of the land; authority to exercise sovereign authority against federal action; use of government personnel and financial resources''</u>]] ::[[#II:4|Section '''4'''. <u>''Due process of law''</u>]] ::[[#II:5|Section '''5'''. <u>''Rights of petition and assembly''</u>]] ::[[#II:6|Section '''6'''. <u>''Freedom of speech and press''</u>]] ::[[#II:7|Section '''7'''. <u>''Oaths and affirmations''</u>]] ::[[#II:8|Section '''8'''. <u>''Right to privacy''</u>]] ::[[#II:9|Section '''9'''. <u>''Irrevocable grants of privileges, franchises or immunities''</u>]] ::[[#II:10|Section '''10'''. <u>''Self-incrimination; double jeopardy''</u>]] ::[[#II:11|Section '''11'''. <u>''Administration of justice''</u>]] ::[[#II:12|Section '''12'''. <u>''Liberty of conscience; appropriations for religious purposes prohibited; religious freedom''</u>]] ::[[#II:13|Section '''13'''. <u>''Equal privileges and immunities''</u>]] ::[[#II:14|Section '''14'''. <u>''Habeas corpus''</u>]] ::[[#II:15|Section '''15'''. <u>''Excessive bail; cruel and unusual punishment''</u>]] ::[[#II:16|Section '''16'''. <u>''Corruption of blood; forfeiture of estate''</u>]] ::[[#II:17|Section '''17'''. <u>''Eminent domain; just compensation for private property taken; public use as judicial question''</u>]] ::[[#II:18|Section '''18'''. <u>''Imprisonment for debt''</u>]] ::[[#II:19|Section '''19'''. <u>''Bribery or illegal rebating; witnesses; self-incrimination no defense''</u>]] ::[[#II:20|Section '''20'''. <u>''Military power subordinate to civil power''</u>]] ::[[#II:21|Section '''21'''. <u>''Free and equal elections''</u>]] ::[[#II:22|Section '''22'''. <u>''Bailable offenses''</u>]] ::[[#II:23|Section '''23'''. <u>''Trial by jury; number of jurors specified by law''</u>]] ::[[#II:24|Section '''24'''. <u>''Rights of accuses in criminal prosecutions''</u>]] ::[[#II:25|Section '''25'''. <u>''Bills of attainder; ex post facto laws; impairment of contract obligations''</u>]] ::[[#II:26|Section '''26'''. <u>''Bearing arms''</u>]] ::[[#II:27|Section '''27'''. <u>''Standing army; quartering soldiers''</u>]] ::[[#II:28|Section '''28'''. <u>''Treason''</u>]] ::[[#II:29|Section '''29'''. <u>''Hereditary emoluments, privileges or powers; perpetuities or entailments''</u>]] ::[[#II:30|Section '''30'''. <u>''Indictment or information; preliminary examination''</u>]] ::[[#II:31|Section '''31'''. <u>''Damages for death or personal injuries''</u>]] ::[[#II:32|Section '''32'''. <u>''Constitutional provisions mandatory''</u>]] ::[[#II:33|Section '''33'''. <u>''Reservation of rights''</u>]] ::[[#II:34|Section '''34'''. <u>''Industrial pursuits by state and municipal corporations''</u>]] ::[[#II:35|Section '''35'''. <u>''Actions by illegal aliens prohibited''</u>]] ::[[#II:36|Section '''36'''. <u>''Preferential treatment or discrimination prohibited; exceptions; definition''</u>]] ::[[#II:37|Section '''37'''. <u>''Right to secret ballot; employee representation''</u>]] --> ==Constitution for the State of Arizona== <!-- PREAMBLE --> {{law-const/a/pre |text=We the people of the State of Arizona, grateful to Almighty God for our liberties, do ordain this Constitution. }} <!-- ARTICLE I --> {{law-const/a |art=I |title=State boundaries }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=I:1 |s1=1 |title=Designation of boundaries |text=The boundaries of the State of Arizona shall be as follows, namely: Beginning at a point on the Colorado River twenty English miles below the junction of the Gila and Colorado Rivers, as fixed by the Gadsden Treaty between the United States and Mexico, being in latitude thirty-two degrees, twenty-nine minutes, forty-four and forty-five one-hundredths seconds north and longitude one hundred fourteen degrees, forty-eight minutes, forty-four and fifty-three one-hundredths seconds west of Greenwich; thence along and with the international boundary line between the United States and Mexico in a southeastern direction to Monument Number 127 on said boundary line in latitude thirty-one degrees, twenty minutes north; thence east along and with said parallel of latitude, continuing on said boundary line to an intersection with the meridian of longitude one hundred nine degrees, two minutes, fifty-nine and twenty-five one-hundredths seconds west, being identical with the southwestern corner of New Mexico; thence north along and with said meridian of longitude and the west boundary of New Mexico to an intersection with the parallel of latitude thirty-seven degrees north, being the common corner of Colorado, Utah, Arizona, and New Mexico; thence west along and with said parallel of latitude and the south boundary of Utah to an intersection with the meridian of longitude one hundred fourteen degrees, two minutes, fifty-nine and twenty-five one-hundredths seconds west, being on the east boundary line of the State of Nevada; thence south along and with said meridian of longitude and the east boundary of said State of Nevada, to the center of the Colorado River; thence down the mid-channel of said Colorado River in a southern direction along and with the east boundaries of Nevada, California, and the Mexican Territory of Lower California, successively, to the place of beginning. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=I:2 |s1=2 |title=Alteration of state boundaries |text=The legislature, in cooperation with the properly constituted authority of any adjoining state, is empowered to change, alter, and redefine the state boundaries, such change, alteration and redefinition to become effective only upon approval of the Congress of the United States. }} <!-- ARTICLE II --> {{law-const/a |art=II |title=Declaration of rights }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:1 |s1=1 |title=Fundamental principles; recurrence to |text=A frequent recurrence to fundamental principles is essential to the security of individual rights and the perpetuity of free government. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:2 |s1=2 |title=Political power; purpose of government |text=All political power is inherent in the people, and governments derive their just powers from the consent of the governed, and are established to protect and maintain individual rights. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:2.1 |s1=2.1 |title=Victim's bill of rights |text=<ol type="A"> <li>To preserve and protect victims' rights to justice and due process, a victim of crime has a right:<ol type="1"> <li>To be treated with fairness, respect, and dignity, and to be free from intimidation, harassment, or abuse, throughout the criminal justice process.</li> <li>To be informed, upon request, when the accused or convicted person is released from custody or has escaped.</li> <li>To be present at and, upon request, to be informed of all criminal proceedings where the defendant has the right to be present.</li> <li>To be heard at any proceeding involving a post-arrest release decision, a negotiated plea, and sentencing.</li> <li>To refuse an interview, deposition, or other discovery request by the defendant, the defendant's attorney, or other person acting on behalf of the defendant.</li> <li>To confer with the prosecution, after the crime against the victim has been charged, before trial or before any disposition of the case and to be informed of the disposition.</li> <li>To read pre-sentence reports relating to the crime against the victim when they are available to the defendant.</li> <li>To receive prompt restitution from the person or persons convicted of the criminal conduct that caused the victim's loss or injury.</li> <li>To be heard at any proceeding when any post-conviction release from confinement is being considered.</li> <li>To a speedy trial or disposition and prompt and final conclusion of the case after the conviction and sentence.</li> <li>To have all rules governing criminal procedure and the admissibility of evidence in all criminal proceedings protect victims' rights and to have these rules be subject to amendment or repeal by the legislature to ensure the protection of these rights.</li> <li>To be informed of victims' constitutional rights.</li></ol></li> <li>A victim's exercise of any right granted by this section shall not be grounds for dismissing any criminal proceeding or setting aside any conviction or sentence.</li> <li>"Victim" means a person against whom the criminal offense has been committed or, if the person is killed or incapacitated, the person's spouse, parent, child or other lawful representative, except if the person is in custody for an offense or is the accused.</li> <li>The legislature, or the people by initiative or referendum, have the authority to enact substantive and procedural laws to define, implement, preserve and protect the rights guaranteed to victims by this section, including the authority to extend any of these rights to juvenile proceedings.</li> <li>The enumeration in the constitution of certain rights for victims shall not be construed to deny or disparage others granted by the legislature or retained by victims.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:3 |s1=3 |title=Supreme law of the land; authority to exercise sovereign authority against federal action; use of government personnel and financial resources |text=<ol type="A"> <li>The Constitution of the United States is the supreme law of the land to which all government, state and federal, is subject.</li> <li>To protect the people's freedom and to preserve the checks and balances of the United States Constitution, this state may exercise its sovereign authority to restrict the actions of its personnel and the use of its financial resources to purposes that are consistent with the constitution by doing any of the following:<ol type="1"> <li>Passing an initiative or referendum pursuant to Article IV, part 1, section 1.</li> <li>Passing a bill pursuant to Article IV, part 2 and article V, section 7.</li> <li>Pursuing any other available legal remedy.</li></ol> </li> <li>If the people or their representatives exercise their authority pursuant to this section, this state and all political subdivisions of this state are prohibited from using any personnel or financial resources to enforce, administer or cooperate with the designated federal action or program.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:4 |s1=4 |title=Due process of law |text=No person shall be deprived of life, liberty, or property without due process of law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:5 |s1=5 |title=Right of petition and assembly |text=The right of petition, and of the people peaceably to assemble for the common good, shall never be abridged. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:6 |s1=6 |title=Freedom of speech and press |text=Every person may freely speak, write, and publish on all subjects, being responsible for the abuse of that right. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:7 |s1=7 |title=Oaths and affirmations |text=The mode of administering an oath, or affirmation, shall be such as shall be most consistent with and binding upon the conscience of the person to whom such oath, or affirmation, may be administered. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:8 |s1=8 |title=Right to privacy |text=No person shall be disturbed in his private affairs, or his home invaded, without authority of law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:9 |s1=9 |title=Irrevocable grants of privileges, franchises, or immunities |text=No law granting irrevocably any privilege, franchise, or immunity shall be enacted. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:10 |s1=10 |title=Self-incrimination double jeopardy |text=No person shall be compelled in any criminal case to give evidence against himself, or be twice put in jeopardy for the same offense. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:11 |s1=11 |title=Administration of justice |text=Justice in all cases shall be administered openly, and without unnecessary delay. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:12 |s1=12 |title=Liberty of conscience; appropriations for religious purposes prohibited; religious freedom |text=The liberty of conscience secured by the provisions of this constitution shall not be so construed as to excuse acts of licentiousness, or justify practices inconsistent with the peace and safety of the state. No public money or property shall be appropriated for or applied to any religious worship, exercise, or instruction, or to the support of any religious establishment. No religious qualification shall be required for any public office or employment, nor shall any person be incompetent as a witness or juror in consequence of his opinion on matters of religion, nor be questioned touching his religious belief in any court of justice to affect the weight of his testimony. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:13 |s1=13 |title=Equal privileges and immunities |text=No law shall be enacted granting to any citizen, class of citizens, or corporation other than municipal, privileges or immunities which, upon the same terms, shall not equally belong to all citizens or corporations. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:14 |s1=14 |title=Habeas corpus |text=The privilege of the writ of habeas corpus shall not be suspended by the authorities of the state. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:15 |s1=15 |title=Excessive bail; cruel and unusual punishment |text=Excessive bail shall not be required, nor excessive fines imposed, nor cruel and unusual punishment inflicted. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:16 |s1=16 |title=Corruption of blood; forfeiture of estate |text=No conviction shall work corruption of blood, or forfeiture of estate. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:17 |s1=17 |title=Eminent domain; just compensation for private property taken; public use as judicial question |text=Private property shall not be taken for private use, except for private ways of necessity, and for drains, flumes, or ditches, on or across the lands of others for mining, agricultural, domestic, or sanitary purposes. No private property shall be taken or damaged for public or private use without just compensation having first been made, paid into court for the owner, secured by bond as may be fixed by the court, or paid into the state treasury for the owner on such terms and conditions as the legislature may provide, and no right of way shall be appropriated to the use of any corporation other than municipal, until full compensation therefore be first made in money, or ascertained and paid into court for the owner, irrespective of any benefit from any improvement proposed by such corporation, which compensation shall be ascertained by a jury, unless a jury be waived as in other civil cases in courts of record, in the manner prescribed by law. Whenever an attempt is made to take private property for a use alleged to be public, the question whether the contemplated use be really public shall be a judicial question, and determined as such without regard to any legislative assertion that the use is public. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:18 |s1=18 |title=Imprisonment for debt |text=There shall be no imprisonment for debt, except in cases of fraud. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:19 |s1=19 |title=Bribery or illegal rebating; witnesses; self-incrimination no defense |text=Any person having knowledge or possession of facts that tend to establish the guilt of any other person or corporation charged with bribery or illegal rebating, shall not be excused from giving testimony or producing evidence, when legally called upon to do so, on the ground that it may tend to incriminate him under the laws of the state; but no person shall be prosecuted or subject to any penalty or forfeiture for, or on account of, any transaction, matter, or thing concerning which he may so testify or produce evidence. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:20 |s1=20 |title=Military power subordinate to civil power |text=The military shall be in strict subordination to the civil power. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:21 |s1=21 |title=Free and equal elections |text=All elections shall be free and equal, and no power, civil or military, shall at any time interfere to prevent the free exercise of the right of suffrage. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:22 |s1=22 |title=Bailable offenses |text=<ol type="A"> <li>All persons charged with crime shall be bailable by sufficient sureties, except:<ol type="1"> <li>For capital offenses, sexual assault, sexual conduct with a minor under fifteen years of age or molestation of a child under fifteen years of age when the proof is evident or the presumption great.</li> <li>For felony offenses committed when the person charged is already admitted to bail on a separate felony charge and where the proof is evident or the presumption great as to the present charge.</li> <li>For felony offenses if the person charged poses a substantial danger to any other person or the community, if no conditions of release which may be imposed will reasonably assure the safety of the other person or the community and if the proof is evident or the presumption great as to the present charge.</li> <li>For serious felony offenses as prescribed by the legislature if the person charged has entered or remained in the United States illegally and if the proof is evident or the presumption great as to the present charge.</li></ol></li> <li>The purposes of bail and any conditions of release that are set by a judicial officer include:<ol type="1"> <li>Assuring the appearance of the accused.</li> <li>Protecting against the intimidation of witnesses.</li> <li>Protecting the safety of the victim, any other person or the community.</li> </ol></li></ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:23 |s1=23 |title=Trial by jury; number of jurors specified by law |text=The right of trial by jury shall remain inviolate. Juries in criminal cases in which a sentence of death or imprisonment for thirty years or more is authorized by law shall consist of twelve persons. In all criminal cases the unanimous consent of the jurors shall be necessary to render a verdict. In all other cases, the number of jurors, not less than six, and the number required to render a verdict, shall be specified by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:24 |s1=24 |title=Rights of accused in criminal prosecutions |text=In criminal prosecutions, the accused shall have the right to appear and defend in person, and by counsel, to demand the nature and cause of the accusation against him, to have a copy thereof, to testify in his own behalf, to meet the witnesses against him face to face, to have compulsory process to compel the attendance of witnesses in his own behalf, to have a speedy public trial by an impartial jury of the county in which the offense is alleged to have been committed, and the right to appeal in all cases; and in no instance shall any accused person before final judgment be compelled to advance money or fees to secure the rights herein guaranteed. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:25 |s1=25 |title=Bills of attainder; ex post facto laws; impairment of contract obligations |text=No bill of attainder, ex-post-facto law, or law impairing the obligation of a contract, shall ever be enacted. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:26 |s1=26 |title=Bearing arms |text=The right of the individual citizen to bear arms in defense of himself or the state shall not be impaired, but nothing in this section shall be construed as authorizing individuals or corporations to organize, maintain, or employ an armed body of men. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:27 |s1=27 |title=Standing army; quartering soldiers |text=No standing army shall be kept up by this state in time of peace, and no soldier shall in time of peace be quartered in any house without the consent of its owner, nor in time of war except in the manner prescribed by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:28 |s1=28 |title=Treason |text=Treason against the state shall consist only in levying war against the state, or adhering to its enemies, or in giving them aid and comfort. No person shall be convicted of treason unless on the testimony of two witnesses to the same overt act, or confession in open court. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:29 |s1=29 |title=Hereditary emoluments, privileges or powers; perpetuities or entailments |text=No hereditary emoluments, privileges, or powers shall be granted or conferred, and no law shall be enacted permitting any perpetuity or entailment in this state. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:30 |s1=30 |title=Indictment or information; preliminary examination |text=No person shall be prosecuted criminally in any court of record for felony or misdemeanor, otherwise than by information or indictment; no person shall be prosecuted for felony by information without having had a preliminary examination before a magistrate or having waived such preliminary examination. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:31 |s1=31 |title=Damages for death or personal injuries |text=No law shall be enacted in this state limiting the amount of damages to be recovered for causing the death or injury of any person, except that a crime victim is not subject to a claim for damages by a person who is harmed while the person is attempting to engage in, engaging in or fleeing after having engaged in or attempted to engage in conduct that is classified as a felony offense. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:32 |s1=32 |title=Constitutional provisions mandatory |text=The provisions of this Constitution are mandatory, unless by express words they are declared to be otherwise. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:33 |s1=33 |title=Reservation of rights |text=The enumeration in this Constitution of certain rights shall not be construed to deny others retained by the people. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:34 |s1=34 |title=Industrial pursuits by state and municipal corporations |text=The state of Arizona and each municipal corporation within the state of Arizona shall have the right to engage in industrial pursuits. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:35 |s1=35 |title=Actions by illegal aliens prohibited |text=A person who is present in this state in violation of federal immigration law related to improper entry by an alien shall not be awarded punitive damages in any action in any court in this state. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:36 |s1=36 |title=Preferential treatment or discrimination prohibited; exceptions; definition |text=<ol type="A"> <li>This state shall not grant preferential treatment to or discriminate against any individual or group on the basis of race, sex, color, ethnicity or national origin in the operation of public employment, public education or public contracting.</li> <li>This section does not:<ol type="1"> <li>Prohibit bona fide qualifications based on sex that are reasonably necessary to the normal operation of public employment, public education or public contracting.</li> <li>Prohibit action that must be taken to establish or maintain eligibility for any federal program, if ineligibility would result in a loss of federal monies to this state.</li> <li>Invalidate any court order or consent decree that is in force as of the effective date of this section.</li></ol></li> <li>The remedies available for a violation of this section are the same, regardless of the injured party's race, sex, color, ethnicity or national origin, as are otherwise available for a violation of the existing antidiscrimination laws of this state.</li> <li>This section applies only to actions that are taken after the effective date of this section.</li> <li>This section is self-executing.</li> <li>For the purposes of this section, "state" includes this state, a city, town or county, a public university, including the university of Arizona, Arizona state university and northern Arizona university, a community college district, a school district, a special district or any other political subdivision in this state.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:37 |s1=37 |title=Right to secret ballot; employee representation |text=The right to vote by secret ballot for employee representation is fundamental and shall be guaranteed where local, state or federal law permits or requires elections, designations or authorizations for employee representation. }} <!-- ARTICLE III --> {{law-const/a |art=III |title=Distribution of powers }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=III:0 |s1= |title= |text=The powers of the government of the state of Arizona shall be divided into three separate departments, the legislative, the executive, and the judicial; and, except as provided in this constitution, such departments shall be separate and distinct, and no one of such departments shall exercise the powers properly belonging to either of the others. }} <!-- ARTICLE IV --> {{law-const/a |art=IV |title=Legislative department }} <!-- ARTICLE IV: PART 1 --> {{law-const/a/part |part=I }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-I:1 |s1=1 |title=Legislative authority; initiative and referendum |text=&nbsp;}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.1 |s2=1 |title=Senate; house of representatives; reservation of power to people |text=The legislative authority of the state shall be vested in the legislature, consisting of a senate and a house of representatives, but the people reserve the power to propose laws and amendments to the constitution and to enact or reject such laws and amendments at the polls, independently of the legislature; and they also reserve, for use at their own option, the power to approve or reject at the polls any act, or item, section, or part of any act, of the legislature. }} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.2 |s2=2 |title=Initiative power |text=The first of these reserved powers is the initiative. Under this power ten per centum of the qualified electors shall have the right to propose any measure, and fifteen per centum shall have the right to propose any amendment to the constitution. }} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.3 |s2=3 |title=Referendum power; emergency measures; effective date of acts |text=The second of these reserved powers is the referendum. Under this power the legislature, or five per centum of the qualified electors, may order the submission to the people at the polls of any measure, or item, section, or part of any measure, enacted by the legislature, except laws immediately necessary for the preservation of the public peace, health, or safety, or for the support and maintenance of the departments of the state government and state institutions; but to allow opportunity for referendum petitions, no act passed by the legislature shall be operative for ninety days after the close of the session of the legislature enacting such measure, except such as require earlier operation to preserve the public peace, health, or safety, or to provide appropriations for the support and maintenance of the departments of the state and of state institutions; provided, that no such emergency measure shall be considered passed by the legislature unless it shall state in a separate section why it is necessary that it shall become immediately operative, and shall be approved by the affirmative votes of two-thirds of the members elected to each house of the legislature, taken by roll call of ayes and nays, and also approved by the governor; and should such measure be vetoed by the governor, it shall not become a law unless it shall be approved by the votes of three-fourths of the members elected to each house of the legislature, taken by roll call of ayes and nays. }} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.4 |s2=4 |title=Initiative and referendum petitions; filing |text=All petitions submitted under the power of the initiative shall be known as initiative petitions, and shall be filed with the secretary of state not less than four months preceding the date of the election at which the measures so proposed are to be voted upon. All petitions submitted under the power of the referendum shall be known as referendum petitions, and shall be filed with the secretary of state not more than ninety days after the final adjournment of the session of the legislature which shall have passed the measure to which the referendum is applied. The filing of a referendum petition against any item, section, or part of any measure shall not prevent the remainder of such measure from becoming operative.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.5 |s2=5 |title=Effective date of initiative and referendum measures |text=Any measure or amendment to the constitution proposed under the initiative, and any measure to which the referendum is applied, shall be referred to a vote of the qualified electors, and shall become law when approved by a majority of the votes cast thereon and upon proclamation of the governor, and not otherwise. }} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.6A |s2=6A |title=Veto of initiative or referendum |text=The veto power of the governor shall not extend to an initiative measure approved by a majority of the votes cast thereon or to a referendum measure decided by a majority of the votes cast thereon.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.6B |s2=6B |title=Legislature's power to repeal initiative or referendum |text=The legislature shall not have the power to repeal an initiative measure approved by a majority of the votes cast thereon or to repeal a referendum measure decided by a majority of the votes cast thereon.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.6C |s2=6C |title=Legislature's power to amend initiative or referendum |text=The legislature shall not have the power to amend an initiative measure approved by a majority of the votes cast thereon, or to amend a referendum measure decided by a majority of the votes cast thereon, unless the amending legislation furthers the purposes of such measure and at least three-fourths of the members of each house of the legislature, by a roll call of ayes and nays, vote to amend such measure.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.6D |s2=6D |title=Legislature's power to appropriate or divert funds created by initiative or referendum |text=The legislature shall not have the power to appropriate or divert funds created or allocated to a specific purpose by an initiative measure approved by a majority of the votes cast thereon, or by a referendum measure decided by a majority of the votes cast thereon, unless the appropriation or diversion of funds furthers the purposes of such measure and at least three-fourths of the members of each house of the legislature, by a roll call of ayes and nays, vote to appropriate or divert such funds. }} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.7 |s2=7 |title=Number of qualified electors |text=The whole number of votes cast for all candidates for governor at the general election last preceding the filing of any initiative or referendum petition on a state or county measure shall be the basis on which the number of qualified electors required to sign such petition shall be computed. }} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.8 |s2=8 |title=Local, city, town or county matters |text=The powers of the initiative and the referendum are hereby further reserved to the qualified electors of every incorporated city, town, and county as to all local, city, town, or county matters on which such incorporated cities, towns, and counties are or shall be empowered by general laws to legislate. Such incorporated cities, towns, and counties may prescribe the manner of exercising said powers within the restrictions of general laws. Under the power of the initiative fifteen per centum of the qualified electors may propose measures on such local, city, town, or county matters, and ten per centum of the electors may propose the referendum on legislation enacted within and by such city, town, or county. Until provided by general law, said cities and towns may prescribe the basis on which said percentages shall be computed.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.9 |s2=9 |title=Form and contents of initiative and of referendum petitions; verification |text=Every initiative or referendum petition shall be addressed to the secretary of state in the case of petitions for or on state measures, and to the clerk of the board of supervisors, city clerk, or corresponding officer in the case of petitions for or on county, city, or town measures; and shall contain the declaration of each petitioner, for himself, that he is a qualified elector of the state (and in the case of petitions for or on city, town, or county measures, of the city, town, or county affected), his post office address, the street and number, if any, of his residence, and the date on which he signed such petition. Each sheet containing petitioners' signatures shall be attached to a full and correct copy of the title and text of the measure so proposed to be initiated or referred to the people, and every sheet of every such petition containing signatures shall be verified by the affidavit of the person who circulated said sheet or petition, setting forth that each of the names on said sheet was signed in the presence of the affiant and that in the belief of the affiant each signer was a qualified elector of the state, or in the case of a city, town, or county measure, of the city, town, or county affected by the measure so proposed to be initiated or referred to the people.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.10 |s2=10 |title=Official ballot |text=When any initiative or referendum petition or any measure referred to the people by the legislature shall be filed, in accordance with this section, with the secretary of state, he shall cause to be printed on the official ballot at the next regular general election the title and number of said measure, together with the words "yes" and "no" in such manner that the electors may express at the polls their approval or disapproval of the measure.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.11 |s2=11 |title=Publication of measures |text=The text of all measures to be submitted shall be published as proposed amendments to the constitution are published, and in submitting such measures and proposed amendments the secretary of state and all other officers shall be guided by the general law until legislation shall be especially provided therefor.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.12 |s2=12 |title=Conflicting measures or constitutional amendments |text=If two or more conflicting measures or amendments to the constitution shall be approved by the people at the same election, the measure or amendment receiving the greatest number of affirmative votes shall prevail in all particulars as to which there is conflict.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.13 |s2=13 |title=Canvass of votes; proclamation |text=It shall be the duty of the secretary of state, in the presence of the governor and the chief justice of the supreme court, to canvass the votes for and against each such measure or proposed amendment to the constitution within thirty days after the election, and upon the completion of the canvass the governor shall forthwith issue a proclamation, giving the whole number of votes cast for and against each measure or proposed amendment, and declaring such measures or amendments as are approved by a majority of those voting thereon to be law.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.14 |s2=14 |title=Reservation of legislative power |text=This section shall not be construed to deprive the legislature of the right to enact any measure except that the legislature shall not have the power to adopt any measure that supersedes, in whole or in part, any initiative measure approved by a majority of the votes cast thereon or any referendum measure decided by a majority of the votes cast thereon unless the superseding measure furthers the purposes of the initiative or referendum measure and at least three-fourths of the members of each house of the legislature, by a roll call of ayes and nays, vote to supersede such initiative or referendum measure.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.15 |s2=15 |title=Legislature's right to refer measure to the people |text=Nothing in this section shall be construed to deprive or limit the legislature of the right to order the submission to the people at the polls of any measure, item, section, or part of any measure.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.16 |s2=16 |title=Self-executing |text=This section of the constitution shall be, in all respects, self-executing. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-I:2 |s1=2 |title=Penalty for violation of initiative and referendum provisions |text=The legislature shall provide a penalty for any wilful violation of any of the provisions of the preceding section. }} <!-- ARTICLE IV: PART 2 --> {{law-const/a/part |part=II }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:1 |s1=1 |title=Senate; house of representatives; members; special session upon petition of members; congressional and legislative boundaries; citizen commissions |text=&nbsp;}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.1 |s2=1 |title= |text=The senate shall be composed of one member elected from each of the thirty legislative districts established pursuant to this section. The house of representatives shall be composed of two members elected from each of the thirty legislative districts established pursuant to this section.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.2 |s2=2 |title= |text=Upon the presentation to the governor of a petition bearing the signatures of not less than two-thirds of the members of each house, requesting a special session of the legislature and designating the date of convening, the governor shall promptly call a special session to assemble on the date specified. At a special session so called the subjects which may be considered by the legislature shall not be limited.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.3 |s2=3 |title= |text=By February 28 of each year that ends in one, an independent redistricting commission shall be established to provide for the redistricting of congressional and state legislative districts. The independent redistricting commission shall consist of five members. No more than two members of the independent redistricting commission shall be members of the same political party. Of the first four members appointed, no more than two shall reside in the same county. Each member shall be a registered Arizona voter who has been continuously registered with the same political party or registered as unaffiliated with a political party for three or more years immediately preceding appointment, who is committed to applying the provisions of this section in an honest, independent and impartial fashion and to upholding public confidence in the integrity of the redistricting process. Within the three years previous to appointment, members shall not have been appointed to, elected to, or a candidate for any other public office, including precinct committeeman or committeewoman but not including school board member or officer, and shall not have served as an officer of a political party, or served as a registered paid lobbyist or as an officer of a candidate's campaign committee.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.4 |s2=4 |title= |text=The commission on appellate court appointments shall nominate candidates for appointment to the independent redistricting commission, except that, if a politically balanced commission exists whose members are nominated by the commission on appellate court appointments and whose regular duties relate to the elective process, the commission on appellate court appointments may delegate to such existing commission (hereinafter called the commission on appellate court appointments' designee) the duty of nominating members for the independent redistricting commission, and all other duties assigned to the commission on appellate court appointments in this section.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.5 |s2=5 |title= |text=By January 8 of years ending in one, the commission on appellate court appointments or its designee shall establish a pool of persons who are willing to serve on and are qualified for appointment to the independent redistricting commission. The pool of candidates shall consist of twenty-five nominees, with ten nominees from each of the two largest political parties in Arizona based on party registration, and five who are not registered with either of the two largest political parties in Arizona.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.6 |s2=6 |title= |text=Appointments to the independent redistricting commission shall be made in the order set forth below. No later than January 31 of years ending in one, the highest ranking officer elected by the Arizona house of representatives shall make one appointment to the independent redistricting commission from the pool of nominees, followed by one appointment from the pool made in turn by each of the following: the minority party leader of the Arizona house of representatives, the highest ranking officer elected by the Arizona senate, and the minority party leader of the Arizona senate. Each such official shall have a seven-day period in which to make an appointment. Any official who fails to make an appointment within the specified time period will forfeit the appointment privilege. In the event that there are two or more minority parties within the house or the senate, the leader of the largest minority party by statewide party registration shall make the appointment.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.7 |s2=7 |title= |text=Any vacancy in the above four independent redistricting commission positions remaining as of March 1 of a year ending in one shall be filled from the pool of nominees by the commission on appellate court appointments or its designee. The appointing body shall strive for political balance and fairness.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.8 |s2=8 |title= |text=At a meeting called by the secretary of state, the four independent redistricting commission members shall select by majority vote from the nomination pool a fifth member who shall not be registered with any party already represented on the independent redistricting commission and who shall serve as chair. If the four commissioners fail to appoint a fifth member within fifteen days, the commission on appellate court appointments or its designee, striving for political balance and fairness, shall appoint a fifth member from the nomination pool, who shall serve as chair.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.9 |s2=9 |title= |text=The five commissioners shall then select by majority vote one of their members to serve as vice-chair.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.10 |s2=10 |title= |text=After having been served written notice and provided with an opportunity for a response, a member of the independent redistricting commission may be removed by the governor, with the concurrence of two-thirds of the senate, for substantial neglect of duty, gross misconduct in office, or inability to discharge the duties of office.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.11 |s2=11 |title= |text=If a commissioner or chair does not complete the term of office for any reason, the commission on appellate court appointments or its designee shall nominate a pool of three candidates within the first thirty days after the vacancy occurs. The nominees shall be of the same political party or status as was the member who vacated the office at the time of his or her appointment, and the appointment other than the chair shall be made by the current holder of the office designated to make the original appointment. The appointment of a new chair shall be made by the remaining commissioners. If the appointment of a replacement commissioner or chair is not made within fourteen days following the presentation of the nominees, the commission on appellate court appointments or its designee shall make the appointment, striving for political balance and fairness. The newly appointed commissioner shall serve out the remainder of the original term.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.12 |s2=12 |title= |text=Three commissioners, including the chair or vice-chair, constitute a quorum. Three or more affirmative votes are required for any official action. Where a quorum is present, the independent redistricting commission shall conduct business in meetings open to the public, with 48 or more hours public notice provided.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.13 |s2=13 |title= |text=A commissioner, during the commissioner's term of office and for three years thereafter, shall be ineligible for Arizona public office or for registration as a paid lobbyist.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.14 |s2=14 |title= |text=The independent redistricting commission shall establish congressional and legislative districts. The commencement of the mapping process for both the congressional and legislative districts shall be the creation of districts of equal population in a grid-like pattern across the state. Adjustments to the grid shall then be made as necessary to accommodate the goals as set forth below:<ol type="A"> <li>Districts shall comply with the United States Constitution and the United States voting rights act;</li> <li>Congressional districts shall have equal population to the extent practicable, and state legislative districts shall have equal population to the extent practicable;</li> <li>Districts shall be geographically compact and contiguous to the extent practicable;</li> <li>District boundaries shall respect communities of interest to the extent practicable;</li> <li>To the extent practicable, district lines shall use visible geographic features, city, town and county boundaries, and undivided census tracts;</li> <li>To the extent practicable, competitive districts should be favored where to do so would create no significant detriment to the other goals.</li> </ol>}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.15 |s2=15 |title= |text=Party registration and voting history data shall be excluded from the initial phase of the mapping process but may be used to test maps for compliance with the above goals. The places of residence of incumbents or candidates shall not be identified or considered.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.16 |s2=16 |title= |text=The independent redistricting commission shall advertise a draft map of congressional districts and a draft map of legislative districts to the public for comment, which comment shall be taken for at least thirty days. Either or both bodies of the legislature may act within this period to make recommendations to the independent redistricting commission by memorial or by minority report, which recommendations shall be considered by the independent redistricting commission. The independent redistricting commission shall then establish final district boundaries.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.17 |s2=17 |title= |text=The provisions regarding this section are self-executing. The independent redistricting commission shall certify to the secretary of state the establishment of congressional and legislative districts.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.18 |s2=18 |title= |text=Upon approval of this amendment, the department of administration or its successor shall make adequate office space available for the independent redistricting commission. The treasurer of the state shall make $6,000,000 available for the work of the independent redistricting commission pursuant to the year 2000 census. Unused monies shall be returned to the state's general fund. In years ending in eight or nine after the year 2001, the department of administration or its successor shall submit to the legislature a recommendation for an appropriation for adequate redistricting expenses and shall make available adequate office space for the operation of the independent redistricting commission. The legislature shall make the necessary appropriations by a majority vote.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.19 |s2=19 |title= |text=The independent redistricting commission, with fiscal oversight from the department of administration or its successor, shall have procurement and contracting authority and may hire staff and consultants for the purposes of this section, including legal representation.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.20 |s2=20 |title= |text=The independent redistricting commission shall have standing in legal actions regarding the redistricting plan and the adequacy of resources provided for the operation of the independent redistricting commission. The independent redistricting commission shall have sole authority to determine whether the Arizona attorney general or counsel hired or selected by the independent redistricting commission shall represent the people of Arizona in the legal defense of a redistricting plan.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.21 |s2=21 |title= |text=Members of the independent redistricting commission are eligible for reimbursement of expenses pursuant to law, and a member's residence is deemed to be the member's post of duty for purposes of reimbursement of expenses.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.22 |s2=22 |title= |text=Employees of the department of administration or its successor shall not influence or attempt to influence the district-mapping decisions of the independent redistricting commission.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.23 |s2=23 |title= |text=Each commissioner's duties established by this section expire upon the appointment of the first member of the next redistricting commission. The independent redistricting commission shall not meet or incur expenses after the redistricting plan is completed, except if litigation or any government approval of the plan is pending, or to revise districts if required by court decisions or if the number of congressional or legislative districts is changed.}} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:2 |s1=2 |title=Qualifications of members of legislature |text=No person shall be a member of the Legislature unless he shall be a citizen of the United States at the time of his election, nor unless he shall be at least twenty-five years of age, and shall have been a resident of Arizona at least three years and of the county from which he is elected at least one year before his election. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:3 |s1=3 |title=Sessions of legislature; special sessions; limitation of subjects for consideration |text=The sessions of the legislature shall be held annually at the capitol of the state, and shall commence on the second Monday of January of each year. The governor may call a special session, whenever in his judgment it is advisable. In calling a special session, the governor shall specify the subjects to be considered, and at such special session no laws shall be enacted except such as relate to the subjects mentioned in the call. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:4 |s1=4 |title=Disqualification for membership in Legislature |text=No person holding any public office of profit or trust under the authority of the United States, or of this state, shall be a member of the legislature; Provided, that appointments in the state militia and the offices of notary public, justice of the peace, United States commissioner, and postmaster of the fourth class, shall not work disqualification for membership within the meaning of this section. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:5 |s1=5 |title=Ineligibility of members of legislature to other public offices |text=No member of the legislature, during the term for which he shall have been elected or appointed shall be eligible to hold any other office or be otherwise employed by the state of Arizona or, any county or incorporated city or town thereof. This prohibition shall not extend to the office of school trustee, nor to employment as a teacher or instructor in the public school system. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:6 |s1=6 |title=Privilege from arrest; civil process |text=Members of the legislature shall be privileged from arrest in all cases except treason, felony, and breach of the peace, and they shall not be subject to any civil process during the session of the legislature, nor for fifteen days next before the commencement of each session. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:7 |s1=7 |title=Freedom of debate |text=No member of the legislature shall be liable in any civil or criminal prosecution for words spoken in debate. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:8 |s1=8 |title=Organization; officers; rules of procedure |text=Each house, when assembled, shall choose its own officers, judge of the election and qualification of its own members, and determine its own rules of procedure. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:9 |s1=9 |title=Quorum; compelling attendance; adjournment |text=The majority of the members of each house shall constitute a quorum to do business, but a smaller number may meet, adjourn from day to day, and compel the attendance of absent members, in such manner and under such penalties as each house may prescribe. Neither house shall adjourn for more than three days, nor to any place other than that in which it may be sitting, without the consent of the other. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:10 |s1=10 |title=Journal of proceedings; roll call |text=Each house shall keep a journal of its proceedings, and at the request of two members the ayes and nays on roll call on any question shall be entered. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:11 |s1=11 |title=Disorderly behavior; expulsion of members |text=Each house may punish its members for disorderly behavior, and may, with the concurrence of two-thirds of its members, expel any member. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:12 |s1=12 |title=Procedure on bills; approval or disapproval by governor |text=Every bill shall be read by sections on three different days, unless in case of emergency, two-thirds of either house deem it expedient to dispense with this rule. The vote on the final passage of any bill or joint resolution shall be taken by ayes and nays on roll call. Every measure when finally passed shall be presented to the governor for his approval or disapproval. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:13 |s1=13 |title=Subject and title of bills |text=Every act shall embrace but one subject and matters properly connected therewith, which subject shall be expressed in the title; but if any subject shall be embraced in an act which shall not be expressed in the title, such act shall be void only as to so much thereof as shall not be embraced in the title. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:14 |s1=14 |title=Legislation by reference prohibited |text=No Act or section thereof shall be revised or amended by mere reference to the title of such act, but the act or section as amended shall be set forth and published at full length. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:15 |s1=15 |title=Passage of bills by majority; signing of bills |text=A majority of all members elected to each house shall be necessary to pass any bill, and all bills so passed shall be signed by the presiding officer of each house in open session. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:16 |s1=16 |title=Right to protest |text=Any member of the legislature shall have the right to protest and have the reasons of his protest entered on the journal. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:17 |s1=17 |title=Extra compensation prohibited; increase or decrease of compensation during term of office |text=The legislature shall never grant any extra compensation to any public officer, agent, servant or contractor, after the services shall have been rendered or the contract entered into, nor shall the compensation of any public officer, other than a justice of the peace, be increased or diminished during his term of office; provided, however, that when any legislative increase or decrease in compensation of the members of any court or the clerk thereof, or of any board or commission composed of two or more officers or persons whose respective terms of office are not coterminous, has heretofore or shall hereafter become effective as to any member or clerk of such court, or any member of such board or commission, it shall be effective from such date as to each thereof. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:18 |s1=18 |title=Suits against state |text=The legislature shall direct by law in what manner and in what courts suits may be brought against the state. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:19 |s1=19 |title=Local or special laws |text=No local or special laws shall be enacted in any of the following cases, that is to say:<ol> <li>Granting divorces.</li> <li>Locating or changing county seats.</li> <li>Changing rules of evidence.</li> <li>Changing the law of descent or succession.</li> <li>Regulating the practice of courts of justice.</li> <li>Limitation of civil actions or giving effect to informal or invalid deeds.</li> <li>Punishment of crimes and misdemeanors.</li> <li>Laying out, opening, altering, or vacating roads, plats, streets, alleys, and public squares.</li> <li>Assessment and collection of taxes.</li> <li>Regulating the rate of interest on money.</li> <li>The conduct of elections.</li> <li>Affecting the estates of deceased persons or of minors.</li> <li>Granting to any corporation, association, or individual, any special or exclusive privileges, immunities, or franchises.</li> <li>Remitting fines, penalties, and forfeitures.</li> <li>Changing names of persons or places.</li> <li>Regulating the jurisdiction and duties of justices of the peace.</li> <li>Incorporation of cities, towns, or villages, or amending their charters.</li> <li>Relinquishing any indebtedness, liability, or obligation to this State.</li> <li>Summoning and empanelling of juries.</li> <li>When a general law can be made applicable.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:20 |s1=20 |title=Appropriation bills |text=The general appropriation bill shall embrace nothing but appropriations for the different departments of the state, for state institutions, for public schools, and for interest on the public debt. All other appropriations shall be made by separate bills, each embracing but one subject. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:21 |s1=21 |title=Term limits of members of state legislature |text=The members of the first legislature shall hold office until the first Monday in January, 1913. The terms of office of the members of succeeding legislatures shall be two years. No state senator shall serve more than four consecutive terms in that office, nor shall any state representative serve more than four consecutive terms in that office. This limitation on the number of terms of consecutive service shall apply to terms of office beginning on or after January 1, 1993. No legislator, after serving the maximum number of terms, which shall include any part of a term served, may serve in the same office until he has been out of office for no less than one full term. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:22 |s1=22 |title=Juvenile justice; certain chronic and violent juvenile offenders prosecuted as adults; community alternatives for certain juvenile offenders; public proceedings and records |text=In order to preserve and protect the right of the people to justice and public safety, and to ensure fairness and accountability when juveniles engage in unlawful conduct, the legislature, or the people by initiative or referendum, shall have the authority to enact substantive and procedural laws regarding all proceedings and matters affecting such juveniles. The following rights, duties, and powers shall govern such proceedings and matters:<ol> <li>Juveniles 15 years of age or older accused of murder, forcible sexual assault, armed robbery or other violent felony offenses as defined by statute shall be prosecuted as adults. Juveniles 15 years of age or older who are chronic felony offenders as defined by statute shall be prosecuted as adults. Upon conviction all such juveniles shall be subject to the same laws as adults, except as specifically provided by statute and by article 22, section 16 of this constitution. All other juveniles accused of unlawful conduct shall be prosecuted as provided by law. Every juvenile convicted of or found responsible for unlawful conduct shall make prompt restitution to any victims of such conduct for their injury or loss.</li> <li>County attorneys shall have the authority to defer the prosecution of juveniles who are not accused of violent offenses and who are not chronic felony offenders as defined by statute and to establish community-based alternatives for resolving matters involving such juveniles.</li> <li>All proceedings and matters involving juveniles accused of unlawful conduct shall be open to the public and all records of those proceedings shall be public records. Exceptions shall be made only for the protection of the privacy of innocent victims of crime, or when a court of competent jurisdiction finds a clear public interest in confidentiality.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:23 |s1=23 |title=Passes and purchase of transportation by public officers;inapplication to national guard |text=It shall not be lawful for any person holding public office in this state to accept or use a pass or to purchase transportation from any railroad or other corporation, other than as such transportation may be purchased by the general public; Provided, that this shall not apply to members of the national guard of Arizona traveling under orders. The legislature shall enact laws to enforce this provision. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:24 |s1=24 |title=Enacting clause of bills; initiative bills |text=The enacting clause of every bill enacted by the legislature shall be as follows: "Be it enacted by the Legislature of the State of Arizona," or when the initiative is used: "Be it enacted by the People of the State of Arizona." }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:25 |s1=25 |title=Continuity of governmental operations in emergency |text=The legislature, in order to insure continuity of state and local governmental operations in periods of emergency resulting from disasters caused by enemy attack, shall have the power and the immediate duty to:<ol> <li>Provide for prompt and temporary succession to the powers and duties of public offices, of whatever nature and whether filled by election or appointment, the incumbents of which may become unavailable for carrying on the powers and duties of such offices.</li> <li>Adopt such other measures as may be necessary and proper for insuring the continuity of governmental operations.</li> </ol> In the exercise of the powers hereby conferred, the legislature shall in all respects conform to the requirements of this constitution except to the extent that in the judgment of the legislature so to do would be impracticable or would admit of undue delay. }} <!-- ARTICLE V --> {{law-const/a |art=V |title=Executive department }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=V:1 |s1=1 |title=Executive department; state officers; terms; election; residence and office at seat of government; duties<ref>Version amended by 1992 Proposition 100</ref> |text=<ol type="A"> <li>The executive department shall consist of the governor, secretary of state, state treasurer, attorney general, and superintendent of public instruction, each of whom shall hold office for four years beginning on the first Monday of January, 1971 next after the regular general election in 1970.</li> <li>The person having the highest number of the votes cast for the office voted for shall be elected, but if two or more persons have an equal and the highest number of votes for the office, the two houses of the legislature at its next regular session shall elect forthwith, by joint ballot, one of such persons for said office.</li> <li>The officers of the executive department during their terms of office shall reside at the seat of government where they shall keep their offices and the public records, books, and papers. They shall perform such duties as are prescribed by the constitution and as may be provided by law.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=V:1v2 |s1=1 |ver=2 |title=Term limits on executive department and state officers; term lengths; election; residence and office at seat of government; duties<ref>Version amended by 1992 Proposition 107</ref> |text=<ol type="A"> <li>The executive department shall consist of the governor, secretary of state, state treasurer, attorney general, and superintendent of public instruction, each of whom shall hold office for a term of four years beginning on the first Monday of January, 1971 next after the regular general election in 1970. No member of the executive department shall hold that office for more than two consecutive terms. This limitation on the number of terms of consecutive service shall apply to terms of office beginning on or after January 1, 1993. No member of the executive department after serving the maximum number of terms, which shall include any part of a term served, may serve in the same office until out of office for no less than one full term.</li> <li>The person having a majority of the votes cast for the office voted for shall be elected. If no person receives a majority of the votes cast for the office, a second election shall be held as prescribed by law between the persons receiving the highest and second highest number of votes cast for the office. The person receiving the highest number of votes at the second election for the office is elected, but if the two persons have an equal number of votes for the office, the two houses of the legislature at its next regular session shall elect forthwith, by joint ballot, one of such persons for said office.</li> <li>The officers of the executive department during their terms of office shall reside at the seat of government where they shall keep their offices and the public records, books, and papers. They shall perform such duties as are prescribed by the constitution and as may be provided by law.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=V:2 |s1=2 |title=Eligibility to state offices |text=No person shall be eligible to any of the offices mentioned in section 1 of this article except a person of the age of not less than twenty-five years, who shall have been for ten years next preceding his election a citizen of the United States, and for five years next preceding his election a citizen of Arizona. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=V:3 |s1=3 |title=Governor, commander-in-chief of the military forces |text=The governor shall be commander-in-chief of the military forces of the state, except when such forces shall be called into the service of the United States. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=V:4 |s1=4 |title=Governor; powers and duties; special sessions of legislature; message and recommendations |text=The governor shall transact all executive business with the officers of the government, civil and military, and may require information in writing from the officers in the executive department upon any subject relating to the duties of their respective offices. He shall take care that the laws be faithfully executed. He may convene the legislature in extraordinary session. He shall communicate, by message, to the legislature at every session the condition of the state, and recommend such matters as he shall deem expedient. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=V:5 |s1=5 |title=Reprieves, commutations and pardons |text=The governor shall have power to grant reprieves, commutation, and pardons, after convictions, for all offenses except treason and cases of impeachment, upon such conditions and with such restrictions and limitations as may be provided by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=V:6 |s1=6 |title=Death, resignation, removal or disability of governor; succession to office; impeachment, absence from state or temporary disability |text=In the event of the death of the governor, or his resignation, removal from office, or permanent disability to discharge the duties of the office, the secretary of state, if holding by election, shall succeed to the office of governor until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify. If the secretary of state be holding otherwise than by election, or shall fail to qualify as governor, the attorney general, the state treasurer, or the superintendent of public instruction, if holding by election, shall, in the order named, succeed to the office of governor. The taking of the oath of office as governor by any person specified in this section shall constitute resignation from the office by virtue of the holding of which he qualifies as governor. Any successor to the office shall become governor in fact and entitled to all of the emoluments, powers and duties of governor upon taking the oath of office. In the event of the impeachment of the governor, his absence from the state, or other temporary disability to discharge the duties of the office, the powers and duties of the office of governor shall devolve upon the same person as in case of vacancy, but only until the disability ceases. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=V:7 |s1=7 |title=Presentation of bills to governor; approval; veto; filing with secretary of state; veto of items in appropriation bills; inapplication of veto power to referred bills |text=Every bill passed by the legislature, before it becomes a law, shall be presented to the governor. If he approve, he shall sign it, and it shall become a law as provided in this constitution. But if he disapprove, he shall return it, with his objections, to the house in which it originated, which shall enter the objections at large on the journal. If after reconsideration it again passes both houses by an aye and nay vote on roll call of two-thirds of the members elected to each house, it shall become a law as provided in this constitution, notwithstanding the governor's objections. This section shall not apply to emergency measures as referred to in section 1 of the article on the legislative department. If any bill be not returned within five days after it shall have been presented to the governor (Sunday excepted) such bill shall become a law in like manner as if he had signed it, unless the legislature by its final adjournment prevents its return, in which case it shall be filed with his objections in the office of the secretary of state within ten days after such adjournment (Sundays excepted) or become a law as provided in this constitution. After the final action by the governor, or following the adoption of a bill notwithstanding his objection, it shall be filed with the secretary of state. If any bill presented to the governor contains several items of appropriations of money, he may object to one or more of such items, while approving other portions of the bill. In such case he shall append to the bill at the time of signing it, a statement of the item or items which he declines to approve, together with his reasons therefor, and such item or items shall not take effect unless passed over the governor's objections as in this section provided. The veto power of the governor shall not extend to any bill passed by the legislature and referred to the people for adoption or rejection. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=V:8 |s1=8 |title=Vacancies in office |text=When any office shall, from any cause, become vacant, and no mode shall be provided by the Constitution or by law for filling such vacancy, the governor shall have the power to fill such vacancy by appointment. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=V:9 |s1=9 |title=Powers and duties of state officers |text=The powers and duties of secretary of state, state treasurer, attorney-general, and superintendent of public instruction shall be as prescribed by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=V:10 |s1=10 |title=Canvass of election returns for state officers; certificates of election |text=The returns of the election for all state officers shall be canvassed, and certificates of election issued by the secretary of state, in such manner as may be provided by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=V:11 |s1=11 |title=Commissions |text=All commissions shall issue in the name of the state, and shall be signed by the governor, sealed with the seal of the state, and attested by the secretary of state. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=V:12 |s1=12 |title=Compensation of elective state officers; commission on salaries for elective state officers |text=The salaries of those holding elective state offices shall be as established by law from time to time, subject to the limitations of article 6, section 33 and to the limitations of article 4, part 2, section 17. Such salaries as are presently established may be altered from time to time by the procedure established in this section or as otherwise provided by law, except that legislative salaries may be altered only by the procedures established in this section. A commission to be known as the commission on salaries for elective state officers is authorized to be established by the legislature. The commission shall be composed of five members appointed from private life, two of whom shall be appointed by the governor and one each by the president of the senate, the speaker of the house of representatives, and the chief justice. At such times as may be directed by the legislature, the commission shall report to the governor with recommendations concerning the rates of pay of elected state officers. The governor shall upon the receipt of such report make recommendations to the legislature with respect to the exact rates of pay which he deems advisable for those offices and positions other than for the rates of pay of members of the legislature. Such recommendations shall become effective at a time established by the legislature after the transmission of the recommendation of the governor without aid of further legislative action unless, within such period of time, there has been enacted into law a statute which establishes rates of pay other than those proposed by the governor, or unless either house of the legislature specifically disapproves all or part of the governor's recommendation. The recommendations of the governor, unless disapproved or altered within the time provided by law, shall be effective; and any 1971 recommendations shall be effective as to all offices on the first Monday in January of 1973. In case of either a legislative enactment or disapproval by either house, the recommendations shall be effective only insofar as not altered or disapproved. The recommendations of the commission as to legislative salaries shall be certified by it to the secretary of state and the secretary of state shall submit to the qualified electors at the next regular general election the question, "Shall the recommendations of the commission on salaries for elective state officers concerning legislative salaries be accepted? [ ] Yes [ ] No." Such recommendations if approved by the electors shall become effective at the beginning of the next regular legislative session without any other authorizing legislation. All recommendations which become effective under this section shall supersede all laws enacted prior to their effective date relating to such salaries. }} <!-- ARTICLE VI --> {{law-const/a |art=VI |title=Judicial department }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:1 |s1=1 |title=Judicial power; courts |text=The judicial power shall be vested in an integrated judicial department consisting of a supreme court, such intermediate appellate courts as may be provided by law, a superior court, such courts inferior to the superior court as may be provided by law, and justice courts. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:2 |s1=2 |title=Supreme court; composition; divisions; decisions, transaction of business |text=The supreme court shall consist of not less than five justices. The number of justices may be increased or decreased by law, but the court shall at all times be constituted of at least five justices. The supreme court shall sit in accordance with rules adopted by it, either in banc or in divisions of not less than three justices, but the court shall not declare any law unconstitutional except when sitting in banc. The decisions of the court shall be in writing and the grounds stated. The court shall be open at all times, except on nonjudicial days, for the transaction of business. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:3 |s1=3 |title=Supreme court; administrative supervision; chief justice |text=The supreme court shall have administrative supervision over all the courts of the state. The chief justice shall be elected by the justices of the supreme court from one of their number for a term of five years, and may be reelected for like terms. The vice chief justice shall be elected by the justices of the supreme court from one of their number for a term determined by the court. A member of the court may resign the office of chief justice or vice chief justice without resigning from the court. The chief justice, or in his absence or incapacity, the vice chief justice, shall exercise the court's administrative supervision over all the courts of the state. He may assign judges of intermediate appellate courts, superior courts, or courts inferior to the superior court to serve in other courts or counties. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:4 |s1=4 |title=Supreme court; term of office |text=Justices of the supreme court shall hold office for a regular term of six years except as provided by this article. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:5 |s1=5 |title=Supreme court; jurisdiction; writs; rules; habeas corpus |text=The supreme court shall have: #Original jurisdiction of habeas corpus, and quo warranto, mandamus, injunction and other extraordinary writs to state officers. #Original and exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine causes between counties concerning disputed boundaries and surveys thereof or concerning claims of one county against another. #Appellate jurisdiction in all actions and proceedings except civil and criminal actions originating in courts not of record, unless the action involves the validity of a tax, impost, assessment, toll, statute or municipal ordinance. #Power to issue injunctions and writs of mandamus, review, prohibition, habeas corpus, certiorari, and all other writs necessary and proper to the complete exercise of its appellate and revisory jurisdiction. #Power to make rules relative to all procedural matters in any court. #Such other jurisdiction as may be provided by law. Each justice of the supreme court may issue writs of habeas corpus to any part of the state upon petition by or on behalf of a person held in actual custody, and may make such writs returnable before himself, the supreme court, appellate court or superior court, or judge thereof. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:6 |s1=6 |title=Supreme court; qualifications of justices |text=A justice of the supreme court shall be a person of good moral character and admitted to the practice of law in and a resident of the state of Arizona for ten years next preceding his taking office. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:7 |s1=7 |title=Supreme court; clerk and assistants; administrative director and staff |text=The supreme court shall appoint a clerk of the court and assistants thereto who shall serve at its pleasure, and who shall receive such compensation as may be provided by law. The supreme court shall appoint an administrative director and staff to serve at its pleasure to assist the chief justice in discharging his administrative duties. The director and staff shall receive such compensation as may be provided by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:8 |s1=8 |title=Supreme court; publication of opinions |text=Provision shall be made by law for the speedy publication of the opinions of the supreme court, and they shall be free for publication by any person. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:9 |s1=9 |title=Intermediate appellate courts |text=The jurisdiction, powers, duties and composition of any intermediate appellate court shall be as provided by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:10 |s1=10 |title=Superior court; number of judges |text=There shall be in each county at least one judge of the superior court. There shall be in each county such additional judges as may be provided by law, but not exceeding one judge for each thirty thousand inhabitants or majority fraction thereof. The number of inhabitants in a county for purposes of this section may be determined by census enumeration or by such other method as may be provided by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:11 |s1=11 |title=Superior court; presiding judges; duties |text=There shall be in each county a presiding judge of the superior court. In each county in which there are two or more judges, the supreme court shall appoint one of such judges presiding judge. Presiding judges shall exercise administrative supervision over the superior court and judges thereof in their counties, and shall have such other duties as may be provided by law or by rules of the supreme court. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:12 |s1=12 |title=Superior court; term of office |text=<ol type="A"> <li>Judges of the superior court in counties having a population of less than two hundred fifty thousand persons according to the most recent United States census shall be elected by the qualified electors of their counties at the general election. They shall hold office for a regular term of four years except as provided by this section from and after the first Monday in January next succeeding their election, and until their successors are elected and qualify. The names of all candidates for judge of the superior court in such counties shall be placed on the regular ballot without partisan or other designation except the division and title of the office.</li> <li>The governor shall fill any vacancy in such counties by appointing a person to serve until the election and qualification of a successor. At the next succeeding general election following the appointment of a person to fill a vacancy, a judge shall be elected to serve for the remainder of the unexpired term. Judges of the superior court in counties having a population of two hundred fifty thousand persons or more according to the most recent United States census shall hold office for a regular term of four years except as provided by this article.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:13 |s1=13 |title=Superior court; composition; salaries; judgments and proceedings; process |text=The superior courts provided for in this article shall constitute a single court, composed of all the duly elected or appointed judges in each of the counties of the state. The legislature may classify counties for the purpose of fixing salaries of judges or officers of the court. The judgments, decrees, orders and proceedings of any session of the superior court held by one or more judges shall have the same force and effect as if all the judges of the court had presided. The process of the court shall extend to all parts of the state. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:14 |s1=14 |title=Superior court; original jurisdiction |text=The superior court shall have original jurisdiction of: #Cases and proceedings in which exclusive jurisdiction is not vested by law in another court. #Cases of equity and at law which involve the title to or possession of real property, or the legality of any tax, impost, assessment, toll or municipal ordinance. #Other cases in which the demand or value of property in controversy amounts to one thousand dollars or more, exclusive of interest and costs. #Criminal cases amounting to felony, and cases of misdemeanor not otherwise provided for by law. #Actions of forcible entry and detainer. #Proceedings in insolvency. #Actions to prevent or abate nuisance. #Matters of probate. #Divorce and for annulment of marriage. #Naturalization and the issuance of papers therefor. #Special cases and proceedings not otherwise provided for, and such other jurisdiction as may be provided by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:15 |s1=15 |title=Jurisdiction and authority in juvenile proceedings |text=The jurisdiction and authority of the courts of this state in all proceedings and matters affecting juveniles shall be as provided by the legislature or the people by initiative or referendum. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:16 |s1=16 |title=Superior court; appellate jurisdiction |text=The superior court shall have appellate jurisdiction in cases arising in justice and other courts inferior to the superior court as may be provided by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:17 |s1=17 |title=Superior court; conduct of business; trial juries; jury trial; grand juries |text=The superior court shall be open at all times, except on nonjudicial days, for the determination of non-jury civil cases and the transaction of business. For the determination of civil causes and matters in which a jury demand has been entered, and for the trial of criminal causes, a trial jury shall be drawn and summoned from the body of the county, as provided by law. The right of jury trial as provided by this constitution shall remain inviolate, but trial by jury may be waived by the parties in any civil cause or by the parties with the consent of the court in any criminal cause. Grand juries shall be drawn and summoned only by order of the superior court. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:18 |s1=18 |title=Superior court; writs |text=The superior court or any judge thereof may issue writs of mandamus, quo warranto, review, certiorari, prohibition, and writs of habeas corpus on petition by or on behalf of a person held in actual custody within the county. Injunctions, attachments, and writs of prohibition and habeas corpus may be issued and served on legal holidays and non-judicial days. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:19 |s1=19 |title=Superior court; service of judge in another county |text=A judge of the superior court shall serve in another county at the direction of the chief justice of the supreme court or may serve in another county at the request of the presiding judge of the superior court thereof. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:20 |s1=20 |title=Retirement and service of retired justices and judges |text=The legislature shall prescribe by law a plan of retirement for justices and judges of courts of record, including the basis and amount of retirement pay, and requiring except as provided in section 35 of this article, that justices and judges of courts of record be retired upon reaching the age of seventy. Any retired justice or judge of any court of record who is drawing retirement pay may serve as a justice or judge of any court. When serving outside his county of residence, any such retired justice or judge shall receive his necessary traveling and subsistence expenses. A retired judge who is temporarily called back to the active duties of a judge is entitled to receive the same compensation and expenses as other like active judges less any amount received for such period in retirement benefits. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:21 |s1=21 |title=Superior court; speedy decisions |text=Every matter submitted to a judge of the superior court for his decision shall be decided within sixty days from the date of submission thereof. The supreme court shall by rule provide for the speedy disposition of all matters not decided within such period. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:22 |s1=22 |title=Superior and other courts; qualifications of judges |text=Judges of the superior court, intermediate appellate courts or courts inferior to the superior court having jurisdiction in civil cases of one thousand dollars or more, exclusive of interest and costs, established by law under the provisions of section 1 of this article, shall be at least thirty years of age, of good moral character and admitted to the practice of law in and a resident of the state for five years next preceding their taking office. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:23 |s1=23 |title=Superior court; clerk |text=There shall be in each county a clerk of the superior court. The clerk shall be elected by the qualified electors of his county at the general election and shall hold office for a term of four years from and after the first Monday in January next succeeding his election. The clerk shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be provided by law or by rule of the supreme court or superior court. He shall receive such compensation as may be provided by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:24 |s1=24 |title=Superior court; court commissioners, masters and referees |text=Judges of the superior court may appoint court commissioners, masters and referees in their respective counties, who shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be provided by law or by rule of the supreme court. Court commissioners, masters and referees shall receive such compensation as may be provided by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:25 |s1=25 |title=Style of process; conduct of prosecutions in name of state |text=The style of process shall be "The State of Arizona", and prosecutions shall be conducted in the name of the state and by its authority. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:26 |s1=26 |title=Oath of office |text=Each justice, judge and justice of the peace shall, before entering upon the duties of his office, take and subscribe an oath that he will support the Constitution of the United States and the Constitution of the State of Arizona, and that he will faithfully and impartially discharge the duties of his office to the best of his ability. The oath of all judges of courts inferior to the superior court and the oath of justices of the peace shall be filed in the office of the county recorder, and the oath of all other justices and judges shall be filed in the office of the secretary of state. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:27 |s1=27 |title=Charge to juries; reversal of causes for technical error |text=Judges shall not charge juries with respect to matters of fact, nor comment thereon, but shall declare the law. No cause shall be reversed for technical error in pleadings or proceedings when upon the whole case it shall appear that substantial justice has been done. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:28 |s1=28 |title=Justices and judges; dual office holding; political activity; practice of law |text=Justices and judges of courts of record shall not be eligible for any other public office or for any other public employment during their term of office, except that they may assume another judicial office, and upon qualifying therefor, the office formerly held shall become vacant. No justice or judge of any court of record shall practice law during his continuance in office, nor shall he hold any office in a political party or actively take part in any political campaign other than his own for his reelection or retention in office. Any justice or judge who files nomination papers for an elective office, other than for judge of the superior court or a court of record inferior to the superior court in a county having a population of less than two hundred fifty thousand persons according to the most recent United States census, forfeits his judicial office. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:29 |s1=29 |title=Repealed |text=[Repealed] }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:30 |s1=30 |title=Courts of record |text=<ol type="A"> <li>The supreme court, the court of appeals and the superior court shall be courts of record. Other courts of record may be established by law, but justice courts shall not be courts of record.</li> <li>All justices and judges of courts of record, except for judges of the superior court and other courts of record inferior to the superior court in counties having a population of less than two hundred fifty thousand persons according to the most recent United States census, shall be appointed in the manner provided in section 37 of this article.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:31 |s1=31 |title=Judges pro tempore |text=<ol type="A"> <li>The legislature may provide for the appointment of members of the bar having the qualifications provided in section 22 of this article as judges pro tempore of courts inferior to the supreme court, except that justices of the peace pro tempore shall have the same qualifications as justices of the peace and do not have to reside in the precinct in which the justice of the peace pro tempore is appointed to serve.</li> <li>When serving, any such person shall have all the judicial powers of a regular elected judge of the court to which the person is appointed. A person so appointed shall receive such compensation as may be provided by law. The population limitation of section 10 of this article shall not apply to the appointment of judges pro tempore of the superior court.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:32 |s1=32 |title=Justices of the peace and inferior courts; jurisdiction, powers and duties; terms of office; salaries |text=<ol type="A"> <li>The number of justices of the peace to be elected in precincts shall be as provided by law. Justices of the peace may be police justices of incorporated cities and towns.</li> <li>The jurisdiction, powers and duties of courts inferior to the superior court and of justice courts, and the terms of office of judges of such courts and justices of the peace shall be as provided by law. The legislature may classify counties and precincts for the purpose of fixing salaries of judges of courts inferior to the superior court and of justices of the peace.</li> <li>The civil jurisdiction of courts inferior to the superior court and of justice courts shall not exceed the sum of ten thousand dollars, exclusive of interest and costs. Criminal jurisdiction shall be limited to misdemeanors. The jurisdiction of such courts shall not encroach upon the jurisdiction of courts of record but may be made concurrent therewith, subject to the limitations provided in this section.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:33 |s1=33 |title=Change by legislature in number of justices or judges; reduction of salary during term of office |text=No change made by the legislature in the number of justices or judges shall work the removal of any justice or judge from office. The salary of any justice or judge shall not be reduced during the term of office for which he was elected or appointed. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:34 |s1=34 |title=Absence of judicial officer from state |text=Any judicial officer except a retired justice or judge who absents himself from the state for more than sixty consecutive days shall be deemed to have forfeited his office, but the governor may extend the leave of absence for such time as reasonable necessity therefor exists. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:35 |s1=35 |title=Continuance in office; continued existence of offices; application of prior statute and rules |text=<ol type="A"> <li>All justices, judges, justices of the peace and officers of any court who are holding office as such by election or appointment at the time of the adoption of this section shall serve or continue in office for the respective terms for which they are so elected or for their respective unexpired terms, and until their successors are elected or appointed and qualify or they are retained in office pursuant to section 38 of this article; provided, however, that any justice or judge elected at the general election at which this section is adopted shall serve for the term for which he is so elected. The continued existence of any office heretofore legally established or held shall not be abolished or repealed by the adoption of this article. The statutes and rules relating to the authority, jurisdiction, practice and procedure of courts, judicial officers and offices in force at the time of the adoption of this article and not inconsistent herewith, shall, so far as applicable, apply to and govern such courts, judicial officers and offices until amended or repealed.</li> <li>All judges of the superior court holding office by appointment or retention in counties with a population of two hundred fifty thousand persons or more according to the most recent United States census at the time of the adoption of this amendment to this section shall serve or continue in office for the respective terms for which they were appointed. Upon an incumbent vacating the office of judge of the superior court, whether by failing to file a declaration for retention, by rejection by the qualified electors of the county or resignation, the appointment shall be pursuant to section 37 of this article.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:36 |s1=36 |title=Commission on appellate court appointments and terms, appointments and vacancies on commission |text=<ol type="A"> <li>There shall be a nonpartisan commission on appellate court appointments which shall be composed of the chief justice of the supreme court, who shall be chairman, five attorney members, who shall be nominated by the board of governors of the state bar of Arizona and appointed by the governor with the advice and consent of the senate in the manner prescribed by law, and ten nonattorney members who shall be appointed by the governor with the advice and consent of the senate in the manner prescribed by law. At least ninety days prior to a term expiring or within twenty-one days of a vacancy occurring for a nonattorney member on the commission for appellate court appointments, the governor shall appoint a nominating committee of nine members, not more than five of whom may be from the same political party. The makeup of the committee shall, to the extent feasible, reflect the diversity of the population of the state. Members shall not be attorneys and shall not hold any governmental office, elective or appointive, for profit. The committee shall provide public notice that a vacancy exists and shall solicit, review and forward to the governor all applications along with the committee's recommendations for appointment. Attorney members of the commission shall have resided in the state and shall have been admitted to practice before the supreme court for not less than five years. Not more than three attorney members shall be members of the same political party and not more than two attorney members shall be residents of any one county. Nonattorney members shall have resided in the state for not less than five years and shall not be judges, retired judges or admitted to practice before the supreme court. Not more than five nonattorney members shall be members of the same political party. Not more than two nonattorney members shall be residents of any one county. None of the attorney or nonattorney members of the commission shall hold any governmental office, elective or appointive, for profit, and no attorney member shall be eligible for appointment to any judicial office of the state until one year after he ceases to be a member. Attorney members of the commission shall serve staggered four-year terms and nonattorney members shall serve staggered four-year terms. Vacancies shall be filled for the unexpired terms in the same manner as the original appointments.</li> <li>No person other than the chief justice shall serve at the same time as a member of more than one judicial appointment commission.</li> <li>In making or confirming appointments to the appellate court commission, the governor, the senate and the state bar shall endeavor to see that the commission reflects the diversity of Arizona's population. In the event of the absence or incapacity of the chairman the supreme court shall appoint a justice thereof to serve in his place and stead.</li> <li>Prior to making recommendations to the governor as hereinafter provided, the commission shall conduct investigations, hold public hearings and take public testimony. An executive session as prescribed by rule may be held upon a two-thirds vote of the members of the commission in a public hearing. Final decisions as to recommendations shall be made without regard to political affiliation in an impartial and objective manner. The commission shall consider the diversity of the state's population, however the primary consideration shall be merit. Voting shall be in a public hearing. The expenses of meetings of the commission and the attendance of members thereof for travel and subsistence shall be paid from the general fund of the state as state officers are paid, upon claims approved by the chairman.</li> <li>After public hearings the supreme court shall adopt rules of procedure for the commission on appellate court appointments.</li> <li>Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection A, the initial appointments for the five additional nonattorney members and the two additional attorney members of the commission shall be designated by the governor for staggered terms as follows: <ol type="1"> <li>One appointment for a nonattorney member shall be for a one-year term.</li> <li>Two appointments for nonattorney members shall be for a two-year term.</li> <li>Two appointments for nonattorney members shall be for a three-year term.</li> <li>One appointment for an attorney member shall be for a one-year term.</li> <li>One appointments for an attorney member shall be for a two-year term.</li> </ol></li> <li>The members currently serving on the commission may continue to serve until the expiration of their normal terms. All subsequent appointments shall be made as prescribed by this section.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:37 |s1=37 |title=Judicial vacancies and appointments; initial terms; residence; age |text=<ol type="A"> <li>Within sixty days from the occurrence of a vacancy in the office of a justice or judge of any court of record, except for vacancies occurring in the office of a judge of the superior court or a judge of a court of record inferior to the superior court, the commission on appellate court appointments, if the vacancy is in the supreme court or an intermediate appellate court of record, shall submit to the governor the names of not less than three persons nominated by it to fill such vacancy, no more than two of whom shall be members of the same political party unless there are more than four such nominees, in which event not more than sixty percentum of such nominees shall be members of the same political party.</li> <li>Within sixty days from the occurrence of a vacancy in the office of a judge of the superior court or a judge of a court of record inferior to the superior court except for vacancies occurring in the office of a judge of the superior court or a judge of a court of record inferior to the superior court in a county having a population of less than two hundred fifty thousand persons according to the most recent United States census, the commission on trial court appointments for the county in which the vacancy occurs shall submit to the governor the names of not less than three persons nominated by it to fill such vacancy, no more than two of whom shall be members of the same political party unless there are more than four such nominees, in which event no more than sixty per centum of such nominees shall be members of the same political party. A nominee shall be under sixty-five years of age at the time his name is submitted to the governor. Judges of the superior court shall be subject to retention or rejection by a vote of the qualified electors of the county from which they were appointed at the general election in the manner provided by section 38 of this article.</li> <li>A vacancy in the office of a justice or a judge of such courts of record shall be filled by appointment by the governor without regard to political affiliation from one of the nominees whose names shall be submitted to him as hereinabove provided. In making the appointment, the governor shall consider the diversity of the state's population for an appellate court appointment and the diversity of the county's population for a trial court appointment, however the primary consideration shall be merit. If the governor does not appoint one of such nominees to fill such vacancy within sixty days after their names are submitted to the governor by such commission, the chief justice of the supreme court forthwith shall appoint on the basis of merit alone without regard to political affiliation one of such nominees to fill such vacancy. If such commission does not, within sixty days after such vacancy occurs, submit the names of nominees as hereinabove provided, the governor shall have the power to appoint any qualified person to fill such vacancy at any time thereafter prior to the time the names of the nominees to fill such vacancy are submitted to the governor as hereinabove provided. Each justice or judge so appointed shall initially hold office for a term ending sixty days following the next regular general election after the expiration of a term of two years in office. Thereafter, the terms of justices or judges of the supreme court and the superior court shall be as provided by this article.</li> <li>A person appointed to fill a vacancy on an intermediate appellate court or another court of record now existing or hereafter established by law shall have been a resident of the counties or county in which that vacancy exists for at least one year prior to his appointment, in addition to possessing the other required qualifications. A nominee shall be under sixty-five years of age at the time his name is submitted to the governor.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:38 |s1=38 |title=Declaration of candidacy; form of judicial ballot, rejection and retention; failure to file declaration |text=<ol type="A"> <li>A justice or judge of the supreme court or an intermediate appellate court shall file in the office of the secretary of state, and a judge of the superior court or other court of record including such justices or judges who are holding office as such by election or appointment at the time of the adoption of this section except for judges of the superior court and other courts of record inferior to the superior court in counties having a population of less than two hundred fifty thousand persons, according to the United States census, shall file in the office of the clerk of the board of supervisors of the county in which he regularly sits and resides, not less than sixty nor more than ninety days prior to the regular general election next preceding the expiration of his term of office, a declaration of his desire to be retained in office, and the secretary of state shall certify to the several boards of supervisors the appropriate names of the candidate or candidates appearing on such declarations filed in his office.</li> <li>The name of any justice or judge whose declaration is filed as provided in this section shall be placed on the appropriate official ballot at the next regular general election under a nonpartisan designation and in substantially the following form: <div style="padding:2em 7em 2em 7em;">Shall __________, (Name of justice or judge) of the _________ court be retained in office? Yes __ No __ (Mark X after one).</div></li> <li>If a majority of those voting on the question votes "No," then, upon the expiration of the term for which such justice or judge was serving, a vacancy shall exist, which shall be filled as provided by this article. If a majority of those voting on the question votes "Yes," such justice or judge shall remain in office for another term, subject to removal as provided by this constitution.</li> <li>The votes shall be counted and canvassed and the result declared as in the case of state and county elections, whereupon a certificate of retention or rejection of the incumbent justice or judge shall be delivered to him by the secretary of state or the clerk of the board of supervisors, as the case may be.</li> <li>If a justice or judge fails to file a declaration of his desire to be retained in office, as required by this section, then his office shall become vacant upon expiration of the term for which such justice or judge was serving.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:39 |s1=39 |title=Retirement of justices and judges; vacancies |text=On attaining the age of seventy years a justice or judge of a court of record shall retire and his judicial office shall be vacant, except as otherwise provided in section 35 of this article. In addition to becoming vacant as provided in this section, the office of a justice or judge of any court of record becomes vacant upon his death or his voluntary retirement pursuant to statute or his voluntary resignation, and also, as provided in section 38 of this article, upon the expiration of his term next following a general election at which a majority of those voting on the question of his retention vote in the negative or for which general election he is required, but fails, to file a declaration of his desire to be retained in office. This section is alternative to and cumulative with the methods of removal of judges and justices provided in parts 1 and 2 of article 8 and article 6.1 of this Constitution. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:40 |s1=40 |title=Option for counties with less than two hundred fifty thousand persons |text=Notwithstanding any provision of this article to the contrary, any county having a population of less than two hundred fifty thousand persons, according to the most recent United States census, may choose to select its judges of the superior court or of courts of record inferior to the superior court as if it had a population of two hundred fifty thousand or more persons. Such choice shall be determined by vote of the qualified electors of such county voting on the question at an election called for such purpose by resolution of the board of supervisors of such county. If such qualified electors approve, the provisions of sections 12, 28, 30, 35 through 39, 41 and 42 shall apply as if such county had a population of two hundred fifty thousand persons or more. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:41 |s1=41 |title=Superior court divisions; commission on trial court appointments; membership; terms |text=<ol type="A"> <li>Except as otherwise provided, judges of the superior court in counties having a population of two hundred fifty thousand persons or more according to the most recent United States census shall hold office for a regular term of four years.</li> <li>There shall be a nonpartisan commission on trial court appointments for each county having a population of two hundred fifty thousand persons or more according to the most recent United States census which shall be composed of the following members: <ol type="1"> <li>The chief justice of the supreme court, who shall be the chairman of the commission. In the event of the absence or incapacity of the chairman the supreme court shall appoint a justice thereof to serve in his place and stead.</li> <li>Five attorney members, none of whom shall reside in the same supervisorial district and not more than three of whom shall be members of the same political party, who are nominated by the board of governors of the state bar of Arizona and who are appointed by the governor subject to confirmation by the senate in the manner prescribed by law.</li> <li>Ten nonattorney members, no more than two of whom shall reside in the same supervisorial district.</li> </ol></li> <li>At least ninety days prior to a term expiring or within twenty-one days of a vacancy occurring for a nonattorney member on the commission for trial court appointments, the member of the board of supervisors from the district in which the vacancy has occurred shall appoint a nominating committee of seven members who reside in the district, not more than four of whom may be from the same political party. The make-up of the committee shall, to the extent feasible, reflect the diversity of the population of the district. Members shall not be attorneys and shall not hold any governmental office, elective or appointive, for profit. The committee shall provide public notice that a vacancy exists and shall solicit, review and forward to the governor all applications along with the committee's recommendations for appointment. The governor shall appoint two persons from each supervisorial district who shall not be of the same political party, subject to confirmation by the senate in the manner prescribed by law.</li> <li>In making or confirming appointments to trial court commissions, the governor, the senate and the state bar shall endeavor to see that the commission reflects the diversity of the county's population.</li> <li>Members of the commission shall serve staggered four year terms, except that initial appointments for the five additional nonattorney members and the two additional attorney members of the commission shall be designated by the governor as follows: <ol type="1"> <li>One appointment for a nonattorney member shall be for a one-year term.</li> <li>Two appointments for nonattorney members shall be for a two-year term.</li> <li>Two appointments for nonattorney members shall be for a three-year term.</li> <li>One appointment for an attorney member shall be for a one-year term.</li> <li>One appointment for an attorney member shall be for a two-year term.</li> </ol></li> <li>Vacancies shall be filled for the unexpired terms in the same manner as the original appointments.</li> <li>Attorney members of the commission shall have resided in this state and shall have been admitted to practice in this state by the supreme court for at least five years and shall have resided in the supervisorial district from which they are appointed for at least one year. Nonattorney members shall have resided in this state for at least five years, shall have resided in the supervisorial district for at least one year before being nominated and shall not be judges, retired judges nor admitted to practice before the supreme court. None of the attorney or nonattorney members of the commission shall hold any governmental office, elective or appointive, for profit and no attorney member is eligible for appointment to any judicial office of this state until one year after membership in the commission terminates.</li> <li>No person other than the chief justice shall serve at the same time as a member of more than one judicial appointment commission.</li> <li>The commission shall submit the names of not less than three individuals for nomination for the office of the superior court judge pursuant to section 37 of this article.</li> <li>Prior to making recommendations to the governor, the commission shall conduct investigations, hold public hearings and take public testimony. An executive session as prescribed by rule may be held upon a two-thirds vote of the members of the commission in a public hearing. Final decisions as to recommendations shall be made without regard to political affiliation in an impartial and objective manner. The commission shall consider the diversity of the county's population and the geographical distribution of the residences of the judges throughout the county, however the primary consideration shall be merit. Voting shall be in a public hearing. The expenses of meetings of the commission and the attendance of members thereof for travel and subsistence shall be paid from the general fund of the state as state officers are paid, upon claims approved by the chairman.</li> <li>After public hearings the supreme court shall adopt rules of procedure for the commission on trial court appointments.</li> <li>The members of the commission who were appointed pursuant to section 36 of this article prior to the effective date of this section may continue to serve until the expiration of their normal terms. All subsequent appointments shall be made as prescribed by this section.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:42 |s1=42 |title=Retention evaluation of justices and judges |text=The supreme court shall adopt, after public hearings, and administer for all justices and judges who file a declaration to be retained in office, a process, established by court rules for evaluating judicial performance. The rules shall include written performance standards and performance reviews which survey opinions of persons who have knowledge of the justice's or judge's performance. The public shall be afforded a full and fair opportunity for participation in the evaluation process through public hearings, dissemination of evaluation reports to voters and any other methods as the court deems advisable. }} <!-- ARTICLE VI.1 --> {{law-const/a |art=VI.1 |title=Commission on judicial conduct }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI.1:1 |s1=1 |title=Composition; appointment; term; vacancies |text=<ol type="A"> <li>A commission on judicial conduct is created to be composed of eleven persons consisting of two judges of the court of appeals, two judges of the superior court, one justice of the peace and one municipal court judge, who shall be appointed by the supreme court, two members of the state bar of Arizona, who shall be appointed by the governing body of such bar association, and three citizens who are not judges, retired judges nor members of the state bar of Arizona, who shall be appointed by the governor subject to confirmation by the senate in the manner prescribed by law.</li> <li>Terms of members of the commission shall be six years, except that initial terms of two members appointed by the supreme court and one member appointed by the state bar of Arizona for terms which begin in January, 1991 shall be for two years and initial terms of one member appointed by the supreme court and one member appointed by the state bar of Arizona for terms which begin in January, 1991 shall be for four years. If a member ceases to hold the position that qualified him for appointment his membership on the commission terminates. An appointment to fill a vacancy for an unexpired term shall be made for the remainder of the term by the appointing power of the original appointment.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI.1:2 |s1=2 |title=Disqualification of judge |text=A judge is disqualified from acting as a judge, without loss of salary, while there is pending an indictment or an information charging him in the United States with a crime punishable as a felony under Arizona or federal law, or a recommendation to the supreme court by the commission on judicial conduct for his suspension, removal or retirement. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI.1:3 |s1=3 |title=Suspension or removal of judge |text=On recommendation of the commission on judicial conduct, or on its own motion, the supreme court may suspend a judge from office without salary when, in the United States, he pleads guilty or no contest or is found guilty of a crime punishable as a felony under Arizona or federal law or of any other crime that involves moral turpitude under such law. If his conviction is reversed the suspension terminates, and he shall be paid his salary for the period of suspension. If he is suspended and his conviction becomes final the supreme court shall remove him from office. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI.1:4 |s1=4 |title=Retirement of judge |text=<ol type="A"> <li>On recommendation of the commission on judicial conduct, the supreme court may retire a judge for disability that seriously interferes with the performance of his duties and is or is likely to become permanent, and may censure, suspend without pay or remove a judge for action by him that constitutes wilful misconduct in office, wilful and persistent failure to perform his duties, habitual intemperance or conduct prejudicial to the administration of justice that brings the judicial office into disrepute.</li> <li>A judge retired by the supreme court shall be considered to have retired voluntarily. A judge removed by the supreme court is ineligible for judicial office in this state. </li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI.1:5 |s1=5 |title=Definitions and rules implementing article |text=The term "judge" as used in this article shall apply to all justices of the peace, judges in courts inferior to the superior court as may be provided by law, judges of the superior court, judges of the court of appeals and justices of the supreme court. The supreme court shall make rules implementing this article and providing for confidentiality of proceedings. A judge who is a member of the commission or supreme court shall not participate as a member in any proceedings hereunder involving his own censure, suspension, removal or involuntary retirement. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI.1:6 |s1=6 |title=Article self-executing |text=The provisions of this article shall be self-executing. }} <!-- ARTICLE VII --> {{law-const/a |art=VII |title=Suffrage and elections }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:1 |s1=1 |title=Method of voting; secrecy |text=All elections by the people shall be by ballot, or by such other method as may be prescribed by law; Provided, that secrecy in voting shall be preserved. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:2 |s1=2 |title=Qualifications of voters; disqualification |text=<ol type="A"> <li>No person shall be entitled to vote at any general election, or for any office that now is, or hereafter may be, elective by the people, or upon any question which may be submitted to a vote of the people, unless such person be a citizen of the United States of the age of eighteen years or over, and shall have resided in the state for the period of time preceding such election as prescribed by law, provided that qualifications for voters at a general election for the purpose of electing presidential electors shall be as prescribed by law. The word "citizen" shall include persons of the male and female sex.</li> <li>The rights of citizens of the United States to vote and hold office shall not be denied or abridged by the state, or any political division or municipality thereof, on account of sex, and the right to register, to vote and to hold office under any law now in effect, or which may hereafter be enacted, is hereby extended to, and conferred upon males and females alike.</li> <li>No person who is adjudicated an incapacitated person shall be qualified to vote at any election, nor shall any person convicted of treason or felony, be qualified to vote at any election unless restored to civil rights.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:3 |s1=3 |title=Voting residence of federal employees and certain others |text=For the purpose of voting, no person shall be deemed to have gained or lost a residence by reason of being present or absent while employed in the service of the United States, or while a student at any institution of learning, or while kept at any institution or other shelter at public expense, or while confined in any public jail or prison. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:4 |s1=4 |title=Privilege of electors from arrest |text=Electors shall in all cases, except treason, felony, or breach of the peace, be privileged from arrest during their attendance at any election, and in going thereto and returning therefrom. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:5 |s1=5 |title=Military duty on day of election |text=No elector shall be obliged to perform military duty on the day of an election, except in time of war or public danger. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:6 |s1=6 |title=Residence of military personnel stationed within state |text=No soldier, seaman, or marine, in the army or navy of the United States shall be deemed a resident of this state in consequence of his being stationed at any military or naval place within this state. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:7 |s1=7 |title=Highest number of votes received as determinative of person elected |text=In all elections held by the people in this state, the person, or persons, receiving the highest number of legal votes shall be declared elected. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:8 |s1=8 |title=Qualifications for voters at school elections |text=Qualifications for voters at school elections shall be as are now, or as may hereafter be, provided by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:9 |s1=9 |title=Advisory vote |text=For the purpose of obtaining an advisory vote of the people, the legislature shall provide for placing the names of candidates for United States senator on the official ballot at the general election next preceding the election of a United States senator. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:10 |s1=10 |title=Direct primary election law |text=The Legislature shall enact a direct primary election law, which shall provide for the nomination of candidates for all elective State, county, and city offices, including candidates for United States Senator and for Representative in Congress. Any person who is registered as no party preference or independent as the party preference or who is registered with a political party that is not qualified for representation on the ballot may vote in the primary election of any one of the political parties that is qualified for the ballot. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:11 |s1=11 |title=General elections; date |text=There shall be a general election of representatives in congress, and of state, county, and precinct officers on the first Tuesday after the first Monday in November of the first even numbered year after the year in which Arizona is admitted to statehood and biennially thereafter. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:12 |s1=12 |title=Registration and other laws |text=There shall be enacted registration and other laws to secure the purity of elections and guard against abuses of the elective franchise. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:13 |s1=13 |title=Submission of questions upon bond issues or special assessments |text=Questions upon bond issues or special assessments shall be submitted to the vote of real property tax payers, who shall also in all respects be qualified electors of this state, and of the political subdivisions thereof affected by such question. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:14 |s1=14 |title=Fee for placing candidate's name on ballot |text=No fee shall ever be required in order to have the name of any candidate placed on the official ballot for any election or primary. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:15 |s1=15 |title=Qualifications for public office |text=Every person elected or appointed to any elective office of trust or profit under the authority of the state, or any political division or any municipality thereof, shall be a qualified elector of the political division or municipality in which such person shall be elected. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:16 |s1=16 |title=Campaign contributions and expenditures; publicity |text=The legislature, at its first session, shall enact a law providing for a general publicity, before and after election, of all campaign contributions to, and expenditures of campaign committees and candidates for public office. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:17 |s1=17 |title=Vacancy in Congress |text=There shall be a primary and general election as prescribed by law, which shall provide for nomination and election of a candidate for United States senator and for representative in congress when a vacancy occurs through resignation or any other cause. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:18 |s1=18 |title=Term limits on ballot appearances in congressional elections. |text=The name of any candidate for United States senator from Arizona shall not appear on the ballot if, by the end of the current term of office, the candidate will have served (or, but for resignation, would have served) in that office for two consecutive terms, and the name of a candidate for United States representative from Arizona shall not appear on the ballot if, by the end of the current term of office, the candidate will have served (or, but for resignation, would have served) in that office for three consecutive terms. Terms are considered consecutive unless they are at least one full term apart. Any person appointed or elected to fill a vacancy in the United States congress who serves at least one half of a term of office shall be considered to have served a term in that office for purposes of this section. For purposes of this section, terms beginning before January 1, 1993 shall not be considered. }} <!-- ARTICLE VIII --> {{law-const/a |art=VIII |title=Removal from office }} <!-- ARTICLE VIII: PART 1 --> {{law-const/a/part |part=I }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VIII-I:1 |s1=1 |title=Officers subject to recall; petitioners |text=Every public officer in the state of Arizona, holding an elective office, either by election or appointment, is subject to recall from such office by the qualified electors of the electoral district from which candidates are elected to such office. Such electoral district may include the whole state. Such number of said electors as shall equal twenty-five per centum of the number of votes cast at the last preceding general election for all of the candidates for the office held by such officer, may by petition, which shall be known as a recall petition, demand his recall. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VIII-I:2 |s1=2 |title=Recall petitions; contents; filing; signatures; oath |text=Every recall petition must contain a general statement, in not more than two hundred words, of the grounds of such demand, and must be filed in the office in which petitions for nominations to the office held by the incumbent are required to be filed. The signatures to such recall petition need not all be on one sheet of paper, but each signer must add to his signature the date of his signing said petition, and his place of residence, giving his street and number, if any, should he reside in a town or city. One of the signers of each sheet of such petition, or the person circulating such sheet, must make and subscribe an oath on said sheet, that the signatures thereon are genuine. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VIII-I:3 |s1=3 |title=Resignation of officer; special election |text=If such officer shall offer his resignation it shall be accepted, and the vacancy shall be filled as may be provided by law. If he shall not resign within five days after a recall petition is filed as provided by law, a special election shall be ordered to be held as provided by law, to determine whether such officer shall be recalled. On the ballots at such election shall be printed the reasons as set forth in the petition for demanding his recall, and, in not more than two hundred words, the officer's justification of his course in office. He shall continue to perform the duties of his office until the result of such election shall have been officially declared. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VIII-I:4 |s1=4 |title=Special election; candidates; results; qualification of successor |text=Unless the incumbent otherwise requests, in writing, the incumbent's name shall be placed as a candidate on the official ballot without nomination. Other candidates for the office may be nominated to be voted for at said election. The candidate who receives the highest number of votes shall be declared elected for the remainder of the term. Unless the incumbent receives the highest number of votes, the incumbent shall be deemed to be removed from office, upon qualification of the successor. In the event that the successor shall not qualify within five days after the result of said election shall have been declared, the said office shall be vacant, and may be filled as provided by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VIII-I:5 |s1=5 |title=Recall petitions; restrictions and conditions |text=No recall petition shall be circulated against any officer until he shall have held his office for a period of six months, except that it may be filed against a member of the legislature at any time after five days from the beginning of the first session after his election. After one recall petition and election, no further recall petition shall be filed against the same officer during the term for which he was elected, unless petitioners signing such petition shall first pay into the public treasury which has paid such election expenses, all expenses of the preceding election. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VIII-I:6 |s1=6 |title=Application of general election laws; implementary legislation |text=The general election laws shall apply to recall elections in so far as applicable. Laws necessary to facilitate the operation of the provisions of this article shall be enacted, including provision for payment by the public treasury of the reasonable special election campaign expenses of such officer. }} <!-- ARTICLE VIII: PART 2 --> {{law-const/a/part |part=II }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VIII-II:1 |s1=1 |title=Power of impeachment in house of representatives; trial by senate |text=The house of representatives shall have the sole power of impeachment. The concurrence of a majority of all the members shall be necessary to an impeachment. All impeachments shall be tried by the senate, and, when sitting for that purpose, the senators shall be upon oath or affirmation to do justice according to law and evidence, and shall be presided over by the chief justice of the supreme court. Should the chief justice be on trial, or otherwise disqualified, the senate shall elect a judge of the supreme court to preside. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VIII-II:2 |s1=2 |title=Conviction; grounds for impeachment; judgment; liability to trial |text=No person shall be convicted without a concurrence of two-thirds of the senators elected. The governor and other state and judicial officers, except justices of courts not of record, shall be liable to impeachment for high crimes, misdemeanors, or malfeasance in office, but judgment in such cases shall extend only to removal from office and disqualification to hold any office of honor, trust, or profit in the state. The party, whether convicted or acquitted, shall, nevertheless, be liable to trial and punishment according to law. }} <!-- ARTICLE IX --> {{law-const/a |art=IX |title=Public debt, revenue, and taxation }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:1 |s1=1 |title=Surrender of power of taxation; uniformity of taxes |text=The power of taxation shall never be surrendered, suspended or contracted away. Except as provided by section 18 of this article, all taxes shall be uniform upon the same class of property within the territorial limits of the authority levying the tax, and shall be levied and collected for public purposes only. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:2 |s1=2 |title=Property subject to taxation; exemptions |text=<ol type="1"> <li>There shall be exempt from taxation all federal, state, county and municipal property.</li> <li>Property of educational, charitable and religious associations or institutions not used or held for profit may be exempt from taxation by law.</li> <li>Public debts, as evidenced by the bonds of Arizona, its counties, municipalities or other subdivisions, shall also be exempt from taxation.</li> <li>All household goods owned by the user thereof and used solely for noncommercial purposes shall be exempt from taxation, and such person entitled to such exemption shall not be required to take any affirmative action to receive the benefit of such exemption.</li> <li>Stocks of raw or finished materials, unassembled parts, work in process or finished products constituting the inventory of a retailer or wholesaler located within the state and principally engaged in the resale of such materials, parts or products, whether or not for resale to the ultimate consumer, shall be exempt from taxation.</li> <li>The legislature may exempt personal property that is used for agricultural purposes or in a trade or business from taxation in a manner provided by law, except that the exemption does not apply to any amount of the full cash value of the personal property of a taxpayer that exceeds fifty thousand dollars. The legislature may provide by law to increase the exempt amount according to annual variations in a designated national inflation index.</li> <li>The legislature may exempt the property of cemeteries that are set apart and used to inter deceased human beings from taxation in a manner provided by law.</li> <li>There shall be further exempt from taxation the property of each honorably discharged airman, soldier, sailor, United States marine, member of revenue marine service, the coast guard, nurse corps or of any predecessor or of the component of auxiliary of any thereof, resident of this state, in the amount of:<ol type="a"> <li>One thousand five hundred dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed three thousand five hundred dollars.</li> <li>One thousand dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed four thousand dollars.</li> <li>Five hundred dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed four thousand five hundred dollars.</li> <li>Two hundred fifty dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed five thousand dollars.</li> <li>No exemption if the total assessment of such person exceeds five thousand dollars.</li></ol> No such exemption shall be made for such person unless such person shall have served at least sixty days in the military or naval service of the United States during World War I or prior wars and shall have been a resident of this state prior to September 1, 1945.</li> <li>There shall be further exempt from taxation as herein provided the property of each honorably discharged airman, soldier, sailor, United States marine, member of revenue marine service, the coast guard, nurse corps or of any predecessor or of the component of auxiliary of any thereof, resident of this state, where such person has a service-connected disability as determined by the United States veterans administration or its successor. No such exemption shall be made for such person unless he shall have been a resident of this state prior to September 1, 1945 or unless such person shall have been a resident of this state for at least four years prior to his original entry into service as an airman, soldier, sailor, United States marine, member of revenue marine service, the coast guard, nurse corps or of any predecessor or of the component of auxiliary of any thereof. The property of such person having a compensable service-connected disability exempt from taxation as herein provided shall be determined as follows:<ol type="a"> <li>If such person's service-connected disability as determined by the United States veterans administration or its successor is sixty per cent or less, the property of such person exempt from taxation shall be determined by such person's percentage of disability multiplied by the assessment of such person in the amount of:<ol type="i"> <li>One thousand five hundred dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed three thousand five hundred dollars.</li> <li>One thousand dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed four thousand dollars.</li> <li>Five hundred dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed four thousand five hundred dollars.</li> <li>Two hundred fifty dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed five thousand dollars.</li> <li>No exemption if the total assessment of such person exceeds five thousand dollars.</li></ol></li> <li>If such person's service-connected disability as determined by the United States veterans administration or its successor is more than sixty per cent, the property of such person exempt from taxation shall be in the amount of:<ol type="i"> <li>One thousand five hundred dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed three thousand five hundred dollars.</li> <li>One thousand dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed four thousand dollars.</li> <li>Five hundred dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed four thousand five hundred dollars.</li> <li>Two hundred fifty dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed five thousand dollars.</li> <li>No exemption if the total assessment of such person exceeds five thousand dollars.</li></ol></li></ol></li> <li>There shall be further exempt from taxation the property of each honorably discharged airman, soldier, sailor, United States marine, member of revenue marine service, the coast guard, nurse corps or of any predecessor or of the component of auxiliary of any thereof, resident of this state, where such person has a nonservice-connected total and permanent disability, physical or mental, as so certified by the United States veterans administration, or its successor, or such other certification as provided by law, in the amount of:<ol type="a"> <li>One thousand five hundred dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed three thousand five hundred dollars.</li> <li>One thousand dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed four thousand dollars.</li> <li>Five hundred dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed four thousand five hundred dollars.</li> <li>Two hundred fifty dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed five thousand dollars.</li> <li>No exemption if the total assessment of such person exceeds five thousand dollars.</li></ol> No such exemption shall be made for such person unless he shall have served at least sixty days in the military or naval service of the United States during time of war after World War I and shall have been a resident of this state prior to September 1, 1945.</li> <li>There shall be further exempt from taxation the property of each widow, resident of this state, in the amount of:<ol type="a"> <li>One thousand five hundred dollars if the total assessment of such widow does not exceed three thousand five hundred dollars.</li> <li>One thousand dollars if the total assessment of such widow does not exceed four thousand dollars.</li> <li>Five hundred dollars if the total assessment of such widow does not exceed four thousand five hundred dollars.</li> <li>Two hundred fifty dollars if the total assessment of such widow does not exceed five thousand dollars.</li> <li>No exemption if the total assessment of such widow exceeds five thousand dollars.</li></ol> In order to qualify for this exemption, the income from all sources of such widow, together with the income from all sources of all children of such widow residing with the widow in her residence in the year immediately preceding the year for which such widow applies for this exemption, shall not exceed:<ol type="1"> <li>Seven thousand dollars if none of the widow's children under the age of eighteen years resided with her in such widow's residence; or</li> <li>Ten thousand dollars if one or more of the widow's children residing with her in such widow's residence was under the age of eighteen years, or was totally and permanently disabled, physically or mentally, as certified by competent medical authority as provided by law.</li></ol> Such widow shall have resided with her last spouse in this state at the time of the spouse's death if she was not a widow and a resident of this state prior to January 1, 1969.</li> <li>No property shall be exempt which has been conveyed to evade taxation. The total exemption from taxation granted to the property owned by a person who qualifies for any exemption in accordance with the terms of subsections (8), (9), (10) or (11) shall not exceed one thousand five hundred dollars. The provisions of this section shall be self-executing.</li> <li>All property in the state not exempt under the laws of the United States or under this constitution or exempt by law under the provisions of this section shall be subject to taxation to be ascertained as provided by law.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:2.1 |s1=2.1 |title=Exemption from tax; property of widowers |text=There shall be further exempt from taxation the property of each widower, resident of this state, in the amount of:<ol type="1"> <li>One thousand five hundred dollars if the total assessment of such widower does not exceed three thousand five hundred dollars.</li> <li>One thousand dollars if the total assessment of such widower does not exceed four thousand dollars.</li> <li>Five hundred dollars if the total assessment of such widower does not exceed four thousand five hundred dollars.</li> <li>Two hundred fifty dollars if the total assessment of such widower does not exceed five thousand dollars.</li> <li>No exemption if the total assessment of such widower exceeds five thousand dollars.</li></ol> In order to qualify for this exemption, the income from all sources of such widower, together with the income from all sources of all children of such widower residing with the widower in his residence in the year immediately preceding the year for which such widower applies for this exemption, shall not exceed:<ol type="1"> <li>Seven thousand dollars if none of the widower's children under the age of eighteen years resided with him in such widower's residence; or</li> <li>Ten thousand dollars if one or more of the widower's children residing with him in such widower's residence was under the age of eighteen years, or was totally and permanently disabled, physically or mentally, as certified by competent medical authority as provided by law.</li></ol> Such widower shall have resided with his last spouse in this state at the time of the spouse's death if he was not a widower and a resident of this state prior to January 1, 1969. No property shall be exempt which has been conveyed to evade taxation. The total exemption from taxation granted to the property owned by a person who qualifies for any exemption in accordance with the terms of this section shall not exceed one thousand five hundred dollars. This section shall be self-executing. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:2.2 |s1=2.2 |title=Exemption from tax; property of persons who are disabled |text=<ol type="A"> <li>There shall be further exempt from taxation the property of each person who, after age seventeen, has been medically certified as totally and permanently disabled, in the amount of:<ol type="1"> <li>One thousand five hundred dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed three thousand five hundred dollars.</li> <li>One thousand dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed four thousand dollars.</li> <li>Five hundred dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed four thousand five hundred dollars.</li> <li>Two hundred fifty dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed five thousand dollars.</li> <li>No exemption if the total assessment of such person exceeds five thousand dollars. The legislature may by law prescribe criteria for medical certification of such disability.</li></ol></li> <li>The income from all sources of the person who is disabled, the person's spouse and all of the person's children who reside in the person's residence in the year immediately preceding the year for which the person applies for this exemption shall not exceed:<ol type="1"> <li>Seven thousand dollars if none of the person's children under the age of eighteen years resided in the person's residence; or</li> <li>Ten thousand dollars if one or more of the person's children residing in the residence was under the age of eighteen years or was totally and permanently disabled, physically or mentally, as certified by competent medical authority as provided by law.</li></ol></li> <li> No property shall be exempt which has been conveyed to evade taxation. The total exemption from taxation granted to the property owned by a person who qualifies for any exemption in accordance with the terms of this section shall not exceed one thousand five hundred dollars. This section shall be self-executing.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:2.3 |s1=2.3 |title=Exemption from tax; increase in amount of exemptions, assessments and income |text=The legislature may by law increase the amount of the exemptions, the total permissible amount of assessments or the permissible amount of income from all sources prescribed in sections 2, 2.1 and 2.2 of this article. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:3 |s1=3 |title=Annual tax; purposes; amount; tax laws; payment of taxes into state treasury |text=<p>The legislature shall provide by law for an annual tax sufficient, with other sources of revenue, to defray the necessary ordinary expenses of the state for each fiscal year. And for the purpose of paying the state debt, if there be any, the legislature shall provide for levying an annual tax sufficient to pay the annual interest and the principal of such debt within twenty-five years from the final passage of the law creating the debt.</p> <p>No tax shall be levied except in pursuance of law, and every law imposing a tax shall state distinctly the object of the tax, to which object only it shall be applied.</p> <p>All taxes levied and collected for state purposes shall be paid into the state treasury in money only.</p> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:4 |s1=4 |title=Fiscal year; annual statement of receipts and expenditures; deficit |text=The fiscal year shall commence on the first day of July in each year. An accurate statement of the receipts and expenditures of the public money shall be published annually, in such manner as shall be provided by law. Whenever the expenses of any fiscal year shall exceed the income, the legislature may provide for levying a tax for the ensuing fiscal year sufficient, with other sources of income, to pay the deficiency, as well as the estimated expenses of the ensuing fiscal year. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:5 |s1=5 |title=Power of state to contract debts; purposes; limit; restrictions |text=<p>The state may contract debts to supply the casual deficits or failures in revenues, or to meet expenses not otherwise provided for; but the aggregate amount of such debts, direct and contingent, whether contracted by virtue of one or more laws, or at different periods of time, shall never exceed the sum of three hundred and fifty thousand dollars; and the money arising from the creation of such debts shall be applied to the purpose for which it was obtained or to repay the debts so contracted, and to no other purpose.</p> <p>In addition to the above limited power to contract debts the state may borrow money to repel invasion, suppress insurrection, or defend the state in time of war; but the money thus raised shall be applied exclusively to the object for which the loan shall have been authorized or to the repayment of the debt thereby created. No money shall be paid out of the state treasury, except in the manner provided by law.</p> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:6 |s1=6 |title=Local assessments and taxes |text=Incorporated cities, towns, and villages may be vested by law with power to make local improvements by special assessments, or by special taxation of property benefited. For all corporate purposes, all municipal corporations may be vested with authority to assess and collect taxes. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:7 |s1=7 |title=Gift or loan of credit; subsidies; stock ownership; joint ownership |text=Neither the state, nor any county, city, town, municipality, or other subdivision of the state shall ever give or loan its credit in the aid of, or make any donation or grant, by subsidy or otherwise, to any individual, association, or corporation, or become a subscriber to, or a shareholder in, any company or corporation, or become a joint owner with any person, company, or corporation, except as to such ownerships as may accrue to the state by operation or provision of law or as authorized by law solely for investment of the monies in the various funds of the state. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:8 |s1=8 |title=Local debt limits; assent of taxpayers |text=<ol type="1"> <li>No county, city, town, school district, or other municipal corporation shall for any purpose become indebted in any manner to an amount exceeding six per centum of the taxable property in such county, city, town, school district, or other municipal corporation, without the assent of a majority of the property taxpayers, who must also in all respects be qualified electors, therein voting at an election provided by law to be held for that purpose, the value of the taxable property therein to be ascertained by the last assessment for state and county purposes, previous to incurring such indebtedness; except, that in incorporated cities and towns assessments shall be taken from the last assessment for city or town purposes; provided, that under no circumstances shall any county or school district become indebted to an amount exceeding fifteen per centum of such taxable property, as shown by the last assessment roll thereof; and provided further, that any incorporated city or town, with such assent, may be allowed to become indebted to a larger amount, but not exceeding twenty per centum additional, for supplying such city or town with water, artificial light, or sewers, when the works for supplying such water, light, or sewers are or shall be owned and controlled by the municipality, and for the acquisition and development by the incorporated city or town of land or interests therein for open space preserves, parks, playgrounds and recreational facilities, public safety, law enforcement, fire and emergency services facilities and streets and transportation facilities.</li> <li>The provisions of section 18, subsections (3), (4), (5) and (6) of this article shall not apply to this section.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:8.1 |s1=8.1 |title=Unified school district debt limit |text=<ol type="1"> <li>Notwithstanding the provisions of section 8 of this article a unified school district may become indebted to an amount not exceeding thirty per cent of the taxable property of the school district, as shown by the last assessment roll thereof. For purposes of this section, a unified school district is a single school district which provides education to the area within the district for grades kindergarten through twelve and which area is not subject to taxation by any other common or high school district.</li> <li>The provisions of section 18, subsections (3), (4), (5) and (6) of this article shall not apply to this section.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:9 |s1=9 |title=Statement of tax and objects |text=Every law which imposes, continues, or revives a tax shall distinctly state the tax and the objects for which it shall be applied; and it shall not be sufficient to refer to any other law to fix such tax or object. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:10 |s1=10 |title=Aid of church, private or sectarian school, or public service corporation |text=No tax shall be laid or appropriation of public money made in aid of any church, or private or sectarian school, or any public service corporation. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:11 |s1=11 |title=Taxing procedure; license tax on registered vehicles |text=<p>From and after December 31, 1973, the manner, method and mode of assessing, equalizing and levying taxes in the state of Arizona shall be such as is prescribed by law.</p> <p>From and after December 31, 1973, a license tax is hereby imposed on vehicles registered for operation upon the highways in Arizona, which license tax shall be in lieu of all ad valorem property taxes on any vehicle subject to such license tax. Such license tax shall be collected as provided by law. To facilitate an even distribution of the registration of vehicles and the collection of the license tax imposed by this section, the legislature may provide for different times or periods of registration between and within the several classes of vehicles.</p> <p>In the event that a vehicle is destroyed after the beginning of a registration year, the license tax paid for such year on such vehicle may be reduced as provided by law.</p> <p>From and after December 31, 1973, mobile homes, as defined by law for tax purposes, shall not be subject to the license tax imposed under the provisions of this section but shall be subject to ad valorem property taxes on any mobile homes in the manner provided by law. Distribution of the proceeds derived from such tax shall be as provided by law.</p> <p>From and after December 31, 1973, the legislature shall provide for the distribution of the proceeds from such license tax to the state, counties, school districts, cities and towns.</p> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:12 |s1=12 |title=Authority to provide for levy and collection of license and other taxes |text=The law-making power shall have authority to provide for the levy and collection of license, franchise, gross revenue, excise, income, collateral and direct inheritance, legacy, and succession taxes, also graduated income taxes, graduated collateral and direct inheritance taxes, graduated legacy and succession taxes, stamp, registration, production, or other specific taxes. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:12.1 |s1=12.1 |title=Temporary taxes; repeal from and after May 31, 2013 |text=<ol type="A"> <li> A temporary tax is levied for the purpose of raising state revenues for primary and secondary education, health and human services and public safety.</li> <li>The temporary tax is levied and shall be collected beginning on June 1, 2010 and shall continue for thirty-six consecutive calendar months, after which the temporary tax is repealed.</li> <li>The temporary tax is levied as a separate rate increment in addition to the state transaction privilege tax rates and the use tax rate. The rate of the temporary tax is one per cent of the tax base for each transaction privilege classification that is subject to a rate of five per cent or more and one per cent of the tax base for the use tax.</li> <li>The temporary tax is subject to the same exemptions, deductions and exclusions as provided by law for each transaction privilege tax classification and for the use tax.</li> <li> The net revenues derived from the temporary tax imposed by this section are not subject to distribution to counties, municipalities or other governmental entities but shall be credited to, and separately accounted in, the state general fund and appropriated as follows:<ol type="1"> <li>Two-thirds of the revenues shall be appropriated for public primary and secondary education.</li> <li>One-third of the revenues shall be appropriated for health and human services and public safety purposes.</li></ol></li> <li>The temporary taxes under this section are due and payable at the same time and in the same manner, and are subject to the same provisions for administration and enforcement, as provided by law for other transaction privilege and use taxes.</li> <li>The repeal of the temporary tax under this section does not affect the continuing validity of outstanding and unpaid tax obligations that accrue under this section, including any penalties and interest that accrue thereafter by law on the unpaid obligations.</li> <li>The temporary tax under this section is repealed from and after May 31, 2013.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:13 |s1=13 |title=Inventory, materials and products of manufacturers; production livestock and animals; tax exemption |text=No tax shall be levied on: <ol type="1"> <li>Raw or unfinished materials, unassembled parts, work in process or finished products, constituting the inventory of a manufacturer or manufacturing establishment located within the state and principally engaged in the fabrication, production and manufacture of products, wares and articles for use, from raw or prepared materials, imparting thereto new forms, qualities, properties and combinations, which materials, parts, work in process or finished products are not consigned or billed to any other party.</li> <li>Livestock, poultry, aquatic animals and honeybees owned by a person who is principally engaged in agricultural production, subject to such conditions as may be prescribed by law.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:14 |s1=14 |title=Use and distribution of vehicle, user, and gasoline and diesel tax receipts |text=No moneys derived from fees, excises, or license taxes relating to registration, operation, or use of vehicles on the public highways or streets or to fuels or any other energy source used for the propulsion of vehicles on the public highways or streets, shall be expended for other than highway and street purposes including the cost of administering the state highway system and the laws creating such fees, excises, or license taxes, statutory refunds and adjustments provided by law, payment of principal and interest on highway and street bonds and obligations, expenses of state enforcement of traffic laws and state administration of traffic safety programs, payment of costs of publication and distribution of Arizona highways magazine, state costs of construction, reconstruction, maintenance or repair of public highways, streets or bridges, costs of rights of way acquisitions and expenses related thereto, roadside development, and for distribution to counties, incorporated cities and towns to be used by them solely for highway and street purposes including costs of rights of way acquisitions and expenses related thereto, construction, reconstruction, maintenance, repair, roadside development, of county, city and town roads, streets, and bridges and payment of principal and interest on highway and street bonds. As long as the total highway user revenues derived equals or exceeds the total derived in the fiscal year ending June 30, 1970, the state and any county shall not receive from such revenues for the use of each and for distribution to cities and towns, fewer dollars than were received and distributed in such fiscal year. This section shall not apply to moneys derived from the automobile license tax imposed under section 11 of article IX of the Constitution of Arizona. All moneys collected in accordance with this section shall be distributed as provided by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:15 |s1=15 |title=License tax on aircraft |text=Commencing January 1, 1965, a license tax is imposed on aircraft registered for operation in Arizona, which license tax shall be in lieu of all ad valorem property taxes on any aircraft subject thereto, but nothing in this section shall be deemed to apply to:<ol type="1> <li>Regularly scheduled aircraft operated by an air line company for the primary purpose of carrying persons or property for hire in interstate, intrastate, or international transportation.</li> <li>Aircraft owned and held by an aircraft dealer solely for purposes of sale.</li> <li>Aircraft owned by a nonresident who operates aircraft for a period not in excess of ninety days in any one calendar year, provided that such aircraft are not engaged in any intrastate commercial activity.</li> <li>Aircraft owned and operated exclusively in the public service by the state or by any political subdivision thereof, or by the civil air patrol. The amount, manner, method and mode of assessing, equalizing and levying such license tax and the distribution of the proceeds therefrom shall be prescribed by law.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:16 |s1=16 |title=Exemption of watercraft from ad valorem property taxes |text=<p>Commencing January 1, 1967, all watercraft registered for operation in Arizona, excluding watercraft owned and operated for any commercial purpose, is exempt from ad valorem property taxes. Watercraft exempt from ad valorem property taxes shall be subject to or exempt from a license tax, as may be prescribed by law.</p> <p>“Watercraft”, as used in this section, shall be defined as provided by law.</p> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:17 |s1=17 |title=Economic estimates commission; appropriation limitation; powers and duties of commission |text=<ol type="1"> <li>The economic estimates commission shall be established by law, with a membership of not to exceed three members, and shall determine and publish prior to February 1 of each year the estimated total personal income for the following fiscal year. By April 1 of each year the commission shall determine and publish a final estimate of the total personal income for the following fiscal year, which estimate shall be used in computing the appropriations limit for the legislature. For the purposes of this section, “total personal income” means the dollar amount that will be reported as total income by persons for the state of Arizona by the U. S. department of commerce or its successor agency.</li> <li>For purposes of this section, “state revenues”:<ol type="a"> <li>Include all monies, revenues, fees, fines, penalties, funds, tuitions, property and receipts of any kind whatsoever received by or for the account of the state or any of its agencies, departments, offices, boards, commissions, authorities, councils and insitutions except as provided in this subsection.</li> <li>Do not include:<ol type="i"> <li>Any amounts or property received from the issuance or incurrence of bonds or other lawful long-term obligations issued or incurred for a specific purpose. For the purpose of this subdivision long-term obligations shall not include warrants issued in the ordinary course of operation or registered for payment by the state.</li> <li>Any amounts or property received as payment of dividends or interest.</li> <li>Any amounts or property received by the state in the capacity of trustee, custodian or agent.</li> <li>Any amounts received from employers for deposit in the unemployment compensation fund or any successor fund.</li> <li>Any amounts collected by the state for distribution to counties, cities and towns without specific restrictions on the use of the funds other than the restrictions included in section 14 of this article.</li> <li>Any amounts received as grants, aid, contributions or gifts of any type, except voluntary contributions or other contributions received directly or indirectly in lieu of taxes.</li> <li>Any amounts received as the proceeds from the sale, lease or redemption of property or as consideration for services or the use of property.</li> <li>Any amounts received pursuant to a transfer during a fiscal year from another agency, department, office, board, commission, authority, council or institution of the state which were included as state revenues for such fiscal year or which are excluded from state revenue under other provisions of this subsection.</li> <li>Any amounts attributable to an increase in the rates of tax subsequent to July 1, 1979 on vehicle users, gasoline and diesel fuel which were levied on July 1, 1979.</li> <li>Any amounts received during a fiscal year as refunds, reimbursements or other recoveries of amounts appropriated which were applied against the appropriation limitation for such fiscal year or which were excluded from state revenues under other provisions of this subsection.</li></ol></li></ol></li> <li>The legislature shall not appropriate for any fiscal year state revenues in excess of seven per cent of the total personal income of the state for that fiscal year as determined by the economic estimates commission. The limitation may be exceeded upon affirmative vote of two-thirds of the membership of each house of the legislature on each measure that appropriates amounts in excess of the limitation. If the legislature authorizes a specific dollar amount of appropriation for more than one fiscal year, for the purpose of measuring such appropriation against the appropriation limitation, the entire amount appropriated shall be applied against the limitation in the first fiscal year during which any expenditures are authorized, and in no other fiscal year.</li> <li>In order to permit the transference of governmental functions or funding responsibilities between the federal and state governments and between the state government and its political subdivisions without abridging the purpose of this section to limit state appropriations to a percentage of total personal income, the legislature shall provide for adjustments of the appropriation percentage limitation consistent with the following principles:<ol type="a"> <li>If the federal government assumes all or any part of the cost of providing a governmental function which the state previously funded in whole or in part, the appropriation limitation shall be commensurately decreased.</li> <li>If the federal government requires the state to assume all or any part of the cost of providing a governmental function the appropriation limitation shall be commensurately increased.</li> <li>If the state assumes all or any part of the cost of providing a governmental function and the state requires the political subdivision, which previously funded all or any part of the cost of the function to commensurately decrease its tax revenues, the appropriation percentage limitation shall be commensurately increased.</li> <li>If a political subdivision assumes all or any part of the cost of providing a governmental function previously funded in whole or in part by the state, the appropriation percentage limitation shall be commensurately decreased.</li></ol></li> <li>Any adjustments made pursuant to this subsection shall be made for the first fiscal year of the assumption of the cost. Such adjustment shall remain in effect for each subsequent fiscal year.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:18 |s1=18 |title=Residential ad valorem tax limits; limit on increase in values; definitions |text=<ol type="1> <li>The maximum amount of ad valorem taxes that may be collected from residential property in any tax year shall not exceed one per cent of the property's full cash value as limited by this section.</li> <li>The limitation provided in subsection (1) does not apply to:<ol type="a"> <li>Ad valorem taxes or special assessments levied to pay the principal of and interest and redemption charges on bonded indebtedness or other lawful long-term obligations issued or incurred for a specific purpose.</li> <li>Ad valorem taxes or assessments levied by or for property improvement assessment districts, improvement districts and other special purpose districts other than counties, cities, towns, school districts and community college districts.</li> <li>Ad valorem taxes levied pursuant to an election to exceed a budget, expenditure or tax limitation.</li></ol></li> <li>Except as otherwise provided by subsections (5), (6) and (7) of this section:<ol type="a"> <li> Through tax year 2014, the value of real property and improvements and the value of mobile homes used for all ad valorem taxes except those specified in subsection (2) shall be the lesser of the full cash value of the property or an amount ten per cent greater than the value of property determined pursuant to this subsection for the prior year or an amount equal to the value of property determined pursuant to this subsection for the prior year plus one-fourth of the difference between such value and the full cash value of the property for current tax year, whichever is greater.</li> <li> For the purposes of taxes levied beginning in tax year 2015, the value of real property and improvements, including mobile homes, used for all ad valorem taxes shall be the lesser of the full cash value of the property or an amount five per cent greater than the value of property determined pursuant to this subsection for the prior year.</li></ol></li> <li>The legislature shall by law provide a method of determining the value, subject to the provisions of subsection (3), of new property.</li> <li>The limitation on increases in the value of property prescribed in subsection (3) does not apply to equalization orders that the legislature specifically exempts by law from such limitation.</li> <li>Subsection (3) does not apply to:<ol type="a"> <li>Property used in the business of patented or unpatented producing mines and the mills and the smelters operated in connection with the mines.</li> <li>Producing oil, gas and geothermal interests.</li> <li>Real property, improvements thereto and personal property used thereon used in the operation of telephone, telegraph, gas, water and electric utility companies.</li> <li>Aircraft that is regularly scheduled and operated by an airline company for the primary purpose of carrying persons or property for hire in interstate, intrastate or international transportation.</li> <li>Standing timber.</li> <li>Property used in the operation of pipelines.</li> <li>Personal property regardless of use except mobile homes.</li></ol></li> <li>A resident of this state who is sixty-five years of age or older may apply to the county assessor for a property valuation protection option on the person's primary residence, including not more than ten acres of undeveloped appurtenant land. To be eligible for the property valuation protection option, the resident shall make application and furnish documentation required by the assessor on or before September 1. If the resident fails to file the application on or before September 1, the assessor shall process the application for the subsequent year. If the resident files an application with the assessor on or before September 1, the assessor shall notify the resident whether the application is accepted or denied on or before December 1. The resident may apply for a property valuation protection option after residing in the primary residence for two years. If one person owns the property, the person's total income from all sources including nontaxable income shall not exceed four hundred per cent of the supplemental security income benefit rate established by section 1611(b)(1) of the social security act. If the property is owned by two or more persons, including a husband and wife, at least one of the owners must be sixty-five years of age or older and the owners' combined total income from all sources including nontaxable income shall not exceed five hundred per cent of the supplemental security income benefit rate established by section 1611(b)(1) of the social security act. The assessor shall review the owner's income qualifications on a triennial basis and shall use the owner's average total income during the previous three years for the review. If the county assessor approves a property valuation protection option, the value of the primary residence shall remain fixed at the valuation determined pursuant to subsection (3) that is in effect during the year the property valuation protection option is filed and as long as the owner remains eligible. To remain eligible, the county assessor shall require a qualifying resident to reapply for the property valuation protection option every three years and shall send a notice of reapplication to qualifying residents six months before the three year reapplication requirement. If title to the property is conveyed to any person who does not qualify for the property valuation protection option, the property valuation protection option terminates, and the property shall revert to its current full cash value.</li> <li>The legislature shall provide by law a system of property taxation consistent with the provisions of this section.</li> <li>For the purposes of this section:<ol type="a"> <li>“Owner” means the owner of record of the property and includes a person who owns the majority beneficial interest of a living trust.</li> <li>“Primary residence” means all owner occupied real property and improvements to that real property in this state that is a single family home, condominium or townhouse or an owner occupied mobile home and that is used for residential purposes.</li></ol></li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:19 |s1=19 |title=Limitation on annual increases in local ad valorem tax levies; exceptions |text=<ol type="1"> <li>The maximum amount of ad valorem taxes levied by any county, city, town or community college district shall not exceed an amount two per cent greater than the amount levied in the preceding year.</li> <li>The limitation prescribed by subsection (1) does not apply to:<ol type="a"> <li>Ad valorem taxes or special assessments levied to pay the principal of and the interest and redemption charges on bonded indebtedness or other lawful long-term obligations issued or incurred for a specific purpose.</li> <li>Ad valorem taxes or assessments levied by or for property improvement assessment districts, improvement districts and other special purpose districts other than counties, cities, towns and community college districts.</li> <li>Ad valorem taxes levied by counties for support of school districts.</li></ol></li> <li>This section applies to all tax years beginning after December 31, 1981.</li> <li>The limitation prescribed by subsection (1) shall be increased each year to the maximum permissible limit, whether or not the political subdivision actually levies ad valorem taxes to such amounts, except that beginning in 2007 the limitation prescribed by subsection (1) shall be computed from the actual tax levy of the county, city, town or community college district in 2005.</li> <li>The voters, in the manner prescribed by law, may elect to allow ad valorem taxation in excess of the limitation prescribed by this section.</li> <li>The limitation prescribed by subsection (1) of this section shall be increased by the amount of ad valorem taxes levied against property not subject to taxation in the prior year and shall be decreased by the amount of ad valorem taxes levied against property subject to taxation in the prior year and not subject to taxation in the current year. Such amounts of ad valorem taxes shall be computed using the rate applied to property not subject to this subsection.</li> <li>The legislature shall provide by law for the implementation of this section.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:20 |s1=20 |title=Expenditure limitation; adjustments; reporting |text=<ol type="1"> <li>The economic estimates commission shall determine and publish prior to April 1 of each year the expenditure limitation for the following fiscal year for each county, city and town. The expenditure limitations shall be determined by adjusting the amount of actual payments of local revenues for each such political subdivision for fiscal year 1979-1980 to reflect the changes in the population of each political subdivision and the cost of living. The governing board of any political subdivision shall not authorize expenditures of local revenues in excess of the limitation prescribed in this section, except as provided in subsections (2), (6) and (9) of this section.</li> <li>Expenditures in excess of the limitations determined pursuant to subsection (1) of this section may be authorized as follows:<ol type="a"> <li>Upon affirmative vote of two-thirds of the members of the governing board for expenditures directly necessitated by a natural or man-made disaster declared by the governor. Any expenditures in excess of the expenditure limitation, as authorized by this paragraph, shall not affect the determination of the expenditure limitation pursuant to subsection (1) of this section in any subsequent years. Any expenditures authorized pursuant to this paragraph shall be made either in the fiscal year in which the disaster is declared or in the succeeding fiscal year.</li> <li>Upon the affirmative vote of seventy per cent of the members of the governing board for expenditures directly necessitated by a natural or man-made disaster not declared by the governor, subject to the following:<ol type="i"> <li>The governing board reducing expenditures below the expenditure limitation determined pursuant to subsection (1) of this section by the amount of the excess expenditure for the fiscal year following a fiscal year in which excess expenditures were made pursuant to this paragraph; or</li> <li>Approval of the excess expenditure by a majority of the qualified electors voting either at a special election held by the governing board or at a regularly scheduled election for the nomination or election of the members of the governing board, in the manner provided by law. If the excess expenditure is not approved by a majority of the qualified electors voting, the governing board shall for the fiscal year which immediately follows the fiscal year in which the excess expenditures are made, reduce expenditures below the expenditure limitation determined pursuant to subsection (1) of this section by the amount of the excess expenditures. Any expenditures in excess of the expenditure limitation, as authorized by this paragraph, shall not affect the determination of the expenditure limitation pursuant to subsection (1) of this section in any subsequent years. Any expenditures pursuant to this paragraph shall be made either in the fiscal year in which the disaster occurs or in the succeeding fiscal year.</li></ol></li> <li>Upon affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the members of the governing board and approval by a majority of the qualified electors voting either at a special election held by the governing board in a manner prescribed by law, or at a regularly scheduled election for the nomination or election of the members of the governing board. Such approval by a majority of the qualified electors voting shall be for a specific amount in excess of the expenditure limitation, and such approval must occur prior to the fiscal year in which the expenditure limitation is to be exceeded. Any expenditures in excess of the expenditure limitation, as authorized by this subdivision, shall not affect the determination of the expenditure limitation pursuant to subsection (1) of this section, in subsequent years.</li></ol></li> <li>As used in this section:<ol type="a"> <li>“Base limit” means the amount of actual payments of local revenues for fiscal year 1979-1980 as used to determine the expenditure limitation pursuant to subsection (1) of this section.</li> <li>“Cost of living” means either:<ol type="i"> <li>The price of goods and services as measured by the implicit price deflator for the gross national product or its successor as reported by the United States department of commerce or its successor agency.</li> <li>A different measure or index of the cost of living adopted at the direction of the legislature, by concurrent resolution, upon affirmative vote of two-thirds of the membership of each house of the legislature. Such measure or index shall apply for subsequent fiscal years, except it shall not apply for the fiscal year following the adoption of such measure or index if the measure or index is adopted after March 1 of the preceding fiscal year.</li></ol></li> <li>“Expenditure” means any authorization for the payment of local revenues.</li> <li>“Local revenues” includes all monies, revenues, funds, fees, fines, penalties, tuitions, property and receipts of any kind whatsoever received by or for the account of a political subdivision or any of its agencies, departments, offices, boards, commissions, authorities, councils and institutions, except:<ol type="i"> <li>Any amounts or property received from the issuance or incurrence of bonds or other lawful long-term obligations issued or incurred for a specific purpose, or collected or segregated to make payments or deposits required by a contract concerning such bonds or obligations. For the purpose of this subdivision long-term obligations shall not include warrants issued in the ordinary course of operation or registered for payment, by a political subdivision.</li> <li>Any amounts or property received as payment of dividends or interest, or any gain on the sale or redemption of investment securities, the purchase of which is authorized by law.</li> <li>Any amounts or property received by a political subdivision in the capacity of trustee, custodian or agent.</li> <li>Any amounts received as grants and aid of any type received from the federal government or any of its agencies.</li> <li>Any amounts received as grants, aid, contributions or gifts of any type except amounts received directly or indirectly in lieu of taxes received directly or indirectly from any private agency or organization or any individual.</li> <li>Any amounts received from the state which are included within the appropriation limitation prescribed in section 17 of this article.</li> <li>Any amounts received pursuant to a transfer during a fiscal year from another agency, department, office, board, commission, authority, council or institution of the same political subdivision which were included as local revenues for such fiscal year or which are excluded from local revenue under other provisions of this section.</li> <li>Any amounts or property accumulated for the purpose of purchasing land, buildings or improvements or constructing buildings or improvements, if such accumulation and purpose have been approved by the voters of the political subdivision.</li> <li>Any amounts received pursuant to section 14 of this article which are greater than the amount received in fiscal year 1979-1980.</li> <li>Any amounts received in return for goods or services pursuant to a contract with another political subdivision, school district, community college district or the state, and expended by the other political subdivision, school district, community college district or the state pursuant to the expenditure limitation in effect when the amounts are expended by the other political subdivision, school district, community college district or the state.</li> <li>Any amounts expended for the construction, reconstruction, operation or maintenance of a hospital financially supported by a city or town prior to January 1, 1980.</li> <li>Any amounts or property collected to pay the principal of and interest on any warrants issued by a political subdivision and outstanding as of July 1, 1979.</li> <li>Any amounts received during a fiscal year as refunds, reimbursements or other recoveries of amounts expended which were applied against the expenditure limitation for such fiscal year or which were excluded from local revenues under other provisions of this subsection.</li> <li>Any amounts received collected by the counties for distribution to school districts pursuant to state law.</li></ol></li> <li>“Political subdivision” means any county, city or town. This definition applies only to this section and does not otherwise modify the commonly accepted definition of political subdivision</li> <li>“Population” means either:<ol type="i"> <li>The periodic census conducted by the United States department of commerce or its successor agency, or the annual update of such census by the department of economic security or its successor agency.</li> <li>A different measure or index of population adopted at the direction of the legislature, by concurrent resolution, upon affirmative vote of two-thirds of the membership of each house of the legislature. Such measure or index shall apply for subsequent fiscal years, except it shall not apply for the fiscal year following the adoption of such measure or index if the measure or index is adopted after March 1 of the preceding fiscal year.</li></ol></li></ol></li> <li>The economic estimates commission shall adjust the base limit to reflect subsequent transfers of all or any part of the cost of providing a governmental function, in a manner prescribed by law. The adjustment provided for in this subsection shall be used in determining the expenditure limitation pursuant to subsection (1) of this section beginning with the fiscal year immediately following the transfer.</li> <li>The economic estimates commission shall adjust the base limit to reflect any subsequent annexation, creation of a new political subdivision, consolidation or change in the boundaries of a political subdivision, in a manner prescribed by law. The adjustment provided for in this subsection shall be used in determining the expenditure limitation pursuant to subsection (1) of this section beginning with the fiscal year immediately following the annexation, creation of a new political subdivision, consolidation or change in the boundaries of a political subdivision.</li> <li>Any political subdivision may adjust the base limit by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the members of the governing board or by initiative, in the manner provided by law, and in either instance by approval of the proposed adjustment by a majority of the qualified electors voting at a regularly scheduled general election or at a nonpartisan election held for the nomination or election of the members of the governing board. The impact of the modification of the expenditure limitation shall appear on the ballot and in publicity pamphlets, as provided by law. Any adjustment, pursuant to this subsection, of the base limit shall be used in determining the expenditure limitation pursuant to subsection (1) of this section beginning with the fiscal year immediately following the approval, as provided by law.</li> <li>The legislature shall provide for expenditure limitations for such special districts as it deems necessary.</li> <li>The legislature shall establish by law a uniform reporting system for all political subdivisions or special districts subject to an expenditure limitation pursuant to this section to insure compliance with this section. The legislature shall establish by law sanctions and penalties for failure to comply with this section.</li> <li>Subsection (1) of this section does not apply to a city or town which at a regularly scheduled election for the nomination or election of members of the governing board of the city or town adopts an expenditure limitation pursuant to this subsection different from the expenditure limitation prescribed by subsection (1) of this section. The governing board of a city or town may by a two-thirds vote provide for referral of an alternative expenditure limitation or the qualified electors may by initiative, in the manner provided by law, propose an alternative expenditure limitation. In a manner provided by law, the impact of the alternative expenditure limitation shall be compared to the impact of the expenditure limitation prescribed by subsection (1) of this section, and the comparison shall appear on the ballot and in publicity pamphlets. If a majority of the qualified electors voting on such issue vote in favor of the alternative expenditure limitation, such limitation shall apply to the city or town. If more than one alternative expenditure limitation is on the ballot and more than one alternative expenditure limitation is approved by the voters, the alternative expenditure limitation receiving the highest number of votes shall apply to such city or town. If an alternative expenditure limitation is adopted, it shall apply for the four succeeding fiscal years. Following the fourth succeeding fiscal year, the expenditure limitation prescribed by subsection (1) of this section shall become the expenditure limitation for the city or town unless an alternative expenditure limitation is approved as provided in this subsection. If a majority of the qualified electors voting on such issue vote against an alternative expenditure limitation, the expenditure limitation prescribed pursuant to subsection (1) of this section shall apply to the city or town, and no new alternative expenditure limitation may be submitted to the voters for a period of at least two years. If an alternative expenditure limitation is adopted pursuant to this subsection, the city or town may not conduct an override election provided for in section 19, subsection (4) of this article, during the time period in which the alternative expenditure limitation is in effect.</li> <li><p>This section does not apply to any political subdivision until the fiscal year immediately following the first regularly scheduled election after July 1, 1980 for the nomination or election of the members of the governing board of such political subdivision, except that a political subdivision, prior to the fiscal year during which the spending limitation would first become effective, may modify the expenditure limitation prescribed pursuant to subsection (1) of this section, by the provisions prescribed by subsections (2) and (6) of this section, or may adopt an alternative expenditure limitation pursuant to subsection (9) of this section.</p> <p>A county may conduct a special election to exceed the expenditure limitation prescribed pursuant to subsection (1) of this section for the fiscal years 1982-1983 and 1983-1984, on the first Tuesday after the first Monday in November in 1981.</p></li> <li>“City”, as used in this article, means city or charter city. </li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:21 |s1=21 |title=Expenditure limitations for school districts and community college districts |text=<ol type="1"> <li>The economic estimates commission shall determine and publish prior to April 1 of each year the expenditure limitation for the following fiscal year for each community college district. The expenditure limitations shall be determined by adjusting the amount of expenditures of local revenues for each such district for fiscal year 1979-1980 to reflect the changes in the student population of each district and the cost of living. The governing board of any community college district shall not authorize expenditures of local revenues in excess of the limitation prescribed in this section, except in the manner provided by law.</li> <li>The economic estimates commission shall determine and publish prior to May 1 of each year the aggregate expenditure limitation for all school districts for the following fiscal year. The aggregate expenditure limitation shall be determined by adjusting the total amount of expenditures of local revenues for all school districts for fiscal year 1979-1980 to reflect the changes in student population in the school districts and the cost of living, and multiplying the result by 1.10. The aggregate expenditures of local revenues for all school districts shall not exceed the limitation prescribed in this section, except as provided in subsection (3) of this section.</li> <li>Expenditures in excess of the limitation determined pursuant to subsection (2) of this section may be authorized by the legislature for a single fiscal year, by concurrent resolution, upon affirmative vote of two-thirds of the membership of each house of the legislature.</li> <li>As used in this section:<ol type="a"> <lI>“Cost of living” means either:<ol type="i"> <li>The price of goods and services as measured by the implicit price deflator for the gross national product or its successor as reported by the United States department of commerce, or its successor agency.</li> <li>A different measure or index of the cost of living adopted at the direction of the legislature, by concurrent resolution, upon affirmative vote of two-thirds of the membership of each house of the legislature. Such measure or index shall apply for subsequent fiscal years, except it shall not apply for the fiscal year following the adoption of such measure or index if the measure or index is adopted after March 1 of the preceding fiscal year.</li></ol></li> <li>“Expenditure” means any amounts budgeted to be paid from local revenues as prescribed by law.</li> <li>“Local revenues” includes all monies, revenues, funds, property and receipts of any kind whatsoever received by or for the account of a school district or community college district or any of its agencies, departments, offices, boards, commissions, authorities, councils and institutions, except:<ol type="i"> <li>Any amounts or property received from the issuance or incurrence of bonds, or other lawful long-term obligations issued or incurred for a specific purpose, or any amounts or property collected or segregated to make payments or deposits required by a contract concerning such bonds or obligations. For the purpose of this subdivision long-term obligations shall not include warrants issued in the ordinary course of operation or registered for payment by a political subdivision.</li> <li>Any amounts or property received as payment of dividends and interest, or any gain on the sale or redemption of investment securities, the purchase of which is authorized by law.</li> <li>Any amounts or property received by a school district or community college district in the capacity of trustee, custodian or agent.</li> <li>Any amounts received as grants and aid of any type received from the federal government or any of its agencies except school assistance in federally affected areas.</li> <li>Any amounts or property received as grants, gifts, aid or contributions of any type except amounts received directly or indirectly in lieu of taxes received directly or indirectly from any private agency or organization, or any individual.</li> <li>Any amounts received from the state for the purpose of purchasing land, buildings or improvements or constructing buildings or improvements.</li> <li>Any amounts received pursuant to a transfer during a fiscal year from another agency, department, office, board, commission, authority, council or institution of the same community college district or school district which were included as local revenues for such fiscal year or which are excluded from local revenue under other provisions of this subsection.</li> <li>Any amounts or property accumulated by a community college district for the purpose of purchasing land, buildings or improvements or constructing buildings or improvements.</li> <li>Any amounts received in return for goods or services pursuant to a contract with another political subdivision, school district, community college district or the state and expended by the other political subdivision, school district, community college district or the state pursuant to the expenditure limitation in effect when the amounts are expended by the other political subdivision, school district, community college district or the state.</li> <li>Any amounts received as tuition or fees directly or indirectly from any public or private agency or organization or any individual.</li> <li>Any ad valorem taxes received pursuant to an election to exceed the limitation prescribed by section 19 of this article or for the purposes of funding expenditures in excess of the expenditure limitations prescribed by subsection (7) of this section.</li> <li>Any amounts received during a fiscal year as refunds, reimbursements or other recoveries of amounts expended which were applied against the expenditure limitation for such fiscal year or which were excluded from local revenues under other provisions of this subsection.</li> </ol></li> <li>For the purpose of subsection (2) of this section, the following items are also excluded from local revenues of school districts:<ol type="i"> <li>Any amounts received as the proceeds from the sale, lease or rental of school property as authorized by law.</li> <li>Any amounts received from the capital levy as authorized by law.</li> <li>Any amounts received from the acquisition, operation, or maintenance of school services of a commercial nature which are entirely or predominantly self-supporting.</li> <li>Any amounts received for the purpose of funding expenditures authorized in the event of destruction of or damage to the facilities of a school district as authorized by law.</li> <li>Any revenues derived from an additional state transaction privilege tax rate increment for educational purposes that was authorized by the voters before January 1, 2001.</li> <li>Any amounts received pursuant to article XI, section 8, Constitution of Arizona, that are approved by the majority of qualified voters at a statewide general election held after November 1, 2002, and before January 1, 2003.</li></ol></li> <li>“Student population” means the number of actual, full-time or the equivalent of actual full-time students enrolled in the school district or community college district determined in a manner prescribed by law.</li></ol></li> <li>The economic estimates commission shall adjust the amount of expenditures of local revenues in fiscal year 1979-1980, as used to determine the expenditure limitation pursuant to subsection (1) or (2) of this section, to reflect subsequent transfers of all or any part of the cost of providing a governmental function, in a manner prescribed by law. The adjustment provided for in this subsection shall be used in determining the expenditure limitation pursuant to subsection (1) or (2) of this section beginning with the fiscal year immediately following the transfer.</li> <li>The economic estimates commission shall adjust the amount of expenditures of local revenues in fiscal year 1979-1980, as used to determine the expenditure limitation of a community college district pursuant to subsection (1) of this section, to reflect any subsequent annexation, creation of a new district, consolidation or change in the boundaries of a district, in a manner prescribed by law. The adjustment provided for in this subsection shall be used in determining the expenditure limitation pursuant to subsection (1) of this section beginning with the fiscal year immediately following the annexation, creation of a new district, consolidation or change in the boundaries of a district.</li> <li>The legislature shall establish by law expenditure limitations for each school district beginning with the fiscal year beginning July 1, 1980. Expenditures by a school district in excess of such an expenditure limitation must be approved by a majority of the electors voting on the excess expenditures.</li> <li>The legislature shall establish by law a uniform reporting system for school districts and community college districts to ensure compliance with this section. The legislature shall establish by law sanctions and penalties for failure to comply with this section.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:22 |s1=22 |title=Vote required to increase state revenues; application; exceptions |text=<ol type="A"> <li>An act that provides for a net increase in state revenues, as described in subsection B is effective on the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the members of each house of the legislature. If the act receives such an affirmative vote, it becomes effective immediately on the signature of the governor as provided by article IV, part 1, section 1. If the governor vetoes the measure, it shall not become effective unless it is approved by an affirmative vote of three-fourths of the members of each house of the legislature.</li> <li>The requirements of this section apply to any act that provides for a net increase in state revenues in the form of:<ol type="1"> <li>The imposition of any new tax.</li> <li>An increase in a tax rate or rates.</li> <li>A reduction or elimination of a tax deduction, exemption, exclusion, credit or other tax exemption feature in computing tax liability.</li> <li>An increase in a statutorily prescribed state fee or assessment or an increase in a statutorily prescribed maximum limit for an administratively set fee.</li> <li>The imposition of any new state fee or assessment or the authorization of any new administratively set fee.</li> <li>The elimination of an exemption from a statutorily prescribed state fee or assessment.</li> <li>A change in the allocation among the state, counties or cities of Arizona transaction privilege, severance, jet fuel and use, rental occupancy, or other taxes.</li> <li>Any combination of the elements described in paragraphs 1 through 7</li></ol></li> <li>This section does not apply to:<ol type="1"> <li>The effects of inflation, increasing assessed valuation or any other similar effect that increases state revenue but is not caused by an affirmative act of the legislature.</li> <li>Fees and assessments that are authorized by statute, but are not prescribed by formula, amount or limit, and are set by a state officer or agency.</li> <li>Taxes, fees or assessments that are imposed by counties, cities, towns and other political subdivisions of this state</li></ol></li> <li>Each act to which this section applies shall include a separate provision describing the requirements for enactment prescribed by this section.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:23 |s1=23 |title=Expenditures required by initiative or referendum; funding source |text=<ol type="A"> <li>An initiative or referendum measure that proposes a mandatory expenditure of state revenues for any purpose, establishes a fund for any specific purpose or allocates funding for any specific purpose must also provide for an increased source of revenues sufficient to cover the entire immediate and future costs of the proposal. The increased revenues may not be derived from the state general fund or reduce or cause a reduction in general fund revenues.</li> <li>If the identified revenue source provided pursuant to subsection A in any fiscal year fails to fund the entire mandated expenditure for that fiscal year, the legislature may reduce the expenditure of state revenues for that purpose in that fiscal year to the amount of funding supplied by the identified revenue source.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:24 |s1=24 |title=Prohibition of new real property sale or transfer taxes |text=The state, any county, city, town, municipality or other political subdivision of the state, or any district created by law with authority to impose any tax, fee, stamp requirement or other assessment, shall not impose any new tax, fee, stamp requirement or other assessment, direct or indirect, on the act or privilege of selling, purchasing, granting, assigning, transferring, receiving, or otherwise conveying any interest in real property. This section does not apply to any tax, fee, or other assessment in existence on December 31, 2007. }} <!-- ARTICLE X --> {{law-const/a |art=X |title=State and school lands }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=X:1 |s1=1 |title=Acceptance and holding of lands by state in trust |text=All lands expressly transferred and confirmed to the state by the provisions of the Enabling Act approved June 20, 1910, including all lands granted to the state and all lands heretofore granted to the Territory of Arizona, and all lands otherwise acquired by the state, shall be by the state accepted and held in trust to be disposed of in whole or in part, only in manner as in the said Enabling Act and in this Constitution provided, and for the several objects specified in the respective granting and confirmatory provisions. The natural products and money proceeds of any of said lands shall be subject to the same trusts as the lands producing the same. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=X:2 |s1=2 |title=Unauthorized disposition of land or proceeds as breach of trust |text=Disposition of any of said lands, or of any money or thing of value directly or indirectly derived therefrom, for any object other than that for which such particular lands (or the lands from which such money or thing of value shall have been derived) were granted or confirmed, or in any manner contrary to the provisions of the said Enabling Act, shall be deemed a breach of trust. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=X:3 |s1=3 |title=Mortgage or other encumbrance; sale or lease at public auction |text=No mortgage or other encumbrance of the said lands, or any part thereof, shall be valid in favor of any person or for any purpose or under any circumstances whatsoever. Said lands shall not be sold or leased, in whole or in part, except to the highest and best bidder at a public auction to be held at the county seat of the county wherein the lands to be affected, or the major portion thereof, shall lie, notice of which public auction shall first have been duly given by advertisement, which shall set forth the nature, time and place of the transaction to be had, with a full description of the lands to be offered, and be published once each week for not less than ten successive weeks in a newspaper of general circulation published regularly at the state capital, and in that newspaper of like circulation which shall then be regularly published nearest to the location of the lands so offered; nor shall any sale or contract for the sale of any timber or other natural product of such lands be made, save at the place, in the manner, and after the notice by publication provided for sales and leases of the lands themselves. Nothing herein, or elsewhere in article X contained, shall prevent:<ol type="1"> <li>The leasing of any of the lands referred to in this article in such manner as the legislature may prescribe, for grazing, agricultural, commercial and homesite purposes, for a term of ten years or less, without advertisement;</li> <li>The leasing of any of said lands, in such manner as the legislature may prescribe, whether or not also leased for grazing and agricultural purposes, for mineral purposes, other than for the exploration, development, and production of oil, gas and other hydrocarbon substances, for a term of twenty years or less, without advertisement, or,</li> <li>The leasing of any of said lands, whether or not also leased for other purposes, for the exploration, development, and production of oil, gas and other hydrocarbon substances on, in or under said lands for an initial term of twenty (20) years or less and as long thereafter as oil, gas or other hydrocarbon substance may be procured therefrom in paying quantities, the leases to be made in any manner, with or without advertisement, bidding, or appraisement, and under such terms and provisions, as the legislature may prescribe, the terms and provisions to include a reservation of a royalty to the state of not less than twelve and one-half per cent of production.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=X:4 |s1=4 |title=Sale or other disposal; appraisal; minimum price; credit; passing of title |text=All lands, lease-holds, timber, and other products of land, before being offered, shall be appraised at their true value, and no sale or other disposal thereof shall be made for a consideration less than the value so ascertained, nor in any case less than the minimum price hereinafter fixed, nor upon credit unless accompanied by ample security, and the legal title shall not be deemed to have passed until the consideration shall have been paid. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=X:5 |s1=5 |title=Minimum price; relinquishment of lands to United States |text=No lands shall be sold for less than three dollars per acre, and no lands which are or shall be susceptible of irrigation under any projects now or hereafter completed or adopted by the United States under legislation for the reclamation of lands, or under any other project for the reclamation of lands, shall be sold at less than twenty-five dollars per acre; Provided, that the state, at the request of the secretary of the interior, shall from time to time relinquish such of its lands to the United States as at any time are needed for irrigation works in connection with any such government project, and other lands in lieu thereof shall be selected from lands of the character named and in the manner prescribed in section twenty-four of the said Enabling Act. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=X:6 |s1=6 |title=Lands reserved by United States for development of water power |text=No lands reserved and excepted of the lands granted to this state by the United States, actually or prospectively valuable for the development of water powers or power for hydro-electric use or transmission, which shall be ascertained and designated by the secretary of the interior within five years after the proclamation of the president declaring the admission of the state, shall be subject to any disposition whatsoever by the state or by any officer of the state, and any conveyance or transfer of such lands made within said five years shall be null and void. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=X:7 |s1=7 |title=Establishment of permanent funds; segregation, investment and distribution of monies |text=<ol type="A"> <li>A separate permanent fund shall be established for each of the several objects for which the said grants are made and confirmed by the enabling act to the state, and whenever any monies shall be in any manner derived from any of said lands, the same shall be deposited by the state treasurer in the permanent fund corresponding to the grant under which the particular land producing such monies was, by the enabling act, conveyed or confirmed.</li> <li>No monies shall ever be taken from one permanent fund for deposit in any other, or for any object other than that for which the land producing the same was granted or confirmed.</li> <li>All such monies shall be invested in safe interest-bearing securities and prudent equity securities consistent with the requirements of this section.</li> <li>The legislature shall establish a board of investment to serve as trustees of the permanent funds. The board shall provide for the management of the assets of the funds consistent with the following conditions:<ol type="1"> <li>Not more than sixty percent of a fund at cost may be invested in equities at any time.</li> <li>Equities that are eligible for purchase are restricted to stocks listed on any national stock exchange or eligible for trading through the United States national association of securities dealers automated quotation system, or successor institutions, except as may be prohibited by general criteria or by a restriction on investment in a specific security adopted pursuant to this subsection.</li> <li>Not more than five percent of all of the funds combined at cost may be invested in equity securities issued by the same institution, agency or corporation, other than securities issued as direct obligations of and fully guaranteed by the United States government.</li></ol></li> <li>In making investments under this section the state treasurer and trustees shall exercise the judgment and care under the prevailing circumstances that an institutional investor of ordinary prudence, discretion and intelligence exercises in managing large investments entrusted to it, not in regard to speculation, but in regard to the permanent disposition of monies, considering the probable safety of capital as well as the probable total rate of return over extended periods of time.</li> <li>The earnings, interest, dividends and realized capital gains and losses from investment of a permanent fund, shall be credited to that fund.</li> <li>The annual distribution from the permanent funds:<ol type=”1”> <li>For fiscal years 2012-2013 through 2014-2015, shall be two and one-half percent of the average monthly market values of the fund for the immediately preceding five calendar years.</li> <li>For fiscal years 2015-2016 through 2024-2025, shall be six and nine-tenths percent of the average monthly market values of the fund for the immediately preceding five calendar years, except that in fiscal years 2015-2016, the distribution made from the permanent state school fund shall be $259,266,200. </li> <li>Beginning with fiscal year 2025-2026, shall be two and one-half percent of the average monthly market values of the fund for the immediately preceding five calendar years.</li></ol></li> <li>For fiscal years 2015-2016, through 2024-2025, any increase in expendable earnings under section 37-521, subsection B, paragraph 4, Arizona Revised Statutes, that results from a distribution of more than two and one-half percent of the average monthly market values of the fund for the immediately preceding five calendar years pursuant to subsection G, paragraph 2 of this section shall be appropriate for basic state aid, including inflation adjustments required by section 15-901.01, Arizona Revised Statutes.</li> <li>On or before February 1 of each year, if the average monthly market values of the fund for the immediately preceding five calendar years have decreased compared to the average monthly market values of the find for the five-calendar year period that immediately precedes the preceding five calendar years, the director of the office of strategic planning and budgeting, or its successor agency, and the director of the joint legislative budget committee, or its successor agency, shall jointly notify the governor, the president of the senate and the speaker of the house of representatives that a reduction to the distribution prescribed in subsection G, paragraph 2 of this section is necessary to preserve the safety of the capital in the fund. On receipt of that notification, the legislature may enact legislation, with the approval of the governor, that reduces the distribution in subsection G, paragraph 2 of this section for the next fiscal year to at least two and one-half percent but less than six and nine-tenths percent of the average monthly market values of the fund for the immediately preceding five calendar years.</li> <li>Any amount reduced pursuant to subsection I of this section is not required to be paid or distributed:<ol type=”1”> <li>From any other source of public moneys.</li> <li>In any subsequent fiscal year.</li></ol></li> <li>If the legislature enacts legislation, with the approval of the governor, that reduces the distribution pursuant to subsection I of this section:<ol type=”1”> <li>The legislature may reduce the base level for the next fiscal year by an amount commensurate with the reduction in the distribution from the permanent state school fund for the next fiscal year.</li> <li>The amounts from the base level reduction are not requires to be paid or distributed in any subsequent fiscal year.</li> <li>The base level reduction is not part of the calculation of the base level for subsequent years.</li></ol></li> <li>This section preserves the authority vested in the legislature pursuant to this constitution.</li> <li>This section and article XI, section 11 of this constitution and the terms and appropriations of house bill 2001, fifty-second legislature, first special session, fully satisfy the requirements of section 15-901.01, Arizona Revised Statutes.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=X:8 |s1=8 |title=Conformity of contracts with enabling act |text=Every sale, lease, conveyance, or contract of or concerning any of the lands granted or confirmed, or the use thereof or the natural products thereof made to this state by the said Enabling Act, not made in substantial conformity with the provisions thereof, shall be null and void. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=X:9 |s1=9 |title=Sale or lease; conditions; limitations; lease prior to adoption of constitution |text=All lands expressly transferred and confirmed to the state, by the provisions of the Enabling Act approved June 20, 1910, including all lands granted to the state, and all lands heretofore granted to the territory of Arizona, and all lands otherwise acquired by the state, may be sold or leased by the state in the manner, and on the conditions, and with the limitations, prescribed by the said Enabling Act and this Constitution, and as may be further prescribed by law; Provided, that the legislature shall provide for the separate appraisement of the lands and of the improvements on school and university lands which have been held under lease prior to the adoption of this Constitution, and for reimbursement to the actual bona fide residents or lessees of such lands upon which such improvements are situated, as prescribed by title 65, Civil Code of Arizona, 1901, and in such cases only as permit reimbursements to lessees in said title 65. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=X:10 |s1=10 |title=Laws for sale or lease of state lands; protection of residents and lessees |text=The legislature shall provide by proper laws for the sale of all state lands or the lease of such lands, and shall further provide by said laws for the protection of the actual bona fide residents and lessees of said lands, whereby such residents and lessees of said lands shall be protected in their rights to their improvements (including water rights) in such manner that in case of lease to other parties the former lessee shall be paid by the succeeding lessee the value of such improvements and rights and actual bona fide residents and lessees shall have preference to a renewal of their leases at a reassessed rental to be fixed as provided by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=X:11 |s1=11 |title=Maximum acreage allowed single purchaser |text=No individual, corporation or association shall be allowed to purchase more than one hundred sixty (160) acres of agricultural land or more than six hundred forty (640) acres of grazing land. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=X:12 |s1=12 |title=Land exchanges; purposes; notice; hearings; submission to the voters |text=<ol type="A"> <li>The legislature shall provide a process by law for exchanging lands granted or confirmed by the enabling act for public lands in this state under the terms and conditions prescribed by this section.</li> <li>The purpose of the exchange must be either:<ol type="1"> <li>To assist in preserving and protecting military facilities in this state from encroaching development.</li> <li>To improve the management of state lands for the purpose of sale or lease or conversion to public use of state lands.</li></ol></li> <li>Before the public hearings are held pursuant to subsection D, paragraph 3 of this section:<ol type="1"> <li>At least two independent appraisals must be made available to the public showing that the true value of any lands the state receives in the exchange equals or exceeds the true value of the lands the state conveys.</li> <li>At least two independent analyses of the proposed exchange must be made available to the public showing:<ol type="a"> <li>The income to the trust before the exchange from all lands the state conveys and the projected income to the trust after the exchange from all lands the state receives.</li> <li>The fiscal impact of the exchange on each county, city, town and school district in which all the lands involved in the exchange are located.</li> <li>The physical, economic and natural resource impacts of the proposed exchange on the surrounding or directly adjacent local community and the impacts on local land uses and land use plans.</li></ol></li></ol></li> <li>Land may not be exchanged unless:<ol type="1"> <li>The exchange is in the best interest of the state land trust.</li> <li>Public notice of the proposed exchange includes full disclosure of all details of the transaction, the ownership of all parcels of the lands involved in the exchange, including independent and ancillary parties, a legal and general description of the location of all parcels of the lands and the appraised value of all parcels of the lands.</li> <li>Public hearings are held at the state capital and in a location of general accessibility in the vicinity of the state lands being exchanged. Notice of the time and place of the hearings must be given beginning at least six weeks before each hearing in a manner prescribed by law. During this period, a process shall be provided for public comment on the proposed exchange.</li> <li>The exchange is approved by the qualified electors of this state in the manner of a referendum pursuant to article IV, part 1, section 1 at the next regular general election. To be approved, the proposition must receive an affirmative vote of a majority of the qualified electors voting on the measure.</li></ol></li> <li>Land exchanges are not considered to be sales for the purposes of this article.</li> </ol> }} <!-- ARTICLE XI --> {{law-const/a |art=XI |title=Education }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XI:1 |s1=1 |title=Public school system; education of pupils who are hearing and vision impaired |text=<ol type="A"> <li>The legislature shall enact such laws as shall provide for the establishment and maintenance of a general and uniform public school system, which system shall include:<ol type="1"> <li>Kindergarten schools.</li> <li>Common schools.</li> <li>High schools.</li> <li>Normal schools.</li> <li>Industrial schools.</li> <li>Universities, which shall include an agricultural college, a school of mines, and such other technical schools as may be essential, until such time as it may be deemed advisable to establish separate state institutions of such character.</li></ol></li> <li>The legislature shall also enact such laws as shall provide for the education and care of pupils who are hearing and vision impaired.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XI:2 |s1=2 |title=Conduct and supervision of school system |text=The general conduct and supervision of the public school system shall be vested in a state board of education, a state superintendent of public instruction, county school superintendents, and such governing boards for the state institutions as may be provided by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XI:3 |s1=3 |title=State board of education; composition; powers and duties; compensation |text=The state board of education shall be composed of the following members: the superintendent of public instruction, the president of a state university or a state college, four lay members, a president or chancellor of a community college district, a person who is an owner or administrator of a charter school, a superintendent of a high school district, a classroom teacher and a county school superintendent. Each member, other than the superintendent of public instruction, shall be appointed by the governor with the consent of the senate in the manner prescribed by law. The powers, duties, compensation and expenses, and the terms of office, of the board shall be such as may be prescribed by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XI:4 |s1=4 |title=State superintendent of public instruction; board membership; powers and duties |text=The state superintendent of public instruction shall be a member, and secretary, of the state board of education, and, ex-officio, a member of any other board having control of public instruction in any state institution. His powers and duties shall be prescribed by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XI:5 |s1=5 |title=Regents of university and other governing boards; appointments by governor; membership of governor on board of regents |text=The regents of the university, and the governing boards of other state educational institutions, shall be appointed by the governor with the consent of the senate in the manner prescribed by law, except that the governor shall be, ex-officio, a member of the board of regents of the university. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XI:6 |s1=6 |title=Admission of students of both sexes to state educational institutions; tuition; common school system |text=The university and all other state educational institutions shall be open to students of both sexes, and the instruction furnished shall be as nearly free as possible. The legislature shall provide for a system of common schools by which a free school shall be established and maintained in every school district for at least six months in each year, which school shall be open to all pupils between the ages of six and twenty-one years. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XI:7 |s1=7 |title=Sectarian instruction; religious or political test or qualification |text=No sectarian instruction shall be imparted in any school or state educational institution that may be established under this Constitution, and no religious or political test or qualification shall ever be required as a condition of admission into any public educational institution of the state, as teacher, student, or pupil; but the liberty of conscience hereby secured shall not be so construed as to justify practices or conduct inconsistent with the good order, peace, morality, or safety of the state, or with the rights of others. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XI:8 |s1=8 |title=Permanent state school fund; source; apportionment of state funds |text=<ol type="A"> <li>A permanent state school fund for the use of the common schools shall be derived from the sale of public school lands or other public lands specified in the enabling act approved June 20, 1910; from all estates or distributive shares of estates that may escheat to the state; from all unclaimed shares and dividends of any corporation incorporated under the laws of Arizona; and from all gifts, devises, or bequests made to the state for general educational purposes.</li> <li>The rental derived from school lands, with such other funds as may be provided by law shall be apportioned only for common and high school education in Arizona, and in such manner as may be prescribed by law.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XI:9 |s1=9 |title=County school fund; size of fund; free schools |text=The amount of this apportionment shall become a part of the county school fund, and the legislature shall enact such laws as will provide for increasing the county fund sufficiently to maintain all the public schools of the county for a minimum term of six months in every school year. The laws of the state shall enable cities and towns to maintain free high schools, industrial schools, and commercial schools. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XI:10 |s1=10 |title=Source of revenue for maintenance of state educational institutions |text=The revenue for the maintenance of the respective state educational institutions shall be derived from the investment of the proceeds of the sale, and from the rental of such lands as have been set aside by the enabling act approved June 20, 1910, or other legislative enactment of the United States, for the use and benefit of the respective state educational institutions. In addition to such income the legislature shall make such appropriations, to be met by taxation, as shall insure the proper maintenance of all state educational institutions, and shall make such special appropriations as shall provide for their development and improvement. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XI:11 |s1=11 |title=Schools; inflation adjustments; exceptions; definitions |text=<ol type="A"> <li>On or before February 1 of each year, if the state transaction privilege tax growth rate and the total nonfarm employment growth rate are each at least one percent, but less than two percent, the director of the office of strategic planning and budgeting, or its successor agency, and the director of the joint legislative budget committee, or its successor agency, shall jointly notify the governor, the president of the senate and the speaker of the house of representatives. on receipt of the notification, the legislature is not required to make the inflation adjustments required by section 15-901.01, Arizona Revised Statutes, for the next fiscal year.</li> <li>On or before February 1 of each year, if the state transaction privilege tax growth rate and the total nonfarm employment growth rate are each less than one percent, the director of the office of strategic planning and budgeting, or its successor agency, and the director of the joint legislative budget committee, or its successor agency, shall jointly notify the governor, the president of the senate and the speaker of the house of representatives. on receipt of the notification, the legislature shall not make the inflation adjustments required by section 15-901.01, Arizona Revised Statutes, for the next fiscal year.</li> <li>Beginning in fiscal year 2024-2025, on or before February 1 of each year, if the total amount of general fund appropriations for the Arizona department of education, or its successor agency, is at least forty-nine percent but less than fifty percent of the total general fund appropriation for the current fiscal year, the director of the office of strategic planning and budgeting, or its successor agency, and the director of the joint legislative budget committee, or its successor agency, shall jointly notify the governor, the president of the senate and the speaker of the house of representatives. On receipt of the notification, the legislature:<ol type="1"> <li>Is not required to make the inflation adjustments required by section 15-901.01, Arizona Revised Statutes, for the next fiscal year.</li> <li>May reduce the base level for the next fiscal year by the amount of the inflation adjustments required by section 15 901.01, Arizona Revised Statutes, made for the current fiscal year.</li></ol></li> <li>Beginning in fiscal year 2024-2025, on or before February 1 of each year, if the total amount of general fund appropriations for the Arizona department of education, or its successor agency, is at least fifty percent of the total general fund appropriation for the current fiscal year, the director of the office of strategic planning and budgeting, or its successor agency, and the director of the joint legislative budget committee, or its successor agency, shall jointly notify the governor, the president of the senate and the speaker of the house of representatives. On receipt of the notification, the legislature:<ol type="1"> <li>Is not required to make the inflation adjustments required by section 15-901.01, Arizona Revised Statutes, for the next fiscal year.</li> <li>May reduce the base level for the next fiscal year by two times the amount of the inflation adjustments required by section 15-901.01, Arizona Revised Statutes, made for the current fiscal year.</li></ol></li> <li>If the inflation adjustments required by section 15 901.01, Arizona Revised Statutes, are not required to be made or are prohibited from being made pursuant to this section for a fiscal year, the omitted inflation adjustment amounts:<ol type="1"> <li>Are not required to be paid or distributed in any subsequent fiscal year.</li> <li>Become a part of the calculation of the base level for subsequent fiscal years.</li></ol></li> <li>If base level reductions are made pursuant to subsection c or d of this section for a fiscal year, the reduced amounts:<ol type="1"> <li>Are not required to be paid or distributed in any subsequent fiscal year.</li> <li>Do not become part of the calculation of the base level for subsequent fiscal years.</li></ol></li> <li>This section preserves the authority vested in the legislature pursuant to this constitution.</li> <li>For the purposes of this section:<ol type="1"> <li>"Total nonfarm employment growth rate" means the percentage change in the seasonally adjusted total nonfarm employment in this state from the final month of the most recent calendar year to the final month of the immediately preceding calendar year, as reported by the Arizona department of administration or its successor agency.</li> <li>"State transaction privilege tax growth rate" means the percentage change in the revenues derived from the state transaction privilege tax that are distributed to the state general fund from the most recent calendar year to the immediately preceding calendar year, as reported by the Arizona department of revenue or its successor agency.</li></ol></li> </ol> }} <!-- ARTICLE XII --> {{law-const/a |art=XII |title=Counties }} <!-- {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XII: |s1= |title= |text= }} --> {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XII:1 |s1=1 |title=Counties as bodies politic and corporate |text=Each county of the state, now or hereafter organized, shall be a body politic and corporate. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XII:2 |s1=2 |title=Counties of territory as counties of state |text=The several counties of the territory of Arizona as fixed by statute at the time of the adoption of this Constitution are hereby declared to be the counties of the state until changed by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XII:3 |s1=3 |title=County officers; election; term of office |text=<p>There are hereby created in and for each organized county of the state the following officers who shall be elected by the qualified electors thereof: a sheriff, a county attorney, a recorder, a treasurer, an assessor, a superintendent of schools and at least three supervisors, each of whom shall be elected and hold his office for a term of four (4) years beginning on the first of January next after his election, which number of supervisors is subject to increase by law. The supervisors shall be nominated and elected from districts as provided by law.</p> <p>The candidates for these offices elected in the general election of November 3, 1964 shall take office on the first day of January, 1965 and shall serve until the first day of January, 1969.</p> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XII:4 |s1=4 |title=County officers; duties, powers, and qualifications; salaries |text=The duties, powers, and qualifications of such officers shall be as prescribed by law. The board of supervisors of each county is hereby empowered to fix salaries for all county and precinct officers within such county for whom no compensation is provided by law, and the salaries so fixed shall remain in full force and effect until changed by general law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XII:5 |s1=5 |title=Charter committee; charter preparation; approval |text=<ol type="A"> <li>The board of supervisors of any county with a population of more than five hundred thousand persons as determined by the most recent United States decennial or special census may call for an election to cause a charter committee to be elected by the qualified electors of that county at any time. Alternatively, the board of supervisors of any county with a population of more than five hundred thousand persons as determined by the most recent United States decennial or special census shall call for the election of the charter committee within ten days after receipt by the clerk of the board of supervisors of a petition that demands the election and that is signed by a number of qualified electors of the county at least equal to ten per cent of the total number of ballots cast for all candidates for governor or presidential electors in the county at the last preceding general election. The election shall be held at least one hundred days but not more than one hundred twenty days after the call for the election. Except as otherwise provided in this section, for elections held under this section or section 6 of this article, the manner of conducting and voting at an election, contesting an election, canvassing votes and certifying returns shall be the same, as nearly as practicable, as in elections for county officers.</li> <li>At the election a vote shall be taken to elect members of the charter committee who will function if further proceedings are authorized and the ballot shall contain the question of whether further proceedings toward adopting a charter shall be authorized pursuant to the call for the election. Unless a majority of the qualified electors voting on the question votes to authorize further proceedings, the election of members of the charter committee shall be invalidated and no further proceedings may be had except pursuant to a subsequent call pursuant to subsection A.</li> <li>The charter committee shall be composed of fifteen qualified electors of the county elected by supervisorial district with the same number serving from each district. A nomination petition for election to the charter committee shall be made available by the clerk of the board of supervisors and shall be signed by a number of qualified electors of the supervisorial district who are eligible to vote for the nominee at least equal to one per cent of the total number of ballots cast for all candidates for governor or presidential electors in the supervisorial district at the last preceding general election, and filed with the clerk not later than sixty days before the election. All qualified electors of the county, including all elected public officials, are eligible to seek election to the charter committee.</li> <li>Within one hundred eighty days after the election the charter committee shall prepare and submit a proposed charter for the county. The proposed charter shall be signed by a majority of the members of the committee and filed with the clerk of the board of supervisors, after which the charter committee shall be dissolved. The county shall then publish the proposed charter in the official newspaper of the county at least once a week for three consecutive weeks. The first publication shall be made within twenty days after the proposed charter is filed with the clerk of the board of supervisors.</li> <li>At least forty-five days but not more than sixty days after final publication, the proposed charter shall be submitted to the vote of the qualified electors of the county at a general or special election. If a general election will be held within ninety days after final publication, the charter shall be submitted at that general election. The full text of the proposed charter shall be printed in a publicity pamphlet and mailed to each household containing a registered voter at least eleven days before the charter election and the ballot may contain only a summary of the proposed charter provisions. The ballot shall contain a question regarding approval of the proposed charter and the questions pertaining to taxation authority and appointment of officers, if any, provided for in sections 7 and 8 of this article.</li> <li>If a majority of the qualified electors voting ratifies the proposed charter, a copy of the charter, together with a statement setting forth the submission of the charter to the qualified electors and its ratification by them, shall be certified by the clerk of the board of supervisors and shall be submitted to the governor for approval. The governor shall approve the charter within thirty days after its submission if it is not in conflict with, or states that in the event of a conflict is subject to, this constitution and the laws of this state. On approval, the charter becomes the organic law of the county, and certified copies of the charter shall be filed in the office of the secretary of state and with the clerk of the board of supervisors after being recorded in the office of the county recorder. Thereafter all courts shall take judicial notice of the charter.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XII:6 |s1=6 |title=Amendment of charter |text=A charter shall set forth procedures for amendment of the charter. Proposed amendments shall be submitted to the qualified electors of the county at a general or special election and become effective if ratified by a majority of the qualified electors voting on the amendments and approved by the governor in the manner provided for in section 5 of this article. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XII:7 |s1=7 |title=County charter provisions |text=<ol type="A"> <li>Charter counties continue to be political subdivisions of this state that exist to aid in the administration of this state's laws and for purposes of self-government. Except as otherwise provided in this article the powers of the legislature over counties are not affected by this section and sections 5, 6, 8 and 9 of this article. Charter counties shall provide the same state mandated services and perform the same state mandated functions as non-charter counties. Charter counties may exercise, if provided by the charter, all powers over local concerns of the county consistent with, and subject to, the constitution and the laws of this state. In matters of strictly local municipal concern, charters adopted pursuant to article XIII shall control in any case of conflict with a county charter adopted pursuant to this article.</li> <li>If a county has framed and adopted a charter and the charter is approved by the governor as provided in this article, the county shall be governed by the terms of its charter and ordinances passed pursuant to its charter. If the charter has been framed, adopted and approved and any of its provisions are in conflict with any county ordinance, rule or regulation relating to local concerns of the counties in force at the time of the adoption and approval of the charter, the provisions of the charter prevail notwithstanding the conflict and operate as a repeal or suspension of the law to the extent of conflict, and the law is not thereafter operative as to such conflict.</li> <li>Notwithstanding article IX, section 1, if proposed and approved in the charter, a charter county may levy and collect:<ol type="1"> <li>Taxes on a countywide basis to provide services on a countywide basis.</li> <li>Taxes on a specially designated area basis to provide services or special levels of service to that area.</li></ol> <p>All taxes levied pursuant to this subsection shall be uniform upon the same class of property within the territorial limits of the county or the specially designated area and shall be levied and collected for public purposes only.</p></li> <li>The decision to include a charter provision authorizing taxation pursuant to subsection C, paragraph 1 or 2 of this section shall be placed on the ballot as separate questions at the election to ratify the charter and must be approved by a majority of the qualified electors voting at the election. The result of the voting on either provision authorizing taxation does not affect the result of the voting to ratify the charter. Charter provisions authorizing taxation pursuant to subsection C, paragraph 1 or 2 of this section may also be proposed by an amendment to the charter pursuant to section 6 of this article.</li> <li>If the authority to tax pursuant to subsection C, paragraph 2 of this section is approved for inclusion in the charter, any new tax proposed by the county under subsection C, paragraph 2 of this section shall be voted on by the qualified electors of the specially designated area. The tax must be ratified by a majority vote of the qualified electors voting at the election.</li> <li>A transaction privilege tax, use tax or similar tax levied by a county pursuant to subsection C, paragraph 1 of this section:<ol type="1"> <li>May be imposed on only those business activities, or on the use, storage or consumption, which are subject to the comparable state transaction privilege tax, use tax or similar tax.</li> <li>Shall provide all exclusion and exemptions provided by, and administrative provisions consistent with, the comparable state transaction privilege tax, use tax or similar tax.</li></ol></li> <li>All taxes levied under subsection F of this section shall not exceed an aggregate rate of two per cent when combined with existing taxes levied pursuant to title 42, chapter 8.3.</li> <li>If approved in the charter, a charter county may adopt fees and fee schedules for any county products and county service delivery it provides in the conduct of any official business. Notwithstanding any fee schedules or individual charges provided by state law, the governing body of a charter county may adopt an alternate fee schedule or individual charge. Any fee or charge established pursuant to this section shall be attributable to and defray or cover the current or future costs of the product or service delivery for which the fee or charge is assessed.</li> <li>Taxes raised under the authority of this section shall be subject to the provisions of the county property tax and expenditure limitations pursuant to article IX, sections 19 and 20.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XII:8 |s1=8 |title=Government and other powers |text=<ol type="A"> <li>The county charter shall provide:<ol type="1"> <li>For an elective governing body and its method of compensation, its powers, duties and responsibilities, its authority to delegate powers, the method of election and removal of members, the terms of office and the manner of filling vacancies in the governing body.</li> <li>For all officers established under section 3 of this article and article VI, section 23, and such additional officers as the charter may provide for, their election or appointment, consolidation or segregation, method of compensation, powers, duties and responsibilities, authority to delegate powers and, if elected, the method of election and removal, terms of office and the manner of filling vacancies in such offices. If the charter provides for the attorney to remain an elective officer of the county, the charter may provide for an appointive office to carry out the civil representation needs of the county, its departments, agencies, boards, commissions, officials and employees. If the elective governing body provided for in the charter does not consist of supervisors, the charter may provide for elimination of the office of supervisor. If the charter provides for the office of supervisor, the number of supervisors shall be not fewer than five or greater than nine. If the charter provides for the appointment or elimination of an officer established under section 3 of this article or article VI, section 23, or for an appointive office to carry out the civil representation needs of the county, those provisions shall include an effective date not earlier than the expiration of the term of office for the officer commencing in January immediately following the first general election at which the officer is elected following approval of the charter by the voters and shall be placed on the ballot as separate questions at the election to ratify the charter and must be approved by a majority of the qualified electors voting at the election. The result of the voting on any provisions authorizing appointment or elimination of officers does not affect the result of the voting to ratify the charter.</li> <li>For the performance of functions required by statute.</li> <li>For a periodic review of the charter provisions to be conducted at least once every ten years from the time of its ratification by the voters and the procedures for the periodic review.</li></ol></li> <li>The county charter may provide for other elective and appointive offices.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XII:9 |s1=9 |title=Self-executing provision |text=The provisions of sections 5 through 8 of this article are self-executing, and no further legislation is required to make them effective. }} <!-- ARTICLE XIII --> {{law-const/a |art=XIII |title=Municipal corporations }} <!-- {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIII: |s1= |title= |text= }} --> {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIII:1 |s1=1 |title=Incorporation and organization; classification |text=Municipal corporations shall not be created by special laws, but the legislature, by general laws, shall provide for the incorporation and organization of cities and towns and for the classification of such cities and towns in proportion to population, subject to the provisions of this article. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIII:2 |s1=2 |title=Charter; preparation and proposal by board of freeholders; ratification and approval; amendment |text=<p>Any city containing, now or hereafter, a population of more than three thousand five hundred may frame a charter for its own government consistent with, and subject to, the Constitution and the laws of the state, in the following manner: A board of freeholders composed of fourteen qualified electors of said city may be elected at large by the qualified electors thereof, at a general or special election, whose duty it shall be, within ninety days after such election, to prepare and propose a charter for such city. Such proposed charter shall be signed in duplicate by the members of such board, or a majority of them, and filed, one copy of said proposed charter with the chief executive officer of such city and the other with the county recorder of the county in which said city shall be situated. Such proposed charter shall then be published in one or more newspapers published, and of general circulation, within said city for at least twenty-one days if in a daily paper, or in three consecutive issues if in a weekly paper, and the first publication shall be made within twenty days after the completion of the proposed charter. Within thirty days, and not earlier than twenty days, after such publication, said proposed charter shall be submitted to the vote of the qualified electors of said city at a general or special election. If a majority of such qualified electors voting thereon shall ratify such proposed charter, it shall thereupon be submitted to the governor for his approval, and the governor shall approve it if it shall not be in conflict with this Constitution or with the laws of the state. Upon such approval said charter shall become the organic law of such city and supersede any charter then existing (and all amendments thereto), and all ordinances inconsistent with said new charter. A copy of such charter, certified by the chief executive officer, and authenticated by the seal, of such city, together with a statement similarly certified and authenticated setting forth the submission of such charter to the electors and its ratification by them, shall, after the approval of such charter by the governor, be made in duplicate and filed, one copy in the office of the secretary of state and the other in the archives of the city after being recorded in the office of said county recorder. Thereafter all courts shall take judicial notice of said charter.</p> <p>The charter so ratified may be amended by amendments proposed and submitted by the legislative authority of the city to the qualified electors thereof (or by petition as hereinafter provided), at a general or special election, and ratified by a majority of the qualified electors voting thereon and approved by the governor as herein provided for the approval of the charter.</p> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIII:3 |s1=3 |title=Election of board of freeholders |text=An election of such board of freeholders may be called at any time by the legislative authority of any such city. Such election shall be called by the chief executive officer of any such city within ten days after there shall have been filed with him a petition demanding such election, signed by a number of qualified electors residing within such city equal to twenty-five per centum of the total number of votes cast at the next preceding general municipal election. Such election shall be held not later than thirty days after the call therefor. At such election a vote shall be taken upon the question whether further proceedings toward adopting a charter shall be had in pursuance to the call, and unless a majority of the qualified electors voting thereon shall vote to proceed further, no further proceedings shall be had, and all proceedings up to the time of said election shall be of no effect. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIII:4 |s1=4 |title=Franchises; approval of electors; term |text=No municipal corporation shall ever grant, extend, or renew a franchise without the approval of a majority of the qualified electors residing within its corporate limits who shall vote thereon at a general or special election, and the legislative body of any such corporation shall submit any such matter for approval or disapproval to such electors at any general municipal election, or call a special election for such purpose at any time upon thirty days' notice. No franchise shall be granted, extended, or renewed for a longer time than twenty-five years. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIII:5 |s1=5 |title=Right of municipal corporation to engage in business or enterprise |text=Every municipal corporation within this state shall have the right to engage in any business or enterprise which may be engaged in by a person, firm, or corporation by virtue of a franchise from said municipal corporation. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIII:6 |s1=6 |title=Franchises; restrictions |text=No grant, extension, or renewal of any franchise or other use of the streets, alleys, or other public grounds, or ways, of any municipality shall divest the state or any of its subdivisions of its or their control and regulation of such use and enjoyment; nor shall the power to regulate charges for public services be surrendered; and no exclusive franchise shall ever be granted. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIII:7 |s1=7 |title=Irrigation and other districts as political subdivisions |text=Irrigation, power, electrical, agricultural improvement, drainage, and flood control districts, and tax levying public improvement districts, now or hereafter organized pursuant to law, shall be political subdivisions of the state, and vested with all the rights, privileges and benefits, and entitled to the immunities and exemptions granted municipalities and political subdivisions under this constitution or any law of the state or of the United States; but all such districts shall be exempt from the provisions of sections 7 and 8 of article IX of this constitution. }} <!-- ARTICLE XIV --> {{law-const/a |art=XIV |title=Corporations other than municipal }} <!-- {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV: |s1= |title= |text= }} --> {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:1 |s1=1 |title="Corporation" defined; right to sue and suability |text=The term "corporation," as used in this article, shall be construed to include all associations and joint stock companies having any powers or privileges of corporations not possessed by individuals or co-partnerships, and all corporations shall have the right to sue and shall be subject to be sued, in all courts, in like cases as natural persons. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:2 |s1=2 |title=Formation under general laws; change of laws; regulation |text=Corporations may be formed under general laws, but shall not be created by special acts. Laws relating to corporations may be altered, amended, or repealed at any time, and all corporations doing business in this state may, as to such business, be regulated, limited, and restrained by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:3 |s1=3 |title=Existing charters |text=All existing charters under which a bona fide organization shall not have taken place and business commenced in good faith within six months from the time of the approval of this Constitution shall thereafter have no validity. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:4 |s1=4 |title=Restriction to business authorized by charter or law |text=No corporation shall engage in any business other than that expressly authorized in its charter or by the law under which it may have been or may hereafter be organized. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:5 |s1=5 |title=Foreign corporations; transaction of business |text=No corporation organized outside of the limits of this state shall be allowed to transact business within this state on more favorable conditions than are prescribed by law for similar corporations organized under the laws of this state; and no foreign corporation shall be permitted to transact business within this state unless said foreign corporation is by the laws of the country, state, or territory under which it is formed permitted to transact a like business in such country, state, or territory. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:6 |s1=6 |title=Stocks; bonds |text=No corporation shall issue stock, except to bona fide subscribers therefor or their assignees; nor shall any corporation issue any bond, or other obligation, for the payment of money, except for money or property received or for labor done. The stock of corporations shall not be increased, except in pursuance of a general law, nor shall any law authorize the increase of stock of any corporation without the consent of the person or persons holding the larger amount in value of the stock of such corporation, nor without due notice of the proposed increase having been given as may be prescribed by law. All fictitious increase of stock or indebtedness shall be void. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:7 |s1=7 |title=Lease or alienation of franchise |text=No corporation shall lease or alienate any franchise so as to relieve the franchise, or property held thereunder, from the liabilities of the lessor, or grantor, lessee, or grantee, contracted or incurred in the operation, use, or enjoyment of such franchise or of any of its privileges. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:8 |s1=8 |title=Filing of articles of incorporation; place of business; agent for service of process; venue |text=No domestic or foreign corporation shall do any business in this state without having filed its articles of incorporation or a certified copy thereof with the corporation commission, and without having one or more known places of business and an authorized agent, or agents, in the state upon whom process may be served. Suit may be maintained against a foreign corporation in the county where an agent of such corporation may be found, or in the county where the cause of action may arise. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:9 |s1=9 |title=Eminent domain; taking corporate property and franchises for public use |text=The right of exercising eminent domain shall never be so abridged or construed as to prevent the state from taking the property and the franchises of incorporated companies and subjecting them to public use the same as the property of individuals. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:10 |s1=10 |title=Elections for directors or managers |text=In all elections for directors or managers of any corporation, each shareholder shall have the right to cast as many votes in the aggregate as he shall be entitled to vote in said company under its charter multiplied by the number of directors or managers to be elected at such election; and each shareholder may cast the whole number of votes, either in person or by proxy, for one candidate, or distribute such votes among two or more such candidates; and such directors or managers shall not be elected otherwise. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:11 |s1=11 |title=Liability of stockholders |text=The shareholders or stockholders of every banking or insurance corporation or association shall be held individually responsible, equally and ratably, and not one for another, for all contracts, debts, and engagements of such corporation or association, to the extent of the amount of their stock therein, at the par value thereof, in addition to the amount invested in such shares or stock; provided, however, that the shareholders or stockholders of any banking corporation or association which is a member of the federal deposit insurance corporation or any successor thereto or other insuring instrumentality of the United States in accordance with the provisions of any applicable law of the United States of America, shall not be liable for any amount in addition to the amount already invested in such shares or stock. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:12 |s1=12 |title=Officers of banking institutions; individual responsibility |text=Any president, director, manager, cashier, or other officer of any banking institution who shall receive, or assent to, the reception of any deposits after he shall have knowledge of the fact that such banking institution is insolvent or in failing circumstances shall be individually responsible for such deposits. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:13 |s1=13 |title=Want of legal organization as a defense |text=No persons acting as a corporation under the laws of Arizona shall be permitted to set up, or rely upon, the want of a legal organization as a defense to any action which may be brought against them as a corporation, nor shall any person or persons who may be sued on a contract now or hereafter made with such corporation, or sued for any injury now or hereafter done to its property, or for a wrong done to its interests, be permitted to rely upon such want of legal organization in his or their defense. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:14 |s1=14 |title=Legislative power to impose conditions |text=This article shall not be construed to deny the right of the legislative power to impose other conditions upon corporations than those herein contained. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:15 |s1=15 |title=Monopolies and trusts |text=Monopolies and trusts shall never be allowed in this state and no incorporated company, co-partnership or association of persons in this state shall directly or indirectly combine or make any contract, with any incorporated company, foreign or domestic, through their stockholders or the trustees or assigns of such stockholders or with any co-partnership or association of persons, or, in any manner whatever, to fix the prices, limit the production, or regulate the transportation of any product or commodity. The legislature shall enact laws for the enforcement of this section by adequate penalties, and in the case of incorporated companies, if necessary for that purpose, may, as a penalty declare a forfeiture of their franchises. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:16 |s1=16 |title=Records, books, and files; visitorial and inquisitorial powers of state |text=The records, books, and files of all public service corporations, state banks, building and loan associations, trust, insurance, and guaranty companies shall be at all times liable and subject to the full visitorial and inquisitorial powers of the state, notwithstanding the immunities and privileges secured in the declaration of rights of this Constitution to persons, inhabitants, and citizens of this state. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:17 |s1=17 |title=Fees; reports; licensing of foreign corporations |text=Provision shall be made by law for the payment of a fee to the state by every domestic corporation, upon the grant, amendment, or extension of its charter, and by every foreign corporation upon its obtaining a license to do business in this state; and also for the payment, by every domestic corporation and foreign corporation doing business in this state, of an annual registration fee of not less than ten dollars, which fee shall be paid irrespective of any specific license or other tax imposed by law upon such company for the privilege of carrying on its business in this state, or upon its franchise or property; and for the making, by every such corporation, at the time of paying such fee, of such report to the corporation commission of the status, business, or condition of such corporation, as may be prescribed by law. No foreign corporation, except insurers, shall have authority to do business in this state, until it shall have obtained from the corporation commission a license to do business in the state, upon such terms as may be prescribed by law. The legislature may relieve any purely charitable, social, fraternal, benevolent, or religious institution from the payment of such annual registration fee. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:18 |s1=18 |title=Contributions to influence elections or official action |text=It shall be unlawful for any corporation, organized or doing business in this state, to make any contribution of money or anything of value for the purpose of influencing any election or official action. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:19 |s1=19 |title=Penalties for violation of article |text=Suitable penalties shall be prescribed by law for the violation of any of the provisions of this article. }} <!-- ARTICLE XV --> {{law-const/a |art=XV |title=The corporation commission }} <!-- {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV: |s1= |title= |text= }} --> {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:1 |s1=1 |title=Term limits on corporation commission; composition; election; office vacancies; qualifications |text=<ol type="A"> <li>No member of the corporation commission shall hold that office for more than two consecutive terms. No corporation commissioner may serve again in that office until out of office for one full term. Any person who serves one half or more of a term shall be considered to have served one term for purposes of this section.</li> <li>A corporation commission is hereby created to be composed of five persons who shall be elected at the general election, and whose term of office shall be four years, and who shall maintain their chief office at the state capital. The two additional commission members shall be elected at the 2002 general election for initial two-year terms beginning on the first Monday in January, 2003. Thereafter, all terms shall be four-year terms.</li> <li>In case of vacancy in the office, the governor shall appoint a commissioner to fill the vacancy. The appointed commissioner shall fill the vacancy until a commissioner shall be elected at a general election as provided by law, and shall qualify. The qualifications of commissioners may be prescribed by law.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:2 |s1=2 |title="Public service corporations" defined |text=All corporations other than municipal engaged in furnishing gas, oil, or electricity for light, fuel, or power; or in furnishing water for irrigation, fire protection, or other public purposes; or in furnishing, for profit, hot or cold air or steam for heating or cooling purposes; or engaged in collecting, transporting, treating, purifying and disposing of sewage through a system, for profit; or in transmitting messages or furnishing public telegraph or telephone service, and all corporations other than municipal, operating as common carriers, shall be deemed public service corporations. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:3 |s1=3 |title=Power of commission as to classifications, rates and charges, rules, contracts, and accounts; local regulation |text=The corporation commission shall have full power to, and shall, prescribe just and reasonable classifications to be used and just and reasonable rates and charges to be made and collected, by public service corporations within the state for service rendered therein, and make reasonable rules, regulations, and orders, by which such corporations shall be governed in the transaction of business within the state, and may prescribe the forms of contracts and the systems of keeping accounts to be used by such corporations in transacting such business, and make and enforce reasonable rules, regulations, and orders for the convenience, comfort, and safety, and the preservation of the health, of the employees and patrons of such corporations; Provided, that incorporated cities and towns may be authorized by law to exercise supervision over public service corporations doing business therein, including the regulation of rates and charges to be made and collected by such corporations; Provided further, that classifications, rates, charges, rules, regulations, orders, and forms or systems prescribed or made by said corporation commission may from time to time be amended or repealed by such commission. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:4 |s1=4 |title=Power to inspect and investigate |text=The corporation commission, and the several members thereof, shall have power to inspect and investigate the property, books, papers, business, methods, and affairs of any corporation whose stock shall be offered for sale to the public and of any public service corporation doing business within the state, and for the purpose of the commission, and of the several members thereof, shall have the power of a court of general jurisdiction to enforce the attendance of witnesses and the production of evidence by subpoena, attachment, and punishment, which said power shall extend throughout the state. Said commission shall have power to take testimony under commission or deposition either within or without the state. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:5 |s1=5 |title=Power to issue certificates of incorporation and licenses |text=<p>The corporation commission shall have the sole power to issue certificates of incorporation to companies organizing under the laws of this state, and to issue licenses to foreign corporations to do business in this state, except as insurers, as may be prescribed by law.</p> <p>Domestic and foreign insurers shall be subject to licensing, control and supervision by a department of insurance as prescribed by law. A director of the department of insurance shall be appointed by the governor with the consent of the senate in the manner prescribed by law for a term which may be prescribed by law.</p> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:6 |s1=6 |title=Enlargement of powers by legislature; rules and regulations |text=The law-making power may enlarge the powers and extend the duties of the corporation commission, and may prescribe rules and regulations to govern proceedings instituted by and before it; but, until such rules and regulations are provided by law, the commission may make rules and regulations to govern such proceedings. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:7 |s1=7 |title=Connecting and intersecting lines of transportation and communications corporations |text=Every public service corporation organized or authorized under the laws of the state to do any transportation or transmission business within the state shall have the right to construct and operate lines connecting any points within the state, and to connect at the state boundaries with like lines; and every such corporation shall have the right with any of its lines to cross, intersect, or connect with, any lines of any other public service corporation. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:8 |s1=8 |title=Transportation by connecting carriers |text=Every public service corporation doing a transportation business within the state shall receive and transport, without delay or discrimination, cars loaded or empty, property, or passengers delivered to it by any other public service corporation doing a similar business, and deliver cars, loaded or empty, without delay or discrimination, to other transportation corporations, under such regulations as shall be prescribed by the corporation commission, or by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:9 |s1=9 |title=Transmission of messages by connecting carriers |text=Every public service corporation engaged in the business of transmitting messages for profit shall receive and transmit, without delay or discrimination, any messages delivered to it by any other public service corporation engaged in the business of transmitting messages for profit, and shall, with its lines, make physical connection with the lines of any public service corporation engaged in the business of transmitting messages for profit, under such rules and regulations as shall be prescribed by the corporation commission, or by law; Provided, that such public service corporations shall deliver messages to other such corporations, without delay or discrimination, under such rules and regulations as shall be prescribed by the corporation commission, or by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:10 |s1=10 |title=Railways as public highways; other corporations as common carriers |text=Railways heretofore constructed, or that may hereafter be constructed, in this state, are hereby declared public highways and all railroads are declared to be common carriers and subject to control by law. All electric, transmission, telegraph, telephone, or pipeline corporations, for the transportation of electricity, messages, water, oil, or other property for profit, are declared to be common carriers and subject to control by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:11 |s1=11 |title=Movable property as personal property; liability of property to attachment, execution and sale |text=The rolling stock and all other movable property belonging to any public service corporation in this state, shall be considered personal property, and its real and personal property, and every part thereof, shall be liable to attachment, execution, and sale in the same manner as the property of individuals; and the law-making power shall enact no laws exempting any such property from attachment, execution, or sale. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:12 |s1=12 |title=Charges for service; discrimination; free or reduced rate transportation |text=All charges made for service rendered, or to be rendered, by public service corporations within this state shall be just and reasonable, and no discrimination in charges, service, or facilities shall be made between persons or places for rendering a like and contemporaneous service, except that the granting of free or reduced rate transportation may be authorized by law, or by the corporation commission, to the classes of persons described in the act of Congress approved February 11, 1887, entitled An Act to Regulate Commerce, and the amendments thereto, as those to whom free or reduced rate transportation may be granted. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:13 |s1=13 |title=Reports to commission |text=All public service corporations and corporations whose stock shall be offered for sale to the public shall make such reports to the corporation commission, under oath, and provide such information concerning their acts and operations as may be required by law, or by the corporation commission. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:14 |s1=14 |title=Value of property of public service corporations |text=The corporation commission shall, to aid it in the proper discharge of its duties, ascertain the fair value of the property within the state of every public service corporation doing business therein; and every public service corporation doing business within the state shall furnish to the commission all evidence in its possession, and all assistance in its power, requested by the commission in aid of the determination of the value of the property within the state of such public service corporation. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:15 |s1=15 |title=Acceptance of constitutional provisions by existing corporations |text=No public service corporation in existence at the time of the admission of this state into the union shall have the benefit of any future legislation except on condition of complete acceptance of all provisions of this Constitution applicable to public service corporations. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:16 |s1=16 |title=Forfeitures for violations |text=If any public service corporation shall violate any of the rules, regulations, orders, or decisions of the corporation commission, such corporation shall forfeit and pay to the state not less than one hundred dollars nor more than five thousand dollars for each such violation, to be recovered before any court of competent jurisdiction. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:17 |s1=17 |title=Appeal to courts |text=Nothing herein shall be construed as denying to public service corporations the right of appeal to the courts of the state from the rules, regulations, orders, or decrees fixed by the corporation commission, but the rules, regulations, orders, or decrees so fixed shall remain in force pending the decision of the courts. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:18 |s1=18 |title=Repealed |text=[Repealed] }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:19 |s1=19 |title=Power to impose fines |text=The corporation commission shall have the power and authority to enforce its rules, regulations, and orders by the imposition of such fines as it may deem just, within the limitations prescribed in section 16 of this article. }} <!-- ARTICLE XVI --> {{law-const/a |art=XVI |title=Militia }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XVI:1 |s1=1 |title=Composition of militia |text=The militia of the state of Arizona shall consist of all capable citizens of the state between the ages of eighteen and forty-five years, and of those between said ages who shall have declared their intention to become citizens of the United States, residing therein, subject to such exemptions as now exist, or as may hereafter be created, by the laws of the United States or of this state. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XVI:2 |s1=2 |title=Composition and designation of organized militia |text=The organized militia shall be designated "The National Guard of Arizona," and shall consist of such organized military bodies as now exist under the laws of the territory of Arizona or as may hereafter be authorized by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XVI:3 |s1=3 |title=Conformity to federal regulations |text=The organization, equipment, and discipline of the national guard shall conform as nearly as shall be practicable to the regulations for the government of the armies of the United States. }} <!-- ARTICLE XVII --> {{law-const/a |art=XVII |title=Water rights }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XVII:1 |s1=1 |title=Riparian water rights |text=The common law doctrine of riparian water rights shall not obtain or be of any force or effect in the state. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XVII:2 |s1=2 |title=Recognition of existing rights |text=All existing rights to the use of any of the waters in the state for all useful or beneficial purposes are hereby recognized and confirmed. }} <!-- ARTICLE XVIII --> {{law-const/a |art=XVIII |title=Labor }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XVIII:1 |s1=1 |title=Eight-hour day |text=Eight hours and no more, shall constitute a lawful day's work in all employment by, or on behalf of, the state or any political subdivision of the State. The legislature shall enact such laws as may be necessary to put this provision into effect, and shall prescribe proper penalties for any violations of said laws. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XVIII:2 |s1=2 |title=Child labor |text=No child under the age of fourteen years shall be employed in any gainful occupation at any time during the hours in which the public schools of the district in which the child resides are in session; nor shall any child under sixteen years of age be employed underground in mines, or in any occupation injurious to health or morals or hazardous to life or limb; nor for more than eight hours in any day. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XVIII:3 |s1=3 |title=Contractual immunity of employer from liability for negligence |text=It shall be unlawful for any person, company, association, or corporation to require of its servants or employees as a condition of their employment, or otherwise, any contract or agreement whereby such person, company, association, or corporation shall be released or discharged from liability or responsibility on account of personal injuries which may be received by such servants or employees while in the service or employment of such person, company, association, or corporation, by reason of the negligence of such person, company, association, corporation, or the agents or employees thereof; and any such contract or agreement if made, shall be null and void. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XVIII:4 |s1=4 |title=Fellow servant doctrine |text=The common law doctrine of fellow servant, so far as it affects the liability of a master for injuries to his servant resulting from the acts or omissions of any other servant or servants of the common master is forever abrogated. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XVIII:5 |s1=5 |title=Contributory negligence and assumption of risk |text=The defense of contributory negligence or of assumption of risk shall, in all cases whatsoever, be a question of fact and shall, at all times, be left to the jury. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XVIII:6 |s1=6 |title=Recovery of damages for injuries |text=The right of action to recover damages for injuries shall never be abrogated, and the amount recovered shall not be subject to any statutory limitation, except that a crime victim is not subject to a claim for damages by a person who is harmed while the person is attempting to engage in, engaging in or fleeing after having engaged in or attempted to engage in conduct that is classified as a felony offense. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XVIII:7 |s1=7 |title=Employer's liability law |text=To protect the safety of employees in all hazardous occupations, in mining, smelting, manufacturing, railroad or street railway transportation, or any other industry the legislature shall enact an employer's liability law, by the terms of which any employer, whether individual, association, or corporation shall be liable for the death or injury, caused by any accident due to a condition or conditions of such occupation, of any employee in the service of such employer in such hazardous occupation, in all cases in which such death or injury of such employee shall not have been caused by the negligence of the employee killed or injured. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XVIII:8 |s1=8 |title=Workmen's compensation law |text=<p>The legislature shall enact a workmen's compensation law applicable to workmen engaged in manual or mechanical labor in all public employment whether of the state, or any political subdivision or municipality thereof as may be defined by law and in such private employments as the legislature may prescribe by which compensation shall be required to be paid to any such workman, in case of his injury and to his dependents, as defined by law, in case of his death, by his employer, if in the course of such employment personal injury to or death of any such workman from any accident arising out of and in the course of, such employment, is caused in whole, or in part, or is contributed to, by a necessary risk or danger of such employment, or a necessary risk or danger inherent in the nature thereof, or by failure of such employer, or any of his or its agents or employee or employees to exercise due care, or to comply with any law affecting such employment; provided that it shall be optional with any employee engaged in any such private employment to settle for such compensation, or to retain the right to sue said employer or any person employed by said employer, acting in the scope of his employment, as provided by this Constitution; and, provided further, in order to assure and make certain a just and humane compensation law in the state of Arizona, for the relief and protection of such workmen, their widows, children or dependents, as defined by law, from the burdensome, expensive and litigious remedies for injuries to or death of such workmen, now existing in the state of Arizona, and producing uncertain and unequal compensation therefor, such employee, engaged in such private employment, may exercise the option to settle for compensation by failing to reject the provisions of such workmen's compensation law prior to the injury, except that if the injury is the result of an act done by the employer or a person employed by the employer knowingly and purposely with the direct object of injuring another, and the act indicates a wilful disregard of the life, limb or bodily safety of employees, then such employee may, after the injury, exercise the option to accept compensation or to retain the right to sue the person who injured him.</p> <p>The percentages and amounts of compensation provided in house bill no. 227 enacted by the seventh legislature of the state of Arizona, shall never be reduced nor any industry included within the provision of said house bill no. 227 eliminated except by initiated or referred measure as provided by this Constitution.</p> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XVIII:9 |s1=9 |title=Blacklists |text=The exchange, solicitation, or giving out of any labor "black list," is hereby prohibited, and suitable laws shall be enacted to put this provision into effect. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XVIII:10 |s1=10 |title=Employment of aliens |text=No person not a citizen or ward of the United States shall be employed upon or in connection with any state, county or municipal works or employment; provided, that nothing herein shall be construed to prevent the working of prisoners by the state or by any county or municipality thereof on street or road work or other public work and that the provisions of this section shall not apply to the employment of any teacher, instructor, or professor authorized to teach in the United States under the teacher exchange program as provided by federal statutes enacted by the congress of the United States or the employment of university or college faculty members. The legislature shall enact laws for the enforcement and shall provide for the punishment of any violation of this section. }} <!-- ARTICLE XIX --> {{law-const/a |art=XIX |title=Mines }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIX:0.v1 |s1= |title= |text=The office of mine inspector is hereby established. The legislature shall enact laws so regulating the operation and equipment of all mines in the state as to provide for the health and safety of workers therein and in connection therewith, and fixing the duties of said office. Upon approval of such laws by the governor, the governor, with the advice and consent of the senate, shall forthwith appoint a mine inspector, who shall serve until his successor shall have been elected at the first general election thereafter and shall qualify. Said successor and all subsequent incumbents of said office shall be elected at general elections, and shall serve for four years. The initial four year term shall be served by the mine inspector elected in the general election held in November, 1994. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIX:0.v2 |s1= |title=[Version 2]<ref>Version amended by 1992 Proposition 107</ref> |text=The office of mine inspector is hereby established. The legislature, at its first session, shall enact laws so regulating the operation and equipment of all mines in the state as to provide for the health and safety of workers therein and in connection therewith, and fixing the duties of said office. Upon approval of such laws by the governor, the governor, with the advice and consent of the senate, shall forthwith appoint a mine inspector, who shall serve until his successor shall have been elected at the first general election thereafter and shall qualify. Said successor and all subsequent incumbents of said office shall be elected at general elections, and shall serve for a term of two years. No mine inspector shall serve more than four consecutive terms in that office. No mine inspector, after serving the maximum number of terms, which shall include any part of a term served, may serve in the same office until out of office for no less than one full term. This limitation on the number of terms of consecutive service shall apply to terms of office beginning on or after January 1, 1993. }} <!-- ARTICLE XX --> {{law-const/a |art=XX |title=Ordinance }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XX:0 |s1= |title= |text=The following ordinance shall be irrevocable without the consent of the United States and the people of this state: }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XX:1 |s1=1 |title=Toleration of religious sentiment |text=Perfect toleration of religious sentiment shall be secured to every inhabitant of this state, and no inhabitant of this state shall ever be molested in person or property on account of his or her mode of religious worship, or lack of the same. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XX:2 |s1=2 |title=Polygamy |text=Polygamous or plural marriages, or polygamous co-habitation, are forever prohibited within this state. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XX:3 |s1=3 |title=Introduction of intoxicating liquors into Indian country |text=The introduction of intoxicating liquors for resale purposes into Indian country is prohibited within this state until July 1, 1957. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XX:4 |s1=4 |title=Public lands; Indian lands |text=The people inhabiting this state do agree and declare that they forever disclaim all right and title to the unappropriated and ungranted public lands lying within the boundaries thereof and to all lands lying within said boundaries owned or held by any Indian or Indian tribes, the right or title to which shall have been acquired through or from the United States or any prior sovereignty, and that, until the title of such Indian or Indian tribes shall have been extinguished, the same shall be, and remain, subject to the disposition and under the absolute jurisdiction and control of the Congress of the United States. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XX:5 |s1=5 |title=Taxation |text=The lands and other property belonging to citizens of the United States residing without this state shall never be taxed at a higher rate than the lands and other property situated in this state belonging to residents thereof, and no taxes shall be imposed by this state on any lands or other property within an Indian reservation owned or held by any Indian; but nothing herein shall preclude the state from taxing as other lands and other property are taxed, any lands and other property outside of an Indian reservation owned or held by any Indian, save and except such lands as have been granted or acquired as aforesaid, or as may be granted or confirmed to any Indian or Indians under any act of Congress. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XX:6 |s1=6 |title=Territorial debts and liabilities |text=The debts and liabilities of the territory of Arizona, and the debts of the counties thereof, valid and subsisting at the time of the passage of the enabling act approved June 20, 1910, are hereby assumed and shall be paid by the state of Arizona, and the state of Arizona shall, as to all such debts and liabilities, be subrogated to all the rights, including rights of indemnity and reimbursement, existing in favor of said territory or of any of the several counties thereof, at the time of the passage of the said enabling act; Provided that nothing in this ordinance shall be construed as validating or in any manner legalizing any territory, county, municipal, or other bonds, obligations, or evidences of indebtedness of said territory or the counties or municipalities thereof which now are or may be invalid or illegal at the time the said state of Arizona is admitted as a state, and the legislature or the people of the state of Arizona shall never pass any law in any manner validating or legalizing the same. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XX:7 |s1=7 |title=Public school system; suffrage |text=<p>Provisions shall be made by law for the establishment and maintenance of a system of public schools which shall be open to all the children of the state and be free from sectarian control, and said schools shall always be conducted in English.</p> <p>The state shall never enact any law restricting or abridging the right of suffrage on account of race, color, or previous condition of servitude.</p> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XX:8 |s1=8 |title=English language |text=The ability to read, write, speak, and understand the English language sufficiently well to conduct the duties of the office without the aid of an interpreter, shall be a necessary qualification for all state officers and members of the state legislature. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XX:9 |s1=9 |title=Location of state capital |text=The capital of the state of Arizona, until changed by the electors voting at an election provided for by the legislature for that purpose shall be at the city of Phoenix, but no such election shall be called or provided for prior to the thirty-first day of December, nineteen hundred and twenty-five. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XX:10 |s1=10 |title=Repealed |text=[Repealed] }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XX:11 |s1=11 |title=Repealed |text=[Repealed] }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XX:12 |s1=12 |title=Lands granted to state |text=The state of Arizona and its people hereby consent to all and singular the provisions of the enabling act approved June 20, 1910, concerning the lands thereby granted or confirmed to the state, the terms and conditions upon which said grants and confirmations are made, and the means and manner of enforcing such terms and conditions, all in every respect and particular as in the aforesaid enabling act provided. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XX:13 |s1=13 |title=Ordinance as part of constitution; amendment |text=This ordinance is hereby made a part of the Constitution of the state of Arizona, and no future constitutional amendment shall be made which in any manner changes or abrogates this ordinance in whole or in part without the consent of Congress. }} <!-- ARTICLE XXI --> {{law-const/a |art=XXI |title=Mode of amending }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXI:1 |s1=1 |title=Introduction in legislature; initiative petition; election |text=Any amendment or amendments to this constitution may be proposed in either house of the legislature, or by initiative petition signed by a number of qualified electors equal to fifteen per centum of the total number of votes for all candidates for governor at the last preceding general election. Any proposed amendment or amendments which shall be introduced in either house of the legislature, and which shall be approved by a majority of the members elected to each of the two houses, shall be entered on the journal of each house, together with the ayes and nays thereon. When any proposed amendment or amendments shall be thus passed by a majority of each house of the legislature and entered on the respective journals thereof, or when any elector or electors shall file with the secretary of state any proposed amendment or amendments together with a petition therefor signed by a number of electors equal to fifteen per centum of the total number of votes for all candidates for governor in the last preceding general election, the secretary of state shall submit such proposed amendment or amendments to the vote of the people at the next general election (except when the legislature shall call a special election for the purpose of having said proposed amendment or amendments voted upon, in which case the secretary of state shall submit such proposed amendment or amendments to the qualified electors at said special election,) and if a majority of the qualified electors voting thereon shall approve and ratify such proposed amendment or amendments in said regular or special election, such amendment or amendments shall become a part of this constitution. Until a method of publicity is otherwise provided by law, the secretary of state shall have such proposed amendment or amendments published for a period of at least ninety days previous to the date of said election in at least one newspaper in every county of the state in which a newspaper shall be published, in such manner as may be prescribed by law. If more than one proposed amendment shall be submitted at any election, such proposed amendments shall be submitted in such manner that the electors may vote for or against such proposed amendments separately. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXI:2 |s1=2 |title=Convention |text=No Convention shall be called by the Legislature to propose alterations, revisions, or amendments to this Constitution, or to propose a new Constitution, unless laws providing for such Convention shall first be approved by the people on a Referendum vote at a regular or special election, and any amendments, alterations, revisions, or new Constitution proposed by such Convention shall be submitted to the electors of the State at a general or special election and be approved by the majority of the electors voting thereon before the same shall become effective. }} <!-- ARTICLE XXII --> {{law-const/a |art=XXII |title=Schedule and miscellaneous }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:1 |s1=1 |title=Existing rights, actions, suits, proceedings, contracts, claims, or demands; process |text=No rights, actions, suits, proceedings, contracts, claims, or demands, existing at the time of the admission of this State into the Union, shall be affected by a change in the form of government, from Territorial to State, but all shall continue as if no change had taken place; and all process which may have been issued under the authority of the Territory of Arizona, previous to its admission into the Union, shall be as valid as if issued in the name of the State. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:2 |s1=2 |title=Territorial laws |text=All laws of the Territory of Arizona now in force, not repugnant to this Constitution, shall remain in force as laws of the State of Arizona until they expire by their own limitations or are altered or repealed by law; Provided, that wherever the word Territory, meaning the Territory of Arizona, appears in said laws, the word State shall be substituted. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:3 |s1=3 |title=Debts, fines, penalties, and forfeitures |text=All debts, fines, penalties, and forfeitures which have accrued, or may hereafter accrue, to the Territory of Arizona shall inure to the State of Arizona. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:4 |s1=4 |title=Recognizances; bonds; estate; judgments; choses in action |text=All recognizances heretofore taken, or which may be taken, before the change from a Territorial to a State government, shall remain valid, and shall pass to and may be prosecuted in the name of the State, and all bonds executed to the Territory of Arizona, or to any county or municipal corporation, or to any officer, or court, in his or its official capacity, shall pass to the State authorities and their successors in office for the uses therein expressed, and may be sued for and recovered accordingly; and all the estate, real, personal, and mixed, and all judgments, decrees, bonds, specialties, choses in action, and claims, demands or debts of whatever description, belonging to the Territory of Arizona, shall inure to and vest in the State of Arizona, and may be sued for and recovered by the State of Arizona in the same manner, and to the same extent, as the same might or could have been by the Territory of Arizona. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:5 |s1=5 |title=Criminal prosecutions and penal actions; offenses; penalties; actions and suits |text=All criminal prosecutions and penal actions which may have arisen, or which may arise, before the change from a Territorial to a State government, and which shall then be pending, shall be prosecuted to judgment and execution in the name of the State. All offenses committed against the laws of the Territory of Arizona before the change from a Territorial to a State government, and which shall not be prosecuted before such change, may be prosecuted in the name, and by the authority, of the State of Arizona, with like effect as though such change had not taken place, and all penalties incurred and punishments inflicted shall remain the same as if this Constitution had not been adopted. All actions at law and suits in equity, which may be pending in any of the courts, of the Territory of Arizona at the time of the change from a Territorial to a State government, shall be continued and transferred to the court of the State, or of the United States, having jurisdiction thereof. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:6 |s1=6 |title=Territorial, district, county, and precinct officers |text=All Territorial, district, county, and precinct officers who may be in office at the time of the admission of the State into the Union shall hold their respective offices until their successors shall have qualified, and the official bonds of all such officers shall continue in full force and effect while such officers remain in office. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:7 |s1=7 |title=Causes pending in district courts of territory; records, papers, and property |text=<p>Whenever the judge of the superior court of any county, elected or appointed under the provisions of this Constitution, shall have qualified, the several causes then pending in the district court of the Territory, and in and for such county, except such causes as would have been within the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States courts, had such courts existed at the time of the commencement of such causes within such county, and the records, papers, and proceedings of said district court, and other property pertaining thereto, shall pass into the jurisdiction and possession of the superior court of such county.</p> <p>It shall be the duty of the clerk of the district court having custody of such papers, records, and property, to transmit to the clerk of said superior court the original papers in all cases pending in such district and belonging to the jurisdiction of said superior court, together with a transcript, or transcripts, of so much of the record of said district court as shall relate to the same; and until the district courts of the Territory shall be superseded in manner aforesaid, and as in this Constitution provided, the said district courts, and the judges thereof, shall continue with the same jurisdiction and powers, to be exercised in the same judicial district, respectively, as heretofore, and now, constituted.</p> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:8 |s1=8 |title=Probate records and proceedings |text=When the State is admitted into the Union, and the superior courts, in their respective counties, are organized, the books, records, papers, and proceedings of the probate court in each county, and all causes and matters of administration pending therein, shall pass into the jurisdiction and possession of the superior court of the same county created by this Constitution, and the said court shall proceed to final judgment or decree, order, or other determination, in the several matters and causes with like effect as the probate court might have done if this Constitution had not been adopted. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:9 |s1=9 |title=Causes pending in supreme court of territory; records, papers, and property |text=Whenever a quorum of the judges of the Supreme Court of the State shall have been elected, and qualified, and shall have taken office, under this Constitution, the causes then pending in the Supreme Court of the Territory, except such causes as would have been within the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States courts, had such courts existed at the time of the commencement of such causes, and the papers, records, and proceedings of said court, and the seal and other property pertaining thereto, shall pass into the jurisdiction and possession of the Supreme Court of the State, and until so superseded, the Supreme Court of the Territory, and the judges thereof, shall continue, with like powers and jurisdiction as if this Constitution had not been adopted, or the State admitted into the Union; and all causes pending in the Supreme Court of the Territory at said time, and which said causes would have been within the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States courts, had such courts existed, at the time of the commencement of such causes, and the papers, records, and proceedings of said court, relating thereto, shall pass into the jurisdiction of the United States courts, all as in the Enabling Act approved June 20, 1910, provided. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:10 |s1=10 |title=Seals of supreme court, superior courts, municipalities, and county officers |text=Until otherwise provided by law, the seal now in use in the Supreme Court of the Territory, shall be the seal of the Supreme Court of the State, except that the word "State", shall be substituted for the word "Territory" on said seal. The seal of the superior courts of the several counties of the State, until otherwise provided by law, shall be the vignette of Abraham Lincoln, with the words "Seal of the Superior Court of ________________ County, State of Arizona, surrounding the vignette. The seal of municipalities, and of all county officers, in the Territory, shall be the seals of such municipalities and county officers, respectively, under the State, until otherwise provided by law, except that the word "Territory", or "Territory of Arizona", be changed to read "State" or "State of Arizona", where the same may appear on any such seals. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:11 |s1=11 |title=Effective date of constitution |text=The provisions of this Constitution shall be in force from the day on which the President of the United States shall issue his proclamation declaring the State of Arizona admitted into the Union. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:12 |s1=12 |title=Election of representative in congress |text=One Representative in the Congress of the United States shall be elected from the State at large, and at the same election at which officers shall be elected under the Enabling Act, approved June 20, 1910, and, thereafter, at such times and in such manner as may be prescribed by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:13 |s1=13 |title=Continuation in office until qualification of successor |text=The term of office of every officer to be elected or appointed under this Constitution or the laws of Arizona shall extend until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:14 |s1=14 |title=Initiative |text=Any law which may be enacted by the Legislature under this Constitution may be enacted by the people under the Initiative. Any law which may not be enacted by the Legislature under this Constitution shall not be enacted by the people. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:15 |s1=15 |title=Public institutions |text=Correctional and penal institutions, and institutions for the benefit of persons who have mental or physical disabilities and such other institutions as the public good may require, shall be established and supported by the State in such manner as may be prescribed by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:16 |s1=16 |title=Confinement of minor offenders |text=It shall be unlawful to confine any minor under the age of eighteen years, accused or convicted of crime, in the same section of any jail or prison in which adult prisoners are confined. Suitable quarters shall be prepared for the confinement of such minors. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:17 |s1=17 |title=Compensation of public officers |text=All State and county officers (except notaries public) and all justices of the peace and constables, whose precinct includes a city or town or part thereof, shall be paid fixed and definite salaries, and they shall receive no fees for their own use. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:18 |s1=18 |title=Nomination of incumbent public officers to other offices |text=Except during the final year of the term being served, no incumbent of a salaried elective office, whether holding by election or appointment, may offer himself for nomination or election to any salaried local, State or federal office. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:19 |s1=19 |title=Lobbying |text=The Legislature shall enact laws and adopt rules prohibiting the practice of lobbying on the floor of either House of the Legislature, and further regulating the practice of lobbying. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:20 |s1=20 |title=Design of state seal |text=The seal of the State shall be of the following design: In the background shall be a range of mountains, with the sun rising behind the peaks thereof, and at the right side of the range of mountains there shall be a storage reservoir and a dam, below which in the middle distance are irrigated fields and orchards reaching into the foreground, at the right of which are cattle grazing. To the left in the middle distance on a mountain side is a quartz mill in front of which and in the foreground is a miner standing with pick and shovel. Above this device shall be the motto: "Ditat Deus." In a circular band surrounding the whole device shall be inscribed: "Great Seal of The State of Arizona", with the year of admission of the State into the Union. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:21 |s1=21 |title=Enactment of laws to carry constitution into effect |text=The Legislature shall enact all necessary laws to carry into effect the provisions of this Constitution. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:22 |s1=22 |title=Judgments of death |text=The judgment of death shall be inflicted by administering an intravenous injection of a substance or substances in a lethal quantity sufficient to cause death except that defendants sentenced to death for offenses committed prior to the effective date of the amendment to this section shall have the choice of either lethal injection or lethal gas. The lethal injection or lethal gas shall be administered under such procedures and supervision as prescribed by law. The execution shall take place within the limits of the state prison. }} <!-- ARTICLE XXIII --> {{law-const/a |art=XXIII |title=Repealed }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXIII:0 |s1= |title=Repealed |text=[Repealed] }} <!-- ARTICLE XXIV --> {{law-const/a |art=XXIV |title=Repealed }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXIV:0 |s1= |title=Repealed |text=[Repealed] }} <!-- ARTICLE XXV --> {{law-const/a |art=XXV |title=Right to work }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXV:0 |s1= |title= |text=No person shall be denied the opportunity to obtain or retain employment because of non-membership in a labor organization, nor shall the State or any subdivision thereof, or any corporation, individual or association of any kind enter into any agreement, written or oral, which excludes any person from employment or continuation of employment because of non-membership in a labor organization. }} <!-- ARTICLE XXVI --> {{law-const/a |art=XXVI |title=Right of licensed real estate brokers and salesmen to prepare instruments incident to property transactions }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXVI:1 |s1=1 |title=Powers of real estate broker or salesman |text=Any person holding a valid license as a real estate broker or a real estate salesman regularly issued by the Arizona State Real Estate Department when acting in such capacity as broker or salesman for the parties, or agent for one of the parties to a sale, exchange, or trade, or the renting and leasing of property, shall have the right to draft or fill out and complete, without charge, any and all instruments incident thereto including, but not limited to, preliminary purchase agreements and earnest money receipts, deeds, mortgages, leases, assignments, releases, contracts for sale of realty, and bills of sale. }} <!-- ARTICLE XXVII --> {{law-const/a |art=XXVII |title=Regulation of health, safety, and welfare }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXVII:1 |s1=1 |title=Regulation of ambulances; powers of legislature |text=The legislature may provide for the regulation of ambulances and ambulance services in this state in all matters relating to services provided, routes served, response times and charges. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXVII:2 |s1=2 |title=Health care; definitions |text=<ol type="A"> <li>To preserve the freedom of Arizonans to provide for their health care:<ol type="1"> <li>A law or rule shall not compel, directly or indirectly, any person, employer or health care provider to participate in any health care system.</li> <li>A person or employer may pay directly for lawful health care services and shall not be required to pay penalties or fines for paying directly for lawful health care services. A health care provider may accept direct payment for lawful health care services and shall not be required to pay penalties or fines for accepting direct payment from a person or employer for lawful health care services.</li></ol></li> <li>Subject to reasonable and necessary rules that do not substantially limit a person's options, the purchase or sale of health insurance in private health care systems shall not be prohibited by law or rule.</li> <li>This section does not:<ol type="1"> <li>Affect which health care services a health care provider or hospital is required to perform or provide.</li> <li>Affect which health care services are permitted by law.</li> <li>Prohibit care provided pursuant to article XVIII, section 8 of this constitution or any statutes enacted by the legislature relating to worker's compensation.</li> <li>Affect laws or rules in effect as of January 1, 2009.</li> <li>Affect the terms or conditions of any health care system to the extent that those terms and conditions do not have the effect of punishing a person or employer for paying directly for lawful health care services or a health care provider or hospital for accepting direct payment from a person or employer for lawful health care services.</li></ol></li> <li>For the purposes of this section:<ol type="1"> <li>"Compel" includes penalties or fines.</li> <li>"Direct payment or pay directly" means payment for lawful health care services without a public or private third party, not including an employer, paying for any portion of the service.</li> <li>"Health care system" means any public or private entity whose function or purpose is the management of, processing of, enrollment of individuals for or payment for, in full or in part, health care services or health care data or health care information for its participants.</li> <li>"Lawful health care services" means any health-related service or treatment to the extent that the service or treatment is permitted or not prohibited by law or regulation that may be provided by persons or businesses otherwise permitted to offer such services.</li> <li>"Penalties or fines" means any civil or criminal penalty or fine, tax, salary or wage withholding or surcharge or any named fee with a similar effect established by law or rule by a government established, created or controlled agency that is used to punish or discourage the exercise of rights protected under this section.</li></ol></li> </ol> }} <!-- ARTICLE XXVIII --> {{law-const/a |art=XXVIII |title=English as the official language }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXVIII:1 |s1=1 |title=Definitions |text=In this article, unless the context otherwise requires:<ol type="1"> <li>"Government" includes all laws, public proceedings, rules, publications, orders, actions, programs, policies, departments, boards, agencies, organizations and instrumentalities of this state or political subdivisions of this state, as appropriate under the circumstances to a particular official action.</li> <li>"Official action" includes the performance of any function or action on behalf of this state or a political subdivision of this state or required by state law that appears to present the views, position or imprimatur of the state or political subdivision or that binds or commits the state or political subdivision, but does not include:<ol type="a"> <li>The teaching of or the encouragement of learning languages other than English.</li> <li>Actions required under the federal individuals with disabilities education act or other federal laws.</li> <li>Actions, documents or policies necessary for tourism, commerce or international trade.</li> <li>Actions or documents that protect the public health and safety, including law enforcement and emergency services.</li> <li>Actions that protect the rights of victims of crimes or criminal defendants.</li> <li>Using terms of art or phrases from languages other than English.</li> <li>Using or preserving Native American languages.</li> <li>Informal and nonbinding translations or communications among or between representatives of government and other persons if this activity does not affect or impair supervision, management, conduct or execution of official actions and if the representatives of government make clear that these translations or communications are unofficial and are not binding on this state or a political subdivision of this state.</li> <li>Actions necessary to preserve the right to petition for the redress of grievances.</li></ol></li> <li>"Preserve, protect and enhance the role of English" includes:<ol type="a"> <li>Avoiding any official actions that ignore, harm or diminish the role of English as the language of government.</li> <li>Protecting the rights of persons in this state who use English.</li> <li>Encouraging greater opportunities for individuals to learn the English language.</li> <li>To the greatest extent possible under federal statute, providing services, programs, publications, documents and materials in English.</li></ol></li> <li>"Representatives of government" includes all individuals or entities during the performance of the individual's or entity's official actions.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXVIII:2 |s1=2 |title=Official language of Arizona |text=The official language of the state of Arizona is English. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXVIII:3 |s1=3 |title=Preserving and enhancing the role of the official |text=<ol type="A"> <li>Representatives of government in this state shall preserve, protect and enhance the role of English as the official language of the government of Arizona.</li> <li>A person shall not be discriminated against or penalized in any way because the person uses or attempts to use English in public or private communication.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXVIII:4 |s1=4 |title=Official actions to be conducted in English |text=Official actions shall be conducted in English. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXVIII:5 |s1=5 |title=Rules of construction |text=This article shall not be construed to prohibit any representative of government, including a member of the legislature, while performing official duties, from communicating unofficially through any medium with another person in a language other than English if official action is conducted in English. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXVIII:6 |s1=6 |title=Standing; notification of attorney general; recovery of costs |text=<ol type="A"> <li>A person who resides or does business in this state may file a civil action for relief from any official action that violates this article in a manner that causes injury to the person.</li> <li>A person who resides or does business in this state and who contends that this article is not being implemented or enforced may file a civil action to determine if the failure or inaction complained of is a violation of this article and for injunctive or mandatory relief.</li> <li>A person shall not file an action under this section unless the person has notified the attorney general of the alleged violation and the attorney general or other appropriate representative of government has not provided appropriate relief within a reasonable time under the circumstances. An action filed under this section may be in addition to or in lieu of any action by officers of this state, including the attorney general.</li> <li>A person who files and is successful in an action under this section may be awarded all costs expended or incurred in the action, including reasonable attorney fees.</li> </ol> }} <!-- ARTICLE XXIX --> {{law-const/a |art=XXIX |title=Public retirement systems }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXIX:1 |s1=1 |title=Public retirement systems |text=<ol type="A"> <li>Public retirement systems shall be funded with contributions and investment earnings using actuarial methods and assumptions that are consistent with generally accepted actuarial standards.</li> <li>The assets of public retirement systems, including investment earnings and contributions, are separate and independent trust funds and shall be invested, administered and distributed as determined by law solely in the interests of the members and beneficiaries of the public retirement systems.</li> <li>Membership in a public retirement system is a contractual relationship that is subject to article II, section 25.</li> <li>Public retirement system benefits shall not be diminished or impaired, except that certain adjustments to the public safety personnel retirement system may be made as provided in senate bill 1428, as enacted by the fifty second legislature, second regular session.</li> <li>This section preserves the authority vested in the legislature pursuant to this constitution and does not restrict the legislature's ability to modify public retirement system benefits for prospective members of public retirement systems.</li> </ol> }} <!-- ARTICLE XXX --> {{law-const/a |art=XXX |title=Marriage }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXX:1 |s1=1 |title=Marriage<ref>{{cite news |last1=Westfall |first1=Julie|last2=Queally|first2=James|title=Arizona's gay marriage ban struck down, AG will not appeal|url=http://www.latimes.com/nation/nationnow/la-na-nn-arizonas-gay-marriage-ban-struck-down-20141017-story.html|publisher=Los Angeles Times|accessdate=October 17, 2014|date=October 17, 2014}}</ref> |text=Only a union of one man and one woman shall be valid or recognized as a marriage in this state. }} =Notes and references= ==References== * {{cite web|title=Arizona Constitution|publisher=Arizona State Legislature|url=http://azleg.gov/Constitution.asp|accessdate=24 October 2014}} ==Notes== {{reflist|2}} [[category:State constitutions of the United States|Arizona]] [[category:Arizona]] tek237s8c3brd0gi09lxi1gxqsgw08k 14128005 14127984 2024-04-25T15:11:06Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Make sure it converted properly wikitext text/x-wiki {{No source}} {{header | title=Arizona Constitution | author= | override_author=Arizona Constitutional Convention, 1910 | section= | previous= | next= | year=1910 | portal=Arizona | notes=The '''Constitution of the State of Arizona''' is the basic law for the State of Arizona. The current constitution, adopted in 1912, is the first and only adopted by the State of Arizona. }} __NOTOC__ <!-- CONTENTS [[#Constitution for the State of Arizona|{{smallcaps|Constitution for the State of Arizona}}]] :[[#pre|{{smallcaps|Preamble}}]] :[[#I|{{smallcaps|Article '''I'''. State boundaries}}]] ::[[#I:1|Section '''1'''. <u>''Designation of boundaries''</u>]] ::[[#I:2|Section '''2'''. <u>''Alteration of state boundaries''</u>]] :[[#II|{{smallcaps|Article '''II'''. Declaration of rights}}]] ::[[#II:1|Section '''1'''. <u>''Fundamental principles; recurrence to''</u>]] ::[[#II:2|Section '''2'''. <u>''Political power; purpose of government''</u>]] ::[[#II:2.1|Section '''2.1'''. <u>''Victim's bill of rights''</u>]] ::[[#II:3|Section '''3'''. <u>''Supreme law of the land; authority to exercise sovereign authority against federal action; use of government personnel and financial resources''</u>]] ::[[#II:4|Section '''4'''. <u>''Due process of law''</u>]] ::[[#II:5|Section '''5'''. <u>''Rights of petition and assembly''</u>]] ::[[#II:6|Section '''6'''. <u>''Freedom of speech and press''</u>]] ::[[#II:7|Section '''7'''. <u>''Oaths and affirmations''</u>]] ::[[#II:8|Section '''8'''. <u>''Right to privacy''</u>]] ::[[#II:9|Section '''9'''. <u>''Irrevocable grants of privileges, franchises or immunities''</u>]] ::[[#II:10|Section '''10'''. <u>''Self-incrimination; double jeopardy''</u>]] ::[[#II:11|Section '''11'''. <u>''Administration of justice''</u>]] ::[[#II:12|Section '''12'''. <u>''Liberty of conscience; appropriations for religious purposes prohibited; religious freedom''</u>]] ::[[#II:13|Section '''13'''. <u>''Equal privileges and immunities''</u>]] ::[[#II:14|Section '''14'''. <u>''Habeas corpus''</u>]] ::[[#II:15|Section '''15'''. <u>''Excessive bail; cruel and unusual punishment''</u>]] ::[[#II:16|Section '''16'''. <u>''Corruption of blood; forfeiture of estate''</u>]] ::[[#II:17|Section '''17'''. <u>''Eminent domain; just compensation for private property taken; public use as judicial question''</u>]] ::[[#II:18|Section '''18'''. <u>''Imprisonment for debt''</u>]] ::[[#II:19|Section '''19'''. <u>''Bribery or illegal rebating; witnesses; self-incrimination no defense''</u>]] ::[[#II:20|Section '''20'''. <u>''Military power subordinate to civil power''</u>]] ::[[#II:21|Section '''21'''. <u>''Free and equal elections''</u>]] ::[[#II:22|Section '''22'''. <u>''Bailable offenses''</u>]] ::[[#II:23|Section '''23'''. <u>''Trial by jury; number of jurors specified by law''</u>]] ::[[#II:24|Section '''24'''. <u>''Rights of accuses in criminal prosecutions''</u>]] ::[[#II:25|Section '''25'''. <u>''Bills of attainder; ex post facto laws; impairment of contract obligations''</u>]] ::[[#II:26|Section '''26'''. <u>''Bearing arms''</u>]] ::[[#II:27|Section '''27'''. <u>''Standing army; quartering soldiers''</u>]] ::[[#II:28|Section '''28'''. <u>''Treason''</u>]] ::[[#II:29|Section '''29'''. <u>''Hereditary emoluments, privileges or powers; perpetuities or entailments''</u>]] ::[[#II:30|Section '''30'''. <u>''Indictment or information; preliminary examination''</u>]] ::[[#II:31|Section '''31'''. <u>''Damages for death or personal injuries''</u>]] ::[[#II:32|Section '''32'''. <u>''Constitutional provisions mandatory''</u>]] ::[[#II:33|Section '''33'''. <u>''Reservation of rights''</u>]] ::[[#II:34|Section '''34'''. <u>''Industrial pursuits by state and municipal corporations''</u>]] ::[[#II:35|Section '''35'''. <u>''Actions by illegal aliens prohibited''</u>]] ::[[#II:36|Section '''36'''. <u>''Preferential treatment or discrimination prohibited; exceptions; definition''</u>]] ::[[#II:37|Section '''37'''. <u>''Right to secret ballot; employee representation''</u>]] --> ==Constitution for the State of Arizona== <!-- PREAMBLE --> {{law-const/a/pre |text=We the people of the State of Arizona, grateful to Almighty God for our liberties, do ordain this Constitution. }} <!-- ARTICLE I --> {{law-const/a |art=I |title=State boundaries }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=I:1 |s1=1 |title=Designation of boundaries |text=The boundaries of the State of Arizona shall be as follows, namely: Beginning at a point on the Colorado River twenty English miles below the junction of the Gila and Colorado Rivers, as fixed by the Gadsden Treaty between the United States and Mexico, being in latitude thirty-two degrees, twenty-nine minutes, forty-four and forty-five one-hundredths seconds north and longitude one hundred fourteen degrees, forty-eight minutes, forty-four and fifty-three one-hundredths seconds west of Greenwich; thence along and with the international boundary line between the United States and Mexico in a southeastern direction to Monument Number 127 on said boundary line in latitude thirty-one degrees, twenty minutes north; thence east along and with said parallel of latitude, continuing on said boundary line to an intersection with the meridian of longitude one hundred nine degrees, two minutes, fifty-nine and twenty-five one-hundredths seconds west, being identical with the southwestern corner of New Mexico; thence north along and with said meridian of longitude and the west boundary of New Mexico to an intersection with the parallel of latitude thirty-seven degrees north, being the common corner of Colorado, Utah, Arizona, and New Mexico; thence west along and with said parallel of latitude and the south boundary of Utah to an intersection with the meridian of longitude one hundred fourteen degrees, two minutes, fifty-nine and twenty-five one-hundredths seconds west, being on the east boundary line of the State of Nevada; thence south along and with said meridian of longitude and the east boundary of said State of Nevada, to the center of the Colorado River; thence down the mid-channel of said Colorado River in a southern direction along and with the east boundaries of Nevada, California, and the Mexican Territory of Lower California, successively, to the place of beginning. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=I:2 |s1=2 |title=Alteration of state boundaries |text=The legislature, in cooperation with the properly constituted authority of any adjoining state, is empowered to change, alter, and redefine the state boundaries, such change, alteration and redefinition to become effective only upon approval of the Congress of the United States. }} <!-- ARTICLE II --> {{law-const/a |art=II |title=Declaration of rights }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:1 |s1=1 |title=Fundamental principles; recurrence to |text=A frequent recurrence to fundamental principles is essential to the security of individual rights and the perpetuity of free government. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:2 |s1=2 |title=Political power; purpose of government |text=All political power is inherent in the people, and governments derive their just powers from the consent of the governed, and are established to protect and maintain individual rights. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:2.1 |s1=2.1 |title=Victim's bill of rights |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>To preserve and protect victims' rights to justice and due process, a victim of crime has a right:<ol> <li>To be treated with fairness, respect, and dignity, and to be free from intimidation, harassment, or abuse, throughout the criminal justice process.</li> <li>To be informed, upon request, when the accused or convicted person is released from custody or has escaped.</li> <li>To be present at and, upon request, to be informed of all criminal proceedings where the defendant has the right to be present.</li> <li>To be heard at any proceeding involving a post-arrest release decision, a negotiated plea, and sentencing.</li> <li>To refuse an interview, deposition, or other discovery request by the defendant, the defendant's attorney, or other person acting on behalf of the defendant.</li> <li>To confer with the prosecution, after the crime against the victim has been charged, before trial or before any disposition of the case and to be informed of the disposition.</li> <li>To read pre-sentence reports relating to the crime against the victim when they are available to the defendant.</li> <li>To receive prompt restitution from the person or persons convicted of the criminal conduct that caused the victim's loss or injury.</li> <li>To be heard at any proceeding when any post-conviction release from confinement is being considered.</li> <li>To a speedy trial or disposition and prompt and final conclusion of the case after the conviction and sentence.</li> <li>To have all rules governing criminal procedure and the admissibility of evidence in all criminal proceedings protect victims' rights and to have these rules be subject to amendment or repeal by the legislature to ensure the protection of these rights.</li> <li>To be informed of victims' constitutional rights.</li></ol></li> <li>A victim's exercise of any right granted by this section shall not be grounds for dismissing any criminal proceeding or setting aside any conviction or sentence.</li> <li>"Victim" means a person against whom the criminal offense has been committed or, if the person is killed or incapacitated, the person's spouse, parent, child or other lawful representative, except if the person is in custody for an offense or is the accused.</li> <li>The legislature, or the people by initiative or referendum, have the authority to enact substantive and procedural laws to define, implement, preserve and protect the rights guaranteed to victims by this section, including the authority to extend any of these rights to juvenile proceedings.</li> <li>The enumeration in the constitution of certain rights for victims shall not be construed to deny or disparage others granted by the legislature or retained by victims.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:3 |s1=3 |title=Supreme law of the land; authority to exercise sovereign authority against federal action; use of government personnel and financial resources |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>The Constitution of the United States is the supreme law of the land to which all government, state and federal, is subject.</li> <li>To protect the people's freedom and to preserve the checks and balances of the United States Constitution, this state may exercise its sovereign authority to restrict the actions of its personnel and the use of its financial resources to purposes that are consistent with the constitution by doing any of the following:<ol> <li>Passing an initiative or referendum pursuant to Article IV, part 1, section 1.</li> <li>Passing a bill pursuant to Article IV, part 2 and article V, section 7.</li> <li>Pursuing any other available legal remedy.</li></ol> </li> <li>If the people or their representatives exercise their authority pursuant to this section, this state and all political subdivisions of this state are prohibited from using any personnel or financial resources to enforce, administer or cooperate with the designated federal action or program.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:4 |s1=4 |title=Due process of law |text=No person shall be deprived of life, liberty, or property without due process of law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:5 |s1=5 |title=Right of petition and assembly |text=The right of petition, and of the people peaceably to assemble for the common good, shall never be abridged. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:6 |s1=6 |title=Freedom of speech and press |text=Every person may freely speak, write, and publish on all subjects, being responsible for the abuse of that right. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:7 |s1=7 |title=Oaths and affirmations |text=The mode of administering an oath, or affirmation, shall be such as shall be most consistent with and binding upon the conscience of the person to whom such oath, or affirmation, may be administered. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:8 |s1=8 |title=Right to privacy |text=No person shall be disturbed in his private affairs, or his home invaded, without authority of law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:9 |s1=9 |title=Irrevocable grants of privileges, franchises, or immunities |text=No law granting irrevocably any privilege, franchise, or immunity shall be enacted. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:10 |s1=10 |title=Self-incrimination double jeopardy |text=No person shall be compelled in any criminal case to give evidence against himself, or be twice put in jeopardy for the same offense. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:11 |s1=11 |title=Administration of justice |text=Justice in all cases shall be administered openly, and without unnecessary delay. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:12 |s1=12 |title=Liberty of conscience; appropriations for religious purposes prohibited; religious freedom |text=The liberty of conscience secured by the provisions of this constitution shall not be so construed as to excuse acts of licentiousness, or justify practices inconsistent with the peace and safety of the state. No public money or property shall be appropriated for or applied to any religious worship, exercise, or instruction, or to the support of any religious establishment. No religious qualification shall be required for any public office or employment, nor shall any person be incompetent as a witness or juror in consequence of his opinion on matters of religion, nor be questioned touching his religious belief in any court of justice to affect the weight of his testimony. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:13 |s1=13 |title=Equal privileges and immunities |text=No law shall be enacted granting to any citizen, class of citizens, or corporation other than municipal, privileges or immunities which, upon the same terms, shall not equally belong to all citizens or corporations. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:14 |s1=14 |title=Habeas corpus |text=The privilege of the writ of habeas corpus shall not be suspended by the authorities of the state. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:15 |s1=15 |title=Excessive bail; cruel and unusual punishment |text=Excessive bail shall not be required, nor excessive fines imposed, nor cruel and unusual punishment inflicted. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:16 |s1=16 |title=Corruption of blood; forfeiture of estate |text=No conviction shall work corruption of blood, or forfeiture of estate. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:17 |s1=17 |title=Eminent domain; just compensation for private property taken; public use as judicial question |text=Private property shall not be taken for private use, except for private ways of necessity, and for drains, flumes, or ditches, on or across the lands of others for mining, agricultural, domestic, or sanitary purposes. No private property shall be taken or damaged for public or private use without just compensation having first been made, paid into court for the owner, secured by bond as may be fixed by the court, or paid into the state treasury for the owner on such terms and conditions as the legislature may provide, and no right of way shall be appropriated to the use of any corporation other than municipal, until full compensation therefore be first made in money, or ascertained and paid into court for the owner, irrespective of any benefit from any improvement proposed by such corporation, which compensation shall be ascertained by a jury, unless a jury be waived as in other civil cases in courts of record, in the manner prescribed by law. Whenever an attempt is made to take private property for a use alleged to be public, the question whether the contemplated use be really public shall be a judicial question, and determined as such without regard to any legislative assertion that the use is public. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:18 |s1=18 |title=Imprisonment for debt |text=There shall be no imprisonment for debt, except in cases of fraud. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:19 |s1=19 |title=Bribery or illegal rebating; witnesses; self-incrimination no defense |text=Any person having knowledge or possession of facts that tend to establish the guilt of any other person or corporation charged with bribery or illegal rebating, shall not be excused from giving testimony or producing evidence, when legally called upon to do so, on the ground that it may tend to incriminate him under the laws of the state; but no person shall be prosecuted or subject to any penalty or forfeiture for, or on account of, any transaction, matter, or thing concerning which he may so testify or produce evidence. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:20 |s1=20 |title=Military power subordinate to civil power |text=The military shall be in strict subordination to the civil power. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:21 |s1=21 |title=Free and equal elections |text=All elections shall be free and equal, and no power, civil or military, shall at any time interfere to prevent the free exercise of the right of suffrage. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:22 |s1=22 |title=Bailable offenses |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>All persons charged with crime shall be bailable by sufficient sureties, except:<ol> <li>For capital offenses, sexual assault, sexual conduct with a minor under fifteen years of age or molestation of a child under fifteen years of age when the proof is evident or the presumption great.</li> <li>For felony offenses committed when the person charged is already admitted to bail on a separate felony charge and where the proof is evident or the presumption great as to the present charge.</li> <li>For felony offenses if the person charged poses a substantial danger to any other person or the community, if no conditions of release which may be imposed will reasonably assure the safety of the other person or the community and if the proof is evident or the presumption great as to the present charge.</li> <li>For serious felony offenses as prescribed by the legislature if the person charged has entered or remained in the United States illegally and if the proof is evident or the presumption great as to the present charge.</li></ol></li> <li>The purposes of bail and any conditions of release that are set by a judicial officer include:<ol> <li>Assuring the appearance of the accused.</li> <li>Protecting against the intimidation of witnesses.</li> <li>Protecting the safety of the victim, any other person or the community.</li> </ol></li></ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:23 |s1=23 |title=Trial by jury; number of jurors specified by law |text=The right of trial by jury shall remain inviolate. Juries in criminal cases in which a sentence of death or imprisonment for thirty years or more is authorized by law shall consist of twelve persons. In all criminal cases the unanimous consent of the jurors shall be necessary to render a verdict. In all other cases, the number of jurors, not less than six, and the number required to render a verdict, shall be specified by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:24 |s1=24 |title=Rights of accused in criminal prosecutions |text=In criminal prosecutions, the accused shall have the right to appear and defend in person, and by counsel, to demand the nature and cause of the accusation against him, to have a copy thereof, to testify in his own behalf, to meet the witnesses against him face to face, to have compulsory process to compel the attendance of witnesses in his own behalf, to have a speedy public trial by an impartial jury of the county in which the offense is alleged to have been committed, and the right to appeal in all cases; and in no instance shall any accused person before final judgment be compelled to advance money or fees to secure the rights herein guaranteed. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:25 |s1=25 |title=Bills of attainder; ex post facto laws; impairment of contract obligations |text=No bill of attainder, ex-post-facto law, or law impairing the obligation of a contract, shall ever be enacted. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:26 |s1=26 |title=Bearing arms |text=The right of the individual citizen to bear arms in defense of himself or the state shall not be impaired, but nothing in this section shall be construed as authorizing individuals or corporations to organize, maintain, or employ an armed body of men. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:27 |s1=27 |title=Standing army; quartering soldiers |text=No standing army shall be kept up by this state in time of peace, and no soldier shall in time of peace be quartered in any house without the consent of its owner, nor in time of war except in the manner prescribed by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:28 |s1=28 |title=Treason |text=Treason against the state shall consist only in levying war against the state, or adhering to its enemies, or in giving them aid and comfort. No person shall be convicted of treason unless on the testimony of two witnesses to the same overt act, or confession in open court. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:29 |s1=29 |title=Hereditary emoluments, privileges or powers; perpetuities or entailments |text=No hereditary emoluments, privileges, or powers shall be granted or conferred, and no law shall be enacted permitting any perpetuity or entailment in this state. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:30 |s1=30 |title=Indictment or information; preliminary examination |text=No person shall be prosecuted criminally in any court of record for felony or misdemeanor, otherwise than by information or indictment; no person shall be prosecuted for felony by information without having had a preliminary examination before a magistrate or having waived such preliminary examination. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:31 |s1=31 |title=Damages for death or personal injuries |text=No law shall be enacted in this state limiting the amount of damages to be recovered for causing the death or injury of any person, except that a crime victim is not subject to a claim for damages by a person who is harmed while the person is attempting to engage in, engaging in or fleeing after having engaged in or attempted to engage in conduct that is classified as a felony offense. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:32 |s1=32 |title=Constitutional provisions mandatory |text=The provisions of this Constitution are mandatory, unless by express words they are declared to be otherwise. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:33 |s1=33 |title=Reservation of rights |text=The enumeration in this Constitution of certain rights shall not be construed to deny others retained by the people. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:34 |s1=34 |title=Industrial pursuits by state and municipal corporations |text=The state of Arizona and each municipal corporation within the state of Arizona shall have the right to engage in industrial pursuits. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:35 |s1=35 |title=Actions by illegal aliens prohibited |text=A person who is present in this state in violation of federal immigration law related to improper entry by an alien shall not be awarded punitive damages in any action in any court in this state. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:36 |s1=36 |title=Preferential treatment or discrimination prohibited; exceptions; definition |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>This state shall not grant preferential treatment to or discriminate against any individual or group on the basis of race, sex, color, ethnicity or national origin in the operation of public employment, public education or public contracting.</li> <li>This section does not:<ol> <li>Prohibit bona fide qualifications based on sex that are reasonably necessary to the normal operation of public employment, public education or public contracting.</li> <li>Prohibit action that must be taken to establish or maintain eligibility for any federal program, if ineligibility would result in a loss of federal monies to this state.</li> <li>Invalidate any court order or consent decree that is in force as of the effective date of this section.</li></ol></li> <li>The remedies available for a violation of this section are the same, regardless of the injured party's race, sex, color, ethnicity or national origin, as are otherwise available for a violation of the existing antidiscrimination laws of this state.</li> <li>This section applies only to actions that are taken after the effective date of this section.</li> <li>This section is self-executing.</li> <li>For the purposes of this section, "state" includes this state, a city, town or county, a public university, including the university of Arizona, Arizona state university and northern Arizona university, a community college district, a school district, a special district or any other political subdivision in this state.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=II:37 |s1=37 |title=Right to secret ballot; employee representation |text=The right to vote by secret ballot for employee representation is fundamental and shall be guaranteed where local, state or federal law permits or requires elections, designations or authorizations for employee representation. }} <!-- ARTICLE III --> {{law-const/a |art=III |title=Distribution of powers }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=III:0 |s1= |title= |text=The powers of the government of the state of Arizona shall be divided into three separate departments, the legislative, the executive, and the judicial; and, except as provided in this constitution, such departments shall be separate and distinct, and no one of such departments shall exercise the powers properly belonging to either of the others. }} <!-- ARTICLE IV --> {{law-const/a |art=IV |title=Legislative department }} <!-- ARTICLE IV: PART 1 --> {{law-const/a/part |part=I }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-I:1 |s1=1 |title=Legislative authority; initiative and referendum |text=&nbsp;}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.1 |s2=1 |title=Senate; house of representatives; reservation of power to people |text=The legislative authority of the state shall be vested in the legislature, consisting of a senate and a house of representatives, but the people reserve the power to propose laws and amendments to the constitution and to enact or reject such laws and amendments at the polls, independently of the legislature; and they also reserve, for use at their own option, the power to approve or reject at the polls any act, or item, section, or part of any act, of the legislature. }} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.2 |s2=2 |title=Initiative power |text=The first of these reserved powers is the initiative. Under this power ten per centum of the qualified electors shall have the right to propose any measure, and fifteen per centum shall have the right to propose any amendment to the constitution. }} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.3 |s2=3 |title=Referendum power; emergency measures; effective date of acts |text=The second of these reserved powers is the referendum. Under this power the legislature, or five per centum of the qualified electors, may order the submission to the people at the polls of any measure, or item, section, or part of any measure, enacted by the legislature, except laws immediately necessary for the preservation of the public peace, health, or safety, or for the support and maintenance of the departments of the state government and state institutions; but to allow opportunity for referendum petitions, no act passed by the legislature shall be operative for ninety days after the close of the session of the legislature enacting such measure, except such as require earlier operation to preserve the public peace, health, or safety, or to provide appropriations for the support and maintenance of the departments of the state and of state institutions; provided, that no such emergency measure shall be considered passed by the legislature unless it shall state in a separate section why it is necessary that it shall become immediately operative, and shall be approved by the affirmative votes of two-thirds of the members elected to each house of the legislature, taken by roll call of ayes and nays, and also approved by the governor; and should such measure be vetoed by the governor, it shall not become a law unless it shall be approved by the votes of three-fourths of the members elected to each house of the legislature, taken by roll call of ayes and nays. }} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.4 |s2=4 |title=Initiative and referendum petitions; filing |text=All petitions submitted under the power of the initiative shall be known as initiative petitions, and shall be filed with the secretary of state not less than four months preceding the date of the election at which the measures so proposed are to be voted upon. All petitions submitted under the power of the referendum shall be known as referendum petitions, and shall be filed with the secretary of state not more than ninety days after the final adjournment of the session of the legislature which shall have passed the measure to which the referendum is applied. The filing of a referendum petition against any item, section, or part of any measure shall not prevent the remainder of such measure from becoming operative.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.5 |s2=5 |title=Effective date of initiative and referendum measures |text=Any measure or amendment to the constitution proposed under the initiative, and any measure to which the referendum is applied, shall be referred to a vote of the qualified electors, and shall become law when approved by a majority of the votes cast thereon and upon proclamation of the governor, and not otherwise. }} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.6A |s2=6A |title=Veto of initiative or referendum |text=The veto power of the governor shall not extend to an initiative measure approved by a majority of the votes cast thereon or to a referendum measure decided by a majority of the votes cast thereon.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.6B |s2=6B |title=Legislature's power to repeal initiative or referendum |text=The legislature shall not have the power to repeal an initiative measure approved by a majority of the votes cast thereon or to repeal a referendum measure decided by a majority of the votes cast thereon.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.6C |s2=6C |title=Legislature's power to amend initiative or referendum |text=The legislature shall not have the power to amend an initiative measure approved by a majority of the votes cast thereon, or to amend a referendum measure decided by a majority of the votes cast thereon, unless the amending legislation furthers the purposes of such measure and at least three-fourths of the members of each house of the legislature, by a roll call of ayes and nays, vote to amend such measure.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.6D |s2=6D |title=Legislature's power to appropriate or divert funds created by initiative or referendum |text=The legislature shall not have the power to appropriate or divert funds created or allocated to a specific purpose by an initiative measure approved by a majority of the votes cast thereon, or by a referendum measure decided by a majority of the votes cast thereon, unless the appropriation or diversion of funds furthers the purposes of such measure and at least three-fourths of the members of each house of the legislature, by a roll call of ayes and nays, vote to appropriate or divert such funds. }} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.7 |s2=7 |title=Number of qualified electors |text=The whole number of votes cast for all candidates for governor at the general election last preceding the filing of any initiative or referendum petition on a state or county measure shall be the basis on which the number of qualified electors required to sign such petition shall be computed. }} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.8 |s2=8 |title=Local, city, town or county matters |text=The powers of the initiative and the referendum are hereby further reserved to the qualified electors of every incorporated city, town, and county as to all local, city, town, or county matters on which such incorporated cities, towns, and counties are or shall be empowered by general laws to legislate. Such incorporated cities, towns, and counties may prescribe the manner of exercising said powers within the restrictions of general laws. Under the power of the initiative fifteen per centum of the qualified electors may propose measures on such local, city, town, or county matters, and ten per centum of the electors may propose the referendum on legislation enacted within and by such city, town, or county. Until provided by general law, said cities and towns may prescribe the basis on which said percentages shall be computed.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.9 |s2=9 |title=Form and contents of initiative and of referendum petitions; verification |text=Every initiative or referendum petition shall be addressed to the secretary of state in the case of petitions for or on state measures, and to the clerk of the board of supervisors, city clerk, or corresponding officer in the case of petitions for or on county, city, or town measures; and shall contain the declaration of each petitioner, for himself, that he is a qualified elector of the state (and in the case of petitions for or on city, town, or county measures, of the city, town, or county affected), his post office address, the street and number, if any, of his residence, and the date on which he signed such petition. Each sheet containing petitioners' signatures shall be attached to a full and correct copy of the title and text of the measure so proposed to be initiated or referred to the people, and every sheet of every such petition containing signatures shall be verified by the affidavit of the person who circulated said sheet or petition, setting forth that each of the names on said sheet was signed in the presence of the affiant and that in the belief of the affiant each signer was a qualified elector of the state, or in the case of a city, town, or county measure, of the city, town, or county affected by the measure so proposed to be initiated or referred to the people.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.10 |s2=10 |title=Official ballot |text=When any initiative or referendum petition or any measure referred to the people by the legislature shall be filed, in accordance with this section, with the secretary of state, he shall cause to be printed on the official ballot at the next regular general election the title and number of said measure, together with the words "yes" and "no" in such manner that the electors may express at the polls their approval or disapproval of the measure.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.11 |s2=11 |title=Publication of measures |text=The text of all measures to be submitted shall be published as proposed amendments to the constitution are published, and in submitting such measures and proposed amendments the secretary of state and all other officers shall be guided by the general law until legislation shall be especially provided therefor.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.12 |s2=12 |title=Conflicting measures or constitutional amendments |text=If two or more conflicting measures or amendments to the constitution shall be approved by the people at the same election, the measure or amendment receiving the greatest number of affirmative votes shall prevail in all particulars as to which there is conflict.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.13 |s2=13 |title=Canvass of votes; proclamation |text=It shall be the duty of the secretary of state, in the presence of the governor and the chief justice of the supreme court, to canvass the votes for and against each such measure or proposed amendment to the constitution within thirty days after the election, and upon the completion of the canvass the governor shall forthwith issue a proclamation, giving the whole number of votes cast for and against each measure or proposed amendment, and declaring such measures or amendments as are approved by a majority of those voting thereon to be law.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.14 |s2=14 |title=Reservation of legislative power |text=This section shall not be construed to deprive the legislature of the right to enact any measure except that the legislature shall not have the power to adopt any measure that supersedes, in whole or in part, any initiative measure approved by a majority of the votes cast thereon or any referendum measure decided by a majority of the votes cast thereon unless the superseding measure furthers the purposes of the initiative or referendum measure and at least three-fourths of the members of each house of the legislature, by a roll call of ayes and nays, vote to supersede such initiative or referendum measure.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.15 |s2=15 |title=Legislature's right to refer measure to the people |text=Nothing in this section shall be construed to deprive or limit the legislature of the right to order the submission to the people at the polls of any measure, item, section, or part of any measure.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-I:1.16 |s2=16 |title=Self-executing |text=This section of the constitution shall be, in all respects, self-executing. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-I:2 |s1=2 |title=Penalty for violation of initiative and referendum provisions |text=The legislature shall provide a penalty for any wilful violation of any of the provisions of the preceding section. }} <!-- ARTICLE IV: PART 2 --> {{law-const/a/part |part=II }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:1 |s1=1 |title=Senate; house of representatives; members; special session upon petition of members; congressional and legislative boundaries; citizen commissions |text=&nbsp;}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.1 |s2=1 |title= |text=The senate shall be composed of one member elected from each of the thirty legislative districts established pursuant to this section. The house of representatives shall be composed of two members elected from each of the thirty legislative districts established pursuant to this section.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.2 |s2=2 |title= |text=Upon the presentation to the governor of a petition bearing the signatures of not less than two-thirds of the members of each house, requesting a special session of the legislature and designating the date of convening, the governor shall promptly call a special session to assemble on the date specified. At a special session so called the subjects which may be considered by the legislature shall not be limited.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.3 |s2=3 |title= |text=By February 28 of each year that ends in one, an independent redistricting commission shall be established to provide for the redistricting of congressional and state legislative districts. The independent redistricting commission shall consist of five members. No more than two members of the independent redistricting commission shall be members of the same political party. Of the first four members appointed, no more than two shall reside in the same county. Each member shall be a registered Arizona voter who has been continuously registered with the same political party or registered as unaffiliated with a political party for three or more years immediately preceding appointment, who is committed to applying the provisions of this section in an honest, independent and impartial fashion and to upholding public confidence in the integrity of the redistricting process. Within the three years previous to appointment, members shall not have been appointed to, elected to, or a candidate for any other public office, including precinct committeeman or committeewoman but not including school board member or officer, and shall not have served as an officer of a political party, or served as a registered paid lobbyist or as an officer of a candidate's campaign committee.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.4 |s2=4 |title= |text=The commission on appellate court appointments shall nominate candidates for appointment to the independent redistricting commission, except that, if a politically balanced commission exists whose members are nominated by the commission on appellate court appointments and whose regular duties relate to the elective process, the commission on appellate court appointments may delegate to such existing commission (hereinafter called the commission on appellate court appointments' designee) the duty of nominating members for the independent redistricting commission, and all other duties assigned to the commission on appellate court appointments in this section.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.5 |s2=5 |title= |text=By January 8 of years ending in one, the commission on appellate court appointments or its designee shall establish a pool of persons who are willing to serve on and are qualified for appointment to the independent redistricting commission. The pool of candidates shall consist of twenty-five nominees, with ten nominees from each of the two largest political parties in Arizona based on party registration, and five who are not registered with either of the two largest political parties in Arizona.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.6 |s2=6 |title= |text=Appointments to the independent redistricting commission shall be made in the order set forth below. No later than January 31 of years ending in one, the highest ranking officer elected by the Arizona house of representatives shall make one appointment to the independent redistricting commission from the pool of nominees, followed by one appointment from the pool made in turn by each of the following: the minority party leader of the Arizona house of representatives, the highest ranking officer elected by the Arizona senate, and the minority party leader of the Arizona senate. Each such official shall have a seven-day period in which to make an appointment. Any official who fails to make an appointment within the specified time period will forfeit the appointment privilege. In the event that there are two or more minority parties within the house or the senate, the leader of the largest minority party by statewide party registration shall make the appointment.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.7 |s2=7 |title= |text=Any vacancy in the above four independent redistricting commission positions remaining as of March 1 of a year ending in one shall be filled from the pool of nominees by the commission on appellate court appointments or its designee. The appointing body shall strive for political balance and fairness.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.8 |s2=8 |title= |text=At a meeting called by the secretary of state, the four independent redistricting commission members shall select by majority vote from the nomination pool a fifth member who shall not be registered with any party already represented on the independent redistricting commission and who shall serve as chair. If the four commissioners fail to appoint a fifth member within fifteen days, the commission on appellate court appointments or its designee, striving for political balance and fairness, shall appoint a fifth member from the nomination pool, who shall serve as chair.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.9 |s2=9 |title= |text=The five commissioners shall then select by majority vote one of their members to serve as vice-chair.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.10 |s2=10 |title= |text=After having been served written notice and provided with an opportunity for a response, a member of the independent redistricting commission may be removed by the governor, with the concurrence of two-thirds of the senate, for substantial neglect of duty, gross misconduct in office, or inability to discharge the duties of office.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.11 |s2=11 |title= |text=If a commissioner or chair does not complete the term of office for any reason, the commission on appellate court appointments or its designee shall nominate a pool of three candidates within the first thirty days after the vacancy occurs. The nominees shall be of the same political party or status as was the member who vacated the office at the time of his or her appointment, and the appointment other than the chair shall be made by the current holder of the office designated to make the original appointment. The appointment of a new chair shall be made by the remaining commissioners. If the appointment of a replacement commissioner or chair is not made within fourteen days following the presentation of the nominees, the commission on appellate court appointments or its designee shall make the appointment, striving for political balance and fairness. The newly appointed commissioner shall serve out the remainder of the original term.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.12 |s2=12 |title= |text=Three commissioners, including the chair or vice-chair, constitute a quorum. Three or more affirmative votes are required for any official action. Where a quorum is present, the independent redistricting commission shall conduct business in meetings open to the public, with 48 or more hours public notice provided.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.13 |s2=13 |title= |text=A commissioner, during the commissioner's term of office and for three years thereafter, shall be ineligible for Arizona public office or for registration as a paid lobbyist.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.14 |s2=14 |title= |text=The independent redistricting commission shall establish congressional and legislative districts. The commencement of the mapping process for both the congressional and legislative districts shall be the creation of districts of equal population in a grid-like pattern across the state. Adjustments to the grid shall then be made as necessary to accommodate the goals as set forth below:<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>Districts shall comply with the United States Constitution and the United States voting rights act;</li> <li>Congressional districts shall have equal population to the extent practicable, and state legislative districts shall have equal population to the extent practicable;</li> <li>Districts shall be geographically compact and contiguous to the extent practicable;</li> <li>District boundaries shall respect communities of interest to the extent practicable;</li> <li>To the extent practicable, district lines shall use visible geographic features, city, town and county boundaries, and undivided census tracts;</li> <li>To the extent practicable, competitive districts should be favored where to do so would create no significant detriment to the other goals.</li> </ol>}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.15 |s2=15 |title= |text=Party registration and voting history data shall be excluded from the initial phase of the mapping process but may be used to test maps for compliance with the above goals. The places of residence of incumbents or candidates shall not be identified or considered.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.16 |s2=16 |title= |text=The independent redistricting commission shall advertise a draft map of congressional districts and a draft map of legislative districts to the public for comment, which comment shall be taken for at least thirty days. Either or both bodies of the legislature may act within this period to make recommendations to the independent redistricting commission by memorial or by minority report, which recommendations shall be considered by the independent redistricting commission. The independent redistricting commission shall then establish final district boundaries.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.17 |s2=17 |title= |text=The provisions regarding this section are self-executing. The independent redistricting commission shall certify to the secretary of state the establishment of congressional and legislative districts.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.18 |s2=18 |title= |text=Upon approval of this amendment, the department of administration or its successor shall make adequate office space available for the independent redistricting commission. The treasurer of the state shall make $6,000,000 available for the work of the independent redistricting commission pursuant to the year 2000 census. Unused monies shall be returned to the state's general fund. In years ending in eight or nine after the year 2001, the department of administration or its successor shall submit to the legislature a recommendation for an appropriation for adequate redistricting expenses and shall make available adequate office space for the operation of the independent redistricting commission. The legislature shall make the necessary appropriations by a majority vote.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.19 |s2=19 |title= |text=The independent redistricting commission, with fiscal oversight from the department of administration or its successor, shall have procurement and contracting authority and may hire staff and consultants for the purposes of this section, including legal representation.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.20 |s2=20 |title= |text=The independent redistricting commission shall have standing in legal actions regarding the redistricting plan and the adequacy of resources provided for the operation of the independent redistricting commission. The independent redistricting commission shall have sole authority to determine whether the Arizona attorney general or counsel hired or selected by the independent redistricting commission shall represent the people of Arizona in the legal defense of a redistricting plan.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.21 |s2=21 |title= |text=Members of the independent redistricting commission are eligible for reimbursement of expenses pursuant to law, and a member's residence is deemed to be the member's post of duty for purposes of reimbursement of expenses.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.22 |s2=22 |title= |text=Employees of the department of administration or its successor shall not influence or attempt to influence the district-mapping decisions of the independent redistricting commission.}} {{law-const/s/s2 |id=IV-II:1.23 |s2=23 |title= |text=Each commissioner's duties established by this section expire upon the appointment of the first member of the next redistricting commission. The independent redistricting commission shall not meet or incur expenses after the redistricting plan is completed, except if litigation or any government approval of the plan is pending, or to revise districts if required by court decisions or if the number of congressional or legislative districts is changed.}} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:2 |s1=2 |title=Qualifications of members of legislature |text=No person shall be a member of the Legislature unless he shall be a citizen of the United States at the time of his election, nor unless he shall be at least twenty-five years of age, and shall have been a resident of Arizona at least three years and of the county from which he is elected at least one year before his election. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:3 |s1=3 |title=Sessions of legislature; special sessions; limitation of subjects for consideration |text=The sessions of the legislature shall be held annually at the capitol of the state, and shall commence on the second Monday of January of each year. The governor may call a special session, whenever in his judgment it is advisable. In calling a special session, the governor shall specify the subjects to be considered, and at such special session no laws shall be enacted except such as relate to the subjects mentioned in the call. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:4 |s1=4 |title=Disqualification for membership in Legislature |text=No person holding any public office of profit or trust under the authority of the United States, or of this state, shall be a member of the legislature; Provided, that appointments in the state militia and the offices of notary public, justice of the peace, United States commissioner, and postmaster of the fourth class, shall not work disqualification for membership within the meaning of this section. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:5 |s1=5 |title=Ineligibility of members of legislature to other public offices |text=No member of the legislature, during the term for which he shall have been elected or appointed shall be eligible to hold any other office or be otherwise employed by the state of Arizona or, any county or incorporated city or town thereof. This prohibition shall not extend to the office of school trustee, nor to employment as a teacher or instructor in the public school system. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:6 |s1=6 |title=Privilege from arrest; civil process |text=Members of the legislature shall be privileged from arrest in all cases except treason, felony, and breach of the peace, and they shall not be subject to any civil process during the session of the legislature, nor for fifteen days next before the commencement of each session. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:7 |s1=7 |title=Freedom of debate |text=No member of the legislature shall be liable in any civil or criminal prosecution for words spoken in debate. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:8 |s1=8 |title=Organization; officers; rules of procedure |text=Each house, when assembled, shall choose its own officers, judge of the election and qualification of its own members, and determine its own rules of procedure. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:9 |s1=9 |title=Quorum; compelling attendance; adjournment |text=The majority of the members of each house shall constitute a quorum to do business, but a smaller number may meet, adjourn from day to day, and compel the attendance of absent members, in such manner and under such penalties as each house may prescribe. Neither house shall adjourn for more than three days, nor to any place other than that in which it may be sitting, without the consent of the other. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:10 |s1=10 |title=Journal of proceedings; roll call |text=Each house shall keep a journal of its proceedings, and at the request of two members the ayes and nays on roll call on any question shall be entered. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:11 |s1=11 |title=Disorderly behavior; expulsion of members |text=Each house may punish its members for disorderly behavior, and may, with the concurrence of two-thirds of its members, expel any member. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:12 |s1=12 |title=Procedure on bills; approval or disapproval by governor |text=Every bill shall be read by sections on three different days, unless in case of emergency, two-thirds of either house deem it expedient to dispense with this rule. The vote on the final passage of any bill or joint resolution shall be taken by ayes and nays on roll call. Every measure when finally passed shall be presented to the governor for his approval or disapproval. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:13 |s1=13 |title=Subject and title of bills |text=Every act shall embrace but one subject and matters properly connected therewith, which subject shall be expressed in the title; but if any subject shall be embraced in an act which shall not be expressed in the title, such act shall be void only as to so much thereof as shall not be embraced in the title. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:14 |s1=14 |title=Legislation by reference prohibited |text=No Act or section thereof shall be revised or amended by mere reference to the title of such act, but the act or section as amended shall be set forth and published at full length. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:15 |s1=15 |title=Passage of bills by majority; signing of bills |text=A majority of all members elected to each house shall be necessary to pass any bill, and all bills so passed shall be signed by the presiding officer of each house in open session. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:16 |s1=16 |title=Right to protest |text=Any member of the legislature shall have the right to protest and have the reasons of his protest entered on the journal. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:17 |s1=17 |title=Extra compensation prohibited; increase or decrease of compensation during term of office |text=The legislature shall never grant any extra compensation to any public officer, agent, servant or contractor, after the services shall have been rendered or the contract entered into, nor shall the compensation of any public officer, other than a justice of the peace, be increased or diminished during his term of office; provided, however, that when any legislative increase or decrease in compensation of the members of any court or the clerk thereof, or of any board or commission composed of two or more officers or persons whose respective terms of office are not coterminous, has heretofore or shall hereafter become effective as to any member or clerk of such court, or any member of such board or commission, it shall be effective from such date as to each thereof. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:18 |s1=18 |title=Suits against state |text=The legislature shall direct by law in what manner and in what courts suits may be brought against the state. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:19 |s1=19 |title=Local or special laws |text=No local or special laws shall be enacted in any of the following cases, that is to say:<ol> <li>Granting divorces.</li> <li>Locating or changing county seats.</li> <li>Changing rules of evidence.</li> <li>Changing the law of descent or succession.</li> <li>Regulating the practice of courts of justice.</li> <li>Limitation of civil actions or giving effect to informal or invalid deeds.</li> <li>Punishment of crimes and misdemeanors.</li> <li>Laying out, opening, altering, or vacating roads, plats, streets, alleys, and public squares.</li> <li>Assessment and collection of taxes.</li> <li>Regulating the rate of interest on money.</li> <li>The conduct of elections.</li> <li>Affecting the estates of deceased persons or of minors.</li> <li>Granting to any corporation, association, or individual, any special or exclusive privileges, immunities, or franchises.</li> <li>Remitting fines, penalties, and forfeitures.</li> <li>Changing names of persons or places.</li> <li>Regulating the jurisdiction and duties of justices of the peace.</li> <li>Incorporation of cities, towns, or villages, or amending their charters.</li> <li>Relinquishing any indebtedness, liability, or obligation to this State.</li> <li>Summoning and empanelling of juries.</li> <li>When a general law can be made applicable.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:20 |s1=20 |title=Appropriation bills |text=The general appropriation bill shall embrace nothing but appropriations for the different departments of the state, for state institutions, for public schools, and for interest on the public debt. All other appropriations shall be made by separate bills, each embracing but one subject. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:21 |s1=21 |title=Term limits of members of state legislature |text=The members of the first legislature shall hold office until the first Monday in January, 1913. The terms of office of the members of succeeding legislatures shall be two years. No state senator shall serve more than four consecutive terms in that office, nor shall any state representative serve more than four consecutive terms in that office. This limitation on the number of terms of consecutive service shall apply to terms of office beginning on or after January 1, 1993. No legislator, after serving the maximum number of terms, which shall include any part of a term served, may serve in the same office until he has been out of office for no less than one full term. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:22 |s1=22 |title=Juvenile justice; certain chronic and violent juvenile offenders prosecuted as adults; community alternatives for certain juvenile offenders; public proceedings and records |text=In order to preserve and protect the right of the people to justice and public safety, and to ensure fairness and accountability when juveniles engage in unlawful conduct, the legislature, or the people by initiative or referendum, shall have the authority to enact substantive and procedural laws regarding all proceedings and matters affecting such juveniles. The following rights, duties, and powers shall govern such proceedings and matters:<ol> <li>Juveniles 15 years of age or older accused of murder, forcible sexual assault, armed robbery or other violent felony offenses as defined by statute shall be prosecuted as adults. Juveniles 15 years of age or older who are chronic felony offenders as defined by statute shall be prosecuted as adults. Upon conviction all such juveniles shall be subject to the same laws as adults, except as specifically provided by statute and by article 22, section 16 of this constitution. All other juveniles accused of unlawful conduct shall be prosecuted as provided by law. Every juvenile convicted of or found responsible for unlawful conduct shall make prompt restitution to any victims of such conduct for their injury or loss.</li> <li>County attorneys shall have the authority to defer the prosecution of juveniles who are not accused of violent offenses and who are not chronic felony offenders as defined by statute and to establish community-based alternatives for resolving matters involving such juveniles.</li> <li>All proceedings and matters involving juveniles accused of unlawful conduct shall be open to the public and all records of those proceedings shall be public records. Exceptions shall be made only for the protection of the privacy of innocent victims of crime, or when a court of competent jurisdiction finds a clear public interest in confidentiality.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:23 |s1=23 |title=Passes and purchase of transportation by public officers;inapplication to national guard |text=It shall not be lawful for any person holding public office in this state to accept or use a pass or to purchase transportation from any railroad or other corporation, other than as such transportation may be purchased by the general public; Provided, that this shall not apply to members of the national guard of Arizona traveling under orders. The legislature shall enact laws to enforce this provision. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:24 |s1=24 |title=Enacting clause of bills; initiative bills |text=The enacting clause of every bill enacted by the legislature shall be as follows: "Be it enacted by the Legislature of the State of Arizona," or when the initiative is used: "Be it enacted by the People of the State of Arizona." }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IV-II:25 |s1=25 |title=Continuity of governmental operations in emergency |text=The legislature, in order to insure continuity of state and local governmental operations in periods of emergency resulting from disasters caused by enemy attack, shall have the power and the immediate duty to:<ol> <li>Provide for prompt and temporary succession to the powers and duties of public offices, of whatever nature and whether filled by election or appointment, the incumbents of which may become unavailable for carrying on the powers and duties of such offices.</li> <li>Adopt such other measures as may be necessary and proper for insuring the continuity of governmental operations.</li> </ol> In the exercise of the powers hereby conferred, the legislature shall in all respects conform to the requirements of this constitution except to the extent that in the judgment of the legislature so to do would be impracticable or would admit of undue delay. }} <!-- ARTICLE V --> {{law-const/a |art=V |title=Executive department }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=V:1 |s1=1 |title=Executive department; state officers; terms; election; residence and office at seat of government; duties<ref>Version amended by 1992 Proposition 100</ref> |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>The executive department shall consist of the governor, secretary of state, state treasurer, attorney general, and superintendent of public instruction, each of whom shall hold office for four years beginning on the first Monday of January, 1971 next after the regular general election in 1970.</li> <li>The person having the highest number of the votes cast for the office voted for shall be elected, but if two or more persons have an equal and the highest number of votes for the office, the two houses of the legislature at its next regular session shall elect forthwith, by joint ballot, one of such persons for said office.</li> <li>The officers of the executive department during their terms of office shall reside at the seat of government where they shall keep their offices and the public records, books, and papers. They shall perform such duties as are prescribed by the constitution and as may be provided by law.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=V:1v2 |s1=1 |ver=2 |title=Term limits on executive department and state officers; term lengths; election; residence and office at seat of government; duties<ref>Version amended by 1992 Proposition 107</ref> |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>The executive department shall consist of the governor, secretary of state, state treasurer, attorney general, and superintendent of public instruction, each of whom shall hold office for a term of four years beginning on the first Monday of January, 1971 next after the regular general election in 1970. No member of the executive department shall hold that office for more than two consecutive terms. This limitation on the number of terms of consecutive service shall apply to terms of office beginning on or after January 1, 1993. No member of the executive department after serving the maximum number of terms, which shall include any part of a term served, may serve in the same office until out of office for no less than one full term.</li> <li>The person having a majority of the votes cast for the office voted for shall be elected. If no person receives a majority of the votes cast for the office, a second election shall be held as prescribed by law between the persons receiving the highest and second highest number of votes cast for the office. The person receiving the highest number of votes at the second election for the office is elected, but if the two persons have an equal number of votes for the office, the two houses of the legislature at its next regular session shall elect forthwith, by joint ballot, one of such persons for said office.</li> <li>The officers of the executive department during their terms of office shall reside at the seat of government where they shall keep their offices and the public records, books, and papers. They shall perform such duties as are prescribed by the constitution and as may be provided by law.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=V:2 |s1=2 |title=Eligibility to state offices |text=No person shall be eligible to any of the offices mentioned in section 1 of this article except a person of the age of not less than twenty-five years, who shall have been for ten years next preceding his election a citizen of the United States, and for five years next preceding his election a citizen of Arizona. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=V:3 |s1=3 |title=Governor, commander-in-chief of the military forces |text=The governor shall be commander-in-chief of the military forces of the state, except when such forces shall be called into the service of the United States. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=V:4 |s1=4 |title=Governor; powers and duties; special sessions of legislature; message and recommendations |text=The governor shall transact all executive business with the officers of the government, civil and military, and may require information in writing from the officers in the executive department upon any subject relating to the duties of their respective offices. He shall take care that the laws be faithfully executed. He may convene the legislature in extraordinary session. He shall communicate, by message, to the legislature at every session the condition of the state, and recommend such matters as he shall deem expedient. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=V:5 |s1=5 |title=Reprieves, commutations and pardons |text=The governor shall have power to grant reprieves, commutation, and pardons, after convictions, for all offenses except treason and cases of impeachment, upon such conditions and with such restrictions and limitations as may be provided by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=V:6 |s1=6 |title=Death, resignation, removal or disability of governor; succession to office; impeachment, absence from state or temporary disability |text=In the event of the death of the governor, or his resignation, removal from office, or permanent disability to discharge the duties of the office, the secretary of state, if holding by election, shall succeed to the office of governor until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify. If the secretary of state be holding otherwise than by election, or shall fail to qualify as governor, the attorney general, the state treasurer, or the superintendent of public instruction, if holding by election, shall, in the order named, succeed to the office of governor. The taking of the oath of office as governor by any person specified in this section shall constitute resignation from the office by virtue of the holding of which he qualifies as governor. Any successor to the office shall become governor in fact and entitled to all of the emoluments, powers and duties of governor upon taking the oath of office. In the event of the impeachment of the governor, his absence from the state, or other temporary disability to discharge the duties of the office, the powers and duties of the office of governor shall devolve upon the same person as in case of vacancy, but only until the disability ceases. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=V:7 |s1=7 |title=Presentation of bills to governor; approval; veto; filing with secretary of state; veto of items in appropriation bills; inapplication of veto power to referred bills |text=Every bill passed by the legislature, before it becomes a law, shall be presented to the governor. If he approve, he shall sign it, and it shall become a law as provided in this constitution. But if he disapprove, he shall return it, with his objections, to the house in which it originated, which shall enter the objections at large on the journal. If after reconsideration it again passes both houses by an aye and nay vote on roll call of two-thirds of the members elected to each house, it shall become a law as provided in this constitution, notwithstanding the governor's objections. This section shall not apply to emergency measures as referred to in section 1 of the article on the legislative department. If any bill be not returned within five days after it shall have been presented to the governor (Sunday excepted) such bill shall become a law in like manner as if he had signed it, unless the legislature by its final adjournment prevents its return, in which case it shall be filed with his objections in the office of the secretary of state within ten days after such adjournment (Sundays excepted) or become a law as provided in this constitution. After the final action by the governor, or following the adoption of a bill notwithstanding his objection, it shall be filed with the secretary of state. If any bill presented to the governor contains several items of appropriations of money, he may object to one or more of such items, while approving other portions of the bill. In such case he shall append to the bill at the time of signing it, a statement of the item or items which he declines to approve, together with his reasons therefor, and such item or items shall not take effect unless passed over the governor's objections as in this section provided. The veto power of the governor shall not extend to any bill passed by the legislature and referred to the people for adoption or rejection. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=V:8 |s1=8 |title=Vacancies in office |text=When any office shall, from any cause, become vacant, and no mode shall be provided by the Constitution or by law for filling such vacancy, the governor shall have the power to fill such vacancy by appointment. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=V:9 |s1=9 |title=Powers and duties of state officers |text=The powers and duties of secretary of state, state treasurer, attorney-general, and superintendent of public instruction shall be as prescribed by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=V:10 |s1=10 |title=Canvass of election returns for state officers; certificates of election |text=The returns of the election for all state officers shall be canvassed, and certificates of election issued by the secretary of state, in such manner as may be provided by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=V:11 |s1=11 |title=Commissions |text=All commissions shall issue in the name of the state, and shall be signed by the governor, sealed with the seal of the state, and attested by the secretary of state. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=V:12 |s1=12 |title=Compensation of elective state officers; commission on salaries for elective state officers |text=The salaries of those holding elective state offices shall be as established by law from time to time, subject to the limitations of article 6, section 33 and to the limitations of article 4, part 2, section 17. Such salaries as are presently established may be altered from time to time by the procedure established in this section or as otherwise provided by law, except that legislative salaries may be altered only by the procedures established in this section. A commission to be known as the commission on salaries for elective state officers is authorized to be established by the legislature. The commission shall be composed of five members appointed from private life, two of whom shall be appointed by the governor and one each by the president of the senate, the speaker of the house of representatives, and the chief justice. At such times as may be directed by the legislature, the commission shall report to the governor with recommendations concerning the rates of pay of elected state officers. The governor shall upon the receipt of such report make recommendations to the legislature with respect to the exact rates of pay which he deems advisable for those offices and positions other than for the rates of pay of members of the legislature. Such recommendations shall become effective at a time established by the legislature after the transmission of the recommendation of the governor without aid of further legislative action unless, within such period of time, there has been enacted into law a statute which establishes rates of pay other than those proposed by the governor, or unless either house of the legislature specifically disapproves all or part of the governor's recommendation. The recommendations of the governor, unless disapproved or altered within the time provided by law, shall be effective; and any 1971 recommendations shall be effective as to all offices on the first Monday in January of 1973. In case of either a legislative enactment or disapproval by either house, the recommendations shall be effective only insofar as not altered or disapproved. The recommendations of the commission as to legislative salaries shall be certified by it to the secretary of state and the secretary of state shall submit to the qualified electors at the next regular general election the question, "Shall the recommendations of the commission on salaries for elective state officers concerning legislative salaries be accepted? [ ] Yes [ ] No." Such recommendations if approved by the electors shall become effective at the beginning of the next regular legislative session without any other authorizing legislation. All recommendations which become effective under this section shall supersede all laws enacted prior to their effective date relating to such salaries. }} <!-- ARTICLE VI --> {{law-const/a |art=VI |title=Judicial department }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:1 |s1=1 |title=Judicial power; courts |text=The judicial power shall be vested in an integrated judicial department consisting of a supreme court, such intermediate appellate courts as may be provided by law, a superior court, such courts inferior to the superior court as may be provided by law, and justice courts. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:2 |s1=2 |title=Supreme court; composition; divisions; decisions, transaction of business |text=The supreme court shall consist of not less than five justices. The number of justices may be increased or decreased by law, but the court shall at all times be constituted of at least five justices. The supreme court shall sit in accordance with rules adopted by it, either in banc or in divisions of not less than three justices, but the court shall not declare any law unconstitutional except when sitting in banc. The decisions of the court shall be in writing and the grounds stated. The court shall be open at all times, except on nonjudicial days, for the transaction of business. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:3 |s1=3 |title=Supreme court; administrative supervision; chief justice |text=The supreme court shall have administrative supervision over all the courts of the state. The chief justice shall be elected by the justices of the supreme court from one of their number for a term of five years, and may be reelected for like terms. The vice chief justice shall be elected by the justices of the supreme court from one of their number for a term determined by the court. A member of the court may resign the office of chief justice or vice chief justice without resigning from the court. The chief justice, or in his absence or incapacity, the vice chief justice, shall exercise the court's administrative supervision over all the courts of the state. He may assign judges of intermediate appellate courts, superior courts, or courts inferior to the superior court to serve in other courts or counties. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:4 |s1=4 |title=Supreme court; term of office |text=Justices of the supreme court shall hold office for a regular term of six years except as provided by this article. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:5 |s1=5 |title=Supreme court; jurisdiction; writs; rules; habeas corpus |text=The supreme court shall have: #Original jurisdiction of habeas corpus, and quo warranto, mandamus, injunction and other extraordinary writs to state officers. #Original and exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine causes between counties concerning disputed boundaries and surveys thereof or concerning claims of one county against another. #Appellate jurisdiction in all actions and proceedings except civil and criminal actions originating in courts not of record, unless the action involves the validity of a tax, impost, assessment, toll, statute or municipal ordinance. #Power to issue injunctions and writs of mandamus, review, prohibition, habeas corpus, certiorari, and all other writs necessary and proper to the complete exercise of its appellate and revisory jurisdiction. #Power to make rules relative to all procedural matters in any court. #Such other jurisdiction as may be provided by law. Each justice of the supreme court may issue writs of habeas corpus to any part of the state upon petition by or on behalf of a person held in actual custody, and may make such writs returnable before himself, the supreme court, appellate court or superior court, or judge thereof. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:6 |s1=6 |title=Supreme court; qualifications of justices |text=A justice of the supreme court shall be a person of good moral character and admitted to the practice of law in and a resident of the state of Arizona for ten years next preceding his taking office. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:7 |s1=7 |title=Supreme court; clerk and assistants; administrative director and staff |text=The supreme court shall appoint a clerk of the court and assistants thereto who shall serve at its pleasure, and who shall receive such compensation as may be provided by law. The supreme court shall appoint an administrative director and staff to serve at its pleasure to assist the chief justice in discharging his administrative duties. The director and staff shall receive such compensation as may be provided by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:8 |s1=8 |title=Supreme court; publication of opinions |text=Provision shall be made by law for the speedy publication of the opinions of the supreme court, and they shall be free for publication by any person. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:9 |s1=9 |title=Intermediate appellate courts |text=The jurisdiction, powers, duties and composition of any intermediate appellate court shall be as provided by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:10 |s1=10 |title=Superior court; number of judges |text=There shall be in each county at least one judge of the superior court. There shall be in each county such additional judges as may be provided by law, but not exceeding one judge for each thirty thousand inhabitants or majority fraction thereof. The number of inhabitants in a county for purposes of this section may be determined by census enumeration or by such other method as may be provided by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:11 |s1=11 |title=Superior court; presiding judges; duties |text=There shall be in each county a presiding judge of the superior court. In each county in which there are two or more judges, the supreme court shall appoint one of such judges presiding judge. Presiding judges shall exercise administrative supervision over the superior court and judges thereof in their counties, and shall have such other duties as may be provided by law or by rules of the supreme court. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:12 |s1=12 |title=Superior court; term of office |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>Judges of the superior court in counties having a population of less than two hundred fifty thousand persons according to the most recent United States census shall be elected by the qualified electors of their counties at the general election. They shall hold office for a regular term of four years except as provided by this section from and after the first Monday in January next succeeding their election, and until their successors are elected and qualify. The names of all candidates for judge of the superior court in such counties shall be placed on the regular ballot without partisan or other designation except the division and title of the office.</li> <li>The governor shall fill any vacancy in such counties by appointing a person to serve until the election and qualification of a successor. At the next succeeding general election following the appointment of a person to fill a vacancy, a judge shall be elected to serve for the remainder of the unexpired term. Judges of the superior court in counties having a population of two hundred fifty thousand persons or more according to the most recent United States census shall hold office for a regular term of four years except as provided by this article.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:13 |s1=13 |title=Superior court; composition; salaries; judgments and proceedings; process |text=The superior courts provided for in this article shall constitute a single court, composed of all the duly elected or appointed judges in each of the counties of the state. The legislature may classify counties for the purpose of fixing salaries of judges or officers of the court. The judgments, decrees, orders and proceedings of any session of the superior court held by one or more judges shall have the same force and effect as if all the judges of the court had presided. The process of the court shall extend to all parts of the state. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:14 |s1=14 |title=Superior court; original jurisdiction |text=The superior court shall have original jurisdiction of: #Cases and proceedings in which exclusive jurisdiction is not vested by law in another court. #Cases of equity and at law which involve the title to or possession of real property, or the legality of any tax, impost, assessment, toll or municipal ordinance. #Other cases in which the demand or value of property in controversy amounts to one thousand dollars or more, exclusive of interest and costs. #Criminal cases amounting to felony, and cases of misdemeanor not otherwise provided for by law. #Actions of forcible entry and detainer. #Proceedings in insolvency. #Actions to prevent or abate nuisance. #Matters of probate. #Divorce and for annulment of marriage. #Naturalization and the issuance of papers therefor. #Special cases and proceedings not otherwise provided for, and such other jurisdiction as may be provided by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:15 |s1=15 |title=Jurisdiction and authority in juvenile proceedings |text=The jurisdiction and authority of the courts of this state in all proceedings and matters affecting juveniles shall be as provided by the legislature or the people by initiative or referendum. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:16 |s1=16 |title=Superior court; appellate jurisdiction |text=The superior court shall have appellate jurisdiction in cases arising in justice and other courts inferior to the superior court as may be provided by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:17 |s1=17 |title=Superior court; conduct of business; trial juries; jury trial; grand juries |text=The superior court shall be open at all times, except on nonjudicial days, for the determination of non-jury civil cases and the transaction of business. For the determination of civil causes and matters in which a jury demand has been entered, and for the trial of criminal causes, a trial jury shall be drawn and summoned from the body of the county, as provided by law. The right of jury trial as provided by this constitution shall remain inviolate, but trial by jury may be waived by the parties in any civil cause or by the parties with the consent of the court in any criminal cause. Grand juries shall be drawn and summoned only by order of the superior court. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:18 |s1=18 |title=Superior court; writs |text=The superior court or any judge thereof may issue writs of mandamus, quo warranto, review, certiorari, prohibition, and writs of habeas corpus on petition by or on behalf of a person held in actual custody within the county. Injunctions, attachments, and writs of prohibition and habeas corpus may be issued and served on legal holidays and non-judicial days. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:19 |s1=19 |title=Superior court; service of judge in another county |text=A judge of the superior court shall serve in another county at the direction of the chief justice of the supreme court or may serve in another county at the request of the presiding judge of the superior court thereof. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:20 |s1=20 |title=Retirement and service of retired justices and judges |text=The legislature shall prescribe by law a plan of retirement for justices and judges of courts of record, including the basis and amount of retirement pay, and requiring except as provided in section 35 of this article, that justices and judges of courts of record be retired upon reaching the age of seventy. Any retired justice or judge of any court of record who is drawing retirement pay may serve as a justice or judge of any court. When serving outside his county of residence, any such retired justice or judge shall receive his necessary traveling and subsistence expenses. A retired judge who is temporarily called back to the active duties of a judge is entitled to receive the same compensation and expenses as other like active judges less any amount received for such period in retirement benefits. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:21 |s1=21 |title=Superior court; speedy decisions |text=Every matter submitted to a judge of the superior court for his decision shall be decided within sixty days from the date of submission thereof. The supreme court shall by rule provide for the speedy disposition of all matters not decided within such period. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:22 |s1=22 |title=Superior and other courts; qualifications of judges |text=Judges of the superior court, intermediate appellate courts or courts inferior to the superior court having jurisdiction in civil cases of one thousand dollars or more, exclusive of interest and costs, established by law under the provisions of section 1 of this article, shall be at least thirty years of age, of good moral character and admitted to the practice of law in and a resident of the state for five years next preceding their taking office. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:23 |s1=23 |title=Superior court; clerk |text=There shall be in each county a clerk of the superior court. The clerk shall be elected by the qualified electors of his county at the general election and shall hold office for a term of four years from and after the first Monday in January next succeeding his election. The clerk shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be provided by law or by rule of the supreme court or superior court. He shall receive such compensation as may be provided by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:24 |s1=24 |title=Superior court; court commissioners, masters and referees |text=Judges of the superior court may appoint court commissioners, masters and referees in their respective counties, who shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be provided by law or by rule of the supreme court. Court commissioners, masters and referees shall receive such compensation as may be provided by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:25 |s1=25 |title=Style of process; conduct of prosecutions in name of state |text=The style of process shall be "The State of Arizona", and prosecutions shall be conducted in the name of the state and by its authority. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:26 |s1=26 |title=Oath of office |text=Each justice, judge and justice of the peace shall, before entering upon the duties of his office, take and subscribe an oath that he will support the Constitution of the United States and the Constitution of the State of Arizona, and that he will faithfully and impartially discharge the duties of his office to the best of his ability. The oath of all judges of courts inferior to the superior court and the oath of justices of the peace shall be filed in the office of the county recorder, and the oath of all other justices and judges shall be filed in the office of the secretary of state. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:27 |s1=27 |title=Charge to juries; reversal of causes for technical error |text=Judges shall not charge juries with respect to matters of fact, nor comment thereon, but shall declare the law. No cause shall be reversed for technical error in pleadings or proceedings when upon the whole case it shall appear that substantial justice has been done. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:28 |s1=28 |title=Justices and judges; dual office holding; political activity; practice of law |text=Justices and judges of courts of record shall not be eligible for any other public office or for any other public employment during their term of office, except that they may assume another judicial office, and upon qualifying therefor, the office formerly held shall become vacant. No justice or judge of any court of record shall practice law during his continuance in office, nor shall he hold any office in a political party or actively take part in any political campaign other than his own for his reelection or retention in office. Any justice or judge who files nomination papers for an elective office, other than for judge of the superior court or a court of record inferior to the superior court in a county having a population of less than two hundred fifty thousand persons according to the most recent United States census, forfeits his judicial office. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:29 |s1=29 |title=Repealed |text=[Repealed] }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:30 |s1=30 |title=Courts of record |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>The supreme court, the court of appeals and the superior court shall be courts of record. Other courts of record may be established by law, but justice courts shall not be courts of record.</li> <li>All justices and judges of courts of record, except for judges of the superior court and other courts of record inferior to the superior court in counties having a population of less than two hundred fifty thousand persons according to the most recent United States census, shall be appointed in the manner provided in section 37 of this article.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:31 |s1=31 |title=Judges pro tempore |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>The legislature may provide for the appointment of members of the bar having the qualifications provided in section 22 of this article as judges pro tempore of courts inferior to the supreme court, except that justices of the peace pro tempore shall have the same qualifications as justices of the peace and do not have to reside in the precinct in which the justice of the peace pro tempore is appointed to serve.</li> <li>When serving, any such person shall have all the judicial powers of a regular elected judge of the court to which the person is appointed. A person so appointed shall receive such compensation as may be provided by law. The population limitation of section 10 of this article shall not apply to the appointment of judges pro tempore of the superior court.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:32 |s1=32 |title=Justices of the peace and inferior courts; jurisdiction, powers and duties; terms of office; salaries |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>The number of justices of the peace to be elected in precincts shall be as provided by law. Justices of the peace may be police justices of incorporated cities and towns.</li> <li>The jurisdiction, powers and duties of courts inferior to the superior court and of justice courts, and the terms of office of judges of such courts and justices of the peace shall be as provided by law. The legislature may classify counties and precincts for the purpose of fixing salaries of judges of courts inferior to the superior court and of justices of the peace.</li> <li>The civil jurisdiction of courts inferior to the superior court and of justice courts shall not exceed the sum of ten thousand dollars, exclusive of interest and costs. Criminal jurisdiction shall be limited to misdemeanors. The jurisdiction of such courts shall not encroach upon the jurisdiction of courts of record but may be made concurrent therewith, subject to the limitations provided in this section.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:33 |s1=33 |title=Change by legislature in number of justices or judges; reduction of salary during term of office |text=No change made by the legislature in the number of justices or judges shall work the removal of any justice or judge from office. The salary of any justice or judge shall not be reduced during the term of office for which he was elected or appointed. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:34 |s1=34 |title=Absence of judicial officer from state |text=Any judicial officer except a retired justice or judge who absents himself from the state for more than sixty consecutive days shall be deemed to have forfeited his office, but the governor may extend the leave of absence for such time as reasonable necessity therefor exists. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:35 |s1=35 |title=Continuance in office; continued existence of offices; application of prior statute and rules |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>All justices, judges, justices of the peace and officers of any court who are holding office as such by election or appointment at the time of the adoption of this section shall serve or continue in office for the respective terms for which they are so elected or for their respective unexpired terms, and until their successors are elected or appointed and qualify or they are retained in office pursuant to section 38 of this article; provided, however, that any justice or judge elected at the general election at which this section is adopted shall serve for the term for which he is so elected. The continued existence of any office heretofore legally established or held shall not be abolished or repealed by the adoption of this article. The statutes and rules relating to the authority, jurisdiction, practice and procedure of courts, judicial officers and offices in force at the time of the adoption of this article and not inconsistent herewith, shall, so far as applicable, apply to and govern such courts, judicial officers and offices until amended or repealed.</li> <li>All judges of the superior court holding office by appointment or retention in counties with a population of two hundred fifty thousand persons or more according to the most recent United States census at the time of the adoption of this amendment to this section shall serve or continue in office for the respective terms for which they were appointed. Upon an incumbent vacating the office of judge of the superior court, whether by failing to file a declaration for retention, by rejection by the qualified electors of the county or resignation, the appointment shall be pursuant to section 37 of this article.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:36 |s1=36 |title=Commission on appellate court appointments and terms, appointments and vacancies on commission |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>There shall be a nonpartisan commission on appellate court appointments which shall be composed of the chief justice of the supreme court, who shall be chairman, five attorney members, who shall be nominated by the board of governors of the state bar of Arizona and appointed by the governor with the advice and consent of the senate in the manner prescribed by law, and ten nonattorney members who shall be appointed by the governor with the advice and consent of the senate in the manner prescribed by law. At least ninety days prior to a term expiring or within twenty-one days of a vacancy occurring for a nonattorney member on the commission for appellate court appointments, the governor shall appoint a nominating committee of nine members, not more than five of whom may be from the same political party. The makeup of the committee shall, to the extent feasible, reflect the diversity of the population of the state. Members shall not be attorneys and shall not hold any governmental office, elective or appointive, for profit. The committee shall provide public notice that a vacancy exists and shall solicit, review and forward to the governor all applications along with the committee's recommendations for appointment. Attorney members of the commission shall have resided in the state and shall have been admitted to practice before the supreme court for not less than five years. Not more than three attorney members shall be members of the same political party and not more than two attorney members shall be residents of any one county. Nonattorney members shall have resided in the state for not less than five years and shall not be judges, retired judges or admitted to practice before the supreme court. Not more than five nonattorney members shall be members of the same political party. Not more than two nonattorney members shall be residents of any one county. None of the attorney or nonattorney members of the commission shall hold any governmental office, elective or appointive, for profit, and no attorney member shall be eligible for appointment to any judicial office of the state until one year after he ceases to be a member. Attorney members of the commission shall serve staggered four-year terms and nonattorney members shall serve staggered four-year terms. Vacancies shall be filled for the unexpired terms in the same manner as the original appointments.</li> <li>No person other than the chief justice shall serve at the same time as a member of more than one judicial appointment commission.</li> <li>In making or confirming appointments to the appellate court commission, the governor, the senate and the state bar shall endeavor to see that the commission reflects the diversity of Arizona's population. In the event of the absence or incapacity of the chairman the supreme court shall appoint a justice thereof to serve in his place and stead.</li> <li>Prior to making recommendations to the governor as hereinafter provided, the commission shall conduct investigations, hold public hearings and take public testimony. An executive session as prescribed by rule may be held upon a two-thirds vote of the members of the commission in a public hearing. Final decisions as to recommendations shall be made without regard to political affiliation in an impartial and objective manner. The commission shall consider the diversity of the state's population, however the primary consideration shall be merit. Voting shall be in a public hearing. The expenses of meetings of the commission and the attendance of members thereof for travel and subsistence shall be paid from the general fund of the state as state officers are paid, upon claims approved by the chairman.</li> <li>After public hearings the supreme court shall adopt rules of procedure for the commission on appellate court appointments.</li> <li>Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection A, the initial appointments for the five additional nonattorney members and the two additional attorney members of the commission shall be designated by the governor for staggered terms as follows: <ol> <li>One appointment for a nonattorney member shall be for a one-year term.</li> <li>Two appointments for nonattorney members shall be for a two-year term.</li> <li>Two appointments for nonattorney members shall be for a three-year term.</li> <li>One appointment for an attorney member shall be for a one-year term.</li> <li>One appointments for an attorney member shall be for a two-year term.</li> </ol></li> <li>The members currently serving on the commission may continue to serve until the expiration of their normal terms. All subsequent appointments shall be made as prescribed by this section.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:37 |s1=37 |title=Judicial vacancies and appointments; initial terms; residence; age |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>Within sixty days from the occurrence of a vacancy in the office of a justice or judge of any court of record, except for vacancies occurring in the office of a judge of the superior court or a judge of a court of record inferior to the superior court, the commission on appellate court appointments, if the vacancy is in the supreme court or an intermediate appellate court of record, shall submit to the governor the names of not less than three persons nominated by it to fill such vacancy, no more than two of whom shall be members of the same political party unless there are more than four such nominees, in which event not more than sixty percentum of such nominees shall be members of the same political party.</li> <li>Within sixty days from the occurrence of a vacancy in the office of a judge of the superior court or a judge of a court of record inferior to the superior court except for vacancies occurring in the office of a judge of the superior court or a judge of a court of record inferior to the superior court in a county having a population of less than two hundred fifty thousand persons according to the most recent United States census, the commission on trial court appointments for the county in which the vacancy occurs shall submit to the governor the names of not less than three persons nominated by it to fill such vacancy, no more than two of whom shall be members of the same political party unless there are more than four such nominees, in which event no more than sixty per centum of such nominees shall be members of the same political party. A nominee shall be under sixty-five years of age at the time his name is submitted to the governor. Judges of the superior court shall be subject to retention or rejection by a vote of the qualified electors of the county from which they were appointed at the general election in the manner provided by section 38 of this article.</li> <li>A vacancy in the office of a justice or a judge of such courts of record shall be filled by appointment by the governor without regard to political affiliation from one of the nominees whose names shall be submitted to him as hereinabove provided. In making the appointment, the governor shall consider the diversity of the state's population for an appellate court appointment and the diversity of the county's population for a trial court appointment, however the primary consideration shall be merit. If the governor does not appoint one of such nominees to fill such vacancy within sixty days after their names are submitted to the governor by such commission, the chief justice of the supreme court forthwith shall appoint on the basis of merit alone without regard to political affiliation one of such nominees to fill such vacancy. If such commission does not, within sixty days after such vacancy occurs, submit the names of nominees as hereinabove provided, the governor shall have the power to appoint any qualified person to fill such vacancy at any time thereafter prior to the time the names of the nominees to fill such vacancy are submitted to the governor as hereinabove provided. Each justice or judge so appointed shall initially hold office for a term ending sixty days following the next regular general election after the expiration of a term of two years in office. Thereafter, the terms of justices or judges of the supreme court and the superior court shall be as provided by this article.</li> <li>A person appointed to fill a vacancy on an intermediate appellate court or another court of record now existing or hereafter established by law shall have been a resident of the counties or county in which that vacancy exists for at least one year prior to his appointment, in addition to possessing the other required qualifications. A nominee shall be under sixty-five years of age at the time his name is submitted to the governor.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:38 |s1=38 |title=Declaration of candidacy; form of judicial ballot, rejection and retention; failure to file declaration |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>A justice or judge of the supreme court or an intermediate appellate court shall file in the office of the secretary of state, and a judge of the superior court or other court of record including such justices or judges who are holding office as such by election or appointment at the time of the adoption of this section except for judges of the superior court and other courts of record inferior to the superior court in counties having a population of less than two hundred fifty thousand persons, according to the United States census, shall file in the office of the clerk of the board of supervisors of the county in which he regularly sits and resides, not less than sixty nor more than ninety days prior to the regular general election next preceding the expiration of his term of office, a declaration of his desire to be retained in office, and the secretary of state shall certify to the several boards of supervisors the appropriate names of the candidate or candidates appearing on such declarations filed in his office.</li> <li>The name of any justice or judge whose declaration is filed as provided in this section shall be placed on the appropriate official ballot at the next regular general election under a nonpartisan designation and in substantially the following form: <div style="padding:2em 7em 2em 7em;">Shall __________, (Name of justice or judge) of the _________ court be retained in office? Yes __ No __ (Mark X after one).</div></li> <li>If a majority of those voting on the question votes "No," then, upon the expiration of the term for which such justice or judge was serving, a vacancy shall exist, which shall be filled as provided by this article. If a majority of those voting on the question votes "Yes," such justice or judge shall remain in office for another term, subject to removal as provided by this constitution.</li> <li>The votes shall be counted and canvassed and the result declared as in the case of state and county elections, whereupon a certificate of retention or rejection of the incumbent justice or judge shall be delivered to him by the secretary of state or the clerk of the board of supervisors, as the case may be.</li> <li>If a justice or judge fails to file a declaration of his desire to be retained in office, as required by this section, then his office shall become vacant upon expiration of the term for which such justice or judge was serving.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:39 |s1=39 |title=Retirement of justices and judges; vacancies |text=On attaining the age of seventy years a justice or judge of a court of record shall retire and his judicial office shall be vacant, except as otherwise provided in section 35 of this article. In addition to becoming vacant as provided in this section, the office of a justice or judge of any court of record becomes vacant upon his death or his voluntary retirement pursuant to statute or his voluntary resignation, and also, as provided in section 38 of this article, upon the expiration of his term next following a general election at which a majority of those voting on the question of his retention vote in the negative or for which general election he is required, but fails, to file a declaration of his desire to be retained in office. This section is alternative to and cumulative with the methods of removal of judges and justices provided in parts 1 and 2 of article 8 and article 6.1 of this Constitution. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:40 |s1=40 |title=Option for counties with less than two hundred fifty thousand persons |text=Notwithstanding any provision of this article to the contrary, any county having a population of less than two hundred fifty thousand persons, according to the most recent United States census, may choose to select its judges of the superior court or of courts of record inferior to the superior court as if it had a population of two hundred fifty thousand or more persons. Such choice shall be determined by vote of the qualified electors of such county voting on the question at an election called for such purpose by resolution of the board of supervisors of such county. If such qualified electors approve, the provisions of sections 12, 28, 30, 35 through 39, 41 and 42 shall apply as if such county had a population of two hundred fifty thousand persons or more. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:41 |s1=41 |title=Superior court divisions; commission on trial court appointments; membership; terms |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>Except as otherwise provided, judges of the superior court in counties having a population of two hundred fifty thousand persons or more according to the most recent United States census shall hold office for a regular term of four years.</li> <li>There shall be a nonpartisan commission on trial court appointments for each county having a population of two hundred fifty thousand persons or more according to the most recent United States census which shall be composed of the following members: <ol> <li>The chief justice of the supreme court, who shall be the chairman of the commission. In the event of the absence or incapacity of the chairman the supreme court shall appoint a justice thereof to serve in his place and stead.</li> <li>Five attorney members, none of whom shall reside in the same supervisorial district and not more than three of whom shall be members of the same political party, who are nominated by the board of governors of the state bar of Arizona and who are appointed by the governor subject to confirmation by the senate in the manner prescribed by law.</li> <li>Ten nonattorney members, no more than two of whom shall reside in the same supervisorial district.</li> </ol></li> <li>At least ninety days prior to a term expiring or within twenty-one days of a vacancy occurring for a nonattorney member on the commission for trial court appointments, the member of the board of supervisors from the district in which the vacancy has occurred shall appoint a nominating committee of seven members who reside in the district, not more than four of whom may be from the same political party. The make-up of the committee shall, to the extent feasible, reflect the diversity of the population of the district. Members shall not be attorneys and shall not hold any governmental office, elective or appointive, for profit. The committee shall provide public notice that a vacancy exists and shall solicit, review and forward to the governor all applications along with the committee's recommendations for appointment. The governor shall appoint two persons from each supervisorial district who shall not be of the same political party, subject to confirmation by the senate in the manner prescribed by law.</li> <li>In making or confirming appointments to trial court commissions, the governor, the senate and the state bar shall endeavor to see that the commission reflects the diversity of the county's population.</li> <li>Members of the commission shall serve staggered four year terms, except that initial appointments for the five additional nonattorney members and the two additional attorney members of the commission shall be designated by the governor as follows: <ol> <li>One appointment for a nonattorney member shall be for a one-year term.</li> <li>Two appointments for nonattorney members shall be for a two-year term.</li> <li>Two appointments for nonattorney members shall be for a three-year term.</li> <li>One appointment for an attorney member shall be for a one-year term.</li> <li>One appointment for an attorney member shall be for a two-year term.</li> </ol></li> <li>Vacancies shall be filled for the unexpired terms in the same manner as the original appointments.</li> <li>Attorney members of the commission shall have resided in this state and shall have been admitted to practice in this state by the supreme court for at least five years and shall have resided in the supervisorial district from which they are appointed for at least one year. Nonattorney members shall have resided in this state for at least five years, shall have resided in the supervisorial district for at least one year before being nominated and shall not be judges, retired judges nor admitted to practice before the supreme court. None of the attorney or nonattorney members of the commission shall hold any governmental office, elective or appointive, for profit and no attorney member is eligible for appointment to any judicial office of this state until one year after membership in the commission terminates.</li> <li>No person other than the chief justice shall serve at the same time as a member of more than one judicial appointment commission.</li> <li>The commission shall submit the names of not less than three individuals for nomination for the office of the superior court judge pursuant to section 37 of this article.</li> <li>Prior to making recommendations to the governor, the commission shall conduct investigations, hold public hearings and take public testimony. An executive session as prescribed by rule may be held upon a two-thirds vote of the members of the commission in a public hearing. Final decisions as to recommendations shall be made without regard to political affiliation in an impartial and objective manner. The commission shall consider the diversity of the county's population and the geographical distribution of the residences of the judges throughout the county, however the primary consideration shall be merit. Voting shall be in a public hearing. The expenses of meetings of the commission and the attendance of members thereof for travel and subsistence shall be paid from the general fund of the state as state officers are paid, upon claims approved by the chairman.</li> <li>After public hearings the supreme court shall adopt rules of procedure for the commission on trial court appointments.</li> <li>The members of the commission who were appointed pursuant to section 36 of this article prior to the effective date of this section may continue to serve until the expiration of their normal terms. All subsequent appointments shall be made as prescribed by this section.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI:42 |s1=42 |title=Retention evaluation of justices and judges |text=The supreme court shall adopt, after public hearings, and administer for all justices and judges who file a declaration to be retained in office, a process, established by court rules for evaluating judicial performance. The rules shall include written performance standards and performance reviews which survey opinions of persons who have knowledge of the justice's or judge's performance. The public shall be afforded a full and fair opportunity for participation in the evaluation process through public hearings, dissemination of evaluation reports to voters and any other methods as the court deems advisable. }} <!-- ARTICLE VI.1 --> {{law-const/a |art=VI.1 |title=Commission on judicial conduct }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI.1:1 |s1=1 |title=Composition; appointment; term; vacancies |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>A commission on judicial conduct is created to be composed of eleven persons consisting of two judges of the court of appeals, two judges of the superior court, one justice of the peace and one municipal court judge, who shall be appointed by the supreme court, two members of the state bar of Arizona, who shall be appointed by the governing body of such bar association, and three citizens who are not judges, retired judges nor members of the state bar of Arizona, who shall be appointed by the governor subject to confirmation by the senate in the manner prescribed by law.</li> <li>Terms of members of the commission shall be six years, except that initial terms of two members appointed by the supreme court and one member appointed by the state bar of Arizona for terms which begin in January, 1991 shall be for two years and initial terms of one member appointed by the supreme court and one member appointed by the state bar of Arizona for terms which begin in January, 1991 shall be for four years. If a member ceases to hold the position that qualified him for appointment his membership on the commission terminates. An appointment to fill a vacancy for an unexpired term shall be made for the remainder of the term by the appointing power of the original appointment.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI.1:2 |s1=2 |title=Disqualification of judge |text=A judge is disqualified from acting as a judge, without loss of salary, while there is pending an indictment or an information charging him in the United States with a crime punishable as a felony under Arizona or federal law, or a recommendation to the supreme court by the commission on judicial conduct for his suspension, removal or retirement. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI.1:3 |s1=3 |title=Suspension or removal of judge |text=On recommendation of the commission on judicial conduct, or on its own motion, the supreme court may suspend a judge from office without salary when, in the United States, he pleads guilty or no contest or is found guilty of a crime punishable as a felony under Arizona or federal law or of any other crime that involves moral turpitude under such law. If his conviction is reversed the suspension terminates, and he shall be paid his salary for the period of suspension. If he is suspended and his conviction becomes final the supreme court shall remove him from office. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI.1:4 |s1=4 |title=Retirement of judge |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>On recommendation of the commission on judicial conduct, the supreme court may retire a judge for disability that seriously interferes with the performance of his duties and is or is likely to become permanent, and may censure, suspend without pay or remove a judge for action by him that constitutes wilful misconduct in office, wilful and persistent failure to perform his duties, habitual intemperance or conduct prejudicial to the administration of justice that brings the judicial office into disrepute.</li> <li>A judge retired by the supreme court shall be considered to have retired voluntarily. A judge removed by the supreme court is ineligible for judicial office in this state. </li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI.1:5 |s1=5 |title=Definitions and rules implementing article |text=The term "judge" as used in this article shall apply to all justices of the peace, judges in courts inferior to the superior court as may be provided by law, judges of the superior court, judges of the court of appeals and justices of the supreme court. The supreme court shall make rules implementing this article and providing for confidentiality of proceedings. A judge who is a member of the commission or supreme court shall not participate as a member in any proceedings hereunder involving his own censure, suspension, removal or involuntary retirement. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VI.1:6 |s1=6 |title=Article self-executing |text=The provisions of this article shall be self-executing. }} <!-- ARTICLE VII --> {{law-const/a |art=VII |title=Suffrage and elections }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:1 |s1=1 |title=Method of voting; secrecy |text=All elections by the people shall be by ballot, or by such other method as may be prescribed by law; Provided, that secrecy in voting shall be preserved. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:2 |s1=2 |title=Qualifications of voters; disqualification |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>No person shall be entitled to vote at any general election, or for any office that now is, or hereafter may be, elective by the people, or upon any question which may be submitted to a vote of the people, unless such person be a citizen of the United States of the age of eighteen years or over, and shall have resided in the state for the period of time preceding such election as prescribed by law, provided that qualifications for voters at a general election for the purpose of electing presidential electors shall be as prescribed by law. The word "citizen" shall include persons of the male and female sex.</li> <li>The rights of citizens of the United States to vote and hold office shall not be denied or abridged by the state, or any political division or municipality thereof, on account of sex, and the right to register, to vote and to hold office under any law now in effect, or which may hereafter be enacted, is hereby extended to, and conferred upon males and females alike.</li> <li>No person who is adjudicated an incapacitated person shall be qualified to vote at any election, nor shall any person convicted of treason or felony, be qualified to vote at any election unless restored to civil rights.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:3 |s1=3 |title=Voting residence of federal employees and certain others |text=For the purpose of voting, no person shall be deemed to have gained or lost a residence by reason of being present or absent while employed in the service of the United States, or while a student at any institution of learning, or while kept at any institution or other shelter at public expense, or while confined in any public jail or prison. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:4 |s1=4 |title=Privilege of electors from arrest |text=Electors shall in all cases, except treason, felony, or breach of the peace, be privileged from arrest during their attendance at any election, and in going thereto and returning therefrom. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:5 |s1=5 |title=Military duty on day of election |text=No elector shall be obliged to perform military duty on the day of an election, except in time of war or public danger. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:6 |s1=6 |title=Residence of military personnel stationed within state |text=No soldier, seaman, or marine, in the army or navy of the United States shall be deemed a resident of this state in consequence of his being stationed at any military or naval place within this state. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:7 |s1=7 |title=Highest number of votes received as determinative of person elected |text=In all elections held by the people in this state, the person, or persons, receiving the highest number of legal votes shall be declared elected. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:8 |s1=8 |title=Qualifications for voters at school elections |text=Qualifications for voters at school elections shall be as are now, or as may hereafter be, provided by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:9 |s1=9 |title=Advisory vote |text=For the purpose of obtaining an advisory vote of the people, the legislature shall provide for placing the names of candidates for United States senator on the official ballot at the general election next preceding the election of a United States senator. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:10 |s1=10 |title=Direct primary election law |text=The Legislature shall enact a direct primary election law, which shall provide for the nomination of candidates for all elective State, county, and city offices, including candidates for United States Senator and for Representative in Congress. Any person who is registered as no party preference or independent as the party preference or who is registered with a political party that is not qualified for representation on the ballot may vote in the primary election of any one of the political parties that is qualified for the ballot. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:11 |s1=11 |title=General elections; date |text=There shall be a general election of representatives in congress, and of state, county, and precinct officers on the first Tuesday after the first Monday in November of the first even numbered year after the year in which Arizona is admitted to statehood and biennially thereafter. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:12 |s1=12 |title=Registration and other laws |text=There shall be enacted registration and other laws to secure the purity of elections and guard against abuses of the elective franchise. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:13 |s1=13 |title=Submission of questions upon bond issues or special assessments |text=Questions upon bond issues or special assessments shall be submitted to the vote of real property tax payers, who shall also in all respects be qualified electors of this state, and of the political subdivisions thereof affected by such question. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:14 |s1=14 |title=Fee for placing candidate's name on ballot |text=No fee shall ever be required in order to have the name of any candidate placed on the official ballot for any election or primary. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:15 |s1=15 |title=Qualifications for public office |text=Every person elected or appointed to any elective office of trust or profit under the authority of the state, or any political division or any municipality thereof, shall be a qualified elector of the political division or municipality in which such person shall be elected. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:16 |s1=16 |title=Campaign contributions and expenditures; publicity |text=The legislature, at its first session, shall enact a law providing for a general publicity, before and after election, of all campaign contributions to, and expenditures of campaign committees and candidates for public office. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:17 |s1=17 |title=Vacancy in Congress |text=There shall be a primary and general election as prescribed by law, which shall provide for nomination and election of a candidate for United States senator and for representative in congress when a vacancy occurs through resignation or any other cause. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VII:18 |s1=18 |title=Term limits on ballot appearances in congressional elections. |text=The name of any candidate for United States senator from Arizona shall not appear on the ballot if, by the end of the current term of office, the candidate will have served (or, but for resignation, would have served) in that office for two consecutive terms, and the name of a candidate for United States representative from Arizona shall not appear on the ballot if, by the end of the current term of office, the candidate will have served (or, but for resignation, would have served) in that office for three consecutive terms. Terms are considered consecutive unless they are at least one full term apart. Any person appointed or elected to fill a vacancy in the United States congress who serves at least one half of a term of office shall be considered to have served a term in that office for purposes of this section. For purposes of this section, terms beginning before January 1, 1993 shall not be considered. }} <!-- ARTICLE VIII --> {{law-const/a |art=VIII |title=Removal from office }} <!-- ARTICLE VIII: PART 1 --> {{law-const/a/part |part=I }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VIII-I:1 |s1=1 |title=Officers subject to recall; petitioners |text=Every public officer in the state of Arizona, holding an elective office, either by election or appointment, is subject to recall from such office by the qualified electors of the electoral district from which candidates are elected to such office. Such electoral district may include the whole state. Such number of said electors as shall equal twenty-five per centum of the number of votes cast at the last preceding general election for all of the candidates for the office held by such officer, may by petition, which shall be known as a recall petition, demand his recall. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VIII-I:2 |s1=2 |title=Recall petitions; contents; filing; signatures; oath |text=Every recall petition must contain a general statement, in not more than two hundred words, of the grounds of such demand, and must be filed in the office in which petitions for nominations to the office held by the incumbent are required to be filed. The signatures to such recall petition need not all be on one sheet of paper, but each signer must add to his signature the date of his signing said petition, and his place of residence, giving his street and number, if any, should he reside in a town or city. One of the signers of each sheet of such petition, or the person circulating such sheet, must make and subscribe an oath on said sheet, that the signatures thereon are genuine. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VIII-I:3 |s1=3 |title=Resignation of officer; special election |text=If such officer shall offer his resignation it shall be accepted, and the vacancy shall be filled as may be provided by law. If he shall not resign within five days after a recall petition is filed as provided by law, a special election shall be ordered to be held as provided by law, to determine whether such officer shall be recalled. On the ballots at such election shall be printed the reasons as set forth in the petition for demanding his recall, and, in not more than two hundred words, the officer's justification of his course in office. He shall continue to perform the duties of his office until the result of such election shall have been officially declared. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VIII-I:4 |s1=4 |title=Special election; candidates; results; qualification of successor |text=Unless the incumbent otherwise requests, in writing, the incumbent's name shall be placed as a candidate on the official ballot without nomination. Other candidates for the office may be nominated to be voted for at said election. The candidate who receives the highest number of votes shall be declared elected for the remainder of the term. Unless the incumbent receives the highest number of votes, the incumbent shall be deemed to be removed from office, upon qualification of the successor. In the event that the successor shall not qualify within five days after the result of said election shall have been declared, the said office shall be vacant, and may be filled as provided by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VIII-I:5 |s1=5 |title=Recall petitions; restrictions and conditions |text=No recall petition shall be circulated against any officer until he shall have held his office for a period of six months, except that it may be filed against a member of the legislature at any time after five days from the beginning of the first session after his election. After one recall petition and election, no further recall petition shall be filed against the same officer during the term for which he was elected, unless petitioners signing such petition shall first pay into the public treasury which has paid such election expenses, all expenses of the preceding election. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VIII-I:6 |s1=6 |title=Application of general election laws; implementary legislation |text=The general election laws shall apply to recall elections in so far as applicable. Laws necessary to facilitate the operation of the provisions of this article shall be enacted, including provision for payment by the public treasury of the reasonable special election campaign expenses of such officer. }} <!-- ARTICLE VIII: PART 2 --> {{law-const/a/part |part=II }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VIII-II:1 |s1=1 |title=Power of impeachment in house of representatives; trial by senate |text=The house of representatives shall have the sole power of impeachment. The concurrence of a majority of all the members shall be necessary to an impeachment. All impeachments shall be tried by the senate, and, when sitting for that purpose, the senators shall be upon oath or affirmation to do justice according to law and evidence, and shall be presided over by the chief justice of the supreme court. Should the chief justice be on trial, or otherwise disqualified, the senate shall elect a judge of the supreme court to preside. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=VIII-II:2 |s1=2 |title=Conviction; grounds for impeachment; judgment; liability to trial |text=No person shall be convicted without a concurrence of two-thirds of the senators elected. The governor and other state and judicial officers, except justices of courts not of record, shall be liable to impeachment for high crimes, misdemeanors, or malfeasance in office, but judgment in such cases shall extend only to removal from office and disqualification to hold any office of honor, trust, or profit in the state. The party, whether convicted or acquitted, shall, nevertheless, be liable to trial and punishment according to law. }} <!-- ARTICLE IX --> {{law-const/a |art=IX |title=Public debt, revenue, and taxation }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:1 |s1=1 |title=Surrender of power of taxation; uniformity of taxes |text=The power of taxation shall never be surrendered, suspended or contracted away. Except as provided by section 18 of this article, all taxes shall be uniform upon the same class of property within the territorial limits of the authority levying the tax, and shall be levied and collected for public purposes only. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:2 |s1=2 |title=Property subject to taxation; exemptions |text=<ol> <li>There shall be exempt from taxation all federal, state, county and municipal property.</li> <li>Property of educational, charitable and religious associations or institutions not used or held for profit may be exempt from taxation by law.</li> <li>Public debts, as evidenced by the bonds of Arizona, its counties, municipalities or other subdivisions, shall also be exempt from taxation.</li> <li>All household goods owned by the user thereof and used solely for noncommercial purposes shall be exempt from taxation, and such person entitled to such exemption shall not be required to take any affirmative action to receive the benefit of such exemption.</li> <li>Stocks of raw or finished materials, unassembled parts, work in process or finished products constituting the inventory of a retailer or wholesaler located within the state and principally engaged in the resale of such materials, parts or products, whether or not for resale to the ultimate consumer, shall be exempt from taxation.</li> <li>The legislature may exempt personal property that is used for agricultural purposes or in a trade or business from taxation in a manner provided by law, except that the exemption does not apply to any amount of the full cash value of the personal property of a taxpayer that exceeds fifty thousand dollars. The legislature may provide by law to increase the exempt amount according to annual variations in a designated national inflation index.</li> <li>The legislature may exempt the property of cemeteries that are set apart and used to inter deceased human beings from taxation in a manner provided by law.</li> <li>There shall be further exempt from taxation the property of each honorably discharged airman, soldier, sailor, United States marine, member of revenue marine service, the coast guard, nurse corps or of any predecessor or of the component of auxiliary of any thereof, resident of this state, in the amount of:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha;"> <li>One thousand five hundred dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed three thousand five hundred dollars.</li> <li>One thousand dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed four thousand dollars.</li> <li>Five hundred dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed four thousand five hundred dollars.</li> <li>Two hundred fifty dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed five thousand dollars.</li> <li>No exemption if the total assessment of such person exceeds five thousand dollars.</li></ol> No such exemption shall be made for such person unless such person shall have served at least sixty days in the military or naval service of the United States during World War I or prior wars and shall have been a resident of this state prior to September 1, 1945.</li> <li>There shall be further exempt from taxation as herein provided the property of each honorably discharged airman, soldier, sailor, United States marine, member of revenue marine service, the coast guard, nurse corps or of any predecessor or of the component of auxiliary of any thereof, resident of this state, where such person has a service-connected disability as determined by the United States veterans administration or its successor. No such exemption shall be made for such person unless he shall have been a resident of this state prior to September 1, 1945 or unless such person shall have been a resident of this state for at least four years prior to his original entry into service as an airman, soldier, sailor, United States marine, member of revenue marine service, the coast guard, nurse corps or of any predecessor or of the component of auxiliary of any thereof. The property of such person having a compensable service-connected disability exempt from taxation as herein provided shall be determined as follows:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha;"> <li>If such person's service-connected disability as determined by the United States veterans administration or its successor is sixty per cent or less, the property of such person exempt from taxation shall be determined by such person's percentage of disability multiplied by the assessment of such person in the amount of:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman;"> <li>One thousand five hundred dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed three thousand five hundred dollars.</li> <li>One thousand dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed four thousand dollars.</li> <li>Five hundred dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed four thousand five hundred dollars.</li> <li>Two hundred fifty dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed five thousand dollars.</li> <li>No exemption if the total assessment of such person exceeds five thousand dollars.</li></ol></li> <li>If such person's service-connected disability as determined by the United States veterans administration or its successor is more than sixty per cent, the property of such person exempt from taxation shall be in the amount of:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman;"> <li>One thousand five hundred dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed three thousand five hundred dollars.</li> <li>One thousand dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed four thousand dollars.</li> <li>Five hundred dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed four thousand five hundred dollars.</li> <li>Two hundred fifty dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed five thousand dollars.</li> <li>No exemption if the total assessment of such person exceeds five thousand dollars.</li></ol></li></ol></li> <li>There shall be further exempt from taxation the property of each honorably discharged airman, soldier, sailor, United States marine, member of revenue marine service, the coast guard, nurse corps or of any predecessor or of the component of auxiliary of any thereof, resident of this state, where such person has a nonservice-connected total and permanent disability, physical or mental, as so certified by the United States veterans administration, or its successor, or such other certification as provided by law, in the amount of:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha;"> <li>One thousand five hundred dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed three thousand five hundred dollars.</li> <li>One thousand dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed four thousand dollars.</li> <li>Five hundred dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed four thousand five hundred dollars.</li> <li>Two hundred fifty dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed five thousand dollars.</li> <li>No exemption if the total assessment of such person exceeds five thousand dollars.</li></ol> No such exemption shall be made for such person unless he shall have served at least sixty days in the military or naval service of the United States during time of war after World War I and shall have been a resident of this state prior to September 1, 1945.</li> <li>There shall be further exempt from taxation the property of each widow, resident of this state, in the amount of:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha;"> <li>One thousand five hundred dollars if the total assessment of such widow does not exceed three thousand five hundred dollars.</li> <li>One thousand dollars if the total assessment of such widow does not exceed four thousand dollars.</li> <li>Five hundred dollars if the total assessment of such widow does not exceed four thousand five hundred dollars.</li> <li>Two hundred fifty dollars if the total assessment of such widow does not exceed five thousand dollars.</li> <li>No exemption if the total assessment of such widow exceeds five thousand dollars.</li></ol> In order to qualify for this exemption, the income from all sources of such widow, together with the income from all sources of all children of such widow residing with the widow in her residence in the year immediately preceding the year for which such widow applies for this exemption, shall not exceed:<ol> <li>Seven thousand dollars if none of the widow's children under the age of eighteen years resided with her in such widow's residence; or</li> <li>Ten thousand dollars if one or more of the widow's children residing with her in such widow's residence was under the age of eighteen years, or was totally and permanently disabled, physically or mentally, as certified by competent medical authority as provided by law.</li></ol> Such widow shall have resided with her last spouse in this state at the time of the spouse's death if she was not a widow and a resident of this state prior to January 1, 1969.</li> <li>No property shall be exempt which has been conveyed to evade taxation. The total exemption from taxation granted to the property owned by a person who qualifies for any exemption in accordance with the terms of subsections (8), (9), (10) or (11) shall not exceed one thousand five hundred dollars. The provisions of this section shall be self-executing.</li> <li>All property in the state not exempt under the laws of the United States or under this constitution or exempt by law under the provisions of this section shall be subject to taxation to be ascertained as provided by law.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:2.1 |s1=2.1 |title=Exemption from tax; property of widowers |text=There shall be further exempt from taxation the property of each widower, resident of this state, in the amount of:<ol> <li>One thousand five hundred dollars if the total assessment of such widower does not exceed three thousand five hundred dollars.</li> <li>One thousand dollars if the total assessment of such widower does not exceed four thousand dollars.</li> <li>Five hundred dollars if the total assessment of such widower does not exceed four thousand five hundred dollars.</li> <li>Two hundred fifty dollars if the total assessment of such widower does not exceed five thousand dollars.</li> <li>No exemption if the total assessment of such widower exceeds five thousand dollars.</li></ol> In order to qualify for this exemption, the income from all sources of such widower, together with the income from all sources of all children of such widower residing with the widower in his residence in the year immediately preceding the year for which such widower applies for this exemption, shall not exceed:<ol> <li>Seven thousand dollars if none of the widower's children under the age of eighteen years resided with him in such widower's residence; or</li> <li>Ten thousand dollars if one or more of the widower's children residing with him in such widower's residence was under the age of eighteen years, or was totally and permanently disabled, physically or mentally, as certified by competent medical authority as provided by law.</li></ol> Such widower shall have resided with his last spouse in this state at the time of the spouse's death if he was not a widower and a resident of this state prior to January 1, 1969. No property shall be exempt which has been conveyed to evade taxation. The total exemption from taxation granted to the property owned by a person who qualifies for any exemption in accordance with the terms of this section shall not exceed one thousand five hundred dollars. This section shall be self-executing. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:2.2 |s1=2.2 |title=Exemption from tax; property of persons who are disabled |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>There shall be further exempt from taxation the property of each person who, after age seventeen, has been medically certified as totally and permanently disabled, in the amount of:<ol> <li>One thousand five hundred dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed three thousand five hundred dollars.</li> <li>One thousand dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed four thousand dollars.</li> <li>Five hundred dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed four thousand five hundred dollars.</li> <li>Two hundred fifty dollars if the total assessment of such person does not exceed five thousand dollars.</li> <li>No exemption if the total assessment of such person exceeds five thousand dollars. The legislature may by law prescribe criteria for medical certification of such disability.</li></ol></li> <li>The income from all sources of the person who is disabled, the person's spouse and all of the person's children who reside in the person's residence in the year immediately preceding the year for which the person applies for this exemption shall not exceed:<ol> <li>Seven thousand dollars if none of the person's children under the age of eighteen years resided in the person's residence; or</li> <li>Ten thousand dollars if one or more of the person's children residing in the residence was under the age of eighteen years or was totally and permanently disabled, physically or mentally, as certified by competent medical authority as provided by law.</li></ol></li> <li> No property shall be exempt which has been conveyed to evade taxation. The total exemption from taxation granted to the property owned by a person who qualifies for any exemption in accordance with the terms of this section shall not exceed one thousand five hundred dollars. This section shall be self-executing.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:2.3 |s1=2.3 |title=Exemption from tax; increase in amount of exemptions, assessments and income |text=The legislature may by law increase the amount of the exemptions, the total permissible amount of assessments or the permissible amount of income from all sources prescribed in sections 2, 2.1 and 2.2 of this article. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:3 |s1=3 |title=Annual tax; purposes; amount; tax laws; payment of taxes into state treasury |text=<p>The legislature shall provide by law for an annual tax sufficient, with other sources of revenue, to defray the necessary ordinary expenses of the state for each fiscal year. And for the purpose of paying the state debt, if there be any, the legislature shall provide for levying an annual tax sufficient to pay the annual interest and the principal of such debt within twenty-five years from the final passage of the law creating the debt.</p> <p>No tax shall be levied except in pursuance of law, and every law imposing a tax shall state distinctly the object of the tax, to which object only it shall be applied.</p> <p>All taxes levied and collected for state purposes shall be paid into the state treasury in money only.</p> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:4 |s1=4 |title=Fiscal year; annual statement of receipts and expenditures; deficit |text=The fiscal year shall commence on the first day of July in each year. An accurate statement of the receipts and expenditures of the public money shall be published annually, in such manner as shall be provided by law. Whenever the expenses of any fiscal year shall exceed the income, the legislature may provide for levying a tax for the ensuing fiscal year sufficient, with other sources of income, to pay the deficiency, as well as the estimated expenses of the ensuing fiscal year. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:5 |s1=5 |title=Power of state to contract debts; purposes; limit; restrictions |text=<p>The state may contract debts to supply the casual deficits or failures in revenues, or to meet expenses not otherwise provided for; but the aggregate amount of such debts, direct and contingent, whether contracted by virtue of one or more laws, or at different periods of time, shall never exceed the sum of three hundred and fifty thousand dollars; and the money arising from the creation of such debts shall be applied to the purpose for which it was obtained or to repay the debts so contracted, and to no other purpose.</p> <p>In addition to the above limited power to contract debts the state may borrow money to repel invasion, suppress insurrection, or defend the state in time of war; but the money thus raised shall be applied exclusively to the object for which the loan shall have been authorized or to the repayment of the debt thereby created. No money shall be paid out of the state treasury, except in the manner provided by law.</p> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:6 |s1=6 |title=Local assessments and taxes |text=Incorporated cities, towns, and villages may be vested by law with power to make local improvements by special assessments, or by special taxation of property benefited. For all corporate purposes, all municipal corporations may be vested with authority to assess and collect taxes. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:7 |s1=7 |title=Gift or loan of credit; subsidies; stock ownership; joint ownership |text=Neither the state, nor any county, city, town, municipality, or other subdivision of the state shall ever give or loan its credit in the aid of, or make any donation or grant, by subsidy or otherwise, to any individual, association, or corporation, or become a subscriber to, or a shareholder in, any company or corporation, or become a joint owner with any person, company, or corporation, except as to such ownerships as may accrue to the state by operation or provision of law or as authorized by law solely for investment of the monies in the various funds of the state. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:8 |s1=8 |title=Local debt limits; assent of taxpayers |text=<ol> <li>No county, city, town, school district, or other municipal corporation shall for any purpose become indebted in any manner to an amount exceeding six per centum of the taxable property in such county, city, town, school district, or other municipal corporation, without the assent of a majority of the property taxpayers, who must also in all respects be qualified electors, therein voting at an election provided by law to be held for that purpose, the value of the taxable property therein to be ascertained by the last assessment for state and county purposes, previous to incurring such indebtedness; except, that in incorporated cities and towns assessments shall be taken from the last assessment for city or town purposes; provided, that under no circumstances shall any county or school district become indebted to an amount exceeding fifteen per centum of such taxable property, as shown by the last assessment roll thereof; and provided further, that any incorporated city or town, with such assent, may be allowed to become indebted to a larger amount, but not exceeding twenty per centum additional, for supplying such city or town with water, artificial light, or sewers, when the works for supplying such water, light, or sewers are or shall be owned and controlled by the municipality, and for the acquisition and development by the incorporated city or town of land or interests therein for open space preserves, parks, playgrounds and recreational facilities, public safety, law enforcement, fire and emergency services facilities and streets and transportation facilities.</li> <li>The provisions of section 18, subsections (3), (4), (5) and (6) of this article shall not apply to this section.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:8.1 |s1=8.1 |title=Unified school district debt limit |text=<ol> <li>Notwithstanding the provisions of section 8 of this article a unified school district may become indebted to an amount not exceeding thirty per cent of the taxable property of the school district, as shown by the last assessment roll thereof. For purposes of this section, a unified school district is a single school district which provides education to the area within the district for grades kindergarten through twelve and which area is not subject to taxation by any other common or high school district.</li> <li>The provisions of section 18, subsections (3), (4), (5) and (6) of this article shall not apply to this section.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:9 |s1=9 |title=Statement of tax and objects |text=Every law which imposes, continues, or revives a tax shall distinctly state the tax and the objects for which it shall be applied; and it shall not be sufficient to refer to any other law to fix such tax or object. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:10 |s1=10 |title=Aid of church, private or sectarian school, or public service corporation |text=No tax shall be laid or appropriation of public money made in aid of any church, or private or sectarian school, or any public service corporation. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:11 |s1=11 |title=Taxing procedure; license tax on registered vehicles |text=<p>From and after December 31, 1973, the manner, method and mode of assessing, equalizing and levying taxes in the state of Arizona shall be such as is prescribed by law.</p> <p>From and after December 31, 1973, a license tax is hereby imposed on vehicles registered for operation upon the highways in Arizona, which license tax shall be in lieu of all ad valorem property taxes on any vehicle subject to such license tax. Such license tax shall be collected as provided by law. To facilitate an even distribution of the registration of vehicles and the collection of the license tax imposed by this section, the legislature may provide for different times or periods of registration between and within the several classes of vehicles.</p> <p>In the event that a vehicle is destroyed after the beginning of a registration year, the license tax paid for such year on such vehicle may be reduced as provided by law.</p> <p>From and after December 31, 1973, mobile homes, as defined by law for tax purposes, shall not be subject to the license tax imposed under the provisions of this section but shall be subject to ad valorem property taxes on any mobile homes in the manner provided by law. Distribution of the proceeds derived from such tax shall be as provided by law.</p> <p>From and after December 31, 1973, the legislature shall provide for the distribution of the proceeds from such license tax to the state, counties, school districts, cities and towns.</p> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:12 |s1=12 |title=Authority to provide for levy and collection of license and other taxes |text=The law-making power shall have authority to provide for the levy and collection of license, franchise, gross revenue, excise, income, collateral and direct inheritance, legacy, and succession taxes, also graduated income taxes, graduated collateral and direct inheritance taxes, graduated legacy and succession taxes, stamp, registration, production, or other specific taxes. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:12.1 |s1=12.1 |title=Temporary taxes; repeal from and after May 31, 2013 |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li> A temporary tax is levied for the purpose of raising state revenues for primary and secondary education, health and human services and public safety.</li> <li>The temporary tax is levied and shall be collected beginning on June 1, 2010 and shall continue for thirty-six consecutive calendar months, after which the temporary tax is repealed.</li> <li>The temporary tax is levied as a separate rate increment in addition to the state transaction privilege tax rates and the use tax rate. The rate of the temporary tax is one per cent of the tax base for each transaction privilege classification that is subject to a rate of five per cent or more and one per cent of the tax base for the use tax.</li> <li>The temporary tax is subject to the same exemptions, deductions and exclusions as provided by law for each transaction privilege tax classification and for the use tax.</li> <li> The net revenues derived from the temporary tax imposed by this section are not subject to distribution to counties, municipalities or other governmental entities but shall be credited to, and separately accounted in, the state general fund and appropriated as follows:<ol> <li>Two-thirds of the revenues shall be appropriated for public primary and secondary education.</li> <li>One-third of the revenues shall be appropriated for health and human services and public safety purposes.</li></ol></li> <li>The temporary taxes under this section are due and payable at the same time and in the same manner, and are subject to the same provisions for administration and enforcement, as provided by law for other transaction privilege and use taxes.</li> <li>The repeal of the temporary tax under this section does not affect the continuing validity of outstanding and unpaid tax obligations that accrue under this section, including any penalties and interest that accrue thereafter by law on the unpaid obligations.</li> <li>The temporary tax under this section is repealed from and after May 31, 2013.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:13 |s1=13 |title=Inventory, materials and products of manufacturers; production livestock and animals; tax exemption |text=No tax shall be levied on: <ol> <li>Raw or unfinished materials, unassembled parts, work in process or finished products, constituting the inventory of a manufacturer or manufacturing establishment located within the state and principally engaged in the fabrication, production and manufacture of products, wares and articles for use, from raw or prepared materials, imparting thereto new forms, qualities, properties and combinations, which materials, parts, work in process or finished products are not consigned or billed to any other party.</li> <li>Livestock, poultry, aquatic animals and honeybees owned by a person who is principally engaged in agricultural production, subject to such conditions as may be prescribed by law.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:14 |s1=14 |title=Use and distribution of vehicle, user, and gasoline and diesel tax receipts |text=No moneys derived from fees, excises, or license taxes relating to registration, operation, or use of vehicles on the public highways or streets or to fuels or any other energy source used for the propulsion of vehicles on the public highways or streets, shall be expended for other than highway and street purposes including the cost of administering the state highway system and the laws creating such fees, excises, or license taxes, statutory refunds and adjustments provided by law, payment of principal and interest on highway and street bonds and obligations, expenses of state enforcement of traffic laws and state administration of traffic safety programs, payment of costs of publication and distribution of Arizona highways magazine, state costs of construction, reconstruction, maintenance or repair of public highways, streets or bridges, costs of rights of way acquisitions and expenses related thereto, roadside development, and for distribution to counties, incorporated cities and towns to be used by them solely for highway and street purposes including costs of rights of way acquisitions and expenses related thereto, construction, reconstruction, maintenance, repair, roadside development, of county, city and town roads, streets, and bridges and payment of principal and interest on highway and street bonds. As long as the total highway user revenues derived equals or exceeds the total derived in the fiscal year ending June 30, 1970, the state and any county shall not receive from such revenues for the use of each and for distribution to cities and towns, fewer dollars than were received and distributed in such fiscal year. This section shall not apply to moneys derived from the automobile license tax imposed under section 11 of article IX of the Constitution of Arizona. All moneys collected in accordance with this section shall be distributed as provided by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:15 |s1=15 |title=License tax on aircraft |text=Commencing January 1, 1965, a license tax is imposed on aircraft registered for operation in Arizona, which license tax shall be in lieu of all ad valorem property taxes on any aircraft subject thereto, but nothing in this section shall be deemed to apply to:<ol> <li>Regularly scheduled aircraft operated by an air line company for the primary purpose of carrying persons or property for hire in interstate, intrastate, or international transportation.</li> <li>Aircraft owned and held by an aircraft dealer solely for purposes of sale.</li> <li>Aircraft owned by a nonresident who operates aircraft for a period not in excess of ninety days in any one calendar year, provided that such aircraft are not engaged in any intrastate commercial activity.</li> <li>Aircraft owned and operated exclusively in the public service by the state or by any political subdivision thereof, or by the civil air patrol. The amount, manner, method and mode of assessing, equalizing and levying such license tax and the distribution of the proceeds therefrom shall be prescribed by law.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:16 |s1=16 |title=Exemption of watercraft from ad valorem property taxes |text=<p>Commencing January 1, 1967, all watercraft registered for operation in Arizona, excluding watercraft owned and operated for any commercial purpose, is exempt from ad valorem property taxes. Watercraft exempt from ad valorem property taxes shall be subject to or exempt from a license tax, as may be prescribed by law.</p> <p>“Watercraft”, as used in this section, shall be defined as provided by law.</p> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:17 |s1=17 |title=Economic estimates commission; appropriation limitation; powers and duties of commission |text=<ol> <li>The economic estimates commission shall be established by law, with a membership of not to exceed three members, and shall determine and publish prior to February 1 of each year the estimated total personal income for the following fiscal year. By April 1 of each year the commission shall determine and publish a final estimate of the total personal income for the following fiscal year, which estimate shall be used in computing the appropriations limit for the legislature. For the purposes of this section, “total personal income” means the dollar amount that will be reported as total income by persons for the state of Arizona by the U. S. department of commerce or its successor agency.</li> <li>For purposes of this section, “state revenues”:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha;"> <li>Include all monies, revenues, fees, fines, penalties, funds, tuitions, property and receipts of any kind whatsoever received by or for the account of the state or any of its agencies, departments, offices, boards, commissions, authorities, councils and insitutions except as provided in this subsection.</li> <li>Do not include:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman;"> <li>Any amounts or property received from the issuance or incurrence of bonds or other lawful long-term obligations issued or incurred for a specific purpose. For the purpose of this subdivision long-term obligations shall not include warrants issued in the ordinary course of operation or registered for payment by the state.</li> <li>Any amounts or property received as payment of dividends or interest.</li> <li>Any amounts or property received by the state in the capacity of trustee, custodian or agent.</li> <li>Any amounts received from employers for deposit in the unemployment compensation fund or any successor fund.</li> <li>Any amounts collected by the state for distribution to counties, cities and towns without specific restrictions on the use of the funds other than the restrictions included in section 14 of this article.</li> <li>Any amounts received as grants, aid, contributions or gifts of any type, except voluntary contributions or other contributions received directly or indirectly in lieu of taxes.</li> <li>Any amounts received as the proceeds from the sale, lease or redemption of property or as consideration for services or the use of property.</li> <li>Any amounts received pursuant to a transfer during a fiscal year from another agency, department, office, board, commission, authority, council or institution of the state which were included as state revenues for such fiscal year or which are excluded from state revenue under other provisions of this subsection.</li> <li>Any amounts attributable to an increase in the rates of tax subsequent to July 1, 1979 on vehicle users, gasoline and diesel fuel which were levied on July 1, 1979.</li> <li>Any amounts received during a fiscal year as refunds, reimbursements or other recoveries of amounts appropriated which were applied against the appropriation limitation for such fiscal year or which were excluded from state revenues under other provisions of this subsection.</li></ol></li></ol></li> <li>The legislature shall not appropriate for any fiscal year state revenues in excess of seven per cent of the total personal income of the state for that fiscal year as determined by the economic estimates commission. The limitation may be exceeded upon affirmative vote of two-thirds of the membership of each house of the legislature on each measure that appropriates amounts in excess of the limitation. If the legislature authorizes a specific dollar amount of appropriation for more than one fiscal year, for the purpose of measuring such appropriation against the appropriation limitation, the entire amount appropriated shall be applied against the limitation in the first fiscal year during which any expenditures are authorized, and in no other fiscal year.</li> <li>In order to permit the transference of governmental functions or funding responsibilities between the federal and state governments and between the state government and its political subdivisions without abridging the purpose of this section to limit state appropriations to a percentage of total personal income, the legislature shall provide for adjustments of the appropriation percentage limitation consistent with the following principles:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha;"> <li>If the federal government assumes all or any part of the cost of providing a governmental function which the state previously funded in whole or in part, the appropriation limitation shall be commensurately decreased.</li> <li>If the federal government requires the state to assume all or any part of the cost of providing a governmental function the appropriation limitation shall be commensurately increased.</li> <li>If the state assumes all or any part of the cost of providing a governmental function and the state requires the political subdivision, which previously funded all or any part of the cost of the function to commensurately decrease its tax revenues, the appropriation percentage limitation shall be commensurately increased.</li> <li>If a political subdivision assumes all or any part of the cost of providing a governmental function previously funded in whole or in part by the state, the appropriation percentage limitation shall be commensurately decreased.</li></ol></li> <li>Any adjustments made pursuant to this subsection shall be made for the first fiscal year of the assumption of the cost. Such adjustment shall remain in effect for each subsequent fiscal year.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:18 |s1=18 |title=Residential ad valorem tax limits; limit on increase in values; definitions |text=<ol> <li>The maximum amount of ad valorem taxes that may be collected from residential property in any tax year shall not exceed one per cent of the property's full cash value as limited by this section.</li> <li>The limitation provided in subsection (1) does not apply to:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha;"> <li>Ad valorem taxes or special assessments levied to pay the principal of and interest and redemption charges on bonded indebtedness or other lawful long-term obligations issued or incurred for a specific purpose.</li> <li>Ad valorem taxes or assessments levied by or for property improvement assessment districts, improvement districts and other special purpose districts other than counties, cities, towns, school districts and community college districts.</li> <li>Ad valorem taxes levied pursuant to an election to exceed a budget, expenditure or tax limitation.</li></ol></li> <li>Except as otherwise provided by subsections (5), (6) and (7) of this section:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha;"> <li> Through tax year 2014, the value of real property and improvements and the value of mobile homes used for all ad valorem taxes except those specified in subsection (2) shall be the lesser of the full cash value of the property or an amount ten per cent greater than the value of property determined pursuant to this subsection for the prior year or an amount equal to the value of property determined pursuant to this subsection for the prior year plus one-fourth of the difference between such value and the full cash value of the property for current tax year, whichever is greater.</li> <li> For the purposes of taxes levied beginning in tax year 2015, the value of real property and improvements, including mobile homes, used for all ad valorem taxes shall be the lesser of the full cash value of the property or an amount five per cent greater than the value of property determined pursuant to this subsection for the prior year.</li></ol></li> <li>The legislature shall by law provide a method of determining the value, subject to the provisions of subsection (3), of new property.</li> <li>The limitation on increases in the value of property prescribed in subsection (3) does not apply to equalization orders that the legislature specifically exempts by law from such limitation.</li> <li>Subsection (3) does not apply to:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha;"> <li>Property used in the business of patented or unpatented producing mines and the mills and the smelters operated in connection with the mines.</li> <li>Producing oil, gas and geothermal interests.</li> <li>Real property, improvements thereto and personal property used thereon used in the operation of telephone, telegraph, gas, water and electric utility companies.</li> <li>Aircraft that is regularly scheduled and operated by an airline company for the primary purpose of carrying persons or property for hire in interstate, intrastate or international transportation.</li> <li>Standing timber.</li> <li>Property used in the operation of pipelines.</li> <li>Personal property regardless of use except mobile homes.</li></ol></li> <li>A resident of this state who is sixty-five years of age or older may apply to the county assessor for a property valuation protection option on the person's primary residence, including not more than ten acres of undeveloped appurtenant land. To be eligible for the property valuation protection option, the resident shall make application and furnish documentation required by the assessor on or before September 1. If the resident fails to file the application on or before September 1, the assessor shall process the application for the subsequent year. If the resident files an application with the assessor on or before September 1, the assessor shall notify the resident whether the application is accepted or denied on or before December 1. The resident may apply for a property valuation protection option after residing in the primary residence for two years. If one person owns the property, the person's total income from all sources including nontaxable income shall not exceed four hundred per cent of the supplemental security income benefit rate established by section 1611(b)(1) of the social security act. If the property is owned by two or more persons, including a husband and wife, at least one of the owners must be sixty-five years of age or older and the owners' combined total income from all sources including nontaxable income shall not exceed five hundred per cent of the supplemental security income benefit rate established by section 1611(b)(1) of the social security act. The assessor shall review the owner's income qualifications on a triennial basis and shall use the owner's average total income during the previous three years for the review. If the county assessor approves a property valuation protection option, the value of the primary residence shall remain fixed at the valuation determined pursuant to subsection (3) that is in effect during the year the property valuation protection option is filed and as long as the owner remains eligible. To remain eligible, the county assessor shall require a qualifying resident to reapply for the property valuation protection option every three years and shall send a notice of reapplication to qualifying residents six months before the three year reapplication requirement. If title to the property is conveyed to any person who does not qualify for the property valuation protection option, the property valuation protection option terminates, and the property shall revert to its current full cash value.</li> <li>The legislature shall provide by law a system of property taxation consistent with the provisions of this section.</li> <li>For the purposes of this section:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha;"> <li>“Owner” means the owner of record of the property and includes a person who owns the majority beneficial interest of a living trust.</li> <li>“Primary residence” means all owner occupied real property and improvements to that real property in this state that is a single family home, condominium or townhouse or an owner occupied mobile home and that is used for residential purposes.</li></ol></li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:19 |s1=19 |title=Limitation on annual increases in local ad valorem tax levies; exceptions |text=<ol> <li>The maximum amount of ad valorem taxes levied by any county, city, town or community college district shall not exceed an amount two per cent greater than the amount levied in the preceding year.</li> <li>The limitation prescribed by subsection (1) does not apply to:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha;"> <li>Ad valorem taxes or special assessments levied to pay the principal of and the interest and redemption charges on bonded indebtedness or other lawful long-term obligations issued or incurred for a specific purpose.</li> <li>Ad valorem taxes or assessments levied by or for property improvement assessment districts, improvement districts and other special purpose districts other than counties, cities, towns and community college districts.</li> <li>Ad valorem taxes levied by counties for support of school districts.</li></ol></li> <li>This section applies to all tax years beginning after December 31, 1981.</li> <li>The limitation prescribed by subsection (1) shall be increased each year to the maximum permissible limit, whether or not the political subdivision actually levies ad valorem taxes to such amounts, except that beginning in 2007 the limitation prescribed by subsection (1) shall be computed from the actual tax levy of the county, city, town or community college district in 2005.</li> <li>The voters, in the manner prescribed by law, may elect to allow ad valorem taxation in excess of the limitation prescribed by this section.</li> <li>The limitation prescribed by subsection (1) of this section shall be increased by the amount of ad valorem taxes levied against property not subject to taxation in the prior year and shall be decreased by the amount of ad valorem taxes levied against property subject to taxation in the prior year and not subject to taxation in the current year. Such amounts of ad valorem taxes shall be computed using the rate applied to property not subject to this subsection.</li> <li>The legislature shall provide by law for the implementation of this section.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:20 |s1=20 |title=Expenditure limitation; adjustments; reporting |text=<ol> <li>The economic estimates commission shall determine and publish prior to April 1 of each year the expenditure limitation for the following fiscal year for each county, city and town. The expenditure limitations shall be determined by adjusting the amount of actual payments of local revenues for each such political subdivision for fiscal year 1979-1980 to reflect the changes in the population of each political subdivision and the cost of living. The governing board of any political subdivision shall not authorize expenditures of local revenues in excess of the limitation prescribed in this section, except as provided in subsections (2), (6) and (9) of this section.</li> <li>Expenditures in excess of the limitations determined pursuant to subsection (1) of this section may be authorized as follows:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha;"> <li>Upon affirmative vote of two-thirds of the members of the governing board for expenditures directly necessitated by a natural or man-made disaster declared by the governor. Any expenditures in excess of the expenditure limitation, as authorized by this paragraph, shall not affect the determination of the expenditure limitation pursuant to subsection (1) of this section in any subsequent years. Any expenditures authorized pursuant to this paragraph shall be made either in the fiscal year in which the disaster is declared or in the succeeding fiscal year.</li> <li>Upon the affirmative vote of seventy per cent of the members of the governing board for expenditures directly necessitated by a natural or man-made disaster not declared by the governor, subject to the following:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman;"> <li>The governing board reducing expenditures below the expenditure limitation determined pursuant to subsection (1) of this section by the amount of the excess expenditure for the fiscal year following a fiscal year in which excess expenditures were made pursuant to this paragraph; or</li> <li>Approval of the excess expenditure by a majority of the qualified electors voting either at a special election held by the governing board or at a regularly scheduled election for the nomination or election of the members of the governing board, in the manner provided by law. If the excess expenditure is not approved by a majority of the qualified electors voting, the governing board shall for the fiscal year which immediately follows the fiscal year in which the excess expenditures are made, reduce expenditures below the expenditure limitation determined pursuant to subsection (1) of this section by the amount of the excess expenditures. Any expenditures in excess of the expenditure limitation, as authorized by this paragraph, shall not affect the determination of the expenditure limitation pursuant to subsection (1) of this section in any subsequent years. Any expenditures pursuant to this paragraph shall be made either in the fiscal year in which the disaster occurs or in the succeeding fiscal year.</li></ol></li> <li>Upon affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the members of the governing board and approval by a majority of the qualified electors voting either at a special election held by the governing board in a manner prescribed by law, or at a regularly scheduled election for the nomination or election of the members of the governing board. Such approval by a majority of the qualified electors voting shall be for a specific amount in excess of the expenditure limitation, and such approval must occur prior to the fiscal year in which the expenditure limitation is to be exceeded. Any expenditures in excess of the expenditure limitation, as authorized by this subdivision, shall not affect the determination of the expenditure limitation pursuant to subsection (1) of this section, in subsequent years.</li></ol></li> <li>As used in this section:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha;"> <li>“Base limit” means the amount of actual payments of local revenues for fiscal year 1979-1980 as used to determine the expenditure limitation pursuant to subsection (1) of this section.</li> <li>“Cost of living” means either:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman;"> <li>The price of goods and services as measured by the implicit price deflator for the gross national product or its successor as reported by the United States department of commerce or its successor agency.</li> <li>A different measure or index of the cost of living adopted at the direction of the legislature, by concurrent resolution, upon affirmative vote of two-thirds of the membership of each house of the legislature. Such measure or index shall apply for subsequent fiscal years, except it shall not apply for the fiscal year following the adoption of such measure or index if the measure or index is adopted after March 1 of the preceding fiscal year.</li></ol></li> <li>“Expenditure” means any authorization for the payment of local revenues.</li> <li>“Local revenues” includes all monies, revenues, funds, fees, fines, penalties, tuitions, property and receipts of any kind whatsoever received by or for the account of a political subdivision or any of its agencies, departments, offices, boards, commissions, authorities, councils and institutions, except:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman;"> <li>Any amounts or property received from the issuance or incurrence of bonds or other lawful long-term obligations issued or incurred for a specific purpose, or collected or segregated to make payments or deposits required by a contract concerning such bonds or obligations. For the purpose of this subdivision long-term obligations shall not include warrants issued in the ordinary course of operation or registered for payment, by a political subdivision.</li> <li>Any amounts or property received as payment of dividends or interest, or any gain on the sale or redemption of investment securities, the purchase of which is authorized by law.</li> <li>Any amounts or property received by a political subdivision in the capacity of trustee, custodian or agent.</li> <li>Any amounts received as grants and aid of any type received from the federal government or any of its agencies.</li> <li>Any amounts received as grants, aid, contributions or gifts of any type except amounts received directly or indirectly in lieu of taxes received directly or indirectly from any private agency or organization or any individual.</li> <li>Any amounts received from the state which are included within the appropriation limitation prescribed in section 17 of this article.</li> <li>Any amounts received pursuant to a transfer during a fiscal year from another agency, department, office, board, commission, authority, council or institution of the same political subdivision which were included as local revenues for such fiscal year or which are excluded from local revenue under other provisions of this section.</li> <li>Any amounts or property accumulated for the purpose of purchasing land, buildings or improvements or constructing buildings or improvements, if such accumulation and purpose have been approved by the voters of the political subdivision.</li> <li>Any amounts received pursuant to section 14 of this article which are greater than the amount received in fiscal year 1979-1980.</li> <li>Any amounts received in return for goods or services pursuant to a contract with another political subdivision, school district, community college district or the state, and expended by the other political subdivision, school district, community college district or the state pursuant to the expenditure limitation in effect when the amounts are expended by the other political subdivision, school district, community college district or the state.</li> <li>Any amounts expended for the construction, reconstruction, operation or maintenance of a hospital financially supported by a city or town prior to January 1, 1980.</li> <li>Any amounts or property collected to pay the principal of and interest on any warrants issued by a political subdivision and outstanding as of July 1, 1979.</li> <li>Any amounts received during a fiscal year as refunds, reimbursements or other recoveries of amounts expended which were applied against the expenditure limitation for such fiscal year or which were excluded from local revenues under other provisions of this subsection.</li> <li>Any amounts received collected by the counties for distribution to school districts pursuant to state law.</li></ol></li> <li>“Political subdivision” means any county, city or town. This definition applies only to this section and does not otherwise modify the commonly accepted definition of political subdivision</li> <li>“Population” means either:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman;"> <li>The periodic census conducted by the United States department of commerce or its successor agency, or the annual update of such census by the department of economic security or its successor agency.</li> <li>A different measure or index of population adopted at the direction of the legislature, by concurrent resolution, upon affirmative vote of two-thirds of the membership of each house of the legislature. Such measure or index shall apply for subsequent fiscal years, except it shall not apply for the fiscal year following the adoption of such measure or index if the measure or index is adopted after March 1 of the preceding fiscal year.</li></ol></li></ol></li> <li>The economic estimates commission shall adjust the base limit to reflect subsequent transfers of all or any part of the cost of providing a governmental function, in a manner prescribed by law. The adjustment provided for in this subsection shall be used in determining the expenditure limitation pursuant to subsection (1) of this section beginning with the fiscal year immediately following the transfer.</li> <li>The economic estimates commission shall adjust the base limit to reflect any subsequent annexation, creation of a new political subdivision, consolidation or change in the boundaries of a political subdivision, in a manner prescribed by law. The adjustment provided for in this subsection shall be used in determining the expenditure limitation pursuant to subsection (1) of this section beginning with the fiscal year immediately following the annexation, creation of a new political subdivision, consolidation or change in the boundaries of a political subdivision.</li> <li>Any political subdivision may adjust the base limit by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the members of the governing board or by initiative, in the manner provided by law, and in either instance by approval of the proposed adjustment by a majority of the qualified electors voting at a regularly scheduled general election or at a nonpartisan election held for the nomination or election of the members of the governing board. The impact of the modification of the expenditure limitation shall appear on the ballot and in publicity pamphlets, as provided by law. Any adjustment, pursuant to this subsection, of the base limit shall be used in determining the expenditure limitation pursuant to subsection (1) of this section beginning with the fiscal year immediately following the approval, as provided by law.</li> <li>The legislature shall provide for expenditure limitations for such special districts as it deems necessary.</li> <li>The legislature shall establish by law a uniform reporting system for all political subdivisions or special districts subject to an expenditure limitation pursuant to this section to insure compliance with this section. The legislature shall establish by law sanctions and penalties for failure to comply with this section.</li> <li>Subsection (1) of this section does not apply to a city or town which at a regularly scheduled election for the nomination or election of members of the governing board of the city or town adopts an expenditure limitation pursuant to this subsection different from the expenditure limitation prescribed by subsection (1) of this section. The governing board of a city or town may by a two-thirds vote provide for referral of an alternative expenditure limitation or the qualified electors may by initiative, in the manner provided by law, propose an alternative expenditure limitation. In a manner provided by law, the impact of the alternative expenditure limitation shall be compared to the impact of the expenditure limitation prescribed by subsection (1) of this section, and the comparison shall appear on the ballot and in publicity pamphlets. If a majority of the qualified electors voting on such issue vote in favor of the alternative expenditure limitation, such limitation shall apply to the city or town. If more than one alternative expenditure limitation is on the ballot and more than one alternative expenditure limitation is approved by the voters, the alternative expenditure limitation receiving the highest number of votes shall apply to such city or town. If an alternative expenditure limitation is adopted, it shall apply for the four succeeding fiscal years. Following the fourth succeeding fiscal year, the expenditure limitation prescribed by subsection (1) of this section shall become the expenditure limitation for the city or town unless an alternative expenditure limitation is approved as provided in this subsection. If a majority of the qualified electors voting on such issue vote against an alternative expenditure limitation, the expenditure limitation prescribed pursuant to subsection (1) of this section shall apply to the city or town, and no new alternative expenditure limitation may be submitted to the voters for a period of at least two years. If an alternative expenditure limitation is adopted pursuant to this subsection, the city or town may not conduct an override election provided for in section 19, subsection (4) of this article, during the time period in which the alternative expenditure limitation is in effect.</li> <li><p>This section does not apply to any political subdivision until the fiscal year immediately following the first regularly scheduled election after July 1, 1980 for the nomination or election of the members of the governing board of such political subdivision, except that a political subdivision, prior to the fiscal year during which the spending limitation would first become effective, may modify the expenditure limitation prescribed pursuant to subsection (1) of this section, by the provisions prescribed by subsections (2) and (6) of this section, or may adopt an alternative expenditure limitation pursuant to subsection (9) of this section.</p> <p>A county may conduct a special election to exceed the expenditure limitation prescribed pursuant to subsection (1) of this section for the fiscal years 1982-1983 and 1983-1984, on the first Tuesday after the first Monday in November in 1981.</p></li> <li>“City”, as used in this article, means city or charter city. </li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:21 |s1=21 |title=Expenditure limitations for school districts and community college districts |text=<ol> <li>The economic estimates commission shall determine and publish prior to April 1 of each year the expenditure limitation for the following fiscal year for each community college district. The expenditure limitations shall be determined by adjusting the amount of expenditures of local revenues for each such district for fiscal year 1979-1980 to reflect the changes in the student population of each district and the cost of living. The governing board of any community college district shall not authorize expenditures of local revenues in excess of the limitation prescribed in this section, except in the manner provided by law.</li> <li>The economic estimates commission shall determine and publish prior to May 1 of each year the aggregate expenditure limitation for all school districts for the following fiscal year. The aggregate expenditure limitation shall be determined by adjusting the total amount of expenditures of local revenues for all school districts for fiscal year 1979-1980 to reflect the changes in student population in the school districts and the cost of living, and multiplying the result by 1.10. The aggregate expenditures of local revenues for all school districts shall not exceed the limitation prescribed in this section, except as provided in subsection (3) of this section.</li> <li>Expenditures in excess of the limitation determined pursuant to subsection (2) of this section may be authorized by the legislature for a single fiscal year, by concurrent resolution, upon affirmative vote of two-thirds of the membership of each house of the legislature.</li> <li>As used in this section:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha;"> <lI>“Cost of living” means either:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman;"> <li>The price of goods and services as measured by the implicit price deflator for the gross national product or its successor as reported by the United States department of commerce, or its successor agency.</li> <li>A different measure or index of the cost of living adopted at the direction of the legislature, by concurrent resolution, upon affirmative vote of two-thirds of the membership of each house of the legislature. Such measure or index shall apply for subsequent fiscal years, except it shall not apply for the fiscal year following the adoption of such measure or index if the measure or index is adopted after March 1 of the preceding fiscal year.</li></ol></li> <li>“Expenditure” means any amounts budgeted to be paid from local revenues as prescribed by law.</li> <li>“Local revenues” includes all monies, revenues, funds, property and receipts of any kind whatsoever received by or for the account of a school district or community college district or any of its agencies, departments, offices, boards, commissions, authorities, councils and institutions, except:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman;"> <li>Any amounts or property received from the issuance or incurrence of bonds, or other lawful long-term obligations issued or incurred for a specific purpose, or any amounts or property collected or segregated to make payments or deposits required by a contract concerning such bonds or obligations. For the purpose of this subdivision long-term obligations shall not include warrants issued in the ordinary course of operation or registered for payment by a political subdivision.</li> <li>Any amounts or property received as payment of dividends and interest, or any gain on the sale or redemption of investment securities, the purchase of which is authorized by law.</li> <li>Any amounts or property received by a school district or community college district in the capacity of trustee, custodian or agent.</li> <li>Any amounts received as grants and aid of any type received from the federal government or any of its agencies except school assistance in federally affected areas.</li> <li>Any amounts or property received as grants, gifts, aid or contributions of any type except amounts received directly or indirectly in lieu of taxes received directly or indirectly from any private agency or organization, or any individual.</li> <li>Any amounts received from the state for the purpose of purchasing land, buildings or improvements or constructing buildings or improvements.</li> <li>Any amounts received pursuant to a transfer during a fiscal year from another agency, department, office, board, commission, authority, council or institution of the same community college district or school district which were included as local revenues for such fiscal year or which are excluded from local revenue under other provisions of this subsection.</li> <li>Any amounts or property accumulated by a community college district for the purpose of purchasing land, buildings or improvements or constructing buildings or improvements.</li> <li>Any amounts received in return for goods or services pursuant to a contract with another political subdivision, school district, community college district or the state and expended by the other political subdivision, school district, community college district or the state pursuant to the expenditure limitation in effect when the amounts are expended by the other political subdivision, school district, community college district or the state.</li> <li>Any amounts received as tuition or fees directly or indirectly from any public or private agency or organization or any individual.</li> <li>Any ad valorem taxes received pursuant to an election to exceed the limitation prescribed by section 19 of this article or for the purposes of funding expenditures in excess of the expenditure limitations prescribed by subsection (7) of this section.</li> <li>Any amounts received during a fiscal year as refunds, reimbursements or other recoveries of amounts expended which were applied against the expenditure limitation for such fiscal year or which were excluded from local revenues under other provisions of this subsection.</li> </ol></li> <li>For the purpose of subsection (2) of this section, the following items are also excluded from local revenues of school districts:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman;"> <li>Any amounts received as the proceeds from the sale, lease or rental of school property as authorized by law.</li> <li>Any amounts received from the capital levy as authorized by law.</li> <li>Any amounts received from the acquisition, operation, or maintenance of school services of a commercial nature which are entirely or predominantly self-supporting.</li> <li>Any amounts received for the purpose of funding expenditures authorized in the event of destruction of or damage to the facilities of a school district as authorized by law.</li> <li>Any revenues derived from an additional state transaction privilege tax rate increment for educational purposes that was authorized by the voters before January 1, 2001.</li> <li>Any amounts received pursuant to article XI, section 8, Constitution of Arizona, that are approved by the majority of qualified voters at a statewide general election held after November 1, 2002, and before January 1, 2003.</li></ol></li> <li>“Student population” means the number of actual, full-time or the equivalent of actual full-time students enrolled in the school district or community college district determined in a manner prescribed by law.</li></ol></li> <li>The economic estimates commission shall adjust the amount of expenditures of local revenues in fiscal year 1979-1980, as used to determine the expenditure limitation pursuant to subsection (1) or (2) of this section, to reflect subsequent transfers of all or any part of the cost of providing a governmental function, in a manner prescribed by law. The adjustment provided for in this subsection shall be used in determining the expenditure limitation pursuant to subsection (1) or (2) of this section beginning with the fiscal year immediately following the transfer.</li> <li>The economic estimates commission shall adjust the amount of expenditures of local revenues in fiscal year 1979-1980, as used to determine the expenditure limitation of a community college district pursuant to subsection (1) of this section, to reflect any subsequent annexation, creation of a new district, consolidation or change in the boundaries of a district, in a manner prescribed by law. The adjustment provided for in this subsection shall be used in determining the expenditure limitation pursuant to subsection (1) of this section beginning with the fiscal year immediately following the annexation, creation of a new district, consolidation or change in the boundaries of a district.</li> <li>The legislature shall establish by law expenditure limitations for each school district beginning with the fiscal year beginning July 1, 1980. Expenditures by a school district in excess of such an expenditure limitation must be approved by a majority of the electors voting on the excess expenditures.</li> <li>The legislature shall establish by law a uniform reporting system for school districts and community college districts to ensure compliance with this section. The legislature shall establish by law sanctions and penalties for failure to comply with this section.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:22 |s1=22 |title=Vote required to increase state revenues; application; exceptions |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>An act that provides for a net increase in state revenues, as described in subsection B is effective on the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the members of each house of the legislature. If the act receives such an affirmative vote, it becomes effective immediately on the signature of the governor as provided by article IV, part 1, section 1. If the governor vetoes the measure, it shall not become effective unless it is approved by an affirmative vote of three-fourths of the members of each house of the legislature.</li> <li>The requirements of this section apply to any act that provides for a net increase in state revenues in the form of:<ol> <li>The imposition of any new tax.</li> <li>An increase in a tax rate or rates.</li> <li>A reduction or elimination of a tax deduction, exemption, exclusion, credit or other tax exemption feature in computing tax liability.</li> <li>An increase in a statutorily prescribed state fee or assessment or an increase in a statutorily prescribed maximum limit for an administratively set fee.</li> <li>The imposition of any new state fee or assessment or the authorization of any new administratively set fee.</li> <li>The elimination of an exemption from a statutorily prescribed state fee or assessment.</li> <li>A change in the allocation among the state, counties or cities of Arizona transaction privilege, severance, jet fuel and use, rental occupancy, or other taxes.</li> <li>Any combination of the elements described in paragraphs 1 through 7</li></ol></li> <li>This section does not apply to:<ol> <li>The effects of inflation, increasing assessed valuation or any other similar effect that increases state revenue but is not caused by an affirmative act of the legislature.</li> <li>Fees and assessments that are authorized by statute, but are not prescribed by formula, amount or limit, and are set by a state officer or agency.</li> <li>Taxes, fees or assessments that are imposed by counties, cities, towns and other political subdivisions of this state</li></ol></li> <li>Each act to which this section applies shall include a separate provision describing the requirements for enactment prescribed by this section.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:23 |s1=23 |title=Expenditures required by initiative or referendum; funding source |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>An initiative or referendum measure that proposes a mandatory expenditure of state revenues for any purpose, establishes a fund for any specific purpose or allocates funding for any specific purpose must also provide for an increased source of revenues sufficient to cover the entire immediate and future costs of the proposal. The increased revenues may not be derived from the state general fund or reduce or cause a reduction in general fund revenues.</li> <li>If the identified revenue source provided pursuant to subsection A in any fiscal year fails to fund the entire mandated expenditure for that fiscal year, the legislature may reduce the expenditure of state revenues for that purpose in that fiscal year to the amount of funding supplied by the identified revenue source.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=IX:24 |s1=24 |title=Prohibition of new real property sale or transfer taxes |text=The state, any county, city, town, municipality or other political subdivision of the state, or any district created by law with authority to impose any tax, fee, stamp requirement or other assessment, shall not impose any new tax, fee, stamp requirement or other assessment, direct or indirect, on the act or privilege of selling, purchasing, granting, assigning, transferring, receiving, or otherwise conveying any interest in real property. This section does not apply to any tax, fee, or other assessment in existence on December 31, 2007. }} <!-- ARTICLE X --> {{law-const/a |art=X |title=State and school lands }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=X:1 |s1=1 |title=Acceptance and holding of lands by state in trust |text=All lands expressly transferred and confirmed to the state by the provisions of the Enabling Act approved June 20, 1910, including all lands granted to the state and all lands heretofore granted to the Territory of Arizona, and all lands otherwise acquired by the state, shall be by the state accepted and held in trust to be disposed of in whole or in part, only in manner as in the said Enabling Act and in this Constitution provided, and for the several objects specified in the respective granting and confirmatory provisions. The natural products and money proceeds of any of said lands shall be subject to the same trusts as the lands producing the same. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=X:2 |s1=2 |title=Unauthorized disposition of land or proceeds as breach of trust |text=Disposition of any of said lands, or of any money or thing of value directly or indirectly derived therefrom, for any object other than that for which such particular lands (or the lands from which such money or thing of value shall have been derived) were granted or confirmed, or in any manner contrary to the provisions of the said Enabling Act, shall be deemed a breach of trust. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=X:3 |s1=3 |title=Mortgage or other encumbrance; sale or lease at public auction |text=No mortgage or other encumbrance of the said lands, or any part thereof, shall be valid in favor of any person or for any purpose or under any circumstances whatsoever. Said lands shall not be sold or leased, in whole or in part, except to the highest and best bidder at a public auction to be held at the county seat of the county wherein the lands to be affected, or the major portion thereof, shall lie, notice of which public auction shall first have been duly given by advertisement, which shall set forth the nature, time and place of the transaction to be had, with a full description of the lands to be offered, and be published once each week for not less than ten successive weeks in a newspaper of general circulation published regularly at the state capital, and in that newspaper of like circulation which shall then be regularly published nearest to the location of the lands so offered; nor shall any sale or contract for the sale of any timber or other natural product of such lands be made, save at the place, in the manner, and after the notice by publication provided for sales and leases of the lands themselves. Nothing herein, or elsewhere in article X contained, shall prevent:<ol> <li>The leasing of any of the lands referred to in this article in such manner as the legislature may prescribe, for grazing, agricultural, commercial and homesite purposes, for a term of ten years or less, without advertisement;</li> <li>The leasing of any of said lands, in such manner as the legislature may prescribe, whether or not also leased for grazing and agricultural purposes, for mineral purposes, other than for the exploration, development, and production of oil, gas and other hydrocarbon substances, for a term of twenty years or less, without advertisement, or,</li> <li>The leasing of any of said lands, whether or not also leased for other purposes, for the exploration, development, and production of oil, gas and other hydrocarbon substances on, in or under said lands for an initial term of twenty (20) years or less and as long thereafter as oil, gas or other hydrocarbon substance may be procured therefrom in paying quantities, the leases to be made in any manner, with or without advertisement, bidding, or appraisement, and under such terms and provisions, as the legislature may prescribe, the terms and provisions to include a reservation of a royalty to the state of not less than twelve and one-half per cent of production.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=X:4 |s1=4 |title=Sale or other disposal; appraisal; minimum price; credit; passing of title |text=All lands, lease-holds, timber, and other products of land, before being offered, shall be appraised at their true value, and no sale or other disposal thereof shall be made for a consideration less than the value so ascertained, nor in any case less than the minimum price hereinafter fixed, nor upon credit unless accompanied by ample security, and the legal title shall not be deemed to have passed until the consideration shall have been paid. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=X:5 |s1=5 |title=Minimum price; relinquishment of lands to United States |text=No lands shall be sold for less than three dollars per acre, and no lands which are or shall be susceptible of irrigation under any projects now or hereafter completed or adopted by the United States under legislation for the reclamation of lands, or under any other project for the reclamation of lands, shall be sold at less than twenty-five dollars per acre; Provided, that the state, at the request of the secretary of the interior, shall from time to time relinquish such of its lands to the United States as at any time are needed for irrigation works in connection with any such government project, and other lands in lieu thereof shall be selected from lands of the character named and in the manner prescribed in section twenty-four of the said Enabling Act. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=X:6 |s1=6 |title=Lands reserved by United States for development of water power |text=No lands reserved and excepted of the lands granted to this state by the United States, actually or prospectively valuable for the development of water powers or power for hydro-electric use or transmission, which shall be ascertained and designated by the secretary of the interior within five years after the proclamation of the president declaring the admission of the state, shall be subject to any disposition whatsoever by the state or by any officer of the state, and any conveyance or transfer of such lands made within said five years shall be null and void. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=X:7 |s1=7 |title=Establishment of permanent funds; segregation, investment and distribution of monies |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>A separate permanent fund shall be established for each of the several objects for which the said grants are made and confirmed by the enabling act to the state, and whenever any monies shall be in any manner derived from any of said lands, the same shall be deposited by the state treasurer in the permanent fund corresponding to the grant under which the particular land producing such monies was, by the enabling act, conveyed or confirmed.</li> <li>No monies shall ever be taken from one permanent fund for deposit in any other, or for any object other than that for which the land producing the same was granted or confirmed.</li> <li>All such monies shall be invested in safe interest-bearing securities and prudent equity securities consistent with the requirements of this section.</li> <li>The legislature shall establish a board of investment to serve as trustees of the permanent funds. The board shall provide for the management of the assets of the funds consistent with the following conditions:<ol> <li>Not more than sixty percent of a fund at cost may be invested in equities at any time.</li> <li>Equities that are eligible for purchase are restricted to stocks listed on any national stock exchange or eligible for trading through the United States national association of securities dealers automated quotation system, or successor institutions, except as may be prohibited by general criteria or by a restriction on investment in a specific security adopted pursuant to this subsection.</li> <li>Not more than five percent of all of the funds combined at cost may be invested in equity securities issued by the same institution, agency or corporation, other than securities issued as direct obligations of and fully guaranteed by the United States government.</li></ol></li> <li>In making investments under this section the state treasurer and trustees shall exercise the judgment and care under the prevailing circumstances that an institutional investor of ordinary prudence, discretion and intelligence exercises in managing large investments entrusted to it, not in regard to speculation, but in regard to the permanent disposition of monies, considering the probable safety of capital as well as the probable total rate of return over extended periods of time.</li> <li>The earnings, interest, dividends and realized capital gains and losses from investment of a permanent fund, shall be credited to that fund.</li> <li>The annual distribution from the permanent funds:<ol> <li>For fiscal years 2012-2013 through 2014-2015, shall be two and one-half percent of the average monthly market values of the fund for the immediately preceding five calendar years.</li> <li>For fiscal years 2015-2016 through 2024-2025, shall be six and nine-tenths percent of the average monthly market values of the fund for the immediately preceding five calendar years, except that in fiscal years 2015-2016, the distribution made from the permanent state school fund shall be $259,266,200. </li> <li>Beginning with fiscal year 2025-2026, shall be two and one-half percent of the average monthly market values of the fund for the immediately preceding five calendar years.</li></ol></li> <li>For fiscal years 2015-2016, through 2024-2025, any increase in expendable earnings under section 37-521, subsection B, paragraph 4, Arizona Revised Statutes, that results from a distribution of more than two and one-half percent of the average monthly market values of the fund for the immediately preceding five calendar years pursuant to subsection G, paragraph 2 of this section shall be appropriate for basic state aid, including inflation adjustments required by section 15-901.01, Arizona Revised Statutes.</li> <li>On or before February 1 of each year, if the average monthly market values of the fund for the immediately preceding five calendar years have decreased compared to the average monthly market values of the find for the five-calendar year period that immediately precedes the preceding five calendar years, the director of the office of strategic planning and budgeting, or its successor agency, and the director of the joint legislative budget committee, or its successor agency, shall jointly notify the governor, the president of the senate and the speaker of the house of representatives that a reduction to the distribution prescribed in subsection G, paragraph 2 of this section is necessary to preserve the safety of the capital in the fund. On receipt of that notification, the legislature may enact legislation, with the approval of the governor, that reduces the distribution in subsection G, paragraph 2 of this section for the next fiscal year to at least two and one-half percent but less than six and nine-tenths percent of the average monthly market values of the fund for the immediately preceding five calendar years.</li> <li>Any amount reduced pursuant to subsection I of this section is not required to be paid or distributed:<ol> <li>From any other source of public moneys.</li> <li>In any subsequent fiscal year.</li></ol></li> <li>If the legislature enacts legislation, with the approval of the governor, that reduces the distribution pursuant to subsection I of this section:<ol> <li>The legislature may reduce the base level for the next fiscal year by an amount commensurate with the reduction in the distribution from the permanent state school fund for the next fiscal year.</li> <li>The amounts from the base level reduction are not requires to be paid or distributed in any subsequent fiscal year.</li> <li>The base level reduction is not part of the calculation of the base level for subsequent years.</li></ol></li> <li>This section preserves the authority vested in the legislature pursuant to this constitution.</li> <li>This section and article XI, section 11 of this constitution and the terms and appropriations of house bill 2001, fifty-second legislature, first special session, fully satisfy the requirements of section 15-901.01, Arizona Revised Statutes.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=X:8 |s1=8 |title=Conformity of contracts with enabling act |text=Every sale, lease, conveyance, or contract of or concerning any of the lands granted or confirmed, or the use thereof or the natural products thereof made to this state by the said Enabling Act, not made in substantial conformity with the provisions thereof, shall be null and void. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=X:9 |s1=9 |title=Sale or lease; conditions; limitations; lease prior to adoption of constitution |text=All lands expressly transferred and confirmed to the state, by the provisions of the Enabling Act approved June 20, 1910, including all lands granted to the state, and all lands heretofore granted to the territory of Arizona, and all lands otherwise acquired by the state, may be sold or leased by the state in the manner, and on the conditions, and with the limitations, prescribed by the said Enabling Act and this Constitution, and as may be further prescribed by law; Provided, that the legislature shall provide for the separate appraisement of the lands and of the improvements on school and university lands which have been held under lease prior to the adoption of this Constitution, and for reimbursement to the actual bona fide residents or lessees of such lands upon which such improvements are situated, as prescribed by title 65, Civil Code of Arizona, 1901, and in such cases only as permit reimbursements to lessees in said title 65. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=X:10 |s1=10 |title=Laws for sale or lease of state lands; protection of residents and lessees |text=The legislature shall provide by proper laws for the sale of all state lands or the lease of such lands, and shall further provide by said laws for the protection of the actual bona fide residents and lessees of said lands, whereby such residents and lessees of said lands shall be protected in their rights to their improvements (including water rights) in such manner that in case of lease to other parties the former lessee shall be paid by the succeeding lessee the value of such improvements and rights and actual bona fide residents and lessees shall have preference to a renewal of their leases at a reassessed rental to be fixed as provided by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=X:11 |s1=11 |title=Maximum acreage allowed single purchaser |text=No individual, corporation or association shall be allowed to purchase more than one hundred sixty (160) acres of agricultural land or more than six hundred forty (640) acres of grazing land. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=X:12 |s1=12 |title=Land exchanges; purposes; notice; hearings; submission to the voters |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>The legislature shall provide a process by law for exchanging lands granted or confirmed by the enabling act for public lands in this state under the terms and conditions prescribed by this section.</li> <li>The purpose of the exchange must be either:<ol> <li>To assist in preserving and protecting military facilities in this state from encroaching development.</li> <li>To improve the management of state lands for the purpose of sale or lease or conversion to public use of state lands.</li></ol></li> <li>Before the public hearings are held pursuant to subsection D, paragraph 3 of this section:<ol> <li>At least two independent appraisals must be made available to the public showing that the true value of any lands the state receives in the exchange equals or exceeds the true value of the lands the state conveys.</li> <li>At least two independent analyses of the proposed exchange must be made available to the public showing:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha;"> <li>The income to the trust before the exchange from all lands the state conveys and the projected income to the trust after the exchange from all lands the state receives.</li> <li>The fiscal impact of the exchange on each county, city, town and school district in which all the lands involved in the exchange are located.</li> <li>The physical, economic and natural resource impacts of the proposed exchange on the surrounding or directly adjacent local community and the impacts on local land uses and land use plans.</li></ol></li></ol></li> <li>Land may not be exchanged unless:<ol> <li>The exchange is in the best interest of the state land trust.</li> <li>Public notice of the proposed exchange includes full disclosure of all details of the transaction, the ownership of all parcels of the lands involved in the exchange, including independent and ancillary parties, a legal and general description of the location of all parcels of the lands and the appraised value of all parcels of the lands.</li> <li>Public hearings are held at the state capital and in a location of general accessibility in the vicinity of the state lands being exchanged. Notice of the time and place of the hearings must be given beginning at least six weeks before each hearing in a manner prescribed by law. During this period, a process shall be provided for public comment on the proposed exchange.</li> <li>The exchange is approved by the qualified electors of this state in the manner of a referendum pursuant to article IV, part 1, section 1 at the next regular general election. To be approved, the proposition must receive an affirmative vote of a majority of the qualified electors voting on the measure.</li></ol></li> <li>Land exchanges are not considered to be sales for the purposes of this article.</li> </ol> }} <!-- ARTICLE XI --> {{law-const/a |art=XI |title=Education }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XI:1 |s1=1 |title=Public school system; education of pupils who are hearing and vision impaired |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>The legislature shall enact such laws as shall provide for the establishment and maintenance of a general and uniform public school system, which system shall include:<ol> <li>Kindergarten schools.</li> <li>Common schools.</li> <li>High schools.</li> <li>Normal schools.</li> <li>Industrial schools.</li> <li>Universities, which shall include an agricultural college, a school of mines, and such other technical schools as may be essential, until such time as it may be deemed advisable to establish separate state institutions of such character.</li></ol></li> <li>The legislature shall also enact such laws as shall provide for the education and care of pupils who are hearing and vision impaired.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XI:2 |s1=2 |title=Conduct and supervision of school system |text=The general conduct and supervision of the public school system shall be vested in a state board of education, a state superintendent of public instruction, county school superintendents, and such governing boards for the state institutions as may be provided by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XI:3 |s1=3 |title=State board of education; composition; powers and duties; compensation |text=The state board of education shall be composed of the following members: the superintendent of public instruction, the president of a state university or a state college, four lay members, a president or chancellor of a community college district, a person who is an owner or administrator of a charter school, a superintendent of a high school district, a classroom teacher and a county school superintendent. Each member, other than the superintendent of public instruction, shall be appointed by the governor with the consent of the senate in the manner prescribed by law. The powers, duties, compensation and expenses, and the terms of office, of the board shall be such as may be prescribed by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XI:4 |s1=4 |title=State superintendent of public instruction; board membership; powers and duties |text=The state superintendent of public instruction shall be a member, and secretary, of the state board of education, and, ex-officio, a member of any other board having control of public instruction in any state institution. His powers and duties shall be prescribed by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XI:5 |s1=5 |title=Regents of university and other governing boards; appointments by governor; membership of governor on board of regents |text=The regents of the university, and the governing boards of other state educational institutions, shall be appointed by the governor with the consent of the senate in the manner prescribed by law, except that the governor shall be, ex-officio, a member of the board of regents of the university. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XI:6 |s1=6 |title=Admission of students of both sexes to state educational institutions; tuition; common school system |text=The university and all other state educational institutions shall be open to students of both sexes, and the instruction furnished shall be as nearly free as possible. The legislature shall provide for a system of common schools by which a free school shall be established and maintained in every school district for at least six months in each year, which school shall be open to all pupils between the ages of six and twenty-one years. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XI:7 |s1=7 |title=Sectarian instruction; religious or political test or qualification |text=No sectarian instruction shall be imparted in any school or state educational institution that may be established under this Constitution, and no religious or political test or qualification shall ever be required as a condition of admission into any public educational institution of the state, as teacher, student, or pupil; but the liberty of conscience hereby secured shall not be so construed as to justify practices or conduct inconsistent with the good order, peace, morality, or safety of the state, or with the rights of others. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XI:8 |s1=8 |title=Permanent state school fund; source; apportionment of state funds |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>A permanent state school fund for the use of the common schools shall be derived from the sale of public school lands or other public lands specified in the enabling act approved June 20, 1910; from all estates or distributive shares of estates that may escheat to the state; from all unclaimed shares and dividends of any corporation incorporated under the laws of Arizona; and from all gifts, devises, or bequests made to the state for general educational purposes.</li> <li>The rental derived from school lands, with such other funds as may be provided by law shall be apportioned only for common and high school education in Arizona, and in such manner as may be prescribed by law.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XI:9 |s1=9 |title=County school fund; size of fund; free schools |text=The amount of this apportionment shall become a part of the county school fund, and the legislature shall enact such laws as will provide for increasing the county fund sufficiently to maintain all the public schools of the county for a minimum term of six months in every school year. The laws of the state shall enable cities and towns to maintain free high schools, industrial schools, and commercial schools. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XI:10 |s1=10 |title=Source of revenue for maintenance of state educational institutions |text=The revenue for the maintenance of the respective state educational institutions shall be derived from the investment of the proceeds of the sale, and from the rental of such lands as have been set aside by the enabling act approved June 20, 1910, or other legislative enactment of the United States, for the use and benefit of the respective state educational institutions. In addition to such income the legislature shall make such appropriations, to be met by taxation, as shall insure the proper maintenance of all state educational institutions, and shall make such special appropriations as shall provide for their development and improvement. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XI:11 |s1=11 |title=Schools; inflation adjustments; exceptions; definitions |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>On or before February 1 of each year, if the state transaction privilege tax growth rate and the total nonfarm employment growth rate are each at least one percent, but less than two percent, the director of the office of strategic planning and budgeting, or its successor agency, and the director of the joint legislative budget committee, or its successor agency, shall jointly notify the governor, the president of the senate and the speaker of the house of representatives. on receipt of the notification, the legislature is not required to make the inflation adjustments required by section 15-901.01, Arizona Revised Statutes, for the next fiscal year.</li> <li>On or before February 1 of each year, if the state transaction privilege tax growth rate and the total nonfarm employment growth rate are each less than one percent, the director of the office of strategic planning and budgeting, or its successor agency, and the director of the joint legislative budget committee, or its successor agency, shall jointly notify the governor, the president of the senate and the speaker of the house of representatives. on receipt of the notification, the legislature shall not make the inflation adjustments required by section 15-901.01, Arizona Revised Statutes, for the next fiscal year.</li> <li>Beginning in fiscal year 2024-2025, on or before February 1 of each year, if the total amount of general fund appropriations for the Arizona department of education, or its successor agency, is at least forty-nine percent but less than fifty percent of the total general fund appropriation for the current fiscal year, the director of the office of strategic planning and budgeting, or its successor agency, and the director of the joint legislative budget committee, or its successor agency, shall jointly notify the governor, the president of the senate and the speaker of the house of representatives. On receipt of the notification, the legislature:<ol> <li>Is not required to make the inflation adjustments required by section 15-901.01, Arizona Revised Statutes, for the next fiscal year.</li> <li>May reduce the base level for the next fiscal year by the amount of the inflation adjustments required by section 15 901.01, Arizona Revised Statutes, made for the current fiscal year.</li></ol></li> <li>Beginning in fiscal year 2024-2025, on or before February 1 of each year, if the total amount of general fund appropriations for the Arizona department of education, or its successor agency, is at least fifty percent of the total general fund appropriation for the current fiscal year, the director of the office of strategic planning and budgeting, or its successor agency, and the director of the joint legislative budget committee, or its successor agency, shall jointly notify the governor, the president of the senate and the speaker of the house of representatives. On receipt of the notification, the legislature:<ol> <li>Is not required to make the inflation adjustments required by section 15-901.01, Arizona Revised Statutes, for the next fiscal year.</li> <li>May reduce the base level for the next fiscal year by two times the amount of the inflation adjustments required by section 15-901.01, Arizona Revised Statutes, made for the current fiscal year.</li></ol></li> <li>If the inflation adjustments required by section 15 901.01, Arizona Revised Statutes, are not required to be made or are prohibited from being made pursuant to this section for a fiscal year, the omitted inflation adjustment amounts:<ol> <li>Are not required to be paid or distributed in any subsequent fiscal year.</li> <li>Become a part of the calculation of the base level for subsequent fiscal years.</li></ol></li> <li>If base level reductions are made pursuant to subsection c or d of this section for a fiscal year, the reduced amounts:<ol> <li>Are not required to be paid or distributed in any subsequent fiscal year.</li> <li>Do not become part of the calculation of the base level for subsequent fiscal years.</li></ol></li> <li>This section preserves the authority vested in the legislature pursuant to this constitution.</li> <li>For the purposes of this section:<ol> <li>"Total nonfarm employment growth rate" means the percentage change in the seasonally adjusted total nonfarm employment in this state from the final month of the most recent calendar year to the final month of the immediately preceding calendar year, as reported by the Arizona department of administration or its successor agency.</li> <li>"State transaction privilege tax growth rate" means the percentage change in the revenues derived from the state transaction privilege tax that are distributed to the state general fund from the most recent calendar year to the immediately preceding calendar year, as reported by the Arizona department of revenue or its successor agency.</li></ol></li> </ol> }} <!-- ARTICLE XII --> {{law-const/a |art=XII |title=Counties }} <!-- {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XII: |s1= |title= |text= }} --> {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XII:1 |s1=1 |title=Counties as bodies politic and corporate |text=Each county of the state, now or hereafter organized, shall be a body politic and corporate. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XII:2 |s1=2 |title=Counties of territory as counties of state |text=The several counties of the territory of Arizona as fixed by statute at the time of the adoption of this Constitution are hereby declared to be the counties of the state until changed by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XII:3 |s1=3 |title=County officers; election; term of office |text=<p>There are hereby created in and for each organized county of the state the following officers who shall be elected by the qualified electors thereof: a sheriff, a county attorney, a recorder, a treasurer, an assessor, a superintendent of schools and at least three supervisors, each of whom shall be elected and hold his office for a term of four (4) years beginning on the first of January next after his election, which number of supervisors is subject to increase by law. The supervisors shall be nominated and elected from districts as provided by law.</p> <p>The candidates for these offices elected in the general election of November 3, 1964 shall take office on the first day of January, 1965 and shall serve until the first day of January, 1969.</p> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XII:4 |s1=4 |title=County officers; duties, powers, and qualifications; salaries |text=The duties, powers, and qualifications of such officers shall be as prescribed by law. The board of supervisors of each county is hereby empowered to fix salaries for all county and precinct officers within such county for whom no compensation is provided by law, and the salaries so fixed shall remain in full force and effect until changed by general law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XII:5 |s1=5 |title=Charter committee; charter preparation; approval |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>The board of supervisors of any county with a population of more than five hundred thousand persons as determined by the most recent United States decennial or special census may call for an election to cause a charter committee to be elected by the qualified electors of that county at any time. Alternatively, the board of supervisors of any county with a population of more than five hundred thousand persons as determined by the most recent United States decennial or special census shall call for the election of the charter committee within ten days after receipt by the clerk of the board of supervisors of a petition that demands the election and that is signed by a number of qualified electors of the county at least equal to ten per cent of the total number of ballots cast for all candidates for governor or presidential electors in the county at the last preceding general election. The election shall be held at least one hundred days but not more than one hundred twenty days after the call for the election. Except as otherwise provided in this section, for elections held under this section or section 6 of this article, the manner of conducting and voting at an election, contesting an election, canvassing votes and certifying returns shall be the same, as nearly as practicable, as in elections for county officers.</li> <li>At the election a vote shall be taken to elect members of the charter committee who will function if further proceedings are authorized and the ballot shall contain the question of whether further proceedings toward adopting a charter shall be authorized pursuant to the call for the election. Unless a majority of the qualified electors voting on the question votes to authorize further proceedings, the election of members of the charter committee shall be invalidated and no further proceedings may be had except pursuant to a subsequent call pursuant to subsection A.</li> <li>The charter committee shall be composed of fifteen qualified electors of the county elected by supervisorial district with the same number serving from each district. A nomination petition for election to the charter committee shall be made available by the clerk of the board of supervisors and shall be signed by a number of qualified electors of the supervisorial district who are eligible to vote for the nominee at least equal to one per cent of the total number of ballots cast for all candidates for governor or presidential electors in the supervisorial district at the last preceding general election, and filed with the clerk not later than sixty days before the election. All qualified electors of the county, including all elected public officials, are eligible to seek election to the charter committee.</li> <li>Within one hundred eighty days after the election the charter committee shall prepare and submit a proposed charter for the county. The proposed charter shall be signed by a majority of the members of the committee and filed with the clerk of the board of supervisors, after which the charter committee shall be dissolved. The county shall then publish the proposed charter in the official newspaper of the county at least once a week for three consecutive weeks. The first publication shall be made within twenty days after the proposed charter is filed with the clerk of the board of supervisors.</li> <li>At least forty-five days but not more than sixty days after final publication, the proposed charter shall be submitted to the vote of the qualified electors of the county at a general or special election. If a general election will be held within ninety days after final publication, the charter shall be submitted at that general election. The full text of the proposed charter shall be printed in a publicity pamphlet and mailed to each household containing a registered voter at least eleven days before the charter election and the ballot may contain only a summary of the proposed charter provisions. The ballot shall contain a question regarding approval of the proposed charter and the questions pertaining to taxation authority and appointment of officers, if any, provided for in sections 7 and 8 of this article.</li> <li>If a majority of the qualified electors voting ratifies the proposed charter, a copy of the charter, together with a statement setting forth the submission of the charter to the qualified electors and its ratification by them, shall be certified by the clerk of the board of supervisors and shall be submitted to the governor for approval. The governor shall approve the charter within thirty days after its submission if it is not in conflict with, or states that in the event of a conflict is subject to, this constitution and the laws of this state. On approval, the charter becomes the organic law of the county, and certified copies of the charter shall be filed in the office of the secretary of state and with the clerk of the board of supervisors after being recorded in the office of the county recorder. Thereafter all courts shall take judicial notice of the charter.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XII:6 |s1=6 |title=Amendment of charter |text=A charter shall set forth procedures for amendment of the charter. Proposed amendments shall be submitted to the qualified electors of the county at a general or special election and become effective if ratified by a majority of the qualified electors voting on the amendments and approved by the governor in the manner provided for in section 5 of this article. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XII:7 |s1=7 |title=County charter provisions |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>Charter counties continue to be political subdivisions of this state that exist to aid in the administration of this state's laws and for purposes of self-government. Except as otherwise provided in this article the powers of the legislature over counties are not affected by this section and sections 5, 6, 8 and 9 of this article. Charter counties shall provide the same state mandated services and perform the same state mandated functions as non-charter counties. Charter counties may exercise, if provided by the charter, all powers over local concerns of the county consistent with, and subject to, the constitution and the laws of this state. In matters of strictly local municipal concern, charters adopted pursuant to article XIII shall control in any case of conflict with a county charter adopted pursuant to this article.</li> <li>If a county has framed and adopted a charter and the charter is approved by the governor as provided in this article, the county shall be governed by the terms of its charter and ordinances passed pursuant to its charter. If the charter has been framed, adopted and approved and any of its provisions are in conflict with any county ordinance, rule or regulation relating to local concerns of the counties in force at the time of the adoption and approval of the charter, the provisions of the charter prevail notwithstanding the conflict and operate as a repeal or suspension of the law to the extent of conflict, and the law is not thereafter operative as to such conflict.</li> <li>Notwithstanding article IX, section 1, if proposed and approved in the charter, a charter county may levy and collect:<ol> <li>Taxes on a countywide basis to provide services on a countywide basis.</li> <li>Taxes on a specially designated area basis to provide services or special levels of service to that area.</li></ol> <p>All taxes levied pursuant to this subsection shall be uniform upon the same class of property within the territorial limits of the county or the specially designated area and shall be levied and collected for public purposes only.</p></li> <li>The decision to include a charter provision authorizing taxation pursuant to subsection C, paragraph 1 or 2 of this section shall be placed on the ballot as separate questions at the election to ratify the charter and must be approved by a majority of the qualified electors voting at the election. The result of the voting on either provision authorizing taxation does not affect the result of the voting to ratify the charter. Charter provisions authorizing taxation pursuant to subsection C, paragraph 1 or 2 of this section may also be proposed by an amendment to the charter pursuant to section 6 of this article.</li> <li>If the authority to tax pursuant to subsection C, paragraph 2 of this section is approved for inclusion in the charter, any new tax proposed by the county under subsection C, paragraph 2 of this section shall be voted on by the qualified electors of the specially designated area. The tax must be ratified by a majority vote of the qualified electors voting at the election.</li> <li>A transaction privilege tax, use tax or similar tax levied by a county pursuant to subsection C, paragraph 1 of this section:<ol> <li>May be imposed on only those business activities, or on the use, storage or consumption, which are subject to the comparable state transaction privilege tax, use tax or similar tax.</li> <li>Shall provide all exclusion and exemptions provided by, and administrative provisions consistent with, the comparable state transaction privilege tax, use tax or similar tax.</li></ol></li> <li>All taxes levied under subsection F of this section shall not exceed an aggregate rate of two per cent when combined with existing taxes levied pursuant to title 42, chapter 8.3.</li> <li>If approved in the charter, a charter county may adopt fees and fee schedules for any county products and county service delivery it provides in the conduct of any official business. Notwithstanding any fee schedules or individual charges provided by state law, the governing body of a charter county may adopt an alternate fee schedule or individual charge. Any fee or charge established pursuant to this section shall be attributable to and defray or cover the current or future costs of the product or service delivery for which the fee or charge is assessed.</li> <li>Taxes raised under the authority of this section shall be subject to the provisions of the county property tax and expenditure limitations pursuant to article IX, sections 19 and 20.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XII:8 |s1=8 |title=Government and other powers |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>The county charter shall provide:<ol> <li>For an elective governing body and its method of compensation, its powers, duties and responsibilities, its authority to delegate powers, the method of election and removal of members, the terms of office and the manner of filling vacancies in the governing body.</li> <li>For all officers established under section 3 of this article and article VI, section 23, and such additional officers as the charter may provide for, their election or appointment, consolidation or segregation, method of compensation, powers, duties and responsibilities, authority to delegate powers and, if elected, the method of election and removal, terms of office and the manner of filling vacancies in such offices. If the charter provides for the attorney to remain an elective officer of the county, the charter may provide for an appointive office to carry out the civil representation needs of the county, its departments, agencies, boards, commissions, officials and employees. If the elective governing body provided for in the charter does not consist of supervisors, the charter may provide for elimination of the office of supervisor. If the charter provides for the office of supervisor, the number of supervisors shall be not fewer than five or greater than nine. If the charter provides for the appointment or elimination of an officer established under section 3 of this article or article VI, section 23, or for an appointive office to carry out the civil representation needs of the county, those provisions shall include an effective date not earlier than the expiration of the term of office for the officer commencing in January immediately following the first general election at which the officer is elected following approval of the charter by the voters and shall be placed on the ballot as separate questions at the election to ratify the charter and must be approved by a majority of the qualified electors voting at the election. The result of the voting on any provisions authorizing appointment or elimination of officers does not affect the result of the voting to ratify the charter.</li> <li>For the performance of functions required by statute.</li> <li>For a periodic review of the charter provisions to be conducted at least once every ten years from the time of its ratification by the voters and the procedures for the periodic review.</li></ol></li> <li>The county charter may provide for other elective and appointive offices.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XII:9 |s1=9 |title=Self-executing provision |text=The provisions of sections 5 through 8 of this article are self-executing, and no further legislation is required to make them effective. }} <!-- ARTICLE XIII --> {{law-const/a |art=XIII |title=Municipal corporations }} <!-- {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIII: |s1= |title= |text= }} --> {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIII:1 |s1=1 |title=Incorporation and organization; classification |text=Municipal corporations shall not be created by special laws, but the legislature, by general laws, shall provide for the incorporation and organization of cities and towns and for the classification of such cities and towns in proportion to population, subject to the provisions of this article. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIII:2 |s1=2 |title=Charter; preparation and proposal by board of freeholders; ratification and approval; amendment |text=<p>Any city containing, now or hereafter, a population of more than three thousand five hundred may frame a charter for its own government consistent with, and subject to, the Constitution and the laws of the state, in the following manner: A board of freeholders composed of fourteen qualified electors of said city may be elected at large by the qualified electors thereof, at a general or special election, whose duty it shall be, within ninety days after such election, to prepare and propose a charter for such city. Such proposed charter shall be signed in duplicate by the members of such board, or a majority of them, and filed, one copy of said proposed charter with the chief executive officer of such city and the other with the county recorder of the county in which said city shall be situated. Such proposed charter shall then be published in one or more newspapers published, and of general circulation, within said city for at least twenty-one days if in a daily paper, or in three consecutive issues if in a weekly paper, and the first publication shall be made within twenty days after the completion of the proposed charter. Within thirty days, and not earlier than twenty days, after such publication, said proposed charter shall be submitted to the vote of the qualified electors of said city at a general or special election. If a majority of such qualified electors voting thereon shall ratify such proposed charter, it shall thereupon be submitted to the governor for his approval, and the governor shall approve it if it shall not be in conflict with this Constitution or with the laws of the state. Upon such approval said charter shall become the organic law of such city and supersede any charter then existing (and all amendments thereto), and all ordinances inconsistent with said new charter. A copy of such charter, certified by the chief executive officer, and authenticated by the seal, of such city, together with a statement similarly certified and authenticated setting forth the submission of such charter to the electors and its ratification by them, shall, after the approval of such charter by the governor, be made in duplicate and filed, one copy in the office of the secretary of state and the other in the archives of the city after being recorded in the office of said county recorder. Thereafter all courts shall take judicial notice of said charter.</p> <p>The charter so ratified may be amended by amendments proposed and submitted by the legislative authority of the city to the qualified electors thereof (or by petition as hereinafter provided), at a general or special election, and ratified by a majority of the qualified electors voting thereon and approved by the governor as herein provided for the approval of the charter.</p> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIII:3 |s1=3 |title=Election of board of freeholders |text=An election of such board of freeholders may be called at any time by the legislative authority of any such city. Such election shall be called by the chief executive officer of any such city within ten days after there shall have been filed with him a petition demanding such election, signed by a number of qualified electors residing within such city equal to twenty-five per centum of the total number of votes cast at the next preceding general municipal election. Such election shall be held not later than thirty days after the call therefor. At such election a vote shall be taken upon the question whether further proceedings toward adopting a charter shall be had in pursuance to the call, and unless a majority of the qualified electors voting thereon shall vote to proceed further, no further proceedings shall be had, and all proceedings up to the time of said election shall be of no effect. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIII:4 |s1=4 |title=Franchises; approval of electors; term |text=No municipal corporation shall ever grant, extend, or renew a franchise without the approval of a majority of the qualified electors residing within its corporate limits who shall vote thereon at a general or special election, and the legislative body of any such corporation shall submit any such matter for approval or disapproval to such electors at any general municipal election, or call a special election for such purpose at any time upon thirty days' notice. No franchise shall be granted, extended, or renewed for a longer time than twenty-five years. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIII:5 |s1=5 |title=Right of municipal corporation to engage in business or enterprise |text=Every municipal corporation within this state shall have the right to engage in any business or enterprise which may be engaged in by a person, firm, or corporation by virtue of a franchise from said municipal corporation. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIII:6 |s1=6 |title=Franchises; restrictions |text=No grant, extension, or renewal of any franchise or other use of the streets, alleys, or other public grounds, or ways, of any municipality shall divest the state or any of its subdivisions of its or their control and regulation of such use and enjoyment; nor shall the power to regulate charges for public services be surrendered; and no exclusive franchise shall ever be granted. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIII:7 |s1=7 |title=Irrigation and other districts as political subdivisions |text=Irrigation, power, electrical, agricultural improvement, drainage, and flood control districts, and tax levying public improvement districts, now or hereafter organized pursuant to law, shall be political subdivisions of the state, and vested with all the rights, privileges and benefits, and entitled to the immunities and exemptions granted municipalities and political subdivisions under this constitution or any law of the state or of the United States; but all such districts shall be exempt from the provisions of sections 7 and 8 of article IX of this constitution. }} <!-- ARTICLE XIV --> {{law-const/a |art=XIV |title=Corporations other than municipal }} <!-- {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV: |s1= |title= |text= }} --> {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:1 |s1=1 |title="Corporation" defined; right to sue and suability |text=The term "corporation," as used in this article, shall be construed to include all associations and joint stock companies having any powers or privileges of corporations not possessed by individuals or co-partnerships, and all corporations shall have the right to sue and shall be subject to be sued, in all courts, in like cases as natural persons. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:2 |s1=2 |title=Formation under general laws; change of laws; regulation |text=Corporations may be formed under general laws, but shall not be created by special acts. Laws relating to corporations may be altered, amended, or repealed at any time, and all corporations doing business in this state may, as to such business, be regulated, limited, and restrained by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:3 |s1=3 |title=Existing charters |text=All existing charters under which a bona fide organization shall not have taken place and business commenced in good faith within six months from the time of the approval of this Constitution shall thereafter have no validity. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:4 |s1=4 |title=Restriction to business authorized by charter or law |text=No corporation shall engage in any business other than that expressly authorized in its charter or by the law under which it may have been or may hereafter be organized. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:5 |s1=5 |title=Foreign corporations; transaction of business |text=No corporation organized outside of the limits of this state shall be allowed to transact business within this state on more favorable conditions than are prescribed by law for similar corporations organized under the laws of this state; and no foreign corporation shall be permitted to transact business within this state unless said foreign corporation is by the laws of the country, state, or territory under which it is formed permitted to transact a like business in such country, state, or territory. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:6 |s1=6 |title=Stocks; bonds |text=No corporation shall issue stock, except to bona fide subscribers therefor or their assignees; nor shall any corporation issue any bond, or other obligation, for the payment of money, except for money or property received or for labor done. The stock of corporations shall not be increased, except in pursuance of a general law, nor shall any law authorize the increase of stock of any corporation without the consent of the person or persons holding the larger amount in value of the stock of such corporation, nor without due notice of the proposed increase having been given as may be prescribed by law. All fictitious increase of stock or indebtedness shall be void. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:7 |s1=7 |title=Lease or alienation of franchise |text=No corporation shall lease or alienate any franchise so as to relieve the franchise, or property held thereunder, from the liabilities of the lessor, or grantor, lessee, or grantee, contracted or incurred in the operation, use, or enjoyment of such franchise or of any of its privileges. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:8 |s1=8 |title=Filing of articles of incorporation; place of business; agent for service of process; venue |text=No domestic or foreign corporation shall do any business in this state without having filed its articles of incorporation or a certified copy thereof with the corporation commission, and without having one or more known places of business and an authorized agent, or agents, in the state upon whom process may be served. Suit may be maintained against a foreign corporation in the county where an agent of such corporation may be found, or in the county where the cause of action may arise. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:9 |s1=9 |title=Eminent domain; taking corporate property and franchises for public use |text=The right of exercising eminent domain shall never be so abridged or construed as to prevent the state from taking the property and the franchises of incorporated companies and subjecting them to public use the same as the property of individuals. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:10 |s1=10 |title=Elections for directors or managers |text=In all elections for directors or managers of any corporation, each shareholder shall have the right to cast as many votes in the aggregate as he shall be entitled to vote in said company under its charter multiplied by the number of directors or managers to be elected at such election; and each shareholder may cast the whole number of votes, either in person or by proxy, for one candidate, or distribute such votes among two or more such candidates; and such directors or managers shall not be elected otherwise. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:11 |s1=11 |title=Liability of stockholders |text=The shareholders or stockholders of every banking or insurance corporation or association shall be held individually responsible, equally and ratably, and not one for another, for all contracts, debts, and engagements of such corporation or association, to the extent of the amount of their stock therein, at the par value thereof, in addition to the amount invested in such shares or stock; provided, however, that the shareholders or stockholders of any banking corporation or association which is a member of the federal deposit insurance corporation or any successor thereto or other insuring instrumentality of the United States in accordance with the provisions of any applicable law of the United States of America, shall not be liable for any amount in addition to the amount already invested in such shares or stock. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:12 |s1=12 |title=Officers of banking institutions; individual responsibility |text=Any president, director, manager, cashier, or other officer of any banking institution who shall receive, or assent to, the reception of any deposits after he shall have knowledge of the fact that such banking institution is insolvent or in failing circumstances shall be individually responsible for such deposits. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:13 |s1=13 |title=Want of legal organization as a defense |text=No persons acting as a corporation under the laws of Arizona shall be permitted to set up, or rely upon, the want of a legal organization as a defense to any action which may be brought against them as a corporation, nor shall any person or persons who may be sued on a contract now or hereafter made with such corporation, or sued for any injury now or hereafter done to its property, or for a wrong done to its interests, be permitted to rely upon such want of legal organization in his or their defense. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:14 |s1=14 |title=Legislative power to impose conditions |text=This article shall not be construed to deny the right of the legislative power to impose other conditions upon corporations than those herein contained. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:15 |s1=15 |title=Monopolies and trusts |text=Monopolies and trusts shall never be allowed in this state and no incorporated company, co-partnership or association of persons in this state shall directly or indirectly combine or make any contract, with any incorporated company, foreign or domestic, through their stockholders or the trustees or assigns of such stockholders or with any co-partnership or association of persons, or, in any manner whatever, to fix the prices, limit the production, or regulate the transportation of any product or commodity. The legislature shall enact laws for the enforcement of this section by adequate penalties, and in the case of incorporated companies, if necessary for that purpose, may, as a penalty declare a forfeiture of their franchises. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:16 |s1=16 |title=Records, books, and files; visitorial and inquisitorial powers of state |text=The records, books, and files of all public service corporations, state banks, building and loan associations, trust, insurance, and guaranty companies shall be at all times liable and subject to the full visitorial and inquisitorial powers of the state, notwithstanding the immunities and privileges secured in the declaration of rights of this Constitution to persons, inhabitants, and citizens of this state. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:17 |s1=17 |title=Fees; reports; licensing of foreign corporations |text=Provision shall be made by law for the payment of a fee to the state by every domestic corporation, upon the grant, amendment, or extension of its charter, and by every foreign corporation upon its obtaining a license to do business in this state; and also for the payment, by every domestic corporation and foreign corporation doing business in this state, of an annual registration fee of not less than ten dollars, which fee shall be paid irrespective of any specific license or other tax imposed by law upon such company for the privilege of carrying on its business in this state, or upon its franchise or property; and for the making, by every such corporation, at the time of paying such fee, of such report to the corporation commission of the status, business, or condition of such corporation, as may be prescribed by law. No foreign corporation, except insurers, shall have authority to do business in this state, until it shall have obtained from the corporation commission a license to do business in the state, upon such terms as may be prescribed by law. The legislature may relieve any purely charitable, social, fraternal, benevolent, or religious institution from the payment of such annual registration fee. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:18 |s1=18 |title=Contributions to influence elections or official action |text=It shall be unlawful for any corporation, organized or doing business in this state, to make any contribution of money or anything of value for the purpose of influencing any election or official action. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIV:19 |s1=19 |title=Penalties for violation of article |text=Suitable penalties shall be prescribed by law for the violation of any of the provisions of this article. }} <!-- ARTICLE XV --> {{law-const/a |art=XV |title=The corporation commission }} <!-- {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV: |s1= |title= |text= }} --> {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:1 |s1=1 |title=Term limits on corporation commission; composition; election; office vacancies; qualifications |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>No member of the corporation commission shall hold that office for more than two consecutive terms. No corporation commissioner may serve again in that office until out of office for one full term. Any person who serves one half or more of a term shall be considered to have served one term for purposes of this section.</li> <li>A corporation commission is hereby created to be composed of five persons who shall be elected at the general election, and whose term of office shall be four years, and who shall maintain their chief office at the state capital. The two additional commission members shall be elected at the 2002 general election for initial two-year terms beginning on the first Monday in January, 2003. Thereafter, all terms shall be four-year terms.</li> <li>In case of vacancy in the office, the governor shall appoint a commissioner to fill the vacancy. The appointed commissioner shall fill the vacancy until a commissioner shall be elected at a general election as provided by law, and shall qualify. The qualifications of commissioners may be prescribed by law.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:2 |s1=2 |title="Public service corporations" defined |text=All corporations other than municipal engaged in furnishing gas, oil, or electricity for light, fuel, or power; or in furnishing water for irrigation, fire protection, or other public purposes; or in furnishing, for profit, hot or cold air or steam for heating or cooling purposes; or engaged in collecting, transporting, treating, purifying and disposing of sewage through a system, for profit; or in transmitting messages or furnishing public telegraph or telephone service, and all corporations other than municipal, operating as common carriers, shall be deemed public service corporations. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:3 |s1=3 |title=Power of commission as to classifications, rates and charges, rules, contracts, and accounts; local regulation |text=The corporation commission shall have full power to, and shall, prescribe just and reasonable classifications to be used and just and reasonable rates and charges to be made and collected, by public service corporations within the state for service rendered therein, and make reasonable rules, regulations, and orders, by which such corporations shall be governed in the transaction of business within the state, and may prescribe the forms of contracts and the systems of keeping accounts to be used by such corporations in transacting such business, and make and enforce reasonable rules, regulations, and orders for the convenience, comfort, and safety, and the preservation of the health, of the employees and patrons of such corporations; Provided, that incorporated cities and towns may be authorized by law to exercise supervision over public service corporations doing business therein, including the regulation of rates and charges to be made and collected by such corporations; Provided further, that classifications, rates, charges, rules, regulations, orders, and forms or systems prescribed or made by said corporation commission may from time to time be amended or repealed by such commission. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:4 |s1=4 |title=Power to inspect and investigate |text=The corporation commission, and the several members thereof, shall have power to inspect and investigate the property, books, papers, business, methods, and affairs of any corporation whose stock shall be offered for sale to the public and of any public service corporation doing business within the state, and for the purpose of the commission, and of the several members thereof, shall have the power of a court of general jurisdiction to enforce the attendance of witnesses and the production of evidence by subpoena, attachment, and punishment, which said power shall extend throughout the state. Said commission shall have power to take testimony under commission or deposition either within or without the state. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:5 |s1=5 |title=Power to issue certificates of incorporation and licenses |text=<p>The corporation commission shall have the sole power to issue certificates of incorporation to companies organizing under the laws of this state, and to issue licenses to foreign corporations to do business in this state, except as insurers, as may be prescribed by law.</p> <p>Domestic and foreign insurers shall be subject to licensing, control and supervision by a department of insurance as prescribed by law. A director of the department of insurance shall be appointed by the governor with the consent of the senate in the manner prescribed by law for a term which may be prescribed by law.</p> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:6 |s1=6 |title=Enlargement of powers by legislature; rules and regulations |text=The law-making power may enlarge the powers and extend the duties of the corporation commission, and may prescribe rules and regulations to govern proceedings instituted by and before it; but, until such rules and regulations are provided by law, the commission may make rules and regulations to govern such proceedings. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:7 |s1=7 |title=Connecting and intersecting lines of transportation and communications corporations |text=Every public service corporation organized or authorized under the laws of the state to do any transportation or transmission business within the state shall have the right to construct and operate lines connecting any points within the state, and to connect at the state boundaries with like lines; and every such corporation shall have the right with any of its lines to cross, intersect, or connect with, any lines of any other public service corporation. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:8 |s1=8 |title=Transportation by connecting carriers |text=Every public service corporation doing a transportation business within the state shall receive and transport, without delay or discrimination, cars loaded or empty, property, or passengers delivered to it by any other public service corporation doing a similar business, and deliver cars, loaded or empty, without delay or discrimination, to other transportation corporations, under such regulations as shall be prescribed by the corporation commission, or by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:9 |s1=9 |title=Transmission of messages by connecting carriers |text=Every public service corporation engaged in the business of transmitting messages for profit shall receive and transmit, without delay or discrimination, any messages delivered to it by any other public service corporation engaged in the business of transmitting messages for profit, and shall, with its lines, make physical connection with the lines of any public service corporation engaged in the business of transmitting messages for profit, under such rules and regulations as shall be prescribed by the corporation commission, or by law; Provided, that such public service corporations shall deliver messages to other such corporations, without delay or discrimination, under such rules and regulations as shall be prescribed by the corporation commission, or by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:10 |s1=10 |title=Railways as public highways; other corporations as common carriers |text=Railways heretofore constructed, or that may hereafter be constructed, in this state, are hereby declared public highways and all railroads are declared to be common carriers and subject to control by law. All electric, transmission, telegraph, telephone, or pipeline corporations, for the transportation of electricity, messages, water, oil, or other property for profit, are declared to be common carriers and subject to control by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:11 |s1=11 |title=Movable property as personal property; liability of property to attachment, execution and sale |text=The rolling stock and all other movable property belonging to any public service corporation in this state, shall be considered personal property, and its real and personal property, and every part thereof, shall be liable to attachment, execution, and sale in the same manner as the property of individuals; and the law-making power shall enact no laws exempting any such property from attachment, execution, or sale. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:12 |s1=12 |title=Charges for service; discrimination; free or reduced rate transportation |text=All charges made for service rendered, or to be rendered, by public service corporations within this state shall be just and reasonable, and no discrimination in charges, service, or facilities shall be made between persons or places for rendering a like and contemporaneous service, except that the granting of free or reduced rate transportation may be authorized by law, or by the corporation commission, to the classes of persons described in the act of Congress approved February 11, 1887, entitled An Act to Regulate Commerce, and the amendments thereto, as those to whom free or reduced rate transportation may be granted. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:13 |s1=13 |title=Reports to commission |text=All public service corporations and corporations whose stock shall be offered for sale to the public shall make such reports to the corporation commission, under oath, and provide such information concerning their acts and operations as may be required by law, or by the corporation commission. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:14 |s1=14 |title=Value of property of public service corporations |text=The corporation commission shall, to aid it in the proper discharge of its duties, ascertain the fair value of the property within the state of every public service corporation doing business therein; and every public service corporation doing business within the state shall furnish to the commission all evidence in its possession, and all assistance in its power, requested by the commission in aid of the determination of the value of the property within the state of such public service corporation. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:15 |s1=15 |title=Acceptance of constitutional provisions by existing corporations |text=No public service corporation in existence at the time of the admission of this state into the union shall have the benefit of any future legislation except on condition of complete acceptance of all provisions of this Constitution applicable to public service corporations. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:16 |s1=16 |title=Forfeitures for violations |text=If any public service corporation shall violate any of the rules, regulations, orders, or decisions of the corporation commission, such corporation shall forfeit and pay to the state not less than one hundred dollars nor more than five thousand dollars for each such violation, to be recovered before any court of competent jurisdiction. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:17 |s1=17 |title=Appeal to courts |text=Nothing herein shall be construed as denying to public service corporations the right of appeal to the courts of the state from the rules, regulations, orders, or decrees fixed by the corporation commission, but the rules, regulations, orders, or decrees so fixed shall remain in force pending the decision of the courts. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:18 |s1=18 |title=Repealed |text=[Repealed] }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XV:19 |s1=19 |title=Power to impose fines |text=The corporation commission shall have the power and authority to enforce its rules, regulations, and orders by the imposition of such fines as it may deem just, within the limitations prescribed in section 16 of this article. }} <!-- ARTICLE XVI --> {{law-const/a |art=XVI |title=Militia }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XVI:1 |s1=1 |title=Composition of militia |text=The militia of the state of Arizona shall consist of all capable citizens of the state between the ages of eighteen and forty-five years, and of those between said ages who shall have declared their intention to become citizens of the United States, residing therein, subject to such exemptions as now exist, or as may hereafter be created, by the laws of the United States or of this state. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XVI:2 |s1=2 |title=Composition and designation of organized militia |text=The organized militia shall be designated "The National Guard of Arizona," and shall consist of such organized military bodies as now exist under the laws of the territory of Arizona or as may hereafter be authorized by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XVI:3 |s1=3 |title=Conformity to federal regulations |text=The organization, equipment, and discipline of the national guard shall conform as nearly as shall be practicable to the regulations for the government of the armies of the United States. }} <!-- ARTICLE XVII --> {{law-const/a |art=XVII |title=Water rights }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XVII:1 |s1=1 |title=Riparian water rights |text=The common law doctrine of riparian water rights shall not obtain or be of any force or effect in the state. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XVII:2 |s1=2 |title=Recognition of existing rights |text=All existing rights to the use of any of the waters in the state for all useful or beneficial purposes are hereby recognized and confirmed. }} <!-- ARTICLE XVIII --> {{law-const/a |art=XVIII |title=Labor }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XVIII:1 |s1=1 |title=Eight-hour day |text=Eight hours and no more, shall constitute a lawful day's work in all employment by, or on behalf of, the state or any political subdivision of the State. The legislature shall enact such laws as may be necessary to put this provision into effect, and shall prescribe proper penalties for any violations of said laws. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XVIII:2 |s1=2 |title=Child labor |text=No child under the age of fourteen years shall be employed in any gainful occupation at any time during the hours in which the public schools of the district in which the child resides are in session; nor shall any child under sixteen years of age be employed underground in mines, or in any occupation injurious to health or morals or hazardous to life or limb; nor for more than eight hours in any day. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XVIII:3 |s1=3 |title=Contractual immunity of employer from liability for negligence |text=It shall be unlawful for any person, company, association, or corporation to require of its servants or employees as a condition of their employment, or otherwise, any contract or agreement whereby such person, company, association, or corporation shall be released or discharged from liability or responsibility on account of personal injuries which may be received by such servants or employees while in the service or employment of such person, company, association, or corporation, by reason of the negligence of such person, company, association, corporation, or the agents or employees thereof; and any such contract or agreement if made, shall be null and void. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XVIII:4 |s1=4 |title=Fellow servant doctrine |text=The common law doctrine of fellow servant, so far as it affects the liability of a master for injuries to his servant resulting from the acts or omissions of any other servant or servants of the common master is forever abrogated. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XVIII:5 |s1=5 |title=Contributory negligence and assumption of risk |text=The defense of contributory negligence or of assumption of risk shall, in all cases whatsoever, be a question of fact and shall, at all times, be left to the jury. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XVIII:6 |s1=6 |title=Recovery of damages for injuries |text=The right of action to recover damages for injuries shall never be abrogated, and the amount recovered shall not be subject to any statutory limitation, except that a crime victim is not subject to a claim for damages by a person who is harmed while the person is attempting to engage in, engaging in or fleeing after having engaged in or attempted to engage in conduct that is classified as a felony offense. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XVIII:7 |s1=7 |title=Employer's liability law |text=To protect the safety of employees in all hazardous occupations, in mining, smelting, manufacturing, railroad or street railway transportation, or any other industry the legislature shall enact an employer's liability law, by the terms of which any employer, whether individual, association, or corporation shall be liable for the death or injury, caused by any accident due to a condition or conditions of such occupation, of any employee in the service of such employer in such hazardous occupation, in all cases in which such death or injury of such employee shall not have been caused by the negligence of the employee killed or injured. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XVIII:8 |s1=8 |title=Workmen's compensation law |text=<p>The legislature shall enact a workmen's compensation law applicable to workmen engaged in manual or mechanical labor in all public employment whether of the state, or any political subdivision or municipality thereof as may be defined by law and in such private employments as the legislature may prescribe by which compensation shall be required to be paid to any such workman, in case of his injury and to his dependents, as defined by law, in case of his death, by his employer, if in the course of such employment personal injury to or death of any such workman from any accident arising out of and in the course of, such employment, is caused in whole, or in part, or is contributed to, by a necessary risk or danger of such employment, or a necessary risk or danger inherent in the nature thereof, or by failure of such employer, or any of his or its agents or employee or employees to exercise due care, or to comply with any law affecting such employment; provided that it shall be optional with any employee engaged in any such private employment to settle for such compensation, or to retain the right to sue said employer or any person employed by said employer, acting in the scope of his employment, as provided by this Constitution; and, provided further, in order to assure and make certain a just and humane compensation law in the state of Arizona, for the relief and protection of such workmen, their widows, children or dependents, as defined by law, from the burdensome, expensive and litigious remedies for injuries to or death of such workmen, now existing in the state of Arizona, and producing uncertain and unequal compensation therefor, such employee, engaged in such private employment, may exercise the option to settle for compensation by failing to reject the provisions of such workmen's compensation law prior to the injury, except that if the injury is the result of an act done by the employer or a person employed by the employer knowingly and purposely with the direct object of injuring another, and the act indicates a wilful disregard of the life, limb or bodily safety of employees, then such employee may, after the injury, exercise the option to accept compensation or to retain the right to sue the person who injured him.</p> <p>The percentages and amounts of compensation provided in house bill no. 227 enacted by the seventh legislature of the state of Arizona, shall never be reduced nor any industry included within the provision of said house bill no. 227 eliminated except by initiated or referred measure as provided by this Constitution.</p> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XVIII:9 |s1=9 |title=Blacklists |text=The exchange, solicitation, or giving out of any labor "black list," is hereby prohibited, and suitable laws shall be enacted to put this provision into effect. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XVIII:10 |s1=10 |title=Employment of aliens |text=No person not a citizen or ward of the United States shall be employed upon or in connection with any state, county or municipal works or employment; provided, that nothing herein shall be construed to prevent the working of prisoners by the state or by any county or municipality thereof on street or road work or other public work and that the provisions of this section shall not apply to the employment of any teacher, instructor, or professor authorized to teach in the United States under the teacher exchange program as provided by federal statutes enacted by the congress of the United States or the employment of university or college faculty members. The legislature shall enact laws for the enforcement and shall provide for the punishment of any violation of this section. }} <!-- ARTICLE XIX --> {{law-const/a |art=XIX |title=Mines }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIX:0.v1 |s1= |title= |text=The office of mine inspector is hereby established. The legislature shall enact laws so regulating the operation and equipment of all mines in the state as to provide for the health and safety of workers therein and in connection therewith, and fixing the duties of said office. Upon approval of such laws by the governor, the governor, with the advice and consent of the senate, shall forthwith appoint a mine inspector, who shall serve until his successor shall have been elected at the first general election thereafter and shall qualify. Said successor and all subsequent incumbents of said office shall be elected at general elections, and shall serve for four years. The initial four year term shall be served by the mine inspector elected in the general election held in November, 1994. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XIX:0.v2 |s1= |title=[Version 2]<ref>Version amended by 1992 Proposition 107</ref> |text=The office of mine inspector is hereby established. The legislature, at its first session, shall enact laws so regulating the operation and equipment of all mines in the state as to provide for the health and safety of workers therein and in connection therewith, and fixing the duties of said office. Upon approval of such laws by the governor, the governor, with the advice and consent of the senate, shall forthwith appoint a mine inspector, who shall serve until his successor shall have been elected at the first general election thereafter and shall qualify. Said successor and all subsequent incumbents of said office shall be elected at general elections, and shall serve for a term of two years. No mine inspector shall serve more than four consecutive terms in that office. No mine inspector, after serving the maximum number of terms, which shall include any part of a term served, may serve in the same office until out of office for no less than one full term. This limitation on the number of terms of consecutive service shall apply to terms of office beginning on or after January 1, 1993. }} <!-- ARTICLE XX --> {{law-const/a |art=XX |title=Ordinance }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XX:0 |s1= |title= |text=The following ordinance shall be irrevocable without the consent of the United States and the people of this state: }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XX:1 |s1=1 |title=Toleration of religious sentiment |text=Perfect toleration of religious sentiment shall be secured to every inhabitant of this state, and no inhabitant of this state shall ever be molested in person or property on account of his or her mode of religious worship, or lack of the same. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XX:2 |s1=2 |title=Polygamy |text=Polygamous or plural marriages, or polygamous co-habitation, are forever prohibited within this state. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XX:3 |s1=3 |title=Introduction of intoxicating liquors into Indian country |text=The introduction of intoxicating liquors for resale purposes into Indian country is prohibited within this state until July 1, 1957. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XX:4 |s1=4 |title=Public lands; Indian lands |text=The people inhabiting this state do agree and declare that they forever disclaim all right and title to the unappropriated and ungranted public lands lying within the boundaries thereof and to all lands lying within said boundaries owned or held by any Indian or Indian tribes, the right or title to which shall have been acquired through or from the United States or any prior sovereignty, and that, until the title of such Indian or Indian tribes shall have been extinguished, the same shall be, and remain, subject to the disposition and under the absolute jurisdiction and control of the Congress of the United States. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XX:5 |s1=5 |title=Taxation |text=The lands and other property belonging to citizens of the United States residing without this state shall never be taxed at a higher rate than the lands and other property situated in this state belonging to residents thereof, and no taxes shall be imposed by this state on any lands or other property within an Indian reservation owned or held by any Indian; but nothing herein shall preclude the state from taxing as other lands and other property are taxed, any lands and other property outside of an Indian reservation owned or held by any Indian, save and except such lands as have been granted or acquired as aforesaid, or as may be granted or confirmed to any Indian or Indians under any act of Congress. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XX:6 |s1=6 |title=Territorial debts and liabilities |text=The debts and liabilities of the territory of Arizona, and the debts of the counties thereof, valid and subsisting at the time of the passage of the enabling act approved June 20, 1910, are hereby assumed and shall be paid by the state of Arizona, and the state of Arizona shall, as to all such debts and liabilities, be subrogated to all the rights, including rights of indemnity and reimbursement, existing in favor of said territory or of any of the several counties thereof, at the time of the passage of the said enabling act; Provided that nothing in this ordinance shall be construed as validating or in any manner legalizing any territory, county, municipal, or other bonds, obligations, or evidences of indebtedness of said territory or the counties or municipalities thereof which now are or may be invalid or illegal at the time the said state of Arizona is admitted as a state, and the legislature or the people of the state of Arizona shall never pass any law in any manner validating or legalizing the same. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XX:7 |s1=7 |title=Public school system; suffrage |text=<p>Provisions shall be made by law for the establishment and maintenance of a system of public schools which shall be open to all the children of the state and be free from sectarian control, and said schools shall always be conducted in English.</p> <p>The state shall never enact any law restricting or abridging the right of suffrage on account of race, color, or previous condition of servitude.</p> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XX:8 |s1=8 |title=English language |text=The ability to read, write, speak, and understand the English language sufficiently well to conduct the duties of the office without the aid of an interpreter, shall be a necessary qualification for all state officers and members of the state legislature. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XX:9 |s1=9 |title=Location of state capital |text=The capital of the state of Arizona, until changed by the electors voting at an election provided for by the legislature for that purpose shall be at the city of Phoenix, but no such election shall be called or provided for prior to the thirty-first day of December, nineteen hundred and twenty-five. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XX:10 |s1=10 |title=Repealed |text=[Repealed] }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XX:11 |s1=11 |title=Repealed |text=[Repealed] }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XX:12 |s1=12 |title=Lands granted to state |text=The state of Arizona and its people hereby consent to all and singular the provisions of the enabling act approved June 20, 1910, concerning the lands thereby granted or confirmed to the state, the terms and conditions upon which said grants and confirmations are made, and the means and manner of enforcing such terms and conditions, all in every respect and particular as in the aforesaid enabling act provided. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XX:13 |s1=13 |title=Ordinance as part of constitution; amendment |text=This ordinance is hereby made a part of the Constitution of the state of Arizona, and no future constitutional amendment shall be made which in any manner changes or abrogates this ordinance in whole or in part without the consent of Congress. }} <!-- ARTICLE XXI --> {{law-const/a |art=XXI |title=Mode of amending }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXI:1 |s1=1 |title=Introduction in legislature; initiative petition; election |text=Any amendment or amendments to this constitution may be proposed in either house of the legislature, or by initiative petition signed by a number of qualified electors equal to fifteen per centum of the total number of votes for all candidates for governor at the last preceding general election. Any proposed amendment or amendments which shall be introduced in either house of the legislature, and which shall be approved by a majority of the members elected to each of the two houses, shall be entered on the journal of each house, together with the ayes and nays thereon. When any proposed amendment or amendments shall be thus passed by a majority of each house of the legislature and entered on the respective journals thereof, or when any elector or electors shall file with the secretary of state any proposed amendment or amendments together with a petition therefor signed by a number of electors equal to fifteen per centum of the total number of votes for all candidates for governor in the last preceding general election, the secretary of state shall submit such proposed amendment or amendments to the vote of the people at the next general election (except when the legislature shall call a special election for the purpose of having said proposed amendment or amendments voted upon, in which case the secretary of state shall submit such proposed amendment or amendments to the qualified electors at said special election,) and if a majority of the qualified electors voting thereon shall approve and ratify such proposed amendment or amendments in said regular or special election, such amendment or amendments shall become a part of this constitution. Until a method of publicity is otherwise provided by law, the secretary of state shall have such proposed amendment or amendments published for a period of at least ninety days previous to the date of said election in at least one newspaper in every county of the state in which a newspaper shall be published, in such manner as may be prescribed by law. If more than one proposed amendment shall be submitted at any election, such proposed amendments shall be submitted in such manner that the electors may vote for or against such proposed amendments separately. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXI:2 |s1=2 |title=Convention |text=No Convention shall be called by the Legislature to propose alterations, revisions, or amendments to this Constitution, or to propose a new Constitution, unless laws providing for such Convention shall first be approved by the people on a Referendum vote at a regular or special election, and any amendments, alterations, revisions, or new Constitution proposed by such Convention shall be submitted to the electors of the State at a general or special election and be approved by the majority of the electors voting thereon before the same shall become effective. }} <!-- ARTICLE XXII --> {{law-const/a |art=XXII |title=Schedule and miscellaneous }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:1 |s1=1 |title=Existing rights, actions, suits, proceedings, contracts, claims, or demands; process |text=No rights, actions, suits, proceedings, contracts, claims, or demands, existing at the time of the admission of this State into the Union, shall be affected by a change in the form of government, from Territorial to State, but all shall continue as if no change had taken place; and all process which may have been issued under the authority of the Territory of Arizona, previous to its admission into the Union, shall be as valid as if issued in the name of the State. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:2 |s1=2 |title=Territorial laws |text=All laws of the Territory of Arizona now in force, not repugnant to this Constitution, shall remain in force as laws of the State of Arizona until they expire by their own limitations or are altered or repealed by law; Provided, that wherever the word Territory, meaning the Territory of Arizona, appears in said laws, the word State shall be substituted. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:3 |s1=3 |title=Debts, fines, penalties, and forfeitures |text=All debts, fines, penalties, and forfeitures which have accrued, or may hereafter accrue, to the Territory of Arizona shall inure to the State of Arizona. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:4 |s1=4 |title=Recognizances; bonds; estate; judgments; choses in action |text=All recognizances heretofore taken, or which may be taken, before the change from a Territorial to a State government, shall remain valid, and shall pass to and may be prosecuted in the name of the State, and all bonds executed to the Territory of Arizona, or to any county or municipal corporation, or to any officer, or court, in his or its official capacity, shall pass to the State authorities and their successors in office for the uses therein expressed, and may be sued for and recovered accordingly; and all the estate, real, personal, and mixed, and all judgments, decrees, bonds, specialties, choses in action, and claims, demands or debts of whatever description, belonging to the Territory of Arizona, shall inure to and vest in the State of Arizona, and may be sued for and recovered by the State of Arizona in the same manner, and to the same extent, as the same might or could have been by the Territory of Arizona. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:5 |s1=5 |title=Criminal prosecutions and penal actions; offenses; penalties; actions and suits |text=All criminal prosecutions and penal actions which may have arisen, or which may arise, before the change from a Territorial to a State government, and which shall then be pending, shall be prosecuted to judgment and execution in the name of the State. All offenses committed against the laws of the Territory of Arizona before the change from a Territorial to a State government, and which shall not be prosecuted before such change, may be prosecuted in the name, and by the authority, of the State of Arizona, with like effect as though such change had not taken place, and all penalties incurred and punishments inflicted shall remain the same as if this Constitution had not been adopted. All actions at law and suits in equity, which may be pending in any of the courts, of the Territory of Arizona at the time of the change from a Territorial to a State government, shall be continued and transferred to the court of the State, or of the United States, having jurisdiction thereof. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:6 |s1=6 |title=Territorial, district, county, and precinct officers |text=All Territorial, district, county, and precinct officers who may be in office at the time of the admission of the State into the Union shall hold their respective offices until their successors shall have qualified, and the official bonds of all such officers shall continue in full force and effect while such officers remain in office. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:7 |s1=7 |title=Causes pending in district courts of territory; records, papers, and property |text=<p>Whenever the judge of the superior court of any county, elected or appointed under the provisions of this Constitution, shall have qualified, the several causes then pending in the district court of the Territory, and in and for such county, except such causes as would have been within the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States courts, had such courts existed at the time of the commencement of such causes within such county, and the records, papers, and proceedings of said district court, and other property pertaining thereto, shall pass into the jurisdiction and possession of the superior court of such county.</p> <p>It shall be the duty of the clerk of the district court having custody of such papers, records, and property, to transmit to the clerk of said superior court the original papers in all cases pending in such district and belonging to the jurisdiction of said superior court, together with a transcript, or transcripts, of so much of the record of said district court as shall relate to the same; and until the district courts of the Territory shall be superseded in manner aforesaid, and as in this Constitution provided, the said district courts, and the judges thereof, shall continue with the same jurisdiction and powers, to be exercised in the same judicial district, respectively, as heretofore, and now, constituted.</p> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:8 |s1=8 |title=Probate records and proceedings |text=When the State is admitted into the Union, and the superior courts, in their respective counties, are organized, the books, records, papers, and proceedings of the probate court in each county, and all causes and matters of administration pending therein, shall pass into the jurisdiction and possession of the superior court of the same county created by this Constitution, and the said court shall proceed to final judgment or decree, order, or other determination, in the several matters and causes with like effect as the probate court might have done if this Constitution had not been adopted. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:9 |s1=9 |title=Causes pending in supreme court of territory; records, papers, and property |text=Whenever a quorum of the judges of the Supreme Court of the State shall have been elected, and qualified, and shall have taken office, under this Constitution, the causes then pending in the Supreme Court of the Territory, except such causes as would have been within the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States courts, had such courts existed at the time of the commencement of such causes, and the papers, records, and proceedings of said court, and the seal and other property pertaining thereto, shall pass into the jurisdiction and possession of the Supreme Court of the State, and until so superseded, the Supreme Court of the Territory, and the judges thereof, shall continue, with like powers and jurisdiction as if this Constitution had not been adopted, or the State admitted into the Union; and all causes pending in the Supreme Court of the Territory at said time, and which said causes would have been within the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States courts, had such courts existed, at the time of the commencement of such causes, and the papers, records, and proceedings of said court, relating thereto, shall pass into the jurisdiction of the United States courts, all as in the Enabling Act approved June 20, 1910, provided. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:10 |s1=10 |title=Seals of supreme court, superior courts, municipalities, and county officers |text=Until otherwise provided by law, the seal now in use in the Supreme Court of the Territory, shall be the seal of the Supreme Court of the State, except that the word "State", shall be substituted for the word "Territory" on said seal. The seal of the superior courts of the several counties of the State, until otherwise provided by law, shall be the vignette of Abraham Lincoln, with the words "Seal of the Superior Court of ________________ County, State of Arizona, surrounding the vignette. The seal of municipalities, and of all county officers, in the Territory, shall be the seals of such municipalities and county officers, respectively, under the State, until otherwise provided by law, except that the word "Territory", or "Territory of Arizona", be changed to read "State" or "State of Arizona", where the same may appear on any such seals. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:11 |s1=11 |title=Effective date of constitution |text=The provisions of this Constitution shall be in force from the day on which the President of the United States shall issue his proclamation declaring the State of Arizona admitted into the Union. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:12 |s1=12 |title=Election of representative in congress |text=One Representative in the Congress of the United States shall be elected from the State at large, and at the same election at which officers shall be elected under the Enabling Act, approved June 20, 1910, and, thereafter, at such times and in such manner as may be prescribed by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:13 |s1=13 |title=Continuation in office until qualification of successor |text=The term of office of every officer to be elected or appointed under this Constitution or the laws of Arizona shall extend until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:14 |s1=14 |title=Initiative |text=Any law which may be enacted by the Legislature under this Constitution may be enacted by the people under the Initiative. Any law which may not be enacted by the Legislature under this Constitution shall not be enacted by the people. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:15 |s1=15 |title=Public institutions |text=Correctional and penal institutions, and institutions for the benefit of persons who have mental or physical disabilities and such other institutions as the public good may require, shall be established and supported by the State in such manner as may be prescribed by law. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:16 |s1=16 |title=Confinement of minor offenders |text=It shall be unlawful to confine any minor under the age of eighteen years, accused or convicted of crime, in the same section of any jail or prison in which adult prisoners are confined. Suitable quarters shall be prepared for the confinement of such minors. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:17 |s1=17 |title=Compensation of public officers |text=All State and county officers (except notaries public) and all justices of the peace and constables, whose precinct includes a city or town or part thereof, shall be paid fixed and definite salaries, and they shall receive no fees for their own use. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:18 |s1=18 |title=Nomination of incumbent public officers to other offices |text=Except during the final year of the term being served, no incumbent of a salaried elective office, whether holding by election or appointment, may offer himself for nomination or election to any salaried local, State or federal office. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:19 |s1=19 |title=Lobbying |text=The Legislature shall enact laws and adopt rules prohibiting the practice of lobbying on the floor of either House of the Legislature, and further regulating the practice of lobbying. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:20 |s1=20 |title=Design of state seal |text=The seal of the State shall be of the following design: In the background shall be a range of mountains, with the sun rising behind the peaks thereof, and at the right side of the range of mountains there shall be a storage reservoir and a dam, below which in the middle distance are irrigated fields and orchards reaching into the foreground, at the right of which are cattle grazing. To the left in the middle distance on a mountain side is a quartz mill in front of which and in the foreground is a miner standing with pick and shovel. Above this device shall be the motto: "Ditat Deus." In a circular band surrounding the whole device shall be inscribed: "Great Seal of The State of Arizona", with the year of admission of the State into the Union. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:21 |s1=21 |title=Enactment of laws to carry constitution into effect |text=The Legislature shall enact all necessary laws to carry into effect the provisions of this Constitution. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXII:22 |s1=22 |title=Judgments of death |text=The judgment of death shall be inflicted by administering an intravenous injection of a substance or substances in a lethal quantity sufficient to cause death except that defendants sentenced to death for offenses committed prior to the effective date of the amendment to this section shall have the choice of either lethal injection or lethal gas. The lethal injection or lethal gas shall be administered under such procedures and supervision as prescribed by law. The execution shall take place within the limits of the state prison. }} <!-- ARTICLE XXIII --> {{law-const/a |art=XXIII |title=Repealed }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXIII:0 |s1= |title=Repealed |text=[Repealed] }} <!-- ARTICLE XXIV --> {{law-const/a |art=XXIV |title=Repealed }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXIV:0 |s1= |title=Repealed |text=[Repealed] }} <!-- ARTICLE XXV --> {{law-const/a |art=XXV |title=Right to work }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXV:0 |s1= |title= |text=No person shall be denied the opportunity to obtain or retain employment because of non-membership in a labor organization, nor shall the State or any subdivision thereof, or any corporation, individual or association of any kind enter into any agreement, written or oral, which excludes any person from employment or continuation of employment because of non-membership in a labor organization. }} <!-- ARTICLE XXVI --> {{law-const/a |art=XXVI |title=Right of licensed real estate brokers and salesmen to prepare instruments incident to property transactions }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXVI:1 |s1=1 |title=Powers of real estate broker or salesman |text=Any person holding a valid license as a real estate broker or a real estate salesman regularly issued by the Arizona State Real Estate Department when acting in such capacity as broker or salesman for the parties, or agent for one of the parties to a sale, exchange, or trade, or the renting and leasing of property, shall have the right to draft or fill out and complete, without charge, any and all instruments incident thereto including, but not limited to, preliminary purchase agreements and earnest money receipts, deeds, mortgages, leases, assignments, releases, contracts for sale of realty, and bills of sale. }} <!-- ARTICLE XXVII --> {{law-const/a |art=XXVII |title=Regulation of health, safety, and welfare }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXVII:1 |s1=1 |title=Regulation of ambulances; powers of legislature |text=The legislature may provide for the regulation of ambulances and ambulance services in this state in all matters relating to services provided, routes served, response times and charges. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXVII:2 |s1=2 |title=Health care; definitions |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>To preserve the freedom of Arizonans to provide for their health care:<ol> <li>A law or rule shall not compel, directly or indirectly, any person, employer or health care provider to participate in any health care system.</li> <li>A person or employer may pay directly for lawful health care services and shall not be required to pay penalties or fines for paying directly for lawful health care services. A health care provider may accept direct payment for lawful health care services and shall not be required to pay penalties or fines for accepting direct payment from a person or employer for lawful health care services.</li></ol></li> <li>Subject to reasonable and necessary rules that do not substantially limit a person's options, the purchase or sale of health insurance in private health care systems shall not be prohibited by law or rule.</li> <li>This section does not:<ol> <li>Affect which health care services a health care provider or hospital is required to perform or provide.</li> <li>Affect which health care services are permitted by law.</li> <li>Prohibit care provided pursuant to article XVIII, section 8 of this constitution or any statutes enacted by the legislature relating to worker's compensation.</li> <li>Affect laws or rules in effect as of January 1, 2009.</li> <li>Affect the terms or conditions of any health care system to the extent that those terms and conditions do not have the effect of punishing a person or employer for paying directly for lawful health care services or a health care provider or hospital for accepting direct payment from a person or employer for lawful health care services.</li></ol></li> <li>For the purposes of this section:<ol> <li>"Compel" includes penalties or fines.</li> <li>"Direct payment or pay directly" means payment for lawful health care services without a public or private third party, not including an employer, paying for any portion of the service.</li> <li>"Health care system" means any public or private entity whose function or purpose is the management of, processing of, enrollment of individuals for or payment for, in full or in part, health care services or health care data or health care information for its participants.</li> <li>"Lawful health care services" means any health-related service or treatment to the extent that the service or treatment is permitted or not prohibited by law or regulation that may be provided by persons or businesses otherwise permitted to offer such services.</li> <li>"Penalties or fines" means any civil or criminal penalty or fine, tax, salary or wage withholding or surcharge or any named fee with a similar effect established by law or rule by a government established, created or controlled agency that is used to punish or discourage the exercise of rights protected under this section.</li></ol></li> </ol> }} <!-- ARTICLE XXVIII --> {{law-const/a |art=XXVIII |title=English as the official language }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXVIII:1 |s1=1 |title=Definitions |text=In this article, unless the context otherwise requires:<ol> <li>"Government" includes all laws, public proceedings, rules, publications, orders, actions, programs, policies, departments, boards, agencies, organizations and instrumentalities of this state or political subdivisions of this state, as appropriate under the circumstances to a particular official action.</li> <li>"Official action" includes the performance of any function or action on behalf of this state or a political subdivision of this state or required by state law that appears to present the views, position or imprimatur of the state or political subdivision or that binds or commits the state or political subdivision, but does not include:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha;"> <li>The teaching of or the encouragement of learning languages other than English.</li> <li>Actions required under the federal individuals with disabilities education act or other federal laws.</li> <li>Actions, documents or policies necessary for tourism, commerce or international trade.</li> <li>Actions or documents that protect the public health and safety, including law enforcement and emergency services.</li> <li>Actions that protect the rights of victims of crimes or criminal defendants.</li> <li>Using terms of art or phrases from languages other than English.</li> <li>Using or preserving Native American languages.</li> <li>Informal and nonbinding translations or communications among or between representatives of government and other persons if this activity does not affect or impair supervision, management, conduct or execution of official actions and if the representatives of government make clear that these translations or communications are unofficial and are not binding on this state or a political subdivision of this state.</li> <li>Actions necessary to preserve the right to petition for the redress of grievances.</li></ol></li> <li>"Preserve, protect and enhance the role of English" includes:<ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha;"> <li>Avoiding any official actions that ignore, harm or diminish the role of English as the language of government.</li> <li>Protecting the rights of persons in this state who use English.</li> <li>Encouraging greater opportunities for individuals to learn the English language.</li> <li>To the greatest extent possible under federal statute, providing services, programs, publications, documents and materials in English.</li></ol></li> <li>"Representatives of government" includes all individuals or entities during the performance of the individual's or entity's official actions.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXVIII:2 |s1=2 |title=Official language of Arizona |text=The official language of the state of Arizona is English. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXVIII:3 |s1=3 |title=Preserving and enhancing the role of the official |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>Representatives of government in this state shall preserve, protect and enhance the role of English as the official language of the government of Arizona.</li> <li>A person shall not be discriminated against or penalized in any way because the person uses or attempts to use English in public or private communication.</li> </ol> }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXVIII:4 |s1=4 |title=Official actions to be conducted in English |text=Official actions shall be conducted in English. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXVIII:5 |s1=5 |title=Rules of construction |text=This article shall not be construed to prohibit any representative of government, including a member of the legislature, while performing official duties, from communicating unofficially through any medium with another person in a language other than English if official action is conducted in English. }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXVIII:6 |s1=6 |title=Standing; notification of attorney general; recovery of costs |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>A person who resides or does business in this state may file a civil action for relief from any official action that violates this article in a manner that causes injury to the person.</li> <li>A person who resides or does business in this state and who contends that this article is not being implemented or enforced may file a civil action to determine if the failure or inaction complained of is a violation of this article and for injunctive or mandatory relief.</li> <li>A person shall not file an action under this section unless the person has notified the attorney general of the alleged violation and the attorney general or other appropriate representative of government has not provided appropriate relief within a reasonable time under the circumstances. An action filed under this section may be in addition to or in lieu of any action by officers of this state, including the attorney general.</li> <li>A person who files and is successful in an action under this section may be awarded all costs expended or incurred in the action, including reasonable attorney fees.</li> </ol> }} <!-- ARTICLE XXIX --> {{law-const/a |art=XXIX |title=Public retirement systems }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXIX:1 |s1=1 |title=Public retirement systems |text=<ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>Public retirement systems shall be funded with contributions and investment earnings using actuarial methods and assumptions that are consistent with generally accepted actuarial standards.</li> <li>The assets of public retirement systems, including investment earnings and contributions, are separate and independent trust funds and shall be invested, administered and distributed as determined by law solely in the interests of the members and beneficiaries of the public retirement systems.</li> <li>Membership in a public retirement system is a contractual relationship that is subject to article II, section 25.</li> <li>Public retirement system benefits shall not be diminished or impaired, except that certain adjustments to the public safety personnel retirement system may be made as provided in senate bill 1428, as enacted by the fifty second legislature, second regular session.</li> <li>This section preserves the authority vested in the legislature pursuant to this constitution and does not restrict the legislature's ability to modify public retirement system benefits for prospective members of public retirement systems.</li> </ol> }} <!-- ARTICLE XXX --> {{law-const/a |art=XXX |title=Marriage }} {{law-const/s/s1 |id=XXX:1 |s1=1 |title=Marriage<ref>{{cite news |last1=Westfall |first1=Julie|last2=Queally|first2=James|title=Arizona's gay marriage ban struck down, AG will not appeal|url=http://www.latimes.com/nation/nationnow/la-na-nn-arizonas-gay-marriage-ban-struck-down-20141017-story.html|publisher=Los Angeles Times|accessdate=October 17, 2014|date=October 17, 2014}}</ref> |text=Only a union of one man and one woman shall be valid or recognized as a marriage in this state. }} =Notes and references= ==References== * {{cite web|title=Arizona Constitution|publisher=Arizona State Legislature|url=http://azleg.gov/Constitution.asp|accessdate=24 October 2014}} ==Notes== {{reflist|2}} [[category:State constitutions of the United States|Arizona]] [[category:Arizona]] 5maftsc839xeqezzarqxs81xq0nwi9n Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/14 104 1729283 14129314 8410238 2024-04-25T18:41:45Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|8|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>light. Dark, chintz-covered chairs, and a tiny fire in the microscopic grate, complete the gloomy picture. My sister is making futile efforts to warm one foot, and to keep from crying. Poor Grace! She, too, is wondering why she came, and she thinks I am so interested in my writing that I do not notice her. Of course Tom considers this the finest and most cheerful hotel in the city, as he selected it, and we are staying here. After the complaints which I made this morning, I am sure that Tom would pronounce me a sour old maid if I belonged to another family; but as I am his sister-in-law he thinks kindly of me, and speaks of me as "Dear Dorris! A little quick, you know, but the kindest and the cleverest woman in the world." I never shall become so accustomed to Tom as not to laugh at him. What a blessing that there is something to laugh at! The waiter comes in to know what we will order for dinner. He looks at us as if he wished to say, "Poor creatures, how sorry I am for you! After all, it is not your fault that you were not born British subjects." Why did it occur to Grace that she would like to spend a winter in St. Petersburg? Why should she have cared about getting acquainted with our Russian kinsman? Why did Tom make that investment which gave him the money for this trip? Above all, what evil genius whispered to me that it would be pleasant to accompany them? To these questions I can find no answer, and I am going to drown my sorrows in crumpets and tea. Those articles, at least, are good here.<noinclude></noinclude> h7jxwwtbtvz4zae75x6ufp2ks8o52yo Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/16 104 1729285 14129335 8410260 2024-04-25T18:41:54Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|10|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>with them, which is the reason, dear mother, I have always given you so much trouble. Dorris has set her energies doggedly to work to study up Russia, and is buried in books which treat of that subject. I never saw such a woman for finding amusement in trifles, and for picking up information on all occasions, from all sorts of people. I only hope she will not set up for an intellectual woman. She is the best traveller I ever saw. This note will inform you of our safe arrival, and I dare say Grace will write from Paris, and tell you about the fashions. I have considered your feelings in writing this, and have refrained from slang. You should give me a great deal of credit, for I deserve it. Grace and Dorris send love, and so does {{text-indent|3em|Your affectionate son,}} {{right|{{sc|Thomas}}.}} {{Custom rule|sp|10|d|4|sp|10}} {{right|{{smaller|{{sc|Paris}}, Nov. 30.}}|1em}} {{sc|My dear sister}},—Tom is really ''too'' dreadful. He was prowling all over the city last night until after twelve o'clock, with that young Mr. Lane whose father used to be in love with Aunt Emma. I wanted him to write to his mother, but he said that he wrote to her in London, and he ''would'' go off. Dorris only laughs at him, but I shall use my influence to get him started for your country next week, if our dresses are finished. I am longing to see you, and your dear little girl, and your Russian home; but if I have my gray brocade trimmed with fringe, it will take two days longer, for the fringe<noinclude></noinclude> 0nwfj0s6zotlodwej9rxrsb9plfm3e2 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/18 104 1729287 14129358 8410282 2024-04-25T18:42:03Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|12|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>but he ''never'' thought she was pretty. I think I shall have the fringe on that dress. The milliner has brought some bonnets for me to look at, so I must leave my letter. Kiss your baby for me, and give my love to Nicolas. {{text-indent|3em|Your loving sister,}} {{right|{{sc|Grace Catherwood.}}}} {{Custom rule|sp|10|d|4|sp|10}} {{right|{{smaller|{{sc|Berlin}}, Dec. 8.}}|1em}} {{sc|Dear mother}},—We are on our way to the North Pole, having left the fascinations of Paris behind us. I made a discovery in that city which is worth a fortune to me. I found the emperor of all tailors, a man perfect in his profession, which is a thing you can rarely see. You will be delighted with the results of our acquaintance when you behold them. Grace has purchased every article which was recommended to her to keep us warm on the journey, and the consequence is, my big black bag is completely filled with her traps. It flew open at the Paris station, and startling were the secrets which were disclosed. We are all delighted at the prospect of getting out of this beastly hole. We have been in a chronic state of shivering ever since we landed in Europe, and Grace is looking forward to getting warm in St. Petersburg, for she says that Alice never mentions the cold in her letters, so she does not believe it can be as cold as London and Paris. Never say anything more to me, my dear mother, about the beauty of this Berlin street,<noinclude></noinclude> hbf6ngp3ew99ix711rse2ueraa1g0dr Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/20 104 1729289 14129378 8410305 2024-04-25T18:42:14Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|14|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>{{center|{{larger|CHAPTER III.}}}} {{center|{{smaller|DORRIS'S JOURNAL.}}}} {{right|{{smaller|December 9, 1877.}}|1em}} {{di|S}}ITTING on the floor in a low, smoky Russian car, with a flickering candle over my head, I am trying to write a short account of our journey. We entered the land of the Tsar about three hours ago, after travelling twenty-four hours from Berlin. Tom says that ours is the most competent courier who ever took charge of a party, so of course it must be so. He is tall and dark, and looks like a bandit. He is known as Gustave, but we don't often dare to address him by name. He makes profound bows whenever he enters our presence, and is continually giving us titles such as "Excellency," "My Lady," "Your Grace," and then correcting himself, as though he had always served the nobility, and found it difficult to descend to common mortals. He is not travelling with us; we are travelling with him. We do whatever he tells us,—eat, drink, walk, and sleep when he thinks best. I fancy that he makes a good profit on everything, even on the suspicious-looking apples which he brings us; but such is the awe with which he inspires me that I dare not remonstrate. We left Berlin at seven o'clock last night. When I<noinclude></noinclude> dajgohreol4322wtlwjgh4xz4kxd8sb Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/22 104 1729291 14129389 13163804 2024-04-25T18:42:24Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|16|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>with wood, and was burning fiercely. We struggled vainly to open the double window; at last we were obliged to call the guard, who remonstrated earnestly with us, in his unintelligible language, before he could be induced to comply with our request. When the room had become somewhat cooler, Grace lay down on one of the hard seats, with a travelling-bag for a pillow, and, covered with her fur cloak, was soon sound asleep. I made some attempts to look out of the window, but finding the night dark and the landscape invisible, I give my attention to my journal. The candle shows signs of going out altogether, so I will follow Grace's example and try to sleep. {{right|{{smaller|{{sc|St. Petersburg}}, Dec. 13.}}}} The rest of that night journey was inexpressibly weird. Being fond of novelty, I was pleased with it, though my bones ached sadly from my hard bed. We lumbered on slowly and painfully. I felt sorry for the engine, it seemed to labor so. Every now and then we stopped to rest. A mysterious, funereal bell tinkled every five seconds during the stoppage, and strange voices kept up a continual jabber in an unknown tongue under the window. Then on we plodded through the darkness, and it seemed as if daylight would never come. I had fallen into a light doze, when our door was unceremoniously opened, and a face framed in a long, dark beard was thrust in. The hair was parted in the middle and fell on the shoulders, and the head was<noinclude></noinclude> 5efzp9mjzzat82r88iqcbmbazv69nj5 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/24 104 1729293 14129402 8410349 2024-04-25T18:42:35Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|18|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>some glimpses of peasants, in long sheepskin coats, high felt boots, and fur caps. This seems to be their out-of-door costume. In some poor little huts with no visible windows appeared startled figures in bright-colored shirts belted in over the trousers, which were full, and tucked into high boots. They all had long beards, and hair parted in the middle. All day there were endless stoppages at stations where there seemed to be no passengers to get on or off, and always that melancholy bell-ringing. It was after dark when a forest of lights in the distance proclaimed the end of our journey to be near. I was half-dazed when I tumbled out of the cars and into the arms of Nicolas, who was waiting to welcome us. He received us most cordially, kissing Tom on both cheeks, which so embarrassed the poor fellow that he looked uncomfortable for some time after. My Russian brother-in-law is a very handsome man. In the six years which have elapsed since he carried Alice away with him, I have had time to forget how good-looking he was. I was surprised to find Alice changed so little. She has grown somewhat stouter and a trifle more self-conscious, but beyond that she is the same happy little woman as of old. We found her at the Hotel de l'Europe when we got there, after what seemed a very long drive through streets filled with clumsy horse-cars and funny little sleighs. Our tongues ran busily during dinner; and when Alice and her husband took their departure, I was glad to go to bed.<noinclude></noinclude> kqu0iqn4w4524vljf88bvu68jiborlf Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/26 104 1729296 14129416 8410371 2024-04-25T18:42:44Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|20|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>father and hers were more warmly attached than most brothers. Dorris is a woman whose friendship will be beneficial to you, and I know they will all try to make you happy. If you are not contented, of course you can come home when an opportunity occurs. I have no time to write more to-day. Hoping to hear immediately when you have decided which course to pursue, I am {{center|Your affectionate guardian,}} {{right|{{sc|John Tremaine}}.}} {{custom rule|sp|10|d|4|sp|10}} {{right|{{smaller|{{sc|New York}}, Nov. 30, 1877.}}|1em}} {{sc|My dear Dorris}},—I am sorely perplexed. I have received a letter from a young man in Vienna,—Roger Fisk by name,—who is studying medicine abroad. Since his sojourn in Europe he has met Judith, and claims to have an undying love for her. He is twenty-six years of age, has no money, and cannot marry for years. He says that Judith returns his affection, but will give no promise without my sanction. I have written to him, of course. I told him that my ward was too young to enter into any engagement; that in another year she would be her own mistress, but that, meantime, I could not consent to her making him any promise. I am at a loss to conceive how these mutual confessions were made, when I supposed Judith to be in a strict boarding-school. I am shocked at this revelation, and cannot think of keeping her longer in such {{hws|guardian|guardianship}}<noinclude></noinclude> 4cjj4rmzjgb7yph50gp15azkojccion Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/28 104 1729298 14129427 8410392 2024-04-25T18:42:54Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|22|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>heart. We are a most harmonious quartette. Grace is always placid and happy. Tom is the perfection of a traveller, never objects to roughing it, laughs at his own blunders,—and he makes plenty of them,—and never does anything to make himself disagreeable except thinking all the shopkeepers are cheats, and carrying our letters about in his pocket for an indefinite length of time; I might say that his memory is his weak point. I have no need to describe myself and how much I add to the party: modesty forbids. Judith is a light-hearted, happy girl; she stands Tom's teasing and my scolding like an angel. As far as I can judge, she is quite contented, and does not appear to regret any object or person in Vienna. We have a very sober, staid Englishman here, a most unimpressionable creature, but he has succumbed to Judith's fascinations and is a willing victim. You need have no fears for her. It is to be hoped the young man in Vienna is as easily consoled. I have no doubt he is; still, I don't see why she should not marry the poor fellow if she wishes to. Having finished the business part of my letter, I will proceed to answer your other questions. I have seen the Emperor several times driving in a small sledge, entirely unattended, and wrapped up to the nose in furs. Once a day he goes to the Summer Garden, where he walks for half an hour. The day he was expected to arrive from Moscow last week, I stationed myself at the window about ten o'clock. The street from the station to the palace was lined with soldiers. I heard loud cheering, and suddenly an open carriage swept by like<noinclude></noinclude> 00qqft0wjyae7uykdkahwdrbr8u4jro Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/30 104 1729300 14129428 8410397 2024-04-25T18:42:56Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|24|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>stabbed in the streets last summer—has been warned that the life of his only little girl will be attempted. Such is the respectable and humane course which these Nihilists, with whom you pretend to sympathize, take to attain their ends. There must be many good Russians who desire a more liberal form of government. Their cause would be mine were I a Russian subject, but I have no sympathy with the Nihilists, or with the principles which they avow. Last week there was a grand review of all the troops about Petersburg (Russians drop the "St.") on the Champs de Mars, a large open field near the river. We went with Nicolas and Alice, to witness it from the windows of the Oldenburg Palace. The Prince of Oldenburg is related in some way to the imperial family, but I have not yet studied the "Almanach de Gotha" sufficiently to be quite sure of these relationships. From the window in which we were placed, we could overlook the whole field, where the soldiers had been drawn up since eleven o'clock, although the review was not to begin until twelve. There had been a slight fall of snow the day before, which froze during the night; so the ground was very slippery, and the horses, which had not been newly shod, had some difficulty in keeping their feet. The white ground and the gray sky made an outlook which was anything but cheerful. Apparently the men found it cold waiting, and, not content with jumping up and down to warm themselves, they chased each other about and performed various gymnastics. Punctually at noon, cheers resounded along the lines;<noinclude></noinclude> oo94gag4ozkcfhp278szksdiwcv8b9j Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/32 104 1729302 14129429 8410399 2024-04-25T18:42:56Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|26|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>alike. Steel or gilt trappings covered the horses, each of which was caparisoned differently. They were unmistakably eastern, and somewhat barbaric in their appearance. This was the Emperor's bodyguard, composed of men from the Caucasus. Each province is required to furnish a certain number; each man provides his own horse, saddle, uniform, etc., hence the curious and picturesque variety. They are extremely proud of their position, and consider themselves the bulwarks of the throne and indispensable to the Tsar's comfort and safety. The Don Cossacks were equally curious and interesting, sweeping by on their small horses, which seem a part of the rider, their hats jauntily cocked over one ear, with long, thin feathers sticking up in the air, and their short, crooked swords in attitude of attack. They do good service with these little swords, as many thousand flying soldiers in Sulieman Pacha's army last winter could testify. The Cossack is an utterly free and independent fellow. He pays no taxes, but is required to serve in the army when needed, and to furnish a certain number of permanent troops. He serves without pay, and "keeps himself," which means that he takes what he wants wherever he finds it. The Tsarevitch is the nominal head, or Hetman, of all the Cossacks. Their loyalty is unquestioned, and they make excellent soldiers for some purposes, though each one is fond of skirmishing about on his own account, with little regard as to where his regiment or commander may be. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> kqu0r4gxl679jd18r64zpcmfznkfdvl Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/34 104 1729304 14129430 8410401 2024-04-25T18:42:57Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|28|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>{{center|{{larger|CHAPTER V.}} {{smaller|DORRIS'S JOURNAL.}}}} {{right|{{smaller|December 15.}}|1em}} {{di|I}} HAVE always thought it a most foolish thing to keep a journal,—a habit worthy only of a school-girl; yet here I am writing as busily in mine as though it were an act of remarkable wisdom. One thing I can say in its favor,—it is a wonderful safeguard. Having confided thoughts and feelings to this faithful friend, I long for no other confidant, and my most insane ideas are safe from discovery so long as the lock of my book remains good. It seems to me that in the future I shall be very glad to refresh my memory by reading over these pages, and perhaps to entertain my friends with extracts. I am writing with a view to that. All things considered, I must confess that my prejudice against diaries was a foolish one; I dare say I have others quite as foolish, but if time only cures me of them as effectually as it has of this, I shall be satisfied. Many things have happened since I wrote last. Most important of all is Judith's arrival. Finding that she was to start last Monday with some friends, Alice proposed that Judith should stay at her house until we could decide upon an apartment and get settled. So Alice,<noinclude></noinclude> 1xk1cqm7e3vzq587z62gzw8q5ysir6z Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/36 104 1729306 14129431 8410403 2024-04-25T18:42:58Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|30|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>rooms are to be let. I know we don't discover half the vacant ones that are to be had. Why don't they advertise in large letters, as we do at home? And this fashion of living on the second floor is very uncomfortable: it is tiresome to go up stairs so often. I am sure," she went on, without awaiting a response from me, "that the servants will cheat us abominably when we begin housekeeping." "Grace! Grace!" I cried, "don't paint everything in such dark colors." She smiled faintly, and left me to my own thoughts for a few minutes. Then I heard a carriage stop, heard the Suisse (I wonder why he is called the Suisse when he is always a Russian) run out, open the front door, and ring the bell which summons the servant to the door of Alice's apartment. Presently they were in the room, and Grace and I were kissing Judith, and declaring she had changed so that we should not have recognized her. She is changed, but for the better in every respect. I had plenty of time to observe her at dinner, and I think she is the loveliest girl that I ever saw. I wonder what it is that constitutes her charm. Her figure is round and graceful, but not remarkable; her head is well shaped, but the masses of yellow hair are too heavy for it; her eyes are dark-blue, but not particularly large or brilliant; her black lashes are neither long nor curling; and her nose certainly turns up. The only undeniable beauties she has are her teeth and her complexion, which is more like a rose-leaf than any skin I ever saw. Perhaps<noinclude></noinclude> 9yqq8pmica24nvai5fzah330yx8286x Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/38 104 1729308 14129432 8410405 2024-04-25T18:42:59Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|32|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>giving directions to our driver, Grace began to exclaim, "I cannot go! I shall fall out!" The hotel clerk, the porter, Tom, and two or three waiters stood there, trying to reassure her; and the horse, impatient to start, kept giving little jumps, at each repetition of which she renewed her outcries. The seat ''was'' very narrow: I was not without certain misgivings myself. At last our fears were somewhat calmed; and, with many injunctions from us to the porter, and from him to the driver, to go slowly and be careful of the corners, we started, having learned the Russian for "Go home." It seemed a perilous situation when we reached the Nevsky Prospect, where sledges were flying past us in all directions. Grace hung tightly to the driver's belt, calling out at intervals, "Prenez garde!" which, as the fellow understood no language but his own, caused him to grin, shake his head, and continue. He was very careful, and did not remonstrate with Grace, though I thought she would end by stopping his breath altogether, she clutched his belt so wildly. We turned into the Quay, which is the street where Alice lives. It was bitterly cold; the corners were icy, and we slipped about uncomfortably. Our sledge was so low that the horses' mouths behind us were unpleasantly near our ears; but, fortunately, the Russian animals are kind, and the horses seldom bite. I should not have been surprised to have been struck in the back with a pole, at any time. I saw that most of the people who were riding in sledges exercised their<noinclude></noinclude> s3vvan16g458l9zf8xg5r6gyvpdouaz Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/40 104 1729310 14129434 8410407 2024-04-25T18:43:00Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|34|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>at exactly the right moment. I want you to know my sisters." He bowed stiffly in response to her introduction. He was slightly bald, and made use of one eye-glass. I have discovered that he is younger than he looks; that he rarely laughs, and when he does there is a peculiar wrinkle in his nose, which I have learned to watch for with fresh interest every time anything amusing is said. He talks well, and seems to be quite unprejudiced,—for an Englishman. Either he knows a great deal about most subjects, or he makes a good show of a small amount of knowledge. I have seen people who did that. Certainly, I have not heard Mr. Thurber confess his ignorance on any subject. He was talking to me about pictures, when Judith quietly seated herself in a window, and looked out, leaving us to admire the smooth coils of yellow hair on the back of her head. Mr. Thurber looked at her several times, as if he meant to speak to her. Finally he said, "I fear you will take cold in that window." Judith smiled at him sweetly over her shoulder, while she answered, "I never take cold." He pursued the subject as if she had said nothing. "The Russians never sit near a window. Will you take this chair?" drawing forward an arm-chair as he spoke. Judith changed her seat with apparent reluctance. "Let us go somewhere," she said. "You and Dorris have certainly discussed Ruysdaal's sky to your hearts'<noinclude></noinclude> ltuspne9lnlw8vahqv805iawttvpxmi Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/42 104 1729312 14129435 8410409 2024-04-25T18:43:00Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|36|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>It seemed odd to discuss domestic affairs before an entire stranger like Mr. Thurber, but it certainly made us quickly acquainted. Tom treated him as if they had been intimate friends for years. We went slowly through the apartment, discovering many advantages over other houses which we had seen. I was particularly pleased with two tall porcelain stoves, like Chinese pagodas, in the drawing-room. When we returned to the ante-room, Tom pointed out with triumph a little winding staircase, which was concealed from view by a curtain. "You would never have discovered that, would you?" "Not unless we had looked behind the curtain," I replied. We ascended the stairs, and found two large, low rooms. "These bedrooms will do for us," said Tom. "I never will sleep up in this lonely spot," Grace cried, with a shiver. I added my protest. "I prefer the room down stairs, which opens out of the butler's pantry." Judith, however, declared that nothing would please her more than to occupy one of these. Tom looked despondent for a moment; then his face brightened. He made us all follow him to the ball-room down stairs. "The old lady who lived here used this for her bedroom," he said, looking at Grace doubtfully. The room is forty feet long, and contains a balcony for the orchestra, with some ghostly white statues in it. Grace and I exchanged a glance of amusement. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> reuuzrlxawex5jxpau9018hnswqpgvu Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/44 104 1729315 14129436 8410411 2024-04-25T18:43:01Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|38|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"Tom said so." "Well," drawing a long breath, "I wish we could find a furnished house to rent in New York with such beautiful things in it, and so reasonable in price." "If we are going anywhere else," I ventured meekly, "we had better start at once, or it will be dark." Tom refused to be torn away; but the rest of us got into the sledge again, and were driven rapidly off. "How fat the coachmen all look," exclaimed Judith; "and how pretty it is to see them hold the bright-colored reins at arm's length, as if it required their whole strength to keep the horses from running away!" "It is a singular fact," said Mr. Thurber, "that, although they drive at such a break-neck pace, they seldom use a whip." "That is true," I cried. "I have never seen a whip used since I have been here." Judith was looking over my head, far down the Nevsky. "This must be a troika!" she exclaimed, and we all turned to look at the curious vehicle which was approaching us. There were three horses abreast, and the middle one was trotting briskly, while the others galloped. The harness had bells hanging to it, and was nearly covered with silver. The driver wore a light-blue velvet cap, three-cornered and silver-trimmed; and his pelisse was dark-blue, with silver ornaments. He had on a sky-blue belt, and the reins were of the same color. The sleigh, when it passed us, appeared very broad; in fact, there were three people sitting comfortably together on the back seat. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 63kyo3w59zpoqd6wn7mhe03boz2vs0w Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/46 104 1729317 14129437 8410413 2024-04-25T18:43:02Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|40|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>asked the proprietor, in his stiffest manner, if these were all "Yankee notions." "American inventions, sir,—yes, certainly!" was the reply; and our English friend subsided. We took our departure, promising to call again when we began housekeeping. During the day we had the most glorious sunshine I ever saw; the sky was as blue as an Italian sky. As we crossed the river on our return, all the trees in the Summer Garden were glistening like diamonds; each branch, covered with ice, stood out distinctly against the blue. What are diamonds and turquoises, after such a sight as that? In the west the sun was setting in a flaming glory of orange and red, and opposite the moon was rising in calm beauty. We held our breath while we looked. It lasted only a few minutes: then the sun dropped below the horizon; and shortly after the scene became so gray and cold that we shivered, and buried our chins in the capacious fur collars about our necks. The collars, caps, and beards of the istvostchiks whom we met were white with frost, and all the horses looked gray. St. Isaac's golden dome was the only warm spot in the view. The bells began to ring for vespers, as we drew near home. They are so wonderfully soft and sweet that one could imagine they were ringing in heaven. St. Isaac's was covered with frost, except the dome. It looked smaller to me than it is by actual measurement. "It is the most beautiful church in the world," {{hws|mur|murmured}}<noinclude></noinclude> rzggqxo3z725ntf22l1oquy6l2ko8l0 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/48 104 1729319 14129438 8410415 2024-04-25T18:43:03Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|42|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"You will find them in every peasant's hut," he continued; "and any one who enters salutes the icon before any member of the family. The jewels in some of these are magnificent,"—moving nearer to one as he spoke. "What a pity it is," I exclaimed, "that the church is not better lighted, so that the beauty and richness of it might strike the observer at once, instead of his being obliged to search for them." For, little by little, new glories had revealed themselves to me. I stood under the great, dusky dome, and looked up at the masses of gold, bronze, and painting, which at first were merely vague shadows, but gradually made themselves visible, though the painting in the top, by Bruloff, was lost in the distance. A man in uniform came up to us, and began to tell us in French to observe the iconastase at the east end. If there is any object in this world which is odious, it is a ''commissionnaire''. He rattled off his lesson, telling us that the bread and wine were kept behind that screen; and when we would have made our way round to the back of it, he stopped us politely, saying that women were not allowed to penetrate into that ''sanctum sanctorum''. So we had to be contented with a survey from the front. Doors of silver-gilt arabesque, in open-work, with mosaic pictures, and columns of malachite and lapis-lazuli compose the lower part. Above there is a mass of jasper, agate, porphyry, bronze, malachite, and painting. "It is gorgeously beautiful," I sighed, "but if we could only have seen the back of it!" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 3r9l7wegk0b2pc14753zow4q6gcw7js Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/50 104 1729321 14129439 8410417 2024-04-25T18:43:04Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|44|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>{{center|{{larger|CHAPTER VI.}} {{smaller|SKATING AND RUSSIAN OPERA.}}}} {{right|{{smaller|December 28.}}|1em}} {{di|I}} AM twenty-five years old to-day. I looked at myself in the mirror this morning, to see what changes there were since yesterday, and was surprised that "twenty-five" was not written on my features. I feel as though it ought to be. I suppose it would be the proper thing to moralize somewhat on my birthday, but I don't feel in the mood for it. I must have the blues severely before I can moralize. And I have too many things to write about to-day. I had heard so much of Sacha Novissilsky that I was curious to see him. Alice receives every Wednesday evening, and it was there that I met him first. Judith has met him often; but I have been so interested of late in making our apartment comfortable and home-like that I have shunned society. After talking with me for some time, on Wednesday evening, Sacha said seriously, "I am sure, mademoiselle, that you have guessed my secret." "Perhaps I have," I responded, decidedly mystified. He continued, "I have never loved any one else, and I never shall care for another as I do for her." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> dmt89bglfh1xddqoggc4zs444t2t3k8 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/52 104 1729324 14129440 8410419 2024-04-25T18:43:05Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|46|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>learn it somehow. "Only I don't see any reason why she should care for him." Sacha sighed, "He is a gallant fellow." "And is perfectly aware of it," I added quickly. This remark seemed to give Sacha new courage, and it was with quite a bright smile that he acceded to Alice's request to give us some music. While he was playing, George stationed himself by my side. Presently he whispered, "What thoughts are absorbing you, Miss Romilly? One gets no attention from you. What are you thinking of?" He speaks much better English than I do, and has the faintest possible accent. "I am listening to the music," I returned indifferently. He kept silence until the end of the nocturne; then, "Are you fascinated with Novissilsky's music?" "Oh!" I cried, "why will you spoil it by talking?" "Because I have so much to say to you," he responded eagerly. "There is a question which, as I know your word may be depended upon, I wish to ask you. Believe me, it is not mere vulgar curiosity which prompts me." "I will believe all that you wish me to," I interrupted lightly. "What is your question?" He looked at me reproachfully. "You seem to have but little appreciation of the importance of this matter. The question is about your cousin." "Judith? I know so little about her. But tell me<noinclude></noinclude> i13njz8qdt0x8e2ixn3x7gisnt7jlkv Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/54 104 1729326 14129441 8410421 2024-04-25T18:43:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|48|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>said appealingly, "Remember, I told you it was not idle curiosity which prompted me. I have a reason for asking." "Whatever your reason may be," I responded haughtily, "you can hardly expect me to go into a discussion of my cousin's feelings and character with you." "True," he answered most humbly. "I had no right to ask it, and I see my presumption now most clearly. I should not have come to you. I will seek my information from Miss Judith herself." Sacha, having finished his performance on the piano, strolled over to us at this moment. "I am thinking," he said to George, "of the contrast between this scene and the one which was before us a year ago." "Yes; there was some excitement in those days," responded the other. "Were you both fighting Turks then?" I cried. "I was fighting a fever," returned George; "but Sacha here was showing his valor in the face of the enemy." "I wish you would tell me about it," I exclaimed, with awakened enthusiasm. George laughed, with a nonchalant air. "The pleasantest part of those days was the coming home. Eh, Sacha?" "Yes, indeed! That was a glorious day when we entered Petersburg. Picture it, mademoiselle. At the gate of the city there were about four thousand people. The grand-dukes and their staffs met us there; and a kind of pavilion had been erected, where all the {{hws|grand|grand-duchesses}}<noinclude></noinclude> 7fy89ngxse0d866squgwmseaxg6ciwz Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/56 104 1729328 14129442 8410423 2024-04-25T18:43:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|50|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"I suppose," said I thoughtfully, "that you are very fond of the Emperor." "We adore him," responded Sacha. George looked at me searchingly as he said, "Did you doubt it?" "No, I can't say that I did." "Listen, mademoiselle," broke in Sacha. "Let me tell you what our Emperor did last winter." Tom had joined our group, and was now listening, with his eyes fixed on Mr. Novissilsky's face. "After returning from the seat of war, it was his custom,"—went on the young man earnestly, aware that he had an audience, and doing his best to tell the story well,—"it was his custom to visit the hospitals daily, and talk with the sick and wounded soldiers. One day he was speaking to a common soldier, whose wound was pronounced fatal. The Emperor asked the man what he could do for him. The soldier replied that he should die more happily if his monarch were with him at his last hour. 'Your wish shall be gratified,' said the Tsar. Before his departure from the hospital, he gave orders that at any hour of the day or night, when the man should be dying, he was to be notified. The same command was given at the palace. The man lingered for some days, but at last the image of death appeared to him, and a messenger was despatched to the palace about two o'clock one morning. He had some difficulty in penetrating to the Tsar, but finally succeeded. The Emperor hurried to the soldier's bedside, and, true to his promise, stayed by him to the last." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> ry8jd68yf31rmxc60tdvxnjfo7ceps7 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/58 104 1729330 14129443 8410425 2024-04-25T18:43:08Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|52|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>he was looking absently at the toe of one shoe, so my sympathetic glance was thrown away on him. He went on in a sort of soliloquy:— "She died when I was so young that I cannot remember her at all; but I have always loved the name, and I never was more startled than when I heard them call you by it." I looked hard at my companion. He was the same man, apparently; but what wonderful change had come over him to make him speak in such a sad, soft voice and tell me about his mother? I did not know what to respond. I could think of nothing but "Oh," or "Yes," or "Indeed"; and they sounded neither sympathetic nor appropriate. So I kept silent, and grew quite embarrassed, as Mr. Thurber did not seem inclined to speak first. Finally, he turned his gaze away from the toe of his shoe,—which, by the by, is altogether too pointed for any reasonable foot, as I shall tell him some time when we are conversing on more ordinary topics,—and, playing with my fan in a nervous way, he remarked,— "Your cousin is a very beautiful woman." I groaned inwardly. Was I to be confided in for the third time that night? It was growing monotonous, and yet it was funny, and I smiled. My English friend saw the smile. He colored slightly, and started up from his chair; then thought better of it, and sat down again. I turned towards him, and spoke in a low, earnest voice:— "Mr. Thurber, the only reason I laughed was because—because—well, I have heard that remark so<noinclude></noinclude> 4k64hco1iyfdhy5vc5ouzss4cxyegx2 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/60 104 1729332 14129444 8410427 2024-04-25T18:43:09Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|54|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>work, and he told me quantities of stories about his country. I always had a taste for low associates," I added calmly. "Alice was an aristocrat from her babyhood, but I was always a vagabond." He looked somewhat astonished at my declaration, but I changed the subject abruptly. "There is a frightful ordeal for you to pass through in a few minutes." "What is it?" he cried, in feigned alarm. "The baby is to be exhibited. I hear her coming now, and you will have to admire her." "That is nothing very frightful. It will not be the first time I have done it." "How difficult it is," I continued, "to induce a Russian nurse to show her charge; and if you say, 'How pretty the child is!' you have cast an evil eye on it, and all sorts of charms are used to counteract your influence." "It is the same with an adult," responded my companion. "If you tell a Russian woman that she is looking well, it is a bad omen." "Alice's nurse has always insisted upon it that the child was restless and unhappy all night after we first looked at it; and I believe she has borne us a grudge ever since." This nurse, I must state, is a type of the picturesque figures which one is constantly coming upon in the streets here. She wears the Russian peasant costume,—a short, dark-blue skirt, with bands of red and white and black braid around it; a white apron, coming to the bottom of the skirt, embroidered about a<noinclude></noinclude> r0br8d6de9w27979zua8nizr3gtqgd1 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/62 104 1729334 14129445 8410429 2024-04-25T18:43:10Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|56|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>The music was heavenly as it swelled through the great building. No wonder the ''moujiks'' were so quiet and absorbed. Compared with their monotonous and sordid daily lives, this gorgeous church, with its jewelled icons, its colored pillars, its gold, silver, and incense, and its priests in splendid array, must seem like some glorious vision in the Apocalypse. Their music is very old; some of it dates back to the fifth century. They have a sermon about once a year in the Greek Church. What a sensible custom! {{right|{{smaller|January 9.}}|1em}} Yesterday we went to service at the English Chapel, which is on the Quay. It looks, on the outside, like anything rather than a church, being part of a block. The building is always crowded, for there is a large English colony here, and about a third of the congregation is composed of English governesses. The ambassador has a "high seat in the synagogue," on the right of the altar. After church we had a long drive in the country. It was the most dismal excursion we have taken since we reached Russia. The day was dull, Judith was quiet, and Tom evidently homesick. It would have been touching, if it had not been so funny, to hear the despairing sighs which he heaved, and to see the doleful glances cast by him over the surrounding landscape, which certainly was not cheerful. We went to the islands, the drive which is said to be so beautiful in summer, crossed innumerable bridges<noinclude></noinclude> 37xy0epu5yc6yzh34erv7tvjulzb9fy Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/64 104 1729336 14129446 8410431 2024-04-25T18:43:11Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|58|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>{{hwe|son|person}} with an elderly man's manner, a bald head, a cynical expression, and a tendency to sneer at everything. He was a young fellow under thirty, with a sealskin cap, a hearty laugh on the smallest provocation, a twinkle in his eye, and a disposition to cut capers! I could hardly believe him to be the same man. He gave me no peace until I also ventured on the ice, where I tottered about helplessly, grasping his arm as though I meant never to let go. While I was getting very warm over my clumsy efforts, Judith was calmly gliding about. As we neared a chair, I fell into it, and waved my companion away. "I must rest," I gasped. "Go and skate by yourself." He smiled a little, cut a figure eight backwards, and shook his head. "I don't want to skate by myself," he responded. "I prefer your company to my own." "Very well. That being the case, you can push my chair about, for it is cold sitting still." To confess the truth, I feared he was going to talk to me about Judith, and I began to find having so many hopeful passions poured into my ear a little tiresome. I consoled myself by thinking that Mr. Thurber could not be particularly confidential to the back of my head, and that my cousin's name would rest for that morning. False hope! For a few minutes my cavalier kept silence, and as I glided swiftly and easily over the ice I began to feel quite exhilarated; but my spirits were soon dashed by a glimpse of a new arrival, who was<noinclude></noinclude> 5a09ef9t4vay9ddz8ye2k8on59hlzzo Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/66 104 1729339 14129447 8410433 2024-04-25T18:43:12Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|60|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"He did n't mind it. I knew he would ask in a moment where Judith was." "Indeed!" skating slowly round my chair. "Is he so fond of her society?" "I think he is. But I must go in and warm my feet." My companion made some polite remonstrance, but I refused to stay longer, and waited in the house on the shore of the lake for the rest of the party, reading Mr. Tremaine's letter meanwhile, to pass away the time. When the others returned to the house to divest themselves of skates, and start for home, Tom called out to me,— "We are going to the opera to-night; but I will tell you about it later." I was willing to wait for my information, and resisted Tom's efforts to make me share my sledge with him. "No, Tom. There is only room for one." "But it is not proper for you to go alone!" "Neither is it proper for a young man to go with me. Whichever way you arrange, it is highly improper," said I, laughing; "and as Judith is younger and handsomer than I, she has more need of a protector." "I forgot Judith." "I did n't, you see. Some one must tell my istvostchik to follow yours." George gave the necessary instructions, and he and Mr. Thurber brought up the rear. On reaching the house, they consented to come in and lunch with us; and when we were seated at table, I<noinclude></noinclude> oixurlrev8y2sl3o8p6w4mi8fpqf54r Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/68 104 1729341 14129448 8410435 2024-04-25T18:43:13Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|62|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>an exquisite mazurka, and a polonaise, both of which are always played at the palace balls. I was so engrossed in the piece that I forgot my companions until my attention was called to them by a low voice in my ear. I turned to see Sacha's dark eyes fixed imploringly upon me. "What did you say?" I asked. "That I am the most miserable fellow on the earth," he exclaimed, in a dramatic whisper. Following the direction of his eyes, I saw Judith sitting behind the curtain of the box, with her head turned away from the stage, presenting her pretty profile to our view. She was looking at a couple of large, brown hands, which were playing with an opera-glass; and the owner of the hands,—George,—with head bent forward until it was on a level with Judith's shoulder, was talking earnestly to her. That the subject of conversation was something absorbing, I could not doubt. The corners of my cousin's mouth quivered once, and she looked as if she were going to cry. Then came a sudden change of expression; she looked at her companion with one of her sweetest smiles; he smiled back at her, but, observing our scrutiny, frowned slightly, and sat upright in his chair through the remainder of the act. "You see," whispered Sacha again, "it is evidently all settled." I smiled inwardly, and wondered what this young man would think if he should visit America, and see a flirtation carried on in a scientific way; but I only said, "I think you are mistaken." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> es2329mcqo3ozbvbuf7hohtw7dyaxfi Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/70 104 1729343 14129449 8410438 2024-04-25T18:43:14Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|64|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"It depends," I responded calmly, "upon what they are talking about. I have known people to look as devoted as that, when no more sentimental subject was under discussion than the weather." "What a vivid imagination you Americans must have!" "I don't understand how your criticism applies," I retorted. "Perhaps I should have said, what a power of deception, instead of a vivid imagination. It must require both to give such an expression of rapt attention to two people who are only talking about the weather." I don't like Mr. Chilton Thurber when he sneers in this way. One must excuse anything, however, in a man who is jealous. "I didn't say they were only talking of the weather," I asserted. "They may be making the most desperate love to each other, for all I know. But you are quite right when you say we have more imagination than the English. I have enough to conceive that you English may be very fond of your country,—even your foggy old capital, which it makes me melancholy to think of," I added, with a shudder. "I am not particularly fond of England," he returned earnestly. "In fact, I prefer living abroad,—though not in Russia," after a short pause. "Where?" I asked, with a look of laughing inquiry. "In what genial clime would you pitch your tent, if you had the world to choose from?" He hesitated, then said, with a strange expression on<noinclude></noinclude> 1q44zww7bp9t6ru0ocs0e407ajw06x0 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/72 104 1729345 14129450 8410440 2024-04-25T18:43:15Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|66|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>for him to tell me whether I had guessed aright, but in vain; so I turned to ask him, but Tom interposed. "Dorris, I never knew you to be so inconsiderate. Why can't you go to the back of the box, like Judith, if you must talk?" This effectually silenced me until the end of the play.<noinclude></noinclude> j5pl2o1sqti2uguapmnqthok61rbehk Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/74 104 1729347 14129451 8410442 2024-04-25T18:43:16Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|68|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>My cousin's reply was drowned in Tom's words. The prince was speaking again. "If I were as young as I once was—" and he looked unutterable things. "I am glad," said Judith, flashing a coquettish glance at him, "that you are not as young as you once were. Very young men are great bores." "Then I will say" (in a stage whisper), "if I could only make myself the age you prefer." "Oh!" (dropping her eyes, with a little sigh.) "In that case, I should beg you to remain just as you are." Tom and I moved away. "What a fool he is!" murmured my brother-in-law. Judith has been unmercifully chaffed about that conversation; but all of our ridicule fails to move her, or make her angry. "I think he is a dear old man!" she exclaims, "and I ''do'' like him, just as he is." At Princess Shermatoff's ball, last night, she was just as charming with Sacha as she had been with Prince Tucheff. After greeting the hostess, we passed into a large ball-room, and were lost amid a crowd of young women, who were filling up one corner. Judith, having had one bitter experience, now avoids a sofa at parties. There is always a table in front of it, and there are always young ladies who seat themselves each side of you. A man who can converse with a girl across a table, when she is surrounded by others of her sex, who are curious to hear how Americans talk, has<noinclude></noinclude> 4ac5ay0bvdnpitb583dsa2rkajjsl4b Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/76 104 1729349 14129452 8410444 2024-04-25T18:43:17Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|70|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>joined by a foreign ambassador, who proved to be entertaining, and who remained with me until supper was announced. The mazurka began about one o'clock. I have heard of dancing all my life,—have even flattered myself that I could dance well; but I never knew what real dancing was until I saw the mazurka. It is the poetry of movement. I shall never hear mazurka music again without having a mad desire to start up and dance down the room. The figures are like those in the German; but how different from our calm, lazy way of gliding to and fro is the sprightly air, the abandon, the rhythm, the grace with which these young Russians jingle their spurs, and, seizing the hand of their partner, look at her with glances which seem to tell all the admiration they fear to speak, while she returns the look, like a true coquette. They dance for pure love of the amusement,—not as if they were undergoing a penance, and trying to make the best of it. The music itself is enough to put life even into the coldest blood. The time is well marked by the piano and the heels of the gentlemen, which are brought down with a stamp. Mr. Thurber, like an Englishman, sneers a little, and calls it theatrical. Certainly, both Englishmen and Americans are too self-conscious to dance it well. After the mazurka, a hot supper was served in the next room. Sacha, not having been fortunate enough to get a partner for the dance, escorted me to the dining-room, and undertook to provide for my wants. I had resisted his efforts to talk with me all the evening,<noinclude></noinclude> mzbnxw0hgxtd14uhtjinu99te4h8on8 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/78 104 1729351 14129453 8410446 2024-04-25T18:43:18Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|72|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>I finished my bird leisurely, and took a sip of champagne, before I answered. "I think it would be much better for you to ask her yourself. Judith is very reserved, and I doubt whether she would confide in me." He shook his head mournfully, and took a large mouthful of salad. "Then I must venture all, and it must be done soon, mademoiselle," turning his rather flushed face toward me. "Do you know what I shall do if she refuses me?" As I confessed my inability to guess this interesting conundrum, Sacha looked down at his empty plate, and said solemnly, in a half-whisper, "I shall leave Petersburg!" This threat did not make my blood run cold, as Sacha evidently expected; but I felt sorry for him, and regretted that I could not assure him of success in his love-making. If Judith were going to marry a foreigner, I thought she could not do better than take Sacha. I wished at that moment that she was safely at home with her guardian, and I had no further responsibility in the matter. My friend entertained me during the remainder of supper with accounts of the various adventures which had befallen him by land and by sea, from the day of his birth up to the present time. I began to grow rather sleepy, and I supposed that we were to take our departure immediately after supper. Alice informed me, however, that there was still a cotillon to be danced, and we had a repetition of the mazurka, which lasted until a distant clock struck five.<noinclude></noinclude> 9p2w40hgrg33qw3tjcysvbel4tkiauh Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/80 104 1729353 14129454 8410448 2024-04-25T18:43:18Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|74|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>{{hwe|tunity|opportunity}} was not long in presenting itself. It was twelve o'clock before we had finished breakfast, and then my cousin took possession of a novel, and I of the "Journal de St. Pétersbourg," and we sat down in front of the wood-fire in the library. I cast many a sly glance at Judith before I gained courage to begin. She had on a brown stuff dress, and the toe of one pretty bronze slipper protruded an inch or two beyond her skirt. Her smooth braids and the rounded outline of one soft cheek were all I could see. She looked so dainty and sweet that I did not wonder that everybody wanted to marry her. I watched the clock nervously, and saw that if I did not soon begin, Tom would make his noisy entry, and Grace would come in from her drive. So I said, in a low, meek voice, "Do you feel tired this morning?" As I had already asked her that question once, she looked slightly surprised, but laid the book down in her lap, and said pleasantly, "Not very. Do you?" How different she is from me, I thought,—how very, very different! I never can bear to be interrupted when I am reading, and never can answer any one pleasantly under such circumstances. How sweet-tempered Judith is, and what a contrast I must be! This thought saddened me, and I did not feel inclined to proceed; but as she seemed waiting for something more, I resumed the conversation and answered, "No." Then, growing sarcastic, "But I did not have such overwhelming attentions paid me as you did." Judith turned a pair of laughing, mischievous eyes<noinclude></noinclude> r0k3sasttcnv7z8x9gmm81p9clhsi79 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/82 104 1729355 14129455 8410450 2024-04-25T18:43:19Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|76|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>Such little caressing ways come quite naturally to Judith. I always feel supremely foolish when I call a person "dear"; but in her it is charming. I felt my stern resolution melting, but I determined to speak before it was too late. "Judith," I said, in a mournful tone, "do you believe that George Piloff is a good man?" She gave a slight start, and the cheek which had been resting on my hand was suddenly removed as she sat upright. "Good!" she repeated musingly. "Perhaps I should not use that word in speaking of him; but surely not bad, Dorris?" looking at me anxiously, with a question in her soft eyes. "Surely not bad, dear?" I went on firmly: "I believe that he is a bad man." "Why?" I was staggered for a moment. "Perhaps he is not really bad," feebly, "but he is at the club continually, and every one says that all those young men at the club gamble." "You mean Mr. Thurber, not every one," corrected my cousin quietly. She was suspiciously calm. I began to warm with my subject. "He is not the kind of man for you to marry. O Judith, don't fall in love with a foreigner! Please, please don't! Even the very best of them—even Nicolas—cannot understand how women are treated in our country; and we expect so much more than they can give,—than they know how to give." My cousin's head was averted, but her hand still rested on my lap. She said, in a voice which had the shadow of laughter in it, "You forget that George lived<noinclude></noinclude> i5663afwspjezodv3tieoqznnpkh78q Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/84 104 1729357 14129456 8410452 2024-04-25T18:43:20Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|78|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>George one of the best friends I ever had." So saying, she swept out of the room with the air of an empress. As for me, I felt very small. All my words rushed back upon me and overwhelmed me with mortification. I quite agreed with Judith in her judgment of me. What business had I to interfere with her, and what grudge had I against George? I never should be able to look him in the face again. If I could find any people who were going that day to America, I thought I would join them. Tears of vexation and contrition began to fill my eyes. As I forced them back, and tried to compose myself, Tom came bustling in, and with him—oh, horror!—George. I had no time to make my escape, so I kept my disconsolate position by the fire, simply greeting the visitor with a cold bow. "Well, Dorris!" cried Tom, "you look homesick." Rubbing his hands, he advanced towards the fire. "What's the matter! Here is George, come to take us— Where did you say you were going to take us?" appealing to his companion. George's face seldom warms up for me as it does for Judith, and it was with a very cold expression that he answered,— "Your sister wished to go sometime to the Stchonkine Dvor, and I thought this would be as pleasant a day as any." "Grace has gone out in the sledge," I replied, "but she will be at home before half-past one, as we lunch at that hour. I know she will be disappointed if you don't wait for her." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> qfbn1es4phtl74lo1ib5du5cxciwjrs Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/86 104 1729359 14129457 8410454 2024-04-25T18:43:21Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|80|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>{{hwe|dered|wondered}} what had happened. Tom did not hesitate to speak his mind. "Why, Judy," he cried, in a loud, jovial tone, "you look like a thunder-cloud! I declare, I never saw you out of temper before. If it were Dorris, I should not be so surprised, for she gets cross now and then, but she seems as if all the spirit had been taken out of her. Did you two quarrel when you were alone?" I smiled faintly. Judith answered him in a freezing manner, and changed the subject suddenly. As we rose from the table, Tom told us to make haste, for daylight would soon be gone. I walked to the window and looked out. "Come, Dorris," Grace called. "I am not going," I answered disconsolately. "Not going!" exclaimed Tom. "Why, you are the one who has wished to go more than any of us!" Tableau,—Tom, standing at the head of the table in front of his chair, which he has just pushed back; I, looking out of the window and playing with the curtain; Grace at her door, with her head turned towards me; Judith at the opposite door in the same position; George attentively surveying the sideboard, with his back turned to all of us. Silence for ten seconds, during which no one moves. Then Judith comes swiftly toward me, and says in a low tone, which they all hear,— "If it is on my account that you intend to stay at home, I beg of you to go, and let me stay." "Oh, make it up, girls, make it up!" says my brother-in-law's hearty voice. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> n9s8xozhyh6l2izv1zgiu9r7l88z2x6 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/88 104 1729361 14129458 8410456 2024-04-25T18:43:22Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|82|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>goods, fancy articles, pickles, icons, ready-made clothing, shoes, and Chinese goods were some of the things which were offered for sale. In rooms about six feet square, containing a show-case and counter, we found the most desirable wares. Most of the stock in trade was suspended on the walls, or tucked away in dark corners. There was a goodly array of booths in the streets, and men in greasy sheepskins stood outside and invited us to purchase. They did not seem offended when we refused to buy, but asked us to call again. The atmosphere and general appearance of the place was so filthy and shabby that Grace was inclined to look upon it with scorn; but Tom grew very enthusiastic. He held long conversations with the vendors, in Russian, invariably tried to make bargains for things which he did not want, and was generally unsuccessful,—getting hopelessly muddled in his Russian, and appealing to George to help him out. A copper samovar took his fancy particularly; and, finding that the price was twenty roubles, Tom offered the man eight. By the aid of smiles, shrugs, and various gestures, the conversation grew quite animated; but the merchant refused to take less than fourteen roubles, and we left the shop, Tom extremely downcast. "Because, you know, it was a bargain at fourteen; and I was an idiot not to take it." We wandered through the alleys, and at the end of two hours found that we women had spent all our money, and Tom had only a few roubles left,—having purchased some unset turquoises, a pair of silver vases, a {{hws|cigar|cigar-stand}}<noinclude></noinclude> a1ytd6svysvwel2b5mhped0fonvl6ev Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/90 104 1729363 14129459 8410459 2024-04-25T18:43:23Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|84|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>my surroundings until long after I passed the Moscow railway station, when I became suddenly conscious that the pavement was wretched, and the shops extremely shabby. I stopped and looked about me. Mathilde came panting to my side, exclaiming that mademoiselle had walked at least four miles, and that we were in a "très vilaine" street. I agreed with her. The people who were passing us were workmen, peasants, and boys driving cows, and carrying tin horns four or five feet long, on which they blew tremendous blasts. The shops had a shabby appearance, owing partly to the signs, on which pictures of the articles offered for sale were painted, as well as their names in several languages. Slightly puzzled at my surroundings, I walked more slowly, and allowed Mathilde to guide me. The object of my excursion was accomplished. The world no longer looked black and dreary. I began to think there was something for me to accomplish in life, and some people who loved me, in spite of my faults. Feeling comforted, I wended my way absently along, and my thoughts travelled far from my surroundings; so it was with quite a start that I looked at a gentleman who had sprung out of a sledge, and now advanced to speak. He was so enveloped in furs that I did not recognize George until he was close to me. His face wore an expression of disapproval; and, spending no time in preliminaries, he asked me where I was going. "I don't know," I answered, without a smile. "I believe Mathilde is taking me home." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 26ohxkyrj35qk2uorr53408zjlnvkoq Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/92 104 1729366 14129460 8410461 2024-04-25T18:43:24Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|86|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>George hesitated a moment, then said,— "I suppose you know that you are doing a very unconventional thing?" "It is a matter of utter indifference to me. I don't wish to kill the maid,—that is all." "You might drive home also." "Yes, but I don't care to drive. I shall walk home alone if you desert me." "Not for the world!" he cried hastily. "I shall be only too happy to accompany you." He hailed a passing istvostchik, packed Mathilde in, and then surveyed me with a critical eye. "You are cold?" I shook my head emphatically. "You have a bashlik around your neck; put it over your ears, please." I complied willingly with his request, for the air was piercing since the sun had departed and the early night had begun to fall. We walked on briskly, and George, finding that his flow of conversation fell on rather inattentive ears, relapsed into a silence which was unbroken until we reached the canal bridge. Here my companion slackened his steps, and drew my attention to a little colony of Laplanders which we could see below us on the ice. Their tent of skins had an opening just large enough for a person to crawl in on all fours. A tiny team of reindeer stood near by. "You can take a ride for two or three kopecks, if you like," said George. "But the poor reindeer suffer<noinclude></noinclude> fzgri37osyp6chlcbk99zh8gonacog8 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/94 104 1729368 14129461 8410463 2024-04-25T18:43:25Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|88|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>Walking along arm in arm seemed quite too much like good friends, I thought. "Then you do not belong to that class?" I persisted. George turned his eyes on me coldly. There was a wrinkle between his brows which he often has when he talks with me. "I think we were getting on very well," he said, looking a little angry, "and that your desire to quarrel with me will be unsatisfied to-day." "I assure you that nothing was farther from my thoughts than quarrelling with you," I responded, delighted to have vexed him, but rather ashamed of myself at the same time. "Then let us talk no more about it." His annoyance was only momentary, and I was quite silent until we reached the Anitchkine Palace, when I exclaimed abruptly, "It grows more of a mystery to me every day that Peter the Great should have selected this flat, marshy spot for a capital. Not a hill in sight, and everything built on piles!" My companion laughed. "Is that the subject which has kept your thoughts busy during the last ten minutes? If you have read your guide-book, as all good travellers ought, you must have discovered why the great Tsar forced his people to come to this bleak corner of Russia." "I have read 'Murray,' of course, but I found no such explanation." "It is recorded that Peter the Great wished to have a ''window'' from which he could look out into Europe, therefore he founded St. Petersburg." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 8823f4jl0vyepw84acin8c3b7aeq2aw Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/96 104 1729370 14129462 8410465 2024-04-25T18:43:26Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|90|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>{{center|{{larger|CHAPTER VIII.}} {{smaller|AN IMPERIAL CHRISTENING.}}}} {{right|{{smaller|January 17.}}|1em}} {{di|W}}HEN I told Alice of my long walk with her brother-in-law, she looked somewhat scandalized, and said she wished I would be more careful. "Even a maid," she went on to explain, "is not considered sufficient protection by the Russian ladies; there must be a married woman or a governess to make walking perfectly proper. Many girls are not allowed to go out alone in their own carriages. That, of course, is absurd." "I should think so!" I exclaimed indignantly. "Russians are very particular with their daughters," Alice continued. "A gentleman never, under any circumstances, asks for a young lady at the door, and never leaves his card for her. The girls are not visible except on their mamma's reception days, when they preside at the tea-table." "What a stupid time they must have!" said Judith. "But how well they speak French! Monsieur d'Echaud told me that the only way in which he could distinguish Russian French from Parisian was by a slight drawl in the former." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 1x2vny8rxqccnthob58xnfk8j0o2xwc Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/98 104 1729372 14129463 8410467 2024-04-25T18:43:27Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|92|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>four grooms in the imperial livery. A gilt coach followed, drawn by six bay horses with gilt harness, and containing the Master of Ceremonies of the Tsarevitch's court. A larger gilt coach came after the first, in which were the Cushion Bearer and the Blanket Bearer,—one of them being Count Kotzebue, the Governor of Poland, and the other Prince Suwaroff. Then appeared a third gilt coach. In this was the Mistress of Ceremonies of the Tsarevna's court, and the baby,—"L'Auguste Grand-Duc Nouveau-Né,"—about whom all this trouble was taken! The equipage which carried him had outriders. Each of the carriages had postilions, coachmen, two men in the rumble, and three servants walking in the road on either side, dressed in the imperial livery. Some of the more prudent held up the skirts of their long, fur-lined coats, as they marched through the snow, thus presenting rather an absurd appearance. Another company of Cossacks brought up the rear; and the whole procession went, at an impressive, funereal pace, towards the palace. Judith and I were very gorgeous in our court dresses. It seemed almost a pity that we could not always present such a fine appearance. We both wore long trains, and our dresses were low in the neck, as etiquette requires for all court ceremonies. We were admitted at the Door of the Council of the Empire. Many people were taking off their wraps as we entered, changing themselves from shapeless fur {{hws|bun|bundles}}<noinclude></noinclude> 4tw1vbhfw9mk51zzpqcfc86abpk67d4 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/100 104 1729374 14129270 8410196 2024-04-25T18:41:25Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|94|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"Yes; but the ice is so thick that there is not the slightest danger. You should go to the races while you are in Petersburg." "On Sunday!" I cried. "True!" he responded, in some confusion. "You are Protestant." "Yes; and my sister would be shocked if you suggested such a thing to her." "Will you come now?" asked my companion, seeing that the other occupants of the room had made a move. We followed, and skirted the conservatory, turning into an apparently endless corridor, lined on one side with portraits of the Emperors of Russia at all ages. On the other side were windows looking into the Hermitage, and standards holding magnificent Sèvres vases. The rest of our walk was through a labyrinth of splendor, of which I retain only a confused memory. I have vague recollections of an enormous throne-room, with a raised dais for the throne; vistas of long passages, with arched ceilings and painted walls; a smaller throne-room; immense malachite vases; lapis-lazuli tables; rosewood cabinets, with delicate painted panels; ebony doors, inlaid with gold, silver, and ivory; pillars of marble and granite, from Finland and Siberia; a huge room with rows of silver candelabra, reaching nearly from floor to ceiling; marqueterie floors, polished to such an extent that it was with the utmost difficulty I kept my equilibrium; painted ceilings, mirrors, and pictures. "It is certainly the most beautiful palace I ever saw," I exclaimed. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> ej1l6x5aedt9bp4rrp3whjmugogyp3y Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/102 104 1729376 14129273 8410198 2024-04-25T18:41:27Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|96|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>conscious of your clothes; and if your shoes were only a little too small, I should be perfectly happy." "If I had known that such a little thing could make you happy, I would willingly have worn a smaller pair." We both laughed, and I suddenly realized that my "ceremonious man," as Tom called him, was still walking beside me, and might think us rude in holding such a long conversation in English before him. I begged his pardon, and asked him if he spoke that language. He was obliged to confess, with many regrets, that he did not. "How much farther are we to walk?" I inquired. "We must have been half a mile already." "We are nearly there now, mademoiselle"; and almost immediately we entered the chapel, where we found the members of the diplomatic corps assembled, the gentlemen in uniform, the ladies in court dress,—that is, ''décolletées'', with long trains carried over one arm, as there was seldom room enough to spread them out. The gentlemen stood on one side of the room, and the ladies on the other, in the regular order of precedence as required by the law of etiquette. At the back of the chapel was a gilt iconostase, ornamented with rich jewels. In front of this screen was the font. A gilt rail separated this part of the chapel from that where we stood,—typifying the goats, I suppose. The choir, dressed in red robes trimmed with yellow, was already in its place. Presently the metropolitan of<noinclude></noinclude> 5zk9iveuvnjd0vnn0huy3ed1f19fc5z Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/104 104 1729379 14129276 8410200 2024-04-25T18:41:28Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|98|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>resignation, if it had not been for my new slippers and their pointed toes. The Russian ladies were dressed in the national court costume, which is very pretty. It consists of a white silk or satin skirt; a low waist, long train, and wide, open sleeves of colored velvet; a tiara of the same color,—red seems to be preferred,—and a veil attached to the tiara, which falls down behind over the dress. Of course these costumes were more or less elegant, according to the materials and the jewels worn. The jewels at this court surpass any others in Europe. I am sure it would be safe to add Asia, also, but I have no desire to exaggerate; and, as I have never frequented Asiatic courts, perhaps I am not competent to judge. The Grand Duchess Constantine has the finest jewels in Russia. On this occasion she wore a train of pearl-gray satin, trimmed with bands of wide Russian sable. The fur round the top of the waist was headed with diamonds, and fastened on one shoulder with an immense emerald. Her petticoat was also of gray satin; and three rows of velvet, thickly sown with all kinds of precious stones, extended from her waist to her feet. On her neck were strings of diamonds and pearls. Her tiara was covered with little diamond points, and her veil of rich old lace fell far down over her dress. There was a great deal of chanting by the metropolitan and priests, and then the water in the font was blessed. The child was separated in some mysterious way from all his clothes, and plunged into the font three<noinclude></noinclude> bk9zopnc5u5p5c1v7od587e03jl6oke Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/106 104 1729381 14129278 8410202 2024-04-25T18:41:29Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|100|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"It all seems so odd to me," I ended, after a long eulogy on the music, the dresses, etc. "It is strange to think of one person's having a right to stand in a certain spot, while no one else must put the toe of his shoe on that spot. I could not help wondering what would happen if I, finding that I could not see what I wished from my position, should walk inside that rail, where there was plenty of room, and stand beside the grand-duchesses." The young man looked rather startled. "Oh!" he cried, "no one ever goes there except the imperial family." "I know," I answered, laughing at my companion's horror. "I had no idea of doing it. I only wondered what would happen if I did." He looked relieved. "I suppose everything is quite different in America?" "Quite. No one takes precedence of any one else there." This was somewhat puzzling to my young friend; but he was too polite to show that he disapproved of my country, so he refrained from criticism. "It is a pity," he remarked, "that you will not see the Empress at any of these ceremonies. She is very delicate, and does not leave her own apartments." "Are you discussing the Greek religion?" asked George, appearing just then at my other elbow. "Nothing so important," I answered. "Only the difference between Russia and America." "That is a prolific subject. Pardon me for {{hws|inter|interrupting}}<noinclude></noinclude> 09mbd1df7vzst7iron3qe0jerk6jmtr Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/108 104 1729383 14129280 8410204 2024-04-25T18:41:30Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|102|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"Indeed, I should hope not," was Grace's unsatisfactory reply. Each bear costs at least one hundred dollars. You must buy a heavy sheepskin coat and felt boots, like those which the moujiks wear, besides the weapons necessary for killing and skinning the creature. Then you must employ two or three men to find a bear, and pay them for their time, which generally amounts to several days; and he must be watched while you are notified of his whereabouts. You take a railroad journey, hire a telega, and drive to the spot; and then if you do not shoot the bear in the eye, he gets away, and you lose him altogether, or one of your attendant moujiks kills him ingloriously for you. It was late when the two gentlemen returned from their excursion. Tom began at once to relate his thrilling adventures and hairbreadth escapes, and it was some time before I had a chance to ask him where the bear was. "The bear? Oh, yes! Well, do you know, Thurber shot the bear, and I never saw anything done better." Whereupon Mr. Thurber became the hero of the hour, and poor Tom dwindled into insignificance. We are going to have bear-steaks for dinner, and the Englishman is to share them with us,—which reminds me that I must begin to dress. {{right|{{smaller|Evening.}}|1em}} He came early, and found me alone in the library. Upon his inquiring why I was left in such solitude, I<noinclude></noinclude> jrzwecti26oiwzuc2jkzztzsxucjs5a Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/110 104 1729385 14129282 8410207 2024-04-25T18:41:31Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|104|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>Mr. Thurber had any lingering fondness for her, it would do no harm to let him know that there were rivals in the field. He was silent for some minutes after I finished speaking; then,— "Why have you such a prejudice against Count Piloff?" "Prejudice!" I repeated, vexed at being accused of such weakness. "It is not a prejudice. But I dislike his manner; and the fact that he is a foreigner is against him. I should be very unhappy if any one whom I loved were to marry a foreigner." "Then you would advocate your cousin's being faithful to her first love," dryly. "Certainly. I do not understand how a woman can change in that way. It seems to me that if I loved a man once, I should love him forever; and the women who are in love with a new man every year are generally those with very little character," I added with excitement. My companion smiled in a superior manner, but refrained from contradiction. "Every one likes Count Piloff," he said, after a moment. "Why should you not agree with other people?" "Do you like him?" I asked boldly. Mr. Thurber did not seem in the least discomposed by my question, but answered unhesitatingly,— "Yes; I think him an agreeable fellow, excellent company, and not much like a Russian." "There spoke a prejudiced Englishman! I would<noinclude></noinclude> 15ojugjufqh1toyuowcdafv800evyxj Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/112 104 1729387 14129285 8410209 2024-04-25T18:41:32Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|106|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>{{hwe|eigners|foreigners}}. Fortunately, however, I have no authority over Judith, and in about six months she may marry whom she chooses." "Ah!" murmured the impassive young man beside me. After a moment he went on, with a strange tone in his voice, "I was thinking of you when I asked the question." For an instant my heart stood still; then I concluded I must have misunderstood him, so I counted the stitches in my work calmly, and said,— "I never think of myself in that way. As I do not intend to marry, I have no occasion to look upon any one I meet in the light of a possible husband." Mr. Thurber sat up stiffly in his chair, and gazed attentively at me. I could feel his eye-glass, though I did not meet his glance. "Why do you not intend to marry?" he asked suddenly. "For reasons best known to myself," I said, with some asperity, adding afterwards, with a little laugh, "You force me to be rude in my replies. I can only tell you that I have good reasons, and that I shall never marry." His face did not relax; he still gazed at me, and murmured under his breath, "Ah!" I folded up my work slowly, and brought a newspaper from the table, which I handed to him,— "There! I know you wish to read your 'Times.' I have a note to write." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> cd6axnnfb5ah32tt1zrc2qgd9nh59i8 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/114 104 1729389 14129288 8410211 2024-04-25T18:41:34Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|108|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>{{center|{{larger|CHAPTER IX.}} {{smaller|EPIPHANY.}}}} {{right|{{smaller|January 18.}}|1em}} {{di|W}}E have just returned from the palace, where we went to see the blessing of the Neva, which always takes place on this date. It is the Russian Epiphany. It was quite an interesting ceremony, or would have been so if I could have seen more of it. A pavilion was erected on the border of the river opposite the main entrance to the palace, and a carpet spread across the road. There was such a crowd in the hall where we were that I feared we should not be able to get near a window; but Prince Tucheff procured a retired corner, from which we had a view of the street below. He stationed himself behind me and beside Judith, who never turned her head towards the window, and who, consequently, knows as much about the blessing of the Neva as she does about Greek. I could not avoid overhearing some of their conversation, as I was so near. I hailed the appearance of Mr. Cheremenieff with relief, for my position was growing embarrassing. "Why don't they begin?" I asked. "The service is now going on in the chapel below. At its close, the priests will go out upon the river. But<noinclude></noinclude> gxv6cwzg3erd9k5h4jmvkktujnyremw Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/116 104 1729391 14129289 8410213 2024-04-25T18:41:35Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|110|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>{{hwe|ing|giving}} a glance at Judith and her companion, as he accosted me. "I don't mind it," I responded, "so long as I have something pleasant to talk about." "But suppose you had not," he persisted, laughing. "Suppose all the pleasure which you had been looking forward to had proved to be only—let me see—don't you say Dead Sea fruit?" "Yes, I say it sometimes; but I should think you rarely had occasion to say so." He looked at me with a face which told that he was amused and surprised. "How cynical you are! So life is supposed to be all bright for me, and all bitter for you?" "I did not say that!" I retorted angrily. "I am not such a child. I only meant that I was subject to attacks of the blues; and I don't believe you are." His gaze travelled past me, and out of the window. "I misunderstood you," he said quietly. "Pardon me." I always seem to be at a disadvantage with George. If I lose my temper, or make a foolish speech, it is sure to be when he is present. I looked at him out of the corner of my eye, wondering if he were annoyed; and I sighed audibly. My companion turned his eyes from the landscape, and glanced at me with a half-amused expression. "What is the matter? Do you feel an attack of the blues coming on?" "It is nothing to laugh at," I returned, with some<noinclude></noinclude> iuw48ot2i29gxmqwskytyjcro7iqb8i Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/118 104 1729394 14129291 8410215 2024-04-25T18:41:36Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|112|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"I am endeavoring to show you that I can sometimes keep my temper." "You have proved that beyond dispute!" he exclaimed, with a hearty laugh. "Count Piloff," said I, "will you tell me why there is nothing going on down there?"—indicating the road. "Because the service in the chapel is not yet over. Patience is a virtue which those who frequent palaces must cultivate." "Well, as there is nothing to look at outside, perhaps you will be good enough to tell me why you treat me as if I were a child?" I said this rather frivolously, smiling at him as I awaited his reply. He hesitated for some time; then said,— "I cannot imagine why I do" (in a musing tone), "unless it is because you seem such a child to me." I gazed at him in astonishment too deep for utterance. He looked upon me, Dorris Romilly,—who considered herself quite a woman of the world, and was so considered by most of her friends,—as a child! Amazement kept me silent for the moment. I could think of no words strong enough to convince him of his mistake. When I did speak, it was to utter but a feeble protest. "I am twenty-five, and I feel fifty." This only made him smile again. "You are wonderfully like a child sometimes," he said at last; "and the next moment you are a woman." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> o2ub1dak2w4o7bv80vti8s4m9zqabtz Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/120 104 1729396 14129295 8410217 2024-04-25T18:41:36Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|114|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>and I never could remember it when I was with you. Why were you named George?" "I am sorry if my name displeases you. But St. George was a great character in his day, and perhaps my mother thought I might resemble him," he answered, smiling. "You know our choice of names is limited, for each member of the Greek Church must be named for some saint." "I did not know that you belonged to that church." "I was baptized in it, therefore I suppose that I am a member. But I assure you St. George is altogether the greatest saint we have, and the Order of St. George is the highest in Russia. The first class of the order is given only to one who has commanded one hundred thousand men in a successful war. The Emperor and the Grand Duke Nicolas are the only persons in this country who have it. So I trust you will forgive me for having such an ugly name." "I don't know that it is so very ugly," I replied thoughtfully, "when one gets accustomed to it." "Try and become accustomed to it, then," said my companion, with a laugh. "I ask a great many questions, I know," apologetically; then I added abruptly, "Where is every one going?" "Into the next room for lunch, I fancy. Let us go too." "I do not feel as if I had seen the Neva blessed, after all," I murmured, as I moved away reluctantly. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> gp8yga8fofcbfjwslq4i83kar3xneof Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/122 104 1729398 14129296 8410219 2024-04-25T18:41:37Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|116|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>like Americans, and are unusually bright. They are pale, and remind me a little of hothouse plants. Large feet are the exception; even the peasants have pretty feet. What strange creatures Englishmen are! Mr. Thurber, who spends two or three months here every year, seldom has a good word to say for poor Russia. "At least," I remonstrated, "you will acknowledge that the Neva is a fine river?" He pondered a moment, then replied,— "Do you know, I think a river can be too large!" {{right|{{smaller|January 19.}}|1em}} The pictures in the Hermitage, especially the Murillos, are my constant delight. I am very ambitious, and am trying to copy the head of the Virgin in Murillo's "Assumption." I wish I had taken something easier. Mr. Thurber comes in nearly every day to observe the progress of my work. His criticisms are too just to be encouraging. This morning I induced him to leave the Spanish school, and look at the pictures by Russian artists, which we discussed in detail. Then, as I felt tired, we sat down in a window embrasure, and continued our conversation. "How I long to see the gallery in Madrid!" I cried. "Why do you not go there?" "That would be so easy!" I answered sarcastically. "Nothing easier," he remarked calmly. "When you leave here, take a trip through Spain." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> npp7vcgqns0zskm5zsiu2qwhhypqcul Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/124 104 1729400 14129298 8410221 2024-04-25T18:41:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|118|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>ordered some wood the other day, and they brought me hot water." "I fancied that you had learned words enough to make your wants known." "So I have, two or three times over, and forgotten them again. I never knew anything so easy to forget as Russian." "Housekeeping among a people whose language you do not understand must be difficult." "It would be, except that my sister lets the house keep itself. I doubt if she knows how many servants she has, and I am sure she is in a blissful state of ignorance as to where they eat and sleep. The moujiks are supposed to 'keep themselves,' but I never pass the butler's pantry that I don't see one of them eating, or drinking tea. To be sure, they get very small wages, so I don't blame them for picking up all they can." "There is such an infinite number of them in every house which I enter," said my companion. "They seem to be employed to wait on the other servants." "So they are. We have one for the butler, one for the cook, one to trim the lamps and take care of the fires, and one to polish the floors. I don't know the exact number, but I am continually coming upon long-haired and bearded figures, in high boots and gay-colored shirts, who draw themselves up against the wall and murmur 'Zdrasty' as I pass. I feel as if I were in a theatre all the time." "On the whole, you would not fancy housekeeping in this country?" looking at me sharply. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> lq3xqow52zglzwnol3gtfv7xlelsb4a Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/126 104 1729402 14129300 8410223 2024-04-25T18:41:39Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|120|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>and Judith took their departure. George went to the door with them, and then returned to his old position in front of the sideboard. I gave a sly glance at him, and thought he seemed depressed. "Tom," I cried abruptly, "do you know what I was thinking of the other day at the christening?" "No." My brother-in-law was all eager attention. "I was wondering what Uncle John would have said had he been there." Tom gave one of his hearty laughs,—not a "parlor laugh," as Judith says, but very contagious and pleasant to hear. "I hope you did n't suggest that to Alice." "I did, and she looked horrified." "I should think so. You ought to see Uncle John" (turning to Mr. Thurber), "to appreciate this." "He is a most worthy old man," I continued, "but not exactly the kind that one would wish to present at court as a relative." "I don't know that he is a worthy old man," broke in Tom. "He is an old miser." "But a good Baptist," I persisted. "He generally sits in the kitchen, with his feet on the stove, chewing tobacco, in the winter. In warm weather he occupies the 'pyazzy,' as he calls it, and goes without a coat." "What an eccentric person!" remarked Mr. Thurber. "Once a year," I continued, stopping to drink my tea before I finished the sentence, "he used to make a raid upon us. He came to the city for a change. He always arrived when we least expected him. He never<noinclude></noinclude> 6u05tcxwbx8yhkgwrf7zm82ms29zd3f Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/128 104 1729404 14129302 8410225 2024-04-25T18:41:40Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|122|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>imagination which made me think he looked sorry for me? I cannot tell; the expression vanished so quickly that I hardly know by what word to describe it. I smiled as I met his eye, and inquired, "Why do you look at me so earnestly?" "I am thinking," he answered slowly, "that undoubtedly you are a good judge of character; but do not make a mistake and judge too hastily." Tom and Mr. Thurber were deep in a question of Eastern politics. I looked at George interrogatively. "What do you mean?" "Only what I say," was his answer; and this was all the satisfaction he gave me.<noinclude></noinclude> djmns2zmy64zwza4ijwivsfq37zk34b Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/130 104 1729407 14129304 8410228 2024-04-25T18:41:41Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|124|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"I don't care how you seat the people," I said quietly, as I reached the door; then, turning towards them to give full effect to my words, "but if you put me beside Mr. Thurber, I will never show myself at another of your dinner parties." So saying, I left the room abruptly, and waited in the sledge for Judith. There was a little pout on her face when she appeared. We were muffled up so that we could not move our heads; and my cousin's voice was almost lost in her capacious fur collar when she began to speak to me. "You are ruining the dinner," were the words which at last reached my ears. "Russians do not like the English; and if you put him beside either of those Russian ladies, they will not speak to him" (the rest was lost). "If you mean Mr. Thurber," I responded, "I don't know why he should have been asked at all. I did not want him; and I don't see why he cannot be put between you and Grace. You are not Russians, and you don't dislike Englishmen." "But, dear Dorris! (earnestly) I have to sit next Prince Tucheff. Grace is on your side of the table, and will be on Mr. Thurber's right; and if he sits by me, George must go between you and Grace, and that will make things all wrong." "Oh!" I cried, with some asperity, "let him sit next me, by all means. I prefer him to George, if I must have a choice of evils." "I think," said my companion, "that you might have confessed your preference for Mr. Thurber at once, {{hws|in|instead}}<noinclude></noinclude> em5x70yx36jty98aa6yyis1dstoe0db Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/132 104 1729409 14129306 8410230 2024-04-25T18:41:41Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|126|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>before I had time to answer. "Will you leave him here?" "Oh, no. I shall take him with me." "But you are coming in first?" I said, walking towards the drawing-room door. They both followed. Judith, seeming to be possessed with a spirit of mischief, immediately began to speak. "Dorris and I have just had another quarrel." I smiled. I had almost recovered from my annoyance, so I could afford to do so. "A very serious one!" I exclaimed, tossing my hat on a table, and pushing my hair away from my forehead, while Judith sat down, and began slowly to pull off her gloves. "One of you," said George, "is a dangerous person to live with,—or is it both?" "It is Dorris, of course." "Quite true," I responded meekly. "I am generally in fault." "Oh, I was only joking," cried my cousin. "One cannot quarrel alone. But," she added, with a loving little smile, "we don't disagree much, after all. I am not afraid of Dorris: I tell her what I think, and then she forgives me. A quarrel with you," turning to George, "would be a much more serious matter." He was looking over some photographs which lay on the table, and paid no attention to Judith's remark, except to say, in rather an absent manner, "Why?" "I think," she answered reflectively, "that it would<noinclude></noinclude> a3r9xo4c85f3ouzr19mnlzlq6pdbl40 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/134 104 1729411 14129308 8410232 2024-04-25T18:41:42Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|128|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"If I answered that question, I should be wandering very far from the original subject of conversation, for I should tell you something about yourself." "Oh, pray tell it!" cried Judith. "I would like to hear it." "Perhaps Miss Dorris would not." "Disagreeable truths are generally useful things to hear. I am not afraid of them," said I, in an indifferent tone, leaning my head against the back of my chair and half closing my eyes. "This is not very disagreeable," pursued Count Piloff, biting his mustache, and looking at me rather uneasily. "I was only going to say that you impress me as a young woman who wraps herself in cold indifference, and looks down from the pedestal in calm criticism upon us, poor struggling mortals. As I am a vast distance below your level, you would naturally find much to condemn and little to commend in me." He stopped; I opened my eyes to their widest extent, and gave him one look; then tried, unsuccessfully, to resume my nonchalant manner. He met my glance coldly, with a half-smile on his face. He could have said nothing which would have made me so angry as to insinuate that I set myself up as superior to all the world. That was unmistakably his meaning, politely expressed. Inwardly fuming, I strove to be outwardly calm as I answered, after a moment's pause, during which both of my companions looked at me expectantly, "You were right in saying it was 'not very disagreeable.' You<noinclude></noinclude> svfwbx64y1gdb4g9qt9yt7n4r6bq0xn Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/136 104 1729413 14129310 8410234 2024-04-25T18:41:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|130|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>A slight tinge of red mounted to George's forehead, and a look which I should have called pain in any other person, but which in him I translated vexation, came into his eyes. He spoke at once, quite earnestly,— "You are very, very much mistaken, Miss Romilly. I almost wish you were right." "You know nothing about each other," said Judith quickly, "and the best thing you can both do is to become acquainted immediately." "Miss Romilly will never become acquainted with me,—she has too great a contempt for me," said George, with a laugh from which all trace of vexation had vanished. "Count Piloff will never know me any better,—he considers me too self-righteous," said I, resuming a careless manner. Presently he threw down the pictures which he had been fingering, started up, and came over to my chair, looking down on me with a thoughtful smile. "You have no idea how happy I am." "I am glad, but I fail to discover the cause," I responded, looking up at him inquiringly. "Because," gazing at me critically, as if something about me interested him, "I am to take you out to dinner to-night, and then I shall have an opportunity of showing you—if you are open to conviction—that my feelings are deeper than you think." "How do you know you are to take me out?" "Alice told me so. She said that you were so sensitive as to a certain young man whose name has been mentioned once or twice lately in connection with yours,<noinclude></noinclude> 34sc6lfnwvo5zvdm9dyv43cs1f83r9b Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/138 104 1729415 14129312 8410236 2024-04-25T18:41:44Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|132|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>Conquering my pride, and walking up to him with a smile which was meant to be conciliatory, and holding out my hand, I said, "I am very rude sometimes. I hope you are not as unforgiving as Judith thinks you are." Taking my proffered hand, he answered, "Even if I were, it would be easy to forgive you for preferring Thurber to me. I shall see you this evening. ''Au revoir''," and he was gone. "O Judith," I cried, "what have you done?" "I know it," she responded, looking somewhat frightened and very penitent. "I am so sorry!" putting an arm round my waist. "Never mind; it will do him no harm." "But it sounded so ill-bred of me," I returned disconsolately. "However, I will not make myself unhappy about it." "I don't think he cared," Judith added consolingly. "He did not seem to care." That was not what I feared. I knew that no remark of mine could have the power to wound George's feelings; but I did not wish any one to think me rude. But the occurrence had almost ceased to trouble me when, at seven o'clock that evening, we arrived at Alice's door and joined the other guests. There were only a few minutes for conversation before dinner was announced, and Mr. Thurber took possession of me. We followed the others through a large ''salon'', stopped in a small room preceding the dining-room, where a table was spread with caviare, sandwiches, cheese, dried fish, ''vadka'', and some cordials. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> r1ouyx1y62snfe1inenouiuj2h3k87x Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/140 104 1729417 14129316 8410239 2024-04-25T18:41:45Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|134|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>his brother had, and that which he hoped to have in the course of years, all this was poured into my sympathetic ear. I inclined my head towards him, listening with an air of absorbed attention, and hardly stopping to taste the various articles which were placed before me. I presented the back of my head persistently to Mr. Thurber. I hardly looked away from the young Russian, and he neglected his other neighbor shamefully. Once or twice I cast a furtive glance at Judith; but she did not meet my eye. Once I caught George actually scowling at me; but he turned his eyes away quickly when I looked at him. Towards the end of dinner, I concluded to see how Mr. Thurber bore my neglect; and, bracing up my courage to endure the sight of his wrath, I turned towards him. Grace was next on his other side, and then my friend, the ambassador. Mr. Thurber was sipping his champagne, and replying to some remark of the latter's. "Undoubtedly, if the tax were put in that form, it would be more beneficial." "What form?" I inquired. He started. "I was discussing a subject of slight importance to you ladies," he answered calmly. "But I intended to ask you what you thought of this claret. I find it delicious." "I have not noticed," I replied. His manner was the reverse of annoyed. He seemed pleased with himself, with me, with every one, and, above all, with the claret. Decidedly, my plan for making him<noinclude></noinclude> 7xv61iphel5hd3qgaxeutuw31fscuwe Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/142 104 1729419 14129318 8410241 2024-04-25T18:41:46Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|136|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>After watching the others I turned to Mr. Thurber, who stood at my side, the picture of patience. "Hand-kissing is a supremely foolish custom. Don't you think so?" "Yes," he answered impassively. "I do." Visions of this stiff Englishman kissing my hand ran through my head, and amused me. Coffee was served, and Mr. Thurber wended his way to the smoking-room, with most of the gentlemen and one of the ladies. Judith brought her cup of coffee over to where I sat, on a tiny sofa, and placed herself beside me. She fixed two lustrous gray eyes on me, with an indefinable expression in their depths. "Dorris Romilly," she exclaimed earnestly, "never, never as long as you live, talk to me again about being a coquette." "What do you mean?" I asked stupidly. "What are you talking about?" "You! The way you ignored that poor man's feelings, and encouraged that uninteresting little boy until he entirely lost his head!" I laughed softly. "I was only trying to create a little excitement, but I did not mean to excite you." "Excite me! Why, I was simply struck dumb. You, who scorn a flirt! You, who have lectured me by the hour together for things not half as bad as this! Upon my word, Dorris, it is too bad, when you know that Mr. Thurber is in love with you." "But he did not care, after all," I said dolefully; and looking up, I saw that a part of our conversation had<noinclude></noinclude> 70cwrp8iq5gih0pq4xa0zf75v9xt23i Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/144 104 1729423 14129319 8410243 2024-04-25T18:41:47Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|138|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"Generally," responded Alice; "but don't go. We wish to talk over our troika party." Tom was all enthusiasm immediately; and before we left it was agreed that we should meet at Alice's for our troika ride, at nine o'clock the next evening. When the night came it was bright starlight, and the mercury stood ten degrees above zero. We started in seven troikas, shortly after nine. Our driver wore the traditional peasant's cap; his face was deeply bronzed, while his beard and hair were a few shades darker. Madame Kirovieff,—who is five years my junior, as I afterwards discovered,—Tom, Mr. Thurber, and Sacha, were in the vehicle with me. We were wrapped up to our eyes, our feet put into fur muffs, the robes tucked in about us, and off we started, with a yell from the driver and a whoop from Tom. That young man behaved as if he were not more than ten years old. He screamed at the driver in Russian,—of which he knows about six words,—and every time I opened my mouth to remonstrate, he insisted upon it that I should take cold if I spoke, and drowned my voice in a sea of warnings. Once outside the city, with a clear road ahead, the driver emitted a series of whoops, and started the horses off at a rattling pace. The gentlemen all began calling to him, and I supposed they were heaping abuse upon his head; but when it was translated I was relieved to find that the most severe remark they had made was, "Go on, my beauty!" Away we flew, over the sparkling snow, to the islands; past empty houses,<noinclude></noinclude> cgrg0e6xeqkiqzkqlilhnx81k8pf4l9 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/146 104 1729425 14129320 8410245 2024-04-25T18:41:48Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|140|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>not even scream. I felt as if my last hour had come. I remember to have dreamed once that I was falling down a bottomless abyss; and certainly, I thought the dream was being realized in the few seconds it took us to descend that hill. Such a horrible, feeling as came over me I hope never to experience again. Yet people do this for pleasure! When we reached the end of the slide, I begged Nicolas, with tears in my eyes, to let me walk back to the place from which we had started; but he only laughed at me. I braced up my courage, and got on the sled again, saying, in a broken voice, that I knew I should die of fright, but I supposed Nicolas did not care. Down we went; and this time I got breath enough to scream, which was a great relief. I absolutely refused to be inveigled into trying it a second time. I suppose there is a terrible fascination about it, like reading of murders. I had to eat twenty olives before I learned to like them, and it might be the same with the ice-hills: it is an acquired taste. We finally returned to the restaurant, where we took off our wraps, and had some hot tea, which served to revive my drooping spirits. A discouraged-looking man took his seat at the piano, and played a few bars, then retired; and on a platform at one end of the room there appeared a group of six women and as many men, whose dark eyes and swarthy skins proclaimed their Bohemian origin. They took their seats in a semicircle; the leader—a hideous man, with a guitar—gave a signal, and they began to sing. It<noinclude></noinclude> qj9sxg4v7vpew87euwczn1ii2pq41it Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/148 104 1729427 14129323 8410247 2024-04-25T18:41:49Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|142|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>cry, a "Ha-ha!" which grated on every nerve, and which she repeated at intervals through the remainder of the performance. The circling movement stopped suddenly, and her arms fell stiffly by her sides. With her great, dark eyes fixed on some thought far, far away, she glided towards the front of the stage, quivering from head to foot. What strange spirit had taken possession of her, and moved her as the wind does a leaf? There was not a muscle in her body which did not move. Through the amber-colored silk dress which she wore could be traced every line and curve of her exquisite figure, as it trembled in this weird spasm. Gradually the chorus grew louder, the cries shriller, till the very height of pain or ecstasy was reached; and then the music ceased abruptly, the dancing-girl became a statue, and the Tsiganies sat looking straight before them, indifferent to everything in heaven and earth, with an unutterably sad stare in their dusky eyes. "It gives me too much pain to see that!" I exclaimed. "It is unearthly. I cannot smile again this evening." "You must try," said George; "for now we are going to dance, and we shall have no more of the gypsy music to-night." The discouraged man resumed his seat at the piano, and struck up a waltz. I thought that nothing more could astonish me in Mr. Thurber; but I must say I had a slight touch of surprise when he asked me to waltz with him, and I was<noinclude></noinclude> c23bp4ad717qk0vbhlnovjjen850qff Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/150 104 1729430 14129325 8410250 2024-04-25T18:41:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|144|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"Ah!" ejaculated my English neighbor, "this is not equal to the bear I shot, Miss Dorris." "Asparagus?" I cried, as another dish was passed to me. "At this season? In Russia?" "Asparagus is never so good," quoth George, "as when it is out of season." "You people," interrupted Tom, "talk of nothing but eating. I will tell you one thing," he continued, in a confidential tone, to any one who would listen to him, "this is the first dry champagne I have had in this country." "I brought it with me," Mr. Thurber whispered in my ear. "You will notice that the Russians all prefer the sweet, except perhaps your neighbor." To my surprise, however, George drank nothing except claret and water. He made a few efforts to open a conversation with Judith, but she did not respond as readily as usual, and he gave her up. Not a shade of annoyance appeared on his face; on the contrary he was particularly genial, and devoted himself to Mr. Thurber and me with apparent pleasure. We enjoyed ourselves thoroughly at that end of the table. Coming home was the most delightful part of the excursion, however, although we were not so boisterous as on the way out. Madame Kirovieff and I rode backwards, giving the three gentlemen the other seat; for in that way we avoided having the wind in our faces. Poor Tom was put in the middle, and was nearly squeezed into nothing. The horse on my side got his leg over the trace, and<noinclude></noinclude> t20rw7ux7wf3rqv64qmrdzjz1onwk77 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/152 104 1729432 14129327 8410252 2024-04-25T18:41:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|146|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>{{c|{{larger|CHAPTER XI.}} {{smaller|AN IMPERIAL WEDDING.}}}} {{right|{{smaller|January 25.}}|1em}} {{di|C}}ERTAINLY I had to come to Russia to be appreciated. I have been gradually discovering this for some time, but a realizing sense of it burst upon me yesterday, at the marriage of "Her Imperial Highness the Grand Duchess Anastasia Michaelovna" to "His Royal Highness, My Lord, the Hereditary Grand Duke Frederic of Mechlenburg-Schwerin," all in very large capitals. How small "Mr." and "Mrs." sound after that! The wedding took place in the palace chapel, the scene of the christening. There are only three or four days in the week when members of the Greek Church may marry, and of these Friday and Sunday seem to be the favorites. I am beginning to feel quite at home in the palace, but have not yet reached the point of wishing to be maid of honor. Such gilded servitude would not suit me. Give me rather a floor to scrub and a good brush to do it with, and let me keep my independence. Among the gentlemen of the palace who met us in the first hall which we entered was Mr. Cheremenieff.<noinclude></noinclude> 4anbffmczi45bbw0wrp1edzjzxgzhj0 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/154 104 1729435 14129329 8410254 2024-04-25T18:41:51Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|148|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>I—that is—we—all of us would make you so fond of it that you would not wish to go away," stammering, and growing a little confused. "I dare say you would," I answered. "That is the reason I don't care to stay longer; for think what a terrible catastrophe it would be if I grew to like Russia so much that I did not wish to leave it." "Then we might be able to induce you to stay always," said the young man, looking as if he would say more if he dared. He had said all I wished, and I was glad that we reached the throne-room just at this moment, and he was obliged to leave me. The members of the diplomatic corps dropped in and chatted together, the ladies criticising each other's dresses. We went into the chapel at last, and spread out our trains for the first, last, and only time that morning, to be ready for the entrance of the wedding party. First came a long procession of all the gentlemen of the chamber, two by two, then the chamberlains, the masters of ceremonies, and the grand master of ceremonies, preceding the Emperor, who led the mother of the bridegroom. She wore a cream-colored satin petticoat, and a red velvet train covered with gold embroidery; her jewels were rubies and diamonds. The Tsarevna came in with her husband, followed by her eldest sons. The bride and groom were the last to enter the chapel. She is tall and slender, with dark eyes and smooth, dark hair. She was dressed in cloth of silver, and her train<noinclude></noinclude> nk8ypwh2kc9ph4bn36cmoz7nijnbd6f Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/156 104 1729437 14129330 8410256 2024-04-25T18:41:52Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|150|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>made me more and more nervous, until, for the first time in my life, I began to feel faint. I struggled bravely against it, but the priests' voices, the hum of the congregation, and the rustling of dresses became confused and dim, and I felt that in another moment I should be forced to sit down on the floor if I would not fall. Then I was vaguely conscious that a hand was laid on my arm, and a voice said,— "Give me your fan, and lean this way if you are going to faint." I complied mechanically, and in a few seconds conquered my weakness enough to loose my frantic clasp of George's arm, and to refuse the various smelling-bottles which were offered to me. "I never faint," was my grateful reply to Count Piloff for his kindness. "You looked wonderfully like it then," he murmured, smiling at my indignation. "Pray tell me what they are doing," said I, indicating the bride and groom. "They are about to drink of the same cup,—symbol of the joys and sorrows they must share through life. Those lighted candles they will each hold through the remainder of the service. And now look at this." Two large golden crowns, set with jewels, were brought forth. They were held over the heads of the bridal couple by the different groomsmen in turn, while more chanting went on. "Tremendously difficult performance that," remarked George. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> a9on3baa2pugtfpidhhqriq6g9dto88 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/158 104 1729439 14129333 8410258 2024-04-25T18:41:53Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|152|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"Then you certainly ought to go home," he exclaimed. "You have been on your feet for an hour and a half, and this service will be an hour long. I can take you to the carriage." "No, no!" I cried. "It is nonsense. I don't wish to go!" George drew his brows together, but only said, "If you insist upon it, of course you must stay; but I assure you there is nothing more worth seeing." There was no time for further discussion, as we entered the hall at that moment. A platform and desk were prepared, as they are in a Lutheran Church, and three priests were waiting in their black gowns. The wedding procession soon entered, and the second service was performed in German. Its simplicity was the greatest possible contrast to the elaborate ceremony which had preceded it. There was a long sermon, consisting of good advice for the young people; then the bride and groom kissed all the family, and walked out. We followed, reaching home between three and four o'clock. "Well, Tom," said my cousin, as we entered the house, "Dorris made herself famous by nearly fainting in George's arms, while Cheremenieff gazed at them from a distance in jealous despair." "Did she really?" cried Tom eagerly. "Certainly," insisted Judith. "Cheremenieff is very far gone, if I am any judge." In vain I remonstrated. I was made to lie down, while Judith bathed my head and petted me to her heart's content. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> d878tnsw9xunxpoihqefifytdkb17xa Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/160 104 1729441 14129193 8410261 2024-04-25T18:40:15Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|154|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''}} {{rule}}</noinclude>wore white silk stockings and white knee-breeches, dark coats heavily trimmed with gold lace, and they carried black cocked hats trimmed with gold lace and feathers. The masters of ceremonies had long gilt wands, with which they preceded the imperial family when it entered at nine o'clock. The band played the polonaise from "La vie pour le Tsar," and the procession took its way to the foot of the throne, stayed there a few minutes, then began to dance the polonaise. It can hardly be called a dance, as it simply consists in walking rather quickly in procession about the room, two by two, the gentleman just touching the lady's fingers as he leads her out. The grand master of ceremonies led the way, followed by two lesser lights. Prince L{{bar|2}} led the polonaise, with a very martial air. He plunged into the crowd in the most unexpected places, scattering the people right and left, crushing us up together; and by the time we had come to a realizing sense that the Emperor was passing close to us, and had made our courtesies with much confusion, and many bumps from our neighbors,—lo! there was the procession behind us, and we were obliged to face about and go through with the same ceremony again. George was talking to Judith most of the evening. He had no eyes for any one else, though he did say to me at first, "I am glad to see you looking so well this evening." Mr. Cheremenieff, however, attached himself to my side, and remained there from the time I entered the room till I drove away from the palace door. I amused<noinclude></noinclude> 8qvk2hwzst90bu3tvuhjjc2dlrk8ibk 14129337 14129193 2024-04-25T18:41:55Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|154|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>wore white silk stockings and white knee-breeches, dark coats heavily trimmed with gold lace, and they carried black cocked hats trimmed with gold lace and feathers. The masters of ceremonies had long gilt wands, with which they preceded the imperial family when it entered at nine o'clock. The band played the polonaise from "La vie pour le Tsar," and the procession took its way to the foot of the throne, stayed there a few minutes, then began to dance the polonaise. It can hardly be called a dance, as it simply consists in walking rather quickly in procession about the room, two by two, the gentleman just touching the lady's fingers as he leads her out. The grand master of ceremonies led the way, followed by two lesser lights. Prince L{{bar|2}} led the polonaise, with a very martial air. He plunged into the crowd in the most unexpected places, scattering the people right and left, crushing us up together; and by the time we had come to a realizing sense that the Emperor was passing close to us, and had made our courtesies with much confusion, and many bumps from our neighbors,—lo! there was the procession behind us, and we were obliged to face about and go through with the same ceremony again. George was talking to Judith most of the evening. He had no eyes for any one else, though he did say to me at first, "I am glad to see you looking so well this evening." Mr. Cheremenieff, however, attached himself to my side, and remained there from the time I entered the room till I drove away from the palace door. I amused<noinclude></noinclude> eptvspjyvfcgx08fticug1cyq86m7y6 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/161 104 1729442 14129226 8410262 2024-04-25T18:40:45Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader||''AN IMPERIAL WEDDING.''|155}} {{rule}}</noinclude>myself by criticising everything, and horrified my companion by proposing to dance the polonaise. "Why not?" I cried. "There goes the German ambassadress." "I really think you had better not," remonstrated Mr. Cheremenieff. "People might think it strange." "But why are you so afraid of what people will say? In America we do exactly as we like. If the President were dancing a polonaise, I should not hesitate to step in behind him if I wished it," cried I, devoutly hoping that Alice might not hear the tales with which I was entertaining this young man, well knowing she would immediately tell him that I was talking nonsense. "Indeed!" he responded. "It must be a—a—charming country. I hope to visit it some time. O mademoiselle" (suddenly becoming sentimental) "if you would only try to like Russia! Believe me, the greatest joy—" Here the polonaise interrupted my companion's speech. After the necessary salutations had been gone through with, a charming young Frenchman who stood near me raised his dark eyes plaintively to mine, and murmured,— "Mademoiselle, je vous en supplie! J'ai reçu tous vos contre-coups!" The next moment Mr. Cheremenieff resumed his place by my side. "Sometime," he said in a low tone, "I shall visit America. I am now studying English, and making great progress. Would you" (putting on a beseeching look) "would you welcome me if I came to your country?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> bdp5dget6wyb9aftbps1aqhmnjq3dwt Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/162 104 1729444 14129339 8410263 2024-04-25T18:41:56Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|156|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"We are probably the most hospitable nation in the world," I responded sagely. "But you are very young: you will have plenty of time to travel in the future." He did not look pleased at this. "If you would make up your mind to stay in Russia for a few years, I assure you we could make you happy" (with an air of stern determination). "No doubt," I answered carelessly. "How pretty the bride looks! That is a cloth-of-silver train, is&nbsp;n't it? The Tsarevna has such a sweet face, I think. she looks sympathetic. Is that the Grand Duke Michael? I should know he was a great general, or a great man of some sort." My companion reluctantly followed my lead in conversation. "I am sure you must admire the wife of the Grand Duke Vladimir," he remarked. "She is the only one who has married into the imperial family and retained her own religion." Pages followed the ladies to arrange their trains, as they turned the corners. We suspended conversation for a few minutes, to watch the dancing; then my young friend began again: "In your country, I hear, it is customary for a gentleman, when he wishes to marry a young lady, to declare his feelings directly to her, before speaking to her parents or guardians." I hesitated. "Yes, but the lady always gives him some decided encouragement before he says anything to her." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 3pwb7n18j0kgq47ztlr1wyv745b26cb Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/164 104 1729446 14129341 8410265 2024-04-25T18:41:57Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|158|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>They all laughed; and we lingered for a long time, being among the last to leave the hall. We stared in our most well-bred manner at Chung How, the Chinese ambassador, and some of his suite. He is a mandarin of the highest rank, "Wearer of the Diamond Button," etc., etc., etc. He was dressed in a yellow satin gown over a blue one, and had a large emerald ring on his thumb. At last we had to depart. While my overshoes were being put on for me by one servant, and my cloak thrown about me by another (I never wait on myself in Russia), Mr. Cheremenieff asked me if I intended to go to a rout at one of the embassies the next evening. "Rout?" I repeated, opening my eyes very wide, and nearly losing my equilibrium, as Vasili worked on my overshoe. "Do ladies go?" George laughed. "I can imagine the visions of Bohemians, dancing-girls, and wild orgies which are flying through your head at that word. You will be disappointed when you learn that a rout is only a mild reception, with no dancing, and very little to eat." "Then I shall not go, Mr. Cheremenieff" (twisting my bashlik about my head, and mechanically allowing George to tie it behind for me). "I don't think I am invited; and I don't care for any more parties till I have had one day's rest. Good-night." I came home quite pleased with myself for having discovered that Mr. Cheremenieff was in love with me, and for having made him understand in such a delicate way that I could not return his affection. It seems to me<noinclude></noinclude> 57uqy28k4tt7sb77lheb2dpghfvazjq Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/166 104 1729448 14129343 8410267 2024-04-25T18:41:58Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|160|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>{{c|{{larger|CHAPTER XII.}} {{smaller|A COURT BALL, AND THE MYSTERY SOLVED.}}}} {{right|{{smaller|January, 1879.}}|1em}} {{di|W}}HATEVER I may think of George, I certainly cannot say that he is unforgiving. He treats me just as he has always done, in spite of the disagreeable scenes at which he has been present, and the rude speeches I have made to him. This goes to prove the truth of what I said about him, namely, that he cares too little about people and things in general to be unforgiving. He looks upon us all (except, perhaps, Judith) as toys with which to amuse his idle hours, and he would not hurt us any more than he would hurt his horse or his dog; in fact, his feeling for us is much the same as that which he has for his brown setter. I cannot think him capable of a deep love for any one. It is true that his eyes—which are generally the coldest I have ever seen—warm up wonderfully sometimes, and his smile is all the sweeter for being so rare; and it may be that I am prejudiced against him, as Mr. Thurber suggested. The idea of Judith's caring for him makes me very unhappy. Sacha has nearly fallen out of my good graces, he is so foolish. Instead of going to work like a man, and<noinclude></noinclude> 79dai21agx06pwjsjs4evuuwluosc58 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/168 104 1729450 14129345 8410269 2024-04-25T18:41:58Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|162|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>there are two hours before we need to start. I want you to tell me something." There was a strange excitement in her tone, and her eyes were unusually large and bright. I looked at her in silence. My cousin laughed softly. "Don't look so alarmed," taking my lamp from me, and setting it down ruthlessly on a bunch of artificial sunflowers which I had spent one hour in arranging. "There! You have ruined them!" I exclaimed, indignantly rescuing my flowers. "And I have no others to wear." She took them gently away from me. "I am so sorry, dear. But see,—I will make them all right. Don't be cross with me!" "You are so impulsive!" I sighed. "If you had only stopped to look, you would have seen the flowers." "Of course I should; but I did not look. They are as good as new now; so don't fix your black eyes on me any longer with that reproachful look." She put a hand on each of my shoulders, and looked down on me fondly from her superior height. "Listen. Suppose, if you can—suppose you were in love!" "Well?" I said, after a brief pause, during which she never removed her eyes from mine. "I am willing to suppose it. What then?" "What then?" she repeated in rather a puzzled tone, turning away and seating herself on an ottoman. "Well, what then? Sure enough," looking at me again, and laughing. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> o5dvb5baasznm4xvjnztrzwuzhoooxc Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/170 104 1729453 14129347 8410272 2024-04-25T18:41:59Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|164|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>lovingly about her soft, round throat; her lashes, long and black, rested on her cheeks. "Do you know why I refused him?" she asked, almost in a whisper. "Only because you did not love him," I responded, with a vague fear in my heart. She came behind me, kissed the top of my head gently, and whispered,— "Because I love some one else." My heart gave one wild leap, and then sank. It was true then,—my worst fears were realized. Judith stood there, waiting for me to speak. I hesitated one instant, then took possession of the white hand which she had laid timidly on my shoulder, and put it to my lips as I replied,— "That is right, Judith. Be true to him if he is worthy of you." She burst into a passion of tears, but soon recovered herself; and, with as few words as possible, I sent her away to dress. Then I sat and looked at my small image in the glass. "Dorris Romilly," I soliloquized, "don't make yourself disagreeable. Help the dear child to be as happy as possible; be unselfish. You dislike George without any reason: try to like him. Because your romance had but a short existence, and ended in sorrow which nearly broke your heart, do not begrudge others their happiness. Conquer yourself, Dorris, conquer yourself!" Still the image looked back at me with sad eyes. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> fjslr8yfss0wvctg0m7wtscba2d70bo Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/172 104 1729455 14129349 8410274 2024-04-25T18:42:00Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|166|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>I arose, with a sigh. "What nonsense all these rules are! No one would have noticed me." I still felt half-dazed, after my interview with Judith. I wished to think about it; but that was an impossibility, with all this bustle and noise around me. I resolved to shake off the spell which Judith's words had cast over me, and enjoy myself as much as I could. Sacha began to talk earnestly to me, on the same old subject. "I am engaged to her for the third quadrille," I heard him saying, "and I shall take that opportunity." Poor fellow! He never could get his courage up to propose to Judith; but he was always threatening it. I began to talk with him about George. Perhaps he would tell me that secret now, I thought; but it would be too late to save my darling girl, for she loved him. Somehow, my heart was very heavy. "You once began," I said, "to tell me something about Count Piloff; but you did not finish it." He looked at me vacantly; then a gleam of recollection lighted up his dark eyes. "Yes, I remember," he answered. "I don't know whether I had better tell you or not." "You are the best judge of that," I made answer indifferently. "Of course, if you tell me, it will go no further." After a moment of apparent hesitation, Sacha said, in a low and confidential tone:— "Mademoiselle, it is something startling I am about<noinclude></noinclude> 1g6kdpt650rvh6syfve7qol9lxgaejm Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/174 104 1729458 14129351 8410276 2024-04-25T18:42:01Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|168|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>my heart again, and stayed there. My companion asked me if I felt ill. No, I said; but I was tired. So I was, very tired. The ambassador took me in to supper. There were three supper-rooms. In the largest the imperial table was spread; also two others, at one of which we took our places. And there were two bands, which played alternately during supper. The music was sad, and I could hardly swallow a mouthful. We ate off massive gold and silver; the wine stood in coolers of beautiful silver filagree; the glass was exquisite Bohemian. The Emperor did not sup, but walked about, and talked with many of his guests. Three thousand people, seated, without crowding, at a hot supper served on Sèvres and silver dishes, was a truly imperial entertainment. But I was not in a fit state of mind to appreciate this magnificence. I had seen none of my party since the first of the evening, and after supper I made a thorough search of the ball-room, but without success. At last the ambassador proposed to leave me in a certain spot and go by himself to look for Alice. He had not been gone long when a servant offered me some hot punch. As I was drinking it, George's voice close beside me said,— "At last, Miss Romilly, I have found you! I have been looking everywhere for you." Something, I know not what, perhaps a tone of heartiness or sincerity in his voice, sent a pang of regret and incredulity through me. I felt the tears rush in a blinding mist to my eyes as I lifted them to his without<noinclude></noinclude> azmwcggfpnzan19rk8c2rjsh5uk6kpm Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/176 104 1729460 14129354 8410278 2024-04-25T18:42:01Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|170|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>more decidedly. "I would like to think him untruthful though." "Pray do then," laughed George. "It is generally safe to doubt people; and if he has told you anything unpleasant, don't believe him. At least," he said, suddenly becoming grave, leaning forward, and looking me in the face, "do not let his words, whatever they were, make you so sad. He has ruined your evening for you, I see. Believe me, nothing that he can tell you is worth a moment's unhappiness, unless it is something which concerns you personally, which is not likely. In any case," gazing at me with a gleam of warmer interest than usual in his eyes, "do not let anything he says make you look so wretched as you did when I came up to you just now. I—" Before he could finish his sentence, or I could reply, Alice came in, with the others of our party, and we wended our way towards the door. George's few words put new courage into me, for some reason, and I felt quite cheerful when we reached home, so that I proposed to Judith to awaken Tom and Grace, and give them an account of our adventures. We had some difficulty in arousing them, but at last succeeded in getting Grace up. She enveloped herself in a wrapper, and came out into her dressing-room to listen to our narrative. "Well, Grace," I said, tilting myself on the arm of a chair, "you never saw anything so magnificent in your life. We walked through a mile or two of corridors and halls, brilliantly lighted with candles—" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 0jcmp55yrs73n8nqakc8h2tsdb4fv0r Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/178 104 1729462 14129356 8410280 2024-04-25T18:42:02Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|172|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>serve us. Maids of honor and Russian ladies were arranged in a line extending from the door where the imperial family was to enter; opposite them were the ladies of the diplomatic corps. Opposite the door, upon which all eyes were fixed, were Russian gentlemen, all in court or military uniform. The door opened, the murmur of voices ceased, a master of ceremonies entered, and soon after the Emperor and his family. He bowed, and the answering courtesies made the room look like a field of wheat in a wind." "Old, but appropriate. Go on." "The Emperor talked a little with some members of the diplomatic body, and then opened the ball with a polonaise. I need not describe that to you." "Judith," said Grace suddenly, "I hope you did not tear your dress." "Mine is nearly demolished," I said sadly, "but Judith's is as good as new. She must have kept very quiet somewhere to get it torn so little. Come, Judith! They don't appreciate our description. Let us go to bed and leave them." When we reached the door, Tom called out in a wide-awake tone, "Hold on!" But we refused to listen. I was sound asleep a few minutes after my head touched the pillow. {{right|{{smaller|Evening.}}|1em}} I have just had a long talk with Judith. After what she has told me, I am sure nothing could astonish me; the heavens might fall, and I should think that all was as it should be. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> mr6l9ucll8dbeez5074db0tuxjkvjmq Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/180 104 1729464 14129360 8410283 2024-04-25T18:42:04Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|174|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"But," I persisted, "it must be the young man in Vienna,—the one whom Mr. Tremaine wrote me about,—Roger Fisk. Is it he, Judith?" with an appealing look. "What did Mr. Tremaine write you about him?" she asked eagerly. "But is it he?" "What did my guardian say about him?" she repeated with emphasis. "I will not go another step," I exclaimed, stopping in front of the Kazan Church, "until you tell me whether it was Roger Fisk that you were talking about." She laughed in spite of herself. "Yes, it was." "Who would have dreamed it?" I murmured, continuing my way. "Who would have thought you were in love?" "Come, Dorris, you are very provoking!" said my cousin, looking as if she thought of pouting. "Why don't you tell me about Mr. Tremaine's letter?" "He only said that Mr. Fisk had written to him, but that he would consent to no engagement until you were of age." "I shall be twenty-one in August," she cried triumphantly. "What else did he say?" "Only that he wondered how you had succeeded in making your mutual confessions when you were in a strict boarding-school." She laughed immoderately. "Dorris, I have known Roger for four years." I gazed at her blankly. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 0df356i3c18b14vzgi58357xsj9gm9n Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/182 104 1729466 14129362 8410285 2024-04-25T18:42:05Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|176|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"My dear child," I replied briskly, "I am more pleased with you than I can say. I did not know that you were capable of such constancy, and I cannot praise you too highly." "That's a dear! If we were not in the street, I would kiss you. So you do not think it is such a foolish affair, after all?" "I did not say that. Worldly people would tell you that you were wild. But I don't see anything so strange in your looking forward to an engagement at some future date." She looked a little crestfallen. "I am engaged to him now," she murmured. "Well, I don't think you can expect me to approve of that!" "I shall be twenty-one in the summer; Roger is coming home in the fall, and will begin to practise at once. Surely, that is not such a dismal prospect." "Mr. Tremaine would call it so." "I don't care at all what he calls it," she responded pettishly. "I love Roger, and no one else; and I never will marry any one but him!" "Bravo!" I cried. "I admire your resolution." Then, as the thought of sundry flirtations which had been going on lately in Petersburg travelled through my mind, I added, in a cooler tone, "If you only live up to your idea, and don't change your mind." "Roger is not afraid to trust me. He was afraid when I left Paris: he did not expect me to be true to him; and the first time he met me, after that ten months' {{hws|separa|separation}}<noinclude></noinclude> bfc1xtu5fvnci25ymfd2gv0l6vqv5ii Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/184 104 1729469 14129364 8410287 2024-04-25T18:42:06Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|178|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>I rose slowly, and continued the ascent. "Then George is not in love with you, after all?" "In love with me?" (emphatically). "Far from it! He never has been, and never will be." "All his attention to you, which I took for pure devotion, was sympathy? The reason you and he were so fond of talking together was because you talked of Roger?" "Yes; and when I was blue, he used to comfort me, and tell me that things would come out right in the end. He advised me many times to confide in you; but I never could get courage enough." "Well," said I, as we entered the library-door together, "if anything remains of me after the successive shocks you have given me, it will be almost a miracle. How fortunate that the servants understand no English! Judith, you are a good girl" (giving her rather an awkward embrace, for I am not of a caressing disposition). "I cannot talk anymore about it now; for I must write it down in my journal."<noinclude></noinclude> jaqbxrlczelma2add9u84jav8l8gnq6 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/186 104 1729471 14129366 8410289 2024-04-25T18:42:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|180|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>fast-waning day. The outer door opened; I paid no attention to it, but kept on watching the cheerless scene outside. Men and women in long, shapeless cloaks, each one looking exactly like the other, chins deeply buried in furs, eyes and noses alone visible; thousands of tiny sledges flying past; moujiks scraping the snow up; great flakes beginning to descend,—a sight rarely vouchsafed us here; and at length a funeral procession, the mourners all trudging through the snow, with their empty carriages following. The door was opened, the ''portière'' pushed aside, and "Monsieur le Comte Piloff" was announced. "You find me almost in the dark," I exclaimed. "If you will ring, I will order the lamps." "Not unless you wish it." "I am not fond of twilight generally; but let us wait till it is a little darker, for this obscurity just suits my present mood." "Willingly"; and we seated ourselves, I in a large chair by the window, and George opposite me. "I am the only member of the family in the house," I remarked quietly. "I know it. I met them driving." "They are paying visits; and Tom is getting the reputation of being a wit by the entertaining way in which he describes the freezing of my ear, which took place a few days ago. My misfortune was quite a blessing for him; it gives him a continual subject of conversation." "Was it a serious freeze?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 6pcmiib882xry8t0gw4nvum25khejhm Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/188 104 1729473 14129368 8410291 2024-04-25T18:42:08Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|182|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"Indeed I should, very much," I answered quietly, recovering myself suddenly. There was silence for a moment. "I think I know," said he boldly. "I am sure you would be surprised if you knew how well I have read your thoughts for the last few weeks. In the first place, you imagined that Thurber was in love with your cousin." An expectant pause, but I made no reply. "Then you thought that he hesitated after you told him that story about your uncle." Still I maintained an imperturbable silence. "These two things combined to make you doubt him. It is natural for you to doubt. You made up your mind that he was not as much in love with you as he might be; and you have ruined his happiness and your own for a freak. Do you suppose I have not seen how much you care for him?" Very calmly George spoke these words; and although they struck me like a thunder-clap, his self-control communicated itself to me. It was a little absurd, too, to be told so quietly that I was in love with this other man. George's cold, clear voice, informing me calmly of the condition of my heart! I spoke quietly in reply, though I was more inclined to laugh than do anything else. "Are you not rather hasty in your judgment?" "Possibly; but as you refuse to tell me why you would not have Thurber, I am forced to judge simply by appearances." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 9l7ft06bl53ehj99ozevtexto05hfq2 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/190 104 1729475 14129370 8410294 2024-04-25T18:42:09Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|184|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"You hinted just now," I said, in a voice which I vainly strove to render steady, "at encouragement which I had given. Did Mr. Thurber lead you to suppose that I had encouraged him?" "Certainly not." At this moment the servant brought in the lamp, which cast a faint pink light over to the window where I sat. I waited until the curtains were drawn, and the man had left the room. I felt that the light was betraying to George the state of excitement in which I was; for my cheeks were blazing, and my under lip quivering, as it has a disagreeable trick of doing when I am nervous. There was no hope of escaping George's scrutiny: his eyes were devouring my face, as I saw in the quick glance which I cast at him. I threw concealment to the winds, and turned upon him. "No one was ever so cruelly unjust to me before," I cried, with a break in my voice, "as to call me a flirt. If there is one bad quality in this world which I lack, it is that. Anything" (proudly forcing back the tears), "anything you choose to call me I will not protest against, except that." I folded my hands over the arms of my chair, sat bolt upright, and faced him boldly. "It is a piece of unwarrantable impertinence for you to talk to me in this way," I continued. He looked at me earnestly for a moment, then dropped his eyes on the carpet, and murmured, "I fear so." There was silence for some seconds. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> bj4l59glpfgkejq0yjk7js78hhci6xa Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/192 104 1729478 14129373 8410296 2024-04-25T18:42:10Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|186|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"I do not love Mr. Thurber," I continued; "therefore, I refused him." I looked steadily at George's downcast head as I spoke. "Many years ago, when I was seventeen years old, I was engaged to be married. The man whom I loved dearly enough to promise to marry, in spite of the opposition of my family, was taken from me by death. Since then I have seen no one who has tempted me to be false to my first love. I give you this explanation, not because you have any right to it, but to justify myself. Now, I hope I shall never see you again!" and I buried my face in my hands, feeling that it was useless to struggle against the sobs which would make themselves heard. The faint crackle of the fire was the only other sound in the room for a few minutes. Presently George's hand touched my arm, and rested there for a second, as he said, in a low, gentle voice,— "Don't cry, my darling! I love you, and I cannot bear to see you cry." I raised my head suddenly, and turned my tear-stained face on him. "What do you tell me?" I cried. He met my astounded look with a pair of honest, sorrowful eyes. I dropped back into my chair, and covered my face again, while silence fell upon us. "I suppose," said George sadly, "that I am doubly hateful to you now. I will go away from here to-night, and you shall never see me again, if that is your wish. It is a humiliation to have confessed that, in spite of your contempt, your want of confidence in me, and the<noinclude></noinclude> j1tdukfipn81nx2ali005rl14ehvd9d Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/194 104 1729481 14129375 8410298 2024-04-25T18:42:11Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|188|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>George looked at me more calmly than before I began to speak, and waited. "I am very sorry," I said slowly and disconsolately, plaiting up my pocket-handkerchief in my warm fingers. Stealing another glance at him, I added:— "I did not mean it when I said I hoped I should never see you again. I hope you will continue to come the same as ever, and that you will give no one any cause to suspect what you have told me" (in the same dismal tone, playing with my rings as if my one object in life was to see how near they would come to the ends of my fingers without slipping off. George watched my experiments with the greatest apparent interest). "It is very strange to me," I went on, after a pause, "that you should care for any one whom you have just declared to have no faith in any human being, whom you consider a coquette, and who has not heart enough to know what love means." I stopped, but George made no attempt to reply. "I am sure that you will change—" Here I was suddenly interrupted. My companion pushed his chair back, and jumped up impulsively. "The only hope I have," he cried, "is that I shall change. But just now you must not tell me that you are sure I shall. Oh!" (with a sudden change of manner) "don't mind what I say!" He walked over to the chimney, where he looked into the bed of coals as if to read something in the glowing fire. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> si7d64ecvizkdz0olkxgp0rrj8arj9l Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/196 104 1729483 14129376 8410300 2024-04-25T18:42:12Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|190|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>incident amused me, and I smiled. George paid no more attention to the havoc he had caused than he did to the snow-storm outside. "Who told you that?" he cried. "Hush!" I answered. "No matter who told me." "And you could believe that of me!" he murmured, with a look of concentrated mortification and sorrow. "No!" I exclaimed impulsively. "No, no! I don't believe it." "But you did. Well, it is as false as the heart of the man or woman who told you." Here he glanced at the prostrate tongs, and concluded to pick them up; and I observed, in a melancholy tone, "There is the poker, too." "I will go away," he said, grasping the poker absently in his hand, "and you must try to forget all I have said. Good-by" (looking at me wistfully). I put out my hand; he held it for a moment, then rushed at the door, discovered that he had left his hat, and came back, still clinging to the poker. What demon of nervousness was it which made me burst out laughing when he laid the poker down on the table and took up his hat! He looked at me with a sort of dull reproach. "I know I am very ridiculous," he said. "It is not that," I cried. "It is—I don't know what is the matter with me. I am nervous." This was not strictly true. Almost every man is somewhat ridiculous when he is making love to a woman who does not care for him; and George, {{hws|grasp|grasping}}<noinclude></noinclude> 6snvvsc3uu41gxmqlv7p64bcp3pf7m7 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/198 104 1729486 14129377 8410302 2024-04-25T18:42:13Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|192|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>{{c|{{larger|CHAPTER XIV.}} {{smaller|MARIE TALKE.}}}} {{right|{{smaller|Monday, January —.}}|1em}} {{di|I}} AWOKE yesterday morning with a severe head-ache and influenza. The exciting scene of the day before was still fresh in my mind. If I had chosen to weep all day, no one would have been any wiser, for my nose and eyes were both as red and swollen as a gallon of tears could have made them. "You cannot go to the theatre to-night!" Grace exclaimed in horror when she saw me. "Serves her right," said Tom. "The idea of a woman who was born and brought up in New England, going to the theatre on Sunday! I can't understand how you harbored the notion for a moment." "It is one chance in a lifetime," interposed Judith. "A gala-night, when every one in the house will be the guest of the Emperor; and all the wedding party there too! You must go, Dorris, even if you are ill enough to be in bed." "I shall be well enough to go," I answered calmly. Tom remarked in a resigned tone that he had no control over the women of his family. In the course of the day Mr. Thurber came in. He<noinclude></noinclude> qv3ob1atdl35y6mq011ejs2ue5mj7s6 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/200 104 1729488 14129379 8410306 2024-04-25T18:42:15Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|194|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>{{hwe|prised|surprised}} to find that it was so when I thought it over afterwards. I could not tell Mr. Thurber that I disliked him; neither could I say that I never should love him. I have quite an affection for him, and I told him so. Then I could not refuse to try and like him a little more, and that is what I have promised. When he returns I am to give him a decided answer. I feel infinitely relieved now, and I have no doubt it will end in my marrying him. The question next came into my mind, Should I tell George? It seemed to me unnecessary, and I resolved to be guided by circumstances. I was driven through the illuminated streets in rather an absent frame of mind, Patient crowds were standing about, waiting for glimpses of grandeur. When we reached the theatre, the whole of the building was covered with gas-jets, forming the initials "A" and "M," crowns, stars, and various other devices. The scene inside the theatre was truly regal. In the low corridors, as we entered, were crowds of officials in full uniform, hurrying about in excitement. When we opened the door and stepped into our box, a blaze of splendor burst upon us. The house was made brilliant by a row of electric lights, in addition to the ordinary chandelier and gas jets. The prevailing colors in the theatre are crimson and gold. The imperial box—thrice as high and as wide as the others—is directly opposite the stage, on the second story. There are five tiers of boxes above the parquet. As we looked down on the floor, not a plain<noinclude></noinclude> 144s9g134i8ffwhxh2ml3osb06kmmbs Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/202 104 1729490 14129380 8410308 2024-04-25T18:42:16Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|196|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>visible. The wives and families of the ministers of the empire occupied the seats. To the top of the house nothing was to be seen but an array of ball-dresses, jewels, and uniforms. Even the members of the orchestra were in uniform. We had time to criticise everything; for it was nine o'clock before there were any signs of preparation in the imperial box. At last the Grand Chamberlain, the Minister of the Household, and some others entered the empty ''lôge'', to which all eyes had been directed for some time, and some orders were given to an Arabian attendant about the arrangement of the chairs. This Arab was as black as ink. He wore a red and white turban; a short black jacket, trimmed with gold; a scarlet sash, and full red trousers. The whole audience breathlessly watched him as he arranged the chairs. The orchestra turned, and faced the imperial box; and so did every one else. The leader stood with his baton uplifted, ready to give the signal. There were a few moments of deathly stillness; then, at a sign from the great box, the leader's baton fell. Every soul in the house rose, the Russian Hymn burst forth, and cheers rent the air as the Emperor came in with the bride. These cheers were prolonged, and repeated when the Tsarevitch made his appearance. I think that was the most impressive moment of my life. I was one cold chill from head to foot. The people shouted, the Tsar bowed, and the hymn and cheers were continued. This sovereign's face is to me inexpressibly sad and<noinclude></noinclude> 1hhlqll91uvrxx1j1xmqn2b15620m65 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/204 104 1729492 14129381 8410310 2024-04-25T18:42:16Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|198|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>waist, and was composed of the most magnificent emeralds I ever saw. The blaze and glitter which filled the imperial box was something like what I used to read about in the fairy tales. The rest of the house, which had seemed magnificent a moment before, now looked quite plain in comparison. I seem to deal in superlatives, but even with their aid I do scant justice to the scene. I was gazing in open wonder and admiration, actually dazed by the magnificence, when the familiar music of Faust broke upon my ear, and I turned to see Albani in the third act of that opera. Sacha smiled upon us from a distance, and made his way slowly towards us. George had entered the box some time before, and, having bowed to us, leaned back against the wall and surveyed the house through his glass. It seemed to me that my interview with him must have been a dream. There was not a shadow of embarrassment {{SIC|is|in}} his manner, not a trace of consciousness. While he still stood there, Sacha came in. I bowed very coldly, and turned my back on him. When he had gone away, Alice asked me, laughing,— "Why did you snub the poor fellow like that?" "Because I don't like him. I despise him." "I would not," said George's voice behind me, most unexpectedly. "He is not worth it." "Perhaps not," I responded, in some excitement; "but I cannot look upon people in that indifferent way." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> l0tvbgsizkildai82oyzt7atr2p3cj4 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/206 104 1729494 14129382 8410312 2024-04-25T18:42:17Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|200|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>been buttonholed by another diplomatic gentleman, and was talking earnestly. George, with a gesture of impatience, took my hand, put it inside his arm, and walked me off to a sheltered nook, where he made me sit down. Then he brought me a tiny glass of dark-colored liquid. I shook my head. "I can't drink brandy." He frowned. "Really you must drink it, Miss Romilly," he said persuasively. I took it and drained the glass. The warmth it imparted to my chilled body was most welcome. It crept over me from head to foot in a comforting way. George stood and watched me for a few minutes, then smiled a little, saying,— "You look a trifle less blue than you did. I mean, blue in color." "Tom told me," said I, in an aggrieved tone, "that I looked very well at a distance." "So you do," said Count Piloff, still smiling; "but I was quite near you, and I never saw any one look so ill." A group of ladies and gentlemen came walking past us, and, stopping near by, continued a conversation which they had been holding in French. "It was all a misunderstanding, you know," said one of the ladies to an older one. I had stopped talking to observe the group, as one will do in such places, and was still looking at them with a sort of idle curiosity. "Oh no, I assure you!" cried the other. "He {{hws|be|behaved}}<noinclude></noinclude> ahor1axchwgyqusjdhhu4k3odyx1n7o Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/208 104 1729496 14129383 8410314 2024-04-25T18:42:18Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|202|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>and that Sacha Talke was killed in a mysterious duel abroad. But I happen to know that it was Count Piloff who killed him." I looked at my companion, expecting to see him rise in anger and tell this woman that her statement was false. He sat still, showing no emotion except in the deathly paleness of his face, and a strange glitter in his eyes, which were fixed upon mine. The group walked on. I spoke almost fiercely,— "Have n't you enough courage to tell that person what you think of her? Are you afraid of a woman?" The half scornful smile on his lips gave place to one so gentle, the hard gleam in his eyes softened to such a tender look, that I hardly knew him. He said in a low voice,— "Is it possible that you do not believe it?" "Believe it?" I repeated. "Do you suppose I think so badly of you as that?" He sighed, and his eyes dropped. "After all," he said slowly, "what difference does it make whether you feel a shade or two more or less of contempt for me?" He reflected for a moment, and then looked at me. "I should be a sorry rascal if all that she said were true; yet," with a sudden tightening of the breath, though his eyes never flinched from their steady gaze, "some of it is true." Seeing that he waited for me, I responded calmly, "That does not surprise me. There is generally a foundation of truth in these stories. How much of this is true?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 0ml656chmacy2wy8licjv36vruvv6yz Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/210 104 1729498 14129384 8410317 2024-04-25T18:42:20Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|204|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>it to you, and I should make myself tiresome by the length of time I should consume: so I am going to write it down, in order that you may read it at your leisure, and leave off when you like; or, if it bores you, put it away unread until your memory of me grows so dim that all the disagreeable part of our acquaintance has faded, and you take up my letter to bring back the ghost of this short winter, which is fast drawing to an end. First, I would thank you—and you little know how sincerely I say it—for showing me this evening that you are not so utterly devoid of confidence in me as I had supposed. It is a bitter thing for a man to feel that the woman who, in a quiet, most unobtrusive way, without knowledge of her own, has crept into his heart, and filled it so completely that nothing will ever take her place,—it is a bitter thing for this man to know that the woman feels nothing but contempt for him. You showed me last night that you had learned to trust me somewhat. It will be my own fault if I ever sink back to my old level in your esteem. If this new trust in me should not be sufficient to convince you of the truth of all that is contained in this letter, you have only to refer to Nicolas, in whom, I am aware, you have implicit faith. Do you know that I am thirty-seven years old? Think what a mere boy I was fifteen years ago! It was then that this episode occurred. I confess frankly that I was a wild fellow, and my father had a great deal of trouble with me. We came home from America, where all my boyhood had been passed, and where I had indulged in an {{hws|infi|infinite}}<noinclude></noinclude> 2wrcugcbnfgqct05t9o9s8vsunxztic Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/212 104 1729500 14129385 8410319 2024-04-25T18:42:20Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|206|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>officer of the Guards, who had been her favorite before my arrival. He used to shake his head at me, and laugh in a cynical way, and say he pitied me; that Marie was "an exacting little devil." Her exactions, however, flattered me. You must remember that I was very young. I do not pretend that I had no fondness for her: I was very fond of her. I thought we were true friends, and I laughed at those who suggested that Countess Talke might be induced to marry again; for, I said, she looked upon me as a younger brother. I must have been very young! But I soon lost my youth under her tutelage: she taught me to distrust every human being whom I met. A pure-hearted woman like yourself can no more understand the immense influence which Marie Talke and those of her stamp wield over a young, impressionable man than you can realize the vividness with which every sin of my life stands before me when I am with you, until I feel that I merit all your contempt, and am not fit to be in your presence. I thank Heaven that you cannot understand it. This flirtation, as we should call it in America, went on for nearly two seasons. Then I learned, by accident as I supposed, how Marie felt towards me,—that she would die of grief if I did not marry her. I, poor fool, believed it. As an act of great magnanimity, and also because I was fond of her in a certain way, I consented to marry her. Kind, was I not? Then, indeed, I was conceited! The wedding day was set, and Marie's brother, her<noinclude></noinclude> hr7xfmd9t1lbq6puk5neea8cd11r4tr Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/214 104 1729502 14129386 8410321 2024-04-25T18:42:21Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|208|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>It was a terrible awakening, and to this day I feel sorry for myself, as I look back, and see how utterly adrift I was for a time. This analysis of my feelings can have little interest for you, however, and I feel inclined to apologize for writing anything besides the bare facts. Marie married Prince Simonieff a year or two after, and now lives in Paris. Her brother was killed in a duel, I believe, but not by me. This is all; and it is not such a horrible story as those ladies made it, is it? It had its influence in making me what I am; and if you knew my whole life as you now do this episode, I think you would throw the kind mantle of charity over some of my faults. I wonder if you will ever have patience to read as far as this? {{right|G. P.}} I read this letter to the end, and then it dropped into my lap, while I clasped my hands behind my head and tried to picture Countess Talke to myself. The only part of George's story in which I did not place implicit confidence was his assertion that he was not in love with that woman. Undoubtedly he thought so now, as he looked back, but he must have been desperately in love at the time,—much more so than he is with me. There is one strange thing about George: he has never given me one word of praise, except in this letter, where he calls me pure-hearted,—and surely he could hardly say less than that. When he has spoken to me of myself, it has always been to blame me. There is the door-bell. Who can it be? {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> ime5p1me458n79hmmynqjllltrarq3y Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/216 104 1729504 14129387 8410323 2024-04-25T18:42:22Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|210|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>cheek) "I think if I stay long enough we may become very good friends." He did not reply, and still kept his face turned away; so, after a brief pause, I continued, "Real friends, you know, such as Tom and I are." With a movement which was so sudden that it made me jump, he started up, looked at me with an ugly frown, and muttered in a voice of suppressed rage,— "I will not be your friend!" Biting his mustache savagely, he surveyed my small figure, while I shrank as far back into the corner of the ''causeuse'' as possible. "I will either be," he went on presently, "all or nothing. Friend!" with a contemptuous laugh, darting another fierce glance at me. "I would rather you would hate me than to be my friend! What satisfaction would the sort of friendship which you give Tom be to me?" Another short, bitter laugh finished this speech, and he turned impatiently away from me. By this time my natural spirit, which had been somewhat dashed by his reception of what was meant to be an extremely conciliatory remark, asserted itself, and I spoke up promptly, with a flaming face,— "Very well. Of course I can hate you if you prefer it, and I shall find it easy to do so if you repeat this often. You have talked so much about my having more confidence in you, and have made so many sarcastic remarks about my dislike for you, that I naturally supposed you wished to change it all. If I am {{hws|mis|mistaken}}<noinclude></noinclude> tn8x9l0zynaokoe9s2xbqt29ywvssty Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/218 104 1729508 14129388 8410325 2024-04-25T18:42:23Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|212|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"If you are going to be my friend, of course I must say Dorris," he returned, leaning on the other side of the chair, thus preventing me from tilting it back and forth, and still looking as if he wished to laugh. "I will not be your friend," I answered sullenly. "You said you did not wish it; and now I will not." "You cannot be my enemy, for you have told me that you don't dislike me; and if you will be neither friend nor enemy, there is only one thing left for you to be, Dorris" (pleadingly). Fortunately, at this moment my common sense asserted itself. I gave up the chair for support, and stood upright. "True," I said; "and that one thing is indifferent. You are talking nonsense, Count Piloff." "I dare say I am" (gravely); "and as I only came to see how your cold was, I will stay no longer. I have talked nonsense, as you say. Forget it: I promise never to offend again"; and before I could reply, he was gone. I did not think he would leave so suddenly, and I would have liked to ask him a few questions; but perhaps it is better that I did not.<noinclude></noinclude> kih7xv3nxrht8450ueorlybpz11jvlu Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/220 104 1729510 14129390 8410328 2024-04-25T18:42:25Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|214|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>thinks he wishes to marry Judith; but I know my brother-in-law better than any of them, and I am not deceived" (nodding her pretty head with an air of superior wisdom). "If ever I have seen a man madly, wildly in love, it is he. This is all the more remarkable, because generally he is so cold and unmoved. Nicolas says it is nonsense,—that George cares for no one, unless it is Judith; but all the same, I know as well as if he had told me!" "How very pleasant," I said musingly, "to have the family so interested and confidential about me and my affairs! Did Nicolas ask George if he was in love with me?" Alice put on her most persuasive tone: "You must not be angry with me because I am interested in what concerns you. Who should be, my dear, if not your sister? Although we have been separated for so long, I love you as much as Grace does." This touched me; and I responded, with a smile, "I am not angry; but neither do I see why you should think George cares particularly for me. There is surely nothing in his manner to indicate it." My sister shook her head: "I believe you know it as well as I do. I have watched him, and I can see how a new light comes into his eyes every time they rest on you,—a light which I never saw there before in my life. I have noticed how he watches you stealthily, and how black his face is when, in talking with other men, you look up at them in a confiding way, as you have a habit of doing." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> lw6uu181q299ej6gjmmeuy3fazs8kp0 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/222 104 1729512 14129391 8410330 2024-04-25T18:42:26Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|216|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"Do you mean to say," I gasped, "that I have really acted in the way you describe?" "It is certainly true, Dorris. That is what puzzles me. I could not make up my mind whether you cared for him or not." "I had no idea that I behaved like that," I murmured. "How very foolish I must have seemed!" "No one else noticed it," said Alice consolingly; "except George," she added, after a slight pause. "Did he notice it?" I cried, turning round upon her. "Did he speak to you of it?" "No, no!" she exclaimed hastily. "How you jump at conclusions! He has never exchanged a word with me on the subject; but I judged, by his manner and expression, that he noticed all these little things. It was in studying their effect upon him that I learned his secret." "Dear, dear!" I sighed. "What an Argus eye has been upon us all this time, while we were blissfully unconscious,—thinking that our secrets were locked in our own breasts!" We both laughed, and I went on in a brisk tone: "Really, Alice, you are all wrong. George is probably in love with any one rather than myself; and I am not in the least inclined to marry him, even if he should ask me,—which, I can assure you, he has never done, nor do I believe he has any intention of it. If your suspicions had been in another direction," I added carelessly, "they would have been more correct." Alice took me up eagerly: "Chilton Thurber, you<noinclude></noinclude> h0cnowf9fxqs8gkpg1nsn93kmaipc3y Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/224 104 1729514 14129392 8410332 2024-04-25T18:42:27Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|218|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>hurried away, leaving me to comfort myself as best I might. I have found very little consolation so far; but I really think Alice exaggerates, and I must turn my attention to my toilet for this evening. I appeared in a wonderful combination of satin and gauze last night, and felt quite proud of myself as I took one last lingering look at my reflection in the long glass. "There is something about that pinkish ashes-of-roses color," said Tom, with the air of one who knows what he is talking about, "that suits you to a T." "Oh, you poor goose!" laughed Grace. "That is cream color, not ashes-of-roses." "Well, whatever you call it, it is mighty becoming." "Yes," I responded with some vanity, "it really is." "If you stand there looking at yourself much longer," cried Tom, "Alice will not wait for you." "Come, Judith," I said with dignity; and together we descended the stairs and entered the carriage, which was waiting for us. There was another carriage standing at the door, and Alice put her head out of the window and charged us to wear our thickest wraps. "It is bitterly cold," she added. Enveloped in our furs, we did not feel it. In front of the palace a huge fire was burning merrily; there was an iron railing about it, and here a crowd of coachmen were huddled together, taking advantage of the warmth provided for them. I felt strangely excited, and my cheeks glowed as if<noinclude></noinclude> k80xqefpvy1mcbhkagmd29ipit3g3tn Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/226 104 1729516 14129393 8410334 2024-04-25T18:42:28Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|220|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>to embark on a train which was going to Constantinople. Two or three pachas and several officers were taking a hot supper in the restaurant at the station, refreshing themselves for their journey. Confusion reigned, each individual looking after his own effects, when there came a tremendous rattle of musketry-fire on all sides, with hoots and yells as from thousands of throats. "Supposing the whole Russian army was upon them, the frightened pachas hurried the troops into the train, and started off at full speed of steam; and the gallant Russian not only slept comfortably in the railway station that night, but devoured the pachas' hot supper and took possession of the small pieces of baggage which they, in their haste, had forgotten." By the time this story was ended the handle of the door behind us rattled significantly; we withdrew to a respectful distance, it opened, and the Emperor made his appearance, followed by his family. This was a signal for the dancing to begin, and my partner came to claim me for the first quadrille. There was such a crowd that we could not dance comfortably. Little annoyances, however, were nothing to me. I felt, for some unaccountable reason, wildly, absurdly happy,—happier than I have ever been since I left home. I laughed, talked, danced, and enjoyed myself to the utmost. My dress was becoming, and every one was pleasant; nothing seemed likely to occur to mar my happiness, as Sacha kept away from me, Mr. Cheremenieff was not there, George looked kindly on me, and the ambassador was always at my elbow. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 4uu8txveg0yzf8cpr2cn1y09wt22oop Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/228 104 1729518 14129395 8410336 2024-04-25T18:42:29Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|222|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"I suppose, however," he remarked, with a quizzical expression, "that you will not insist upon my joining the giddy young people unless I choose?" "I should never think of insisting, because I should not expect you to obey, and a failure would be humiliating." The ambassador came up at this moment. "Are you talking about failures?" "I was telling Count Piloff," I responded, "that my efforts to enjoy myself at balls were generally failures. No,—" I broke off suddenly, seeing that George did not approve of this, and thinking myself that the falsehood was unnecessary,—"that is not what I was saying, but it was nothing of consequence. Do you know who that lady is in the amber-colored dress?" George left me as my companion replied, and we began comparing notes about Rome, which interesting occupation we continued until the doors into the supper-room were thrown open. "Oh!" I cried, clasping George's arm and starting forward. "From the heart of an arctic winter we are transported to the tropics!" It was really like a glimpse into a southern clime, and I could not realize that there was a temperature outside of ten degrees below zero. We looked into a grove of tall, waving palm-trees, through the green foliage of which a softened light was shed from thousands of wax candles on a quantity of small tables, glittering with glass and silver. A larger table, raised slightly above the others, was set with gold dishes for the imperial<noinclude></noinclude> 3xx9wskefz0ghc85bkgdfs4kxf89z41 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/230 104 1729520 14129396 8410339 2024-04-25T18:42:30Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|224|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"But what a contrast!" (looking around me). "Not more striking than many others which we might see. Life is made up of them. Every possible measure is being taken to prevent the spread of the scourge; it has not yet gone beyond the Volga. Whole villages in which the disease has appeared have been burned to the ground, together with the clothing of the peasants, for whom new homes have been provided. You need not be apprehensive." "It is not that," I returned, recovering my spirits and my color somewhat. "I am not alarmed for myself, but it seems such a frightful curse." "It is," murmured George. "Poor Russia has had more than her share of affliction. Whatever her faults, she has been heavily punished for them." There fell upon us a silence which I was loath to break, for I felt strangely subdued and quiet. It was George who spoke first, with a well-affected air of indifference, in which I could detect a thrill of meaning. "Alice tells me some strange news." "Indeed! Is it about any one whom I know? Will it interest me?" "It should interest you, for it is about yourself." I darted an inquiring look at him, and he smiled calmly. "I don't know why Alice told me," he continued, "for she said it was a secret, and that, if I betrayed her confidence, you would never forgive me." A little sharp cry escaped me. I changed it into a laugh, but it sounded hoarse and unnatural. For an<noinclude></noinclude> 8upj7altdeiql8pxlf7ow5pmrae2nxv Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/232 104 1729522 14129397 8410341 2024-04-25T18:42:31Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|226|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>had given Mr. Thurber a promise which perhaps I could not fulfil. For the first time, the full sense of what I had done came over me, and nearly overwhelmed me. Until that moment I had thought of it lightly, as something which had been said to pass away the time. After a pause, I remonstrated: "But mine is not an engagement. I told Mr. Thurber that I would try and make up my mind to be engaged to him when he returns." "You are not kind," said George, turning towards me, and speaking with great deliberation, "to try and blind me. It is mistaken pity on your part. Believe me" (looking at me with earnest kindness), "it is better for me to face the truth; then I shall delude myself with no false hopes,—that would be the most cruel thing of all. I feel sure that you would not have held out this hope to Thurber if you had not intended to do all that lay in your power to bring yourself to love him. A woman like you would not have made that promise thoughtlessly, or fulfilled it carelessly. You must have felt sure that you would succeed. You see" (with a half smile) "I can reason calmly enough about it, and I am not afraid of the truth." An unutterable sadness came over me. How little, in reality, I fulfilled his ideal! Had I not done the very thing he pronounced me incapable of, viz., given my word thoughtlessly, and fulfilled it carelessly? Never, until that moment, had I owned the truth to myself. With an inward thanksgiving that George did not know me as I really was, I spoke:— {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> bv53bjjpmrmx4q5x3j62j1c3ysxevs9 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/234 104 1729524 14129398 8410343 2024-04-25T18:42:32Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|228|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>was apparent that I no longer threw myself into the pleasure of the moment, as I had done the first of the evening. "You are not so happy as you were when you arrived," said George. "Why is that?" "I could not expect to be," I answered; "for I have not been so thoroughly happy for years as I was when I first came. I knew it would not last. I am thankful to have had the feeling, even for a short time," I added lightly. There was not much rest for me last night. When I reached home, my thoughts were very unpleasant companions. I began to realize, in my inmost heart, that it was my duty to accept Mr. Thurber; and that duty stared me blankly in the face, in spite of all my efforts to shut it out. "But it is a sin," I cried mentally, "to marry a man whom I don't love! He would not wish me to say Yes with my lips, while my heart rebelled." A little voice answered me: "Then you should not have promised. You said you would try to love him. How have you kept your word? By putting him as much out of your mind as possible. You have failed grievously, but simply because you have not made the effort which it was your duty to make. You have no right to shirk the punishment of your own thoughtless acts. The only course which you can pursue with honor is to accept Chilton Thurber, and then do your best to love him." And deep down in my heart a few words were {{hws|whis|whispered}}<noinclude></noinclude> lgzr1agt3sec4uk17ndf7x3s7wwdmjc Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/236 104 1729526 14129400 8410345 2024-04-25T18:42:33Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|230|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>startling. One hand-organ was grinding out the "Red, White, and Blue." Grace nearly wept with joy when she heard it; and we had great difficulty in dragging Tom away from the instrument. "This is the happiest moment of my visit!" he exclaimed plaintively. We stood and watched the people for a long time. They were so happy it was a pleasure to look at them. Towards the end of the week, however, the effects of the carnival began to show themselves in a rather unpleasant way. The moujik has few wants. If he has money enough to buy his sheepskin coat once in six or eight years, and his black bread each day, it is all he desires. What can he do with any extra kopecks he may have? He spends them for ''vodka'', of course, and during the carnival he drinks steadily all the time. The result may be imagined. It takes the first three days of Lent for him to recover from the ''fête''. During this time it is next to impossible to get any work done,—even a nail driven in, or a shoe mended. But the moujik makes up for his indulgence by the severity of his fast. He eats no meat, eggs, milk, or butter; and as good fish is expensive, he takes it salt, dried, or stale. If he falls ill, no power on earth can induce him to break his fast. He would rather die than to commit the sin of taking a mouthful of beef or wine. As there are four Lents a year in the Greek Church, I for one do not begrudge the Russian peasant his little indulgences between.<noinclude></noinclude> pjobf34e98wt2l1u4c5vrgani9mk5wq Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/238 104 1729528 14129401 8410347 2024-04-25T18:42:34Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|232|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>asked to join the party. Tom's face became radiant, and he added, "Thurber told me he would come to Moscow for a day or two while we were there, if I would let him know. He is not far off, and can get away from his hunting for a day at least." The more Tom talked about it, the more pleased he was with the idea of asking George; and the latter consented to go with us without any hesitation. We started last night. It is fortunate that George came, for so far he has done everything which has been done, and Tom has dropped quietly into the background. What a city this is! A mixture of barbaric splendor and civilized squalor, and so utterly unlike any place in the world that one who has not been here cannot get the faintest idea of what it is like. I do not think we lost much by coming in the night. The country is a vast wilderness, for the railroad is built in a direct line, without regard to cities which it might easily have been made to pass through. I distinguished various collections of low, shed-like structures when I awoke this morning. The only signs of life about them were some smoking chimneys. The snow was drifting about aimlessly in the air, as if loath to settle in so melancholy a spot. We partook of tea at all hours of the night, as on our first journey in Russia. The sleeping-car was wonderfully comfortable. Grace, Alice, and I occupied a large compartment at one end. The former was wakeful, and, finding the night cold, in the goodness of her heart<noinclude></noinclude> 1174tq2kfxyapjtfyfvpveyx6ko1jiy Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/240 104 1729530 14129404 8410350 2024-04-25T18:42:36Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|234|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>or I another pillow, until George has arranged it all, when he looks up with surprise, and says, "Why did&nbsp;n't you ask me?" and immediately offers to do a dozen things which we do not want. George did not bore us with too much conversation, either. In short, he was everything one could desire, and nothing which we did not desire. Arrived in this city, we took possession of two sleighs, and started for the Slaviansky Bazar. There was a damp snow falling, and it is still storming fitfully. Never, in such a short space of time, have I suffered as much as in that drive. "Alice," I cried, while my hat was jolted over one ear, as I grasped the seat tenaciously, "is there any pavement?" "I don't think it is worse than the one in Petersburg," said my sister calmly. "It reminds me of nothing so much as the waves of the sea," I continued; but Tom interrupted me:— "The waves let you down easy; but these 'thank-you-ma'ams' don't let you down at all,—they throw you." I thanked Providence inwardly when, in a very battered condition, we reached the hotel. A porter in Russian costume rushed forward to assist us out of the sledge. "I don't think," remarked Judith, "that there is much of me left to get out." "We must have breakfast at once," Tom insisted; and in less than an hour it was placed before us. That business disposed of, we strolled out in a body<noinclude></noinclude> e3nlzwkbj60ahccgobb88hk18sogeaw Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/242 104 1729532 14129405 8410352 2024-04-25T18:42:36Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|236|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>tourist style, when Judith, who was a few steps in advance, cried suddenly, in long-drawn tones of wonder and admiration, "Oh—h—h!" "It is Vasili Blagennoi," said Alice. "I should think it might be something of that sort," remarked Tom, as all six of us came to a stand-still before the most gorgeous, effective, barbaric structure which I ever saw. It was a collection of towers and domes of all shapes, sizes, and colors, thrown together helter-skelter, and forming a church. Not a square inch of it was uncolored. Scarlets and bright greens vied with flaming yellow and dull purple. "I can tell you all you wish to know about this," said George triumphantly. "It was built in the reign of Ivan the Terrible, by an Italian, whose eyes the wicked Tsar caused to be put out, so that he might never build another like it. This tradition you must believe, though 'Murray' says it is a mistake." "I should think it would have stricken him blind," I remarked. "Can we go in?" "Or," added Tom, "shall we stand here on the corner, advertising ourselves as tourists? They might suppose we belonged to Cook, there are so many of us." With eyes very wide open, we clattered up the stone steps. It was so cold and dark as we entered that it struck a chill to the marrow of my bones. "Imagine me your ''commissionnaire''" said George, "while I explain everything to you. There are eleven domes in this church, and each one contains a chapel which is dedicated to a different saint." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 62qgl36zygut50q8rer92r2exqu0lo6 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/244 104 1729534 14129406 8410354 2024-04-25T18:42:37Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|238|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>interest). "I expected it to be three times as large. How do you feel about it, Dorris?" "I entirely agree with you." "Life is full of disappointments," quoth George. "If we go to the hotel, rest well to-night, and visit this spot to-morrow, I have no doubt you will wonder that it could have made so little impression upon you to-day." "Very well," said Grace, who is always willing to rest, "let us try your plan. We shall feel fresher to-morrow." We passed the Holy Gate on our way out, and were told that every one, from the Tsar down, goes through it with bare heads. {{right|{{smaller|March 3.}}|1em}} We had a spare hour before dinner yesterday. The rest of the party went to their various apartments. I took possession of the sitting-room and the guide-book. Before long Tom and George appeared, with noses slightly red, and a general look of having been out in the frosty air. "I thought you were both diligently writing letters," I declared. They looked rather doleful, as if their expedition had not been altogether pleasant. Neither of them spoke, therefore I began to make inquiries, and elicited the information that they had been dropping cards on some acquaintances. "But why so dismal over it?" I cried. "Were any of the people in?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 7qvkiosfk6jzwchcg5ni401b1v0l29v Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/246 104 1729536 14129407 8410356 2024-04-25T18:42:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|240|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>present yourself before me! You must know what my opinion of you is, after the falsehood you deliberately told me about Count Piloff." Sacha's melancholy face looked a shade more sombre, and his upper lip curled in an ugly way. He kept his eyes fastened on the floor. "Why do you tell me it was a falsehood?" he answered courteously. I was taken by surprise. I did not expect such self-possession. "Because I believe Count Piloff," I answered firmly. "Oh, then you told him of the statement I made? No doubt he gave you overwhelming proofs of his veracity!" (with a slight sneer, but still a courteous manner). "George is famous," he went on, "for making the ladies believe him, and no doubt—" Here he was interrupted by Tom's reappearance. I went out of the room in a white heat, and did not return until he had taken his departure. "I wonder," said I, as I took my seat at the dinner-table, "why that young man follows us about in this way!" "You are unkind, Dorris," remonstrated Judith. "He came to Moscow to see an old comrade who is dying, and he has taken George off with him to the bedside of their friend." "I thought you would freeze him stiff when he made his appearance," cried Tom. "I intended to do so." "But why? What harm has he done you?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> nsyy4spt0jmco4pskvxfqs6dxmn70az Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/248 104 1729538 14129408 8410358 2024-04-25T18:42:39Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|242|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>the Church of the Assumption, in which all the Tsars of Russia have been crowned, beginning with the first Romanoff. It is small, but full to overflowing of historical reminiscences and ornaments. The platform on which the coronation takes place stands under the dome. Around the walls are tombs of ecclesiastical dignitaries, the most honored having the corner places. There is not an inch of the cathedral which is unornamented. "Here," said George, standing in front of the iconostase, "is a picture of the Virgin which, according to tradition, was painted by St. Luke." "Oh," cried Grace, "what gorgeous jewels!" "The gems in this icon," continued our cicerone, "are worth two hundred and fifty thousand dollars, and the riches inside this little building amount to more than all the wealth of the empire." The others began enthusiastically to examine the iconostase, which was of gold, ornamented with pictures and rich jewels. George drew my attention to the walls of the building, covered with painting, and incrusted with Siberian marble. "I suppose this is jasper," said I inquiringly. "Yes," George responded rather absently, then added abruptly, "I thought you did not like Sacha." I must have looked surprised at the suddenness of this remark; but my companion did not vouchsafe a glance in my direction. He was apparently absorbed in contemplation of the tomb of St. Peter. "I do not like him," said I, at last; "on the contrary I dislike him intensely." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> mdai7brecvb5rreq5psrxne7s8c6up2 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/250 104 1729540 14129409 8410361 2024-04-25T18:42:40Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|244|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>am I not as good as engaged to Chilton Thurber? George would never ask me to marry him, because he considers me pledged; yet it would seem as if he meant to imply that I had encouraged his attentions. Well, I give up trying to understand him, but I am very glad that I am not in love with him. While I was pondering over these various perplexing thoughts, and losing my good spirits, to say nothing of my temper, my revery was broken by Tom, who was saying,— "Thurber will not have much time with us if he does not come to-day." "Do you expect him?" I cried, angry with myself that I could not drive back the blood which rushed in a torrent to my face. "Surely, Dorris, you heard me say that I had written him when we were to be here!" Tom replied in an injured tone. They were all standing about me, and I felt the necessity for restraining the impatient words which were ready to drop from my lips. Forcing the blandest possible smile, I said, as I turned towards the door,— "How delightful to have him here with us!" "I don't know about that," grumbled Tom. "We can't stay forever waiting for him." "Perhaps you had better send him a telegram at once," interposed George. "He may not have received the letter." "Perhaps," I exclaimed, in a tone which, though carefully modulated, thrilled with vexation, "we had<noinclude></noinclude> 9x1wswgdw5l7pju9h9nn3ers5emcmvi Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/252 104 1729542 14129410 8410363 2024-04-25T18:42:41Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|246|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>fact that all the party except George turned their eyes away from our meeting. "So you have come at last!" cried Alice. "We thought you were very slow about it." "I did not receive the letter until last night." "These Russians," said Tom, "are incapable of hurrying. Tell them 'Si Chass,' and they think that means any time within a week." We finished our lunch leisurely, listening to Mr. Thurber's account of his adventures. Then we all strolled out to see the palace. Mr. Thurber, as of old, constituted himself my escort, and took occasion to say to me very quietly,— "I shall spend only a day or two with you, and I shall not ask you what decision you have arrived at until I come to Petersburg. If my presence here annoys you, I trust you will tell me." "Why should it?" I responded frankly. "I like to have you here." He looked unmistakably pleased; and I thought, at that moment, that I should find it easy to get along with him, if I did marry him. He never annoys or makes me lose my temper, as George does. So we wandered through the palace, chatting in the best possible spirits; and I wondered how I could have forgotten what a pleasant companion Mr. Thurber always has been. At first, the others left us to ourselves. Then Tom, forgetting his ''rôle'' of match-maker, which had been instilled into him by the women of his family, called upon Mr. Thurber to settle some discussion he was having with Judith. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 55sr22l7ctzxy8dmjcfgobdul3jfz52 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/254 104 1729544 14129411 8410365 2024-04-25T18:42:42Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|248|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"I should think so," I answered, ready to smile, "if I expected all that. You take altogether a wrong view of the matter. You should not be angry, because—" "O Dorris!" he interrupted gently, turning a sad face towards me. "I am not angry with you, my dear. I never have been. You cannot appreciate how ridiculously happy it makes me when you look at and speak to me kindly, though I know it means nothing more than that you don't dislike me. When you are cross, I cannot help imagining that it is my fault. It is my supreme foolishness in thinking myself of enough importance to affect you in any way. Come," starting to join the others who were leaving the hall. "Don't mind what I say," he added, as we strolled along. "I suppose it is Thurber's coming which has put me out, and your happiness in seeing him. It was so pleasant having you all to myself, I forgot there was any one who had a prior claim." "You must have found it pleasant," I responded dryly. "You proved it by going out with Sacha, and remaining away all the evening." "Did you care?" he cried quickly, looking a shade less wretched. "I thought you would be glad to have me away,—especially after what Sacha told me." "What did he tell you?" I exclaimed, stopping short. "Nothing which should have disturbed me; for I ought to have discovered it myself long ago." "But what was it?" I insisted. He looked a little surprised, but answered, quite frankly:— {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> nwkbyyjshzrflll3ivfzop9z20cv4ma Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/256 104 1729546 14129414 8410367 2024-04-25T18:42:42Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|250|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"Shall we go to see the home of the first Romanoff, or not?" "Let us go, by all means," I responded. The others agreeing, we left the palace, and drove to a humble little house in another part of the town. "This," said Alice, as we entered the low room, "is where the first Tsar of Russia was born; and although I have been four times in Moscow, I never came here before." "After all," remarked George, who had been talking incessantly on the way from the palace, "the Romanoffs were not thought so highly of in those days. The Dolgoroukys were great boyars before the Romanoffs were ever heard of." "The greatness of the Romanoffs," said Tom, in an important manner, "dates from that time. I suppose a republican form of government would not have worked well among you turbulent Russians; else it is a pity that, instead of electing a Tsar, they did not make him president for life." "I am not interested in your political discussions," said Grace; "but I should like to know if this is a stove." It was a delicate bit of furniture, composed of painted porcelain tiles. "That is a stove," responded George, "and there is a story painted on it, and illustrated by these pictures." On the first floor of the house were only four small, low rooms. The wife's apartments were above, reached by a flight of steep, narrow stairs. The furniture would<noinclude></noinclude> 6a1adl1wtoj88ec2t5troezubwcr8ij Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/258 104 1729548 14129415 8410369 2024-04-25T18:42:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|252|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>him the fact plainly. Yet he is not a calm, placid lover, like the Englishman. Mr. Thurber has an air of saying mentally, "If you conclude to marry me, you will make a sensible decision, and will please me extremely; but if you decide otherwise, I shall wonder how you could be so foolish. I do not allow myself, in the mean time, to get excited over it; and whatever you may say or do will suit me perfectly." These are his thoughts as I imagine them. He refuses to be jealous or angry. I cannot arouse in him the expression of anything beyond a proper, reasonable liking. George, on the contrary, although he tells me fiercely enough that he knows I do not care for him, is uneasy and wretched if I talk long with any one else, and watches me continually. He gets in a passion with me, and then says he loves me too much to be angry. My sober judgment tells me that Chilton Thurber is much better suited to me. My life is not as peaceful as it was before I had two lovers, and I fear I am growing inordinately vain. Judith must have an immense amount of character not to be completely spoiled by the amount of attention she has received.<noinclude></noinclude> 99ktd64vh3okor0chnituvsrlpieakf Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/260 104 1729550 14129417 8410372 2024-04-25T18:42:45Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|254|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>constant gloom of this "Black Winter." Not possessing the requisite amount of elasticity, I am a very dismal object. Tom looks at me often, and shakes his head disapprovingly. "Too many balls," he says. "You were born for a quiet life, Dorris." {{right|{{smaller|March 14.}}|1em}} Only a few more days and my brief respite will be over, and Mr. Thurber will return. In fact, he should be here to-day. As the time draws near, I shrink more and more from the necessary decision. Why is it that I cannot make up my mind? George could hardly assert that I set myself up on a pedestal now. I look upon myself as one of the weakest young women I have ever met, and I even plead guilty to a grain of coquetry. I am almost sure I shall feel sorry for it afterwards if I do not accept Chilton Thurber; and I know George will be painfully disappointed in me. It is not as if he expected to win me himself. That idea seems never to have occurred to him, though I did my best to make it dawn upon his mind when we were in Moscow. He is strangely obtuse on that point. Having recovered from the severe attack of jealousy which I have recorded, he seems quite reconciled to looking upon me as Mr. Thurber's promised wife, and loses no opportunity of showing that he regards me in that light. After all, why should I marry Mr. Thurber? I have been very happy as a single woman, while perhaps I should be less so if I married. It is not that I am afraid of being an old maid, for that prospect has never<noinclude></noinclude> j5d8lwrrddi2348gk9z0y8ggtf4ovu2 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/262 104 1729552 14129418 8410374 2024-04-25T18:42:46Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|256|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>with lamps. The hearse was drawn by six horses, with black blankets and plumes, and the coffin was covered with cloth-of-gold lined with ermine. The Emperor and grand dukes rode directly behind it, on horseback. Mourning coaches and more soldiers followed. We drove away from the sad scene in sympathetic silence, made our way through the dreary streets, and were glad to reach our own door again. I wonder why Mr. Thurber does not come. I wonder if he will come. It would seem rather hard on me if, after overcoming my reluctance, and making up my mind to accept him, he should not make his appearance. What an embarrassing situation that would be! {{right|{{smaller|March 21.}}|1em}} To-morrow we start for Warsaw, on our way to Vienna. Judith is happy, for we are to stay a week in the Austrian capital, and there she will see Roger. She goes about the house with a smile on her face, and breaks out now and then into song; while I, to mark the contrast, grow daily more dismal. Mr. Thurber has not come, neither have we received any word from him. I know that my friends attribute my melancholy to his non-appearance, and are pitying me in secret. Perhaps, after all, they are not so wrong; for while at first I felt a deep relief as day after day passed, and he did not appear, yet now I begin to be slightly chagrined, and to wonder if his heart has failed him, or if he has discovered that he does not care for me, as he supposed. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 4f20qtynrum6decaao0k035ojz188om Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/264 104 1729554 14129419 8410376 2024-04-25T18:42:47Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|258|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"We were hunting," he explained, "and were overtaken by a storm. It was a week before it was possible to get back to the village: we missed our connections with the trains, and the roads were in such a condition that fast travelling was out of the question." "I am mighty glad to see you, Thurber. Upon my word, I am," reiterated Tom. "You are just in time to see us off. We leave to-morrow." "So soon!" exclaimed the other. "Which way do you go?" "Through Warsaw. I want to stay there a day or two, to remind me of the days when I read 'Thaddeus of Warsaw.' Then we are going to Vienna, for a week. Grace has never been there. After that, I suppose we shall take a peep at Italy; but we have not decided upon anything beyond Vienna." "I have," said Grace. "We are going to Florence." "I did not intend to remain in Russia so late as this," said Mr. Thurber. "I should like to join your party, if you permit." "Really! Will you?" cried Tom eagerly and in a few minutes it was arranged that he should start to-morrow with us. He then took leave, saying he had farewell calls to make; and we resumed our packing. To-night we are all tired. We dined together for the last time with Alice. There were no strangers present, it being intended for a cheerful farewell meal. We were in better spirits than seemed quite natural, considering that it was, in all probability, the last time we should all meet together in that room. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 6el41z2fkhl5pn88upu6vr416k9iovt Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/266 104 1729556 14129420 8410378 2024-04-25T18:42:48Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|260|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>if tortured by some physical pain; his face was so haggard and drawn that involuntarily I tightened my grasp on his arm. His eyes gazed into mine for a moment with a wistful expression which hurt me, then dropped to my hand. Slowly he put out his hand and took mine into its clasp, turned away from the mantel, and made a movement with his lips as if he would have spoken. Seeing how impossible it was for him, I took the initiative, and said, in a voice which I hardly recognized as my own,— "I came—to—to—see how the—room—the room would look." This profound remark met with no response. Being senseless, however, it was harmless, and broke the spell which silence had cast upon us. George held my hand in his, and looked at it tenderly, almost reverently, for a moment. Then he quietly let it drop, and I held it in front of me, and surveyed it stupidly myself, as if to discover some new line in it. Finally he spoke, in a deep, earnest tone. "Have you arranged it with Thurber?" "No," I answered, turning my face up to his; "there has been no opportunity." "You will let me hear it in some way when it is decided?" "Yes," I said in a half whisper. "I shall see you at the station to-morrow, and then you will go away with him," George continued thoughtfully. He put his hands behind him, and leaned against the mantel. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 09r59iiz2clta1tt2rpptjejh3hk44c Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/268 104 1729559 14129421 8410380 2024-04-25T18:42:48Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|262|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>My only answer was a long-drawn, quivering sob. "Oh, hush, my darling, hush!" he whispered, turning his head away from me. "You break my heart." As I look back now, I could kill myself for being such a coward. Why did I not confess the truth? What foolish pride was it which sealed my lips? The silence which fell upon us seemed to last for hours; but in reality it could only have been a few minutes before George turned to me and said quietly,— "You had better go now. They will miss you." "But this is good-by," I cried brokenly, the tears falling like rain from my eyes as I lifted them imploringly to him. "Must I go away from you like this?" He looked at me strangely for an instant; then, with an infinite tenderness, he put his arms round me and drew me to his heart. Very quietly he lifted my face to his, and kissed me twice on the lips. It would have been easy for me to tell him the truth then. My eyes sought his, to find there some encouragement for the confession which I was about to make, but all his calmness suddenly vanished; he turned away from me, crying,— "Leave me, child! I can bear no more!" I waited in silence for him to speak to me again. In vain: he stood by the chimney in the same position in which I had found him, and no marble statue could have been more quiet. While I still hesitated, my cheeks burning and my heart beating tumultuously, a voice called, "Dorris!" Other voices followed. I lingered for an instant, but<noinclude></noinclude> aggjezkosoesajurxa6pwtoxegiyoqu Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/270 104 1729561 14129422 8410383 2024-04-25T18:42:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|264|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>of the door, in his attempts to get out of the way of a fat gentleman with a quantity of bags. Tom's hat was utterly demolished. He was such a comical object that we were obliged to laugh every time we looked at him; so our departure was less melancholy than it might have been. As our train moved away, Alice, Nicolas, and George, all stood on the platform, smiling; and I hardly realized that I was taking my last look at them for many years. Tom said, almost before we were out of the city,— "What a relief to get out of that climate! For three weeks I have walked knee-deep in mud; and I have not seen the sun for so long that I believe I should be dazzled if he were to appear." "Yes," assented Judith; "and the earth, sky, and buildings have all been such a dull color." I listened in silence, looking out of the window to hide the desolation which I feared my eyes would betray. They were all glad to get away! Mr. Thurber said nothing, for which I felt grateful to him. The interminable marshy waste, which was all our eyes had to dwell upon, seems to encompass St. Petersburg for hundreds of miles. It is inexpressibly dreary. Judith is in excellent spirits, and no one appears to notice me. Mr. Thurber, however, watches me stealthily. The consciousness of this helps me to exercise my self-control. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 3aow6nh48xlkn8n2yi1rgjom8fepwp6 Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/272 104 1729564 14129423 8410385 2024-04-25T18:42:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|266|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>All eyes were upon me by this time, and I endeavored to laugh as I said that I was well enough. "Only," I added, "these Polish beds are peculiar, and probably I did not sleep as well as you did." Tom forgot me for an instant, as his thoughts turned to his favorite grievance. "I hardly slept a wink last night," he insisted. "You do look ill, Dorris," interrupted Grace. "I advise you to stay in the house and rest." Staying in, I feared, meant a ''tête-à-tête'' with Chilton Thurber, which I did not feel strong enough to undergo, so I insisted upon accompanying Tom. He apparently expected to meet some of the descendants of that Thaddeus about whom he used to read, and as his expectations were not realized, he pronounced Warsaw a failure. "Certainly, the glory has departed from Poland," Mr. Thurber remarked, as we passed some of the forts, which were manned by Russian soldiers. "Even the old palace of the kings is inhabited by the Russian governor-general." We went into some shops. They pretended not to understand Mr. Thurber's Russian, although that is the language in which everything is taught in the schools, instruction being given in Polish as a foreign tongue. The town is shabby. We wondered what part of it was inhabited by the ''élite''. "The Polish aristocracy," Mr. Thurber informed us, "has disappeared. No one knows exactly what has become of the old families. Many of them have {{hws|emi|emigrated}}<noinclude></noinclude> sszeudrjqokb1pc5emjc5ngs2dawiky Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/274 104 1729566 14129424 8410387 2024-04-25T18:42:51Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|268|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>My heart sank, for I thought he had come for my answer; but I spoke with a brave voice, which did not betray my fluttering heart. "How is this? I thought you were at the theatre." "So I was," he responded, drawing one of the hard, uncomfortable chairs nearer the table, and throwing himself into it opposite me. "I told them I would come home and see how you were; for we were talking of you, and of our fears that you were more ill than you would confess." "That was kind of you," I said absently. "I had something to say to you, also," he continued,—"a statement to make, for which I have been watching my opportunity." "Yes," I said faintly, "I know." "I fancy that you do not know. You have quite a different idea from mine." I looked at him inquiringly; but his face was as impassive as a block of wood, and instead of a pair of eyes I encountered an eyeglass which contorted one side of the face, and on which the light made bewildering reflections. "I think," he went on, "that you are in some trouble,—trouble of mind. I take strange fancies sometimes; and if I am wrong, you must set me right. But the suspicion has entered my mind that possibly your suffering comes from your reluctance to tell me that you have failed to succeed, while I have been away, in your effort to care for me. I am impelled by some strange instinct—or, call it reason, if you like—to tell you that I read the death-blow to my hopes when I had been with<noinclude></noinclude> 7b3i3484ghjhfzbplem5hq6eumcvh5h Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/276 104 1729568 14129425 8410389 2024-04-25T18:42:52Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|270|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}}</noinclude>I; and perhaps," he went on more carelessly, "there is no one who can so easily put things right." Very impulsively I hurried around the shabby old table, and stood before my companion, with my hands tightly locked together in front of me. "You thought all this!" I cried rapidly, my eyes growing larger, and a hot flush spreading over my face. "You really mean it? You are a man, like other men, and you—" Here I felt that I was becoming ridiculous; and I restrained the torrent of words which was ready to flow, and stood still, breathing very quickly, and trembling from head to foot. Mr. Thurber looked slightly embarrassed, and put in his glass, with a grimace. "I have no words to tell you," I went on more calmly, "of the dreadful state I have been in, and now by a few words you have made me so happy. Oh!" I cried, growing excited again, "is it really as you say? You are indeed the best man I ever knew. How little you realize what you are doing for me!" He had started to his feet before; now he leaned carelessly on the back of his chair, and shook his head at me. "You are too much excited" (in a tone of remonstrance). "You will make yourself ill." For the first time in a week, a hearty, natural laugh broke from my lips. While the sound of it was yet in my ears, the door was quietly opened, and a third person stood before us. He glanced from one of us to the other. I dropped into a chair, for I could not stand. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 9lefmhebjwvhd3op0647xyuv53rbjcn Page:The Tsar's Window.djvu/278 104 1729570 14129426 8410391 2024-04-25T18:42:53Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mudbringer" />{{RunningHeader|272|''THE TSAR'S WINDOW.''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>to follow you here. But the longing to see you was stronger than I was. I could not get your face out of my mind as you looked that night in the library. I—oh, what must you think of me!" he cried, lingering in the shadowy part of the room. I could not trust myself to speak for a moment; then I told him, as coldly as I could, what had taken place between Mr. Thurber and me. When I had finished, he sank into a chair, and buried his face in his hands. "O Dorris," he groaned, "do not mislead me! There is a ray of hope shining upon me. Don't be cruel enough to put it out!" I knelt down by his side and drew his hand away. "George," I said, with quivering lips, "how could you be so unkind to me as to tell me I must marry him when I loved you all the time?" {{***|9|3em|char=•}} Judith says, with a mischievous face,— "What, Dorris! a foreigner?" {{FIS | file = TheTzar'sWindow D278.png | width = 125px | float = center | cstyle = margin-top:8px; margin-bottom:8px }}<noinclude></noinclude> mctc2ejd59iq0wqktvdue7igzuxj237 Page:15 decisive battles of the world Vol 1 (London).djvu/267 104 1729826 14127966 12184910 2024-04-25T14:57:15Z Nyraxis 3108824 Minor proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{RunningHeader||ARMINIUS.|251}}</noinclude>great poet of modern Germany, Klopstock, on the victory to which we owe our freedom, and Arminius mainly owes his fame. Klopstock calls it the "Battle of Winfeld." The epithet of "sister of Cannæ" shows that Klopstock followed some chronologers, according to whom Varus was defeated on the anniversary of the day on which Paulus and Varro were defeated by Hannibal. SONG OF TRIUMPH AFTER THE VICTORY OF HERRMAN, THE DELIVERER OF GERMANY FROM THE ROMANS. {{smaller|FROM KLOPSTOCK'S "HERRMAN UND DIE FÜRSTEN."}} ''Supposed to be sung by a chorus of Bards.'' {{center|A CHORUS.}} <poem> Sister of Cannæ!<ref>The battle of Cannæ, B.C. 216 — Hannibal's victory over the Romans</ref> Winfeld's<ref>Winfeld — the probable site of the "Herrmanschladt," see ''supra.''</ref> fight! We saw thee with thy streaming, bloody hair, With fiery eye, bright with the world's despair, Sweep by Walhalla's bards from out our sight. Herrman outspake — "Now Victory, or Death!" The Romans . . . "Victory!" And onward rushed their eagles with the cry— — So ended the ''first'' day. "Victory, or Death!" began Then, first, the Roman chief — and Herrman spake Not, but home-struck : — the eagles fluttered — brake — — So sped the ''second'' day. </poem><noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> dywrlc19aob67egvofpb6wheabkx5tj Page:A history of Hungarian literature.djvu/92 104 1732040 14128475 12367359 2024-04-25T17:35:47Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="CharlesSpencer" />{{rh|78|HUNGARIAN LITERATURE|}}</noinclude>{{hwe|ments|requirements}} of ''bon-ton''. No wonder that the impressionable youth was carried away, the more so as he soon acquired a thorough knowledge of German and French, and was able to read the German humanists and French encyclo­pedists in the original. This new tendency of the human mind was so revolu­tionary in its nature, that it naturally hastened the coming of political revolution. The "rationalism" of which men were so enamoured was really a revolt against the authority of mediæval traditions. Religious intolerance, blind submission to authority, superstition, especially that most shameful superstition—the belief in witchcraft—mental and political slavery; all found ardent and brilliantly clever adversaries in the French encyclo­pedists. Bessenyei threw himself into the new movement, and in his day-dreams, saw a flourishing Hungarian literature, and a vigorous mental life, with himself, perhaps, as the Voltaire of Hungary, for its centre. In co-operation with a few other Hungarian Lifeguard officers, Bessenyei formed a small literary circle. It was strange that Vienna, the very centre of hostility to every national effort, should be the scene of the revival of Hungarian literature. Voltaire used the stage as the platform for the dissemi­nation of his ideas. Bessenyei resolved to do the same. His first work, which was published in Vienna in 1772, and which marked the commencement of a new chapter in the history of Hungarian literature, was entitled The ''Tragedy of Agis''. The theme resembles that of a play by the German Gottsched, but Bessenyei follows the form of the French tragic poets. He observes the "three unities," and adopts a contemplative, argumentative style and a refined, courteous tone, but his tragedies lack the {{hws|psycho|psychological}}<noinclude></noinclude> eba5o3lsq4c6hm9gcjhzy0k93cnq3lk Page:A history of Hungarian literature.djvu/301 104 1732262 14128442 12346782 2024-04-25T17:33:32Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="CharlesSpencer" /></noinclude> <div style="text-align: center"> {{larger|BIBLIOGRAPHY}} </div> {{sc|The}} first English work which dealt adequately with Hungarian literature was that of [[Author:John Bowring|John Bowring]]: "[[Poetry of the Magyars]], preceded by a sketch of the language and literature of Hungary and Transylvania." London: 1830. Bowring's work was based largely upon a book by Schedel (Francis Toldy): "Handbuch der ungarischen Poesie," 1828. Bowring also translated about eighty of Petőfi's poems: "[[Trans­lations from Alexander Petőfi]]," by Sir John Bowring, LL.D., F.R.S. London, 1866. [[Gems from Petőfi and other Hungarian Poets]], translated, with a memoir of the former and a review of Hungary's poetical literature. by [[Author:William Noah Loew|W. N. Loew]], New York, 1881 (enlarged and revised as "Magyar Poetry, 1899.") 8vo. Mr. [[Author:Edward Dundas Butler|E . D. Butler]] wrote a concise account of [[1911 Encyclopædia Britannica/Hungary#Literature|Hungarian Literature]] in the "Encyclopædia Britannica." Dr. [[Author:Emil Reich|Emil Reich]] wrote a work under the title "[[Hungarian Literature]]—London." 1898. The most detailed account of Hungarian literature among the non-Hungarian books written on this subject is J. Schwicker's "Geschichte der ungarischen Literatur. Leipzig, 1889." A bibliography of Hungarian literature up to 1711 was published by Szabo (Régi magyar Kónyvtör) Vol. i. Kónyvtör. Manual of printed Hungarian works, Vol. 2 (1885). Manual of the works published in Hungary but not in the Hungarian language. Vol. 3 (by Szabo and Hellebrandt). 1896–1898. Manual of the works of Hungarian authors published abroad but not in Hungarian (1480–1711). A bibliography of the works that appeared after 1711 was published by G. Petrik (Bibliographia Hungariae, 1712–1860). Budapest, 1886, 1890–92, 1897. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> iszd6sededfw0eayoli7oay4dnwu8z6 Page:A history of Hungarian literature.djvu/44 104 1732313 14128458 12335768 2024-04-25T17:35:28Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="EncycloPetey" />{{rh|30|HUNGARIAN LITERATURE|}}</noinclude>to that of art, for if the guest lift the heavy silk curtains and look through the porphyry-framed windows, he sees the striking panorama of Buda and Pest; below him the Danube, like a silver ribbon dotted with green islets; to the right the hills, and to the left the wide-stretching plain. Then, if he look around him in the hall, he sees beautifully carved tables, glass cases filled with treasures dear to the heart of the connoisseur, Venetian mirrors, golden statues, old bronzes, medals; in one corner a Roman couch covered with brocade; farther on, antique tripod chairs "like those at Delphi." Along the walls are carved bookcases with crimson silk draperies. On the shelves, the literary works of classical antiquity stand side by side with those of the new revival, all of them bound in silk, white the workmanship of their silver clasps and corners is as worthy of admiration as the miniatures to be found inside, which display the rich imagination of the Renaissance blended with that of antiquity—graceful garlands of flowers and fruit, Cupids riding on fawns or playing with rainbow-coloured butterflies, Tritons and nymphs sporting, and, as a border, antique gems, and delicate climbing plants with golden flowers. Seated in one of the Grecian chairs we see the royal host, King Matthias, the centre and soul of the gathering. His long fair hair falls over his shoulders, his cheeks are ruddy, his forehead high, and his large shining eyes betoken a great mind and a passionate temperament. Near him stands a tall and remarkably handsome ecclesiastic, the King's favourite, and the best Latin poet of the century, {{sc|Janus Pannonius}} (John Csezmiczey) (1434–1472). The sadness of this young man's future has not yet cast its shadow upon him; he is<noinclude></noinclude> s8i3b3g3pbqlgznaezmc5vv5nn3basu Page:A history of Hungarian literature.djvu/46 104 1732315 14128459 12346743 2024-04-25T17:35:30Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="CharlesSpencer" />{{rh|32|HUNGARIAN LITERATURE|}}</noinclude>I had judged correctly, and that he had come to see the great humanists.'" Vespasiano then took him to the Villa Careggi, the home of the first Renaissance Platonic academy; also to Cosimo de' Medici, who was completely fascinated by the brilliant and learned youth; then to Argiropolis, whom Pannonius heard lecturing; and to Poggio, at whose house he recited some of his poems with remarkable success. Vespasiano writes of him: "Every one felt the charm of his personality, even those who knew him only by sight. Every day added to his reputation. We looked upon him as the delight of the world (''le delizie del mondo'')." The chief work of Pan­nonius is a long Latin epic poem, wholly classical in its conception, praising the achievements of his friend Marcello, the Venetian leader. Another remarkable figure at the Court of Matthias was Regiomontanus (1436-1476), the greatest astronomer of his century, and the inventor of modern trigonometry. He was the friend and pupil of the great Greek cardinal Bessarion. Matthias placed him in charge of his library and astronomical observatory, at a salary of two hundred golden florins. The observations of Regiomontanus constitute the beginning of real scientific astronomy. His work, the ''Ephemerides'', was dedicated to King Matthias, who rewarded him with twelve hundred golden florins. The book is a kind of nautical almanack, enabling an observer to find his geographical situation by means of the stars. Columbus used the book during his first voyage, so that it played an important part in geographical discovery. Near the King we cannot fail to see his literary familiar, the ingenious Galeotto, who has a hand in everything going on in the new classical society.<noinclude></noinclude> 1e29h8tx2wm3yrybfcnybhrmi334ez3 Page:EB1911 - Volume 05.djvu/639 104 1740865 14131428 12164094 2024-04-26T11:03:58Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="DivermanAU" />{{RunningHeader|{{x-larger|614}}{{em|7.5}}|{{x-larger|CELT}}|[CELTIC LANGUAGES}}</noinclude>Brythonic initial ''s'' becomes ''h'' in the 7th century, but this is unknown in Goidelic, ''e.g.'' Ir. ''salann'', “salt,” W. ''halen'', Cornish ''haloin'', Bret, ''holenn''; Lat. ''sē-men'', Ir. ''sil'', “seed,” W. ''hil''. Initial ''v'' gives ''f'' in Goidelic in the course of the 7th century, whereas in Brythonic it appears as ''gu'', ''gw'', cf. Lat. ''vērus'', Ir. ''fír'', W., Bret. ''gwir''. We may also mention that in Goidelic initial ''j'' and medial ''v'' disappear, ''e.g.'' Gaulish ''Jovincillus'', W. ''ieuanc'', “young,” Bret, ''iouank'', Ir. ''óac, óc''; W. ''bywyd'', “food,” Ir. ''biad''. Post-consonantic ''j'' in Brythonic sometimes gives ''-id'' (Mod. W. ''-ydd'', Mod. Bret, ''-ez''), ''e.g.'' Gaulish ''nevio-, novio-'', O. Bret, ''nowid'', W. ''newydd'', Bret, ''nevez'', Ir. ''núe.'' I.E. ''-kt'' and ''-pt'' both appear in Goidelic as ''-cht'' but in Brythonic as ''-ith'', cf. Lat. ''septem'', O. Ir. ''secht'', W. ''seith'', Bret. ''seiz''. We unfortunately know very little about the position of the stress in ancient Gaulish. According to Meyer-Lübke in place-names the penult was accented if the vowel was long, otherwise the stress lay on the preceding syllable, ''e.g.'' ''Augustodūnum'', O. Fr. ''Ostedun'', now ''Autun; Cataláunos'' (Châlons), ''Trícasses'' (Fr. Troyes), ''Bitúriges'' (Fr. Bourges). In Goidelic the stress, which is strongly expiratory, is always placed on the first syllable except in certain cases in verbs compounded with prepositional prefixes. In Old Welsh and Old Breton, on the other hand, the final syllable, ''i.e.'' the primitive penult, received the stress, but in both languages the stress was shifted in the middle period to the penultimate. The Goidelic dialects, like the Slavonic, distinguish between palatalized and nonpalatalized consonants, according as the consonant was originally followed by a front (''e'', ''i'') or back vowel (''a'', ''o'', ''u''), a phenomenon which is entirely unknown to Brythonic. Finally, the two groups differ radically in the matter of initial mutation or, as it is often called, aspiration. These mutations are by no means confined to initial consonants, as precisely the same changes have taken place under similar conditions in the interior of words. The Goidelic changes included under this head probably took place for the most part between the 5th and 7th centuries, whilst in Brythonic the process seems to have begun and continued later. It is easier to fix the date of the changes in Brythonic than in Goidelic, as a number of British names are preserved in lives of saints, and it is possible to draw conclusions from the shape that British place-names assumed in the mouths of the Anglo-Saxons. In Goidelic, we find two mutations, the vocalic and the nasal. Initial mutation only takes place between words which belong together syntactically, and which form one single stress-group, thus between article, numeral, possessive pronoun or preposition, and a following substantive; between a verbal prefix and the verb itself. {{EB1911 fine print/s}} 1. When the word causing mutation ended in a vowel we get the vocalic mutation, called by Irish grammarians aspiration. The sounds affected are the tenues ''k'' (''c''), ''t, p''; the mediae ''g, d, b''; the liquids and nasals ''m, n, r, l, s'', and Prim. Celt. ''v'' (Ir. ''f'', W. ''gw''). At the present day the results of this mutation in Irish and Welsh may be tabulated as follows. Where the sound is at variance with the traditional orthography, the latter is given in brackets. In the case of ''n, r, l'' in Goidelic we get a different variety of ''n, r, l'' sound. In Welsh in the case of ''r, l'', the absolute initial is a voiceless ''r, l'' written ''rh, ll'', which on mutation become voiced and are written ''r, l''. In Irish ''s'' becomes ''h'' written ''sh'' and the mutation of ''f'' is written ''fh'', which, however, is now silent. Examples:—Irish, ''cú'', “hound,” ''do chú'', “thy hound”; Welsh ''ci, dy gi'' (''do, dy'' represent a Prim. Celt. ''*tovo''); Irish ''máthair'', “mother,” ''an mháthair'', “the mother,” Welsh ''mam, y fam'' (the feminine of the article was originally ''*sentā'', ''sendā''). {| class="_tablegribhdborder" |style="margin:auto; text align:left"|&nbsp;Original&nbsp;Sound&nbsp; |k |t |p |g |d |b |m |- |style="margin:auto; text-align:left"|&nbsp;Irish |&nbsp;{{Polytonic|χ}}(ch)&nbsp; |&nbsp;h(th)&nbsp; |&nbsp;f(ph)&nbsp; |&nbsp;Ʒ(gh)&nbsp; |&nbsp;Ʒ(dh)&nbsp; |&thinsp;v,w(bh)&thinsp; |&thinsp;v,w(mh)&thinsp; |- |style="margin:auto; text-align:left"|&nbsp;Welsh |g |d |b |nil |ð(dd) |v(f) |v(f) |} 2. When the word causing mutation originally ended in a nasal, we get the nasal mutation called by Irish grammarians eclipse. The sounds affected are ''k'' (''c''), ''t'', ''p''; ''g'', ''d'', ''b''; Prim. Celt. ''v'' (Ir. ''f'', W. ''gw''). In mod. Irish and mod. Welsh the results are tabulated below. Irish ''f'' becomes ''w'' written ''bh'', whilst W. ''gw'' gives ''ngw''. Examples:—Irish ''bliadhna'', “year,” ''seacht m-bliadhna'', “seven years,” cf. Latin ''septem'', Welsh ''blynedd, saith mlynedd''; Irish ''tír'', “country,” ''i d-tir'', “in a country,” Welsh ''tref'', “town,” ''yn nhref'', “in a town,” cf. Latin ''in.'' {| class="_tablegribhdborder" |style="margin:auto; text-align:left"|&nbsp;Original&nbsp;Sound   |k |t |p |g |d |b |- |style="margin:auto; text-align:left"|&nbsp;Irish |g |d |&nbsp;b&nbsp; |&emsp;ng&emsp; |n |m |- |style="margin:auto; text-align:left"|&nbsp;Welsh |&ensp;ngh&ensp; |&emsp;nh&emsp; |&emsp;mh&emsp; |&emsp;ng&emsp; |{{em|1.1}}n{{em|1.1}} |{{em|.95}}m{{em|.95}} |} 3. In Welsh ''k'' (''c''), ''t'', ''p'' undergo a further change when the word causing mutation originally ended in ''s''. There is nothing corresponding to this consonantal mutation in Goidelic. In this case ''k'' (''c''), ''t'', ''p'' become the spirants {{Polytonic|χ}} (''ch''), ''th, f'' (''ph''), ''e.g. lad'', “father,” ''ei thad'', “her father,” ''ei'' represents a primitive *''esiās.'' In the interior of words in Brythonic, ''cc'', ''pp'', ''tt'' give the same result as initial ''k'', ''t'', ''p'' by this mutation. {{EB1911 fine print/e}} The relation in which the other Celtic dialects stand to this system will be mentioned below in dealing with the various languages. It will be noted from what has been said above that, with the exception of the different treatment of the labialized velar ''qv'', and the nasal sonant ''ṇ'', the features which differentiate the Brythonic from the Goidelic dialects first appear for the most part after the Romans had left Britain. At the beginning of the Christian era the difference between the two groups can only have been very slight. And Strachan has shown recently that Old Irish and Old Welsh agree in a very striking manner in the use of the verbal particle ''ro'' and in other syntactical peculiarities connected with the verb. (i.) ''Goidelic''.—The term Goidelic is used to embrace the Celtic dialects of Ireland, Scotland and the Isle of Man. In each case the national name for the speech is ''Gaelic'' (Ir. ''Gaedhlig'', Scottish ''Gàidhlig'', Manx ''Gailck''), from Ir. Scottish ''Gaodhal, Gaedheal'', Mid. Ir. ''Góedel'', W. ''Gwyddel'', “a Gael, inhabitant of Ireland or Scotland.” Old Irish may be regarded as the ancestor of Scottish and Manx Gaelic, as the forms of these dialects can be traced back to Old Irish, and there are practically no monuments of Scottish and Manx in the oldest period. Scottish and Irish may be regarded as standing to one another in much the same relation as broad Scottish and southern English. The divergences of Scottish and Manx from Irish will be mentioned below. The language of the Ogam inscriptions is the oldest form of Goidelic with which we are acquainted. Some 300 inscriptions have up to the present been discovered in this alphabet, the majority of them hailing from the south-west of Ireland (Kerry and Cork). In Scotland 22 are known, whilst in England and Wales about 30 have turned up. Most of the latter are in South Wales, but odd ones have been found in North Wales, Devon and Cornwall, and one has occurred as far east as Hampshire. The Isle of Man also possesses two. The letters in the oldest inscriptions are formed by strokes or notches scored on either side of the edge of an upright stone. Thus we obtain the following {{nowrap|alphabet:—}} {{center|[[Image:EB1911 Celt - Goidelic alphabet.jpg|400px]]}} This system, which was eked out with other signs, would seem to have been framed in the south-west of Ireland by a person or persons who were familiar with the Latin alphabet. Some of the inscriptions probably go back to the 5th century and may even be earlier. As illustrations of the simplest forms of Ogam inscriptions we may mention the following: ''Doveti maqqi Cattini'', ''i.e.'' “(the stone) of Dovetos son of Cattinos”; ''Trenagusu Maqi Maqi-Treni'' is rendered in Latin ''Trenegussi Fili Macutreni hic jacit; Sagramni Maqi Cunatami'', “(the stone) of Sagramnos son of Cunotamos”; ''Ovanos avi Ivacattos'', “(the stone) of Ovanus descendant of Ivacattus.” It will be seen that in the oldest of these inscriptions ''q'' is still kept apart from ''k'' (''c''), and that the final syllables have not disappeared (cf. ''maqqi'', O. Ir. ''maicc''), but it appears certain that in Ogamic writing stereotyped forms were used long after they had disappeared in ordinary speech. Several stones contain bilingual inscriptions, but the key to the Ogam alphabet is supplied by a treatise on Ogamic writing contained in the Book of Ballymote, a manuscript of the late 14th century. It should be mentioned that the Welsh<noinclude></noinclude> 4783f6u3n8y36syb096a2i95h7psg2c 14131438 14131428 2024-04-26T11:10:15Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="DivermanAU" />{{RunningHeader|{{x-larger|614}}{{em|7.5}}|{{x-larger|CELT}}|[CELTIC LANGUAGES}}</noinclude>Brythonic initial ''s'' becomes ''h'' in the 7th century, but this is unknown in Goidelic, ''e.g.'' Ir. ''salann'', “salt,” W. ''halen'', Cornish ''haloin'', Bret, ''holenn''; Lat. ''sē-men'', Ir. ''sil'', “seed,” W. ''hil''. Initial ''v'' gives ''f'' in Goidelic in the course of the 7th century, whereas in Brythonic it appears as ''gu'', ''gw'', cf. Lat. ''vērus'', Ir. ''fír'', W., Bret. ''gwir''. We may also mention that in Goidelic initial ''j'' and medial ''v'' disappear, ''e.g.'' Gaulish ''Jovincillus'', W. ''ieuanc'', “young,” Bret, ''iouank'', Ir. ''óac, óc''; W. ''bywyd'', “food,” Ir. ''biad''. Post-consonantic ''j'' in Brythonic sometimes gives ''-id'' (Mod. W. ''-ydd'', Mod. Bret, ''-ez''), ''e.g.'' Gaulish ''nevio-, novio-'', O. Bret, ''nowid'', W. ''newydd'', Bret, ''nevez'', Ir. ''núe.'' I.E. ''-kt'' and ''-pt'' both appear in Goidelic as ''-cht'' but in Brythonic as ''-ith'', cf. Lat. ''septem'', O. Ir. ''secht'', W. ''seith'', Bret. ''seiz''. We unfortunately know very little about the position of the stress in ancient Gaulish. According to Meyer-Lübke in place-names the penult was accented if the vowel was long, otherwise the stress lay on the preceding syllable, ''e.g.'' ''Augustodūnum'', O. Fr. ''Ostedun'', now ''Autun; Cataláunos'' (Châlons), ''Trícasses'' (Fr. Troyes), ''Bitúriges'' (Fr. Bourges). In Goidelic the stress, which is strongly expiratory, is always placed on the first syllable except in certain cases in verbs compounded with prepositional prefixes. In Old Welsh and Old Breton, on the other hand, the final syllable, ''i.e.'' the primitive penult, received the stress, but in both languages the stress was shifted in the middle period to the penultimate. The Goidelic dialects, like the Slavonic, distinguish between palatalized and nonpalatalized consonants, according as the consonant was originally followed by a front (''e'', ''i'') or back vowel (''a'', ''o'', ''u''), a phenomenon which is entirely unknown to Brythonic. Finally, the two groups differ radically in the matter of initial mutation or, as it is often called, aspiration. These mutations are by no means confined to initial consonants, as precisely the same changes have taken place under similar conditions in the interior of words. The Goidelic changes included under this head probably took place for the most part between the 5th and 7th centuries, whilst in Brythonic the process seems to have begun and continued later. It is easier to fix the date of the changes in Brythonic than in Goidelic, as a number of British names are preserved in lives of saints, and it is possible to draw conclusions from the shape that British place-names assumed in the mouths of the Anglo-Saxons. In Goidelic, we find two mutations, the vocalic and the nasal. Initial mutation only takes place between words which belong together syntactically, and which form one single stress-group, thus between article, numeral, possessive pronoun or preposition, and a following substantive; between a verbal prefix and the verb itself. {{EB1911 fine print/s}} 1. When the word causing mutation ended in a vowel we get the vocalic mutation, called by Irish grammarians aspiration. The sounds affected are the tenues ''k'' (''c''), ''t, p''; the mediae ''g, d, b''; the liquids and nasals ''m, n, r, l, s'', and Prim. Celt. ''v'' (Ir. ''f'', W. ''gw''). At the present day the results of this mutation in Irish and Welsh may be tabulated as follows. Where the sound is at variance with the traditional orthography, the latter is given in brackets. In the case of ''n, r, l'' in Goidelic we get a different variety of ''n, r, l'' sound. In Welsh in the case of ''r, l'', the absolute initial is a voiceless ''r, l'' written ''rh, ll'', which on mutation become voiced and are written ''r, l''. In Irish ''s'' becomes ''h'' written ''sh'' and the mutation of ''f'' is written ''fh'', which, however, is now silent. Examples:—Irish, ''cú'', “hound,” ''do chú'', “thy hound”; Welsh ''ci, dy gi'' (''do, dy'' represent a Prim. Celt. ''*tovo''); Irish ''máthair'', “mother,” ''an mháthair'', “the mother,” Welsh ''mam, y fam'' (the feminine of the article was originally ''*sentā'', ''sendā''). {| class="_tablegridhdborder _colcenternotfirst" |&nbsp;Original&nbsp;Sound&nbsp; |k |t |p |g |d |b |m |- |&nbsp;Irish |&nbsp;{{Polytonic|χ}}(ch)&nbsp; |&nbsp;h(th)&nbsp; |&nbsp;f(ph)&nbsp; |&nbsp;Ʒ(gh)&nbsp; |&nbsp;Ʒ(dh)&nbsp; |&thinsp;v,w(bh)&thinsp; |&thinsp;v,w(mh)&thinsp; |- |&nbsp;Welsh |g |d |b |nil |ð(dd) |v(f) |v(f) |} 2. When the word causing mutation originally ended in a nasal, we get the nasal mutation called by Irish grammarians eclipse. The sounds affected are ''k'' (''c''), ''t'', ''p''; ''g'', ''d'', ''b''; Prim. Celt. ''v'' (Ir. ''f'', W. ''gw''). In mod. Irish and mod. Welsh the results are tabulated below. Irish ''f'' becomes ''w'' written ''bh'', whilst W. ''gw'' gives ''ngw''. Examples:—Irish ''bliadhna'', “year,” ''seacht m-bliadhna'', “seven years,” cf. Latin ''septem'', Welsh ''blynedd, saith mlynedd''; Irish ''tír'', “country,” ''i d-tir'', “in a country,” Welsh ''tref'', “town,” ''yn nhref'', “in a town,” cf. Latin ''in.'' {| class="_tablegridhdborder _colcenternotfirst" |style="margin:auto; text-align:left"|&nbsp;Original&nbsp;Sound   |k |t |p |g |d |b |- |&nbsp;Irish |g |d |&nbsp;b&nbsp; |&emsp;ng&emsp; |n |m |- |&nbsp;Welsh |&ensp;ngh&ensp; |&emsp;nh&emsp; |&emsp;mh&emsp; |&emsp;ng&emsp; |{{em|1.1}}n{{em|1.1}} |{{em|.95}}m{{em|.95}} |} 3. In Welsh ''k'' (''c''), ''t'', ''p'' undergo a further change when the word causing mutation originally ended in ''s''. There is nothing corresponding to this consonantal mutation in Goidelic. In this case ''k'' (''c''), ''t'', ''p'' become the spirants {{Polytonic|χ}} (''ch''), ''th, f'' (''ph''), ''e.g. lad'', “father,” ''ei thad'', “her father,” ''ei'' represents a primitive *''esiās.'' In the interior of words in Brythonic, ''cc'', ''pp'', ''tt'' give the same result as initial ''k'', ''t'', ''p'' by this mutation. {{EB1911 fine print/e}} The relation in which the other Celtic dialects stand to this system will be mentioned below in dealing with the various languages. It will be noted from what has been said above that, with the exception of the different treatment of the labialized velar ''qv'', and the nasal sonant ''ṇ'', the features which differentiate the Brythonic from the Goidelic dialects first appear for the most part after the Romans had left Britain. At the beginning of the Christian era the difference between the two groups can only have been very slight. And Strachan has shown recently that Old Irish and Old Welsh agree in a very striking manner in the use of the verbal particle ''ro'' and in other syntactical peculiarities connected with the verb. (i.) ''Goidelic''.—The term Goidelic is used to embrace the Celtic dialects of Ireland, Scotland and the Isle of Man. In each case the national name for the speech is ''Gaelic'' (Ir. ''Gaedhlig'', Scottish ''Gàidhlig'', Manx ''Gailck''), from Ir. Scottish ''Gaodhal, Gaedheal'', Mid. Ir. ''Góedel'', W. ''Gwyddel'', “a Gael, inhabitant of Ireland or Scotland.” Old Irish may be regarded as the ancestor of Scottish and Manx Gaelic, as the forms of these dialects can be traced back to Old Irish, and there are practically no monuments of Scottish and Manx in the oldest period. Scottish and Irish may be regarded as standing to one another in much the same relation as broad Scottish and southern English. The divergences of Scottish and Manx from Irish will be mentioned below. The language of the Ogam inscriptions is the oldest form of Goidelic with which we are acquainted. Some 300 inscriptions have up to the present been discovered in this alphabet, the majority of them hailing from the south-west of Ireland (Kerry and Cork). In Scotland 22 are known, whilst in England and Wales about 30 have turned up. Most of the latter are in South Wales, but odd ones have been found in North Wales, Devon and Cornwall, and one has occurred as far east as Hampshire. The Isle of Man also possesses two. The letters in the oldest inscriptions are formed by strokes or notches scored on either side of the edge of an upright stone. Thus we obtain the following {{nowrap|alphabet:—}} {{center|[[Image:EB1911 Celt - Goidelic alphabet.jpg|400px]]}} This system, which was eked out with other signs, would seem to have been framed in the south-west of Ireland by a person or persons who were familiar with the Latin alphabet. Some of the inscriptions probably go back to the 5th century and may even be earlier. As illustrations of the simplest forms of Ogam inscriptions we may mention the following: ''Doveti maqqi Cattini'', ''i.e.'' “(the stone) of Dovetos son of Cattinos”; ''Trenagusu Maqi Maqi-Treni'' is rendered in Latin ''Trenegussi Fili Macutreni hic jacit; Sagramni Maqi Cunatami'', “(the stone) of Sagramnos son of Cunotamos”; ''Ovanos avi Ivacattos'', “(the stone) of Ovanus descendant of Ivacattus.” It will be seen that in the oldest of these inscriptions ''q'' is still kept apart from ''k'' (''c''), and that the final syllables have not disappeared (cf. ''maqqi'', O. Ir. ''maicc''), but it appears certain that in Ogamic writing stereotyped forms were used long after they had disappeared in ordinary speech. Several stones contain bilingual inscriptions, but the key to the Ogam alphabet is supplied by a treatise on Ogamic writing contained in the Book of Ballymote, a manuscript of the late 14th century. It should be mentioned that the Welsh<noinclude></noinclude> 0bsnklxkwwm8gxqrckdisucm341lg4s Page:A history of Hungarian literature.djvu/50 104 1750779 14128460 12367331 2024-04-25T17:35:31Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="CharlesSpencer" />{{rh|36|HUNGARIAN LITERATURE|}}</noinclude>the castle at Visegrád, calling it a paradise on earth. Another ambassador declared that the castle had no equal in Europe, that only the ''Palais de Justice'' in Paris could be compared with it. But the Renaissance also brought great changes into the habits of every-day life. People began to pay more attention to cleanliness, houses were better venti­lated, and in Italy clean linen and good manners at table became the hall-mark of the gentleman. All his foreign guests spoke of Matthias as exemplary in such matters. There is one more point of similarity between Matthias and his great Italian contemporaries, in that he established a new kind of title to the occupancy of a throne. At the beginning of the Renaissance period, the Italian thrones were in the possession of men who were not of royal descent, but were either successful generals, or their sons. Such monarchs had no family traditions to lean upon, no inherited claim upon the people's loyalty; that had to be won. They therefore occupied themselves with affairs of State more than members of the old dynasties had been accustomed to do; and in their anxiety to acquire dignity they also displayed greater luxury. In default of an ancient name they had recourse to their wealth, and they loved to surround themselves with eminent men in order to add splendour to their court. Such a monarch was Matthias, himself sprung from no royal race, but a son of the great general John Hunyadi. It is consonant with the opinion of their time that the monarchs of the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries, autocrats, men of strong personality and of sensual tendencies, should try to secure their thrones to their<noinclude></noinclude> fi86exgvpvvu9q11xibo0sv3y1t7co8 Page:A history of Hungarian literature.djvu/52 104 1750821 14128461 12335759 2024-04-25T17:35:33Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="EncycloPetey" />{{rh|38|HUNGARIAN LITERATURE|}}</noinclude>famous picture representing her is that by Raphael,<ref>The picture is in the National Gallery in London.</ref> who painted the virgin saint with visionary eyes and her well-known symbol, the wheel. The legend of St. Catherine must have been the work of some one living outside court circles, where Italian taste was prevalent, and yet of some one in touch with the Renaissance, for the plan and treatment of the work show the influence of the new spirit. Literary works of the Middle Ages, with the exception of a few real master­ pieces, lack plan, and are frequently obscure in parts because they are wanting in logical order and in pro­portion. It was one result of the revived interest in the Latin writers that logical method and clearness came to be essential in literature. The Romans were pre­eminently gifted with the capacity for organisation, and they brought that power into play in their literary activity; their works became a standard of literary excellence and their methods became rules for their Renaissance admirers. In the legend of St. Catherine we notice subjective features; behind the facts, we detect the springs from which they flow. In that respect also the author of the poem is typical of the age in which he lived, an age which had learnt to place a new value upon the individual. {{nop}}<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> lfkhkv67o46518jly0o65zz7wife9sk Page:A history of Hungarian literature.djvu/54 104 1750829 14128462 12367336 2024-04-25T17:35:34Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="CharlesSpencer" />{{rh|40|HUNGARIAN LITERATURE|}}</noinclude>1524, eight years after Luther's action at Wittenberg, the royal court in Buda was torn by a violent religious controversy, and a Bill was passed in Parliament ordering all Lutherans to be put to death. Two years later came the battle. National and international, religious and political events struck a blow at the new culture. The chief effect of the Reformation was to heighten religious feeling and to deepen the reverence for con­science. It also influenced literature, developing the technique of both prose and poetry in a surprising way. The religious revival affected Catholics and Protestants alike. Never had religious convictions obtained a firmer hold upon the minds of men. But the fervour of religious feeling was different from the fanaticism of the Middle Ages. The imagination was more restrained, the element of superstition was suppressed, and religion became more and more an uplifting of the heart, and a submission to the guidance of conscience. It was the most cultivated class of men, the humanists, heirs of the Greek and Roman culture, who stood at the head of the new religious movement. That circumstance made itself felt in all directions, and especially in the development of every branch of literature. The Reformation gave an impetus to Hungarian prose in two ways: by stimulating biblical translation and by fostering religious controversy. Luther advocated the principle that the Bible should be made accessible to all, and the invention of printing made it possible. Deeper and deeper did the Hungarian nation drink from those eternal wells of poetry, the Old and New Testaments. It is true, there had been translations of the Bible before the Renaissance, but they were mere fragmentary transcripts.<noinclude></noinclude> lk3hyu1y9qdl5qqr4r2fsdo2r35nrhj Page:A history of Hungarian literature.djvu/56 104 1750855 14128463 12384809 2024-04-25T17:35:35Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Sharfshak" />{{rh|42|HUNGARIAN LITERATURE|}}</noinclude>The greater part of the polemical religious literature was written in Latin, but some of the Protestant publications were written in the vernacular. This controversial literature had a salutary influence on Hungarian prose. But the Reformation did not only develop prose, it also created a new epoch in the history of hymns. There had been hymns written in the native tongue long before the Reformation, but Luther placed new emphasis on the principle that everything relating to religion should be made as simple as possible for all believers. Protestants began the work, and the Catholics soon found how right they were. At the end of the sixteenth century, the Catholics also began to use the new all-powerful weapon which had given such tremendous assistance to the Protestants­—the art of printing. We have seen that printing was introduced into Hungary in the reign of Matthias, earlier than it was adopted by most European countries, but after the death of Matthias that progressive movement, together with many others, was checked. Printing almost ceased, and it was not until the time of the Reformation that the printing-press commenced to play an important part. Controversy introduced a dogmatic style and a harsh tone into literature. Writers were carried away by their heat in affirmation or denial, and we find ourselves, at that period, far removed from the oratorical elegance of the previous century. The most cultured of the scholars had not been educated in smiling Ferrara or Padua, but in gloomy Wittenberg, the town where the melancholy Prince Hamlet studied. The century which saw the Reformation was, above all things, sober and practical. These qualities have always<noinclude></noinclude> ijb7fip4pa1qd9kydlmvdo4sqbxepm8 Page:A history of Hungarian literature.djvu/58 104 1750916 14128464 12391543 2024-04-25T17:35:36Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Sharfshak" />{{rh|44|HUNGARIAN LITERATURE|}}</noinclude>period of Count Stephen Széchenyi's reforms, and a vision of the "future Hungary" rose beside the spectre of the past, and, in the imagination of the poet, the two forms strove with one another. It is this ever-present patriotic feeling which distinguishes Hungarian poetry from that of other nations. In no other poetry of the time is the note of love for the Fatherland so powerful and so fundamental. With other peoples the feeling of national unity was still lying dormant, while in Hungary it moved the heart of the nation with the unconscious but mighty force of an universal instinct. The fire of the Turkish wars only served to make this element in the Hungarian character as strong as iron; and the development, in the sixteenth century, of the feeling of nationality, was one of the most important phases of the evolution through which the nation's mind has passed. Their religion and their country were the two ideals which inspired the poets of the sixteenth century to sing their songs of joy or sorrow, and it was for his religion and his country, both of which were constantly threatened by neighbours to north and south, that the Hungarian statesman trembled. The Hungarian still fought for "God and the Fatherland" as he did in the Middle Ages—only the foe had changed. And the two-fold cry echoed by the nation's poetry is "God and Fatherland." The sixteenth century was controversial, and consequently an age of prose. There were, however, a few poets, both in the first, and in the latter half of the century, who deserve attention. One was a wandering minstrel, Sebastian Tinódi; and another, a passionate warrior, a troubadour-knight, Valentine Balassa. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> svv205g4qtv2osd1ow837rjpq4o3sen Page:A history of Hungarian literature.djvu/60 104 1750919 14128465 13727242 2024-04-25T17:35:37Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Sharfshak" />{{rh|46|HUNGARIAN LITERATURE|}}</noinclude>Sebastian Tinódi. He was not only a patriotic minstrel, but also a reliable eye-witness, who related historical events in all their details; contemporaries, it is well­ known, are much more interested in details than are historians when writing of past ages. He visited the battlefields of which he sang, in order that he might give a faithful account of the conflicts they had witnessed. He was much more accurate, but much more prosy too, than most of the historians who were his contemporaries. The technique of his versification is primitive and his language is as monotonous as his rhymes. His poems may be divided into three groups. The first treats of the political events of the day, the constantly renewed attacks by the Turks, and the defence of the fortresses by the Hungarian leaders. The subjects of the second are taken from the Old Testament, and in that part of his work he clearly showed the influence of the Reformation, which made the Bible known to a far wider circle than it had been before. Typical of this class is his ''Judith''. In the remainder of his work the influence of the Renaissance may be clearly traced, for he turns for his subjects to the classical world, choosing from its mythology such topics as those contained in his ''Chronicle of Jason and Medea''. The most prominent poet in the second half of the sixteenth century was {{sc|Valentine Balassa}} (1551–1594). He himself was a picture in miniature of the times in which he lived—warlike, unhappy, and wild. Like the youthful Sophocles at the rejoicings after Salamis, he first attracted attention by his stately dancing. At the coronation of the Emperor and King, Rudolph II., he was chosen to lead the Hungarian national dance. The fact is mentioned in the Latin chronicles of Istvánffy<noinclude></noinclude> b79hme1dzy9dx2r3nqhdaxtal6jb1cz Page:A history of Hungarian literature.djvu/62 104 1750921 14128466 12463761 2024-04-25T17:35:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Sharfshak" />{{rh|48|HUNGARIAN LITERATURE|}}</noinclude>a fiery speech, telling them that the fortress was his, and that he claimed their obedience, and threatening them with his own troops. Finally, he took possession of the keys, and compelled the soldiers to take the oath of allegiance. Not for long, however, was he suffered to remain in undisturbed possession of either bride or castle. The latter was taken from him by force, and the family caused him, after lengthy litigation, to be divorced from his wife on the ground that the consanguinity of the contracting parties made the marriage invalid. The violent proceedings of Balassa in contriving his marriage were equalled by the merciless hatred of his relatives, who even accused him of having become a Mussulman, and of bringing up his son in that faith. After estranging the affections of his relatives, Balassa left his Fatherland. For a long time he wandered about aimlessly in Poland, and at length went to Dantzig. Some years later he returned to Hungary, and, like his great successor, Alexander Petőfi, died on the battlefield. A few days before the fortress of Esztergom was retaken from the Turks by the Hungarians, Balassa fell, mortally wounded. How can the life of this violent, quarrelsome man possess any interest for us? Because Valentine Balassa was the only real poet to be found in Hungary during the sixteenth century, and remained her best lyric poet until Alexander Petőfi appeared in the middle of the nineteenth century. The range of Balassa's poems is not wide, but they are instinct with feeling. In some of his verse he reveals his restless and stormy soul, distraught with the pangs of love. In others, he praises the life of a soldier, which in those days was a very different thing from modern garrison life, and chiefly meant camping in the open air,<noinclude></noinclude> 2jz2kh1vy6p6hhps5wlp48zxjqpucog Page:A history of Hungarian literature.djvu/64 104 1750971 14128468 13727253 2024-04-25T17:35:39Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Sumiaz" />{{rh|50|HUNGARIAN LITERATURE|}}</noinclude>appreciation of external nature. Until the advent of Balassa, the man of extremes, the dreamy yet passionate troubadour, external nature had found no voice in Hungarian poetry; she was a world waiting to be discovered by poets. It was he who first, of Hungarian poets, felt the beauty of the landscape and saw symbols of his own inner experiences in the phenomena of nature. During the time of the Turkish wars a large number of stories were written in verse, telling some tale of love and war. Many of these were inspired by the works of Boccaccio, though some of them only to a slight extent. Such a story is that of ''The Faithfui Griseldis'', written by {{sc|Paul Istvánffy}}, who was educated at Padua. It tells us of the mental anguish of a wife whose fidelity and love were put to a severe test by her husband on account of some wager. Another group of these stories was based upon the ''Gesta Romanorum''. There were also translations from the Italian, such as that fine fairy tale which was adapted by {{sc|Albert Gyergyai}} under the title of ''Prince Argirus'', and which served as a basis for Vörösmarty's delightful fairy play ''Csongor and Tünde''. But more important than any of these, by virtue of its being purely Hungarian, is the story of ''Szilágyi and Hajmási''. Two Hungarian warriors are taken prisoners and carried to Constantinople. On a certain Whitsunday, one of them, Szilágyi, more moved than usual by the memory of his beloved country, takes up his lyre and sings mournful songs. The Sultan's daughter hears, and feels pity for the captive, and her pity is soon changed into love. "If thou wilt promise to be faithful to me in thine own land, then will I set thee at liberty and follow thee." The young hero promises to be faithful, and he and his companion are set free by the princess, and they all three fly<noinclude></noinclude> gaxgxy6s5e8n7dc6nmzpfqp981fzsn9 Page:EB1911 - Volume 24.djvu/127 104 1786683 14131390 13354231 2024-04-26T10:16:16Z Hvs50 753290 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Slowking4" />{{rh|{{em|2.4}}|{{x-larger|SAMBALPUR—SAMBOURNE}}|{{x-larger|113}}}}</noinclude><section begin="s1" />Gur-Amir, the tomb of Timur. This consists of a chapel crowned with a dome, enclosed by a wall and fronted by an archway. Time and earthquakes have greatly injured this fine building. The interior walls are covered with elegant turquoise arabesques and inscriptions in gold. The citadel (reconstructed in 1882 and preceding years) is situated on a hill whose steep slopes render it one of the strongest in Central Asia. Its walls, 3000 yds. in circuit and about 10 ft. high, enclose a space of about 90 acres. Within it are the palace of the amir of Bokhara—a vulgar modern building now a hospital—and the audience hall of Timur—a long narrow court, surrounded by a colonnade, and containing the ''kok-tash'', or stone of justice. Ruins of former buildings—heaps of plain and enamelled bricks, among which Graeco-Bactrian coins have been found—occur over a wide area round the present city, especially on the W. and N. The name of Aphrosiab is usually given to these ruins. Five m. S.W. of Samarkand is the college Khoja Akrar; its floral ornamentation in enamelled brick is one of the most beautiful in Samarkand. Nothing but the ruins of a palace now mark the site of a once famous garden, Baghchi-sarai. Of the Graeco-Armenian library said to have been brought to Samarkand by Timur no traces have been discovered, and Vambéry regards the legend as invented by the Armenians. Every trace of the renowned high school Kalinder-khaneh has also disappeared. The present Moslem city is an intricate labyrinth of narrow, winding streets, bordered by dirty courtyards and miserable houses. The chief occupation of the inhabitants is gardening. There is a certain amount of industry in metallic wares, tallow and soap, tanneries, potteries, various tissues, dyeing, harness, boots and silver and gold wares. The best harness, ornamented with turquoises, and the finer products of the goldsmith’s art, are imported from Bokhara and Afghanistan. The products of the local potteries are very fine. The bazaars of Samarkand are more animated and kept with much greater cleanliness than those of Tashkent and Namangan. The trade is very brisk, the chief items being cotton, silk, wheat and rice, horses, asses, fruits and cutlery. Wheat, rice and silk are exported chiefly to Bokhara; cotton to Russia, via Tashkent. Silk wares and excellent fruits are imported from Bokhara, and rock-salt from Hissar. {{EB1911 footer double initials|Peter Kropotkin|P. A. K.|John Thomas Bealby|J. T. Be.}} <section end="s1" /> <section begin="s2" />'''SAMBALPUR,''' a town and district of British India, in the Orissa division of Bengal. The town is on the left bank of the river Mahanadi, 495 ft. above sea-level, the terminus of a branch of the Bengal-Nagpur railway. Pop. (1901) 12,870. It contains a ruined fort with old temples. The garrison of native infantry was withdrawn in 1902. There is considerable trade, and hand weaving of tussore silk and cotton cloth are carried on. The {{sc|District of Sambalpur}} has an area of 3773 sq. m. The Mahanadi, which is the only important river, divides it into unequal parts. The greater portion is an undulating plain, with ranges of rugged hills running in every direction, the largest of which is the Bara Pahar, covering an area of 350 sq. m., and attaining at Debrigarh a height of 2267 ft. above the plain. The Mahanadi affords means of water communication for 90 m.; its principal tributaries in Sambalpur are the Ib, Kelo and Jhira. To the W. of the Mahanadi the district is well cultivated. The soil is generally light and sandy. It is occupied for the greater part by crystalline metamorphic rocks; but part of the N.W. corner is composed of sandstone, limestone and shale. Gold dust and diamonds have been found near Hirakhuda or Diamond Island, at the junction of the Ib and Mahanadi. The climate of Sambalpur is considered very unhealthy; the annual rainfall averages 59 in. The population in 1901 was 640,243, showing an increase of 3.2% in the decade. The registered death-rate for 1897 was only 30 per thousand, as against 68 for the province generally. This figure shows that Sambalpur entirely escaped the famine of 1896–1897, which indeed can be said to have brought prosperity to the district by causing high prices for a good rice crop, rice being the staple of cultivation. It was almost equally fortunate in 1900. The main line of the Bengal-Nagpur railway runs along the N. border of the district, with a branch S. to Sambalpur town. Sambalpur lapsed to the British in 1849, and was attached to Bengal until 1862, when it was transferred to the Central Provinces. The early revenue administration was not successful. On the outbreak of the Mutiny in 1857 a general rising of the chiefs took place, and it was not until the final arrest of Surandra Sa, in 1864, that tranquillity was restored. In October 1905 Sambalpur was transferred back again to Bengal, without the subdivisions of Phuljhar and Chandarpur-Padarnpur. {{EB1911 Fine Print|See ''Sambalpur District Gazetteer'' (Calcutta, 1909).}} <section end="s2" /> <section begin="s3" />'''SAMBHAR LAKE,''' a salt lake in Rajputana, India, on the borders of the two states of ]odhpur and Jaipur. The town of the same name has a railway station 53 m. N.E. from Ajmer: pop. (1901) 10,873. The area of the lake when full is about 90 sq. m., but it usually dries up altogether in the hot season. Since 1870 the British government has worked the salt under a lease from the two states interested, supplying great part of N. and Central India. The annual output averages about 126,000 tons, yielding a profit of more than half a million sterling. <section end="s3" /> <section begin="s4" />'''SAMBLANÇAY,''' or {{sc|Semblançay}}, a French noble family of Touraine, sprung from the merchant class. The founder of the family was {{sc|Jean de Beaune}} (d. ''c''. 1489), treasurer of Louis XI., who narrowly escaped death for conspiracy under Charles VIII. His son, {{sc|Jacques de Beaune}}, baron de Samblancay, vicomte de Tours, became general of finances before 1497, and from 1518 was superintendent of finances. Convicted of peculation in connexion with the supplies for the army in Italy, he was executed at Montfaucon on the 9th of August 1527. His eldest son, {{sc|Martin de Beaune}}, who became archbishop of Tours in 1520, died in the same year as his father. Another son, {{sc|Guillaume de Beaune}}, general of finances under his father, and banished from 1527 to 1535, was the father of the famous prelate, {{sc|Renaud de Beaume}} (1527–1606), archbishop of Bourges (1581) and of Sens (1595). His efforts at pacification during the wars of religion culminated in the conversion of Henry IV., and it was he who presided at the ceremony of the king’s abjuration of Protestantism on the 25th of July 1593. Renaud was one of the most famous orators of his time, and some of his productions have come down to us, as well as his ''Réformation de l'université de Paris'' (1605 and 1667). A less honourable descendant of Jacques de Beaune was {{sc|Charlotte de Beaune-Samblançay}} (''c''.1550–1617), a courtesan whom Catherine de Medici employed to discover the secrets of her courtly enemies. She counted among her lovers and dupes the king of Navarre (Henry IV.), the duc d’Alençon (Henry III.), Henry I., duc de Guise and others. The duc de Guise was killed when leaving her apartments in the early morning of Christmas Day 1588. She was married early in life to Simon de Fizes, baron de Sauves, a secretary of state, and aga.in in 1584 to Francois de la Trémoille, marquis de Noirmoutiers, by whom she had a son, Louis, 1st duc de Noirmoutiers, a ducal line which became extinct in 1733. Charlotte died on the 30th of September 1617. <section end="s4" /> <section begin="s6" />'''SAMBOURNE, EDWARD LINLEY''' (1844–1910), English draughtsman, illustrator and designer, was born in London, on the 4th of January 1844. He was educated at the City of London School, and also received a few months' education at the South Kensington School of Art. After a six years' &ldquo; gentleman apprenticeship &rdquo; with John Penn &amp; Son, marine engineers, Greenwich, his humorous and fanciful sketches made surreptitiously in the drawing-office of that firm were shown to Mark Lemon, editor of ''Punch'', and at once secured him an invitation to draw for that journal. In April 1867 appeared his first sketch, &ldquo; Pros and Cons,&rdquo; and from that time his work was regularly seen, with rare exceptions, in the weekly pages of ''Punch''. In 1871 he was called to the ''Punch'' &ldquo; table.&rdquo; At the beginning he made his name by his &ldquo; social &rdquo; drawings and especially by his highly elaborated initial letters. He drew his first political cartoon, properly so-called, in 1884, and ten years later began regularly to design the weekly second cartoon, following Sir John Tenniel as chief cartoonist in 1901. Examples of his best work in book illustration are in Sir F. C. Burnand's ''New Sandford and Merton'' (1872), and in Charles Kingsley's ''Water Babies'' (1885), which contains some of his most delicate<section end="s6" /><noinclude></noinclude> b1ow14jxouedj3yvdaq12gpaauqwodv Page:EB1911 - Volume 14.djvu/737 104 1821903 14128361 13178367 2024-04-25T17:20:25Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="DivermanAU" />{{rh|{{x-larger|706}}|{{x-larger|INTERPOLATION}}|{{em|2.4}}}}</noinclude><section begin="s1" />common law courts in interpleader; and the Judicature Act 1875 enacted that the practice and procedure under these two statutes should apply to all divisions of the High Court of Justice. The Judicature Act also extended the remedy of interpleader to a debtor or other person liable in respect of a debt alleged to be assigned, when the assignment was disputed. In 1883 the acts of 1831 and 1860 were embodied in the form of rules by the ''Rules'' ''of the Supreme Courts'' (1883), O. lvii. by reference to which all questions of interpleader in the High Court of Justice are now determined. The acts themselves were repealed by the Statute Law Revision Act of the same year. Interpleader is the equivalent of multiplepoinding in Scots law. <section end="s1" /> <section begin="s2" />'''INTERPOLATION''' (from Lat. ''interpolare'', to alter, or insert something fresh, connected with ''polire'', a polish), in mathematics, the process of obtaining intermediate terms of a series of which particular terms only are given. The cubes, for instance, shown in the second column of the accompanying table, may be regarded as terms of a series, and the cube of a fractional number, not exceeding the last number in the first column, may be found by interpolation. The process of obtaining the cube of a number exceeding the last number in the first column would be ''extrapolation''; the formulae which apply to interpolation apply in theory to extrapolation, but in practice special precautions as to accuracy are necessary. The present article deals only with interpolation. <table align=center {{Ts|sm92|lh13|ba|bc}} rules=cols> <tr align=center><td {{Ts|pl.5|pr.5|ba}}>Number.</td> <td {{Ts|pl.5|pr.5|ba}}>Cube of Number.</td></tr> <tr align=center><td>0</td> <td>&emsp;0</td></tr> <tr align=center><td>1</td> <td>&emsp;1</td></tr> <tr align=center><td>2</td> <td>&emsp;8</td></tr> <tr align=center><td>3</td> <td>&ensp;27</td></tr> <tr align=center><td>4</td> <td>&ensp;64</td></tr> <tr align=center><td>5</td> <td>125</td></tr> <tr align=center><td>6</td> <td>216</td></tr> <tr align=center><td>.</td> <td>.</td></tr> <tr align=center><td>.</td> <td>.</td></tr> <tr align=center><td>.</td> <td>.</td></tr> </table> The term is usually limited to those cases in which there are two quantities, ''x'' and ''u'', which are so related that when ''x'' has any arbitrary value, lying perhaps between certain limits, the value of ''u'' is determinate. There is a given series of associated values of ''u'' and of ''x'', and interpolation consists in determining the value of ''u'' for any arbitrary value of ''x'', or the value of ''x'' for any arbitrary value of ''u'', lying between two of the values in the series. Either of the two quantities may be regarded as a function of the other; it is convenient to treat one, ''x'', as the “independent variable,” the other, ''u'', being treated as the “dependent variable,” ''i.e.'' as a function of ''x''. If, as is usually the case, the successive values of one of the quantities proceed by a constant increment, this quantity is to be regarded as the independent variable. The two series of values may be tabulated, those of ''x'' being placed in a column (or row), and those of ''u'' in a parallel column (or row); ''u'' is then said to be ''tabulated in terms of x''. The independent variable ''x'' is called the ''argument'', and the dependent variable ''u'' is called the ''entry''. Interpolation, in the ordinary sense, consists in determining the value of ''u'' for a value of ''x'' intermediate between two values appearing in the table. This may be described as ''direct interpolation'', to distinguish it from ''inverse interpolation'', which consists in determining the value of ''x'' for a value of ''u'' intermediate between two in the table. The methods employed can be extended to cases in which the value of ''u'' depends on the values of two or more independent quantities ''x'', ''y'',... {{EB1911 fine print/s}} In the ordinary case we may regard the values of ''x'' as measured along a straight line OX from a fixed point O, so that to any value of ''x'' there corresponds a point on the line. If we represent the corresponding value of ''u'' by an ordinate drawn from the line, the extremities of all such ordinates will lie on a curve which will be the graph of ''u'' with regard to ''x''. Interpolation therefore consists in determining the length of the ordinate of a curve occupying a particular position, when the lengths of ordinates occupying certain specified positions are known. If ''u'' is a function of two variables, ''x'' and ''y'', we may similarly represent it by the ordinate of a surface, the position of the ordinate being determined by the values of ''x'' and of ''y'' jointly. The series or tables to which interpolation has to be applied may for convenience be regarded as falling into two main groups. The first group comprises mathematical tables, ''i.e.'' tables of mathematical functions; in the case of such a table the value of the function u for each tabulated value of ''x'' is calculated to a known degree of accuracy, and the degree of accuracy of an interpolated value of u can be estimated. The second group comprises tables of values which are found experimentally, ''e.g.'' values of a physical quantity or of a statistical ratio; these values are usually subject to certain “errors” of observation or of random selection (see {{EB1911 article link|Probability}}). The methods of interpolation are usually the same in the two groups of cases, but special considerations have to be taken into account in the second group. The line of demarcation of the two groups is not absolutely fixed; the tables used by actuaries, for instance, which are of great importance in practical life, are based on statistical observations, but the tables formed directly from the observations have been “smoothed” so as to obtain series which correspond in form to the series of values of mathematical functions. It must be assumed, at any rate in the case of a mathematical function, that the “entry” ''u'' varies continuously with the “argument” ''x'', ''i.e.'' that there are no sudden breaks, changes of direction, &c., in the curve which is the graph of ''u''. Various methods of interpolation are described below. The simplest is that which uses the ''principle of proportional parts''; and mathematical tables are usually arranged so as to enable this method to be employed. Where this is not possible, the methods are based either on the use of Taylor’s Theorem, which gives a formula involving differential coefficients (see {{EB1911 article link|Infinitesimal Calculus}}), or on the properties of finite differences (see {{EB1911 article link|Differences, Calculus of}}). Taylor’s Theorem can only be applied directly to a known mathematical function; but it can be applied indirectly, by means of finite differences, in various cases where the form of the function expressing ''u'' in terms of ''x'' is unknown; and even where the form of this function is known it is sometimes more convenient to determine the differential coefficients by means of the differences than to calculate them directly from their mathematical expressions. Finally, there are cases where we cannot even employ finite-difference formulae directly. In these cases we must adopt some special method; ''e.g.'' we may instead of ''u'' tabulate some function of ''u'', such as its logarithm, which is found to be amenable to ordinary processes, then determine the value of this function corresponding to the particular value of ''x'', and thence determine the corresponding value of ''u'' itself. In considering methods of interpolation, it will be assumed, unless the contrary is stated, that the values of ''x'' proceed by a constant increment, which will be denoted by ''h''. In order to see what method is to be employed, it is usually necessary to arrange the given series of values of ''u'' in the form of a table, as explained above, and then to take the successive ''differences'' of ''u''. The differences of the successive values of ''u'' are called its ''first differences''; these form a new series, the first differences of which are the ''second differences'' of ''u''; and so on. The systems of notation of the differences are explained briefly below. For the fuller discussion, reference should be made to {{EB1911 article link|Differences, Calculus of}}. {{center|{{sc|I. Interpolation from Mathematical Tables}}}} {{center|A. Direct Interpolation.}} 1. ''Interpolation by First Differences.''—The simplest cases are those in which the first difference in ''u'' is constant, or nearly so. {{nowrap|For example:—}} <table align=center {{Ts|sm92|lh13|bc}}> <tr rules="cols"><td {{Ts|pl.5|pr.5|ac}} colspan="3">''Example'' 1.—(''u'' = log <sub>10</sub>''x'').</td> <td>&emsp;&emsp;</td> <td {{Ts|pl.5|pr.5|ac}} colspan="3">''Example'' 2.—(''u'' = log <sub>10</sub>''x'').</td></tr> <tr align=center><td {{Ts|pl.5|pr.5|ac|ba}}>''x''.</td> <td {{Ts|ba}}>''u''.</td> <td {{Ts|pl.5|pr.5|vtp|ac|ba}}>1st Diff.</td> <td>&emsp;&emsp;&emsp;</td> <td {{Ts|ba}}>''x''.</td> <td {{Ts|ba}}>''u''.</td> <td {{Ts|pl.5|pr.5|ac|ba}}>1st Diff.</td></tr> <tr align=center><td {{Ts|bl|br}}>&nbsp;</td> <td>&nbsp;</td> <td {{Ts|bl|br}}><big>+</big></td> <td {{Ts|br}}>&emsp;&emsp;</td> <td>&nbsp;</td> <td {{Ts|bl|br}}>&nbsp;</td> <td {{Ts|br}}><big>+</big></td></tr> <tr align=center><td {{Ts|bl|br}}>&thinsp;4.341&thinsp;</td> <td {{Ts|br}}>&thinsp;.6375898&thinsp;</td> <td>&nbsp;</td> <td {{Ts|bl|br}}>&emsp;&emsp;</td> <td {{Ts|br}}>7.40</td> <td {{Ts|br}}>.86923</td> <td {{Ts|br}}>&nbsp;</td></tr> <tr align=center><td {{Ts|bl|br}}>&nbsp;</td> <td>&nbsp;</td> <td {{Ts|bl|br}}>1000</td> <td {{Ts|br}}>&emsp;&emsp;</td> <td>&nbsp;</td> <td {{Ts|bl|br}}>&nbsp;</td> <td {{Ts|br}}>59</td></tr> <tr align=center><td {{Ts|bl|br}}>4.342</td> <td {{Ts|br}}>.6376898</td> <td>&nbsp;</td> <td {{Ts|bl|br}}>&emsp;&emsp;</td> <td {{Ts|br}}>7.41</td> <td {{Ts|br}}>.86982</td> <td {{Ts|br}}>&nbsp;</td></tr> <tr align=center><td {{Ts|bl|br}}>&nbsp;</td> <td>&nbsp;</td> <td {{Ts|bl|br}}>1000</td> <td {{Ts|br}}>&emsp;&emsp;</td> <td>&nbsp;</td> <td {{Ts|bl|br}}>&nbsp;</td> <td {{Ts|br}}>58</td></tr> <tr align=center><td {{Ts|bl|br}}>4.343</td> <td {{Ts|br}}>.6377898</td> <td>&nbsp;</td> <td {{Ts|bl|br}}>&emsp;&emsp;</td> <td {{Ts|br}}>7.42</td> <td {{Ts|br}}>.87040</td> <td {{Ts|br}}>&nbsp;</td></tr> <tr align=center><td {{Ts|bl|br}}>&nbsp;</td> <td>&nbsp;</td> <td {{Ts|bl|br}}>1000</td> <td {{Ts|br}}>&emsp;&emsp;</td> <td>&nbsp;</td> <td {{Ts|bl|br}}>&nbsp;</td> <td {{Ts|br}}>59</td></tr> <tr align=center><td {{Ts|bl|br}}>4.344</td> <td {{Ts|br}}>.6378898</td> <td>&nbsp;</td> <td {{Ts|bl|br}}>&emsp;&emsp;</td> <td {{Ts|br}}>7.43</td> <td {{Ts|br}}>.87099</td> <td {{Ts|br}}>&nbsp;</td></tr> <tr align=center><td {{Ts|bl|br}}>&nbsp;</td> <td>&nbsp;</td> <td {{Ts|bl|br}}>1000</td> <td {{Ts|br}}>&emsp;&emsp;</td> <td>&nbsp;</td> <td {{Ts|bl|br}}>&nbsp;</td> <td {{Ts|br}}>58</td></tr> <tr align=center><td {{Ts|bl|br|bb}}>4.345</td> <td {{Ts|br|bb}}>.6379898</td> <td {{Ts|br|bb}}>&nbsp;</td> <td {{Ts|br}}>&emsp;&emsp;</td> <td {{Ts|br|bb}}>7.44</td> <td {{Ts|br|bb}}>.87157</td> <td {{Ts|br|bb}}>&nbsp;</td></tr> </table> In Example 1 the first difference of ''u'' corresponding to a difference of ''h'' ≡ .001 in ''x'' is .0001000; but, since we are working throughout to seven places of decimals, it is more convenient to write it 1000. This system of ignoring the decimal point in dealing with differences will be adopted throughout this article. To find ''u'' for an intermediate value of ''x'' we assume the principle of proportional parts, ''i.e.'' we assume that the difference in ''u'' is proportional to the difference in ''x''. Thus for ''x'' = 4.342945 the difference in ''u'' is .945 of 1000 = 945, so that ''u'' is .6376898 + .0000945 = .6377843. For ''x'' = 4.34294482 the difference in ''u'' would be 944.82, so that the value of ''u'' would apparently be .6376898 + .000094482 = .637784282. This, however, would be incorrect. It must be remembered that the values of ''u'' are only given “correct to seven places of decimals,” ''i.e.'' each <section end="s2" /><noinclude><!-- --> {{EB1911 fine print/e}}</noinclude> snug4yrtu674ysarpollagddd617w84 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/26 104 1844328 14130962 8322439 2024-04-26T07:45:26Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|14|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>abroad it is mentioned from professorial chairs with the epithets "eminent and esteemed." It is reckoned among those fortunate names which to mention in vain or to abuse in public or in the Press is considered a mark of bad breeding. Indeed, it should be so; because with my name is inseparably associated the idea of a famous, richly gifted, and indubitably useful person. I am a steady worker, with the endurance of a camel, which is important. I am also endowed with talent, which is still more important. In passing, I would add that I am a well-educated, modest, and honest fellow. I have never poked my nose into letters or politics, never sought popularity in disputes with the ignorant, and made no speeches either at dinners or at my colleagues' funerals. Altogether there is not a single spot on my learned name, and it has nothing to complain of. It is fortunate. The bearer of this name, that is myself, is a man of sixty-two, with a bald head, false teeth and an incurable tic. My name is as brilliant and prepossessing, as I myself am dull and ugly. My head and hands tremble from weakness; my neck, like that of one of [[w:Turgenev|Turgeniev]]'s heroines, resembles the handle of a counter-bass; my chest is hollow and my back narrow. When I speak or read my mouth twists, and when I smile my whole face is covered with senile, deathly wrinkles. There is nothing imposing in my pitiable face, save that when I suffer from the tic, I have a<noinclude></noinclude> ioa7llvud0mtr0rn0a7om5wjye6d50r Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/28 104 1844330 14130963 8322441 2024-04-26T07:45:27Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|16|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>note insomnia, from which I have begun to suffer lately. If I were asked: "What is now the chief and fundamental fact of your existence?" I would answer: "Insomnia." From habit, I still undress at midnight precisely and get into bed. I soon fall asleep but wake just after one with the feeling that I have not slept at all. I must get out of bed and light the lamp. For an hour or two I walk about the room from corner to corner and inspect the long familiar pictures. When I am weary of walking I sit down to the table. I sit motionless thinking of nothing, feeling no desires; if a book lies before me I draw it mechanically towards me and read without interest. Thus lately in one night I read mechanically a whole novel with a strange title, "Of What the Swallow Sang." Or in order to occupy my attention I make myself count to a thousand, or I imagine the face of some one of my friends, and begin to remember in what year and under what circumstances he joined the faculty. I love to listen to sounds. Now, two rooms away from me my daughter Liza will say something quickly, in her sleep; then my wife will walk through the drawing-room with a candle and infallibly drop the box of matches. Then the shrinking wood of the cupboard squeaks or the burner of the lamp tinkles suddenly, and all these sounds somehow agitate me. Not to sleep of nights confesses one abnormal; and therefore I wait impatiently for the morning<noinclude></noinclude> pesmll45d7pp59pu87ykr3xlncbcfj5 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/30 104 1844332 14130964 8322443 2024-04-26T07:45:28Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|18|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>wife that expenses do not grow less by talking of them. But my wife does not acknowledge experience and speaks about our officer punctually every day, about bread, thank Heaven, being cheaper and sugar a half-penny dearer—and all this in a tone as though it were news to me. I listen and agree mechanically. Probably because I have not slept during the night strange idle thoughts take hold of me. I look at my wife and wonder like a child. In perplexity I ask myself: This old, stout, clumsy woman, with sordid cares and anxiety about bread and butter written in the dull expression of her face, her eyes tired with eternal thoughts of debts and poverty, who can talk only of expenses and smile only when things are cheap—was this once the slim Varya whom I loved passionately for her fine clear mind, her pure soul, her beauty, and as Othello loved Desdemona, for her "compassion" of my science? Is she really the same, my wife Varya, who bore me a son? I gaze intently into the fat, clumsy old woman's face. I seek in her my Varya; but from the past nothing remains but her fear for my health and her way of calling my salary "our" salary and my hat "our" hat. It pains me to look at her, and to console her, if only a little, I let her talk as she pleases, and I am silent even when she judges people unjustly, or scolds me because I do not practise and do not publish text-books. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> a25x9ejd6xec95m6qv0padnw76l87ue Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/32 104 1844335 14130965 8322445 2024-04-26T07:45:29Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|20|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>"Good morning, Papa. Quite well?" As a child she adored ice-cream, and I often had to take her to a confectioner's. Ice-cream was her standard of beauty. If she wanted to praise me, she used to say: "Papa, you are ice-creamy." One finger she called the pistachio, the other the cream, the third the raspberry finger and so on. And when she came to say good morning, I used to lift her on to my knees and kiss her fingers, and say: "The cream one, the pistachio one, the lemon one." And now from force of habit I kiss Liza's fingers and murmur: "Pistachio one, cream one, lemon one." But it does not sound the same. I am cold like the ice-cream and I feel ashamed. When my daughter comes in and touches my forehead with her lips I shudder as though a bee had stung my forehead, I smile constrainedly and turn away my face. Since my insomnia began a question has been driving like a nail into my brain. My daughter continually sees how terribly I, an old man, blush because I owe the servant his wages; she sees how often the worry of small debts forces me to leave my work and to pace the room from corner to corner for hours, thinking; but why hasn't she, even once, come to me without telling her mother and whispered: "Father, here's my watch, bracelets, earrings, dresses . . . Pawn them all . . . You need money"? Why, seeing how I and her mother<noinclude></noinclude> 0eo4gr1ucoaywuyg61dddfcg52devuz Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/34 104 1844337 14130966 8322447 2024-04-26T07:45:30Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|22|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>tea from a copper tea-pot. And here are the gloomy gates of the University that have not been repaired for years; a weary porter in a sheepskin coat, a broom, heaps of snow . . . Such gates cannot produce a good impression on a boy who comes fresh from the provinces and imagines that the temple of science is really a temple. Certainly, in the history of Russian pessimism, the age of university buildings, the dreariness of the corridors, the smoke-stains on the walls, the meagre light, the dismal appearance of the stairs, the clothes-pegs and the benches, hold one of the foremost places in the series of predisposing causes. Here is our garden. It does not seem to have grown any better or any worse since I was a student. I do not like it. It would be much more sensible if tall pine-trees and fine oaks grew there instead of consumptive lime-trees, yellow acacias and thin clipped lilac. The student's mood is created mainly by every one of the surroundings in which he studies; therefore he must see everywhere before him only what is great and strong and exquisite. Heaven preserve him from starveling trees, broken windows, and drab walls and doors covered with torn oilcloth. As I approach my main staircase the door is open wide. I am met by my old friend, of the same age and name as I, Nicolas the porter. He grunts as he lets me in: "It's frosty, Your Excellency." Or if my coat is wet: {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 73ehnxswb19nms41tqwpyh3qbuer5z9 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/36 104 1844339 14130967 8322449 2024-04-26T07:45:30Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|24|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>legends of the life of the university. He added to this wealth much of his own and if you like he will tell you many stories, long or short. He can tell you of extraordinary savants who knew ''everything'', of remarkable scholars who did not sleep for weeks on end, of numberless martyrs to science; good triumphs over evil with him. The weak always conquer the strong, the wise man the fool, the modest the proud, the young the old. There is no need to take all these legends and stories for sterling; but filter them, and you will find what you want in your filter, a noble tradition and the names of true heroes acknowledged by all. In our society all the information about the learned world consists entirely of anecdotes of the extraordinary absent-mindedness of old professors, and of a handful of jokes, which are ascribed to Guber or to myself or to Baboukhin. But this is too little for an educated society. If it loved science, savants and students as Nicolas loves them, it would long ago have had a literature of whole epics, stories, and biographies. But unfortunately this is yet to be. The news told, Nicolas looks stern and we begin to talk business. If an outsider were then to hear how freely Nicolas uses the jargon, he would be inclined to think that he was a scholar, posing as a soldier. By the way, the rumours of the university-porter's erudition are very exaggerated. It is true that Nicolas knows more than a hundred Latin tags, can put<noinclude></noinclude> ccb8pgwtpp6xyzejyvi1f26wsxld109 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/38 104 1844341 14130968 8322451 2024-04-26T07:45:31Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|26|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>or there was an earthquake, he would not lift a finger, but would go on in the quietest way with his eye screwed over his microscope. In a word: "What's Hecuba to him?" I would give anything to see how this dry old stick goes to bed with his wife. Another trait: a fanatical belief in the infallibility of science, above all in everything that the Germans write. He is sure of himself and his preparations, knows the purpose of life, is absolutely ignorant of the doubts and disillusionments that turn talents grey,—a slavish worship of the authorities, and not a shadow of need to think for himself. It is hard to persuade him and quite impossible to discuss with him. Just try a discussion with a man who is profoundly convinced that the best science is medicine, the best men doctors, the best traditions—the medical! From the ugly past of medicine only one tradition has survived,—the white necktie that doctors wear still. For a learned, and more generally for an educated person there can exist only a general university tradition, without any division into traditions of medicine, of law, and so on. But it's quite impossible for Peter Ignatievich to agree with that; and he is ready to argue it with you till doomsday. His future is quite plain to me. During the whole of his life he will make several hundred preparations of extraordinary purity, will write any number of dry, quite competent, essays,<noinclude></noinclude> 5tbeq5hw8az6sl2ad2ltt6imbejfxzs Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/40 104 1844343 14130969 8322453 2024-04-26T07:45:32Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|28|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>an amphitheatre, and utter the stereotyped "In our last lecture we ended with . . ." and the sentences fly out of my soul in a long line—then it is full steam ahead. I speak with irresistible speed, and with passion, and it seems as though no earthly power could check the current of my speech. In order to lecture well, that is without being wearisome and to the listener's profit, besides talent you must have the knack of it and experience; you must have a clear idea both of your own powers, of the people to whom you are lecturing, and of the subject of your remarks. Moreover, you must be quick in the uptake, keep a sharp eye open, and never for a moment lose your field of vision. When he presents the composer's thought, a good conductor does twenty things at once. He reads the score, waves his baton, watches the singer, makes a gesture now towards the drum, now to the double-bass, and so on. It is the same with me when lecturing. I have some hundred and fifty faces before me, quite unlike each other, and three hundred eyes staring me straight in the face. My purpose is to conquer this many-headed hydra. If I have a clear idea how far they are attending and how much they are comprehending every minute while I am lecturing, then the hydra is in my power. My other opponent is within me. This is the endless variety of forms, phenomena and laws, and the vast number of ideas, whether my own<noinclude></noinclude> tjtaibuc8fa4xl1n7tpcrsvtx6fcoty Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/42 104 1844345 14130970 8322455 2024-04-26T07:45:33Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|30|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>I laugh too. Their attention is refreshed and I can go on. No sport, no recreation, no game ever gave me such delight as reading a lecture. Only in a lecture could I surrender myself wholly to passion and understand that inspiration is not a poet's fiction, but exists indeed. And I do not believe that Hercules, even after the most delightful of his exploits, felt such a pleasant weariness as I experienced every time after a lecture. This was in the past. Now at lectures I experience only torture. Not half an hour passes before I begin to feel an invincible weakness in my legs and shoulders. I sit down in my chair, but I am not used to lecture sitting. In a moment I am up again, and lecture standing. Then I sit down again. Inside my mouth is dry, my voice is hoarse, my head feels dizzy. To hide my state from my audience I drink some water now and then, cough, wipe my nose continually, as though I was troubled by a cold, make inopportune puns, and finally announce the interval earlier than I should. But chiefly I feel ashamed. Conscience and reason tell me that the best thing I could do now is to read my farewell lecture to the boys, give them my last word, bless them and give up my place to someone younger and stronger than I. But, heaven be my judge, I have not the courage to act up to my conscience. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> skok1ttd3aj3d0rkfy5ucftsmi9dtg0 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/44 104 1844347 14130971 8322457 2024-04-26T07:45:34Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|32|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>lecture tears rise to my throat, my eyes begin to ache, and I have a passionate and hysterical desire to stretch out my hands and moan aloud. I want to cry out that fate has doomed me, a famous man, to death; that in some six months here in the auditorium another will be master. I want to cry out that I am poisoned; that new ideas that I did not know before have poisoned the last days of my life, and sting my brain incessantly like mosquitoes. At that moment my position seems so terrible to me that I want all my students to be terrified, to jump from their seats and rush panic-stricken to the door, shrieking in despair. It is not easy to live through such moments. {{c|II}} After the lecture I sit at home and work. I read reviews, dissertations, or prepare for the next lecture, and sometimes I write something. I work with interruptions, since I have to receive visitors. The bell rings. It is a friend who has come to talk over some business. He enters with hat and stick. He holds them both in front of him and says: "Just a minute, a minute. Sit down, cher confrère. Only a word or two." First we try to show each other that we are both extraordinarily polite and very glad to see each other. I make him sit down in the chair,<noinclude></noinclude> aqfao4hgqv04fbjrmg6txsoy998bolc Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/46 104 1844349 14130972 8322459 2024-04-26T07:45:35Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|34|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>whom, to use the students' slang, "I give a plough" or "haul them through." Those of them who fail because of stupidity or illness, usually bear their cross in patience and do not bargain with me; only sanguine temperaments, "open natures," bargain with me and come to my house, people whose appetite is spoiled or who are prevented from going regularly to the opera by a delay in their examinations. With the first I am over-indulgent; the second kind I keep on the run for a year. "Sit down," I say to my guest. "What was it you wished to say?" "Forgive me for troubling you. Professor . . ." he begins, stammering and never looking me in the face. "I would not venture to trouble you unless . . . I was up for my examination before you for the fifth time . . . and I failed. I implore you to be kind, and give me a 'satis,' because . . ." The defence which all idlers make of themselves is always the same. They have passed in every other subject with distinction, and failed only in mine, which is all the more strange because they had always studied my subject most diligently and know it thoroughly. They failed through some inconceivable misunderstanding. "Forgive me, my friend," I say to my guest. "But I can't give you a 'satis'—impossible. Go and read your lectures again, and then come. Then we'll see. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> jjsvfin1mgvhzenuxvufkqnmm827pd8 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/48 104 1844351 14130973 8322461 2024-04-26T07:45:36Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|36|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>leave. But he stands there, looking at the window, pulling at his little beard and thinking. It becomes tedious. My sanguine friend has a pleasant, succulent voice, clever, amusing eyes, a good-natured face, rather puffed by assiduity to beer and much resting on the sofa. Evidently he could tell me many interesting things about the opera, about his love affairs, about the friends he adores; but, unfortunately, it is not the thing. And I would so eagerly listen! "On my word of honour, Professor, if you give me a 'satis' I'll . . ." As soon as it gets to "my word of honour," I wave my hands and sit down to the table. The student thinks for a while and says, dejectedly: "In that case, good-bye . . . Forgive me!" "Good-bye, my friend . . . Good-bye!" He walks irresolutely into the hall, slowly puts on his coat, and, when he goes into the street, probably thinks again for a long while; having excogitated nothing better than "old devil" for me, he goes to a cheap restaurant to drink beer and dine, and then home to sleep. Peace be to your ashes, honest labourer! A third ring. Enters a young doctor in a new black suit, gold-rimmed spectacles and the inevitable white necktie. He introduces himself. I ask him to take a seat and inquire his business. The young priest of science begins to tell me, not without agitation, that he passed his doctor's<noinclude></noinclude> 9bjbr4ir897920fmaxfxdamjwgw0bwk Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/50 104 1844353 14130974 8322463 2024-04-26T07:45:37Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|38|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>by degrees I grow calm, and, of course, surrender. The aspirant will receive a valueless subject from me, will write under my observation a needless thesis, will pass his tedious disputation ''cum laude'' and will get a useless and learned degree. The rings follow in endless succession, but here I confine myself to four. The fourth ring sounds, and I hear the familiar steps, the rustling dress, the dear voice. Eighteen years ago my dear friend, the oculist, died and left behind him a seven year old daughter, Katy, and sixty thousand roubles. By his will he made me guardian. Katy lived in my family till she was ten. Afterwards she was sent to College and lived with me only in her holidays in the summer months. I had no time to attend to her education. I watched only by fits and starts; so that I can say very little about her childhood. The chief thing I remember, the one I love to dwell upon in memory, is the extraordinary confidence which she had when she entered my house, when she had to have the doctor,—a confidence which was always shining in her darling face. She would sit in a corner somewhere with her face tied up, and would be sure to be absorbed in watching something. Whether she was watching me write and read books, or my wife bustling about, or the cook peeling the potatoes in the kitchen or the dog playing about—her eyes invariably expressed the same thing: "Everything<noinclude></noinclude> ivrprtxmwhfhjlpommg2qb2yu9xd6r0 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/52 104 1844355 14130975 8322465 2024-04-26T07:45:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|40|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>inclination to watch the beginnings and the growth of the passion which had completely taken hold of Katy when she was no more than fourteen or fifteen. I mean her passionate love for the theatre. When she used to come from the College for her holidays and live with us, nothing gave her such pleasure and enthusiasm to talk about as plays and actors. She used to tire us with her incessant conversation about the theatre. I alone hadn't the courage to deny her my attention. My wife and children did not listen to her. When she felt the desire to share her raptures she would come to my study and coax: "Nicolai Stiepanich, do let me speak to you about the theatre." I used to show her the time and say: "I'll give you half an hour. Fire away!" Later on she used to bring in pictures of the actors and actresses she worshipped—whole dozens of them. Then several times she tried to take part in amateur theatricals, and finally when she left College she declared to me she was born to be an actress. I never shared Katy's enthusiasms for the theatre. My opinion is that if a play is good then there's no need to trouble the actors for it to make the proper impression; you can be satisfied merely by reading it. If the play is bad, no acting will make it good. When I was young I often went to the theatre, and nowadays my family takes a box twice a year and carries me off for an airing there. Of<noinclude></noinclude> 7tr334o6irxjerodhu7w9f7xeisg11s Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/54 104 1844357 14130977 8322467 2024-04-26T07:45:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|42|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>self-confident crowd that the theatre in its present state is an education. But not a man who knows what true education is would swallow this. I don't know what it may be in fifty or a hundred years, but under present conditions the theatre can only be a recreation. But the recreation is too expensive for continual use, and robs the country of thousands of young, healthy, gifted men and women, who if they had not devoted themselves to the theatre would be excellent doctors, farmers, schoolmistresses, or officers. It robs the public of its evenings, the best time for intellectual work and friendly conversation. I pass over the waste of money and the moral injuries to the spectator when he sees murder, adultery, or slander wrongly treated on the stage. But Katy's opinion was quite the opposite. She assured me that even in its present state the theatre is above lecture-rooms and books, above everything else in the world. The theatre is a power that unites in itself all the arts, and the actors are men with a mission. No separate art or science can act on the human soul so strongly and truly as the stage; and therefore it is reasonable that a medium actor should enjoy much greater popularity than the finest scholar or painter. No public activity can give such delight and satisfaction as the theatrical. So one fine day Katy joined a theatrical company and went away, I believe, to Ufa, taking<noinclude></noinclude> n7wku5aa3ymkqzs6y5ngpb8eryfydfq Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/56 104 1844359 14130979 8322469 2024-04-26T07:45:39Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|44|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>but I can't help thinking such schemes could only come from a man's head. Anyhow for eighteen months or a couple of years everything seemed to be all right. Katy was in love, had her heart in her business and was happy. But later on I began to notice clear symptoms of a decline in her letters. It began with Katy complaining about her friends. This is the first and most ominous sign. If a young scholar or litterateur begins his career by complaining bitterly about other scholars or litterateurs, it means that he is tired already and not fit for his business. Katy wrote to me that her friends would not come to rehearsals and never knew their parts; that they showed an utter contempt for the public in the absurd plays they staged and the manner they behaved. To swell the box-office receipts—the only topic of conversation—serious actresses degrade themselves by singing sentimentalities, and tragic actors sing music-hall songs, laughing at husbands who are deceived and unfaithful wives who are pregnant. In short, it was amazing that the profession, in the provinces, was not absolutely dead. The marvel was that it could exist at all with such thin, rotten blood in its veins. In reply I sent Katy a long and, I confess, a very tedious letter. Among other things I wrote: "I used to talk fairly often to actors in the past, men of the noblest character, who honoured me with their friendship. From my conversations with them I understood that their<noinclude></noinclude> odb1ci1iapdfnjbb7bn0hv3wub03b9b Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/58 104 1844361 14130980 8322471 2024-04-26T07:45:40Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|46|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>with my money. I loved you as a father and as my only friend. Forgive me." So it appeared that he too belonged to the horde of savages. Later on, I gathered from various hints, that there was an attempt at suicide. Apparently, Katy tried to poison herself. I think she must have been seriously ill afterwards, for I got the following letter from Yalta, where most probably the doctors had sent her. Her last letter to me contained a request that I should send her at Yalta a thousand roubles, and it ended with the words: "Forgive me for writing such a sad letter. I buried my baby yesterday." After she had spent about a year in the Crimea she returned home. She had been travelling for about four years, and during these four years I confess that I occupied a strange and unenviable position in regard to her. When she announced to me that she was going on to the stage and afterwards wrote to me about her love; when the desire to spend took hold of her, as it did periodically, and I had to send her every now and then one or two thousand roubles at her request; when she wrote that she intended to die, and afterwards that her baby was dead, I was at a loss every time. All my sympathy with her fate consisted in thinking hard and writing long tedious letters which might as well never have been written. But then I was ''in loco parentis'' and I loved her as a daughter. Katy lives half a mile away from me now.<noinclude></noinclude> 9ytjepmm9e6un54spsh29o8fa9360ao Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/60 104 1844363 14130982 8322473 2024-04-26T07:45:42Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|48|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>expression of confidence in her face is there no more. Her expression now is cold, indifferent, distracted, like that of a passenger who has to wait a long while for his train. She dresses as she used—well and simply, but carelessly. Evidently her clothes and her hair suffer not a little from the sofas and hammocks on which she lies for days together. And she is not curious any more. She doesn't ask me questions any more, as if she had experienced everything in life and did not expect to hear anything new. About four o'clock there is a sound of movement in the hall and the drawing-room. It's Liza come back from the Conservatoire, bringing her friends with her. You can hear them playing the piano, trying their voices and giggling. Yegor is laying the table in the dining-room and making a noise with the plates. "Good-bye," says Katy. "I shan't go in to see your people. They must excuse me. I haven't time. Come and see me." When I escort her into the hall, she looks me over sternly from head to foot, and says in vexation: "You get thinner and thinner. Why don't you take a cure? I'll go to Sergius Fiodorovich and ask him to come. You must let him see you." "It's not necessary, Katy." "I can't understand why your family does nothing. They're a nice lot." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> sebbe4riyh5vw7zgksx4352d0kg080a Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/62 104 1844365 14130983 8322475 2024-04-26T07:45:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|50|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>not free from evil feeling, there's precious little difference between them and vice. I explain it simply by the backward state of women's development. The sorrowful sense of compassion and the torment of conscience, which the modern man experiences when he sees distress have much more to tell me about culture and moral development than have hatred and repulsion. The modern woman is as lachrymose and as coarse in heart as she was in the middle ages. And in my opinion those who advise her to be educated like a man have wisdom on their side. But still my wife does not like Katy, because she was an actress, and for her ingratitude, her pride, her extravagances, and all the innumerable vices one woman can always discover in another. Besides myself and my family we have two or three of my daughter's girl friends to dinner and Alexander Adolphovich Gnekker, Liza's admirer and suitor. He is a fair young man, not more than thirty years old, of middle height, very fat, broad shouldered, with reddish hair round his ears and a little stained moustache, which give his smooth chubby face the look of a doll's. He wears a very short jacket, a fancy waistcoat, large-striped trousers, very full on the hip and very narrow in the leg, and brown boots without heels. His eyes stick out like a lobster's, his tie is like a lobster's tail, and I can't help thinking even that the smell of lobster soup clings about the whole of this young man. He visits us every day; but no one in the family<noinclude></noinclude> bm6dbi3xtvra5omarr53kgs9oxf6fri Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/64 104 1844367 14130984 8322477 2024-04-26T07:45:44Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|52|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>the Academy, and her way of screwing up her eyes, when men are about the house. Above all, I can't understand why it is that such a creature should come to me every day and have dinner with me—a creature perfectly foreign to my habits, my science, and the whole tenour of my life, a creature absolutely unlike the men I love. My wife and the servants whisper mysteriously that that is "the bridegroom," but still I can't understand why he's there. It disturbs my mind just as much as if a Zulu were put next to me at table. Besides, it seems strange to me that my daughter whom I used to think of as a baby should be in love with that necktie, those eyes, those chubby cheeks. Formerly, I either enjoyed my dinner or was indifferent about it. Now it does nothing but bore and exasperate me. Since I was made an Excellency and Dean of the Faculty, for some reason or other my family found it necessary to make a thorough change in our menu and the dinner arrangements. Instead of the simple food I was used to as a student and a doctor, I am now fed on potage-purée, with some ''sossoulki'' swimming about in it, and kidneys in Madeira. The title of General and my renown have robbed me for ever of ''schi'' and savoury pies, and roast goose with apple sauce, and bream with ''[[w:kasha|kasha]]''. They robbed me as well of my maid servant Agasha, a funny, talkative old woman, instead of whom I am now waited on by Yegor, a stupid, conceited fellow who always<noinclude></noinclude> tkvfqd7qeyvpan5xozjdganm5rr7re1 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/66 104 1844369 14130985 8322479 2024-04-26T07:45:44Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|54|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>laughs staccato and screws up her eyes. I look at both of them, and at this moment at dinner here I can see quite clearly that their inner lives have slipped out of my observation long ago. I feel as though once upon a time I lived at home with a real family, but now I am dining as a guest with an unreal wife and looking at an unreal Liza. There has been an utter change in both of them, while I have lost sight of the long process that led up to the change. No wonder I don't understand anything. What was the reason of the change? I don't know. Perhaps the only trouble is that God did not give my wife and daughter the strength He gave me. From my childhood I have been accustomed to resist outside influences and have been hardened enough. Such earthly catastrophes as fame, being made General, the change from comfort to living above my means, acquaintance with high society, have scarcely touched me. I have survived safe and sound. But it all fell down like an avalanche on my weak, unhardened wife and Liza, and crushed them. Gnekker and the girls talk of fugues and counter-fugues; singers and pianists, Bach and Brahms, and my wife, frightened of being suspected of musical ignorance, smiles sympathetically and murmurs: "Wonderful . . . Is it possible? . . . Why? . . ." Gnekker eats steadily, jokes gravely, and listens condescendingly to the ladies' remarks. Now and then he has the desire to talk bad French, and then he finds it necessary for<noinclude></noinclude> ec2ky7r9z73svj0jpt18ivack0ofq51 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/68 104 1844371 14130986 8322481 2024-04-26T07:45:45Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|56|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>"You pretend you don't notice anything. It's not right. It's not right to be unconcerned. Gnekker has intentions about Liza. What do you say to that?" "I can't say he's a bad man, because I don't know him; but I've told you a thousand times already that I don't like him." "But that's impossible . . . impossible. . . ." She rises and walks about in agitation. "It's impossible to have such an attitude to a serious matter," she says. "When our daughter's happiness is concerned, we must put everything personal aside. I know you don't like him. . . . Very well. . . . But if we refuse him now and upset everything, how can you guarantee that Liza won't have a grievance against us for the rest of her life? Heaven knows there aren't many young men nowadays. It's quite likely there won't be another chance. He loves Liza very much and she likes him, evidently. Of course he hasn't a settled position. But what is there to do? Please God, he'll get a position in time. He comes of a good family, and he's rich." "How did you find that out?" "He said so himself. His father has a big house in Kharkov and an estate outside. You must certainly go to Kharkov" "Why?" "You'll find out there. You have acquaintances among the professors there. I'd go myself. But I'm a woman. I can't."<noinclude></noinclude> 6ihdjg0iowuorq8l5achuu7hk148lqi Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/70 104 1844373 14130987 8322484 2024-04-26T07:45:47Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|58|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>household shall not notice me. Where shall I go? The answer to this question has long been there in my brain: "To Katy." {{c|III}} As usual she is lying on the Turkish divan or the couch and reading something. Seeing me she lifts her head languidly, sits down, and gives me her hand. "You are always lying down like that," I say after a reposeful silence. "It's unhealthy. You'd far better be doing something." "Ah?" "You'd far better be doing something, I say." "What? . . . A woman can be either a simple worker or an actress." "Well, then—if you can't become a worker, be an actress." She is silent. "You had better marry," I say, half-joking. "There's no one to marry: and no use if I did." "You can't go on living like this." "Without a husband? As if that mattered. There are as many men as you like, if you only had the will." "This isn't right, Katy." "What isn't right?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> g5yklpf1bw30wjhse20fpbhpwq024xj Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/72 104 1844375 14130988 8322486 2024-04-26T07:45:48Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|60|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>to the family of students, friends and servants. And this attitude of mine towards people, I know, educated every one who came into contact with me. But now I am king no more. There's something going on in me which belongs only to slaves. Day and night evil thoughts roam about in my head, and feelings which I never knew before have made their home in my soul. I hate and despise; I'm exasperated, disturbed, and afraid. I've become strict beyond measure, exacting, unkind, and suspicious. Even the things which in the past gave me the chance of making an extra pun, now bring me a feeling of oppression. My logic has changed too. I used to despise money alone; now I cherish evil feelings, not to money, but to the rich, as if they were guilty. I used to hate violence and arbitrariness; now I hate the people who employ violence, as if they alone are to blame and not all of us, who cannot educate one another. What does it all mean? If my new thoughts and feelings come from a change of my convictions, where could the change have come from? Has the world grown worse and I better, or was I blind and indifferent before? But if the change is due to the general decline of my physical and mental powers—I am sick and losing weight every day—then I'm in a pitiable position. It means that my new thoughts are abnormal and unhealthy, that I must be ashamed of them and consider them valueless. . ." "Sickness hasn't anything to do with it,"<noinclude></noinclude> izgwaa9ztv21hhrm9r2ctlwotvo1pak Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/74 104 1844377 14130990 8322488 2024-04-26T07:45:49Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|62|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>lecturing for thirty years, and where are your pupils? Have you many famous scholars? Count them up. But to increase the number of doctors who exploit the general ignorance and make hundreds of thousands,—there's no need to be a good and gifted man. You aren't wanted." "My God, how bitter you are!" I get terrified. "How bitter you are. Be quiet, or I'll go away. I can't reply to the bitter things you say." The maid enters and calls us to tea. Thank God, our conversation changes round the samovar. I have made my moan, and now I want to indulge another senile weakness—reminiscences. I tell Katy about my past, to my great surprise with details that I never suspected I had kept safe in my memory. And she listens to me with emotion, with pride, holding her breath. I like particularly to tell how I once was a student at a seminary and how I dreamed of entering the University. "I used to walk in the seminary garden," I tell her, "and the wind would bring the sound of a song and the thrumming of an accordion from a distant tavern, or a ''[[w:troika|troika]]'' with bells would pass quickly by the seminary fence. That would be quite enough to fill not only my breast with a sense of happiness, but my stomach, legs, and hands. As I heard the sound of the accordion or the bells fading away, I would see myself a doctor and paint pictures, one more glorious than another. And, you see, my<noinclude></noinclude> 3e7slb5iuyqfmk0faqqtjfahl18mvza Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/76 104 1844379 14130976 8322490 2024-04-26T07:45:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|64|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES}}</noinclude>the latter I know not a few who cannot see his many merits clearly because of his eccentricities. As he walks in he slowly removes his gloves and says in his velvety bass: "How do you do? Drinking tea. Just in time. It's hellishly cold." Then he sits down at the table, takes a glass of tea and immediately begins to talk. What chiefly marks his way of talking is his invariably ironical tone, a mixture of philosophy and jest, like Shakespeare's grave-diggers. He always talks of serious matters; but never seriously. His opinions are always acid and provocative, but thanks to his tender, easy, jesting tone, it somehow happens that his acidity and provocativeness don't tire one's ears, and one very soon gets used to it. Every evening he brings along some half-dozen stories of the university life and generally begins with them when he sits down at the table. "O Lord," he sighs with an amusing movement of his black eyebrows, "there are some funny people in the world." "Who?" asks Katy. "I was coming down after my lecture to-day and I met that old idiot N{{bar|2}} on the stairs. He walks along, as usual pushing out that horse jowl of his, looking for some one to bewail his headaches, his wife, and his students, who won't come to his lectures. 'Well,' I think to myself, 'he's seen me. It's all up—no hope for me . . . '" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> kzavasovcocbltgct41hu82kicljbrt 14130991 14130976 2024-04-26T07:45:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|64|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>the latter I know not a few who cannot see his many merits clearly because of his eccentricities. As he walks in he slowly removes his gloves and says in his velvety bass: "How do you do? Drinking tea. Just in time. It's hellishly cold." Then he sits down at the table, takes a glass of tea and immediately begins to talk. What chiefly marks his way of talking is his invariably ironical tone, a mixture of philosophy and jest, like Shakespeare's grave-diggers. He always talks of serious matters; but never seriously. His opinions are always acid and provocative, but thanks to his tender, easy, jesting tone, it somehow happens that his acidity and provocativeness don't tire one's ears, and one very soon gets used to it. Every evening he brings along some half-dozen stories of the university life and generally begins with them when he sits down at the table. "O Lord," he sighs with an amusing movement of his black eyebrows, "there are some funny people in the world." "Who?" asks Katy. "I was coming down after my lecture to-day and I met that old idiot N{{bar|2}} on the stairs. He walks along, as usual pushing out that horse jowl of his, looking for some one to bewail his headaches, his wife, and his students, who won't come to his lectures. 'Well,' I think to myself, 'he's seen me. It's all up—no hope for me . . . '" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> n24pox8c4j9n3qkj8olhfnw8na27t0x Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/77 104 1844380 14130981 8322491 2024-04-26T07:45:41Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh||A TEDIOUS STORY|65}}</noinclude>And so on in the same strain. Or he begins like this, "Yesterday I was at Z's public lecture. Tell it not in Gath, but I do wonder how our ''alma mater'' dares to show the public such an ass, such a double-dyed blockhead as Z. Why he's a European fool. Good Lord, you won't find one like him in all Europe not even if you looked in daytime, and with a lantern. Imagine it: he lectures as though he were sucking a stick of barley-sugar—su—su—su. He gets a fright because he can't make out his manuscript. His little thoughts will only just keep moving, hardly moving, like a bishop riding a bicycle. Above all you can't make out a word he says. The flies die of boredom, it's so terrific. It can only be compared with the boredom in the great Hall at the Commemoration, when the traditional speech is made. To hell with it!" Immediately an abrupt change of subject. "I had to make the speech; three years ago. Nicolai Stiepanovich will remember. It was hot, close. My full uniform was tight under my arms, tight as death. I read for half an hour, an hour, an hour and a half, two hours. 'Well,' I thought, 'thank God I've only ten pages left.' And I had four pages of peroration that I needn't read at all. 'Only six pages then,' I thought. Imagine it. I just gave a glance in front of me and saw sitting next to each other in the front row a general with a broad ribbon and a bishop. The poor devils were bored stiff. They<noinclude></noinclude> 9mdqgd3rsuuj8z1yn0efwtcjt56ncjw Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/78 104 1844381 14130992 8322492 2024-04-26T07:45:51Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|66|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>were staring about madly to stop themselves from going to steep. For all that they are still trying to look attentive, to make some appearance of understanding what I'm reading, and look as though they like it. 'Well,' I thought, 'if you like it, then you shall have it. I'll spite you.' So I set to and read the four pages, every word." When he speaks only his eyes and eyebrows smile as it is generally with the ironical. At such moments there is no hatred or malice in his eyes but a great deal of acuteness and that peculiar fox-cunning which you can catch only in very observant people. Further, about his eyes I have noticed one more peculiarity. When he takes his glass from Katy, or listens to her remarks, or follows her with a glance as she goes out of the room for a little while, then I catch in his look something humble, prayerful, pure. . . . The maid takes the samovar away and puts on the table a big piece of cheese, some fruit, and a bottle of Crimean champagne, a thoroughly bad wine which Katy got to like when she lived in the Crimea. Mikhail Fiodorovich takes two packs of cards from the shelves and sets them out for [[w:Solitaire|patience]]. If one may believe his assurances, some games of patience demand a great power of combination and concentration. Nevertheless while he sets out the cards he amuses himself by talking continually. Katy follows his cards carefully, helping him more by mimicry<noinclude></noinclude> 0v4yiujqy1sxdarqrcztob46mga7zdy Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/80 104 1844383 14130993 8322494 2024-04-26T07:45:52Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|68|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>During patience the younger generation also comes in for it. "Our public is degenerate nowadays," Mikhail Fiodorovich sighs. "I don't speak of ideals and such things, I only ask that they should be able to work and think decently. 'Sadly I look at the men of our time'—it's quite true in this connection." "Yes, they're frightfully degenerate," Katy agrees. "Tell me, had you one single eminent person under you during the last five or ten years?" "I don't know how it is with the other professors,—but somehow I don't recollect that it ever happened to me." "In my lifetime I've seen a great many of your students and young scholars, a great many actors. . . . What happened? I never once had the luck to meet, not a hero or a man of talent, but an ordinarily interesting person. Everything's dull and incapable, swollen and pretentious. . . ." All these conversations about degeneracy give me always the impression that I have unwittingly overheard an unpleasant conversation about my daughter. I feel offended because the indictments are made wholesale and are based upon such ancient hackneyed commonplaces and such penny-dreadful notions as degeneracy, lack of ideals, or comparisons with the glorious past. Any indictment, even if it's made in a company of ladies, should be formulated with<noinclude></noinclude> cwgg0eiuk6tx9wvlgeff7mvg9jy3ocl Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/82 104 1844386 14130994 8322496 2024-04-26T07:45:52Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|70|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>their worldly unpractically shows itself mostly in their inability to distinguish between great and small. They solve all difficult questions which have a more or less social character (emigration, for instance) by getting up subscriptions, but not by the method of scientific investigation and experiment, though this is at their full disposal, and, above all, corresponds to their vocation. They readily become house-doctors, assistant house-doctors, clinical assistants, or consulting doctors, and they are prepared to keep these positions until they are forty, though independence, a sense of freedom, and personal initiative are quite as necessary in science, as, for instance, in art or commerce. I have pupils and listeners, but I have no helpers or successors. Therefore I love them and am concerned for them, but I'm not proud of them . . . and so on. However great the number of such defects may be, it's only in a cowardly and timid person that they give rise to pessimism and distraction. All of them are by nature accidental and transitory, and are completely dependent on the conditions of life. Ten years will be enough for them to disappear or give place to new and different defects, which are quite indispensable, but will in their turn give the timid a fright. Students' shortcomings often annoy me, but the annoyance is nothing in comparison with the joy I have had these thirty years in speaking with my pupils, lecturing to them, studying their<noinclude></noinclude> n71c5byglbljxpy1d3s64l4g5qr73rm Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/84 104 1844388 14130995 8322498 2024-04-26T07:45:53Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|72|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>began to deliver a loud monologue, or just raised his voice, my medico thrills, digs his neighbour in the ribs. 'What's he say? Something no—ble?' 'Noble,' answers 'the chosen.' 'Brrravo!' bawls the medico. 'No—ble. Bravo.' You see the drunken blockhead didn't come to the theatre for art, but for something noble. He wants nobility." Katy listens and laughs. Her laugh is rather strange. She breathes out in swift, rhythmic, and regular alternation with her inward breathing. It's as though she were playing an accordion. Of her face, only her nostrils laugh. My heart fails me. I don't know what to say. I lose my temper, crimson, jump up from my seat and cry: "Be quiet, won't you? Why do you sit here like two toads, poisoning the air with your breath? I've had enough." In vain I wait for them to stop their slanders. I prepare to go home. And it's time, too. Past ten o'clock. "I'll sit here a little longer," says Mikhail Fiodorovich, "if you give me leave, Ekaterina Vladimirovna?" "You have my leave," Katy answers. "''Bene''. In that case, order another bottle, please." Together they escort me to the hall with candles in their hands. While I'm putting on my overcoat, Mikhail Fiodorovich says: "You've grown terribly thin and old lately.<noinclude></noinclude> 5rwy7rofdxhgzw96sxbqa0v3qbygfkd Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/86 104 1844390 14130996 8322500 2024-04-26T07:45:54Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|74|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>{{hwe|chondriac|hypochondriac}}, and change the prescriptions every day, I still believe that I will come across something hopeful. How trivial it all is! Whether the sky is cloudy all over or the moon and stars are shining in it, every time I come back home I look at it and think that death will take me soon. Surely at that moment my thoughts should be as deep as the sky, as bright, as striking . . but no! I think of myself, of my wife, Liza, Gnekker, the students, people in general. My thoughts are not good, they are mean; I juggle with myself, and at this moment my attitude towards life can be expressed in the words the famous [[w:Aleksey Arakcheyev|Arakheev]] wrote in one of his intimate letters: "All good in the world is inseparably linked to bad, and there is always more bad than good." Which means that everything is ugly, there's nothing to live for, and the sixty-two years I have lived out must be counted as lost. I surprise myself in these thoughts and try to convince myself they are accidental and temporary and not deeply rooted in me, but I think immediately: "If that's true, why am I drawn every evening to those two toads." And I swear to myself never to go to Katy any more, though I know I will go to her again to-morrow. As I pull my door bell and go upstairs, I feel already that I have no family and no desire to return to it. It is plain my new, Arakheev thoughts are not accidental or temporary in me, but possess my whole being. With a bad conscience,<noinclude></noinclude> hgeh322nmb782gqxeccwqtfzbyrtw0f Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/88 104 1844392 14130997 8322502 2024-04-26T07:45:55Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|76|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>patriotic to read Russian authors, but to tell the truth I'm not particularly disposed to them. Leaving out two or three old ones, all the modern literature doesn't seem to me to be literature but a unique home industry which exists only to be encouraged, but the goods are bought with reluctance. The best of these homemade goods can't be called remarkable and it's impossible to praise it sincerely without a saving "but"; and the same must be said of all the literary novelties I've read during the last ten or fifteen years. Not one remarkable, and you can't dispense with "but." They have cleverness, nobility, and no talent; talent, nobility, and no cleverness; or finally, talent, cleverness, but no nobility. I would not say that French books have talent, cleverness, and nobility. Nor do they satisfy me. But they are not so boring as the Russian; and it is not rare to find in them the chief constituent of creative genius—the sense of personal freedom, which is lacking to Russian authors. I do not recall one single new book in which from the very first page the author did not try to tie himself up in all manner of conventions and contracts with his conscience. One is frightened to speak of the naked body, another is bound hand and foot by psychological analysis, a third must have "a kindly attitude to his fellow-men," the fourth heaps up whole pages with descriptions of nature on purpose to avoid any suspicion of a tendency. . . . One desires to be<noinclude></noinclude> 2ef201o329xi06gr3aewo8t055mki2o Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/89 104 1844393 14131003 8322503 2024-04-26T07:46:25Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh||A TEDIOUS STORY|77}}</noinclude>in his books a bourgeois at all costs, another at all costs an aristocrat. Deliberation, cautiousness, cunning: but no freedom, no courage to write as one likes, and therefore no creative genius. All this refers to ''[[w:belles-lettres|belles-lettres]]'', so-called. As for serious articles in Russian, on sociology, for instance, or art and so forth, I don't read them, simply out of timidity. For some reason in my childhood and youth I had a fear of porters and theatre attendants, and this fear has remained with me up till now. Even now I am afraid of them. It is said that only that which one cannot understand seems terrible. And indeed it is very difficult to understand why hall-porters and theatre attendants are so pompous and haughty and importantly polite. When I read serious articles, I have exactly the same indefinable fear. Their portentous gravity, their playfulness, like an archbishop's, their over-familiar attitude to foreign authors, their capacity for talking dignified nonsense—"filling a vacuum with emptiness"—it is all inconceivable to me and terrifying, and quite unlike the modesty and the calm and gentlemanly tone to which I am accustomed when reading our writers on medicine and the natural sciences. Not only articles; I have difficulty also in reading translations even when they are edited by serious Russians. The presumptuous benevolence of the prefaces, the abundance of notes by the translator (which prevents one from concentrating), the parenthetical queries and ''sics'', which are so<noinclude></noinclude> ho4k4ylh5h07pfv4cjc3x52k2e3lmqe Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/90 104 1844394 14130998 8322505 2024-04-26T07:45:56Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|78|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>liberally scattered over the book or the article by the translator—seem to me an assault on the author's person, as well as on my independence as a reader. Once I was invited as an expert to the High Court. In the interval one of my fellow-experts called my attention to the rude behaviour of the public prosecutor to the prisoners, among whom were two women intellectuals. I don't think I exaggerated at all when I replied to my colleague that he was not behaving more rudely than authors of serious articles behave to one another. Indeed their behaviour is so rude that one speaks of them with bitterness. They behave to each other or to the writers whom they criticise either with too much deference, careless of their own dignity, or, on the other hand, they treat them much worse than I have treated Gnekker, my future son-in-law, in these notes and thoughts of mine. Accusations of irresponsibility, of impure intentions, of any kind of crime even, are the usual adornment of serious articles. And this, as our young medicos love to say in their little articles—quite ''ultima ratio''. Such an attitude must necessarily be reflected in the character of the young generation of writers, and therefore I'm not at all surprised that in the new books which have been added to our ''belles lettres'' in the last ten or fifteen years, the heroes drink a great deal of vodka and the heroines are not sufficiently chaste. I read French books and look out of the<noinclude></noinclude> dreztf0cqxmhqzkxz9oplczfyxyhyw8 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/92 104 1844396 14130999 8322507 2024-04-26T07:45:56Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|80|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>to visit me and communicate his thoughts to me. He usually sits by the table in my room, modest, clean, judicious, without daring to cross his legs or lean his elbows on the table, all the while telling me in a quiet, even voice what he considers very piquant items of news gathered from journals and pamphlets. These items are all alike and can be reduced to the following type: A Frenchman made a discovery. Another—a German—exposed him by showing that this discovery had been made as long ago as 1870 by some American. Then a third—also a German—outwitted them both by showing that both of them had been confused, by taking spherules of air under a microscope for dark pigment. Even when he wants to make me laugh, Piotr Ignatievich tells his story at great length, very much as though he were defending a thesis, enumerating his literary sources in detail, with every effort to avoid mistakes in the dates, the particular number of the journal and the names. Moreover, he does not say Petit simply but inevitably, Jean Jacques Petit. If he happens to stay to dinner, he will tell the same sort of piquant stories and drive all the company to despondency. If Gnekker and Liza begin to speak of fugues and counter-fugues in his presence he modestly lowers his eyes, and his face falls. He is ashamed that such trivialities should be spoken of in the presence of such serious men as him and me. In my present state of mind five minutes are<noinclude></noinclude> m064zwhsiy6k8o9fhptourt9q05lwb3 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/94 104 1844398 14131000 8322509 2024-04-26T07:45:57Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|82|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>winter. The same Gnekker, whom I now hate and despise, dines with me every day. Before, I used to suffer his presence in silence, but now I say biting things to him, which make my wife and Liza blush. Carried away by an evil feeling, I often say things that are merely foolish, and don't know why I say them. Thus it happened once that after looking at Gnekker contemptuously for a long while, I suddenly fired off, for no reason at all: :"Eagles than barnyard-fowls may lower bend; :But fowls shall never to the heav'ns ascend." More's the pity that the fowl Gnekker shows himself more clever than the eagle professor. Knowing my wife and daughter are on his side he maintains these tactics. He replies to my shafts with a condescending silence ("The old man's off his head. . . . What's the good of talking to him?"), or makes good-humoured fun of me. It is amazing to what depths of pettiness a man may descend. During the whole dinner I can dream how Gnekker will be shown to be an adventurer, how Liza and my wife will realise their mistake, and I will tease them—ridiculous dreams like these at a time when I have one foot in the grave. Now there occur misunderstandings, of a kind which I formerly knew only by hearsay. Though it is painful I will describe one which occurred after dinner the other day. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> f96adnsbbgg28iq0ob86yltx8p49snu 14131005 14131000 2024-04-26T07:46:55Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|82|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES}}</noinclude>winter. The same Gnekker, whom I now hate and despise, dines with me every day. Before, I used to suffer his presence in silence, but now I say biting things to him, which make my wife and Liza blush. Carried away by an evil feeling, I often say things that are merely foolish, and don't know why I say them. Thus it happened once that after looking at Gnekker contemptuously for a long while, I suddenly fired off, for no reason at all: :"Eagles than barnyard-fowls may lower bend; :But fowls shall never to the heav'ns ascend." More's the pity that the fowl Gnekker shows himself more clever than the eagle professor. Knowing my wife and daughter are on his side he maintains these tactics. He replies to my shafts with a condescending silence ("The old man's off his head. . . . What's the good of talking to him?"), or makes good-humoured fun of me. It is amazing to what depths of pettiness a man may descend. During the whole dinner I can dream how Gnekker will be shown to be an adventurer, how Liza and my wife will realise their mistake, and I will tease them—ridiculous dreams like these at a time when I have one foot in the grave. Now there occur misunderstandings, of a kind which I formerly knew only by hearsay. Though it is painful I will describe one which occurred after dinner the other day. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> tdmmaanwd7fvcae4jozp6qb2ec2vtp7 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/96 104 1844400 14131001 8322511 2024-04-26T07:45:58Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|84|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>and sink into a faint which lasts for two or three hours. Now for Katy. She comes to see me before evening every day, which of course must be noticed by my neighbours and my friends. After a minute she takes me with her for a drive. She has her own horse and a new buggy she bought this summer. Generally she lives like a princess. She has taken an expensive detached bungalow with a big garden, and put into it all her town furniture. She has two maids and a coachman. I often ask her: "Katy, what will you live on when you've spent all your father's money?" "We'll see, then," she answers. "But this money deserves to be treated more seriously, my dear. It was earned by a good man and honest labour." "You've told me that before. I know." First we drive by the field, then by a young pine forest, which you can see from my window. Nature seems to me as beautiful as she used, although the devil whispers to me that all these pines and firs, the birds and white clouds in the sky will not notice my absence in three or four months when I am dead. Katy likes to take the reins, and it is good that the weather is fine and I am sitting by her side. She is in a happy mood, and does not say bitter things. "You're a very good man, Nicolai," she says. "You are a rare bird. There's no actor who could play your part. Mine or Mikhail's, for<noinclude></noinclude> to7rav13gdiwrph158720ae77w9l87h Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/98 104 1844402 14131002 8322513 2024-04-26T07:45:59Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|86|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>but of your own weakness. Certainly you were young then and inexperienced. But now everything can be different. Come on, be an actress. You will work; you will serve in the temple of art.". . . "Don't be so clever, Nicolai," she interrupts. "Let's agree once for all: let's speak about actors, actresses, writers, but let us leave art out of it. You're a rare and excellent man. But you don't understand enough about art to consider it truly sacred. You have no ''flair'', no ear for art. You've been busy all your life, and you never had time to acquire the flair. Really . . . I don't love these conversations about art!" she continues nervously. "I don't love them. They've vulgarised it enough already, thank you." "Who's vulgarised it?" "''They'' vulgarised it by their drunkenness, newspapers by their over-familiarity, clever people by philosophy." "What's philosophy got to do with it?" "A great deal. If a man philosophises, it means he doesn't understand." So that it should not come to bitter words, I hasten to change the subject, and then keep silence for a long while. It's not till we come out of the forest and drive towards Katy's bungalow, I return to the subject and ask: "Still, you haven't answered me why you don't want to go on the stage?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> kvx96iyd1asveok44w35pn2t19mk9gm Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/100 104 1844404 14130873 8322286 2024-04-26T07:44:18Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|88|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>some obvious absurdity, like: "I was passing on business, and I thought I'd just drop in for a second." All three of us go indoors. First we drink tea, then our old friends, the two packs of cards, appear on the table, with a big piece of cheese, some fruit, and a bottle of Crimean champagne. The subjects of conversation are not new, but all exactly the same as they were in the winter. The university, the students, literature, the theatre all of them come in for it. The air thickens with slanders, and grows more close. It is poisoned by the breath, not of two toads as in winter, but now by all three. Besides the velvety, baritone laughter and the accordion-like giggle, the maid who waits upon us hears also the unpleasant jarring laugh of a musical comedy general: "He, he, he!" {{c|V}} There sometimes come fearful nights with thunder, lightning, rain, and wind, which the peasants call "sparrow-nights." There was one such sparrow-night in my own personal life. . . . I wake after midnight and suddenly leap out of bed. Somehow it seems to me that I am going to die immediately. I do not know why, for there is no single sensation in my body which points to a quick end; but a terror presses on my soul as though I had suddenly seen a huge, ill-boding fire in the sky. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> qfg1oou4ghff1e5oqojnzd5re7ccye7 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/102 104 1844406 14130874 8322288 2024-04-26T07:44:19Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|90|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>fear to raise my head. The terror is unaccountable, animal. I cannot understand why I am afraid. Is it because I want to live, or because a new and unknown pain awaits me? Upstairs, above the ceiling, a moan, then a laugh . . . I listen. A little after steps sound on the staircase. Someone hurries down, then up again. In a minute steps sound downstairs again. Someone stops by my door and listens. "Who's there?" I call. The door opens. I open my eyes boldly and see my wife. Her face is pale and her eyes red with weeping. "You're not asleep, Nicolai Stiepanovich?" she asks. "What is it?" "For God's sake go down to Liza. Something is wrong with her." "Very well . . . with pleasure," I murmur, very glad that I am not alone. "Very well . . . immediately." As I follow my wife I hear what she tells me, and from agitation understand not a word. Bright spots from her candle dance over the steps of the stairs; our long shadows tremble; my feet catch in the skirts of my dressing-gown. My breath goes, and it seems to me that someone is chasing me, trying to seize my back. "I shall die here on the staircase, this second," I think, "this second." But we have passed the staircase, the dark hall with the Italian window and we go into Liza's room. She sits<noinclude></noinclude> i62ix57k70g5btvfjqwc3uuqkj7blh4 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/104 104 1844408 14130875 8322290 2024-04-26T07:44:20Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|92|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>my heart contracts painfully, and I hasten to explain the howling. "Nonsense," I think. "It's the influence of one organism on another. My great nervous strain was transmitted to my wife, to Liza, and to the dog. That's all. Such transmissions explain presentiments and previsions." A little later when I return to my room to write a prescription for Liza I no longer think that I shall die soon. My soul simply feels heavy and dull, so that I am even sad that I did not die suddenly. For a long while I stand motionless in the middle of the room, pondering what I shall prescribe for Liza; but the moans above the ceiling are silent and I decide not to write a prescription, but stand there still. There is a dead silence, a silence, as one man wrote, that rings in one's ears. The time goes slowly. The bars of moonshine on the window-sill do not move from their place, as though congealed . . . The dawn is still far away. But the garden-gate creaks; someone steals in, and strips a twig from the starveling trees, and cautiously knocks with it on my window. "Nicolai Stiepanovich!" I hear a whisper. "Nicolai Stiepanovich!" I open the window, and I think that I am dreaming. Under the window, close against the wall stands a woman in a black dress. She is brightly lighted by the moon and looks at me with wide eyes. Her face is pale, stern and<noinclude></noinclude> fa2nci8odz8pogi3y97wpdzaneqekwj Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/107 104 1844411 14130901 8322293 2024-04-26T07:44:40Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh||A TEDIOUS STORY|95}}</noinclude>I arrived here at noon and put up at a hotel not far from the cathedral. The train made me giddy, the draughts blew through me, and now I am sitting on the bed with my head in my hands waiting for the tic. I ought to go to my professor friends to-day, but I have neither the will nor the strength. The old hall-porter comes in to ask whether I have brought my own bed-clothes. I keep him about five minutes asking him questions about Gnekker, on whose account I came here. The porter happens to be Kharkov-born, and knows the town inside out; but he doesn't remember any family with the name of Gnekker. I inquire about the estate. The answer is the same. The clock in the passage strikes one, . . . two, . . . three . . . The last months of my life, while I wait for death, seem to me far longer than my whole life. Never before could I reconcile myself to the slowness of time as I can now. Before, when I had to wait for a train at the station, or to sit at an examination, a quarter of an hour would seem an eternity. Now I can sit motionless in bed the whole night long, quite calmly thinking that there will be the same long, colourless night to-morrow, and the next day. . . . In the passage the clock strikes five, six, seven . . . . It grows dark. There is dull pain in my cheek—the beginning of the tic. To occupy myself with thoughts, I return to my old point of view, when I was not indifferent,<noinclude></noinclude> qmxy5skrs22otsdhzxu0ate1bku34kp Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/108 104 1844412 14130877 8322294 2024-04-26T07:44:21Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|96|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>and ask: Why do I, a famous man, a privy councillor, sit in this little room, on this bed with a strange grey blanket? Why do I look at this cheap tin washstand and listen to the wretched clock jarring in the passage? Is all this worthy of my fame and my high position among people? And I answer these questions with a smile. My ''naïveté'' seems funny to me—the ''naïveté'' with which as a young man I exaggerated the value of fame and of the exclusive position which famous men enjoy. I am famous, my name is spoken with reverence. My portrait has appeared in "Niva" and in "The Universal Illustration." I've even read my biography in a German paper, but what of that? I sit lonely, by myself, in a strange city, on a strange bed, rubbing my aching cheek with my palm. . . . Family scandals, the hardness of creditors, the rudeness of railway men, the discomforts of the passport system, the expensive and unwholesome food at the buffets, the general coarseness and roughness of people,—all this and a great deal more that would take too long to put down, concerns me as much as it concerns any bourgeois who is known only in his own little street. Where is the exclusiveness of my position then? We will admit that I am infinitely famous, that I am a hero of whom my country is proud. All the newspapers give bulletins of my illness, the post is already bringing in sympathetic addresses from my friends, my pupils, and the public. But all this will not save me from dying in<noinclude></noinclude> 2y3wc1wgpcdzt4wwxrbctf4a8jilp2o Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/110 104 1844414 14130878 8322297 2024-04-26T07:44:21Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|98|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>clasping my knees and, for want of occupation I try to know myself. "Know yourself" is good, useful advice; but it is a pity that the ancients did not think of showing us the way to avail ourselves of it. Before, when I had the desire to understand somebody else, or myself, I used not to take into consideration actions, wherein everything is conditional, but desires. Tell me what you want, and I will tell you what you are. And now I examine myself. What do I want? I want our wives, children, friends, and pupils to love in us, not the name or the firm or the label, but the ordinary human beings. What besides? I should like to have assistants and successors. What more? I should like to wake in a hundred years' time, and take a look, if only with one eye, at what has happened to science. I should like to live ten years more. . . . What further? Nothing further. I think, think a long while and cannot make out anything else. However much I were to think, wherever my thoughts should stray, it is clear to me that the chief, all-important something is lacking in my desires. In my infatuation for science, my desire to live, my sitting here on a strange bed, my yearning to know myself, in all the thoughts, feelings, and ideas I form about anything, there is wanting the something universal which could bind all these together in one whole. Each feeling and thought lives detached in me, and in all<noinclude></noinclude> lj86p0vxu0m8nylgga4pgip65smavr7 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/112 104 1844416 14130879 8322299 2024-04-26T07:44:22Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|100|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>the local news an item like this: "Our famous scholar, emeritus professor Nicolai Stiepanovich arrived in Kharkov yesterday by the express, and stayed at —— hotel." Evidently big names are created to live detached from those who bear them. Now my name walks in Kharkov undisturbed. In some three months it will shine as bright as the sun itself, inscribed in letters of gold on my tombstone—at a time when I myself will be under the sod . . . A faint knock at the door. Somebody wants me. "Who's there? Come in!" The door opens. I step back in astonishment, and hasten to pull my dressing gown together. Before me stands Katy. "How do you do?" she says, panting from running up the stairs. "You didn't expect me? I . . . I've come too." She sits down and continues, stammering and looking away from me. "Why don't you say 'Good morning'? I arrived too . . . to-day. I found out you were at this hotel, and came to see you." "I'm delighted to see you," I say shrugging my shoulders. "But I'm surprised. You might have dropped straight from heaven. What are you doing here?" "I?. . .I just came." Silence. Suddenly she gets up impetuously and comes over to me. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> b1ptdlm6zeoxe3o7rysuj72oyfc23as 14130907 14130879 2024-04-26T07:44:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|100|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>the local news an item like this: "Our famous scholar, emeritus professor Nicolai Stiepanovich arrived in Kharkov yesterday by the express, and stayed at {{bar|2}} hotel." Evidently big names are created to live detached from those who bear them. Now my name walks in Kharkov undisturbed. In some three months it will shine as bright as the sun itself, inscribed in letters of gold on my tombstone—at a time when I myself will be under the sod . . . A faint knock at the door. Somebody wants me. "Who's there? Come in!" The door opens. I step back in astonishment, and hasten to pull my dressing gown together. Before me stands Katy. "How do you do?" she says, panting from running up the stairs. "You didn't expect me? I . . . I've come too." She sits down and continues, stammering and looking away from me. "Why don't you say 'Good morning'? I arrived too . . . to-day. I found out you were at this hotel, and came to see you." "I'm delighted to see you," I say shrugging my shoulders. "But I'm surprised. You might have dropped straight from heaven. What are you doing here?" "I?. . .I just came." Silence. Suddenly she gets up impetuously and comes over to me. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> bfppy2895imfic8gek4uoq0h6cd5rmu Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/114 104 1844418 14130880 8322301 2024-04-26T07:44:23Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|102|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>"Let's have some breakfast, Katy," I say with a constrained smile. Instantly I add in a sinking voice: "I shall be dead soon, Katy. . . ." "Only one word, only one word," she weeps and stretches out her hands to me. "What shall I do?" "You're a queer thing, really . . .", I murmur. "I can't understand it. Such a clever woman and suddenly—weeping. . . ." Comes silence. Katy arranges her hair, puts on her hat, then crumples her letters and stuffs them in her little bag, all in silence and unhurried. Her face, her bosom and her gloves are wet with tears, but her expression is dry already, stern . . . I look at her and am ashamed that I am happier than she. It was but a little while before my death, in the ebb of my life, that I noticed in myself the absence of what our friends the philosophers call the general idea; but this poor thing's soul has never known and never will know shelter all her life, all her life. "Katy, let's have breakfast," I say. "No, thank you," she answers coldly. One minute more passes in silence. "I don't like Kharkov," I say. "It's too grey. A grey city." "Yes . . . ugly. . . . I'm not here for long. . . . On my way. I leave to-day." "For where?" "For the Crimea . . . I mean, the Caucasus." "So. For long?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 18lkkk5exeakj4611px51oerc9ux3yt Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/117 104 1844422 14130910 8322303 2024-04-26T07:44:47Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" /></noinclude>{{c|{{larger|THE FIT}}}} {{sc|The}} medical student Mayer, and Ribnikov, a student at the Moscow school of painting, sculpture, and architecture, came one evening to their friend Vassiliev, law student, and proposed that he should go with them to S{{bar|2}}v Street. For a long while Vassiliev did not agree, but eventually dressed himself and went with them. Unfortunate women he knew only by hearsay and from books, and never once in his life had he been in the houses where they live. He knew there were immoral women who were forced by the pressure of disastrous circumstances—environment, bad up-bringing, poverty, and the like to sell their honour for money. They do not know pure love, have no children and no legal rights; mothers and sisters mourn them for dead, science treats them as an evil, men are familiar with them. But notwithstanding all this they do not lose the image and likeness of God. They all acknowledge their sin and hope for salvation. They are free to avail<noinclude></noinclude> j0tuxf9n57xmw636uor1msmpxcgf7x4 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/118 104 1844423 14130881 8322304 2024-04-26T07:44:24Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|106|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>themselves of every means of salvation. True, Society does not forgive people their past, but with God Mary of Egypt is not lower than the other saints. Whenever Vassiliev recognised an unfortunate woman in the street by her costume or her manner, or saw a picture of one in a comic paper, there came into his mind every time a story he once read somewhere: a pure and heroic young man falls in love with an unfortunate woman and asks her to be his wife, but she, considering herself unworthy of such happiness, poisons herself. Vassiliev lived in one of the streets off the Tverskoi boulevard. When he and his friends came out of the house it was about eleven o'clock—the first snow had just fallen and all nature was under the spell of this new snow. The air smelt of snow, the snow cracked softly under foot, the earth, the roofs, the trees, the benches on the boulevards—all were soft, white, and young. Owing to this the houses had a different look from yesterday, the lamps burned brighter, the air was more transparent, the clatter of the cabs was dulled and there entered into the soul with the fresh, easy, frosty air a feeling like the white, young, feathery snow. "To these sad shores unknowing" the medico began to sing in a pleasant tenor, "An unknown power entices" . . . "Behold the mill" . . . the painter's voice took him up, "it is now fall'n to ruin." "Behold the mill, it is now fall'n to ruin," the<noinclude></noinclude> lz1sykawf5a0gafpltt7tgq0szysjgf Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/120 104 1844425 14130882 8322306 2024-04-26T07:44:25Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|108|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>can work and go on the loose and laugh at nothing and talk rubbish; they are hot-headed, honest, heroic and as human beings not a bit worse than Vassiliev, who watches his every step and word, who is careful, cautious, and able to give the smallest trifle the dignity of a problem. And he made up his mind if only for one evening to live like his friends, to let himself go, and be free from his own control. Must he drink vodka? He'll drink, even if his head falls to pieces to-morrow. Must he be taken to women? He'll go. He'll laugh, play the fool, and give a joking answer to disapproving passers-by. He came out of the restaurant laughing. He liked his friends—one in a battered hat with a wide brim who aped aesthetic disorder; the other in a sealskin cap, not very poor, with a pretence of learned Bohemia. He liked the snow, the paleness, the lamp-lights, the clear black prints which the passers' feet left on the snow. He liked the air, and above all the transparent, tender, naive, virgin tone which can be seen in nature only twice in the year: when everything is covered in snow, on the bright days in spring, and on moonlight nights when the ice breaks on the river. "To these sad shores unknowing," he began to sing ''sotto-voce'', "An unknown power entices." And all the way for some reason or other he and his friends had this melody on their lips. All three hummed it mechanically out of time with each other. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 3u69zuv87zekmulprnii5331ojoicmc Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/122 104 1844427 14130883 8322308 2024-04-26T07:44:26Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|110|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>indifferent as in other streets; on the pavement walked the same passers-by. No one was in a hurry; no one hid his face in his collar; no one shook his head reproachfully. And in this indifference, in the confused sound of the pianos and fiddles, in the bright windows and wide-open doors, something very free, impudent, bold and daring could be felt. It must have been the same as this in the old times on the slave-markets, as gay and as noisy; people looked and walked with the same indifference. "Let's begin right at the beginning," said the painter. The friends walked into a narrow little passage lighted by a single lamp with a reflector. When they opened the door a man in a black jacket rose lazily from the yellow sofa in the hall. He had an unshaven lackey's face and sleepy eyes. The place smelt like a laundry, and of vinegar. From the hall a door led into a brightly lighted room. The medico and the painter stopped in the doorway, stretched out their necks and peeped into the room together: "Buona sera, signore, Rigoletto—huguenote—traviata!—" the painter began, making a theatrical bow. "Havanna—blackbeetlano—pistoletto!" said the medico, pressing his hat to his heart and bowing low. Vassiliev kept behind them. He wanted to bow theatrically too and say something silly.<noinclude></noinclude> n3v3q6c6fshz2x083v6g7y2b4ksquhk Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/124 104 1844429 14130884 8322310 2024-04-26T07:44:26Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|112|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>curious. It seemed to him that he had seen before, and more than once, this salon, piano, cheap gilt mirror, the white bow, the dress with blue stripes and the stupid, indifferent faces. But of darkness, quiet, mystery, and guilty smile—of all he had expected to meet here and which frightened him—he did not see even a shadow. Everything was commonplace, prosaic, and dull. Only one thing provoked his curiosity a little, that was the terrible, as it were intentional lack of taste, which was seen in the overmantels, the absurd pictures, the dresses and the white bow. In this lack of taste there was something characteristic and singular. "How poor and foolish it all is!" thought Vassiliev. "What is there in all this rubbish to tempt a normal man, to provoke him into committing a frightful sin, to buy a living soul for a rouble? I can understand anyone sinning for the sake of splendour, beauty, grace, passion; but what is there here? What tempts people here? But . . . it's no good thinking!" "Whiskers, stand me champagne." The fair one turned to him. Vassiliev suddenly blushed. "With pleasure," he said, bowing politely. "But excuse me if I . . . I don't drink with you. I don't drink." Five minutes after the friends were off to another house. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> qsgubg24opg5rjtrh0t3we3a66t4q5r Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/126 104 1844431 14130886 8322312 2024-04-26T07:44:27Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|114|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>face was interesting: a big forehead, grey eyes, a flat little nose, small close-set teeth, and the expression on his face dull and impudent at once, like a puppy hard on a hare. Vassiliev had the thought that he would like to touch this lackey's hair: is it rough or soft? It must be rough like a dog's. {{c|III}} Because he had had two glasses the painter suddenly got rather drunk, and unnaturally lively. "Let's go to another place," he added, waving his hands. "I'll introduce you to the best!" When he had taken his friends into the house which was according to him the best, he proclaimed a persistent desire to dance a [[w:quadrille|quadrille]]. The medico began to grumble that they would have to pay the musicians a rouble but agreed to be his ''vis-à-vis''. The dance began. It was just as bad in the best house as in the worst. Just the same mirrors and pictures were here, the same coiffures and dresses. Looking round at the furniture and the costumes Vassiliev now understood that it was not lack of taste, but something that might be called the particular taste and style of S——v Street, quite impossible to find anywhere else, something complete, not accidental, evolved in time. After he had been<noinclude></noinclude> 1yqaeqgoejsksl3ccpuublzsxphk4om 14130916 14130886 2024-04-26T07:44:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|114|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>face was interesting: a big forehead, grey eyes, a flat little nose, small close-set teeth, and the expression on his face dull and impudent at once, like a puppy hard on a hare. Vassiliev had the thought that he would like to touch this lackey's hair: is it rough or soft? It must be rough like a dog's. {{c|III}} Because he had had two glasses the painter suddenly got rather drunk, and unnaturally lively. "Let's go to another place," he added, waving his hands. "I'll introduce you to the best!" When he had taken his friends into the house which was according to him the best, he proclaimed a persistent desire to dance a [[w:quadrille|quadrille]]. The medico began to grumble that they would have to pay the musicians a rouble but agreed to be his ''vis-à-vis''. The dance began. It was just as bad in the best house as in the worst. Just the same mirrors and pictures were here, the same coiffures and dresses. Looking round at the furniture and the costumes Vassiliev now understood that it was not lack of taste, but something that might be called the particular taste and style of S{{bar|2}}v Street, quite impossible to find anywhere else, something complete, not accidental, evolved in time. After he had been<noinclude></noinclude> dzqqyuunqnkr5tibgbqck89panvv987 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/128 104 1844433 14130887 8322314 2024-04-26T07:44:28Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|116|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>"We drink coffee. We have dinner at seven." "And what do you have for dinner?" "Soup or ''schi'' as a rule, beef-steak, dessert. Our madame keeps the girls well. But what are you asking all this for?" "Just to have a talk. . . ." Vassiliev wanted to ask about all sorts of things. He had a strong desire to find out where she came from, were her parents alive, and did they know she was here; how she got into the house; was she happy and contented, or gloomy and depressed with dark thoughts. Does she ever hope to escape. . . . But he could not possibly think how to begin, or how to put his questions without seeming indiscreet. He thought for a long while and asked: "How old are you?" "Eighty," joked the girl, looking and laughing at the tricks the painter was doing with his hands and feet. She suddenly giggled and uttered a long filthy expression aloud so that every one could hear. Vassiliev, terrified, not knowing how to look, began to laugh uneasily. He alone smiled: all the others, his friends, the musicians and the women—paid no attention to his neighbour. They might never have heard. "Stand me a Lafitte," said the girl again. Vassiliev was suddenly repelled by her white trimming and her voice and left her. It seemed<noinclude></noinclude> gbzw4i0n5607z2myqmo4mm1zb0hyisb Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/130 104 1844435 14130888 8322316 2024-04-26T07:44:29Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|118|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>he would never have believed it. . . . The girl with the white trimming giggled again and said something disgusting aloud. He felt sick, blushed, and went out: "Wait. We're coming too," cried the painter. {{c|IV}} "I had a talk with my ''mam'selle'' while we were dancing," said the medico when all three came into the street. "The subject was her first love. ''He'' was a bookkeeper in Smolensk with a wife and five children. She was seventeen and lived with her pa and ma who kept a soap and candle shop." "How did he conquer her heart?" asked Vassiliev. "He bought her fifty roubles'-worth of under-clothes—Lord knows what!" "However could he get her love-story out of his girl?" thought Vassiliev. "I can't. My dear chaps, I'm off home," he said. "Why?" "Because I don't know how to get on here. I'm bored and disgusted. What is there amusing about it? If they were only human beings; but they're savages and beasts. I'm going, please." "Grisha darling, please," the painter said with a sob in his voice, pressing close to Vassiliev,<noinclude></noinclude> hr7ytreihii1crypgye5h59xkdkbfko Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/131 104 1844436 14130918 8322317 2024-04-26T07:44:52Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh||THE FIT|119}}</noinclude>let's go to one more—then to Hell with them. Do come, Grigor." They prevailed on Vassiliev and led him up a staircase. The carpet and the gilded balustrade, the porter who opened the door, the panels which decorated the hall, were still in the same S{{bar|2}}v Street style, but here it was perfected and imposing. "Really I'm going home," said Vassiliev, taking off his overcoat. "Darling, please, please," said the painter and kissed him on the neck. "Don't be so faddy, Grigri—be a pal. Together we came, together we go. What a beast you are though!" "I can wait for you in the street. My God, it's disgusting here." "Please, please . . . You just look on, see, just look on." "One should look at things objectively," said the medico seriously. Vassiliev entered the salon and sat down. There were many more guests besides him and his friends: two infantry officers, a grey, bald-headed gentleman with gold spectacles, two young clean-shaven men from the Surveyors' Institute, and a very drunk man with an actor's face. All the girls were looking after these guests and took no notice of Vassiliev. Only one of them dressed like Aïda glanced at him sideways, smiled at something and said with a yawn: "So the dark one's come." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> ktgbd01teqjc2zvrvporm4kqmj7kdgx Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/132 104 1844437 14130889 8322318 2024-04-26T07:44:30Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|120|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>Vassiliev's heart was beating and his face was burning. He felt ashamed for being there, disgusted and tormented. He was tortured by the thought that he, a decent and affectionate man (so he considered himself up till now), despised these women and felt nothing towards them but repulsion. He could not feel pity for them or for the musicians or the lackeys. "It's because I don't try to understand them," he thought. "They're all more like beasts than human beings; but all the same they are human beings. They've got souls. One should understand them first, then judge them." "Grisha, don't go away. Wait for us," called the painter; and he disappeared somewhere. Soon the medico disappeared also. "Yes, one should try to understand. It's no good, otherwise," thought Vassiliev, and he began to examine intently the face of each girl, looking for the guilty smile. But whether he could not read faces or because none of these women felt guilty he saw in each face only a dull look of common, vulgar boredom and satiety. Stupid eyes, stupid smiles, harsh, stupid voices, impudent gestures—and nothing else. Evidently every woman had in her past a love romance with a bookkeeper and fifty roubles'-worth of underclothes. And in the present the only good things in life were coffee, a three-course dinner, wine, quadrilles, and sleeping till two in the afternoon . . . Finding not one guilty smile, Vassiliev began<noinclude></noinclude> abcko6l5myh3ipxwmw8ka30gapuvlxm Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/134 104 1844439 14130890 8322320 2024-04-26T07:44:30Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|122|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>"I begged, when I hadn't enough to pay my university fees; and even if I hadn't begged it's easy enough to understand. A beggar is a free man, at any rate, and you're a slave." The dark woman stretched herself, and followed with sleepy eyes the lackey who carried a tray of glasses and soda-water. "Stand us a champagne," she said, and yawned again. "Champagne," said Vassiliev. "What would happen if your mother or your brother suddenly came in? What would you say? And what would they say? You would say 'champagne' then." Suddenly the noise of crying was heard. From the next room where the lackey had carried the soda-water, a fair man rushed out with a red face and angry eyes. He was followed by the tall, stout madame, who screamed in a squeaky voice: "No one gave you permission to slap the girls in the face. Better class than you come here, and never slap a girl. You bounder!" Followed an uproar. Vassiliev was scared and went white. In the next room some one wept, sobbing, sincerely, as only the insulted weep. And he understood that indeed human beings lived here, actually human beings, who get offended, suffer, weep, and ask for help. The smouldering hatred, the feeling of repulsion, gave way to an acute sense of pity and anger against the wrong-doer. He rushed into the<noinclude></noinclude> 3ocaq7gmwrh8n2yi3p83xvjmctzpkqg Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/136 104 1844441 14130891 8322322 2024-04-26T07:44:31Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|124|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>"How dare the snow fall in this street?" thought Vassiliev. "A curse on these houses." Because of his headlong rush down the staircase his feet failed him from weariness; he was out of breath as if he had climbed a mountain. His heart beat so loud that he could hear it. A longing came over him to get out of this street as soon as possible and go home; but still stronger was his desire to wait for his friends and to vent upon them his feeling of heaviness. He had not understood many things in the houses. The souls of the perishing women were to him a mystery as before; but it was clear to him that the business was much worse than one would have thought. If the guilty woman who poisoned herself was called a prostitute, then it was hard to find a suitable name for all these creatures, who danced to the muddling music and said long, disgusting phrases. They were not perishing; they were already done for. "Vice is here," he thought; "but there is neither confession of sin nor hope of salvation. They are bought and sold, drowned in wine and torpor, and they are dull and indifferent as sheep and do not understand. My God, my God!" It was so clear to him that all that which is called human dignity, individuality, the image and likeness of God, was here dragged down to the gutter, as they say of drunkards, and that not only the street and the stupid women were to blame for it. A crowd of students white with snow, talking<noinclude></noinclude> 4c8eiu33h4axb20vgm1jpq8tr8u0e9f Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/138 104 1844443 14130892 8322324 2024-04-26T07:44:32Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|126|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>won't have you hitting a weak, drunken woman. Ah, you. . . ." "Yegor . . . Yegor!" the medico began to implore, "I give my word I'll never go out with you again. Upon my honour, I won't." The painter gradually calmed, and the friends went home. "To these sad shores unknowing "—the medico began—" An unknown power entices. . . ." "Behold the mill," the painter sang with him after a pause, "Now fallen into ruin." How the snow is falling, most Holy Mother. Why did you go away, Grisha? You're a coward; you're only an old woman." Vassiliev was walking behind his friends. He stared at their backs and thought: "One of two things: either prostitution only seems to us an evil and we exaggerate it, or if prostitution is really such an evil as is commonly thought, these charming friends of mine are just as much slavers, violators, and murderers as the inhabitants of Syria and Cairo whose photographs appear in 'The Field.' They're singing, laughing, arguing soundly now, but haven't they just been exploiting starvation, ignorance, and stupidity? They have, I saw them at it. Where does their humanity, their science, and their painting come in, then? The science, art, and lofty sentiments of these murderers remind me of the lump of fat in the story. Two robbers killed a beggar in a forest; they began to divide his clothes between themselves and<noinclude></noinclude> 1tkkxps384cvcx4rchf2ygh2nhua6ru 14130923 14130892 2024-04-26T07:44:55Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|126|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES}}</noinclude>won't have you hitting a weak, drunken woman. Ah, you. . . ." "Yegor . . . Yegor!" the medico began to implore, "I give my word I'll never go out with you again. Upon my honour, I won't." The painter gradually calmed, and the friends went home. "To these sad shores unknowing"—the medico began—" An unknown power entices. . . ." "Behold the mill," the painter sang with him after a pause, "Now fallen into ruin." How the snow is falling, most Holy Mother. Why did you go away, Grisha? You're a coward; you're only an old woman." Vassiliev was walking behind his friends. He stared at their backs and thought: "One of two things: either prostitution only seems to us an evil and we exaggerate it, or if prostitution is really such an evil as is commonly thought, these charming friends of mine are just as much slavers, violators, and murderers as the inhabitants of Syria and Cairo whose photographs appear in 'The Field.' They're singing, laughing, arguing soundly now, but haven't they just been exploiting starvation, ignorance, and stupidity? They have, I saw them at it. Where does their humanity, their science, and their painting come in, then? The science, art, and lofty sentiments of these murderers remind me of the lump of fat in the story. Two robbers killed a beggar in a forest; they began to divide his clothes between themselves and<noinclude></noinclude> btuygdj5bqd707ocew7x8x6mx5vfazb Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/140 104 1844445 14130894 8322326 2024-04-26T07:44:34Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|128|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>staring at me now with hatred and disgust; but if you want my opinion you'd better build twenty more of the houses than look like that. There's more vice in your look than in the whole street. Let's clear out, Volodya, damn him! He's a fool. He's a blockhead, and that's all he is." "Human beings are always killing each other," said the medico. "That is immoral, of course. But philosophy won't help you. Good-bye!" The friends parted at Trubnoi Square and went their way. Left alone, Vassiliev began to stride along the boulevard. He was frightened of the dark, frightened of the snow, which fell to the earth in little flakes, but seemed to long to cover the whole world; he was frightened of the street-lamps, which glimmered faintly through the clouds of snow. An inexplicable faint-hearted fear possessed his soul. Now and then people passed him; but he gave a start and stepped aside. It seemed to him that from everywhere there came and stared at him women, only women. . . . "It's coming on," he thought, "I'm going to have a fit." {{c|VI}} At home he lay on his bed and began to talk, shivering all over his body. "Live women, live. . . . My God, they're alive." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 0843sd5fwusq3536428vwcky8etxoxu Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/142 104 1844447 14130895 8322328 2024-04-26T07:44:35Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|130|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>openly or otherwise, but later when he had finished his studies and was going away, he would hand her over to another decent fellow. So the fallen woman remained fallen. Others after having bought her out also hired a room for her, bought the inevitable sewing-machine and started her off reading and writing and preached at her. The woman sits and sews as long as it is novel and amusing, but later, when she is bored, she begins to receive men secretly, or runs back to where she can sleep till three in the afternoon, drink coffee, and eat till she is full. Finally, the most ardent and self-sacrificing take a bold, determined step. They marry, and when the impudent, self-indulgent, stupefied creature becomes a wife, a lady of the house, and then a mother, her life and outlook are utterly changed, and in the wife and mother it is hard to recognise the unfortunate woman. Yes, marriage is the best, it may be the only, resource. "But it's impossible," Vassiliev said aloud and threw himself down on his bed. "First of all, I could not marry one. One would have to be a saint to be able to do it, unable to hate, not knowing disgust. But let us suppose that the painter, the medico, and I got the better of our feelings and married, that all these women got married, what is the result? What kind of effect follows? The result is that while the women get married here in Moscow, the Smolensk bookkeeper seduces a fresh lot, and these will pour into the empty places, together with<noinclude></noinclude> 928x3coqh9c0aau6ytt8rjl05c3vw2y Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/144 104 1844449 14130896 8322330 2024-04-26T07:44:36Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|132|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>for writing, for the theatre, for painting; but Vassiliev's was peculiar, a talent for humanity. He had a fine and noble ''flair'' for every kind of suffering. As a good actor reflects in himself the movement and voice of another, so Vassiliev could reflect in himself another's pain. Seeing tears, he wept. With a sick person, he himself became sick and moaned. If he saw violence done, it seemed to him that he was the victim. He was frightened like a child, and, frightened, ran for help. Another's pain roused him, excited him, threw him into a state of ecstasy. . . . Whether the friend was right I do not know, but what happened to Vassiliev when it seemed to him that the question was solved was very much like an ecstasy. He sobbed, laughed, said aloud the things he would say to-morrow, felt a burning love for the men who would listen to him and stand by his side at the corner of the street, preaching. He sat down to write to them; he made vows. All this was the more like an ecstasy in that it did not last. Vassiliev was soon tired. The London women, the Hamburg women, those from Warsaw, crushed him with their mass, as the mountains crush the earth. He quailed before this mass; he lost himself; he remembered he had no gift for speaking, that he was timid and faint-hearted, that strange people would hardly want to listen to and understand him, a law-student in his third year, a frightened and insignificant figure. The true apostleship<noinclude></noinclude> nlducy5a66udszi1lp6vnyhgk6ygqa0 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/146 104 1844451 14130897 8322332 2024-04-26T07:44:37Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|134|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>and walked wringing his hands, not from corner to corner as usually, but in a square along the walls. He caught a glimpse of himself in the glass. His face was pale and haggard, his temples hollow, his eyes bigger, darker, more immobile, as if they were not his own, and they expressed the intolerable suffering of his soul. In the afternoon the painter knocked at the door. "Gregory, are you at home?" he asked. Receiving no answer, he stood musing for a while, and said to himself good-naturedly: "Out. He's gone to the University. Damn him." And went away. Vassiliev lay down on his bed and burying his head in the pillow he began to cry with the pain. But the faster his tears flowed, the more terrible was the pain. When it was dark, he got into his mind the idea of the horrible night which was awaiting him and awful despair seized him. He dressed quickly, ran out of his room, leaving the door wide open, and into the street without reason or purpose. Without asking himself where he was going, he walked quickly to Sadovaia Street. Snow was falling as yesterday. It was thawing. Putting his hands into his sleeves, shivering, and frightened of the noises and the bells of the trams and of passers-by, Vassiliev walked from Sadovaia to Sukhariev Tower then to the Red Gates, and from here he turned and went to<noinclude></noinclude> 5zenyvhwatshdukri98p4zkcectaecf Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/148 104 1844453 14130898 8322334 2024-04-26T07:44:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|136|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>{{c|VII}} The next morning when the painter and the medico came to see him, they found him in a shirt torn to ribbons, his hands bitten all over, tossing about in the room and moaning with pain. "For God's sake!" he began to sob, seeing his comrades, "Take me anywhere you like, do what you like, but save me, for God's sake now, now! I'll kill myself." The painter went pale and was bewildered. The medico, too, nearly began to cry; but, believing that medical men must be cool and serious on every occasion of life, he said coldly: "It's a fit you've got. But never mind. Come to the doctor, at once." "Anywhere you like, but quickly, for God's sake!" "Don't be agitated. You must struggle with yourself." The painter and the medico dressed Vassiliev with trembling hands and led him into the street. "Mikhail Sergueyich has been wanting to make your acquaintance for a long while," the medico said on the way. "He's a very nice man, and knows his job splendidly. He took his degree in '82, and has got a huge practice already. He keeps friends with the students." "Quicker, quicker . . ." urged Vassiliev. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> c20tmks4bd61bzhd88j2rnm1u5x5tqu Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/150 104 1844455 14130899 8322336 2024-04-26T07:44:39Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|138|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>the head, any love passions, eccentricities, or exceptional infatuations. To half the questions habitually asked by careful doctors you may return no answer without any injury to your health; but Mikhail Sergueyich, the medico and the painter looked as though, if Vassiliev failed to answer even one single question, everything would be ruined. For some reason the doctor wrote down the answers he received on a scrap of paper. Discovering that Vassiliev had already passed through the faculty of natural science and was now in the Law faculty, the doctor began to be pensive. . . . "He wrote a brilliant thesis last year . . ." said the medico. "Excuse me. You mustn't interrupt me; you prevent me from concentrating," the doctor said, smiling with one cheek. "Yes, certainly that is important for the anamnesis. . . . Yes, yes. . . . And do you drink vodka?" he turned to Vassiliev. "Very rarely." Another twenty minutes passed. The medico began ''sotto voce'' to give his opinion of the immediate causes of the fit and told how he, the painter and Vassiliev went to S——v Street the day before yesterday. The indifferent, reserved, cold tone in which his friends and the doctor were speaking of the women and the miserable street seemed to him in the highest degree strange. . . . "Doctor, tell me this one thing," he said,<noinclude></noinclude> j3bn2qmqwf577944a3igd8d2jj0wuf5 14130926 14130899 2024-04-26T07:44:57Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|138|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES}}</noinclude>the head, any love passions, eccentricities, or exceptional infatuations. To half the questions habitually asked by careful doctors you may return no answer without any injury to your health; but Mikhail Sergueyich, the medico and the painter looked as though, if Vassiliev failed to answer even one single question, everything would be ruined. For some reason the doctor wrote down the answers he received on a scrap of paper. Discovering that Vassiliev had already passed through the faculty of natural science and was now in the Law faculty, the doctor began to be pensive. . . . "He wrote a brilliant thesis last year . . ." said the medico. "Excuse me. You mustn't interrupt me; you prevent me from concentrating," the doctor said, smiling with one cheek. "Yes, certainly that is important for the anamnesis. . . . Yes, yes. . . . And do you drink vodka?" he turned to Vassiliev. "Very rarely." Another twenty minutes passed. The medico began ''sotto voce'' to give his opinion of the immediate causes of the fit and told how he, the painter and Vassiliev went to S{{bar|2}}v Street the day before yesterday. The indifferent, reserved, cold tone in which his friends and the doctor were speaking of the women and the miserable street seemed to him in the highest degree strange. . . . "Doctor, tell me this one thing," he said,<noinclude></noinclude> 8z9uxospunbjbvd9o9pwramb8pqutbs Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/152 104 1844457 14130900 8322338 2024-04-26T07:44:39Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|140|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>And Vassiliev felt better. When he was coming out of the doctor's he was already ashamed; the noise of the traffic did not seem irritating, and the heaviness beneath his heart became easier and easier as though it were thawing. In his hand were two prescriptions. One was for kali-bromatum, the other—morphia. He used to take both before. He stood still in the street for a while, pensive, and then, taking leave of his friends, lazily dragged on towards the university.<noinclude></noinclude> l70zbgik8jft63st17qfjrydsuora2a Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/154 104 1844459 14130902 8322340 2024-04-26T07:44:40Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|142|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>Ivan Mikhailovich, if you really love and respect me I implore you to stop pursuing me! You follow me like a shadow—there's such a wicked look in your eye—you make love to me—write extraordinary letters and . . . I don't know how all this is going to—end Good Heavens! What can all this lead to?" Ilyin was silent. Sophia Pietrovna took a few steps and continued: "And this sudden complete change has happened in two or three weeks after five years of friendship. I do not know you any more, Ivan Mikhailovich." Sophia Pietrovna glanced sideways at her companion. He was staring intently, screwing up his eyes at the feathery clouds. The expression of his face was angry, capricious and distracted, like that of a man who suffers and at the same time must listen to nonsense. "It is annoying that you yourself can't realise it!" Madame Loubianzev continued, shrugging her shoulders. "Please understand that you're not playing a very nice game. I am married, I love and respect my husband. I have a daughter. Don't you really care in the slightest for all this? Besides, as an old friend, you know my views on family life . . . on the sanctity of the home, generally." Ilyin gave an angry grunt and sighed: "The sanctity of the home," he murmured, "Good Lord!" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 1sqd7cgcl19g2n84x5mmnq5l2fh7ofq Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/156 104 1844461 14130903 8322342 2024-04-26T07:44:41Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|144|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>breathe easily and look straight at Ilyin. She looked at him, and the egotistical sense of superiority that a woman feels over her lover caressed her pleasantly. She liked the way this big strong man with a virile angry face and a huge black beard sat obediently at her side and hung his head. They were silent for a little while. "Nothing is yet settled and done with," Ilyin began. "You are reading me a sermon. 'I love and respect my husband . . . the sanctity of the home. . . .' I know all that for myself and I can tell you more. Honestly and sincerely I confess that I consider my conduct as criminal and immoral. What else? But why say what is known already? Instead of sermonizing you had far better tell me what I am to do." "I have already told you. Go away." "I have gone. You know quite well. I have started five times and half-way there I have come back again. I can show you the through tickets. I have kept them all safe. But I haven't the power to run away from you. I struggle frightfully, but what in Heaven's name is the use? If I cannot harden myself, if I'm weak and faint-hearted. I can't fight nature. Do you understand? I cannot! I run away from her and she holds me back by my coattails. Vile, vulgar weakness." Ilyin blushed, got up, and began walking by the bench: "How I hate and despise myself. Good Lord,<noinclude></noinclude> lxbu668m9ivzypm0fxo4g52ce53z51e Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/158 104 1844463 14130904 8322344 2024-04-26T07:44:42Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|146|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>love. But at the same moment she knew that there was a grain of truth in the barrister's words. And not knowing what kind of truth it was she could not think, no matter how much she thought about it, what to say to him in answer to his complaint. It was awkward being silent, so she said shrugging her shoulders: "So I'm to blame for that too?" "I don't blame you for your insincerity," sighed Ilyin. "It slipped out unconsciously. Your insincerity is natural to you, in the natural order of things as well. If all mankind were to agree suddenly to become serious, everything would go to the Devil, to ruin." Sophia Pietrovna was not in the mood for philosophy; but she was glad of the opportunity to change the conversation and asked: "Why indeed?" "Because only savages and animals are sincere. Since civilisation introduced into society the demand, for instance, for such a luxury as woman's virtue, sincerity has been out of place." Angrily Ilyin began to thrust his stick into the sand. Madame Loubianzev listened without understanding much of it; she liked the conversation. First of all, she was pleased that a gifted man should speak to her, an average woman, about intellectual things; also it gave her great pleasure to watch how the pale, lively, still angry, young face was working. Much she<noinclude></noinclude> b1xivag87zgakktdxkvof7h7h9seldq Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/160 104 1844465 14130906 8322346 2024-04-26T07:44:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|148|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>turn, drew her body away from Ilyin, and glanced at him frightened. Tears shone in his eyes. His lips trembled, and a hungry, suppliant expression showed over all his face. "I love you," he murmured, bringing his own eyes near to her big, frightened ones. "You are so beautiful. I'm suffering now; but I swear I could remain so all my life, suffering and looking into your eyes, but . . . Keep silent, I implore you." Sophia Pietrovna as if taken unawares began, quickly, quickly, to think out words with which to stop him. "I shall go away," she decided, but no sooner had she moved to get up, than Ilyin was on his knees at her feet already. He embraced her knees, looked into her eyes and spoke passionately, ardently, beautifully. She did not hear his words, for her fear and agitation. Somehow now at this dangerous moment when her knees pleasantly contracted, as in a warm bath, she sought with evil intention to read some meaning into her sensation. She was angry because the whole of her instead of protesting virtue was filled with weakness, laziness, and emptiness, like a drunken man to whom the ocean is but knee-deep; only in the depths of her soul, a little remote malignant voice teased: "Why don't you go away? Then this is right, is it?" Seeking in herself an explanation she could not understand why she had not withdrawn the hand to which Ilyin's lips clung like a leech, nor<noinclude></noinclude> dib9sh3gd6lra6t8ahvyrl7ifnb3xd0 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/162 104 1844467 14130908 8322348 2024-04-26T07:44:44Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|150|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>disappeared into the green. Sophia Pietrovna turned sharply and not looking at Ilyin began to walk quickly back along the path. She had herself in control again. Red with shame, offended, not by Ilyin, no! but by the cowardice and shamelessness with which she, a good, respectable woman allowed a stranger to embrace her knees. She had only one thought now, to reach her bungalow and her family as quickly as possible. The barrister could hardly keep up with her. Turning from the path on to a little track, she glanced at him so quickly that she noticed only the sand on his knees, and she motioned with her hand at him to let her be. Running into the house Sophia Pietrovna stood for about five minutes motionless in her room, looking now at the window then at the writing table. . . ." You disgraceful woman," she scolded herself; "disgraceful!" In spite of herself she recollected every detail, hiding nothing, how all these days she had been against Ilyin's love-making, yet she was somehow drawn to meet him and explain; but besides this when he was lying at her feet she felt an extraordinary pleasure. She recalled everything, not sparing herself, and now, stifled with shame, she could have slapped her own face. "Poor Andrey," she thought, trying, as she remembered her husband, to give her face the tenderest possible expression—" Varya, my poor darling child, does not know what a mother she<noinclude></noinclude> mup2du8xf7pef7myx4mgpamun89phs5 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/164 104 1844469 14130909 8322350 2024-04-26T07:44:46Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|152|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>and fatigue, while waiting for the soup, fell upon the sausage and ate it greedily, chewing loudly and moving his temples. "My God," thought Sophia Pietrovna. "I do love and respect him, but . . . why does he chew so disgustingly." Her thoughts were no less disturbed than her feelings. Madame Loubianzev, like all who have no experience of the struggle with unpleasant thought, did her best not to think of her unhappiness, and the more zealously she tried, the more vivid Ilyin became to her imagination, the sand on his knees, the feathery clouds, the train. . . . "Why did I—idiot—go today?" she teased herself. "And am I really a person who can't answer for herself?" Fear has big eyes. When Andrey Ilyitch had finished the last course, she had already resolved to tell him everything and so escape from danger. "Andrey, I want to speak to you seriously," she began after dinner, when her husband was taking off his coat and boots in order to have a lie down. "Well?" "Let's go away from here!" "How—where to? It's still too early to go to town." "No. Travel or something like that." "Travel," murmured the solicitor, stretching himself. "I dream of it myself, but where shall<noinclude></noinclude> n88bjz6s0jcroxeqvf0nbj6disygwhy Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/166 104 1844471 14130911 8322352 2024-04-26T07:44:47Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|154|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>"You'll come when you find out!" thought Sophia Pietrovna. Having decided to go away at all costs, she began to feel free from danger; her thoughts fell gradually into order, she became cheerful and even allowed herself to think about everything. Whatever she may think or dream about, she is going all the same. While her husband still slept, little by little, evening came . . . She sat in the drawing-room playing the piano. Outside the window the evening animation, the sound of music, but chiefly the thought of her own cleverness in mastering her misery gave the final touch to her joy. Other women, her easy conscience told her, in a position like her own would surely not resist, they would spin round like a whirlwind; but she was nearly burnt up with shame, she suffered and now she had escaped from a danger which perhaps was non-existent! Her virtue and resolution moved her so much that she even glanced at herself in the glass three times. When it was dark visitors came. The men sat down to cards in the dining-room, the ladies were in the drawing room and on the terrace. Ilyin came last, he was stern and gloomy and looked ill. He sat down on a corner of the sofa and did not get up for the whole evening. Usually cheerful and full of conversation, he was now silent, frowning, and rubbing his eyes. When he had to answer a question he smiled with difficulty and only with his upper lip,<noinclude></noinclude> nzevvvovnh61nwuu46cyfl5s1cucai1 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/168 104 1844473 14130912 8322354 2024-04-26T07:44:47Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|156|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>singular emotion, and as one inspired. Everything made her gay and everything seemed funny. It amused her to recall the incident of the bench, the sentry looking on. The visitors seemed funny to her, Ilyin's insolent jokes, his tie pin which she had never seen before. The pin was a little red snake with tiny diamond eyes; the snake seemed so funny that she was ready to kiss and kiss it. Sophia Pietrovna, nervously sang romantic songs, with a kind of half-intoxication, and as if jeering at another's sorrow she chose sad, melancholy songs that spoke of lost hopes, of the past, of old age. . . . "And old age is approaching nearer and nearer," she sang. What had she to do with old age? "There's something wrong going on in me," she thought now and then through laughter and singing. At twelve o'clock the visitors departed. Ilyin was the last to go. She still felt warm enough about him to go with him to the lower step of the terrace. She had the idea of telling him that she was going away with her husband, just to see what effect this news would have upon him. The moon was hiding behind the clouds, but it was so bright that Sophia Pietrovna could see the wind playing with the tails of his overcoat and with the creepers on the terrace. It was also plain how pale Ilyin was, and how he twisted his upper-lip, trying to smile. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 6jwhb7uhh94s98h5l70q7q9rt3sntti Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/169 104 1844474 14131006 8322355 2024-04-26T07:47:19Z Mpaa 257091 fix typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh||MISFORTUNE|157}}</noinclude>"Sonia, Sonichka, my dear little woman," he murmured, not letting her speak. "My darling, my pretty one." In a paroxysm of tenderness with tears in his voice, he showered her with endearing words each tenderer than the other, and was already speaking to her as if she were his wife or his mistress. Suddenly and unexpectedly to her, he put one arm round her and with the other hand he seized her elbow. "My dear one, my beauty," he began to whisper, kissing the nape of her neck; "be sincere, come to me now." She slipped out of his embrace and lifted her head to break out in indignation and revolt. But indignation did not come, and of all her praiseworthy virtue and purity, there was left only enough for her to say that which all average women say in similar circumstances: "You must be mad." "But really let us go," continued Ilyin. "Just now and over there by the bench I felt convinced that you, Sonia, were as helpless as myself. You too will be all the worse for it. You love me, and you are making a useless bargain with your conscience." Seeing that she was leaving him he seized her by her lace sleeve and ended quickly: "If not to-day, then to-morrow; but you will have to give in. What's the good of putting if off? My dear, my darling Sonia, the verdict has been pronounced. Why {{hws|post|postpone}}<noinclude></noinclude> 7tgskkiojwphu1vhevma9kxa9cn79yf Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/170 104 1844475 14130913 8322356 2024-04-26T07:44:48Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|158|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>{{hwe|pone|postpone}} the execution? Why deceive yourself?" Sophia Pietrovna broke away from him and suddenly disappeared inside the door. She returned to the drawing-room, shut the piano mechanically, stared for a long time at the cover of a music book, and sat down. She could neither stand nor think. . . . From her agitation and passion remained only an awful weakness mingled with laziness and tiredness. Her conscience whispered to her that she had behaved wickedly and foolishly to-night, like a mad-woman; that just now she had been kissed on the terrace, and even now she had some strange sensation in her waist and in her elbow. Not a soul was in the drawing-room. Only a single candle was burning. Madame Loubianzev sat on a little round stool before the piano without strirring as if waiting for something, and as if taking advantage of her extreme exhaustion and the dark a heavy unconquerable desire began to possess her. Like a boa-constrictor, it enchained her limbs and soul. It grew every second and was no longer threatening, but stood clear before her in all its nakedness. She sat thus for half an hour, not moving, and not stopping herself from thinking of Ilyin. Then she got up lazily and went slowly into the bed-room. Andrey Ilyitch was in bed already. She sat by the window and gave herself to her desire. She felt no more "confusion." All her feelings and thoughts pressed lovingly round<noinclude></noinclude> iufkh2pf5satbvd5bm661mbjqorox8m Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/172 104 1844477 14130914 8322358 2024-04-26T07:44:49Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|160|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>"Andrey," she almost cried. "Listen. Shall we go away? Shall we? Yes?" "Yes. . . . I've told you already. You go alone." "But listen," she said, "if you don't come too, you may lose me. I seem to be in love already." "Who with?" Andrey Ilyitch asked. "It must be all the same for you, who with," Sophia Pietrovna cried out. Andrey Ilyitch got up, dangled his feet over the side of the bed, with a look of surprise at the dark form of his wife. "Imagination," he yawned. He could not believe her, but all the same he was frightened. After having thought for a while, and asked his wife some unimportant questions, he gave his views of the family, of infidelity. . . . He spoke sleepily for about ten minutes and then lay down again. His remarks had no success. There are a great many opinions in this world, and more than half of them belong to people who have never known misery. In spite of the late hour, the bungalow people were still moving behind their windows. Sophia Pietrovna put on a long coat and stood for a while, thinking. She still had force of mind to say to her sleepy husband: "Are you asleep? I'm going for a little walk. Would you like to come with me?" That was her last hope. Receiving no answer, he walked out. It was breezy and cool. She<noinclude></noinclude> b99xbov911rp6gn3baix1gv3gjxron6 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/176 104 1844480 14130915 8322361 2024-04-26T07:44:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|164|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>"Don't go on protesting that you love me," Nadya wrote on, thinking of Gorny, the officer, "I can't believe you. You're very clever, educated, serious; you have a great talent, and perhaps, a splendid future waiting, but I am an uninteresting poor-spirited girl, and you yourself know quite well that I shall only be a drag upon your life. It's true I carried you off your feet, and you thought you had met your ideal in me, but that was a mistake. Already you are asking yourself in despair, 'Why did I meet this girl?' Only your kindness prevents you from confessing it." Nadya pitied herself. She wept and went on. "If it were not so difficult for me to leave mother and brother I would put on a nun's gown and go where my eyes direct me. You would then be free to love another. If I were to die!" Through her tears she could not make out what she had written. Brief rainbows trembled on the table, on the floor and the ceiling, as though Nadya were looking through a prism. Impossible to write. She sank back in her chair and began to think of Gorny. Oh, how fascinating, how interesting men are! Nadya remembered the beautiful expression of Gorny's face, appealing, guilty, and tender, when someone discussed music with him,—the efforts he made to prevent the passion from sounding in his voice. Passion must be concealed in a society where cold reserve and<noinclude></noinclude> lg62phjbizvoggt5rgx2f9k8w0wqp21 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/178 104 1844483 14130917 8322363 2024-04-26T07:44:51Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|166|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>thoughts became confused. The happiness grew more and more. From her breast it ran into her arms and legs, and it seemed that a light fresh breeze blew over her head, stirring her hair. Her shoulders trembled with quiet laughter. The table and the lampglass trembled. Tears from her eyes splashed the letter. She was powerless to stop her laughter; and to convince herself that she had a reason for it, she hastened to remember something funny. "What a funny poodle!" she cried, feeling that she was choking with laughter. "What a funny poodle!" She remembered how Gronsdiev was playing with Maxim the poodle after tea yesterday; how he told a story afterwards of a very clever poodle who was chasing a crow in the yard. The crow gave him a look and said: "Oh, you swindler!" The poodle did not know he had to do with a learned crow. He was terribly confused, and ran away dumfounded. Afterwards he began to bark. "No, I'd better love Gronsdiev," Nadya decided and tore up the letter. She began to think of the student, of his love, of her own love, with the result that the thoughts in her head swam apart and she thought about everything, about her mother, the street, the pencil, the piano. She was happy thinking, and found that everything was good, magnificent. Her happiness told<noinclude></noinclude> snz9mwk4d9usfx06bc7e6dtb493yt3m Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/182 104 1844488 14130920 8322366 2024-04-26T07:44:53Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|170|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>darling, tell me—will you let me hope? No! I'm not worth it. I dare not even think of it—may I hope for . . . Pull! Anna lifted her hand that held the rod—pulled, cried out. A silvery green fish shone in the air. "Goodness! it's a perch! Help—quick! It's slipping off." The perch tore itself from the hook—danced in the grass towards its native element and . . . leaped into the water. But instead of the little fish that he was chasing, Lapkin quite by accident caught hold of Anna's hand—quite by accident pressed it to his lips. She drew back, but it was too late; quite by accident their lips met and kissed; yes, it was an absolute accident! They kissed and kissed. Then came vows and assurances. . . . Blissful moments! But there is no such thing as absolute happiness in this life. If happiness itself does not contain a poison, poison will enter in from without. Which happened this time. Suddenly, while the two were kissing, a laugh was heard. They looked at the river and were paralysed. The schoolboy Kolia, Anna's brother, was standing in the water, watching the young people and maliciously laughing. "Ah—ha! Kissing!" said he. "Right O, I'll tell Mother." "I hope that you—as a man of honour," Lapkin muttered, blushing. "It's disgusting to spy on us, it's loathsome to tell tales, it's rotten. As a man of honour . . ." "Give me a shilling, then I'll shut up!" the<noinclude></noinclude> 4b9f4lljn7b6bhah6dtto49xwuic35r Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/184 104 1844491 14130921 8322368 2024-04-26T07:44:54Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|172|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>of August, up to the day when Lapkin at last proposed to Anna. Ah! What a happy day that was! When he had spoken to her parents and obtained their consent Lapkin rushed into the garden after Kolia. When he found him he nearly cried for joy and caught hold of the wretched boy by the ear. Anna, who was also looking for Kolia came running up and grabbed him by the other ear. You should have seen the happiness depicted on their faces while Kolia roared and begged them: "Darling, precious pets, I won't do it again. O-oh—O-oh! Forgive me!" And both of them confessed afterwards that during all the time they were in love with each other they never experienced such happiness, such overwhelming joy as during those moments when they pulled the wretched boy's ears.<noinclude></noinclude> clmnchimmn3sjuf0lonjnkr3q0p1kww Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/186 104 1844493 14130922 8322370 2024-04-26T07:44:54Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|174|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>the doctor's hand in the darkness. He found it and squeezed it hard in his own. "I'm very . . . very glad! We were introduced . . . I am Aboguin . . . had the pleasure of meeting you this summer at Mr. Gnouchev's. I am very glad to have found you at home. . . . For God's sake, don't say you won't come with me immediately. . . . My wife has been taken dangerously ill . . . I have the carriage with me. . . ." From the visitor's voice and movements it was evident that he had been in a state of violent agitation. Exactly as though he had been frightened by a fire or a mad dog, he could hardly restrain his hurried breathing, and he spoke quickly in a trembling voice. In his speech there sounded a note of real sincerity, of childish fright. Like all men who are frightened and dazed, he spoke in short, abrupt phrases and uttered many superfluous, quite unnecessary, words. "I was afraid I shouldn't find you at home," he continued. "While I was coming to you I suffered terribly. . . . Dress yourself and let us go, for God's sake. . . . It happened like this. Papchinsky came to me—Alexander Siemionovich, you know him. . . . We were chatting. . . . Then we sat down to tea. Suddenly my wife cries out, presses her hands to her heart, and falls back in her chair. We carried her off to her bed and . . . and I rubbed her forehead with sal-volatile, and splashed her with water. . . . She lies like a corpse. . . . I'm afraid that<noinclude></noinclude> 031xa168t39d71m3qt4swf7eeao7454 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/188 104 1844495 14130924 8322372 2024-04-26T07:44:55Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|176|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>by the attentiveness with which he arranged the hanging shade on the unlighted lamp in the drawing-room and consulted a thick book which lay on the table—at such a moment he had neither purpose nor desire, nor did he think of anything, and probably had already forgotten that there was a stranger standing in his hall. The gloom and the quiet of the drawing-room apparently increased his insanity. As he went from the drawing-room to his study he raised his right foot higher than he need, felt with his hands for the door-posts, and then one felt a certain perplexity in his whole figure, as though he had entered a strange house by chance, or for the first time in his life had got drunk, and now was giving himself up in bewilderment to the new sensation. A wide line of light stretched across the bookshelves on one wall of the study; this light, together with the heavy stifling smell of carbolic acid and ether came from the door ajar that led from the study into the bedroom . . . The doctor sank into a chair before the table; for a while he looked drowsily at the shining books, then rose and went into the bedroom. Here, in the bedroom, dead quiet reigned. Everything, down to the last trifle, spoke eloquently of the tempest undergone, of weariness, and everything rested. The candle which stood among a close crowd of phials, boxes and jars on the stool and the big lamp on the chest of drawers brightly lit the room. On the bed, by the window, the boy lay open-eyed, with a look of<noinclude></noinclude> 9yx8ci2e5ruz6eet46tco6rsp0i4hs5 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/190 104 1844497 14130925 8322374 2024-04-26T07:44:56Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|178|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>and his wife were silent and did not weep, as though they confessed all the poetry of their condition. As once the season of their youth passed away, so now in this boy their right to bear children had passed away, alas! for ever to eternity. The doctor is forty-four years old, already grey and looks like an old man; his faded sick wife is thirty-five. Andrey was not merely the only son but the last. In contrast to his wife the doctor's nature belonged to those which feel the necessity of movement when their soul is in pain. After standing by his wife for about five minutes, he passed from the bed-room, lifting his right foot too high, into a little room half filled with a big broad divan. From there he went to the kitchen. After wandering about the fireplace and the cook's bed, he stooped through a little door and came into the hall. Here he saw the white scarf and the pale face again. "At last," sighed Aboguin, seizing the door-handle. "Let us go, please." The doctor shuddered, glanced at him and remembered. "Listen. I've told you already that I can't go," he said, livening. "What a strange idea!" "Doctor, I'm made of flesh and blood, too. I fully understand your condition. I sympathise with you," Aboguin said in an imploring voice, putting his hand to his scarf. "But I am not asking for myself. My wife is dying. If you<noinclude></noinclude> jjheyeh5dfbhewaguh7ekvyoeaymkpg Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/192 104 1844499 14130927 8322376 2024-04-26T07:44:57Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|180|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>by the sleeve. "The thirteenth volume be damned! I have no right to do violence to your will. If you want to, come; if you don't, then God be with you; but it's not to your will that I apply, but to your feelings. A young woman is dying! You say your son died just now. Who could understand my terror better than you?" Aboguin's voice trembled with agitation. His tremor and his tone were much more convincing than his words. Aboguin was sincere, but it is remarkable that every phrase he used came out stilted, soulless, inopportunely florid, and as it were insulted the atmosphere of the doctor's house and the woman who was dying. He felt it himself, and in his fear of being misunderstood he exerted himself to the utmost to make his voice soft and tender so as to convince by the sincerity of his tone at least, if not by his words. As a rule, however deep and beautiful the words they affect only the unconcerned. They cannot always satisfy those who are happy or distressed because the highest expression of happiness or distress is most often silence. Lovers understand each other best when they are silent, and a fervent passionate speech at the graveside affects only outsiders. To the widow and children it seems cold and trivial. Kirilov stood still and was silent. When Aboguin uttered some more words on the higher vocation of a doctor, and self-sacrifice, the doctor sternly asked: {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 4rbccb6gshp9i9koc5p00a80suckuwt Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/194 104 1844501 14130928 8322378 2024-04-26T07:44:58Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|182|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>that at the end of the yard a bright light from someone's window broke through the garden fence, and three windows in the upper story of the separate house seemed to be paler than the air. Then the carriage drove into dense obscurity where you could smell mushroom damp, and hear the whisper of the trees. The noise of the wheels awoke the rooks who began to stir in the leaves and raised a doleful, bewildered cry as if they knew that the doctor's son was dead and Aboguin's wife ill. Then began to appear separate trees, a shrub. Sternly gleamed the pond, where big black shadows slept. The carriage rolled along over an even plain. Now the cry of the rooks was but faintly heard far away behind. Soon it became completely still. Almost all the way Kirilov and Aboguin were silent; save that once Aboguin sighed profoundly and murmured. "It's terrible pain. One never loves his nearest so much as when there is the risk of losing them." And when the carriage was quietly passing through the river, Kirilov gave a sudden start, as though the dashing of the water frightened him, and he began to move impatiently. "Let me go," he said in anguish. "I'll come to you later. I only want to send the attendant to my wife. She is all alone." Aboguin was silent. The carriage, swaying and rattling against the stones, drove over the sandy bank and went on. Kirilov began to toss<noinclude></noinclude> r8jnh3xbjj7werek4xbkegxzg0fv838 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/196 104 1844503 14130929 8322380 2024-04-26T07:45:01Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|184|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>it," he said entering the hall with the doctor and slowly rubbing his hands in his agitation. "But I can't hear any noise. That means it's all right so far," he added, listening to the stillness. No voices or steps were heard in the hall. For all the bright illumination the whole house seemed asleep. Now the doctor and Aboguin who had been in darkness up till now could examine each other. The doctor was tall, with a stoop, slovenly dressed, and his face was plain. There was something unpleasantly sharp, ungracious, and severe in his thick negro lips, his aquiline nose and his faded, indifferent look. His tangled hair, his sunken temples, the early grey in his long thin beard, that showed his shining chin, his pale grey complexion and the slipshod awkwardness of his manners—the hardness of it all suggested to the mind bad times undergone, an unjust lot and weariness of life and men. To look at the hard figure of the man, you could not believe that he had a wife and could weep over his child. Aboguin revealed something different. He was robust, solid and fair-haired, with a big head and large, yet soft, features, exquisitely dressed in the latest fashion. In his carriage, his tight-buttoned coat and his mane of hair you felt something noble and leonine. He walked with his head straight and his chest prominent, he spoke in a pleasant baritone, and in his manner of removing his scarf or arranging his hair there appeared a subtle, almost feminine<noinclude></noinclude> 6l7rk6asag60v29wem9o15y9e66nsly Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/198 104 1844505 14130930 8322382 2024-04-26T07:45:02Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|186|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>any more. He raised his eyes to the door through which Aboguin had disappeared. Aboguin was standing on the threshold, but not the same man as went out. The expression of satisfaction and subtle elegance had disappeared from him. His face and hands, the attitude of his body were distorted with a disgusting expression either of horror or of tormenting physical pain. His nose, lips, moustache, all his features were moving and as it were trying to tear themselves away from his face, but the eyes were as though laughing from pain. Aboguin took a long heavy step into the middle of the room, stooped, moaned, and shook his fists. "Deceived!" he cried, emphasising the syllable ''cei''. "She deceived me! She's gone! She fell ill and sent me for the doctor only to run away with this fool Papchinsky. My God!" Aboguin stepped heavily towards the doctor, thrust his white soft fists before his face, and went on wailing, shaking his fists the while. "She's gone off! She's deceived me! But why this lie? My God, my God! Why this dirty, foul trick, this devilish, serpent's game? What have I done to her? She's gone off." Tears gushed from his eyes. He turned on his heel and began to pace the drawing-room. Now in his short jacket and his fashionable narrow trousers in which his legs seemed too thin for his body, he was extraordinarily like a lion. Curiosity kindled in the doctor's impassive face. He rose and eyed Aboguin.<noinclude></noinclude> epx15xhnu3yoko6jndmg207ub5xzo38 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/200 104 1844507 14130932 8322384 2024-04-26T07:45:04Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|188|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>That's impossible . . . I've never seen it in my life before!" With the dull bewilderment of a man who has just begun to understand that someone has bitterly offended him, the doctor shrugged his shoulders, waved his hands and not knowing what to say or do, dropped exhausted into a chair. "Well, she didn't love me any more. She loved another man. Very well. But why the deceit, why this foul treachery?" Aboguin spoke with tears in his voice. "Why, why? What have I done to you? Listen, doctor," he said passionately approaching Kirilov. "You were the unwilling witness of my misfortune, and I am not going to hide the truth from you. I swear I loved this woman. I loved her with devotion, like a slave. I sacrificed everything for her. I broke with my family, I gave up the service and my music. I forgave her things I could not have forgiven my mother and sister . . . I never once gave her an angry look . . . I never gave her any cause. Why this lie then? I do not demand love, but why this abominable deceit? If you don't love any more then speak out honestly, above all when you know what I feel about this matter . . ." With tears in his eyes and trembling in all his bones, Aboguin was pouring out his soul to the doctor. He spoke passionately, pressing both hands to his heart. He revealed all the family secrets without hesitation, as though he were glad that these secrets were being torn from his<noinclude></noinclude> 652ty9y3qclmn2ct7eu4ncpoqt0j173 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/202 104 1844509 14130933 8322386 2024-04-26T07:45:04Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|190|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>went on, shaking his beard. "You marry out of high spirits, get angry out of high spirits, and make a melodrama—but where do I come in? What have I got to do with your romances? Leave me alone! Get on with your noble grabbing, parade your humane ideas, play—" the doctor gave a side-glance at the 'cello-case—" the double-bass and the trombone, stuff yourselves like capons, but don't dare to jeer at a real man! If you can't respect him, then you can at least spare him your attentions." "What does all this mean?" Aboguin asked, blushing. "It means that it's vile and foul to play with a man! I'm a doctor. You consider doctors and all men who work and don't reek of scent and harlotry, your footmen, your ''mauvais tons''. Very well, but no one gave you the right to turn a man who suffers into a property." "How dare you say that?" Aboguin asked quietly. Again his face began to twist about, this time in visible anger. "How dare ''you'' bring me here to listen to trivial rubbish, when you know that I'm in sorrow?" the doctor cried and banged his fists on the table once more. "Who gave you the right to jeer at another's grief?" "You're mad," cried Aboguin. "You're ungenerous. I too am deeply unhappy and . . . and . . ." "Unhappy "—the doctor gave a sneering laugh—" Don't touch the word, it's got nothing<noinclude></noinclude> 8xssfhi27uyh69bcfhqdugz32y0ttx0 14130937 14130933 2024-04-26T07:45:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|190|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES}}</noinclude>went on, shaking his beard. "You marry out of high spirits, get angry out of high spirits, and make a melodrama—but where do I come in? What have I got to do with your romances? Leave me alone! Get on with your noble grabbing, parade your humane ideas, play—" the doctor gave a side-glance at the 'cello-case—" the double-bass and the trombone, stuff yourselves like capons, but don't dare to jeer at a real man! If you can't respect him, then you can at least spare him your attentions." "What does all this mean?" Aboguin asked, blushing. "It means that it's vile and foul to play with a man! I'm a doctor. You consider doctors and all men who work and don't reek of scent and harlotry, your footmen, your ''mauvais tons''. Very well, but no one gave you the right to turn a man who suffers into a property." "How dare you say that?" Aboguin asked quietly. Again his face began to twist about, this time in visible anger. "How dare ''you'' bring me here to listen to trivial rubbish, when you know that I'm in sorrow?" the doctor cried and banged his fists on the table once more. "Who gave you the right to jeer at another's grief?" "You're mad," cried Aboguin. "You're ungenerous. I too am deeply unhappy and . . . and . . ." "Unhappy"—the doctor gave a sneering laugh—" Don't touch the word, it's got nothing<noinclude></noinclude> bk7emts1f6mzq1zmz8m1h1k49ksh561 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/204 104 1844511 14130934 8322388 2024-04-26T07:45:05Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|192|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>came. He rang once more; then flung the bell angrily to the floor. It struck dully on the carpet and gave out a mournful sound like a death-moan. The footman appeared. "Where have you been hiding, damn you?" The master sprang upon him with clenched fists. "Where have you been just now? Go away and tell them to send the carriage round for this gentleman, and get the brougham ready for me. Wait," he called out as the footman turned to go. "Not a single traitor remains to-morrow. Pack off all of you! I will engage new ones . . . Rabble!" While they waited Aboguin and the doctor were silent. Already the expression of satisfaction and the subtle elegance had returned to the former. He paced the drawing-room, shook his head elegantly and evidently was planning something. His anger was not yet cool, but he tried to make as if he did not notice his enemy. . . . The doctor stood with one hand on the edge of the table, looking at Aboguin with that deep, rather cynical, ugly contempt with which only grief and an unjust lot can look, when they see satiety and elegance before them. A little later, when the doctor took his seat in the carriage and drove away, his eyes still glanced contemptuously. It was dark, much darker than an hour ago. The red half-moon had now disappeared behind the little hill, and the clouds which watched it lay in dark spots round the stars. The [[w:Brougham (carriage)|brougham]] with the red<noinclude></noinclude> opfvv79y9scwjrk23w9aw9e1ydxu9as Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/208 104 1844514 14130935 8322391 2024-04-26T07:45:06Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|196|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>and apparently imitating an acrobat whom he had lately seen in the circus, lifted up first one leg then the other. When his elegant legs began to be tired, he moved his hands, or he jumped up impetuously and then went on all fours, trying to stand with his legs in the air. All this he did with a most serious face, breathing heavily, as if he himself found no happiness in God's gift of such a restless body. "Ah, how do you do, my friend?" said Byelyaev. "Is it you? I didn't notice you. Is your mother well?" At the moment Alyosha had just taken hold of the toe of his left foot in his right hand and got into a most awkward pose. He turned head over heels, jumped up, and glanced from under the big, fluffy lampshade at Byelyaev. "How can I put it?" he said, shrugging his shoulders. "As a matter of plain fact mother is never well. You see she's a woman, and women, Nicolai Ilyich, have always some pain or another." For something to do, Byelyaev began to examine Alyosha's face. All the time he had been acquainted with Olga Ivanovna he had never once turned his attention to the boy and had completely ignored his existence. A boy is stuck in front of your eyes, but what is he doing here, what is his ''rôle''?—you don't want to give a single thought to the question. In the evening dusk Alyosha's face with a pale forehead and steady black eyes unexpectedly<noinclude></noinclude> 526p2rr7lvuz4qh61nxlrc83pl3wgtk Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/210 104 1844516 14130936 8322393 2024-04-26T07:45:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|198|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>her to buy me a chain just like this. What a fine locket! Father has one just the same, but yours has stripes, here, and his has got letters . . . Inside it's mother's picture. Father has another chain now, not in links, but like a ribbon . . ." "How do you know? Do you see your father?" "I? Mm . . . no . . . I . . ." Alyosha blushed and in the violent confusion of being detected in a lie began to scratch the locket busily with his finger-nail. Byelyaev looked steadily at his face and asked: "Do you see your father?" "No . . . no!" "But, be honest—on your honour. By your face I can see you're not telling me the truth. If you made a slip of the tongue by mistake, what's the use of shuffling. Tell me, do you see him? As one friend to another." Alyosha mused. "And you won't tell Mother?" he asked. "What next." "On your word of honour." "My word of honour." "Swear an oath." "What a nuisance you are! What do you take me for?" Alyosha looked round, made big eyes and began to whisper. "Only for God's sake don't tell Mother! Never tell it to anyone at all, because it's a secret. God forbid that Mother should ever get<noinclude></noinclude> 1vfxzhvagc48qfdbop0wbdy4t2bcgx2 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/212 104 1844518 14130938 8322395 2024-04-26T07:45:08Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|200|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>was ill, he took hold of his head like this . . . and ran, ran, all the time. He is always telling us to obey and respect her. Tell me, is it true that we're unlucky?" "H'm . . . how?" "Father says so. He says: 'You are unlucky children.' It's quite strange to listen to him. He says: 'You are unhappy, I'm unhappy, and Mother's unhappy.' He says: 'Pray to God for yourselves and for her.'" Alyosha's eyes rested upon the stuffed bird and he mused. "Exactly . . ." snorted Byelyaev. "This is what you do. You arrange conferences in sweet-shops. And your mother doesn't know?" "N—no . . . How could she know? Pelagueia won't tell for anything. The day before yesterday Father stood us pears. Sweet, like jam. I had two." "H'm . . . well, now . . . tell me, doesn't your father speak about me?" "About you? How shall I put it?" Alyosha gave a searching glance to Byelyaev's face and shrugged his shoulders. "He doesn't say anything in particular." "What does he say, for instance?" "You won't be offended?" "What next? Why, does he abuse me?" "He doesn't abuse you, but you know . . . he is cross with you. He says that it's through you that Mother's unhappy and that you . . . ruined Mother. But he is so queer! I explain to him<noinclude></noinclude> ranjlale22jgeev2wstfw7trlt9qgi4 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/214 104 1844520 14130939 8322397 2024-04-26T07:45:09Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|202|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>It appears I'm a scoundrel and a murderer, I've ruined you and the children. All of you are unhappy, and only I am awfully happy! Awfully, awfully happy!" "I don't understand, Nicolai! What is it?" "Just listen to this young gentleman," Byelyaev said, pointing to Alyosha. Alyosha blushed, then became pale suddenly and his whole face was twisted in fright. "Nicolai Ilyich," he whispered loudly. "Shh!" Olga Ivanovna glanced in surprise at Alyosha, at Byelyaev, and then again at Alyosha. "Ask him, if you please," went on Byelyaev. "That stupid fool Pelagueia of yours, takes them to sweet-shops and arranges meetings with their dear father there. But that's not the point. The point is that the dear father is a martyr, and I'm a murderer, I'm a scoundrel, who broke the lives of both of you. . . ." "Nicolai Ilyich!" moaned Alyosha. "You gave your word of honour!" "Ah, let me alone!" Byelyaev waved his hand. "This is something more important than any words of honour. The hypocrisy revolts me, the lie!" "I don't understand," muttered Olga Ivanovna, and tears began to glimmer in her eyes. "Tell me, Lyolka,'"—she turned to her son, "Do you see your father?" Alyosha did not hear and looked with horror at Byelyaev. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> n4cwv0pai1g2220v8qjq5jmmdm4h2tt Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/218 104 1844523 14130940 8322400 2024-04-26T07:45:09Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|206|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>but they wouldn't let her go into the ''Renaissance'' in that plain dress and without a hat. What's to be done? After a long time of anguish, vexed and weary with walking, sitting, and thinking, Vanda made up her mind to play her last card: to go straight to the rooms of some gentleman friend and ask him for money. "But who shall I go to?" she pondered. "I can't possibly go to Misha . . . he's got a family . . . The ginger-headed old man is at his office . . ." Vanda recollected Finkel, the dentist, the converted Jew, who gave her a bracelet three months ago. Once she poured a glass of beer on his head at the German club. She was awfully glad that she had thought of Finkel. "He'll be certain to give me some, if only I find him in . . ." she thought, on her way to him. "And if he won't, then I'll break every single thing there." She had her plan already prepared. She approached the dentist's door. She would run up the stairs, with a laugh, fly into his private room and ask for twenty-five roubles . . . But when she took hold of the bell-pull, the plan went clean out of her head. Vanda suddenly began to be afraid and agitated, a thing which had never happened to her before. She was never anything but bold and independent in drunken company; but now, dressed in common clothes, and just like any ordinary person begging a favour, she felt timid and humble.<noinclude></noinclude> ehlmxj933rvrg0mt0smv453qg0s9032 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/220 104 1844525 14130942 8322402 2024-04-26T07:45:11Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|208|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>In five minutes the door opened and Finkel entered—a tall, swarthy, convert Jew, with fat cheeks and goggle-eyes. His cheeks, eyes, belly, fleshy hips—were all so full, repulsive, and coarse! At the ''Renaissance'' and the German club he used always to be a little drunk, to spend a lot of money on women, patiently put up with all their tricks—for instance, when Vanda poured the beer on his head, he only smiled and shook his finger at her but now he looked dull and sleepy; he had the pompous, chilly expression of a superior, and he was chewing something. "What is the matter?" he asked, without looking at Vanda. Vanda glanced at the maid's serious face, at the blown-out figure of Finkel, who obviously did not recognise her, and she blushed. "What's the matter?" the dentist repeated, irritated. "To . . . oth ache . . ." whispered Vanda. "Ah . . . which tooth . . . where?" Vanda remembered she had a tooth with a hole. "At the bottom . . . to the right," she said. "H'm . . . open your mouth." Finkel frowned, held his breath, and began to work the aching tooth loose. "Do you feel any pain?" he asked, picking at her tooth with some instrument. "Yes, I do . . ." Vanda lied. "Shall I remind him?" she thought, "he'll be sure to<noinclude></noinclude> hrbm87i83y6eoul2qbz3prygfzocoqr Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/222 104 1844527 14130944 8322404 2024-04-26T07:45:12Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|210|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>hat or a modish jacket. She walked along the street spitting blood and each red spittle told her about her life, a bad, hard life; about the insults she had suffered and had still to suffer—to-morrow, a week, a year hence—her whole life, till death . . . "Oh, how terrible it is!" she whispered. "My God, how terrible!" But the next day she was at the ''Renaissance'' and she danced there. She wore a new, immense red hat, a new jacket ''à la mode'' and a pair of brown shoes. She was treated to supper by a young merchant from Kazan.<noinclude></noinclude> rmlvlnrvo6e7mm7mma8s16p9b8c05wf Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/232 104 1844529 14130949 8322414 2024-04-26T07:45:16Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|220|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>losing his breath, and clutching at the collar of his night shirt. (He always worked in a night shirt in order to breathe more easily.) "You were sent to me by Peter Sergueyevich? Yes . . . Yes . . . I asked him . . . Very glad!" While he discussed the matter with Mademoiselle Enquette he glanced at her shyly, with curiosity. She was a genuine Frenchwoman, very elegant, and still quite young. From her pale and languid face, from her short, curly hair and unnaturally small waist, you would not think her more than eighteen, but looking at her broad, well-developed shoulders, her charming back and severe eyes, Vorotov decided that she was certainly not less than twenty-three, perhaps even twenty-five; but then again it seemed to him that she was only eighteen. Her face had the cold, business-like expression of one who had come to discuss a business matter. Never once did she smile or frown, and only once a look of perplexity flashed into her eyes, when she discovered that she was not asked to teach children but a grown up, stout young man. "So, Alice Ossipovna," Vorotov said to her, "you will give me a lesson daily from seven to eight o'clock in the evening. With regard to your wish to receive a rouble a lesson, I have no objection at all. A rouble—well, let it be a rouble. . . ." And he went on asking her if she wanted tea or coffee, if the weather was fine, and, smiling good naturedly, stroking the tablecloth with<noinclude></noinclude> r14hmw3i4bhnhhwht4lwcqet0pej73g Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/234 104 1844531 14130950 8322416 2024-04-26T07:45:17Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|222|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>"The French grammar has twenty-six letters. The first is called A, the second B . . ." "Pardon," interrupted Vorotov, smiling, "I must warn you, Mademoiselle, that you will have to change your methods somewhat in my case. The fact is that I know Russian, Latin and Greek very well. I have studied comparative philology, and it seems to me that we may leave out Margot and begin straight off to read some author." And he explained to the Frenchwoman how grown-up people study languages. "A friend of mine," said he, "who wished to know modern languages put a French, German and Latin gospel in front of him and then minutely analysed one word after another. The result—he achieved his purpose in less than a year. Let us take some author and start reading." The Frenchwoman gave him a puzzled look. It was evident that Vorotov's proposal appeared to her naive and absurd. If he had not been grown up she would certainly have got angry and stormed at him, but as he was a very stout, adult man at whom she could not storm, she only shrugged her shoulders half-perceptibly and said: "Just as you please." Vorotov ransacked his bookshelves and produced a ragged French book. "Will this do?" he asked. "It's all the same." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 1aaxrbpnxyqoo1fpwhxn4g00pgfm4ag Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/236 104 1844533 14130951 8322418 2024-04-26T07:45:18Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|224|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>"I am sorry, Alice Ossipovna, but I must tell you. . . . I am placed in an awkward position. . . ." The Frenchwoman glanced at the envelope and guessed what was the matter. For the first time during the lessons a shiver passed over her face and the cold, business-like expression disappeared. She reddened faintly, and casting her eyes down, began to play absently with her thin gold chain. And Vorotov, noticing her confusion, understood how precious this rouble was to her, how hard it would be for her to lose this money. "I must tell you," he murmured, getting still more confused. His heart gave a thump. Quickly he put the envelope back into his pocket and continued: "Excuse me. I . . . I will leave you for ten minutes. . . ." And as though he did not want to dismiss her at all, but had only asked permission to retire for a moment he went into another room and sat there for ten minutes. Then he returned, more confused than ever; he thought that his leaving her like that would be explained by her in a certain way and this made him awkward. The lessons began again. Vorotov wanted them no more. Knowing that they would lead to nothing he gave the Frenchwoman a free hand; he did not question or interrupt her any more. She translated at her own sweet will, ten pages a lesson, but he<noinclude></noinclude> 04jmjr2n2fwpug53r7qi5ylva7yl4ul Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/238 104 1844535 14130952 8322420 2024-04-26T07:45:19Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|226|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>rush? seeing your face so pale it makes me pain." The ''Mémoires'' had been finished long ago; Alice was now translating another book. Once she came to the lesson an hour earlier, apologising because she had to go to the Little Theatre at seven o'clock. When the lesson was over Vorotov dressed and he too went to the theatre. It seemed to him only for the sake of rest and distraction, and he did not even think of Alice. He would not admit that a serious man, preparing for a scientific career, a stay-at-home, should brush aside his book and rush to the theatre for the sake of meeting an unintellectual, stupid girl whom he hardly knew. But somehow, during the intervals his heart beat, and, without noticing it, he ran about the foyer and the corridors like a boy, looking impatiently for someone. Every time the interval was over he was tired, but when he discovered the familiar pink dress and the lovely shoulders veiled with tulle his heart jumped as if from a presentiment of happiness, he smiled joyfully, and for the first time in his life he felt jealous. Alice was with two ugly students and an officer. She was laughing, talking loudly and evidently flirting. Vorotov had never seen her like that. Apparently she was happy, contented, natural, warm. Why? What was the reason? Perhaps because these people were dear to her and belonged to the same class as she. Vorotov felt the huge abyss between him and that class.<noinclude></noinclude> 3jl7tsmlc36x567ob8oh3tvzkdw1f65 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/240 104 1844537 14130954 8322422 2024-04-26T07:45:20Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|228|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>a lesson. She looked at him with terrified eyes and began in a loud whisper: "Ah, it's impossible! Do not speak, I beg you! Impossible!" Afterwards Vorotov did not sleep all night; he tortured himself with shame, abused himself, thinking feverishly. He thought that his declaration had offended the girl and that she would not come any more. He made up his mind to find out where she lived from the Address Bureau and to write her an apology. But Alice came without the letter. For a moment she felt awkward, and then opened the book and began to translate quickly, in an animated voice, as always: "'Oh, young gentleman, do not rend these flowers in my garden which I want to give to my sick daughter.'" She still goes. Four books have been translated by now but Vorotov knows nothing beyond the word ''mémoires'', and when he is asked about his scientific research work he waves his hand, leaves the question unanswered, and begins to talk about the weather.<noinclude></noinclude> frjb1f29o1i4obg4fa6ky71jc8mrzbi Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/224 104 1844539 14130945 8322406 2024-04-26T07:45:13Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|212|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>shot himself; the second time he threw himself in front of a train. The fourth, a short, stout man, smartly dressed, told the following story: "I was no more than twenty-two or twenty-three years old, when I fell head over heels in love with my present wife and proposed to her. Now, I would gladly give myself a thrashing for that early marriage; but then—well, I don't know what would have happened to me if Natasha had refused. My love was most ardent, the kind described in novels as mad, passionate, and so on. My happiness choked me, and I did not know how to escape from it. I bored my father, my friends, the servants by continually telling them how desperately I was in love. Happy people are quite the most tiresome and boring. I used to be awfully exasperating. Even now I'm ashamed. "At the time I had a newly-called barrister among my friends. The barrister is now known all over Russia, but then he was only at the beginning of his popularity, and he was not rich or famous enough to have the right not to recognise a friend when he met him or not to raise his hat. I used to go and see him once or twice a week. "When I came, we used both to stretch ourselves upon the sofas and begin to philosophise. "Once I lay on the sofa, harping on the theme that there is no more ungrateful profession than a barrister's. I tried to show that after the<noinclude></noinclude> ijru5ievs2uj1a6b0u196ibmw1jo3p9 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/226 104 1844541 14130946 8322408 2024-04-26T07:45:14Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|214|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>otherwise a clever person of talent would not be preferred before the stupid and untalented. "I persisted and continued to argue that a conviction is stronger than any talent, though, speaking frankly, I myself could not define what exactly is a conviction and what is a talent. Probably I talked only for the sake of talking. "'Take even your own case' . . . said the barrister. 'You are convinced that your ''fiancée'' is an angel and that there's not a man in all the town happier than you. I tell you, ten or twenty minutes would be quite enough for me to make you sit down at this very table and write to break off the engagement.'" I began to laugh. "'Don't laugh. I'm talking seriously,' said my friend.' If I only had the desire, in twenty minutes you would be happy in the thought that you have been saved from marriage. My talent is not great, but neither are you strong?'" "'Well, try, please,' I said. "'No, why should I? I only said it in passing. You're a good boy. It would be a pity to expose you to such an experiment. Besides, I'm not in the mood, to-day.' "We sat down to supper. The wine and thoughts of Natasha and my love utterly filled me with a sense of youth and happiness. My happiness was so infinitely great that the green-eyed barrister opposite me seemed so unhappy, so little, so grey!" "'But do try,' I pressed him. 'I beg you.'<noinclude></noinclude> s6ypi95301kxjtkzyfe0j2noagwmfkz Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/228 104 1844543 14130947 8322410 2024-04-26T07:45:14Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|216|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>to paternal edification, then to a light, sneering tone. . . . There was no Chairman of the Bench with us to stop the barrister riding the high horse. I hadn't a chance of opening my mouth and what could I have said? My friend said nothing new, his truths were long familiar. The poison was not at all in what he said, but altogether in the devilish form in which he said it. A form of Satan's own invention! As I listened to him I was convinced that one and the same word had a thousand meanings and nuances according to the way it is pronounced and the turn given to the sentence. I certainly cannot reproduce the tone or the form. I can only say that as I listened to my friend and paced from corner to corner of my room, I was revolted, exasperated, contemptuous according as he felt. I even believed him when, with tears in his eyes, he declared to me that I was a great man, deserving a better fate, and destined in the future to accomplish some remarkable exploit, from which I might be prevented by my marriage. "'My dear friend,' he exclaimed, firmly grasping my hand, 'I implore you, I command you: stop before it is too late. Stop! God save you from this strange and terrible mistake! My friend, don't ruin your youth.' "Believe me or not as you will, but finally I sat down at the table and wrote to my sweetheart breaking off the engagement. I wrote and rejoiced that there was still time to repair my mistake. When the envelope was sealed I<noinclude></noinclude> l6elvfz21yk8r29bwu095crd9ugm21r Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/230 104 1844545 14130948 8322412 2024-04-26T07:45:15Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|218|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>laugh. 'Stop crying! The letter won't reach your sweetheart. It was I, not you, wrote the address on the envelope, and I muddled it up so that they won't be able to make anything of it at the post-office. But let this be a lesson to you. Don't discuss things you don't understand.'" "Now, gentlemen, next, please." The fifth juryman had settled himself comfortably and already opened his mouth to begin his story, when we heard the clock striking from Spaisky Church-tower. "Twelve . . ." one of the jurymen counted. "To which class, gentlemen, would you assign the sensations which our prisoner at the bar is now feeling? The murderer passes the night here in a prisoner's cell, either lying or sitting, certainly without sleeping and all through the sleepless night listens to the striking of the hours. What does he think of? What dreams visit him?" And all the jurymen suddenly forgot about overwhelming sensations. The experience of their friend, who once wrote the letter to his Natasha, seemed unimportant, and not even amusing. Nobody told any more stories; but they began to go to bed quietly, in silence.<noinclude></noinclude> dgfe30klmnewe6hfie4ime0vbah5f8w Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/242 104 1844547 14130956 8322424 2024-04-26T07:45:21Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|230|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>slightly open and the light breaks through timidly. There behind the door sits Sharamykin's wife, Anna Pavlovna, in front of her writing-table. She is president of the local ladies' committee, a lively, piquant lady of thirty years and a little bit over. Through her [[w:pince-nez|pince-nez]] her vivacious black eyes are running over the pages of a French novel. Beneath the novel lies a tattered copy of the report of the committee for last year. "Formerly our town was much better off in these things," says Sharamykin, screwing up his meek eyes at the glowing coals. "Never a winter passed but some star would pay us a visit. Famous actors and singers used to come . . . but now, besides acrobats and organ-grinders, the devil only knows what comes. There's no aesthetic pleasure at all. . . . We might be living in a forest. Yes. . . . And does your Excellency remember that Italian tragedian? . . . What's his name? . . . He was so dark, and tall. . . . Let me think. . . . Oh, yes! Luigi Ernesto di Ruggiero. . . . Remarkable talent. . . . And strength. He had only to say one word and the whole theatre was on the ''qui vive''. My darling Anna used to take a great interest in his talent. She hired the theatre for him and sold tickets for the performances in advance. . . . In return he taught her elocution and gesture. A first-rate fellow! He came here . . . to be quite exact . . . twelve years ago. . . . No, that's not true. . . . Less, ten<noinclude></noinclude> 3qzi66az2tzimdewk971brmwtot5y7z Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/243 104 1844548 14130943 8322425 2024-04-26T07:45:11Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh||A LIVING CALENDAR|231}}</noinclude>years. . . . Anna dear, how old is our Nina?" "She'll be ten next birthday," calls Anna Pavlovna from her room. "Why?" "Nothing in particular, my dear. I was just curious. . . . And good singers used to come. Do you remember Prilipchin, the ''tenore di grazia''? What a charming fellow he was! How good looking! Fair . . . a very expressive face, Parisian manners. . . . And what a voice, your Excellency! Only one weakness: he would sing some notes with his stomach and would take ''re'' falsetto—otherwise everything was good. Tamberlik, he said, had taught him. . . . My dear Anna and I hired a hall for him at the Social Club, and in gratitude for that he used to sing to us for whole days and nights. . . . He taught dear Anna to sing. He came—I remember it as though it were last night—in Lent, some twelve years ago. No, it's more . . . . How bad my memory is getting, Heaven help me! Anna dear, how old is our darling Nadya? "Twelve." "Twelve . . . then we've got to add ten months. . . . That makes it exact . . . thirteen. Somehow there used to be more life in our town then. . . . Take, for instance, the charity soirées. What enjoyable soirées we used to have before! How elegant! There were singing, playing, and recitation. . . . After the war, I remember, when the Turkish prisoners were here, dear Anna arranged a soirée on behalf of the wounded. We collected eleven hundred roubles. I remember<noinclude></noinclude> qojjyyg39u8ybamgqcm08i83dyhbcpa Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/244 104 1844549 14130957 8322426 2024-04-26T07:45:22Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="BD2412" />{{rh|232|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>the Turkish officers were passionately fond of dear Anna's voice, and kissed her hand incessantly. He-he! Asiatics, but a grateful nation. Would you believe me, the soiree was such a success that I wrote an account of it in my diary? It was,—I remember it as though it had only just happened,—in '76, . . . no, in '77. . . . No! Pray, when were the Turks here? Anna dear, how old is our little Kolya?" "I'm seven, Papa!" says Kolya, a brat with a swarthy face and coal black hair. "Yes, we're old, and we've lost the energy we used to have," Lopniev agreed with a sigh. "That's the real cause. Old age, my friend. No new moving spirits arrive, and the old ones grow old. . . . The old fire is dull now. When I was younger I did not like company to be bored. . . . I was your Anna Pavlovna's first assistant. Whether it was a charity soiree or a tombola to support a star who was going to arrive, whatever Anna Pavlovna was arranging, I used to throw over everything and begin to bustle about. One winter, I remember, I bustled and ran so much that I even got ill. . . . I shan't forget that winter. . . . Do you remember what a performance we arranged with Anna Pavlovna in aid of the victims of the fire?" "What year was it?" "Not so very long ago. . . . In '79. No, in '80, 1 believe! Tell me how old is your Vanya?" "Five," Anna Pavlovna calls from the study. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> dlc2ku2l36ond5rfo8u9vhwe3c542wx Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/248 104 1844552 14130958 8322429 2024-04-26T07:45:23Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|236|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>"Why, it's impossible not to remember. It was an exciting case. All the cabmen knew, even. Try to remember. His divorce was managed by the attorney, Shapkin, the swindler . . . the notorious sharper, the man who was thrashed at the club. . . ." "You mean Ivan Nicolaich?" "Yes. . . . Is he alive? dead?" "Thank heaven, his honour's alive. His honour's a notary now, with an office. Well-to-do. Two houses in Kirpichny Street. Just lately married his daughter off." Usielkov strode from one corner of the room to another. An idea flashed into his mind. From boredom, he decided to see Shapkin. It was afternoon when he left the hotel and quietly walked to Kirpichny Street. He found Shapkin in his office and hardly recognised him. From the well-built, alert attorney with a quick, impudent, perpetually tipsy expression, Shapkin had become a modest, grey-haired, shrunken old man. "You don't recognise me . . . You have forgotten . . ." Usielkov began. "I'm your old client, Usielkov." "Usielkov? Which Usielkov? Ah!" Remembrance came to Shapkin: he recognised him and was confused. Began exclamations, questions, recollections. "Never expected . . . never thought . . ." chuckled Shapkin. "What will you have? Would you like champagne? Perhaps you'd<noinclude></noinclude> 12m927ncanv1znuayn1kekbf2qa8h3l Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/250 104 1844554 14130959 8322432 2024-04-26T07:45:24Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|238|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>Five—six hundred. Enough to upset anybody! By the time you left for Petersburg you'd left the whole affair completely in my hands. 'Do what you like!' And your former wife, Sophia Mikhailovna, though she did come from a merchant family, was proud and selfish. To bribe her to take the guilt on herself was difficult—extremely difficult. I used to come to her for a business talk, and when she saw me, she would say to her maid: 'Masha, surely I told you I wasn't at home to scoundrels.' I tried one way, then another . . . wrote letters to her, tried to meet her accidentally—no good. I had to work through a third person. For a long time I had trouble with her, and she only yielded when you agreed to give her ten thousand. She could not stand out against ten thousand. She succumbed. . . . She began to weep, spat in my face, but she yielded and took the guilt on herself." "If I remember it was fifteen, not ten thousand she took from me," said Usielkov. "Yes, of course . . . fifteen, my mistake." Shapkin was disconcerted. "Anyway it's all past and done with now. Why shouldn't I confess, frankly? Ten I gave to her, and the remaining five I bargained out of you for my own share. I deceived both of you. . . . It's all past, why be ashamed of it? And who else was there to take from, Boris Pietrovich, if not from you? I ask you . . . You were rich and well-to-do. You married in caprice: you were<noinclude></noinclude> 86ecmq7pvx5i7kopo94scx0k6bxcafg Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/252 104 1844557 14130960 8322434 2024-04-26T07:45:24Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|240|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>hundred were missing. She had only got rid of five hundred." "And what did you do with the money?" "It's all past and done with. What's the good of concealing it? . . . I certainly took it. What are you staring at me like that for? Wait for the sequel. It's a complete novel, the sickness of a soul! Two months passed by. One night I came home drunk, in a wicked mood. . . . I turned on the light and saw Sophia Mikhailovna sitting on my sofa, drunk too, wandering a bit, with something savage in her face as if she had just escaped from the mad-house. 'Give me my money back,' she said. 'I've changed my mind. If I'm going to the dogs, I want to go madly, passionately. Make haste, you scoundrel, give me the money.' How indecent it was!" "And you . . . did you give it her?" "I remember. . . . I gave her ten roubles." "Oh . . . is it possible?" Usielkov frowned. "If you couldn't do it yourself, or you didn't want to, you could have written to me. . . . And I didn't know . . . I didn't know." "My dear man, why should I write, when she wrote herself afterwards when she was in hospital?" "I was so taken up with the new marriage that I paid no attention to letters. . . . But you were an outsider; you had no antagonism to Sophia Mikhailovna. . . . Why didn't you help her?" "We can't judge by our present standards, Boris Pietrovich. Now we think in this way;<noinclude></noinclude> rjhhzzl8h9dbg37mph2js84d45oshgg Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/254 104 1844559 14130961 8322436 2024-04-26T07:45:26Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|242|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>"She is asleep!" Shapkin broke the silence. "And she cares very little that she took the guilt upon herself and drank cognac. Confess, Boris Pietrovich!" "What?" asked Usielkov, sternly. "That, however loathsome the past may be, it's better than this." And Shapkin pointed to his grey hairs. "In the old days I did not even think of death. . . . If I'd met her, I would have circumvented her, but now . . . well, now!" Sadness took hold of Usielkov. Suddenly he wanted to cry, passionately, as he once desired to love. . . . And he felt that these tears would be exquisite, refreshing. Moisture came out of his eyes and a lump rose in his throat, but . . . Shapkin was standing by his side, and Usielkov felt ashamed of his weakness before a witness. He turned back quickly and walked towards the church. Two hours later, having arranged with the churchwarden and examined the church, he seized the opportunity while Shapkin was talking away to the priest, and ran to shed a tear. He walked to the stone surreptitiously, with stealthy steps, looking round all the time. The little white monument stared at him absently, so sadly and innocently, as though a girl and not a wanton ''divorcée'' were beneath. "If I could weep, could weep!" thought Usielkov. But the moment for weeping had been lost.<noinclude></noinclude> i6zmwbkqkx4ij8fi6me8ap2jmvgqznz Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/14 104 1844562 14130893 7462761 2024-04-26T07:44:33Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="4nn1l2" />{{rh|2|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>a few seconds or one who draws the life out of you incessantly, for years?" "They're both equally immoral," remarked one of the guests, "because their purpose is the same, to take away life. The State is not God. It has no right to take away that which it cannot give back, if it should so desire." Among the company was a lawyer, a young man of about twenty-five. On being asked his opinion, he said: "Capital punishment and life-imprisonment are equally immoral; but if I were offered the choice between them, I would certainly choose the second. It's better to live somehow than not to live at all." There ensued a lively discussion. The banker who was then younger and more nervous suddenly lost his temper, banged his fist on the table, and turning to the young lawyer, cried out: "It's a lie. I bet you two millions you wouldn't stick in a cell even for five years." "If that's serious," replied the lawyer, "then I bet I'll stay not five but fifteen." "Fifteen! Done!" cried the banker. "Gentlemen, I stake two millions." "Agreed. You stake two millions, I my freedom," said the lawyer. So this wild, ridiculous bet came to pass. The banker, who at that time had too many millions to count, spoiled and capricious, was beside himself with rapture. During supper he said to the lawyer jokingly: {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 10oykgggo5rjr2fxtv834w82u0smwo0 Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/16 104 1844564 14130905 7462590 2024-04-26T07:44:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="4nn1l2" />{{rh|4|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>with the outside world through a little window specially constructed for this purpose. Everything necessary, books, music, wine, he could receive in any quantity by sending a note through the window. The agreement provided for all the minutest details, which made the confinement strictly solitary, and it obliged the lawyer to remain exactly fifteen years from twelve o'clock of November 14th 1870 to twelve o'clock of November 14th 1885. The least attempt on his part to violate the conditions, to escape if only for two minutes before the time freed the banker from the obligation to pay him the two millions. During the first year of imprisonment, the lawyer, as far as it was possible to judge from his short notes, suffered terribly from loneliness and boredom. From his wing day and night came the sound of the piano. He rejected wine and tobacco. "Wine," he wrote, "excites desires, and desires are the chief foes of a prisoner; besides, nothing is more boring than to drink good wine alone," and tobacco spoils the air in his room. During the first year the lawyer was sent books of a light character; novels with a complicated love interest, stories of crime and fantasy, comedies, and so on. In the second year the piano was heard no longer and the lawyer asked only for classics. In the fifth year, music was heard again, and the prisoner asked for wine. Those who watched him said that during the whole of that year he<noinclude></noinclude> p7yesg4njx3yxibsn1aiy2khv6v2khe Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/18 104 1844566 14130919 7462655 2024-04-26T07:44:52Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="4nn1l2" />{{rh|6|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>nearly a year in reading one book, easy to understand and by no means thick. The New Testament was then replaced by the history of religions and theology. During the last two years of his confinement the prisoner read an extraordinary amount, quite haphazard. Now he would apply himself to the natural sciences, then would read Byron or Shakespeare. Notes used to come from him in which he asked to be sent at the same time a book on chemistry, a text-book of medicine, a novel, and some treatise on philosophy or theology. He read as though he were swimming in the sea among the broken pieces of wreckage, and in his desire to save his life was eagerly grasping one piece after another. {{c|II}} The banker recalled all this, and thought: "To-morrow at twelve o'clock he receives his freedom. Under the agreement, I shall have to pay him two millions. If I pay, it's all over with me. I am ruined for ever . . ." Fifteen years before he had too many millions to count, but now he was afraid to ask himself which he had more of, money or debts. Gambling on the Stock-Exchange, risky speculation, and the recklessness of which he could not rid himself even in old age, had gradually brought his business to decay; and the fearless, {{hws|self|self-confident}}<noinclude></noinclude> l1b2fvfpfwq4hxli0a2yq7timqa5qve Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/20 104 1844568 14130931 7462700 2024-04-26T07:45:03Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="4nn1l2" />{{rh|8|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>"If I have the courage to fulfil my intention," thought the old man, "the suspicion will fall on the watchman first of all." In the darkness he groped for the stairs and the door and entered the hall of the garden-wing, then poked his way into a narrow passage and struck a match. Not a soul was there. Someone's bed, with no bedclothes on it, stood there, and an iron stove was dark in the corner. The seals on the door that led into the prisoner's room were unbroken. When the match went out, the old man, trembling from agitation, peeped into the little window. In the prisoner's room a candle was burning dim. The prisoner himself sat by the table. Only his back, the hair on his head and his hands were visible. On the table, the two chairs, the carpet by the table open books were strewn. Five minutes passed and the prisoner never once stirred. Fifteen years' confinement had taught him to sit motionless. The banker tapped on the window with his finger, but the prisoner gave no movement in reply. Then the banker cautiously tore the seals from the door and put the key into the lock. The rusty lock gave a hoarse groan and the door creaked. The banker expected instantly to hear a cry of surprise and the sound of steps. Three minutes passed and it was as quiet behind the door as it had been before. He made up his mind to enter. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> n2u7krbbk1eg8wtbnhtpu6k6v20a4ds Page:The Bet and Other Stories.djvu/22 104 1844570 14130941 7462729 2024-04-26T07:45:10Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="4nn1l2" />{{rh|10|THE BET AND OTHER STORIES|}}</noinclude>earthly life. True, I saw neither the earth nor the people, but in your books I drank fragrant wine, sang songs, hunted deer and wild boar in the forests, loved women . . . And beautiful women, like clouds ethereal, created by the magic of your poets' genius, visited me by night and whispered me wonderful tales, which made my head drunken. In your books I climbed the summits of Elbruz and Mont Blanc and saw from thence how the sun rose in the morning, and in the evening overflowed the sky, the ocean and the mountain ridges with a purple gold. I saw from thence how above me lightnings glimmered cleaving the clouds; I saw green forests, fields, rivers, lakes, cities; I heard syrens singing, and the playing of the pipes of Pan; I touched the wings of beautiful devils who came flying to me to speak of God . . . In your books I cast myself into bottomless abysses, worked miracles, burned cities to the ground, preached new religions, conquered whole countries . . . "Your books gave me wisdom. All that unwearying human thought created in the centuries is compressed to a little lump in my skull. I know that I am more clever than you all. "And I despise your books, despise all worldly blessings and wisdom. Everything is void, frail, visionary and delusive like a mirage. Though you be proud and wise and beautiful, yet will death wipe you from the face of the earth like the mice underground; and your<noinclude></noinclude> qgz0dq6a141p8u1rv4ppo7iprinne4k Page:EB1911 - Volume 20.djvu/806 104 1854819 14128621 11693476 2024-04-25T18:01:25Z Duckmather 3067252 ouj -> out; add links, formatting proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Slowking4" />{{rh|{{x-larger|750}}|{{x-larger|{{uc|PARACHUTE}}}}|{{x-larger| }}}}<!-- replace "Foo" and "Bar" with the header from the page, delete and input page numbers as appropriate --></noinclude>various writings. He thus visited in succession Colmar, Nuremberg, Appenzell, Zurich, Pfaflfers, Augsburg, Villach, Meran, Middelheim and other places, seldom staying a twelvemonth in any of them. In this way he spent some dozen years, till 1541, when he was invited by Archbishop Ernst to settle at Salzburg, under his protection. After his endless tossing about, this seemed a promise and place of repose. It proved, however, to be the complete and final rest that he found, for after a few months he died, on the 24th of September. The cause of his death, like most other details in his history, is uncertain. His enemies asserted that he died in a low tavern in consequence of a drunken debauch of some days' duration. Others maintain that he was thrown down a steep place by some emissaries either of the physicians or of the apothecaries, both of whom he had during his life most grievously harassed. He was buried in the churchyard of St Sebastian, but in 1752 his bones were removed to the porch of the church, and a monument of reddish-white marble was erected to his memory. The first book by Paracelsus was printed at Augsburg in 1529. It is entitled ''[[Practica D. Theophrasti Paracelsi, gemacht auff Europen]]'', and forms a small quarto pamphlet of five leaves. Prior to this, in 1526-1527, appeared a programme of the lectures he intended to deliver at Basel, but this can hardly be reckoned a specific work. During his lifetime fourteen works and editions were published, and thereafter, between 1542 and 1845, there were at least two hundred and thirty-four separate publications according to Mook's enumeration. The first collected edition was made by Johann Huser in German. It was printed at Basel in 1589— 1591, in eleven volumes quarto, and is the best of all the editions. Huser did not employ the early printed copies only, but collected all the manuscripts which he could procure, and used them also in forming his text. The only drawback is that rather than omit anything which Paracelsus may have composed, he has gone to the opposite extreme and included writings with which it is pretty certain Paracelsus had nothing to do. The second collected German edition is in four volumes folio, 1603-1605. Parallel with it in 1603 the first collected Latin edition was made by Palthenius. It is in eleven volumes quarto, and was completed in 1605. Again, in 1616-1618 appeared a reissue of the folio German edition of 1603, and finally in 1658 came the Geneva Latin version, in three volumes folio, edited by Bitiskius. The works were originally composed in Swiss-German, a vigorous speech which Paracelsus wielded with unmistakable power. The Latin versions were made or edited by Adam von Bodenstein, Gerard Dorn, Michael Toxites and Oporinus, about the middle of the 1 6th century. A few translations into other languages exist, as of the Chiriirgia magna and some other works into French, and of one or two into Dutch, Italian and even Arabic. The translations into English amount to about a dozen, dating mostly from the middle of the 17th century. The original editions of Paracelsus's works are getting less and less common; even the English versions are among the rarest of their class. Over and above the numerous editions, there is a bulky literature of an explanatory and controversial character, for which the world is indebted to Paracelsus's followers and enemies. A good deal of it is taken up with a defence of chemical, or, they were called, " spagyric, " medicines against the attacks of the supporters of the Galenic pharmacopoeia. The aim of all Paracelsus's writing is to promote the progress of medicine, and he endeavours to put before physicians a grand ideal of their profession. In his attempts he takes the widest view of medicine. He bases it on the general relationship which man bears to nature as a whole; he cannot divorce the life of man from that of the universe; he cannot think of disease otherwise than as a phase of life. He is compelled, therefore, to rest his medical practice upon general theories of the present state of things; his medical system — if there is such a thing— is an adaptation of his cosmogony. It is this latter which has been the stumbling-block to many past critics of Paracelsus, and unless its character is remembered it will be the same to others in the future. Dissatisfied with the Aristotelianism of his time, Paracelsus turned with greater expectation to the Neoplatonism which was reviving. His eagerness to understand the relationship of man to the universe led him to the Kabbala, where these mysteries seemed to be explained, and from these unsubstantial materials he constructed, so far as it can be understood, his visionary philosophy. Interwoven with it, however, were the results of his own personal experience and work in natural history and chemical pharmacy and practical medicine, unfettered by any speculative generalizations, and so shrewd an observer as Paracelsus was must have often felt that his philosophy and his experience did not agree with one another. Some of his doctrines are alluded to in the article {{EB1911 article link|Medicine}} (''q.v.''), and it would serve no purpose to give even a brief sketch of his views, seeing that their influence has passed entirely away, and that they are of interest only in their place in a general history of medicine and philosophy. Defective, however, as they may have been, and unfounded in fact, his kabbalistic doctrines led him to trace the dependence of the human body upon outer nature for its sustenance and cure. The doctrine of signatures, the supposed connexion of every part of the little world of man with a corresponding part of the great world of nature, was a fanciful and false exaggeration of this doctrine, but the idea carried in its train that of specifics. This led to the search for these, which were not to be found in the bewildering and untested mixtures of the Galenic prescriptions. Paracelsus had seen how bodies were purified and intensified by chemical operations, and he thought if plants and minerals could be made to yield their active principles it would surely be better to employ these than the crude and unprepared originals. He had besides arrived by some kind of intuition at the conclusion that the operations in the body were of a chemical character, and that when disordered they were to be put right by counter operations of the same kind. It may be claimed for Paracelsus that he embraced within the idea of chemical action something more than the alchemists did. Whether or not he believed in the philosopher's elixir is of very little consequence. If he did, he was like the rest of his age; but he troubled himself very little, if at all, about it. He did believe in the immediate use for therapeutics of the salts and other preparations which his practical skill enabled him to make. Technically he was not a chemist; he did not concern himself either with the composition of his compounds or with an e.xplanation of what occurred in their making. If he could get potent drugs to cure disease he was content, and he worked very hard in an empirical way to make them. That he found out some new compounds is certain; but not one great and marked discovery can be ascribed to him. Probably, therefore, his positive services are to be summed up in this wide application of chemical ideas to pharmacy and therapeutics; his indirect and possibly greater services are to be found in the stimulus, the revolutionary stimulus, of his ideas about method and general theory. It is most difficult to appreciate aright this man of fervid imagination, of powerful and persistent convictions, of unbated honesty and love of truth, of keen insight into the errors (as he thought them) of his time, of a merciless will to lay bare these errors and to reform the abuses to which they gave rise, who in an instant offends us by his boasting, his grossness, his want of self respect. It is a problem how to reconcile his ignorance, his weakness, his superstition, his crude notions, his erroneous observations, his ridiculous influences and theories, with his grasp of method, his lofty views of the true scope of medicine, his lucid statements, his incisive and epigrammatic criticisms of men and motives. See Marx, ''[[Zur Würdigung des Theophrastus von Hohenheim]]'' (Gottingen, 1842); Mook, ''[[Theophrastus Paracelsus, eine kritische Studie]]'' (Würzburg, 1876); Hartman, ''[[Life of P. T. Paracelsus]]'' (London, 1887); Schubert und Sudhoff, ''[[Paracelsus-Forschungen]]'' (Frankfurt a.M., 1887-1889); Sudhoff, ''[[Versuch einer Kritik der Echtheit der Paracelsischen Schriften]]'' (Berlin, 1894); Waite, ''[[The Hermetic and Alchemical Writings of Paracelsus]]'' (London, 1894). <section begin="Parachute" />'''PARACHUTE''' (from Ital. ''parare'', to shield, protect; cf. &ldquo; parasol,&rdquo; &ldquo; parapet,&rdquo; and Fr. ''chute'', a fall), an instrument more or less resembling a large umbrella, which by the resistance it offers to the air enables an aeronaut attached to it to descend safely from a balloon or flying machine in the air. The principle of the parachute is so simple that the idea must have occurred to persons in all ages. Simon de la Loubère (1642–1729), in his ''History of Siam'' (Paris, 1691), tells of a person who frequently diverted the court by the prodigious leaps he used to take, having two parachutes or umbrellas fastened to his girdle. In 1783 Sébastien Lenormand practically demonstrated the efficiency of a parachute by descending from the tower of Montpellier observatory; but he merely regarded it as a useful means whereby to escape from fire. To J. P. Blanchard (1753–1809) is due the idea of using it as an adjunct to the balloon. As early as 1785 he had constructed a parachute to which was attached a basket. In this he placed a dog, which descended safely to the ground when the parachute was released from a balloon at a considerable elevation. It is stated that he descended himself from a balloon in a parachute in 1793; but, owing to some defect in its construction he fell too rapidly, and broke his leg. André Jacques Garnerin (1769–1823) was the first person who successfully descended from a balloon in a parachute, and he repeated this experiment so often that he may be said to have first demonstrated the practicability of using the machine, though his elder brother, J. B. O. Garnerin (1766–1849), also claimed a share in the merit of perfecting it. In 1793 he was taken prisoner at Marchiennes, and while in captivity at Bude (Budapest) thought out the means of descending from a balloon by means of a parachute. His first public experiment was made on the 22nd of October 1797. He ascended from the park of Monceau, at Paris, and at the height of about 1{{EB1911 tfrac|1|4}} m. he<section end="Parachute" /><noinclude><references/></noinclude> 1lb7cqd4xfq3eqf55n2mr3piy69lchf 14128654 14128621 2024-04-25T18:04:23Z Duckmather 3067252 add section label proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Slowking4" />{{rh|{{x-larger|750}}|{{x-larger|{{uc|PARACHUTE}}}}|{{x-larger| }}}}<!-- replace "Foo" and "Bar" with the header from the page, delete and input page numbers as appropriate --></noinclude><section begin="Paracelsus" />various writings. He thus visited in succession Colmar, Nuremberg, Appenzell, Zurich, Pfaflfers, Augsburg, Villach, Meran, Middelheim and other places, seldom staying a twelvemonth in any of them. In this way he spent some dozen years, till 1541, when he was invited by Archbishop Ernst to settle at Salzburg, under his protection. After his endless tossing about, this seemed a promise and place of repose. It proved, however, to be the complete and final rest that he found, for after a few months he died, on the 24th of September. The cause of his death, like most other details in his history, is uncertain. His enemies asserted that he died in a low tavern in consequence of a drunken debauch of some days' duration. Others maintain that he was thrown down a steep place by some emissaries either of the physicians or of the apothecaries, both of whom he had during his life most grievously harassed. He was buried in the churchyard of St Sebastian, but in 1752 his bones were removed to the porch of the church, and a monument of reddish-white marble was erected to his memory. The first book by Paracelsus was printed at Augsburg in 1529. It is entitled ''[[Practica D. Theophrasti Paracelsi, gemacht auff Europen]]'', and forms a small quarto pamphlet of five leaves. Prior to this, in 1526-1527, appeared a programme of the lectures he intended to deliver at Basel, but this can hardly be reckoned a specific work. During his lifetime fourteen works and editions were published, and thereafter, between 1542 and 1845, there were at least two hundred and thirty-four separate publications according to Mook's enumeration. The first collected edition was made by Johann Huser in German. It was printed at Basel in 1589— 1591, in eleven volumes quarto, and is the best of all the editions. Huser did not employ the early printed copies only, but collected all the manuscripts which he could procure, and used them also in forming his text. The only drawback is that rather than omit anything which Paracelsus may have composed, he has gone to the opposite extreme and included writings with which it is pretty certain Paracelsus had nothing to do. The second collected German edition is in four volumes folio, 1603-1605. Parallel with it in 1603 the first collected Latin edition was made by Palthenius. It is in eleven volumes quarto, and was completed in 1605. Again, in 1616-1618 appeared a reissue of the folio German edition of 1603, and finally in 1658 came the Geneva Latin version, in three volumes folio, edited by Bitiskius. The works were originally composed in Swiss-German, a vigorous speech which Paracelsus wielded with unmistakable power. The Latin versions were made or edited by Adam von Bodenstein, Gerard Dorn, Michael Toxites and Oporinus, about the middle of the 1 6th century. A few translations into other languages exist, as of the Chiriirgia magna and some other works into French, and of one or two into Dutch, Italian and even Arabic. The translations into English amount to about a dozen, dating mostly from the middle of the 17th century. The original editions of Paracelsus's works are getting less and less common; even the English versions are among the rarest of their class. Over and above the numerous editions, there is a bulky literature of an explanatory and controversial character, for which the world is indebted to Paracelsus's followers and enemies. A good deal of it is taken up with a defence of chemical, or, they were called, " spagyric, " medicines against the attacks of the supporters of the Galenic pharmacopoeia. The aim of all Paracelsus's writing is to promote the progress of medicine, and he endeavours to put before physicians a grand ideal of their profession. In his attempts he takes the widest view of medicine. He bases it on the general relationship which man bears to nature as a whole; he cannot divorce the life of man from that of the universe; he cannot think of disease otherwise than as a phase of life. He is compelled, therefore, to rest his medical practice upon general theories of the present state of things; his medical system — if there is such a thing— is an adaptation of his cosmogony. It is this latter which has been the stumbling-block to many past critics of Paracelsus, and unless its character is remembered it will be the same to others in the future. Dissatisfied with the Aristotelianism of his time, Paracelsus turned with greater expectation to the Neoplatonism which was reviving. His eagerness to understand the relationship of man to the universe led him to the Kabbala, where these mysteries seemed to be explained, and from these unsubstantial materials he constructed, so far as it can be understood, his visionary philosophy. Interwoven with it, however, were the results of his own personal experience and work in natural history and chemical pharmacy and practical medicine, unfettered by any speculative generalizations, and so shrewd an observer as Paracelsus was must have often felt that his philosophy and his experience did not agree with one another. Some of his doctrines are alluded to in the article {{EB1911 article link|Medicine}} (''q.v.''), and it would serve no purpose to give even a brief sketch of his views, seeing that their influence has passed entirely away, and that they are of interest only in their place in a general history of medicine and philosophy. Defective, however, as they may have been, and unfounded in fact, his kabbalistic doctrines led him to trace the dependence of the human body upon outer nature for its sustenance and cure. The doctrine of signatures, the supposed connexion of every part of the little world of man with a corresponding part of the great world of nature, was a fanciful and false exaggeration of this doctrine, but the idea carried in its train that of specifics. This led to the search for these, which were not to be found in the bewildering and untested mixtures of the Galenic prescriptions. Paracelsus had seen how bodies were purified and intensified by chemical operations, and he thought if plants and minerals could be made to yield their active principles it would surely be better to employ these than the crude and unprepared originals. He had besides arrived by some kind of intuition at the conclusion that the operations in the body were of a chemical character, and that when disordered they were to be put right by counter operations of the same kind. It may be claimed for Paracelsus that he embraced within the idea of chemical action something more than the alchemists did. Whether or not he believed in the philosopher's elixir is of very little consequence. If he did, he was like the rest of his age; but he troubled himself very little, if at all, about it. He did believe in the immediate use for therapeutics of the salts and other preparations which his practical skill enabled him to make. Technically he was not a chemist; he did not concern himself either with the composition of his compounds or with an e.xplanation of what occurred in their making. If he could get potent drugs to cure disease he was content, and he worked very hard in an empirical way to make them. That he found out some new compounds is certain; but not one great and marked discovery can be ascribed to him. Probably, therefore, his positive services are to be summed up in this wide application of chemical ideas to pharmacy and therapeutics; his indirect and possibly greater services are to be found in the stimulus, the revolutionary stimulus, of his ideas about method and general theory. It is most difficult to appreciate aright this man of fervid imagination, of powerful and persistent convictions, of unbated honesty and love of truth, of keen insight into the errors (as he thought them) of his time, of a merciless will to lay bare these errors and to reform the abuses to which they gave rise, who in an instant offends us by his boasting, his grossness, his want of self respect. It is a problem how to reconcile his ignorance, his weakness, his superstition, his crude notions, his erroneous observations, his ridiculous influences and theories, with his grasp of method, his lofty views of the true scope of medicine, his lucid statements, his incisive and epigrammatic criticisms of men and motives. See Marx, ''[[Zur Würdigung des Theophrastus von Hohenheim]]'' (Gottingen, 1842); Mook, ''[[Theophrastus Paracelsus, eine kritische Studie]]'' (Würzburg, 1876); Hartman, ''[[Life of P. T. Paracelsus]]'' (London, 1887); Schubert und Sudhoff, ''[[Paracelsus-Forschungen]]'' (Frankfurt a.M., 1887-1889); Sudhoff, ''[[Versuch einer Kritik der Echtheit der Paracelsischen Schriften]]'' (Berlin, 1894); Waite, ''[[The Hermetic and Alchemical Writings of Paracelsus]]'' (London, 1894). <section end="Paracelsus" /> <section begin="Parachute" />'''PARACHUTE''' (from Ital. ''parare'', to shield, protect; cf. &ldquo; parasol,&rdquo; &ldquo; parapet,&rdquo; and Fr. ''chute'', a fall), an instrument more or less resembling a large umbrella, which by the resistance it offers to the air enables an aeronaut attached to it to descend safely from a balloon or flying machine in the air. The principle of the parachute is so simple that the idea must have occurred to persons in all ages. Simon de la Loubère (1642–1729), in his ''History of Siam'' (Paris, 1691), tells of a person who frequently diverted the court by the prodigious leaps he used to take, having two parachutes or umbrellas fastened to his girdle. In 1783 Sébastien Lenormand practically demonstrated the efficiency of a parachute by descending from the tower of Montpellier observatory; but he merely regarded it as a useful means whereby to escape from fire. To J. P. Blanchard (1753–1809) is due the idea of using it as an adjunct to the balloon. As early as 1785 he had constructed a parachute to which was attached a basket. In this he placed a dog, which descended safely to the ground when the parachute was released from a balloon at a considerable elevation. It is stated that he descended himself from a balloon in a parachute in 1793; but, owing to some defect in its construction he fell too rapidly, and broke his leg. André Jacques Garnerin (1769–1823) was the first person who successfully descended from a balloon in a parachute, and he repeated this experiment so often that he may be said to have first demonstrated the practicability of using the machine, though his elder brother, J. B. O. Garnerin (1766–1849), also claimed a share in the merit of perfecting it. In 1793 he was taken prisoner at Marchiennes, and while in captivity at Bude (Budapest) thought out the means of descending from a balloon by means of a parachute. His first public experiment was made on the 22nd of October 1797. He ascended from the park of Monceau, at Paris, and at the height of about 1{{EB1911 tfrac|1|4}} m. he<section end="Parachute" /><noinclude><references/></noinclude> 82deyezm4v9pv4xwlm96khmvad3zkro Views in India, chiefly among the Himalaya Mountains 0 1872515 14128083 6586897 2024-04-25T15:48:37Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 added [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{featured}} {{header | title = Views in India, chiefly among the Himalaya Mountains | section = | previous = | next = [[/Rocks at Colgong on the Ganges|Rocks at Colgong on the Ganges]] | author = George Francis White | year = 1838 | editor = Emma Roberts | portal = India | wikipedia = | notes = Originally published, without a separate editor, in 1836. The spellings used for Indian terms in this work, whether place, person or object, are mostly archaic and no longer in use. | categories = Nature }} <pages index="Views in India, chiefly among the Himalaya Mountains.djvu" from=9 to=9/> {{page break|label=}} <pages index="Views in India, chiefly among the Himalaya Mountains.djvu" from=11 to=11/> {{page break|label=}} <div style="text-align: justify;"> <pages index="Views in India, chiefly among the Himalaya Mountains.djvu" from=13 to=13/> {{page break|label=}} <pages index="Views in India, chiefly among the Himalaya Mountains.djvu" from=14 to=14/> {{page break|label=}} <pages index="Views in India, chiefly among the Himalaya Mountains.djvu" from=15 to=20/> </div> {{page break|label=}} {{c|{{larger|CONTENTS}} [[/Rocks at Colgong on the Ganges/]] [[/Janghera, or the Fakeer's Rock on the Ganges/]] [[/Suwarree of Seiks, and View near the Sutlej River/]] [[/Entrance to the Keeree Pass, leading to the Valley of Deyrah Dhoon/]] [[/The Ganges entering the Plains near Hurdwar/]] [[/Part of the Ghaut at Hurdwar/]] [[/Mussooree, from Landour/]] [[/The Snowy Range from Landour/]] [[/The Abbey and Hills from near Mussooree/]] [[/The Snowy Range from Tyne, or Marma/]] [[/Village of Mohuna, near Deobun/]] [[/View near Jubberah/]] [[/The Village of Naree/]] [[/The Bridge at Bhurkote/]] [[/View near Kursalee/]] [[/The Village of Kursalee/]] [[/Crossing by a Sangha near Jumnootree/]] [[/Source of the Jumna/]] [[/Views near the Source of the Jumna/]] [[/Gungootree, the Sacred Source of the Ganges/]] [[/View near Deobun/]] [[/Crossing the River Tonse by a Jhoola, or Rope Bridge/]] [[/Village of Khandoo, on the Ascent to the Choor/]] [[/Crossing the Choor Mountain/]] [[/Village of Koghera and Deodar Forest, near the Choor/]] [[/View at Simla/]] [[/The City of Nahun, viewed from the North/]] [[/Valley of the Dhoon, with the Ganges in the Distance, from the Landour Ridge/]] [[/Runjeet Singh's Encampment at Roopur, on the River Sutlej/]] [[/Borro Boedoor/]] [[/A Suttee/]] [[/Fortress of Bowrie, in Rajpootana/]] [[/Bombay Harbour—Fishing-boats in the Monsoon/]] [[/Sassoor, in the Deccan/]] [[/The Celebrated Hindoo Temples and Palace at Madura/]] [[/Scene in Katteawar—Travellers and Escort/]] [[/Tombs of the Kings of Golconda/]]}} {{PD-old}} [[Category:India]] [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] fljat9gzq5f3o340vvm5m8za2j7z2e3 Template:CategoryTOCExtended 10 1889154 14131157 10707177 2024-04-26T07:53:44Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {| class="toccolours plainlinks" | |- ! {{int:Toc}}: | [{{fullurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}}} Top] – [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=0}} 0] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=1}} 1] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=2}} 2] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=3}} 3] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=4}} 4] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=5}} 5] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=6}} 6] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=7}} 7] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=8}} 8] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=9}} 9] [{{fullurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=A}} A] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=B}} B] [{{fullurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=C}} C] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=D}} D] [{{fullurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=E}} E] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=F}} F] [{{fullurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=G}} G] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=H}} H] [{{fullurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=I}} I] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=J}} J] [{{fullurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=K}} K] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=L}} L] [{{fullurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=M}} M] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=N}} N] [{{fullurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=O}} O] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=P}} P] [{{fullurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=Q}} Q] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=R}} R] [{{fullurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=S}} S] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=T}} T] [{{fullurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=U}} U] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=V}} V] [{{fullurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=W}} W] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=X}} X] [{{fullurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=Y}} Y] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|from=Z}} Z] |}<noinclude> [[Category:TOC templates|CategoryTOCExtended]] [[Category:Category templates|TOCExtended]] </noinclude> a2nihtqo19h6og9u3puic0vheax0n1n Page:EB1911 - Volume 26.djvu/426 104 1950924 14129771 12486771 2024-04-25T19:29:16Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{c|{{x-larger|TAPESTRY}}}}</noinclude>{{right|{{sc|Plate}} I.}} {{EB1911 fine print/s}} {|align="center" width="800" | {|width="100%" | {| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} cellpadding="1" |[[Image:EB1911 Tapestry - Egypto-Roman - curtain or wall hanging (fragment).jpg|x600px]] |} |align="right"| {| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |[[Image:EB1911 Tapestry - Egypto-Roman - linen hanging or couch cover.jpg|x600px]] |} |} |- |&nbsp; |- | {|width="100%" | {| {{ts|mc|bc|ba|height: 450px}} |align="center"| {| |[[Image:EB1911 Tapestry - Egypto-Roman - child mounted on a white horse.jpg|200px]] |} |- | {| |[[Image:EB1911 Tapestry - Egypto-Roman - Hermes holding the caduceus and a purse.jpg|350px]] |} |} |&emsp; |align="right"| {| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |[[Image:EB1911 Tapestry - Egypto-Roman - couch or bed covering.jpg|x550px]] |} |} |- |align="center"|{{sc|Figs.}} 5–9.—Specimens of Egypto-Roman tapestry weaving of about the 2nd to 5th century {{asc|A.D.}}&emsp;Victoria and Albert Museum. |} {{EB1911 fine print/e}}<noinclude></noinclude> nr55t8s7amgso6joox2wl1ri9o2devl 14131493 14129771 2024-04-26T11:37:35Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Undo revision [[Special:Diff/14129771|14129771]] by [[Special:Contributions/ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{c|{{x-larger|TAPESTRY}}}}</noinclude>{{right|{{sc|Plate}} I.}} {{EB1911 fine print/s}} {|align="center" width="800" | {|width="100%" | {|cellpadding="1" cellspacing="0" rules="all" border="1" |[[Image:EB1911 Tapestry - Egypto-Roman - curtain or wall hanging (fragment).jpg|x600px]] |} |align="right"| {|cellpadding="1" cellspacing="0" rules="all" border="1" |[[Image:EB1911 Tapestry - Egypto-Roman - linen hanging or couch cover.jpg|x600px]] |} |} |- |&nbsp; |- | {|width="100%" | {|cellpadding="1" cellspacing="0" rules="none" border="1" style="height: 450px" |align="center"| {| |[[Image:EB1911 Tapestry - Egypto-Roman - child mounted on a white horse.jpg|200px]] |} |- | {| |[[Image:EB1911 Tapestry - Egypto-Roman - Hermes holding the caduceus and a purse.jpg|350px]] |} |} |&emsp; |align="right"| {|cellpadding="1" cellspacing="0" rules="all" border="1" |[[Image:EB1911 Tapestry - Egypto-Roman - couch or bed covering.jpg|x550px]] |} |} |- |align="center"|{{sc|Figs.}} 5–9.—Specimens of Egypto-Roman tapestry weaving of about the 2nd to 5th century {{asc|A.D.}}&emsp;Victoria and Albert Museum. |} {{EB1911 fine print/e}}<noinclude></noinclude> sgud4blrywiaoa1k6ile6knxy2ow8am Page:The New International Encyclopædia 1st ed. v. 01.djvu/9 104 1967537 14129665 13212647 2024-04-25T18:50:56Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" /></noinclude>{| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |&emsp; |- |&nbsp; | {| {{ts|ba}} |align="center"| {{lsp|1ex|{{xx-larger|THE NEW}}}} {{lsp|1ex|{{xx-larger|INTERNATIONAL}}}} {{lsp|1ex|{{xx-larger|ENCYCLOPÆDIA}}}} {{double underline|{{gap}}}} EDITORS DANIEL COIT GILMAN, LL. D. {{x-smaller|PRESIDENT OF JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY (1876-1901)}} {{nowrap|{{x-smaller|{{gap|10em}}AFTERWARDS PRESIDENT OF THE CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON{{gap|10em}}}}}} HARRY THURSTON PECK, P{{sm|H}}. D., L. H. D. {{x-smaller|PROFESSOR IN COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY}} FRANK MOORE COLBY, M. A. {{x-smaller|LATE PROFESSOR OF ECONOMICS}} {{x-smaller|IN NEW YORK UNIVERSITY}} VOLUME I {{larger|NEW YORK}} {{larger|DODD, MEAD AND COMPANY}} {{larger|1905}} |} |&emsp; |- |&nbsp; |}<noinclude></noinclude> nswaxmrxcsj0iswtfewfg7u55pp2djm Page:A history of Hungarian literature.djvu/66 104 1974979 14128469 12370017 2024-04-25T17:35:40Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="I'm mender" />{{rh|52|{{uc|Hungarian Literature}}|}}</noinclude>the alarming news that there were only three hundred Catholic divines in the whole of Hungary, whereas in Italy that number was the average for a single town. It seemed as though Hungary would rapidly become exclusively Protestant. It was at this moment, which threatened imminent danger to the Catholic Church, that {{sc|Peter Pázmány}} appeared (1570-1637). Under his guidance, Catholicism regained nearly all it had so suddenly lost. We might almost say that Pázmány was born in a Protestant country and died in a Catholic one. His parents were Protestants, but Nagyvárad, where they dwelt, to a great degree predestined him to his future vocation, for it was the headquarters of the Jesuits. The first Hungarian Jesuit, Szánto, lived and preached in that town, and it was he who converted the parents of Pázmány. Their son entered the Order, and when twenty-one years of age went to Rome. Here he was most powerfully impressed by the great Jesuit writer and orator, Bellarmin. He resolved to become the Bellarmin of Hungary, and to restore its former greatness to the Catholic religion. He devoted his indomitable energy, his wonderful gift of eloquence, and his brilliant literary style to that end. He rose rapidly in fame and influence. At the age of forty-six he was the highest ecclesiastical dignitary of the land, the Archbishop of Esztergom. He also acquired great influence at the court of Vienna. The Emperor Ferdinand II. sent him on an important secret mission to Rome. This was at the time of the Thirty Years War, when the whole of Europe was divided into two vast camps of embittered enemies. Cardinal Richelieu, the great adversary of the Habsburg<noinclude></noinclude> est66raqxpvkvkspy71qv6jes47attr The Encyclopedia Americana (1920)/Cincinnati 0 1997991 14129835 6077290 2024-04-25T19:46:16Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{TextQuality|75%}} {{Americana | previous = Cinchona Bark | next = Cincinnati, Society of the | wikipedia = Cincinnati }}<!-- p. 678 --> <!-- column 2 --> '''CINCINNATI''', Ohio, city and county-seat of Hamilton County, in the extreme southwest of the State, one of the great commercial and manufacturing centres of the Union, 10th in nominal rank and 7th or 8th in fact. It is situated on the north bank of the Ohio River, almost exactly half way from its origin at Pittsburgh to its mouth at Cairo, Ill., about 465 miles by water from each, and 315 miles by rail from the former and 369 miles from the <!-- p. 679 --> latter; and is a terminal of every trunk line of railroad in the Middle West, being the main terminal of the Cincinnati Southern, Cincinnati, Hamilton and Dayton, Chesapeake and Ohio and a number of others. It is 138 miles by water from Louisville and 1,631 miles from New Orleans against 114 miles and 1,210 miles respectively by rail; 764 miles by rail from New York and 270 miles from Chicago. {{c|[[Image:Americana 1920 Cincinnati.jpg|600px]]}} '''Topography'''.—Cincinnati occupies the northern half of a circular amphitheatre of hills about two and a half miles in diameter bisected east and west by the Ohio River—which here makes a great southward sweep. The southern half is bisected north and south by the Licking River with its Kentucky suburbs, respectable cities themselves. The northern semi-circle rises from the river in two great terraces sloping northward to a third level at the summit, originally quite distinct, now much confused by grading. The lower platform is a bluff about 65 feet above low water, the second 50 to 100 feet higher. The crest hills, 15 to 300 feet higher yet, are about 475 feet at the summits—Mount Adams, Price Hill, Mount Lookout, Mount Auburn, Fairview Heights, etc.—giving a noble prospect of river and country. Three of these hills can be reached by inclined plane cable railways, used in the main for lifting of electrical cars. These hills are cut by ravines, the heavy original woods having been replaced by miles of the finest residence streets in America, parked with shrubbery, lawns and flower gardens. On the western side of the city from north to south runs Mill Creek, the remains of a once huge glacial stream whose gently sloping valley, one-half mile or more wide, forms an easy path into the heart of the city and was an indispensable factor in determining its position. Highways, canals and railroads come through it and the city's growth has pushed much farther up this valley than in other directions. The railroad stockyards are on its eastern slope. Cincinnati extends for about 30 miles along the river front to a width of about 15 miles in an irregular block north from it. The total area thus far in the city limits is 72 square miles, much more being legitimately a part of it. Cincinnati owns a strip of land 100 feet wide and 335 miles long directly south to Chattanooga, Tenn., upon which is built the city-owned Cincinnati Southern Railroad. '''Municipal Conditions'''.—The site of the city is a glacial moraine of gravel and boulders cut through by the Ohio River. There is therefore little bottom land and there has been from the first none of the malaria which was long such a scourge and reproach to Western settlements; and this with the moderate climate averaging about 75 degrees in summer and 30 or 40 degrees in winter and the easy sewerage down the slopes into the Ohio and away from the city has given it excellent sanitary conditions. Its death rate fell from 21 per 1,000 in 1890, to 15.6 per 1,000 in 1915. The city owns its waterworks and 712 miles of mains. In recent years it has completed a municipal waterworks at a cost of $12,000,000, including a complete magnificent filtration plant which furnishes the city with 128,000,000 gallons of pure water daily. This water is so pure that it is used for all hospital purposes except where distilled water is distinctly specified. Cincin<!-- column 2 -->nati has 960 miles of streets and alleys (608 miles improved); and 463.6 miles of sewers. It owns property worth $126,000,000 and has an assessed property valuation of $706,613,000. '''Interior, Suburbs, etc.'''—The bottom level below the bluffs, along the river seat, is the site of the river shipping business, and has the usual fringe of low quarters. It is paved and there is a broad public landing fronted by floating docks, wharf boats, etc. Above are the wholesale and then the retail business streets with great extent and variety of fine business architecture and girt around with electric roads of which there are some 227 miles within the city limits. The principal lines converge at or near Fountain Square and connect with a ring of suburbs within and without the city limits, unsurpassed in America. To the north are Clifton, Avondale, Mount Auburn, Vernonville, College Hill, Winton Place, Linwood, Elmwood, Hartwell, Lockland, Glendale, Norwood, Oakley, Walnut Hills, Mount Lookout, etc. Across the river, over which on three bridges the electric lines run, are numerous cities and towns, including Covington, Ludlow and Milldale to the west of the Licking, and Newport, Bellevue, Dayton and Fort Thomas to the east. These are in the State of Kentucky, but are included in Cincinnati's metropolitan district. The river is crossed by five bridges, each more than half a mile long, one exclusively for railway traffic, two for highway and two for both. The truss-bridge of the Cincinnati Southern to Ludlow—costing $3,348,675, is one of the longest spans in the world; there are also the cantilever designed by John A. Roebling and completed at a cost of $1,800,000; and two wrought iron bridges to Newport, one of them used by the Louisville and Nashville Railroad. The original town was laid out as a checkerboard, with streets four rods wide, the conventional form of the artificial American town; but the irregular surface and individual tastes have given them greater variety since, and no city has a finer field for picturesque architecture. A local freestone and blue limestone are much used in building as well as brick with steel framing. The most notable public buildings besides churches noted below are the government building (post-office, custom-house, etc.), of brick and iron with freestone facing, 180 feet by 50 feet, costing $5,200,000; the new county courthouse, costing $2,500,000, erected in 1916; the Cincinnati General Hospital, a group of 29 buildings, costing $4,000,000; the magnificent Music Hall, the gift of Reuben R. Springer and others; the Romanesque public library, costing $675,000; the Masonic Temple (Byzantine); the Odd Fellows' Temple; the Y. M. C. A. building, the Art Museum, the Queen City Club, Bell Telephone building, the Union Central Life building, the tallest office building outside of New York city, and a number of skyscrapers of from 15 to 20 stories, one of which, the Ingalls building, was the first tall concrete structure in the world. Of public monuments, the most artistic is the Tyler Davidson Fountain, with a surrounding esplanade on Fifth street between Vine and Walnut on Fountain square, the centre of most of the street car lines. It was presented to the city by Henry Probasco in 1871, having been cast at the Royal Foundry at Munich at a cost of $200,000. The equestrian statue of President William Henry Harrison <!-- p. 680 --> (first governor of Ohio), the statues of Garfield, Lincoln, Ecker and McCook, and the Fort Washington monument also adorn the city. '''Parks, Cemeteries, etc.'''— The park system comprises 2,550 acres in three large bodies on the hills and many smaller ones. The largest is the superb Mount Airy Forest, containing 943 acres. The second is Eden Park, formerly called the Garden of Eden. It is situated on Mount Adams, in the northeast centre, containing the two main city reservoirs made to look like lovely natural lakes; there is also a water tower with steps to the top commanding a matchless prospect. The Art Museum and Art School, two beautiful buildings costing $450,000, are within the grounds, which are entered by a mediæval gateway, Elsinore, much admired. The next largest and an equally picturesque park is Burnet Woods, containing 160 acres. It contains the grounds of the University of Cincinnati. The {{Americana article link|nosc=x|Cincinnati Zoological Gardens}} (q.v.), northeast of Burnet Woods, comprise 60 acres of wild natural beauty, and contain a varied collection of wild animals and birds. McFarland Woods, Owl's Nest Park, Mount Echo Park and Ault Park, together with Lincoln, Washington and Hopkins, are the finest of the smaller parks. Most of the 20 cemeteries are in the northeast, although one or two are in the extreme southwest, but the one superb burial ground, one of the largest and most charming in the country, is Spring Grove Cemetery, about six miles north on the western slope of Millcreek Valley, with 600 acres of fine landscape gardening and native beauty, and reached by an avenue 100 feet wide. It has a bronze statue as a soldiers' monument, and many magnificent and costly mausoleums. '''Amusements, Clubs, etc.'''—Music is cultivated in a number of well-patronized institutions, including the Conservatory, the College of Music and various smaller conservatories. The biennial May festivals are an indispensable part of the city's higher life and are known throughout the world. Other important features of the musical life are the permanent Symphony Orchestra, which was endowed in 1915 for $1,000,000 by the late Cora M. Dow; the Orpheus Club and a large number of German singing societies. The grand Music Hall is a monument of the munificence of Reuben Springer, who founded it and gave it part of its endowment. It is 500 feet by 300 feet, has a seating capacity of 3,600, and its organ is one of the largest in the country. There are also the Grand, Lyric, Walnut, Keith's, Peoples' and Olympic theatres, over 100 motion picture houses, the Emery Auditorium and many halls where people congregate for entertainments of various sorts. The chief clubs are the Queen City, Business Men's Club, Phœnix, Cinannati, Cuview Press, Country, Literary, Woman's<ins>,</ins> Women's City Club, Business Woman's, the City Club, Rotary Club, Advertiser's Club, Ben Franklin Club, and the Trade Expansion Club. The Cincinnati Gymnasium has extensive suburban athletic grounds and owns a fine city building. There are two favorite summer resorts on the Ohio River, one on the Kentucky shore called the Lagoon, and Coney Island some miles up the river. Chester Park, near Spring Grove Cemetery, is one of the best equipped amusement resorts in the Middle West. <!-- column 2 --> '''Business Interests'''.—The position of Cincinnati as a midway port on the great central channel of one of the most fertile districts of the world, added to its location on a platform above the floods which washed away its rivals, was the origin of its greatness; but that river traffic has greatly declined since the advent of railroads. Even yet, however, it is invaluable for the transportation of bulky freight—coal, ore, iron, lumber, salt, etc.—to manufactories and the distribution of its products to the Ohio and Mississippi ports as far as New Orleans, up the Ohio to Pittsburgh, to the Big Sandy, Cumberland, Tennessee and Green, Red, White, Arkansas, Yazoo, etc., covering 1,200 miles ot the Ohio, 850 of the Mississippi, and 2,000 of tributaries. About 100 vessels a year register for this inland commerce, with a tonnage of some 8,000; but there is a much greater commerce than this indicates, as one towboat will push many barges in front of it, a method peculiar to Western rivers. The government improvements, dredging and lighting the channel, have greatly aided to keep this navigation alive. The immense railroad business has already been referred to. Seventeen roads enter Cincinnati; the passengers of most of them come into the Central Union Depot at Central avenue and Third street; but a few, of which the Pennsylvania is chief, have separate stations. The Cincinnati Southern road, 338 miles long, was built and is still owned by the city, and is operated by the Southern Railway Company, under lease. The business interests of the community revolve around the Cincinnati Chamber of Commerce, an organization of business and professional men, totaling 4,000, which conducts by means of a large income a thoroughly departmentalized organization, the principal departments of which are devoted to conventions and publicity, weighing and inspection, statistics, grain and hay, exchange, produce exchange, civic and industrial work, traffic, merchandising and foreign trade. The trade and manufacturing interests of the city are large and important. It has many national banks, clearings aggregating $2,030,181,819 in 1917. It has also a large number of State and private banks, building and loan associations, many strong trust companies and savings banks. Slaughtering and packing of meats, especially pork, has been long and is still one of the leading branches of commerce, the city packing more than one-half of the produce of the State. Cincinnati holds the first position in the country in the manufacture and sale, both domestic and foreign, of machine tools and machinery. The number of industrial establishments is about 4,000, with a capital of about $212,500,000, and 100,000 workmen, and occupying real estate valued at $100,000,000, with an annual factory output of nearly $300,000,000. According to the last census the greatest single branch is iron work, including pig, castings, foundry and machine shop products and architectural iron work; men's clothing, slaughtering and packing of meats, distilled liquors, factory made boots and shoes, carriages and their material, tobacco products and malt liquors. Other great products are leather and leather goods, furniture, lumber, timber and woodworking products; coffee and spices, roasted and ground; saddlery and harness; pickles and preserves; undertakers' goods; <!-- p. 681 --> musical instruments; soap and candles; electrical supplies; flour and grist; plumbers' supplies; patent medicines; and society regalia, costumes, banners, etc., in which Cincinnati heads the United States. Other products number hundreds, many curious and interesting, notably those of the Rookwood Pottery. {|{{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |[[Image:Americana 1920 Cincinnati - Fountain Square.jpg|700px]] |- |[[Image:Americana 1920 Cincinnati - University of Cincinnati Buildings.jpg|700px]] |} {{c|{{sm|'''1 Fountain Square: Tyler-Davidson Fountain{{gap}}2 University of Cincinnati Buildings'''}}}} '''Educational Institutions, Libraries,''' '''Newspapers, etc.'''—Cincinnati has a thorough system of public schools with 59 day elementary, 10 special, 2 night high, 6 night elementary, 6 public high schools and about 1,725 teachers; besides private academies and secondary schools including 51 Catholic parochial schools. For higher education the chief is the University of Cincinnati, the only municipal university in the United States, operated as part of the public school system, expanded from the old McMicken University, the capstone of the system of public instruction, with affiliated medical, and dental and law departments, and in connection the famous observatory now located on Mount Lookout—one of the earliest in the United States, with a 16-inch refractor and a new meridian circle, and with a notable record in the investigation of double stars. The university buildings are in a 30-acre space set off by the city in Burnet Woods Park. The Ohio Mechanics' Institute, one of the most important educational forces in the city, has a large, thoroughly equipped building and library, and maintains both daily, and night schools, attended by hundreds, in which regular classical, literary and scientific instruction and courses of lectures are given. There are also medical and surgical schools, besides training schools for nurses in the hospitals; two other dental colleges; a night law school; several business colleges and schools of expression; Lane Theological Seminary at Walnut Hills (1832) famous for Lyman Beecher and Calvin E. Stowe, and for its slavery dissensions, two Roman Catholic colleges, Saint Francis Xavier (1840) and Saint Joseph's (1873); five Catholic seminaries for the education of priests and six Catholic female academies and seminaries, leading to others, the Hebrew Union College (Reformed Jewish) for educating rabbis, the chief one in the United States; the Art Museum and Art School founded by Cincinnati ladies on the model of South Kensington, London, with two large buildings and several hundred students, and a valuable collection of works of art. The Cincinnati Society of Natural History has a museum of valuable and interesting relics open to the public. Of the libraries, the chief is the free Public Library, handsomely housed on Vine street (with over 490,000 volumes and pamphlets) and 23 branches and 26 stations. There are 16 others, subscription and institutional, of which the chief are the Young Men's Mercantile, the Law Library, that of the Mechanics' Institute, the library of Saint Xavier's College, Lloyd Library and Museum, the University Library, and the Historical and Philosophical Society has the finest collection in existence of original manuscripts, pamphlets and bound volumes pertaining to the history of Cincinnati and the State of Ohio, and ranks among the first institutions of the kind in the country. The city supports some 20 daily newspapers—English, (German and Italian; over 80 weeklies, English and German; <!-- column 2 --> over 100 monthlies and quarterlies, besides a number of special publications. '''Churches and Charities'''.—Cincinnati has about 270 church bodies, 56 Roman Catholic (besides 5 convents), 219 Protestant of various denominations, 12 Jewish synagoges and 38 unclassified, including Christian Science, Spiritualist, etc. The city is the seat of a Roman Catholic archbishop and a Protestant Episcopal bishop, with cathedrals of both. The finest church building in Cincinnati is the cathedral of Saint Peter in pure Grecian style, 180 feet by 60 and 90, with a spire 224 feet high, and its priceless altar-piece Murillo's original “St. Peter Delivered.” Other prominent churches are the First Presbyterian, with a tower and spire 285 feet high, the loftiest in the West; the Second Presbyterian; Saint Francis Xavier and the Saint Francis de Sales (Roman Catholic), Christ's and Saint Paul's Protestant Episcopal and Saint Paul's Methodist Episcopal, the Ninth Street Baptist, Unitarian, New Thought Temple and the church of the New Jerusalem (Swedenborgian). There are 61 benevolent associations in the city covering every class and grade of alleviable human misfortune, and an infirmary, a workhouse, with workshops and workgrounds. Prominent among 17 hospitals, public and private, are the Cincinnati General, Jewish, Good Samaritan, Longview Insane Asylum, Bethesda, Ohio Hospital for Women and Children, the Presbyterian, Elizabeth Gamble, Deaconess Home, Christ, and the Branch Hospital (the first tuberculosis hospital established in America for the scientific treatment of tubercular subjects). There are also numerous homes for the aged and infirm, for orphans, for incurables and the friendless, non-sectarian and denominational, all splendidly equipped, and a fresh air fund and farm. '''Government, Finances, etc.'''—The government is a modified federal form, there is a four-year mayor, who appoints directors of public service and safety, a legislative council of one from each ward with four elected at large and a board of education elected by the people. The city debt is about $55,000,000, but $27,000,000 of this is for the Cincinnati Southern Railroad which returns $1,000,000 per year rental. The tax rate is $15.46 per thousand dollars. The yearly disbursements are about $14,457,725, of which over $2,500,000 is for schools. '''Population'''.—In 1800, 750; (1810) 2,540; (1820) 9,642; (1830) 24,831; (1840) 42,338; (1850) 115,435; (1860) 161,044; (1870) 216,239; (1880) 255,139; (1890) 296,908; (1900) 325,902; (1910) 363,591; (1914) 402,000. The census bureau estimate for 1915 was 406,706. This is inaccurate, however, without supplemental figures based on the population of the city with nearly one-third of its business population residing across the river in another State, as well as several populous suburbs in other townships to the north, Newport, Bellevue and Dayton, Ky., east of the Licking, Covington and Ludlow, west of it, Millcreek, Columbia and Delhi and Norwood on the north adding about 200,000 to the population above stated. About 79 per cent of Cincinnati people are native white Americans, a greater proportion than any other large city in the United States. The foreign-born population is 15.6 per cent of the total. Male aliens over 21 years of age form only 2.6 per cent of the population. Negro <!-- p. 682 --> population is but 5.4 per cent of the total; 78 per cent of the foreign-born population is made up of English, Irish and Germans; 10.3 per cent of the foreign-born population is made up of Russians, Italians and Hungarians. '''History'''.—The site of Cincinnati at the time it first came under the eye of the white man was covered with “ancient works,” monuments of a prehistoric race. Traces of many of these “works” still abound in the neighborhood, which is a centre of the so-called “Mound Builders” remains. Here, too, ran the old Indian trail leading from the British trading post at Detroit to the Licking River, and into the section south of the Ohio. Numerous bands of savages swept through the valley of the Miamis, subsequently called the “Miami Slaughter House,” on their marauding expeditions against the Kentucky pioneers. It was in pursuing one of these bands of “Horse Thieves” that Benjamin Stites first noticed the fertility of the section and its desirability for settlement. As a result of his efforts came the “Miami Purchase.” John Cleves Symmes, with other members of Congress who had been interested by Stites, in 1787 began negotiations with the government for the land lying between the Miamis, which resulted in a conditional purchase that on survey proved to be some 600,000 acres, of which he ultimately received about half. Early in 1788 he sold 740 acres opposite the mouth of the Licking to Matthias Benman and others, with whom he visited the spot later and selected it as the site for a city, to be called Losantiville—a combination of Latin and French, meaning “Town opposite the mouth of the Licking.” After some shiftings of ownership a firm consisting of Israel Ludlow, a surveyor, and two others took possession 28 Dec. 1788, and Ludlow laid out a village with the present Central avenue and Broadway, about three-quarters of a mile apart, for east and west boundaries, and Seventh street, about as far from the river, for northern, blazing the street lines on the trees. Three or four log cabins were built, and the flooding out of several Ohio River town sites about this time left Cincinnati the chief survivor. The building of Fort Washington by the government in the summer of 1789, just east of Broadway, still further confirmed its primacy, for the Indians were a terrible menace until long after. In January 1790 Gen. Arthur St. Clair, newly-appointed governor of Northwest Territory, arrived, laid out Hamilton County (named after Alexander Hamilton), and made its seat the new town, whose name he changed to Cincinnati (Symmes who professes to have suggested the change, was tenacious for Cincinnata), after the famous society of Revolutionary officers, of which he was a member. By the end of 1790, it had some 40 log houses. The defeats of Harmar (1790) and St. Clair (1791) nearly caused its abandonment in a panic, but the importance of the fort kept the settlement alive. In 1792 as many as 354 lots had been taken for building; and so important a centre of commerce had it become even then that 34 of its buildings were warehouses well stocked with goods. It had some 900 inhabitants, but many of them were floaters. A visiting missionary reported that the people resembled those of Sodom, and the town, like others on the north bank of the Ohio, was thronged with frontier idlers and lawless <!-- column 2 --> ruffians, who took refuge in Kentucky when brought to book; but as the first church (Presbyterian) was built this year, and the first school (pay) opened with 30 scholars, perhaps some of this language was “common form.” Also as settlers were compelled by law to take their loaded guns to church for protection against Indians, it was no place for the tamer sort. In 1793, the ''Sentinel of the Northwest'' ''Territory'', the first newspaper published north of the Ohio, appeared, and a year later the first through mail to Pittsburgh was started in a canoe, and a packet line of keel boats to Pittsburgh was organized. Wayne's crushing defeat of the savages at Fallen Timbers, bringing peace to the frontier, was in one sense disastrous to Fort Washington, as settlers swarmed all over Ohio, and it ceased to be the one centre. This defeat, however, assured the permanency of Cincinnati, which increased slowly but surely until in 1800 its population was 750, a growth of 50 per cent since 1795. In December 1801 the seat of territorial government was removed to Chillicothe. But its 12 years' primacy, the army post making it a depot for supplies, and its frontier position, had given it a safe start. In 1802 Cincinnati was incorporated as a town. A well-known picture of the town also dates from this year, in which, too, a “Young Ladies' School” was started, indicating a superior grade of population, and from February to May 1802 over 4,400 barrels of flour were exported, showing its development as a distributing port. The first bank, that of the Miami Exporting Company, was started in 1803. In 1805 the town had 960 people and 172 buildings. But immigration set in much more strongly a year later, and the names show an extraordinary intellectual calibre, in the settlers it was attracting. In 1810 it had 2,300 inhabitants, and was the largest town in the State, the centre of immigration to Ohio, and with a great commerce along the river, and was contemplating a university. The first book descriptive of the place appeared this year written by the celebrated Dr. Drake. In October 1811 the steamboat ''New Orleans'' passed the town on her first trip from Pittsburgh to Louisville. A stone steam mill 110 feet high of nine stories and with foundation walls 10 feet thick dates from 1812. In 1814 Lancaster Academy, afterward Cincinnati College, was founded. In 1819 the town received a city charter, having according to the first directory, published this year. 9,873 inhabitants, mostly from the Northern and Middle States, but also many foreigners, so that it was “not uncommon to hear three or four languages spoken in the streets.” Another little book descriptive of the city published in 1826 was republished in England and translated into German, circulated on the Continent and attracted a large number of immigrants, especially Germans, who by 1840 numbered one-fourth of the population. But its great development came with the opening of the Miami Canal, the most important single influence in the history of the city, for which ground was broken in 1825 at Middletown, and which was completed to Cincinnati in 1827. This not only developed commerce but furnished great water power for manufacturing. The first railroad, the Little Miami, was chartered in 1836, but was not opened until 1846, the first section not until 1843. Even before this the growth was very rapid, population nearly trebling 1820-30, <!-- p. 683 --> and doubling 1830-40, but the next decade showed the tremendous leap from 4,000 to 115,000. From 1840 the immense immigration of Germans increased so rapidly as to make it for years the typical German city. The Germans took great interest in grape culture and the city tor some years was a great wine market. It was the great German population that caused the first Saengerfest of the North American Saengerbund to be held here in 1849, a great stimulus to the musical activity of the city since so famed in the musical world. Several times the city was fearfully ravaged by the cholera, beginning with 1832-34; in 1849 and 1850 over 9,000 souls, nearly 8 per cent of the entire population, perished of it. Yellow fever came in 1878. Floods have also risen over its platform several times and laid the lower section under water; those of 1832 (the year of flood, fire, pestilence and famine), of 1883, 1884, having been especially high and destructive. In 1838 the new and beautiful steamer ''Moselle'' exploded in front of the landing with a loss of almost 140 lives, one of the most terrible river disasters of the century. Two years later the city was the centre of the “log cabin” campaign, which sent a favorite son, William Henry Harrison, to the White House. At a later time Hayes, whose previous active life had been spent in this city, occupied the presidential position, and Salmon P. Chase, another famous Cincinnatian, was chief justice of the United States. A continuous excitement of the city was its fury over the race question and later the abolition movement. The vast Northern interest in Southern trade was everywhere a powerful restraining influence on this; but Cincinnati, on the border, and with its daily bread dependent on this trade, besides having a considerable percentage of its people of Southern birth and detesting the movement on general principles, felt menaced with entire industrial ruin, if the agitation were not put down by force. Lane Seminary was threatened with fire, and its faculty with lynching, if the students were not prohibited from discussing slavery; and in 1836 and 1841 James G. Birney's philanthropist press was wrecked by the mob. In fact anti-negro riots were frequent and arose upon the slightest provocation. The trouble was later aggravated by the fact that Cincinnati, being a border city, was a chief station on the “underground railroad”; one Quaker citizen boasted of aiding 3,000 fugitive slaves to escape, and in all several times that number must have been smuggled across. Here, too, were tried the celebrated “fugitive slave cases,” the Rosetta and Margaret Garner cases. In 1856 Buchanan was nominated for the presidency; later nominees of Cincinnati conventions were Greeley, in 1872, Hayes, in 1876, and Hancock, in 1880. When the war broke out, however, it became a strong Union city, and its record is noble. In 1862 the fear of an assault by the Confederate, Kirby Smith, caused the city to be put under martial law for a while; a somewhat similar experience came in 1863, at the time of the John Morgan raid. Another war incident was the Vallandingham case. Cincinnati sent its citizen, George B. McClellan, to command the armies of the North. The decade prior to the war had not been one of great progress, but in spite of the decay of trade with the South, the city leaped forward <!-- column 2 --> with the resumption of peace. The desire to renew the relations with its old business associates induced it to enter upon the construction of the Cincinnati Southern Railway to Chattanooga, which was built by the city itself, an extreme instance of municipal ownership. The celebrated “Bible” case in 1869 resulted in the abolition of religious instruction from the public schools and gave national fame to the bar that included sudi lawyers as those who argued the case. In 1869 began a series of annexations, which in a few years increased the city's area from 7 square miles (3 miles when incorporated in 1819) to 24 square miles. Annexations in 1895 and 1903-04, 1912-13-14 and -15 brought the area to 72 square miles. The most notorious event in its later history is the “Cincinnati Riot” of 28-31 March 1884. As usual in modern times, the law had protected the criminal against the community till the criminal law was felt to be a farce; some murderers had received absurdly light sentences, and the patience of the lower orders gave way; they attempted to break into the jail and lynch the prisoners; foiled in this, they assaulted the courthouse, and burned it, as well as its records and other buildings adjoining; the State militia had to be called in, and in the fray that ensued 45 persons were killed and 145 wounded. In 1888 the centenary of the settlement of the State and city was celebrated by a Centennial Exposition of the Ohio Valley, the culmination of a series of industrial expositions that had attracted the attention of the country and given a director-general to the Centennial at Philadelphia in 1876. '''Bibliography'''.— Burnet, J., ‘Notes on Northwest Territory’ (1845); Cist C., ‘Cincinnati in 1841,’ ‘Cincinnati in 1851,’ ‘Cincinnati in 1859’; ‘Cincinnati Miscellany’ (1844-45); ‘Directories of 1819, 1825 and 1829’; Drake, D., ‘Picture of Cincinnati’ (1815); Drake, B., and Mansfield, E. D., ‘Cincinnati in 1826’; Ford, H. A., ‘History of Cincinnati and Hamilton County’ (Cleveland 1880); Greve, C. T., ‘Centennial History of Cincinnati’ (Chicago 1904); Mansfield, E. D., ‘Personal Memories’ (1803-43); Miller, F. W., ‘Cincinnati's Beginnings’ (1880); Stevens, G. E., ‘Cincinnati’ (1869): Trollope, Mrs. F., ‘Domestic Manners of the Americans’ (London 1831). {{Americana Author|Thomas Quinlan|label=Cincinnati Chamber of Commerce}} tbipr2zqjxhhudx8jw1a58hiugwe9ak Page:The New International Encyclopædia 1st ed. v. 03.djvu/825 104 2033222 14129851 9685888 2024-04-25T19:49:44Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" /></noinclude>{{center|{{font-size|120%|{{sp|AMERICAN BUTTERFLIES}}}}}} {|{{ts|mc|bc|sm}} | colspan="3"| {|{{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |[[Image:NIE 1905 Butterflies and Moths - American butterflies.jpg|750px]] |} |- |{{smaller|COPYRIGHT 1902, BY DODD, MEAD & COMPANY}} | |{{ts|ar}}|{{smaller|JULIUS BIEN & CO.LITH.N.Y.}} |- |{{nowrap|1 GRAY HAIR-STREAK - THECLA MELINUS (UNDER SURFACE)&nbsp;}} |&emsp; |{{nowrap|&ensp;6 FALCOTE ORANGE-TIP - ANTHOCHARIS (EUCHLOE) GENUTIA}} |- |2 RED ADMIRAL - PYRAMEIS ATALANTA | |&ensp;7 THE ZEBRA - HELICONIUS CHARITONIUS |- |{{nowrap|3 OLIVE HAIR-STREAK - THECLA DAMON (UNDER SURFACE)&nbsp;}} | |&ensp;8 YELLOW CLOVER BUTTERFLY - COLIAS PHILODICE |- |4 HOBOMOK SKIPPER - ATRYTONE ZABULON | |&ensp;9 EASTERN TAILED BLUE - LYCAENA COMYNTAS |- |5 TIGER SWALLOW-TAIL - PAPILIO TURNUS | |10 NICIPPE BUTTERFLY - TERIAS NICIPPE |} {{c|<del>{{x-smaller|ALL NATURAL SIZE}}</del>}}<noinclude></noinclude> ih5r244mtfxl5dxlme7c0ijzjubm8fa 14131482 14129851 2024-04-26T11:32:44Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Undo revision [[Special:Diff/14129851|14129851]] by [[Special:Contributions/ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" /></noinclude>{{center|{{font-size|120%|{{sp|AMERICAN BUTTERFLIES}}}}}} {|align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" style="font-size: smaller" |align="center" colspan="3"| {|cellpadding="0" border="1" rules="none" |[[Image:NIE 1905 Butterflies and Moths - American butterflies.jpg|750px]] |} |- |{{smaller|COPYRIGHT 1902, BY DODD, MEAD & COMPANY}} | |align="right"|{{smaller|JULIUS BIEN & CO.LITH.N.Y.}} |- |{{nowrap|1 GRAY HAIR-STREAK - THECLA MELINUS (UNDER SURFACE)&nbsp;}} |&emsp; |{{nowrap|&ensp;6 FALCOTE ORANGE-TIP - ANTHOCHARIS (EUCHLOE) GENUTIA}} |- |2 RED ADMIRAL - PYRAMEIS ATALANTA | |&ensp;7 THE ZEBRA - HELICONIUS CHARITONIUS |- |{{nowrap|3 OLIVE HAIR-STREAK - THECLA DAMON (UNDER SURFACE)&nbsp;}} | |&ensp;8 YELLOW CLOVER BUTTERFLY - COLIAS PHILODICE |- |4 HOBOMOK SKIPPER - ATRYTONE ZABULON | |&ensp;9 EASTERN TAILED BLUE - LYCAENA COMYNTAS |- |5 TIGER SWALLOW-TAIL - PAPILIO TURNUS | |10 NICIPPE BUTTERFLY - TERIAS NICIPPE |} {{c|<del>{{x-smaller|ALL NATURAL SIZE}}</del>}}<noinclude></noinclude> 14kb32jdbhksjoozd91fz9lhwi3xdtw Twenty-four plates illustrative of Hindoo and European Manners in Bengal 0 2042650 14128079 11726089 2024-04-25T15:47:38Z SnowyCinema 2484340 added [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Twenty-four plates illustrative of Hindoo and European Manners in Bengal | author = |override_author= [[Author:Sophie Charlotte Belnos|Sophie Charlotte Belnos]] and [[Author:Alexandre-Marie Colin|Alexandre-Marie Colin]] | section = | previous = | next = | year = 1832 | notes = }} <pages index="Twenty-four plates illustrative of Hindoo and European Manners in Bengal.djvu" from=1 to=1/> {{page break|label=}} <pages index="Twenty-four plates illustrative of Hindoo and European Manners in Bengal.djvu" from=3 to=27/> {{page break|label=}} {{PD-old}} [[Category:India]] [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] 3yeosoxzo2sgo86ii2dgkf146oijo2k Page:The New International Encyclopædia 1st ed. v. 16.djvu/475 104 2092596 14130209 9417103 2024-04-25T22:41:05Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{c|{{larger|PRINTING}}}}</noinclude>{| {{ts|mc|ba}} |style="padding:5px;|[[Image:NIE 1905 Printing - Hoe double octuple press.jpg|700px]] |} {{c|{{sm|HOE DOUBLE OCTUPLE NEWSPAPER PRESS—1903 MODEL.}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> pmo5sgttetbdadzcbr4yw5jcjhu7h9t 14130272 14130209 2024-04-25T23:29:04Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Undo revision [[Special:Diff/14130209|14130209]] by [[Special:Contributions/ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{c|{{larger|PRINTING}}}}</noinclude>{|align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" rules="none" |[[Image:NIE 1905 Printing - Hoe double octuple press.jpg|700px]] |} {{c|{{sm|HOE DOUBLE OCTUPLE NEWSPAPER PRESS—1903 MODEL.}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> apged55siw3j5dklwbtxnt8eshr3l8y 14130289 14130272 2024-04-25T23:40:40Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{c|{{larger|PRINTING}}}}</noinclude>{|{{ts|mc|ba}} |style="padding:5px"|[[Image:NIE 1905 Printing - Hoe double octuple press.jpg|700px]] |} {{c|{{sm|HOE DOUBLE OCTUPLE NEWSPAPER PRESS—1903 MODEL.}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> lcfowentgbwe60g144xsv9bl9507bf6 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Russian).djvu/58 104 2117716 14128919 9924179 2024-04-25T18:24:01Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="ShakespeareFan00" />{{rh|52|{{Smaller|MUMU.}}|}}</noinclude>At this moment a smothered bark was heard again. "See, see—she speaks for herself," was remarked in the crowd, and again they laughed. Gavrila scratched his ear. "No, mate," he responded at last, "you can poke the coat in yourself, if you like." "All right, let me." And Stepan scrambled up, took the stick, pushed in the coat, and began waving the stick about in the opening, saying, "Come out, come out!" as he did so. He was still waving the stick, when suddenly the door of the garret was flung open; all the crowd flew pell-mell down the stairs instantly, Gavrila first of all. Uncle Tail locked the window. "Come, come, come," shouted Gavrila from the yard, "mind what you're about." Gerasim stood without stirring in his doorway. The crowd gathered at the foot of the stairs. Gerasim, with his arms akimbo, looked down at all these poor creatures in German coats; in his red peasant's shirt he looked like a giant before them. Gavrila took a step forward. "Mind, mate," said he, "don't be insolent." And he began to explain to him by signs that the mistress insists on having his dog; that he must hand it over at once, or it would be the worse for him. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> j0wg88g5coskgcded1yokbpgf1gb0z7 Page:Carnegie Flexner Report.djvu/273 104 2147433 14130554 14122554 2024-04-26T04:13:27Z BD2412 1511 fmt more proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="BD2412" />{{rh||MISSOURI|255}}</noinclude>''Resources available for maintenance:'' The school shares the general funds of Washington University. Its fee income is $21,000; its budget (1909-10) $51,265, (not including $$0,000 spent on the University Hospital.'). Productive endowments to the extent of $1,500,000 will become available in 1910-11. Laboratory facilities: These have hitherto sufficed for o'pIy routine work in the fundamental branches, but the reorganization on productive modern lines, already under way, will shortly be completely effected. The mtiseum, though small, is good; a start towards a modern medical library has been made. Clinical facilities: The school has its own hospital of 98 'leds, one-fourth of them free; and has access to other hospitals on the usual footing.!The amount of material thus available was fair; but the close affiliation which has i been made with the trustees of the Barnes and the Children's Hospitals revolutio'pizes the clinical situation of the school. The school controls two dispensaries, wone connoted with the University Hospital, the other situated in the medical school bui!'ding. Their combined attendance is very large. {{smaller|''Date of visit: April, 1909.''}} (8) {{sc|St. Louis University}}. The school, organized 1901 by merger, was in 1903 purchased for cash by the university, of which it is now an organic part. Entrance requlremevt: Less than a high school education. Attendance: 245, 42 per cent from Missouri. ''Teaching staff:'' 121, 39 being professors, 82 of other gde. There are six full-time instructors with competent helpers; but the assistants are as a rule students. ''Resources available for maintenance:'' Fees, amounting t $26,630 (estimated), supplemented by small allotment from the university tremriry. During a period of seven years (1903-10), the university devoted $40,817 tol its medical school. $20,000 have been recently subscribed towards an endowment fund for the department. ''Laboratory facilities:'' Excellent teaching laboratories am provided for all the fundamental branches, in addition to which provision ha been made for research in several directions. ' Clinical facilities: The school has a small hospital of ira own (12-16 free he&), and has access on the usual terms to several other institutions. The material, while fair in a:'_-ant, is scattered and under imperfect control. qe hospitals used are not organized, equipped, or conducted with a view to the rquirements of modern medical teaching. The dispensary is fair. {{smaller|''Date of visit: April, 1909.''}}<noinclude></noinclude> pegitogf0x384099fowv0xoxxiptotm Page:The New International Encyclopædia 1st ed. v. 15.djvu/812 104 2151018 14129827 9685908 2024-04-25T19:44:41Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Library Guy" /></noinclude>{{center|{{font-size|120%|{{sp|FISHES OF THE PHILIPPINES}}}}}} {|{{ts|mc|bc|ba|sm}} |{{ts|ac}} colspan="3"| {|{|{{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |[[Image:NIE 1905 Philippine Islands - Fishes of the Philippines.jpg|750px]] |} |- |{{smaller|COPYRIGHT 1902, BY DODD, MEAD & COMPANY}} | |{{ts|ar}}|{{smaller|JULIUS BIEN & CO.LITH.N.Y.}} |- |{{ts|ac}} colspan="3"| {|{{ts|bc}} |- |1 GREAT GAR - (BELONE GIGANTEA) |&emsp; |&ensp;6 PORT JACKSON SHARK - (CESTRACION PHILIPPI) |- |2 SMELT - (OSMERUS JAPONICUS) | |&ensp;7 A GROUPER - (SERRANUS URODELUS) |- |3 FLAG-FISH - (HENIOCHUS MACROLEPIDOTUS) | |{{nowrap|&ensp;8 FOUR-COLORED WRASSE - (JULUS QUADRICOLOR)}} |- |{{nowrap|4 A DEMOISELLE - (GLYPHIDODON SMARAGDINUS)&nbsp;}} | |&ensp;9 CONE-FISH - (MONOCENTRIS JAPONICUS) |- |5 AMPHIPNION FRENATUS | |10 A SEA-BASS - (SERRANUS MARGINALIS) |} |}<noinclude></noinclude> k3dpufirocx7ticgnzrioapsrbecbcs 14129830 14129827 2024-04-25T19:45:21Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Library Guy" /></noinclude>{{center|{{font-size|120%|{{sp|FISHES OF THE PHILIPPINES}}}}}} {|{{ts|mc|bc|ba|sm}} |{{ts|ac}} colspan="3"| {|{|{{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |[[Image:NIE 1905 Philippine Islands - Fishes of the Philippines.jpg|750px]] |} |- |{{smaller|COPYRIGHT 1902, BY DODD, MEAD & COMPANY}} | |{{ts|ar}}|{{smaller|JULIUS BIEN & CO.LITH.N.Y.}} |- |colspan="3"| {|{{ts|bc|mc}} |- |1 GREAT GAR - (BELONE GIGANTEA) |&emsp; |&ensp;6 PORT JACKSON SHARK - (CESTRACION PHILIPPI) |- |2 SMELT - (OSMERUS JAPONICUS) | |&ensp;7 A GROUPER - (SERRANUS URODELUS) |- |3 FLAG-FISH - (HENIOCHUS MACROLEPIDOTUS) | |{{nowrap|&ensp;8 FOUR-COLORED WRASSE - (JULUS QUADRICOLOR)}} |- |{{nowrap|4 A DEMOISELLE - (GLYPHIDODON SMARAGDINUS)&nbsp;}} | |&ensp;9 CONE-FISH - (MONOCENTRIS JAPONICUS) |- |5 AMPHIPNION FRENATUS | |10 A SEA-BASS - (SERRANUS MARGINALIS) |} |}<noinclude></noinclude> 2yhvo6lb4xp8g8xeng8sy8898zx6lor 14131483 14129830 2024-04-26T11:33:45Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Library Guy" /></noinclude>{{center|{{font-size|120%|{{sp|FISHES OF THE PHILIPPINES}}}}}} {|align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" style="font-size: smaller" |align="center" colspan="3"| {|cellpadding="0" border="1" rules="none" |[[Image:NIE 1905 Philippine Islands - Fishes of the Philippines.jpg|750px]] |} |- |{{smaller|COPYRIGHT 1902, BY DODD, MEAD & COMPANY}} | |align="right"|{{smaller|JULIUS BIEN & CO.LITH.N.Y.}} |- |align="center" colspan="3"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |- |1 GREAT GAR - (BELONE GIGANTEA) |&emsp; |&ensp;6 PORT JACKSON SHARK - (CESTRACION PHILIPPI) |- |2 SMELT - (OSMERUS JAPONICUS) | |&ensp;7 A GROUPER - (SERRANUS URODELUS) |- |3 FLAG-FISH - (HENIOCHUS MACROLEPIDOTUS) | |{{nowrap|&ensp;8 FOUR-COLORED WRASSE - (JULUS QUADRICOLOR)}} |- |{{nowrap|4 A DEMOISELLE - (GLYPHIDODON SMARAGDINUS)&nbsp;}} | |&ensp;9 CONE-FISH - (MONOCENTRIS JAPONICUS) |- |5 AMPHIPNION FRENATUS | |10 A SEA-BASS - (SERRANUS MARGINALIS) |} |}<noinclude></noinclude> g3z4hmblza1juvl99thu1kcvt8abchg Page:The Life of Mary Baker G. Eddy.djvu/295 104 2156390 14130197 11979709 2024-04-25T22:34:16Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Maile66" /></noinclude>{|{{ts|mc|bc}} |colspan="2"| {|{{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |- |{{nowrap|[[Image:The Life of Mary Baker G. Eddy - Daniel H. Spofford.jpg|x500px]]&nbsp;[[Image:Edward J. Arens (Mary Baker Eddy).jpg|x500px]]}} |} |- |{{x-smaller|&emsp;Photograph by H. S. Dunshee}} |style="text-align: right"|{{x-smaller|Photograph by Kendall&emsp;}} |- |style="text-align: center" width="50%"|DANIEL H. SPOFFORD |style="text-align: center"|EDWARD J. ARENS |}<noinclude></noinclude> r6jrjozrfj6r2ynozjurvpgao1fyyfk 14131475 14130197 2024-04-26T11:30:50Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Undo revision [[Special:Diff/14130197|14130197]] by [[Special:Contributions/ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Maile66" /></noinclude>{|style="margin: auto" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |colspan="2"| {|border=1 rules=none cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |{{nowrap|[[Image:The Life of Mary Baker G. Eddy - Daniel H. Spofford.jpg|x500px]]&nbsp;[[Image:Edward J. Arens (Mary Baker Eddy).jpg|x500px]]}} |} |- |{{x-smaller|&emsp;Photograph by H. S. Dunshee}} |style="text-align: right"|{{x-smaller|Photograph by Kendall&emsp;}} |- |style="text-align: center" width="50%"|DANIEL H. SPOFFORD |style="text-align: center"|EDWARD J. ARENS |}<noinclude></noinclude> nuswcvc0s9makn1kwki31rew3xm1gt5 Page:The Life of Mary Baker G. Eddy.djvu/315 104 2156392 14131461 12001354 2024-04-26T11:24:28Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Maile66" /></noinclude>{|{{ts|mc|bc|border-spacing:0|sm}} | {|{{ts|ba|border-spacing:0}} |{{ts|padding:0}}|[[Image:The Life of Mary Baker G. Eddy - Mary Baker G. Eddy in 1870 (Wentworth).jpg|x500px]] |{{ts|padding:0}}|[[Image:The Life of Mary Baker G. Eddy - Mary Baker G. Eddy (early 1880's).jpg|x500px]] |} |- |align="right"|{{sm|Photograph by W. Shaw Warren&emsp;}} |} {{c|MARY BAKER G. EDDY}} {|align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" style="font-size: smaller" |width="250" align="center"|From a tintype given to Lucy Wentworth in <del>in</del> Stoughton, Mass., in 1870 |{{gap|100px}} |width="250" align="center"|From a photograph taken in Boston in the early eighties |}<noinclude></noinclude> 8qji1pojq6s78gscx4tmfrq5sqnwbd9 14131466 14131461 2024-04-26T11:27:57Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Maile66" /></noinclude>{| {{ts|mc|sm|border-spacing:0}} |{{ts|padding:0}}| {|{{ts|ba}} |{{ts|padding:0}}| {|{{ts|border-spacing:0}} |{{ts|padding:0}}|[[Image:The Life of Mary Baker G. Eddy - Mary Baker G. Eddy in 1870 (Wentworth).jpg|x500px]] |{{ts|padding:0}}|[[Image:The Life of Mary Baker G. Eddy - Mary Baker G. Eddy (early 1880's).jpg|x500px]] |} |} |- |{{ts|ar|padding:0}} |{{sm|Photograph by W. Shaw Warren&emsp;}} |} {{c|MARY BAKER G. EDDY}} {|align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" style="font-size: smaller" |width="250" align="center"|From a tintype given to Lucy Wentworth in <del>in</del> Stoughton, Mass., in 1870 |{{gap|100px}} |width="250" align="center"|From a photograph taken in Boston in the early eighties |}<noinclude></noinclude> rzrsy7qcp8tpgk8cmc0jo5kth6vqoso Page:The Life of Mary Baker G. Eddy.djvu/401 104 2156397 14131453 12024494 2024-04-26T11:19:01Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Maile66" /></noinclude>{|{{ts|mc|ba|bc|border-spacing:0;}} |[[Image:Christian Scientists' Association picnic, Point of Pines, 16 July 1885.jpg|800px]] |} <div style="margin: auto; width: 700px; text-align: center"> CHRISTIAN SCIENTISTS' PICNIC At Point of Pines, July 16, 1885. Mrs. Woodbury is shown in the top row, and Mrs. Stetson is the third figure from the left in the third row </div><noinclude></noinclude> jhcajojkm2w6vnerrzay882ingrw61h Page:The Life of Mary Baker G. Eddy.djvu/509 104 2156402 14131451 12027711 2024-04-26T11:15:54Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Maile66" /></noinclude>{|{{ts|mc}} | {|{{ts|ba}} |[[Image:The Life of Mary Baker G. Eddy - The Mother Church.jpg|700px]] |} |- |align="right"|{{smaller|Copyright by Detroit Publishing Co.&emsp;}} |} {{c|THE FIRST CHURCH OF CHRIST, SCIENTIST, BOSTON The Mother Church}}<noinclude></noinclude> non6o74isigivwgr0clk4ljbl11mkx4 14131452 14131451 2024-04-26T11:16:12Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Maile66" /></noinclude>{|{{ts|mc}} | {|{{ts|ba}} |[[Image:The Life of Mary Baker G. Eddy - The Mother Church.jpg|700px]] |} |- |{{ts|ar}}|{{smaller|Copyright by Detroit Publishing Co.&emsp;}} |} {{c|THE FIRST CHURCH OF CHRIST, SCIENTIST, BOSTON The Mother Church}}<noinclude></noinclude> m1tcbn2mihitxqu6wvtgvaznzu6167p 14131455 14131452 2024-04-26T11:19:50Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Maile66" /></noinclude>{|{{ts|mc}} | {|{{ts|ba|border-spacing:0;}} |[[Image:The Life of Mary Baker G. Eddy - The Mother Church.jpg|700px]] |} |- |{{ts|ar}}|{{smaller|Copyright by Detroit Publishing Co.&emsp;}} |} {{c|THE FIRST CHURCH OF CHRIST, SCIENTIST, BOSTON The Mother Church}}<noinclude></noinclude> of1peeln2n7hpwe9jzw0cigsf9lh6e5 User:Ineuw/vector.css 2 2159099 14129697 14125022 2024-04-25T19:08:52Z Ineuw 114977 fonts and % sizes css text/css @charset "UTF-8"; /* 240125_0510 - Editing User:Ineuw/vector.css - Wikisource, the free online library — Mozilla Firefox */ /* Hide popup of edit has been saved. OK as of 2019-03-25 */ .postedit { display: none; } /* OK as of 2019-03-25 */ #mw-panel { top: 0 !important; } #p-logo { display: none;} #column-one { padding-top: 0;} .reference-text .__pbreak{ line-height:80% !important; } #ca-proofreadPageEditInSequenceLink{ visibility: hidden !important; } /* wiki preview content box can only be padded. margins don't work.*/ #wikiPreview.ontop { padding-right:660px !important; } /* Page namespace "read" view text and margins */ .pagetext { font-family:FreeSerif !important; font-size:100% !important; line-height:130% !important; padding-left:60px !important; margin-right:60px !important; text-align:justify !important; } /* Page namespace "edit" text and margins in side by side display */ .mw-editform #wpTextbox1 { font-family:FreeMono !important; font-size:120% !important; line-height:130% !important; padding-left:60px !important; padding-right:60px !important; background-color: #F5F5F5 !important; } /* Page namespace "edit" header and footer matches #wptextbox1 */ .mw-editform #wpHeaderTextbox, #wpFooterTextbox { font-family:FreeMono !important; font-size:120% !important; line-height:130% !important; padding-left:60px !important; padding-right:60px !important; background-color: #F5F5F5 !important; } p79jru7ca7n9u8k39u21cy2g3dm3bqb 14129703 14129697 2024-04-25T19:10:01Z Ineuw 114977 css text/css @charset "UTF-8"; /* 240125_0510 - Editing User:Ineuw/vector.css - Wikisource, the free online library — Mozilla Firefox */ /* Hide popup of edit has been saved. OK as of 2019-03-25 */ .postedit { display: none; } /* OK as of 2019-03-25 */ #mw-panel { top: 0 !important; } #p-logo { display: none;} #column-one { padding-top: 0;} .reference-text .__pbreak{ line-height:80% !important; } #ca-proofreadPageEditInSequenceLink{ visibility: hidden !important; } /* wiki preview content box can only be padded. margins don't work.*/ #wikiPreview.ontop { padding-right:660px !important; } /* Page namespace "read" view text and margins */ .pagetext { font-family:FreeSerif !important; font-size:17pt !important; line-height:140% !important; padding-left:60px !important; margin-right:60px !important; text-align:justify !important; } /* Page namespace "edit" text and margins in side by side display */ .mw-editform #wpTextbox1 { font-family:FreeMono !important; font-size:12px !important; line-height:130% !important; padding-left:60px !important; padding-right:60px !important; background-color: #F5F5F5 !important; } /* Page namespace "edit" header and footer matches #wptextbox1 */ .mw-editform #wpHeaderTextbox, #wpFooterTextbox { font-family:FreeMono !important; font-size:120% !important; line-height:130% !important; padding-left:60px !important; padding-right:60px !important; background-color: #F5F5F5 !important; } 0kv3alcvgg42bo4evj7yklitabpjceu 14129709 14129703 2024-04-25T19:11:56Z Ineuw 114977 css text/css @charset "UTF-8"; /* 240125_0510 - Editing User:Ineuw/vector.css - Wikisource, the free online library — Mozilla Firefox */ /* Hide popup of edit has been saved. OK as of 2019-03-25 */ .postedit { display: none; } /* OK as of 2019-03-25 */ #mw-panel { top: 0 !important; } #p-logo { display: none;} #column-one { padding-top: 0;} .reference-text .__pbreak{ line-height:80% !important; } #ca-proofreadPageEditInSequenceLink{ visibility: hidden !important; } /* wiki preview content box can only be padded. margins don't work.*/ #wikiPreview.ontop { padding-right:660px !important; } /* Page namespace "read" view text and margins */ .pagetext { font-family:FreeSerif !important; font-size:16pt !important; line-height:140% !important; padding-left:60px !important; margin-right:60px !important; text-align:justify !important; } /* Page namespace "edit" text and margins in side by side display */ .mw-editform #wpTextbox1 { font-family:FreeMono !important; font-size:16px !important; line-height:130% !important; padding-left:60px !important; padding-right:60px !important; background-color: #F5F5F5 !important; } /* Page namespace "edit" header and footer to match #wptextbox1 */ .mw-editform #wpHeaderTextbox, #wpFooterTextbox { font-family:FreeMono !important; font-size:16px !important; line-height:130% !important; padding-left:60px !important; padding-right:60px !important; background-color: #F5F5F5 !important; } rsx37rvd06ywsi3tw4rnb5wzz8zwvz9 14129905 14129709 2024-04-25T20:11:23Z Ineuw 114977 css text/css @charset "UTF-8"; /* 240125_0510 - Editing User:Ineuw/vector.css - Wikisource, the free online library — Mozilla Firefox */ /* Hide popup of edit has been saved. OK as of 2019-03-25 */ .postedit { display: none; } /* OK as of 2019-03-25 */ #mw-panel { top: 0 !important; } #p-logo { display: none;} #column-one { padding-top: 0;} .reference-text .__pbreak{ line-height:80% !important; } #ca-proofreadPageEditInSequenceLink{ visibility: hidden !important; } /* wiki preview content box can only be padded. margins don't work.*/ #wikiPreview.ontop { padding-right:660px !important; } /* Page namespace "read" view text and margins */ .pagetext { font-family:FreeSerif !important; font-size:16pt !important; line-height:140% !important; padding-left:60px !important; margin-right:60px !important; text-align:justify !important; } /* Page namespace "edit" text and margins in side by side display */ .mw-editform #wpTextbox1 { font-family:FreeMono !important; font-size:16px !important; line-height:130% !important; padding-left:60px !important; padding-right:60px !important; background-color: #F5F5F5 !important; } /* Page namespace "edit" header and footer to match #wptextbox1 */ .mw-editform #wpHeaderTextbox, #wpFooterTextbox { font-family:FreeMono !important; font-size:16px !important; line-height:130% !important; padding-left:60px !important; padding-right:60px !important; background-color: #F5F5F5 !important; } /* Main namespace */ .mw-editform #main{ font-family:FreeSerif !important; font-size:16px !important; line-height:130% !important; padding-left:30px !important; padding-right:30px !important; background-color: #F5F5F5 !important; } 8sajtj7xg3q5l3u0iwwfqqyt5v3wm8x 14129910 14129905 2024-04-25T20:12:25Z Ineuw 114977 css text/css @charset "UTF-8"; /* 240425 1612 - Editing User:Ineuw/vector.css - Wikisource, the free online library — Mozilla Firefox */ /* Hide popup of edit has been saved. OK as of 2019-03-25 */ .postedit { display: none; } /* OK as of 2019-03-25 */ #mw-panel { top: 0 !important; } #p-logo { display: none;} #column-one { padding-top: 0;} .reference-text .__pbreak{ line-height:80% !important; } #ca-proofreadPageEditInSequenceLink{ visibility: hidden !important; } /* wiki preview content box can only be padded. margins don't work.*/ #wikiPreview.ontop { padding-right:660px !important; } /* Page namespace "read" view text and margins */ .pagetext { font-family:FreeSerif !important; font-size:16pt !important; line-height:140% !important; padding-left:60px !important; margin-right:60px !important; text-align:justify !important; } /* Page namespace "edit" text and margins in side by side display */ .mw-editform #wpTextbox1 { font-family:FreeMono !important; font-size:16px !important; line-height:130% !important; padding-left:60px !important; padding-right:60px !important; background-color: #F5F5F5 !important; } /* Page namespace "edit" header and footer to match #wptextbox1 */ .mw-editform #wpHeaderTextbox, #wpFooterTextbox { font-family:FreeMono !important; font-size:16px !important; line-height:130% !important; padding-left:60px !important; padding-right:60px !important; background-color: #F5F5F5 !important; } /* Main namespace */ .mw-editform #main{ font-family:FreeSerif !important; font-size:16px !important; line-height:130% !important; padding-left:30px !important; padding-right:30px !important; background-color: #F5F5F5 !important; } p0gwdnagr6idlw6palzitk0cz01ow1q Page:The Life of Mary Baker G. Eddy.djvu/154 104 2166593 14130157 11979793 2024-04-25T22:16:18Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Maile66" />{{rh|118|LIFE OF MARY BAKER G. EDDY AND}}</noinclude><section begin="part1" />moved to compassion and took Mrs. Glover down the street to the house of Miss Sarah Bagley, a dressmaker, who was a fellow Spiritualist. {|{{ts|ba|mc|width:20em}} |- |padding:5px|{{c|'''DR. ROUNDY AND WIFE,'''}}{{smaller block/s}} {{di|C}}LAIRVOYANT, Magnetic and Electric Physicians, have recently furnished a house on Quincy avenue, in {{sc|Quincy, Mass.}}, where they are still Healing the Sick with good success. Board and treatment reasonable. Address, {{sc|Quincy, Mass.}} {{right|6w*—June 6.&emsp;}} {{rule}} {{di|A}}NY PERSON desiring to learn how to heal the sick can receive of the undersigned instruction that will enable them to commence healing on a '''principle of science''' with a success far beyond any of the present modes. No medicine, electricity, physiology or hygiene required for unparalleled success in the most difficult cases. No pay is required unless this skill is obtained. Address, MRS. MARY B. GLOVER, Amesbury, Mass., Box 61. {{right|tf†—June 20.&emsp;}} {{rule}} {{di|M}}RS. MARY LEWIS, by sending their autograph, or lock of hair, will give psychometrical delineations of character, answer questions, &c. Terms $1.00 and red stamp. Address, MARY LEWIS, Morrison, Whiteside Co., Ill. {{right|June 20.—20w*.&emsp;}}{{smaller block/e}} |} {{smaller block/s}} The above advertisement, in which Mrs. Eddy offers to teach a new kind of healing based on a "principle of science," appeared July 4, 1868, in the ''Banner of Light'', the official organ of New England Spiritualists. Mrs. Eddy was then living at the home of the Websters in Amesbury, and the number of Captain Webster's post-office box was 61. {{smaller block/e}} <section end="part1" /> <section begin="part2" />Miss Bagley took the friendless woman into her home, and here, in addition to the small sum which she paid for her board, Mrs. Glover taught Miss Bagley the Quimby method of treating disease. Miss Bagley developed such powers as a healer that she soon abandoned her needle and began to practise "professionally." Mrs. Glover was generally known in Amesbury as a pupil of Dr. Quimby, and it was rumoured in the village that before Mrs. Glover was through with her "science" she was going to walk on the waters of the Merrimac. Two Amesbury girls were so interested in this report that, one<section end="part2" /><noinclude></noinclude> k5d817g21b58hrhj150447aiuaslawb Page:The Life of Mary Baker G. Eddy.djvu/177 104 2169951 14129704 12000339 2024-04-25T19:10:13Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Maile66" />{{rh||HISTORY OF CHRISTIAN SCIENCE|139}}</noinclude>Once relieved of the necessity of compelling attention from hither and yon, she conserved her powers and exerted herself only when she could hope for a commensurate result. In following her through the six years prior to 1870, one is struck with her seeming helplessness against herself and against circumstances, and with the preponderant element of blind chance in her life. Before she had been in Lynn a year, she had come to work with some sort of plan, and her life was more orderly and effective than it had ever been before. Her power was one of personality, and people were her material;—her church, which so persistently denies personality, is built upon it. Her abilities were administrative rather than executive, and without a cabinet she exemplified the old fable of the impotence of the head without the body. Mrs. Glover at first called the thing she taught merely "science," but when she had her professional cards printed they read: {|{{ts|mc|ba|bc}} |{{ts|ac|padding: 1em}}| MRS. MARY M. GLOVER, {{sm|{{sm|TEACHER OF}}}} {{sm|{{sc|Moral Science.}}}} |} Her first students in Lynn were persons whom Richard Kennedy had cured or friends of his patients. The case of two young men in her first class will serve to illustrate. Mrs. Charles S. Stanley, who was suffering from tuberculosis in an advanced stage, was greatly benefited by Kennedy. She entreated her husband and her half-brother to take instruction under Mrs. Glover, and they did so. Her husband at first felt that he had an aptitude for the subject and eventually became<noinclude></noinclude> avffsbf65sic42i7zf3tsngs9krj1wl Witchcraft in Christian Countries 0 2176958 14128251 11983204 2024-04-25T16:57:58Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 /* top */LST Modernisation wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Witchcraft in Christian Countries | author = Saladin | translator = | section = | previous = | year = 1882 | next = | notes = {{c|''Being an Address delivered at the inauguration of the Secular Society at Stockport, November 19th, 1882''.}} }} <pages index="Witchcraft In Christian Countries, Title page.pdf" include=1 /> <pages index="Witchcraft In Christian Countries.pdf" from=1 to=14 /> {{pd-old}} [[Category:Agnosticism]] [[Category:Christianity]] [[Category:Witchcraft]] k4z6rf8bm76u5763jxmfqhz4gj9ltty 14128281 14128251 2024-04-25T17:04:53Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Undo revision [[Special:Diff/14128251|14128251]] by [[Special:Contributions/ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Witchcraft in Christian Countries | author = Saladin | translator = | section = | previous = | year = 1882 | next = | notes = {{c|''Being an Address delivered at the inauguration of the Secular Society at Stockport, November 19th, 1882''.}} }} {{Page:Witchcraft In Christian Countries, Title page.pdf/1}} <pages index="Witchcraft In Christian Countries.pdf" from=1 to=14 /> {{pd-old}} [[Category:Agnosticism]] [[Category:Christianity]] [[Category:Witchcraft]] 1lkqfkr7mxzgvy3vgn8uofdoiuoh0ks Template:Translation table/thlaw 10 2178644 14131277 12459646 2024-04-26T08:12:17Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {| {{ts|bc|width:{{{w|100%}}}}} |-style="vertical-align:{{{va|top}}};" | colspan=2 {{ts|text-align:center; font-size:90%; color:grey; background:#{{{bg2|ccccff}}};" | {{rh | 1 = {{{l|«}}}{{#if:{{{l-it|}}}|&#32;[[#Introductory tex{{{l-it}}}|intro]]}}{{#if:{{{l-b|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-b}}}|bk]]&#32;{{{lb-b|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{l-d|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-d}}}|div]]&#32;{{{lb-d|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{l-t|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-t}}}|ttl]]&#32;{{{lb-t|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{l-c|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-c}}}|chap]]&#32;{{{lb-c|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{l-p|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-p}}}|pt]]&#32;{{{lb-p|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{l-sp|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-sp}}}|sub-pt]]&#32;{{{lb-sp|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{l-s|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-s}}}|sect]]}}{{#if:{{{l-r|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-r}}}|rl]]}}{{#if:{{{l-rg|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-rg}}}|reg]]}}{{#if:{{{l-pres|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-pres}}}|presc]]}}{{#if:{{{l-prec|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-prec}}}|prec]]}}{{#if:{{{l-presc|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-presc}}}|presc]]}}{{#if:{{{l-o|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-o}}}|ordn]]}}{{#if:{{{l-dn|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-dn}}}|drt]]}}{{#if:{{{l-dv|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-dv}}}|drtv]]}}{{#if:{{{l-cl|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-cl}}}|cl]]}}{{#if:{{{l-a|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-a}}}|art]]}}{{#if:{{{l-pr|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-pr}}}|prov]]}}{{#if:{{{l-sig|}}}|&#32;{{{lb-sig|•}}}&#32;[[#Signatur{{{l-sig}}}|c-sig]]}}{{#if:{{{l-cts|}}}|&#32;{{{lb-cts|•}}}&#32;[[#Countersignatur{{{l-cts}}}|c-sig]]}}{{#if:{{{l-sog|}}}|&#32;{{{lb-sog|•}}}&#32;[[#Statement of ground{{{l-sog}}}|sog]]}} | 2 = {{#if:{{{m-b|}}}|[[#{{{m-b}}}|bk]]&#32;{{{mb-b|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{m-d|}}}|[[#{{{m-d}}}|div]]&#32;{{{mb-d|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{m-t|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{m-t}}}|ttl]]&#32;{{{mb-t|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{m-c|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{m-c}}}|chap]]&#32;{{{mb-c|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{m-p|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{m-p}}}|pt]]&#32;{{{mb-p|•&#32;}}}}}{{#if:{{{m-sp|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{m-sp}}}|sub-pt]]&#32;{{{mb-sp|•&#32;}}}}} [[#tc-{{#switch:{{{tc}}} | it = it | b = b{{{en-1|}}} | d = d{{{en-1|}}} | c = c{{{en-1|}}} | s = s{{{tc-s|{{{en-1|}}}}}} | r = r{{{tc-r|{{{en-1|}}}}}} | rg = rg{{{tc-rg|{{{en-1|}}}}}} | o = o{{{tc-o|{{{en-1|}}}}}} | dn = dn{{{tc-dn|{{{en-1|}}}}}} | dv = dv{{{tc-dv|{{{en-1|}}}}}} | cl = cl{{{tc-cl|{{{en-1|}}}}}} | a = a{{{tc-a|{{{en-1|}}}}}} | pres = pres{{{tc-pres|{{{en-1|}}}}}} | presc = presc{{{tc-presc|{{{en-1|}}}}}} | prec = prec{{{tc-prec|{{{en-1|}}}}}} | pr = pr{{{tc-pr|{{{en-1|}}}}}} | trans = trans | sig = sig | cts = cts | sog = sog | 0 = {{{tc-0|}}} }}|toc]] | 3 = {{#if:{{{r-pr|}}}|[[#{{{r-pr}}}|prov]]&#32;{{{rb-pr|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-a|}}}|[[#{{{r-a}}}|art]]&#32;{{{rb-a|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-dv|}}}|[[#{{{r-dv}}}|drtv]]&#32;{{{rb-dv|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-dn|}}}|[[#{{{r-dn}}}|drt]]&#32;{{{rb-dn|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-o|}}}|[[#{{{r-o}}}|ordn]]&#32;{{{rb-o|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-cl|}}}|[[#{{{r-cl}}}|cl]]&#32;{{{rb-cl|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-r|}}}|[[#{{{r-r}}}|rl]]&#32;{{{rb-r|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-pres|}}}|[[#{{{r-pres}}}|presc]]&#32;{{{rb-pres|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-presc|}}}|[[#{{{r-presc}}}|presc]]&#32;{{{rb-presc|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-prec|}}}|[[#{{{r-prec}}}|prec]]&#32;{{{rb-prec|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-rg|}}}|[[#{{{r-rg}}}|reg]]&#32;{{{rb-rg|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-s|}}}|[[#{{{r-s}}}|sect]]&#32;{{{rb-s|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-sp|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{r-sp}}}|sub-pt]]&#32;{{{rb-sp|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-p|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{r-p}}}|pt]]&#32;{{{rb-p|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-c|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{r-c}}}|chap]]&#32;{{{rb-c|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-t|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{r-t}}}|ttl]]&#32;{{{rb-t|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-d|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{r-d}}}|div]]&#32;}}{{#if:{{{r-b|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{r-b}}}|bk]]&#32;}}{{#if:{{{r-sig|}}}|&#32;[[#Signatur{{{r-sig}}}|sig]]&#32;}}{{#if:{{{r-cts|}}}|&#32;[[#Countersignatur{{{r-cts}}}|c-sig]]&#32;}}{{#if:{{{r-sog|}}}|&#32;[[#Statement of ground{{{r-sog}}}|sog]]&#32;}}{{{r|»}}} }} |-style="vertical-align:{{{va|top}}};" | style="text-align:{{{al1|left}}} font-size:110%; background:#{{{bg1|dee7f5}}};" | {{c/s}}{{#switch:{{{th}}} | b = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|บรรพ}} {{{th-1|}}}<br>{{{th-2}}} | d = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|ภาค}} {{{th-1|}}}<br>{{{th-2}}} | t = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|ลักษณะ}} {{{th-1|}}}<br>{{{th-2}}} | c = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|หมวด}} {{{th-1|}}}<br>{{{th-2}}} | p = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|ส่วนที่}} {{{th-1|}}}<br>{{{th-2}}} | s = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|มาตรา}} {{{th-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{th-2}}}}} | r = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|ข้อ}} {{{th-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{th-2}}}}} | rg = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|ข้อ}} {{{th-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{th-2}}}}} | o = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|ข้อ}} {{{th-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{th-2}}}}} | dn = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|ข้อ}} {{{th-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{th-2}}}}} | dv = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|ข้อ}} {{{th-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{th-2}}}}} | a = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|ข้อ}} {{{th-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{th-2}}}}} | cl = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|ข้อ}} {{{th-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{th-2}}}}} | pres = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|ข้อ}} {{{th-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{th-2}}}}} | presc = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|ข้อ}} {{{th-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{th-2}}}}} | prec = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|ข้อ}} {{{th-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{th-2}}}}} | sog = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|หมายเหตุ}} | trans = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|บทเฉพาะกาล}} | 0 = {{{th-1|}}} }}{{c/e}}{{#switch:{{{th-l}}} | cts = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|ผู้รับสนอง{{{th-cts-0|พระบรมราชโองการ}}}}} : {{{th-cts-1|}}} : {{{th-cts-2|}}} }} {{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}}} | style="text-align:{{{al2|left}}} font-size:110%; background:#{{{bg1|dee7f5}}};" | {{c/s}}{{#switch:{{{en}}} | b = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Book}} {{{en-1|}}}<br>{{{en-2}}} | d = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Division}} {{{en-1|}}}<br>{{{en-2}}} | t = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Title}} {{{en-1|}}}<br>{{{en-2}}} | c = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Chapter}} {{{en-1|}}}<br>{{{en-2}}} | p = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Part}} {{{en-1|}}}<br>{{{en-2}}} | s = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Section}} {{{en-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{en-2}}}}} | r = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Rule}} {{{en-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{en-2}}}}} | rg = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Regulation}} {{{en-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{en-2}}}}} | o = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Ordinance}} {{{en-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{en-2}}}}} | dn = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Direction}} {{{en-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{en-2}}}}} | dv = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Directive}} {{{en-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{en-2}}}}} | a = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Article}} {{{en-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{en-2}}}}} | cl = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Clause}} {{{en-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{en-2}}}}} | pres = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Prescript}} {{{en-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{en-2}}}}} | presc = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Prescription}} {{{en-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{en-2}}}}} | prec = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Precept}} {{{en-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{en-2}}}}} | sog = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Statement of grounds}} | trans = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Transitional provisions}} | 0 = {{{en-1|}}} }}{{c/e}}{{#switch:{{{en-l}}} | cts = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Countersignature:}} : {{{en-cts-1|}}} : {{{en-cts-2|}}} }} {{#if:{{{2|}}}|{{{2}}}}} |- |}<noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> k9fiv5lgi9trvwuvib8roai41b62ckx 14131279 14131277 2024-04-26T08:14:50Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Modernize deprecated markup. wikitext text/x-wiki {| width={{{w|100%}}} |-style="vertical-align:{{{va|top}}};" | colspan=2 style="text-align=center; font-size:90%; color:grey; background:#{{{bg2|ccccff}}};" | {{rh | 1 = {{{l|«}}}{{#if:{{{l-it|}}}|&#32;[[#Introductory tex{{{l-it}}}|intro]]}}{{#if:{{{l-b|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-b}}}|bk]]&#32;{{{lb-b|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{l-d|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-d}}}|div]]&#32;{{{lb-d|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{l-t|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-t}}}|ttl]]&#32;{{{lb-t|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{l-c|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-c}}}|chap]]&#32;{{{lb-c|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{l-p|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-p}}}|pt]]&#32;{{{lb-p|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{l-sp|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-sp}}}|sub-pt]]&#32;{{{lb-sp|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{l-s|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-s}}}|sect]]}}{{#if:{{{l-r|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-r}}}|rl]]}}{{#if:{{{l-rg|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-rg}}}|reg]]}}{{#if:{{{l-pres|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-pres}}}|presc]]}}{{#if:{{{l-prec|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-prec}}}|prec]]}}{{#if:{{{l-presc|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-presc}}}|presc]]}}{{#if:{{{l-o|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-o}}}|ordn]]}}{{#if:{{{l-dn|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-dn}}}|drt]]}}{{#if:{{{l-dv|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-dv}}}|drtv]]}}{{#if:{{{l-cl|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-cl}}}|cl]]}}{{#if:{{{l-a|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-a}}}|art]]}}{{#if:{{{l-pr|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{l-pr}}}|prov]]}}{{#if:{{{l-sig|}}}|&#32;{{{lb-sig|•}}}&#32;[[#Signatur{{{l-sig}}}|c-sig]]}}{{#if:{{{l-cts|}}}|&#32;{{{lb-cts|•}}}&#32;[[#Countersignatur{{{l-cts}}}|c-sig]]}}{{#if:{{{l-sog|}}}|&#32;{{{lb-sog|•}}}&#32;[[#Statement of ground{{{l-sog}}}|sog]]}} | 2 = {{#if:{{{m-b|}}}|[[#{{{m-b}}}|bk]]&#32;{{{mb-b|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{m-d|}}}|[[#{{{m-d}}}|div]]&#32;{{{mb-d|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{m-t|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{m-t}}}|ttl]]&#32;{{{mb-t|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{m-c|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{m-c}}}|chap]]&#32;{{{mb-c|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{m-p|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{m-p}}}|pt]]&#32;{{{mb-p|•&#32;}}}}}{{#if:{{{m-sp|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{m-sp}}}|sub-pt]]&#32;{{{mb-sp|•&#32;}}}}} [[#tc-{{#switch:{{{tc}}} | it = it | b = b{{{en-1|}}} | d = d{{{en-1|}}} | c = c{{{en-1|}}} | s = s{{{tc-s|{{{en-1|}}}}}} | r = r{{{tc-r|{{{en-1|}}}}}} | rg = rg{{{tc-rg|{{{en-1|}}}}}} | o = o{{{tc-o|{{{en-1|}}}}}} | dn = dn{{{tc-dn|{{{en-1|}}}}}} | dv = dv{{{tc-dv|{{{en-1|}}}}}} | cl = cl{{{tc-cl|{{{en-1|}}}}}} | a = a{{{tc-a|{{{en-1|}}}}}} | pres = pres{{{tc-pres|{{{en-1|}}}}}} | presc = presc{{{tc-presc|{{{en-1|}}}}}} | prec = prec{{{tc-prec|{{{en-1|}}}}}} | pr = pr{{{tc-pr|{{{en-1|}}}}}} | trans = trans | sig = sig | cts = cts | sog = sog | 0 = {{{tc-0|}}} }}|toc]] | 3 = {{#if:{{{r-pr|}}}|[[#{{{r-pr}}}|prov]]&#32;{{{rb-pr|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-a|}}}|[[#{{{r-a}}}|art]]&#32;{{{rb-a|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-dv|}}}|[[#{{{r-dv}}}|drtv]]&#32;{{{rb-dv|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-dn|}}}|[[#{{{r-dn}}}|drt]]&#32;{{{rb-dn|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-o|}}}|[[#{{{r-o}}}|ordn]]&#32;{{{rb-o|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-cl|}}}|[[#{{{r-cl}}}|cl]]&#32;{{{rb-cl|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-r|}}}|[[#{{{r-r}}}|rl]]&#32;{{{rb-r|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-pres|}}}|[[#{{{r-pres}}}|presc]]&#32;{{{rb-pres|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-presc|}}}|[[#{{{r-presc}}}|presc]]&#32;{{{rb-presc|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-prec|}}}|[[#{{{r-prec}}}|prec]]&#32;{{{rb-prec|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-rg|}}}|[[#{{{r-rg}}}|reg]]&#32;{{{rb-rg|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-s|}}}|[[#{{{r-s}}}|sect]]&#32;{{{rb-s|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-sp|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{r-sp}}}|sub-pt]]&#32;{{{rb-sp|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-p|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{r-p}}}|pt]]&#32;{{{rb-p|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-c|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{r-c}}}|chap]]&#32;{{{rb-c|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-t|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{r-t}}}|ttl]]&#32;{{{rb-t|•}}}}}{{#if:{{{r-d|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{r-d}}}|div]]&#32;}}{{#if:{{{r-b|}}}|&#32;[[#{{{r-b}}}|bk]]&#32;}}{{#if:{{{r-sig|}}}|&#32;[[#Signatur{{{r-sig}}}|sig]]&#32;}}{{#if:{{{r-cts|}}}|&#32;[[#Countersignatur{{{r-cts}}}|c-sig]]&#32;}}{{#if:{{{r-sog|}}}|&#32;[[#Statement of ground{{{r-sog}}}|sog]]&#32;}}{{{r|»}}} }} |-style="vertical-align:{{{va|top}}};" | style="text-align: {{{al1|left}}}; font-size:110%; background:#{{{bg1|dee7f5}}};" | {{c/s}}{{#switch:{{{th}}} | b = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|บรรพ}} {{{th-1|}}}<br>{{{th-2}}} | d = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|ภาค}} {{{th-1|}}}<br>{{{th-2}}} | t = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|ลักษณะ}} {{{th-1|}}}<br>{{{th-2}}} | c = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|หมวด}} {{{th-1|}}}<br>{{{th-2}}} | p = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|ส่วนที่}} {{{th-1|}}}<br>{{{th-2}}} | s = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|มาตรา}} {{{th-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{th-2}}}}} | r = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|ข้อ}} {{{th-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{th-2}}}}} | rg = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|ข้อ}} {{{th-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{th-2}}}}} | o = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|ข้อ}} {{{th-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{th-2}}}}} | dn = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|ข้อ}} {{{th-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{th-2}}}}} | dv = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|ข้อ}} {{{th-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{th-2}}}}} | a = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|ข้อ}} {{{th-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{th-2}}}}} | cl = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|ข้อ}} {{{th-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{th-2}}}}} | pres = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|ข้อ}} {{{th-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{th-2}}}}} | presc = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|ข้อ}} {{{th-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{th-2}}}}} | prec = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|ข้อ}} {{{th-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{th-2}}}}} | sog = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|หมายเหตุ}} | trans = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|บทเฉพาะกาล}} | 0 = {{{th-1|}}} }}{{c/e}}{{#switch:{{{th-l}}} | cts = {{#if:{{{th-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{th-override}}}|ผู้รับสนอง{{{th-cts-0|พระบรมราชโองการ}}}}} : {{{th-cts-1|}}} : {{{th-cts-2|}}} }} {{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}}} | style="text-align:{{{al2|left}}}; font-size:110%; background:#{{{bg1|dee7f5}}};" | {{c/s}}{{#switch:{{{en}}} | b = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Book}} {{{en-1|}}}<br>{{{en-2}}} | d = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Division}} {{{en-1|}}}<br>{{{en-2}}} | t = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Title}} {{{en-1|}}}<br>{{{en-2}}} | c = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Chapter}} {{{en-1|}}}<br>{{{en-2}}} | p = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Part}} {{{en-1|}}}<br>{{{en-2}}} | s = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Section}} {{{en-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{en-2}}}}} | r = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Rule}} {{{en-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{en-2}}}}} | rg = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Regulation}} {{{en-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{en-2}}}}} | o = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Ordinance}} {{{en-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{en-2}}}}} | dn = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Direction}} {{{en-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{en-2}}}}} | dv = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Directive}} {{{en-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{en-2}}}}} | a = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Article}} {{{en-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{en-2}}}}} | cl = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Clause}} {{{en-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{en-2}}}}} | pres = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Prescript}} {{{en-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{en-2}}}}} | presc = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Prescription}} {{{en-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{en-2}}}}} | prec = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Precept}} {{{en-1|}}}{{#if:{{{force-marginal<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|<br>{{{en-2}}}}} | sog = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Statement of grounds}} | trans = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Transitional provisions}} | 0 = {{{en-1|}}} }}{{c/e}}{{#switch:{{{en-l}}} | cts = {{#if:{{{en-override<includeonly>|</includeonly>}}}|{{{en-override}}}|Countersignature:}} : {{{en-cts-1|}}} : {{{en-cts-2|}}} }} {{#if:{{{2|}}}|{{{2}}}}} |- |}<noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> cc7lfrcspql8fhrknkb0rzh5591k7b3 Page:The Life of Mary Baker G. Eddy.djvu/341 104 2184278 14131457 12001367 2024-04-26T11:21:11Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Maile66" /></noinclude>{|{{ts|mc}} | {|{{ts|ba|border-spacing:0;}} |[[Image:The Life of Mary Baker G. Eddy - Calvin A. Frye.jpg|600px]] |} |- |{{ts|ar}}|{{smaller|Photograph by Notman Photo Company&emsp;}} |} {{c|CALVIN A. FRYE From a photograph taken about 1882}}<noinclude></noinclude> 9aswkbgf8csju58ndeqz3024cjszu5f Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/14 104 2218512 14131037 6651976 2024-04-26T07:52:00Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|2|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>charities, as far as my means as a medical man would allow. Outwardly, I suppose, I have differed in no way to the many thousand other men who, having walked the hospitals, have qualified and now practise the science of medicine up and down the country. But when, my dear Lanner-Brown, you have read this plain, matter-of-fact and yet remarkable narrative of my amazing life, it will be for you yourself to judge whether it be best, in the public interest, to suppress it and destroy the manuscript, or whether you will risk the condemnation, which must be hurled upon you by the public and the whole medical profession, and publish it as a warning to others who may, by their expert scientific knowledge, be led into similar temptation. This matter I leave entirely in your hands, and at your discretion. Though in the following pages you will, no doubt, discover much that will astound and even appal you, yet many of the circumstances you will yourself recall. I think you will find that in this record I have been entirely frank and open, and agree that I have all along admitted the motive, and have never sought to shield myself, either by excuse or by hypocrisy. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> tf3w17s64lx2vdkqw4jp2558nbou6he Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/16 104 2218514 14131047 6651978 2024-04-26T07:52:09Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|4|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>does the awful, heart-piercing remorse which has, in these last days, so tortured me. No! all that concerns you is the truth regarding my disgraceful past. My future, now that I am passing in silence to the great Unknown, lies in my own hands. If I spoke of atonement, you yourself would accuse me of hypocrisy, and dismiss me as a canting humbug. Therefore, upon that one point I am silent. I intend only to relate hard, solid facts, and leave you to form your own conclusions. Before dilating on some of the various incidents which occurred in my career after I became a qualified medical man, however, it would be as well, I think, if I gave you a little information about my earlier days. Not that I wish to make any excuses for myself or my doings, but simply to give you an idea as to my more youthful experiences and doings. As you know, I qualified comparatively late in life. I was twenty-six before I could write those eight letters, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., after my name, which not only enabled me to practise medicine and surgery, but also, above all other things, gave me the power to sign a death-certificate. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 4d6kyiqi4q65jhuuj8ujh8scmrob6qt Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/18 104 2218516 14131058 6680658 2024-04-26T07:52:20Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Akme" />{{rh|6|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>was only just enough to keep my mother and sisters in genteel poverty. "What the devil am I fit for?" I asked my friend Aitkin one day. "I might become a billiard-marker, or a racing tout; but I'm not fit for much else. I really am a most useless beggar." "Poor old chap," said he, "you're badly hipped, and well you may be, but don't chuck up the sponge. Put an advertisement in the ''Telegraph''. Sit down, man, and write it straight away. I'll see to it for you." Poor old Tom! he was a good chap—peace to his ashes—he was shot in a drinking-bar in California. Well, I wrote as he suggested: "{{sc|Young Gentleman}}; Oxford degree; some knowledge of medicine; accustomed to good society; musical, speaks French well, desires post as secretary or travelling companion—D'Escombe, ''Telegraph'' Office, Fleet Street." "That's all right," laughed Tom, "but you don't mention your real accomplishments, I notice. You should add, 'Has taken prizes for consumption of beer; an excellent pool-player; irresistible manner with ladies, and wide experience in card playing.'" "Don't be a fool, Tom," I growled. "Take<noinclude></noinclude> azsc3ps3tct55otgg7x26l5502qoklw Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/20 104 2218518 14131068 6651982 2024-04-26T07:52:31Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|8|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>The letter was written in a feminine hand, neat but unformed, and concluded with a bold masculine signature: "Horatio Augustus Featherson." I clothed myself that afternoon in a blue serge suit—luckily my wardrobe was well stocked and in good condition—and looking in the glass to view the ''tout ensemble'' saw, not the professional-looking individual whom you have known as More d'Escombe, but a slight, dark young man, with a—I may as well say it—clean-cut, rather handsome face, a small waxed dark moustache, and a clear, almost olive, complexion. I do not wish to eulogize my appearance as it then was, for after all, good looks are only worth what they will bring to the pocket, and depend upon the country and surroundings in which one lives; a man or woman passing as handsome in one continent may be looked upon as positively ugly in another. It all depends on the standard of beauty in the immediate market. A smartly-dressed housemaid showed me to the presence of Mr. Featherson, who, immaculately dressed, was sitting reading in a cosily furnished smoking-room. As I entered, he rose, and I saw that he<noinclude></noinclude> 0b6hb2qu7q3r0jd3wccyd4zv4li44rs Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/22 104 2218520 14131077 6651984 2024-04-26T07:52:39Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|10|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>want a man who, while possessing some common sense, is willing to be instructed by me to do things in my way—fallow ground to work on, as it were—and I gather that by now you have sown and reaped the majority of your wild oats." "I think I have," I laughed. "And I will certainly do my very best to meet your requirements—if you are so good as to give me a chance." And yet, Laurence, as I said it the curious glitter in the man's eyes, an undefinable ''something'' in his manner, gave me the idea that he was not exactly "straight." Still, I could do nothing; it would have been sheer madness to refuse. "I'm going abroad in a couple of days," he said; "I and my daughter. Could you join me here to-morrow? Oh! and as to salary. I can offer you a hundred a year, and pay all your expenses—reasonable expenses, that is," and as he smiled his eyes contracted and the thousand tiny wrinkles got deeper, and many others quite unsuspected suddenly appeared. "I can be here at any time you wish, Mr. Featherson," was my answer. "I have only to pack a couple of bags." "Very well, then; to-morrow for lunch at<noinclude></noinclude> 42cwysso8nzanmov16t0vdsbsbxd9yn Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/24 104 2218523 14131088 6680659 2024-04-26T07:52:49Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|12|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>"Yes, thank you," I answered in a low voice, recovering my self-possession; "but what{{bar|2}}" She held up her hand. "S-shh! Please don't talk, Mr. d'Escombe. I want to warn you. Don't come back here, on any account." She glanced apprehensively at the staircase and continued, "I don't want my father to know that I've seen you, but please, please don't come back. You'll regret it very, very deeply." And then, as a noise came from somewhere above, she turned, saying, "For your own sake go away, and do not return," and disappeared quickly through a door near; while I, my brain awhirl, let myself quietly out of the hall door. Once again I found myself in the street, away from the mysterious house and its strange occupants. I walked on utterly dumbfounded. "Don't come back—regret it—" what could she mean, and who was she? Featherson's daughter? He had mentioned a daughter. Certainly it was a most amazing and curious state of affairs, but one thing I was determined upon. I would go back, and all the more readily if that sweet-faced girl were to be one of the party to go abroad; and besides what<noinclude></noinclude> 5t1x6t8u1fh4qjihyvlkji3ph12sgyx Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/26 104 2218525 14131098 6651989 2024-04-26T07:52:57Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|14|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>which action I felt somewhat awkward, hardly knowing what to say. But the girl spoke at once: "So you have come back! You refused to take my advice," she said in a low, reproachful voice. "Miss Featherson," I answered, "I know nothing of your reasons for giving me such advice; but work, occupation, I must have. I daren't say no to anything decent." "I'm so very sorry," was her answer; "I know you will bitterly regret your action. But there—it's done now," and throwing off her mysterious tone and manner she began to chatter about our coming travels, and I could not help thinking that she was pleased, rather than angry, at my refusal to accept her advice. This was to be her first long journey with her father. She had stayed with him for short periods during her school life at Brighton, but now the dear old days were over. "Won't you explain your remarks of yesterday?" I inquired after a while. "I cannot understand things at all—why{{bar|2}}" "Not another syllable please, Mr. d'Escombe," she interrupted. "I beg you to forget every word I said, and ask you particularly to say nothing to my father." As she spoke I thought<noinclude></noinclude> 56ljg0tb0br25dben8prwb16xzshwp8 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/28 104 2218527 14131110 6651991 2024-04-26T07:53:06Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|16|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>Ella and I soon became the greatest of friends and allies, and one afternoon, as we walked together at sundown, she gave me the reason of her warning in London. "I hate to tell you, Mr. d'Escombe," she said, "but I am certain, from what I have seen in the few short visits and holidays that I've had with my father, that he does not make his living in a nice way. I'm sure that he plays cards a lot, and I simply hate the men he often plays with; and yet{{bar|2}}" and she hesitated. "Yet—what?" I inquired anxiously. Her admissions made me feel most anxious, and, at the same time, curious. "And yet sometimes he plays with quite young men—almost boys—and I'm afraid—well, Mr. d'Escombe—you know." "Yes; I know what you mean, Miss Ella. You think that he persuades them to play, and wins their money, eh?" "Yes, yes—but not unfairly. I can't believe that father would ever do anything so really horrid." "Of course not. Miss Ella," I replied, feeling at the same time that my eyes were opened, and that I had cast in my lot with one of those genteel social vampires so common in the big<noinclude></noinclude> 2ymsd7zfgtaarc9dp1vcy410fslhzj4 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/30 104 2218529 14131120 6651993 2024-04-26T07:53:16Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|18|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>passed I found myself, when not with Ella, very frequently in the company of an American visitor in the hotel—a small man with very piercing blue eyes and a marked American accent. Ella took an instinctive dislike to him, although he was always extremely attentive and polite to her, and I think I got more of her society than I should otherwise have done on this account, as she seemed to hate to see me with the American, and even went so far as to interrupt us on several occasions. On the whole, however, life moved both pleasantly and quietly, although I could not help feeling that I was living on the edge of a quiescent volcano which might, at any moment, become active. I was right. The activity was very strange, and very serious. One evening, after we had been living at the hotel for about three weeks, shortly after dinner had commenced, an English lady who was staying there with her husband came in late—a very unusual thing for her to do; and it was evident to all in the room that she was very agitated about something. Her husband was sitting at their ''table-à-deux'' waiting for her, but on listening to the statement which she made to him in an undertone,<noinclude></noinclude> qwh244fs1hht3ju04qi1xhp6lttsijg Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/32 104 2218531 14131131 6651995 2024-04-26T07:53:26Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|20|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>going to faint. But she quickly pulled herself together. "How dreadful it is to be mixed up in an affair like this!" she said across to me. "It makes me feel quite ill. What will they do?" "Can't say," I answered. "Unless they search us all, and our baggage too." At this moment my employer, with a fine diamond stud in his dress-shirt, strolled into the room and walked to our table, all the eyes in the room being fixed on his tall figure. "Hallo!" he exclaimed, "everybody seems very quiet—it's more like a funeral than a dinner," and he glanced in an unconcerned way around the big dining-room. "Sorry to be late, little girlie," he said, smiling at his pale-faced daughter, "but I've only just got away from the 'Grand.' Been playing bridge, and had jolly good luck—grand slam on no trumps. But what the deuce is the matter?" he continued, with another quick glance around the room, where all the other diners sat almost silent, and, with but few exceptions, looking at him. "Mrs. Cass has just had her jewels stolen, father," answered the girl in a low, frightened voice; "and the manager says we're all to sit here until the police come." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> bkoxbpy95sdwketebb11o44m3rb4adk Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/34 104 2218533 14131142 6651997 2024-04-26T07:53:35Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|22|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>"''Benissimo''," answered the little man, looking intently at Featherson and myself. "Please come with me." We went into the inner office of the hotel, and were certainly most thoroughly gone through. We could not have successfully hidden a pin. Ella had been taken to another room by a woman, and came out looking even whiter than before. We all three then went for a stroll in the beautiful hotel grounds, for the weather was fine, and the moon delightfully bright and clear. "A very unpleasant business," declared Featherson. "Ella, you're looking quite queer and ill." "I feel faint, father," was her answer. "I think I'll go to my room." We two men walked on a short distance, and were then joined by my American friend—Mr. James B. Rowe. "I guess those jewels are gone for 'keeps'," he volunteered to us. "I reckon the crook who took them was too cute for most folk," he added. "What makes you think that?" asked my companion. "Wal," drawled the New Yorker, "by the time they've gone through all the baggage and<noinclude></noinclude> 5qx7aq9m33b8upi5dpcqry4yt4wydpz Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/36 104 2218535 14131156 6651999 2024-04-26T07:53:44Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|24|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>Rowe, evidently not too pleased, started off to do as he was asked. The moment he was out of sight, Featherson's face changed its expression. "Here, d'Escombe, quick!" he said, speaking in a half whisper. "If you love Ella—and I believe you do—help me now. That man's a detective, one of the shrewdest. The jewels are in a wooden ventilator, in the corridor by my bedroom. Now listen." I was so thunderstruck by his words, that I could not speak. "When Rowe comes back I shall ask him to help me in, and I shall send you for some brandy. Go quickly to our rooms, and, if they have been searched, then take the stuff out of the ventilator, give them to Ella, and tell her to hide them in her room for a short time." I gasped. By Jove, I was new to crime in those days, and the calm way in which this immaculate gentleman owned up to being a common thief was too much for me. "Hurry man," he added, "or it's all up. This infernal accident prevents me doing anything for myself—or are you going to denounce me?" A moment only was allowed me to decide<noinclude></noinclude> m8l9k8nvm30ommwpia5xek5fr1f0dnv Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/38 104 2219053 14131161 6653497 2024-04-26T07:53:48Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|26|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>"Have the police searched your rooms yet?" I inquired. "There's no time to lose." "Yes, yes, all the three." "Then I'm going to give them to you to hide, according to your father's instructions," I said in an undertone. "I'm just going to my room to get something to cover the cases with, and shall be back in a minute or two if the corridor is clear—luckily it's not much used." I slipped on my big motor-coat and strolled along to the place Featherson had indicated, trying to look unconcerned, but my heart was thumping nervously away. I could feel it very distinctly, and that's a bad sign. The coast, however, was clear. Evidently the entries and exits of the big hotel were well guarded. In a few moments, however, I had transferred the cases, which I found in the ventilator, into my commodious pockets. Just as I finished a waiter turned the corner of the corridor, but luckily there was a bath-room close by, so I sauntered into it just in the nick of time, although I admit I listened intently to see if any alarm were sounded. No, all was quiet, so I again emerged and went post-haste to Ella's room, where I handed her the cases. There was no time for talking,<noinclude></noinclude> pk04xdoo9snt6ryfihu09la2l324yw1 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/40 104 2219055 14131162 6653499 2024-04-26T07:53:49Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|28|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>and I—were in his bedroom with the door locked. "Where's the stuff," he inquired, as, much to my astonishment, he got off the chair and walked silently yet firmly to the door, and examined the keyhole. Ella and I stared at each other, neither able to repress a smile at his able tactics and excellent acting. There was certainly nothing wrong with his ankle. He glanced at us, caught the expression upon our faces, and said, "You're both of you in it now—you understand? And you've got to help, you've no alternative." His pale-faced daughter, shaking with excitement and emotion, half-sobbed out the words, "Oh, father, is it really true? Are you a thief? And yet it must be, because I saw you leave Mrs. Cass's room with the jewel-cases, and I know you got out of your bedroom window afterwards. I was looking out of mine, and saw you." She broke down altogether, and then turning to me said hoarsely, "Mr. d'Escombe, you must leave us. You must not be mixed up in this affair." "Be quiet, Ella," interrupted her father severely. "And mind your own business.<noinclude></noinclude> 7q7sxykrcxajo9j7uz2818wv7f6fr5k Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/42 104 2219057 14131163 6653501 2024-04-26T07:53:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|30|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>for a waiter, who brought the two whiskies and sodas which he ordered. "Now, d'Escombe—to business," said my employer when we were again alone. "It was impossible to talk while Ella was here. Poor little girl, she's had a bit of a shock, I'm afraid. But you see how things are, and how I make a precarious, but not unhandsome, livelihood. My only reason for obtaining your valuable services was to get help and, if possible, bring you up in the way I would wish you to go. Now will you go on helping, or not? Do as you like; there's risk, of course, but there's excitement—there's ''life'' and there's money—if you choose." "I've already decided," I answered. "I will help you until I have enough to comfortably qualify on, and after that I shall go my own way. At the same time, I may as well tell you that I am very fond of Ella." Her father laughed. "Any reason, so long as you stay, dear boy. Your innocent face is quite valuable to me," he said. "But now listen. Later on, to-night, I shall remove the jewels from those cases, and they must be got away from here, sewn up in Ella's dress; the cases themselves I shall leave on the roof." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> msge5f6lo2wnazhb9t25btao1frx2pm Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/44 104 2219059 14131164 6653503 2024-04-26T07:53:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|32|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>objectionable American who, it was very evident, suspected my employer. In the small hours of the morning, the jewels were taken from their hiding-place and put into Ella's care. After that we two men had a long talk in undertones, the outcome of which was that I wrote to the Hotel International in Algiers, requesting that rooms should be reserved for Count Binetti and daughter. A great fuss was made over the loss of Mrs. Cass's valuables, but nothing was discovered; and, after a couple of days of constant anxiety, I was very glad to leave the hotel with Featherson and Ella. We had booked rooms at Bertolini's in Naples—a delightful hotel—and it was certainly a great pleasure to be away from the constant espionage of James Rowe, whom, however, we met afterwards in the town; which fact proved Featherson's wisdom in preserving his limp and bandaged ankle for the time being. Two days later, however, I left, as I obtained a passage on a small Italian steamer to Algiers, my two companions promising to follow later by a regular boat due to sail in a week's time. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> h71rtk2qp6t7dgl2x63ka5i4xwg0ed5 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/46 104 2219061 14131165 6653505 2024-04-26T07:53:52Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|34|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>having warned Ella, Featherson and myself went to either end of the long building and set fire to two fuses which would burn long enough to enable us to return to our rooms. This business was very carefully timed, and almost as soon as we got back first one loud report and then another resounded and thundered through the corridors and halls of the big hotel. Immediately pandemonium reigned around us, which my partner and I added to by shouting: "Fire! Fire!" Truly our carefully prepared little explosive smoke-balls were sufficient to stir anyone up! Out of their bedrooms, panic-stricken and shrieking, rushed the guests. A few stayed to throw on a dressing-gown or some light garment, but all hurried helter-skelter to get down the escape stairs and outside the building as rapidly as possible. Meanwhile, two figures in capacious dressing-gowns with large inside pockets and with a bag slung round their waists hurried from room to room collecting jewellery of all kinds, watches, money, pocket-books—in fact anything portable or valuable. These two, my dear Lanner-Brown, were, of course, Featherson and myself, Ella having rushed out with the frightened crowd. We knew the scare would be over very<noinclude></noinclude> 19p3anlo9ajj7ejlj0aenbdvv5wuvx7 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/48 104 2219063 14131167 6653507 2024-04-26T07:53:53Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|36|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>{{hwe|nation|indignation}} of the inmates of the hotel became intense as they made out the list of their losses. By Jove! Laurence! if half the curses showered upon our heads had come to pass we should have had a very hot time. Of course, we had, each of us, lost articles of value, and joined most heartily in execrating the thieves. Indeed, we also put in a claim for what had been taken! Of course, nothing was discovered, and in two days' time I returned to Naples, Featherson and Ella following me very shortly. She, poor child, seemed to have lost her good looks; her brightness and vivacity had disappeared, and she was ready to cry at the slightest thing. Featherson, cute customer, knocked the stones from their settings and brought them away in his pockets, first having cast the settings into the sea. Once more reunited in Naples, we held another council of war. Featherson suggested that he should take his daughter back to France, where it was to be hoped she would throw off the depression and melancholy which had recently obsessed her, and afterwards betake himself to Antwerp, at which centre of stolen goods he could get rid of the spoils of the two adventures in which I had taken part. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> bsyd4n2kymwpvsj1kryi73vg83s2ai0 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/50 104 2219065 14131168 6653509 2024-04-26T07:53:54Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|38|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>days, don't worry, boy." And I had to be content with this meagre assurance. However, Laurence, he did come back—to find me at the "Hermitage" and stone-broke. I'd lost every sou at the tables, and my hotel-bill was owing—a big one! "Thank Heaven you've turned up," I said as he swaggered in, immaculately dressed. "Have you managed all right?" "So so," said he. "Let's have a whisky and soda. I'll be your guest to-day. I'm staying at the 'Regina.'" That wasn't the hotel he named—for it would hardly do to indicate it here. His manner was supercilious, and I somehow scented trouble. "How much have you got for me?" I asked in an undertone as we sat at a little table in the winter garden. "I'm afraid I can't make it more than—let's see, you've had a hundred?—another four hundred." "What?" I interrupted angrily. "Only four hundred, and what have you netted? Five thousand, or more!" "Steady, boy—steady!" The old rascal smiled grimly at me. "You must leave things to me. In fact," and he involuntarily<noinclude></noinclude> oxfhek6d64kghdf89rax6n9llhx14hw Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/52 104 2219067 14131169 6653511 2024-04-26T07:53:55Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|40|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>varieties, from complete innocence to savage malignancy. I strolled round to see him after Featherson had left me. "Hullo, my dear friend," he greeted me with joy, shaking my hand. "Come and see the lance-shaped diplococcus; it's almost new to me." He knew that as a student I was interested, for I had studied several text-books on the subject, notably Muir and Ritchie's. A few minutes later I applied my eye to the microscope, and watched the little pairs of cocci under the cover-glass. "What are these," I inquired with curiosity. "Very deadly! Oh, very, very deadly," was the reply. "The pneumococcus, the germ of pneumonia, and incidentally of many other causes of rapid death." The short lecture he then gave me imbued me with a great respect for the tiny little objects I could see so distinctly. Later that night I had a stormy interview with Featherson, and though I left him with a gay ''bon soir'' my heart was full of thoughts of revenge. He was simply using me as a cat's-paw and taking all the prizes himself. I could not, as I had dreamt of doing, go back to London, get qualified, and commence<noinclude></noinclude> 9fbhdwbhyo2gkwos8tjuxjhaekk37y2 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/54 104 2219069 14131170 6653513 2024-04-26T07:53:56Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|42|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>simply continue to act as an assistant to a selfish and unscrupulous blackguard who evidently did not intend that I should get out of his clutches, or I had—the word must be faced, Laurence—to murder him! My transient infatuation for Ella had long ago disappeared, and the death of her father would be no great loss to her. Yes, I decided to do it. It was the only way! So I took a stroll in the sunshine and thought out my method of procedure. I should have no difficulty in getting a cultivation of the diplococcus. There were several in my friend's laboratory, and I had the free run of that. But I must make an opportunity to inoculate the respirator. I started next day by calling on Featherson at his hotel. "I am sorry," I said, with an appearance of contrition, "that I so foolishly lost my temper yesterday. I hope you'll shake hands over it all, and we can then be friends once more." "Jolly glad to do so, my boy," said the old reprobate with the hearty laugh which he could produce at will; "I feel certain that we thieves cannot afford to fall out. Now<noinclude></noinclude> 8om0k7175mnvtxu28j323say6ctosyv Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/56 104 2219071 14131171 6653515 2024-04-26T07:53:57Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|44|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>evening. My mind had but one objective—that respirator. How was I to get hold of it without his knowledge? Only a few moments were needed to introduce the deadly germs of pneumonia into it, and then, once he had inhaled a breath, the affair was finished. I decided to try next day. I dare not delay. He might leave at any day, at any hour, and certainly I could not carry such savage and death-dealing organisms about with me indefinitely. No, I had to manage it somehow immediately, and so determined was I that I paid a visit to the laboratory next afternoon, knowing that my friend Fabris was otherwise engaged. I took away one of the eight small culture-tubes labelled "diplococcus lanceolatus," and I assure you that when I placed it, carefully wrapped in a roll of lint which I had brought with me, within my waistcoat pocket, I longed most heartily to have an early opportunity of dispensing with it. What if someone jostled me heavily, or I fell—or any one of the many small possible accidents occurred? Then I myself stood a great chance of inhaling, or becoming inoculated on my clothes or hands with this particularly virulent germ. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> bfz0fpw5uuy95w00kntxpyq59vbfqpk Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/58 104 2219073 14131172 6653517 2024-04-26T07:53:57Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|46|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>discarded coat the small case containing the respirator. Two seconds more, and I was sprinkling the inside of it with the culture-fluid, my heart meanwhile thumping away and my hands shaking. It was done. I replaced the inoculated death-trap in its case, and then back to the coat pocket, when suddenly a knock came at the door, and in walked a waiter. My heart leaped into my throat, and a curious feeling came into the pit of my stomach. "Monsieur Featherson?" he queried, looking at me, as I thought, rather strangely. "He's just gone out," I answered in a shaky voice, and as I spoke the culture-tube in my left hand fell to the ground and broke. I started back. The waiter jumped forward to see what had happened, and then—a lucky stroke of genius, Laurence—a glass of vermouth and soda which my host had been drinking stood on the table at my elbow, and as the waiter stepped up, I upset this also on the same spot as the broken tube. The man looked at me reproachfully, yet with wonder in his eyes. "M'sieur has broken something?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> nfqxcwi1mcixhu36pf4vwtj3dt2g38k Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/60 104 2219075 14131173 6653519 2024-04-26T07:53:58Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|48|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>to make this infernal mess?" he continued, looking at the carpet. "A mere accident. I'm sorry," I said. "Let's have our drinks over at the café; we can keep our eyes open for awhile if he really is about." "All right," said he, and meeting the waiter he instructed him accordingly. Featherson was very agreeable that night, and we both of us made a little money at roulette. As we parted, after the Casino closed, he said, "We shall get on very well together, boy. I'll play the game by you. You see." I wish he hadn't said that. Next day I went over to the laboratory to see Dr. Fabris. He was attending to his cultures and had not missed the tube I had taken. Later I went over to Nice with him and we were persuaded to stay the night with his acquaintances who lived up at Cimiez, and also the following day, so I did not see Featherson until the third day after I had used the diplococcus. When I did call in the afternoon I detected a change in him. He was flushed, which was very rare with him, and his eyes shone bright and restless. I knew the signs—the pneumococcus had<noinclude></noinclude> bxo5c47u53kkcly56e5k8tihc0cpz2r Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/62 104 2219077 14131174 6653521 2024-04-26T07:53:59Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|50|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>Well, to cut a long story short, I went back next day and found the invalid delirious, and as a nurse had been obtained, I had to send her out of the room on a fictitious errand, telling her that I was a medical man. Then I proceeded to make a hurried search for Featherson's note-case, which I ultimately found beneath his pillow. I knew I ran an awful risk of infection, but had again to take that. I was disappointed to discover only two thousand pounds in paper, out of which I pocketed sixteen hundred, and replaced the rest. It would not have done to leave him without a fair supply—otherwise suspicion might have arisen. Well, he died, and the waiter died, and afterwards two more of the hotel-servants. It was a sad affair for the proprietor, as all the guests left hurriedly. I frankly admit that, once having obtained the money, I did not run much risk of infection myself, but as Featherson never recovered actual consciousness it was no hardship to him. I somehow, nevertheless, felt that I should have liked to have soothed his last days. The old blackguard had his good points. I sent all he had left, in the way of money<noinclude></noinclude> opjtx7s44tkpbl4fv5r6qgk4jh8di12 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/66 104 2219606 14131175 6655314 2024-04-26T07:54:00Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|54|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>Two days after I arrived at Mallowfield a great disaster happened. Sir Geoffrey became suddenly ill at dinner, and the fussy little family medico diagnosed that he had been attacked by an apoplectic seizure. Consequently, Francis was wired for next morning, and arrived about six o'clock on the same evening. I was in the hall when he arrived, and saw his step-mother—a sly, dark, beautifully-formed woman who did not look her forty-five years—meet the young lieutenant at the door of his home. He shook hands with her and immediately inquired after his father. "He had a stroke last night," she answered, "and Dr. Shaw-Lathome fears that he will not recover. Poor Frank, I am so bitterly grieved." And her handkerchief went up to her eyes. "May I go up and see him?" asked Francis in a cold, unemotional voice. I found out later that the presence of his {{SIC|stepmother|step-mother}} always made him show the worst side of his character. "Certainly, if you wish," she replied. "We have got a nurse—a very good one." He went upstairs, and the nurse admitted him to have, as it turned out, his last look at his unconscious father. Meanwhile—you understand, of course, that<noinclude></noinclude> 991duiwfoq97b4qawqjp44od3slib41 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/68 104 2219608 14131176 6655316 2024-04-26T07:54:01Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|56|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>His mother smiled bitterly. "Yes, you're to be a pensioner, on your good behaviour, and perhaps allowed to see your mother once a year, or something like that. I know he hates me, and I hate him. Ah, how I hate him and his cold English ways!" "I'll try anyway, later on," replied her son. "He's not so bad, mother, you know. It's only his way." "His way!" she was interrupted by the entrance of the elder son at that moment. "I'm afraid it's all over with the poor old guv'nor," he said in a shaky voice. "Both Shaw-Lathome and the London man say there's no hope." His face was white, and his lips trembled—he was very fond of his father. "Where am I to sleep to-night?" he continued, looking at his step-mother. "In the tower-room, Francis, if that will suit you," she answered. "It's nice and quiet, and has its own staircase—so you will not be interrupted." "Thanks, that will do for me very nicely. I shall go there early, as I may be called up during the night," the young officer replied. "Who knows?" "You'll have something to eat, Francis?" "Thank you, I suppose one must eat {{hws|how|however}}<noinclude></noinclude> ms2rthu8d35mdly8i4b9vhv1m2w72yg Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/70 104 2219610 14131177 6678746 2024-04-26T07:54:02Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|58|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>all screwed up and convulsed! and horrible—awful{{bar|2}}" Words failed him, he seemed to be struck dumb with horror. The nurse—a capable woman—took him by the shoulders and shook him. At that moment Dr. Shaw-Lathome arrived, followed almost immediately by myself. We had occupied adjoining rooms. He was a little, fat, fussy man, with gold eye-glasses and short, bristly grey hair—you know the type, old chap. "What's this I hear?" he inquired. "Sir Geoffrey has just died suddenly, doctor," answered the nurse. "But this man whom I sent to fetch Lieutenant Laurence says that ''he'' is dead also—or if not, convulsed and seriously ill. There is evidently something horrible the matter. Will you see? You can do nothing for Sir Geoffrey himself, and this man"—nodding towards the shivering Roberts—"is useless." "Eh, what?—young Francis dead? What do you mean?" inquired the medico, looking severely at the servant. "He is dead in his bed, sir," repeated the frightened man. "Come with me, and I'll show you the room—in the tower—but I won't go in again, sir, no—not for a thousand pounds—awful—awful{{bar|2}}" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> owz8bwo2keflqevxm4jmo5cstu3erto Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/72 104 2219612 14131178 6655320 2024-04-26T07:54:03Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|60|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>purple feet. The sight was a terrible one even to the medical eye. Every portion of the unfortunate young man was in a condition of extreme muscular spasm. "There is no doubt that he is dead, poor chap," said my companion; "and it looks like poison—perhaps strychnine! Look about you, Mr. d'Escombe; but don't touch or move anything. We must send for the police at once." We made a careful but superficial examination of the body, and looked closely for anything, either in the shape of a bottle or glass, which could have contained the fatal dose. But we found nothing. "We can do no more at present," declared the doctor, before many minutes were over; and as we left the room and its horrors, he carefully locked the door and took the key, which he found on the inside of the lock. We then went to the bedroom of the dead baronet. I followed, although it was nothing really to do with me, meeting on the way the still half-dazed Roberts, whom we had sent to the police-station. The lady of the house, subdued and tearful, met us as we entered. Her son was behind her, looking anxious and distraught. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> f789s5z551sdby6j9oy009nunscklw2 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/74 104 2219614 14131179 6678750 2024-04-26T07:54:04Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|62|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>the music. You are the head of the family now." "The head of the family," he repeated under his breath, and glanced furtively at his mother, who, attended by the nurse, still lay faint and pale on the couch to which she had been carried. I must say that some suspicion of foul play came into my mind. Had Anthony anything to do with the death of the young man upstairs? The household was by this time in a state of panic. Servants stood here and there in twos and threes, whispering in awe-struck tones. No one seemed to know what to do; but just at this moment a police-sergeant, followed by a constable, was announced by the man Roberts. "Lady Laurence is too ill to see anyone," answered Dr. Shaw-Lathome, who, in lieu of anyone more competent, had to take charge of affairs. "I will see the sergeant at once." He turned to me once again, as if in need of help. "Will you come with me again, Mr. d'Escombe?" he said. "I am the police-surgeon, and shall have to take this case over at first, any way." "I'll be pleased to help in any manner I can, "I answered, and turned to leave the<noinclude></noinclude> 0mcuqnzuugq422868gbxj5bchoe5ggg Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/76 104 2219616 14131180 6655324 2024-04-26T07:54:04Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|64|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>to that. It also appeared to be quite certain that no one could possibly have visited the dead man on that evening but his half-brother, as in order to reach the tower-room it was necessary to pass through the hall, and that had not been empty for a moment during the few hours before the death. Anthony, in his evidence, volunteered the statement that he and Francis had quarrelled, and admitted also that the marks on the throat were probably his handiwork, the two having come to blows. "But," he said, "Francis was stronger than I, and although I held him by the throat for a very short time he afterwards threw me out of the room and shut the door. What I did was really done in self-defence." He swore that he left deceased about one o'clock, very angry, but in perfect health as far as he knew, and that he had then gone to his own room. There was no evidence to support him, however, as to the time, although Roberts admitted seeing him pass through the hall "very late." The medical evidence was very curious, and to me, my dear fellow, most interesting and instructive. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 3shsrvyukbuoz19g0tuuuiyfgp11st4 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/78 104 2219618 14131181 6655326 2024-04-26T07:54:06Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|66|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>evidence was not strong enough to convict her son. "My poor boy, my poor boy! What shall I do! Whatever shall I do!" she wailed continuously, and constant nursing and attention was necessary for her. The late baronet's will, as she told her son, left everything, except her jointure, to him, if the elder son, Francis, died before his father, and without a legitimate heir. But the question immediately arose, which of them did die first? There was no definite evidence to show this, and this proved to be another factor in producing the lamentable mental and physical condition of Lady Laurence a few days after the tragedy. My friend Anthony was eventually brought before the magistrate and charged with murder. Counsel defending him seemed to me to be singularly incapable, and but for my prompting from the seat I had secured behind him, I believe he would have allowed the case to proceed without even pointing out what a sad mistake was being made, and how flimsy the evidence was against the man charged. Yet I had, at the back of my mind, the idea—call it intuition if you like—that Anthony was not keen on making a defence, though I felt certain<noinclude></noinclude> rs5np8eeksbcpa3fvvr1gz9brqikn7r Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/80 104 2219620 14131182 6655328 2024-04-26T07:54:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|68|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>heard—I was chucked out. I hadn't a chance against Francis." "I believe you, Anthony," I answered. "And I'll do all I can to help you, but—who killed him? I feel certain it was not suicide." The youngster said nothing—and again I felt that he knew, or suspected more than he could tell. Who else was there, I asked myself, except his mother, Lady Laurence. She had certainly not visited the dead lieutenant after he went to the tower-room. The mystery was inscrutable—every track ended, as it were, in a blind alley. Anthony asked me to stay at the house for a time and help his mother in her loneliness; for she, poor soul, was a stranger in the land, and the neighbourhood left her severely alone. Lady Laurence, however, in a few days' time recovered from her severe prostration up to a point, but she sat, silent and wretched, day after day in her boudoir, saying nothing—but thinking all the time of her son in his prison cell. Meanwhile I was not idle, and as the day for the trial at the Assizes at York approached I began to feel more hopeful. "I think we shall clear him all right," I<noinclude></noinclude> 4cudna7h4yhc8fikpjg728s8mnykvcz Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/82 104 2219622 14131183 6655330 2024-04-26T07:54:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|70|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>broke down, and cried as if her heart would break. Lady Laurence looked on astounded, wondering what on earth the girl meant, but did not attempt to move—did not even suggest a chair to her visitor. The girl, however, soon recovered her self-control, and continued: "Poor dear Francis. He would never let me write to you or tell you." "What do you mean?" inquired Lady Laurence, but I feel sure her heart sank with a premonition of trouble in store. "Poor Francis?—to whom do you refer?" The girl—she was very young—threw up her head on hearing the hard tone of voice. "I refer to my late husband—Lieutenant Francis Laurence," she replied in a steady voice. "Your husband?" The elder woman could hardly trust her voice, it seemed to be lost. "Why—why—Francis was not married?" "Pardon me, but he was," answered the visitor. "And, moreover, we have a little boy three months old; it was about him, in particular, that I came to see you." The elder woman looked at the speaker with blank amazement in her face, and at the same<noinclude></noinclude> 1v46p8j0ji7r61qrn7v6mmh0el9e8cg Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/84 104 2219624 14131184 6655332 2024-04-26T07:54:09Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|72|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>Then, Brown, the light suddenly dawned upon me. I was a theoretical student of toxicology, and knew as much about poison, and more, than most men. My thoughts at once went back to that gruesome, unnatural figure on the bed in the tower-room. Francis had died of poison—and that poison was undoubtedly curare! "Phew! What a fool I was not to think of it before," I said to myself. "I can see it all now." "Does she talk of curare?" I inquired. "She speaks of little else at present," replied the nurse. "Curare, poison, death, convulsions, needles—her mind seems to run in a circle." "Needles," I repeated. "Needles!" and then went with the nurse and listened outside the door of the sick room. Next morning I went by the first train back to the Laurences' house, and at once made my way to the tower-room, which had been left entirely undisturbed since the young fellow's horrible death. First I carefully examined the sofa-couch at the foot of the bed; there was only one cushion on this, and that I left alone. Next, the big padded easy chair had to be {{hws|over|overhauled}}<noinclude></noinclude> srhpe67do5m0mbknbl0nxa7k3j5wyem Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/86 104 2219626 14131185 7496376 2024-04-26T07:54:09Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|74|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>{{hwe|trap|death-trap}}, the point of the poisoned pin had scratched him, and death, horrible and rapid, had supervened. That was the end of him. The whole story was now clear. A mother, jealous, vindictive and greedy for wealth; a mother who loved her own son and hated her husband's child had brought this about—and, I felt sure, a son who suspected his mother. I pictured her that night when Francis arrived, desperate and half-insane, going to the tower-room with this pin, its point prepared with the curare poison, and sewing it into the pillow, feeling sure that the young officer would die before his father, and that her son would become Sir Anthony Laurence. How frightful must have been her feelings when her son was arrested for her crime. Again, how harried her conscience when the question arose as to which of the twain had died first, and finally, how hopeless and useless her dreadful crime, when she found out that there was another heir to the property and title. No wonder that her nervous system had given way; but I very much doubt if the cause of the death of Francis Laurence would ever have been elucidated unless the word curare had dropped from her lips in delirium. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 5snjdf5277pxxdezzt0g133kab8o895 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/88 104 2219628 14131186 6655336 2024-04-26T07:54:10Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|76|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>Anthony was brought up for trial, but at the Assizes the grand jury did not return a true bill against him, and consequently nothing further came out. The outcome of all this proved my young friend's salvation, as he afterwards took up the profession of the law, and did well. The claims of the small heir were, of course, incontestable, and he is now already promising to become a shining light in the county. The whole story—and perhaps I have been somewhat verbose—had a considerable effect on my after life, for as I have already said, it showed me very plainly how easy it is to make things appear to be almost the exact antithesis of what they really are. To my mind, toxicology is the only "ology" worth studying; not only is it fascinating to a degree, but it is valuable—very valuable.<noinclude></noinclude> s1shkurcwqbu2gz6peke8sx2mjht1ve Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/90 104 2220088 14131187 6656524 2024-04-26T07:54:11Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|78|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>with the greatest care and attention, but who knew little or nothing of the outside world. Poor little Gwen! I can often see her big blue eyes and golden hair even now; however, that's by the way. Suffice it to say that before long there was a definite understanding between us, but which we kept strictly to ourselves, knowing that we had no immediate prospects of marriage. Her father, Dr. Eckington, was a peculiar man, who had evidently lived a strenuous life, and at the latter end of it was certainly not overburdened with wealth. The practitioner among the poorer classes has generally a hard struggle to pay his way, and he was no exception to the rule; he did not possess the faculty of plausible lying which is so necessary to success in the general practitioner. He suffered with fainting attacks which I regarded as showing heart trouble, but up to a certain evening he had never mentioned his ailments to me; he treated himself. It was after I had been with him for about eight months, and two months after my understanding with Gwen, that he sent for me one evening about eleven o'clock. "Sit down, Mr. d'Escombe," he said, as he handed me a cigar-case. "Excuse my getting up, but I want to have a chat with you." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 4xe3sr2b9dw34ydqajby8o36mgy4foc Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/92 104 2220090 14131188 6656526 2024-04-26T07:54:12Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|80|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>I'm afraid I had nothing to say, and after a few minutes' silence, he continued, leaning forward and looking me straight in the face: "Now listen to me. I am a poor man, and I haven't very long to live—but even that is too long." "Too long. Dr. Eckington? What do you mean?" I inquired, in astonishment. "This," said he. "If I shuffle off this mortal coil within the next week, Gwen will have five thousand pounds, for which amount my life is insured; but as the premium is due within seven days, and I haven't the necessary money for it, the policy will lapse. My life has been a hard one, my friend, and this insurance is all I have been able to do in the shape of provision for my girl when I'm gone. I've never been able to save a penny beyond this." "But, my dear sir," I interrupted, "you are good for years yet. Why talk like this?" "Not for years, d'Escombe," he answered, with a sad smile. "Just listen here." He tapped his chest, and I was surprised to find how very badly diseased his heart was. "You see how it is," he continued. "I can't hold out much longer. Why prolong the agony and leave the girl penniless? No; you and<noinclude></noinclude> 22ffpj2abnbsb2frht3lj18nx98cip3 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/94 104 2220092 14131189 6656528 2024-04-26T07:54:13Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|82|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>To cut it short, I consented, and next evening, when he sent Gwen for me to go to his bedroom, I gave him his first dose of digitalin, which was to initiate his final illness. For the next two or three days I hardly dared look Gwen in the face. Poor little girl, she was very distressed over her father, and I was genuinely fond of her—for the time being. "Is he very ill, Archie dear?" she often inquired. "He ''is'' going to get better, isn't he?" "Yes, darling. He is very bad, but we must always be hopeful," I would say, feeling, I must admit, an awful blackguard. I was a bit thin-skinned still, but it wore off, as you will read later. On the fourth night, when I visited my patient, he said: "D'Escombe, this must come to an end. I can't stand much more of it; but make it as sharp and sudden as you can, my boy. I'm very tired of it"—and I fancy I saw tears come into his eyes. "I can't do any more for my little girl than this, and I thank you for helping me; but God's curse on you if you don't treat her well after I'm gone. You promise, eh? You'll not fail me?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 2rfb34kbw5yfg2n5w70845mcgzoqpht Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/96 104 2220094 14131190 6656530 2024-04-26T07:54:13Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|84|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>something, "the morphia, quick." Even then he could have been saved, and I'm not sure that the wistful look in his eyes didn't mean, "You needn't if you don't want to." But I did—I was ready now—and without a handshake I prepared, and gave, the injection. "I'm going, Gwen," he whispered to her. "Good-bye, my darling, d'Escombe will help you." He glanced at me with rapidly contracting pupils, the weeping girl kneeling by his bed-side, convulsively clutching one thin, white hand. "Good-bye—remember," were the last words I heard before he fell into the stupor from which there was to be no awakening. We sat with him all night, and in the early morning he died—while the poor little girl sobbed on my shoulder. I managed to quieten her after a time, and told her that I would attend to everything. Luckily there were no near relations to come bothering with awkward and inquisitive questions; and everybody knew he had been ailing for some time, so, therefore, no one was surprised to hear of his death. I certified aortic valvular disease, and in due time claimed and got for my ''fiancée'' the insurance money.<noinclude></noinclude> 9fr4oqardvuj2l35h7lylkg948yw6dc Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/100 104 2220098 14131018 6656534 2024-04-26T07:51:42Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|88|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>his room to smoke a cigar before I left, and of course inquired after the boy. "I managed to rush you in here this time, my dear d'Escombe," he said, in his slow, drawling manner, "but I'm doubtful, very doubtful. 'Madam' does not like you, I fear, and is almost sure to find some excuse for sending to London next time. What a pity I'm not Lord of the Manor; I could put plenty of work and good fat fees in your way. ''Is'' there anything the matter with the boy? His heart quite sound, eh?" Of course these remarks had the effect they were calculated to have; little Jack Chalmers' death-warrant was signed in the few seconds which passed before I answered. "I can't say that I should be exactly sorry, don't-yer-know," he continued, and looked very straight at me through his monocle. Then I started in to prepare my ground. I talked about the hard times, lack of work, shortness of money, and heavy expenses, and ended up by asking the Captain point-blank if he could lend me a hundred pounds for a month. "My dear boy," he answered, "I wish you could do the same for me." Oh," I said pointedly, "you and I are in<noinclude></noinclude> amexvcu6hj0qbbvvrz3zrkkz1fdvrbf Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/102 104 2220100 14131019 6656559 2024-04-26T07:51:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|90|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>scrape off enough of the little fragments of skin under two of my finger-nails to give scarlet fever to twenty children. I had often manufactured cases, but now two thousand of the "best and brightest" were being dangled cleverly before me. I had not only to communicate the disease, however, but it was needful also to render it fatal—not such an easy business, yet I could not think of any better plan. You see, such an enormous amount of care was taken to keep the boy from running any risks. He was always carefully watched and guarded. I drove directly home from the fever case and covered the two infected fingers with rubber points cut from a glove, which could be slipped off under cover of my handkerchief, or even the bed-clothes, if necessary. I intended to plant my disease-carrying atoms at the moment when I took the boy's temperature, and I was a good deal taken aback to find that since my departure the day previously, Mrs. Chalmers had persuaded a friend of hers, who was a nurse, to pay her a short visit, and help look after Jackie; at the same time, consequently, I found that the temperature had been already taken {{SIC|&nbsp;|.}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> jl2evx9vmgs0aet4w4wd5zcgzt8mo3o Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/104 104 2220102 14131020 6656538 2024-04-26T07:51:44Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|92|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>about—the kind of intuition which we doctors get, you know." "Would you like a consultation?" she asked. "Nonsense, Jane—there's nothing the matter," interrupted the drawling voice of the gallant Captain, who had just entered. "You leave d'Escombe to look after the little chap. He'll be well in a couple of days." The lady looked at him, a very straight, almost inquiring look, and I could see by the momentary flash in her eyes and the firmer set of the mouth that she distrusted her relation; perhaps simply because he was the next heir to little Jackie. "You'll tell me at once if there's the slightest danger, won't you. Dr. d'Escombe?" she said to me, ignoring the Captain's remark altogether. "He is all I've got, and it would break my heart if anything happened to him. I can trust you, can't I?" This kind of interview was none too pleasant, and I was glad to get away and drink a large whisky-and-soda with the prospective Lord of the Manor. "How is he really?" he asked, looking keenly at me. "I don't quite know, Chalmers. I shouldn't<noinclude></noinclude> rtjqbxj1ajx1p3syi3vn581zs7w6ntu Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/106 104 2220104 14131021 6656540 2024-04-26T07:51:45Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|94|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>He knew well enough that the illness was my doing. The child got rapidly worse, and I must confess that when I went in to see him, and that was several times a day, the sight of his little, red, flushed face, bright, suffused eyes, and pretty, tousled fair hair, made me—even me—feel uncomfortable and anxious to see the finish so that I might get away. The most searching inquiries failed to discover the source of his infection; nobody, of course, thought of me—nobody ever does suspect the doctor, although Mrs. Chalmers did ask me if I had any scarlet fever cases, to which I said "No." Despite the most unremitting attention and nursing, the frequent visits of the great man from London, and my constant presence in the house, the boy died on the sixth day; but it is possible that if I had not kept a close watch, he might have recovered. Captain Chalmers inquired constantly and eagerly after the invalid, and as the days went on his manner to me changed; he became patronizing and arrogant, already seeing himself the possessor of the Manor and its land and income. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> hnnl3sq8rpcpolwylu0xujcmdh1ho1u Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/108 104 2220106 14131022 6656542 2024-04-26T07:51:46Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|96|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>take an intense dislike to the Manor, and went to live in London, and abroad. This windfall put me straight for a time, but, as usual, matters came to a bad pass again, not so very long after.<noinclude></noinclude> ah1wkneh53cht2vnclechs5t5eptajc Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/110 104 2220108 14131023 6656544 2024-04-26T07:51:47Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|98|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>the first year of our married life, and during the five years which this lasted our relations to each other were cold and frequently strained. She came to look upon me as a hard, calculating man-of-the-world, who had little affection to spare except upon himself, and I think that her very orthodox opinions of right and wrong ultimately made me look upon her as a narrow-minded and distinctly milk-and-water kind of person. Then, at the end of that time, she made a bosom friend of Estelle Martin—a woman slightly older than herself—and with this woman I fell desperately in love. You will say after reading these papers: "How ridiculous! This man who was selfish to the bone; who stayed his hand at nothing; who killed without scruple, who robbed with joy, this blackguard d'Escombe to fall in love—bosh!" But it was so. She was a very beautiful woman—stately and calm, with that red-brown hair beloved of the Venetian painters, and the violet eyes and perfect contour of face which you only find in Ireland. So I lost my head completely. At first she hardly noticed me, although she was constantly in my house, but the time<noinclude></noinclude> nnp4v213as63jv77s9y5qoqf842ccto Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/112 104 2220110 14131024 6656546 2024-04-26T07:51:48Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|100|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>Well, that's enough of my love-story, my friend; but you can see that I was in that frame of mind which stops at nothing. So at the very first opportunity I could get—it was a post-mortem—I made a virulent culture of some staphylococci, the germs which produce blood-poisoning, and a few days after my wife scratched her hand very badly with an unsuspected pin which lurked in one of her garments, with the result that in about ten days' time she was in bed, attended by a brother practitioner, and being nursed most assiduously by Estelle, who insisted, as she had had some training, on taking the place of a regular nurse. "Poor dear little Babs," she said to me one night, as I sat brooding and wondering how things would turn out. "I think she is turning the corner. I am so glad!" "Glad!" I muttered. "Glad! Estelle darling, come, let us abandon everything, and get away together—to America, Australia—where you will. I can't go on like this." Like a silly fool I was quite prepared to give up everything—profession, honour, practice, home—if she would only come with me. But she looked at me with a half frightened air. "I believe," she said in a low voice. "I<noinclude></noinclude> 0s4nnbkb7yx51wn8wrsx8yxgklyvnv0 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/114 104 2220112 14131025 6656548 2024-04-26T07:51:49Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|102|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>"I think I'm getting better—I'm so sorry I've been such a worry to you, Archie. You'll forgive me, won't you, dear?" she half whispered. "Yes, yes," I muttered, feeling an awful brute for the moment, but Estelle's face came into my mind—curse her—and I decided to carry the thing through. "What horrid medicine the doctor has sent me," she continued. "I can still feel it burning." "Oh, that will soon pass off," I answered with a laugh. "Don't get faddy about the physic, and now," I added, as I turned to leave her, "I'll get Miss Martin to come up." And another moment saw me out of that room, which had certainly somewhat jarred on my nerves. I saw Estelle about two hours later, when she came to tell me that my wife was worse, and was in considerable pain. "She complains of the medicine which you gave her," she said, looking at me with an expression on her face which made my heart sink, and then suddenly, her eyes flashing, she blurted forth: "You brute, I believe you've poisoned her!" Perhaps, Brown, for the one time in my<noinclude></noinclude> d01sol1ra73cuxj2n8go05dspakbbhr Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/116 104 2220114 14131026 6656550 2024-04-26T07:51:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|104|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>The imminence of danger acted like a cold-water douche upon my infatuation, to say nothing of the girl's altered attitude. The position was a most serious one, and had to be faced promptly. My wife grew rapidly worse during the day; nothing would stop the sickness, and my good old medical friend shook his head. "This is the last straw, as it were, d'Escombe," he said to me when he came downstairs. "I'm afraid she can't rally." And as he said it I caught a look on Estelle's face which made me finally decide on carrying out an idea which I had had in my mind for the last hour. It was quite certain, Laurence, that if my wife died Estelle was dangerous, and her tongue must be silenced. She had slept in my house for several nights and I had noticed that she wore soft felt slippers while on duty upstairs. This fact enabled me to carry out my scheme. I carefully treated two or three flat-headed tacks with a nicotin alkaloid which I had carefully preserved for over twelve months in view of a crisis such as the present, and these tacks I laid carefully between the door of her room and her bed, feeling fairly certain that she would tread upon one of them. The action of this poison<noinclude></noinclude> q3lsyu2iquj6z0f68m25l620x53lpck Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/118 104 2220116 14131027 6656552 2024-04-26T07:51:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|106|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>pick up the other poisoned tacks which were on the floor, before assistance arrived. "Dear, dear!" said my colleague; "what an unfortunate affair. She has evidently over-worked herself. What shall we do, d'Escombe?" "Send for a couple of nurses, doctor," I answered, "and I will take this patient off your hands. She looks very ill, I think." "Yes, I'm afraid she is, and with your poor wife so desperately bad too, I'm sorry for you," he replied. "We must do the best we can," I said. "But it is unfortunate." My wife died that night, and Estelle knew nothing of it. I kept her under the influence of nicotin and hyoscin, given hypodermically in carefully graduated doses for several days, and then allowed her to recover movement and semi-consciousness. But I kept her brain clouded and dazed for a long enough period to prevent her thinking clearly of previous happenings. I then arranged with her widowed mother to get her away to the Continent for a long rest and change, feeling certain that when she did return anything she said would be looked upon as the fancy of a mind affected by illness. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 4h9kwstfcj0c9yg5lg79il5tbl0j9aa Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/122 104 2220816 14131028 6658132 2024-04-26T07:51:52Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|110|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>And carefully as I tended and dressed him, he died. Among my patients was Admiral App-Smith, who lived on Campden Hill, and through him I made a nice little sum and found a staunch friend. If I should die before him (I am still treating him) he occasionally will wonder greatly at his sudden recovery from the bad chronic dyspepsia which has troubled him for the past eight years. "Confound you, d'Escombe," he would often say, "just as you have cured me, on it comes again. You doctor-fellows aren't much good, after all." "That's all very well, Admiral," I would reply. "You are nearly eighty; be thankful you're alive." The Admiral had a daughter, who was married to an utter scamp, well-connected—but a drunkard. In those days, I spent my evenings in the houses of friends who had home ties, and as the App-Smiths' house was close to my residence, I put in many odd hours there. One day, the daughter, Mrs. Crosswell, came to Cromwell Road to see me, and I noticed, that she looked ill. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 9h8ei7rub9uv8hwxpxm59k26lozgkn2 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/124 104 2220818 14131029 6658134 2024-04-26T07:51:52Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|112|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>Crosswell himself. His face was flushed, his hat on the back of his head, and his clothes awry and dishevelled. "So," he shouted, "she is here, and with the wonderful doctor who is such a friend of her family." He swayed as he spoke, and clutched a chair. "You infernal blackguard! Calling yourself a friend under the cloak of pill-mixing! I'll horse-whip you till you can't stand," he shouted. I made no reply to him, but seeing that the lady could now leave, I said to her: "Kindly wait in the hall, Mrs. Crosswell, while I have a word or two with—your husband." "She'll do nothing of the kind," he said. "Stay here, Louise." I opened the door and showed his wife out. Her husband started to intercept me, but tripped and fell headlong at his first step. He picked himself up, however, and made a rush at me. You know me, Lawrence; I am not a child, and when he got near me I just quietly sat him on a sofa with one of the simple little tricks of the wily Jap. "Now, sir," I said. "you shall explain<noinclude></noinclude> oj7ym1zjy55m950n8odp88eglvyr7yb Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/126 104 2220820 14131030 6658136 2024-04-26T07:51:54Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|114|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>"Will he talk much before the nurse?" she inquired. "Don't trouble about that," I answered; "I will see to it that we have a discreet woman." Her husband had by now gone to his room, and when I went up to him he was lying on the bed. "What do you want here, you hound?" he growled. "Wait till I'm better. I'll show you up, and her too." "You get up and I'll help you undress," I replied, but, calm as I appeared, his remarks bothered me. One word against a doctor's reputation and it is damned. "You're not going to doctor me, don't you think it," growled the sick man. "I'll send for Lanner-Brown." He referred to you! "All right, get to bed and we'll see," I answered, and he allowed me to help him—showing, of course, how unbalanced his mind was. I went home, had a cigar and a large cocaine and soda—a strange drink, you say, old man, but as you very well know, a wonderful help at times, if you're used to it. I had thought, and I decided. This man must not be allowed to cause trouble, and yet it<noinclude></noinclude> pii4fr9oto4kj7jkr2tc4h7npj8506b Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/128 104 2220822 14131031 6658138 2024-04-26T07:51:54Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|116|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>He became almost childish—and his memory was not as good as it should be. On the sixth night after his attack I paid my evening visit early. The nurse was asleep and Mrs. Crosswell was in charge. If you had watched me closely that evening you would have noticed a little hypodermic syringe in my left hand as I went to examine my patient. He was half asleep, and as I felt his pulse I sent his wife into the next room for some small thing. While she was away the point of the syringe found its way into the arm of the semi-conscious man, and the syringe was emptied. He started up in bed, and his wife hurried back on hearing him shout. "What is the matter?" she breathlessly exclaimed. "It's nothing, my dear lady," I said calmly, although my heart was beating fast—too fast—and a sudden fear seemed to clutch it; if this woman found out, and told all she knew, there was risk—serious risk. "He's stuck something into me. What is it—oh, what has he done?" moaned the invalid. "Have you done anything, Dr. d'Escombe?" "Simply ordinary treatment, my dear lady.<noinclude></noinclude> eeamq2pse4uftwlqt6z3b5ae9grfvlr Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/130 104 2220824 14131032 6658140 2024-04-26T07:51:55Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|118|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>so excited. Hurrah for drugs, and bravo for the man who has the knowledge and pluck to use them! The Crosswells live in Maida Vale now; he is very harmless, and his wife is very sad about him. My agreement with her, of which I spoke, was to, if necessary, get him put under control, if he continued his statements. I only did this to blind her as to my methods and to obtain the large cheque which was promised me both by father and daughter if I could save her from her husband. They little knew the means adopted by me, not to save her, but to escape myself from the tongue of that drunken brute.<noinclude></noinclude> e87da8z683vclpe5bsrg0vhd416db06 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/132 104 2220826 14131033 6865147 2024-04-26T07:51:57Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|120|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>perhaps, the most delightful point of all—no daily worries, nothing to answer, no bills to make you shudder and rush to the tantalus. If you are also a keen chess and card player, then the life, for a few months, is ideal. The skipper of the ''Dorsetshire'' was a most able man, but an amusing study. He was obsessed with the idea that he was a lady-killer of the most accomplished type, and I believe he really considered himself handsome, but he held a "lone hand" in that belief. I mention this because, later on, this curious, almost ludicrous, fancy of his was of great value to me—and another. As the voyage progressed and we got into warmer climes, our passenger-list increased, and before Shanghai, outward bound, the first-class saloon was nearly full. The ship's doctor was an Irishman named Currie; tall and thin, with a delightful brogue, a maximum of assurance and a minimum of professional ability. What small amount of medical knowledge he originally possessed had been gradually dissipated into thin sea-air or dissolved in whisky-and-soda, and it was with great joy that he informed me at this latter port that another {{hws|profes|professional}}<noinclude></noinclude> gjacqqkcxl5hakcpwzjpiu344axrhj4 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/134 104 2220828 14131034 6658143 2024-04-26T07:51:58Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|122|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>an inveterate smoker—and the company of men, of whhom the chief officer—a lengthy and cadaverous individual called Verte—and myself were the most favoured. It was not long before she confided to me the trouble about her husband—he drank too much, and he took morphia, the result being that half his time was spent in the smoking and card rooms, and the other half in a state of semi-stupefaction in his cabin. I was out for a holiday, however. I certainly didn't want to be bothered with women, and I am afraid I turned a deaf ear to her pretty sayings, and refused to enter into any flirtation. "I believe you are made of wood. Dr. d'Escombe," she said one day to me. "Will nothing move you? Are you quite emotionless?" "No, my dear child," I said, smiling at her, "but everything of that kind in the East is too easy and simple—and it's far too hot." "Then I'm not going to waste my time on you," she laughed. "I'm going to conquer that dear, ugly captain—or else his immaculate chief." "Both much too easy," I answered. "But count on me to help you." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> mvcl1pfohvu8tc4nh21gqotqbqqr172 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/136 104 2220830 14131035 6658145 2024-04-26T07:51:59Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|124|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>"Come here, close, Doctor, I want to tell you something." He looked quite sensible for a moment. "Sister Mamie and I aren't—well, you understand?—but it's a secret—only you know." And then suddenly he shouted: "Je-rusalem! see those green beetles on the wall. Get me some morphia, quick, man—they're after me!" And he started into the incoherent rambling of alcoholism. I wondered if his statement were true—and for the first time the idea of making something out of the trip occurred to me. Toillet was evidently a sick man—his possessions and expenditure showed money, and I promptly decided to cultivate his wife more carefully. Currie returned alone. "She is sitting on the boat-deck with the 'Old Man,'" he reported, "who's making very hot running, and the Chief on the bridge is lookin' mighty sick." We decided to give our patient a dose of morphia to get him some sleep if possible, and then we had a chat about him in the dispensary. "They haven't been on board long," he said. "but there's only one bottle of brandy left. The chief steward's holdin' that up for 'medical comforts.'" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 384ttiawgelz1tn02p7r3ru7l54ges2 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/138 104 2220832 14131036 6658147 2024-04-26T07:51:59Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|126|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>"Let's go down to my cabin and have something with ice," I suggested promptly. "Rather!" said she. And before long we were chatting most confidentially, and I had been told the history of her husband's weaknesses. I did not tell her what I knew; I thought it would possibly be of use later on; but two days after—acquaintances develop very rapidly in the tropics on board ship—I had the whole story from her. "I am sick and tired of him," she confided, "and if I were only certain about his money I shouldn't care a hang how much he drank, or how many doses of morphia he had. He is always jealous," she continued, "and he only wants me just to feel that I am his property and must stay near him while he is maudlin and half helpless." "I am very sorry for you, poor child," I told her. "I wish I could help you." "So you can," she answered, sitting up close to me on my settee. "You're a doctor; you can do anything. I'd make it worth your while." And suddenly she leant over and kissed me. "Now you will help me, won't you? I'm so sick of it all," she added with a wicked little smile. "You run away and let me think matters<noinclude></noinclude> hzgptar6ua8kcsjqv7nk3rqdonwmi60 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/140 104 2220834 14131038 6658149 2024-04-26T07:52:01Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|128|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>before, at which time his mental balance could not be questioned. We talked around the subject for half an hour, and then she suddenly said: "Well, Doc, I'm going to dress." And as she turned to go, whispered: "Two thousand for you, if you manage it." "Yes," I thought. "but should I get it?" However, there was no certain way of making quite sure, and I decided to trust my luck. Dr. Toillet was, in the meantime, picking up somewhat, but as he got better of the alcoholic poisoning so the depression which it left caused him to increase his doses of morphia, and on two occasions I found him in a heavy stertorous sleep when I dropped into his cabin to look at him. Dr. Currie was very pleased to have any work taken off his hands, and consequently I had no difficulty in another two days' time in giving the invalid a hypodermic injection of apomorphine and a preparation of calabar-bean mixed together. I might have done this earlier, but I waited until the wind had freshened up somewhat—enough to give us a bit of a lop, anyway. You ask why, Laurence? For this reason. I had decided that Dr. Toillet should die of sea-sickness, induced, of<noinclude></noinclude> ge617okhfxgnergc6qbdptt9v3cuu7y Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/142 104 2220836 14131039 6658151 2024-04-26T07:52:02Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|130|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>tiny, almost imperceptible nod, as though to say: "All right, the two thousand holds good." She nursed the patient assiduously for the next couple of days, and I had to seize the opportunity of a boat and fire-station drill, which I sent her up to watch and which took away all stewards and undesirables from the cabins and alleyways, to give another injection. "This should be sufficient," I told myself as I threw the light cover over the collapsed patient. I wondered if I should get the money after all. I had a strong idea in my mind that I should. She appeared on deck late that night, and, finding me alone, came to my side, and said: "I suppose I have to thank you for this?" "Very possibly," I answered. And then suddenly I added: "Do you think that, as a friend, you could lend me a couple of hundred pounds in a day or two? I have a great necessity for it just now." "I'll write you a cheque for a hundred and fifty to-night. Doctor, if you want it," was her answer. And then in a whisper: "How long?" "I hope to see a change in about thirty-six hours," I replied. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 5r1dwww6ymclckgc8rat66k2g1jb67o Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/144 104 2220838 14131040 6658154 2024-04-26T07:52:03Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|132|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>took morphia?" he asked in an undertone. "That finished him." "No, I knew nothing," said I. "I only feel that a good chap has gone." We buried him the day before we arrived at Nagasaki, and his widow—who obtained a perfect rig-out of mourning from a Chinese tailor—seemed overcome with grief but said she must go home with us. And so we carried her the round trip, always a poor pathetic little figure, inviting the sympathy of everybody, and only getting her few moments of recreation in my cabin. She looked forward to her brandy-and-soda there as the only saving clause in her life. To cut it all short, we got home: she proved his will. It was made out to her in her maiden name, and his relations at first were inclined to contest it. But they gave up the idea. The evidence was too strong against them, and they could not stultify his name, anyway. I got my money, but I had to make three or four journeys to see the lady, and talk pretty straight to her before I really did put it in my pocket. And all the time I knew it was just a toss-up whether I gained or not. However, I was very pleased ultimately, that<noinclude></noinclude> 5ytl43pr847it1jre1l0a3zozymykdj Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/148 104 2222507 14131041 6678749 2024-04-26T07:52:04Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|136|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>the decent, manly, don't-care-a-bit sort of boys, but a weedy, red-haired stripling, who was cordially disliked by everyone with whom he came in contact. I was quite friendly with Colonel Matherson. Indeed I frequently dropped into his bungalow after dinner for a game of picquet a cigar and a whisky-and-soda, and it was on the occasion of one of these evening visits that I learnt the fact that "Octavius the beloved" was sick and that Dr. Elleston had been called in. The idea came to me in a second. Here was my opportunity to discredit my opponent. It was very evident that if I could turn the Chairman of the Governors into a supporter of myself, instead of the champion of Dr. Elleston, I should have a very strong sporting chance of grabbing the appointment. I called next day on some pretext and inquired after the young cub Octavius, and was told that he was somewhat better, but that the doctor had put him on very light diet as he considered that he habitually ate too many sweets. I could see a substratum of annoyance in Mrs. Matherson; her dear Octavius could never do anything wrong. "Eat too much—nonsense—nonsense," she declared. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> oij670rbwm5z4mftsjx0k5xmukun1u7 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/150 104 2222509 14131042 6678720 2024-04-26T07:52:05Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|138|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>children such as Octavius," he continued, "although he is a good man, a very good man. But somehow, as my wife says, he lacks sympathy." So he did. Brown, for some cases; he was a bit too straightforward for really successful general practice. "Yes," interrupted the Colonel's wife as she suddenly re-entered the room, "he told me that a dose of castor oil and three days starvation would do the boy all the good in the world." "Oh, dear, dear!" said the anxious father. "Starve the poor child! What do you think, d'Escombe?"—turning to me. "Oh, I mustn't interfere, you know," I replied gravely. "But you must not let him get too low. I'm hoping to see him all right in a day or two." As a matter of fact Master Octavius was in for an attack of typhoid fever with which I proposed to infect him within the next two or three days. The point was this. Typhoid takes a very long time to develop, as perhaps you know; you may be infected for three weeks or a month—walking about, playing games, doing your work, and simply feeling tired and limp all the time—but in the end the acute stage<noinclude></noinclude> hm04bqfqsboltddtzg6j8bvvpyrvugr Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/152 104 2222511 14131043 6678722 2024-04-26T07:52:05Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|140|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>{{hwe|tion|Opposition}}." "I'll wager my reputation he's all right in a few days." "I hope you're right," said I with a side glance at the Colonel, who, I could see, noticed that we were not quite in agreement. And we proceeded to talk of other matters. But later, when Elleston had gone, my host said to me: "I believe you're a bit doubtful about 'Tavy,' aren't you, d'Escombe?" "To tell you truth, Colonel, I am just a shade," I answered. "But there, it's not my business; only I can't help thinking that one cannot be too cautious in such a case. He's rather a delicate little chap, and, personally, I should not yet give a definite opinion." "You're a good chap, d'Escombe," was the answer. "I tell you frankly I wish you were looking after him for me, but I can't give Elleston up—although I believe he's a bit out of date." And so it went on for a week or two; the boy to my eye evidently sickening for typhoid, but to that of Elleston he appeared simply lazy, spoiled and lackadaisical. The Colonel worried as days passed, and one night Elleston, having been badgered a good deal, said: "I'll bet my reputation, and<noinclude></noinclude> 88xwi538cem0kidgvg4o9bz24vm7r61 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/154 104 2222513 14131044 7496428 2024-04-26T07:52:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|142|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>"You know I've trusted you all these years. But with only the one boy I get 'nervy.'" "And rightly so, sir," I chimed in, seeing that a little fillip was necessary. "And although I am sorry that Dr. Elleston should have taken what I've said in the spirit he has, yet I still say I am not quite happy about the boy." This was enough. The old family doctor, with a savage look at me, said he was going; and the Colonel accompanied him to the door. Before I left I distinctly heard him say that if anything went wrong it would be a bad day for Elleston. Days went on, the boy looked whiter and more tired, and certainly his medical attendant would have sounded a note of alarm earlier except for the fact that he would have to acknowledge his mistake, and my perspicuity, until at last the boy's temperature told its tale. Then there was trouble. A consulting physician was sent for, but before that the Colonel asked me my private opinion and I told him I feared typhoid. He mentioned this to Elleston, who pooh-poohed the idea, until the new adviser said definitely that it was so. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> hobudkju9dwvij3r83cdrp3pw81u4zp Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/156 104 2222515 14131045 6678726 2024-04-26T07:52:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|144|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>would have seen that the charge in the syringe was labelled "Muscarin." I sent the nurse on a short errand to another part of the house when I went upstairs to my young patient, who was almost unconscious, being in the very acute stage of the fever. And within twelve hours he died somewhat suddenly of heart failure. This was absolutely the death-blow to Dr. Elleston's hopes for the new appointment, as Colonel Matherson, quietly primed and prompted in a diplomatic manner by me, swore that his old medical attendant shouldn't have a look in—and he didn't. I got the post comfortably, and I really don't think the world lost anything by the "dropping out" of Octavius.<noinclude></noinclude> diww1fx8eqpofqk277g6giqd9f5918n Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/158 104 2222517 14131046 6678728 2024-04-26T07:52:08Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|146|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>whom he called Jacques. There were two maid-servants also; for my friend was very well off, and his house was excellently furnished and managed. He was a very cantankerous old man, who had quarrelled with all his relations. But he had a few friends, of whom perhaps I was the greatest. We had one strong link between us, a mutual love for chess-playing. Two evenings in every week were religiously kept free by both of us, but the games were always played at his house; he refused to go out of doors after sunset. We ultimately became very great friends, and he gave me to understand that I should benefit considerably by his will, and I knew that he would "cut up" well. Little did he know that his skill and enthusiasm for ''the'' game was keeping him from terrors of which no ordinary person has ever dreamt. It is, doubtless, a good thing for many people that toxicologists like myself are rare, and that the science and art of poisoning is an almost unknown cult. I fancy that I won a few more games than my opponent in the long run, but he was a very strong player. I well remember our last evening's chess,<noinclude></noinclude> 5v335lj02afu8r5jtf1sdfat1skhlnz Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/160 104 2222519 14131048 6678730 2024-04-26T07:52:10Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|148|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>"An even fiver on the next game," was my challenge. "Done," said Humphrey Friende; "the fiver is mine." We tossed for move, and I won. I had not the sum of money with me if I lost. Long and deeply I thought, but somehow defeat was looming ahead. "I have won—I have you!" chuckled the old man, as time went on; "you had better resign—it's waste of time going on." So it was. I resigned. "Double or quits," I said. "Just one more game." "Certainly, certainly," replied the victor; "but, first—Jacques"—he rang the bell. The faithful Jacques appeared instantly, as if he had been at the door itself. "Whisky, soda, and cigars," his master ordered, "and then you need not wait up for me. I may be late." "Help yourself, doctor, and me, if you don't mind," said Friende, "and now for a great struggle." Temptation was too strong for me here, Brown, and I dropped two minute tabloids of digitalin into my opponent's drink. Ten pounds was far too much for me to lose, just at this time. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 7b25bxhpbtbz2sp3vumv3y6pg6s043v Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/162 104 2222521 14131049 6678732 2024-04-26T07:52:11Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|150|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>apparently mad with rage. "If my master dies, you shall hang—hang, I say, or, if not, I shall kill you myself with these hands," and he extended his long claw-like fingers towards me. At this moment Friende opened his eyes, and said in unsteady tones: "What on earth is the matter? Have I been ill?" "Only for a minute, sir," answered Jacques. I stepped forward with the idea in my mind that I might perhaps be able to bluff things out, but Jacques jumped in front of me. "You are not going near him till he knows why he was ill," he snarled. Turning to his master, he said, pointing at me: "That man put poison in your drink, sir. I saw him do it. I was watching the game from behind the door. It was he who made you ill, so that he might win ten pounds." "It's a lie," I replied, looking savagely at Jacques, who was still breathing short from excitement. Humphrey Friende looked me straight in the face. "Jacques has never told a lie yet, Dr. d'Escombe. May I ask you myself, did you put anything in my drink?" I saw that the game was up, and replied: {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> lhwwhg3imrl67evdh1lgocb7oess2xy Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/164 104 2222523 14131050 6678734 2024-04-26T07:52:13Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|152|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>I looked at the clock; ten minutes after midnight. By half-past I had collected on my table a pair of soft rubber shoes, a small compendium jemmy and pick-lock—given to me by a patient who was very expert with it—an electric torch, a big bunch of all kinds of keys, two cultivation-tubes, a revolver, a small bundle of cotton-wool and some very thin rubber operating gloves. After carefully examining each article, to make sure that everything there was in perfect working order, I lit a big cigar, and sat down to read. By the time I had smoked a second cigar It was nearly two o'clock. Behold me, then, in soft hat, overcoat, rubber shoes on my feet, and the rest of my paraphernalia in my pockets, carefully looking round from the shelter of my front door, trying to locate the policeman on the beat. I waited for ten minutes; everything was silent and still. I waited until a heavy cloud turned the streets and houses into deep shadows before I rapidly crossed the road. I went round to the house of one Humphrey Friende, Esq., to pay a late night call—and I did not go to the front door—no—but round the house to the kitchen quarters. There were two doors, and I tried my {{hws|care|carefully}}<noinclude></noinclude> qsy8fimkobexxqq7nsgb1pm4fekz7f7 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/166 104 2222525 14131051 6678736 2024-04-26T07:52:13Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|154|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>of the proceedings. The cotton-wool was now used, and in five minutes all the mouth-pieces of the numerous pipes, cigar and cigarette holders, were smeared with a virulent diphtheria cultivation. Anyone putting these pipes into his mouth for the next day or two ran a big risk of contracting the disease mentioned. I could do no more, and having put back into my pocket every trace I had made of my nocturnal visit, I carefully and silently retraced my steps to the back door, exulting in my successful visit. "Botheration," I half-whispered to myself as I got to the exit, "the key's gone." It was. In a moment my hand grasped the revolver in my side pocket, and I stood in the darkness, fearing to breathe. Someone was about, and listening most intently, I felt certain I heard the sound of restrained respiration quite close to me. I decided. With my revolver in my right hand I pressed the button of my electric torch with the left, and looked round me. I had an idea of what I should see, and I was right. On the other side of the room holding a great stick was Jacques. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> lbvlrsnjj5s435s9sgjsza72levzhmn Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/168 104 2222527 14131052 6678738 2024-04-26T07:52:14Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|156|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>"That is all very well, Master Jacques, I have had one experience of you this evening already. I must make things certain as far as you are concerned." "Yes, sir." "Put down that stick; put it down," I continued; he showed some inclination to come for me, I thought. "Quickly!—now don't forget—one sound of alarm, or movement, and I fire.'" The revolver was still pointing straight at him. "Please pay attention. I have done no harm in the house either to your master or to yourself, have I?" "No, sir." He had not seen me in the smoking-room. All was well. "You will not, therefore, open your mouth as to this visit of mine?" "No." "Wait a minute. To make it safe—take this piece of paper and pen"—I took them out of my pocket with difficulty, the revolver and torch each requiring attention—" and write, 'I, John Jacques,' write it down—'I, John Jacques, freely confess, that Dr. More d'Escombe found me stealing.'" "Oh, no, sir—no{{bar|2}}" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> qsqzv3xlloghbslwq0u9jtua6pm1vyf Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/170 104 2222529 14131053 6678740 2024-04-26T07:52:15Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|158|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>He was—very ill, and in spite of all treatment he died of acute diphtheria, and was followed in two days by his man-servant, Jacques, who it was thought contracted the disease from him. But Jacques was an inveterate smoker. So ended my happy chess evenings; but the will was not altered, and my temporary financial troubles were once more at an end.<noinclude></noinclude> 4od8g9s2d3qat6whm78pdsaknwyeh83 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/172 104 2223801 14131054 6664363 2024-04-26T07:52:16Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|160|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>{{hwe|wearing|brain-wearing}} calculation and appreciation of the ultimate disposition of forces, which, if you are cute enough to see it, must come. On the other hand, however, it requires deduction, the art of discovering the enemy's plans and movements in the future by utilizing the few, and often trivial, signs vouchsafed to you by the play in the early part of the hand. The man with the exact, mathematical mind will win at chess. Whist wants more than that; it wants an argumentative and reasoning brain with the faculty of putting two and two together, and, at the same time, the cunning necessary to mislead the adversary in his deductive reasoning with regard to you. I mention this, because in my duel with young Anderson, it was my superior power of reasoning from small things to big, which enabled me to follow his coffin to the grave, instead of vice versa. This young man—he had only been qualified two years—came to me with the most flattering testimonials from his college and hospital, and he had that keen and alert look about his small, closely set, greenish eyes with their light eyelashes, and almost invisible eyebrows, which showed a brain quick to understand,<noinclude></noinclude> gabskjvud1pb0305gkwl6u3gl66lqjv Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/174 104 2223803 14131055 6664365 2024-04-26T07:52:17Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|162|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>discovered nothing. I therefore treated him even more affably than before, but took the precaution of removing everything of importance from the safe to my bank in a sealed tin box. I was having a lot of trouble just at this time with a nurse, a keen, handsome woman of the world, bent solely on self-aggrandisement. She had been called in to attend a case of mine which had ended fatally, but, sad to say, the patient before she died confided enough to this nurse to enable her to come and threaten me, unless I made it worth her while to keep quiet. I was talking one evening to Anderson in his room; we had each just lighted a cigar, when the page-boy came to tell me that Nurse James, the blackmailer I mentioned, would like to see me. "Excuse me, Anderson," I said. "I must just see this woman; I shan't be long." I had, however, quite a lengthy and very stormy interview, which ended in the transference of two five-pound notes from my pocket to her purse. I was startled when I came to let her out to find the door of my room ajar. I could have sworn I shut it most carefully when I entered; therefore someone,<noinclude></noinclude> 2fqnd63ayzc27z1id99s0sktuzn664f Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/176 104 2223805 14131056 6664367 2024-04-26T07:52:18Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|164|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>I had at this time two distinct and separate causes of fear, which I could hardly hope to escape from for any length of time, seeing that I was again very short of money. Two plans of campaign had to be mapped out. I decided that the "nurse" danger was the more important, seeing that a post-mortem on the case she knew of would mean absolute disaster, and only needed a word from her to be brought about. You have seen, Laurence, in your time, that I got on well with the fair sex; and I proceeded to fall desperately in love with this handsome clever woman who was so dangerous. My wife had been dead two years, and the chance of catching and marrying the successful, good-looking (I'm not boasting, as you know) doctor, was too great a temptation. We became engaged, and rarely a day passed that I did not spend an hour or two with her in her quiet room. You will not be surprised to hear that before long the tendency to drink, which she had suffered from for some time, increased to a very marked extent. Meanwhile, Anderson, all unconscious of my knowledge of his treachery, poked and pryed<noinclude></noinclude> btsoqw1im9m8q21epzh899mdlkc08i1 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/178 104 2223807 14131057 6664369 2024-04-26T07:52:19Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|166|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>Notting Hill and see Nurse James, who was very ill. "Good old chappie, here we are," said the flushed, dishevelled-looking woman, who, with her loose hair hanging round her shoulders, which were covered by a brilliant dressing-jacket, sat up in bed, the wild stare of delirium in her eyes. "Coming to sit with me and see all the devils?—thousands of them; and they're all got up like tom-tits, see—all over the bed?—I keep on catching them. There's another," and she made a motion of seizing a fluttering bird and wringing its neck. "That one's done for—now let's have a drink; half and half champagne and brandy, fizz and cognac for two—garçon!" She was in the grip of alcoholic poisoning. I called for the landlady. "She must have someone to sit with her and look after her," I said. "Has she any friends or relatives that you know of? She would never open her mouth on the subject to me." "I don't know of anyone, sorr," answered the corpulent, and almost blue-faced Irish-woman. "Nobody's ever-r come to see her-r, savin' your worship." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> nggj33vnh2g28pxwapwl3uet6hj03mg Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/180 104 2223809 14131059 6664371 2024-04-26T07:52:22Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|168|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>with a sufficiency of gin, would take no notice. I went to see her again that night, but took my trusty hypodermic with me, which I was able to use quite comfortably, as the sick woman was lying half comatose from exhaustion. She was pretty certain to recover unless further steps were taken; but that was all in my plan from the very first. I injected a mixture of atropine and aconite, which, without altering the symptoms in any way, would cause intense depression of the heart, and prevent that tendency to rally which is common to the first attack of delirium tremens. When I left the house, thinking that very probably I had seen the last of Susie, I was startled and surprised for the moment to see the figure of a man run round to the back of the little semi-detached villa I had just left. The sick-room was on the ground floor, and, turning back, I went to the window, and found out what I suspected; namely, that it was possible, on account of an ill-fitting blind, to see half the room from the outside, and, unfortunately, that half in which the bed was situated. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> nsqfn36po81gq6fg068vv2j9mkl5tsl Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/182 104 2223811 14131060 6664373 2024-04-26T07:52:22Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|170|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>"Quite a pretty liar," I thought, but said, "Well, I'm awfullv sorry, but I'm very tired; would you mind just running up to the Major and giving him his evening dose?" This was a patient in Nevern Square whom I always saw myself, but I felt I must get Anderson out of the way for awhile, in order to have a look round his room. "Yes, I'll go at once," he answered, and when he came back ready to go out he was wearing a clean pair of boots. The moment he had gone, and I had fastened the outer door, I went to his apartment, and sure enough, as I thought, I found a pair of boots with plenty of the clayey soil which I expected to find clinging to them. I at once wrote a note to the medical man whom I had asked to see Susie, saying that I should be away for a day or two, would he be so kind as to look after her, order what he wanted, and charge to me. He had a very poor practice, and would, I knew, be glad to do anything. "I'm going to have a few days in the country, Anderson," I said to that gentleman a few days later, as we sat and smoked, "and you must come with me; I like to have some one sensible to talk to, instead of being {{hws|con|constantly}}<noinclude></noinclude> l2zm5r282ynq144fomn5fl4w6x4kvzo Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/184 104 2223813 14131061 6678741 2024-04-26T07:52:23Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|172|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>clever and resourceful antagonist, and that it behoved me to look after myself. Breakfast next morning brought me a short note from Dale, my colleague in attendance on Nurse James, saying that she had died during the night—should he sign the certificate? I wrote back thanking him very profusely, and asked him to see to everything for me, both certificate and funeral, and I enclosed with much pleasure (really with profound regret) notes for twenty pounds, the balance from which I hoped he would accept for his trouble. Danger number one was crossed off—scratched! Now for number two, but this one was difficult and required great care. We were soon settled in our bungalow, with an old woman to look after us by day, but who left us solus by night. I knew it was imperative that Anderson should not leave this little domicile alive, although he was at this time the picture of health and strength. I did not take much baggage with me, but I took a dispatch box which I locked and sealed, and generally took an inordinate amount of care over; it had nothing of importance in it, but it was taken with a purpose. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 4wudifvocti7nf49dltxa3zkdv1ebbp Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/186 104 2223815 14131062 7496453 2024-04-26T07:52:24Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|174|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>which I will not give away even to you, Laurence; my experience that night made me decide never to use it again, or tell its name. This occasion was the first and last time I used it in a poisonous dose. He came back, flushed and angry-looking, and while I watched him with eyes nearly closed he drank off the doctored whisky and cursed aloud at his failure; he even shook his fist at me as I lay apparently helpless. Then came the gradual onset of the symptoms of my drug. This evil thing paralyses the muscular system, but leaves the nervous system untouched, and given in the right dose it affects the voluntary muscles first, leaving the involuntary, that is those of the heart and principal organs which this system governs, unaffected for the time being. Imagine, then, Anderson, his red head damp, and clammy with the sweat of fear, his eyes moving quickly and with a terrified expression, his breath coming in short, sobbing gasps, lying on the thick skin rug in front of the little fire-place. Imagine him, I say, when he saw me, whom he thought to have put to sleep for hours, move slowly off the sofa, and walk towards him with the smile of the victor. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> hwv5k6ntxsrgblrh1ktrdpmy0x480q2 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/188 104 2223817 14131063 6664379 2024-04-26T07:52:25Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|176|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>thereby making sure that he would tell no tales. The round, jolly little country practitioner came next day. "Embolism or thrombosis, don't you think?" he suggested, turning to me, and I smiled a grim smile at the eyes of the sick man, who could hear, but could neither move nor speak. It certainly must be a very horrible position to be in, especially when you feel you are dying. "Quite right, doctor," I answered. "Not much chance." I didn't look at him many more times; in fact, those eyes of his haunt me yet, but self-defence is the first law of nature, and I had recently been hard pressed. I saw to his funeral and sent him quite a nice wreath. Then, after a few weeks' sailing and fishing in Norfolk, I went back to work, feeling at any rate safe for the time being. But it had been a strenuous fight, and if I had not been a morphia-taker, probably Anderson would have come out on top. I could afford to take a risk in a tiny out-of-the-way village which in London would have been extremely dangerous. Do you see now what I meant by deduction as against apparent logical certainties? I finish this just before leaving to play a<noinclude></noinclude> mb77brua3zb3tuna7ddmysrmiljj2po Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/192 104 2223821 14131064 6664383 2024-04-26T07:52:28Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|180|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>sufferer imagines himself possessed of wealth untold, or power unlimited. It was while the banker was in this diseased frame of mind that I hoped to feather my nest at his expense. Without going into further detail at this point, I may say that on my return to London, I managed to extract no less than five thousand pounds from him in the course of the next two months. I so contrived that not even his subordinates, or clerks at the bank, had any definite proof that this money had been given to me. I received it all in notes, and as far as anybody knew, these notes had been used by the head of the firm himself. Of course, if suspicion arose they could be traced, but suspicion should not be aroused if I could help it. I say nobody knew it, and I went my way, happy in that belief, until the day on which he paid me the last five hundred. On that particular morning I had cause to go out suddenly into the little ante-room adjoining his office in the bank, in which Fernie, an old servant, waited all day to attend to the personal wants of his master. There was a solid party-wall between the two rooms, but running along the top of this<noinclude></noinclude> gjb0eojdgq4ra68a9j5giqrx0uchpib Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/194 104 2223823 14131065 6664385 2024-04-26T07:52:28Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|182|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>This was awkward, because it was a certainty that before long all the world must know of the banker's illness, and an inquiry into his finances would inevitably follow. With this little devil as a witness against me, my dealings with a man whose brain was affected would cause me serious trouble if they came out. I could see that it was necessary to go "canny" with this queer specimen of humanity, and I asked," Why do you say 'he doesn't know what he's doing'?" "I've knowed 'im thirty years," was the answer, "and I've seen that 'e's not been 'isself for some time." "You're talking nonsense, Fernie," I laughed, "Sir Richard is all right." I kept away from the bank for close on a fortnight after this, and then received a message from Sir Richard asking me to visit him at his private house, in Kensington Gardens, which, so far, I had avoided. I was very disgusted when I saw Fernie, dressed in irreproachable black, open the door for me, and I did not fail to notice the look, both suspicious and impertinent, which he gave me. Nanson was sitting in an arm-chair in his gorgeously furnished bedroom, and I<noinclude></noinclude> c4u3nva8bnyenmye4457xbk44tv0ibh Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/196 104 2223825 14131066 6664387 2024-04-26T07:52:29Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|184|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>business. Only you, and Lucy, and Fernie shall be allowed in." I had a talk with his daughter before I left, and told her that the outlook was bad, but suggested that we should wait another fortnight before letting anyone into the secret, if things worked out according to my prognosis. "Once brand a man with brain trouble and he is condemned for the rest of his life," I told her. Fernie opened the door to show me out that afternoon, and as he did so, said to me, "That money's Miss Lucy's; you give it to her, doctor; I've seen 'im and you over them notes." The affair was now at such a pass as to cause me "furiously to think," but it was two days later that ''the'' idea came to me. Sir Richard's mental faculties were rapidly getting worse. It was now necessary either for his daughter, Fernie or me to be always in attendance on him, and it was a look that he gave Fernie, and which I caught, that first put the project into my head. The banker's brain, as I have told you, was very unbalanced; he was irritable, suspicious, and difficult to manage, and it was quite easy for me to do what I wished, namely, to inflame his mind against his old servant. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> fdje4qvfa2rwzjcikhr0ncka7p6f6r0 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/198 104 2223827 14131067 6664389 2024-04-26T07:52:30Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|186|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>I felt quite pleased with myself, as I overhauled my syringe, pregnant with so great a potential power of evil. I intended to use muscarin, a little known extractive from poisonous fungi, and curare, and I felt pretty certain that they would have the desired effect. And then, with Fernie removed, and Nanson looked upon as a lunatic, the finger of suspicion could not be pointed at me. I had had made to my design, about two years before, a pocket-case which would hold in safety a fully charged hypodermic syringe, and this was a necessity to me, because, as a rule, when I used my favourite weapon, it had to be manipulated in a hurry. If it were necessary to charge it on the scene of action, a considerable amount of time was required, and very often I had not more than thirty or forty seconds, free from observation, in which to work. On the next morning, I still further inflamed my patient's temper against Fernie, and when he became excited I gave him two tabloids of morphia, ostensibly to calm him, really to keep him quiet until the other drugs were active, and then, after waiting half an hour, I put my syringe into the back of his neck, and injected<noinclude></noinclude> mcwam3g56iml1hwkbzwae8987dbj50u Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/200 104 2223829 14131069 6664391 2024-04-26T07:52:32Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|188|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>as I waited for something to happen, I hardly knew what, myself. "Should we hear his death scream?" I wondered. I really think that was the longest forty-seven minutes of my life. The maid returned to remove the cups, and I imagined that Miss Nanson would be curious about my unusually long stay, and then, just as the girl got to the door with the tray it happened. It ''was'' a scream. It came suddenly, out of the silence of the big house, a horrid, dreadful sound of mortal, hopeless fear, so horrid as to give even me that feeling that one's blood is freezing in one's body. Then it died away for a moment only, and recurred with a change of note—a deeper, more despairing and terrifying screech than before, which only a man facing immediate death could utter; a long-drawn-out last hopeless call, ending in a choking, gurgling bubble—and then—silence. "What is it? What has happened? Oh, doctor, what is it?" whispered Miss Nanson, as she half tottered towards me. "Is it in the house? W-w-was it father?" The maid still remained motionless by the<noinclude></noinclude> ilq3meupk0902su2s01sqw5z5aydgbo Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/202 104 2223831 14131070 6664393 2024-04-26T07:52:33Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|190|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>foot of the bed was the wretched Fernie, his face blue-black, and puffed out almost beyond recognition; froth issued from his swollen lips, while the thin but sinewy hands of his master still convulsively gripped the bruised and discoloured neck of his victim. Sir Richard Nanson, with hair dishevelled, and clothed only in a long, white night shirt, was kneeling on the bed, one knee on each side of the dead man, and as I looked he stared at me with an expression I can only describe as being like that of a maddened, half-famished cat, who has just caught a bird, and fears that it is going to be taken from him. There was no sign of recognition in his wild, bloodshot eyes, and he made no movement, only that he looked about him quickly, savagely, and furtively, as if watching to see that no one came to take his prey from him. It was quite evident that Fernie was dead, and that his destroyer was suffering from acute and dangerous mania. "No doubt about the action of muscarin and curare," I told myself; "but I must certainly have more experience before I use them again; evidently the mixture was wrong, or I gave too big a dose." The police were sent for, and ultimately Sir<noinclude></noinclude> 9ay3aif4zqt6nnqtidczprsvcymjewh Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/206 104 2224367 14131071 6665568 2024-04-26T07:52:34Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|194|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>in his only sitting-room one evening when he rose to my lure. His niece had gone to bed. We had just finished a game, which I allowed him to win, and I got up as if to leave, when he stopped me, and said, "One moment, doctor; I have come to look upon you as a very honest and straightforward man." And he continued, "You have told me that sooner or later one of these horrible attacks of mine may be the end of me. I must, I suppose, make a will, and I want your assistance." I had always treated him, during these attacks, with nitro-glycerine, but had never told him the name of the remedy or given him a prescription, in order, of course, to keep up a regular attendance upon him. I mention this as a prelude to the incidents which occurred later. "My dear Mr. Stone," I said, "of course if I can be of any use to you, I am always at your service." "I felt sure you would help me, doctor," replied the old man. "Now I've been a saving man all my fife, and I've gold—gold I say—hidden. It is to go to my niece,—to Polly, but I want no lawyers prying round, and, mark you, no death duties. You shall<noinclude></noinclude> pd6jv7drf82oxk3g9udtkm3p6c1wwfu Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/208 104 2224369 14131072 6665570 2024-04-26T07:52:35Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|196|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>old oven with shaking hands and drew out a bag, which—thanks be! gave forth the sound of coins. "See here, doctor, this is gold, gold—all mine! I come here and count it—there are eight bags—eight hundred pounds." He was talking in an excited whisper, his eyes flashing and his hands trembling. "All mine—and nobody knows." "I see," I said. "And all this is for Polly?" "Yes! Yes! When I'm dead and gone. But this is not all. Come." To make a short story of it, I followed him round the tumble-down old place into all sorts of queer and uncanny holes and corners, and by the time he had finished I was half-dazed with my luck. He had just about seven thousand pounds in gold hidden away in that ramshackle old house, and this, except a small sum for Polly, would be a most acceptable addition to my very impoverished exchequer. How much did Miss Polly know? How often had she followed her uncle in his midnight excursions? I must make it my business to find answers to these questions before assisting my patient across Styx. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 0uop5s3dbq7gjq8zo8pvb102bunkgbb Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/210 104 2224371 14131073 6665572 2024-04-26T07:52:36Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|198|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>the services of a chauffeur, who knew the little car well, for a fortnight. This deal, simple as it seemed, put the days of Mr. Michael Stone in this unhappy world at about twenty to thirty in number. You see my plan? Stone was to die; I was to remove the gold. Polly was to have what I thought safe and wise to leave. The car turned out to be a little treasure, and in a week I could do anything with her in the way of driving. I dismissed the man; and for the future drove her myself. I was now waiting. Would the old man get ill, or had I to make him so? He saved me the trouble. Three weeks from the time I got the car I also got my opportunity. About half-past eight in the morning of the day I mention, Polly sent me up a message, "Would I come at once?" Would I come! I sent word to her, "I would drive over as soon as I was dressed." On arriving at the house, I left the car well inside the ramshackle old gate, and went right into the long, low sitting-room. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> h1iscn5l6fqp44e0vqwbr8fnxyg5ag7 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/212 104 2224373 14131074 6665574 2024-04-26T07:52:37Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|200|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>was standing by the table—leaning on it with one hand, the other holding the heavy stick with which he had just attacked me. His face was convulsed with fury. He tried to speak, but only the inarticulate sounds hissed out while he raised his stick as if to attack me again. He had recovered temporarily from his seizure, although I could have sworn he was safe for an hour. I stepped over to him, and, by a strong effort of will overcoming my repugnance at touching him, removed the stick from his hand. I had to use considerable force to take it, and then he tried hard to bite me, slavering over me in a most hateful manner that made me cross, and I hit him over the head hard enough to lay him out. He dropped with a groan, and I immediately picked him up and carried him to his sofa. Now, time was of the essence of the contract; Polly would soon be back. Firstly, out came my chief friend, the dear little hypodermic, and into the shrivelled arm of the unconscious man went enough strychnine and cocaine for my purpose. He should die in a fit. Then a run to the motor to see the gold covered up safely. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> snofnz06qpjr2dcouf085aweflqaqk7 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/214 104 2224375 14131075 7496460 2024-04-26T07:52:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|202|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>was there, she could not then say anything to my detriment in case any part of the day's work was discovered. Michael Stone was now dying rapidly, and I told his niece this. "I must go now," I said. "I am sorry I cannot do anything more to help you—but—but I will come over again later, and then we must see about your affairs. I will do all I can for you. Good-bye." I was anxious to get the gold off the premises, and I wasted no time in starting the car. I am not an expert in motors, and you can imagine my horror when I found the thing would not start. Here was a pretty kettle of fish—after all my care and scheming to find myself utterly baulked by a beastly motor. What was I to do? The gold must come out—a big business; and where was it to go? I glared around in an ecstasy of rage and desperation. If Polly were not about! I retraced my steps to the house, and found the girl watching the now rapidly dying man. "Polly," I said. "my motor refuses to move; I must get a man out here to see to it. Will<noinclude></noinclude> gllsp7enwlukvihhfjb1sfbw61qpueu Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/216 104 2224377 14131076 6665578 2024-04-26T07:52:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|204|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>"No, Polly, I haven't an idea," I replied. "But to-night, if you like, I will come over and help you to find your fortune." "Thank you very much; you are so good to me," she answered, her words punctuated with sobs. I drove back again after dark, and found Polly restless and agitated; she had not yet found much money. "I should so much like a cup of coffee, and I expect it would do you good," I suggested to her. "I will make some at once," the girl replied, and in a few minutes returned with it. I had some laudanum with me in a small glass phial, and took the opportunity of putting a fair dose into her cup when her back was turned. I could not remove the gold in safety unless this restless girl was kept quiet. "I feel very tired, doctor. I think I won't trouble you any more to-night," she said before long, and we went back to the room in which the miser had died, and in a few moments Polly was in a chair—fast asleep. Now to work again. It had been a long, trying day—even my nervous system was feeling strained, and when the gold was once<noinclude></noinclude> i6exht61e2r4s7uwb4ykqb27s62u0ka Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/220 104 2224381 14131078 6665582 2024-04-26T07:52:40Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|208|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>As I stepped upon the platform a smart chauffeur met me, my traps were quickly stowed into a powerful grey Daimler, and in a few moments we were tearing along the leafy Devonshire lanes, away in the direction of the Moor. I sat back with my cigarette and reflected. This visit of mine was, indeed, a curious one—as curious as the circumstances which had induced it. Perhaps I had better describe them. One night, about three months before, just as I had thrown down the evening paper with thoughts of bed, the telephone bell rang, and a woman's refined voice asked me to call at an address in Queen's Gate, a few doors from Old Brompton Road, which, as you know, is a high-class neighbourhood about half a mile from my house. Scenting a wealthy patient, I promised to go at once, and on arrival found the house a large, old-fashioned one, drab painted, with porch and deep basement. In the drawing-room, to which I was shown by a grave, white-headed man-servant, I was greeted by a rather handsome woman of thirty in a dinner-gown of black satin and sequins, reheved by a bunch of scarlet flowers in the corsage. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> lpggvxk1dt3uq10x8t5l9278uxvtu1w Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/222 104 2224383 14131079 6665584 2024-04-26T07:52:41Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|210|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>opposite sex is instantly a lost soul. The "dear doctor" must be ever wary, and constantly on the look-out for pitfalls spread before him by those who, eager for flirtation, are not sufficiently bold enough to do it outside their own homes. With the doctor, the confidant of the family, a secret understanding is so very easy. Towards Mrs. Auberon I preserved a purely professional and correct attitude, and followed her upstairs into the large, handsomely-furnished room, where I found a grey, bald-headed man in pink pyjamas, much older than herself, lying in bed. I was left alone with my patient. After a few questions which he answered in a weak voice, I made careful diagnosis, found a high temperature, took a swab from the throat, placed it in a sterile tube, and then promising to send a mixture spoke some cheery words, and left the room. As I opened the door I distinctly heard the ''frou-frou'' of disappearing skirts, and knew that the sick man's wife had been listening at the door. Having descended the stairs to the dining-room she soon joined me, all anxiety to know my opinion. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> r1l5h5s04fe3wyejizdnlsfxa49srjf Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/224 104 2224385 14131080 6665613 2024-04-26T07:52:42Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|212|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>Then I threw myself into my chair and lit a cigarette. Yes. Whatever the situation was in the Auberon household, the lady was certainly very shrewd and clever. And that she had attempted to fascinate me could not be disguised. What did it mean? Next morning I was up early. I rubbed the damp swab upon a cover-glass, dried it, and stained it with methylene blue for a few minutes. Then I washed the film, dried it, mounted it and placed it beneath my microscope. No second glance was required to determine the nature of the disease from which Mr. Auberon was suffering. The bacilli were present in characteristic form, those slender rods, some straight, some slightly curved, their thickness being slightly greater than the tubercle bacillus—the indisputable proof of diphtheria. When I called an hour later I carried with me some antidiphtheric serum. I was introduced to Captain Edward Auberon, the sick man's son, a tall, well-built fellow almost the same age as his step-mother. The wife introduced him, and to them I told the result of my diagnosis. Both were<noinclude></noinclude> na8xkden72h7qrs8hyxqdrkh335d069 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/226 104 2224387 14131081 6665588 2024-04-26T07:52:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|214|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>Her lower lip stiffened slightly, so slightly, indeed, that had I not been watching, I should not have noticed it. She was silent. Her gaze was fixed out of the window. The pause was a rather awkward one. Then suddenly, after watching her for a few moments, I said with a smile: "Forgive me, Mrs. Auberon, if I say that you do not appear—well, exactly anxious for your husband's recovery." "What do you mean?" she cried, turning upon me, her dark eyes flashing in resentment. "Nothing," I replied grimly. "Only—well, in some cases, you know, wives are a little tired—just a trifle weary of married life. That's all." She bent forward in her chair, looking into my face with a fierce, intense expression. "Ah! I see. Dr. d'Escombe—I see, now, that you are not one of those canting moralists, but a thorough-going man of the world. You judge the world by the world's standards. You have read the heart of a woman. You—you have read mine!" she admitted. A footstep sounded outside in the tiled hall, and she started, fearing lest it should be the Captain returning. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> h9g64496btund3p8xg6dhmji3mxyqoz Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/228 104 2224389 14131082 6665590 2024-04-26T07:52:44Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|216|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>"And none on mine," was the woman's hard reply. Her dark brows were shghtly knit and her lips stiffened again. Ah! how easily, my dear Brown, will an evil woman, in these days of rapid living, buy a man's life! If you had only seen half of the ugly side of matrimony as I have seen it you would be appalled and thank your stars you are a bachelor. Five hundred pounds is surely good pay for a moment's forgetfulness. Therefore we smiled at each other in perfect agreement, and I ascended the stairs and visited my patient. A very bad chill and swollen throat, I pronounced it to be. "My dear Mr. Auberon," I said, "don't worry in the least. I hear you are troubling yourself over business affairs. It is all to no purpose. In a week I shall have you smoking a cigar with me. Trust in me, and I'll pull you through right enough. I've sent for a most excellent nurse—a woman I can implicitly trust—and you'll very quickly pull round again." "You took something from my throat last night, doctor. What did you find?" he asked, looking me straight in the face. "I made the most minute microscopical examination, and I found absolutely nothing abnormal," was my airy response. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> nukbcnsduvkybnhbowcdq9m7ce22i93 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/230 104 2224391 14131083 6665592 2024-04-26T07:52:45Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|218|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>I declare to you, old chap, that I walked back home with a lighter gait than for fully three months past. A firm of money-lenders were bothering me over a little loan, and I wanted money to settle with them. Therefore I had raised no objection to selling my little tube of serum for five hundred of "the best and brightest." I saw my patients as usual, and at the appointed hour I had a stiff peg of whisky and returned to Queen's Gate. In the hall I met the Captain, who accompanied me to his father's room, and watched my rather fussy investigations in silence. I wondered whether he entertained any suspicion. My attitude was, as before, one of cheerful optimism. The patient was, I saw, considerably worse than in the morning. He was taking his mixture regularly, but I fear it was not calculated to do him very much good. A glass of water would have been equally efficacious. The Captain called me outside into the corridor and suggested that a second medical man should be called into consultation. "Certainly," I said. "I have not the<noinclude></noinclude> 9kn27a0lmbm6pf4p87o10pbbrta7ajz Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/232 104 2224393 14131084 6665594 2024-04-26T07:52:45Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|220|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>in my consulting room with the door closed. "I came, because I feared that Edward might overhear, or have his suspicions aroused. Have you made the injection?" she inquired quickly. "Not yet. I have promised Captain Auberon to return at seven, in order to do so. He wishes Heston Forsyth to see his father in the morning." "And what then{{bar|2}}?" she gasped, staring straight at me. "Why, nothing," I laughed. "That is if you are in the same mind as you were this morning." "My mind is unchanged," she promptly replied with resolution. "I am here prepared to buy the serum," and from her hand-bag she produced a small roll of crisp bank-notes—the price of her husband's life. In silence I took them, counted them, and in return handed over to her the little tube from my bag. "But—but, doctor," she whispered hoarsely as she held it in her hand. "You will inject something—or Edward may grow suspicious." "Of course, I shall," I replied, smiling. "The first question that Heston Forsyth will ask will be whether I have done so." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> pie15447gxsxjklhli2bqzlwoz1b2vd Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/234 104 2224395 14131085 6665596 2024-04-26T07:52:46Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|222|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>"And surely there is no harm in it all," I declared. "When dealing with a stranger it is usual, in every business, to make some inquiries. We are still friends, I hope." And I put out my hand. She grasped it and, laughing a little nervously, declared that I had been a trifle too inquisitive. "But never mind. Dr. d'Escombe. I trust you implicitly. You will call at seven," she added. Then I bowed her out, extremely glad to rid myself of her presence. The notes I locked away in my writing-table, and having prepared another tube of a perfectly harmless serum, I attended at Queen's Gate punctually at seven o'clock. Again the Captain met me, pale and anxious, and in his presence the nuise declared that the patient was rapidly growing worse. "I feel no alarm," I said. "I shall give the injection, and he should pull round within the next four hours." So I ascended to the room and used my little hypodermic, filled with a perfectly harmless liquid, in the presence of the nurse, whom I intended should be my witness in case of any awkward inquiry. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 8jblk1fp2gaa6y446ivgeurnpmq2onq Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/236 104 2224397 14131086 6665598 2024-04-26T07:52:47Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|224|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>that could have been adopted. I agree entirely with everything he has done, and we can only now hope for a speedy recovery." I glanced at the sick man's wife, but she instantly averted her gaze. The Captain was quite re-assured, and Heston Forsyth, having pocketed his fee, drove away. The inevitable occurred rather sooner than I expected, for I was called up on the 'phone at one o'clock one morning, and before I could get round, Mr. Auberon had passed to that land that lies beyond the human ken. So next day I signed the death-certificate, and two days later his remains were followed by his sorrowing widow and son and a number of friends to their last resting-place in Woking Cemetery. In a month, my dear Brown, I had forgotten all about the affair. I possess a faculty for forgetfulness that is often very convenient. Cocaine and soda have washed many a nasty taste from my mouth. Late one night, about eight or nine weeks afterwards, I was reading the evening paper before going to bed when a patient was shown into my consulting-room. It proved to be Mrs. Auberon. She looked<noinclude></noinclude> kvxqu8q6fvckeux8v7ezqkzi7u744fg Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/238 104 2224399 14131087 6665600 2024-04-26T07:52:48Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|226|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>moment of indiscretion during my husband's illness I unfortunately told him that he would not get better—that you and I were in accord, and that I had bought the bottle of serum." "My God, woman!" I cried, starting to my feet. "Are you a howling imbecile?" "You are right!" she gasped. "I was. I've paid for it—paid for it dearly ever since. He's had three thousand pounds from me already." "You're an infernal fool, Mrs. Auberon," I declared openly. "And you deserve what you've got." "I know! I know!" she cried in sheer despair. "But your peril is equal with mine. I've paid in order to save you, as well as to save myself. He threatens to put the whole matter before Edward. If he does, then we are lost. What can I do?" "Do? Why, pay him a lump sum and get rid of him." "And if I do so he will then commence to blackmail you." "What does he really know?" I asked calmly. "Everything. I was a fool, and believing we were to be man and wife, told him everything." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> fh3wrpmj9yntp7t63ictujjoq3o99b9 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/240 104 2224401 14131089 7496491 2024-04-26T07:52:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|228|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>"Well," and she hesitated, her fine dark eyes turned upon mine. "Well—do you leave it to me to suggest a way out?" she asked slowly. "You did so on a previous occasion," I remarked. A silence fell between us, broken only by the loud solemn tick of the old grandfather's clock in the corner. "He is coming to visit me at Coombe next Saturday. Perhaps he—well, he might be taken seriously ill during his stay with me. Who knows?" And in her eyes showed a queer, eager look. She was a woman of nerve and determination. "Why is he visiting you?" "It is a purely friendly visit—to talk over the future. By tacit agreement our engagement is at an end, of course." "He has no love for you, eh?" "None. He never had. He was after my money—by fair means or foul. That's all." "And when he has bled you for all you are worth, he will just go to the Captain and tell him the whole story." "That is my firm belief. For that reason I make the suggestion that certain means—may—be—found—eh?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 282l2lsi07kh51ri20ywj2g1a45rfrp Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/242 104 2224403 14131090 6665604 2024-04-26T07:52:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|230|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>my solicitor. None of my old servants are with me now." I promised. Then she drank the glass of brandy-and-soda I mixed for her, and I saw her into the taxi which was waiting. My hat, Brown! Imagine my feelings when she had gone. Here I was, once more, in an infernal hole, merely on account of a hysterical woman. And the only way out of that ''impasse'' was by some subtle manœuvre whereby the man who knew would be placed ''hors-de-combat''. For hours I paced my room that night, turning matters carefully over, and trying to arrive at some conclusion as to the best means to adopt to achieve our sinister end. You came in. Brown, to ask me about that testimonial to the organist at St. Stephen's, you will remember, and I put down my couple of guineas, which you thought so very generous where church work was concerned, did you not? It pays a medical man to be known among his patients as a good churchgoer. You know that quite well. As Mr. Basil Fryer, solicitor, I duly arrived at Ashburton, after your unwelcome attention had sent me down to Dover, and after half an hour in the car I found myself at a big, old<noinclude></noinclude> stgx1duux1hd7oi892htaepmts7ima9 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/244 104 2224405 14131091 6665606 2024-04-26T07:52:51Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|232|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>The woman looked very straight at me, and her chest heaved just a little, causing her diamond pendant to glitter. "Five hundred," she remarked. "Well, if you really must have it I will give you a cheque when the affair is complete." "I merely suggest it," I said. "I think that the little matter is worth that to you—is it not?" "You are equally implicated," she exclaimed. "But without motive. You had a motive, remember." "You are equally culpable with me." "That, unfortunately, does not alter the circumstances that I am just a little pushed for money," I laughed. "We doctors have, alas! to live beyond our incomes all the time. I think you will quite understand that I'm really in need of another five hundred." "And that is all, remember." "The last penny I shall suggest." "You will have the cheque on the day of the unfortunate event," she said, and we rose and passed into the big drawing-room where she seated herself at the grand piano, and played several airs from the latest musical comedy. I wanted to get away from the place, for I<noinclude></noinclude> tqu68f6yx7ms757cb9h18ffvusk4vur Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/246 104 2224407 14131092 6665608 2024-04-26T07:52:52Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|234|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>Those few strokes of the tiny brush had rendered that unsuspicious-looking cake of soap as deadly as the bite of a cobra. The culture was in glucose bouillon, and if any inquisitive person had smelt the soap he would have detected a peculiar burnt odour of the particular bacillus which I had employed. These, if submitted to the microscope, would have been found to be of drumstick form, slender organisms developing filamentous forms which could be easily identified by an expert in "bugs." Truly a knowledge of bacteriology is of greatest use to the medical man! Mrs. Auberon appeared at breakfast, fresh and charming in a neat grey gown of the latest mode, and surely no one would suspect her of being haunted by that terrible dread of exposure. Her face betrayed not the slightest anxiety, and it was with superb coolness that, when later on we were alone in the morning-room, she asked: "Well, doctor, what are your plans?" "They are already laid," I replied. "Allow your visitor to have my dressing-room—exactly as it is at present, nothing touched. Give careful instructions to the maids, and then treat your friend diplomatically for say four,<noinclude></noinclude> 27zgcjzu53q9o3f4b1l6qog3b0mex6o Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/248 104 2224409 14131093 6665610 2024-04-26T07:52:53Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|236|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>I think you said my train left Ashburton at half-past eleven?" I added. She glanced at the clock, and ringing the bell, told the man to get my bag. I was anxious to get back to town again, and leave for Paris by the night mail. The five hundred pounds were now as good as in my hand. As I drove away in the car she stood in the old stone porch, and waved her hand merrily in farewell. By Jove! She was a really remarkable woman. Her self-control was unequalled. I went first to Geneva, and then south to Naples, on my way to Palermo. At the hotel at Naples I received a hastily-scribbled note from her to say that Taylor had been stricken by some mysterious disease. She did not trust to the telegraph, in fear lest the message should be brought up against her. I smiled as I read her hasty scrawl in pencil. There are few men who have not some slight abrasion of the skin upon their hands or do not shave so closely that the blood is drawn. Upon a broken skin the slightest use of that tablet of soap would produce an effect as deadly as a knife wound in the heart. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 6918szww0howxx2rwqg2wsysy45d56n Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/252 104 2225397 14131094 6668119 2024-04-26T07:52:54Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|240|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>Yes, I practise it as other men practise bone-setting or surgical operations. I know my drugs, I know my doses, and, best of all, I know the effects—all by practise. But, unfortunately, the patients I have been compelled to practise upon till I had attained proficiency have, in many cases, been carried to their grave, and there interred upon my own certificate. But I was telling you of the boy Ronald Snell, who was with me that night in the Empire. Well, it happened in this way. One August morning, about half-past ten o'clock, I was in the surgery of my old friend, Doctor Thring, in Alexandra Road, St. John's Wood. He had been called up to Dundee to see his brother who was dying, and had wired asking me to look after his practice for three days. He had a large one in and around Regent's Park, Chalk Farm, Kilburn and Hampstead, and in addition held the oflice of divisional surgeon of police. I had known him ever since our old days at Guy's, where Golding-Bird had picked him out as a coming surgeon—and so he was. He had already made his mark, while I—well, I had, perhaps, left my mark in another direction. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> q4rufqcwdztw6n5f6yqj1gh60m84r3e Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/254 104 2225399 14131095 6668121 2024-04-26T07:52:55Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|242|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>A short walk through Boundary Road and St. John's Wood Park brought us into Avenue Road, where, half-way down on the left, Wills halted, saying: "Here we are. This is the house—the house of the mystery! I wonder what we shall find!" "The place has been to let furnished for nearly a year, sir," Saunders remarked. "See! the board is still up. I was on this beat three months ago and, funnily enough, one night, though the place was closed, I could have sworn that I saw a light in one of those upper windows. But afterwards I decided that it was only a reflection upon the glass." The house, a large old-fashioned detached one, stood back behind a high wall. Above its iron gate was displayed a weather-worn board, announcing that the place was to let furnished, while, seen from the road, the premises bore a faded, neglected air. The garden-paths were weedy, the beds entangled and over-grown, while the yellow blinds, all of which were drawn, were limp, dirty and discoloured. Smartly painted well-kept houses were on either side, their gardens bright with geraniums,<noinclude></noinclude> m2qfkcmip7torsx44siq45b2vl8jhu4 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/256 104 2225401 14131096 6668123 2024-04-26T07:52:55Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|244|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>intruder a month before, because no rain had fallen in London during that period. Upon the steps, and in the garden, were wisps of straw and pieces of waste paper, the drift of the London street, blown there by the wind. Old boots and rags, tossed over the wall, lay about, and amid the tangle some stunted roses, defying the disorder, were blooming. In a few moments we went to the rear of the premises, and at the inspector's orders Saunders produced from his pocket a putty knife, and made an attempt to push back the catch of the scullery window. But the sash could not be lifted. It had been secured by two long screws passing through the sashes. Three windows we tried, and each gave the same result, whereupon the inspector said: "We must force the door." From his inner pocket Saunders produced a short but business-like steel jemmy of the type used by burglars—indeed, it was, they told me, one which had been found upon a member of that fraternity—and quickly commenced work upon the back door. At first he could make no impression upon it, but after about ten minutes there was a sound of the cracking of wood, and the<noinclude></noinclude> 5r2zu2f6h8e239cubzvbzpspy2il05x Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/258 104 2225403 14131097 6668125 2024-04-26T07:52:56Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|246|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>became the more apparent when we ascended the wide, well-carpeted staircase to the bed-rooms above. Searching one room after another, we saw that all the beds had been slept in, the soiled bed-linen having been flung back without the beds being re-made. Entering one of the front rooms, both men gave vent to an ejaculation of surprise, for there, in the semi-darkness, lay the crouching figure of a man upon the carpet near the fire-place. Saunders drew up the blind, allowing the sunlight to stream in, when several strange features became revealed. The dead man's face, as he lay turned towards them, was white as marble, but shrivelled and distorted out of all recognition, while grasped in his hand was a heavy Browning revolver, one chamber of which had been discharged, the tell-tale bullet having lodged just above the heart. I fell upon my knees and quickly examined him. "Suicide!" I said at last. "He's been dead nine or ten hours, I should say." "He's quite unrecognizable. Dr. d'Escombe," remarked Wills. "I've seen a good many suicides in my time, but I've never seen<noinclude></noinclude> 2jnpdssxy6hprxvmx95rccb3tvct252 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/260 104 2225405 14131099 6668127 2024-04-26T07:52:58Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|248|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>upon which were the words: "To defray the cost of my interment in Woking Cemetery." I was at that moment crossing the room, when my eye caught a small ball of paper, which had been screwed up and flung into the fire-place. I picked it up and on smoothing it out, found the words, written in a bold, round hand: "''Riddle:—The Wasp can no longer sting.''" Wills, to whom I handed it, read and re-read the cryptic words. "I wonder what that means, doctor? Can this be the wasp?" he asked, glancing at the dead man. "Or did he wish to show his defiance of somebody known as 'The Wasp'—that he can no longer be stung by him!" "'The Wasp' is perhaps some spiteful person," I remarked. "Yes," replied the inspector; "there seems a good deal of mystery regarding this affair." Both my companions made a tour of the bedrooms, and the attics upstairs, but discovered nothing else to attract their attention. Saunders was sent to the station to report the gruesome find. When he had gone Wills unlocked the front-door, and then re-ascended with me to where the dead man lay. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 9f16cpj3l9x5kaq3ekgr8grhok81xtb Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/262 104 2225407 14131100 6668129 2024-04-26T07:52:59Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|250|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>now shown by that scrap of paper. "The Wasp can no longer sting!" Why? Because his victim was dead. But that distorted countenance puzzled me greatly. Again I examined the wound, and saw at once that it was a mortal one. The muzzle of the pistol had been held close against the shirt front, the hole in which was brown and blackened. By the remains of food in the dining-room, he had had two companions there. Who were they? Surely they would come forward and make some statement. "It's a complete mystery, Dr. d'Escombe, isn't it?" exclaimed the inspector, turning to me. It certainly was, and it had greatly aroused my curiosity. But, determined to investigate matters myself, I affected indifference and said: "Merely a case of suicide during temporary insanity. I'll make the post-mortem this afternoon, if you'll have the body removed to the mortuary." "Very well, sir," was the man's reply. "But you didn't go up into the attics, doctor, did you?" I replied in the negative. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> egyo55e57qac4xqg4e2k1bhya2twmk9 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/264 104 2225409 14131101 6668131 2024-04-26T07:53:00Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|252|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>I walked back to Thring's house in Alexandra Road, full of serious reflections. The word "Riddle" kept recurring to me. I had certainly seen it several times recently, but where, I could not for the life of me recollect. Suddenly, just as I entered the house, I remembered. I had noticed it in an advertisement in the ''Morning Post''. I rushed into the waiting-room, where a copy of that day's paper lay upon the table and searched it. Yes! In the "agony" column was an advertisement—a copy of those very words written upon that discarded scrap of paper—a declaration that "The Wasp" could no longer sting! Half an hour later I drove in Thring's car down to the office of the paper in the Strand, and there searched diligently through the files for the past six months. In them I found nearly a dozen different cryptic communications to "Riddle," but so carefully worded that of none could the actual meaning be determined. Unknown to Wills, I had, while in that house of mystery, made one discovery. I had found in one of the leather seats of the<noinclude></noinclude> agcyof55tki1x5pugydarij2pfj694o Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/266 104 2225411 14131102 7496500 2024-04-26T07:53:01Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|254|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>named Heinrich Otto, who, unknown to the owner, was apparently trying to sub-let it furnished. Otto, who paid the rent regularly, had returned to Hamburg a year before, leaving the house in the hands of local agents, while Mr. Charlesworth resided somewhere down in Cornwall. Herr Otto was described as a short, stout, fair-headed man of forty-five, who wore round, gold-rimmed spectacles. But even though the features of the suicide were so distorted, they could not have in any way resembled those of the German. The mystery, though dismissed by police and public, was, to me, a most remarkable and interesting one, because I had established one amazing fact most clearly—a fact utterly unsuspected and yet astounding. I had made a discovery, and saw that, if I exercised a constant vigil, I might possibly turn my knowledge to considerable monetary advantage. You know, my dear Brown, that I'm in a chronic state of being hard-up. I was then. I wanted money, and I had devised a deep scheme to secure it. Well, that night, and for a good many nights afterwards I haunted the Avenue Road.<noinclude></noinclude> 4trqip1xc0tug730el1q85px1c4rl5f Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/268 104 2225413 14131103 6668135 2024-04-26T07:53:01Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|256|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>I daresay that, having read my confessions so far, you have begun to feel that I was a dangerous man. But not half so dangerous, I assure you, as some men who practise medicine—and profit by it. Know your drug, know your dose, and know its effect, and you can, with the aid of your hypodermic, play with men and women just as you please. The world itself is but a plaything in the hands of the clever practitioner who specializes in toxicology. Oh, yes. Brown! I could tell you some things even stranger than those I have written down here in the silent watches of the night. But I have refrained, because I fear that certain unscrupulous persons who may read these lines might be tempted to make similar experiments upon their fellow-men. My little hypodermic, which lies here in its well-worn case as I write, has been my best friend throughout my career. It has brought to me more money in five seconds than I can earn by practise in five years. By its marvellous aid I can make the old feel young, and the miser generous; the sad will yell with side-splitting laughter, and the merry will become full of grief; the careful will gamble, and the good staid woman will cast virtue to the winds. Can any weapon be more terrible in<noinclude></noinclude> 0jbwbqgwrzj5l0lt1kxxl25wgh9odr6 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/270 104 2225415 14131105 6668137 2024-04-26T07:53:02Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|258|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>and watched them silently ascend the front steps and carefully let themselves in with a latch-key. When the door had closed, I stood wondering what course to pursue. Here, most certainly, were the intruders who came at night to that empty house with some secret design. As I watched, I saw upon the blinds of the dining-room the flash of an electric torch. The light showed from room to room. They appeared to be searching the house. The situation was a peculiar one. If I alarmed the police, then my own scheme would at once be negatived. So I watched and waited. Presently, after twenty minutes or so, the young man emerged stealthily and descended the steps. He would have encountered me had I not previously taken the precaution to conceal myself inside the small garden. Then I made a sudden resolve. The old woman was alone within, so I would enter and demand an explanation. I got in by the pantry window—which I had purposely unlatched and unscrewed when inside with the detectives—and crept upstairs to the dining-room, where a faint light showed. Peering through the crevice of the door, I<noinclude></noinclude> 4oznhqbkxu3igeag3z2oq12ezseut5u Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/272 104 2225417 14131106 6668139 2024-04-26T07:53:03Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|260|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>pray?" she inquired incredulously in a thin, croaking voice. "Well—you would prefer me as friend, rather than enemy, I suppose?" was my meaning reply. She had hastily swept up the bundle of notes and replaced them in her shabby bag. "I don't know you, sir," said the old woman, "and, moreover, I don't want to know you." "Probably not—because I could blow this whistle and give you at once into custody," I said with a dry laugh. The old woman's eyes narrowed perceptibly, and she started at my words. "This house is a house of secrets," I went on, "and the police are extremely anxious to discover what really happened here one night about three weeks ago. They are still in ignorance—but I alone know." "You know!" gasped the woman, staring at me. "Yes. I know that a certain young man found in this place did not shoot himself. He was enticed here—and then delberately murdered. Madam, I give you and your friends due credit for a wonderful astuteness and knowledge. The whole plot was really {{hws|remark|remarkable}}<noinclude></noinclude> 77gs35mlf74aotnaqlq3brmg5mlbyrc Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/274 104 2225419 14131107 6668141 2024-04-26T07:53:04Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|262|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>employed to encompass the death of that poor fellow upon whom I made a post-mortem." "You know—the truth!" she gasped, her bony cheeks blanched, her hands trembling as she clutched the edge of the table, her dark eyes staring at me in horror. "I do," was my cold response, as I gazed in triumph full in her face. "I will be quite frank with you, and so you must be frank with me." I went on. "I have myself had some little experience with the drug used. I know its dose, and also its effect. The expression upon the dead man's face alone told to me the plain truth. Who was he? What was his name?" She refused to answer; my words seemed to hold her paralysed in fear. "Come," I said. "We are alone here. And—well, I may, I suppose, be perfectly open with you—I'm prepared to assist you if it is made worth my while. If not—then we may as well remain strangers." I had seen that bundle of notes in her hands, and sight of them had aroused within me that fatal avarice which has, alas! more than once been so nearly the cause of my undoing. "Come," I repeated. "What was his name?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> of6jp2hd5bh0i9alxk9yx19dlbvtpim Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/276 104 2225421 14131108 6668143 2024-04-26T07:53:05Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|264|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>and whether some of them could not be transferred to my own pocket. "That young man, Ronald Snell, who came here with me. He is the son of the man who died in Paris. He—well," and she lowered her voice, "the fact is, he knows too much." "And it would be to your advantage if{{bar|2}}" "Yes, if—if something happened," she whispered quickly. "Ah, I see," I exclaimed, fully realizing her meaning. "But what does he know?" "Everything. His father—whose real name was Heinrich Otto, but who sometimes took the name of Snell—foolishly let him into the secret of the business transacted here—a paying business, doctor," she laughed. "What was that?" "The printing of these," and she touched the little handbag containing the bank-notes. "Then Otto was a forger?" I exclaimed in surprise, suddenly recollecting the pieces of discarded machinery in the attics. "Otto was a German doctor, who was also an expert engraver. He prepared the notes, while I travelled across the Continent and changed them. A year ago, however, the<noinclude></noinclude> eazt6au13v4ehakv6znr3mmerfctvq0 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/278 104 2225423 14131109 6668145 2024-04-26T07:53:05Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|266|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>"You're offer is certainly rather tempting, Mrs.{{bar|2}}" "Netherall," she interrupted. "Well, Mrs. Netherall," I said, "I hardly yet understand why you are so very anxious to rid yourself of the boy." I wanted to learn the whole story. "I require your assistance, doctor, and I'm prepared to pay for it," replied the crafty old woman, whose keen, dark eyes glittered with evil in the candle-light. "I know that you were called in by the police when they found young Wray. It was a master-stroke of old Otto's. The police believed it to be a case of suicide in order to avoid arrest." "But there were circumstances which might easily have aroused suspicion," I pointed out. "A meal had been eaten at this table, and the remains left. Why?" "Old Heinrich laughed at the police. He typed the letter, and posted it himself. He always declared that the police were idiots, and was fond of proving it." "But the advertisements. Who was 'Riddle?'" "A riddle of his own creation. He invented it in order to mystify and mislead the police." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> lqdwqh9lkunz3wojp9su1lg99ojbn9x Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/280 104 2225425 14131111 6668147 2024-04-26T07:53:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|268|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>and cleared out the machinery—as well as two thousand pounds in genuine English banknotes. I knew their hiding-place and, daring detection, I came here and took them a week ago. Unfortunately, however, the old man, before he left England, told his son where they were. The boy is searching for them, and suspects me of stealing them. If I do not refund them he will go to the police and tell them the whole truth." "H'm. Pretty awkward for you, eh? I suppose he can tell them some rather queer stories." "He can. And the worst of it is that the infernal boy has clean hands." I rose from the chair where I had been sitting, and, assuming my stiffest professional manner, said: "I'm afraid that it is not in my power to assist you, Mrs. Netherall. I much regret it." "Not if I give you five thousand pounds in good notes—in gold if you like. You are a clever doctor, and surely the little affair would not be difficult." "Madam, I am not in the habit of performing such services," I said in stern rebuke. "What?" she gasped, staring at me in horror as she rose. "You refuse?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> qky86i15keaaapan2t6ef8mh1rm0nz5 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/282 104 2225427 14131112 7496513 2024-04-26T07:53:09Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|270|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>"The work would take less, but the risk is life-long." "You don't trust me?" she exclaimed, looking at me with a hard, evil expression. "Well, we were strangers till half an hour ago," I replied. "And if I increased the figure how would you propose to act?" "Ah! I should have to first make the young gentleman's acquaintance and diagnose his case," I said with a smile. But she remained silent. She evidently did not intend to put down any sum in advance. By Jove, old chap! I was desperate at that moment, fighting against bankruptcy day after day. Still, as you know, I never believe in tracking small game. So I affected complete indifference. "I'll increase it by another thousand," the old woman croaked at last. "Two thousand paid down now," I insisted. "If you wish," was her answer with some reluctance. "But this is blackmail!" "To-morrow will do. But my figure is two thousand down for silence and assistance. I will meet you anywhere by appointment. The bank-notes in this house are not altogether to my liking. I'm perfectly candid," I laughed. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> oo59at9hwqejtz5mffeqtmwnj2sj3h6 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/284 104 2225429 14131113 6668151 2024-04-26T07:53:10Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|272|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>weapon placed in the dead man's hand, the muscles of which had afterwards contracted. Yes. The more I reflected upon Heinrich Otto, the more did I wonder to what extent he had used his toxicological knowledge. He had, no doubt, been a perfect artist in his branch of the profession. Next morning at eleven I met the old woman at Westminster, and from her received twenty Bank of England notes for one hundred pounds each, which, a quarter of an hour later, I deposited at my own bank in Fleet Street, thus finding myself with a welcome balance. In that hour the fate of young Ronald Snell was sealed. Next day, while in the bar of the Leicester Lounge, in Leicester Square, I managed to scrape up an acquaintance with him. At first he was rather shy of me, but thanks, perhaps, to my ultra-respectable appearance and sedate manner, we quickly became on friendly terms. I had taken a bedroom and sitting-room at the Savoy Hotel, and on the following day he called to see me. He dined with me, and we went out to the White City afterwards. Next day and the next we met, for I took pains to ingratiate myself with him. He was<noinclude></noinclude> 4iq27iwmjqdeg4dr93uhhbal87x0793 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/286 104 2225431 14131114 6865175 2024-04-26T07:53:11Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|274|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>we had supper and sat afterwards sipping curagoa, watching the half-world of London, and listening to the Roumanian band. Upon my companion the combination of absinthe and champagne had already had its effect. He was bright and merry, declaring that, thanks to me, he had spent a most delightful day. When the lights went down and a warning voice announced that the time-limit had expired, we ascended in the lift to my sitting-room. "You want your gloves," I said. "There they are." They were lying upon the sideboard, where he had left them, but as he drew on the left hand one he exclaimed in a thick, indistinct voice: "By Jove! Why—why a beastly pin has got into the thumb! And I've pricked myself badly." And he drew off the glove quickly and examined his thumb beneath the light. Upon the puncture was a tiny bead of dark blood. I glanced at it critically, and then laughing, declared: "Oh, that's nothing," and looking at the pin, added: "It isn't rusty, so there can be no danger." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> fva8qqtqqfue8blkf8rcexj82hnhekj Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/288 104 2225433 14131115 6668155 2024-04-26T07:53:11Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|276|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>constitutional disturbance, together with an eruption on the surface of the body. He had noticed it and suggested that Dr. Macdonald, a medical man he had consulted before, and who lived in Paddington, should be called. To this I raised no objection. Therefore, my estimable colleague saw him, made an independent diagnosis, and was much puzzled next day by the eruption which had at first appeared papular and was now assuming a pustular form. He found the nasal mucous membrane secondarily infected, and thence inflammatory swelling was spreading to the tissues of the face. When we consulted, Macdonald acknowledged himself in complete ignorance of the disease from which the patient was suffering, an ignorance which, of course, I also affected. As day succeeded day, Macdonald attended him, but he grew no better. His symptoms were of rapid pyæmia, and on the ninth day Ronald Snell breathed his last, while both Macdonald and his partner, a man named Booth, were, as I expected, utterly at a loss to diagnose the actual disease. They were unaware that the pin in the young man's suede glove had been infected with a stroke culture I had carefully incubated<noinclude></noinclude> 7rjo8mcjn0idocppuzzglf4fmigmcdn Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/292 104 2225980 14131116 6669492 2024-04-26T07:53:12Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|280|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>Swiss Cottage, and took tea with his dark-haired wife and his daughter Edith, a tall, fair girl of about seventeen. Upon that, my first visit to that artistic, well-appointed house, I detected that Farnell was a faddist—one of those men of middle age who are ever anxious about their health and weight, and ever suspicious that there may be something the matter with their heart. Such men are constant sources of income to the medical man. The family-practitioner always cultivates their acquaintance, for they mean nice little quarterly accounts. The faddist will not repulse his doctor from looking in "just to see that he's all right," even though he may be passing on his way to another patient. And as "every picture tells a story," so does "every visit mean a fee." Well, I soon began to know all about Farnell's complaints, both real and imaginary. He let fall that he had had several bad "goes" of fever in the tropics; therefore I attributed all his ailments to the weakness left by malaria, and advised him to be most careful. I smiled when he explained to me how his rheumatism had been treated by a man whom I knew to be a charlatan, and though I<noinclude></noinclude> 0yw2u8ict66h2cp04bzqtxg0bd6l9bg Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/294 104 2225982 14131117 6669494 2024-04-26T07:53:14Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|282|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>up-hill or upstairs too quickly. Save yourself all the exertion you can. And as for your rheumatism, it can be quite cured by judicious application of electricity. I know a most excellent man. I'll see him myself, and if you go down to him twice or three times a week for a month or two, you'll be able to move your hands as well as I can." "Do you really think so, Dr. d'Escombe?" asked the old chap, his face brightening. Though he did not drink port himself, he kept a splendid cellar, and the glass of wine he ordered for me was perfect. From that day forward, for five whole months I saw him twice a week. Sometimes he would motor down to Cromwell Road to see me. You met him once in my smoking-room, I remember. The summer days were stifling in London, and he longed to get to Vichy. But I kept him carefully at home, for did not every visit mean a fee? He was a cute old man. But my professional patter and my air of deep concern deceived him, as it had deceived many a cleverer man. Fortunately, he had a slight affection of the heart, and this, I, of course, magnified until at the end of five months he<noinclude></noinclude> m0bt936ky869mrtq2t0icnor3xyg0ha Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/296 104 2225984 14131118 6669496 2024-04-26T07:53:14Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|284|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>The girl saw through me. In an instant I realized how shrewd she was, even though she might be one of those flighty ones who, in the afternoon, wander across the Heath from "Jack Straw's Castle" towards the "Spaniards," and sit upon the seats, displaying neat ankles, and eyeing the men who chance to pass by. "I fear you are mistaken," I laughed. "Your father has been much worse than he imagined. He has been keeping himself very quiet, it is true; but he'll find the benefit of it next year." I had known all along that she disliked me. Why, I could not tell. Her brother's wife had sung my praises many times, for to my efforts she certainly owed her life. And yet this girl suspected my treatment of her silly old father. How she had so completely read me, was a perfect mystery. I pretended to treat her hostility with utter unconcern, and laughingly declared that she would very soon discern an improvement in her father's general health. For another month I continued to give him innocuous tonics, while the electrical expert gave him light baths and other treatments of his own invention. So, between us, we were<noinclude></noinclude> fobmmh7pddj6melvatav8df4qs6pyxd Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/298 104 2225986 14131119 6669498 2024-04-26T07:53:15Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|286|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>open the door when I was startled to hear within men's voices raised in anger. I listened and overheard a stranger exclaim in a hard tone, but quite audibly: "Well, Farnell, I've put the truth quite plainly before you, much as I regret it. You'll have to pay, or else face prosecution. You are my friend, and I alone know the truth. You put things square, then I'll remain silent, and nobody will know." "Yes, and you might blackmail me later on, eh?" "I think you know me well enough, after ten years, to be certain that I should never do that!" snapped the other. "What I know of you, Davies, is nothing much to your credit," replied my patient in a low voice. "But I may as well admit the truth of all you've said, and be perfectly frank." "And how do you propose squaring it up? Your defalcations amount, roughly, I think, to nearly eleven thousand pounds." "I haven't got the money," declared old Farnell. "But you've had it and thrown it away on the Stock Exchange." "Who knows that I've had it beside yourself?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 31g1jrqmeyzqcfrs0twu0bi24eqkr4i Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/300 104 2225988 14131121 6669500 2024-04-26T07:53:17Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|288|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>the morning-room to wait until his visitor departed. He emerged soon, a thin, pale-faced, rather round-shouldered man of forty-five, wearing gold pince-nez. I was careful he should not see me, though I got a good glance at his face, both as he crossed the hall and again as he passed the window on his way out. Instantly I came forth from the room, and meeting Farnell, said: "I heard you were engaged, so thought I'd wait." "Yes, doctor, come in," he snapped, and led the way back to his den. He was quite unlike his usual self, and treated me with considerable abruptness. We were seated together with the door closed when I suddenly looked him straight in the face, and said: "You are not quite yourself this morning, Mr. Farnell. This excitement is not good for you." "Excitement! What do you mean?" "Well, the excitement of having such a visitor," I replied meaningly and rather slowly. He started up, staring at me in blank astonishment. "What do you mean, d'Escombe? What—what do you know?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> ak2ep4n32ot4juu5zrcl58v2fwaiwqw Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/302 104 2225990 14131122 6669502 2024-04-26T07:53:18Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|290|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>"Heaven alone knows! Face the music, I suppose." "Bosh!" I laughed. "You're surely not going to act the fool?" "I don't quite follow you, d'Escombe," he said. "Can you see any way out of it?" "Well," I replied with some hesitation. "There is—one way." "How?" he cried eagerly, rising and facing me earnestly. I was silent for a few moments, carefully examining my well-manicured finger-nails. "This man Davies is not a very reliable person, is he? From what I gathered, he possesses certain proofs of your dishonesty, and he alone knows how much you've had—and how you have had it. Am I correct?" "Yes. He knows everything. He's learnt it in a most artful way." "Probably in order to bleed you. He believes you to be well off." "In all probability." "Well," I said; "you have only to reckon with him. You are certain of that?" "Yes, at present nobody else knows. And he will tell nobody, otherwise he couldn't blackmail me afterwards." "Good. Then he is your sole enemy," I<noinclude></noinclude> 341wxo14od6zpbgbm2vobzruv7gfvo5 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/304 104 2225992 14131123 6669504 2024-04-26T07:53:19Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|292|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>though the drift of my argument was slowly filtering through his brain. "Phew!" he gasped. "I see! You are a doctor d'Escombe. You could help me—if you only dared!" I nodded in the affirmative. "A risky business! You'd want a big price, and—well, I can't pay very much, though to me it means life or death!" "A thousand," I said. "I'll manage it for that, and free you." "And take all risks?" he whispered. "On two conditions. That you pay me a couple of hundred now—as a retainer, as it were—and that you are for ever silent." I saw in an instant that he swallowed the bait. He was just a little frightened at the suggestion, but ten minutes later, in the broad, open light of day with the sunshine streaming into that little room, he purchased the life of his enemy. He wrote me a cheque for two hundred pounds. Then, fearing that one day or other he might condemn me, I compelled him to scribble a few lines to the effect that the sum was paid to me "for private services rendered." That, my dear fellow, together with the existence of the cheque, would be evidence<noinclude></noinclude> fzlh8jgn2od23qv396qzk7fv53i9p7l Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/306 104 2225994 14131124 6669506 2024-04-26T07:53:20Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|294|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>His ''ménage'' was not an extensive one, consisting only of an elderly Italian valet. When I called at Fitzjohn's Avenue and told Farnell what I knew, he was amazed. "My dear d'Escombe, how did you learn all this?" he asked. But I only assumed a sphinx-like expression, and smiled, asking him to supply any further details he could regarding his enemy's habits or his haunts. "I really don't know. Sometimes he lunches at Birch's, in Cornhill," he said; "and he's a member of the City Carlton. You know his office in the Poultry, at the corner of Bucklersbury?" "Yes," I said. "I suppose I must now make his acquaintance." But scarcely had I uttered this sentence when his daughter Edith entered the room. "Whose acquaintance. Dad?" she asked. "We are talking business, dearie," he replied. "And I wish that when I'm engaged with Dr. d'Escombe you would knock before you come in. It is hardly lady-like to burst into a man's room like this!" "But, Dad, how was I to know?" she protested with a pout. "I didn't hear you talking at first. I thought you were alone,"<noinclude></noinclude> a1eoo1g936qrgsjnmsk8ht5nuyoemwo Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/308 104 2225996 14131125 6669508 2024-04-26T07:53:21Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|296|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>That afternoon I called on a man whom I sometimes employed to make private inquiries for me, and I instructed him to find out something further regarding Davies. Two days later I had a report in my hands which showed that the person in question was well-known in a certain circle in the City, but he had the reputation of being addicted to sharp practice. He was a director of two distinctly shady concerns. The whole report, indeed, went to show that, while posing as an influential man, he was, on the contrary, little better than an adventurer. He had led an eventful life in South Africa before the war, and had made several remarkable coups in finance in consequence. For a long while I pondered over what I read. Then, passing into that bare upstairs room which I used as a laboratory, and to which nobody was ever admitted, I went to the window and examined my tiny tubes of various cultures in the small, square incubator. They were innocent-looking little tubes, in all conscience, but contained in them were sufficient germs of deadly diseases to decimate a town. The particular tube to which I turned my<noinclude></noinclude> lye25gj5skh08ai14q7qh1cujuxxvtn Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/310 104 2225998 14131126 6669510 2024-04-26T07:53:22Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|298|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>The man inside the cab was myself, and I was watching for the man Davies to emerge from his chambers, which were, over a hat shop. I was in evening-dress, and I suppose I presented as respectable an appearance as he did, when, after three-quarters of an hour, he came forth in black overcoat and crush-hat, and strolled up Duke Street into Jermyn Street, entering the Maison Jules for dinner. Hence, I was compelled to follow up in the taxi, and again wait without my own dinner, till an hour later he emerged and took a taxi to the Palace Theatre. There he seated himself in a stall, while I watched him from the promenade. Then, during the ''entr'acte'', he came forth and descended to the bar. I allowed him to order a whisky-and-soda, when, suddenly seizing my opportunity, I came up beside him, and reaching over to give the barmaid my money, accidentally upset his drink. "Do forgive me, my dear sir," I said in my best professional manner of apology. "It was horribly clumsy of me!" And I at once ordered another whisky-and-soda. I noted his annoyance, but the profuseness of my apology melted him, and when I<noinclude></noinclude> dei9mhiwi11gd3dtzuhuqlq8937nzdg Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/312 104 2226000 14131127 6669512 2024-04-26T07:53:23Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|300|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>cotton-wool can do. See mine," and I exhibited my amber mouthpiece, which, miscrewing in the centre, contained a plug of wool. "By Jove! An excellent idea. Where do you get them?" he inquired. "I'll send you one," I said, laughing, "as souvenir of this meeting. And we shall meet again, I hope." "Certainly. I'll be most pleased. But, I say," he added, "it's awfully good of you." "Not at all," I declared, and, then the show being over, we strolled together down Shaftesbury Avenue as far as Piccadilly Circus, where we parted. Next day I sent him the cigarette-tube by post, and three days afterwards called at his chambers, having previously rung him up on the telephone. The instant I entered his cosy sitting-room in the twilight of the wintry afternoon, I saw that at least I had successfully accomplished one point. But I remained silent, took the cigarette he offered me, and sank into the big arm-chair beside the fire. For some time we chatted merrily, the room<noinclude></noinclude> pfgf4sj4yofmr2nv2ifo5e32amb57tm Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/314 104 2226002 14131128 6669514 2024-04-26T07:53:23Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|302|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>surely it's nothing serious? I'll switch on the light." He did so, and as he stood beneath it I carefully examined his mouth and the small open sore which, truth to tell, had been purposely set up by sucking the prepared holder I had sent him. He saw that I did not like the look of it. "What is it?" he demanded. "It's uncommonly sore." "Well, there's of course nothing to be really alarmed at—not blood-poisoning or anything of that sort. Still, it should be attended to. If it spreads, it may disfigure your whole chin. I've known such cases. So, if you'll allow me, I'll send you over a little ointment. Rub it well in with the fore-finger both night and morning." "Thanks, d'Escombe; that will be awfully good of you," the man declared. "Not at all," I laughed. "I always believe in taking things of that sort in time. When once such a thing spreads one never knows how it will end." "You alarm me!" "Oh, my dear fellow, don't be alarmed. Simply use the remedy regularly, and in a day or two it will entirely disappear." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> dfgzoty687iuk4bof8hpsqy9qq7bf2x Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/316 104 2226004 14131129 6669516 2024-04-26T07:53:24Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|304|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>cause you a moment's worry. Only, on next Thursday week, I shall call here for my cheque." He stared at me with a mixed expression of amazement and pleasure. "Then you have been successful!" he gasped. "How?" "The matter concerns myself," I replied with a smile. "To-day is Friday; on Thursday week, or at latest on Friday, I shall ask you for the cheque—that's all." "And it will be ready for you, d'Escombe, with a hundred added to it," was the old fellow's reply. "By Jove! when I pay you I really believe my rheumatism will be cured. I shall enter upon a new lease of life." "Of course you will," I said cheerfully. "Didn't I tell you there was no reason whatever to worry?" "Ah, yes. But I didn't know that you were so plucky," was his reply. "Most doctors wear a mask of respectability, and would be horrified at any suggestion of the kind. Yet you made it yourself." "As a matter of business, purely," I declared. "By releasing you from a difficulty I shall also be benefiting myself." "I like you, d'Escombe," he said, his big<noinclude></noinclude> jlqwxdfjwwjibjjcnaye8n9pioeb22d Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/318 104 2226006 14131130 6669518 2024-04-26T07:53:25Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|306|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>"You think so?" asked my patient. "I'm sure of it. But if my diagnosis be correct, he will not have an opportunity. I shall not call here again till the day I have named—and then it will be to receive my fee of eight hundred pounds," I added with a laugh. "And it will afford me the greatest pleasure to hand it to you, Dr. d'Escombe," he answered. "Only my curiosity is aroused. Do tell me what means you are employing to bring matters to a successful issue." "No, Mr. Farnell," I responded. "You must forgive me if I refuse to expose to you the cause. Your only interest is in the effect. Remember, you left it entirely to my discretion." "Ah, I see!" he said. "By Jove! d'Escombe, you're a wary bird. You'd make a fortune in the City. I quite discern your point. If I knew your method, I might talk, eh?" I smiled again in the affirmative. Afterwards we played a game of billiards, and I left just before eleven o'clock. On the following Saturday evening I met Davies by appointment at the "Berkeley," and we dined together, and afterwards went to<noinclude></noinclude> ep3zen1nnzadapq2jg4ozvzmallnwmw Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/320 104 2226008 14131132 6669520 2024-04-26T07:53:27Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|308|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>most excellent man, who has, I believe, a very large practice about here. Why not consult him? I'll also look in, but only as a consultant." "Why don't you like to treat me?" he asked quickly. "Because I always think it best for my friends to be treated by other practitioners. I've found it so all through my career," I said, perhaps lamely. "I had Spencer once—about a year ago." "Then have him again. There's nothing to be alarmed at, as far as I can see. Only, if I were you, I would let him see you. There can be no harm in it." "None. You are quite right, d'Escombe. I shall call on him to-morrow." It was long past midnight when we parted. I was quite willing for Spencer to see the man, for I knew that, on discovering the true nature of the disease, he would never suspect its real cause, and moreover, whatever efforts he might make with the serum treatment, all would be without avail. The period of inculcation had been too long. No power on earth could now save him. Well, my dear fellow, my surmise proved correct. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> r6uq0u3ey2pfd09vd70eh8qbjtebtel Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/322 104 2226010 14131133 6669522 2024-04-26T07:53:27Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|310|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>ago. I at once obtained some Pasteur serum, but, as you see, the case is rapid and hopeless." On Thursday morning, when I asked Spencer over the telephone of his patient, I was scarcely surprised to learn that he had expired in terrible agony soon after two o'clock that morning. So, at noon, I kept my appointment with old Farnell, and received the eight-hundred-pound fee for my little account—with the extra hundred added. And that same evening, after a visit to the dead man's chambers to take a last look at him, Mr. Farnell carried away with him certain proofs of his own defalcations which, if not destroyed, might have been attended with rather unpleasant results.<noinclude></noinclude> e8jl0zm682pm6v3oode1bbtrioroq0k Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/324 104 2229186 14131134 6678624 2024-04-26T07:53:28Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|312|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>about four years after I started practice in Cromwell Road, but if I recollect rightly, my dear Brown, you had but little to do with them. The man was certainly very objectionable, although he was without a doubt a gentleman, as far as blood and education were concerned. I can still easily call to mind the first time that I met Rita Manne-Martyn, although I knew her by sight before. It was on a cold wet night, and I was comfortably settled in a big chair with a pipe of Perique, and Haeckel's "Riddle of the Universe," when the sound of the night-bell made me groan. "Always the way," I growled, "one is certain to have a night visit if the weather is extra bad." As everybody else was in bed I went to the door, which, as I opened it, admitted a bitter blast of north wind accompanied by drifting sleet, and also a female figure in a white cloak—an opera-cloak—ye gods! for a night like that. "Are you Dr. d'Escombe," gasped a particularly sweet voice. "Please let me come in, and do shut the door." "Yes, I am Dr. d'Escombe," I answered, as I carried out her order. "Please come<noinclude></noinclude> 99opkjzj11k5itniuhehx5mpqjukjwy Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/326 104 2229332 14131135 6678626 2024-04-26T07:53:29Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|314|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>help me, won't you? because—his people know that we quarrel—and they might say{{bar|2}}" Her really beautiful dark blue eyes, full of tears, looked at me most appealingly, as though she thought I could understand everything. "Say what?" "Well, I must tell you—nobody else knows—but he smokes 'hasheesh'—Indian hemp, you know—and I'm afraid he's had too much. He's quite different to what he usually is. Will you come now?" I must say I didn't like the look of things at all. There was evidently something "not quite straight;" not that I cared, from the ordinary point of view. I was only thinking of myself, although I could not restrain a certain regard for this charming red-haired visitor. "I will order a taxi," I suggested. "No, no; it's only a quarter of a mile—see, I've walked it once," interupted my visitor. "Won't you come back with me now? I can't wait," she urged. Certainly if she—a young and delicate-looking woman—could do it, so could I. I considered for a moment. "Very well, Mrs. Martyn, I will brave the storm; if you can, I can," I said. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> n2p3yfpo490z7xy4dv2ke42x9lnmp9x Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/328 104 2229334 14131136 6678628 2024-04-26T07:53:30Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|316|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>"I wonder how long he has taken it, and if his mind is affected yet?" The lady returned very soon, and seeing her in the bright light, with her hat off, I noticed that her eyes were swollen and red. She had been crying. "Will you come up, doctor? I'll show you the way," she said. So I followed her promptly. Lying on a couch at the foot of a single bed, in a comparatively small room, was a man in a dressing-gown, his face purple and bloated, his breathing slow, heavy and stertorous. This, combined with thin feeble pulse, the condition of the pupils, and the insensitive eye-balls, told me that his wife was correct—he was suffering from poison. Was it what I had been told? Ideas pass through one's mind swiftly under such circumstances—particularly so, perhaps, in mine—and I kept on wondering. She had told me they quarrelled. The man, as I had seen him before in the street, and as I saw him now, comatose and half dead, gave me the impression of being a brute. Dissipation was written large in his fat face, and I could well understand him being cruel, and repulsive also, to such a woman as this—his wife. Had<noinclude></noinclude> b2me5jbcfvshx93qjgo2ylevtco1vfb Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/330 104 2229336 14131137 6678630 2024-04-26T07:53:30Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|318|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>"Not so bad. I was never really frightened before to-night, but, I suppose I ought to tell you, he has been drinking very heavily for the last two days—in fact, more or less for the past two years." Her voice shook as the sentence was completed, and I could look back and see a world of misery, a life of horror, which this refined, sensitive, pretty woman had already passed through. Don't be irritated with me, Brown, if I do sometimes wax sentimental. You know there is a strain of that trick in me, although you, on reading these lines, would hardly think so. I felt a great compassion, even pity, for the unfortunate lady. I suppose my expression, or perhaps my voice, told her this; at any rate some subtle form of telepathy occurred between us, because, as I said: "I am afraid you've had a very bad time of it," she interrupted me by laying her head on her bare arms—she was in some ''négligé'' which showed the porcelain whiteness and perfect contour of these very distinctly—and breaking into a passion of deep, silent sobs. It hurt me to see this. I always hate to see a woman really cry; I don't mean the trickle of tears and the red nose which can be produced almost at will, such as you see in the<noinclude></noinclude> 35n2yhqrfs0e8p95uoxe5f1kld2quoc Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/332 104 2229338 14131138 6678632 2024-04-26T07:53:31Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|320|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>hate me and make my life more wretched, and will believe nothing against him. I must wire to them as soon as I can." "What a pity if he should recover," I thought to myself. When, however, I saw him again before going home I felt I was going to be disappointed. His heart was stronger, and a very slight reflex had returned to the eyes. He was going to recover, and I told his wife so. "You will come in and see him again, won't you. Dr. d'Escombe?" she implored. "You've no idea what a relief it is to have somebody to confide in." I went again, and yet again, and came to know the man and his relations. But I got to know Mrs. Manne-Martyn better, and it was not long before I decided that her drunken, drug-smoking husband should not cumber the earth very much longer. If I did carry out my decision, I could not hide from myself the fact that I had a very difficult and even dangerous proposition before me. There are some folks who, however objectionable, however vile they may appear to be in the eyes of the unbiased observer, have someone whose outlook is blind as to their faults; someone who makes every excuse for<noinclude></noinclude> gbfrruxmyu65xhkzf3ifety4bt6kbzy Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/334 104 2229340 14131139 6678634 2024-04-26T07:53:32Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|322|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>masked and mitigated by his drug-taking. While in this condition he never ceased to rave against his wife, although I am quite certain that he had not, even in his sanest moments, any reason up to the present so to do. "Traitor! traitor!" he would yell out. "I know you hate me! Kill me now! Do for me! I know; I have seen the loathing in your eyes," and so on. His pitying relations would stand by and nod their heads, look at each other and say among themselves: "We always knew it, didn't we? Why did he marry her?" and so on, ''ad nauseam''. They would not allow her into the sick-room. Not that she cared, for who could have cared for a man like that? But the ignominy, the disgrace in front of the servants, hurt her, and I felt that this could not go on. The greatest care was necessary. He must certainly die of something which was likely and reasonable—some ailment absolutely above suspicion, something which must, if necessary, stand the searching of an expert post-mortem examination, because it would be fatal to trust in any way whatsoever the ultimate movements or suspicions of the very prejudiced and narrow-minded women with whom I now had to deal and contend. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 0r7sepmex6w2quqqdrlhmb3ku2oj6aj Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/336 104 2229342 14131140 6678636 2024-04-26T07:53:33Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|324|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>"If he did?" she repeated. "The heavens would fall. Why, I should be free, and I should have the three hundred a year he settled on me at first." "You're sure?" I felt that this had sealed his fate. "You are quite sure?" "Yes, yes; he has often cursed himself for a fool for doing it." Every man has his moment of madness. I have seldom given myself away, I think. Luckily I had no cause to regret it; but I did do so now. "Then he dies," I said, my arm around her, the words whispered into her ear. It sounds melodramatic, but it was not. It was dead serious determination. "And," I continued, looking into her face, "you must help me." "I—help you—how—what do you mean, Archie?" was the whispered answer. "I can manage it easily, but I must have a chance to get him by myself. Those women must be got out of the way. Three—two—minutes will do it, but it must be certain." "Julius—die," she muttered, clinging close up to me in the semi-darkness. "Do you mean it?" "Yes, yes, dear, I am speaking in earnest," I answered. "I cannot see you go on like<noinclude></noinclude> 7mkriovdsmmi0250me1qxaukgr1stoi Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/338 104 2229344 14131141 7496534 2024-04-26T07:53:34Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|326|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>God! Laurence, I'm fond of her still—if only things had turned out right! But there, they did not. "Come and see me at my consulting hour to-morrow," I said as I kissed her again, and strolled down Phillimore Gardens home, to think matters over. I had started Manne-Martyn with an artificial cough, and I had given him dilated pupils, which his attendants had noticed. So far I was on the road. But the opportunity had to be made, and Rita, much as I disliked the idea, must help me, must draw off the enemy, while I, the preliminaries having been arranged, brought off the final ''coup''. "What do you think of my son, doctor," asked my patient's mother on the morning following my revelation to Rita. "Is he really improving? He is sure to get well again—is he not?" "As far as I can see, madam." "I believe it is all Rita's fault," she said; "she has treated him shamefully, poor fellow! He has been driven to do wrong{{bar|2}}" "That is really nothing to do with me, Mrs. Manne-Martyn," I declared, for I feared that if she went on in that strain I might arouse<noinclude></noinclude> 7vqzhnb4vhv04306zcn6oyvzlnd0dxa Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/340 104 2229346 14131143 6678640 2024-04-26T07:53:36Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|328|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>veneer of morality, and we laid our plans carefully, and without reserve on either side. "And after?" said she. After—I hardly knew. I was desperately in love with her for the time; I'll defy any man with an eye to the artistic, and a mind, a soul, an inner consciousness of sex, call it what you like, untrammelled by artificial laws and customs, to be anything else. I am positive there are some women whom no man can resist—that is, if the woman is in real dead earnest. Rita was one of those. "You must manage to put a small narcotic dose into his food or drink to-morrow morning at breakfast time. You can manage that—can't you, Rita?" I inquired. "I will give you a little phial when I see you to-night. It will be a very tiny dose." I intended to give the doomed man—for doomed he was as soon as my plans were laid—enough of a concentrated preparation of belladonna to send him off into a sound sleep for some hours. That being accomplished, I proposed to make my daily call in the afternoon, because the "dragon" and her daughter invariably drove for an hour or two after lunch, visiting and shopping. So I had then only one enemy to deal with. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> c4mgaw3bmwfmys6v06bcjz4upievr5y Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/342 104 2229348 14131145 6678642 2024-04-26T07:53:37Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|330|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>the answer I got. And no more information was given. "Only be ready when Martha leaves you alone with him," she added. I gave the poor little ill-used woman the narcotic dose that night, and as I left her she said, almost gaily: "Au revoir, till to-morrow at half-past three. You may rely upon me." True to time, with the germ-culture in the barrel of my syringe, I arrived at the house and, of course, found Martha at the bedside of my patient. "He's just gone off into a heavy sleep, doctor," she informed me, after I had told her that an important case had kept me during the morning, "and Mrs. Manne-Martyn hardly liked leaving him, but I promised her that I would not leave the room, or let her," she nodded towards the staircase, "come in." I proceeded in a methodical manner to examine my patient. He was breathing heavily, snoring in fact. But I had hardly finished taking his pulse-rate—much I cared about it!—when a terrified shriek rang through the house—a most thrilling and ear-piercing scream. It was Rita's voice. What had happened? {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> dynm7qeqtc9y3ia52ht1a3x9lgns7bb Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/344 104 2229350 14131147 6678644 2024-04-26T07:53:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|332|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>What was wrong downstairs I knew not, but I felt very anxious with this new complication. It takes time to write this, Brown, but the whole business, from start to finish, had occurred in a few seconds, and, to make matters worse, who should appear in the doorway but the sick man's mother and sister. "Why, whatever is the matter?" inquired the elder lady breathlessly. "Has this house gone mad?" Rushing up to the man, who was still calling out and howling, she put her hand on his head. "What have you done. Dr. d'Escombe?" she asked severely. "Poor boy—my poor dear boy!" addressing the fat-faced son, who kept on murmuring "Help! murder!" The old lady looked suspiciously at me. "Something has brought him to this state, and Martha is not here, doctor. What does this mean?" "Don't be alarmed, madam," I said as quietly as I could. The position was very awkward, especially with that broken needle to be reckoned with. And then, Rita! I must go and find out what was wrong with her. "There has been some accident downstairs,<noinclude></noinclude> gjkhqgjyphckgbihz4ymy9n5fhf8w5x Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/346 104 2229352 14131149 6678646 2024-04-26T07:53:39Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|334|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>Poor, brave little woman; she had purposely poured some boiling water over her left hand so that no suspicion could arise as to the cause of her diversion of Martha's watchfulness. I found her crying with pain. However, I dissembled my fears of discovery, and gave her a reassuring nod. After her plucky way of going to work I felt compelled to make the best of things. I dressed her hand, with various little surreptitious squeezings, and went home, still wondering what would happen. Was I to be discovered, after all, in an affair which brought me nothing? Or would my luck still hold good? Much depended upon how the diplococcus acted—where would it form a colony of poisonous germs, ever growing and spreading through the blood-stream? Would he die of meningitis, pneumonia or pyæmia? I did not want pneumonia. I could only hope for the quickest end. One thing was certain. I must be in constant attendance, and if I could get a moment, remove the broken half of that tell-tale needle. Next morning I called early, when my patient's mother received me coldly. I could see she had taken offence at my action of the previous afternoon. But so far all was well.<noinclude></noinclude> raq9e10g5cbe9etlsjwxdkpd37x3g57 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/348 104 2229354 14131150 6678648 2024-04-26T07:53:39Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|336|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>man. "I'm sure of that. Really a good thing, I expect," he concluded. There was, of course, intense agitation and many tears as the result of his opinion; but I took no heed. I could not forget the sick man's treatment of his wife. Well—he died, and when I made my final examination by myself, I managed to withdraw that incriminating piece of steel. I ran a very big risk over that. If only he had at any time been rational enough to locate the seat of his pain I should have probably been discovered. But the Devil looks after his own, and certainly he kept a watchful eye over me on that occasion. I saw a good deal of the widow for some months after this, but I was too busy to see her often enough, and she found and married a fellow on the Stock Exchange. Yes, Rita was very charming, but dangerous—and fickle.<noinclude></noinclude> 9ukrka7y3em6o1yz9c7hc1raoqwndx3 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/350 104 2229356 14131151 6678650 2024-04-26T07:53:40Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|338|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>Of course, you are anxious to hear my story. It is the last one, the ''grand finale'', of More d'Escombe. If I had not been a keen fisherman, I should not be writing this. Now I have thrown my last fly—I'm sorry—for some things. About a month ago, I went for the weekend to Dingley, in Hampshire, a village where I can get some good trout fishing from the landlord of the inn, and in which I rent a small cottage during the all-too-short season—April to the early part of June. I went out on the Sunday, ready for a happy day, my luncheon case and flask full, plenty of spare tackle, and flies galore. A very good rise took place about eleven, but for the life of me I couldn't find the fly they were taking. I could see about twenty different patterns on the water, but the trout were only taking one kind. I worked my way up stream, and at last with a large very dark olive, I got a brace of beauties within ten minutes. Shortly after this, I saw a lovely fish rising continually in a run close by a large snag. A most difficult spot to fish, but I could see that the riser was an extra big one. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> bbukggusb14kwlnhui92wdartcra4ld Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/352 104 2229358 14131152 6678652 2024-04-26T07:53:41Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|340|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>As he held up the capture at arm's length, I gave a sudden start. At last I had found a means at hand to make five thousand pounds, which just then was being dangled in front of me by Sir Walter Michelcombe. He was an immensely wealthy man, as you know, old chap, middle-aged, tall and handsome, and with a charming, pretty little wife. But here was the trouble. Michelcombe told me the whole thing in my house one night, being at the time very talkative and off his guard. He put it down to the whisky. It seems that he had fallen desperately in love with an actress in London, but she, knowing he was married, would have nothing to say to him. This rejection only inflamed him the more, and he openly said in my room that night—meaning what he said, too—that he would give five thousand to be rid of his wife. I laughingly said. "How long do you give me to do this for you?" "A month—not a day longer." "Very well." I jotted down a few words on an envelope and said, "Will you sign this?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 40h6a2brzh0q5pdkv7gdf1ofz0y6tb9 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/354 104 2229360 14131153 6678654 2024-04-26T07:53:42Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|342|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>I pulled out my flask. "Here, man, have a good drink, and cheer up. Don't give in. I'm a doctor myself, and if you like to come to my cottage this evening, I will remove that horrible sore, and put you right again. In the meantime, for God's sake, keep it covered up—don't let a soul catch sight of it. You're highly infectious, and if you are caught now, you will certainly be shut up for some time. Here's half-a-crown, and get some light good food and come and see me at nine." I told him the name of my cottage, and was not sorry to see him slouch off. You say to yourself, Brown, "That's not quite like More d'Escombe, to operate on an ordinary tramp, especially in such an infectious and deadly condition." Quite right, old man, but I wanted the anthrax bacillus, and here was the opportunity to get it—far from home—far from London—far from the person who would develop it. In London I could have made a stab-culture in gelatine, or a culture on either agar or blood serum. I knew the colonies of bacilli. I had observed them often beneath my microscope, beautiful wavy wreaths, like locks of hair, radiating from the centre and apparently terminating in a point which, {{hws|how|however}}<noinclude></noinclude> qv3uuu0egsdpsldclzbi5l7tqbu7cpe Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/356 104 2229362 14131154 6678656 2024-04-26T07:53:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|344|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>The fact of meeting this nurse, little as I knew it, was the first link which was to drag me out of this sphere. I looked at her with a languid interest, wondering who was ill in the neighbourhood, and noticing the well-cut features and handsome figure which she possessed. She, in her turn, looked me straight in the face as she passed. I arrived home, took off my fishing clothes, and settled down to a most excellent little dinner. I could hardly believe that the tramp would face the music, but I got the material ready for removing the pustule. Most certainly, nine tramps out of ten would have shied at the knife, but this one formed the second link of the chain, made up of improbabilities, by turning up. Very ill and bad he looked, and I gave him as little chloroform as possible, and did the small operation with the greatest dispatch. When he came round, he had a drink—the poor wretch couldn't eat—and then I gave him five shillings, and told him to take the train out of Dingley at once. "If you're here to-morrow," I said, "I shall be compelled to inform the local authorities about you." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> joior3wksxd1x85sdgy156s8cmr8odq Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/358 104 2229364 14131155 7496544 2024-04-26T07:53:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|346|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>pushed for money; you see, I have such expensive tastes, and it is marvellous how money goes. I went a few days after my return from Dingley to pay a professional call on Lady Michelcombe, whom I found lying on a sofa, clad in a most fascinating garment, which somehow fixed itself on my mind. It was pale yellow, made of some soft clinging material, loosely made and yet at the same time seeming to fit everywhere. You will say to yourself. Brown, "It is about time the poor fellow was out of it, if he is coming to this." Well, I suppose I am feeling a bit strained to-night, and I couldn't help thinking about that frock. Lady Michelcombe looked more childish than usual that morning. "You wicked man, you've quite deserted me lately; now come and confess to me. Who is it?" "My dear Lady Michelcombe, instead of chiding, you should pity me," I answered. "I have been using great self-control in remaining away for the week I arranged, and overcome the temptation to run in and see you every day." "I don't think I shall believe you," she said,<noinclude></noinclude> 9581xsunslru3bttbdmeamfnx99d7j7 Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/360 104 2229366 14131158 6678660 2024-04-26T07:53:45Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|348|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>"I will come back very soon, and dress the gash," I replied, with a smile, which she returned. "''Au revoir.''" In about half an hour the scratch was tied up with a little ointment dressing on it. The bacillus anthracis was abundant in the ointment. I looked in again in the evening, and exchanged the first box of ointment for one that was innocuous, and went away, feeling as safe as possible. In two days. Lady Michelcombe was very ill, and I had a consultant called in, and a nurse sent for. The consultant was a man known to be against operating, and has attained his present exalted position, not by the possession of much learning or skill, but by a manner, a presence, and a talent for diplomacy and tact. The nurse—here again, note the unkindness of fate, was, to my surprise, the very girl whom I had met on the river bank some days before. She informed me that she was Lord Michelcombe's half-sister, but her manner was stiff and ungracious. I discovered that she was nursing not to make a livelihood, but for the love of it. Lady Michelcombe was operated on, in my opinion, twenty-four hours too late. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 3behro54utgbdkoxq251q4w9j5500fc Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/362 104 2229368 14131159 7496552 2024-04-26T07:53:46Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|350|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>came into my room, pale-faced, with her mouth set, and an ugly glint in her eyes. "Lord Michelcombe died an hour ago," she said, in a cold, calm voice, "and before he died he told me the infamous and horrible plot between you and him. How God allows such a man as you to remain on this earth, is a wonder to me. That such a cold-blooded, heartless, wicked villain could exist, I have never imagined." "You are going a little too far, Miss Cardew," said I. "May I ask you to what you refer?" "To what! Oh, if I were a man, and could thrash you until you screamed for mercy—and then let you die the death you brought on that poor little woman." "You make assertions which you are quite unable to substantiate," I answered. "I beg you to be careful in what you are saying about me." "You blind fool!" she half shouted at me. "You think I don't know—I know everything. Little did you think that I, too, saw the tramp at the village, and his wrist also." This was the worst blow of all. Here was the connecting evidence which could hang me. What miserable luck! {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 6lon4y0pv851fwldoddo90ohlg5pmly Page:The Death-Doctor.djvu/364 104 2229370 14131160 13544937 2024-04-26T07:53:47Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|352|THE DEATH-DOCTOR|}}</noinclude>am satisfied with my life in ridding the world of such a monster as you." She turned swiftly and left the room before I had time to say a word, leaving me still standing. I had a big drink, thought it over thoroughly. There was no getting away from the evidence{{SIC|.}} Everything dove-tailed so beautifully. I must go home to Kensington and die in a respectable way, or something of the kind. Only this one infernal woman knew. By Heaven! if I could silence her{{bar|2}}Ah!— {{***|5}} 1 ''a. m. Bah! it's no use, my old friend, I can't get near her. She has a couple of private detectives on the watch.'' ''Good-bye! Most probably, I shall go off for my last sleep in about an hour.'' ''Beaten by a woman! '' ''Let my career serve as a warning to others.'' {{c|{{smaller|THE END}}}} {{rule}} {{c|{{smaller|Printed at The Chapd River Press, Kingston, Surrey.}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> baolexrq2f0i37yawq920wcf6uun3jc Page:The World Factbook (1990).djvu/372 104 2255116 14130167 6833187 2024-04-25T22:23:52Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Jasonanaggie" /></noinclude>{|align="center" | '''Appendix C:''' '''Country Membership in International Organizations''' |} {|{{ts|mc|bc}} class="__orgtable" |- |colspan="42" style="border-bottom-width: 0.2em; border-bottom-style: solid"| |- |rowspan="2" valign="top|Country |colspan="23" style="border-bottom-width: 0.1em; border-bottom-style: solid"|International Organizations |rowspan="52"|&ensp; |colspan="17" style="border-bottom-width: 0.1em; border-bottom-style: solid"|United Nations Organizations |-style="font-size: smaller" |valign="top"|{{nowrap|ADB&ensp;}} |ARAB<br />LEAGUE&nbsp; |valign="top"|ASEAN&nbsp; |valign="top"|CACM&nbsp; |valign="top"|CARICOM&nbsp; |valign="top"|CEMA&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|EC&ensp;&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|G-77&nbsp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|GCC&ensp;}} |valign="top"|IDB<ref>Inter-American Development Bank</ref>&nbsp; |valign="top"|IDB<ref>Islamic Development Bank</ref>&nbsp; |valign="top"|INTELSAT&nbsp; |valign="top"|LAIA&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|NAM&ensp;}} |valign="top"|NATO&nbsp; |valign="top"|OAPEC&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|OAS&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|OAU&ensp;}} |valign="top"|OECD&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|OIC&ensp;}} |valign="top"|OPEC&nbsp; |valign="top"|SELA&nbsp; |valign="top"|WFTU&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|FAO&ensp;}} |valign="top"|GATT&nbsp; |valign="top"|IAEA&nbsp; |valign="top"|IBRD&nbsp; |valign="top"|ICAO&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|ICJ&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|IDA&ensp;}} |valign="top"|IFAD&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|IFC&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|ILO&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|IMF&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|IMO&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|ITU&ensp;}} |valign="top"|UNESCO&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|UPU&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|WHO&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|WMO&ensp;}} |- |Afghanistan |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | | |{{nowrap|&emsp;•<ref>Suspended</ref>}} | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Albania | | | | | |{{nowrap|&emsp;•<ref>Ceased to participate in 1961</ref>}} | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Algeria | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Andorra<ref name=notUN>Not a member of UN</ref> | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |- |Angola | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Antigua and Barbuda | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Argentina | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Australia |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Austria |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Bahamas | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Bahrain | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |- |Bangladesh |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Barbados | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Belgium |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Belize | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Benin | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Bhutan |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |- |Bolivia | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Botswana | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Brazil | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Brunei | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |- |Bulgaria | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Burkina | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Burma |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Burundi | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Cambodia |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Cameroon | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Canada |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Cape Verde | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Central African Republic | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Chad | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Chile | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |{{nowrap|China, People's Republic of&nbsp;}} | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Colombia | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Comoros | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Congo | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Cook Islands<ref name=notUN /> |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | | | |- |Costa Rica | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Cuba | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |{{nowrap|&emsp;•<ref>Excluded since 1962</ref>}} | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Cyprus | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Czechoslovakia | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Denmark |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Djibouti | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Dominica | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Dominican Republic | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Ecuador | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Egypt | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |El Salvador | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Equatorial Guinea | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |- |Ethiopia | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• <!-- data for 50 countries, 23 international and 17 U.N. organizations; two Factbook pages (pp. 356-7) are encoded on this Wikisource page --><noinclude> |- |colspan="42"|&nbsp; |}{{smallrefs}}{{c|356/357}}</noinclude> aj59ikfe7j038ecbmnwgnmjomq0z38w Page:The World Factbook (1990).djvu/374 104 2255120 14130169 6833158 2024-04-25T22:24:24Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Jasonanaggie" />{| {{ts|mc|bc}} class="__orgtable" |colspan="42" style="border-bottom-width: 0.2em; border-bottom-style: solid"| |- |rowspan="2" valign="top|Country |colspan="23" style="border-bottom-width: 0.1em; border-bottom-style: solid"|International Organizations |rowspan="2"|&ensp; |colspan="17" style="border-bottom-width: 0.1em; border-bottom-style: solid"|United Nations Organizations |-style="font-size: smaller" |valign="top"|{{nowrap|ADB&ensp;}} |ARAB<br />LEAGUE&nbsp; |valign="top"|ASEAN&nbsp; |valign="top"|CACM&nbsp; |valign="top"|CARICOM&nbsp; |valign="top"|CEMA&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|EC&ensp;&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|G-77&nbsp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|GCC&ensp;}} |valign="top"|IDB<ref>Inter-American Development Bank</ref>&nbsp; |valign="top"|IDB<ref>Islamic Development Bank</ref>&nbsp; |valign="top"|INTELSAT&nbsp; |valign="top"|LAIA&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|NAM&ensp;}} |valign="top"|NATO&nbsp; |valign="top"|OAPEC&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|OAS&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|OAU&ensp;}} |valign="top"|OECD&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|OIC&ensp;}} |valign="top"|OPEC&nbsp; |valign="top"|SELA&nbsp; |valign="top"|WFTU&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|FAO&ensp;}} |valign="top"|GATT&nbsp; |valign="top"|IAEA&nbsp; |valign="top"|IBRD&nbsp; |valign="top"|ICAO&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|ICJ&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|IDA&ensp;}} |valign="top"|IFAD&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|IFC&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|ILO&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|IMF&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|IMO&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|ITU&ensp;}} |valign="top"|UNESCO&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|UPU&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|WHO&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|WMO&ensp;}}</noinclude>{{nop}} |- |Fiji |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |rowspan="49"|&ensp; |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Finland |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |France |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |French Guiana<ref name=notUN>Not a member of UN</ref> | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |- |Gabon | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Gambia, The | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |{{nowrap|German Democratic Republic&nbsp;}} | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |{{nowrap|Germany, Federal Republic of&nbsp;}} |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Ghana | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Greece | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Grenada | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |- |Guadeloupe<ref name=notUN /> | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |- |Guatemala | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Guinea | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Guinea-Bissau | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Guyana | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Haiti | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Honduras | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Hong Kong<ref name=notUN /> |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |- |Hungary | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Iceland | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |India |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Indonesia |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Iran | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |- |Iraq | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Ireland | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Israel | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Italy |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Ivory Coast | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Jamaica | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Japan |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Jordan | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Kenya | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Kiribati |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | | |- |Korea, North<ref name=notUN /> | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Korea, South<ref name=notUN /> |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Kuwait | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Laos |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Lebanon | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Lesotho | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Liberia | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Libya | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Liechtenstein<ref name=notUN /> | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |- |Luxembourg | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Madagascar | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Malawi | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Malaysia |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Maldives |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Mali | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• <!-- data for 49 countries, 23 international and 17 U.N. organizations; two Factbook pages (pp. 358-9) are encoded on this Wikisource page --><noinclude> |- |colspan="42"|&nbsp; |}{{smallrefs}}{{c|358/359}}</noinclude> j9aqlb64lujdjbqd67ygl43q15pmm28 Page:The World Factbook (1990).djvu/376 104 2255124 14130171 6833159 2024-04-25T22:24:50Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Jasonanaggie" />{| {{ts|mc|bc}} class="__orgtable" |colspan="42" style="border-bottom-width: 0.2em; border-bottom-style: solid"| |- |rowspan="2" valign="top|Country |colspan="23" style="border-bottom-width: 0.1em; border-bottom-style: solid"|International Organizations |rowspan="2"|&ensp; |colspan="17" style="border-bottom-width: 0.1em; border-bottom-style: solid"|United Nations Organizations |-style="font-size: smaller" |valign="top"|{{nowrap|ADB&ensp;}} |ARAB<br />LEAGUE&nbsp; |valign="top"|ASEAN&nbsp; |valign="top"|CACM&nbsp; |valign="top"|CARICOM&nbsp; |valign="top"|CEMA&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|EC&ensp;&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|G-77&nbsp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|GCC&ensp;}} |valign="top"|IDB<ref>Inter-American Development Bank</ref>&nbsp; |valign="top"|IDB<ref>Islamic Development Bank</ref>&nbsp; |valign="top"|INTELSAT&nbsp; |valign="top"|LAIA&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|NAM&ensp;}} |valign="top"|NATO&nbsp; |valign="top"|OAPEC&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|OAS&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|OAU&ensp;}} |valign="top"|OECD&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|OIC&ensp;}} |valign="top"|OPEC&nbsp; |valign="top"|SELA&nbsp; |valign="top"|WFTU&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|FAO&ensp;}} |valign="top"|GATT&nbsp; |valign="top"|IAEA&nbsp; |valign="top"|IBRD&nbsp; |valign="top"|ICAO&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|ICJ&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|IDA&ensp;}} |valign="top"|IFAD&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|IFC&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|ILO&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|IMF&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|IMO&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|ITU&ensp;}} |valign="top"|UNESCO&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|UPU&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|WHO&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|WMO&ensp;}}</noinclude>{{nop}} |- |Malta | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | |rowspan="50"|&ensp; |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Martinique<ref name=notUN>Not a member of UN</ref> | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |- |Mauritania | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Mauritius | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Mexico | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Monaco<ref name=notUN /> | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |- |Mongolia | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Morocco | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Montserrat<ref name=notUN /> | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |- |Mozambique | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Namibia<ref name=notUN /> | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |- |Nauru<ref name=notUN /> | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |- |Nepal |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Netherlands |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Netherlands Antilles<ref name=notUN /> | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |- |New Caledonia<ref name=notUN /> | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |- |New Zealand |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Nicaragua | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Niger | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Nigeria | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Norway |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Oman | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Pakistan |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Panama | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Papua New Guinea |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Paraguay | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Peru | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Philippines |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Poland | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Portugal | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Qatar | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Reunion<ref name=notUN /> | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |- |Romania | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Rwanda | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |St. Kitts and Nevis | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | |- |St. Lucia | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |{{nowrap|St. Vincent and the Grenadines&nbsp;}} | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |- |San Marino<ref name=notUN /> | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |- |Sao Tome and Principe | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Saudi Arabia | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Senegal | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Seychelles | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Sierra Leone | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Singapore |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Solomon Islands |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |- |Somalia | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |South Africa | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Spain | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Sri Lanka |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Sudan | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• <!-- data for 50 countries, 23 international and 17 U.N. organizations; two Factbook pages (pp. 360-1) are encoded on this Wikisource page --><noinclude> |- |colspan="42"|&nbsp; |}{{smallrefs}}{{c|360/361}}</noinclude> 4s2809fbs821drn09qu12aeimcejsqn Page:The World Factbook (1990).djvu/378 104 2255129 14130172 6833160 2024-04-25T22:25:14Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Jasonanaggie" />{| {{ts|mc|bc}} class="__orgtable" |colspan="42" style="border-bottom-width: 0.2em; border-bottom-style: solid"| |- |rowspan="2" valign="top|Country |colspan="23" style="border-bottom-width: 0.1em; border-bottom-style: solid"|International Organizations |rowspan="2"|&ensp; |colspan="17" style="border-bottom-width: 0.1em; border-bottom-style: solid"|United Nations Organizations |-style="font-size: smaller" |valign="top"|{{nowrap|ADB&ensp;}} |ARAB<br />LEAGUE&nbsp; |valign="top"|ASEAN&nbsp; |valign="top"|CACM&nbsp; |valign="top"|CARICOM&nbsp; |valign="top"|CEMA&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|EC&ensp;&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|G-77&nbsp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|GCC&ensp;}} |valign="top"|IDB<ref>Inter-American Development Bank</ref>&nbsp; |valign="top"|IDB<ref>Islamic Development Bank</ref>&nbsp; |valign="top"|INTELSAT&nbsp; |valign="top"|LAIA&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|NAM&ensp;}} |valign="top"|NATO&nbsp; |valign="top"|OAPEC&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|OAS&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|OAU&ensp;}} |valign="top"|OECD&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|OIC&ensp;}} |valign="top"|OPEC&nbsp; |valign="top"|SELA&nbsp; |valign="top"|WFTU&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|FAO&ensp;}} |valign="top"|GATT&nbsp; |valign="top"|IAEA&nbsp; |valign="top"|IBRD&nbsp; |valign="top"|ICAO&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|ICJ&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|IDA&ensp;}} |valign="top"|IFAD&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|IFC&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|ILO&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|IMF&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|IMO&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|ITU&ensp;}} |valign="top"|UNESCO&nbsp; |valign="top"|{{nowrap|UPU&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|WHO&ensp;}} |valign="top"|{{nowrap|WMO&ensp;}}</noinclude>{{nop}} |- |Suriname | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• | |rowspan="31"|&ensp; |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Swaziland | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |- |Sweden |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Switzerland<ref name=notUN>Not a member of UN</ref> |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Syria | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Tanzania | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Thailand |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Togo | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Tonga<ref name=notUN /> |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |- |Trinidad and Tobago | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Tunisia | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Turkey | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Tuvalu<ref name=notUN /> | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |- |Uganda | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |{{nowrap|Union of Soviet Socialist Republics&nbsp;}} | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |United Arab Emirates | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |- |United Kingdom |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |United States |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Uruguay | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Vanuatu |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Vatican City<ref name=notUN /> | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |- |Venezuela | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Vietnam |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Western Samoa |&emsp;• | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |- |Yemen Arab Republic | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |{{nowrap|Yemen, People's Democratic Republic of&nbsp;}} | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Yugoslavia | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Zaire | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Zambia | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Zimbabwe | | | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | | | |&emsp;• | | | |&emsp;• | | | | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• | |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |&emsp;• |- |Taiwan<ref name=notUN /> |&emsp;• | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |- |colspan="42"|&nbsp; |} <!-- data for 31 countries, 23 international and 17 U.N. organizations; two Factbook pages (pp. 362-3) are encoded on this Wikisource page --><noinclude> {{smallrefs}}{{c|362/363}}</noinclude> 1j7ww9gwgdwp3xzt0wwiqppdu18lucl The Strand Magazine/Volume 1/Issue 1 0 2263650 14127899 12550523 2024-04-25T14:17:38Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = | previous = | next = [[../Issue 2/|Issue 2]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 1 | notes = January, 1891. }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 1. No. 1.||January 1891.}} {{rule}} <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 1).djvu" include=3/> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC|label=Contents|width=500px| * '''[[/Introduction/]]''' * '''[[/The Story of the Strand/]]'''<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:George C. Haité|George C. Haité]].}} * '''[[/A Deadly Dilemma/|"A Deadly Dilemma,"]]''' by [[Author:Grant Allen|Grant Allen]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Charles Grant Blairfindie Allen|Grant Allen]].}} * '''[[/The Metropolitan Fire Brigade/]]'''. Its home and its work.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Mabel Dorothy Hardy|Mabel Dorothy Hardy]] and [[Author:W. B. Wollen|W. B. Wollen]], R.I.}} * '''[[/Scenes of the Siege of Paris/]]''', from the French of [[Author:Alphonse Daudet|Alphonse Daudet]]<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities at Different Times of Their Lives/]]''' {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Alfred Tennyson * The Rev. C. H. Spurgeon * Miss Ellen Terry * Henry Irving * Algernon Swinburne * Sir John Lubbock, Bart. * H. Rider Haggard }}}} * '''[[/A Fair Smuggler/|"A Fair Smuggler,"]]''' from the Russian of [[Author:Michael Lermontoff|Michael Lermontoff]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:William Barnes Wollen|W. B. Wollen]].}} * '''[[/The Maid of Treppi/|"The Maid of Treppi,"]]''' from the German of [[Author:Paul Heyse|Paul Heyse]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Gordon Browne|Gordon Browne]].}} * '''[[/At the Animals' Hospital/]]'''.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Mabel Dorothy Hardy|Mabel Dorothy Hardy]].}} * '''[[/The Mirror/|"The Mirror,"]]''' from the French of [[Author:Léo Lespès|Léo Lespès]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Norman Prescott Davies|N. Prescott Davies]].}} * '''[[/Fac-simile of the Notes of a Sermon of Cardinal Manning/]]''' * '''[[/The Queen of Spades/|"The Queen of Spades,"]]''' translated from the Russian of [[Author:Alexander Pushkin|Alexander Pushkin]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/The Two Genies/|"The Two Genies,"]]''' A Story for Children; from the French of [[Author:Voltaire|Voltaire]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:John Gülich|John Gülich]].}} }} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] cyuu1y1zgzfxohkgsh66hcimi3y4f2y Template:Translation table/4/doc 10 2265293 14131191 9060321 2024-04-26T07:54:18Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}} <!-- PLEASE ADD CATEGORIES AND INTERWIKIS AT THE BOTTOM OF THIS PAGE --> Creates a side-by-side translation of a non-English work into English. ===Usage=== <pre> {{translation table/4 | 1 = | 2 = | 3 = | 4 = | w = | va = | al1 = | al2 = | bg1 = | bg2 = | fs1 = | fs2 = }}</pre> ===Explanation=== {| class="wikitable" style="text-align:left; font-size:100%;<!-- width:100%;--> " |- ! parametre ! explanation ! status ! notes |- | 1 | identification code for linking to this paragraph | optional | |- | 2 | paragraph number | optional | |- | 3 | Text 1: text in original language | required | |- | 4 | Text2: translation | required | |- | w | width of the first column of the table (paragraph column) | optional | * default width is 2% |- | va | vertical align (top, bottom, etc) | optional | |- | al1, al2 | text align (left, right, center, etc) for Text 1 or 2 | optional | |- | bg1, bg2 | background colour for Text 1 or 2 | optional | * default color for Text 1 is #ebe2f7, and for Text 2 is #f8e6ee * no need to add "#" |- | fs1 | font size for paragraph column | optional | * default size is 80% * no need to add "%" |- | fs2, fs3 | font size for Text 1 or 2 | optional | * default size is 110% * no need to add "%" |- |} ===Notes=== This template creates a row for a table. So it must be used together with the table codes. For example: <pre> {| width=100%" {{translation table/4 | 1 = Paragraph 1 | 2 = 1 | 3 = Text 1 | 4 = Text 2 }} {{translation table/4 | 1 = Paragraph 2 | 2 = 2 | 3 = Text 3 | 4 = Text 4 }} |- |} </pre> gives: {| border=0 width=100%" {{translation table/4 | 1 = Paragraph 1 | 2 = 1 | 3 = Text 1 | 4 = Text 2 }} {{translation table/4 | 1 = Paragraph 2 | 2 = 2 | 3 = Text 3 | 4 = Text 4 }} |- |} ===See also=== * [[Template:Translation table]] * [[Template:Translation table/2]] * [[Template:Translation table/3]] * [[Template:Translation table/zh]] <includeonly> <!-- CATEGORIES AND INTERWIKIS HERE, THANKS --> [[Category:Formatting templates]] [[Category:Translation templates]] </includeonly> 8gsf2xudqd0dlrhgigszndjixewrxl5 Page:The New International Encyclopædia 1st ed. v. 16.djvu/471 104 2274494 14129841 9417102 2024-04-25T19:47:52Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{c|{{larger|PRINTING}}}}</noinclude>{|{{ts|ba|mc}} |{{ts|padding:5px}}| {|{{ts|ba}} |[[Image:NIE 1905 Printing - Hoe perfecting press.jpg|600px]] |} |- |{{ts|padding:5px}}| {|{{ts|ba}} |[[Image:NIE 1905 Printing - Miehle cylinder press.jpg|600px]] |} |} {{block center|{{smaller block/s}}<poem> 1. HOE ROTARY PERFECTING PERIODICAL AND BOOK PRESS. 2. MIEHLE TWO-REVOLUTION CYLINDER BOOK AND MAGAZINE PRESS. </poem>{{smaller block/e}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> siiyoqk3mcy8ciuzwar2ivb2ipqyrw5 14130268 14129841 2024-04-25T23:25:30Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Undo revision [[Special:Diff/14129841|14129841]] by [[Special:Contributions/ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{c|{{larger|PRINTING}}}}</noinclude>{|align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" rules="none" | {|border="1" |[[Image:NIE 1905 Printing - Hoe perfecting press.jpg|600px]] |} |- | {|border="1" |[[Image:NIE 1905 Printing - Miehle cylinder press.jpg|600px]] |} |} {{block center|{{smaller block/s}}<poem> 1. HOE ROTARY PERFECTING PERIODICAL AND BOOK PRESS. 2. MIEHLE TWO-REVOLUTION CYLINDER BOOK AND MAGAZINE PRESS. </poem>{{smaller block/e}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> 6gsbq7a85ewngiv5221yiucvnkp1n0w 14130284 14130268 2024-04-25T23:37:43Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{c|{{larger|PRINTING}}}}</noinclude>{|{{ts|mc}} |{{ts|border:1px solid black|padding:5px}}| {| |{{ts|border:1px solid black}}|[[Image:NIE 1905 Printing - Hoe perfecting press.jpg|600px]] |} |- |{{ts|border:1px solid black|padding:5px}}| {| |{{ts|border:1px solid black}}|[[Image:NIE 1905 Printing - Miehle cylinder press.jpg|600px]] |} |} {{block center|{{smaller block/s}}<poem> 1. HOE ROTARY PERFECTING PERIODICAL AND BOOK PRESS. 2. MIEHLE TWO-REVOLUTION CYLINDER BOOK AND MAGAZINE PRESS. </poem>{{smaller block/e}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> f8rm7fhcqnsjpt2l436nvsyb9yoh70w 14130288 14130284 2024-04-25T23:39:05Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{c|{{larger|PRINTING}}}}</noinclude>{|{{ts|mc|ba}} |{{ts|padding:5px}}| {| |{{ts|border:1px solid black}}|[[Image:NIE 1905 Printing - Hoe perfecting press.jpg|600px]] |} |- |{{ts|padding:5px}}| {| |{{ts|border:1px solid black}}|[[Image:NIE 1905 Printing - Miehle cylinder press.jpg|600px]] |} |} {{block center|{{smaller block/s}}<poem> 1. HOE ROTARY PERFECTING PERIODICAL AND BOOK PRESS. 2. MIEHLE TWO-REVOLUTION CYLINDER BOOK AND MAGAZINE PRESS. </poem>{{smaller block/e}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> ikn1rret1bkwm7ot66smlfbv1w8i0rv The Sundhya, or, the Daily Prayers of the Brahmins 0 2283976 14128081 6847354 2024-04-25T15:47:58Z SnowyCinema 2484340 added [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = The Sundhya, or, the Daily Prayers of the Brahmins | author = Sophie Charlotte Belnos | translator = | section = | previous = | next = [[/Plate 1/]] | year = 1851 | wikipedia = Sandhyavandanam | notes = | categories = Hinduism }}{{DEFAULTSORT:Sundhya or the Daily Prayers of the Brahmins}} <pages index="The Sundhya, or, the Daily Prayers of the Brahmins.djvu" from=1 to=1/> {{page break|label=}} <pages index="The Sundhya, or, the Daily Prayers of the Brahmins.djvu" from=2 to=2/> {{page break|label=}} {{justify|<pages index="The Sundhya, or, the Daily Prayers of the Brahmins.djvu" from=3 to=4/>}} {{page break|label=}} {{Auxiliary Table of Contents| #[[/Plate 1 /]] #[[/Plate 2 /]] #[[/Plate 3 /]] #[[/Plates 4 & 5 /]] #[[/Plate 6 /]] #[[/Plate 7 /]] #[[/Plate 8 /]] #[[/Plate 9 /]] #[[/Plate 10 /]] #[[/Plate 11 /]] #[[/Plate 12 /]] #[[/Plates 13 & 14 /]] #[[/Plate 15 /]] #[[/Plate 16 /]] #[[/Plates 17, 18 & 19 /]] #[[/Plate 20 /]] #[[/Plate 21 /]] #[[/Plate 22 /]] #[[/Plate 23 /]] #[[/Plate 24 /]] }} {{PD-old}} [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] 1j79uys5z01e19uubc0apvfsisxk0af Oriental Scenery 0 2284354 14128073 8390924 2024-04-25T15:46:09Z SnowyCinema 2484340 added [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{featured}} {{header | title = Oriental Scenery | author = |override_author= {{al|Thomas Daniell}} and {{al|William Daniell}} | translator = | section = | previous = | next = [[/Part 1/]] | year = 1816 | notes = "The finest illustrated work ever published on India." ([[w:Ronald Vere Tooley|R. V. Tooley]], ''English Books with Coloured Plates 1790 to 1860'', 1954, p. 149) }} <pages index="Oriental Scenery — One Hundred and Fifty Views of the Architecture, Antiquities, and Landscape Scenery of Hindoostan.djvu" from=6 to=6/> {{page break|label=}} {{Auxiliary Table of Contents| #[[/Part 1 /]] #[[/Part 2 /]] #[[/Part 3 /]] #[[/Part 4 /]] #[[/Part 5 /]] #[[/Part 6 /]] }} {{PD-old}} [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] f6j7dt1su58nphhmf7szq2un1atgp72 14128078 14128073 2024-04-25T15:47:07Z SnowyCinema 2484340 wikitext text/x-wiki {{featured}} {{header | title = Oriental Scenery | author = |override_author= {{al|Thomas Daniell}} and {{al|William Daniell}} | translator = | section = | previous = | next = [[/Part 1/]] | year = 1816 | portal = India | notes = "The finest illustrated work ever published on India." ([[w:Ronald Vere Tooley|R. V. Tooley]], ''English Books with Coloured Plates 1790 to 1860'', 1954, p. 149) }} <pages index="Oriental Scenery — One Hundred and Fifty Views of the Architecture, Antiquities, and Landscape Scenery of Hindoostan.djvu" from=6 to=6/> {{page break|label=}} {{Auxiliary Table of Contents| #[[/Part 1 /]] #[[/Part 2 /]] #[[/Part 3 /]] #[[/Part 4 /]] #[[/Part 5 /]] #[[/Part 6 /]] }} {{PD-old}} [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] jty02m1i8t7p4p0n9fv9jihcb6iml39 A Collection of Two Hundred and Fifty Coloured Etchings Descriptive of the Manners, Customs and Dresses of the Hindoos 0 2287913 14128095 10858860 2024-04-25T15:50:52Z SnowyCinema 2484340 added [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = A Collection of Two Hundred and Fifty Coloured Etchings Descriptive of the Manners, Customs and Dresses of the Hindoos | author = François Balthazar Solvyns | translator = | section = | previous = | next = [[/Section 1/]] | year = 1799 | notes = }}{{DEFAULTSORT:Collection of Two Hundred and Fifty Coloured Etchings Depictive of the Manners Customs and Dresses of the Hindoos}} <pages index="A Collection of Two Hundred and Fifty Coloured Etchings Descriptive of the Manners, Customs and Dresses of the Hindoos.djvu" from=5 to=5/> {{page break|label=}} {{justify|<pages index="A Collection of Two Hundred and Fifty Coloured Etchings Descriptive of the Manners, Customs and Dresses of the Hindoos.djvu" from=8 to=8 onlysection=Preface/>}} {{page break|label=}} {{Auxiliary Table of Contents| #[[/Section 1 /]] #[[/Section 2/]] #[[/Section 3/]] #[[/Section 4 /]] #[[/Section 5 /]] #[[/Section 6 /]] #[[/Section 7 /]] #[[/Section 8 /]] #[[/Section 9 /]] #[[/Section 10 /]] #[[/Section 11 /]] #[[/Section 12 /]] }} {{PD-old}} [[Category:India]] [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] fob6m1u3y5vqodjktqjojbznjko0omt 14128114 14128095 2024-04-25T16:00:32Z SnowyCinema 2484340 incomplete wikitext text/x-wiki {{incomplete|scan=yes}} {{header | title = A Collection of Two Hundred and Fifty Coloured Etchings Descriptive of the Manners, Customs and Dresses of the Hindoos | author = François Balthazar Solvyns | translator = | section = | previous = | next = [[/Section 1/]] | year = 1799 | notes = }}{{DEFAULTSORT:Collection of Two Hundred and Fifty Coloured Etchings Depictive of the Manners Customs and Dresses of the Hindoos}} <pages index="A Collection of Two Hundred and Fifty Coloured Etchings Descriptive of the Manners, Customs and Dresses of the Hindoos.djvu" from=5 to=5/> {{page break|label=}} {{justify|<pages index="A Collection of Two Hundred and Fifty Coloured Etchings Descriptive of the Manners, Customs and Dresses of the Hindoos.djvu" from=8 to=8 onlysection=Preface/>}} {{page break|label=}} {{Auxiliary Table of Contents| #[[/Section 1 /]] #[[/Section 2/]] #[[/Section 3/]] #[[/Section 4 /]] #[[/Section 5 /]] #[[/Section 6 /]] #[[/Section 7 /]] #[[/Section 8 /]] #[[/Section 9 /]] #[[/Section 10 /]] #[[/Section 11 /]] #[[/Section 12 /]] }} {{PD-old}} [[Category:India]] [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] sk9jnvk6xiy7zkg3o7tf0iif9estsvt Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/16 104 2292915 14129169 11762127 2024-04-25T18:39:53Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|4|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>had demanded of the accomplice a greater penalty than his principal had paid. In the mind of Alexis Paulvitch there lingered no thoughts of revenge—only a dull hatred of the man whom he and Rokoff had tried to break, and failed. There was hatred, too, of the memory of Rokoff, for Rokoff had led him into the horrors he had undergone. There was hatred of the police of a score of cities from which he had had to flee. There was hatred of law, hatred of order, hatred of everything. Every moment of the man's waking life was filled with morbid thought of hatred—he had become mentally as he was physically in outward appearance, the personification of the blighting emotion of Hate. He had little or nothing to do with the men who had rescued him. He was too weak to work and too morose for company, and so they quickly left him alone to his own devices. The ''Marjorie W.'' had been chartered by a syndicate of wealthy manufacturers, equipped with a laboratory and a staff of scientists, and sent out to search for some natural product which the manufacturers who footed the bills had been importing from South America at an enormous cost. What the product was none on board the ''Marjorie W.'' knew except the scientists, nor is it of any moment to us, other than that it led the ship to a certain island off the coast of Africa after Alexis Paulvitch had been taken aboard. The ship lay at anchor off the coast for several weeks. The monotony of life aboard her became try-<noinclude></noinclude> jvcbw7ly0qqlwvb4rsk9s3wyoxk1u1k Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/18 104 2292917 14129180 11765585 2024-04-25T18:40:03Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|6|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>the association of human beings. It occurred to the Russian that the ape represented a certain considerable money value, and before they reached the sailors he had decided he should be the one to profit by it. When the men looked up and saw the oddly paired couple shuffling toward them they were filled with amazement, and started on a run toward the two. The ape showed no sign of fear. Instead he grasped each sailor by the shoulder and peered long and earnestly into his face. Having inspected them all he returned to Paulvitch's side, disappointment written strongly upon his countenance and in his carriage. The men were delighted with him. They gathered about, asking Paulvitch many questions, and examining his companion. The Russian told them that the ape was his—nothing further would he offer—but kept harping continually upon the same theme, "The ape is mine. The ape is mine." Tiring of Paulvitch, one of the men essayed a pleasantry. Circling about behind the ape he prodded the anthropoid in the back with a pin. Like a flash the beast wheeled upon its tormentor, and, in the briefest instant of turning, the placid, friendly animal was metamorphosed to a frenzied demon of rage. The broad grin that had sat upon the sailor's face as he perpetrated his little joke froze to an expression of terror. He attempted to dodge the long arms that reached for him; but, failing, drew a long knife that hung at his belt. With a single wrench the ape tore the weapon from the man's grasp and flung it to one side, then<noinclude></noinclude> qcw43jiwoh9rverbokutrw5956u4mey Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/20 104 2292919 14129192 11758976 2024-04-25T18:40:14Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|8|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>his yellow fangs were buried in the sailor’s shoulder. With sticks and knives the man’s companions fell upon the beast, while Paulvitch danced around the cursing, snarling pack mumbling and screaming pleas and threats. He saw his visions of wealth rapidly dissipating before the weapons of the sailors. The ape, however, proved no easy victim to the superior numbers that seemed fated to overwhelm him. Rising from the sailor who had precipitated the battle he shook his giant shoulders freeing himself from two of the men that were clinging to his back, and with mighty blows of his open palms felled one after another of his attackers, leaping hither and thither with the agility of a small monkey. The fight had been witnessed by the captain and mate who were just landing from the ''Marjorie W.'', and Paulvitch saw these two now running forward with drawn revolvers while the two sailors who had brought them ashore trailed at their heels. The ape stood looking about him at the havoc he had wrought, but whether he was awaiting a renewal of the attack or was deliberating which of his foes he should exterminate first Paulvitch could not guess. What he could guess, however, was that the moment the two officers came within firing distance of the beast they would put an end to him in short order unless something were done and done quickly to prevent. The ape had made no move to attack the Russian but even so the man was none too sure of what might happen were he to interfere with the savage beast, now thoroughly aroused to bestial rage, and with the smell<noinclude></noinclude> 19t0zacrwzzb89nwxmn26en5ezw8v49 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/22 104 2292921 14129203 11768154 2024-04-25T18:40:23Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|10|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>The captain lowered his weapon. "The men started it, did they?" he repeated. "How about that?" and he turned toward the sailors who had by this time picked themselves from the ground, none of them much the worse for his experience except the fellow who had been the cause of it, and who would doubtless nurse a sore shoulder for a week or so. "Simpson done it," said one of the men. "He stuck a pin into the monk from behind, and the monk got him—which served him bloomin' well right—an' he got the rest of us, too, for which I can't blame him, since we all jumped him to once." The captain looked at Simpson, who sheepishly admitted the truth of the allegation, then he stepped over to the ape as though to discover for himself the sort of temper the beast possessed, but it was noticeable that he kept his revolver cocked and leveled as he did so. However, he spoke soothingly to the animal who squatted at the Russian's side looking first at one and then another of the sailors. As the captain approached him the ape half rose and waddled forward to meet him. Upon his countenance was the same strange, searching expression that had marked his scrutiny of each of the sailors he had first encountered. He came quite close to the officer and laid a paw upon one of the man's shoulders, studying his face intently for a long moment, then came the expression of disappointment accompanied by what was almost a human sigh, as he turned away to peer in the same curious fashion into the faces of the mate and the two sailors who had arrived with the officers.<noinclude></noinclude> a96vmi5jm8qc5v2njqo058f46nk2r3x Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/24 104 2292923 14129214 11775853 2024-04-25T18:40:34Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|12|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>showed affection for him, or for anyone else upon the ''Marjorie W.'', nor did he at any time evince any indication of the savage temper that had marked his resentment of the attack of the sailors upon him at the time that he had come among them. Most of his time was spent in the eye of the ship scanning the horizon ahead, as though he were endowed with sufficient reason to know that the vessel was bound for some port where there would be other human beings to undergo his searching scrutiny. All in all, Ajax, as he had been dubbed, was considered the most remarkable and intelligent ape that any one aboard the ''Marjorie W.'' ever had seen. Nor was his intelligence the only remarkable attribute he owned. His stature and physique were, for an ape, awe inspiring. That he was old was quite evident, but if his age had impaired his physical or mental powers in the slightest it was not apparent. And so at length the ''Marjorie W.'' came to England, and there the officers and the scientists, filled with compassion for the pitiful wreck of a man they had rescued from the jungles, furnished Paulvitch with funds and bid him and his Ajax Godspeed. Upon the dock and all through the journey to London the Russian had his hands full with Ajax. Each new face of the thousands that came within the anthropoid's ken must be carefully scrutinized, much to the horror of many of his victims; but at last, failing, apparently, to discover whom he sought, the great ape relapsed into morbid indifference, only occasionally evincing interest in a passing face. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> npuv0cvjbmuqhdyoelnd7fia8db31k2 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/28 104 2292929 14129232 11775860 2024-04-25T18:40:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|16|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>tendency in Jack, he—"; but she got no further. A loud "Whoop!" from the direction of the window brought them both to their feet. The room was upon the second floor of the house, and opposite the window to which their attention had been attracted was a large tree, a branch of which spread to within a few feet of the sill. Upon this branch now they both discovered the subject of their recent conversation, a tall, well-built boy, balancing with ease upon the bending limb and uttering loud shouts of glee as he noted the terrified expressions upon the faces of his audience. The mother and tutor both rushed toward the window but before they had crossed half the room the boy had leaped nimbly to the sill and entered the apartment with them. "'The wild man from Borneo has just come to town,'" he sang, dancing a species of war dance about his terrified mother and scandalized tutor, and ending up by throwing his arms about the former's neck and kissing her upon either cheek. "Oh, Mother," he cried, "there's a wonderful, educated ape being shown at one of the music halls. Willie Grimsby saw it last night. He says it can do everything but talk. It rides a bicycle, eats with knife and fork, counts up to ten, and ever so many other wonderful things, and can I go and see it too? Oh, please, Mother—please let me." Patting the boy's cheek affectionately, the mother shook her head negatively. "No, Jack," she said; "you know I do not approve of such exhibitions." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 6f9e8rtzb6kwxoaaf5q8mmoa3ux84du Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/30 104 2292931 14129243 11775874 2024-04-25T18:41:02Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|18|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>so many years, and at the same time you know, better than any other, how frightful a fate it would be for Jack, were the trail to the savage jungle made either alluring or easy to him." "I doubt if there is any danger of his inheriting a taste for jungle life from me," replied the man, "for I cannot conceive that such a thing may be transmitted from father to son. And sometimes, Jane, I think that in your solicitude for his future you go a bit too far in your restrictive measures. His love for animals—his desire, for example, to see this trained ape—is only natural in a healthy, normal boy of his age. Just because he wants to see Ajax is no indication that he would wish to marry an ape, and even should he, far be it from you Jane to have the right to cry 'shame!'" and John Clayton, Lord Greystoke, put an arm about his wife, laughing good-naturedly down into her upturned face before he bent his head and kissed her. Then, more seriously, he continued: "You have never told Jack anything concerning my early life, nor have you permitted me to, and in this I think that you have made a mistake. Had I been able to tell him of the experiences of Tarzan of the Apes I could doubtless have taken much of the glamour and romance from jungle life that naturally surrounds it in the minds of those who have had no experience of it. He might then have profited by my experience, but now, should the jungle lust ever claim him, he will have nothing to guide him but his own impulses, and I know how powerful these may be in the wrong direction at times." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 56l8qm17yw5i78z3akagz65wee0gpml Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/34 104 2292937 14129263 11775895 2024-04-25T18:41:19Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|22|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>off the bed. The pain and shock of the fall jolted him back to something like sane consideration of his plight. Where before he had been unable to think intelligently because of the hysterical fear that had claimed him he now lay quietly searching for some means of escape from his dilemma. It finally occurred to him that the room in which Lord and Lady Greystoke had been sitting when he left them was directly beneath that in which he lay upon the floor. He knew that some time had elapsed since he had come up stairs and that they might be gone by this time, for it seemed to him that he had struggled about the bed, in his efforts to free himself, for an eternity. But the best that he could do was to attempt to attract attention from below, and so, after many failures, he managed to work himself into a position in which he could tap the toe of his boot against the floor. This he proceeded to do at short intervals, until, after what seemed a very long time, he was rewarded by hearing footsteps ascending the stairs, and presently a knock upon the door. Mr. Moore tapped vigorously with his toe—he could not reply in any other way. The knock was repeated after a moment's silence. Again Mr. Moore tapped. Would they never open the door! Laboriously he rolled in the direction of succor. If he could get his back against the door he could then tap upon its base, when surely he must be heard. The knocking was repeated a little louder, and finally a voice called: "Mr. Jack!" It was one of the house men—Mr. Moore recognized the fellow's voice. He came near to bursting a<noinclude></noinclude> 8cgkubn5gwe0x4teen7x3z2zw2724x9 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/36 104 2292942 14129275 11903660 2024-04-25T18:41:27Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sp1nd01" />{{rh|24|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>broad smile lighted the boy's features as he laid his hand upon the shaggy arm of his visitor. The ape, grasping the boy by either shoulder, peered long and earnestly into his face, while the latter stroked his head and talked to him in a low voice. [[File:The Son of Tarzan - The audience was delighted.png|center|400px]] {{center|{{smaller|''The audience was delighted''}}}} Never had Ajax devoted so long a time to an examination of another as he did in this instance. He seemed troubled and not a little excited, jabbering and mumbling to the boy, and now caressing him, as<noinclude></noinclude> 29gh636fgpieglw7c2u5m8pfzuz16vf Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/38 104 2292944 14129297 11775906 2024-04-25T18:41:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|26|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>What might have happened, but for a timely interruption, may only be surmised; but that the trainer would have received a severe mauling, if nothing more, was clearly indicated by the attitudes of the two who faced him. It was a pale-faced man who rushed into the Greystoke library to announce that he had found Jack's door locked and had been able to obtain no response to his repeated knocking and calling other than a strange tapping and the sound of what might have been a body moving about upon the floor. Four steps at a time John Clayton took the stairs that led to the floor above. His wife and the servant hurried after him. Once he called his son's name in a loud voice; but receiving no reply he launched his great weight, backed by all the undiminished power of his giant muscles, against the heavy door. With a snapping of iron butts and a splintering of wood the obstacle burst inward. At its foot lay the body of the unconscious Mr. Moore, across whom it fell with a resounding thud. Through the opening leaped Tarzan, and a moment later the room was flooded with light from a dozen electric bulbs. It was several minutes before the tutor was discovered, so completely had the door covered him; but finally he was dragged forth, his gag and bonds cut away, and a liberal application of cold water had hastened returning consciousness. "Where is Jack?" was John Clayton's first ques-<noinclude></noinclude> d1mcq440pq60zdu53ib8eooxjxia6k7 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/42 104 2292951 14129326 11777021 2024-04-25T18:41:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|30|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>The beast moved sullenly to the trainer's side. The latter, at John Clayton's request, told where they might be found. Tarzan turned toward his son. "Come!" he said, and the two left the theater. Neither spoke for several minutes after they had entered the limousine. It was the boy who broke the silence. "The ape knew you," he said, "and you spoke together in the ape's tongue. How did the ape know you, and how did you learn his language?" And then, briefly and for the first time, Tarzan of the Apes told his son of his early life—of the birth in the jungle, of the death of his parents, and of how Kala, the great she ape had suckled and raised him from infancy almost to manhood. He told him, too, of the dangers and the horrors of the jungle; of the great beasts that stalked one by day and by night; of the periods of drought, and of the cataclysmic rains; of hunger; of cold; of intense heat; of nakedness and fear and suffering. He told him of all those things that seem most horrible to the creature of civilization in the hope that the knowledge of them might expunge from the lad's mind any inherent desire for the jungle. Yet they were the very things that made the memory of the jungle what it was to Tarzan—that made up the composite jungle life he loved. And in the telling he forgot one thing—the principal thing—that the boy at his side, listening with eager ears, was the son of Tarzan of the Apes. After the boy had been tucked away in bed—and without the threatened punishment—John Clayton<noinclude></noinclude> je0emj0c3it95fmeeuk436egxqw5gt7 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/44 104 2292953 14129328 11777028 2024-04-25T18:41:51Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|32|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>before visited, he found the smelly little quarters of the pock-marked old man. The old fellow himself replied to his knocking, and when he stated that he had come to see Ajax, opened the door and admitted him to the little room which he and the great ape occupied. In former years Paulvitch had been a fastidious scoundrel; but ten years of hideous life among the cannibals of Africa had eradicated the last vestige of niceness from his habits. His apparel was wrinkled and soiled. His hands were unwashed, his few straggling locks uncombed. His room was a jumble of filthy disorder. As the boy entered he saw the great ape squatting upon the bed, the coverlets of which were a tangled wad of filthy blankets and ill-smelling quilts. At sight of the youth the ape leaped to the floor and shuffled forward. The man, not recognizing his visitor and fearing that the ape meant mischief, stepped between them, ordering the ape back to the bed. "He will not hurt me," cried the boy. "We are friends, and before, he was my father's friend. They knew one another in the jungle. My father is Lord Greystoke. He does not know that I have come here. My mother forbid my coming; but I wished to see Ajax, and I will pay you if you will let me come here often and see him." At the mention of the boy's identity Paulvitch's eyes narrowed. Since he had first seen Tarzan again from the wings of the theater there had been forming in his deadened brain the beginnings of a desire for revenge. It is a characteristic of the weak and crimi-<noinclude></noinclude> dzj9qiz6q5ngq14u5hraltu5yitgzxm Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/46 104 2292955 14129331 11777032 2024-04-25T18:41:52Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|34|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>many of the words of the primitive language of the anthropoids. During this period Tarzan came several times to visit Paulvitch. He seemed anxious to purchase Ajax, and at last he told the man frankly that he was prompted not only by a desire upon his part to return the beast to the liberty of his native jungle; but also because his wife feared that in some way her son might learn the whereabouts of the ape and through his attachment for the beast become imbued with the roving instinct which, as Tarzan explained to Paulvitch, had so influenced his own life. The Russian could scarce repress a smile as he listened to Lord Greystoke's words, since scarce a half hour had passed since the time the future Lord Greystoke had been sitting upon the disordered bed jabbering away to Ajax with all the fluency of a born ape. It was during this interview that a plan occurred to Paulvitch, and as a result of it he agreed to accept a certain fabulous sum for the ape, and upon receipt of the money to deliver the beast to a vessel that was sailing south from Dover for Africa two days later. He had a double purpose in accepting Clayton's offer. Primarily, the money consideration influenced him strongly, as the ape was no longer a source of revenue to him, having consistently refused to perform upon the stage after having discovered Tarzan. It was as though the beast had suffered himself to be brought from his jungle home and exhibited before thousands of curious spectators for the sole purpose<noinclude></noinclude> kqurpdq0lbu0gl5aqx1sr88p7z922ki Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/48 104 2292957 14129332 11777036 2024-04-25T18:41:53Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|36|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>doubt upon the assertion that his mentality was wandering. It assured him first of the competence which Lord Greystoke had promised to pay him for the deportation of the ape, and then of revenge upon his benefactor through the son he idolized. That part of his scheme was crude and brutal—it lacked the refinement of torture that had marked the master strokes of the Paulvitch of old, when he had worked with that virtuoso of villainy, Nikolas Rokoff—but it at least assured Paulvitch of immunity from responsibility, placing that upon the ape, who would thus also be punished for his refusal longer to support the Russian. Everything played with fiendish unanimity into Paulvitch's hands. As chance would have it, Tarzan's son overheard his father relating to the boy's mother the steps he was taking to return Akut safely to his jungle home, and having overheard he begged them to bring the ape home that he might have him for a play-fellow. Tarzan would not have been averse to this plan; but Lady Greystoke was horrified at the very thought of it. Jack pleaded with his mother; but all unavailingly. She was obdurate, and at last the lad appeared to acquiesce in his mother's decision that the ape must be returned to Africa and the boy to school, from which he had been absent on vacation. He did not attempt to visit Paulvitch's room again that day, but instead busied himself in other ways. He had always been well supplied with money, so that when necessity demanded he had no difficulty in collecting several hundred pounds. Some of this money<noinclude></noinclude> nwvrkdmw7ptet1i4ovj4qaue9xoo7jo Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/50 104 2292959 14129334 11777041 2024-04-25T18:41:54Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|38|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>That afternoon Lord and Lady Greystoke bid their son good-bye and saw him safely settled in a first-class compartment of the railway carriage that would set him down at school in a few hours. No sooner had they left him, however, than he gathered his bags together, descended from the compartment and sought a cab stand outside the station. Here he engaged a cabby to take him to the Russian's address. It was dusk when he arrived. He found Paulvitch awaiting him. The man was pacing the floor nervously. The ape was tied with a stout cord to the bed. It was the first time that Jack had ever seen Ajax thus secured. He looked questioningly at Paulvitch. The man, mumbling, explained that he believed the animal had guessed that he was to be sent away and he feared he would attempt to escape. Paulvitch carried another piece of cord in his hand. There was a noose in one end of it which he was continually playing with. He walked back and forth, up and down the room. His pock-marked features were working horribly as he talked silent to himself. The boy had never seen him thus—it made him uneasy. At last Paulvitch stopped on the opposite side of the room, far from the ape. "Come here," he said to the lad. "I will show you how to secure the ape should he show signs of rebellion during the trip." The lad laughed. "It will not be necessary," he replied. "Ajax will do whatever I tell him to do." The old man stamped his foot angrily. "Come<noinclude></noinclude> f6esswn8an7og1lasktqztajhmmlo2z Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/52 104 2292961 14129336 11777042 2024-04-25T18:41:55Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|40|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>of the man changed. With an angry oath he wheeled his prisoner about, tripped him and hurled him violently to the floor, leaping upon his breast as he fell. From the bed the ape growled and struggled with his bonds. The boy did not cry out—a trait inherited from his savage sire whom long years in the jungle following the death of his foster mother, Kala the great ape, had taught that there was none to come to the succor of the fallen. Paulvitch's fingers sought the lad's throat. He grinned down horribly into the face of his victim. "Your father ruined me," he mumbled. "This will pay him. He will think that the ape did it. I will tell him that the ape did it. That I left him alone for a few minutes, and that you sneaked in and the ape killed you. I will throw your body upon the bed after I have choked the life from you, and when I bring your father he will see the ape squatting over it," and the twisted fiend cackled in gloating laughter. His fingers closed upon the boy's throat. Behind them the growling of the maddened beast reverberated against the walls of the little room. The boy paled, but no other sign of fear or panic showed upon his countenance. He was the son of Tarzan. The fingers tightened their grip upon his throat. It was with difficulty that he breathed, gaspingly. The ape lunged against the stout cord that held him. Turning, he wrapped the cord about his hands, as a man might have done, and surged heavily backward. The great muscles stood out beneath his shaggy hide. There was a rending as of splintered<noinclude></noinclude> 0qrqx9x176krmqgm3teeogxpouyh47d Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/56 104 2292965 14129338 11777053 2024-04-25T18:41:55Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|44|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>been. He mingled with his fellow passengers, became a prime favorite with the officers, and struck up numerous friendships among the common sailors. He was generous and unaffected, yet carried an air of dignity and strength of character that inspired his many new friends with admiration as well as affection for him. Among the passengers there was an American named Condon, a noted blackleg and crook who was "wanted" in a half dozen of the larger cities of the United States. He had paid little attention to the boy until on one occasion he had seen him accidentally display a roll of bank notes. From then on Condon cultivated the youthful Briton. He learned, easily, that the boy was traveling alone with his invalid grandmother, and that their destination was a small port on the west coast of Africa, a little below the equator; that their name was Billings, and that they had no friends in the little settlement for which they were bound. Upon the point of their purpose in visiting the place Condon found the boy reticent, and so he did not push the matter—he had learned all that he cared to know as it was. Several times Condon attempted to draw the lad into a card game; but his victim was not interested, and the black looks of several of the other men passengers decided the American to find other means of transferring the boy's bank roll to his own pocket. At last came the day that the steamer dropped anchor in the lee of a wooded promontory where a score or more of sheet-iron shacks making an<noinclude></noinclude> 0irlju8j3aix3cogu90dnpoev2mh401 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/58 104 2292967 14129340 11777069 2024-04-25T18:41:56Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|46|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>seeing her comfortably disposed that he failed to notice the little package that had worked from his pocket as he assisted in lowering the sling that contained the old woman over the steamer's side, nor did he notice it even as it slipped out entirely and dropped into the sea. Scarcely had the boat containing the boy and the old woman started for the shore than Condon hailed a canoe upon the other side of the ship, and after bargaining with its owner finally lowered his baggage and himself aboard. Once ashore he kept out of sight of the two-story atrocity that bore the legend "Hotel" to lure unsuspecting wayfarers to its multitudinous discomforts. It was quite dark before he ventured to enter and arrange for accommodations. In a back room upon the second floor the lad was explaining, not without considerable difficulty, to his grandmother that he had decided to return to England upon the next steamer. He was endeavoring to make it plain to the old lady that she might remain in Africa if she wished but that for his part his conscience demanded that he return to his father and mother, who doubtless were even now suffering untold sorrow because of his absence; from which it may be assumed that his parents had not been acquainted with the plans that he and the old lady had made for their adventure into African wilds. Having come to a decision the lad felt a sense of relief from the worry that had haunted him for many sleepless nights. When he closed his eyes in sleep it was to dream of a happy reunion with those at home.<noinclude></noinclude> t7wix91adm61nqj3qnl2pvhhl2amhzf Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/60 104 2292969 14129342 11777099 2024-04-25T18:41:57Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|48|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>sleeper; his hand was already half way beneath the pillow when the thick cloud that had obscured the moon rolled aside and the room was flooded with light. At the same instant the boy opened his eyes and looked straight into those of Condon. The man was suddenly conscious that the boy was alone in the bed. Then he clutched for his victim's throat. As the lad rose to meet him Condon heard a low growl at his back, then he felt his wrists seized by the boy, and realized that beneath those tapering, white fingers played muscles of steel. He felt other hands at his throat, rough hairy hands that reached over his shoulders from behind. He cast a terrified glance backward, and the hairs of his head stiffened at the sight his eyes revealed, for grasping him from the rear was a huge, man-like ape. The bared fighting fangs of the anthropoid were close to his throat. The lad pinioned his wrists. Neither uttered a sound. Where was the grandmother? Condon's eyes swept the room in a single all-inclusive glance. His eyes bulged in horror at the realization of the truth which that glance revealed. In the power of what creatures of hideous mystery had he placed himself! Frantically he fought to beat off the lad that he might turn upon the fearsome thing at his back. Freeing one hand he struck a savage blow at the lad's face. His act seemed to unloose a thousand devils in the hairy creature clinging to his throat. Condon heard a low and savage snarl. It was the last thing that the American ever heard in this life. Then he was dragged back-<noinclude></noinclude> 8ti24bz4ktbvod4ufcohy3knprqdinw Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/62 104 2292971 14129344 11777101 2024-04-25T18:41:58Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|50|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>him forth in the morning and hang them both to the nearest tree—he had read of such things being done in America, and Africa was worse even and wilder than the great West of his mother's native land. Yes, they would both be hanged in the morning! Was there no escape? He thought in silence for a few moments, and then, with an exclamation of relief, he struck his palms together and turned toward his clothing upon the chair. Money would do anything! Money would save him and Akut! He felt for the bank roll in the pocket in which he had been accustomed to carry it. It was not there! Slowly at first and at last frantically he searched through the remaining pockets of his clothing. Then he dropped upon his hands and knees and examined the floor. Lighting the lamp he moved the bed to one side and, inch by inch, he felt over the entire floor. Beside the body of Condon he hesitated, but at last he nerved himself to touch it. Rolling it over he sought beneath it for the money. Nor was it there. He guessed that Condon had entered their room to rob; but he did not believe that the man had had time to possess himself of the money; however, as it was nowhere else, it must be upon the body of the dead man. Again and again he went over the room, only to return each time to the corpse; but no where could he find the money. He was half-frantic with despair. What were they to do? In the morning they would be discovered and killed. For all his inherited size and strength he<noinclude></noinclude> hpdzvmx9gyitma2gf24aukkpy7yz1yd Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/64 104 2292973 14129346 11777110 2024-04-25T18:41:59Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|52|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>death of Condon to the ape. The hysteria of panic had fastened the guilt upon himself. With money he might have bought justice; but penniless!—ah, what hope could there be for strangers without money here? But what had become of the money? He tried to recall when last he had seen it. He could not, nor, could he, would he have been able to account for its disappearance, for he had been entirely unconscious of the falling of the little package from his pocket into the sea as he clambered over the ship's side into the waiting canoe that bore him to shore. Now he turned toward Akut. "Come!" he said, in the language of the great apes. Forgetful of the fact that he wore only a thin pajama suit he led the way to the open window. Thrusting his head out he listened attentively. A single tree grew a few feet from the window. Nimbly the lad sprang to its bole, clinging cat-like for an instant before he clambered quietly to the ground below. Close behind him came the great ape. Two hundred yards away a spur of the jungle ran close to the straggling town. Toward this the lad led the way. None saw them, and a moment later the jungle swallowed them, and John Clayton, future Lord Greystoke, passed from the eyes and the knowledge of men. It was late the following morning that a native houseman knocked upon the door of the room that had been assigned to Mrs. Billings and her grandson. Receiving no response he inserted his pass key in the lock, only to discover that another key was<noinclude></noinclude> n7ndb6zq0lz33o2rjnx6ilnfonzsuni Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/66 104 2292975 14129348 11777121 2024-04-25T18:41:59Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|54|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>searched the small room. He noticed that the bed was pulled well away from the wall—why? He looked beneath it again for the third or fourth time. The two were gone, and yet his judgment told him that the old lady could not have gone without porters to carry her down as they had carried her up the previous day. Further search deepened the mystery. All the clothing of the two was still in the room—if they had gone then they must have gone naked or in their night clothes. Herr Skopf shook his head; then he scratched it. He was baffled. He had never heard of Sherlock Holmes or he would have lost no time in invoking the aid of that celebrated sleuth, for here was a real mystery: An old woman—an invalid who had to be carried from the ship to her room in the hotel—and a handsome lad, her grandson, had entered a room on the second floor of his hostelry the day before. They had had their evening meal served in their room—that was the last that had been seen of them. At nine the following morning the corpse of a strange man had been the sole occupant of that room. No boat had left the harbor in the meantime—there was not a railroad within hundreds of miles—there was no other white settlement that the two could reach under several days of arduous marching accompanied by a well-equipped ''safari''. They had simply vanished into thin air, for the native he had sent to inspect the ground beneath the open window had just returned to report that there was no sign of a footstep there, and what sort of crea-<noinclude></noinclude> sr19tnx8gkrnul3oyxedeqapnrhndcw Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/70 104 2292980 14129350 11777143 2024-04-25T18:42:00Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|58|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>but the shadows of the few trees huddled about the water hole and of his men and their horses stretched far away into the east across the now golden sand. The sentry was pointing in this direction, and the corporal, through narrowed lids, was searching the distance. Captain Jacot rose to his feet. He was not a man content to see through the eyes of others. He must see for himself. Usually he saw things long before others were aware that there was anything to see—a trait that had won for him the sobriquet of Hawk. Now he saw, just beyond the long shadows, a dozen specks rising and falling among the sands. They disappeared and reappeared, but always they grew larger. Jacot recognized them immediately. They were horsemen—horsemen of the desert. Already a sergeant was running toward him. The entire camp was straining its eyes into the distance. Jacot gave a few terse orders to the sergeant who saluted, turned upon his heel and returned to the men. Here he gathered a dozen who saddled their horses, mounted and rode out to meet the strangers. The remaining men disposed themselves in readiness for instant action. It was not entirely beyond the range of possibilities that the horsemen riding thus swiftly toward the camp might be friends of the prisoners bent upon the release of their kinsmen by a sudden attack. Jacot doubted this, however, since the strangers were evidently making no attempt to conceal their presence. They were galloping rapidly toward the camp in plain view of all. There might be treachery lurking beneath their fair appearance;<noinclude></noinclude> rsdm0cpssrpwflds2r7n7x2g5tzacq5 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/72 104 2292983 14129352 11777147 2024-04-25T18:42:01Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|60|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>burnous. Now he withdrew it disclosing a large goatskin purse, bulging and heavy with coins. He opened the mouth of the purse and let a handful of the contents trickle into the palm of his right hand—all were pieces of good French gold. From the size of the purse and its bulging proportions Captain Jacot concluded that it must contain a small fortune. Sheik Amor ben Khatour dropped the spilled gold pieces one by one back into the purse. Jacot was eyeing him narrowly. They were alone. The sergeant, having introduced the visitor, had withdrawn to some little distance—his back was toward them. Now the sheik, having returned all the gold pieces, held the bulging purse outward upon his open palm toward Captain Jacot. "Achmet ben Houdin, my sister's son, ''might'' escape tonight," he said. "Eh?" Captain Armand Jacot flushed to the roots of his close-cropped hair. Then he went very white and took a half-step toward the Arab. His fists were clenched. Suddenly he thought better of whatever impulse was moving him. "Sergeant!" he called. The non-commissioned officer hurried toward him, saluting as his heels clicked together before his superior. "Take this black dog back to his people," he ordered. "See that they leave at once. Shoot the first man who comes within range of camp tonight." Sheik Amor ben Khatour drew himself up to his full height. His evil eyes narrowed. He raised the<noinclude></noinclude> 4jkdf0998tyun83ntvvvc1unv4hju5x Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/74 104 2292985 14129353 11777151 2024-04-25T18:42:01Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|62|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>opening of this tale. The trail of Achmet ben Houdin and his accomplices is a matter of record—you may verify it if you care to. He met the death he deserved, and he met it with the stoicism of the Arab. A month later little Jeanne Jacot, the seven-year-old daughter of Captain Armand Jacot, mysteriously disappeared. Neither the wealth of her father and mother, or all the powerful resources of the great republic were able to wrest the secret of her whereabouts from the inscrutable desert that had swallowed her and her abductor. A reward of such enormous proportions was offered that many adventurers were attracted to the hunt. This was no case for the modern detective of civilization, yet several of these threw themselves into the search—the bones of some are already bleaching beneath the African sun upon the silent sands of the Sahara. Two Swedes, Carl Jenssen and Sven Malbihn, after three years of following false leads at last gave up the search far to the south of the Sahara to turn their attention to the more profitable business of ivory poaching. In a great district they were already known for their relentless cruelty and their greed for ivory. The natives feared and hated them. The European governments in whose possessions they worked had long sought them; but, working their way slowly out of the north they had learned many things in the no-man's-land south of the Sahara which gave them immunity from capture through<noinclude></noinclude> 3rqn72ptcf4jq902j0g056q6ufl1izr Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/76 104 2292987 14129355 11777159 2024-04-25T18:42:02Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|64|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>before. The head of the doll was rudely chipped from ivory, while the body was a rat skin stuffed with grass. The arms and legs were bits of wood, perforated at one end and sewn to the rat skin torso. The doll was quite hideous and altogether disreputable and soiled, but Meriem thought it the most beautiful and adorable thing in the whole world, which is not so strange in view of the fact that it was the only object within that world upon which she might bestow her confidence and her love. Everyone else with whom Meriem came in contact was, almost without exception, either indifferent to her or cruel. There was, for example, the old black hag who looked after her, Mabunu—toothless, filthy and ill tempered. She lost no opportunity to cuff the little girl, or even inflict minor tortures upon her, such as pinching, or, as she had twice done, searing the tender flesh with hot coals. And there was The Sheik, her father. She feared him more than she did Mabunu. He often scolded her for nothing, quite habitually terminating his tirades by cruelly beating her, until her little body was black and blue. But when she was alone she was happy, playing with Geeka, or decking her hair with wild flowers, or making ropes of grasses. She was always busy and always singing—when they left her alone. No amount of cruelty appeared sufficient to crush the innate happiness and sweetness from her full little heart. Only when The Sheik was near was she quiet and subdued. Him she feared with a fear that was at times almost hysterical terror. She feared the<noinclude></noinclude> mk3fss12spc15hqqhadpx3949xypbie Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/78 104 2292989 14129357 11777970 2024-04-25T18:42:03Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|66|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>Little Meriem could scarce recall any other existence than that of the stern cruelty of The Sheik and Mabunu. Dimly, in the back of her childish memory there lurked a blurred recollection of a gentle mother; but Meriem was not sure but that even this was but a dream picture induced by her own desire for the caresses she never received, but which she lavished upon the much loved Geeka. Never was such a spoiled child as Geeka. Its little mother, far from fashioning her own conduct after the example set her by her father and nurse, went to the extreme of indulgence. Geeka was kissed a thousand times a day. There was play in which Geeka was naughty; but the little mother never punished. Instead, she caressed and fondled; her attitude influenced solely by her own pathetic desire for love. Now, as she pressed Geeka close to her, her sobs lessened gradually, until she was able to control her voice, and pour out her misery into the ivory ear of her only confidante. "Geeka loves Meriem," she whispered. "Why does The Sheik, my father, not love me, too? Am I so naughty? I try to be good; but I never know why he strikes me, so I cannot tell what I have done which displeases him. Just now he kicked me and hurt me so, Geeka; but I was only sitting before the tent making a skirt for you. That must be wicked, or he would not have kicked me for it. But why is it wicked, Geeka? Oh dear! I do not know, I do not know. I wish, Geeka, that I were dead. Yesterday the hunters brought in the body of ''el adrea''. ''El Adrea''<noinclude></noinclude> trr0f01iomaszhe16c2hjks58kf350o Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/80 104 2292991 14129359 11777983 2024-04-25T18:42:04Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|68|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>outside the village. They were coming to palaver with The Sheik. The old Arab met them at the entrance to his tent. His eyes narrowed wickedly when they had appraised the newcomers. They stopped before him, exchanging greetings. They had come to trade for ivory they said. The Sheik grunted. He had no ivory. Meriem gasped. She knew that in a near-by hut the great tusks were piled almost to the roof. She poked her little head further forward to get a better view of the strangers. How white their skins! How yellow their great beards! Suddenly one of them turned his eyes in her direction. She tried to dodge back out of sight, for she feared all men; but he saw her. Meriem noticed the look of almost shocked surprise that crossed his face. The Sheik saw it too, and guessed the cause of it. "I have no ivory," he repeated. "I do not wish to trade. Go away. Go now." He stepped from his tent and almost pushed the strangers about in the direction of the gates. They demurred, and then The Sheik threatened. It would have been suicide to have disobeyed, so the two men turned and left the village, making their way immediately to their own camp. The Sheik returned to his tent; but he did not enter it. Instead he walked to the side where little Meriem lay close to the goat skin wall, very frightened. The Sheik stooped and clutched her by the arm. Viciously he jerked her to her feet, dragged her to the entrance<noinclude></noinclude> in2pmdspexzz952w143qw1sxyecb2jr Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/82 104 2292993 14129361 11777994 2024-04-25T18:42:05Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|70|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>selected after a stay of several days in their camp outside the village was a tall, old headman of The Sheik's native contingent. He fell to the lure of the shining metal, for he had lived upon the coast and knew the power of gold. He promised to bring them what they craved, late that night. Immediately after dark the two white men commenced to make arrangements to break camp. By midnight all was prepared. The porters lay beside their loads, ready to swing them aloft at a moment's notice. The armed ''askaris'' loitered between the balance of the ''safari'' and the Arab village, ready to form a rear guard for the retreat that was to begin the moment that the head man brought that which the white masters awaited. Presently there came the sound of footsteps along the path from the village. Instantly the ''askaris'' and the whites were on the alert. More than a single man was approaching. Jenssen stepped forward and challenged the newcomers in a low whisper. "Who comes?" he queried. "Mbeeda," came the reply. Mbeeda was the name of the traitorous head man. Jenssen was satisfied, though he wondered why Mbeeda had brought others with him. Presently he understood. The thing they fetched lay upon a litter borne by two men. Jenssen cursed beneath his breath. Could the fool be bringing them a corpse? They had paid for a living prize! The bearers came to a halt before the white men. "This has your gold purchased," said one of the<noinclude></noinclude> 17tucye58d8w0fund2rt7bu390sawzk Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/86 104 2293038 14129363 11778361 2024-04-25T18:42:05Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|74|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>for rodents and worms; but the lad only gagged at the thought of devouring the repulsive things. Some eggs they found, and these he sucked raw, as also he ate roots and tubers which Akut unearthed. Beyond the plain and across a low bluff they came upon water—brackish, ill-smelling stuff in a shallow water hole, the sides and bottom of which were trampled by the feet of many beasts. A herd of zebra galloped away as they approached. The lad was too thirsty by now to cavil at anything even remotely resembling water, so he drank his fill while Akut stood with raised head, alert for any danger. Before the ape drank he cautioned the boy to be watchful; but as he drank he raised his head from time to time to cast a quick glance toward a clump of bushes a hundred yards away upon the opposite side of the water hole. When he had done he rose and spoke to the boy, in the language that was their common heritage—the tongue of the great apes. "There is no danger near?" he asked. "None," replied the boy. "I saw nothing move while you drank." "Your eyes will help you but little in the jungle," said the ape. "Here, if you would live, you must depend upon your ears and your nose but most upon your nose. When we came down to drink I knew that no danger lurked near upon this side of the water hole, for else the zebras would have discovered it and fled before we<noinclude></noinclude> 3d6zggt8ip2os3744zo8rkd378a97k7 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/88 104 2293040 14129365 11778372 2024-04-25T18:42:06Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|76|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>is lying upon his kill. His belly is almost full, or we should hear him crunching the bones. He is watching us in silence merely from curiosity. Presently he will resume his feeding or he will rise and come down to the water for a drink. As he neither fears or desires us he will not try to hide his presence from us; but now is an excellent time to learn to know Numa, for you must learn to know him well if you would live long in the jungle. Where the great apes are many Numa leaves us alone. Our fangs are long and strong, and we can fight; but when we are alone and he is hungry we are no match for him. Come, we will circle him and catch his scent. The sooner you learn to know it the better; but keep close to the trees, as we go around him, for Numa often does that which he is least expected to do. And keep your ears and your eyes and your nose open. Remember always that there may be an enemy behind every bush, in every tree and amongst every clump of jungle grass. While you are avoiding Numa do not run into the jaws of Sabor, his mate. Follow me," and Akut set off in a wide circle about the water hole and the crouching lion. The boy followed close upon his heels, his every sense upon the alert, his nerves keyed to the highest pitch of excitement. This was life! For the instant he forgot his resolutions of a few minutes past to hasten to the coast at some other point than that at which he had landed and make his way immediately back to London. He thought now only of the savage joy of living, and of pitting one's wits and prowess<noinclude></noinclude> aryv2npokggr0xh32210brbq79jm24l Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/90 104 2293042 14129367 11778385 2024-04-25T18:42:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|78|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>shoulder, rearward, in the hope that Numa might rise from his kill and reveal himself. Thus it happened that he dropped some little way behind Akut, and the next he knew he was recalled suddenly to a contemplation of other matters than the hidden Numa by a shrill scream of warning from the Ape. Turning his eyes quickly in the direction of his companion, the boy saw that, standing in the path directly before him, which sent tremors of excitement racing along every nerve of his body. With body half-merging from a clump of bushes in which she must have lain hidden stood a sleek and beautiful lioness. Her yellow-green eyes were round and staring, boring straight into the eyes of the boy. Not ten paces separated them. Twenty paces behind the lioness stood the great ape, bellowing instructions to the boy and hurling taunts at the lioness in an evident effort to attract her attention from the lad while he gained the shelter of a near-by tree. But Sabor was not to be diverted. She had her eyes upon the lad. He stood between her and her mate, between her and the kill. It was suspicious. Probably he had ulterior designs upon her lord and master or upon the fruits of their hunting. A lioness is short tempered. Akut's bellowing annoyed her. She uttered a little rumbling growl, taking a step toward the boy. "The tree!" screamed Akut. The boy turned and fled, and at the same instant the lioness charged. The tree was but a few paces away. A limb hung ten feet from the ground, and as<noinclude></noinclude> 4f625ndnry48etuarxln85rkr0xdwr3 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/92 104 2293044 14129369 11760643 2024-04-25T18:42:08Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|80|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>you you might have discovered the lioness much sooner than you did," he said. "But you passed right by her without seeing her," retorted the boy. Akut was chagrined. "It is thus," he said, "that jungle folk die. We go cautiously for a lifetime, and then, just for an instant, we forget, and—" he ground his teeth in mimicry of the crunching of great jaws in flesh. "It is a lesson," he resumed. "You have learned that you may not for too long keep your eyes and your ears and your nose all bent in the same direction." That night the son of Tarzan was colder than he ever had been in all his life. The pajama trousers had not been heavy; but they had been much heavier than nothing. And the next day he roasted in the hot sun, for again their way led much across wide and treeless plains. It was still in the boy's mind to travel to the south, and circle back to the coast in search of another outpost of civilization. He had said nothing of this plan to Akut, for he knew that the old ape would look with displeasure upon any suggestion that savored of separation. For a month the two wandered on, the boy learning rapidly the laws of the jungle; his muscles adapting themselves to the new mode of life that had been thrust upon them. The thews of the sire had been transmitted to the son—it needed only the hardening of use to develop them. The lad found that it came quite naturally to him to swing through<noinclude></noinclude> 0bpmh59ghhp7osqmxcdx5ykoaoa8nwg Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/94 104 2293047 14129371 11778446 2024-04-25T18:42:09Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|82|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>westward toward the coast. The old ape thought that they were searching for a tribe of his own kind, nor did the boy disabuse his mind of this belief. It would do to tell Akut of his real plans when they had come within sight of civilization. One day as they were moving slowly along beside a river they came unexpectedly upon a native village. Some children were playing beside the water. The boy's heart leaped within his breast at sight of them—for over a month he had seen no human being. What if these were naked savages? What if their skins were black? Were they not creatures fashioned in the mold of their Maker, as was he? They were his brothers and sisters! He started toward them. With a low warning Akut laid a hand upon his arm to hold him back. The boy shook himself free, and with a shout of greeting ran forward toward the ebon players. The sound of his voice brought every head erect. Wide eyes viewed him for an instant, and then, with screams of terror, the children turned and fled toward the village. At their heels ran their mothers, and from the village gate, in response to the alarm, came a score of warriors, hastily snatched spears and shields ready in their hands. At sight of the consternation he had wrought the boy halted. The glad smile faded from his face as with wild shouts and menacing gestures the warriors ran toward him. Akut was calling to him from behind to turn and flee, telling him that the blacks would kill him. For a moment he stood watching them coming,<noinclude></noinclude> gjjm3ybfb3cd7by38tq52w21c3dndib Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/96 104 2293049 14129372 11778459 2024-04-25T18:42:10Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|84|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>his teeth—already the boy thought of his teeth, of his fighting fangs, when possibility of combat loomed close. Moving slowly through the trees he kept his eyes over his shoulder, though he no longer neglected the possibilities of other dangers which might lurk on either hand or ahead—his experience with the lioness did not need a repetition to insure the permanency of the lesson it had taught. Behind he could hear the savages advancing with shouts and cries. He lagged further behind until the pursuers were in sight. They did not see him, for they were not looking among the branches of the trees for human quarry. The lad kept just ahead of them. For a mile perhaps they continued the search, and then they turned back toward the village. Here was the boy's opportunity, that for which he had been waiting, while the hot blood of revenge coursed through his veins until he saw his pursuers through a scarlet haze. When they turned back he turned and followed them. Akut was no longer in sight. Thinking that the boy followed he had gone on further ahead. He had no wish to tempt fate within range of those deadly spears. Slinking silently from tree to tree the boy dogged the footsteps of the returning warriors. At last one dropped behind his fellows as they followed a narrow path toward the village. A grim smile lit the lad's face. Swiftly he hurried forward until he moved almost above the unconscious black—stalking him as Sheeta, the panther, stalked his prey, as the boy had seen Sheeta do on many occasions. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> tk9q8v8o3031snqttpshelw331qcgha Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/98 104 2293051 14129374 11791472 2024-04-25T18:42:11Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|86|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>not see clung tenaciously to him, and dragged him slowly into the bush to one side of the trail. Hidden there at last, safe from the prying eyes of searchers, should they miss their fellow and return for him, the lad choked the life from the body of his victim. At last he knew by the sudden struggle, followed by limp relaxation, that the warrior was dead. Then a strange desire seized him. His whole being quivered and thrilled. Involuntarily he leaped to his feet and placed one foot upon the body of his kill. His chest expanded. He raised his face toward the heavens and opened his mouth to voice a strange, weird cry that seemed screaming within him for outward expression, but no sound passed his lips—he just stood there for a full minute, his face turned toward the sky, his breast heaving to the pent emotion, like an animate statue of vengeance. The silence which marked the first great kill of the son of Tarzan was to typify all his future kills, just as the hideous victory cry of the bull ape had marked the kills of his mighty sire.<noinclude></noinclude> qyq5n57tsmybzh7wh7ibhhs8yg38iy7 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/100 104 2293055 14129138 11906184 2024-04-25T18:39:25Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sp1nd01" />{{rh|88|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>must we avoid or kill. This have I learned of the jungle." [[File:The Son of Tarzan - It was the boy.png|center|150px]] {{center|{{smaller|''It was the boy''}}}} They made a detour about the hostile village, and resumed their journey toward the coast. The boy took much pride in his new weapons and ornaments. He practiced continually with the spear, throwing it at some object ahead hour by hour as they traveled their loitering way, until he gained a proficiency such as only youthful muscles may attain to speedily. All the while his training went on under the guidance of Akut. No longer was there a single jungle spoor but was an open book to the keen eyes of the lad, and those other indefinable spoor that elude the senses of civilized man and are only partially appreciable to his savage cousin came to be familiar friends of the eager boy. He could differentiate the innumerable species of the herbivora by scent, and he could tell, too, whether an animal was approaching or departing merely by the waxing or waning strength of its<noinclude></noinclude> 33vy4fzqibhh6057wc9ccr7b6jcd19b Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/102 104 2293057 14129139 11791514 2024-04-25T18:39:26Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|90|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>wild his conscience was at the same time clear, for he knew that he was doing all that lay in his power to return to his parents. He rather looked forward, too, to meeting white men again—creatures of his own kind—for there had been many occasions upon which he had longed for other companionship than that of the old ape. The affair with the blacks still rankled in his heart. He had approached them in such innocent good fellowship and with such childlike assurance of a hospitable welcome that the reception which had been accorded him had proved a shock to his boyish ideals. He no longer looked upon the black man as his brother; but rather as only another of the innumerable foes of the bloodthirsty jungle—a beast of prey which walked upon two feet instead of four. But if the blacks were his enemies there were those in the world who were not. There were those who always would welcome him with open arms; who would accept him as a friend and brother, and with whom he might find sanctuary from every enemy. Yes, there were always white men. Somewhere along the coast or even in the depths of the jungle itself there were white men. To them he would be a welcome visitor. They would befriend him. And there were also the great apes—the friends of his father and of Akut. How glad they would be to receive the son of Tarzan of the Apes! He hoped that he could come upon them before he found a trading post upon the coast. He wanted to be able to tell his father that he had known his old friends of the jungle, that he had hunted with them, that he had joined with them in<noinclude></noinclude> f5nmxwn6wmsy2oj8a5bt2f39u2x8186 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/104 104 2293059 14129140 11791523 2024-04-25T18:39:27Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|92|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>But no two lions are necessarily alike in character or temper. They differ as greatly as do individuals of the human family. Because ten lions act similarly under similar conditions one cannot say that the eleventh lion will do likewise—the chances are that he will not. The lion is a creature of high nervous development. He thinks, therefore he reasons. Having a nervous system and brains he is the possessor of temperament, which is affected variously by extraneous causes. One day the boy met the eleventh lion. The former was walking across a small plain upon which grew little clumps of bushes. Akut was a few yards to the left of the lad who was the first to discover the presence of Numa. "Run, Akut," called the boy, laughing. "Numa lies hid in the bushes to my right. Take to the trees. Akut! I, the son of Tarzan, will protect you," and the boy, laughing, kept straight along his way which led close beside the brush in which Numa lay concealed. The ape shouted to him to come away, but the lad only flourished his spear and executed an improvised war dance to show his contempt for the king of beasts. Closer and closer to the dread destroyer he came, until, with a sudden, angry growl, the lion rose from his bed not ten paces from the youth. A huge fellow he was, this lord of the jungle and the desert. A shaggy mane clothed his shoulders. Cruel fangs armed his great jaws. His yellow-green eyes blazed with hatred and challenge. The boy, with his pitifully inadequate spear ready<noinclude></noinclude> p532f9hbeyuokugdp2uctohfx2qsazp Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/106 104 2293061 14129141 11906185 2024-04-25T18:39:28Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sp1nd01" />{{rh|94|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>[[File:The Son of Tarzan - The boy sailed over the lion's head.png|center|400px]] {{center|{{smaller|''The boy sailed over the lion's head''}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> cgonrjzsych4vf0mfi03e5gmpynltwm Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/108 104 2293063 14129142 11791538 2024-04-25T18:39:29Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|96|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>journey toward the coast, and once more the boy's mind was filled with pleasurable anticipation. And at last the much dreamed of moment came. They were passing through a tangled forest when the boy's sharp eyes discovered from the lower branches through which he was traveling an old but well-marked spoor—a spoor that set his heart to leaping—the spoor of man, of white men, for among the prints of naked feet were the well defined outlines of European made boots. The trail, which marked the passage of a good-sized company, pointed north at right angles to the course the boy and the ape were taking toward the coast. Doubtless these white men knew the nearest coast settlement. They might even be headed for it now. At any rate it would be worth while overtaking them if even only for the pleasure of meeting again creatures of his own kind. The lad was all excitement; palpitant with eagerness to be off in pursuit. Akut demurred. He wanted nothing of men. To him the lad was a fellow ape, for he was the son of the king of apes. He tried to dissuade the boy, telling him that soon they should come upon a tribe of their own folk where some day when he was older the boy should be king as his father had before him. But Jack was obdurate. He insisted that he wanted to see white men again. He wanted to send a message to his parents. Akut listened and as he listened the intuition of the beast suggested the truth to him—the boy was planning to return to his own kind. The thought filled the old ape with sorrow. He<noinclude></noinclude> o749hg2ed8m9p89bibw09a2bx5rr303 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/110 104 2293065 14129143 11791546 2024-04-25T18:39:30Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|98|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>tation as his eyes first discovered the whites—a cry that was never uttered, for almost immediately he witnessed that which turned his happiness to anger as he saw that both the white men were wielding heavy whips brutally upon the naked backs of the poor devils staggering along beneath loads that would have overtaxed the strength and endurance of strong men at the beginning of a new day. Every now and then the rear guard and the white men cast apprehensive glances rearward as though momentarily expecting the materialization of some long expected danger from that quarter. The boy had paused after his first sight of the caravan, and now was following slowly in the wake of the sordid, brutal spectacle. Presently Akut came up with him. To the beast there was less of horror in the sight than to the lad, yet even the great ape growled beneath his breath at useless torture being inflicted upon the helpless slaves. He looked at the boy. Now that he had caught up with the creatures of his own kind, why was it that he did not rush forward and greet them? He put the question to his companion. "They are fiends," muttered the boy. "I would not travel with such as they, for if I did I should set upon them and kill them the first time they beat their people as they are beating them now; but," he added, after a moment's thought, "I can ask them the whereabouts of the nearest port, and then, Akut, we can leave them." The ape made no reply, and the boy swung to the ground and started at a brisk walk toward the ''safari''.<noinclude></noinclude> agdnh8852gvjqiqwfcvh7814cgu4p7i Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/112 104 2293067 14129144 11791554 2024-04-25T18:39:31Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|100|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>immense Arabs with huge, black beards; but when, after conquering their nervousness, the rear guard advanced upon the enemy's position to investigate they found nothing, for Akut and the boy had retreated out of range of the unfriendly guns. Jack was disheartened and sad. He had not entirely recovered from the depressing effect of the unfriendly reception he had received at the hands of the blacks, and now he had found an even more hostile one accorded him by men of his own color. "The lesser beasts flee from me in terror," he murmured, half to himself, "the greater beasts are ready to tear me to pieces at sight. Black men would kill me with their spears or arrows. And now white men, men of my own kind, have fired upon me and driven me away. Are all the creatures of the world my enemies? Has the son of Tarzan no friend other than Akut?" The old ape drew closer to the boy. "There are the great apes," he said. "They only will be the friends of Akut's friend. Only the great apes will welcome the son of Tarzan. You have seen that men want nothing of you. Let us go now and continue our search for the great apes—our people." The language of the great apes is a combination of monosyllabic gutturals, amplified by gestures and signs. It may not be literally translated into human speech; but as near as may be this is what Akut said to the boy. The two proceeded in silence for some time after Akut had spoken. The boy was immersed in deep<noinclude></noinclude> qfqr01sa275f5hhmucwkfnm9a58imq2 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/114 104 2293070 14129145 11906801 2024-04-25T18:39:32Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sp1nd01" />{{rh|102|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>{{c|VIII}} {{dropinitial|H|image=The Son of Tarzan - Chapter 8 Initial A.png|imgsize=50px}} YEAR had passed since the two Swedes had been driven in terror from the savage country where The Sheik held sway. Little Meriem still played with Geeka, lavishing all her childish love upon the now almost hopeless ruin of what had never, even in its palmiest days, possessed even a slight degree of loveliness. But to Meriem, Geeka was all that was sweet and adorable. She carried to the deaf ears of the battered ivory head all her sorrows all her hopes and all her ambitions, for even in the face of hopelessness, in the clutches of the dread authority from which there was no escape, little Meriem yet cherished hopes and ambitions. It is true that her ambitions were rather nebulous in form, consisting chiefly of a desire to escape with Geeka to some remote and unknown spot where there were no Sheiks, no Mabunus—where ''el adrea'' could find no entrance, and where she might play all day surrounded only by flowers and birds and the harmless little monkeys playing in the tree tops. The Sheik had been away for a long time, conducting a caravan of ivory, skins, and rubber far into the north. The interim had been one of great peace<noinclude>{{c|[ 102 ]}}</noinclude> ot2rt2th93hz43zfp82i03gukov3k1x Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/116 104 2293072 14129146 11791949 2024-04-25T18:39:33Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|104|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>village, The Sheik was leading his returning caravan homeward. A year had passed since the white men had fired upon the lad and driven him back into the jungle to take up his search for the only remaining creatures to whom he might look for companionship—the great apes. For months the two had wandered eastward, deeper and deeper into the jungle. The year had done much for the boy—turning his already mighty muscles to thews of steel, developing his woodcraft to a point where it verged upon the uncanny, perfecting his arboreal instincts, and training him in the use of both natural and artificial weapons. He had become at last a creature of marvelous physical powers and mental cunning. He was still but a boy, yet so great was his strength that the powerful anthropoid with which he often engaged in mimic battle was no match for him. Akut had taught him to fight as the bull ape fights, nor ever was there a teacher better fitted to instruct in the savage warfare of primordial man, or a pupil better equipped to profit by the lessons of a master. As the two searched for a band of the almost extinct species of ape to which Akut belonged they lived upon the best the jungle afforded. Antelope and zebra fell to the boy's spear, or were dragged down by the two powerful beasts of prey who leaped upon them from some overhanging limb or from the ambush of the undergrowth beside the trail to the water hole or the ford. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> gn8ogl5vos8vl597imqjfw3wzc3aqr7 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/118 104 2293074 14129147 11791956 2024-04-25T18:39:34Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|106|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>but a single life, which was sought by many. The greater number of enemies slain the better chance to prolong that life. So the boy smiled and donned the finery of the vanquished, and went his way with Akut, searching, always searching for the elusive anthropoids who were to welcome them with open arms. And at last they found them. Deep in the jungle, buried far from sight of man, they came upon such another little natural arena as had witnessed the wild ceremony of the Dum-Dum in which the boy's father had taken part long years before. First, at a great distance, they heard the beating of the drum of the great apes. They were sleeping in the safety of a huge tree when the booming sound smote upon their ears. Both awoke at once. Akut was the first to interpret the strange cadence. "The great apes!" he growled. "They dance the Dum-Dum. Come, Korak, son of Tarzan, let us go to our people." Months before Akut had given the boy a name of his own choosing, since he could not master the man given name of Jack. Korak is as near as it may be interpreted into human speech. In the language of the apes it means Killer. Now the Killer rose upon the branch of the great tree where he had been sleeping with his back braced against the stem. He stretched his lithe young muscles, the moonlight filtering through the foliage from above dappling his brown skin with little patches of light. The ape, too, stood up, half squatting after the manner of his kind. Low growls rumbled from the<noinclude></noinclude> jgw12v9q8t0d3zee8gqf6yrayagrlj0 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/120 104 2293076 14129148 11758667 2024-04-25T18:39:35Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|108|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>In the exuberance of his joy he slapped his companion roughly on the side of the head. Half in anger, half in play the anthropoid turned upon him, his fangs bared and glistening. Long, hairy arms reached out to seize him, and, as they had done a thousand times before, the two clinched in mimic battle, rolling upon the sward, striking, growling and biting, though never closing their teeth in more than a rough pinch. It was wondrous practice for them both. The boy brought into play wrestling tricks that he had learned at school, and many of these Akut learned to use and to foil. And from the ape the boy learned the methods that had been handed down to Akut from some common ancestor of them both, who had roamed the teeming earth when ferns were trees and crocodiles were birds. But there was one art the boy possessed which Akut could not master, though he did achieve fair proficiency in it for an ape—boxing. To have his bull-like charges stopped and crumpled with a suddenly planted fist upon the end of his snout, or a painful jolt in the short ribs, always surprised Akut. It angered him too, and at such times his mighty jaws came nearer to closing in the soft flesh of his friend than at any other, for he was still an ape, with an ape's short temper and brutal instincts; but the difficulty was in catching his tormentor while his rage lasted, for when he lost his head and rushed madly into close quarters with the boy he discovered that the stinging hail of blows released upon him always found their mark and effectually stopped him—effec-<noinclude></noinclude> 5doj2prvj989uzujx1ycpztjik1fcu9 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/122 104 2293078 14129149 11906809 2024-04-25T18:39:36Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sp1nd01" />{{rh|110|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>[[File:The Son of Tarzan - The great bulls were dancing in the moonlight.png|center|400px]] {{center|{{smaller|''The great bulls were dancing in the moonlight''}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> qv0qvg6yop0fodpfltlsye1dnum48n4 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/124 104 2293080 14129150 11791966 2024-04-25T18:39:37Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|112|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>choosing of a new king, and he pointed out to the boy the massive figure of the shaggy monarch, come into his kingship, no doubt, as many human rulers have come into theirs—by the murder of his predecessor. When the apes had filled their bellies and many of them had sought the bases of the trees to curl up in sleep Akut plucked Korak by the arm. "Come," he whispered. "Come slowly. Follow me. Do as Akut does." Then he advanced slowly through the trees until he stood upon a bough overhanging one side of the amphitheater. Here he stood in silence for a moment. Then he uttered a low growl. Instantly a score of apes leaped to their feet. There savage little eyes sped quickly around the periphery of the clearing. The king ape was the first to see the two figures upon the branch. He gave voice to an ominous growl. Then he took a few lumbering steps in the direction of the intruders. His hair was bristling. His legs were stiff, imparting a halting, jerky motion to his gait. Behind him pressed a number of bulls. He stopped just a little before he came beneath the two—just far enough to be beyond their spring. Wary king! Here he stood rocking himself to and fro upon his short legs, baring his fangs in hideous grinnings, rumbling out an ever increasing volume of growls, which were slowly but steadily increasing to the proportions of roars. Akut knew that he was planning an attack upon them. The old ape did not wish<noinclude></noinclude> akc85qapowhxmw8xsj8e7a3uuf1513y Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/126 104 2293082 14129151 11791972 2024-04-25T18:39:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|114|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>The king ape was almost directly beneath him. The others were formed in a half circle several yards behind the king. They were watching events interestedly. Before Akut could guess his intention, or prevent, the boy leaped to the ground directly in the path of the king, who had now succeeded in stimulating himself to a frenzy of fury. "I am Korak!" shouted the boy. "I am the Killer. I came to live among you as a friend. You want to drive me away. Very well, then, I shall go; but before I go I shall show you that the son of Tarzan is your master, as his father was before him—that he is not afraid of your king or you." For an instant the king ape had stood motionless with surprise. He had expected no such rash action upon the part of either of the intruders. Akut was equally surprised. Now he shouted excitedly for Korak to come back, for he knew that in the sacred arena the other bulls might be expected to come to the assistance of their king against an outsider, though there was small likelihood that the king would need assistance. Once those mighty jaws closed upon the boy's soft neck the end would come quickly. To leap to his rescue would mean death for Akut, too; but the brave old ape never hesitated. Bristling and growling, he dropped to the sward just as the king ape charged. The beast's hands clutched for their hold as the animal sprang upon the lad. The fierce jaws were wide distended to bury the yellow fangs deeply in the brown hide. Korak, too, leaped forward to meet the<noinclude></noinclude> h77rwccy1ptujh6gbi0w5cus69srul1 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/128 104 2293084 14129152 11791977 2024-04-25T18:39:39Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|116|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>ing until the jungle reverberated to their hideous noises. Then they turned and retraced their way to the amphitheater. When Akut felt assured that they were no longer pursued he stopped and released Korak. The boy was furious. "Why did you drag me away?" he cried. "I would have taught them! I would have taught them all! Now they will think that I am afraid of them." "What they think cannot harm you," said Akut. "You are alive. If I had not brought you away you would be dead now and so would I. Do you not know that even Numa slinks from the path of the great apes when there are many of them and they are mad?"<noinclude></noinclude> q7mn538ylnsppweb12s6b4n1y1nz92b Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/130 104 2293087 14129153 11797668 2024-04-25T18:39:40Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|118|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>exigencies of the perpetual search for food led them several miles further away during day. They were moving slowly down wind, and warily because the advantage was with whatever beast might chance to be hunting ahead of them, where their scent-spoor was being borne by the light breeze. Suddenly the two halted simultaneously. Two heads were cocked upon one side. Like creatures hewn from solid rock they stood immovable, listening. Not a muscle quivered. For several seconds they remained thus, then Korak advanced cautiously a few yards and leaped nimbly into a tree. Akut followed close upon his heels. Neither had made a noise that would have been appreciable to human ears at a dozen paces. Stopping often to listen they crept forward through the trees. That both were greatly puzzled was apparent from the questioning looks they cast at one another from time to time. Finally the lad caught a glimpse of a palisade a hundred yards ahead, and beyond it the tops of some goatskin tents and a number of thatched huts. His lip upcurled in a savage snarl. Blacks! How he hated them. He signed to Akut to remain where he was while he advanced to reconnoiter. Woe betide the unfortunate villager whom The Killer came upon now. Slinking through the lower branches of the trees, leaping lightly from one jungle giant to its neighbor where the distance was not too great, or swinging from one hand hold to another Korak came silently toward the village. He heard a<noinclude></noinclude> ejeqtrafyp1z6q47f2jaggozobvlilz Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/132 104 2293089 14129154 11797673 2024-04-25T18:39:41Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|120|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>face, for a turn of the girl's body had revealed Geeka of the ivory head and the rat skin torso—Geeka of the splinter limbs and the disreputable appearance. The little girl raised the marred face to hers and rocking herself backward and forward crooned a plaintive Arab lullaby to the doll. A softer light entered the eyes of The Killer. For a long hour that passed very quickly to him Korak lay with gaze riveted upon the playing child. Not once had he had a view of the girl's full face. For the most part he saw only a mass of wavy, black hair, one brown little shoulder exposed upon the side from where her single robe was caught beneath her arm, and a shapely knee protruding from beneath her garment as she sat cross legged upon the ground. A tilt of the head as she emphasized some maternal admonition to the passive Geeka revealed occasionally a rounded cheek or a piquant little chin. Now she was shaking a slim finger at Geeka, reprovingly, and again she crushed to her heart this only object upon which she might lavish the untold wealth of her childish affections. Korak, momentarily forgetful of his bloody mission, permitted the fingers of his spear hand to relax a little their grasp upon the shaft of his formidable weapon. It slipped, almost falling; but the occurrence recalled The Killer to himself. It reminded him of his purpose in slinking stealthily upon the owner of the voice that had attracted his vengeful attention. He glanced at the spear, with its well-worn grip and cruel, barbed head. Then he let his eyes wander again to the dainty form below him. In imagination<noinclude></noinclude> kk313ks8bsu1tc006wxcr9wl4gyf7ob Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/134 104 2293092 14129155 11797677 2024-04-25T18:39:42Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|122|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>They could have talked by signs a little. That would have been better than nothing. Too, he would have been glad to see her face. What he had glimpsed assured him that she was pretty; but her strongest appeal to him lay in the affectionate nature revealed by her gentle mothering of the grotesque doll. At last he hit upon a plan. He would attract her attention, and reassure her by a smiling greeting from a greater distance. Silently he wormed his way back into the tree. It was his intention to hail her from beyond the palisade, giving her the feeling of security which he imagined the stout barricade would afford. He had scarcely left his position in the tree when his attention was attracted by a considerable noise upon the opposite side of the village. By moving a little he could see the gate at the far end of the main street. A number of men, women and children were running toward it. It swung open, revealing the head of a caravan upon the opposite side. In trooped the motley organization—black slaves and dark hued Arabs of the northern deserts; cursing camel drivers urging on their vicious charges; overburdened donkeys, waving sadly pendulous ears while they endured with stoic patience the brutalities of their masters; goats, sheep and horses. Into the village they all trooped behind a tall, sour, old man, who rode without greetings to those who shrunk from his path directly to a large goatskin tent in the center of the village. Here he spoke to a wrinkled hag. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> rpbpfr3bq82iwbq1mll7onhhxnss10g Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/136 104 2293094 14129156 11797683 2024-04-25T18:39:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|124|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>Korak could see her full face now. It was very beautiful in its sweet and innocent childishness—all soft and lovely curves. He could see her great, dark eyes. He looked for the happy love light that would follow recognition; but it did not come. Instead, terror, stark, paralyzing terror, was mirrored in her eyes, in the expression of her mouth, in the tense, cowering attitude of her body. A grim smile curved the thin, cruel lip of the Arab. The child essayed to crawl away; but before she could get out of his reach the old man kicked her brutally, sending her sprawling upon the grass. Then he followed her up to seize and strike her as was his custom. Above them, in the tree, a beast crouched where a moment before had been a boy—a beast with dilating nostrils and bared fangs—a beast that trembled with rage. The Sheik was stooping to reach for the girl when The Killer dropped to the ground at his side. His spear was still in his left hand but he had forgotten it. Instead his right fist was clenched and as The Sheik took a backward step, astonished by the sudden materialization of this strange apparition apparently out of clear air, the heavy fist landed full upon his mouth backed by the weight of the young giant and the terrific power of his more than human muscles. Bleeding and senseless The Sheik sank to earth. Korak turned toward the child. She had regained her feet and stood wide eyed and frightened, looking first into his face and then, horror struck, at the<noinclude></noinclude> 1fcraf4neh4b740u7z3kek080pd5a98 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/138 104 2293096 14129157 11797693 2024-04-25T18:39:44Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|126|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>ciated with them were, in his estimation, mollycoddles. He wondered what he should do. Could he leave her here to be abused, possibly murdered, by the villainous old Arab? No! But, on the other hand, could he take her into the jungle with him? What could he accomplish burdened by a weak and frightened girl? She would scream at her own shadow when the moon came out upon the jungle night and the great beasts roamed, moaning and roaring, through the darkness. He stood for several minutes buried in thought. The girl watched his face, wondering what was passing in his mind. She, too, was thinking of the future. She feared to remain and suffer the vengeance of The Sheik. There was no one in all the world to whom she might turn, other than this half-naked stranger who had dropped miraculously from the clouds to save her from one of The Sheik's accustomed beatings. Would her new friend leave her now? Wistfully she gazed at his intent face. She moved a little closer to him, laying a slim, brown hand upon his arm. The contact awakened the lad from his absorption. He looked down at her, and then his arm went about her shoulder once more, for he saw tears upon her lashes. "Come," he said. "The jungle is kinder than man. You shall live in the jungle and Korak and Akut will protect you." She did not understand his words, but the pressure of his arm drawing her away from the prostrate Arab and the tents was quite intelligible. One little arm<noinclude></noinclude> lqq7z5nm1duz7ieugdykdztsfjm4nxa Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/140 104 2293098 14129158 11797697 2024-04-25T18:39:44Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|128|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>aroused no more sympathy in the beast's heart than would a full-grown bull ape. She was a stranger and therefore to be killed. He bared his yellow fangs as he approached, and to his surprise The Killer bared his likewise, but he bared them at Akut, and snarled menacingly. "Ah," thought Akut, "The Killer has taken a mate," and so, obedient to the tribal laws of his kind, he left them alone, becoming suddenly absorbed in a fuzzy caterpillar of peculiarly succulent appearance. The larva disposed of, he glanced from the corner of an eye at Korak. The youth had deposited his burden upon a large limb, where she clung desperately to keep from falling. "She will accompany us," said Korak to Akut, jerking a thumb in the direction of the girl. "Do not harm her. We will protect her." Akut shrugged. To be burdened by the young of man was in no way to his liking. He could see from her evident fright at her position on the branch, and from the terrified glances she cast in his direction that she was hopelessly unfit. By all the ethics of Akut's training and inheritance the unfit should be eliminated; but if The Killer wished this there was nothing to be done about it but to tolerate her. Akut certainly didn't want her—of that he was quite positive. Her skin was too smooth and hairless. Quite snakelike, in fact, and her face was most unattractive. Not at all like that of a certain lovely she he had particularly noticed among the apes in the amphitheater the previous night. Ah, there was true<noinclude></noinclude> egq063wlqc4mloakon6ksoos0kg65mv Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/142 104 2293100 14129159 11797712 2024-04-25T18:39:45Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|130|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>offered her a huge hunk of hot, raw meat. He was evidently much disturbed by her refusal to eat, and when, a moment later, he scampered away into the forest to return with fruit for her she was once more forced to alter her estimation of him. This time she did not shrink, but acknowledged his gift with a smile that, had she known it, was more than ample payment to the affection starved boy. The sleeping problem vexed Korak. He knew that the girl could not balance herself in safety in a tree crotch while she slept, nor would it be safe to permit her to sleep upon the ground open to the attacks of prowling beasts of prey. There was but a single solution that presented itself—he must hold her in his arms all night. And that he did, with Akut braced upon one side of her and he upon the other, so that she was warmed by the bodies of them both. She did not sleep much until the night was half spent; but at last Nature overcame her terrors of the black abyss beneath and the hairy body of the wild beast at her side, and she fell into a deep slumber which outlasted the darkness. When she opened her eyes the sun was well up. At first she could not believe in the reality of her position. Her head had rolled from Korak's shoulder so that her eyes were directed upon the hairy back of the ape. At sight of it she shrank away. Then she realized that someone was holding her, and turning her head she saw the smiling eyes of the youth regarding her. When he smiled she could not fear him, and now she shrank<noinclude></noinclude> femb0rvl5ri9p5fgwpnst1n6crfyk7h Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/144 104 2293103 14129160 11797721 2024-04-25T18:39:46Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|132|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>Korak stood glaring down upon him when a sudden swish in the bushes close by attracted his attention. The girl too was looking down; but she saw nothing but the angry ape scrambling to his feet. Then, like a bolt from a cross bow, a mass of spotted, yellow fur shot into view straight for Akut's back. It was Sheeta, the leopard.<noinclude></noinclude> 45h1kz49fvm41hbeiveyhxi8qq14dod Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/146 104 2293107 14129161 11797966 2024-04-25T18:39:47Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|134|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>to jeopardize his own safety in the service of his friend than Korak had been to succor him. The result was that Sheeta presently found two ferocious creatures tearing him to ribbons. Shrieking, snarling and growling, the three rolled hither and thither among the underbrush, while with staring eyes the sole spectator of the battle royal crouched trembling in the tree above them hugging Geeka frantically to her breast. It was the boy's knife which eventually decided the battle, and as the fierce feline shuddered convulsively and rolled over upon its side the youth and the ape rose and faced one another across the prostrate carcass. Korak jerked his head in the direction of the little girl in the tree. "Leave her alone," he said; "she is mine." Akut grunted, blinked his blood-shot eyes, and turned toward the body of Sheeta. Standing erect upon it he threw out his great chest, raised his face toward the heavens and gave voice to so horrid a scream that once again the little girl shuddered and shrank. It was the victory cry of the bull ape that has made a kill. The boy only looked on for a moment in silence; then he leaped into the tree again to the girl's side. Akut presently rejoined them. For a few minutes he busied himself licking his wounds, then he wandered off to hunt his breakfast. For many months the strange life of the three went on unmarked by any unusual occurrences. At least without any occurrences that seemed unusual to the youth or the ape; but to the little girl it was a con-<noinclude></noinclude> erzefanmc126g2b7zrclncjr3465rrk Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/148 104 2293110 14129162 11797968 2024-04-25T18:39:48Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|136|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>stant nightmare of horrors for days and weeks, until she too became accustomed to gazing into the eyeless sockets of death and to the feel of the icy wind of his shroud-like mantle. Slowly she learned the rudiments of the only common medium of thought exchange which her companions possessed—the language of the great apes. More quickly she perfected herself in jungle craft, so that the time soon came when she was an important factor in the chase, watching while the others slept, or helping them to trace the spoor of whatever prey they might be stalking. Akut accepted her on a footing which bordered upon equality when it was necessary for them to come into close contact; but for the most part he avoided her. The youth always was kind to her, and if there were many occasions upon which he felt the burden of her presence he hid it from her. Finding that the night damp and chill caused her discomfort and even suffering, Korak constructed a tight little shelter high among the swaying branches of a giant tree. Here little Meriem slept in comparative warmth and safety, while The Killer and the ape perched upon near-by branches, the former always before the entrance to the lofty domicile, where he best could guard its inmate from the dangers of arboreal enemies. They were too high to feel much fear of Sheeta; but there was always Histah, the snake, to strike terror to one's soul, and the great baboons who lived near-by, and who, while never attacking always bared their fangs and barked at any of the trio when they passed near them. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 76veea1p8k1efn5pmi5m0c46jrhsc00 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/150 104 2293112 14129163 11797995 2024-04-25T18:39:49Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|138|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>As Meriem became proficient in their common language the pleasures of their companionship grew correspondingly, for now they could converse and aided by the mental powers of their human heritage they amplified the restricted vocabulary of the apes until talking was transformed from a task into an enjoyable pastime. When Korak hunted, Meriem usually accompanied him, for she had learned the fine art of silence, when silence was desirable. She could pass through the branches of the great trees now with all the agility and stealth of The Killer himself. Great heights no longer appalled her. She swung from limb to limb, or she raced through the mighty branches, surefooted, lithe, and fearless. Korak was very proud of her, and even old Akut grunted in approval where before he had growled in contempt. A distant village of blacks had furnished her with a mantle of fur and feathers, with copper ornaments, and weapons, for Korak would not permit her to go unarmed, or unversed in the use of the weapons he stole for her. A leather thong over one shoulder supported the ever present Geeka who was still the recipient of her most sacred confidences. A light spear and a long knife were her weapons of offense or defense. Her body, rounding into the fulness of an early maturity, followed the lines of a Greek goddess; but there the similarity ceased, for her face was beautiful. As she grew more accustomed to the jungle and the ways of its wild denizens fear left her. As time wore on she even hunted alone when Korak and Akut<noinclude></noinclude> sr92q2xcf7xbyrv56956h69kteaug26 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/152 104 2293114 14129164 11798006 2024-04-25T18:39:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|140|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>of their vocabulary rendered these exchanges anything but feasts of reason. For familiar objects they had names, as well as for those conditions which induced pain or pleasure, joy, sorrow, or rage. These root words were so similar to those in use among the great anthropoids as to suggest that the language of the Manus was the mother tongue. Dreams, aspirations, hopes, the past, the sordid exchange. Dreams, aspirations, hopes, the past, the future held no place in the conversation of Manu, the monkey. All was of the present—particularly of filling his belly and catching lice. Poor food was this to nourish the mental appetite of a girl just upon the brink of womanhood. And so, finding Manu only amusing as an occasional playfellow or pet, Meriem poured out her sweetest soul thoughts into the deaf ears of Geeka's ivory head. To Geeka she spoke in Arabic, knowing that Geeka, being but a doll, could not understand the language of Korak and Akut, and that the language of Korak and Akut being that of male apes contained nothing of interest to an Arab doll. Geeka had undergone a transformation since her little mother had left the village of The Sheik. Her garmenture now reflected in miniature that of Meriem. A tiny bit of leopard skin covered her ratskin torso from shoulder to splinter knee. A band of braided grasses about her brow held in place a few gaudy feathers from the parakeet, while other bits of grass were fashioned into imitations of arm and leg ornaments of metal. Geeka was a perfect little savage;<noinclude></noinclude> 4b7bx35utp3efsp53vyepgd75n7lrkv Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/154 104 2293116 14129165 11798010 2024-04-25T18:39:51Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|142|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>upon her shoulders in a flying leap from a neighboring tree. "Climb!" he cried. "Climb! The Mangani are coming." Meriem glanced lazily over her shoulder at the excited disturber of her peace. "Climb, yourself, little Manu," she said. "The only Mangani in our jungle are Korak and Akut. It is they you have seen returning from the hunt. Some day you will see your own shadow, little Manu, and then you will be frightened to death." But the monkey only screamed his warning more lustily before he raced upward toward the safety of the high terrace where Mangani, the great ape, could not follow. Presently Meriem heard the sound of approaching bodies swinging through the trees. She listened attentively. There were two and they were great apes—Korak and Akut. To her Korak was an ape—a Mangani, for as such the three always described themselves. Man was an enemy, so they did not think of themselves as belonging any longer to the same genus. Tarmangani, or great white ape, which described the white man in their language, did not fit them all. Gomangani—great black ape, or Negro—described none of them so they called themselves plain Mangani. Meriem decided that she would feign slumber and play a joke on Korak. So she lay very still with eyes tightly closed. She heard the two approaching closer and closer. They were in the adjoining tree now and must have discovered her, for they had halted.<noinclude></noinclude> hviroyrxayzew0botm9qs7vww6gops7 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/156 104 2293118 14129166 11798013 2024-04-25T18:39:52Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|144|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>which followed Meriem knew that she had misjudged the strength of the limb. It gave slowly at first. Then there was a ripping as it parted from the trunk. Releasing her hold Meriem dropped among the foliage beneath, clutching for a new support. She found it a dozen feet below the broken limb. She had fallen thus many times before, so that she had no particular terror of a fall—it was the delay which appalled her most, and rightly, for scarce had she scrambled to a place of safety than the body of the huge ape dropped at her side and a great, hairy arm went about her waist. Almost at once the other ape reached his companion's side. He made a lunge at Meriem; but her captor swung her to one side, bared his fighting fangs and growled ominously. Meriem struggled to escape. She struck at the hairy breast and bearded cheek. She fastened her strong, white teeth in one shaggy forearm. The ape cuffed her viciously across the face, then he had to turn his attention to his fellow who quite evidently desired the prize for his own. The captor could not fight to advantage upon the swaying bough, burdened as he was by a squirming, struggling captive, so he dropped quickly to the ground beneath. The other followed him, and here they fought, occasionally abandoning their duel to pursue and recapture the girl who took every advantage of her captors' preoccupation in battle to break away in attempted escape; but always they overtook her, and first one and then the other possessed her<noinclude></noinclude> mcfs8rfxue03yxwc5ywn2uduuyqv00t Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/158 104 2293120 14129167 11758979 2024-04-25T18:39:52Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|146|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>directions as the terrifying noise broke upon their ears. The gorgeous birds took wing and fled. Once again the lion roared, this time at a greater distance. The great ape waddled once more to the girl's side. He turned her over upon her back, and stooping commenced to sniff and listen about her face and breast. She lived. The monkeys were returning. They came in swarms, and from above hurled down insults upon the victor. The ape showed his displeasure by baring his teeth and growling up at them. Then he stooped and lifting the girl to his shoulder waddled off through the jungle. In his wake followed the angry mob.<noinclude></noinclude> rqzwtbwdpg9q41u6buonun0wyp1o7ce Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/160 104 2293185 14129170 11798020 2024-04-25T18:39:54Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|148|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>slowly along some distance in his rear, Korak swung rapidly in the direction of the chattering mob. But a few minutes sufficed to overtake the rearmost. At sight of him they fell to screaming and pointing downward ahead of them, and a moment later Korak came within sight of the cause of their rage. The youth's heart stood still in terror as he saw the limp body of the girl across the hairy shoulders of a great ape. That she was dead he did not doubt, and in that instant there arose within him a something which he did not try to interpret nor could have had he tried; but all at once the whole world seemed centered in that tender, graceful body, that frail little body, hanging so pitifully limp and helpless across the bulging shoulders of the brute. He knew then that little Meriem was his world—his sun, his moon, his stars—with her going had gone all light and warmth and happiness. A groan escaped his lips, and after that a series of hideous roars, more bestial than the beasts', as he dropped plummet-like in mad descent toward the perpetrator of this hideous crime. The bull ape turned at the first note of this new and menacing voice, and as he turned a new flame was added to the rage and hatred of The Killer, for he saw that the creature before him was none other than the king ape which had driven him away from the great anthropoids to whom he had looked for friendship and asylum. Dropping the body of the girl to the ground the bull turned to battle anew for possession of his expen-<noinclude></noinclude> g65a5ndisoyffzzcpph7lmdr5j9kdxj Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/162 104 2293188 14129171 11805926 2024-04-25T18:39:55Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|150|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>the face of this battle primeval at her feet. For her there was no hysterical reaction from the nerve strain of her own personal encounter with the bull. She was excited; but cool and entirely unafraid. Her Korak was battling with another Mangani that would have stolen her; but she did not seek the safety of an overhanging bough there to watch the battle from afar, as would a she Mangani. Instead she placed the point of Korak's spear against the bull ape's side and plunged the sharp point deep into the savage heart. Korak had not needed her aid, for the great bull had been already as good as dead, with the blood gushing from his torn jugular; but Korak rose smiling with a word of approbation for his helper. How tall and fine she was! Had she changed suddenly within the few hours of his absence, or had his battle with the ape affected his vision? He might have been looking at Meriem through new eyes for the many startling and wonderful surprises his gaze revealed. How long it had been since he had found her in her father's village, a little Arab girl, he did not know, for time is of no import in the jungle and so he had kept no track of the passing days. But he realized, as he looked upon her now, that she was no longer such a little girl as he had first seen playing with Geeka beneath the great tree just within the palisade. The change must have been very gradual to have eluded his notice until now. And what was it that had caused him to realize it so suddenly? His gaze wandered from the girl to the body of the dead bull. For the first time there flashed to his under-<noinclude></noinclude> 83k221xxids3w4vqcjadtxe31yhk9xs Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/164 104 2293190 14129172 11805948 2024-04-25T18:39:56Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|152|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>Korak came close to her. There was a new light in his eyes as she looked up into them; but she did not understand it. She did not realize how close they were to maturity, nor aught of all the difference in their lives the look in Korak's eyes might mean. "Meriem," he whispered and his voice was husky as he laid a brown hand upon her bare shoulder. "Meriem!" Suddenly he crushed her to him. She looked up into his face, laughing, and then he bent and kissed her full upon the mouth. Even then she did not understand. She did not recall ever having been kissed before. It was very nice. Meriem liked it. She thought it was Korak's way of showing how glad he was that the great ape had not succeeded in running away with her. She was glad too, so she put her arms about The Killer's neck and kissed him again and again. Then, discovering the doll in his belt she transferred it to her own possession, kissing it as she had kissed Korak. Korak wanted her to say something. He wanted to tell her how he loved her; but the emotion of his love choked him and the vocabulary of the Mangani was limited. There came a sudden interruption. It was from Akut—a sudden, low growl, no louder than those he had been giving vent to the while he pranced about the dead bull, nor half so loud in fact; but of a timbre that bore straight to the perceptive faculties of the jungle beast ingrained in Korak. It was a warning. Korak looked quickly up from the glorious vision of the sweet face so close to his. Now his other facul-<noinclude></noinclude> ktd8ax3qgit7e6yg19gtm3egr55nywk Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/166 104 2293192 14129173 11805964 2024-04-25T18:39:57Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|154|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>Korak advanced to meet the monster. He, too, was growling. In his mind a plan was revolving. To close with this powerful, untired brute after having just passed through a terrific battle with another of his kind would have been to tempt defeat. He must find an easier way to victory. Crouching, he prepared to meet the charge which he knew would soon come, nor did he have long to wait. His antagonist paused only for sufficient time to permit him to recount for the edification of the audience and the confounding of Korak a brief resume of his former victories, of his prowess, and of what he was about to do to this puny Tarmangani. Then he charged. With clutching fingers and wide opened jaws he came down upon the waiting Korak with the speed of an express train. Korak did not move until the great arms swung to embrace him, then he dropped low beneath them, swung a terrific right to the side of the beast's jaw as he side-stepped his rushing body, and swinging quickly about stood ready over the fallen ape where he sprawled upon the ground. It was a surprised anthropoid that attempted to scramble to its feet. Froth flecked its hideous lips. Red were the little eyes. Blood curdling roars tumbled from the deep chest. But it did not reach its feet. The Killer stood waiting above it, and the moment that the hairy chin came upon the proper level another blow that would have felled an ox sent the ape over backward. Again and again the beast struggled to arise, but each time the mighty Tarmangani stood waiting with<noinclude></noinclude> llkvgiqrcd408i71nod5xzrnti1ls88 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/168 104 2293194 14129174 11805982 2024-04-25T18:39:57Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|156|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>would be best and safest for her. If Akut went away with the apes there would be but one to watch over and protect her. On the other hand were they to join the tribe he would never feel safe to leave Meriem behind when he went out to hunt, for the passions of the ape-folk are not ever well controlled. Even a female might develop an insane hatred for the slender white girl and kill her during Korak's absence. "We will live near you," he said, at last. "When you change your hunting ground we will change ours, Meriem and I, and so remain near you; but we shall not dwell among you." Akut raised objections to this plan. He did not wish to be separated from Korak. At first he refused to leave his human friend for the companionship of his own kind; but when he saw the last of the tribe wandering off into the jungle again and his glance rested upon the lithe figure of the dead king's young mate as she cast admiring glances at her lord's successor the call of blood would not be denied. With a farewell glance toward his beloved Korak he turned and followed the she ape into the labyrinthine mazes of the wood. After Korak had left the village of the blacks following his last thieving expedition, the screams of his victim and those of the other women and children had brought the warriors in from the forest and the river. Great was the excitement and hot was the rage of the men when they learned that the white devil had again<noinclude></noinclude> 07osn96q4b7kpv2vegjblmh37qra1v5 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/170 104 2293196 14129175 11843382 2024-04-25T18:39:58Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|158|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>the combat having led them at last straight to their quarry. The sight of the slender white girl had amazed the savage chief and held him gazing at the trio for a moment before ordering his warriors to rush out upon their prey. In that moment it was that the great apes came and again the blacks remained awestruck witnesses to the palaver, and the battle between Korak and the young bull. But now the apes had gone, and the white youth and the white maid stood alone in the jungle. One of Kovudoo's men leaned close to the ear of his chief. "Look!" he whispered, and pointed to something that dangled at the girl's side. "When my brother and I were slaves in the village of The Sheik my brother made that thing for The Sheik's little daughter—she played with it always and called it after my brother, whose name is Geeka. Just before we escaped some one came and struck down The Sheik, stealing his daughter away. If this is she The Sheik will pay you well for her return." Korak's arm had again gone around the shoulders of Meriem. Love raced hot through his young veins. Civilization was but a half-remembered state—London as remote as ancient Rome. In all the world there were but they two—Korak, The Killer, and Meriem, his mate. Again he drew her close to him and covered her willing lips with his hot kisses. And then from behind him broke a hideous bedlam of savage war cries and a score of shrieking blacks were upon them. Korak turned to give battle. Meriem with her own<noinclude></noinclude> t19uua1llahoioribn6cthxqrp6b2cx Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/172 104 2293198 14129176 11843387 2024-04-25T18:39:59Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|160|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>Snarling and roaring they rushed upon the black warriors when they saw the mischief they had already wrought. Kovudoo, realizing the danger of coming to close quarters with these mighty ape-men, seized Meriem and called upon his warriors to retreat. For a time the apes followed them, and several of the blacks were badly mauled and one killed before they succeeded in escaping. Nor would they have gotten off thus easily had Akut not been more concerned with the condition of the wounded Korak than with the fate of the girl upon whom he had always looked as more or less of an interloper and an unquestioned burden. Korak lay bleeding and unconscious when Akut reached his side. The great ape tore the heavy spears from his flesh, licked the wounds and then carried his friend to the lofty shelter that Korak had constructed for Meriem. Further than this the brute could do nothing. Nature must accomplish the rest unaided or Korak must die. He did not die, however. For days he lay helpless with fever, while Akut and the apes hunted close by that they might protect him from such birds and beasts as might reach his lofty retreat. Occasionally Akut brought him juicy fruits which helped to slake his thirst and allay his fever, and little by little his powerful constitution overcame the effects of the spear thrusts. The wounds healed and his strength returned. All during his rational moments as he had lain upon the soft furs which lined Meriem's nest he had suffered more acutely from fears for Meriem than<noinclude></noinclude> 67kiclhl314a4bctiazwc5mvouw5gz4 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/174 104 2293200 14129177 11908030 2024-04-25T18:40:00Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sp1nd01" />{{rh|162|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>{{c|XII}} {{dropinitial|T|image=The Son of Tarzan - Chapter 12 Initial T.png|imgsize=50px}}WO tall, bearded white men moved cautiously through the jungle from their camp beside a wide river. They were Carl Jenssen and Sven Malbihn, but little altered in appearance since the day, years before, that they and their ''safari'' had been so badly frightened by Korak and Akut as the former sought haven with them. Every year had they come into the jungle to trade with the natives, or to rob them; to hunt and trap; or to guide other white men in the land they knew so well. Always since their experience with The Sheik had they operated at a safe distance from his territory. Now they were closer to his village than they had been for years, yet safe enough from discovery owing to the uninhabited nature of the intervening jungle and the fear and enmity of Kovudoo's people for The Sheik, who, in time past, had raided and all but exterminated the tribe. This year they had come to trap live specimens for a European zoological garden, and today they were approaching a trap which they had set in the hope of capturing a specimen of the large baboons that<noinclude>{{c|[ 162 ]}}</noinclude> 4u8w7n1ahg1i3zjkqi2zs7a02v3enwj Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/176 104 2293202 14129178 11843400 2024-04-25T18:40:01Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|164|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>of the cage that held him captive. Upon the outside several hundred other baboons were tearing and tugging in his aid, and all were roaring and jabbering and barking at the top of their lungs. But what neither the Swedes nor the baboons saw was the half-naked figure of a youth hidden in the foliage of a nearby tree. He had come upon the scene at almost the same instant as Jenssen and Malbihn, and was watching the activities of the baboons with every mark of interest. Korak's relations with the baboons had never been over friendly. A species of armed toleration had marked their occasional meetings. The baboons and Akut had walked stiff legged and growling past one another, while Korak had maintained a bared fang neutrality. So now he was not greatly disturbed by the predicament of their king. Curiosity prompted him to tarry a moment, and in that moment his quick eyes caught the unfamiliar coloration of the clothing of the two Swedes behind a bush not far from him. Now he was all alertness. Who were these interlopers? What was their business in the jungle of the Mangani? Korak slunk noiselessly around them to a point where he might get their scent as well as a better view of them, and scarce had he done so when he recognized them—they were the men who had fired upon him years before. His eyes blazed. He could feel the hairs upon his scalp stiffen at the roots. He watched them with the intentness of a panther about to spring upon its prey. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> t8l7bomj8dmm2gwq6ur2i6szflygypd Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/178 104 2293204 14129179 11852960 2024-04-25T18:40:02Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|166|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>Swedes, and at the same instant three hundred baboons followed his example. At sight of the strange apparition of the half-naked white warrior rushing upon them with uplifted spear Jenssen and Malbihn raised their rifles and fired at Korak; but in the excitement both missed and a moment later the baboons were upon them. Now their only hope of safety lay in escape, and dodging here and there, fighting off the great beasts that leaped upon their backs, they ran into the jungle. Even then they would have died but for the coming of their men whom they met a couple of hundred yards from the cage. Once the white men had turned in flight Korak gave them no further attention, turning instead to the imprisoned baboon. The fastenings of the door that had eluded the mental powers of the baboons, yielded their secret immediately to the human intelligence of The Killer, and a moment later the king baboon stepped forth to liberty. He wasted no breath in thanks to Korak, nor did the young man expect thanks. He knew that none of the baboons would ever forget his service, though as a matter of fact he did not care if they did. What he had done had been prompted by a desire to be revenged upon the two white men. The baboons could never be of service to him. Now they were racing in the direction of the battle that was being waged between their fellows and the followers of the two Swedes, and as the din of battle subsided in the distance, Korak turned and resumed his journey toward the village of Kovudoo. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 3cgldcb9g1uwzp8rok3ol6gump4epmu Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/180 104 2293206 14129181 11852973 2024-04-25T18:40:04Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|168|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>his giant ears and swayed his huge bulk from side to side, the ape-man must pass along the surface of the ground—a pygmy amongst giants. A great bull raised his trunk to rattle a low warning as he sensed the coming of an intruder. His weak eyes roved hither and thither but it was his keen scent and acute hearing which first located the ape-man. The herd moved restlessly, prepared for fight, for the old bull had caught the scent of man. "Peace, Tantor," called The Killer. "It is I, Korak, Tarmangani." The bull lowered his trunk and the herd resumed their interrupted meditations. Korak passed within a foot of the great bull. A sinuous trunk undulated toward him, touching his brown hide in a half caress. Korak slapped the great shoulder affectionately as he went by. For years he had been upon good terms with Tantor and his people. Of all the jungle folk he loved best the mighty pachyderm—the most peaceful and at the same time the most terrible of them all. The gentle gazelle feared him not, yet Numa, lord of the jungle, gave him a wide berth. Among the younger bulls, the cows and the calves Korak wound his way. Now and then another trunk would run out to touch him, and once a playful calf grasped his legs and upset him. The afternoon was almost spent when Korak arrived at the village of Kovudoo. There were many natives lolling in shady spots beside the conical huts or beneath the branches of the several trees which had been left standing within the enclosure. War-<noinclude></noinclude> h1nxaw2v1fnanyoteu6lazwaxcgmt6i Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/182 104 2293208 14129182 11852980 2024-04-25T18:40:05Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|170|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>ence of a stranger within the gates. How close he came to a detection on several occasions The Killer well knew from the restless whining of several of them. It was not until he reached the back of a hut at the head of the wide village street that Korak caught again, plainly, the scent of Meriem. With nose close to the thatched wall Korak sniffed eagerly about the structure—tense and palpitant as a hunting hound. Toward the front and the door he made his way when once his nose had assured him that Meriem lay within; but as he rounded the side and came within view of the entrance he saw a burly Negro armed with a long spear squatting at the portal of the girl's prison. The fellow's back was toward him, his figure outlined against the glow of cooking fires further down the street. He was alone. The nearest of his fellows were beside a fire sixty or seventy feet beyond. To enter the hut Korak must either silence the sentry or pass him unnoticed. The danger in the accomplishment of the former alternative lay in the practical certainty of alarming the warriors near by and bringing them and the balance of the village down upon him. To achieve the latter appeared practically impossible. To you or me it would have been impossible; but Korak, The Killer, was not as you or I. There was a good twelve inches of space between the broad back of the black and the frame of the doorway. Could Korak pass through behind the savage warrior without detection? The light that fell upon the glistening ebony of the sentry's black skin fell also upon the light brown of Korak's. Should<noinclude></noinclude> i3kjnjethi077khx2qlzzx43br8laec Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/184 104 2293210 14129183 11852985 2024-04-25T18:40:05Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|172|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>living legs. The exclamation of surprise that almost burst from his lips was throttled in his throat by steel-thewed fingers that closed about his windpipe with the suddenness of thought. The black struggled to arise—to turn upon the creature that had seized him—to wriggle from its hold; but all to no purpose. As he had been held in a mighty vise of iron he could not move. He could not scream. Those awful fingers at his throat but closed more and more tightly. His eyes bulged from their sockets. His face turned an ashy blue. Presently he relaxed once more—this time in the final dissolution from which there is no quickening. Korak propped the dead body against the door frame. There it sat, lifelike in the gloom. Then the ape-man turned and glided into the Stygian darkness of the hut's interior. "Meriem!" he whispered. "Korak! My Korak!" came an answering cry, subdued by fear of alarming her captors, and half stifled by a sob of joyful welcome. The youth knelt and cut the bonds that held the girl's wrists and ankles. A moment later he had lifted her to her feet, and grasping her by the hand led her towards the entrance. Outside the grim sentinel of death kept his grisly vigil. Sniffing at his dead feet whined a mangy native cur. At sight of the two emerging from the hut the beast gave an ugly snarl and an instant later as it caught the scent of the strange white man it raised a series of excited yelps. Instantly the warriors at the near-by fire were attracted. They turned their heads in the direction<noinclude></noinclude> 77f7lvp8kha6ygcg53a5v1gcvsxjvyv Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/186 104 2293212 14129184 11852988 2024-04-25T18:40:06Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|174|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>would give them egress from the village. He was handicapped in his flight by the weight of the girl whose legs would but scarce bear her weight, to say nothing of maintaining her in rapid flight, for the tightly drawn bonds that had been about her ankles for so long had stopped circulation and partially paralyzed her extremities. Had this not been the case the escape of the two would have been a feat of little moment, since Meriem was scarcely a whit less agile than Korak, and fully as much at home in the trees as he. But with the girl on his shoulder Korak could not both run and fight to advantage, and the result was that before he had covered half the distance to the tree a score of native curs attracted by the yelping of their mate and the yells and shouts of their masters had closed in upon the fleeing white man, snapping at his legs and at last succeeding in tripping him. As he went down the hyena-like brutes were upon him, and as he struggled to his feet the blacks closed in. A couple of them seized the clawing, biting Meriem, and subdued her—a blow upon the head was sufficient. For the ape-man they found more drastic measures would be necessary. Weighted down as he was by dogs and warriors he still managed to struggle to his feet. To right and left he swung crushing blows to the faces of his human antagonists—to the dogs he paid not the slightest attention other than to seize the more persistent and wring their necks with a single quick movement of the wrist. A knob stick aimed at him by an ebon Hercule{{sic}}<noinclude></noinclude> 9mn6lyqjribp35ls2zryqjn0dktin0w Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/188 104 2293214 14129185 11852990 2024-04-25T18:40:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|176|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>and take you from the Gomangani. Good-bye, my Meriem. Korak will come for you again." "Good-bye!" cried the girl. "Meriem will look for you until you come." Like a flash, and before they could know his intention or prevent him, Korak wheeled, raced across the village and with a single leap disappeared into the foliage of the great tree that was his highroad to the village of Kovudoo. A shower of spears followed him, but their only harvest was a taunting laugh flung back from out the darkness of the jungle.<noinclude></noinclude> 6n4dss6ybmpmqry805i4p5lufxfttmf Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/190 104 2293216 14129186 11861642 2024-04-25T18:40:08Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|178|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>of his kills they felt no anger toward him—only greater respect for the efficient and the fit—for him who could not only kill but protect the flesh of his kill. But toward Meriem he always had shown more of his human side. He killed primarily for her. It was to the feet of Meriem that he brought the fruits of his labors. It was for Meriem more than for himself that he squatted beside his flesh and growled ominously at whosoever dared sniff too closely to it. When he was cold in the dark days of rain, or thirsty in a prolonged drouth, his discomfort engendered first of all thoughts of Meriem's welfare—after she had been made warm, after her thirst had been slaked, then he turned to the affair of ministering to his own wants. The softest skins fell gracefully from the graceful shoulders of his Meriem. The sweetest-scented grasses lined her bower where other soft, furry pelts made hers the downiest couch in all the jungle. What wonder then that Meriem loved her Korak? But she loved him as a little sister might love a big brother who was very good to her. As yet she knew naught of the love of a maid for a man. So now as she lay waiting for him she dreamed of him and of all that he meant to her. She compared him with The Sheik, her father, and at thought of the stern, grizzled, old Arab she shuddered. Even the savage blacks had been less harsh to her than he. Not understanding their tongue she could not guess what purpose they had in keeping her a prisoner.<noinclude></noinclude> 8ktrgfw907xrl9bqi50glwsas664cdr Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/192 104 2293218 14129188 11861645 2024-04-25T18:40:11Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|180|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>hours afterward their camp was constantly besieged by hundreds of snarling, screaming devils. The Swedes, rifles in hand, repelled numerous savage charges which lacked only efficient leadership to have rendered them as effective in results as they were terrifying in appearance. Time and time again the two men thought they saw the smooth-skinned body of the wild ape-man moving among the baboons in the forest, and the belief that he might head a charge upon them proved most disquieting. They would have given much for a clean shot at him, for to him they attributed the loss of their specimen and the ugly attitude of the baboons toward them. "The fellow must be the same we fired on several years ago," said Malbihn. "That time he was accompanied by a gorilla. Did you get a good look at him, Carl?" "Yes," replied Jenssen. "He was not five paces from me when I fired at him. He appears to be an intelligent looking European—and not much more than a lad. There is nothing of the imbecile or degenerate in his features or expression, as is usually true in similar cases, where some lunatic escapes into the woods and by living in filth and nakedness wins the title of wild man among the peasants of the neighborhood. No, this fellow is of different stuff—and so infinitely more to be feared. As much as I should like a shot at him I hope he stays away. Should he ever deliberately lead a charge against us I wouldn't give much for our chances if we happened to fail to bag him at the first rush." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> bns9ec9lrrig1d4kwx1z97eyvud76xh Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/194 104 2293220 14129189 11861648 2024-04-25T18:40:12Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|182|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>words upon their tongues and deep craft in their hearts. Their plans were well made. There was no mention of the white prisoner—they chose to pretend that they were not aware that Kovudoo had a white prisoner. They exchanged gifts with the old chief, haggling with his plenipotentiaries over the value of what they were to receive for what they gave, as is customary and proper when one has no ulterior motives. Unwarranted generosity would have aroused suspicion. During the palaver which followed they retailed the gossip of the villages through which they had passed, receiving in exchange such news as Kovudoo possessed. The palaver was long and tiresome, as these native ceremonies always are to Europeans. Kovudoo made no mention of his prisoner and from his generous offers of guides and presents seemed anxious to assure himself of the speedy departure of his guests. It was Malbihn who, quite casually, near the close of their talk, mentioned the fact that The Sheik was dead. Kovudoo evinced interest and surprise. "You did not know it?" asked Malbihn. "That is strange. It was during the last moon. He fell from his horse when the beast stepped in a hole. The horse fell upon him. When his men came up The Sheik was quite dead." Kovudoo scratched his head. He was much disappointed. No Sheik meant no ransom for the white girl. Now she was worthless, unless he utilized her<noinclude></noinclude> oc3sptw39bl9rjare6fag0fscvoaeuz Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/196 104 2293222 14129190 11908060 2024-04-25T18:40:12Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sp1nd01" />{{rh|184|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>[[File:The Son of Tarzan - Meriem was brought forth into the sunlight.png|center|400px]] {{center|{{smaller|''Meriem was brought forth into the sunlight''}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> jwfeqvwyj18c28fh77kxsjjh0ah7glu Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/198 104 2293224 14129191 11863827 2024-04-25T18:40:14Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|186|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>Meriem stood looking straight at the white men. She expected nothing from them—they were to her as much enemies as the black men. She hated and feared them all. Malbihn spoke to her in Arabic. "We are friends," he said. "Would you like to have us take you away from here?" Slowly and dimly as though from a great distance recollection of the once familiar tongue returned to her. "I should like to go free," she said, "and go back to Korak." "You would like to go with us?" persisted Malbihn. "No," said Meriem. Malbihn turned to Kovudoo. "She does not wish to go with us," he said. "You are men," returned the black. "Can you not take her by force?" "It would only add to our troubles," replied the Swede. "No, Kovudoo, we do not wish her; though, if you wish to be rid of her, we will take her away because of our friendship for you." Now Kovudoo knew that he had made a sale. They wanted her. So he commenced to bargain, and in the end the person of Meriem passed from the possession of the black chieftain into that of the two Swedes in consideration of six yards of Amerikan, three empty brass cartridge shells and a shiny, new jack knife from New Jersey. And all but Meriem were more than pleased with the bargain. Kovudoo stipulated but a single condition and that<noinclude></noinclude> d7vtrgds2jtdjkee9hd7pta12z72dll Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/200 104 2293226 14129194 11863832 2024-04-25T18:40:15Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|188|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"Malbihn!" he almost shouted. "You fool!" Sven Malbihn released his hold upon the girl and turned toward his companion. His face was red with mortification. "What the devil are you trying to do?" growled Jenssen. "Would you throw away every chance for the reward? If we maltreat her we not only couldn't collect a sou, but they'd send us to prison for our pains. I thought you had more sense, Malbihn." "I'm not a wooden man," growled Malbihn. "You'd better be," rejoined Jenssen, "at least until we have delivered her over in safety and collected what will be coming to us." "Oh, hell," cried Malbihn. "What's the use? They'll be glad enough to have her back, and by the time we get there with her she'll be only too glad to keep her mouth shut. Why not?" "Because I say not," growled Jenssen. "I've always let you boss things, Sven; but here's a case where what I say has got to go—because I'm right and you're wrong, and we both know it." "You're getting damned virtuous all of a sudden," growled Malbihn. "Perhaps you think I have forgotten about the inn keeper's daughter, and little Celella, and that nigger at—" "Shut up!" snapped Jenssen. "It's not a matter of virtue and you are as well aware of that as I. I don't want to quarrel with you, but so help me God, Sven, you're not going to harm this girl if I have to kill you to prevent it. I've suffered and slaved and been nearly killed forty times in the last nine or<noinclude></noinclude> pcg305nb2smipd4mg7rrddl8a2tvklj Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/202 104 2293228 14129195 11863837 2024-04-25T18:40:16Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|190|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>the others in the camp could not hear—sounds that she interpreted as we might interpret the speech of a friend, but not once came a single note that reflected the presence of Korak. But she knew that he would come. Nothing short of death itself could prevent her Korak from returning for her. What delayed him though? When morning came again and the night had brought no succoring Korak, Meriem's faith and loyalty were still unshaken though misgivings began to assail her as to the safety of her friend. It seemed unbelievable that serious mishap could have overtaken her wonderful Korak who daily passed unscathed through all the terrors of the jungle. Yet morning came, the morning meal was eaten, the camp broken and the disreputable safari of the Swedes was on the move northward with still no sign of the rescue the girl momentarily expected. All that day they marched, and the next and the next, nor did Korak even so much as show himself to the patient little waiter moving, silently and stately, beside her hard captors. Malbihn remained scowling and angry. He replied to Jenssen's friendly advances in curt monosyllables. To Meriem he did not speak, but on several occasions she discovered him glaring at her from beneath half closed lids—greedily. The look sent a shudder through her. She hugged Geeka closer to her breast and doubly regretted the knife that they had taken from her when she was captured by Kovudoo. It was on the fourth day that Meriem began def-<noinclude></noinclude> h5d9buhj0oizzqigrcribd726c01t77 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/206 104 2293232 14129196 11909561 2024-04-25T18:40:17Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sp1nd01" />{{rh|194|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>listened intently for a moment. That the voice was that of a woman in distress he could not doubt, and so he also hastened at a run in the direction of the affrighted voice; but he was much further away than Jenssen so that the latter reached the tent first. [[File:The Son of Tarzan - Both men fired at once.png|center|400px]] {{center|{{smaller|''Both men fired at once''}}}} What the Swede found there roused no pity within his calloused heart, only anger against his fellow scoundrel. Meriem was still fighting off her attacker. Malbihn still was showering blows upon her. Jenssen, streaming foul curses upon his erstwhile friend, burst into the tent. Malbihn, interrupted, dropped his victim and turned to meet Jenssen's infuriated<noinclude></noinclude> 67afsnagw7bqqjo3qg8pv5hoj1o8j9n Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/208 104 2293234 14129197 11863880 2024-04-25T18:40:18Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|196|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>helmet. Malbihn reached for his gun again, but another hand had been quicker than his and he saw the weapon tossed to the ground at the side of the tent—out of reach. "What is the meaning of this?" the stranger addressed his question to Meriem in a tongue she did not understand. She shook her head and spoke in Arabic. Instantly the man changed his question to that language. "These men are taking me away from Korak," explained the girl. "This one would have harmed me. The other, whom he had just killed, tried to stop him. They were both very bad men; but this one is the worse. If my Korak were here he would kill him. I suppose you are like them, so you will not kill him." The stranger smiled. "He deserves killing?" he said. "There is no doubt of that. Once I should have killed him; but not now. I will see, though, that he does not bother you any more." He was holding Malbihn in a grasp the giant Swede could not break, though he struggled to do so, and he was holding him as easily as Malbihn might have held a little child, yet Malbihn was a huge man, mightily thewed. The Swede began to rage and curse. He struck at his captor, only to be twisted about and held at arm's length. Then he shouted to his boys to come and kill the stranger. In response a dozen strange blacks entered the tent. They, too, were powerful, clean-limbed men, not at all like the mangy crew that followed the Swedes. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> lslhfg3fzsxpo669mtynvii9ogbdtab Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/210 104 2293236 14129198 11863884 2024-04-25T18:40:19Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|198|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>he replied. "Who are they and where is their village?" He had been eyeing her strange, barbaric garmenture wonderingly. From her speech she was evidently an Arab girl; but he had never before seen one thus clothed. "Who are your people? Who is Korak?" he asked again. "Korak! Why Korak is an ape. I have no other people. Korak and I live in the jungle alone since A'ht went to be king of the apes." She had always thus pronounced Akut's name, for so it had sounded to her when first she came with Korak and the ape. "Korak could have been king, but he would not." A questioning expression entered the stranger's eyes. He looked at the girl closely. "So Korak is an ape?" he said. "And what, pray, are you?" "I am Meriem. I, also, am an ape." "M-m," was the stranger's only oral comment upon this startling announcement; but what he thought might have been partially interpreted through the pitying light that entered his eyes. He approached the girl and started to lay his hand upon her forehead. She drew back with a savage little growl. A smile touched his lips. "You need not fear me," he said. "I shall not harm you. I only wish to discover if you have fever—if you are entirely well. If you are we will set forth in search of Korak." Meriem looked straight into the keen gray eyes.<noinclude></noinclude> etbvefjsqydypdj6e2ybd1j5kdi5kt0 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/212 104 2293238 14129199 11863886 2024-04-25T18:40:20Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|200|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>knew that men have lived alone and naked among the savage beasts for years; but a frail and slender girl! No, it was not possible. Together they went outside. Malbihn's boys were striking camp in preparation for a hasty departure. The stranger's blacks were conversing with them. Malbihn stood at a distance, angry and glowering. The stranger approached one of his own men. "Find out where they got this girl," he commanded. The Negro thus addressed questioned one of Malbihn's followers. Presently he returned to his master. "They bought her from old Kovudoo," he said. "That is all that this fellow will tell me. He pretends that he knows nothing more, and I guess that he does not. These two white men were very bad men. They did many things that their boys knew not the meanings of. It would be well, Bwana, to kill the other." "I wish that I might; but a new law is come into this part of the jungle. It is not as it was in the old days, Muviri," replied the master. The stranger remained until Malbihn and his ''safari'' had disappeared into the jungle toward the north. Meriem, trustful now, stood at his side, Geeka clutched in one slim, brown hand. They talked together, the man wondering at the faltering Arabic of the girl, but attributing it finally to her defective mentality. Could he have known that years had elapsed since she had used it until she was taken by<noinclude></noinclude> 0b7k6uldaht3jragqsyfb1xo9uzw2pf Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/214 104 2293240 14129200 11863889 2024-04-25T18:40:20Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|202|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"Where are we?" she asked, pointing. "We could not find Korak," replied the man, "and as our way led near my ''douar'' I have brought you here to wait and rest with my wife until my men can find your ape, or he finds you. It is better thus, little one. You will be safer with us, and you will be happier." "I am afraid, Bwana," said the girl. "In thy douar they will beat me as did The Sheik, my father. Let me go back into the jungle. There Korak will find me. He would not think to look for me in the douar of a white man." "No one will beat you, child," replied the man. "I have not done so, have I? Well, here all belong to me. They will treat you well. Here no one is beaten. My wife will be very good to you, and at last Korak will come, for I shall send men to search for him." The girl shook her head. "They could not bring him, for he would kill them, as all men have tried to kill him. I am afraid. Let me go, Bwana." "You do not know the way to your own country. You would be lost. The leopards or the lions would get you the first night, and after all you would not find your Korak. It is better that you stay with us. Did I not save you from the bad man? Do you not owe me something for that? Well, then remain with us for a few weeks at least until we can determine what is best for you. You are only a little girl—it would be wicked to permit you to go alone into the jungle." Meriem laughed. "The jungle," she said, "is my<noinclude></noinclude> 75farjqr9liduymm8o9mitynea3w0ix Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/216 104 2293242 14129201 11863892 2024-04-25T18:40:21Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|204|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>they recognized the foremost black warriors, and the white man behind them their attitude underwent a remarkable change. The collie and the fox terriers became frantic with delirious joy, and while the wolf hounds and the great Dane were not a whit less delighted at the return of their master their greetings were of a more dignified nature. Each in turn sniffed at Meriem who displayed not the slightest fear of any of them. The wolf hounds bristled and growled at the scent of wild beasts that clung to her garment; but when she laid her hand upon their heads and her soft voice murmured caressingly they half-closed their eyes, lifting their upper lips in contented canine smiles. The man was watching them and he too smiled, for it was seldom that these savage brutes took thus kindly to strangers. It was as though in some subtile way the girl had breathed a message of kindred savagery to their savage hearts. With her slim fingers grasping the collar of a wolf hound upon either side of her Meriem walked on toward the bungalow upon the porch of which a woman dressed in white waved a welcome to her returning lord. There was more fear in the girl's eyes now than there had been in the presence of strange men or savage beasts. She hesitated, turning an appealing glance toward the man. "This is my wife," he said. "She will be glad to welcome you." The woman came down the path to meet them. The man kissed her, and turning toward Meriem intro-<noinclude></noinclude> 4rcdt108uqypil39bv4t2v78n1y0062 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/218 104 2293244 14129202 11909568 2024-04-25T18:40:22Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sp1nd01" />{{rh|206|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>{{c|XV}} {{dropinitial|A|image=The Son of Tarzan - Chapter 15 Initial A.png|imgsize=50px}}ND out in the jungle, far away, Korak, covered with wounds, stiff with clotted blood, burning with rage and sorrow, swung back upon the trail of the great baboons. He had not found them where he had last seen them, nor in any of their usual haunts; but he sought them along the well-marked spoor they had left behind them, and at last he overtook them. When first he came upon them they were moving slowly but steadily southward in one of those periodic migrations the reasons for which the baboon himself is best able to explain. At sight of the white warrior who came upon them from down wind the herd halted in response to the warning cry of the sentinel that had discovered him. There was much growling and muttering; much stiff-legged circling on the part of the bulls. The mothers, in nervous, high pitched tones, called their young to their sides, and with them moved to safety behind their lords and masters. Korak called aloud to the king, who, at the familiar voice, advanced slowly, warily, and still stiff-legged. He must have the confirmatory evidence of his nose before venturing to rely too implicitly upon the {{hws|testi|testimony}}<noinclude>{{c|[ 206 ]}}</noinclude> 92an7c93hre11pm9agq4074riaxtl5q Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/220 104 2293246 14129204 11863955 2024-04-25T18:40:24Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|208|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>noise and kill at a great distance," replied Korak. "They had these when Korak set you free from their trap. If Korak had run away from them you would now be a prisoner among the Tarmangani." The baboon scratched his head. In a rough circle about him and the ape-man squatted the bulls of his herd. They blinked their eyes, shouldered one another about for more advantageous positions, scratched in the rotting vegetation upon the chance of unearthing a toothsome worm, or sat listlessly eyeing their king and the strange Mangani, who called himself thus but who more closely resembled the hated Tarmangani. The king looked at some of the older of his subjects, as though inviting suggestion. "We are too few," grunted one. "There are the baboons of the hill country," suggested another. "They are as many as the leaves of the forest. They, too, hate the Gomangani. They love to fight. They are very savage. Let us ask them to accompany us. Then can we kill all the Gomangani in the jungle." He rose and growled horribly, bristling his stiff hair. "That is the way to talk," cried The Killer, "but we do not need the baboons of the hill country. We are enough. It will take a long time to fetch them. Meriem may be dead and eaten before we could free her. Let us set out at once for the village of the Gomangani. If we travel very fast it will not take long to reach it. Then, all at the same time, we can charge into the village, growling and barking. The Gomangani will be very frightened and will run away.<noinclude></noinclude> bpk1enq24c2knb23xvn5tjkzeyb06ve Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/222 104 2293248 14129205 11863960 2024-04-25T18:40:25Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|210|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>plain, and across this to timbered mountain slopes. Here Korak never before had been. It was a new country to him and the change from the monotony of the circumscribed view in the jungle was pleasing. But he had little desire to enjoy the beauties of nature at this time. Meriem, his Meriem was in danger. Until she was freed and returned to him he had little thought for aught else. Once in the forest that clothed the mountain slopes the baboons advanced more slowly. Constantly they gave tongue to a plaintive note of calling. Then would follow silence while they listened. At last, faintly from the distance straight ahead came an answer. The baboons continued to travel in the direction of the voices that floated through the forest to them in the intervals of their own silence. Thus, calling and listening, they came closer to their kinsmen, who, it was evident to Korak, were coming to meet them in great numbers; but when, at last, the baboons of the hill country came in view the ape-man was staggered at the reality that broke upon his vision. What appeared a solid wall of huge baboons rose from the ground through the branches of the trees to the loftiest terrace to which they dared entrust their weight. Slowly they were approaching, voicing their weird, plaintive call, and behind them, as far as Korak's eyes could pierce the verdure, rose solid walls of their fellows treading close upon their heels. There were thousands of them. The ape-man could not but think of the fate of his little party should<noinclude></noinclude> l5m0j0fydlzdt8mfp226mp4w4i4rww4 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/224 104 2293250 14129206 11863964 2024-04-25T18:40:26Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|212|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>would be happy to accompany us to the village of the Gomangani and punish these bad people while I, Korak, The Killer, carry away my Meriem." The king ape puffed out his chest and strutted about very stiff-legged indeed. So also did many of the other great bulls of his nation. They were pleased and flattered by the words of the strange Tarmangani, who called himself Mangani and spoke the language of the hairy progenitors of man. "Yes," said one, "we of the hill country are mighty fighters. Tantor fears us. Numa fears us. Sheeta fears us. The Gomangani of the hill country are glad to pass us by in peace. I, for one, will come with you to the village of the Gomangani of the low places. I am the king's first he-child. Alone can I kill all the Gomangani of the low country," and he swelled his chest and strutted proudly back and forth, until the itching back of a comrade commanded his industrious attention. "I am Goob," cried another. "My fighting fangs are long. They are sharp. They are strong. Into the soft flesh of many a Gomangani have they been buried. Alone I slew the sister of Sheeta. Goob will go to the low country with you and kill so many of the Gomangani that there will be none left to count the dead," and then he, too, strutted and pranced before the admiring eyes of the shes and the young. Korak looked at the king, questioningly. "Your bulls are very brave," he said; "but braver than any is the king." Thus addressed, the shaggy bull, still in his prime<noinclude></noinclude> kqspa1012diwk6fhswzwuf4itnkq2gm Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/226 104 2293252 14129207 11863969 2024-04-25T18:40:27Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|214|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>within the village. All others were their legitimate prey. Then, raising his face toward the sky, he gave voice to a single cry. It was the signal. In response three thousand hairy bulls leaped screaming and barking into the village of the terrified blacks. Warriors poured from every hut. Mothers gathered their babies in their arms and fled toward the gates as they saw the horrid horde pouring into the village street. Kovudoo marshaled his fighting men about him and, leaping and yelling to arouse their courage, offered a bristling, spear tipped front to the charging horde. Korak, as he had led the march, led the charge. The blacks were struck with horror and dismay at the sight of this white-skinned youth at the head of a pack of hideous baboons. For an instant they held their ground, hurling their spears once at the advancing multitude; but before they could fit arrows to their bows they wavered, gave, and turned in terrified rout. Into their ranks, upon their backs, sinking strong fangs into the muscles of their necks sprang the baboons and first among them, most ferocious, most blood-thirsty, most terrible was Korak, The Killer. At the village gates, through which the blacks poured in panic, Korak left them to the tender mercies of his allies and turned himself eagerly toward the hut in which Meriem had been a prisoner. It was empty. One after another the filthy interiors revealed the same disheartening fact—Meriem was in none of them. That she had not been taken by the blacks in their flight from the village Korak knew for he had<noinclude></noinclude> m4nh53ga1tizfrl3ddokk28pe6xpibc Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/228 104 2293254 14129208 11909571 2024-04-25T18:40:27Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sp1nd01" />{{rh|216|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>snapped like a beast, was not human. He was a demon of the forest—a fearsome god of evil whom they had offended, and who had come out of his lair deep in the jungle to punish them. And because of this belief there were many who offered but little defense, feeling as they did the futility of pitting their puny mortal strength against that of a deity. [[File:The Son of Tarzan - The baboons rout the blacks.png|center|400px]] {{center|{{smaller|''The baboons rout the blacks''}}}} Those who could fled, until at last there were no<noinclude></noinclude> bzv0765n6s1yto6pov0fapk2o7sklyl Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/230 104 2293256 14129209 11863975 2024-04-25T18:40:28Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|218|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>when he knew that Numa was abroad and hungry. He took to the same trees that harbored Sheeta, the panther. He courted death in a hundred ways and a hundred forms. His mind was ever occupied with reminiscences of Meriem and the happy years that they had spent together. He realized now to the full what she had meant to him. The sweet face, the tanned, supple, little body, the bright smile that always had welcomed his return from the hunt haunted him continually. Inaction soon threatened him with madness. He must be on the go. He must fill his days with labor and excitement that he might forget—that night might find him so exhausted that he should sleep in blessed unconsciousness of his misery until a new day had come. Had he guessed that by any possibility Meriem might still live he would at least have had hope. His days could have been devoted to searching for her; but he implicitly believed that she was dead. For a long year he led his solitary, roaming life. Occasionally he fell in with Akut and his tribe, hunting with them for a day or two; or he might travel to the hill country where the baboons had come to accept him as a matter of course; but most of all was he with Tantor, the elephant—the great gray battle ship of the jungle—the super-dreadnaught of his savage world. The peaceful quiet of the monster bulls, the watchful solicitude of the mother cows, the awkward playfulness of the calves rested, interested, and<noinclude></noinclude> 2w88krh5bfeejjq6d2z4ostwo5j5pt0 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/234 104 2293261 14129211 11865141 2024-04-25T18:40:31Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|222|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>rapidly with the intricacies of the English language, for Bwana and My Dear had persistently refused to speak Arabic from the time they had decided that Meriem must learn English, which had been a day or two after her introduction into their home. The report of the head man plunged Meriem into a period of despondency, for he had found the village of Kovudoo deserted nor, search as he would, could he discover a single native anywhere in the vicinity. For some time he had camped near the village, spending the days in a systematic search of the environs for traces of Meriem's Korak; but in this quest, too, had he failed. He had seen neither apes nor ape-man. Meriem at first insisted upon setting forth herself in search of Korak, but Bwana prevailed upon her to wait. He would go himself, he assured her, as soon as he could find the time, and at last Meriem consented to abide by his wishes; but it was months before she ceased to mourn almost hourly for her Korak. My Dear grieved with the grieving girl and did her best to comfort and cheer her. She told her that if Korak lived he would find her; but all the time she believed that Korak had never existed beyond the child's dreams. She planned amusements to distract Meriem's attention from her sorrow, and she instituted a well-designed campaign to impress upon the child the desirability of civilized life and customs. Nor was this difficult, as she was soon to learn, for it rapidly became evident that beneath the uncouth savagery of the girl was a bed rock of innate refinement<noinclude></noinclude> 71cjqwmts34o0sahedtl7he20yk2zoq Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/236 104 2293263 14129212 11865145 2024-04-25T18:40:32Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|224|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>words than those in the lessons—used them properly and with a pronunciation that the English woman knew was more perfect than her own; but Meriem could neither read nor write what she spoke so well, and as My Dear considered a knowledge of correct English of the first importance, other than conversational French was postponed for a later day. "You doubtless heard French spoken at times in your father's ''douar''," suggested My Dear, as the most reasonable explanation. Meriem shook her head. "It may be," she said, "but I do not recall ever having seen a Frenchman in my father's company—he hated them and would have nothing whatever to do with them, and I am quite sure that I never heard any of these words before, yet at the same time I find them all familiar. I cannot understand it." "Neither can I," agreed My Dear. It was about this time that a runner brought a letter that, when she learned the contents, filled Meriem with excitement. Visitors were coming! A number of English ladies and gentlemen had accepted My Dear's invitation to spend a month of hunting and exploring with them. Meriem was all expectancy. What would these strangers be like? Would they be as nice to her as had Bwana and My Dear, or would they be like the other white folk she had known—cruel and relentless. My Dear assured her that they all were gentle folk and that she would find them kind, considerate and honorable. To My Dear's surprise there was none of the shy-<noinclude></noinclude> 3kpjfj2398bcsdwg0sia72cox0rjmhq Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/238 104 2293265 14129213 11865147 2024-04-25T18:40:33Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|226|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>opportunity to turn to another continent for excitement and adventure. He looked upon all things un-European as rather more than less impossible, still he was not at all averse to enjoying the novelty of unaccustomed places, and making the most of strangers indigenous thereto, however unspeakable they might have seemed to him at home. In manner he was suave and courteous to all—if possible a trifle more punctilious toward those he considered of meaner clay than toward the few he mentally admitted to equality. Nature had favored him with a splendid physique and a handsome face, and also with sufficient good judgment to appreciate that while he might enjoy the contemplation of his superiority to the masses, there was little likelihood of the masses being equally entranced by the same cause. And so he easily maintained the reputation of being a most democratic and likeable fellow, and indeed he was likable. Just a shade of his egotism was occasionally apparent—never sufficient to become a burden to his associates. And this, briefly, was the Hon. Morison Baynes of luxurious European civilization. What would be the Hon. Morison Baynes of central Africa it were difficult to guess. Meriem, at first, was shy and reserved in the presence of the strangers. Her benefactors had seen fit to ignore mention of her strange past, and so she passed as their ward whose antecedents not having been mentioned were not to be inquired into. The guests found her sweet and unassuming, laughing,<noinclude></noinclude> kz1ujn3mkwgsw1yrqf4czi9lokr9ojk Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/240 104 2293267 14129215 11866850 2024-04-25T18:40:35Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|228|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>the young Englishman the image of Korak became less real. Where before it had been an actuality to her she now realized that Korak was but a memory. To that memory she still was loyal; but what weight has a memory in the presence of a fascinating reality? Meriem had never accompanied the men upon a hunt since the arrival of the guests. She never had cared particularly for the sport of killing. The tracking she enjoyed; but the mere killing for the sake of killing she could not find pleasure in—little savage that she had been, and still, to some measure, was. When Bwana had gone forth to shoot for meat she had always been his enthusiastic companion; but with the coming of the London guests the hunting had deteriorated into mere killing. Slaughter the host would not permit; yet the purpose of the hunts were for heads and skins and not for food. So Meriem remained behind and spent her days either with My Dear upon the shaded verandah, or riding her favorite pony across the plains or to the forest edge. Here she would leave him untethered while she took to the trees for the moment's unalloyed pleasures of a return to the wild, free existence of her earlier childhood. Then would come again visions of Korak, and, tired at last of leaping and swinging through the trees, she would stretch herself comfortably upon a branch and dream. And presently, as today, she found the features of Korak slowly dissolve and merge into those of another, and the figure of a tanned, {{hws|half-|half-naked}}<noinclude></noinclude> oh4dlwpg1bg73901u31zc8dez80bipr Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/242 104 2293269 14129216 11866860 2024-04-25T18:40:36Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|230|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>toward a certain water hole which had once been famous as a rendezvous for lions. Of late there had been no evidence of carnivora in the neighborhood of this drinking place; but Meriem was positive that the bleating of the kid was due to the presence of either lion or panther. But she would soon know, for she was rapidly approaching the terrified animal. She wondered as she hastened onward that the sounds continued to come from the same point. Why did the kid not run away? And then she came in sight of the little animal and knew. The kid was tethered to a stake beside the waterhole. Meriem paused in the branches of a near-by tree and scanned the surrounding clearing with quick, penetrating eyes. Where was the hunter? Bwana and his people did not hunt thus. Who could have tethered this poor little beast as a lure to Numa? Bwana never countenanced such acts in his country and his word was law among those who hunted within a radius of many miles of his estate. Some wandering savages, doubtless, thought Meriem; but where were they? Not even her keen eyes could discover them. And where was Numa? Why had he not long since sprung upon this delicious and defenseless morsel? That he was close by was attested by the pitiful crying of the kid. Ah! Now she saw him. He was lying close in a clump of brush a few yards to her right. The kid was down wind from him and getting the full benefit of his terrorizing scent, which did not reach Meriem. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 03x1mo5zo8zy2f1slns322vy3mhksj9 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/244 104 2293271 14129217 11909578 2024-04-25T18:40:37Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sp1nd01" />{{rh|232|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>were no less surprise than that reflected in the yellow-green orbs of the carnivore. A white man, hiding in a thorn boma, half rose as the young girl leaped into the clearing and dashed toward the kid. [[File:The Son of Tarzan - Numa the lion.png|center|400px]] {{center|{{smaller|''Numa the lion''}}}} He saw Numa hesitate. He raised his rifle and covered the beast's breast. The girl reached the kid's side. Her knife flashed, and the little prisoner was free. With a parting bleat it dashed off into the<noinclude></noinclude> a1mem9mu9f2wysk2yd4g5jubkzprbxg Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/246 104 2293273 14129218 11866868 2024-04-25T18:40:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|234|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>The man breathed a sigh of relief as he lowered his rifle. He saw the girl fling a grimace at the angry, roaring, maneater beneath her, and then, laughing, speed away into the forest. For an hour the lion remained about the water hole. A hundred times could the hunter have bagged his prey. Why did he fail to do so? Was he afraid that the shot might attract the girl and cause her to return? At last Numa, still roaring angrily, strode majestically into the jungle. The hunter crawled from his boma, and half an hour later was entering a little camp snugly hidden in the forest. A handful of black followers greeted his return with sullen indifference. He was a great bearded man, a huge, yellow-bearded giant, when he entered his tent. Half an hour later he emerged smooth shaven. His blacks looked at him in astonishment. "Would you know me?" he asked. "The hyena that bore you would not know you, Bwana," replied one. The man aimed a heavy fist at the black's face; but long experience in dodging similar blows saved the presumptuous one.<noinclude></noinclude> csxx9jlprwqfp0scc50k84stnkfjgrq Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/248 104 2293276 14129219 11868935 2024-04-25T18:40:39Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|236|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>that it was a horse, and was about to resume the original direction of his way when he thought that he discerned a saddle upon the beast's back. He rode a little closer. Yes, the animal was saddled. The Hon. Morison approached yet nearer, and as he did so his eyes expressed a pleasurable emotion of anticipation, for they had now recognized the pony as the special favorite of Meriem. He galloped to the animal's side. Meriem must be within the wood. The man shuddered a little at the thought of an unprotected girl alone in the jungle that was still, to him, a fearful place of terrors and stealthily stalking death. He dismounted and left his horse beside Meriem's. On foot he entered the jungle. He knew that she was probably safe enough and he wished to surprise her by coming suddenly upon her. He had gone but a short distance into the wood when he heard a great jabbering in a near-by tree. Coming closer he saw a band of baboons snarling over something. Looking intently he saw that one of them held a woman's riding skirt and that others had boots and stockings. His heart almost ceased to beat as he quite naturally placed the most direful explanation upon the scene. The baboons had killed Meriem and stripped this clothing from her body. Morison shuddered. He was about to call aloud in the hope that after all the girl still lived when he saw her in a tree close beside that was occupied by the baboons, and now he saw that they were snarling and jabbering at her. To his amazement he saw the girl swing, ape-like, into the<noinclude></noinclude> 8jiyr8vzjxmn6cuh7o1y9hi0a3lqmz0 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/250 104 2293278 14129220 11917169 2024-04-25T18:40:40Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sp1nd01" />{{rh|238|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>[[File:The Son of Tarzan - Slowly and one by one they approached the girl.png|center|400px]] {{center|{{smaller|''Slowly and one by one they approached the girl''}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> 12t6mr3t4gvdhhmkdn0hvp2q4cmpwe2 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/252 104 2293280 14129221 11868939 2024-04-25T18:40:40Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|240|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>it was a matter of little moment that a young girl should be upon intimate terms with savage jungle beasts. "It was horrible!" ejaculated the Hon. Morison. "Horrible?" repeated Meriem, puckering her brows in bewilderment. "What was horrible about it? They are my friends. Is it horrible to talk with one's friends?" "You were really talking with them, then?" cried the Hon. Morison. "You understood them and they understood you?" "Certainly." "But they are hideous creatures—degraded beasts of a lower order. How could you speak the language of beasts?" "They are not hideous, and they are not degraded," replied Meriem. "Friends are never that. I lived among them for years before Bwana found me and brought me here. I scarce knew any other tongue than that of the mangani. Should I refuse to know them now simply because I happen, for the present, to live among humans?" "For the present!" ejaculated the Hon. Morison. "You cannot mean that you expect to return to live among them? Come, come, what foolishness are we talking! The very idea! You are spoofing me, Miss Meriem. You have been kind to these baboons here and they know you and do not molest you; but that you once lived among them—no, that is preposterous." "But I did, though," insisted the girl, seeing the<noinclude></noinclude> 52x7i6dzh2iia6be87vtf9k3ehrudx5 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/254 104 2293282 14129222 11874238 2024-04-25T18:40:42Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|242|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>seldom obtruded itself upon her memory—the long, black nights—the chill, terrible jungle nights—the cold and damp and discomfort of the rainy season—the hideous mouthings of the savage carnivora as they prowled through the Stygian darkness beneath—the constant menace of Sheeta, the panther, and Histah, the snake—the stinging insects—the loathesome vermin. For, in truth, all these had been outweighed by the happiness of the sunny days, the freedom of it all, and, most, the companionship of Korak. The man's thoughts were rather jumbled. He had suddenly realized that he had come mighty near falling in love with this girl of whom he had known nothing up to the previous moment when she had voluntarily revealed a portion of her past to him. The more he thought upon the matter the more evident it became to him that he had given her his love—that he had been upon the verge of offering her his honorable name. He trembled a little at the narrowness of his escape. Yet, he still loved her. There was no objection to that according to the ethics of the Hon. Morison Baynes and his kind. She was a meaner clay than he. He could no more have taken her in marriage than he could have taken one of her baboon friends, nor would she, of course, expect such an offer from him. To have his love would be sufficient honor for her—his name he would, naturally, bestow upon one in his own elevated social sphere. A girl who had consorted with apes, who, according to her own admission, had lived almost naked among<noinclude></noinclude> 8rcyrsdtfskum9d5dmifzh0lleqtk2o Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/262 104 2293289 14129223 11874274 2024-04-25T18:40:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|250|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>found that his big bag of fourteen lions had been made by the diligent use of poisoned bait. The result was that all good sportsmen and all the natives loved and respected him. His word was law where there had never been law before. There was scarce a head man from coast to coast who would not heed the big Bwana's commands in preference to those of the hunters who employed them, and so it was easy to turn back any undesirable stranger—Bwana had simply to threaten to order his boys to desert him. But here was evidently one who had slipped into the country unheralded. Bwana could not imagine who the approaching horseman might be. After the manner of frontier hospitality the globe round he met the newcomer at the gate, welcoming him even before he had dismounted. He saw a tall, well knit man of thirty or over, blonde of hair and smooth shaven, There was a tantalizing familiarity about, him that convinced Bwana that he should be able to call the visitor by name, yet he was unable to do so. The newcomer was evidently of Scandinavian origin—both his appearance and accent denoted that. His manner was rough but open. He made a good impression upon the Englishman, who was wont to accept strangers in this wild and savage country at their own valuation, asking no questions and assuming the best of them until they proved themselves undeserving of his friendship and hospitality. "It is rather unusual that a white man comes unheralded," he said, as they walked together toward<noinclude></noinclude> nx0y3vqqk8kosj2ke5han9fnuhpf2tg Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/264 104 2293291 14129224 11874288 2024-04-25T18:40:44Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|252|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>mighty glad of permission to rest up and hunt around here for a couple of weeks." "Certainly," replied Bwana. "Move your camp up close to the river below my boys' camp and make yourself at home." They had reached the verandah now and Bwana was introducing the stranger to Meriem and My Dear, who had just come from the bungalow's interior. "This is Mr. Hanson," he said, using the name the man had given him. "He is a trader who has lost his way in the jungle to the south." My Dear and Meriem bowed their acknowledgments of the introduction. The man seemed rather ill at ease in their presence. His host attributed this to the fact that his guest was unaccustomed to the society of cultured women, and so found a pretext to quickly extricate him from his seemingly unpleasant position and lead him away to his study and the brandy and soda which were evidently much less embarrassing to Mr. Hanson. When the two had left them Meriem turned toward My Dear. "It is odd," she said, "but I could almost swear that I had known Mr. Hanson in the past. It is odd, but quite impossible," and she gave the matter no further thought. Hanson did not accept Bwana's invitation to move his camp closer to the bungalow. He said his boys were inclined to be quarrelsome, and so were better off at a distance; and he, himself, was around but<noinclude></noinclude> 3j8lzlc9l9fvjhwlc3pcsqwjpez71lq Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/266 104 2293294 14129225 11874294 2024-04-25T18:40:45Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|254|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>ership of each to men whom he believed that he could trust. To them he explained his plans and the rich reward that they would win from him if they carried his designs to a successful conclusion. One party he moved very slowly northward along the trail that connects with the great caravan routes entering the Sahara from the south. The other he ordered straight westward with orders to halt and go into permanent camp just beyond the great river which marks the natural boundary of the country that the big Bwana rightfully considers almost his own. To his host he explained that he was moving his ''safari'' slowly toward the north—he said nothing of the party moving westward. Then, one day, he announced that half his boys had deserted, for a hunting party from the bungalow had come across his northerly camp and he feared that they might have noticed the reduced numbers of his following. And thus matters stood when, one hot night, Meriem, unable to sleep, rose and wandered out into the garden. The Hon. Morison had been urging his suit once more that evening, and the girl's mind was in such a turmoil that she had been unable to sleep. The wide heavens above her seemed to promise a greater freedom from doubt and questioning. Baynes had urged her to tell him that she loved him. A dozen times she thought that she might honestly give him the answer that he demanded. Korak fast was becoming but a memory. That he was dead she had come to believe, since otherwise he would have sought her out. She did not know that he had even better reason<noinclude></noinclude> tjmo3v4uu6v4l7tlmvwr5aqowyue70i Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/268 104 2293296 14129227 11874300 2024-04-25T18:40:46Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|256|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>and I thought you'd like to join me. Ripping good sport, you know, night riding. Come on." Meriem laughed. The adventure appealed to her. "All right," she said. Hanson swore beneath his breath. The two led their horses from the garden to the gate and through it. There they discovered Hanson's mount. "Why here's the trader's pony," remarked Baynes. "He's probably down visiting with the foreman," said Meriem. "Pretty late for him, isn't it?" remarked the Hon. Morison. "I'd hate to have to ride back through that jungle at night to his camp." As though to give weight to his apprehensions the distant lion roared again. The Hon. Morison shivered and glanced at the girl to note the effect of the uncanny sound upon her. She appeared not to have noticed it. A moment later the two had mounted and were moving slowly across the moon-bathed plain. The girl turned her pony's head straight toward the jungle. It was in the direction of the roaring of the hungry lion. "Hadn't we better steer clear of that fellow?" suggested the Hon. Morison. "I guess you didn't hear him." "Yes, I heard him," laughed Meriem. "Let's ride over and call on him." The Hon. Morison laughed uneasily. He didn't care to appear at a disadvantage before this girl, nor did he care, either, to approach a hungry lion too<noinclude></noinclude> mgfu8z804jlm2h0zb5w1izmdiq29cv2 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/270 104 2293298 14129228 11874306 2024-04-25T18:40:47Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|258|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>about into the forest that he might again be down wind from his victims, for should they get his scent he could not hope to overtake them. Numa was famished; but he was old and crafty. Deep in the jungle another caught faintly the scent of man and of Numa both. He raised his head and sniffed. He cocked it upon one side and listened. "Come on," said Meriem, "let's ride in a way—the forest is wonderful at night. It is open enough to permit us to ride." The Hon. Morison hesitated. He shrank from revealing his fear in the presence of the girl. A braver man, sure of his own position, would have had the courage to have refused uselessly to expose the girl to danger. He would not have thought of himself at all; but the egotism of the Hon. Morison required that he think always of self first. He had planned the ride to get Meriem away from the bungalow. He wanted to talk to her alone and far enough away so should she take offense at his purposed suggestion he would have time in which to attempt to right himself in her eyes before they reached home. He had little doubt, of course, but that he should succeed; but it is to his credit that he did have some slight doubts. "You needn't be afraid of the lion," said Meriem, noting his slight hesitancy. "There hasn't been a man eater around here for two years, Bwana says, and the game is so plentiful that there is no necessity to drive Numa to human flesh. Then, he has been so often hunted that he rather keeps out of man's way." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> b8l64ek0u43yipgvzs4ya7q1qfhxqmy Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/272 104 2293300 14129229 11874309 2024-04-25T18:40:48Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|260|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>attention to his movements and bringing the blacks of the big Bwana into dangerous intercourse with his own boys. He had told at the bungalow that half his men had deserted. That story might be quickly disproved should his boys and Bwana's grow confidential. The event that he had failed to mention and which now urged him hurriedly after the girl and her escort had occurred during his absence early the preceding evening. His men had been sitting around their camp fire, entirely encircled by a high, thorn ''boma'', when, without the slightest warning, a huge lion had leaped amongst them and seized one of their number. It had been solely due to the loyalty and courage of his comrades that his life had been saved, and then only after a battle royal with the hunger-enraged beast had they been able to drive him off with burning brands, spears, and rifles. From this Hanson knew that a man eater had wandered into the district or been developed by the aging of one of the many lions who ranged the plains and hills by night, or lay up in the cool wood by day. He had heard the roaring of a hungry lion not half an hour before, and there was little doubt in his mind but that the man eater was stalking Meriem and Baynes. He cursed the Englishman for a fool, and spurred rapidly after them. Meriem and Baynes had drawn up in a small, natural clearing. A hundred yards beyond them Numa lay crouching in the underbrush, his yellow-green eyes fixed upon his prey, the tip of his sinuous<noinclude></noinclude> 5r9atd0ppvpivyzesf074bc10579e5c Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/274 104 2293303 14129230 11767212 2024-04-25T18:40:49Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|262|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>Their horses were pressed side by side. Baynes had found Meriem's hand and was pressing it as he poured words of love into her ear, and Meriem was listening, "Come to London with me," urged the Hon. Morison. "I can gather a ''safari'' and we can be a whole day upon the way to the coast before they guess that we have gone." "Why must we go that way?" asked the girl. "Bwana and My Dear would not object to our marriage." "I cannot marry you just yet," explained the Hon. Morison, "there are some formalities to be attended to first—you do not understand. It will be all right. We will go to London, I cannot wait. If you love me you will come. What of the apes you lived with? Did they bother about marriage? They love as we love. Had you stayed among them you would have mated as they mate. It is the law of nature—no man-made law can abrogate the laws of God. What difference does it make if we love one another? What do we care for anyone in the world besides ourselves? I would give my life for you—will you give nothing for me?" "You love me?" she asked. "You will marry me when we have reached London?" "I swear it," he cried. "I will go with you," she whispered, "though I do not understand why it is necessary." She leaned toward him and he took her in his arms and bent to press his lips to hers. At the same instant the head of a huge tusker<noinclude></noinclude> b8ugvg0fj2r59w9gdrykh8q7rq36o3y Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/275 104 2293304 14129136 11774229 2024-04-25T18:38:49Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh||''THE SON OF TARZAN''|263}} {{rule}}</noinclude>poked through the trees that fringed the clearing. The Hon. Morison and Meriem, with eyes and ears for one another alone. did not see or hear; but Numa did. The man upon Tantor's broad head saw the girl in the man's arms. It was Korak; but in the trim figure of the neatly garbed girl he did not recognize his Meriem. He only saw a Tarmangani with his she. And then Numa charged. With a frightful roar, fearful lest Tantor had come to frighten away his prey, the great beast leaped from his hiding place. The earth trembled to his mighty voice, The ponies stood for an instant transfixed with terror. The Hon. Morison Baynes went white and cold. The lion was charging toward them full in the brilliant light of the magnificent moon. The muscles of the Hon. Morison no longer obeyed his will—they flexed to the urge of a greater power—the power of Nature's first law. They drove his spurred heels deep into his pony's flanks, they bore the rein against the brute's neck that wheeled him with an impetuous drive toward the plain and safety. The girl's pony, squealing in terror, reared and plunged upon the heels of his mate. The lion was close upon him. Only the girl was cool—the girl and the half-naked savage who bestrode the neck of his mighty mount and grinned at the exciting spectacle chance had staked for his enjoyment. To Korak here were but two strange Tarmangani pursued by Numa, who was empty. It was Numa's right to prey; but one was a she. Korak felt an intuitive urge to rush to her protection. Why, he<noinclude></noinclude> khmfvlegxx641u8uba9lp1r2g6s3cl8 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/278 104 2293307 14129231 11877652 2024-04-25T18:40:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|266|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>Hanson groaned as he guessed what had happened out of sight in the jungle. With an oath he spurred on in the hope of driving the lion from his prey—his rifle was ready in his hand. And then the lion came into view behind the girl's pony. Hanson could not understand. He knew that if Numa had succeeded in seizing the girl he would not have continued in pursuit of the others. He drew in his own mount, took quick aim and fired. The lion stopped in his tracks, turned and bit at his side, then rolled over dead. Hanson rode on into the forest, calling aloud to the girl. "Here I am," came a quick response from the foliage of the trees just ahead. "Did you hit him?" "Yes," replied Hanson. "Where are you? You had a mighty narrow escape. It will teach you to keep out of the jungle at night." Together they returned to the plain where they found the Hon. Morison riding slowly back toward them. He explained that his pony had bolted and that he had had hard work stopping him at all. Hanson grinned, for he recalled the pounding heels that he had seen driving sharp spurs into the flanks of Baynes' mount; but he said nothing of what he had seen. He took Meriem up behind him and the three rode in silence toward the bungalow.<noinclude></noinclude> tag3uk5eq3avlwa37to2oufamcxj5c6 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/280 104 2293309 14129233 11759759 2024-04-25T18:40:51Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|268|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>as far from man as possible. With a sigh he turned slowly back into the jungle. Tantor, nervous by nature, had been far from reassured by close proximity to the three strange whites, and with the report of Hanson's rifle had turned and ambled away at his long, swinging shuffle. He was nowhere in sight when Korak returned to look for him. The ape-man, however, was little concerned by the absence of his friend. Tantor had a habit of wandering off unexpectedly. For a month they might not see one another, for Korak seldom took the trouble to follow the great pachyderm, nor did he upon this occasion. Instead he found a comfortable perch in a large tree and was soon asleep. At the bungalow Bwana had met the returning adventurers on the veranda. In a moment of wakefulness he had heard the report of Hanson's rifle far out across the plain, and wondered what it might mean. Presently it had occurred to him that the man whom he considered in the light of a guest might have met with an accident on his way back to camp, so he had arisen and gone to his foreman's quarters where he had learned that Hanson had been there earlier in the evening but had departed several hours before. Returning from the foreman's quarters Bwana had noticed that the corral gate was open and further investigation revealed the fact that Meriem's pony was gone and also the one most often used by Baynes. Instantly Bwana assumed that the shot had been fired by Hon. Morison, and had again aroused his foreman and was making preparations to set forth in<noinclude></noinclude> 3wvnh7gqr18mrnaeft9ru1nymi7ibo6 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/282 104 2293311 14129234 11877660 2024-04-25T18:40:54Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|270|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>ner as though there was something on his mind he felt in duty bound to say, but hated to. "What is it, Hanson?" asked Bwana. "You were about to say something weren't you?" "Well, you see it's like this," ventured Hanson. "Bein' around here evenings a good deal I've seen them two together a lot, and, beggin' your pardon, sir, but I don't think Mr. Baynes means the girl any good. I've overheard enough to make me think he's tryin' to get her to run off with him." Hanson, to fit his own ends, hit nearer the truth than he knew. He was afraid that Baynes would interfere with his own plans, and he had hit upon a scheme to both utilize the young Englishman and get rid of him at the same time. "And I thought," continued the trader, "that inasmuch as I'm about due to move you might like to suggest to Mr. Baynes that he go with me. I'd be willin' to take him north to the caravan trails as a favor to you, sir." Bwana stood in deep thought for a moment. Presently he looked up. "Of course, Hanson, Mr. Baynes is my guest," he said, a grim twinkle in his eye. "Really I cannot accuse him of planning to run away with Meriem on the evidence that we have, and as he is my guest I should hate to be so discourteous as to ask him to leave; but, if I recall his words correctly, it seems to me that he has spoken of returning home, and I am sure that nothing would delight him more than going north with you—you say you start tomor-<noinclude></noinclude> dj0v4gvaqamox7l90769y7fyactx10d Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/284 104 2293313 14129235 11877672 2024-04-25T18:40:55Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|272|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>while realizing the debt of gratitude she owed Bwana and My Dear, was both proud and sensitive, so that Bwana's action in sending Baynes away and giving her no opportunity to explain or defend hurt and mortified her. Also it did much toward making a martyr of Baynes in her eyes and arousing in her breast a keen feeling of loyalty toward him. What she had half-mistaken for love before, she now wholly mistook for love. Bwana and My Dear might have told her much of the social barriers that they only too well knew Baynes must feel existed between Meriem and himself, but they hesitated to wound her. It would have been better had they inflicted this lesser sorrow, and saved the child the misery that was to follow because of her ignorance. As Hanson and Baynes rode toward the former's camp the Englishman maintained a morose silence. The other was attempting to formulate an opening that would lead naturally to the proposition he had in mind. He rode a neck behind his companion, grinning as he noted the sullen scowl upon the other's patrician face. "Rather rough on you, wasn't he?" he ventured at last, jerking his head back in the direction of the bungalow as Baynes turned his eyes upon him at the remark. "He thinks a lot of the girl," continued Hanson, "and don't want nobody to marry her and take her away; but it looks to me as though he was doin' her more harm than good in sendin' you away. She ought to marry some time, and she couldn't do better than a fine young gentleman like you."<noinclude></noinclude> 7lbxwh8x0jqr05g4cg1zy8vkfa7kqxv Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/286 104 2293315 14129236 11877677 2024-04-25T18:40:55Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|274|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>bye—she won't refuse that. In the meantime we can be movin' camp a little further north all the time and you can make arrangements with her to be all ready on a certain night. Tell her I'll meet her then while you wait for us in camp. That'll be better for I know the country well and can cover it quicker than you. You can take care of the ''safari'' and be movin' along slow toward the north and the girl and I'll catch up to you." "But suppose she won't come?" suggested Baynes. "Then make another date for a last good-bye," said Hanson, "and instead of you I'll be there and I'll bring her along anyway. She'll have to come, and after it's all over she won't feel so bad about it—especially after livin' with you for two months while we're makin' the coast." A shocked and angry protest rose to Baynes' lips; but he did not utter it, for almost simultaneously came the realization that this was practically the same thing he had been planning upon himself. It had sounded brutal and criminal from the lips of the rough trader; but nevertheless the young Englishman saw that with Hanson's help and his knowledge of African travel the possibilities of success would be much greater than as though the Hon. Morison were to attempt the thing single handed. And so he nodded a glum assent. The balance of the long ride to Hanson's northerly camp was made in silence, for both men were occupied with their own thoughts, most of which were far from being either complimentary or loyal to the<noinclude></noinclude> 1berkeyav51ivfu22cdlignhmdghk8i Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/288 104 2293317 14129237 11877682 2024-04-25T18:40:56Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|276|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>penned a brief note, which Hanson gave into the keeping of one of his boys who started off forthwith toward the south. Korak remained in the vicinity of the camp, keeping a careful watch upon the Englishman. He had half expected to find the girl at the destination of the two riders and had been disappointed when no sign of her materialized about the camp. Baynes was restless, pacing back and forth beneath the trees when he should have been resting against the forced marches of the coming flight. Hanson lay in his hammock and smoked. They spoke but little. Korak lay stretched upon a branch among the dense foliage above them. Thus passed the balance of the afternoon. Korak became hungry and thirsty. He doubted that either of the men would leave camp now before morning, so he withdrew, but toward the south, for there it seemed most likely the girl still was. In the garden beside the bungalow Meriem wandered thoughtfully in the moonlight. She still smarted from Bwana's, to her, unjust treatment of the Hon. Morison Baynes. Nothing had been explained to her, for both Bwana and My Dear had wished to spare her the mortification and sorrow of the true explanation of Baynes' proposal. They knew, as Meriem did not, that the man had no intention of marrying her, else he would have come directly to Bwana, knowing full well that no objection would be interposed if Meriem really cared for him. Meriem loved them both and was grateful to them<noinclude></noinclude> 79pg2fna2h1pffihzf4bgskvu2579u6 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/290 104 2293319 14129238 11897421 2024-04-25T18:40:57Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|278|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>her head upon one side—listening. What was it she had heard? The pad of naked human feet just beyond the garden. She listened for a moment. The sound was not repeated. Then she resumed her restless walking. Down to the opposite end of the garden she passed, turned and retraced her steps toward the upper end. Upon the sward near the bushes that hid the fence, full in the glare of the moonlight, lay a white envelope that had not been there when she had turned almost upon the very spot a moment before. Meriem stopped short in her tracks, listening again, and sniffing—more than ever the tigress; alert, ready. Beyond the bushes a naked black runner squatted, peering through the foliage. He saw her take a step closer to the letter. She had seen it. He rose quietly and following the shadows of the bushes that ran down to the corral was soon gone from sight. Meriem's trained ears heard his every move. She made no attempt to seek closer knowledge of his identity. Already she had guessed that he was a messenger from the Hon. Morison. She stooped and picked up the envelope. Tearing it open she easily read the contents by the moon's brilliant light. It was, as she had guessed, from Baynes. "I cannot go without seeing you again," it read. "Come to the clearing early tomorrow morning and say good-bye to me. Come alone." There was a little more—words that made her heart beat faster and a happy flush mount her cheek.<noinclude></noinclude> 6f0dk71vaorjhbrqnw1n1jkcypbwnyq Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/292 104 2293322 14129239 11897425 2024-04-25T18:40:58Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|280|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>Presently the sound of an approaching horse came to Korak's ears. She was coming! She had almost reached the clearing before Baynes became aware of her presence, and then as he looked up, the foliage parted to the head and shoulders of her mount and Meriem rode into view. Baynes spurred to meet her. Korak looked searchingly down upon her, mentally anathematizing the broad-brimmed hat that hid her features from his eyes. She was abreast the Englishman now. Korak saw the man take both her hands and draw her close to his breast. He saw the man's face concealed for a moment beneath the same broad brim that hid the girl's. He could imagine their lips meeting, and a twinge of sorrow and sweet recollection combined to close his eyes for an instant in that involuntary muscular act with which we attempt to shut out from the mind's eye harrowing reflections. When he looked again they had drawn apart and were conversing earnestly. Korak could see the man urging something. It was equally evident that the girl was holding back. There were many of her gestures, and the way in which she tossed her head up and to the right, tip-tilting her chin, that reminded Korak still more strongly of Meriem. And then the conversation was over and the man took the girl in his arms again to kiss her good-bye. She turned and rode toward the point from which she had come. The man sat on his horse watching her. At the edge of the jungle she turned to wave him a final farewell. "Tonight!" she cried, throwing back her head as she called the words to him across the little distance<noinclude></noinclude> iyv14tfgiluhpgf6exs1zt7f17f6f2y Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/294 104 2293324 14129240 11897430 2024-04-25T18:40:59Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|282|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>which separated them—throwing back her head and revealing her face for the first time to the eyes of The Killer in the tree above. Korak started as though pierced through the heart with an arrow. He trembled and shook like a leaf. He closed his eyes, pressing his palms across them, and then he opened them again and looked but the girl was gone—only the waving foliage of the jungle's rim marked where she had disappeared. It was impossible! It could not be true! And yet, with his own eyes he had seen his Meriem—older a little, with figure more rounded by nearer maturity, and subtly changed in other ways; more beautiful than ever, yet still his little Meriem. Yes, he had seen the dead alive again; he had seen his Meriem in the flesh. She lived! She had not died! He had seen her—he had seen his Meriem—''in the arms of another man!'' And that man sat below him now, within easy reach. Korak, The Killer, fondled his heavy spear. He played with the grass rope dangling from his gee-string. He stroked the hunting knife at his hip. And the man beneath him called to his drowsy guide, bent the rein to his pony's neck and moved off toward the north. Still sat Korak, The Killer, alone among the trees. Now his hands hung idly at his sides. His weapons and what he had intended were forgotten for the moment. Korak was thinking. He had noted that subtle change in Meriem. When last he had seen her she had been his little, half-naked Mangani—wild, savage, and uncouth. She had not seemed uncouth to him then; but now, in the change<noinclude></noinclude> quzavdc8up9bu5kzrjfolq04sd6oj81 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/296 104 2293326 14129241 11897442 2024-04-25T18:41:00Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|284|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>ness and was ashamed. He, the son of a British peer, had thus thrown away his life, had thus degraded himself to the level of a beast that he was ashamed to go to the woman he loved and lay his love at her feet. He was ashamed to go to the little Arab maid who had been his jungle playmate, for what had he to offer her? For years circumstances had prevented a return to his father and mother, and at last pride had stepped in and expunged from his mind the last vestige of any intention to return. In a spirit of boyish adventure he had cast his lot with the jungle ape. The killing of the crook in the coast inn had filled his childish mind with terror of the law, and driven him deeper into the wilds. The rebuffs that he had met at the hands of men, both black and white, had had their effect upon his mind while yet it was in a formative state, and easily influenced. He had come to believe that the hand of man was against him, and then he had found in Meriem the only human association he required or craved. When she had been snatched from him his sorrow had been so deep that the thought of ever mingling again with human beings grew still more unutterably distasteful. Finally and for all time, he thought, the die was cast. Of his own volition he had become a beast, a beast he had lived, a beast he would die. Now that it was too late, he regretted it. For now Meriem, still living, had been revealed to him in a guise of progress and advancement that had carried her completely out of his life. Death itself<noinclude></noinclude> d6gi9svdfkne8j1tpxurzq6bk4dew02 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/298 104 2293328 14129242 11897449 2024-04-25T18:41:01Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|286|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>usually kept one or all of them hidden away in a private cache. Now he held a single coil of the long rope in his right hand, and the balance in his left. The antelope was but a few paces from him. Silently Korak leaped from his hiding place swinging the rope free from the entangling shrubbery. The antelope sprang away almost instantly; but instantly, too, the coiled rope, with its sliding noose, flew through the air above him. With unerring precision it settled about the creature's neck. There was a quick wrist movement of the thrower, the noose tightened. The Killer braced himself with the rope across his hip, and as the antelope tautened the singing strands in a last frantic bound for liberty he was thrown over upon his back. Then, instead of approaching the fallen animal as a roper of the western plains might do, Korak dragged his captive to himself, pulling him in hand over hand, and when he was within reach leaping upon him even as Sheeta the panther might have done, and burying his teeth in the animal's neck while he found its heart with the point of his hunting knife. Recoiling his rope, he cut a few generous strips from his kill and took to the trees again, where he ate in peace. Later he swung off in the direction of a nearby water hole, and then he slept. In his mind, of course, was the suggestion of another meeting between Meriem and the young Englishman that had been borne to him by the girl's parting: "Tonight!" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> apjaa9we5lk01dsa3xcad818mjn33bg Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/300 104 2293330 14129244 11897454 2024-04-25T18:41:03Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|288|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>Darkness came and still the young man remained. He ate his evening meal, afterward smoking numerous cigarettes. Presently he began to pace back and forth before his tent. He kept his boy busy replenishing the fire. A lion coughed and he went into his tent to reappear with an express rifle. Again he admonished the boy to throw more brush upon the fire. Korak saw that he was nervous and afraid, and his lip curled in a sneer of contempt. Was this the creature who had supplanted him in the heart of his Meriem? Was this a man, who trembled when Numa coughed? How could such as he protect Meriem from the countless dangers of the jungle? Ah, but he would not have to. They would live in the safety of European civilization, where men in uniforms were hired to protect them. What need had a European of prowess to protect his mate? Again the sneer curled Korak's lip. Hanson and his boy had ridden directly to the clearing. It was already dark when they arrived. Leaving the boy there Hanson rode to the edge of the plain, leading the boy's horse. There he waited. It was nine o'clock before he saw a solitary figure galloping toward him from the direction of the bungalow. A few moments later Meriem drew in her mount beside him. She was nervous and flushed. When she recognized Hanson she drew back, startled. "Mr. Baynes' horse fell on him and sprained his ankle," Hanson hastened to explain. "He couldn't very well come so he sent me to meet you and bring you to camp." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> tm7tas8hl3ua5h3p483q4e0yob074n3 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/302 104 2293332 14129245 11897457 2024-04-25T18:41:04Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|290|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>overtake a laden ''safari''. It may not be until tomorrow that we'll catch up with them." But though they traveled part of the night and all the following day no sign of the safari appeared ahead of them. Meriem, an adept in jungle craft, knew that none had passed ahead of them for many days. Occasionally she saw indications of an old spoor, a very old spoor, of many men. For the most part they followed this well-marked trail along elephant paths and through park-like groves. It was an ideal trail for rapid traveling. Meriem at last became suspicious. Gradually the attitude of the man at her side had begun to change. Often she surprised him devouring her with his eyes. Steadily the former sensation of previous acquaintanceship urged itself upon her. Somewhere, sometime before she had known this man. It was evident that he had not shaved for several days. A blonde stubble had commenced to cover his neck and cheeks and chin, and with it the assurance that he was no stranger continued to grow upon the girl. It was not until the second day, however, that Meriem rebelled. She drew in her pony at last and voiced her doubts. Hanson assured her that the camp was but a few miles further on. "We should have overtaken them yesterday," he said. "They must have marched much faster than I had believed possible." "They have not marched here at all," said Meriem. "The spoor that we have been following is weeks old." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> jn79pgy62vmhwu2v7lcir7g8xpwdlgx Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/304 104 2293334 14129246 11897460 2024-04-25T18:41:04Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|292|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>out of the jungle upon the banks of a broad and placid river. Beyond, upon the opposite shore, Meriem described a camp surrounded by a high, thorn boma. "Here we are at last," said Hanson. He drew his revolver and fired in the air. Instantly the camp across the river was astir. Black men ran down the river's bank. Hanson hailed them. But there was no sign of the Hon. Morison Baynes. In accordance with their master's instructions the blacks manned a canoe and rowed across. Hanson placed Meriem in the little craft and entered it himself, leaving two boys to watch the horses, which the canoe was to return for and swim across to the camp side of the river. Once in the camp Meriem asked for Baynes. For the moment her fears had been allayed by the sight of the camp, which she had come to look upon as more or less a myth. Hanson pointed toward the single tent that stood in the center of the enclosure. "There," he said, and preceded her toward it. At the entrance he held the flap aside and motioned her within. Meriem entered and looked about. The tent was empty. She turned toward Hanson. There was a broad grin on his face. "Where is Mr. Baynes?" she demanded. "He ain't here," replied Hanson. "Leastwise I don't see him, do you? But I'm here, and I'm a damned sight better man than that thing ever was. You don't need him no more—you got me," and he laughed uproariously and reached for her. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 3ityltf1fbiriosvcp7dd38mjl35d7q Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/306 104 2293336 14129247 11917792 2024-04-25T18:41:05Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sp1nd01" />{{rh|294|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>{{c|XXI}} {{dropinitial|T|image=The Son of Tarzan - Chapter 21 Initial T.png|imgsize=50px}}HE black boy whom Malbihn had left awaiting him in the clearing with instructions to remain until he returned sat crouched at the foot of a tree for an hour when he was suddenly startled by the coughing grunt of a lion behind him. With celerity born of the fear of death the boy clambered into the branches of the tree, and a moment later the king of beasts entered the clearing and approached the carcass of an antelope which, until now, the boy had not seen. Until daylight the beast fed, while the black clung, sleepless, to his perch, wondering what had become of his master and the two ponies. He had been with Malbihn for a year, and so was fairly conversant with the character of the white. His knowledge presently led him to believe that he had been purposely abandoned. Like the balance of Malbihn's followers, this boy hated his master cordially—fear being the only bond that held him to the white man. His present uncomfortable predicament but added fuel to the fires of his hatred. As the sun rose the lion withdrew into the jungle and the black descended from his tree and started<noinclude>{{c|[ 294 ]}}</noinclude> bx9s6qz2vtn7zqq20jbu84xldt8r3gn Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/310 104 2293340 14129248 11899032 2024-04-25T18:41:06Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|298|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>of gossip as he wondered what his host would exact of the man who had attempted to steal his young, white ward. The thought brought him to his feet. "Yes," he said, nervously, "we must get away from here at once. Do you know the trail to the north?" The head-man did, and he lost no time in getting the ''safari'' upon the march. It was noon when a tired and sweat-covered runner overtook the trudging little column. The man was greeted with shouts of welcome from his fellows, to whom he imparted all that he knew and guessed of the actions of their master, so that the entire safari was aware of matters before Baynes, who marched close to the head of the column, was reached and acquainted with the facts and the imaginings of the black boy whom Malbihn had deserted in the clearing the night before. When the Hon. Morison had listened to all that the boy had to say and realized that the trader had used him as a tool whereby he himself might get Meriem into his possession, his blood ran hot with rage and he trembled with apprehension for the girl's safety. That another contemplated no worse a deed than he had contemplated in no way palliated the hideousness of the other's offense. At first it did not occur to him that he would have wronged Meriem no less than he believed "Hanson" contemplated wronging her. Now his rage was more the rage of a man beaten at his own game and robbed of the prize that he had thought already his. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> b3lx2vq1umzfg08xel0wwx3s4m12zmh Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/312 104 2293343 14129249 11899038 2024-04-25T18:41:08Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|300|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>whom and his people there was long-standing blood feud; and he was more than delighted, into the bargain, for a legitimate excuse for deserting his much hated Swede master. He knew a way to the north and his own country that the white men did not know—a short cut across an arid plateau where lay water holes of which the white hunters and explorers that had passed from time to time the fringe of the dry country had never dreamed. He might even elude the Big Bwana should he follow them, and with this thought uppermost in his mind he gathered the remnants of Malbihn's ''safari'' into a semblance of order and moved off toward the north. And toward the southwest the black boy led the Hon. Morison Baynes into the jungles. Korak had waited about the camp, watching the Hon. Morison until the ''safari'' had started north. Then, assured that the young Englishman was going in the wrong direction to meet Meriem he had abandoned him and returned slowly to the point where he had seen the girl, for whom his heart yearned, in the arms of another. So great had been his happiness at seeing Meriem alive that, for the instant, no thought of jealousy had entered his mind. Later these thoughts had come—dark, bloody thoughts that would have made the flesh of the Hon. Morison creep could he have guessed that they were revolving in the brain of a savage creature creeping stealthily among the branches of the forest giant beneath which he waited the coming of "Hanson" and the girl. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> san7tz8wbogo6zpr9svmf8jsggksvs0 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/314 104 2293345 14129250 11899042 2024-04-25T18:41:08Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|302|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>equally unbelievable that this beautiful girl was the same disheveled, half naked, little sprite who skipped nimbly among the branches of the trees as they ran and played in the lazy, happy days of the past. It could not be that her memory held more of the past than did her new appearance. It was a sad Korak who ranged the jungle near the plain's edge waiting for the coming of his Meriem—the Meriem who never came. But there came another—a tall, broad-shouldered man in khaki at the head of a swarthy crew of ebon warriors. The man's face was set in hard, stern lines and the marks of sorrow were writ deep about his mouth and eyes—so deep that the set expression of rage upon his features could not obliterate them. Korak saw the man pass beneath him where he hid in the great tree that had harbored him before upon the edge of that fateful little clearing. He saw him come and he sat rigid and frozen and suffering above him. He saw him search the ground with his keen eyes, and he only sat there watching with eyes that glazed from the intensity of his gaze. He saw him sign to his men that he had come upon that which he sought and he saw him pass out of sight toward the north, and still Korak sat like a graven image, with a heart that bled in dumb misery. An hour later Korak moved slowly away, back into the jungle toward the west. He went listlessly, with bent head and stooped shoulders, like an old man who bore upon his back the weight of a great sorrow. Baynes, following his black guide, battled his way<noinclude></noinclude> oxu4gjy3vff5y8ur8grefwzl2mhz6h3 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/316 104 2293347 14129251 11899046 2024-04-25T18:41:09Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|304|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>there burned within him beside his newborn love another great passion—the passion of hate urging him on to the consummation of revenge. A creature of ease and luxury, he had never been subjected to the hardships and tortures which now were his constant companionship, yet, his clothing torn, his flesh scratched and bleeding, he urged the black to greater speed, though with every dozen steps he himself fell from exhaustion. It was revenge which kept him going—that and a feeling that in his suffering he was partially expiating the great wrong he had done the girl he loved—for hope of saving her from the fate into which he had trapped her had never existed. "Too late! Too late!" was the dismal accompaniment of thought to which he marched. "Too late! Too late to save; but not too late to avenge!" That kept him up. Only when it became too dark to see would he permit of a halt. A dozen times in the afternoon he had threatened the black with instant death when the tired guide insisted upon resting. The fellow was terrified. He could not understand the remarkable change that had so suddenly come over the white man who had been afraid in the dark the night before. He would have deserted this terrifying master had he had the opportunity; but Baynes guessed that some such thought might be in the other's mind, and so gave the fellow none. He kept close to him by day and slept touching him at night in the rude thorn ''boma'' they constructed as a slight protection against prowling carnivora. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> ofa35vgxvs74mojrqpq3rowfgfd5eyv Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/318 104 2293349 14129252 11917830 2024-04-25T18:41:10Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sp1nd01" />{{rh|306|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>{{c|XXII}} {{dropinitial|A|image=The Son of Tarzan - Chapter 22 Initial A.png|imgsize=50px}}S Meriem struggled with Malbihn, her hands pinioned to her sides by his brawny grip, hope died within her. She did not utter a sound for she knew that there was none to come to her assistance, and, too, the jungle training of her earlier life had taught her the futility of appeals for succor in the savage world of her up-bringing. But as she fought to free herself one hand came in contact with the butt of Malbihn's revolver where it rested in the holster at his hip. Slowly he was dragging her toward the blankets, and slowly her fingers encircled the coveted prize and drew it from its resting place. Then, as Malbihn stood at the edge of the disordered pile of blankets, Meriem suddenly ceased to draw away from him, and as quickly hurled her weight against him with the result that he was thrown backward, his feet stumbled against the bedding and he was hurled to his back. Instinctively his hands flew out to save himself and at the same instant Meriem leveled the revolver at his breast and pulled the trigger. But the hammer fell futilely upon an empty shell,<noinclude>{{c|[ 306 ]}}</noinclude> lytxj9oruaocue81av936zxo2luflfj Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/320 104 2293351 14129253 11899056 2024-04-25T18:41:11Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|308|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>With cartridges for the revolver she might hope to bag small game, and to protect herself from all but the most ferocious of the enemies that would beset her way back to the beloved hearthstone of Bwana and My Dear. With the thought came determination to return and obtain the coveted ammunition. She realized that she was taking great chances of recapture; but without means of defense and of obtaining meat she felt that she could never hope to reach safety. And so she turned her face back toward the camp from which she had but just escaped. She thought Malbihn dead, so terrific a blow had she dealt him, and she hoped to find an opportunity after dark to enter the camp and search his tent for the cartridge belt; but scarcely had she found a hiding place in a great tree at the edge of the ''boma'' where she could watch without danger of being discovered, when she saw the Swede emerge from his tent, wiping blood from his face, and hurling a volley of oaths and questions at his terrified followers. Shortly after the entire camp set forth in search of her and when Meriem was positive that all were gone she descended from her hiding place and ran quickly across the clearing to Malbihn's tent. A hasty survey of the interior revealed no ammunition; but in one corner was a box in which were packed the Swede's personal belongings that he had sent along by his headman to this westerly camp. Meriem seized the receptacle as the possible container of extra ammunition. Quickly she loosed the<noinclude></noinclude> 7k8ovhp3bgb9tbpgerlw49p6sao46x2 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/322 104 2293353 14129254 11899060 2024-04-25T18:41:12Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|310|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>inexplicable mystery the sound of voices broke upon her ears. Instantly she was all alert. They were coming closer! A second later she recognized the lurid profanity of the Swede. Malbihn, her persecutor, was returning! Meriem ran quickly to the opening of the tent and looked out. It was too late! She was fairly cornered! The white man and three of his black henchmen were coming straight across the clearing toward the tent. What was she to do? She slipped the photograph into her waist. Quickly she slipped a cartridge into each of the chambers of the revolver. Then she backed toward the end of the tent, keeping the entrance covered by her weapon. The man stopped outside, and Meriem could hear Malbihn profanely issuing instructions. He was a long time about it, and while he talked in his bellowing, brutish voice, the girl sought some avenue of escape. Stooping, she raised the bottom of the canvas and looked beneath and beyond. There was no one in sight upon that side. Throwing herself upon her stomach she wormed beneath the tent wall just as Malbihn, with a final word to his men, entered the tent. Meriem heard him cross the floor, and then she rose and, stooping low, ran to a native hut directly behind. Once inside this she turned and glanced back. There was no one in sight. She had not been seen. And now from Malbihn's tent she heard a great cursing. The Swede had discovered the rifling of his box. He was shouting to his men, and as she heard them reply Meriem darted from the hut and<noinclude></noinclude> 7gdmv76sirl58evmp8ocqk7et3yu193 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/324 104 2293355 14129255 11900655 2024-04-25T18:41:13Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|312|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>that the girl must cross here if she wished to return to her protectors. The expression of relief on his face when he found that none of the canoes was gone was ample evidence of what was passing in his mind. He turned and spoke hurriedly to the head man who had followed him out of the jungle and with whom were several other blacks. Following Malbihn's instructions they launched all the canoes but one. Malbihn called to the guards in the camp and a moment later the entire party had entered the boats and were paddling up stream. Meriem watched them until a bend in the river directly above the camp hid them from her sight. They were gone! She was alone, and they had left a canoe in which lay a paddle! She could scarce believe the good fortune that had come to her. To delay now would be suicidal to her hopes. Quickly she ran from her hiding place and dropped to the ground. A dozen yards lay between her and the canoe. Up stream, beyond the bend, Malbihn ordered his canoes in to shore. He landed with his head man and crossed the little point slowly in search of a spot where he might watch the canoe he had left at the landing place. He was smiling in anticipation of the almost certain success of his stratagem—sooner or later the girl would come back and attempt to cross the river in one of their canoes. It might be that the idea would not occur to her for some time. They might have to wait a day, or two days; but that she would come if she lived or was not captured by the<noinclude></noinclude> 4c1wg4xzd9kbpumcdw1castsppugi6q Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/326 104 2293357 14129257 11900659 2024-04-25T18:41:14Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|314|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>She had almost completed the crossing when they came in sight of her. At the same instant she saw them, and redoubled her efforts to reach the opposite shore before they should overtake her. Two minutes' start of them was all Meriem cared for. Once in the trees she knew that she could outdistance and elude them. Her hopes were high—they could not overtake her now—she had had too good a start of them. Malbihn, urging his men onward with a stream of hideous oaths and blows from his fists, realized that the girl was again slipping from his clutches. The leading canoe, in the bow of which he stood, was yet a hundred yards behind the fleeing Meriem when she ran the point of her craft beneath the overhanging trees on the shore of safety. Malbihn screamed to her to halt. He seemed to have gone mad with rage at the realization that he could not overtake her, and then he threw his rifle to his shoulder, aimed carefully at the slim figure scrambling into the trees, and fired. Malbihn was an excellent shot. His misses at so short a distance were practically non-existent, nor would he have missed this time but for an accident occurring at the very instant that his finger tightened upon the trigger—an accident to which Meriem owed her life—the providential presence of a water-logged tree trunk, one end of which was embedded in the mud of the river bottom and the other end of which floated just beneath the surface where the prow of Malbihn's canoe ran upon it as he fired. The slight<noinclude></noinclude> oc92woi462f8ddvi3ffw7n10yuj2jfy Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/328 104 2293360 14129258 11900662 2024-04-25T18:41:15Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|316|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"We are almost there, Bwana," he said. There was awe and respect in his tone and manner. The white man nodded and motioned his ebon guide forward once more. It was the Hon. Morison Baynes—the fastidious—the exquisite. His face and hands were scratched and smeared with dried blood from the wounds he had come by in thorn and thicket. His clothes were tatters. But through the blood and the dirt and the rags a new Baynes shone forth—a handsomer Baynes than the dandy and the fop of yore. In the heart and soul of every son of woman lies the germ of manhood and honor. Remorse for a scurvy act, and an honorable desire to right the wrong he had done the woman he now knew he really loved had excited these germs to rapid growth in Morison Baynes—and the metamorphosis had taken place. Onward the two stumbled toward the point from which the single rifle shot had come. The black was unarmed—Baynes, fearing his loyalty had not dared trust him even to carry the rifle which the white man would have been glad to be relieved of many times upon the long march; but now that they were approaching their goal, and knowing as he did that hatred of Malbihn burned hot in the black man's brain, Baynes handed him the rifle, for he guessed that there would be fighting—he intended that there should, or he had come to avenge. Himself, an excellent revolver shot, would depend upon the smaller weapon at his side. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> qlisvznecvcwkepcknfku4zj9idpmmv Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/330 104 2293362 14129259 11900665 2024-04-25T18:41:16Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|318|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>and the crocodiles made it equivalent to suicide to enter the water in an attempt to swim across. Just then the fellow chanced to glance downward. Beneath him, wedged among the branches of a tree, lay the canoe in which Meriem had escaped. The Negro grasped Baynes' arm and pointed toward his find. The Hon. Morison could scarce repress a shout of exultation. Quickly the two slid down the drooping branches into the boat. The black seized the paddle and Baynes shoved them out from beneath the tree. A second later the canoe shot out upon the bosom of the river and headed toward the opposite shore and the camp of the Swede. Baynes squatted in the bow, straining his eyes after the men pulling the other canoes upon the bank across from him. He saw Malbihn step from the bow of the foremost of the little craft. He saw him turn and glance back across the river. He could see his start of surprise as his eyes fell upon the pursuing canoe, and called the attention of his followers to it. Then he stood waiting, for there was but one canoe and two men—little danger to him and his followers in that. Malbihn was puzzled. Who was this white man? He did not recognize him though Baynes' canoe was now in mid stream and the features of both its occupants plainly discernible to those on shore. One of Malbihn's blacks it was who first recognized his fellow black in the person of Baynes' companion. Then Malbihn guessed who the white man must be, though he could scarce believe his own reasoning. It seemed beyond the pale of wildest<noinclude></noinclude> kplf6de65gx0243d6mrdmacldkhzlhx Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/332 104 2293364 14129260 11900668 2024-04-25T18:41:17Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|320|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>only be wounded he would be safer upon the far shore. Therefore he hesitated, holding the canoe in mid stream. He had come to have considerable respect for his new master and was not unmoved by his death. As he sat gazing at the crumpled body in the bow of the boat he saw it move. Very feebly the man essayed to turn over. He still lived. The black moved forward and lifted him to a sitting position. He was standing in front of him, his paddle in one hand, asking Baynes where he was hit when there was another shot from shore and the Negro pitched head long overboard, his paddle still clutched in his dead fingers—shot through the forehead. Baynes turned weakly in the direction of the shore to see Malbihn drawn up upon his elbows levelling his rifle at him. The Englishman slid to the bottom of the canoe as a bullet whizzed above him. Malbihn, sore hit, took longer in aiming, nor was his aim as sure as formerly. With difficulty Baynes turned himself over on his belly and grasping his revolver in his right hand drew himself up until he could look over the edge of the canoe. Malbihn saw him instantly and fired; but Baynes did not flinch or duck. With painstaking care he aimed at the target upon the shore from which he now was drifting with the current. His finger closed upon the trigger—there was a flash and a report, and Malbihn's giant frame jerked to the impact of another bullet. But he was not yet dead. Again he aimed and fired, the bullet splintering the gunwale of the canoe<noinclude></noinclude> e145klivk9q48t1az23iwbv56j4ac1a Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/336 104 2293369 14129261 11900711 2024-04-25T18:41:17Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|324|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>One of the bullets from Malbihn's force had struck a black standing in the village street where he had been left with another to guard Meriem, and his companions had left him where he had fallen, after appropriating his apparel and belongings. His was the body that Baynes had discovered when he had entered the village. The Sheik and his party had been marching southward along the river when one of them, dropping out of line to fetch water, had seen Meriem paddling desperately from the opposite shore. The fellow had called The Sheik's attention to the strange sight—a white woman alone in Central Africa and the old Arab had hidden his men in the deserted village to capture her when she landed, for thoughts of ransom were always in the mind of The Sheik. More than once before had glittering gold filtered through his fingers from a similar source. It was easy money and The Sheik had none too much easy money since the Big Bwana had so circumscribed the limits of his ancient domain that he dared not even steal ivory from natives within two hundred miles of the Big Bwana's ''douar''. And when at last the woman had walked into the trap he had set for her and he had recognized her as the same little girl he had brutalized and mal-treated years before his gratification had been huge. Now he lost no time in establishing the old relations of father and daughter that had existed between them in the past. At the first opportunity he struck her a heavy blow across the face. He forced her to walk when he might have dismounted one of his<noinclude></noinclude> h3ornlwmwju25bcqbl251kcm09606ja Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/338 104 2293371 14129262 11900720 2024-04-25T18:41:18Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|326|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>Mabunu pretended great joy at her return, baring her toothless gums in a hideous grimace that was intended to be indicative of rejoicing. But Meriem could but shudder as she recalled the cruelties of this terrible old hag in the years gone by. Among the Arabs who had come in her absence was a tall young fellow of twenty—a handsome, sinister looking youth—who stared at her in open admiration until The Sheik came and ordered him away, and Abdul Kamak went, scowling. At last, their curiosity satisfied, Meriem was alone. As of old, she was permitted the freedom of the village, for the stockade was high and strong and the only gates were well-guarded by day and by night; but as of old she cared not for the companionship of the cruel Arabs and the degraded blacks who formed the following of The Sheik, and so, as had been her wont in the sad days of her childhood, she slunk down to an unfrequented corner of the enclosure where she had often played at house-keeping with her beloved Geeka beneath the spreading branches of the great tree that had overhung the palisade; but now the tree was gone, and Meriem guessed the reason. It was from this tree that Korak had descended and struck down The Sheik the day that he had rescued her from the life of misery and torture that had been her lot for so long that she could remember no other. There were low bushes growing within the stockade, however, and in the shade of these Meriem sat down to think. A little glow of happiness warmed her<noinclude></noinclude> f6xz2mlk9nmhltjioaihgsanjrldvvn Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/340 104 2293374 14129264 11901088 2024-04-25T18:41:20Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|328|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>Sheik? It was impossible, and yet that locket? Meriem knew it. She could not refute the conviction of her memory. She had seen that locket before and it had been hers. What strange mystery lay buried in her past? As she sat gazing at the picture she suddenly became aware that she was not alone—that someone was standing close behind her—some one who had approached her noiselessly. Guiltily she thrust the picture back into her waist. A hand fell upon her shoulder. She was sure that it was The Sheik and she awaited in dumb terror the blow that she knew would follow. No blow came and she looked upward over her shoulder—into the eyes of Abdul Kamak, the young Arab. "I saw," he said, "the picture that you have just hidden. It is you when you were a child—a very young child. May I see it again?" Meriem drew away from him. "I will give it back," he said. "I have heard of you and I know that you have no love for The Sheik, your father. Neither have I. I will not betray you. Let me see the picture." Friendless among cruel enemies, Meriem clutched at the straw that Abdul Kamak held out to her. Perhaps in him she might find the friend she needed. Anyway he had seen the picture and if he was not a friend he could tell The Sheik about it and it would be taken away from her. So she might as well grant his request and hope that he had spoken fairly, and<noinclude></noinclude> fwtt2j9ol6czq7xr1me29l974uzjasr Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/342 104 2293376 14129265 11901092 2024-04-25T18:41:21Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|330|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>A wonderful idea had sprung to Abdul Kamak's mind. It was an idea that might be furthered if the girl were kept in ignorance of the contents of that newspaper cutting. It would certainly be doomed should she learn its contents. "Meriem," he whispered, "never until today have my eyes beheld you, yet at once they told my heart that it must ever be your servant. You do not know me, but I ask that you trust me. I can help you. You hate The Sheik—so do I. Let me take you away from him. Come with me, and we will go back to the great desert where my father is a sheik mightier than is yours. Will you come?" Meriem sat in silence. She hated to wound the only one who had offered her protection and friendship; but she did not want Abdul Kamak's love. Deceived by her silence the man seized her and strained her to him; but Meriem struggled to free herself. "I do not love you," she cried. "Oh, please do not make me hate you. You are the only one who has shown kindness toward me, and I want to like you, but I cannot love you." Abdul Kamak drew himself to his full height. "You will learn to love me," he said, "for I shall take you whether you will or no. You hate The Sheik and so you will not tell him, for if you do I will tell him of the picture. I hate The Sheik, and—" "You hate The Sheik?" came a grim voice from behind them. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> hmedx6g1r7rtnkdrr8f16f78l4cwsxr Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/344 104 2293378 14129266 11917875 2024-04-25T18:41:22Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sp1nd01" />{{rh|332|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>pursuit, and then strode rapidly back to where Meriem sat huddled by the bushes where he had left her. "The picture!" he cried. "What picture did the dog speak of? Where is it? Give it to me at once!" "He took it," replied Meriem, dully. [[File:The Son of Tarzan - With a wild whoop of exultation.png|center|400px]] {{center|{{smaller|''With a wild whoop of exultation''}}}} "What was it?" again demanded The Sheik, seizing the girl roughly by the hair and dragging her to her feet, where he shook her venomously. "What was it a picture of?" "Of me," said Meriem, "when I was a little girl. I stole it from Malbihn, the Swede—it had printing on the back cut from an old newspaper." The Sheik went white with rage. "What said the printing?" he asked in a voice so low that she but barely caught his words. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 3m4toltcdr0qsgdbmk0tpw8cnh1am4j Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/346 104 2293380 14129267 11901098 2024-04-25T18:41:23Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|334|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>death, for by that time he would be too weakened by hunger and pain to provide food for himself. From his own troubles his mind turned to Meriem's. That she had been with the Swede at the time he had attempted to reach the fellow's camp he naturally believed; but he wondered what would become of her now. Even if Hanson died of his wounds would Meriem be any better off? She was in the power of equally villainous men—brutal savages of the lowest order. Baynes buried his face in his hands and rocked back and forth as the hideous picture of her fate burned itself into his consciousness. And it was he who had brought this fate upon her! His wicked desire had snatched a pure and innocent girl from the protection of those who loved her to hurl her into the clutches of the bestial Swede and his outcast following! And not until it had become too late had he realized the magnitude of the crime he himself had planned and contemplated. Not until it had become too late had he realized that greater than his desire, greater than his lust, greater than any passion he had ever felt before was the newborn love that burned within his breast for the girl he would have ruined. The Hon. Morison Baynes did not fully realize the change that had taken place within him. Had one suggested that he ever had been aught than the soul of honor and chivalry he would have taken umbrage forthwith. He knew that he had done a vile thing when he had plotted to carry Meriem away to London, yet he excused it on the ground of his great<noinclude></noinclude> hi5rhaafdu8nblholcw1v1sb0e0bm2i Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/348 104 2293382 14129268 11902690 2024-04-25T18:41:24Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|336|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>After what seemed to the tired man an eternity of time he felt the brush of branches against the canoe and heard the swirl of the water about them. A moment later he reached out and clutched a leafy limb. Again the lion roared—very near it seemed now, and Baynes wondered if the brute could have been following along the shore waiting for him to land. He tested the strength of the limb to which he clung. It seemed strong enough to support a dozen men. Then he reached down and lifted his rifle from the bottom of the canoe, slipping the sling over his shoulder. Again he tested the branch, and then reaching upward as far as he could for a safe hold he drew himself painfully and slowly upward until his feet swung clear of the canoe, which, released, floated silently from beneath him to be lost forever in the blackness of the dark shadows down stream. He had burned his bridges behind him. He must either climb aloft or drop back into the river; but there had been no other way. He struggled to raise one leg over the limb, but found himself scarce equal to the effort, for he was very weak. For a time he hung there feeling his strength ebbing. He knew that he must gain the branch above at once or it would be too late. Suddenly the lion roared almost in his ear. Baynes glanced up. He saw two spots of flame a short distance from and above him. The lion was standing on the bank of the river glaring at him, and—waiting for him. Well, thought the Hon. Morison, let him<noinclude></noinclude> dr5fsnwcwe7835wmqai7eadh92jvene Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/352 104 2293386 14129269 11902698 2024-04-25T18:41:25Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|340|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"Brother of Dango," the hyena, and other choice appellations of jungle opprobrium. The Hon. Morison Baynes, listening, felt assured that a gorilla had seized upon him. He felt for his revolver, and as he was drawing it stealthily from its holster a voice asked in perfectly good English, "Who are you?" Baynes started so that he nearly fell from the branch. "My God!" he exclaimed. "Are you a man?" "What did you think I was?" asked Korak. "A gorilla," replied Baynes, honestly. Korak laughed. "Who are you?" he repeated. "I'm an Englishman by the name of Baynes; but who the devil are you?" asked the Hon. Morison. "They call me The Killer," replied Korak, giving the English translation of the name that Akut had given him. And then after a pause during which the Hon. Morison attempted to pierce the darkness and catch a glimpse of the features of the strange being into whose hands he had fallen, "You are the same whom I saw kissing the girl at the edge of the great plain to the East, that time that the lion charged you?" "Yes," replied Baynes. "What are you doing here?" "The girl was stolen—I am trying to rescue her." "Stolen!" The word was shot out like a bullet from a gun. "Who stole her?" "The Swede trader, Hanson," replied Baynes. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> qt9biq6lhk2dfaq25fkolw6vtl75g3s Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/354 104 2293388 14129271 11902702 2024-04-25T18:41:25Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|342|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>the sound of the galloping feet of a horse behind him. Instinctively he drew into the concealing foliage of the underbrush and a moment later a white-robed Arab dashed by. Baynes did not hail the rider. He had heard of the nature of the Arabs who penetrate thus far to the South, and what he had heard had convinced him that a snake or a panther would as quickly befriend him as one of these villainous renegades from the Northland. When Abdul Kamak had passed out of sight toward the North Baynes resumed his weary march. A half hour later he was again surprised by the unmistakable sound of galloping horses. This time there were many. Once more he sought a hiding place; but it chanced that he was crossing a clearing which offered little opportunity for concealment. He broke into a slow trot—the best that he could do in his weakened condition; but it did not suffice to carry him to safety and before he reached the opposite side of the clearing a band of white-robed horsemen dashed into view behind him. At sight of him they shouted in Arabic, which, of course, he could not understand, and then they closed about him, threatening and angry. Their questions were unintelligible to him, and no more could they interpret his English. At last, evidently out of patience, the leader ordered two of his men to seize him, which they lost no time in doing. They disarmed him and ordered him to climb to the rump of one of the horses, and then the two who had been detailed to guard him turned and rode back toward<noinclude></noinclude> flsdhbea5455yn1tywcjbjcovu9c53l Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/356 104 2293391 14129272 11902704 2024-04-25T18:41:26Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|344|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>and with trunk held high Tantor forged steadily toward the opposite bank. Once an unwary crocodile attacked him but the sinuous trunk dove beneath the surface and grasping the amphibian about the middle dragged it to light and hurled it a hundred feet down stream. And so, in safety, they made the opposite shore, Korak perched high and dry above the turgid flood. Then back toward the South Tantor moved, steadily, relentlessly, and with a swinging gait which took no heed of any obstacle other than the larger jungle trees. At times Korak was forced to abandon the broad head and take to the trees above, so close the branches raked the back of the elephant; but at last they came to the edge of the clearing where lay the camp of the renegade Swede, nor even then did they hesitate or halt. The gate lay upon the east side of the camp, facing the river. Tantor and Korak approached from the north. There was no gate there; but what cared Tantor or Korak for gates. At a word from the ape man and raising his tender trunk high above the thorns Tantor breasted the ''boma'', walking through it as though it had not existed. A dozen blacks squatted before their huts looked up at the noise of his approach. With sudden howls of terror and amazement they leaped to their feet and fled for the open gates. Tantor would have pursued. He hated man, and he thought that Korak had come to hunt these; but the ape man held him back, guiding him toward a large, canvas tent that<noinclude></noinclude> 9nk3neeloct85x0zq28hcv0o2fu8w58 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/358 104 2293393 14129274 11902709 2024-04-25T18:41:27Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|346|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>me—you lured her from her friends. You have her. Where is she?" "It was not I," cried Malbihn. "It was an Englishman who hired me to steal her. He wished to take her to London with him. She was willing to go. His name is Baynes. Go to him, if you want to know where the girl is." "I have just come from him," said Korak. "He sent me to you. The girl is not with him. Now stop your lying and tell me the truth. Where is she?" Korak took a threatening step toward the Swede. Malbihn shrank from the anger in the other's face. "I will tell you," he cried. "Do not harm me and I will tell you all that I know. I had the girl here; but it was Baynes who persuaded her to leave her friends—he had promised to marry her. He does not know who she is; but I do, and I know that there is a great reward for whoever takes her back to her people. It was the only reward I wanted. But she escaped and crossed the river in one of my canoes. I followed her, but The Sheik was there, God knows how, and he captured her and attacked me and drove me back. Then came Baynes, angry because he had lost the girl, and shot me. If you want her, go to The Sheik and ask him for her—she has passed as his daughter since childhood." "She is not The Sheik's daughter?" asked Korak. "She is not," replied Malbihn. "Who is she then?" asked Korak. Here Malbihn saw his chance. Possibly he could<noinclude></noinclude> 6gp53ny8zcfpy2vhxbu6m2ujdqt66st Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/360 104 2293395 14129277 11902715 2024-04-25T18:41:28Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|348|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>snake-like trunk toward the Swede, who shrank still deeper into his hammock. The sensitive member felt and smelled back and forth along the body of the terrified Malbihn. Tantor uttered a low, rumbling sound. His little eyes blazed. At last he had recognized the creature who had killed his mate long years before. Tantor, the elephant, never forgets and never forgives. Malbihn saw in the demoniacal visage above him the murderous purpose of the beast. He shrieked aloud to Korak. "Help! Help! The devil is going to kill me!" Korak ran from the tent just in time to see the enraged elephant's trunk encircle the beast's victim, and then hammock, canopy and man were swung high over Tantor's head. Korak leaped before the animal, commanding him to put down his prey unharmed; but as well might he have ordered the eternal river to reverse its course. Tantor wheeled around like a cat, hurled Malbihn to the earth and kneeled upon him with the quickness of a cat. Then he gored the prostrate thing through and through with his mighty tusks, trumpeting and roaring in his rage, and at last, convinced that no slightest spark of life remained in the crushed and lacerated flesh, he lifted the shapeless clay that had been Sven Malbihn far aloft and hurled the bloody mass, still entangled in canopy and hammock, over the ''boma'' and out into the jungle. Korak stood looking sorrowfully on at the tragedy he gladly would have averted. He had no love for the Swede, in fact only hatred; but he would have pre-<noinclude></noinclude> 5x0xol7zah0o1cmj914paa2m1z7x85f Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/362 104 2293397 14129279 11902717 2024-04-25T18:41:29Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|350|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>served the man for the sake of the secret he possessed. Now that secret was gone forever unless The Sheik could be made to divulge it; but in that possibility Korak placed little faith. The ape-man, as unafraid of the mighty Tantor as though he had not just witnessed his shocking murder of a human being, signalled the beast to approach and lift him to its head, and Tantor came as he was bid, docile as a kitten, and hoisted The Killer tenderly aloft. From the safety of their hiding places in the jungle Malbihn's boys had witnessed the killing of their master, and now, with wide, frightened eyes, they saw the strange white warrior, mounted upon the head of his ferocious charger, disappear into the jungle at the point from which he had emerged upon their terrified vision.<noinclude></noinclude> fs2af4o3sg5yxkb11oxrevu8gwxjsv9 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/364 104 2293399 14129281 11902718 2024-04-25T18:41:30Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|352|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>friend. The abductor wounded me and I drifted down river in a canoe—I was on my back to his camp when your men seized me." "A young woman?" asked The Sheik. "Is that she?" and he pointed to his left over toward a clump of bushes near the stockade. Baynes looked in the direction indicated and his eyes went wide, for there, sitting cross-legged upon the ground, her back toward them, was Meriem. "Meriem!" he shouted, starting toward her; but one of his guards grasped his arm and jerked him back. The girl leaped to her feet and turned toward him as she heard her name. "Morison!" she cried. "Be still, and stay where you are," snapped The Sheik, and then to Baynes. "So you are the dog of a Christian who stole my daughter from me?" "Your daughter?" ejaculated Baynes. "She is your daughter?" "She is my daughter," growled the Arab, "and she is not for any unbeliever. You have earned death, Englishman, but if you can pay for your life I will give it to you." Baynes' eyes were still wide at the unexpected sight of Meriem here in the camp of the Arab when he had thought her in Hanson's power. What had happened? How had she escaped the Swede? Had the Arab taken her by force from him, or had she escaped and come voluntarily back to the protection of the man who called her "daughter"? He would have given much for a word with her. If she was safe here<noinclude></noinclude> tohu5n13jdyg2pw6mi0jspsqnaeuf5o Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/366 104 2293401 14129283 11902723 2024-04-25T18:41:31Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|354|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>son to write a letter to the British consul at Algiers, dictating the exact phraseology of it with a fluency that indicated to his captive that this was not the first time the old rascal had had occasion to negotiate with English relatives for the ransom of a kinsman. Baynes demurred when he saw that the letter was addressed to the consul at Algiers, saying that it would require the better part of a year to get the money back to him; but The Sheik would not listen to Baynes' plan to send a messenger directly to the nearest coast town, and from there communicate with the nearest cable state, sending the Hon. Morison's request for funds straight to his own solicitors. No, The Sheik was cautious and wary. He knew his own plan had worked well in the past. In the other were too many untried elements. He was in no hurry for the money—he could wait a year, or two years if necessary; but it should not require over six months. He turned to one of the Arabs who had been standing behind him and gave the fellow instructions in relation to the prisoner. Baynes could not understand the words, spoken in Arabic, but the jerk of the thumb toward him showed that he was the subject of conversation. The Arab addressed by The Sheik bowed to his master and beckoned Baynes to follow him. The Englishman looked toward The Sheik for confirmation. The latter nodded impatiently, and the Hon. Morison rose and followed his guide toward a native hut which lay close beside one of the outside goatskin tents. In the dark, stifling interior his guard<noinclude></noinclude> c5kthoq2ccp95dep4ryibr7nz5kruuo Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/368 104 2293403 14129284 11902737 2024-04-25T18:41:31Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|356|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>He tugged and pulled at his bonds until he was exhausted; but not entirely without hope, for he was sure that he was working enough slack out of the knot to eventually permit of his withdrawing one of his hands. Night came. They brought him neither food nor drink. He wondered if they expected him to live on nothing for a year. The bites of the vermin grew less annoying though not less numerous. The Hon. Morison saw a ray of hope in this indication of future immunity through inoculation. He still worked weakly at his bonds, and then the rats came. If the vermin were disgusting the rats were terrifying. They scurried over his body, squealing and fighting. Finally one commenced to chew at one of his ears. With an oath, the Hon. Morison struggled to a sitting posture. The rats retreated. He worked his legs beneath him and came to his knees, and then, by superhuman effort, rose to his feet. There he stood, reeling drunkenly, dripping with cold sweat. "God!" he muttered, "what have I done to deserve—" He paused. What had he done? He thought of the girl in another tent in that accursed village. He was getting his deserts. He set his jaws firmly with the realization. He would never complain again! At that moment he became aware of voices raised angrily in the goatskin tent close beside the hut in which he lay. One of them was a woman's. Could it be Meriem's? The language was probably Arabic—he could not understand a word of it; but the tones were hers. He tried to think of some way of attracting her<noinclude></noinclude> lfbphjc6q4exsaccanoy3if0uwwc8nw Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/370 104 2293405 14129286 11902742 2024-04-25T18:41:32Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|358|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>Sheik, the ape-man deserted his bulky comrade and took to the trees in a rapid race toward the south and the spot where the Swede had told him Meriem might be. It was dark when he came to the palisade, strengthened considerably since the day that he had rescued Meriem from her pitiful life within its cruel confines. No longer did the giant tree spread its branches above the wooden rampart; but ordinary man-made defenses were scarce considered obstacles by Korak. Loosening the rope at his waist he tossed the noose over one of the sharpened posts that composed the palisade. A moment later his eyes were above the level of the obstacle taking in all within their range beyond. There was no one in sight close by, and Korak drew himself to the top and dropped lightly to the ground within the enclosure. Then he commenced his stealthy search of the village. First toward the Arab tents he made his way, sniffing and listening. He passed behind them searching for some sign of Meriem. Not even the wild Arab curs heard his passage, so silently he went—a shadow passing through shadows. The odor of tobacco told him that the Arabs were smoking before their tents. The sound of laughter fell upon his ears, and then from the opposite side of the village came the notes of a once familiar tune: God Save the King. Korak halted in perplexity. Who might it be—the tones were those of a man. He recalled the young Englishman he had left on the river trail and who had disappeared before he returned. A moment later there came to him a woman's voice in reply—it was<noinclude></noinclude> tn0vtogeo5i7jwx19jd1jrqbzm4x8py Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/372 104 2293408 14129287 11902744 2024-04-25T18:41:33Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|360|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"Come!" he commanded, and dragged her from The Sheik's tent and to his own. After they had gone The Sheik chuckled. "When I send her north in a few months," he soliloquized, "they will know the reward for slaying the son of the sister of Amor ben Khatour." And in Ali ben Kadin's tent Meriem pleaded and threatened, but all to no avail. The hideous old half-caste spoke soft words at first, but when Meriem loosed upon him the vials of her horror and loathing he became enraged, and rushing upon her seized her in his arms. Twice she tore away from him, and in one of the intervals during which she managed to elude him she heard Baynes' voice humming the tune that she knew was meant for her ears. At her reply Ali ben Kadin rushed upon her once again. This time he dragged her back into the rear apartment of his tent where three Negresses looked up in stolid indifference to the tragedy being enacted before them. As the Hon. Morison saw his way blocked by the huge frame of the giant black his disappointment and rage filled him with a bestial fury that transformed him into a savage beast. With an oath he leaped upon the man before him, the momentum of his body hurling the black to the ground. There they fought, the black to draw his knife, the white to choke the life from the black. Baynes' fingers shut off the cry for help that the other would have been glad to voice; but presently the Negro succeeded in drawing his weapon, and an<noinclude></noinclude> o01pgzvg5wdav8b3tye41npmcgyj6hg Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/374 104 2293410 14129290 11902748 2024-04-25T18:41:35Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|362|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>slunk into the shadows at the back of Ali ben Kadin's tent. The half-caste had just dragged Meriem into the rear chamber as Korak's sharp knife slit a six foot opening in the tent wall, and Korak, tall and mighty, sprang through upon the astonished visions of the inmates. Meriem saw and recognized him the instant that he entered the apartment. Her heart leaped in pride and joy at the sight of the noble figure for which it had hungered for so long. "Korak!" she cried. "Meriem!" He uttered the single word as he hurled himself upon the astonished Ali ben Kadin. The three Negresses leaped from their sleeping mats, screaming. Meriem tried to prevent them from escaping; but before she could succeed the terrified blacks had darted through the hole in the tent wall made by Korak's knife, and were gone screaming through the village. The Killer's fingers closed once upon the throat of the hideous Ali. Once his knife plunged into the putrid heart—and Ali ben Kadin lay dead upon the floor of his tent. Korak turned toward Meriem and at the same moment a bloody and disheveled apparition leaped into the apartment. "Morison!" cried the girl. Korak turned and looked at the new comer. He had been about to take Meriem in his arms, forgetful of all that might have transpired since last he had seen her. Then the coming of the young Englishman recalled the scene he had witnessed in the little<noinclude></noinclude> a657vge8056crf6giuss1pkbyvso21n Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/376 104 2293412 14129292 11902754 2024-04-25T18:41:36Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|364|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>toward this creature who twice had been the means of his losing possession of Meriem. The killing of Ali ben Kadin caused him little anger—always had he hated the hideous son of his father's hideous slave. The blow that this naked white warrior had once struck him added fuel to his rage. He could think of nothing adequate to the creature's offense. And as he sat there looking upon Korak the silence was broken by the trumpeting of an elephant in the jungle beyond the palisade. A half smile touched Korak's lips. He turned his head a trifle in the direction from which the sound had come and then there broke from his lips, a low, weird call. One of the blacks guarding him struck him across the mouth with the haft of his spear; but none there knew the significance of his cry. In the jungle Tantor cocked his ears as the sound of Korak's voice fell upon them. He approached the palisade and lifting his trunk above it, sniffed. Then he placed his head against the wooden logs and pushed; but the palisade was strong and only gave a little to the pressure. In The Sheik's tent The Sheik rose at last, and, pointing toward the bound captive, turned to one of his lieutenants. "Burn him," he commanded. "At once. The stake is set." The guard pushed Korak from The Sheik's presence. They dragged him to the open space in the center of the village, where a high stake was set in the ground. It had not been intended for burnings,<noinclude></noinclude> m2vbwmpc6zbyh8uuqgi262deujdp18f Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/378 104 2293414 14129294 11902760 2024-04-25T18:41:36Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|366|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>phant was among them tossing Negroes and Arabs to right and left as he tore through the flames he feared to the side of the comrade he loved. The Sheik, calling orders to his followers, ran to his tent to get his rifle. Tantor wrapped his trunk about the body of Korak and the stake to which it was bound, and tore it from the ground. The flames were searing his sensitive hide—sensitive for all its thickness—so that in his frenzy to both rescue his friend and escape the hated fire he had all but crushed the life from the ape-man. Lifting his burden high above his head the giant beast wheeled and raced for the breach that he had just made in the palisade. The Sheik, rifle in hand, rushed from his tent directly into the path of the maddened brute. He raised his weapon and fired once, the bullet missed its mark, and Tantor was upon him, crushing him beneath those gigantic feet as he raced over him as you and I might crush out the life of an ant that chanced to be in our pathway. And then, bearing his burden carefully, Tantor, the elephant, entered the blackness of the jungle.<noinclude></noinclude> a72fhdwrkqs9gqypbe3px5aa1t5zajg Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/380 104 2293417 14129299 11902765 2024-04-25T18:41:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|368|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>knew that he could hold them longer than I and give you a chance to escape that I might not be able to have given you. It was I though who should have remained. I heard you call him Korak and so I know now who he is. He befriended you. I would have wronged you. No—don't interrupt. I'm going to tell you the truth now and let you know just what a beast I have been. I planned to take you to London, as you know; but I did not plan to marry you. Yes, shrink from me—I deserve it. I deserve your contempt and loathing; but I didn't know then what love was. Since I have learned that I have learned something else—what a cad and what a coward I have been all my life. I looked down upon those whom I considered my social inferiors. I did not think you good enough to bear my name. Since Hanson tricked me and took you for himself I have been through hell; but it has made a man of me, though too late. Now I can come to you with an offer of honest love, which will realize the honor of having such as you share my name with me." For a moment Meriem was silent, buried in thought. Her first question seemed irrelevant. "How did you happen to be in this village?" she asked. He told her all that had transpired since the black had told him of Hanson's duplicity. "You say that you are a coward," she said, "and yet you have done all this to save me? The courage that it must have taken to tell me the things that you told me but a moment since, while courage of a<noinclude></noinclude> ks85a1lggb3o6kwss724vlmnnffvc8v Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/382 104 2293419 14129301 11902769 2024-04-25T18:41:39Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|370|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>wall. Meriem peered within—the rear apartment was empty. She crawled through the aperture, Baynes at her heels, and then silently crossed the space to the rugs that partitioned the tent into two rooms. Parting the hangings Meriem looked into the front room. It, too, was deserted. She crossed to the door of the tent and looked out. Then she gave a little gasp of horror. Baynes at her shoulder looked past her to the sight that had startled her, and he, too, exclaimed; but his was an oath of anger. A hundred feet away they saw Korak bound to a stake—the brush piled about him already alight. The Englishman pushed Meriem to one side and started to run for the doomed man. What he could do in the face of scores of hostile blacks and Arabs he did not stop to consider. At the same instant Tantor broke through the palisade and charged the group. In the face of the maddened beast the crowd turned and fled, carrying Baynes backward with them. In a moment it was all over, and the elephant had disappeared with his prize; but pandemonium reigned throughout the village. Men, women and children ran helter skelter for safety. Curs fled, yelping. The horses and camels and donkeys, terrorized by the trumpeting of the pachyderm, kicked and pulled at their tethers. A dozen or more broke loose, and it was the galloping of these past him that brought a sudden idea into Baynes' head. He turned to search for Meriem only to find her at his elbow. "The horses!" he cried. "If we can get a couple of them!" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> nvzn4djp99d21e6vs5zj1175d9j4hjs Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/384 104 2293421 14129303 11902776 2024-04-25T18:41:40Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|372|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>the surprised inhabitants were aware of what was happening. Then an Arab recognized them, and, with a cry of alarm, raised his rifle and fired. The shot was a signal for a volley, and amid the rattle of musketry Meriem and Baynes leaped their flying mounts through the breach in the palisade and were gone up the well-worn trail toward the north. And Korak? Tantor carried him deep into the jungle, nor paused until no sound from the distant village reached his keen ears. Then he laid his burden gently down. Korak struggled to free himself from his bonds, but even his great strength was unable to cope with the many strands of hard-knotted cord that bound him. While he lay there, working and resting by turns, the elephant stood guard above him, nor was there jungle enemy with the hardihood to tempt the sudden death that lay in that mighty bulk. Dawn came, and still Korak was no nearer freedom than before. He commenced to believe that he should die there of thirst and starvation with plenty all about him, for he knew that Tantor could not unloose the knots that held him. And while he struggled through the night with his bonds, Baynes and Meriem were riding rapidly northward along the river. The girl had assured Baynes that Korak was safe in the jungle with Tantor. It had not occurred to her that the ape-man might not be able to burst his bonds. Baynes had been wounded by a shot from the rifle of one of the Arabs, and the<noinclude></noinclude> 0uhj86it7ljvp4diur7cj7shdp6djrh Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/386 104 2293423 14129305 11902783 2024-04-25T18:41:41Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|374|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"Korak's hair is black and his eyes are gray," she said. Bwana turned to his headman. "Take Miss Meriem and Mr. Baynes home," he said. "I am going into the jungle." "Let me go with you, Bwana," cried Meriem. "You are going to search for Korak. Let me go, too." Bwana turned sadly but firmly upon the girl. "Your place," he said, "is beside the man you love." Then he motioned to his head-man to take his horse and commence the return journey to the farm. Meriem slowly mounted the tired Arab that had brought her from the village of The Sheik. A litter was rigged for the now feverish Baynes, and the little cavalcade was soon slowly winding off along the river trail. Bwana stood watching them until they were out of sight. Not once had Meriem turned her eyes backward. She rode with bowed head and drooping shoulders. Bwana sighed. He loved the little Arab girl as he might have loved an own daughter. He realized that Baynes had redeemed himself, and so he could interpose no objections now if Meriem really loved the man; but, somehow, some way, Bwana could not convince himself that the Hon. Morison was worthy of his little Meriem. Slowly he turned toward a nearby tree. Leaping upward he caught a lower branch and drew himself up among the branches. His movements were cat-like and agile.<noinclude></noinclude> aukhkqz7iau96pag6qz3kxgqd74zw6s Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/388 104 2293425 14129307 11918610 2024-04-25T18:41:42Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sp1nd01" />{{rh|376|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>[[File:The Son of Tarzan - He commanded the elephant to lift him and carry him.png|center|400px]] {{center|{{smaller|''He commanded the elephant to lift him and carry him''}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> 5edrpzqtbvnemcwp94g106rid0ynjj3 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/390 104 2293427 14129309 11902796 2024-04-25T18:41:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|378|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>ing of her. He called; but there was no response, unless it might have been a low, taunting laugh far to the right. He sent his men into the jungle to search for her; but they came back empty handed. After a while he resumed his march toward the farm, for Baynes, by this time, was delirious with fever. Meriem raced straight back toward the point she imagined Tantor would make for—a point where she knew the elephants often gathered deep in the forest due east of The Sheik's village. She moved silently and swiftly. From her mind she had expunged all thoughts other than that she must reach Korak and bring him back with her. It was her place to do that. Then, too, had come the tantalizing fear that all might not be well with him. She upbraided herself for not thinking of that before—of letting her desire to get the wounded Morison back to the bungalow blind her to the possibilities of Korak's need for her. She had been traveling rapidly for several hours without rest when she heard ahead of her the familiar cry of a great ape calling to his kind. She did not reply, only increased her speed until she almost flew. Now there came to her sensitive nostrils the scent of Tantor and she knew that she was on the right trail and close to him she sought. She did not call out because she wished to surprise him, and presently she did, breaking into sight of them as the great elephant shuffled ahead balancing the man and the heavy stake upon his head, holding them there with his upcurled trunk. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> a4r0q5m6utih4bvksz62eg83vq70rzm Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/392 104 2293430 14129311 11902808 2024-04-25T18:41:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|380|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>While he is gone you can slip up and cut my bonds—have you a knife?" "Yes, I have a knife," she replied. "I'll go now—I think we may be able to fool him; but don't be too sure—Tantor invented cunning." Korak smiled, for he knew that the girl was right. Presently she had disappeared. The elephant listened, and raised his trunk to catch her scent. Korak commanded him to raise him to his head once more and proceed upon their way. After a moment's hesitation he did as he was bid. It was then that Korak heard the distant call of an ape. "Akut!" he thought. "Good! Tantor knew Akut well. He would let him approach." Raising his voice Korak replied to the call of the ape; but he let Tantor move off with him through the jungle; it would do no harm to try the other plan. They had come to a clearing and plainly Korak smelled water. Here was a good place and a good excuse. He ordered Tantor to lay him down, and go and fetch him water in his trunk. The big beast deposited him upon the grass in the center of the clearing, then he stood with cocked ears and attentive trunk, searching for the slightest indication of danger—there seemed to be none and he moved away in the direction of the little brook that Korak knew was some two or three hundred yards away. The ape-man could scarce help smiling as he thought how cleverly he had tricked his friend; but well as he knew Tantor he little guessed the guile of his cunning brain. The animal ambled off across the clearing and disappeared in the jungle<noinclude></noinclude> mll6q8wnwomd7fo210kkkf39blr6nd0 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/396 104 2293434 14129313 11902819 2024-04-25T18:41:44Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|384|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>and the brute would seize her. What was that? Korak's eyes started from their sockets. A strange figure had leaped from the tree the shade of which Meriem already had reached—leaped beyond the girl straight into the path of the charging elephant. It was a naked white giant. Across his shoulder a coil of rope was looped. In the band of his gee string was a hunting knife. Otherwise he was unarmed. With naked hands he faced the maddenied Tantor. A sharp command broke from the stranger's lips—the great beast halted in his tracks—and Meriem swung herself upward into the tree to safety. Korak breathed a sigh of relief not unmixed with wonder. He fastened his eyes upon the face of Meriem's deliverer and as recognition slowly filtered into his understanding they went wide in incredulity and surprise. Tantor, still rumbling angrily, stood swaying to and fro close before the giant white man. Then the latter stepped straight beneath the upraised trunk and spoke a low word of command. The great beast ceased his muttering. The savage light died from his eyes, and as the stranger stepped forward toward Korak, Tantor trailed docilely at his heels. Meriem was watching, too, and wondering. Suddenly the man turned toward her as though recollecting her presence after a moment of forgetfulness. "Come! Meriem," he called, and then she recognized him with a startled: "Bwana!" Quickly the girl dropped from the tree and ran to his side. Tantor cocked a questioning eye at the white giant,<noinclude></noinclude> tn5i77kb7uxgqgok2ajoeftnhgc32f0 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/398 104 2293436 14129315 11932045 2024-04-25T18:41:45Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Chrisguise" />{{rh|386|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>more reverently than he could have kissed the hand of his country's queen. A rumble from Tantor brought the three, all jungle bred, to instant alertness. Tantor was looking toward the trees behind them, and as their eyes followed his gaze the head and shoulders of a great ape appeared amidst the foliage. For a moment the creature eyed them, and then from its throat rose a loud scream of recognition and of joy, and a moment later the beast had leaped to the ground, followed by a score of bulls like himself, and was waddling toward them, shouting in the primordial tongue of the anthropoid: "Tarzan has returned! Tarzan, Lord of the Jungle!" It was Akut, and instantly he commenced leaping and bounding about the trio, uttering hideous shrieks and mouthings that to any other human beings might have indicated the most ferocious rage; but these three knew that the king of the apes was doing homage to a king greater than himself. In his wake leaped his shaggy bulls, vying with one another as to which could spring the highest and which utter the most uncanny sounds. Korak laid his hand affectionately upon his father's shoulder. "There is but one Tarzan," he said. "There can never be another." {{dhr}} Two days later the three dropped from the trees on the edge of the plain across which they could see<noinclude></noinclude> 4ukace6hgkd776gl8bpbhwssyd6w7vc Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/400 104 2293439 14129317 11902831 2024-04-25T18:41:46Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|388|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>"Yes, Jane," he said, and his voice was husky with emotion; "I have found her, and—''him!''" "Where is he? Where are they?" she demanded. "Out there at the edge of the jungle. He wouldn't come to you in his savage leopard skin and his nakedness—he sent me to fetch him civilized clothing." She clapped her hands in ecstasy, and turned to run toward the bungalow. "Wait!" she cried over her shoulder. "I have all his little suits—I have saved them all. I will bring one to you." Tarzan laughed and called to her to stop. "The only clothing on the place that will fit him," he said, "is mine—if it isn't too small for him—your little boy has grown, Jane." She laughed, too; she felt like laughing at everything, or at nothing. The world was all love and happiness and joy once more—the world that had been shrouded in the gloom of her great sorrow for so many years. So great was her joy that for the moment she forgot the sad message that awaited Meriem. She called to Tarzan after he had ridden away to prepare her for it, but he did not hear and rode on without knowing himself what the event was to which his wife referred. And so, an hour later, Korak, The Killer, rode home to his mother—the mother whose image had never faded in his boyish heart—and found in her arms and her eyes the love and forgiveness that he plead for. And then the mother turned toward Meriem, an<noinclude></noinclude> maxs2795yrfwknyytpdy0q9z72vrul5 Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/402 104 2293441 14129321 11902840 2024-04-25T18:41:48Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|390|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>for rest and preparation for the great event before setting out upon the journey, and after the marriage ceremony had been performed they kept on to the coast to take passage for England. Those days were the most wonderful of Meriem's life. She had not dreamed even vaguely of the marvels that civilization held in store for her. The great ocean and the commodious steamship filled her with awe. The noise, and bustle and confusion of the English railway station frightened her. "If there was a good-sized tree at hand," she confided to Korak, "I know that I should run to the very top of it in terror of my life." "And make faces and throw twigs at the engine?" he laughed back. "Poor old Numa," sighed the girl. "What will he do without us?" "Oh, there are others to tease him, my little Mangani," assured Korak. The Greystoke town house quite took Meriem's breath away; but when strangers were about none might guess that she had not been to the manner born. They had been home but a week when Lord Greystoke received a message from his friend of many years, D'Arnot. It was in the form of a letter of introduction brought by one General Armand Jacot. Lord Greystoke recalled the name, as who familiar with modern French history would not, for Jacot was in reality the Prince de Cadrenet—that intense republican who<noinclude></noinclude> hvxaxts8cq38tlyyxkttado2v5etmwn Page:The Son of Tarzan.djvu/404 104 2293443 14129324 11902850 2024-04-25T18:41:49Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|392|''THE SON OF TARZAN''|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>and call upon you—that you would know if such a girl were in your neighborhood." "What proof did the Arab bring that she was your daughter?" asked Lord Greystoke. "None," replied the other. "That is why we thought best to consult you before organizing an expedition. The fellow had only an old photograph of her on the back of which was pasted a newspaper cutting describing her and offering a reward. We feared that having found this somewhere it had aroused his cupidity and led him to believe that in some way he could obtain the reward, possibly by foisting upon us a white girl on the chance that so many years had elapsed that we would not be able to recognize an imposter as such." "Have you the photograph with you?" asked Lord Greystoke. The General drew an envelope from his pocket, took a yellowed photograph from it and handed it to the Englishman. Tears dimmed the old warrior's eyes as they fell again upon the pictured features of his lost daughter. Lord Greystoke examined the photograph for a moment. A queer expression entered his eyes. He touched a bell at his elbow, and an instant later a footman entered. "Ask my son's wife if she will be so good as to come to the library," he directed. The two men sat in silence. General Jacot was too well bred to show in any way the chagrin and<noinclude></noinclude> g0y4x8n6b0es64sqew4enalj1mmftev Page:The Vicomte de Bragelonne 2.djvu/18 104 2336464 14131520 6992487 2024-04-26T11:51:57Z Slowking4 251604 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{rh| 6 |{{smaller|THE VICOMTE DE BRAGELONNE}}| }}</noinclude>the husband and wife breakfasted, and then separated till the hour of dinner, invariably fixed at two o'clock. The sound of this bell caused a door to be opened in the offices on the left hand of the court, from which filed two ''maîtres d'hôtel'', followed by eight scullions bearing a kind of hand-barrow loaded with dishes under silver covers. One of the ''maîtres d'hôtel'', the first in rank, touched one of the guards, who was snoring on his bench, slightly with his wand; he even carried his kindness so far as to place the halbert which stood against the wall in the hands of the man, stupid with sleep, after which the soldier, without explanation, escorted the ''viande'' of Monsieur to the refectory, preceded by a page and the two ''maîtres d'hôtel''. Wherever the ''viande'' passed, the soldiers ported arms. Mlle. de Montalais and her companion had watched from their window the details of this ceremony, to which, by the bye, they must have been pretty well accustomed. But they did not look so much from curiosity as to be assured they should not be disturbed. So guards, scullions, ''maîtres d'hôtel'', and pages having passed, they resumed their places at the table; and the sun, which, through the window-frame, had for an instant fallen upon those two charming countenances, now only shed its light upon the gillyflowers, primroses, and rose-tree. "Bah!" said Mlle. de Montalais, taking her place again; "madame will breakfast very well without me!" "Oh, Montalais, you will be punished!" replied the other girl, sitting down quietly in hers. "Punished, indeed!—that is to say, deprived of a ride! That is just the way in which I wish to be punished. To go out in the grand coach, perched upon a doorstep; to turn to the left, twist round to the right, over roads full of ruts, where we cannot exceed a league in two hours; and then to come back straight toward the wing of the castle in which is the window of Mary de Medici, so that madame never fails to say: 'Could one believe it possible that Mary de Medici should have escaped from that window—forty-seven feet high? The mother of two princes and three princesses!' If you call that relaxation, Louise, all I ask is to be punished every day; particularly when my punishment is to remain with you and write such interesting letters as we write!" "Montalais! Montalais! there are duties to be performed." "You talk of them very much at your ease, my little heart!—you, who are left quite free amid this tedious<noinclude></noinclude> njyezydoa4y8fyhu00de4knml8rm97a Index:Landoniana.pdf 106 2338549 14130572 11296729 2024-04-26T04:35:20Z Tylopous 3013532 title link, fully transcluded, validated (Apr 24) proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=[[Landoniana]] |Language=en |Volume= |Author=[[Author:Letitia Elizabeth Landon|Letitia Elizabeth Landon]] |Translator= |Editor=[[Author:George Cruikshank|George Cruikshank]] |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=James Robins |Address=London |Year=1832 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=pdf |Image=1 |Progress=T |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date=April 2024 |Pages=<pagelist 1=Index 2=1 /> |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} ln27uxtkzldnhn4vhtmwzl58o7e4f0e Page:Landoniana.pdf/1 104 2338550 14130546 10134595 2024-04-26T04:07:24Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude> {{c|{{x-larger|'''Landoniana'''<br><br>'''from'''<br><br>'''The Pocket Magazine, 1832'''<br><br><br>'''compiled by'''<br>'''Peter J. Bolton'''}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> ru8m5puehty2z5hj3d04cu1t2xypz5m Page:Landoniana.pdf/2 104 2338552 14130550 14076863 2024-04-26T04:11:39Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" />{{rh||44|}}</noinclude> {{c|LANDONIANA.}} {{c|''From 'Romance and Reality.{{'}}''}} {{c|HOPE.}} {{smallcaps|Hope}} destroys pleasure. This remark having been questioned by one to whose judgment I exceedingly defer, may I be permitted not to retract, but to defend my assertion? Hope is like constancy, the country, or solitude—all of which owe their reputation to the pretty things that have been said about them. Hope is but the poetical name for that feverish restlessness which hurries over to-day for the sake of to-morrow. Who among us pauses upon the actual moment, to own, 'Now, even now, am I happy?' The wisest of men has said, that hope deferred is sickness to the heart: yet what hope have we that is not deferred? For my part, I believe that there are two spirits who preside over this feeling, and that hope, like love, has its Eros and Anteros. Its Eros, that reposes on fancy and creates rather than calculates; while its Anteros lives on expectation, and is dissatisfied with all that is, in vague longings for what may be. {{c|CHILDHOOD.}} Childhood, more than any other period, links its remembrance with inanimate objects, perhaps because its chief pleasures are derived from them. The hillock, whose top was left with a flying step—the oak, to scale whose leafy fortress had in it something of that sense of danger and exertion in which even the earliest age delights—the broad sheet of water, whose smooth surface has been so often skimmed and broken by the round pebble, to whose impetus the young arm lent its utmost vigour—how deeply are these things graven upon the memory! The great reason why the pleasures of childhood are so much more felt in their satisfaction, is, that they suffice unto themselves. The race is run without an eye to a prize;—the oak is climbed without reference to aught that will reward the search;—the stone is flung upon the waters, but not in the hope that, ere many days, it will be found<noinclude></noinclude> 1a5lywt3ngg4xxq36q58jaclwsi03ug Page:Landoniana.pdf/3 104 2338553 14130555 14093561 2024-04-26T04:14:23Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" />{{rh||LANDONIANA.|45}}</noinclude>again. The simple exertion is its own exceeding great reward. {{c|TIME.}} The time which passes pleasantly passes lightly; days are remembered by their cares more than by their content. {{c|INTENTIONS.}} The difference between good and bad intentions is this:—that good intentions are so very satisfactory in themselves, that it really seems a work of supererogation to carry them into execution; whereas evil ones have a restlessness that can only be satisfied by action—and, to the shame of fate be it said, very many facilities always offer for their being effected. {{c|FLATTERY.}} The force of flattery is, I am convinced, very much overrated. People would far sooner suppose you silly than themselves, and take for granted the compliment they have paid must be received. For my part, how much of my vanity has been mere endurance! I confess myself much of the Macedonian's opinion,—'I would wish for the prize in the chariot race, if kings were my competitors.' You all know the anecdote of the dustman who requested permission to light his pipe at the Duchess of Devonshire's eyes. Now, I should have been more displeased with the dustman's venturing to know whether I had eyes or not, than pleased with the compliment. {{c|INDIFFERENCE.}} It is curious how little we speculate on what may be the impression we produce on others—unless, indeed, vanity comes into play, and then there is no bound to the speculation. Still, the general feeling is utter indifference. Take an example from London life. Some fair dame 'in silk attire' folds her cloak round her—if very cold half buries her face in her boa—and drives the usual morning round, without one thought given to the crowd through which she passes;—and yet how many different sensations have followed the track of that carriage! admiration, envy, even hate. Some youth has loitered on his busy way to take another<noinclude></noinclude> h432hm8xghk5ipobpr9ufnopobk6r7l Page:Landoniana.pdf/4 104 2338554 14130558 14065528 2024-04-26T04:17:12Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" />{{rh|46|LANDONIANA.|}}</noinclude>gaze at a being whose beauty and grace are of another order than his working world. Some young pedestrian of her own sex has cast a glance of envy at the bonnet of which a glimpse is just caught through the window; and, as envy is ever connected with repining, turns regretfully to pursue a walk rendered distasteful by comparison. Then hate—that hate with which the miserably poor look on others' enjoying, what he sees, but shares not, and pursues the toil that binds him to the soil, fiercely and bitterly saying, 'Why have I no part in the good things of earth?’ {{c|LOVE.}} There is a period in the lives of most, when the heart opens its leaves, like a flower, to all the gentle influences;—when one beloved step is sweet in its fall beyond all music, and the light of one beloved face is dear as that of heaven; when the thoughts are turned to poetry, and a fairy charm is thrown over life's most ordinary occurrences; Hope, that gentlest astrologer, foretelling a future she herself has created;—when the present is coloured by glad yet softened spirits, buoyant, though too tender for mirth. Who shall say that is a selfish feeling which looks in another's eyes to read its own happiness, and holds another's welfare more precious than its own? What path in after-time will ever be so pleasant as that one walk which delayed on its way, and yet ended so soon? What discourse of the wise, the witty, the eloquent, will ever have the fascination of a few simple, even infantile words—or of the still, but delicious silence which they broke? Why does love affect childish expressions of endearment, but because it has all the truth and earnestness of childhood? And the simplicity of its language seems the proof of its sincerity. Or is it that, being unworldly itself, it delights to retreat upon those unworldly days? Go through life, and see if the quiet light of the stars, the passionate song of the poet, the haunted beauty of flowers, will ever again come home to the heart as they did in that early and only time. Now, let no one say that I am trying to make young<noinclude></noinclude> cavfl9e2t85qq3mz64lxgd3z94akh2f Page:Landoniana.pdf/5 104 2338557 14130560 14093562 2024-04-26T04:19:36Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" />{{rh||LANDONIANA.|47}}</noinclude>people romantic. While I acknowledge that the gardens of Iran exist, I beg leave also to state that they lie in a desert—appear but for a moment—and then vanish in their beauty for ever. Every fable has its moral; and that of love is disappointment, weariness, or disgust. Young people would avoid falling in love, if—as some story-book observes—young people would but consider. When Cromwell sent his ambassador to Spain, under circumstances which somewhat endangered his head, he encouraged him by stating, 'That if his head fell, that of every Spaniard in his dominions should fall too.' 'A thousand thanks,' returned the diplomatist; 'but among all these heads there may not be one to fit me.' What he said of heads may also be said of experience—there is a large stock on hand; but, somehow or other, nobody's experience ever suits us except our own. {{c|A SPANISH PATRIOT.}} Don Henriquez was a brave and honourable man, with a degree of information rare among his countrymen; but he was not at all the person to be placed in uncommon circumstances. He had seen enough of England to have caught impressions, rather than convictions, of the advantages of a free people; and a good constitution seemed equally necessary to the nation and the individual. But his ideas of liberty were more picturesque than practical. He dwelt on the rights of the people, without considering whether that people were in a state to enforce, or even receive them. He declaimed on tyranny like an ancient, on information like a modern. He forgot that, for change to be useful, it must be gradual; and while enlarging on the enlightened intellect of the present time, he overlooked the fact, that our ancestors could not have been altogether so very wrong, or that society could not have gone on at all. He had a vivid imagination—and this threw a charm, rather than a light, around the subjects it investigated. He was one of those who feel instead of think, and therefore invest their theories with a reality {{hyphenated word start|incom|incomprehensible}}<noinclude></noinclude> n5me5sesn97jmg04tuxqelak0u8bgcb Page:Landoniana.pdf/6 104 2338565 14130562 11251059 2024-04-26T04:22:34Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" />{{rh|48|LANDONIANA.|}}</noinclude>{{hyphenated word end|prehensible|incomprehensible}} to a calm observer. Hence, it seemed wonderful that what was so tangible to himself was not equally so to others; and from being surprised that our opinions are not understood, is an easy step towards being angry. His views were narrow, because they were impassioned. Moreover, he had a natural flow of eloquence—a gift which deceives no one more than its possessor: there is a difficulty in believing that what is so very easy to say, is not equally easy to do. Like many orators, he did not take into consideration, that a good argument is not always a good reason; and that, unfortunately for the peace of society, and fortunately for debaters, there never was yet a contested point without excellent arguments on both sides of the question. Don Henriquez would have been a happy man in England: he would have taken the chair at public dinners, and said the most touching things about alleviating the distresses of our fellow-creatures: he would have delayed as much as possible the business of county meetings, by shewing how much better it might be done: he would have given dinners to politicians, and called it supporting his party—and dinners to a few successful authors, and called it encouraging genius: he would have been in the opposition, and made some eloquent speeches on retrenchment and reform, and the newspapers next day would have complimented the honourable member for Cockermouth on his brilliant and patriotic display: he would have died, and left ''matériel'' for a well-rounded paragraph in the obituary, without having retarded or advanced one single circumstance in the great chain of events. But, alas! for the mismanagement of fate—he was quite out of his place in the Cortez of Spain: he dilated on religious toleration to those in whose ears it sounded like blasphemy—on the blessing of knowledge, to those with whom intellect and anarchy were synonymous—and on the rights of the people, to Hidalgos, who were ''preux chevaliers'' in loyalty to their king. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> la7h4bwzva7r1nehhog21753mevuj36 Page:Landoniana.pdf/7 104 2338576 14130566 14076864 2024-04-26T04:25:46Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" />{{rh||69|}}</noinclude>{{c|LANDONIANA.—NO. II.}} {{c|EVILS.}} {{sc|Small}} evils make the worst part of great ones: it is so much easier to endure misfortune than to bear an inconvenience. Captain Franklin, half frozen on the Arctic shores, would not grumble one tithe so much as an elderly gentleman sitting in a draught. {{c|HOUSEHOLD LOVE.}} Strange is it that people (unless in the way of ostentation) never value the blessings they possess. But if life has a happiness over which the primeval curse has passed and harmed not, it is the early and long-enduring affection of blood and habit. The passion which concentrates its strength and beauty upon one, is a rich and terrible stake, the end whereof is death;—the living light of existence is burnt out in an hour—and what remains? The dust and the darkness. But the love which is born in childhood—an instinct deepening into a principle—retains to the end something of the freshness belonging to the hour of its birth: the amusement partaken—the trifling quarrel made up—the sorrows shared together—the punishment in which all were involved—the plans for the future, so fairy-tale-like and so false, in which all indulged: so true it is that love's slightest links are its strongest! There is something inexpressibly touching in the story of Ishmael, the youth who was sent into the wilderness of life with his bow and his arrow, 'his hand against every man, and every man's hand against him.' Even in our crowded, busy, and social world, on how many is this doom pronounced! What love makes allowances like household love?—what takes an interest in small sorrows and small successes like household love?—God forgive those (and I would not even say forgive, were not Divine mercy illimitable,) who turn the household altar to a place of strife! Domestic dissension is the sacrilege of the heart. {{c|FALLING IN LOVE.}} Believing, as I do, that falling in love goes by destiny, and that, of all affairs, those of the heart are those<noinclude></noinclude> ilm2xy0x1fw95136uncgoj5siogyhsd Page:Landoniana.pdf/8 104 2338579 14130567 14065529 2024-04-26T04:28:29Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" />{{rh|70|LANDONIANA.|}}</noinclude>for which there is the least accounting, I have always thought, that to give reasons for its happening, is throwing the said reasons away—a waste much to be deprecated in an age where reasons are in such great request. It is not beauty that inspires love—still less is it mind. It is not situation—people who were indifferent in a moonlight walk have taken a fit of sentiment in Piccadilly. It is not early association: indeed, the chances are rather against the Paul and Virginia style. It is not dress—conquests have been made in curl-papers. In short—to be mythological in my conclusion—the quiver of Cupid hangs at the girdle of Fate, together with her spindle and scissors. {{c|AFRICAN DISCOVERY.}} There is something very melancholy in the many valuable lives which have been sacrificed during the course of African discovery. But I believe that travelling is as much a passion as love, poetry, or ambition. What of less force than a passion could, in the first instance, induce men to fix their thoughts on undertakings whose difficulties and dangers were at once so obvious and so many? What but a passion (and the energy of passion is wonderful) could support them through toil, hardship, and suffering—all in the very face of death—and for what? But true it is, that of any great exertion in which the mind has part, the best reward is in the exertion itself. {{c|HOME.}} I do not go quite the length of the modern philosopher, who asserts that our nature is not wholly sophisticated so long as we retain our juvenile predilection in favour of apple-dumpling; but I do think that the affection which clings to the home of our childhood—the early love which lingers round the flowers we have sown, the shrubs we have planted—is, though a simple, a sweet and purifying influence on the character. I cannot help thinking, that the drooping bough, the fairy-like rose, lend something of their own grace to one who has loved them and made them her companions. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> qlal8xkd2l2hbjfweh19h02liuq4e1n Page:Landoniana.pdf/9 104 2338581 14130569 14093563 2024-04-26T04:31:18Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" />{{rh||LANDONIANA.|71}}</noinclude>{{c|SIMPLICITY.}} A gentleman's idea of simplicity always amuses me. I have nothing to say against Nature; and I have no doubt a lady made by her would be a very charming person; but where is unsophisticated nature to be found? where is the beauty, however rustic or rural she may be, without some touch of art? And if nature is to be modelled, let it be by refinement, grace, and education. Again I say, I laugh at your idea of simplicity. It always put me in mind of the heroines in novels, from Sir Walter Scott's Di Vernon downwards. In order to give an idea of beauty unspoiled by art, the heroine's hat falls off, and her hair falls down, while she looks lovely in dishevelled ringlets. Now, they quite forget two things: first, that though the hat may come off, it is by no means a necessary consequence that the hair should come down too; and secondly, if it did, the damsel would only look an untidy fright. {{c|FINE ARTS.}} Our English taste for the fine arts may be classed under two heads—ostentatious and domestic. Our nobility and gentry buy fine pictures and statues, as they do fine furniture, to put in fine rooms. They are indications of wealth—articles of luxury—bought far more with reference to what others will think, than to what we ourselves will feel. A gentleman fills his gallery with paintings, and his sideboard with plate, on the same principle. Then, as to objects of art that attain the greatest popularity among us—which are they? Portraits of ourselves, our wives, children, brothers, uncles, nephews, nieces, and cousins. We like paintings of horses, bulls, dogs, &c.; or we like small scenes from common life—children, especially if they are naughty, and a set of breakfast or tea-things, are irresistible. In sculpture, who will deny our preference for busts, or our passion for monuments? What are the casts which enjoy most plaster-of-Paris popularity? Napoleon in his cocked hat—the Duke of Wellington—Tam-o'Shanter and Souter Johnny{{peh|—}}<noinclude></noinclude> 3kl0a5yga8nqc81gj7wxgb85nnw7go5 Page:Landoniana.pdf/10 104 2338583 14130570 14065527 2024-04-26T04:33:51Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" />{{rh|72|LANDONIANA.|}}</noinclude>though even these yielded in attraction to china Madame Vestris or Liston as broom-girls. {{c|SUFFERING.}} How little do even our most intimate friends know of us! There is an excitement about intense misery which is its support: light sufferings spring to the lips in words, and to the eyes in tears; but there is a pride in deep passion which guards its feelings from even the shadow of a surmise. 'Tis strange the strength which mingles with our weakness, that even in the suffering which sends the tear to the eye—not to be shed, but there to lie in all its burning and saltness—which swells in the throat but to be forced down again, like nauseous medicine; even in this deep and deadly suffering, vanity finds a trophy of power over which to exult. It is somewhat that speaks of mental command, to think how little the careless and the curious deem of the agony which, like a conqueror, is reigning in misery and desolation within. {{c|GRIEF AND JOY.}} The difference between past grief and past joy is this: that if the grief recurred again to-day, we should feel it as bitterly as ever; but if the joy returned, we should no longer have the same delight in it. {{c|SIGHTS.}} The love of sight-seeing is the characteristic of humanity; and a sight that involves aught of human sorrow or human suffering, is a thousand times more popular than any display of human ingenuity or human genius. Fireworks that sweep the skies, with a rope-dancer that descends through them like a spirit, to boot, bear no comparison as a spectacle to that of a man hanged! {{c|ADVICE.}} Advice generally does require some very powerful argument to be taken. {{c|ENJOYMENT.}} A gastronome ought to fast sometimes on principle: we appreciate no pleasures unless we are occasionally debarred from them.<noinclude></noinclude> oier1ap4nl5vd0h8ib5ks8025cb8zv3 User:Reboot01 2 2355746 14129732 14125019 2024-04-25T19:21:32Z Reboot01 2805164 /* Economic/Social studies/History/Law */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{userpage}} {{User:Reboot01/Userboxes}} Primary interests; Linguistics, Ancient Rome + Byzantine Studies, Latin, Africa, The Gambia, Law, North Carolina, the East Asian Cultural Sphere, South East Asia, Theology/Mythology/Religious Studies, Alchemy, Magic, Occult, etc., Calligraphy, Paleography, Political Science, Economics, Socialism/Anarchism/Marxism and etc. (List is not in any particular order) Feel free to contact me on my user talk page, or at the WikiSource Discord, reboot01! == Currently working on/Want to have time to work on == === Projects === * [[Wikisource:WikiProject North Carolina/North Carolina Bibliography (1589-1956)|Sub-Project North Carolina Bibliography (1589-1956)]] === Indexes === * [[Index:The Criterion - Volume 1.djvu]] * [[Index:The Criterion - Volume 4.djvu]] * [[Index:Lltreaties-ustbv001.pdf]] * [[Index:The anatomy of melancholy - vvhat it is, vvith all the kindes, causes, symptomes, prognostickes, and severall cures of it - in three maine partitions with their seuerall sections (IA anatomyofmelanch00burt 2).pdf]] ====Reference Works, Dictionaries, Ecyclopedias, Language etc,==== * [[Index:A grammar of the Mandingo language- with vocabularies (IA grammarofmanding00macb).pdf]] * [[Index:Modern English - its growth and present use (IA modernenglishits00krap).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/englishlanguagei0000geor/ The English Language in America, Volume 1] * [https://archive.org/details/englishlanguagei0002geor/ The English Language in America, Volume 2] * [[Index:The American language; an inquiry into the development of English in the United States (IA americanlanguage00menc 0).pdf]], 3rd edition * [[Index:The American Language.djvu]] * [[Index:American English (IA americanenglish00tuck).pdf]] * [[Index:A key into the language of America- or, An help to the language of the natives in that part of America, called New-England. - Together, with briefe observations of the customes (IA keyintolanguageo00will 0).pdf]] * [[Index:File:A grammar of the Malagasy language, in the Ankova dialect (IA grammarofmalagas00grifrich).pdf]] * [[Index:An introduction to the study of the Maya hieroglyphs (IA introductiontost00morl 0).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/grammarofoscanum00buckuoft/ A Grammar of Oscan and Umbrian] * [[Index:Pronunciation of Latin in the Augustan period (IA pronunciationofl00cambrich).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/childrensliterat0000curr/ Children's Literature] * [[Index:Rudiments of Grammar for the English-Saxon Tongue (Elstob 1715).djvu]] * [[Index:An Icelandic-English Dictionary - Cleasby & Vigfusson - 1874.djvu]] * [[Index:Encyclopædia Britannica, first edition - Volume I, A-B.pdf]] * [[Index:Encyclopædia Britannica, first edition - Volume II, C-L.pdf]] * [[Index:Encyclopædia Britannica, first edition - Volume III, M-Z.pdf]] * [[Index:Jewish Encyclopedia Volume 1.pdf]] * [[Index:Catholic Encyclopedia, volume 1.djvu]] * [[Index:Pantographia - Fry - 1799.djvu]] * [[Index:A practical grammar of the Hebrew language - Felsenthal - 1868.djvu]] * [[Index:The grammar of English grammars.djvu]] * [[Index:The Brasilian language and its agglutination.pdf]] * [[Index:AnEssayTowardsARealCharacterAndAPhilosophicalLanguage.pdf]] * [[Index:A Universal Alphabet, Grammar, and Language (universalalphabe00edmo, George Edmunds, 1856) (IA universalalphabe00edmo).pdf]] ====Theology, Spirituality, Occult, Mythology, old science and medicine etc.==== * [[Index:The Preaching of Islam, by T. W. Arnold; 1935.djvu]] * [[Index:A contribution to the comparative study of the medieval visions of heaven and hell (IA contributiontoco01beck).pdf]] * [[Index:Demon possession and allied themes; being an inductive study of phenomena of our own times (IA demonpossessiona00neviiala).pdf]] * [[Index:Devil Worship.djvu]] * [https://archive.org/details/heavenhellincomp0000kohl/ Heaven and hell in comparative religion] * [https://archive.org/details/diabolologyperso1890jewe/ Diabolology] * [[Index:Irish witchcraft and demonology (IA irishwitchcraftd00seymrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Demonology and devil-lore (IA demonologydevill00conw).pdf]] * [[Index:Demonology and devil-lore (IA demonologydevill00conw2).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/storyofworldswor00dobbuoft/ Story of the World's Worship] * [https://archive.org/details/moonlore00harl/ Moon Lore] * [[Index:Witch-Cult in Western Europe (1921).djvu]] * [https://archive.org/details/womansshareinpri00maso/ Woman's Share in Primitive Culture] * [[Index:Germanic origins (IA germanicorigins00gumm).pdf]] * [[Index:Woman, church and state- a historical account of the status of woman through the Christian ages- with reminiscences of matriarchate - (IA womanchurchstate00gagerich).pdf]] * [[Index:The Golden Bough (1922).djvu]] * [[Index:Myths and myth-makers- old tales and superstitions interpreted by comparative mythology (IA mythsandmythmake00fiskiala).pdf]] * [[Index:Researches in prehistoric and protohistoric comparative philology, mythology, and archæology, in connection with the origin of culture in America and the Accad or Sumerian families (IA researchesinpreh00clar).pdf]] * [[Index:The material culture and social institutions of the simpler peoples; an essay in correlation (IA materialcultures00hobhrich).pdf]] * [[Index:An introduction to the science of comparative mythology and folklore (IA cu31924029075328).pdf]] * [[Index:Fecundity, fertility, sterility, and allied topics (IA cu31924030410801).pdf]], 1st Edition * [[Index:Fecundity, fertility, sterility and allied topics (IA b21778176).pdf]], 2nd Edition * [https://archive.org/details/thesixdaysofcrea00lewsuoft/ The Six Days of Creation] * [[Index:The chemical history of the six days of creation (IA cu31924029284399).pdf]] * [[Index:The Catholic's ready answer; a popular vindication of Christian beliefs and practices against the attacks of modern criticism (IA catholicsreadyan00hill).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/commentaryonbibl00peak/ A commentary on the Bible] * [[Index:The Bible and astronomy; (IA bibleastronomy00kurt).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/sunloreofallages00olco/ Sun Lore of All Ages] * [[Index:An account of the life and writings of S. Irenæus (IA accountoflifewri00beav).pdf]] * [[Index:The gnostic heresies of the first and second centuries (IA gnosticheresieso00mansrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Aryan sun-myths the origin of religions; (IA aryansunmythsori00titcrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Mosaicall philosophy - grounded upon the essentiall truth or eternal sapience (IA mosaicallphiloso00flud).pdf]] * [[Index:The history of four-footed beasts and serpents. (IA historyoffourfoo00tops).pdf]] * [[Index:The historie of foure-footed beastes (1607).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/immortalityunsee0000unse/ Immortality and the Unseen World] * [[Index:Angelology.. (IA angelology00clay).pdf]] * [[Index:Angelology-.. (IA angelology00mcca).pdf]] * [[Index:Medical Heritage Library (IA b30330610).pdf]], Blagraves astrological practice of physick * [[Index:Books from the Library of Congress (IA theologicalpropd03scha).pdf]], Theological propædeutic; a general introduction to the study of theology * [[Index:Anatomical texts of the earlier middle ages; a study in the transmission of culture (1927).djvu]] * [[Index:Books from the Biodiversity Heritage Library (IA mobot31753000703782).pdf]], Paradisi in sole paradisus terrestris * [[Index:The philosophy of witchcraft (IA philosophyofwitc00mitciala).pdf]] * [[Index:Medical Heritage Library (IA b30529906).pdf]], The compleat wizzard * [[Index:A commentary on the Holy Bible (1909) (IA commentaryonholy01dumm).pdf]] * [[Index:The Christian Book of concord, or, Symbolical books of the Evangelical Lutheran Church; comprising the three chief symbols, the unaltered Augsburg confession, the Apology (IA christianbookofc00luth).pdf]], 1st edition, 1851 * [[Index:The Christian Book of concord = or, Symbolical books of the Evangelical Lutheran Church - comprising the three chief symbols, the unaltered Augsburg confession, the Apology (IA christianbookofc00henk).pdf]], 2nd edition 1854 * [[Index:A Complete System of Christian Theology (Wakefield, 1869, completesystemof0000wake).pdf]] * [[Index:Outline studies in Genesis (IA outlinestudiesin00russ).pdf]] * [[Index:Studies on the book of Genesis (IA studiesonbookof00prat).pdf]] * [[Index:The tabernacle - or the Gospel according to Moses (IA tabernacleorgosp00junk).pdf]] * [[Index:The Tabernacle; its history and structure (IA tabernacleitshis00cald).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/primevalrevelati00jone/ Primeval Revelation: Studies in Genesis] * [https://archive.org/details/messagesformorni00trum/ Messages for the Morning Watch: Devotional Studies in Genesis] * [https://archive.org/details/beginningsofhebr00cole/ The Beginnings of the Hebrew People: Studies in the Book of Genesis] * [[Index:A Jewish Interpretation of the Book of Genesis (Morgenstern, 1919, jewishinterpreta00morg).pdf]] * [[Index:A commentary upon the first book of Moses called Genesis (IA cuponfi00patr).pdf]], 3rd edition * [[Index:A commentary upon the first book of Moses, called Genesis (IA comfi00patr).pdf]], 2nd edition, missing pages * [[Index:The law of Moses (IA lawofmoses00navi).pdf]] * The covenant of nature made with Adam described {{esl|https://archive.org/details/covenantofnature00pync/}} * [[Index:The history and philosophy of Judaism (IA historyphilosoph00shawiala).pdf]] * [[Index:Intermediate types among primitive folk- a study in social evolution (IA cu31924021843986).pdf]] * [[Index:Christianity and sex problems (IA cu31924021843259).pdf]] * [[Index:Source book for social origins; ethnological materials, psychological standpoint, classified and annotated bibliographies for the interpretation of savage society (IA sourcebookforsoc00thomiala).pdf]] * [[Index:Sex and society; studies in the social psychology of sex (IA sexsocietystudie00thom).pdf]] * [[Index:Man and woman (electronic resource) - a study of human secondary sexual characters (IA b20410761).pdf]] * [[Index:An introduction to systematic philosophy (IA introductiontosy00marv).pdf]] * [[Index:An introduction to philosophy (IA introductiontoph00flet).pdf]] * [[Index:Book of Mormon (1830, bookofmormonacco1830smit).pdf]] * [[Index:Indago astrologica- or a brief and modest enquiry into some principal points of astrology (IA b30333519).pdf]] * [[Index:An encyclopaedia of occultism a compendium of information on the occult sciences, occult personalities, psychic science, magic, demonology, spiritism and mysticism.djvu]] * [[Index:The long lost friend, or, Faithful & Christian instructions (0223252.nlm.nih.gov ,John George Hohman, 1850).djvu]] * [[Index:Summa Theologica (2nd rev. ed.) - Volume 1.djvu]] * [[Index:The abridgment of Christian divinitie.djvu]] * [[Index:Alcoran of Mahomet 1649.djvu]] * [[Index:A dictionary of Islam.djvu]] * [[Index:Thomas Patrick Hughes - Notes on Muhammadanism - 2ed. (1877).djvu]] * [[Index:The discouerie of witchcraft (1584) (IA b30337367).djvu]] * [[Index:The Mirror of Alchimy (1597, mirrorofalchimy00baco).djvu]] * [[Index:The history of Witchcraft and demonology.djvu]] * [[Index:Three Books of Occult Philosophy (De Occulta Philosophia) (1651).djvu]] * [[Index:The Magus, or Celestial Intelligencer - Barrett - 1801.djvu]] * [[Index:St Augustine Of the Citie of God.pdf]] * [[Index:1582 Rhemes New Testament.pdf]] * [[Index:The Holy Bible (LSV).pdf]] * [[Index:Batman upon Bartolome.djvu]] * [[Index:An analysis of the Egyptian mythology- to which is subjoined, a critical examination of the remains of Egyptian chronology (IA b29350074).pdf]] * [[Index:Phenomenology of Mind vol 1.djvu]] * [[Index:Phenomenology of Mind vol 2.djvu]] ====Economic/Social studies/History/Law==== * [[Index:A manual of elementary law (IA cu31924018811376).pdf]] * [[Index:Principles of American state administration, by John Mabry Mathews. (IA principlesofamer00math).pdf]] * [[Index:Lectures on Slavonic law, being the Ilchester lectures for the year 1900; (IA cu31924022021566).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/idealsofamericaa00city/ Ideals of America] * [https://archive.org/details/americanpolitica00merriala/ American political ideas; studies in the development of American political thought 1865-1917] * [https://archive.org/details/americanthoughtf00rilerich/ American thought: from Puritanism to pragmatism] * [https://archive.org/details/cu31924007488954/ The foundations of American foreign policy] * [https://archive.org/details/cu31924031446465/ Liberty, Union and Democracy, The National Ideas of America] * [https://archive.org/details/nationalgovernme00kimbrich/ The national government of the United States] * [https://archive.org/details/sociallawsagenci00unse/ Social laws and agencies of North Carolina] * [https://archive.org/details/americanidealsot0000unse/ American ideals, and other essays, social and political] * [https://archive.org/details/americanismwhati00hillrich/ Americanism, what it is] * [https://archive.org/details/americanizationp00talb/ Americanization] * [https://archive.org/details/americanismwhati00hill/ Americanism, what it is] * [https://archive.org/details/ourdualgovernmen00broo/ Our dual government, studies in Americanism for young people] * [https://archive.org/details/everydayamerican00canbrich/ Everyday Americans] * [https://archive.org/details/manualofamerican00hopk/ A manual of American ideas] * [https://archive.org/details/americandemocrac01form/ The American democracy, 1920] * [https://archive.org/details/americandemocrac00form/ The American Democracy, 1921, 2nd Printing] * [[Index:A selected bibliography and syllabus of the history of the South, 1584-1876 (IA selectedbibliogr00boydrich).pdf]] * [[Index:The history of Dahomy, an inland kingdom of Africa (IA b28764808).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/ethnologyofakamb00hobluoft/ Ethnology of A-Kamba and other East African Tribes] * [https://archive.org/details/africapastpresen00mois/ Africa: Past and Present] * [https://archive.org/details/soulofbantusympa00will_0/ The Soul of the Bantu] * [https://archive.org/details/historyofislando00copl/ A History of the Island of Madagascar] * [https://archive.org/details/madagascarhistor01oliv/ Madagascar, Vol. 1] * [https://archive.org/details/madagascarhistor02oliv/ Madagascar, Vol. 2] * [https://archive.org/details/b31516993/ The Antananarivo annual and Madagascar magazine] * [[Index:Neighborhood entertainments (IA cu31924014493542).pdf]] * [[Index:Rural community organization (IA ruralcommunityor00haye).pdf]] * [[Index:Community organization (IA communityorganiz00hartiala).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/communityorganiz00stei/ Community Organization: A Study of its Current Theory and Practice] * [[Index:The little democracy, a text-book on community organization (IA littledemocracyt00clar).pdf]] * [[Index:The country church and community cooperation (IA countrychurchcom00israrich).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/lancasteryorkcen01rams/ Lancaster and York, Volume 1] * [[Index:Lancaster and York; a century of English history (A.D. 1399-1485) (IA cu31924088011436).pdf]], Volume 2 * [[Index:The houses of Lancaster and York, with the conquest and loss of France; (IA housesoflancaste01gair).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/warsofroses00mowauoft/ The Wars of the Roses] * [[Index:Wales and the wars of the Roses (IA waleswarsofroses00evanrich).pdf]] * [[Index:English towns in the wars of the Roses (IA englishtownsinwa00wins).pdf]] * [[Index:Municipal government in Ireland - medieval & modern (IA municipalgovernm00webbrich).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/mindfaceofbolshe0000unse/ The Mind and Face of Bolshevism] * [[Index:Men of the old stone age, their environment, life and art (IA menofoldstoneage00osborich).pdf]] * [[Index:The English in the middle ages; from the Norman usurpation to the days of the Stuarts. Their mode of life, dress, arms, occupations, and amusements. As illustrated in the British Museum (IA englishinmiddlea00hodg).pdf]] * [[Index:Arms and armour in antiquity and the middle ages - also a descriptive notice of modern weapons (IA b24865990).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/armourweapons00ffouuoft/ Armour & Weapons] * [https://archive.org/details/treatiseonancien00grosrich/ A treatise on ancient armour and weapons] * [[Index:An illustrated history of arms and armour from the earliest period to the present time (IA illustratedhisto00demmrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Germany in the later Middle Ages, 1200-1500 (IA germanyinlatermi00stub).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/socialismofchris00bierrich/ Socialism of Christ] * [https://archive.org/details/ayliffejuriscanonici/ Parergon Juris Canonici Anglicani] * [[Index:Voluntary socialism; a sketch (IA voluntarysociali00tandrich).pdf]], 2nd edition * [https://archive.org/details/voluntarysocial01tandgoog/ Voluntary Socialism, 1st Edition] * [[Index:The Effects of Civilisation on the People in European States.djvu]] * [[Index:Trade unionism in the United States (IA cu31924013988195).pdf]] * [[Index:A history of trade unionism in the United States (IA historyoftradeun00perliala).pdf]] * [[Index:Communism in America; (IA communisminameri00jamerich).pdf]] * [[Index:California Digital Library (IA communistsocieties00nordrich).pdf]], The Communistic Societies of the United States * ''History of American Socialisms'' {{esl|https://archive.org/details/historyofamerica00innoye/page/14/mode/2up}} * [[Index:On labour, its wrongful claims and rightful dues, its actual present and possible future (IA onlabouritswrong00thor).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/developmentofeur0000smit/ The Development of European Law] * [[Index:The Art of War in the Middle Ages (Chadwick, 1885, artofwarinmiddle00omanuoft).pdf]] * [[Index:The History of the Isle of Man (1780, historyofisleofm00dubl).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm Vol 1 (1101-1377).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm Vol 2 (1377-1509).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm Vol 3 (1509-47).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm Vol 4, Part 1 (1547-84).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm Vol 4, Part 2 (1586-1625).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm Vol 5 (1628-80).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm Vol 6 (1685-94).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm Vol 7 (1695-1701).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm Vol 8 (1702-7).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm Vol 9 (1708-13).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm (Alphabetical Index).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm (Chronological Index).pdf]] * [[Index:The Laws and Acts of Parliament of Scotland.djvu]] * [[Index:An introduction to the study of the middle ages (375-814) (IA introductiontost00emer).pdf]] * [[Index:Villainage in England; essays in English mediaeval history (IA cu31924024908356).pdf]] * [[Index:Law and politics in the middle ages, with a synoptic table of sources (IA cu31924030432532).pdf]] * [[Index:De republica Anglorum. The maner of gouernement or policie of the realme of England, compiled by the honorable sir Thomas Smyth .. (IA ita-bnc-mag-00002562-001).pdf]] * [[Index:A Lexicon of Medieval Nordic Law (OBP.0188, 2020).pdf]] * [[Index:Runic and heroic poems of the old Teutonic peoples.djvu]] * [[Index:The riddles of the Exeter book (IA riddlesofexeterb00tupp).pdf]] * [[Index:The Law of the Westgoths - tr. Bergin - 1906.djvu]] * [[Index:Laws of the Earliest English Kings.djvu]] * [[Index:George Philips, Lex parliamentaria (1st ed, 1690).pdf]] * [[Index:German Social Democracy - Six Lectures by Bertrand Russell.djvu]] * [[Index:The ego and his own (IA egohisown00stiriala).pdf]] * [[Index:The International Socialist Review (1900-1918), Vol. 1, Issue 1.pdf]] * [[Index:The Jungle (1906).djvu]] * [[Index:Indian currency and finance (IA indiancurrencyfi00keynuoft).djvu]] * [[Index:The Theory of Moral Sentiments.pdf]] * [[Index:Treatise on Probability, Keynes, 1921.djvu]] * [[Index:Karl Marx - Wage Labor and Capital - tr. Harriet E. Lothrop (1902).djvu]] * [[Index:Monasticon Anglicanum, or, The history of the ancient abbies, and other monasteries, hospitals, cathedral and collegiate churches in England and Wales. With divers French, Irish (IA monasticonanglic00dugd).pdf]] * [[Index:An introduction to the study of Gothic architecture (IA introductiontost00park 9).pdf]], 1st edition * [[Index:Architecture; an introduction to the history and theory of the art of building (IA architectureintr00leth 0).pdf]] * [[Index:Race distinctions in American Law (IA racedistinctions00stepiala).pdf]] * [[Index:The law of city planning and zoning (IA lawofcityplannin00williala).pdf]] * [[Index:The improvement of towns and cities - or, The practical basis of civic aesthetics (IA improvementoftow00robi 0).pdf]] * [[Index:Modern civic art - or, The city made beautiful (IA moderncivicartor00robi 0).pdf]] * [[Index:A decade of civic development (IA decadeofcivicdev00zueb).pdf]] * [[Index:City planning, with special reference to the planning of streets and lots (IA cu31924064909660).pdf]] * [[Index:Modern city planning and maintenance (IA moderncityplanni00koes).pdf]] * [[Index:City planning; a series of papers presenting the essential elements of a city plan (IA cityplanningseri00noleiala).pdf]] =====Racism, Antisemitism, National Socialism, KKK, Nationalism, Right, etc.===== * [[Index:Sociology for the South - or, The failure of free society (IA sociologyforsout00fitz).pdf]] * [[Index:Cannibals all! or, Slaves without masters (IA cannibalsallorsl00fitz).pdf]] * [[Index:Negro-Mania- Being an Examination of the Falsely Assumed Equality of the Various Races of Men (IA DKC0100).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/outlawsdiary01tormuoft An Outlaw's Diary, Volume 1: Revolution] * [https://archive.org/details/outlawsdiary02tormuoft An Outlaw's Diary, Volume 2: The Commune] * [[Index:Meccania, the super-state (IA meccaniasupersta00greg).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/pangermanleague10000wert/ The Pan-German League] * [[Index:The pan-Germanic doctrine; being a study of German political aims and aspirations (IA pangermanicdoctr00harrrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Pan-germanism, its plans for German expansion in the world (IA pangermanismitsp00andlrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Antisemitism, its history and causes (IA antisemitismitsh00lazaiala).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/thenegroabeastorintheimageofgod/ "The Negro A Beast", Or "In The Image Of God"] * [https://archive.org/details/americannegrodependentdefectivedelinquent/ The American Negro] * [https://archive.org/details/negroamenacetoamericancivilization/ The Negro] * [https://archive.org/details/negrosouthernersproblem/ The Negro: The Southernor's Problem] * [https://archive.org/details/negrocriminality_202001/ Negro Criminality] * [https://archive.org/details/sexualcrimesamongsouthernnegroes/ Sexual Crimes among the Southern Negroes] * [https://archive.org/details/whitesupremacyandnegrosubordination/ White Supremacy and Negro Subordination] * [https://archive.org/details/slaveryasitrela00priegoog/ Slavery, as it Relates to the Negro] * [[Index:Bible Defence of Slavery.djvu]] * [https://archive.org/details/TheRiddleOfTheJewsSuccess/ The Riddle of the Jews Success] * [https://archive.org/details/in.ernet.dli.2015.38804/ Racial Elements Of European History] * [[Index:The International Jew - Volume 1.djvu]] * [[Index:The International Jew - Volume 2.djvu]] * [[Index:The International Jew - Volume 3.djvu]] * [[Index:The International Jew - Volume 4.djvu]] * [https://archive.org/details/italyundermussol0000unse/ Italy under Mussolini] * [https://archive.org/details/romeordeathstory00beal/ Rome or Death! The Story of Fascism] * [https://archive.org/details/odon-por.-fascism-1923_202107/ Fascism, Odon Por] * [https://archive.org/details/fascistmovementi00gorguoft/ The Fascist Movement in Italian Life] * [https://archive.org/details/MyAutobiography/MyAutobiography/ My Autobiography], by Mussolini * [[Index:The ravings of a renegade ; being the War essays of Houston Stewart Chamberlain (IA ravingsofrenegad00chamrich).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/foundationsofnin01cham/ The Foundations of the Nineteenth Century], Volume 1 * [https://archive.org/details/foundationsofnin02cham/ The Foundations of the Nineteenth Century], Volume 2 * [[Index:Decline of the West (Volume 1).djvu]] * [[Index:Decline of the West (Volume 2).djvu]] * [[Index:The Decline of the West.pdf]], combined Volume, 1932 edition * [[Index:The inequality of human races (1915).djvu]] * [[Index:The moral and intellectual diversity of races - with particular reference to their respective influence in the civil and political history of mankind (IA bub gb uRvNQHqLj0kC).pdf]] * [[Index:The passing of the great race; or, The racial basis of European history (IA passingofgreatra01gran).pdf]], 4th Edition * [[Index:The passing of the great race; or, The racial basis of European history (IA cu31924029874330).pdf]], 1st Edition * [[Index:Ku Klux Klan (H.H. Wilson Reference Shelf) (IA kukluxklan00john).pdf]] * [[Index:The Klan unmasked, (IA klanunmasked00simm).pdf]] * [[Index:Catalogue of Official Robes and Banners - Knights of the Ku Klux Klan Incorporated, Atlanta, Georgia (1925) - Catalogueofoffic00kukl.djvu]] * [[Index:The Ku Klux klan- a study of the American mind (IA kukluxklanastudy00meck).pdf]] * [[Index:Papers read at the meeting of Grand dragons, Knights of the Ku Klux Klan at their first- annual meet (IA papersreadatmeet01kukl).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/authentichistor00davi/ Authentic history, Ku Klux Klan, 1865-1877] * [https://archive.org/details/cu31924083530117/ The Ku Klux Klan or Invisible Empire] ==== Ancient Rome/Byzantine Studies/Latin/Classics ==== * [[Index:Roman Africa; an outline of the history of the Roman occupation of North Africa, based chiefly upon inscriptions and monumental remains in that country (IA cu31924028722134).pdf]] * [[Index:An outline of Greek and Roman history, the result of class room work (IA outlineofgreekro00chad).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/the-illustrated-history-of-rome-and-the-roman-empire-1877/ The Illustrated History of Rome And The Roman Empire] * [https://archive.org/details/christianitynati00wooduoft/ Christianity and Nationalism in the Later Roman Empire] * [[Index:The conversion of the Roman empire (IA conversionofrom00meri).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/researchesintohi00ihneuoft/ Researches into the history of the Roman constitution] * [[Index:Traces of Greek philosophy and Roman law in the New Testament (IA cu31924029302423).pdf]] * [[Index:UPenn-Translations and Reprints-vol6.djvu]] * [[Index:History of the city of Rome in the Middle Ages (IA cu31924082161302).pdf]], Volume 1 * [[Index:History of the city of Rome in the Middle Ages (IA cu31924082161344).pdf]], Volume 2 * [[Index:History of the city of Rome in the Middle Ages (IA cu31924082161310).pdf]], Volume 3 * [[Index:History of the city of Rome in the Middle Ages (IA cu31924082161419).pdf]], Volume 4 Part 1 * [https://archive.org/details/p2historyofcityofr04greg/ Volume 4 Part 2] * [[Index:History of the city of Rome in the Middle Ages (IA cu31924082161351).pdf]], Volume 5 Part 1 * [https://archive.org/details/p2historyofcityofr05greg/ Volume 5 Part 2] * [[Index:History of the city of Rome in the Middle Ages (IA cu31924082161369).pdf]], Volume 6 Part 1 * [https://archive.org/details/p2historyofcityo06greguoft/ Volume 6 Part 2] * [[Index:History of the city of Rome in the Middle Ages (IA cu31924082161377).pdf]], Volume 7 Part 1 * [https://archive.org/details/p2historyofcityofr07greg/ Volume 7 Part 2] * [[Index:History of the city of Rome in the Middle Ages (IA cu31924082161385).pdf]], Volume 8 Part 1 * [https://archive.org/details/p2historyofcityofr08greg/ Volume 8 Part 2] * [https://archive.org/details/ancienttownplan00have/ Ancient Town-planning] * [[Index:The Ancient City- A Study on the Religion, Laws, and Institutions of Greece and Rome.djvu]] * [[Index:Physical science in the time of Nero; being a translation of the Quaestiones naturales of Seneca (IA physicalsciencei00seneiala).pdf]] * [[Index:The Roman and the Teuton; a series of lectures delivered before the University of Cambridge (IA romanteutonserie01king).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/byzantineartarch00dalt/ Byzantine Art and Archaeology] * [[Index:The history of Etruria .. (IA historyofetruria01gray).pdf]], Volume 1 * [[Index:The history of Etruria .. (IA historyofetruria02gray).pdf]], Volume 2 * [[Index:The cities and cemeteries of Etruria (IA etruriacitiesand01denniala).pdf]], Volume 1 * [[Index:The cities and cemeteries of Etruria (IA etruriacitiesand02denniala).pdf]], Volume 2 * [[Index:Etruria-Celtica- Etruscan Literature and Antiquities Investigated, in Two Volumes, Vol. I (IA dli.granth.53608).pdf]], Volume 1 * [https://archive.org/details/etruriacelticaet02beth/ Etruria-Celtica] Volume 2 * [https://archive.org/details/etruscanresearch00tayl/ Etruscan Researches] * [[Index:Etruscan inscriptions (IA etruscaninscript00crawrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Etruscan Bologna- a study (IA etruscanbolognas00burtiala).pdf]] * [[Index:Roman imperialism (IA romanimperialism00fran).pdf]] * [[Index:Tacitus and Other Roman Studies.djvu]] * [[Index:A constitutional and political history of Rome, from the earliest times to the reign of Domitian (IA cu31924030431435).pdf]] * [[Index:The development of the Roman constitution (IA developmentofrom00tighrich).pdf]] * [[Index:The Roman era in Britain (IA romanerainbritai00wardiala).pdf]] * [[Index:The Romanization of Roman Britain (IA romanizationofro00haverich).pdf]] * [[Index:Roman roads in Britain (IA romanroadsinbrit00codr).pdf]] * [[Index:The Celt, the Roman, and the Saxon; (IA celtromansaxon00wrig).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/romanfrontierpos0000jame/ A Roman frontier post and its people] * [[Index:Illustrations of Roman London (IA illustrationsofr00smitrich).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/londiniumarchite0000wrle/ Londinium Architecture and the Crafts] * [https://archive.org/details/ourromanhighways00forbuoft/ Our Roman Highways] * [[Index:History of Romulus (IA historyofromulusabbott).pdf]] * [[Index:Varronianus- a critical and historical introduction to the philological study of the Latin language (IA varronianuscriti00don).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/primitiveitalybe0000homo/ Primitive Italy and the beginnings of Roman imperialism] * [https://archive.org/details/stonebronzeagesi00peetuoft/ The stone and bronze ages in Italy and Sicily] * [https://archive.org/details/byzantineempire00foor/ The Byzantine Empire (Edward Foord)] * [[Index:The Byzantine Empire (IA byzantineempire00omanrich).pdf]] * [[Index:A treatise on Byzantine music (IA cu31924022269744).pdf]] * [[Index:The Romane historie (IA romanehistorie00livy).pdf]] * [[Index:The Roman assemblies from their origin to the end of the republic (IA cu31924030431534).pdf]] * [[Index:The imperial civil service of Rome (IA imperialcivilser00matt).pdf]] * [[Index:A handbook of Greek constitutional history (IA handbookofgreekc00gree).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/romeregalrepubli00striuoft/ Rome, Regal and Republican] * [https://archive.org/details/dayinoldromepic00davi/ A Day in Old Rome] * [[Index:The general, civil and military administration of Noricum and Raetia (IA generalcivilmili00peakrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Life and letters in Roman Africa microform (IA lifelettersinrom00boucrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Romae antiquae notitia, or, The antiquities of Rome - in two parts ... - with copper cuts of the principal buildings, etc. - to which are prefix'd two essays (IA romaeantiquaenot00kenn 0).pdf]] * [[Index:A manual of Greek literature - from the earliest authentic periods to the close of the Byzantine era (IA manualgreek00anthrich).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/studentscompanio00midd/ The student's companion to Latin authors] * [[Index:Loeb Classical Library, L001 (1919).djvu]] * A History of the Republic of Rome {{esl|https://archive.org/details/historyofrepubli00bake/}} * [[Index:Philological museum (IA cu31924104094903).pdf]], Volume 1 * [[Index:Philological Museum v2.djvu]] * [[Index:The Journal of Classical and Sacred Philology, Volume 1, 1854.djvu]] * [[Index:The Journal of Classical and Sacred Philology, Volume 2, 1855.djvu]] * [[Index:The Journal of Classical and Sacred Philology, Volume 3, 1857.djvu]] * [[Index:The Journal of Classical and Sacred Philology, Volume 4, 1859.djvu]] * [[Index:Harper's dictionary of classical literature and antiquities (IA cu31924027019482).pdf]] * [[Index:A Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiquities (1842, dictionaryofgree00smit 5).djvu]] * [[Index:The auxilia of the Roman Imperial Army (IA auxiliaofromanim00cheerich).pdf]] * [[Index:Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire (1827) Vol 1.djvu]] * [[Index:The Topography and Monuments of Ancient Rome (1st Ed., Plattner, 1904, topographymonume0000plat v8a2).pdf]] * [[Index:Byzantine Constantinople - the walls of the city and adjoining historical sites (IA byzantineconstan00vanm).pdf]] * A Companion To Latin Studies {{esl|https://archive.org/details/companiontolatin00sand/}} * [[Index:A handbook of Rome and the Campagna (IA handbookofromeca00john 0).pdf]] * [[Index:Stories of ancient Rome (IA storiesofancient00rico).pdf]] * [[Index:Early Rome (IA earlyrome00ihne).pdf]] * [[Index:Men, events, lawyers, politics and politicians of early Rome (IA meneventslawyers00wage).pdf]] * [[Index:State and family in early Rome (IA statefamilyinear00launiala).pdf]] * [[Index:The history of the kings of Rome. With a prefatory dissertation on its sources and evidence (IA historyofkingsof00dyerrich).pdf]] * [[Index:The kings of Rome (IA kingsofrome00rico).pdf]] * [[Index:Regal Rome, an Introduction to Roman History (1852, Newman, London, regalromeintrodu00newmuoft).djvu]] * [https://archive.org/details/bwb_T2-CGU-516/ Rome of the Kings: An Archaeological Setting for Livy and Vergil] * [https://archive.org/details/primitivefortif00parkgoog/ The primitive fortifications of the city of Rome, 2nd Edition] * [https://archive.org/details/handbookofromanl0000radi/ handbook of roman law] * [[Index:The origin and history of contract in Roman law down to the end of the republican period - being the Yorke prize essay for the year 1893 (IA cu31924021131366).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/bim_eighteenth-century_a-new-pandect-of-roman-c_ayliffe-john_1734/ A new pandect of Roman civil law] * [[Index:Preliminary Lecture to the Course of Lectures on the Institutions of Justinian (Wilde, 1794, bim eighteenth-century preliminary-lecture-to-t wilde-john 1794).pdf]] * An introduction to the study of Justinian's digest {{esl|https://archive.org/details/introductiontost00roby/}} * [[Index:The ecclesiastical edicts of the Theodosian code (IA ecclesiasticaled00boydrich).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/legacyofrome00bail/ The Legacy of Rome] * [[Index:Nomos Rhodon nautikos. The Rhodian sea-law (IA nomosrhodonnauti00byzarich).pdf]] * [[Index:Early Roman Law, The Regal Period (Clark, 1872, earlyromanlawreg00claruoft).djvu]] * [[Index:Roman Britain (Collingwood, First Ed., 1924, b29827590).pdf]] * [[Index:Historical introduction to the private law of Rome (IA historicalintrod00muiriala).pdf]] * [[Index:Gaii institutionum iuris civilis commentarii quattuor, or, Elements of Roman law by Gaius (Poste, Third Edition, 1890, gaiiinstitution00gaiu).djvu]] * [[Index:A history and description of Roman political institutions (IA historyanddescri00abbo).pdf]] * [[Index:Britannia Romana, or, The Roman Antiquities of Britain in Three Books (britanniaromanao00hors, John Horsley, 1732).djvu]] * [[Index:The municipalites of the Roman empire (IA municipalitesofr00reidrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Selected Letters of Cicero (Abbott, 1897, selectedletterso0000cice u2i6).pdf]] * [[Index:Society and politics in ancient Rome; essays and sketches (IA cu31924087980326).pdf]] * [[Index:The common people of ancient Rome- studies of Roman life and literature (IA cu31924028267841).pdf]] * [[Index:The Roman system of provincial administration to the accession of Constantine the Great, being the Arnold prize essay for 1879 (IA romansystemofpro00arnoiala).pdf]] * [[Index:The imperial administrative system in the ninth century, with a revised text of Kletorologion of Philotheos (IA imperialadminist00buryrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Municipal Administration in the Roman Empire (1926, Abbot and Johnson, municipaladminis00abbo).pdf]] ==== Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics ==== * [[Index:Some common mushrooms and how to know them (IA somecommonmushr143char).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/fungihowtoknowth00swan/ Fungi and How to Know Them] * [[Index:Origin of Modern Calculating Machines.djvu]] * [[Index:Comptometer News 1.1.djvu]] * [[Index:Comptometer News 1.2.djvu]] * [[Index:Comptometer News 1.3.djvu]] * [[Index:Comptometer News 1.4.djvu]] * [[Index:A general history of mathematics from the earliest times to the middle of the eighteenth century (IA generalhistoryof00bossrich).pdf]] * [[Index:The teaching and history of mathematics in the United States (IA teachinghistoryo00cajorich).pdf]] * [[Index:Higher mathematics - a textbook for classical and engineering colleges (IA highermathematic00merrrich).pdf]] * [[Index:An introduction to mathematics, by A. N. Whitehead (IA introductiontoma00whitiala).pdf]] * [[Index:Cornell University Library digitization (IA cu31924001078777).pdf]], Mathematical Dictionary and Cyclopedia of Mathematical Science * [https://archive.org/details/principlesofmech00hertuoft/ The Principles of Mechanics] * [[Index:Collected papers in physics and engineering (IA collectedpapersi00thomrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Theory of functions of a complex variable (IA functcomplexvari00forsrich).pdf]] * [[Index:An introduction to the study of the elements of the differential and integral calculus (IA introductiontost00harnrich).pdf]] * [[Index:A treatise on elementary trigonometry (IA treatiseonelemen00lockrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Elementary trigonometry (IA elementarytrigon00paterich).pdf]] * [[Index:The Earliest arithmetics in English (IA earliestarithmet00alexrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Historical introduction to mathematical literature (IA cu31924064123536).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/calculus0000henr/ Calculus] * [https://archive.org/details/electiccircuitth0000john Electric Circuit Theory and the Operational Calculus] * [[Index:Graphical and mechanical computation (IA cu31924004667550).pdf]] * [[Index:A treatise on computation; an account of the chief methods for contracting and abbreviating arithmetical calculations (IA treatiseoncomput00langiala).pdf]] * [[Index:An introduction to mathematics, by A. N. Whitehead (IA introductiontoma00whitiala).pdf]] * [[Index:The Journal of animal behavior (IA journalofanimalb01aalba).pdf]] * [[Index:The Journal of animal behavior (IA journalofanimalb02alba).pdf]] * [[Index:The Journal of animal behavior (IA journalofanimalb03alba).pdf]] * [[Index:The Journal of animal behavior (IA journalofanimalb04alba).pdf]] * [[Index:The Journal of animal behavior (IA journalofanimalb05alba).pdf]] * [[Index:The Journal of animal behavior (IA journalofanimalb06alba).pdf]] * [[Index:The Journal of animal behavior (IA journalofanimalb07alba).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/psychobiology01baltuoft/ Psychobiology V1] * [https://archive.org/details/psychobiology02baltuoft/ Psychobiology V2] * [[Index:Ants, bees, and wasps. A record of observations on the habits of the social Hymenoptera (IA antsbeeswaspsrec00john).pdf]] * [[Index:The bee and white ants, their manners and habits - with illustrations of animal instinct and intelligence - from "The museum of science and art" ... (IA beewhiteantsthei00lardrich).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/lifeofwhiteant00maet/ The Life of the White Ant] * [[Index:British ants, their life-history and classification (IA britishantstheir00donirich).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/hymenopteraacule00saun/ The Hymenoptera Aculeata of the British Islands] * [[Index:Elementary lessons in zoölogy - a guide in studying animal life and structure in field and laboratory (IA elementarylesso00need).pdf]] * [[Index:Field book of insects (IA fieldbookofins00lutz).pdf]], 2nd Edition * [[Index:Field book of insects, with special reference to those of northeastern United States, aiming to answer common questions (IA fieldbookofinsec00lutz).pdf]], 1st Edition * [[Index:Ants and their ways, with illustrations, and an appendix giving a complete list of genera and species of the British ants (IA antstheirwayswit00whit).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/naturescraftsmen00mcco/ Nature's Craftsmen] * [[Index:Ant communities and how they are governed; a study in natural civics (IA antcommunitiesho00mcco).pdf]] * [[Index:Ants, Wheeler (1910).djvu]] * [[Index:Medical Heritage Library (IA treatiseofbuggss00sout).pdf]], A treatise of buggs * [[Index:Institutions of entomology- being a translation of Linnaeus's Ordines et genera insectorum; or, Systematic arrangement of insects (IA CUbiodiversity1115923).pdf]] * [[Index:The elements of insect anatomy; an outline for the use of students in the entomological laboratories of Cornell University and Leland Stanford Junior University (IA elementsofinsect00comsto).pdf]] * [[Index:The entomologist's text book - an introduction to the natural history, structure, physiology and classification of insects, including the Crustacea and Arachnida (IA entomologiststex00westw).pdf]] * [[Index:The natural history of ants (IA b29289981).pdf]] * [[Index:The natural history of insects (IA b28755741).pdf]] * [[Index:An Account of English Ants (Gould, 1747, IA accountofenglish00goul).pdf]] * [[Index:Daedalus; or, Science and the Future (1924, E.P. Dutton & Company).pdf]] * [[Index:Science (journal) Volume 1 1883.djvu]] * [[Index:Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia (IA journalofacademy01acaduoft).pdf]] * [[Index:Aristotle - History of Animals, 1883.djvu]] * [[Index:Scientific Memoirs, Vol. 1 (1837).djvu]] * [[Index:Scientific Memoirs, Vol. 2 (1841).djvu]] * [[Index:Scientific Memoirs, Vol. 3 (1843).djvu]] * [[Index:Getty Research Institute (IA economiccottageb00dwye).pdf]], The Economic Cottage Builder * [[Index:The potter's craft - a practical guide for the studio and workshop (IA potterscraftprac00binn 0).pdf]] * [[Index:The book of camping and woodcraft - a guidebook for those who travel in the wilderness (IA bookofcampingwoo00keph).pdf]] * [[Index:Camp craft, modern practice and equipment (IA campcraftmodernp00millrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Camp kits and camp life (IA campkitscamplife00hankiala).pdf]] * [[Index:The book of woodcraft (IA bookofwoodcraft00seto).pdf]] * [[Index:The book of woodcraft and Indian lore (IA bookofwoodcrafti02seto).pdf]], 2nd Edition * [[Index:Harper's camping and scouting; an outdoor guide for American boys; (IA harperscampingsc00grinrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Shelters, shacks, and shanties (IA sheltersshackssh01bear).pdf]] * [[Index:The electric telegraph - its history and progress.. (IA electrictelegrap00highrich).pdf]] * [[Index:An introduction to electricity and galvanism; with cases, shewing their effects in the cure of diseases (IA b22042684).pdf]] * [[Index:An introduction to electricity - in six sections ... (IA introductiontoel1770ferg).pdf]], 1st Edition * [[Index:An introduction to electricity. In six sections ... - illustrated with copper plates (IA b30501350).pdf]], 2nd Edition * [[Index:An introduction to electricity. In six sections ... (IA introductiontoel00ferg).pdf]], 3rd Edition]] * [https://archive.org/details/dynamoelectricit00pres/ Dynamo-electricity] * [https://archive.org/details/radioactivit00ruth/ Radio-activity] * [https://archive.org/details/electronnuclearp0000jbar/ Electrons and Nuclear Physics] * [https://archive.org/details/ionselectronsion00crowuoft/ Ions, Electrons, and Ionizing Radiations] * [https://archive.org/details/b29927997/ Atoms and Rays] * [[Index:Atomic theories (IA atomictheories00loririch).pdf]] * [[Index:X-ray manual - U.S. Army (IA xraymanualusarmy00unit).pdf]] * [[Index:American quarterly of roentgenology (IA americanquarterl01amer).pdf]] * [[Index:American quarterly of roentgenology (IA americanquarterl02amer).pdf]] * [[Index:American quarterly of roentgenology (IA americanquarterl03amer).pdf]] * [[Index:American quarterly of roentgenology (IA americanquarterl04amer).pdf]] * [[Index:The study of the atom - or, The foundation of chemistry (IA studyofatomorfou00venarich).pdf]] * [[Index:The method of fluxions and infinite series.djvu]] * [[Index:Practical observations on the generation of statical electricity by the electrical machine (IA 101208559.nlm.nih.gov).pdf]] * [[Index:American Journal of Mathematics Vol. 2 (1879).pdf]] * [[Index:Principles of radio communication (IA principlesofradi00morerich).pdf]] * [[Index:Electrical machine design; the design and specification of direct and alternating current machinery .. (IA electricalmachin00grayrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Incandescent wiring hand-book, (IA incandescentwiri00badt).pdf]] * [[Index:The Bell System Technical Journal, Volume 1, 1922.pdf]] * [[Index:Science Advances, Volume 8, Issue 44, Recursive sequence generation in crows (sciadv.abq3356).pdf]] * [[Index:An Investigation of the Laws of Thought (1854, Boole, investigationofl00boolrich).djvu]] * [[Index:Anatomy of the Human Body (1918).djvu]] * [https://archive.org/details/b30322704/ An Institution Trigonometricall, 1635] * [https://archive.org/details/McGillLibrary-rbsc_elements-geometrie-evclide-megara_folioQA31E867131570-21289/ Euclid's Geometrie, 1570] * [[Index:Mr. Wingate's Arithmetick Containing a Plain and Familiar Method, for Attaining the Knowledge and Practice of Common Arithmetick (7th Edition, Edmund Wingate, 1678, b30342211).pdf]] * [[Index:Mathematical Recreations or, a Collection of many Problems Extracted out of the Ancient and Modern Philosophers (Jean Leurechon, 1674, b30325882).pdf]] * [[Index:Lux Mercatoria - Bridges - 1661.djvu]] * [[Index:First book of mathematics, being an easy and practical introduction to the study; for self-instruction and use in schools (IA firstbookofmathe00reidrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Indian Basketry.djvu]] * [[Index:Machinery's Handbook, (6th Edition, 1924, machineryshandbo00indu).pdf]] * [[Index:De re metallica (1912).djvu]] ====Tolkien and other Fantasy/related works==== * [[Index:The story of Sigurd the Volsung and the fall of the Niblungs (IA storyofsigurdvol00morriala).pdf]] * [[Index:Book of Were-wolves.djvu]] * [[Index:A Translation of the Anglo-Saxon Poem of Beowulf (Kemble 1837).pdf]] * [[Index:The Worm Ouroboros - 1922.djvu]] * [[Index:Sir Gawain and the Green Knight - Tolkien and Gordon - 1925.djvu]] * [[Index:Tolkien - A middle English Vocabulary.djvu]] * [[Index:Fourteenth_Century_Verse_and_Prose_-_Sisam_-_1921.djvu]] * [[Index:The Review of English Studies Vol 1.djvu]] ====Games, Tabletop, Wargame, Military, RPG, Videogame, etc.==== * [[Index:An account of the organization of the army of the United States (IA orgzofthearmyusa01robirich).pdf]], Volume 1 * [[Index:An account of the organization of the army of the United States (IA orgofthearmyusa01robirich).pdf]], Volume 2 * [[Index:Military and naval America (IA militaryandnaval00kerriala).pdf]] * [[Index:Routine book, including general features of organization, administration, and ordinary station bills (IA routinebookinclu00belk).pdf]] * [[Index:The Yankee navy (IA yankeenavy00mass).pdf]] * [[Index:The Yankee mining squadron; or, Laying the North sea mine barrage (IA yankeeminingsqua00belk).pdf]] * [[Index:779th Radar Squadron (ADC) Opheim AFS Montana New Personnel Brochure 1973.pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/ancientmodernshi00holmuoft/ Ancient and Modern Ships: Part I] * [https://archive.org/details/sailingshipsstor00chatuoft/ Sailing ships : the story of their development from earliest times to the present day] * [[Index:The British navy (IA cu31924030756146).pdf]] * [[Index:Ships of the Royal Navy (IA shipsofroyalnavy00park).pdf]] * [[Index:The British Navy from within (IA britishnavyfromw00exrorich).pdf]] * [[Index:The British navy in battle (IA britishnavyinbat00poll).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/popularhistoryof00kinguoft/ A Popular history of the British Navy from the earliest times to the present] * [[Index:The Royal Navy (IA cu31924028018574).pdf]] * [[Index:The German army in war (IA germanarmyinwar00atterich).pdf]] * [[Index:Handbook on German army identification (IA handbookongerman02unit).pdf]] * [[Index:The war book of the German general staff; being "the usages of war on land" issued by the great general staff of the German army; (IA warbookofgermang00newyiala).pdf]] * [[Index:The German army. Department of military art, the Army service schools (IA germanarmydepart00bjorrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Notes on field fortifications (IA notesonfieldfort00armyrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Military organization of the United States (IA militaryorganiza00comm).pdf]] * [[Index:Army and Navy Uniforms and Insignia (Williams, 1918, armynavyuniforms00will).pdf]] * [[Index:Military and naval recognition book; a handbook on the organization, insignia of rank, and customs of the service of the world's important armies and navies (IA militarynavalrec00bunkrich).pdf]], 1st Edition * [[Index:Military and naval recognition book, a handbook on the organization, insignia of rank, and customs of the service of the world's important armies and navies (IA recognitionmilitary00bunkrich).pdf]], 2nd Edition * [[Index:Orders, decorations and insignia, military and civil; with the history and romance of their origin and a full description of each (IA ordersdecoration00wyllrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Military Organization and Administration (Collins, 1918, militaryorganiza00colluoft).pdf]] * [[Index:Organization; how armies are formed for war (IA organizationhowa00fostiala).pdf]] * [[Index:Company administration - preparation, disposition, and filing of company records, reports, and returns (IA c00ompanyadministrunitrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Dungeons & Dragons System Reference Document.pdf]] * [[Index:John Banks Wilson - Maneuver and Firepower (1998).djvu]] * [[Index:FM-34-45-Tactics-Techniques-and-Procedures-for-Electronic-Attack.pdf]] * [[Index:Fm100-2-3 - The Soviet Army, Troops, Organization, and Equipment.pdf]] * [[Index:United States Army Field Manual 3-13 Information Operations.djvu]] ====Asia==== * [[Index:The development of religion in Japan (IA developmentofrel00knoxrich).pdf]] * [[Index:The religions of Japan - from the dawn of history to the era of Méiji - by William Elliott Griffis (IA religionsofjapan00grifrich).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/japanaccountgeog00macfuoft/ Japan] * [https://archive.org/details/ost-art-japaneseart00hartuoft/ Japanese Art] * [[Index:Old and new Japan (IA oldnewjapan00hollrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Japan as it was and is. (IA japanasitwasis00hild 0).pdf]] * [[Index:The Japanese empire- its physical, political, and social condition and history; with details of the late American and British expeditions (IA japaneseempireit01kemi 0).pdf]] * [[Index:The Japanese empire and its economic conditions (IA japaneseempireit00daut).pdf]] * [[Index:The present state of the medical administration of the Japanese empire (IA presentstateofme00japaiala).pdf]] * [[Index:Japan - its architecture, art, and art manufactures (IA japanitsarchitec00dres 0).pdf]] * [[Index:China, Japan and Korea (IA chinajapankorea00blan).pdf]] * [[Index:Korea (IA korea00coul).pdf]] * [[Index:Quaint Korea (IA quaintkorea00milnrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Korean folk tales- imps, ghosts and fairies (IA koreanfolktalesi00impaiala).pdf]] * [[Index:Kaempfer History of Japan 1727 vol 2 (IA historyofjapangi02kaem).pdf]] * [[Index:Kaempfer History of Japan 1727 vol 1 (IA historyofjapangi01kaem).pdf]] * [[Index:A dissertation on the theology of the Chinese, - with a view to the elucidation of the most appropriate term for expressing the Diety in the Chinese language. (IA dissertationonth00medhrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Abstract of four lectures on Buddhist literature in China - delivered at University college, London (IA cu31924023158607).pdf]] * [[Index:Index:The Chinese Classics - Legge - 2nd ed - 1893 - Vol 1.djvu]] * [[Index:Synoptical studies in the Chinese character (1874).djvu]] * [[Index:Elementary Chinese - San Tzu Ching (1900).djvu]] * [[Index:An Anglo-Chinese vocabulary of the Ningpo dialect.djvu]] * [[Index:Easy sentences in the Hakka dialect.pdf]] * [[Index:A dictionary of the Hakka dialect.pdf]] * [[Index:A Chinese-English Dictionary Hakka-dialect.pdf]] * [[Index:Nestorian Monument - Carus.djvu]] * [[Index:An alphabetical index to the Chinese encyclopaedia.pdf]] * [[Index:Sun Tzu on The art of war.djvu]] * [[Index:A Chinese Biographical Dictionary.djvu]] * [[Index:Pekinese Rhymes (G. Vitale, 1896).djvu]] * [[Index:Chinese Life in the Tibetan Foothills.djvu]] * [[Index:California Digital Library (IA dictionaryofhokk00medhrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Excellent ancient adages, together with notes on the writings of Chinese romanized in the Hokkien dialect.djvu]] * [[Index:Essays on the Chinese Language (1889).djvu]] * [[Index:A short history of China; an account for the general reader of an ancient empire and people (IA sh00orthistoryofchboulrich).pdf]], 1st Edition * [[Index:A short history of China; an account for the general reader of an ancient empire and people (IA shorthistoryofch00boulrich).pdf]], 2nd Edition * [[Index:A history of China from the earliest days down to the present (IA cu31924091024392).pdf]] * [[Index:The unveiled East (IA unveiledeast00mcke).pdf]] * [[Index:Letters from the Far East (IA lettersfromfarea00evan).pdf]] * [[Index:China and the Far East (IA chinafareast00blak).pdf]] * [[Index:China and the Far East, 1889-99 - contribution toward a bibliography (IA cu31924023967734).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/gpl_1856272/ The Morals of Confucius, 1691] * [[Index:California Digital Library (IA chinesenovelstra00davirich).pdf|Chinese novels, translated from the originals]] * [[Index:Notes on Chinese literature (IA notesonchineseli00wyli).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/chunsilinghistor00londiala/ Chun and Si-Ling] * [[Index:The Far East (IA fareast00litt).pdf]] * [[Index:The Provinces of China, together with a history of the first year of H.I.M. Hsuan Tung, and an account of the government of China .. (IA provincesofchina00bruciala).pdf]] * [[Index:The Ceremonial Usages of the Chinese, B. C. 1121- Being an Abridgement of the Chow Le Classic (IA ceremonialusage00hugoog).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/civilizationofch00gileiala/ The Civilization of China] * [[Index:A general view of Chinese civilization and of the relations of the West with China (IA generalviewofchi00laffrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Sidelights on Chinese Life (sidelightsonchin00macg, 1907, MacGowan).pdf]] * [[Index:A history of Chinese literature - Giles.djvu]] * [[Index:Notable women of modern China (IA notablewomenofmo00burt).pdf]] * [[Index:The education of women in Japan (IA educationofwomen00burt).pdf]] * [[Index:The education of girls in China (IA educationofgirls00lewi).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/chinesetheireduc00martiala/ The Chinese: their education, philosophy, and letters] * [[Index:The lore of Cathay - or, The intellect of China (IA loreofcathayorin00martrich).pdf]] * [[Index:China's only hope - an appeal (IA chinasonlyhopeap00zhan).pdf]] * [[Index:The Chinese Empire. A General & Missionary Survey.djvu]] * [https://archive.org/details/educationofwomen00burtuoft/ The Education of Women in China] * [[Index:Modern education in China (IA moderneducationi00tang).pdf]] * [[Index:The educational system of China as recently reconstructed (IA educationalsyste00king).pdf]] * [[Index:The Chinese system of public education (IA chinesesystemop00kuop).pdf]] * [[Index:Chinese education from the western viewpoint (IA chineseeducation00yens).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/sihialanguage27lauf/ The Si-hia Language] * [https://archive.org/details/chinahistoryofla01grayuoft/ China: a History of the Laws, Manners and Customs of the People, Volume 1] * [[Index:China - a history of the laws, manners and customs of the people (IA chinahistoryofla02grayuoft).pdf]], Volume 2 * [[Index:On & off duty in Annam (IA onoffdutyinannam00vassiala).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/storieslegendsof00chiv/ Stories and Legends of Annam] * [[Index:Vietnamese Song Book (U.S. Army Language School, 1961).pdf]] * [[Index:Indo-China and its primitive people (IA indochinaitsprim00baud).pdf]] * [[Index:The persecutions of Annam; a history of Christianity in Cochin China and Tonking (IA persecutionsofan00shoriala).pdf]] * [[Index:The French in Tonkin and South China (IA frenchintonkinso00cunn).pdf]] * [[Index:Tonkin, or, France in the Far East (IA cu31924023040581).pdf]] * [[Index:Tungking (IA cu31924088799386).pdf]] * [[Index:France and Tongking; a narrative of the campaign of 1884 and the occupation of Further India (IA francetongkingna01scot 0).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/warintongkingwh00staugoog/ The War in Tong-king] * [[Index:The political ideas of modern Japan (IA politicalideasof00kawarich).pdf]] * [[Index:Studies in Vietnamese (Annamese) grammar (Emeneau).pdf]] * [[Index:The Corean government- constitutional changes, July 1894 to October 1895. With an appendix on subsequent enactments to 30th June 1896 (IA cu31924023425063).pdf]] * [[Index:The history of that great and renowned monarchy of China. Wherein all the particular provinces are accurately described- as also the dispositions, manners, learning, lawes, militia (IA historyofthatgre00seme).pdf]] * [[Index:Code of Gentoo Laws (1776, codeofgentoolaws00halh, Halhed).djvu]] * [[Index:Ancient China, The Shoo King or the Historical Classic (Ancientchinashoo00confuoft, Medhurst, 1846).djvu]] * [[Index:Chinese Moral Maxims - Davis - 1823.djvu]] * [[Index:Transactions of the Royal Asiatic Society - Volume 1.djvu]] * [[Index:Transactions of the Royal Asiatic Society - Volume 2.djvu]] * [[Index:Transactions of the Royal Asiatic Society - Volume 3.djvu]] * [[Index:Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland 1864-65.pdf]] * [[Index:The Chinese Repository - Volume 01.djvu]] * [[Index:An Ainu-English-Japanese dictionary (including a grammar of the Ainu language).djvu]] * [[Index:How Many Independent Rice Vocabularies in Asia?.pdf]] * [[Index:A Grammar of the Chinese Language (grammarofchinese00morr 1, Morrison, 1815).pdf]] * [[Index:Ta Tsing Leu Lee; Being, The Fundamental Laws, and a Selections from the Supplementary Statutes, of the Penal Code of China.djvu]] * [[Index:Dictionary of the Swatow dialect.djvu]] * [[Index:Chinese miscellany; consisting of original extracts from Chinese authors, in the native character; with translations and philological remarks (IA b22009450).pdf]] * [[Index:Translations from the Original Chinese, with Notes (translationsfrom00morruoft, 1815).djvu]] ====Manuscripts==== * [[Index:BL Cotton MS Nero A x (art. 3).pdf]] * [[Index:BL Cotton MS Nero D IV.djvu]] * [[Index:BL Cotton MS Julius A II.djvu]] * [[Index:BL Cotton MS Julius A VII.djvu]] * [[Index:BL Cotton MS Vitellius A XV.djvu]] ==== North Carolina ==== * [[Index:Reconstruction in North Carolina (IA cu31924028788664).pdf]], 1st Edition * [[Index:Reconstruction in North Carolina .. (IA reconstructionin00hami).pdf]], 2nd Edition * [[Index:Official history of the 120th Infantry "3rd North Carolina" 30th Division, from August 5, 1917, to April 17, 1919 - canal sector, Ypres-Lys offensive, Somme offensive (IA officialhistoryowalk).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/accountofprovinc00wils/ An Account of the Province of Carolina in America] * [https://archive.org/details/fundamentalconst00caro/ The Fundamental Constitutions of Carolina] * [[Index:University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill (IA govwilliamtryon00hayw).pdf]], Governor William Tryon, and his administration in the province of North Carolina * [[Index:The Moravians in North Carolina - an authentic history (IA moraviansinnorth00reic).pdf]] * [[Indes:History of Wachovia in North Carolina; the Unitas fratrum or Moravian church in North Carolina during a century and a half, 1752-1902 (IA historyofwachovi00clew).pdf]] * [[Index:History of the University of North Carolina (IA historyofunivers00batt).pdf]] * [[Index:History of the University of North Carolina (IA historyofunivers02batt).pdf]] * [[Index:Laws of the University of North-Carolina (1800, lawsofuniversityuniv1799).djvu]] * [[Index:Report of the Tax Commission to Governor Angus Wilton McLean, 1927.pdf]] * [[Index:Regulations for the North Carolina National Guard, 1907.pdf]] * [[Index:Reminiscences of Randolph County - Blair - 1890.djvu]] * [[Index:West Chowan Baptist Messenger, Volume 1 - Issue 4.pdf]] * [[Index:Revised Statutes of the State of North Carolina - Volume 1.djvu]] * [[Index:Session Laws of North Carolina, April, 1777.pdf]] * [[Index:A bibliography of North Carolina, 1589-1956 - 1958.djvu]] * [[Index:The Asheboro Courier, Volume IX, No. 26.pdf]] * [[Index:The North Carolina Historical Review - Volume 1, Number 1.pdf]] * [[Index:1751 A collection of all the public acts of Assembly, of the province of North-Carolina now in force and use.pdf]] * [[Index:North Carolina Manual (1874).pdf]] * [[Index:NC-Register-Volume-01-Issue-01.pdf]] == Series/Periodicals/Journals == * [[Science (journal)]] * [[The China Review]] * [[Amazing Stories]] * [[The Chinese Repository]] * [[Federal Register]] * [[Weird Tales]] * [[The Journal of Religion]] * [[Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society]] * [[Journal of Classical and Sacred Philology]] * [[Journal of Germanic Philology]] * [[Journal of English and Germanic Philology]] * [[Southern Historical Society Papers]] * [[Archaeologia]] * [[Portal:The Review of English Studies|The Review of English Studies]] * [[Archaeological Journal]] * [[National Geographic Magazine]] * [[Classical World]] * [[The International Socialist Review (1900-1918)]] * [[Loeb Classical Library]] * [[West Chowan Baptist Messenger]], in case more issues show up. * [[The Courier]] * [[North Carolina Historical Review]] == Copyright books, bibliographies, etc. == * [[Catalog of Copyright Entries]] * [[Index:A bibliography of North Carolina, 1589-1956 - 1958.djvu]] == Authors I'm working on / might work on == * [[author:John Ronald Reuel Tolkien|John Ronald Reuel Tolkien]] * [[author:Alexander Ross|Alexander Ross]] * [[Author:George Lyman Kittredge|George Lyman Kittredge]] * [[Author:Frank Johnson Goodnow|Frank Johnson Goodnow]] * [[Author:Frank Frost Abbott|Frank Frost Abbott]] * [[Author:John Bagnell Bury|John Bagnell Bury]] * [[Author:Edwin Charles Clark|Edwin Charles Clark]] * [[Author:James Muirhead (1831-1889)|James Muirhead]] * [[Author:Edward Poste|Edward Poste]] * [[Author:James Young Simpson|James Young Simpson]] * [[Author:Francis Ellingwood Abbot|Francis Ellingwood Abbot]] == WikiProjects == * [[Wikisource:WikiProject North Carolina|WikiProject North Carolina]] * [[Wikisource:WikiProject Socialism|WikiProject Socialism]] * [[Wikisource:WikiProject Chinese|WikiProject Chinese]] == Other == * Created the [[Template:PD-Nauru]] for Nauruan works == Other Accounts == * https://www.openstreetmap.org/user/Reboot01 == Scripts and Tools and things == *[[/Sandbox/]] *[[/common.js/]] *[[/common.css/]] *[[/CustomToolbarAdditions.js/]] {{rule}} {{rule}} {{-}} 9710bhnixo20pb7v7dboddhl0npj0wl 14129740 14129732 2024-04-25T19:22:56Z Reboot01 2805164 /* Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{userpage}} {{User:Reboot01/Userboxes}} Primary interests; Linguistics, Ancient Rome + Byzantine Studies, Latin, Africa, The Gambia, Law, North Carolina, the East Asian Cultural Sphere, South East Asia, Theology/Mythology/Religious Studies, Alchemy, Magic, Occult, etc., Calligraphy, Paleography, Political Science, Economics, Socialism/Anarchism/Marxism and etc. (List is not in any particular order) Feel free to contact me on my user talk page, or at the WikiSource Discord, reboot01! == Currently working on/Want to have time to work on == === Projects === * [[Wikisource:WikiProject North Carolina/North Carolina Bibliography (1589-1956)|Sub-Project North Carolina Bibliography (1589-1956)]] === Indexes === * [[Index:The Criterion - Volume 1.djvu]] * [[Index:The Criterion - Volume 4.djvu]] * [[Index:Lltreaties-ustbv001.pdf]] * [[Index:The anatomy of melancholy - vvhat it is, vvith all the kindes, causes, symptomes, prognostickes, and severall cures of it - in three maine partitions with their seuerall sections (IA anatomyofmelanch00burt 2).pdf]] ====Reference Works, Dictionaries, Ecyclopedias, Language etc,==== * [[Index:A grammar of the Mandingo language- with vocabularies (IA grammarofmanding00macb).pdf]] * [[Index:Modern English - its growth and present use (IA modernenglishits00krap).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/englishlanguagei0000geor/ The English Language in America, Volume 1] * [https://archive.org/details/englishlanguagei0002geor/ The English Language in America, Volume 2] * [[Index:The American language; an inquiry into the development of English in the United States (IA americanlanguage00menc 0).pdf]], 3rd edition * [[Index:The American Language.djvu]] * [[Index:American English (IA americanenglish00tuck).pdf]] * [[Index:A key into the language of America- or, An help to the language of the natives in that part of America, called New-England. - Together, with briefe observations of the customes (IA keyintolanguageo00will 0).pdf]] * [[Index:File:A grammar of the Malagasy language, in the Ankova dialect (IA grammarofmalagas00grifrich).pdf]] * [[Index:An introduction to the study of the Maya hieroglyphs (IA introductiontost00morl 0).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/grammarofoscanum00buckuoft/ A Grammar of Oscan and Umbrian] * [[Index:Pronunciation of Latin in the Augustan period (IA pronunciationofl00cambrich).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/childrensliterat0000curr/ Children's Literature] * [[Index:Rudiments of Grammar for the English-Saxon Tongue (Elstob 1715).djvu]] * [[Index:An Icelandic-English Dictionary - Cleasby & Vigfusson - 1874.djvu]] * [[Index:Encyclopædia Britannica, first edition - Volume I, A-B.pdf]] * [[Index:Encyclopædia Britannica, first edition - Volume II, C-L.pdf]] * [[Index:Encyclopædia Britannica, first edition - Volume III, M-Z.pdf]] * [[Index:Jewish Encyclopedia Volume 1.pdf]] * [[Index:Catholic Encyclopedia, volume 1.djvu]] * [[Index:Pantographia - Fry - 1799.djvu]] * [[Index:A practical grammar of the Hebrew language - Felsenthal - 1868.djvu]] * [[Index:The grammar of English grammars.djvu]] * [[Index:The Brasilian language and its agglutination.pdf]] * [[Index:AnEssayTowardsARealCharacterAndAPhilosophicalLanguage.pdf]] * [[Index:A Universal Alphabet, Grammar, and Language (universalalphabe00edmo, George Edmunds, 1856) (IA universalalphabe00edmo).pdf]] ====Theology, Spirituality, Occult, Mythology, old science and medicine etc.==== * [[Index:The Preaching of Islam, by T. W. Arnold; 1935.djvu]] * [[Index:A contribution to the comparative study of the medieval visions of heaven and hell (IA contributiontoco01beck).pdf]] * [[Index:Demon possession and allied themes; being an inductive study of phenomena of our own times (IA demonpossessiona00neviiala).pdf]] * [[Index:Devil Worship.djvu]] * [https://archive.org/details/heavenhellincomp0000kohl/ Heaven and hell in comparative religion] * [https://archive.org/details/diabolologyperso1890jewe/ Diabolology] * [[Index:Irish witchcraft and demonology (IA irishwitchcraftd00seymrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Demonology and devil-lore (IA demonologydevill00conw).pdf]] * [[Index:Demonology and devil-lore (IA demonologydevill00conw2).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/storyofworldswor00dobbuoft/ Story of the World's Worship] * [https://archive.org/details/moonlore00harl/ Moon Lore] * [[Index:Witch-Cult in Western Europe (1921).djvu]] * [https://archive.org/details/womansshareinpri00maso/ Woman's Share in Primitive Culture] * [[Index:Germanic origins (IA germanicorigins00gumm).pdf]] * [[Index:Woman, church and state- a historical account of the status of woman through the Christian ages- with reminiscences of matriarchate - (IA womanchurchstate00gagerich).pdf]] * [[Index:The Golden Bough (1922).djvu]] * [[Index:Myths and myth-makers- old tales and superstitions interpreted by comparative mythology (IA mythsandmythmake00fiskiala).pdf]] * [[Index:Researches in prehistoric and protohistoric comparative philology, mythology, and archæology, in connection with the origin of culture in America and the Accad or Sumerian families (IA researchesinpreh00clar).pdf]] * [[Index:The material culture and social institutions of the simpler peoples; an essay in correlation (IA materialcultures00hobhrich).pdf]] * [[Index:An introduction to the science of comparative mythology and folklore (IA cu31924029075328).pdf]] * [[Index:Fecundity, fertility, sterility, and allied topics (IA cu31924030410801).pdf]], 1st Edition * [[Index:Fecundity, fertility, sterility and allied topics (IA b21778176).pdf]], 2nd Edition * [https://archive.org/details/thesixdaysofcrea00lewsuoft/ The Six Days of Creation] * [[Index:The chemical history of the six days of creation (IA cu31924029284399).pdf]] * [[Index:The Catholic's ready answer; a popular vindication of Christian beliefs and practices against the attacks of modern criticism (IA catholicsreadyan00hill).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/commentaryonbibl00peak/ A commentary on the Bible] * [[Index:The Bible and astronomy; (IA bibleastronomy00kurt).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/sunloreofallages00olco/ Sun Lore of All Ages] * [[Index:An account of the life and writings of S. Irenæus (IA accountoflifewri00beav).pdf]] * [[Index:The gnostic heresies of the first and second centuries (IA gnosticheresieso00mansrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Aryan sun-myths the origin of religions; (IA aryansunmythsori00titcrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Mosaicall philosophy - grounded upon the essentiall truth or eternal sapience (IA mosaicallphiloso00flud).pdf]] * [[Index:The history of four-footed beasts and serpents. (IA historyoffourfoo00tops).pdf]] * [[Index:The historie of foure-footed beastes (1607).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/immortalityunsee0000unse/ Immortality and the Unseen World] * [[Index:Angelology.. (IA angelology00clay).pdf]] * [[Index:Angelology-.. (IA angelology00mcca).pdf]] * [[Index:Medical Heritage Library (IA b30330610).pdf]], Blagraves astrological practice of physick * [[Index:Books from the Library of Congress (IA theologicalpropd03scha).pdf]], Theological propædeutic; a general introduction to the study of theology * [[Index:Anatomical texts of the earlier middle ages; a study in the transmission of culture (1927).djvu]] * [[Index:Books from the Biodiversity Heritage Library (IA mobot31753000703782).pdf]], Paradisi in sole paradisus terrestris * [[Index:The philosophy of witchcraft (IA philosophyofwitc00mitciala).pdf]] * [[Index:Medical Heritage Library (IA b30529906).pdf]], The compleat wizzard * [[Index:A commentary on the Holy Bible (1909) (IA commentaryonholy01dumm).pdf]] * [[Index:The Christian Book of concord, or, Symbolical books of the Evangelical Lutheran Church; comprising the three chief symbols, the unaltered Augsburg confession, the Apology (IA christianbookofc00luth).pdf]], 1st edition, 1851 * [[Index:The Christian Book of concord = or, Symbolical books of the Evangelical Lutheran Church - comprising the three chief symbols, the unaltered Augsburg confession, the Apology (IA christianbookofc00henk).pdf]], 2nd edition 1854 * [[Index:A Complete System of Christian Theology (Wakefield, 1869, completesystemof0000wake).pdf]] * [[Index:Outline studies in Genesis (IA outlinestudiesin00russ).pdf]] * [[Index:Studies on the book of Genesis (IA studiesonbookof00prat).pdf]] * [[Index:The tabernacle - or the Gospel according to Moses (IA tabernacleorgosp00junk).pdf]] * [[Index:The Tabernacle; its history and structure (IA tabernacleitshis00cald).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/primevalrevelati00jone/ Primeval Revelation: Studies in Genesis] * [https://archive.org/details/messagesformorni00trum/ Messages for the Morning Watch: Devotional Studies in Genesis] * [https://archive.org/details/beginningsofhebr00cole/ The Beginnings of the Hebrew People: Studies in the Book of Genesis] * [[Index:A Jewish Interpretation of the Book of Genesis (Morgenstern, 1919, jewishinterpreta00morg).pdf]] * [[Index:A commentary upon the first book of Moses called Genesis (IA cuponfi00patr).pdf]], 3rd edition * [[Index:A commentary upon the first book of Moses, called Genesis (IA comfi00patr).pdf]], 2nd edition, missing pages * [[Index:The law of Moses (IA lawofmoses00navi).pdf]] * The covenant of nature made with Adam described {{esl|https://archive.org/details/covenantofnature00pync/}} * [[Index:The history and philosophy of Judaism (IA historyphilosoph00shawiala).pdf]] * [[Index:Intermediate types among primitive folk- a study in social evolution (IA cu31924021843986).pdf]] * [[Index:Christianity and sex problems (IA cu31924021843259).pdf]] * [[Index:Source book for social origins; ethnological materials, psychological standpoint, classified and annotated bibliographies for the interpretation of savage society (IA sourcebookforsoc00thomiala).pdf]] * [[Index:Sex and society; studies in the social psychology of sex (IA sexsocietystudie00thom).pdf]] * [[Index:Man and woman (electronic resource) - a study of human secondary sexual characters (IA b20410761).pdf]] * [[Index:An introduction to systematic philosophy (IA introductiontosy00marv).pdf]] * [[Index:An introduction to philosophy (IA introductiontoph00flet).pdf]] * [[Index:Book of Mormon (1830, bookofmormonacco1830smit).pdf]] * [[Index:Indago astrologica- or a brief and modest enquiry into some principal points of astrology (IA b30333519).pdf]] * [[Index:An encyclopaedia of occultism a compendium of information on the occult sciences, occult personalities, psychic science, magic, demonology, spiritism and mysticism.djvu]] * [[Index:The long lost friend, or, Faithful & Christian instructions (0223252.nlm.nih.gov ,John George Hohman, 1850).djvu]] * [[Index:Summa Theologica (2nd rev. ed.) - Volume 1.djvu]] * [[Index:The abridgment of Christian divinitie.djvu]] * [[Index:Alcoran of Mahomet 1649.djvu]] * [[Index:A dictionary of Islam.djvu]] * [[Index:Thomas Patrick Hughes - Notes on Muhammadanism - 2ed. (1877).djvu]] * [[Index:The discouerie of witchcraft (1584) (IA b30337367).djvu]] * [[Index:The Mirror of Alchimy (1597, mirrorofalchimy00baco).djvu]] * [[Index:The history of Witchcraft and demonology.djvu]] * [[Index:Three Books of Occult Philosophy (De Occulta Philosophia) (1651).djvu]] * [[Index:The Magus, or Celestial Intelligencer - Barrett - 1801.djvu]] * [[Index:St Augustine Of the Citie of God.pdf]] * [[Index:1582 Rhemes New Testament.pdf]] * [[Index:The Holy Bible (LSV).pdf]] * [[Index:Batman upon Bartolome.djvu]] * [[Index:An analysis of the Egyptian mythology- to which is subjoined, a critical examination of the remains of Egyptian chronology (IA b29350074).pdf]] * [[Index:Phenomenology of Mind vol 1.djvu]] * [[Index:Phenomenology of Mind vol 2.djvu]] ====Economic/Social studies/History/Law==== * [[Index:A manual of elementary law (IA cu31924018811376).pdf]] * [[Index:Principles of American state administration, by John Mabry Mathews. (IA principlesofamer00math).pdf]] * [[Index:Lectures on Slavonic law, being the Ilchester lectures for the year 1900; (IA cu31924022021566).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/idealsofamericaa00city/ Ideals of America] * [https://archive.org/details/americanpolitica00merriala/ American political ideas; studies in the development of American political thought 1865-1917] * [https://archive.org/details/americanthoughtf00rilerich/ American thought: from Puritanism to pragmatism] * [https://archive.org/details/cu31924007488954/ The foundations of American foreign policy] * [https://archive.org/details/cu31924031446465/ Liberty, Union and Democracy, The National Ideas of America] * [https://archive.org/details/nationalgovernme00kimbrich/ The national government of the United States] * [https://archive.org/details/sociallawsagenci00unse/ Social laws and agencies of North Carolina] * [https://archive.org/details/americanidealsot0000unse/ American ideals, and other essays, social and political] * [https://archive.org/details/americanismwhati00hillrich/ Americanism, what it is] * [https://archive.org/details/americanizationp00talb/ Americanization] * [https://archive.org/details/americanismwhati00hill/ Americanism, what it is] * [https://archive.org/details/ourdualgovernmen00broo/ Our dual government, studies in Americanism for young people] * [https://archive.org/details/everydayamerican00canbrich/ Everyday Americans] * [https://archive.org/details/manualofamerican00hopk/ A manual of American ideas] * [https://archive.org/details/americandemocrac01form/ The American democracy, 1920] * [https://archive.org/details/americandemocrac00form/ The American Democracy, 1921, 2nd Printing] * [[Index:A selected bibliography and syllabus of the history of the South, 1584-1876 (IA selectedbibliogr00boydrich).pdf]] * [[Index:The history of Dahomy, an inland kingdom of Africa (IA b28764808).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/ethnologyofakamb00hobluoft/ Ethnology of A-Kamba and other East African Tribes] * [https://archive.org/details/africapastpresen00mois/ Africa: Past and Present] * [https://archive.org/details/soulofbantusympa00will_0/ The Soul of the Bantu] * [https://archive.org/details/historyofislando00copl/ A History of the Island of Madagascar] * [https://archive.org/details/madagascarhistor01oliv/ Madagascar, Vol. 1] * [https://archive.org/details/madagascarhistor02oliv/ Madagascar, Vol. 2] * [https://archive.org/details/b31516993/ The Antananarivo annual and Madagascar magazine] * [[Index:Neighborhood entertainments (IA cu31924014493542).pdf]] * [[Index:Rural community organization (IA ruralcommunityor00haye).pdf]] * [[Index:Community organization (IA communityorganiz00hartiala).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/communityorganiz00stei/ Community Organization: A Study of its Current Theory and Practice] * [[Index:The little democracy, a text-book on community organization (IA littledemocracyt00clar).pdf]] * [[Index:The country church and community cooperation (IA countrychurchcom00israrich).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/lancasteryorkcen01rams/ Lancaster and York, Volume 1] * [[Index:Lancaster and York; a century of English history (A.D. 1399-1485) (IA cu31924088011436).pdf]], Volume 2 * [[Index:The houses of Lancaster and York, with the conquest and loss of France; (IA housesoflancaste01gair).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/warsofroses00mowauoft/ The Wars of the Roses] * [[Index:Wales and the wars of the Roses (IA waleswarsofroses00evanrich).pdf]] * [[Index:English towns in the wars of the Roses (IA englishtownsinwa00wins).pdf]] * [[Index:Municipal government in Ireland - medieval & modern (IA municipalgovernm00webbrich).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/mindfaceofbolshe0000unse/ The Mind and Face of Bolshevism] * [[Index:Men of the old stone age, their environment, life and art (IA menofoldstoneage00osborich).pdf]] * [[Index:The English in the middle ages; from the Norman usurpation to the days of the Stuarts. Their mode of life, dress, arms, occupations, and amusements. As illustrated in the British Museum (IA englishinmiddlea00hodg).pdf]] * [[Index:Arms and armour in antiquity and the middle ages - also a descriptive notice of modern weapons (IA b24865990).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/armourweapons00ffouuoft/ Armour & Weapons] * [https://archive.org/details/treatiseonancien00grosrich/ A treatise on ancient armour and weapons] * [[Index:An illustrated history of arms and armour from the earliest period to the present time (IA illustratedhisto00demmrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Germany in the later Middle Ages, 1200-1500 (IA germanyinlatermi00stub).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/socialismofchris00bierrich/ Socialism of Christ] * [https://archive.org/details/ayliffejuriscanonici/ Parergon Juris Canonici Anglicani] * [[Index:Voluntary socialism; a sketch (IA voluntarysociali00tandrich).pdf]], 2nd edition * [https://archive.org/details/voluntarysocial01tandgoog/ Voluntary Socialism, 1st Edition] * [[Index:The Effects of Civilisation on the People in European States.djvu]] * [[Index:Trade unionism in the United States (IA cu31924013988195).pdf]] * [[Index:A history of trade unionism in the United States (IA historyoftradeun00perliala).pdf]] * [[Index:Communism in America; (IA communisminameri00jamerich).pdf]] * [[Index:California Digital Library (IA communistsocieties00nordrich).pdf]], The Communistic Societies of the United States * ''History of American Socialisms'' {{esl|https://archive.org/details/historyofamerica00innoye/page/14/mode/2up}} * [[Index:On labour, its wrongful claims and rightful dues, its actual present and possible future (IA onlabouritswrong00thor).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/developmentofeur0000smit/ The Development of European Law] * [[Index:The Art of War in the Middle Ages (Chadwick, 1885, artofwarinmiddle00omanuoft).pdf]] * [[Index:The History of the Isle of Man (1780, historyofisleofm00dubl).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm Vol 1 (1101-1377).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm Vol 2 (1377-1509).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm Vol 3 (1509-47).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm Vol 4, Part 1 (1547-84).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm Vol 4, Part 2 (1586-1625).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm Vol 5 (1628-80).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm Vol 6 (1685-94).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm Vol 7 (1695-1701).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm Vol 8 (1702-7).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm Vol 9 (1708-13).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm (Alphabetical Index).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm (Chronological Index).pdf]] * [[Index:The Laws and Acts of Parliament of Scotland.djvu]] * [[Index:An introduction to the study of the middle ages (375-814) (IA introductiontost00emer).pdf]] * [[Index:Villainage in England; essays in English mediaeval history (IA cu31924024908356).pdf]] * [[Index:Law and politics in the middle ages, with a synoptic table of sources (IA cu31924030432532).pdf]] * [[Index:De republica Anglorum. The maner of gouernement or policie of the realme of England, compiled by the honorable sir Thomas Smyth .. (IA ita-bnc-mag-00002562-001).pdf]] * [[Index:A Lexicon of Medieval Nordic Law (OBP.0188, 2020).pdf]] * [[Index:Runic and heroic poems of the old Teutonic peoples.djvu]] * [[Index:The riddles of the Exeter book (IA riddlesofexeterb00tupp).pdf]] * [[Index:The Law of the Westgoths - tr. Bergin - 1906.djvu]] * [[Index:Laws of the Earliest English Kings.djvu]] * [[Index:George Philips, Lex parliamentaria (1st ed, 1690).pdf]] * [[Index:German Social Democracy - Six Lectures by Bertrand Russell.djvu]] * [[Index:The ego and his own (IA egohisown00stiriala).pdf]] * [[Index:The International Socialist Review (1900-1918), Vol. 1, Issue 1.pdf]] * [[Index:The Jungle (1906).djvu]] * [[Index:Indian currency and finance (IA indiancurrencyfi00keynuoft).djvu]] * [[Index:The Theory of Moral Sentiments.pdf]] * [[Index:Treatise on Probability, Keynes, 1921.djvu]] * [[Index:Karl Marx - Wage Labor and Capital - tr. Harriet E. Lothrop (1902).djvu]] * [[Index:Monasticon Anglicanum, or, The history of the ancient abbies, and other monasteries, hospitals, cathedral and collegiate churches in England and Wales. With divers French, Irish (IA monasticonanglic00dugd).pdf]] * [[Index:An introduction to the study of Gothic architecture (IA introductiontost00park 9).pdf]], 1st edition * [[Index:Architecture; an introduction to the history and theory of the art of building (IA architectureintr00leth 0).pdf]] * [[Index:Race distinctions in American Law (IA racedistinctions00stepiala).pdf]] * [[Index:The law of city planning and zoning (IA lawofcityplannin00williala).pdf]] * [[Index:The improvement of towns and cities - or, The practical basis of civic aesthetics (IA improvementoftow00robi 0).pdf]] * [[Index:Modern civic art - or, The city made beautiful (IA moderncivicartor00robi 0).pdf]] * [[Index:A decade of civic development (IA decadeofcivicdev00zueb).pdf]] * [[Index:City planning, with special reference to the planning of streets and lots (IA cu31924064909660).pdf]] * [[Index:Modern city planning and maintenance (IA moderncityplanni00koes).pdf]] * [[Index:City planning; a series of papers presenting the essential elements of a city plan (IA cityplanningseri00noleiala).pdf]] =====Racism, Antisemitism, National Socialism, KKK, Nationalism, Right, etc.===== * [[Index:Sociology for the South - or, The failure of free society (IA sociologyforsout00fitz).pdf]] * [[Index:Cannibals all! or, Slaves without masters (IA cannibalsallorsl00fitz).pdf]] * [[Index:Negro-Mania- Being an Examination of the Falsely Assumed Equality of the Various Races of Men (IA DKC0100).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/outlawsdiary01tormuoft An Outlaw's Diary, Volume 1: Revolution] * [https://archive.org/details/outlawsdiary02tormuoft An Outlaw's Diary, Volume 2: The Commune] * [[Index:Meccania, the super-state (IA meccaniasupersta00greg).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/pangermanleague10000wert/ The Pan-German League] * [[Index:The pan-Germanic doctrine; being a study of German political aims and aspirations (IA pangermanicdoctr00harrrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Pan-germanism, its plans for German expansion in the world (IA pangermanismitsp00andlrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Antisemitism, its history and causes (IA antisemitismitsh00lazaiala).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/thenegroabeastorintheimageofgod/ "The Negro A Beast", Or "In The Image Of God"] * [https://archive.org/details/americannegrodependentdefectivedelinquent/ The American Negro] * [https://archive.org/details/negroamenacetoamericancivilization/ The Negro] * [https://archive.org/details/negrosouthernersproblem/ The Negro: The Southernor's Problem] * [https://archive.org/details/negrocriminality_202001/ Negro Criminality] * [https://archive.org/details/sexualcrimesamongsouthernnegroes/ Sexual Crimes among the Southern Negroes] * [https://archive.org/details/whitesupremacyandnegrosubordination/ White Supremacy and Negro Subordination] * [https://archive.org/details/slaveryasitrela00priegoog/ Slavery, as it Relates to the Negro] * [[Index:Bible Defence of Slavery.djvu]] * [https://archive.org/details/TheRiddleOfTheJewsSuccess/ The Riddle of the Jews Success] * [https://archive.org/details/in.ernet.dli.2015.38804/ Racial Elements Of European History] * [[Index:The International Jew - Volume 1.djvu]] * [[Index:The International Jew - Volume 2.djvu]] * [[Index:The International Jew - Volume 3.djvu]] * [[Index:The International Jew - Volume 4.djvu]] * [https://archive.org/details/italyundermussol0000unse/ Italy under Mussolini] * [https://archive.org/details/romeordeathstory00beal/ Rome or Death! The Story of Fascism] * [https://archive.org/details/odon-por.-fascism-1923_202107/ Fascism, Odon Por] * [https://archive.org/details/fascistmovementi00gorguoft/ The Fascist Movement in Italian Life] * [https://archive.org/details/MyAutobiography/MyAutobiography/ My Autobiography], by Mussolini * [[Index:The ravings of a renegade ; being the War essays of Houston Stewart Chamberlain (IA ravingsofrenegad00chamrich).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/foundationsofnin01cham/ The Foundations of the Nineteenth Century], Volume 1 * [https://archive.org/details/foundationsofnin02cham/ The Foundations of the Nineteenth Century], Volume 2 * [[Index:Decline of the West (Volume 1).djvu]] * [[Index:Decline of the West (Volume 2).djvu]] * [[Index:The Decline of the West.pdf]], combined Volume, 1932 edition * [[Index:The inequality of human races (1915).djvu]] * [[Index:The moral and intellectual diversity of races - with particular reference to their respective influence in the civil and political history of mankind (IA bub gb uRvNQHqLj0kC).pdf]] * [[Index:The passing of the great race; or, The racial basis of European history (IA passingofgreatra01gran).pdf]], 4th Edition * [[Index:The passing of the great race; or, The racial basis of European history (IA cu31924029874330).pdf]], 1st Edition * [[Index:Ku Klux Klan (H.H. Wilson Reference Shelf) (IA kukluxklan00john).pdf]] * [[Index:The Klan unmasked, (IA klanunmasked00simm).pdf]] * [[Index:Catalogue of Official Robes and Banners - Knights of the Ku Klux Klan Incorporated, Atlanta, Georgia (1925) - Catalogueofoffic00kukl.djvu]] * [[Index:The Ku Klux klan- a study of the American mind (IA kukluxklanastudy00meck).pdf]] * [[Index:Papers read at the meeting of Grand dragons, Knights of the Ku Klux Klan at their first- annual meet (IA papersreadatmeet01kukl).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/authentichistor00davi/ Authentic history, Ku Klux Klan, 1865-1877] * [https://archive.org/details/cu31924083530117/ The Ku Klux Klan or Invisible Empire] ==== Ancient Rome/Byzantine Studies/Latin/Classics ==== * [[Index:Roman Africa; an outline of the history of the Roman occupation of North Africa, based chiefly upon inscriptions and monumental remains in that country (IA cu31924028722134).pdf]] * [[Index:An outline of Greek and Roman history, the result of class room work (IA outlineofgreekro00chad).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/the-illustrated-history-of-rome-and-the-roman-empire-1877/ The Illustrated History of Rome And The Roman Empire] * [https://archive.org/details/christianitynati00wooduoft/ Christianity and Nationalism in the Later Roman Empire] * [[Index:The conversion of the Roman empire (IA conversionofrom00meri).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/researchesintohi00ihneuoft/ Researches into the history of the Roman constitution] * [[Index:Traces of Greek philosophy and Roman law in the New Testament (IA cu31924029302423).pdf]] * [[Index:UPenn-Translations and Reprints-vol6.djvu]] * [[Index:History of the city of Rome in the Middle Ages (IA cu31924082161302).pdf]], Volume 1 * [[Index:History of the city of Rome in the Middle Ages (IA cu31924082161344).pdf]], Volume 2 * [[Index:History of the city of Rome in the Middle Ages (IA cu31924082161310).pdf]], Volume 3 * [[Index:History of the city of Rome in the Middle Ages (IA cu31924082161419).pdf]], Volume 4 Part 1 * [https://archive.org/details/p2historyofcityofr04greg/ Volume 4 Part 2] * [[Index:History of the city of Rome in the Middle Ages (IA cu31924082161351).pdf]], Volume 5 Part 1 * [https://archive.org/details/p2historyofcityofr05greg/ Volume 5 Part 2] * [[Index:History of the city of Rome in the Middle Ages (IA cu31924082161369).pdf]], Volume 6 Part 1 * [https://archive.org/details/p2historyofcityo06greguoft/ Volume 6 Part 2] * [[Index:History of the city of Rome in the Middle Ages (IA cu31924082161377).pdf]], Volume 7 Part 1 * [https://archive.org/details/p2historyofcityofr07greg/ Volume 7 Part 2] * [[Index:History of the city of Rome in the Middle Ages (IA cu31924082161385).pdf]], Volume 8 Part 1 * [https://archive.org/details/p2historyofcityofr08greg/ Volume 8 Part 2] * [https://archive.org/details/ancienttownplan00have/ Ancient Town-planning] * [[Index:The Ancient City- A Study on the Religion, Laws, and Institutions of Greece and Rome.djvu]] * [[Index:Physical science in the time of Nero; being a translation of the Quaestiones naturales of Seneca (IA physicalsciencei00seneiala).pdf]] * [[Index:The Roman and the Teuton; a series of lectures delivered before the University of Cambridge (IA romanteutonserie01king).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/byzantineartarch00dalt/ Byzantine Art and Archaeology] * [[Index:The history of Etruria .. (IA historyofetruria01gray).pdf]], Volume 1 * [[Index:The history of Etruria .. (IA historyofetruria02gray).pdf]], Volume 2 * [[Index:The cities and cemeteries of Etruria (IA etruriacitiesand01denniala).pdf]], Volume 1 * [[Index:The cities and cemeteries of Etruria (IA etruriacitiesand02denniala).pdf]], Volume 2 * [[Index:Etruria-Celtica- Etruscan Literature and Antiquities Investigated, in Two Volumes, Vol. I (IA dli.granth.53608).pdf]], Volume 1 * [https://archive.org/details/etruriacelticaet02beth/ Etruria-Celtica] Volume 2 * [https://archive.org/details/etruscanresearch00tayl/ Etruscan Researches] * [[Index:Etruscan inscriptions (IA etruscaninscript00crawrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Etruscan Bologna- a study (IA etruscanbolognas00burtiala).pdf]] * [[Index:Roman imperialism (IA romanimperialism00fran).pdf]] * [[Index:Tacitus and Other Roman Studies.djvu]] * [[Index:A constitutional and political history of Rome, from the earliest times to the reign of Domitian (IA cu31924030431435).pdf]] * [[Index:The development of the Roman constitution (IA developmentofrom00tighrich).pdf]] * [[Index:The Roman era in Britain (IA romanerainbritai00wardiala).pdf]] * [[Index:The Romanization of Roman Britain (IA romanizationofro00haverich).pdf]] * [[Index:Roman roads in Britain (IA romanroadsinbrit00codr).pdf]] * [[Index:The Celt, the Roman, and the Saxon; (IA celtromansaxon00wrig).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/romanfrontierpos0000jame/ A Roman frontier post and its people] * [[Index:Illustrations of Roman London (IA illustrationsofr00smitrich).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/londiniumarchite0000wrle/ Londinium Architecture and the Crafts] * [https://archive.org/details/ourromanhighways00forbuoft/ Our Roman Highways] * [[Index:History of Romulus (IA historyofromulusabbott).pdf]] * [[Index:Varronianus- a critical and historical introduction to the philological study of the Latin language (IA varronianuscriti00don).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/primitiveitalybe0000homo/ Primitive Italy and the beginnings of Roman imperialism] * [https://archive.org/details/stonebronzeagesi00peetuoft/ The stone and bronze ages in Italy and Sicily] * [https://archive.org/details/byzantineempire00foor/ The Byzantine Empire (Edward Foord)] * [[Index:The Byzantine Empire (IA byzantineempire00omanrich).pdf]] * [[Index:A treatise on Byzantine music (IA cu31924022269744).pdf]] * [[Index:The Romane historie (IA romanehistorie00livy).pdf]] * [[Index:The Roman assemblies from their origin to the end of the republic (IA cu31924030431534).pdf]] * [[Index:The imperial civil service of Rome (IA imperialcivilser00matt).pdf]] * [[Index:A handbook of Greek constitutional history (IA handbookofgreekc00gree).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/romeregalrepubli00striuoft/ Rome, Regal and Republican] * [https://archive.org/details/dayinoldromepic00davi/ A Day in Old Rome] * [[Index:The general, civil and military administration of Noricum and Raetia (IA generalcivilmili00peakrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Life and letters in Roman Africa microform (IA lifelettersinrom00boucrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Romae antiquae notitia, or, The antiquities of Rome - in two parts ... - with copper cuts of the principal buildings, etc. - to which are prefix'd two essays (IA romaeantiquaenot00kenn 0).pdf]] * [[Index:A manual of Greek literature - from the earliest authentic periods to the close of the Byzantine era (IA manualgreek00anthrich).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/studentscompanio00midd/ The student's companion to Latin authors] * [[Index:Loeb Classical Library, L001 (1919).djvu]] * A History of the Republic of Rome {{esl|https://archive.org/details/historyofrepubli00bake/}} * [[Index:Philological museum (IA cu31924104094903).pdf]], Volume 1 * [[Index:Philological Museum v2.djvu]] * [[Index:The Journal of Classical and Sacred Philology, Volume 1, 1854.djvu]] * [[Index:The Journal of Classical and Sacred Philology, Volume 2, 1855.djvu]] * [[Index:The Journal of Classical and Sacred Philology, Volume 3, 1857.djvu]] * [[Index:The Journal of Classical and Sacred Philology, Volume 4, 1859.djvu]] * [[Index:Harper's dictionary of classical literature and antiquities (IA cu31924027019482).pdf]] * [[Index:A Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiquities (1842, dictionaryofgree00smit 5).djvu]] * [[Index:The auxilia of the Roman Imperial Army (IA auxiliaofromanim00cheerich).pdf]] * [[Index:Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire (1827) Vol 1.djvu]] * [[Index:The Topography and Monuments of Ancient Rome (1st Ed., Plattner, 1904, topographymonume0000plat v8a2).pdf]] * [[Index:Byzantine Constantinople - the walls of the city and adjoining historical sites (IA byzantineconstan00vanm).pdf]] * A Companion To Latin Studies {{esl|https://archive.org/details/companiontolatin00sand/}} * [[Index:A handbook of Rome and the Campagna (IA handbookofromeca00john 0).pdf]] * [[Index:Stories of ancient Rome (IA storiesofancient00rico).pdf]] * [[Index:Early Rome (IA earlyrome00ihne).pdf]] * [[Index:Men, events, lawyers, politics and politicians of early Rome (IA meneventslawyers00wage).pdf]] * [[Index:State and family in early Rome (IA statefamilyinear00launiala).pdf]] * [[Index:The history of the kings of Rome. With a prefatory dissertation on its sources and evidence (IA historyofkingsof00dyerrich).pdf]] * [[Index:The kings of Rome (IA kingsofrome00rico).pdf]] * [[Index:Regal Rome, an Introduction to Roman History (1852, Newman, London, regalromeintrodu00newmuoft).djvu]] * [https://archive.org/details/bwb_T2-CGU-516/ Rome of the Kings: An Archaeological Setting for Livy and Vergil] * [https://archive.org/details/primitivefortif00parkgoog/ The primitive fortifications of the city of Rome, 2nd Edition] * [https://archive.org/details/handbookofromanl0000radi/ handbook of roman law] * [[Index:The origin and history of contract in Roman law down to the end of the republican period - being the Yorke prize essay for the year 1893 (IA cu31924021131366).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/bim_eighteenth-century_a-new-pandect-of-roman-c_ayliffe-john_1734/ A new pandect of Roman civil law] * [[Index:Preliminary Lecture to the Course of Lectures on the Institutions of Justinian (Wilde, 1794, bim eighteenth-century preliminary-lecture-to-t wilde-john 1794).pdf]] * An introduction to the study of Justinian's digest {{esl|https://archive.org/details/introductiontost00roby/}} * [[Index:The ecclesiastical edicts of the Theodosian code (IA ecclesiasticaled00boydrich).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/legacyofrome00bail/ The Legacy of Rome] * [[Index:Nomos Rhodon nautikos. The Rhodian sea-law (IA nomosrhodonnauti00byzarich).pdf]] * [[Index:Early Roman Law, The Regal Period (Clark, 1872, earlyromanlawreg00claruoft).djvu]] * [[Index:Roman Britain (Collingwood, First Ed., 1924, b29827590).pdf]] * [[Index:Historical introduction to the private law of Rome (IA historicalintrod00muiriala).pdf]] * [[Index:Gaii institutionum iuris civilis commentarii quattuor, or, Elements of Roman law by Gaius (Poste, Third Edition, 1890, gaiiinstitution00gaiu).djvu]] * [[Index:A history and description of Roman political institutions (IA historyanddescri00abbo).pdf]] * [[Index:Britannia Romana, or, The Roman Antiquities of Britain in Three Books (britanniaromanao00hors, John Horsley, 1732).djvu]] * [[Index:The municipalites of the Roman empire (IA municipalitesofr00reidrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Selected Letters of Cicero (Abbott, 1897, selectedletterso0000cice u2i6).pdf]] * [[Index:Society and politics in ancient Rome; essays and sketches (IA cu31924087980326).pdf]] * [[Index:The common people of ancient Rome- studies of Roman life and literature (IA cu31924028267841).pdf]] * [[Index:The Roman system of provincial administration to the accession of Constantine the Great, being the Arnold prize essay for 1879 (IA romansystemofpro00arnoiala).pdf]] * [[Index:The imperial administrative system in the ninth century, with a revised text of Kletorologion of Philotheos (IA imperialadminist00buryrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Municipal Administration in the Roman Empire (1926, Abbot and Johnson, municipaladminis00abbo).pdf]] ==== Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics ==== * [[Index:Some common mushrooms and how to know them (IA somecommonmushr143char).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/fungihowtoknowth00swan/ Fungi and How to Know Them] * [https://archive.org/details/britishsocialwas00ormeuoft/ British Social Wasps] * [[Index:Origin of Modern Calculating Machines.djvu]] * [[Index:Comptometer News 1.1.djvu]] * [[Index:Comptometer News 1.2.djvu]] * [[Index:Comptometer News 1.3.djvu]] * [[Index:Comptometer News 1.4.djvu]] * [[Index:A general history of mathematics from the earliest times to the middle of the eighteenth century (IA generalhistoryof00bossrich).pdf]] * [[Index:The teaching and history of mathematics in the United States (IA teachinghistoryo00cajorich).pdf]] * [[Index:Higher mathematics - a textbook for classical and engineering colleges (IA highermathematic00merrrich).pdf]] * [[Index:An introduction to mathematics, by A. N. Whitehead (IA introductiontoma00whitiala).pdf]] * [[Index:Cornell University Library digitization (IA cu31924001078777).pdf]], Mathematical Dictionary and Cyclopedia of Mathematical Science * [https://archive.org/details/principlesofmech00hertuoft/ The Principles of Mechanics] * [[Index:Collected papers in physics and engineering (IA collectedpapersi00thomrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Theory of functions of a complex variable (IA functcomplexvari00forsrich).pdf]] * [[Index:An introduction to the study of the elements of the differential and integral calculus (IA introductiontost00harnrich).pdf]] * [[Index:A treatise on elementary trigonometry (IA treatiseonelemen00lockrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Elementary trigonometry (IA elementarytrigon00paterich).pdf]] * [[Index:The Earliest arithmetics in English (IA earliestarithmet00alexrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Historical introduction to mathematical literature (IA cu31924064123536).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/calculus0000henr/ Calculus] * [https://archive.org/details/electiccircuitth0000john Electric Circuit Theory and the Operational Calculus] * [[Index:Graphical and mechanical computation (IA cu31924004667550).pdf]] * [[Index:A treatise on computation; an account of the chief methods for contracting and abbreviating arithmetical calculations (IA treatiseoncomput00langiala).pdf]] * [[Index:An introduction to mathematics, by A. N. Whitehead (IA introductiontoma00whitiala).pdf]] * [[Index:The Journal of animal behavior (IA journalofanimalb01aalba).pdf]] * [[Index:The Journal of animal behavior (IA journalofanimalb02alba).pdf]] * [[Index:The Journal of animal behavior (IA journalofanimalb03alba).pdf]] * [[Index:The Journal of animal behavior (IA journalofanimalb04alba).pdf]] * [[Index:The Journal of animal behavior (IA journalofanimalb05alba).pdf]] * [[Index:The Journal of animal behavior (IA journalofanimalb06alba).pdf]] * [[Index:The Journal of animal behavior (IA journalofanimalb07alba).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/psychobiology01baltuoft/ Psychobiology V1] * [https://archive.org/details/psychobiology02baltuoft/ Psychobiology V2] * [[Index:Ants, bees, and wasps. A record of observations on the habits of the social Hymenoptera (IA antsbeeswaspsrec00john).pdf]] * [[Index:The bee and white ants, their manners and habits - with illustrations of animal instinct and intelligence - from "The museum of science and art" ... (IA beewhiteantsthei00lardrich).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/lifeofwhiteant00maet/ The Life of the White Ant] * [[Index:British ants, their life-history and classification (IA britishantstheir00donirich).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/hymenopteraacule00saun/ The Hymenoptera Aculeata of the British Islands] * [[Index:Elementary lessons in zoölogy - a guide in studying animal life and structure in field and laboratory (IA elementarylesso00need).pdf]] * [[Index:Field book of insects (IA fieldbookofins00lutz).pdf]], 2nd Edition * [[Index:Field book of insects, with special reference to those of northeastern United States, aiming to answer common questions (IA fieldbookofinsec00lutz).pdf]], 1st Edition * [[Index:Ants and their ways, with illustrations, and an appendix giving a complete list of genera and species of the British ants (IA antstheirwayswit00whit).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/naturescraftsmen00mcco/ Nature's Craftsmen] * [[Index:Ant communities and how they are governed; a study in natural civics (IA antcommunitiesho00mcco).pdf]] * [[Index:Ants, Wheeler (1910).djvu]] * [[Index:Medical Heritage Library (IA treatiseofbuggss00sout).pdf]], A treatise of buggs * [[Index:Institutions of entomology- being a translation of Linnaeus's Ordines et genera insectorum; or, Systematic arrangement of insects (IA CUbiodiversity1115923).pdf]] * [[Index:The elements of insect anatomy; an outline for the use of students in the entomological laboratories of Cornell University and Leland Stanford Junior University (IA elementsofinsect00comsto).pdf]] * [[Index:The entomologist's text book - an introduction to the natural history, structure, physiology and classification of insects, including the Crustacea and Arachnida (IA entomologiststex00westw).pdf]] * [[Index:The natural history of ants (IA b29289981).pdf]] * [[Index:The natural history of insects (IA b28755741).pdf]] * [[Index:An Account of English Ants (Gould, 1747, IA accountofenglish00goul).pdf]] * [[Index:Daedalus; or, Science and the Future (1924, E.P. Dutton & Company).pdf]] * [[Index:Science (journal) Volume 1 1883.djvu]] * [[Index:Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia (IA journalofacademy01acaduoft).pdf]] * [[Index:Aristotle - History of Animals, 1883.djvu]] * [[Index:Scientific Memoirs, Vol. 1 (1837).djvu]] * [[Index:Scientific Memoirs, Vol. 2 (1841).djvu]] * [[Index:Scientific Memoirs, Vol. 3 (1843).djvu]] * [[Index:Getty Research Institute (IA economiccottageb00dwye).pdf]], The Economic Cottage Builder * [[Index:The potter's craft - a practical guide for the studio and workshop (IA potterscraftprac00binn 0).pdf]] * [[Index:The book of camping and woodcraft - a guidebook for those who travel in the wilderness (IA bookofcampingwoo00keph).pdf]] * [[Index:Camp craft, modern practice and equipment (IA campcraftmodernp00millrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Camp kits and camp life (IA campkitscamplife00hankiala).pdf]] * [[Index:The book of woodcraft (IA bookofwoodcraft00seto).pdf]] * [[Index:The book of woodcraft and Indian lore (IA bookofwoodcrafti02seto).pdf]], 2nd Edition * [[Index:Harper's camping and scouting; an outdoor guide for American boys; (IA harperscampingsc00grinrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Shelters, shacks, and shanties (IA sheltersshackssh01bear).pdf]] * [[Index:The electric telegraph - its history and progress.. (IA electrictelegrap00highrich).pdf]] * [[Index:An introduction to electricity and galvanism; with cases, shewing their effects in the cure of diseases (IA b22042684).pdf]] * [[Index:An introduction to electricity - in six sections ... (IA introductiontoel1770ferg).pdf]], 1st Edition * [[Index:An introduction to electricity. In six sections ... - illustrated with copper plates (IA b30501350).pdf]], 2nd Edition * [[Index:An introduction to electricity. In six sections ... (IA introductiontoel00ferg).pdf]], 3rd Edition]] * [https://archive.org/details/dynamoelectricit00pres/ Dynamo-electricity] * [https://archive.org/details/radioactivit00ruth/ Radio-activity] * [https://archive.org/details/electronnuclearp0000jbar/ Electrons and Nuclear Physics] * [https://archive.org/details/ionselectronsion00crowuoft/ Ions, Electrons, and Ionizing Radiations] * [https://archive.org/details/b29927997/ Atoms and Rays] * [[Index:Atomic theories (IA atomictheories00loririch).pdf]] * [[Index:X-ray manual - U.S. Army (IA xraymanualusarmy00unit).pdf]] * [[Index:American quarterly of roentgenology (IA americanquarterl01amer).pdf]] * [[Index:American quarterly of roentgenology (IA americanquarterl02amer).pdf]] * [[Index:American quarterly of roentgenology (IA americanquarterl03amer).pdf]] * [[Index:American quarterly of roentgenology (IA americanquarterl04amer).pdf]] * [[Index:The study of the atom - or, The foundation of chemistry (IA studyofatomorfou00venarich).pdf]] * [[Index:The method of fluxions and infinite series.djvu]] * [[Index:Practical observations on the generation of statical electricity by the electrical machine (IA 101208559.nlm.nih.gov).pdf]] * [[Index:American Journal of Mathematics Vol. 2 (1879).pdf]] * [[Index:Principles of radio communication (IA principlesofradi00morerich).pdf]] * [[Index:Electrical machine design; the design and specification of direct and alternating current machinery .. (IA electricalmachin00grayrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Incandescent wiring hand-book, (IA incandescentwiri00badt).pdf]] * [[Index:The Bell System Technical Journal, Volume 1, 1922.pdf]] * [[Index:Science Advances, Volume 8, Issue 44, Recursive sequence generation in crows (sciadv.abq3356).pdf]] * [[Index:An Investigation of the Laws of Thought (1854, Boole, investigationofl00boolrich).djvu]] * [[Index:Anatomy of the Human Body (1918).djvu]] * [https://archive.org/details/b30322704/ An Institution Trigonometricall, 1635] * [https://archive.org/details/McGillLibrary-rbsc_elements-geometrie-evclide-megara_folioQA31E867131570-21289/ Euclid's Geometrie, 1570] * [[Index:Mr. Wingate's Arithmetick Containing a Plain and Familiar Method, for Attaining the Knowledge and Practice of Common Arithmetick (7th Edition, Edmund Wingate, 1678, b30342211).pdf]] * [[Index:Mathematical Recreations or, a Collection of many Problems Extracted out of the Ancient and Modern Philosophers (Jean Leurechon, 1674, b30325882).pdf]] * [[Index:Lux Mercatoria - Bridges - 1661.djvu]] * [[Index:First book of mathematics, being an easy and practical introduction to the study; for self-instruction and use in schools (IA firstbookofmathe00reidrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Indian Basketry.djvu]] * [[Index:Machinery's Handbook, (6th Edition, 1924, machineryshandbo00indu).pdf]] * [[Index:De re metallica (1912).djvu]] ====Tolkien and other Fantasy/related works==== * [[Index:The story of Sigurd the Volsung and the fall of the Niblungs (IA storyofsigurdvol00morriala).pdf]] * [[Index:Book of Were-wolves.djvu]] * [[Index:A Translation of the Anglo-Saxon Poem of Beowulf (Kemble 1837).pdf]] * [[Index:The Worm Ouroboros - 1922.djvu]] * [[Index:Sir Gawain and the Green Knight - Tolkien and Gordon - 1925.djvu]] * [[Index:Tolkien - A middle English Vocabulary.djvu]] * [[Index:Fourteenth_Century_Verse_and_Prose_-_Sisam_-_1921.djvu]] * [[Index:The Review of English Studies Vol 1.djvu]] ====Games, Tabletop, Wargame, Military, RPG, Videogame, etc.==== * [[Index:An account of the organization of the army of the United States (IA orgzofthearmyusa01robirich).pdf]], Volume 1 * [[Index:An account of the organization of the army of the United States (IA orgofthearmyusa01robirich).pdf]], Volume 2 * [[Index:Military and naval America (IA militaryandnaval00kerriala).pdf]] * [[Index:Routine book, including general features of organization, administration, and ordinary station bills (IA routinebookinclu00belk).pdf]] * [[Index:The Yankee navy (IA yankeenavy00mass).pdf]] * [[Index:The Yankee mining squadron; or, Laying the North sea mine barrage (IA yankeeminingsqua00belk).pdf]] * [[Index:779th Radar Squadron (ADC) Opheim AFS Montana New Personnel Brochure 1973.pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/ancientmodernshi00holmuoft/ Ancient and Modern Ships: Part I] * [https://archive.org/details/sailingshipsstor00chatuoft/ Sailing ships : the story of their development from earliest times to the present day] * [[Index:The British navy (IA cu31924030756146).pdf]] * [[Index:Ships of the Royal Navy (IA shipsofroyalnavy00park).pdf]] * [[Index:The British Navy from within (IA britishnavyfromw00exrorich).pdf]] * [[Index:The British navy in battle (IA britishnavyinbat00poll).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/popularhistoryof00kinguoft/ A Popular history of the British Navy from the earliest times to the present] * [[Index:The Royal Navy (IA cu31924028018574).pdf]] * [[Index:The German army in war (IA germanarmyinwar00atterich).pdf]] * [[Index:Handbook on German army identification (IA handbookongerman02unit).pdf]] * [[Index:The war book of the German general staff; being "the usages of war on land" issued by the great general staff of the German army; (IA warbookofgermang00newyiala).pdf]] * [[Index:The German army. Department of military art, the Army service schools (IA germanarmydepart00bjorrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Notes on field fortifications (IA notesonfieldfort00armyrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Military organization of the United States (IA militaryorganiza00comm).pdf]] * [[Index:Army and Navy Uniforms and Insignia (Williams, 1918, armynavyuniforms00will).pdf]] * [[Index:Military and naval recognition book; a handbook on the organization, insignia of rank, and customs of the service of the world's important armies and navies (IA militarynavalrec00bunkrich).pdf]], 1st Edition * [[Index:Military and naval recognition book, a handbook on the organization, insignia of rank, and customs of the service of the world's important armies and navies (IA recognitionmilitary00bunkrich).pdf]], 2nd Edition * [[Index:Orders, decorations and insignia, military and civil; with the history and romance of their origin and a full description of each (IA ordersdecoration00wyllrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Military Organization and Administration (Collins, 1918, militaryorganiza00colluoft).pdf]] * [[Index:Organization; how armies are formed for war (IA organizationhowa00fostiala).pdf]] * [[Index:Company administration - preparation, disposition, and filing of company records, reports, and returns (IA c00ompanyadministrunitrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Dungeons & Dragons System Reference Document.pdf]] * [[Index:John Banks Wilson - Maneuver and Firepower (1998).djvu]] * [[Index:FM-34-45-Tactics-Techniques-and-Procedures-for-Electronic-Attack.pdf]] * [[Index:Fm100-2-3 - The Soviet Army, Troops, Organization, and Equipment.pdf]] * [[Index:United States Army Field Manual 3-13 Information Operations.djvu]] ====Asia==== * [[Index:The development of religion in Japan (IA developmentofrel00knoxrich).pdf]] * [[Index:The religions of Japan - from the dawn of history to the era of Méiji - by William Elliott Griffis (IA religionsofjapan00grifrich).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/japanaccountgeog00macfuoft/ Japan] * [https://archive.org/details/ost-art-japaneseart00hartuoft/ Japanese Art] * [[Index:Old and new Japan (IA oldnewjapan00hollrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Japan as it was and is. (IA japanasitwasis00hild 0).pdf]] * [[Index:The Japanese empire- its physical, political, and social condition and history; with details of the late American and British expeditions (IA japaneseempireit01kemi 0).pdf]] * [[Index:The Japanese empire and its economic conditions (IA japaneseempireit00daut).pdf]] * [[Index:The present state of the medical administration of the Japanese empire (IA presentstateofme00japaiala).pdf]] * [[Index:Japan - its architecture, art, and art manufactures (IA japanitsarchitec00dres 0).pdf]] * [[Index:China, Japan and Korea (IA chinajapankorea00blan).pdf]] * [[Index:Korea (IA korea00coul).pdf]] * [[Index:Quaint Korea (IA quaintkorea00milnrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Korean folk tales- imps, ghosts and fairies (IA koreanfolktalesi00impaiala).pdf]] * [[Index:Kaempfer History of Japan 1727 vol 2 (IA historyofjapangi02kaem).pdf]] * [[Index:Kaempfer History of Japan 1727 vol 1 (IA historyofjapangi01kaem).pdf]] * [[Index:A dissertation on the theology of the Chinese, - with a view to the elucidation of the most appropriate term for expressing the Diety in the Chinese language. (IA dissertationonth00medhrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Abstract of four lectures on Buddhist literature in China - delivered at University college, London (IA cu31924023158607).pdf]] * [[Index:Index:The Chinese Classics - Legge - 2nd ed - 1893 - Vol 1.djvu]] * [[Index:Synoptical studies in the Chinese character (1874).djvu]] * [[Index:Elementary Chinese - San Tzu Ching (1900).djvu]] * [[Index:An Anglo-Chinese vocabulary of the Ningpo dialect.djvu]] * [[Index:Easy sentences in the Hakka dialect.pdf]] * [[Index:A dictionary of the Hakka dialect.pdf]] * [[Index:A Chinese-English Dictionary Hakka-dialect.pdf]] * [[Index:Nestorian Monument - Carus.djvu]] * [[Index:An alphabetical index to the Chinese encyclopaedia.pdf]] * [[Index:Sun Tzu on The art of war.djvu]] * [[Index:A Chinese Biographical Dictionary.djvu]] * [[Index:Pekinese Rhymes (G. Vitale, 1896).djvu]] * [[Index:Chinese Life in the Tibetan Foothills.djvu]] * [[Index:California Digital Library (IA dictionaryofhokk00medhrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Excellent ancient adages, together with notes on the writings of Chinese romanized in the Hokkien dialect.djvu]] * [[Index:Essays on the Chinese Language (1889).djvu]] * [[Index:A short history of China; an account for the general reader of an ancient empire and people (IA sh00orthistoryofchboulrich).pdf]], 1st Edition * [[Index:A short history of China; an account for the general reader of an ancient empire and people (IA shorthistoryofch00boulrich).pdf]], 2nd Edition * [[Index:A history of China from the earliest days down to the present (IA cu31924091024392).pdf]] * [[Index:The unveiled East (IA unveiledeast00mcke).pdf]] * [[Index:Letters from the Far East (IA lettersfromfarea00evan).pdf]] * [[Index:China and the Far East (IA chinafareast00blak).pdf]] * [[Index:China and the Far East, 1889-99 - contribution toward a bibliography (IA cu31924023967734).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/gpl_1856272/ The Morals of Confucius, 1691] * [[Index:California Digital Library (IA chinesenovelstra00davirich).pdf|Chinese novels, translated from the originals]] * [[Index:Notes on Chinese literature (IA notesonchineseli00wyli).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/chunsilinghistor00londiala/ Chun and Si-Ling] * [[Index:The Far East (IA fareast00litt).pdf]] * [[Index:The Provinces of China, together with a history of the first year of H.I.M. Hsuan Tung, and an account of the government of China .. (IA provincesofchina00bruciala).pdf]] * [[Index:The Ceremonial Usages of the Chinese, B. C. 1121- Being an Abridgement of the Chow Le Classic (IA ceremonialusage00hugoog).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/civilizationofch00gileiala/ The Civilization of China] * [[Index:A general view of Chinese civilization and of the relations of the West with China (IA generalviewofchi00laffrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Sidelights on Chinese Life (sidelightsonchin00macg, 1907, MacGowan).pdf]] * [[Index:A history of Chinese literature - Giles.djvu]] * [[Index:Notable women of modern China (IA notablewomenofmo00burt).pdf]] * [[Index:The education of women in Japan (IA educationofwomen00burt).pdf]] * [[Index:The education of girls in China (IA educationofgirls00lewi).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/chinesetheireduc00martiala/ The Chinese: their education, philosophy, and letters] * [[Index:The lore of Cathay - or, The intellect of China (IA loreofcathayorin00martrich).pdf]] * [[Index:China's only hope - an appeal (IA chinasonlyhopeap00zhan).pdf]] * [[Index:The Chinese Empire. A General & Missionary Survey.djvu]] * [https://archive.org/details/educationofwomen00burtuoft/ The Education of Women in China] * [[Index:Modern education in China (IA moderneducationi00tang).pdf]] * [[Index:The educational system of China as recently reconstructed (IA educationalsyste00king).pdf]] * [[Index:The Chinese system of public education (IA chinesesystemop00kuop).pdf]] * [[Index:Chinese education from the western viewpoint (IA chineseeducation00yens).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/sihialanguage27lauf/ The Si-hia Language] * [https://archive.org/details/chinahistoryofla01grayuoft/ China: a History of the Laws, Manners and Customs of the People, Volume 1] * [[Index:China - a history of the laws, manners and customs of the people (IA chinahistoryofla02grayuoft).pdf]], Volume 2 * [[Index:On & off duty in Annam (IA onoffdutyinannam00vassiala).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/storieslegendsof00chiv/ Stories and Legends of Annam] * [[Index:Vietnamese Song Book (U.S. Army Language School, 1961).pdf]] * [[Index:Indo-China and its primitive people (IA indochinaitsprim00baud).pdf]] * [[Index:The persecutions of Annam; a history of Christianity in Cochin China and Tonking (IA persecutionsofan00shoriala).pdf]] * [[Index:The French in Tonkin and South China (IA frenchintonkinso00cunn).pdf]] * [[Index:Tonkin, or, France in the Far East (IA cu31924023040581).pdf]] * [[Index:Tungking (IA cu31924088799386).pdf]] * [[Index:France and Tongking; a narrative of the campaign of 1884 and the occupation of Further India (IA francetongkingna01scot 0).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/warintongkingwh00staugoog/ The War in Tong-king] * [[Index:The political ideas of modern Japan (IA politicalideasof00kawarich).pdf]] * [[Index:Studies in Vietnamese (Annamese) grammar (Emeneau).pdf]] * [[Index:The Corean government- constitutional changes, July 1894 to October 1895. With an appendix on subsequent enactments to 30th June 1896 (IA cu31924023425063).pdf]] * [[Index:The history of that great and renowned monarchy of China. Wherein all the particular provinces are accurately described- as also the dispositions, manners, learning, lawes, militia (IA historyofthatgre00seme).pdf]] * [[Index:Code of Gentoo Laws (1776, codeofgentoolaws00halh, Halhed).djvu]] * [[Index:Ancient China, The Shoo King or the Historical Classic (Ancientchinashoo00confuoft, Medhurst, 1846).djvu]] * [[Index:Chinese Moral Maxims - Davis - 1823.djvu]] * [[Index:Transactions of the Royal Asiatic Society - Volume 1.djvu]] * [[Index:Transactions of the Royal Asiatic Society - Volume 2.djvu]] * [[Index:Transactions of the Royal Asiatic Society - Volume 3.djvu]] * [[Index:Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland 1864-65.pdf]] * [[Index:The Chinese Repository - Volume 01.djvu]] * [[Index:An Ainu-English-Japanese dictionary (including a grammar of the Ainu language).djvu]] * [[Index:How Many Independent Rice Vocabularies in Asia?.pdf]] * [[Index:A Grammar of the Chinese Language (grammarofchinese00morr 1, Morrison, 1815).pdf]] * [[Index:Ta Tsing Leu Lee; Being, The Fundamental Laws, and a Selections from the Supplementary Statutes, of the Penal Code of China.djvu]] * [[Index:Dictionary of the Swatow dialect.djvu]] * [[Index:Chinese miscellany; consisting of original extracts from Chinese authors, in the native character; with translations and philological remarks (IA b22009450).pdf]] * [[Index:Translations from the Original Chinese, with Notes (translationsfrom00morruoft, 1815).djvu]] ====Manuscripts==== * [[Index:BL Cotton MS Nero A x (art. 3).pdf]] * [[Index:BL Cotton MS Nero D IV.djvu]] * [[Index:BL Cotton MS Julius A II.djvu]] * [[Index:BL Cotton MS Julius A VII.djvu]] * [[Index:BL Cotton MS Vitellius A XV.djvu]] ==== North Carolina ==== * [[Index:Reconstruction in North Carolina (IA cu31924028788664).pdf]], 1st Edition * [[Index:Reconstruction in North Carolina .. (IA reconstructionin00hami).pdf]], 2nd Edition * [[Index:Official history of the 120th Infantry "3rd North Carolina" 30th Division, from August 5, 1917, to April 17, 1919 - canal sector, Ypres-Lys offensive, Somme offensive (IA officialhistoryowalk).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/accountofprovinc00wils/ An Account of the Province of Carolina in America] * [https://archive.org/details/fundamentalconst00caro/ The Fundamental Constitutions of Carolina] * [[Index:University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill (IA govwilliamtryon00hayw).pdf]], Governor William Tryon, and his administration in the province of North Carolina * [[Index:The Moravians in North Carolina - an authentic history (IA moraviansinnorth00reic).pdf]] * [[Indes:History of Wachovia in North Carolina; the Unitas fratrum or Moravian church in North Carolina during a century and a half, 1752-1902 (IA historyofwachovi00clew).pdf]] * [[Index:History of the University of North Carolina (IA historyofunivers00batt).pdf]] * [[Index:History of the University of North Carolina (IA historyofunivers02batt).pdf]] * [[Index:Laws of the University of North-Carolina (1800, lawsofuniversityuniv1799).djvu]] * [[Index:Report of the Tax Commission to Governor Angus Wilton McLean, 1927.pdf]] * [[Index:Regulations for the North Carolina National Guard, 1907.pdf]] * [[Index:Reminiscences of Randolph County - Blair - 1890.djvu]] * [[Index:West Chowan Baptist Messenger, Volume 1 - Issue 4.pdf]] * [[Index:Revised Statutes of the State of North Carolina - Volume 1.djvu]] * [[Index:Session Laws of North Carolina, April, 1777.pdf]] * [[Index:A bibliography of North Carolina, 1589-1956 - 1958.djvu]] * [[Index:The Asheboro Courier, Volume IX, No. 26.pdf]] * [[Index:The North Carolina Historical Review - Volume 1, Number 1.pdf]] * [[Index:1751 A collection of all the public acts of Assembly, of the province of North-Carolina now in force and use.pdf]] * [[Index:North Carolina Manual (1874).pdf]] * [[Index:NC-Register-Volume-01-Issue-01.pdf]] == Series/Periodicals/Journals == * [[Science (journal)]] * [[The China Review]] * [[Amazing Stories]] * [[The Chinese Repository]] * [[Federal Register]] * [[Weird Tales]] * [[The Journal of Religion]] * [[Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society]] * [[Journal of Classical and Sacred Philology]] * [[Journal of Germanic Philology]] * [[Journal of English and Germanic Philology]] * [[Southern Historical Society Papers]] * [[Archaeologia]] * [[Portal:The Review of English Studies|The Review of English Studies]] * [[Archaeological Journal]] * [[National Geographic Magazine]] * [[Classical World]] * [[The International Socialist Review (1900-1918)]] * [[Loeb Classical Library]] * [[West Chowan Baptist Messenger]], in case more issues show up. * [[The Courier]] * [[North Carolina Historical Review]] == Copyright books, bibliographies, etc. == * [[Catalog of Copyright Entries]] * [[Index:A bibliography of North Carolina, 1589-1956 - 1958.djvu]] == Authors I'm working on / might work on == * [[author:John Ronald Reuel Tolkien|John Ronald Reuel Tolkien]] * [[author:Alexander Ross|Alexander Ross]] * [[Author:George Lyman Kittredge|George Lyman Kittredge]] * [[Author:Frank Johnson Goodnow|Frank Johnson Goodnow]] * [[Author:Frank Frost Abbott|Frank Frost Abbott]] * [[Author:John Bagnell Bury|John Bagnell Bury]] * [[Author:Edwin Charles Clark|Edwin Charles Clark]] * [[Author:James Muirhead (1831-1889)|James Muirhead]] * [[Author:Edward Poste|Edward Poste]] * [[Author:James Young Simpson|James Young Simpson]] * [[Author:Francis Ellingwood Abbot|Francis Ellingwood Abbot]] == WikiProjects == * [[Wikisource:WikiProject North Carolina|WikiProject North Carolina]] * [[Wikisource:WikiProject Socialism|WikiProject Socialism]] * [[Wikisource:WikiProject Chinese|WikiProject Chinese]] == Other == * Created the [[Template:PD-Nauru]] for Nauruan works == Other Accounts == * https://www.openstreetmap.org/user/Reboot01 == Scripts and Tools and things == *[[/Sandbox/]] *[[/common.js/]] *[[/common.css/]] *[[/CustomToolbarAdditions.js/]] {{rule}} {{rule}} {{-}} i94mdeuy2uo4nd1tcivia6rb2nyn85j 14130107 14129740 2024-04-25T21:40:00Z Reboot01 2805164 /* Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{userpage}} {{User:Reboot01/Userboxes}} Primary interests; Linguistics, Ancient Rome + Byzantine Studies, Latin, Africa, The Gambia, Law, North Carolina, the East Asian Cultural Sphere, South East Asia, Theology/Mythology/Religious Studies, Alchemy, Magic, Occult, etc., Calligraphy, Paleography, Political Science, Economics, Socialism/Anarchism/Marxism and etc. (List is not in any particular order) Feel free to contact me on my user talk page, or at the WikiSource Discord, reboot01! == Currently working on/Want to have time to work on == === Projects === * [[Wikisource:WikiProject North Carolina/North Carolina Bibliography (1589-1956)|Sub-Project North Carolina Bibliography (1589-1956)]] === Indexes === * [[Index:The Criterion - Volume 1.djvu]] * [[Index:The Criterion - Volume 4.djvu]] * [[Index:Lltreaties-ustbv001.pdf]] * [[Index:The anatomy of melancholy - vvhat it is, vvith all the kindes, causes, symptomes, prognostickes, and severall cures of it - in three maine partitions with their seuerall sections (IA anatomyofmelanch00burt 2).pdf]] ====Reference Works, Dictionaries, Ecyclopedias, Language etc,==== * [[Index:A grammar of the Mandingo language- with vocabularies (IA grammarofmanding00macb).pdf]] * [[Index:Modern English - its growth and present use (IA modernenglishits00krap).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/englishlanguagei0000geor/ The English Language in America, Volume 1] * [https://archive.org/details/englishlanguagei0002geor/ The English Language in America, Volume 2] * [[Index:The American language; an inquiry into the development of English in the United States (IA americanlanguage00menc 0).pdf]], 3rd edition * [[Index:The American Language.djvu]] * [[Index:American English (IA americanenglish00tuck).pdf]] * [[Index:A key into the language of America- or, An help to the language of the natives in that part of America, called New-England. - Together, with briefe observations of the customes (IA keyintolanguageo00will 0).pdf]] * [[Index:File:A grammar of the Malagasy language, in the Ankova dialect (IA grammarofmalagas00grifrich).pdf]] * [[Index:An introduction to the study of the Maya hieroglyphs (IA introductiontost00morl 0).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/grammarofoscanum00buckuoft/ A Grammar of Oscan and Umbrian] * [[Index:Pronunciation of Latin in the Augustan period (IA pronunciationofl00cambrich).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/childrensliterat0000curr/ Children's Literature] * [[Index:Rudiments of Grammar for the English-Saxon Tongue (Elstob 1715).djvu]] * [[Index:An Icelandic-English Dictionary - Cleasby & Vigfusson - 1874.djvu]] * [[Index:Encyclopædia Britannica, first edition - Volume I, A-B.pdf]] * [[Index:Encyclopædia Britannica, first edition - Volume II, C-L.pdf]] * [[Index:Encyclopædia Britannica, first edition - Volume III, M-Z.pdf]] * [[Index:Jewish Encyclopedia Volume 1.pdf]] * [[Index:Catholic Encyclopedia, volume 1.djvu]] * [[Index:Pantographia - Fry - 1799.djvu]] * [[Index:A practical grammar of the Hebrew language - Felsenthal - 1868.djvu]] * [[Index:The grammar of English grammars.djvu]] * [[Index:The Brasilian language and its agglutination.pdf]] * [[Index:AnEssayTowardsARealCharacterAndAPhilosophicalLanguage.pdf]] * [[Index:A Universal Alphabet, Grammar, and Language (universalalphabe00edmo, George Edmunds, 1856) (IA universalalphabe00edmo).pdf]] ====Theology, Spirituality, Occult, Mythology, old science and medicine etc.==== * [[Index:The Preaching of Islam, by T. W. Arnold; 1935.djvu]] * [[Index:A contribution to the comparative study of the medieval visions of heaven and hell (IA contributiontoco01beck).pdf]] * [[Index:Demon possession and allied themes; being an inductive study of phenomena of our own times (IA demonpossessiona00neviiala).pdf]] * [[Index:Devil Worship.djvu]] * [https://archive.org/details/heavenhellincomp0000kohl/ Heaven and hell in comparative religion] * [https://archive.org/details/diabolologyperso1890jewe/ Diabolology] * [[Index:Irish witchcraft and demonology (IA irishwitchcraftd00seymrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Demonology and devil-lore (IA demonologydevill00conw).pdf]] * [[Index:Demonology and devil-lore (IA demonologydevill00conw2).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/storyofworldswor00dobbuoft/ Story of the World's Worship] * [https://archive.org/details/moonlore00harl/ Moon Lore] * [[Index:Witch-Cult in Western Europe (1921).djvu]] * [https://archive.org/details/womansshareinpri00maso/ Woman's Share in Primitive Culture] * [[Index:Germanic origins (IA germanicorigins00gumm).pdf]] * [[Index:Woman, church and state- a historical account of the status of woman through the Christian ages- with reminiscences of matriarchate - (IA womanchurchstate00gagerich).pdf]] * [[Index:The Golden Bough (1922).djvu]] * [[Index:Myths and myth-makers- old tales and superstitions interpreted by comparative mythology (IA mythsandmythmake00fiskiala).pdf]] * [[Index:Researches in prehistoric and protohistoric comparative philology, mythology, and archæology, in connection with the origin of culture in America and the Accad or Sumerian families (IA researchesinpreh00clar).pdf]] * [[Index:The material culture and social institutions of the simpler peoples; an essay in correlation (IA materialcultures00hobhrich).pdf]] * [[Index:An introduction to the science of comparative mythology and folklore (IA cu31924029075328).pdf]] * [[Index:Fecundity, fertility, sterility, and allied topics (IA cu31924030410801).pdf]], 1st Edition * [[Index:Fecundity, fertility, sterility and allied topics (IA b21778176).pdf]], 2nd Edition * [https://archive.org/details/thesixdaysofcrea00lewsuoft/ The Six Days of Creation] * [[Index:The chemical history of the six days of creation (IA cu31924029284399).pdf]] * [[Index:The Catholic's ready answer; a popular vindication of Christian beliefs and practices against the attacks of modern criticism (IA catholicsreadyan00hill).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/commentaryonbibl00peak/ A commentary on the Bible] * [[Index:The Bible and astronomy; (IA bibleastronomy00kurt).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/sunloreofallages00olco/ Sun Lore of All Ages] * [[Index:An account of the life and writings of S. Irenæus (IA accountoflifewri00beav).pdf]] * [[Index:The gnostic heresies of the first and second centuries (IA gnosticheresieso00mansrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Aryan sun-myths the origin of religions; (IA aryansunmythsori00titcrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Mosaicall philosophy - grounded upon the essentiall truth or eternal sapience (IA mosaicallphiloso00flud).pdf]] * [[Index:The history of four-footed beasts and serpents. (IA historyoffourfoo00tops).pdf]] * [[Index:The historie of foure-footed beastes (1607).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/immortalityunsee0000unse/ Immortality and the Unseen World] * [[Index:Angelology.. (IA angelology00clay).pdf]] * [[Index:Angelology-.. (IA angelology00mcca).pdf]] * [[Index:Medical Heritage Library (IA b30330610).pdf]], Blagraves astrological practice of physick * [[Index:Books from the Library of Congress (IA theologicalpropd03scha).pdf]], Theological propædeutic; a general introduction to the study of theology * [[Index:Anatomical texts of the earlier middle ages; a study in the transmission of culture (1927).djvu]] * [[Index:Books from the Biodiversity Heritage Library (IA mobot31753000703782).pdf]], Paradisi in sole paradisus terrestris * [[Index:The philosophy of witchcraft (IA philosophyofwitc00mitciala).pdf]] * [[Index:Medical Heritage Library (IA b30529906).pdf]], The compleat wizzard * [[Index:A commentary on the Holy Bible (1909) (IA commentaryonholy01dumm).pdf]] * [[Index:The Christian Book of concord, or, Symbolical books of the Evangelical Lutheran Church; comprising the three chief symbols, the unaltered Augsburg confession, the Apology (IA christianbookofc00luth).pdf]], 1st edition, 1851 * [[Index:The Christian Book of concord = or, Symbolical books of the Evangelical Lutheran Church - comprising the three chief symbols, the unaltered Augsburg confession, the Apology (IA christianbookofc00henk).pdf]], 2nd edition 1854 * [[Index:A Complete System of Christian Theology (Wakefield, 1869, completesystemof0000wake).pdf]] * [[Index:Outline studies in Genesis (IA outlinestudiesin00russ).pdf]] * [[Index:Studies on the book of Genesis (IA studiesonbookof00prat).pdf]] * [[Index:The tabernacle - or the Gospel according to Moses (IA tabernacleorgosp00junk).pdf]] * [[Index:The Tabernacle; its history and structure (IA tabernacleitshis00cald).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/primevalrevelati00jone/ Primeval Revelation: Studies in Genesis] * [https://archive.org/details/messagesformorni00trum/ Messages for the Morning Watch: Devotional Studies in Genesis] * [https://archive.org/details/beginningsofhebr00cole/ The Beginnings of the Hebrew People: Studies in the Book of Genesis] * [[Index:A Jewish Interpretation of the Book of Genesis (Morgenstern, 1919, jewishinterpreta00morg).pdf]] * [[Index:A commentary upon the first book of Moses called Genesis (IA cuponfi00patr).pdf]], 3rd edition * [[Index:A commentary upon the first book of Moses, called Genesis (IA comfi00patr).pdf]], 2nd edition, missing pages * [[Index:The law of Moses (IA lawofmoses00navi).pdf]] * The covenant of nature made with Adam described {{esl|https://archive.org/details/covenantofnature00pync/}} * [[Index:The history and philosophy of Judaism (IA historyphilosoph00shawiala).pdf]] * [[Index:Intermediate types among primitive folk- a study in social evolution (IA cu31924021843986).pdf]] * [[Index:Christianity and sex problems (IA cu31924021843259).pdf]] * [[Index:Source book for social origins; ethnological materials, psychological standpoint, classified and annotated bibliographies for the interpretation of savage society (IA sourcebookforsoc00thomiala).pdf]] * [[Index:Sex and society; studies in the social psychology of sex (IA sexsocietystudie00thom).pdf]] * [[Index:Man and woman (electronic resource) - a study of human secondary sexual characters (IA b20410761).pdf]] * [[Index:An introduction to systematic philosophy (IA introductiontosy00marv).pdf]] * [[Index:An introduction to philosophy (IA introductiontoph00flet).pdf]] * [[Index:Book of Mormon (1830, bookofmormonacco1830smit).pdf]] * [[Index:Indago astrologica- or a brief and modest enquiry into some principal points of astrology (IA b30333519).pdf]] * [[Index:An encyclopaedia of occultism a compendium of information on the occult sciences, occult personalities, psychic science, magic, demonology, spiritism and mysticism.djvu]] * [[Index:The long lost friend, or, Faithful & Christian instructions (0223252.nlm.nih.gov ,John George Hohman, 1850).djvu]] * [[Index:Summa Theologica (2nd rev. ed.) - Volume 1.djvu]] * [[Index:The abridgment of Christian divinitie.djvu]] * [[Index:Alcoran of Mahomet 1649.djvu]] * [[Index:A dictionary of Islam.djvu]] * [[Index:Thomas Patrick Hughes - Notes on Muhammadanism - 2ed. (1877).djvu]] * [[Index:The discouerie of witchcraft (1584) (IA b30337367).djvu]] * [[Index:The Mirror of Alchimy (1597, mirrorofalchimy00baco).djvu]] * [[Index:The history of Witchcraft and demonology.djvu]] * [[Index:Three Books of Occult Philosophy (De Occulta Philosophia) (1651).djvu]] * [[Index:The Magus, or Celestial Intelligencer - Barrett - 1801.djvu]] * [[Index:St Augustine Of the Citie of God.pdf]] * [[Index:1582 Rhemes New Testament.pdf]] * [[Index:The Holy Bible (LSV).pdf]] * [[Index:Batman upon Bartolome.djvu]] * [[Index:An analysis of the Egyptian mythology- to which is subjoined, a critical examination of the remains of Egyptian chronology (IA b29350074).pdf]] * [[Index:Phenomenology of Mind vol 1.djvu]] * [[Index:Phenomenology of Mind vol 2.djvu]] ====Economic/Social studies/History/Law==== * [[Index:A manual of elementary law (IA cu31924018811376).pdf]] * [[Index:Principles of American state administration, by John Mabry Mathews. (IA principlesofamer00math).pdf]] * [[Index:Lectures on Slavonic law, being the Ilchester lectures for the year 1900; (IA cu31924022021566).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/idealsofamericaa00city/ Ideals of America] * [https://archive.org/details/americanpolitica00merriala/ American political ideas; studies in the development of American political thought 1865-1917] * [https://archive.org/details/americanthoughtf00rilerich/ American thought: from Puritanism to pragmatism] * [https://archive.org/details/cu31924007488954/ The foundations of American foreign policy] * [https://archive.org/details/cu31924031446465/ Liberty, Union and Democracy, The National Ideas of America] * [https://archive.org/details/nationalgovernme00kimbrich/ The national government of the United States] * [https://archive.org/details/sociallawsagenci00unse/ Social laws and agencies of North Carolina] * [https://archive.org/details/americanidealsot0000unse/ American ideals, and other essays, social and political] * [https://archive.org/details/americanismwhati00hillrich/ Americanism, what it is] * [https://archive.org/details/americanizationp00talb/ Americanization] * [https://archive.org/details/americanismwhati00hill/ Americanism, what it is] * [https://archive.org/details/ourdualgovernmen00broo/ Our dual government, studies in Americanism for young people] * [https://archive.org/details/everydayamerican00canbrich/ Everyday Americans] * [https://archive.org/details/manualofamerican00hopk/ A manual of American ideas] * [https://archive.org/details/americandemocrac01form/ The American democracy, 1920] * [https://archive.org/details/americandemocrac00form/ The American Democracy, 1921, 2nd Printing] * [[Index:A selected bibliography and syllabus of the history of the South, 1584-1876 (IA selectedbibliogr00boydrich).pdf]] * [[Index:The history of Dahomy, an inland kingdom of Africa (IA b28764808).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/ethnologyofakamb00hobluoft/ Ethnology of A-Kamba and other East African Tribes] * [https://archive.org/details/africapastpresen00mois/ Africa: Past and Present] * [https://archive.org/details/soulofbantusympa00will_0/ The Soul of the Bantu] * [https://archive.org/details/historyofislando00copl/ A History of the Island of Madagascar] * [https://archive.org/details/madagascarhistor01oliv/ Madagascar, Vol. 1] * [https://archive.org/details/madagascarhistor02oliv/ Madagascar, Vol. 2] * [https://archive.org/details/b31516993/ The Antananarivo annual and Madagascar magazine] * [[Index:Neighborhood entertainments (IA cu31924014493542).pdf]] * [[Index:Rural community organization (IA ruralcommunityor00haye).pdf]] * [[Index:Community organization (IA communityorganiz00hartiala).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/communityorganiz00stei/ Community Organization: A Study of its Current Theory and Practice] * [[Index:The little democracy, a text-book on community organization (IA littledemocracyt00clar).pdf]] * [[Index:The country church and community cooperation (IA countrychurchcom00israrich).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/lancasteryorkcen01rams/ Lancaster and York, Volume 1] * [[Index:Lancaster and York; a century of English history (A.D. 1399-1485) (IA cu31924088011436).pdf]], Volume 2 * [[Index:The houses of Lancaster and York, with the conquest and loss of France; (IA housesoflancaste01gair).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/warsofroses00mowauoft/ The Wars of the Roses] * [[Index:Wales and the wars of the Roses (IA waleswarsofroses00evanrich).pdf]] * [[Index:English towns in the wars of the Roses (IA englishtownsinwa00wins).pdf]] * [[Index:Municipal government in Ireland - medieval & modern (IA municipalgovernm00webbrich).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/mindfaceofbolshe0000unse/ The Mind and Face of Bolshevism] * [[Index:Men of the old stone age, their environment, life and art (IA menofoldstoneage00osborich).pdf]] * [[Index:The English in the middle ages; from the Norman usurpation to the days of the Stuarts. Their mode of life, dress, arms, occupations, and amusements. As illustrated in the British Museum (IA englishinmiddlea00hodg).pdf]] * [[Index:Arms and armour in antiquity and the middle ages - also a descriptive notice of modern weapons (IA b24865990).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/armourweapons00ffouuoft/ Armour & Weapons] * [https://archive.org/details/treatiseonancien00grosrich/ A treatise on ancient armour and weapons] * [[Index:An illustrated history of arms and armour from the earliest period to the present time (IA illustratedhisto00demmrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Germany in the later Middle Ages, 1200-1500 (IA germanyinlatermi00stub).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/socialismofchris00bierrich/ Socialism of Christ] * [https://archive.org/details/ayliffejuriscanonici/ Parergon Juris Canonici Anglicani] * [[Index:Voluntary socialism; a sketch (IA voluntarysociali00tandrich).pdf]], 2nd edition * [https://archive.org/details/voluntarysocial01tandgoog/ Voluntary Socialism, 1st Edition] * [[Index:The Effects of Civilisation on the People in European States.djvu]] * [[Index:Trade unionism in the United States (IA cu31924013988195).pdf]] * [[Index:A history of trade unionism in the United States (IA historyoftradeun00perliala).pdf]] * [[Index:Communism in America; (IA communisminameri00jamerich).pdf]] * [[Index:California Digital Library (IA communistsocieties00nordrich).pdf]], The Communistic Societies of the United States * ''History of American Socialisms'' {{esl|https://archive.org/details/historyofamerica00innoye/page/14/mode/2up}} * [[Index:On labour, its wrongful claims and rightful dues, its actual present and possible future (IA onlabouritswrong00thor).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/developmentofeur0000smit/ The Development of European Law] * [[Index:The Art of War in the Middle Ages (Chadwick, 1885, artofwarinmiddle00omanuoft).pdf]] * [[Index:The History of the Isle of Man (1780, historyofisleofm00dubl).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm Vol 1 (1101-1377).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm Vol 2 (1377-1509).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm Vol 3 (1509-47).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm Vol 4, Part 1 (1547-84).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm Vol 4, Part 2 (1586-1625).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm Vol 5 (1628-80).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm Vol 6 (1685-94).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm Vol 7 (1695-1701).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm Vol 8 (1702-7).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm Vol 9 (1708-13).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm (Alphabetical Index).pdf]] * [[Index:The Statutes of the Realm (Chronological Index).pdf]] * [[Index:The Laws and Acts of Parliament of Scotland.djvu]] * [[Index:An introduction to the study of the middle ages (375-814) (IA introductiontost00emer).pdf]] * [[Index:Villainage in England; essays in English mediaeval history (IA cu31924024908356).pdf]] * [[Index:Law and politics in the middle ages, with a synoptic table of sources (IA cu31924030432532).pdf]] * [[Index:De republica Anglorum. The maner of gouernement or policie of the realme of England, compiled by the honorable sir Thomas Smyth .. (IA ita-bnc-mag-00002562-001).pdf]] * [[Index:A Lexicon of Medieval Nordic Law (OBP.0188, 2020).pdf]] * [[Index:Runic and heroic poems of the old Teutonic peoples.djvu]] * [[Index:The riddles of the Exeter book (IA riddlesofexeterb00tupp).pdf]] * [[Index:The Law of the Westgoths - tr. Bergin - 1906.djvu]] * [[Index:Laws of the Earliest English Kings.djvu]] * [[Index:George Philips, Lex parliamentaria (1st ed, 1690).pdf]] * [[Index:German Social Democracy - Six Lectures by Bertrand Russell.djvu]] * [[Index:The ego and his own (IA egohisown00stiriala).pdf]] * [[Index:The International Socialist Review (1900-1918), Vol. 1, Issue 1.pdf]] * [[Index:The Jungle (1906).djvu]] * [[Index:Indian currency and finance (IA indiancurrencyfi00keynuoft).djvu]] * [[Index:The Theory of Moral Sentiments.pdf]] * [[Index:Treatise on Probability, Keynes, 1921.djvu]] * [[Index:Karl Marx - Wage Labor and Capital - tr. Harriet E. Lothrop (1902).djvu]] * [[Index:Monasticon Anglicanum, or, The history of the ancient abbies, and other monasteries, hospitals, cathedral and collegiate churches in England and Wales. With divers French, Irish (IA monasticonanglic00dugd).pdf]] * [[Index:An introduction to the study of Gothic architecture (IA introductiontost00park 9).pdf]], 1st edition * [[Index:Architecture; an introduction to the history and theory of the art of building (IA architectureintr00leth 0).pdf]] * [[Index:Race distinctions in American Law (IA racedistinctions00stepiala).pdf]] * [[Index:The law of city planning and zoning (IA lawofcityplannin00williala).pdf]] * [[Index:The improvement of towns and cities - or, The practical basis of civic aesthetics (IA improvementoftow00robi 0).pdf]] * [[Index:Modern civic art - or, The city made beautiful (IA moderncivicartor00robi 0).pdf]] * [[Index:A decade of civic development (IA decadeofcivicdev00zueb).pdf]] * [[Index:City planning, with special reference to the planning of streets and lots (IA cu31924064909660).pdf]] * [[Index:Modern city planning and maintenance (IA moderncityplanni00koes).pdf]] * [[Index:City planning; a series of papers presenting the essential elements of a city plan (IA cityplanningseri00noleiala).pdf]] =====Racism, Antisemitism, National Socialism, KKK, Nationalism, Right, etc.===== * [[Index:Sociology for the South - or, The failure of free society (IA sociologyforsout00fitz).pdf]] * [[Index:Cannibals all! or, Slaves without masters (IA cannibalsallorsl00fitz).pdf]] * [[Index:Negro-Mania- Being an Examination of the Falsely Assumed Equality of the Various Races of Men (IA DKC0100).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/outlawsdiary01tormuoft An Outlaw's Diary, Volume 1: Revolution] * [https://archive.org/details/outlawsdiary02tormuoft An Outlaw's Diary, Volume 2: The Commune] * [[Index:Meccania, the super-state (IA meccaniasupersta00greg).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/pangermanleague10000wert/ The Pan-German League] * [[Index:The pan-Germanic doctrine; being a study of German political aims and aspirations (IA pangermanicdoctr00harrrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Pan-germanism, its plans for German expansion in the world (IA pangermanismitsp00andlrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Antisemitism, its history and causes (IA antisemitismitsh00lazaiala).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/thenegroabeastorintheimageofgod/ "The Negro A Beast", Or "In The Image Of God"] * [https://archive.org/details/americannegrodependentdefectivedelinquent/ The American Negro] * [https://archive.org/details/negroamenacetoamericancivilization/ The Negro] * [https://archive.org/details/negrosouthernersproblem/ The Negro: The Southernor's Problem] * [https://archive.org/details/negrocriminality_202001/ Negro Criminality] * [https://archive.org/details/sexualcrimesamongsouthernnegroes/ Sexual Crimes among the Southern Negroes] * [https://archive.org/details/whitesupremacyandnegrosubordination/ White Supremacy and Negro Subordination] * [https://archive.org/details/slaveryasitrela00priegoog/ Slavery, as it Relates to the Negro] * [[Index:Bible Defence of Slavery.djvu]] * [https://archive.org/details/TheRiddleOfTheJewsSuccess/ The Riddle of the Jews Success] * [https://archive.org/details/in.ernet.dli.2015.38804/ Racial Elements Of European History] * [[Index:The International Jew - Volume 1.djvu]] * [[Index:The International Jew - Volume 2.djvu]] * [[Index:The International Jew - Volume 3.djvu]] * [[Index:The International Jew - Volume 4.djvu]] * [https://archive.org/details/italyundermussol0000unse/ Italy under Mussolini] * [https://archive.org/details/romeordeathstory00beal/ Rome or Death! The Story of Fascism] * [https://archive.org/details/odon-por.-fascism-1923_202107/ Fascism, Odon Por] * [https://archive.org/details/fascistmovementi00gorguoft/ The Fascist Movement in Italian Life] * [https://archive.org/details/MyAutobiography/MyAutobiography/ My Autobiography], by Mussolini * [[Index:The ravings of a renegade ; being the War essays of Houston Stewart Chamberlain (IA ravingsofrenegad00chamrich).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/foundationsofnin01cham/ The Foundations of the Nineteenth Century], Volume 1 * [https://archive.org/details/foundationsofnin02cham/ The Foundations of the Nineteenth Century], Volume 2 * [[Index:Decline of the West (Volume 1).djvu]] * [[Index:Decline of the West (Volume 2).djvu]] * [[Index:The Decline of the West.pdf]], combined Volume, 1932 edition * [[Index:The inequality of human races (1915).djvu]] * [[Index:The moral and intellectual diversity of races - with particular reference to their respective influence in the civil and political history of mankind (IA bub gb uRvNQHqLj0kC).pdf]] * [[Index:The passing of the great race; or, The racial basis of European history (IA passingofgreatra01gran).pdf]], 4th Edition * [[Index:The passing of the great race; or, The racial basis of European history (IA cu31924029874330).pdf]], 1st Edition * [[Index:Ku Klux Klan (H.H. Wilson Reference Shelf) (IA kukluxklan00john).pdf]] * [[Index:The Klan unmasked, (IA klanunmasked00simm).pdf]] * [[Index:Catalogue of Official Robes and Banners - Knights of the Ku Klux Klan Incorporated, Atlanta, Georgia (1925) - Catalogueofoffic00kukl.djvu]] * [[Index:The Ku Klux klan- a study of the American mind (IA kukluxklanastudy00meck).pdf]] * [[Index:Papers read at the meeting of Grand dragons, Knights of the Ku Klux Klan at their first- annual meet (IA papersreadatmeet01kukl).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/authentichistor00davi/ Authentic history, Ku Klux Klan, 1865-1877] * [https://archive.org/details/cu31924083530117/ The Ku Klux Klan or Invisible Empire] ==== Ancient Rome/Byzantine Studies/Latin/Classics ==== * [[Index:Roman Africa; an outline of the history of the Roman occupation of North Africa, based chiefly upon inscriptions and monumental remains in that country (IA cu31924028722134).pdf]] * [[Index:An outline of Greek and Roman history, the result of class room work (IA outlineofgreekro00chad).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/the-illustrated-history-of-rome-and-the-roman-empire-1877/ The Illustrated History of Rome And The Roman Empire] * [https://archive.org/details/christianitynati00wooduoft/ Christianity and Nationalism in the Later Roman Empire] * [[Index:The conversion of the Roman empire (IA conversionofrom00meri).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/researchesintohi00ihneuoft/ Researches into the history of the Roman constitution] * [[Index:Traces of Greek philosophy and Roman law in the New Testament (IA cu31924029302423).pdf]] * [[Index:UPenn-Translations and Reprints-vol6.djvu]] * [[Index:History of the city of Rome in the Middle Ages (IA cu31924082161302).pdf]], Volume 1 * [[Index:History of the city of Rome in the Middle Ages (IA cu31924082161344).pdf]], Volume 2 * [[Index:History of the city of Rome in the Middle Ages (IA cu31924082161310).pdf]], Volume 3 * [[Index:History of the city of Rome in the Middle Ages (IA cu31924082161419).pdf]], Volume 4 Part 1 * [https://archive.org/details/p2historyofcityofr04greg/ Volume 4 Part 2] * [[Index:History of the city of Rome in the Middle Ages (IA cu31924082161351).pdf]], Volume 5 Part 1 * [https://archive.org/details/p2historyofcityofr05greg/ Volume 5 Part 2] * [[Index:History of the city of Rome in the Middle Ages (IA cu31924082161369).pdf]], Volume 6 Part 1 * [https://archive.org/details/p2historyofcityo06greguoft/ Volume 6 Part 2] * [[Index:History of the city of Rome in the Middle Ages (IA cu31924082161377).pdf]], Volume 7 Part 1 * [https://archive.org/details/p2historyofcityofr07greg/ Volume 7 Part 2] * [[Index:History of the city of Rome in the Middle Ages (IA cu31924082161385).pdf]], Volume 8 Part 1 * [https://archive.org/details/p2historyofcityofr08greg/ Volume 8 Part 2] * [https://archive.org/details/ancienttownplan00have/ Ancient Town-planning] * [[Index:The Ancient City- A Study on the Religion, Laws, and Institutions of Greece and Rome.djvu]] * [[Index:Physical science in the time of Nero; being a translation of the Quaestiones naturales of Seneca (IA physicalsciencei00seneiala).pdf]] * [[Index:The Roman and the Teuton; a series of lectures delivered before the University of Cambridge (IA romanteutonserie01king).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/byzantineartarch00dalt/ Byzantine Art and Archaeology] * [[Index:The history of Etruria .. (IA historyofetruria01gray).pdf]], Volume 1 * [[Index:The history of Etruria .. (IA historyofetruria02gray).pdf]], Volume 2 * [[Index:The cities and cemeteries of Etruria (IA etruriacitiesand01denniala).pdf]], Volume 1 * [[Index:The cities and cemeteries of Etruria (IA etruriacitiesand02denniala).pdf]], Volume 2 * [[Index:Etruria-Celtica- Etruscan Literature and Antiquities Investigated, in Two Volumes, Vol. I (IA dli.granth.53608).pdf]], Volume 1 * [https://archive.org/details/etruriacelticaet02beth/ Etruria-Celtica] Volume 2 * [https://archive.org/details/etruscanresearch00tayl/ Etruscan Researches] * [[Index:Etruscan inscriptions (IA etruscaninscript00crawrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Etruscan Bologna- a study (IA etruscanbolognas00burtiala).pdf]] * [[Index:Roman imperialism (IA romanimperialism00fran).pdf]] * [[Index:Tacitus and Other Roman Studies.djvu]] * [[Index:A constitutional and political history of Rome, from the earliest times to the reign of Domitian (IA cu31924030431435).pdf]] * [[Index:The development of the Roman constitution (IA developmentofrom00tighrich).pdf]] * [[Index:The Roman era in Britain (IA romanerainbritai00wardiala).pdf]] * [[Index:The Romanization of Roman Britain (IA romanizationofro00haverich).pdf]] * [[Index:Roman roads in Britain (IA romanroadsinbrit00codr).pdf]] * [[Index:The Celt, the Roman, and the Saxon; (IA celtromansaxon00wrig).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/romanfrontierpos0000jame/ A Roman frontier post and its people] * [[Index:Illustrations of Roman London (IA illustrationsofr00smitrich).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/londiniumarchite0000wrle/ Londinium Architecture and the Crafts] * [https://archive.org/details/ourromanhighways00forbuoft/ Our Roman Highways] * [[Index:History of Romulus (IA historyofromulusabbott).pdf]] * [[Index:Varronianus- a critical and historical introduction to the philological study of the Latin language (IA varronianuscriti00don).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/primitiveitalybe0000homo/ Primitive Italy and the beginnings of Roman imperialism] * [https://archive.org/details/stonebronzeagesi00peetuoft/ The stone and bronze ages in Italy and Sicily] * [https://archive.org/details/byzantineempire00foor/ The Byzantine Empire (Edward Foord)] * [[Index:The Byzantine Empire (IA byzantineempire00omanrich).pdf]] * [[Index:A treatise on Byzantine music (IA cu31924022269744).pdf]] * [[Index:The Romane historie (IA romanehistorie00livy).pdf]] * [[Index:The Roman assemblies from their origin to the end of the republic (IA cu31924030431534).pdf]] * [[Index:The imperial civil service of Rome (IA imperialcivilser00matt).pdf]] * [[Index:A handbook of Greek constitutional history (IA handbookofgreekc00gree).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/romeregalrepubli00striuoft/ Rome, Regal and Republican] * [https://archive.org/details/dayinoldromepic00davi/ A Day in Old Rome] * [[Index:The general, civil and military administration of Noricum and Raetia (IA generalcivilmili00peakrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Life and letters in Roman Africa microform (IA lifelettersinrom00boucrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Romae antiquae notitia, or, The antiquities of Rome - in two parts ... - with copper cuts of the principal buildings, etc. - to which are prefix'd two essays (IA romaeantiquaenot00kenn 0).pdf]] * [[Index:A manual of Greek literature - from the earliest authentic periods to the close of the Byzantine era (IA manualgreek00anthrich).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/studentscompanio00midd/ The student's companion to Latin authors] * [[Index:Loeb Classical Library, L001 (1919).djvu]] * A History of the Republic of Rome {{esl|https://archive.org/details/historyofrepubli00bake/}} * [[Index:Philological museum (IA cu31924104094903).pdf]], Volume 1 * [[Index:Philological Museum v2.djvu]] * [[Index:The Journal of Classical and Sacred Philology, Volume 1, 1854.djvu]] * [[Index:The Journal of Classical and Sacred Philology, Volume 2, 1855.djvu]] * [[Index:The Journal of Classical and Sacred Philology, Volume 3, 1857.djvu]] * [[Index:The Journal of Classical and Sacred Philology, Volume 4, 1859.djvu]] * [[Index:Harper's dictionary of classical literature and antiquities (IA cu31924027019482).pdf]] * [[Index:A Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiquities (1842, dictionaryofgree00smit 5).djvu]] * [[Index:The auxilia of the Roman Imperial Army (IA auxiliaofromanim00cheerich).pdf]] * [[Index:Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire (1827) Vol 1.djvu]] * [[Index:The Topography and Monuments of Ancient Rome (1st Ed., Plattner, 1904, topographymonume0000plat v8a2).pdf]] * [[Index:Byzantine Constantinople - the walls of the city and adjoining historical sites (IA byzantineconstan00vanm).pdf]] * A Companion To Latin Studies {{esl|https://archive.org/details/companiontolatin00sand/}} * [[Index:A handbook of Rome and the Campagna (IA handbookofromeca00john 0).pdf]] * [[Index:Stories of ancient Rome (IA storiesofancient00rico).pdf]] * [[Index:Early Rome (IA earlyrome00ihne).pdf]] * [[Index:Men, events, lawyers, politics and politicians of early Rome (IA meneventslawyers00wage).pdf]] * [[Index:State and family in early Rome (IA statefamilyinear00launiala).pdf]] * [[Index:The history of the kings of Rome. With a prefatory dissertation on its sources and evidence (IA historyofkingsof00dyerrich).pdf]] * [[Index:The kings of Rome (IA kingsofrome00rico).pdf]] * [[Index:Regal Rome, an Introduction to Roman History (1852, Newman, London, regalromeintrodu00newmuoft).djvu]] * [https://archive.org/details/bwb_T2-CGU-516/ Rome of the Kings: An Archaeological Setting for Livy and Vergil] * [https://archive.org/details/primitivefortif00parkgoog/ The primitive fortifications of the city of Rome, 2nd Edition] * [https://archive.org/details/handbookofromanl0000radi/ handbook of roman law] * [[Index:The origin and history of contract in Roman law down to the end of the republican period - being the Yorke prize essay for the year 1893 (IA cu31924021131366).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/bim_eighteenth-century_a-new-pandect-of-roman-c_ayliffe-john_1734/ A new pandect of Roman civil law] * [[Index:Preliminary Lecture to the Course of Lectures on the Institutions of Justinian (Wilde, 1794, bim eighteenth-century preliminary-lecture-to-t wilde-john 1794).pdf]] * An introduction to the study of Justinian's digest {{esl|https://archive.org/details/introductiontost00roby/}} * [[Index:The ecclesiastical edicts of the Theodosian code (IA ecclesiasticaled00boydrich).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/legacyofrome00bail/ The Legacy of Rome] * [[Index:Nomos Rhodon nautikos. The Rhodian sea-law (IA nomosrhodonnauti00byzarich).pdf]] * [[Index:Early Roman Law, The Regal Period (Clark, 1872, earlyromanlawreg00claruoft).djvu]] * [[Index:Roman Britain (Collingwood, First Ed., 1924, b29827590).pdf]] * [[Index:Historical introduction to the private law of Rome (IA historicalintrod00muiriala).pdf]] * [[Index:Gaii institutionum iuris civilis commentarii quattuor, or, Elements of Roman law by Gaius (Poste, Third Edition, 1890, gaiiinstitution00gaiu).djvu]] * [[Index:A history and description of Roman political institutions (IA historyanddescri00abbo).pdf]] * [[Index:Britannia Romana, or, The Roman Antiquities of Britain in Three Books (britanniaromanao00hors, John Horsley, 1732).djvu]] * [[Index:The municipalites of the Roman empire (IA municipalitesofr00reidrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Selected Letters of Cicero (Abbott, 1897, selectedletterso0000cice u2i6).pdf]] * [[Index:Society and politics in ancient Rome; essays and sketches (IA cu31924087980326).pdf]] * [[Index:The common people of ancient Rome- studies of Roman life and literature (IA cu31924028267841).pdf]] * [[Index:The Roman system of provincial administration to the accession of Constantine the Great, being the Arnold prize essay for 1879 (IA romansystemofpro00arnoiala).pdf]] * [[Index:The imperial administrative system in the ninth century, with a revised text of Kletorologion of Philotheos (IA imperialadminist00buryrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Municipal Administration in the Roman Empire (1926, Abbot and Johnson, municipaladminis00abbo).pdf]] ==== Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics ==== * [[Index:Some common mushrooms and how to know them (IA somecommonmushr143char).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/fungihowtoknowth00swan/ Fungi and How to Know Them] * [https://archive.org/details/britishsocialwas00ormeuoft/ British Social Wasps] * [[Index:Origin of Modern Calculating Machines.djvu]] * [[Index:Comptometer News 1.1.djvu]] * [[Index:Comptometer News 1.2.djvu]] * [[Index:Comptometer News 1.3.djvu]] * [[Index:Comptometer News 1.4.djvu]] * [[Index:A general history of mathematics from the earliest times to the middle of the eighteenth century (IA generalhistoryof00bossrich).pdf]] * [[Index:The teaching and history of mathematics in the United States (IA teachinghistoryo00cajorich).pdf]] * [[Index:Higher mathematics - a textbook for classical and engineering colleges (IA highermathematic00merrrich).pdf]] * [[Index:An introduction to mathematics, by A. N. Whitehead (IA introductiontoma00whitiala).pdf]] * [[Index:Cornell University Library digitization (IA cu31924001078777).pdf]], Mathematical Dictionary and Cyclopedia of Mathematical Science * [https://archive.org/details/principlesofmech00hertuoft/ The Principles of Mechanics] * [[Index:Collected papers in physics and engineering (IA collectedpapersi00thomrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Theory of functions of a complex variable (IA functcomplexvari00forsrich).pdf]] * [[Index:An introduction to the study of the elements of the differential and integral calculus (IA introductiontost00harnrich).pdf]] * [[Index:A treatise on elementary trigonometry (IA treatiseonelemen00lockrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Elementary trigonometry (IA elementarytrigon00paterich).pdf]] * [[Index:The Earliest arithmetics in English (IA earliestarithmet00alexrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Historical introduction to mathematical literature (IA cu31924064123536).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/calculus0000henr/ Calculus] * [https://archive.org/details/electiccircuitth0000john Electric Circuit Theory and the Operational Calculus] * [[Index:Graphical and mechanical computation (IA cu31924004667550).pdf]] * [[Index:A treatise on computation; an account of the chief methods for contracting and abbreviating arithmetical calculations (IA treatiseoncomput00langiala).pdf]] * [[Index:An introduction to mathematics, by A. N. Whitehead (IA introductiontoma00whitiala).pdf]] * [[Index:The play of animals (IA playofanimals00groouoft).pdf]] * [[Index:Animals at work and play - their activities and emotions (IA animalsatworkpla00cornuoft).pdf]], 1st Edition * [[Index:Animals at work and play, their activities and emotions (IA animalsatworkpla00cornrich).pdf]], 2nd Edition * [https://archive.org/details/animalsatworkpla00corn/ Animals at Work and Play, 3rd Edition] * [[Index:The Journal of animal behavior (IA journalofanimalb01aalba).pdf]] * [[Index:The Journal of animal behavior (IA journalofanimalb02alba).pdf]] * [[Index:The Journal of animal behavior (IA journalofanimalb03alba).pdf]] * [[Index:The Journal of animal behavior (IA journalofanimalb04alba).pdf]] * [[Index:The Journal of animal behavior (IA journalofanimalb05alba).pdf]] * [[Index:The Journal of animal behavior (IA journalofanimalb06alba).pdf]] * [[Index:The Journal of animal behavior (IA journalofanimalb07alba).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/psychobiology01baltuoft/ Psychobiology V1] * [https://archive.org/details/psychobiology02baltuoft/ Psychobiology V2] * [[Index:Ants, bees, and wasps. A record of observations on the habits of the social Hymenoptera (IA antsbeeswaspsrec00john).pdf]] * [[Index:The bee and white ants, their manners and habits - with illustrations of animal instinct and intelligence - from "The museum of science and art" ... (IA beewhiteantsthei00lardrich).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/lifeofwhiteant00maet/ The Life of the White Ant] * [[Index:British ants, their life-history and classification (IA britishantstheir00donirich).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/hymenopteraacule00saun/ The Hymenoptera Aculeata of the British Islands] * [[Index:Elementary lessons in zoölogy - a guide in studying animal life and structure in field and laboratory (IA elementarylesso00need).pdf]] * [[Index:Field book of insects (IA fieldbookofins00lutz).pdf]], 2nd Edition * [[Index:Field book of insects, with special reference to those of northeastern United States, aiming to answer common questions (IA fieldbookofinsec00lutz).pdf]], 1st Edition * [[Index:Ants and their ways, with illustrations, and an appendix giving a complete list of genera and species of the British ants (IA antstheirwayswit00whit).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/naturescraftsmen00mcco/ Nature's Craftsmen] * [[Index:Ant communities and how they are governed; a study in natural civics (IA antcommunitiesho00mcco).pdf]] * [[Index:Ants, Wheeler (1910).djvu]] * [[Index:Medical Heritage Library (IA treatiseofbuggss00sout).pdf]], A treatise of buggs * [[Index:Institutions of entomology- being a translation of Linnaeus's Ordines et genera insectorum; or, Systematic arrangement of insects (IA CUbiodiversity1115923).pdf]] * [[Index:The elements of insect anatomy; an outline for the use of students in the entomological laboratories of Cornell University and Leland Stanford Junior University (IA elementsofinsect00comsto).pdf]] * [[Index:The entomologist's text book - an introduction to the natural history, structure, physiology and classification of insects, including the Crustacea and Arachnida (IA entomologiststex00westw).pdf]] * [[Index:The natural history of ants (IA b29289981).pdf]] * [[Index:The natural history of insects (IA b28755741).pdf]] * [[Index:An Account of English Ants (Gould, 1747, IA accountofenglish00goul).pdf]] * [[Index:Daedalus; or, Science and the Future (1924, E.P. Dutton & Company).pdf]] * [[Index:Science (journal) Volume 1 1883.djvu]] * [[Index:Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia (IA journalofacademy01acaduoft).pdf]] * [[Index:Aristotle - History of Animals, 1883.djvu]] * [[Index:Scientific Memoirs, Vol. 1 (1837).djvu]] * [[Index:Scientific Memoirs, Vol. 2 (1841).djvu]] * [[Index:Scientific Memoirs, Vol. 3 (1843).djvu]] * [[Index:Getty Research Institute (IA economiccottageb00dwye).pdf]], The Economic Cottage Builder * [[Index:The potter's craft - a practical guide for the studio and workshop (IA potterscraftprac00binn 0).pdf]] * [[Index:The book of camping and woodcraft - a guidebook for those who travel in the wilderness (IA bookofcampingwoo00keph).pdf]] * [[Index:Camp craft, modern practice and equipment (IA campcraftmodernp00millrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Camp kits and camp life (IA campkitscamplife00hankiala).pdf]] * [[Index:The book of woodcraft (IA bookofwoodcraft00seto).pdf]] * [[Index:The book of woodcraft and Indian lore (IA bookofwoodcrafti02seto).pdf]], 2nd Edition * [[Index:Harper's camping and scouting; an outdoor guide for American boys; (IA harperscampingsc00grinrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Shelters, shacks, and shanties (IA sheltersshackssh01bear).pdf]] * [[Index:The electric telegraph - its history and progress.. (IA electrictelegrap00highrich).pdf]] * [[Index:An introduction to electricity and galvanism; with cases, shewing their effects in the cure of diseases (IA b22042684).pdf]] * [[Index:An introduction to electricity - in six sections ... (IA introductiontoel1770ferg).pdf]], 1st Edition * [[Index:An introduction to electricity. In six sections ... - illustrated with copper plates (IA b30501350).pdf]], 2nd Edition * [[Index:An introduction to electricity. In six sections ... (IA introductiontoel00ferg).pdf]], 3rd Edition]] * [https://archive.org/details/dynamoelectricit00pres/ Dynamo-electricity] * [https://archive.org/details/radioactivit00ruth/ Radio-activity] * [https://archive.org/details/electronnuclearp0000jbar/ Electrons and Nuclear Physics] * [https://archive.org/details/ionselectronsion00crowuoft/ Ions, Electrons, and Ionizing Radiations] * [https://archive.org/details/b29927997/ Atoms and Rays] * [[Index:Atomic theories (IA atomictheories00loririch).pdf]] * [[Index:X-ray manual - U.S. Army (IA xraymanualusarmy00unit).pdf]] * [[Index:American quarterly of roentgenology (IA americanquarterl01amer).pdf]] * [[Index:American quarterly of roentgenology (IA americanquarterl02amer).pdf]] * [[Index:American quarterly of roentgenology (IA americanquarterl03amer).pdf]] * [[Index:American quarterly of roentgenology (IA americanquarterl04amer).pdf]] * [[Index:The study of the atom - or, The foundation of chemistry (IA studyofatomorfou00venarich).pdf]] * [[Index:The method of fluxions and infinite series.djvu]] * [[Index:Practical observations on the generation of statical electricity by the electrical machine (IA 101208559.nlm.nih.gov).pdf]] * [[Index:American Journal of Mathematics Vol. 2 (1879).pdf]] * [[Index:Principles of radio communication (IA principlesofradi00morerich).pdf]] * [[Index:Electrical machine design; the design and specification of direct and alternating current machinery .. (IA electricalmachin00grayrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Incandescent wiring hand-book, (IA incandescentwiri00badt).pdf]] * [[Index:The Bell System Technical Journal, Volume 1, 1922.pdf]] * [[Index:Science Advances, Volume 8, Issue 44, Recursive sequence generation in crows (sciadv.abq3356).pdf]] * [[Index:An Investigation of the Laws of Thought (1854, Boole, investigationofl00boolrich).djvu]] * [[Index:Anatomy of the Human Body (1918).djvu]] * [https://archive.org/details/b30322704/ An Institution Trigonometricall, 1635] * [https://archive.org/details/McGillLibrary-rbsc_elements-geometrie-evclide-megara_folioQA31E867131570-21289/ Euclid's Geometrie, 1570] * [[Index:Mr. Wingate's Arithmetick Containing a Plain and Familiar Method, for Attaining the Knowledge and Practice of Common Arithmetick (7th Edition, Edmund Wingate, 1678, b30342211).pdf]] * [[Index:Mathematical Recreations or, a Collection of many Problems Extracted out of the Ancient and Modern Philosophers (Jean Leurechon, 1674, b30325882).pdf]] * [[Index:Lux Mercatoria - Bridges - 1661.djvu]] * [[Index:First book of mathematics, being an easy and practical introduction to the study; for self-instruction and use in schools (IA firstbookofmathe00reidrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Indian Basketry.djvu]] * [[Index:Machinery's Handbook, (6th Edition, 1924, machineryshandbo00indu).pdf]] * [[Index:De re metallica (1912).djvu]] ====Tolkien and other Fantasy/related works==== * [[Index:The story of Sigurd the Volsung and the fall of the Niblungs (IA storyofsigurdvol00morriala).pdf]] * [[Index:Book of Were-wolves.djvu]] * [[Index:A Translation of the Anglo-Saxon Poem of Beowulf (Kemble 1837).pdf]] * [[Index:The Worm Ouroboros - 1922.djvu]] * [[Index:Sir Gawain and the Green Knight - Tolkien and Gordon - 1925.djvu]] * [[Index:Tolkien - A middle English Vocabulary.djvu]] * [[Index:Fourteenth_Century_Verse_and_Prose_-_Sisam_-_1921.djvu]] * [[Index:The Review of English Studies Vol 1.djvu]] ====Games, Tabletop, Wargame, Military, RPG, Videogame, etc.==== * [[Index:An account of the organization of the army of the United States (IA orgzofthearmyusa01robirich).pdf]], Volume 1 * [[Index:An account of the organization of the army of the United States (IA orgofthearmyusa01robirich).pdf]], Volume 2 * [[Index:Military and naval America (IA militaryandnaval00kerriala).pdf]] * [[Index:Routine book, including general features of organization, administration, and ordinary station bills (IA routinebookinclu00belk).pdf]] * [[Index:The Yankee navy (IA yankeenavy00mass).pdf]] * [[Index:The Yankee mining squadron; or, Laying the North sea mine barrage (IA yankeeminingsqua00belk).pdf]] * [[Index:779th Radar Squadron (ADC) Opheim AFS Montana New Personnel Brochure 1973.pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/ancientmodernshi00holmuoft/ Ancient and Modern Ships: Part I] * [https://archive.org/details/sailingshipsstor00chatuoft/ Sailing ships : the story of their development from earliest times to the present day] * [[Index:The British navy (IA cu31924030756146).pdf]] * [[Index:Ships of the Royal Navy (IA shipsofroyalnavy00park).pdf]] * [[Index:The British Navy from within (IA britishnavyfromw00exrorich).pdf]] * [[Index:The British navy in battle (IA britishnavyinbat00poll).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/popularhistoryof00kinguoft/ A Popular history of the British Navy from the earliest times to the present] * [[Index:The Royal Navy (IA cu31924028018574).pdf]] * [[Index:The German army in war (IA germanarmyinwar00atterich).pdf]] * [[Index:Handbook on German army identification (IA handbookongerman02unit).pdf]] * [[Index:The war book of the German general staff; being "the usages of war on land" issued by the great general staff of the German army; (IA warbookofgermang00newyiala).pdf]] * [[Index:The German army. Department of military art, the Army service schools (IA germanarmydepart00bjorrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Notes on field fortifications (IA notesonfieldfort00armyrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Military organization of the United States (IA militaryorganiza00comm).pdf]] * [[Index:Army and Navy Uniforms and Insignia (Williams, 1918, armynavyuniforms00will).pdf]] * [[Index:Military and naval recognition book; a handbook on the organization, insignia of rank, and customs of the service of the world's important armies and navies (IA militarynavalrec00bunkrich).pdf]], 1st Edition * [[Index:Military and naval recognition book, a handbook on the organization, insignia of rank, and customs of the service of the world's important armies and navies (IA recognitionmilitary00bunkrich).pdf]], 2nd Edition * [[Index:Orders, decorations and insignia, military and civil; with the history and romance of their origin and a full description of each (IA ordersdecoration00wyllrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Military Organization and Administration (Collins, 1918, militaryorganiza00colluoft).pdf]] * [[Index:Organization; how armies are formed for war (IA organizationhowa00fostiala).pdf]] * [[Index:Company administration - preparation, disposition, and filing of company records, reports, and returns (IA c00ompanyadministrunitrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Dungeons & Dragons System Reference Document.pdf]] * [[Index:John Banks Wilson - Maneuver and Firepower (1998).djvu]] * [[Index:FM-34-45-Tactics-Techniques-and-Procedures-for-Electronic-Attack.pdf]] * [[Index:Fm100-2-3 - The Soviet Army, Troops, Organization, and Equipment.pdf]] * [[Index:United States Army Field Manual 3-13 Information Operations.djvu]] ====Asia==== * [[Index:The development of religion in Japan (IA developmentofrel00knoxrich).pdf]] * [[Index:The religions of Japan - from the dawn of history to the era of Méiji - by William Elliott Griffis (IA religionsofjapan00grifrich).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/japanaccountgeog00macfuoft/ Japan] * [https://archive.org/details/ost-art-japaneseart00hartuoft/ Japanese Art] * [[Index:Old and new Japan (IA oldnewjapan00hollrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Japan as it was and is. (IA japanasitwasis00hild 0).pdf]] * [[Index:The Japanese empire- its physical, political, and social condition and history; with details of the late American and British expeditions (IA japaneseempireit01kemi 0).pdf]] * [[Index:The Japanese empire and its economic conditions (IA japaneseempireit00daut).pdf]] * [[Index:The present state of the medical administration of the Japanese empire (IA presentstateofme00japaiala).pdf]] * [[Index:Japan - its architecture, art, and art manufactures (IA japanitsarchitec00dres 0).pdf]] * [[Index:China, Japan and Korea (IA chinajapankorea00blan).pdf]] * [[Index:Korea (IA korea00coul).pdf]] * [[Index:Quaint Korea (IA quaintkorea00milnrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Korean folk tales- imps, ghosts and fairies (IA koreanfolktalesi00impaiala).pdf]] * [[Index:Kaempfer History of Japan 1727 vol 2 (IA historyofjapangi02kaem).pdf]] * [[Index:Kaempfer History of Japan 1727 vol 1 (IA historyofjapangi01kaem).pdf]] * [[Index:A dissertation on the theology of the Chinese, - with a view to the elucidation of the most appropriate term for expressing the Diety in the Chinese language. (IA dissertationonth00medhrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Abstract of four lectures on Buddhist literature in China - delivered at University college, London (IA cu31924023158607).pdf]] * [[Index:Index:The Chinese Classics - Legge - 2nd ed - 1893 - Vol 1.djvu]] * [[Index:Synoptical studies in the Chinese character (1874).djvu]] * [[Index:Elementary Chinese - San Tzu Ching (1900).djvu]] * [[Index:An Anglo-Chinese vocabulary of the Ningpo dialect.djvu]] * [[Index:Easy sentences in the Hakka dialect.pdf]] * [[Index:A dictionary of the Hakka dialect.pdf]] * [[Index:A Chinese-English Dictionary Hakka-dialect.pdf]] * [[Index:Nestorian Monument - Carus.djvu]] * [[Index:An alphabetical index to the Chinese encyclopaedia.pdf]] * [[Index:Sun Tzu on The art of war.djvu]] * [[Index:A Chinese Biographical Dictionary.djvu]] * [[Index:Pekinese Rhymes (G. Vitale, 1896).djvu]] * [[Index:Chinese Life in the Tibetan Foothills.djvu]] * [[Index:California Digital Library (IA dictionaryofhokk00medhrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Excellent ancient adages, together with notes on the writings of Chinese romanized in the Hokkien dialect.djvu]] * [[Index:Essays on the Chinese Language (1889).djvu]] * [[Index:A short history of China; an account for the general reader of an ancient empire and people (IA sh00orthistoryofchboulrich).pdf]], 1st Edition * [[Index:A short history of China; an account for the general reader of an ancient empire and people (IA shorthistoryofch00boulrich).pdf]], 2nd Edition * [[Index:A history of China from the earliest days down to the present (IA cu31924091024392).pdf]] * [[Index:The unveiled East (IA unveiledeast00mcke).pdf]] * [[Index:Letters from the Far East (IA lettersfromfarea00evan).pdf]] * [[Index:China and the Far East (IA chinafareast00blak).pdf]] * [[Index:China and the Far East, 1889-99 - contribution toward a bibliography (IA cu31924023967734).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/gpl_1856272/ The Morals of Confucius, 1691] * [[Index:California Digital Library (IA chinesenovelstra00davirich).pdf|Chinese novels, translated from the originals]] * [[Index:Notes on Chinese literature (IA notesonchineseli00wyli).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/chunsilinghistor00londiala/ Chun and Si-Ling] * [[Index:The Far East (IA fareast00litt).pdf]] * [[Index:The Provinces of China, together with a history of the first year of H.I.M. Hsuan Tung, and an account of the government of China .. (IA provincesofchina00bruciala).pdf]] * [[Index:The Ceremonial Usages of the Chinese, B. C. 1121- Being an Abridgement of the Chow Le Classic (IA ceremonialusage00hugoog).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/civilizationofch00gileiala/ The Civilization of China] * [[Index:A general view of Chinese civilization and of the relations of the West with China (IA generalviewofchi00laffrich).pdf]] * [[Index:Sidelights on Chinese Life (sidelightsonchin00macg, 1907, MacGowan).pdf]] * [[Index:A history of Chinese literature - Giles.djvu]] * [[Index:Notable women of modern China (IA notablewomenofmo00burt).pdf]] * [[Index:The education of women in Japan (IA educationofwomen00burt).pdf]] * [[Index:The education of girls in China (IA educationofgirls00lewi).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/chinesetheireduc00martiala/ The Chinese: their education, philosophy, and letters] * [[Index:The lore of Cathay - or, The intellect of China (IA loreofcathayorin00martrich).pdf]] * [[Index:China's only hope - an appeal (IA chinasonlyhopeap00zhan).pdf]] * [[Index:The Chinese Empire. A General & Missionary Survey.djvu]] * [https://archive.org/details/educationofwomen00burtuoft/ The Education of Women in China] * [[Index:Modern education in China (IA moderneducationi00tang).pdf]] * [[Index:The educational system of China as recently reconstructed (IA educationalsyste00king).pdf]] * [[Index:The Chinese system of public education (IA chinesesystemop00kuop).pdf]] * [[Index:Chinese education from the western viewpoint (IA chineseeducation00yens).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/sihialanguage27lauf/ The Si-hia Language] * [https://archive.org/details/chinahistoryofla01grayuoft/ China: a History of the Laws, Manners and Customs of the People, Volume 1] * [[Index:China - a history of the laws, manners and customs of the people (IA chinahistoryofla02grayuoft).pdf]], Volume 2 * [[Index:On & off duty in Annam (IA onoffdutyinannam00vassiala).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/storieslegendsof00chiv/ Stories and Legends of Annam] * [[Index:Vietnamese Song Book (U.S. Army Language School, 1961).pdf]] * [[Index:Indo-China and its primitive people (IA indochinaitsprim00baud).pdf]] * [[Index:The persecutions of Annam; a history of Christianity in Cochin China and Tonking (IA persecutionsofan00shoriala).pdf]] * [[Index:The French in Tonkin and South China (IA frenchintonkinso00cunn).pdf]] * [[Index:Tonkin, or, France in the Far East (IA cu31924023040581).pdf]] * [[Index:Tungking (IA cu31924088799386).pdf]] * [[Index:France and Tongking; a narrative of the campaign of 1884 and the occupation of Further India (IA francetongkingna01scot 0).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/warintongkingwh00staugoog/ The War in Tong-king] * [[Index:The political ideas of modern Japan (IA politicalideasof00kawarich).pdf]] * [[Index:Studies in Vietnamese (Annamese) grammar (Emeneau).pdf]] * [[Index:The Corean government- constitutional changes, July 1894 to October 1895. With an appendix on subsequent enactments to 30th June 1896 (IA cu31924023425063).pdf]] * [[Index:The history of that great and renowned monarchy of China. Wherein all the particular provinces are accurately described- as also the dispositions, manners, learning, lawes, militia (IA historyofthatgre00seme).pdf]] * [[Index:Code of Gentoo Laws (1776, codeofgentoolaws00halh, Halhed).djvu]] * [[Index:Ancient China, The Shoo King or the Historical Classic (Ancientchinashoo00confuoft, Medhurst, 1846).djvu]] * [[Index:Chinese Moral Maxims - Davis - 1823.djvu]] * [[Index:Transactions of the Royal Asiatic Society - Volume 1.djvu]] * [[Index:Transactions of the Royal Asiatic Society - Volume 2.djvu]] * [[Index:Transactions of the Royal Asiatic Society - Volume 3.djvu]] * [[Index:Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland 1864-65.pdf]] * [[Index:The Chinese Repository - Volume 01.djvu]] * [[Index:An Ainu-English-Japanese dictionary (including a grammar of the Ainu language).djvu]] * [[Index:How Many Independent Rice Vocabularies in Asia?.pdf]] * [[Index:A Grammar of the Chinese Language (grammarofchinese00morr 1, Morrison, 1815).pdf]] * [[Index:Ta Tsing Leu Lee; Being, The Fundamental Laws, and a Selections from the Supplementary Statutes, of the Penal Code of China.djvu]] * [[Index:Dictionary of the Swatow dialect.djvu]] * [[Index:Chinese miscellany; consisting of original extracts from Chinese authors, in the native character; with translations and philological remarks (IA b22009450).pdf]] * [[Index:Translations from the Original Chinese, with Notes (translationsfrom00morruoft, 1815).djvu]] ====Manuscripts==== * [[Index:BL Cotton MS Nero A x (art. 3).pdf]] * [[Index:BL Cotton MS Nero D IV.djvu]] * [[Index:BL Cotton MS Julius A II.djvu]] * [[Index:BL Cotton MS Julius A VII.djvu]] * [[Index:BL Cotton MS Vitellius A XV.djvu]] ==== North Carolina ==== * [[Index:Reconstruction in North Carolina (IA cu31924028788664).pdf]], 1st Edition * [[Index:Reconstruction in North Carolina .. (IA reconstructionin00hami).pdf]], 2nd Edition * [[Index:Official history of the 120th Infantry "3rd North Carolina" 30th Division, from August 5, 1917, to April 17, 1919 - canal sector, Ypres-Lys offensive, Somme offensive (IA officialhistoryowalk).pdf]] * [https://archive.org/details/accountofprovinc00wils/ An Account of the Province of Carolina in America] * [https://archive.org/details/fundamentalconst00caro/ The Fundamental Constitutions of Carolina] * [[Index:University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill (IA govwilliamtryon00hayw).pdf]], Governor William Tryon, and his administration in the province of North Carolina * [[Index:The Moravians in North Carolina - an authentic history (IA moraviansinnorth00reic).pdf]] * [[Indes:History of Wachovia in North Carolina; the Unitas fratrum or Moravian church in North Carolina during a century and a half, 1752-1902 (IA historyofwachovi00clew).pdf]] * [[Index:History of the University of North Carolina (IA historyofunivers00batt).pdf]] * [[Index:History of the University of North Carolina (IA historyofunivers02batt).pdf]] * [[Index:Laws of the University of North-Carolina (1800, lawsofuniversityuniv1799).djvu]] * [[Index:Report of the Tax Commission to Governor Angus Wilton McLean, 1927.pdf]] * [[Index:Regulations for the North Carolina National Guard, 1907.pdf]] * [[Index:Reminiscences of Randolph County - Blair - 1890.djvu]] * [[Index:West Chowan Baptist Messenger, Volume 1 - Issue 4.pdf]] * [[Index:Revised Statutes of the State of North Carolina - Volume 1.djvu]] * [[Index:Session Laws of North Carolina, April, 1777.pdf]] * [[Index:A bibliography of North Carolina, 1589-1956 - 1958.djvu]] * [[Index:The Asheboro Courier, Volume IX, No. 26.pdf]] * [[Index:The North Carolina Historical Review - Volume 1, Number 1.pdf]] * [[Index:1751 A collection of all the public acts of Assembly, of the province of North-Carolina now in force and use.pdf]] * [[Index:North Carolina Manual (1874).pdf]] * [[Index:NC-Register-Volume-01-Issue-01.pdf]] == Series/Periodicals/Journals == * [[Science (journal)]] * [[The China Review]] * [[Amazing Stories]] * [[The Chinese Repository]] * [[Federal Register]] * [[Weird Tales]] * [[The Journal of Religion]] * [[Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society]] * [[Journal of Classical and Sacred Philology]] * [[Journal of Germanic Philology]] * [[Journal of English and Germanic Philology]] * [[Southern Historical Society Papers]] * [[Archaeologia]] * [[Portal:The Review of English Studies|The Review of English Studies]] * [[Archaeological Journal]] * [[National Geographic Magazine]] * [[Classical World]] * [[The International Socialist Review (1900-1918)]] * [[Loeb Classical Library]] * [[West Chowan Baptist Messenger]], in case more issues show up. * [[The Courier]] * [[North Carolina Historical Review]] == Copyright books, bibliographies, etc. == * [[Catalog of Copyright Entries]] * [[Index:A bibliography of North Carolina, 1589-1956 - 1958.djvu]] == Authors I'm working on / might work on == * [[author:John Ronald Reuel Tolkien|John Ronald Reuel Tolkien]] * [[author:Alexander Ross|Alexander Ross]] * [[Author:George Lyman Kittredge|George Lyman Kittredge]] * [[Author:Frank Johnson Goodnow|Frank Johnson Goodnow]] * [[Author:Frank Frost Abbott|Frank Frost Abbott]] * [[Author:John Bagnell Bury|John Bagnell Bury]] * [[Author:Edwin Charles Clark|Edwin Charles Clark]] * [[Author:James Muirhead (1831-1889)|James Muirhead]] * [[Author:Edward Poste|Edward Poste]] * [[Author:James Young Simpson|James Young Simpson]] * [[Author:Francis Ellingwood Abbot|Francis Ellingwood Abbot]] == WikiProjects == * [[Wikisource:WikiProject North Carolina|WikiProject North Carolina]] * [[Wikisource:WikiProject Socialism|WikiProject Socialism]] * [[Wikisource:WikiProject Chinese|WikiProject Chinese]] == Other == * Created the [[Template:PD-Nauru]] for Nauruan works == Other Accounts == * https://www.openstreetmap.org/user/Reboot01 == Scripts and Tools and things == *[[/Sandbox/]] *[[/common.js/]] *[[/common.css/]] *[[/CustomToolbarAdditions.js/]] {{rule}} {{rule}} {{-}} 2u7el5pprrn2b7aedqios3q6ya4f4v0 Page:Notes on the State of Virginia (1802).djvu/129 104 2355778 14128525 7047446 2024-04-25T17:47:23Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" />{{rh||NOTES ON VIRGINIA.|119}}</noinclude>ſtate, we ſhould be 54½ years attaining it, could we at once double our numbers; and 81¾ years, if we rely on natural propagation, as may be ſeen by the following table. {|{{ts|mc}} class="_rules_all _cellpadding0 _cellspacing0" |- | |{{ts|ac}}|&nbsp;Proceeding&nbsp;on&nbsp;our&nbsp;<br />preſent ſtock. |{{ts|ac}}|&nbsp;Proceeding&nbsp;on&nbsp;a<br />double&nbsp;ſtock. |- |&nbsp;1781&nbsp; |{{ts|ac}}|&ensp;&nbsp;567,614 |{{ts|ac}}|1,135,228 |- |&nbsp;1808 |{{ts|ac}}|1,135,228 |{{ts|ac}}|2,270,456 |- |&nbsp;1835 |{{ts|ac}}|2,270,456 |{{ts|ac}}|4,450,912 |- |&nbsp;1862 |{{ts|ac}}|4,540,912 | |} In the firſt column are ſtated periods of 270 years; in the ſecond are our numbers, at each period, as they will be if we proceed on our actual ſtock; and in the third are what they would be, at the ſame periods, were we to ſet out from the double of our preſent ſtock. I have taken the term of four millions and a half of inhabitants for examples ſake only. Yet I am perſuaded it is a greater number than the country ſpoken of, conſidering how much inarable land it contains, can cloath and feed, without a material change in the quality of their diet. But are their no inconveniences to be thrown into the ſcale againſt the advantage expected from a multiplication of numbers by the importation of foreigners? It is for the happineſs of thoſe united in ſociety to harmonize as much as poſſible in matters which they muſt of neceſſity tranſact together. Civil government being the ſole object of forming ſocieties, its adminiſtration muſt be conducted by common conſent. Every ſpecies of government has its ſpecific principles. Ours perhaps are more peculiar than<noinclude></noinclude> jap8rbel5csafob6jc8zf3945wcn15u Author:James Marie Hopper 102 2357202 14131146 11712272 2024-04-26T07:53:38Z SnowyCinema 2484340 SnowyCinema moved page [[Author:James Hopper]] to [[Author:James Marie Hopper]]: Expand name wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = James | lastname = Hopper | last_initial = Ho | description = French-born American author and early college football player and coach. Many of his works were published in ''McClure's Magazine''. }} ==Works== * ''[[Caybigan]]'' (1906) <small>(short stories)</small> * ''[[What Happened in the Night|What Happened in the Night, and Other Stories]]'' (1913) <small>(short stories)</small> {{small scan link|James Hopper--What happened in the night.djvu}} * ''[[9009]]'' (with [[Author:Frederick Ritchie Bechdolt|Frederick Ritchie Bechdolt]]) (1908) * ''[[The Trimming of Goosie]]'' (1909) <small>[https://archive.org/details/trimminggoosie00hoppgoog IA] : [http://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/29319 PG]</small> * ''The Freshman'' (1912) <small>[https://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/009182569 hathitrust]</small> * ''Coming Back With the Spitball, a Pitcher's Romance'' (1914) <small>[https://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/008611975 hathitrust]</small> * Medals of Honor (1929) illus. John Alan Maxwell <small>[https://archive.org/details/medalsofhonor00jame IA]</small> ===Individual short works=== * ''[[Caybigan]]'' (1906) # [[Caybigan/Chapter 1|The Judgment of Man]] [''McClure's'', Aug 1905] # [[Caybigan/Chapter 2|The Maestro of Balangilang]] [''McClure's'', Mar 1905] # [[Caybigan/Chapter 3|Her Reading]] # [[Caybigan/Chapter 4|The Struggles and Triumph of Isidro de los Maestros]] [''McClure's'', Apr 1906] # [[Caybigan/Chapter 5|The Failure]] [''McClure's'', Jan 1904] # [[Caybigan/Chapter 6|Some Benevolent Assimilation]] (''McClure's'', Sep 1906) # [[Caybigan/Chapter 7|A Jest of the Gods]] # [[Caybigan/Chapter 8|The Coming of the Maestra]] [''McClure's'', Aug 1904] # [[Caybigan/Chapter 9|Caybigan]] (''McClure's'', Jul 1906) # [[Caybigan/Chapter 10|The Capture of Papa Gato]] # [[Caybigan/Chapter 11|The Mañangete]] # [[Caybigan/Chapter 12|The Past]] [''McClure's'', Jun 1904] # [[Caybigan/Chapter 13|The Prerogative]] # [[Caybigan/Chapter 14|The Confluence]] [''McClure's'', Oct 1906] # [[Caybigan/Chapter 15|The Call]] [''McClure's'', Dec 1903] * ''[[What Happened in the Night|What Happened in the Night, and Other Stories]]'' (1913) ** [[What Happened in the Night/What Happened in the Night|What Happened in the Night]] ** [[What Happened in the Night/A Jumble in Divinities|A Jumble in Divinities]] ** [[What Happened in the Night/The Fishing of Suzanne|The Fishing of Suzanne]] ** [[What Happened in the Night/The Marvelous Night|The Marvelous Night]] ** [[What Happened in the Night/The King's Caprice|The King's Caprice]] ** [[What Happened in the Night/The Gift|The Gift]] ** [[What Happened in the Night/The Black Night|The Black Night]] ** [[What Happened in the Night/White Loves|White Loves]] ** [[What Happened in the Night/God's Job|God's Job]] ====Short works from magazines==== * "[[Passing of the Vet]]" in ''McClure's'', Nov 1904 * "[[A Jumble in Divinities]]" in ''McClure's Magazine'', Nov & Dec 1904 * "[[The Pity of Woman]]" (1906 May, ''Everybody's'') (ss) * "[[Our San Francisco]]" (1906 June, ''Everybody's'') (article: The {{w|1906 San Francisco earthquake}}) * "[[A Boy and a Girl]]" in ''Harpers'', Sep 1906 * "[[Ali Baba]]" in ''McClure's Magazine'', Aug 1907 * "[[The Bit of Calico]]" in ''McClure's Magazine'', Nov 1907 * "[[Gus]]" in ''Century Magazine'', Nov 1908 * "[[The Hate That Saved]]" in ''Century Magazine'', Mar 1908 * "[[The Reformation of Jack Ketch]]" in ''McClure's'', Mar 1909 * "[[Training With the Tigers]]" (1909, ''Saturday Evening Post'') (ss) * "[[The Boy Who Lost Weight]]" (1909, ''Saturday Evening Post'') (ss) * "[[Banjo Nell]]," in ''Collier's'', Feb 1910 * "[[The Boy Who Lost Weight]]" (1909, ''Saturday Evening Post'') (ss) * "[[The Black Night]]" in ''Harpers Monthly'', June 1910 * "[[The Difference]]" in ''Forum'' Feb 1913 * "[[The Night School]]" in ''Century Magazine'', Mar 1914 * "[[The Great Lottery]]" in ''Century Magazine'', Dec 1917 * "[[The Scoop of Charles Hamilton Potts]]" (1920 July & Aug, ''Everybody's'') (novelette) * "[[The Pessimist Rewarded]]" in ''Harpers'', Aug 1920 * "[[The Little Cave-Boy]]" (1921 Jan, ''Everybody's'') (ss) * "[[The Ship in the Bottle]]," in ''Windsor'' magazine, 1922 * "[[Jerrup]]" in ''Century Magazine'', Aug 1922 {{smallrefs}} {{PD/US|1956}} {{authority control}} [[Category:United States authors]] [[Category:Adventure authors]] [[Category:Novelists]] [[Category:Short story authors]] [[Category:Sportspeople as authors]] j4ypj95iu7okpnp4493vg6cma547td3 Page:The Vicomte de Bragelonne 2.djvu/19 104 2359100 14131529 7054930 2024-04-26T11:55:36Z Slowking4 251604 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{rh| |{{smaller|THE VICOMTE DE BRAGELONNE}}| 7 }}</noinclude> court, You are the only person that reaps the advantages of them without incurring the trouble—you, who are really more one of madame's maids of honor than I am, because madame makes her affection for your father-in-law glance off upon you; so that you enter this dull house as the birds fly into yonder court, inhaling the air, pecking the flowers, picking up the grain, without having the least service to perform, or the least annoyance to undergo. And you talk to me of duties to be performed! In sooth, my pretty idler, what are your own proper duties, unless to write to handsome Raoul? And even that you don't do; so that it looks to me as if you likewise were rather negligent of your duties." Louise assumed a serious air, leaned her chin upon her hand, and, in a tone full of candid remonstrance, "And do you reproach me with my good fortune?" said she. "Can you have the heart to do it? Ypu have a future; you belong to the court; the king, if he should marry, will require Monsieur to be near his person; you will see splendid ''fetes;'' you will see the king, who they say is so handsome, so agreeable!" "Ay, and still more, I shall see Raoul, who attends upon Monsieur le Prince," added Montalais maliciously. "Poor Raoul!" sighed Louise. "Now is the time to write to him, my pretty dear! Come, begin again, with that famous 'Monsieur Raoul' which figures at the top of the poor torn sheet." She then held the pen toward her, and with a charming smile encouraged her hand, which quickly traced the words she named. "What next?" asked the younger of the two girls. "Why, now write what you think, Louise," replied Montalais. "Are you quite sure I think of anything?" "You think of somebody, and that amounts to the same thing, or rather even worse." "Do you think so, Montalais?" "Louise! Louise! your blue eyes are as deep as the sea I saw at Boulogne last year! No, no, I mistake—the sea is perfidious; your eyes are as deep as the azure yonder—lock—over, our heads!" "Well, since you can read so well in my eyes, tell me what I am thinking about, Montalais." "In the first place, you don't think, ''Monsieur Raoul;'' you think, ''My dear Raoul.''" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> r9z316bemrq43h0nyi3ugabc92uswuh Page:The Vicomte de Bragelonne 2.djvu/20 104 2359101 14131532 7054931 2024-04-26T11:58:51Z Slowking4 251604 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{rh|8 |{{smaller|THE VICOMTE DE BRAGELONNE}}| }}</noinclude> "Oh——" "Never blush for such a trifle as that! 'My dear Raoul,' we will say, 'You implore me to write to you at Paris, where you are detained by your attendance on Monsieur le Prince. As you must be very dull there, to seek for amusement in the remembrance of a provinciate——'" Louise rose up suddenly. "No, Montalais," said she, with a smile; "I don't think a word of that. Look, this is what I think;" and she seized the pen boldly, and traced, with a firm hand, the following words: "I should have been very unhappy if your entreaties to obtain a remembrance of me had been less warm. Everything here reminds me of our early days, which so quickly passed away, which so delightfully flew by, that no others will ever replace the charm of them in my heart." Montalais, who watched the flying pen, and read, the wrong way upward, as fast as her friend wrote, here interrupted by clapping her hands. "Capital!" cried she; "there is frankness—there is heart—there is style! Show these Parisians, my dear, that Blois is the city for fine language!" "He knows very well that Blois was a paradise to me," replied the girl. "That is exactly what you mean to say; and you speak like an angel." "I will finish, Montalais;" and she continued as follows: "You often think of me, you say, Monsieur Raoul; I thank you; but that does not surprise me, when I recollect how often our hearts have beaten close to each other." "Oh! oh!" said Montalais. "Beware, my lamb! You are scattering your wool, and there are wolves about." Louise was about to reply, when the gallop of a horse resounded under the porch of the castle. "What is that?" said Montalais, approaching the window "A handsome cavalier, by my faith!" "Oh! Raoul!" exclaimed Louise, who had made the same movement as her friend, and, becoming pale as death, sunk back beside her unfinished letter. "Now, he is a clever lover, upon my word!" cried Montalais; "he arrives just at the proper moment." "Come in, come in, I implore you!" murmured Louise. "Bah! he does not know me. Let me see what he has come here for,"{{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> hefm0yil8b809cd9agenn9m181ummk8 Page:Notes on the State of Virginia (1802).djvu/155 104 2359636 14128710 12462620 2024-04-25T18:17:17Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 /* Problematic */ Please rebuild the table so the selectors can work correctly with modern XTHML/CSS proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="2" user="ShakespeareFan00" /></noinclude>{|{{ts|mc}} class="_cellpadding0 _cellspacing0 _rules_cols" |- |align="center"|TRIBES. |align="center"|&nbsp;Croghan.&nbsp;<br />1759. |align="center"|&nbsp;Bouquet.&nbsp;<br />1764. |align="center"|&nbsp;Hutchins.&nbsp;<br />1768. |align="center" colspan="2"|Where they reſide. |- |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |colspan="2"|{{rule}} |- | | | | |colspan="2"|&nbsp;''Northward and Weſtward of the United States.'' |- |&nbsp;Oſwegatchies |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|100 |colspan="2"|&nbsp;At Swagatchy, on the river St. Laurence. |- |&nbsp;Connaſedagoes |align="center"|—— |align="center" rowspan="2"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |rowspan="2"|{{gap}} |—— |rowspan="2"|{{brace2|2|r}} |- |align="center"|{{nowrap|&ensp;200}} |} |align="center" rowspan="2"|300 |rowspan="2" colspan="2"|&nbsp;Near Montreal. |- |&nbsp;Cohunnewagoes |align="center"|—— |- |&nbsp;Orandocs |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|100 |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Near Trois Rivieres. |- |&nbsp;Abenakies |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;350 |align="center"|150 |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Near Trois Rivieres. |- |&nbsp;Little Algonkins |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|100 |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Near Trois Rivieres. |- |&nbsp;Michmacs |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;700 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;River St. Laurence. |- |&nbsp;Ameliſtes |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;550 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;River St. Laurence. |- |&nbsp;Chalas |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;130 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;River St. Laurence. |- |&nbsp;Nipiſſins |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;400 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Towards the heads of the Ottawas river. |- |&nbsp;Algonquins |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;300 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Towards the heads of the Ottawas river. |- |&nbsp;Round heads |align="center"|—— |align="center"|2500 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|{{nowrap|&nbsp;Riviere aux Tetes boules on the E. ſide of Lake Superior.}} |- |&nbsp;Meſſaſagues |align="center"|—— |align="center"|2000 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Lakes Huron & Superior. |- |&nbsp;Chriſtinaux; Kris |align="center"|—— |align="center"|3000 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Lake Chriſtinaux. |- |&nbsp;Aſſinaboes |align="center"|—— |align="center"|1500 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Lake Aſſinaboes.<noinclude> |}</noinclude> e2sq64n4fncrq3pmvbo738lvqip0qbk 14128715 14128710 2024-04-25T18:18:36Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="2" user="ShakespeareFan00" /></noinclude>{|{{ts|mc}} class="_cellpadding0 _cellspacing0" _rules_cols" |- |align="center"|TRIBES. |align="center"|&nbsp;Croghan.&nbsp;<br />1759. |align="center"|&nbsp;Bouquet.&nbsp;<br />1764. |align="center"|&nbsp;Hutchins.&nbsp;<br />1768. |align="center" colspan="2"|Where they reſide. |- |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |colspan="2"|{{rule}} |- | | | | |colspan="2"|&nbsp;''Northward and Weſtward of the United States.'' |- |&nbsp;Oſwegatchies |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|100 |colspan="2"|&nbsp;At Swagatchy, on the river St. Laurence. |- |&nbsp;Connaſedagoes |align="center"|—— |align="center" rowspan="2"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |rowspan="2"|{{gap}} |—— |rowspan="2"|{{brace2|2|r}} |- |align="center"|{{nowrap|&ensp;200}} |} |align="center" rowspan="2"|300 |rowspan="2" colspan="2"|&nbsp;Near Montreal. |- |&nbsp;Cohunnewagoes |align="center"|—— |- |&nbsp;Orandocs |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|100 |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Near Trois Rivieres. |- |&nbsp;Abenakies |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;350 |align="center"|150 |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Near Trois Rivieres. |- |&nbsp;Little Algonkins |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|100 |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Near Trois Rivieres. |- |&nbsp;Michmacs |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;700 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;River St. Laurence. |- |&nbsp;Ameliſtes |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;550 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;River St. Laurence. |- |&nbsp;Chalas |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;130 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;River St. Laurence. |- |&nbsp;Nipiſſins |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;400 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Towards the heads of the Ottawas river. |- |&nbsp;Algonquins |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;300 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Towards the heads of the Ottawas river. |- |&nbsp;Round heads |align="center"|—— |align="center"|2500 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|{{nowrap|&nbsp;Riviere aux Tetes boules on the E. ſide of Lake Superior.}} |- |&nbsp;Meſſaſagues |align="center"|—— |align="center"|2000 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Lakes Huron & Superior. |- |&nbsp;Chriſtinaux; Kris |align="center"|—— |align="center"|3000 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Lake Chriſtinaux. |- |&nbsp;Aſſinaboes |align="center"|—— |align="center"|1500 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Lake Aſſinaboes.<noinclude> |}</noinclude> 881hht973ub6j6qxnn07a298ivow1om 14128717 14128715 2024-04-25T18:18:54Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="2" user="ShakespeareFan00" /></noinclude>{|{{ts|mc}} class="_cellpadding0 _cellspacing0" rules=cols |- |align="center"|TRIBES. |align="center"|&nbsp;Croghan.&nbsp;<br />1759. |align="center"|&nbsp;Bouquet.&nbsp;<br />1764. |align="center"|&nbsp;Hutchins.&nbsp;<br />1768. |align="center" colspan="2"|Where they reſide. |- |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |colspan="2"|{{rule}} |- | | | | |colspan="2"|&nbsp;''Northward and Weſtward of the United States.'' |- |&nbsp;Oſwegatchies |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|100 |colspan="2"|&nbsp;At Swagatchy, on the river St. Laurence. |- |&nbsp;Connaſedagoes |align="center"|—— |align="center" rowspan="2"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |rowspan="2"|{{gap}} |—— |rowspan="2"|{{brace2|2|r}} |- |align="center"|{{nowrap|&ensp;200}} |} |align="center" rowspan="2"|300 |rowspan="2" colspan="2"|&nbsp;Near Montreal. |- |&nbsp;Cohunnewagoes |align="center"|—— |- |&nbsp;Orandocs |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|100 |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Near Trois Rivieres. |- |&nbsp;Abenakies |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;350 |align="center"|150 |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Near Trois Rivieres. |- |&nbsp;Little Algonkins |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|100 |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Near Trois Rivieres. |- |&nbsp;Michmacs |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;700 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;River St. Laurence. |- |&nbsp;Ameliſtes |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;550 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;River St. Laurence. |- |&nbsp;Chalas |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;130 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;River St. Laurence. |- |&nbsp;Nipiſſins |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;400 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Towards the heads of the Ottawas river. |- |&nbsp;Algonquins |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;300 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Towards the heads of the Ottawas river. |- |&nbsp;Round heads |align="center"|—— |align="center"|2500 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|{{nowrap|&nbsp;Riviere aux Tetes boules on the E. ſide of Lake Superior.}} |- |&nbsp;Meſſaſagues |align="center"|—— |align="center"|2000 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Lakes Huron & Superior. |- |&nbsp;Chriſtinaux; Kris |align="center"|—— |align="center"|3000 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Lake Chriſtinaux. |- |&nbsp;Aſſinaboes |align="center"|—— |align="center"|1500 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Lake Aſſinaboes.<noinclude> |}</noinclude> tbwukd3ym3prq4vfgc0ndhj7o077at9 14130127 14128717 2024-04-25T21:52:49Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="ShakespeareFan00" /></noinclude>{|{{ts|mc}} class="_cellpadding0 _cellspacing0" rules=cols |- |align="center"|TRIBES. |align="center"|&nbsp;Croghan.&nbsp;<br />1759. |align="center"|&nbsp;Bouquet.&nbsp;<br />1764. |align="center"|&nbsp;Hutchins.&nbsp;<br />1768. |align="center" colspan="2"|Where they reſide. |- |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |colspan="2"|{{rule}} |- | | | | |colspan="2"|&nbsp;''Northward and Weſtward of the United States.'' |- |&nbsp;Oſwegatchies |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|100 |colspan="2"|&nbsp;At Swagatchy, on the river St. Laurence. |- |&nbsp;Connaſedagoes |align="center"|—— |align="center" rowspan="2"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |rowspan="2"|{{gap}} |—— |rowspan="2"|{{brace2|2|r}} |- |align="center"|{{nowrap|&ensp;200}} |} |align="center" rowspan="2"|300 |rowspan="2" colspan="2"|&nbsp;Near Montreal. |- |&nbsp;Cohunnewagoes |align="center"|—— |- |&nbsp;Orandocs |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|100 |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Near Trois Rivieres. |- |&nbsp;Abenakies |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;350 |align="center"|150 |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Near Trois Rivieres. |- |&nbsp;Little Algonkins |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|100 |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Near Trois Rivieres. |- |&nbsp;Michmacs |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;700 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;River St. Laurence. |- |&nbsp;Ameliſtes |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;550 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;River St. Laurence. |- |&nbsp;Chalas |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;130 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;River St. Laurence. |- |&nbsp;Nipiſſins |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;400 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Towards the heads of the Ottawas river. |- |&nbsp;Algonquins |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;300 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Towards the heads of the Ottawas river. |- |&nbsp;Round heads |align="center"|—— |align="center"|2500 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|{{nowrap|&nbsp;Riviere aux Tetes boules on the E. ſide of Lake Superior.}} |- |&nbsp;Meſſaſagues |align="center"|—— |align="center"|2000 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Lakes Huron & Superior. |- |&nbsp;Chriſtinaux; Kris |align="center"|—— |align="center"|3000 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Lake Chriſtinaux. |- |&nbsp;Aſſinaboes |align="center"|—— |align="center"|1500 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Lake Aſſinaboes.<noinclude> |}</noinclude> 0mjfd7f46ei6w36bkk6vb8w68tnno62 Page:Notes on the State of Virginia (1802).djvu/156 104 2360334 14128712 12462621 2024-04-25T18:17:55Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 /* Problematic */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="2" user="ShakespeareFan00" />{|{{ts|mc}} class="_cellpadding0 _cellspacing0" _rules_cols |- |align="center"|TRIBES. |align="center"|&nbsp;Croghan.&nbsp;<br />1759. |align="center"|&nbsp;Bouquet.&nbsp;<br />1764. |align="center"|&nbsp;Hutchins.&nbsp;<br />1768. |align="center" colspan="2"|Where they reſide. |- |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |colspan="2"|{{rule}} |- | | | | |colspan="2"|&nbsp;''Northward and Weſtward of the United States.''</noinclude>{{nop}} |- |&nbsp;Blancs, or Barbus |align="center"|—— |align="center"|1500 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"| |- | {|align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |{{nowrap|&nbsp;Sioux of the Meadows}} |rowspan="3"|{{brace2|3|r}} |- |&nbsp;Sioux of the Woods |- |&nbsp;Sioux |} |align="center"|10,000 |align="center"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |rowspan="3"|{{gap}} |2500 |rowspan="3"|{{brace2|3|r}} |- |1800 |- |—— |} |align="center"|10,000 |colspan="2"| {|align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |{{brace2|3|r}} |{{nowrap|&nbsp;On the heads of the Miſſisipi and weſtward of that river.&nbsp;}} |} |- |&nbsp;Ajoues |align="center"|—— |align="center"|1100 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;North of the Padoucas. |- |&nbsp;Panis. White |align="center"|—— |align="center"|2000 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;South of the Miſſouri. |- |&nbsp;Panis. Freckled |align="center"|—— |align="center"|1700 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;South of the Miſſouri. |- |&nbsp;Padoucas |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;500 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;South of the Miſſouri. |- |&nbsp;Grandes eaux |align="center"|—— |align="center"|1000 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"| |- |&nbsp;Canſes |align="center"|—— |align="center"|1600 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;South of the Miſſouri. |- |&nbsp;Osages |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;600 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;South of the Miſſouri. |- |&nbsp;Miſſouris |align="center"|400 |align="center"|3000 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;On the river Miſſouri. |- |&nbsp;Arkanzas |align="center"|—— |align="center"|2000 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;On the river Arkanzas. |- |&nbsp;Caouitas |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;700 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Eaſt of the Alibamous.<noinclude> |}</noinclude> 8kt8j7mfov948376lhg7boucxfk0wfp 14128713 14128712 2024-04-25T18:18:19Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 /* Problematic */ Please rebuild the table so the selectors can work correctly with modern XTHML/CSS proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="2" user="ShakespeareFan00" />{|{{ts|mc}} class="_cellpadding0 _cellspacing0" rules=cols |- |align="center"|TRIBES. |align="center"|&nbsp;Croghan.&nbsp;<br />1759. |align="center"|&nbsp;Bouquet.&nbsp;<br />1764. |align="center"|&nbsp;Hutchins.&nbsp;<br />1768. |align="center" colspan="2"|Where they reſide. |- |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |colspan="2"|{{rule}} |- | | | | |colspan="2"|&nbsp;''Northward and Weſtward of the United States.''</noinclude>{{nop}} |- |&nbsp;Blancs, or Barbus |align="center"|—— |align="center"|1500 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"| |- | {|align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |{{nowrap|&nbsp;Sioux of the Meadows}} |rowspan="3"|{{brace2|3|r}} |- |&nbsp;Sioux of the Woods |- |&nbsp;Sioux |} |align="center"|10,000 |align="center"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |rowspan="3"|{{gap}} |2500 |rowspan="3"|{{brace2|3|r}} |- |1800 |- |—— |} |align="center"|10,000 |colspan="2"| {|align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |{{brace2|3|r}} |{{nowrap|&nbsp;On the heads of the Miſſisipi and weſtward of that river.&nbsp;}} |} |- |&nbsp;Ajoues |align="center"|—— |align="center"|1100 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;North of the Padoucas. |- |&nbsp;Panis. White |align="center"|—— |align="center"|2000 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;South of the Miſſouri. |- |&nbsp;Panis. Freckled |align="center"|—— |align="center"|1700 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;South of the Miſſouri. |- |&nbsp;Padoucas |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;500 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;South of the Miſſouri. |- |&nbsp;Grandes eaux |align="center"|—— |align="center"|1000 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"| |- |&nbsp;Canſes |align="center"|—— |align="center"|1600 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;South of the Miſſouri. |- |&nbsp;Osages |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;600 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;South of the Miſſouri. |- |&nbsp;Miſſouris |align="center"|400 |align="center"|3000 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;On the river Miſſouri. |- |&nbsp;Arkanzas |align="center"|—— |align="center"|2000 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;On the river Arkanzas. |- |&nbsp;Caouitas |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;700 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Eaſt of the Alibamous.<noinclude> |}</noinclude> lmjjfbgpemlgf9yp06qxkv7icm9v23i 14130128 14128713 2024-04-25T21:53:18Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="ShakespeareFan00" />{|{{ts|mc}} class="_cellpadding0 _cellspacing0" rules=cols |- |align="center"|TRIBES. |align="center"|&nbsp;Croghan.&nbsp;<br />1759. |align="center"|&nbsp;Bouquet.&nbsp;<br />1764. |align="center"|&nbsp;Hutchins.&nbsp;<br />1768. |align="center" colspan="2"|Where they reſide. |- |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |colspan="2"|{{rule}} |- | | | | |colspan="2"|&nbsp;''Northward and Weſtward of the United States.''</noinclude>{{nop}} |- |&nbsp;Blancs, or Barbus |align="center"|—— |align="center"|1500 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"| |- | {|align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |{{nowrap|&nbsp;Sioux of the Meadows}} |rowspan="3"|{{brace2|3|r}} |- |&nbsp;Sioux of the Woods |- |&nbsp;Sioux |} |align="center"|10,000 |align="center"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |rowspan="3"|{{gap}} |2500 |rowspan="3"|{{brace2|3|r}} |- |1800 |- |—— |} |align="center"|10,000 |colspan="2"| {|align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |{{brace2|3|r}} |{{nowrap|&nbsp;On the heads of the Miſſisipi and weſtward of that river.&nbsp;}} |} |- |&nbsp;Ajoues |align="center"|—— |align="center"|1100 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;North of the Padoucas. |- |&nbsp;Panis. White |align="center"|—— |align="center"|2000 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;South of the Miſſouri. |- |&nbsp;Panis. Freckled |align="center"|—— |align="center"|1700 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;South of the Miſſouri. |- |&nbsp;Padoucas |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;500 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;South of the Miſſouri. |- |&nbsp;Grandes eaux |align="center"|—— |align="center"|1000 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"| |- |&nbsp;Canſes |align="center"|—— |align="center"|1600 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;South of the Miſſouri. |- |&nbsp;Osages |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;600 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;South of the Miſſouri. |- |&nbsp;Miſſouris |align="center"|400 |align="center"|3000 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;On the river Miſſouri. |- |&nbsp;Arkanzas |align="center"|—— |align="center"|2000 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;On the river Arkanzas. |- |&nbsp;Caouitas |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;700 |align="center"|—— |colspan="2"|&nbsp;Eaſt of the Alibamous.<noinclude> |}</noinclude> psjdr0ktg1ln56pvg8fb1hitraxcfdy Page:Notes on the State of Virginia (1802).djvu/157 104 2360344 14128720 12462782 2024-04-25T18:19:48Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 /* Problematic */ Please rebuild the table so the selectors can work correctly with modern XTHML/CSS proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="2" user="ShakespeareFan00" />{|{{ts|mc}} class="_cellpadding0 _cellspacing0" rules=cols |- |align="center"|TRIBES. |align="center"|&nbsp;Croghan.&nbsp;<br />1759. |align="center"|&nbsp;Bouquet.&nbsp;<br />1764. |align="center"|&nbsp;Hutchins.&nbsp;<br />1768. |align="center"|&nbsp;Dodge.&nbsp;<br />1779. |align="center"|Where they reſide. |- |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}}</noinclude>{{nop}} <includeonly>|- | | | | |{{rule}} | </includeonly>|- | | | | |<includeonly>align="center"|&nbsp;Dodge.&nbsp;<br />1779.</includeonly> |&nbsp;''Within the Limits of the United States.''<includeonly> |- | | | | |{{rule}} |</includeonly> |- |rowspan="6"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |rowspan="6"|{{brace2|6|l}} |Mohocks |- |Onèidas |- |Tuſkaròras&nbsp; |- |Onondàgoes&nbsp; |- |Cayùgas |- |Sènecas |} |rowspan="6"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |{{nowrap|{{gap|1.5em}}——}} |rowspan="6"|{{brace2|6|r}} |- |{{gap|1.5em}}—— |- |{{gap|1.5em}}—— |- |{{gap|1.5em}}—— |- |{{gap|1.5em}}—— |- |{{gap|1.5em}}—— |} |align="center"|—— |align="center"|160 |align="center"|100 |&nbsp;Mohocks river. |- |align="center"|—— |align="center" rowspan="2"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |rowspan="2"|&emsp; |300 |rowspan="2"|{{brace2|2|r}} |- |200 |} |align="center" rowspan="2"|400 |&nbsp;Eaſt side Oneida L. and head branches of Suſquehanna. |- |align="center"|—— |&nbsp;Between the Oneidas and Onondagoes. |- |align="center"|1550 |align="center"|260 |align="center"|230 |&nbsp;Near Onondago L. |- |align="center"|—— |align="center"|200 |align="center"|220 |&nbsp;On the Cayuga Lake near the N. branch of Suſquehanna. |- |align="center"|—— |align="center"|1000&ensp; |align="center"|650 |&nbsp;On the waters of Suſquehanna, of Ontario, and the heads of the Ohio. |- |&nbsp;Aughquàgahs |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|150 |align="center"|—— |&nbsp;Eaſt branch of Suſquehanna, and on Aughquagah. |- |&nbsp;Nanticoes |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|100 |align="center"|—— |{{nowrap|&nbsp;Utſanango, Chaghtnet, and Owegy, on the Eaſt branch of Suſquehanna.&nbsp;}} |- |&nbsp;Mohìccons |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|100 |align="center"|—— |&nbsp;In the ſame parts. |- |&nbsp;Conòies |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;30 |align="center"|—— |&nbsp;In the ſame parts. |- |&nbsp;Sapòonies |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;30 |align="center"|—— |&nbsp;At Diahago and other villages up the North branch of Suſquehanna. |- |&nbsp;Mùnſies |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|150 |align="center"|*150&ensp; |&nbsp;At Diahago and other villages up the North branch of Suſquehanna.<noinclude> |}</noinclude> b5jjt2ianq40gesvm5zckv67e764ybi 14130129 14128720 2024-04-25T21:53:36Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="ShakespeareFan00" />{|{{ts|mc}} class="_cellpadding0 _cellspacing0" rules=cols |- |align="center"|TRIBES. |align="center"|&nbsp;Croghan.&nbsp;<br />1759. |align="center"|&nbsp;Bouquet.&nbsp;<br />1764. |align="center"|&nbsp;Hutchins.&nbsp;<br />1768. |align="center"|&nbsp;Dodge.&nbsp;<br />1779. |align="center"|Where they reſide. |- |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}}</noinclude>{{nop}} <includeonly>|- | | | | |{{rule}} | </includeonly>|- | | | | |<includeonly>align="center"|&nbsp;Dodge.&nbsp;<br />1779.</includeonly> |&nbsp;''Within the Limits of the United States.''<includeonly> |- | | | | |{{rule}} |</includeonly> |- |rowspan="6"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |rowspan="6"|{{brace2|6|l}} |Mohocks |- |Onèidas |- |Tuſkaròras&nbsp; |- |Onondàgoes&nbsp; |- |Cayùgas |- |Sènecas |} |rowspan="6"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |{{nowrap|{{gap|1.5em}}——}} |rowspan="6"|{{brace2|6|r}} |- |{{gap|1.5em}}—— |- |{{gap|1.5em}}—— |- |{{gap|1.5em}}—— |- |{{gap|1.5em}}—— |- |{{gap|1.5em}}—— |} |align="center"|—— |align="center"|160 |align="center"|100 |&nbsp;Mohocks river. |- |align="center"|—— |align="center" rowspan="2"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |rowspan="2"|&emsp; |300 |rowspan="2"|{{brace2|2|r}} |- |200 |} |align="center" rowspan="2"|400 |&nbsp;Eaſt side Oneida L. and head branches of Suſquehanna. |- |align="center"|—— |&nbsp;Between the Oneidas and Onondagoes. |- |align="center"|1550 |align="center"|260 |align="center"|230 |&nbsp;Near Onondago L. |- |align="center"|—— |align="center"|200 |align="center"|220 |&nbsp;On the Cayuga Lake near the N. branch of Suſquehanna. |- |align="center"|—— |align="center"|1000&ensp; |align="center"|650 |&nbsp;On the waters of Suſquehanna, of Ontario, and the heads of the Ohio. |- |&nbsp;Aughquàgahs |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|150 |align="center"|—— |&nbsp;Eaſt branch of Suſquehanna, and on Aughquagah. |- |&nbsp;Nanticoes |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|100 |align="center"|—— |{{nowrap|&nbsp;Utſanango, Chaghtnet, and Owegy, on the Eaſt branch of Suſquehanna.&nbsp;}} |- |&nbsp;Mohìccons |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|100 |align="center"|—— |&nbsp;In the ſame parts. |- |&nbsp;Conòies |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;30 |align="center"|—— |&nbsp;In the ſame parts. |- |&nbsp;Sapòonies |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;30 |align="center"|—— |&nbsp;At Diahago and other villages up the North branch of Suſquehanna. |- |&nbsp;Mùnſies |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|150 |align="center"|*150&ensp; |&nbsp;At Diahago and other villages up the North branch of Suſquehanna.<noinclude> |}</noinclude> j0idvizmqt99fnn7h8ezzvlwa5myfj7 Page:Notes on the State of Virginia (1802).djvu/158 104 2360677 14128560 12465481 2024-04-25T17:57:16Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" />{|{{ts|mc}} class="_cellpadding0 _cellspacing0 _rules_cols" |- |align="center"|TRIBES. |align="center"|&nbsp;Croghan.&nbsp;<br />1759. |align="center"|&nbsp;Bouquet.&nbsp;<br />1764. |align="center"|&nbsp;Hutchins.&nbsp;<br />1768. |align="center"|&nbsp;Dodge.&nbsp;<br />1779. |align="center"|Where they reſide. |- |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |- | | | | | |&nbsp;''Within the Limits of the United States.''</noinclude>{{nop}} |- |{{nowrap|&nbsp;Delawares, or Linnelinopies&nbsp;}} |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center" rowspan="2"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |150 |rowspan="2"|{{brace2|3|r}} |- |600 |} |rowspan="2" align="center"|*500&ensp; |{{nowrap|&nbsp;At Diahago and other villages up the North branch of Suſquehanna.}} |- |&nbsp;Delawares, or Linnelinopies |align="center"|600 |align="center"|600 |&nbsp;Between Ohio and Lake Erie and the branches of<br />&emsp;&emsp;Beaver creek, Cuyahoga and Muſkingham. |- |&nbsp;Shàwnees |align="center"|500 |align="center"|400 |align="center"|300 |align="center"|300 |&nbsp;Sioto and the branches of Muſkingham. |- |&nbsp;Mingoes |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;&ensp;60 |&nbsp;On a branch of Sioto. |- |&nbsp;Ouiſconſings |align="center"|—— |align="center"|500 |align="center"|—— |align="center"|— |&nbsp;Ouiſconſing River. |- |&nbsp;Kickapous |align="center"|600 |rowspan="6" align="center"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |300 |rowspan="6"|{{brace2|6|r}} |- |—— |- |500 |- |—— |- |—— |- |250 |} |align="center"|—— |rowspan="6" align="center"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |rowspan="6"|&emsp; |250 |rowspan="6"|{{brace2|6|r}} |- |—— |- |—— |- |—— |- |—— |- |250 |} |rowspan="6"|&nbsp;On lake Michigan, and between that and the Miſſiſipi. |- |{{nowrap|&nbsp;Otogamies. Foxes&nbsp;}} |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |- |&nbsp;Màſcoutens |align="center"|—— |align="center" rowspan="2"|4000 |- |&nbsp;Miſcòthins |align="center"|—— |- |&nbsp;Outimacs |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |- |&nbsp;Muſquakies |align="center"|200 |align="center"|—— |- |&nbsp;S<ins>i</ins>o<del>i</del><ins>u</ins>x. Eaſtern |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|500 |{{nowrap|&nbsp;On the eaſtern heads of Miſſiſipi, and the iſlands of lake Superior.&nbsp;}}<noinclude> |}</noinclude> 3qkldeweefm05jitg04us6koh7susvi 14128721 14128560 2024-04-25T18:20:18Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 /* Problematic */ Please rebuild the table so the selectors can work correctly with modern XTHML/CSS proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="2" user="ShakespeareFan00" />{|{{ts|mc}} class="_cellpadding0 _cellspacing0" rules=cols |- |align="center"|TRIBES. |align="center"|&nbsp;Croghan.&nbsp;<br />1759. |align="center"|&nbsp;Bouquet.&nbsp;<br />1764. |align="center"|&nbsp;Hutchins.&nbsp;<br />1768. |align="center"|&nbsp;Dodge.&nbsp;<br />1779. |align="center"|Where they reſide. |- |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |- | | | | | |&nbsp;''Within the Limits of the United States.''</noinclude>{{nop}} |- |{{nowrap|&nbsp;Delawares, or Linnelinopies&nbsp;}} |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center" rowspan="2"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |150 |rowspan="2"|{{brace2|3|r}} |- |600 |} |rowspan="2" align="center"|*500&ensp; |{{nowrap|&nbsp;At Diahago and other villages up the North branch of Suſquehanna.}} |- |&nbsp;Delawares, or Linnelinopies |align="center"|600 |align="center"|600 |&nbsp;Between Ohio and Lake Erie and the branches of<br />&emsp;&emsp;Beaver creek, Cuyahoga and Muſkingham. |- |&nbsp;Shàwnees |align="center"|500 |align="center"|400 |align="center"|300 |align="center"|300 |&nbsp;Sioto and the branches of Muſkingham. |- |&nbsp;Mingoes |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;&ensp;60 |&nbsp;On a branch of Sioto. |- |&nbsp;Ouiſconſings |align="center"|—— |align="center"|500 |align="center"|—— |align="center"|— |&nbsp;Ouiſconſing River. |- |&nbsp;Kickapous |align="center"|600 |rowspan="6" align="center"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |300 |rowspan="6"|{{brace2|6|r}} |- |—— |- |500 |- |—— |- |—— |- |250 |} |align="center"|—— |rowspan="6" align="center"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |rowspan="6"|&emsp; |250 |rowspan="6"|{{brace2|6|r}} |- |—— |- |—— |- |—— |- |—— |- |250 |} |rowspan="6"|&nbsp;On lake Michigan, and between that and the Miſſiſipi. |- |{{nowrap|&nbsp;Otogamies. Foxes&nbsp;}} |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |- |&nbsp;Màſcoutens |align="center"|—— |align="center" rowspan="2"|4000 |- |&nbsp;Miſcòthins |align="center"|—— |- |&nbsp;Outimacs |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |- |&nbsp;Muſquakies |align="center"|200 |align="center"|—— |- |&nbsp;S<ins>i</ins>o<del>i</del><ins>u</ins>x. Eaſtern |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|500 |{{nowrap|&nbsp;On the eaſtern heads of Miſſiſipi, and the iſlands of lake Superior.&nbsp;}}<noinclude> |}</noinclude> t93428uv6qzi4fjs35wgaw04icuq2pq 14130131 14128721 2024-04-25T21:53:57Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="ShakespeareFan00" />{|{{ts|mc}} class="_cellpadding0 _cellspacing0" rules=cols |- |align="center"|TRIBES. |align="center"|&nbsp;Croghan.&nbsp;<br />1759. |align="center"|&nbsp;Bouquet.&nbsp;<br />1764. |align="center"|&nbsp;Hutchins.&nbsp;<br />1768. |align="center"|&nbsp;Dodge.&nbsp;<br />1779. |align="center"|Where they reſide. |- |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |- | | | | | |&nbsp;''Within the Limits of the United States.''</noinclude>{{nop}} |- |{{nowrap|&nbsp;Delawares, or Linnelinopies&nbsp;}} |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center" rowspan="2"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |150 |rowspan="2"|{{brace2|3|r}} |- |600 |} |rowspan="2" align="center"|*500&ensp; |{{nowrap|&nbsp;At Diahago and other villages up the North branch of Suſquehanna.}} |- |&nbsp;Delawares, or Linnelinopies |align="center"|600 |align="center"|600 |&nbsp;Between Ohio and Lake Erie and the branches of<br />&emsp;&emsp;Beaver creek, Cuyahoga and Muſkingham. |- |&nbsp;Shàwnees |align="center"|500 |align="center"|400 |align="center"|300 |align="center"|300 |&nbsp;Sioto and the branches of Muſkingham. |- |&nbsp;Mingoes |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;&ensp;60 |&nbsp;On a branch of Sioto. |- |&nbsp;Ouiſconſings |align="center"|—— |align="center"|500 |align="center"|—— |align="center"|— |&nbsp;Ouiſconſing River. |- |&nbsp;Kickapous |align="center"|600 |rowspan="6" align="center"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |300 |rowspan="6"|{{brace2|6|r}} |- |—— |- |500 |- |—— |- |—— |- |250 |} |align="center"|—— |rowspan="6" align="center"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |rowspan="6"|&emsp; |250 |rowspan="6"|{{brace2|6|r}} |- |—— |- |—— |- |—— |- |—— |- |250 |} |rowspan="6"|&nbsp;On lake Michigan, and between that and the Miſſiſipi. |- |{{nowrap|&nbsp;Otogamies. Foxes&nbsp;}} |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |- |&nbsp;Màſcoutens |align="center"|—— |align="center" rowspan="2"|4000 |- |&nbsp;Miſcòthins |align="center"|—— |- |&nbsp;Outimacs |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |- |&nbsp;Muſquakies |align="center"|200 |align="center"|—— |- |&nbsp;S<ins>i</ins>o<del>i</del><ins>u</ins>x. Eaſtern |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |align="center"|500 |{{nowrap|&nbsp;On the eaſtern heads of Miſſiſipi, and the iſlands of lake Superior.&nbsp;}}<noinclude> |}</noinclude> dx706btqqy5ocf20rwkm30auxuciln7 Page:Notes on the State of Virginia (1802).djvu/159 104 2360918 14128736 12462622 2024-04-25T18:20:49Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Library Guy" />{|{{ts|mc}} class="_cellpadding0 _cellspacing0" rules=cols" |- |align="center"|TRIBES. |align="center"|&nbsp;Croghan.&nbsp;<br />1759. |align="center"|&nbsp;Bouquet.&nbsp;<br />1764. |align="center"|&nbsp;Hutchins.&nbsp;<br />1768. |align="center"|&nbsp;Dodge.&nbsp;<br />1779. |align="center"|Where they reſide. |- |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |- | | | | | |&nbsp;''Within the Limits of the United States.''</noinclude>{{nop}} <includeonly>|- | | | |{{rule}} | | </includeonly>|- | | | |align="center"|Galphin.<br />1768. | | |- | | | |{{rule}} | | |- |&nbsp;Cherokees |align="center"|1500 |align="center"|2500&ensp; |align="center"|3000 |align="center"|—— |&nbsp;Weſtern parts of North-Carolina. |- |&nbsp;Chickaſaws |align="center"|—— |align="center"|750 |align="center"|&ensp;500 |align="center"|—— |&nbsp;Weſtern parts of Georgia. |- |&nbsp;Catawbas |align="center"|—— |align="center"|150 |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |&nbsp;On the Catawba River in South-Carolina. |- |&nbsp;Chacktaws |align="center"|2000 |align="center"|4500&ensp; |align="center"|6000 |align="center"|—— |&nbsp;Weſtern parts of Georgia. |- |&nbsp;Upper Creeks |align="center"|—— |rowspan="2"| {|cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" |{{nowrap|&emsp;——}} |rowspan="2"|{{brace2|2|r}} |- |{{nowrap|&emsp;1180}} |} |rowspan="2" align="center"|3000 |rowspan="2" align="center"|—— |rowspan="2"|&nbsp;Weſtern parts of Georgia. |- |&nbsp;Lower Creeks |align="center"|—— |- |&nbsp;Natches |align="center"|—— |align="center"|150 |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— | |- |&nbsp;Alibamous |align="center"|—— |align="center"|600 |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |&nbsp;Alibama River, in the weſtern parts of Georgia |- |&nbsp;Mohìccons |align="center"|—— |align="center" rowspan="3"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |rowspan="3"|&emsp; |align="center"|{{nowrap|——}} |rowspan="3"|{{brace2|3|r}} |- |align="center"|—— |- |align="center"|300 |} | |align="center"|&ensp;*60 |- |&nbsp;Cohunnewagos |align="center"|—— |align="center"|300 |align="center"|—— |&nbsp;Near Sanduſky. |- |rowspan="2"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |&nbsp;Wyandots |rowspan="2"|{{brace2|2|r}} |- |&nbsp;Wyandots |} |rowspan="2"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |&emsp;300 |{{brace2|2|r}} |} |rowspan="2"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |&nbsp; |rowspan="2"|{{brace2|2|r}} |- |{{nowrap|&emsp;250}} |} |rowspan="2"|{{nowrap|&ensp;180}} |- |&nbsp; |&nbsp;Near fort St. Joseph's and Detroit. |- |&nbsp;Twightwees |align="center"|300 |align="center"|—— |align="center"|250 |align="center"|—— |&nbsp;Miami River, near fort Miami. |- |&nbsp;Miamis |align="center"|—— |align="center"|350 |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;300 |&nbsp;Miami River, about fort St. Joseph.<noinclude> |}</noinclude> ac5mw0vqnsq8xrscufwzwgq8qddjo8d 14128775 14128736 2024-04-25T18:21:31Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 /* Problematic */ Undo revision [[Special:Diff/14128736|14128736]] by [[Special:Contributions/ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="2" user="ShakespeareFan00" />{|{{ts|mc}} class="_cellpadding0 _cellspacing0" rules=cols |- |align="center"|TRIBES. |align="center"|&nbsp;Croghan.&nbsp;<br />1759. |align="center"|&nbsp;Bouquet.&nbsp;<br />1764. |align="center"|&nbsp;Hutchins.&nbsp;<br />1768. |align="center"|&nbsp;Dodge.&nbsp;<br />1779. |align="center"|Where they reſide. |- |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |- | | | | | |&nbsp;''Within the Limits of the United States.''</noinclude>{{nop}} <includeonly>|- | | | |{{rule}} | | </includeonly>|- | | | |align="center"|Galphin.<br />1768. | | |- | | | |{{rule}} | | |- |&nbsp;Cherokees |align="center"|1500 |align="center"|2500&ensp; |align="center"|3000 |align="center"|—— |&nbsp;Weſtern parts of North-Carolina. |- |&nbsp;Chickaſaws |align="center"|—— |align="center"|750 |align="center"|&ensp;500 |align="center"|—— |&nbsp;Weſtern parts of Georgia. |- |&nbsp;Catawbas |align="center"|—— |align="center"|150 |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |&nbsp;On the Catawba River in South-Carolina. |- |&nbsp;Chacktaws |align="center"|2000 |align="center"|4500&ensp; |align="center"|6000 |align="center"|—— |&nbsp;Weſtern parts of Georgia. |- |&nbsp;Upper Creeks |align="center"|—— |rowspan="2"| {|cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" |{{nowrap|&emsp;——}} |rowspan="2"|{{brace2|2|r}} |- |{{nowrap|&emsp;1180}} |} |rowspan="2" align="center"|3000 |rowspan="2" align="center"|—— |rowspan="2"|&nbsp;Weſtern parts of Georgia. |- |&nbsp;Lower Creeks |align="center"|—— |- |&nbsp;Natches |align="center"|—— |align="center"|150 |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— | |- |&nbsp;Alibamous |align="center"|—— |align="center"|600 |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |&nbsp;Alibama River, in the weſtern parts of Georgia |- |&nbsp;Mohìccons |align="center"|—— |align="center" rowspan="3"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |rowspan="3"|&emsp; |align="center"|{{nowrap|——}} |rowspan="3"|{{brace2|3|r}} |- |align="center"|—— |- |align="center"|300 |} | |align="center"|&ensp;*60 |- |&nbsp;Cohunnewagos |align="center"|—— |align="center"|300 |align="center"|—— |&nbsp;Near Sanduſky. |- |rowspan="2"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |&nbsp;Wyandots |rowspan="2"|{{brace2|2|r}} |- |&nbsp;Wyandots |} |rowspan="2"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |&emsp;300 |{{brace2|2|r}} |} |rowspan="2"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |&nbsp; |rowspan="2"|{{brace2|2|r}} |- |{{nowrap|&emsp;250}} |} |rowspan="2"|{{nowrap|&ensp;180}} |- |&nbsp; |&nbsp;Near fort St. Joseph's and Detroit. |- |&nbsp;Twightwees |align="center"|300 |align="center"|—— |align="center"|250 |align="center"|—— |&nbsp;Miami River, near fort Miami. |- |&nbsp;Miamis |align="center"|—— |align="center"|350 |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;300 |&nbsp;Miami River, about fort St. Joseph.<noinclude> |}</noinclude> enyu0zr8j8kahoy2g6l9m8p1qjt7m3s 14130133 14128775 2024-04-25T21:54:12Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="ShakespeareFan00" />{|{{ts|mc}} class="_cellpadding0 _cellspacing0" rules=cols |- |align="center"|TRIBES. |align="center"|&nbsp;Croghan.&nbsp;<br />1759. |align="center"|&nbsp;Bouquet.&nbsp;<br />1764. |align="center"|&nbsp;Hutchins.&nbsp;<br />1768. |align="center"|&nbsp;Dodge.&nbsp;<br />1779. |align="center"|Where they reſide. |- |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |{{rule}} |- | | | | | |&nbsp;''Within the Limits of the United States.''</noinclude>{{nop}} <includeonly>|- | | | |{{rule}} | | </includeonly>|- | | | |align="center"|Galphin.<br />1768. | | |- | | | |{{rule}} | | |- |&nbsp;Cherokees |align="center"|1500 |align="center"|2500&ensp; |align="center"|3000 |align="center"|—— |&nbsp;Weſtern parts of North-Carolina. |- |&nbsp;Chickaſaws |align="center"|—— |align="center"|750 |align="center"|&ensp;500 |align="center"|—— |&nbsp;Weſtern parts of Georgia. |- |&nbsp;Catawbas |align="center"|—— |align="center"|150 |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |&nbsp;On the Catawba River in South-Carolina. |- |&nbsp;Chacktaws |align="center"|2000 |align="center"|4500&ensp; |align="center"|6000 |align="center"|—— |&nbsp;Weſtern parts of Georgia. |- |&nbsp;Upper Creeks |align="center"|—— |rowspan="2"| {|cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" |{{nowrap|&emsp;——}} |rowspan="2"|{{brace2|2|r}} |- |{{nowrap|&emsp;1180}} |} |rowspan="2" align="center"|3000 |rowspan="2" align="center"|—— |rowspan="2"|&nbsp;Weſtern parts of Georgia. |- |&nbsp;Lower Creeks |align="center"|—— |- |&nbsp;Natches |align="center"|—— |align="center"|150 |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— | |- |&nbsp;Alibamous |align="center"|—— |align="center"|600 |align="center"|—— |align="center"|—— |&nbsp;Alibama River, in the weſtern parts of Georgia |- |&nbsp;Mohìccons |align="center"|—— |align="center" rowspan="3"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |rowspan="3"|&emsp; |align="center"|{{nowrap|——}} |rowspan="3"|{{brace2|3|r}} |- |align="center"|—— |- |align="center"|300 |} | |align="center"|&ensp;*60 |- |&nbsp;Cohunnewagos |align="center"|—— |align="center"|300 |align="center"|—— |&nbsp;Near Sanduſky. |- |rowspan="2"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |&nbsp;Wyandots |rowspan="2"|{{brace2|2|r}} |- |&nbsp;Wyandots |} |rowspan="2"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |&emsp;300 |{{brace2|2|r}} |} |rowspan="2"| {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |&nbsp; |rowspan="2"|{{brace2|2|r}} |- |{{nowrap|&emsp;250}} |} |rowspan="2"|{{nowrap|&ensp;180}} |- |&nbsp; |&nbsp;Near fort St. Joseph's and Detroit. |- |&nbsp;Twightwees |align="center"|300 |align="center"|—— |align="center"|250 |align="center"|—— |&nbsp;Miami River, near fort Miami. |- |&nbsp;Miamis |align="center"|—— |align="center"|350 |align="center"|—— |align="center"|&ensp;300 |&nbsp;Miami River, about fort St. Joseph.<noinclude> |}</noinclude> 1wzheeg7mcqblm8dq1sb4an94w2stdz Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/12 104 2377417 14128517 7101108 2024-04-25T17:44:35Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{center|3}}</noinclude>channels, the former numbering about 1,725. The irrigation channels are mostly connected with the rivers Janjhavati, Vegavati and Nagavali, which run through the Zemindari. The principal wet crops are rice and sugar-cane. The dry crops are ragi, gingelly, oil-seeds, horse-gram, red-gram, green-gram, black-gram, tobacco, &c. The following estates and other villages and lands have been eventually purchased and added to the Samasthanam. 1. Tummapala, Annamrajupeta and six other villages leased to the Vizianagaram Zemindari.—The annual rent of this Hunda is Rs. 22,495. 2. Karakavalasa and Mulagavalasa estates.—The annual rent of these estates is Rs. 33,112 peishcush Rs.7,992, and land-cess Rs. 2,160. The Jeroyati and other villages number 53, and the number of pattadars is 1,021. The population according to the census of 1901 is 14,102.<noinclude></noinclude> hejuj9wwehfajm3hcx6gfopjcup2vid Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/13 104 2377419 14128536 7101110 2024-04-25T17:54:36Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{center|4}}</noinclude> 3. Pedapenki Hunda and certain villages and lands situated in and about the ancient Zemindari.—The annual rent of this portion is Rs. 47,482 including the rent in kind, peishcush Rs. 9,322, and land-cess Rs. 2,902. The Jeroyati and other villages are 24 in number, and the number of tenants is 892. The population according to the census of 1901 is 14,405. 4. Siripuram Thana consisting of portions of Kirlampudi, Arempudi, Rayavaram and Dantamur Estates, all situated in the Godaveri District.—The annual rent of this Thana is Rs.85,364, peishcush Rs.18, 116, and land-cess Rs.4,927. The Jeroyati and other villages are 18 in number, while the number of pattadars is 516. The population of this Thana (census 1901) is 19,321. 5. Thiruvur Thana situated in the Chingleput District.—The annual rent is Rs.26,403, peishcush Rs.7,790, and land-cess Rs. 1,234.<noinclude></noinclude> dauhl9lcfhrvlnbco6danj5aso10ips Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/14 104 2377423 14128545 7101115 2024-04-25T17:56:13Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{center|5}}</noinclude>The number of Jeroyati and other villages is 12, and that of the pattadars 1,522. The population (census 1901) is 6,907. The annual rent of the villages and other lands which were presented to the temples at Bobbili and Sitarampur by the former Rajas of the Samasthanam is Rs.30,668. The number of pattadars is 490. The total annual income of the Samasthanam and of the other estates eventually bought amounts at present to about Rs.6,5 1,670. The total population living within the limits of the ancient Zemindari and the Estates added to the Zemindari excluding the first item is 213,241 according to the census of 1901. The total number of tenants is 12,067. The chief town is Bobbili, the residence of the Maharajah. Lat.l8° 34-N., long. 18° 25-E. It is about 70 miles north-west of Vizagapatam. Sir M. E. Grant Duff, who visited Bobbili in 1883, describes it as "a clean and well-kept<noinclude></noinclude> 9t0mg5rkelent4aj7a13fo5ajlb2ncg Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/15 104 2377430 14128547 7101122 2024-04-25T17:56:23Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{center|6}}</noinclude>town, furnished with all the appliances of Anglo-Indian civilisation—schools, hospitals and what not—all within a walk of the remains of the Old Fort, where 126 years ago was enacted one of the most ghastly stories which even Indian History has to record." The population of the town with its suburbs Gollapalli, Pata-Bobbili and Mallammapettah, according to the census of 1891, is 14,468; of this number 14,075 are Hindus, 333 Muhammadans, and 60 Christians. And again the population, according to the census of 1901, is 18,025; of this number 17,373 are Hindus, 333 Muhammadans, and 59 Christians. There is a Canadian Baptist Mission in the town. This Mission maintains a Girls' School. There is also a Roman Catholic Chapel with a small congregation. There are a Vishnu and a Siva temple; the other public institutions are:—The Sub-Magistrate's Office, the Police-station, the<noinclude></noinclude> 3rj1nevw1trbqv4w67ykip20dgw2otk Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/29 104 2377435 14128595 7120729 2024-04-25T18:00:29Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||20|}}</noinclude>Varma, the ancestor of the Vizianagaram family; and the rivalry between these two houses dates from this period. "Pedda Rayadu soon distinguished himself by rescuing the Nawab's son out of the hands of certain rebels whom he defeated with great slaughter at a place called 'Rangavaka' near Palasa in Ganjam. The Nawab rewarded him with the lease of Rajam Hunda in this district and gave him the title of Ranga Row, which has been borne by all his successors. The new Zemindar built himself a fort and petta, to which he gave the name of ' Bebbuli (the royal tiger), in honour of his patron's designation, 'Shere.' From 'Bebbuli' the name of the town and Zemindari has been corrupted into Bobbili." In speaking about the population of the Circars, and after mention is made of the Brahmins, the following occurs on page 140 of the "Fifth Report":— {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> ks53pow673nr4oxrano1ab8uk1sfwmh Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/19 104 2377438 14128566 7120723 2024-04-25T17:58:03Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||10|}}</noinclude> The Prabandhams referred to above, all begin with the ancestor Anipotamulu, and say that Lingappa Ranga-Rao built the fort and town of Bobbili. It is from the latter that they trace the genealogy of the successive generations. The Prabandhams are the following:— (1) "Sree Kurma Kshetra Mahatmyam," composed by K. Venkata Kristna Somayajee and dedicated to Rajah Rayadappa Ranga-Rao. (2) "Sankalpa Suryodayam," composed by Rajah Rayadappa Ranga-Rao. (3) "Prapadana Parijatam," composed by K. Kothandaramayya and dedicated to Rajah Swethachalapati Ranga-Rao. (4) "Hari Bhakti Sudhodayam" and "Mitravindaparinayam," both composed by Rajah Janardana Ranga-Rao, the second son of Rajah Rayadappa Ranga-Rao. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> ku0xq3fq8tc1zi4a8iilbmtj80nbd6k Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/39 104 2377443 14128600 7119950 2024-04-25T18:00:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||30|}}</noinclude> Now let us see what is said of Pedda Rayappa in the Venkatagiri history. On page 28, it runs as follows:— {{center|FIFTEENTH GENERATION.}} "China Singama Naidu's son was Nirvana Rayappa Naidu alias Pedda Rayappa Naidu. This individual defeated the Rajahs of Velugodu, took possession of the fort, and planted his white umbrella thereon. Hence he obtained the title of Velugodugu Raya Vibhudu from a descendant and namesake of the great Pratapa Rudra Maharajah. "Nirvana Rayappa Naidu was also noted for his liberality and religious disposition. He was a strict follower of the Vishnava sect, and he is also said to have granted away a large number of houses to Brahmins on account of their having invoked rain on one occasion, when the country was suffering from drought. "Poet Mallanna has written a poem called 'Vykuntarohanam' on his death.<noinclude></noinclude> nch7ir5evgep0d4ws0ofybh1u1nhp4g Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/59 104 2377721 14128613 7119972 2024-04-25T18:01:09Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||50|}}</noinclude>the leading parties of the tour divisions advanced at the same time, with scaling ladders; but after much endeavour for an hour, not a man had been able to get over the parapet; and many had fallen wounded; other parties followed with as little success, until all were so fatigued that a cessation was ordered, during which the field-pieces, having beaten down more of the parapet, gave the second attack more advantage; but the ardour of the defence increased with the danger. The garrison fought with the indignant ferocity of wild beasts, defending their dens and families: several of them stood, as in defiance on the top of the battlements, and endeavoured to grapple with the first ascendants, hoping with them to twist the ladders down; and this failing, stabbed with their lances, but being wholly exposed themselves, were easily shot by aim from the rear of the escalade. The assailants admired, for no Europeans had ever seen such excess of<noinclude></noinclude> njgu690ebpbto0w8fso8aubh6e36rox Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/79 104 2377724 14128626 7119997 2024-04-25T18:01:31Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||70|}}</noinclude>has not come to cultivate our friendship? Go back to your master.' The Vakil finding him very angry, and unwilling to remain there any more, addressed him thus:—'The Ravu Varu are entirely innocent, and towards the Circar are implicitly obedient. The evil design that you harbour towards them at the instigation of some person, you will be persuaded to give up only when the person who is competent to check you in your procedure restrains and censures you.' Then the Agent rose up from his seat, and before he left the place, once more tried to pacify him with the following conciliatory words:—'Ranga-Rao has hesitated to come here because Viziaramaraz, his enemy, was the first to come. But if you should promise to treat the Ravus with the same respect which you show to the rest of the Zemindars, Ranga-Rao would before long pay his respects to you.'-No, he need not come to us,' said Haidar Jang, 'he must vacate the fort.' 'The Ravus will not leave the fort so long as<noinclude></noinclude> lqwfp1eiuvqj9tjb7ixhoo0xzftjhn8 Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/89 104 2377725 14128634 7120904 2024-04-25T18:01:56Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||80|}}</noinclude>the Rajah should be routed by us, let his estate and fort be ours. But, if you will take into your consideration none of the above proposals, let this be borne in mind that we are determined not to surrender the fort so long as we live.' Hussain Ali Khan then returned to the camp and intimated to Haidar Jang that Ranga-Rao would neither stop the play of the Naubath nor vacate the fort, and that, if his fort should unjustly be attacked, he would offer his utmost resistance. He also mentioned to him the alternative proposals that Ranga-Rao made for the consideration of Haidar Jang. The latter, who, without weighing the proposals, only burnt with increased rage at the Zemindar's last words of defiance, exclaimed: 'If that is the case, I shall see that he is presently expelled from the fort.' His burning words were immediately supported by the Rajah who was near. Thereupon Hussain Ali Khan, who knew the whole truth, said to Haidar Jang: 'Should you be guided by the<noinclude></noinclude> d0pmht3fcnw7fs5lcqxe614ivs9lq2b Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/24 104 2377764 14128584 7119932 2024-04-25T17:59:52Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||15|}}</noinclude>the same Gotra, viz., "Recherla." The Venkatagiri family is not only the first to whom the surname Ravu Varu was applied, but is also the head of the Velama Doralu. The family was at first called Ravu Varu, but after some years they lived at Amanagallu near Warangal, and were hence called Amanaganti Varu. Again, the thirteenth generation settled at Velugodu, and since then to the present day they have been called Velugoti Varu. This Dharma Rao, of the ninth generation of the Venkatagiri family, for some reason or other changed his family name from Amanaganti Varu for the older name of Ravu Varu; or he might have become the founder of the Pittapur or some other family called Ravu Varu. But we cannot call him the founder of the Bobbili family; for, if we take this Dharma Rao or the Dharma Rao of the twelfth generation as its founder, we have to add four or five more generations to the Bobbili family and to assign<noinclude></noinclude> 6epagdcyjvjnn4zo0ehazjn4glkvuo6 Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/25 104 2377843 14128589 7119933 2024-04-25T18:00:18Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||16|}}</noinclude>them some names as well as places for them to live in. This family name Ravu Varu is one of historical importance, but it is not the name of a place where the members of the family lived. Its origin is this: The Maharajah Pratapa Rudra of Warangal conferred this name of honour on the family of Chevi Reddi ''alias'' Bhetala Naidu, the founder of the Venkatagiri Samasthanam, and also ordered that every Velama Dora must have Ravu added at the end of his name. In the history of "Padmanayaka Charitra" there is a verse in regard to this family name, which translated runs as follows:— "He who has the title Rao, which was bestowed by the king, prefixed to his name, is the ruler; and if it is affixed to the name, then it is a general mark of the Velama caste." Now let us see who were Anipotamulu and Sarvagnya Singamulu, They were none other<noinclude></noinclude> ruo4wkuw8w6z05xjqnsugph63xaymy1 Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/28 104 2377863 14128593 7119936 2024-04-25T18:00:25Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||19|}}</noinclude><section begin="A28" />Note here that Rajah Lingappa Ranga-Rao is mentioned in all the above Prabandhams as a resident of Bobbili and the builder of the fort. But they do not say he was the founder of the house. Then it must be another one who first acquired this Zemindari. In Carmichael's District Manual, and also in the recently published histories, the name of Pedda Rayadu is mentioned as the founder of the house. Carmichael's Manual says in para 3, page 291:— <section end="A28" /> <section begin="B28" />{{center|THE BOBBILI FAMILY AND ESTATE.}} "The Zemindar is a 'Velama Dora,' of the same branch of the tribe as the Zemindar of Venkatagiri in Nellore. In A. D. 1652, an ancestor named Pedda Rayadu entered the district in the train of the Foudar or Nawab of Chicacole, Shere Mahammad Khan. Another retainer of the Khan's was Pusapati Madhava <section end="B28" /><noinclude></noinclude> jcpnnlfcxx69av38nuezwanfq7jvg3m Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/30 104 2377876 14128596 7120730 2024-04-25T18:00:32Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||21|}}</noinclude> "In like manner, the Rachewars, Row-wars, and Velamas,*<ref>* "Rachewars, or Row-wars, Telinga corruptions of Rajah, or of its diminutive Rai, joined with the personal or local appellation, war, to express the people or descendants of chiefs of foreign extracts, or of modern upstart race. The Velamawars among the Telinganians are equivalent to the Nairs of Malabar, or Naigs of Canara, and are the Native gentry or military of the country, claiming descent from, or adopted into, the families sprung from the ancient princes of Worungel."</ref> of which denominations the principal Zemindars in the Circars are actually composed, affect the warlike character and manners of Rajputs to entitle themselves to be ranked with the more genuine offspring of the Chesteree or second class." The foot-note on the same page runs as follows:— {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> he7xauu1gb6qjwwkytvwetnkva1oow0 Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/31 104 2377897 14128598 7119940 2024-04-25T18:00:35Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||22|}}</noinclude><section begin="A31" />Madras Manual of the Administration by Dr. Macleane says in para. 1 1, page 60:— <section end="A31" /> <section begin="B31" />{{center|'''SKETCH ACCOUNT OF THE BOBBILI ZEMINDARI.'''}} "This estate is in Vizagapatam District. It is surrounded by the British talooks of Gujapatinugger, Cheepoorpully, Saulore, Parvatipore, Palcondah, and Bobbili. It consists of five pergunnahs, Bebbooly, Rajam, and Kavitey, Seetanagaram, and Mettoogramamoolu, and yields to its owner a revenue of Rs.3,75,000 per annum. Of this, Rs.90,000 is paid to Government as peishcush. The estate possesses an interesting history. When in 1652, Sher Mahomed Khan, the Nawab of Chicacole, entered the district, he was accompanied by two men, rivals to each other, one being Peddarayoodoo, the ancestor of the present chief of Bobbili, and the other the ancestor of the Vizianagaram family; and from this time dates the rivalry between the two houses. <section end="B31" /><noinclude></noinclude> 358rpk75rnk54psod0jqlfujhhzjtuu Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/33 104 2377976 14128599 7119942 2024-04-25T18:00:36Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||24|}}</noinclude>one of the most memorable in Indian History. At daybreak, the field pieces began to play on the mud defences, practicable breaches were at once made, and the assault sounded. After four hours' desperate righting, hand to hand, Bussy called off his men to allow the cannon to widen the breaches. A second assault was then ordered, but with no better results; for not a man had gained footing within the ramparts when five hours later Bussy again withdrew the storming party to repeat the argument of artillery. The defenders now recognised their desperate position, and collecting their wives and families put them to death, and returned to their posts. The assault soon recommenced; and when at sunset Bussy entered the fort as victor with the remnant of his army, it was only because every man of the garrison was dead or desperately wounded. An old man, however, crept from a hut, and leading a child to Bussy presented him as the son of the<noinclude></noinclude> 7flmb2z6nuo9purd2wmv2z6sj2elnhx Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/129 104 2378070 14128535 7120967 2024-04-25T17:54:32Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||120|}}</noinclude>mediation an amicable settlement of their long existing dispute and ill-feeling has been happily arranged, in a manner satisfactory to both parties and by mutual concessions. The Right Honourable the Governor-in-Council desires that the Agent will communicate to the two Zemindars the gratification which Government derive from being informed that the matters in dispute between them have been so satisfactorily and honourably settled. His Lordship in Council views with entire approval the endeavours made by the Agent for the reconciliation of these two great proprietors, which have been so fully successful. (A true Extract). (Signed) H. FORBES, Ag. Secy, to Govt. (True Copy). (Signed) P. B. SMOLLETT, Agent to the Governor."<noinclude></noinclude> 8vlbtixt516ojfwu3xwkbs5kp2j9qwz Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/42 104 2378277 14128601 7119953 2024-04-25T18:00:40Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||33|}}</noinclude>Circars, conquered the country as far as Jagannad or Puri, to the entire appreciation of the Maharajah Gajapati, the then Maharajah of Jagannad or Cuttack. The country thus conquered extended from Jagannad on the north to Kondavati Seema in the south, and from Calingapatam on the east to Cheekati in the west. In one battle he killed 32 chiefs who combined together against him. Mr. J. Talboys Wheeler in his History of India, in describing the battle of Bobbili of 1758, says:— "The Raja of Bobbili claimed to be a Rajput of high descent, whose ancestors had fought under the ancient Maharajahs of Jagannath in the old mythical wars against the South." Though Mr. Wheeler calls these wars mythical, yet as a myth contains a germ of truth, the germ in this case, as gathered from the Venkatagiri history, seems to be that Lingappa<noinclude></noinclude> eqyab19tu8u1h9jfuz955ye73qrpso8 Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/46 104 2378291 14128602 7119957 2024-04-25T18:00:42Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||37|}}</noinclude>the hereditary title of Ranga-Rao under the following circumstances:— A son of Sher Mahammad Khan, Nawab of Chicacole, an agent to the Mogul Emperor, while out shooting, was seized and confined by a powerful Fittooridar at Rangavaka near Palasa in Ganjam. That part of the country, being covered with impenetrable clumps of bamboos, afforded no passage for the Nizam's cavalry. The Nawab, therefore, called for assistance from Rajah Lingappa Bahadur, who at once proceeded to Rangavaka with a strong force of his own, captured the Fittooridar in a single battle, rescued the boy, and restored him to his bereaved father. The result was that the Nawab commended the Zemindar to the favourable notice of the Emperor, who permitted Rajah Lingappa Bahadur to enjoy, free of peishcush, as many villages in his Zemindari as he could in one night adorn with festoons (thoranams). The villages in which he hung festoons were<noinclude></noinclude> r0ehex13pt3av7x1xzyo6hmqo4g681o Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/47 104 2378292 14128603 7120734 2024-04-25T18:00:45Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||38|}}</noinclude>twelve in number, and these, which are still known by the significant name of Potu-Gramamulu, are:—(1) Ampavilli, (2) Vantaram, (3) Gangada, (4) Antlavara, (5) Terlam, (6) Gangannapadu, (7) Vuttaravilli, (8) Narayanapuram, (9) Palagara, (10) Kancharam, (11) Gallavilli, (12) Vuddavolu. At the same time he received from the Mogul Emperor the hereditary title Ranga-Rao (Lord Rangavaka). "Vaka" means an elevated flat surrounded by hills, usually a seat or resort of a Fittooridar. It has also another meaning "Victor in Battle." This title has since then been used by the Rajahs of Bobbili, as well as by all male members of the Bobbili family, after their names. It is also said that on another occasion he killed the chief of Hiramandalam. In the Presidency Manual it is stated that the Bobbili Zemindari consists of five pergunnahs: Bobbili, Rajam, Kavitey, {{hws|Sita|Sitanagaram,}}<noinclude></noinclude> 7v4wfyyynm67illlzzq5rw5dlqyazph Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/48 104 2378294 14128604 7120735 2024-04-25T18:00:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||39|}}</noinclude><section begin="A48" />{{hwe|nagaram,|Sitanagaram,}} and Mettu-Gramamulu. There is, however, no such pergunnah as Mettu-Gramamulu. Mettu-Gramamulu means dry villages; and there are dry villages in every pergunnah. It is evident that the word Mettu-Gramamulu has been used in error for the word Potu-Gramamulu, as the Potu-Gramamulu above referred to were at that time and up to the death of the late Rajah (1868) managed as one pergunnah. The error is probably due to the writer of the Presidency Manual not knowing, or misunderstanding, the meaning of the word Potu, fight. Rajah Lingappa Ranga-Rao having no male issue adopted Vengal Rao, the third son of Madhava Rao, a member of the Venkatagiri family. {{rule|10em}} <section end="A48" /> <section begin="B48" />{{center| {{larger|'''III.'''}}<br> {{larger|{{sc|Rajah Vengal Ranga-Rao Bahadur Garu.}}}}}} Rajah Vengal Ranga-Rao was a child when his adoptive father died. So the estate was <section end="B48" /><noinclude></noinclude> 6xdmpw8gykplm7auk9gt3uqt76b6zts Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/52 104 2378297 14128606 7119963 2024-04-25T18:00:59Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||43|}}</noinclude> The following account of the attack on Bobbili Fort, and of the circumstances which led to it, is extracted from "Orme's History of the Indostan" (Vol II., pages 254—260):- "The first in rank of these Polygars, who all call themselves Rajahs, was Rangarao of Bobilee: the fort of this name stands close to the mountains about 140 miles N.E. of Vizagapatam; the districts are about twenty square miles. There had long been a deadly hatred between this Polygar and Vizeramrauze, whose person, how much soever he feared his power, Rangarao held in the utmost contempt, as of low extraction, and of new note. Districts belonging to Vizeramrauze adjoined to those of Bobilee, whose people diverted the water of the rivulets, and made depredations, which Vizeramrauze, for want of better military means, and from the nature of Rangarao's country, could not retaliate. Vizeramrauze used his utmost influence and arguments to persuade Mr. Bussy of the necessity of removing<noinclude></noinclude> 09grl34b6fa63nou21edimxtefmvdyt Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/53 104 2378298 14128607 7119965 2024-04-25T18:01:01Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||44|}}</noinclude>this neighbour; and Mr. Bussy proposed that he should quit his hereditary ground of Bobilee, in exchange for other lands of greater extent and value, in another part of the province; but Rangarao treated the proposal as an insult. Soon after, it became necessary, to send a detachment of sepoys to some districts at a distance, to which the shortest road lay through some part of the woods of Bobilee: permission was obtained; but, either by some contrivance of Vizeramrauze, or the pre-determination of Rangarao, the detachment was sharply attacked and obliged to retire with the loss of 30 sepoys killed and more wounded. Vizeramrauze improved this moment of indignation; and Mr. Bussy, not foreseeing the terrible event to which he was proceeding, determined to reduce the whole country, and to expel the Polygar and all his family. "The Province of Chicacole has few extensive plains, and its hills increase in frequency and magnitude as they approach the vast range<noinclude></noinclude> dtjlcg1idiq4934tu1mr5qlbgb0g72w Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/55 104 2378301 14128609 7119967 2024-04-25T18:01:02Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||46|}}</noinclude>until thoroughly hardened, before the next is applied. The parapet rises 10 feet above the rampart, and is only three feet thick. It is indented five feet down from the top in interstices six inches wide, which are three or four feet asunder. A foot above the bottom of these interstices and battlements runs a line of round holes, another two feet lower, and a third within 2 feet of the rampart. These holes are, as usual, formed with pipes of baked clay: they serve for the employment of firearms, arrows, and lances; and the interstices for the freer use of all these arms, instead of loop-holes, which cannot be inserted or cut in the clay. The towers, and the square projections in the middle, have the same parapet as the rest of the wall; and in two of the projections on opposite sides of the fort are gateways, of which the entrance is not in the front, but on one side, from whence it continues through half the mass, and then turns by a right angle into the place; and, on any<noinclude></noinclude> 57nelbxlr1bcctjsm6g2x1xwfdmzrhr Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/57 104 2378304 14128610 7119969 2024-04-25T18:01:04Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||48|}}</noinclude>edge of the wood; but at the bottom of a recess, cleared on purpose, and on each side of the recess, raise breastworks of earth or hedge, to gall the approach. The path admits only three men abreast, winds continually; is everywhere commanded by breastworks in the thicket, and has in its course several redoubts, similar to that of the entrance, and like that flanked by breastworks on each hand. Such were the defences of Bobilee, against which Mr. Bussy marched with 750 Europeans, of whom 250 were horse, four field pieces, and 11,000 peons and sepoys, the army of Vizeramrauze, who commanded them in person. "Whilst the field-pieces plied the parapet of the first redoubt at the entrance of the wood, detachments entered into the side of the recess with fire and hatchet, and began to make a way, which tended to bring them in the rear of the redoubt; and the guard, as soon as convinced of their danger, abandoned their station<noinclude></noinclude> d78kptitwofl0ftrvka2103oej7tv4y Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/58 104 2378305 14128612 7119970 2024-04-25T18:01:08Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||49|}}</noinclude>and joined those in the posts behind; the same operations continued through the whole path, which was five miles in length, and with the same success, although not without loss. When in sight of the fort, Mr. Bussy divided his troops into four divisions, allotting one, with the field-piece, to the attack of each of the towers. Ranga Row was here, with all his parentage, 250*<ref>* This number is evidently not correct. In the other histories it is said there were 4,000 men and 1,000 Velamas. If the duration of the battle, which lasted from the early morning till the evening, be considered, it would appear impossible for a small force of 250 men to have defended tin-tort torso long a time against the large combined army which attacked it.</ref> men bearing arms, and nearly twice this number of women and children. "The attack commenced at daybreak, on the 24th of January, with the field-pieces against the four towers; and the defenders, lest fire might catch the thatch of the rampart, had pulled it down. By nine o'clock, several of the battlements were broken, when all<noinclude></noinclude> a4yuz59kywv8hyj4kjiyss2fzbpylk1 Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/60 104 2378309 14128614 7119973 2024-04-25T18:01:11Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||51|}}</noinclude>courage in the natives of Indostan, and continually offered quarter, which was always answered by the menace and intention of death: not a man had gained the rampart at two o'clock in the afternoon, when another cessation of the attack ensued; on which Ranga Row assembled the principal men, told them there was no hope of maintaining the fort, and that it was immediately necessary to preserve their wives and children from the violation of the Europeans, and the more ignominious authority of Vizeramrauze. A number called without distinction were allotted to the work; they proceeded, every man with a torch, his lance, and poignard, to the habitations in the middle of the fort, to which they set fire indiscriminately, plying the flame with straw prepared with pitch and brimstone, and every man stabbed, without remorse, the woman or child, whichsoever attempted to escape the flame and suffocation Not the helpless infant, clinging to the bosom of its<noinclude></noinclude> 60wrrlbe7vk10y4olsv45lnl91iyoja Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/61 104 2378310 14128615 7119974 2024-04-25T18:01:12Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||52|}}</noinclude>mother, saved the life of either from the hand of the husband and father. The utmost excesses, whether of revenge or rage, were exceeded by the atrocious prejudices which dictated and performed this horrible sacrifice. The massacre being finished, those who accomplished it returned, like men agitated by the furies, to die themselves on the walls. Mr. Law, who commanded one of the divisions, observed, whilst looking at the conflagration, that the number of the defenders was considerably diminished, and advanced again to the attack: after several ladders had failed, a few grenadiers got over the parapet, and maintained their footing in the tower until more secured the possession. Ranga Row hastening to the defence of the tower, was in this instant killed by a musket-ball. His fall increased, if possible, the desperation of his friends; who, crowding to revenge his death, left the other parts of the ramparts bare; and the other divisions of the French troops, having advanced<noinclude></noinclude> qx8pf42cdgx4dscjqfjdoywx5l77fq5 Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/62 104 2378311 14128616 7119975 2024-04-25T18:01:14Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||53|}}</noinclude>likewise to their respective attacks, numbers on all sides got over the parapet without opposition Nevertheless, none of the defenders quitted the rampart, or would accept quarter; but each fell advancing against, or struggling with, an antagonist; and even when fallen, and in the last agony, would resign his poignard only to death. The slaughter of the conflict being completed, another much more dreadful presented itself in the area below: the transport of victory lost all its joy: all gazed on one another with silent astonishment and remorse, and the fiercest could not refuse a tear to the deplorable destruction spread before them. Whilst contemplating it, an old man leading a boy was perceived advancing from a distant recess: he was welcomed with much attention and respect, and conducted by the crowd to Mr. Law, to whom he presented the child with these words: 'This is the son of Ranga Row, whom I have preserved against his father's will.' Another emotion now<noinclude></noinclude> 8an5ic168aqrqytzzqaxqhzmx66spks Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/63 104 2378312 14128617 7119976 2024-04-25T18:01:16Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||54|}}</noinclude>succeeded, and the preservation of this infant was felt by all as some alleviation to the horrible catastrophe of which they had been the unfortunate authors. The tutor and the child were immediately sent to Mr. Bussy, who, having heard of the condition of the fort, would not go into it, but remained in his tent, where he received the sacred captives with the humanity of a guardian appointed by the strongest claims of nature, and immediately commanded patents to be prepared, appointing the son lord of the territory which he had offered the father in exchange for the districts of Bobilee; and ordered them to be strictly guarded in the camp from the malevolence of enemies. "The ensuing night and the two succeeding days passed in the usual attentions, especially the care of the wounded, who were many; but in the middle of the third night, the camp was alarmed by a tumult in the quarter of Vizeramrauze. Four of the soldiers of Ranga Row,<noinclude></noinclude> prmifwxavlkhlb1j7yvb4n7zedk861g Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/64 104 2378314 14128618 7119979 2024-04-25T18:01:19Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||55|}}</noinclude>on seeing him fall, concealed themselves in an unfrequented part of the fort until the night was far advanced, when they dropped down the walls, and speaking the same language, passed unsuspected through the quarters of Vizeramrauze, and gained the neighbouring thickets; where they remained the two succeeding days, watching until the bustle of the camp had subsided; when two of them quitted their retreat, and having by their language again deceived those by whom they were questioned, got near the tent of Vizeramrauze; then creeping on the ground they passed under the back part, and entering the tent found him lying on his bed, alone, and asleep. Vizeramrauze was extremely corpulent, insomuch that he could scarcely rear himself from his seat without assistance: the two men, restraining their very breath, struck in the same instant with their poignards at his heart; the first groan brought in a sentinel, who fired, but missed; more immediately thronged in, but the murderers,<noinclude></noinclude> dggayt5ojhz9daftl9bs85gbstz6cgc Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/65 104 2378315 14128619 7119980 2024-04-25T18:01:21Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||56|}}</noinclude>heedless of themselves, cried out, pointing to the body, 'Look here! we are satisfied.' They were instantly shot by the crowd, and mangled after they had fallen; but had stabbed Vizeramrauze in 32 places. Had they failed, the other two remaining in the forest were bound by the same oath to perform the deed, or perish in the attempt." One of the two who stabbed Viziaramaraz was a Sirdar of Ranga-Rao named Tandra Papayya, who had the charge of the fort at Rajam, and who with three others hastened to Bobbili, when he heard of the destruction of the fort, swearing to wreak vengeance on the author of that destruction. It must be mentioned here that Vengal Rao, brother of Ranga-Rao, took a very prominent part in the defence of the fort and fought with increased fierceness after the fall of his brother. During the battle Vengal Rao, who armed himself with a spear, is said to have challenged<noinclude></noinclude> qzjl1lo3yppyupsjhlp50r7j8nescp0 Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/67 104 2378318 14128620 7119982 2024-04-25T18:01:23Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||58|}}</noinclude>Khan Bahadur and also of his son Sekenderja Bahadur. He was also the head of Sir Salur-Jung's family. The book contains the History of the Nizams of Hyderabad. In it, in page 231, it is stated as follows:— "Some battles were fought between Viziaramaraz and the Zemindar Ranga Row of Velama family, who had 700 infantry of the Velama people. Afterwards Viziaramaraz went with M. Bussy to fight against the Zemindar Ranga Row, fought with him and killed all his caste people." Again, and in the same page, it runs as follows:— "In the battle 700 brave Velamas desperately fought with the Rajputs and the French troops and killed many of them before they themselves were killed." It may not be out of place to quote here some translations of Extracts from the Local<noinclude></noinclude> qpcdrww01yxfugg5twffadqtsk805ct Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/71 104 2378425 14128622 7119988 2024-04-25T18:01:26Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||62|}}</noinclude> Then comes the account of the last and great battle at Bobbili as found in the local records, somewhat similar to the account quoted above. '''The purport of an account of the battle of''' '''Bobbili as given in the Kaifiyyat of Barabatti''' '''Kristna Deo Gajapathi, the Rajah of Cuttack.''' "In the year Vuva, corresponding to the 1677th year of the era of Salivahana, Mir Nizamalli Khan Bahadur, the Nawab of Golconda, conferred the Commander-in-Chiefship of Kalinga on M. Bussy, and appointed Haidar Jang as his Dewan. The Nawab placed in his charge a very large army, and directed him to restore order and peace in the country, and to fill the treasury with the tributes collected from the Zemindars of the Circars. "Leaving Golconda, Bussy passed Masulipatam on his way. and then crossing the<noinclude></noinclude> goqdb64amdn3z9ubr2wtm2069cpjfuz Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/74 104 2378466 14128623 7119991 2024-04-25T18:01:27Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||65|}}</noinclude>offer, the Rajah introduced the subject by saying:—'Ranga-Rao frequently raises insurrections in our country and obstructs the proper cultivation of our lands. The payment of the revenue in kind or in money is greatly hindered. He has under his control an army of four thousand men and a band of one thousand Velama warriors. Never has he surrendered to us in spite of our repeated attacks on Bobbili.' 'We have often heard,' said Haidar Jang, 'that you have, under your control, a mighty army, and that you are a warrior of no ordinary type. Do you really fear any danger from him?' 'Do not think so,' rejoined the Rajah; 'it is but true that we have a large army. But he has a Sirdar named Tandra Papayya, who alone is enough to throw the whole army into confusion. With the help of this Sirdar, the Zemindar of Bobbili sets us at defiance, and even the Commander-in-Chief. This will be evident if you only consider the fact that even when we who have<noinclude></noinclude> e2oj5vxj31i36ucjbt34ch1i9tmvky2 Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/77 104 2378882 14128625 7119995 2024-04-25T18:01:29Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||68|}}</noinclude> "In accordance with this deliberation, he wrote letters to Bussy and Haidar Jang, and entrusting them to Panthena Butchenna, despatched him with the following instructions:—'Go to Haidar Jang and sound his feelings towards us. If you do not find him favourably inclined to us, you will then go to Masulipatam, pay your respects to M. Cummander and fully representing to him the state of matters through Maddala Reddinayadu, the interpreter, deliver this letter to him. Get letters written to Bussy and Haidar Jang to keep up the usual relations with us; and after they peruse the letters, mark if any change is effected in their attitude towards us.' "Meanwhile Haidar Jang, who had been won over by the Rajah, approached Bussy to persuade him to help the Rajah against Ranga-Rao, and spoke thus: 'Ranga-Rao, the Zemindar of Bobbili, a plain region in Kalinga, is raising riots in the country. He obstructs the collection of rent due to Viziaramaraz. If,<noinclude></noinclude> suhhd0msorkf1eumqeu36c8l6bpsjt9 Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/80 104 2378884 14128627 7119999 2024-04-25T18:01:33Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||71|}}</noinclude>they live,' replied Butchenna; 'and for this evil design of yours, strictly you are not to blame, for it is some ill-adviser that tempts you to act thus. You will give up these bad thoughts, only when those who are in a position to check you persuade you to do so.' Then the Agent left the place for Masulipatam in accordance with his master's instructions. "Thereupon Haidar Jang despatched a pair of scouts to Bobbili to bring him information as to the paths to Bobbili, the extent of the plain before the fort, the forest in its vicinity, and the strength of the fort. They were also entrusted with letters to Ranga-Rao, asking him to vacate the fort. Ranga-Rao, having read the contents of the letters, gave expression to his feelings in the following words:—'Shall we, with life, ever leave the fort? We shall leave our lives and fort simultaneously.' He then prepared replies to the same effect, and having given presents to the messengers, directed Damera Dammanna to accompany<noinclude></noinclude> g0lr0ewmpdd10uo5e5l76uov50g7omd Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/81 104 2378885 14128628 7120000 2024-04-25T18:01:37Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||72|}}</noinclude>them to Haidar Jang to try once more if reconciliation was possible. Dammanna assured Bussy's Dewan that, if he should promise to renew the lease, Ranga-Rao, who put off his visit for no other reason than his fear that his enemy might play Bussy against him, would ere long pay his respects to them. But Haidar Jang, whose heart continued proof against any such arguments, sent Dammanna back to Bobbili with no better answer than he had given before. "Meanwhile Butchenna, whose endeavours to conciliate Haidar Jang had failed at Rajahmundry, directed his steps to Masulipatam, where he paid his respects to M. Cummander, and had the whole story represented to him through Maddala Reddi Nayadu. The French General felt sorry to hear it and then wrote to Bussy a letter, the contents of which ran as follows:—' If it should be known to the world that the French, instigated by the Rajah of Vizianagaram, attacked the fort of Bobbili<noinclude></noinclude> sal1k61rqt1v1ao1193v7dzaoy4cn7a Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/98 104 2378886 14128638 7120916 2024-04-25T18:02:04Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||89|}}</noinclude>to his ancestral estate with all the honours and privileges enjoyed by his predecessors, the former Rajahs of Bobbili. It is also said that the Nizam presented him a horse with Dhanka when he took leave of him. He built for himself a fort at Bobbili, now called the Old Fort, about a mile from the site of the Old Fort where the battle took place. The Dewan-Khana, the upstair house, and the zenana apartments close to it, which he built, are still in good order. His rule, which extended over seven years, was chiefly remarkable for the many agraharams he formed, for the large irrigation tanks he dug, and for the gardens he laid out. Nearly all the tanks west of Bhyrisagaram and Padmarayaningari Cheruvu were dug in his days. Mallamma Cheruvu, Mallamma Peta, and Mallamma Tope owe their existence to him, and bear the name of his mother, Mallammadevi. Being childless, he adopted a boy named Rayadappa from the Ravu family of Palteru, which was supposed<noinclude></noinclude> kcv4e1kmgqketpwdei0frk4qge1nin6 Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/93 104 2378887 14128636 7120908 2024-04-25T18:02:00Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||84|}}</noinclude><section begin="A93" />2. Cyclopedia of India, by E. Balfour, Vol. II., page 271. 3. Malcolm's Life of Lord Clive, Vol. II., pages 2—4. {{rule|10em}} <section end="A93" /> <section begin="B93" />{{center| {{larger|'''VII.'''}}<br> {{larger|{{sc|Rajah Venkata Ranga-Rao Bahadur Garu.}}}}<br> {{larger|(1794—1801).}}}} Rajah Venkata Ranga-Rao (born on the 14th October, 1751), the son, and the only surviving member of the family, of Rajah Gopala Kristna Ranga-Rao Bahadur, was saved by an old man contrary to his father's wishes, from the fate which overtook the rest of the family during the disastrous battle of Bobbili at which his father was killed. He was then a lad of very tender years (about 3 or 4 years old), and was presented by the old man, his tutor, to Mr. Law on the battlefield, whilst the latter, with the remainder of his army, was contem- <section end="B93" /><noinclude></noinclude> lal520fdv7fbfshmre9nfi6cn2huyas Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/169 104 2378898 14128552 7213520 2024-04-25T17:56:55Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||160|}}</noinclude>return to my country, I intend to build a Town Hall in memory of my loyal visit to H. M., which, with H. M.'s permission, 1 would name the 'Victoria Town Hall.' "I would beg you, Sir, to convey to Her Gracious Majesty, with every expression of loyalty, and with my humble thanks, my gratitude for, and appreciation of, H. M.'s Gracious Gift. :I have the honour to remain, :Sir, :Your most obedient and humble servant, {{block right|(Signed) V. S. RANGA-RAO,<br>''Rajah of Bobbili''."}} In reply to this the Right Hon'ble H. F. Ponsonby wrote:— {{block right|{{sc|"Osborne, Isle of Wight,}}<br> {{sc|England,}}<br>''17th August, 1893.''}} "{{sc|Sir}}, "In reply to your letter, which I had much pleasure in submitting to the Queen, I am<noinclude></noinclude> 216tjos87txi56a3g6kxzlsvdaiypg7 Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/189 104 2378901 14128565 7121221 2024-04-25T17:58:00Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||180|}}</noinclude>marked by some very cordial speech-making. Referring to His Excellency the Rajah remarked:— 'It is a rare fortune for a Province to be presided over by such a statesman, a statesman who, by a life which has been devoted to his country's service, has added to the high gifts of nature a vast store of practical knowledge and experience, and who, while he is ready to listen to the popular voice and official advice, is at the same time capable of maintaining his own independence of judgment.' "Of the Rajah, Sir Arthur Havelock remarked in just appreciation:— 'The Rajah is a man of literary ability; he has also been an observant traveller; he is a large landowner who knows how to work his property to the best possible advantage; and he is, I can testify, a most valuable Member of my Legislative Council, representing there the interests of the large landed Proprietary of the<noinclude></noinclude> lo52fhx91n2euoqk09qv7a718nc7ab6 Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/209 104 2378904 14128573 7217214 2024-04-25T17:59:08Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||200|}}</noinclude> While the Maharajah, his family and his people were rejoicing over the birth of a son and heir to the Kumara Rajah, the Maharajah's most beloved grand-daughter died after a short illness at the end of March; and the whole family was thrown into deep mourning. Consequently the Maharajah could not be present at the ceremony of laying the foundation-stone of the Victoria Diamond Jubilee Town Hall at Vizagapatam on the 3rd April, nor could he attend the Budget Meeting of the Legislative Council held in that week. In sending the Sannad conferring upon him the title Maharajah, the Collector and Agent of the District wrote the following letter:— {{block right|{{sc|Waltair,}}<br>''April 2nd, 1901.''}} "{{sc|My dear Maharajah,}} "As you request, I have to-day handed over to your Manager the Sannad conferring on<noinclude></noinclude> pgrzokvb5eot85a0an1nii3kwve4gbs Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/229 104 2378906 14128579 7121335 2024-04-25T17:59:21Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||220|}}</noinclude> His Excellency in the course of his reply to the Municipal address, said:— "One of the reasons why I am particularly glad to be here is that it has afforded me an opportunity of seeing this handsome Town Hall which you owe to the generosity of my friend the Maharajah of Bobbili, and one of my chief regrets at having been unable to pay you my intended visit last year was that I lost the opportunity of presiding at the opening ceremony which the Maharajah had most kindly invited me to perform. Mr. Campbell, your Collector, however, took my place and spoke on my behalf, and I now cordially endorse all that he said on that occasion about the generosity and the admirable qualities of the distinguished donor, and the advantage the people of Vizagapatam have gained in the possession of this fine building. Although I have hardly had time to look round, yet, as I came upstairs, I noticed two spacious and most useful apartments on either side, in<noinclude></noinclude> b0gfxqyk5i2t2enu9f6vdra3cqv374k Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/234 104 2378910 14128581 7539946 2024-04-25T17:59:24Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||225|}}</noinclude><section begin="1905" />at Home, and the book was equally appreciated by Indians and Europeans. In this year donations, of one thousand rupees each, were given to the following institutions and funds:— :(1) The Jubilee Club, Parvatipore. :(2) The Madras Landholders' Association. :(3) The Earthquake Relief Fund. :(4) The Prince of Wales Reception Fund. :(5) The Lord Curzon Memorial Fund. <section end="1905" /> <section begin="1906" />{{center|1906.}} Having been invited by the Government of Madras, the Maharajah was present at Madras during the visit of Their Royal Highnesses the Prince and Princess of Wales. On the afternoon of the 24th January Their Royal Highnesses landed at Madras from Rangoon. The Maharajah was one of those few who were introduced to the Prince and Princess. In the Procession from the Pier to the Gates of Government House the Maharajah took <section end="1906" /><noinclude></noinclude> 6652ubvre7cfqz50rc80ulzangeupqq Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/96 104 2378927 14128637 7120914 2024-04-25T18:02:01Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||87|}}</noinclude>Chinna Ranga-Rao to Vizianagaram on some pretext and keep him there under restraint? Chinna Ranga-Rao lived at Rajam under his uncle Vengal Rao's care till 1765, and afterwards was under the care of another relative, Inuganti Chinna Narasayya. While he was under the guardianship of the latter, Sitarama Raj, the brother and Dewan of Chinna Viziaramaraz, a grandson of Pedda Viziaramaraz, endeavoured to get hold of Chinna Ranga-Rao, and several times invited him to Vizianagaram, promising to re-assign to him the Bobbili and Sitanagaram pergunnahs, which had been annexed to the Vizianagaram Zemindari after the battle of Bobbili. These invitations were, however, not accepted, and for several years Inuganti Chinna Narasayya was able to influence Chinna Ranga-Rao and to make him disbelieve the promises held forth; but at last, when he had attained the age of fifteen, he neglected his relative's advice and went to Vizianagaram,<noinclude></noinclude> 7khjo906zkkarthwgpu39dm98fwo4v3 Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/138 104 2379025 14128543 7121003 2024-04-25T17:56:09Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||129|}}</noinclude> The Rajah was of a very benevolent and charitable disposition, made grants of Agraharams and Inams to several persons; he was also very particular in the observances of his religion and used regularly to visit the temple thrice daily, early in the morning before day-break, at 9 a.m. before his breakfast, and 7 in the evening. He helped many Zemindars with timely loans; and it is recorded in Carmichael's District Manual, page 293, that "for many years loans from Bobbili saved half of the estates in the district from confiscation and ruin." Many tanks and gardens were constructed and laid out by him, to which he gave the names of his father, brothers, and the God; amongst which may be mentioned the Pool Bagh, Venugopala Vallabham, in Bobbili, which he laid out in 1855 at considerable expense. He married first a lady, Vekataramanamma, of the Chintapatla family in the Godaveri District, and after her death he married his second wife, Vengayamma, of the Damera<noinclude></noinclude> d1c6sir1ptfzvm2pdy3gpa2fn3q27qx Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/136 104 2379034 14128542 7213516 2024-04-25T17:56:03Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||127|}}</noinclude>Rajah of Vizianagaram, the Governor's Agent wrote as follows:— "{{sc|To}} :{{sc|H. H. The Rajah of Bobbili.}} "{{sc|Dear Sir,}} I am desirous that yourself and the Rajah of Vizianagaram should meet in my tents in December next. The Rajah expresses himself most happy to do so, and also that all past differences should be forgotten. I am sure you must share in this feeling, and if I am permitted to be the means of bringing about so happy a result, it will be a source of much pleasure to me. I can safely affirm that the Rajah of Vizianagaram is very desirous of proving to you that, as far as he is personally concerned, he wishes to maintain the most perfect friendly relation with Your Highness, and it only remains on your part to shew that the feeling is reciprocated, and of this I look<noinclude></noinclude> 1jccio7opknjaz9sfig8q9zkmp4e4xh Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/135 104 2379036 14128541 7120981 2024-04-25T17:56:02Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||126|}}</noinclude>Mokhasa village, was purchased in 1843 in public auction from Dantuluri Seetaramarazu Garu and Narayanarazu Garu; (4) Jammu, (5) Gujjangivalsa, (6) Ambativalsa, and (7) Duvvam with its suburbs, Chintapallipeta and Seripeta, were purchased in 1843 from Sri Tirumala Peddinti Sampat Kumara Ananta Venkata Acharyulu Ayyavarlungaru. In the adjustment of the dispute between the Zemindars of Vizianagaram and Bobbili, under the mediation of the Governor's Agent, Mr. P. B. Smollett, referred to in the Minutes of Consultation, dated 3rd February, 1857, No. 131, quoted before, the above mentioned seven villages were permanently leased on the 10th March, 1858, by the latter to the former for Rs.22,568 per annum, the Governor's Agent, for the time being, being made answerable for the rents. In sending the papers connected with the proposed transfer of the seven villages to the<noinclude></noinclude> hk61wf2xmjzkmh9ma0xo6cexev6x0fy Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/134 104 2379038 14128540 7120980 2024-04-25T17:55:56Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||125|}}</noinclude>was purchased in 1835 from the Zemindar of Madugulu; and (4) Chidikada was purchased in 1835 from Mandapaka Jagannayakulu Garu. {{center|'''In the Ganjam District.'''}} (1) Karakavalsa, and (2) Munagavalsa, Malguzari estates consisting of 45 villages, were mortgaged by Makatapalli Venkanna and Chinna Kamanna to Rajah Sweta Chalapati Ranga-Rao Bahadur Garu, and these were eventually purchased by his son and successor, Rajah Seetarama Krishna Rayadappa Ranga-Rao Bahadur Garu; (3) the Hunda of Mantina was purchased in 1856, and the Hunda of Kintali in 1857, both from Kalabarigi Bhaskara Narasingarow Pantulu. {{center|'''In the limits of the Vizianagaram Zemindari.'''}} ( 1 ) Annamrazpeta, and (2) Kottavalsa, Mokhasa villages, were purchased in public auction in 1840 from Jampana Viziaraghava Padmanabha Razu Bahadur Garu; (3) Tummapala, a<noinclude></noinclude> bdnrwu88kot3mse6qdkaeg9nx223spv Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/131 104 2379039 14128538 7120972 2024-04-25T17:55:05Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||122|}}</noinclude>dari there is scarcely anything to do. Crime appears almost unknown, while minor offences of common occurrence elsewhere are equally rare, affording most satisfactory evidence of the efficient and sound management to which alone such a state of things can be traced. Disputes of other kinds between ryot and ryot appear also as little known, and I do not think I had a single petition or complaint on my recent visit affecting yourself, or in any way connected with the fiscal management of your large Zemindari, and it gives me the greatest pleasure and satisfaction to bear this testimony to a state of affairs which reflects so much credit on you individually, as well as on those who are your coadjutors in the good and great work of sound administration. I shall not fail to bring the subject of this letter under the notice of His Lordship the Governor-in-Council, in view to the expression by Government of their approbation of your successful efforts in the cause of Peace and Order. I<noinclude></noinclude> snf6czs0n0sd493uwgd0jebo26zvobh Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/256 104 2379109 14128591 7121381 2024-04-25T18:00:22Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||247|}}</noinclude>the Maharajah lately gave to certain persons rewards amounting to Rs.7,090. In connection with the completion of his twenty-five years' administration, the Maharajah gave away in the form of presents (including gifts to the Temples) the sum of Rs.25,000. The balance of the above items, viz., Rs.121, was added to the Samasthanam Charitable Fund. In the report of the twenty-five years' administration read by the Head Manager at the opening of the Durbar, the following are the chief items:— The total amount credited to the Samasthanam accounts during these twenty-five years is Rs. 1,35, 52, 2 13-0-8. The total expenditure for the same period is Rs. 1,23,86, 189-12-7. The amount of balance is Rs.l 1,66,023-4-1.<noinclude></noinclude> o5sp7xx0kvfiltruk7rsvqtv8ihe9fj Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/258 104 2379114 14128592 7121384 2024-04-25T18:00:23Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||249|}}</noinclude> In memory of this event the people of the Samasthanam held a meeting and resolved to present by subscriptions a life-size oil-painting portrait of the Maharajah to the local Victoria Town Hall. Mr. R. H. Campbell, Collector and Agent to the Governor, Vizagapatam, wrote the following letter in reply to the Maharajah's letter and its enclosures:— Waltair. 24th August, 1906. "My dear Maharajah, "Many thanks for your letter of the 22nd instant, and its enclosures which I have read with great interest. I congratulate you most sincerely on your record of 25 years' administration, and I only wish there were more Zemindars like yourself who managed their Estates personally with the tact and ability which has always been so conspicuous in your administration. I fully endorse your statement<noinclude></noinclude> 8i1vkmri7auytefs54pbymzxzr7n1d9 Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/82 104 2379633 14128629 7120001 2024-04-25T18:01:39Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||73|}}</noinclude>without any offence on the part of Ranga-Rao, and thereby caused great loss and injury to him, our nation would be exposed to a great deal of infamy. I, therefore, advise you not to adopt this line of rash and imprudent procedure which would certainly make us liable to much blame and bad repute.' Entrusting the letter to the Vakil, he commanded a countryman of his, one M. Martin, to accompany Butchenna, and to tell Bussy in his name the following words of good advice: 'Viziaramaraz has always sought to bring Ranga-Rao into troubles; but as the latter is a great warrior, and has a high sense of dignity and honour, he has never once yielded to his enemy. The Rajah, bearing this in his heart, instigates you to take action against him. And if you should act up to his ill-advice and carry arms against the fort, the Velama Doras, who have high notions of self-respect, especially the Ravus, who are famous for their keen sense of honour, Ranga-Rao being<noinclude></noinclude> q06qczeg5fsxmsfa9juamf9kd4zzr74 Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/83 104 2379635 14128631 7120003 2024-04-25T18:01:40Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||74|}}</noinclude>the chief of them, will not let you return with safety; if you should at all return with life, all the residents in the fort, including men, women and children, will have certainly perished to a man before you can do so. The ultimate result would in that case be the unquestionable liability of the French to much blame and gross infamy. Do not, therefore, attack their fort at the Rajah's instigation.' According to his master's orders, M. Martin, accompanied by Butchenna, reached Kasimkotah, where Bussy lay encamped, and, after the Vakil delivered the letter, fully represented to Bussy what M. Cummander had directed him to do. The Commander-in-Chief, after having perused the letter and heard Martin's representations, called Haidar Jang near and thus remarked: 'As M. Cummander is a great friend of mine, and is as worthy of my honour as my teacher, I must abide by his good counsels.' He also read out to Haidar Jang M. Cummander's letter, on hearing<noinclude></noinclude> 24uo4dghcw0bdc185jcg229eel9ut33 Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/84 104 2379637 14128632 7120883 2024-04-25T18:01:42Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||75|}}</noinclude>which the Dewan said nothing in reply as if its contents had met with his approbation. On the third day after that, Martin returned to Masulipatam. The very evening of that day the Rajah went to Haidar Jang's tent and thus spoke to him: 'Do you not now find a strong attestation to my remarks about Ranga-Rao? He has sent, you know, his Vakil to M. Cummander, by whom he had a letter written to Bussy, besides prevailing upon him to send a special messenger to speak on his behalf. But he has not at all thought fit to come and pay his respects to you. It is now manifest how defiant he is in his attitude towards you.' Haidar Jang, whose wrath and vindictiveness were still further roused by the Rajah's inflaming words, mentally confirmed the resolution he had already formed to put an end to the Zemindari of Bobbili. "When M. Bussy left Kasimkotah and encamped at Devupalli (near Gajapathinagaram), Chelikani Venkayya, who was sent with<noinclude></noinclude> 5yl44i4e4tho3xcwbibvqmxh4vyimid Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/85 104 2379639 14128633 7120896 2024-04-25T18:01:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||76|}}</noinclude>Chittela Ramanna to present pan supari to the Commander-in-Chief and his Dewan (probably a mark of respect in those days), visited Haidar Jang, who, his wrath being kindled at seeing him, thus accosted the Velama Dora: 'Has your master left the fort with all his people, old and young, or does he still occupy it?' 'In what way have we offended the Circar,' replied Venkayya, identifying himself with his lord, 'to be thus ordered to vacate the fort? Are we guilty of leaving in arrears the peishcush due to the Government; or have we resisted the demand of the peishcush by the Circar?' Unmindful of the Velama Dora's relevant questions, Haidar Jang angrily declared that the fort must be vacated by Ranga-Rao. Then Venkayya, remarking that Haidar Jang's unreasonable enmity to the Zemindar of Bobbili must only be a continuation of the feelings of hostility that he might have cherished in a previous life, and that it could in no other way be accounted for, took leave<noinclude></noinclude> 6bb0hgbz3mq8gi0574ancc38dvcqez3 Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/92 104 2379651 14128635 7120907 2024-04-25T18:01:58Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||83|}}</noinclude>moment a hundred Velama families related to the ruling family and residing in the fort met a similar fate. Ranga-Rao's son, while he was being taken out through a private entrance, fell into the hands of a sepoy of the opposite party, and was taken to Bussy, who took all care of him. "After Tandra Papayya killed Viziaramaraju, Bussy, struck with wonder at the daring of Papayya, admired his loyalty to his master; and then calling near him Ranga-Rao's brother and son, he granted them permission to rule over their ancient estate as usual, and in addition bestowed upon them the Jaghir of Kottapalli." {{rule|10em}} A short account of this battle is also given in the following histories:— 1. ''Imperial Gazetteer of India,'' by W. W. Hunter, Vol. XIII , in pages 484, 485.<noinclude></noinclude> h6orvbepa24oqnemqpuwrxqbiy3i4lx Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/111 104 2379769 14128513 7120938 2024-04-25T17:44:03Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||102|}}</noinclude>present within our jurisdiction, the former give loans to the latter under the assurance that with our help the loans can be, without any difficulty, recovered. If the ryots be now placed beyond our control, they will discontinue giving loans to the Jeroyiti tenants. This will greatly hinder the payment of the revenue by the latter. "If the Government, although they should thereby subject us to a variety of losses, should contemplate the removal, from our hands, of the collection of the Motarpha—a tax that was included in the permanent assessment and not excluded from the operation of the stipulations of the Permanent Cowle bestowed upon us by the Government, how can we have any faith that the Government would keep the promised advantages in our permanent enjoyment? You have informed us that, on our submitting a written document expressing our willingness to resign our rights of alienating our Samasthanam, the Govern-<noinclude></noinclude> il2u2yktf4kxukgb7w5qtjousek042r Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/112 104 2379771 14128514 7120939 2024-04-25T17:44:19Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||103|}}</noinclude>ment would entitle us to the promised privileges and advantages by passing the proposed Regulations. But as it has come within our experience that many Regulations long in force are amended and repealed by new ones, we cannot have sufficient assurance that the rights to which we should become entitled through the said Regulations would be kept in our permanent enjoyment. "Having considered all the aforesaid circumstances, we beg to submit our request in the following lines:— "If the Government should be pleased to keep under our control the collection of the Motarpha revenue in accordance with the custom till now in vogue, and if they should also graciously condescend to execute in our favour a document binding themselves to keep, in our permanent enjoyment, the advantages now offered through the proposed Regulations, we shall then submit the required<noinclude></noinclude> e1kp8fkgh1tr261lj1u2tezxw1fjmrk Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/113 104 2379772 14128515 7120941 2024-04-25T17:44:22Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||104|}}</noinclude>written petition stating that we resign the rights to transfer our Samasthanam to another party, whether by sale, by a free gift, or by any other mode of alienation, the rights that we now enjoy in virtue of the Sunnad-Mulk-et-Istimirar. "We shall also humbly submit, for the information of the Government, some details with regard to our estate such as the time of its acquisition. "The ancestor from whom we trace our lineage is Sarvagnya Singamulu. In generous recognition of the signal services rendered by his grandson,*<ref>* Under the heading "The Founder of the Samasthanam" it was shown that Dharma Rayanin Garu could not be the founder of the zemindari.</ref> Dharma Rayanin Garu, the Nawab of Haidarabad, who was at that time the supreme ruler of the country, conferred on the latter the Samasthanam of Bobbili together with such fitting Royal Insignia as the White Flag, the Dhanka and the Naubath, besides<noinclude></noinclude> 9gf4gjnozi1to60508debnk9nef27sz Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/118 104 2379777 14128516 7120949 2024-04-25T17:44:24Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||109|}}</noinclude>of this family. During this reign the chattrams and other religious and charitable institutions established by his father were much improved, whilst the property was excellently managed. Moreover, in order to carry out his father's intentions, he finished, in the year 1837, the temple which had been begun by his father and consecrated to Sree Venugopalaswamy; endowed it with lands yielding Rs. 10,000 per annum, and made a similar endowment to the temple at Sitarampuram in the Bobbili Samasthanam. In 1832 serious disturbances broke out in the Ganjam and Vizagapatam Districts, during which the Rajah captured Kambara Venkatrayudu and other Fittooridars, and delivered them to Mr. Russell, the Special Commissioner. The following letters and extracts from Public Reports speak for themselves:— Mr. Russell's Report, dated Madras, 18th November, 1834, para. 60.<noinclude></noinclude> 1oy8n1howdn2z4t8pky368wy86xenq7 Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/121 104 2379779 14128518 7120953 2024-04-25T17:44:37Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||112|}}</noinclude>would be suffered, there was reason to hope there would be an end to disturbances. I took occasion, in reply to this observation, to explain that the main object of Mr. Russell's mission was to assert the authority of Government and the laws, and make examples of those by whom they had been outraged, or who had given countenance and protection to offenders; and it was the determination of the Government to exert its power to bring every criminal to justice, and to punish with severity any who should be found guilty of raising disturbances. I said that Government expected him to continue as he had done, to set an example to the other Zemindars, and relied on his rendering to the Magistrate every assistance in his power for the maintenance of peace and order. I think that a formal expression of the approbation of Government should be conveyed to the Zemindar through the Collector in such a manner as may be most gratifying to him."<noinclude></noinclude> rrxc0k52bd7e8icu6ookrdc2k7qoz4g Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/122 104 2379780 14128519 7120954 2024-04-25T17:44:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||113|}}</noinclude> {{center|'''Revenue Department, No. 1067.'''}} {{center|'''Extract from Minutes of Consultation, dated 1st'''}} {{center|'''September, 1835, para. 11.'''}} "The Board of Revenue will be pleased to instruct the Collector of Vizagapatam to convey to the Zemindar of Bobbili the approbation of the Government of his conduct during the late disturbances in that district in such a manner as may be most gratifying to the Zemindar." Again, the then Collector and Agent sent the following Resolution of the Government with his letter, dated 29th October, 1835:— "The Board of Revenue has been directed by the Government to intimate through your means its pleasure regarding the conduct of the Bobbili Zemindar during the late disturbances in the districts of Vizagapatam and Ganjam; also to inform him in a friendly manner that His Lordship has highly expressed the meritorious service shown by him to<noinclude></noinclude> 2lvjdc5iq2i2zp5y72g2jv7f7g210xr Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/123 104 2379781 14128520 7121139 2024-04-25T17:44:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||114|}}</noinclude>Mr. Russell, the Commissioner, and further that the Right Honourable the Governor-in-Council cannot compare other Zemindars to him in any respect by his utmost exertions being used in assisting the Magistrate to afford relief of the community and preserve the peace." {{center|'''Extract from a letter from the Acting Agent in'''}} {{center|'''Ganjam (Judicial Department), dated 23rd'''}} {{center|'''December, 1856, No. 551.'''}} {{sc|Para}}. 9.—"I would beg leave respectfully to suggest that Government notice with approval the readiness with which the Rajahs of Vizianagaram and Bobbili have sent in their quotas, the Sirdars and men have exerted themselves to the utmost, and have given me much satisfaction." {{center|(A true Extract).}} {{block right|{{c|(Signed) {{sc|T. PYCROFT,}}<br>''Chief Secretary.''}}}} {{center|(True Copy).}} {{block right|{{c|(Signed) {{sc|P. B. SMOLLETT,}}<br>''Agent to the Governor.''}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> 8dtlgqalrnldlbgqjibcgdsdp62z81w Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/124 104 2379782 14128522 8796805 2024-04-25T17:45:08Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||115|}} {{sidenotes begin}}</noinclude> {{center|{{sc|No. 3. Judicial Department.}}}} {{center|'''Extracts from the Minutes of Consultation under'''}} {{center|'''date the 3rd January, 1857.'''}} {{right sidenote|23rd December 1856, No.551.}}"Read the following letter from the Acting Agent in Ganjam. Reports proceedings with the Sowrahs, the success of the joint attack on the Sowrahs, the flight of the Dundoosenah, and states that a continuance of the field force for any length of time will probably not be necessary. {{center| * * * * }} "{{sc|Para}}. 3.—Copy of para. 9 of Mr. Knox's letter will be furnished to the Agent in Vizagapatam, and he will be instructed to communicate to the Rajah of Vizianagaram and Zemindar of Bobbili the {{hws|acknowledg|acknowledgements}}<noinclude>{{sidenotes end}}</noinclude> 25s6783fgnkgp470h05k629axmymx3i Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/128 104 2379786 14128532 7120965 2024-04-25T17:53:49Z Mpaa 257091 fmt proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||119|}}</noinclude> {{center|'''Extract from the Minutes of Consultation'''}} {{center|'''(Revenue Department), under date the 3rd'''}} {{center|'''February, 1857, No. 131.'''}} "Read the following letter from the Agent to the Governor at Vizagapatam:— {| |{{ts|pr2}}|"Reports that an amicable settlement of the long existing ill-feelings between the Zemindars of Vizianagaram and Bobbili in point of etiquette has been effected through the mediation of the Agent. |{{ts|bl|mvi|p2}}|11th January, 1857, No. 51. |} "With reference to the expressed wishes of Government, Extract Minutes Consultation, 19th April, 1853, No. 441, that the Agent in Vizagapatam should direct his endeavours to effect an adjustment of the dispute between the Zemindars of Vizianagaram and Bobbili by an interchange of their villages, Mr. Smollett reports in the above letter that under his<noinclude></noinclude> cyruxgh75vblafhtsx1jg709vy9u0eh Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/132 104 2379788 14128539 7213506 2024-04-25T17:55:21Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||123|}}</noinclude>remain, with every sentiment of respect and regard, :Your faithful friend and servant, {{block right|(Signed) CHARLES W. READE,<br>''Agent to the Governor''."}} :{{sc|Palconda}}, ''5th February, 1858''. The Agent addressed the Government as stated in the above letter, and received the following reply:— {{block right|{{sc|Revenue Department}},<br>{{sc|Fort St. George}},<br>''15th May, 1858''.}} {{c|{{sc|No. 636.}}}} "{{sc|From}} :W. H. BAYLEY, {{sc|Esq.,}} :{{sc|Ag. Secy, to the Govt, of}} ::''Fort St. George'', {{sc|To}} :C. W. READE, {{sc|Esq.,}} :{{sc|Agent to the Govr. of}} ::{{sc|Fort St. George,}} ::''at Vizagapalam''. "{{sc|Sir,}} I am directed by the Right Honourable the Governor in Council to express his satisfaction<noinclude></noinclude> 7yoma6ocduj7m76bbczu08oy9klhz8b Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/148 104 2380209 14128546 7121027 2024-04-25T17:56:19Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||139|}}</noinclude> {{center|1883.}} His Excellency Sir M. E. Grant Duff, while on a tour in the Northern Circars, visited Bobbili in February, and was accommodated in the old palace. He seemed to be pleased with what he saw there. In replying to an address presented to him by the inhabitants of Bezwada, the Governor observed:— "We have in these North-Eastern Districts men who, like the Maha Rajah of Vizianagaram, the Zemindars of Mandasa, and of Bobbili, and the Rajah of Pittapur, are doing much in various ways for the enlightenment of those around them." In this year the Rajah of Venkatagiri's second wedding and the wedding of his brother, Rajah Muddu Kristna, took place while the Rajah was at Venkatagiri. The Rajah also visited Benares, Gya, and Allahabad with the object of performing the religious rites or Sraddhas of his adoptive father and other<noinclude></noinclude> 88y8sny980z77s2kkilm6dkrs7rmk11 Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/156 104 2380452 14128548 7121060 2024-04-25T17:56:29Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||147|}}</noinclude>rendered to Mr. Russel as Commissioner, in para. 27 of his tour minute (p. 57, Vol. 2—Reports on the disturbances in Purlakemedy, Vizagapatam and Gumsoor); and Government in their Minutes of Consultation (p. 85) directed the Board of Revenue to instruct the Collector of Vizagapatam to convey to the Zemindar of Bobbili the approbation of Government of his conduct in such a manner as may be most gratifying to the Zemindar. "22. In recent times, the House of Bobbili has always been distinguished for the excellent and prudent management of their Estates. They have always money in hand, and many a Zemindari has been saved from being brought to the hammer by a timely loan from the source.—(Carmichael's ''Manual''). "23. It has been shown above, that the Bobbili Zemindar's claim to the title of Rajah has not only been recognised uniformly ever since our acquisition of the country, but that<noinclude></noinclude> d8bqtz3cfrorfwov35kz0e4i6k7vw76 Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/161 104 2380798 14128549 11788330 2024-04-25T17:56:31Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||152|}}</noinclude> Connemara about this amicable settlement:— {{block right|{{c|"{{sc|106, Mount Street,<br>Grosvenor Square,}}<br>''19th August, 1892.''}}}} "{{sc|My dear Rajah,}} "I thank you for your letter of the 6th May, and I am very glad indeed to hear that the suit for a partition of your estate instituted by your father has been withdrawn. Family disputes are always especially disagreeable. Your brother, the Rajah of Bobbili, is a very sensible man, for whom I have a great regard, and has done well to interfere in this matter. "With best good wishes for the welfare of all your family. {{block right|{{c|I remain,<br>Very sincerely yours,<br>(Signed) CONNEMARA."}}}} The Rajah attended the Receptions at Madras given to H. R. H. the late Prince<noinclude></noinclude> a96x4uitroy9ir2h1xjtbuj1zp0akqg Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/163 104 2380802 14128550 7539159 2024-04-25T17:56:46Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||154|}}</noinclude><section begin="1889—1892" />in 1758, were completely wearing out, the Rajah thought fit to mark the scene by means of a Monumental Pillar*<ref>* The following is the Inscription in English on the Pillar:—This Pillar is erected to mark the Fort of Bobbili, which was attacked in January 1758 by Rajah Viziaramaraz of Vizianagaram, assisted by Monsieur Bussy. The then Rajah, Ranga-Rao, after fighting eight hours, finding it impossible to save his fort, and preferring death to dishonour, first put to death the women and children in the fort, and then fighting fell like another Leonidas with all his gallant band. Three nights afterwards, a faithful Sirdar from Rajam, Tandra Papayya, effected an entrance, in spite of vigilant guard, into Viziaramaraz's tent, and stabbed him to the heart. Erected by Raja V. S. Ranga-Rao in 1891.</ref> bearing inscriptions in Telugu and English describing the martial spirit of his ancestor and his followers. <section end="1889—1892" /> <section begin="1893" />{{center|1893.}} The year 1893 is the most important and the most enjoyable one of the present reign. The Rajah left Bobbili on the 14th April on his way to Europe, left his son, the Kumara Rajah, at Madras, under the care of his tutor, Mr. E. P. Oldfield, took leave of his mother and <section end="1893" /><noinclude></noinclude> njf3o8g3eyvruoxlbkhhzcroveokhv5 Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/168 104 2381206 14128551 7121178 2024-04-25T17:56:48Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||159|}}</noinclude>I may also mention here in this connection that I am the first Rajah that has ever come from the Madras Presidency. "Thank God! this is the most happy day of my life." Shortly afterwards the Rajah was presented with a photo bearing H. M.'s autograph signature, in acknowledging the receipt of which the Rajah wrote as follows:— {{sc|Dear Sir}}, "I have no words to express my most humble and loyal thanks to Her Gracious Majesty, the Queen and Empress of India, for H. M.'s most kind favour in presenting me with Her Portrait. I esteem it a very great and special favour on the part of H. M. to my ancient family which has been ever loyal to the British Government, and whose footsteps, it has been, and will ever be, my desire to follow. "I have erected a market at Bobbili to commemorate H. M.'s Jubilee, and on my<noinclude></noinclude> fbpkvchipuzgv97w0v7zgkimgvz6oex Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/170 104 2381714 14128554 7213526 2024-04-25T17:56:57Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||161|}}</noinclude>commanded by Her Majesty to assure you that she has learnt with much satisfaction your intention of building a Town Hall, in memory of your visit to the Queen, and that Her Majesty gladly grants permission for the building to be named the 'Victoria Town Hall.' :I have the honour to be, :Sir, :Your faithful servant, {{block right|(Signed) HENRY F. PONSONBY."}} The Rajah presented an Ivory Casket to H. R. H. the Princess May of Teck, as a wedding present, which was acknowledged in the following words:— {{block right|{{sc|"White Lodge,<br>Richmond Park,<br> Surrey.}}}} "Her Serene Highness the Princess Victoria May of Teck desires the Comptroller to convey her grateful thanks to H. H. the Rajah of Bobbili for the beautiful gift he has kindly sent<noinclude></noinclude> komq9noj9lgy5ihrg5z0whpgyb4mstu Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/172 104 2381731 14128555 7539180 2024-04-25T17:56:58Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||163|}}</noinclude><section begin="1893" />He received addresses of welcome from the people of Venkatagiri, and of Bobbili where he safely returned on the 13th September, 1893. <section end="1893" /> <section begin="1894" />{{center|1894.}} In compliance with the invitation of the Rajah, His Excellency Lord Wenlock, the Governor of Madras, came to Bobbili on the 4th October, 1894, and was accommodated at the Raj Mahal. At 3-30 p.m. the Rajah accompanied by his son paid a State visit to His Excellency the Governor, who, after a return visit to the Rajah at the palace, laid the foundation-stone of the Victoria Town Hall. The Governor, after laying the foundation-stone, made the following reply: "{{sc|Rajah of Bobbili and Gentlemen}},— "I feel great pleasure in acceding to the request made by you, to lay the foundation-stone here in commemoration of the visit which you paid to Her Majesty the Queen-Empress when yon visited England the last year. I do not think that you could possibly <section end="1894" /><noinclude></noinclude> isfww73b5nddfciikjw76psjahe1hy6 Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/174 104 2382137 14128556 7121188 2024-04-25T17:57:02Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||165|}}</noinclude>other reasons that I am pleased to be here this afternoon, and I shall be glad to send home an account of my visit here, and to assure all those at home who have, as I have, a lively interest in all matters connected with this country, an assurance that they will find, here in Bobbili, a nobleman, who is anxious to do his duty to all by whom he is surrounded, and who is anxious to prove on all occasions his loyalty and affection to Her Majesty the Queen-Empress. With these words I can do no more than congratulate you on this auspicious occasion, and I trust it will not be long before the building is erected which will be a lasting record of events, which have been of such satisfaction and gratification to yourself, and to those who are, as I am, interested in the welfare and well-being of the people of this country." At the entertainment given at the Raj Mahal, His Excellency the Governor proposed the Rajah's health in return thus:—<noinclude></noinclude> exsh3q0z33zljvutrlaz1k9tp9erig4 Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/177 104 2382140 14128557 7121208 2024-04-25T17:57:11Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||168|}}</noinclude>the same feelings of loyalty and devotion to the British Crown as you yourself, Sir, possess. I do not know if it is necessary for me to say anything more than, on behalf of Government, to thank you for the extremely kind hospitality which you have extended to us, and which has made our visit so very comfortable and so very enjoyable. * * * * On the morning of the 5th His Excellency visited the Monumental Pillar, which was erected on the site of the ruined fort by the present Rajah in 1891; and also laid the foundation-stone of the Samasthanam Gosha Hospital, on behalf of Her Excellency Lady Wenlock. The Governor, after laying the stone, replied to the Rajah's address in the following manner:—<noinclude></noinclude> m0hf1miemamp4p79cocqmdf08ek1l6u Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/178 104 2382141 14128559 7121209 2024-04-25T17:57:13Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||169|}}</noinclude> "{{sc|Rajah}},—I can only express to you my great pleasure in acceding to the request which you have made that I should attend to the ceremony of laying the foundation-stone of this hospital, and at the same time of assuring you of the great regret which Lady Wenlock feels at not being able to be present here and perform the ceremony which I have just undertaken. * * "Your own family has contributed largely in this particular direction. The Gosha Hospital at Madras, the gift, almost the entire gift of the Rajah of Venkatagiri, shows very well how keenly the members of your family take interest in this particular matter. The foundation of this institution here shows that you yourself are as keenly alive to the interests of those unfortunate women of this country, who, up till now, have received so little sup-<noinclude></noinclude> 1ilkrude37ycgzon7irppeo31pnkwlb Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/183 104 2382146 14128561 7121214 2024-04-25T17:57:16Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||174|}}</noinclude> {{center|1898.}} His Excellency Sir Arthur Havelock at the request of the Rajah, came to Bobbili on the 21st February to open the Victoria Town Hall, and was accommodated at the Raj Mahal. At the entertainment in the evening His Excellency proposed the Rajah's health in return thus:— "I thank you, Rajah, for the kind and too flattering terms in which you have proposed the toast of my health. I thank you, Gentlemen, also for having so cordially responded to it. It is true, as the Rajah remarked, that the determining cause of my visit to the Circars was his invitation to take part in the ceremony of opening the Hall, the ceremony which I look forward to performing to-morrow. I had the intention of coming to this part of the country during this season if it had been possible. But for my promise to take part in this ceremony, I think, I should have<noinclude></noinclude> adxldop6cppygh5d7s2qyixpiroof8j Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/250 104 2383835 14128590 7121372 2024-04-25T18:00:20Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||241|}}</noinclude>to increase the other sources of his wealth, to the best possible advantage. If any one fails to observe this duty, and thinks that the estate was obtained by his ancestors for his sake alone, he and his children will be ruined and the estate will be gradually sold to others. His subjects also, who have laboured for generations, would therefore be compelled to serve another master. There is no occasion, then, to praise a man when he performs his duty. On the other hand, if he fails to perform it, he deserves to be blamed. "Again, why did my parents adopt me as their son when they had no children? Firstly, to perform their funeral rites and other subsequent ceremonies, so that they might obtain heaven, as is the Hindu belief; secondly, to perpetuate their family; thirdly, to rule over their estate and people, to the best possible advantage; fourthly, to continue the good and charitable institutions, founded by them and their predecessors; and fifthly, to finish the<noinclude></noinclude> 5n0blv7z0x8n4bz6kw9751kycb9auvy Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/248 104 2383869 14128588 7121369 2024-04-25T18:00:17Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||239|}}</noinclude>Samasthanam. At a Durbar held on the 5th August in connection with this occasion the Maharajah delivered the following speech:— "{{sc|Gentlemen}}, "First of all, I think I must explain to you the object of this Durbar, held in connection with my twenty-five years' administration of this ancient Samasthanam. In the West, it is a custom among Kings to celebrate a Jubilee after the completion of fifty years' reign. In this case, however, as fifty years are not completed, the Durbar—though some of you have thought otherwise—is not held in accordance with the above custom. Again, as I have not ruled for a longer period than every one of my predecessors, it is not held in celebration of any such record of administration. My grand-father and great-grandfather ruled for thirty-two and twenty-eight years respectively. But, as regards the latter, his six years' minority has been included in the calculation, and if<noinclude></noinclude> lv6rcwra3qx7yhbdg62o8a9i35rumlg Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/247 104 2383871 14128587 7121368 2024-04-25T18:00:14Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||238|}}</noinclude>and the Maharajah received the following letter in this connection:— "Government House," Madras, 28th January, 1906. "The Equerry in Waiting presents his compliments to His Highness the Maharajah of Bobbili, and is desired by the Princess of Wales to acknowledge the receipt of his letter of to-day's date, addressed to Sir Walter Lawrence, in which His Highness expresses the desire of the Maharanee to endow and name a bed in the Victoria Gosha Hospital after the Princess of Wales. Her Royal Highness not only expresses her warmest approval of the Maharanee's proposal, but also desires the Equerry to say how much touched she is by her kind and generous thought and what a pleasure it was to Her Royal Highness to have the opportunity of meeting the Maharanee yesterday." On the 18th July the Maharajah completed his 25 years' administration of the Bobbili<noinclude></noinclude> olri0s07ybxw0t3dj287j0pxymexj83 Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/244 104 2383891 14128586 7181281 2024-04-25T18:00:13Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||235|}}</noinclude>State Dinner, and afterwards attended the Prince's Levee. On the next day His Royal Highness was pleased to grant an audience to all the Zemindars that were invited by the Government and graciously received an address from the Madras Landholders' Association. A picturesque native entertainment was given to Their Royal Highnesses on the Island and terminated with fireworks. On the following day H.R.H. The Prince was graciously pleased to give the Maharajah a private interview. H.E. the Governor wrote the following letter to the Maharajah in the above connection:— {{block right|{{sc|Government House, Madras,}}<br>''25th January, 1906.''}} "{{sc|My dear Maharajah}}, "I have great pleasure in informing you that His Royal Highness The Prince of Wales desires to accord you the honour of a Private interview. Will you please be at Government<noinclude></noinclude> suvstnobbywxoxzgglzzr5qtsrqi9bx Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/241 104 2383907 14128585 7121359 2024-04-25T18:00:11Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||232|}}</noinclude> {{center|No. 18 Carriage.}} The Rajah of Ramnad. {{center|Nos. 19 and 20 Carriages.}} The Members of the Board of Revenue. {{center|No. 21 Carriage.}} The Surgeon-General with the Government of Madras. {{center|Nos. 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28 and 29 Carriages.}} The Additional Members of Council for making Laws and Regulations. {{center|No. 30 Carriage.}} The President of the Corporation of Madras. {{center|No. 31 Carriage.}} The Sheriff of Madras. {{center|No. 32 Carriage.}} The Valiya Rajah of Chirakkal. {{center|No. 33 Carriage.}} The Eralpad Rajah of Calicut.<noinclude></noinclude> 4ducb06gj8u2uxexznszh0a1mp1ylpv Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/236 104 2383911 14128583 7121350 2024-04-25T17:59:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||227|}}</noinclude> {{sc|No. 1 State Carriage and Four Horses.}} His Royal Highness the Prince of Wales. Her Royal Highness the Princess of Wales. Sir Walter Lawrence. {{center|'''Escorted by'''}} On the side of the Carriage on which His Royal Highness was seated— The Inspector-General of Police. The Commandant of His Excellency's Body Guard. The Officer Commanding the Escort. On the other side of the Carriage— The Officer Commanding the Escort of Mounted Infantry, Madras Volunteer Guards. The Adjutant of His Excellency's Body Guard. Carriage Escort of His Excellency's Body Guard. {{sc|No. 2 Carriage and Four Horses.}} His Excellency the Governor. Her Excellency Lady Ampthill.<noinclude></noinclude> 4p93nhlwfcvd5xu5ekyrazz1pmudw8i Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/235 104 2383912 14128582 7181284 2024-04-25T17:59:25Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||226|}}</noinclude>precedence of the Rajahs who have got the hereditary title of Rajah, and of other Zemindars. As this procession is a historical one it may not be out of place here to give the whole list. {{center|'''The Procession.'''}} The procession to Government House was formed as follows:— {{center|I.—{{sc|The Royal Cortege.}}}} Two Staff Officers. A Detachment of 30th Lancers. 6th Battery, Royal Field Artillery. The Officer Commanding the Madras Brigade and his Staff. The Aide-de-Camp to the Lieutenant-General Commanding the 9th (Secunderabad) Division. The Staff of the Secunderabad Division. The Lieutenant-General Commanding the 9th (Secunderabad) Division. Mounted Infantry, Madras Volunteer Guards. Detachment of His Excellency's Body Guard,<noinclude></noinclude> 0673wfujson7jfth03wgorxhznwf45c Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/231 104 2383958 14128580 7181302 2024-04-25T17:59:22Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||222|}}</noinclude>his own experience with much sound practical advice to the rising generation of our aristocracy." The Maharajah wrote 24 essays on various subjects likely to be useful to the rising generation of the Indian Aristocracy, and at the beginning of October published them in book-form under the title "Advice to the Indian Aristocracy." Before the publication of the book, the Maharajah sent the essays to H. E. Lord Ampthill asking for his permission to dedicate the work to him. After going through the essays Lord Ampthill wrote to the Maharajah the following letter giving him the permission asked for:— {{block right|{{c|{{sc|Government House, Madras,}}<br>''4th February, 1905.''}}}} "{{sc|My Dear Maharajah}}, I have read your Lectures with great interest and in returning them (under separate cover) with many thanks I venture to congratulate<noinclude></noinclude> c72dtwy2x2fc5gtmw79s6iro30prcth Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/228 104 2384303 14128578 7539935 2024-04-25T17:59:19Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||219|}}</noinclude><section begin="1904" />of the Viceroys, Lords Ampthill and Curzon. He was accorded a private Entree during his stay there; was present at the assumption of Viceroyalty by Lord Curzon in Council Chamber and attended H. E.'s first Levee. He also visited Sir Andrew Fraser, the Lieut.-Governor of Bengal, the Members of the Supreme Council, and the Secretaries of the various departments; and returned to Bobbili on the 21st December. <section end="1904" /> <section begin="1905" />{{center|1905.}} There are only two important events to be mentioned in this year, and they are more or less of a personal character between H. E. Lord Ampthill and the Maharajah. When His Excellency went to receive a Municipal Address at the Victoria Diamond Jubilee Town Hall, Vizagapatam (a free gift to the Town by the Maharajah), the Maharajah and his son the Kumar Rajah received and conducted him upstairs. <section end="1905" /><noinclude></noinclude> 79y6sybpe9oza0oilejk34mt4kz2m2j Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/224 104 2384308 14128577 7213434 2024-04-25T17:59:17Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||215|}}</noinclude>young Zemindars, and there is none among them who has given more thought to the matter than the Hon'ble the Maharajah who sits in the Council. Some little time ago the Maharajah of Bobbili urged the Government to appoint an Advisory Council to the Newington School of the Court of Wards, and he was supported by other Non-Official Members of this Council as well as by the Press. We have accepted his advice and appointed an Advisory Council, from which we hope that many valuable suggestions will emanate, not only with respect to Newington, but also with respect to general education of young Zemindars, a question which is fraught with many and peculiar difficulties." The Hon. Mr. G. S. Forbes in presenting the report of the Select Committee on the above Bill and in moving the Bill be taken into consideration paid a tribute to the non-official members of the Select Committee in the following manner:—<noinclude></noinclude> 3qikz66s668tkagk6glqt2hb5xdnbna Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/223 104 2384309 14128576 7213433 2024-04-25T17:59:16Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||214|}}</noinclude>Lord Ampthill who took so much interest in protecting these estates from partition. His Excellency the President in his concluding debate said:— "It may be said that the present legislation only affects a small fractional number of the Zemindari Estates in the Presidency. That is quite true, but it affects the Estates which are most important and the families which are most ancient and respected, the estates and families which ought to be an example to the rest. We look to those land-holders who will be secured in their rights and freed from the anxieties and disadvantages of which they have complained, to set an example to the rest of their class and lead the way along the path of progress and reform. "The enlightened noblemen who form the Land-holders' Association are, I know, deeply interested in the question of the education of<noinclude></noinclude> kk5mzfnze6vmmkog8w5xfrffhdrg5sn Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/220 104 2384312 14128575 7213425 2024-04-25T17:59:13Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||211|}}</noinclude> The Maharajah could not attend the Investiture ceremony on account of indisposition. But he went one day to the Durbar Pavilion to see the Assault-at-arms and also attended the Review of Retainers of Native Chiefs. He left Delhi on the 8th January, spent a day at Puri and returned to Bobbili on the 11th of that month. In connection with the letter of congratulation on the occasion of the Coronation of His Majesty the King Emperor which was signed by all the Representatives who were present at the Coronation, the Maharajah received the following reply:— {{c|{{sc|No. 560.}}}} {{c|{{sc|Home Department.}}}} {{c|{{sc|Public.}}}} {{right|{{sc|Calcutta, ''the 25th February, 1903.''}}}} "{{sc|Sir,}} "I am directed to say that the Government of India have received intimation from the<noinclude></noinclude> bbl2y8z1kf76cfhye5wbq73xpdwklq9 Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/186 104 2384342 14128562 7121215 2024-04-25T17:57:29Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sriphani" />{{rh||177|}}</noinclude>close by, and after he had taken his seat on the dais, the Rajah requested the Governor formally to open the Town Hall. After the Rajah had handed over the silver key of the Town Hall, the Governor replied thus:— "The Rajah has so fully and clearly explained the history and objects of this Town Hall, that there remains little for me to say except that I feel it a pleasure and honour to be asked to consummate the work which was begun by my distinguished predecessor. I appreciate very heartily and deeply the sentiments which have moved the Rajah to carry out this work, and I trust that the usefulness of the building with which he has endowed the Town of Bobbili will be extensive and long-lasting. With these words I now declare the Victoria Town Hall to be duly opened." Then the people of the Town and the Zemindari presented an address to His<noinclude></noinclude> 7h9jcmsl162w176ruyezugyakbpxmua Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/187 104 2384343 14128563 7121219 2024-04-25T17:57:55Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sriphani" />{{rh||178|}}</noinclude>Excellency, and received the following reply from him:— "{{sc|Representatives of the People of the Town of Bobbili}},—I thank you for your kind address of welcome. It is with the greatest satisfaction I have heard the tribute of praise which you have bestowed upon the Rajah of Bobbili, who, as you say, has endowed you with many useful Public Institutions, and they are valuable works to that extent. You admit that you are supplied with Schools, Hospitals, and other charitable institutions, and water-supply has been more than supplied and safe-guarded. This is a very high tribute of gratitude and praise to your enlightened Rajah. In consequence of his munificence towards you, you say that there is very little left for you to ask at my hands. {{center| * * * * }} "I am glad to be able to join with you in congratulating ourselves on the success of the<noinclude></noinclude> ajsmq0ocjncms89fkb3qfmrvntlbhwq Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/188 104 2384344 14128564 7121220 2024-04-25T17:57:58Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sriphani" />{{rh||179|}}</noinclude>efforts of the Government to withstand the horrors of famine and distress during last year. I take this opportunity of expressing the gratitude of the Government, for the efforts that were made by the Rajah himself to assist the people in his own immediate neighbourhood, and I wish also not to lose this opportunity of expressing the high appreciation of my Government of the skill, zeal, and devotion of the District Officers under extremely difficult and trying circumstances. I thank you once more for the welcome you have accorded to me here." His Excellency then visited the Monumental Pillar and the Samasthanam Gosha Hospital before going back to the Raj Mahal and left the same afternoon for Vizianagaram. With reference to this meeting of the Governor and the Rajah, the following remarks appeared in the ''Madras Mail'':— "It will be seen from the reports we publish to-day that the Governor's visit to Bobbili was<noinclude></noinclude> 6wk6shvp34sla2hm2dxbptwn7gqcwzk Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/191 104 2384361 14128567 7539782 2024-04-25T17:58:09Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sriphani" />{{rh||182|}}</noinclude><section begin="1899" />very much respected by the Rajah, as well as by the people who knew her, the Rajah performed her funeral ceremony with great respect and attention and endowed a bed in the Victoria Caste and Gosha Hospital at Madras in the name of the deceased venerable old lady. At the request of the people of Vizagapatam the Rajah promised to erect, at his own cost, a Town Hall in memory of Her Majesty's Diamond Jubilee. It is called the Victoria Diamond Jubilee Town Hall. <section end="1899" /> <section begin="1900" />{{center|1900}}. H. E. the Governor re-nominated the Rajah in April for the third time as a Member of the Legislative Council. In the beginning of May some disturbances of the hill tribes occurred near Pachipenta, in connection with which the Rajah offered his services to the Government in a letter of which the following is a copy:— <section end="1900" /><noinclude></noinclude> 7pu1r6jjhfbuaw9zoeiqx8jnfj2no77 Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/217 104 2384710 14128574 7213450 2024-04-25T17:59:11Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||208|}}</noinclude>on the 5th September and reached Bobbili on the 8th evening. In connection with the presentation to His Most Gracious Majesty the King Emperor of India, of an Address and a Silver Casket on the auspicious occasion of His Majesty's Coronation, the Maharajah received the following reply:— {{center|No. 1326.}} "{{sc|From}} {{block right|R. NATHAN, {{sc|Esq., c.i.e.,}}<br>''Offg. Deputy Secy.''<br>''to the Govt. of India.''}} "{{sc|To}} {{block right|{{sc|Sri Rao the Honourable Sir}}<br>VENKATASWETACHALAPATI<br>RANGA-RAO BAHADUR,<br> ''Rajah Maharajah of Bobbili, Madras.''}} {{c|{{sc|Home Department}},}} {{c|{{sc|Public}}.}} {{right|{{sc|Calcutta}}, ''the 23rd March, 1903.''}} "{{sc|Sir}}, "I am directed to say that the Secretary of State has intimated that His Majesty the<noinclude></noinclude> ii7bn8cwahndiv47yloxtakmv40sqw5 Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/196 104 2384714 14128568 7217306 2024-04-25T17:58:12Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||187|}}</noinclude> In this year the Maha-Rajah contributed Rs.5,000 to the Indian Famine Charitable Relief Fund. He built a pakka quadrangular building for the Samasthanam Poor House, which was for the first time used by the poor on Her Majesty's Birthday. In Her Majesty's Birthday Honours Gazette His Excellency the Viceroy, Lord Curzon, was pleased to confer on the Maha-Rajah the title of Maha-Rajah as a personal distinction. In connection with this event, the residents of the Capital and the Samasthanam presented a congratulatory address to the Maha-Rajah at the Victoria Town Hall, and by public subscriptions have also laid a park called Maha-Rajah Park in commemoration of the memorable occasion. In replying to their address, the Maha-Rajah said as follows:—<noinclude></noinclude> 67fq06w1fafxvwq5d3biv6fjdg5ghny Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/197 104 2384717 14128570 7121230 2024-04-25T17:58:28Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sriphani" />{{rh||188|}}</noinclude>"{{sc|Ladies, Gentlemen, and Residents of Bobbili Town and Samasthanam}},—I thank you most sincerely for the address you have so kindly just now presented to me. The design of the casket is excellent, and it is really a souvenir of the occasion. I am also very glad to observe that you quoted in the address the very words kindly expressed by the last and present Governors of our Presidency, though you have flattered me to some extent. You said you purposely abstained from making any request on this occasion, fully believing, I suppose, that I would do something in memory of this event. When I was thinking over what it would be a proper thing to undertake, my wife, the Maha-Rani, requested me to associate her name with any institution I would propose to give you. To meet the double purpose I cannot undertake any other one than to provide you with the Maha-Rani Caste Girls' School. Gentlemen, you are all aware there are Caste Girls' Schools, even maintained by<noinclude></noinclude> 59cuj2n4fzn41k2df9higc4adw3wlrm Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/201 104 2384745 14128571 7217304 2024-04-25T17:59:00Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||192|}}</noinclude>mark of full mourning. The Maharajah and all the officers wore crape till the end of public mourning. The Maharajah sent two messages of sympathy and regret, one to H. E. the Governor and the other to the Private Secretary to the Prince of Wales (the present King). The following are the replies to the above-mentioned messages:— {{center|(I)}} {{sc|From}} :P. S., MADRAS. {{sc|To}} :THE HON. MAHARAJAH OF BOBBILI. Excellency thanks you for kindly message of sympathy and will forward duly.<noinclude></noinclude> m9lxc8dnzely5joe5luy4lgvptrfi0c Page:A revised and enlarged account of the Bobbili zemindari.djvu/204 104 2384763 14128572 7121238 2024-04-25T17:59:02Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||195|}}</noinclude>coffin as a last token of his loyalty to the late Sovereign. At Her late Majesty's Memorial meeting at Bobbili, the Maharajah delivered the following speech:— "{{sc|Gentlemen}}, "Though it is a melancholy object for which we have met here now, yet it is a loyal duty for us all to come here and to express our deepest sympathy and profound grief at the death of our good, beloved, and venerable Queen Victoria, the Empress. She was born on the 24th May, 1819, succeeded to the throne on the 20th June, 1837, reigned for 63 years, 7 months, and two days, and was called by the Almighty to the Heaven at 6-30 P.M. on the 22nd January of this year at Osborne. Her loss has been felt by all classes of people with deepest regret. Even in a small town like this, where many people know so little of her virtues, the lamented news was<noinclude></noinclude> 5kni4o11oo0ltslp2wtc7u77f8h3cxa Template:Start tab 10 2406819 14129916 12789809 2024-04-25T20:16:03Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><!-- --><table width="100%" style="border-collapse:collapse; border:none; vertical-align:top; background-color: transparent"><!-- --><tr><!-- -->{{dummytab|border={{{border|}}}|tab spacing percent={{{tab spacing percent|}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{tab-1|}}}|{{tab|freeform={{{freeform-1|}}}|link={{{link-1}}}|link2={{{link2-1}}}|link3={{{link3-1}}}|link4={{{link4-1}}}|link5={{{link5-1}}}|tab={{{tab-1}}}|image={{{image-1|}}}|{{{tab-1}}}|{{{tab-2}}}|{{{tab-3}}}|{{{tab-4}}}|{{{tab-5}}}|{{{tab-6}}}|{{{tab-7}}}|{{{tab-8}}}|{{{tab-9}}}|{{{tab-10}}}|{{{tab-11}}}|{{{tab-12}}}|{{{tab-13}}}|{{{tab-14}}}|{{{tab-15}}}|{{{tab-16}}}|{{{tab-17}}}|{{{tab-18}}}|{{{tab-19}}}|{{{tab-20}}}|rounding={{{rounding|}}}|border={{{border|}}}|off tab color={{{off tab color-1|{{{off tab color|}}}}}}|on tab color={{{on tab color|}}}|tab spacing percent={{{tab spacing percent|}}}|font-size={{{tab font-size|}}}|tab alignment={{{tab alignment|}}}|nowrap={{{nowrap|}}}|preums=1}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{tab-2|}}}|{{tab|freeform={{{freeform-2|}}}|link={{{link-2}}}|link2={{{link2-2}}}|link3={{{link3-2}}}|link4={{{link4-2}}}|link5={{{link5-2}}}|tab={{{tab-2}}}|image={{{image-2|}}}|{{{tab-1}}}|{{{tab-2}}}|{{{tab-3}}}|{{{tab-4}}}|{{{tab-5}}}|{{{tab-6}}}|{{{tab-7}}}|{{{tab-8}}}|{{{tab-9}}}|{{{tab-10}}}|{{{tab-11}}}|{{{tab-12}}}|{{{tab-13}}}|{{{tab-14}}}|{{{tab-15}}}|{{{tab-16}}}|{{{tab-17}}}|{{{tab-18}}}|{{{tab-19}}}|{{{tab-20}}}|rounding={{{rounding|}}}|border={{{border|}}}|off tab color={{{off tab color-2|{{{off tab color|}}}}}}|on tab color={{{on tab color|}}}|tab spacing percent={{{tab spacing percent|}}}|font-size={{{tab font-size|}}}|tab alignment={{{tab alignment|}}}|nowrap={{{nowrap|}}}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{tab-3|}}}|{{tab|freeform={{{freeform-3|}}}|link={{{link-3}}}|link2={{{link2-3}}}|link3={{{link3-3}}}|link4={{{link4-3}}}|link5={{{link5-3}}}|tab={{{tab-3}}}|image={{{image-3|}}}|{{{tab-1}}}|{{{tab-2}}}|{{{tab-3}}}|{{{tab-4}}}|{{{tab-5}}}|{{{tab-6}}}|{{{tab-7}}}|{{{tab-8}}}|{{{tab-9}}}|{{{tab-10}}}|{{{tab-11}}}|{{{tab-12}}}|{{{tab-13}}}|{{{tab-14}}}|{{{tab-15}}}|{{{tab-16}}}|{{{tab-17}}}|{{{tab-18}}}|{{{tab-19}}}|{{{tab-20}}}|rounding={{{rounding|}}}|border={{{border|}}}|off tab color={{{off tab color-3|{{{off tab color|}}}}}}|on tab color={{{on tab color|}}}|tab spacing percent={{{tab spacing percent|}}}|font-size={{{tab font-size|}}}|tab alignment={{{tab alignment|}}}|nowrap={{{nowrap|}}}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{tab-4|}}}|{{tab|freeform={{{freeform-4|}}}|link={{{link-4}}}|link2={{{link2-4}}}|link3={{{link3-4}}}|link4={{{link4-4}}}|link5={{{link5-4}}}|tab={{{tab-4}}}|image={{{image-4|}}}|{{{tab-1}}}|{{{tab-2}}}|{{{tab-3}}}|{{{tab-4}}}|{{{tab-5}}}|{{{tab-6}}}|{{{tab-7}}}|{{{tab-8}}}|{{{tab-9}}}|{{{tab-10}}}|{{{tab-11}}}|{{{tab-12}}}|{{{tab-13}}}|{{{tab-14}}}|{{{tab-15}}}|{{{tab-16}}}|{{{tab-17}}}|{{{tab-18}}}|{{{tab-19}}}|{{{tab-20}}}|rounding={{{rounding|}}}|border={{{border|}}}|off tab color={{{off tab color-4|{{{off tab color|}}}}}}|on tab color={{{on tab color|}}}|tab spacing percent={{{tab spacing percent|}}}|font-size={{{tab font-size|}}}|tab alignment={{{tab alignment|}}}|nowrap={{{nowrap|}}}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{tab-5|}}}|{{tab|freeform={{{freeform-5|}}}|link={{{link-5}}}|link2={{{link2-5}}}|link3={{{link3-5}}}|link4={{{link4-5}}}|link5={{{link5-5}}}|tab={{{tab-5}}}|image={{{image-5|}}}|{{{tab-1}}}|{{{tab-2}}}|{{{tab-3}}}|{{{tab-4}}}|{{{tab-5}}}|{{{tab-6}}}|{{{tab-7}}}|{{{tab-8}}}|{{{tab-9}}}|{{{tab-10}}}|{{{tab-11}}}|{{{tab-12}}}|{{{tab-13}}}|{{{tab-14}}}|{{{tab-15}}}|{{{tab-16}}}|{{{tab-17}}}|{{{tab-18}}}|{{{tab-19}}}|{{{tab-20}}}|rounding={{{rounding|}}}|border={{{border|}}}|off tab color={{{off tab color-5|{{{off tab color|}}}}}}|on tab color={{{on tab color|}}}|tab spacing percent={{{tab spacing percent|}}}|font-size={{{tab font-size|}}}|tab alignment={{{tab alignment|}}}|nowrap={{{nowrap|}}}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{tab-6|}}}|{{tab|freeform={{{freeform-6|}}}|link={{{link-6}}}|link2={{{link2-6}}}|link3={{{link3-6}}}|link4={{{link4-6}}}|link5={{{link5-6}}}|tab={{{tab-6}}}|image={{{image-6|}}}|{{{tab-1}}}|{{{tab-2}}}|{{{tab-3}}}|{{{tab-4}}}|{{{tab-5}}}|{{{tab-6}}}|{{{tab-7}}}|{{{tab-8}}}|{{{tab-9}}}|{{{tab-10}}}|{{{tab-11}}}|{{{tab-12}}}|{{{tab-13}}}|{{{tab-14}}}|{{{tab-15}}}|{{{tab-16}}}|{{{tab-17}}}|{{{tab-18}}}|{{{tab-19}}}|{{{tab-20}}}|rounding={{{rounding|}}}|border={{{border|}}}|off tab color={{{off tab color-6|{{{off tab color|}}}}}}|on tab color={{{on tab color|}}}|tab spacing percent={{{tab spacing percent|}}}|font-size={{{tab font-size|}}}|tab alignment={{{tab alignment|}}}|nowrap={{{nowrap|}}}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{tab-7|}}}|{{tab|freeform={{{freeform-7|}}}|link={{{link-7}}}|link2={{{link2-7}}}|link3={{{link3-7}}}|link4={{{link4-7}}}|link5={{{link5-7}}}|tab={{{tab-7}}}|image={{{image-7|}}}|{{{tab-1}}}|{{{tab-2}}}|{{{tab-3}}}|{{{tab-4}}}|{{{tab-5}}}|{{{tab-6}}}|{{{tab-7}}}|{{{tab-8}}}|{{{tab-9}}}|{{{tab-10}}}|{{{tab-11}}}|{{{tab-12}}}|{{{tab-13}}}|{{{tab-14}}}|{{{tab-15}}}|{{{tab-16}}}|{{{tab-17}}}|{{{tab-18}}}|{{{tab-19}}}|{{{tab-20}}}|rounding={{{rounding|}}}|border={{{border|}}}|off tab color={{{off tab color-7|{{{off tab color|}}}}}}|on tab color={{{on tab color|}}}|tab spacing percent={{{tab spacing percent|}}}|font-size={{{tab font-size|}}}|tab alignment={{{tab alignment|}}}|nowrap={{{nowrap|}}}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{tab-8|}}}|{{tab|freeform={{{freeform-8|}}}|link={{{link-8}}}|link2={{{link2-8}}}|link3={{{link3-8}}}|link4={{{link4-8}}}|link5={{{link5-8}}}|tab={{{tab-8}}}|image={{{image-8|}}}|{{{tab-1}}}|{{{tab-2}}}|{{{tab-3}}}|{{{tab-4}}}|{{{tab-5}}}|{{{tab-6}}}|{{{tab-7}}}|{{{tab-8}}}|{{{tab-9}}}|{{{tab-10}}}|{{{tab-11}}}|{{{tab-12}}}|{{{tab-13}}}|{{{tab-14}}}|{{{tab-15}}}|{{{tab-16}}}|{{{tab-17}}}|{{{tab-18}}}|{{{tab-19}}}|{{{tab-20}}}|rounding={{{rounding|}}}|border={{{border|}}}|off tab color={{{off tab color-8|{{{off tab color|}}}}}}|on tab color={{{on tab color|}}}|tab spacing percent={{{tab spacing percent|}}}|font-size={{{tab font-size|}}}|tab alignment={{{tab alignment|}}}|nowrap={{{nowrap|}}}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{tab-9|}}}|{{tab|freeform={{{freeform-9|}}}|link={{{link-9}}}|link2={{{link2-9}}}|link3={{{link3-9}}}|link4={{{link4-9}}}|link5={{{link5-9}}}|tab={{{tab-9}}}|image={{{image-9|}}}|{{{tab-1}}}|{{{tab-2}}}|{{{tab-3}}}|{{{tab-4}}}|{{{tab-5}}}|{{{tab-6}}}|{{{tab-7}}}|{{{tab-8}}}|{{{tab-9}}}|{{{tab-10}}}|{{{tab-11}}}|{{{tab-12}}}|{{{tab-13}}}|{{{tab-14}}}|{{{tab-15}}}|{{{tab-16}}}|{{{tab-17}}}|{{{tab-18}}}|{{{tab-19}}}|{{{tab-20}}}|rounding={{{rounding|}}}|border={{{border|}}}|off tab color={{{off tab color-9|{{{off tab color|}}}}}}|on tab color={{{on tab color|}}}|tab spacing percent={{{tab spacing percent|}}}|font-size={{{tab font-size|}}}|tab alignment={{{tab alignment|}}}|nowrap={{{nowrap|}}}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{tab-10|}}}|{{tab|freeform={{{freeform-10|}}}|link={{{link-10}}}|link2={{{link2-10}}}|link3={{{link3-10}}}|link4={{{link4-10}}}|link5={{{link5-10}}}|tab={{{tab-10}}}|image={{{image-10|}}}|{{{tab-1}}}|{{{tab-2}}}|{{{tab-3}}}|{{{tab-4}}}|{{{tab-5}}}|{{{tab-6}}}|{{{tab-7}}}|{{{tab-8}}}|{{{tab-9}}}|{{{tab-10}}}|{{{tab-11}}}|{{{tab-12}}}|{{{tab-13}}}|{{{tab-14}}}|{{{tab-15}}}|{{{tab-16}}}|{{{tab-17}}}|{{{tab-18}}}|{{{tab-19}}}|{{{tab-20}}}|rounding={{{rounding|}}}|border={{{border|}}}|off tab color={{{off tab color-10|{{{off tab color|}}}}}}|on tab color={{{on tab color|}}}|tab spacing percent={{{tab spacing percent|}}}|font-size={{{tab font-size|}}}|tab alignment={{{tab alignment|}}}|nowrap={{{nowrap|}}}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{tab-11|}}}|{{tab|freeform={{{freeform-11|}}}|link={{{link-11}}}|link2={{{link2-11}}}|link3={{{link3-11}}}|link4={{{link4-11}}}|link5={{{link5-11}}}|tab={{{tab-11}}}|image={{{image-11|}}}|{{{tab-1}}}|{{{tab-2}}}|{{{tab-3}}}|{{{tab-4}}}|{{{tab-5}}}|{{{tab-6}}}|{{{tab-7}}}|{{{tab-8}}}|{{{tab-9}}}|{{{tab-10}}}|{{{tab-11}}}|{{{tab-12}}}|{{{tab-13}}}|{{{tab-14}}}|{{{tab-15}}}|{{{tab-16}}}|{{{tab-17}}}|{{{tab-18}}}|{{{tab-19}}}|{{{tab-20}}}|rounding={{{rounding|}}}|border={{{border|}}}|off tab color={{{off tab color-1|{{{off tab color|}}}}}}|on tab color={{{on tab color|}}}|tab spacing percent={{{tab spacing percent|}}}|font-size={{{tab font-size|}}}|tab alignment={{{tab alignment|}}}|nowrap={{{nowrap|}}}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{tab-12|}}}|{{tab|freeform={{{freeform-12|}}}|link={{{link-12}}}|link2={{{link2-12}}}|link3={{{link3-12}}}|link4={{{link4-12}}}|link5={{{link5-12}}}|tab={{{tab-12}}}|image={{{image-12|}}}|{{{tab-1}}}|{{{tab-2}}}|{{{tab-3}}}|{{{tab-4}}}|{{{tab-5}}}|{{{tab-6}}}|{{{tab-7}}}|{{{tab-8}}}|{{{tab-9}}}|{{{tab-10}}}|{{{tab-11}}}|{{{tab-12}}}|{{{tab-13}}}|{{{tab-14}}}|{{{tab-15}}}|{{{tab-16}}}|{{{tab-17}}}|{{{tab-18}}}|{{{tab-19}}}|{{{tab-20}}}|rounding={{{rounding|}}}|border={{{border|}}}|off tab color={{{off tab color-2|{{{off tab color|}}}}}}|on tab color={{{on tab color|}}}|tab spacing percent={{{tab spacing percent|}}}|font-size={{{tab font-size|}}}|tab alignment={{{tab alignment|}}}|nowrap={{{nowrap|}}}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{tab-13|}}}|{{tab|freeform={{{freeform-13|}}}|link={{{link-13}}}|link2={{{link2-13}}}|link3={{{link3-13}}}|link4={{{link4-13}}}|link5={{{link5-13}}}|tab={{{tab-13}}}|image={{{image-13|}}}|{{{tab-1}}}|{{{tab-2}}}|{{{tab-3}}}|{{{tab-4}}}|{{{tab-5}}}|{{{tab-6}}}|{{{tab-7}}}|{{{tab-8}}}|{{{tab-9}}}|{{{tab-10}}}|{{{tab-11}}}|{{{tab-12}}}|{{{tab-13}}}|{{{tab-14}}}|{{{tab-15}}}|{{{tab-16}}}|{{{tab-17}}}|{{{tab-18}}}|{{{tab-19}}}|{{{tab-20}}}|rounding={{{rounding|}}}|border={{{border|}}}|off tab color={{{off tab color-3|{{{off tab color|}}}}}}|on tab color={{{on tab color|}}}|tab spacing percent={{{tab spacing percent|}}}|font-size={{{tab font-size|}}}|tab alignment={{{tab alignment|}}}|nowrap={{{nowrap|}}}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{tab-14|}}}|{{tab|freeform={{{freeform-14|}}}|link={{{link-14}}}|link2={{{link2-14}}}|link3={{{link3-14}}}|link4={{{link4-14}}}|link5={{{link5-14}}}|tab={{{tab-14}}}|image={{{image-14|}}}|{{{tab-1}}}|{{{tab-2}}}|{{{tab-3}}}|{{{tab-4}}}|{{{tab-5}}}|{{{tab-6}}}|{{{tab-7}}}|{{{tab-8}}}|{{{tab-9}}}|{{{tab-10}}}|{{{tab-11}}}|{{{tab-12}}}|{{{tab-13}}}|{{{tab-14}}}|{{{tab-15}}}|{{{tab-16}}}|{{{tab-17}}}|{{{tab-18}}}|{{{tab-19}}}|{{{tab-20}}}|rounding={{{rounding|}}}|border={{{border|}}}|off tab color={{{off tab color-4|{{{off tab color|}}}}}}|on tab color={{{on tab color|}}}|tab spacing percent={{{tab spacing percent|}}}|font-size={{{tab font-size|}}}|tab alignment={{{tab alignment|}}}|nowrap={{{nowrap|}}}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{tab-15|}}}|{{tab|freeform={{{freeform-15|}}}|link={{{link-15}}}|link2={{{link2-15}}}|link3={{{link3-15}}}|link4={{{link4-15}}}|link5={{{link5-15}}}|tab={{{tab-15}}}|image={{{image-15|}}}|{{{tab-1}}}|{{{tab-2}}}|{{{tab-3}}}|{{{tab-4}}}|{{{tab-5}}}|{{{tab-6}}}|{{{tab-7}}}|{{{tab-8}}}|{{{tab-9}}}|{{{tab-10}}}|{{{tab-11}}}|{{{tab-12}}}|{{{tab-13}}}|{{{tab-14}}}|{{{tab-15}}}|{{{tab-16}}}|{{{tab-17}}}|{{{tab-18}}}|{{{tab-19}}}|{{{tab-20}}}|rounding={{{rounding|}}}|border={{{border|}}}|off tab color={{{off tab color-5|{{{off tab color|}}}}}}|on tab color={{{on tab color|}}}|tab spacing percent={{{tab spacing percent|}}}|font-size={{{tab font-size|}}}|tab alignment={{{tab alignment|}}}|nowrap={{{nowrap|}}}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{tab-16|}}}|{{tab|freeform={{{freeform-16|}}}|link={{{link-16}}}|link2={{{link2-16}}}|link3={{{link3-16}}}|link4={{{link4-16}}}|link5={{{link5-16}}}|tab={{{tab-16}}}|image={{{image-16|}}}|{{{tab-1}}}|{{{tab-2}}}|{{{tab-3}}}|{{{tab-4}}}|{{{tab-5}}}|{{{tab-6}}}|{{{tab-7}}}|{{{tab-8}}}|{{{tab-9}}}|{{{tab-10}}}|{{{tab-11}}}|{{{tab-12}}}|{{{tab-13}}}|{{{tab-14}}}|{{{tab-15}}}|{{{tab-16}}}|{{{tab-17}}}|{{{tab-18}}}|{{{tab-19}}}|{{{tab-20}}}|rounding={{{rounding|}}}|border={{{border|}}}|off tab color={{{off tab color-6|{{{off tab color|}}}}}}|on tab color={{{on tab color|}}}|tab spacing percent={{{tab spacing percent|}}}|font-size={{{tab font-size|}}}|tab alignment={{{tab alignment|}}}|nowrap={{{nowrap|}}}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{tab-17|}}}|{{tab|freeform={{{freeform-17|}}}|link={{{link-17}}}|link2={{{link2-17}}}|link3={{{link3-17}}}|link4={{{link4-17}}}|link5={{{link5-17}}}|tab={{{tab-17}}}|image={{{image-17|}}}|{{{tab-1}}}|{{{tab-2}}}|{{{tab-3}}}|{{{tab-4}}}|{{{tab-5}}}|{{{tab-6}}}|{{{tab-7}}}|{{{tab-8}}}|{{{tab-9}}}|{{{tab-10}}}|{{{tab-11}}}|{{{tab-12}}}|{{{tab-13}}}|{{{tab-14}}}|{{{tab-15}}}|{{{tab-16}}}|{{{tab-17}}}|{{{tab-18}}}|{{{tab-19}}}|{{{tab-20}}}|rounding={{{rounding|}}}|border={{{border|}}}|off tab color={{{off tab color-7|{{{off tab color|}}}}}}|on tab color={{{on tab color|}}}|tab spacing percent={{{tab spacing percent|}}}|font-size={{{tab font-size|}}}|tab alignment={{{tab alignment|}}}|nowrap={{{nowrap|}}}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{tab-18|}}}|{{tab|freeform={{{freeform-18|}}}|link={{{link-18}}}|link2={{{link2-18}}}|link3={{{link3-18}}}|link4={{{link4-18}}}|link5={{{link5-18}}}|tab={{{tab-18}}}|image={{{image-18|}}}|{{{tab-1}}}|{{{tab-2}}}|{{{tab-3}}}|{{{tab-4}}}|{{{tab-5}}}|{{{tab-6}}}|{{{tab-7}}}|{{{tab-8}}}|{{{tab-9}}}|{{{tab-10}}}|{{{tab-11}}}|{{{tab-12}}}|{{{tab-13}}}|{{{tab-14}}}|{{{tab-15}}}|{{{tab-16}}}|{{{tab-17}}}|{{{tab-18}}}|{{{tab-19}}}|{{{tab-20}}}|rounding={{{rounding|}}}|border={{{border|}}}|off tab color={{{off tab color-8|{{{off tab color|}}}}}}|on tab color={{{on tab color|}}}|tab spacing percent={{{tab spacing percent|}}}|font-size={{{tab font-size|}}}|tab alignment={{{tab alignment|}}}|nowrap={{{nowrap|}}}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{tab-19|}}}|{{tab|freeform={{{freeform-19|}}}|link={{{link-19}}}|link2={{{link2-19}}}|link3={{{link3-19}}}|link4={{{link4-19}}}|link5={{{link5-19}}}|tab={{{tab-19}}}|image={{{image-19|}}}|{{{tab-1}}}|{{{tab-2}}}|{{{tab-3}}}|{{{tab-4}}}|{{{tab-5}}}|{{{tab-6}}}|{{{tab-7}}}|{{{tab-8}}}|{{{tab-9}}}|{{{tab-10}}}|{{{tab-11}}}|{{{tab-12}}}|{{{tab-13}}}|{{{tab-14}}}|{{{tab-15}}}|{{{tab-16}}}|{{{tab-17}}}|{{{tab-18}}}|{{{tab-19}}}|{{{tab-20}}}|rounding={{{rounding|}}}|border={{{border|}}}|off tab color={{{off tab color-9|{{{off tab color|}}}}}}|on tab color={{{on tab color|}}}|tab spacing percent={{{tab spacing percent|}}}|font-size={{{tab font-size|}}}|tab alignment={{{tab alignment|}}}|nowrap={{{nowrap|}}}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{tab-20|}}}|{{tab|freeform={{{freeform-20|}}}|link={{{link-20}}}|link2={{{link2-20}}}|link3={{{link3-20}}}|link4={{{link4-20}}}|link5={{{link5-20}}}|tab={{{tab-20}}}|image={{{image-20|}}}|{{{tab-1}}}|{{{tab-2}}}|{{{tab-3}}}|{{{tab-4}}}|{{{tab-5}}}|{{{tab-6}}}|{{{tab-7}}}|{{{tab-8}}}|{{{tab-9}}}|{{{tab-10}}}|{{{tab-11}}}|{{{tab-12}}}|{{{tab-13}}}|{{{tab-14}}}|{{{tab-15}}}|{{{tab-16}}}|{{{tab-17}}}|{{{tab-18}}}|{{{tab-19}}}|{{{tab-20}}}|rounding={{{rounding|}}}|border={{{border|}}}|off tab color={{{off tab color-10|{{{off tab color|}}}}}}|on tab color={{{on tab color|}}}|tab spacing percent={{{tab spacing percent|}}}|font-size={{{tab font-size|}}}|tab alignment={{{tab alignment|}}}|nowrap={{{nowrap|}}}}}}}<!-- -->{{dummytab|border={{{border|}}}|tab spacing percent={{{tab spacing percent|}}}}}<!-- --></tr><!-- --></table><!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{frame|}}}|yes|<div style="border: {{{border|solid 1px #a3b1bf}}}; padding: .5em 1em 1em 1em; border-top: none; background-color: {{{frame color|{{{on tab color|transparent}}}}}}; color: black; zoom: 1"><!-- --><div style="padding: 1ex">}}<!-- --></includeonly><!-- --><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 2vy54tawfkcahc9v2wtsryxtb2nytnm Page:Amulet 1832.pdf/16 104 2409918 14128233 14054717 2024-04-25T16:54:00Z Esme Shepherd 2335210 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{rh|254|{{smaller|CORINNE AT THE CAPE OF MISENA.}}|}} {{center block/s}}</noinclude><poem> Its power from loving and from suffering, They are the banished of another sphere: For the Almighty goodness might not frame All for a few—th' elect or the proscribed. Why spoke the ancients with such awe of Fate? What had this terrible Fate to do with them, The common and the quiet, who pursue The seasons, and do follow timidly The beaten track of ordinary life? But she, the priestess of the oracle, Shook with the presence of a cruel power. I know not what the involuntary force That plunges Genius into misery. Genius doth catch that music of the spheres Which mortal ear was never meant to know; Genius can penetrate the mysteries Of feeling all unknown to other hearts;– A Power hath entered in his inmost soul, Whose presence he may not contain."* <ref> {{smaller|* The part marked as quotation is translated literally from Corinne's song. Its only merit is its exactness, for I have scarcely permitted myself to alter a word. This brief passage is chosen as having less reference to the story than other parts equally beautiful. There occurs, soon afterwards, one of those almost startling remarks which give such peculiarity of thoughtfulness to Madame de Stael's writings. Corinne says, "Perhaps it is what we shall do to-morrow that will decide our fate; perhaps even yesterday have we said some word that nothing can recal." I know not what may be the effect on others, but I could never read this short, but true, remark without a feeling of terror.{{gap|7em}}L. E. L.}}</ref> </poem><noinclude>{{center block/e}}</noinclude> 7rsaoigoczcanoy64fhvce0f2h7uwzw Page:The Time Machine (H. G. Wells, William Heinemann, 1895).djvu/165 104 2429324 14131198 13270505 2024-04-26T07:57:16Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" /></noinclude>{{center|{{x-larger|THE MANXMAN}} {{Smallcaps|By HALL CAINE}} ''In One Volume'', ''price'' 6''s''.}} '''The Times.'''—‘With the exception of ''The Scapegoat'', this is unquestionably the finest and most dramatic of Mr. Hall Caine's novels. . . ''The Manxman'' goes very straight to the roots of human passion and emotion. It is a remarkable book, throbbing with human interest.’ '''The Guardian.'''—‘A story of exceptional power and thorough originality. The greater portion of it is like a Greek tragic drama, in the intensity of its interest, and the depth of its overshadowing gloom. . . . But this tragedy is merely a telling background for a series of brilliant sketches of men and manners, of old-world customs, and forgotten ways of speech which still linger in the Isle of Man.’ '''The Standard.'''—’A singularly powerful and picturesque piece of work, extraordinarily dramatic. . . . Taken altogether, ''The Manxman'' cannot fail to enhance Mr. Hall Caine's reputation. It is a most powerful book.’ '''The Morning Post.'''—‘If possible, Mr. Hall Caine's work, ''The Manxman'', is more marked by passion, power, and brilliant local colouring than its predecessors. . . . It has a grandeur as well as strength, and the picturesque features and customs of a delightful country are vividly painted.’ '''The World.'''—‘Over and above the absorbing interest of the story, which never flags, the book is full of strength, of vivid character sketches, and powerful word-painting, all told with a force and knowledge of local colour.’ '''The Queen.'''—‘ ''The Manxman'' is undoubtedly one of the most remarkable books of the century. It will be read and re-read, and take its place in the literary inheritance of the English-speaking nations.’ '''The St. James's Gazette.'''—‘ ''The Manxman'' is a contribution to literature, and the most fastidious critic would give in exchange for it a wilderness of that deciduous trash which our publishers call fiction. . . . It is not possible to part from ''The Manxman'' with anything but a warm tribute of approval.’—{{Smallcaps|Edmund Gosse.}} '''The Christian World.'''—‘There is a great fascination in being present, as it were, at the birth of a classic; and a classic undoubtedly ''The Manxman'' is . . . He who reads ''The Manxman'' feels that he is reading a book which will be read and re-read by very many thousands with human tears and human laughter.’ '''Mr. T. P. O'Connor, in the ‘Sun.’'''-This is a very fine and great story-one of the finest and greatest of our time. . . . Mr. Hall Caine reaches heights which are attained only by the greatest masters of fiction. . . . I think of the great French writer, Stendhal, at the same moment as the great English writer. . . . In short, you feel what Mr. Howells said of Tolstoi, “This is not like life; it is life.” . . . He belongs to that small minority of the Great Elect of Literature.’ '''The Scotsman.'''—‘It is not too much to say that it is the most powerful story that has been written in the present generation. . . . The love of Pete, his simple-mindedness, his sufferings when he has lost Kate, are painted with a master-hand. . . . It is a work of genius.’ {{center|{{smallcaps|London: WILLIAM HEINEMANN, 21 Bedford Street, W.C.}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> osipxh14q2o9u5wg8rctyj86haonu3l Page:Catholic Encyclopedia, volume 1.djvu/815 104 2458165 14130117 12857621 2024-04-25T21:46:31Z Villaida 3109715 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Wikisource-bot" />{{rh||739|}}</noinclude>ARMENIERSTADT 739 ARMENIERSTADT reward, when Antioch had been taken (1097), Con stantine, the son of Roupen, received from the crusaders the title of baron. Within a century, the heirs of Roupen were further rewarded by the grant of a liinedom known a-s Cihcia or Lesser Armenia, to be held as a vassal government of the Holy See and of Germany. This kept them in touch with the crusaders. No doubt the Armenians aided in some of the other crusades. This kingdom lasted till 1375, when the Mamelukes of Egypt destroyed it. V. To THE End of the Seventeenth Century. — The establishment of the Kingdom of Lesser Armenia created more frequent relations between the Armenians and the Holy See. On the occasion of the crowning of King I.eo II, the union of the .\rmonian C'hurcli with Rome was proclaimed under Catholicos Gregory VI. Only southern Armenia was affected by this. In 12.51, however, there took place at Sis at the order of Pope Innocent IV a council of Armenians to witness to their belief in the procession of the Holy Ghost. In strange con trast we find James I refusing to send representatives to the Council of Lyons. Vet, when Pope Boni face VIII began his pontificate, Catholicos Greg ory VII sent to him an expression of filial attachment. A little later (1307) a council was held by the .\r- mcnians in which the old error of .Moiiopliysitism was repudiated, and two natures acknowledged in Christ. The bonds of union which united Rome and Armenia during this period gave way more or less after the fall of Lesser Armenia in 1375. Harassed from with- out by the Turks, and weakened by the internal strifes that divided it into so many independent patriarchates, Armenia had after that date but spasmodic relations with Rome. Which of the patriarchs during this period remained united to the West is hard to deternune. Yet, even in the darkest days, there were always some Armenians who re mained attached to Rome. The Dominican mis- sionaries in founding houses in Armenian territory were instrumental in the training of native mis- sionaries called the "L^nited Brothers", whose sole aim was to procure union with Rome. Their fotmder, John of Kerni, went too far in his zeal, so that Pope Benedict XII was forced to have the Armenians assemble in council in 1342 and repudiate the errors ascribed to these monks. These cries of unorthodoxy did much to estrange .\rmenia from the West. The Fathers of the Council of Basle (1433) asked the catholicos to attend, but the invitation was not accepted. However in the Council of Florence (1439) .\rmenia was represented, and here a last attempt was made to bring about reunion. It was at the behest of Eugenius IV that Catholicos Constantine V had despatched his delegates. The decree " Exultate Deo", which was to effect the union, was published in 1439, containing among other things the Nicene Creed, the definitions of Clialcedon, and the Lette.' of Pope Leo I. Meanwhile. Coi\stanlinQ died. A few years later a rent occurred in the Ar- menian Church which gave a setback to the plan of union. Armenia was divided into two large juris- dictions, that of Sis in Cilicia and that of Etchmiad- zin in Greater Armenia, each with its own catholicos. The latter of the two patriarchates was looked upon as devoted to the cau.se of imion with Rome. Its Catholicos, Stephanos V, paid a visit to the Eternal City, and in ItiSO Aghob IV, just before his death, made a profession of Catholic faith, an example fol lowed by many of his successors. Some of the patriarchs of Sis were friendly to Rome, such as Gregory IX, while others were hostile. Vi. Catholic Missions in the Nineteenth Century. — The action of Count Ferriol, minister of Louis XIV at Istanbul (1(589-1709), in carrying ofT to Paris the Armenian Patriarch of Constanti nople, who evinced strong anti-Catholic tendencies, I.— 47 served to bring persecution upon the Armenian Catholics in the Turkish Empire, which histed till 1830. The declaration of religious liberty at that time cau.se<l the (Catholic missions in Armenia to become more energetic than ever before. In 1838, Eugene Bore, still a layman, founded at Tibriz and Ispahan two schools for Armenians, which the French Lazarists have since cimducted. Within twenty years this order had tliree other missions. The barefooted (Carmelites with B:igdad as their centre are labouring for the Armenians in that city and Biussorah. Since 18.50 the French Dominicans have been active in the provinces of Mossoul, Bitlis, and Van. The Capuchins are also represented in this field and are working with Diarbekir as their head- quarters. Lesser Armenia is a field cultivated chielly by Jesuit missionaries, and, unlike the rest, their elTorts are confined to the ArmeniaiLs. The Oblate .Sisters of the Assumption and the Sisters of St. Joseph from Lyons are effectively aiding them in their work, in which some 31 Fathers and Brothers are engaged. When we come to statistics, we find that out of a population of Armenians comprising from two to three millions, approximate figures give to Prot estantism 40,000 to 50,000, to Catholicism 60,000 to 70,000, the rest to the Gregorian or non-l'niat Church of Constantinople. Of the Catholic Ar menians, the greater part are under the patriarch, whose full title is "the Patriarch of Cilicia of the Armenians", and whose residence is at Constanti nople. Under his jurisdiction are 3 other Armenian archbishops, 12 bishops, 1 being at Alexandria in Egypt, 9 patriarchal vicars, one of whom resides at Jerusalem. In Rome there is a titular bishop for the .Armenians, whose chief fiinction is that of ordain- ing. The Armenian patriarch is assisted in the work of tending to his flock by a vicar who is a titular archbishop, by an ecclesiastical council com- posed of 12 priests, by a civil council and by two other councils, one of which is for the national hospi- tal. Directly under his charge are 3 large cliurches, that of St. Gregory the Illuminator at Leghorn, those of St. Blaise and St. Nicholas at Rome, the 2 seminaries of Zmar and Rome, and finally the 16 churches and the 16 .schools of Constantinople. In the Armenian Archbishopric of Lemherg there are about 5,500 faithful, the greater part being in Galicia, the rest in Bukowina. The religious orders among the Armenians are of but comparatively recent origin and are not very prosperous. The Mechitarists of Venice, the most flourishing, have but 60 priests and some lay-brothers. The Mechitarists of Vienna are not quite so numerous. Among the women, the Armenian Sisters of the Immaculate Conception have flourishing schools at Constantinople an<l Angora. Pktit in Dict.de th^ol.cath., n. v.; IIkkgknrotiikr. hirrheU' ?fsch.: IssAVERDES'S, Armcnii and the Armeniins: Gei./er, }ie Anflinqe der armen. Kirche: Piolet, Les missiont caihO" luiwt au XIXe siMe: Chamich. Hiatory of Armenia: NfcVE, LArm,'nie chnticnne el la liUfralure. J.\mes F. Driscoll. Annenierstadt (Hungarian, Szamos-Ujvar, Lat., Armcnn/mtis), a city in the Transylvanian county of Szolnok-Doboka, situated on the upjier Szamos. an eastern tributary of the Theiss, and the seat of a Uniat Greek diocese (Armcnopolis) that embraces the northern part of Transylvania; the see is suf- fragan to the Archbishop of Fogaras and Alba Julia, who resides at Blasendorf. The city was founded about 1700 by Armenians who emigrated at the be- ginning of the fourteenth century fr.im Armenia and settled first on the banks of the Krim and .Moldau. In the second half of the seventeenth century they moved to Transylvania, and after a two years stniggle on the part of the Armenian-Catholic Bishop .■\ux- entius Verzereskul. they were converted from F.uty- chianism to Catholicism. By the Bull "Ad Apoa-<noinclude></noinclude> 7ar824oj7efhtwzvn3bckw9b55wom98 14130122 14130117 2024-04-25T21:48:55Z Villaida 3109715 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Wikisource-bot" />{{rh||739|}}</noinclude>ARMENIERSTADT 739 ARMENIERSTADT reward, when Antioch had been taken (1097), Con stantine, the son of Roupen, received from the crusaders the title of baron. Within a century, the heirs of Roupen were further rewarded by the grant of a liinedom known a-s Cihcia or Lesser Armenia, to be held as a vassal government of the Holy See and of Germany. This kept them in touch with the crusaders. No doubt the Armenians aided in some of the other crusades. This kingdom lasted till 1375, when the Mamelukes of Egypt destroyed it. V. To THE End of the Seventeenth Century. — The establishment of the Kingdom of Lesser Armenia created more frequent relations between the Armenians and the Holy See. On the occasion of the crowning of King I.eo II, the union of the .\rmonian C'hurcli with Rome was proclaimed under Catholicos Gregory VI. Only southern Armenia was affected by this. In 12.51, however, there took place at Sis at the order of Pope Innocent IV a council of Armenians to witness to their belief in the procession of the Holy Ghost. In strange con trast we find James I refusing to send representatives to the Council of Lyons. Vet, when Pope Boni face VIII began his pontificate, Catholicos Greg ory VII sent to him an expression of filial attachment. A little later (1307) a council was held by the .\r- mcnians in which the old error of .Moiiopliysitism was repudiated, and two natures acknowledged in Christ. The bonds of union which united Rome and Armenia during this period gave way more or less after the fall of Lesser Armenia in 1375. Harassed from with- out by the Turks, and weakened by the internal strifes that divided it into so many independent patriarchates, Armenia had after that date but spasmodic relations with Rome. Which of the patriarchs during this period remained united to the West is hard to deternune. Yet, even in the darkest days, there were always some Armenians who re mained attached to Rome. The Dominican mis sionaries in founding houses in Armenian territory were instrumental in the training of native mis sionaries called the "United Brothers", whose sole aim was to procure union with Rome. Their founder, John of Kerni, went too far in his zeal, so that Pope Benedict XII was forced to have the Armenians assemble in council in 1342 and repudiate the errors ascribed to these monks. These cries of unorthodoxy did much to estrange Armenia from the West. The Fathers of the Council of Basle (1433) asked the catholicos to attend, but the invitation was not accepted. However in the Council of Florence (1439) Armenia was represented, and here a last attempt was made to bring about reunion. It was at the behest of Eugenius IV that Catholicos Constantine V had despatched his delegates. The decree " Exultate Deo", which was to effect the union, was published in 1439, containing among other things the Nicene Creed, the definitions of Clialcedon, and the Lette.' of Pope Leo I. Meanwhile. Coi\stanlinQ died. A few years later a rent occurred in the Ar- menian Church which gave a setback to the plan of union. Armenia was divided into two large juris- dictions, that of Sis in Cilicia and that of Etchmiad- zin in Greater Armenia, each with its own catholicos. The latter of the two patriarchates was looked upon as devoted to the cau.se of imion with Rome. Its Catholicos, Stephanos V, paid a visit to the Eternal City, and in ItiSO Aghob IV, just before his death, made a profession of Catholic faith, an example fol lowed by many of his successors. Some of the patriarchs of Sis were friendly to Rome, such as Gregory IX, while others were hostile. Vi. Catholic Missions in the Nineteenth Century. — The action of Count Ferriol, minister of Louis XIV at Istanbul (1(589-1709), in carrying off to Paris the Armenian Patriarch of Constanti nople, who evinced strong anti-Catholic tendencies, I.— 47 served to bring persecution upon the Armenian Catholics in the Turkish Empire, which histed till 1830. The declaration of religious liberty at that time cau.se<l the (Catholic missions in Armenia to become more energetic than ever before. In 1838, Eugene Bore, still a layman, founded at Tibriz and Ispahan two schools for Armenians, which the French Lazarists have since cimducted. Within twenty years this order had tliree other missions. The barefooted (Carmelites with B:igdad as their centre are labouring for the Armenians in that city and Biussorah. Since 18.50 the French Dominicans have been active in the provinces of Mossoul, Bitlis, and Van. The Capuchins are also represented in this field and are working with Diarbekir as their head- quarters. Lesser Armenia is a field cultivated chielly by Jesuit missionaries, and, unlike the rest, their efforts are confined to the ArmeniaiLs. The Oblate .Sisters of the Assumption and the Sisters of St. Joseph from Lyons are effectively aiding them in their work, in which some 31 Fathers and Brothers are engaged. When we come to statistics, we find that out of a population of Armenians comprising from two to three millions, approximate figures give to Prot estantism 40,000 to 50,000, to Catholicism 60,000 to 70,000, the rest to the Gregorian or non-l'niat Church of Constantinople. Of the Catholic Ar menians, the greater part are under the patriarch, whose full title is "the Patriarch of Cilicia of the Armenians", and whose residence is at Constanti nople. Under his jurisdiction are 3 other Armenian archbishops, 12 bishops, 1 being at Alexandria in Egypt, 9 patriarchal vicars, one of whom resides at Jerusalem. In Rome there is a titular bishop for the Armenians, whose chief fiinction is that of ordain- ing. The Armenian patriarch is assisted in the work of tending to his flock by a vicar who is a titular archbishop, by an ecclesiastical council com posed of 12 priests, by a civil council and by two other councils, one of which is for the national hospi tal. Directly under his charge are 3 large churches, that of St. Gregory the Illuminator at Leghorn, those of St. Blaise and St. Nicholas at Rome, the 2 seminaries of Zmar and Rome, and finally the 16 churches and the 16 schools of Constantinople. In the Armenian Archbishopric of Lemherg there are about 5,500 faithful, the greater part being in Galicia, the rest in Bukowina. The religious orders among the Armenians are of but comparatively recent origin and are not very prosperous. The Mechitarists of Venice, the most flourishing, have but 60 priests and some lay-brothers. The Mechitarists of Vienna are not quite so numerous. Among the women, the Armenian Sisters of the Immaculate Conception have flourishing schools at Constantinople an<l Angora. Pktit in Dict.de th^ol.cath., n. v.; IIkkgknrotiikr. hirrheU' ?fsch.: IssAVERDES'S, Armcnii and the Armeniins: Gei./er, }ie Anflinqe der armen. Kirche: Piolet, Les missiont caihO" luiwt au XIXe siMe: Chamich. Hiatory of Armenia: NfcVE, LArm,'nie chnticnne el la liUfralure. J.\mes F. Driscoll. Annenierstadt (Hungarian, Szamos-Ujvar, Lat., Armcnn/mtis), a city in the Transylvanian county of Szolnok-Doboka, situated on the upjier Szamos. an eastern tributary of the Theiss, and the seat of a Uniat Greek diocese (Armcnopolis) that embraces the northern part of Transylvania; the see is suf- fragan to the Archbishop of Fogaras and Alba Julia, who resides at Blasendorf. The city was founded about 1700 by Armenians who emigrated at the be- ginning of the fourteenth century fr.im Armenia and settled first on the banks of the Krim and .Moldau. In the second half of the seventeenth century they moved to Transylvania, and after a two years struggle on the part of the Armenian-Catholic Bishop .■\ux- entius Verzereskul. they were converted from F.uty- chianism to Catholicism. By the Bull "Ad Apoa-<noinclude></noinclude> mivzlnf6fj61qpcaoxhlmsypa928jgq Page:Dictionary of the Swatow dialect.djvu/206 104 2479797 14130081 13661661 2024-04-25T21:25:33Z Kbseah 905936 fix formatting proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="2" user="Assassas77" />{{rh|182|Dictionary of the Swatow Dialect.|}}{{multicol|line=1px solid black}}</noinclude>pàng pât nâng; : shift the trouble off upon another. ; î si thû-lūa; : lay a corpse at a person's door in order to criminate him. ; cêk cẃn î cṳ kang cū hó̤-hó̤; : just transpose them and they will be all right. ; cē tàⁿ tīaⁿ-tîeh cū bô̤ kói-î; : after having settled the point there is to be no change. ; bô̤ î bô̤ êk; : without change or alteration. ; i kâi khueh-hūn lâi î khṳt lṳ́, lṳ́ kâi khueh-hūn lâi î khṳt i; : transfer his liabilities to you, and yours to him. ; thih pit, bô̤ î; : written with an iron pen and unalterable. * {{swatow entry|貤|î|274|154|3}} * To reward the worthy; to obtain promotion for another; to get reward due to one's self transferred to another. ; î-cāng peh-cek pĕ-bó̤; : gain rank for uncles and parents after their death. ; î-hong saⁿ tō̤; : he got his ancestors for three generations ennobled. ; chíaⁿ î-hong; : ask for preferment for another, on account of one's own services. * {{swatow entry|姨|î|277|38|6}} * The sister of one's mother or wife. ; a î; : an aunt or sister-in-law. ; sĭ chi-î a sĭ bó̤-î? : Is it your wife's sister, or your mother's sister? ; î-píe; : cousins, whose mothers are sisters. ; sĭ î-píe a sĭ ko-píe? : Is his mother your mother's sister or your father's sister? ; tōa î; : mother's elder sister. ; sòi î; : mother's younger sister. ; jī î; : a sister-in-law, the one next to the eldest. ; ko î kŭ kĭm lóng-cóng lâi; : aunts and uncles all came. * {{swatow entry|易|ĭ|281|72|4}} * Easy, not difficult. ; îong-ĭ căi; : facile. ; bô̤ hìeⁿ îong-ĭ no̤h! : It is not so easily done! ; tàⁿ khí lâi īu sĭ îong-îong ĭ-ĭ; : it is very easy to talk about. ; cē tàⁿ phùa, thóiⁿ tîeh cū îong-ĭ; : after being explained it appears very easy. * {{swatow entry|懿|ĭ|284|61|16}} * Virtuous; admirable. ; ĭ tek; : eminently virtuous. ; hûang-hŏ kâi mĕng kìe-cò̤ ĭ cí; : the command of the empress is called her virtuous will. ; ĭ hŭam; : an example worthy of esteem. * {{swatow entry|肄|ĭ|284|129|7}} * To practise and become skilled in. ; ĭ ngîap; : to acquire a trade, or profession. * {{swatow entry|異|ĭ|281|102|6}} * Diverse; strange; odd, different. ; ĭ īeⁿ; : a rare sort. ; ĭ jîn; : a singular person. ; ĭ bŭn; : strange reports. ; ĭ kìen; : rarely seen. ; ĭ jît; : another day. ; sî-hāu bô̤ ĭ, nâng bô̤ ĭ, pēⁿ-cèng īa bô̤ ĭ, ŭ sî ēng îeh hŵu-lío m̄ tâng; : sometimes when the weather is as usual, the <noinclude>{{multicol-break}}</noinclude>person as usual, and disease the same, the medicine used has not the same effect. ; ĭ sṳ̄; : a queer thing. ; cía cū ĭ lío; : this is odd. ; ĭ kok; : strange countries. ; tăi tâng sío ĭ; : a great resemblance with few points of difference. ; khî-ĭ; : strange. ; ĭ-twn; : heresy. ; cong sin bô̤ ĭ; : unvarying. ; kùai-ĭ; : marvellous. ; keng khî lîp ĭ; : venerate on account of strangeness. * {{swatow entry|裔|ĭ|284|145|7}} * Posterity; descendants. ; ău-ĭ chiang-sĕng căi; : his posterity is very numerous. ; cía sĭ i kâi mîo-ĭ; : these are his remote descendants. ; ĭ-sun; : immediate descendants.<section end="i" /> <section begin="iⁿ" /><h3>íⁿ</h3> * {{swatow entry|以|íⁿ|278|9|3}} * Because of; by means of; in order to; from, to, in, at, wherein; the manner or instrument of. ; só̤ íⁿ; : thereby. ; só̤-íⁿ úa m̄ káⁿ kîaⁿ khui; : therefore I did not dare walk away. ; só̤-íⁿ tîeh kṳ́n-sín; : for this reason it is necessary to be careful. ; khó̤-íⁿ; khó̤-iⁿ cò̤ tit; : it will do passably. ; àng cìeⁿ-seⁿ khó̤-íⁿ; : that will answer the purpose. ; íⁿ-ûi; : to deem. ; úa íⁿ-ûi khó̤-íⁿ sêng sṳ̄; : I think the thing may be done. ; i m̄ íⁿ-ûi sío-lí; : he did not consider the disgrace. ; sío-lí kâi sṳ̄ i íⁿ-ûi thí-mīn; : what was disgraceful, he deemed honorable. ; úa íⁿ-ûi sĭ lṳ́; : I supposed it was you. ; pīn cí-kò̤ íⁿ cīeⁿ; : from this point upward. ; chông chṳ́ íⁿ ău; : from this point onward. ; íⁿ ngĭ ûi lĭ; : in integrity there is profit. ; íⁿ gūa bô̤ pât-nâng; : there was no one besides. ; hô̤ íⁿ; : whereby. ; lṳ́ hô̤ íⁿ cai? : What means of knowing have you? ; íⁿ côiⁿ kâi sṳ̄ màiⁿ lŭn; : do not discuss what is past. ; pīn cí-kò̤ íⁿ ĕ to sĭ bô̤ ēng kâi; : from this point on, they are all worthless. ; íⁿ-tì cí kĭaⁿ sṳ̄ m̄ sêng; : it is because of this, that the business failed of accomplishment. ; to sĭ íⁿ sì-{{suspect|lĭ}} kau-chap; : it is solely on account of worldly interests that he associates with them. ; cṳ̆ kó íⁿ lâi būe pat thiaⁿ-kìⁿ; : from former times this has not been heard of. ; kù-chṳ̀ kà íⁿ cìeⁿ-seⁿ; : therefore counseled in this manner. ; sĭ íⁿ tîeh cai; : consequently must know. * {{swatow entry|敔|íⁿ|1126|66|7}} * An ancient instrument carved to resemble a recumbent tiger, having twenty-seven notches along its back: when a rod was rapidly drawn over it, the musical instruments stopped. ; gâuh cē càu àiⁿ hiah cū khîa ki tek lâi kueh cí kâi íⁿ kâi ka-ciah; : when the musical instruments were about to cease sounding, they took a bamboo and drew it to and fro across the back of the wooden tiger.<noinclude>{{multicol-end}}</noinclude> h0e3phj4fp1z20snhs85bk3enru0me2 Page:Dictionary of the Swatow dialect.djvu/209 104 2480340 14130115 13661664 2024-04-25T21:44:40Z Kbseah 905936 fix formatting proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Fish bowl" />{{rh||Dictionary of the Swatow Dialect.|185}}{{multicol|line=1px solid black}}</noinclude>him. ; îaⁿ i tōa-bó̤-mûeh; : greatly superior to him. ; cáu îaⁿ; : to outrun. ; à îaⁿ; : get the better of in an argument. ; i póiⁿ-pĭen khṳ̀ îaⁿ; : he had the best of it in the debate. ; phah îaⁿ; : won the battle. ; i sĭ thâi îaⁿ a sĭ thâi su? : Did he win or lose the battle? ; pûah îaⁿ; : to win in gambling. * {{swatow entry|營|îaⁿ|1107|86|13}} * A camp; military; a corps of an army. ; bú îaⁿ; : a military camp. ; îaⁿ ngó; kun îaⁿ; : the army. ; jîp îaⁿ; : to enlist as a soldier. ; îaⁿ pûaⁿ; : a camp. ; chin kun-îaⁿ; : the household guards. ; tōa îaⁿ; : the head-quarters of an army. ; gṳ̄ îaⁿ; : the Emperor's head-quarters. ; îaⁿ cú; : the commandant of a intrenchment. ; cí kâi tìn kẃn ŭ jîeh cōi îaⁿ? : How many corps has this general under his command? ; kîaⁿ îaⁿ; î îaⁿ; : move the camp. ; kîaⁿ kun cap îaⁿ; : to encamp in another place. ; chàng îaⁿ, chàng tŏ̤ tī-kò̤? : Where have they intrenched themselves? ; huang nâng lâi thau îaⁿ; : dispatch some one to surprise the camp. ; sêng mêⁿ khṳ̀ kiap îaⁿ; : went and plundered the camp by night. ; khí piaⁿ khṳ̀ phah i kâi îaⁿ; : raise troops to attack their camp. ; lâu i tó̤ síu îaⁿ; : leave them to guard the camp. ; îaⁿ cē; : the enclosure around a camp. ; îaⁿ mn̂g; : the entrance to a camp.<section end="iaⁿ" /> <section begin="iah" /><h3>iah</h3> * {{swatow entry|吐|iah|920|30|3}} * To vomit; to spew out. ; a-nôⁿ cò̤-nî cìeⁿ-sî àiⁿ iah nĭ? : Why does the baby throw up its milk lately? ; cîah lío iah chut lâi; : threw it up after swallowing it. ; i cí nŏ̤ jît iah hueh; : he has vomited blood these last two days. * {{swatow entry|益|iah|1092|108|5}} * To benefit; to advance the interests. ; bô̤ iah; : of no benefit. ; ŭ sún, bô̤ iah; : it is all loss, and no profit. ; bô̤ lĭ-iah; : not advantageous. ; ŭ sĭm-mih iah chù nē? : Of what advantage is it? ; tăi ŭ iah; : very beneficial. ; pó-iah sin-hun; : good for the health. ; khiam sĭ ŭ iah; : humility advances one's interests. ; iah-bó̤-cháu; : boneset. ; chap cí kâi phêng-íu cū ŭ iah; : to associate with this friend will promote your interests. * {{swatow entry|驛|îah|1094|187|13}} * A government post; a station. ; îah căm; : a post-station. ; kàu îah-căm cū ūaⁿ; : change at the post-station. ; îah-sêng sòi-sòi sĭ láu-tiaⁿ; : the governor of a post-station, be it ever so small, is still a governor. ; îah bé; : post horses.<noinclude>{{multicol-break}}</noinclude> * {{swatow entry|易|îah|281|72|4}} * The sixty-four diagrams. ; mîaⁿ-ke phok îah; : expert in divining by diagrams. ; cí hûe khṳ̀ phok kâi îah-khùe; : now went and had his fortune told by diagrams. ; îah lí sĭ chim kâi; : the doctrine of the diagrams is a deep one. ; cang îah-khùe cē chui-sǹg būe lâi kâi sṳ̄ cū ŏi soiⁿ cai; : by reckoning from the diagrams one may know the future. ; îah-kiaⁿ; : The Book of Changes. * {{swatow entry|招|îah|31|64|5}} * To beckon. ; îah i lâi; : beckon to him to approach. ; cang chíu îah i; : beckon to him. ; thoiⁿ i cang sìⁿ tó̤ îah úa; : saw him motioning to me with his fan. ; îah i bûa lâi tàⁿ ūe; : beckon to him to come and speak with me. * {{swatow entry|蝶|îah|890|142|9}} * A general name for moths, millers, and sphinges. ; bói-îah; : brilliant moths or butterflies. ; bói-îah tó̤ chái hue; : the butterflies flit from flower to flower. ; cí kâi bói-îah pàng lâi kûiⁿ căi; : this kite, made in imitation of a butterfly, has been sent up very high. ; cang cúa kô kâi bói-îah; : make a butterfly kite of paper. ; thái-ko̤ îah; : a large gray moth. ; îah-thâu kâi ôi; : shoes having butterfly shaped ornaments on the toes. ; teng khṳt teng-îah phah kùe; : the lamp has been extinguished by a small gray moth's flying into it. ; chôiⁿ pìⁿ tāu-jîn ău cū pìⁿ cò̤ îah; : the silk-worm changes into a grub and afterward into a moth. ; tōa cúi îah; : moths that are numerous in floods and heavy rains.<section end="iah" /> <section begin="iak" /><h3>iak</h3> * {{swatow entry|約|iak|1117|120|3}} * To bind, to restrict; to retrench; about; nearly. ; iak-lîak; iak lĭang; : about that; thereabouts; ; iak-lîak ŭ jîeh cōi? : About how much is there? ; cía sĭ put kùe iak kâi tăi-lîak; : this is nothing more that an approximate estimate. ; tăi-iak; : for the most part; on the whole; in a general way. ; tăi-iak kàu cêk choiⁿ ngṳ̂n kâi tō; : {{SIC|aproximately|approximately}} calculated, it would amount to about a thousand dollars. ; iak-sok; : to restrain; to repress; to keep in subjection. ; i iak-sok hṳ́ lăi kâi nâng, iak-sok kàu ngîam căi; : he keeps those who are within, in very complete subjection. ; m̄ pí hía bô̤ iak bô̤ sok hùe; : not like those who are under no restrain. ; khĭam-iak; : frugal. ; iak kâi pāng-bó̤; : fix a limit. * {{swatow entry|躍|iak|1118|157|14}} * To skip, to caper, to leap. ; i cò̤ sṳ̄ íong- iak căi; : he does things with effusion. ; cèng nâng lóng-cóng íong-iak; : all were eager. ; i iak-iak nē; : he is<noinclude>{{multicol-end}}</noinclude> 0nkwgppozu8b0mn631ctf7tg79nyhh9 14130159 14130115 2024-04-25T22:16:25Z Fish bowl 313022 thereabouts{{SIC|;|.}} proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Fish bowl" />{{rh||Dictionary of the Swatow Dialect.|185}}{{multicol|line=1px solid black}}</noinclude>him. ; îaⁿ i tōa-bó̤-mûeh; : greatly superior to him. ; cáu îaⁿ; : to outrun. ; à îaⁿ; : get the better of in an argument. ; i póiⁿ-pĭen khṳ̀ îaⁿ; : he had the best of it in the debate. ; phah îaⁿ; : won the battle. ; i sĭ thâi îaⁿ a sĭ thâi su? : Did he win or lose the battle? ; pûah îaⁿ; : to win in gambling. * {{swatow entry|營|îaⁿ|1107|86|13}} * A camp; military; a corps of an army. ; bú îaⁿ; : a military camp. ; îaⁿ ngó; kun îaⁿ; : the army. ; jîp îaⁿ; : to enlist as a soldier. ; îaⁿ pûaⁿ; : a camp. ; chin kun-îaⁿ; : the household guards. ; tōa îaⁿ; : the head-quarters of an army. ; gṳ̄ îaⁿ; : the Emperor's head-quarters. ; îaⁿ cú; : the commandant of a intrenchment. ; cí kâi tìn kẃn ŭ jîeh cōi îaⁿ? : How many corps has this general under his command? ; kîaⁿ îaⁿ; î îaⁿ; : move the camp. ; kîaⁿ kun cap îaⁿ; : to encamp in another place. ; chàng îaⁿ, chàng tŏ̤ tī-kò̤? : Where have they intrenched themselves? ; huang nâng lâi thau îaⁿ; : dispatch some one to surprise the camp. ; sêng mêⁿ khṳ̀ kiap îaⁿ; : went and plundered the camp by night. ; khí piaⁿ khṳ̀ phah i kâi îaⁿ; : raise troops to attack their camp. ; lâu i tó̤ síu îaⁿ; : leave them to guard the camp. ; îaⁿ cē; : the enclosure around a camp. ; îaⁿ mn̂g; : the entrance to a camp.<section end="iaⁿ" /> <section begin="iah" /><h3>iah</h3> * {{swatow entry|吐|iah|920|30|3}} * To vomit; to spew out. ; a-nôⁿ cò̤-nî cìeⁿ-sî àiⁿ iah nĭ? : Why does the baby throw up its milk lately? ; cîah lío iah chut lâi; : threw it up after swallowing it. ; i cí nŏ̤ jît iah hueh; : he has vomited blood these last two days. * {{swatow entry|益|iah|1092|108|5}} * To benefit; to advance the interests. ; bô̤ iah; : of no benefit. ; ŭ sún, bô̤ iah; : it is all loss, and no profit. ; bô̤ lĭ-iah; : not advantageous. ; ŭ sĭm-mih iah chù nē? : Of what advantage is it? ; tăi ŭ iah; : very beneficial. ; pó-iah sin-hun; : good for the health. ; khiam sĭ ŭ iah; : humility advances one's interests. ; iah-bó̤-cháu; : boneset. ; chap cí kâi phêng-íu cū ŭ iah; : to associate with this friend will promote your interests. * {{swatow entry|驛|îah|1094|187|13}} * A government post; a station. ; îah căm; : a post-station. ; kàu îah-căm cū ūaⁿ; : change at the post-station. ; îah-sêng sòi-sòi sĭ láu-tiaⁿ; : the governor of a post-station, be it ever so small, is still a governor. ; îah bé; : post horses.<noinclude>{{multicol-break}}</noinclude> * {{swatow entry|易|îah|281|72|4}} * The sixty-four diagrams. ; mîaⁿ-ke phok îah; : expert in divining by diagrams. ; cí hûe khṳ̀ phok kâi îah-khùe; : now went and had his fortune told by diagrams. ; îah lí sĭ chim kâi; : the doctrine of the diagrams is a deep one. ; cang îah-khùe cē chui-sǹg būe lâi kâi sṳ̄ cū ŏi soiⁿ cai; : by reckoning from the diagrams one may know the future. ; îah-kiaⁿ; : The Book of Changes. * {{swatow entry|招|îah|31|64|5}} * To beckon. ; îah i lâi; : beckon to him to approach. ; cang chíu îah i; : beckon to him. ; thoiⁿ i cang sìⁿ tó̤ îah úa; : saw him motioning to me with his fan. ; îah i bûa lâi tàⁿ ūe; : beckon to him to come and speak with me. * {{swatow entry|蝶|îah|890|142|9}} * A general name for moths, millers, and sphinges. ; bói-îah; : brilliant moths or butterflies. ; bói-îah tó̤ chái hue; : the butterflies flit from flower to flower. ; cí kâi bói-îah pàng lâi kûiⁿ căi; : this kite, made in imitation of a butterfly, has been sent up very high. ; cang cúa kô kâi bói-îah; : make a butterfly kite of paper. ; thái-ko̤ îah; : a large gray moth. ; îah-thâu kâi ôi; : shoes having butterfly shaped ornaments on the toes. ; teng khṳt teng-îah phah kùe; : the lamp has been extinguished by a small gray moth's flying into it. ; chôiⁿ pìⁿ tāu-jîn ău cū pìⁿ cò̤ îah; : the silk-worm changes into a grub and afterward into a moth. ; tōa cúi îah; : moths that are numerous in floods and heavy rains.<section end="iah" /> <section begin="iak" /><h3>iak</h3> * {{swatow entry|約|iak|1117|120|3}} * To bind, to restrict; to retrench; about; nearly. ; iak-lîak; iak lĭang; : about that; thereabouts{{SIC|;|.}} ; iak-lîak ŭ jîeh cōi? : About how much is there? ; cía sĭ put kùe iak kâi tăi-lîak; : this is nothing more that an approximate estimate. ; tăi-iak; : for the most part; on the whole; in a general way. ; tăi-iak kàu cêk choiⁿ ngṳ̂n kâi tō; : {{SIC|aproximately|approximately}} calculated, it would amount to about a thousand dollars. ; iak-sok; : to restrain; to repress; to keep in subjection. ; i iak-sok hṳ́ lăi kâi nâng, iak-sok kàu ngîam căi; : he keeps those who are within, in very complete subjection. ; m̄ pí hía bô̤ iak bô̤ sok hùe; : not like those who are under no restrain. ; khĭam-iak; : frugal. ; iak kâi pāng-bó̤; : fix a limit. * {{swatow entry|躍|iak|1118|157|14}} * To skip, to caper, to leap. ; i cò̤ sṳ̄ íong- iak căi; : he does things with effusion. ; cèng nâng lóng-cóng íong-iak; : all were eager. ; i iak-iak nē; : he is<noinclude>{{multicol-end}}</noinclude> oe2kpwmucetoyfbjt3li95ww9s86i8s Page:Lippincotts Monthly Magazine-25.pdf/18 104 2504415 14128025 14116015 2024-04-25T15:17:26Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="2" user="Hilohello" /></noinclude> {{c|{{xxx-larger|{{sc|Lippincott's Magazine}}}}}} {{c|OF}} {{c|{{x-larger|''POPULAR LITERATURE AND SCIENCE.''}}}} {{rule|5em}} {{c|{{larger|JANUARY, 1880.}}}} {{rule|5em}} {{c|{{larger|SARGENT'S RODEO.}}}} {{image missing}} {{c|{{smaller|A VAQUERO.}}}} {{fqm}}{{di|T}}HE ladies will have to rough it," said Sargent; "but it isn't often that you'll get a chance now-a-days to see a real old-fashioned Spanish rodeo, and I think it will be worth your while to come." Nine of us accepted his invitation— Lizzie, the animal-painter, whose next year's picture is to be a vaquero lassoing a wild bull; Joseph, the figure-painter, with a sprained ankle, who rode in slippers; Bel, a young lady who sketches and carries a pug-dog in her arms; Vinole, shortened into Nolie, fresh and sweet as a pink, whose pretty name is Hawaiian for peace; Antonio, a handsome young Spaniard, who sings with a fine baritone and twangs a guitar beneath a fair lady's window with all the grace and sentiment of his ancestors from storied Castile; Sam, the boy of eleven, with a taste for history, who supposes any remark a feint to extract historical information, which he imparts with a cheerful alacrity not always appreciated; Nelly, myself, and, last but not least, Bob. Without Bob we should be lost indeed. Bob builds the fires; Bob mends the furniture—makes it at a pinch; Bob white washes the ceilings and the fences; Bob harnesses the horses; Bob poses for the artists. In fact, Bob does whatever no one else likes to do, and is more than repaid by a few kind words and a glass of whiskey, a fondness for spirits being Bob's only failing, the one blot on his escutcheon. But in consideration of his many virtues, his readiness to oblige, his kind heart, his childlike faith in human nature, his fidelity to his friends, his {{hws|thou|thousand}}<noinclude> {{rule}} {{smaller block/s}} {{c|Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1879, by {{sc|J. B. Lippincott & Co.}}, in the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington.}} {{float left|{{sc|Vol. XXV.—1}}}}{{float right|9}} {{smaller block/e}}</noinclude> acc0dj63p9kczhassit0g6217gmk5s4 Page:The oath of Hippocrates.djvu/4 104 2527165 14130871 9001221 2024-04-26T07:43:39Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Cyarenkatnikh" />{{c|4}}</noinclude>equivalent, since the Greeks did not then cut the profession into two—theoretical and practical. The phrase from Aristophanes cited by Littré, Adams, and others indicates that the formula was even popularly familiar. Among the Hippocratic writings is a treatise ''De Prisca Medicina'' attributed by Plato to Hippocrates, and justly regarded by Littré as of high value. Textual criticism leads others to look on it as the work of a later sophist; but by whomsoever written, it is a narrative animated by somewhat of the same spirit—the strong desire to maintain the credit and dignity of the profession. The Oath is of great archæological interest. I give a translation of a Latin version, of which there are several, not the least elegant being that formerly administered to graduates before modern ways replaced it by a law declaration in English; the elegant Latin prayer is not yet, I am happy to say, disused on public occasions: {{quote/s}} 'I swear by Apollo, the physician, and Aesculapius and Hygeia and Panacea, and I call to witness all the gods and goddesses, that I will, to the best of my power and judgment, keep this oath and this written declaration in its integrity. I shall hold him, who has taught me this art, as a parent. I shall devote my life to him, and shall supply him with all of which he has need. I shall regard his sons as my brothers, and, if they wish to be taught, shall teach them this art without fee or indenture. I shall make sharers in the teaching by precepts, and listeners to the oral instruction, and participators of the other modes of instruction, both the sons of my own teacher and those who have bound themselves by indenture and dedicated themselves by the medical oath: but none others. Further, so far as concerns the healing of patients, I shall prescribe to them, as my powers and judgment direct, suitable diet, and shall forbid what is detrimental and injurious. No entreaties shall induce me to give to any one noxious drugs, nor shall I take part in any such counsels. Likewise I shall exhibit to no woman any pessary which shall destroy her fruit at an early or late stage of pregnancy. I shall conduct my life and practise my art in holiness. Nor shall I cut even those who entreat me, but shall leave them to those who practise such surgical operations. Whatever house I enter, I shall do so for the good of the sick, and shall abstain from every hurt or injury,<noinclude>{{quote/e}}</noinclude> l9zid93rdtbzfrdvz10mtt88yjd4hwn User:SnowyCinema 2 2529450 14131004 14115080 2024-04-26T07:46:34Z SnowyCinema 2484340 wikitext text/x-wiki ::[[User:SnowyCinema/Processed|Processed texts (hopefully this will be in the hundreds soon)]] ::[[User:SnowyCinema/To process|Hey you need to process these!]] ::''All of my contributions to this site, including talk page comments, user subpage contents, etc., are released into the '''public domain worldwide''' by me insofar as it is possible to do so. You may use my contributions for any purpose, even without accreditation. ❦ [\.|"|'|;|:|,|-|—]'' [[File:Tunay na Ina (1939).webm|300px|right]] Hi. I'm SnowyCinema (formerly PseudoSkull), and I find this site to be a source of endless enjoyment. My primary interest on this site is in the area of [[WS:WPF|film, television, and animation]], and (currently) novels. I very often write software to help me and other users here at Wikisource. You can find the software projects I'm working on or have completed [https://github.com/PseudoSkull on my GitHub]. Some works that hold a special place in my heart: * ''[[Waylaid by Wireless]]'' (1909), by [[Author:Edwin Balmer|Edwin Balmer]], my first book transcription * ''[[The Fighting Coward]]'' (1924), one of my first proofread films, not my first, but is the one I remember more than the actual first * ''[[Jalna (1927)|Jalna]]'' (1927), by [[Author:Mazo de la Roche|Mazo de la Roche]], a very popular novel in its time, and also the first transcription I ever completed using the QT (QuickTranscribe) system that I'm currently developing * ''[[Fighting Back]]'' (1924), the 100th completed QuickTranscribe project [[File:Jon - 1976-08-12.png|700px|center]] <gallery> Cheery and the Chum (1908) 5.png Paddy crying.gif Held to Answer (1916) frontispiece.png My Friend Annabel Lee (1903) frontispiece.png Rhamon (1939) 47.png "Chet" (1912) 1.png Master Frisky (1902) frontispiece.png Georgette, Safety Frog.png Rhamon (1939) 19.png The Way of the Wild (1930) 1.png File:Olimarthewondercat.jpg </gallery> <gallery> File:Yes! We Have No Bananas, Billy Jones.flac File:I've Got the Yes! We Have No Banana Blues - Eddie Cantor.mp3 </gallery> ==Philosophy== My personal philosophy and work on Wikisource primarily revolves around increasing editing ''speed'' (and accuracy alongside it) through code and training of the eyes and hands. My personal belief is that transcriptions should be ruthlessly churned out here in abundance. Wikisource's ultimate goal is essentially a [[wikt:boil the ocean|boiling of the ocean]] problem; there are so many works to transcribe, and even if we just count the most notable ones we've barely scratched the surface yet. As such, I don't care about spending 12 extra hours on a single novel for 110% accuracy on every minor detail of the text. Realistically, no one really cares if there are 3 typos across hundreds of pages, or if the margin or size of a chapter header is slightly off point from the original. What readers care about is "can I read it? can I understand it? does it look good enough for that?" These extra details, like [[Template:Nowrap|barely-noticable]] [[Template:...|templates]], are not even secondary to the average reader; they're hundreds of priorities away. Think of it like this. If a test is somewhere around a grade 98% or 99%, that's still a high A and one might say you passed with flying colors. That's what transcriptions will ''always'' be "graded" here, at best, even with the most careful scrutiny being applied. And people will love consuming it anyway, even if they see a "j" instead of an "i" somewhere or another. My primary concern is if the text is going to be usable for its intended purpose; to read. Quality is important, and I do think ''high quality production'' is absolutely important and I do strive for this, but ultimately I care about quantity and speed just a little bit more than quality, as much as other editors here may disagree. But Wikisource's notable lack of search-engine hits and low active contributor count is proof enough for the quantity-over-quality perspective to be a fair one. ==Wikisourcerers I have met in real life== * [[User:Reboot01|Reboot01]]: September 25, 2022 * [[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]]: June 24, 2023 :* [[Marked Sample Judicial Ballot, Election June 6, 1927, Cook County]] and [[Firestone Tires and Tube Prices letter, May 4, 1927]] - Proofread + validated when together IRL! ==Ideas== {{Userboxtop <!-- |toptext=Stuff -->}} |{{User admin Wikisource}} {{#babel:en|tl-2|da-1}} {{Userboxbottom}} * [[User:SnowyCinema/QR codes|Standardize QR codes in modern works]] ==SC's personal rules== What I'll always do for every work. * No subtitles in wiki titles, ''unless there is absolutely no other way to disambiguate it''. Simple titles only. * The exact wording of TOCs and front matter doesn't really matter that much. If I put "Chapter" instead of "Chap." in the TOC, idrc that much. * {{tl|Hyphenation inconsistency}} in ''every work'' for ''every inconsistency'' no matter how far apart the inconsistencies are from each other. * No headers, no footers, in the page namespace. Below is why. ==Thoughts== * I don't add headers and footers to pages, and I don't apologize for it. [[User:SnowyCinema/On My Distaste of Using Headers and Footers in the Page Namespace|Here's why]]. * In general, I don't concern myself too much with styling. If I see something as too difficult to style (such as a boxed title page or ad), and not worth the effort, I use the simple solution. I believe in substance over style, and there are styling gurus here who can cover my tracks if they really want to make it look marvelous. * The concept of "usefulness" of a work is entirely arbitrary. Literally ''anything'' can be considered useful given the right context for its use. Anyone could provide ''some'' educational use for any work here that may be contestable on that merit. So I don't think an argument of usefulness is something that should generally be considered in a debate; we need some more stringent metrics than that. And usually, when the "uselessness" of a contested page is argued as a reason for its deletion, that's because the contesters don't have any better excuse than that to have the page deleted. * No work is ever truly complete; the project will always be a work in progress. Any transcription can be edited at any time. Our contributions are never perfect, so improvements are always welcome. * Our concern here is not whether what somebody said is true; it's just whether they said it at all. * I think, in the end, subtitles should be removed from our titling scheme. The result of including subtitles can be quite messy, so the simple title is easier to handle. It's also easier, then, to differentiate and find other works of the same name this way, so that proper disambiguation can be done. So, for example, the name picked was ''[[Peter Whiffle]]'', rather than ''[[Peter Whiffle: His Life and Works]]'' (although I made the latter as a redirect, which I think ''is'' appropriate). ===An unpopular opinion=== '''Versions should ''never'' be elaborated on in Portal, Author, or regular Disambiguation pages—''only'' in Versions pages.''' So for example, you should never see something like this on an author page, or a disambiguation page (page using the {{tl|disambig}} header): * "[[Ben King's Verse/The Tramp|The Tramp]]," poem in ''[[Ben King's Verse]]'', 1894 by [[Author:Benjamin Franklin King|Benjamin Franklin King]] It should ''always'' look like this on the author page: <code><nowiki>* "[[The Tramp (Hill)|The Tramp]]" (1913), a song by [[Author:Joe Hill|Joe Hill]]</nowiki></code> [[The Tramp (Hill)]] is a redirect page for now. The former listing, IMO, is appropriate '''only for pages that use {{tl|versions}}'''. We should always, always, ''always'' be aware of the very real possibility that most poems, short stories, etc. are very highly likely to appear in other collections. And we should set everything up with this hierarchy in mind. ==Rewards== {| style="border: 1px solid {{{border|gray}}}; background-color: {{{color|#fdffe7}}};" |rowspan="2" style="vertical-align:top;" | [[File:Initial C - green.png|100px]] |rowspan="2" | |style="font-size: x-large; padding: 0; vertical-align: bottom; height: 1.1em;" | '''The Green C of Completeness''' |- |style="vertical-align: top; border-top: 1px solid gray;" | I hereby award you this Letter of Merit for completing all extant PD novels of [[Author:Olive Higgins Prouty|Olive Higgins Prouty]]. [[User:Inductiveload|Inductiveload]]—<span style="font-size:smaller">[[User talk:Inductiveload|talk]]/[[Special:Contributions/Inductiveload|contribs]]</span> 16:39, 12 April 2021 (UTC) |} ==Works made by me (all released into the public domain)== ===Nostalgia (from my younger years)=== * [[User:SnowyCinema/Fantasy Writing|Fantasy Writing]] (c. 2009), a cute short story I wrote that I only recently discovered in my trove of old papers * [[User:SnowyCinema/Armaneens|''Armaneens'']], an unfinished comic book I made cumulatively when I was in middle school * [[User:SnowyCinema/Revengers of D'Equois|''Revengers of D'Equois'']], an unfinished novel I was writing in a notebook in around 8th grade ===Modern=== * "[[User:SnowyCinema/Only My Heart|Only My Heart]]", a poem I wrote haphazardly, and I'm using it as a sort of placeholder poem in coding routines * [[User:SnowyCinema/Public Domainism|Public Domainism]] (very haphazardly put together, only a draft now), a joke religion ==Reminiscence== <blockquote>"Didn't go to the ''the''ater? Well, why not? Oh, I did wish you'd gotten home last night. There was the best movie at the Palace—[[Author:Charlie Chaplin|Charlie Chaplin]] in '[[Shoulder Arms]]'—he's in the army, you know, and of course it's ''scream''ingly funny, but very touching, too. One place everybody gets packages from home except Charlie, and he turns away so sadly and eats the cheese out of the mousetrap."</blockquote> ==Self reminders== * Pages in Mainspace with .pdf or .djvu in the title * Finish adding short stories to author pages, [[Lords of the Housetops]] * Bulk upload audio files for [[:Category:Sound films containing lyrical music]] * Bulk add work items to scan-backed Emily Dickinson poems * Finish essay on offensive material * Start essay on titling conventions * [[Derelict]] * [[Read]], [[Reading]] - make these disambig pages * https://archive.org/details/PublicDomainTarzantheTiger - 1929 but public domain anyway * https://archive.org/details/SlickSleuths / 9IEv8yAyT9o * https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9z-0SAOcFEI - It's a Bird and other Charley Bowers shorts * https://www.criterionchannel.com/videos/sword-of-the-samurai {{PD-self}} ewnhvb1m9f6jvv9616210otbdt0xjhw Views of Ottawa 0 2544658 14128082 10819912 2024-04-25T15:48:00Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 added [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Views of Ottawa | author = | translator = | section = | previous = | next = | year = 1884 | notes = }} <pages index="Views of Ottawa.djvu" include=1 /> {{dhr}}{{page break|label=}}{{dhr}} <pages index="Views of Ottawa.djvu" from=2 to=14 /> {{dhr}}{{page break|label=}}{{dhr}} <pages index="Views of Ottawa.djvu" include=15 /> {{dhr}}{{page break|label=}}{{dhr}} <pages index="Views of Ottawa.djvu" from=16 to=21 /> {{dhr}} {{PD-anon-US}} {{authority control}} [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] maf0rr7j44ch64ayignzq4gqwpie16t Page:Public Opinion (Lippmann).djvu/106 104 2576412 14130870 8866684 2024-04-26T07:43:34Z SnowyCinema 2484340 we now have the film transcription, wikilink proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Einstein95" />{{rh|92|PUBLIC OPINION|}}</noinclude>decision was by so much reduced. In the western world, however, during the last few centuries there has been an enormous increase in the volume and scope of secular description, the word picture, the narrative, the illustrated narrative, and finally the moving picture and, perhaps, the talking picture. Photographs have the kind of authority over imagination to-day, which the printed word had yesterday, and the spoken word before that. They seem utterly real. They come, we imagine, directly to us without human meddling, and they are the most effortless food for the mind conceivable. Any description in words, or even any inert picture, requires an effort of memory before a picture exists in the mind. But on the screen the whole process of observing, describing, reporting, and then imagining, has been accomplished for you. Without more trouble than is needed to stay awake the result which your imagination is always aiming at is reeled off on the screen. The shadowy idea becomes vivid; your hazy notion, let us say, of the {{w|Ku Klux Klan}}, thanks to Mr. {{w|D. W. Griffith|Griffiths}}, takes vivid shape when you see [[the Birth of a Nation]]. Historically it may be the wrong shape, morally it may be a pernicious shape, but it is a shape, and I doubt whether anyone who has seen the film and does not know more about the Ku Klux Klan than Mr. Griffiths, will ever hear the name again without seeing those white horsemen. {{c|5}} And so when we speak of the mind of a group of people, of the French mind, the militarist mind, the<noinclude></noinclude> ss8j1pub91xoyv2setgtyqykkma38r2 Page:The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 1.djvu/48 104 2673137 14127743 9922777 2024-04-25T12:17:37Z PWidergren 2988619 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PWidergren" />{{rvh|34|{{smaller|KINGS OF NORWAY.}}|{{Smaller|CHRONICLE OF THE}}}}</noinclude>the earliest British, writer, was of the ancient British, not of the Anglo-Saxon people, and wrote about the year 560, or a century after the arrival of the Anglo-Saxons in England. Gildas Albanius, or Saint Gildas, preceded him by about a century; and both wrote in Latin, not in the British or the Saxon tongue. The "Historia Ecclesiastica Venerabilis Bedæ" was written in Latin about the year 731; and King Alfred translated this work of the Venerable Bede into Anglo-Saxon about 858, or by other account some time between 872 and 900. Asser wrote "De Vita et Rebus Gestis Alfredi" about the same period, for he died 910. Nennius, and his annotator Samuel, are placed by Pinkerton about the year 858. Florence of Worcester wrote about 1100; Simeon of Durham about 1164; Giraldus Cambrensis hi the same century. The "Saxon Chronicle" appears to have been the work of different hands from the 11th to the 12th century. Roger of Hovedon wrote about 1210; Matthew Paris, the contemporary of Snorro Sturleson, about 1240. These are the principal writers among the Anglo-Saxons referred to by our historians, down to the age of Snorro Sturleson; and they all wrote in Latin, not in the language of the people—the Anglo-Saxon. This separation of the mind and language, and of the intellectual influence of the upper educated classes, from the uneducated mass of the Anglo-Saxon people, on the Continent as well as in England, by the barrier of a dead language, forms the great distinctive difference between the Anglo-Saxons and the Northmen; and to it may be traced much of the difference in the social condition, spirit, and character of the two branches of the Teutonic or Saxon race at the present day. It is but about a century ago, about 1740, that this barrier was broken down in Germany, and men of genius or science began to write for the German<noinclude></noinclude> rrh2io67pv57nsi1adbk022g6oaie0u Page:The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 1.djvu/49 104 2673138 14127752 9922778 2024-04-25T12:21:36Z PWidergren 2988619 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PWidergren" />{{rvh|35|{{smaller|KINGS OF NORWAY.}}|{{Smaller|CHRONICLE OF THE}}}}</noinclude>mind in its own German language. With the exception of Luther's translation of the Bible, little or nothing had been written before the 18th century for the German people in the German tongue. That beautiful language itself had become so Latinised by the use and application of Latin in all business and intellectual production—a circumstance which both Goethe and Jean Paul Richter, its greatest masters, deplore—that it was, and to a considerable degree remains in the present times, a different language in writing from the spoken vernacular tongue of the people of Germany. They have to acquire it, as, in some sort, a dead language to them, to understand and enter into the meaning and spirit of their own best writers. Their Plat Deutch, the spoken tongue of the mass of the people, does not merely differ as our Scotch, Yorkshire, or Somersetshire dialects differ from English, only in tone of voice, pronunciation, and in the use of a few obsolete words; but in construction and elements, from the too great admixture of foreign elements from the Latin into the cultivated German. A striking proof of this is, that no sentiment, phrase, popular idea, or expression from the writings of Lessing, Goethe, Schiller, Richter, or any other great German writer, is ever heard among the lower classes in Germany, the peasants, labouring people, and uneducated masses; while, with us, sentiments, expressions, phrases, from Shakspeare, Pope, Burns, Swift, De Poe, Cobbett,—from Cervantes, Le Sage, Moliere,—have crept into common use and application, as proverbial sayings circulating among our totally uneducated classes, who certainly never read those authors, but have caught up from others what is good and natural, because the thought is expressed in language which they are as familiar with as the writer was himself. In our branch of the Saxon race, the intellectuality of the educated<noinclude></noinclude> s0azlwq7shh5m1uxdcelj473p4kznw5 Page:The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 1.djvu/50 104 2673140 14127756 9922779 2024-04-25T12:23:58Z PWidergren 2988619 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PWidergren" />{{rvh|36|{{smaller|KINGS OF NORWAY.}}|{{Smaller|CHRONICLE OF THE}}}}</noinclude>class has always worked downwards through a language common to all. The moral influence of this uninterrupted circulation of ideas from the highest to the lowest is very striking in our social condition, and in that of all the people descended from the Northmen, the younger branch of the great Anglo-Saxon race. Under every form of government, whether despotic as in Denmark, aristocratic as in Sweden, democratic as in the United States, or mixed as in England, they are, under all circumstances, distinguished from the other, the old Anglo-Saxon branch, by their strong nationality and distinct national characters. What is this but the diffusion of one mind, one spirit, one mode of thinking and doing, through the whole social body of each of these groups, by a common language and literature, such as it may be, giving one shape and tone to the mind of all? Turn from these groups of the European population, and look at the nationality or national character of the other branch of the race—or rather look for it. Where is it? Have Prussians, Saxons, Hanoverians, Hessians, Baden-Badenians, or whatever their rulers call them, any jot of this national feeling, any national existence at all? Have the Germans as a whole mass, or has any one group of them, any national character at this day, any common feeling among all classes upon any one subject? There is a want of that circulation of the same mind and intelligence through all classes of the social body, differing only in degree, not in kind, in the most educated and the most ignorant, and of that circulation and interchange of impressions through a language and literature common to all, which alone can animate a population into a nation. It would be a curious subject for the political philosopher to examine, what have been the effects of the literature, of a people upon their social condition. English literature works much more<noinclude></noinclude> ns4foixzq6sqrhbg54cbs3huntxt4nc Page:The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 1.djvu/51 104 2673141 14127758 9922780 2024-04-25T12:26:19Z PWidergren 2988619 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PWidergren" />{{rvh|37|{{smaller|KINGS OF NORWAY.}}|{{Smaller|CHRONICLE OF THE}}}}</noinclude>powerfully upon the great mass of the English people, although uneducated, and unable to receive its influence and impression direct, than German literature, although much more abundant, works upon the people of Germany. The circulation of ideas stops there at a certain class, and the mass remains unmoved by, impenetrable to, and unintelligent of the storms that may be raging on the surface among the upper educated people. The literature of the Northmen in their own tongue undoubtedly kept alive that common feeling and mind—that common sense on matters of common interest, which in England grew up into our national institutions. They had a literature of their own, however rude, a history of their own, however barbarous,—had laws, institutions, and social arrangements of their own; and all these through a common language influencing and forming a common mind in all; and when men, or the children of men whose minds had been so formed, came to inhabit, and not merely to conquer, but to colonise a very large proportion of the surface of England, we may safely assume that what we call the Anglo-Saxon institutions of England, and the spirit and character on which alone free institutions can rest, were the natural productions of this national mind, reared by the Northmen in England, and not by the Anglo-Saxons. What were the peculiar circumstances in the social condition of this branch of the Saxon race, which kept alive a national literature, history, spirit, and character, and peculiar laws and institutions, while all that was peculiar to or distinctive of the other branch had long been extinguished in Germany, and in a great measure in England? This question can only be answered by looking at the original position of this northern branch of the same stock, on the European soil. The race of men who under Odin established them-<noinclude></noinclude> q7fdfccavk50t3c3uxki0le82e8p1ip Page:The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 1.djvu/52 104 2673142 14127761 9922781 2024-04-25T12:29:51Z PWidergren 2988619 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PWidergren" />{{rvh|38|{{smaller|KINGS OF NORWAY.}}|{{Smaller|CHRONICLE OF THE}}}}</noinclude>selves in the countries north of the Baltic were undoubtedly of Asiatic origin. The date of this inundation may have been 400 years before or 400 years after the Christian era (antiquaries have their theories, for both periods), or there may have been different Odins, or the name may have been generic and applied to all great conquerors; and the causes, as well as the dates of this vast movement, are lost in the night of antiquity. The fact itself admits of no doubt; for it rests not only on the concurrent traditions and religious belief of the people, but upon customs retained by them to a period far within the pale of written history, and which could only have arisen in the country from which they came, not in that to which they had come. The use, for instance, of horse-flesh could never have been an original indigenous Scandinavian custom, because the horse there is an animal too valuable and scarce ever to have been an article of food, as on the plains of Asia; but down to the end of the 11th century the eating of horse-flesh at the religious feasts, as commemorative of their original country, prevailed, and was the distinctive token of adhering to the religion of Odin: and those who ate horse-flesh were punished with death by Saint Olaf. A plurality of wives also, in which the most Christian of their kings indulged even so late as the 12th century, was not a custom which, in a poor country like Scandinavia, was likely to prevail, and appears more probably of Asiatic origin. But what could have induced a migrating population from the Tanais (the Don), on which traditionary history fixes their original seat, after reaching the southern coasts of the Baltic, to have turned to the north and crossed the sea to establish themselves on the bleak inhospitable rocks, and in the severe climate of Scandinavia, instead of overspreading the finer countries on the south side of the Baltic? The political causes from preoccupation,<noinclude></noinclude> cnszya67thiv9hpxa05aaqkadnsyrbi Page:The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 1.djvu/53 104 2673143 14127767 9099844 2024-04-25T12:32:54Z PWidergren 2988619 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PWidergren" />{{rh||KINGS OF NORWAY.|39}}</noinclude>or opposition of tribes as warlike as themselves, cannot now be known from any historical data; but from physical data we may conjecture that such a deviation from what we would consider the more natural run of the tide of a population seeking a living in new homes, may have been preferable to any other course in their social condition. We make a wrong estimate of the comparative facilities of subsisting, in the early ages of mankind, in the northern and southern countries of Europe. If a tribe of red-men from the forests of America had been suddenly transported in the days of Tacitus to the forests of Europe beyond the Rhine, where would they, in what is called the hunter state, that is, depending for subsistence on the spontaneous productions of nature, have found in the greatest abundance the means and facilities of subsisting themselves? Unquestionably on the Scandinavian peninsula, intersected by narrow inlets of the sea teeming with fish, by lakes and rivers rich in fish, and in a land covered with forests, in which not only all the wild animals of Europe that are food for man abound, but from the numerous lakes, rivers, ponds, and precipices in this hunting-field, are to be got at and caught with much greater facility than on the boundless plains, on which, from the Rhine to the Elbe, and from the Elbe to the Vistula, or to the steppes of Asia, there is scarcely a natural feature of country to hem in a herd of wild animals in their flight, and turn them into any particular tract or direction to which the hunters could resort with advantage, and at which they could depend on meeting their prey. At this day Norway is the only country in Europe in which men subsist in considerable comfort in what may be called the hunter state,—that is, upon the natural products of the earth and waters, to which man in the rudest state must have equally had access in all ages,—and derive their food, fuel, clothing, and lodging from the forest,<noinclude></noinclude> 465eam9z4w4z5uls23kiecd72os6hzc Page:The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 1.djvu/54 104 2673144 14127768 9922783 2024-04-25T12:35:16Z PWidergren 2988619 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PWidergren" />{{rvh|40|{{smaller|KINGS OF NORWAY.}}|{{Smaller|CHRONICLE OF THE}}}}</noinclude>the Fielde, the fiords, and rivers, without other aid from agriculture, or the arts of civilised life, than is implied in keeping herds of reindeer in a half tame state, or a few cows upon the natural herbage of the mountain glens. We, in our state of society, do not consider that the superior fertility of the warmer climes and better soils of southern countries, adds nothing to the means of subsistence of those who do not live upon those products of the earth which are obtained by cultivation. A hermit at the present day could subsist himself, from the unaided bounty of nature, much better at the side of a fiord in Norway, than on the banks of the Tiber, or of the Tagus, or of the Thames. Iceland, which we naturally think the last abode to which necessity could drive settlers, had in its abundance of fish, wild fowl, and pasturage for sheep and cows, although the country never produced corn, such advantages that it was the earliest of modern colonies, and was a favourite resort of emigrants in the 9th century. The Irish monk Dicuil, who wrote in 825 his work "De Mensura Orbis Terræ," published by C. A. Walckenaer in Paris in 1828, says that for 100 years, that is from 725, the desire for the hermit life had led many Irish clerks to the islands to the north of the British sea, which, with a fair wind, may be reached in two days' sail from the most northerly British isles. These were most likely the Feroe Isles, or Westmann Isles. "These isles," he says, "from the creation of the world uninhabited, and unnamed, are now, in 825, deserted by the hermits on account of the northern sea robbers. They have innumerable sheep, and many sorts of sea fowl." This would show that even before the settlement of the Northmen in Iceland about 825 (and in one of the sagas it is said the first settlers found in the Westmann Isles books and other articles of Irish priests), the facility of subsistence had drawn some individuals to those rocks in the northern ocean, and they were<noinclude></noinclude> 90m132o0znqzvz3bwybylzjyuwyc6uy Page:The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 1.djvu/55 104 2673145 14127770 9922784 2024-04-25T12:37:30Z PWidergren 2988619 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PWidergren" />{{rvh|41|{{smaller|KINGS OF NORWAY.}}|{{Smaller|CHRONICLE OF THE}}}}</noinclude>then known lands. Sweden had a still stronger attraction for the warlike tribes from the interior of Asia, who were pressing upon the population of Europe south of the Baltic, and which has been overlooked by the historians who treat of the migrations of mankind from or to the north in the rude ages. Sweden alone had iron and copper for arms and utensils close to the surface of the earth, and, from the richness of the ores, to be obtained by the simplest processes of smelting. This natural advantage must, in those ages, have made Sweden a rallying point for the Asiatic populations coming into Europe from the north of Asia, and from countries destitute of the useful metals in any abundant or easily obtained supply. To them Sweden was a Mexico or Peru, or rather an arsenal from which they must draw their weapons before they could proceed to Germany. This circumstance itself may account for the apparently absurd opinion of the swarms of Goths who invaded Europe having come from Scandinavia; and for the apparently absurd tradition of Odin, or the Asiatics invading and occupying Scandinavia in preference to the more genial countries and climes to the south of the Baltic; and for the historical fact of a considerable trade having existed, from the most remote times, between Novogorod and Sweden, and of which, in the very earliest ages, Wisby, in the Isle of Gotland, was the ''entrepôt'' or meeting-place for the exchange of products. The great importance of this physical advantage of Scandinavia in the abundance of copper and iron, to an ancient warlike population, will be understood best if we take the trouble to calculate what quantity of iron or copper must have been expended in those days as ammunition, in missile weapons, by an ordinary army in an ordinary battle. We cannot reckon less than one ounce weight of iron, on an average, to each arrowhead, from twenty to twenty-four ''drop'', or an ounce<noinclude></noinclude> 51gyntme2fqiyf9ytyccwtqj5ok0dcx Page:The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 1.djvu/56 104 2673146 14127772 9922785 2024-04-25T12:39:26Z PWidergren 2988619 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PWidergren" />{{rvh|42|{{smaller|KINGS OF NORWAY.}}|{{Smaller|CHRONICLE OF THE}}}}</noinclude>and a quarter to an ounce and a half, being considered by modern archers the proper weight of an arrow; and we cannot reckon that bowmen took the field with a smaller provision than four sheaves of arrows, or heads for that number. A sheaf of twenty-four arrows would not keep a bowman above ten or twelve minutes; and in an ordinary battle of three or four hours, allowing that arrows might be picked up and shot back in great numbers, we cannot suppose a smaller provision belonging to and transported with a body of bowmen than ninety-six rounds each, which, for a body of 4000 men only, would amount to above fourteen tons weight of iron in arrow-heads alone. For casting spears or javelins, of which in ancient armies, as in the Roman, more use was made than of the bow, we cannot reckon less than six ounces of iron to the spear head, or less than two spears to each man; and this gives us nearly two tons weight more of iron for 4000 men as their provision in this kind of missile. Of hand-weapons, such as swords, battleaxes, halberds, spears, and of defensive armour, such as head-pieces and shields, which every man had, and coats of mail or armour, which some had, it is sufficient to observe that all of it would be lost iron to the troops who were defeated, or driven from the field of battle leaving their killed and wounded behind, and all had to be replaced by a fresh supply of iron. We see in this great amount of iron or bronze arms, to be provided and transported with even a very small body of men in ancient times, why a single battle was almost always decisive, and every thing was staked upon the issue of a single day; and we see why defeat, as in the case of the battle of Hastings and many others, was almost always irrecoverable with the same troops. They had no ammunition on the losing side after a battle. We may judge from these views how important and valuable it must have been for an invading army of<noinclude></noinclude> eob3ao1thdjpwcqlewhfllqwe46v4c0 Page:The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 1.djvu/57 104 2673147 14127774 9099856 2024-04-25T12:41:17Z PWidergren 2988619 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PWidergren" />{{rh||KINGS OF NORWAY.|43}}</noinclude>Goths, or whatever name they bore, coming from Asia to Europe, to have got possession of Sweden; so important, indeed, that it is reasonable to believe that if ever an Asiatic people invaded Europe north of the Carpathian mountains, the invaders would first of all proceed north along the Vistula and other rivers falling into the Baltic, and put themselves in communication, by conquest or commerce, with the country which supplied their ammunition, and would then issue armed from the north, and break into the Roman empire, and be considered as a people coming originally from some northern hive. Scandinavia certainly never had food for more human beings than its present inhabitants, and could never have poured out the successive multitudes who, by all accounts, are said to have come in from the north upon the Roman provinces; but in this view it is likely that the flood of people actually did pour in from the north, to which the march must of necessity have been first directed from Asia. It may be objected to these views, that iron or metal was not of such prime necessity as we make it to these barbarians in their warfare; that flint or other stones were much used for arrow-heads, and that we find such commonly in museums, and even stones that have evidently been intended for javelins or battleaxes. If we look, however, at what exists out of museums, we find that stones which admit of being chiselled, sharpened, or brought to an edge or point that would pierce cloth, leather, or any defensive covering, and inflict a deadly wound, are among the rarest productions. Granite, gneiss, sandstone, limestone, all rise in lumps and cubical masses, scarcely to be reduced by any labour or skill to shapes suitable for a spear or arrow head. Countries of vast extent are without stone at all near the surface of the earth, and many without such a kind of stone as could be edged or pointed, without such skill and<noinclude></noinclude> a2w3qecrhph18po7ksod8dclei798fz Page:The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 1.djvu/58 104 2673167 14127775 9099922 2024-04-25T12:44:02Z PWidergren 2988619 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PWidergren" />{{rh|44|CHRONICLE OE THE|}}</noinclude>labour as would make stone arrow-heads more scarce and valuable than metal ones. Of such stones as might be substituted for metal in missile weapons it happens, singularly enough, that Scandinavia itself is more productive than any part of the north of Europe, if we except perhaps the districts of England abounding in flint. Our ordinary museum arrow-heads of stone, or what our country people, when they turn them up by the plough, call elf-bolts, from an obscure impression that they do not belong to the soil, but are, from the regularity of their shape, an artificial production, are in reality the organic fossil called by geologists the Belemnite, which, tapering to a point at both ends from regular equally poised sides, is, in its natural fossil state, an arrow-head. This fossil, and the sharp schists, which could easily be formed into effective points for missile weapons, abound particularly in that great indenture of the Norwegian coast called the Skager Rack, and in the middle ages called Vicken, or the Wick, or Vik, between the Naze of Norway and the Sound or the coast of Jutland, and from which Pinkerton conjectures the Scottish Picts or Victi, if they were a Gothic tribe, originally proceeded. He founds his conjecture on the similarity of name; and the Vikings or pirates probably derived their name from this district of Viken in which they harboured, and for the obvious reason that here the means of replenishing their ships with the missile arms of the age abounded. Hardsteinagriot, or small hard stones, appear to have been even an article of export at a very early date from Telemark, and to have been shipped from the coast to which they were transported in quantities of 1500 loads at a time from the interior.<ref>Krafts Beskryvelse, 111.154. Kong Sverrer's Saga, by Jacob Aal, note on cap. 91.</ref> Stones for throwing by hand (the sling, on account of the space required around the<noinclude>{{Smallrefs}}</noinclude> hsbj9b2ufn83cnx68sjkkjq3nuna6ix Page:The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 1.djvu/59 104 2673168 14127778 9099923 2024-04-25T12:47:35Z PWidergren 2988619 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PWidergren" />{{rh||KINGS OF NORWAY.|45}}</noinclude>slinger, seems never to have been in use) were so important an article in the sea fights of those times, that the ships of war, or long-ships, were always accompanied on the viking cruises by transports or ships of burden, to carry the plunder, clothes, and provisions, the ships of war being loaded with arms and stones. We find two transport vessels to ten ships of war in the Saga of Saint Olaf, as the number with him when he left his ships of war at the mouth of the Humber, after a long viking expedition, and returned to Norway, with 220 men, in his two transport ships. Earl Rognwald, the son of Kofi, invaded Earl Paul in Orkney with six ships of war, five boats of a size to cross the sea from Norway, and three ships of burden<ref>Olaf's Saga, cap. 27. Orkneyinga Saga.</ref>; and in all their expeditions ships of burden were required in some proportion to the ships of war, owing to the great stowage necessary for their weapons. In the Færeyinga Saga, in which the exploits of a viking<ref>Viking and sea-king are not synonymous, although, from the common termination in ''king'', the words are used, even by our historians, indiscriminately. The sea-king was a man connected with a royal race either of the small kings of the country, or of the Haarfager family, and who by right received the title of king as soon as he took the command of men, although only of a single ship's crew, and without having any land or kingdom. The viking is a word not connected with the word kongr or king. Vikings were merely pirates, alternately peasants and pirates, deriving the name of viking from the viks, wicks, or inlets on the coast in which they harboured with their long ships or rowing galleys. Every sea-king was a viking, but every viking was not a sea-king.</ref> called Sigmund Brestisson are related minutely, we read of his walking across a small island on the Swedish coast, and discovering five ships of another viking at anchor on the opposite side, and he returned to his own ships, passed the whole night in landing his goods and plunder, and breaking up stones on shore, and loading his vessel with them, and at daylight he went to attack the other viking, and<noinclude>{{Smallrefs}}</noinclude> i8qfo6a6ybneaznyiz41zql26r9x0ux Page:The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 1.djvu/60 104 2673170 14127932 9099927 2024-04-25T14:31:59Z PWidergren 2988619 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PWidergren" />{{rh|46|CHRONICLE OF THE|}}</noinclude>captured his vessels. In the engagement of Earl Paul in Orkney with the friends of Earl Rognwald he refused the assistance of men from Erling of Tankerness, off which place the battle was fought, because he had as many men as could find room to fight in his vessels, but required his assistance in carrying out stones from the shore to his vessels as long as the enemy would allow it to be done safely. Stones could not be transported or distributed in a conflict on land; and on this account the Northmen appear generally to have kept to their ships in their battles, and, even when marauding on land, to have had their ships far up the rivers to retire upon. This circumstance, namely, the great bulk in stowage, and in transport by land, of the usual arms of the age, arrows, casting spears, and stones, in any considerable quantities for a body of troops, and the difficulty of concentrating stores of them just at the spot where they are needed on land, accounts in a great measure for the success of comparatively small bodies of invaders landing on the coasts of England, or Normandy, in those ages. The invaders had the advantage of a supply of weapons in their vessels to retire upon, or to advance from; while their opponents having once expended what they carried with them, which could scarcely exceed the consumption in one ordinary battle of a few hours' duration, would be totally without missiles. In the settlement of an Asiatic population in Scandinavia, which, whatever may have been the cause or inducement for preferring that side of the Baltic, undoubtedly did take place at an unascertained date, under a chief called Odin, we find a remarkable difference of social arrangement—and a sufficient cause for it—from that social arrangement which grew up among the people who invaded and seized on the ancient Roman empire. The latter were settling in countries of which the land was already appropriated;<noinclude></noinclude> s0mrubjkrytoibkctasr42teqy2w1ww Page:The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 1.djvu/61 104 2673172 14127942 9099929 2024-04-25T14:36:27Z PWidergren 2988619 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PWidergren" />{{rh||KINGS OF NORWAY.|47}}</noinclude>and however warlike and numerous we may conceive these invaders to have been, they could he but a handful compared to the numbers of the old indigenous inhabitants. They of necessity, and for security, had to settle as they had conquered, in military array, under local military chiefs whose banners they had followed in war, and were, for safety and mutual protection, obliged to rally around in peace. The people had the same military duties to perform to their chiefs, and their chiefs to the general commander or king, as in the field. They were, in fact, an army in cantonments in an enemy's country; and this, which is the feudal system, is the natural system of social arrangement in every country taken possession of by invaders in spite of the indigenous original inhabitants. It is found in several provinces of India, in several of the South Sea Islands, and wheresoever men have come into a country and seized the land of the first occupants. But where there is none to disturb the invaders—where they are themselves the first occupants, this military arrangement is unnecessary, and therefore unnatural. The first invaders of Scandinavia have entered into an unhinhabited or unappropriated country, or if inhabited, it has been by a wandering or very unwarlike population, like the present Laplanders, or the Fenni of Tacitus. We are entitled to draw this conclusion from the circumstance that these invaders did not occupy and sit down in the country feudally. Each man possessed his lot of land without reference to or acknowledgment of any other man,—without any local chief to whom his military service or other quit-rent for his land was due,—without tenure from, or duty or obligation to any superior, real or fictitious, except the general sovereign. The individual settler held his land, as his descendants in Norway still express it, by the same right as the king held his crown—by udal<noinclude></noinclude> 1fbqd9c32hyvtub0bvrkz18ut7t2ieu Page:The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 1.djvu/62 104 2673173 14127945 9099930 2024-04-25T14:39:00Z PWidergren 2988619 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PWidergren" />{{rh|48|CHRONICLE OF THE|}}</noinclude>right, or adel,—that is, noble right; subject to no feudal burden, servitude, escheat, or forfeiture to a superior from any feudal casualty. This was the natural arrangement of society, and the natural principle of possession in a country not previously occupied, and in which the settlers had consequently no reason for submitting to feudal obligations and to a military organisation. When the very same people, these unfeudalised Northmen, came to conquer and settle in Normandy, in a country appropriated and peopled, and which they had to defend as well as to invade and occupy, they naturally adopted the feudal social arrangement necessary for their security, and maintained it in all its rigour. In the very same century the kinsmen of the same chief, Rolf Ganger, who was conquering and feudally occupying Normandy, came to settle in Iceland, where they had no occasion for the military organisation and principle of the feudal system in the unappropriated, uninhabited island; and they occupied it not feudally, but, as their ancestors had occupied the mother country itself, udally. The udal landowners, although exempt from all feudal services, exactions, or obligations to any other man as their local chief, or, in feudal language, the superior of their lands, were by no means exempt from services or taxes to the king or general chief, who was udal-born to the sovereignty of the whole or of a part of the country, and was acknowledged by the Thing or assembly of the landowners of the district. The kingly power was as great as in any feudally constituted country, either for calling out men and ships for his military expeditions abroad or at home, or for raising taxes. The scatt was a fixed land-tax, paid to the king either in money or in kind, that is, in natural products of the land, and was collected by his officers yearly in each district, or even let for a proportion of the amount to his friends or lendermen<noinclude></noinclude> 0t7mrejssrqdib6sphan1a8eqiohcl2 Page:The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 1.djvu/63 104 2673175 14127970 9099932 2024-04-25T15:01:46Z PWidergren 2988619 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PWidergren" />{{rh||KINGS OF NORWAY.|49}}</noinclude>during life or pleasure. This class of lendermen appears to have been the nearest approach to a feudal class in their social arrangements; but the ''lend'' was a temporary, not an hereditary holding, and was not accompanied by any feudal privileges or baronial powers. The kings also received in their royal progresses through the country free lodging and entertainment for themselves and a certain fixed number of ''herdmen'', that is a court, for a certain fixed number of days in each district. All the most minute particulars of the supplies which each farm or little estate—for each little farm was a distinct udal estate—had to furnish, the turns in which each locality was liable to this entertaining of the king and court, the time and numbers of the court followers to be entertained, were matters of fixed law, and settled by the Things of each district. In these circuits the kings assembled the district Things, and with the assistance of the lögman, who appears to have been a local judge, either hereditary or appointed by the Thing, settled disputes between parties, and fixed the amount of money compensation or fine to be paid to the injured party. All offences and crimes, from the murder of the king himself down to the very slightest injury, or infraction of law, were valued and compensated for in money, and divided in certain portions between the party injured, (or his next of kin if he was murdered,) and the king. The offender was an outlaw until he, or his friends for him, had paid the mulct or compensation, and could be slain, without any mulct or fine for his murder. The friends of the injured or murdered party could refuse to accept of any compensation in money, but could lawfully wait an opportunity, and take their revenge in kind. The king could only remit his own share of the mulct, but not that of the friends of the murdered party; and not to revenge an injury received and not compromised by a compen-<noinclude></noinclude> htf80red89gmxxj3n7jqwjkxb2ki4nq Page:The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 1.djvu/64 104 2673176 14128010 9922789 2024-04-25T15:12:10Z PWidergren 2988619 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PWidergren" />{{rvh|50|{{smaller|KINGS OF NORWAY.}}|{{Smaller|CHRONICLE OF THE}}}}</noinclude>sation, appears to have been considered highly dishonourable. The revenues of the kings appear to have been drawn, in some considerable proportion, from this source. When not engaged in warfare they appear to have been subsisted, as their ordinary mode of living, on these royal circuits or progresses through the country. The kings had no fixed residence or palace in Norway; but had estates or royal domains in every district, and houses on them in which they could lodge for a time, and receive what was due for their entertainment in victuals from the neighbourhood; but these houses appear to have been no better mansions than the houses on any other estates, and the kings were usually lodged, with their courts, as well as subsisted, by the landowners or bonders. This usage of royal progresses for the subsistence of the royal household appears to have been introduced into England at the Norman, or rather at the previous Danish conquest; and the purveyance for it was a royal right, which continued to be exercised down to the end of Queen Elizabeth's reign. Before the introduction or general diffusion of writing, it is evident that a class of men whose sole occupation was to commit to memory and preserve the laws, usages, precedents, and details of all those civil affairs and rights, and to whose fidelity in relating former transactions implicit confidence could be given, must of necessity have existed in society—must have been in every locality; and from the vast number and variety of details in every district, and the great interests of every community, must have been esteemed and recompensed in proportion to their importance in such a social state. This class were the scalds—the men who were the living books, to be referred to in every case of law or property in which the past had to be applied to the present. Before the introduction of Christianity, and with<noinclude></noinclude> njsneljbk70nq6dupxow0999s9dtoeg Index:The lovers' riddle (bod16175).png 106 2675237 14131344 11214028 2024-04-26T09:13:04Z Tylopous 3013532 validated (April 2024) proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=[[The Lovers' Riddle]] |Language=en |Volume= |Author= |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher= |Address= |Year= |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=png |Image=1 |Progress=T |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date=April 2024 |Pages=[[Page:The lovers' riddle (bod16175).png|1]] |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} jth7l41m4ld1xy0z6i2auv1iun6qjng Page:The lovers' riddle (bod16175).png 104 2675258 14131343 9105696 2024-04-26T09:12:42Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>[[File:The lovers' riddle (bod16175) (cropped).png|center|200px]] {{c|{{xx-larger|'''The Lovers' Riddle.'''}}}} {{center block/s}} A nobleman's fair daughter rode down a narrow lane,<br /> She met with Mr. Woodburn a keeper of the game,<br /> He said unto his servant, if it were not for the law,<br /> I'd have that maid within my bed, and she'd lie next the wall. Go away young man she says and do not trouble me,<br /> Before I lie one night with you, you must get me dishes three,<br /> Three dishes you must get for me, suppose I eat them all,<br /> Before I lie one night with you, at either stock or wall. It's for my breakfast you must get a bird without a bone,<br /> And for my dinner you must get a cherry without a stone,<br /> And for my supper you must get a bird without a gall,<br /> Before I lie one night with you, at either stock or wall.<br /> When the bird is in the egg, it really has no bone,<br /> When the cherry is in the blossom it really has no stone,<br /> The dove she is a gentle bird, she flies without a gall<br /> So you and I in bed must lie, and you lie next the wall. Then go away young man she says and do not me perplex,<br /> Before I lie one night with you, you must answer me questions six—<br /> Six questions you must answer me, when I set forth them all,<br /> Before I lie one night with you, at either stock or wall. What's rounder than a ring, what is higher than a tree,<br /> Or what is worse than woman-kind, what's deeper than the sea,<br /> What bird sings best, what tree buds first, or where the dew first falls,<br /> Before I lie one night with you at either stock or wall. The globe is rounder than a ring, heaven is higher than a tree<br /> The d—l's worse than woman-kind, hell's deeper than the sea,<br /> What bird sings best, what tree buds first, or, where the dew first falls,<br /> Before I lie one night with you at either stock or wall. You must get for me some winter fruit that in December grew,<br /> You must get for me a mantle that weft never went through<br /> A sparrow's horn a Priest unborn, to join us both in one,<br /> Before I lie one night with you at either stock or wall. My father has some winter fruit that in December grew,<br /> My mother has a mantle that weft never went through;<br /> A sparrow's horn is easily got there is one in every claw,<br /> Melchiesidech was a Priest unborn, so you lie next the wall. Now to conclude and make an end unto my funny theme;<br /> This couple they got married and happy does remain,<br /> Because she was so clever his heart she did enthrall,<br /> He took her in his arms and rolled her from the wall. {{center block/e}} {{c|''Moore, {{SIC|Pirnter|Printer}}, Castle court.''}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> rh2ba6532c4g1n3cu1640toolzlmvwv Ottawa Illustrated 0 2689429 14128080 10797050 2024-04-25T15:47:39Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 added [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Ottawa Illustrated | author = Charles Henry Thorburn | translator = | section = | previous = | next = | year = 1900 | notes = | portal = Ottawa }} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=1 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=3 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=5 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=7 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=9 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=11 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=13 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=15 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=17 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=19 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=21 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=23 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=25 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=27 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=29 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=31 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=33 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=35 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=37 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=39 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=41 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=43 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=45 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=47 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=49 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=51 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=53 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=55 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=57 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=59 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=61 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=63 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=65 /> {{padded page break}} <pages index="Ottawa Illustrated.djvu" include=67 /> {{PD-US}} {{PD-Canada}} [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] aa7a81o6o8dub0lhhv3ndg5jgf5psux Category:Andhra Pradesh 14 2700750 14129946 10111614 2024-04-25T20:23:16Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Table Modernization wikitext text/x-wiki {{plain sister}} {|style="border-spacing:1px;" |- |style="padding:1px" [[Image:Andhra Pradesh in India (disputed hatched).svg|thumb|Andhra Pradesh map]] |} [[Category:States of India]] modpzjh99riofscsz0pbugoho5hdc6c 14129949 14129946 2024-04-25T20:23:30Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{plain sister}} {|style="border-spacing:1px;" |- |style="padding:1px"|[[Image:Andhra Pradesh in India (disputed hatched).svg|thumb|Andhra Pradesh map]] |} [[Category:States of India]] lxl19eliayu0jlyrchx260u8zthbv57 Page:The Most Excellent and Lamentable Tragedie of Romeo and Iuliet (1623).djvu/13 104 2709118 14130354 13071376 2024-04-26T00:19:03Z Jstoryhead 3130759 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Jstoryhead" />{{c|''of Romeo and Iuliet.''}} {{dent/s|0|1em}}</noinclude>{{c|''Enter Tibalt.''}} ''Tibalt.'' What art thou drawne among the{{ls}}e hartle{{ls}}{{ls}}e hinds:<br/> turne thee ''Benuolio'', looke vpon thy death. ''Ben.'' I doe but keepe the peace, put vp thy {{ls}}word,<br/> or mannage it to part the{{ls}}e men with me. ''Tib.'' What drawne and talke of peace? I hate the word,<br/> as I hate hell, all ''Mountagues'' and thee:<br/> Haue at thee coward. {{c|''Enter three or foure Citizens with clubs or party{{ls}}ons.''}} ''Offi.'' Clubs, Billes and Party{{ls}}ons, {{ls}}trike, beate them downe,<br/> Downe with the ''Capulets'', downe with the ''Mountagues''. {{c|''Enter old'' Capulet ''in his gowne, and his Wife.''}} ''Capu.'' What noy{{ls}}e is this? giue me my long {{ls}}word hoe, ''Wife.'' A crowch, a crowch, why call you for a {{ls}}word? ''Cap.'' My {{ls}}word I {{ls}}ay, old ''Mountague'' is come,<br/> And flori{{ls}}hes his blade in {{ls}}pight of me. {{c|''Enter old'' Mountague ''and his Wife.''}} ''Moun.'' Thou villaine ''Capulet'', hold me not, let me goe. M.''Wife.'' 2. Thou {{ls}}halt not {{ls}}tir one foote to {{ls}}eeke a foe. {{c|''Enter Prince'' Eskales, ''with his traine.''}} ''Prince.'' Rebellious {{ls}}ubiects enemies to peace,<br/> Prophaners of this neighbour-{{ls}}tained {{ls}}teele,<br/> Will they not heare? what ho, you men, you bea{{ls}}ts:<br/> That quench the fire of your pernicious rage,<br/> With purple fountaines i{{ls}}{{ls}}uing from your veines:<br/> On paine of torture, from tho{{ls}}e bloudy hands,<br/> Throw your mi{{ls}}tempered weapons to the ground,<br/> And heare the {{ls}}entence of your moued Prince,<br/> Three ciuill brawles bred of an ayrie word,<br/> By thee old ''Capulet'' and ''Mountague'',<br/> Haue thrice di{{ls}}turbde the quiet of our {{ls}}treets,<br/> And made ''Veronas'' auncient Citizens,<br/> Call by their graue be{{ls}}eeming ornaments,<br/> To wield old partisans, in hands as old,<br/> Cancred with peace, to party our cancred hate;<br/> If euer you di{{ls}}turbe our {{ls}}treets againe,<br/> Your liues {{ls}}hall pay the forfeit of the peace,<br/><noinclude>{{dent/e}} {{rh||A 3|For}}</noinclude> r59vgwldvupma6qz8p0upkhq4aa0gnk Page:The Most Excellent and Lamentable Tragedie of Romeo and Iuliet (1623).djvu/14 104 2709186 14130358 13071377 2024-04-26T00:23:43Z Jstoryhead 3130759 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Einstein95" />{{c|''The mo{{ls}}t Lamentable Tragedie''}} {{dent/s|0|0}}</noinclude>For this time all the re{{ls}}t depart away:<br/> You ''Capulet'' {{ls}}hall goe along with me,<br/> And ''Mountague'' come you this afternoons,<br/> To know our farther plea{{ls}}ure in this ca{{ls}}e:<br/> To old Free-towne, our common judgement place:<br/> Once more on paine or death, all men depart. {{dent/e}} {{right|''Exeunt.''}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} ''Mount.'' Who {{ls}}et this auncient quarrell new abroach?<br/> Speake Nephew, were you by, when it began? ''Ben.'' Here were the {{ls}}eruants of your aduer{{ls}}arie<br/> And yours clo{{ls}}e fighting ere I did approach,<br/> I drew to part them, in the in{{ls}}tant came<br/> The fiery ''Tibalt'', with his {{ls}}word prepard,<br/> Which as he breath'd defiance to my eares,<br/> He {{ls}}wong about his head and cut the windes,<br/> Who nothing hurt withall, hi{{ls}}t him in {{ls}}corne:<br/> While we were enterchanging thru{{ls}}t and blowes,<br/> Came more and more, and fought on part and part,<br/> Till the Prince came, who parted either part. ''Wife.'' O where is ''Romeo'', {{ls}}aw you him to day?<br/> Right glad am I, he was not at this fray. ''Ben.'' Madam, an houre before the wor{{ls}}hipt Sunne.<br/> Peerde forth the Golden window of the Ea{{ls}}t,<br/> A troubled mind draue mee to walke abroad,<br/> Where vnderneath the groue of Syramour,<br/> That We{{ls}}tward rooteth from this City {{ls}}ide:<br/> So early walking did I {{ls}}ee your {{ls}}onne,<br/> Towards him I made, but hee was ware of mee,<br/> And {{ls}}tole into the couert of the wood,<br/> I mea{{ls}}uring his affections by my owne,<br/> Which then mo{{ls}}t {{ls}}ought, where mo{{ls}}t might not be found:<br/> Being one to many by my weary {{ls}}elfe,<br/> Pur{{ls}}ued my humour, not pur{{ls}}uing his,<br/> And gladly {{ls}}hunned, who gladly fled from me. ''Mount.'' Many a morning hath he there beene {{ls}}eene,<br/> With teares augmenting the fre{{ls}}h mornings deaw,<br/> Adding to cloudes, more clouds with his deepe {{ls}}ighes,<br/><noinclude>{{dent/e}} {{rh|||But}}</noinclude> loj8kuem5epqfj7ukn90z1enrd5jiwu Page:The Most Excellent and Lamentable Tragedie of Romeo and Iuliet (1623).djvu/15 104 2709892 14130360 13071380 2024-04-26T00:25:58Z Jstoryhead 3130759 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Jstoryhead" />{{c|''of Romeo and Iuliet.''}} {{dent/s|0|0}}</noinclude>But all {{ls}}o {{ls}}oone as the all cheering Sunne,<br/> Should in the farthe{{ls}}t Ea{{ls}}t begin to draw,<br/> The {{ls}}hadie curtaines from ''Auroras'' bed,<br/> Away from light {{ls}}teales home my heauy {{ls}}onne,<br/> And priuate in his Chamber pennes him{{ls}}elfe,<br/> Shuts vp his windowes, locks faire day-light out,<br/> And makes him{{ls}}elfe an artificiall night,<br/> Blacke and protendous mu{{ls}}t this humour proue,<br/> Vnle{{ls}}{{ls}}e good Coun{{ls}}ell may the cau{{ls}}e remoue. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} ''Ben.'' My noble vncle doe you know the cau{{ls}}e? ''Moun.'' I neither know it, nor can learne of him. ''Ben.'' Haue you importunde him by any meanes? ''Moun.'' Both by my {{ls}}elfe and many other friends,<br/> But hee his owne affections Coun{{ls}}eller,<br/> Is to him{{ls}}elfe (I will not {{ls}}ay how true)<br/> But to him{{ls}}elfe {{ls}}o {{ls}}ecret and {{ls}}o clo{{ls}}e,<br/> So farre from founding and di{{ls}}couery.<br/> As is the bud bit with an enuious worme,<br/> Ere hee can {{ls}}pread his {{ls}}weete leaues to the ayre,<br/> Or dedicate his beauty to the {{ls}}ame.<br/> Could we but learne from whence his {{ls}}orrowes grow,<br/> We would as willingly giue cure, as know. {{c|''Enter'' Romeo.}} ''Benu.'' See where hee comes, {{ls}}o plea{{ls}}e you {{ls}}tep a{{ls}}ide,<br/> He know his greeuance or bee much denide. ''Moun.'' I would thou wert{{ls}}o happy by thy {{ls}}tay,<br/> To heare true thrift, come Madam lets away. {{right|''Extant''}} ''Benuel.'' Good morrow Cou{{ls}}in. ''Romeo.'' Is the day {{ls}}o young? ''Ben.'' But new {{ls}}trooke nine. ''Romeo.'' Ay me {{ls}}ad houres {{ls}}eeme long:<br/> Was that my father that went hence {{ls}}o fa{{ls}}t? ''Ben.'' It was: what {{ls}}adne{{ls}}{{ls}}e lengthens ''Romeos'' houres? ''Rom.'' Not hauing that, which hauing, makes them {{ls}}hort. ''Ben.'' In loue. ''Romeo.'' Out. ''Ben.'' Of loue. {{nop}}<noinclude>{{dent/e}} {{rh|||''Rom.''}}</noinclude> ep3hichoxmlcfv7pb4kh1jwtbkq9gj8 14130389 14130360 2024-04-26T00:48:29Z Jstoryhead 3130759 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Jstoryhead" />{{c|''of Romeo and Iuliet.''}} {{dent/s|0|0}}</noinclude>But all {{ls}}o {{ls}}oone as the all cheering Sunne,<br/> Should in the farthe{{ls}}t Ea{{ls}}t begin to draw,<br/> The {{ls}}hadie curtaines from ''Auroras'' bed,<br/> Away from light {{ls}}teales home my heauy {{ls}}onne,<br/> And priuate in his Chamber pennes him{{ls}}elfe,<br/> Shuts vp his windowes, locks faire day-light out,<br/> And makes him{{ls}}elfe an artificiall night,<br/> Blacke and protendous mu{{ls}}t this humour proue,<br/> Vnle{{ls}}{{ls}}e good Coun{{ls}}ell may the cau{{ls}}e remoue. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} ''Ben.'' My noble vncle doe you know the cau{{ls}}e? ''Moun.'' I neither know it, nor can learne of him. ''Ben.'' Haue you importunde him by any meanes? ''Moun.'' Both by my {{ls}}elfe and many other friends,<br/> But hee his owne affections Coun{{ls}}eller,<br/> Is to him{{ls}}elfe (I will not {{ls}}ay how true)<br/> But to him{{ls}}elfe {{ls}}o {{ls}}ecret and {{ls}}o clo{{ls}}e,<br/> So farre from founding and di{{ls}}couery.<br/> As is the bud bit with an enuious worme,<br/> Ere hee can {{ls}}pread his {{ls}}weete leaues to the ayre,<br/> Or dedicate his beauty to the {{ls}}ame.<br/> Could we but learne from whence his {{ls}}orrowes grow,<br/> We would as willingly giue cure, as know. {{c|''Enter'' Romeo.}} ''Benu.'' See where hee comes, {{ls}}o plea{{ls}}e you {{ls}}tep a{{ls}}ide,<br/> He know his greeuance or bee much denide. ''Moun.'' I would thou wert{{ls}}o happy by thy {{ls}}tay,<br/> To heare true thrift, come Madam lets away. {{right|''Exeunt''}} ''Benuel.'' Good morrow Cou{{ls}}in. ''Romeo.'' Is the day {{ls}}o young? ''Ben.'' But new {{ls}}trooke nine. ''Romeo.'' Ay me {{ls}}ad houres {{ls}}eeme long:<br/> Was that my father that went hence {{ls}}o fa{{ls}}t? ''Ben.'' It was: what {{ls}}adne{{ls}}{{ls}}e lengthens ''Romeos'' houres? ''Rom.'' Not hauing that, which hauing, makes them {{ls}}hort. ''Ben.'' In loue. ''Romeo.'' Out. ''Ben.'' Of loue. {{nop}}<noinclude>{{dent/e}} {{rh|||''Rom.''}}</noinclude> iu72r9defuccr1yx42am4aiybagyez0 Author:Elijah Fenton 102 2713816 14128526 11154610 2024-04-25T17:49:45Z Chrisguise 2855804 wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = Elijah | lastname = Fenton | last_initial = Fe | description = English poet and educator. }} ==Works== * ''[[The Poetical Works of Elijah Fenton]]'' (1705) {{ssl|The Poetical Works of Elijah Fenton (1779).djvu}} * [https://archive.org/details/mariamnetragedya01fentuoft/page/n8 ''Mariamne, a tragedy''] (1794) * ''Life of John Milton'' in [https://archive.org/details/poeticalworksjo02fentgoog/page/n8 ''The Poetical Works of John Milton''] (1815), in 3 vols. ==Work about Fenton== * [[The Lives of the Most Eminent English Poets/Volume 3/Fenton|"Elijah Fenton"]] in [[The Lives of the Most Eminent English Poets/Volume 3|''The lives of the most eminent English poets: with critical observations on their works'']] (1783), by [[author:Samuel Johnson (1709-1784)|Samuel Johnson]], [[The Lives of the Most Eminent English Poets/Volume 3/Fenton|Volume 3]], pp.93-105. * {{DNB link|Fenton, Elijah}} * {{SBDEL link|Fenton, Elijah}} * {{EB1911 link|Fenton, Elijah}} {{PD-old}} {{authority control}} kk975ppk219hmyl2cqn8oiklpzif1pw 14128530 14128526 2024-04-25T17:52:21Z Chrisguise 2855804 wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = Elijah | lastname = Fenton | last_initial = Fe | description = English poet and educator. }} ==Works== * ''[[The Poetical Works of Elijah Fenton]]'' (1779) {{ssl|The Poetical Works of Elijah Fenton (1779).djvu}} * [https://archive.org/details/mariamnetragedya01fentuoft/page/n8 ''Mariamne, a tragedy''] (1794) * ''Life of John Milton'' in [https://archive.org/details/poeticalworksjo02fentgoog/page/n8 ''The Poetical Works of John Milton''] (1815), in 3 vols. ==Work about Fenton== * [[The Lives of the Most Eminent English Poets/Volume 3/Fenton|"Elijah Fenton"]] in [[The Lives of the Most Eminent English Poets/Volume 3|''The lives of the most eminent English poets: with critical observations on their works'']] (1783), by [[author:Samuel Johnson (1709-1784)|Samuel Johnson]], [[The Lives of the Most Eminent English Poets/Volume 3/Fenton|Volume 3]], pp.93-105. * {{DNB link|Fenton, Elijah}} * {{SBDEL link|Fenton, Elijah}} * {{EB1911 link|Fenton, Elijah}} {{PD-old}} {{authority control}} rd77hk74yio5flebhf7yu33vii7ora1 Page:Biodiversity Assessment of the Fishes of Saba Bank Atoll, Netherlands Antilles.pdf/34 104 2738527 14127830 13309548 2024-04-25T13:51:00Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Tâl" /></noinclude>combination of visual surveys, ichthyocide sampling using SCUBA, and various fishing techniques must be employed to effectively assess fish-species richness in marine habitats shallow enough to be accessible to SCUBA divers. {{anchor|Table 1}}'''Table 1'''. Number of fishes recorded at well sampled sites in the Greater Caribbean.<table class="__table2"><tr><th>Site</th><th>No. fish species</th><th >Source</th></tr><tr><td >Alligator Reef, FL</td><td >517</td><td >Starck {{refl|12}}</td></tr><tr><td >Dry Tortugas, FL</td><td >442</td><td >Longley & Hildebrand {{refl|13}}</td></tr><tr><td >Bermuda</td><td >433</td><td >Smith-Vaniz et al {{refl|14}}</td></tr><tr><td >St. Croix</td><td >400</td><td >Clavijo et al {{refl|15}}</td></tr><tr><td >Barrier Reef, Belize</td><td >339</td><td >C.L. Smith et al {{refl|9}}</td></tr><tr><td >Offshore Banks, Belize</td><td >293</td><td >C.L. Smith et al {{refl|9}}</td></tr><tr><td >Oceanic Atolls, Colombia</td><td >273</td><td >Mejia et al {{refl|16}}</td></tr><tr><td >Saba Bank</td><td >270</td><td >This paper</td></tr><tr><td >Buck Island Reef</td><td >262</td><td >Smith-Vaniz et al {{refl|8}}</td></tr><tr><td >Mona Passage Islands, Puerto Rico</td><td >261</td><td >Dennis et al {{refl|7}}</td></tr><tr><td >Flower Garden Bank Nat. Mar. Sanctuary, Texas, USA</td><td >240</td><td >E. Hickerson, NOAA, pers. comm., Dec. 2009</td></tr><tr><td >Navassa Island, USA</td><td >237</td><td >Collette et al {{refl|6}}</td></tr><tr><td >Rhomboidal Cays, Belize</td><td >193</td><td >C.L. Smith et al {{refl|9}}</td></tr><tr><td >Core Pelican Cays, Belize</td><td >168</td><td >C.L. Smith et al {{refl|9}}</td></tr><tr><td >Peripheral Rhomboidal Cays, Belize</td><td >123</td><td >C.L. Smith et al {{refl|9}}</td></tr></table> {{smaller|10.1371/journal.pone.0010676.t001}} The number of fish species living on Saba Bank is undoubtedly higher than 270 as indicated by Chao2 and Jack1 estimators. As most parts of Saba Bank are deeper than 25 m, sampling with ichthyocides using SCUBA is limited by the reduced bottom time at these depths. As a result we focused primarily on the rim (shallowest parts) of the submerged atoll to maximize bottom time for collecting. Future sampling with ichthyocides applied by divers utilizing rebreathers, supplemented with trawl and dredge sampling would allow collecting from the outer slopes and would certainly yield additional new and interesting species of fishes from this submerged atoll. [[File:Species-accrual curve for dives on Saba Bank - pone.0010676.g201.png|thumb|400px|center|'''Figure 201. Actual species-accrual curve (black dots) for 38 dives collecting and identifying fish species on Saba Bank.Sobs (Mao Tau) 95% confidence intervals {{refl|8}} are shown as light blue dashed lines.'''<br />doi:10.137/journal.pone.0010676.g201]] {{larger|'''Methods'''}} The NMNH/SI Animal Care and Use Committee approved the methods and procedures utilized during the course of this biodiversity assessment project. All Saba Bank projects had collecting permits through the Convention on Trade in Endangered Species (CITES, where necessary) and the Saba Conservation Foundation (where CITES was not required). Roving surveys were completed using SCUBA and lasted 60 minutes, bottom time permitting. All species encountered were listed on a slate while swimming in a haphazard pattern covering all bottom depths possible down to a maximum of 38 m. Other visual surveys are described in Toller et al {{refl|5}}. Collecting methods follow Collette et al {{refl|6}}. Species were photographed in aquaria after the fins were pinned out and brushed with formaldehyde solution. Tissue samples were taken from fresh specimens and the voucher specimens were preserved in a formaldehyde solution diluted with water to 3.75% formaldehyde. Large specimens were also injected with 37.5% formaldehyde before being soaked in the 3.75% formaldehyde solution. After arrival at the Museum Support Center (MSC), National Museum of Natural History, specimens were transferred sequentially through water-diluted solutions of 25% ethanol, 50% ethanol, and finally into 75% ethanol for permanent archival storage. Specimens were then processed and cataloged into the USNM at the MSC in Suitland, MD. To generate species-accumulation curves, a data matrix of presence/absence was constructed from 38 combined roving surveys, rotenone collections, and fish-habitat transects using species as variables and dives as observations ([[#Table_2|Table 2]] provides details for each survey and collecting station). The matrix was employed for actual and expected species-accumulation curves <includeonly>(Mao Tau) in EstimateS v.8.0 software {{refl|10}}. Total expected richness was estimated using Chao2 and Jack1 estimators.</includeonly><noinclude></noinclude> cy61136nlad6juy56cwwbp56bohx4z0 Page:Biodiversity Assessment of the Fishes of Saba Bank Atoll, Netherlands Antilles.pdf/35 104 2738528 14127773 11668428 2024-04-25T12:39:27Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Tâl" /></noinclude>{{anchor|Table 2}}'''Table 2.''' Collecting stations occupied on Saba Bank, 2006-2007. <table class="__table2"> <tr><td >Station number</td><td >Roving & Rotenone</td><td >Coordinates</td><td >Date</td><td >Depth (m)</td><td >Local name</td><td >Description of habitat</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-01</td><td >RR01</td><td >17o28.778N; 63o13.663W</td><td >04 Jan 2006</td><td >30</td><td >North East Reef</td><td >N.E. reefs, just S of Poison Bank. Spur and groove reef, low relief, many algae (Dictyota)-rotenoned a groove in reef with sand at bottom, walls of groove with low corals</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-02</td><td >RR02</td><td >17o26.883N; 63o54.055W</td><td >05 Jan 2006</td><td >38</td><td >Small Bank South</td><td >Small Bank South. Scattered corals, many ''Xestospongia''. Nassau grouper, yellowfin grouper, and black grouper sighted. Nurse shark-rotenoned area with encrusting corals</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-03</td><td >RR03</td><td >17o25.778N; 63o41.037W</td><td >05 Jan 2006</td><td >35</td><td >Rhodolith Reef</td><td >Western patch reef, many rodoliths-rotenoned a flat area with sponges and rubble bottom</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-04</td><td ></td><td> 17o18.557N; 63o22.019W</td><td align="left" rowspan="1" colspan="1">05 Jan 2006</td><td >35</td><td ></td><td >Fish Trap- Local Fishermen</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-05</td><td >RR04</td><td >17o24.602N; 63o11.748W</td><td >06 Jan 2006</td><td >27</td><td >Redman Bulge</td><td >Eastern reef, spur and groove, medium height, many algae (dictyota)</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-06</td><td >RR05</td><td >17o26.028N; 63o16.536W</td><td >06 Jan 2006</td><td >22</td><td >Seaweed city</td><td >pavement covered with ca. 10 cm sand layer, ''Pseudopterogorgia'', many algae species</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-07</td><td ></td><td >17o33.697N; 63o46.949W</td><td ></td><td >0-1</td><td ></td><td >Caught on hook and line while trolling over Saba Bank</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-08</td><td >RR06</td><td >17o33.092N; 63o28.758W</td><td >07 Jan 2006</td><td >37</td><td >Grouper Bank</td><td >bare pavement, occasional solution holes, Manicinias, many conch (old)</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-09</td><td >RR07</td><td >17o34.893N; 63o24.400W</td><td >07 Jan 2006</td><td >30</td><td >Rendezvous Hill</td><td >pavement with corals, low relief-rotenoned a low-relief coral reef with soft and hard corals, and sponges</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-10</td><td ></td><td >17o25.883N; 63o21.874W</td><td >08 Jan 2006</td><td >0-1</td><td ></td><td >Caught on hook and line while trolling over Saba Bank</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-11</td><td >RR08</td><td >17o14.070N; 63o26.915W</td><td >08 Jan 2006</td><td >25</td><td >Butterfly Reef</td><td >Southern outer reef. Spur and groove, medium height (2-3 ft)</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-12</td><td >RR09</td><td >17o14.380N; 63o26.915W</td><td >08 Jan 2006</td><td >18</td><td >Brain coral reef</td><td >Southern inner reef, rock pavement, scattered corals</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-13</td><td >RR10</td><td >17o33.801N; 63o17.806W</td><td >09 Jan 2006</td><td >32</td><td >Fishpot surprise</td><td >sloping pavement with ledges, sand patches and large rubble, algae, scattered corals-rotenoned an area with sand and loose rock at base of rocky slope with brown algae abundant.</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-14</td><td ></td><td >17o33.970N; 63o17.227W</td><td >09 Jan 2006</td><td >40</td><td ></td><td >Fish Trap</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-15</td><td ></td><td >17o33.897N; 63o17.730W</td><td >09 Jan 2006</td><td >40</td><td ></td><td >Fish Trap</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-16</td><td ></td><td >17o33.878N; 63o17.168W</td><td >10 Jan 2006</td><td >40</td><td ></td><td >Fish Trap</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-17</td><td >RR11</td><td >17o33.849N; 63o17.872W</td><td >10 Jan 2006</td><td >26</td><td >Lost anchor</td><td >Sloping pavement, patches of large rubble, algae, scattered corals; red hind spawning area</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-18</td><td ></td><td >17o33.837N; 63o17.962W</td><td >10 Jan 2006</td><td >30</td><td ></td><td >Fish Trap</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-19</td><td >RR12</td><td >17o33.686N; 63o17.629W</td><td >10 Jan 2006</td><td >26</td><td >Moonfish Bank</td><td >Sloping pavement, sand patches, large rubble, algae, scattered corals; red hind spawning area</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-20</td><td ></td><td >17o30.751N; 63o13.632W</td><td >12 Jan 2006</td><td >29</td><td >Poison Bank</td><td >Rotenone</td></tr> <tr><td >Saba-06-21</td><td ></td><td >17o28.046N; 63o14.978W</td><td >12 Jan 2006</td><td >19</td><td ></td><td >Rotenone-northeastern shallow flats</td></tr> <tr><td >Saba-06-22</td><td ></td><td >17o26.390N; 63o27.776W</td><td >13 Jan 2006</td><td >26</td><td ></td><td >Rotenone-flat bottom in central area of bank</td></tr><noinclude></table></noinclude> gt3d0zxr6zog2o31l4dv1x9wxpv5016 14127780 14127773 2024-04-25T12:49:30Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Tâl" /></noinclude>{{anchor|Table 2}}'''Table 2.''' Collecting stations occupied on Saba Bank, 2006-2007. <table class="__table2"> <tr><th>Station number</th><th>Roving & Rotenone</th><th>Coordinates</th> <th>Date</th><th>Depth (m)</th> <th>Local name</th> <th>Description of habitat</th></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-01</td><td >RR01</td><td >17o28.778N; 63o13.663W</td><td >04 Jan 2006</td><td >30</td><td >North East Reef</td><td >N.E. reefs, just S of Poison Bank. Spur and groove reef, low relief, many algae (Dictyota)-rotenoned a groove in reef with sand at bottom, walls of groove with low corals</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-02</td><td >RR02</td><td >17o26.883N; 63o54.055W</td><td >05 Jan 2006</td><td >38</td><td >Small Bank South</td><td >Small Bank South. Scattered corals, many ''Xestospongia''. Nassau grouper, yellowfin grouper, and black grouper sighted. Nurse shark-rotenoned area with encrusting corals</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-03</td><td >RR03</td><td >17o25.778N; 63o41.037W</td><td >05 Jan 2006</td><td >35</td><td >Rhodolith Reef</td><td >Western patch reef, many rodoliths-rotenoned a flat area with sponges and rubble bottom</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-04</td><td ></td><td> 17o18.557N; 63o22.019W</td><td align="left" rowspan="1" colspan="1">05 Jan 2006</td><td >35</td><td ></td><td >Fish Trap- Local Fishermen</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-05</td><td >RR04</td><td >17o24.602N; 63o11.748W</td><td >06 Jan 2006</td><td >27</td><td >Redman Bulge</td><td >Eastern reef, spur and groove, medium height, many algae (dictyota)</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-06</td><td >RR05</td><td >17o26.028N; 63o16.536W</td><td >06 Jan 2006</td><td >22</td><td >Seaweed city</td><td >pavement covered with ca. 10 cm sand layer, ''Pseudopterogorgia'', many algae species</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-07</td><td ></td><td >17o33.697N; 63o46.949W</td><td ></td><td >0-1</td><td ></td><td >Caught on hook and line while trolling over Saba Bank</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-08</td><td >RR06</td><td >17o33.092N; 63o28.758W</td><td >07 Jan 2006</td><td >37</td><td >Grouper Bank</td><td >bare pavement, occasional solution holes, Manicinias, many conch (old)</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-09</td><td >RR07</td><td >17o34.893N; 63o24.400W</td><td >07 Jan 2006</td><td >30</td><td >Rendezvous Hill</td><td >pavement with corals, low relief-rotenoned a low-relief coral reef with soft and hard corals, and sponges</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-10</td><td ></td><td >17o25.883N; 63o21.874W</td><td >08 Jan 2006</td><td >0-1</td><td ></td><td >Caught on hook and line while trolling over Saba Bank</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-11</td><td >RR08</td><td >17o14.070N; 63o26.915W</td><td >08 Jan 2006</td><td >25</td><td >Butterfly Reef</td><td >Southern outer reef. Spur and groove, medium height (2-3 ft)</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-12</td><td >RR09</td><td >17o14.380N; 63o26.915W</td><td >08 Jan 2006</td><td >18</td><td >Brain coral reef</td><td >Southern inner reef, rock pavement, scattered corals</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-13</td><td >RR10</td><td >17o33.801N; 63o17.806W</td><td >09 Jan 2006</td><td >32</td><td >Fishpot surprise</td><td >sloping pavement with ledges, sand patches and large rubble, algae, scattered corals-rotenoned an area with sand and loose rock at base of rocky slope with brown algae abundant.</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-14</td><td ></td><td >17o33.970N; 63o17.227W</td><td >09 Jan 2006</td><td >40</td><td ></td><td >Fish Trap</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-15</td><td ></td><td >17o33.897N; 63o17.730W</td><td >09 Jan 2006</td><td >40</td><td ></td><td >Fish Trap</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-16</td><td ></td><td >17o33.878N; 63o17.168W</td><td >10 Jan 2006</td><td >40</td><td ></td><td >Fish Trap</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-17</td><td >RR11</td><td >17o33.849N; 63o17.872W</td><td >10 Jan 2006</td><td >26</td><td >Lost anchor</td><td >Sloping pavement, patches of large rubble, algae, scattered corals; red hind spawning area</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-18</td><td ></td><td >17o33.837N; 63o17.962W</td><td >10 Jan 2006</td><td >30</td><td ></td><td >Fish Trap</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-19</td><td >RR12</td><td >17o33.686N; 63o17.629W</td><td >10 Jan 2006</td><td >26</td><td >Moonfish Bank</td><td >Sloping pavement, sand patches, large rubble, algae, scattered corals; red hind spawning area</td></tr><tr><td >Saba-06-20</td><td ></td><td >17o30.751N; 63o13.632W</td><td >12 Jan 2006</td><td >29</td><td >Poison Bank</td><td >Rotenone</td></tr> <tr><td >Saba-06-21</td><td ></td><td >17o28.046N; 63o14.978W</td><td >12 Jan 2006</td><td >19</td><td ></td><td >Rotenone-northeastern shallow flats</td></tr> <tr><td >Saba-06-22</td><td ></td><td >17o26.390N; 63o27.776W</td><td >13 Jan 2006</td><td >26</td><td ></td><td >Rotenone-flat bottom in central area of bank</td></tr><noinclude></table></noinclude> nb4h2ucpsab3z31kj3c8xcf1acp9ccr Page:Biodiversity Assessment of the Fishes of Saba Bank Atoll, Netherlands Antilles.pdf/36 104 2738529 14127783 13309546 2024-04-25T12:53:37Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Tâl" />'''Table 2.''' Cont. <table class="__table2"> <tr><th>Station number</th><th>Roving & Rotenone</th><th>Coordinates</th> <th>Date</th><th>Depth (m)</th> <th>Local name</th> <th>Description of habitat</th></tr></noinclude><tr><td>Saba-06-23</td><td></td><td>17o30.580N; 63o27.595W</td><td>13 Jan 2006</td><td>28</td><td></td><td>Rotenone-flat bottom in central area of bank</td></tr><tr><td>Saba-06-24</td><td></td><td>17o20.766N; 63o15.008W</td><td>14 Jan 2006</td><td>31</td><td>Coral Garden</td><td>Rotenone-coral groove at top of steep outer dropoff on SE side of Saba Bank, rock, coral, and sponges, sand at bottom of groove.</td></tr><tr><td>Saba-06-25</td><td></td><td>17o21.162N; 63o15.138W</td><td14 Jan 2006</td><td>18</td><td></td><td>Rotenone-near Coral Garden at SE edge of Saba Bank, small ledge on edge of sand and rubble flat, gorgonians, coral and rock</td></tr><tr><td>Saba-06-26</td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td>No label with these-specimens taken at one or more of the other stations, but their locality labels were lost</td></tr><tr><td>Saba 2007-01</td><td></td><td>17.51206 N; 63.2332 W</td><td>20 Jun 2007</td><td>29-38</td><td></td><td>Poison Bank- rotenone-dead and live coral channel with rubble on deep reef.</td></tr><tr><td>Saba 2007-02</td><td></td><td>17.46028 N; 63.2517 W</td><td>20 Jun 2007</td><td>15-19</td><td></td><td>Twin Peaks- rotenone-algae covering rock and some sand on a low ridge</td></tr></table> {{smaller|10.1371/journal.pone.0010676.t002}} <noinclude>(Mao Tau) in EstimateS v.8.0 software {{refl|10}}. Total expected richness was estimated using Chao2 and Jack1 estimators. </noinclude>[[File:Saba Bank fish survey clustering of stations - pone.0010676.g202.png|thumb|400px|center|'''Figure 202. Hierarchical clustering dendrogram of stations showing significant differences (black bars) among fish assemblages at deep stations versus middle-depth and shallow stations (SIMPROF, ''P''<0.05).'''<br />doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0010676.g202]] A Bray-Curtis resemblance matrix was generated from a matrix of presence/absence data from 12 combined roving surveys and rotenone collections in order to produce a non-metric multidimensional scaling (MDS) ordination and group averaged hierarchical clustering dendrogram in PRIMER v. 6.1 software {{refl|11}}. The ANOSIM statistic was employed to test for ''a priori'' differences between habitat types and depth classes. A dendrogram based on group averaged hierarchical cluster techniques was used to illustrate the differences among depth classes (Figure 202). Color codes are derived from the similarity profile (SIMPROF) statistic in Primer 6.1. SIMPROF is less powerful than ANOSIM, intended for ''a posteriori'' tests of structure in the data. The test was employed here for representational purposes. A second data matrix of species presence and absence was introduced for an ''a posteriori'' test of genuine data structure among Caribbean localities, using the Bray-Curtis resemblance measure to determine the level<noinclude></noinclude> 1xj744ni1tnc8ezohu2857t32dt4t8l 14127784 14127783 2024-04-25T12:54:00Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Tâl" />'''Table 2.''' Cont. <table class="__table2"> <tr><th>Station number</th><th>Roving & Rotenone</th><th>Coordinates</th> <th>Date</th><th>Depth (m)</th> <th>Local name</th> <th>Description of habitat</th></tr></noinclude><tr><td>Saba-06-23</td><td></td><td>17o30.580N; 63o27.595W</td><td>13 Jan 2006</td><td>28</td><td></td><td>Rotenone-flat bottom in central area of bank</td></tr><tr><td>Saba-06-24</td><td></td><td>17o20.766N; 63o15.008W</td><td>14 Jan 2006</td><td>31</td><td>Coral Garden</td><td>Rotenone-coral groove at top of steep outer dropoff on SE side of Saba Bank, rock, coral, and sponges, sand at bottom of groove.</td></tr><tr><td>Saba-06-25</td><td></td><td>17o21.162N; 63o15.138W</td><td>14 Jan 2006</td><td>18</td><td></td><td>Rotenone-near Coral Garden at SE edge of Saba Bank, small ledge on edge of sand and rubble flat, gorgonians, coral and rock</td></tr><tr><td>Saba-06-26</td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td>No label with these-specimens taken at one or more of the other stations, but their locality labels were lost</td></tr><tr><td>Saba 2007-01</td><td></td><td>17.51206 N; 63.2332 W</td><td>20 Jun 2007</td><td>29-38</td><td></td><td>Poison Bank- rotenone-dead and live coral channel with rubble on deep reef.</td></tr><tr><td>Saba 2007-02</td><td></td><td>17.46028 N; 63.2517 W</td><td>20 Jun 2007</td><td>15-19</td><td></td><td>Twin Peaks- rotenone-algae covering rock and some sand on a low ridge</td></tr></table> {{smaller|10.1371/journal.pone.0010676.t002}} <noinclude>(Mao Tau) in EstimateS v.8.0 software {{refl|10}}. Total expected richness was estimated using Chao2 and Jack1 estimators. </noinclude>[[File:Saba Bank fish survey clustering of stations - pone.0010676.g202.png|thumb|400px|center|'''Figure 202. Hierarchical clustering dendrogram of stations showing significant differences (black bars) among fish assemblages at deep stations versus middle-depth and shallow stations (SIMPROF, ''P''<0.05).'''<br />doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0010676.g202]] A Bray-Curtis resemblance matrix was generated from a matrix of presence/absence data from 12 combined roving surveys and rotenone collections in order to produce a non-metric multidimensional scaling (MDS) ordination and group averaged hierarchical clustering dendrogram in PRIMER v. 6.1 software {{refl|11}}. The ANOSIM statistic was employed to test for ''a priori'' differences between habitat types and depth classes. A dendrogram based on group averaged hierarchical cluster techniques was used to illustrate the differences among depth classes (Figure 202). Color codes are derived from the similarity profile (SIMPROF) statistic in Primer 6.1. SIMPROF is less powerful than ANOSIM, intended for ''a posteriori'' tests of structure in the data. The test was employed here for representational purposes. A second data matrix of species presence and absence was introduced for an ''a posteriori'' test of genuine data structure among Caribbean localities, using the Bray-Curtis resemblance measure to determine the level<noinclude></noinclude> a637iw82qkrtfjs25kkywzusvqlvv0b Index:Dual and Triple Routing on State Trunklines (March 17, 1983).pdf 106 2777142 14130540 11214299 2024-04-26T04:03:17Z Tylopous 3013532 validated (April 2024) proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=[[Dual and Triple Routing on State Trunklines 1983-03-17]] |Language=en |Volume= |Author=John J. Kanillopoolos |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=Michigan Department of Transportation |Address=Lansing |Year=1983 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=pdf |Image=1 |Progress=T |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date=April 2024 |Pages=<pagelist 1=1/> |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} 5dznwo6h9ywdrd0ici67wxxfoclkdph Page:Dual and Triple Routing on State Trunklines (March 17, 1983).pdf/1 104 2777193 14130533 12940305 2024-04-26T03:54:00Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{default layout|Layout 2}} {| width=100% |- |[[File:MDOT_logo_1978.png|left|100px]] |{{ts|xxl|fsi|fsb|vmi|ac}}|OFFICE MEMORANDUM |} {{clear}} {| |- |{{ts|vtp}}|''DATE:'' |{{ts|vtp|pb1}}|March 17, 1983 |- |{{ts|vtp}}|''TO:'' |{{ts|vtp|pb1}}|Trunkline Numbering Committee |- |{{ts|vtp}}|''FROM:'' |{{ts|vtp|pb.5}}|John J. Kanillopoolos, Supervising Engineer<br/>Reflective Systems Unit<br/>Traffic and Safety Division |- |{{ts|vtp|pr2}}|''SUBJECT:'' |{{ts|vtp|pb1}}|Dual and Triple Routing on State Trunklines |} At our last Trunkline Numbering Committee meeting December 1982, we reviewed the list of dual and triple routing researched and prepared by the Traffic and Safety Division; a list prepared by Transportation Planning from our inventory and a Transportation Planning proposed recommendation to change some segments of five routes. Concerning your suggestions: # {{u|Stop M-28 at US-41 south of Marquette and select new markers for the route from US-141 to the Wisconsin state line}} - M-28 is a continuous route along the northern portion of the U.P. and would be impractical to change this route number. An alternative would be to have US-41 which intersects with US-2, go west to existing US-141, then replace existing US-141 up to M-28. This would require a new route number between Rapid River and Marquette for the existing US-41. # {{U|US-2 Signing from St. Ignace to Sault Ste. Marie}} - The District Traffic and Safety Engineer, Paul Michelin, and we concur that US-2 could terminate at St. Ignace. We recommend that the department contact AASHTO and proceed to remove US-2 along I-75. # {{u|M-68 Signing ending at US-31 east of Petoskey}} - The District Traffic and Safety Engineer, Fred Eggan, and we concur that M-68 should end at Alanson. # {{u|M-32 Signing ending at M-66}} - District Traffic and Safety Engineer, Bruce Conradson, has already removed the signs along this section of M-66. # {{u|US-10 - Eliminate the entire route numbering in Michigan}} - We concur with changing US-10 to M-10 from Ludington to Bay City, and eliminating US-10 from Bay City to Detroit. This action would require extension of US-24 (Telegraph Road) to I-75 changing US-10BR in the city of Pontiac to US-24BR, and extending M-4 (Northwestern Highway) to Cobo Hall. Although this is an expensive option, this will {{hws|ulti|ultimately}}<noinclude></noinclude> b1bgutqv5p4ymj3cy7qju571qctr9a6 Page:Dual and Triple Routing on State Trunklines (March 17, 1983).pdf/2 104 2777214 14130536 10342189 2024-04-26T03:57:34Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" />Trunkline Numbering Committee<br/> Page 2<br/> March 17, 1983<br/></noinclude>{{hwe|mately|ultimately}} save this agency funds. District Traffic and Safety Engineer, Dave Van Hine, suggested consideration be given to extending M-25 from Bay City to Ludington instead of changing to M-10. M-25 would be a continuous route from Port Huron to Ludington. Other comments prepared by Traffic and Safety Division on the list of dual and triple routing segments. {{u|TRIPLE ROUTING}} #Segment #1, US-10, I-75, and US-23 - We propose eliminating US-10. #Segment #5, BL-94, M-50, and BL-127 in Jackson - We propose that BL-127 be removed in the city of Jackson. #Segment #8, M-46, US-31BR, and I-96BS in Muskegon - We recommend that M-46 end at US-31BR and the I-96BS be eliminated. {{u|DUAL ROUTES}} #Segment #9, US-2 at I-75 - Recommend that US-2 be deleted along the section from St. Ignace to Sault Ste. Marie. #Segment #12, M-27, M-33 in Cheboygan County - We recommend removal of M-33 between M-27 and US-23. #Segment #14, US-31, M-68 in Emmet County - We recommend ending of M-68 at Alanson. #Segment 15, M-66 and M-32 in Charlevoix County - We recommend M-32 end at M-66. #Segment #51, M-54 and M-83 - M-54 can be terminated at the junction of Gera-Birch Run Road intersection. #Segment #57, BL-96, US-31BR - Eliminate BL-96, city of Muskegon. #Segment #60, US-10, I-75 - Eliminate US-10. #Segment #62, M-43, M-52 Ingham County - End M-43 at the north junction of M-52. #Segment #76, BL-196, US-31BR, city of Holland - Eliminate US-31BR. #Segment #79, US-31, US-33, Berrien County - Eliminate US-33 from the proposed US-31 freeway through St. Joseph up to I-196 and renumber it M-63. #Segment 82, US-33, BL-94 - Eliminate US-33 and change it to M-63.<noinclude></noinclude> t6sxovweij9smhbt8lwf5wjfrpzk58w Page:Dual and Triple Routing on State Trunklines (March 17, 1983).pdf/3 104 2777219 14130539 10965834 2024-04-26T04:02:49Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" />Trunkline Numbering Committee<br/> Page 3<br/> March 17, 1983</noinclude>#Segment #94, M-50, US-127BR, city of Jackson - Eliminate US-127BR. #Segment #107, US-31BR, M-46 - End M-46 at US-31BR. #Segment #108, M-20, US-10BR, city of Midland - End M-20 at US-10BR. #Segment #110, US-10BR, BL-75 - Change US-10BR to US-24BR in the city of Pontiac. #Segment #111, US-10, US-24, Oakland County - Eliminate US-10. These items should be given prompt consideration. {{ti|20em|{{x-larger|{{u|{{cursive| John J. Kanillopoolos}}}}}}}} {{ti|24em|Supervising Engineer}} JJK:JLM:jam(319856-476)-4 {| |- |{{ts|vtp}}|cc{{em}} |{{ts|vtp}}|R. J. Kuzma<br/>Reflective Systems Unit<br/>District Traffic and Safety Engineers |}<noinclude></noinclude> h1l2dr2kuky4xx9yjpwx6pq3f3r79zo 14130543 14130539 2024-04-26T04:06:04Z Tylopous 3013532 tweak text indent proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" />Trunkline Numbering Committee<br/> Page 3<br/> March 17, 1983</noinclude>#Segment #94, M-50, US-127BR, city of Jackson - Eliminate US-127BR. #Segment #107, US-31BR, M-46 - End M-46 at US-31BR. #Segment #108, M-20, US-10BR, city of Midland - End M-20 at US-10BR. #Segment #110, US-10BR, BL-75 - Change US-10BR to US-24BR in the city of Pontiac. #Segment #111, US-10, US-24, Oakland County - Eliminate US-10. These items should be given prompt consideration. {{ti|16em|{{x-larger|{{u|{{cursive| John J. Kanillopoolos}}}}}}}} {{ti|20em|Supervising Engineer}} JJK:JLM:jam(319856-476)-4 {| |- |{{ts|vtp}}|cc{{em}} |{{ts|vtp}}|R. J. Kuzma<br/>Reflective Systems Unit<br/>District Traffic and Safety Engineers |}<noinclude></noinclude> ntj07g5c0wcl49o9z0qa9ksldjnzvae A Greeting 0 2781319 14128415 9323542 2024-04-25T17:27:28Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 Removed redirect to [[Foliage/A Greeting]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{disambiguation}} *“[[The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier/A Greeting|A Greeting]],” from ''[[The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier]]'' (1895) by [[Author:John Greenleaf Whittier|John Greenleaf Whittier]] *“[[Foliage/A Greeting|A Greeting]],” from ''[[Foliage]]'' (1913) by [[Author:William Henry Davies|William Henry Davies]] pkxyj34o88qnusroq4k8jfyfv7eusxb 14129475 14128415 2024-04-25T18:46:07Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 wikitext text/x-wiki {{disambiguation}} *“[[A Greeting (Davies)|A Greeting]],” a poem by [[Author:William Henry Davies|William Henry Davies]] *“[[A Greeting (Whittier)|A Greeting]],” a poem by [[Author:John Greenleaf Whittier|John Greenleaf Whittier]] 90ydz5uuylhzdgknqe19nbv75z22767 Template:Wikisource screenshot 10 2894218 14130109 12586691 2024-04-25T21:40:33Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {| style="border-spacing:8px : width:100%; clear:both; margin:0.5em auto; background-color:#e8f8e8; border:2px solid #80d080;" class="layouttemplate" |- |This '''Wikisource screenshot''' either does not contain [[c:Template:PD-shape|copyright-eligible]] parts or visuals of '''[[w:Copyright|copyrighted]]''' software, or the author has released it under a '''[[w:Free license|free license]]''', and as such follows the [[Wikisource:Screenshots|licensing guidelines for screenshots]] of Wikisource. You may use it freely according to its particular license. '''Free software license:''' {{license | image = Copyleft.svg | image_r = Heckert GNU white.svg | category = Wikisource screenshots |text = {{int:wm-license-gpl-text}} }} '''Note:''' if the screenshot shows any work that is not a direct result of the program code itself, such as a text or graphics that are not part of the program, the [[Help:License templates|license]] for that work '''must''' be indicated separately. |}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> n83duxch7ym6hgyehv6viber85cnmp3 14130110 14130109 2024-04-25T21:40:59Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {| style="border-spacing:8px ; width:100%; clear:both; margin:0.5em auto; background-color:#e8f8e8; border:2px solid #80d080;" class="layouttemplate" |- |This '''Wikisource screenshot''' either does not contain [[c:Template:PD-shape|copyright-eligible]] parts or visuals of '''[[w:Copyright|copyrighted]]''' software, or the author has released it under a '''[[w:Free license|free license]]''', and as such follows the [[Wikisource:Screenshots|licensing guidelines for screenshots]] of Wikisource. You may use it freely according to its particular license. '''Free software license:''' {{license | image = Copyleft.svg | image_r = Heckert GNU white.svg | category = Wikisource screenshots |text = {{int:wm-license-gpl-text}} }} '''Note:''' if the screenshot shows any work that is not a direct result of the program code itself, such as a text or graphics that are not part of the program, the [[Help:License templates|license]] for that work '''must''' be indicated separately. |}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> jql9f8su2wxp84njhfpjpt2oc58zbcr Index:Surrey Football Club (Bells Life in London) 1849-10-07.png 106 2895760 14130643 11879295 2024-04-26T06:10:37Z Tylopous 3013532 validated (April 2024) proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=[[The Surrey Club]] |Language=en |Volume= |Author= |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher= |Address= |Year=1849 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=png |Image=1 |Progress=T |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date=April 2024 |Pages=[[Page:Surrey Football Club (Bells Life in London) 1849-10-07.png|1]] |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} 4jvhj1xk8lzez92wldxnb9055rdh491 Page:Surrey Football Club (Bells Life in London) 1849-10-07.png 104 2895762 14130641 11879291 2024-04-26T06:10:08Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ added missing sentence proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{c|{{larger|'''THE SURREY CLUB.'''}}}} On Wednesday the first of the "weekly" winter meetings of this club was held at the Oval, when there was a numerous attendance. In the course of the evening Mr Denison, who occupied the chair on the occasion, stated they were all aware that by means of the devotion of the Oval to the purposes of cricket the formation of a county club had been accomplished, and that thus they had been enabled in four years to resuscitate the game in Surrey so far as nearly to have placed her within that brief period in her former high position as a cricketing county. But there was another healthful vigorous game for which certain parts of Surrey had in bygone days been somewhat celebrated—namely, "foot-ball." Some 60 years ago there was a gymnastic society, which had been established by gentlemen who were natives of Westmoreland and Cumberland, for the cultivation and practice of their favourite sports "wrestling" and "foot-ball." The first named of those sports the society, had carried on upon the bowling green attached to the Belvedere Tavern at Pentonville; but the latter game was practised upon Kennington Common, where matches for small and large sums were played in the course of each year; the last of these contests had taken place in the summer of 1789, when twenty-two gentlemen of Westmoreland were backed against twenty-two gentlemen of Cumberland for one thousand guineas; after a severe contest the gentlemen of the former county proved victorious. This was the last great match that was made, for, as several of her leading members retired from business, and went to live, some in the north and two in Gloucestershire, the "Gymnastic Society" was dissolved. Since that period, except on two or three days in the year, the wrestling and foot-ball play continued to dwindle, until at length Good Friday became the only day upon which they were brought into operation. Of these exhibitions Kennington Common still remained the scene for many years. At last, however, the wrestling was taken to private grounds, amongst which were those attached to a tavern at Kentish Town, then to the Eyre Arms, St John's Wood, and at Highbury Barn, and eventually at Copenhagen House, where the matches were played in the present year. The foot-ball playing had been abandoned in consequence of the want of room at the places where the other game had been taken to, and the result was that its practice had been discontinued in the neighbourhood of the metropolis. The only locality where the game could now be said to exist near to London was that of Kingston. Well, then, as the Surrey Club had resuscitated cricket at the Oval, he was anxious that the body should restore the equally healthful game of foot-ball also to that district [hear, hear]; with that view he had drawn out some rules, which he would now submit for the approval of and adoption by that meeting. By the first of those rules it would be seen, he proposed that the members of the Foot-ball Club should be confined to those gentlemen who belonged to one or other of the cricket clubs which met at the Oval [hear, hear]. The rules were then read, and having been approved of, Mr F. Noad moved that they be adopted. Mr White seconded the motion, which was then unanimously agreed to. The days for practice are every Wednesday and Saturday (the weather permitting), commencing in the first week in October, and ending the last week in April in each year. The gentlemen present enrolled themselves as members. {{c|"THE SURREY FOOT-BALL CLUB.}} {{fine block| "1. The club to consist only of such gentlemen as are members of the Surrey Cricket Club, the Surrey Paragon Club, the South London Club, and the Union Club. "2. That a subscription of five shillings by any of the above-named gentlemen shall entitle him to all the privileges of the 'Surrey Foot-ball Club.' That the money so subscribed shall be appropriated to the defrayal of the expenses of the club, namely, the cost of the balls and ropes, and the payment of a person who shall keep the balls, &c., in proper condition. The members shall dine together at the end of the season, and any surplus of the subscriptions which may then be in hand, after the payment of all expenses, shall be applied to such dinner. "3. That the days for practice be (weather permitting) every Wednesday and Saturday in the afternoon, commencing the first week in October, and continuing until the last week in April in each year, the play to begin at three o'clock. "4. That the sides shall consist of not more than twenty-two each; but if that number of members shall not be in attendance, then of any smaller number, to be arranged by those present. "5. That wilful kicking shall not be allowed. "6. That the ball shall be tossed up in the centre of the ground, and the game be determined in favour of that side which shall first kick the ball over the "goal rope" of their opponents. Should the ball be kicked over the fence on either side of the ground, then the ball, when regained, shall be tossed up in the centre of the ground in a line with the place where it went over." }}<noinclude></noinclude> mfen9sfe9wyl746b2d4wfwc9phjavlo Page:Once a Clown, Always a Clown.djvu/180 104 2926788 14130955 9659169 2024-04-26T07:45:21Z SnowyCinema 2484340 wikilink to film proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="8582e" />{{rh|ONCE A CLOWN, ALWAYS A CLOWN||}}</noinclude>Zukor and released in the fall of 1912, he began to reach out on his own. Through the Majestic Pictures Corporation, which was producing for Mutual distribution, Aitken hired D. W. Griffith away from Biograph. Mutual also was releasing the product of the New York Motion Picture Company, better known as the NYMPH, owned by Adam Kessel and Charles O. Baumann, ex-bookmakers at Sheepshead Bay and other New York tracks. NYMPH had both Tom Ince and Mack Sennett by this time. Aitken, Griffith, Sennett and Ince put their heads together, and Mutual Masterpieces, the first American-made four and five reel feature pictures, were born. Aitken also put up the sixty thousand dollars that went into "[[The Birth of a Nation]]", the first great epic of the films, produced independently of Griffith's labors for the Majestic, but originally intended for Mutual release. The money was going out faster than it was coming in and the banking interests grew unhappy. Months of intrigue and dissension within the Mutual organization ensued. Then on July 20, 1915, Ince, Sennett, Griffith and Aitken met by prearrangement in the Fred Harvey House at La Junta, Colorado, a<noinclude>{{c|[140]}}</noinclude> 4sdntwlb0ayf721adr71z1ry7oslyj8 Page:Weird Tales v01n01 (1923-03).djvu/53 104 2933874 14127797 13144678 2024-04-25T13:15:28Z Klaufir216 3130230 fix typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Blue-ray656" />{{rh|52|{{uc|the grave}}|}}</noinclude>"I stepped toward him, shaking loose a piece of barbed wire which had caught in my puttees. Quick as a flash, he turned and started to run from me. "For a second I was too astonished to move. Then I started to follow him. In a straight line he ran, looking neither to the right or left. Directly ahead of him was a deep and wide trench. He was running straight toward it. Suddenly it dawned on me that he did not see it. "I called out, but it seemed to terrify him all the more, and with one last lunge he stepped into the trench and fell. I hear his body strike the other side of the trench and fell with a splash into the water at the bottom. "I followed and looked down into the trench. There he lay, with his head bent back in such a position that I was sure his neck was broken. He was half in and half out of the water, and as I looked at him I could scarcely believe what I had seen. Surely he looked as if he had been dead as long as some of the other corpses scattered over the hillside. I turned and left him as he was. "Buried while living, I left him unburied when dead." <section end="The Grave" /> {{c| {{rule|5em}}<br /> {{xxxx-larger|''COMING!''}}<br /> {{xxx-larger|"The Forty Jars"}}<br /> {{xx-larger|{{uc|A story of amazing adventures}}}}<br /> {{x-larger|''by'' Ray McGillivray}}<br /> {{xx-larger|''Will Appear in the Next''}}<br /> {{xxx-larger|{{sp|{{uc|'''Weird Tales'''}}}}}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> adqomeprnhorqzb7xspq2mwbr15d21z Translation:Likutei Halakhot/Orach Chayim/Tefilin 114 2947216 14127943 14124855 2024-04-25T14:37:46Z Nissimnanach 82129 /* Oth 30 */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{incomplete translation}} {{translation header | title = [[../]] | author = Nathan of Breslov | section = Tzitzith | previous = [[../The Morning Hand Washing|The Morning Hand Washing]] | next = [[../Tefilin|Tefilin]] | portal = Breslov | language = he | original = ליקוטי_הלכות | notes = }} ''Hilkhoth Tefillin''/The Practice of Tefillin =Halakhah 5= The interest of the mitzwah of tefillin of the arm and of the head, and that they must be made from the hide of a clean animal specifically, and written on the ''Qelaf''/inner skin; and the interest of the straps, the tunnel, and the rest of their most holy and awesome details; and the interest of Rashi's tefillin and Rabbeinu Tam's tefillin: ==Oth 1== According to the most awesome story of the Seven Beggars printed in the book Sipurei Ma`asiyoth: See there, on page 96, the interest of the first beggar who was blind, who came to the groom and bride at the wedding after the canopy, and said to them that he gives them a wedding-discourse present, that they should be “old as I... that you should live a long life as I do. And you think that I am blind? Actually I am not blind at all. Only, the whole entire world does not amount to me so much as a blink of an eye, etc. for I am very old, but yet I am entirely yanik [lit. suckling, nursing] (that is, young), and I have not yet begun to live at all. But nevertheless I am very old, etc. And I have a consensus on this from the Great Eagle”, etc. Take a very thorough look there at all this, and if you have intelligent eyes, you will discern from afar how utterly deep His thoughts are; and it is impossible to prolong discussion of this at all. But whoever truly desires will see and discern from there the greatness of Hashem Yisbarach and the greatness of the true great tzaddikim; the enormity of their greatness, as each and every one had attained what he boasted of there. For everything that is explained there in the story of each one, is regarding the boasting of some most very great and awesome tzaddik boasting in the upper worlds, in the place where he boasted that he attained what he attained in this world. His fortune! The fortune of his portion! For example, in the interest that will be explained below, that the elders boasted, and each one told what he remembers from his first memory etc.: The youngest of all was most utterly high, the enormity of his greatness and the validity of his sanctity inconceivable. For example, insofar as one of them boasted that he remembers what was happening to him when they cut his umbilical cord — look, discern, and see: is there even one person in the era who can boast like this one, that his material body is so pure and sanctified that he manages to remember what was happening to him then at the beginning of birth, when he emerged into the world's atmosphere, when they cut his umbilical cord? And he was merely the least of them. And from him, see how high is the sanctity of the second holy elder, in whose eyes the level of the first elder was laughable, and he said, in surprise, “That's an old story?! I remember that story, but I also remember when the light was shining,” and the Great Eagle later explained that this is his remembering even what happened to him when he was in his mother's womb, when a light was kindled over his head, as explained there. So behold, the level of the second is higher than the first. One can understand a little, from afar, even though we are most utterly far from this. For, the major difference in a person, before he emerges into the world's air versus afterwards, is explained in our Rabbis z"l's words in the Gemara (''Niddah'' 30), and is explained in the holy Zohar: for, during pregnancy when he is in his mother's womb, a candle is alight over his head, and he can look and see from one end of the world to the other; but when he has emerged into the world's air immediately an angel comes and strikes him on his mouth and he forgets it all, and regarding this said Iyov (Job 29), “O that I were as in the first months, as in the days when my God watched over me” etc., as explained in our Rabbi z"l's words (there). And a man's entire work is to manage to know and attain what he knew before whilst a light was blazing over his head, which is when he gazed at the Light Stored Up From the Seven Days of Creation, with which the man saw from one end of the world to the other, as is brought. So, now see and discern how much greater is the second elder's level than the first; like the heavens are high above the earth, etc. And similarly the third more than the second, and so all of them. For, the least of them was so very utterly high that there is no one like him but one person in many generations, and nevertheless in comparison to the second who is greater than him he is considered a mere speck, and similarly the second versus the third etc. etc., on and on — up until the one who boasted that he was altogether a suckling babe then, who is the blind beggar himself, insofar as he said that he recalls all these stories, plus he remembers “Nothing At All” etc.; see there. For, this is a big rule and is explained and understood in the Chazal's words and the Arizal's writings, that even the highest level of all, nevertheless compared to the even higher level, everything is considered but a mere point, as written in the holy Zohar (''Tikkun'' #70 p. 123). Even the ''Ket''''h''''er `Elyon'' is paltry in compare to the ''`Ilath ha`Iloth'' etc., and all these greatnesses and wonders are explained in the story of the First Day, and similarly each Day many, many wondrous things that each person boasted of are explained, for example on the Second Day regarding the good life, and similarly on the rest of the Days, regarding the Little Holding the Much, and regarding the Pair of Holy Birds, which he is able to reunite etc. etc. Open your eyes and see what a man can attain in this world, that a man born of a woman can attain such high things that Hashem Yithbarakh himself glories in them (and see more in our words in ''Even ha`Ezer Hilkhoth Ishuth'', where we also talk a little regarding the holy story of the Sixth Day regarding the Power in the Hands; see there). And our holy Rabbi z"l knew about all of them, and had the knowledge to tell the story that happened at the place where it happened with all of them, and verily said of himself when he told this story, that if the world knew nothing else but this story, he would still be a most original person. But here is not the place to prolong discussing this. (See below at the end of the ''derush'', what is brought there from the ''Yerushalmi Kethuboth'' regarding the aforementioned marvels of the elders' memories.) ==Oth 2== Let us return to our subject. Behold, it is explained there that he said that each one should tell an old story, what he remembers from his first memory etc. * and the first person among them told that he remembers even when they cut the apple from the tree, that is, when they cut his umbilical cord etc. * and the second one told that he also remembers the light shining, that is, what happened with him during pregnancy, when a light was blazing above his head etc. * and the third one told that he also remembers when his body began taking form etc. * and the fourth told that he also remembers when they were bringing out the seed to plant the fruit, namely when the droplet emerged during relations * and the fifth one told that he remembers even the sages who were bringing out the seed, that is, he remembers when he was still in the brain etc. * and the sixth, seventh and eighth remembered even the appearance, the taste and the smell before they were infused on the fruit, which are the aspect of ''Nefesh-Ruach-Neshamah'' etc. And the ''yanik'' [infantile, lit. suckling], who is the blind beggar himself who is telling all this, said he remembers “Nothing At All,” for he is above everything and remembers even even what was before NR"N, which is the aspect of ''EYN''/Nothingness etc. etc.. Take a good look there, and if you wish to look with an honest eye, you will see from afar the wonders of Hashem, the likes of which have not been heard or seen since the creation of the world. ==Oth 3== And this is the aspect of tefillin, for tefillin are the aspect of memory, as written (Ex. 13), “''ulzikaron bein `eyneikha''/and for remembrance between your eyes” — '''and for remembrance between your eyes''' specifically, for memory depends mainly on ''Tikkun `Eynayim''/Proper Repair of the Eyes, as discerned in this story, as this “blind” one — who was entirely blind to this world, who had no sight of this world at all, to the extent that he attained that the whole world did not amount to him so much as an eyeblink, which this is the essence of Tikkun `Eynayim — he attained the ultimate perfection of memory that has no perfection beyond it, as explained above, as this blind one remembers more than all of them etc., as written there in the story. Hence, memory depends mainly on the eyes, and thus it is explained in the Torah “''Wayhi Miqetz — Zikaron''” (''LM'' #54), that memory depends mainly on the eyes, see there, and he brings there the verse, “''ulzikaron bein `eyneikha''”, see there, for tefillin are the aspect of ''Mochin deGadluth''/Brains of Grown-Maturity, which is the essence of memory on the side of holiness, for memory is the aspect of consciousness and awareness, as explained in the Torah “''Dirshu Hashem''/Seek Hashem” (''LM'' #37), and this is the aspect of head tefillin and hand tefillin, amongst which there are eight ''parshiyoth''/text-passages, four of the head and four of the arm, corresponding to the eight holy elders who are masters of memory, which is the aspect of tefillin — “and for remembrance between your eyes” as mentioned. For, it is known in the Kawanoth that the head tefillin are in the Male aspect and the arm tefillin are in the Female aspect, and all together the tefillin are in the aspect of ''Mochin de`Ibur Sheini deGadluth''/Second-Embryonic Mature Brainphase, and this is the aspect of these holy elders, who attained such Mature Brains that each one attained remembering and reaching more of the beginning; what happened with him before in the beginning. And the more that one of them attained, the earlier the beginning that he could remember and reach, as explained above. And behold, they are eight elders partitioned into two fours, corresponding to two fours of parshiyoth of arm and of head, for the four first elders who first boasted of their memory, their whole concern was with what happened with the child in its mother's womb: the emergence of the droplet until the cutting of the umbilical cord when it goes out into the world's air. Namely, the one one boasted he remembers them bringing the seed to plant the fruit, which is the passage of the droplet etc., the second remembers the beginning of the fruit's formation, the third remembers when the light was shining, which is all the days of the embryo, and the fourth, the last, remembers the essence of birth's conclusion, which is the cutting of the umbilical cord, which is the beginning of his entering this world. (And these four are written here from top to bottom, the opposite of how they are written in the book of stories, and this is because here I have to begin from the fourth, so due to the flow of language the order is reversed, but the intention is the same). Hence all these four stories tell of the great wonders of the Creator, Blessed Is His Name; what happens with the embryo in its mother, and so all these brains and perceptions that these four elders attained are in the aspect of Female Brains, which are the aspect of the four parshiyoth of the arm tefillin which are the Female Brains as mentioned. And these aspects that these four elders told about are the aspect of Light-Water-Firmament mentioned in the holy Zohar and the ''Qawanoth''. For, at the beginning of the droplet's emergence, which is the aspect of the one who tells that he remembers them bringing out the seed etc., this is the aspect of Light, for it still has no Form, and then when it began to initially take form it is like Water, and then the embryo changes every day of pregnancy; this is the aspect of Firmament, as is known. And then when the aspect of Firmament is finished he goes out in the air of the world and is born, and all this is the aspect of tefillin, which are the aspect of incubation and birth, which is the aspect of Yetziath Mitzrayim, as is known. And the first four elders, all of what they told was what happened before the droplet descended into its mother's womb. For, they told that they remember when the droplet was still in its father's brain, and the Look, the Taste and the Smell which are the aspect of Nefesh-Ruach-Neshamah, which is where is the beginning of drawing the thought from where it is drawn from the place where it drawn, from cause to effect, from world to world, from intellect to intellect, which are the aspect of Neshamah, Ruach and Nefesh, until the thought is generated, whereby the holy progenitive droplet is generated. And all these four aspects occur with the father, on the Male aspect, as mentioned. And so they are in the aspect of the head tefillin which are the Male brains as mentioned. For tefillin are drawn from the aspect of ''Tiqunei Diqna''/Features of the Beard, as known, which is the aspect of these elders in holiness, who are all in the aspect of the Holy Beard's Features, which is the root of elderliness on the side of holiness, the aspect of, “''wehadarta penei zaqen''/and you shall honor the face of the elder” [Lev. 19:32], as is known. And the essence of the holiness of the tefillin's Brains are drawn from the Most Supernal Elder, the Oldest of Them All, who is the most suckling babe of them all, who is the blind beggar, who was “altogether a suckling babe” etc. as mentioned. For, from him is the essential holiness of elderliness, and all the eight elders who are the aspect of the eight parshiyoth in the tefillin, they all receive from this Most Supernal Elder, who is the blind one. But his aspect of Brains itself is impossible to enclothe even in the tefillin passages, so there is no parashah corresponding to him, for he is above it all and the root of it all, as they receive all the tefillin Brains from him, which are the aspect of all the elders in holiness, as mentioned. For, he is united in the Ein Sof, as mentioned, so his Brain is not called memory at all, which is the aspect of tefillin as mentioned, for he said that he remembers all this and remembers “Nothing At All.” That is, even though he remembers everything that they remember, for he is composed of all of them and they all receive their Brains and Memory only from him, nevertheless his Brain is impossible to call by the term “memory” at all, for he is above memory and the root of memory, for he is united in the Ein Sof, as written there, and so he is not alluded to in any parashah, for he is above everything and the root of everything, as mentioned. ==Oth 4== And the essence of tefillin Brains are the aspect of life of Holiness, which one attains through tefillin, for the Brains are the Life, as written (Eccl. 7), “''Hachokhmah tichyeh''/Wisdom preserves alive,” as our Rabbis z”l said (''Menachoth'' 44), “One who lays tefillin attains life, as it says, “''Adonai `aleihem yichyu''/Adonai, by these things men live” (Isa. 38:16), as brought in the Qawanoth, that tefillin are the aspect of the three names ''Ehyeh H' Eyheh'' [21+26+21=68] which are gematria ''ChaYIM'' [68], which are the Brains, see there, for the Brains of the tefillin are drawn from the aspect of Tiqunei Diqna Qadisha, as brought in the Qawanoth, as they are the entirety of these holy elders, who have their root in the aforementioned Most Supernal Elder, who is the blind one, who boasted that he lives truly long life, for he is very old and yet he is an utmost suckling babe, and still has not begun to live at all, but nevertheless he is very old, and all the world's time does not amount to him so much as an eyeblink etc. And behold, although these are things that the `Atiq Yomin has covered and thought cannot grasp it at all, and there is no man on earth who can make this interpretation and explain this mystery; nevertheless since by Hashem's compassion on His people these words of his have come out of his holy mouth and they have taken form and been printed in a book, it behooves us to dig and find in them some Remez relevant to the story, such that we may merit waking up from our sleep, which this was his holy intention with these stories that he told, in order to wake up all people who sleep away their days etc., as explained in the Torah ''”Pathach R' Shim`on”'' (''LM'' #60), and there you will see and understand the great wonders of these stories, for they are the aspect of stories of ''Shanim Qadhmoniyoth''/Ancient Years-Faces, the aspect of ''`Atiq''/Ancient, the aspect of ''Hadhrath Panim''/Distinguished Face, from which all the seventy faces of the Torah derive etc.; take a good look there. ==Oth 5== So behold, the main intent of the above words, for practical application, is what I saw and heard from the mouth of Rabbeinu z"l himself, many times, that he lived new life all the time; like I heard from him many times saying, “I lived life today, such life as I had never experienced” etc. And also I heard him other times speaking a great deal about life, that the world calls everything life etc., and even regarding painful life there are many differences etc., see there in the ''Sichoth'' [''CM'' #400], but actually the essence of life is True Longevity, which is the aspect of the Long Life of the blind one, who really lives long life, for he boasts that he is utterly old and yet utterly a suckling babe and still has not begun to live at all. For this is the essence of life: when one starts serving Hashem anew all the time, as if he has still not started serving him at all, as written (Deut. 6), “''Asher anochi metzawekha hayom''/Which I enjoin you today.” And our Rabbis z”l (''Sifri'' there), commented, “Every day let them be new in your eyes;” and (ibid. 27) “''Hasket ush'ma` Yisrael, hayom hazeh nihyeytha le`am laShem Eloheikha/''Pay attention and listen, Yisrael: this day you are become a people to Hashem your God,” and our Rabbis z"l explained (brought in Rashi): every day let them be in your eyes as if today you have entered the covenant with him. And like I saw from Rabbeinu z"l innumerable times, that even though he had previously boasted of big and wondrous things, and revealed wondrous Torah never before heard, as he usually did — and then afterwards we saw him in great pain, and many times he laid out his pain and conversation before us from the depth of his heart, that he is extremely afflicted over how to attain being a Jew, like someone who never before smelled the spirit of serving Hashem. And whoever did not see this, it is impossible to describe it to him in writing, but a little about this is already explained in this ''Shevachim'' that are printed, and every time he would say that now he knows nothing at all, nothing nothing at all etc., even though earlier he had revealed what he revealed and boasted that he attained what he attained that is impossible to reveal; nevertheless immediately after he would say that he knows nothing at all. So the rule was that he never stood on one level, but just always quickly went from level to level in the apex of uppermost and loftiest levels, and even when he reached what he reached etc., his mind still did not grow cool to this etc. But here is not the place to prolong discussion of this, but it will be explained elsewhere. And this is truly the essence of life, when one attains always beginning anew in serving Hashem, which is truly the essence of life, as written (Deut. 30:20), “''Ki hu chayeykha''/It is precisely your life.” And the essence of serving Hashem is to always perform one's service anew, and to not fall into old age of the ''Sitra Achra''; that his service not become old for him, God forbid, as Rabbeinu z"l warned us against and said it is forbidden to be old; not an old tzaddik and not an old chasid, old is not good etc., as explained in his holy ''Sichoth'' appended to ''Sipurei Ma`asiyoth'', namely, one needs to always begin anew. And this is the essence of the long life of the holy elder who is the blind one, for he was most old and most ''yanik'' [infantile, lit. suckling], that is, the more he grew and became subsumed into holy elderliness which is the aspect of ''`Atik de`Atikin'', the more yanik he became. For, each time he perceived that he is utterly far from Hashem Yithbarakh, for “there is no probing His greatness,” therefore the more he was subsumed into holy elderliness, the more he saw and perceived that he still has not begun living at all, until he attained the aforementioned Long Life where elderliness and infancy and united, which is totally impossible to comprehend. And this is the aspect of tefillin which are drawn from the aforementioned Elder, who is the root of the tefillin, brains, as mentioned., which are the aspect of life, as mentioned., the aspect (ibid 4), “''We'atem hadeveqim baShem Eloheikhem chayim kulkhem hayom''/And you that cleave to Hashem your God, all of you are live this day,” which is said of tefillin, as is known, for this is the essence of tefillin-brains, in order to attain, through the mitzwah of tefillin, living new life of holiness, to renew his days like an eagle, to begin serving Hashem Yithbarakh anew all the time, and not fall into the oldness of the Sitra Achra, to not view his devotion be as old; on the contrary, tangibly new, as if he had never ever began. For in truth, even one who is a very great tzaddiq and has labored and toiled many years in His Blessed devotion, nevertheless in accord with the Every Day Renewal of Creation, he still has not begun at all, for Hashem Yithbarakh does new things all the time, as written, “and in His goodness renews every day constantly the work of creation,” and no day is like another, and no time is like another, and each and every moment there are changes in the rising of the worlds and their order and position and conduct, in unfathomably wondrous and awesome changes. And all their vitality derives from the devotion of the man in this world, on which it all depends, from the head up to the Ein Sof. Therefore one must always serve Hashem Yithbarakh anew, in accord with the renewal of the work of creation in all the worlds needed now, and in accord with the revelation of the greatness of the Blessed Creator that needs to be revealed now. For, “Day unto day utters speech, and night unto night reveals knowledge” [Ps. 19], as every day, every night, every time and every moment, His Blessed Greatness is revealed in a new consciousness and awareness that never before existed. Therefore one needs to begin in His service new every time, in the aspect of, “Let them be like new in your eyes every day,” and this is the essence of vitality, this aforementioned aspect of long life, and as explained in Rabbeinu z"l's words, that the essence of longevity, the aspect of long life, is to see to it, every next coming day, to extend the day with additional sanctity and consciousness. For, the day, at its beginning when it comes to a man, is very narrow, and one needs to see to it to widen and lengthen it with additional sanctity all the time. And so every day one needs to see to it that each day be longer than the other, with additional sanctity and purity etc. (as explained in the Torah ''Pathach R' Shim`on'' in ''LM'' #60). And this is the essence of length of days, the aspect of long days, namely all the time beginning new in new service, with great addition. For, all the service he has performed until now, he needs to forget entirely, and now begin new, as mentioned. And by tefillin we attain this, as mentioned. And this is the essence of the mitzwah of tefillin that we lay every day, in order to attain life, the aspect of “You who cleave” as mentioned, that is, to attain the aforementioned long life, to renew is life of holiness at all times, beginning new all the time, and this is the essence of brains and life that originate are drawn from the aforementioned Most Supernal Elder, where the source of tefillin is, as mentioned, as he lives the aforementioned long life, as there, elderliness and infancy are united together, which this is the aspect of (Ps. 103), “That your youth be renewed as an eagle,” as our Rabbis z"l said (brought in Rashi there), “This eagle, the older it gets...”, that is, the older it gets, the more it renews its vitality and begins new, all the time beginning new life. And therefore he had concurrence from the Great Eagle specifically, for such vitality is the aspect of “Being renewed as an eagle” as mentioned. And the aspect of tefillin, which are the aspect of this life, is from there, as mentioned. ==Oth 6== For, the essence of tefillin is the flashing of the brains in the face, which is the aspect of Light of the Face, which is drawn from the aspect of ''Tiqunei Diqna Qadisha''/Repair or Features of the Holy Beard, which is the essence of Dignity of the Face, as is known, which is the aspect of the aforementioned Elder in Holiness, as mentioned. And the ''Tiqunei Diqna'' are the aspect of the Thirteen Attributes of Mercy, the essence of which are the aspect of subjugating anger and sweetening harsh decrees and the ''Charon Af''/Burning Nose (Anger), which is the aspect of ''Erekh Apayim''/Extending Nose (Patience), which is the main thing, and therefore Chazal said (''Sanh.'' 111) regarding the verse “''Waymaher Moshe wayqod artzah''/And Moshe made haste and bowed his head toward the earth” etc. [Ex. 34:8]: What did he see? He saw Erekh Apayim. For, the essence of the Thirteen Attributes are the Thirteen Tiqunei Diqna which H"Y [Hashem Yithbarakh] revealed to him then, the essence of which is Erekh Apayim, which is the aspect of subjugating the ''Panim''/Interior (Face), and therefore Moshe became excited by this specifically, as also explained regarding the loftiness of Erekh Apayim in the words of Rabbeinu z"l (''LM'' #155, see there), in the lesson that begins, “Sadness is a very worst trait” etc., see there the entire interest until the end, for it is a wondrous path in serving the Creator, and if you gaze and look thoroughly there, you can get very wondrous advices and great encouragement, endlessly, for His blessed service. And the rule is that a man needs to cling to Hashem Yithbarakh's attributes, as explained in the words of our Rabbis and in all the holy books. Therefore one most see to it that he should have the trait of Erekh Apayim, that is, extending his patience for everything, not getting angry, not being annoyed at anything, not looking at any obstacle or confusion in his devotions, whether they be confusions, obstacles and trials that he has from people of the world, such as his father, father-in-law, wife, relatives or the rest of mankind. As is known and seen tangibly, that every time some person wants to enter the service of Hashem, to begin praying with intent etc. and so forth, immediately he has great obstacles, without end, and then every one needs to "be bold as a tiger... and strong like a lion" to perform the will of his Heavenly Father, to prevail against the obstacles and get through them, to not look at them at all, and to fortify himself a great deal to his part, to delve in Torah and prayer with intent and power etc. And this is the aspect of Arikhath Apayim, to not be short spirited, God forbid, to stop his devotion, God forbid, due to the obstacles and trials he has from them, but only strengthen himself and extend his patience for everything, and not gaze at any obstacle at all. And likewise, even the obstacles he has from himself, his evil and strange cravings and thoughts pursuing him constantly every moment, especially during prayer time, and he has great trials from them. And the main thing is the Erekh Apayim, which is the aspect of Emunah, as explained there, that the essence of Erekh Apayim one attains through Emunah, that is, having perfect Emunah in Hashem Yithbarakh and the True Kosher Tzaddiqim, and to strengthen himself in His service and not fall from anything, and to be indifferent, and not become short tempered on account of the evil deeds and faults that he has committed until now. For, one needs to not look at this at all, as explained in the words of Rabbeinu z"l and in our words many, many times regarding this, just how much a man needs to be strong. For, there is no despair at all in the world, and however it is, even though he has already fallen such a descent in himself many times, without bound, nevertheless there is no despairing at all in the world, and all the days he is alive on the face of the earth he needs to strengthen himself and each time begin new, and not fall into oldness of the Sitra Achra at all. For, all the descents in the world are the aspect of oldness of the Sitra Achra, as it seems in his eyes that he is already old in his mistakes and deeds that he is accustomed in, such that he cannot get out of them in any fashion, God forbid. But in truth, he needs to know and believe that every day, moment, and time, the power is in a man's hand to be new and be an actual new creation, for Hashem Yithbarakh is “doing new things” at all times, and no day or hours is like another etc. as mentioned. Therefore one needs to every time strengthen himself and begin every day anew, and sometimes even in one day one needs to begin many times, as explained elsewhere. And even if it will be that way for a long time, however it may be, every time and every hour he needs to remind himself of Hashem Yithbarakh and completely forget all the past until now, and really begin now from new, as much as he can, and not look at any confusion or weakness of mind at all. And all this is the aspect of Erekh Apayim, that one needs to extend his spirit and pass over the confusions and obstacles and not look at anything and let nothing affect him and not let his heart grow soft and not let his tempter get short from anything that happens to him, but only strengthen himself in Hashem Yithbarakh in whatever he can. For Hashem Yithbarakh is always full of compassion, and the mercies of Hashem are not finished and his compassion is never ceased. And we have already spoken about this many times — but such a matter needs to be repeated many times, without bound, for “it is your life,” for the majority of the world being far from Hashem Yithbarakh and losing what they lose, true everlasting life, is virtually all only on account of weakness of mind, being downcast, on account that most of them have experienced many times that they began a little in serving Hashem and then fell into what they fell, each person according to his fall, the Merciful One save us; and thereby they became discouraged from beginning again. And some of them once or a few times became somewhat aroused and began anew, but then when they saw that nevertheless fell afterwards, they became discouraged, since they saw themselves trying so much to get into serving Hashem and then falling in what they fell, the Merciful one save us, thus it seemed to them that their strength is exhausted to now begin any more. But really all this is the work of the Ba`al Davar himself, who is the aspect of the elder of the Sitra Achra, for he is called the “old and foolish king” [Eccl. 4], as he wants to cast a man down into oldness and exhaustion, God forbid, as if he already so aged in his mistakes and deeds that he can no longer change. And really it is not so, for every day a man is a new creature, just as we say the benediction every day over Netilath Yadayim and the rest of the benedictions, “Who has not made me a heathen.. a slave.. a woman” etc., where the codifiers have written the reason being because a man is made like a new creature every day, as explained in the ''Shulchan `Arukh''. And similarly the benediction, “Who gives strength to the weary” we say over renewal of the brains and vitality every day, as brought in the ''Kawanoth''. And therefore a man needs to be very careful to not fall into this oldness of the Sitra Achra, but only be strong and renewed all the time, as mentioned. And let it seem in his eyes every day and every hour that he is born today, and as if today he receives the Torah anew, as our Rabbis z"l have said, “every day let them be like new in your eyes,” as mentioned, which all of this is the aspect of Erekh Apayim, as he extends his patience for every thing, obstacle, and confusion in the world, and passes over everything, and strengthens himself each time in His service etc. as mentioned. And this trait of Erekh Apayim is the essence of the aspect of Tiqunei Diqna, which is the aspect of the ''Zaqen''/Elder in holiness, who is truly old, for he truly lives long life, for every time he begins living anew. And precisely this is the aspect of holy elderliness, the aspect of long life, for when one falls in oldness of the Sitra Achra, that is, when his devotion becomes old for him, and all the more so when he falls from his devotions, God forbid, since it seems that he is so old in his mistakes that he can no longer go back, God forbid. Such “elderliness,” God forbid, is the essence of shortness of days, as mentioned in Rabbeinu z"l's words, that “elders” like this who do not add vitality and additional service all the time, are called “short of days and full of trouble” etc. (Job 14). (See the Torah ''“Uv'yom haBiqurim,” LM'' #4). ==Oth 7== The rule is that any man who wants to consider the ultimate purpose needs to very much guard against being old at all. That is, to not fall into oldness of the Sitra Achra, God forbid, whether he is a tzaddik, a chasid, or any other kind of man. Even someone who is the lowest of the low in some regard, needs to guard against falling in this oldness, for even a great tzaddik is forbidden from being old in his service even though he attained perfect devotion on a high level; nevertheless he needs to be strong to go from level to level and each time begin anew. For this is the essence of Judaism, to be strong to ascend each time from level to level, as I heard from the mouth of Rabbeinu z"l when he began teaching the Torah ''“Tesha` Tiqunin Yaqirin Itmasru Lediqna”'' (''LM'' #20), as he said then in this language, “Whoever wants to be an Israelite man, that is, going from level to level, cannot do so except by Eretz Yisrael,” and from his words in general we hear that one is not called a true ''Ish Yisra'eli'' unless one goes from level to level. And one attains this through Eretz Yisrael etc.; see there in that Torah ''Tesha''''`'''' Tiqunin Yaqirin''. And this is the essence of long life, the aspect of the Torah which is called life, when one always begins anew etc. as mentioned. And conversely, even one who did what he did and transgressed what he transgressed, nevertheless is forbidden to be old, God forbid, and he needs to guard more and more against this aspect of oldness, to not get into any despair, God forbid; to not say in his heart that he is so old already, God forbid, in his deeds etc., that he cannot change. Rather, be strong and begin with whatever he can, and do any little or great thing that he can, even if he can really say no more than one utterance in prayer or secluded meditation-conversation, or learn the least of the least bit, anyhow he should do what he can, get strong, and enliven himself in the least of the least that he still manages to strive in the sanctity of Yisrael. For, any way it might be, he definitely does many mitzwoth each day, for even “the transgressors of Yisrael are full of mitzwoth like a pomegranate,” and one needs to find good points in himself and enliven himself each time. And as explained in the Torah ''“Azamera Lelohai Be`odi”'' (''LM'' #282), as brought in our words many times, and be strong and begin each time anew, and not lose himself entirely, God forbid. And “whatever your hand finds to do, do with your strength.” And the main thing is the aforementioned Arikhath Apayim, that he should have a very great deal of Arikhuth Apayim, without bound, which is the aspect of long spirit/temper, that is, to extend his spirit, to wait and look forward to the salvation of Hashem, and not gaze at any confusion or obstacle as mentioned. ==Oth 8== And this is the aspect of “Long-Tempered (Erekh Apayim) for tzaddikim and for the wicked” (''BK'' 50), as tzaddikim need this trait of Erekh Apayim, which is the aspect of holy elderliness, the aspect of ''Arikhath Yamim weShanim''/Long Days and Years, the aspect of ''Chayim Arukhim''/Long Life, mentioned above. That is, to not fall in the oldness of the Sitra Achra, God forbid, that his service should not old and weak for him, but just “renew his youth like an eagle” all the time, and every day begin new with additional sanctity and service, and never get tired or weary, and not be confused by anything, which this is the aspect of Erekh Apayim. For, sometimes one who serves Hashem gets weary on account of having suffered so many trials etc., and thereby he could fall into oldness of the Sitra Achra and exhaustion, God forbid. Therefore he needs to strengthen himself a great deal with the trait of Erekh Apayim, all his days, extending his temper and spirit for all the toils and burdens, beginning new every time. And this is the aspect of Erekh Apayim for tzaddikim. And likewise there is the aspect of Erekh Apayim for the wicked, as Hashem Yithbarakh also extends his temper for them all the days of their lives, in order that they return, as written, “Until the day he dies You wait for him; if he turns back etc. [You receive him immediately].” Therefore the wicked themselves also have to bolster themselves in this trait of Erekh Apayim, that their wickedness should not confuse them from returning to Hashem Yithbarakh, and that their hearts should not falter nor their minds be downcast from the amount of their transgressions, especially if they have already began a few times and fallen from it etc. Nevertheless they should be confident in His great mercy and prolong their patience and spirit over all that happens to them, and strengthen themselves each time to begin anew. Perhaps he will attain from now on to have compassion on himself, to leave his previous way and thoughts, and never ever be old and weak in his eyes. For the essence of return lies in the aspect of renewing one's life whenever it is necessary to renew his days that have passed in darkness, in the aspect of (Lam. 5), “''Hashiveinu H' eleikha wenashuvah chadesh yameynu keqedem''/Return us, Hashem, to you, that we may be restored; renew our days as before.” Hence everyone needs the aspect of this trait of Erekh Apayim. And this is, “Long-Tempered (Erekh Apayim) for tzaddikim and for the wicked.” And the rest of the levels of other people in the world are are included in them, for the whole keeping of their service and vitality is by this trait of Erekh Apayim, as mentioned. ==Oth 9== And all of them receive strength from the aspect of the Elder in Sanctity, who is the aforementioned blind one, who is the aspect of the Elder of Elders, ''Saba deSavin'', who has attained such holy elderliness that he said that he is “extremely old yet extremely ''yanik'' [infantile, lit. suckling]” etc. and as mentioned, as from him all the tzaddiqim receive strength to fortify themselves in their devotions to renew their strength and service all the time. And through these great tzaddiqim who begin new every time — and even reach the highest of all levels, even the level of the greatest ''Benei `Aliyah ''[''Sanh.'' 97b], nevertheless not sufficing themselves with this, but rather saying, “Who knows what else there is to attain?” and beginning every time anew, and like I heard from Rabbeinu z"l a great deal regarding this as explained elsewhere, until they each time arrive at perceptions new, wondrous, awesome etc. etc. — therefore with the strength of such tzaddiqim in all this, those who have fallen can renew themselves every time. As is very common presently in the darkness of the this exile, that the Sitra Achra and the Ba`al Davar have surged up a great deal upon anyone who wants to begin to delve in serving Hashem. And they cast him down every time, each person in accord with what they cast him down, God forbid, the Merciful one save us, and they need to be strengthened and revived each time with many kinds of encouragement, so that they never despair, and that they begin anew each time as mentioned. And they receive all this strength from these tzaddikim. For the more ill a person is, the greater a doctor he needs, as explained elsewhere (#30), for due to the enormity of the power and perceptions of these tzaddikim, who every time began anew and each time perceived more and more the greatness of Hashem's kindness, how He, Blessed be He, devises considerations so that no one be flushed away from him etc. And thereby they have power to draw new vitality and strength to all the fallen, to strengthen and awaken them every time, to never fall down due to anything, but only extend their patience and spirit for everything and be steadfast in Hashem and the power of the true tzaddikim, for His mercies have never ceased, and they should be strong and start following Hashem Yithbarakh anew each time in whatever he can etc. and as mentioned. For, by the power of these tzaddikim who every time began anew, that even when they reached the highest of high levels, that it seems there is no higher level that this, and really it is an extremely wondrous and awesome level and state, that, many great and wondrous tzaddikim never attained it — still even though they reached this and more and more etc. etc., nevertheless they never sufficed with this, but devised considerations every time to begin anew, even though they never knew any more report of a higher level. Nevertheless they said, “Who knows, what else there is?” etc., just like I heard from Rabbeinu z"l, as one time he was very afflicted before me and said, “How can one achieve being a Jew?” etc., and it was a big wonder to me on account that he had just revealed wondrous and awesome things etc.; he spoke up and said, “Who knows what else there is to attain?” etc. For, behold, did it ever occur to me to seek and yearn for such a perception and such a level? So who knows now too what more there is, etc. This was his way every day of his life. And it is impossible to elaborate and relate this here. Hence there are such great tzaddikim that that even when they reach the highest of high levels, that it seems there is no higher level that it, still they yearn, request and seek, and begin anew entirely. For, who knows what more there is? Even though their present perception and level is truly very high, still they say, “Isn't Hashem Yithbarakh infinite? So who knows what more one can reach in this world!” Therefore they begin anew every time, until they truly reach an even higher level. And then they say, “Who knows what more there is?” — and again they begin anew etc., and thus forever. Thus by the power of these tzaddikim there is hope for all the fallen. And there is nothing in the world at all to despair about. For even though it seems to him that from such a descent he cannot get up, God forbid, nevertheless who knows the greatness of Hashem's kindness? For there is such kindness by Him, Yithbarakh, that even from there one can get up. And similarly even if God forbid he fell more many, many times without count, still any move whereby he wants to pick himself up each time from the fall, and each and every cry that he calls out even from the lowest depths, is also never lost. As like Rabbeinu z"l said, that even a yell from the lowest underworld is never lost, regardless of what happens after. For Hashem Yithbarakh and his Torah are infinite and unbounded. As just as there is no getting high in the world, in accord with His greatness — heights above heights, and heights above that etc. and as mentioned — similarly there is no descent in the world, as for every descent, God forbid, there is a worse descent. And since there is a worse descent, God forbid, one needs to be strong and not fall any further, God forbid. And the main empowerment is by the strength of the aforementioned tzaddikim, who never stayed put but every time rose higher etc. as mentioned. For they attained the perception that just as there is never an ascent, similarly there is never a descent from which one cannot rise up. For in truth it is all one, for the more a tzaddik rises to a higher level, he perceives more the generosities of Hashem, which this is the essence of Hashem Yithbarakh's greatness. For the trait of ''Chesed''/Generosity is called ''Gedulah''/Greatness, as is known, as is written, “Yours, Hashem, is the Greatness” [I Chron. 29:11], which is kindness, as is known. Hence the trait of Chesed is is called Gedulah. Therefore the more one perceives the Hashem Yithbarakh's greatness, the more one perceives His generosity, for His Blessed generosity is the essence of His greatness as mentioned. Therefore these tzaddikim who never stay put but each time go up more and more, and each time further perceive His Blessed greatness, that is, the vastness of his generosity, thereby they attain perceiving that there is no fall or descent in the world and no despairing in the world whatsoever. For they perceive such kindnesses each time, which are the essence of the Creator's greatness, whereby everyone can have an ascent. And this is what Rabbeinu z"l said in the torah ''“Mishra deSakina”'' (''LM'' #30), that one needs specifically the greatest tzaddik on the utmost high level. For, the more ill a person is, the greater a healer he needs, that is, as mentioned. For the greater the tzaddik, the more he can raise up even those who are so very fallen, until by the power of the aforementioned tzaddikim [who receive from him], there is no fall or descent where one cannot get up from by their power, if they manage to believe and follow them, and as mentioned. And all this is the abovementioned aspect of Erekh Apayim, the aspect of Erekh Apayim to tzaddikim and Erekh Apayim to the wicked [Oth #8], that these people on a high level, the aspect of tzaddikim, need to prolong their temper, that their temper not fall short, and they not stop having extra spirit and vitality, on account of the great ascent and level they have attained, for in spite of this they need to extend their spirit further, and look to reach an even higher, higher level, and begin anew etc. as mentioned. And these people on a low level, and even the wicked that have fallen in total evil, God forbid, nevertheless as long as the soul is in them, as long as they can still move one body member, need to extend their temper and spirit, to look out for salvation constantly, and prevail and begin anew each time, as much as possible — whatever will be will be — for there is never a move in sanctity nor a groan, cry or aspiration in sanctity etc. that is ever lost, for “Hashem will not cast us off forever” [Lam. 3]. ==Oth 10== And all this is the aspect of tefillin, which are the abovementioned aspect of Arikhath Apayim, which is the aspect of the new brains and vitality that we draw by the mitzwah of tefillin, from the elders in sanctity who receive from the highest elder who is the blind one. ==Oth 11== And this is the aspect of the tunnel of the tefillin, which is where the straps pass through, which are the aspect of “crossing the YaBoQ,” as brought in the Kawanoth. For the straps are the aspect of drawing the brains of the tefillin, which is the aspect of the “Light of the Face,” which is the aspect of the Thirteen Tiqunei Diqna, the aspect of Erekh Apayim mentioned, and therefore ReTzU`AH is gematria 370, the aspect of the 370 lights, of the Light of the Face, as is brought. For the straps represent length, specifically the elongation of the nose, which signifies the elongation of the spirit. This refers to the elongation of the nose, which is the light of the Countenance that extends through the straps, thereby sweetening and nullifying the aspect of the "stripes of wickedness" which is a strap for the Other Side, from which all afflictions and judgments originate. Through the elongation of the nose, extending through the straps of the Tefillin, one transcends all afflictions, sweetening them. They have no power to nullify or obstruct divine service, for one merits the elongation of the nose, i.e., to extend his spirit over everything, not shortening it because of afflictions and obstacles in the world. Instead, one goes about his own affairs, engaging in Torah and divine service, etc., as aforementioned, until he transcends them and nullifies them. Because through the elongation of the nose, not focusing on them at all, they are nullified by themselves. For all afflictions and obstacles come only as a test, and when one strengthens his resolve and extends his spirit, not focusing on them at all, they are nullified before him. Therefore, the elongation of the strap, which signifies the extension of the light of the Countenance, through the elongation of the nose as aforementioned, nullifies the aspect of the strap for the Other Side, from which all afflictions emanate, for everything is sweetened and nullified by the elongation of the nose, which is the aspect of sweetening judgments, as aforementioned. This is the aspect of the passage of the Tefillin, where the straps pass, which is the aspect of the passage of Havayeh Elokim, as aforementioned, for Havayeh Elokim has the numerical value of 52, as is explained. This is the aspect of "I will praise" twice, in God, I will praise," which is in the same vein, for one must recognize Him, blessed be He, and draw close to Him always, whether in prosperity or adversity, God forbid, whether in ascent or descent. This is the aspect of "in God, I will praise," etc., as mentioned in the Torah: "Who is the man who desires life," etc., as explained further. This is itself the aspect of the "He called to Joshua" in the Torah portion that introduces the Book of Joshua. See there, where it is written that anyone who wants to repent needs to be proficient in Halacha, proficient in willing, proficient in returning, proficient in ascending, proficient in departing, in the manner of "I will ascend to the heavens, you are there," etc. See there, that we need to teach how to draw close to God, blessed be He, constantly, in every place. Whether in ascent or descent. And even if one is in the depths of Sheol, from there, too, he can draw close to Him, blessed be He, in the manner of "If I ascend to the heavens, you are there." For even though it seems to him that he has ascended to heaven, he still needs to seek God, blessed be He, and start anew. For God, blessed be He, is also found in heaven, as our Rabbi said in the Torah: "If you go out to war," etc., that all this is the aspect of the elongation of the nose as aforementioned, which we merit through the mitzvah of Tefillin, as aforementioned. This is the aspect of the passage, the aspect of "Havayeh Elokim," for "Havayeh Elokim" consists of the letters of "Beki," proficient in willing, proficient in returning, etc., as our Rabbi said himself, that the aspect of this proficiency is the aspect of "Havayeh Elokim." See there at the end. And also consider the numerical value of "Havayeh Elokim" in the aspect of "in God, I will praise," etc., as aforementioned, whether in the attribute of mercy or in the attribute of judgment, whether in ascent or in descent. Always one must serve God, blessed be He, and extend his spirit so that he will not fall, not become weary, and not be nullified from his yearning for God, blessed be He, because of anything in the world. And all this is achieved through the Tefillin, which is the aspect of the elongation of the nose as aforementioned, which extends his spirit over everything, as aforementioned. For this is the aspect of the long straps that pass through the passage, through which one transcends everything, all afflictions, obstacles, and confusions that emanate from the strap for the Other Side, as aforementioned, and everything is nullified opposite him through the aspect of the elongation of the nose as aforementioned. And this is the aspect of "And God passed before him," which is the aspect of the passage, for then, when God passed before him, God revealed to him the thirteen attributes of mercy, which are thirteen times the numerical value of "Dalet" (ד), and there it is said, "And Moses hastened," etc., for he saw the elongation of the nose, which is the aspect of Tefillin as aforementioned. Through this, one transcends everything and merits to draw close to Him, blessed be He. And this is the aspect of the passage, as aforementioned, for then, when God passed before him and revealed to him the thirteen attributes of mercy, which are thirteen times the numerical value of "Dalet" (ד), then he revealed to him the aspect of the light of the Tefillin, as it is written there in this portion: "I will make all my goodness pass before you," etc., "and you will see my back," and the Sages interpreted this as the knot of the Tefillin, for the essence of the Tefillin emanates from there, from the aspect of "Dalet" (ד), which are the thirteen attributes as aforementioned, which is the aspect of the elongation of the nose as aforementioned. ==Oth 12== And the main essence of the elongation of the nose is achieved through the Land of Israel, which is the aspect of faith. As it is written there in the aforementioned Torah portion on the verse "And Moses hastened," etc., see there (in Siman Kuf-Nun-Hey). And this is the aspect of the Tefillin, for the sections within the Tefillin speak of the Land of Israel and faith, for the main themes of the first two sections are the Exodus from Egypt and the entry into the Land of Israel, as it is written there (Exodus 13): "Remember this day on which you went out from Egypt," etc., "and it shall be when the Lord brings you into the land," etc. And similarly, the second section begins with "And it shall be when the Lord brings you," etc. For the essence of the Tefillin is the aspect of the elongation of the nose, which is achieved through the Land of Israel as aforementioned, which is the opposite of Egypt, which is filled with idolatry and foreign worship, which is the opposite of faith. Therefore, when they were in Egypt, it was said of them (Exodus 6): "And they did not listen to Moses, from shortness of spirit," for they could not draw close to justify themselves, which is the aspect of Moses, and to listen to him because of their shortness of spirit, which is the opposite of the aforementioned elongation of the nose, through which the essence of drawing close to God, blessed be He, and to true righteous individuals is achieved, as written there in the aforementioned Torah portion, and as aforementioned, for the main essence of the elongation of the nose is achieved through faith, which is the aspect of the Land of Israel as aforementioned, which is the aspect of the Tefillin as aforementioned. Therefore, the two secondary sections speak of faith, which is "Hear, O Israel," which is the faith of unity. And the portion "And it shall be if you surely listen" also accepts the yoke of the commandments and the nullification of foreign worship, which is the aspect of wrath, which is also the opposite of the aforementioned elongation of the nose, as it is written there (Deuteronomy 11). The verse "Guard yourselves and so on, lest you turn away and serve other gods and the anger of the Lord will be kindled" (Deuteronomy 11) shows that all four sections of the Tefillin speak of the Exodus from Egypt, which is the aspect of idolatry, the aspect of wrath, and shortness of spirit, in order to merit leaving there and coming to the Land of Israel, which is the aspect of faith and the elongation of the nose. For this is the essence of the Tefillin, as aforementioned. Therefore, the conclusion of the last section of the Tefillin is "so that your days and the days of your children may be multiplied," which is the elongation of days, which is the aspect of long life achieved through the Tefillin, which are the aspect of the elongation of the nose and the elongation of the spirit, from which comes the elongation of days. For the essence of life is through the spirit of breath, through the aspect of elongating the spirit, which is the aspect of elongating the nose. And as explained above, the elongation of the nose is the aspect of the elder in holiness, the aspect of long life, as aforementioned. Therefore, the Sages said (Pesachim 113a), "His hotness, his life is not life," for hotness, which is the aspect of shortness of spirit, is the opposite of elongating the nose. Therefore, his life is not life, for the essence of life is through elongating the spirit, which is the aspect of elongating the nose, as aforementioned. ==Oth 13== Therefore, we need to tie the Tefillin on the left hand, which is the aspect of the dark hand, as the Sages said. For this is the essence of the Tefillin, which is the aspect of elongating the nose, to sweeten and nullify the aspect of the dark hand, from which all afflictions and obstacles emanate, God forbid. One needs to elongate his spirit in the aspect of elongating the nose, as mentioned above, and to surpass everything so that he will not have a short spirit, God forbid, which is the aspect of a depressed spirit, "Who can bear a broken spirit?" (Proverbs 18:14). Rather, one should elongate his spirit above all, which is the aspect of Tefillin, the aspect of elongating the nose. Through this, the aspect of the dark hand is sweetened, as aforementioned. ==Oth 14== And this is [illustrated in the verse], "And the Lord said to Abram, 'Go forth from your land... to the land...'" (Genesis 12), which refers to the Land of Israel, as it is linked to the verse, "And Terah died in Haran." For Rashi explained there that until this point was the wrath and anger of the place. Therefore, it is linked to this [episode] that God commanded Abraham to go to the Land of Israel. Through this, the wrath and anger were sweetened and nullified. For through the Land of Israel, one merits the aspect of elongating the nose, which is the opposite of wrath and anger, as aforementioned. For Abraham is the head of the believers, and therefore he was the first to whom the holiness of the Land of Israel was revealed, as stated in the Holy Zohar, "Tikunim." For the Land of Israel is the aspect of faith, the aspect of elongating the nose, as aforementioned. ==Oth 15== And this is the aspect of (Ex. 13), “Sanctify to Me all the male firstborns, whatsoever opens the womb among the children of Israel,” which is the beginning of the first passage in the tefillin. For the essence of the tefillin are drawn from the sanctity of the firstborn, which is the first birth, which is the aspect of Yetziath Mitzrayim, which is the aspect of birth, as is known, as on account of this we need to sanctify the first birth which is a male firstborn. As written there, “And it came to pass, when Par`oh would hardly let us go... therefore I sacrifice” etc. And all this is in order to draw on oneself the sanctity of birth of the brains which is the essence of birth, that is, to manage to renew ones vitality and brains at all times as if he was born today, as mentioned. Which, this is is the essence of long life, which are the aspect of tefillin as mentioned. And therefore one needs to give the firstborn to the Kohen or redeem him from him, for the Kohen is the aspect of the elder in holiness, in the aspect of (Ps. 133), “It is like the precious oil upon the head, coming down upon the beard; even Aharon's beard” etc., the aspect of the Eight Tikkunim of the Kohen Gadol, as is known. And this is what our Rabbis z”l said (Shabbath 151), “And let your head lack no oil (Eccl. 9:8) — this is head tefillin.” For the essence of tefillin are drawn from the aspect of “like the precious oil upon the head...” of the elder, Aharon, as mentioned. And therefore by means of giving the firstborn, who is the first birth, to the Kohen, we draw the sanctity of the birth of the brains and vitality, to remember to always renew himself as if he was born today, which this is the essence of tefillin, which are the aspect of brains and long life which we receive from the aforementioned Elder in Holiness, who said that he is extremely old and yet has not begun living at all, as if he was born today. For, one needs to each time begin anew as mentioned, and this is the aspect of Mashiach, of whom it is said (Ps. 2), “Today I have borne you.” For Mashiach will attain this aspect perfectly, which is the aforementioned aspect of long life, as each moment he will begin living anew as if he was born today, in the aspect of “I have borne you today.” For Mashiach will attain the aspect of above time, as explained in Rabbeinu z”l's words on this verse, “I have borne you today;” see there [''LM II'' #61]. For this aspect that '''the blind one''' boasted of, who is old yet infantile etc. and the whole world does not amount to him so much as an eyeblink etc., all this is the aspect of above time, which this is the aspect of long life that Mashiach will attain, the aspect of (Ps. 21), “He asked life of You; You gave it to him,” which is the aspect of “David King of Yisrael is Alive and Well.” For David is Mashiach. And this is the aspect of tefillin; that is where is the root of the Mashiach's soul, as is brought, as the root of Mashiach's kingship is in the aspect of the tefillin's knot, and as Rabbeinu z”l said (''LM'' #54), which this is the aspect of (Sam. 1 25), “yet the soul of my lord shall be bound in the bundle of life,” which is said of David, who is Mashiach. The bundle of life is the aspect of tefillin knot, which are the aspect of life as mentioned, the aforementioned aspect of long life, as mentioned. ==Oth 16== And this is the aspect of the strap of the head Tefillin that descends from the knot to the nape of the neck. For the sanctity of the Tefillin stems from the elders who merited to sanctify their intellect to such an extent that they remembered what was done with them from the beginning of their formation, at the time when their nape was cut, as aforementioned. For the essence of the completion of formation, which is the aspect of Tefillin, is the aspect of sanctifying Me, every firstborn of every womb, etc. It is the piece of the nape. Therefore, it is stated regarding the Exodus from Egypt (Ezekiel 16), "And your origins on the day you were born, your navel was not cut," etc. This means that before they left, they were similar to a fetus in its mother's womb, and their nape was not yet cut, etc. For the essence of the Tefillin is the aspect of the Exodus from Egypt, the aspect of birth, which is the aspect of the piece of the nape, as aforementioned. For even though the other elders remembered more and more, as aforementioned, nonetheless, the holiness cannot be revealed outwardly upon us, except for the holiness of the elder's intellect, which recalls the beginning of their formation, which is the piece of the nape, which is the essence of the Tefillin spoken of from the time of formation, the aspect of "Sanctify to Me every firstborn," etc., as aforementioned. And may we merit to receive his holiness, but the holiness of the other intellects of the other elders is not revealed outwardly at all. Rather, all their light is hidden; only in the compartments hidden within the houses is their holiness received in a concealed and hidden manner, for the sanctity of their memory is very concealed from us, as is obvious to the discerning. ==Oth 17== And one strap extends to the heart, for the strap is the aspect of the light that continues from the aspect of elongated patience, as aforementioned. Therefore, it needs to extend to the heart to instill the aspect of elongated patience, which is the suppression of anger within the heart, so that one does not care at all, not even in his heart. This is the essence of elongated patience, as Rabbi [Nissim] mentioned about himself that he merited this aspect in the Land of Israel, that he would have such elongated patience that there would be no anger or resentment in his heart, not even towards his greatest enemy who caused him all the suffering. Nonetheless, he harbored no hatred or resentment in his heart towards him. This is the essence of elongated patience. Therefore, the strap needs to extend to the heart to instill the aspect of elongated patience within the heart, as aforementioned. This means that one does not care or mind anything, not even in his heart, as aforementioned. ==Oth 18== And this is the aspect of Hashem Yithbarakh's extolling Kenesseth Yisrael (Song 7), “Your navel is like a round goblet that lacks no mingled wine,” and our Rabbis z”l explained (Sanh. 37) regarding the seventy Sanhedrin who sat in a semicircle like the moon etc. “Your navel” is the aspect of the tefillin straps which descend from the head knot to the navel, which is drawn from the aspect of the kingship of David-Mashiach who is live and enduring, who is the aspect of the head knot as mentioned, as from there is drawn the strap unto the navel which is the aspect of “your navel like a round goblet,” the aspect of the seventy Sanhedrin who correspond to the seventy facets of the Torah, where David sat at the head, as our Rabbis z”l explained (brought in Rashi) on the verse, “Yoshev-Basheveth a Tachkemonite, head” etc. (2 Sam 23), for all the seventy Sanhedrin who are the aspect of the seventy faces of the Torah all receive from David-Mashiach, as all his vitality is from the aspect of the aforementioned elders, who are the aspect of Tiqunei Diqna Qadisha, the aspect of honoring the face, the aspect of Stories of Ancient Times, as all the seventy faces of the Torah are drawn from them, as explained in the Torah “Pathach R' Shim`on” (''LM'' #60), see there; as thereby one can wake up from sleep, which is the absence of the brains. And by means of these elders, the aspect of the stories, are drawn all the seventy faces of the Torah and we wake up from sleep. Which, this is is the aspect of the seventy years that David a”h lived. And therefore he minimized sleep to the utmost, as our Rabbis z”l said (''Sukkah'' 26), that David never slept sixty breaths, so as to not taste the taste of death. For sleep is one sixtieth of death, which is drawn from Adam haRishon's mistake, by eating from the Tree of Knowledge Good-and-Bad and blemishing the Tree of Life which is the aspect of the light of the tefillin, as is brought. For tefillin are the aspect of life, the aspect of the Tree of Life, of which is said (Gen. 3), “And he eat and live forever). And by causing this damage, death was decreed on him for generations. But actually, after the mistake, death and sleep are a great benefit, for had Adam not erred he would have attained true life which is everlasting life, long life, whilst still in the body, that is, in his body he would have been able to be included in the Ein Sof forever, running and returning, and live long life, that is, renewing his vitality forever, in the aspect of renewing life of the Highest Elder, who is the '''Blind One''', who lived long life, as he is forever old and forever infantile etc. as mentioned. But after the mistake and having eaten from the Tree of Knowledge Good-and-Bad and being driven from Gan `Eden and the Serpent's filth taking grip on his body, the aspect of the “Serpent's bite,” it is impossible for him to live long life in his body forever. And it is impossible to attain everlasting life except by death, which is a great benefit, as written (Gen 1), “And behold, good ''me'od''” — this is death (''Ber. Rab.'' 9), for by means of death which is sleep, his brain is renewed. And then his body and life are renewed, and then he comes back to life in a body clean and pure that is entirely cleaned and purified of the Serpent's filth. And then he will attain receiving new brains in the aspect of tefillin, the Tree of Life, which are the aspect of long life he will attain then. That is, then he will attain living such life forever, as at all times life and brains will be added to him, until the older he gets, the more he will attain beginning anew. Which this is the aspect of the Blind Elder, which this is the essence of everlasting life that whoever attains will attain in the future to come. For constant delight is no delight and is not called true life, but rather when one attains living new life at all times, and this is the aspect of long life, everlasting life, that the tzaddikim will attain in the future after revival of the dead, that is, the aforementioned aspect, as they will attain renewing their life at all times, which this is the aspect of tefillin as mentioned. ==Oth 19== Even in this world, where the righteous, true servants of God merit to extend upon themselves eternal life through Torah, prayer, and good deeds, although their ultimate goal is to always live long lives, to renew their lives with added holiness, with new intellectual faculties and vitality at all times, nonetheless, it is inevitable and impossible to live long lives in this world continuously. For inevitably, the intellect will become fatigued, and therefore, sleep is necessary. And sleep is a great good, for by completely resting their minds when necessary and sleeping a little, they give rest to their intellects. Through this, they return and renew themselves in the morning, and merit to receive new intellectual faculties. They start afresh, as this is the aspect of tefillin: that they merit in the morning after sleep, as precisely explained in the Kavanot. Through the sleep of the night and the awakening at midnight to engage in Torah study, they emerge in the morning with the impressions of the intellect from the previous day, renewed during the night's sleep. And through this, they receive completely new intellectual faculties during prayer, which is the essence of life, long life. Study the Kavanot and understand well, for all the intentions of tefillin are included in our words in a wonderful way, so that each person may merit to receive from them a new awakening, wonderful desire, true and proper advice at all times for the service of the Blessed Creator, for every individual according to their level, place, and time. So even the least among the least can mention the Blessed Name at all times, in every place they may be, however they may be. We have already elaborated on this somewhat above. But let the wise understand and gain wisdom even more, for it is impossible to explain everything in writing. And the discerning one who truly desires to have compassion on themselves and not to deceive themselves can receive all the true and eternal goodness from our words. Let us return to our words, for now it is impossible to merit these aforementioned long lives, to renew one's mind and vitality at all times, except through sleep. But the righteous limit their sleep very much, each one according to their own necessity, for the renewal of the intellect, as aforementioned. Therefore, as it is said (Sukkah 26), "David never slept," as aforementioned, for he lived those long lives. New life at all times and hours, unable to sleep except little by little, compelled for long life as aforementioned. Therefore, the kingdom of David is likened to the moon, which renews itself at all times, hinting at the assembly of Israel, including the aspect of David's kingdom, who need to renew their service at all times in order to merit renewal in the future and to live those aforementioned long lives. As we say, "To the moon, He said to renew its crown of glory for those who are destined to renew like it, to praise their Creator in honor of His kingdom." Then we say, "David, King of Israel, lives and endures," for this is the essence of vitality when renewed at all times, as aforementioned. Therefore, Israel is counted with the moon, from which the new emerge (Chullin 30). This hints that we need to renew ourselves at all times to live each day and at all times with new vitality in the service of the Blessed Creator, for we do not age forever, God forbid, even if we were to live a thousand years (Psalms 90). "For a thousand years in Your eyes are like yesterday." For all our days are counted as eternally new. We find that all our days are called "new," for we bless and sanctify the new month at every new moon, and it is called "Rosh Chodesh" after this renewal that we renew our days at all times, in the aspect of the renewal of the moon as aforementioned, the aspect of renewing the new. And so all the days of the month are counted as the month, for this day is the second of the month, and that day is the third of the month, and so on until the month is complete, and then the second month begins, and so on forever. We find that all our days are counted specifically to the month. For all the days of Israel, with the holiness they received with the Torah, which is the aspect of eternal life, as written (Deuteronomy 30), "For it is your life." All their days are in the aspect of renewal specifically, the aspect of new life at all times, which is the essence of long and eternal life, as aforementioned. ==Oth 20== All of this is achieved through the Tefillin, which represent the aforementioned aspects. Therefore, the aspect of David's kingdom is linked to the connection of Tefillin as aforementioned. Hence, descends from there a holy strap to the navel, which represents the beginning of life and the birth of a person as they emerge into the world. The beginning of separation from the womb to begin living independently in the world is at the time of cutting the umbilical cord. At that moment, one separates from the womb and begins a new life, receiving strength to renew their life at all times, as if born anew and their umbilical cord cut, initiating their life as aforementioned. From there extends the aspect of human life, encompassed within seventy years, which are the days of a person's life, as written (Psalms 90), "The days of our years are seventy." This corresponds to the seventy faces of Torah, as explained by Rabbi Shimon in Tikkunei Zohar (Section 60). For all the seventy faces, which are the seventy years of life, are extended from the aforementioned elders, which are the aspects of the narratives of ancient years, whose illumination extends to us through the elder amongst them, who continues the renewal of vitality through the aspect of the great mind that also remembers the cutting of the umbilical cord, as aforementioned. For the minds of the other elders, who are even higher, cannot be revealed externally, as aforementioned. This is akin to the Basin of the Moon, which renews itself at all times, representing itself as the seventy Sanhedrin, which our sages expounded upon as aforementioned. For the seventy Sanhedrin represent the seventy faces of seventy years, which are received through the Tefillin by the aforementioned elders. Through the strap descending to the navel, one achieves the renewal of their vitality at all times, which is the essence of vitality for all seventy years. For if one does not renew their vitality at all times, they do not live seventy years. For the essence of vitality is the service of the Creator, as He is our life. And when one does not increase holiness and knowledge every day, their days are shortened. Who knows if all seventy years of their life will amount to another day. Therefore, the wicked, who do not fulfill the Torah completely, are called dead in their lives, for they are truly dead since they do not fulfill the Torah, which is truly the essence of life, as it is written, "He is your life." Even one who serves the Lord somewhat is not counted among their days of life except according to the extent of the work and good deeds they have done in their lives. Therefore, it is possible that all their vitality will only amount to one day, as aforementioned. But the essence of true life is in the aspect of David the King, peace be upon him, who merited to live a full seventy years. For he merited those aforementioned lives, which are the essence of those long lives as aforementioned, which continue through the Tefillin, etc., as aforementioned, which is the aspect of new life at all times. And this is why we say in the Kiddush Levana regarding the renewal of vitality, which is the essence of the renewal of the Moon, representing the assembly of Israel and the kingdom of David, as aforementioned. Then we say, "And to the moon, He said, 'You shall renew the crown of glory for those who are borne of the womb, who are destined to renew themselves like her.'" The crown of glory specifically refers to the Tefillin, which are called the crown of glory as is known, and as is mentioned regarding the blessing "Atar Yisrael" in the prayers, which alludes to the Tefillin. For they are the aspect of the crown of glory through which the essence of renewal of vitality is continued, as aforementioned, which is the aspect of the renewal of the Moon, as aforementioned. And this is the aspect of the sanctity of the firstborn, which is the beginning of the first section of the Tefillin, the aspect of "Sanctify to Me every firstborn," etc., as aforementioned, which needs to be redeemed from the priest in order to continue through it the aspect of the renewal of vitality and the minds, as aforementioned. And this is why the essence of redeeming the firstborn is from a new one, as it is written (Numbers 18), "And you shall redeem him from a month old," specifically from a new one. For the essence of redemption is for the renewal of vitality, which is the aspect of renewal, renewing new things, as aforementioned. ==Oth 21== Dawidh had no vitality at all, for he ought to have been a ''Nefel''/miscarriage/fallen-out. But Adam haRishon [''A"hR''] gave him seventy of his own years, as our rabbis z"l have said. For, the life of ''A"hR'' was drawn from the aspect of ''Arikh Anpin'' [''A"A'', the Supernal “Long Face”], which is the aspect of ''arikhath apayim''/forbearance [lit. lengthening of nose], the aspect of the aforementioned stories of ''shanim qadhmoniyoth'' [ancient years, ancient aspects] etc. And as transmitted in the [Arizal’s] writings, that the vitality of the first generations was from there, from the aspect of ''A"A;'' and therefore they would live very long lives. And all the stories that the Torah tells about the first generations, are all from the aspect of stories of ''shanim qadhmoniyoth'', which are the aspect of ''hadrath panim''/honorable face, as all the seventy faces of the Torah receive from it. And therefore the Torah began from these holy stories, before it explains the ''mitzwoth'' of the Torah. For, all the mitzwoth of the Torah, which consist of the aspect of the seventy faces of the Torah, need to receive from the aspect of ''hadrath panim'', the aspect of ''shufreih de’Adam''/Man’s beauty, the aspect of stories of ''shanim qadhmoniyoth'' and the essential holy vitality that is drawn from there. This renews his vitality at all times; each moment he begins living anew, which is the aspect the (Ps. 2), “''Ani hayom yelidhtikha''/ Today I have begotten you,” that is said of the Mashiach [Anointed to Kingship] Dawidh. Namely, Dawidh Mashiach merited that it was reversed to good, from one opposite to the other. For, just as initially he had no vitality at all and really ought to have been a Nefel, the thing was reversed and he merited to live seventy years from ''A"hR''’s years, and merited to live all the seventy years in the aspect of new life at all times, as if he had still never lived at all, but was just born today. And he, at all times was like a miscarriage that was born now, which has no life and has to receive, by Hashem’s graces, new life. And so on, at every time and moment. And thus he lived all his seventy years, which is the essence of life, as mentioned above. Until he merited through his devotion and effort in this aspect — trying and toiling all his days without sleeping his days away, but rather adding holiness and consciousness at all times — to renew his vitality at every hour. Until he merited thereby to live long, everlasting life for ever and ever, in the aspect of “''Dawidh Melekh Yisrael Chai Vekayam''/Dawidh, King of Yisrael, is alive and enduring,” as mentioned. And this is the aspect of tefillin, as mentioned. For ''teFiLYn'' are a term for (Ex. 33:16), “''VeniFLiYnu ani ve`amekha''/ and I and Your people are distinguished,” which was said when Hashem Yithbarakh revealed to him the Thirteen Attributes of Mercy, which are the aspect of the light of the tefillin, which is the aspect of the “''Ve'raitha eth-achorai''/ and you shall see My back” stated there, which is the tefillin knot (''Berakhoth'' 7), which is where the root of Dawidh-Mashiach’s soul is, as mentioned, as he ought to have been ''Nefel'' as mentioned, but now he merited the thing being reversed to good and living new life at all times, as if he was born today, which is the aspect of tefillin, the aspect of “''Venifliynu ani ve`amekha,” ''for the thing becomes reversed, as mentioned, and is made from the aspect of ''Nefel'' into the aspect of ''Venifliynu,'' which is the aspect of tefillin, which is the aspect of the aforementioned long life/longevity of Dawidh as mentioned. And therefore Mashiach is called ''“Bar Nifli''/ My Distinguished Son''” ''[''Sanh''. 96b on Amos 9:11] for Mashiach will attain that life, which is the aspect of the ''“Ani hayom yelidhtikha”'' that is said of Mashiach, and as mentioned above. ==Oth 22== And this is (Ps. 145:14), “''Somekh Hashem lekhol-hanofelim/ H''ashem is a support to all the fallen,” who are the aspect of those who have fallen from serving Hashem, and Hashem Yithbarakh supports them and awakens them from sleep through the Tzaddikim of the era, who are the aspect of Dawidh-Mashiach who attained the reversal from the aspect of ''Nefel'' to the aspect of long life, to always begin living anew, which this is the aspect of tefillin, the aspect of ''“Venifliynu”'' as mentioned. And thereby they enliven and establish all the fallen ones, that they should not be downcast and not despair of the deliverance of their souls, as mentioned. Until they merit to return to Hashem, and then the fall and descent becomes the ultimate ascent. For, the essence of the fall is specifically on account of this, in order that they should begin living anew, as explained elsewhere. That is, that his vitality and brains should begin again and be renewed, which this is the aspect of tefillin, the aspect of ''“Venifliynu”'' etc. as mentioned, hence the support of those who have fallen from the service of Hashem, that they should not despair. Rather, they should strengthen themselves anew each time, which this itself is the aspect of Dawidh-Mashiach, who attained the aspect of ''Nefel'' being reversed to the aspect of long life, that he should merit to begin to live anew each time, as mentioned. For, for them too the fall and descent becomes the ultimate ascent. As Rabbeinu z”l said elsewhere in ''LM ''(#261), that the fact that a man falls from his service, it is from Heaven — for becoming distant is the beginning of drawing close. Therefore he fell in order that he should become more alert, to draw close to Hashem Yithbarakh. And his advice is, “that he should begin anew, entering the service of Hashem as if he has still never begun, and this is a big rule in serving Hashem, that a person needs to really begin anew every day.” Hence specifically through the fall they begin to live anew, which is the aspect of tefillin, as mentioned. Which, this is the aspect of Dawidh’s longevity, which was reversed from ''Nefel'' to long life etc. as mentioned. For, all the support of the fallen is through the aforementioned great tzaddikim, who are the aspect of Dawidh-Mashiach, who lived new life at all times. Which, thereby they enliven all the fallen ones, to begin anew from now, and as explained above. And this is the aspect of the Redemption which shall be through Dawidh-Mashiach, who should come soon in our days, and then Kenesseth Yisrael will rise up from their fall, as our rabbis z”l expounded (''Berakhoth'' 5) on this verse — which this is the reason why there is no ''Nun'' in Tehillah leDawidh etc. Even so, Dawidh again supported it prophetically [lit. by ''Ruach haKoshesh''/ by the Spirit of the Holy], as it says, ''”Somekh Hashem lekhol-hannofelim,” ''etc. In the West (i.e. Israel) they resolve it [the verse Amos 5:2,'' Naflah velo-tosif kum, betulath Yisrael/'' She is fallen and shall lo longer rise, the virgin of Yisrael] thus: ''”Naflah lo-tosif [lipol `od]''/ It has fallen but shall no more '''[fall]''', ''Kum/ Rise''” etc.! [''Berakhoth'' 4b] For, the entire fall of Kenesseth Yisrael is their falling from their service, God forbid, which the Redemption depends on. For, the Redemption depends on nothing else but ''Teshuvah''/ Return/ Repentance, as our rabbis z"l said (''Yoma'' 80). And therefore the main support of the fall is by Dawidh specifically, who lives the aforementioned long life, as mentioned. Which, thereby he vitalizes, strengthens and supports all the fallen ones, that they should not despair, for Hashem is with them and close to them, in the aspect of, “''Al tismechi oyavti li ki nafalti kamti/ D''o not rejoice over me, my enemy; though I have fallen [specifically], I shall rise.'' Ki eshev bechoshekh Hashem owr li/ T''hough [or “when,” or “because”] I sit in darkness, Hashem is a light unto me” (Mic. 7:8). And then the fall and descent is the ultimate ascent, and is as mentioned. And this is the Kohen haGadol [High Priest] in the Beith haMiqdash praying on Yom haKippurim, “''Velo tapil ishah peri bitnah''/ And let no woman miscarry the fruit of her womb''...''” [''YK'' prayer] “''Velo ya`adei `avid shultan mideveith Yehudah''/ A''nd'' may there not depart a ruler from the house of Yehudah” [''Yoma'' 53b]. For, he attained the reversal from the aspect of ''Nefel'' to the aspect of long life specifically, as mentioned. And therefore the Kohen haGadol would pray on Yom haKippurim this prayer specifically. For, Yom haKippurim is the essence of teshuvah/return, and the essence of teshuvah is to rise up from one’s fall, which is the aspect of ''Nefel'', as mentioned. And to be strong to renew his days, in the aspect of (Lam. 5), “''Hashivenu... chadesh yameinu keqedem''/ Restore us... make our days new as before” etc. as mentioned, which is the aspect of Dawidh Mashiach’s kingship, as mentioned. Therefore after Yom haKippurim is Sukkoth, which is the aspect of, “''Aqim eth-sukath Dawidh hanofeleth''/ I will raise up the tabernacle of Dawidh that is fallen” (Amos 9:11), annulling the aspect of the fallen ones’ fall, God have mercy, and instead raising them up and vitalizing them, in the aspect of, ''“Somekh Hashem lekhol-hannofelim” ''etc. as mentioned. And therefore after Sukkoth is Shemini `Atzereth, which is the aspect of the Davidic kingship, as written (Sam. I 9:17), “''Zeh ya`tzor be`ami''/ This one shall have authority over My people,” as Rabbeinu z”l said elsewhere (''LM'' #48), which is when ''Nuqva'' is `''otzereth''/ seizing the droplet so that it does not fall, as written in the Qawanoth, namely, as mentioned above. ==Oth 23== And this is the aspect of Rosh Hashanah. For Rosh Hashanah is the aspect of tefillin which are the aspect of renewal that we attain every day through sleep, when the brains are renewed in Emunah etc., which this is the aspect of Rosh Hashanah, as brought in the words of Rabbeinu z”l in the torah ''“Ashrei Ha`am”'' (''LM'' #35), see there. For Rosh Hashanah is the aspect of the sanctity of Eretz Yisrael, as written, “Always the eyes of Hashem your God are on it from the year's heading unto the year's ending” [Deut. 11:12] , which this is the aspect if tefillin, which are the aspect of Eretz Yisrael's sanctity, the aspect of, “And it shall be, when He brings you” that is said in the tefillin's passages as mentioned. For the essence of Rosh Hashanah's sanctity is that we attain perfect Teshuvah/Return, for it is the first day of the Ten Days of Repentance. That is, that we attain renewing our days that passed in darkness, and from here onwards ad additional sanctity and devotion anew. Which this is the aspect of, “Renew upon us a good year,” that we request on Rosh Hashanah. “Renew” specifically, that we attain a ''new ''year specifically. For every year is a particular facet of the seventy facets of the Torah as mentioned. Therefore every year we need to attain entirely new faces. Living from now new life. Which this is the aspect of long life as mentioned. And this is the aspect of voluminous requesting and prayer on Rosh Hashanah for life many, many times in each prayer. As we say, “Remember us for life... Inscribe us for life... Who compassionately remembers his formations for life...” and many of the sort. For the essence of the aspect of life is the aspect of long life, mentioned, of the '''Blind Elder''', who attained the ultimate memory perfectly as mentioned, as from his is drawn the sanctity of Rosh Hashanah, which is the aspect of the sanctity of the tefillin, which are the aspect of, “and for remembrance between your eyes” as mentioned. And therefore Rosh Hashanah is called “Day of Remembrance.” For the essence of its sanctity is from the aforementioned aspect of that Elder's remembrance. And all our request on Rosh Hashanah for life, the whole intention is for true and everlasting life, that is, the aforementioned aspect of long life. That is, to renew our life at all times, the aspect of, “Renew upon us a good year” — “renew” specifically, as said. ==Oth 24== This is the kindness that the Lord has bestowed upon us by establishing Rosh Hashanah on the New Moon, which is a great kindness, as explained in the Torah, "Blow the horn at the New Moon." We have also heard more about this in the awe-inspiring event related to this matter concerning the Throne, etc., which has not yet been printed. For we need the Lord to renew the year for us in the aspect of the New Moon, which is the aspect of the renewal of vitality at all times, which is the aspect of the kingdom of David the Messiah, as aforementioned. We increase our requests on Rosh Hashanah for His kingdom to be revealed, which is a kingdom of holiness that we seek to be revealed on Rosh Hashanah, as we say several times on Rosh Hashanah, "And may You reign," etc. And we prepare a white candle for Jesse, the Messiah, and cause the horn of David, Your servant, to sprout quickly in our days. For the kingdom of the Messiah is the aspect of those long lives that we request on Rosh Hashanah. This is the aspect of sanctifying the New Moon, as aforementioned. Therefore, in His mercy, He established Rosh Hashanah for us on the New Moon, as aforementioned. This is what our Sages said regarding Rosh Hashanah, which is on the New Moon: "One memory rises here and there." Specifically, it is the memory, for the sanctity of Rosh Hashanah, which is in the aspect of the New Moon, meaning to renew the year in the aspect of new life, which is the aspect of the New Moon, the aspect of those long lives, as aforementioned. All of this is in the aspect of memory, as aforementioned. And it is also explained in the words of our Rabbi, peace be upon him, in "Balkuti Tanina" (Section 40), that he who knows from the Land of Israel should look there. It is explained there that Tefillin, the Land of Israel, and Rosh Hashanah are one aspect. Look there, as aforementioned. ==Oth 25== The essence of the Tefillin is the aspect of vitalizing intellects, meaning to begin anew with vitality each time, whether for the righteous, the intermediate, or the wicked. As long as the name of Israel is upon him, one must start anew every day, as aforementioned. This is the aspect of "And you who cleave to the Lord your God are alive, all of you, today," which is said concerning the holy Tefillin, as is known. "Alive, all of you, today" specifically means that one needs to renew vitality every day, as if he is beginning to live today, and this is "alive, all of you, today," specifically, as aforementioned. This is the aspect of the Tefillin of the head and the Tefillin of the hand. And it is stated in the Kavanot that the Tefillin of the head are the aspect of the three names: "Eh-yeh" "Asher" "Eh-yeh," which equal "Chayim" (life) in gematria, the aspect of intellects. And the Tefillin of the hand are the aspect of the intellects of the kingdom. Therefore, they are the three names: "Eh-yeh" "Adonai" "Havaya," which ascend in the arm tefillin, etc. Look there. And it is explained there that the light of the Tefillin emerges through sleep, as they sleep at night. For then, the intellects are renewed within faith, which is the aspect of the kingdom. And by rising at midnight, mourning the destruction of the Temple, and engaging in Torah study, they elevate the point of the kingdom until it rises with the light of day and sits on the left arm, for there is its place, etc. And then, the remnant of the intellects that remain in the heart are illuminated by the impression left by them. For the essence of the intellects of greatness is only during prayer. And after prayer, the intellects depart, leaving only their impression. This is the aspect of the light of the Tefillin, which is the impression left by the intellects that remain all day. The essence, however, is during prayer, etc. And afterward, at night, even the impression departs. Therefore, there are no Tefillin at night, and even the impression of the intellects of the kingdom departs at night. Only this impression of the kingdom does not entirely depart but remains in the heart, which is the aspect of "Set me as a seal upon your heart, as a seal upon your arm," etc. And afterward, in the morning, it illuminates the impression on the left arm, which is the aspect of the prayer of the hand. Then, when the person sees that he already has the Tefillin, the impression of the intellects of the kingdom, he becomes envious of it. This is the aspect of "Like She'ol, jealousy." Then he returns and takes for himself his own intellects, which is the impression that renewed at night. This is the aspect of the Tefillin of the head, etc. See there in length. It is found that the Tefillin of the head are the aspect of the emanation of the intellects of knowledge, which is the aspect of Z"A. And the Tefillin of the hand are the aspect of the emanation of the intellects of the kingdom, which is the aspect of faith, as aforementioned. And the essence of the Tefillin and the intellects and the vitality are drawn through the true righteous of the generation, who are the intellects and vitality of the whole world. For every righteous person of the generation is the aspect of Moshe Messiah, as it is written (Shabbat 111a), "Moshe is beautiful," and Moshe is intellect, the aspect of the Tefillin of the intellect, as our Rabbi, may his memory be for a blessing, said elsewhere (Likutei 1:38), "For the true righteous person is the aspect of a river going out of Eden to water the garden." And from there, it separates and becomes four heads, which are the aspect of the four compartments in the Tefillin, as is known, which are the intellects of the Tefillin that are drawn through the river going out of Eden, which is the true righteous person, as is known. And this is the Tefillin of the head and the Tefillin of the hand, which is the aspect of the righteous person, which is the aspect of Z"A, as is known, and the assembly of Israel, which is the aspect of the kingdom, and so forth. This is the intellects of the righteous person himself, which is the aspect of the Tefillin of the head, and the intellects of all Israel, which the righteous person illuminates and brings near to the Blessed One. This is the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand, which are primarily the aspect of faith, which is the essence and foundation upon which everything depends, as it is written (Habakkuk 2:4), "The righteous person will live by his faith." This means that the righteous person is compelled to remove his intellects, and even the impression departs during sleep, and nothing remains except the impression of the intellects of faith that remains in his heart, in the aspect of "Set me as a seal upon your heart," as aforementioned. And then, during sleep, the faith is contracted and diminished into a secret point and descends to all the lower worlds to purify sparks from there, as aforementioned. This means that the righteous person is compelled to immerse himself in the aspect of sleep and remove his intellects. Then, through his faith, he purifies many sparks from the depths of the husks, which are many souls that fell due to their sins and distanced themselves from the Blessed One, each one according to how far they distanced themselves in their sins, may the Merciful One save them. For the sake of these souls, the righteous person is compelled to lower himself to them and remove his intellect in order to instill complete faith in them, to bring them closer to the holy faith, to sustain them for the Blessed One. For from the essence of the intellect of the righteous person, it is impossible to accept. Therefore, he is compelled to remove his intellect and diminish himself into the secret of the point, to purify them and elevate them through the point of faith alone. And afterward, when he awakens from sleep with all the sparks and souls that he elevated and awakened to the Blessed One, they need to engage in Torah study, prayer, and the service of the Blessed One until they merit to ascend to their place in the secret of the prayer of the hand, which is the aspect of the assembly of Israel sitting on the left arm, as aforementioned. Then, all the impressions of all the intellects of all Israel that departed from them, and all that remains in the heart of the righteous person is the aspect of a seal upon your heart. He illuminates everything with that same point of his faith that rose with all the souls of the penitents that he elevated and returned to the Blessed One, meaning he illuminates them with knowledge and understanding to strengthen them in complete faith so that they may be strengthened in their service. And they shall not regard any hindrance or incitement from the Evil Inclination and other deterrents but shall pass over everything through the strengthening of their faith, which is greatly strengthened by the intellect that illuminates them in the secret of the Tefillin of the hand, as aforementioned. And through this, the dark hand sweetens, which is the aspect of all hindrances and incitements, etc., which are all drawn through the aspect of might and judgments, the aspect of the dark hand, as aforementioned. For through the strengthening of faith, they overcome everything, as aforementioned, until nothing can cause them to stumble. For he enlightens them with the knowledge of the holy faith, so they know that the Blessed One is present everywhere, and there is no hindrance in the world that they cannot overcome. There is no despair in the world because there is no descent in the world from which they cannot ascend, etc., as aforementioned. Through this, he strengthens and awakens them in faith until they overcome all hindrances and confusions in the world and draw near to the Blessed One, beginning anew each time. For he instills in them complete faith, which is the aspect of endurance to overcome all obstacles and deterrents in the world, as aforementioned. This is the aspect of Tefillin, as aforementioned. Then, when the righteous person sees that the aspect of the point of faith has succeeded and bore fruit, as they have already received intellect and true knowledge, which is the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand, meaning he sees that it has already risen in his hand, and his efforts have borne fruit because he has succeeded in enlightening their intellect and souls that were concealed and brought them closer to the Blessed One until they are strong in their faith to stand firm and overcome all hindrances in the world, etc., as aforementioned. Then, the righteous person himself becomes envious of his disciples when he sees that they have received intellect and true knowledge from him. He envies them in the sense of "I envy you" more than all of them, for through the disciples whom he has enlightened with the intellect and knowledge of the holy faith, which is the aspect of the assembly of Israel, the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand, as aforementioned, he envies them. And he recalls within himself where his intellects are. Then he retrieves the impression of his intellects that departed from him during sleep. Then he accepts this impression, which is renewed in a wonderful way, which is the aspect of the Tefillin of the head, as aforementioned. And this is explained in the words of our Rabbi, may his memory be for a blessing, elsewhere that initially, the righteous person lowers himself in order to draw souls closer. And afterward, he returns to his exalted state with additional enlightenment, etc., as aforementioned. That is as aforementioned. And from these two aspects, which are the intellects of the righteous person himself and the intellects of the faith that he instills in the assembly of Israel, which are the souls that he brings close to the Blessed One, from there, the aspects of the Tefillin of the head and the Tefillin of the hand are drawn for each and every one, for each aspect includes all the others, as is known. And this is the aspect of "For the Leader, by David; to remember," to remember oneself, as Rashi explained there, a parable to a king who was angry with his flock, etc., after some time he returned the flock, etc., as aforementioned. Initially, the righteous person mentions Israel, urging them to return to the Blessed One. Then, when he sees that his prayer and efforts have been effective and he has brought Israel back to the Blessed One, then he mentions himself, as aforementioned. This is the aspect of the Tefillin of the head, which are the aspect of remembrance, as aforementioned. ==Oth 26== And therefore, the intellects of the Tefillin of the head are the aspect of "Ehyeh Asher Ehyeh," which are living intellects, as aforementioned. For "Ehyeh" is the aspect of conception, as explained in the intentions, for it is explained in the words of our Rabbi, may his memory be for a blessing, in Torah that it is written to Joshua (in Siman 6) that "Ehyeh" is the aspect of repentance, the aspect of "Ani Zumin Lemihavei," for before repentance, one has no existence at all. Only when one begins to repent is he in the aspect of "Ehyeh," the aspect of "Ani Zumin Lemihavei," for then he begins to arrange and prepare himself to have existence in the world. See there. And it is stated there that one needs to repent for repentance, etc. See there. And even the righteous person who has already fully repented still needs to repent at all times for the initial attainment. For at all times, he comes to a new attainment. And then he repents, which is the aspect of "Ehyeh," for yesterday's attainment, which manifested the exaltation of His divinity, etc., which is the aspect of Sabbath, the aspect of the World to Come, which is entirely Sabbath, entirely repentance, etc. See there. Thus, the true righteous person is always in the aspect of "Ehyeh," for every time he comes to new intellects and begins to grasp the Blessed One with new attainment and new intellects. This is the aspect of the aforementioned long life, the aspect of new life that he begins to live each time. For all this is the aspect of "Ehyeh," for every day he is in the aspect of "Ehyeh," the aspect of conception, "Ani Zumin Lemihavei," as if he has not yet begun to live at all, and he has no existence in the world at all. Only now does he begin to live and prepare himself to have existence in the world. This is the aspect of "Ehyeh," as aforementioned. And therefore, the Tefillin, which are the aspect of the aforementioned long life of the righteous person, who begins to live anew each time with new intellects, as aforementioned, are in the aspect of "Ehyeh Asher Ehyeh," which are living intellects. That is, every day he is in the aspect of "Ehyeh," the aspect of conception, "Ani Zumin Lemihavei." He begins to live anew with new intellects and new life, as if he had not yet had any existence or life at all, as aforementioned. And afterward, by this, new complete intellects adhere to him, which are the aspect of existence, as explained in the intentions. See there. And immediately, when he merits to receive these new intellects, which are the aspect of existence, immediately he returns and removes those intellects, and only their impression remains. Then he returns and begins to cleave to the Blessed One and yearn for Him, that he may merit even greater and more new intellects, which is the aspect of "Ekiyah B". The aspect of "Ani Zumin Lemihavei," etc. as aforementioned. And this is "Ekiyah HaVayah Ekiyah," for he always remains in the aspect of "Ekiyah," the aspect of "Ani Zumin Lemihavei," for as soon as he receives the intellects, which are the aspect of existence, immediately he returns and begins to yearn for the Blessed One in the aspect of "Ekiyah Ani Zumin Lemihavei," as if he had not yet had any existence or life at all. And so forever, as aforementioned. And therefore, these three names, "Ekiyah HaVayah Ekiyah," are living intellects, for this is the essence of life, the aspect of the aforementioned long life, that is, he begins to live anew each time, as aforementioned at length. However, the intellects of the congregation of Israel, which are the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand, are in the aspect of "Ekiyah HaVayah Adonai," for they also need to begin anew each day in the aspect of "Ekiyah Ani Zumin Lemihavei," as aforementioned. And afterward, they receive their intellects, which are the aspect of existence, as aforementioned. But afterward, when their intellects depart, they remain in the aspect of "Adonai," which is the aspect of the kingdom of faith, for they believe in the Blessed One, who is the Master of all. For this aspect of "Adonai," which is the aspect of faith, needs to remain forever, for this point never departs. For it is necessary that the impression of the intellects of faith remain so that they can strengthen themselves in their service, as aforementioned. For the essence of the renewal of the intellects of the multitude is so that they remain in strong faith, for this is the essence of their vitality, for it is the foundation of everything. And therefore, their impression remains in the aspect of "Adonai," which is the aspect of faith in believing in the Master of all. And by this, their intellects are renewed, and they merit to overcome all obstacles, as aforementioned. But the intellects of the aspect of the Tefillin of the head, which are the intellects of the righteous person, remain in the aspect of "Ekiyah." He truly merits the aforementioned long life, beginning anew each time to live as aforementioned. And this is the aspect of "Ekiyah Asher Ekiyah." This is the aspect of repentance upon repentance as aforementioned, that each time he begins anew to live in the aspect of "Ekiyah" as aforementioned. And this is "Ekiyah Asher Ekiyah," "Ani Zumin Lemihavei," etc., as he begins to live and receive new intellects, the aspect of the Tefillin as aforementioned. And this is the "Ash" of the letters "Rosh," which are the intellects in the aspect of existence as aforementioned. And afterward, he returns to the aspect of "Ekiyah," for he begins to yearn to receive even greater new life and intellects. And this is the aspect of "Ehiyeh B" as aforementioned. It turns out that "Ehiyeh Asher Ehiyeh" is the aspect of "Ehiyeh HaVayah Ehiyeh," the aspect of the Tefillin, for this name, "Ehiyeh Asher Ehiyeh," which the Blessed One revealed to Moses at the time of the Exodus from Egypt, is the aspect of the Tefillin as aforementioned. And so too, each person individually must continue upon himself these two aspects of intellects as aforementioned, which are the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand and the Tefillin of the head. For when the intellects depart from him, then through the impression of faith that remains in his heart, by this, he returns and continues to strengthen his mind and intellects for himself, to strengthen in excessive faith, to return and begin the service of the Blessed One, which is the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand, which is the aspect of faith and sovereignty as aforementioned. For the names ascend YaBaQ, which is the aspect of BaQi, the aspect of transition, YaBaQ as aforementioned, which overcome all obstacles as aforementioned. And afterward, when he merits the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand, that is, to strengthen in faith and not to allow himself to fall, God forbid, afterward, he becomes jealous of himself and continues for himself even greater intellects to strengthen to ascend from level to level, to live each time a new life, which is the aspect of the prayer of the head, whose names are "Ehiyeh HaVayah Ehiyeh," the aspect of life, and so forth. Understand well. ==Oth 27== This is the aspect of the Tefillin according to Rashi and the Tefillin according to Rabbeinu Tam, and it is explained in the intentions that the Tefillin according to Rabbeinu Tam are the greatest intellects, and the aspect of Gevurot, the powers, emerges before Chesed, kindness, which is the aspect of the combination of the Tefillin according to Rabbeinu Tam, which is the aspect of YKVK, the aspect of holiness. "And it shall come to pass if you will diligently obey" etc., and the Tefillin according to Rashi are the aspect of existence, in the order of the aspect of Chesed, kindness, emerging before Gevurot, powers, etc. See there. For initially, it arose in thought to create the world with the attribute of judgment alone. He saw that the world could not endure, and He preceded the attribute of mercy and joined it with the attribute of judgment. As it says (Genesis 2:4), "These are the generations of the heavens and the earth when they were created, on the day that the Lord God made earth and heaven." And it is known that the essence of the evil inclination and the sitra achra, the other side, derives from the attribute of Gevurot and judgments that emerge from the beginning of the contraction of the empty space. And the breaking of the evil inclination derives from the attribute of mercy, which is joined with the attribute of judgment, for through this, there is the power to break the evil inclination and transform it into holiness, which is the aspect of what the righteous ones do, transforming the attribute of judgment into the attribute of mercy. Therefore, initially, it arose in thought to create the world with the attribute of judgment alone because He desired that man should prevail in his service to the extent that he would have the strength to break the evil inclination within himself that comes from the attribute of judgment without assistance from above. But the Blessed One saw that it was impossible for the world to endure in this state. Therefore, He preceded the attribute of mercy to the attribute of judgment, from which it follows that the Blessed One, in His mercy, has compassion on the world at all times and sends them thoughts of repentance and assists them in breaking the evil inclination, which is from the attribute of judgment, as the sages said (Kiddushin 30b), "Every day, the evil inclination of a person overpowers him, and were it not for the Holy One, blessed be He, assisting him, he would fall into its hands." Every day, the evil inclination of a person overpowers him. This derives from the initial thought that arose to create with the attribute of judgment, for this judgment awakens every day and seeks, God forbid, to govern the world in this manner. From there, the evil inclination awakens and gains strength, which derives from there every day. But were it not for the assistance of the Holy One, blessed be He, and so on. For Hashem Yitbarakh immediately takes pity and gives priority to the attribute of Mercy over the attribute of Judgement, to break the Yetzer haRa which is from that aspect of the attribute of Judgement as mentioned. For the help and assistance is drawn from the aspect of: See that the world will not endure and stand (without Mercy) so he gave priority to the attribute Mercy over the attribute of Judgment, as mentioned. But there are such great righteous individuals who do not need assistance from above,and the Holy One, blessed be He, initially treats them with the attribute of judgment. They withstand all trials and endure all sorts of suffering and afflictions stemming from the attribute of judgment. They remain steadfast until they merit what they merit, as written in Genesis, "And the Almighty God, who walked before me" (Genesis 48). Indeed, it is the attribute of judgment that operates independently, without assistance from above, as explained by Rashi in the portion of Noah. This is the nature of all the sufferings that the righteous endure, as stated in Psalms 11, "The Lord examines the righteous; but his soul hates the wicked and the one who loves violence." For they sweeten the judgment at its root from the beginning of the aforementioned thought, for they believe and know that the sufferings and judgments themselves are great goods. And through this, they truly merit to ascend and to be included at the beginning of the thought. This is the nature of Rabbi Akiva, who mocked himself with iron combs and Moses our teacher, peace be upon him, asked him, "This is Torah and this is its reward," and the blessed God kept silent, so it arose in thought. For the sufferings of such righteous individuals are like Rabbi Akiva, and his companions, they stem from the beginning of the thought that the Holy One, blessed be He, desired to create the world with the attribute of judgment so that they would merit standing the trial without assistance from above, as mentioned above. So that all may merit to be included at the beginning of the thought. But when He saw that the world could not endure, He preemptively brought forth the attribute of mercy and so forth. And then everyone has the strength to break the evil inclination with the assistance from above, which is the attribute of mercy as mentioned. But great righteous individuals like Rabbi Akiva and his companions, as mentioned, serve the blessed God as it arose at the beginning of thought. That is, in the attribute of judgment alone, meaning that they endure all kinds of suffering and withstand all trials and accusations, all stemming from the attribute of judgment. They rectify everything themselves, as mentioned, and through this, they truly merit to ascend and be included at the beginning of thought, which is the nature of silence as it arose in thought, as mentioned. ==Oth 28== For the essence of judgment extends from the beginning of the contraction of the empty space, as is known and explained by our Rabbi in Torah, "He came to Pharaoh" (Siman 64), that the empty space represents the severity that cannot be appeased, and so forth. See there all this well. But the great righteous individual, like Moses, can even penetrate those severities that are representative of the empty space, and so forth. See there. This is the nature of the aforementioned, that the righteous individual ascends at the beginning of thought, which is the beginning of the contraction of the empty space, from which the root of judgment emanates. And he merits to stand there in trial and to endure all sufferings and judgments, and through this, he achieves the secret of the empty space, to know that even there the blessed God remains concealed in a wondrous and awesome manner that cannot be comprehended, and so forth, as written there. See there in Torah, "He came to Pharaoh" the aforementioned. And this is the nature of the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, which represent a higher level of intellect, where the powers precede the kindnesses that emanate from the righteous heroes mentioned above. For the blessed God treats them as it arose at the beginning of thought. Therefore, they truly merit to be included at the beginning of thought and to sweeten everything at its root, and so forth. And this is the nature that the powers precede the kindnesses, for they can receive the powers themselves before the kindnesses. This is the nature of the leadership that arose in thought initially, as mentioned. For they merit even through the attribute of judgment itself because they endured great sufferings and were tested, until they also merit according to the attribute of judgment itself, and so forth. But the tefillin of Rashi, the kindnesses precede the powers. This is the nature of preempting the attribute of mercy and combining it with the attribute of judgment, which is the essence of the governance of the whole world, as mentioned above. Therefore, the essence of the tefillin is that of Rashi, as most of the world observes them, for the essence of the governance of the world and its existence is solely through this aspect, as mentioned above.Only those who wish to sanctify themselves with additional holiness need to also wear the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam in order to receive illumination from the lofty righteous individuals mentioned above, who have ascended to the beginning of thought and sweetened all judgments at their root, as mentioned. For from them we can receive extra sanctity. Therefore, anyone who wishes to draw closer to the blessed God and to bring upon themselves additional holiness should wear the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, as our Rabbi warned his people to wear the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam. For any distance from the blessed God stems from the evil inclination whose root is from the attribute of judgment emanating from the aforementioned empty space. Therefore, the main addition of holiness comes upon a person through the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, which stem from the righteous individuals mentioned above who ascend to the root judgment of the empty space and sweeten everything at their root. Through this, strength is drawn upon all those distant to break and nullify the evil inclination stemming from there, as mentioned. ==Oth 29== Therefore, now, in the footsteps of the Messiah at the end of the exile, one must be very cautious to wear the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, as all true righteous individuals warned in our times. For now, the Yetzer Hara (evil inclination) has greatly intensified due to seeing that the end is near. Therefore, it becomes much stronger. It is like two people fighting each other, and when one sees that the other is gaining the upper hand and is almost falling, then he exerts all his strength to bring down his opponent. As the sage said, "There is no hero like the one who despairs," for the exile is a state of pregnancy, and when we leave the exile, it is akin to birth, like the redemption from Egypt, which is called birth, as it is written (Ezekiel 16), "And your birth was on the day you were born," and so forth. Similarly, in the final redemption, it is written (Isaiah 66), "For Zion has travailed and also given birth to her sons." And as it is written there, "Shall I bring to the birth, and not cause to bring forth?" Therefore, at the end of the exile, the exile becomes stronger. As it was in Egypt, as it is written (Exodus 5), "Since I came to Pharaoh to speak in your name, he has done evil to this people," and as it is written there, "Let heavier work be laid upon the men." This is the aspect of the labor pains of birth, as it is written (Exodus 13), "And it came to pass, when Pharaoh had let the people go," and similarly, all the sufferings and troubles that we endure now at the end of this final exile are like birth pangs, as when a woman is about to give birth, she cries out in her pangs, and so forth. And the main intensification of the exile that is now increasing, God forbid, is that the Yetzer Hara is intensifying greatly against the souls of Israel to distance them from the blessed God. This is the essence of the exile and the troubles of the soul. For besides this, everything is vanity, as explained elsewhere. And the main distress is that the Yetzer Hara is intensifying to introduce heresy and atheism into the world, God forbid, as our Rabbi warned that atheism is spreading greatly in the world. And as we see with our own eyes. That there has never been such atheism in Israel from the days of old as there is now, due to our many sins, which have increased and spread among the people, teaching the youth of Israel their wisdom and their tongues, and so forth. And we have already spoken about this elsewhere. And all the intensification of the Yetzer Hara (evil inclination) that is now increasing is the aspect of the birth pangs of the Messiah, as mentioned above. And all its power is drawn from the root of the judgment of the aspect of the empty space, as mentioned above. Therefore, now there is no strength to stand against it except with the strength of those true great righteous individuals mentioned above. They can enter there into the aspect of the empty space and sweeten the judgment there at its root. For by this, all the power of the evil inclination of all the inhabitants of the world that is drawn from there is nullified. Therefore, everyone must be careful to wear the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, which are drawn from the intellect of those great righteous individuals mentioned above. In order to receive strength from them to break the evil inclination, which is now intensifying greatly, drawn from there, as mentioned above. ==Oth 30== For the main aspect of the birthing contractions is drawn from the aspect of Amalek, as is understood from the words of our Rabbi (Ramban) on the verse "And Samuel hewed Agag in pieces," and so on. See there what is written about Rashi's commentary, "hewed in pieces for the Lord," and so forth. Through this, the compassion of the one causing the birth pangs opens, as it is the aspect of denial and atheism that stems from the empty space. Therefore, it is called the beginning, as it is written (Numbers 24), "Amalek was the first among the nations," for the empty space sanctified them forever. For without this, there would be no place for the creation of the world, as explained in detail in the Torah on the verse "In the Torah, He came to Pharaoh." See there well. And from there, the husk preceding the fruit is drawn from the aspect of the empty space, and therefore Amalek is called the beginning because its power is drawn from the empty space, which is the beginning and precedes the world, as from there comes the husk preceding the fruit, as mentioned above. And this is the aspect of the primogeniture of Esau, which is Amalek, as mentioned above. For it is drawn from the aspects of the husks that stem from the empty space preceding the world. Therefore, Jacob endeavored to take the primogeniture from him, for truly the Lord preceded all, for He fills all worlds and surrounds all worlds, and He Himself created the empty space so that there would be a place for the creation of the world, as mentioned above. Therefore, Israel, through their faith in the Lord, who preceded all, transgress all the wisdom, denial, and atheism that come from the empty space, for they believe that even in the empty space itself, the Lord is concealed, for He preceded all, as explained in the Torah mentioned above. Therefore, they are called Hebrews, as through their faith in the God of the Hebrews, they transgress all the wisdom that comes from the empty space. Therefore, truly, Israel are firstborn, as it is written (Exodus 4), "Israel is My son, My firstborn." For they transgress through their faith in the empty space and believe in the Lord Himself, who is first and precedes all, as mentioned. Therefore, Jacob took the birthright from Esau because initially it was inevitable that the birthright would belong to Esau, for the husk precedes the fruit. For his birthright is drawn from the empty space preceding the world. However, Jacob, through his faith, merited to transcend the empty space and to believe and include himself in the Lord, who precedes all. Therefore, afterward, he annulled Esau's birthright, which is the aspect of "Amalek was the first among the nations," and he merited to take the birthright for himself until his descendants would all be called firstborn, as it is written, "The sons of Israel, My firstborn." And this is the aspect of the Plague of the Firstborn specifically at the time of the Exodus from Egypt, and then the firstborn of Israel were sanctified, for this is the essence of the Exodus from Egypt. For all the exiles encompassed in the exile of Egypt are drawn by the defilement of Amalek, which is the essence of the defilement of the serpent, who is "Amalek was the first among the nations." From him, all the four kingdoms, which are all the exiles, receive, as our Rabbi (Ramban) said in the Torah, from the "straight path" (in section 30). And also, the ruler of Egypt is Edom, which is Esau, as is explained. And all the main difficulties and hardships in the heart of Pharaoh, who did not want to let Israel go out, are drawn from atheism and denial that clung to him, drawn from the empty space, which is the aspect of Amalek. As our Rabbi (Ramban) wrote there about the verse "Come to Pharaoh, for I have hardened his heart." For Pharaoh is the aspect of the empty space, from which the hardness of his heart is drawn, which is the aspect of "And it came to pass, when Pharaoh hardened himself." The aspect of the birthing contractions as mentioned. Therefore, "The Lord struck every firstborn in the land of Egypt" in order to subdue the firstborn of the Other Side drawn from Esau's birthright in the aspect of "Amalek was the first among the nations." From the aspect of denial drawn from the empty space preceding the world. In order to subdue all this and to strengthen the firstborn of Israel, who receive from the birthright of Jacob, who, through his faith, merited to transcend the empty space, to overcome all the difficulties and inquiries drawn from there, and to cleave to the Lord, who is first and precedes all, from whom the birthright of holiness emanates, and so forth. Through this, Israel left Egypt, which is the aspect of birth, and then the firstborns were sanctified to give them to the priest, who receives his holiness from the aspect of the Elder of Holiness, the aspect of Aaron the Elder, and so forth, as mentioned, which is the aspect of "you shall pass over every firstborn to the Lord." And "passing over" specifically, for through the sanctity of the firstborn, we gain the strength to overcome the aspect of the firstborn of the Other Side, which is the aspect of the empty space, as mentioned. For through the sanctity of the firstborn to the priest, we continue the complete faith, through which we transcend all wisdom, and so forth, as mentioned. Therefore, the essence of the tefillin is from the Exodus from Egypt, the sanctity of the firstborns, and faith. For all is one, for through faith, we transcend all wisdom drawn from the empty space, which is the aspect of the Exodus from Egypt, the aspect of the sanctity of the firstborns, as mentioned. From there, the essence of the tefillin, which is the renewal of the intellects and vitality, for the essence of the renewal of the intellects and vitality is received through faith, which is the essence of life, as written in "In the light of the king's countenance is life," as brought in the words of our Rabbi, and so forth. For through faith in the renewal of the world, that the Lord created everything according to His will, there is something from absolute nothingness, after the complete absence. And just as He, blessed be He, created the world from absolute nothingness, He also renews it now with His goodness every day, constantly, the work of Creation. And the essence of the renewal of the work of Creation every day is through wisdom, as written in "All of them, with wisdom, You made," which are the renewed intellects drawn every day to recognize His wonders every day, renewed with knowledge and new recognition, through which the work of Creation is renewed every day with His goodness, and so forth. There is no good except Torah; there is no good except the righteous one. That is, the true righteous one merits the acquisition of Torah and knowledge, renewed every day, through which the work of Creation is renewed, and from there is the essence of the tefillin, as mentioned. ==Oth 31== Indeed, everything is one, for the birth of a Jewish soul, and the nullification of the constriction of birth itself, is truly the aspect of the Exodus from Egypt, which is the aspect of birth, as mentioned. After the Lord nullified the constriction of birth through the killing of the Egyptian firstborns, which is the aspect of "And it came to pass when Pharaoh stubbornly refused to let us go, that the Lord killed all the firstborn in the land of Egypt," as mentioned, for at the time of the Exodus from Egypt, which is the aspect of birth, the holy faith was revealed, the aspect of faith in the renewal of the world, which is the essence that was revealed then. Through all the very great signs and wonders that the Lord performed with us then. Therefore, Pharaoh, the king of Egypt, and his ministers, who were nurtured by Edom and Amalek, which are the denials of the empty space, wanted to delay Israel in exile, which is the aspect of the constriction of birth, the aspect of "And it came to pass when Pharaoh stubbornly refused to let us go," as mentioned. And their main opposition was due to the magnitude of the revelation of faith that Moses revealed then, that it is the faith in the renewal of the world, as mentioned. Therefore, the Lord struck all their firstborns who were drawn from the aspect of the firstborn of the Other Side, which are the denials drawn from the empty space, as mentioned. And similarly, at the time of actual birth, when we need to give birth to a Jewish soul. And every Jewish soul is a new revelation and a new knowledge to recognize He who said and the world came into being. For it is a principle that the Holy One, blessed be He, does not do the same thing twice. As our Rabbi, may his memory be blessed, said, even the reincarnated souls, the same soul does not come in the same way as before. For the Holy One, blessed be He, does not do the same thing twice, and the same soul is not reincarnated in the same way as before. Rather, this soul with this spirit, or this soul with this spirit, and so forth. And similarly, it is found that it is another matter and completely new, as explained in the words of our Rabbi. It is found that each time a Jewish soul is born, a new intellect is born. For the essence of life and the soul is the intellect, which is the soul and the vitality, the aspect of the Divine soul, may you understand them, as mentioned, as our Rabbi said. So, when a new soul is born and a new intellect emerges in the world, which is the aspect of a new mind and new recognition, it is in order to recognize the Blessed One with new knowledge and recognition. For in every generation, the divinity is revealed with new knowledge and new recognition, according to the clarifications of the souls that are clarified in every generation. For this reason, the Blessed One, so to speak, toils in every generation to sustain and guide His world from generation to generation, in order to clarify the souls from the impurity of the serpent, so that they may recognize Him in every generation with additional knowledge and new recognition, according to the additional clarification that is revealed in every generation, as mentioned. This is the aspect of "This is My name forever, and this is My remembrance for all generations," the aspect of from generation to generation we will declare Your greatness, and so forth. Therefore, at any time a new soul is born, which is the aspect of a new mind and new knowledge to recognize Him, blessed be He, to reveal His faith more in the world, in the aspect of "From generation to generation, Your works will be praised," as mentioned. Then, the impurity of Amalek, which is the impurity of the serpent, opposes this and wants, God forbid, to delay the birth, which causes, God forbid, the constriction of birth. For the main constriction of birth is through the impurity of the serpent, which is the sin of Adam, the First Man, when it was decreed, "In sorrow shall you bear children," and so forth. And this is what our Rabbi, may his memory be blessed, said that the Psalm for Thanksgiving is capable of making it difficult for a woman in labor to recite it because the Psalm for Thanksgiving speaks of faith, as it is written, "Know that the Lord is God," and so forth. And he concludes, "And from generation to generation His faith," for the essence of faith is renewed and strengthened from generation to generation through the renewal of souls, which are new intellectual entities in recognizing His divinity, blessed be He. Therefore, through this, the constriction of birth is nullified. For the main nullification of the constriction of birth is through faith. Therefore, the main thing is prayer, as all of Israel customarily increase in prayer for a woman in labor. For prayer is the aspect of faith. Through this, the constriction of birth that comes from Amalek, which is the aspect of denial that seeks, God forbid, to prevent the birth of a new soul, is nullified, through which more faith in the renewal of the world is revealed, and so forth, as mentioned. And this is the aspect of the sanctity of the firstborns. For the essence is the first birth, then the main innovations that are opposed then. Therefore, we need to sanctify the firstborn and give them to the priest, as mentioned. Through this, we subdue the firstborn of the Other Side, which is the aspect of Amalek, as mentioned. And this is the aspect of "War for the Lord against Amalek from generation to generation." "From generation to generation" specifically means that it strengthens in every generation. For it is an old and foolish king who does not desire the renewal of intellect and vitality that comes through the renewal of souls, which renew from generation to generation. For he denies the renewal of the world, from which all the renewal of intellects emanates, which is His constant renewal of the work of creation every day, as mentioned. Therefore, the passages of the tefillin begin with "Sanctify to Me every firstborn," for birth is the aspect of the renewal of intellect and vitality, as mentioned. This is the aspect of tefillin, to renew one's intellect and vitality every day, to begin the service of the Lord anew each day, as mentioned. ==Oth 34== And therefore it is necessary to write tefillin on the hide of a clean beast specifically (''SAOC'' 32:12), for the hide is the aspect of the imagination, which is the exterior of the intellect, the aspect of the intellect's clothing... For tefillin are such large “brains” that they have the power to clarify and repair the very Exterior of the Exterior, the Immaturity of Immaturity (''Qatnuth'') of the imagination, which is the main repair. For the greater the tzaddik, the more power that he has to clarify and rectify Qatnuth and Exteriority. And thereby all the worlds are repaired and all the Exteriorities and fallen souls have an ascent, by means of clarifying and purifying the utmost Qatnuth and Exteriority, which is where the main grip of the ''Qelipoth''/Husks stems from. So now everything is clarified and nullified by this Tzaddiq, as mentioned. And this is the aspect of these tzaddiqim and elders, the least of whom remembers his umbilical cord being cut, which is the aspect of shrinking and cutting the umbilical, when one attains such perfect purity so as to remember what happened then. And this is the aspect of repair and purification of the skin, which is the connection between the mother and child, which is tied by the umbilical which is only skin. For, the devolution of the all the worlds from world to world is only from the “navel” downwards, as thoroughly explained in the Etz Chayim in Sha`ar Hanequdim and in many places, that the beginning of the lower world in the upper world is from the aspect of the navel downwards, where the aspect of ''NeHI'' [Netzach-Hod-Yesod] begins, the aspect of the upper world's “legs,” where the essence of the vitality of the world lower than it lies. And thus from world to world, from level to level. And therefore Hashem Yithbarakh created it such that the child is also physically tied to its mother's navel. For the devolution from generation to generation, from father and mother to son and daughter, begins from the navel downwards. And therefore the main drawing of the brains of these holy elders to us is by means of the least elder of them, who is the first elder from bottom to top, who related that he remembers the cutting of his umbilical as mentioned. For from there is the essence of the revelation of the brains and the devolution of the worlds from navel downwards as mentioned, which this is the aspect of drawing the light of tefillin, which extend down to the navel, which are the aspect of the straps that extend down to the navel as mentioned. But really, even though we only receive the light from the aspect of the navel downwards, by means of the last elder among them from top to bottom, who remembers the cutting of his umbilical as mentioned, all the vitality of the brains that we receive from there are drawn only from the highest elder, the first-ranking one of them, who is the aspect of this Blind One, who is this baby. For it is impossible to make vessels to receive the light below except by the power of the highest sanctity and the utmost supernal light. ==Oth 35== And therefore the hide needs to be of a specifically pure beast and animal, of a type%“permitted to your mouth” [''Shabbath'' 28b to Ex. 8:9 which refers to tefillin]; even carcass or torn ones of them, as long as it is not from an impure type of beast or animal. ... ==Oth 36== And this is (Ex. 1), “And it came to pass, when the midwives feared God, and He made them houses.” This is the aspect of the housings of the tefillin. For the midwives are the aspect of the children's mother, drawing the light of tefillin, which are the aspect of mother, upon the son, who are the aspect of giving birth to the brains, the aspect of (ibid. 13), “Sanctify to Me all the male firstborns, whatsoever opens any womb” as mentioned. And this is, “And it happened, when they feared” specifically. For tefillin are the aspect of fear, as written, “And all the people of the land shall see that Hashem's name is called upon you, and they will fear you.” And our Rabbis z”l explained these are the head tefillin. For the midwives are the mother of Aharon and Moshe. And Miriam their sister was the second midwife, from whom royalty issued, as Rashi explained there. For Moshe and Aharon are the essence of the tefillin. Aharon the Kohen Gadol is the aspect of the Eight Tiqunei Diqna of the Kohen Gadol, which are the aspect of the eight elders, the aspect of the eight head and arm tefillin passages as mentioned. Moshe Rabbeinu is the aspect of the Supernal Elder, who boasted that he is extremely old and yet is young and suckling entirely etc. and the whole world does not amount to him so much as an eyeblink etc. This is the aspect of Moshe Rabbeinu a”h who is the aspect of (ibid. 2), “And behold, a crying youth,” that even tough he reach what he reached, the perfect aspect of the Elder in Holiness, still he was entirely in the aspect of youth and suckling, in the aspect of (Ps. 37), “I have been young and also old,” that even though I have become so much an elder, still I am entirely young and suckling, which this is the aspect of the boasting of the foremost level elder who is the Blind One as mentioned. And therefore Moshe attained that it was written of him (Deut. 34), “His eye was not dim and his natural force was not abated” — even after death. For no oldness jumped upon him at all, even when dying at 120 years age. For he attained the ultimate elderliness, yet remained entirely suckling, as if he still had not begin living at all, as written (ibid. 3:24), “You have ''begun'' to show” etc.; that is, he still did not grasp at all; Hashem Yithbarakh only began showing him his greatness etc. Which, all this is the above aspect, always beginning anew as mentioned. For Moshe is the aspect of “''MaN''/Manna,” as is known, of which it says (Ex. 17:15), “For they did not know ''MaH''/what it is.” It is impossible to at all know what he is, that someone born of a woman should attain what he attained. And this is the letters of ''MoSheH'' being ''Shin MaH'' — Shin, the three fathers who are the entirety of the brains, entirety of the tefillin; but everything is drawn from the aspect of MaH, the aspect of, “For they did not know what it is,” which this is the essence of the aspect of Moshe, who is the aspect of the aforementioned elder, who was elder and suckling etc. as mentioned, who is the root of everything and above everything as mentioned. As written (Num. 12), “And the man, Moshe, was extremely humble” etc., which is the aspect of (Ps. 131), “Like a weaned child with his mother; my soul is with me like a weaned child,” which David said. And this is that it is written in the Zohar, regarding Moshe, that amongst the ''Saba''s/Supernal Elders he is the Elder, and amongst the sucklings he is the suckling, that is, as mentioned, that he is old and suckling etc. as mentioned. And this is his saying (Deut. 31), “I am one hundred and twenty years old today” — today my days and years are filled, for he can longer go, as our Rabbis z”l said (''Sotah'' 13b), “this teaches that [the gates of wisdom] were closed to him. For he needed to live the aforementioned long life, going each time further and further, and when he cannot go further he was forced to pass away, as discerned in the holy talks of Rabbeinu z”l. And therefore (ibid. 34), “And no man knew his burial-chamber,” for they did not know what he is, as mentioned. Hence Moshe is the aspect of the aforementioned Supernal Elder, who is the root of tefillin, which are the aspect of the face's skin beaming, which Moshe attain, which are the aspect of the light of tefillin, as Rabbeinu z”l said in the torah, ''“Markevoth Par`oh..”'' (''LM'' #38), from the aspect of that Elder. And Aharon is the aspect of the eight Tiqunei Diqna, which are the aspect of the eight tefillin passages that are drawn from Moshe's aspect, from the aspect of that Elder. And this is, “And He made them houses” — houses of priesthood and royalty (''Sh”R'' 1). Houses of priesthood are the aspect of tefillin, which are the aspect of the priesthood's sanctity as mentioned, the aspect of the sanctity of the firstborn, to give him to the Kohen as mentioned. And houses of royalty are the aspect of kingship of David Mashiach, the aspect of Emunah, which all this is the aspect of tefillin as mentioned. And the essence of tefillin's sanctity is the aspect of grasping Godliness, which the true tzaddiqim, who are from the aspect of Moshe, draw upon us, through many constrictions, which this is the main thing, that they manage to attain such a high and enormous perception, that they can constrict and clothe the perception in many constrictions and vestments until we too can manage to grasp Godliness as mentioned. And this is the aspect of tefillin housings, for it is impossible for us to receive the light of the passages themselves except by way of the housings and straps, which are the aspect of limitations and vessels of `Olam haTiqun, to receive the light by degree and measure. For they are able to enter the aspect of the “Empty Space" and reveal His Godliness there, and thereby make holy vessels. For the essence of these vessels' genesis is by means of repair of the Empty Space which is the beginning of the limitation, which is the root of all the vessels and masks generated from the coarsening of the light and its becoming distant from the Emanator. For if there was no Empty Space then the coarsening of the light and its distancing would be irrelevant etc., as explained and discerned in the Writings. Hence the essence of the vessels' genesis derives from the aspect of the Empty Space. But by means of Adam haRishon's failure he was seized in his vessels, the essence of which is in the aspect of the skin, which is the ultimate vessel, the exterior of the exterior; and that is where he was seized the most as mentioned, which this is the aspect of the “Serpent's bite,” from whence is the grip of all the ''Qelipoth''/Husks, God forbid. And therefore the main repair is by means of purifying and processing the hide in sanctity, which is the aspect of repair of the imagination, repair of the Empty Space, which the aforementioned great Tzaddiqim attain repairing, to the point that from it, specifically, they make the aspect of holy vessels to receive the light in degree and measure. Which, this is the aspect of the hide of a pure beast, insofar as the essence of writing the Torah and tefillin is on the hide specifically, and as mentioned. And this is the aspect of the housings made of hide. For we need to receive the light through limitations and vessels that are made by the repair of the Empty Space which is the aspect of repairing the imagination, which is the aspect of hide, as mentioned. And this is the aspect of (Gen. 3), “And Hashem-God made Adam and his wife garments of skin and clothed them” — garments of skin specifically, for the main repair is repairing the skin etc. as mentioned. For, the garments of skin are the aspect of Tallith and Tefillin, which come from skin and from the hair that grows on the skin, as explained in the Etz Chayim. Which, this is the aspect of (Ex. 22:26), “''ki hu kesutho levaddah''/for that is his only covering” — this is tzitzith; “''hi simlatho le`oro''/it is his garment for his skin” — this is tefillin (''Tiqqunim'' #69), which are more internal and lofty than tzitzith, as written there. And all this is the aspect of repair of the imagination, which is repair of the Empty Space, as the essence of the repair is by means of Emunah as mentioned. And this is, “And it came to pass, as the midwives feared God” — feared specifically. For holy piety is the aspect of repair of the constriction and stricture of the Empty Space, which is sweetened at it root by means of holy piety, which is the aspect of a “holy decree,” as is known. Therefore by the aspect of piety are made housings, which are the aspect of fixing the vessels and limitations to receive the tefillin's light by degree and measure as mentioned. And this is, “And it came to pass, as they feared... [God] made them housings” as mentioned. =Halakhah 6= ==33== וזה שתלתה התורה מצות הספירה בשבת כמו שכתוב (ויקרא כ"ג) וספרתם לכם ממחרת השבת וכו' עד ממחרת השבת וכו' שבע שבתות תמימותוכו' כי עיקר כח קדושת הדעת והמחשבה שהוא בחינת מצות ספירה הוא נמשך משבת, כי ששת ימי המעשה הם ימי מלאכה כמו שכתוב (שמות כ') ששת ימים תעשה מלאכתך ויום השביעי שבת לה'. ועיקר המלאכה של האדם בזה העולם הוא בלרר בירורים. ועיקר כל הבירורים הם על ידי בירור המחשבה. דהיינו על ידי בחינת הנ"ל. על ידי ששומרין המחשבה כחוט השערה ממחשבות חוץ והרהורים שזהו עיקר בירור כל הנצוצות הקדושות בבחינת כולהו במחשבה איתברירו. And this is the aspect of (Ex. 31:3), "''Weamale otho ruach Elohim bechokhmah uvetevunah uveda`ath uvekhol melakhah''/And I will fill him with the spirit of God, with wisdom and with discernment and with knowledge and with all work," which are the aspect of the four brains, as explained in the aforementioned torah [LM II:72]. Hence the fourth brain is called "''Kol Melachah''/All work," because a man's main work in the world is there. For the entirety the brains are three, which are Chokhmah-Binah-Da`ath. However, sometimes are they are called four on account that Daath is composed of two, which are the aspect of Chasadim and Gevuroth. And these are the brains explained in this verse. "And I will fill him with the spirit of God, with Wisdom, Understanding,... is the aspect of Da`ath which is comprised of two, which is the aspect of of ''Be'Daath''. Which is the aspect of the chasadim in Da`ath, which are the plain Daat, for they are the main Daath. "And with all work" is the fourth brain, which is the aspect of brains of Gevuroth in the Da`ath, which is the aspect of "and in all work." For that's the main place of the craft and work of every man. For it's known the main grip of the S"A is in the aspect of the Gev' and Dinim. Consequently there in the aspect of the brains, the Gevuroth there are gripped the foreign thoughts of the S"A, which there is the main place of the purification and the essence of the war, therefore it's called "and in all work." For that's where a man's main work and craft is, to take caution with his mind and cleanse and purifty it of waste. Like an artisan cleans and purifies a vessel and cuts and chips away around the vessel all its extra and waste in order to bring the vessel to completion. Likewise, we need to purify the thought and expel the waste and garbage in the thought, in order it be a vessel to receive NR"N of holiness etc., like we request this in many prayers. And this is the aspect of all the work of creation to be during the six days of action, and also all the works that a man does each day of the six workdays. For they are all aspect of purification, to extract the sparks form the depths of the husks, as is known. And mainly by clean thought, by guarding the thought as close as a hairbreadth. And this is a man's main work, the aspect of "And I will fill him ... and with all work" etc. And this is the aspect what's written by Yosef haTzadik when he was tested (Gen. 39), "He got home to do his work." For a man's main work and art in this world is the withstand the test, mainly this craving, and mainly by guarding the thought by a hairbreadth every moment as mentioned. ... ועיקר הכח להצליח במלאכתו בגשמיות ורוחניות בכל ששת ימי המעשה צריכין לקבל משבת קדש. כי מיני' מתברכין כל שיתא יומין. היינו כי שבת הוא בחינת שביתה ונייחא בחינת מנוחת המחשבה בחינת יישוב הדעת בחינת (תהלים כ"ג) על מי מנוחות ינהלנו. בחינת הצדיק האמת הזקן שבקדושה שדעתו מיושבת תמיד ואינו צריך עוד שום מלחמה עם המחשבות בחינת בסבי דעתא שקיט ושכיך. ומשם צריך כל אחד להמשיך על עצמו קדושת המחשבה לעמוד כנגד כל המחשבות רעות בשב ואל תעשה כי מי שמסתכל על הצדיק האמת. ואפילו אם אינו זוכה רק להסתכל בספריו הקדושים בעין האמת הוא יכול להביא התבוננות אמתי בלבו להמשיך על עצמו קדושת המחשבה על ידי עצותיו הקדושים שיזהר לקיימם באמת ובפשיטות עד שיזכה לבחינת קבלת התורה בשבועות שהוא להמשיך ביאורי התורה. שעל ידי זה יזכה לבחינת תחיית המתים בחייו וכנ"ל. וזה (ויקרא כ"ג) וספרתם לכם ממחרת השבת שהוא פסח שכל קדושתו נמשך רק מראיית פני הצדיק. כי אז לא קיבלו עדיין את התורה. ועל כן אז בפסח עיקר הקדושה עיקר התנוצצות המוחין הגדולים שקיבלו אז. הכל היה רק על ידי בחינת ראיית פני הצדיק וכנ"ל. ומשם מתחלת הספירה שהוא זיכוך וטהרת המוחין. עד ממחרת השבת השביעית שהוא שבועות שהוא קבלת התורה. כי על ידי זה זוכין לקבלת התורה בשבועות שהוא בחינת ביאורי וחידושי התורה שממשיכין בכח הצדיק וכנ"ל: hcqiit4ro4mngv28b8qcwjzngon8qoo 14127951 14127943 2024-04-25T14:42:38Z Nissimnanach 82129 /* Oth 34 */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{incomplete translation}} {{translation header | title = [[../]] | author = Nathan of Breslov | section = Tzitzith | previous = [[../The Morning Hand Washing|The Morning Hand Washing]] | next = [[../Tefilin|Tefilin]] | portal = Breslov | language = he | original = ליקוטי_הלכות | notes = }} ''Hilkhoth Tefillin''/The Practice of Tefillin =Halakhah 5= The interest of the mitzwah of tefillin of the arm and of the head, and that they must be made from the hide of a clean animal specifically, and written on the ''Qelaf''/inner skin; and the interest of the straps, the tunnel, and the rest of their most holy and awesome details; and the interest of Rashi's tefillin and Rabbeinu Tam's tefillin: ==Oth 1== According to the most awesome story of the Seven Beggars printed in the book Sipurei Ma`asiyoth: See there, on page 96, the interest of the first beggar who was blind, who came to the groom and bride at the wedding after the canopy, and said to them that he gives them a wedding-discourse present, that they should be “old as I... that you should live a long life as I do. And you think that I am blind? Actually I am not blind at all. Only, the whole entire world does not amount to me so much as a blink of an eye, etc. for I am very old, but yet I am entirely yanik [lit. suckling, nursing] (that is, young), and I have not yet begun to live at all. But nevertheless I am very old, etc. And I have a consensus on this from the Great Eagle”, etc. Take a very thorough look there at all this, and if you have intelligent eyes, you will discern from afar how utterly deep His thoughts are; and it is impossible to prolong discussion of this at all. But whoever truly desires will see and discern from there the greatness of Hashem Yisbarach and the greatness of the true great tzaddikim; the enormity of their greatness, as each and every one had attained what he boasted of there. For everything that is explained there in the story of each one, is regarding the boasting of some most very great and awesome tzaddik boasting in the upper worlds, in the place where he boasted that he attained what he attained in this world. His fortune! The fortune of his portion! For example, in the interest that will be explained below, that the elders boasted, and each one told what he remembers from his first memory etc.: The youngest of all was most utterly high, the enormity of his greatness and the validity of his sanctity inconceivable. For example, insofar as one of them boasted that he remembers what was happening to him when they cut his umbilical cord — look, discern, and see: is there even one person in the era who can boast like this one, that his material body is so pure and sanctified that he manages to remember what was happening to him then at the beginning of birth, when he emerged into the world's atmosphere, when they cut his umbilical cord? And he was merely the least of them. And from him, see how high is the sanctity of the second holy elder, in whose eyes the level of the first elder was laughable, and he said, in surprise, “That's an old story?! I remember that story, but I also remember when the light was shining,” and the Great Eagle later explained that this is his remembering even what happened to him when he was in his mother's womb, when a light was kindled over his head, as explained there. So behold, the level of the second is higher than the first. One can understand a little, from afar, even though we are most utterly far from this. For, the major difference in a person, before he emerges into the world's air versus afterwards, is explained in our Rabbis z"l's words in the Gemara (''Niddah'' 30), and is explained in the holy Zohar: for, during pregnancy when he is in his mother's womb, a candle is alight over his head, and he can look and see from one end of the world to the other; but when he has emerged into the world's air immediately an angel comes and strikes him on his mouth and he forgets it all, and regarding this said Iyov (Job 29), “O that I were as in the first months, as in the days when my God watched over me” etc., as explained in our Rabbi z"l's words (there). And a man's entire work is to manage to know and attain what he knew before whilst a light was blazing over his head, which is when he gazed at the Light Stored Up From the Seven Days of Creation, with which the man saw from one end of the world to the other, as is brought. So, now see and discern how much greater is the second elder's level than the first; like the heavens are high above the earth, etc. And similarly the third more than the second, and so all of them. For, the least of them was so very utterly high that there is no one like him but one person in many generations, and nevertheless in comparison to the second who is greater than him he is considered a mere speck, and similarly the second versus the third etc. etc., on and on — up until the one who boasted that he was altogether a suckling babe then, who is the blind beggar himself, insofar as he said that he recalls all these stories, plus he remembers “Nothing At All” etc.; see there. For, this is a big rule and is explained and understood in the Chazal's words and the Arizal's writings, that even the highest level of all, nevertheless compared to the even higher level, everything is considered but a mere point, as written in the holy Zohar (''Tikkun'' #70 p. 123). Even the ''Ket''''h''''er `Elyon'' is paltry in compare to the ''`Ilath ha`Iloth'' etc., and all these greatnesses and wonders are explained in the story of the First Day, and similarly each Day many, many wondrous things that each person boasted of are explained, for example on the Second Day regarding the good life, and similarly on the rest of the Days, regarding the Little Holding the Much, and regarding the Pair of Holy Birds, which he is able to reunite etc. etc. Open your eyes and see what a man can attain in this world, that a man born of a woman can attain such high things that Hashem Yithbarakh himself glories in them (and see more in our words in ''Even ha`Ezer Hilkhoth Ishuth'', where we also talk a little regarding the holy story of the Sixth Day regarding the Power in the Hands; see there). And our holy Rabbi z"l knew about all of them, and had the knowledge to tell the story that happened at the place where it happened with all of them, and verily said of himself when he told this story, that if the world knew nothing else but this story, he would still be a most original person. But here is not the place to prolong discussing this. (See below at the end of the ''derush'', what is brought there from the ''Yerushalmi Kethuboth'' regarding the aforementioned marvels of the elders' memories.) ==Oth 2== Let us return to our subject. Behold, it is explained there that he said that each one should tell an old story, what he remembers from his first memory etc. * and the first person among them told that he remembers even when they cut the apple from the tree, that is, when they cut his umbilical cord etc. * and the second one told that he also remembers the light shining, that is, what happened with him during pregnancy, when a light was blazing above his head etc. * and the third one told that he also remembers when his body began taking form etc. * and the fourth told that he also remembers when they were bringing out the seed to plant the fruit, namely when the droplet emerged during relations * and the fifth one told that he remembers even the sages who were bringing out the seed, that is, he remembers when he was still in the brain etc. * and the sixth, seventh and eighth remembered even the appearance, the taste and the smell before they were infused on the fruit, which are the aspect of ''Nefesh-Ruach-Neshamah'' etc. And the ''yanik'' [infantile, lit. suckling], who is the blind beggar himself who is telling all this, said he remembers “Nothing At All,” for he is above everything and remembers even even what was before NR"N, which is the aspect of ''EYN''/Nothingness etc. etc.. Take a good look there, and if you wish to look with an honest eye, you will see from afar the wonders of Hashem, the likes of which have not been heard or seen since the creation of the world. ==Oth 3== And this is the aspect of tefillin, for tefillin are the aspect of memory, as written (Ex. 13), “''ulzikaron bein `eyneikha''/and for remembrance between your eyes” — '''and for remembrance between your eyes''' specifically, for memory depends mainly on ''Tikkun `Eynayim''/Proper Repair of the Eyes, as discerned in this story, as this “blind” one — who was entirely blind to this world, who had no sight of this world at all, to the extent that he attained that the whole world did not amount to him so much as an eyeblink, which this is the essence of Tikkun `Eynayim — he attained the ultimate perfection of memory that has no perfection beyond it, as explained above, as this blind one remembers more than all of them etc., as written there in the story. Hence, memory depends mainly on the eyes, and thus it is explained in the Torah “''Wayhi Miqetz — Zikaron''” (''LM'' #54), that memory depends mainly on the eyes, see there, and he brings there the verse, “''ulzikaron bein `eyneikha''”, see there, for tefillin are the aspect of ''Mochin deGadluth''/Brains of Grown-Maturity, which is the essence of memory on the side of holiness, for memory is the aspect of consciousness and awareness, as explained in the Torah “''Dirshu Hashem''/Seek Hashem” (''LM'' #37), and this is the aspect of head tefillin and hand tefillin, amongst which there are eight ''parshiyoth''/text-passages, four of the head and four of the arm, corresponding to the eight holy elders who are masters of memory, which is the aspect of tefillin — “and for remembrance between your eyes” as mentioned. For, it is known in the Kawanoth that the head tefillin are in the Male aspect and the arm tefillin are in the Female aspect, and all together the tefillin are in the aspect of ''Mochin de`Ibur Sheini deGadluth''/Second-Embryonic Mature Brainphase, and this is the aspect of these holy elders, who attained such Mature Brains that each one attained remembering and reaching more of the beginning; what happened with him before in the beginning. And the more that one of them attained, the earlier the beginning that he could remember and reach, as explained above. And behold, they are eight elders partitioned into two fours, corresponding to two fours of parshiyoth of arm and of head, for the four first elders who first boasted of their memory, their whole concern was with what happened with the child in its mother's womb: the emergence of the droplet until the cutting of the umbilical cord when it goes out into the world's air. Namely, the one one boasted he remembers them bringing the seed to plant the fruit, which is the passage of the droplet etc., the second remembers the beginning of the fruit's formation, the third remembers when the light was shining, which is all the days of the embryo, and the fourth, the last, remembers the essence of birth's conclusion, which is the cutting of the umbilical cord, which is the beginning of his entering this world. (And these four are written here from top to bottom, the opposite of how they are written in the book of stories, and this is because here I have to begin from the fourth, so due to the flow of language the order is reversed, but the intention is the same). Hence all these four stories tell of the great wonders of the Creator, Blessed Is His Name; what happens with the embryo in its mother, and so all these brains and perceptions that these four elders attained are in the aspect of Female Brains, which are the aspect of the four parshiyoth of the arm tefillin which are the Female Brains as mentioned. And these aspects that these four elders told about are the aspect of Light-Water-Firmament mentioned in the holy Zohar and the ''Qawanoth''. For, at the beginning of the droplet's emergence, which is the aspect of the one who tells that he remembers them bringing out the seed etc., this is the aspect of Light, for it still has no Form, and then when it began to initially take form it is like Water, and then the embryo changes every day of pregnancy; this is the aspect of Firmament, as is known. And then when the aspect of Firmament is finished he goes out in the air of the world and is born, and all this is the aspect of tefillin, which are the aspect of incubation and birth, which is the aspect of Yetziath Mitzrayim, as is known. And the first four elders, all of what they told was what happened before the droplet descended into its mother's womb. For, they told that they remember when the droplet was still in its father's brain, and the Look, the Taste and the Smell which are the aspect of Nefesh-Ruach-Neshamah, which is where is the beginning of drawing the thought from where it is drawn from the place where it drawn, from cause to effect, from world to world, from intellect to intellect, which are the aspect of Neshamah, Ruach and Nefesh, until the thought is generated, whereby the holy progenitive droplet is generated. And all these four aspects occur with the father, on the Male aspect, as mentioned. And so they are in the aspect of the head tefillin which are the Male brains as mentioned. For tefillin are drawn from the aspect of ''Tiqunei Diqna''/Features of the Beard, as known, which is the aspect of these elders in holiness, who are all in the aspect of the Holy Beard's Features, which is the root of elderliness on the side of holiness, the aspect of, “''wehadarta penei zaqen''/and you shall honor the face of the elder” [Lev. 19:32], as is known. And the essence of the holiness of the tefillin's Brains are drawn from the Most Supernal Elder, the Oldest of Them All, who is the most suckling babe of them all, who is the blind beggar, who was “altogether a suckling babe” etc. as mentioned. For, from him is the essential holiness of elderliness, and all the eight elders who are the aspect of the eight parshiyoth in the tefillin, they all receive from this Most Supernal Elder, who is the blind one. But his aspect of Brains itself is impossible to enclothe even in the tefillin passages, so there is no parashah corresponding to him, for he is above it all and the root of it all, as they receive all the tefillin Brains from him, which are the aspect of all the elders in holiness, as mentioned. For, he is united in the Ein Sof, as mentioned, so his Brain is not called memory at all, which is the aspect of tefillin as mentioned, for he said that he remembers all this and remembers “Nothing At All.” That is, even though he remembers everything that they remember, for he is composed of all of them and they all receive their Brains and Memory only from him, nevertheless his Brain is impossible to call by the term “memory” at all, for he is above memory and the root of memory, for he is united in the Ein Sof, as written there, and so he is not alluded to in any parashah, for he is above everything and the root of everything, as mentioned. ==Oth 4== And the essence of tefillin Brains are the aspect of life of Holiness, which one attains through tefillin, for the Brains are the Life, as written (Eccl. 7), “''Hachokhmah tichyeh''/Wisdom preserves alive,” as our Rabbis z”l said (''Menachoth'' 44), “One who lays tefillin attains life, as it says, “''Adonai `aleihem yichyu''/Adonai, by these things men live” (Isa. 38:16), as brought in the Qawanoth, that tefillin are the aspect of the three names ''Ehyeh H' Eyheh'' [21+26+21=68] which are gematria ''ChaYIM'' [68], which are the Brains, see there, for the Brains of the tefillin are drawn from the aspect of Tiqunei Diqna Qadisha, as brought in the Qawanoth, as they are the entirety of these holy elders, who have their root in the aforementioned Most Supernal Elder, who is the blind one, who boasted that he lives truly long life, for he is very old and yet he is an utmost suckling babe, and still has not begun to live at all, but nevertheless he is very old, and all the world's time does not amount to him so much as an eyeblink etc. And behold, although these are things that the `Atiq Yomin has covered and thought cannot grasp it at all, and there is no man on earth who can make this interpretation and explain this mystery; nevertheless since by Hashem's compassion on His people these words of his have come out of his holy mouth and they have taken form and been printed in a book, it behooves us to dig and find in them some Remez relevant to the story, such that we may merit waking up from our sleep, which this was his holy intention with these stories that he told, in order to wake up all people who sleep away their days etc., as explained in the Torah ''”Pathach R' Shim`on”'' (''LM'' #60), and there you will see and understand the great wonders of these stories, for they are the aspect of stories of ''Shanim Qadhmoniyoth''/Ancient Years-Faces, the aspect of ''`Atiq''/Ancient, the aspect of ''Hadhrath Panim''/Distinguished Face, from which all the seventy faces of the Torah derive etc.; take a good look there. ==Oth 5== So behold, the main intent of the above words, for practical application, is what I saw and heard from the mouth of Rabbeinu z"l himself, many times, that he lived new life all the time; like I heard from him many times saying, “I lived life today, such life as I had never experienced” etc. And also I heard him other times speaking a great deal about life, that the world calls everything life etc., and even regarding painful life there are many differences etc., see there in the ''Sichoth'' [''CM'' #400], but actually the essence of life is True Longevity, which is the aspect of the Long Life of the blind one, who really lives long life, for he boasts that he is utterly old and yet utterly a suckling babe and still has not begun to live at all. For this is the essence of life: when one starts serving Hashem anew all the time, as if he has still not started serving him at all, as written (Deut. 6), “''Asher anochi metzawekha hayom''/Which I enjoin you today.” And our Rabbis z”l (''Sifri'' there), commented, “Every day let them be new in your eyes;” and (ibid. 27) “''Hasket ush'ma` Yisrael, hayom hazeh nihyeytha le`am laShem Eloheikha/''Pay attention and listen, Yisrael: this day you are become a people to Hashem your God,” and our Rabbis z"l explained (brought in Rashi): every day let them be in your eyes as if today you have entered the covenant with him. And like I saw from Rabbeinu z"l innumerable times, that even though he had previously boasted of big and wondrous things, and revealed wondrous Torah never before heard, as he usually did — and then afterwards we saw him in great pain, and many times he laid out his pain and conversation before us from the depth of his heart, that he is extremely afflicted over how to attain being a Jew, like someone who never before smelled the spirit of serving Hashem. And whoever did not see this, it is impossible to describe it to him in writing, but a little about this is already explained in this ''Shevachim'' that are printed, and every time he would say that now he knows nothing at all, nothing nothing at all etc., even though earlier he had revealed what he revealed and boasted that he attained what he attained that is impossible to reveal; nevertheless immediately after he would say that he knows nothing at all. So the rule was that he never stood on one level, but just always quickly went from level to level in the apex of uppermost and loftiest levels, and even when he reached what he reached etc., his mind still did not grow cool to this etc. But here is not the place to prolong discussion of this, but it will be explained elsewhere. And this is truly the essence of life, when one attains always beginning anew in serving Hashem, which is truly the essence of life, as written (Deut. 30:20), “''Ki hu chayeykha''/It is precisely your life.” And the essence of serving Hashem is to always perform one's service anew, and to not fall into old age of the ''Sitra Achra''; that his service not become old for him, God forbid, as Rabbeinu z"l warned us against and said it is forbidden to be old; not an old tzaddik and not an old chasid, old is not good etc., as explained in his holy ''Sichoth'' appended to ''Sipurei Ma`asiyoth'', namely, one needs to always begin anew. And this is the essence of the long life of the holy elder who is the blind one, for he was most old and most ''yanik'' [infantile, lit. suckling], that is, the more he grew and became subsumed into holy elderliness which is the aspect of ''`Atik de`Atikin'', the more yanik he became. For, each time he perceived that he is utterly far from Hashem Yithbarakh, for “there is no probing His greatness,” therefore the more he was subsumed into holy elderliness, the more he saw and perceived that he still has not begun living at all, until he attained the aforementioned Long Life where elderliness and infancy and united, which is totally impossible to comprehend. And this is the aspect of tefillin which are drawn from the aforementioned Elder, who is the root of the tefillin, brains, as mentioned., which are the aspect of life, as mentioned., the aspect (ibid 4), “''We'atem hadeveqim baShem Eloheikhem chayim kulkhem hayom''/And you that cleave to Hashem your God, all of you are live this day,” which is said of tefillin, as is known, for this is the essence of tefillin-brains, in order to attain, through the mitzwah of tefillin, living new life of holiness, to renew his days like an eagle, to begin serving Hashem Yithbarakh anew all the time, and not fall into the oldness of the Sitra Achra, to not view his devotion be as old; on the contrary, tangibly new, as if he had never ever began. For in truth, even one who is a very great tzaddiq and has labored and toiled many years in His Blessed devotion, nevertheless in accord with the Every Day Renewal of Creation, he still has not begun at all, for Hashem Yithbarakh does new things all the time, as written, “and in His goodness renews every day constantly the work of creation,” and no day is like another, and no time is like another, and each and every moment there are changes in the rising of the worlds and their order and position and conduct, in unfathomably wondrous and awesome changes. And all their vitality derives from the devotion of the man in this world, on which it all depends, from the head up to the Ein Sof. Therefore one must always serve Hashem Yithbarakh anew, in accord with the renewal of the work of creation in all the worlds needed now, and in accord with the revelation of the greatness of the Blessed Creator that needs to be revealed now. For, “Day unto day utters speech, and night unto night reveals knowledge” [Ps. 19], as every day, every night, every time and every moment, His Blessed Greatness is revealed in a new consciousness and awareness that never before existed. Therefore one needs to begin in His service new every time, in the aspect of, “Let them be like new in your eyes every day,” and this is the essence of vitality, this aforementioned aspect of long life, and as explained in Rabbeinu z"l's words, that the essence of longevity, the aspect of long life, is to see to it, every next coming day, to extend the day with additional sanctity and consciousness. For, the day, at its beginning when it comes to a man, is very narrow, and one needs to see to it to widen and lengthen it with additional sanctity all the time. And so every day one needs to see to it that each day be longer than the other, with additional sanctity and purity etc. (as explained in the Torah ''Pathach R' Shim`on'' in ''LM'' #60). And this is the essence of length of days, the aspect of long days, namely all the time beginning new in new service, with great addition. For, all the service he has performed until now, he needs to forget entirely, and now begin new, as mentioned. And by tefillin we attain this, as mentioned. And this is the essence of the mitzwah of tefillin that we lay every day, in order to attain life, the aspect of “You who cleave” as mentioned, that is, to attain the aforementioned long life, to renew is life of holiness at all times, beginning new all the time, and this is the essence of brains and life that originate are drawn from the aforementioned Most Supernal Elder, where the source of tefillin is, as mentioned, as he lives the aforementioned long life, as there, elderliness and infancy are united together, which this is the aspect of (Ps. 103), “That your youth be renewed as an eagle,” as our Rabbis z"l said (brought in Rashi there), “This eagle, the older it gets...”, that is, the older it gets, the more it renews its vitality and begins new, all the time beginning new life. And therefore he had concurrence from the Great Eagle specifically, for such vitality is the aspect of “Being renewed as an eagle” as mentioned. And the aspect of tefillin, which are the aspect of this life, is from there, as mentioned. ==Oth 6== For, the essence of tefillin is the flashing of the brains in the face, which is the aspect of Light of the Face, which is drawn from the aspect of ''Tiqunei Diqna Qadisha''/Repair or Features of the Holy Beard, which is the essence of Dignity of the Face, as is known, which is the aspect of the aforementioned Elder in Holiness, as mentioned. And the ''Tiqunei Diqna'' are the aspect of the Thirteen Attributes of Mercy, the essence of which are the aspect of subjugating anger and sweetening harsh decrees and the ''Charon Af''/Burning Nose (Anger), which is the aspect of ''Erekh Apayim''/Extending Nose (Patience), which is the main thing, and therefore Chazal said (''Sanh.'' 111) regarding the verse “''Waymaher Moshe wayqod artzah''/And Moshe made haste and bowed his head toward the earth” etc. [Ex. 34:8]: What did he see? He saw Erekh Apayim. For, the essence of the Thirteen Attributes are the Thirteen Tiqunei Diqna which H"Y [Hashem Yithbarakh] revealed to him then, the essence of which is Erekh Apayim, which is the aspect of subjugating the ''Panim''/Interior (Face), and therefore Moshe became excited by this specifically, as also explained regarding the loftiness of Erekh Apayim in the words of Rabbeinu z"l (''LM'' #155, see there), in the lesson that begins, “Sadness is a very worst trait” etc., see there the entire interest until the end, for it is a wondrous path in serving the Creator, and if you gaze and look thoroughly there, you can get very wondrous advices and great encouragement, endlessly, for His blessed service. And the rule is that a man needs to cling to Hashem Yithbarakh's attributes, as explained in the words of our Rabbis and in all the holy books. Therefore one most see to it that he should have the trait of Erekh Apayim, that is, extending his patience for everything, not getting angry, not being annoyed at anything, not looking at any obstacle or confusion in his devotions, whether they be confusions, obstacles and trials that he has from people of the world, such as his father, father-in-law, wife, relatives or the rest of mankind. As is known and seen tangibly, that every time some person wants to enter the service of Hashem, to begin praying with intent etc. and so forth, immediately he has great obstacles, without end, and then every one needs to "be bold as a tiger... and strong like a lion" to perform the will of his Heavenly Father, to prevail against the obstacles and get through them, to not look at them at all, and to fortify himself a great deal to his part, to delve in Torah and prayer with intent and power etc. And this is the aspect of Arikhath Apayim, to not be short spirited, God forbid, to stop his devotion, God forbid, due to the obstacles and trials he has from them, but only strengthen himself and extend his patience for everything, and not gaze at any obstacle at all. And likewise, even the obstacles he has from himself, his evil and strange cravings and thoughts pursuing him constantly every moment, especially during prayer time, and he has great trials from them. And the main thing is the Erekh Apayim, which is the aspect of Emunah, as explained there, that the essence of Erekh Apayim one attains through Emunah, that is, having perfect Emunah in Hashem Yithbarakh and the True Kosher Tzaddiqim, and to strengthen himself in His service and not fall from anything, and to be indifferent, and not become short tempered on account of the evil deeds and faults that he has committed until now. For, one needs to not look at this at all, as explained in the words of Rabbeinu z"l and in our words many, many times regarding this, just how much a man needs to be strong. For, there is no despair at all in the world, and however it is, even though he has already fallen such a descent in himself many times, without bound, nevertheless there is no despairing at all in the world, and all the days he is alive on the face of the earth he needs to strengthen himself and each time begin new, and not fall into oldness of the Sitra Achra at all. For, all the descents in the world are the aspect of oldness of the Sitra Achra, as it seems in his eyes that he is already old in his mistakes and deeds that he is accustomed in, such that he cannot get out of them in any fashion, God forbid. But in truth, he needs to know and believe that every day, moment, and time, the power is in a man's hand to be new and be an actual new creation, for Hashem Yithbarakh is “doing new things” at all times, and no day or hours is like another etc. as mentioned. Therefore one needs to every time strengthen himself and begin every day anew, and sometimes even in one day one needs to begin many times, as explained elsewhere. And even if it will be that way for a long time, however it may be, every time and every hour he needs to remind himself of Hashem Yithbarakh and completely forget all the past until now, and really begin now from new, as much as he can, and not look at any confusion or weakness of mind at all. And all this is the aspect of Erekh Apayim, that one needs to extend his spirit and pass over the confusions and obstacles and not look at anything and let nothing affect him and not let his heart grow soft and not let his tempter get short from anything that happens to him, but only strengthen himself in Hashem Yithbarakh in whatever he can. For Hashem Yithbarakh is always full of compassion, and the mercies of Hashem are not finished and his compassion is never ceased. And we have already spoken about this many times — but such a matter needs to be repeated many times, without bound, for “it is your life,” for the majority of the world being far from Hashem Yithbarakh and losing what they lose, true everlasting life, is virtually all only on account of weakness of mind, being downcast, on account that most of them have experienced many times that they began a little in serving Hashem and then fell into what they fell, each person according to his fall, the Merciful One save us; and thereby they became discouraged from beginning again. And some of them once or a few times became somewhat aroused and began anew, but then when they saw that nevertheless fell afterwards, they became discouraged, since they saw themselves trying so much to get into serving Hashem and then falling in what they fell, the Merciful one save us, thus it seemed to them that their strength is exhausted to now begin any more. But really all this is the work of the Ba`al Davar himself, who is the aspect of the elder of the Sitra Achra, for he is called the “old and foolish king” [Eccl. 4], as he wants to cast a man down into oldness and exhaustion, God forbid, as if he already so aged in his mistakes and deeds that he can no longer change. And really it is not so, for every day a man is a new creature, just as we say the benediction every day over Netilath Yadayim and the rest of the benedictions, “Who has not made me a heathen.. a slave.. a woman” etc., where the codifiers have written the reason being because a man is made like a new creature every day, as explained in the ''Shulchan `Arukh''. And similarly the benediction, “Who gives strength to the weary” we say over renewal of the brains and vitality every day, as brought in the ''Kawanoth''. And therefore a man needs to be very careful to not fall into this oldness of the Sitra Achra, but only be strong and renewed all the time, as mentioned. And let it seem in his eyes every day and every hour that he is born today, and as if today he receives the Torah anew, as our Rabbis z"l have said, “every day let them be like new in your eyes,” as mentioned, which all of this is the aspect of Erekh Apayim, as he extends his patience for every thing, obstacle, and confusion in the world, and passes over everything, and strengthens himself each time in His service etc. as mentioned. And this trait of Erekh Apayim is the essence of the aspect of Tiqunei Diqna, which is the aspect of the ''Zaqen''/Elder in holiness, who is truly old, for he truly lives long life, for every time he begins living anew. And precisely this is the aspect of holy elderliness, the aspect of long life, for when one falls in oldness of the Sitra Achra, that is, when his devotion becomes old for him, and all the more so when he falls from his devotions, God forbid, since it seems that he is so old in his mistakes that he can no longer go back, God forbid. Such “elderliness,” God forbid, is the essence of shortness of days, as mentioned in Rabbeinu z"l's words, that “elders” like this who do not add vitality and additional service all the time, are called “short of days and full of trouble” etc. (Job 14). (See the Torah ''“Uv'yom haBiqurim,” LM'' #4). ==Oth 7== The rule is that any man who wants to consider the ultimate purpose needs to very much guard against being old at all. That is, to not fall into oldness of the Sitra Achra, God forbid, whether he is a tzaddik, a chasid, or any other kind of man. Even someone who is the lowest of the low in some regard, needs to guard against falling in this oldness, for even a great tzaddik is forbidden from being old in his service even though he attained perfect devotion on a high level; nevertheless he needs to be strong to go from level to level and each time begin anew. For this is the essence of Judaism, to be strong to ascend each time from level to level, as I heard from the mouth of Rabbeinu z"l when he began teaching the Torah ''“Tesha` Tiqunin Yaqirin Itmasru Lediqna”'' (''LM'' #20), as he said then in this language, “Whoever wants to be an Israelite man, that is, going from level to level, cannot do so except by Eretz Yisrael,” and from his words in general we hear that one is not called a true ''Ish Yisra'eli'' unless one goes from level to level. And one attains this through Eretz Yisrael etc.; see there in that Torah ''Tesha''''`'''' Tiqunin Yaqirin''. And this is the essence of long life, the aspect of the Torah which is called life, when one always begins anew etc. as mentioned. And conversely, even one who did what he did and transgressed what he transgressed, nevertheless is forbidden to be old, God forbid, and he needs to guard more and more against this aspect of oldness, to not get into any despair, God forbid; to not say in his heart that he is so old already, God forbid, in his deeds etc., that he cannot change. Rather, be strong and begin with whatever he can, and do any little or great thing that he can, even if he can really say no more than one utterance in prayer or secluded meditation-conversation, or learn the least of the least bit, anyhow he should do what he can, get strong, and enliven himself in the least of the least that he still manages to strive in the sanctity of Yisrael. For, any way it might be, he definitely does many mitzwoth each day, for even “the transgressors of Yisrael are full of mitzwoth like a pomegranate,” and one needs to find good points in himself and enliven himself each time. And as explained in the Torah ''“Azamera Lelohai Be`odi”'' (''LM'' #282), as brought in our words many times, and be strong and begin each time anew, and not lose himself entirely, God forbid. And “whatever your hand finds to do, do with your strength.” And the main thing is the aforementioned Arikhath Apayim, that he should have a very great deal of Arikhuth Apayim, without bound, which is the aspect of long spirit/temper, that is, to extend his spirit, to wait and look forward to the salvation of Hashem, and not gaze at any confusion or obstacle as mentioned. ==Oth 8== And this is the aspect of “Long-Tempered (Erekh Apayim) for tzaddikim and for the wicked” (''BK'' 50), as tzaddikim need this trait of Erekh Apayim, which is the aspect of holy elderliness, the aspect of ''Arikhath Yamim weShanim''/Long Days and Years, the aspect of ''Chayim Arukhim''/Long Life, mentioned above. That is, to not fall in the oldness of the Sitra Achra, God forbid, that his service should not old and weak for him, but just “renew his youth like an eagle” all the time, and every day begin new with additional sanctity and service, and never get tired or weary, and not be confused by anything, which this is the aspect of Erekh Apayim. For, sometimes one who serves Hashem gets weary on account of having suffered so many trials etc., and thereby he could fall into oldness of the Sitra Achra and exhaustion, God forbid. Therefore he needs to strengthen himself a great deal with the trait of Erekh Apayim, all his days, extending his temper and spirit for all the toils and burdens, beginning new every time. And this is the aspect of Erekh Apayim for tzaddikim. And likewise there is the aspect of Erekh Apayim for the wicked, as Hashem Yithbarakh also extends his temper for them all the days of their lives, in order that they return, as written, “Until the day he dies You wait for him; if he turns back etc. [You receive him immediately].” Therefore the wicked themselves also have to bolster themselves in this trait of Erekh Apayim, that their wickedness should not confuse them from returning to Hashem Yithbarakh, and that their hearts should not falter nor their minds be downcast from the amount of their transgressions, especially if they have already began a few times and fallen from it etc. Nevertheless they should be confident in His great mercy and prolong their patience and spirit over all that happens to them, and strengthen themselves each time to begin anew. Perhaps he will attain from now on to have compassion on himself, to leave his previous way and thoughts, and never ever be old and weak in his eyes. For the essence of return lies in the aspect of renewing one's life whenever it is necessary to renew his days that have passed in darkness, in the aspect of (Lam. 5), “''Hashiveinu H' eleikha wenashuvah chadesh yameynu keqedem''/Return us, Hashem, to you, that we may be restored; renew our days as before.” Hence everyone needs the aspect of this trait of Erekh Apayim. And this is, “Long-Tempered (Erekh Apayim) for tzaddikim and for the wicked.” And the rest of the levels of other people in the world are are included in them, for the whole keeping of their service and vitality is by this trait of Erekh Apayim, as mentioned. ==Oth 9== And all of them receive strength from the aspect of the Elder in Sanctity, who is the aforementioned blind one, who is the aspect of the Elder of Elders, ''Saba deSavin'', who has attained such holy elderliness that he said that he is “extremely old yet extremely ''yanik'' [infantile, lit. suckling]” etc. and as mentioned, as from him all the tzaddiqim receive strength to fortify themselves in their devotions to renew their strength and service all the time. And through these great tzaddiqim who begin new every time — and even reach the highest of all levels, even the level of the greatest ''Benei `Aliyah ''[''Sanh.'' 97b], nevertheless not sufficing themselves with this, but rather saying, “Who knows what else there is to attain?” and beginning every time anew, and like I heard from Rabbeinu z"l a great deal regarding this as explained elsewhere, until they each time arrive at perceptions new, wondrous, awesome etc. etc. — therefore with the strength of such tzaddiqim in all this, those who have fallen can renew themselves every time. As is very common presently in the darkness of the this exile, that the Sitra Achra and the Ba`al Davar have surged up a great deal upon anyone who wants to begin to delve in serving Hashem. And they cast him down every time, each person in accord with what they cast him down, God forbid, the Merciful one save us, and they need to be strengthened and revived each time with many kinds of encouragement, so that they never despair, and that they begin anew each time as mentioned. And they receive all this strength from these tzaddikim. For the more ill a person is, the greater a doctor he needs, as explained elsewhere (#30), for due to the enormity of the power and perceptions of these tzaddikim, who every time began anew and each time perceived more and more the greatness of Hashem's kindness, how He, Blessed be He, devises considerations so that no one be flushed away from him etc. And thereby they have power to draw new vitality and strength to all the fallen, to strengthen and awaken them every time, to never fall down due to anything, but only extend their patience and spirit for everything and be steadfast in Hashem and the power of the true tzaddikim, for His mercies have never ceased, and they should be strong and start following Hashem Yithbarakh anew each time in whatever he can etc. and as mentioned. For, by the power of these tzaddikim who every time began anew, that even when they reached the highest of high levels, that it seems there is no higher level that this, and really it is an extremely wondrous and awesome level and state, that, many great and wondrous tzaddikim never attained it — still even though they reached this and more and more etc. etc., nevertheless they never sufficed with this, but devised considerations every time to begin anew, even though they never knew any more report of a higher level. Nevertheless they said, “Who knows, what else there is?” etc., just like I heard from Rabbeinu z"l, as one time he was very afflicted before me and said, “How can one achieve being a Jew?” etc., and it was a big wonder to me on account that he had just revealed wondrous and awesome things etc.; he spoke up and said, “Who knows what else there is to attain?” etc. For, behold, did it ever occur to me to seek and yearn for such a perception and such a level? So who knows now too what more there is, etc. This was his way every day of his life. And it is impossible to elaborate and relate this here. Hence there are such great tzaddikim that that even when they reach the highest of high levels, that it seems there is no higher level that it, still they yearn, request and seek, and begin anew entirely. For, who knows what more there is? Even though their present perception and level is truly very high, still they say, “Isn't Hashem Yithbarakh infinite? So who knows what more one can reach in this world!” Therefore they begin anew every time, until they truly reach an even higher level. And then they say, “Who knows what more there is?” — and again they begin anew etc., and thus forever. Thus by the power of these tzaddikim there is hope for all the fallen. And there is nothing in the world at all to despair about. For even though it seems to him that from such a descent he cannot get up, God forbid, nevertheless who knows the greatness of Hashem's kindness? For there is such kindness by Him, Yithbarakh, that even from there one can get up. And similarly even if God forbid he fell more many, many times without count, still any move whereby he wants to pick himself up each time from the fall, and each and every cry that he calls out even from the lowest depths, is also never lost. As like Rabbeinu z"l said, that even a yell from the lowest underworld is never lost, regardless of what happens after. For Hashem Yithbarakh and his Torah are infinite and unbounded. As just as there is no getting high in the world, in accord with His greatness — heights above heights, and heights above that etc. and as mentioned — similarly there is no descent in the world, as for every descent, God forbid, there is a worse descent. And since there is a worse descent, God forbid, one needs to be strong and not fall any further, God forbid. And the main empowerment is by the strength of the aforementioned tzaddikim, who never stayed put but every time rose higher etc. as mentioned. For they attained the perception that just as there is never an ascent, similarly there is never a descent from which one cannot rise up. For in truth it is all one, for the more a tzaddik rises to a higher level, he perceives more the generosities of Hashem, which this is the essence of Hashem Yithbarakh's greatness. For the trait of ''Chesed''/Generosity is called ''Gedulah''/Greatness, as is known, as is written, “Yours, Hashem, is the Greatness” [I Chron. 29:11], which is kindness, as is known. Hence the trait of Chesed is is called Gedulah. Therefore the more one perceives the Hashem Yithbarakh's greatness, the more one perceives His generosity, for His Blessed generosity is the essence of His greatness as mentioned. Therefore these tzaddikim who never stay put but each time go up more and more, and each time further perceive His Blessed greatness, that is, the vastness of his generosity, thereby they attain perceiving that there is no fall or descent in the world and no despairing in the world whatsoever. For they perceive such kindnesses each time, which are the essence of the Creator's greatness, whereby everyone can have an ascent. And this is what Rabbeinu z"l said in the torah ''“Mishra deSakina”'' (''LM'' #30), that one needs specifically the greatest tzaddik on the utmost high level. For, the more ill a person is, the greater a healer he needs, that is, as mentioned. For the greater the tzaddik, the more he can raise up even those who are so very fallen, until by the power of the aforementioned tzaddikim [who receive from him], there is no fall or descent where one cannot get up from by their power, if they manage to believe and follow them, and as mentioned. And all this is the abovementioned aspect of Erekh Apayim, the aspect of Erekh Apayim to tzaddikim and Erekh Apayim to the wicked [Oth #8], that these people on a high level, the aspect of tzaddikim, need to prolong their temper, that their temper not fall short, and they not stop having extra spirit and vitality, on account of the great ascent and level they have attained, for in spite of this they need to extend their spirit further, and look to reach an even higher, higher level, and begin anew etc. as mentioned. And these people on a low level, and even the wicked that have fallen in total evil, God forbid, nevertheless as long as the soul is in them, as long as they can still move one body member, need to extend their temper and spirit, to look out for salvation constantly, and prevail and begin anew each time, as much as possible — whatever will be will be — for there is never a move in sanctity nor a groan, cry or aspiration in sanctity etc. that is ever lost, for “Hashem will not cast us off forever” [Lam. 3]. ==Oth 10== And all this is the aspect of tefillin, which are the abovementioned aspect of Arikhath Apayim, which is the aspect of the new brains and vitality that we draw by the mitzwah of tefillin, from the elders in sanctity who receive from the highest elder who is the blind one. ==Oth 11== And this is the aspect of the tunnel of the tefillin, which is where the straps pass through, which are the aspect of “crossing the YaBoQ,” as brought in the Kawanoth. For the straps are the aspect of drawing the brains of the tefillin, which is the aspect of the “Light of the Face,” which is the aspect of the Thirteen Tiqunei Diqna, the aspect of Erekh Apayim mentioned, and therefore ReTzU`AH is gematria 370, the aspect of the 370 lights, of the Light of the Face, as is brought. For the straps represent length, specifically the elongation of the nose, which signifies the elongation of the spirit. This refers to the elongation of the nose, which is the light of the Countenance that extends through the straps, thereby sweetening and nullifying the aspect of the "stripes of wickedness" which is a strap for the Other Side, from which all afflictions and judgments originate. Through the elongation of the nose, extending through the straps of the Tefillin, one transcends all afflictions, sweetening them. They have no power to nullify or obstruct divine service, for one merits the elongation of the nose, i.e., to extend his spirit over everything, not shortening it because of afflictions and obstacles in the world. Instead, one goes about his own affairs, engaging in Torah and divine service, etc., as aforementioned, until he transcends them and nullifies them. Because through the elongation of the nose, not focusing on them at all, they are nullified by themselves. For all afflictions and obstacles come only as a test, and when one strengthens his resolve and extends his spirit, not focusing on them at all, they are nullified before him. Therefore, the elongation of the strap, which signifies the extension of the light of the Countenance, through the elongation of the nose as aforementioned, nullifies the aspect of the strap for the Other Side, from which all afflictions emanate, for everything is sweetened and nullified by the elongation of the nose, which is the aspect of sweetening judgments, as aforementioned. This is the aspect of the passage of the Tefillin, where the straps pass, which is the aspect of the passage of Havayeh Elokim, as aforementioned, for Havayeh Elokim has the numerical value of 52, as is explained. This is the aspect of "I will praise" twice, in God, I will praise," which is in the same vein, for one must recognize Him, blessed be He, and draw close to Him always, whether in prosperity or adversity, God forbid, whether in ascent or descent. This is the aspect of "in God, I will praise," etc., as mentioned in the Torah: "Who is the man who desires life," etc., as explained further. This is itself the aspect of the "He called to Joshua" in the Torah portion that introduces the Book of Joshua. See there, where it is written that anyone who wants to repent needs to be proficient in Halacha, proficient in willing, proficient in returning, proficient in ascending, proficient in departing, in the manner of "I will ascend to the heavens, you are there," etc. See there, that we need to teach how to draw close to God, blessed be He, constantly, in every place. Whether in ascent or descent. And even if one is in the depths of Sheol, from there, too, he can draw close to Him, blessed be He, in the manner of "If I ascend to the heavens, you are there." For even though it seems to him that he has ascended to heaven, he still needs to seek God, blessed be He, and start anew. For God, blessed be He, is also found in heaven, as our Rabbi said in the Torah: "If you go out to war," etc., that all this is the aspect of the elongation of the nose as aforementioned, which we merit through the mitzvah of Tefillin, as aforementioned. This is the aspect of the passage, the aspect of "Havayeh Elokim," for "Havayeh Elokim" consists of the letters of "Beki," proficient in willing, proficient in returning, etc., as our Rabbi said himself, that the aspect of this proficiency is the aspect of "Havayeh Elokim." See there at the end. And also consider the numerical value of "Havayeh Elokim" in the aspect of "in God, I will praise," etc., as aforementioned, whether in the attribute of mercy or in the attribute of judgment, whether in ascent or in descent. Always one must serve God, blessed be He, and extend his spirit so that he will not fall, not become weary, and not be nullified from his yearning for God, blessed be He, because of anything in the world. And all this is achieved through the Tefillin, which is the aspect of the elongation of the nose as aforementioned, which extends his spirit over everything, as aforementioned. For this is the aspect of the long straps that pass through the passage, through which one transcends everything, all afflictions, obstacles, and confusions that emanate from the strap for the Other Side, as aforementioned, and everything is nullified opposite him through the aspect of the elongation of the nose as aforementioned. And this is the aspect of "And God passed before him," which is the aspect of the passage, for then, when God passed before him, God revealed to him the thirteen attributes of mercy, which are thirteen times the numerical value of "Dalet" (ד), and there it is said, "And Moses hastened," etc., for he saw the elongation of the nose, which is the aspect of Tefillin as aforementioned. Through this, one transcends everything and merits to draw close to Him, blessed be He. And this is the aspect of the passage, as aforementioned, for then, when God passed before him and revealed to him the thirteen attributes of mercy, which are thirteen times the numerical value of "Dalet" (ד), then he revealed to him the aspect of the light of the Tefillin, as it is written there in this portion: "I will make all my goodness pass before you," etc., "and you will see my back," and the Sages interpreted this as the knot of the Tefillin, for the essence of the Tefillin emanates from there, from the aspect of "Dalet" (ד), which are the thirteen attributes as aforementioned, which is the aspect of the elongation of the nose as aforementioned. ==Oth 12== And the main essence of the elongation of the nose is achieved through the Land of Israel, which is the aspect of faith. As it is written there in the aforementioned Torah portion on the verse "And Moses hastened," etc., see there (in Siman Kuf-Nun-Hey). And this is the aspect of the Tefillin, for the sections within the Tefillin speak of the Land of Israel and faith, for the main themes of the first two sections are the Exodus from Egypt and the entry into the Land of Israel, as it is written there (Exodus 13): "Remember this day on which you went out from Egypt," etc., "and it shall be when the Lord brings you into the land," etc. And similarly, the second section begins with "And it shall be when the Lord brings you," etc. For the essence of the Tefillin is the aspect of the elongation of the nose, which is achieved through the Land of Israel as aforementioned, which is the opposite of Egypt, which is filled with idolatry and foreign worship, which is the opposite of faith. Therefore, when they were in Egypt, it was said of them (Exodus 6): "And they did not listen to Moses, from shortness of spirit," for they could not draw close to justify themselves, which is the aspect of Moses, and to listen to him because of their shortness of spirit, which is the opposite of the aforementioned elongation of the nose, through which the essence of drawing close to God, blessed be He, and to true righteous individuals is achieved, as written there in the aforementioned Torah portion, and as aforementioned, for the main essence of the elongation of the nose is achieved through faith, which is the aspect of the Land of Israel as aforementioned, which is the aspect of the Tefillin as aforementioned. Therefore, the two secondary sections speak of faith, which is "Hear, O Israel," which is the faith of unity. And the portion "And it shall be if you surely listen" also accepts the yoke of the commandments and the nullification of foreign worship, which is the aspect of wrath, which is also the opposite of the aforementioned elongation of the nose, as it is written there (Deuteronomy 11). The verse "Guard yourselves and so on, lest you turn away and serve other gods and the anger of the Lord will be kindled" (Deuteronomy 11) shows that all four sections of the Tefillin speak of the Exodus from Egypt, which is the aspect of idolatry, the aspect of wrath, and shortness of spirit, in order to merit leaving there and coming to the Land of Israel, which is the aspect of faith and the elongation of the nose. For this is the essence of the Tefillin, as aforementioned. Therefore, the conclusion of the last section of the Tefillin is "so that your days and the days of your children may be multiplied," which is the elongation of days, which is the aspect of long life achieved through the Tefillin, which are the aspect of the elongation of the nose and the elongation of the spirit, from which comes the elongation of days. For the essence of life is through the spirit of breath, through the aspect of elongating the spirit, which is the aspect of elongating the nose. And as explained above, the elongation of the nose is the aspect of the elder in holiness, the aspect of long life, as aforementioned. Therefore, the Sages said (Pesachim 113a), "His hotness, his life is not life," for hotness, which is the aspect of shortness of spirit, is the opposite of elongating the nose. Therefore, his life is not life, for the essence of life is through elongating the spirit, which is the aspect of elongating the nose, as aforementioned. ==Oth 13== Therefore, we need to tie the Tefillin on the left hand, which is the aspect of the dark hand, as the Sages said. For this is the essence of the Tefillin, which is the aspect of elongating the nose, to sweeten and nullify the aspect of the dark hand, from which all afflictions and obstacles emanate, God forbid. One needs to elongate his spirit in the aspect of elongating the nose, as mentioned above, and to surpass everything so that he will not have a short spirit, God forbid, which is the aspect of a depressed spirit, "Who can bear a broken spirit?" (Proverbs 18:14). Rather, one should elongate his spirit above all, which is the aspect of Tefillin, the aspect of elongating the nose. Through this, the aspect of the dark hand is sweetened, as aforementioned. ==Oth 14== And this is [illustrated in the verse], "And the Lord said to Abram, 'Go forth from your land... to the land...'" (Genesis 12), which refers to the Land of Israel, as it is linked to the verse, "And Terah died in Haran." For Rashi explained there that until this point was the wrath and anger of the place. Therefore, it is linked to this [episode] that God commanded Abraham to go to the Land of Israel. Through this, the wrath and anger were sweetened and nullified. For through the Land of Israel, one merits the aspect of elongating the nose, which is the opposite of wrath and anger, as aforementioned. For Abraham is the head of the believers, and therefore he was the first to whom the holiness of the Land of Israel was revealed, as stated in the Holy Zohar, "Tikunim." For the Land of Israel is the aspect of faith, the aspect of elongating the nose, as aforementioned. ==Oth 15== And this is the aspect of (Ex. 13), “Sanctify to Me all the male firstborns, whatsoever opens the womb among the children of Israel,” which is the beginning of the first passage in the tefillin. For the essence of the tefillin are drawn from the sanctity of the firstborn, which is the first birth, which is the aspect of Yetziath Mitzrayim, which is the aspect of birth, as is known, as on account of this we need to sanctify the first birth which is a male firstborn. As written there, “And it came to pass, when Par`oh would hardly let us go... therefore I sacrifice” etc. And all this is in order to draw on oneself the sanctity of birth of the brains which is the essence of birth, that is, to manage to renew ones vitality and brains at all times as if he was born today, as mentioned. Which, this is is the essence of long life, which are the aspect of tefillin as mentioned. And therefore one needs to give the firstborn to the Kohen or redeem him from him, for the Kohen is the aspect of the elder in holiness, in the aspect of (Ps. 133), “It is like the precious oil upon the head, coming down upon the beard; even Aharon's beard” etc., the aspect of the Eight Tikkunim of the Kohen Gadol, as is known. And this is what our Rabbis z”l said (Shabbath 151), “And let your head lack no oil (Eccl. 9:8) — this is head tefillin.” For the essence of tefillin are drawn from the aspect of “like the precious oil upon the head...” of the elder, Aharon, as mentioned. And therefore by means of giving the firstborn, who is the first birth, to the Kohen, we draw the sanctity of the birth of the brains and vitality, to remember to always renew himself as if he was born today, which this is the essence of tefillin, which are the aspect of brains and long life which we receive from the aforementioned Elder in Holiness, who said that he is extremely old and yet has not begun living at all, as if he was born today. For, one needs to each time begin anew as mentioned, and this is the aspect of Mashiach, of whom it is said (Ps. 2), “Today I have borne you.” For Mashiach will attain this aspect perfectly, which is the aforementioned aspect of long life, as each moment he will begin living anew as if he was born today, in the aspect of “I have borne you today.” For Mashiach will attain the aspect of above time, as explained in Rabbeinu z”l's words on this verse, “I have borne you today;” see there [''LM II'' #61]. For this aspect that '''the blind one''' boasted of, who is old yet infantile etc. and the whole world does not amount to him so much as an eyeblink etc., all this is the aspect of above time, which this is the aspect of long life that Mashiach will attain, the aspect of (Ps. 21), “He asked life of You; You gave it to him,” which is the aspect of “David King of Yisrael is Alive and Well.” For David is Mashiach. And this is the aspect of tefillin; that is where is the root of the Mashiach's soul, as is brought, as the root of Mashiach's kingship is in the aspect of the tefillin's knot, and as Rabbeinu z”l said (''LM'' #54), which this is the aspect of (Sam. 1 25), “yet the soul of my lord shall be bound in the bundle of life,” which is said of David, who is Mashiach. The bundle of life is the aspect of tefillin knot, which are the aspect of life as mentioned, the aforementioned aspect of long life, as mentioned. ==Oth 16== And this is the aspect of the strap of the head Tefillin that descends from the knot to the nape of the neck. For the sanctity of the Tefillin stems from the elders who merited to sanctify their intellect to such an extent that they remembered what was done with them from the beginning of their formation, at the time when their nape was cut, as aforementioned. For the essence of the completion of formation, which is the aspect of Tefillin, is the aspect of sanctifying Me, every firstborn of every womb, etc. It is the piece of the nape. Therefore, it is stated regarding the Exodus from Egypt (Ezekiel 16), "And your origins on the day you were born, your navel was not cut," etc. This means that before they left, they were similar to a fetus in its mother's womb, and their nape was not yet cut, etc. For the essence of the Tefillin is the aspect of the Exodus from Egypt, the aspect of birth, which is the aspect of the piece of the nape, as aforementioned. For even though the other elders remembered more and more, as aforementioned, nonetheless, the holiness cannot be revealed outwardly upon us, except for the holiness of the elder's intellect, which recalls the beginning of their formation, which is the piece of the nape, which is the essence of the Tefillin spoken of from the time of formation, the aspect of "Sanctify to Me every firstborn," etc., as aforementioned. And may we merit to receive his holiness, but the holiness of the other intellects of the other elders is not revealed outwardly at all. Rather, all their light is hidden; only in the compartments hidden within the houses is their holiness received in a concealed and hidden manner, for the sanctity of their memory is very concealed from us, as is obvious to the discerning. ==Oth 17== And one strap extends to the heart, for the strap is the aspect of the light that continues from the aspect of elongated patience, as aforementioned. Therefore, it needs to extend to the heart to instill the aspect of elongated patience, which is the suppression of anger within the heart, so that one does not care at all, not even in his heart. This is the essence of elongated patience, as Rabbi [Nissim] mentioned about himself that he merited this aspect in the Land of Israel, that he would have such elongated patience that there would be no anger or resentment in his heart, not even towards his greatest enemy who caused him all the suffering. Nonetheless, he harbored no hatred or resentment in his heart towards him. This is the essence of elongated patience. Therefore, the strap needs to extend to the heart to instill the aspect of elongated patience within the heart, as aforementioned. This means that one does not care or mind anything, not even in his heart, as aforementioned. ==Oth 18== And this is the aspect of Hashem Yithbarakh's extolling Kenesseth Yisrael (Song 7), “Your navel is like a round goblet that lacks no mingled wine,” and our Rabbis z”l explained (Sanh. 37) regarding the seventy Sanhedrin who sat in a semicircle like the moon etc. “Your navel” is the aspect of the tefillin straps which descend from the head knot to the navel, which is drawn from the aspect of the kingship of David-Mashiach who is live and enduring, who is the aspect of the head knot as mentioned, as from there is drawn the strap unto the navel which is the aspect of “your navel like a round goblet,” the aspect of the seventy Sanhedrin who correspond to the seventy facets of the Torah, where David sat at the head, as our Rabbis z”l explained (brought in Rashi) on the verse, “Yoshev-Basheveth a Tachkemonite, head” etc. (2 Sam 23), for all the seventy Sanhedrin who are the aspect of the seventy faces of the Torah all receive from David-Mashiach, as all his vitality is from the aspect of the aforementioned elders, who are the aspect of Tiqunei Diqna Qadisha, the aspect of honoring the face, the aspect of Stories of Ancient Times, as all the seventy faces of the Torah are drawn from them, as explained in the Torah “Pathach R' Shim`on” (''LM'' #60), see there; as thereby one can wake up from sleep, which is the absence of the brains. And by means of these elders, the aspect of the stories, are drawn all the seventy faces of the Torah and we wake up from sleep. Which, this is is the aspect of the seventy years that David a”h lived. And therefore he minimized sleep to the utmost, as our Rabbis z”l said (''Sukkah'' 26), that David never slept sixty breaths, so as to not taste the taste of death. For sleep is one sixtieth of death, which is drawn from Adam haRishon's mistake, by eating from the Tree of Knowledge Good-and-Bad and blemishing the Tree of Life which is the aspect of the light of the tefillin, as is brought. For tefillin are the aspect of life, the aspect of the Tree of Life, of which is said (Gen. 3), “And he eat and live forever). And by causing this damage, death was decreed on him for generations. But actually, after the mistake, death and sleep are a great benefit, for had Adam not erred he would have attained true life which is everlasting life, long life, whilst still in the body, that is, in his body he would have been able to be included in the Ein Sof forever, running and returning, and live long life, that is, renewing his vitality forever, in the aspect of renewing life of the Highest Elder, who is the '''Blind One''', who lived long life, as he is forever old and forever infantile etc. as mentioned. But after the mistake and having eaten from the Tree of Knowledge Good-and-Bad and being driven from Gan `Eden and the Serpent's filth taking grip on his body, the aspect of the “Serpent's bite,” it is impossible for him to live long life in his body forever. And it is impossible to attain everlasting life except by death, which is a great benefit, as written (Gen 1), “And behold, good ''me'od''” — this is death (''Ber. Rab.'' 9), for by means of death which is sleep, his brain is renewed. And then his body and life are renewed, and then he comes back to life in a body clean and pure that is entirely cleaned and purified of the Serpent's filth. And then he will attain receiving new brains in the aspect of tefillin, the Tree of Life, which are the aspect of long life he will attain then. That is, then he will attain living such life forever, as at all times life and brains will be added to him, until the older he gets, the more he will attain beginning anew. Which this is the aspect of the Blind Elder, which this is the essence of everlasting life that whoever attains will attain in the future to come. For constant delight is no delight and is not called true life, but rather when one attains living new life at all times, and this is the aspect of long life, everlasting life, that the tzaddikim will attain in the future after revival of the dead, that is, the aforementioned aspect, as they will attain renewing their life at all times, which this is the aspect of tefillin as mentioned. ==Oth 19== Even in this world, where the righteous, true servants of God merit to extend upon themselves eternal life through Torah, prayer, and good deeds, although their ultimate goal is to always live long lives, to renew their lives with added holiness, with new intellectual faculties and vitality at all times, nonetheless, it is inevitable and impossible to live long lives in this world continuously. For inevitably, the intellect will become fatigued, and therefore, sleep is necessary. And sleep is a great good, for by completely resting their minds when necessary and sleeping a little, they give rest to their intellects. Through this, they return and renew themselves in the morning, and merit to receive new intellectual faculties. They start afresh, as this is the aspect of tefillin: that they merit in the morning after sleep, as precisely explained in the Kavanot. Through the sleep of the night and the awakening at midnight to engage in Torah study, they emerge in the morning with the impressions of the intellect from the previous day, renewed during the night's sleep. And through this, they receive completely new intellectual faculties during prayer, which is the essence of life, long life. Study the Kavanot and understand well, for all the intentions of tefillin are included in our words in a wonderful way, so that each person may merit to receive from them a new awakening, wonderful desire, true and proper advice at all times for the service of the Blessed Creator, for every individual according to their level, place, and time. So even the least among the least can mention the Blessed Name at all times, in every place they may be, however they may be. We have already elaborated on this somewhat above. But let the wise understand and gain wisdom even more, for it is impossible to explain everything in writing. And the discerning one who truly desires to have compassion on themselves and not to deceive themselves can receive all the true and eternal goodness from our words. Let us return to our words, for now it is impossible to merit these aforementioned long lives, to renew one's mind and vitality at all times, except through sleep. But the righteous limit their sleep very much, each one according to their own necessity, for the renewal of the intellect, as aforementioned. Therefore, as it is said (Sukkah 26), "David never slept," as aforementioned, for he lived those long lives. New life at all times and hours, unable to sleep except little by little, compelled for long life as aforementioned. Therefore, the kingdom of David is likened to the moon, which renews itself at all times, hinting at the assembly of Israel, including the aspect of David's kingdom, who need to renew their service at all times in order to merit renewal in the future and to live those aforementioned long lives. As we say, "To the moon, He said to renew its crown of glory for those who are destined to renew like it, to praise their Creator in honor of His kingdom." Then we say, "David, King of Israel, lives and endures," for this is the essence of vitality when renewed at all times, as aforementioned. Therefore, Israel is counted with the moon, from which the new emerge (Chullin 30). This hints that we need to renew ourselves at all times to live each day and at all times with new vitality in the service of the Blessed Creator, for we do not age forever, God forbid, even if we were to live a thousand years (Psalms 90). "For a thousand years in Your eyes are like yesterday." For all our days are counted as eternally new. We find that all our days are called "new," for we bless and sanctify the new month at every new moon, and it is called "Rosh Chodesh" after this renewal that we renew our days at all times, in the aspect of the renewal of the moon as aforementioned, the aspect of renewing the new. And so all the days of the month are counted as the month, for this day is the second of the month, and that day is the third of the month, and so on until the month is complete, and then the second month begins, and so on forever. We find that all our days are counted specifically to the month. For all the days of Israel, with the holiness they received with the Torah, which is the aspect of eternal life, as written (Deuteronomy 30), "For it is your life." All their days are in the aspect of renewal specifically, the aspect of new life at all times, which is the essence of long and eternal life, as aforementioned. ==Oth 20== All of this is achieved through the Tefillin, which represent the aforementioned aspects. Therefore, the aspect of David's kingdom is linked to the connection of Tefillin as aforementioned. Hence, descends from there a holy strap to the navel, which represents the beginning of life and the birth of a person as they emerge into the world. The beginning of separation from the womb to begin living independently in the world is at the time of cutting the umbilical cord. At that moment, one separates from the womb and begins a new life, receiving strength to renew their life at all times, as if born anew and their umbilical cord cut, initiating their life as aforementioned. From there extends the aspect of human life, encompassed within seventy years, which are the days of a person's life, as written (Psalms 90), "The days of our years are seventy." This corresponds to the seventy faces of Torah, as explained by Rabbi Shimon in Tikkunei Zohar (Section 60). For all the seventy faces, which are the seventy years of life, are extended from the aforementioned elders, which are the aspects of the narratives of ancient years, whose illumination extends to us through the elder amongst them, who continues the renewal of vitality through the aspect of the great mind that also remembers the cutting of the umbilical cord, as aforementioned. For the minds of the other elders, who are even higher, cannot be revealed externally, as aforementioned. This is akin to the Basin of the Moon, which renews itself at all times, representing itself as the seventy Sanhedrin, which our sages expounded upon as aforementioned. For the seventy Sanhedrin represent the seventy faces of seventy years, which are received through the Tefillin by the aforementioned elders. Through the strap descending to the navel, one achieves the renewal of their vitality at all times, which is the essence of vitality for all seventy years. For if one does not renew their vitality at all times, they do not live seventy years. For the essence of vitality is the service of the Creator, as He is our life. And when one does not increase holiness and knowledge every day, their days are shortened. Who knows if all seventy years of their life will amount to another day. Therefore, the wicked, who do not fulfill the Torah completely, are called dead in their lives, for they are truly dead since they do not fulfill the Torah, which is truly the essence of life, as it is written, "He is your life." Even one who serves the Lord somewhat is not counted among their days of life except according to the extent of the work and good deeds they have done in their lives. Therefore, it is possible that all their vitality will only amount to one day, as aforementioned. But the essence of true life is in the aspect of David the King, peace be upon him, who merited to live a full seventy years. For he merited those aforementioned lives, which are the essence of those long lives as aforementioned, which continue through the Tefillin, etc., as aforementioned, which is the aspect of new life at all times. And this is why we say in the Kiddush Levana regarding the renewal of vitality, which is the essence of the renewal of the Moon, representing the assembly of Israel and the kingdom of David, as aforementioned. Then we say, "And to the moon, He said, 'You shall renew the crown of glory for those who are borne of the womb, who are destined to renew themselves like her.'" The crown of glory specifically refers to the Tefillin, which are called the crown of glory as is known, and as is mentioned regarding the blessing "Atar Yisrael" in the prayers, which alludes to the Tefillin. For they are the aspect of the crown of glory through which the essence of renewal of vitality is continued, as aforementioned, which is the aspect of the renewal of the Moon, as aforementioned. And this is the aspect of the sanctity of the firstborn, which is the beginning of the first section of the Tefillin, the aspect of "Sanctify to Me every firstborn," etc., as aforementioned, which needs to be redeemed from the priest in order to continue through it the aspect of the renewal of vitality and the minds, as aforementioned. And this is why the essence of redeeming the firstborn is from a new one, as it is written (Numbers 18), "And you shall redeem him from a month old," specifically from a new one. For the essence of redemption is for the renewal of vitality, which is the aspect of renewal, renewing new things, as aforementioned. ==Oth 21== Dawidh had no vitality at all, for he ought to have been a ''Nefel''/miscarriage/fallen-out. But Adam haRishon [''A"hR''] gave him seventy of his own years, as our rabbis z"l have said. For, the life of ''A"hR'' was drawn from the aspect of ''Arikh Anpin'' [''A"A'', the Supernal “Long Face”], which is the aspect of ''arikhath apayim''/forbearance [lit. lengthening of nose], the aspect of the aforementioned stories of ''shanim qadhmoniyoth'' [ancient years, ancient aspects] etc. And as transmitted in the [Arizal’s] writings, that the vitality of the first generations was from there, from the aspect of ''A"A;'' and therefore they would live very long lives. And all the stories that the Torah tells about the first generations, are all from the aspect of stories of ''shanim qadhmoniyoth'', which are the aspect of ''hadrath panim''/honorable face, as all the seventy faces of the Torah receive from it. And therefore the Torah began from these holy stories, before it explains the ''mitzwoth'' of the Torah. For, all the mitzwoth of the Torah, which consist of the aspect of the seventy faces of the Torah, need to receive from the aspect of ''hadrath panim'', the aspect of ''shufreih de’Adam''/Man’s beauty, the aspect of stories of ''shanim qadhmoniyoth'' and the essential holy vitality that is drawn from there. This renews his vitality at all times; each moment he begins living anew, which is the aspect the (Ps. 2), “''Ani hayom yelidhtikha''/ Today I have begotten you,” that is said of the Mashiach [Anointed to Kingship] Dawidh. Namely, Dawidh Mashiach merited that it was reversed to good, from one opposite to the other. For, just as initially he had no vitality at all and really ought to have been a Nefel, the thing was reversed and he merited to live seventy years from ''A"hR''’s years, and merited to live all the seventy years in the aspect of new life at all times, as if he had still never lived at all, but was just born today. And he, at all times was like a miscarriage that was born now, which has no life and has to receive, by Hashem’s graces, new life. And so on, at every time and moment. And thus he lived all his seventy years, which is the essence of life, as mentioned above. Until he merited through his devotion and effort in this aspect — trying and toiling all his days without sleeping his days away, but rather adding holiness and consciousness at all times — to renew his vitality at every hour. Until he merited thereby to live long, everlasting life for ever and ever, in the aspect of “''Dawidh Melekh Yisrael Chai Vekayam''/Dawidh, King of Yisrael, is alive and enduring,” as mentioned. And this is the aspect of tefillin, as mentioned. For ''teFiLYn'' are a term for (Ex. 33:16), “''VeniFLiYnu ani ve`amekha''/ and I and Your people are distinguished,” which was said when Hashem Yithbarakh revealed to him the Thirteen Attributes of Mercy, which are the aspect of the light of the tefillin, which is the aspect of the “''Ve'raitha eth-achorai''/ and you shall see My back” stated there, which is the tefillin knot (''Berakhoth'' 7), which is where the root of Dawidh-Mashiach’s soul is, as mentioned, as he ought to have been ''Nefel'' as mentioned, but now he merited the thing being reversed to good and living new life at all times, as if he was born today, which is the aspect of tefillin, the aspect of “''Venifliynu ani ve`amekha,” ''for the thing becomes reversed, as mentioned, and is made from the aspect of ''Nefel'' into the aspect of ''Venifliynu,'' which is the aspect of tefillin, which is the aspect of the aforementioned long life/longevity of Dawidh as mentioned. And therefore Mashiach is called ''“Bar Nifli''/ My Distinguished Son''” ''[''Sanh''. 96b on Amos 9:11] for Mashiach will attain that life, which is the aspect of the ''“Ani hayom yelidhtikha”'' that is said of Mashiach, and as mentioned above. ==Oth 22== And this is (Ps. 145:14), “''Somekh Hashem lekhol-hanofelim/ H''ashem is a support to all the fallen,” who are the aspect of those who have fallen from serving Hashem, and Hashem Yithbarakh supports them and awakens them from sleep through the Tzaddikim of the era, who are the aspect of Dawidh-Mashiach who attained the reversal from the aspect of ''Nefel'' to the aspect of long life, to always begin living anew, which this is the aspect of tefillin, the aspect of ''“Venifliynu”'' as mentioned. And thereby they enliven and establish all the fallen ones, that they should not be downcast and not despair of the deliverance of their souls, as mentioned. Until they merit to return to Hashem, and then the fall and descent becomes the ultimate ascent. For, the essence of the fall is specifically on account of this, in order that they should begin living anew, as explained elsewhere. That is, that his vitality and brains should begin again and be renewed, which this is the aspect of tefillin, the aspect of ''“Venifliynu”'' etc. as mentioned, hence the support of those who have fallen from the service of Hashem, that they should not despair. Rather, they should strengthen themselves anew each time, which this itself is the aspect of Dawidh-Mashiach, who attained the aspect of ''Nefel'' being reversed to the aspect of long life, that he should merit to begin to live anew each time, as mentioned. For, for them too the fall and descent becomes the ultimate ascent. As Rabbeinu z”l said elsewhere in ''LM ''(#261), that the fact that a man falls from his service, it is from Heaven — for becoming distant is the beginning of drawing close. Therefore he fell in order that he should become more alert, to draw close to Hashem Yithbarakh. And his advice is, “that he should begin anew, entering the service of Hashem as if he has still never begun, and this is a big rule in serving Hashem, that a person needs to really begin anew every day.” Hence specifically through the fall they begin to live anew, which is the aspect of tefillin, as mentioned. Which, this is the aspect of Dawidh’s longevity, which was reversed from ''Nefel'' to long life etc. as mentioned. For, all the support of the fallen is through the aforementioned great tzaddikim, who are the aspect of Dawidh-Mashiach, who lived new life at all times. Which, thereby they enliven all the fallen ones, to begin anew from now, and as explained above. And this is the aspect of the Redemption which shall be through Dawidh-Mashiach, who should come soon in our days, and then Kenesseth Yisrael will rise up from their fall, as our rabbis z”l expounded (''Berakhoth'' 5) on this verse — which this is the reason why there is no ''Nun'' in Tehillah leDawidh etc. Even so, Dawidh again supported it prophetically [lit. by ''Ruach haKoshesh''/ by the Spirit of the Holy], as it says, ''”Somekh Hashem lekhol-hannofelim,” ''etc. In the West (i.e. Israel) they resolve it [the verse Amos 5:2,'' Naflah velo-tosif kum, betulath Yisrael/'' She is fallen and shall lo longer rise, the virgin of Yisrael] thus: ''”Naflah lo-tosif [lipol `od]''/ It has fallen but shall no more '''[fall]''', ''Kum/ Rise''” etc.! [''Berakhoth'' 4b] For, the entire fall of Kenesseth Yisrael is their falling from their service, God forbid, which the Redemption depends on. For, the Redemption depends on nothing else but ''Teshuvah''/ Return/ Repentance, as our rabbis z"l said (''Yoma'' 80). And therefore the main support of the fall is by Dawidh specifically, who lives the aforementioned long life, as mentioned. Which, thereby he vitalizes, strengthens and supports all the fallen ones, that they should not despair, for Hashem is with them and close to them, in the aspect of, “''Al tismechi oyavti li ki nafalti kamti/ D''o not rejoice over me, my enemy; though I have fallen [specifically], I shall rise.'' Ki eshev bechoshekh Hashem owr li/ T''hough [or “when,” or “because”] I sit in darkness, Hashem is a light unto me” (Mic. 7:8). And then the fall and descent is the ultimate ascent, and is as mentioned. And this is the Kohen haGadol [High Priest] in the Beith haMiqdash praying on Yom haKippurim, “''Velo tapil ishah peri bitnah''/ And let no woman miscarry the fruit of her womb''...''” [''YK'' prayer] “''Velo ya`adei `avid shultan mideveith Yehudah''/ A''nd'' may there not depart a ruler from the house of Yehudah” [''Yoma'' 53b]. For, he attained the reversal from the aspect of ''Nefel'' to the aspect of long life specifically, as mentioned. And therefore the Kohen haGadol would pray on Yom haKippurim this prayer specifically. For, Yom haKippurim is the essence of teshuvah/return, and the essence of teshuvah is to rise up from one’s fall, which is the aspect of ''Nefel'', as mentioned. And to be strong to renew his days, in the aspect of (Lam. 5), “''Hashivenu... chadesh yameinu keqedem''/ Restore us... make our days new as before” etc. as mentioned, which is the aspect of Dawidh Mashiach’s kingship, as mentioned. Therefore after Yom haKippurim is Sukkoth, which is the aspect of, “''Aqim eth-sukath Dawidh hanofeleth''/ I will raise up the tabernacle of Dawidh that is fallen” (Amos 9:11), annulling the aspect of the fallen ones’ fall, God have mercy, and instead raising them up and vitalizing them, in the aspect of, ''“Somekh Hashem lekhol-hannofelim” ''etc. as mentioned. And therefore after Sukkoth is Shemini `Atzereth, which is the aspect of the Davidic kingship, as written (Sam. I 9:17), “''Zeh ya`tzor be`ami''/ This one shall have authority over My people,” as Rabbeinu z”l said elsewhere (''LM'' #48), which is when ''Nuqva'' is `''otzereth''/ seizing the droplet so that it does not fall, as written in the Qawanoth, namely, as mentioned above. ==Oth 23== And this is the aspect of Rosh Hashanah. For Rosh Hashanah is the aspect of tefillin which are the aspect of renewal that we attain every day through sleep, when the brains are renewed in Emunah etc., which this is the aspect of Rosh Hashanah, as brought in the words of Rabbeinu z”l in the torah ''“Ashrei Ha`am”'' (''LM'' #35), see there. For Rosh Hashanah is the aspect of the sanctity of Eretz Yisrael, as written, “Always the eyes of Hashem your God are on it from the year's heading unto the year's ending” [Deut. 11:12] , which this is the aspect if tefillin, which are the aspect of Eretz Yisrael's sanctity, the aspect of, “And it shall be, when He brings you” that is said in the tefillin's passages as mentioned. For the essence of Rosh Hashanah's sanctity is that we attain perfect Teshuvah/Return, for it is the first day of the Ten Days of Repentance. That is, that we attain renewing our days that passed in darkness, and from here onwards ad additional sanctity and devotion anew. Which this is the aspect of, “Renew upon us a good year,” that we request on Rosh Hashanah. “Renew” specifically, that we attain a ''new ''year specifically. For every year is a particular facet of the seventy facets of the Torah as mentioned. Therefore every year we need to attain entirely new faces. Living from now new life. Which this is the aspect of long life as mentioned. And this is the aspect of voluminous requesting and prayer on Rosh Hashanah for life many, many times in each prayer. As we say, “Remember us for life... Inscribe us for life... Who compassionately remembers his formations for life...” and many of the sort. For the essence of the aspect of life is the aspect of long life, mentioned, of the '''Blind Elder''', who attained the ultimate memory perfectly as mentioned, as from his is drawn the sanctity of Rosh Hashanah, which is the aspect of the sanctity of the tefillin, which are the aspect of, “and for remembrance between your eyes” as mentioned. And therefore Rosh Hashanah is called “Day of Remembrance.” For the essence of its sanctity is from the aforementioned aspect of that Elder's remembrance. And all our request on Rosh Hashanah for life, the whole intention is for true and everlasting life, that is, the aforementioned aspect of long life. That is, to renew our life at all times, the aspect of, “Renew upon us a good year” — “renew” specifically, as said. ==Oth 24== This is the kindness that the Lord has bestowed upon us by establishing Rosh Hashanah on the New Moon, which is a great kindness, as explained in the Torah, "Blow the horn at the New Moon." We have also heard more about this in the awe-inspiring event related to this matter concerning the Throne, etc., which has not yet been printed. For we need the Lord to renew the year for us in the aspect of the New Moon, which is the aspect of the renewal of vitality at all times, which is the aspect of the kingdom of David the Messiah, as aforementioned. We increase our requests on Rosh Hashanah for His kingdom to be revealed, which is a kingdom of holiness that we seek to be revealed on Rosh Hashanah, as we say several times on Rosh Hashanah, "And may You reign," etc. And we prepare a white candle for Jesse, the Messiah, and cause the horn of David, Your servant, to sprout quickly in our days. For the kingdom of the Messiah is the aspect of those long lives that we request on Rosh Hashanah. This is the aspect of sanctifying the New Moon, as aforementioned. Therefore, in His mercy, He established Rosh Hashanah for us on the New Moon, as aforementioned. This is what our Sages said regarding Rosh Hashanah, which is on the New Moon: "One memory rises here and there." Specifically, it is the memory, for the sanctity of Rosh Hashanah, which is in the aspect of the New Moon, meaning to renew the year in the aspect of new life, which is the aspect of the New Moon, the aspect of those long lives, as aforementioned. All of this is in the aspect of memory, as aforementioned. And it is also explained in the words of our Rabbi, peace be upon him, in "Balkuti Tanina" (Section 40), that he who knows from the Land of Israel should look there. It is explained there that Tefillin, the Land of Israel, and Rosh Hashanah are one aspect. Look there, as aforementioned. ==Oth 25== The essence of the Tefillin is the aspect of vitalizing intellects, meaning to begin anew with vitality each time, whether for the righteous, the intermediate, or the wicked. As long as the name of Israel is upon him, one must start anew every day, as aforementioned. This is the aspect of "And you who cleave to the Lord your God are alive, all of you, today," which is said concerning the holy Tefillin, as is known. "Alive, all of you, today" specifically means that one needs to renew vitality every day, as if he is beginning to live today, and this is "alive, all of you, today," specifically, as aforementioned. This is the aspect of the Tefillin of the head and the Tefillin of the hand. And it is stated in the Kavanot that the Tefillin of the head are the aspect of the three names: "Eh-yeh" "Asher" "Eh-yeh," which equal "Chayim" (life) in gematria, the aspect of intellects. And the Tefillin of the hand are the aspect of the intellects of the kingdom. Therefore, they are the three names: "Eh-yeh" "Adonai" "Havaya," which ascend in the arm tefillin, etc. Look there. And it is explained there that the light of the Tefillin emerges through sleep, as they sleep at night. For then, the intellects are renewed within faith, which is the aspect of the kingdom. And by rising at midnight, mourning the destruction of the Temple, and engaging in Torah study, they elevate the point of the kingdom until it rises with the light of day and sits on the left arm, for there is its place, etc. And then, the remnant of the intellects that remain in the heart are illuminated by the impression left by them. For the essence of the intellects of greatness is only during prayer. And after prayer, the intellects depart, leaving only their impression. This is the aspect of the light of the Tefillin, which is the impression left by the intellects that remain all day. The essence, however, is during prayer, etc. And afterward, at night, even the impression departs. Therefore, there are no Tefillin at night, and even the impression of the intellects of the kingdom departs at night. Only this impression of the kingdom does not entirely depart but remains in the heart, which is the aspect of "Set me as a seal upon your heart, as a seal upon your arm," etc. And afterward, in the morning, it illuminates the impression on the left arm, which is the aspect of the prayer of the hand. Then, when the person sees that he already has the Tefillin, the impression of the intellects of the kingdom, he becomes envious of it. This is the aspect of "Like She'ol, jealousy." Then he returns and takes for himself his own intellects, which is the impression that renewed at night. This is the aspect of the Tefillin of the head, etc. See there in length. It is found that the Tefillin of the head are the aspect of the emanation of the intellects of knowledge, which is the aspect of Z"A. And the Tefillin of the hand are the aspect of the emanation of the intellects of the kingdom, which is the aspect of faith, as aforementioned. And the essence of the Tefillin and the intellects and the vitality are drawn through the true righteous of the generation, who are the intellects and vitality of the whole world. For every righteous person of the generation is the aspect of Moshe Messiah, as it is written (Shabbat 111a), "Moshe is beautiful," and Moshe is intellect, the aspect of the Tefillin of the intellect, as our Rabbi, may his memory be for a blessing, said elsewhere (Likutei 1:38), "For the true righteous person is the aspect of a river going out of Eden to water the garden." And from there, it separates and becomes four heads, which are the aspect of the four compartments in the Tefillin, as is known, which are the intellects of the Tefillin that are drawn through the river going out of Eden, which is the true righteous person, as is known. And this is the Tefillin of the head and the Tefillin of the hand, which is the aspect of the righteous person, which is the aspect of Z"A, as is known, and the assembly of Israel, which is the aspect of the kingdom, and so forth. This is the intellects of the righteous person himself, which is the aspect of the Tefillin of the head, and the intellects of all Israel, which the righteous person illuminates and brings near to the Blessed One. This is the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand, which are primarily the aspect of faith, which is the essence and foundation upon which everything depends, as it is written (Habakkuk 2:4), "The righteous person will live by his faith." This means that the righteous person is compelled to remove his intellects, and even the impression departs during sleep, and nothing remains except the impression of the intellects of faith that remains in his heart, in the aspect of "Set me as a seal upon your heart," as aforementioned. And then, during sleep, the faith is contracted and diminished into a secret point and descends to all the lower worlds to purify sparks from there, as aforementioned. This means that the righteous person is compelled to immerse himself in the aspect of sleep and remove his intellects. Then, through his faith, he purifies many sparks from the depths of the husks, which are many souls that fell due to their sins and distanced themselves from the Blessed One, each one according to how far they distanced themselves in their sins, may the Merciful One save them. For the sake of these souls, the righteous person is compelled to lower himself to them and remove his intellect in order to instill complete faith in them, to bring them closer to the holy faith, to sustain them for the Blessed One. For from the essence of the intellect of the righteous person, it is impossible to accept. Therefore, he is compelled to remove his intellect and diminish himself into the secret of the point, to purify them and elevate them through the point of faith alone. And afterward, when he awakens from sleep with all the sparks and souls that he elevated and awakened to the Blessed One, they need to engage in Torah study, prayer, and the service of the Blessed One until they merit to ascend to their place in the secret of the prayer of the hand, which is the aspect of the assembly of Israel sitting on the left arm, as aforementioned. Then, all the impressions of all the intellects of all Israel that departed from them, and all that remains in the heart of the righteous person is the aspect of a seal upon your heart. He illuminates everything with that same point of his faith that rose with all the souls of the penitents that he elevated and returned to the Blessed One, meaning he illuminates them with knowledge and understanding to strengthen them in complete faith so that they may be strengthened in their service. And they shall not regard any hindrance or incitement from the Evil Inclination and other deterrents but shall pass over everything through the strengthening of their faith, which is greatly strengthened by the intellect that illuminates them in the secret of the Tefillin of the hand, as aforementioned. And through this, the dark hand sweetens, which is the aspect of all hindrances and incitements, etc., which are all drawn through the aspect of might and judgments, the aspect of the dark hand, as aforementioned. For through the strengthening of faith, they overcome everything, as aforementioned, until nothing can cause them to stumble. For he enlightens them with the knowledge of the holy faith, so they know that the Blessed One is present everywhere, and there is no hindrance in the world that they cannot overcome. There is no despair in the world because there is no descent in the world from which they cannot ascend, etc., as aforementioned. Through this, he strengthens and awakens them in faith until they overcome all hindrances and confusions in the world and draw near to the Blessed One, beginning anew each time. For he instills in them complete faith, which is the aspect of endurance to overcome all obstacles and deterrents in the world, as aforementioned. This is the aspect of Tefillin, as aforementioned. Then, when the righteous person sees that the aspect of the point of faith has succeeded and bore fruit, as they have already received intellect and true knowledge, which is the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand, meaning he sees that it has already risen in his hand, and his efforts have borne fruit because he has succeeded in enlightening their intellect and souls that were concealed and brought them closer to the Blessed One until they are strong in their faith to stand firm and overcome all hindrances in the world, etc., as aforementioned. Then, the righteous person himself becomes envious of his disciples when he sees that they have received intellect and true knowledge from him. He envies them in the sense of "I envy you" more than all of them, for through the disciples whom he has enlightened with the intellect and knowledge of the holy faith, which is the aspect of the assembly of Israel, the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand, as aforementioned, he envies them. And he recalls within himself where his intellects are. Then he retrieves the impression of his intellects that departed from him during sleep. Then he accepts this impression, which is renewed in a wonderful way, which is the aspect of the Tefillin of the head, as aforementioned. And this is explained in the words of our Rabbi, may his memory be for a blessing, elsewhere that initially, the righteous person lowers himself in order to draw souls closer. And afterward, he returns to his exalted state with additional enlightenment, etc., as aforementioned. That is as aforementioned. And from these two aspects, which are the intellects of the righteous person himself and the intellects of the faith that he instills in the assembly of Israel, which are the souls that he brings close to the Blessed One, from there, the aspects of the Tefillin of the head and the Tefillin of the hand are drawn for each and every one, for each aspect includes all the others, as is known. And this is the aspect of "For the Leader, by David; to remember," to remember oneself, as Rashi explained there, a parable to a king who was angry with his flock, etc., after some time he returned the flock, etc., as aforementioned. Initially, the righteous person mentions Israel, urging them to return to the Blessed One. Then, when he sees that his prayer and efforts have been effective and he has brought Israel back to the Blessed One, then he mentions himself, as aforementioned. This is the aspect of the Tefillin of the head, which are the aspect of remembrance, as aforementioned. ==Oth 26== And therefore, the intellects of the Tefillin of the head are the aspect of "Ehyeh Asher Ehyeh," which are living intellects, as aforementioned. For "Ehyeh" is the aspect of conception, as explained in the intentions, for it is explained in the words of our Rabbi, may his memory be for a blessing, in Torah that it is written to Joshua (in Siman 6) that "Ehyeh" is the aspect of repentance, the aspect of "Ani Zumin Lemihavei," for before repentance, one has no existence at all. Only when one begins to repent is he in the aspect of "Ehyeh," the aspect of "Ani Zumin Lemihavei," for then he begins to arrange and prepare himself to have existence in the world. See there. And it is stated there that one needs to repent for repentance, etc. See there. And even the righteous person who has already fully repented still needs to repent at all times for the initial attainment. For at all times, he comes to a new attainment. And then he repents, which is the aspect of "Ehyeh," for yesterday's attainment, which manifested the exaltation of His divinity, etc., which is the aspect of Sabbath, the aspect of the World to Come, which is entirely Sabbath, entirely repentance, etc. See there. Thus, the true righteous person is always in the aspect of "Ehyeh," for every time he comes to new intellects and begins to grasp the Blessed One with new attainment and new intellects. This is the aspect of the aforementioned long life, the aspect of new life that he begins to live each time. For all this is the aspect of "Ehyeh," for every day he is in the aspect of "Ehyeh," the aspect of conception, "Ani Zumin Lemihavei," as if he has not yet begun to live at all, and he has no existence in the world at all. Only now does he begin to live and prepare himself to have existence in the world. This is the aspect of "Ehyeh," as aforementioned. And therefore, the Tefillin, which are the aspect of the aforementioned long life of the righteous person, who begins to live anew each time with new intellects, as aforementioned, are in the aspect of "Ehyeh Asher Ehyeh," which are living intellects. That is, every day he is in the aspect of "Ehyeh," the aspect of conception, "Ani Zumin Lemihavei." He begins to live anew with new intellects and new life, as if he had not yet had any existence or life at all, as aforementioned. And afterward, by this, new complete intellects adhere to him, which are the aspect of existence, as explained in the intentions. See there. And immediately, when he merits to receive these new intellects, which are the aspect of existence, immediately he returns and removes those intellects, and only their impression remains. Then he returns and begins to cleave to the Blessed One and yearn for Him, that he may merit even greater and more new intellects, which is the aspect of "Ekiyah B". The aspect of "Ani Zumin Lemihavei," etc. as aforementioned. And this is "Ekiyah HaVayah Ekiyah," for he always remains in the aspect of "Ekiyah," the aspect of "Ani Zumin Lemihavei," for as soon as he receives the intellects, which are the aspect of existence, immediately he returns and begins to yearn for the Blessed One in the aspect of "Ekiyah Ani Zumin Lemihavei," as if he had not yet had any existence or life at all. And so forever, as aforementioned. And therefore, these three names, "Ekiyah HaVayah Ekiyah," are living intellects, for this is the essence of life, the aspect of the aforementioned long life, that is, he begins to live anew each time, as aforementioned at length. However, the intellects of the congregation of Israel, which are the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand, are in the aspect of "Ekiyah HaVayah Adonai," for they also need to begin anew each day in the aspect of "Ekiyah Ani Zumin Lemihavei," as aforementioned. And afterward, they receive their intellects, which are the aspect of existence, as aforementioned. But afterward, when their intellects depart, they remain in the aspect of "Adonai," which is the aspect of the kingdom of faith, for they believe in the Blessed One, who is the Master of all. For this aspect of "Adonai," which is the aspect of faith, needs to remain forever, for this point never departs. For it is necessary that the impression of the intellects of faith remain so that they can strengthen themselves in their service, as aforementioned. For the essence of the renewal of the intellects of the multitude is so that they remain in strong faith, for this is the essence of their vitality, for it is the foundation of everything. And therefore, their impression remains in the aspect of "Adonai," which is the aspect of faith in believing in the Master of all. And by this, their intellects are renewed, and they merit to overcome all obstacles, as aforementioned. But the intellects of the aspect of the Tefillin of the head, which are the intellects of the righteous person, remain in the aspect of "Ekiyah." He truly merits the aforementioned long life, beginning anew each time to live as aforementioned. And this is the aspect of "Ekiyah Asher Ekiyah." This is the aspect of repentance upon repentance as aforementioned, that each time he begins anew to live in the aspect of "Ekiyah" as aforementioned. And this is "Ekiyah Asher Ekiyah," "Ani Zumin Lemihavei," etc., as he begins to live and receive new intellects, the aspect of the Tefillin as aforementioned. And this is the "Ash" of the letters "Rosh," which are the intellects in the aspect of existence as aforementioned. And afterward, he returns to the aspect of "Ekiyah," for he begins to yearn to receive even greater new life and intellects. And this is the aspect of "Ehiyeh B" as aforementioned. It turns out that "Ehiyeh Asher Ehiyeh" is the aspect of "Ehiyeh HaVayah Ehiyeh," the aspect of the Tefillin, for this name, "Ehiyeh Asher Ehiyeh," which the Blessed One revealed to Moses at the time of the Exodus from Egypt, is the aspect of the Tefillin as aforementioned. And so too, each person individually must continue upon himself these two aspects of intellects as aforementioned, which are the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand and the Tefillin of the head. For when the intellects depart from him, then through the impression of faith that remains in his heart, by this, he returns and continues to strengthen his mind and intellects for himself, to strengthen in excessive faith, to return and begin the service of the Blessed One, which is the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand, which is the aspect of faith and sovereignty as aforementioned. For the names ascend YaBaQ, which is the aspect of BaQi, the aspect of transition, YaBaQ as aforementioned, which overcome all obstacles as aforementioned. And afterward, when he merits the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand, that is, to strengthen in faith and not to allow himself to fall, God forbid, afterward, he becomes jealous of himself and continues for himself even greater intellects to strengthen to ascend from level to level, to live each time a new life, which is the aspect of the prayer of the head, whose names are "Ehiyeh HaVayah Ehiyeh," the aspect of life, and so forth. Understand well. ==Oth 27== This is the aspect of the Tefillin according to Rashi and the Tefillin according to Rabbeinu Tam, and it is explained in the intentions that the Tefillin according to Rabbeinu Tam are the greatest intellects, and the aspect of Gevurot, the powers, emerges before Chesed, kindness, which is the aspect of the combination of the Tefillin according to Rabbeinu Tam, which is the aspect of YKVK, the aspect of holiness. "And it shall come to pass if you will diligently obey" etc., and the Tefillin according to Rashi are the aspect of existence, in the order of the aspect of Chesed, kindness, emerging before Gevurot, powers, etc. See there. For initially, it arose in thought to create the world with the attribute of judgment alone. He saw that the world could not endure, and He preceded the attribute of mercy and joined it with the attribute of judgment. As it says (Genesis 2:4), "These are the generations of the heavens and the earth when they were created, on the day that the Lord God made earth and heaven." And it is known that the essence of the evil inclination and the sitra achra, the other side, derives from the attribute of Gevurot and judgments that emerge from the beginning of the contraction of the empty space. And the breaking of the evil inclination derives from the attribute of mercy, which is joined with the attribute of judgment, for through this, there is the power to break the evil inclination and transform it into holiness, which is the aspect of what the righteous ones do, transforming the attribute of judgment into the attribute of mercy. Therefore, initially, it arose in thought to create the world with the attribute of judgment alone because He desired that man should prevail in his service to the extent that he would have the strength to break the evil inclination within himself that comes from the attribute of judgment without assistance from above. But the Blessed One saw that it was impossible for the world to endure in this state. Therefore, He preceded the attribute of mercy to the attribute of judgment, from which it follows that the Blessed One, in His mercy, has compassion on the world at all times and sends them thoughts of repentance and assists them in breaking the evil inclination, which is from the attribute of judgment, as the sages said (Kiddushin 30b), "Every day, the evil inclination of a person overpowers him, and were it not for the Holy One, blessed be He, assisting him, he would fall into its hands." Every day, the evil inclination of a person overpowers him. This derives from the initial thought that arose to create with the attribute of judgment, for this judgment awakens every day and seeks, God forbid, to govern the world in this manner. From there, the evil inclination awakens and gains strength, which derives from there every day. But were it not for the assistance of the Holy One, blessed be He, and so on. For Hashem Yitbarakh immediately takes pity and gives priority to the attribute of Mercy over the attribute of Judgement, to break the Yetzer haRa which is from that aspect of the attribute of Judgement as mentioned. For the help and assistance is drawn from the aspect of: See that the world will not endure and stand (without Mercy) so he gave priority to the attribute Mercy over the attribute of Judgment, as mentioned. But there are such great righteous individuals who do not need assistance from above,and the Holy One, blessed be He, initially treats them with the attribute of judgment. They withstand all trials and endure all sorts of suffering and afflictions stemming from the attribute of judgment. They remain steadfast until they merit what they merit, as written in Genesis, "And the Almighty God, who walked before me" (Genesis 48). Indeed, it is the attribute of judgment that operates independently, without assistance from above, as explained by Rashi in the portion of Noah. This is the nature of all the sufferings that the righteous endure, as stated in Psalms 11, "The Lord examines the righteous; but his soul hates the wicked and the one who loves violence." For they sweeten the judgment at its root from the beginning of the aforementioned thought, for they believe and know that the sufferings and judgments themselves are great goods. And through this, they truly merit to ascend and to be included at the beginning of the thought. This is the nature of Rabbi Akiva, who mocked himself with iron combs and Moses our teacher, peace be upon him, asked him, "This is Torah and this is its reward," and the blessed God kept silent, so it arose in thought. For the sufferings of such righteous individuals are like Rabbi Akiva, and his companions, they stem from the beginning of the thought that the Holy One, blessed be He, desired to create the world with the attribute of judgment so that they would merit standing the trial without assistance from above, as mentioned above. So that all may merit to be included at the beginning of the thought. But when He saw that the world could not endure, He preemptively brought forth the attribute of mercy and so forth. And then everyone has the strength to break the evil inclination with the assistance from above, which is the attribute of mercy as mentioned. But great righteous individuals like Rabbi Akiva and his companions, as mentioned, serve the blessed God as it arose at the beginning of thought. That is, in the attribute of judgment alone, meaning that they endure all kinds of suffering and withstand all trials and accusations, all stemming from the attribute of judgment. They rectify everything themselves, as mentioned, and through this, they truly merit to ascend and be included at the beginning of thought, which is the nature of silence as it arose in thought, as mentioned. ==Oth 28== For the essence of judgment extends from the beginning of the contraction of the empty space, as is known and explained by our Rabbi in Torah, "He came to Pharaoh" (Siman 64), that the empty space represents the severity that cannot be appeased, and so forth. See there all this well. But the great righteous individual, like Moses, can even penetrate those severities that are representative of the empty space, and so forth. See there. This is the nature of the aforementioned, that the righteous individual ascends at the beginning of thought, which is the beginning of the contraction of the empty space, from which the root of judgment emanates. And he merits to stand there in trial and to endure all sufferings and judgments, and through this, he achieves the secret of the empty space, to know that even there the blessed God remains concealed in a wondrous and awesome manner that cannot be comprehended, and so forth, as written there. See there in Torah, "He came to Pharaoh" the aforementioned. And this is the nature of the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, which represent a higher level of intellect, where the powers precede the kindnesses that emanate from the righteous heroes mentioned above. For the blessed God treats them as it arose at the beginning of thought. Therefore, they truly merit to be included at the beginning of thought and to sweeten everything at its root, and so forth. And this is the nature that the powers precede the kindnesses, for they can receive the powers themselves before the kindnesses. This is the nature of the leadership that arose in thought initially, as mentioned. For they merit even through the attribute of judgment itself because they endured great sufferings and were tested, until they also merit according to the attribute of judgment itself, and so forth. But the tefillin of Rashi, the kindnesses precede the powers. This is the nature of preempting the attribute of mercy and combining it with the attribute of judgment, which is the essence of the governance of the whole world, as mentioned above. Therefore, the essence of the tefillin is that of Rashi, as most of the world observes them, for the essence of the governance of the world and its existence is solely through this aspect, as mentioned above.Only those who wish to sanctify themselves with additional holiness need to also wear the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam in order to receive illumination from the lofty righteous individuals mentioned above, who have ascended to the beginning of thought and sweetened all judgments at their root, as mentioned. For from them we can receive extra sanctity. Therefore, anyone who wishes to draw closer to the blessed God and to bring upon themselves additional holiness should wear the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, as our Rabbi warned his people to wear the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam. For any distance from the blessed God stems from the evil inclination whose root is from the attribute of judgment emanating from the aforementioned empty space. Therefore, the main addition of holiness comes upon a person through the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, which stem from the righteous individuals mentioned above who ascend to the root judgment of the empty space and sweeten everything at their root. Through this, strength is drawn upon all those distant to break and nullify the evil inclination stemming from there, as mentioned. ==Oth 29== Therefore, now, in the footsteps of the Messiah at the end of the exile, one must be very cautious to wear the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, as all true righteous individuals warned in our times. For now, the Yetzer Hara (evil inclination) has greatly intensified due to seeing that the end is near. Therefore, it becomes much stronger. It is like two people fighting each other, and when one sees that the other is gaining the upper hand and is almost falling, then he exerts all his strength to bring down his opponent. As the sage said, "There is no hero like the one who despairs," for the exile is a state of pregnancy, and when we leave the exile, it is akin to birth, like the redemption from Egypt, which is called birth, as it is written (Ezekiel 16), "And your birth was on the day you were born," and so forth. Similarly, in the final redemption, it is written (Isaiah 66), "For Zion has travailed and also given birth to her sons." And as it is written there, "Shall I bring to the birth, and not cause to bring forth?" Therefore, at the end of the exile, the exile becomes stronger. As it was in Egypt, as it is written (Exodus 5), "Since I came to Pharaoh to speak in your name, he has done evil to this people," and as it is written there, "Let heavier work be laid upon the men." This is the aspect of the labor pains of birth, as it is written (Exodus 13), "And it came to pass, when Pharaoh had let the people go," and similarly, all the sufferings and troubles that we endure now at the end of this final exile are like birth pangs, as when a woman is about to give birth, she cries out in her pangs, and so forth. And the main intensification of the exile that is now increasing, God forbid, is that the Yetzer Hara is intensifying greatly against the souls of Israel to distance them from the blessed God. This is the essence of the exile and the troubles of the soul. For besides this, everything is vanity, as explained elsewhere. And the main distress is that the Yetzer Hara is intensifying to introduce heresy and atheism into the world, God forbid, as our Rabbi warned that atheism is spreading greatly in the world. And as we see with our own eyes. That there has never been such atheism in Israel from the days of old as there is now, due to our many sins, which have increased and spread among the people, teaching the youth of Israel their wisdom and their tongues, and so forth. And we have already spoken about this elsewhere. And all the intensification of the Yetzer Hara (evil inclination) that is now increasing is the aspect of the birth pangs of the Messiah, as mentioned above. And all its power is drawn from the root of the judgment of the aspect of the empty space, as mentioned above. Therefore, now there is no strength to stand against it except with the strength of those true great righteous individuals mentioned above. They can enter there into the aspect of the empty space and sweeten the judgment there at its root. For by this, all the power of the evil inclination of all the inhabitants of the world that is drawn from there is nullified. Therefore, everyone must be careful to wear the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, which are drawn from the intellect of those great righteous individuals mentioned above. In order to receive strength from them to break the evil inclination, which is now intensifying greatly, drawn from there, as mentioned above. ==Oth 30== For the main aspect of the birthing contractions is drawn from the aspect of Amalek, as is understood from the words of our Rabbi (Ramban) on the verse "And Samuel hewed Agag in pieces," and so on. See there what is written about Rashi's commentary, "hewed in pieces for the Lord," and so forth. Through this, the compassion of the one causing the birth pangs opens, as it is the aspect of denial and atheism that stems from the empty space. Therefore, it is called the beginning, as it is written (Numbers 24), "Amalek was the first among the nations," for the empty space sanctified them forever. For without this, there would be no place for the creation of the world, as explained in detail in the Torah on the verse "In the Torah, He came to Pharaoh." See there well. And from there, the husk preceding the fruit is drawn from the aspect of the empty space, and therefore Amalek is called the beginning because its power is drawn from the empty space, which is the beginning and precedes the world, as from there comes the husk preceding the fruit, as mentioned above. And this is the aspect of the primogeniture of Esau, which is Amalek, as mentioned above. For it is drawn from the aspects of the husks that stem from the empty space preceding the world. Therefore, Jacob endeavored to take the primogeniture from him, for truly the Lord preceded all, for He fills all worlds and surrounds all worlds, and He Himself created the empty space so that there would be a place for the creation of the world, as mentioned above. Therefore, Israel, through their faith in the Lord, who preceded all, transgress all the wisdom, denial, and atheism that come from the empty space, for they believe that even in the empty space itself, the Lord is concealed, for He preceded all, as explained in the Torah mentioned above. Therefore, they are called Hebrews, as through their faith in the God of the Hebrews, they transgress all the wisdom that comes from the empty space. Therefore, truly, Israel are firstborn, as it is written (Exodus 4), "Israel is My son, My firstborn." For they transgress through their faith in the empty space and believe in the Lord Himself, who is first and precedes all, as mentioned. Therefore, Jacob took the birthright from Esau because initially it was inevitable that the birthright would belong to Esau, for the husk precedes the fruit. For his birthright is drawn from the empty space preceding the world. However, Jacob, through his faith, merited to transcend the empty space and to believe and include himself in the Lord, who precedes all. Therefore, afterward, he annulled Esau's birthright, which is the aspect of "Amalek was the first among the nations," and he merited to take the birthright for himself until his descendants would all be called firstborn, as it is written, "The sons of Israel, My firstborn." And this is the aspect of the Plague of the Firstborn specifically at the time of the Exodus from Egypt, and then the firstborn of Israel were sanctified, for this is the essence of the Exodus from Egypt. For all the exiles encompassed in the exile of Egypt are drawn by the defilement of Amalek, which is the essence of the defilement of the serpent, who is "Amalek was the first among the nations." From him, all the four kingdoms, which are all the exiles, receive, as our Rabbi (Ramban) said in the Torah, from the "straight path" (in section 30). And also, the ruler of Egypt is Edom, which is Esau, as is explained. And all the main difficulties and hardships in the heart of Pharaoh, who did not want to let Israel go out, are drawn from atheism and denial that clung to him, drawn from the empty space, which is the aspect of Amalek. As our Rabbi (Ramban) wrote there about the verse "Come to Pharaoh, for I have hardened his heart." For Pharaoh is the aspect of the empty space, from which the hardness of his heart is drawn, which is the aspect of "And it came to pass, when Pharaoh hardened himself." The aspect of the birthing contractions as mentioned. Therefore, "The Lord struck every firstborn in the land of Egypt" in order to subdue the firstborn of the Other Side drawn from Esau's birthright in the aspect of "Amalek was the first among the nations." From the aspect of denial drawn from the empty space preceding the world. In order to subdue all this and to strengthen the firstborn of Israel, who receive from the birthright of Jacob, who, through his faith, merited to transcend the empty space, to overcome all the difficulties and inquiries drawn from there, and to cleave to the Lord, who is first and precedes all, from whom the birthright of holiness emanates, and so forth. Through this, Israel left Egypt, which is the aspect of birth, and then the firstborns were sanctified to give them to the priest, who receives his holiness from the aspect of the Elder of Holiness, the aspect of Aaron the Elder, and so forth, as mentioned, which is the aspect of "you shall pass over every firstborn to the Lord." And "passing over" specifically, for through the sanctity of the firstborn, we gain the strength to overcome the aspect of the firstborn of the Other Side, which is the aspect of the empty space, as mentioned. For through the sanctity of the firstborn to the priest, we continue the complete faith, through which we transcend all wisdom, and so forth, as mentioned. Therefore, the essence of the tefillin is from the Exodus from Egypt, the sanctity of the firstborns, and faith. For all is one, for through faith, we transcend all wisdom drawn from the empty space, which is the aspect of the Exodus from Egypt, the aspect of the sanctity of the firstborns, as mentioned. From there, the essence of the tefillin, which is the renewal of the intellects and vitality, for the essence of the renewal of the intellects and vitality is received through faith, which is the essence of life, as written in "In the light of the king's countenance is life," as brought in the words of our Rabbi, and so forth. For through faith in the renewal of the world, that the Lord created everything according to His will, there is something from absolute nothingness, after the complete absence. And just as He, blessed be He, created the world from absolute nothingness, He also renews it now with His goodness every day, constantly, the work of Creation. And the essence of the renewal of the work of Creation every day is through wisdom, as written in "All of them, with wisdom, You made," which are the renewed intellects drawn every day to recognize His wonders every day, renewed with knowledge and new recognition, through which the work of Creation is renewed every day with His goodness, and so forth. There is no good except Torah; there is no good except the righteous one. That is, the true righteous one merits the acquisition of Torah and knowledge, renewed every day, through which the work of Creation is renewed, and from there is the essence of the tefillin, as mentioned. ==Oth 31== Indeed, everything is one, for the birth of a Jewish soul, and the nullification of the constriction of birth itself, is truly the aspect of the Exodus from Egypt, which is the aspect of birth, as mentioned. After the Lord nullified the constriction of birth through the killing of the Egyptian firstborns, which is the aspect of "And it came to pass when Pharaoh stubbornly refused to let us go, that the Lord killed all the firstborn in the land of Egypt," as mentioned, for at the time of the Exodus from Egypt, which is the aspect of birth, the holy faith was revealed, the aspect of faith in the renewal of the world, which is the essence that was revealed then. Through all the very great signs and wonders that the Lord performed with us then. Therefore, Pharaoh, the king of Egypt, and his ministers, who were nurtured by Edom and Amalek, which are the denials of the empty space, wanted to delay Israel in exile, which is the aspect of the constriction of birth, the aspect of "And it came to pass when Pharaoh stubbornly refused to let us go," as mentioned. And their main opposition was due to the magnitude of the revelation of faith that Moses revealed then, that it is the faith in the renewal of the world, as mentioned. Therefore, the Lord struck all their firstborns who were drawn from the aspect of the firstborn of the Other Side, which are the denials drawn from the empty space, as mentioned. And similarly, at the time of actual birth, when we need to give birth to a Jewish soul. And every Jewish soul is a new revelation and a new knowledge to recognize He who said and the world came into being. For it is a principle that the Holy One, blessed be He, does not do the same thing twice. As our Rabbi, may his memory be blessed, said, even the reincarnated souls, the same soul does not come in the same way as before. For the Holy One, blessed be He, does not do the same thing twice, and the same soul is not reincarnated in the same way as before. Rather, this soul with this spirit, or this soul with this spirit, and so forth. And similarly, it is found that it is another matter and completely new, as explained in the words of our Rabbi. It is found that each time a Jewish soul is born, a new intellect is born. For the essence of life and the soul is the intellect, which is the soul and the vitality, the aspect of the Divine soul, may you understand them, as mentioned, as our Rabbi said. So, when a new soul is born and a new intellect emerges in the world, which is the aspect of a new mind and new recognition, it is in order to recognize the Blessed One with new knowledge and recognition. For in every generation, the divinity is revealed with new knowledge and new recognition, according to the clarifications of the souls that are clarified in every generation. For this reason, the Blessed One, so to speak, toils in every generation to sustain and guide His world from generation to generation, in order to clarify the souls from the impurity of the serpent, so that they may recognize Him in every generation with additional knowledge and new recognition, according to the additional clarification that is revealed in every generation, as mentioned. This is the aspect of "This is My name forever, and this is My remembrance for all generations," the aspect of from generation to generation we will declare Your greatness, and so forth. Therefore, at any time a new soul is born, which is the aspect of a new mind and new knowledge to recognize Him, blessed be He, to reveal His faith more in the world, in the aspect of "From generation to generation, Your works will be praised," as mentioned. Then, the impurity of Amalek, which is the impurity of the serpent, opposes this and wants, God forbid, to delay the birth, which causes, God forbid, the constriction of birth. For the main constriction of birth is through the impurity of the serpent, which is the sin of Adam, the First Man, when it was decreed, "In sorrow shall you bear children," and so forth. And this is what our Rabbi, may his memory be blessed, said that the Psalm for Thanksgiving is capable of making it difficult for a woman in labor to recite it because the Psalm for Thanksgiving speaks of faith, as it is written, "Know that the Lord is God," and so forth. And he concludes, "And from generation to generation His faith," for the essence of faith is renewed and strengthened from generation to generation through the renewal of souls, which are new intellectual entities in recognizing His divinity, blessed be He. Therefore, through this, the constriction of birth is nullified. For the main nullification of the constriction of birth is through faith. Therefore, the main thing is prayer, as all of Israel customarily increase in prayer for a woman in labor. For prayer is the aspect of faith. Through this, the constriction of birth that comes from Amalek, which is the aspect of denial that seeks, God forbid, to prevent the birth of a new soul, is nullified, through which more faith in the renewal of the world is revealed, and so forth, as mentioned. And this is the aspect of the sanctity of the firstborns. For the essence is the first birth, then the main innovations that are opposed then. Therefore, we need to sanctify the firstborn and give them to the priest, as mentioned. Through this, we subdue the firstborn of the Other Side, which is the aspect of Amalek, as mentioned. And this is the aspect of "War for the Lord against Amalek from generation to generation." "From generation to generation" specifically means that it strengthens in every generation. For it is an old and foolish king who does not desire the renewal of intellect and vitality that comes through the renewal of souls, which renew from generation to generation. For he denies the renewal of the world, from which all the renewal of intellects emanates, which is His constant renewal of the work of creation every day, as mentioned. Therefore, the passages of the tefillin begin with "Sanctify to Me every firstborn," for birth is the aspect of the renewal of intellect and vitality, as mentioned. This is the aspect of tefillin, to renew one's intellect and vitality every day, to begin the service of the Lord anew each day, as mentioned. ==Oth 32== Therefore, now, at the end of the exile, the Baal Davar (the negative force) becomes exceedingly strong. It is the aspect of the impurity of the serpent, the aspect of the shell of Amalek, which is the aspect of the birth pangs of Mashiach, which are literally the birth pangs, as mentioned, the aspect of the concealment of birth, as mentioned. For now, the birth pangs and the concealment of birth are much heavier than the concealment of birth during the exodus from Egypt because now the final redemption will come, which is a complete redemption, after which there will be no more exile. Then, the impurity of the serpent will be completely abolished, and all of Israel will truly return to the Lord forever, until we merit the resurrection of the dead, when the renewal of the world will occur. Then, the verse "He will swallow up death forever" will be fulfilled, and then we will live eternal, everlasting lives, which are the aspect of tefillin, the aspect of the Tree of Life, as mentioned. And because one sees that the end is near, he becomes exceedingly, exceedingly stronger, as mentioned. The essence of his strengthening is that he wants to cause Israel, God forbid, to fall into old age and loss of strength, God forbid, as if we had already, God forbid, aged during this exile for so many and so many hundreds of years until, God forbid, there is no hope, God forbid. And likewise, he causes each one individually to fall into the aspect of old age, as mentioned, as if we had already, God forbid, aged, God forbid, in his actions to the extent that it is impossible for him to return, for the essence of redemption depends on this, as written in the Holy Zohar, "There is nothing that depends except on repentance," and so forth. And concerning this, we pray, "Do not cast us off to old age; when our strength fails, do not forsake us," as brought in the Sefarim, that we pray not to fall into the hands of the elder serpent, God forbid. For the Baal Davar, the negative force, is called the elder and the fool, as mentioned, for he denies the renewal of the world, from which, due to this denial, comes the aspect of elderliness of the other side, the aspect of the elder and the fool, as mentioned. As if, God forbid, this physical world were old and decrepit already, may the Merciful One save us from this harmful mindset that uproots the Master completely from both worlds until they are utterly lost, may the Merciful One save us. For Amalek is the impurity of the serpent, which said to Eve, "Eat from the tree and create the world," as Rashi explains there (Genesis 3), that this is the denial of the renewal of the world. Therefore, through this, death, which is the opposite of life, is decreed, the aspect of long life mentioned above, as mentioned. Therefore, those elders who do not possess completeness and do not increase holiness and knowledge every day give strength, God forbid, to these denials, which are the aspect of the forehead of the serpent, as explained in the Torah and on Yom Kippur and the Ravens. See there in Likutei Tanina (Siman Dalet). For they are one aspect. Since they do not increase holiness and give hold to the elderliness of the other side, God forbid, through this, God forbid, these denials, which are the aspect of the forehead of the serpent, become exceedingly strong, as they deny the renewal of the world, which is the aspect of the elderliness of the other side, as mentioned. And all these denials, from there stems the main power of the evil inclination, which now becomes exceedingly strong at the end of the exile, and so forth. All of this stems from the aspect of the empty space, from which all the difficulties of the researchers and philosophers are drawn, which cannot be resolved, from which all their heresy and denials stem. And from there stems all the evil inclinations of all human beings, for the root of all evil inclinations is the aspect of the Other God, denials, as explained in the words of my master, may his memory be blessed. That is, the denials of the empty space, from which the main hold of all the evil inclinations in the world comes, which now become exceedingly strong. Therefore, we need to be careful to put on the Tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, which are the intellects drawn from the righteous, who are able to enter there, into the cavity of the contraction of the empty space, and sweeten the judgment there, and reveal His Divinity, to inform people of His might, that even the empty space and all the difficulties and denials themselves are drawn from Him blessed be He Himself, for He animates them all, as is known. For it is impossible to know Him blessed be He, except through the absence of knowledge preceding the knowledge, which is these difficulties, which are the aspect of the empty space, the aspect of the departure of knowledge, which is the aspect of His light, blessed be He, that departed from there from the aspect of the empty space so that there would be a place for the creation of the world, so that He could reveal His Divinity in the world.As is well explained in the Torah, he came to that Pharaoh. See there well. Therefore, it is necessary to prioritize faith in the world, which is the essence, as through this, the previous klipah, which is the aspect of the empty space preceding the world, is broken. For through faith, one transcends everything, as mentioned. This is also the aspect of the crossing of the Tefillin. For through the Tefillin, which are the renewal of the intellects obtained through faith, one transcends everything, as mentioned. And when one is strong in his faith for many days and years, serving God with faith alone, afterward, he merits to know and comprehend Him blessed be He with a wonderful knowledge that comes through faith, in the aspect of "by steps, but not by leaps," which is the aspect of walking gracefully in the presence of the Lord, which David the king, peace be upon him, sought all his days, as it is written (Psalms 27), "One thing I ask from the Lord, this only do I seek." Therefore, our main hope now is to emerge from this bitter exile and to annul the birth pangs of redemption, which are now becoming exceedingly strong in the entirety of Israel and individually for each person who desires to enter the holy path. Our main hope is through the power of those righteous individuals, who are the intellects of the Tefillin of our Rabbi Tam. For they are the greatest intellects, as mentioned. Therefore, we now need to be extremely careful to put on the Tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, as mentioned, in order to hasten the redemption both collectively and individually, in our days, so that everyone may merit the redemption of their soul to be brought out from the bitter exile of this fleeting world, where each is ensnared according to their condition, needing to endure literal birth pangs and endure actual denial of redemption, especially at the outset. And to cry out many cries and lamentations and sighs of "Father and Mother," and so forth, and many folds and inclinations, and so forth, before we merit to give birth to the holiness of our soul for its redemption from its exile, which is the aspect of birth, as mentioned. And as is explained well in the beginning of the Torah and on Yom Kippur and the Ravens mentioned above. And through this, we will merit the complete redemption collectively and establish it speedily in our days, as it is written (Isaiah 54), "Sing, barren woman, you who never bore a child, and so forth," and it is written (there, verse 1), "Am I to break and not to bring forth, and so forth," for Zion has conceived and borne her sons speedily in our days, amen. ==Oth 33== And this is why it is appended and comes to Zion in distress with "A Song of Ascents": "May the Lord answer you in the day of trouble." For it is explained in the intentions that "A Song of Ascents" is said in order to give birth to the intellects and to draw down influence to sustain this world. Therefore, "A Song of Ascents" contains seventy words corresponding to the seventy pangs, as the woman in labor needs to cry out at least before giving birth, and so forth, as mentioned. For redemption is the aspect of birth that comes after the birth pangs, which are the pangs of the Messiah, as mentioned. Therefore, the birth pangs are seventy cries. For the essence of birth is the birth of the intellects to merit renewal in His service anew and to awaken from the slumber, which is the aspect of gestation, as is known. Therefore, they are seventy cries corresponding to the seventy facets of the Torah, which are the aspects of the general intellects that need to give birth and to draw down in order to awaken from their slumber and their fall, and to hold onto all seventy facets of the Torah that were lost and to return and begin living anew. For this is the essence of redemption, both individually and collectively, as mentioned. The aspect of "And a Redeemer shall come to Zion" is specifically and generally, as mentioned. The aspect of "And to those who turn from transgression in Jacob" is specific, namely, those who repent, renewing their days that have passed in darkness, which is the aspect of the renewal of vitality, like "Return us, O Lord, to You, and we shall return; renew our days as of old," as mentioned. Therefore, after "A Song of Ascents," which is the aspect of birth pangs, we say "And a Redeemer shall come to Zion," as mentioned, speedily in our days, amen. ==Oth 34== And therefore it is necessary to write tefillin on the hide of a clean beast specifically (''SAOC'' 32:12), for the hide is the aspect of the imagination, which is the exterior of the intellect, the aspect of the intellect's clothing... For tefillin are such large “brains” that they have the power to clarify and repair the very Exterior of the Exterior, the Immaturity of Immaturity (''Qatnuth'') of the imagination, which is the main repair. For the greater the tzaddik, the more power that he has to clarify and rectify Qatnuth and Exteriority. And thereby all the worlds are repaired and all the Exteriorities and fallen souls have an ascent, by means of clarifying and purifying the utmost Qatnuth and Exteriority, which is where the main grip of the ''Qelipoth''/Husks stems from. So now everything is clarified and nullified by this Tzaddiq, as mentioned. And this is the aspect of these tzaddiqim and elders, the least of whom remembers his umbilical cord being cut, which is the aspect of shrinking and cutting the umbilical, when one attains such perfect purity so as to remember what happened then. And this is the aspect of repair and purification of the skin, which is the connection between the mother and child, which is tied by the umbilical which is only skin. For, the devolution of the all the worlds from world to world is only from the “navel” downwards, as thoroughly explained in the Etz Chayim in Sha`ar Hanequdim and in many places, that the beginning of the lower world in the upper world is from the aspect of the navel downwards, where the aspect of ''NeHI'' [Netzach-Hod-Yesod] begins, the aspect of the upper world's “legs,” where the essence of the vitality of the world lower than it lies. And thus from world to world, from level to level. And therefore Hashem Yithbarakh created it such that the child is also physically tied to its mother's navel. For the devolution from generation to generation, from father and mother to son and daughter, begins from the navel downwards. And therefore the main drawing of the brains of these holy elders to us is by means of the least elder of them, who is the first elder from bottom to top, who related that he remembers the cutting of his umbilical as mentioned. For from there is the essence of the revelation of the brains and the devolution of the worlds from navel downwards as mentioned, which this is the aspect of drawing the light of tefillin, which extend down to the navel, which are the aspect of the straps that extend down to the navel as mentioned. But really, even though we only receive the light from the aspect of the navel downwards, by means of the last elder among them from top to bottom, who remembers the cutting of his umbilical as mentioned, all the vitality of the brains that we receive from there are drawn only from the highest elder, the first-ranking one of them, who is the aspect of this Blind One, who is this baby. For it is impossible to make vessels to receive the light below except by the power of the highest sanctity and the utmost supernal light. ==Oth 35== And therefore the hide needs to be of a specifically pure beast and animal, of a type%“permitted to your mouth” [''Shabbath'' 28b to Ex. 8:9 which refers to tefillin]; even carcass or torn ones of them, as long as it is not from an impure type of beast or animal. ... ==Oth 36== And this is (Ex. 1), “And it came to pass, when the midwives feared God, and He made them houses.” This is the aspect of the housings of the tefillin. For the midwives are the aspect of the children's mother, drawing the light of tefillin, which are the aspect of mother, upon the son, who are the aspect of giving birth to the brains, the aspect of (ibid. 13), “Sanctify to Me all the male firstborns, whatsoever opens any womb” as mentioned. And this is, “And it happened, when they feared” specifically. For tefillin are the aspect of fear, as written, “And all the people of the land shall see that Hashem's name is called upon you, and they will fear you.” And our Rabbis z”l explained these are the head tefillin. For the midwives are the mother of Aharon and Moshe. And Miriam their sister was the second midwife, from whom royalty issued, as Rashi explained there. For Moshe and Aharon are the essence of the tefillin. Aharon the Kohen Gadol is the aspect of the Eight Tiqunei Diqna of the Kohen Gadol, which are the aspect of the eight elders, the aspect of the eight head and arm tefillin passages as mentioned. Moshe Rabbeinu is the aspect of the Supernal Elder, who boasted that he is extremely old and yet is young and suckling entirely etc. and the whole world does not amount to him so much as an eyeblink etc. This is the aspect of Moshe Rabbeinu a”h who is the aspect of (ibid. 2), “And behold, a crying youth,” that even tough he reach what he reached, the perfect aspect of the Elder in Holiness, still he was entirely in the aspect of youth and suckling, in the aspect of (Ps. 37), “I have been young and also old,” that even though I have become so much an elder, still I am entirely young and suckling, which this is the aspect of the boasting of the foremost level elder who is the Blind One as mentioned. And therefore Moshe attained that it was written of him (Deut. 34), “His eye was not dim and his natural force was not abated” — even after death. For no oldness jumped upon him at all, even when dying at 120 years age. For he attained the ultimate elderliness, yet remained entirely suckling, as if he still had not begin living at all, as written (ibid. 3:24), “You have ''begun'' to show” etc.; that is, he still did not grasp at all; Hashem Yithbarakh only began showing him his greatness etc. Which, all this is the above aspect, always beginning anew as mentioned. For Moshe is the aspect of “''MaN''/Manna,” as is known, of which it says (Ex. 17:15), “For they did not know ''MaH''/what it is.” It is impossible to at all know what he is, that someone born of a woman should attain what he attained. And this is the letters of ''MoSheH'' being ''Shin MaH'' — Shin, the three fathers who are the entirety of the brains, entirety of the tefillin; but everything is drawn from the aspect of MaH, the aspect of, “For they did not know what it is,” which this is the essence of the aspect of Moshe, who is the aspect of the aforementioned elder, who was elder and suckling etc. as mentioned, who is the root of everything and above everything as mentioned. As written (Num. 12), “And the man, Moshe, was extremely humble” etc., which is the aspect of (Ps. 131), “Like a weaned child with his mother; my soul is with me like a weaned child,” which David said. And this is that it is written in the Zohar, regarding Moshe, that amongst the ''Saba''s/Supernal Elders he is the Elder, and amongst the sucklings he is the suckling, that is, as mentioned, that he is old and suckling etc. as mentioned. And this is his saying (Deut. 31), “I am one hundred and twenty years old today” — today my days and years are filled, for he can longer go, as our Rabbis z”l said (''Sotah'' 13b), “this teaches that [the gates of wisdom] were closed to him. For he needed to live the aforementioned long life, going each time further and further, and when he cannot go further he was forced to pass away, as discerned in the holy talks of Rabbeinu z”l. And therefore (ibid. 34), “And no man knew his burial-chamber,” for they did not know what he is, as mentioned. Hence Moshe is the aspect of the aforementioned Supernal Elder, who is the root of tefillin, which are the aspect of the face's skin beaming, which Moshe attain, which are the aspect of the light of tefillin, as Rabbeinu z”l said in the torah, ''“Markevoth Par`oh..”'' (''LM'' #38), from the aspect of that Elder. And Aharon is the aspect of the eight Tiqunei Diqna, which are the aspect of the eight tefillin passages that are drawn from Moshe's aspect, from the aspect of that Elder. And this is, “And He made them houses” — houses of priesthood and royalty (''Sh”R'' 1). Houses of priesthood are the aspect of tefillin, which are the aspect of the priesthood's sanctity as mentioned, the aspect of the sanctity of the firstborn, to give him to the Kohen as mentioned. And houses of royalty are the aspect of kingship of David Mashiach, the aspect of Emunah, which all this is the aspect of tefillin as mentioned. And the essence of tefillin's sanctity is the aspect of grasping Godliness, which the true tzaddiqim, who are from the aspect of Moshe, draw upon us, through many constrictions, which this is the main thing, that they manage to attain such a high and enormous perception, that they can constrict and clothe the perception in many constrictions and vestments until we too can manage to grasp Godliness as mentioned. And this is the aspect of tefillin housings, for it is impossible for us to receive the light of the passages themselves except by way of the housings and straps, which are the aspect of limitations and vessels of `Olam haTiqun, to receive the light by degree and measure. For they are able to enter the aspect of the “Empty Space" and reveal His Godliness there, and thereby make holy vessels. For the essence of these vessels' genesis is by means of repair of the Empty Space which is the beginning of the limitation, which is the root of all the vessels and masks generated from the coarsening of the light and its becoming distant from the Emanator. For if there was no Empty Space then the coarsening of the light and its distancing would be irrelevant etc., as explained and discerned in the Writings. Hence the essence of the vessels' genesis derives from the aspect of the Empty Space. But by means of Adam haRishon's failure he was seized in his vessels, the essence of which is in the aspect of the skin, which is the ultimate vessel, the exterior of the exterior; and that is where he was seized the most as mentioned, which this is the aspect of the “Serpent's bite,” from whence is the grip of all the ''Qelipoth''/Husks, God forbid. And therefore the main repair is by means of purifying and processing the hide in sanctity, which is the aspect of repair of the imagination, repair of the Empty Space, which the aforementioned great Tzaddiqim attain repairing, to the point that from it, specifically, they make the aspect of holy vessels to receive the light in degree and measure. Which, this is the aspect of the hide of a pure beast, insofar as the essence of writing the Torah and tefillin is on the hide specifically, and as mentioned. And this is the aspect of the housings made of hide. For we need to receive the light through limitations and vessels that are made by the repair of the Empty Space which is the aspect of repairing the imagination, which is the aspect of hide, as mentioned. And this is the aspect of (Gen. 3), “And Hashem-God made Adam and his wife garments of skin and clothed them” — garments of skin specifically, for the main repair is repairing the skin etc. as mentioned. For, the garments of skin are the aspect of Tallith and Tefillin, which come from skin and from the hair that grows on the skin, as explained in the Etz Chayim. Which, this is the aspect of (Ex. 22:26), “''ki hu kesutho levaddah''/for that is his only covering” — this is tzitzith; “''hi simlatho le`oro''/it is his garment for his skin” — this is tefillin (''Tiqqunim'' #69), which are more internal and lofty than tzitzith, as written there. And all this is the aspect of repair of the imagination, which is repair of the Empty Space, as the essence of the repair is by means of Emunah as mentioned. And this is, “And it came to pass, as the midwives feared God” — feared specifically. For holy piety is the aspect of repair of the constriction and stricture of the Empty Space, which is sweetened at it root by means of holy piety, which is the aspect of a “holy decree,” as is known. Therefore by the aspect of piety are made housings, which are the aspect of fixing the vessels and limitations to receive the tefillin's light by degree and measure as mentioned. And this is, “And it came to pass, as they feared... [God] made them housings” as mentioned. =Halakhah 6= ==33== וזה שתלתה התורה מצות הספירה בשבת כמו שכתוב (ויקרא כ"ג) וספרתם לכם ממחרת השבת וכו' עד ממחרת השבת וכו' שבע שבתות תמימותוכו' כי עיקר כח קדושת הדעת והמחשבה שהוא בחינת מצות ספירה הוא נמשך משבת, כי ששת ימי המעשה הם ימי מלאכה כמו שכתוב (שמות כ') ששת ימים תעשה מלאכתך ויום השביעי שבת לה'. ועיקר המלאכה של האדם בזה העולם הוא בלרר בירורים. ועיקר כל הבירורים הם על ידי בירור המחשבה. דהיינו על ידי בחינת הנ"ל. על ידי ששומרין המחשבה כחוט השערה ממחשבות חוץ והרהורים שזהו עיקר בירור כל הנצוצות הקדושות בבחינת כולהו במחשבה איתברירו. And this is the aspect of (Ex. 31:3), "''Weamale otho ruach Elohim bechokhmah uvetevunah uveda`ath uvekhol melakhah''/And I will fill him with the spirit of God, with wisdom and with discernment and with knowledge and with all work," which are the aspect of the four brains, as explained in the aforementioned torah [LM II:72]. Hence the fourth brain is called "''Kol Melachah''/All work," because a man's main work in the world is there. For the entirety the brains are three, which are Chokhmah-Binah-Da`ath. However, sometimes are they are called four on account that Daath is composed of two, which are the aspect of Chasadim and Gevuroth. And these are the brains explained in this verse. "And I will fill him with the spirit of God, with Wisdom, Understanding,... is the aspect of Da`ath which is comprised of two, which is the aspect of of ''Be'Daath''. Which is the aspect of the chasadim in Da`ath, which are the plain Daat, for they are the main Daath. "And with all work" is the fourth brain, which is the aspect of brains of Gevuroth in the Da`ath, which is the aspect of "and in all work." For that's the main place of the craft and work of every man. For it's known the main grip of the S"A is in the aspect of the Gev' and Dinim. Consequently there in the aspect of the brains, the Gevuroth there are gripped the foreign thoughts of the S"A, which there is the main place of the purification and the essence of the war, therefore it's called "and in all work." For that's where a man's main work and craft is, to take caution with his mind and cleanse and purifty it of waste. Like an artisan cleans and purifies a vessel and cuts and chips away around the vessel all its extra and waste in order to bring the vessel to completion. Likewise, we need to purify the thought and expel the waste and garbage in the thought, in order it be a vessel to receive NR"N of holiness etc., like we request this in many prayers. And this is the aspect of all the work of creation to be during the six days of action, and also all the works that a man does each day of the six workdays. For they are all aspect of purification, to extract the sparks form the depths of the husks, as is known. And mainly by clean thought, by guarding the thought as close as a hairbreadth. And this is a man's main work, the aspect of "And I will fill him ... and with all work" etc. And this is the aspect what's written by Yosef haTzadik when he was tested (Gen. 39), "He got home to do his work." For a man's main work and art in this world is the withstand the test, mainly this craving, and mainly by guarding the thought by a hairbreadth every moment as mentioned. ... ועיקר הכח להצליח במלאכתו בגשמיות ורוחניות בכל ששת ימי המעשה צריכין לקבל משבת קדש. כי מיני' מתברכין כל שיתא יומין. היינו כי שבת הוא בחינת שביתה ונייחא בחינת מנוחת המחשבה בחינת יישוב הדעת בחינת (תהלים כ"ג) על מי מנוחות ינהלנו. בחינת הצדיק האמת הזקן שבקדושה שדעתו מיושבת תמיד ואינו צריך עוד שום מלחמה עם המחשבות בחינת בסבי דעתא שקיט ושכיך. ומשם צריך כל אחד להמשיך על עצמו קדושת המחשבה לעמוד כנגד כל המחשבות רעות בשב ואל תעשה כי מי שמסתכל על הצדיק האמת. ואפילו אם אינו זוכה רק להסתכל בספריו הקדושים בעין האמת הוא יכול להביא התבוננות אמתי בלבו להמשיך על עצמו קדושת המחשבה על ידי עצותיו הקדושים שיזהר לקיימם באמת ובפשיטות עד שיזכה לבחינת קבלת התורה בשבועות שהוא להמשיך ביאורי התורה. שעל ידי זה יזכה לבחינת תחיית המתים בחייו וכנ"ל. וזה (ויקרא כ"ג) וספרתם לכם ממחרת השבת שהוא פסח שכל קדושתו נמשך רק מראיית פני הצדיק. כי אז לא קיבלו עדיין את התורה. ועל כן אז בפסח עיקר הקדושה עיקר התנוצצות המוחין הגדולים שקיבלו אז. הכל היה רק על ידי בחינת ראיית פני הצדיק וכנ"ל. ומשם מתחלת הספירה שהוא זיכוך וטהרת המוחין. עד ממחרת השבת השביעית שהוא שבועות שהוא קבלת התורה. כי על ידי זה זוכין לקבלת התורה בשבועות שהוא בחינת ביאורי וחידושי התורה שממשיכין בכח הצדיק וכנ"ל: 92kmzh4xc7ck01usdvrcijycf3lq318 14128007 14127951 2024-04-25T15:11:23Z Nissimnanach 82129 /* Halakhah 6 */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{incomplete translation}} {{translation header | title = [[../]] | author = Nathan of Breslov | section = Tzitzith | previous = [[../The Morning Hand Washing|The Morning Hand Washing]] | next = [[../Tefilin|Tefilin]] | portal = Breslov | language = he | original = ליקוטי_הלכות | notes = }} ''Hilkhoth Tefillin''/The Practice of Tefillin =Halakhah 5= The interest of the mitzwah of tefillin of the arm and of the head, and that they must be made from the hide of a clean animal specifically, and written on the ''Qelaf''/inner skin; and the interest of the straps, the tunnel, and the rest of their most holy and awesome details; and the interest of Rashi's tefillin and Rabbeinu Tam's tefillin: ==Oth 1== According to the most awesome story of the Seven Beggars printed in the book Sipurei Ma`asiyoth: See there, on page 96, the interest of the first beggar who was blind, who came to the groom and bride at the wedding after the canopy, and said to them that he gives them a wedding-discourse present, that they should be “old as I... that you should live a long life as I do. And you think that I am blind? Actually I am not blind at all. Only, the whole entire world does not amount to me so much as a blink of an eye, etc. for I am very old, but yet I am entirely yanik [lit. suckling, nursing] (that is, young), and I have not yet begun to live at all. But nevertheless I am very old, etc. And I have a consensus on this from the Great Eagle”, etc. Take a very thorough look there at all this, and if you have intelligent eyes, you will discern from afar how utterly deep His thoughts are; and it is impossible to prolong discussion of this at all. But whoever truly desires will see and discern from there the greatness of Hashem Yisbarach and the greatness of the true great tzaddikim; the enormity of their greatness, as each and every one had attained what he boasted of there. For everything that is explained there in the story of each one, is regarding the boasting of some most very great and awesome tzaddik boasting in the upper worlds, in the place where he boasted that he attained what he attained in this world. His fortune! The fortune of his portion! For example, in the interest that will be explained below, that the elders boasted, and each one told what he remembers from his first memory etc.: The youngest of all was most utterly high, the enormity of his greatness and the validity of his sanctity inconceivable. For example, insofar as one of them boasted that he remembers what was happening to him when they cut his umbilical cord — look, discern, and see: is there even one person in the era who can boast like this one, that his material body is so pure and sanctified that he manages to remember what was happening to him then at the beginning of birth, when he emerged into the world's atmosphere, when they cut his umbilical cord? And he was merely the least of them. And from him, see how high is the sanctity of the second holy elder, in whose eyes the level of the first elder was laughable, and he said, in surprise, “That's an old story?! I remember that story, but I also remember when the light was shining,” and the Great Eagle later explained that this is his remembering even what happened to him when he was in his mother's womb, when a light was kindled over his head, as explained there. So behold, the level of the second is higher than the first. One can understand a little, from afar, even though we are most utterly far from this. For, the major difference in a person, before he emerges into the world's air versus afterwards, is explained in our Rabbis z"l's words in the Gemara (''Niddah'' 30), and is explained in the holy Zohar: for, during pregnancy when he is in his mother's womb, a candle is alight over his head, and he can look and see from one end of the world to the other; but when he has emerged into the world's air immediately an angel comes and strikes him on his mouth and he forgets it all, and regarding this said Iyov (Job 29), “O that I were as in the first months, as in the days when my God watched over me” etc., as explained in our Rabbi z"l's words (there). And a man's entire work is to manage to know and attain what he knew before whilst a light was blazing over his head, which is when he gazed at the Light Stored Up From the Seven Days of Creation, with which the man saw from one end of the world to the other, as is brought. So, now see and discern how much greater is the second elder's level than the first; like the heavens are high above the earth, etc. And similarly the third more than the second, and so all of them. For, the least of them was so very utterly high that there is no one like him but one person in many generations, and nevertheless in comparison to the second who is greater than him he is considered a mere speck, and similarly the second versus the third etc. etc., on and on — up until the one who boasted that he was altogether a suckling babe then, who is the blind beggar himself, insofar as he said that he recalls all these stories, plus he remembers “Nothing At All” etc.; see there. For, this is a big rule and is explained and understood in the Chazal's words and the Arizal's writings, that even the highest level of all, nevertheless compared to the even higher level, everything is considered but a mere point, as written in the holy Zohar (''Tikkun'' #70 p. 123). Even the ''Ket''''h''''er `Elyon'' is paltry in compare to the ''`Ilath ha`Iloth'' etc., and all these greatnesses and wonders are explained in the story of the First Day, and similarly each Day many, many wondrous things that each person boasted of are explained, for example on the Second Day regarding the good life, and similarly on the rest of the Days, regarding the Little Holding the Much, and regarding the Pair of Holy Birds, which he is able to reunite etc. etc. Open your eyes and see what a man can attain in this world, that a man born of a woman can attain such high things that Hashem Yithbarakh himself glories in them (and see more in our words in ''Even ha`Ezer Hilkhoth Ishuth'', where we also talk a little regarding the holy story of the Sixth Day regarding the Power in the Hands; see there). And our holy Rabbi z"l knew about all of them, and had the knowledge to tell the story that happened at the place where it happened with all of them, and verily said of himself when he told this story, that if the world knew nothing else but this story, he would still be a most original person. But here is not the place to prolong discussing this. (See below at the end of the ''derush'', what is brought there from the ''Yerushalmi Kethuboth'' regarding the aforementioned marvels of the elders' memories.) ==Oth 2== Let us return to our subject. Behold, it is explained there that he said that each one should tell an old story, what he remembers from his first memory etc. * and the first person among them told that he remembers even when they cut the apple from the tree, that is, when they cut his umbilical cord etc. * and the second one told that he also remembers the light shining, that is, what happened with him during pregnancy, when a light was blazing above his head etc. * and the third one told that he also remembers when his body began taking form etc. * and the fourth told that he also remembers when they were bringing out the seed to plant the fruit, namely when the droplet emerged during relations * and the fifth one told that he remembers even the sages who were bringing out the seed, that is, he remembers when he was still in the brain etc. * and the sixth, seventh and eighth remembered even the appearance, the taste and the smell before they were infused on the fruit, which are the aspect of ''Nefesh-Ruach-Neshamah'' etc. And the ''yanik'' [infantile, lit. suckling], who is the blind beggar himself who is telling all this, said he remembers “Nothing At All,” for he is above everything and remembers even even what was before NR"N, which is the aspect of ''EYN''/Nothingness etc. etc.. Take a good look there, and if you wish to look with an honest eye, you will see from afar the wonders of Hashem, the likes of which have not been heard or seen since the creation of the world. ==Oth 3== And this is the aspect of tefillin, for tefillin are the aspect of memory, as written (Ex. 13), “''ulzikaron bein `eyneikha''/and for remembrance between your eyes” — '''and for remembrance between your eyes''' specifically, for memory depends mainly on ''Tikkun `Eynayim''/Proper Repair of the Eyes, as discerned in this story, as this “blind” one — who was entirely blind to this world, who had no sight of this world at all, to the extent that he attained that the whole world did not amount to him so much as an eyeblink, which this is the essence of Tikkun `Eynayim — he attained the ultimate perfection of memory that has no perfection beyond it, as explained above, as this blind one remembers more than all of them etc., as written there in the story. Hence, memory depends mainly on the eyes, and thus it is explained in the Torah “''Wayhi Miqetz — Zikaron''” (''LM'' #54), that memory depends mainly on the eyes, see there, and he brings there the verse, “''ulzikaron bein `eyneikha''”, see there, for tefillin are the aspect of ''Mochin deGadluth''/Brains of Grown-Maturity, which is the essence of memory on the side of holiness, for memory is the aspect of consciousness and awareness, as explained in the Torah “''Dirshu Hashem''/Seek Hashem” (''LM'' #37), and this is the aspect of head tefillin and hand tefillin, amongst which there are eight ''parshiyoth''/text-passages, four of the head and four of the arm, corresponding to the eight holy elders who are masters of memory, which is the aspect of tefillin — “and for remembrance between your eyes” as mentioned. For, it is known in the Kawanoth that the head tefillin are in the Male aspect and the arm tefillin are in the Female aspect, and all together the tefillin are in the aspect of ''Mochin de`Ibur Sheini deGadluth''/Second-Embryonic Mature Brainphase, and this is the aspect of these holy elders, who attained such Mature Brains that each one attained remembering and reaching more of the beginning; what happened with him before in the beginning. And the more that one of them attained, the earlier the beginning that he could remember and reach, as explained above. And behold, they are eight elders partitioned into two fours, corresponding to two fours of parshiyoth of arm and of head, for the four first elders who first boasted of their memory, their whole concern was with what happened with the child in its mother's womb: the emergence of the droplet until the cutting of the umbilical cord when it goes out into the world's air. Namely, the one one boasted he remembers them bringing the seed to plant the fruit, which is the passage of the droplet etc., the second remembers the beginning of the fruit's formation, the third remembers when the light was shining, which is all the days of the embryo, and the fourth, the last, remembers the essence of birth's conclusion, which is the cutting of the umbilical cord, which is the beginning of his entering this world. (And these four are written here from top to bottom, the opposite of how they are written in the book of stories, and this is because here I have to begin from the fourth, so due to the flow of language the order is reversed, but the intention is the same). Hence all these four stories tell of the great wonders of the Creator, Blessed Is His Name; what happens with the embryo in its mother, and so all these brains and perceptions that these four elders attained are in the aspect of Female Brains, which are the aspect of the four parshiyoth of the arm tefillin which are the Female Brains as mentioned. And these aspects that these four elders told about are the aspect of Light-Water-Firmament mentioned in the holy Zohar and the ''Qawanoth''. For, at the beginning of the droplet's emergence, which is the aspect of the one who tells that he remembers them bringing out the seed etc., this is the aspect of Light, for it still has no Form, and then when it began to initially take form it is like Water, and then the embryo changes every day of pregnancy; this is the aspect of Firmament, as is known. And then when the aspect of Firmament is finished he goes out in the air of the world and is born, and all this is the aspect of tefillin, which are the aspect of incubation and birth, which is the aspect of Yetziath Mitzrayim, as is known. And the first four elders, all of what they told was what happened before the droplet descended into its mother's womb. For, they told that they remember when the droplet was still in its father's brain, and the Look, the Taste and the Smell which are the aspect of Nefesh-Ruach-Neshamah, which is where is the beginning of drawing the thought from where it is drawn from the place where it drawn, from cause to effect, from world to world, from intellect to intellect, which are the aspect of Neshamah, Ruach and Nefesh, until the thought is generated, whereby the holy progenitive droplet is generated. And all these four aspects occur with the father, on the Male aspect, as mentioned. And so they are in the aspect of the head tefillin which are the Male brains as mentioned. For tefillin are drawn from the aspect of ''Tiqunei Diqna''/Features of the Beard, as known, which is the aspect of these elders in holiness, who are all in the aspect of the Holy Beard's Features, which is the root of elderliness on the side of holiness, the aspect of, “''wehadarta penei zaqen''/and you shall honor the face of the elder” [Lev. 19:32], as is known. And the essence of the holiness of the tefillin's Brains are drawn from the Most Supernal Elder, the Oldest of Them All, who is the most suckling babe of them all, who is the blind beggar, who was “altogether a suckling babe” etc. as mentioned. For, from him is the essential holiness of elderliness, and all the eight elders who are the aspect of the eight parshiyoth in the tefillin, they all receive from this Most Supernal Elder, who is the blind one. But his aspect of Brains itself is impossible to enclothe even in the tefillin passages, so there is no parashah corresponding to him, for he is above it all and the root of it all, as they receive all the tefillin Brains from him, which are the aspect of all the elders in holiness, as mentioned. For, he is united in the Ein Sof, as mentioned, so his Brain is not called memory at all, which is the aspect of tefillin as mentioned, for he said that he remembers all this and remembers “Nothing At All.” That is, even though he remembers everything that they remember, for he is composed of all of them and they all receive their Brains and Memory only from him, nevertheless his Brain is impossible to call by the term “memory” at all, for he is above memory and the root of memory, for he is united in the Ein Sof, as written there, and so he is not alluded to in any parashah, for he is above everything and the root of everything, as mentioned. ==Oth 4== And the essence of tefillin Brains are the aspect of life of Holiness, which one attains through tefillin, for the Brains are the Life, as written (Eccl. 7), “''Hachokhmah tichyeh''/Wisdom preserves alive,” as our Rabbis z”l said (''Menachoth'' 44), “One who lays tefillin attains life, as it says, “''Adonai `aleihem yichyu''/Adonai, by these things men live” (Isa. 38:16), as brought in the Qawanoth, that tefillin are the aspect of the three names ''Ehyeh H' Eyheh'' [21+26+21=68] which are gematria ''ChaYIM'' [68], which are the Brains, see there, for the Brains of the tefillin are drawn from the aspect of Tiqunei Diqna Qadisha, as brought in the Qawanoth, as they are the entirety of these holy elders, who have their root in the aforementioned Most Supernal Elder, who is the blind one, who boasted that he lives truly long life, for he is very old and yet he is an utmost suckling babe, and still has not begun to live at all, but nevertheless he is very old, and all the world's time does not amount to him so much as an eyeblink etc. And behold, although these are things that the `Atiq Yomin has covered and thought cannot grasp it at all, and there is no man on earth who can make this interpretation and explain this mystery; nevertheless since by Hashem's compassion on His people these words of his have come out of his holy mouth and they have taken form and been printed in a book, it behooves us to dig and find in them some Remez relevant to the story, such that we may merit waking up from our sleep, which this was his holy intention with these stories that he told, in order to wake up all people who sleep away their days etc., as explained in the Torah ''”Pathach R' Shim`on”'' (''LM'' #60), and there you will see and understand the great wonders of these stories, for they are the aspect of stories of ''Shanim Qadhmoniyoth''/Ancient Years-Faces, the aspect of ''`Atiq''/Ancient, the aspect of ''Hadhrath Panim''/Distinguished Face, from which all the seventy faces of the Torah derive etc.; take a good look there. ==Oth 5== So behold, the main intent of the above words, for practical application, is what I saw and heard from the mouth of Rabbeinu z"l himself, many times, that he lived new life all the time; like I heard from him many times saying, “I lived life today, such life as I had never experienced” etc. And also I heard him other times speaking a great deal about life, that the world calls everything life etc., and even regarding painful life there are many differences etc., see there in the ''Sichoth'' [''CM'' #400], but actually the essence of life is True Longevity, which is the aspect of the Long Life of the blind one, who really lives long life, for he boasts that he is utterly old and yet utterly a suckling babe and still has not begun to live at all. For this is the essence of life: when one starts serving Hashem anew all the time, as if he has still not started serving him at all, as written (Deut. 6), “''Asher anochi metzawekha hayom''/Which I enjoin you today.” And our Rabbis z”l (''Sifri'' there), commented, “Every day let them be new in your eyes;” and (ibid. 27) “''Hasket ush'ma` Yisrael, hayom hazeh nihyeytha le`am laShem Eloheikha/''Pay attention and listen, Yisrael: this day you are become a people to Hashem your God,” and our Rabbis z"l explained (brought in Rashi): every day let them be in your eyes as if today you have entered the covenant with him. And like I saw from Rabbeinu z"l innumerable times, that even though he had previously boasted of big and wondrous things, and revealed wondrous Torah never before heard, as he usually did — and then afterwards we saw him in great pain, and many times he laid out his pain and conversation before us from the depth of his heart, that he is extremely afflicted over how to attain being a Jew, like someone who never before smelled the spirit of serving Hashem. And whoever did not see this, it is impossible to describe it to him in writing, but a little about this is already explained in this ''Shevachim'' that are printed, and every time he would say that now he knows nothing at all, nothing nothing at all etc., even though earlier he had revealed what he revealed and boasted that he attained what he attained that is impossible to reveal; nevertheless immediately after he would say that he knows nothing at all. So the rule was that he never stood on one level, but just always quickly went from level to level in the apex of uppermost and loftiest levels, and even when he reached what he reached etc., his mind still did not grow cool to this etc. But here is not the place to prolong discussion of this, but it will be explained elsewhere. And this is truly the essence of life, when one attains always beginning anew in serving Hashem, which is truly the essence of life, as written (Deut. 30:20), “''Ki hu chayeykha''/It is precisely your life.” And the essence of serving Hashem is to always perform one's service anew, and to not fall into old age of the ''Sitra Achra''; that his service not become old for him, God forbid, as Rabbeinu z"l warned us against and said it is forbidden to be old; not an old tzaddik and not an old chasid, old is not good etc., as explained in his holy ''Sichoth'' appended to ''Sipurei Ma`asiyoth'', namely, one needs to always begin anew. And this is the essence of the long life of the holy elder who is the blind one, for he was most old and most ''yanik'' [infantile, lit. suckling], that is, the more he grew and became subsumed into holy elderliness which is the aspect of ''`Atik de`Atikin'', the more yanik he became. For, each time he perceived that he is utterly far from Hashem Yithbarakh, for “there is no probing His greatness,” therefore the more he was subsumed into holy elderliness, the more he saw and perceived that he still has not begun living at all, until he attained the aforementioned Long Life where elderliness and infancy and united, which is totally impossible to comprehend. And this is the aspect of tefillin which are drawn from the aforementioned Elder, who is the root of the tefillin, brains, as mentioned., which are the aspect of life, as mentioned., the aspect (ibid 4), “''We'atem hadeveqim baShem Eloheikhem chayim kulkhem hayom''/And you that cleave to Hashem your God, all of you are live this day,” which is said of tefillin, as is known, for this is the essence of tefillin-brains, in order to attain, through the mitzwah of tefillin, living new life of holiness, to renew his days like an eagle, to begin serving Hashem Yithbarakh anew all the time, and not fall into the oldness of the Sitra Achra, to not view his devotion be as old; on the contrary, tangibly new, as if he had never ever began. For in truth, even one who is a very great tzaddiq and has labored and toiled many years in His Blessed devotion, nevertheless in accord with the Every Day Renewal of Creation, he still has not begun at all, for Hashem Yithbarakh does new things all the time, as written, “and in His goodness renews every day constantly the work of creation,” and no day is like another, and no time is like another, and each and every moment there are changes in the rising of the worlds and their order and position and conduct, in unfathomably wondrous and awesome changes. And all their vitality derives from the devotion of the man in this world, on which it all depends, from the head up to the Ein Sof. Therefore one must always serve Hashem Yithbarakh anew, in accord with the renewal of the work of creation in all the worlds needed now, and in accord with the revelation of the greatness of the Blessed Creator that needs to be revealed now. For, “Day unto day utters speech, and night unto night reveals knowledge” [Ps. 19], as every day, every night, every time and every moment, His Blessed Greatness is revealed in a new consciousness and awareness that never before existed. Therefore one needs to begin in His service new every time, in the aspect of, “Let them be like new in your eyes every day,” and this is the essence of vitality, this aforementioned aspect of long life, and as explained in Rabbeinu z"l's words, that the essence of longevity, the aspect of long life, is to see to it, every next coming day, to extend the day with additional sanctity and consciousness. For, the day, at its beginning when it comes to a man, is very narrow, and one needs to see to it to widen and lengthen it with additional sanctity all the time. And so every day one needs to see to it that each day be longer than the other, with additional sanctity and purity etc. (as explained in the Torah ''Pathach R' Shim`on'' in ''LM'' #60). And this is the essence of length of days, the aspect of long days, namely all the time beginning new in new service, with great addition. For, all the service he has performed until now, he needs to forget entirely, and now begin new, as mentioned. And by tefillin we attain this, as mentioned. And this is the essence of the mitzwah of tefillin that we lay every day, in order to attain life, the aspect of “You who cleave” as mentioned, that is, to attain the aforementioned long life, to renew is life of holiness at all times, beginning new all the time, and this is the essence of brains and life that originate are drawn from the aforementioned Most Supernal Elder, where the source of tefillin is, as mentioned, as he lives the aforementioned long life, as there, elderliness and infancy are united together, which this is the aspect of (Ps. 103), “That your youth be renewed as an eagle,” as our Rabbis z"l said (brought in Rashi there), “This eagle, the older it gets...”, that is, the older it gets, the more it renews its vitality and begins new, all the time beginning new life. And therefore he had concurrence from the Great Eagle specifically, for such vitality is the aspect of “Being renewed as an eagle” as mentioned. And the aspect of tefillin, which are the aspect of this life, is from there, as mentioned. ==Oth 6== For, the essence of tefillin is the flashing of the brains in the face, which is the aspect of Light of the Face, which is drawn from the aspect of ''Tiqunei Diqna Qadisha''/Repair or Features of the Holy Beard, which is the essence of Dignity of the Face, as is known, which is the aspect of the aforementioned Elder in Holiness, as mentioned. And the ''Tiqunei Diqna'' are the aspect of the Thirteen Attributes of Mercy, the essence of which are the aspect of subjugating anger and sweetening harsh decrees and the ''Charon Af''/Burning Nose (Anger), which is the aspect of ''Erekh Apayim''/Extending Nose (Patience), which is the main thing, and therefore Chazal said (''Sanh.'' 111) regarding the verse “''Waymaher Moshe wayqod artzah''/And Moshe made haste and bowed his head toward the earth” etc. [Ex. 34:8]: What did he see? He saw Erekh Apayim. For, the essence of the Thirteen Attributes are the Thirteen Tiqunei Diqna which H"Y [Hashem Yithbarakh] revealed to him then, the essence of which is Erekh Apayim, which is the aspect of subjugating the ''Panim''/Interior (Face), and therefore Moshe became excited by this specifically, as also explained regarding the loftiness of Erekh Apayim in the words of Rabbeinu z"l (''LM'' #155, see there), in the lesson that begins, “Sadness is a very worst trait” etc., see there the entire interest until the end, for it is a wondrous path in serving the Creator, and if you gaze and look thoroughly there, you can get very wondrous advices and great encouragement, endlessly, for His blessed service. And the rule is that a man needs to cling to Hashem Yithbarakh's attributes, as explained in the words of our Rabbis and in all the holy books. Therefore one most see to it that he should have the trait of Erekh Apayim, that is, extending his patience for everything, not getting angry, not being annoyed at anything, not looking at any obstacle or confusion in his devotions, whether they be confusions, obstacles and trials that he has from people of the world, such as his father, father-in-law, wife, relatives or the rest of mankind. As is known and seen tangibly, that every time some person wants to enter the service of Hashem, to begin praying with intent etc. and so forth, immediately he has great obstacles, without end, and then every one needs to "be bold as a tiger... and strong like a lion" to perform the will of his Heavenly Father, to prevail against the obstacles and get through them, to not look at them at all, and to fortify himself a great deal to his part, to delve in Torah and prayer with intent and power etc. And this is the aspect of Arikhath Apayim, to not be short spirited, God forbid, to stop his devotion, God forbid, due to the obstacles and trials he has from them, but only strengthen himself and extend his patience for everything, and not gaze at any obstacle at all. And likewise, even the obstacles he has from himself, his evil and strange cravings and thoughts pursuing him constantly every moment, especially during prayer time, and he has great trials from them. And the main thing is the Erekh Apayim, which is the aspect of Emunah, as explained there, that the essence of Erekh Apayim one attains through Emunah, that is, having perfect Emunah in Hashem Yithbarakh and the True Kosher Tzaddiqim, and to strengthen himself in His service and not fall from anything, and to be indifferent, and not become short tempered on account of the evil deeds and faults that he has committed until now. For, one needs to not look at this at all, as explained in the words of Rabbeinu z"l and in our words many, many times regarding this, just how much a man needs to be strong. For, there is no despair at all in the world, and however it is, even though he has already fallen such a descent in himself many times, without bound, nevertheless there is no despairing at all in the world, and all the days he is alive on the face of the earth he needs to strengthen himself and each time begin new, and not fall into oldness of the Sitra Achra at all. For, all the descents in the world are the aspect of oldness of the Sitra Achra, as it seems in his eyes that he is already old in his mistakes and deeds that he is accustomed in, such that he cannot get out of them in any fashion, God forbid. But in truth, he needs to know and believe that every day, moment, and time, the power is in a man's hand to be new and be an actual new creation, for Hashem Yithbarakh is “doing new things” at all times, and no day or hours is like another etc. as mentioned. Therefore one needs to every time strengthen himself and begin every day anew, and sometimes even in one day one needs to begin many times, as explained elsewhere. And even if it will be that way for a long time, however it may be, every time and every hour he needs to remind himself of Hashem Yithbarakh and completely forget all the past until now, and really begin now from new, as much as he can, and not look at any confusion or weakness of mind at all. And all this is the aspect of Erekh Apayim, that one needs to extend his spirit and pass over the confusions and obstacles and not look at anything and let nothing affect him and not let his heart grow soft and not let his tempter get short from anything that happens to him, but only strengthen himself in Hashem Yithbarakh in whatever he can. For Hashem Yithbarakh is always full of compassion, and the mercies of Hashem are not finished and his compassion is never ceased. And we have already spoken about this many times — but such a matter needs to be repeated many times, without bound, for “it is your life,” for the majority of the world being far from Hashem Yithbarakh and losing what they lose, true everlasting life, is virtually all only on account of weakness of mind, being downcast, on account that most of them have experienced many times that they began a little in serving Hashem and then fell into what they fell, each person according to his fall, the Merciful One save us; and thereby they became discouraged from beginning again. And some of them once or a few times became somewhat aroused and began anew, but then when they saw that nevertheless fell afterwards, they became discouraged, since they saw themselves trying so much to get into serving Hashem and then falling in what they fell, the Merciful one save us, thus it seemed to them that their strength is exhausted to now begin any more. But really all this is the work of the Ba`al Davar himself, who is the aspect of the elder of the Sitra Achra, for he is called the “old and foolish king” [Eccl. 4], as he wants to cast a man down into oldness and exhaustion, God forbid, as if he already so aged in his mistakes and deeds that he can no longer change. And really it is not so, for every day a man is a new creature, just as we say the benediction every day over Netilath Yadayim and the rest of the benedictions, “Who has not made me a heathen.. a slave.. a woman” etc., where the codifiers have written the reason being because a man is made like a new creature every day, as explained in the ''Shulchan `Arukh''. And similarly the benediction, “Who gives strength to the weary” we say over renewal of the brains and vitality every day, as brought in the ''Kawanoth''. And therefore a man needs to be very careful to not fall into this oldness of the Sitra Achra, but only be strong and renewed all the time, as mentioned. And let it seem in his eyes every day and every hour that he is born today, and as if today he receives the Torah anew, as our Rabbis z"l have said, “every day let them be like new in your eyes,” as mentioned, which all of this is the aspect of Erekh Apayim, as he extends his patience for every thing, obstacle, and confusion in the world, and passes over everything, and strengthens himself each time in His service etc. as mentioned. And this trait of Erekh Apayim is the essence of the aspect of Tiqunei Diqna, which is the aspect of the ''Zaqen''/Elder in holiness, who is truly old, for he truly lives long life, for every time he begins living anew. And precisely this is the aspect of holy elderliness, the aspect of long life, for when one falls in oldness of the Sitra Achra, that is, when his devotion becomes old for him, and all the more so when he falls from his devotions, God forbid, since it seems that he is so old in his mistakes that he can no longer go back, God forbid. Such “elderliness,” God forbid, is the essence of shortness of days, as mentioned in Rabbeinu z"l's words, that “elders” like this who do not add vitality and additional service all the time, are called “short of days and full of trouble” etc. (Job 14). (See the Torah ''“Uv'yom haBiqurim,” LM'' #4). ==Oth 7== The rule is that any man who wants to consider the ultimate purpose needs to very much guard against being old at all. That is, to not fall into oldness of the Sitra Achra, God forbid, whether he is a tzaddik, a chasid, or any other kind of man. Even someone who is the lowest of the low in some regard, needs to guard against falling in this oldness, for even a great tzaddik is forbidden from being old in his service even though he attained perfect devotion on a high level; nevertheless he needs to be strong to go from level to level and each time begin anew. For this is the essence of Judaism, to be strong to ascend each time from level to level, as I heard from the mouth of Rabbeinu z"l when he began teaching the Torah ''“Tesha` Tiqunin Yaqirin Itmasru Lediqna”'' (''LM'' #20), as he said then in this language, “Whoever wants to be an Israelite man, that is, going from level to level, cannot do so except by Eretz Yisrael,” and from his words in general we hear that one is not called a true ''Ish Yisra'eli'' unless one goes from level to level. And one attains this through Eretz Yisrael etc.; see there in that Torah ''Tesha''''`'''' Tiqunin Yaqirin''. And this is the essence of long life, the aspect of the Torah which is called life, when one always begins anew etc. as mentioned. And conversely, even one who did what he did and transgressed what he transgressed, nevertheless is forbidden to be old, God forbid, and he needs to guard more and more against this aspect of oldness, to not get into any despair, God forbid; to not say in his heart that he is so old already, God forbid, in his deeds etc., that he cannot change. Rather, be strong and begin with whatever he can, and do any little or great thing that he can, even if he can really say no more than one utterance in prayer or secluded meditation-conversation, or learn the least of the least bit, anyhow he should do what he can, get strong, and enliven himself in the least of the least that he still manages to strive in the sanctity of Yisrael. For, any way it might be, he definitely does many mitzwoth each day, for even “the transgressors of Yisrael are full of mitzwoth like a pomegranate,” and one needs to find good points in himself and enliven himself each time. And as explained in the Torah ''“Azamera Lelohai Be`odi”'' (''LM'' #282), as brought in our words many times, and be strong and begin each time anew, and not lose himself entirely, God forbid. And “whatever your hand finds to do, do with your strength.” And the main thing is the aforementioned Arikhath Apayim, that he should have a very great deal of Arikhuth Apayim, without bound, which is the aspect of long spirit/temper, that is, to extend his spirit, to wait and look forward to the salvation of Hashem, and not gaze at any confusion or obstacle as mentioned. ==Oth 8== And this is the aspect of “Long-Tempered (Erekh Apayim) for tzaddikim and for the wicked” (''BK'' 50), as tzaddikim need this trait of Erekh Apayim, which is the aspect of holy elderliness, the aspect of ''Arikhath Yamim weShanim''/Long Days and Years, the aspect of ''Chayim Arukhim''/Long Life, mentioned above. That is, to not fall in the oldness of the Sitra Achra, God forbid, that his service should not old and weak for him, but just “renew his youth like an eagle” all the time, and every day begin new with additional sanctity and service, and never get tired or weary, and not be confused by anything, which this is the aspect of Erekh Apayim. For, sometimes one who serves Hashem gets weary on account of having suffered so many trials etc., and thereby he could fall into oldness of the Sitra Achra and exhaustion, God forbid. Therefore he needs to strengthen himself a great deal with the trait of Erekh Apayim, all his days, extending his temper and spirit for all the toils and burdens, beginning new every time. And this is the aspect of Erekh Apayim for tzaddikim. And likewise there is the aspect of Erekh Apayim for the wicked, as Hashem Yithbarakh also extends his temper for them all the days of their lives, in order that they return, as written, “Until the day he dies You wait for him; if he turns back etc. [You receive him immediately].” Therefore the wicked themselves also have to bolster themselves in this trait of Erekh Apayim, that their wickedness should not confuse them from returning to Hashem Yithbarakh, and that their hearts should not falter nor their minds be downcast from the amount of their transgressions, especially if they have already began a few times and fallen from it etc. Nevertheless they should be confident in His great mercy and prolong their patience and spirit over all that happens to them, and strengthen themselves each time to begin anew. Perhaps he will attain from now on to have compassion on himself, to leave his previous way and thoughts, and never ever be old and weak in his eyes. For the essence of return lies in the aspect of renewing one's life whenever it is necessary to renew his days that have passed in darkness, in the aspect of (Lam. 5), “''Hashiveinu H' eleikha wenashuvah chadesh yameynu keqedem''/Return us, Hashem, to you, that we may be restored; renew our days as before.” Hence everyone needs the aspect of this trait of Erekh Apayim. And this is, “Long-Tempered (Erekh Apayim) for tzaddikim and for the wicked.” And the rest of the levels of other people in the world are are included in them, for the whole keeping of their service and vitality is by this trait of Erekh Apayim, as mentioned. ==Oth 9== And all of them receive strength from the aspect of the Elder in Sanctity, who is the aforementioned blind one, who is the aspect of the Elder of Elders, ''Saba deSavin'', who has attained such holy elderliness that he said that he is “extremely old yet extremely ''yanik'' [infantile, lit. suckling]” etc. and as mentioned, as from him all the tzaddiqim receive strength to fortify themselves in their devotions to renew their strength and service all the time. And through these great tzaddiqim who begin new every time — and even reach the highest of all levels, even the level of the greatest ''Benei `Aliyah ''[''Sanh.'' 97b], nevertheless not sufficing themselves with this, but rather saying, “Who knows what else there is to attain?” and beginning every time anew, and like I heard from Rabbeinu z"l a great deal regarding this as explained elsewhere, until they each time arrive at perceptions new, wondrous, awesome etc. etc. — therefore with the strength of such tzaddiqim in all this, those who have fallen can renew themselves every time. As is very common presently in the darkness of the this exile, that the Sitra Achra and the Ba`al Davar have surged up a great deal upon anyone who wants to begin to delve in serving Hashem. And they cast him down every time, each person in accord with what they cast him down, God forbid, the Merciful one save us, and they need to be strengthened and revived each time with many kinds of encouragement, so that they never despair, and that they begin anew each time as mentioned. And they receive all this strength from these tzaddikim. For the more ill a person is, the greater a doctor he needs, as explained elsewhere (#30), for due to the enormity of the power and perceptions of these tzaddikim, who every time began anew and each time perceived more and more the greatness of Hashem's kindness, how He, Blessed be He, devises considerations so that no one be flushed away from him etc. And thereby they have power to draw new vitality and strength to all the fallen, to strengthen and awaken them every time, to never fall down due to anything, but only extend their patience and spirit for everything and be steadfast in Hashem and the power of the true tzaddikim, for His mercies have never ceased, and they should be strong and start following Hashem Yithbarakh anew each time in whatever he can etc. and as mentioned. For, by the power of these tzaddikim who every time began anew, that even when they reached the highest of high levels, that it seems there is no higher level that this, and really it is an extremely wondrous and awesome level and state, that, many great and wondrous tzaddikim never attained it — still even though they reached this and more and more etc. etc., nevertheless they never sufficed with this, but devised considerations every time to begin anew, even though they never knew any more report of a higher level. Nevertheless they said, “Who knows, what else there is?” etc., just like I heard from Rabbeinu z"l, as one time he was very afflicted before me and said, “How can one achieve being a Jew?” etc., and it was a big wonder to me on account that he had just revealed wondrous and awesome things etc.; he spoke up and said, “Who knows what else there is to attain?” etc. For, behold, did it ever occur to me to seek and yearn for such a perception and such a level? So who knows now too what more there is, etc. This was his way every day of his life. And it is impossible to elaborate and relate this here. Hence there are such great tzaddikim that that even when they reach the highest of high levels, that it seems there is no higher level that it, still they yearn, request and seek, and begin anew entirely. For, who knows what more there is? Even though their present perception and level is truly very high, still they say, “Isn't Hashem Yithbarakh infinite? So who knows what more one can reach in this world!” Therefore they begin anew every time, until they truly reach an even higher level. And then they say, “Who knows what more there is?” — and again they begin anew etc., and thus forever. Thus by the power of these tzaddikim there is hope for all the fallen. And there is nothing in the world at all to despair about. For even though it seems to him that from such a descent he cannot get up, God forbid, nevertheless who knows the greatness of Hashem's kindness? For there is such kindness by Him, Yithbarakh, that even from there one can get up. And similarly even if God forbid he fell more many, many times without count, still any move whereby he wants to pick himself up each time from the fall, and each and every cry that he calls out even from the lowest depths, is also never lost. As like Rabbeinu z"l said, that even a yell from the lowest underworld is never lost, regardless of what happens after. For Hashem Yithbarakh and his Torah are infinite and unbounded. As just as there is no getting high in the world, in accord with His greatness — heights above heights, and heights above that etc. and as mentioned — similarly there is no descent in the world, as for every descent, God forbid, there is a worse descent. And since there is a worse descent, God forbid, one needs to be strong and not fall any further, God forbid. And the main empowerment is by the strength of the aforementioned tzaddikim, who never stayed put but every time rose higher etc. as mentioned. For they attained the perception that just as there is never an ascent, similarly there is never a descent from which one cannot rise up. For in truth it is all one, for the more a tzaddik rises to a higher level, he perceives more the generosities of Hashem, which this is the essence of Hashem Yithbarakh's greatness. For the trait of ''Chesed''/Generosity is called ''Gedulah''/Greatness, as is known, as is written, “Yours, Hashem, is the Greatness” [I Chron. 29:11], which is kindness, as is known. Hence the trait of Chesed is is called Gedulah. Therefore the more one perceives the Hashem Yithbarakh's greatness, the more one perceives His generosity, for His Blessed generosity is the essence of His greatness as mentioned. Therefore these tzaddikim who never stay put but each time go up more and more, and each time further perceive His Blessed greatness, that is, the vastness of his generosity, thereby they attain perceiving that there is no fall or descent in the world and no despairing in the world whatsoever. For they perceive such kindnesses each time, which are the essence of the Creator's greatness, whereby everyone can have an ascent. And this is what Rabbeinu z"l said in the torah ''“Mishra deSakina”'' (''LM'' #30), that one needs specifically the greatest tzaddik on the utmost high level. For, the more ill a person is, the greater a healer he needs, that is, as mentioned. For the greater the tzaddik, the more he can raise up even those who are so very fallen, until by the power of the aforementioned tzaddikim [who receive from him], there is no fall or descent where one cannot get up from by their power, if they manage to believe and follow them, and as mentioned. And all this is the abovementioned aspect of Erekh Apayim, the aspect of Erekh Apayim to tzaddikim and Erekh Apayim to the wicked [Oth #8], that these people on a high level, the aspect of tzaddikim, need to prolong their temper, that their temper not fall short, and they not stop having extra spirit and vitality, on account of the great ascent and level they have attained, for in spite of this they need to extend their spirit further, and look to reach an even higher, higher level, and begin anew etc. as mentioned. And these people on a low level, and even the wicked that have fallen in total evil, God forbid, nevertheless as long as the soul is in them, as long as they can still move one body member, need to extend their temper and spirit, to look out for salvation constantly, and prevail and begin anew each time, as much as possible — whatever will be will be — for there is never a move in sanctity nor a groan, cry or aspiration in sanctity etc. that is ever lost, for “Hashem will not cast us off forever” [Lam. 3]. ==Oth 10== And all this is the aspect of tefillin, which are the abovementioned aspect of Arikhath Apayim, which is the aspect of the new brains and vitality that we draw by the mitzwah of tefillin, from the elders in sanctity who receive from the highest elder who is the blind one. ==Oth 11== And this is the aspect of the tunnel of the tefillin, which is where the straps pass through, which are the aspect of “crossing the YaBoQ,” as brought in the Kawanoth. For the straps are the aspect of drawing the brains of the tefillin, which is the aspect of the “Light of the Face,” which is the aspect of the Thirteen Tiqunei Diqna, the aspect of Erekh Apayim mentioned, and therefore ReTzU`AH is gematria 370, the aspect of the 370 lights, of the Light of the Face, as is brought. For the straps represent length, specifically the elongation of the nose, which signifies the elongation of the spirit. This refers to the elongation of the nose, which is the light of the Countenance that extends through the straps, thereby sweetening and nullifying the aspect of the "stripes of wickedness" which is a strap for the Other Side, from which all afflictions and judgments originate. Through the elongation of the nose, extending through the straps of the Tefillin, one transcends all afflictions, sweetening them. They have no power to nullify or obstruct divine service, for one merits the elongation of the nose, i.e., to extend his spirit over everything, not shortening it because of afflictions and obstacles in the world. Instead, one goes about his own affairs, engaging in Torah and divine service, etc., as aforementioned, until he transcends them and nullifies them. Because through the elongation of the nose, not focusing on them at all, they are nullified by themselves. For all afflictions and obstacles come only as a test, and when one strengthens his resolve and extends his spirit, not focusing on them at all, they are nullified before him. Therefore, the elongation of the strap, which signifies the extension of the light of the Countenance, through the elongation of the nose as aforementioned, nullifies the aspect of the strap for the Other Side, from which all afflictions emanate, for everything is sweetened and nullified by the elongation of the nose, which is the aspect of sweetening judgments, as aforementioned. This is the aspect of the passage of the Tefillin, where the straps pass, which is the aspect of the passage of Havayeh Elokim, as aforementioned, for Havayeh Elokim has the numerical value of 52, as is explained. This is the aspect of "I will praise" twice, in God, I will praise," which is in the same vein, for one must recognize Him, blessed be He, and draw close to Him always, whether in prosperity or adversity, God forbid, whether in ascent or descent. This is the aspect of "in God, I will praise," etc., as mentioned in the Torah: "Who is the man who desires life," etc., as explained further. This is itself the aspect of the "He called to Joshua" in the Torah portion that introduces the Book of Joshua. See there, where it is written that anyone who wants to repent needs to be proficient in Halacha, proficient in willing, proficient in returning, proficient in ascending, proficient in departing, in the manner of "I will ascend to the heavens, you are there," etc. See there, that we need to teach how to draw close to God, blessed be He, constantly, in every place. Whether in ascent or descent. And even if one is in the depths of Sheol, from there, too, he can draw close to Him, blessed be He, in the manner of "If I ascend to the heavens, you are there." For even though it seems to him that he has ascended to heaven, he still needs to seek God, blessed be He, and start anew. For God, blessed be He, is also found in heaven, as our Rabbi said in the Torah: "If you go out to war," etc., that all this is the aspect of the elongation of the nose as aforementioned, which we merit through the mitzvah of Tefillin, as aforementioned. This is the aspect of the passage, the aspect of "Havayeh Elokim," for "Havayeh Elokim" consists of the letters of "Beki," proficient in willing, proficient in returning, etc., as our Rabbi said himself, that the aspect of this proficiency is the aspect of "Havayeh Elokim." See there at the end. And also consider the numerical value of "Havayeh Elokim" in the aspect of "in God, I will praise," etc., as aforementioned, whether in the attribute of mercy or in the attribute of judgment, whether in ascent or in descent. Always one must serve God, blessed be He, and extend his spirit so that he will not fall, not become weary, and not be nullified from his yearning for God, blessed be He, because of anything in the world. And all this is achieved through the Tefillin, which is the aspect of the elongation of the nose as aforementioned, which extends his spirit over everything, as aforementioned. For this is the aspect of the long straps that pass through the passage, through which one transcends everything, all afflictions, obstacles, and confusions that emanate from the strap for the Other Side, as aforementioned, and everything is nullified opposite him through the aspect of the elongation of the nose as aforementioned. And this is the aspect of "And God passed before him," which is the aspect of the passage, for then, when God passed before him, God revealed to him the thirteen attributes of mercy, which are thirteen times the numerical value of "Dalet" (ד), and there it is said, "And Moses hastened," etc., for he saw the elongation of the nose, which is the aspect of Tefillin as aforementioned. Through this, one transcends everything and merits to draw close to Him, blessed be He. And this is the aspect of the passage, as aforementioned, for then, when God passed before him and revealed to him the thirteen attributes of mercy, which are thirteen times the numerical value of "Dalet" (ד), then he revealed to him the aspect of the light of the Tefillin, as it is written there in this portion: "I will make all my goodness pass before you," etc., "and you will see my back," and the Sages interpreted this as the knot of the Tefillin, for the essence of the Tefillin emanates from there, from the aspect of "Dalet" (ד), which are the thirteen attributes as aforementioned, which is the aspect of the elongation of the nose as aforementioned. ==Oth 12== And the main essence of the elongation of the nose is achieved through the Land of Israel, which is the aspect of faith. As it is written there in the aforementioned Torah portion on the verse "And Moses hastened," etc., see there (in Siman Kuf-Nun-Hey). And this is the aspect of the Tefillin, for the sections within the Tefillin speak of the Land of Israel and faith, for the main themes of the first two sections are the Exodus from Egypt and the entry into the Land of Israel, as it is written there (Exodus 13): "Remember this day on which you went out from Egypt," etc., "and it shall be when the Lord brings you into the land," etc. And similarly, the second section begins with "And it shall be when the Lord brings you," etc. For the essence of the Tefillin is the aspect of the elongation of the nose, which is achieved through the Land of Israel as aforementioned, which is the opposite of Egypt, which is filled with idolatry and foreign worship, which is the opposite of faith. Therefore, when they were in Egypt, it was said of them (Exodus 6): "And they did not listen to Moses, from shortness of spirit," for they could not draw close to justify themselves, which is the aspect of Moses, and to listen to him because of their shortness of spirit, which is the opposite of the aforementioned elongation of the nose, through which the essence of drawing close to God, blessed be He, and to true righteous individuals is achieved, as written there in the aforementioned Torah portion, and as aforementioned, for the main essence of the elongation of the nose is achieved through faith, which is the aspect of the Land of Israel as aforementioned, which is the aspect of the Tefillin as aforementioned. Therefore, the two secondary sections speak of faith, which is "Hear, O Israel," which is the faith of unity. And the portion "And it shall be if you surely listen" also accepts the yoke of the commandments and the nullification of foreign worship, which is the aspect of wrath, which is also the opposite of the aforementioned elongation of the nose, as it is written there (Deuteronomy 11). The verse "Guard yourselves and so on, lest you turn away and serve other gods and the anger of the Lord will be kindled" (Deuteronomy 11) shows that all four sections of the Tefillin speak of the Exodus from Egypt, which is the aspect of idolatry, the aspect of wrath, and shortness of spirit, in order to merit leaving there and coming to the Land of Israel, which is the aspect of faith and the elongation of the nose. For this is the essence of the Tefillin, as aforementioned. Therefore, the conclusion of the last section of the Tefillin is "so that your days and the days of your children may be multiplied," which is the elongation of days, which is the aspect of long life achieved through the Tefillin, which are the aspect of the elongation of the nose and the elongation of the spirit, from which comes the elongation of days. For the essence of life is through the spirit of breath, through the aspect of elongating the spirit, which is the aspect of elongating the nose. And as explained above, the elongation of the nose is the aspect of the elder in holiness, the aspect of long life, as aforementioned. Therefore, the Sages said (Pesachim 113a), "His hotness, his life is not life," for hotness, which is the aspect of shortness of spirit, is the opposite of elongating the nose. Therefore, his life is not life, for the essence of life is through elongating the spirit, which is the aspect of elongating the nose, as aforementioned. ==Oth 13== Therefore, we need to tie the Tefillin on the left hand, which is the aspect of the dark hand, as the Sages said. For this is the essence of the Tefillin, which is the aspect of elongating the nose, to sweeten and nullify the aspect of the dark hand, from which all afflictions and obstacles emanate, God forbid. One needs to elongate his spirit in the aspect of elongating the nose, as mentioned above, and to surpass everything so that he will not have a short spirit, God forbid, which is the aspect of a depressed spirit, "Who can bear a broken spirit?" (Proverbs 18:14). Rather, one should elongate his spirit above all, which is the aspect of Tefillin, the aspect of elongating the nose. Through this, the aspect of the dark hand is sweetened, as aforementioned. ==Oth 14== And this is [illustrated in the verse], "And the Lord said to Abram, 'Go forth from your land... to the land...'" (Genesis 12), which refers to the Land of Israel, as it is linked to the verse, "And Terah died in Haran." For Rashi explained there that until this point was the wrath and anger of the place. Therefore, it is linked to this [episode] that God commanded Abraham to go to the Land of Israel. Through this, the wrath and anger were sweetened and nullified. For through the Land of Israel, one merits the aspect of elongating the nose, which is the opposite of wrath and anger, as aforementioned. For Abraham is the head of the believers, and therefore he was the first to whom the holiness of the Land of Israel was revealed, as stated in the Holy Zohar, "Tikunim." For the Land of Israel is the aspect of faith, the aspect of elongating the nose, as aforementioned. ==Oth 15== And this is the aspect of (Ex. 13), “Sanctify to Me all the male firstborns, whatsoever opens the womb among the children of Israel,” which is the beginning of the first passage in the tefillin. For the essence of the tefillin are drawn from the sanctity of the firstborn, which is the first birth, which is the aspect of Yetziath Mitzrayim, which is the aspect of birth, as is known, as on account of this we need to sanctify the first birth which is a male firstborn. As written there, “And it came to pass, when Par`oh would hardly let us go... therefore I sacrifice” etc. And all this is in order to draw on oneself the sanctity of birth of the brains which is the essence of birth, that is, to manage to renew ones vitality and brains at all times as if he was born today, as mentioned. Which, this is is the essence of long life, which are the aspect of tefillin as mentioned. And therefore one needs to give the firstborn to the Kohen or redeem him from him, for the Kohen is the aspect of the elder in holiness, in the aspect of (Ps. 133), “It is like the precious oil upon the head, coming down upon the beard; even Aharon's beard” etc., the aspect of the Eight Tikkunim of the Kohen Gadol, as is known. And this is what our Rabbis z”l said (Shabbath 151), “And let your head lack no oil (Eccl. 9:8) — this is head tefillin.” For the essence of tefillin are drawn from the aspect of “like the precious oil upon the head...” of the elder, Aharon, as mentioned. And therefore by means of giving the firstborn, who is the first birth, to the Kohen, we draw the sanctity of the birth of the brains and vitality, to remember to always renew himself as if he was born today, which this is the essence of tefillin, which are the aspect of brains and long life which we receive from the aforementioned Elder in Holiness, who said that he is extremely old and yet has not begun living at all, as if he was born today. For, one needs to each time begin anew as mentioned, and this is the aspect of Mashiach, of whom it is said (Ps. 2), “Today I have borne you.” For Mashiach will attain this aspect perfectly, which is the aforementioned aspect of long life, as each moment he will begin living anew as if he was born today, in the aspect of “I have borne you today.” For Mashiach will attain the aspect of above time, as explained in Rabbeinu z”l's words on this verse, “I have borne you today;” see there [''LM II'' #61]. For this aspect that '''the blind one''' boasted of, who is old yet infantile etc. and the whole world does not amount to him so much as an eyeblink etc., all this is the aspect of above time, which this is the aspect of long life that Mashiach will attain, the aspect of (Ps. 21), “He asked life of You; You gave it to him,” which is the aspect of “David King of Yisrael is Alive and Well.” For David is Mashiach. And this is the aspect of tefillin; that is where is the root of the Mashiach's soul, as is brought, as the root of Mashiach's kingship is in the aspect of the tefillin's knot, and as Rabbeinu z”l said (''LM'' #54), which this is the aspect of (Sam. 1 25), “yet the soul of my lord shall be bound in the bundle of life,” which is said of David, who is Mashiach. The bundle of life is the aspect of tefillin knot, which are the aspect of life as mentioned, the aforementioned aspect of long life, as mentioned. ==Oth 16== And this is the aspect of the strap of the head Tefillin that descends from the knot to the nape of the neck. For the sanctity of the Tefillin stems from the elders who merited to sanctify their intellect to such an extent that they remembered what was done with them from the beginning of their formation, at the time when their nape was cut, as aforementioned. For the essence of the completion of formation, which is the aspect of Tefillin, is the aspect of sanctifying Me, every firstborn of every womb, etc. It is the piece of the nape. Therefore, it is stated regarding the Exodus from Egypt (Ezekiel 16), "And your origins on the day you were born, your navel was not cut," etc. This means that before they left, they were similar to a fetus in its mother's womb, and their nape was not yet cut, etc. For the essence of the Tefillin is the aspect of the Exodus from Egypt, the aspect of birth, which is the aspect of the piece of the nape, as aforementioned. For even though the other elders remembered more and more, as aforementioned, nonetheless, the holiness cannot be revealed outwardly upon us, except for the holiness of the elder's intellect, which recalls the beginning of their formation, which is the piece of the nape, which is the essence of the Tefillin spoken of from the time of formation, the aspect of "Sanctify to Me every firstborn," etc., as aforementioned. And may we merit to receive his holiness, but the holiness of the other intellects of the other elders is not revealed outwardly at all. Rather, all their light is hidden; only in the compartments hidden within the houses is their holiness received in a concealed and hidden manner, for the sanctity of their memory is very concealed from us, as is obvious to the discerning. ==Oth 17== And one strap extends to the heart, for the strap is the aspect of the light that continues from the aspect of elongated patience, as aforementioned. Therefore, it needs to extend to the heart to instill the aspect of elongated patience, which is the suppression of anger within the heart, so that one does not care at all, not even in his heart. This is the essence of elongated patience, as Rabbi [Nissim] mentioned about himself that he merited this aspect in the Land of Israel, that he would have such elongated patience that there would be no anger or resentment in his heart, not even towards his greatest enemy who caused him all the suffering. Nonetheless, he harbored no hatred or resentment in his heart towards him. This is the essence of elongated patience. Therefore, the strap needs to extend to the heart to instill the aspect of elongated patience within the heart, as aforementioned. This means that one does not care or mind anything, not even in his heart, as aforementioned. ==Oth 18== And this is the aspect of Hashem Yithbarakh's extolling Kenesseth Yisrael (Song 7), “Your navel is like a round goblet that lacks no mingled wine,” and our Rabbis z”l explained (Sanh. 37) regarding the seventy Sanhedrin who sat in a semicircle like the moon etc. “Your navel” is the aspect of the tefillin straps which descend from the head knot to the navel, which is drawn from the aspect of the kingship of David-Mashiach who is live and enduring, who is the aspect of the head knot as mentioned, as from there is drawn the strap unto the navel which is the aspect of “your navel like a round goblet,” the aspect of the seventy Sanhedrin who correspond to the seventy facets of the Torah, where David sat at the head, as our Rabbis z”l explained (brought in Rashi) on the verse, “Yoshev-Basheveth a Tachkemonite, head” etc. (2 Sam 23), for all the seventy Sanhedrin who are the aspect of the seventy faces of the Torah all receive from David-Mashiach, as all his vitality is from the aspect of the aforementioned elders, who are the aspect of Tiqunei Diqna Qadisha, the aspect of honoring the face, the aspect of Stories of Ancient Times, as all the seventy faces of the Torah are drawn from them, as explained in the Torah “Pathach R' Shim`on” (''LM'' #60), see there; as thereby one can wake up from sleep, which is the absence of the brains. And by means of these elders, the aspect of the stories, are drawn all the seventy faces of the Torah and we wake up from sleep. Which, this is is the aspect of the seventy years that David a”h lived. And therefore he minimized sleep to the utmost, as our Rabbis z”l said (''Sukkah'' 26), that David never slept sixty breaths, so as to not taste the taste of death. For sleep is one sixtieth of death, which is drawn from Adam haRishon's mistake, by eating from the Tree of Knowledge Good-and-Bad and blemishing the Tree of Life which is the aspect of the light of the tefillin, as is brought. For tefillin are the aspect of life, the aspect of the Tree of Life, of which is said (Gen. 3), “And he eat and live forever). And by causing this damage, death was decreed on him for generations. But actually, after the mistake, death and sleep are a great benefit, for had Adam not erred he would have attained true life which is everlasting life, long life, whilst still in the body, that is, in his body he would have been able to be included in the Ein Sof forever, running and returning, and live long life, that is, renewing his vitality forever, in the aspect of renewing life of the Highest Elder, who is the '''Blind One''', who lived long life, as he is forever old and forever infantile etc. as mentioned. But after the mistake and having eaten from the Tree of Knowledge Good-and-Bad and being driven from Gan `Eden and the Serpent's filth taking grip on his body, the aspect of the “Serpent's bite,” it is impossible for him to live long life in his body forever. And it is impossible to attain everlasting life except by death, which is a great benefit, as written (Gen 1), “And behold, good ''me'od''” — this is death (''Ber. Rab.'' 9), for by means of death which is sleep, his brain is renewed. And then his body and life are renewed, and then he comes back to life in a body clean and pure that is entirely cleaned and purified of the Serpent's filth. And then he will attain receiving new brains in the aspect of tefillin, the Tree of Life, which are the aspect of long life he will attain then. That is, then he will attain living such life forever, as at all times life and brains will be added to him, until the older he gets, the more he will attain beginning anew. Which this is the aspect of the Blind Elder, which this is the essence of everlasting life that whoever attains will attain in the future to come. For constant delight is no delight and is not called true life, but rather when one attains living new life at all times, and this is the aspect of long life, everlasting life, that the tzaddikim will attain in the future after revival of the dead, that is, the aforementioned aspect, as they will attain renewing their life at all times, which this is the aspect of tefillin as mentioned. ==Oth 19== Even in this world, where the righteous, true servants of God merit to extend upon themselves eternal life through Torah, prayer, and good deeds, although their ultimate goal is to always live long lives, to renew their lives with added holiness, with new intellectual faculties and vitality at all times, nonetheless, it is inevitable and impossible to live long lives in this world continuously. For inevitably, the intellect will become fatigued, and therefore, sleep is necessary. And sleep is a great good, for by completely resting their minds when necessary and sleeping a little, they give rest to their intellects. Through this, they return and renew themselves in the morning, and merit to receive new intellectual faculties. They start afresh, as this is the aspect of tefillin: that they merit in the morning after sleep, as precisely explained in the Kavanot. Through the sleep of the night and the awakening at midnight to engage in Torah study, they emerge in the morning with the impressions of the intellect from the previous day, renewed during the night's sleep. And through this, they receive completely new intellectual faculties during prayer, which is the essence of life, long life. Study the Kavanot and understand well, for all the intentions of tefillin are included in our words in a wonderful way, so that each person may merit to receive from them a new awakening, wonderful desire, true and proper advice at all times for the service of the Blessed Creator, for every individual according to their level, place, and time. So even the least among the least can mention the Blessed Name at all times, in every place they may be, however they may be. We have already elaborated on this somewhat above. But let the wise understand and gain wisdom even more, for it is impossible to explain everything in writing. And the discerning one who truly desires to have compassion on themselves and not to deceive themselves can receive all the true and eternal goodness from our words. Let us return to our words, for now it is impossible to merit these aforementioned long lives, to renew one's mind and vitality at all times, except through sleep. But the righteous limit their sleep very much, each one according to their own necessity, for the renewal of the intellect, as aforementioned. Therefore, as it is said (Sukkah 26), "David never slept," as aforementioned, for he lived those long lives. New life at all times and hours, unable to sleep except little by little, compelled for long life as aforementioned. Therefore, the kingdom of David is likened to the moon, which renews itself at all times, hinting at the assembly of Israel, including the aspect of David's kingdom, who need to renew their service at all times in order to merit renewal in the future and to live those aforementioned long lives. As we say, "To the moon, He said to renew its crown of glory for those who are destined to renew like it, to praise their Creator in honor of His kingdom." Then we say, "David, King of Israel, lives and endures," for this is the essence of vitality when renewed at all times, as aforementioned. Therefore, Israel is counted with the moon, from which the new emerge (Chullin 30). This hints that we need to renew ourselves at all times to live each day and at all times with new vitality in the service of the Blessed Creator, for we do not age forever, God forbid, even if we were to live a thousand years (Psalms 90). "For a thousand years in Your eyes are like yesterday." For all our days are counted as eternally new. We find that all our days are called "new," for we bless and sanctify the new month at every new moon, and it is called "Rosh Chodesh" after this renewal that we renew our days at all times, in the aspect of the renewal of the moon as aforementioned, the aspect of renewing the new. And so all the days of the month are counted as the month, for this day is the second of the month, and that day is the third of the month, and so on until the month is complete, and then the second month begins, and so on forever. We find that all our days are counted specifically to the month. For all the days of Israel, with the holiness they received with the Torah, which is the aspect of eternal life, as written (Deuteronomy 30), "For it is your life." All their days are in the aspect of renewal specifically, the aspect of new life at all times, which is the essence of long and eternal life, as aforementioned. ==Oth 20== All of this is achieved through the Tefillin, which represent the aforementioned aspects. Therefore, the aspect of David's kingdom is linked to the connection of Tefillin as aforementioned. Hence, descends from there a holy strap to the navel, which represents the beginning of life and the birth of a person as they emerge into the world. The beginning of separation from the womb to begin living independently in the world is at the time of cutting the umbilical cord. At that moment, one separates from the womb and begins a new life, receiving strength to renew their life at all times, as if born anew and their umbilical cord cut, initiating their life as aforementioned. From there extends the aspect of human life, encompassed within seventy years, which are the days of a person's life, as written (Psalms 90), "The days of our years are seventy." This corresponds to the seventy faces of Torah, as explained by Rabbi Shimon in Tikkunei Zohar (Section 60). For all the seventy faces, which are the seventy years of life, are extended from the aforementioned elders, which are the aspects of the narratives of ancient years, whose illumination extends to us through the elder amongst them, who continues the renewal of vitality through the aspect of the great mind that also remembers the cutting of the umbilical cord, as aforementioned. For the minds of the other elders, who are even higher, cannot be revealed externally, as aforementioned. This is akin to the Basin of the Moon, which renews itself at all times, representing itself as the seventy Sanhedrin, which our sages expounded upon as aforementioned. For the seventy Sanhedrin represent the seventy faces of seventy years, which are received through the Tefillin by the aforementioned elders. Through the strap descending to the navel, one achieves the renewal of their vitality at all times, which is the essence of vitality for all seventy years. For if one does not renew their vitality at all times, they do not live seventy years. For the essence of vitality is the service of the Creator, as He is our life. And when one does not increase holiness and knowledge every day, their days are shortened. Who knows if all seventy years of their life will amount to another day. Therefore, the wicked, who do not fulfill the Torah completely, are called dead in their lives, for they are truly dead since they do not fulfill the Torah, which is truly the essence of life, as it is written, "He is your life." Even one who serves the Lord somewhat is not counted among their days of life except according to the extent of the work and good deeds they have done in their lives. Therefore, it is possible that all their vitality will only amount to one day, as aforementioned. But the essence of true life is in the aspect of David the King, peace be upon him, who merited to live a full seventy years. For he merited those aforementioned lives, which are the essence of those long lives as aforementioned, which continue through the Tefillin, etc., as aforementioned, which is the aspect of new life at all times. And this is why we say in the Kiddush Levana regarding the renewal of vitality, which is the essence of the renewal of the Moon, representing the assembly of Israel and the kingdom of David, as aforementioned. Then we say, "And to the moon, He said, 'You shall renew the crown of glory for those who are borne of the womb, who are destined to renew themselves like her.'" The crown of glory specifically refers to the Tefillin, which are called the crown of glory as is known, and as is mentioned regarding the blessing "Atar Yisrael" in the prayers, which alludes to the Tefillin. For they are the aspect of the crown of glory through which the essence of renewal of vitality is continued, as aforementioned, which is the aspect of the renewal of the Moon, as aforementioned. And this is the aspect of the sanctity of the firstborn, which is the beginning of the first section of the Tefillin, the aspect of "Sanctify to Me every firstborn," etc., as aforementioned, which needs to be redeemed from the priest in order to continue through it the aspect of the renewal of vitality and the minds, as aforementioned. And this is why the essence of redeeming the firstborn is from a new one, as it is written (Numbers 18), "And you shall redeem him from a month old," specifically from a new one. For the essence of redemption is for the renewal of vitality, which is the aspect of renewal, renewing new things, as aforementioned. ==Oth 21== Dawidh had no vitality at all, for he ought to have been a ''Nefel''/miscarriage/fallen-out. But Adam haRishon [''A"hR''] gave him seventy of his own years, as our rabbis z"l have said. For, the life of ''A"hR'' was drawn from the aspect of ''Arikh Anpin'' [''A"A'', the Supernal “Long Face”], which is the aspect of ''arikhath apayim''/forbearance [lit. lengthening of nose], the aspect of the aforementioned stories of ''shanim qadhmoniyoth'' [ancient years, ancient aspects] etc. And as transmitted in the [Arizal’s] writings, that the vitality of the first generations was from there, from the aspect of ''A"A;'' and therefore they would live very long lives. And all the stories that the Torah tells about the first generations, are all from the aspect of stories of ''shanim qadhmoniyoth'', which are the aspect of ''hadrath panim''/honorable face, as all the seventy faces of the Torah receive from it. And therefore the Torah began from these holy stories, before it explains the ''mitzwoth'' of the Torah. For, all the mitzwoth of the Torah, which consist of the aspect of the seventy faces of the Torah, need to receive from the aspect of ''hadrath panim'', the aspect of ''shufreih de’Adam''/Man’s beauty, the aspect of stories of ''shanim qadhmoniyoth'' and the essential holy vitality that is drawn from there. This renews his vitality at all times; each moment he begins living anew, which is the aspect the (Ps. 2), “''Ani hayom yelidhtikha''/ Today I have begotten you,” that is said of the Mashiach [Anointed to Kingship] Dawidh. Namely, Dawidh Mashiach merited that it was reversed to good, from one opposite to the other. For, just as initially he had no vitality at all and really ought to have been a Nefel, the thing was reversed and he merited to live seventy years from ''A"hR''’s years, and merited to live all the seventy years in the aspect of new life at all times, as if he had still never lived at all, but was just born today. And he, at all times was like a miscarriage that was born now, which has no life and has to receive, by Hashem’s graces, new life. And so on, at every time and moment. And thus he lived all his seventy years, which is the essence of life, as mentioned above. Until he merited through his devotion and effort in this aspect — trying and toiling all his days without sleeping his days away, but rather adding holiness and consciousness at all times — to renew his vitality at every hour. Until he merited thereby to live long, everlasting life for ever and ever, in the aspect of “''Dawidh Melekh Yisrael Chai Vekayam''/Dawidh, King of Yisrael, is alive and enduring,” as mentioned. And this is the aspect of tefillin, as mentioned. For ''teFiLYn'' are a term for (Ex. 33:16), “''VeniFLiYnu ani ve`amekha''/ and I and Your people are distinguished,” which was said when Hashem Yithbarakh revealed to him the Thirteen Attributes of Mercy, which are the aspect of the light of the tefillin, which is the aspect of the “''Ve'raitha eth-achorai''/ and you shall see My back” stated there, which is the tefillin knot (''Berakhoth'' 7), which is where the root of Dawidh-Mashiach’s soul is, as mentioned, as he ought to have been ''Nefel'' as mentioned, but now he merited the thing being reversed to good and living new life at all times, as if he was born today, which is the aspect of tefillin, the aspect of “''Venifliynu ani ve`amekha,” ''for the thing becomes reversed, as mentioned, and is made from the aspect of ''Nefel'' into the aspect of ''Venifliynu,'' which is the aspect of tefillin, which is the aspect of the aforementioned long life/longevity of Dawidh as mentioned. And therefore Mashiach is called ''“Bar Nifli''/ My Distinguished Son''” ''[''Sanh''. 96b on Amos 9:11] for Mashiach will attain that life, which is the aspect of the ''“Ani hayom yelidhtikha”'' that is said of Mashiach, and as mentioned above. ==Oth 22== And this is (Ps. 145:14), “''Somekh Hashem lekhol-hanofelim/ H''ashem is a support to all the fallen,” who are the aspect of those who have fallen from serving Hashem, and Hashem Yithbarakh supports them and awakens them from sleep through the Tzaddikim of the era, who are the aspect of Dawidh-Mashiach who attained the reversal from the aspect of ''Nefel'' to the aspect of long life, to always begin living anew, which this is the aspect of tefillin, the aspect of ''“Venifliynu”'' as mentioned. And thereby they enliven and establish all the fallen ones, that they should not be downcast and not despair of the deliverance of their souls, as mentioned. Until they merit to return to Hashem, and then the fall and descent becomes the ultimate ascent. For, the essence of the fall is specifically on account of this, in order that they should begin living anew, as explained elsewhere. That is, that his vitality and brains should begin again and be renewed, which this is the aspect of tefillin, the aspect of ''“Venifliynu”'' etc. as mentioned, hence the support of those who have fallen from the service of Hashem, that they should not despair. Rather, they should strengthen themselves anew each time, which this itself is the aspect of Dawidh-Mashiach, who attained the aspect of ''Nefel'' being reversed to the aspect of long life, that he should merit to begin to live anew each time, as mentioned. For, for them too the fall and descent becomes the ultimate ascent. As Rabbeinu z”l said elsewhere in ''LM ''(#261), that the fact that a man falls from his service, it is from Heaven — for becoming distant is the beginning of drawing close. Therefore he fell in order that he should become more alert, to draw close to Hashem Yithbarakh. And his advice is, “that he should begin anew, entering the service of Hashem as if he has still never begun, and this is a big rule in serving Hashem, that a person needs to really begin anew every day.” Hence specifically through the fall they begin to live anew, which is the aspect of tefillin, as mentioned. Which, this is the aspect of Dawidh’s longevity, which was reversed from ''Nefel'' to long life etc. as mentioned. For, all the support of the fallen is through the aforementioned great tzaddikim, who are the aspect of Dawidh-Mashiach, who lived new life at all times. Which, thereby they enliven all the fallen ones, to begin anew from now, and as explained above. And this is the aspect of the Redemption which shall be through Dawidh-Mashiach, who should come soon in our days, and then Kenesseth Yisrael will rise up from their fall, as our rabbis z”l expounded (''Berakhoth'' 5) on this verse — which this is the reason why there is no ''Nun'' in Tehillah leDawidh etc. Even so, Dawidh again supported it prophetically [lit. by ''Ruach haKoshesh''/ by the Spirit of the Holy], as it says, ''”Somekh Hashem lekhol-hannofelim,” ''etc. In the West (i.e. Israel) they resolve it [the verse Amos 5:2,'' Naflah velo-tosif kum, betulath Yisrael/'' She is fallen and shall lo longer rise, the virgin of Yisrael] thus: ''”Naflah lo-tosif [lipol `od]''/ It has fallen but shall no more '''[fall]''', ''Kum/ Rise''” etc.! [''Berakhoth'' 4b] For, the entire fall of Kenesseth Yisrael is their falling from their service, God forbid, which the Redemption depends on. For, the Redemption depends on nothing else but ''Teshuvah''/ Return/ Repentance, as our rabbis z"l said (''Yoma'' 80). And therefore the main support of the fall is by Dawidh specifically, who lives the aforementioned long life, as mentioned. Which, thereby he vitalizes, strengthens and supports all the fallen ones, that they should not despair, for Hashem is with them and close to them, in the aspect of, “''Al tismechi oyavti li ki nafalti kamti/ D''o not rejoice over me, my enemy; though I have fallen [specifically], I shall rise.'' Ki eshev bechoshekh Hashem owr li/ T''hough [or “when,” or “because”] I sit in darkness, Hashem is a light unto me” (Mic. 7:8). And then the fall and descent is the ultimate ascent, and is as mentioned. And this is the Kohen haGadol [High Priest] in the Beith haMiqdash praying on Yom haKippurim, “''Velo tapil ishah peri bitnah''/ And let no woman miscarry the fruit of her womb''...''” [''YK'' prayer] “''Velo ya`adei `avid shultan mideveith Yehudah''/ A''nd'' may there not depart a ruler from the house of Yehudah” [''Yoma'' 53b]. For, he attained the reversal from the aspect of ''Nefel'' to the aspect of long life specifically, as mentioned. And therefore the Kohen haGadol would pray on Yom haKippurim this prayer specifically. For, Yom haKippurim is the essence of teshuvah/return, and the essence of teshuvah is to rise up from one’s fall, which is the aspect of ''Nefel'', as mentioned. And to be strong to renew his days, in the aspect of (Lam. 5), “''Hashivenu... chadesh yameinu keqedem''/ Restore us... make our days new as before” etc. as mentioned, which is the aspect of Dawidh Mashiach’s kingship, as mentioned. Therefore after Yom haKippurim is Sukkoth, which is the aspect of, “''Aqim eth-sukath Dawidh hanofeleth''/ I will raise up the tabernacle of Dawidh that is fallen” (Amos 9:11), annulling the aspect of the fallen ones’ fall, God have mercy, and instead raising them up and vitalizing them, in the aspect of, ''“Somekh Hashem lekhol-hannofelim” ''etc. as mentioned. And therefore after Sukkoth is Shemini `Atzereth, which is the aspect of the Davidic kingship, as written (Sam. I 9:17), “''Zeh ya`tzor be`ami''/ This one shall have authority over My people,” as Rabbeinu z”l said elsewhere (''LM'' #48), which is when ''Nuqva'' is `''otzereth''/ seizing the droplet so that it does not fall, as written in the Qawanoth, namely, as mentioned above. ==Oth 23== And this is the aspect of Rosh Hashanah. For Rosh Hashanah is the aspect of tefillin which are the aspect of renewal that we attain every day through sleep, when the brains are renewed in Emunah etc., which this is the aspect of Rosh Hashanah, as brought in the words of Rabbeinu z”l in the torah ''“Ashrei Ha`am”'' (''LM'' #35), see there. For Rosh Hashanah is the aspect of the sanctity of Eretz Yisrael, as written, “Always the eyes of Hashem your God are on it from the year's heading unto the year's ending” [Deut. 11:12] , which this is the aspect if tefillin, which are the aspect of Eretz Yisrael's sanctity, the aspect of, “And it shall be, when He brings you” that is said in the tefillin's passages as mentioned. For the essence of Rosh Hashanah's sanctity is that we attain perfect Teshuvah/Return, for it is the first day of the Ten Days of Repentance. That is, that we attain renewing our days that passed in darkness, and from here onwards ad additional sanctity and devotion anew. Which this is the aspect of, “Renew upon us a good year,” that we request on Rosh Hashanah. “Renew” specifically, that we attain a ''new ''year specifically. For every year is a particular facet of the seventy facets of the Torah as mentioned. Therefore every year we need to attain entirely new faces. Living from now new life. Which this is the aspect of long life as mentioned. And this is the aspect of voluminous requesting and prayer on Rosh Hashanah for life many, many times in each prayer. As we say, “Remember us for life... Inscribe us for life... Who compassionately remembers his formations for life...” and many of the sort. For the essence of the aspect of life is the aspect of long life, mentioned, of the '''Blind Elder''', who attained the ultimate memory perfectly as mentioned, as from his is drawn the sanctity of Rosh Hashanah, which is the aspect of the sanctity of the tefillin, which are the aspect of, “and for remembrance between your eyes” as mentioned. And therefore Rosh Hashanah is called “Day of Remembrance.” For the essence of its sanctity is from the aforementioned aspect of that Elder's remembrance. And all our request on Rosh Hashanah for life, the whole intention is for true and everlasting life, that is, the aforementioned aspect of long life. That is, to renew our life at all times, the aspect of, “Renew upon us a good year” — “renew” specifically, as said. ==Oth 24== This is the kindness that the Lord has bestowed upon us by establishing Rosh Hashanah on the New Moon, which is a great kindness, as explained in the Torah, "Blow the horn at the New Moon." We have also heard more about this in the awe-inspiring event related to this matter concerning the Throne, etc., which has not yet been printed. For we need the Lord to renew the year for us in the aspect of the New Moon, which is the aspect of the renewal of vitality at all times, which is the aspect of the kingdom of David the Messiah, as aforementioned. We increase our requests on Rosh Hashanah for His kingdom to be revealed, which is a kingdom of holiness that we seek to be revealed on Rosh Hashanah, as we say several times on Rosh Hashanah, "And may You reign," etc. And we prepare a white candle for Jesse, the Messiah, and cause the horn of David, Your servant, to sprout quickly in our days. For the kingdom of the Messiah is the aspect of those long lives that we request on Rosh Hashanah. This is the aspect of sanctifying the New Moon, as aforementioned. Therefore, in His mercy, He established Rosh Hashanah for us on the New Moon, as aforementioned. This is what our Sages said regarding Rosh Hashanah, which is on the New Moon: "One memory rises here and there." Specifically, it is the memory, for the sanctity of Rosh Hashanah, which is in the aspect of the New Moon, meaning to renew the year in the aspect of new life, which is the aspect of the New Moon, the aspect of those long lives, as aforementioned. All of this is in the aspect of memory, as aforementioned. And it is also explained in the words of our Rabbi, peace be upon him, in "Balkuti Tanina" (Section 40), that he who knows from the Land of Israel should look there. It is explained there that Tefillin, the Land of Israel, and Rosh Hashanah are one aspect. Look there, as aforementioned. ==Oth 25== The essence of the Tefillin is the aspect of vitalizing intellects, meaning to begin anew with vitality each time, whether for the righteous, the intermediate, or the wicked. As long as the name of Israel is upon him, one must start anew every day, as aforementioned. This is the aspect of "And you who cleave to the Lord your God are alive, all of you, today," which is said concerning the holy Tefillin, as is known. "Alive, all of you, today" specifically means that one needs to renew vitality every day, as if he is beginning to live today, and this is "alive, all of you, today," specifically, as aforementioned. This is the aspect of the Tefillin of the head and the Tefillin of the hand. And it is stated in the Kavanot that the Tefillin of the head are the aspect of the three names: "Eh-yeh" "Asher" "Eh-yeh," which equal "Chayim" (life) in gematria, the aspect of intellects. And the Tefillin of the hand are the aspect of the intellects of the kingdom. Therefore, they are the three names: "Eh-yeh" "Adonai" "Havaya," which ascend in the arm tefillin, etc. Look there. And it is explained there that the light of the Tefillin emerges through sleep, as they sleep at night. For then, the intellects are renewed within faith, which is the aspect of the kingdom. And by rising at midnight, mourning the destruction of the Temple, and engaging in Torah study, they elevate the point of the kingdom until it rises with the light of day and sits on the left arm, for there is its place, etc. And then, the remnant of the intellects that remain in the heart are illuminated by the impression left by them. For the essence of the intellects of greatness is only during prayer. And after prayer, the intellects depart, leaving only their impression. This is the aspect of the light of the Tefillin, which is the impression left by the intellects that remain all day. The essence, however, is during prayer, etc. And afterward, at night, even the impression departs. Therefore, there are no Tefillin at night, and even the impression of the intellects of the kingdom departs at night. Only this impression of the kingdom does not entirely depart but remains in the heart, which is the aspect of "Set me as a seal upon your heart, as a seal upon your arm," etc. And afterward, in the morning, it illuminates the impression on the left arm, which is the aspect of the prayer of the hand. Then, when the person sees that he already has the Tefillin, the impression of the intellects of the kingdom, he becomes envious of it. This is the aspect of "Like She'ol, jealousy." Then he returns and takes for himself his own intellects, which is the impression that renewed at night. This is the aspect of the Tefillin of the head, etc. See there in length. It is found that the Tefillin of the head are the aspect of the emanation of the intellects of knowledge, which is the aspect of Z"A. And the Tefillin of the hand are the aspect of the emanation of the intellects of the kingdom, which is the aspect of faith, as aforementioned. And the essence of the Tefillin and the intellects and the vitality are drawn through the true righteous of the generation, who are the intellects and vitality of the whole world. For every righteous person of the generation is the aspect of Moshe Messiah, as it is written (Shabbat 111a), "Moshe is beautiful," and Moshe is intellect, the aspect of the Tefillin of the intellect, as our Rabbi, may his memory be for a blessing, said elsewhere (Likutei 1:38), "For the true righteous person is the aspect of a river going out of Eden to water the garden." And from there, it separates and becomes four heads, which are the aspect of the four compartments in the Tefillin, as is known, which are the intellects of the Tefillin that are drawn through the river going out of Eden, which is the true righteous person, as is known. And this is the Tefillin of the head and the Tefillin of the hand, which is the aspect of the righteous person, which is the aspect of Z"A, as is known, and the assembly of Israel, which is the aspect of the kingdom, and so forth. This is the intellects of the righteous person himself, which is the aspect of the Tefillin of the head, and the intellects of all Israel, which the righteous person illuminates and brings near to the Blessed One. This is the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand, which are primarily the aspect of faith, which is the essence and foundation upon which everything depends, as it is written (Habakkuk 2:4), "The righteous person will live by his faith." This means that the righteous person is compelled to remove his intellects, and even the impression departs during sleep, and nothing remains except the impression of the intellects of faith that remains in his heart, in the aspect of "Set me as a seal upon your heart," as aforementioned. And then, during sleep, the faith is contracted and diminished into a secret point and descends to all the lower worlds to purify sparks from there, as aforementioned. This means that the righteous person is compelled to immerse himself in the aspect of sleep and remove his intellects. Then, through his faith, he purifies many sparks from the depths of the husks, which are many souls that fell due to their sins and distanced themselves from the Blessed One, each one according to how far they distanced themselves in their sins, may the Merciful One save them. For the sake of these souls, the righteous person is compelled to lower himself to them and remove his intellect in order to instill complete faith in them, to bring them closer to the holy faith, to sustain them for the Blessed One. For from the essence of the intellect of the righteous person, it is impossible to accept. Therefore, he is compelled to remove his intellect and diminish himself into the secret of the point, to purify them and elevate them through the point of faith alone. And afterward, when he awakens from sleep with all the sparks and souls that he elevated and awakened to the Blessed One, they need to engage in Torah study, prayer, and the service of the Blessed One until they merit to ascend to their place in the secret of the prayer of the hand, which is the aspect of the assembly of Israel sitting on the left arm, as aforementioned. Then, all the impressions of all the intellects of all Israel that departed from them, and all that remains in the heart of the righteous person is the aspect of a seal upon your heart. He illuminates everything with that same point of his faith that rose with all the souls of the penitents that he elevated and returned to the Blessed One, meaning he illuminates them with knowledge and understanding to strengthen them in complete faith so that they may be strengthened in their service. And they shall not regard any hindrance or incitement from the Evil Inclination and other deterrents but shall pass over everything through the strengthening of their faith, which is greatly strengthened by the intellect that illuminates them in the secret of the Tefillin of the hand, as aforementioned. And through this, the dark hand sweetens, which is the aspect of all hindrances and incitements, etc., which are all drawn through the aspect of might and judgments, the aspect of the dark hand, as aforementioned. For through the strengthening of faith, they overcome everything, as aforementioned, until nothing can cause them to stumble. For he enlightens them with the knowledge of the holy faith, so they know that the Blessed One is present everywhere, and there is no hindrance in the world that they cannot overcome. There is no despair in the world because there is no descent in the world from which they cannot ascend, etc., as aforementioned. Through this, he strengthens and awakens them in faith until they overcome all hindrances and confusions in the world and draw near to the Blessed One, beginning anew each time. For he instills in them complete faith, which is the aspect of endurance to overcome all obstacles and deterrents in the world, as aforementioned. This is the aspect of Tefillin, as aforementioned. Then, when the righteous person sees that the aspect of the point of faith has succeeded and bore fruit, as they have already received intellect and true knowledge, which is the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand, meaning he sees that it has already risen in his hand, and his efforts have borne fruit because he has succeeded in enlightening their intellect and souls that were concealed and brought them closer to the Blessed One until they are strong in their faith to stand firm and overcome all hindrances in the world, etc., as aforementioned. Then, the righteous person himself becomes envious of his disciples when he sees that they have received intellect and true knowledge from him. He envies them in the sense of "I envy you" more than all of them, for through the disciples whom he has enlightened with the intellect and knowledge of the holy faith, which is the aspect of the assembly of Israel, the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand, as aforementioned, he envies them. And he recalls within himself where his intellects are. Then he retrieves the impression of his intellects that departed from him during sleep. Then he accepts this impression, which is renewed in a wonderful way, which is the aspect of the Tefillin of the head, as aforementioned. And this is explained in the words of our Rabbi, may his memory be for a blessing, elsewhere that initially, the righteous person lowers himself in order to draw souls closer. And afterward, he returns to his exalted state with additional enlightenment, etc., as aforementioned. That is as aforementioned. And from these two aspects, which are the intellects of the righteous person himself and the intellects of the faith that he instills in the assembly of Israel, which are the souls that he brings close to the Blessed One, from there, the aspects of the Tefillin of the head and the Tefillin of the hand are drawn for each and every one, for each aspect includes all the others, as is known. And this is the aspect of "For the Leader, by David; to remember," to remember oneself, as Rashi explained there, a parable to a king who was angry with his flock, etc., after some time he returned the flock, etc., as aforementioned. Initially, the righteous person mentions Israel, urging them to return to the Blessed One. Then, when he sees that his prayer and efforts have been effective and he has brought Israel back to the Blessed One, then he mentions himself, as aforementioned. This is the aspect of the Tefillin of the head, which are the aspect of remembrance, as aforementioned. ==Oth 26== And therefore, the intellects of the Tefillin of the head are the aspect of "Ehyeh Asher Ehyeh," which are living intellects, as aforementioned. For "Ehyeh" is the aspect of conception, as explained in the intentions, for it is explained in the words of our Rabbi, may his memory be for a blessing, in Torah that it is written to Joshua (in Siman 6) that "Ehyeh" is the aspect of repentance, the aspect of "Ani Zumin Lemihavei," for before repentance, one has no existence at all. Only when one begins to repent is he in the aspect of "Ehyeh," the aspect of "Ani Zumin Lemihavei," for then he begins to arrange and prepare himself to have existence in the world. See there. And it is stated there that one needs to repent for repentance, etc. See there. And even the righteous person who has already fully repented still needs to repent at all times for the initial attainment. For at all times, he comes to a new attainment. And then he repents, which is the aspect of "Ehyeh," for yesterday's attainment, which manifested the exaltation of His divinity, etc., which is the aspect of Sabbath, the aspect of the World to Come, which is entirely Sabbath, entirely repentance, etc. See there. Thus, the true righteous person is always in the aspect of "Ehyeh," for every time he comes to new intellects and begins to grasp the Blessed One with new attainment and new intellects. This is the aspect of the aforementioned long life, the aspect of new life that he begins to live each time. For all this is the aspect of "Ehyeh," for every day he is in the aspect of "Ehyeh," the aspect of conception, "Ani Zumin Lemihavei," as if he has not yet begun to live at all, and he has no existence in the world at all. Only now does he begin to live and prepare himself to have existence in the world. This is the aspect of "Ehyeh," as aforementioned. And therefore, the Tefillin, which are the aspect of the aforementioned long life of the righteous person, who begins to live anew each time with new intellects, as aforementioned, are in the aspect of "Ehyeh Asher Ehyeh," which are living intellects. That is, every day he is in the aspect of "Ehyeh," the aspect of conception, "Ani Zumin Lemihavei." He begins to live anew with new intellects and new life, as if he had not yet had any existence or life at all, as aforementioned. And afterward, by this, new complete intellects adhere to him, which are the aspect of existence, as explained in the intentions. See there. And immediately, when he merits to receive these new intellects, which are the aspect of existence, immediately he returns and removes those intellects, and only their impression remains. Then he returns and begins to cleave to the Blessed One and yearn for Him, that he may merit even greater and more new intellects, which is the aspect of "Ekiyah B". The aspect of "Ani Zumin Lemihavei," etc. as aforementioned. And this is "Ekiyah HaVayah Ekiyah," for he always remains in the aspect of "Ekiyah," the aspect of "Ani Zumin Lemihavei," for as soon as he receives the intellects, which are the aspect of existence, immediately he returns and begins to yearn for the Blessed One in the aspect of "Ekiyah Ani Zumin Lemihavei," as if he had not yet had any existence or life at all. And so forever, as aforementioned. And therefore, these three names, "Ekiyah HaVayah Ekiyah," are living intellects, for this is the essence of life, the aspect of the aforementioned long life, that is, he begins to live anew each time, as aforementioned at length. However, the intellects of the congregation of Israel, which are the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand, are in the aspect of "Ekiyah HaVayah Adonai," for they also need to begin anew each day in the aspect of "Ekiyah Ani Zumin Lemihavei," as aforementioned. And afterward, they receive their intellects, which are the aspect of existence, as aforementioned. But afterward, when their intellects depart, they remain in the aspect of "Adonai," which is the aspect of the kingdom of faith, for they believe in the Blessed One, who is the Master of all. For this aspect of "Adonai," which is the aspect of faith, needs to remain forever, for this point never departs. For it is necessary that the impression of the intellects of faith remain so that they can strengthen themselves in their service, as aforementioned. For the essence of the renewal of the intellects of the multitude is so that they remain in strong faith, for this is the essence of their vitality, for it is the foundation of everything. And therefore, their impression remains in the aspect of "Adonai," which is the aspect of faith in believing in the Master of all. And by this, their intellects are renewed, and they merit to overcome all obstacles, as aforementioned. But the intellects of the aspect of the Tefillin of the head, which are the intellects of the righteous person, remain in the aspect of "Ekiyah." He truly merits the aforementioned long life, beginning anew each time to live as aforementioned. And this is the aspect of "Ekiyah Asher Ekiyah." This is the aspect of repentance upon repentance as aforementioned, that each time he begins anew to live in the aspect of "Ekiyah" as aforementioned. And this is "Ekiyah Asher Ekiyah," "Ani Zumin Lemihavei," etc., as he begins to live and receive new intellects, the aspect of the Tefillin as aforementioned. And this is the "Ash" of the letters "Rosh," which are the intellects in the aspect of existence as aforementioned. And afterward, he returns to the aspect of "Ekiyah," for he begins to yearn to receive even greater new life and intellects. And this is the aspect of "Ehiyeh B" as aforementioned. It turns out that "Ehiyeh Asher Ehiyeh" is the aspect of "Ehiyeh HaVayah Ehiyeh," the aspect of the Tefillin, for this name, "Ehiyeh Asher Ehiyeh," which the Blessed One revealed to Moses at the time of the Exodus from Egypt, is the aspect of the Tefillin as aforementioned. And so too, each person individually must continue upon himself these two aspects of intellects as aforementioned, which are the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand and the Tefillin of the head. For when the intellects depart from him, then through the impression of faith that remains in his heart, by this, he returns and continues to strengthen his mind and intellects for himself, to strengthen in excessive faith, to return and begin the service of the Blessed One, which is the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand, which is the aspect of faith and sovereignty as aforementioned. For the names ascend YaBaQ, which is the aspect of BaQi, the aspect of transition, YaBaQ as aforementioned, which overcome all obstacles as aforementioned. And afterward, when he merits the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand, that is, to strengthen in faith and not to allow himself to fall, God forbid, afterward, he becomes jealous of himself and continues for himself even greater intellects to strengthen to ascend from level to level, to live each time a new life, which is the aspect of the prayer of the head, whose names are "Ehiyeh HaVayah Ehiyeh," the aspect of life, and so forth. Understand well. ==Oth 27== This is the aspect of the Tefillin according to Rashi and the Tefillin according to Rabbeinu Tam, and it is explained in the intentions that the Tefillin according to Rabbeinu Tam are the greatest intellects, and the aspect of Gevurot, the powers, emerges before Chesed, kindness, which is the aspect of the combination of the Tefillin according to Rabbeinu Tam, which is the aspect of YKVK, the aspect of holiness. "And it shall come to pass if you will diligently obey" etc., and the Tefillin according to Rashi are the aspect of existence, in the order of the aspect of Chesed, kindness, emerging before Gevurot, powers, etc. See there. For initially, it arose in thought to create the world with the attribute of judgment alone. He saw that the world could not endure, and He preceded the attribute of mercy and joined it with the attribute of judgment. As it says (Genesis 2:4), "These are the generations of the heavens and the earth when they were created, on the day that the Lord God made earth and heaven." And it is known that the essence of the evil inclination and the sitra achra, the other side, derives from the attribute of Gevurot and judgments that emerge from the beginning of the contraction of the empty space. And the breaking of the evil inclination derives from the attribute of mercy, which is joined with the attribute of judgment, for through this, there is the power to break the evil inclination and transform it into holiness, which is the aspect of what the righteous ones do, transforming the attribute of judgment into the attribute of mercy. Therefore, initially, it arose in thought to create the world with the attribute of judgment alone because He desired that man should prevail in his service to the extent that he would have the strength to break the evil inclination within himself that comes from the attribute of judgment without assistance from above. But the Blessed One saw that it was impossible for the world to endure in this state. Therefore, He preceded the attribute of mercy to the attribute of judgment, from which it follows that the Blessed One, in His mercy, has compassion on the world at all times and sends them thoughts of repentance and assists them in breaking the evil inclination, which is from the attribute of judgment, as the sages said (Kiddushin 30b), "Every day, the evil inclination of a person overpowers him, and were it not for the Holy One, blessed be He, assisting him, he would fall into its hands." Every day, the evil inclination of a person overpowers him. This derives from the initial thought that arose to create with the attribute of judgment, for this judgment awakens every day and seeks, God forbid, to govern the world in this manner. From there, the evil inclination awakens and gains strength, which derives from there every day. But were it not for the assistance of the Holy One, blessed be He, and so on. For Hashem Yitbarakh immediately takes pity and gives priority to the attribute of Mercy over the attribute of Judgement, to break the Yetzer haRa which is from that aspect of the attribute of Judgement as mentioned. For the help and assistance is drawn from the aspect of: See that the world will not endure and stand (without Mercy) so he gave priority to the attribute Mercy over the attribute of Judgment, as mentioned. But there are such great righteous individuals who do not need assistance from above,and the Holy One, blessed be He, initially treats them with the attribute of judgment. They withstand all trials and endure all sorts of suffering and afflictions stemming from the attribute of judgment. They remain steadfast until they merit what they merit, as written in Genesis, "And the Almighty God, who walked before me" (Genesis 48). Indeed, it is the attribute of judgment that operates independently, without assistance from above, as explained by Rashi in the portion of Noah. This is the nature of all the sufferings that the righteous endure, as stated in Psalms 11, "The Lord examines the righteous; but his soul hates the wicked and the one who loves violence." For they sweeten the judgment at its root from the beginning of the aforementioned thought, for they believe and know that the sufferings and judgments themselves are great goods. And through this, they truly merit to ascend and to be included at the beginning of the thought. This is the nature of Rabbi Akiva, who mocked himself with iron combs and Moses our teacher, peace be upon him, asked him, "This is Torah and this is its reward," and the blessed God kept silent, so it arose in thought. For the sufferings of such righteous individuals are like Rabbi Akiva, and his companions, they stem from the beginning of the thought that the Holy One, blessed be He, desired to create the world with the attribute of judgment so that they would merit standing the trial without assistance from above, as mentioned above. So that all may merit to be included at the beginning of the thought. But when He saw that the world could not endure, He preemptively brought forth the attribute of mercy and so forth. And then everyone has the strength to break the evil inclination with the assistance from above, which is the attribute of mercy as mentioned. But great righteous individuals like Rabbi Akiva and his companions, as mentioned, serve the blessed God as it arose at the beginning of thought. That is, in the attribute of judgment alone, meaning that they endure all kinds of suffering and withstand all trials and accusations, all stemming from the attribute of judgment. They rectify everything themselves, as mentioned, and through this, they truly merit to ascend and be included at the beginning of thought, which is the nature of silence as it arose in thought, as mentioned. ==Oth 28== For the essence of judgment extends from the beginning of the contraction of the empty space, as is known and explained by our Rabbi in Torah, "He came to Pharaoh" (Siman 64), that the empty space represents the severity that cannot be appeased, and so forth. See there all this well. But the great righteous individual, like Moses, can even penetrate those severities that are representative of the empty space, and so forth. See there. This is the nature of the aforementioned, that the righteous individual ascends at the beginning of thought, which is the beginning of the contraction of the empty space, from which the root of judgment emanates. And he merits to stand there in trial and to endure all sufferings and judgments, and through this, he achieves the secret of the empty space, to know that even there the blessed God remains concealed in a wondrous and awesome manner that cannot be comprehended, and so forth, as written there. See there in Torah, "He came to Pharaoh" the aforementioned. And this is the nature of the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, which represent a higher level of intellect, where the powers precede the kindnesses that emanate from the righteous heroes mentioned above. For the blessed God treats them as it arose at the beginning of thought. Therefore, they truly merit to be included at the beginning of thought and to sweeten everything at its root, and so forth. And this is the nature that the powers precede the kindnesses, for they can receive the powers themselves before the kindnesses. This is the nature of the leadership that arose in thought initially, as mentioned. For they merit even through the attribute of judgment itself because they endured great sufferings and were tested, until they also merit according to the attribute of judgment itself, and so forth. But the tefillin of Rashi, the kindnesses precede the powers. This is the nature of preempting the attribute of mercy and combining it with the attribute of judgment, which is the essence of the governance of the whole world, as mentioned above. Therefore, the essence of the tefillin is that of Rashi, as most of the world observes them, for the essence of the governance of the world and its existence is solely through this aspect, as mentioned above.Only those who wish to sanctify themselves with additional holiness need to also wear the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam in order to receive illumination from the lofty righteous individuals mentioned above, who have ascended to the beginning of thought and sweetened all judgments at their root, as mentioned. For from them we can receive extra sanctity. Therefore, anyone who wishes to draw closer to the blessed God and to bring upon themselves additional holiness should wear the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, as our Rabbi warned his people to wear the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam. For any distance from the blessed God stems from the evil inclination whose root is from the attribute of judgment emanating from the aforementioned empty space. Therefore, the main addition of holiness comes upon a person through the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, which stem from the righteous individuals mentioned above who ascend to the root judgment of the empty space and sweeten everything at their root. Through this, strength is drawn upon all those distant to break and nullify the evil inclination stemming from there, as mentioned. ==Oth 29== Therefore, now, in the footsteps of the Messiah at the end of the exile, one must be very cautious to wear the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, as all true righteous individuals warned in our times. For now, the Yetzer Hara (evil inclination) has greatly intensified due to seeing that the end is near. Therefore, it becomes much stronger. It is like two people fighting each other, and when one sees that the other is gaining the upper hand and is almost falling, then he exerts all his strength to bring down his opponent. As the sage said, "There is no hero like the one who despairs," for the exile is a state of pregnancy, and when we leave the exile, it is akin to birth, like the redemption from Egypt, which is called birth, as it is written (Ezekiel 16), "And your birth was on the day you were born," and so forth. Similarly, in the final redemption, it is written (Isaiah 66), "For Zion has travailed and also given birth to her sons." And as it is written there, "Shall I bring to the birth, and not cause to bring forth?" Therefore, at the end of the exile, the exile becomes stronger. As it was in Egypt, as it is written (Exodus 5), "Since I came to Pharaoh to speak in your name, he has done evil to this people," and as it is written there, "Let heavier work be laid upon the men." This is the aspect of the labor pains of birth, as it is written (Exodus 13), "And it came to pass, when Pharaoh had let the people go," and similarly, all the sufferings and troubles that we endure now at the end of this final exile are like birth pangs, as when a woman is about to give birth, she cries out in her pangs, and so forth. And the main intensification of the exile that is now increasing, God forbid, is that the Yetzer Hara is intensifying greatly against the souls of Israel to distance them from the blessed God. This is the essence of the exile and the troubles of the soul. For besides this, everything is vanity, as explained elsewhere. And the main distress is that the Yetzer Hara is intensifying to introduce heresy and atheism into the world, God forbid, as our Rabbi warned that atheism is spreading greatly in the world. And as we see with our own eyes. That there has never been such atheism in Israel from the days of old as there is now, due to our many sins, which have increased and spread among the people, teaching the youth of Israel their wisdom and their tongues, and so forth. And we have already spoken about this elsewhere. And all the intensification of the Yetzer Hara (evil inclination) that is now increasing is the aspect of the birth pangs of the Messiah, as mentioned above. And all its power is drawn from the root of the judgment of the aspect of the empty space, as mentioned above. Therefore, now there is no strength to stand against it except with the strength of those true great righteous individuals mentioned above. They can enter there into the aspect of the empty space and sweeten the judgment there at its root. For by this, all the power of the evil inclination of all the inhabitants of the world that is drawn from there is nullified. Therefore, everyone must be careful to wear the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, which are drawn from the intellect of those great righteous individuals mentioned above. In order to receive strength from them to break the evil inclination, which is now intensifying greatly, drawn from there, as mentioned above. ==Oth 30== For the main aspect of the birthing contractions is drawn from the aspect of Amalek, as is understood from the words of our Rabbi (Ramban) on the verse "And Samuel hewed Agag in pieces," and so on. See there what is written about Rashi's commentary, "hewed in pieces for the Lord," and so forth. Through this, the compassion of the one causing the birth pangs opens, as it is the aspect of denial and atheism that stems from the empty space. Therefore, it is called the beginning, as it is written (Numbers 24), "Amalek was the first among the nations," for the empty space sanctified them forever. For without this, there would be no place for the creation of the world, as explained in detail in the Torah on the verse "In the Torah, He came to Pharaoh." See there well. And from there, the husk preceding the fruit is drawn from the aspect of the empty space, and therefore Amalek is called the beginning because its power is drawn from the empty space, which is the beginning and precedes the world, as from there comes the husk preceding the fruit, as mentioned above. And this is the aspect of the primogeniture of Esau, which is Amalek, as mentioned above. For it is drawn from the aspects of the husks that stem from the empty space preceding the world. Therefore, Jacob endeavored to take the primogeniture from him, for truly the Lord preceded all, for He fills all worlds and surrounds all worlds, and He Himself created the empty space so that there would be a place for the creation of the world, as mentioned above. Therefore, Israel, through their faith in the Lord, who preceded all, transgress all the wisdom, denial, and atheism that come from the empty space, for they believe that even in the empty space itself, the Lord is concealed, for He preceded all, as explained in the Torah mentioned above. Therefore, they are called Hebrews, as through their faith in the God of the Hebrews, they transgress all the wisdom that comes from the empty space. Therefore, truly, Israel are firstborn, as it is written (Exodus 4), "Israel is My son, My firstborn." For they transgress through their faith in the empty space and believe in the Lord Himself, who is first and precedes all, as mentioned. Therefore, Jacob took the birthright from Esau because initially it was inevitable that the birthright would belong to Esau, for the husk precedes the fruit. For his birthright is drawn from the empty space preceding the world. However, Jacob, through his faith, merited to transcend the empty space and to believe and include himself in the Lord, who precedes all. Therefore, afterward, he annulled Esau's birthright, which is the aspect of "Amalek was the first among the nations," and he merited to take the birthright for himself until his descendants would all be called firstborn, as it is written, "The sons of Israel, My firstborn." And this is the aspect of the Plague of the Firstborn specifically at the time of the Exodus from Egypt, and then the firstborn of Israel were sanctified, for this is the essence of the Exodus from Egypt. For all the exiles encompassed in the exile of Egypt are drawn by the defilement of Amalek, which is the essence of the defilement of the serpent, who is "Amalek was the first among the nations." From him, all the four kingdoms, which are all the exiles, receive, as our Rabbi (Ramban) said in the Torah, from the "straight path" (in section 30). And also, the ruler of Egypt is Edom, which is Esau, as is explained. And all the main difficulties and hardships in the heart of Pharaoh, who did not want to let Israel go out, are drawn from atheism and denial that clung to him, drawn from the empty space, which is the aspect of Amalek. As our Rabbi (Ramban) wrote there about the verse "Come to Pharaoh, for I have hardened his heart." For Pharaoh is the aspect of the empty space, from which the hardness of his heart is drawn, which is the aspect of "And it came to pass, when Pharaoh hardened himself." The aspect of the birthing contractions as mentioned. Therefore, "The Lord struck every firstborn in the land of Egypt" in order to subdue the firstborn of the Other Side drawn from Esau's birthright in the aspect of "Amalek was the first among the nations." From the aspect of denial drawn from the empty space preceding the world. In order to subdue all this and to strengthen the firstborn of Israel, who receive from the birthright of Jacob, who, through his faith, merited to transcend the empty space, to overcome all the difficulties and inquiries drawn from there, and to cleave to the Lord, who is first and precedes all, from whom the birthright of holiness emanates, and so forth. Through this, Israel left Egypt, which is the aspect of birth, and then the firstborns were sanctified to give them to the priest, who receives his holiness from the aspect of the Elder of Holiness, the aspect of Aaron the Elder, and so forth, as mentioned, which is the aspect of "you shall pass over every firstborn to the Lord." And "passing over" specifically, for through the sanctity of the firstborn, we gain the strength to overcome the aspect of the firstborn of the Other Side, which is the aspect of the empty space, as mentioned. For through the sanctity of the firstborn to the priest, we continue the complete faith, through which we transcend all wisdom, and so forth, as mentioned. Therefore, the essence of the tefillin is from the Exodus from Egypt, the sanctity of the firstborns, and faith. For all is one, for through faith, we transcend all wisdom drawn from the empty space, which is the aspect of the Exodus from Egypt, the aspect of the sanctity of the firstborns, as mentioned. From there, the essence of the tefillin, which is the renewal of the intellects and vitality, for the essence of the renewal of the intellects and vitality is received through faith, which is the essence of life, as written in "In the light of the king's countenance is life," as brought in the words of our Rabbi, and so forth. For through faith in the renewal of the world, that the Lord created everything according to His will, there is something from absolute nothingness, after the complete absence. And just as He, blessed be He, created the world from absolute nothingness, He also renews it now with His goodness every day, constantly, the work of Creation. And the essence of the renewal of the work of Creation every day is through wisdom, as written in "All of them, with wisdom, You made," which are the renewed intellects drawn every day to recognize His wonders every day, renewed with knowledge and new recognition, through which the work of Creation is renewed every day with His goodness, and so forth. There is no good except Torah; there is no good except the righteous one. That is, the true righteous one merits the acquisition of Torah and knowledge, renewed every day, through which the work of Creation is renewed, and from there is the essence of the tefillin, as mentioned. ==Oth 31== Indeed, everything is one, for the birth of a Jewish soul, and the nullification of the constriction of birth itself, is truly the aspect of the Exodus from Egypt, which is the aspect of birth, as mentioned. After the Lord nullified the constriction of birth through the killing of the Egyptian firstborns, which is the aspect of "And it came to pass when Pharaoh stubbornly refused to let us go, that the Lord killed all the firstborn in the land of Egypt," as mentioned, for at the time of the Exodus from Egypt, which is the aspect of birth, the holy faith was revealed, the aspect of faith in the renewal of the world, which is the essence that was revealed then. Through all the very great signs and wonders that the Lord performed with us then. Therefore, Pharaoh, the king of Egypt, and his ministers, who were nurtured by Edom and Amalek, which are the denials of the empty space, wanted to delay Israel in exile, which is the aspect of the constriction of birth, the aspect of "And it came to pass when Pharaoh stubbornly refused to let us go," as mentioned. And their main opposition was due to the magnitude of the revelation of faith that Moses revealed then, that it is the faith in the renewal of the world, as mentioned. Therefore, the Lord struck all their firstborns who were drawn from the aspect of the firstborn of the Other Side, which are the denials drawn from the empty space, as mentioned. And similarly, at the time of actual birth, when we need to give birth to a Jewish soul. And every Jewish soul is a new revelation and a new knowledge to recognize He who said and the world came into being. For it is a principle that the Holy One, blessed be He, does not do the same thing twice. As our Rabbi, may his memory be blessed, said, even the reincarnated souls, the same soul does not come in the same way as before. For the Holy One, blessed be He, does not do the same thing twice, and the same soul is not reincarnated in the same way as before. Rather, this soul with this spirit, or this soul with this spirit, and so forth. And similarly, it is found that it is another matter and completely new, as explained in the words of our Rabbi. It is found that each time a Jewish soul is born, a new intellect is born. For the essence of life and the soul is the intellect, which is the soul and the vitality, the aspect of the Divine soul, may you understand them, as mentioned, as our Rabbi said. So, when a new soul is born and a new intellect emerges in the world, which is the aspect of a new mind and new recognition, it is in order to recognize the Blessed One with new knowledge and recognition. For in every generation, the divinity is revealed with new knowledge and new recognition, according to the clarifications of the souls that are clarified in every generation. For this reason, the Blessed One, so to speak, toils in every generation to sustain and guide His world from generation to generation, in order to clarify the souls from the impurity of the serpent, so that they may recognize Him in every generation with additional knowledge and new recognition, according to the additional clarification that is revealed in every generation, as mentioned. This is the aspect of "This is My name forever, and this is My remembrance for all generations," the aspect of from generation to generation we will declare Your greatness, and so forth. Therefore, at any time a new soul is born, which is the aspect of a new mind and new knowledge to recognize Him, blessed be He, to reveal His faith more in the world, in the aspect of "From generation to generation, Your works will be praised," as mentioned. Then, the impurity of Amalek, which is the impurity of the serpent, opposes this and wants, God forbid, to delay the birth, which causes, God forbid, the constriction of birth. For the main constriction of birth is through the impurity of the serpent, which is the sin of Adam, the First Man, when it was decreed, "In sorrow shall you bear children," and so forth. And this is what our Rabbi, may his memory be blessed, said that the Psalm for Thanksgiving is capable of making it difficult for a woman in labor to recite it because the Psalm for Thanksgiving speaks of faith, as it is written, "Know that the Lord is God," and so forth. And he concludes, "And from generation to generation His faith," for the essence of faith is renewed and strengthened from generation to generation through the renewal of souls, which are new intellectual entities in recognizing His divinity, blessed be He. Therefore, through this, the constriction of birth is nullified. For the main nullification of the constriction of birth is through faith. Therefore, the main thing is prayer, as all of Israel customarily increase in prayer for a woman in labor. For prayer is the aspect of faith. Through this, the constriction of birth that comes from Amalek, which is the aspect of denial that seeks, God forbid, to prevent the birth of a new soul, is nullified, through which more faith in the renewal of the world is revealed, and so forth, as mentioned. And this is the aspect of the sanctity of the firstborns. For the essence is the first birth, then the main innovations that are opposed then. Therefore, we need to sanctify the firstborn and give them to the priest, as mentioned. Through this, we subdue the firstborn of the Other Side, which is the aspect of Amalek, as mentioned. And this is the aspect of "War for the Lord against Amalek from generation to generation." "From generation to generation" specifically means that it strengthens in every generation. For it is an old and foolish king who does not desire the renewal of intellect and vitality that comes through the renewal of souls, which renew from generation to generation. For he denies the renewal of the world, from which all the renewal of intellects emanates, which is His constant renewal of the work of creation every day, as mentioned. Therefore, the passages of the tefillin begin with "Sanctify to Me every firstborn," for birth is the aspect of the renewal of intellect and vitality, as mentioned. This is the aspect of tefillin, to renew one's intellect and vitality every day, to begin the service of the Lord anew each day, as mentioned. ==Oth 32== Therefore, now, at the end of the exile, the Baal Davar (the negative force) becomes exceedingly strong. It is the aspect of the impurity of the serpent, the aspect of the shell of Amalek, which is the aspect of the birth pangs of Mashiach, which are literally the birth pangs, as mentioned, the aspect of the concealment of birth, as mentioned. For now, the birth pangs and the concealment of birth are much heavier than the concealment of birth during the exodus from Egypt because now the final redemption will come, which is a complete redemption, after which there will be no more exile. Then, the impurity of the serpent will be completely abolished, and all of Israel will truly return to the Lord forever, until we merit the resurrection of the dead, when the renewal of the world will occur. Then, the verse "He will swallow up death forever" will be fulfilled, and then we will live eternal, everlasting lives, which are the aspect of tefillin, the aspect of the Tree of Life, as mentioned. And because one sees that the end is near, he becomes exceedingly, exceedingly stronger, as mentioned. The essence of his strengthening is that he wants to cause Israel, God forbid, to fall into old age and loss of strength, God forbid, as if we had already, God forbid, aged during this exile for so many and so many hundreds of years until, God forbid, there is no hope, God forbid. And likewise, he causes each one individually to fall into the aspect of old age, as mentioned, as if we had already, God forbid, aged, God forbid, in his actions to the extent that it is impossible for him to return, for the essence of redemption depends on this, as written in the Holy Zohar, "There is nothing that depends except on repentance," and so forth. And concerning this, we pray, "Do not cast us off to old age; when our strength fails, do not forsake us," as brought in the Sefarim, that we pray not to fall into the hands of the elder serpent, God forbid. For the Baal Davar, the negative force, is called the elder and the fool, as mentioned, for he denies the renewal of the world, from which, due to this denial, comes the aspect of elderliness of the other side, the aspect of the elder and the fool, as mentioned. As if, God forbid, this physical world were old and decrepit already, may the Merciful One save us from this harmful mindset that uproots the Master completely from both worlds until they are utterly lost, may the Merciful One save us. For Amalek is the impurity of the serpent, which said to Eve, "Eat from the tree and create the world," as Rashi explains there (Genesis 3), that this is the denial of the renewal of the world. Therefore, through this, death, which is the opposite of life, is decreed, the aspect of long life mentioned above, as mentioned. Therefore, those elders who do not possess completeness and do not increase holiness and knowledge every day give strength, God forbid, to these denials, which are the aspect of the forehead of the serpent, as explained in the Torah and on Yom Kippur and the Ravens. See there in Likutei Tanina (Siman Dalet). For they are one aspect. Since they do not increase holiness and give hold to the elderliness of the other side, God forbid, through this, God forbid, these denials, which are the aspect of the forehead of the serpent, become exceedingly strong, as they deny the renewal of the world, which is the aspect of the elderliness of the other side, as mentioned. And all these denials, from there stems the main power of the evil inclination, which now becomes exceedingly strong at the end of the exile, and so forth. All of this stems from the aspect of the empty space, from which all the difficulties of the researchers and philosophers are drawn, which cannot be resolved, from which all their heresy and denials stem. And from there stems all the evil inclinations of all human beings, for the root of all evil inclinations is the aspect of the Other God, denials, as explained in the words of my master, may his memory be blessed. That is, the denials of the empty space, from which the main hold of all the evil inclinations in the world comes, which now become exceedingly strong. Therefore, we need to be careful to put on the Tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, which are the intellects drawn from the righteous, who are able to enter there, into the cavity of the contraction of the empty space, and sweeten the judgment there, and reveal His Divinity, to inform people of His might, that even the empty space and all the difficulties and denials themselves are drawn from Him blessed be He Himself, for He animates them all, as is known. For it is impossible to know Him blessed be He, except through the absence of knowledge preceding the knowledge, which is these difficulties, which are the aspect of the empty space, the aspect of the departure of knowledge, which is the aspect of His light, blessed be He, that departed from there from the aspect of the empty space so that there would be a place for the creation of the world, so that He could reveal His Divinity in the world.As is well explained in the Torah, he came to that Pharaoh. See there well. Therefore, it is necessary to prioritize faith in the world, which is the essence, as through this, the previous klipah, which is the aspect of the empty space preceding the world, is broken. For through faith, one transcends everything, as mentioned. This is also the aspect of the crossing of the Tefillin. For through the Tefillin, which are the renewal of the intellects obtained through faith, one transcends everything, as mentioned. And when one is strong in his faith for many days and years, serving God with faith alone, afterward, he merits to know and comprehend Him blessed be He with a wonderful knowledge that comes through faith, in the aspect of "by steps, but not by leaps," which is the aspect of walking gracefully in the presence of the Lord, which David the king, peace be upon him, sought all his days, as it is written (Psalms 27), "One thing I ask from the Lord, this only do I seek." Therefore, our main hope now is to emerge from this bitter exile and to annul the birth pangs of redemption, which are now becoming exceedingly strong in the entirety of Israel and individually for each person who desires to enter the holy path. Our main hope is through the power of those righteous individuals, who are the intellects of the Tefillin of our Rabbi Tam. For they are the greatest intellects, as mentioned. Therefore, we now need to be extremely careful to put on the Tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, as mentioned, in order to hasten the redemption both collectively and individually, in our days, so that everyone may merit the redemption of their soul to be brought out from the bitter exile of this fleeting world, where each is ensnared according to their condition, needing to endure literal birth pangs and endure actual denial of redemption, especially at the outset. And to cry out many cries and lamentations and sighs of "Father and Mother," and so forth, and many folds and inclinations, and so forth, before we merit to give birth to the holiness of our soul for its redemption from its exile, which is the aspect of birth, as mentioned. And as is explained well in the beginning of the Torah and on Yom Kippur and the Ravens mentioned above. And through this, we will merit the complete redemption collectively and establish it speedily in our days, as it is written (Isaiah 54), "Sing, barren woman, you who never bore a child, and so forth," and it is written (there, verse 1), "Am I to break and not to bring forth, and so forth," for Zion has conceived and borne her sons speedily in our days, amen. ==Oth 33== And this is why it is appended and comes to Zion in distress with "A Song of Ascents": "May the Lord answer you in the day of trouble." For it is explained in the intentions that "A Song of Ascents" is said in order to give birth to the intellects and to draw down influence to sustain this world. Therefore, "A Song of Ascents" contains seventy words corresponding to the seventy pangs, as the woman in labor needs to cry out at least before giving birth, and so forth, as mentioned. For redemption is the aspect of birth that comes after the birth pangs, which are the pangs of the Messiah, as mentioned. Therefore, the birth pangs are seventy cries. For the essence of birth is the birth of the intellects to merit renewal in His service anew and to awaken from the slumber, which is the aspect of gestation, as is known. Therefore, they are seventy cries corresponding to the seventy facets of the Torah, which are the aspects of the general intellects that need to give birth and to draw down in order to awaken from their slumber and their fall, and to hold onto all seventy facets of the Torah that were lost and to return and begin living anew. For this is the essence of redemption, both individually and collectively, as mentioned. The aspect of "And a Redeemer shall come to Zion" is specifically and generally, as mentioned. The aspect of "And to those who turn from transgression in Jacob" is specific, namely, those who repent, renewing their days that have passed in darkness, which is the aspect of the renewal of vitality, like "Return us, O Lord, to You, and we shall return; renew our days as of old," as mentioned. Therefore, after "A Song of Ascents," which is the aspect of birth pangs, we say "And a Redeemer shall come to Zion," as mentioned, speedily in our days, amen. ==Oth 34== And therefore it is necessary to write tefillin on the hide of a clean beast specifically (''SAOC'' 32:12), for the hide is the aspect of the imagination, which is the exterior of the intellect, the aspect of the intellect's clothing... For tefillin are such large “brains” that they have the power to clarify and repair the very Exterior of the Exterior, the Immaturity of Immaturity (''Qatnuth'') of the imagination, which is the main repair. For the greater the tzaddik, the more power that he has to clarify and rectify Qatnuth and Exteriority. And thereby all the worlds are repaired and all the Exteriorities and fallen souls have an ascent, by means of clarifying and purifying the utmost Qatnuth and Exteriority, which is where the main grip of the ''Qelipoth''/Husks stems from. So now everything is clarified and nullified by this Tzaddiq, as mentioned. And this is the aspect of these tzaddiqim and elders, the least of whom remembers his umbilical cord being cut, which is the aspect of shrinking and cutting the umbilical, when one attains such perfect purity so as to remember what happened then. And this is the aspect of repair and purification of the skin, which is the connection between the mother and child, which is tied by the umbilical which is only skin. For, the devolution of the all the worlds from world to world is only from the “navel” downwards, as thoroughly explained in the Etz Chayim in Sha`ar Hanequdim and in many places, that the beginning of the lower world in the upper world is from the aspect of the navel downwards, where the aspect of ''NeHI'' [Netzach-Hod-Yesod] begins, the aspect of the upper world's “legs,” where the essence of the vitality of the world lower than it lies. And thus from world to world, from level to level. And therefore Hashem Yithbarakh created it such that the child is also physically tied to its mother's navel. For the devolution from generation to generation, from father and mother to son and daughter, begins from the navel downwards. And therefore the main drawing of the brains of these holy elders to us is by means of the least elder of them, who is the first elder from bottom to top, who related that he remembers the cutting of his umbilical as mentioned. For from there is the essence of the revelation of the brains and the devolution of the worlds from navel downwards as mentioned, which this is the aspect of drawing the light of tefillin, which extend down to the navel, which are the aspect of the straps that extend down to the navel as mentioned. But really, even though we only receive the light from the aspect of the navel downwards, by means of the last elder among them from top to bottom, who remembers the cutting of his umbilical as mentioned, all the vitality of the brains that we receive from there are drawn only from the highest elder, the first-ranking one of them, who is the aspect of this Blind One, who is this baby. For it is impossible to make vessels to receive the light below except by the power of the highest sanctity and the utmost supernal light. ==Oth 35== And therefore the hide needs to be of a specifically pure beast and animal, of a type%“permitted to your mouth” [''Shabbath'' 28b to Ex. 8:9 which refers to tefillin]; even carcass or torn ones of them, as long as it is not from an impure type of beast or animal. ... ==Oth 36== And this is (Ex. 1), “And it came to pass, when the midwives feared God, and He made them houses.” This is the aspect of the housings of the tefillin. For the midwives are the aspect of the children's mother, drawing the light of tefillin, which are the aspect of mother, upon the son, who are the aspect of giving birth to the brains, the aspect of (ibid. 13), “Sanctify to Me all the male firstborns, whatsoever opens any womb” as mentioned. And this is, “And it happened, when they feared” specifically. For tefillin are the aspect of fear, as written, “And all the people of the land shall see that Hashem's name is called upon you, and they will fear you.” And our Rabbis z”l explained these are the head tefillin. For the midwives are the mother of Aharon and Moshe. And Miriam their sister was the second midwife, from whom royalty issued, as Rashi explained there. For Moshe and Aharon are the essence of the tefillin. Aharon the Kohen Gadol is the aspect of the Eight Tiqunei Diqna of the Kohen Gadol, which are the aspect of the eight elders, the aspect of the eight head and arm tefillin passages as mentioned. Moshe Rabbeinu is the aspect of the Supernal Elder, who boasted that he is extremely old and yet is young and suckling entirely etc. and the whole world does not amount to him so much as an eyeblink etc. This is the aspect of Moshe Rabbeinu a”h who is the aspect of (ibid. 2), “And behold, a crying youth,” that even tough he reach what he reached, the perfect aspect of the Elder in Holiness, still he was entirely in the aspect of youth and suckling, in the aspect of (Ps. 37), “I have been young and also old,” that even though I have become so much an elder, still I am entirely young and suckling, which this is the aspect of the boasting of the foremost level elder who is the Blind One as mentioned. And therefore Moshe attained that it was written of him (Deut. 34), “His eye was not dim and his natural force was not abated” — even after death. For no oldness jumped upon him at all, even when dying at 120 years age. For he attained the ultimate elderliness, yet remained entirely suckling, as if he still had not begin living at all, as written (ibid. 3:24), “You have ''begun'' to show” etc.; that is, he still did not grasp at all; Hashem Yithbarakh only began showing him his greatness etc. Which, all this is the above aspect, always beginning anew as mentioned. For Moshe is the aspect of “''MaN''/Manna,” as is known, of which it says (Ex. 17:15), “For they did not know ''MaH''/what it is.” It is impossible to at all know what he is, that someone born of a woman should attain what he attained. And this is the letters of ''MoSheH'' being ''Shin MaH'' — Shin, the three fathers who are the entirety of the brains, entirety of the tefillin; but everything is drawn from the aspect of MaH, the aspect of, “For they did not know what it is,” which this is the essence of the aspect of Moshe, who is the aspect of the aforementioned elder, who was elder and suckling etc. as mentioned, who is the root of everything and above everything as mentioned. As written (Num. 12), “And the man, Moshe, was extremely humble” etc., which is the aspect of (Ps. 131), “Like a weaned child with his mother; my soul is with me like a weaned child,” which David said. And this is that it is written in the Zohar, regarding Moshe, that amongst the ''Saba''s/Supernal Elders he is the Elder, and amongst the sucklings he is the suckling, that is, as mentioned, that he is old and suckling etc. as mentioned. And this is his saying (Deut. 31), “I am one hundred and twenty years old today” — today my days and years are filled, for he can longer go, as our Rabbis z”l said (''Sotah'' 13b), “this teaches that [the gates of wisdom] were closed to him. For he needed to live the aforementioned long life, going each time further and further, and when he cannot go further he was forced to pass away, as discerned in the holy talks of Rabbeinu z”l. And therefore (ibid. 34), “And no man knew his burial-chamber,” for they did not know what he is, as mentioned. Hence Moshe is the aspect of the aforementioned Supernal Elder, who is the root of tefillin, which are the aspect of the face's skin beaming, which Moshe attain, which are the aspect of the light of tefillin, as Rabbeinu z”l said in the torah, ''“Markevoth Par`oh..”'' (''LM'' #38), from the aspect of that Elder. And Aharon is the aspect of the eight Tiqunei Diqna, which are the aspect of the eight tefillin passages that are drawn from Moshe's aspect, from the aspect of that Elder. And this is, “And He made them houses” — houses of priesthood and royalty (''Sh”R'' 1). Houses of priesthood are the aspect of tefillin, which are the aspect of the priesthood's sanctity as mentioned, the aspect of the sanctity of the firstborn, to give him to the Kohen as mentioned. And houses of royalty are the aspect of kingship of David Mashiach, the aspect of Emunah, which all this is the aspect of tefillin as mentioned. And the essence of tefillin's sanctity is the aspect of grasping Godliness, which the true tzaddiqim, who are from the aspect of Moshe, draw upon us, through many constrictions, which this is the main thing, that they manage to attain such a high and enormous perception, that they can constrict and clothe the perception in many constrictions and vestments until we too can manage to grasp Godliness as mentioned. And this is the aspect of tefillin housings, for it is impossible for us to receive the light of the passages themselves except by way of the housings and straps, which are the aspect of limitations and vessels of `Olam haTiqun, to receive the light by degree and measure. For they are able to enter the aspect of the “Empty Space" and reveal His Godliness there, and thereby make holy vessels. For the essence of these vessels' genesis is by means of repair of the Empty Space which is the beginning of the limitation, which is the root of all the vessels and masks generated from the coarsening of the light and its becoming distant from the Emanator. For if there was no Empty Space then the coarsening of the light and its distancing would be irrelevant etc., as explained and discerned in the Writings. Hence the essence of the vessels' genesis derives from the aspect of the Empty Space. But by means of Adam haRishon's failure he was seized in his vessels, the essence of which is in the aspect of the skin, which is the ultimate vessel, the exterior of the exterior; and that is where he was seized the most as mentioned, which this is the aspect of the “Serpent's bite,” from whence is the grip of all the ''Qelipoth''/Husks, God forbid. And therefore the main repair is by means of purifying and processing the hide in sanctity, which is the aspect of repair of the imagination, repair of the Empty Space, which the aforementioned great Tzaddiqim attain repairing, to the point that from it, specifically, they make the aspect of holy vessels to receive the light in degree and measure. Which, this is the aspect of the hide of a pure beast, insofar as the essence of writing the Torah and tefillin is on the hide specifically, and as mentioned. And this is the aspect of the housings made of hide. For we need to receive the light through limitations and vessels that are made by the repair of the Empty Space which is the aspect of repairing the imagination, which is the aspect of hide, as mentioned. And this is the aspect of (Gen. 3), “And Hashem-God made Adam and his wife garments of skin and clothed them” — garments of skin specifically, for the main repair is repairing the skin etc. as mentioned. For, the garments of skin are the aspect of Tallith and Tefillin, which come from skin and from the hair that grows on the skin, as explained in the Etz Chayim. Which, this is the aspect of (Ex. 22:26), “''ki hu kesutho levaddah''/for that is his only covering” — this is tzitzith; “''hi simlatho le`oro''/it is his garment for his skin” — this is tefillin (''Tiqqunim'' #69), which are more internal and lofty than tzitzith, as written there. And all this is the aspect of repair of the imagination, which is repair of the Empty Space, as the essence of the repair is by means of Emunah as mentioned. And this is, “And it came to pass, as the midwives feared God” — feared specifically. For holy piety is the aspect of repair of the constriction and stricture of the Empty Space, which is sweetened at it root by means of holy piety, which is the aspect of a “holy decree,” as is known. Therefore by the aspect of piety are made housings, which are the aspect of fixing the vessels and limitations to receive the tefillin's light by degree and measure as mentioned. And this is, “And it came to pass, as they feared... [God] made them housings” as mentioned. ==37== And also, they need to sew them with specific tendons. For even when we place the portions into the houses, it is impossible to receive the light until they are sewn with these specific tendons, in order to conceal the light so that it does not emit outside of the measure, God forbid. For there are sixty tendons corresponding to the sixty negative commandments. They are the aspects of judgments and limitations. Therefore, in these tendons, the flow of blood, which is precisely the vitality of a person and all living beings, is pleased. For the essence of the flow of vitality is through the restriction of light, as explained in the Torah and on Yom Kippur, the concealment (Siman Nun Vav), that vitality constantly flows from the essence of life. And the essence of the rectification is that through the Torah, which is the Divine Name, they continue the vitality into the vessels and attributes, see there. And this is the aspect of what vitality is through the blood specifically in these sixty tendons, which are the aspects of limitations. For the essence of vitality is through the rectification of the vessels and limitations, as mentioned. And this is the aspect of the Divine Name "YH," which is sixty. For the Name is the vitality, the aspect of a living soul, that is His Name. And just as in a person, all his vitality is limited by his name, and so forth, similarly, the Torah, so to speak, is the Name of the Holy One, blessed be He. Through the Torah, they call upon the Name, and they continue the vitality from Him into the vessels, which are the letters of the Torah, which are the aspect of the Name of the Holy One, blessed be He, and so forth, as explained there in the Torah and on Yom Kippur, mentioned. Therefore, "Shemi Am YH" is sixty. For the essence of the Name is the limitation of vitality from the essence of life, which is the essence, as mentioned. All this is the aspect of "Lo Ta'aseh" in the Torah, the aspect of these sixty tendons. They are the aspects of limitations and vessels to receive the light in measure, as mentioned. And this is the aspect of the "Shavat" in the year, for the essence of vitality of all the days of the year is through the aspect of these sixty, which are the aspects of limitations. Through this, the essence of the limitation of life, this is the essence of life, as mentioned. Therefore, the Tefillin, which are the aspect of life as mentioned, the aspect of the Name of God, as it is written, "And all the peoples of the earth shall see that the name of the Lord is called upon you" - these are the Tefillin. Therefore, they need to be sewn with specific tendons in order to restrict the light, which is the essence of the rectification of the Mochin, which are life as mentioned. And this is the aspect of "Shemi Am YH," specifically sixty. "Zechri Am Vav Hey Ramach," for even though the 248 positive commandments are drawn from the aspect of the right, and the 365 negative commandments from the aspect of the left of holiness, nevertheless, the aspect of "Shemi Am Vav Hey" is alluded to in the first two letters of the Name, which are higher. And this is the aspect of the above. The rectification of the vessels needs to draw from the higher light because it requires a very great intellect to make the vessels, which are the aspect of "Shemi Am Vav Hey," which are the aspect of the Name of God as mentioned, in order to declare His greatness to all the inhabitants of the world, to magnify His blessed Name in the mouths of all, so that His Name will be recounted throughout the earth. This is the aspect of the rectification of the Tefillin, which draw from a very, very high intellect through several contractions, so that even we and all the inhabitants of the world will know His name and His might, the aspect of "And all the peoples of the earth shall see that the name of the Lord is called upon you, and they shall fear you," these are the Tefillin as mentioned. ==38== This is the interpretation of "And the life of Sarah was one hundred years and twenty years and seven years; the years of the life of Sarah." Four times the age of twenty-five, corresponding to the four sections of the Tefillin, which are the essence of the vitality of the years that a person lives, as mentioned. This is the explanation of what our Sages expounded, "The daughter of twenty is like the daughter of ten, and the daughter of ten is like the daughter of seven." That is as mentioned, for this is the essence of perfection, that one should begin to live fully at each stage. Even when one reaches old age, it should still appear in one's eyes as if they have just begun to live and to serve the Lord. And one should begin to live anew in His service each time, as mentioned. This is the meaning of "the daughter of twenty is like the daughter of ten, the daughter of ten is like the daughter of seven," the years of Sarah's life are all equal to good. For whatever the righteous one grows older, it still appears to them as if they were a newborn, as mentioned. And through this, one adds to their service each time and merits truly long life, for all their days and years are truly years of life. For not a single day of their life is lost without an addition of sanctity and vitality, as mentioned. And this is the aspect of "the years of Sarah's life," all equal to good, which is the aspect of the aforementioned long life, which is the aspect of Tefillin as mentioned. For Sarah represents the aspect of the kingdom of faith, the aspect that Sarah reigns over the entire world, as mentioned. This is the aspect of "And the Lord shall be King over all the earth," which is the essence of Tefillin. For the main flow of the Mochin of the Tefillin is through the impression of faith in the heart, as mentioned. And through continuing the Mochin of the Tefillin by this, faith subsequently shines forth with great light and with utmost perfection. For this depends on that. Through faith, one receives the Mochin. And as the renewal of the Mochin received through faith, so faith is perfected, grows, and strengthens more and more, forever. For there is a perfection in faith beyond perfection, until one can merit supernal faith, which is the aspect of the head of faith that is above all the Mochin, which is the aspect of the Tefillin of the head. The Tefillin of the hand are in the aspect of "May my hands be faithful," and the Tefillin of the head are in the aspect of "the head of faith," which merits after the attainment of the Mochin, which is above all the Mochin. For this is a principle in the writings that the sovereignty that is equal, in the aspect of the highest level of the supernal world, is above and is the root of the aspect of ancientness, which is a wonderful and awesome adherence to the blessed Name. It is the aspect of the mutual longing for the will of the wonderful desires that are in the most delightful adherence to the blessed Name, as in "My soul thirsts for You, my flesh yearns for You" and so forth. This is the aspect of adherence represented by the Tefillin, as in "All my bones shall say, Lord, who is like You?" and "My heart and my flesh sing for joy to the living God." King David prayed for this all his days, as in "One thing I have asked of the Lord, that I will seek after, that I may dwell in the house of the Lord all the days of my life, to gaze upon the beauty of the Lord." For this is the aspect of the adherence of the Tefillin, as in "And you that did cleave unto the Lord your God are alive every one of you" and "Set me as a seal upon your heart, as a seal upon your arm." For strong as death is love, fierce as the grave is jealousy, its flashes are flashes of fire, a raging flame. Many waters cannot quench love, neither can floods drown it. Blessed is the one who merits this. However, there is an aspect of adherence that is below the aspect of faith of a higher level. For the ancient of action is below the sovereignty of creation, which is the aspect of faith. [How much more so is this true of the sovereignty of faith in the higher worlds.] And so from world to world. Therefore, the beginning is faith, and the end is faith and adherence, for truly everything is one. For the aspect of adherence of each world and level, which yearns and longs to ascend to toil, which is the aspect of ancientness of the wonderful desires, is in itself the aspect of the enlightenment of faith, which is the last level of the world above it. For sovereignty, which is the aspect of faith of the supernal world, is the root of the vitality of the aspect of ancientness, which is the aspect of the wonderful desires of the world, and is the lower level and so on forever, and understand this well. For according to these matters, and what emerges from them as clarified in our words, you will be able to carve out a path to understand, albeit slightly, the Kabbalistic teachings of the Holy Zohar and the Arizal, extracting from them higher ways and advice. Based on the awesome introductions and true counsel of the teachings of our Master, may his memory be blessed, every Torah and every deed opens numerous gateways to the attainment of Divinity. Through this, one can also comprehend all the paths of Kabbalah. If you merit to diligently study his holy Torah day by day, you will find that the essence of the intellect and vitality of the tefillin lies in the illumination of faith, which matures and grows significantly. Therefore, the tefillin represent the vitality of Sarah, the life of the sovereignty of faith, which is the aspect of Sarah, who ruled over the entire world. It is the revelation of His faith and sovereignty to all the inhabitants of the world, the aspect of 'And the Lord shall be King over all the earth,' as mentioned. =Halakhah 6= ==33== וזה שתלתה התורה מצות הספירה בשבת כמו שכתוב (ויקרא כ"ג) וספרתם לכם ממחרת השבת וכו' עד ממחרת השבת וכו' שבע שבתות תמימותוכו' כי עיקר כח קדושת הדעת והמחשבה שהוא בחינת מצות ספירה הוא נמשך משבת, כי ששת ימי המעשה הם ימי מלאכה כמו שכתוב (שמות כ') ששת ימים תעשה מלאכתך ויום השביעי שבת לה'. ועיקר המלאכה של האדם בזה העולם הוא בלרר בירורים. ועיקר כל הבירורים הם על ידי בירור המחשבה. דהיינו על ידי בחינת הנ"ל. על ידי ששומרין המחשבה כחוט השערה ממחשבות חוץ והרהורים שזהו עיקר בירור כל הנצוצות הקדושות בבחינת כולהו במחשבה איתברירו. And this is the aspect of (Ex. 31:3), "''Weamale otho ruach Elohim bechokhmah uvetevunah uveda`ath uvekhol melakhah''/And I will fill him with the spirit of God, with wisdom and with discernment and with knowledge and with all work," which are the aspect of the four brains, as explained in the aforementioned torah [LM II:72]. Hence the fourth brain is called "''Kol Melachah''/All work," because a man's main work in the world is there. For the entirety the brains are three, which are Chokhmah-Binah-Da`ath. However, sometimes are they are called four on account that Daath is composed of two, which are the aspect of Chasadim and Gevuroth. And these are the brains explained in this verse. "And I will fill him with the spirit of God, with Wisdom, Understanding,... is the aspect of Da`ath which is comprised of two, which is the aspect of of ''Be'Daath''. Which is the aspect of the chasadim in Da`ath, which are the plain Daat, for they are the main Daath. "And with all work" is the fourth brain, which is the aspect of brains of Gevuroth in the Da`ath, which is the aspect of "and in all work." For that's the main place of the craft and work of every man. For it's known the main grip of the S"A is in the aspect of the Gev' and Dinim. Consequently there in the aspect of the brains, the Gevuroth there are gripped the foreign thoughts of the S"A, which there is the main place of the purification and the essence of the war, therefore it's called "and in all work." For that's where a man's main work and craft is, to take caution with his mind and cleanse and purifty it of waste. Like an artisan cleans and purifies a vessel and cuts and chips away around the vessel all its extra and waste in order to bring the vessel to completion. Likewise, we need to purify the thought and expel the waste and garbage in the thought, in order it be a vessel to receive NR"N of holiness etc., like we request this in many prayers. And this is the aspect of all the work of creation to be during the six days of action, and also all the works that a man does each day of the six workdays. For they are all aspect of purification, to extract the sparks form the depths of the husks, as is known. And mainly by clean thought, by guarding the thought as close as a hairbreadth. And this is a man's main work, the aspect of "And I will fill him ... and with all work" etc. And this is the aspect what's written by Yosef haTzadik when he was tested (Gen. 39), "He got home to do his work." For a man's main work and art in this world is the withstand the test, mainly this craving, and mainly by guarding the thought by a hairbreadth every moment as mentioned. ... ועיקר הכח להצליח במלאכתו בגשמיות ורוחניות בכל ששת ימי המעשה צריכין לקבל משבת קדש. כי מיני' מתברכין כל שיתא יומין. היינו כי שבת הוא בחינת שביתה ונייחא בחינת מנוחת המחשבה בחינת יישוב הדעת בחינת (תהלים כ"ג) על מי מנוחות ינהלנו. בחינת הצדיק האמת הזקן שבקדושה שדעתו מיושבת תמיד ואינו צריך עוד שום מלחמה עם המחשבות בחינת בסבי דעתא שקיט ושכיך. ומשם צריך כל אחד להמשיך על עצמו קדושת המחשבה לעמוד כנגד כל המחשבות רעות בשב ואל תעשה כי מי שמסתכל על הצדיק האמת. ואפילו אם אינו זוכה רק להסתכל בספריו הקדושים בעין האמת הוא יכול להביא התבוננות אמתי בלבו להמשיך על עצמו קדושת המחשבה על ידי עצותיו הקדושים שיזהר לקיימם באמת ובפשיטות עד שיזכה לבחינת קבלת התורה בשבועות שהוא להמשיך ביאורי התורה. שעל ידי זה יזכה לבחינת תחיית המתים בחייו וכנ"ל. וזה (ויקרא כ"ג) וספרתם לכם ממחרת השבת שהוא פסח שכל קדושתו נמשך רק מראיית פני הצדיק. כי אז לא קיבלו עדיין את התורה. ועל כן אז בפסח עיקר הקדושה עיקר התנוצצות המוחין הגדולים שקיבלו אז. הכל היה רק על ידי בחינת ראיית פני הצדיק וכנ"ל. ומשם מתחלת הספירה שהוא זיכוך וטהרת המוחין. עד ממחרת השבת השביעית שהוא שבועות שהוא קבלת התורה. כי על ידי זה זוכין לקבלת התורה בשבועות שהוא בחינת ביאורי וחידושי התורה שממשיכין בכח הצדיק וכנ"ל: cblajz9r1m8rdg9qxxtd8v2ebvptv49 14128045 14128007 2024-04-25T15:26:57Z Nissimnanach 82129 wikitext text/x-wiki {{incomplete translation}} {{translation header | title = [[../]] | author = Nathan of Breslov | section = Tzitzith | previous = [[../The Morning Hand Washing|The Morning Hand Washing]] | next = [[../Tefilin|Tefilin]] | portal = Breslov | language = he | original = ליקוטי_הלכות | notes = }} ''Hilkhoth Tefillin''/The Practice of Tefillin =Halakhah 5= The interest of the mitzwah of tefillin of the arm and of the head, and that they must be made from the hide of a clean animal specifically, and written on the ''Qelaf''/inner skin; and the interest of the straps, the tunnel, and the rest of their most holy and awesome details; and the interest of Rashi's tefillin and Rabbeinu Tam's tefillin: ==Oth 1== According to the most awesome story of the Seven Beggars printed in the book Sipurei Ma`asiyoth: See there, on page 96, the interest of the first beggar who was blind, who came to the groom and bride at the wedding after the canopy, and said to them that he gives them a wedding-discourse present, that they should be “old as I... that you should live a long life as I do. And you think that I am blind? Actually I am not blind at all. Only, the whole entire world does not amount to me so much as a blink of an eye, etc. for I am very old, but yet I am entirely yanik [lit. suckling, nursing] (that is, young), and I have not yet begun to live at all. But nevertheless I am very old, etc. And I have a consensus on this from the Great Eagle”, etc. Take a very thorough look there at all this, and if you have intelligent eyes, you will discern from afar how utterly deep His thoughts are; and it is impossible to prolong discussion of this at all. But whoever truly desires will see and discern from there the greatness of Hashem Yisbarach and the greatness of the true great tzaddikim; the enormity of their greatness, as each and every one had attained what he boasted of there. For everything that is explained there in the story of each one, is regarding the boasting of some most very great and awesome tzaddik boasting in the upper worlds, in the place where he boasted that he attained what he attained in this world. His fortune! The fortune of his portion! For example, in the interest that will be explained below, that the elders boasted, and each one told what he remembers from his first memory etc.: The youngest of all was most utterly high, the enormity of his greatness and the validity of his sanctity inconceivable. For example, insofar as one of them boasted that he remembers what was happening to him when they cut his umbilical cord — look, discern, and see: is there even one person in the era who can boast like this one, that his material body is so pure and sanctified that he manages to remember what was happening to him then at the beginning of birth, when he emerged into the world's atmosphere, when they cut his umbilical cord? And he was merely the least of them. And from him, see how high is the sanctity of the second holy elder, in whose eyes the level of the first elder was laughable, and he said, in surprise, “That's an old story?! I remember that story, but I also remember when the light was shining,” and the Great Eagle later explained that this is his remembering even what happened to him when he was in his mother's womb, when a light was kindled over his head, as explained there. So behold, the level of the second is higher than the first. One can understand a little, from afar, even though we are most utterly far from this. For, the major difference in a person, before he emerges into the world's air versus afterwards, is explained in our Rabbis z"l's words in the Gemara (''Niddah'' 30), and is explained in the holy Zohar: for, during pregnancy when he is in his mother's womb, a candle is alight over his head, and he can look and see from one end of the world to the other; but when he has emerged into the world's air immediately an angel comes and strikes him on his mouth and he forgets it all, and regarding this said Iyov (Job 29), “O that I were as in the first months, as in the days when my God watched over me” etc., as explained in our Rabbi z"l's words (there). And a man's entire work is to manage to know and attain what he knew before whilst a light was blazing over his head, which is when he gazed at the Light Stored Up From the Seven Days of Creation, with which the man saw from one end of the world to the other, as is brought. So, now see and discern how much greater is the second elder's level than the first; like the heavens are high above the earth, etc. And similarly the third more than the second, and so all of them. For, the least of them was so very utterly high that there is no one like him but one person in many generations, and nevertheless in comparison to the second who is greater than him he is considered a mere speck, and similarly the second versus the third etc. etc., on and on — up until the one who boasted that he was altogether a suckling babe then, who is the blind beggar himself, insofar as he said that he recalls all these stories, plus he remembers “Nothing At All” etc.; see there. For, this is a big rule and is explained and understood in the Chazal's words and the Arizal's writings, that even the highest level of all, nevertheless compared to the even higher level, everything is considered but a mere point, as written in the holy Zohar (''Tikkun'' #70 p. 123). Even the ''Ket''''h''''er `Elyon'' is paltry in compare to the ''`Ilath ha`Iloth'' etc., and all these greatnesses and wonders are explained in the story of the First Day, and similarly each Day many, many wondrous things that each person boasted of are explained, for example on the Second Day regarding the good life, and similarly on the rest of the Days, regarding the Little Holding the Much, and regarding the Pair of Holy Birds, which he is able to reunite etc. etc. Open your eyes and see what a man can attain in this world, that a man born of a woman can attain such high things that Hashem Yithbarakh himself glories in them (and see more in our words in ''Even ha`Ezer Hilkhoth Ishuth'', where we also talk a little regarding the holy story of the Sixth Day regarding the Power in the Hands; see there). And our holy Rabbi z"l knew about all of them, and had the knowledge to tell the story that happened at the place where it happened with all of them, and verily said of himself when he told this story, that if the world knew nothing else but this story, he would still be a most original person. But here is not the place to prolong discussing this. (See below at the end of the ''derush'', what is brought there from the ''Yerushalmi Kethuboth'' regarding the aforementioned marvels of the elders' memories.) ==Oth 2== Let us return to our subject. Behold, it is explained there that he said that each one should tell an old story, what he remembers from his first memory etc. * and the first person among them told that he remembers even when they cut the apple from the tree, that is, when they cut his umbilical cord etc. * and the second one told that he also remembers the light shining, that is, what happened with him during pregnancy, when a light was blazing above his head etc. * and the third one told that he also remembers when his body began taking form etc. * and the fourth told that he also remembers when they were bringing out the seed to plant the fruit, namely when the droplet emerged during relations * and the fifth one told that he remembers even the sages who were bringing out the seed, that is, he remembers when he was still in the brain etc. * and the sixth, seventh and eighth remembered even the appearance, the taste and the smell before they were infused on the fruit, which are the aspect of ''Nefesh-Ruach-Neshamah'' etc. And the ''yanik'' [infantile, lit. suckling], who is the blind beggar himself who is telling all this, said he remembers “Nothing At All,” for he is above everything and remembers even even what was before NR"N, which is the aspect of ''EYN''/Nothingness etc. etc.. Take a good look there, and if you wish to look with an honest eye, you will see from afar the wonders of Hashem, the likes of which have not been heard or seen since the creation of the world. ==Oth 3== And this is the aspect of tefillin, for tefillin are the aspect of memory, as written (Ex. 13), “''ulzikaron bein `eyneikha''/and for remembrance between your eyes” — '''and for remembrance between your eyes''' specifically, for memory depends mainly on ''Tikkun `Eynayim''/Proper Repair of the Eyes, as discerned in this story, as this “blind” one — who was entirely blind to this world, who had no sight of this world at all, to the extent that he attained that the whole world did not amount to him so much as an eyeblink, which this is the essence of Tikkun `Eynayim — he attained the ultimate perfection of memory that has no perfection beyond it, as explained above, as this blind one remembers more than all of them etc., as written there in the story. Hence, memory depends mainly on the eyes, and thus it is explained in the Torah “''Wayhi Miqetz — Zikaron''” (''LM'' #54), that memory depends mainly on the eyes, see there, and he brings there the verse, “''ulzikaron bein `eyneikha''”, see there, for tefillin are the aspect of ''Mochin deGadluth''/Brains of Grown-Maturity, which is the essence of memory on the side of holiness, for memory is the aspect of consciousness and awareness, as explained in the Torah “''Dirshu Hashem''/Seek Hashem” (''LM'' #37), and this is the aspect of head tefillin and hand tefillin, amongst which there are eight ''parshiyoth''/text-passages, four of the head and four of the arm, corresponding to the eight holy elders who are masters of memory, which is the aspect of tefillin — “and for remembrance between your eyes” as mentioned. For, it is known in the Kawanoth that the head tefillin are in the Male aspect and the arm tefillin are in the Female aspect, and all together the tefillin are in the aspect of ''Mochin de`Ibur Sheini deGadluth''/Second-Embryonic Mature Brainphase, and this is the aspect of these holy elders, who attained such Mature Brains that each one attained remembering and reaching more of the beginning; what happened with him before in the beginning. And the more that one of them attained, the earlier the beginning that he could remember and reach, as explained above. And behold, they are eight elders partitioned into two fours, corresponding to two fours of parshiyoth of arm and of head, for the four first elders who first boasted of their memory, their whole concern was with what happened with the child in its mother's womb: the emergence of the droplet until the cutting of the umbilical cord when it goes out into the world's air. Namely, the one one boasted he remembers them bringing the seed to plant the fruit, which is the passage of the droplet etc., the second remembers the beginning of the fruit's formation, the third remembers when the light was shining, which is all the days of the embryo, and the fourth, the last, remembers the essence of birth's conclusion, which is the cutting of the umbilical cord, which is the beginning of his entering this world. (And these four are written here from top to bottom, the opposite of how they are written in the book of stories, and this is because here I have to begin from the fourth, so due to the flow of language the order is reversed, but the intention is the same). Hence all these four stories tell of the great wonders of the Creator, Blessed Is His Name; what happens with the embryo in its mother, and so all these brains and perceptions that these four elders attained are in the aspect of Female Brains, which are the aspect of the four parshiyoth of the arm tefillin which are the Female Brains as mentioned. And these aspects that these four elders told about are the aspect of Light-Water-Firmament mentioned in the holy Zohar and the ''Qawanoth''. For, at the beginning of the droplet's emergence, which is the aspect of the one who tells that he remembers them bringing out the seed etc., this is the aspect of Light, for it still has no Form, and then when it began to initially take form it is like Water, and then the embryo changes every day of pregnancy; this is the aspect of Firmament, as is known. And then when the aspect of Firmament is finished he goes out in the air of the world and is born, and all this is the aspect of tefillin, which are the aspect of incubation and birth, which is the aspect of Yetziath Mitzrayim, as is known. And the first four elders, all of what they told was what happened before the droplet descended into its mother's womb. For, they told that they remember when the droplet was still in its father's brain, and the Look, the Taste and the Smell which are the aspect of Nefesh-Ruach-Neshamah, which is where is the beginning of drawing the thought from where it is drawn from the place where it drawn, from cause to effect, from world to world, from intellect to intellect, which are the aspect of Neshamah, Ruach and Nefesh, until the thought is generated, whereby the holy progenitive droplet is generated. And all these four aspects occur with the father, on the Male aspect, as mentioned. And so they are in the aspect of the head tefillin which are the Male brains as mentioned. For tefillin are drawn from the aspect of ''Tiqunei Diqna''/Features of the Beard, as known, which is the aspect of these elders in holiness, who are all in the aspect of the Holy Beard's Features, which is the root of elderliness on the side of holiness, the aspect of, “''wehadarta penei zaqen''/and you shall honor the face of the elder” [Lev. 19:32], as is known. And the essence of the holiness of the tefillin's Brains are drawn from the Most Supernal Elder, the Oldest of Them All, who is the most suckling babe of them all, who is the blind beggar, who was “altogether a suckling babe” etc. as mentioned. For, from him is the essential holiness of elderliness, and all the eight elders who are the aspect of the eight parshiyoth in the tefillin, they all receive from this Most Supernal Elder, who is the blind one. But his aspect of Brains itself is impossible to enclothe even in the tefillin passages, so there is no parashah corresponding to him, for he is above it all and the root of it all, as they receive all the tefillin Brains from him, which are the aspect of all the elders in holiness, as mentioned. For, he is united in the Ein Sof, as mentioned, so his Brain is not called memory at all, which is the aspect of tefillin as mentioned, for he said that he remembers all this and remembers “Nothing At All.” That is, even though he remembers everything that they remember, for he is composed of all of them and they all receive their Brains and Memory only from him, nevertheless his Brain is impossible to call by the term “memory” at all, for he is above memory and the root of memory, for he is united in the Ein Sof, as written there, and so he is not alluded to in any parashah, for he is above everything and the root of everything, as mentioned. ==Oth 4== And the essence of tefillin Brains are the aspect of life of Holiness, which one attains through tefillin, for the Brains are the Life, as written (Eccl. 7), “''Hachokhmah tichyeh''/Wisdom preserves alive,” as our Rabbis z”l said (''Menachoth'' 44), “One who lays tefillin attains life, as it says, “''Adonai `aleihem yichyu''/Adonai, by these things men live” (Isa. 38:16), as brought in the Qawanoth, that tefillin are the aspect of the three names ''Ehyeh H' Eyheh'' [21+26+21=68] which are gematria ''ChaYIM'' [68], which are the Brains, see there, for the Brains of the tefillin are drawn from the aspect of Tiqunei Diqna Qadisha, as brought in the Qawanoth, as they are the entirety of these holy elders, who have their root in the aforementioned Most Supernal Elder, who is the blind one, who boasted that he lives truly long life, for he is very old and yet he is an utmost suckling babe, and still has not begun to live at all, but nevertheless he is very old, and all the world's time does not amount to him so much as an eyeblink etc. And behold, although these are things that the `Atiq Yomin has covered and thought cannot grasp it at all, and there is no man on earth who can make this interpretation and explain this mystery; nevertheless since by Hashem's compassion on His people these words of his have come out of his holy mouth and they have taken form and been printed in a book, it behooves us to dig and find in them some Remez relevant to the story, such that we may merit waking up from our sleep, which this was his holy intention with these stories that he told, in order to wake up all people who sleep away their days etc., as explained in the Torah ''”Pathach R' Shim`on”'' (''LM'' #60), and there you will see and understand the great wonders of these stories, for they are the aspect of stories of ''Shanim Qadhmoniyoth''/Ancient Years-Faces, the aspect of ''`Atiq''/Ancient, the aspect of ''Hadhrath Panim''/Distinguished Face, from which all the seventy faces of the Torah derive etc.; take a good look there. ==Oth 5== So behold, the main intent of the above words, for practical application, is what I saw and heard from the mouth of Rabbeinu z"l himself, many times, that he lived new life all the time; like I heard from him many times saying, “I lived life today, such life as I had never experienced” etc. And also I heard him other times speaking a great deal about life, that the world calls everything life etc., and even regarding painful life there are many differences etc., see there in the ''Sichoth'' [''CM'' #400], but actually the essence of life is True Longevity, which is the aspect of the Long Life of the blind one, who really lives long life, for he boasts that he is utterly old and yet utterly a suckling babe and still has not begun to live at all. For this is the essence of life: when one starts serving Hashem anew all the time, as if he has still not started serving him at all, as written (Deut. 6), “''Asher anochi metzawekha hayom''/Which I enjoin you today.” And our Rabbis z”l (''Sifri'' there), commented, “Every day let them be new in your eyes;” and (ibid. 27) “''Hasket ush'ma` Yisrael, hayom hazeh nihyeytha le`am laShem Eloheikha/''Pay attention and listen, Yisrael: this day you are become a people to Hashem your God,” and our Rabbis z"l explained (brought in Rashi): every day let them be in your eyes as if today you have entered the covenant with him. And like I saw from Rabbeinu z"l innumerable times, that even though he had previously boasted of big and wondrous things, and revealed wondrous Torah never before heard, as he usually did — and then afterwards we saw him in great pain, and many times he laid out his pain and conversation before us from the depth of his heart, that he is extremely afflicted over how to attain being a Jew, like someone who never before smelled the spirit of serving Hashem. And whoever did not see this, it is impossible to describe it to him in writing, but a little about this is already explained in this ''Shevachim'' that are printed, and every time he would say that now he knows nothing at all, nothing nothing at all etc., even though earlier he had revealed what he revealed and boasted that he attained what he attained that is impossible to reveal; nevertheless immediately after he would say that he knows nothing at all. So the rule was that he never stood on one level, but just always quickly went from level to level in the apex of uppermost and loftiest levels, and even when he reached what he reached etc., his mind still did not grow cool to this etc. But here is not the place to prolong discussion of this, but it will be explained elsewhere. And this is truly the essence of life, when one attains always beginning anew in serving Hashem, which is truly the essence of life, as written (Deut. 30:20), “''Ki hu chayeykha''/It is precisely your life.” And the essence of serving Hashem is to always perform one's service anew, and to not fall into old age of the ''Sitra Achra''; that his service not become old for him, God forbid, as Rabbeinu z"l warned us against and said it is forbidden to be old; not an old tzaddik and not an old chasid, old is not good etc., as explained in his holy ''Sichoth'' appended to ''Sipurei Ma`asiyoth'', namely, one needs to always begin anew. And this is the essence of the long life of the holy elder who is the blind one, for he was most old and most ''yanik'' [infantile, lit. suckling], that is, the more he grew and became subsumed into holy elderliness which is the aspect of ''`Atik de`Atikin'', the more yanik he became. For, each time he perceived that he is utterly far from Hashem Yithbarakh, for “there is no probing His greatness,” therefore the more he was subsumed into holy elderliness, the more he saw and perceived that he still has not begun living at all, until he attained the aforementioned Long Life where elderliness and infancy and united, which is totally impossible to comprehend. And this is the aspect of tefillin which are drawn from the aforementioned Elder, who is the root of the tefillin, brains, as mentioned., which are the aspect of life, as mentioned., the aspect (ibid 4), “''We'atem hadeveqim baShem Eloheikhem chayim kulkhem hayom''/And you that cleave to Hashem your God, all of you are live this day,” which is said of tefillin, as is known, for this is the essence of tefillin-brains, in order to attain, through the mitzwah of tefillin, living new life of holiness, to renew his days like an eagle, to begin serving Hashem Yithbarakh anew all the time, and not fall into the oldness of the Sitra Achra, to not view his devotion be as old; on the contrary, tangibly new, as if he had never ever began. For in truth, even one who is a very great tzaddiq and has labored and toiled many years in His Blessed devotion, nevertheless in accord with the Every Day Renewal of Creation, he still has not begun at all, for Hashem Yithbarakh does new things all the time, as written, “and in His goodness renews every day constantly the work of creation,” and no day is like another, and no time is like another, and each and every moment there are changes in the rising of the worlds and their order and position and conduct, in unfathomably wondrous and awesome changes. And all their vitality derives from the devotion of the man in this world, on which it all depends, from the head up to the Ein Sof. Therefore one must always serve Hashem Yithbarakh anew, in accord with the renewal of the work of creation in all the worlds needed now, and in accord with the revelation of the greatness of the Blessed Creator that needs to be revealed now. For, “Day unto day utters speech, and night unto night reveals knowledge” [Ps. 19], as every day, every night, every time and every moment, His Blessed Greatness is revealed in a new consciousness and awareness that never before existed. Therefore one needs to begin in His service new every time, in the aspect of, “Let them be like new in your eyes every day,” and this is the essence of vitality, this aforementioned aspect of long life, and as explained in Rabbeinu z"l's words, that the essence of longevity, the aspect of long life, is to see to it, every next coming day, to extend the day with additional sanctity and consciousness. For, the day, at its beginning when it comes to a man, is very narrow, and one needs to see to it to widen and lengthen it with additional sanctity all the time. And so every day one needs to see to it that each day be longer than the other, with additional sanctity and purity etc. (as explained in the Torah ''Pathach R' Shim`on'' in ''LM'' #60). And this is the essence of length of days, the aspect of long days, namely all the time beginning new in new service, with great addition. For, all the service he has performed until now, he needs to forget entirely, and now begin new, as mentioned. And by tefillin we attain this, as mentioned. And this is the essence of the mitzwah of tefillin that we lay every day, in order to attain life, the aspect of “You who cleave” as mentioned, that is, to attain the aforementioned long life, to renew is life of holiness at all times, beginning new all the time, and this is the essence of brains and life that originate are drawn from the aforementioned Most Supernal Elder, where the source of tefillin is, as mentioned, as he lives the aforementioned long life, as there, elderliness and infancy are united together, which this is the aspect of (Ps. 103), “That your youth be renewed as an eagle,” as our Rabbis z"l said (brought in Rashi there), “This eagle, the older it gets...”, that is, the older it gets, the more it renews its vitality and begins new, all the time beginning new life. And therefore he had concurrence from the Great Eagle specifically, for such vitality is the aspect of “Being renewed as an eagle” as mentioned. And the aspect of tefillin, which are the aspect of this life, is from there, as mentioned. ==Oth 6== For, the essence of tefillin is the flashing of the brains in the face, which is the aspect of Light of the Face, which is drawn from the aspect of ''Tiqunei Diqna Qadisha''/Repair or Features of the Holy Beard, which is the essence of Dignity of the Face, as is known, which is the aspect of the aforementioned Elder in Holiness, as mentioned. And the ''Tiqunei Diqna'' are the aspect of the Thirteen Attributes of Mercy, the essence of which are the aspect of subjugating anger and sweetening harsh decrees and the ''Charon Af''/Burning Nose (Anger), which is the aspect of ''Erekh Apayim''/Extending Nose (Patience), which is the main thing, and therefore Chazal said (''Sanh.'' 111) regarding the verse “''Waymaher Moshe wayqod artzah''/And Moshe made haste and bowed his head toward the earth” etc. [Ex. 34:8]: What did he see? He saw Erekh Apayim. For, the essence of the Thirteen Attributes are the Thirteen Tiqunei Diqna which H"Y [Hashem Yithbarakh] revealed to him then, the essence of which is Erekh Apayim, which is the aspect of subjugating the ''Panim''/Interior (Face), and therefore Moshe became excited by this specifically, as also explained regarding the loftiness of Erekh Apayim in the words of Rabbeinu z"l (''LM'' #155, see there), in the lesson that begins, “Sadness is a very worst trait” etc., see there the entire interest until the end, for it is a wondrous path in serving the Creator, and if you gaze and look thoroughly there, you can get very wondrous advices and great encouragement, endlessly, for His blessed service. And the rule is that a man needs to cling to Hashem Yithbarakh's attributes, as explained in the words of our Rabbis and in all the holy books. Therefore one most see to it that he should have the trait of Erekh Apayim, that is, extending his patience for everything, not getting angry, not being annoyed at anything, not looking at any obstacle or confusion in his devotions, whether they be confusions, obstacles and trials that he has from people of the world, such as his father, father-in-law, wife, relatives or the rest of mankind. As is known and seen tangibly, that every time some person wants to enter the service of Hashem, to begin praying with intent etc. and so forth, immediately he has great obstacles, without end, and then every one needs to "be bold as a tiger... and strong like a lion" to perform the will of his Heavenly Father, to prevail against the obstacles and get through them, to not look at them at all, and to fortify himself a great deal to his part, to delve in Torah and prayer with intent and power etc. And this is the aspect of Arikhath Apayim, to not be short spirited, God forbid, to stop his devotion, God forbid, due to the obstacles and trials he has from them, but only strengthen himself and extend his patience for everything, and not gaze at any obstacle at all. And likewise, even the obstacles he has from himself, his evil and strange cravings and thoughts pursuing him constantly every moment, especially during prayer time, and he has great trials from them. And the main thing is the Erekh Apayim, which is the aspect of Emunah, as explained there, that the essence of Erekh Apayim one attains through Emunah, that is, having perfect Emunah in Hashem Yithbarakh and the True Kosher Tzaddiqim, and to strengthen himself in His service and not fall from anything, and to be indifferent, and not become short tempered on account of the evil deeds and faults that he has committed until now. For, one needs to not look at this at all, as explained in the words of Rabbeinu z"l and in our words many, many times regarding this, just how much a man needs to be strong. For, there is no despair at all in the world, and however it is, even though he has already fallen such a descent in himself many times, without bound, nevertheless there is no despairing at all in the world, and all the days he is alive on the face of the earth he needs to strengthen himself and each time begin new, and not fall into oldness of the Sitra Achra at all. For, all the descents in the world are the aspect of oldness of the Sitra Achra, as it seems in his eyes that he is already old in his mistakes and deeds that he is accustomed in, such that he cannot get out of them in any fashion, God forbid. But in truth, he needs to know and believe that every day, moment, and time, the power is in a man's hand to be new and be an actual new creation, for Hashem Yithbarakh is “doing new things” at all times, and no day or hours is like another etc. as mentioned. Therefore one needs to every time strengthen himself and begin every day anew, and sometimes even in one day one needs to begin many times, as explained elsewhere. And even if it will be that way for a long time, however it may be, every time and every hour he needs to remind himself of Hashem Yithbarakh and completely forget all the past until now, and really begin now from new, as much as he can, and not look at any confusion or weakness of mind at all. And all this is the aspect of Erekh Apayim, that one needs to extend his spirit and pass over the confusions and obstacles and not look at anything and let nothing affect him and not let his heart grow soft and not let his tempter get short from anything that happens to him, but only strengthen himself in Hashem Yithbarakh in whatever he can. For Hashem Yithbarakh is always full of compassion, and the mercies of Hashem are not finished and his compassion is never ceased. And we have already spoken about this many times — but such a matter needs to be repeated many times, without bound, for “it is your life,” for the majority of the world being far from Hashem Yithbarakh and losing what they lose, true everlasting life, is virtually all only on account of weakness of mind, being downcast, on account that most of them have experienced many times that they began a little in serving Hashem and then fell into what they fell, each person according to his fall, the Merciful One save us; and thereby they became discouraged from beginning again. And some of them once or a few times became somewhat aroused and began anew, but then when they saw that nevertheless fell afterwards, they became discouraged, since they saw themselves trying so much to get into serving Hashem and then falling in what they fell, the Merciful one save us, thus it seemed to them that their strength is exhausted to now begin any more. But really all this is the work of the Ba`al Davar himself, who is the aspect of the elder of the Sitra Achra, for he is called the “old and foolish king” [Eccl. 4], as he wants to cast a man down into oldness and exhaustion, God forbid, as if he already so aged in his mistakes and deeds that he can no longer change. And really it is not so, for every day a man is a new creature, just as we say the benediction every day over Netilath Yadayim and the rest of the benedictions, “Who has not made me a heathen.. a slave.. a woman” etc., where the codifiers have written the reason being because a man is made like a new creature every day, as explained in the ''Shulchan `Arukh''. And similarly the benediction, “Who gives strength to the weary” we say over renewal of the brains and vitality every day, as brought in the ''Kawanoth''. And therefore a man needs to be very careful to not fall into this oldness of the Sitra Achra, but only be strong and renewed all the time, as mentioned. And let it seem in his eyes every day and every hour that he is born today, and as if today he receives the Torah anew, as our Rabbis z"l have said, “every day let them be like new in your eyes,” as mentioned, which all of this is the aspect of Erekh Apayim, as he extends his patience for every thing, obstacle, and confusion in the world, and passes over everything, and strengthens himself each time in His service etc. as mentioned. And this trait of Erekh Apayim is the essence of the aspect of Tiqunei Diqna, which is the aspect of the ''Zaqen''/Elder in holiness, who is truly old, for he truly lives long life, for every time he begins living anew. And precisely this is the aspect of holy elderliness, the aspect of long life, for when one falls in oldness of the Sitra Achra, that is, when his devotion becomes old for him, and all the more so when he falls from his devotions, God forbid, since it seems that he is so old in his mistakes that he can no longer go back, God forbid. Such “elderliness,” God forbid, is the essence of shortness of days, as mentioned in Rabbeinu z"l's words, that “elders” like this who do not add vitality and additional service all the time, are called “short of days and full of trouble” etc. (Job 14). (See the Torah ''“Uv'yom haBiqurim,” LM'' #4). ==Oth 7== The rule is that any man who wants to consider the ultimate purpose needs to very much guard against being old at all. That is, to not fall into oldness of the Sitra Achra, God forbid, whether he is a tzaddik, a chasid, or any other kind of man. Even someone who is the lowest of the low in some regard, needs to guard against falling in this oldness, for even a great tzaddik is forbidden from being old in his service even though he attained perfect devotion on a high level; nevertheless he needs to be strong to go from level to level and each time begin anew. For this is the essence of Judaism, to be strong to ascend each time from level to level, as I heard from the mouth of Rabbeinu z"l when he began teaching the Torah ''“Tesha` Tiqunin Yaqirin Itmasru Lediqna”'' (''LM'' #20), as he said then in this language, “Whoever wants to be an Israelite man, that is, going from level to level, cannot do so except by Eretz Yisrael,” and from his words in general we hear that one is not called a true ''Ish Yisra'eli'' unless one goes from level to level. And one attains this through Eretz Yisrael etc.; see there in that Torah ''Tesha''''`'''' Tiqunin Yaqirin''. And this is the essence of long life, the aspect of the Torah which is called life, when one always begins anew etc. as mentioned. And conversely, even one who did what he did and transgressed what he transgressed, nevertheless is forbidden to be old, God forbid, and he needs to guard more and more against this aspect of oldness, to not get into any despair, God forbid; to not say in his heart that he is so old already, God forbid, in his deeds etc., that he cannot change. Rather, be strong and begin with whatever he can, and do any little or great thing that he can, even if he can really say no more than one utterance in prayer or secluded meditation-conversation, or learn the least of the least bit, anyhow he should do what he can, get strong, and enliven himself in the least of the least that he still manages to strive in the sanctity of Yisrael. For, any way it might be, he definitely does many mitzwoth each day, for even “the transgressors of Yisrael are full of mitzwoth like a pomegranate,” and one needs to find good points in himself and enliven himself each time. And as explained in the Torah ''“Azamera Lelohai Be`odi”'' (''LM'' #282), as brought in our words many times, and be strong and begin each time anew, and not lose himself entirely, God forbid. And “whatever your hand finds to do, do with your strength.” And the main thing is the aforementioned Arikhath Apayim, that he should have a very great deal of Arikhuth Apayim, without bound, which is the aspect of long spirit/temper, that is, to extend his spirit, to wait and look forward to the salvation of Hashem, and not gaze at any confusion or obstacle as mentioned. ==Oth 8== And this is the aspect of “Long-Tempered (Erekh Apayim) for tzaddikim and for the wicked” (''BK'' 50), as tzaddikim need this trait of Erekh Apayim, which is the aspect of holy elderliness, the aspect of ''Arikhath Yamim weShanim''/Long Days and Years, the aspect of ''Chayim Arukhim''/Long Life, mentioned above. That is, to not fall in the oldness of the Sitra Achra, God forbid, that his service should not old and weak for him, but just “renew his youth like an eagle” all the time, and every day begin new with additional sanctity and service, and never get tired or weary, and not be confused by anything, which this is the aspect of Erekh Apayim. For, sometimes one who serves Hashem gets weary on account of having suffered so many trials etc., and thereby he could fall into oldness of the Sitra Achra and exhaustion, God forbid. Therefore he needs to strengthen himself a great deal with the trait of Erekh Apayim, all his days, extending his temper and spirit for all the toils and burdens, beginning new every time. And this is the aspect of Erekh Apayim for tzaddikim. And likewise there is the aspect of Erekh Apayim for the wicked, as Hashem Yithbarakh also extends his temper for them all the days of their lives, in order that they return, as written, “Until the day he dies You wait for him; if he turns back etc. [You receive him immediately].” Therefore the wicked themselves also have to bolster themselves in this trait of Erekh Apayim, that their wickedness should not confuse them from returning to Hashem Yithbarakh, and that their hearts should not falter nor their minds be downcast from the amount of their transgressions, especially if they have already began a few times and fallen from it etc. Nevertheless they should be confident in His great mercy and prolong their patience and spirit over all that happens to them, and strengthen themselves each time to begin anew. Perhaps he will attain from now on to have compassion on himself, to leave his previous way and thoughts, and never ever be old and weak in his eyes. For the essence of return lies in the aspect of renewing one's life whenever it is necessary to renew his days that have passed in darkness, in the aspect of (Lam. 5), “''Hashiveinu H' eleikha wenashuvah chadesh yameynu keqedem''/Return us, Hashem, to you, that we may be restored; renew our days as before.” Hence everyone needs the aspect of this trait of Erekh Apayim. And this is, “Long-Tempered (Erekh Apayim) for tzaddikim and for the wicked.” And the rest of the levels of other people in the world are are included in them, for the whole keeping of their service and vitality is by this trait of Erekh Apayim, as mentioned. ==Oth 9== And all of them receive strength from the aspect of the Elder in Sanctity, who is the aforementioned blind one, who is the aspect of the Elder of Elders, ''Saba deSavin'', who has attained such holy elderliness that he said that he is “extremely old yet extremely ''yanik'' [infantile, lit. suckling]” etc. and as mentioned, as from him all the tzaddiqim receive strength to fortify themselves in their devotions to renew their strength and service all the time. And through these great tzaddiqim who begin new every time — and even reach the highest of all levels, even the level of the greatest ''Benei `Aliyah ''[''Sanh.'' 97b], nevertheless not sufficing themselves with this, but rather saying, “Who knows what else there is to attain?” and beginning every time anew, and like I heard from Rabbeinu z"l a great deal regarding this as explained elsewhere, until they each time arrive at perceptions new, wondrous, awesome etc. etc. — therefore with the strength of such tzaddiqim in all this, those who have fallen can renew themselves every time. As is very common presently in the darkness of the this exile, that the Sitra Achra and the Ba`al Davar have surged up a great deal upon anyone who wants to begin to delve in serving Hashem. And they cast him down every time, each person in accord with what they cast him down, God forbid, the Merciful one save us, and they need to be strengthened and revived each time with many kinds of encouragement, so that they never despair, and that they begin anew each time as mentioned. And they receive all this strength from these tzaddikim. For the more ill a person is, the greater a doctor he needs, as explained elsewhere (#30), for due to the enormity of the power and perceptions of these tzaddikim, who every time began anew and each time perceived more and more the greatness of Hashem's kindness, how He, Blessed be He, devises considerations so that no one be flushed away from him etc. And thereby they have power to draw new vitality and strength to all the fallen, to strengthen and awaken them every time, to never fall down due to anything, but only extend their patience and spirit for everything and be steadfast in Hashem and the power of the true tzaddikim, for His mercies have never ceased, and they should be strong and start following Hashem Yithbarakh anew each time in whatever he can etc. and as mentioned. For, by the power of these tzaddikim who every time began anew, that even when they reached the highest of high levels, that it seems there is no higher level that this, and really it is an extremely wondrous and awesome level and state, that, many great and wondrous tzaddikim never attained it — still even though they reached this and more and more etc. etc., nevertheless they never sufficed with this, but devised considerations every time to begin anew, even though they never knew any more report of a higher level. Nevertheless they said, “Who knows, what else there is?” etc., just like I heard from Rabbeinu z"l, as one time he was very afflicted before me and said, “How can one achieve being a Jew?” etc., and it was a big wonder to me on account that he had just revealed wondrous and awesome things etc.; he spoke up and said, “Who knows what else there is to attain?” etc. For, behold, did it ever occur to me to seek and yearn for such a perception and such a level? So who knows now too what more there is, etc. This was his way every day of his life. And it is impossible to elaborate and relate this here. Hence there are such great tzaddikim that that even when they reach the highest of high levels, that it seems there is no higher level that it, still they yearn, request and seek, and begin anew entirely. For, who knows what more there is? Even though their present perception and level is truly very high, still they say, “Isn't Hashem Yithbarakh infinite? So who knows what more one can reach in this world!” Therefore they begin anew every time, until they truly reach an even higher level. And then they say, “Who knows what more there is?” — and again they begin anew etc., and thus forever. Thus by the power of these tzaddikim there is hope for all the fallen. And there is nothing in the world at all to despair about. For even though it seems to him that from such a descent he cannot get up, God forbid, nevertheless who knows the greatness of Hashem's kindness? For there is such kindness by Him, Yithbarakh, that even from there one can get up. And similarly even if God forbid he fell more many, many times without count, still any move whereby he wants to pick himself up each time from the fall, and each and every cry that he calls out even from the lowest depths, is also never lost. As like Rabbeinu z"l said, that even a yell from the lowest underworld is never lost, regardless of what happens after. For Hashem Yithbarakh and his Torah are infinite and unbounded. As just as there is no getting high in the world, in accord with His greatness — heights above heights, and heights above that etc. and as mentioned — similarly there is no descent in the world, as for every descent, God forbid, there is a worse descent. And since there is a worse descent, God forbid, one needs to be strong and not fall any further, God forbid. And the main empowerment is by the strength of the aforementioned tzaddikim, who never stayed put but every time rose higher etc. as mentioned. For they attained the perception that just as there is never an ascent, similarly there is never a descent from which one cannot rise up. For in truth it is all one, for the more a tzaddik rises to a higher level, he perceives more the generosities of Hashem, which this is the essence of Hashem Yithbarakh's greatness. For the trait of ''Chesed''/Generosity is called ''Gedulah''/Greatness, as is known, as is written, “Yours, Hashem, is the Greatness” [I Chron. 29:11], which is kindness, as is known. Hence the trait of Chesed is is called Gedulah. Therefore the more one perceives the Hashem Yithbarakh's greatness, the more one perceives His generosity, for His Blessed generosity is the essence of His greatness as mentioned. Therefore these tzaddikim who never stay put but each time go up more and more, and each time further perceive His Blessed greatness, that is, the vastness of his generosity, thereby they attain perceiving that there is no fall or descent in the world and no despairing in the world whatsoever. For they perceive such kindnesses each time, which are the essence of the Creator's greatness, whereby everyone can have an ascent. And this is what Rabbeinu z"l said in the torah ''“Mishra deSakina”'' (''LM'' #30), that one needs specifically the greatest tzaddik on the utmost high level. For, the more ill a person is, the greater a healer he needs, that is, as mentioned. For the greater the tzaddik, the more he can raise up even those who are so very fallen, until by the power of the aforementioned tzaddikim [who receive from him], there is no fall or descent where one cannot get up from by their power, if they manage to believe and follow them, and as mentioned. And all this is the abovementioned aspect of Erekh Apayim, the aspect of Erekh Apayim to tzaddikim and Erekh Apayim to the wicked [Oth #8], that these people on a high level, the aspect of tzaddikim, need to prolong their temper, that their temper not fall short, and they not stop having extra spirit and vitality, on account of the great ascent and level they have attained, for in spite of this they need to extend their spirit further, and look to reach an even higher, higher level, and begin anew etc. as mentioned. And these people on a low level, and even the wicked that have fallen in total evil, God forbid, nevertheless as long as the soul is in them, as long as they can still move one body member, need to extend their temper and spirit, to look out for salvation constantly, and prevail and begin anew each time, as much as possible — whatever will be will be — for there is never a move in sanctity nor a groan, cry or aspiration in sanctity etc. that is ever lost, for “Hashem will not cast us off forever” [Lam. 3]. ==Oth 10== And all this is the aspect of tefillin, which are the abovementioned aspect of Arikhath Apayim, which is the aspect of the new brains and vitality that we draw by the mitzwah of tefillin, from the elders in sanctity who receive from the highest elder who is the blind one. ==Oth 11== And this is the aspect of the tunnel of the tefillin, which is where the straps pass through, which are the aspect of “crossing the YaBoQ,” as brought in the Kawanoth. For the straps are the aspect of drawing the brains of the tefillin, which is the aspect of the “Light of the Face,” which is the aspect of the Thirteen Tiqunei Diqna, the aspect of Erekh Apayim mentioned, and therefore ReTzU`AH is gematria 370, the aspect of the 370 lights, of the Light of the Face, as is brought. For the straps represent length, specifically the elongation of the nose, which signifies the elongation of the spirit. This refers to the elongation of the nose, which is the light of the Countenance that extends through the straps, thereby sweetening and nullifying the aspect of the "stripes of wickedness" which is a strap for the Other Side, from which all afflictions and judgments originate. Through the elongation of the nose, extending through the straps of the Tefillin, one transcends all afflictions, sweetening them. They have no power to nullify or obstruct divine service, for one merits the elongation of the nose, i.e., to extend his spirit over everything, not shortening it because of afflictions and obstacles in the world. Instead, one goes about his own affairs, engaging in Torah and divine service, etc., as aforementioned, until he transcends them and nullifies them. Because through the elongation of the nose, not focusing on them at all, they are nullified by themselves. For all afflictions and obstacles come only as a test, and when one strengthens his resolve and extends his spirit, not focusing on them at all, they are nullified before him. Therefore, the elongation of the strap, which signifies the extension of the light of the Countenance, through the elongation of the nose as aforementioned, nullifies the aspect of the strap for the Other Side, from which all afflictions emanate, for everything is sweetened and nullified by the elongation of the nose, which is the aspect of sweetening judgments, as aforementioned. This is the aspect of the passage of the Tefillin, where the straps pass, which is the aspect of the passage of Havayeh Elokim, as aforementioned, for Havayeh Elokim has the numerical value of 52, as is explained. This is the aspect of "I will praise" twice, in God, I will praise," which is in the same vein, for one must recognize Him, blessed be He, and draw close to Him always, whether in prosperity or adversity, God forbid, whether in ascent or descent. This is the aspect of "in God, I will praise," etc., as mentioned in the Torah: "Who is the man who desires life," etc., as explained further. This is itself the aspect of the "He called to Joshua" in the Torah portion that introduces the Book of Joshua. See there, where it is written that anyone who wants to repent needs to be proficient in Halacha, proficient in willing, proficient in returning, proficient in ascending, proficient in departing, in the manner of "I will ascend to the heavens, you are there," etc. See there, that we need to teach how to draw close to God, blessed be He, constantly, in every place. Whether in ascent or descent. And even if one is in the depths of Sheol, from there, too, he can draw close to Him, blessed be He, in the manner of "If I ascend to the heavens, you are there." For even though it seems to him that he has ascended to heaven, he still needs to seek God, blessed be He, and start anew. For God, blessed be He, is also found in heaven, as our Rabbi said in the Torah: "If you go out to war," etc., that all this is the aspect of the elongation of the nose as aforementioned, which we merit through the mitzvah of Tefillin, as aforementioned. This is the aspect of the passage, the aspect of "Havayeh Elokim," for "Havayeh Elokim" consists of the letters of "Beki," proficient in willing, proficient in returning, etc., as our Rabbi said himself, that the aspect of this proficiency is the aspect of "Havayeh Elokim." See there at the end. And also consider the numerical value of "Havayeh Elokim" in the aspect of "in God, I will praise," etc., as aforementioned, whether in the attribute of mercy or in the attribute of judgment, whether in ascent or in descent. Always one must serve God, blessed be He, and extend his spirit so that he will not fall, not become weary, and not be nullified from his yearning for God, blessed be He, because of anything in the world. And all this is achieved through the Tefillin, which is the aspect of the elongation of the nose as aforementioned, which extends his spirit over everything, as aforementioned. For this is the aspect of the long straps that pass through the passage, through which one transcends everything, all afflictions, obstacles, and confusions that emanate from the strap for the Other Side, as aforementioned, and everything is nullified opposite him through the aspect of the elongation of the nose as aforementioned. And this is the aspect of "And God passed before him," which is the aspect of the passage, for then, when God passed before him, God revealed to him the thirteen attributes of mercy, which are thirteen times the numerical value of "Dalet" (ד), and there it is said, "And Moses hastened," etc., for he saw the elongation of the nose, which is the aspect of Tefillin as aforementioned. Through this, one transcends everything and merits to draw close to Him, blessed be He. And this is the aspect of the passage, as aforementioned, for then, when God passed before him and revealed to him the thirteen attributes of mercy, which are thirteen times the numerical value of "Dalet" (ד), then he revealed to him the aspect of the light of the Tefillin, as it is written there in this portion: "I will make all my goodness pass before you," etc., "and you will see my back," and the Sages interpreted this as the knot of the Tefillin, for the essence of the Tefillin emanates from there, from the aspect of "Dalet" (ד), which are the thirteen attributes as aforementioned, which is the aspect of the elongation of the nose as aforementioned. ==Oth 12== And the main essence of the elongation of the nose is achieved through the Land of Israel, which is the aspect of faith. As it is written there in the aforementioned Torah portion on the verse "And Moses hastened," etc., see there (in Siman Kuf-Nun-Hey). And this is the aspect of the Tefillin, for the sections within the Tefillin speak of the Land of Israel and faith, for the main themes of the first two sections are the Exodus from Egypt and the entry into the Land of Israel, as it is written there (Exodus 13): "Remember this day on which you went out from Egypt," etc., "and it shall be when the Lord brings you into the land," etc. And similarly, the second section begins with "And it shall be when the Lord brings you," etc. For the essence of the Tefillin is the aspect of the elongation of the nose, which is achieved through the Land of Israel as aforementioned, which is the opposite of Egypt, which is filled with idolatry and foreign worship, which is the opposite of faith. Therefore, when they were in Egypt, it was said of them (Exodus 6): "And they did not listen to Moses, from shortness of spirit," for they could not draw close to justify themselves, which is the aspect of Moses, and to listen to him because of their shortness of spirit, which is the opposite of the aforementioned elongation of the nose, through which the essence of drawing close to God, blessed be He, and to true righteous individuals is achieved, as written there in the aforementioned Torah portion, and as aforementioned, for the main essence of the elongation of the nose is achieved through faith, which is the aspect of the Land of Israel as aforementioned, which is the aspect of the Tefillin as aforementioned. Therefore, the two secondary sections speak of faith, which is "Hear, O Israel," which is the faith of unity. And the portion "And it shall be if you surely listen" also accepts the yoke of the commandments and the nullification of foreign worship, which is the aspect of wrath, which is also the opposite of the aforementioned elongation of the nose, as it is written there (Deuteronomy 11). The verse "Guard yourselves and so on, lest you turn away and serve other gods and the anger of the Lord will be kindled" (Deuteronomy 11) shows that all four sections of the Tefillin speak of the Exodus from Egypt, which is the aspect of idolatry, the aspect of wrath, and shortness of spirit, in order to merit leaving there and coming to the Land of Israel, which is the aspect of faith and the elongation of the nose. For this is the essence of the Tefillin, as aforementioned. Therefore, the conclusion of the last section of the Tefillin is "so that your days and the days of your children may be multiplied," which is the elongation of days, which is the aspect of long life achieved through the Tefillin, which are the aspect of the elongation of the nose and the elongation of the spirit, from which comes the elongation of days. For the essence of life is through the spirit of breath, through the aspect of elongating the spirit, which is the aspect of elongating the nose. And as explained above, the elongation of the nose is the aspect of the elder in holiness, the aspect of long life, as aforementioned. Therefore, the Sages said (Pesachim 113a), "His hotness, his life is not life," for hotness, which is the aspect of shortness of spirit, is the opposite of elongating the nose. Therefore, his life is not life, for the essence of life is through elongating the spirit, which is the aspect of elongating the nose, as aforementioned. ==Oth 13== Therefore, we need to tie the Tefillin on the left hand, which is the aspect of the dark hand, as the Sages said. For this is the essence of the Tefillin, which is the aspect of elongating the nose, to sweeten and nullify the aspect of the dark hand, from which all afflictions and obstacles emanate, God forbid. One needs to elongate his spirit in the aspect of elongating the nose, as mentioned above, and to surpass everything so that he will not have a short spirit, God forbid, which is the aspect of a depressed spirit, "Who can bear a broken spirit?" (Proverbs 18:14). Rather, one should elongate his spirit above all, which is the aspect of Tefillin, the aspect of elongating the nose. Through this, the aspect of the dark hand is sweetened, as aforementioned. ==Oth 14== And this is [illustrated in the verse], "And the Lord said to Abram, 'Go forth from your land... to the land...'" (Genesis 12), which refers to the Land of Israel, as it is linked to the verse, "And Terah died in Haran." For Rashi explained there that until this point was the wrath and anger of the place. Therefore, it is linked to this [episode] that God commanded Abraham to go to the Land of Israel. Through this, the wrath and anger were sweetened and nullified. For through the Land of Israel, one merits the aspect of elongating the nose, which is the opposite of wrath and anger, as aforementioned. For Abraham is the head of the believers, and therefore he was the first to whom the holiness of the Land of Israel was revealed, as stated in the Holy Zohar, "Tikunim." For the Land of Israel is the aspect of faith, the aspect of elongating the nose, as aforementioned. ==Oth 15== And this is the aspect of (Ex. 13), “Sanctify to Me all the male firstborns, whatsoever opens the womb among the children of Israel,” which is the beginning of the first passage in the tefillin. For the essence of the tefillin are drawn from the sanctity of the firstborn, which is the first birth, which is the aspect of Yetziath Mitzrayim, which is the aspect of birth, as is known, as on account of this we need to sanctify the first birth which is a male firstborn. As written there, “And it came to pass, when Par`oh would hardly let us go... therefore I sacrifice” etc. And all this is in order to draw on oneself the sanctity of birth of the brains which is the essence of birth, that is, to manage to renew ones vitality and brains at all times as if he was born today, as mentioned. Which, this is is the essence of long life, which are the aspect of tefillin as mentioned. And therefore one needs to give the firstborn to the Kohen or redeem him from him, for the Kohen is the aspect of the elder in holiness, in the aspect of (Ps. 133), “It is like the precious oil upon the head, coming down upon the beard; even Aharon's beard” etc., the aspect of the Eight Tikkunim of the Kohen Gadol, as is known. And this is what our Rabbis z”l said (Shabbath 151), “And let your head lack no oil (Eccl. 9:8) — this is head tefillin.” For the essence of tefillin are drawn from the aspect of “like the precious oil upon the head...” of the elder, Aharon, as mentioned. And therefore by means of giving the firstborn, who is the first birth, to the Kohen, we draw the sanctity of the birth of the brains and vitality, to remember to always renew himself as if he was born today, which this is the essence of tefillin, which are the aspect of brains and long life which we receive from the aforementioned Elder in Holiness, who said that he is extremely old and yet has not begun living at all, as if he was born today. For, one needs to each time begin anew as mentioned, and this is the aspect of Mashiach, of whom it is said (Ps. 2), “Today I have borne you.” For Mashiach will attain this aspect perfectly, which is the aforementioned aspect of long life, as each moment he will begin living anew as if he was born today, in the aspect of “I have borne you today.” For Mashiach will attain the aspect of above time, as explained in Rabbeinu z”l's words on this verse, “I have borne you today;” see there [''LM II'' #61]. For this aspect that '''the blind one''' boasted of, who is old yet infantile etc. and the whole world does not amount to him so much as an eyeblink etc., all this is the aspect of above time, which this is the aspect of long life that Mashiach will attain, the aspect of (Ps. 21), “He asked life of You; You gave it to him,” which is the aspect of “David King of Yisrael is Alive and Well.” For David is Mashiach. And this is the aspect of tefillin; that is where is the root of the Mashiach's soul, as is brought, as the root of Mashiach's kingship is in the aspect of the tefillin's knot, and as Rabbeinu z”l said (''LM'' #54), which this is the aspect of (Sam. 1 25), “yet the soul of my lord shall be bound in the bundle of life,” which is said of David, who is Mashiach. The bundle of life is the aspect of tefillin knot, which are the aspect of life as mentioned, the aforementioned aspect of long life, as mentioned. ==Oth 16== And this is the aspect of the strap of the head Tefillin that descends from the knot to the nape of the neck. For the sanctity of the Tefillin stems from the elders who merited to sanctify their intellect to such an extent that they remembered what was done with them from the beginning of their formation, at the time when their nape was cut, as aforementioned. For the essence of the completion of formation, which is the aspect of Tefillin, is the aspect of sanctifying Me, every firstborn of every womb, etc. It is the piece of the nape. Therefore, it is stated regarding the Exodus from Egypt (Ezekiel 16), "And your origins on the day you were born, your navel was not cut," etc. This means that before they left, they were similar to a fetus in its mother's womb, and their nape was not yet cut, etc. For the essence of the Tefillin is the aspect of the Exodus from Egypt, the aspect of birth, which is the aspect of the piece of the nape, as aforementioned. For even though the other elders remembered more and more, as aforementioned, nonetheless, the holiness cannot be revealed outwardly upon us, except for the holiness of the elder's intellect, which recalls the beginning of their formation, which is the piece of the nape, which is the essence of the Tefillin spoken of from the time of formation, the aspect of "Sanctify to Me every firstborn," etc., as aforementioned. And may we merit to receive his holiness, but the holiness of the other intellects of the other elders is not revealed outwardly at all. Rather, all their light is hidden; only in the compartments hidden within the houses is their holiness received in a concealed and hidden manner, for the sanctity of their memory is very concealed from us, as is obvious to the discerning. ==Oth 17== And one strap extends to the heart, for the strap is the aspect of the light that continues from the aspect of elongated patience, as aforementioned. Therefore, it needs to extend to the heart to instill the aspect of elongated patience, which is the suppression of anger within the heart, so that one does not care at all, not even in his heart. This is the essence of elongated patience, as Rabbi [Nissim] mentioned about himself that he merited this aspect in the Land of Israel, that he would have such elongated patience that there would be no anger or resentment in his heart, not even towards his greatest enemy who caused him all the suffering. Nonetheless, he harbored no hatred or resentment in his heart towards him. This is the essence of elongated patience. Therefore, the strap needs to extend to the heart to instill the aspect of elongated patience within the heart, as aforementioned. This means that one does not care or mind anything, not even in his heart, as aforementioned. ==Oth 18== And this is the aspect of Hashem Yithbarakh's extolling Kenesseth Yisrael (Song 7), “Your navel is like a round goblet that lacks no mingled wine,” and our Rabbis z”l explained (Sanh. 37) regarding the seventy Sanhedrin who sat in a semicircle like the moon etc. “Your navel” is the aspect of the tefillin straps which descend from the head knot to the navel, which is drawn from the aspect of the kingship of David-Mashiach who is live and enduring, who is the aspect of the head knot as mentioned, as from there is drawn the strap unto the navel which is the aspect of “your navel like a round goblet,” the aspect of the seventy Sanhedrin who correspond to the seventy facets of the Torah, where David sat at the head, as our Rabbis z”l explained (brought in Rashi) on the verse, “Yoshev-Basheveth a Tachkemonite, head” etc. (2 Sam 23), for all the seventy Sanhedrin who are the aspect of the seventy faces of the Torah all receive from David-Mashiach, as all his vitality is from the aspect of the aforementioned elders, who are the aspect of Tiqunei Diqna Qadisha, the aspect of honoring the face, the aspect of Stories of Ancient Times, as all the seventy faces of the Torah are drawn from them, as explained in the Torah “Pathach R' Shim`on” (''LM'' #60), see there; as thereby one can wake up from sleep, which is the absence of the brains. And by means of these elders, the aspect of the stories, are drawn all the seventy faces of the Torah and we wake up from sleep. Which, this is is the aspect of the seventy years that David a”h lived. And therefore he minimized sleep to the utmost, as our Rabbis z”l said (''Sukkah'' 26), that David never slept sixty breaths, so as to not taste the taste of death. For sleep is one sixtieth of death, which is drawn from Adam haRishon's mistake, by eating from the Tree of Knowledge Good-and-Bad and blemishing the Tree of Life which is the aspect of the light of the tefillin, as is brought. For tefillin are the aspect of life, the aspect of the Tree of Life, of which is said (Gen. 3), “And he eat and live forever). And by causing this damage, death was decreed on him for generations. But actually, after the mistake, death and sleep are a great benefit, for had Adam not erred he would have attained true life which is everlasting life, long life, whilst still in the body, that is, in his body he would have been able to be included in the Ein Sof forever, running and returning, and live long life, that is, renewing his vitality forever, in the aspect of renewing life of the Highest Elder, who is the '''Blind One''', who lived long life, as he is forever old and forever infantile etc. as mentioned. But after the mistake and having eaten from the Tree of Knowledge Good-and-Bad and being driven from Gan `Eden and the Serpent's filth taking grip on his body, the aspect of the “Serpent's bite,” it is impossible for him to live long life in his body forever. And it is impossible to attain everlasting life except by death, which is a great benefit, as written (Gen 1), “And behold, good ''me'od''” — this is death (''Ber. Rab.'' 9), for by means of death which is sleep, his brain is renewed. And then his body and life are renewed, and then he comes back to life in a body clean and pure that is entirely cleaned and purified of the Serpent's filth. And then he will attain receiving new brains in the aspect of tefillin, the Tree of Life, which are the aspect of long life he will attain then. That is, then he will attain living such life forever, as at all times life and brains will be added to him, until the older he gets, the more he will attain beginning anew. Which this is the aspect of the Blind Elder, which this is the essence of everlasting life that whoever attains will attain in the future to come. For constant delight is no delight and is not called true life, but rather when one attains living new life at all times, and this is the aspect of long life, everlasting life, that the tzaddikim will attain in the future after revival of the dead, that is, the aforementioned aspect, as they will attain renewing their life at all times, which this is the aspect of tefillin as mentioned. ==Oth 19== Even in this world, where the righteous, true servants of God merit to extend upon themselves eternal life through Torah, prayer, and good deeds, although their ultimate goal is to always live long lives, to renew their lives with added holiness, with new intellectual faculties and vitality at all times, nonetheless, it is inevitable and impossible to live long lives in this world continuously. For inevitably, the intellect will become fatigued, and therefore, sleep is necessary. And sleep is a great good, for by completely resting their minds when necessary and sleeping a little, they give rest to their intellects. Through this, they return and renew themselves in the morning, and merit to receive new intellectual faculties. They start afresh, as this is the aspect of tefillin: that they merit in the morning after sleep, as precisely explained in the Kavanot. Through the sleep of the night and the awakening at midnight to engage in Torah study, they emerge in the morning with the impressions of the intellect from the previous day, renewed during the night's sleep. And through this, they receive completely new intellectual faculties during prayer, which is the essence of life, long life. Study the Kavanot and understand well, for all the intentions of tefillin are included in our words in a wonderful way, so that each person may merit to receive from them a new awakening, wonderful desire, true and proper advice at all times for the service of the Blessed Creator, for every individual according to their level, place, and time. So even the least among the least can mention the Blessed Name at all times, in every place they may be, however they may be. We have already elaborated on this somewhat above. But let the wise understand and gain wisdom even more, for it is impossible to explain everything in writing. And the discerning one who truly desires to have compassion on themselves and not to deceive themselves can receive all the true and eternal goodness from our words. Let us return to our words, for now it is impossible to merit these aforementioned long lives, to renew one's mind and vitality at all times, except through sleep. But the righteous limit their sleep very much, each one according to their own necessity, for the renewal of the intellect, as aforementioned. Therefore, as it is said (Sukkah 26), "David never slept," as aforementioned, for he lived those long lives. New life at all times and hours, unable to sleep except little by little, compelled for long life as aforementioned. Therefore, the kingdom of David is likened to the moon, which renews itself at all times, hinting at the assembly of Israel, including the aspect of David's kingdom, who need to renew their service at all times in order to merit renewal in the future and to live those aforementioned long lives. As we say, "To the moon, He said to renew its crown of glory for those who are destined to renew like it, to praise their Creator in honor of His kingdom." Then we say, "David, King of Israel, lives and endures," for this is the essence of vitality when renewed at all times, as aforementioned. Therefore, Israel is counted with the moon, from which the new emerge (Chullin 30). This hints that we need to renew ourselves at all times to live each day and at all times with new vitality in the service of the Blessed Creator, for we do not age forever, God forbid, even if we were to live a thousand years (Psalms 90). "For a thousand years in Your eyes are like yesterday." For all our days are counted as eternally new. We find that all our days are called "new," for we bless and sanctify the new month at every new moon, and it is called "Rosh Chodesh" after this renewal that we renew our days at all times, in the aspect of the renewal of the moon as aforementioned, the aspect of renewing the new. And so all the days of the month are counted as the month, for this day is the second of the month, and that day is the third of the month, and so on until the month is complete, and then the second month begins, and so on forever. We find that all our days are counted specifically to the month. For all the days of Israel, with the holiness they received with the Torah, which is the aspect of eternal life, as written (Deuteronomy 30), "For it is your life." All their days are in the aspect of renewal specifically, the aspect of new life at all times, which is the essence of long and eternal life, as aforementioned. ==Oth 20== All of this is achieved through the Tefillin, which represent the aforementioned aspects. Therefore, the aspect of David's kingdom is linked to the connection of Tefillin as aforementioned. Hence, descends from there a holy strap to the navel, which represents the beginning of life and the birth of a person as they emerge into the world. The beginning of separation from the womb to begin living independently in the world is at the time of cutting the umbilical cord. At that moment, one separates from the womb and begins a new life, receiving strength to renew their life at all times, as if born anew and their umbilical cord cut, initiating their life as aforementioned. From there extends the aspect of human life, encompassed within seventy years, which are the days of a person's life, as written (Psalms 90), "The days of our years are seventy." This corresponds to the seventy faces of Torah, as explained by Rabbi Shimon in Tikkunei Zohar (Section 60). For all the seventy faces, which are the seventy years of life, are extended from the aforementioned elders, which are the aspects of the narratives of ancient years, whose illumination extends to us through the elder amongst them, who continues the renewal of vitality through the aspect of the great mind that also remembers the cutting of the umbilical cord, as aforementioned. For the minds of the other elders, who are even higher, cannot be revealed externally, as aforementioned. This is akin to the Basin of the Moon, which renews itself at all times, representing itself as the seventy Sanhedrin, which our sages expounded upon as aforementioned. For the seventy Sanhedrin represent the seventy faces of seventy years, which are received through the Tefillin by the aforementioned elders. Through the strap descending to the navel, one achieves the renewal of their vitality at all times, which is the essence of vitality for all seventy years. For if one does not renew their vitality at all times, they do not live seventy years. For the essence of vitality is the service of the Creator, as He is our life. And when one does not increase holiness and knowledge every day, their days are shortened. Who knows if all seventy years of their life will amount to another day. Therefore, the wicked, who do not fulfill the Torah completely, are called dead in their lives, for they are truly dead since they do not fulfill the Torah, which is truly the essence of life, as it is written, "He is your life." Even one who serves the Lord somewhat is not counted among their days of life except according to the extent of the work and good deeds they have done in their lives. Therefore, it is possible that all their vitality will only amount to one day, as aforementioned. But the essence of true life is in the aspect of David the King, peace be upon him, who merited to live a full seventy years. For he merited those aforementioned lives, which are the essence of those long lives as aforementioned, which continue through the Tefillin, etc., as aforementioned, which is the aspect of new life at all times. And this is why we say in the Kiddush Levana regarding the renewal of vitality, which is the essence of the renewal of the Moon, representing the assembly of Israel and the kingdom of David, as aforementioned. Then we say, "And to the moon, He said, 'You shall renew the crown of glory for those who are borne of the womb, who are destined to renew themselves like her.'" The crown of glory specifically refers to the Tefillin, which are called the crown of glory as is known, and as is mentioned regarding the blessing "Atar Yisrael" in the prayers, which alludes to the Tefillin. For they are the aspect of the crown of glory through which the essence of renewal of vitality is continued, as aforementioned, which is the aspect of the renewal of the Moon, as aforementioned. And this is the aspect of the sanctity of the firstborn, which is the beginning of the first section of the Tefillin, the aspect of "Sanctify to Me every firstborn," etc., as aforementioned, which needs to be redeemed from the priest in order to continue through it the aspect of the renewal of vitality and the minds, as aforementioned. And this is why the essence of redeeming the firstborn is from a new one, as it is written (Numbers 18), "And you shall redeem him from a month old," specifically from a new one. For the essence of redemption is for the renewal of vitality, which is the aspect of renewal, renewing new things, as aforementioned. ==Oth 21== Dawidh had no vitality at all, for he ought to have been a ''Nefel''/miscarriage/fallen-out. But Adam haRishon [''A"hR''] gave him seventy of his own years, as our rabbis z"l have said. For, the life of ''A"hR'' was drawn from the aspect of ''Arikh Anpin'' [''A"A'', the Supernal “Long Face”], which is the aspect of ''arikhath apayim''/forbearance [lit. lengthening of nose], the aspect of the aforementioned stories of ''shanim qadhmoniyoth'' [ancient years, ancient aspects] etc. And as transmitted in the [Arizal’s] writings, that the vitality of the first generations was from there, from the aspect of ''A"A;'' and therefore they would live very long lives. And all the stories that the Torah tells about the first generations, are all from the aspect of stories of ''shanim qadhmoniyoth'', which are the aspect of ''hadrath panim''/honorable face, as all the seventy faces of the Torah receive from it. And therefore the Torah began from these holy stories, before it explains the ''mitzwoth'' of the Torah. For, all the mitzwoth of the Torah, which consist of the aspect of the seventy faces of the Torah, need to receive from the aspect of ''hadrath panim'', the aspect of ''shufreih de’Adam''/Man’s beauty, the aspect of stories of ''shanim qadhmoniyoth'' and the essential holy vitality that is drawn from there. This renews his vitality at all times; each moment he begins living anew, which is the aspect the (Ps. 2), “''Ani hayom yelidhtikha''/ Today I have begotten you,” that is said of the Mashiach [Anointed to Kingship] Dawidh. Namely, Dawidh Mashiach merited that it was reversed to good, from one opposite to the other. For, just as initially he had no vitality at all and really ought to have been a Nefel, the thing was reversed and he merited to live seventy years from ''A"hR''’s years, and merited to live all the seventy years in the aspect of new life at all times, as if he had still never lived at all, but was just born today. And he, at all times was like a miscarriage that was born now, which has no life and has to receive, by Hashem’s graces, new life. And so on, at every time and moment. And thus he lived all his seventy years, which is the essence of life, as mentioned above. Until he merited through his devotion and effort in this aspect — trying and toiling all his days without sleeping his days away, but rather adding holiness and consciousness at all times — to renew his vitality at every hour. Until he merited thereby to live long, everlasting life for ever and ever, in the aspect of “''Dawidh Melekh Yisrael Chai Vekayam''/Dawidh, King of Yisrael, is alive and enduring,” as mentioned. And this is the aspect of tefillin, as mentioned. For ''teFiLYn'' are a term for (Ex. 33:16), “''VeniFLiYnu ani ve`amekha''/ and I and Your people are distinguished,” which was said when Hashem Yithbarakh revealed to him the Thirteen Attributes of Mercy, which are the aspect of the light of the tefillin, which is the aspect of the “''Ve'raitha eth-achorai''/ and you shall see My back” stated there, which is the tefillin knot (''Berakhoth'' 7), which is where the root of Dawidh-Mashiach’s soul is, as mentioned, as he ought to have been ''Nefel'' as mentioned, but now he merited the thing being reversed to good and living new life at all times, as if he was born today, which is the aspect of tefillin, the aspect of “''Venifliynu ani ve`amekha,” ''for the thing becomes reversed, as mentioned, and is made from the aspect of ''Nefel'' into the aspect of ''Venifliynu,'' which is the aspect of tefillin, which is the aspect of the aforementioned long life/longevity of Dawidh as mentioned. And therefore Mashiach is called ''“Bar Nifli''/ My Distinguished Son''” ''[''Sanh''. 96b on Amos 9:11] for Mashiach will attain that life, which is the aspect of the ''“Ani hayom yelidhtikha”'' that is said of Mashiach, and as mentioned above. ==Oth 22== And this is (Ps. 145:14), “''Somekh Hashem lekhol-hanofelim/ H''ashem is a support to all the fallen,” who are the aspect of those who have fallen from serving Hashem, and Hashem Yithbarakh supports them and awakens them from sleep through the Tzaddikim of the era, who are the aspect of Dawidh-Mashiach who attained the reversal from the aspect of ''Nefel'' to the aspect of long life, to always begin living anew, which this is the aspect of tefillin, the aspect of ''“Venifliynu”'' as mentioned. And thereby they enliven and establish all the fallen ones, that they should not be downcast and not despair of the deliverance of their souls, as mentioned. Until they merit to return to Hashem, and then the fall and descent becomes the ultimate ascent. For, the essence of the fall is specifically on account of this, in order that they should begin living anew, as explained elsewhere. That is, that his vitality and brains should begin again and be renewed, which this is the aspect of tefillin, the aspect of ''“Venifliynu”'' etc. as mentioned, hence the support of those who have fallen from the service of Hashem, that they should not despair. Rather, they should strengthen themselves anew each time, which this itself is the aspect of Dawidh-Mashiach, who attained the aspect of ''Nefel'' being reversed to the aspect of long life, that he should merit to begin to live anew each time, as mentioned. For, for them too the fall and descent becomes the ultimate ascent. As Rabbeinu z”l said elsewhere in ''LM ''(#261), that the fact that a man falls from his service, it is from Heaven — for becoming distant is the beginning of drawing close. Therefore he fell in order that he should become more alert, to draw close to Hashem Yithbarakh. And his advice is, “that he should begin anew, entering the service of Hashem as if he has still never begun, and this is a big rule in serving Hashem, that a person needs to really begin anew every day.” Hence specifically through the fall they begin to live anew, which is the aspect of tefillin, as mentioned. Which, this is the aspect of Dawidh’s longevity, which was reversed from ''Nefel'' to long life etc. as mentioned. For, all the support of the fallen is through the aforementioned great tzaddikim, who are the aspect of Dawidh-Mashiach, who lived new life at all times. Which, thereby they enliven all the fallen ones, to begin anew from now, and as explained above. And this is the aspect of the Redemption which shall be through Dawidh-Mashiach, who should come soon in our days, and then Kenesseth Yisrael will rise up from their fall, as our rabbis z”l expounded (''Berakhoth'' 5) on this verse — which this is the reason why there is no ''Nun'' in Tehillah leDawidh etc. Even so, Dawidh again supported it prophetically [lit. by ''Ruach haKoshesh''/ by the Spirit of the Holy], as it says, ''”Somekh Hashem lekhol-hannofelim,” ''etc. In the West (i.e. Israel) they resolve it [the verse Amos 5:2,'' Naflah velo-tosif kum, betulath Yisrael/'' She is fallen and shall lo longer rise, the virgin of Yisrael] thus: ''”Naflah lo-tosif [lipol `od]''/ It has fallen but shall no more '''[fall]''', ''Kum/ Rise''” etc.! [''Berakhoth'' 4b] For, the entire fall of Kenesseth Yisrael is their falling from their service, God forbid, which the Redemption depends on. For, the Redemption depends on nothing else but ''Teshuvah''/ Return/ Repentance, as our rabbis z"l said (''Yoma'' 80). And therefore the main support of the fall is by Dawidh specifically, who lives the aforementioned long life, as mentioned. Which, thereby he vitalizes, strengthens and supports all the fallen ones, that they should not despair, for Hashem is with them and close to them, in the aspect of, “''Al tismechi oyavti li ki nafalti kamti/ D''o not rejoice over me, my enemy; though I have fallen [specifically], I shall rise.'' Ki eshev bechoshekh Hashem owr li/ T''hough [or “when,” or “because”] I sit in darkness, Hashem is a light unto me” (Mic. 7:8). And then the fall and descent is the ultimate ascent, and is as mentioned. And this is the Kohen haGadol [High Priest] in the Beith haMiqdash praying on Yom haKippurim, “''Velo tapil ishah peri bitnah''/ And let no woman miscarry the fruit of her womb''...''” [''YK'' prayer] “''Velo ya`adei `avid shultan mideveith Yehudah''/ A''nd'' may there not depart a ruler from the house of Yehudah” [''Yoma'' 53b]. For, he attained the reversal from the aspect of ''Nefel'' to the aspect of long life specifically, as mentioned. And therefore the Kohen haGadol would pray on Yom haKippurim this prayer specifically. For, Yom haKippurim is the essence of teshuvah/return, and the essence of teshuvah is to rise up from one’s fall, which is the aspect of ''Nefel'', as mentioned. And to be strong to renew his days, in the aspect of (Lam. 5), “''Hashivenu... chadesh yameinu keqedem''/ Restore us... make our days new as before” etc. as mentioned, which is the aspect of Dawidh Mashiach’s kingship, as mentioned. Therefore after Yom haKippurim is Sukkoth, which is the aspect of, “''Aqim eth-sukath Dawidh hanofeleth''/ I will raise up the tabernacle of Dawidh that is fallen” (Amos 9:11), annulling the aspect of the fallen ones’ fall, God have mercy, and instead raising them up and vitalizing them, in the aspect of, ''“Somekh Hashem lekhol-hannofelim” ''etc. as mentioned. And therefore after Sukkoth is Shemini `Atzereth, which is the aspect of the Davidic kingship, as written (Sam. I 9:17), “''Zeh ya`tzor be`ami''/ This one shall have authority over My people,” as Rabbeinu z”l said elsewhere (''LM'' #48), which is when ''Nuqva'' is `''otzereth''/ seizing the droplet so that it does not fall, as written in the Qawanoth, namely, as mentioned above. ==Oth 23== And this is the aspect of Rosh Hashanah. For Rosh Hashanah is the aspect of tefillin which are the aspect of renewal that we attain every day through sleep, when the brains are renewed in Emunah etc., which this is the aspect of Rosh Hashanah, as brought in the words of Rabbeinu z”l in the torah ''“Ashrei Ha`am”'' (''LM'' #35), see there. For Rosh Hashanah is the aspect of the sanctity of Eretz Yisrael, as written, “Always the eyes of Hashem your God are on it from the year's heading unto the year's ending” [Deut. 11:12] , which this is the aspect if tefillin, which are the aspect of Eretz Yisrael's sanctity, the aspect of, “And it shall be, when He brings you” that is said in the tefillin's passages as mentioned. For the essence of Rosh Hashanah's sanctity is that we attain perfect Teshuvah/Return, for it is the first day of the Ten Days of Repentance. That is, that we attain renewing our days that passed in darkness, and from here onwards ad additional sanctity and devotion anew. Which this is the aspect of, “Renew upon us a good year,” that we request on Rosh Hashanah. “Renew” specifically, that we attain a ''new ''year specifically. For every year is a particular facet of the seventy facets of the Torah as mentioned. Therefore every year we need to attain entirely new faces. Living from now new life. Which this is the aspect of long life as mentioned. And this is the aspect of voluminous requesting and prayer on Rosh Hashanah for life many, many times in each prayer. As we say, “Remember us for life... Inscribe us for life... Who compassionately remembers his formations for life...” and many of the sort. For the essence of the aspect of life is the aspect of long life, mentioned, of the '''Blind Elder''', who attained the ultimate memory perfectly as mentioned, as from his is drawn the sanctity of Rosh Hashanah, which is the aspect of the sanctity of the tefillin, which are the aspect of, “and for remembrance between your eyes” as mentioned. And therefore Rosh Hashanah is called “Day of Remembrance.” For the essence of its sanctity is from the aforementioned aspect of that Elder's remembrance. And all our request on Rosh Hashanah for life, the whole intention is for true and everlasting life, that is, the aforementioned aspect of long life. That is, to renew our life at all times, the aspect of, “Renew upon us a good year” — “renew” specifically, as said. ==Oth 24== This is the kindness that the Lord has bestowed upon us by establishing Rosh Hashanah on the New Moon, which is a great kindness, as explained in the Torah, "Blow the horn at the New Moon." We have also heard more about this in the awe-inspiring event related to this matter concerning the Throne, etc., which has not yet been printed. For we need the Lord to renew the year for us in the aspect of the New Moon, which is the aspect of the renewal of vitality at all times, which is the aspect of the kingdom of David the Messiah, as aforementioned. We increase our requests on Rosh Hashanah for His kingdom to be revealed, which is a kingdom of holiness that we seek to be revealed on Rosh Hashanah, as we say several times on Rosh Hashanah, "And may You reign," etc. And we prepare a white candle for Jesse, the Messiah, and cause the horn of David, Your servant, to sprout quickly in our days. For the kingdom of the Messiah is the aspect of those long lives that we request on Rosh Hashanah. This is the aspect of sanctifying the New Moon, as aforementioned. Therefore, in His mercy, He established Rosh Hashanah for us on the New Moon, as aforementioned. This is what our Sages said regarding Rosh Hashanah, which is on the New Moon: "One memory rises here and there." Specifically, it is the memory, for the sanctity of Rosh Hashanah, which is in the aspect of the New Moon, meaning to renew the year in the aspect of new life, which is the aspect of the New Moon, the aspect of those long lives, as aforementioned. All of this is in the aspect of memory, as aforementioned. And it is also explained in the words of our Rabbi, peace be upon him, in "Balkuti Tanina" (Section 40), that he who knows from the Land of Israel should look there. It is explained there that Tefillin, the Land of Israel, and Rosh Hashanah are one aspect. Look there, as aforementioned. ==Oth 25== The essence of the Tefillin is the aspect of vitalizing intellects, meaning to begin anew with vitality each time, whether for the righteous, the intermediate, or the wicked. As long as the name of Israel is upon him, one must start anew every day, as aforementioned. This is the aspect of "And you who cleave to the Lord your God are alive, all of you, today," which is said concerning the holy Tefillin, as is known. "Alive, all of you, today" specifically means that one needs to renew vitality every day, as if he is beginning to live today, and this is "alive, all of you, today," specifically, as aforementioned. This is the aspect of the Tefillin of the head and the Tefillin of the hand. And it is stated in the Kavanot that the Tefillin of the head are the aspect of the three names: "Eh-yeh" "Asher" "Eh-yeh," which equal "Chayim" (life) in gematria, the aspect of intellects. And the Tefillin of the hand are the aspect of the intellects of the kingdom. Therefore, they are the three names: "Eh-yeh" "Adonai" "Havaya," which ascend in the arm tefillin, etc. Look there. And it is explained there that the light of the Tefillin emerges through sleep, as they sleep at night. For then, the intellects are renewed within faith, which is the aspect of the kingdom. And by rising at midnight, mourning the destruction of the Temple, and engaging in Torah study, they elevate the point of the kingdom until it rises with the light of day and sits on the left arm, for there is its place, etc. And then, the remnant of the intellects that remain in the heart are illuminated by the impression left by them. For the essence of the intellects of greatness is only during prayer. And after prayer, the intellects depart, leaving only their impression. This is the aspect of the light of the Tefillin, which is the impression left by the intellects that remain all day. The essence, however, is during prayer, etc. And afterward, at night, even the impression departs. Therefore, there are no Tefillin at night, and even the impression of the intellects of the kingdom departs at night. Only this impression of the kingdom does not entirely depart but remains in the heart, which is the aspect of "Set me as a seal upon your heart, as a seal upon your arm," etc. And afterward, in the morning, it illuminates the impression on the left arm, which is the aspect of the prayer of the hand. Then, when the person sees that he already has the Tefillin, the impression of the intellects of the kingdom, he becomes envious of it. This is the aspect of "Like She'ol, jealousy." Then he returns and takes for himself his own intellects, which is the impression that renewed at night. This is the aspect of the Tefillin of the head, etc. See there in length. It is found that the Tefillin of the head are the aspect of the emanation of the intellects of knowledge, which is the aspect of Z"A. And the Tefillin of the hand are the aspect of the emanation of the intellects of the kingdom, which is the aspect of faith, as aforementioned. And the essence of the Tefillin and the intellects and the vitality are drawn through the true righteous of the generation, who are the intellects and vitality of the whole world. For every righteous person of the generation is the aspect of Moshe Messiah, as it is written (Shabbat 111a), "Moshe is beautiful," and Moshe is intellect, the aspect of the Tefillin of the intellect, as our Rabbi, may his memory be for a blessing, said elsewhere (Likutei 1:38), "For the true righteous person is the aspect of a river going out of Eden to water the garden." And from there, it separates and becomes four heads, which are the aspect of the four compartments in the Tefillin, as is known, which are the intellects of the Tefillin that are drawn through the river going out of Eden, which is the true righteous person, as is known. And this is the Tefillin of the head and the Tefillin of the hand, which is the aspect of the righteous person, which is the aspect of Z"A, as is known, and the assembly of Israel, which is the aspect of the kingdom, and so forth. This is the intellects of the righteous person himself, which is the aspect of the Tefillin of the head, and the intellects of all Israel, which the righteous person illuminates and brings near to the Blessed One. This is the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand, which are primarily the aspect of faith, which is the essence and foundation upon which everything depends, as it is written (Habakkuk 2:4), "The righteous person will live by his faith." This means that the righteous person is compelled to remove his intellects, and even the impression departs during sleep, and nothing remains except the impression of the intellects of faith that remains in his heart, in the aspect of "Set me as a seal upon your heart," as aforementioned. And then, during sleep, the faith is contracted and diminished into a secret point and descends to all the lower worlds to purify sparks from there, as aforementioned. This means that the righteous person is compelled to immerse himself in the aspect of sleep and remove his intellects. Then, through his faith, he purifies many sparks from the depths of the husks, which are many souls that fell due to their sins and distanced themselves from the Blessed One, each one according to how far they distanced themselves in their sins, may the Merciful One save them. For the sake of these souls, the righteous person is compelled to lower himself to them and remove his intellect in order to instill complete faith in them, to bring them closer to the holy faith, to sustain them for the Blessed One. For from the essence of the intellect of the righteous person, it is impossible to accept. Therefore, he is compelled to remove his intellect and diminish himself into the secret of the point, to purify them and elevate them through the point of faith alone. And afterward, when he awakens from sleep with all the sparks and souls that he elevated and awakened to the Blessed One, they need to engage in Torah study, prayer, and the service of the Blessed One until they merit to ascend to their place in the secret of the prayer of the hand, which is the aspect of the assembly of Israel sitting on the left arm, as aforementioned. Then, all the impressions of all the intellects of all Israel that departed from them, and all that remains in the heart of the righteous person is the aspect of a seal upon your heart. He illuminates everything with that same point of his faith that rose with all the souls of the penitents that he elevated and returned to the Blessed One, meaning he illuminates them with knowledge and understanding to strengthen them in complete faith so that they may be strengthened in their service. And they shall not regard any hindrance or incitement from the Evil Inclination and other deterrents but shall pass over everything through the strengthening of their faith, which is greatly strengthened by the intellect that illuminates them in the secret of the Tefillin of the hand, as aforementioned. And through this, the dark hand sweetens, which is the aspect of all hindrances and incitements, etc., which are all drawn through the aspect of might and judgments, the aspect of the dark hand, as aforementioned. For through the strengthening of faith, they overcome everything, as aforementioned, until nothing can cause them to stumble. For he enlightens them with the knowledge of the holy faith, so they know that the Blessed One is present everywhere, and there is no hindrance in the world that they cannot overcome. There is no despair in the world because there is no descent in the world from which they cannot ascend, etc., as aforementioned. Through this, he strengthens and awakens them in faith until they overcome all hindrances and confusions in the world and draw near to the Blessed One, beginning anew each time. For he instills in them complete faith, which is the aspect of endurance to overcome all obstacles and deterrents in the world, as aforementioned. This is the aspect of Tefillin, as aforementioned. Then, when the righteous person sees that the aspect of the point of faith has succeeded and bore fruit, as they have already received intellect and true knowledge, which is the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand, meaning he sees that it has already risen in his hand, and his efforts have borne fruit because he has succeeded in enlightening their intellect and souls that were concealed and brought them closer to the Blessed One until they are strong in their faith to stand firm and overcome all hindrances in the world, etc., as aforementioned. Then, the righteous person himself becomes envious of his disciples when he sees that they have received intellect and true knowledge from him. He envies them in the sense of "I envy you" more than all of them, for through the disciples whom he has enlightened with the intellect and knowledge of the holy faith, which is the aspect of the assembly of Israel, the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand, as aforementioned, he envies them. And he recalls within himself where his intellects are. Then he retrieves the impression of his intellects that departed from him during sleep. Then he accepts this impression, which is renewed in a wonderful way, which is the aspect of the Tefillin of the head, as aforementioned. And this is explained in the words of our Rabbi, may his memory be for a blessing, elsewhere that initially, the righteous person lowers himself in order to draw souls closer. And afterward, he returns to his exalted state with additional enlightenment, etc., as aforementioned. That is as aforementioned. And from these two aspects, which are the intellects of the righteous person himself and the intellects of the faith that he instills in the assembly of Israel, which are the souls that he brings close to the Blessed One, from there, the aspects of the Tefillin of the head and the Tefillin of the hand are drawn for each and every one, for each aspect includes all the others, as is known. And this is the aspect of "For the Leader, by David; to remember," to remember oneself, as Rashi explained there, a parable to a king who was angry with his flock, etc., after some time he returned the flock, etc., as aforementioned. Initially, the righteous person mentions Israel, urging them to return to the Blessed One. Then, when he sees that his prayer and efforts have been effective and he has brought Israel back to the Blessed One, then he mentions himself, as aforementioned. This is the aspect of the Tefillin of the head, which are the aspect of remembrance, as aforementioned. ==Oth 26== And therefore, the intellects of the Tefillin of the head are the aspect of "Ehyeh Asher Ehyeh," which are living intellects, as aforementioned. For "Ehyeh" is the aspect of conception, as explained in the intentions, for it is explained in the words of our Rabbi, may his memory be for a blessing, in Torah that it is written to Joshua (in Siman 6) that "Ehyeh" is the aspect of repentance, the aspect of "Ani Zumin Lemihavei," for before repentance, one has no existence at all. Only when one begins to repent is he in the aspect of "Ehyeh," the aspect of "Ani Zumin Lemihavei," for then he begins to arrange and prepare himself to have existence in the world. See there. And it is stated there that one needs to repent for repentance, etc. See there. And even the righteous person who has already fully repented still needs to repent at all times for the initial attainment. For at all times, he comes to a new attainment. And then he repents, which is the aspect of "Ehyeh," for yesterday's attainment, which manifested the exaltation of His divinity, etc., which is the aspect of Sabbath, the aspect of the World to Come, which is entirely Sabbath, entirely repentance, etc. See there. Thus, the true righteous person is always in the aspect of "Ehyeh," for every time he comes to new intellects and begins to grasp the Blessed One with new attainment and new intellects. This is the aspect of the aforementioned long life, the aspect of new life that he begins to live each time. For all this is the aspect of "Ehyeh," for every day he is in the aspect of "Ehyeh," the aspect of conception, "Ani Zumin Lemihavei," as if he has not yet begun to live at all, and he has no existence in the world at all. Only now does he begin to live and prepare himself to have existence in the world. This is the aspect of "Ehyeh," as aforementioned. And therefore, the Tefillin, which are the aspect of the aforementioned long life of the righteous person, who begins to live anew each time with new intellects, as aforementioned, are in the aspect of "Ehyeh Asher Ehyeh," which are living intellects. That is, every day he is in the aspect of "Ehyeh," the aspect of conception, "Ani Zumin Lemihavei." He begins to live anew with new intellects and new life, as if he had not yet had any existence or life at all, as aforementioned. And afterward, by this, new complete intellects adhere to him, which are the aspect of existence, as explained in the intentions. See there. And immediately, when he merits to receive these new intellects, which are the aspect of existence, immediately he returns and removes those intellects, and only their impression remains. Then he returns and begins to cleave to the Blessed One and yearn for Him, that he may merit even greater and more new intellects, which is the aspect of "Ekiyah B". The aspect of "Ani Zumin Lemihavei," etc. as aforementioned. And this is "Ekiyah HaVayah Ekiyah," for he always remains in the aspect of "Ekiyah," the aspect of "Ani Zumin Lemihavei," for as soon as he receives the intellects, which are the aspect of existence, immediately he returns and begins to yearn for the Blessed One in the aspect of "Ekiyah Ani Zumin Lemihavei," as if he had not yet had any existence or life at all. And so forever, as aforementioned. And therefore, these three names, "Ekiyah HaVayah Ekiyah," are living intellects, for this is the essence of life, the aspect of the aforementioned long life, that is, he begins to live anew each time, as aforementioned at length. However, the intellects of the congregation of Israel, which are the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand, are in the aspect of "Ekiyah HaVayah Adonai," for they also need to begin anew each day in the aspect of "Ekiyah Ani Zumin Lemihavei," as aforementioned. And afterward, they receive their intellects, which are the aspect of existence, as aforementioned. But afterward, when their intellects depart, they remain in the aspect of "Adonai," which is the aspect of the kingdom of faith, for they believe in the Blessed One, who is the Master of all. For this aspect of "Adonai," which is the aspect of faith, needs to remain forever, for this point never departs. For it is necessary that the impression of the intellects of faith remain so that they can strengthen themselves in their service, as aforementioned. For the essence of the renewal of the intellects of the multitude is so that they remain in strong faith, for this is the essence of their vitality, for it is the foundation of everything. And therefore, their impression remains in the aspect of "Adonai," which is the aspect of faith in believing in the Master of all. And by this, their intellects are renewed, and they merit to overcome all obstacles, as aforementioned. But the intellects of the aspect of the Tefillin of the head, which are the intellects of the righteous person, remain in the aspect of "Ekiyah." He truly merits the aforementioned long life, beginning anew each time to live as aforementioned. And this is the aspect of "Ekiyah Asher Ekiyah." This is the aspect of repentance upon repentance as aforementioned, that each time he begins anew to live in the aspect of "Ekiyah" as aforementioned. And this is "Ekiyah Asher Ekiyah," "Ani Zumin Lemihavei," etc., as he begins to live and receive new intellects, the aspect of the Tefillin as aforementioned. And this is the "Ash" of the letters "Rosh," which are the intellects in the aspect of existence as aforementioned. And afterward, he returns to the aspect of "Ekiyah," for he begins to yearn to receive even greater new life and intellects. And this is the aspect of "Ehiyeh B" as aforementioned. It turns out that "Ehiyeh Asher Ehiyeh" is the aspect of "Ehiyeh HaVayah Ehiyeh," the aspect of the Tefillin, for this name, "Ehiyeh Asher Ehiyeh," which the Blessed One revealed to Moses at the time of the Exodus from Egypt, is the aspect of the Tefillin as aforementioned. And so too, each person individually must continue upon himself these two aspects of intellects as aforementioned, which are the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand and the Tefillin of the head. For when the intellects depart from him, then through the impression of faith that remains in his heart, by this, he returns and continues to strengthen his mind and intellects for himself, to strengthen in excessive faith, to return and begin the service of the Blessed One, which is the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand, which is the aspect of faith and sovereignty as aforementioned. For the names ascend YaBaQ, which is the aspect of BaQi, the aspect of transition, YaBaQ as aforementioned, which overcome all obstacles as aforementioned. And afterward, when he merits the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand, that is, to strengthen in faith and not to allow himself to fall, God forbid, afterward, he becomes jealous of himself and continues for himself even greater intellects to strengthen to ascend from level to level, to live each time a new life, which is the aspect of the prayer of the head, whose names are "Ehiyeh HaVayah Ehiyeh," the aspect of life, and so forth. Understand well. ==Oth 27== This is the aspect of the Tefillin according to Rashi and the Tefillin according to Rabbeinu Tam, and it is explained in the intentions that the Tefillin according to Rabbeinu Tam are the greatest intellects, and the aspect of Gevurot, the powers, emerges before Chesed, kindness, which is the aspect of the combination of the Tefillin according to Rabbeinu Tam, which is the aspect of YKVK, the aspect of holiness. "And it shall come to pass if you will diligently obey" etc., and the Tefillin according to Rashi are the aspect of existence, in the order of the aspect of Chesed, kindness, emerging before Gevurot, powers, etc. See there. For initially, it arose in thought to create the world with the attribute of judgment alone. He saw that the world could not endure, and He preceded the attribute of mercy and joined it with the attribute of judgment. As it says (Genesis 2:4), "These are the generations of the heavens and the earth when they were created, on the day that the Lord God made earth and heaven." And it is known that the essence of the evil inclination and the sitra achra, the other side, derives from the attribute of Gevurot and judgments that emerge from the beginning of the contraction of the empty space. And the breaking of the evil inclination derives from the attribute of mercy, which is joined with the attribute of judgment, for through this, there is the power to break the evil inclination and transform it into holiness, which is the aspect of what the righteous ones do, transforming the attribute of judgment into the attribute of mercy. Therefore, initially, it arose in thought to create the world with the attribute of judgment alone because He desired that man should prevail in his service to the extent that he would have the strength to break the evil inclination within himself that comes from the attribute of judgment without assistance from above. But the Blessed One saw that it was impossible for the world to endure in this state. Therefore, He preceded the attribute of mercy to the attribute of judgment, from which it follows that the Blessed One, in His mercy, has compassion on the world at all times and sends them thoughts of repentance and assists them in breaking the evil inclination, which is from the attribute of judgment, as the sages said (Kiddushin 30b), "Every day, the evil inclination of a person overpowers him, and were it not for the Holy One, blessed be He, assisting him, he would fall into its hands." Every day, the evil inclination of a person overpowers him. This derives from the initial thought that arose to create with the attribute of judgment, for this judgment awakens every day and seeks, God forbid, to govern the world in this manner. From there, the evil inclination awakens and gains strength, which derives from there every day. But were it not for the assistance of the Holy One, blessed be He, and so on. For Hashem Yitbarakh immediately takes pity and gives priority to the attribute of Mercy over the attribute of Judgement, to break the Yetzer haRa which is from that aspect of the attribute of Judgement as mentioned. For the help and assistance is drawn from the aspect of: See that the world will not endure and stand (without Mercy) so he gave priority to the attribute Mercy over the attribute of Judgment, as mentioned. But there are such great righteous individuals who do not need assistance from above,and the Holy One, blessed be He, initially treats them with the attribute of judgment. They withstand all trials and endure all sorts of suffering and afflictions stemming from the attribute of judgment. They remain steadfast until they merit what they merit, as written in Genesis, "And the Almighty God, who walked before me" (Genesis 48). Indeed, it is the attribute of judgment that operates independently, without assistance from above, as explained by Rashi in the portion of Noah. This is the nature of all the sufferings that the righteous endure, as stated in Psalms 11, "The Lord examines the righteous; but his soul hates the wicked and the one who loves violence." For they sweeten the judgment at its root from the beginning of the aforementioned thought, for they believe and know that the sufferings and judgments themselves are great goods. And through this, they truly merit to ascend and to be included at the beginning of the thought. This is the nature of Rabbi Akiva, who mocked himself with iron combs and Moses our teacher, peace be upon him, asked him, "This is Torah and this is its reward," and the blessed God kept silent, so it arose in thought. For the sufferings of such righteous individuals are like Rabbi Akiva, and his companions, they stem from the beginning of the thought that the Holy One, blessed be He, desired to create the world with the attribute of judgment so that they would merit standing the trial without assistance from above, as mentioned above. So that all may merit to be included at the beginning of the thought. But when He saw that the world could not endure, He preemptively brought forth the attribute of mercy and so forth. And then everyone has the strength to break the evil inclination with the assistance from above, which is the attribute of mercy as mentioned. But great righteous individuals like Rabbi Akiva and his companions, as mentioned, serve the blessed God as it arose at the beginning of thought. That is, in the attribute of judgment alone, meaning that they endure all kinds of suffering and withstand all trials and accusations, all stemming from the attribute of judgment. They rectify everything themselves, as mentioned, and through this, they truly merit to ascend and be included at the beginning of thought, which is the nature of silence as it arose in thought, as mentioned. ==Oth 28== For the essence of judgment extends from the beginning of the contraction of the empty space, as is known and explained by our Rabbi in Torah, "He came to Pharaoh" (Siman 64), that the empty space represents the severity that cannot be appeased, and so forth. See there all this well. But the great righteous individual, like Moses, can even penetrate those severities that are representative of the empty space, and so forth. See there. This is the nature of the aforementioned, that the righteous individual ascends at the beginning of thought, which is the beginning of the contraction of the empty space, from which the root of judgment emanates. And he merits to stand there in trial and to endure all sufferings and judgments, and through this, he achieves the secret of the empty space, to know that even there the blessed God remains concealed in a wondrous and awesome manner that cannot be comprehended, and so forth, as written there. See there in Torah, "He came to Pharaoh" the aforementioned. And this is the nature of the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, which represent a higher level of intellect, where the powers precede the kindnesses that emanate from the righteous heroes mentioned above. For the blessed God treats them as it arose at the beginning of thought. Therefore, they truly merit to be included at the beginning of thought and to sweeten everything at its root, and so forth. And this is the nature that the powers precede the kindnesses, for they can receive the powers themselves before the kindnesses. This is the nature of the leadership that arose in thought initially, as mentioned. For they merit even through the attribute of judgment itself because they endured great sufferings and were tested, until they also merit according to the attribute of judgment itself, and so forth. But the tefillin of Rashi, the kindnesses precede the powers. This is the nature of preempting the attribute of mercy and combining it with the attribute of judgment, which is the essence of the governance of the whole world, as mentioned above. Therefore, the essence of the tefillin is that of Rashi, as most of the world observes them, for the essence of the governance of the world and its existence is solely through this aspect, as mentioned above.Only those who wish to sanctify themselves with additional holiness need to also wear the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam in order to receive illumination from the lofty righteous individuals mentioned above, who have ascended to the beginning of thought and sweetened all judgments at their root, as mentioned. For from them we can receive extra sanctity. Therefore, anyone who wishes to draw closer to the blessed God and to bring upon themselves additional holiness should wear the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, as our Rabbi warned his people to wear the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam. For any distance from the blessed God stems from the evil inclination whose root is from the attribute of judgment emanating from the aforementioned empty space. Therefore, the main addition of holiness comes upon a person through the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, which stem from the righteous individuals mentioned above who ascend to the root judgment of the empty space and sweeten everything at their root. Through this, strength is drawn upon all those distant to break and nullify the evil inclination stemming from there, as mentioned. ==Oth 29== Therefore, now, in the footsteps of the Messiah at the end of the exile, one must be very cautious to wear the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, as all true righteous individuals warned in our times. For now, the Yetzer Hara (evil inclination) has greatly intensified due to seeing that the end is near. Therefore, it becomes much stronger. It is like two people fighting each other, and when one sees that the other is gaining the upper hand and is almost falling, then he exerts all his strength to bring down his opponent. As the sage said, "There is no hero like the one who despairs," for the exile is a state of pregnancy, and when we leave the exile, it is akin to birth, like the redemption from Egypt, which is called birth, as it is written (Ezekiel 16), "And your birth was on the day you were born," and so forth. Similarly, in the final redemption, it is written (Isaiah 66), "For Zion has travailed and also given birth to her sons." And as it is written there, "Shall I bring to the birth, and not cause to bring forth?" Therefore, at the end of the exile, the exile becomes stronger. As it was in Egypt, as it is written (Exodus 5), "Since I came to Pharaoh to speak in your name, he has done evil to this people," and as it is written there, "Let heavier work be laid upon the men." This is the aspect of the labor pains of birth, as it is written (Exodus 13), "And it came to pass, when Pharaoh had let the people go," and similarly, all the sufferings and troubles that we endure now at the end of this final exile are like birth pangs, as when a woman is about to give birth, she cries out in her pangs, and so forth. And the main intensification of the exile that is now increasing, God forbid, is that the Yetzer Hara is intensifying greatly against the souls of Israel to distance them from the blessed God. This is the essence of the exile and the troubles of the soul. For besides this, everything is vanity, as explained elsewhere. And the main distress is that the Yetzer Hara is intensifying to introduce heresy and atheism into the world, God forbid, as our Rabbi warned that atheism is spreading greatly in the world. And as we see with our own eyes. That there has never been such atheism in Israel from the days of old as there is now, due to our many sins, which have increased and spread among the people, teaching the youth of Israel their wisdom and their tongues, and so forth. And we have already spoken about this elsewhere. And all the intensification of the Yetzer Hara (evil inclination) that is now increasing is the aspect of the birth pangs of the Messiah, as mentioned above. And all its power is drawn from the root of the judgment of the aspect of the empty space, as mentioned above. Therefore, now there is no strength to stand against it except with the strength of those true great righteous individuals mentioned above. They can enter there into the aspect of the empty space and sweeten the judgment there at its root. For by this, all the power of the evil inclination of all the inhabitants of the world that is drawn from there is nullified. Therefore, everyone must be careful to wear the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, which are drawn from the intellect of those great righteous individuals mentioned above. In order to receive strength from them to break the evil inclination, which is now intensifying greatly, drawn from there, as mentioned above. ==Oth 30== For the main aspect of the birthing contractions is drawn from the aspect of Amalek, as is understood from the words of our Rabbi (Ramban) on the verse "And Samuel hewed Agag in pieces," and so on. See there what is written about Rashi's commentary, "hewed in pieces for the Lord," and so forth. Through this, the compassion of the one causing the birth pangs opens, as it is the aspect of denial and atheism that stems from the empty space. Therefore, it is called the beginning, as it is written (Numbers 24), "Amalek was the first among the nations," for the empty space sanctified them forever. For without this, there would be no place for the creation of the world, as explained in detail in the Torah on the verse "In the Torah, He came to Pharaoh." See there well. And from there, the husk preceding the fruit is drawn from the aspect of the empty space, and therefore Amalek is called the beginning because its power is drawn from the empty space, which is the beginning and precedes the world, as from there comes the husk preceding the fruit, as mentioned above. And this is the aspect of the primogeniture of Esau, which is Amalek, as mentioned above. For it is drawn from the aspects of the husks that stem from the empty space preceding the world. Therefore, Jacob endeavored to take the primogeniture from him, for truly the Lord preceded all, for He fills all worlds and surrounds all worlds, and He Himself created the empty space so that there would be a place for the creation of the world, as mentioned above. Therefore, Israel, through their faith in the Lord, who preceded all, transgress all the wisdom, denial, and atheism that come from the empty space, for they believe that even in the empty space itself, the Lord is concealed, for He preceded all, as explained in the Torah mentioned above. Therefore, they are called Hebrews, as through their faith in the God of the Hebrews, they transgress all the wisdom that comes from the empty space. Therefore, truly, Israel are firstborn, as it is written (Exodus 4), "Israel is My son, My firstborn." For they transgress through their faith in the empty space and believe in the Lord Himself, who is first and precedes all, as mentioned. Therefore, Jacob took the birthright from Esau because initially it was inevitable that the birthright would belong to Esau, for the husk precedes the fruit. For his birthright is drawn from the empty space preceding the world. However, Jacob, through his faith, merited to transcend the empty space and to believe and include himself in the Lord, who precedes all. Therefore, afterward, he annulled Esau's birthright, which is the aspect of "Amalek was the first among the nations," and he merited to take the birthright for himself until his descendants would all be called firstborn, as it is written, "The sons of Israel, My firstborn." And this is the aspect of the Plague of the Firstborn specifically at the time of the Exodus from Egypt, and then the firstborn of Israel were sanctified, for this is the essence of the Exodus from Egypt. For all the exiles encompassed in the exile of Egypt are drawn by the defilement of Amalek, which is the essence of the defilement of the serpent, who is "Amalek was the first among the nations." From him, all the four kingdoms, which are all the exiles, receive, as our Rabbi (Ramban) said in the Torah, from the "straight path" (in section 30). And also, the ruler of Egypt is Edom, which is Esau, as is explained. And all the main difficulties and hardships in the heart of Pharaoh, who did not want to let Israel go out, are drawn from atheism and denial that clung to him, drawn from the empty space, which is the aspect of Amalek. As our Rabbi (Ramban) wrote there about the verse "Come to Pharaoh, for I have hardened his heart." For Pharaoh is the aspect of the empty space, from which the hardness of his heart is drawn, which is the aspect of "And it came to pass, when Pharaoh hardened himself." The aspect of the birthing contractions as mentioned. Therefore, "The Lord struck every firstborn in the land of Egypt" in order to subdue the firstborn of the Other Side drawn from Esau's birthright in the aspect of "Amalek was the first among the nations." From the aspect of denial drawn from the empty space preceding the world. In order to subdue all this and to strengthen the firstborn of Israel, who receive from the birthright of Jacob, who, through his faith, merited to transcend the empty space, to overcome all the difficulties and inquiries drawn from there, and to cleave to the Lord, who is first and precedes all, from whom the birthright of holiness emanates, and so forth. Through this, Israel left Egypt, which is the aspect of birth, and then the firstborns were sanctified to give them to the priest, who receives his holiness from the aspect of the Elder of Holiness, the aspect of Aaron the Elder, and so forth, as mentioned, which is the aspect of "you shall pass over every firstborn to the Lord." And "passing over" specifically, for through the sanctity of the firstborn, we gain the strength to overcome the aspect of the firstborn of the Other Side, which is the aspect of the empty space, as mentioned. For through the sanctity of the firstborn to the priest, we continue the complete faith, through which we transcend all wisdom, and so forth, as mentioned. Therefore, the essence of the tefillin is from the Exodus from Egypt, the sanctity of the firstborns, and faith. For all is one, for through faith, we transcend all wisdom drawn from the empty space, which is the aspect of the Exodus from Egypt, the aspect of the sanctity of the firstborns, as mentioned. From there, the essence of the tefillin, which is the renewal of the intellects and vitality, for the essence of the renewal of the intellects and vitality is received through faith, which is the essence of life, as written in "In the light of the king's countenance is life," as brought in the words of our Rabbi, and so forth. For through faith in the renewal of the world, that the Lord created everything according to His will, there is something from absolute nothingness, after the complete absence. And just as He, blessed be He, created the world from absolute nothingness, He also renews it now with His goodness every day, constantly, the work of Creation. And the essence of the renewal of the work of Creation every day is through wisdom, as written in "All of them, with wisdom, You made," which are the renewed intellects drawn every day to recognize His wonders every day, renewed with knowledge and new recognition, through which the work of Creation is renewed every day with His goodness, and so forth. There is no good except Torah; there is no good except the righteous one. That is, the true righteous one merits the acquisition of Torah and knowledge, renewed every day, through which the work of Creation is renewed, and from there is the essence of the tefillin, as mentioned. ==Oth 31== Indeed, everything is one, for the birth of a Jewish soul, and the nullification of the constriction of birth itself, is truly the aspect of the Exodus from Egypt, which is the aspect of birth, as mentioned. After the Lord nullified the constriction of birth through the killing of the Egyptian firstborns, which is the aspect of "And it came to pass when Pharaoh stubbornly refused to let us go, that the Lord killed all the firstborn in the land of Egypt," as mentioned, for at the time of the Exodus from Egypt, which is the aspect of birth, the holy faith was revealed, the aspect of faith in the renewal of the world, which is the essence that was revealed then. Through all the very great signs and wonders that the Lord performed with us then. Therefore, Pharaoh, the king of Egypt, and his ministers, who were nurtured by Edom and Amalek, which are the denials of the empty space, wanted to delay Israel in exile, which is the aspect of the constriction of birth, the aspect of "And it came to pass when Pharaoh stubbornly refused to let us go," as mentioned. And their main opposition was due to the magnitude of the revelation of faith that Moses revealed then, that it is the faith in the renewal of the world, as mentioned. Therefore, the Lord struck all their firstborns who were drawn from the aspect of the firstborn of the Other Side, which are the denials drawn from the empty space, as mentioned. And similarly, at the time of actual birth, when we need to give birth to a Jewish soul. And every Jewish soul is a new revelation and a new knowledge to recognize He who said and the world came into being. For it is a principle that the Holy One, blessed be He, does not do the same thing twice. As our Rabbi, may his memory be blessed, said, even the reincarnated souls, the same soul does not come in the same way as before. For the Holy One, blessed be He, does not do the same thing twice, and the same soul is not reincarnated in the same way as before. Rather, this soul with this spirit, or this soul with this spirit, and so forth. And similarly, it is found that it is another matter and completely new, as explained in the words of our Rabbi. It is found that each time a Jewish soul is born, a new intellect is born. For the essence of life and the soul is the intellect, which is the soul and the vitality, the aspect of the Divine soul, may you understand them, as mentioned, as our Rabbi said. So, when a new soul is born and a new intellect emerges in the world, which is the aspect of a new mind and new recognition, it is in order to recognize the Blessed One with new knowledge and recognition. For in every generation, the divinity is revealed with new knowledge and new recognition, according to the clarifications of the souls that are clarified in every generation. For this reason, the Blessed One, so to speak, toils in every generation to sustain and guide His world from generation to generation, in order to clarify the souls from the impurity of the serpent, so that they may recognize Him in every generation with additional knowledge and new recognition, according to the additional clarification that is revealed in every generation, as mentioned. This is the aspect of "This is My name forever, and this is My remembrance for all generations," the aspect of from generation to generation we will declare Your greatness, and so forth. Therefore, at any time a new soul is born, which is the aspect of a new mind and new knowledge to recognize Him, blessed be He, to reveal His faith more in the world, in the aspect of "From generation to generation, Your works will be praised," as mentioned. Then, the impurity of Amalek, which is the impurity of the serpent, opposes this and wants, God forbid, to delay the birth, which causes, God forbid, the constriction of birth. For the main constriction of birth is through the impurity of the serpent, which is the sin of Adam, the First Man, when it was decreed, "In sorrow shall you bear children," and so forth. And this is what our Rabbi, may his memory be blessed, said that the Psalm for Thanksgiving is capable of making it difficult for a woman in labor to recite it because the Psalm for Thanksgiving speaks of faith, as it is written, "Know that the Lord is God," and so forth. And he concludes, "And from generation to generation His faith," for the essence of faith is renewed and strengthened from generation to generation through the renewal of souls, which are new intellectual entities in recognizing His divinity, blessed be He. Therefore, through this, the constriction of birth is nullified. For the main nullification of the constriction of birth is through faith. Therefore, the main thing is prayer, as all of Israel customarily increase in prayer for a woman in labor. For prayer is the aspect of faith. Through this, the constriction of birth that comes from Amalek, which is the aspect of denial that seeks, God forbid, to prevent the birth of a new soul, is nullified, through which more faith in the renewal of the world is revealed, and so forth, as mentioned. And this is the aspect of the sanctity of the firstborns. For the essence is the first birth, then the main innovations that are opposed then. Therefore, we need to sanctify the firstborn and give them to the priest, as mentioned. Through this, we subdue the firstborn of the Other Side, which is the aspect of Amalek, as mentioned. And this is the aspect of "War for the Lord against Amalek from generation to generation." "From generation to generation" specifically means that it strengthens in every generation. For it is an old and foolish king who does not desire the renewal of intellect and vitality that comes through the renewal of souls, which renew from generation to generation. For he denies the renewal of the world, from which all the renewal of intellects emanates, which is His constant renewal of the work of creation every day, as mentioned. Therefore, the passages of the tefillin begin with "Sanctify to Me every firstborn," for birth is the aspect of the renewal of intellect and vitality, as mentioned. This is the aspect of tefillin, to renew one's intellect and vitality every day, to begin the service of the Lord anew each day, as mentioned. ==Oth 32== Therefore, now, at the end of the exile, the Baal Davar (the negative force) becomes exceedingly strong. It is the aspect of the impurity of the serpent, the aspect of the shell of Amalek, which is the aspect of the birth pangs of Mashiach, which are literally the birth pangs, as mentioned, the aspect of the concealment of birth, as mentioned. For now, the birth pangs and the concealment of birth are much heavier than the concealment of birth during the exodus from Egypt because now the final redemption will come, which is a complete redemption, after which there will be no more exile. Then, the impurity of the serpent will be completely abolished, and all of Israel will truly return to the Lord forever, until we merit the resurrection of the dead, when the renewal of the world will occur. Then, the verse "He will swallow up death forever" will be fulfilled, and then we will live eternal, everlasting lives, which are the aspect of tefillin, the aspect of the Tree of Life, as mentioned. And because one sees that the end is near, he becomes exceedingly, exceedingly stronger, as mentioned. The essence of his strengthening is that he wants to cause Israel, God forbid, to fall into old age and loss of strength, God forbid, as if we had already, God forbid, aged during this exile for so many and so many hundreds of years until, God forbid, there is no hope, God forbid. And likewise, he causes each one individually to fall into the aspect of old age, as mentioned, as if we had already, God forbid, aged, God forbid, in his actions to the extent that it is impossible for him to return, for the essence of redemption depends on this, as written in the Holy Zohar, "There is nothing that depends except on repentance," and so forth. And concerning this, we pray, "Do not cast us off to old age; when our strength fails, do not forsake us," as brought in the Sefarim, that we pray not to fall into the hands of the elder serpent, God forbid. For the Baal Davar, the negative force, is called the elder and the fool, as mentioned, for he denies the renewal of the world, from which, due to this denial, comes the aspect of elderliness of the other side, the aspect of the elder and the fool, as mentioned. As if, God forbid, this physical world were old and decrepit already, may the Merciful One save us from this harmful mindset that uproots the Master completely from both worlds until they are utterly lost, may the Merciful One save us. For Amalek is the impurity of the serpent, which said to Eve, "Eat from the tree and create the world," as Rashi explains there (Genesis 3), that this is the denial of the renewal of the world. Therefore, through this, death, which is the opposite of life, is decreed, the aspect of long life mentioned above, as mentioned. Therefore, those elders who do not possess completeness and do not increase holiness and knowledge every day give strength, God forbid, to these denials, which are the aspect of the forehead of the serpent, as explained in the Torah and on Yom Kippur and the Ravens. See there in Likutei Tanina (Siman Dalet). For they are one aspect. Since they do not increase holiness and give hold to the elderliness of the other side, God forbid, through this, God forbid, these denials, which are the aspect of the forehead of the serpent, become exceedingly strong, as they deny the renewal of the world, which is the aspect of the elderliness of the other side, as mentioned. And all these denials, from there stems the main power of the evil inclination, which now becomes exceedingly strong at the end of the exile, and so forth. All of this stems from the aspect of the empty space, from which all the difficulties of the researchers and philosophers are drawn, which cannot be resolved, from which all their heresy and denials stem. And from there stems all the evil inclinations of all human beings, for the root of all evil inclinations is the aspect of the Other God, denials, as explained in the words of my master, may his memory be blessed. That is, the denials of the empty space, from which the main hold of all the evil inclinations in the world comes, which now become exceedingly strong. Therefore, we need to be careful to put on the Tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, which are the intellects drawn from the righteous, who are able to enter there, into the cavity of the contraction of the empty space, and sweeten the judgment there, and reveal His Divinity, to inform people of His might, that even the empty space and all the difficulties and denials themselves are drawn from Him blessed be He Himself, for He animates them all, as is known. For it is impossible to know Him blessed be He, except through the absence of knowledge preceding the knowledge, which is these difficulties, which are the aspect of the empty space, the aspect of the departure of knowledge, which is the aspect of His light, blessed be He, that departed from there from the aspect of the empty space so that there would be a place for the creation of the world, so that He could reveal His Divinity in the world.As is well explained in the Torah, he came to that Pharaoh. See there well. Therefore, it is necessary to prioritize faith in the world, which is the essence, as through this, the previous klipah, which is the aspect of the empty space preceding the world, is broken. For through faith, one transcends everything, as mentioned. This is also the aspect of the crossing of the Tefillin. For through the Tefillin, which are the renewal of the intellects obtained through faith, one transcends everything, as mentioned. And when one is strong in his faith for many days and years, serving God with faith alone, afterward, he merits to know and comprehend Him blessed be He with a wonderful knowledge that comes through faith, in the aspect of "by steps, but not by leaps," which is the aspect of walking gracefully in the presence of the Lord, which David the king, peace be upon him, sought all his days, as it is written (Psalms 27), "One thing I ask from the Lord, this only do I seek." Therefore, our main hope now is to emerge from this bitter exile and to annul the birth pangs of redemption, which are now becoming exceedingly strong in the entirety of Israel and individually for each person who desires to enter the holy path. Our main hope is through the power of those righteous individuals, who are the intellects of the Tefillin of our Rabbi Tam. For they are the greatest intellects, as mentioned. Therefore, we now need to be extremely careful to put on the Tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, as mentioned, in order to hasten the redemption both collectively and individually, in our days, so that everyone may merit the redemption of their soul to be brought out from the bitter exile of this fleeting world, where each is ensnared according to their condition, needing to endure literal birth pangs and endure actual denial of redemption, especially at the outset. And to cry out many cries and lamentations and sighs of "Father and Mother," and so forth, and many folds and inclinations, and so forth, before we merit to give birth to the holiness of our soul for its redemption from its exile, which is the aspect of birth, as mentioned. And as is explained well in the beginning of the Torah and on Yom Kippur and the Ravens mentioned above. And through this, we will merit the complete redemption collectively and establish it speedily in our days, as it is written (Isaiah 54), "Sing, barren woman, you who never bore a child, and so forth," and it is written (there, verse 1), "Am I to break and not to bring forth, and so forth," for Zion has conceived and borne her sons speedily in our days, amen. ==Oth 33== And this is why it is appended and comes to Zion in distress with "A Song of Ascents": "May the Lord answer you in the day of trouble." For it is explained in the intentions that "A Song of Ascents" is said in order to give birth to the intellects and to draw down influence to sustain this world. Therefore, "A Song of Ascents" contains seventy words corresponding to the seventy pangs, as the woman in labor needs to cry out at least before giving birth, and so forth, as mentioned. For redemption is the aspect of birth that comes after the birth pangs, which are the pangs of the Messiah, as mentioned. Therefore, the birth pangs are seventy cries. For the essence of birth is the birth of the intellects to merit renewal in His service anew and to awaken from the slumber, which is the aspect of gestation, as is known. Therefore, they are seventy cries corresponding to the seventy facets of the Torah, which are the aspects of the general intellects that need to give birth and to draw down in order to awaken from their slumber and their fall, and to hold onto all seventy facets of the Torah that were lost and to return and begin living anew. For this is the essence of redemption, both individually and collectively, as mentioned. The aspect of "And a Redeemer shall come to Zion" is specifically and generally, as mentioned. The aspect of "And to those who turn from transgression in Jacob" is specific, namely, those who repent, renewing their days that have passed in darkness, which is the aspect of the renewal of vitality, like "Return us, O Lord, to You, and we shall return; renew our days as of old," as mentioned. Therefore, after "A Song of Ascents," which is the aspect of birth pangs, we say "And a Redeemer shall come to Zion," as mentioned, speedily in our days, amen. ==Oth 34== And therefore it is necessary to write tefillin on the hide of a clean beast specifically (''SAOC'' 32:12), for the hide is the aspect of the imagination, which is the exterior of the intellect, the aspect of the intellect's clothing... For tefillin are such large “brains” that they have the power to clarify and repair the very Exterior of the Exterior, the Immaturity of Immaturity (''Qatnuth'') of the imagination, which is the main repair. For the greater the tzaddik, the more power that he has to clarify and rectify Qatnuth and Exteriority. And thereby all the worlds are repaired and all the Exteriorities and fallen souls have an ascent, by means of clarifying and purifying the utmost Qatnuth and Exteriority, which is where the main grip of the ''Qelipoth''/Husks stems from. So now everything is clarified and nullified by this Tzaddiq, as mentioned. And this is the aspect of these tzaddiqim and elders, the least of whom remembers his umbilical cord being cut, which is the aspect of shrinking and cutting the umbilical, when one attains such perfect purity so as to remember what happened then. And this is the aspect of repair and purification of the skin, which is the connection between the mother and child, which is tied by the umbilical which is only skin. For, the devolution of the all the worlds from world to world is only from the “navel” downwards, as thoroughly explained in the Etz Chayim in Sha`ar Hanequdim and in many places, that the beginning of the lower world in the upper world is from the aspect of the navel downwards, where the aspect of ''NeHI'' [Netzach-Hod-Yesod] begins, the aspect of the upper world's “legs,” where the essence of the vitality of the world lower than it lies. And thus from world to world, from level to level. And therefore Hashem Yithbarakh created it such that the child is also physically tied to its mother's navel. For the devolution from generation to generation, from father and mother to son and daughter, begins from the navel downwards. And therefore the main drawing of the brains of these holy elders to us is by means of the least elder of them, who is the first elder from bottom to top, who related that he remembers the cutting of his umbilical as mentioned. For from there is the essence of the revelation of the brains and the devolution of the worlds from navel downwards as mentioned, which this is the aspect of drawing the light of tefillin, which extend down to the navel, which are the aspect of the straps that extend down to the navel as mentioned. But really, even though we only receive the light from the aspect of the navel downwards, by means of the last elder among them from top to bottom, who remembers the cutting of his umbilical as mentioned, all the vitality of the brains that we receive from there are drawn only from the highest elder, the first-ranking one of them, who is the aspect of this Blind One, who is this baby. For it is impossible to make vessels to receive the light below except by the power of the highest sanctity and the utmost supernal light. ==Oth 35== And therefore the hide needs to be of a specifically pure beast and animal, of a type%“permitted to your mouth” [''Shabbath'' 28b to Ex. 8:9 which refers to tefillin]; even carcass or torn ones of them, as long as it is not from an impure type of beast or animal. ... ==Oth 36== And this is (Ex. 1), “And it came to pass, when the midwives feared God, and He made them houses.” This is the aspect of the housings of the tefillin. For the midwives are the aspect of the children's mother, drawing the light of tefillin, which are the aspect of mother, upon the son, who are the aspect of giving birth to the brains, the aspect of (ibid. 13), “Sanctify to Me all the male firstborns, whatsoever opens any womb” as mentioned. And this is, “And it happened, when they feared” specifically. For tefillin are the aspect of fear, as written, “And all the people of the land shall see that Hashem's name is called upon you, and they will fear you.” And our Rabbis z”l explained these are the head tefillin. For the midwives are the mother of Aharon and Moshe. And Miriam their sister was the second midwife, from whom royalty issued, as Rashi explained there. For Moshe and Aharon are the essence of the tefillin. Aharon the Kohen Gadol is the aspect of the Eight Tiqunei Diqna of the Kohen Gadol, which are the aspect of the eight elders, the aspect of the eight head and arm tefillin passages as mentioned. Moshe Rabbeinu is the aspect of the Supernal Elder, who boasted that he is extremely old and yet is young and suckling entirely etc. and the whole world does not amount to him so much as an eyeblink etc. This is the aspect of Moshe Rabbeinu a”h who is the aspect of (ibid. 2), “And behold, a crying youth,” that even tough he reach what he reached, the perfect aspect of the Elder in Holiness, still he was entirely in the aspect of youth and suckling, in the aspect of (Ps. 37), “I have been young and also old,” that even though I have become so much an elder, still I am entirely young and suckling, which this is the aspect of the boasting of the foremost level elder who is the Blind One as mentioned. And therefore Moshe attained that it was written of him (Deut. 34), “His eye was not dim and his natural force was not abated” — even after death. For no oldness jumped upon him at all, even when dying at 120 years age. For he attained the ultimate elderliness, yet remained entirely suckling, as if he still had not begin living at all, as written (ibid. 3:24), “You have ''begun'' to show” etc.; that is, he still did not grasp at all; Hashem Yithbarakh only began showing him his greatness etc. Which, all this is the above aspect, always beginning anew as mentioned. For Moshe is the aspect of “''MaN''/Manna,” as is known, of which it says (Ex. 17:15), “For they did not know ''MaH''/what it is.” It is impossible to at all know what he is, that someone born of a woman should attain what he attained. And this is the letters of ''MoSheH'' being ''Shin MaH'' — Shin, the three fathers who are the entirety of the brains, entirety of the tefillin; but everything is drawn from the aspect of MaH, the aspect of, “For they did not know what it is,” which this is the essence of the aspect of Moshe, who is the aspect of the aforementioned elder, who was elder and suckling etc. as mentioned, who is the root of everything and above everything as mentioned. As written (Num. 12), “And the man, Moshe, was extremely humble” etc., which is the aspect of (Ps. 131), “Like a weaned child with his mother; my soul is with me like a weaned child,” which David said. And this is that it is written in the Zohar, regarding Moshe, that amongst the ''Saba''s/Supernal Elders he is the Elder, and amongst the sucklings he is the suckling, that is, as mentioned, that he is old and suckling etc. as mentioned. And this is his saying (Deut. 31), “I am one hundred and twenty years old today” — today my days and years are filled, for he can longer go, as our Rabbis z”l said (''Sotah'' 13b), “this teaches that [the gates of wisdom] were closed to him. For he needed to live the aforementioned long life, going each time further and further, and when he cannot go further he was forced to pass away, as discerned in the holy talks of Rabbeinu z”l. And therefore (ibid. 34), “And no man knew his burial-chamber,” for they did not know what he is, as mentioned. Hence Moshe is the aspect of the aforementioned Supernal Elder, who is the root of tefillin, which are the aspect of the face's skin beaming, which Moshe attain, which are the aspect of the light of tefillin, as Rabbeinu z”l said in the torah, ''“Markevoth Par`oh..”'' (''LM'' #38), from the aspect of that Elder. And Aharon is the aspect of the eight Tiqunei Diqna, which are the aspect of the eight tefillin passages that are drawn from Moshe's aspect, from the aspect of that Elder. And this is, “And He made them houses” — houses of priesthood and royalty (''Sh”R'' 1). Houses of priesthood are the aspect of tefillin, which are the aspect of the priesthood's sanctity as mentioned, the aspect of the sanctity of the firstborn, to give him to the Kohen as mentioned. And houses of royalty are the aspect of kingship of David Mashiach, the aspect of Emunah, which all this is the aspect of tefillin as mentioned. And the essence of tefillin's sanctity is the aspect of grasping Godliness, which the true tzaddiqim, who are from the aspect of Moshe, draw upon us, through many constrictions, which this is the main thing, that they manage to attain such a high and enormous perception, that they can constrict and clothe the perception in many constrictions and vestments until we too can manage to grasp Godliness as mentioned. And this is the aspect of tefillin housings, for it is impossible for us to receive the light of the passages themselves except by way of the housings and straps, which are the aspect of limitations and vessels of `Olam haTiqun, to receive the light by degree and measure. For they are able to enter the aspect of the “Empty Space" and reveal His Godliness there, and thereby make holy vessels. For the essence of these vessels' genesis is by means of repair of the Empty Space which is the beginning of the limitation, which is the root of all the vessels and masks generated from the coarsening of the light and its becoming distant from the Emanator. For if there was no Empty Space then the coarsening of the light and its distancing would be irrelevant etc., as explained and discerned in the Writings. Hence the essence of the vessels' genesis derives from the aspect of the Empty Space. But by means of Adam haRishon's failure he was seized in his vessels, the essence of which is in the aspect of the skin, which is the ultimate vessel, the exterior of the exterior; and that is where he was seized the most as mentioned, which this is the aspect of the “Serpent's bite,” from whence is the grip of all the ''Qelipoth''/Husks, God forbid. And therefore the main repair is by means of purifying and processing the hide in sanctity, which is the aspect of repair of the imagination, repair of the Empty Space, which the aforementioned great Tzaddiqim attain repairing, to the point that from it, specifically, they make the aspect of holy vessels to receive the light in degree and measure. Which, this is the aspect of the hide of a pure beast, insofar as the essence of writing the Torah and tefillin is on the hide specifically, and as mentioned. And this is the aspect of the housings made of hide. For we need to receive the light through limitations and vessels that are made by the repair of the Empty Space which is the aspect of repairing the imagination, which is the aspect of hide, as mentioned. And this is the aspect of (Gen. 3), “And Hashem-God made Adam and his wife garments of skin and clothed them” — garments of skin specifically, for the main repair is repairing the skin etc. as mentioned. For, the garments of skin are the aspect of Tallith and Tefillin, which come from skin and from the hair that grows on the skin, as explained in the Etz Chayim. Which, this is the aspect of (Ex. 22:26), “''ki hu kesutho levaddah''/for that is his only covering” — this is tzitzith; “''hi simlatho le`oro''/it is his garment for his skin” — this is tefillin (''Tiqqunim'' #69), which are more internal and lofty than tzitzith, as written there. And all this is the aspect of repair of the imagination, which is repair of the Empty Space, as the essence of the repair is by means of Emunah as mentioned. And this is, “And it came to pass, as the midwives feared God” — feared specifically. For holy piety is the aspect of repair of the constriction and stricture of the Empty Space, which is sweetened at it root by means of holy piety, which is the aspect of a “holy decree,” as is known. Therefore by the aspect of piety are made housings, which are the aspect of fixing the vessels and limitations to receive the tefillin's light by degree and measure as mentioned. And this is, “And it came to pass, as they feared... [God] made them housings” as mentioned. ==Oth 37== And also, they need to sew them with specific tendons. For even when we place the portions into the houses, it is impossible to receive the light until they are sewn with these specific tendons, in order to conceal the light so that it does not emit outside of the measure, God forbid. For there are sixty tendons corresponding to the sixty negative commandments. They are the aspects of judgments and limitations. Therefore, in these tendons, the flow of blood, which is precisely the vitality of a person and all living beings, is pleased. For the essence of the flow of vitality is through the restriction of light, as explained in the Torah and on Yom Kippur, the concealment (Siman Nun Vav), that vitality constantly flows from the essence of life. And the essence of the rectification is that through the Torah, which is the Divine Name, they continue the vitality into the vessels and attributes, see there. And this is the aspect of what vitality is through the blood specifically in these sixty tendons, which are the aspects of limitations. For the essence of vitality is through the rectification of the vessels and limitations, as mentioned. And this is the aspect of the Divine Name "YH," which is sixty. For the Name is the vitality, the aspect of a living soul, that is His Name. And just as in a person, all his vitality is limited by his name, and so forth, similarly, the Torah, so to speak, is the Name of the Holy One, blessed be He. Through the Torah, they call upon the Name, and they continue the vitality from Him into the vessels, which are the letters of the Torah, which are the aspect of the Name of the Holy One, blessed be He, and so forth, as explained there in the Torah and on Yom Kippur, mentioned. Therefore, "Shemi Am YH" is sixty. For the essence of the Name is the limitation of vitality from the essence of life, which is the essence, as mentioned. All this is the aspect of "Lo Ta'aseh" in the Torah, the aspect of these sixty tendons. They are the aspects of limitations and vessels to receive the light in measure, as mentioned. And this is the aspect of the "Shavat" in the year, for the essence of vitality of all the days of the year is through the aspect of these sixty, which are the aspects of limitations. Through this, the essence of the limitation of life, this is the essence of life, as mentioned. Therefore, the Tefillin, which are the aspect of life as mentioned, the aspect of the Name of God, as it is written, "And all the peoples of the earth shall see that the name of the Lord is called upon you" - these are the Tefillin. Therefore, they need to be sewn with specific tendons in order to restrict the light, which is the essence of the rectification of the Mochin, which are life as mentioned. And this is the aspect of "Shemi Am YH," specifically sixty. "Zechri Am Vav Hey Ramach," for even though the 248 positive commandments are drawn from the aspect of the right, and the 365 negative commandments from the aspect of the left of holiness, nevertheless, the aspect of "Shemi Am Vav Hey" is alluded to in the first two letters of the Name, which are higher. And this is the aspect of the above. The rectification of the vessels needs to draw from the higher light because it requires a very great intellect to make the vessels, which are the aspect of "Shemi Am Vav Hey," which are the aspect of the Name of God as mentioned, in order to declare His greatness to all the inhabitants of the world, to magnify His blessed Name in the mouths of all, so that His Name will be recounted throughout the earth. This is the aspect of the rectification of the Tefillin, which draw from a very, very high intellect through several contractions, so that even we and all the inhabitants of the world will know His name and His might, the aspect of "And all the peoples of the earth shall see that the name of the Lord is called upon you, and they shall fear you," these are the Tefillin as mentioned. ==Oth 38== This is the interpretation of "And the life of Sarah was one hundred years and twenty years and seven years; the years of the life of Sarah." Four times the age of twenty-five, corresponding to the four sections of the Tefillin, which are the essence of the vitality of the years that a person lives, as mentioned. This is the explanation of what our Sages expounded, "The daughter of twenty is like the daughter of ten, and the daughter of ten is like the daughter of seven." That is as mentioned, for this is the essence of perfection, that one should begin to live fully at each stage. Even when one reaches old age, it should still appear in one's eyes as if they have just begun to live and to serve the Lord. And one should begin to live anew in His service each time, as mentioned. This is the meaning of "the daughter of twenty is like the daughter of ten, the daughter of ten is like the daughter of seven," the years of Sarah's life are all equal to good. For whatever the righteous one grows older, it still appears to them as if they were a newborn, as mentioned. And through this, one adds to their service each time and merits truly long life, for all their days and years are truly years of life. For not a single day of their life is lost without an addition of sanctity and vitality, as mentioned. And this is the aspect of "the years of Sarah's life," all equal to good, which is the aspect of the aforementioned long life, which is the aspect of Tefillin as mentioned. For Sarah represents the aspect of the kingdom of faith, the aspect that Sarah reigns over the entire world, as mentioned. This is the aspect of "And the Lord shall be King over all the earth," which is the essence of Tefillin. For the main flow of the Mochin of the Tefillin is through the impression of faith in the heart, as mentioned. And through continuing the Mochin of the Tefillin by this, faith subsequently shines forth with great light and with utmost perfection. For this depends on that. Through faith, one receives the Mochin. And as the renewal of the Mochin received through faith, so faith is perfected, grows, and strengthens more and more, forever. For there is a perfection in faith beyond perfection, until one can merit supernal faith, which is the aspect of the head of faith that is above all the Mochin, which is the aspect of the Tefillin of the head. The Tefillin of the hand are in the aspect of "May my hands be faithful," and the Tefillin of the head are in the aspect of "the head of faith," which merits after the attainment of the Mochin, which is above all the Mochin. For this is a principle in the writings that the sovereignty that is equal, in the aspect of the highest level of the supernal world, is above and is the root of the aspect of ancientness, which is a wonderful and awesome adherence to the blessed Name. It is the aspect of the mutual longing for the will of the wonderful desires that are in the most delightful adherence to the blessed Name, as in "My soul thirsts for You, my flesh yearns for You" and so forth. This is the aspect of adherence represented by the Tefillin, as in "All my bones shall say, Lord, who is like You?" and "My heart and my flesh sing for joy to the living God." King David prayed for this all his days, as in "One thing I have asked of the Lord, that I will seek after, that I may dwell in the house of the Lord all the days of my life, to gaze upon the beauty of the Lord." For this is the aspect of the adherence of the Tefillin, as in "And you that did cleave unto the Lord your God are alive every one of you" and "Set me as a seal upon your heart, as a seal upon your arm." For strong as death is love, fierce as the grave is jealousy, its flashes are flashes of fire, a raging flame. Many waters cannot quench love, neither can floods drown it. Blessed is the one who merits this. However, there is an aspect of adherence that is below the aspect of faith of a higher level. For the ancient of action is below the sovereignty of creation, which is the aspect of faith. [How much more so is this true of the sovereignty of faith in the higher worlds.] And so from world to world. Therefore, the beginning is faith, and the end is faith and adherence, for truly everything is one. For the aspect of adherence of each world and level, which yearns and longs to ascend to toil, which is the aspect of ancientness of the wonderful desires, is in itself the aspect of the enlightenment of faith, which is the last level of the world above it. For sovereignty, which is the aspect of faith of the supernal world, is the root of the vitality of the aspect of ancientness, which is the aspect of the wonderful desires of the world, and is the lower level and so on forever, and understand this well. For according to these matters, and what emerges from them as clarified in our words, you will be able to carve out a path to understand, albeit slightly, the Kabbalistic teachings of the Holy Zohar and the Arizal, extracting from them higher ways and advice. Based on the awesome introductions and true counsel of the teachings of our Master, may his memory be blessed, every Torah and every deed opens numerous gateways to the attainment of Divinity. Through this, one can also comprehend all the paths of Kabbalah. If you merit to diligently study his holy Torah day by day, you will find that the essence of the intellect and vitality of the tefillin lies in the illumination of faith, which matures and grows significantly. Therefore, the tefillin represent the vitality of Sarah, the life of the sovereignty of faith, which is the aspect of Sarah, who ruled over the entire world. It is the revelation of His faith and sovereignty to all the inhabitants of the world, the aspect of 'And the Lord shall be King over all the earth,' as mentioned. ==Oth 39== "This is the aspect of the Cave of the Patriarchs, which is doubled in pairs: Adam and Eve, Abraham and Sarah, etc. (Eruvin 53). Because of this, the city is called Kiryat Arba, named after the four pairs, etc. The four pairs represent the concept of the head and hand phylacteries, for the four sections of the head phylacteries represent the four male intellects, and the four sections of the hand phylacteries represent the four female intellects, and this is the aspect of the aforementioned four pairs. Because Kiryat Arba represents the four names of the phylacteries, as is known. Therefore, the Cave of the Patriarchs is called by the name of the long life of the righteous, whose holiness and vitality are always doubled. For each time, they add holiness upon holiness, repentance upon repentance, which is the essence of Torah observance, as stated in Job 11:6, 'And know that God exacts of you less than your guilt deserves,' and as stated in Proverbs 31:21, 'She is not afraid of snow for her household, for all her household is clothed in double garments.' As our sages said, this is the aspect of Mishneh Torah, as stated in Isaiah 61:7, 'Therefore in their land they shall inherit double,' which all this represents the concept of long life, eternal life, which the righteous merit by increasing and doubling their holiness every day and at all times, as mentioned." ==Oth 40== "And so Abraham bought the Cave of the Patriarchs from Ephron. Ephron represents the aspect of dust, the aspect of the evil that clings to the foundation of dust, which is the aspect of 'and dust you shall eat all the days of your life,' which is the aspect of sadness, laziness, and burdens that stem from the evil in the foundation of dust, which is the essence of the serpent's bite, as our master, may he rest in peace, said concerning the verse 'and dust you shall eat all the days of your life' (Siman 139). See there. And his subjugation is through the foundation of holiness, which is the aspect of faith, which is the aspect of 'For he will give his angels charge over you, to guard you in all your ways' (Psalms 91:11). The aspect of 'dust from all these things.' Through faith, the aspect of holy dust, they receive and continue all vitality and all holiness and merit the aspect of the power of growth and the power of advancement to grow and flourish in their service, and to overcome and surpass all obstacles and hindrances, without considering anything, for faith is the aspect of the power of growth and the power of advancement, as explained thoroughly in the aforementioned Torah of the elongation of days that we are engaging in, which is the aspect of phylacteries, as mentioned. Therefore, Abraham specifically purchased the Cave of the Patriarchs from Ephron, because the shell precedes the fruit. Therefore, the Cave of the Patriarchs, which is the aspect of the aforementioned long life, the aspect of faith, the aspect of the power of growth and so forth, as mentioned, all of this is opposite to the aspect of Ephron, who is the other side of life. For he is the aspect of the impurity of the serpent, sadness, laziness, and so forth, as mentioned. For this against that, God made. And Abraham, who is the head of the believers, merited to bring forth this lofty holiness, which is the Cave of the Patriarchs, from Ephron. For Abraham merited the sanctity of old age, which is the aspect of the aforementioned long life, the aspect of 'Abraham was old, advanced in days' (Genesis 24). For Abraham is the first who attained the holiness of the Land of Israel, which is the aspect of faith through which one merits all of the above. Therefore, the first inheritance that was acquired in the Land of Israel was the Cave of the Patriarchs. For there one merits the aspect of the aforementioned long life, which is the aspect of phylacteries, which are merited through faith, which is the essence of the holiness of the Land of Israel, as mentioned." ==Oth 41== "And this is the concept of the straps of the phylacteries, which their interpretation is the language of a bridge. And from there comes the 'ma'abara' (passage). And this is the main thing that is placed upon the body. For with the phylacteries, one does not touch the skin of the head and the hand, but only the straps and the 'ma'abara.' For this is the main thing that we need to receive from the light of the holy phylacteries, to continue from them the concept of 'tiyatura' (bridge) and a passage to pass over them, this world, in peace, to pass over all obstacles and confusions, etc., etc., and to truly draw near to the blessed God. For the 'tiyatura' of the phylacteries, which is the concept of a bridge from which the passage emerges, this is the concept of what is said about Jacob (Genesis 32): 'And Jacob passed over the ford of Yabok, and he passed over that which was his.' And Rashi explains: 'He made himself like a bridge.' This is the concept of the passage and 'tiyatura' of the phylacteries. For the passage of Yabok is the concept of a passage, as mentioned at length. 'And he passed over that which was his,' meaning that he made himself like a bridge, this is the concept of 'tiyatura' which is a bridge. For Jacob is the aspect of truth, as it is written (Micah 7): 'You will give truth to Jacob.' For he is the aspect of phylacteries, as brought in the words of our master, may he rest in peace (in Siman 47). For the essence of the phylacteries is through the aspect of faith, which is the aspect of truth, in the aspect of righteousness, as when you join righteousness, you will work with faith, as explained elsewhere (in Siman 7, Likutei Moharan). And this is the concept of what our master, may he rest in peace, brought in the Torah of the elongation of days, the words of our master, may he rest in peace, as they said (Sanhedrin 111) about the verse 'And he bowed to the earth' – 'what did he see? He saw long nostrils; one says truth, and one says faith, and they do not disagree, for truth and faith are considered one.' And this is the concept of the 'tiyatura' of the phylacteries, which is the concept of a bridge. For the essence of the bridge to pass over it in this world is truth. For it is stated in the words of our master, may he rest in peace (in Siman 51, Likutei Tannina), that a person needs to pass in this world over a narrow bridge, and the main thing is not to be afraid at all. And to merit this, to pass over the bridge of this world, it is through the concept of the bridge of the phylacteries, which are the aspect of truth, as the world says that with truth one can pass over the entire world. For the essence is truth. For the seal of the Holy One, blessed be He, is truth. And in Him, the heavens and the earth were sealed. As it is written, 'In the beginning, God created,' the end letters spell 'truth,' on which the whole world and its fullness stand." "And all the confusions and obstacles that a person has from the service of God, the main thing is the obstacles of the mind. The main advice to pass over them is truth, which guides a person to pass over everything in the manner of (Psalms 43): 'Send forth your light and your truth; they will guide me,' and as it is written (ibid. 26): 'I walk in your truth.' For truth is the bridge of holiness, in the manner of what is said about Jacob, who is the aspect of truth, for he made himself like a bridge. This is an allusion that truth is the bridge, as mentioned above. For Jacob made himself like a bridge to save everything that was his from the fear of the night and from the fear of Esau, who went to meet him. All of this is the general aspect of fears, hardships, and obstacles that a person has from all the haters and hindrances that the evil inclination, which is in the aspect of Esau, as is known. Therefore, Jacob is a sign for his children that it is impossible to pass over all these fears except through truth, which is the aspect of Jacob, who made himself like a bridge, which is the aspect of the 'tiyatura' of the phylacteries. With this power, they can pass in this world all the days of their lives on the narrow bridge that they need to pass over without fear, as mentioned above. And this is the aspect of the splitting of the Red Sea, which turned the sea into dry land until the depths of the sea froze, and God performed for them a wondrous miracle, the aspect of a bridge to pass over the sea in peace. And all this was through the aspect of Jacob, which is the aspect of truth, as it is written (Exodus 14): 'What is this for you, the sea, that you flee,' etc., 'from before the God of Jacob,' which is the aspect of truth, as mentioned above. For truth is the aspect of a bridge through which one can pass even in the middle of the sea, in the manner of (Isaiah 43): 'So said your Creator, Jacob,' etc., 'do not fear, for I am with you,' etc., 'when you pass through water, I am with you.' Your Creator, Jacob, specifically, which is the aspect of truth, through this do not fear when you pass through water, etc. For through truth, one passes over everything and is saved in peace, as mentioned above. And this is the aspect that on the third day of creation, God said, 'Let the waters under the heavens be gathered to one place, and let the dry land appear.' For the third day is the aspect of Jacob, as is known, which is the aspect of truth, which is the aspect of a bridge through which one passes through all the flowing waters and is saved from them all, as mentioned above, which is the aspect of dry land that was made at the time of creation from within the waters themselves, which is the aspect of the bridge in the entirety of the world that was made on the third day specifically, which is the aspect of Jacob, the aspect of truth. For the essence of the bridge to pass over it in the entire world is truth, as mentioned above. This is the aspect of the 'tiyatura' of the phylacteries, as mentioned above." ==Oth 42== "This is the aspect of three windings on the middle finger, for it is in the rank of Jacob and Moses, which is the aspect of the middle bar within the planks, spanning from end to end (as explained in the Midrash Parshat Balak). Therefore, there is the conclusion of the tying of the phylacteries as mentioned above. And therefore, we say then (Hosea 2): 'And I will betroth you to me forever; I will betroth you to me in righteousness and justice, in steadfast love and mercy.' Faith and knowledge depend on each other as mentioned above. The essence is faith, the aspect of 'And I will betroth you to me forever,' specifically in faith, and again, 'and you shall know the Lord,' as mentioned above. Therefore, it is bound on the middle finger specifically, which is the aspect of Jacob as mentioned above, which is the aspect of truth, for faith depends on truth as mentioned above. This is 'And I will betroth you to me forever,' the aspect of the long life mentioned above, eternal life forever and ever. 'And I will betroth you to me in righteousness and in justice, in steadfast love and in mercy.' These are the aspect of the crown of glory of the phylacteries, which are the four portions and the four compartments. Corresponding to these four aspects, which are righteousness, justice, steadfast love, and mercy, as Rashi explained on this verse in Hosea, that the Holy One, blessed be He, makes a crown of the four of them on the head of Israel, etc. This is the aspect of the phylacteries, which are the essence of the crown of Israel. This is 'And I will betroth you to me in faith,' etc., for the essence and the ultimate perfection of all completeness is faith as mentioned above." ==Oth 43== "This is the knot of the yud at the base of the hand, which is the aspect of supporting those who stumble, giving them vitality so they won't fall completely, through the phylacteries of the hand as explained above. This is the knot of the yud at the base of the hand, which is the aspect of the enlightenment of the righteous, the foundation of the world, the aspect of the assembly of Israel, as understood in the intentions. Therefore, it is necessary to make this knot very tight to the phylacteries of the hand, for the main enlightenment of the masses, whom the Divine Presence revives from their fall, is through the righteous, the foundation of the world, who has attained such a high level that he can revive and support all those who stumble, as mentioned above. The main enlightenment of the phylacteries is received most during prayer, for then one merits complete mental faculties of greatness, as written in the intentions. The main mental faculties of the phylacteries, which are the aspect of adherence, are through prayer, seclusion, and dialogue between oneself and one's Creator. This is the essence of adherence to the Blessed One, as Rabbi Nakhman said that the essence of adherence is prayer. And that's why they are called 'phylacteries,' from the language of prayer, the aspect of 'Naphtali is a hind let loose.' And see what Rashi explains on that verse, which is the language of crookedness and twisting, 'I have twisted myself and made many entreaties to be equal with my sister.' Also, I could gain agreement, as explained there. In this aspect, one must increase greatly in prayer and seclusion throughout one's life, for this is the essence. And one must be very, very insistent about it, even if one feels that one's words are not helpful at all, and he is very far from them. For this may take days and years of engagement, and still no action may seem to occur at all. Nevertheless, one must be very insistent about it, like one who is truly insistent, doing it without any reason. So must one be in the service of God, as Rabbi Nachman said that one must be very insistent in the service of God." =Halakhah 6= ==Oth 33== וזה שתלתה התורה מצות הספירה בשבת כמו שכתוב (ויקרא כ"ג) וספרתם לכם ממחרת השבת וכו' עד ממחרת השבת וכו' שבע שבתות תמימותוכו' כי עיקר כח קדושת הדעת והמחשבה שהוא בחינת מצות ספירה הוא נמשך משבת, כי ששת ימי המעשה הם ימי מלאכה כמו שכתוב (שמות כ') ששת ימים תעשה מלאכתך ויום השביעי שבת לה'. ועיקר המלאכה של האדם בזה העולם הוא בלרר בירורים. ועיקר כל הבירורים הם על ידי בירור המחשבה. דהיינו על ידי בחינת הנ"ל. על ידי ששומרין המחשבה כחוט השערה ממחשבות חוץ והרהורים שזהו עיקר בירור כל הנצוצות הקדושות בבחינת כולהו במחשבה איתברירו. And this is the aspect of (Ex. 31:3), "''Weamale otho ruach Elohim bechokhmah uvetevunah uveda`ath uvekhol melakhah''/And I will fill him with the spirit of God, with wisdom and with discernment and with knowledge and with all work," which are the aspect of the four brains, as explained in the aforementioned torah [LM II:72]. Hence the fourth brain is called "''Kol Melachah''/All work," because a man's main work in the world is there. For the entirety the brains are three, which are Chokhmah-Binah-Da`ath. However, sometimes are they are called four on account that Daath is composed of two, which are the aspect of Chasadim and Gevuroth. And these are the brains explained in this verse. "And I will fill him with the spirit of God, with Wisdom, Understanding,... is the aspect of Da`ath which is comprised of two, which is the aspect of of ''Be'Daath''. Which is the aspect of the chasadim in Da`ath, which are the plain Daat, for they are the main Daath. "And with all work" is the fourth brain, which is the aspect of brains of Gevuroth in the Da`ath, which is the aspect of "and in all work." For that's the main place of the craft and work of every man. For it's known the main grip of the S"A is in the aspect of the Gev' and Dinim. Consequently there in the aspect of the brains, the Gevuroth there are gripped the foreign thoughts of the S"A, which there is the main place of the purification and the essence of the war, therefore it's called "and in all work." For that's where a man's main work and craft is, to take caution with his mind and cleanse and purifty it of waste. Like an artisan cleans and purifies a vessel and cuts and chips away around the vessel all its extra and waste in order to bring the vessel to completion. Likewise, we need to purify the thought and expel the waste and garbage in the thought, in order it be a vessel to receive NR"N of holiness etc., like we request this in many prayers. And this is the aspect of all the work of creation to be during the six days of action, and also all the works that a man does each day of the six workdays. For they are all aspect of purification, to extract the sparks form the depths of the husks, as is known. And mainly by clean thought, by guarding the thought as close as a hairbreadth. And this is a man's main work, the aspect of "And I will fill him ... and with all work" etc. And this is the aspect what's written by Yosef haTzadik when he was tested (Gen. 39), "He got home to do his work." For a man's main work and art in this world is the withstand the test, mainly this craving, and mainly by guarding the thought by a hairbreadth every moment as mentioned. ... ועיקר הכח להצליח במלאכתו בגשמיות ורוחניות בכל ששת ימי המעשה צריכין לקבל משבת קדש. כי מיני' מתברכין כל שיתא יומין. היינו כי שבת הוא בחינת שביתה ונייחא בחינת מנוחת המחשבה בחינת יישוב הדעת בחינת (תהלים כ"ג) על מי מנוחות ינהלנו. בחינת הצדיק האמת הזקן שבקדושה שדעתו מיושבת תמיד ואינו צריך עוד שום מלחמה עם המחשבות בחינת בסבי דעתא שקיט ושכיך. ומשם צריך כל אחד להמשיך על עצמו קדושת המחשבה לעמוד כנגד כל המחשבות רעות בשב ואל תעשה כי מי שמסתכל על הצדיק האמת. ואפילו אם אינו זוכה רק להסתכל בספריו הקדושים בעין האמת הוא יכול להביא התבוננות אמתי בלבו להמשיך על עצמו קדושת המחשבה על ידי עצותיו הקדושים שיזהר לקיימם באמת ובפשיטות עד שיזכה לבחינת קבלת התורה בשבועות שהוא להמשיך ביאורי התורה. שעל ידי זה יזכה לבחינת תחיית המתים בחייו וכנ"ל. וזה (ויקרא כ"ג) וספרתם לכם ממחרת השבת שהוא פסח שכל קדושתו נמשך רק מראיית פני הצדיק. כי אז לא קיבלו עדיין את התורה. ועל כן אז בפסח עיקר הקדושה עיקר התנוצצות המוחין הגדולים שקיבלו אז. הכל היה רק על ידי בחינת ראיית פני הצדיק וכנ"ל. ומשם מתחלת הספירה שהוא זיכוך וטהרת המוחין. עד ממחרת השבת השביעית שהוא שבועות שהוא קבלת התורה. כי על ידי זה זוכין לקבלת התורה בשבועות שהוא בחינת ביאורי וחידושי התורה שממשיכין בכח הצדיק וכנ"ל: 8ngoed0vfn1o7yjqd3iwq2f7czqp94w 14128058 14128045 2024-04-25T15:37:45Z Nissimnanach 82129 /* Oth 43 */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{incomplete translation}} {{translation header | title = [[../]] | author = Nathan of Breslov | section = Tzitzith | previous = [[../The Morning Hand Washing|The Morning Hand Washing]] | next = [[../Tefilin|Tefilin]] | portal = Breslov | language = he | original = ליקוטי_הלכות | notes = }} ''Hilkhoth Tefillin''/The Practice of Tefillin =Halakhah 5= The interest of the mitzwah of tefillin of the arm and of the head, and that they must be made from the hide of a clean animal specifically, and written on the ''Qelaf''/inner skin; and the interest of the straps, the tunnel, and the rest of their most holy and awesome details; and the interest of Rashi's tefillin and Rabbeinu Tam's tefillin: ==Oth 1== According to the most awesome story of the Seven Beggars printed in the book Sipurei Ma`asiyoth: See there, on page 96, the interest of the first beggar who was blind, who came to the groom and bride at the wedding after the canopy, and said to them that he gives them a wedding-discourse present, that they should be “old as I... that you should live a long life as I do. And you think that I am blind? Actually I am not blind at all. Only, the whole entire world does not amount to me so much as a blink of an eye, etc. for I am very old, but yet I am entirely yanik [lit. suckling, nursing] (that is, young), and I have not yet begun to live at all. But nevertheless I am very old, etc. And I have a consensus on this from the Great Eagle”, etc. Take a very thorough look there at all this, and if you have intelligent eyes, you will discern from afar how utterly deep His thoughts are; and it is impossible to prolong discussion of this at all. But whoever truly desires will see and discern from there the greatness of Hashem Yisbarach and the greatness of the true great tzaddikim; the enormity of their greatness, as each and every one had attained what he boasted of there. For everything that is explained there in the story of each one, is regarding the boasting of some most very great and awesome tzaddik boasting in the upper worlds, in the place where he boasted that he attained what he attained in this world. His fortune! The fortune of his portion! For example, in the interest that will be explained below, that the elders boasted, and each one told what he remembers from his first memory etc.: The youngest of all was most utterly high, the enormity of his greatness and the validity of his sanctity inconceivable. For example, insofar as one of them boasted that he remembers what was happening to him when they cut his umbilical cord — look, discern, and see: is there even one person in the era who can boast like this one, that his material body is so pure and sanctified that he manages to remember what was happening to him then at the beginning of birth, when he emerged into the world's atmosphere, when they cut his umbilical cord? And he was merely the least of them. And from him, see how high is the sanctity of the second holy elder, in whose eyes the level of the first elder was laughable, and he said, in surprise, “That's an old story?! I remember that story, but I also remember when the light was shining,” and the Great Eagle later explained that this is his remembering even what happened to him when he was in his mother's womb, when a light was kindled over his head, as explained there. So behold, the level of the second is higher than the first. One can understand a little, from afar, even though we are most utterly far from this. For, the major difference in a person, before he emerges into the world's air versus afterwards, is explained in our Rabbis z"l's words in the Gemara (''Niddah'' 30), and is explained in the holy Zohar: for, during pregnancy when he is in his mother's womb, a candle is alight over his head, and he can look and see from one end of the world to the other; but when he has emerged into the world's air immediately an angel comes and strikes him on his mouth and he forgets it all, and regarding this said Iyov (Job 29), “O that I were as in the first months, as in the days when my God watched over me” etc., as explained in our Rabbi z"l's words (there). And a man's entire work is to manage to know and attain what he knew before whilst a light was blazing over his head, which is when he gazed at the Light Stored Up From the Seven Days of Creation, with which the man saw from one end of the world to the other, as is brought. So, now see and discern how much greater is the second elder's level than the first; like the heavens are high above the earth, etc. And similarly the third more than the second, and so all of them. For, the least of them was so very utterly high that there is no one like him but one person in many generations, and nevertheless in comparison to the second who is greater than him he is considered a mere speck, and similarly the second versus the third etc. etc., on and on — up until the one who boasted that he was altogether a suckling babe then, who is the blind beggar himself, insofar as he said that he recalls all these stories, plus he remembers “Nothing At All” etc.; see there. For, this is a big rule and is explained and understood in the Chazal's words and the Arizal's writings, that even the highest level of all, nevertheless compared to the even higher level, everything is considered but a mere point, as written in the holy Zohar (''Tikkun'' #70 p. 123). Even the ''Ket''''h''''er `Elyon'' is paltry in compare to the ''`Ilath ha`Iloth'' etc., and all these greatnesses and wonders are explained in the story of the First Day, and similarly each Day many, many wondrous things that each person boasted of are explained, for example on the Second Day regarding the good life, and similarly on the rest of the Days, regarding the Little Holding the Much, and regarding the Pair of Holy Birds, which he is able to reunite etc. etc. Open your eyes and see what a man can attain in this world, that a man born of a woman can attain such high things that Hashem Yithbarakh himself glories in them (and see more in our words in ''Even ha`Ezer Hilkhoth Ishuth'', where we also talk a little regarding the holy story of the Sixth Day regarding the Power in the Hands; see there). And our holy Rabbi z"l knew about all of them, and had the knowledge to tell the story that happened at the place where it happened with all of them, and verily said of himself when he told this story, that if the world knew nothing else but this story, he would still be a most original person. But here is not the place to prolong discussing this. (See below at the end of the ''derush'', what is brought there from the ''Yerushalmi Kethuboth'' regarding the aforementioned marvels of the elders' memories.) ==Oth 2== Let us return to our subject. Behold, it is explained there that he said that each one should tell an old story, what he remembers from his first memory etc. * and the first person among them told that he remembers even when they cut the apple from the tree, that is, when they cut his umbilical cord etc. * and the second one told that he also remembers the light shining, that is, what happened with him during pregnancy, when a light was blazing above his head etc. * and the third one told that he also remembers when his body began taking form etc. * and the fourth told that he also remembers when they were bringing out the seed to plant the fruit, namely when the droplet emerged during relations * and the fifth one told that he remembers even the sages who were bringing out the seed, that is, he remembers when he was still in the brain etc. * and the sixth, seventh and eighth remembered even the appearance, the taste and the smell before they were infused on the fruit, which are the aspect of ''Nefesh-Ruach-Neshamah'' etc. And the ''yanik'' [infantile, lit. suckling], who is the blind beggar himself who is telling all this, said he remembers “Nothing At All,” for he is above everything and remembers even even what was before NR"N, which is the aspect of ''EYN''/Nothingness etc. etc.. Take a good look there, and if you wish to look with an honest eye, you will see from afar the wonders of Hashem, the likes of which have not been heard or seen since the creation of the world. ==Oth 3== And this is the aspect of tefillin, for tefillin are the aspect of memory, as written (Ex. 13), “''ulzikaron bein `eyneikha''/and for remembrance between your eyes” — '''and for remembrance between your eyes''' specifically, for memory depends mainly on ''Tikkun `Eynayim''/Proper Repair of the Eyes, as discerned in this story, as this “blind” one — who was entirely blind to this world, who had no sight of this world at all, to the extent that he attained that the whole world did not amount to him so much as an eyeblink, which this is the essence of Tikkun `Eynayim — he attained the ultimate perfection of memory that has no perfection beyond it, as explained above, as this blind one remembers more than all of them etc., as written there in the story. Hence, memory depends mainly on the eyes, and thus it is explained in the Torah “''Wayhi Miqetz — Zikaron''” (''LM'' #54), that memory depends mainly on the eyes, see there, and he brings there the verse, “''ulzikaron bein `eyneikha''”, see there, for tefillin are the aspect of ''Mochin deGadluth''/Brains of Grown-Maturity, which is the essence of memory on the side of holiness, for memory is the aspect of consciousness and awareness, as explained in the Torah “''Dirshu Hashem''/Seek Hashem” (''LM'' #37), and this is the aspect of head tefillin and hand tefillin, amongst which there are eight ''parshiyoth''/text-passages, four of the head and four of the arm, corresponding to the eight holy elders who are masters of memory, which is the aspect of tefillin — “and for remembrance between your eyes” as mentioned. For, it is known in the Kawanoth that the head tefillin are in the Male aspect and the arm tefillin are in the Female aspect, and all together the tefillin are in the aspect of ''Mochin de`Ibur Sheini deGadluth''/Second-Embryonic Mature Brainphase, and this is the aspect of these holy elders, who attained such Mature Brains that each one attained remembering and reaching more of the beginning; what happened with him before in the beginning. And the more that one of them attained, the earlier the beginning that he could remember and reach, as explained above. And behold, they are eight elders partitioned into two fours, corresponding to two fours of parshiyoth of arm and of head, for the four first elders who first boasted of their memory, their whole concern was with what happened with the child in its mother's womb: the emergence of the droplet until the cutting of the umbilical cord when it goes out into the world's air. Namely, the one one boasted he remembers them bringing the seed to plant the fruit, which is the passage of the droplet etc., the second remembers the beginning of the fruit's formation, the third remembers when the light was shining, which is all the days of the embryo, and the fourth, the last, remembers the essence of birth's conclusion, which is the cutting of the umbilical cord, which is the beginning of his entering this world. (And these four are written here from top to bottom, the opposite of how they are written in the book of stories, and this is because here I have to begin from the fourth, so due to the flow of language the order is reversed, but the intention is the same). Hence all these four stories tell of the great wonders of the Creator, Blessed Is His Name; what happens with the embryo in its mother, and so all these brains and perceptions that these four elders attained are in the aspect of Female Brains, which are the aspect of the four parshiyoth of the arm tefillin which are the Female Brains as mentioned. And these aspects that these four elders told about are the aspect of Light-Water-Firmament mentioned in the holy Zohar and the ''Qawanoth''. For, at the beginning of the droplet's emergence, which is the aspect of the one who tells that he remembers them bringing out the seed etc., this is the aspect of Light, for it still has no Form, and then when it began to initially take form it is like Water, and then the embryo changes every day of pregnancy; this is the aspect of Firmament, as is known. And then when the aspect of Firmament is finished he goes out in the air of the world and is born, and all this is the aspect of tefillin, which are the aspect of incubation and birth, which is the aspect of Yetziath Mitzrayim, as is known. And the first four elders, all of what they told was what happened before the droplet descended into its mother's womb. For, they told that they remember when the droplet was still in its father's brain, and the Look, the Taste and the Smell which are the aspect of Nefesh-Ruach-Neshamah, which is where is the beginning of drawing the thought from where it is drawn from the place where it drawn, from cause to effect, from world to world, from intellect to intellect, which are the aspect of Neshamah, Ruach and Nefesh, until the thought is generated, whereby the holy progenitive droplet is generated. And all these four aspects occur with the father, on the Male aspect, as mentioned. And so they are in the aspect of the head tefillin which are the Male brains as mentioned. For tefillin are drawn from the aspect of ''Tiqunei Diqna''/Features of the Beard, as known, which is the aspect of these elders in holiness, who are all in the aspect of the Holy Beard's Features, which is the root of elderliness on the side of holiness, the aspect of, “''wehadarta penei zaqen''/and you shall honor the face of the elder” [Lev. 19:32], as is known. And the essence of the holiness of the tefillin's Brains are drawn from the Most Supernal Elder, the Oldest of Them All, who is the most suckling babe of them all, who is the blind beggar, who was “altogether a suckling babe” etc. as mentioned. For, from him is the essential holiness of elderliness, and all the eight elders who are the aspect of the eight parshiyoth in the tefillin, they all receive from this Most Supernal Elder, who is the blind one. But his aspect of Brains itself is impossible to enclothe even in the tefillin passages, so there is no parashah corresponding to him, for he is above it all and the root of it all, as they receive all the tefillin Brains from him, which are the aspect of all the elders in holiness, as mentioned. For, he is united in the Ein Sof, as mentioned, so his Brain is not called memory at all, which is the aspect of tefillin as mentioned, for he said that he remembers all this and remembers “Nothing At All.” That is, even though he remembers everything that they remember, for he is composed of all of them and they all receive their Brains and Memory only from him, nevertheless his Brain is impossible to call by the term “memory” at all, for he is above memory and the root of memory, for he is united in the Ein Sof, as written there, and so he is not alluded to in any parashah, for he is above everything and the root of everything, as mentioned. ==Oth 4== And the essence of tefillin Brains are the aspect of life of Holiness, which one attains through tefillin, for the Brains are the Life, as written (Eccl. 7), “''Hachokhmah tichyeh''/Wisdom preserves alive,” as our Rabbis z”l said (''Menachoth'' 44), “One who lays tefillin attains life, as it says, “''Adonai `aleihem yichyu''/Adonai, by these things men live” (Isa. 38:16), as brought in the Qawanoth, that tefillin are the aspect of the three names ''Ehyeh H' Eyheh'' [21+26+21=68] which are gematria ''ChaYIM'' [68], which are the Brains, see there, for the Brains of the tefillin are drawn from the aspect of Tiqunei Diqna Qadisha, as brought in the Qawanoth, as they are the entirety of these holy elders, who have their root in the aforementioned Most Supernal Elder, who is the blind one, who boasted that he lives truly long life, for he is very old and yet he is an utmost suckling babe, and still has not begun to live at all, but nevertheless he is very old, and all the world's time does not amount to him so much as an eyeblink etc. And behold, although these are things that the `Atiq Yomin has covered and thought cannot grasp it at all, and there is no man on earth who can make this interpretation and explain this mystery; nevertheless since by Hashem's compassion on His people these words of his have come out of his holy mouth and they have taken form and been printed in a book, it behooves us to dig and find in them some Remez relevant to the story, such that we may merit waking up from our sleep, which this was his holy intention with these stories that he told, in order to wake up all people who sleep away their days etc., as explained in the Torah ''”Pathach R' Shim`on”'' (''LM'' #60), and there you will see and understand the great wonders of these stories, for they are the aspect of stories of ''Shanim Qadhmoniyoth''/Ancient Years-Faces, the aspect of ''`Atiq''/Ancient, the aspect of ''Hadhrath Panim''/Distinguished Face, from which all the seventy faces of the Torah derive etc.; take a good look there. ==Oth 5== So behold, the main intent of the above words, for practical application, is what I saw and heard from the mouth of Rabbeinu z"l himself, many times, that he lived new life all the time; like I heard from him many times saying, “I lived life today, such life as I had never experienced” etc. And also I heard him other times speaking a great deal about life, that the world calls everything life etc., and even regarding painful life there are many differences etc., see there in the ''Sichoth'' [''CM'' #400], but actually the essence of life is True Longevity, which is the aspect of the Long Life of the blind one, who really lives long life, for he boasts that he is utterly old and yet utterly a suckling babe and still has not begun to live at all. For this is the essence of life: when one starts serving Hashem anew all the time, as if he has still not started serving him at all, as written (Deut. 6), “''Asher anochi metzawekha hayom''/Which I enjoin you today.” And our Rabbis z”l (''Sifri'' there), commented, “Every day let them be new in your eyes;” and (ibid. 27) “''Hasket ush'ma` Yisrael, hayom hazeh nihyeytha le`am laShem Eloheikha/''Pay attention and listen, Yisrael: this day you are become a people to Hashem your God,” and our Rabbis z"l explained (brought in Rashi): every day let them be in your eyes as if today you have entered the covenant with him. And like I saw from Rabbeinu z"l innumerable times, that even though he had previously boasted of big and wondrous things, and revealed wondrous Torah never before heard, as he usually did — and then afterwards we saw him in great pain, and many times he laid out his pain and conversation before us from the depth of his heart, that he is extremely afflicted over how to attain being a Jew, like someone who never before smelled the spirit of serving Hashem. And whoever did not see this, it is impossible to describe it to him in writing, but a little about this is already explained in this ''Shevachim'' that are printed, and every time he would say that now he knows nothing at all, nothing nothing at all etc., even though earlier he had revealed what he revealed and boasted that he attained what he attained that is impossible to reveal; nevertheless immediately after he would say that he knows nothing at all. So the rule was that he never stood on one level, but just always quickly went from level to level in the apex of uppermost and loftiest levels, and even when he reached what he reached etc., his mind still did not grow cool to this etc. But here is not the place to prolong discussion of this, but it will be explained elsewhere. And this is truly the essence of life, when one attains always beginning anew in serving Hashem, which is truly the essence of life, as written (Deut. 30:20), “''Ki hu chayeykha''/It is precisely your life.” And the essence of serving Hashem is to always perform one's service anew, and to not fall into old age of the ''Sitra Achra''; that his service not become old for him, God forbid, as Rabbeinu z"l warned us against and said it is forbidden to be old; not an old tzaddik and not an old chasid, old is not good etc., as explained in his holy ''Sichoth'' appended to ''Sipurei Ma`asiyoth'', namely, one needs to always begin anew. And this is the essence of the long life of the holy elder who is the blind one, for he was most old and most ''yanik'' [infantile, lit. suckling], that is, the more he grew and became subsumed into holy elderliness which is the aspect of ''`Atik de`Atikin'', the more yanik he became. For, each time he perceived that he is utterly far from Hashem Yithbarakh, for “there is no probing His greatness,” therefore the more he was subsumed into holy elderliness, the more he saw and perceived that he still has not begun living at all, until he attained the aforementioned Long Life where elderliness and infancy and united, which is totally impossible to comprehend. And this is the aspect of tefillin which are drawn from the aforementioned Elder, who is the root of the tefillin, brains, as mentioned., which are the aspect of life, as mentioned., the aspect (ibid 4), “''We'atem hadeveqim baShem Eloheikhem chayim kulkhem hayom''/And you that cleave to Hashem your God, all of you are live this day,” which is said of tefillin, as is known, for this is the essence of tefillin-brains, in order to attain, through the mitzwah of tefillin, living new life of holiness, to renew his days like an eagle, to begin serving Hashem Yithbarakh anew all the time, and not fall into the oldness of the Sitra Achra, to not view his devotion be as old; on the contrary, tangibly new, as if he had never ever began. For in truth, even one who is a very great tzaddiq and has labored and toiled many years in His Blessed devotion, nevertheless in accord with the Every Day Renewal of Creation, he still has not begun at all, for Hashem Yithbarakh does new things all the time, as written, “and in His goodness renews every day constantly the work of creation,” and no day is like another, and no time is like another, and each and every moment there are changes in the rising of the worlds and their order and position and conduct, in unfathomably wondrous and awesome changes. And all their vitality derives from the devotion of the man in this world, on which it all depends, from the head up to the Ein Sof. Therefore one must always serve Hashem Yithbarakh anew, in accord with the renewal of the work of creation in all the worlds needed now, and in accord with the revelation of the greatness of the Blessed Creator that needs to be revealed now. For, “Day unto day utters speech, and night unto night reveals knowledge” [Ps. 19], as every day, every night, every time and every moment, His Blessed Greatness is revealed in a new consciousness and awareness that never before existed. Therefore one needs to begin in His service new every time, in the aspect of, “Let them be like new in your eyes every day,” and this is the essence of vitality, this aforementioned aspect of long life, and as explained in Rabbeinu z"l's words, that the essence of longevity, the aspect of long life, is to see to it, every next coming day, to extend the day with additional sanctity and consciousness. For, the day, at its beginning when it comes to a man, is very narrow, and one needs to see to it to widen and lengthen it with additional sanctity all the time. And so every day one needs to see to it that each day be longer than the other, with additional sanctity and purity etc. (as explained in the Torah ''Pathach R' Shim`on'' in ''LM'' #60). And this is the essence of length of days, the aspect of long days, namely all the time beginning new in new service, with great addition. For, all the service he has performed until now, he needs to forget entirely, and now begin new, as mentioned. And by tefillin we attain this, as mentioned. And this is the essence of the mitzwah of tefillin that we lay every day, in order to attain life, the aspect of “You who cleave” as mentioned, that is, to attain the aforementioned long life, to renew is life of holiness at all times, beginning new all the time, and this is the essence of brains and life that originate are drawn from the aforementioned Most Supernal Elder, where the source of tefillin is, as mentioned, as he lives the aforementioned long life, as there, elderliness and infancy are united together, which this is the aspect of (Ps. 103), “That your youth be renewed as an eagle,” as our Rabbis z"l said (brought in Rashi there), “This eagle, the older it gets...”, that is, the older it gets, the more it renews its vitality and begins new, all the time beginning new life. And therefore he had concurrence from the Great Eagle specifically, for such vitality is the aspect of “Being renewed as an eagle” as mentioned. And the aspect of tefillin, which are the aspect of this life, is from there, as mentioned. ==Oth 6== For, the essence of tefillin is the flashing of the brains in the face, which is the aspect of Light of the Face, which is drawn from the aspect of ''Tiqunei Diqna Qadisha''/Repair or Features of the Holy Beard, which is the essence of Dignity of the Face, as is known, which is the aspect of the aforementioned Elder in Holiness, as mentioned. And the ''Tiqunei Diqna'' are the aspect of the Thirteen Attributes of Mercy, the essence of which are the aspect of subjugating anger and sweetening harsh decrees and the ''Charon Af''/Burning Nose (Anger), which is the aspect of ''Erekh Apayim''/Extending Nose (Patience), which is the main thing, and therefore Chazal said (''Sanh.'' 111) regarding the verse “''Waymaher Moshe wayqod artzah''/And Moshe made haste and bowed his head toward the earth” etc. [Ex. 34:8]: What did he see? He saw Erekh Apayim. For, the essence of the Thirteen Attributes are the Thirteen Tiqunei Diqna which H"Y [Hashem Yithbarakh] revealed to him then, the essence of which is Erekh Apayim, which is the aspect of subjugating the ''Panim''/Interior (Face), and therefore Moshe became excited by this specifically, as also explained regarding the loftiness of Erekh Apayim in the words of Rabbeinu z"l (''LM'' #155, see there), in the lesson that begins, “Sadness is a very worst trait” etc., see there the entire interest until the end, for it is a wondrous path in serving the Creator, and if you gaze and look thoroughly there, you can get very wondrous advices and great encouragement, endlessly, for His blessed service. And the rule is that a man needs to cling to Hashem Yithbarakh's attributes, as explained in the words of our Rabbis and in all the holy books. Therefore one most see to it that he should have the trait of Erekh Apayim, that is, extending his patience for everything, not getting angry, not being annoyed at anything, not looking at any obstacle or confusion in his devotions, whether they be confusions, obstacles and trials that he has from people of the world, such as his father, father-in-law, wife, relatives or the rest of mankind. As is known and seen tangibly, that every time some person wants to enter the service of Hashem, to begin praying with intent etc. and so forth, immediately he has great obstacles, without end, and then every one needs to "be bold as a tiger... and strong like a lion" to perform the will of his Heavenly Father, to prevail against the obstacles and get through them, to not look at them at all, and to fortify himself a great deal to his part, to delve in Torah and prayer with intent and power etc. And this is the aspect of Arikhath Apayim, to not be short spirited, God forbid, to stop his devotion, God forbid, due to the obstacles and trials he has from them, but only strengthen himself and extend his patience for everything, and not gaze at any obstacle at all. And likewise, even the obstacles he has from himself, his evil and strange cravings and thoughts pursuing him constantly every moment, especially during prayer time, and he has great trials from them. And the main thing is the Erekh Apayim, which is the aspect of Emunah, as explained there, that the essence of Erekh Apayim one attains through Emunah, that is, having perfect Emunah in Hashem Yithbarakh and the True Kosher Tzaddiqim, and to strengthen himself in His service and not fall from anything, and to be indifferent, and not become short tempered on account of the evil deeds and faults that he has committed until now. For, one needs to not look at this at all, as explained in the words of Rabbeinu z"l and in our words many, many times regarding this, just how much a man needs to be strong. For, there is no despair at all in the world, and however it is, even though he has already fallen such a descent in himself many times, without bound, nevertheless there is no despairing at all in the world, and all the days he is alive on the face of the earth he needs to strengthen himself and each time begin new, and not fall into oldness of the Sitra Achra at all. For, all the descents in the world are the aspect of oldness of the Sitra Achra, as it seems in his eyes that he is already old in his mistakes and deeds that he is accustomed in, such that he cannot get out of them in any fashion, God forbid. But in truth, he needs to know and believe that every day, moment, and time, the power is in a man's hand to be new and be an actual new creation, for Hashem Yithbarakh is “doing new things” at all times, and no day or hours is like another etc. as mentioned. Therefore one needs to every time strengthen himself and begin every day anew, and sometimes even in one day one needs to begin many times, as explained elsewhere. And even if it will be that way for a long time, however it may be, every time and every hour he needs to remind himself of Hashem Yithbarakh and completely forget all the past until now, and really begin now from new, as much as he can, and not look at any confusion or weakness of mind at all. And all this is the aspect of Erekh Apayim, that one needs to extend his spirit and pass over the confusions and obstacles and not look at anything and let nothing affect him and not let his heart grow soft and not let his tempter get short from anything that happens to him, but only strengthen himself in Hashem Yithbarakh in whatever he can. For Hashem Yithbarakh is always full of compassion, and the mercies of Hashem are not finished and his compassion is never ceased. And we have already spoken about this many times — but such a matter needs to be repeated many times, without bound, for “it is your life,” for the majority of the world being far from Hashem Yithbarakh and losing what they lose, true everlasting life, is virtually all only on account of weakness of mind, being downcast, on account that most of them have experienced many times that they began a little in serving Hashem and then fell into what they fell, each person according to his fall, the Merciful One save us; and thereby they became discouraged from beginning again. And some of them once or a few times became somewhat aroused and began anew, but then when they saw that nevertheless fell afterwards, they became discouraged, since they saw themselves trying so much to get into serving Hashem and then falling in what they fell, the Merciful one save us, thus it seemed to them that their strength is exhausted to now begin any more. But really all this is the work of the Ba`al Davar himself, who is the aspect of the elder of the Sitra Achra, for he is called the “old and foolish king” [Eccl. 4], as he wants to cast a man down into oldness and exhaustion, God forbid, as if he already so aged in his mistakes and deeds that he can no longer change. And really it is not so, for every day a man is a new creature, just as we say the benediction every day over Netilath Yadayim and the rest of the benedictions, “Who has not made me a heathen.. a slave.. a woman” etc., where the codifiers have written the reason being because a man is made like a new creature every day, as explained in the ''Shulchan `Arukh''. And similarly the benediction, “Who gives strength to the weary” we say over renewal of the brains and vitality every day, as brought in the ''Kawanoth''. And therefore a man needs to be very careful to not fall into this oldness of the Sitra Achra, but only be strong and renewed all the time, as mentioned. And let it seem in his eyes every day and every hour that he is born today, and as if today he receives the Torah anew, as our Rabbis z"l have said, “every day let them be like new in your eyes,” as mentioned, which all of this is the aspect of Erekh Apayim, as he extends his patience for every thing, obstacle, and confusion in the world, and passes over everything, and strengthens himself each time in His service etc. as mentioned. And this trait of Erekh Apayim is the essence of the aspect of Tiqunei Diqna, which is the aspect of the ''Zaqen''/Elder in holiness, who is truly old, for he truly lives long life, for every time he begins living anew. And precisely this is the aspect of holy elderliness, the aspect of long life, for when one falls in oldness of the Sitra Achra, that is, when his devotion becomes old for him, and all the more so when he falls from his devotions, God forbid, since it seems that he is so old in his mistakes that he can no longer go back, God forbid. Such “elderliness,” God forbid, is the essence of shortness of days, as mentioned in Rabbeinu z"l's words, that “elders” like this who do not add vitality and additional service all the time, are called “short of days and full of trouble” etc. (Job 14). (See the Torah ''“Uv'yom haBiqurim,” LM'' #4). ==Oth 7== The rule is that any man who wants to consider the ultimate purpose needs to very much guard against being old at all. That is, to not fall into oldness of the Sitra Achra, God forbid, whether he is a tzaddik, a chasid, or any other kind of man. Even someone who is the lowest of the low in some regard, needs to guard against falling in this oldness, for even a great tzaddik is forbidden from being old in his service even though he attained perfect devotion on a high level; nevertheless he needs to be strong to go from level to level and each time begin anew. For this is the essence of Judaism, to be strong to ascend each time from level to level, as I heard from the mouth of Rabbeinu z"l when he began teaching the Torah ''“Tesha` Tiqunin Yaqirin Itmasru Lediqna”'' (''LM'' #20), as he said then in this language, “Whoever wants to be an Israelite man, that is, going from level to level, cannot do so except by Eretz Yisrael,” and from his words in general we hear that one is not called a true ''Ish Yisra'eli'' unless one goes from level to level. And one attains this through Eretz Yisrael etc.; see there in that Torah ''Tesha''''`'''' Tiqunin Yaqirin''. And this is the essence of long life, the aspect of the Torah which is called life, when one always begins anew etc. as mentioned. And conversely, even one who did what he did and transgressed what he transgressed, nevertheless is forbidden to be old, God forbid, and he needs to guard more and more against this aspect of oldness, to not get into any despair, God forbid; to not say in his heart that he is so old already, God forbid, in his deeds etc., that he cannot change. Rather, be strong and begin with whatever he can, and do any little or great thing that he can, even if he can really say no more than one utterance in prayer or secluded meditation-conversation, or learn the least of the least bit, anyhow he should do what he can, get strong, and enliven himself in the least of the least that he still manages to strive in the sanctity of Yisrael. For, any way it might be, he definitely does many mitzwoth each day, for even “the transgressors of Yisrael are full of mitzwoth like a pomegranate,” and one needs to find good points in himself and enliven himself each time. And as explained in the Torah ''“Azamera Lelohai Be`odi”'' (''LM'' #282), as brought in our words many times, and be strong and begin each time anew, and not lose himself entirely, God forbid. And “whatever your hand finds to do, do with your strength.” And the main thing is the aforementioned Arikhath Apayim, that he should have a very great deal of Arikhuth Apayim, without bound, which is the aspect of long spirit/temper, that is, to extend his spirit, to wait and look forward to the salvation of Hashem, and not gaze at any confusion or obstacle as mentioned. ==Oth 8== And this is the aspect of “Long-Tempered (Erekh Apayim) for tzaddikim and for the wicked” (''BK'' 50), as tzaddikim need this trait of Erekh Apayim, which is the aspect of holy elderliness, the aspect of ''Arikhath Yamim weShanim''/Long Days and Years, the aspect of ''Chayim Arukhim''/Long Life, mentioned above. That is, to not fall in the oldness of the Sitra Achra, God forbid, that his service should not old and weak for him, but just “renew his youth like an eagle” all the time, and every day begin new with additional sanctity and service, and never get tired or weary, and not be confused by anything, which this is the aspect of Erekh Apayim. For, sometimes one who serves Hashem gets weary on account of having suffered so many trials etc., and thereby he could fall into oldness of the Sitra Achra and exhaustion, God forbid. Therefore he needs to strengthen himself a great deal with the trait of Erekh Apayim, all his days, extending his temper and spirit for all the toils and burdens, beginning new every time. And this is the aspect of Erekh Apayim for tzaddikim. And likewise there is the aspect of Erekh Apayim for the wicked, as Hashem Yithbarakh also extends his temper for them all the days of their lives, in order that they return, as written, “Until the day he dies You wait for him; if he turns back etc. [You receive him immediately].” Therefore the wicked themselves also have to bolster themselves in this trait of Erekh Apayim, that their wickedness should not confuse them from returning to Hashem Yithbarakh, and that their hearts should not falter nor their minds be downcast from the amount of their transgressions, especially if they have already began a few times and fallen from it etc. Nevertheless they should be confident in His great mercy and prolong their patience and spirit over all that happens to them, and strengthen themselves each time to begin anew. Perhaps he will attain from now on to have compassion on himself, to leave his previous way and thoughts, and never ever be old and weak in his eyes. For the essence of return lies in the aspect of renewing one's life whenever it is necessary to renew his days that have passed in darkness, in the aspect of (Lam. 5), “''Hashiveinu H' eleikha wenashuvah chadesh yameynu keqedem''/Return us, Hashem, to you, that we may be restored; renew our days as before.” Hence everyone needs the aspect of this trait of Erekh Apayim. And this is, “Long-Tempered (Erekh Apayim) for tzaddikim and for the wicked.” And the rest of the levels of other people in the world are are included in them, for the whole keeping of their service and vitality is by this trait of Erekh Apayim, as mentioned. ==Oth 9== And all of them receive strength from the aspect of the Elder in Sanctity, who is the aforementioned blind one, who is the aspect of the Elder of Elders, ''Saba deSavin'', who has attained such holy elderliness that he said that he is “extremely old yet extremely ''yanik'' [infantile, lit. suckling]” etc. and as mentioned, as from him all the tzaddiqim receive strength to fortify themselves in their devotions to renew their strength and service all the time. And through these great tzaddiqim who begin new every time — and even reach the highest of all levels, even the level of the greatest ''Benei `Aliyah ''[''Sanh.'' 97b], nevertheless not sufficing themselves with this, but rather saying, “Who knows what else there is to attain?” and beginning every time anew, and like I heard from Rabbeinu z"l a great deal regarding this as explained elsewhere, until they each time arrive at perceptions new, wondrous, awesome etc. etc. — therefore with the strength of such tzaddiqim in all this, those who have fallen can renew themselves every time. As is very common presently in the darkness of the this exile, that the Sitra Achra and the Ba`al Davar have surged up a great deal upon anyone who wants to begin to delve in serving Hashem. And they cast him down every time, each person in accord with what they cast him down, God forbid, the Merciful one save us, and they need to be strengthened and revived each time with many kinds of encouragement, so that they never despair, and that they begin anew each time as mentioned. And they receive all this strength from these tzaddikim. For the more ill a person is, the greater a doctor he needs, as explained elsewhere (#30), for due to the enormity of the power and perceptions of these tzaddikim, who every time began anew and each time perceived more and more the greatness of Hashem's kindness, how He, Blessed be He, devises considerations so that no one be flushed away from him etc. And thereby they have power to draw new vitality and strength to all the fallen, to strengthen and awaken them every time, to never fall down due to anything, but only extend their patience and spirit for everything and be steadfast in Hashem and the power of the true tzaddikim, for His mercies have never ceased, and they should be strong and start following Hashem Yithbarakh anew each time in whatever he can etc. and as mentioned. For, by the power of these tzaddikim who every time began anew, that even when they reached the highest of high levels, that it seems there is no higher level that this, and really it is an extremely wondrous and awesome level and state, that, many great and wondrous tzaddikim never attained it — still even though they reached this and more and more etc. etc., nevertheless they never sufficed with this, but devised considerations every time to begin anew, even though they never knew any more report of a higher level. Nevertheless they said, “Who knows, what else there is?” etc., just like I heard from Rabbeinu z"l, as one time he was very afflicted before me and said, “How can one achieve being a Jew?” etc., and it was a big wonder to me on account that he had just revealed wondrous and awesome things etc.; he spoke up and said, “Who knows what else there is to attain?” etc. For, behold, did it ever occur to me to seek and yearn for such a perception and such a level? So who knows now too what more there is, etc. This was his way every day of his life. And it is impossible to elaborate and relate this here. Hence there are such great tzaddikim that that even when they reach the highest of high levels, that it seems there is no higher level that it, still they yearn, request and seek, and begin anew entirely. For, who knows what more there is? Even though their present perception and level is truly very high, still they say, “Isn't Hashem Yithbarakh infinite? So who knows what more one can reach in this world!” Therefore they begin anew every time, until they truly reach an even higher level. And then they say, “Who knows what more there is?” — and again they begin anew etc., and thus forever. Thus by the power of these tzaddikim there is hope for all the fallen. And there is nothing in the world at all to despair about. For even though it seems to him that from such a descent he cannot get up, God forbid, nevertheless who knows the greatness of Hashem's kindness? For there is such kindness by Him, Yithbarakh, that even from there one can get up. And similarly even if God forbid he fell more many, many times without count, still any move whereby he wants to pick himself up each time from the fall, and each and every cry that he calls out even from the lowest depths, is also never lost. As like Rabbeinu z"l said, that even a yell from the lowest underworld is never lost, regardless of what happens after. For Hashem Yithbarakh and his Torah are infinite and unbounded. As just as there is no getting high in the world, in accord with His greatness — heights above heights, and heights above that etc. and as mentioned — similarly there is no descent in the world, as for every descent, God forbid, there is a worse descent. And since there is a worse descent, God forbid, one needs to be strong and not fall any further, God forbid. And the main empowerment is by the strength of the aforementioned tzaddikim, who never stayed put but every time rose higher etc. as mentioned. For they attained the perception that just as there is never an ascent, similarly there is never a descent from which one cannot rise up. For in truth it is all one, for the more a tzaddik rises to a higher level, he perceives more the generosities of Hashem, which this is the essence of Hashem Yithbarakh's greatness. For the trait of ''Chesed''/Generosity is called ''Gedulah''/Greatness, as is known, as is written, “Yours, Hashem, is the Greatness” [I Chron. 29:11], which is kindness, as is known. Hence the trait of Chesed is is called Gedulah. Therefore the more one perceives the Hashem Yithbarakh's greatness, the more one perceives His generosity, for His Blessed generosity is the essence of His greatness as mentioned. Therefore these tzaddikim who never stay put but each time go up more and more, and each time further perceive His Blessed greatness, that is, the vastness of his generosity, thereby they attain perceiving that there is no fall or descent in the world and no despairing in the world whatsoever. For they perceive such kindnesses each time, which are the essence of the Creator's greatness, whereby everyone can have an ascent. And this is what Rabbeinu z"l said in the torah ''“Mishra deSakina”'' (''LM'' #30), that one needs specifically the greatest tzaddik on the utmost high level. For, the more ill a person is, the greater a healer he needs, that is, as mentioned. For the greater the tzaddik, the more he can raise up even those who are so very fallen, until by the power of the aforementioned tzaddikim [who receive from him], there is no fall or descent where one cannot get up from by their power, if they manage to believe and follow them, and as mentioned. And all this is the abovementioned aspect of Erekh Apayim, the aspect of Erekh Apayim to tzaddikim and Erekh Apayim to the wicked [Oth #8], that these people on a high level, the aspect of tzaddikim, need to prolong their temper, that their temper not fall short, and they not stop having extra spirit and vitality, on account of the great ascent and level they have attained, for in spite of this they need to extend their spirit further, and look to reach an even higher, higher level, and begin anew etc. as mentioned. And these people on a low level, and even the wicked that have fallen in total evil, God forbid, nevertheless as long as the soul is in them, as long as they can still move one body member, need to extend their temper and spirit, to look out for salvation constantly, and prevail and begin anew each time, as much as possible — whatever will be will be — for there is never a move in sanctity nor a groan, cry or aspiration in sanctity etc. that is ever lost, for “Hashem will not cast us off forever” [Lam. 3]. ==Oth 10== And all this is the aspect of tefillin, which are the abovementioned aspect of Arikhath Apayim, which is the aspect of the new brains and vitality that we draw by the mitzwah of tefillin, from the elders in sanctity who receive from the highest elder who is the blind one. ==Oth 11== And this is the aspect of the tunnel of the tefillin, which is where the straps pass through, which are the aspect of “crossing the YaBoQ,” as brought in the Kawanoth. For the straps are the aspect of drawing the brains of the tefillin, which is the aspect of the “Light of the Face,” which is the aspect of the Thirteen Tiqunei Diqna, the aspect of Erekh Apayim mentioned, and therefore ReTzU`AH is gematria 370, the aspect of the 370 lights, of the Light of the Face, as is brought. For the straps represent length, specifically the elongation of the nose, which signifies the elongation of the spirit. This refers to the elongation of the nose, which is the light of the Countenance that extends through the straps, thereby sweetening and nullifying the aspect of the "stripes of wickedness" which is a strap for the Other Side, from which all afflictions and judgments originate. Through the elongation of the nose, extending through the straps of the Tefillin, one transcends all afflictions, sweetening them. They have no power to nullify or obstruct divine service, for one merits the elongation of the nose, i.e., to extend his spirit over everything, not shortening it because of afflictions and obstacles in the world. Instead, one goes about his own affairs, engaging in Torah and divine service, etc., as aforementioned, until he transcends them and nullifies them. Because through the elongation of the nose, not focusing on them at all, they are nullified by themselves. For all afflictions and obstacles come only as a test, and when one strengthens his resolve and extends his spirit, not focusing on them at all, they are nullified before him. Therefore, the elongation of the strap, which signifies the extension of the light of the Countenance, through the elongation of the nose as aforementioned, nullifies the aspect of the strap for the Other Side, from which all afflictions emanate, for everything is sweetened and nullified by the elongation of the nose, which is the aspect of sweetening judgments, as aforementioned. This is the aspect of the passage of the Tefillin, where the straps pass, which is the aspect of the passage of Havayeh Elokim, as aforementioned, for Havayeh Elokim has the numerical value of 52, as is explained. This is the aspect of "I will praise" twice, in God, I will praise," which is in the same vein, for one must recognize Him, blessed be He, and draw close to Him always, whether in prosperity or adversity, God forbid, whether in ascent or descent. This is the aspect of "in God, I will praise," etc., as mentioned in the Torah: "Who is the man who desires life," etc., as explained further. This is itself the aspect of the "He called to Joshua" in the Torah portion that introduces the Book of Joshua. See there, where it is written that anyone who wants to repent needs to be proficient in Halacha, proficient in willing, proficient in returning, proficient in ascending, proficient in departing, in the manner of "I will ascend to the heavens, you are there," etc. See there, that we need to teach how to draw close to God, blessed be He, constantly, in every place. Whether in ascent or descent. And even if one is in the depths of Sheol, from there, too, he can draw close to Him, blessed be He, in the manner of "If I ascend to the heavens, you are there." For even though it seems to him that he has ascended to heaven, he still needs to seek God, blessed be He, and start anew. For God, blessed be He, is also found in heaven, as our Rabbi said in the Torah: "If you go out to war," etc., that all this is the aspect of the elongation of the nose as aforementioned, which we merit through the mitzvah of Tefillin, as aforementioned. This is the aspect of the passage, the aspect of "Havayeh Elokim," for "Havayeh Elokim" consists of the letters of "Beki," proficient in willing, proficient in returning, etc., as our Rabbi said himself, that the aspect of this proficiency is the aspect of "Havayeh Elokim." See there at the end. And also consider the numerical value of "Havayeh Elokim" in the aspect of "in God, I will praise," etc., as aforementioned, whether in the attribute of mercy or in the attribute of judgment, whether in ascent or in descent. Always one must serve God, blessed be He, and extend his spirit so that he will not fall, not become weary, and not be nullified from his yearning for God, blessed be He, because of anything in the world. And all this is achieved through the Tefillin, which is the aspect of the elongation of the nose as aforementioned, which extends his spirit over everything, as aforementioned. For this is the aspect of the long straps that pass through the passage, through which one transcends everything, all afflictions, obstacles, and confusions that emanate from the strap for the Other Side, as aforementioned, and everything is nullified opposite him through the aspect of the elongation of the nose as aforementioned. And this is the aspect of "And God passed before him," which is the aspect of the passage, for then, when God passed before him, God revealed to him the thirteen attributes of mercy, which are thirteen times the numerical value of "Dalet" (ד), and there it is said, "And Moses hastened," etc., for he saw the elongation of the nose, which is the aspect of Tefillin as aforementioned. Through this, one transcends everything and merits to draw close to Him, blessed be He. And this is the aspect of the passage, as aforementioned, for then, when God passed before him and revealed to him the thirteen attributes of mercy, which are thirteen times the numerical value of "Dalet" (ד), then he revealed to him the aspect of the light of the Tefillin, as it is written there in this portion: "I will make all my goodness pass before you," etc., "and you will see my back," and the Sages interpreted this as the knot of the Tefillin, for the essence of the Tefillin emanates from there, from the aspect of "Dalet" (ד), which are the thirteen attributes as aforementioned, which is the aspect of the elongation of the nose as aforementioned. ==Oth 12== And the main essence of the elongation of the nose is achieved through the Land of Israel, which is the aspect of faith. As it is written there in the aforementioned Torah portion on the verse "And Moses hastened," etc., see there (in Siman Kuf-Nun-Hey). And this is the aspect of the Tefillin, for the sections within the Tefillin speak of the Land of Israel and faith, for the main themes of the first two sections are the Exodus from Egypt and the entry into the Land of Israel, as it is written there (Exodus 13): "Remember this day on which you went out from Egypt," etc., "and it shall be when the Lord brings you into the land," etc. And similarly, the second section begins with "And it shall be when the Lord brings you," etc. For the essence of the Tefillin is the aspect of the elongation of the nose, which is achieved through the Land of Israel as aforementioned, which is the opposite of Egypt, which is filled with idolatry and foreign worship, which is the opposite of faith. Therefore, when they were in Egypt, it was said of them (Exodus 6): "And they did not listen to Moses, from shortness of spirit," for they could not draw close to justify themselves, which is the aspect of Moses, and to listen to him because of their shortness of spirit, which is the opposite of the aforementioned elongation of the nose, through which the essence of drawing close to God, blessed be He, and to true righteous individuals is achieved, as written there in the aforementioned Torah portion, and as aforementioned, for the main essence of the elongation of the nose is achieved through faith, which is the aspect of the Land of Israel as aforementioned, which is the aspect of the Tefillin as aforementioned. Therefore, the two secondary sections speak of faith, which is "Hear, O Israel," which is the faith of unity. And the portion "And it shall be if you surely listen" also accepts the yoke of the commandments and the nullification of foreign worship, which is the aspect of wrath, which is also the opposite of the aforementioned elongation of the nose, as it is written there (Deuteronomy 11). The verse "Guard yourselves and so on, lest you turn away and serve other gods and the anger of the Lord will be kindled" (Deuteronomy 11) shows that all four sections of the Tefillin speak of the Exodus from Egypt, which is the aspect of idolatry, the aspect of wrath, and shortness of spirit, in order to merit leaving there and coming to the Land of Israel, which is the aspect of faith and the elongation of the nose. For this is the essence of the Tefillin, as aforementioned. Therefore, the conclusion of the last section of the Tefillin is "so that your days and the days of your children may be multiplied," which is the elongation of days, which is the aspect of long life achieved through the Tefillin, which are the aspect of the elongation of the nose and the elongation of the spirit, from which comes the elongation of days. For the essence of life is through the spirit of breath, through the aspect of elongating the spirit, which is the aspect of elongating the nose. And as explained above, the elongation of the nose is the aspect of the elder in holiness, the aspect of long life, as aforementioned. Therefore, the Sages said (Pesachim 113a), "His hotness, his life is not life," for hotness, which is the aspect of shortness of spirit, is the opposite of elongating the nose. Therefore, his life is not life, for the essence of life is through elongating the spirit, which is the aspect of elongating the nose, as aforementioned. ==Oth 13== Therefore, we need to tie the Tefillin on the left hand, which is the aspect of the dark hand, as the Sages said. For this is the essence of the Tefillin, which is the aspect of elongating the nose, to sweeten and nullify the aspect of the dark hand, from which all afflictions and obstacles emanate, God forbid. One needs to elongate his spirit in the aspect of elongating the nose, as mentioned above, and to surpass everything so that he will not have a short spirit, God forbid, which is the aspect of a depressed spirit, "Who can bear a broken spirit?" (Proverbs 18:14). Rather, one should elongate his spirit above all, which is the aspect of Tefillin, the aspect of elongating the nose. Through this, the aspect of the dark hand is sweetened, as aforementioned. ==Oth 14== And this is [illustrated in the verse], "And the Lord said to Abram, 'Go forth from your land... to the land...'" (Genesis 12), which refers to the Land of Israel, as it is linked to the verse, "And Terah died in Haran." For Rashi explained there that until this point was the wrath and anger of the place. Therefore, it is linked to this [episode] that God commanded Abraham to go to the Land of Israel. Through this, the wrath and anger were sweetened and nullified. For through the Land of Israel, one merits the aspect of elongating the nose, which is the opposite of wrath and anger, as aforementioned. For Abraham is the head of the believers, and therefore he was the first to whom the holiness of the Land of Israel was revealed, as stated in the Holy Zohar, "Tikunim." For the Land of Israel is the aspect of faith, the aspect of elongating the nose, as aforementioned. ==Oth 15== And this is the aspect of (Ex. 13), “Sanctify to Me all the male firstborns, whatsoever opens the womb among the children of Israel,” which is the beginning of the first passage in the tefillin. For the essence of the tefillin are drawn from the sanctity of the firstborn, which is the first birth, which is the aspect of Yetziath Mitzrayim, which is the aspect of birth, as is known, as on account of this we need to sanctify the first birth which is a male firstborn. As written there, “And it came to pass, when Par`oh would hardly let us go... therefore I sacrifice” etc. And all this is in order to draw on oneself the sanctity of birth of the brains which is the essence of birth, that is, to manage to renew ones vitality and brains at all times as if he was born today, as mentioned. Which, this is is the essence of long life, which are the aspect of tefillin as mentioned. And therefore one needs to give the firstborn to the Kohen or redeem him from him, for the Kohen is the aspect of the elder in holiness, in the aspect of (Ps. 133), “It is like the precious oil upon the head, coming down upon the beard; even Aharon's beard” etc., the aspect of the Eight Tikkunim of the Kohen Gadol, as is known. And this is what our Rabbis z”l said (Shabbath 151), “And let your head lack no oil (Eccl. 9:8) — this is head tefillin.” For the essence of tefillin are drawn from the aspect of “like the precious oil upon the head...” of the elder, Aharon, as mentioned. And therefore by means of giving the firstborn, who is the first birth, to the Kohen, we draw the sanctity of the birth of the brains and vitality, to remember to always renew himself as if he was born today, which this is the essence of tefillin, which are the aspect of brains and long life which we receive from the aforementioned Elder in Holiness, who said that he is extremely old and yet has not begun living at all, as if he was born today. For, one needs to each time begin anew as mentioned, and this is the aspect of Mashiach, of whom it is said (Ps. 2), “Today I have borne you.” For Mashiach will attain this aspect perfectly, which is the aforementioned aspect of long life, as each moment he will begin living anew as if he was born today, in the aspect of “I have borne you today.” For Mashiach will attain the aspect of above time, as explained in Rabbeinu z”l's words on this verse, “I have borne you today;” see there [''LM II'' #61]. For this aspect that '''the blind one''' boasted of, who is old yet infantile etc. and the whole world does not amount to him so much as an eyeblink etc., all this is the aspect of above time, which this is the aspect of long life that Mashiach will attain, the aspect of (Ps. 21), “He asked life of You; You gave it to him,” which is the aspect of “David King of Yisrael is Alive and Well.” For David is Mashiach. And this is the aspect of tefillin; that is where is the root of the Mashiach's soul, as is brought, as the root of Mashiach's kingship is in the aspect of the tefillin's knot, and as Rabbeinu z”l said (''LM'' #54), which this is the aspect of (Sam. 1 25), “yet the soul of my lord shall be bound in the bundle of life,” which is said of David, who is Mashiach. The bundle of life is the aspect of tefillin knot, which are the aspect of life as mentioned, the aforementioned aspect of long life, as mentioned. ==Oth 16== And this is the aspect of the strap of the head Tefillin that descends from the knot to the nape of the neck. For the sanctity of the Tefillin stems from the elders who merited to sanctify their intellect to such an extent that they remembered what was done with them from the beginning of their formation, at the time when their nape was cut, as aforementioned. For the essence of the completion of formation, which is the aspect of Tefillin, is the aspect of sanctifying Me, every firstborn of every womb, etc. It is the piece of the nape. Therefore, it is stated regarding the Exodus from Egypt (Ezekiel 16), "And your origins on the day you were born, your navel was not cut," etc. This means that before they left, they were similar to a fetus in its mother's womb, and their nape was not yet cut, etc. For the essence of the Tefillin is the aspect of the Exodus from Egypt, the aspect of birth, which is the aspect of the piece of the nape, as aforementioned. For even though the other elders remembered more and more, as aforementioned, nonetheless, the holiness cannot be revealed outwardly upon us, except for the holiness of the elder's intellect, which recalls the beginning of their formation, which is the piece of the nape, which is the essence of the Tefillin spoken of from the time of formation, the aspect of "Sanctify to Me every firstborn," etc., as aforementioned. And may we merit to receive his holiness, but the holiness of the other intellects of the other elders is not revealed outwardly at all. Rather, all their light is hidden; only in the compartments hidden within the houses is their holiness received in a concealed and hidden manner, for the sanctity of their memory is very concealed from us, as is obvious to the discerning. ==Oth 17== And one strap extends to the heart, for the strap is the aspect of the light that continues from the aspect of elongated patience, as aforementioned. Therefore, it needs to extend to the heart to instill the aspect of elongated patience, which is the suppression of anger within the heart, so that one does not care at all, not even in his heart. This is the essence of elongated patience, as Rabbi [Nissim] mentioned about himself that he merited this aspect in the Land of Israel, that he would have such elongated patience that there would be no anger or resentment in his heart, not even towards his greatest enemy who caused him all the suffering. Nonetheless, he harbored no hatred or resentment in his heart towards him. This is the essence of elongated patience. Therefore, the strap needs to extend to the heart to instill the aspect of elongated patience within the heart, as aforementioned. This means that one does not care or mind anything, not even in his heart, as aforementioned. ==Oth 18== And this is the aspect of Hashem Yithbarakh's extolling Kenesseth Yisrael (Song 7), “Your navel is like a round goblet that lacks no mingled wine,” and our Rabbis z”l explained (Sanh. 37) regarding the seventy Sanhedrin who sat in a semicircle like the moon etc. “Your navel” is the aspect of the tefillin straps which descend from the head knot to the navel, which is drawn from the aspect of the kingship of David-Mashiach who is live and enduring, who is the aspect of the head knot as mentioned, as from there is drawn the strap unto the navel which is the aspect of “your navel like a round goblet,” the aspect of the seventy Sanhedrin who correspond to the seventy facets of the Torah, where David sat at the head, as our Rabbis z”l explained (brought in Rashi) on the verse, “Yoshev-Basheveth a Tachkemonite, head” etc. (2 Sam 23), for all the seventy Sanhedrin who are the aspect of the seventy faces of the Torah all receive from David-Mashiach, as all his vitality is from the aspect of the aforementioned elders, who are the aspect of Tiqunei Diqna Qadisha, the aspect of honoring the face, the aspect of Stories of Ancient Times, as all the seventy faces of the Torah are drawn from them, as explained in the Torah “Pathach R' Shim`on” (''LM'' #60), see there; as thereby one can wake up from sleep, which is the absence of the brains. And by means of these elders, the aspect of the stories, are drawn all the seventy faces of the Torah and we wake up from sleep. Which, this is is the aspect of the seventy years that David a”h lived. And therefore he minimized sleep to the utmost, as our Rabbis z”l said (''Sukkah'' 26), that David never slept sixty breaths, so as to not taste the taste of death. For sleep is one sixtieth of death, which is drawn from Adam haRishon's mistake, by eating from the Tree of Knowledge Good-and-Bad and blemishing the Tree of Life which is the aspect of the light of the tefillin, as is brought. For tefillin are the aspect of life, the aspect of the Tree of Life, of which is said (Gen. 3), “And he eat and live forever). And by causing this damage, death was decreed on him for generations. But actually, after the mistake, death and sleep are a great benefit, for had Adam not erred he would have attained true life which is everlasting life, long life, whilst still in the body, that is, in his body he would have been able to be included in the Ein Sof forever, running and returning, and live long life, that is, renewing his vitality forever, in the aspect of renewing life of the Highest Elder, who is the '''Blind One''', who lived long life, as he is forever old and forever infantile etc. as mentioned. But after the mistake and having eaten from the Tree of Knowledge Good-and-Bad and being driven from Gan `Eden and the Serpent's filth taking grip on his body, the aspect of the “Serpent's bite,” it is impossible for him to live long life in his body forever. And it is impossible to attain everlasting life except by death, which is a great benefit, as written (Gen 1), “And behold, good ''me'od''” — this is death (''Ber. Rab.'' 9), for by means of death which is sleep, his brain is renewed. And then his body and life are renewed, and then he comes back to life in a body clean and pure that is entirely cleaned and purified of the Serpent's filth. And then he will attain receiving new brains in the aspect of tefillin, the Tree of Life, which are the aspect of long life he will attain then. That is, then he will attain living such life forever, as at all times life and brains will be added to him, until the older he gets, the more he will attain beginning anew. Which this is the aspect of the Blind Elder, which this is the essence of everlasting life that whoever attains will attain in the future to come. For constant delight is no delight and is not called true life, but rather when one attains living new life at all times, and this is the aspect of long life, everlasting life, that the tzaddikim will attain in the future after revival of the dead, that is, the aforementioned aspect, as they will attain renewing their life at all times, which this is the aspect of tefillin as mentioned. ==Oth 19== Even in this world, where the righteous, true servants of God merit to extend upon themselves eternal life through Torah, prayer, and good deeds, although their ultimate goal is to always live long lives, to renew their lives with added holiness, with new intellectual faculties and vitality at all times, nonetheless, it is inevitable and impossible to live long lives in this world continuously. For inevitably, the intellect will become fatigued, and therefore, sleep is necessary. And sleep is a great good, for by completely resting their minds when necessary and sleeping a little, they give rest to their intellects. Through this, they return and renew themselves in the morning, and merit to receive new intellectual faculties. They start afresh, as this is the aspect of tefillin: that they merit in the morning after sleep, as precisely explained in the Kavanot. Through the sleep of the night and the awakening at midnight to engage in Torah study, they emerge in the morning with the impressions of the intellect from the previous day, renewed during the night's sleep. And through this, they receive completely new intellectual faculties during prayer, which is the essence of life, long life. Study the Kavanot and understand well, for all the intentions of tefillin are included in our words in a wonderful way, so that each person may merit to receive from them a new awakening, wonderful desire, true and proper advice at all times for the service of the Blessed Creator, for every individual according to their level, place, and time. So even the least among the least can mention the Blessed Name at all times, in every place they may be, however they may be. We have already elaborated on this somewhat above. But let the wise understand and gain wisdom even more, for it is impossible to explain everything in writing. And the discerning one who truly desires to have compassion on themselves and not to deceive themselves can receive all the true and eternal goodness from our words. Let us return to our words, for now it is impossible to merit these aforementioned long lives, to renew one's mind and vitality at all times, except through sleep. But the righteous limit their sleep very much, each one according to their own necessity, for the renewal of the intellect, as aforementioned. Therefore, as it is said (Sukkah 26), "David never slept," as aforementioned, for he lived those long lives. New life at all times and hours, unable to sleep except little by little, compelled for long life as aforementioned. Therefore, the kingdom of David is likened to the moon, which renews itself at all times, hinting at the assembly of Israel, including the aspect of David's kingdom, who need to renew their service at all times in order to merit renewal in the future and to live those aforementioned long lives. As we say, "To the moon, He said to renew its crown of glory for those who are destined to renew like it, to praise their Creator in honor of His kingdom." Then we say, "David, King of Israel, lives and endures," for this is the essence of vitality when renewed at all times, as aforementioned. Therefore, Israel is counted with the moon, from which the new emerge (Chullin 30). This hints that we need to renew ourselves at all times to live each day and at all times with new vitality in the service of the Blessed Creator, for we do not age forever, God forbid, even if we were to live a thousand years (Psalms 90). "For a thousand years in Your eyes are like yesterday." For all our days are counted as eternally new. We find that all our days are called "new," for we bless and sanctify the new month at every new moon, and it is called "Rosh Chodesh" after this renewal that we renew our days at all times, in the aspect of the renewal of the moon as aforementioned, the aspect of renewing the new. And so all the days of the month are counted as the month, for this day is the second of the month, and that day is the third of the month, and so on until the month is complete, and then the second month begins, and so on forever. We find that all our days are counted specifically to the month. For all the days of Israel, with the holiness they received with the Torah, which is the aspect of eternal life, as written (Deuteronomy 30), "For it is your life." All their days are in the aspect of renewal specifically, the aspect of new life at all times, which is the essence of long and eternal life, as aforementioned. ==Oth 20== All of this is achieved through the Tefillin, which represent the aforementioned aspects. Therefore, the aspect of David's kingdom is linked to the connection of Tefillin as aforementioned. Hence, descends from there a holy strap to the navel, which represents the beginning of life and the birth of a person as they emerge into the world. The beginning of separation from the womb to begin living independently in the world is at the time of cutting the umbilical cord. At that moment, one separates from the womb and begins a new life, receiving strength to renew their life at all times, as if born anew and their umbilical cord cut, initiating their life as aforementioned. From there extends the aspect of human life, encompassed within seventy years, which are the days of a person's life, as written (Psalms 90), "The days of our years are seventy." This corresponds to the seventy faces of Torah, as explained by Rabbi Shimon in Tikkunei Zohar (Section 60). For all the seventy faces, which are the seventy years of life, are extended from the aforementioned elders, which are the aspects of the narratives of ancient years, whose illumination extends to us through the elder amongst them, who continues the renewal of vitality through the aspect of the great mind that also remembers the cutting of the umbilical cord, as aforementioned. For the minds of the other elders, who are even higher, cannot be revealed externally, as aforementioned. This is akin to the Basin of the Moon, which renews itself at all times, representing itself as the seventy Sanhedrin, which our sages expounded upon as aforementioned. For the seventy Sanhedrin represent the seventy faces of seventy years, which are received through the Tefillin by the aforementioned elders. Through the strap descending to the navel, one achieves the renewal of their vitality at all times, which is the essence of vitality for all seventy years. For if one does not renew their vitality at all times, they do not live seventy years. For the essence of vitality is the service of the Creator, as He is our life. And when one does not increase holiness and knowledge every day, their days are shortened. Who knows if all seventy years of their life will amount to another day. Therefore, the wicked, who do not fulfill the Torah completely, are called dead in their lives, for they are truly dead since they do not fulfill the Torah, which is truly the essence of life, as it is written, "He is your life." Even one who serves the Lord somewhat is not counted among their days of life except according to the extent of the work and good deeds they have done in their lives. Therefore, it is possible that all their vitality will only amount to one day, as aforementioned. But the essence of true life is in the aspect of David the King, peace be upon him, who merited to live a full seventy years. For he merited those aforementioned lives, which are the essence of those long lives as aforementioned, which continue through the Tefillin, etc., as aforementioned, which is the aspect of new life at all times. And this is why we say in the Kiddush Levana regarding the renewal of vitality, which is the essence of the renewal of the Moon, representing the assembly of Israel and the kingdom of David, as aforementioned. Then we say, "And to the moon, He said, 'You shall renew the crown of glory for those who are borne of the womb, who are destined to renew themselves like her.'" The crown of glory specifically refers to the Tefillin, which are called the crown of glory as is known, and as is mentioned regarding the blessing "Atar Yisrael" in the prayers, which alludes to the Tefillin. For they are the aspect of the crown of glory through which the essence of renewal of vitality is continued, as aforementioned, which is the aspect of the renewal of the Moon, as aforementioned. And this is the aspect of the sanctity of the firstborn, which is the beginning of the first section of the Tefillin, the aspect of "Sanctify to Me every firstborn," etc., as aforementioned, which needs to be redeemed from the priest in order to continue through it the aspect of the renewal of vitality and the minds, as aforementioned. And this is why the essence of redeeming the firstborn is from a new one, as it is written (Numbers 18), "And you shall redeem him from a month old," specifically from a new one. For the essence of redemption is for the renewal of vitality, which is the aspect of renewal, renewing new things, as aforementioned. ==Oth 21== Dawidh had no vitality at all, for he ought to have been a ''Nefel''/miscarriage/fallen-out. But Adam haRishon [''A"hR''] gave him seventy of his own years, as our rabbis z"l have said. For, the life of ''A"hR'' was drawn from the aspect of ''Arikh Anpin'' [''A"A'', the Supernal “Long Face”], which is the aspect of ''arikhath apayim''/forbearance [lit. lengthening of nose], the aspect of the aforementioned stories of ''shanim qadhmoniyoth'' [ancient years, ancient aspects] etc. And as transmitted in the [Arizal’s] writings, that the vitality of the first generations was from there, from the aspect of ''A"A;'' and therefore they would live very long lives. And all the stories that the Torah tells about the first generations, are all from the aspect of stories of ''shanim qadhmoniyoth'', which are the aspect of ''hadrath panim''/honorable face, as all the seventy faces of the Torah receive from it. And therefore the Torah began from these holy stories, before it explains the ''mitzwoth'' of the Torah. For, all the mitzwoth of the Torah, which consist of the aspect of the seventy faces of the Torah, need to receive from the aspect of ''hadrath panim'', the aspect of ''shufreih de’Adam''/Man’s beauty, the aspect of stories of ''shanim qadhmoniyoth'' and the essential holy vitality that is drawn from there. This renews his vitality at all times; each moment he begins living anew, which is the aspect the (Ps. 2), “''Ani hayom yelidhtikha''/ Today I have begotten you,” that is said of the Mashiach [Anointed to Kingship] Dawidh. Namely, Dawidh Mashiach merited that it was reversed to good, from one opposite to the other. For, just as initially he had no vitality at all and really ought to have been a Nefel, the thing was reversed and he merited to live seventy years from ''A"hR''’s years, and merited to live all the seventy years in the aspect of new life at all times, as if he had still never lived at all, but was just born today. And he, at all times was like a miscarriage that was born now, which has no life and has to receive, by Hashem’s graces, new life. And so on, at every time and moment. And thus he lived all his seventy years, which is the essence of life, as mentioned above. Until he merited through his devotion and effort in this aspect — trying and toiling all his days without sleeping his days away, but rather adding holiness and consciousness at all times — to renew his vitality at every hour. Until he merited thereby to live long, everlasting life for ever and ever, in the aspect of “''Dawidh Melekh Yisrael Chai Vekayam''/Dawidh, King of Yisrael, is alive and enduring,” as mentioned. And this is the aspect of tefillin, as mentioned. For ''teFiLYn'' are a term for (Ex. 33:16), “''VeniFLiYnu ani ve`amekha''/ and I and Your people are distinguished,” which was said when Hashem Yithbarakh revealed to him the Thirteen Attributes of Mercy, which are the aspect of the light of the tefillin, which is the aspect of the “''Ve'raitha eth-achorai''/ and you shall see My back” stated there, which is the tefillin knot (''Berakhoth'' 7), which is where the root of Dawidh-Mashiach’s soul is, as mentioned, as he ought to have been ''Nefel'' as mentioned, but now he merited the thing being reversed to good and living new life at all times, as if he was born today, which is the aspect of tefillin, the aspect of “''Venifliynu ani ve`amekha,” ''for the thing becomes reversed, as mentioned, and is made from the aspect of ''Nefel'' into the aspect of ''Venifliynu,'' which is the aspect of tefillin, which is the aspect of the aforementioned long life/longevity of Dawidh as mentioned. And therefore Mashiach is called ''“Bar Nifli''/ My Distinguished Son''” ''[''Sanh''. 96b on Amos 9:11] for Mashiach will attain that life, which is the aspect of the ''“Ani hayom yelidhtikha”'' that is said of Mashiach, and as mentioned above. ==Oth 22== And this is (Ps. 145:14), “''Somekh Hashem lekhol-hanofelim/ H''ashem is a support to all the fallen,” who are the aspect of those who have fallen from serving Hashem, and Hashem Yithbarakh supports them and awakens them from sleep through the Tzaddikim of the era, who are the aspect of Dawidh-Mashiach who attained the reversal from the aspect of ''Nefel'' to the aspect of long life, to always begin living anew, which this is the aspect of tefillin, the aspect of ''“Venifliynu”'' as mentioned. And thereby they enliven and establish all the fallen ones, that they should not be downcast and not despair of the deliverance of their souls, as mentioned. Until they merit to return to Hashem, and then the fall and descent becomes the ultimate ascent. For, the essence of the fall is specifically on account of this, in order that they should begin living anew, as explained elsewhere. That is, that his vitality and brains should begin again and be renewed, which this is the aspect of tefillin, the aspect of ''“Venifliynu”'' etc. as mentioned, hence the support of those who have fallen from the service of Hashem, that they should not despair. Rather, they should strengthen themselves anew each time, which this itself is the aspect of Dawidh-Mashiach, who attained the aspect of ''Nefel'' being reversed to the aspect of long life, that he should merit to begin to live anew each time, as mentioned. For, for them too the fall and descent becomes the ultimate ascent. As Rabbeinu z”l said elsewhere in ''LM ''(#261), that the fact that a man falls from his service, it is from Heaven — for becoming distant is the beginning of drawing close. Therefore he fell in order that he should become more alert, to draw close to Hashem Yithbarakh. And his advice is, “that he should begin anew, entering the service of Hashem as if he has still never begun, and this is a big rule in serving Hashem, that a person needs to really begin anew every day.” Hence specifically through the fall they begin to live anew, which is the aspect of tefillin, as mentioned. Which, this is the aspect of Dawidh’s longevity, which was reversed from ''Nefel'' to long life etc. as mentioned. For, all the support of the fallen is through the aforementioned great tzaddikim, who are the aspect of Dawidh-Mashiach, who lived new life at all times. Which, thereby they enliven all the fallen ones, to begin anew from now, and as explained above. And this is the aspect of the Redemption which shall be through Dawidh-Mashiach, who should come soon in our days, and then Kenesseth Yisrael will rise up from their fall, as our rabbis z”l expounded (''Berakhoth'' 5) on this verse — which this is the reason why there is no ''Nun'' in Tehillah leDawidh etc. Even so, Dawidh again supported it prophetically [lit. by ''Ruach haKoshesh''/ by the Spirit of the Holy], as it says, ''”Somekh Hashem lekhol-hannofelim,” ''etc. In the West (i.e. Israel) they resolve it [the verse Amos 5:2,'' Naflah velo-tosif kum, betulath Yisrael/'' She is fallen and shall lo longer rise, the virgin of Yisrael] thus: ''”Naflah lo-tosif [lipol `od]''/ It has fallen but shall no more '''[fall]''', ''Kum/ Rise''” etc.! [''Berakhoth'' 4b] For, the entire fall of Kenesseth Yisrael is their falling from their service, God forbid, which the Redemption depends on. For, the Redemption depends on nothing else but ''Teshuvah''/ Return/ Repentance, as our rabbis z"l said (''Yoma'' 80). And therefore the main support of the fall is by Dawidh specifically, who lives the aforementioned long life, as mentioned. Which, thereby he vitalizes, strengthens and supports all the fallen ones, that they should not despair, for Hashem is with them and close to them, in the aspect of, “''Al tismechi oyavti li ki nafalti kamti/ D''o not rejoice over me, my enemy; though I have fallen [specifically], I shall rise.'' Ki eshev bechoshekh Hashem owr li/ T''hough [or “when,” or “because”] I sit in darkness, Hashem is a light unto me” (Mic. 7:8). And then the fall and descent is the ultimate ascent, and is as mentioned. And this is the Kohen haGadol [High Priest] in the Beith haMiqdash praying on Yom haKippurim, “''Velo tapil ishah peri bitnah''/ And let no woman miscarry the fruit of her womb''...''” [''YK'' prayer] “''Velo ya`adei `avid shultan mideveith Yehudah''/ A''nd'' may there not depart a ruler from the house of Yehudah” [''Yoma'' 53b]. For, he attained the reversal from the aspect of ''Nefel'' to the aspect of long life specifically, as mentioned. And therefore the Kohen haGadol would pray on Yom haKippurim this prayer specifically. For, Yom haKippurim is the essence of teshuvah/return, and the essence of teshuvah is to rise up from one’s fall, which is the aspect of ''Nefel'', as mentioned. And to be strong to renew his days, in the aspect of (Lam. 5), “''Hashivenu... chadesh yameinu keqedem''/ Restore us... make our days new as before” etc. as mentioned, which is the aspect of Dawidh Mashiach’s kingship, as mentioned. Therefore after Yom haKippurim is Sukkoth, which is the aspect of, “''Aqim eth-sukath Dawidh hanofeleth''/ I will raise up the tabernacle of Dawidh that is fallen” (Amos 9:11), annulling the aspect of the fallen ones’ fall, God have mercy, and instead raising them up and vitalizing them, in the aspect of, ''“Somekh Hashem lekhol-hannofelim” ''etc. as mentioned. And therefore after Sukkoth is Shemini `Atzereth, which is the aspect of the Davidic kingship, as written (Sam. I 9:17), “''Zeh ya`tzor be`ami''/ This one shall have authority over My people,” as Rabbeinu z”l said elsewhere (''LM'' #48), which is when ''Nuqva'' is `''otzereth''/ seizing the droplet so that it does not fall, as written in the Qawanoth, namely, as mentioned above. ==Oth 23== And this is the aspect of Rosh Hashanah. For Rosh Hashanah is the aspect of tefillin which are the aspect of renewal that we attain every day through sleep, when the brains are renewed in Emunah etc., which this is the aspect of Rosh Hashanah, as brought in the words of Rabbeinu z”l in the torah ''“Ashrei Ha`am”'' (''LM'' #35), see there. For Rosh Hashanah is the aspect of the sanctity of Eretz Yisrael, as written, “Always the eyes of Hashem your God are on it from the year's heading unto the year's ending” [Deut. 11:12] , which this is the aspect if tefillin, which are the aspect of Eretz Yisrael's sanctity, the aspect of, “And it shall be, when He brings you” that is said in the tefillin's passages as mentioned. For the essence of Rosh Hashanah's sanctity is that we attain perfect Teshuvah/Return, for it is the first day of the Ten Days of Repentance. That is, that we attain renewing our days that passed in darkness, and from here onwards ad additional sanctity and devotion anew. Which this is the aspect of, “Renew upon us a good year,” that we request on Rosh Hashanah. “Renew” specifically, that we attain a ''new ''year specifically. For every year is a particular facet of the seventy facets of the Torah as mentioned. Therefore every year we need to attain entirely new faces. Living from now new life. Which this is the aspect of long life as mentioned. And this is the aspect of voluminous requesting and prayer on Rosh Hashanah for life many, many times in each prayer. As we say, “Remember us for life... Inscribe us for life... Who compassionately remembers his formations for life...” and many of the sort. For the essence of the aspect of life is the aspect of long life, mentioned, of the '''Blind Elder''', who attained the ultimate memory perfectly as mentioned, as from his is drawn the sanctity of Rosh Hashanah, which is the aspect of the sanctity of the tefillin, which are the aspect of, “and for remembrance between your eyes” as mentioned. And therefore Rosh Hashanah is called “Day of Remembrance.” For the essence of its sanctity is from the aforementioned aspect of that Elder's remembrance. And all our request on Rosh Hashanah for life, the whole intention is for true and everlasting life, that is, the aforementioned aspect of long life. That is, to renew our life at all times, the aspect of, “Renew upon us a good year” — “renew” specifically, as said. ==Oth 24== This is the kindness that the Lord has bestowed upon us by establishing Rosh Hashanah on the New Moon, which is a great kindness, as explained in the Torah, "Blow the horn at the New Moon." We have also heard more about this in the awe-inspiring event related to this matter concerning the Throne, etc., which has not yet been printed. For we need the Lord to renew the year for us in the aspect of the New Moon, which is the aspect of the renewal of vitality at all times, which is the aspect of the kingdom of David the Messiah, as aforementioned. We increase our requests on Rosh Hashanah for His kingdom to be revealed, which is a kingdom of holiness that we seek to be revealed on Rosh Hashanah, as we say several times on Rosh Hashanah, "And may You reign," etc. And we prepare a white candle for Jesse, the Messiah, and cause the horn of David, Your servant, to sprout quickly in our days. For the kingdom of the Messiah is the aspect of those long lives that we request on Rosh Hashanah. This is the aspect of sanctifying the New Moon, as aforementioned. Therefore, in His mercy, He established Rosh Hashanah for us on the New Moon, as aforementioned. This is what our Sages said regarding Rosh Hashanah, which is on the New Moon: "One memory rises here and there." Specifically, it is the memory, for the sanctity of Rosh Hashanah, which is in the aspect of the New Moon, meaning to renew the year in the aspect of new life, which is the aspect of the New Moon, the aspect of those long lives, as aforementioned. All of this is in the aspect of memory, as aforementioned. And it is also explained in the words of our Rabbi, peace be upon him, in "Balkuti Tanina" (Section 40), that he who knows from the Land of Israel should look there. It is explained there that Tefillin, the Land of Israel, and Rosh Hashanah are one aspect. Look there, as aforementioned. ==Oth 25== The essence of the Tefillin is the aspect of vitalizing intellects, meaning to begin anew with vitality each time, whether for the righteous, the intermediate, or the wicked. As long as the name of Israel is upon him, one must start anew every day, as aforementioned. This is the aspect of "And you who cleave to the Lord your God are alive, all of you, today," which is said concerning the holy Tefillin, as is known. "Alive, all of you, today" specifically means that one needs to renew vitality every day, as if he is beginning to live today, and this is "alive, all of you, today," specifically, as aforementioned. This is the aspect of the Tefillin of the head and the Tefillin of the hand. And it is stated in the Kavanot that the Tefillin of the head are the aspect of the three names: "Eh-yeh" "Asher" "Eh-yeh," which equal "Chayim" (life) in gematria, the aspect of intellects. And the Tefillin of the hand are the aspect of the intellects of the kingdom. Therefore, they are the three names: "Eh-yeh" "Adonai" "Havaya," which ascend in the arm tefillin, etc. Look there. And it is explained there that the light of the Tefillin emerges through sleep, as they sleep at night. For then, the intellects are renewed within faith, which is the aspect of the kingdom. And by rising at midnight, mourning the destruction of the Temple, and engaging in Torah study, they elevate the point of the kingdom until it rises with the light of day and sits on the left arm, for there is its place, etc. And then, the remnant of the intellects that remain in the heart are illuminated by the impression left by them. For the essence of the intellects of greatness is only during prayer. And after prayer, the intellects depart, leaving only their impression. This is the aspect of the light of the Tefillin, which is the impression left by the intellects that remain all day. The essence, however, is during prayer, etc. And afterward, at night, even the impression departs. Therefore, there are no Tefillin at night, and even the impression of the intellects of the kingdom departs at night. Only this impression of the kingdom does not entirely depart but remains in the heart, which is the aspect of "Set me as a seal upon your heart, as a seal upon your arm," etc. And afterward, in the morning, it illuminates the impression on the left arm, which is the aspect of the prayer of the hand. Then, when the person sees that he already has the Tefillin, the impression of the intellects of the kingdom, he becomes envious of it. This is the aspect of "Like She'ol, jealousy." Then he returns and takes for himself his own intellects, which is the impression that renewed at night. This is the aspect of the Tefillin of the head, etc. See there in length. It is found that the Tefillin of the head are the aspect of the emanation of the intellects of knowledge, which is the aspect of Z"A. And the Tefillin of the hand are the aspect of the emanation of the intellects of the kingdom, which is the aspect of faith, as aforementioned. And the essence of the Tefillin and the intellects and the vitality are drawn through the true righteous of the generation, who are the intellects and vitality of the whole world. For every righteous person of the generation is the aspect of Moshe Messiah, as it is written (Shabbat 111a), "Moshe is beautiful," and Moshe is intellect, the aspect of the Tefillin of the intellect, as our Rabbi, may his memory be for a blessing, said elsewhere (Likutei 1:38), "For the true righteous person is the aspect of a river going out of Eden to water the garden." And from there, it separates and becomes four heads, which are the aspect of the four compartments in the Tefillin, as is known, which are the intellects of the Tefillin that are drawn through the river going out of Eden, which is the true righteous person, as is known. And this is the Tefillin of the head and the Tefillin of the hand, which is the aspect of the righteous person, which is the aspect of Z"A, as is known, and the assembly of Israel, which is the aspect of the kingdom, and so forth. This is the intellects of the righteous person himself, which is the aspect of the Tefillin of the head, and the intellects of all Israel, which the righteous person illuminates and brings near to the Blessed One. This is the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand, which are primarily the aspect of faith, which is the essence and foundation upon which everything depends, as it is written (Habakkuk 2:4), "The righteous person will live by his faith." This means that the righteous person is compelled to remove his intellects, and even the impression departs during sleep, and nothing remains except the impression of the intellects of faith that remains in his heart, in the aspect of "Set me as a seal upon your heart," as aforementioned. And then, during sleep, the faith is contracted and diminished into a secret point and descends to all the lower worlds to purify sparks from there, as aforementioned. This means that the righteous person is compelled to immerse himself in the aspect of sleep and remove his intellects. Then, through his faith, he purifies many sparks from the depths of the husks, which are many souls that fell due to their sins and distanced themselves from the Blessed One, each one according to how far they distanced themselves in their sins, may the Merciful One save them. For the sake of these souls, the righteous person is compelled to lower himself to them and remove his intellect in order to instill complete faith in them, to bring them closer to the holy faith, to sustain them for the Blessed One. For from the essence of the intellect of the righteous person, it is impossible to accept. Therefore, he is compelled to remove his intellect and diminish himself into the secret of the point, to purify them and elevate them through the point of faith alone. And afterward, when he awakens from sleep with all the sparks and souls that he elevated and awakened to the Blessed One, they need to engage in Torah study, prayer, and the service of the Blessed One until they merit to ascend to their place in the secret of the prayer of the hand, which is the aspect of the assembly of Israel sitting on the left arm, as aforementioned. Then, all the impressions of all the intellects of all Israel that departed from them, and all that remains in the heart of the righteous person is the aspect of a seal upon your heart. He illuminates everything with that same point of his faith that rose with all the souls of the penitents that he elevated and returned to the Blessed One, meaning he illuminates them with knowledge and understanding to strengthen them in complete faith so that they may be strengthened in their service. And they shall not regard any hindrance or incitement from the Evil Inclination and other deterrents but shall pass over everything through the strengthening of their faith, which is greatly strengthened by the intellect that illuminates them in the secret of the Tefillin of the hand, as aforementioned. And through this, the dark hand sweetens, which is the aspect of all hindrances and incitements, etc., which are all drawn through the aspect of might and judgments, the aspect of the dark hand, as aforementioned. For through the strengthening of faith, they overcome everything, as aforementioned, until nothing can cause them to stumble. For he enlightens them with the knowledge of the holy faith, so they know that the Blessed One is present everywhere, and there is no hindrance in the world that they cannot overcome. There is no despair in the world because there is no descent in the world from which they cannot ascend, etc., as aforementioned. Through this, he strengthens and awakens them in faith until they overcome all hindrances and confusions in the world and draw near to the Blessed One, beginning anew each time. For he instills in them complete faith, which is the aspect of endurance to overcome all obstacles and deterrents in the world, as aforementioned. This is the aspect of Tefillin, as aforementioned. Then, when the righteous person sees that the aspect of the point of faith has succeeded and bore fruit, as they have already received intellect and true knowledge, which is the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand, meaning he sees that it has already risen in his hand, and his efforts have borne fruit because he has succeeded in enlightening their intellect and souls that were concealed and brought them closer to the Blessed One until they are strong in their faith to stand firm and overcome all hindrances in the world, etc., as aforementioned. Then, the righteous person himself becomes envious of his disciples when he sees that they have received intellect and true knowledge from him. He envies them in the sense of "I envy you" more than all of them, for through the disciples whom he has enlightened with the intellect and knowledge of the holy faith, which is the aspect of the assembly of Israel, the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand, as aforementioned, he envies them. And he recalls within himself where his intellects are. Then he retrieves the impression of his intellects that departed from him during sleep. Then he accepts this impression, which is renewed in a wonderful way, which is the aspect of the Tefillin of the head, as aforementioned. And this is explained in the words of our Rabbi, may his memory be for a blessing, elsewhere that initially, the righteous person lowers himself in order to draw souls closer. And afterward, he returns to his exalted state with additional enlightenment, etc., as aforementioned. That is as aforementioned. And from these two aspects, which are the intellects of the righteous person himself and the intellects of the faith that he instills in the assembly of Israel, which are the souls that he brings close to the Blessed One, from there, the aspects of the Tefillin of the head and the Tefillin of the hand are drawn for each and every one, for each aspect includes all the others, as is known. And this is the aspect of "For the Leader, by David; to remember," to remember oneself, as Rashi explained there, a parable to a king who was angry with his flock, etc., after some time he returned the flock, etc., as aforementioned. Initially, the righteous person mentions Israel, urging them to return to the Blessed One. Then, when he sees that his prayer and efforts have been effective and he has brought Israel back to the Blessed One, then he mentions himself, as aforementioned. This is the aspect of the Tefillin of the head, which are the aspect of remembrance, as aforementioned. ==Oth 26== And therefore, the intellects of the Tefillin of the head are the aspect of "Ehyeh Asher Ehyeh," which are living intellects, as aforementioned. For "Ehyeh" is the aspect of conception, as explained in the intentions, for it is explained in the words of our Rabbi, may his memory be for a blessing, in Torah that it is written to Joshua (in Siman 6) that "Ehyeh" is the aspect of repentance, the aspect of "Ani Zumin Lemihavei," for before repentance, one has no existence at all. Only when one begins to repent is he in the aspect of "Ehyeh," the aspect of "Ani Zumin Lemihavei," for then he begins to arrange and prepare himself to have existence in the world. See there. And it is stated there that one needs to repent for repentance, etc. See there. And even the righteous person who has already fully repented still needs to repent at all times for the initial attainment. For at all times, he comes to a new attainment. And then he repents, which is the aspect of "Ehyeh," for yesterday's attainment, which manifested the exaltation of His divinity, etc., which is the aspect of Sabbath, the aspect of the World to Come, which is entirely Sabbath, entirely repentance, etc. See there. Thus, the true righteous person is always in the aspect of "Ehyeh," for every time he comes to new intellects and begins to grasp the Blessed One with new attainment and new intellects. This is the aspect of the aforementioned long life, the aspect of new life that he begins to live each time. For all this is the aspect of "Ehyeh," for every day he is in the aspect of "Ehyeh," the aspect of conception, "Ani Zumin Lemihavei," as if he has not yet begun to live at all, and he has no existence in the world at all. Only now does he begin to live and prepare himself to have existence in the world. This is the aspect of "Ehyeh," as aforementioned. And therefore, the Tefillin, which are the aspect of the aforementioned long life of the righteous person, who begins to live anew each time with new intellects, as aforementioned, are in the aspect of "Ehyeh Asher Ehyeh," which are living intellects. That is, every day he is in the aspect of "Ehyeh," the aspect of conception, "Ani Zumin Lemihavei." He begins to live anew with new intellects and new life, as if he had not yet had any existence or life at all, as aforementioned. And afterward, by this, new complete intellects adhere to him, which are the aspect of existence, as explained in the intentions. See there. And immediately, when he merits to receive these new intellects, which are the aspect of existence, immediately he returns and removes those intellects, and only their impression remains. Then he returns and begins to cleave to the Blessed One and yearn for Him, that he may merit even greater and more new intellects, which is the aspect of "Ekiyah B". The aspect of "Ani Zumin Lemihavei," etc. as aforementioned. And this is "Ekiyah HaVayah Ekiyah," for he always remains in the aspect of "Ekiyah," the aspect of "Ani Zumin Lemihavei," for as soon as he receives the intellects, which are the aspect of existence, immediately he returns and begins to yearn for the Blessed One in the aspect of "Ekiyah Ani Zumin Lemihavei," as if he had not yet had any existence or life at all. And so forever, as aforementioned. And therefore, these three names, "Ekiyah HaVayah Ekiyah," are living intellects, for this is the essence of life, the aspect of the aforementioned long life, that is, he begins to live anew each time, as aforementioned at length. However, the intellects of the congregation of Israel, which are the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand, are in the aspect of "Ekiyah HaVayah Adonai," for they also need to begin anew each day in the aspect of "Ekiyah Ani Zumin Lemihavei," as aforementioned. And afterward, they receive their intellects, which are the aspect of existence, as aforementioned. But afterward, when their intellects depart, they remain in the aspect of "Adonai," which is the aspect of the kingdom of faith, for they believe in the Blessed One, who is the Master of all. For this aspect of "Adonai," which is the aspect of faith, needs to remain forever, for this point never departs. For it is necessary that the impression of the intellects of faith remain so that they can strengthen themselves in their service, as aforementioned. For the essence of the renewal of the intellects of the multitude is so that they remain in strong faith, for this is the essence of their vitality, for it is the foundation of everything. And therefore, their impression remains in the aspect of "Adonai," which is the aspect of faith in believing in the Master of all. And by this, their intellects are renewed, and they merit to overcome all obstacles, as aforementioned. But the intellects of the aspect of the Tefillin of the head, which are the intellects of the righteous person, remain in the aspect of "Ekiyah." He truly merits the aforementioned long life, beginning anew each time to live as aforementioned. And this is the aspect of "Ekiyah Asher Ekiyah." This is the aspect of repentance upon repentance as aforementioned, that each time he begins anew to live in the aspect of "Ekiyah" as aforementioned. And this is "Ekiyah Asher Ekiyah," "Ani Zumin Lemihavei," etc., as he begins to live and receive new intellects, the aspect of the Tefillin as aforementioned. And this is the "Ash" of the letters "Rosh," which are the intellects in the aspect of existence as aforementioned. And afterward, he returns to the aspect of "Ekiyah," for he begins to yearn to receive even greater new life and intellects. And this is the aspect of "Ehiyeh B" as aforementioned. It turns out that "Ehiyeh Asher Ehiyeh" is the aspect of "Ehiyeh HaVayah Ehiyeh," the aspect of the Tefillin, for this name, "Ehiyeh Asher Ehiyeh," which the Blessed One revealed to Moses at the time of the Exodus from Egypt, is the aspect of the Tefillin as aforementioned. And so too, each person individually must continue upon himself these two aspects of intellects as aforementioned, which are the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand and the Tefillin of the head. For when the intellects depart from him, then through the impression of faith that remains in his heart, by this, he returns and continues to strengthen his mind and intellects for himself, to strengthen in excessive faith, to return and begin the service of the Blessed One, which is the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand, which is the aspect of faith and sovereignty as aforementioned. For the names ascend YaBaQ, which is the aspect of BaQi, the aspect of transition, YaBaQ as aforementioned, which overcome all obstacles as aforementioned. And afterward, when he merits the aspect of the Tefillin of the hand, that is, to strengthen in faith and not to allow himself to fall, God forbid, afterward, he becomes jealous of himself and continues for himself even greater intellects to strengthen to ascend from level to level, to live each time a new life, which is the aspect of the prayer of the head, whose names are "Ehiyeh HaVayah Ehiyeh," the aspect of life, and so forth. Understand well. ==Oth 27== This is the aspect of the Tefillin according to Rashi and the Tefillin according to Rabbeinu Tam, and it is explained in the intentions that the Tefillin according to Rabbeinu Tam are the greatest intellects, and the aspect of Gevurot, the powers, emerges before Chesed, kindness, which is the aspect of the combination of the Tefillin according to Rabbeinu Tam, which is the aspect of YKVK, the aspect of holiness. "And it shall come to pass if you will diligently obey" etc., and the Tefillin according to Rashi are the aspect of existence, in the order of the aspect of Chesed, kindness, emerging before Gevurot, powers, etc. See there. For initially, it arose in thought to create the world with the attribute of judgment alone. He saw that the world could not endure, and He preceded the attribute of mercy and joined it with the attribute of judgment. As it says (Genesis 2:4), "These are the generations of the heavens and the earth when they were created, on the day that the Lord God made earth and heaven." And it is known that the essence of the evil inclination and the sitra achra, the other side, derives from the attribute of Gevurot and judgments that emerge from the beginning of the contraction of the empty space. And the breaking of the evil inclination derives from the attribute of mercy, which is joined with the attribute of judgment, for through this, there is the power to break the evil inclination and transform it into holiness, which is the aspect of what the righteous ones do, transforming the attribute of judgment into the attribute of mercy. Therefore, initially, it arose in thought to create the world with the attribute of judgment alone because He desired that man should prevail in his service to the extent that he would have the strength to break the evil inclination within himself that comes from the attribute of judgment without assistance from above. But the Blessed One saw that it was impossible for the world to endure in this state. Therefore, He preceded the attribute of mercy to the attribute of judgment, from which it follows that the Blessed One, in His mercy, has compassion on the world at all times and sends them thoughts of repentance and assists them in breaking the evil inclination, which is from the attribute of judgment, as the sages said (Kiddushin 30b), "Every day, the evil inclination of a person overpowers him, and were it not for the Holy One, blessed be He, assisting him, he would fall into its hands." Every day, the evil inclination of a person overpowers him. This derives from the initial thought that arose to create with the attribute of judgment, for this judgment awakens every day and seeks, God forbid, to govern the world in this manner. From there, the evil inclination awakens and gains strength, which derives from there every day. But were it not for the assistance of the Holy One, blessed be He, and so on. For Hashem Yitbarakh immediately takes pity and gives priority to the attribute of Mercy over the attribute of Judgement, to break the Yetzer haRa which is from that aspect of the attribute of Judgement as mentioned. For the help and assistance is drawn from the aspect of: See that the world will not endure and stand (without Mercy) so he gave priority to the attribute Mercy over the attribute of Judgment, as mentioned. But there are such great righteous individuals who do not need assistance from above,and the Holy One, blessed be He, initially treats them with the attribute of judgment. They withstand all trials and endure all sorts of suffering and afflictions stemming from the attribute of judgment. They remain steadfast until they merit what they merit, as written in Genesis, "And the Almighty God, who walked before me" (Genesis 48). Indeed, it is the attribute of judgment that operates independently, without assistance from above, as explained by Rashi in the portion of Noah. This is the nature of all the sufferings that the righteous endure, as stated in Psalms 11, "The Lord examines the righteous; but his soul hates the wicked and the one who loves violence." For they sweeten the judgment at its root from the beginning of the aforementioned thought, for they believe and know that the sufferings and judgments themselves are great goods. And through this, they truly merit to ascend and to be included at the beginning of the thought. This is the nature of Rabbi Akiva, who mocked himself with iron combs and Moses our teacher, peace be upon him, asked him, "This is Torah and this is its reward," and the blessed God kept silent, so it arose in thought. For the sufferings of such righteous individuals are like Rabbi Akiva, and his companions, they stem from the beginning of the thought that the Holy One, blessed be He, desired to create the world with the attribute of judgment so that they would merit standing the trial without assistance from above, as mentioned above. So that all may merit to be included at the beginning of the thought. But when He saw that the world could not endure, He preemptively brought forth the attribute of mercy and so forth. And then everyone has the strength to break the evil inclination with the assistance from above, which is the attribute of mercy as mentioned. But great righteous individuals like Rabbi Akiva and his companions, as mentioned, serve the blessed God as it arose at the beginning of thought. That is, in the attribute of judgment alone, meaning that they endure all kinds of suffering and withstand all trials and accusations, all stemming from the attribute of judgment. They rectify everything themselves, as mentioned, and through this, they truly merit to ascend and be included at the beginning of thought, which is the nature of silence as it arose in thought, as mentioned. ==Oth 28== For the essence of judgment extends from the beginning of the contraction of the empty space, as is known and explained by our Rabbi in Torah, "He came to Pharaoh" (Siman 64), that the empty space represents the severity that cannot be appeased, and so forth. See there all this well. But the great righteous individual, like Moses, can even penetrate those severities that are representative of the empty space, and so forth. See there. This is the nature of the aforementioned, that the righteous individual ascends at the beginning of thought, which is the beginning of the contraction of the empty space, from which the root of judgment emanates. And he merits to stand there in trial and to endure all sufferings and judgments, and through this, he achieves the secret of the empty space, to know that even there the blessed God remains concealed in a wondrous and awesome manner that cannot be comprehended, and so forth, as written there. See there in Torah, "He came to Pharaoh" the aforementioned. And this is the nature of the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, which represent a higher level of intellect, where the powers precede the kindnesses that emanate from the righteous heroes mentioned above. For the blessed God treats them as it arose at the beginning of thought. Therefore, they truly merit to be included at the beginning of thought and to sweeten everything at its root, and so forth. And this is the nature that the powers precede the kindnesses, for they can receive the powers themselves before the kindnesses. This is the nature of the leadership that arose in thought initially, as mentioned. For they merit even through the attribute of judgment itself because they endured great sufferings and were tested, until they also merit according to the attribute of judgment itself, and so forth. But the tefillin of Rashi, the kindnesses precede the powers. This is the nature of preempting the attribute of mercy and combining it with the attribute of judgment, which is the essence of the governance of the whole world, as mentioned above. Therefore, the essence of the tefillin is that of Rashi, as most of the world observes them, for the essence of the governance of the world and its existence is solely through this aspect, as mentioned above.Only those who wish to sanctify themselves with additional holiness need to also wear the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam in order to receive illumination from the lofty righteous individuals mentioned above, who have ascended to the beginning of thought and sweetened all judgments at their root, as mentioned. For from them we can receive extra sanctity. Therefore, anyone who wishes to draw closer to the blessed God and to bring upon themselves additional holiness should wear the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, as our Rabbi warned his people to wear the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam. For any distance from the blessed God stems from the evil inclination whose root is from the attribute of judgment emanating from the aforementioned empty space. Therefore, the main addition of holiness comes upon a person through the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, which stem from the righteous individuals mentioned above who ascend to the root judgment of the empty space and sweeten everything at their root. Through this, strength is drawn upon all those distant to break and nullify the evil inclination stemming from there, as mentioned. ==Oth 29== Therefore, now, in the footsteps of the Messiah at the end of the exile, one must be very cautious to wear the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, as all true righteous individuals warned in our times. For now, the Yetzer Hara (evil inclination) has greatly intensified due to seeing that the end is near. Therefore, it becomes much stronger. It is like two people fighting each other, and when one sees that the other is gaining the upper hand and is almost falling, then he exerts all his strength to bring down his opponent. As the sage said, "There is no hero like the one who despairs," for the exile is a state of pregnancy, and when we leave the exile, it is akin to birth, like the redemption from Egypt, which is called birth, as it is written (Ezekiel 16), "And your birth was on the day you were born," and so forth. Similarly, in the final redemption, it is written (Isaiah 66), "For Zion has travailed and also given birth to her sons." And as it is written there, "Shall I bring to the birth, and not cause to bring forth?" Therefore, at the end of the exile, the exile becomes stronger. As it was in Egypt, as it is written (Exodus 5), "Since I came to Pharaoh to speak in your name, he has done evil to this people," and as it is written there, "Let heavier work be laid upon the men." This is the aspect of the labor pains of birth, as it is written (Exodus 13), "And it came to pass, when Pharaoh had let the people go," and similarly, all the sufferings and troubles that we endure now at the end of this final exile are like birth pangs, as when a woman is about to give birth, she cries out in her pangs, and so forth. And the main intensification of the exile that is now increasing, God forbid, is that the Yetzer Hara is intensifying greatly against the souls of Israel to distance them from the blessed God. This is the essence of the exile and the troubles of the soul. For besides this, everything is vanity, as explained elsewhere. And the main distress is that the Yetzer Hara is intensifying to introduce heresy and atheism into the world, God forbid, as our Rabbi warned that atheism is spreading greatly in the world. And as we see with our own eyes. That there has never been such atheism in Israel from the days of old as there is now, due to our many sins, which have increased and spread among the people, teaching the youth of Israel their wisdom and their tongues, and so forth. And we have already spoken about this elsewhere. And all the intensification of the Yetzer Hara (evil inclination) that is now increasing is the aspect of the birth pangs of the Messiah, as mentioned above. And all its power is drawn from the root of the judgment of the aspect of the empty space, as mentioned above. Therefore, now there is no strength to stand against it except with the strength of those true great righteous individuals mentioned above. They can enter there into the aspect of the empty space and sweeten the judgment there at its root. For by this, all the power of the evil inclination of all the inhabitants of the world that is drawn from there is nullified. Therefore, everyone must be careful to wear the tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, which are drawn from the intellect of those great righteous individuals mentioned above. In order to receive strength from them to break the evil inclination, which is now intensifying greatly, drawn from there, as mentioned above. ==Oth 30== For the main aspect of the birthing contractions is drawn from the aspect of Amalek, as is understood from the words of our Rabbi (Ramban) on the verse "And Samuel hewed Agag in pieces," and so on. See there what is written about Rashi's commentary, "hewed in pieces for the Lord," and so forth. Through this, the compassion of the one causing the birth pangs opens, as it is the aspect of denial and atheism that stems from the empty space. Therefore, it is called the beginning, as it is written (Numbers 24), "Amalek was the first among the nations," for the empty space sanctified them forever. For without this, there would be no place for the creation of the world, as explained in detail in the Torah on the verse "In the Torah, He came to Pharaoh." See there well. And from there, the husk preceding the fruit is drawn from the aspect of the empty space, and therefore Amalek is called the beginning because its power is drawn from the empty space, which is the beginning and precedes the world, as from there comes the husk preceding the fruit, as mentioned above. And this is the aspect of the primogeniture of Esau, which is Amalek, as mentioned above. For it is drawn from the aspects of the husks that stem from the empty space preceding the world. Therefore, Jacob endeavored to take the primogeniture from him, for truly the Lord preceded all, for He fills all worlds and surrounds all worlds, and He Himself created the empty space so that there would be a place for the creation of the world, as mentioned above. Therefore, Israel, through their faith in the Lord, who preceded all, transgress all the wisdom, denial, and atheism that come from the empty space, for they believe that even in the empty space itself, the Lord is concealed, for He preceded all, as explained in the Torah mentioned above. Therefore, they are called Hebrews, as through their faith in the God of the Hebrews, they transgress all the wisdom that comes from the empty space. Therefore, truly, Israel are firstborn, as it is written (Exodus 4), "Israel is My son, My firstborn." For they transgress through their faith in the empty space and believe in the Lord Himself, who is first and precedes all, as mentioned. Therefore, Jacob took the birthright from Esau because initially it was inevitable that the birthright would belong to Esau, for the husk precedes the fruit. For his birthright is drawn from the empty space preceding the world. However, Jacob, through his faith, merited to transcend the empty space and to believe and include himself in the Lord, who precedes all. Therefore, afterward, he annulled Esau's birthright, which is the aspect of "Amalek was the first among the nations," and he merited to take the birthright for himself until his descendants would all be called firstborn, as it is written, "The sons of Israel, My firstborn." And this is the aspect of the Plague of the Firstborn specifically at the time of the Exodus from Egypt, and then the firstborn of Israel were sanctified, for this is the essence of the Exodus from Egypt. For all the exiles encompassed in the exile of Egypt are drawn by the defilement of Amalek, which is the essence of the defilement of the serpent, who is "Amalek was the first among the nations." From him, all the four kingdoms, which are all the exiles, receive, as our Rabbi (Ramban) said in the Torah, from the "straight path" (in section 30). And also, the ruler of Egypt is Edom, which is Esau, as is explained. And all the main difficulties and hardships in the heart of Pharaoh, who did not want to let Israel go out, are drawn from atheism and denial that clung to him, drawn from the empty space, which is the aspect of Amalek. As our Rabbi (Ramban) wrote there about the verse "Come to Pharaoh, for I have hardened his heart." For Pharaoh is the aspect of the empty space, from which the hardness of his heart is drawn, which is the aspect of "And it came to pass, when Pharaoh hardened himself." The aspect of the birthing contractions as mentioned. Therefore, "The Lord struck every firstborn in the land of Egypt" in order to subdue the firstborn of the Other Side drawn from Esau's birthright in the aspect of "Amalek was the first among the nations." From the aspect of denial drawn from the empty space preceding the world. In order to subdue all this and to strengthen the firstborn of Israel, who receive from the birthright of Jacob, who, through his faith, merited to transcend the empty space, to overcome all the difficulties and inquiries drawn from there, and to cleave to the Lord, who is first and precedes all, from whom the birthright of holiness emanates, and so forth. Through this, Israel left Egypt, which is the aspect of birth, and then the firstborns were sanctified to give them to the priest, who receives his holiness from the aspect of the Elder of Holiness, the aspect of Aaron the Elder, and so forth, as mentioned, which is the aspect of "you shall pass over every firstborn to the Lord." And "passing over" specifically, for through the sanctity of the firstborn, we gain the strength to overcome the aspect of the firstborn of the Other Side, which is the aspect of the empty space, as mentioned. For through the sanctity of the firstborn to the priest, we continue the complete faith, through which we transcend all wisdom, and so forth, as mentioned. Therefore, the essence of the tefillin is from the Exodus from Egypt, the sanctity of the firstborns, and faith. For all is one, for through faith, we transcend all wisdom drawn from the empty space, which is the aspect of the Exodus from Egypt, the aspect of the sanctity of the firstborns, as mentioned. From there, the essence of the tefillin, which is the renewal of the intellects and vitality, for the essence of the renewal of the intellects and vitality is received through faith, which is the essence of life, as written in "In the light of the king's countenance is life," as brought in the words of our Rabbi, and so forth. For through faith in the renewal of the world, that the Lord created everything according to His will, there is something from absolute nothingness, after the complete absence. And just as He, blessed be He, created the world from absolute nothingness, He also renews it now with His goodness every day, constantly, the work of Creation. And the essence of the renewal of the work of Creation every day is through wisdom, as written in "All of them, with wisdom, You made," which are the renewed intellects drawn every day to recognize His wonders every day, renewed with knowledge and new recognition, through which the work of Creation is renewed every day with His goodness, and so forth. There is no good except Torah; there is no good except the righteous one. That is, the true righteous one merits the acquisition of Torah and knowledge, renewed every day, through which the work of Creation is renewed, and from there is the essence of the tefillin, as mentioned. ==Oth 31== Indeed, everything is one, for the birth of a Jewish soul, and the nullification of the constriction of birth itself, is truly the aspect of the Exodus from Egypt, which is the aspect of birth, as mentioned. After the Lord nullified the constriction of birth through the killing of the Egyptian firstborns, which is the aspect of "And it came to pass when Pharaoh stubbornly refused to let us go, that the Lord killed all the firstborn in the land of Egypt," as mentioned, for at the time of the Exodus from Egypt, which is the aspect of birth, the holy faith was revealed, the aspect of faith in the renewal of the world, which is the essence that was revealed then. Through all the very great signs and wonders that the Lord performed with us then. Therefore, Pharaoh, the king of Egypt, and his ministers, who were nurtured by Edom and Amalek, which are the denials of the empty space, wanted to delay Israel in exile, which is the aspect of the constriction of birth, the aspect of "And it came to pass when Pharaoh stubbornly refused to let us go," as mentioned. And their main opposition was due to the magnitude of the revelation of faith that Moses revealed then, that it is the faith in the renewal of the world, as mentioned. Therefore, the Lord struck all their firstborns who were drawn from the aspect of the firstborn of the Other Side, which are the denials drawn from the empty space, as mentioned. And similarly, at the time of actual birth, when we need to give birth to a Jewish soul. And every Jewish soul is a new revelation and a new knowledge to recognize He who said and the world came into being. For it is a principle that the Holy One, blessed be He, does not do the same thing twice. As our Rabbi, may his memory be blessed, said, even the reincarnated souls, the same soul does not come in the same way as before. For the Holy One, blessed be He, does not do the same thing twice, and the same soul is not reincarnated in the same way as before. Rather, this soul with this spirit, or this soul with this spirit, and so forth. And similarly, it is found that it is another matter and completely new, as explained in the words of our Rabbi. It is found that each time a Jewish soul is born, a new intellect is born. For the essence of life and the soul is the intellect, which is the soul and the vitality, the aspect of the Divine soul, may you understand them, as mentioned, as our Rabbi said. So, when a new soul is born and a new intellect emerges in the world, which is the aspect of a new mind and new recognition, it is in order to recognize the Blessed One with new knowledge and recognition. For in every generation, the divinity is revealed with new knowledge and new recognition, according to the clarifications of the souls that are clarified in every generation. For this reason, the Blessed One, so to speak, toils in every generation to sustain and guide His world from generation to generation, in order to clarify the souls from the impurity of the serpent, so that they may recognize Him in every generation with additional knowledge and new recognition, according to the additional clarification that is revealed in every generation, as mentioned. This is the aspect of "This is My name forever, and this is My remembrance for all generations," the aspect of from generation to generation we will declare Your greatness, and so forth. Therefore, at any time a new soul is born, which is the aspect of a new mind and new knowledge to recognize Him, blessed be He, to reveal His faith more in the world, in the aspect of "From generation to generation, Your works will be praised," as mentioned. Then, the impurity of Amalek, which is the impurity of the serpent, opposes this and wants, God forbid, to delay the birth, which causes, God forbid, the constriction of birth. For the main constriction of birth is through the impurity of the serpent, which is the sin of Adam, the First Man, when it was decreed, "In sorrow shall you bear children," and so forth. And this is what our Rabbi, may his memory be blessed, said that the Psalm for Thanksgiving is capable of making it difficult for a woman in labor to recite it because the Psalm for Thanksgiving speaks of faith, as it is written, "Know that the Lord is God," and so forth. And he concludes, "And from generation to generation His faith," for the essence of faith is renewed and strengthened from generation to generation through the renewal of souls, which are new intellectual entities in recognizing His divinity, blessed be He. Therefore, through this, the constriction of birth is nullified. For the main nullification of the constriction of birth is through faith. Therefore, the main thing is prayer, as all of Israel customarily increase in prayer for a woman in labor. For prayer is the aspect of faith. Through this, the constriction of birth that comes from Amalek, which is the aspect of denial that seeks, God forbid, to prevent the birth of a new soul, is nullified, through which more faith in the renewal of the world is revealed, and so forth, as mentioned. And this is the aspect of the sanctity of the firstborns. For the essence is the first birth, then the main innovations that are opposed then. Therefore, we need to sanctify the firstborn and give them to the priest, as mentioned. Through this, we subdue the firstborn of the Other Side, which is the aspect of Amalek, as mentioned. And this is the aspect of "War for the Lord against Amalek from generation to generation." "From generation to generation" specifically means that it strengthens in every generation. For it is an old and foolish king who does not desire the renewal of intellect and vitality that comes through the renewal of souls, which renew from generation to generation. For he denies the renewal of the world, from which all the renewal of intellects emanates, which is His constant renewal of the work of creation every day, as mentioned. Therefore, the passages of the tefillin begin with "Sanctify to Me every firstborn," for birth is the aspect of the renewal of intellect and vitality, as mentioned. This is the aspect of tefillin, to renew one's intellect and vitality every day, to begin the service of the Lord anew each day, as mentioned. ==Oth 32== Therefore, now, at the end of the exile, the Baal Davar (the negative force) becomes exceedingly strong. It is the aspect of the impurity of the serpent, the aspect of the shell of Amalek, which is the aspect of the birth pangs of Mashiach, which are literally the birth pangs, as mentioned, the aspect of the concealment of birth, as mentioned. For now, the birth pangs and the concealment of birth are much heavier than the concealment of birth during the exodus from Egypt because now the final redemption will come, which is a complete redemption, after which there will be no more exile. Then, the impurity of the serpent will be completely abolished, and all of Israel will truly return to the Lord forever, until we merit the resurrection of the dead, when the renewal of the world will occur. Then, the verse "He will swallow up death forever" will be fulfilled, and then we will live eternal, everlasting lives, which are the aspect of tefillin, the aspect of the Tree of Life, as mentioned. And because one sees that the end is near, he becomes exceedingly, exceedingly stronger, as mentioned. The essence of his strengthening is that he wants to cause Israel, God forbid, to fall into old age and loss of strength, God forbid, as if we had already, God forbid, aged during this exile for so many and so many hundreds of years until, God forbid, there is no hope, God forbid. And likewise, he causes each one individually to fall into the aspect of old age, as mentioned, as if we had already, God forbid, aged, God forbid, in his actions to the extent that it is impossible for him to return, for the essence of redemption depends on this, as written in the Holy Zohar, "There is nothing that depends except on repentance," and so forth. And concerning this, we pray, "Do not cast us off to old age; when our strength fails, do not forsake us," as brought in the Sefarim, that we pray not to fall into the hands of the elder serpent, God forbid. For the Baal Davar, the negative force, is called the elder and the fool, as mentioned, for he denies the renewal of the world, from which, due to this denial, comes the aspect of elderliness of the other side, the aspect of the elder and the fool, as mentioned. As if, God forbid, this physical world were old and decrepit already, may the Merciful One save us from this harmful mindset that uproots the Master completely from both worlds until they are utterly lost, may the Merciful One save us. For Amalek is the impurity of the serpent, which said to Eve, "Eat from the tree and create the world," as Rashi explains there (Genesis 3), that this is the denial of the renewal of the world. Therefore, through this, death, which is the opposite of life, is decreed, the aspect of long life mentioned above, as mentioned. Therefore, those elders who do not possess completeness and do not increase holiness and knowledge every day give strength, God forbid, to these denials, which are the aspect of the forehead of the serpent, as explained in the Torah and on Yom Kippur and the Ravens. See there in Likutei Tanina (Siman Dalet). For they are one aspect. Since they do not increase holiness and give hold to the elderliness of the other side, God forbid, through this, God forbid, these denials, which are the aspect of the forehead of the serpent, become exceedingly strong, as they deny the renewal of the world, which is the aspect of the elderliness of the other side, as mentioned. And all these denials, from there stems the main power of the evil inclination, which now becomes exceedingly strong at the end of the exile, and so forth. All of this stems from the aspect of the empty space, from which all the difficulties of the researchers and philosophers are drawn, which cannot be resolved, from which all their heresy and denials stem. And from there stems all the evil inclinations of all human beings, for the root of all evil inclinations is the aspect of the Other God, denials, as explained in the words of my master, may his memory be blessed. That is, the denials of the empty space, from which the main hold of all the evil inclinations in the world comes, which now become exceedingly strong. Therefore, we need to be careful to put on the Tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, which are the intellects drawn from the righteous, who are able to enter there, into the cavity of the contraction of the empty space, and sweeten the judgment there, and reveal His Divinity, to inform people of His might, that even the empty space and all the difficulties and denials themselves are drawn from Him blessed be He Himself, for He animates them all, as is known. For it is impossible to know Him blessed be He, except through the absence of knowledge preceding the knowledge, which is these difficulties, which are the aspect of the empty space, the aspect of the departure of knowledge, which is the aspect of His light, blessed be He, that departed from there from the aspect of the empty space so that there would be a place for the creation of the world, so that He could reveal His Divinity in the world.As is well explained in the Torah, he came to that Pharaoh. See there well. Therefore, it is necessary to prioritize faith in the world, which is the essence, as through this, the previous klipah, which is the aspect of the empty space preceding the world, is broken. For through faith, one transcends everything, as mentioned. This is also the aspect of the crossing of the Tefillin. For through the Tefillin, which are the renewal of the intellects obtained through faith, one transcends everything, as mentioned. And when one is strong in his faith for many days and years, serving God with faith alone, afterward, he merits to know and comprehend Him blessed be He with a wonderful knowledge that comes through faith, in the aspect of "by steps, but not by leaps," which is the aspect of walking gracefully in the presence of the Lord, which David the king, peace be upon him, sought all his days, as it is written (Psalms 27), "One thing I ask from the Lord, this only do I seek." Therefore, our main hope now is to emerge from this bitter exile and to annul the birth pangs of redemption, which are now becoming exceedingly strong in the entirety of Israel and individually for each person who desires to enter the holy path. Our main hope is through the power of those righteous individuals, who are the intellects of the Tefillin of our Rabbi Tam. For they are the greatest intellects, as mentioned. Therefore, we now need to be extremely careful to put on the Tefillin of our Rabbi Tam, as mentioned, in order to hasten the redemption both collectively and individually, in our days, so that everyone may merit the redemption of their soul to be brought out from the bitter exile of this fleeting world, where each is ensnared according to their condition, needing to endure literal birth pangs and endure actual denial of redemption, especially at the outset. And to cry out many cries and lamentations and sighs of "Father and Mother," and so forth, and many folds and inclinations, and so forth, before we merit to give birth to the holiness of our soul for its redemption from its exile, which is the aspect of birth, as mentioned. And as is explained well in the beginning of the Torah and on Yom Kippur and the Ravens mentioned above. And through this, we will merit the complete redemption collectively and establish it speedily in our days, as it is written (Isaiah 54), "Sing, barren woman, you who never bore a child, and so forth," and it is written (there, verse 1), "Am I to break and not to bring forth, and so forth," for Zion has conceived and borne her sons speedily in our days, amen. ==Oth 33== And this is why it is appended and comes to Zion in distress with "A Song of Ascents": "May the Lord answer you in the day of trouble." For it is explained in the intentions that "A Song of Ascents" is said in order to give birth to the intellects and to draw down influence to sustain this world. Therefore, "A Song of Ascents" contains seventy words corresponding to the seventy pangs, as the woman in labor needs to cry out at least before giving birth, and so forth, as mentioned. For redemption is the aspect of birth that comes after the birth pangs, which are the pangs of the Messiah, as mentioned. Therefore, the birth pangs are seventy cries. For the essence of birth is the birth of the intellects to merit renewal in His service anew and to awaken from the slumber, which is the aspect of gestation, as is known. Therefore, they are seventy cries corresponding to the seventy facets of the Torah, which are the aspects of the general intellects that need to give birth and to draw down in order to awaken from their slumber and their fall, and to hold onto all seventy facets of the Torah that were lost and to return and begin living anew. For this is the essence of redemption, both individually and collectively, as mentioned. The aspect of "And a Redeemer shall come to Zion" is specifically and generally, as mentioned. The aspect of "And to those who turn from transgression in Jacob" is specific, namely, those who repent, renewing their days that have passed in darkness, which is the aspect of the renewal of vitality, like "Return us, O Lord, to You, and we shall return; renew our days as of old," as mentioned. Therefore, after "A Song of Ascents," which is the aspect of birth pangs, we say "And a Redeemer shall come to Zion," as mentioned, speedily in our days, amen. ==Oth 34== And therefore it is necessary to write tefillin on the hide of a clean beast specifically (''SAOC'' 32:12), for the hide is the aspect of the imagination, which is the exterior of the intellect, the aspect of the intellect's clothing... For tefillin are such large “brains” that they have the power to clarify and repair the very Exterior of the Exterior, the Immaturity of Immaturity (''Qatnuth'') of the imagination, which is the main repair. For the greater the tzaddik, the more power that he has to clarify and rectify Qatnuth and Exteriority. And thereby all the worlds are repaired and all the Exteriorities and fallen souls have an ascent, by means of clarifying and purifying the utmost Qatnuth and Exteriority, which is where the main grip of the ''Qelipoth''/Husks stems from. So now everything is clarified and nullified by this Tzaddiq, as mentioned. And this is the aspect of these tzaddiqim and elders, the least of whom remembers his umbilical cord being cut, which is the aspect of shrinking and cutting the umbilical, when one attains such perfect purity so as to remember what happened then. And this is the aspect of repair and purification of the skin, which is the connection between the mother and child, which is tied by the umbilical which is only skin. For, the devolution of the all the worlds from world to world is only from the “navel” downwards, as thoroughly explained in the Etz Chayim in Sha`ar Hanequdim and in many places, that the beginning of the lower world in the upper world is from the aspect of the navel downwards, where the aspect of ''NeHI'' [Netzach-Hod-Yesod] begins, the aspect of the upper world's “legs,” where the essence of the vitality of the world lower than it lies. And thus from world to world, from level to level. And therefore Hashem Yithbarakh created it such that the child is also physically tied to its mother's navel. For the devolution from generation to generation, from father and mother to son and daughter, begins from the navel downwards. And therefore the main drawing of the brains of these holy elders to us is by means of the least elder of them, who is the first elder from bottom to top, who related that he remembers the cutting of his umbilical as mentioned. For from there is the essence of the revelation of the brains and the devolution of the worlds from navel downwards as mentioned, which this is the aspect of drawing the light of tefillin, which extend down to the navel, which are the aspect of the straps that extend down to the navel as mentioned. But really, even though we only receive the light from the aspect of the navel downwards, by means of the last elder among them from top to bottom, who remembers the cutting of his umbilical as mentioned, all the vitality of the brains that we receive from there are drawn only from the highest elder, the first-ranking one of them, who is the aspect of this Blind One, who is this baby. For it is impossible to make vessels to receive the light below except by the power of the highest sanctity and the utmost supernal light. ==Oth 35== And therefore the hide needs to be of a specifically pure beast and animal, of a type%“permitted to your mouth” [''Shabbath'' 28b to Ex. 8:9 which refers to tefillin]; even carcass or torn ones of them, as long as it is not from an impure type of beast or animal. ... ==Oth 36== And this is (Ex. 1), “And it came to pass, when the midwives feared God, and He made them houses.” This is the aspect of the housings of the tefillin. For the midwives are the aspect of the children's mother, drawing the light of tefillin, which are the aspect of mother, upon the son, who are the aspect of giving birth to the brains, the aspect of (ibid. 13), “Sanctify to Me all the male firstborns, whatsoever opens any womb” as mentioned. And this is, “And it happened, when they feared” specifically. For tefillin are the aspect of fear, as written, “And all the people of the land shall see that Hashem's name is called upon you, and they will fear you.” And our Rabbis z”l explained these are the head tefillin. For the midwives are the mother of Aharon and Moshe. And Miriam their sister was the second midwife, from whom royalty issued, as Rashi explained there. For Moshe and Aharon are the essence of the tefillin. Aharon the Kohen Gadol is the aspect of the Eight Tiqunei Diqna of the Kohen Gadol, which are the aspect of the eight elders, the aspect of the eight head and arm tefillin passages as mentioned. Moshe Rabbeinu is the aspect of the Supernal Elder, who boasted that he is extremely old and yet is young and suckling entirely etc. and the whole world does not amount to him so much as an eyeblink etc. This is the aspect of Moshe Rabbeinu a”h who is the aspect of (ibid. 2), “And behold, a crying youth,” that even tough he reach what he reached, the perfect aspect of the Elder in Holiness, still he was entirely in the aspect of youth and suckling, in the aspect of (Ps. 37), “I have been young and also old,” that even though I have become so much an elder, still I am entirely young and suckling, which this is the aspect of the boasting of the foremost level elder who is the Blind One as mentioned. And therefore Moshe attained that it was written of him (Deut. 34), “His eye was not dim and his natural force was not abated” — even after death. For no oldness jumped upon him at all, even when dying at 120 years age. For he attained the ultimate elderliness, yet remained entirely suckling, as if he still had not begin living at all, as written (ibid. 3:24), “You have ''begun'' to show” etc.; that is, he still did not grasp at all; Hashem Yithbarakh only began showing him his greatness etc. Which, all this is the above aspect, always beginning anew as mentioned. For Moshe is the aspect of “''MaN''/Manna,” as is known, of which it says (Ex. 17:15), “For they did not know ''MaH''/what it is.” It is impossible to at all know what he is, that someone born of a woman should attain what he attained. And this is the letters of ''MoSheH'' being ''Shin MaH'' — Shin, the three fathers who are the entirety of the brains, entirety of the tefillin; but everything is drawn from the aspect of MaH, the aspect of, “For they did not know what it is,” which this is the essence of the aspect of Moshe, who is the aspect of the aforementioned elder, who was elder and suckling etc. as mentioned, who is the root of everything and above everything as mentioned. As written (Num. 12), “And the man, Moshe, was extremely humble” etc., which is the aspect of (Ps. 131), “Like a weaned child with his mother; my soul is with me like a weaned child,” which David said. And this is that it is written in the Zohar, regarding Moshe, that amongst the ''Saba''s/Supernal Elders he is the Elder, and amongst the sucklings he is the suckling, that is, as mentioned, that he is old and suckling etc. as mentioned. And this is his saying (Deut. 31), “I am one hundred and twenty years old today” — today my days and years are filled, for he can longer go, as our Rabbis z”l said (''Sotah'' 13b), “this teaches that [the gates of wisdom] were closed to him. For he needed to live the aforementioned long life, going each time further and further, and when he cannot go further he was forced to pass away, as discerned in the holy talks of Rabbeinu z”l. And therefore (ibid. 34), “And no man knew his burial-chamber,” for they did not know what he is, as mentioned. Hence Moshe is the aspect of the aforementioned Supernal Elder, who is the root of tefillin, which are the aspect of the face's skin beaming, which Moshe attain, which are the aspect of the light of tefillin, as Rabbeinu z”l said in the torah, ''“Markevoth Par`oh..”'' (''LM'' #38), from the aspect of that Elder. And Aharon is the aspect of the eight Tiqunei Diqna, which are the aspect of the eight tefillin passages that are drawn from Moshe's aspect, from the aspect of that Elder. And this is, “And He made them houses” — houses of priesthood and royalty (''Sh”R'' 1). Houses of priesthood are the aspect of tefillin, which are the aspect of the priesthood's sanctity as mentioned, the aspect of the sanctity of the firstborn, to give him to the Kohen as mentioned. And houses of royalty are the aspect of kingship of David Mashiach, the aspect of Emunah, which all this is the aspect of tefillin as mentioned. And the essence of tefillin's sanctity is the aspect of grasping Godliness, which the true tzaddiqim, who are from the aspect of Moshe, draw upon us, through many constrictions, which this is the main thing, that they manage to attain such a high and enormous perception, that they can constrict and clothe the perception in many constrictions and vestments until we too can manage to grasp Godliness as mentioned. And this is the aspect of tefillin housings, for it is impossible for us to receive the light of the passages themselves except by way of the housings and straps, which are the aspect of limitations and vessels of `Olam haTiqun, to receive the light by degree and measure. For they are able to enter the aspect of the “Empty Space" and reveal His Godliness there, and thereby make holy vessels. For the essence of these vessels' genesis is by means of repair of the Empty Space which is the beginning of the limitation, which is the root of all the vessels and masks generated from the coarsening of the light and its becoming distant from the Emanator. For if there was no Empty Space then the coarsening of the light and its distancing would be irrelevant etc., as explained and discerned in the Writings. Hence the essence of the vessels' genesis derives from the aspect of the Empty Space. But by means of Adam haRishon's failure he was seized in his vessels, the essence of which is in the aspect of the skin, which is the ultimate vessel, the exterior of the exterior; and that is where he was seized the most as mentioned, which this is the aspect of the “Serpent's bite,” from whence is the grip of all the ''Qelipoth''/Husks, God forbid. And therefore the main repair is by means of purifying and processing the hide in sanctity, which is the aspect of repair of the imagination, repair of the Empty Space, which the aforementioned great Tzaddiqim attain repairing, to the point that from it, specifically, they make the aspect of holy vessels to receive the light in degree and measure. Which, this is the aspect of the hide of a pure beast, insofar as the essence of writing the Torah and tefillin is on the hide specifically, and as mentioned. And this is the aspect of the housings made of hide. For we need to receive the light through limitations and vessels that are made by the repair of the Empty Space which is the aspect of repairing the imagination, which is the aspect of hide, as mentioned. And this is the aspect of (Gen. 3), “And Hashem-God made Adam and his wife garments of skin and clothed them” — garments of skin specifically, for the main repair is repairing the skin etc. as mentioned. For, the garments of skin are the aspect of Tallith and Tefillin, which come from skin and from the hair that grows on the skin, as explained in the Etz Chayim. Which, this is the aspect of (Ex. 22:26), “''ki hu kesutho levaddah''/for that is his only covering” — this is tzitzith; “''hi simlatho le`oro''/it is his garment for his skin” — this is tefillin (''Tiqqunim'' #69), which are more internal and lofty than tzitzith, as written there. And all this is the aspect of repair of the imagination, which is repair of the Empty Space, as the essence of the repair is by means of Emunah as mentioned. And this is, “And it came to pass, as the midwives feared God” — feared specifically. For holy piety is the aspect of repair of the constriction and stricture of the Empty Space, which is sweetened at it root by means of holy piety, which is the aspect of a “holy decree,” as is known. Therefore by the aspect of piety are made housings, which are the aspect of fixing the vessels and limitations to receive the tefillin's light by degree and measure as mentioned. And this is, “And it came to pass, as they feared... [God] made them housings” as mentioned. ==Oth 37== And also, they need to sew them with specific tendons. For even when we place the portions into the houses, it is impossible to receive the light until they are sewn with these specific tendons, in order to conceal the light so that it does not emit outside of the measure, God forbid. For there are sixty tendons corresponding to the sixty negative commandments. They are the aspects of judgments and limitations. Therefore, in these tendons, the flow of blood, which is precisely the vitality of a person and all living beings, is pleased. For the essence of the flow of vitality is through the restriction of light, as explained in the Torah and on Yom Kippur, the concealment (Siman Nun Vav), that vitality constantly flows from the essence of life. And the essence of the rectification is that through the Torah, which is the Divine Name, they continue the vitality into the vessels and attributes, see there. And this is the aspect of what vitality is through the blood specifically in these sixty tendons, which are the aspects of limitations. For the essence of vitality is through the rectification of the vessels and limitations, as mentioned. And this is the aspect of the Divine Name "YH," which is sixty. For the Name is the vitality, the aspect of a living soul, that is His Name. And just as in a person, all his vitality is limited by his name, and so forth, similarly, the Torah, so to speak, is the Name of the Holy One, blessed be He. Through the Torah, they call upon the Name, and they continue the vitality from Him into the vessels, which are the letters of the Torah, which are the aspect of the Name of the Holy One, blessed be He, and so forth, as explained there in the Torah and on Yom Kippur, mentioned. Therefore, "Shemi Am YH" is sixty. For the essence of the Name is the limitation of vitality from the essence of life, which is the essence, as mentioned. All this is the aspect of "Lo Ta'aseh" in the Torah, the aspect of these sixty tendons. They are the aspects of limitations and vessels to receive the light in measure, as mentioned. And this is the aspect of the "Shavat" in the year, for the essence of vitality of all the days of the year is through the aspect of these sixty, which are the aspects of limitations. Through this, the essence of the limitation of life, this is the essence of life, as mentioned. Therefore, the Tefillin, which are the aspect of life as mentioned, the aspect of the Name of God, as it is written, "And all the peoples of the earth shall see that the name of the Lord is called upon you" - these are the Tefillin. Therefore, they need to be sewn with specific tendons in order to restrict the light, which is the essence of the rectification of the Mochin, which are life as mentioned. And this is the aspect of "Shemi Am YH," specifically sixty. "Zechri Am Vav Hey Ramach," for even though the 248 positive commandments are drawn from the aspect of the right, and the 365 negative commandments from the aspect of the left of holiness, nevertheless, the aspect of "Shemi Am Vav Hey" is alluded to in the first two letters of the Name, which are higher. And this is the aspect of the above. The rectification of the vessels needs to draw from the higher light because it requires a very great intellect to make the vessels, which are the aspect of "Shemi Am Vav Hey," which are the aspect of the Name of God as mentioned, in order to declare His greatness to all the inhabitants of the world, to magnify His blessed Name in the mouths of all, so that His Name will be recounted throughout the earth. This is the aspect of the rectification of the Tefillin, which draw from a very, very high intellect through several contractions, so that even we and all the inhabitants of the world will know His name and His might, the aspect of "And all the peoples of the earth shall see that the name of the Lord is called upon you, and they shall fear you," these are the Tefillin as mentioned. ==Oth 38== This is the interpretation of "And the life of Sarah was one hundred years and twenty years and seven years; the years of the life of Sarah." Four times the age of twenty-five, corresponding to the four sections of the Tefillin, which are the essence of the vitality of the years that a person lives, as mentioned. This is the explanation of what our Sages expounded, "The daughter of twenty is like the daughter of ten, and the daughter of ten is like the daughter of seven." That is as mentioned, for this is the essence of perfection, that one should begin to live fully at each stage. Even when one reaches old age, it should still appear in one's eyes as if they have just begun to live and to serve the Lord. And one should begin to live anew in His service each time, as mentioned. This is the meaning of "the daughter of twenty is like the daughter of ten, the daughter of ten is like the daughter of seven," the years of Sarah's life are all equal to good. For whatever the righteous one grows older, it still appears to them as if they were a newborn, as mentioned. And through this, one adds to their service each time and merits truly long life, for all their days and years are truly years of life. For not a single day of their life is lost without an addition of sanctity and vitality, as mentioned. And this is the aspect of "the years of Sarah's life," all equal to good, which is the aspect of the aforementioned long life, which is the aspect of Tefillin as mentioned. For Sarah represents the aspect of the kingdom of faith, the aspect that Sarah reigns over the entire world, as mentioned. This is the aspect of "And the Lord shall be King over all the earth," which is the essence of Tefillin. For the main flow of the Mochin of the Tefillin is through the impression of faith in the heart, as mentioned. And through continuing the Mochin of the Tefillin by this, faith subsequently shines forth with great light and with utmost perfection. For this depends on that. Through faith, one receives the Mochin. And as the renewal of the Mochin received through faith, so faith is perfected, grows, and strengthens more and more, forever. For there is a perfection in faith beyond perfection, until one can merit supernal faith, which is the aspect of the head of faith that is above all the Mochin, which is the aspect of the Tefillin of the head. The Tefillin of the hand are in the aspect of "May my hands be faithful," and the Tefillin of the head are in the aspect of "the head of faith," which merits after the attainment of the Mochin, which is above all the Mochin. For this is a principle in the writings that the sovereignty that is equal, in the aspect of the highest level of the supernal world, is above and is the root of the aspect of ancientness, which is a wonderful and awesome adherence to the blessed Name. It is the aspect of the mutual longing for the will of the wonderful desires that are in the most delightful adherence to the blessed Name, as in "My soul thirsts for You, my flesh yearns for You" and so forth. This is the aspect of adherence represented by the Tefillin, as in "All my bones shall say, Lord, who is like You?" and "My heart and my flesh sing for joy to the living God." King David prayed for this all his days, as in "One thing I have asked of the Lord, that I will seek after, that I may dwell in the house of the Lord all the days of my life, to gaze upon the beauty of the Lord." For this is the aspect of the adherence of the Tefillin, as in "And you that did cleave unto the Lord your God are alive every one of you" and "Set me as a seal upon your heart, as a seal upon your arm." For strong as death is love, fierce as the grave is jealousy, its flashes are flashes of fire, a raging flame. Many waters cannot quench love, neither can floods drown it. Blessed is the one who merits this. However, there is an aspect of adherence that is below the aspect of faith of a higher level. For the ancient of action is below the sovereignty of creation, which is the aspect of faith. [How much more so is this true of the sovereignty of faith in the higher worlds.] And so from world to world. Therefore, the beginning is faith, and the end is faith and adherence, for truly everything is one. For the aspect of adherence of each world and level, which yearns and longs to ascend to toil, which is the aspect of ancientness of the wonderful desires, is in itself the aspect of the enlightenment of faith, which is the last level of the world above it. For sovereignty, which is the aspect of faith of the supernal world, is the root of the vitality of the aspect of ancientness, which is the aspect of the wonderful desires of the world, and is the lower level and so on forever, and understand this well. For according to these matters, and what emerges from them as clarified in our words, you will be able to carve out a path to understand, albeit slightly, the Kabbalistic teachings of the Holy Zohar and the Arizal, extracting from them higher ways and advice. Based on the awesome introductions and true counsel of the teachings of our Master, may his memory be blessed, every Torah and every deed opens numerous gateways to the attainment of Divinity. Through this, one can also comprehend all the paths of Kabbalah. If you merit to diligently study his holy Torah day by day, you will find that the essence of the intellect and vitality of the tefillin lies in the illumination of faith, which matures and grows significantly. Therefore, the tefillin represent the vitality of Sarah, the life of the sovereignty of faith, which is the aspect of Sarah, who ruled over the entire world. It is the revelation of His faith and sovereignty to all the inhabitants of the world, the aspect of 'And the Lord shall be King over all the earth,' as mentioned. ==Oth 39== "This is the aspect of the Cave of the Patriarchs, which is doubled in pairs: Adam and Eve, Abraham and Sarah, etc. (Eruvin 53). Because of this, the city is called Kiryat Arba, named after the four pairs, etc. The four pairs represent the concept of the head and hand phylacteries, for the four sections of the head phylacteries represent the four male intellects, and the four sections of the hand phylacteries represent the four female intellects, and this is the aspect of the aforementioned four pairs. Because Kiryat Arba represents the four names of the phylacteries, as is known. Therefore, the Cave of the Patriarchs is called by the name of the long life of the righteous, whose holiness and vitality are always doubled. For each time, they add holiness upon holiness, repentance upon repentance, which is the essence of Torah observance, as stated in Job 11:6, 'And know that God exacts of you less than your guilt deserves,' and as stated in Proverbs 31:21, 'She is not afraid of snow for her household, for all her household is clothed in double garments.' As our sages said, this is the aspect of Mishneh Torah, as stated in Isaiah 61:7, 'Therefore in their land they shall inherit double,' which all this represents the concept of long life, eternal life, which the righteous merit by increasing and doubling their holiness every day and at all times, as mentioned." ==Oth 40== "And so Abraham bought the Cave of the Patriarchs from Ephron. Ephron represents the aspect of dust, the aspect of the evil that clings to the foundation of dust, which is the aspect of 'and dust you shall eat all the days of your life,' which is the aspect of sadness, laziness, and burdens that stem from the evil in the foundation of dust, which is the essence of the serpent's bite, as our master, may he rest in peace, said concerning the verse 'and dust you shall eat all the days of your life' (Siman 139). See there. And his subjugation is through the foundation of holiness, which is the aspect of faith, which is the aspect of 'For he will give his angels charge over you, to guard you in all your ways' (Psalms 91:11). The aspect of 'dust from all these things.' Through faith, the aspect of holy dust, they receive and continue all vitality and all holiness and merit the aspect of the power of growth and the power of advancement to grow and flourish in their service, and to overcome and surpass all obstacles and hindrances, without considering anything, for faith is the aspect of the power of growth and the power of advancement, as explained thoroughly in the aforementioned Torah of the elongation of days that we are engaging in, which is the aspect of phylacteries, as mentioned. Therefore, Abraham specifically purchased the Cave of the Patriarchs from Ephron, because the shell precedes the fruit. Therefore, the Cave of the Patriarchs, which is the aspect of the aforementioned long life, the aspect of faith, the aspect of the power of growth and so forth, as mentioned, all of this is opposite to the aspect of Ephron, who is the other side of life. For he is the aspect of the impurity of the serpent, sadness, laziness, and so forth, as mentioned. For this against that, God made. And Abraham, who is the head of the believers, merited to bring forth this lofty holiness, which is the Cave of the Patriarchs, from Ephron. For Abraham merited the sanctity of old age, which is the aspect of the aforementioned long life, the aspect of 'Abraham was old, advanced in days' (Genesis 24). For Abraham is the first who attained the holiness of the Land of Israel, which is the aspect of faith through which one merits all of the above. Therefore, the first inheritance that was acquired in the Land of Israel was the Cave of the Patriarchs. For there one merits the aspect of the aforementioned long life, which is the aspect of phylacteries, which are merited through faith, which is the essence of the holiness of the Land of Israel, as mentioned." ==Oth 41== "And this is the concept of the straps of the phylacteries, which their interpretation is the language of a bridge. And from there comes the 'ma'abara' (passage). And this is the main thing that is placed upon the body. For with the phylacteries, one does not touch the skin of the head and the hand, but only the straps and the 'ma'abara.' For this is the main thing that we need to receive from the light of the holy phylacteries, to continue from them the concept of 'tiyatura' (bridge) and a passage to pass over them, this world, in peace, to pass over all obstacles and confusions, etc., etc., and to truly draw near to the blessed God. For the 'tiyatura' of the phylacteries, which is the concept of a bridge from which the passage emerges, this is the concept of what is said about Jacob (Genesis 32): 'And Jacob passed over the ford of Yabok, and he passed over that which was his.' And Rashi explains: 'He made himself like a bridge.' This is the concept of the passage and 'tiyatura' of the phylacteries. For the passage of Yabok is the concept of a passage, as mentioned at length. 'And he passed over that which was his,' meaning that he made himself like a bridge, this is the concept of 'tiyatura' which is a bridge. For Jacob is the aspect of truth, as it is written (Micah 7): 'You will give truth to Jacob.' For he is the aspect of phylacteries, as brought in the words of our master, may he rest in peace (in Siman 47). For the essence of the phylacteries is through the aspect of faith, which is the aspect of truth, in the aspect of righteousness, as when you join righteousness, you will work with faith, as explained elsewhere (in Siman 7, Likutei Moharan). And this is the concept of what our master, may he rest in peace, brought in the Torah of the elongation of days, the words of our master, may he rest in peace, as they said (Sanhedrin 111) about the verse 'And he bowed to the earth' – 'what did he see? He saw long nostrils; one says truth, and one says faith, and they do not disagree, for truth and faith are considered one.' And this is the concept of the 'tiyatura' of the phylacteries, which is the concept of a bridge. For the essence of the bridge to pass over it in this world is truth. For it is stated in the words of our master, may he rest in peace (in Siman 51, Likutei Tannina), that a person needs to pass in this world over a narrow bridge, and the main thing is not to be afraid at all. And to merit this, to pass over the bridge of this world, it is through the concept of the bridge of the phylacteries, which are the aspect of truth, as the world says that with truth one can pass over the entire world. For the essence is truth. For the seal of the Holy One, blessed be He, is truth. And in Him, the heavens and the earth were sealed. As it is written, 'In the beginning, God created,' the end letters spell 'truth,' on which the whole world and its fullness stand." "And all the confusions and obstacles that a person has from the service of God, the main thing is the obstacles of the mind. The main advice to pass over them is truth, which guides a person to pass over everything in the manner of (Psalms 43): 'Send forth your light and your truth; they will guide me,' and as it is written (ibid. 26): 'I walk in your truth.' For truth is the bridge of holiness, in the manner of what is said about Jacob, who is the aspect of truth, for he made himself like a bridge. This is an allusion that truth is the bridge, as mentioned above. For Jacob made himself like a bridge to save everything that was his from the fear of the night and from the fear of Esau, who went to meet him. All of this is the general aspect of fears, hardships, and obstacles that a person has from all the haters and hindrances that the evil inclination, which is in the aspect of Esau, as is known. Therefore, Jacob is a sign for his children that it is impossible to pass over all these fears except through truth, which is the aspect of Jacob, who made himself like a bridge, which is the aspect of the 'tiyatura' of the phylacteries. With this power, they can pass in this world all the days of their lives on the narrow bridge that they need to pass over without fear, as mentioned above. And this is the aspect of the splitting of the Red Sea, which turned the sea into dry land until the depths of the sea froze, and God performed for them a wondrous miracle, the aspect of a bridge to pass over the sea in peace. And all this was through the aspect of Jacob, which is the aspect of truth, as it is written (Exodus 14): 'What is this for you, the sea, that you flee,' etc., 'from before the God of Jacob,' which is the aspect of truth, as mentioned above. For truth is the aspect of a bridge through which one can pass even in the middle of the sea, in the manner of (Isaiah 43): 'So said your Creator, Jacob,' etc., 'do not fear, for I am with you,' etc., 'when you pass through water, I am with you.' Your Creator, Jacob, specifically, which is the aspect of truth, through this do not fear when you pass through water, etc. For through truth, one passes over everything and is saved in peace, as mentioned above. And this is the aspect that on the third day of creation, God said, 'Let the waters under the heavens be gathered to one place, and let the dry land appear.' For the third day is the aspect of Jacob, as is known, which is the aspect of truth, which is the aspect of a bridge through which one passes through all the flowing waters and is saved from them all, as mentioned above, which is the aspect of dry land that was made at the time of creation from within the waters themselves, which is the aspect of the bridge in the entirety of the world that was made on the third day specifically, which is the aspect of Jacob, the aspect of truth. For the essence of the bridge to pass over it in the entire world is truth, as mentioned above. This is the aspect of the 'tiyatura' of the phylacteries, as mentioned above." ==Oth 42== "This is the aspect of three windings on the middle finger, for it is in the rank of Jacob and Moses, which is the aspect of the middle bar within the planks, spanning from end to end (as explained in the Midrash Parshat Balak). Therefore, there is the conclusion of the tying of the phylacteries as mentioned above. And therefore, we say then (Hosea 2): 'And I will betroth you to me forever; I will betroth you to me in righteousness and justice, in steadfast love and mercy.' Faith and knowledge depend on each other as mentioned above. The essence is faith, the aspect of 'And I will betroth you to me forever,' specifically in faith, and again, 'and you shall know the Lord,' as mentioned above. Therefore, it is bound on the middle finger specifically, which is the aspect of Jacob as mentioned above, which is the aspect of truth, for faith depends on truth as mentioned above. This is 'And I will betroth you to me forever,' the aspect of the long life mentioned above, eternal life forever and ever. 'And I will betroth you to me in righteousness and in justice, in steadfast love and in mercy.' These are the aspect of the crown of glory of the phylacteries, which are the four portions and the four compartments. Corresponding to these four aspects, which are righteousness, justice, steadfast love, and mercy, as Rashi explained on this verse in Hosea, that the Holy One, blessed be He, makes a crown of the four of them on the head of Israel, etc. This is the aspect of the phylacteries, which are the essence of the crown of Israel. This is 'And I will betroth you to me in faith,' etc., for the essence and the ultimate perfection of all completeness is faith as mentioned above." ==Oth 43== This is the knot of the yud at the base of the hand, which is the aspect of supporting those who stumble, giving them vitality so they won't fall completely, through the phylacteries of the hand as explained above. This is the knot of the yud at the base of the hand, which is the aspect of the enlightenment of the righteous, the foundation of the world, the aspect of the assembly of Israel, as understood in the intentions. Therefore, it is necessary to make this knot very tight to the phylacteries of the hand, for the main enlightenment of the masses, whom the Divine Presence revives from their fall, is through the righteous, the foundation of the world, who has attained such a high level that he can revive and support all those who stumble, as mentioned above. The main enlightenment of the phylacteries is received most during prayer, for then one merits complete mental faculties of greatness, as written in the intentions. The main mental faculties of the phylacteries, which are the aspect of adherence, are through prayer, seclusion, and dialogue between oneself and one's Creator. This is the essence of adherence to the Blessed One, as Rabbi Nakhman said that the essence of adherence is prayer. And that's why they are called 'phylacteries,' from the language of prayer, the aspect of 'Naphtali is a hind let loose.' And see what Rashi explains on that verse, which is the language of crookedness and twisting, 'I have twisted myself and made many entreaties to be equal with my sister.' Also, I could gain agreement, as explained there. In this aspect, one must increase greatly in prayer and seclusion throughout one's life, for this is the essence. And one must be very, very insistent about it, even if one feels that one's words are not helpful at all, and he is very far from them. For this may take days and years of engagement, and still no action may seem to occur at all. Nevertheless, one must be very insistent about it, like one who is truly insistent, doing it without any reason. So must one be in the service of God, as Rabbi Nachman said that one must be very insistent in the service of God. ==Oth 44== In every act and every counsel. But the essence of stubbornness is most needed in prayer and supplications. And the essence lies in the conversations of solitude, as explained repeatedly. Just as Rashi's interpretation on "Naphtali is a hind let loose" (Genesis 49:21) explains, "a hind let loose" means stubbornness, wiliness. I twisted and turned, I insisted, I pressed stubbornly many times, and so forth. Understand well if you wish to live eternal life because it's impossible to explain everything in writing. Interpret for yourself the meaning of the words "Naphtali is a hind let loose" according to Rashi's explanation: "wiliness, turning," and so on. Then you'll understand to what extent one must strengthen oneself in solitude and conversations with the Creator. Even if it involves being crooked and stubborn many times without reason or sense. For neither this nor the disdain for the poor, even though they may be worthy of disdain and scorn. For He, may He be blessed, is full of mercy at all times. For there are three prayers: the prayer of Moses, the prayer of David, and the prayer of the poor, as explained in the Zohar (Parashat Balak, 4:105). These three prayers are three aspects of tefillin. The tefillin of the head represent the prayer of Moses, which is intellect, the essence of the tefillin of the head, the aspect of intellect and enlightenment. The prayer of David represents the aspect of connection of the head, akin to the four included in the intentions. This is the aspect of the prayer of David, which is the aspect of the Messianic Kingdom, whose connection is in the connection of the four in the head, as mentioned. The prayer of the poor is the aspect of the tefillin of the hand, which is the aspect of the Kingdom, the aspect of the assembly of Israel, called 'poverty' as explained. That is, as mentioned, the prayer of the hand is in the aspect of intellect and enlightenment that illuminate all of Israel. The essence is to revive each one from their fall, so they don't fall in their intellect forever, and so forth, as mentioned. This is the aspect of the prayer of the poor, which is more precious than all of them, as written in the aforementioned Zohar. See there at length, where it extensively extols the greatness of the prayer of the poor, which quenches the bearers of the sacred, for He constantly creates conflict with the Holy One, Blessed be He. And the Holy One, Blessed be He, is a consuming fire. Since the shadows of His splendor open every cavity of the firmament, and all other shadows ascend upwards, may He save them from this danger, a crumbling fortress to come, as it is written: "A prayer for the poor when he faints," and so forth, and the Holy One, Blessed be He, said: "Their shadows shall cover the whole world, and this shadow shall bring redemption." I don't need to be judged here with our own judgment. His and mine should be separated. And the Holy One, blessed be He, also separates Himself with His unique essence within those sounds. As it is written, "Pour out your heart before the Lord" (Psalm 62:9). Before the Lord, certainly all the hosts of heaven ask one another, "With what is the Holy One, blessed be He, engaged? With what does He occupy Himself?" They say, "He is engaged with His desire and his hosts." They don't know what He does with that sound of distress, and all those sounds of His. There is no comparison for that sound of distress, only as the pouring out of tears before the King, and there is no comparison for the Holy One, blessed be He, except when He accepts them and sets them before Himself. Indeed, He is the shadow that covers all the shadows of the world, and so on. See there, as it elaborates further on this. All of this is said even about an ordinary poor person who prays for his needs, his distress, and his poverty in material matters. All the more so, when a person begins to have mercy on himself and feels his poverty and distress in good deeds, and argues with the Lord, blessed be He, and contends with Him, and becomes angry with Him for not drawing near to Him, and pours out his speech and heart before Him until he is awakened with weeping, and so on. How precious and dear is this prayer in the eyes of the Lord, blessed be He. It is more precious than all the prayers in the world because indeed, this is the essence of poverty and distress, as our sages said (Nedarim 41a), "There is no poverty but that of the mind, for everything else is vanity. For our days pass away like a shadow, and there is no distress like the distress of the soul." And there is no poverty like the poverty of Torah and good deeds. All the more so, when one has a great debt, God forbid, owed to the Lord, blessed be He, many debts against him due to his sins and transgressions, and he has no means to clear them at all, except with prayer and supplications. When a person merits to awaken himself to feel his poverty and distress, and stands before the Lord, blessed be He, like a pauper and a destitute person begging at the gates, and asks from before Him with a broken heart to save him from the pit, lest he perish in two worlds, God forbid. As David said (Psalm 30:10), "What profit is there in my blood when I go down to the pit?" (Psalm 7:3), "Save my soul from the sword, my only one," and so on. And many similar verses. Certainly, this prayer is precious in the eyes of the Lord, blessed be He, more than all the prayers in the world. Carefully scrutinize every word and discourse of those holy words of the Zohar, and understand well how precious are the words of seclusion, pouring out one's speech before the Lord, blessed be He. Even though one prays and secludes himself and it seems to him that he has not yet acted at all, nevertheless, every word and discourse is not lost; rather, they are all counted and stored away in His treasures. Moreover, since it is impossible for a person to know at all whether he has acted in the service of the Lord or not, even if he has only acted like the thread of a hair once in his lifetime, even this is more precious than all the life of this world. For even when some movement is made to draw a little closer to the Lord, even less than the thread of a hair, by this, thousands and myriads of miles are traversed in the higher worlds, as our Rabbi of blessed memory related in the story of the righteous person who once experienced great sadness, and so on. See there. Therefore, one needs to strengthen oneself greatly in this without measure. And when one is so strong in the aspect of "Naphtulei Elohim Niptalti," then ultimately, he will certainly merit to fulfill his request to draw close to the Lord, blessed be He, to be equal with his righteous and noble brothers. And as the verse concludes, "I have prevailed; I have prevailed," by which I agree that I persisted so much to plead before the Lord, even though it seemed to me several times that my words would not be of any avail, God forbid, and so on. Nevertheless, I persisted with great stubbornness without measure, and ultimately, even my ability, which agreed to be equal with my brothers, to truly draw close to the Lord, blessed be He. Amen and amen. ==Oth 44== This is the aspect of "Yahrzeit" (anniversary of passing), observed on the day when one's father or mother passed away. On this day, Kaddish is recited, and a memorial candle is lit, all in order to elevate the soul of the deceased. For it is necessary to elevate the souls of one's father and mother to the level of "long life," which is the level of eternal life, attained by the righteous in the World to Come. This is done every year on the anniversary of the passing, because on the day a person passes away, that is truly the beginning of his life. Each person, according to the holiness of his Judaism, determines the quality of his life. For this world is passing shadow, and its life is not life at all, for it passes in the blink of an eye. The essence is eternal life, which each person merits through his service after his death. The essence of "long life" is to renew one's life at all times, especially each year, which is the aspect of Rosh Hashanah, as mentioned above. Therefore, each year, on the day of the passing, which is the beginning of his life, as mentioned above, his rectification is accomplished through his children. For good children are a great healing for their parents, as our Rabbi of blessed memory said. (Bach, siman 42). For the main service of a person in this world is to reveal his divinity in the world. And when his time comes to depart, he needs to leave behind a blessing, righteous offspring who will fill his place and proclaim his greatness in the world. For each soul has a unique power to reveal some aspect of his faith in the world, as explained above. This is "from generation to generation His faithfulness," and specifically, "from generation to generation, they shall praise Your works," and so on. This is the aspect of "Zachor" (Exodus 3:15), "My memorial for all generations," as mentioned above. And all this is the aspect of Tefillin, which is the aspect of the renewal of intellect, renewed through birth, which is the aspect of the renewal of generations. Through this, the revelation of His divinity is renewed in every generation, as mentioned above. This is the aspect of "Sanctify to Me every firstborn," and so on, as mentioned above. Therefore, we light a candle to continue the light for the soul, so that it may merit the light of the living, which is the aspect of eternal and long life, referred to as "light." As it is written (Psalms 36:10), "To walk before God in the light of life." This is the aspect of the Kaddish recited then. For the Kaddish is rectified in the language of translation, for the Kaddish is above all holiness. It blesses all the iron walls, as written in the Holy Zohar. For it is the aspect of "Baruch Hu" above all blessings and praises, etc. Therefore, it was rectified in the language of translation, which is the aspect of "nogah," the aspect of the Tree of Knowledge, the aspect of resemblance, etc., as explained elsewhere, for it is impossible to refine and clarify the resemblance, etc., which is the aspect of translation, except through the aspect of the highest holiness above all, which is the aspect of the Kaddish in the language of translation. For whatever is higher in righteousness and holiness has the power to rectify and clarify holiness from the depths of the husks and to transform the aspect of "nogah" into the aspect of holiness. Through this, the essence of holiness ascends, as is known. Therefore, the Kaddish blesses all the iron walls, for it is holiness so high that it breaks all the last barriers, etc., and transforms everything into holiness. This is the aspect of the holiness of Tefillin, which are specifically written on parchment, as mentioned above. See in the Tikkunim what is written regarding Tefillin for the righteous, etc. For the wicked, they are not bound by any accusations against them, etc., as mentioned above. For Tefillin are such great intellects and knowledge that they benefit everyone, even those who fall, etc. For they derive from such a great intellect that they can reveal that God is with them, etc., and there is hope for their end. Amen and amen. ==Oth 45== This sermon revolves around the foundation laid based on the story of the first Beis Yisrael, the Blind, who gave his wife the gift of long life as explained by our Master of Blessed Memory himself in his holy words. After recounting the story of the second day's discussion from the field, he then said that the first had granted them long life, and this, etc. For the essence of Tefillin is to merit the aforementioned long life, meaning to begin living anew each time, true life in the service of God, etc., as explained above in detail. Therefore, it is said before putting on Tefillin in the language of unity and abundance that the influence of the commandment of Tefillin should extend upon me to grant me long life, etc., for this is the essence of Tefillin, to merit long life, as mentioned above. Regarding the aforementioned incident where each one boasted in his own remembrance, etc., and he, may his memory be blessed, spoke then, we find a hint somewhat like this in the words of our Sages, "Samuel said: I am wise for the life of the children of the womb; Rabbi Yochanan said: I am wise for the president of the synagogue," etc. And surely, these are wonderful innovations. However, all these boasts come after they have emerged into the world, and it is a kind of boasting of the elder, the first small one among them, who boasted that he remembered a piece of the past. But what was done before this, such as when the candle was lit, etc., and certainly beforehand, there is still no hint. Who knows which of the early righteous ones, the fathers of the world, he is alluding to? Indeed, when engaged in recounting this awesome story, it speaks of several early righteous individuals, etc. Pay close attention to carefully examine this story, and you will understand from afar the greatness of the hinted righteous ones and the greatness of the narrative. From all this, one can understand even a bit how great is the Creator, blessed be His name, who created the world with such profound wisdom that a mere mortal can merit such great and awesome things. For example, regarding the aforementioned memory and the matter of good life, etc., and regarding the minority overcoming the majority, and the power in the hands to draw out arrows after shooting them, etc., etc. See there carefully and understand. =Halakhah 6= ==Oth 33== וזה שתלתה התורה מצות הספירה בשבת כמו שכתוב (ויקרא כ"ג) וספרתם לכם ממחרת השבת וכו' עד ממחרת השבת וכו' שבע שבתות תמימותוכו' כי עיקר כח קדושת הדעת והמחשבה שהוא בחינת מצות ספירה הוא נמשך משבת, כי ששת ימי המעשה הם ימי מלאכה כמו שכתוב (שמות כ') ששת ימים תעשה מלאכתך ויום השביעי שבת לה'. ועיקר המלאכה של האדם בזה העולם הוא בלרר בירורים. ועיקר כל הבירורים הם על ידי בירור המחשבה. דהיינו על ידי בחינת הנ"ל. על ידי ששומרין המחשבה כחוט השערה ממחשבות חוץ והרהורים שזהו עיקר בירור כל הנצוצות הקדושות בבחינת כולהו במחשבה איתברירו. And this is the aspect of (Ex. 31:3), "''Weamale otho ruach Elohim bechokhmah uvetevunah uveda`ath uvekhol melakhah''/And I will fill him with the spirit of God, with wisdom and with discernment and with knowledge and with all work," which are the aspect of the four brains, as explained in the aforementioned torah [LM II:72]. Hence the fourth brain is called "''Kol Melachah''/All work," because a man's main work in the world is there. For the entirety the brains are three, which are Chokhmah-Binah-Da`ath. However, sometimes are they are called four on account that Daath is composed of two, which are the aspect of Chasadim and Gevuroth. And these are the brains explained in this verse. "And I will fill him with the spirit of God, with Wisdom, Understanding,... is the aspect of Da`ath which is comprised of two, which is the aspect of of ''Be'Daath''. Which is the aspect of the chasadim in Da`ath, which are the plain Daat, for they are the main Daath. "And with all work" is the fourth brain, which is the aspect of brains of Gevuroth in the Da`ath, which is the aspect of "and in all work." For that's the main place of the craft and work of every man. For it's known the main grip of the S"A is in the aspect of the Gev' and Dinim. Consequently there in the aspect of the brains, the Gevuroth there are gripped the foreign thoughts of the S"A, which there is the main place of the purification and the essence of the war, therefore it's called "and in all work." For that's where a man's main work and craft is, to take caution with his mind and cleanse and purifty it of waste. Like an artisan cleans and purifies a vessel and cuts and chips away around the vessel all its extra and waste in order to bring the vessel to completion. Likewise, we need to purify the thought and expel the waste and garbage in the thought, in order it be a vessel to receive NR"N of holiness etc., like we request this in many prayers. And this is the aspect of all the work of creation to be during the six days of action, and also all the works that a man does each day of the six workdays. For they are all aspect of purification, to extract the sparks form the depths of the husks, as is known. And mainly by clean thought, by guarding the thought as close as a hairbreadth. And this is a man's main work, the aspect of "And I will fill him ... and with all work" etc. And this is the aspect what's written by Yosef haTzadik when he was tested (Gen. 39), "He got home to do his work." For a man's main work and art in this world is the withstand the test, mainly this craving, and mainly by guarding the thought by a hairbreadth every moment as mentioned. ... ועיקר הכח להצליח במלאכתו בגשמיות ורוחניות בכל ששת ימי המעשה צריכין לקבל משבת קדש. כי מיני' מתברכין כל שיתא יומין. היינו כי שבת הוא בחינת שביתה ונייחא בחינת מנוחת המחשבה בחינת יישוב הדעת בחינת (תהלים כ"ג) על מי מנוחות ינהלנו. בחינת הצדיק האמת הזקן שבקדושה שדעתו מיושבת תמיד ואינו צריך עוד שום מלחמה עם המחשבות בחינת בסבי דעתא שקיט ושכיך. ומשם צריך כל אחד להמשיך על עצמו קדושת המחשבה לעמוד כנגד כל המחשבות רעות בשב ואל תעשה כי מי שמסתכל על הצדיק האמת. ואפילו אם אינו זוכה רק להסתכל בספריו הקדושים בעין האמת הוא יכול להביא התבוננות אמתי בלבו להמשיך על עצמו קדושת המחשבה על ידי עצותיו הקדושים שיזהר לקיימם באמת ובפשיטות עד שיזכה לבחינת קבלת התורה בשבועות שהוא להמשיך ביאורי התורה. שעל ידי זה יזכה לבחינת תחיית המתים בחייו וכנ"ל. וזה (ויקרא כ"ג) וספרתם לכם ממחרת השבת שהוא פסח שכל קדושתו נמשך רק מראיית פני הצדיק. כי אז לא קיבלו עדיין את התורה. ועל כן אז בפסח עיקר הקדושה עיקר התנוצצות המוחין הגדולים שקיבלו אז. הכל היה רק על ידי בחינת ראיית פני הצדיק וכנ"ל. ומשם מתחלת הספירה שהוא זיכוך וטהרת המוחין. עד ממחרת השבת השביעית שהוא שבועות שהוא קבלת התורה. כי על ידי זה זוכין לקבלת התורה בשבועות שהוא בחינת ביאורי וחידושי התורה שממשיכין בכח הצדיק וכנ"ל: c4nbvmz73tq06n91xizu8bs5o33c26s Page:Weird Tales v01n01 (1923-03).djvu/55 104 2968534 14129957 10589728 2024-04-25T20:25:32Z Klaufir216 3130230 fix typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Blue-ray656" />{{rh|54|HARK! THE RATTLE!}}</noinclude>What madman killed that girl? ''Mad,'' I say!" Dirk twisted. He wiped his brown forehead, on which sweat glistened in little beads like scales. "Too hot a night to talk about such things, Hammer. Let's talk of something else. Tell me about this Bimi Tal." "You'll see her soon enough," I said, watching him. "A girl of about your own age; you're not more than twenty-four, are you?" "Born first of January, '99." "And famous already!" "Yes," said Tain Dirk. I guess you've heard of me." "Oh. I've heard lots of you," I said; and saw he didn't like it. "You've heard I'm fast with women, eh?" asked Dirk, after a pause. "But Ynecita—" "Why do you talk of ''her?''" asked Dirk, irritably. "I never knew her." "Those marks of teeth on Ynecita's arm—two sharp canines, sharp and hooked; barely scratching the skin—like fangs of a snake, Dirk—" Tain Dirk's hand crept to his lips, which were thin, red and dry. The light in his eyes darkened from yellow to purple. Softly his blunt fingers began to drum his lips. ''Tat! tat! tat!'' But silent as a snake in grass. "A curious thing about teeth, Dirk—you're a sculptor; maybe you've observed it—a curious thing that no two are quite alike. We took prints, Dirk, of those marks in the arm of Ynecita—" Dirk's thin lips opened. His coarsely-formed, but marvelously sensitive, fingers felt the hardness of his teeth. That gesture was sly. At once he knew I'd seen him. He crouched back in his chair, his strong, broad head drawn in between his shoulders. "Who are you?" he hissed. Again the klirring of his fingertips—a dusty drumming. "Why, I am only Jerry Hammer—a wanderer, and a soldier of bad fortune." ''"Who are you!"'' "Brother of Stella Hammer, who was known as Ynecita, the dancer." Upon the Palm Grove Roof, beneath those gigantic stars the orchestra began to play. A brass and cymbal tune. The air was hot. From far in the pit of streets rose up the noises of the city. Loud! Discord shot with flames. I trembled. Tain Dirk's fingers drummed. His head commenced to sway. {{dhr}} {{uc|{{di|B}}imi Tal}} danced barefooted on the glazed umber tiles of the Roof. Her dark red hair was free on her naked shoulders. ''Stamp! stamp! stamp!'' her feet struck flatly on the tiles. Her head was bent back almost to the level of her waist. Bracelets jangled on her wrists and ankles. :''"I am the daughter of the morning! I shout, I dance, I laugh away…."'' Shaking her clump of red hair; her strong muscled limbs weaving; laughing at me with all her eyes. How like she looked to a man dead long years before! How like her glances to the glances of Red Roane! On her breasts two glittering shields of spangles. About her waist a kirtle seemingly woven of long strands of marsh grass, rustling, shivering with whispers. The sinews of her trunk and limbs rippled beneath her clear brown skin. The head of Tain Dirk swayed sideways, slowly. The drumming of his fingers on the table was a reiterative rattle. His eyes—liquid, subtle—dulled with a look near to stupidity, then blazed to golden fire. Thin and wide were his unsmiling lips. His tongue flicked them. ''Tat! tat! tat!'' "She's a beauty!" whispered Dirk. His terrible eyes seemed to call Bimi Tal as they had called other women. Mesmerism—what was it? Singing, she pranced toward the den of potted palms where we were sitting. Her skirt rustled like the marshes. Wind of summer. Little searchlights, playing colored lights on Bimi Tal, grew darker. Red and violet deepened to brown and green. Still the hot stars above us. In that artificial paper Palm Grove, with the silky puffy women and the beefsteak-guzzling men looking stupidly, was born the mystery of the great savannahs. Dirk's head nodding. Dirk's thin lips slowly opening. Dirk's golden eyes<noinclude></noinclude> hordwqn510mnyrk7pjms3rg0pxuw7yw Page:Weird Tales v01n01 (1923-03).djvu/61 104 2993159 14130106 10596666 2024-04-25T21:39:48Z Klaufir216 3130230 fix typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Carrierudd" />{{rh|60|{{uc|THE GHOST GUARD}}|}}</noinclude>was doing. But I would have made no difference if I had known. He was a convict, sir, and he was attempting to escape. If he was only half-witted, as you say, he should have been in the insane asylum, not in the penitentiary." So that was that. If Asa ever gave a convict a smile it had never been recorded. It is a known fact that he was never seen to frown upon a convict. He was, in short, the smileless, unyielding personification of "duty," and every convict hated him for what he was. When Asa shot he shot to kill—and he never missed. Four little white crosses on the bleak hillside near the prison proclaimed his flawless marksmanship. Why was this big sandy-haired, steel-blue-eyed, middle-aged Asa Shores liked by his brother guards? There were many reasons why. It was as if Asa's unnatural, cold, vigilant, unfeeling attitude toward the convicts was offset each day when he came off duty by a healthy, wholesome desire to drop duty as a work-horse sheds an irritating harness. He was the life of the guards' quarters; a big good-natured, playful fellow, who thoroughly enjoyed a practical joke, whether he be the victim of the joke or the instigator. If he had a temper he had never allowed it to come to the surface. He excelled in all sports in the gymnasium, and somewhere, somehow, he found more funny stories than any other man on the force. The trite old saying that "he would give a friend the shirt off his back" fitted him like a new kid glove. He gave freely to his friends, and, in giving, seemed to find real joy. After twelve years' service on the guardline, Asa was still an ordinary wall guard. This would seem discouraging to many: but not so to Asa. It was not generally known that he drew a larger salary than did the other wall guards. He was an excellent wall guard. Hence, he was kept on the wall, while newer men on the force were promoted to better positions. But Asa drew the salary of a shift captain and was therefore content. He did not even seem to mind when he was taken from comfortable Tower Number One, morning shift, and detailed permanently to Tower Number Three on the "grave-yard" shift at night from eight P. M. to four A. M. This change was deemed necessary for several reasons. First, because Asa positively refused to discriminate between short-termers and long-termers or desperate men and harmless "nuts," when using his rifle to stop a "break" or the attempt of a single convict to escape. The men being locked in their cells at night, Asa, as a night guard, would have little opportunity to practice rifle shooting with a running convict as the target. Another reason for detailing him to Tower Number Three was because trouble was expected some night at that point in the yard, and with sure-fire Asa on the job the officials felt that any attempt of the convicts to escape would be promptly frustrated. One of Asa's wholesome habits, when no convicts were near him, was singing. It was not singing, really, but Asa though it was and he shortened the long, lonesome hours at night on Tower number three with songs—''song'', rather, because he knew and sang but one. It was not a late or popular song, and, as Asa sang it, it sounded like the frogs that croak in the marshes at night: {{center block/s}}<poem> ''"When I die and am buried deep,'' ''"I'll return at night to take a peep'' ''"At those who hated me.'' ''"I'll ha'nt their homes and spoil their sleep,'' ''"Chill their blood: the skin will creep'' ''"On those who hated me."'' </poem>{{center block/e}} Not a pretty song; nor did it make cheerful those guards who passed near Tower Number Three while making the night rounds. But Asa loved that song. {{dropinitial|I}}{{uc|T WAS}} while the wall was being extended another two hundred feet to make room within the inclosure for a new cell house that Asa shot the "lifer," Malcolm Hulsey.<noinclude></noinclude> lu9071bbiv1pr3b4ed8w5mr4s98v8gv Page:A history of Hungarian literature.djvu/70 104 3043400 14128444 12394411 2024-04-25T17:34:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sharfshak" />{{rvh|56|HUNGARIAN LITERATURE}}</noinclude>death. He was one of the very first to make Descartes known in Europe. On his return to his native land, he determined to plant the young tree of philosophy in Hungarian soil, to spread knowledge and culture , and to found a scientific academy. Unfortunately he was not a man of commanding and original genius, and he had to contend with the difficulties that invari­ably beset the pioneer. People did not understand his ideas, and his efforts failed. Cseri was first, among Hungarian authors, to raise his voice against serfdom. The catastrophe of his life was connected with the visit of the English scholar, Isaac Basire, to Transylvania. Isaac Basire's life was a ebequered one. He was born at Rouen in 1607, and became chaplain to Charles I. After the king was beheaded, Basire went to Constantinople as a doctor, and from Turkey to Transylvania, where one of the successors of Gabriel Bethlen, George Rákóczy II., made hím a professor at Gyulafehérvár. Here he at once carne face to face with Apácai Cseri. The latter, after studying in Holland and England, had carried Presbyterian prin­ciples home with hím, while Basire, the Court chaplain, was naturally Episcopalian. The controversies of the English Church were thus transplanted into Transylvania, and the prince commanded the two scholars to discuss their differences in public debate. The debate took place, and the Episcopal doctrines of Basire fo und favour with the audience, and he carried the day. On his defeat, Apácai was deprived of his chair at the high school, and given employment at a much less important school at Kolozsvár, where the great idealist died at the age of thirty-five. The victorious Basire then returned to England and entered the service of Charles II. The other Protestant high school was that of Sárospatak.<noinclude></noinclude> 5u03vwzyph0bpqwvzp4dwyfbhmvv6zs Page:A history of Hungarian literature.djvu/71 104 3043401 14128470 12416043 2024-04-25T17:35:41Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="CharlesSpencer" />{{rh|57|{{uc|The Reformation}}|}}</noinclude>The wife of Prince George Rákóczy, the highly cultured and studious Susan Lorántfi, invited thither the famous professor, Amos Commenius, one of the founders of modern pedagogy. Gabriel Bethlen wished to secure for this school the services of {{sc|Albert Szenci Molnár}} (1574-1634), the enthusiastic champion of Protestantism. Molnár did not accept the invitation, however, preferring to wander restlessly through Europe. Molnár was a truly representative figure of the times. He was all enthusiasm, all fervent and untiring study, all restlessness, and his career was all adversity. He was born in Hungary, and died there, but the greater part of his life was spent abroad. Of the Hungarian philologist, writer, theologian and poet, Bisterfeld, a contemporary, said: "He was a favourite of the Muses but not of Fortune. Germany became his home and shelter, and to his native and he was a stranger." He passed some years in Switzerland and in Italy, but lived chieflyin Germany, where he worked assiduously in the field of Hungarian literature. In Germany he endured much misfortune. A sketch representing an atrocious incident in his life forms the frontispiece of one of his books, a translation of Calvin's ''Institutes''. At Heidelberg, when the inhuman army of Tilly destroyed the town, Molnár was reduced to beggary, and then tortured. The sketch shows him raised aloft on a high post, while a Spanish soldier scorches him with a torch. Molnár was one of the most important Protestant writers. His best work is a ''Translation of the Psalms'', from the versions of Clément Marot and Théodore Béza. The Hungarian Calvinists still use that translation, which is remarkable for its perfection of technique. The verses are very melodious, rich in euphonious rhymes, and<noinclude></noinclude> 006ub1w5ae87danq8ngvaebh3ivpvll Page:A history of Hungarian literature.djvu/75 104 3043404 14128448 13727261 2024-04-25T17:34:58Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sumiaz" />{{rh||COUNT NICHOLAS ZRINYI|61}}</noinclude>ready at any moment to repel the raids of the Turks; and where his eyes became familiar with fierce foes and deadly weapons. Such was the childhood of the future hero and bard of battles. At the age of sixteen he went to Italy and visited the papal court. In Rome he became acquainted with the works of the poet, who, next to Virgil, made the deepest impression upon him—Tasso. The whole career of Zrinyi was one of rapid progress. At eight years of age he was one of the bannerets of Hungary, and accordingly had certain official duties to perform. At twenty-one he was the ban of Croatia. He was twenty-six when his grand epic, the ''Zrinyiász'', was published. As a soldier he first greatly distinguished himself in r663. But when, after a long battle, and in spite of the victory of Zrinyi, the Austrian Court agreed to the shameful peace of Vasvár, the terms of which made it seem as though the Turks had won the battle, Zrinyi retired, deeply grieved and indignant, to his fortified castle at Csáktornya. He had consecrated his whole life, his talent as a military writer, as commander and as poet, to one aim, the deliverance of his fatherland from the Turkish yoke. And after all his efforts, he was forced to see Austria withhold justice from Hungary, and to realise that she probably would never do her best to deliver a Christian sister-country from the dominion of the Turk. We must not forget that from the six­teenth century Hungary was divided into three parts. The largest portion was under Turkish rule, the northern belonged to Austria, while the eastern part formed the independent dukedom of Transylvania. Zrinyi saw that he could not trust Austria, and knowing that the continued rule of the Turks meant utter ruin to Hungary,<noinclude></noinclude> 0fsney9x04rhf9pkq6jkggbyc9f0zja Page:A history of Hungarian literature.djvu/76 104 3043405 14128471 13727267 2024-04-25T17:35:42Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sumiaz" />{{rh|62|HUNGARIAN LITERATURE|}}</noinclude>he resolved to deliver his country by means of foreign aid. He began to weave the threads which, after his death, led to the conspiracy of Wesselényi and his party, the same conspiracy of which his brother Peter Zrinyi was the victim. While occupied with these plans, his life was suddenly brought to an end by an accident. During a hunt, he was found dying in the forest, his throat ripped open by the tusks of a wild boar. The people, however, were convinced that their hero had been treacherously slain by his rival, Montecuccoli, the commander-in-chief of the Austrian army, who felt as if under a cloud. Zrinyi's chief work is a long epic poem which was pub­lished with a Latin title: ''Obsidio Szigetiana—The Siege of Szigetvár'', popularly known as the ''Zrinyiász''. In it, he glorifies his great-grandfather, the first Nicholas Zrinyi, Szigetvár's valiant defender. In the choice of his subject the poet was influenced partly by family tradi­tions, and partly by the similarity of his own life to that of his hero. The poem opens with a scene in Heaven. The Hungarians, through their civil dissensions, have roused the wrath of God, who resolves to chastise them by sending the Turks upon them. In the end, Zrinyi sacrifices himself for the Hungarians, and when he sees that the fortress cannot hold out any longer, sallies forth for one last fierce conflict, slays the Sultan, and dies with all his heroic comrades. The poem is of the purely national epic order, in the style of Virgil and Tasso. Its language, although at times rough and unpolished, is wonderfully powerful. The chief value of the poem lies in its structure and its character drawing. The men are all real and drawn<noinclude></noinclude> 46r2a2i71ucu7iw4gnka1lz6g9ldtzu Page:A history of Hungarian literature.djvu/78 104 3043407 14128472 13729350 2024-04-25T17:35:44Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sumiaz" />{{rh|64|HUNGARIAN LITERATURE|}}</noinclude>and also of Jerusalem, was reconquered by the Chris­tians. In 1664, the year of Zrinyi's death, an epic poem appeared which became vastly more popular. The sub­ject of the poem was the romantic marriage of Count Francis Wesselényi (afterwards Palatine of Hungary) and the beautiful Countess Maria Széchy. Its chief interest for us lies in the fact that it marks the beginning of an entirely new literary style, which quickly became popular throughout Europe. The title, The ''Venus of Murány allied to Mars'', is in itself enough to show the nature of the new style, which was characterised by florid metaphor and mythological allusions. It is the Baroque style, which influenced every department of life during the second half of the seventeenth century. The palaces display it as much as the pictures; the laying out of gardens, as the binding of books; literature not less than hairdressing. In all things there was something grotesque and over­-ornamental, originating in the exaggeration of the Renaissance. The change of taste introduced the Rococo period. The restful; straight lines of the Renaissance buildings suddenly became twisted, curved, or broken. There was more wealth of detail but less dignity. Every­where were rounded corners, shell-shaped hollowed surfaces, or intersecting lines. Sculpture, too, assumed an entirely different character. The statues as it were became restless. The ample and twisted folds of their garments seemed agitated by the wind, and their very gestures became nervous or excited, although the spectator could not possibly tell why. It was as though some emotion stirred them, the source of which could<noinclude></noinclude> enz4f9v7qjkrxptwd46aeszisxg9xkp Page:A history of Hungarian literature.djvu/80 104 3043409 14128473 13729368 2024-04-25T17:35:45Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sumiaz" />{{rh|66|HUNGARIAN LITERATURE|}}</noinclude>gain an entrance to the fortress, together with a number of his men: That event gave Wesselényi possession of the strongest fortress and the loveliest woman in the land. With Richard III. Wesselényi might have asked {{fine|{{ppoem| {{fqm}}''Was ever woman in this humour woo'd?'' ''Was ever woman in this humour won?''"}}}} Stephen Gyöngyössi was in the service of Wesselényi, and it was in accordance with Wesselényi's suggestion that Gyöngyössi made the history of the lover-com­batants the subject of his poem. The poet, like the other writers of his day, used the somewhat conventional and mythological ''deus ex machina'', and commenced by saying that Cupid, the son of Venus, wounded Wesselényi and Maria Széchy with his arrows. It is not only in its mythological element that Gyöngyössi's poetry reveals the influence of the Baroque taste, but also in an exaggerated use of ornamental metaphors, such as "The arrows of the sunrays wound the clouds," or "The lustre of the diamond challenging the sun." The calm and critical eye of history does not see as much romance in the marriage of the ''Hungarian Mars'' and the ''Venus of Murány'' as the poet did. History tells us that Maria had not lived very peacefully with her relatives, and wished to make herself independent of them. Wesselényi, on the other hand, certainly had an eye to the advantages which such a marriage would bring him. It was regarded as a ''mariage de raison'' on both sides, and there is one delicate point in it which no poet or historian can quite ignore, and that is the undoubted treason of which Maria was guilty. The personality of Gyöngyössi was very different from that of Zrinyi. Zrinyi died young, and Gyöngyössi, who was born almost in the same year, outlived him by forty<noinclude></noinclude> 8xh1w79z5ii5usjnnt2668oszzibk49 Page:A history of Hungarian literature.djvu/84 104 3043412 14128474 13729399 2024-04-25T17:35:46Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sumiaz" />{{rh|70|HUNGARIAN LITERATURE|}}</noinclude>Hungary, and even in such towns as there were, most of the wealthy burgesses spoke German. The most important event of the eighteenth century in Hungary was the war for freedom waged by Prince Francis Rákóczy II. against the Habsburg dynasty. Rákóczy's mother was Ilona Zrinyi, already mentioned as the heroic defender of the fortress of Munkács against the Austrians. Afterwards, she married Imre Thököly, who became a prominent leader in the wars of Rákóczy II., and died in exile in Asia Minor. When Austria treated Hungary as a conquered province, Vienna looked upon Rákóczy as the centre and soul of the national efforts to secure independence. The war lasted from 1703 to 1711, and ended in Rákóczy's exile. But in spite of these depressing circumstances, there were two brilliant literary phenomena, both of them con­nected with the magic name of Rákóczy. One was the masterly prose of Rákóczy's faithful follower, Count Kelemen Mikes, and the other, the poetry born in the camp of Rákóczy's soldiers, called the Kurucz army. There sprang up among Rákóczy's soldiers an interesting, folk-like poetry—the Kurucz poetry,<ref>The word ''Kurucz'' is derived from the Latin ''crux'', a cross. In the sixteenth century the powers wished to form an army of crusaders to march against the Turks. In the course of the proceedings, how­ever, some regiments revolted against the nobility or their generals. Rebels were first called ''Kurucz'' on account of their symbol the ''crux''. Later on, when the armies of Thököly and Rákóczy were rebel troops, the name ''Kurucz'' was also attached to them.</ref> sometimes uncouth, but full of strength and genuine feeling. The poems do not all belong to the time of Rákóczy's war (1703–1711), for some were written during the earlier Kurucz wars, in which Imre Thököly, Ilona Zrinyi's husband, was the leader . But the most characteristic<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> ml8gihf80vuze9vmhictsfc10vqm2w7 Page:The Time Machine (H. G. Wells, William Heinemann, 1895).djvu/166 104 3085297 14131200 13270608 2024-04-26T07:57:20Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" /></noinclude>{{center|{{x-larger|THE BONDMAN}} {{Smallcaps|By HALL CAINE}} With a Photogravure Portrait of the Author. ''In One Volume'', ''price'' 6''s.''}} '''Mr. Gladstone.'''—‘ ''The Bondman'' is a work of which I recognise the freshness, vigour, and sustained interest, no less than its integrity of aim.’ '''The Times.'''—‘It is impossible to deny originality and rude power to this saga, impossible not to admire its forceful directness, and the colossal grandeur of its leading characters.’ '''The Academy.'''—‘The language of ''The Bondman'' full of nervous, graphic, and poetical English; its interest never flags, and its situations and descriptions are magnificent. It is a splendid novel’ '''The Speaker.'''—‘This is the best book that Mr. Hall Caine has yet written and it reaches a level to which fiction very rarely attains. . . . We are, in fact, so loth to let such good work be degraded by the title of “novel” that we are almost tempted to consider its claim to rank as a prose epic.’ '''The Scotsman.'''—‘Mr. Hall Caine has in this work placed himself beyond the front rank of the novelists of the day. He has produced a story which, for the ingenuity of its plot, for its literary excellence, for its delineations of human passions, and for its intensely powerful dramatic scenes is distinctly ahead of all the fictional literature of our time, and fit to rank with the most powerful fictional writing of the past century.’ '''The Athænum.'''—‘Crowded with incidents.’ '''The Observer.'''—Many of the descriptions are picturesque and powerful. . . . As fine in their way as anything in modern literature.’ '''The Liverpool Mercury.'''—‘A story which will be read, not by his contemporaries alone, but by later generations, so long as its chief features high emotion, deep passion, exquisite poetry, and true pathos have power to delight and to touch the heart.’ '''The Pall Mall Gazette.'''—‘It is the product of a strenuous and sustained imaginative effort far beyond the power of any every-day story-teller.’ '''The Scots Observer.'''—‘In none of his previous works has he approached the splendour of idealism which flows through ''The Bondman.''’ '''The Manchester Guardian.'''—‘A remarkable story, painted with vigour and brilliant effect.’ '''The St.James’s Gazette.'''—‘A striking and highly dramatic piece of fiction.’ '''The Literary World.'''—‘The book abounds in pages of great force and beauty, and there is a touch of almost Homeric power in its massive and grand simplicity.’ '''The Liverpool Post.'''—‘Graphic, dramatic, pathetic, heroic, full of detail, crowded with incident and inspired by a noble purpose.’ '''The Yorkshire Post.'''—‘A book of lasting interest.’ {{center|{{smallcaps|London: WILLIAM HEINEMANN, 21 Bedford Street, W. C.}}}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> np5lxwo8lk0wqogn8fiog81g22yqa08 Page:The Time Machine (H. G. Wells, William Heinemann, 1895).djvu/167 104 3085302 14131201 13270861 2024-04-26T07:57:24Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" /></noinclude>{{center|{{x-larger|THE SCAPEGOAT}} {{smallcaps|By HALL CAINE}} ''In One Volume'', ''price'' 6''s.''}} '''Mr. Gladstone''' writes: ‘I congratulate you upon ''The Scapegoat'' as a work of art, and especially upon the noble and skilfully drawn character of Israel.’ '''Mr. Walter Besant, in ‘The Author.’'''—‘Nearly every year there stands out a head and shoulders above its companions one work which promises to make the year memorable. This year a promise of lasting vitality is distinctly made by Mr. Hall Caine’s ''Scapegoat.'' It is a great book, great in conception and in execution; a strong book, strong in situation and in character; and a human book, human in its pathos, its terror, and its passion.’ '''The Times.'''—‘In our judgment it excels in dramatic force all the Author’s previous efforts. For grace and touching pathos Naomi is a character which any romancist in the world might be proud to have created, and the tale of her parents’ despair and hopes, and of her own development, confers upon ''The Scapegoat'' a distinction which is matchless of its kind.’ '''The Guardian.'''—‘Mr. Hall Caine is undoubtedly master of a style which is peculiarly his own. He is in a way a Rembrandt among novelists. His figures, striking and powerful rather than beautiful, stand out, with the ruggedness of their features developed and accentuated, from a background of the deepest gloom. . . . Every sentence contains a thought, and every word of it is balanced and arranged to accumulate the intensity of its force.’ '''The Athænum.'''—‘It is a delightful story to read.’ '''The Academy.'''—‘Israel hen Oliel is the third of a series of the most profoundly conceived characters in modern fiction.’ '''The Saturday Review.'''—‘This is the best novel which Mr. Caine has yet produced.’ '''The Literary World.'''—‘The lifelike renderings of the varied situations, the gradual changes in a noble character, hardened and lowered by the world’s cruel usage, and returning at last to its original grandeur, can only be fully appreciated by a perusal of the book as a whole.’ '''The Anti-Jacobin.'''—‘It is, in truth, a romance of fine poetic quality. Israel Ben Oliel, the central figure of the tale, is sculptured rather than drawn: a character of grand outline. A nobler piece of prose than the death of Ruth we have seldom met with.’ '''The Scotsman.'''—‘The new story will rank with Mr. Hall Caine’s previous productions. Nay, it will in some respects rank above them. It will take its place by the side of the Hebrew histories in the Apocrypha. It is nobly and manfully written. It stirs the blood and kindles the imagination.’ '''The Scottish Leader.'''—‘ ''The Scapegoat'' is a masterpiece.’ '''Truth.'''—‘Mr. Hall Caine has been winning his way slowly, but surely, and securely, I think also, to fame. You must by all means read his absorbing Moorish romance, ''The Scapegoat.''’ '''The Jewish World.'''—‘Only one who had studied Moses could have drawn that grand portrait of Israel ben Oliel.’ {{center|{{Smallcaps|London: WILLIAM HEINEMANN, 21 Bedford Street, W. C.}}}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> b1g04y767mr4v8s0qisuskog0rmzkst Page:The Time Machine (H. G. Wells, William Heinemann, 1895).djvu/168 104 3085303 14131202 13270869 2024-04-26T07:57:25Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" /></noinclude>{{center|{{x-larger|THE HEAVENLY TWINS}} {{Smallcaps|By SARAH GRAND}} ''In One Volume'', ''price'' 6''s''.}} '''The Athænum.'''—‘It is so full of interest, and the characters are so eccentrically humorous yet true, that one feels inclined to pardon all its faults, and give oneself up to unreserved enjoyment of it. . . . The twins Angelica and Diavolo, young barbarians, utterly devoid of all respect, conventionality, or decency, are among the most delightful and amusing children in fiction.’ '''The Academy.'''—‘The adventures of Diavolo and Angelica—the “heavenly twins”—are delightfully funny. No more original children ever put into a book. Their audacity, unmanageableness, and genius for mischief—in none of which qualities, as they are here shown, is there any taint of vice—are refreshing; and it is impossible not to follow, with very keen interest, the progress of these youngsters.’ '''The Daily Telegraph.'''—‘Everybody ought to read it, for it is an inexhaustible source of refreshing and highly stimulating entertainment.’ '''The World.'''—‘There is much powerful and some beautiful writing in this strange book.’ '''The Westminster Gazette.'''—‘Sarah Grand. . . has put enough observation, humour, and thought into this book to furnish forth half-a-dozen ordinary novels.’ '''Punch.'''—‘The Twins themselves are a creation: the epithet “Heavenly” for these two mischievous little fiends is admirable.’ '''The Queen.'''—‘There is a touch of real genius in ''The Heavenly Twins.''’ '''The Guardian.'''—‘Exceptionally brilliant in dialogue, and dealing with modern society life, this book has a purpose—to draw out and emancipate women.’ '''The Lady.'''—‘Apart from its more serious interest, the book should take high rank on its literary merits alone. Its pages are brimful of good things, and more than one passage, notably the episode of "The Boy and the Tenor," is a poem complete in itself, and worthy of separate publication.’ '''The Manchester Examiner.'''—‘As surely as ''Tess of the d’Urbervilles'' swept all before it last year, so surely has Sarah Grand’s ''Heavenly Twins'' provoked the greatest attention and comment this season. It is a most daringly original work. . . .Sarah Grand is a notable Woman’s Righter, but her book is the one asked for at Mudie’s, suburban, and seaside libraries, and discussed at every hotel table in the kingdom. The episode of the “Tenor and the Boy” is of rare beauty, and is singularly delicate and at the same time un-English in treatment.’ '''The New York Critic.'''—‘It is written in an epigrammatic style, and, besides its cleverness, has the great charm of freshness, enthusiasm, and poetic feeling.’ {{center|{{Smallcaps|London: WILLIAM HEINEMANN, Bedford Street, W.C.}}}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> so8rbdc8skyh06dprj9zzx8nnvfkk1q Page:The Time Machine (H. G. Wells, William Heinemann, 1895).djvu/169 104 3085308 14131203 9966324 2024-04-26T07:57:27Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="ShakespeareFan00" /></noinclude>{{center|{{x-larger|IDEALA}} A STUDY FROM LIFE {{Smallcaps|By SARAH GRAND}} ''In One Volume'', ''price'' 6''s''.}} '''The Morning Post.'''—‘Sarah Grand's Ideala. . . . A clever book in itself, is especially interesting when read in the light of her later works. Standing alone, it is remarkable as the outcome of an earnest mind seeking in good faith the solution of a difficult and ever present problem. . . . Ideala is original and somewhat daring. . . . The story is in many ways delightfuland thought-suggesting.’ '''The Literary World.'''—‘When Sarah Grand came before the public in 1888 with ''Ideala'', she consciously and firmly laid her finger on one of the keynotes of the age. . . . We welcome an edition that will place this minute and careful study of an interesting question within reach of a wider circle of readers.’ '''The Liverpool Mercury.'''—‘The book is a wonderful one—an evangel for the fair sex, and at once an inspiration and a comforting companion, to which thoughtful womanhood will recur again and again.’ '''The Glasgow Herald.'''—‘''Ideala'' has attained the honour of a fifth edition. . . . The stir created by ''The Heavenly Twins'', the more recent work by the same authoress, Madame Sarah Grand, would justify this step. ''Ideala'' can, however, stand on its own merits.' '''The Yorkshire Post.'''—‘As a psychological study the book cannot fail to be of interest to many readers.’ '''The Birmingham Gazette.'''—‘Madame Sarah Grand thoroughly deserves her success. Ideala, the heroine, is a splendid conception, and her opinions are noble. . . . The book is not one to be forgotten.’ '''The Woman's Herald.'''—‘One naturally wishes to Know something of the woman for whose sake Lord Downe remained a bachelor. It must be confessed that at first ''Ideala'' is a little disappointing. She is strikingly original. . . . As the story advances one forgets these peculiarities, and can find little but sympathy and admiration for the many noble qualities of a very complex character.’ '''The Englishman.'''—‘Madame Sarah Grand's work is far from being a common work. Ideala is a clever young woman of great capabilities and noble purposes. . . . The orginality of the book does not lie in the plot, but in the authoress's power to see and to describe the finer shades of a character which is erratic and impetuous, but above all things truly womanly.’ {{center|{{Smallcaps|London : WILLIAM HEINEMANN 21 Bedford Street, W.C.}}}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 4aqy4ti93urnvee0d036c2uqa4ewk1h Page:The Time Machine (H. G. Wells, William Heinemann, 1895).djvu/171 104 3085411 14131204 9966762 2024-04-26T07:57:29Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="ShakespeareFan00" />{{center|{{smaller|THE TIME MACHINE}}}}</noinclude>{{center|{{x-larger|THE EBB TIDE}} {{Smallcaps|By}} ROBERT LOUIS STEVENSON<br /> {{Smaller|AND}}<br /> LLOYD OSBOURNE ''In One Volume'', ''Price'' 6''s.''}} '''The Times.'''—‘This is a novel of sensation. But the episodes and incidents, although thrilling enough, are consistently subordinated to sensationalism of character. . There is just enough of coral reef and the palm groves, of cerulean sky and pellucid water, to indicate rather than to present the local colouring. Yet when he dashes in a sketch it is done to perfection. . . . We see the scene vividly unrolled before us.’ '''The Daily Telegraph.'''—‘The story is full of strong scenes, depicted with a somewhat lavish use of violet pigments, such as, perhaps, the stirring situations demand. Here and there, however, are purple patches, in which Mr. Stevenson shows all his cunning literary art—the description of the coral island, for instance. . . . Some intensely graphic and dramatic pages delineate the struggle which causes, and a final scene . . concludes this strange fragment from wild life of the South Sea.’ '''The St. James’s Gazette.'''—‘The book takes your imagination and attention captive from the first chapter—nay, from the first paragraph—and it does not set them free till the last word has been read.’ '''The Standard.'''—‘Mr. Stevenson gives such vitality to his characters, and so clear an outlook upon the strange quarter of the world to which he takes us, that when we reach the end of the story, we come back to civilisation with a start of surprise, and a moment’s difficulty in realising the we away have not been actually from it.’ '''The Daily Chronicle.'''—‘We are swept along without a pause on the current of the animated and vigorous narrative. Each incident and adventure is told with that incomparable keenness of vision which is Mr Stevnson’s greatest charm as a story-teller.’ '''The Pall Mall Gazette.'''—‘It is brilliantly invented, and it is not less brilliantly told. There is not a dull sentence in the whole run of it. And the style is fresh, alert, full of surprises in fact, is very good latter-day Stevenson indeed.’ '''The World.'''—‘It is amazingly clever, full of that extraordinary knowledge of human nature which makes certain creations of Mr. Stevenson’s pen far more real to us than persons we have met in the flesh. Grisly the book undoubtedly is, with a strength and a vigour of description hardly to be matched in the language. . . . But it is just because the book is so extraordinarily good that it ought to be better, ought to be more of a serious whole than a mere brilliant display of fireworks, though each firework display has more genius in it than is to be found in ninety-nine out of every hundred books supposed to contain that rare quality.’ '''The Morning Post.'''—‘Boldly conceived, probing some of the darkest depths of the human soul, the tale has a vigour and breadth of touch which have been surpassed in none of Mr. Stevenson’s previous works. . . . We do not, of course, know how much Mr. Osbourne has contributed to the tale,but there is no chapter in it which any author need be unwilling to acknowledge, or which is wanting in vivid interest.’ {{center|{{smallcaps|London: WILLIAM HEINEMANN, 21 Bedford Street, W.C.}}}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> et3yeb1cmbm2hjrfq7u86kcdh197tj9 Page:The Time Machine (H. G. Wells, William Heinemann, 1895).djvu/172 104 3085721 14131205 9967795 2024-04-26T07:57:30Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="ShakespeareFan00" /></noinclude>{{center|{{x-larger|VICTIM OF GOOD LUCK}} {{Smallcaps|By W. E. NORRIS}} ''In One Volume'', ''price'' 6''s.''}} '''The Speaker.'''—‘''A Victim of Good Luck'' is one of those breezy stories of his in which the reader finds himself moving in good society, among men or women who are neither better nor worse than average humanity, but who always show good manners and good breeding. story is as readable as any we have yet had from the & Suffice it to say that the same pen.’ '''The Daily Telegraph.'''—‘''A Victim of Good Luck'' is one of the brightest novels of the year, which cannot but enhance its gifted author’s well-deserved fame and popularity.’ '''The World.'''—‘Here is Mr. Norris in his best form again, giving us an impossible story with such imperturbable composure, such quiet humour, easy polish, and irresistible persuasiveness, that he makes us read ''A Victim of Good Luck'' right through with eager interest and unflagging amusement without being aware, until we regretfully reach the end, that it is just a farcical comedy in two delightful volumes.’ '''The Daily Chronicle.'''—‘It has not a dull page from first to last. Any one with normal health and taste can read a book like this with real pleasure.’ '''The Globe.'''—‘Mr. W. E. Norris is writer who always keeps good terms with ourselves. We can pick up or lay down his books at xviii, but they are so pleasant in style and equable in tone that we do not us ually lay them down till we have mastered them; ''A Victim of Good Luck'' more agreeable novel than most of this author’s.’ '''The Westminster Gazette'''—‘''A Victim of Good Luck'' is in Mr. Norris’s best vein, which means that it is urbane, delicate, lively, and flavoured with a high quality of refined humour. Altogether a most refreshing book, and we take it as a pleasant reminder that Mr. Norris is still very near his highwater mark.’ '''The Spectator'''—‘Mr. Norris displays to the full his general command of narrative expedients which are at once happily invented and yet quite natural which seem to belong to their place in the book just keystone belongs to its place in the arch. . . . The brightest and cleverest book which Mr. Norris has given us since wrote ''The Rogue.''’ '''The Saturday Review.'''—‘Novels which are neither dull, unwholesome, morbid, nor disagreeable, are so rare in these days, that ''A Victim of Good Luck'' . . . ought to find a place in a book-box filled for the most part with light literature. . . . We think it will increase the reputation of an already very popular author.’ I '''The Scotsman.'''—‘''A Victim of Good Luck'', like others of this author’s books, depends little on incident and much on the conception and drawing of character, on clever yet natural conversation, and on the working out, with masterly ease, of a novel problem of right and inclination.’ {{center|{{smallcaps|London: WILLIAM HEINEMANN, 21 Bedford Street, W.C.}}}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> cz7jk9dgp1jja2h2eeqmpa7s61kv72b Page:The Time Machine (H. G. Wells, William Heinemann, 1895).djvu/173 104 3085736 14131207 9967797 2024-04-26T07:58:01Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="ShakespeareFan00" /></noinclude>{{center|{{x-larger|THE COUNTESS RADNA}} {{Smallcaps|By W. E. NORRIS}} ''In One Volume'', ''price'' 6''s.''}} '''The Times.'''—‘He is a remarkably even writer. And this novel is almost as good a medium as any other for studying the delicacy and dexterity of his workmanship.’ '''The National Observer.'''—‘Interesting and well written, as all Mr. Norris’s stories are.’ '''The Morning Post.'''—‘The fidelity of his portraiture is remarkable, and it has rarely appeared to so much advantage as in this brilliant novel.’ '''The Saturday Review.'''—‘''The Countess Radna'', which its author not unjustly describes as “an unpretending tale,” avoids, by the grace of its style and the pleasant accuracy of its characterisation, any suspicion of boredom.’ '''The Daily News.'''—‘''The Countess Radna'' contains many of the qualities that make a story by this writer welcome to the critic. It is caustic in style, the character drawing is clear, the talk natural; the pages are strewn with good things worth quoting.’ '''The Speaker.'''—‘In style, skill in construction, and general “go, it is worth a dozen ordinary novels.’ '''The Academy.'''—‘As a whole, the book is decidedly well written, while it is undeniably interesting. It is bright and wholesome: the work in fact of a gentleman and a man who knows the world about which he writes.’ '''Black and White.'''—‘The novel, like all Mr. Norris’s work is an excessively clever piece of work, and the author never for a moment allows his grasp of his plot and his characters to slacken.’ '''The Literary World.'''—‘His last novel, ''The Countess Radna'', is an excellent sample of his style. The plot is simple enough holds the attention and insists upon being read; and it is scarcely possible to say anything more favourable of a work of fiction.’ '''The Gentlewoman.'''—‘Mr. Norris is a practised hand at his craft. He can write bright dialogue and clear English, too. '''The Scotsman.'''—‘The story, in which there is more than a spice of life romance, is an excellent study of the problem of mixed marriage. The book is one of good healthy reading, and reveals a fine broad view of life and human nature.’ '''The Glasgow Herald.'''—‘This is an unusually fresh and well-written story. The tone is thoroughly heal thy; and Mr. Norris, without being in the least old-fashioned, manages to get along without the aid of pessimism, psychology, naturalism, or what is k flown as frank treatment of the relations between the sexes. '''The Westminster Gazette.'''—‘Mr. Norris writes throughout with much liveliness and force, saying now and then something that is worth remembering. And he sketches his minor characters with a firm touch.’ {{center|{{Smallcaps|London: WILLIAM HEINEMANN, 21 Bedford Street, W.C.}}}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> n94ellucpxe3cviuxfg0wq1kb8jgrbd Page:The Time Machine (H. G. Wells, William Heinemann, 1895).djvu/174 104 3085798 14131208 9967799 2024-04-26T07:58:03Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="ShakespeareFan00" /></noinclude>{{center|{{x-larger|CHILDREN OF THE GHETTO}} A Study of a Peculiar People {{Smallcaps|By}} I. ZANG WILL ''In One Volume'', ''price'' 6''s.''}} '''The Times.'''—‘From whatever point of view we regard it, it is a remarkable book.’ '''The Athænum.'''—‘The chief interest of the book lies in the wonderful description of the Whitechapel Jews. The vividness and force with which Mr. Zangwill brings before us the strange and uncouth characters with which he has peopled his book are truly admirable. . . . Admirers of Mr. Zangwill’s fecund wit will not fail to find flashes of it in these pages.’ '''The Daily Chronicle.'''—‘Altogether we are not aware of any such minute, graphic, and seemingly faithful picture of the Israel of nineteenth century London. The book has taken hold of us.’ '''The Speaker.'''—‘A strong and remarkable book.’ '''The Spectator.'''—‘Esther Ansell, Raphael Leon, Mrs. Henry Goldsmith, Reb Shernuel, and the rest, are living creations.’ '''The National Observer.'''—‘To ignore this book is not to know the East End Jew.’ '''The Guardian.'''—‘A novel such as only our own day could produce. A masterly study of a complicated psychological problem in which every factor is handled with such astonishi ng dexterity and intelligence that again and again we are tempted to think a really good book has come into our hands.’ '''The Graphic.'''—‘Absolutely fascinating. Teaches how closely akin are laughter and tears.’ '''Black and White.'''—‘A moving panorama of Jewish life full of truth, full of sympathy, vivid in the setting forth, and occasionally mos't brilliant. Such a book as this has the germs of a dozen novels. A book to read, to keep, to ponder over, to remember.’ '''W. Archer in ‘The World.’'''—‘The most powerful and fascinating book I have read for many a long day.’ '''Land and Water.'''—‘The most wonderful multi-coloured and brilliant description. Dickens has never drawn characters of more abiding individuality. An exceeding beautiful chapter is the honeymoon of the Hymans. Charles Kingsley in one of his books makes for something of the same sort. But his idea is not half as tender and faithful, nor his handling anything like so delicate and natural.’ '''Andrew Lang in ‘Longman’s Magazine.’'''—‘Almost every kind of reader will find Children of the Ghetto interesting.’ '''O’Connor in ‘The Weekly Sun.’'''—Apart altogether from its great artistic merits, from its clear portraits, its subtle and skilfull analysis of character its pathos and its humour, this book has, in my mind, an immense interest a a record of a generation that has passed and of struggles that yet going on.’ '''The Manchester Guardian.'''—‘The best Jewish novel ever written.’ {{center|{{smallcaps|London: WILLIAM HEINEMANN, 21 Bedford Street, W.C.}}}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> fmin7w3vodrmk2hwilfo7va7gsaezwg Page:The Time Machine (H. G. Wells, William Heinemann, 1895).djvu/175 104 3085931 14131209 9967802 2024-04-26T07:58:05Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="ShakespeareFan00" /></noinclude>{{center|{{x-larger|THE KING OF SCHNORRERS}} '''Grotesques and Fantasies''' {{Smallcaps|By I. ZANGWILL}} With over Ninety Illustrations by PHIL MAY and Others ''In One Volume'', ''price'' 6''s.''}} '''The Athenæum.'''—‘Several of Mr. Zangwlll’s contemporary Ghetto characters have already become almost classical; but in ''The King of Schnorrers'' he goes back to the Jewish community of the eighteenth century for the hero of his principal story; and he is indeed a stupendous hero . . . anyhow, he is well named the king of beggars. The illustrations, by Phil May, add greatly to the attraction of the book.’ '''The Saturday Review.'''—‘Mr. Zangwill has created a new figure in fiction, and a new type of humour. The entire series of adventures is a triumphant progress . . . Humour of a rich and active character pervades the delightful history of Manasses. Mr. Zangwill’s book is altogether very good reading. It is also very cleverly illustrated by Phil May and other artists.’ '''The Literary World.'''—‘Of Mr. Zangwill’s versatility there is ample proof in this new volume of stories. . . . More noticeable and welcome to us, as well as more characteristic of the author, are the fresh additions he has made to his long series of studies of Jewish life.’ '''The St. James’s Gazette.'''—‘''The King of Schnorrers'' is a very fascinating story. Mr. Zangwill returns to the Ghetto, and gives us a quaint old-world picture most appropriate setting for his picturesque hero, the beggar-king. . . . Good as the story of the arch-schnorrer is, there is perhaps an even better “Yiddish” tale in this book. This is “Flutter-Duck.” . . . Let us call attention to the excellence, as mere realistic vivid description, of the picture of the room and atmosphere and conditions in which Flutter-Duck and her circle dwelt; there is something of Dickens in this.’ '''The Daily Telegraph.'''—‘''The King of Schnorrers,'' like ''Children of the Ghetto'', depicts the habits and characteristics of Israel in London with painstaking elaborateness and apparent verisimilitude. ''The King of Schnorrers'' is a character-sketch which deals with the manners and customs of native and foreign Jews as they “lived and had their being” in the London of a century and a quarter ago.’ '''The Daily Chronicle.'''—‘It is a beautiful story. ''The King of Schnorrers'' is that great rarity an entirely new thing, that is as good as it is new.’ '''The Glasgow Herald.'''—‘On the whole, the book does justice to Mr. Zangwill’s rapidly-growing reputation, and the character of Manasseh ought to live.’ '''The World.'''—‘The exuberant and even occasionally overpowering humour of Mr. Zangwill is at his highest mark in his new volume, ''The King of Schnorrers.''’ {{center|{{Smallcaps|London: WILLIAM HEINEMANN, 21 Bedford Street, W.C.}}}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> tv5d1x4evrghpvlgxecq4mxqoyfzhz1 Page:The Time Machine (H. G. Wells, William Heinemann, 1895).djvu/177 104 3086067 14131210 9967873 2024-04-26T07:58:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="ShakespeareFan00" /></noinclude>{{center|{{x-larger|THE POTTER’S THUMB}} {{Smallcaps|By}} FLORA ANNIE STEEL ''In One Volume'', ''price'' 6''s.''}} '''The Pall Mall Budget.'''—‘For this week the only novel worth mentioning is Mrs. Steel’s ''The Potter’s Thumb.'' Tier admirable From the Five Rivers, since it dealt with native Indian life, was naturally compared with Mr. Kipling’s stories. In ''The Potter’s Thumb'' the charm which came from the freshness of them still remains. Almost every character is convincing, and some of them excellent to a degree.’ '''The Globe.'''—‘This is a brilliant story a story that fascinates, tingling with life, steeped in sympathy with all that is best and saddest.’ '''The Manchester Guardian.'''—‘The impression left upon one after reading ''The Potter’s Thumb'' is that a new literary artist, of very great and unusual gifts, has arisen. In short, Mrs Steel must be congratulated upon having achieved a very genuine and amply deserved success.’ '''The Glasgow Herald.'''—‘A clever story which, in many respects, brings India very near to its readers. The novel is certainly one interesting alike to the Anglo Indian and to those untravelted travellers who make their only voyages in novelists’ romantic company.’ '''The Scotsman.'''—‘It is a capital story, full of variety and movement, which brings with great vividness before the reader one of the phases of Anglo-Indian life. Mrs. Steel writes forcibly and sympathetically and much of the charm of the picture which she draws lies in the force with which she brings out the contrast between the Asiatic and European world. ''The Potter’s Thumb'' is very good reading, with its mingling of the tragedy and comedy of life. Its evil woman tar excellence is a finished study.’ '''The Westminster Gazette.'''—A very powerful and tragic story. Mrs. Steel gives us again, but with greater elaboration than before, one of those strong, vivid, and subtle pictures of Indian life which we have learnt to expect from her. To a reader who has not been in India her books seem to get deeper below the native crust, and to have more of the instinct for the Oriental than almost anything that has been written in this time.' '''The Leeds Mercury.'''—‘''The Potter’s Thumb'' is a powerful story of the mystical kind, and one which makes an instant appeal to the imagination of the reader. . . . There is an intensity of vision in this story which is as remarkable as it is rare, and the book in its vivid and fascinating revelations of some life, and of its limitations, is at once brilliant and, in the deepest and least demonstrative sense, impassioned.’ '''The National Observer.'''—‘A romance of East and West, in which the glamour, intrigue, and superstition of India are cunningly interwoven and artfully contrasted with the bright and changeable aspects of modern European society. “Love stories,” as Mr Andrew Lang once observed, “are best done by women” and Mrs. Steel’s treatment of Rose Tweedie’s love affair with Lewis Gordon is a brilliant instance in point. So sane and delightful an episode is rare in fiction now-a-days.’ {{center|{{Smallcaps|London: WILLIAM HEINEMANN, 21 Bedford Street.}}}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> l9tcqjxuilsvwt8vo2x35ilbzbac2vu Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/10 104 3131656 14130772 12701757 2024-04-26T07:38:03Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="CrazyEyeOah" />{{rh|2|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>ble result, when, one day, notice was received at Washington that a number of suspicious-looking letters, addressed to the simple initials, X. Y. Z., Brandon, Mass., were being daily forwarded through the mails of that region; and it being deemed possible that a clue had at last been offered to the mystery in hand, I was sent northward to investigate. It was in the middle of June, 1881, and the weather was simply delightful. As I stepped from the cars at Brandon and looked up the long straight street with its double row of maple trees sparkling fresh and beautiful in the noonday sun, I thought I had never seen a prettier village or entered upon any enterprise with a lighter or more hopeful heart. Intent on my task, I went straight to the post-office, and after coming to an understanding with the postmaster, proceeded at once to look over the mail addressed to the mysterious X. Y. Z. I found it to consist entirely of letters. They were about a dozen in number, and were, with one exception, similar in general appearance and manner of direction, though inscribed in<noinclude></noinclude> bpsk4952841imlnjbv290dundldbq34 Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/12 104 3131658 14130776 12701862 2024-04-26T07:38:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="CrazyEyeOah" />{{rh|4|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>The type was not new to me. "I should like to see him," said I. "You will have to wait till nightfall, then," returned the postmaster. "He never comes till about dusk. Drop in here, say at seven o'clock, and I will see that you have the opportunity of handing him his mail." I nodded acquiescence to this and sauntered out of the enclosure devoted to the uses of the post-office. As I did so I ran against a young man who was hurriedly approaching from the other end of the store. "Your pardon," he cried; and I turned to look at him, so gentlemanly was his tone, and so easy the bow with which he accompanied this simple apology. He was standing before the window of the post-office, waiting for his mail; a good-looking, well-made young man, of a fine countenance, but with a restless eye, whose alert yet anxious expression I could not but note even in the casual glance I gave him. There appeared to be some difficulty in procuring him his mail, and each minute he was kept waiting seemed to increase his impatience almost be-<noinclude></noinclude> pngvtptb6tzeqmkf43i9rx46j6xydh3 Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/14 104 3131660 14130777 12701867 2024-04-26T07:38:08Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="CrazyEyeOah" />{{rh|6|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>glanced at their contents. The one in the blue envelope, however, seemed to awaken quite different emotions. With an unconscious look of relief, he hastily read the short letter it contained, then with a quick gesture, folded it up and thrust it back into the envelope he held, together with the other letters, in his left hand. "There must be another X. Y. Z.," said he, approaching the window of the post-office and handing back all the letters he had received, with the exception of the one in the blue envelope, which with a quick movement he had separated from the rest and thrust into his coat-pocket. "I can lay claim to none of these." And with a repetition of his easy bow he turned away and hurriedly quitted the store, followed by the eyes of clerks and customers, to whom he was evidently as much of a stranger as he was to me. Without hesitation I went to the door and looked after him. He was just crossing the street to the tavern on the other side of the way. I saw him enter, felt that he was safe to remain there for a few minutes, and conscious of the great opportunity awaiting me, hastened back to the postmaster. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 9y1195hj0l9qqatvprynq7zt95yi4cv Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/16 104 3131662 14130778 12570316 2024-04-26T07:38:09Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|8|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>which I had seen the young man read with so much interest, this was certainly it. But how came it here? Had I not seen him thrust it back into its envelope and afterward put envelope and all into his pocket? But here was no envelope, and here was the letter. By what freak of necromancy had it been transferred from its legitimate quarters to this spot? I could not imagine. Suddenly I remembered that his hand had been full of the other letters when he put, or endeavored to put, this special one back into its envelope, and however unaccountable it may seem, it must be that from haste or agitation he had only succeeded in thrusting it between two letters instead of into the envelope, as he supposed. Whether or not this explanation be true, there was no doubt about my luck being in the ascendant. Mastering my satisfaction, I read these lines written in what appeared to be a disguised hand. {{lh2/s|125%}} "All goes well. The time has come; every thing is in train, and success is certain. Be in the shrubbery at the northeast corner of the grounds at 9 {{asc|P.M.}} precisely; you will be given a mask and such other means as are necessary<noinclude>{{lh2/e}}</noinclude> sqv2pacih0ttwm7bk328p153reg24g1 Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/18 104 3131664 14130779 12569972 2024-04-26T07:38:10Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|10|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>what place there was in the vicinity which could be said to possess grounds and a shrubbery. "There is but one," he returned, "Mr. Benson's. All the rest of the folks are too poor to indulge in any such gimcracks." "And who is Mr. Benson?" "Well, he is Mr. Benson, the richest man in these parts and the least liked as I take it. He came here from Boston two years ago and built a house fit for a king to live in. Why, nobody knows, for he seems to take no pleasure in it. His children do though, and that is all he cares for I suppose. Young Mr. Benson especially seems to be never tired of walking about the grounds, looking at the trees and tying up the vines. Miss Carrie is different; all she wants is company. But little of that has her father ever allowed her till this very day. He seems to think nobody is good enough to sit down in his parlors; and yet he don't sit there himself, the strange man! but is always shut up in his library or some other out-of-the-way place." "A busy man?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> fvvvlzh8yncpy716mcn3krjdpzluhsp Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/20 104 3131666 14130780 12570007 2024-04-26T07:38:11Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|12|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>"And the girl?" "Twenty-five, perhaps." "A mother living?" "No; there were some strange stories of her having died a year or so before they came here, under circumstances of a somewhat distressing nature, but they themselves say nothing about it." "It seems to me they don't say much about any thing." "That's just it; they are the most reserved people you ever saw. It is n't from them we have heard there is another son floating somewhere about the world. They never speak of him, and what's more, they never write to him; as who should know better than myself?" An interruption here occurred, and I took the opportunity to saunter out into the crowd of idlers always to be found hanging around a country store at mail-time. My purpose was, as you may conceive, to pick up any stray bits of information that might be floating about concerning these Bensons. Not that I had as yet discovered any thing definite connecting this respectable family with the gang of counterfeiters<noinclude></noinclude> nijgo6nd2idw36wmyujbo7sjgo1tgqi Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/22 104 3131668 14130781 12570009 2024-04-26T07:38:12Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|14|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>a respectable town like this! It's wicked, that's what I call it, downright wicked to cover up the face God has given you and go strutting around in clothes a Christian man might well think borrowed from the Evil One if he had to wear them in any decent company. All wrong, I say, all wrong, and I am astonished at Mr. Benson. To keep his doors shut as he has, and then to open them in a burst to all sorts of folly. We are not invited at our house." "Nor we, nor we," shouted some half dozen. "And I don't know of any one in this town who is," cried a burly man, presumably a butcher by trade. "We are not good enough for the Bensons. They say he is even going to be mean enough to shut the gates and not let a soul inside who has n't a ticket. And they are going to light up the grounds too!" "We can peep through the fence." "Much we will see that way. If you had said climb it—" "We can't climb it. Big John is going to be there and Tom Henshaw. They mean to keep their good times to themselves, just as they have kept every thing else. It's a queer set they are<noinclude></noinclude> hxc96g7k8twaxmsg5prlerqqfuc84bk Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/24 104 3131670 14130782 12570042 2024-04-26T07:38:13Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|16|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>regular, the complexion fair, the expression gentlemanly if not commanding; but I did not like it. It was too impenetrable perhaps; and to a detective anxious to probe a man for his motives, this is ever a most fatal defect. His smile was without sunshine; his glance was an inquiry, a rebuke, a sarcasm, every thing but a revelation. As he rode away he carried with him the thought of all, yet I doubt if the admiration he undoubtedly inspired, was in a single case mixed with any warmer feeling than that of pride in a fellow townsman they could not understand. "Ice," thought I; "ice in all but its transparency!" So much for Benson the son, The ball was to take place that very night; and the knowledge of this fact threw a different light over the letter I had read. The word ''mask'' had no longer any special significance, neither the word ''counterfeit'', and yet such was the tenor of the note itself, and such the exaggerated nature of its phrases, I could not but feel that some plot of a reprehensible if not criminal nature was in the process of formation, which, as a rising young detective engaged in a mysterious and elusive search, it behooved me to know. And<noinclude></noinclude> pb4s9s2d654b53a27mn2jjiwysyti4d Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/26 104 3131672 14130783 12570047 2024-04-26T07:38:14Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|18|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>At the bottom of this I wrote a deduction: "Some connection between one or more members of this family giving the ball, and the person called to the rendezvous; the entertainment being used as a blind if not as a means." It was now four o'clock, five hours before the time of rendezvous. How should I employ the interval? A glance at the livery-stable hard by, determined me. Procuring a horse, I rode out on the road toward Mr. Benson's, for the purpose of reconnoitring the grounds; but as I proceeded I was seized by an intense desire to penetrate into the midst of this peculiar household, and judge for myself whether it was worth while to cherish any further suspicions in regard to this family. But how to effect such an entrance? What excuse could I give for my intrusion that would be likely to serve me on a day of such tumult and {{SIC|pre occupation|preoccupation}}? I looked up and down the road as if for inspiration. It did not come. Meanwhile, the huge trees that surrounded the house had loomed in sight, and presently the beauties of lawn and parterre began to appear beyond the high iron fence, through which I could catch now and then<noinclude></noinclude> hgoj36o8hqq2tt8mfs6mep5eyrb8xvf Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/28 104 3131674 14130784 12570113 2024-04-26T07:38:15Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|20|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>post-office, I jumped from my horse and threw the bridle to the boy nearest me. Instantly and before I could take a step, a servant issued from the open door, and with an expression of anxiety somewhat surprising under the circumstances, took his stand before me in a way to hinder my advance. "Mr. Benson does not receive visitors to-day," said he. "I am not a visitor," replied I; "I have business with Mr. Benson," and I handed him my card, which he looked at with a doubtful expression. "Mr. Benson's commands are not to be disobeyed," persisted the man. "My master sees no one to-day." "But this is an exceptional case," I urged, my curiosity rising at this unexpected opposition. "My business is important and concerns him. He cannot refuse to see me." The servant shook his head with what appeared to me to be an unnecessary expression of alarm, but nevertheless retreated a step, allowing me to enter. "I will call Mr. Hartley," cried he. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 9yybdlthwq374dg88o803rbxex4i4so Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/30 104 3131676 14130785 12570116 2024-04-26T07:38:15Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|22|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>"Oh, what an exciting day this has been!" cried the female voice. "I have wanted to ask you a dozen times what you think of it all. Will he succeed this time? Has he the nerve to embrace his opportunity, or what is more, the tact to make one? Failure now would be fatal. Father—" "Hush!" broke in the other voice, in a masculine tone of repressed intensity. "Do not forget that success depends upon your prudence. One whisper of what you are about, and the whole scheme is destroyed." "I will be careful; only do you think that all is going well and as we planned it?" "It will not be my fault if it does not," was the reply, uttered with an accent so sinister I was conscious of a violent surprise when, in the next instant, the other, with a burst of affectionate fervor, cried in an ardent tone: "Oh, how good you are, and what a comfort you are to me!" I was just pondering over the incongruity thus presented, when the servant returned with my card. "Mr. Benson wishes to know the nature of<noinclude></noinclude> 7xvm4fh1yozsy22vig9r47se9xiv84z Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/32 104 3131678 14130786 12570118 2024-04-26T07:38:16Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|24|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>from which she had emerged. But soon recovering herself, she stepped hastily forward, and ignoring me, said to the servant at my side: "Jonas, who is this gentleman, and where are you taking him?" With a bow, Jonas replied: "He comes on business, miss, and Mr. Benson consents to see him." "But I thought my father had expressly commanded that no one was to be allowed to enter the library to-day," she exclaimed, but in a musing tone that asked for no response. And hastily as we passed down the hall, I could not escape the uneasy sense that her eager eyes were following us as we went. "Too much emotion for so small a matter, and a strange desire on the part of every one to keep Mr. Benson from being intruded upon to-day," was my mental comment. And I was scarcely surprised when upon our arrival at the library door we found it locked. However, a knock, followed by a few whispered words on the part of the servant, served to arouse the hermit within, and with a quick turn of the key, the door flew back on its hinges, and the master of the house stood before me. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> mgzi5wkqhg3vr71sq3zluukpnifd5ac Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/34 104 3131680 14130787 12570122 2024-04-26T07:38:17Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|26|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>appeared. "Sir," said I, gathering up my courage, as I became convinced that in this case I had a thoroughly honest man to deal with, "you are going to give a fancy ball to-night. Such an event is a novelty in these parts, and arouses much curiosity. Some of the men about town have even been heard to threaten to leap the fences and steal a look at your company, whether you will or not. Mr. White wants to know whether you need any assistance in keeping the grounds clear of all but your legitimate guests; if so, he is ready to supply whatever force you may need." "Mr. White is very kind," returned Mr. Benson, in a voice which, despite his will-power, showed that his agitation had in some unaccountable way been increased by my communication. "I had not thought of any such contingency," he murmured, moving over to a window and looking out. "An invasion of rowdies would not be agreeable. They might even find their way into the house." He paused and cast a sudden look at me. "Who are you?" he abruptly asked. The question took me by surprise, but I<noinclude></noinclude> rjde71yul6q6gddo64t4gcwyd7oace8 Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/36 104 3131682 14130789 12570125 2024-04-26T07:38:18Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|28|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>is a ticket that will insure you entrance into the grounds; the rest you will manage without scandal. I do not want any disturbance, but if you see any one hanging about the house or peering into the windows or attempting to enter in any way except through the front door, you are to arrest them, no matter who they are. I have an especial reason for desiring my wishes attended to in this regard," he went on, not noticing the preoccupation that had seized me, "and will pay well if on the morrow I find that every thing has gone off according to my desires." "Money is a powerful incentive to duty," I rejoined, with marked emphasis, directing a sly glance at the mirror opposite, in whose depths I had but a moment before been startled by the sudden apparition of the pale and strongly agitated face of young Mr. Benson, who was peering from a door-way half hidden by a screen at our back. "I will be on hand to-night." And with what I meant to be a cynical look, I made my bow and disappeared from the room. As I expected, I was met at the front door by Mr. Hartley. "A word with you," said he.<noinclude></noinclude> 5un2lzb4rsm3p6cg85hlzeb8v2ie6lh Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/38 104 3131684 14130790 12570128 2024-04-26T07:38:19Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|30|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>grounds, where is the harm? They cannot get into the house even if they wanted to, which they don't. I do not wish this, our first show of hospitality, to assume a hostile aspect, and whatever my father's expectations may be, I must request you to curtail your duties as much as possible and limit them to responding by your presence when called upon." "But your father has a right to expect the fullest obedience to his wishes," I protested. "He would not be satisfied if I should do no more than you request, and I cannot afford to disappoint him." He looked at me with a calculating eye, and I expected to see him put his hand in his pocket; but Hartley Benson played his cards better than that. "Very well," said he, "if you persist in regarding my father's wishes as paramount, I have nothing to say. Fulfil your duties as you conceive them, but don't look for my support if any foolish misadventure makes you ashamed of yourself." And drawing back, he motioned me out of the room. I felt I had received a check, and hurried out of the house. But scarcely had I entered upon<noinclude></noinclude> b7chsseq0w0qki5fjvveg4iimno0sjl Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/40 104 3131686 14130791 12570163 2024-04-26T07:38:20Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|32|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>"I do not consider it necessary." "But I have already pledged myself to fulfil your father's commands." "I know," she said, drawing a step nearer, with a most enchanting smile. "And that was right under the circumstances; but we, his children, who may be presumed to know more of social matters than a recluse,—I, especially," she added, with a certain emphasis, "tell you it is not necessary. We fear the scandal it may cause; besides, some of the guests may choose to linger about the grounds under the trees, and would be rather startled at being arrested as intruders. "What, then, do you wish me to do?" I asked, leaning toward her, with an appearance of yielding. "To accept this money," she murmured, blushing, "and confine yourself to-night to remaining in the background unless called upon." This was a seconding of her brother's proposition with a vengeance. Taking the purse she handed me, I weighed it for a moment in my hand, and then slowly shook my head. "Impossible," I cried; "but"—and I fixed my eyes<noinclude></noinclude> nqathdpblhggon38d7xucbsjoj75u9w Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/42 104 3131688 14130792 12570165 2024-04-26T07:38:21Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|34|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>For a moment she faltered, with a distressed look I found it difficult to understand. Then, with a sudden glance over my person, exclaimed: "Look in the glass when you get home and you will see the ''fac-simile'' of his form, though not of his face. He is fair, whereas you are dark." And with a haughty lift of her head calculated to rob me of any satisfaction I might have taken in her words, she stepped slowly back. I stopped her with a gesture. "Miss," said I, "take your purse before you go. Payment of any service I may render your father will come in time. This affair is between you and me, and I hope I am too much of a gentleman to accept money for accommodating a lady in so small a matter as this." But she shook her head. "Take it," said she, "and assure me that I may rely on you." "You may rely on me without the money," I replied, forcing the purse back into her hand. "Then I shall rest easy," she returned, and retreated with a lightsome air toward the house. The next moment I was on the highway with my thoughts. What did it all mean? Was it,<noinclude></noinclude> o34u495rb2g4d89u3rw3qkyt6o3gh9m Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/44 104 3131690 14130793 12570172 2024-04-26T07:38:21Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|36|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>part!" Such a word and such a tone did not rightly tally with this theory. Few brothers take such interest in their sister's love affairs as to grow saturnine over them. There was, beneath all this, something which I had not yet penetrated. Meantime my duty led me to remain true to the one person of whose integrity of purpose I was most thoroughly convinced. Returning to the village, I hunted up Mr. White and acquainted him with what I had undertaken in his name; and then perceiving that the time was fast speeding by, strolled over to the tavern for my supper. The stranger was still there, walking up and down the sitting-room. He joined us at the table, but I observed he scarcely tasted his food, and both then and afterward manifested the same anxious suspense that had characterized his movements from the time of our first encounter.<noinclude></noinclude> n935s0n0r32vl4b6u94sxbznpbyncqe Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/46 104 3131692 14130794 12570175 2024-04-26T07:38:22Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|38|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>illuminated mansion, sent no glimmer through the broad belt of evergreens that separated this retreat from the open lawn beyond. All was dark, all was mysterious, all was favorable to the daring plan I had undertaken. In silence I awaited the sound of approaching steps. My suspense was of short duration. In a few moments I heard a low rustle in the bushes near me, then a form appeared before my eyes, and a man's voice whispered: "Is there any one here?" My reply was to glide quietly into view. Instantly he spoke again, this time with more assurance. "Are you ready for a counterfeit?" "I am ready for any thing," I returned, in smothered tones, hoping by thus disguising my voice, to lure him into a revelation of the true purpose of this mysterious rendezvous. But instead of the explanations I expected, the person before me made a quick movement, and I felt a domino thrown over my shoulders. "Draw it about you well," he murmured; "there are lynx eyes in the crowd to-night." And while I mechanically obeyed, he bent down<noinclude></noinclude> ka1tuklk6t630lq8dcmd6wzmz4rg6zu Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/48 104 3131694 14130795 12570178 2024-04-26T07:38:23Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|40|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>powder, you may be certain he has yet to return to the library, and that by waiting, you will have the long-wished-for opportunity of seeing him." And pausing for no reply, my strange companion suddenly thrust a mask into my hand and darted from the circle of trees that surrounded us. For a moment I stood dumbfounded at the position in which my recklessness had placed me. All the folly, the impertinence even, of the proceeding upon which I had entered, was revealed to me in its true colors, and I mentally inquired what could have induced me to thus hamper myself with the details of a mystery so entirely removed from the serious matter I had in charge. Resolved to abandon the affair, I made a hasty attempt to disengage myself from the domino in which I had been so unceremoniously enveloped. But invisible hands seemed to restrain me. A vivid remembrance of the tone in which these final instructions had been uttered returned to my mind, and while I recognized the voice as that of Hartley Benson, I also recognized the almost saturnine intensity of expression which had once before imbued his<noinclude></noinclude> rmgiphswv9jnkhkfw0d1sgrf34noxw4 Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/50 104 3131696 14130796 12570180 2024-04-26T07:38:24Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|42|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>domino, in which I was wrapped was of a brilliant yellow hue, covered here and there with black figures representing all sorts of fantastic creatures, from hobgoblins of a terrible type, to merry Kate Greenaway silhouettes. "Humph!" thought I, "it seems I am not destined to glide unnoticed amid the crowd." The first person who approached me was a gay little shepherdess. "Ah, ha!" was the sportive exclamation with which she greeted me. "Here is one of my wandering sheep!" And with a laugh, she endeavored to hook me to her side by means of her silver crook. But this blithesome puppet possessed no interest for me. So with a growl and a bound I assured her I was nothing more than a wolf in sheep's clothing, and would eat her up if she did not run away; at which she gayly laughed and vanished, and for a moment I was left alone. But only for a moment. A masked lady, whom I had previously observed standing upright and solitary in a distant corner of the room, now approached, and taking me by the arm, led me eagerly to one side. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 2gabmxclzlnwflfd57wnns5v9r2shax Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/52 104 3131698 14130797 12570182 2024-04-26T07:38:25Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|44|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>force yourself upon his presence. I could never have gained his consent to give this ball if I had not first persuaded him it would serve as a means to keep you at a distance; that if you saw the house thronged with guests, natural modesty would restrain you from pushing yourself forward. I think he begins to distrust his own firmness. He fears he will melt at the sight of you. He has been failing this last year and—" A sudden choke stopped her voice. I was at once both touched and alarmed; touched at the grief which showed her motives to be pure and good, and alarmed at the position in which I had thrust myself to the apparent detriment of these same laudable motives. Moved by a desire to right matters, I ventured to speak: "And do you think," I whispered, in purposely smothered accents, "that if he sees me he will relent?" "I am sure of it. He yearns over you, Joe; and if he had not sworn never to speak to you again, he would have sent for you long ago. Hartley believes as well as I that the time for reconciliation has come." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> audw1j167oq73of5ock1x9pmbxv4wsg Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/54 104 3131700 14130798 12570212 2024-04-26T07:38:26Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|46|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>scene which I had so little right to enjoy. But at this instant an interruption occurred which robbed me of my companion, but kept me effectually in my place. A black domino swept by us, dragging Miss Benson from my side, while at the same time a harsh voice whispered in my ear: "To counterfeit wrong when one is right, necessarily opens one to misunderstanding." I started, recognizing in this mode of speech a ''friend'', and therefore one from whom I could not escape without running the risk of awakening suspicion. "That is true," I returned, hoping by my abrupt replies to cut short this fresh colloquy and win a speedy release. But something in my answer roused the interest of the person at my side, and caused a display of emotion that led to quite an opposite result from what I desired. "You awaken a thousand conjectures in my mind by that reply," exclaimed my friend, edging me a little farther back from the crowd. "I have always had my doubts about—about—" he paused, hunting for the proper phrase{{peh|—}}<noinclude></noinclude> 86l9x8eaq7mpd2gwm5nglk21tvsmq0s Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/56 104 3131702 14130799 12570215 2024-04-26T07:38:26Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|48|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>was the last person I desired to meet under these circumstances. "Where is she?" I tremulously inquired, starting aside in some dismay at the prospect of encountering this unknown quantity of love and devotion. But my companion, seizing me by the arm, drew me back. "She is not far away; of that you may be sure. But it will never do for you to try and hunt her up. You would not know her in her mask. Besides, if you remain still she will come to you." That was just what I feared, but upon looking round and seeing no suspicious-looking damsel anywhere near me, I concluded to waive my apprehensions on her account and proceed to the development of an idea that had been awakened by the old gentleman's words. "You are right," I acquiesced, edging, in my turn, toward the curtained recess of a window near by. "Let us wait here, and meantime you shall tell me what your suspicions are, for I feel the time has come for the truth to be made known, and who could better aid me in proclaiming it than you who have always stood my friend?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 69dvlcmj5oqqx1jcaetl124krz3glud Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/58 104 3131704 14130800 12570217 2024-04-26T07:38:27Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|50|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>"If I should use the name of Hartley in connection with what I have to say, would you be so very much surprised?" With a quick semblance of emotion, I drew back. "You think—" I tremulously commenced, and as suddenly broke off. "That it was he who did it, and that you, knowing how your father loved him and built his hopes upon him, bore the blame of it yourself." "Ha!" I exclaimed, with a deep breath as of relief. The suspicions of Uncle Joe were worth hearing. He seemed to be satisfied with the ejaculation, and with an increase of eagerness in his tone, went quickly on: "Am I not right, my boy? Is not this the secret of your whole conduct from that dreadful day to this?" "Don't ask me," I again pleaded, taking care, however, to draw a step nearer and exclaim in almost the same breath: "Why should you think it must necessarily have been one of us? What did ''you'' know that you should be so posi-<noinclude></noinclude> ibc99i3pngq2iwc4s35eo2njw8e31uv Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/60 104 3131706 14130801 12570219 2024-04-26T07:38:28Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|2526|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>A mournful "Yes" was all the reply I ventured upon. "Now it never seemed to occur to your father to doubt your guilt. The open window and the burglar's jimmy found lying on the floor of the study, being only so many proofs, to his mind, of your deep calculation and great duplicity. But I could not help thinking, even on that horrible morning, that your face did not wear a look of guilt so much as it did that of firm and quiet resolution. But I was far from suspecting the truth, my boy, or I should never have allowed you to fall a victim to your father's curse, and be sent forth like a criminal from home and kindred. If only for Edith's sake I would have spoken—dear, trusting, faithful girl that she is!" "But—but—" I brokenly ejaculated, anxious to gain as much of the truth as was possible in the few minutes allotted me; "what has awakened your suspicions at this late day? Why should you doubt Hartley now, if you did not then?" "Well, I cannot really say. Perhaps Edith's persistent aversion to your brother has had<noinclude></noinclude> 7bi4m0jxj46k6g50rfaop1jj8xh5mrs Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/62 104 3131708 14130802 12570222 2024-04-26T07:38:29Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|54|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>taken with the silver trimmings on her sleeves. Suppose you improve the opportunity to slip away," I laughingly suggested. "Lovers' meetings are not usually of an order to interest third parties." "Are n't they, you rogue!" retorted the old gentleman, giving me a jocose poke in the ribs. "Well, well, I suppose you are right. But you have not told me—" "I will tell you every thing in an hour," I hastily assured him. "I am going to meet my father in the library, and after he has heard the truth, you shall be admitted and all will be explained." "That is only fair," he replied. "Your father has the first rights, of course. But Joe, my boy, remember I am not over and above patient of disposition, and don't keep me waiting too long." And with an affectionate squeeze of my hand, he stepped out from the recess where we stood and made his way once more into the throng. No sooner had he left my side than I threw up the window. "Now is the time for the real Joe to appear upon the scene," was my mental<noinclude></noinclude> o9e2ldg0nx14kte90255t39dan0d4v0 Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/64 104 3131710 14130803 12570225 2024-04-26T07:38:30Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|56|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>managed to do so. Then Hartley is so suspicious, and followed me with his eyes so persistently, I did not dare show my designs too plainly. It is only this minute he left my side. If you had been anywhere else I do not know as I should have succeeded even now in getting a word with you—oh!" This exclamation was called forth by a sudden movement that took place near us. The curtain was drawn back and a tall man dressed in a black domino glanced in, gave us a scrutinizing look, bowed, and dropped the curtain again. "Hartley," she whisperingly explained. I took her by the hand; there was no help for it; gesture and a lover-like demeanor must, in this case, supply the place of speech. "Hush!" she entreated. (Not that I had spoken.) "I dare not stay. When you have seen your father, perhaps I will have courage to join you; but now it would be better for me to go." And her eyes roamed toward the curtain, while the little hand I held in mine grew cold and slightly trembled. I pressed that little hand, but, as you may well<noinclude></noinclude> pev70rud337ierbeweptqmqmofknyt5 Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/66 104 3132064 14130804 12570227 2024-04-26T07:38:31Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|58|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>{{c|III. {{smaller|AN UNEXPECTED CALAMITY.}}}} {{di|F}}IVE minutes passed, during which I threaded more laughing groups and sauntered down more mysterious passage-ways than I would care to count. Still the mysterious Black Domino glided on before me, leading me from door to door till my patience was nearly exhausted, and I had wellnigh determined to give him the slip and make my way at once to the garden, and the no-doubt-by-this-time-highly-impatient Joe. But before I had the opportunity of carrying out this scheme, the ominous Black Domino paused, and carelessly pointing to a door at the termination of a narrow corridor, bowed, and hastily withdrew. "Now," said I, as soon as I found myself alone, "shall I proceed with this farce, or shall I end it? To go on means to interview Mr.<noinclude>{{c|58}}</noinclude> i43ozoooktgyyvsz5wka5b08xlwckt9 Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/68 104 3132066 14130805 12570229 2024-04-26T07:38:32Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|60|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>the door itself disappeared. Across the opening into the library stood a screen, and it was not until I had pushed this somewhat aside that I was able to look into that room. My first glance assured me it was empty. Stark and bare of any occupant, the high-backed chairs loomed in the funereal gloom, while on the table, toward which I inadvertently glanced, stood a decanter with a solitary wineglass at its side. Instantly I remembered what had been told me concerning that glass, and stepping forward, I took it up and looked at it. Immediately I heard, or thought I heard, an exclamation uttered somewhere near me. But upon glancing up and down the room and perceiving no one, I concluded I was mistaken, and deliberately proceeded to examine the wine-glass and assure myself that no wine had as yet been poured upon the powder I found in it. Satisfied at last that Mr. Benson had not yet taken his usual evening potion, I put the glass back and withdrew again to my retreat. I do not think another minute could have elapsed, before I heard a step in the room behind me. A door leading into an adjoining apart-<noinclude></noinclude> 2fsk1dzdizphozelnx0uait2iu3abiz Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/70 104 3132068 14130806 12570231 2024-04-26T07:38:33Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|62|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>For an instant or two of horror he stood oscillating from side to side, then his frame succumbed, and the terrified eyes of his children beheld his white head lying low, all movement and appearance of life gone from the form that but a moment before towered so proudly before them. With a shriek, the daughter flung herself down at his side, and even the cheek of Hartley Benson grew white as he leaned over his father's already inanimate body. "He is dead!" came in a wild cry from her lips. "See! he does not breathe. Oh! Hartley, what could have happened? Do you think that Joe—" "Hush!" he exclaimed, with a furtive glance around him. "He may be here; let me look. ''If Joe has done this—''" He did not continue, but rose, and with a rapid tread began to cross the floor in my direction. In a flash I realized my situation. To be found by him now, without a domino, and in the position of listener, would be any thing but desirable. But I knew of no way of escape, or so for the moment it seemed. But great emer-<noinclude></noinclude> dz0kvfatxp4emuwdcn66i0fklzz2fsp Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/72 104 3132070 14130807 12570233 2024-04-26T07:38:34Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|64|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>which I discerned the face and form of the old servant Jonas, and the flowing robes and the white garments of Uncle Joe and the graceful Edith. To describe the confusion that followed would be beyond my powers, especially as my attention was at the time not so much directed to the effect produced by this catastrophe, as to the man whom, from the moment Mr. Benson fell to the floor, I regarded as my lawful prey. He did not quake and lose his presence of mind in this terrible crisis. He was gifted with too much self-control to betray any unseemly agitation even over such a matter as his father's sudden death. Once only did I detect his lip tremble, and that was when an elderly gentleman (presumably a doctor) exclaimed after a careful examination of the fallen man: "This is no case of apoplexy, gentlemen!" Then indeed Mr. Hartley Benson shivered, and betrayed an emotion for which I considered myself as receiving a due explanation when, a few minutes later, I observed the same gentleman lay his hand upon the decanter and glass that stood on the table, and after raising them<noinclude></noinclude> a4u19ji5feuftlkexs1puqc8zlrazad Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/76 104 3133164 14130808 12570242 2024-04-26T07:38:35Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|68|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>not surprised to observe Hartley draw back. "Why," said he, "do you think—" "I think nothing," broke in the doctor; "only"—and here he brought down his hand vigorously upon the table—"there has been prussic acid in the glass from which Mr. Benson drank this evening. The smell of bitter almonds is not to be mistaken." An interval of silent horror followed this announcement, then a vehement "Great Heaven!" broke from the lips of Uncle Joe, while Hartley Benson, growing more and more rigid in his bearing, fixed his eyes on the doctor's face and barely ejaculated: "Poison?" "I say this," continued the doctor, too intent upon his own theory to notice either the growth of a terrible fear on the face of Uncle Joe, or the equally remarkable expression of subdued expectation on that of the son, "because long experience has taught me the uselessness of trying to hide such a fact as suicide, and also because, being the coroner of the county, it is my duty to warn you that an investigation will have to take place which will require certain<noinclude></noinclude> 5lx23tb2fj9k6bx8h1bsj7oxaevat30 Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/78 104 3133167 14130809 12570244 2024-04-26T07:38:36Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|70|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>it, for there is still some of the sediment of it remaining in the bottom of the glass." "He took the powder because it was already in the glass," broke in Hartley, in a heavy tone of voice. "My sister put it there before she went up stairs to dress. I think she was afraid he would forget it. My father was very careless about small matters." "He was careful enough not to poison any one else in the family," quoth the doctor. "There was scarcely a drop left in the decanter; he took the whole dose." "I beg your pardon, sirs, but is it suicide you are talking about?" cried a voice suddenly over their shoulders, making them all start. Jonas, the servant, had entered from the inner room, and unseen by all but myself, had been listening to the last few words as if his life depended upon what they had to say. "If it is, why I have a bit of an observation of my own to make that may help you to settle the matter." "You! What have you to say?" quoth the doctor, turning in surprise at the confident tone of voice in which the man spoke. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> rp9n78gk4b0keckv72lswpmh8cndbgr Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/80 104 3133171 14130810 12570247 2024-04-26T07:38:36Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|72|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>decanter either, I am sure, sirs, I don't know, for I was that frightened at seeing this spectre in the room master had kept locked all day, that I just slipped off the balcony and ran round the house to find Mr. Hartley. But you was n't in the parlors, sir, nor Miss Carrie neither, and when I got to this room, there was master lying dead on the floor, and everybody crowding around him horror-struck." "Humph!" ejaculated the doctor, looking at Uncle Joe, who had sunk in a heap into the arm-chair his nephew abstractedly pushed toward him. "You see, sirs," Jonas resumed, with great earnestness, "Mr. Benson, for some reason or other, had been very particular about keeping his own room to-day. The library door was locked as early as six this morning, and he would let no one in without first asking who was there. That's why I felt so dumbfoundered at seeing this yellow man in the room; besides{{bar|2}}" But no sooner had the good man arrived at this point than he stopped, with a gasp, and after a quick look at Hartley, flushed, and<noinclude></noinclude> oik1rw8dcvof8tvmloidatmvbhk7mfq Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/82 104 3133174 14130811 12570250 2024-04-26T07:38:37Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|74|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>"Doctor," he began, in a slow, hesitating tone, well calculated to produce the effect he desired, "we unfortunately already know who wore a yellow domino this evening. My brother Joe{{bar|2}}" "Hush!" implored his uncle, laying a hand on his nephew's arm with a quick look of distress not lost on the doctor. "Brother?" repeated the latter. "Pardon me, I did not know{{bar|2}} Ah, but I do remember now to have heard that Mr. Benson had another son." The face of Hartley grew graver and graver. "My brother has been alienated from my father for some time, so you have never seen him here. But to-night he hoped, or made me think he hoped, to effect a reconciliation; so I managed, with my sister, to provide him with the domino necessary to insure him an entrance here. Indeed, I did more; I showed him a private door by which he could find his way into the library, never suspecting any harm could come of son and father meeting even in this surreptitious way. I—I loved my brother, and notwithstanding the past, had confidence<noinclude></noinclude> 1wp76qbc6mqmlxc7ghspr9jgtxu014q Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/84 104 3133177 14130812 12570253 2024-04-26T07:38:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|76|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>ago to-night, and upon each and every recurrence of the day, has returned to his father's house to beg for the forgiveness and restoration to favor which he lost by that deed of crime. Hitherto my father has been able to escape his importunities, by absence or the address of his servants, but to-day he seemed to have a premonition that his children were in league against him, notwithstanding Carrie's ruse of the ball, and the knowledge may have worked upon him to that extent that he preferred death to a sight of the son that had ruined his life and made him the hermit you have seen." The doctor fell into the trap laid for him with such diabolical art. "Perhaps; but if that is so, why is your brother not here? Only a few minutes could have elapsed between the time that Jonas saw him leaning over the table with the glass in his hand and the moment when you and your sister entered this room in face of your father's falling form. He must have been present, therefore, when your father came from his bedroom, if not when he drank the fatal glass; why, then, did he take such pains to escape, if<noinclude></noinclude> aqc75yeidniwlyfgwyvvjp2xqycg409 Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/86 104 3133179 14130813 12570255 2024-04-26T07:38:39Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|78|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>brother, has had a criminal hand in his father's awful death?" "No one! no one!" essayed Hartley, taking her hand with a weak attempt at soothing. "I was but saying{{bar|2}}" But she turned from him with a gesture of repugnance, and taking a step toward the doctor, looked him entreatingly in the face. "You have not been expressing doubts of Mr. Benson's youngest son, because he happened to wear a disguise and be present when Mr. Benson fell? You do not know Joe, sir; nobody in this town knows him. His own father was ignorant of his worth; but we know him, Uncle Joe and I, and we know he could never do a deed that could stamp him either as a dishonorable or a criminal man. If Mr. Benson has died from poison, I should as soon think ''this'' man had a hand in it as his poor exiled brother." And in a burst of uncontrollable wrath and indignation, she pointed, with a sudden gesture, at the startled Hartley. But that worthy, though evidently taken aback, was not to be caught so easily. "Edith, you forget yourself," said he, with<noinclude></noinclude> g68uaz6ydrkdid1gueibn53xfmu65di Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/88 104 3133182 14130814 12570258 2024-04-26T07:38:40Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|80|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>father's death. I cannot think it has, and yet{{bar|2}}"" The subtle inflection of his voice spoke volumes. This great actor had evidently been driven to bay. "O Hartley!" came in a terrified cry from his sister; "what is this? You cannot think, they cannot think, Joe could do any thing so dreadful as that?" while over the face of Edith passed a look of despair, as she saw the countenance of the doctor slowly fill with the gloom of suspicion, and even the faithful Uncle Joe turn away as if he too had been touched by the blight of a secret doubt. "Ah, but I wish Joe were here himself!" she cried with startling emphasis. "He should speak, even if it brought ruin amongst us." But the doctor was a man not to be moved by so simple a thing as a woman's unreasoning emotion. "Yes, the Yellow Domino would be very welcome just now," he allowed, with grim decision. "That he is not here is the most damning fact of all," Hartley slowly observed. "He fled when he saw our father fall." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 1fq9xob32dj5klpyxrvily2777yt4ql Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/92 104 3133192 14130815 12570265 2024-04-26T07:38:41Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|84|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>burden of the consequences, for I alone have worn the disguise of this mask from the moment we met under the evergreens till now, as I think may be proved by this gentleman you call Uncle Joe, and this lady you address as Edith." This mode of attack had the desired effect. "Who are you?" burst from Hartley's lips, now blanched to the color of clay. "Unmask him, doctor; let us see the man who dares to play us tricks on such a night as this!" "Wait!" cried I, motioning back not only the doctor, but Uncle Joe and the ladies—the whole group having started forward at Hartley's words. "Let us first make sure I am the Yellow Domino who has been paraded through the parlors this evening. Miss Benson, will you pardon me if I presume to ask you what were the words of salutation with which you greeted me to-night?" "Oh!" she cried, in a tremble of doubt and dismay, "I do not know as I can remember; something about being glad to see you, I believe, and my hope that your plans for the evening might succeed." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> o6rl47u6jjmr9dbhllqn7q12qlg9lz6 Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/94 104 3133196 14130817 12570267 2024-04-26T07:38:41Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|86|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>kindness to acknowledge your belief that I am the man who stood with you behind the parlor curtains an hour ago." "I will," she replied, with a haughty lift of her head that spoke more loudly than her blushes. "It only remains, then, for Mr. Benson to assure himself I am the person who followed him to the closet. I know of no better way of his doing this than to ask him if he remembers the injunctions which he was pleased to give me, when he bestowed upon me this domino." "No,—that is,—whatever they were, they were given to the man I supposed to be my brother." "Ha, then; it was to your ''brother''," I rejoined, "you gave that hint about the glass I would find on the library table; saying that if it did not smell of wine I would know your father had not had his nightly potion and would yet come to the library to drink it;—an intimation, as all will acknowledge, which could have but the one result of leading me to go to the table and take up the glass and look into it in the suspicious manner which has been reported to you." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> el0ab8nmqu5rhrs4eqv0282iwsojmpr Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/96 104 3133199 14130818 12570269 2024-04-26T07:38:42Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|88|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>I understand it all now. You have been set over me by my brother. Instructed by him, you have dared to enter this house, worm yourself into its secrets, and by a deviltry only equalled by your presumption, taken advantage of your position to poison my father and fling the dreadful consequences of your crime in the faces of his mourning family. It was a plot well laid; but it is foiled, sir, foiled, as you will see when I have you committed to prison to-morrow." "Mr. Benson," I returned, shaking him loose as I would a feather, "this is all very well; but in your haste and surprise you have made a slight mistake. You call me a spy; so I am; but a spy backed by the United States Government is not a man to be put lightly into prison. I am a detective, sir, connected at present with the Secret Service at Washington. My business is to ferret out crime and recognize a rogue under any disguise and in the exercise of any vile or deceptive practices." And I looked him steadily in the face. Then indeed his cheek turned livid, and the eye which had hitherto preserved its steadiness sought the floor. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 43iieddp8czttx8opo7h8qx34wggcnh Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/98 104 3133201 14130819 12570273 2024-04-26T07:38:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|90|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>this room. Who put it there, it is for you to determine; my duty is done for to-night." And with a bow I withdrew from the group about me and crossed to the door. But Miss Carrie's voice, rising in mingled shame and appeal, stopped me. "Don't go," said she; "not at least until you tell me where my brother Joseph is. Is he in this town, or has he planned this deception from a distance? I—I am an orphan, sir, who at one blow has lost not only a dearly beloved father but, as I fear, a brother too, in whom, up to this hour, I have had every confidence. Tell me, then, if any support is left for a most unhappy girl, or whether I must give up all hopes of even my brother Joe's sympathy and protection." "Your brother Joe," I replied, "has had nothing to do with my appearance here. He and I are perfect strangers; but if he is a tall, broad-shouldered, young man, shaped something like myself, but with a ruddy cheek and light curling hair, I can tell you I saw such a person enter the shrubbery at the southwest corner of the garden an hour or so ago." "No, he is here!" came in startling accents<noinclude></noinclude> tpjd4regq54iof0pp6jtgmx134fc0d4 Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/100 104 3133203 14130773 12570275 2024-04-26T07:38:04Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|92|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>"Sir," said I, taking a step toward Uncle Joe, who, between his eagerness to embrace the new-comer and his dread of the consequences of this unexpected meeting, stood oscillating from one side to the other in a manner ridiculous enough to see, "what do you think of the propriety of uttering aloud and here, the suspicions which you were good enough to whisper into my ears an hour ago? Do you see any reason for altering your opinion as to which of the two sons of Mr. Benson invaded his desk and appropriated the bonds afterward found in their common apartment, when you survey the downfallen crest of the one and compare it with the unfaltering look of the other?" "No," he returned, roused into sudden energy by the start given by Hartley. And advancing between the brothers, he looked first at one and then at the other with a long, solemn gaze that called out the color on Hartley's pale cheek and made the crest of Joe rise still higher in manly pride and assertion. "Joe," said he, "for three years now your life has lain under a shadow. Accused by your father of a dreadful crime, you have resolutely refused to<noinclude></noinclude> k96kfk29teeoizl1r8wj3xxacwwnjrf Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/102 104 3133205 14130774 12570278 2024-04-26T07:38:05Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|94|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>have sent a pang of anguish through the heart of his brother. "Oh, I knew it, I knew it!" came from Edith's lips in a joyous cry, as she bounded to his side and seized him by one hand, just as his sister grasped the other in a burst of shame and contrition that showed how far she was removed from any participation in the evil machinations of her elder brother. The sight seemed to goad Hartley Benson to madness. Looking from one to the other, he uttered a cry that yet rings in my memory: "Carrie! Edith! do you both forsake me, and all because of a word which any villain might have uttered? Is this the truth and constancy of women? Is this what I had a right to expect from a sister, a—a friend? Carrie, you at least always gave me your trust,—will you take it away because a juggling spy and a recreant brother have combined to destroy me?" But beyond a wistful look and a solemn shake of the head, Carrie made no response, while Edith, with her eyes fixed on the agitated countenance of her lover, did not even seem to hear the words of pleading that were addressed to her. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 1e7yugeuq6u7je2yf2kyi578wjzip0q Page:XYZ A Detective Story.djvu/104 104 3133207 14130775 12570280 2024-04-26T07:38:06Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|96|''X. Y. Z.''|}}</noinclude>plunged through our midst into the hall without. For an instant we stood stupefied, then Carrie Benson's voice rose in one long, thrilling cry, and with a bound she rushed toward the door. I put out my hand to stop her, but it was not necessary. Before she could cross the threshold the sudden, sharp detonation of a pistol-shot was heard in the hall, and we knew that the last dreadful word of that night's tragedy had been spoken. The true secret of Hartley Benson's action in this matter was never discovered. That he planned his father's violent death, no one who was present at the above interview ever doubted. That he went further than that, and laid his plans in such a manner that the blame, if blame ensued, should fall upon his innocent brother, was equally plain, especially after the acknowledgment we received from Jonas, that he went out on the balcony and looked in the window at the special instigation of his young master. But why this arch villain, either at his own risk or at that of the man he hated, felt himself<noinclude></noinclude> 4ti6znpa7uz7ti7ndernrkuw30hes0w Page:The Newspaper and the Historian.djvu/34 104 3150306 14130281 13399749 2024-04-25T23:33:59Z MarkLSteadman 559943 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Phe-bot" />{{rh|xxiv|CONTENTS|}} {{TOC begin}} {{TOC row r|3|PAGE}}</noinclude>{{TOC row 2out-1|Early types|272}} {{TOC row 2out-1|William Leggett and his editorials|272}} {{TOC row 2out-1|Collections of editorials|272}} {{TOC row 2out-1|Circulation of editorials through other means|272}} {{TOC row 2out-1|Improvement in editorials|273}} {{TOC row 2out-1|Wider range of subjects|273}} {{TOC row 2out-1|Improvement in facilities|274}} {{TOC row 2out-1|Extension of newspaper plant|275}} {{TOC row 2out-1|Freedom from errors of fact in editorials|275}} {{TOC row 2out-1|Independence in treatment|276}} {{TOC row 2out-1|The editorial impersonal|276}} {{TOC row 2out-1|The editorial "we"|276}} {{TOC row 2out-1|The deadly parallel|277}} {{TOC row 2out-1|John Bright and ''The Times''|277}} {{TOC row 2out-1|Editorial dilemmas|278}} {{TOC row 2out-1|Editorials ''in absentia''|278}} {{TOC row 2out-1|Editorial changes of manuscript|278}} {{TOC row 2out-1|''The Edinburgh Review''|278}} {{TOC row 2out-1|Carlyle, Napier, and Jeffrey|279}} {{TOC row 2out-1|Dickens and Mrs. Gaskell|279}} {{TOC row 2out-1|Hazlitt on editors|280}} {{TOC row 2out-1|Delane and Henry Reeve|280}} {{TOC row 2out-1|"Editorial tinkering" in Paris|280}} {{TOC row 2out-1|Howells and the ''Atlantic''|280}} {{TOC row 2out-1|Blanchard Jerrold and Catling|281}} {{TOC row 2out-1|Other difficulties between editors and contributors|281}} {{TOC row 2out-1|Napier and Brougham|281}} {{TOC row 2out-1|Napier and Dickens|282}} {{TOC row 2out-1|Napier, Brougham, Macaulay, and the Whigs|283}} {{TOC row 2out-1|Troubles of the editors of the ''Edinburgh'' typical|283}} {{TOC row 2out-1|The editorial as historical material|284}} {{TOC row 2out-1|"The Twelve Labors of an Editor"|285}} {{TOC row 2out-1|To readers, the editorial is "the paper"|286}} {{TOC row c|3|{{gap}}}} {{TOC row c|3|{{larger|[[The Newspaper and the Historian/Chapter 12|{{uc|Chapter XII}}]]}}}} {{TOC row c|3|{{sc|Criticism and the Critic}}}} {{TOC row 2out-1|Difficulty in using criticism as historical material|287}} {{TOC row 2out-1|No agreement concerning functions of criticism|287}} {{TOC row 2out-1|Absence of recognized standards|288}} {{TOC row 2out-1|Theory of Matthew Arnold|288}} {{TOC row 2out-1|The New Laokoon|289}} {{TOC row 2out-1|Theory of Bliss Perry|289}} {{TOC row 2out-1|The ideal critic|289}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> q2hyef8e1o4wfz9iwtyhoczfho7aqmi Page:The Newspaper and the Historian.djvu/313 104 3150604 14130402 10111067 2024-04-26T01:07:23Z MarkLSteadman 559943 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Peteforsyth" />{{rh||THE EDITOR AND THE EDITORIAL|251}}</noinclude>of the ''Sun'' or the ''Tribune'' during the middle of the nineteenth century. The editor<ref>Roscoe C. E. Brown finds the first use of the title by an American paper in the ''Boston News-Letter'' of March 7, 1728. See his interesting letter in the New York ''Times'', March 14, 1915.</ref> and the editorial long had a growing influence as they were able to shape public opinion, but among other conventional generalizations relating to the press, none is more frequently heard than the one that the editorial has ceased to be an important part of the newspaper. The historian must therefore examine the editorial through a succession of years in order to determine how far these criticisms are justified. How far the editor and the newspaper can be considered synonymous terms is one of the troublesome problems of the historian, but it is clear that they must be so considered during the period of personal journalism . The great age of the editor and of the editorial has been held to be the period dating from about 1830 to about 1890, although examples of them are still found. It was the period of "personal journalism "when the owner, editor, and publisher were one and the same person. The names of Bennett, Bowles, Bryant, Buckingham, Dana, Garrison, Greeley, Raymond, suggest a period when a man acquired a newspaper and it became his personal organ . In it he fought for the causes he gave his life to promote,—for abolition, for protective tariff, for political union, for western immigration; and he fought against all forms of political corruption as well as against all who opposed his personal policies. The business organization of the newspaper gave no opportunity for "amicable but irreconcilable difference of views" between publisher and editor.<ref>Correspondence between the publisher and the editor of the Philadelphia ''Public Ledger'', daily press, January 1, 1915.</ref> Irreconcilable differences often indeed existed, but they were not amicable and they existed between the different editors of different papers, not between the different parts of the same paper. When Alaric Watts was the editor of the Leeds Intelligencer, one of the proprietors of the paper wrote him from London that the new editor should be careful to refer in very gentlemanly terms to everybody "except Mr. Baines,"—the proprietor and editor of the rival newspaper.<ref>A. A. Watts, ''Life of Alaric Watts'', I, 163–164.</ref> {{nop}}<noinclude> {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 4hhkkukulvvtphgtz9bglg8p3gscfay Page:The Newspaper and the Historian.djvu/327 104 3150619 14127777 12017336 2024-04-25T12:47:04Z MarkLSteadman 559943 /* Proofread */ running header proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MarkLSteadman" /> {{running header||THE EDITOR AND THE EDITORIAL|265}}</noinclude>of the publishers and he was constantly annoyed throughout the presidential campaign of 1848 by the efforts made to bridle his pen. The ''Republican'' was reputed to be an anti-slavery paper, but its owners were more timid than its editor and hence this led to the wish to temper the outspoken, vigorous utterances of its courageous editor.<ref>"Warrington" ''Pen-Portraits,'' pp. 39–41.</ref> More than one instance, however, has been found where so-called disagreements between owners and editors have in reality been not disagreements as to policy, but incompatibility of temperament.<ref>This seems to have been the case while Carl Schurz and E. L. Godkin were associated on the New York ''Evening Post,'' 1881–83. {{pbr}} Somewhat similar incompatibility between John Walter and Delane led to the vesting of full editorial control in Delane.</ref> Walt Whitman refers to "rows with the boss"—a leader in the "regular" Democratic organization,—but his recent editors find that "Whitman stood his ground, not only refusing to write what he did not believe but declining to refrain from expressing his strongly held convictions."<ref>C. Rodgers and J. Black, ''eds., The Gathering of the Forces,'' by Walt Whitman, I, xxx.</ref> He remained on the Brooklyn ''Daily Eagle'' nearly two years , but left apparently owing to disagreements with the owner and proprietor on the question of the extension of slavery into the recently acquired territories. So widely has it been assumed, and with apparent reason, that the owner of a paper attempts to control its editorial policy that assurances to the contrary have almost the appearance of ostentatious protests. When the London ''Echo'' changed owners, the statement was quickly made that "although Baron Grant was a Conservative in politics, he made no attempt to alter the Radical principles of ''The Echo.''"<ref>J. C. Francis, ''Notes by the Way,'' p. 30.</ref> James Grant gave nearly a chapter to "the unpleasant position of editors with newspaper proprietors and committees of management"<ref>''The Newspaper Press,'' II, chap. XVII.</ref> which Thomas Frost characterized as "rather ludicrous," saying that his experiences have not made him acquainted with "those extreme strains upon the consciences of leader-writers" and that he had been very little interfered with by the proprietors or chief editors of the papers<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> aqsnvbyywutbje64nuqin2vbd86k03p Page:The Newspaper and the Historian.djvu/328 104 3150620 14127785 12017337 2024-04-25T12:55:08Z MarkLSteadman 559943 /* Proofread */ running header proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MarkLSteadman" /> {{running header|266|THE NEWSPAPER AND THE HISTORIAN}}</noinclude>with which he had been connected with regard to his manner of dealing with the political and social questions of the day.<ref>''Reminiscences of a Country Journalist,'' p. 133.</ref> G. C. Brodrick who wrote leaders in the London ''Times'' from 1860 to 1873 says, "One misgiving which haunted me at the outset proved entirely delusive. It was the fear that I should be expected to write strictly to order, and to advocate views opposed to my own convictions." But he found that if asked to write something he could not approve, another subject was promptly substituted by Delane.<ref>''Memories and Impressions,'' p. 130.</ref> Differences of opinion in 1916 between the ''New Republic'' and its financial supporters in regard to candidates for the presidency led to an open letter from its chief financial supporter stating that its owners exercised no supervision over the editorial columns of the paper.<ref>Willard Straight, ''New Republic,'' October 28, 1916, 8: 313–314.</ref> The recent transfer of ownership of the New York ''Evening Post'' was accompanied by a statement that the transfer would not affect in any way the editorial policy of the paper.<ref>New York ''Evening Post,'' August 1, 1918.</ref> The question in its entirety is closely allied to the fundamental problem of whether an editor should write at all or not,—a question to which E. T. Cook says "high authority, and probably the more general practice, are in favor of [giving] the negative answer."<ref>''Edmund Garrett,'' p. 84. {{pbr}} "A literary team is handled with the best results when the holder of the reins leaves the actual work to be done by those whom he directs."—T. H. S. Escott, ''Masters of English Journalism,'' p. 155.</ref> But assuming that most editors do write, it leads to the question as to how far voluntarily and consciously the editor places his pen at the service of his employers, how far the theory prevails and is upheld "that the function of a political journalist resembles that of a barrister; the hired pleader paid to make the best of a case, good or bad; bound to his brief, and in no way held to compromise his honour by subordinating private opinions of his own."<ref>E. T. Cook, ''Edmund Garrett,'' p. 82. {{pbr}} The author cites an American journalist who told the story: "A political 'boss' noticing some able silver articles in a Chicago paper, said, 'Introduce me to that man; I should like to see him President of the United States'. Afterwards he was equally struck by some able gold articles in a New York paper, and said, 'Introduce me to that man; I should like to see him shot'. It was the same man."—''Id.''</ref> {{nop}}<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> fdmhqespx1tbf6i6y922r02uxguu4s7 Page:The Newspaper and the Historian.djvu/329 104 3150621 14127786 12017338 2024-04-25T13:00:41Z MarkLSteadman 559943 /* Proofread */ running header proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MarkLSteadman" /> {{running header||THE EDITOR AND THE EDITORIAL|267}}</noinclude>The situation has seemed to others comparable to that of the stenographer who takes dictation and transcribes his notes on the typewriter,—a process that involves no ethical demand for an agreement between what he has written and his own personal beliefs. Certainly in the early days of the newspaper, when Grub Street flourished, writers for periodicals were considered in much this light. Men wrote with equal facility on both sides of a question, and they are condemned to-day. But inventions have not shifted the responsibility from the human to the metal machine and while the early editor was apparently not over-sensitive to a condition that demanded that his right hand should not know what his left hand wrote, he can no longer plead this justification. If he continues his connection with a paper whose policies have changed, he does so with a full realization of the principle involved. "''The Pall Mall Gazette'' has always been more remarkable for its influence upon opinion than for its commercial success," was a general belief once expressed in print.<ref>"London Evening Newspapers," New York ''Nation,'' October 7, 1880, 31: 250–251.</ref> Its influence was undoubtedly explained, at least in large part, by the absolute certainty of its readers that its leaders expressed the personal convictions of its editors. While Frederick Greenwood was its editor, he had personally opposed the policies of Gladstone. This led to a rupture with the proprietor, and therefore to changes, and to demands that Greenwood could not meet and as a matter of personal honor he resigned.<ref>''Id.''</ref> When Zola, in addressing English journalists, "likened some journalists to mere writing-machines at the beck and call of a superior," he was reminded that "on two occasions when there had been a change in the proprietorship of the ''Pall Mall Gazette'' the editors and the bulk of their staff had quitted the paper to uphold their opinions elsewhere," while later "during the Boer war, various editors and others threw up their posts rather than write contrary to their convictions."<ref>E. A. Vizetelly, ''Émile Zola,'' p. 330.</ref> The situation was reversed when Bernard Gillam drew caricatures of the Republican presidential candidate for ''Puck'' in 1884. Early in the campaign ''Judge'' was started by Republicans to counteract the influence of ''Puck'' "and Gillam went over to the<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> objeg9khbwzebjznvh8hsg37kefnqfy Page:The Newspaper and the Historian.djvu/330 104 3150622 14127840 12017340 2024-04-25T13:59:00Z MarkLSteadman 559943 /* Proofread */ running header proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MarkLSteadman" /> {{running header|268|THE NEWSPAPER AND THE HISTORIAN}}</noinclude>younger journal to advocate with his pencil the candidate he had tattooed."<ref>B. Matthews, "American Comic Journalism," ''Bookman,'' November, 1918, 48: 282–287.</ref> How far then does the editor control the policy of the press, how far is it controlled by the owner?<ref>Bliss Perry gives an interesting sidelight on the opinion of publishers on this point in his account of the relations between the first publishers of the ''Atlantic Monthly,'' and "the editor who was never the editor," but who was alluded to by the head of the firm "in comfortable proprietary phrase" as "our literary man."—''Atlantic Monthly,'' November, 1907, 100: 658–678; ''Park Street Papers,'' pp. 203–277.</ref> The question, as has been seen, is a persistent one and no question connected with the press has been answered with more sweeping generalizations than this. Yet in this, as in every other question connected with the press, no one answer fits all cases. Editors and editorials differ in different countries, they differ at different times in the same country, and an editor does not always agree with himself. In France the ''article de fond'' is often an expression of opinion by a well-known man and his views do not necessarily correspond with those of the paper itself,—the paper is perhaps most often read from an intellectual curiosity to see what the editor or a special writer may say on a somewhat academic question. But in Germany "the fear of the law is the one great plague of the German editor's life," wrote Dawson in 1901. "So frequent are prosecutions of editors that many newspapers are compelled to maintain on their staffs what are known as 'sitting editors' whose special function it is to serve in prison the terms of detention that may be awarded for a too liberal exercise of the critical faculty."<ref>W. H. Dawson, ''German Life in Town and Country,'' chap. XIII, "The Newspaper and its Readers." {{pbr}} E. Poole, in "The Sitting Editor and the Russian Police," characterizes the custom as a trick common for decades from St. Petersburg to Siberia.—''World To-Day,'' May, 1906, 10: 509–510; F. C. Trench, "The Russian Journalistic Press," ''Blackwood's,'' July, 1890, 148: 115–126.</ref> The government does not own the press, but both editors and owners have in the past yielded to its superior power. A volume would be needed to show how in England the editor and the editorial have changed from the days when Defoe was playing a double part and while openly in the employ of Mist, an ardent Jacobite, he was secretly in the service of the Government<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> njtd2jvac4svz10lp33b083w3vkwv5g Page:The Newspaper and the Historian.djvu/331 104 3150623 14127861 12017341 2024-04-25T14:06:40Z MarkLSteadman 559943 /* Proofread */ running header proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MarkLSteadman" /> {{running header||THE EDITOR AND THE EDITORIAL|269}}</noinclude>and thus able not only to temper Mist's anti-Hanoverian bias, but also to give the Government secret information in regard to its opponents,<ref>W. Lee gives six letters from Defoe to Charles De La Faye, April 12–June 13, 1718, that show this.—''Daniel Defoe; His Life and Recently Discovered Writings,'' I, ix–xviii.</ref> to the days when the aristocratic Londoner turned to the first leader of ''The Times'' to learn that Peel had determined to revoke the corn laws;<ref>E. T. Cook, ''Delane of "The Times,"'' p. 21.</ref> from the days when "the chief and sometimes the sole equipment needed for the discharge of the editorial duties was scissors and paste,"<ref>W. J. Couper, ''The Edinburgh Periodical Press,'' I, 115.</ref> to the days when it is said, "Leader-writing of a responsible journalist taxes every faculty. Judgment, fluency, accuracy, literary skill, all must be there; and they must be always ''ready.'' No waiting for the happy mood. Write with speed, write at once, write well: only so many hours lie between you and the most critical and competent audience in the world;"<ref>Cited in W. R. Nicoll, ''James Macdonell,'' p. 281.</ref> from the eighteenth century remark, "I will make no comments of my own in this paper, as I assume that other people have sense enough to make reflections for themselves,"<ref>Cited by John Pendleton , "The Humors of Newspaper Editing," ''Littell's Living Age,'' August 1, 1896, 210: 305–309.</ref> to the twentieth century statement that "an editor has not only to supply his readers with the latest and truest information, he has to furnish them with ideas. … For the multitude the leading article is the obvious short-cut to convictions."<ref>R. Lucas, ''Lord Glenesk and the "Morning Post,"'' p. 155. {{pbr}} It is interesting to compare the editor of to-day with the ideal editor as he seemed to William Leggett. In an editorial on "Leading Public Opinion" he describes him at length.—''The Plaindealer,'' January 21, 1837. Reprinted in his ''Political Writings,'' II, 167–170. {{pbr}} Curiously enough, while elaborate qualifications have been listed for every other person connected with the staff of a newspaper, comparatively few have been noted in regard to the editor.—Gifford of the ''Quarterly'' believed "that inviolable secrecy was one of the prime functions of an editor." He therefore "never attempted to vindicate himself, or to reveal the secret as to the writers of reviews."—S. Smiles, ''Memoirs and Correspondence of the Late John Murray,'' II, 176.—"Mr. Jowett included in his 'Maxims for Statesmen and Others' Never Tell. Upon no others is the maxim more binding than upon editors. To respect confidences is with them a counsel of prudence as well as a law of honour; for no statesman is likely to run the risk of being betrayed a second time."—Sir Edward Cook, ''Delane of "The Times,"'' pp. 119–120.</ref> {{nop}}<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> hkvip4nh6gmf5smqs7qw82yqcsb7yxk Page:The Newspaper and the Historian.djvu/332 104 3150624 14127892 12017342 2024-04-25T14:15:37Z MarkLSteadman 559943 /* Proofread */ running header proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MarkLSteadman" /> {{running header|270|THE NEWSPAPER AND THE HISTORIAN}}</noinclude>It must be apparent that no off-hand statement that the editor controls the policy of the press or that he and the paper are both controlled by the owner is of weight unless it takes into consideration the factors of time and place. Equally necessary is it to remember the variations among editors and owners and even the variations in the moods and policies of individual editors. A singularly astute review of a life of Samuel Bowles clearly shows that his theory of journalism was not the same at all stages of his career, that he came to allow his regular correspondents to wreak their spite on his friends, that he allowed the ''Republican'' to give currency to charges of implication in the Crédit-Mobilier bribery on the part of Henry M. Dawes because he knew his readers would take an interest in them, not because he believed them,—"an evasion of personal responsibility, under the guise of a highly virtuous independence."<ref> ''The Nation,'' December 31, 1885, 41: 553–554.</ref> But a very different problem is presented when the question is raised as to how far the editorial expresses public opinion and how far it carries in itself a guarantee that justifies the historian in making use of it. It must be obvious that here also no categorical answer can be given, since the answer must be conditioned by the time, country, and characteristics of the paper in which it appears. The function of the editorial differs much in different countries,<ref>In England the editorial has sought to influence public opinion, in France it seeks to act on the government, while in Germany it may be influenced by the government. {{pbr}} ''{{" '}}The Times'',' said Lord Clarendon , 'forms, guides, or reflects—no matter which—the public opinion of England.{{' "}}—Sir Edward Cook, ''Delane of "The Times,"'' p. 294.</ref> much at different times,<ref>"The medium through which Delane wielded his influence was a journalistic instrument of which the force has in later days been somewhat blunted—the instrument of the leading article."—''Ib.,'' p. 287.</ref> and much in different sections of the same country,<ref>In the small country paper the editorial is almost disappearing, or has become stereotyped and conventional.</ref> while the importance of the editorial and of other parts of the newspaper have varied at different times. If at one time the generals of an army trembled before the war correspondent,<ref>"In his [W. H. Russell's] hands, correspondence from the field really became a power before which generals began to quail."—E. L. Godkin, cited in R. Ogden, ''Life and Letters,'' II, 101–102.</ref> it is the war department and the<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 4nq70fmqatei4jxehwd4xz4hvfsyth5 Page:The Newspaper and the Historian.djvu/333 104 3150625 14127911 12017343 2024-04-25T14:21:26Z MarkLSteadman 559943 /* Proofread */ running header proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MarkLSteadman" /> {{running header||THE EDITOR AND THE EDITORIAL|271}}</noinclude>ministry as a whole that tremble before the editor and owner of a string of newspapers.<ref>''Cf.'' A. G. Gardiner, "The 'Times' and the Man who makes it," ''Atlantic Monthly,'' January, 1917, 119: 111–122, and Norman Angell, "The Problem of Northcliffe," ''New Republic,'' January 27, 1917, 9: 344–347.</ref> The editorial has thus seemed to be drawn in opposite directions; one set of influences has tended to minimize its importance while another has given it a standing and a power it has never had before. It is the part of the historian in his use of the newspaper to weigh the influences behind the editorial and to measure its importance in his own work. Yet when all has been said in regard to the declining influence of the editorial, it must be remembered that there is much to be said on the other side and that it is more nearly true to say that the position of the editorial has changed, and that its influence is being felt in new and other ways. The editor of the old school was born, not made, and, like the doctor and the lawyer, he believed that a person could learn the secrets of the profession only in a newspaper office. The editor of to-day has had a college or a university training; he probably was connected with one of the college papers, and he may have had the added training of a school of journalism. If he may not technically fulfil the specific requirements for an editor prescribed in a recent press law promulgated in China,—that he must be over thirty years of age, suffer from no nervous disease, been undeprived of civil rights, belong neither to the military nor the naval professions, and be neither an administrative or a judicial officer, nor a student,<ref>Special correspondence of the New York ''Evening Post,'' May 13, 1914.</ref>—he conforms to them in effect. Maturity of years and of judgment, mental balance, upright character, freedom from official entanglements are the qualifications everywhere to-day demanded in an editor. Moreover, the individual editor is to-day not infrequently merged into an editorial board,—a change advocated in influential circles as assuring complete independence and impartiality in editorials, but by no means universally commended. The country editor is changing as well as his city brother.<ref>Some of the early country editors were pamphleteers rather than editors. F. W. Scott cites the case of J. B. Turner who in 1843 edited the ''Illinois Statesman.'' The Quincy ''Whig'' commented jocosely on one of his thirteen-column editorials and was gravely told in reply that the actual length was only eleven columns.—''Newspapers and Periodicals of Illinois, 1814–1879,'' p. lxxiv.</ref><noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> hw9etl2za8hbwjbth1li4k1cvecd5cm Page:The Newspaper and the Historian.djvu/334 104 3150626 14130286 12017344 2024-04-25T23:38:37Z MarkLSteadman 559943 /* Proofread */ running header proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MarkLSteadman" /> {{running header|272|THE NEWSPAPER AND THE HISTORIAN}}</noinclude>The rural free delivery brings the city paper to farms and villages, but the city paper does not supersede the country paper. The country editor emphasizes still more the local news, and pushes ever farther back the frontiers of his dominion,—he becomes more and more the man of authority in the community because his opinions tend more and more to be based on knowledge. "Closest to the paper," says Harger, "nearest to their home life, its hopes and its aspirations, the country editor is at the foundation of journalism."<ref>C. M. Harger, "The Country Editor of To-day," ''Atlantic Monthly,'' January, 1907, 99: 89–96.</ref> It is inevitable that with the changing characteristics of the editor a change in the editorial should result. This change is manifest in the wider range of subjects chosen for editorial comment, in the greater breadth of treatment, and in the improvement in the method of treatment. The subjects chosen for editorials have infinitely broadened in scope. ''The Spirit of the Public Journals; or, the Beauties of American Newspapers, For 1805,'' a collection from "nearly one hundred vehicles of information" published in 1806, shows editorials or articles on "The Seasons," "Winter," "Return of Spring," "Autumnal Reflections," "Affection," "Love," "Hope," "Truth," "Modesty," "Deceit," "The Idler," "Begin in Time," "Fashion," "The Grave." Local topics were largely the subjects of editorials somewhat later in the century. William Leggett was most definite and concrete in his choice of subjects, but he did not wander from Washington, Albany, or New York City.<ref>''A Collection of the Political Writings of William Leggett,'' edited by Theodore Sedgwick, Jr., 2 vols., 1840.</ref> Much of the same type of editorial as regards both choice of local subjects, and style of writing, as is seen in the selected editorials of William Leggett, is found in a contemporary English work entitled: ''Spirit of the Metropolitan Conservative Press: Being a Selection of the Best Leading Articles from the London Conservative Journals during the year 1839.'' In sharp contrast to-day are editorials that consider every phase of human thought and activity the world over. The subject of the editorial has broadened at the same time that its treatment of all subjects has notably improved. The editorial only somewhat recently recorded a tendency towards<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> bohqcrkgrkl2kvfe91be1l1xpsm74og Page:The Newspaper and the Historian.djvu/335 104 3150627 14130292 12017345 2024-04-25T23:44:04Z MarkLSteadman 559943 /* Proofread */ running header proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MarkLSteadman" /> {{running header||THE EDITOR AND THE EDITORIAL|273}}</noinclude>the "snappy," scrappy, dialogue style of writing affected by many short-story writers,<ref>F. N. Scott gave timely warning that "our future managing editors will do well to set it down in their Tables that 'Punch,' 'Human Interest,' and 'Heart-Throbs' are not, in modern journalism, the 'Whole Thing'."—''The Nation,'' July 25, 1917, 105: 91.</ref> but the reaction against it is coming and to-day the leading editorials in our leading papers have somewhat the character of the best magazine articles. A general survey of an important question, or an exhaustive comment on a single phase of a subject prominently in the public eye may cover the first three columns of a great daily, while in the care taken in the presentation of the subject it may vie with all that is best in literature. At one time the "sixth column" and the "third leader" were exceptional and they were presumably the work of the regular staff, but to-day the editor calls upon a wide range of occasional editorial contributors with expert knowledge in many fields and this in part explains the broadening of the editorial page both in its interests and in its method of treating them . Modern editorials have been reprinted, as those from the London ''Times,''—"third leaders" that "are meant to turn the reader from affairs and interests of the moment to a consideration 'of man, of nature, and of human life' in their larger, more permanent aspect. In one or another form they represent the daily demand and supply of material for thought. … They are journalism; but in them journalism is extending itself towards, is even becoming, literature."<ref>J. W. Mackail, ''Modern Essays,'' p. x.</ref> The examination of a large number of editorials leads to the conclusion that never has there been so large a number of editorial columns so well written as can be found to-day. An evidence of the permanent value of the editorial of to-day in contrast with the elusive, vague, and therefore temporary reflections of the early day, is seen in the growing tendency to collect them into book form. Charles T. Congdon was on the New York ''Tribune'' from 1857 to 1863 and his "editorials were so good that they received the unusual honor of republication in a book." <ref>W. H. Rideing, ''Many Celebrities and a few Others,'' p. 49. Charles T. Congdon, ''Tribune Essays,'' New York, 1869.</ref> What was considered unusual in 1869 has now become the usual. A library might be collected of volumes made up of<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> csolljdm0e0e2x43f7gftwiu4wmfc7k Page:The Newspaper and the Historian.djvu/336 104 3150628 14130301 12017346 2024-04-25T23:52:00Z MarkLSteadman 559943 /* Proofread */ running header proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MarkLSteadman" /> {{running header|274|THE NEWSPAPER AND THE HISTORIAN}}</noinclude>editorials that have appeared since about 1880 and that give promise of being of permanent value from the nature of the subjects treated. Collected from the editorial columns of the press of different countries, they attest the permanent value as literature of much that appeared first in the so-called "ephemeral press."<ref>Many editorials have been collected by different journals and published collectively:—''Essays from the London Times,'' 2 vols., 1852; ''Mornings of the Recess,'' from the London ''Times,'' 1861–64; ''Casual Essays of the Sun; Seen by the Spectator, The Outlook; College Journalism,'' J. Bruce, and J. V. Forrestal, ''eds.'' {{pbr}} One of the earliest, if not the first, of these republications was made in the latter part of the seventeenth century. John Dunton, his brother-in-law, Samuel Wesley (the father of John Wesley), and Richard Sault published the ''Athenian Mercury'' from March, 1691 until June, 1697. Dunton published in four volumes a selection from these Mercuries and issued it as the ''Athenian Oracle.'' John Underhill has recently collected into one volume "all that is most interesting and valuable in the four volumes of the Athenian Oracle." See introduction to the volume. {{pbr}} The counterpart of this is found in the practice of leading editors of collecting their own most important editorials:—E. L. Godkin, ''Critical and Social Essays;'' George Williams Curtis, ''Ars Recte Vivendi;'' Fabian Franklin, ''People and Problems;'' A. G. Gardiner, ''Pillars of Society;'' and ''Prophets, Priests and Kings.'' {{pbr}} These titles are but suggestive and illustrative of the very large number of works of this character.</ref> The editorial not only covers a wider range of subjects than ever before but it discusses them with a breadth and depth not known in the earlier editorial. This has been particularly noticeable during the recent war where the constant comparison between present and past conditions has been possible only because of the fund of exact information at command.<ref>The New York ''Times,'' for example, compared the surprise victory of the British at Cambrai with the surprise victory of Stonewall Jackson over Hooker at Chancellorsville , "which has hitherto stood as a model."—December 3, 1917. {{pbr}} A mass of material on this point may be found in ''The War from This Side,''—two volumes of editorials collected from the Philadelphia ''North American,'' July, 1914–July, 1916; ''The Gravest 366 Days,'' editorials collected from the New York ''Evening Mail,'' 1916; E. S. Martin, ''The Diary of a Nation,'' 1917; A. G. Gardiner, ''War Lords;'' and in numerous other volumes of collected editorials.</ref> This information is made possible in part through the establishment in all great newspaper offices of special libraries under the care of trained librarians. It was considered noteworthy that the Boston ''Daily Advertiser'' in the time of Nathan Hale had command of a complete file of the London ''Times'' and of other important English,<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> bb2wx247f4tm17z625jk26cc577u1nz Page:The Newspaper and the Historian.djvu/337 104 3150629 14130318 12017347 2024-04-25T23:58:22Z MarkLSteadman 559943 /* Proofread */ running header proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MarkLSteadman" /> {{running header||THE EDITOR AND THE EDITORIAL|275}}</noinclude>French, and German newspapers.<ref>S. K . Lothrop, "Memoir of Nathan Hale," ''Massachusetts Historical Society Proceedings,'' 1880–81, 18: 270–279. {{pbr}} The New York ''Evening Post'' opens its library to the use of students.—Advertisement, January 19, 1918.</ref> The development of "the morgue," or "the dead room" containing biographical material relating to every person even remotely connected with public life, and clippings in regard to every subject of public interest makes information instantly accessible.<ref>L. E. Theiss, "The Morgue Man," ''The Outlook,'' September 14, 1912, 102: 83–88. {{pbr}} "The morgue" is the clipping bureau of the newspaper, but individual workers use the same system in a limited way . See Robert Luce, "The Clipping Bureau and the Library," in ''Special Libraries,'' September–October, 1913, 4: 152–157. {{pbr}} The New York ''Evening Post'' publishes, and frequently revises, a pamphlet giving the list of its obituaries in readiness, character sketches, and list of subject envelopes. {{pbr}} The importance attached to the "morgue" by journalists themselves is indicated by the reply reputed to have been made by a city editor to a Japanese who had asked what constituted the most important element in the oft-repeated "power of the press." {{" '}}Here is your answer,' said the city editor, taking him to the journalistic morgue. 'The newspaper keeps its fingers on the past and its eyes on the future.' In 'dead' news rest such important clues for the future as well as of the past, and such an infallible, indelible record and guide that the statement of the trained editor was well chosen."—G . J. Nathan, "Journalistic 'Morgues," ''Bookman,'' August, 1910, 31: 597–599. {{pbr}} An exceptionally good account of the "morgue", is that of J. F. Kwapil, "The 'Morgue' as a Factor in Journalism," ''Library Journal,'' May 15, 1921, 46: 443–446.</ref> The editor is and must be prepared for every emergency. This improvement in the general standard of the editorial has in part been made possible by the great extension of the newspaper plant. Through modern invention and through news-collecting agencies, the whole world has been brought to the sanctum, and the time and energy of the office staff thus released has been turned in the direction of perfecting the various parts of the paper. The early editorial might claim infallibility of judgment, but the editorial of to-day may with greater justice lay claim to omniscience. The slightest error of statement in regard to events brings on it the satire of its even more omniscient competitors while the danger of a libel suit lurks in every misstatement in regard to an individual. An examination of editorials covering a<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> j7a8haed81518y0ok4euufvef6droyq Page:The Newspaper and the Historian.djvu/338 104 3150630 14130328 12017348 2024-04-26T00:04:18Z MarkLSteadman 559943 /* Proofread */ running header proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MarkLSteadman" /> {{running header|276|THE NEWSPAPER AND THE HISTORIAN}}</noinclude>long series of years leads to the conclusion, that no parts of the best newspapers of to-day are so free from errors of fact as are the editorial columns. Errors of judgment will always be found, yet the historian must regard these as personal and not to be attributed to the newspaper as such. As the editorial has widened its scope from the early, almost exclusive consideration of political subjects, it has in so doing acquired an independence in treating all subjects. The early editorial was largely the expression of the personal opinions of the editor; the editorial to-day is the impersonal voice of the newspaper. This is in sharp contrast to the changes that have come in other parts of the newspaper. War correspondence was in its great days entirely impersonal,—the volume, ''The War Correspondence of the "Daily News," 1887,'' is made up of a very large number of letters, the authors of which can not be identified by any one who does not understand the cryptic symbol used by each, but the letters of war correspondents to-day are published, and later collected, under the name of each individual writer. But it was the editor who may once have placed his initials under his editorial, as did Horace Greeley. The editorial to-day is impersonal and its authorship presumably unknown outside of the editorial office. Many illustrations of this, as also of the wide and accurate knowledge found in the best editorials, are seen in the volumes of editorials collected to-day that involve a knowledge of the conditions out of which the late war grew. As the editorial becomes more and more impersonal, it becomes for the use of the historian more and more valuable. It is of course inevitable that this very impersonality should bring with it a certain confusion growing out of the editorial "we,"—a custom almost contemporaneous with the origin of the newspaper press itself. It has been traced to the ''Mercurius Politicus,'' the official gazette the first number of which appeared June 13, 1650.<ref>"The British Newspaper," ''Dublin University Magazine,'' March, 1863, 61: 359–376.</ref> It contained letters from abroad and since "two persons were speaking, not only for themselves, but also for the Council of State," the form used was understandable. The plural form was<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> lfntmo2red200rl4d6fn1gzz8y0ay4m Page:The Newspaper and the Historian.djvu/339 104 3150631 14130342 12017349 2024-04-26T00:10:34Z MarkLSteadman 559943 /* Proofread */ running header proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MarkLSteadman" /> {{running header||THE EDITOR AND THE EDITORIAL|277}}</noinclude>carried on in the ''London Gazette'' after the Restoration<ref>J. B. Williams, "John Milton, Journalist," ''Oxford and Cambridge Review,'' April, 1912, 18: 73–88.</ref> and has been generally accepted in spite of the obvious limitations in its use.<ref>M. M'D. Bodkin finds that "The mysterious editorial 'we' is vaguely suggestive of an oracle kept tame on the newspaper premises and ready to deliver impromptu and infallible pronouncements on every subject under heaven, for the leader writer must know something of everything, or at least successfully assume a knowledge if he have it not."—''Recollections of an Irish Judge,'' p. 245.</ref> But even to-day distinctions must be noted in its use. The country editor uses "we," but often with a familiar, personal tone. Editorials on large, important subjects are often written with the home town in mind and in relation to local interests. In the great metropolitan dailies, the "we" that on the editorial page in the early days represented only a single voice has developed into the collective "we" that on the news pages, through the hundreds of significant passages collected by telegraph from editorials all over the country, justifies more than ever before the claim that the press is "the fourth estate." The charge is often made that the editor has changed his position on important public questions and the implication is conveyed that the change has come from a desire to curry favor with those in authority, or from the still more ambitious plan of becoming the power behind the throne. The charge comes from other members of the press who with mirth resort to "the deadly parallel column" to prove their position,<ref>It was undoubtedly with peculiar pleasure that the London ''Nation,'' of October 12, 1918, printed a selection in fulsome praise of Emperor William from the ''Daily Mail'' of June 20, 1910.</ref>—an effective weapon, but one which can be used in both directions and turned against the press. John Bright once said, "The ''Times'' says I repeat myself; the ''Times'' says I am guilty of what it calls tautology; the ''Times'' says I am always saying the same thing. What I complain of in the ''Times'' is that it ''never'' says the same thing."<ref>Cited by G. M. Trevelyan, ''Life of John Bright,'' p. 250.</ref> Nor was John Bright alone in thinking that ''The Times'' never said the same thing. Greville found that "The 'Times' newspaper, always famous for its versatility and inconsistency, has lately produced articles on the Eastern Question on the same day of the most opposite characters, one warlike and firm, the next vehemently<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 7hq9rezixo2t2d01fc3uvvoumkhc76y Page:The Newspaper and the Historian.djvu/340 104 3150632 14130353 12017351 2024-04-26T00:18:15Z MarkLSteadman 559943 /* Proofread */ running header proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MarkLSteadman" /> {{running header|278|THE NEWSPAPER AND THE HISTORIAN}}</noinclude>pacific by some other hand. This is of small importance, but it is indicative of the difference which exists in the Cabinet on the subject, and the explanation of the inconsistency of the 'Times' is to be found in the double influence which acts on the paper."<ref>''The Greville Memoirs,'' VII, 744 , July 12, 1853.—Lord Palmerston advocated a vigorous policy while Lord Aberdeen favored peace.</ref> While these editorial variations have often given rise to pungent criticism, very real difficulties are frequently presented to an editor, as has been recently suggested. An editor starts out to support a Mr. Jones whose intentions seem the best. His methods turn out to be a trifle shady: He makes enemies. Shall the editor continue to support him, pointing out his good qualities for the sake of the end in view, or shall he denounce Mr. Jones?—Every editor has to meet this situation.<ref>"Editorial Dilemma," ''New Republic,'' October 23, 1915, 4: 299.</ref> Other complications may arise as when editorials are written by persons at a distance who are not known to be connected with the papers for which they write. Kinglake says that Delane had once told him that while at Oxford he had supported himself "by writing leading articles for country newspapers."<ref>A. W. Kinglake, ''The Invasion of the Crimea,'' IV, Appendix XV.</ref> Jerdan considered that editing provincial papers in London was "just as effective as if the writer resided in the place of publication,"<ref>''Autobiography,'' I, chap. XV.—Jerdan says that, for a number of years, he thus edited the ''Sheffield Mercury,'' and also a Birmingham paper, an Irish journal, and other papers in various parts of the country. It seems possible that Jerdan has confused sending contributions to these papers with actual editorial work.</ref>—an opinion that would not receive unanimous support. The puzzling alternative in regard to policies to be followed is not the only one that confronts an editor. Is it one of his prerogatives to change a manuscript that has been accepted for publication? Editors have frequently assumed that it is,—much to the discomfiture of their contributors. Leslie Stephen, writing of the period from 1856 to 1861, says: "I believe that the 'Edinburgh Review' still acted upon the precedent set by Jeffrey, according to which a contributor, especially, of course, a young contributor, was regarded as supplying raw material which might be rather arbitrarily altered by the editor."<ref>''The Life of Sir James Fitzjames Stephen,'' p. 162.</ref> How this was regarded by contributors is indicated in a<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 36erqaznh6gtmqqihq1m4e4dltfzgnj Page:The Newspaper and the Historian.djvu/341 104 3150633 14130361 12017352 2024-04-26T00:26:22Z MarkLSteadman 559943 /* Proofread */ running header proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MarkLSteadman" /> {{running header||THE EDITOR AND THE EDITORIAL|279}}</noinclude>letter from Carlyle to Napier, November 23, 1830, in which he says: "My respected friend your predecessor [Jeffrey] had some difficulty with me in adjusting the respective prerogatives of Author and Editor, for though not, as I hope, insensible to fair reason, I used sometimes to rebel against what I reckoned mere authority, and this partly perhaps as a matter of literary conscience; being wont to write nothing without studying if possible to the bottom, and writing always with an almost painful feeling of scrupulosity, that light editorial hacking and hewing to right and left was in general nowise to my mind."<ref>Macvey Napier, ''Selection from the Correspondence of the late Macvey Napier, Esq.,'' p. 96.</ref> Napier also heard from Jeffrey who wrote, "I fear Carlyle will not do, that is, if you do not take the liberties and the pains with him that I did, by striking out freely, and writing in occasionally."<ref>''Ib.,'' p. 126.</ref> Macaulay was perhaps less sensitive; at all events, he wrote to Napier that he quite approved the alterations Napier had made in his article on Mackintosh.<ref>''Ib.,'' p. 173.</ref> Mrs. Gaskell took umbrage at what she regarded as a reflection on Mr. Gaskell's ability as a critic. She wrote Dickens, objecting to "the purple patches with which he was anxious to embroider her work." All her work had been criticized by her husband, she wrote, and therefore she felt that what was good enough to pass his scrutiny was good enough for the public. She "keenly resented any alteration in her manuscript, and wrote off in great haste to Dickens," who had changed a complimentary allusion to ''Pickwick Papers'' in the first Cranford paper, "demanding the withdrawal of her sketch," but it was too late as it had already been sent to the printer of ''Household Words.''<ref>Mrs. Ellis H. Chadwick, ''Mrs. Gaskell Haunts Homes and Stories,'' pp. 143–144, 184.</ref> Dickens apparently had little hesitation in altering the manuscripts of his contributors and his letters show the "delicate changes" and the rejection of titles that he made in them,<ref>R. C. Lehmann, ''Charles Dickens as Editor,'' pp. 51, 65, 70, 99–101, 126, 136, 188, 194, 319.</ref> although himself indignant when the slightest change was made in his own manuscripts.<ref>''Ibid,'' pp. 29–32.</ref> {{nop}}<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 4mgjlh6bqvebbzqeal5dd520rhqp30h Page:The Newspaper and the Historian.djvu/342 104 3150635 14130372 12017353 2024-04-26T00:33:47Z MarkLSteadman 559943 /* Proofread */ running header proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MarkLSteadman" /> {{running header|280|THE NEWSPAPER AND THE HISTORIAN}}</noinclude>Hazlitt found that "some Editors, moreover, have a way of altering the first paragraph: they have then exercised their privileges, and let you alone for the rest of the chapter;" that "Some Editors will let you praise nobody; others will let you blame nobody;" and that "Editors are a 'sort of ''tittle-tattle''—' difficult to deal with, dangerous to discuss."<ref>William Hazlitt, "A Chapter on Editors," ''Men and Manners,'' pp. 307, 309, 304.</ref> It was to be expected that the fastidious Delane would make editorial emendations. "Much that appeared in ''The Times'' under the head of leading articles was so amended by his pen that it was in reality Delane's handiwork," acknowledges his biographer.<ref>A. I. Dasent, ''John Thadeus Delane,'' I, 68. {{pbr}} "Bob Lowe wrote such an article upon Bright. It made my hair stand on end, and I have had to alter it almost beyond recognition."—''Ib.,'' II, 159.</ref> Henry Reeve, called by Delane "Il Pomposo," says that he rebelled against these editorial changes made in his leaders and he writes, "The moment an attempt was made to interfere with me and to garble my articles, I resigned [from ''The Times''], and fell back on the 'Edinburgh Review'."<ref>J. K. Laughton, ''Memoirs of Henry Reeve,'' I, 339.—E. T. Cook puts the matter in quite a different light in ''Delane of "The Times,"'' pp. 192–195, as does A. I. Dasent, ''John Thadeus Delane,'' I, 213–223, where the correspondence is given in full. {{pbr}} H. Brackenbury frequently contributed to the ''Athenaeum,'' but when "a new editor, a very young man," altered his proof, he says, "this mechanical editorship was not to my taste,and I ceased contributing to the paper."—''Some Memories of My Spare Time,'' p. 81.</ref> O'Shea found sub-editorial tinkering with his manuscript "an intolerable nuisance" and often thought "changes were made out of pure wantonness to show one's privilege of intermeddling."<ref>''Leaves from the Life of a Special Correspondent,'' II, 168–169.</ref> Paris was probably infected with this feeling at that time, for Theodore Child wrote, "It is a common complaint on the part of the representatives of the English press in Paris that their letters are mercilessly mutilated in the editorial room in London."<ref>"The Paris Newspaper Press," ''Fortnightly Review,'' August, 1885, n. s., 38: 149–165.</ref> The benevolent Howells, in giving an account of his ''Atlantic'' stewardship, says that "sometimes it [the proof-reading] took the character of original work, in that liberal ''Atlantic'' tra-<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 4jzpnonmt8xyf34zx22mwh9fxtf1nig Page:The Newspaper and the Historian.djvu/343 104 3150636 14130378 12017354 2024-04-26T00:39:14Z MarkLSteadman 559943 /* Proofread */ running header proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MarkLSteadman" /> {{running header||THE EDITOR AND THE EDITORIAL|281}}</noinclude>dition of bettering the authors by editorial transposition and paraphrase, either in the form of suggestion or of absolute correction."<ref>"Recollections of an Atlantic Editorship," ''Atlantic Monthly,'' November, 1907, 100: 594–606.</ref> Even editors themselves are not immune from the blue pencil. When Blanchard Jerrold was the editor of ''Lloyd's Weekly Newspaper,'' Thomas Catling was sub-editor. At one time the latter told Lloyd that an article Lloyd had disapproved was written by Jerrold. "That," said the owner, "has nothing to do with it; I look to you to see that everything is kept right." "From that time onward," continues Catling, "though the editor's name appeared on the front page of the paper, his copy had to be closely supervised by the sub-editor."<ref>''My Life's Pilgrimage,'' p. 161.</ref> The troubles of editors with contributors do not end with the wrath expressed by them over the editorial changes made in their manuscripts. Often contributors claim that certain fields and subjects belong to them and that the editor should not allow others to poach on their preserves. To one such, Macvey Napier wrote with some asperity, "You think that I ought to have rejected an article on the Italian Economists by Spring Rice, on the ground that the whole province of Political Economy ought to be kept sacred for yourself. Now, it is impossible for me to agree to this. No man connected with the Review, none even of its founders, has ever claimed an exclusive right over any particular province."<ref>The correspondence on this point between Napier and J. R. M'Culloch is given in ''Correspondence of Macvey Napier,'' pp. 73–76.</ref> Brougham's infirmities of temper led Napier into frequent difficulties on the same score. "Pray send off your countermand to Macaulay," he wrote the harassed editor to whom Macaulay had offered an article on the politics of France after the Restoration, "I can trust no one but myself with it," and he plaintively adds, "Jeffrey always used to arrange it so upon delicate questions." Macaulay was naturally much vexed and so writes to Napier at some length, but he yielded to the imperious Brougham.<ref>''Correspondence of Macvey Napier,'' pp. 82–83, 88–94.</ref> {{nop}}<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> gfgfw1eg6nhc0xo28zgzh9a88probxm Page:The Newspaper and the Historian.djvu/344 104 3150637 14130386 12017355 2024-04-26T00:45:45Z MarkLSteadman 559943 /* Proofread */ running header proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MarkLSteadman" /> {{running header|282|THE NEWSPAPER AND THE HISTORIAN}}</noinclude>Another long controversy ensued over the question of whether Brougham or Macaulay should write an article on Chatham for the ''Edinburgh.'' Napier wrote Brougham who sent the article, "I know, however, I shall be blamed (but not by Macaulay himself) for taking the subject out of his hands, and that this article will be cited as another proof of what is frequently dinned in my ears,—my supposed subsurviency to your wishes." Brougham testily replied, "That he [Macaulay] has any better right to monopolize Lord Chatham, I more than doubt. That he would have done it better, I also doubt:" and he begs Napier "to pluck up a little courage, and not be alarmed every time any of the little knot of threateners annoy you. ''They want to break off all kind of connection between me and the Edinburgh Review.'' I have long seen it." And he again fretfully writes Napier, "I thought the act of not letting Macaulay do an article on Lord Chatham, was nothing out of the way."<ref>''Correspondence of Macvey Napier,'' pp. 259–268.</ref> Dickens was also a troublesome contributor and when a reviewer of his ''American Notes''<ref>"American Notes for General Circulation, by Charles Dickens. 2 vols.," ''Edinburgh Review,'' January, 1843, 76: 497–522.</ref> had represented him as having gone to America in the cause of international copyright—at this distance in time a somewhat inadequate cause for rousing ire in celestial minds—he wrote to Napier in hot and voluble haste: {{dhr}} "I am at a loss to divine who its author is. I ''know'' he read in some cut-throat American paper, this and other monstrous statements, which I could at any time have converted into sickening praise by the payment of some fifty dollars. I know that he is perfectly aware that his statement in the Review, in corroboration of these lies, would be disseminated through the whole of the United States; and that my contradiction will never be heard of. And though I care very little for the opinion of any person who will set the statement of an American editor (almost invariably an atrocious scoundrel) against my character and conduct, such as they may be; still, my sense of justice does revolt from this most cavalier and careless exhibition of me to a whole people, as a traveller under false pretences, and a disappointed intriguer. The better the acquaintance with America, the more defenceless and more inexcusable such conduct is. For I solemnly declare (and appeal to any man but the writer of this<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> fb4hikif5p5vbfeprbjd6n0dsh212y6 Page:The Newspaper and the Historian.djvu/345 104 3150639 14130390 12017356 2024-04-26T00:51:35Z MarkLSteadman 559943 /* Proofread */ running header proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MarkLSteadman" /> {{running header||THE EDITOR AND THE EDITORIAL|283}}</noinclude>paper, who has travelled in that country, for confirmation of my statement) that the source from which he drew the 'information' so recklessly put forth again in England, is infinitely more obscene, disgusting, and brutal, than the very worst Sunday newspaper that has ever been printed in Great Britain."<ref>''Correspondence of Macvey Napier,'' p. 417. The letter is dated January 21, 1843.</ref> The editor's troubles with contributors have not been confined to the comparatively harmless field of literary criticism. In an article for the ''Edinburgh'',<ref>H. Brougham, "Newspaper Tax," ''Edinburgh Review,'' April, 1835, 61: 181–185.</ref> Brougham severely criticized the Melbourne ministry and referred to the "secretaries," and "underlings" whom the ministry had allowed to "think for it." Brougham was disaffected towards the Whigs, yet expected his strictures on the party to be printed in the ''Review,'' although, as Napier wrote him, "''The Edinburgh Review,'' I need not tell you, ever has been attached to the Whig Party." Macaulay later protested to Napier that Brougham, "not having a single vote in either House of Parliament at his command except his own, is desirous to make the Review his organ" and "he has begun to use the word ''Whig'' as an epithet of reproach."<ref>''Correspondence of Macvey Napier,'' pp. 165–171, 196–214, 261–265.</ref> When later Empson was consulted in regard to reviewing a recent book of Brougham's, he wrote with asperity: "His [Brougham's] position with the party, the ''Review,'' and you, is sufficiently notorious to make a review in the ''Edinburgh'' of any work of his one of the most delicate operations possible."<ref>''Ib.,'' p. 463.</ref> With change of names and dates, the troubles between editors and contributors suggested by the history of the ''Edinburgh Review'' are those found everywhere in the periodical press.<ref> See companion articles on the subject: A Contributor, "Editors," and An Editor, "Contributors," in the ''National Review,'' June and August, 1896, 27: 505–515, 793–801.</ref> The editor feels that he is limited by the temperament of his contributors and the contributor languishes under the heavy hand of the editor. The editor must not offend the public, and the contributor must not offend the editor. With exceptions almost equal in number to those that prove the rule, the student of history must find the editor of the periodical press essentially<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 98oh40ut5zy47ve1ts91rc9pon6yvme Page:The Newspaper and the Historian.djvu/346 104 3150640 14130391 12017357 2024-04-26T00:54:41Z MarkLSteadman 559943 /* Proofread */ running header proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MarkLSteadman" /> {{running header|284|THE NEWSPAPER AND THE HISTORIAN}}</noinclude>conservative, a man with his hand on the public pulse, an observer rather than a leader, a critic rather than an initiator. The controlling desire of a great modern newspaper is to give its readers the news, and the news therefore may show progressive action, the breaking of precedents, the activities of great organizations formed to uphold righteousness and peace. The editorial of the same paper, especially if scrutinized by an editorial board, may in the same issues show in spirit a tendency to lag behind the news, to be conservative and even timid and reactionary in expressing opinions concerning the effect of the news published in its own columns. The important questions concerning the editor center, for the historian, around his reputed control by the proprietor, the influence exerted over him by governments on the one hand and on the other hand the influence he exerts over governments, and the decline in influence of the editorial while at the same time it has improved in accuracy and definiteness of statement, in good temper, in grasp of subject and breadth of treatment, and in its general authoritativeness. But quite apart from these large phases of his work the position of an editor may involve situations that may bring many heart-burnings, much depression of spirit, and profound discouragement and questioning as to the real importance of his work. The conscientious editor may regret that he is not reaching certain classes in society, but he may himself find no adequate explanation for it; he realizes that his editorials are not read, but he does not know whether their tone is too aggressive, or too conciliatory, too laudatory, or too sarcastic. His divergence of opinion from the opinions of his subordinates may be as troublesome as is his divergence from the views of proprietors. He may cringe before the fear of offending local interests or high officials of state and cry out with the Pious Editor, {{block center|"I du believe in Freedom's cause<br />{{em|2}}Ez fur away ez Payris is."<ref>J. R. Lowell, "The Pious Editor's Creed," ''Biglow Papers,'' Number VI.</ref>}} He may be the champion of a dying cause as was Paul de Cassagnac who upheld the Empire and opposed the Republic until his death in 1904.<ref>New York ''Evening Post,'' November 19, 1904.</ref> The editor may support an apparently<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> k41evvk7ogkl10enqk3y5bvyfkzhdqq Page:The Newspaper and the Historian.djvu/347 104 3150641 14130395 12017358 2024-04-26T01:00:08Z MarkLSteadman 559943 /* Proofread */ running header proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MarkLSteadman" /> {{running header||THE EDITOR AND THE EDITORIAL|285}}</noinclude>hopeless cause and at last see it win, as Madame Adam long promoted the policy of ''revanche'' as a means of securing the return of Alsace-Lorraine to France.<ref>Winifred Stephens, ''Madame Adam.''</ref> "The Editor is doomed," says a recent writer, "for the public will pay for news, and not for notions."<ref>''Bohemian Days in Fleet Street,'' p. 298.</ref> The editor may be doomed, but his problems still persist and will not down. The names and the times of editors might at any period be exchanged for those quite otherwise and the same troubles would still confront him,—differences in degree and differences in constituencies would not alter the basic situation. Leslie Stephen has shown that in the eighteenth century Defoe considered that the journal "supplied the initiative and leverage for all movements of political and social reform;" that Addison and Steele tried to be independent of patrons and to reflect the opinions of those about them; that Steele believed in "strong writing;" that Swift was indifferent to patronage; that Cobbett appealed to the masses; and that Leigh Hunt made journalism literature. But in 1810 the Reverend James Beresford wrote ''The Twelve Labours of an Editor, separately pitted against those of Hercules.'' The first three of these labors he found to be "beating the devouring critic," "overcoming innumerable errors," and "grasping the meaning of his author." He found that "the editor … is to be regarded as the Enemy, and Avenger of the antisocial Passions, under the two main divisions—those of ''open, brutal, Fury;'' and ''deadly, poisonous malice''." Another labor of the editor was pouring "his river of reformation through every contaminated stall and stye." He was to draw his "goose-quill upon the ''men,'' and welcome; but—''let'' THE LADIES alone!" And his final labor was to expose evil.—Have the problems of the editor conspicuously changed since they were thus stated more than a century ago? But the editorial at least is not doomed , and it takes on a new lease of life, although not necessarily of influence, as new forms of increasing its circulation are devised. Not only are the editorials of a single editor and the editorials from a single news-<noinclude>{{smalrefs}}</noinclude> j8hzjo007eqdtvjnuijavv5kuch93vw 14130398 14130395 2024-04-26T01:00:51Z MarkLSteadman 559943 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MarkLSteadman" /> {{running header||THE EDITOR AND THE EDITORIAL|285}}</noinclude>hopeless cause and at last see it win, as Madame Adam long promoted the policy of ''revanche'' as a means of securing the return of Alsace-Lorraine to France.<ref>Winifred Stephens, ''Madame Adam.''</ref> "The Editor is doomed," says a recent writer, "for the public will pay for news, and not for notions."<ref>''Bohemian Days in Fleet Street,'' p. 298.</ref> The editor may be doomed, but his problems still persist and will not down. The names and the times of editors might at any period be exchanged for those quite otherwise and the same troubles would still confront him,—differences in degree and differences in constituencies would not alter the basic situation. Leslie Stephen has shown that in the eighteenth century Defoe considered that the journal "supplied the initiative and leverage for all movements of political and social reform;" that Addison and Steele tried to be independent of patrons and to reflect the opinions of those about them; that Steele believed in "strong writing;" that Swift was indifferent to patronage; that Cobbett appealed to the masses; and that Leigh Hunt made journalism literature. But in 1810 the Reverend James Beresford wrote ''The Twelve Labours of an Editor, separately pitted against those of Hercules.'' The first three of these labors he found to be "beating the devouring critic," "overcoming innumerable errors," and "grasping the meaning of his author." He found that "the editor … is to be regarded as the Enemy, and Avenger of the antisocial Passions, under the two main divisions—those of ''open, brutal, Fury;'' and ''deadly, poisonous malice''." Another labor of the editor was pouring "his river of reformation through every contaminated stall and stye." He was to draw his "goose-quill upon the ''men,'' and welcome; but—''let'' THE LADIES alone!" And his final labor was to expose evil.—Have the problems of the editor conspicuously changed since they were thus stated more than a century ago? But the editorial at least is not doomed , and it takes on a new lease of life, although not necessarily of influence, as new forms of increasing its circulation are devised. Not only are the editorials of a single editor and the editorials from a single news-<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 2slod5eker3j3qyn1hi5ot19g3521sh Page:A hairdresser's experience in high life.djvu/10 104 3160001 14128428 10613901 2024-04-25T17:30:54Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Jkylefenton" />{{rh|12|{{smaller|A HAIR-DRESSER'S EXPERIENCE}}|}}</noinclude>under it for a length of time, ''just as naturally''. I have seen other persons do the same thing, and so, I suppose, I need not be ashamed to own having committed a weakness, which has, from the beginning of time, numbered the most respectable of the earth among its ''victims''. But it matters not how or why, after a season of quiet, or unquiet, just as you please to call it, the desire for roving again took possession of me; and I determined to visit Canada, before going to Ohio. I therefore proceeded to Queenstown, and there took passage on a steamer for Toronto. I was alone in the world—self-exiled from home and friends, to be sure—but it was not until we were out some distance upon the rolling waters of the lake, that I realized my isolated condition. I sat upon the deck, surrounded by people; but being a stranger among strangers, I had no claim upon the notice of any one; and I gazed out, with somewhat saddened feelings, upon the waste of waters before me. My nature is sympathetic, however; and as confusion reigned everywhere upon the boat, I soon grew nervous with excitement. Among the passengers was the Governor-General of Canada, with his family and suite, beside many distinguished persons of the Province. They observed my embarrassed manner, and spoke kindly to me; for which I was extremely grateful, and did not fail to express to them my thanks. But at dinner, these kind people really made me feel uncomfortable: my situation was a novel one; I had never before been associated with those who considered themselves my superiors—''at table;'' but upon this occasion, I was invited to sit and take my meal with those who, had they been educated in my own country, would have<noinclude></noinclude> e8kmunbvrmtpuykn4df5gx44vvl2e3v Page:Wallenstein, a drama in 2 parts - Schiller (tr. Coleridge) (1800).djvu/79 104 3160003 14130714 10105522 2024-04-26T07:03:38Z Chrisguise 2855804 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{rh| | FIRST PART OF WALLENSTEIN.|57}} {{center block/s}}</noinclude><ref follow="p56">It might perhaps have been thus rendered:<br/>{{gap}}"And that for which he sold his services,<br/>{{gap}}"The soldier must receive."<br/>But a false or doubtful etymology is no more than a dull pun.</ref><poem> {{c|{{fine|QUESTENBERG.}}}}Ah! this is a far other tone from that In which the Duke spoke eight, nine years ago. {{c|{{fine|WALLENSTEIN.}}}}Yes! 'tis my fault, I know it: I myself Have spoilt the Emperor by indulging him. Nine years ago, during the Danish war, I rais'd him up a force, a mighty force, Forty or fifty thousand men, that cost him Of his own purse no doit. Through Saxony The fury goddess of the war march'd on, E'en to the surf-rocks of the Baltic, bearing The terrors of his name. That was a time! In the whole Imperial realm no name like mine Honor'd with feftival and celebration— And Albrecht {{sc|Wallenstein}}, it was the title Of the third jewel in his crown! But at the Diet, when the Princes met At Regenspurg, there, there the whole broke out, There 'twas laid open, there it was made known, Out of what money-bag I had paid the host. And what was now my thank, what had I now, That I, a faithful servant of the Sovereign, Had loaded on myself the people's curses, And let the Princes of the empire pay The expences of this war, that aggrandizes </poem><noinclude>{{center block/e}} {{rule}}{{smallrefs}} {{right|The}}</noinclude> 8kohpeihrqds60c1ty2hlzndi7bk9qv Page:Wallenstein, a drama in 2 parts - Schiller (tr. Coleridge) (1800).djvu/80 104 3160130 14130719 10105743 2024-04-26T07:05:51Z Chrisguise 2855804 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{rh|58| THE PICCOLOMINI, OR THE| }} {{center block/s}}</noinclude><poem> The Emperor alone—What thanks had I! What? I was offer'd up to their complaints, Dismiss'd, degraded! {{c|{{fine|QUESTENBERG.}}}}{{gap|7em}}But your Highness knows What little freedom he possess'd of action In that disastrous diet. {{c|{{fine|WALLENSTEIN.}}}}{{gap|12em}}Death and hell! ''I'' had that which could have procur'd him freedom. No! Since 'twas prov'd so inauspicious to me To serve the Emperor at the empire's cost, I have been taught far other trains of thinking Of th' empire, and the diet of the empire. From th' Emperor, doubtless, I receiv'd this staff, But now I hold it as the empire's general— For the common weal, the universal int'rest, And no more for that one man's aggrandizement! But to the point. What is it that's desir'd of me? {{c|{{fine|QUESTENBERG.}}}}First, his Imperial Majesty hath will'd That without pretexts of delay the army Evacuate Bohemia. {{c|{{fine|WALLENSTEIN.}}}}{{gap|10em}}In this season? And to what quarter, wills the Emperor, That we direct our course? {{c|{{fine|QUESTENBERG.}}}}{{gap|11em}}To the enemy. His Majesty resolves, that Regenspurg Be purified from the enemy, ere Easter, </poem><noinclude>{{center block/e}} {{right| That }}</noinclude> ik97slv6ikfjw23qwhnrtll90nvap2z Page:A pilgrimage to my motherland.djvu/21 104 3161821 14128503 11558018 2024-04-25T17:40:44Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Jkylefenton" />{{rh|12|A PILGRIMAGE|}}</noinclude> situated in lat. 5° 6', N., long. 1° 5' W The town is not so low as either Bathurst or Lagos, but at the same time not more healthy than either. It was originally founded by the Portuguese; the British became its owners in 1672. The immediate site of the town wears a very rugged and barren aspect, but there are some beautiful green hills in the background where Indian corn and other products are cultivated. Gold dust is the principal article of export—the gold is chiefly brought from the Ashantee country in the interior, but the women procure small quantities after rain by washing the black sand scraped from the sea-beach and water-courses. The landing is bad, although the native canoe-men manage so well as seldom to wet their passengers. The inhabitants experience great want of water, relying for their supply on wells and pools which are frequently dry, and the latter sometimes muddy and unwholesome. The natives are very industrious, and manufacture tolerably fine articles of jewelry. The women both of this place and of Acra wear a strange-looking appendage to their dress immediately at the base of the lumbar region. Bustle would be hardly an appropriate term for it, as, although worn in about the same position, the appearance is different; and though used as a support for infants, which African women universally carry on their backs, it is<noinclude></noinclude> ee2gphjmrwtqab114t6lpqybcde8962 Page:A pilgrimage to my motherland.djvu/25 104 3161889 14128504 10131830 2024-04-25T17:41:04Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Jkylefenton" />{{rh|16|A PILGRIMAGE|}}</noinclude>watching intently their leader, then at a signal from him, they dash on vigorously on the top of a wave. As soon as the canoe touches, simultaneously they are in the water, and seizing their frail craft, in an instant bear her high and dry on the beach. The bar of Lagos is dangerous chiefly on account of the large number of sharks which are always ready to make a repast on the bodies of the unfortunate occupants of any boat capsizing there. The difficulties of the bar are not, however, insuperable: small vessels can always easily sail over it into the fine bay within, where they can load or unload with little trouble and without risk. It is not so easy to go out again, however, for then it would be necessary to "beat" against the wind; but a small steamboat could at once take them out in tow with perfect safety. I was informed that slavers used always to enter the bay: they could of course afford to wait for a favorable wind with which to get out. On landing I was kindly received by a Mr. Turner, a re-captured slave, educated at Sierra Leone by the British, and now a respectable merchant at Lagos. After partaking of some refreshments provided by my hospitable friend, I was conducted to the house of Lieut. Lodder, the acting Consul, to whom I brought a letter from Lord Malmesbury, British Minister for<noinclude></noinclude> e3rwkljzzj65f2ybavg3mdsu6gridce Page:A pilgrimage to my motherland.djvu/27 104 3161894 14128505 10131181 2024-04-25T17:41:14Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Jkylefenton" />{{rh|18|A PILGRIMAGE|}}</noinclude>localities on the coast of tropical countries, it is unhealthy. The prevailing disease is fever with chills: with common prudence, however, there is nothing to fear in this disease; but if the person suffering from it will blindly persist in the use of alcoholic stimulants, the consequence might be serious. I am sorry to say that Europeans and others, generally indulge far too freely in these beverages. In too many instances, I believe the climate is blamed for the evils thus created. After passing through what is called the acclimating process, which lasts during twelve or fifteen months, one is seldom troubled again with fever. The population, of Lagos is estimated at about thirty thousand: there are about fifteen hundred emigrants from Sierra Leone, the Brazils and Cuba. All these are themselves native Africans, brought from the interior and sold on different parts of the coast. Those from Sierra Leone are recaptured, and the others redeemed slaves. Few are more than half civilized. The white inhabitants number about twenty-five, and include English, Germans, French, Italians, and Portuguese. A few very fine houses have been erected near the water-side, and others were being built at the time of our departure. They use as money small shells (''Cyprœa Moneta'') called cowries by the English, ''owu'' by the natives, this being also the<noinclude></noinclude> 9o4wbrot47899ptjbgk0j5pbeaope1k Page:A pilgrimage to my motherland.djvu/31 104 3161909 14128506 11558015 2024-04-25T17:41:36Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Jkylefenton" />{{rh|22|A PILGRIMAGE|}}</noinclude>{{c|{{x-larger|CHAPTER III}} JOURNEY TO ABBEOKUTA.}} The Crowthers—River Ogun—Ogboi Creek—Nymphæa—Rhizophora Mangle—Villages in the Swamp—Steam Navigation on the Ogun—Fish-Snares—Current—Rocky Bed—Crossing on Calabashes—"Agayen"—Subterranean Streams—Aro—Orange Cottage. I <small>REMAINED</small> at Lagos nearly six weeks, and my colleague, Dr. Delany, not having arrived, I determined on at once setting out for Abbeokuta. I left on the 29th of August, accompanied by Messrs. Samuel and Josiah Crowther, sons of the worthy native missionary, the Rev. Samuel Crowther. The journey from Lagos to Abbeokuta is usually made by canoes, up the river Ogun, the waters of which empty into the bay of Lagos. Somewhat west of its embouchure is the Ogboi creek or cut, communicating with the Ogun about ten or twelve miles from the bay. Canoe-men always prefer reaching the river by means of this cut, as the distance direct up the river is greater. There was abundance of the beautiful water-plant "Nymphæa," now in flower, in places<noinclude></noinclude> d616dndk01v3vvznu89lpkj6sgpkbqq Page:A pilgrimage to my motherland.djvu/32 104 3161917 14128507 10131147 2024-04-25T17:41:40Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Jkylefenton" />{{rh||TO MY MOTHERLAND.|23}}</noinclude>where the current was gentle. The land on both sides the cut is low, swampy and thickly covered with mangrove, (''Rhizophora Mangle''.) Notwithstanding this, there are two villages in the midst of the swamps, the inhabitants of which enjoy good health, affording an example of a fact often noticed in the West-Indies and tropical America, that people might live with impunity in the midst of regions from which is constantly distilled the most dangerous miasma.<ref>See similar example in Backie's Narrative, p. 195.</ref> The Ogun is navigable for steam-vessels of not over five feet draft during seven or eight months of the year, namely, from about a fortnight after the first rainy season in May, to December, about a month after the cessation of the last rains. After this time the quantity of water diminishes rapidly, so that in February and March an infant could easily ford it at places where it was not long before as deep and wide as the Schuylkill at Philadelphia. Vessels of the same draft can during the other four or five months always ascend as far as Gaun, about one third the distance. There being plenty of water at the time I ascended, the journey to Abbeokuta took five days. When the river is very high, or, as in the last of the dry season, has but little water,<noinclude></noinclude> oz683i0m9wy5uquslt7ohimrxvcx2z2 Page:Wallenstein, a drama in 2 parts - Schiller (tr. Coleridge) (1800).djvu/82 104 3162266 14130722 10109584 2024-04-26T07:09:31Z Chrisguise 2855804 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{rh|60| THE PICCOLOMINI, OR THE| }} {{center block/s}}</noinclude><poem> {{c|{{fine|ILLO.}}}}{{gap|14em}}Death. {{c|{{fine|WALLENSTEIN.}}}}{{dent|2em|-1em|(''raising his voice, as all but Illo hadremain'd<br/>silent, and seemingly scrupulous'')}}Count Piccolomini! what has he deserv'd? {{c|{{sc|Max. Piccolomini}} (''After a long pause'')}}According to the letter of the law, Death. {{c|{{fine|ISOLANI.}}}}{{gap|4em}}Death. {{c|{{fine|BUTLER.}}}}{{gap|8em}}Death, by the laws of war. {{dent|2em|-1em|(''Questenberg rises from his seat, Wallenstein<br/> follows, all the rest rise'')}} {{c|{{fine|WALLENSTEIN.}}}}To this the law condemns him, and not I. And if I shew him favour, 'twill arise From the rev'rence that I owe my Emperor. {{c|{{fine|QUESTENBERG.}}}}If ''so'', I can say nothing further—''here!'' {{c|{{fine|WALLENSTEIN.}}}}I accepted the command but on conditions! And this the first, that to the diminution Of my authority no human being, Not even the Emperor's self, should be entitled To do aught, or to say aught, with the army. If I stand warranter of the ''event'', Placing my honour and my head in pledge, Needs must I have full mastery in all </poem><noinclude>{{center block/e}} {{right|The}}</noinclude> 9rs6n6y3evk94o49f4rru7sgdlfjniq 14130724 14130722 2024-04-26T07:10:00Z Chrisguise 2855804 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{rh|60| THE PICCOLOMINI, OR THE| }} {{center block/s}}</noinclude><poem> {{c|{{fine|ILLO.}}}}{{gap|14em}}Death. {{c|{{fine|WALLENSTEIN.}}}}{{dent|2em|-1em|(''raising his voice, as all but Illo had remain'd<br/>silent, and seemingly scrupulous'')}}Count Piccolomini! what has he deserv'd? {{c|{{sc|Max. Piccolomini}} (''After a long pause'')}}According to the letter of the law, Death. {{c|{{fine|ISOLANI.}}}}{{gap|4em}}Death. {{c|{{fine|BUTLER.}}}}{{gap|8em}}Death, by the laws of war. {{dent|2em|-1em|(''Questenberg rises from his seat, Wallenstein<br/> follows, all the rest rise'')}} {{c|{{fine|WALLENSTEIN.}}}}To this the law condemns him, and not I. And if I shew him favour, 'twill arise From the rev'rence that I owe my Emperor. {{c|{{fine|QUESTENBERG.}}}}If ''so'', I can say nothing further—''here!'' {{c|{{fine|WALLENSTEIN.}}}}I accepted the command but on conditions! And this the first, that to the diminution Of my authority no human being, Not even the Emperor's self, should be entitled To do aught, or to say aught, with the army. If I stand warranter of the ''event'', Placing my honour and my head in pledge, Needs must I have full mastery in all </poem><noinclude>{{center block/e}} {{right|The}}</noinclude> skrwl3oxaj6ioc4f7u1p26vuugae2r1 Page:Wallenstein, a drama in 2 parts - Schiller (tr. Coleridge) (1800).djvu/83 104 3162269 14130727 10109590 2024-04-26T07:11:55Z Chrisguise 2855804 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{rh| | FIRST PART OF WALLENSTEIN.|61}} {{center block/s}}</noinclude><poem> The means thereto. What render'd this Gustavus Resistless, and unconquer'd upon earth? This: that he was the monarch in his army; A monarch, one who is indeed a monarch, Was never yet subdued but by his equal. But to the point! The best is yet to come. Attend now, Generals! {{c|{{fine|QUESTENBERG.}}}}{{gap|10em}}The Prince Cardinal Begins his route at the approach of spring From the Milanese; and leads a Spanish army Thro' Germany into the Netherlands. That he may march secure and unimpeded, 'Tis th' Emperor's will, you grant him a detachment Of eight horse-regiments from the army here. {{c|{{fine|WALLENSTEIN.}}}}Yes, yes! I understand!—Eight regiments! Well, Right well concerted, father Lamormain! Eight thousand horse! Yes, yes! 'Tis as it should be! I see it coming. {{c|{{fine|QUESTENBERG.}}}}{{gap|10em}}There is nothing coming. All stands in front: the counsel of state-prudence, The dictate of necessity!{{bar|2}} {{c|{{fine|WALLENSTEIN.}}}}{{gap|12em}}{{gap|1em}}What then? What, my Lord Envoy? May I not be suffer'd To understand, that folks are tir'd of seeing </poem><noinclude>{{center block/e}} {{right|The }}</noinclude> bj2xonjy2nu3ok7gb9q2u1gw97063ht Page:A pilgrimage to my motherland.djvu/45 104 3163679 14128508 11558013 2024-04-25T17:42:06Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Jkylefenton" />{{rh|36|A PILGRIMAGE|}}</noinclude>{{c|{{x-larger|CHAPTER V}} NATIVE AUTHORITIES.}} Peculiarity of Government—"Ibashorun" or Prime Minister—Shukenu—"His Highness Ogubonna," Friend of Civilization—"You are of my own kindred"—Atambala—Agé—Mr. Crowther and the Doctors—Order of Succession—Departments of Govern-ment—Shodeke. T<small>HE</small> government of Abbeokuta is peculiar, combining the monarchical, the patriarchal, and no small share of the republican. Almost every free man, woman and child is a member of the Ogboni Lodge, of which there is one in every township or chiefdom. These lodges are presided over by elders of their own election, and the elders at the decease of the chief choose his successor from his relatives, generally his brother, seldom or never from among his own sons, as hereafter explained. The successor of the king is also choosen by the chiefs and elders combined, their act being subsequently ratified by the people, assembled ''en masse''. It is in this that the republican element of the government of Abbeokuta is recognized. There is, as already observed, a king, the Alake, or chief of Ake, which place ranks first among the numerous<noinclude></noinclude> 3e8agkbhyu03sq34o6pwj3qj79kk4rq Page:A pilgrimage to my motherland.djvu/60 104 3164149 14128509 10184250 2024-04-25T17:42:17Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Jkylefenton" />{{rh||TO MY MOTHERLAND.|51}}</noinclude>handles are short, rendering it necessary for the opera-tor to stoop in using them. The soil is prepared by heaping the surface-earth in hills, close together and regularly in parallel lines. Cotton, yams, corn, cassava, beans, grow close together in the same field. The beautiful blue, almost purple dye of their cloths is not from the common indigo-plant of the East and West-Indies, but from a large climbing plant. The leaves and shoots are gathered while young and tender. They are then crushed in wooden mortars, and the pulp made up in balls and dried. For dyeing, a few of these balls are placed in a strong lye made from ashes, and suffered to remain until the water becomes offensive from the decomposition of vegetable matter. The cloths are then put in, and moved about until sufficiently colored. There are dyeing establishments in all the towns from Lagos to Ilorin. Palm-oil factories, as one would suppose from the quantity of the oil exported from Lagos and other parts of the West-African coast, are very numerous. The process of extracting the oil is simple. The nuts are gathered by men. From one to four or five women separate them from the integuments. They are then passed on to other women, who boil them in large earthen pots. Another set crush off the fibre in mortars. This done, they are placed in large clay vats<noinclude></noinclude> i7l93qhcommg24xfkyctert378xvrlh Page:A pilgrimage to my motherland.djvu/65 104 3164285 14128510 10184261 2024-04-25T17:42:21Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Jkylefenton" />{{rh|56|A PILGRIMAGE|}}</noinclude>The superior usually salutes first, and when the disparity of position is great, the inferior prostrates. The young always prostrate to the aged. Women kneel, but never prostrate. Sons, without reference to age or rank, prostrate to their mothers or senior female relatives. They never suffer any thing to interfere with the observance of these courtesies. There is an appropriate salutation for every occasion for instance: ''acuaro'', good morning; ''acuale'', good evening; ''acushe'', for being industrious; ''acabo'', or ''acuabo'', (''ua'' as diphthong,) for returning from a journey; ''acatijo'', for long absence; ''acujoco'', for sitting or resting; ''acudaro'', for standing or walking; ''acuraju'', expressive of sympathy, in distress or sickness; ''acueru'', for bearing a burthen; ''acualejo'', for entertaining a stranger. So rich is the language in salutations, that the above list could have been increased indefinitely. At Oyo, the capital of the Yoruba nation, there is an old man, apparently in a very humble position, for no one is more condescending and courteous than he. He is, nevertheless, no less a personage than the Onoshoko, or "Father of the King," an officer of state so called. In the event of the king's demise, the privilege of choosing a successor devolves on him; hence his position is really very exalted: besides, he is<noinclude></noinclude> p3p2a8auzqhev74fver9sy2iatuzfmv Page:A pilgrimage to my motherland.djvu/66 104 3164302 14128511 10185958 2024-04-25T17:42:25Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Jkylefenton" />{{rh||TO MY MOTHERLAND.|57}}</noinclude>the party with whom the king is bound to advise on all important affairs. It is customary for men in high positions, the king's relatives, chief Balaguns, and so forth, to construct in front of their houses certain turret-like contrivances, called by them ''akabi''. The king offered Onoshoko to construct akabis in front of his house, as his position and rank demanded them. "No," said the old man, "Onoshoko is well enough without akabis. Let not any one be able to say, from my example, that he too must have akabis: honor belongs to the king only." He is the only man in the kingdom who is privileged to approach the king without prostrating, nevertheless he insists on doing so, explaining his conduct always by the remark that he, in his respect to the king, would ever be an example for others to copy. The king himself, determining not to be outdone, whenever Onoshoko enters the palace-yard, prostrates to the old man; and it is common for those about the palace to see one of them stealthily approaching the other, in order first to assume this position of respect. Except with the few Africans who have been brought under the influence of Christianity, polygamy is universal. A man's position in society is estimated either by his bravery in war, or his wealth; and he can only manifest the latter by the number of his<noinclude>{{c|3*}}</noinclude> fceahqa4wmb4a1nkrsn4yzb59esznvp Page:A pilgrimage to my motherland.djvu/83 104 3166160 14128512 11558009 2024-04-25T17:42:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Jkylefenton" />{{rh|74|A PILGRIMAGE|}}</noinclude>{{c|{{x-larger|CHAPTER VII}} RELIGION}} Shango exorcised—Existence of Spirits—Ifa—Agugu—Oro—Aspect of a City on Oro-day—Gymnastic Sports—Pugilistic Encounters—Missions. {{sc|There}} are many Mussulmans among the Akus, but chiefly the people are heathens. They acknowledge one supreme being, of whose attributes they have as clear a conception as civilized people generally, but they do not worship him directly, but through subordinate deities representing those attributes. Thus in Shango, the god of thunder, lightning and fire, and the most revered of their deities, the Omnipotence of God is worshipped. Oro represents the retributive power, and Ifa the Omniscience of God. They profess to be sometimes possessed by these deities. The Reverend Mr. Stone, of the American Southern Baptist Mission at Ijaye, once exorcised Shango in a very summary manner from a mischievous boy living in the neighborhood of his dwelling, who, in retaliation for some affront of his parents, had<noinclude></noinclude> tphiw7axbiojdaimcnaquu89wkfz51n Template:Order of the PCDSU 10 3170824 14131266 13181250 2024-04-26T08:07:26Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Removing redundant border=0? wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{translation header | author = People's Commissariat of Defense of the Soviet Union | title = {{{title|}}} | year = {{{year|}}} | language = ru | original = {{{original|}}} | section = | previous = | next = | notes = }} {{c|'''ORDER OF THE PEOPLE'S COMMISSARIAT OF DEFENSE OF THE SOVIET UNION'''}} {{c|'''{{{title|}}}'''}} {| width="100%" | width="50%" | {{#if: {{{number|}}} | № {{{number}}} | &nbsp; }} || {{ts|ar}} | {{#if: {{{day|}}} | {{#if: {{{month|}}} | {{#if: {{{year|}}} | {{{day}}} {{MONTHNAME|{{{month}}}}} {{{year}}}| }} | }} | }} |} </includeonly><noinclude>{{doc}}</noinclude> m6zjzejwh6g3oe94jir8snrqc1ykvjt Page:A pilgrimage to my motherland.djvu/100 104 3172657 14128498 10208730 2024-04-25T17:40:01Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Jkylefenton" />{{rh||TO MY MOTHERLAND.|91}}</noinclude>We were favored while at Ijaye with some fine opportunities for observing the peculiarities of the notorious drivers. These creatures are neither more nor less than ants, resembling nearly the black ants of this country, and identical with those of the West-Indies, where, however, they are less numerous. They are usually seen in countless myriads, marching in line with great order and apparent discipline. They never attack dwellings, except vermin or the like are suffered to accumulate; then they come, and usually again retire in a few hours, entirely ridding the place of the objects of their attack. Of course before these visitors the occupants of a room must retire: the only inconvenience is, that one is sometimes obliged to do this at midnight. The bite of a single ant is not very painful, but of course the same can not be said of twenty or thirty simultaneous nips on different parts of the person. The inducement to dance is then irresistible. They never leave their line of march to attack an object not molesting them. I have myself stooped over a large train for an hour, watching their progress. The instant you touch them, however, fifty or sixty of the largest and most formidable dart off towards you, when a retreat is prudent. Immediately they return to the<noinclude></noinclude> 5r3jux9r5nsn57rqqj9bmjphrxnyscb Page:A pilgrimage to my motherland.djvu/123 104 3173073 14128499 10208386 2024-04-25T17:40:22Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Jkylefenton" />{{rh|22|A PILGRIMAGE|}}</noinclude>have gone on ourselves without any fear of harm, but it was impossible to leave all our things: it was at the same time essential to reach the coast within a month, as our funds were insufficient for a longer stay. After some consultation, it was determined that I should make an effort to get to Abbeokuta down the valley of the Ogun through Isehin. Accordingly, leaving all the parcels in the care of the Doctor, taking with me only the means of living on the journey, and accompanied by our cook and interpreter, the latter to return for the Doctor if carriers could be found, we left Oyo on the morning of the 6th of March, and arrived at Isehin about eight o'clock the same evening. The road, at best but little frequented, was now completely deserted, and in many places almost impassable on horseback. Two or three hours from Oyo, we came to the iron-smelting village already referred to. It was apparently entirely unoccupied, and I dismounted and examined the construction of their furnaces: remounting and again attempting to go for-ward, my attendants hesitated, declaring they heard voices in the bush ahead. I affected to despise their fears, and moved for-wards, bidding them follow, which they did at a very respectful distance. True, we had not advanced a<noinclude></noinclude> 9cddgx3hml6fqqh756it361qyn8gnuz Page:A pilgrimage to my motherland.djvu/146 104 3174524 14128500 10207292 2024-04-25T17:40:26Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Jkylefenton" />{{rh||TO MY MOTHERLAND.|137}}</noinclude>perfect safety. I was informed that slavers used always to enter the bay: they could, of course, afford to wait for a favorable wind with which to get out. Emigrants going to Abbeokuta, according to the second article of our treaty, will be permitted the privilege of self-government, but this can only be municipal, and affecting too only themselves. There is no doubt, however, that in time it will assume all the functions of a national government, for the people are fast progressing in civilization, and the existing laws, which from their nature apply only to heathens, would be found inadequate for them. Even now, as soon as any one of the people assumes the garb or other characteristics of civilization, they cease to exercise jurisdiction over him. He is thenceforward deemed an "oyibo," or white man.<ref>This term, which literally signifies stripped off, was applied to white men, from the belief that their skin was stripped off. It is now applied indiscriminately to civilized men. To distinguish, however, between black civilized and white civilized men, the terms dudu for the former, and fufu for the latter, are respectively affixed.</ref> The rulers, of course, will not be unaffected by those influences which can bring about such changes in their people, and thus they too will find it expedient to modify the laws to meet the emergency. But<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> e6vdsjcxyom1o5959ubfdskcgx9a1gn Page:A legal review of the case of Dred Scott, as decided by the Supreme Court of the United States.djvu/13 104 3289210 14128490 11558194 2024-04-25T17:38:27Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kwehner" />{{c|11}}</noinclude>writ of error at once. If, on the other hand, not only this interlocutory judgment, but also the judgment on the merits, had been against the defendant, he might, on a writ of error sued out by him, have relied upon errors in either judgment against him, for the first would have been a necessary step to arriving at the second. But in this case, as actually presented to the supreme court on the plaintiff's writ of error, the only judgment against the plaintiff was the final judgment, and he could not object to the interlocutory judgment in his own favor; nor could the defendant object to that judgment, because he had finally prevailed. And if the court should be of opinion that the final judgment for the defendant was erroneous, and should therefore order the case to a new trial, and that trial should result in a judgment against the defendant, he might, by a writ of error sued out to reverse that judgment, bring before the court the original judgment of ''respondent ouster'', without which no final judgment against him could have been arrived at; and in that way prevent the court from rendering judgment in a case of which it had no jurisdiction, if such were the fact. This question is a purely technical one, and the more we have examined it, the more difficult have we found it to arrive at a satisfactory conclusion. We feel great doubts of the correctness of the view here suggested, especially as it does not entirely coincide with that of any of the judges; but it would be a waste of time to discuss it at greater length, for to prove that the question was open in the supreme court, would only be to show that it might have been decided. It is much easier to show that it was not in fact decided. Upon this point there seems to have been some misapprehension among the judges themselves. The Chief Justice says, on page 427, that "the court is of opinion that the judgment on the plea in abatement is erroneous;" and Justices Wayne and Daniel, as well as Justices McLean and Curtis, evidently suppose this point to be decided, pp. 456, 492, 549, 590. But whatever may have been the aspect of the case when the opinions were delivered in court, and when those of the minority were printed, it now appears by Mr. Howard's report of the opinions as finally drawn up, some of which were never delivered from the bench, that a majority of the judges did not treat the question as before them for adjudication—Justices Catron and McLean being of opinion that it was not open, (pp. 518, 530;) and Justices Nelson, Grier, and Campbell, that it was not necessary to the decision of the cause, and refusing to give any opinion<noinclude></noinclude> gjipug08rms84al7x2rcrtpch5j5kb3 Page:A legal review of the case of Dred Scott, as decided by the Supreme Court of the United States.djvu/21 104 3289684 14128491 11558189 2024-04-25T17:38:31Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kwehner" />{{c|19}}</noinclude>born within the allegiance of the British king. Upon the Revolution, no other change took place in the law of North Carolina than was consequent upon the transition from a colony dependent upon a European king to a free and sovereign State; slaves remained slaves; British subjects in North Carolina became North Carolina freemen; foreigners, until made members of the State, continued aliens; slaves manumitted here became freemen, and therefore, if born within North Carolina, are citizens of North Carolina; and all free persons, born within the State, are born citizens of the State." "It has been said that by the Constitution of the United States, the power of naturalization has been conferred exclusively upon congress, and therefore it cannot be competent for any State, by its municipal regulations, to make a citizen. But what is naturalization? It is the removal of the disabilities of alienage. Emancipation is the removal of the incapacity of slavery. The latter depends wholly upon the internal regulations of the State; the former belongs to the government of the United States. It would be a dangerous mistake to confound them." ''State'' v. ''Manuel'', 4 Dev. & Bat. 24, 25. And this was again recognized as the settled law of that State, in ''State'' v. ''Newsom'', 5 Iredell, 253. It is not strange that Mr. Justice Catron abstained from concurring in the opinion of Chief Justice Taney upon this point; for he must have remembered these decisions of his native State, as well as his own opinion when presiding over the supreme court of Tennessee, in which he said: "The idea that a will emancipating slaves, or deed of manumission, is void in this State, is ill founded. It is binding on the representatives of the devisor in the one case, and the grantor in the other, and communicates a right to the slave; but it is an imperfect right, until the State, the community of which such emancipated person is to become a member, assents to the contract between the master and slave. It is adopting into the body politic a new member—a vastly important measure in every community, and especially in ours, where the majority of freemen over twenty-one years of age govern the balance of the people, together with themselves; where the free negro's vote at the polls is of as high value as that of any man." "It is an act of sovereignty, just as much as naturalizing the foreign subject. The highest act of sovereignty a government can perform, is to adopt a new member with all the privileges and duties of citizenship." ''Fisher's Negroes'' v. ''Dabbs'', 6 Yerger, 126, 127. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 8d3chqonpddeq3wnq48zq4x19ruqw4f Page:A legal review of the case of Dred Scott, as decided by the Supreme Court of the United States.djvu/25 104 3290242 14128492 11558188 2024-04-25T17:38:35Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kwehner" />{{c|23}}</noinclude>States a partial representation for their slaves, and that such has been the practical construction for nearly seventy years; but if even free negroes are not to be counted as persons, this practice must be abandoned. The Chief Justice evidently does not mean to be misunderstood in this matter, for, in speaking of the condition of the African race in this country at the time of the Declaration of Independence, and of the framing and adoption of the Constitution of the United States, he tells us: "They had for more than a century before been regarded as beings of an inferior order; and so far inferior, that they had no rights which the white man was bound to respect;" and "were never thought of or spoken of except as property." pp. 407, 410. But the Constitution of the United States uniformly speaks of them, even when enslaved, as "persons"—"persons" in determining the apportionment of representatives and direct taxes among the several States—"persons," the migration or importation of whom should not be prohibited by congress before 1808—"persons," still, who, if they escape from service or labor, shall be delivered up. That Constitution further provides: "No ''person'' shall be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law." The substance of this provision had been familiar to the people of this country and their English ancestors for many centuries. The great English charter declared: "''Nullus liber homo capiatur, vel imprisonetur, aut disseisetur de libero tenemento suo, vel libertatibus, vel liberis consuetudinibus suis, aut utlgetur, aut exuletur, aut aliquo modo desruatur, nec super eum ibimus, nec super eum mittemus, nisi per legale judicium parium suorum, vel per legem terrae. Nulli vendemus, nulli negabimus, aut differemus, rectum vel justitiam''" On which Lord Coke remarks: ''Nullus liber, &c.'' This extends to villeins, saving against their lord, for they are free against all men, saving against their lord," 2 Inst. 45; and, in support of this, refers to Littleton, section 189, where it is said: "Every villein is able and free to sue all manner of actions against every person, except against his lord, to whom he is villein. And yet in certain things he may have against his lord an action," of which many examples are then given, the most remarkable of which is in section 193: "Also, if a villein sueth an action of trespass, or any other action, against his lord in one county; and the lord saith that he shall not be answered, because he is his villein regardant to his manor in another county; and the plaintiff saith that he is free, and of a free estate, and not a villein; this shall be tried in the county where the plaintiff hath conceived his<noinclude></noinclude> pll4u2cdpf1wljgvre8kwc07myj7myl Page:A legal review of the case of Dred Scott, as decided by the Supreme Court of the United States.djvu/32 104 3290321 14128493 10392745 2024-04-25T17:38:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kwehner" />{{c|30}}</noinclude>deemed indispensable to the purposes of the cessions made by the States." 2 Story on the Constitution, § 1325. In no previous case in the courts has it been even suggested that the power of congress to govern the Territories was limited in any respect except by the express provisions of the Constitution. The first opinion expressed on this point, is in ''Serè'' v. ''Pitot'', 6 Cranch, 336, decided in 1810, in which Chief Justice Marshall said: "The power of governing and of legislating for a territory is the inevitable consequence of the right to acquire and to hold territory. Could this position be contested, the Constitution of the United States declares that 'congress shall have power to dispose of and make all needful rules and regulations respecting the territory or other property belonging to the United States.' Accordingly, we find congress possessing and exercising the absolute and undisputed power of governing and legislating for the Territory of Orleans. Congress has given them a legislature, an executive, and a judiciary, with such powers as it has been their will to assign to those departments respectively." Again, in ''M' Culloch'' v. ''State of Maryland'', 4 Wheaton, 422, decided in 1819, the same great judge, after referring to this clause as the source of the power of congress, speaks of the "universal acquiescence in the construction which has been uniformly put on this clause; and says: "All admit the constitutionality of a territorial government." The first case decided by the Supreme Court of the United States, in which any question upon the construction of this clause was directly in issue, and by far the most important case upon this subject, is that of ''American Insurance Company'' v. ''Canter'', 1 Peters, 511, decided in 1828, in which Chief Justice Marshall, speaking of the condition of Florida between the times of its acquisition by treaty, and. its becoming a State, said: "In the meantime Florida continues to be a Territory of the United States, governed by virtue of that clause in the Constitution, which empowers congress 'to make all needful rules and regulations respecting the Territory and other property belonging to the United States.' Perhaps the power of governing a Territory belonging to the United States, which has not, by becoming a State, acquired the means of self-government, may result necessarily from the facts, that it is not within the jurisdiction of any particular State, and is within the power and jurisdiction of the United States. The right to govern, may be the inevitable consequence of the right to acquire territory. Whichever may be the source whence the power may<noinclude></noinclude> hosmne53kl26p48e9a9wjjt6lshbl9t Page:A legal review of the case of Dred Scott, as decided by the Supreme Court of the United States.djvu/46 104 3291020 14128494 10392774 2024-04-25T17:38:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kwehner" />{{c|44}}</noinclude>rights conferred by that clause, it must at least exempt citizens from being made slaves. And it seems to us that it is only in view of this provision that the question whether Dred Scott acquired a domicil in the free State could become at all material, for the two years' residence of his master and himself in Illinois was certainly long enough to subject them to the operation of the laws of that State. Cases are to be found in the highest court of every slave State in which the question has arisen, recognizing the condition of freedom acquired by a slave who has been submitted, with the consent of his master, to the operation of a Constitution or laws forbidding slavery. Such cases are ''David'' v. ''Porter'', 4 Har. & McHen. 418, in Maryland; ''Griffith'' v. ''Fanny'', Gilmer, 143, and ''Foster'' v. ''Foster'', 10 Grat. 485, in Virginia; ''Rankin'' v. ''Lydia'',2 A. K. Marsh. 470, and ''Mercer'' v. ''Gilman'', 11 B. Monroe, 210, in Kentucky; and ''Blackmore'' v. ''Phill'', 7 Yerger, 452, in Tennessee. The only disputes have been upon what facts would show the consent of the master, and how long a residence was necessary to give effect to the law of the free State. The decisions in the States of Maryland and Virginia, mutually giving effect to each other's statutes, enfranchising slaves imported contrary to law, strongly tend to the same conclusion; for there is surely no reason why a general law, prohibiting all slavery whatever, should have a more limited effect, in any respect, than a statute conferring freedom on slaves brought into the State under particular circumstances. Such decisions were ''Stewart'' v. ''Oakes'', 5 Har. & Johns. 107, note; and ''Hunter'' v. ''Fulcher'', 1 Leigh, 172. The only other slave States, so far as we know, in which decisions have been made upon this question, are Missouri and Louisiana; and it is somewhat remarkable, in view of the argument, to which we have already alluded, of the peculiar rights supposed to be secured by the treaty under which the Louisiana Territory was acquired, that no courts have gone farther than those of the States formed out of this Territory, in recognizing the rights of slaves to their freedom, growing out of a residence in a free State or Territory. The supreme court of Missouri, within the first sixteen years after the admission of that State into the Union, repeatedly decided that a slave residing for any time, either in the State of Illinois or in the Territory of the United States, where slavery was prohibited by act of Congress, was free, and might enforce his right to freedom in the courts of Missouri; and even applied this doctrine to the<noinclude></noinclude> 10hhj8cwjzjdsyirty70gofqa86y6mx Page:A legal review of the case of Dred Scott, as decided by the Supreme Court of the United States.djvu/47 104 3291027 14128495 10392775 2024-04-25T17:38:46Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kwehner" />{{c|45}}</noinclude>case of a slave held in Illinois only one month, with the intention of being returned to Missouri; and to that of a slave taken by an officer in the army of the United States, for a temporary residence, to a military post in such Territory. ''Julia'' v. ''McKinney'', 3 Missouri, 270; ''Rachael'' v. ''Walker'', 4 Missouri, 350. But in 1852, in a suit brought by this plaintiff, Dred Scott, to try his right to freedom, two judges, forming a majority of the court, overruled these decisions, in an opinion in which, admitting the constitutionality of the Missouri Compromise Act, and the perfect freedom conferred upon the plaintiff by the laws governing the State and Territory in which he had resided, they refused to give any effect to those laws, because of the spirit which had lately prevailed in the free States in relation to the institution of slavery; but Mr. Justice Gamble, the most distinguished member of the court, delivered a very able dissenting opinion. ''Scott'' v. ''Emerson'', 15 Missouri, 476. For the convenience of our readers, many of whom may not have access to that volume of reports, we give in a note at the end of this article a statement of the case, and all the important parts of each opinion, in the very words of the judges. The decision has since been twice affirmed without any renewed dissent. ''Calvert'' v. ''Steamboat Timoleon'', 15 Missouri, 597; ''Sylvia'' v. ''Kirby'', 17 Missouri, 434. But the new doctrine does not seem to be treated as of universal application; for in a later case concerning such rights acquired in Canada, the same judge who delivered the opinion in Dred Scott's case said: "When any of the negro race, who were reduced to slavery, acquired their freedom under the laws of the country in which they lived, we are aware of no law by which they, except for crime, can be again reduced to slavery." ''Charlotte'' v. ''Chouteau'', 21 Missouri, 597. This last case was decided less than two years ago, and does not appear to have been brought to the notice of the supreme court of the United States in the case of Dred Scott, probably because it was not reported when that case was argued. The passage just cited would seem to accord better with the doctrine which we have attempted to maintain, and which was originally established by the supreme court of Missouri, than with the law laid down by that court in the intermediate decisions. But as that court has not expressed any intention to overrule or revise those decisions, the present law of Missouri on this question, so far as it can be ascertained from the decisions of its supreme court, would seem to refuse to recognize rights of freedom acquired by a residence in any<noinclude></noinclude> mw6doym5bi2hvnt84yosxbkew6vu9b4 Page:A legal review of the case of Dred Scott, as decided by the Supreme Court of the United States.djvu/54 104 3291087 14128496 10392785 2024-04-25T17:38:48Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kwehner" />{{c|52}}</noinclude>the case before us, was bound to follow it." p. 465. The single introductory paragraph in which "I" is substituted for "we," only serves to call more distinct attention to the use of the plural pronoun throughout the opinion. How much more weight of authority and general acquiescence this decision would have commanded, if the majority of the judges had confined themselves to the point necessary to the judgment, and forborne to express so many extrajudicial opinions, is not within our province to discuss. We have freely exercised the right, which is allowed to every member of the profession, of controverting arguments and opinions advanced on any legal question by any individual, however distinguished by ability or position, so long as it is not judicially adjudged and settled. But upon the single point adjudicated, more deference is due to the deliberate judgment of the highest tribunal of the country. As two of the judges, however, and those not the least eminent, do not concur even in the judgment, we feel it to be our duty to examine the soundness of the positions upon which it rests. There is not a perfect uniformity in the decisions of the supreme court of the United States, defining the extent to which the courts of the United States should follow the decisions of the State courts. But the true principle, which reconciles most of the cases, seems to be that decisions of the State courts are binding in matters of State policy, or questions governed by local rules, as to which it is essential that there be a uniform administration of law within the State, but comparatively immaterial whether the same rules prevail in all the States. Such are cases arising upon the construction of the Constitution and statutes of the State, local usages, or any well settled rules as to the title to real estate, whether depending upon common law, statute, or judicial decision. ''Bank of Hamilton'' v. ''Dudley'', 2 Peters, 524; ''Luther'' v. ''Borden'', 7 Howard, 40; ''Nesmith'' v. ''Sheldon'', 7 Howard, 818; ''Webster'' v. ''Cooper'', 14 Howard, 504; ''Jackson'' v. ''Chew'' 12 Wheaton, 162; ''Beauregard'' v. ''New Orleans'', 18 Howard, 502. But on questions of the law merchant, or general principles of chancery, which are of universal application, and as to which uniformity of construction throughout the States is desirable, the supreme court of the United States does not follow the decisions of the State courts, unless satisfied of their correctness; ''Swift'' v. ''Tyson'', 16 Peters, 18: ''Neves'' v. ''Scott'', 13 Howard, 272; and on those Subjects has even refused to allow any effect to statutes of the State. ''Boyle'' v. ''Zacharie'', 6 Peters, 658;<noinclude></noinclude> 3xm490c0711jzmwq5orsw14vqtol2ze Page:A legal review of the case of Dred Scott, as decided by the Supreme Court of the United States.djvu/64 104 3291162 14128497 11558182 2024-04-25T17:39:04Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kwehner" />{{rh|62|''Appendix''.|}}</noinclude>{{hwe|sentatives|Representatives}}, at the first session of the tenth congress. It thus appears, not only that three of the first five presidents of the United States, two of them men who had taken as great part as any in framing our national policy and system of government, spoke of colored men as citizens of the United States; but that the government made the defence of their rights as citizens, a cause for putting the nation in a hostile attitude towards a foreign power. We may also well allude in this connection to the proclamation issued by General Jackson, dated Mobile, September 21, 1814, addressed "to the free colored inhabitants of Louisiana," in which he says:—"Through a mistaken policy you have heretofore been deprived of a participation in the glorious struggle for national rights in which our country is engaged. This no longer shall exist. As sons of freedom, you are now called upon to defend our most inestimable blessing. As Americans, your country looks with confidence to her adopted children for a valorous support, as a faithful return for the advantages enjoyed under her mild and equitable government. On enrolling yourselves in companies, the major-general commanding will select officers for your government, from your white ''fellow citizens''. Your non-commissioned officers will be appointed from among yourselves."<noinclude></noinclude> 0zg881ef8p505knbnmfr7nwa8dpzzzc Album of photographs of Peking and its environs 0 3295872 14128085 12328447 2024-04-25T15:49:09Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 added [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Album of photographs of Peking and its environs | author = Lai Afong | translator = | section = | previous = | next = | year = | notes = }} <pages index="Album of photographs of Peking and its environs.pdf" from=5 to=99 /> {{PD/US|1958}} {{Early China photo books}} [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] 8032wnfsuky0c34mvukjxn5zhfegzv1 Page:A hairdresser's experience in high life.djvu/31 104 3298395 14128435 11558226 2024-04-25T17:32:37Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kwehner" />{{rh||{{smaller|IN HIGH LIFE.}}|33 }}</noinclude>I was pointed to a seat beside the footman, behind the carriage. I very respectfully declined this honor, and ''marched myself back into the house''. They returned at five to dinner, but I heard nothing that night of my refusal to ride with the footman. The next day, however, I was summoned to the lady's presence, and asked my reason for not accompanying her to London. She was surprised when I told her that in America, even a female ''slave'' acting as lady's maid, or child's nurse, always had a seat inside of the carriage with the-family. She then said that, in consideration of my being an American, she would overlook the matter; but had I been ''English'', she should certainly have discharged me. Afterward, when they required my attendance from home, I always went in the carriage. The four daughters of this family were very lovely persons; the eldest of whom, hearing the conversation between her mamma and myself, stepped forward and said, "Mamma, I think Iangy's excuse is quite satisfactory, and with your permission I will hereafter take charge of her myself." After this we had a regular understanding about everything. Servants in England are paid monthly, and it is customary for them to provide their own tea and coffee out of their wages; but my lady exempted me from this tax upon my own means—a privilege the other servants beheld with no little envy—and every Monday morning my little private caddy was filled. I took my breakfast and supper in my own room, but always dined in the servants' hall, having no other association with them. The upper valet and lady's maid in England never mingle with the household servants.<noinclude></noinclude> hknhj6cktk330wjsszipo3hzm67rog7 Page:A hairdresser's experience in high life.djvu/62 104 3299038 14128437 11194514 2024-04-25T17:32:45Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Hilohello" />{{rh|64|{{smaller|{{uppercase|a hair-dresser's experience}}}}|}}</noinclude>devoted to his business, but rushed up to Saratoga every Saturday night, to console his lovely wife, who was, by the by, ''very much more consoled all the week in his absence''; but she did not let him know ''that''. The Monday morning cars took away the husband to his business, and brought back her weekly consolation in the shape of a favorite lover, who as regularly disappeared in the Saturday evening cars. It was curious to see the sober dress and quiet habits of the lady while the poor old husband was by; and the transition to gayety was just as curious when the husband was gone and the lover came. Sometimes, it is true, suspicions of her affection occurred even to ''him''; but all disappeared before her devoted attentions to his comfort, and her well-disguised ''penchant'' for anybody else. Her beauty fascinated him, and her arts deceived him to perfection. The utter indifference of this lady to her loving old husband, was, however, a well-established fact at Saratoga, though she managed the thing too dextrously to occasion anything more than whispers here and there. But this was only one affair among a thousand I could name, just as well carried on, at Saratoga as other places, public and private. Our American ladies are greatly taken by ''hyfalutin prefixes to names''; they perfectly glory in being gallanted by counts and dukes, but the affections of European noblemen are generally pretty well frittered out by the time they are of age, and they rarely seek ''American wives'', except to recruit their fallen fortunes. Saratoga is full of this sort of interesting strangers every season. Sometimes it happens they are married and bring their countesses and duchesses along; but<noinclude></noinclude> ntj6dbwd2c7ml2o0rs0nzc0etpyuyp1 Page:Stray feathers. Journal of ornithology for India and its dependencies (IA strayfeathersjou11873hume).pdf/355 104 3306800 14130820 10404291 2024-04-26T07:38:53Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Rajasekhar1961" />Notes on the Parroquets of India. 331</noinclude><section begin="A355" />have identified with our Indian Aq. hastata. If Mr. Gurney reads Brissour's description carefully over, he cannot apply it to that small eagle, and pronounce it to be the true A. nævia of the old authors.” In the identification of Aquila orienlalis vitli Ag. bifoseinta ; of Aq. hartute with the small Pomeranian eagle, of the Bospho- rus eagle (thonght to be Aq. nævioides by Mr. Gurney) with 44. bifasciata, and if the two Turkish spotted eagles, with one Indian Ag. nevis, I am not alone, but am confirmed by Dr. Stoliczka, Mr. V. Ball, and Captain G. F. L. Marshall who have carefully examined the differeut series which were used. If, after all, it turns ont that the immature of the Pomeranian spotted eaglc are distinct from those of Aq. hastata, it will be one of the most wonderful of ornithological facts ; but since the im- mature lineated Imperial eagle was for ages overlooked and said not to occur in Europe, so also immature Aquila hustata may turn ap plentifully some of these days in Europe. P.P.S.--With reference to priority of terms, Brisson gives a list of authors quoted, with dates of publication. Schwenck- feld's work is dated 1603, and Klein's 1750. Aguila revia is therefore much the older term for the spotted eagle, and Aquila clanga, Klein, is bnt a synonym. I did not notice the list of authors titt alter I had sept my paper. {{rule|12em}} <section end="A355" /> <section begin="B355" />{{c|{{larger|{{blackletter|Notes on the Parroquets of India.}}}}}} {{c|By Capt. Thomas Halton, C. M. Z. S., &c.}} Notwithstanding all that has been said and written regarding the parroquets of Continental India, notwithstanding the long lapse of years since the time of Alexander the Great, by whose followers they are said to have been introduced into Greece after that warrior's remarkable expedition from India to Ceylon, it is still a melancholy fact that every writer on these birds persists in giving Palæornis Alexandri, a place in our Continental fauna. A few would restrict it as a rather rare species to Ceylon, others declare it to be cxceedingly abundant in some parts of that Island ; some again declare it to be scattered all over India, while others state it to be a very local species capriciously cling- ing to one, and avoiding other districts. It is nearly certain, however, that the Indian bird described by Blyth, Jerdon, and a host of other observers, is totally distinct from the Ceylon bird, but so prone have been our Indian Naturalists to put their trust in some great leader who literally kvew no more than they did themselves, that one after another <section end="B355" /><noinclude></noinclude> nis71z4t8yks08erwe4drwjvqua4uh9 Page:Stray feathers. Journal of ornithology for India and its dependencies (IA strayfeathersjou11873hume).pdf/54 104 3310127 14130668 10413335 2024-04-26T06:35:19Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Rajasekhar1961" />38 The Skylarks of India.</noinclude><section begin="A54" />just beginning to appear, and it is in the somewhat darker stage often observable; in other respects it is pretty correct, and corresponds exactly with some specimens I possess. It was probably killed, I should say, in July, as the yellow at the base of the bill so prominently shewn in the drawing, disappears in the autumn, and as it does so, the black frontal band developes, and the legs turn from brown to black. This species is so excessively variable in size and appearance, that without a good series to examine, it is dillicult to under- stand it. The biggest birds are nearly 9 inches in length; thu smallest, less than 7 inches; the wings vary from 4-25 to 5.25 inches; the variation of the bills I have already noted, while the hiud claw varies from 0:3 to very nearly 0.6 but big and little birds come from all localities and intermediate sizes occur, so that for my pant I entertain no sort of doubt that, despite variation in size and plumage, all are re- ferable to one and the same species, which peoples, at any rate from Afghanistan to Bhutan, all the dreary Himalayan wastes lying between 12,000 and 17,000 feet in height, whenever and wherever a little moss and a trickling stream is to be found. I may hero note that Mr. Blyth was mistaken (This, 1867, p. 47.) in saying that he had received two pairs of this species from Dr. Jcrdon, procured in the desert country north-west of Delhi. This species never descends auy where near the plains, and Dr. Jerdon's specimens, of which he gave me one, which I still have, were obtained high up in Cashmere. {{right|A. O. H.}} {{rule|10em}} <section end="A54" /> <section begin="B54" />{{c|{{larger|{{blackletter|The Skylarks of India.}}}}}} {{rule|8em}} Our Indian Skylarks appear to me to deserve more careful study than has yet been apparently bestowed upon them. Most of all, a really large collection of specimens made in all parts of India, with the sexes and dates on which they were procured duly recorded, is a desideratum ; and I should feel very much obliged to any of my namerous correspondents who would, during the next year, endeavour to procure me good series in their immediate neighbonrhood. Until two or three hundred specimens are brought together in one museum, and carefully collated, I think it will be impossible to come to any certain conclusions in regard to this group. At present, so far as my own limited collection enables me to judge, I am disposed to believe that we have only two good species. <section end="B54" /><noinclude></noinclude> hed12kr5bn65xw3zhm2uhgif13tyl2b Page:Stray feathers. Journal of ornithology for India and its dependencies (IA strayfeathersjou11873hume).pdf/55 104 3310131 14130687 10413342 2024-04-26T06:53:14Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||''The Skylarks of India.''|39||</noinclude> These two species I should at present identify as ''Alauda Arvensis'', Linueus, and ''Alauda Malabarica'', Scop. Our specimens of ''Alauda Arvensis'' do not belong precisely to the race to which we Englishmen usually allot the name of ''Arvensis''. On the contrary, the wing is slightly smaller, the hind claw and tarsus as well as the bill slightly shorter, and the lores and the fore-part of the face are a somewhat purer white. At least such is the case with my specimens. This species, so far as my observations go, occurs only in the Himalayas and as a winter visitant to the plains of the North-Western Punjab. It would appear to correspond closely, if not exactly, with that race of the European skylark which Pastor Brehm separated as ''Alauda Agrestis''. This too is the bird which Hodgson designated ''Dulcivox'', and I may note that it is a great mistake to identify his ''Dulcivox'' with either ''Triborhyncha'' or ''Orientalis'' vel ''Leiopus''. Hodgson's original drawings clearly shew that ''Dulcivox'' was a larger bird, with a wing of from 4 to 4.5 inches, the Himalayan representative, in fact, of ''Arvensis''; and I have a bird killed at Murdan in December 1870, absolutely identical in every respect with his beautiful figure (now in my custody) of ''Alauda Dulcivox''. On the other hand, his two drawings of ''Triborhyncha'' and one of ''Orientalis'' vel ''Leiopus'', show that both these species, or races, or perhaps different sexes of the same race belonged to the smaller skylark (all the different races of which I, for the present, include under ''Malabarica'') the wings of which vary from 33 to 3-8 inches. Of course our larger Himalayan lurk, ''Arvensis'' as I should call it, but ''Agrestis'' or ''Dulcivox'', if any one considers it deserving of specific, separation, varies somewhat in length of hind claw and bill, a great deal in length of wing according to sex and still more in plumage, according to both sex and season; but in all these matters, exactly parallel variations are to be met with in the series of the true English ''Arvensis'' that I possess, and whether we can agree to call our Indian bird ''Arvensis'' or ''Duloivox'', there is only, I think, one race of the larger Indian skylark. A larger scries of specimens however of this species is necessary before I could pronounce with any great certainty on this point. When we come to ''Malabaricus'', however, numerous races appear to exist. There is first the true ''Gulgula'' of the plains of the North-Western Provinces, Oudh, Bundelkund, and Rajpootana; second, the darker typical ''Malabaricus'' from the Neilgherries and also from Lower and Eastern Bengal; third, a race intermediate between these from the billy, southern, and eastern portions of the Central Provinces; fourth, the true ''Triborhyncha'' from the Himalayas, from Murree to Sikhim, ranging up to heights of<noinclude></noinclude> m2eizj1yrlvdz5y5vtbke3j87lttz83 14130688 14130687 2024-04-26T06:53:33Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh||''The Skylarks of India.''|39}}</noinclude> These two species I should at present identify as ''Alauda Arvensis'', Linueus, and ''Alauda Malabarica'', Scop. Our specimens of ''Alauda Arvensis'' do not belong precisely to the race to which we Englishmen usually allot the name of ''Arvensis''. On the contrary, the wing is slightly smaller, the hind claw and tarsus as well as the bill slightly shorter, and the lores and the fore-part of the face are a somewhat purer white. At least such is the case with my specimens. This species, so far as my observations go, occurs only in the Himalayas and as a winter visitant to the plains of the North-Western Punjab. It would appear to correspond closely, if not exactly, with that race of the European skylark which Pastor Brehm separated as ''Alauda Agrestis''. This too is the bird which Hodgson designated ''Dulcivox'', and I may note that it is a great mistake to identify his ''Dulcivox'' with either ''Triborhyncha'' or ''Orientalis'' vel ''Leiopus''. Hodgson's original drawings clearly shew that ''Dulcivox'' was a larger bird, with a wing of from 4 to 4.5 inches, the Himalayan representative, in fact, of ''Arvensis''; and I have a bird killed at Murdan in December 1870, absolutely identical in every respect with his beautiful figure (now in my custody) of ''Alauda Dulcivox''. On the other hand, his two drawings of ''Triborhyncha'' and one of ''Orientalis'' vel ''Leiopus'', show that both these species, or races, or perhaps different sexes of the same race belonged to the smaller skylark (all the different races of which I, for the present, include under ''Malabarica'') the wings of which vary from 33 to 3-8 inches. Of course our larger Himalayan lurk, ''Arvensis'' as I should call it, but ''Agrestis'' or ''Dulcivox'', if any one considers it deserving of specific, separation, varies somewhat in length of hind claw and bill, a great deal in length of wing according to sex and still more in plumage, according to both sex and season; but in all these matters, exactly parallel variations are to be met with in the series of the true English ''Arvensis'' that I possess, and whether we can agree to call our Indian bird ''Arvensis'' or ''Duloivox'', there is only, I think, one race of the larger Indian skylark. A larger scries of specimens however of this species is necessary before I could pronounce with any great certainty on this point. When we come to ''Malabaricus'', however, numerous races appear to exist. There is first the true ''Gulgula'' of the plains of the North-Western Provinces, Oudh, Bundelkund, and Rajpootana; second, the darker typical ''Malabaricus'' from the Neilgherries and also from Lower and Eastern Bengal; third, a race intermediate between these from the billy, southern, and eastern portions of the Central Provinces; fourth, the true ''Triborhyncha'' from the Himalayas, from Murree to Sikhim, ranging up to heights of<noinclude></noinclude> 8f1rt7vejjp1o0z0xli56l2bcfdpybu Page:Stray feathers. Journal of ornithology for India and its dependencies (IA strayfeathersjou11873hume).pdf/56 104 3310132 14130733 10413344 2024-04-26T07:16:55Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rajasekhar1961" />{{rh|40|''The Skylarks of India.''|}}</noinclude>eight and ten thousand feet, and fifth, what I take to be the ''Leiopus'' type from Ladak, Thibet, and the higher Himalayan plateau generally. Typical specimens of each of these races may be so selected as to make it apparently indisputable, that each represents a distinct species; but even the small series, some five or six of each, that I possess seems to show that no hard and fast line can be drawn between any of them; and it is quite certain that no satisfactory separation can ever be effected, until a really large series of each of these five races and any others that further investigation may bring to light) is brought together in one collection and most carefully collated. Of these five races the most distinct appears to be the skylark of the high Himalayan plateau (which however in the cold season may, and doubtless does, descend into the lower hills and valleys) which I identify with Hodgson's ''Orientalis'' vel ''Leiopus''. This race has the whole lower breast and abdomen perfectly pure snowy white, and this I have observed in none of the other races. The bill is slender like the true ''Gulgula'', but still more sharply pointed; the wings, too, are larger or an average than in any other of the four races, and in the males vary apparently from 3.8 to 4.0 inches. I possess no ascertained female. This race cannot be mistaken (though it approximates to it in length of wing) for ''Dulcivox'', although the lower parts in that species, too, are at times pure white. It is altogether a smaller and less bulky bird, and has a comparatively much longer and markedly more slender bill. Next to this comes the true ''Gulgula'', which, in the summer at any rate, extends to Cashmere and other comparatively low hill valleys, where, as well as in the plains, it breeds freely. I have specimens of this race from Etawah, Rohtuck, the Sambhur Lake, Bhawulpoor, and Srinnggur, Cashmere. The bill in this race closely resembles that of ''Leiopus'', and is considerably slenderer than those of any of the other three races. The upper surface is much paler than in any of the other four, and the abdomen is pale rufous white. The wings of the male in this race seem to vary from about 37 to 3.8 inches. The typical ''Malabaricus'' has a considerably stouter bill than either of the preceding; the wings are about the same size as those of ''Gulgula'', but the whole upper surface is conspicuously darker, a mixture of deep brown and bright rufous buff, such as is not met with even in freshly moulted specimens of ''Gulgula'', and the lower surface, too, is more markedly tinged with rufous. The nameless race from Saugor, Raipoor, &c., appears to be<noinclude></noinclude> iov43r5wk019xfl3wddp0ulhqaexh74 Page:Stray feathers. Journal of ornithology for India and its dependencies (IA strayfeathersjou11873hume).pdf/57 104 3310133 14130670 10413345 2024-04-26T06:36:32Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Rajasekhar1961" />Fringilauda Nemoricola ct Sordida,</noinclude><section begin="A57" />intermediate between the two last forms. The bill and general Lone of coloring approaches most closely to Malabaricus, hut in both respects the bird seems intermediate, and the wings of the males appear to vary from 8:4 to 8:6 ivehes. Lastly, what I take to be the true Triborhynchu has the shortest and stumpiest hill of all, and in summer plumage is darker and inore rufous, and in winter plumage greyer, and duskier than any of the others. I have a single specimen of this bird from the salt range in winter, showing that some specimens, at any rate in the cold season, stragyle outside the Himalayzus ; the wings of the males seem to vary from 3:8 to 4 inches. I have said nothing about the length of the hind claws, be- cause these appear to vary very mucb according to the individuals and not according to the race. In one individual of Gulgula the hind claw alone measwes just over 0.75 of an inch ; in another, it is sply 0-45 of an iuch ; and similar, though not such striking variations are observable in the lew specimens that I possess of cach of the other races. Whether any or all of these raees may ultimately prove deserving of specific separation, I cannot pretend to say, but I would earnestly invite the attention of brother ornithologists to this most interesting though troublesome little group, in the hopes that by a combined effort we may in a year or two be in a position to arrive at a more definite conclusion in regard to it. {{right|A. O. H.}} {{rule|10em}} <section end="A57" /> <section begin="B57" />fringilanda Nemoricola. Hodgson. fringilauda Sordida. Stol. {{rule|8em}} In the 37th volume of the Journal of thic Asiatic Society, Dr. F. Stoliczka characterized under the name of Sordida, a supposedl new species of Hodgson's genus Fringilande. Ilc remarked, that * 7. Nemoricolu was only a winter visitant to the lesser ranges of the North-Western Himalayas ; but that he had often observed it during the summer in the south- western parts of Thibet, and in the north of Cashmere" he further inentioned, that another species, (his Sordida) was pro- cured by him near the Baratatsu Pass, in North Laboul, and near Padam, and that during the previous winter he had procura numerous specimens from the neighbourhood of Kotegurh. In regard to this new species he remarkod : “ The follow- ing description is takey from these Kuteguch specimens. <section end="B57" /><noinclude></noinclude> efv21yo5p4pc72c6l82zp1u03xwqp7w Index:Charles Darwin obituary.png 106 3316893 14131290 11884406 2024-04-26T08:25:09Z Tylopous 3013532 validated (April 2024) proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=''[[The Times]]'' |Language=en |Volume=[[The Times/1882/Obituary/Charles Darwin|Obituary of Charles Darwin]], April 21, 1882 |Author= |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher= |Address=London |Year=1882 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=png |Image=1 |Progress=T |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date=April 2024 |Pages=[[Page:Charles_Darwin_obituary.png|5]] |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} ts7j4nouoa8mhizleabl5aitacvrr25 Page:Charles Darwin obituary.png 104 3316896 14131288 10424491 2024-04-26T08:24:40Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{c|{{larger|{{uc|Charles Robert Darwin.}}}}}} {{custom rule|sp|100|lzt|20|sp|100}} Exactly a year to a day has separated the deaths of two of the most powerful men of this century, some have said of any century; and those who care for the task will find some very curious analogies between the progress and the ultimate results of the work of the two men, totally different as were the spheres in which they exercised their remarkable powers. On April 19, 1881, all the civilized world held its breath at the news of the death of Lord Beaconsfield; not less must be the effect upon the most civilized part of the civilized world when the announcement of the death of Charles Darwin flashes over the face of that earth whose secrets he has done more than any other to reveal. All who knew anything of Mr. Darwin know that, massive as he seemed, it was only by the greatest care and the simplest habits that he was able to maintain a moderate amount of health and strength. Mr. Darwin had been suffering for some time past from weakness of the heart, but had continued to do a slight amount of experimental work up to the last. He was taken ill on the night of Tuesday last, when he had an attack of pain in the chest with faintness and nausea. The latter lasted with more or less intermission during Wednesday and culminated in his death, which took place at about 4 o'clock on Wednesday afternoon. He remained fully conscious to within a quarter of an hour of his death. His wife and several of his children were present at the closing scene. During his illness he had been attended by Dr. Norman Moore, Dr. Andrew Clarke, Dr. Moxon, and Dr. Alfrey, of St. Mary Cray. Mr. Darwin leaves besides his widow a family of five sons and two daughters. It has not yet been decided when his remains will be interred, but the place of burial will be in the quiet churchyard of the village of Down, near which place Mr. Darwin spent the last forty years of his life. Fifteen volumes lie before us and nearly as many memoirs large and small, the product of 45 years' work—a product which, in quantity, would do credit to the most robust constitution. But when we consider Mr. Darwin's always feeble health and his deliberately slow method of work, never hasting but rarely resting, the result seems marvellous. But wonderful as this is under the circumstances, it is not by mere quantity that Mr. Darwin's work will be judged; the quantity is of chief importance in respect of the multifarious channels through which his influence has spread. On the great principle of hereditariness, of which he himself was the prophet and expounder, Mr. Darwin could not help being a remarkable man. Through his father descended from Erasmus Darwin, one of the most remarkable and original men of his age, and through his mother from Josiah Wedgwood, a man in his own line of scarcely less originality, Mr. Darwin was bound, under favourable surroundings, to develop powers far beyond the average. Charles Robert Darwin (he seldom used the second name) was the son of Robert Waring Darwin, the third son by his first marriage of Erasmus Darwin, best known to the general reader by his scientifico-poetic work "The Botanic Garden." The late Mr. Darwin's father was a physician at Shrewsbury, who, although a man of considerable originality, devoted his powers almost entirely to his profession; his mother, as we have said, was a daughter of Josiah Wedgwood. He was born at Shrewsbury on February 12, 1809, so that he has died in his 74th year. Mr. Darwin was educated at Shrewsbury School under [[w:Samuel Butler (schoolmaster)|Dr. Butler]], afterwards Bishop of Lichfield. In 1825, he went to Edinburgh University, therein following the example of his grandfather, where he spent two sessions. Here, among other subjects, he studied marine zoology, and at the close of 1826 read before the Plinian Society of the University two short papers, probably his first, one of them on the Ova of Flustra. From Edinburgh Mr. Darwin went to Christ's College, Cambridge, where he took his Bachelor's degree in 1831, proceeding to M.A. in 1837. The interval was of epoch-making importance. We believe that Darwin, like Murchison, was a keen fox-hunter in his youth, and that it was in the field that his great habits of observation were first awakened. In the autumn of 1831, [[Author:Robert FitzRoy|Captain Fitzroy]] having offered to give up part of his own cabin to any naturalist who would accompany [[w:HMS Beagle|Her Majesty's ship Beagle]] in her surveying voyage round the world, Mr. Darwin volunteered his services without salary, but on condition that he should have entire disposal of his collections, all of which he ultimately deposited in various public institutions. The Beagle sailed from England December 27, 1831, and returned October, 28, 1836, having thus been absent nearly five years. In more way than one these five years were the most eventful of Mr. Darwin's life. During these five years the Beagle circumnavigated the world, and it is not too much to say that single-handed, Mr. Darwin during the voyage did more for natural history in all its varied departments than any expedition has done since; much more when we consider the momentous results that followed. No one can read the simple, yet intensely interesting "Naturalist's Voyage Round the World," without tracing in it the germs of all that Mr. Darwin has subsequently done in natural science. Simplicity and freedom from technicality have been the leading characteristics of all Mr. Darwin's best known and most influential works; and in this volume on the Voyage of the Beagle there is scarcely a page that will not interest any ordinarily intelligent man, and many pages that must claim the attention of the mere reader of stories of adventure. Full of incident it is, especially during the author's long sojourn in South America and in the vicinity of Magellan's Straits. Mr. Darwin's phenomenal genius as a scientific observer is seen throughout—when watching the method of catching and taming the wild horses of the Pampas, as when investigating the structure of the coral reefs of the Pacific. The first edition was published early in 1845, and the second was dedicated to Sir [[Author:Charles Lyell|Charles Lyell]], who, with his usual acuteness, early perceived the remarkable originality of the young naturalist, and to whom the latter was indebted for much wise counsel and help, as is evident from the recently published Life and Letters of the great geologist. That was not the only immediate result of this great voyage; under the superintendence of Mr. Darwin, and with abundant description and annotation by him, the [[The Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. Beagle|Zoology of the expedition was published]] before the narrative, in 1840, with Professor Owen, Mr. Waterhouse, the Rev. L. Jenyns, and Mr. Bell as contributing specialists. Not only so, but still also before the general narrative, Mr. Darwin published his first original contribution to science in his "Structure and Distribution of Coral Reefs" (1842). This work for the first time shed clear light upon the method of work of the tiny creatures whose exquisite fabrics are spread over the face of the Pacific. True, quite recently Mr. Murray has broached a new theory, or rather modification of Darwin's theory, which is beginning to find acceptance; but even if universally accepted it will not detract from the original estimate of the work of the Beagle naturalist. Still further, we have as direct result of the voyage in a volume, published in 1844, on the "Volcanic Islands visited during the Voyage of the Beagle," and in 1846, "Geological Observations in South America." Both these works are even now referred to by geologists as classical, and as having suggested lines of research of the highest fertility. In the Transactions of the Geological Society, moreover, other memoirs suggested by the results of the voyage will be found, one as early as 1838. But even that is not the earliest important paper of the great observer. Just a year after his return, in November, 1837, he read to the Geological Society a paper, to be found in its Transactions, "On the Formation of Vegetable Mould." This paper gave the result of observations begun some time before, observations only completed in his latest published work, that on "Earthworms," reviewed in these columns only a few months ago. Experiments were arranged for, we then pointed out, which took 40 years to ripen. Such far-seeing deliberation can only be the attribute of the greatest minds, which can see the end from the beginning. Other results of the voyage in botany and entomology we could refer to were it needful. But the greatest result of all was probably that on the mind of the naturalist himself. Passing over a generation, the spirit of his grandfather seems to have re-appeared in Charles Darwin with intensified power and precision. We need not here enter into the delicate distinctions which exist between the developmental theories of Erasmus, which were prematurely sown in unfruitful and unprepared soil, and those of his greater grandson, which have revolutionized research and thought in every department of human activity. The inherited germ was doubtless rapidly and fully developed during the splendid opportunities presented by the voyage of the Beagle. Throughout all his subsequent work the influence of this voyage is apparent, and continued reference is made to the stores of observation laid up during those eventful five years. Mr. Darwin's subsequent life was totally uneventful. Three years after his return, in the beginning of 1839, he married his cousin, Emma Wedgwood, and in 1842 he took up his residence at Down, Beckenham, Kent, of which county he as a magistrate. There he has lived since, and there on Wednesday he died. It is known to his friends that Mr. Darwin never quite recovered from the evil effects of his long voyage. He himself tells us that during nearly the whole time he suffered from sea-sickness, an affliction which no constitution could altogether withstand. As we have said, it has only been by the quietest living and the greatest carefulness that Mr. Darwin was able to keep himself in moderate health and working order. His habits and manners were of childlike simplicity, his bearing of the most winning geniality, and his modesty and evident unconsciousness of his own greatness almost phenomenal. In sending a letter or contribution to a journal, he asked for its insertion with a doubting hesitancy, rare even in a tiro. His personal influence on young scientific men can with difficulty be calculated; his simple readiness to listen and suggest and help has won the gratitude of many an aspiring observer. Since he took up his residence in at Down, Mr. Darwin's life has been marked mainly by the successive publication of those works which have revolutionized modern thought. In 1859 was published what may be regarded as the most momentous of all his works, "[[On the origin of species by means of natural selection|The Origin of Species by means of Natural Selection]]." No one who had not reached manhood at the time can have any idea of the consternation caused by the publication of this work. We need not repeat the anathemas that were hurled at the head of the simple-minded observer, and the prophecies of ruin to religion and morality if Mr. Darwin's doctrines were accepted. No one, we are sure, would be more surprised than the author himself at the results which followed. But all this has long passed. The work, slowly at first, but with increasing rapidity, made its way to general acceptance, and its anathematizers have been bound to find a ''modus vivendi'' between their creeds and the theories propounded in the "Origin of Species." The revolution in scientific doctrine and scientific method brought about by the publication of this work was ably pointed out by [[Author:Thomas Huxley|Professor Huxley]] two years ago in his lecture on "The Coming of Age of the Origin of Species." Mr. Huxley says:— {{fine block|"In fact, those who have watched the progress of science within the last ten years will bear me out to the full when I assert that there is no field of biological inquiry in which the influence of the 'Origin of Species' is not traceable; the foremost men of science in every country are either avowed champions of its leading doctrines, or at any rate abstain from opposing them; a host of young and ardent investigators seek for and find inspiration and guidance in Mr. Darwin's great work; and the general doctrine of Evolution, to one side of which it gives expression, finds in the phenomena of biology a firm base of operations whence it may conduct its conquest of the whole realm of nature."}} But it is not only in physical and natural science that the revolutionary influence of the "Origin of Species" is seen. It is not too much to say that the doctrines propounded in this volume, on "[[The Descent of Man and Selection in Relation to Sex|The Descent of Man]]," and other subsequent works, have influenced thought and research in every direction. It has been said, perhaps prematurely, that one must seek back to Newton or even Copernicus, to find a man whose influence on human thought and methods of looking at the universe has been as radical as that of the naturalist who has just died. Of course Mr. Darwin's originality has been assailed. Kant, Laplace, Buffon, Erasmus Darwin, and others, and of course Lucretius, have been brought forward as the real originators of the fertile idea which has taken its name from Mr. Charles Darwin. Give these old-world worthies all the credit which is justly their due, and it is not little; let it be granted that Darwin received the first initiative in his fertile career of research from a study of what they had done by his predecessors; and yet how comes it that these old theories fell comparatively dead and bore no substantial fruit? One reason must be that, as propounded by Mr. Darwin, the theory of evolution had a mature vitality which compelled acceptance, and the phenomenal vigour of which is seen in the results. Mr. Darwin's great theory, in some of its parts, may require modification; he himself latterly, we believe, did not seek to maintain it in all its original integrity. As has been suggested, some greater law may yet be found which will cover Darwinism and take a wider sweep; but, whatever development science may assume, Mr. Darwin will in all the future stand out as one of the giants in scientific thought and scientific investigation. All Mr. Darwin's subsequent works were developments in different directions of the great principles applied in the "Origin of Species." Between 1844 and 1854 he published through the Ray and other societies various monographs, which even his greatest admirers admit do not do him the highest credit as a minute anatomist. His next great work, published in 1862, was that on the "Fertilization of Orchids;" this, with the work on "Cross and Self-Fertilization of Plants" (1876), and that on the "Forms of Flowers" (1878), and various papers in scientific publications on the agency of insects in fertilization, opened up a new field which in his own hands and the hands of his numerous disciples have led to results of the greatest interest and the greatest influence on a knowledge of the way of plants. Other works belonging to this category are those "On the Movement and Habits of Climbing Plants," "Insectivorous Plants," and "The Movements of Plants" (1881), all of which opened up perfectly fresh fields of investigation, and shed light on the most intimate workings of nature. Mr. Darwin's influence in these, as in others of his works, has acted like an inspiration, leading men to follow methods and attain results which a quarter of a century ago were beyond the scope of the most fantastic dream. But, perhaps, the works with which the name of Mr. Darwin is most intimately associated in popular estimation, and indeed the works which have had the deepest influence on the the tendencies of modern thought and research in those departments in which humanity is most deeply interested, are those bearing on the natural history of man. Nine years after the publication of the "Origin of Species," appeared (1868), in two volumes, the great collection of instances and experiments bearing on the "Variation of Plants and Animals under Domestication." We have called this a collection of facts, and the same term might be applied, with greater or less exactness, to all the other works of Mr. Darwin. This is the characteristic Darwinian method. Years and years are spent in the accumulation of facts with open-minded watchfulness as to the tendency of the results. The expressed inferences in Mr. Darwin's works are few; he piles instance on instance and experiment on experiment, and almost invariably the conclusion to which he comes seems but the expression of the careful and unbiassed reader's own thought. Nowhere is this more signally evident than in the work on Domesticated Animals and Plants. The results which were brought out in those volumes were full of significance, while at the same time they afforded abundant occasion for the opponents of Darwinism to scoff and pour harmless contempt on the whole line of inquiry; forgetting or wilfully shutting their eyes to the fact that the results which Mr. Darwin showed were possible ''in petto'' bore no proportion to the gigantic efforts of nature through untold ages. The chapters on Inheritance in this work were full of significance, and seemed a natural transition to the work which followed three years later (1871)—"The Descent of Man and Selection in relation to Sex." Even greater consternation was caused in many circles by the publication of this work than by "The Origin of Species." And the reason of this is obvious. Not only did it seem directly to assail the ''amour propre'' of humanity, but to imperil some of its most deeply cherished beliefs. With wonderful rapidity, however, did men of all shades of belief manage to reconcile themselves to the new and disturbing factor introduced into the sphere of scientific and philosophical speculation. All sorts of halfway refuges were sought for and found by those whose mental comfort was threatened, and, again, as before, there was little difficulty in finding a ''modus vivendi'' between two sets of doctrines that at first sight seemed totally irreconcilable. After all, what have the highest aspirations of mankind to fear from the investigations and speculations of a man who is capable of writing as Mr. Darwin does in the concluding pages of his "Descent of Man." "Important as the struggle for existence has been, and even still is, yet as far as the highest part of man's nature is concerned, there are other agencies more important. For the moral qualities are advanced either directly or indirectly, much more through the effects of habit, the reasoning powers, instruction, religion, &c., than through the natural selection; through to this latter agency may be safely attributed the social instincts which afforded the basis for the development of the moral sense. . . . For my own part I would as soon be descended from that heroic little monkey who braved his dreaded enemy to save the life of his keeper, or from that old baboon who, descending from the mountains, carried away in triumph his young comrade from a crowd of astonished dogs—as from a savage who delights to torture his enemies, offers up bloody sacrifices, practices infanticide without remorse, treats his wives like slaves, knows no decency, and is haunted by the grossest superstition. Man may be excused for feeling some pride at having risen, though not through his own exertions, to the very summit of the organic scale; and the fact of his having thus risen instead of having been aboriginally placed there may give him hope for a still higher destiny in the distant future. But we are not here concerned with hopes or fears, only with the truth as far as our reason permits us to discern it; and I have given the evidence to the best of my ability. We must, however, acknowledge, as it seems to me that man with all his noble qualities, with sympathy which feels for the most debased, with benevolence which extends not only to other men, but to the humblest living creature, with his godlike intellect which has penetrated into the movements and constitution of the solar system—with all these exalted powers, man still bears in his bodily frame the indelible stamp of his low origin." Among scientific men themselves, among those who welcomed the Darwinian method and the distinctive doctrines of Darwinism, none of the master's works have probably met with more criticism than that on the Descent of Man. Not that the naturalists of the highest standing have any hesitation in accepting the general principles illustrated in the "Descent of Man;" the ablest and most candid biologists admit that in that direction the truth seems to lie; but that the various stages are so incomplete, the record is so imperfect, that before stereotyping their beliefs it would be wise to wait for more light. The general conclusion is not doubted, but how it has been reached by nature is by no means evident. And in this connexion we cannot do better than quote the words of Professor Huxley in the lecture already alluded to, and which, we are sure, Mr. Darwin himself would have endorsed with all his strength. {{fine block|"History warns us, however, that it is the customary fate of new truths to begin as heresies and to end as superstitions; and, as matters now stand, it is hardly rash to anticipate that in another 20 years, the new generation, educated under the influences of the present day, will be in danger of accepting the main doctrines of the Origin of Species with as little reflection, and it may be with as little justification, as so many of our contemporaries 20 years ago, rejected them. Against any such a consummation let us all devoutly pray; for the scientific spirit is of more value than its products, and irrationally-held truths may be more harmful than reasoned errors. Now, the essence of the scientific spirit is criticism. It tells us that to whatever doctrine claiming our assent we should reply, Take it if you can compel it. The struggle for existence holds as much in the intellectual as in the physical world. A theory is a species of thinking, and its right to exist is co-extensive with its power of resisting extinction by its rivals."}} As a sort of side issue of the "Descent of Man," and as throwing light upon the doctrines developed therein, with much more of independent interest and suggestiveness, "The Expression of the Emotions in Men and Animals" was published in 1872. This is, perhaps, the most amusing of Mr. Darwin's works, while at the same time it is one which evidently involved observation and research of the most minute and careful kind. It is one, moreover, which shows how continually and instinctively the author was on the watch for instances that were likely to have any bearing on the varied lines of his researches. To attempt to reckon up the influence which Mr. Darwin's multifarious work has had upon modern thought and modern life in all its phases seems as difficult a task as it would be to count the number and trace the extent of the sound-waves from a park of artillery. The impetus he has given to science, not only in his own, but in other departments, can only find a parallel in Newton. Through his influence the whole method of seeking after knowledge has been changed, and the increasing rapidity with which the results are every day developed becomes more and more bewildering. To what remote corners in religion, in legislation, in education, in every-day life, from Imperial Assemblies and venerable Universities to humble board schools and remote Scotch manses, the impetus initiated on board the Beagle and developed at the quiet and comfortable home at Beckenham, has reached, those who are in the whirl and sweep of it we are not in a position to say. Under the immediate influence of the sad loss we can only state a few obvious facts and make a few quite as obvious reflections; in time we may be able to realize how great a man now belongs to the past. That Mr. Darwin's work was not done nor his capacity for work exhausted was well enough seen in his recently-published work on Worms; and with the help of his able and congenial sons, Mr. George and Mr. Francis Darwin, we might have hoped for one or two more of the familiar green-covered volumes. Mr. Darwin's older brother, the faithful friend of Mrs. Carlyle, died about a year ago, leaving his younger brother his principal heir; the latter, however, has all along been in comfortable circumstances. It goes without saying that honours and medals were showered upon Mr. Darwin by learned societies all the world over: from Germany, where his disciples led by Häckel, have out-Darwined Darwin, he received a Knighthood of the Prussian Order of Merit. {{rule|4em}} {{fine block|From respect to the memory of Mr. Darwin, the Linnean Society yesterday adjourned after transacting formal business only. Sir John Lubbock, the president, addressing the meeting, said they would, no doubt, all have heard the sad news of the irreparable loss which science, the country, and their society had experienced in the death of Mr. Darwin. Only a few days ago they had the pleasure of hearing a paper of his—unhappily, his last—which showed no sign of any abatement of vigour. That was not the occasion to speak of the value of his scientific work, but he might say that while the originality and profound character of his researches had revolutionized natural history, he had also added enormously to its interest, and given, if he might so say, new life to biological science. Many of them, and no one more than himself, had also to mourn one of the kindest and best of friends. He begged to propose, as a small mark of respect to the memory of their late illustrious countryman, the greatest—alas, that he could no longer say of living naturalists, that, after the formal business was concluded, the society should adjourn.}}<noinclude></noinclude> 8pmjb187kfikbpg7d27d9jyvyulyuzp Index:The Times, Monday, Jan 27, 1896, pg. 4, Issue 34797, col C.png 106 3316905 14131341 12136970 2024-04-26T09:04:36Z Tylopous 3013532 validated (April 2024) proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=''[[The Times]]'' |Language=en |Volume=[[The Times/1896/News/British-Indian Subjects in South Africa|British-Indian Subjects in South Africa]], Jan 27, 1896 |Author=No author mentioned |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher= |Address= |Year=1896 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=png |Image=1 |Progress=T |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date=April 2024 |Pages=[[Page:The Times, Monday, Jan 27, 1896, pg. 4, Issue 34797, col C.png|4]] |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} 476gaavemrthtovwdxfavticgfbj9rc Page:The Times, Monday, Jan 27, 1896, pg. 4, Issue 34797, col C.png 104 3316907 14131340 10424504 2024-04-26T09:04:00Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ add several missing lines of text proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{c|{{larger|INDIAN AFFAIRS.}}}} {{custom rule|sp|100|lzt|20|sp|100}} {{c|{{sc|British-Indian Subjects in South Africa.}}}} Some time ago we published a powerful protest against continuing the grant of the franchise to British-Indian subjects in Natal. Our correspondent took up strong ground. The European colonists were determined that their vote should not be swamped by an ever-increasing number of immigrants from British India. The plea seems difficult to resist, if based upon the facts, and we refrained from dealing with it until the facts were completely before us. Mr. M. K. Gandhi, whose efforts on behalf of his Indian fellow-subjects in South Africa entitle him to respect, now forwards a return of the voters in the colony "from the latest lists published in the ''Gazette''." We are unable to verify his figures, but, assuming their accuracy, they are of a reassuring character to the great body of Englishmen who desire to see justice done to their Indian fellow-subjects, and at the same time sympathize with the resolve of their own British countrymen in Natal that the European vote shall not be swamped. According to this return, there are in the colony 9,309 European registered voters against 251 registered voters of British-Indian origin. The proportion of Indian voters to European voters is 1 to 37—that is to say, the European vote is at present 37 times stronger than the Indian vote. Nor, if Mr. Gandhi's statements are correct, does it seem possible that the Indian vote can swamp the European at any period within the range of practical politics. He points out that the existing franchise law, with which the British-Indian subjects are content, but which many of the European colonists desire to repeal, provides a property qualification that will at all times exclude the great mass of Indian immigrants from the vote. According to that law every voter must either possess immovable property of the value of £50 or rent such property to the yearly value of £10 within the electoral district. The result is that not only are all Indian immigrants under labour contracts excluded, but also all British-Indians whatsoever, except an extremely small class who by intelligence and industry have raised themselves to the position of well-to-do citizens. Of the European population, returned at 46,778 in 1891 (now say 50,000), no fewer than 9,309, or about half the adult resident males, are registered voters. Of the British-Indian population in the colony, now returned at 51,000, some 30,000 are Indians working not "under contract," about 16,000 are working "under contract," and about 5,000 are said to be traders with more or less capital. Mr. Gandhi maintains that it is only reasonable that this large population should have some voice at the polls, and that 251 voters, or 1 to 203 of the British-Indian inhabitants, form a by no means excessive number. The returns show that even under the existing law it takes a long time for a British-Indian to attain the franchise in Natal. With the exception of 63 British-Indians, many of whom started with capital and whose residence in the colony is under ten years, the rest of the 251 voters seem to have resided during more than ten years, and the majority over 14. An analysis of the British-Indian voters' list according to occupation yields equally encouraging results to those who wish to see this question settled. No fewer than 151 are returned as traders on their own account. Of the remaining 100 we find that 34 are clerks, bookkeepers, interpreters, schoolmasters, or photographers; 16 are trade ''employés'', such as salesmen and storemen, including managers; and 48 belong to the class of skilled workers, chiefly gardeners. Only two of the 251 voters appear as "labourers." May we take this to mean that only two voters in a population of 51,000 British-Indians belong to the unskilled labouring class? More than a half of the 251 British-Indian voters are returned as merchants, storekeepers, goldsmiths, and jewellers. It is precisely this class of men who form the most valued element in the municipal and other electorates in India. The argument that the Indian in Natal cannot claim higher privileges than he enjoys in India, and that he has no franchise whatever in India, is inconsistent with the facts. The Indian has precisely the same franchise in India which the Englishman enjoys. Throughout the 750 municipalities of India the British and the native voters have equal rights, and 6,700 municipal commissioners in 1801 were natives as against 830 Europeans. The European vote on the Indian municipal boards was, therefore, only one to eight Indian votes, while in the Natal electorate there are 37 European votes to one British-Indian. This is not unreasonable, but what the British Indians in South Africa demand is that they shall not by a change in the law be excluded from the vote altogether. It must be remembered that the Indian municipalities administer a population of 15 millions and an expenditure of 50 million rupees. The total population of Natal was estimated in 1891 at half a million, of whom only 88,000 were Europeans or British Indians (say now 100,000). Its public expenditure in 1803–94 was one million sterling. A similar principle applies, with the modifications incident to our system of government in India, to what may be called the higher electorate. The elected members of the Supreme and the Legislative Councils, which deal with 221 millions of British subjects, are mainly elected by native bodies Apart from the official representatives of Government in the Supreme and Provincial Legislatures about one half the members are natives. It would be wrong to push this analogy too far. But it answers the argument against allowing British-Indian subjects a vote in British colonies on the ground that they have no vote in India. So far as government by voting exists in India, Englishmen and Indians stand on the same footing; and alike in the municipal, the Provincial, and the Supreme Councils the native interests are powerfully represented. Nor does the plea that the British Indian is unacquainted with the nature and responsibilities of representative government bear inspection. There is probably no other country in the world in which representative institutions have penetrated so deeply into the life of the people. Every caste, every trade, every village in India had for ages its Council of Five, which practically legislated for and conducted the administration of the little community which it represented. Until the introduction of the Parish Councils Act last year there was no such rural system of self-administration even in England. The question now before Mr. Chamberlain is not an academic one. It is not a question of argument but of race-feeling. The Queen's Proclamation of 1858 gave the full rights of British subjects to the Indians, and they vote in England and sit in the British Parliament on the same terms as Englishmen. But these questions are inevitable in a vast Empire made up of many peoples, and as the steamship brings the component populations of Greater Britain into closer contact they will present themselves in more acute forms. Two things are clear. Such questions will not settle themselves by being ignored, and a strong Government at home affords the best Court of Appeal to adjudicate upon them. We cannot afford a war of races among our own subjects. It would be as wrong for the Government of India to suddenly arrest the development of Natal by shutting off the supply of immigrants as it would be for Natal to deny the rights of citizenship to British-Indian subjects who, by years of thrift and good work in the colony, have raised themselves to the actual ''status'' of citizens. The Indian Government have on occasion found extreme measures the only way of dealing with certain foreign colonies. It is the duty of the Home Government to take care that that necessity shall not arise in regard to any colony of British men. We recently saw the intolerable situation which the neglect of this question has brought about in the Transvaal. If any complication were now to arise between Great Britain and the South African Republic, President Kruger could legally raise a levy of British-Indian subjects within his dominions and compel them to act against British troops.<noinclude></noinclude> c4us51xsn2tc9ir6t1eu165esktuuhb Page:A hairdresser's experience in high life.djvu/220 104 3334853 14128432 11253476 2024-04-25T17:32:24Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kwehner" />{{rh|222|{{smaller|{{uppercase|a hair-dresser's experience}}}}|}}</noinclude>knowing her former husband's friends feared her like a tigress. She threatened several times to slap their faces, till they were actually afraid to meet her on the streets. If they saw her coming, they would dart down another street, and they would not visit the hotel while she was there, even to see their best friends. The sisters of her former husband were afraid to walk on the street, while she was in the city. This went on for several weeks, till at length the colonel was taken sick, when the ladies were running, one with a basin of water to wash his face, another with a bottle of cologne to cool his brow, some one thing, and some another; one with a little tea-pot of tea, made by her own hands, and of course the colonel, could not refuse to take that. The countess was very kind to him, but getting tired of so many ladies waiting on him, she had him removed to her own room. This opened the eyes of the ladies, and they now saw what was going on. In the meantime, some one must have sent a dispatch to her second husband, telling him of these things, for he very unexpectedly arrived, and took her away with him. The colonel, I heard, went to a lady's where he had a severe attack of varioloid. Shortly after, he left and went to New York, where in in a short time, he was joined by the countess. There was in the hotel a very rich lady, that the colonel, while there, tried to court with the assistance of the countess. This lady was a widow, and had nearly half a million of dollars. The countess went to work to get some of her money, and for that purpose got up a raffle to impose some of her old<noinclude></noinclude> q39xt6zd3p7b0hztbqx8u6w2zqg0pzy Page:Weird Tales v01n01 (1923-03).djvu/63 104 3342412 14130205 10596668 2024-04-25T22:38:25Z Klaufir216 3130230 fix punctuation & typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Blue-ray656" />{{rh|62|{{uc|THE GHOST GUARD}}|}}</noinclude>low-ceilinged room on the ground floor in one of the towers of the old cell house. Asa had been warned a number of times that his room was not a safe place to sleep in the day time. Convicts in the yard could enter the room at any time during the day, without being seen by the yard guards or wall guards. Though the one door to the room was thick and heavy, Asa seldom if ever locked it. Asa had risen in the afternoon, complaining to himself about the noise being made by the convicts in the yard. His peevishness vanished, however, after a cold wash, and he sang as he stood looking out at one of the windows and brushing his hair: {{center block/s}}<poem> ''"When I die and am buried deep'', ''"I'll return at night to take a peep'' ''"At those who hated me.'' ''"I’ll ha’nt their homes and spoil their sleep,'' ''"Chill their blood, the skin will creep,'' ''"On those who—"'' </poem>{{center block/e}} Asa’s song ended then—ended in a horrible gurgle. A “trusty” found him an hour later lying in a pool of blood near the open window. His throat had been cut by a sharp instrument in the hand of a person unknown. Hulsey the “lifer” was questioned, of course, but there was absolutely nothing to indicate that it was he who committed the murder. The guards looked sadly upon all that remained of Asa Shores and said to each other in hushed voices: “It had to come. Asa was too good a convict guard not to be murdered.” And though the prison stool pigeons kept their cars and eyes opened, though each guard became a detective, the murder of Asa Shores remained a mystery. Old Tower Number Three was closed and the doors locked. There was no immediate use for it; out the warden was contemplating the advisability of having another guards’ entrance gate cut through the wall under the tower. In this case, of course, the tower would be used again. {{uc|{{di|N}}ight}} Captain Jesse Dunlap sat alone in the guards lookout, inside the walls, at one o’clock on the morning following the murder Asa Shores. Bill Wilton, the night yard guard, was making his round about the buildings in the yard. Captain Dunlap lazily watched the brass indicators on the report board before him. The indicator for Tower Number One made a half turn to the left and a small bell on the board rang. The captain lifted the receiver from the telephone at his elbow and received the report, “Tower Number One. Anderson on duty. All O. K.” Dunlap merely grunted a response and replaced the receiver on the nook. Presently the indicator for Tower Number Two turned to the left, the bell tinkled, and Dunlap again took the receiver from the hook. “Tower Number Two. Briggs on duty. All O. K.” came the report over the wire. Then come New Tower Number Three; next Tower Number Four. From the three outside guard-posts came the reports, and one from the cell house, each guard turning in his post number, his name and the usual “O. K.” All the indicators on the board, except that for Old Tower Number Three, were now turned. Captain Dunlap relaxed in his chair, sighed heavily and lit his pipe. Lazily his eyes wandered back to the indicator board. The unturned indicator for Old Tower Number Three held his gaze and utter sadness gripped him for a moment. Night after night, promptly on the hour, he had seen the indicator for Old Tower Number Three flip jauntily to the left and had heard the tinkle of the little bell on the board. It had always seemed to him that the indicator for Asa Shores’ tower turned with more pep than the other indicators, that the bell had tinkled more cheerily, that good old Asa Shores’ report carried a note of cheerfulness that lightened the lonesome watches of the night. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> o9nuj7wmtgjizyvrbsfssdw0svs874o Page:Weird Tales v01n01 (1923-03).djvu/64 104 3343283 14130219 10596675 2024-04-25T22:48:41Z Klaufir216 3130230 several fixes proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Carrierudd" />{{rh||BRYAN IRVINE|63}}</noinclude>Now the old tower was cold, even as poor old Asa was cold; the doors were locked and barred. Never again, thought Dunlap, would be heard Asa Shores' familiar song on the quiet night air. What were the words to that song? {{center block/s}}<poem> ''"When I am dead and buried deep,'' ''"I'll return at night to take a peep'' ''"At those who hated—"'' </poem>{{center block/e}} Captain Dunlap suddenly sat erect in his chair. The pipe fell from his lips and clattered on the floor, as his lower jaw dropped and his eyes opened wide to stare at the indicator board; for-- The indicator for Old Tower Number Three was moving--moving, not with a quick turn to the left, but in a hesitant, jerky way that caused the root of every hair on Captain Dunlap's head to tingle. Never before had the captain seen an indicator behave like that. In fact, the indicator system was designed and constructed in such a way that, being controlled by electric contacts, the various indicators would snap into position when a push button in each tower was pressed by the guard on duty in that tower. In short, and indicator, in accordance with all the rules of electricity as applied to the system, must remain stationary or jerk to the left when the button in the tower was pressed. But here was indicator for Old Tower Number Three wavering, trembling to the left, only to fall back repeatedly to a vertical position. Then again, jerkily, hesitantly to the left, as if a vagrant soul strove to brush aside the veil that banished it from the living. Captain Dunlap sat rigid and watched the uncanny movements of the bright brass indicator. Vague, fleeting, chaotic thoughts of crossed wires, practical jokers, wandering souls tumbled one after another through his brain. If only the bell would not tinkle! If it did ring? Well, death then, though it had taken away what was mortal of Asa Shores, had not conquered his eternal vigilance and strict attention to duty. Farther to the left wavered the indicator, hesitantingly, uncertainly, then—''the bell rang!'' A weak, slow ring, it was, that sounded strange and unnatural in the deathlike silence of the dimly lighted lookout. {{UC|{{di|C}}aptain Dunlap}} was a brave man. He had smilingly faced death a dozen times in Granite River Prison. But always his danger was known to be from living, breathing men. Abject terror gripped him now; a nameless terror that seemed to freeze the blood in his veins, contract every muscle and nerve of his body, smother his heart. But even then reasoning struggled for recognition in his mind. What if it were a part of Asa Shores, a part of him that remained on earth to defy death and carny on? Hasn't Asa always been Captain Dunlap's friend? Why should he fear the spirit of a friend? Dunlap reached forth a trembling hand, took the receiver from the hook and slowly, reluctantly, placed it to his ear. How he wished, hoped, prayed that no voice would come over the wire! But it did come, preceded by a faint whispering sound: "Old t-t-t-tow—" a long pause, then weakly, almost inaudibly, as if the message came from a million miles away—"Old t-t-tower n-n-n— three. S-S-Sho—" Another pause, a jumble of meaningless words, then a chuckle. God! Asa's familiar chuckle! "On duty. All O-O—all O—" A light laugh, a sharp buzzing sound, a sigh, the faint tinkle of a bell, then silence! Dunlap heard no click of a receiver being replaced on a hook. The line was apparently still open. Still holding the receiver to his ear, the captain moistened his dry lips with the tip of his tongue. His free hand went involuntarily to his forehead in a vague uncertain gesture and came away damp with perspiration. Must<noinclude></noinclude> 3rd0dvkgkolizdfjtsyzirpd0jvn60c Page:Weird Tales v01n01 (1923-03).djvu/65 104 3343442 14130326 10594152 2024-04-26T00:03:38Z Klaufir216 3130230 punctuation fixes proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Chrisguise" />{{rh|64|THE GHOST GUARD|}}</noinclude>he answer that ghost call? must he speak to that ''thing'' that held the line. When he at last spoke his voice was husky, a strange voice even to him: "Who—who did it, Asa? Who—who—if you are dead—if this is you, Asa, tell me—''who did it."'' Again that queer, unfamiliar buzzing sound. Then, from Old Tower Number three, or from beyond the grave perhaps, came a faint, whispering, uncertain voice: "He—he—it was {{...|3}}" The voice ended in a gurgle. Dunlap replaced the receiver on the hook, and as he did so his eyes rested on the indicator board and he gasped sharply; for the indicator for Old Tower Number Three went wavering, trembling back to a vertical position on the time dial! This unheard-of behavior of the indicator was the deepest mystery of all. The indicators, each controlled independent of the others by push buttons in each tower, were constructed mechanically to turn only from the right to left. The indicator for Old Tower Number Three had ''turned back from left to right!'' {{di|C}}APTAIN DUNLAP made no effort to solve the mystery. Old Tower Number Three was securely locked and could not be approached except by crossing over the wall from New Tower Number Three on the Southeast corner of the wall or from Tower Number Two on the Northeast corner of the wall. Dunlap himself had closed and locked the doors and windows to the tower. There was but one key to the tower doors, and that key was in Dunlap's pocket. Unlike the other towers, Old Tower Number Three could not be entered from the ground outside the wall. It was built solidly of stone from the ground up, and the only entrances were the two doors communicating with the top of the wall on either side of the tower. Besides, strict orders had been given that no one enter the tower unless ordered there by a shift captain. And, too, in the glare of the arc lights near the wall, it would be impossible for anyone to cross the wall to the tower, without being seen by other wall guards. Could the mysterious report have come from one of the other wall towers? Impossible for this reason. When the push button in one of the wall towers—say, that in Old Tower Number Three—was pressed by the man on duty there, the indicator on the board in the captain's lockout turned to the left a quarter turn on the time dial, the small bell on {{SIC|he|the}} board rang and all telephone connections with the other towers were automatically cut off until the captain had replaced the telephone receiver on the hook after receiving the report from Old Tower Number Three. Dunlap said nothing to Bill Wilton when the latter returned to the yard lookout, after making his round in the yard. It would be best he reasoned, to say nothing to anybody about the mysterious call. They would only laugh at him if he told them about it. If the indicator had not returned to a vertical position on the time dial he would have some proof on which to base his wild story of the ghost call. But the indicator had, before his own eyes, returned to its former position after the call. An hour later, at two A.M., Dunlap fearfully watched the indicator for Old Tower Number Three. Reports from all other posts had been received. Then, just once, the indicator trembled uncertainly, made almost a quarter turn to the left and snapped back to a vertical position. At three o'clock, it did not move. Nor did it at four o'clock. A week passed. Not a tremor disturbed the "ghost tower" indicator. Then, one morning at one-thirty o'clock, an unearthly, piercing scream in the cell-house awaked half the men in the building and sent the cell-house guard scurrying down to cell twenty-one on the corridor; for it was from this cell that the blood-chilling scream had come. The bloodless, perspiration-dampened face of Malcolm Hulsey, the "lifer," was pressed against the bars of the cell door when the guard arrived. The convict's<section end="The Ghost Guard1" /><noinclude>{{c|''(Continued on page 184)''}}</noinclude> k9sm4lj84ke8w9bgg0hv0zb9y1b604b Page:Weird Tales v01n01 (1923-03).djvu/185 104 3349315 14130709 11659491 2024-04-26T07:00:24Z Klaufir216 3130230 small fixes proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" />{{rh|184|{{uc|the ghost guard}}}}</noinclude>{{c|{{larger|The Ghost Guard}}<br>''(Continued from page 64)''}} <section begin="The Ghost Guard2" />great hands grasped the bars and his two-hundred-and-fifty-pound bulk, clad in only a regulation undershirt, twitched, started and trembled from head to foot. A horrible fear distended his eyes, his teeth clicked together and the muscles of his face worked spasmodically. "Sick, Hulsey?" the guard demanded, hardened, to such nerve-shattering outburst in a building full of tortured souls. "I saw—I saw—" Hulsey began, his teeth chattering and rendering speech well-nigh impossible. "I saw—Oh Mr. Hill, please give me a cellmate—''now, tonight!'' I—I'm a sick man, Mr. Hill. Nerves all shot to pieces. I guess. Can't I have a cellmate to talk to, Mr. Hill?" "What did you see?" the guard asked. "He was standing right where you are now," Hulsey whispered hoarsely. "Pointing his fingers at me, he was, when I opened my eyes and saw him. Smiling, too. I—I"—a violent shudder—"I could ''see through him'', Mr. Hill; could see the bars on that window beyond him I—" "Who? See who?" the guard interrupted. Hulsey seemed to realize, then, that he was talking {{SIC|to|too}} much; that he was not conducting himself as the hardest convict in the prison should. "Why," he stammered. "I saw—I ''thought'' I saw—an old pal o' mine. He's been dead a long time. Nerves, I guess. Thinking too much about my old pal and the good old days. Nightmare. I guess." "Yeah-nightmare is right!" the unsympathic guard growled. "But don't let another blat like that out of you or we'll throw you into the padded cell. Got the whole wing stirred up. Get to bed now and forget that good old pal of yours." "If I only could!" Hulsey whispered huskily to himself, as he got back into the bunk. {{uc|{{di|t}}wo weeks}} passed. There were no more outbusts from cell twenty-one. The "ghost tower" on the wall was silent, cold. Then, at two o'clock one morning, Captain Dunlap saw the indicator move. It sickened him, made him wish ardently that he was a thousand miles from Granite River Prison. The indicator moved slowly, hesitantly, to the left and the bell tinkled weakly. The captain placed the receiver to his ear, but no sound came: the line was dead. The indicator fell back to its original position as the captain replaced the {{SIC|deceiver|receiver}} on the crotch. A few minutes later the yard guard entered the look out. Bill Wilton, the regular yard guard on the graveyard shift, was away on leave and the substitute guard was new at the prison. "Didn't I understand you to say, Mr. Dunlap," the new guard said, "that there was no one on Old Tower Number Three?" "You sure did," Dunlap answered. The guard pulled his left ear and looked puzzled. "Funny," he finally remarked. "Was sure I heard somebody in that tower, singing soft and low like, when I passed under it a few minutes ago." "What was he singing?" the captain asked, bending forward and fixing a penetrating gaze on the recent arrival at the prison. "Let me see now," said the guard meditatively. "Couldn't make out much of the song. Something about 'when I die in the ocean deep,'—No, that wasn't it. 'When I die and am buried deep'—that's it. Then there was something in it about this dead guy coming back to ha'nt people, and a lot of bunk like that." "I see," said Dunlap, as he eased himself out of the chair. "I'm going up and have a look around in the tower. You stay in here until I return." Dunlap went outside the walls and up through New Tower Number Three, <section end="The Ghost Guard2" /> {{c|''(Continued on page 186)''}}<noinclude></noinclude> avw7owflwfcwrpw6zz4jh5lx0fstffm Page:Weird Tales v01n01 (1923-03).djvu/187 104 3349325 14130718 11644697 2024-04-26T07:05:43Z Klaufir216 3130230 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="2" user="Hilohello" />{{rh|186|{{uc|the ghost guard.}}}}</noinclude>{{c|''(Continued from page 184)''}} <section begin="The Ghost Guard3" /> where he questioned Guard Jim Humphrey. Humphrey had not seen or heard anything unusual in or about Old Tower Number Three. Captain Dunlap, as he walked over the wall toward the ghost tower, admitted frankly to himself that he was "scared stiff." Pausing at the door, he glanced nervously through he window. The yard lights lit up the interior of the tower sufficiently to assure him that no one—or "thing"—was inside. He unlocked the door and entered. With a flashlight, he thoroughly examined the telephone. Dust had settled on the instrument. The receiver and the transmitter had apparently not been touched since Asa Shores left the tower. Dust had settled on the doorknobs inside. That the knobs had not been touched since Shores' death was obvious. The one chair, the window-sills, the small washstand and wash basin, all were covered with a thin, undisturbed film of fine dust. There on the telephone battery box reposed Asa's old corncob pipe and, near it, a small box of matches. The window latches were just as Dunlap had left them when he closed and securely locked the tower a month before. It was a puzzled and nervous prison official that left the tower, relocked the doors and returned to the inside lookout. Next day Malcom Hulsey, the "lifer" was admitted to the hospital. The doctor's diagnosis was "nervous breakdown." {{uc|{{di|b}}ut Hulsey,}} though his nerves were all shot to pieces, was still capable of shrewd plotting. His admittance to the hospital had been hastened by a diet of soap. Hulsey was so anxious to get far away from Granite River Prison, and was so certain of his ability to do so if he could only be admitted to the hospital, that he had resorted to the old but effective expedient of soap eating. Soap, taken internally in small doses, will produce various baffling and apparently serious physiological changes in the body. Hulsey looked sick and felt sick, but he was not dangerously ill. {{nop}}<noinclude> <section end="The Ghost Guard3" /></noinclude> tw45omsjald1mksfe1kz79opx8nr20r 14131336 14130718 2024-04-26T08:50:40Z Xover 21450 section markup needs to go in the body proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="2" user="Hilohello" />{{rh|186|{{uc|the ghost guard.}}}}</noinclude>{{c|''(Continued from page 184)''}} <section begin="The Ghost Guard3" />where he questioned Guard Jim Humphrey. Humphrey had not seen or heard anything unusual in or about Old Tower Number Three. Captain Dunlap, as he walked over the wall toward the ghost tower, admitted frankly to himself that he was "scared stiff." Pausing at the door, he glanced nervously through he window. The yard lights lit up the interior of the tower sufficiently to assure him that no one—or "thing"—was inside. He unlocked the door and entered. With a flashlight, he thoroughly examined the telephone. Dust had settled on the instrument. The receiver and the transmitter had apparently not been touched since Asa Shores left the tower. Dust had settled on the doorknobs inside. That the knobs had not been touched since Shores' death was obvious. The one chair, the window-sills, the small washstand and wash basin, all were covered with a thin, undisturbed film of fine dust. There on the telephone battery box reposed Asa's old corncob pipe and, near it, a small box of matches. The window latches were just as Dunlap had left them when he closed and securely locked the tower a month before. It was a puzzled and nervous prison official that left the tower, relocked the doors and returned to the inside lookout. Next day Malcom Hulsey, the "lifer" was admitted to the hospital. The doctor's diagnosis was "nervous breakdown." {{uc|{{di|b}}ut Hulsey,}} though his nerves were all shot to pieces, was still capable of shrewd plotting. His admittance to the hospital had been hastened by a diet of soap. Hulsey was so anxious to get far away from Granite River Prison, and was so certain of his ability to do so if he could only be admitted to the hospital, that he had resorted to the old but effective expedient of soap eating. Soap, taken internally in small doses, will produce various baffling and apparently serious physiological changes in the body. Hulsey looked sick and felt sick, but he was not dangerously ill. <section end="The Ghost Guard3" /> {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> h8g2n6ly99ef3s5y0spw3endvxafyoy Index:Compulsory Education Act 2000.pdf 106 3353783 14130616 12136982 2024-04-26T05:46:15Z Tylopous 3013532 validated (April 2024) proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=[[Compulsory Education Act 2000]] |Language=en |Volume= |Author=Parliament of Singapore |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=Republic of Singapore Government Gazette |Address=Singapore |Year=2000 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=pdf |Image=1 |Progress=T |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date=April 2024 |Pages=<pagelist /> |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} o8vkqheddtaxknrepenuow8xbj0haxx Page:Compulsory Education Act 2000.pdf/1 104 3354056 14130600 10926297 2024-04-26T05:28:47Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>[[File:Coat of arms of Singapore.svg|center|100px]] {{Center|REPUBLIC OF SINGAPORE {{xx-larger|GOVERNMENT GAZETTE}} {{x-larger|ACTS SUPPLEMENT}} ''Published by Authority''}} {{rule}}{{rule}} {{rh|NO. 27]|FRIDAY, OCTOBER 27|[2000}} {{rule}}{{rule}} {{Smaller|First published in the Government ''Gazette'', Electronic Edition, on 25th October 2000 at 5:00 pm.}} The following Act was passed by Parliament on 9th October 2000 and assented to by the President on 16th October 2000:— {{Center|{{x-larger|'''THE COMPULSORY EDUCATION ACT 2000'''}} '''(No. 27 of 2000)'''}} {{Center|ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS}} {| |- ! Section !! |- | 1. || Short title and commencement |- | 2. || Interpretation |- | 3. || Compulsory primary education |- | 4. || Exemption |- | 5. || Establishment and constitution of Compulsory Education Board |- | 6. || Duties and powers of Board |- | 7. || Penalties |- | 8. || No person to be charged for offence except on complaint of Director-General of Education |- | 9. || Composition of offences |- | 10. || Protection from personal liability |- | 11. || Operation of this Act not to affect Education Act |- | 12. || Regulations |} {{Nop}}<noinclude>{{Rule|8em}}</noinclude> 0hejr4w0rhbpjnbykbynitnl0zvj4m6 14130604 14130600 2024-04-26T05:31:35Z Tylopous 3013532 {{ts|vtp}} for section numbers proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>[[File:Coat of arms of Singapore.svg|center|100px]] {{Center|REPUBLIC OF SINGAPORE {{xx-larger|GOVERNMENT GAZETTE}} {{x-larger|ACTS SUPPLEMENT}} ''Published by Authority''}} {{rule}}{{rule}} {{rh|NO. 27]|FRIDAY, OCTOBER 27|[2000}} {{rule}}{{rule}} {{Smaller|First published in the Government ''Gazette'', Electronic Edition, on 25th October 2000 at 5:00 pm.}} The following Act was passed by Parliament on 9th October 2000 and assented to by the President on 16th October 2000:— {{Center|{{x-larger|'''THE COMPULSORY EDUCATION ACT 2000'''}} '''(No. 27 of 2000)'''}} {{Center|ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS}} {| |- ! Section !! |- |{{ts|vtp}}| 1. || Short title and commencement |- |{{ts|vtp}}| 2. || Interpretation |- |{{ts|vtp}}| 3. || Compulsory primary education |- |{{ts|vtp}}| 4. || Exemption |- |{{ts|vtp}}| 5. || Establishment and constitution of Compulsory Education Board |- |{{ts|vtp}}| 6. || Duties and powers of Board |- |{{ts|vtp}}| 7. || Penalties |- |{{ts|vtp}}| 8. || No person to be charged for offence except on complaint of Director-General of Education |- |{{ts|vtp}}| 9. || Composition of offences |- |{{ts|vtp}}| 10. || Protection from personal liability |- |{{ts|vtp}}| 11. || Operation of this Act not to affect Education Act |- |{{ts|vtp}}| 12. || Regulations |} {{Nop}}<noinclude>{{Rule|8em}}</noinclude> 1atqt0gguee4nku1fsury65n7nvppnb Page:Compulsory Education Act 2000.pdf/2 104 3354057 14130606 10926299 2024-04-26T05:33:09Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" />{{rh| |COMPULSORY EDUCATION|3}} {{rule}}{{rule}}</noinclude>{{Center|'''REPUBLIC OF SINGAPORE'''}} {{Rule|8em}} {{Center|'''No. 27 of 2000.'''}} {{Center|I assent.}} {{Rh|[[File:Locus sigilli.svg|center|24px]]||{{Center|S R NATHAN,<br>''President.<br>16th October 2000''.}}}} <br> <br> <br> An Act to provide for compulsory primary education in Singapore and for matters connected therewith. Be it enacted by the President with the advice and consent of the Parliament of Singapore, as follows: '''Short title and commencement''' {{Anchor|1.0}}'''1.''' This Act may be cited as the Compulsory Education Act 2000 and shall come into operation on such date as the Minister may, by notification in the ''Gazette'', appoint. {{Nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 7gwn0l2qmbu8mk6ze6av68btsug0dts Page:Compulsory Education Act 2000.pdf/3 104 3354060 14130609 10926305 2024-04-26T05:36:11Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" />{{rh|4|NO. 27 OF 2000|}} {{rule}}{{rule}}</noinclude>'''Interpretation''' {{Anchor|2.0}}'''2.''' In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires— "Board" means the Compulsory Education Board established under section 5; "child of compulsory school age" means a child above the age of 6 years who has not yet attained the age of 15 years and who satisfies such conditions for receiving primary education as the Director-General may determine; "Director-General" means the Director-General of Education, and includes such officers of the Ministry of Education as may from time to time be authorised to exercise the functions of the Director-General of Education under section 5 of the Education Act (Cap. 87); "national primary school" means any institution for the provision of full-time primary education, being— :(''a'') a school organised and conducted directly by the Government; :(''b'') a school in receipt of grant-in-aid under the Education Act or any regulations made thereunder; :(''c'') a school specified in any order made under section 3 (1) of the School Boards (Incorporation) Act (Cap. 284A); or :(''d'') such other school as may be prescribed; "parent", in relation to a child to whom section 3 (1) applies, includes a guardian and any person having the actual custody of the child; "primary education" means a 6-year course of education normally commencing when a child has attained the age of 6 years. '''Compulsory primary education''' {{Anchor|3.1}}'''3.'''—(1) A child of compulsory school age who is— :{{Anchor|3.1.a}}(''a'') born after 1st January 1996; :{{Anchor|3.1.b}}(''b'') a citizen of Singapore; and :{{Anchor|3.1.c}}(''c'') residing in Singapore, shall attend regularly as a pupil at a national primary school. {{Nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> aicazj3hxtwebqjlk3dct9tovjan0xf Page:Compulsory Education Act 2000.pdf/4 104 3354061 14130611 11755675 2024-04-26T05:38:56Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" />{{rh| |COMPULSORY EDUCATION|5}} {{rule}}{{rule}}</noinclude>{{Anchor|3.2}}(2) Where a child of compulsory school age fails to attend regularly as a pupil at a national primary school as required under subsection (1), each parent of the child shall be guilty of an offence. {{Anchor|3.3}}(3) This section shall not apply— :{{Anchor|3.3.a}}(''a'') to a child of compulsory school age for whom a parent presents within a reasonable time a prescribed reason to the satisfaction of the Director-General for the absence of the child at a national primary school; or :{{Anchor|3.3.b}}(''b'') to a child of compulsory school age who is exempted under section 4. '''Exemption''' {{Anchor|4.1}}'''4.'''—(1) The Minister may, by order published in the ''Gazette'' and subject to such terms or conditions as he may impose, exempt any child of compulsory school age or class of children of compulsory school age from section 3. {{Anchor|4.2}}(2) An exemption granted under this section may be revoked at any time. '''Establishment and constitution of Compulsory Education Board''' {{Anchor|5.1}}'''5.'''—(1) There shall be established a body to be known as the Compulsory Education Board. {{Anchor|5.2}}(2) The Board shall consist of such number of members as the Minister may, in his discretion, appoint. {{Anchor|5.3}}(3) The Minister shall appoint one of the members of the Board as chairman. {{Anchor|5.4}}(4) Subject to subsections (5) and (6), a member of the Board shall hold and vacate his office in accordance with the terms of his appointment and shall, on ceasing to be a member, be eligible for reappointment. {{Anchor|5.5}}(5) A member of the Board may resign his office at any time by giving notice in writing to the Minister. {{Anchor|5.6}}(6) If the Minister is satisfied that a member of the Board— :{{Anchor|5.6.a}}(''a'') is guilty of neglect of duty or misconduct; :{{Anchor|5.6.b}}(''b'') has become a bankrupt or made an arrangement with his creditors;<noinclude></noinclude> c36p1ld5n91nkj4oul51edexy1kkexs Page:Compulsory Education Act 2000.pdf/5 104 3354062 14130613 11755676 2024-04-26T05:41:28Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" />{{rh|6|NO. 27 OF 2000|}} {{rule}}{{rule}}</noinclude>:{{Anchor|5.6.c}}(''c'') is incapacitated by physical or mental illness; or :{{Anchor|5.6.d}}(''d'') is otherwise unable or unfit to discharge the functions of a member, the Minister may remove him from such office. {{Anchor|5.7}}(7) The validity of any proceedings of the Board shall not be affected by any vacancy among its members or by any defect in the appointment of any member. {{Anchor|5.8}}(8) At any meeting of the Board, one-half of the number of members shall constitute a quorum. {{Anchor|5.9}}(9) The chairman shall preside at all meetings of the Board at which he is present and, in his absence, the members present shall elect one of their number to act as chairman of that meeting. {{Anchor|5.10}}(10) The Board may delegate to any person all or any of its duties or powers under this Act. {{Anchor|5.11}}(11) All questions arising at any meeting of the Board shall be decided by a majority of votes of the members present and, in the case of an equality of votes, the chairman or, in his absence, the member presiding shall have a casting vote. {{Anchor|5.12}}(12) Subject to the provisions of this Act and any regulations made thereunder, the Board may regulate its own procedure in such manner as it thinks fit. '''Duties and powers of Board''' {{Anchor|6.1}}'''6.'''—(1) The duties of the Board shall be— :{{Anchor|6.1.a}}(''a'') to investigate whether the provisions of this Act or any regulations made thereunder have been or are being contravened; :{{Anchor|6.1.b}}(''b'') to make recommendations to the Director-General on the enforcement of the provisions of this Act or any regulations made thereunder; and :{{Anchor|6.1.c}}(''c'') generally to do all such acts and things as are necessary to be carried out under the provisions of this Act. {{Anchor|6.2}}(2) For the purpose of performing its duties under this Act, the Board may— :{{Anchor|6.2.a}}(''a'') hear and examine witnesses on oath;<noinclude></noinclude> gybm7bd262b5an7emvfunav2vu83k84 Page:Compulsory Education Act 2000.pdf/6 104 3354063 14130614 10926314 2024-04-26T05:43:39Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" />{{rh| |COMPULSORY EDUCATION|7}} {{rule}}{{rule}}</noinclude>:{{Anchor|6.2.b}}(''b'') summon any person to attend any hearing of the Board to give evidence or produce any document or other article in his possession; :{{Anchor|6.2.c}}(''c'') generally require any person to furnish any information or produce any document or other article in his possession; :{{Anchor|6.2.d}}(''d'') require any person to attend any counselling or mediation session as the Board may specify; and :{{Anchor|6.2.e}}(''e'') do anything incidental to any of its powers. {{Anchor|6.3}}(3) The Minister may give such directions, not inconsistent with the provisions of this Act, as to the performance of the duties and the exercise of the powers of the Board and the Board shall give effect to any such directions. '''Penalties''' {{Anchor|7.1}}'''7.'''—(1) Any person who is guilty of an offence under section 3 (2) shall be liable on conviction to a fine not exceeding $5,000 or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 12 months or to both. {{Anchor|7.2}}(2) Any person who— :{{Anchor|7.2.a}}(''a'') refuses to attend any hearing of the Board; :{{Anchor|7.2.b}}(''b'') refuses to furnish any information or produce any document to the Board; :{{Anchor|7.2.c}}(''c'') furnishes any information or produces any document which is false in a material particular and which he knows to be false or does not believe to be true; or :{{Anchor|7.2.d}}(''d'') obstructs or impedes the Director-General, the Board or any person acting under the direction of the Board, shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine not exceeding $5,000 or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 12 months or to both. '''No person to be charged for offence except on complaint of Director-General of Education''' {{Anchor|8.0}}'''8.''' No person shall be charged with any offence under this Act or any regulations made thereunder except on the complaint of the Director-General. {{Nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> rvceloyp2dgoy8kt6iamuukkdbcrxe1 Page:Compulsory Education Act 2000.pdf/7 104 3354064 14130615 10926317 2024-04-26T05:45:42Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ fix running header proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" />{{rh|8|NO. 27 OF 2000| }} {{rule}}{{rule}}</noinclude>'''Composition of offences''' {{Anchor|9.0}}'''9.''' The Director-General may, in his discretion, compound any offence under this Act or any regulations made thereunder which is prescribed as a compoundable offence by collecting from a person reasonably suspected of having committed the offence a sum of money not exceeding $2,000. '''Protection from personal liability''' {{Anchor|10.0}}'''10.''' No suit or other legal proceedings shall lie personally against— :{{Anchor|10.a}}(''a'') any member of the Board; or :{{Anchor|10.b}}(''b'') any other person acting under the direction of the Board, for anything which is in good faith done or intended to be done in the execution or purported execution of this Act or any regulations made thereunder. '''Operation of this Act not to affect Education Act''' {{Anchor|11.0}}'''11.''' Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Act, nothing in this Act shall affect the operation of the Education Act (Cap. 87) or any regulations made thereunder. '''Regulations''' {{Anchor|12.0}}'''12.''' The Minister may make such regulations as are necessary or expedient for the purpose of carrying out any of the provisions of this Act. {{Nop}}<noinclude>{{Rule|8em}}</noinclude> 48nbov6ve3xuqbvhwvbff62cfwkkwgi Page:Frank David Ely -Why defend the nation? Sound Americanism... (1924).pdf/54 104 3388166 14131007 10590421 2024-04-26T07:47:20Z SnowyCinema 2484340 wikilink to film proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Hilohello" />{{rh|50|{{sc|Why Defend the Nation?}}|}}</noinclude>Does the country know all this? It probably does—at least somebody knows something of each of the many features of the law, and of the various workings thereunder, including the skimpiness of the appropriations. But there is no question but that the country ''does not'' realize the inexpediency and unwisdom of the short-sighted course that is being run. National Defense is merely national insurance. Admittedly, the recent expenses of the government were excessive and had to be reduced. But no less admittedly, wisdom demands that they be reduced in accordance with sound business principles and practice. Now when individuals or partnerships or corporations reduce expenses, they ''don't'', as a part measure, cut their insurance below the net value of their inventories. Yet Congress, in reducing expenses, led (not followed) a noted movie comedian who has grown more or less famous through scenes which appear under the caption of "[[Safety Last]]." And that is the play we are nationally staging today, and which we have been staging from the day the demobilization of our World War forces was completed. How does it strike you, neighbor? Are you in favor of continuing the act? Or will you join in a popular demand that the old actors either stage a better play or that they be discharged and more up-to-requirement-political-business-military-scientific artists replace them in a new scene? If the country wants protection it can have it, whether it be a high tariff against manufactured imports, a quarantine against disease, a special branch of service to prevent the counterfeiting of its currency, or an effective insurance against invasion and attack. And if any of these be determined upon by the people as necessary to the country, then the people should assure themselves that their wishes are carried out. ''Our immediate needs are those of authorization'' so far as concerns this question of National Defense; in other words, our present needs can be entirely met by legislative action. That action taken, the army from top to bottom, rank and file, can be trusted to quickly complete all necessary details and start efficiency rolling; and like the snow ball of our boyhood, rolled<noinclude></noinclude> ax9hekb6tdgchmcfjbwhmnw89v076f8 Page:A hairdresser's experience in high life.djvu/286 104 3391448 14128433 11262993 2024-04-25T17:32:32Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Seperation" />{{rh|288|{{sm|A HAIR-DRESSER'S EXPERIENCE}}|}}</noinclude>occasionally worn on her arm, was composed of white cashmere and trimmed with red ermine. Another dress that attracted unusual attention, was a lavender silk double skirt, richly brocaded with silver snow drops, drooping in clusters upon each breadth of the upper skirt, (the under skirt being entirely plain,) the waist was high to the throat, with point d'Alencon lace collar, and sleeves trimmed with pink ribbon, enveloped in white tulle; pink ostrich feathers ornamented the hair; diamonds of rare brilliance were added to complete the toilet. Another lady wore a magnificent garnet velvet, made high in the throat, with tight sleeves to the wrist; white drooping feathers in her hair and diamonds in such profusion that they were estimated to have cost nearly twenty thousand dollars. Many other dresses I observed as magnificent as those I have described, but it is useless to enumerate them; almost all of the ladies had opera cloaks to match their dresses. A week or two after the great ball it was announced that the opera would commence, and then came another rush as great as for the ball, and I was as much occupied and amused combing for the one as for the other. Notwithstanding a great many church members went to the ball, and could sit in the boxes till supper, then return to them again, they would not go to the opera, as there was a great green curtain to hoist up and down, which seemed to frighten many of them. This fear was not with all our first ladies, for large numbers of them did not go to either ball or opera on account of sickness or death in their families. I combed a great many ladies every day for two weeks, who did not profess to be in our first class circle, but<noinclude></noinclude> 0n2p7352fu11dysdba9mcxvwf5crteg Page:Instrument of Accession and Standstill Agreement of Jammu and Kashmir to Dominion of India.pdf/2 104 3423300 14130601 13682094 2024-04-26T05:29:16Z MonsieurPranshu 3050289 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MonsieurPranshu" /></noinclude> 8. Nothing in this Instrument affects the continuance of my sovereignty in and over this State, or, save as provided by or under this Instrument, the exercise of any powers, authority and rights now enjoyed by me as Ruler of this State or the validity of any law at present in force in this State. 9. I hereby declare that I execute this Instrument on behalf of this State and that any reference in this Instrument to me or to the Ruler of the State is to be construed as including a reference to my heirs and successors. Given under my hand this 26.10 day of October, Nineteen hundred and forty seven. {{right|Maharajadhiraj of Jammu and Kashmir State:}} {{right|[SIGNED:]}} <br> {{right|Maharaja Sir Hari Singh}} ________________ I do hereby accept this Instrument of Accession Dated this twenty sixth day of October, Nineteen hundred and forty seven. {{right|(Governor-General of India):}} {{right|[SIGNED:]}} <br> {{right|Louis Mountbatten, 1st Earl Mountbatten of Burma}}<noinclude></noinclude> 13ya4sbddso05otl2vaqtwuz94qf56c Index:Radio Times - 1925-01-16 - p146 (cropped - Negro Rhymes and Melodies).png 106 3441472 14130622 10828850 2024-04-26T05:54:27Z Tylopous 3013532 title link, fully transcluded proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=[[Radio Times/1925/01/16/Negro Rhymes and Melodies|Negro Rhymes and Melodies]] |Language=en |Volume= |Author=Francis Gribble |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher= |Address= |Year=1925 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=png |Image=1 |Progress=V |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date= |Pages=<pagelist 1=146 /> |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} 0hq5eafcoe449xubbowfl2r31ey2b00 14131370 14130622 2024-04-26T09:54:02Z Tylopous 3013532 author link proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=[[Radio Times/1925/01/16/Negro Rhymes and Melodies|Negro Rhymes and Melodies]] |Language=en |Volume= |Author=[[Author:Francis Henry Gribble|Francis Gribble]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher= |Address= |Year=1925 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=png |Image=1 |Progress=V |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date= |Pages=<pagelist 1=146 /> |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} 3n2xe0wcd7l4eke2i4ylhe18s7o4n1m 14131384 14131370 2024-04-26T10:12:19Z Tylopous 3013532 validated (April 2024) proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=[[Radio Times/1925/01/16/Negro Rhymes and Melodies|Negro Rhymes and Melodies]] |Language=en |Volume= |Author=[[Author:Francis Henry Gribble|Francis Gribble]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher= |Address= |Year=1925 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=png |Image=1 |Progress=T |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date=April 2024 |Pages=<pagelist 1=146 /> |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} 6ium8yuihnixpq45k7a62i0xt354yhm Page:Radio Times - 1925-01-16 - p146 (cropped - Negro Rhymes and Melodies).png 104 3441493 14131382 10829320 2024-04-26T10:11:06Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ {{fine}} for poems proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{c|{{xx-larger|'''Negro Rhymes and Melodies.'''}}}} {{rule|7em}} {{c|{{larger|'''Songs of the Old Plantations.{{gap|3em}}By Francis Gribble.'''}}}} {{dhr}} '''[On Monday, January 19th, there will be broadcast from Birmingham an Old Time Nigger Minstrel Programme. Although music of this class differs considerably from the real plantation melodies, it is to a large extent founded on them. In the following article Mr. Francis Gribble gives some interesting facts about the real Negro Songs and "Spirituals."]''' [[File:Radio Times - 1925-01-16 - p146 (cropped - illustration).png|left|upright=1.5|thumb|alt=drawing of a black man playing a banjo, being listened to by two white men]] {{di|T}}{{uc|he}} origin of Negro songs and "spirituals" is lost in the mists of antiquity. One "specs" they "growed" (like Topsy), first in Africa and then in the plantations; for affinities have been traced between the airs and those still to be heard in Abyssinia, while the words, whether sacred or secular, are quite different from any ever used by any of the subjects of the Negus. For a long time it was only on the plantations that they were heard. There Mammy sang her little Alabama coon to sleep, and the labourer eased the burden of his day's toil with chaunties, and the "converted" relieved their souls with pious doggerel, and the rhythmical clapping of hands recalled the beating of the tom-tom in the dark forest; but leas than a century has elapsed since it first occurred to anyone that here was the material for a new kind of platform entertainment. {{c|'''Sung by Gladstone.'''}} Dan Rice<!-- Q4389170 --> was the pioneer. He "presented" Negro minstrels, for the first time, in or about the year 1835. They created a ''furore'', first in the Eastern States, and then in England, reaching our shores at the time when [[Author:William Ewart Gladstone|Gladstone]] was a young man, and it is recorded in the gravest of the biographies that Gladstone sang some of their ditties at evening parties, and was particularly famous for his rendering of the one which begins:— {{fine block/s}} <poem> {{gap|2em}}Camptown ladies, sing a song: {{gap|4em}}Dooh dah, Dooh da! {{gap|2em}}Camptown race course five miles long: {{gap|4em}}Oh, dooh da day! </poem> {{fine block/e}} Other songs not less popular, though not, so far as one knows, sung by the Grand Old Man, were "Coal Black Rose," "Sich a Getting Upstairs," "Dandy Jim from Carolina," and, shove all, the song of which the refrain was to pass into the language of the people:— {{fine block/s}} Wheel about, and turn about and jump just so:<br> Every time you wheel about, you jump Jim Crow. {{fine block/e}} {{c|'''After the Civil War.'''}} The vogue of the sacred melodies came later. Attention was not drawn to them until after the Civil War and the abolition of slavery; but they then played their part—and no specially modest part either—in the task of reconstruction. The Negro was now to be educated, and funds for Negro universities were scarce. It occurred to a wise man that Negroes might very well sing for their endowments; and they did on with remarkable success. The Jubilee Singers from Fisk University, Nashville, Tennessee, came north, and gave <!-- column break -->sacred concerts, raising more than 150,000 dollars for that excellent seat of learning. The melodies established themselves so firmly that [[Author:Antonín Dvořák|Dvorak]], the Czech composer, when director of the National Conservatory of Music in New York, introduced some of them into his own compositions. {{c|'''Unwritten Songs.'''}} By that time, however, American Negro music had undergone considerable transformation. The old and the new in it cannot be sharply separated; but some of the factors in the evolutionary process can be traced. The "spirituals" with which we start are crude things, defined, in an excellent article about them by Marion Alexander Haskell, as "religious songs composed by the Negroes themselves, never written or printed, but passing from one generation to another, with such additions and variations as circumstances may suggest." Their character changed as the Negro, becoming educated, became self-conscious. He is imitative and responsive to cultural influences. The influence of the hymns introduced by Methodist revivalists was succeeded by that of church music of a better character; while, at the same time, the old-fashioned Negro music was deliberately imitated by American composers trained in the European traditions. Present-day American Negro music is the resultant of these conflicting forces. {{c|'''Borrowed Lines.'''}} And these influences can be discerned in the words no less than in the airs. One detects modernity, and even plagiarism, in a typical sacred song printed in [[Author:William James Linton|W. J. Linton]]'s collection. It begins on the simple lines of the "spiritual" of old plantation days:— {{fine block/s}} <poem> God got plenty o' room, got plenty o' room, {{gap|2em}}'Way in de kingdom; God got plenty o' room my Jesus say, {{gap|2em}}'Way in de kingdom. </poem> {{fine block/e}} But then, after an interval, we come to lines which the plantations certainly did not originate:— {{fine block/s}} <poem> {{gap|2em}}Old Satan tremble when he sees {{gap|2em}}The weakest saints upon their knees. </poem> {{fine block/e}} That is sophisticated and borrowed. One is nearer to the simple original unsophisticated thing in such lines as these, taken from the same authority:— {{fine block/s}} <poem> {{gap|2em}}I cannot stay in hell one day, {{gap|4em}}Heav'n shall be my home; {{gap|2em}}I'll sing and pray my soul away, {{gap|4em}}Heav'n shall be my home. </poem> {{fine block/e}} Or these:— {{fine block/s}} <poem> {{gap|2em}}Nobody knows de trouble I've had, {{gap|4em}}Nobody knows but Jesus; {{gap|2em}}Nobody knows de trouble I've had; {{gap|4em}}(Sing) Glory, hallelu! </poem> {{fine block/e}}<noinclude></noinclude> nneho68yhkxivi6lsswqlngavd2p6wa Template:TOC templates/styles.css 10 3441654 14130034 13533556 2024-04-25T20:54:39Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 add selector for AuxTOC sanitized-css text/css /* * Common and shared styles * * The classes titles "1-m-1" and similar are used to target general formatting: * Any cells before the "m" are considered "chapter numbers"; * the "m" is the main cell: this is the widest one. * Cells after the "m" are pagenumber cells. * * NOTE: *Only* the most common cases belong here: * this style sheet is loaded for every TOC using these templates. * Specialised formatting or formatting that applies only to a small number of works * should use its own, dedicated CSS. */ .wst-toc-table { border-collapse:collapse; background-color:transparent; margin:auto; max-width:100%; } .wst-toc-table-align-left { margin-left:0; } .wst-toc-table-align-right { margin-right:0; } /* Default cell styles */ .wst-toc-table td { vertical-align:top; } /* Default header cell styles */ .wst-toc-table th { vertical-align:top; font-weight:inherit; text-align:center; } .wst-toc-table th:first-child { text-align:left; } .wst-toc-table th:last-child { text-align:right; } /* Captions */ .wst-toc-table caption { text-align:center; /* most works have a gap here, can override if not needed */ padding-bottom:1em; } /* First cells (chapter numbers) are aligned right by default */ .__toc_row_1-m-1 td:nth-child(1), .__toc_row_1-1-m-1 td:nth-child(1), .__toc_row_1-1-m-1 td:nth-child(2) { text-align:right; white-space:nowrap; padding-right:1em; } /* Select the main cell */ .__toc_row_1-m-1 td:nth-child(2), .__toc_row_m-1 td:nth-child(1), .__toc_row_m-1-1 td:nth-child(1), .__toc_row_1-1-m-1 td:nth-child(3) { width:99%; text-align:left; } /* The last cell is the page number */ .__toc_row_1-m-1 td:last-child, .__toc_row_1-1-m-1 td:last-child, .__toc_row_m-1 td:last-child, .__toc_row_m-1-1 td:last-child, .__toc_row_m-1-1 td:nth-child(2) { vertical-align:bottom; text-align:right; padding-left:1em; white-space:nowrap; } /* Rows with L/C/R aligned first cells (this includes {{TOC row l/c/r}}) */ .__toc_row_first-l td:first-child { text-align:left; } .__toc_row_first-c td:first-child { text-align:center; } .__toc_row_first-r td:first-child { text-align:right; } /* Rows with L/C/R aligned last cells */ .__toc_row_last-l td:last-child { text-align:left; } .__toc_row_last-c td:last-child { text-align:center; } .__toc_row_last-r td:last-child { text-align:right; } /* Hanging indents */ .wst-toc-row-2out-1 td:nth-child(1), .wst-toc-row-1-out-1 td:nth-child(2), .wst-toc-row-1-2out-1 td:nth-child(2) { text-indent:-1.50em; padding-left:1.50em; } /* override class to remove padding from the first cells */ .__no_first_col_padding td:nth-child(1) { padding-right:0; } .__no_last_col_padding td:last-child { padding-left:0; } /* auxiliary content (i.e. rows added by wikisource) */ .wst-toc-aux, .wst-auxtoc { background:#E6F2E6; } /* * Styles related to the faux dot leaders. */ /* dotted row backgrounds - default white to cover the dots */ .wst-toc-dot-bg { background:white; } /* in places we know there is a coloured background (sometimes), inherit */ .wst-toc-aux .wst-toc-dot-bg, .wst-auxtoc .wst-toc-dot-bg, .subheadertemplate .wst-toc-dot-bg { background:#E6F2E6; } /* Outer wrapper for cells with dot leaders */ /* TODO:It's a div now, but why not set this on the td instead? */ .wst-toc-dotcell { position:relative; width:100%; } /* Inner wrapper for the raw dot characters. */ .wst-toc-dotinner { display:inline; float:right; user-select:none; } /* Content part of dotcell */ .wst-toc-dotcell-content { display:inline; position:relative; background:white; z-index:2; } /* Outer wrapper for the raw dot characters. */ .wst-toc-dotouter { position:absolute; right:0px; bottom:0px; width:100%; overflow:hidden; white-space:nowrap; text-align:right; z-index:0; } /* That weird empty div before the dots. */ .wst-toc-dotempty { position:absolute; left:0; bottom:0; height:1em; z-index:1; } /* The part of a dotted cell containing actual content. */ .wst-toc-dotentry { display:inline; position:relative; text-align:left; padding:0 .5em 0 0; z-index:2; } nslojh8xz7omaxgqcc9qegpb1mtjfv9 Index:Radio Times - 1925-01-23 - p216 (cropped - Keble Howard).png 106 3443340 14131359 13013013 2024-04-26T09:33:31Z Tylopous 3013532 validated (April 2024) proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=[[Radio Times/1925/01/23/A Happy Idea|A Happy Idea]] |Language=en |Volume= |Author=[[author:John Keble Bell|Keble Howard]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher= |Address= |Year=1925 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=png |Image=1 |Progress=T |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date=April 2024 |Pages=<pagelist 1=216 /> |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} hk6hlobpae9d488zooq2stozdkown6k Page:Radio Times - 1925-01-23 - p216 (cropped - Keble Howard).png 104 3443346 14131358 10836186 2024-04-26T09:32:57Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{c|{{xx-larger|'''A Happy Idea.'''}}}} {{rule|7em}} {{c|{{larger|Sharing the Joys of Radio.{{gap|3em}}By Keble Howard.<ref>''In a Talk from London.''</ref>}}}} {{di|T}}{{uc|he}} history of the world is a history of ideas—some good, some bad, some partly good and partly bad. I want to tell you about an idea that occurred to me some few weeks ago, and what has come of it, and how much more I hope may come of it. Recently, I had a wireless set installed in my house, which is at the seaside. {{C|'''A Blessing in Case of Sickness.'''}} One of the first things that came through on my own set was a children's service, on Armistice Sunday, relayed from Newcastle Cathedral. The same evening I listened to London, Bournemouth, and Paris, and on Armistice Day itself, whilst the people outside the window were standing with bared heads, I was able to listen to the striking of Big Ben and the very beautiful little service that had been specially arranged. It was after this service that I took up the booklet issued by a maker of wireless sets, and in that booklet I read that one fairly powerful instrument was sufficient to operate any number of loud speakers in the same house. I thought what a blessing this would be in case of sickness, and from that my mind travelled to the local County Hospital. If one instrument could operate any number of loud speakers, why not get an instrument installed in the hospital, with a loud speaker for each ward, and head-phones for each patient in case some patient was so ill that the loud speaker could not be used? {{C|'''A Splendid Present.'''}} Well, that was my idea. Doubtless, it had occurred to everybody else in the town and in the county; but the fact remained that there was no wireless in the County Hospital to relieve the tedium of two hundred and twenty-five patients. What a splendid present for all those suffering men, women, and children if only I could bring it to pass! Well, I wrote immediately to the Secretary of the Hospital, and told him my idea. He acknowledged my letter very courteously, but said, of course, that it must come before his House Committee. I waited about twelve days, and then at last came a letter saying that the House Committee accepted the offer with grateful thanks, and that the idea had been warmly approved by the Medical Staff. {{C|'''Yours May Cost Less.'''}} I am giving you these steps in detail for a very obvious reason. If wireless is a boon and a blessing in one hospital, why should it not be installed permanently in every hospital in the world? My next step was to obtain estimates from the leading electrical firms in the town and district. It is only fair to obtain estimates if you are going to raise money by public subscription. These firms went into the matter very keenly. I asked them to provide in their estimates for a first-class set—not less powerful than four valves, in view of our considerable distance from a transmitting station—at least six loud-speakers, the aerial, the plugging of all the wards and the Nurses' Home, and as many head-phones as they thought would be sufficient for a start. The estimates varied from £215 to £275. (By the way, this is a large hospital. Yours may cost much less.) Fortunately, the lowest came from the firm who were accustomed to do the regular electrical work for the hospital. In the five largest wards there were to be ten telephone-plugs and one loud-speaker plug. <!-- column break -->In a smaller ward there would be eight telephone-plugs and one loud-speaker plug. In the Nurses Home, away from the main building, there would be a loud-speaker plug in the nurses' sitting-room and the same in the Sisters' sitting-room. As lights in the hospital are out at eight-thirty, the nurses would be able to borrow two loud-speakers from the hospital. {{C|'''Raising the Money.'''}} The estimate, of course, included the receiving set and two amplifiers, the aerial, and all the work of wiring, and supplying plugs, insulators, blocks, switches, etc., together with the necessary accumulators and batteries. Next came the job of raising the money. My first move in this direction was to enlist the services of a local gentleman, known to everybody, to act as Honorary Treasurer. I then called on the editors of the two local papers, and they promised me all the support in their power. An honorary secretary I found very near to my hand, and she prepared a list of some five hundred leading people to whom to send my circular letter. I had the letter printed, and I finished up, rather cunningly, I think, with these words: "Ten guineas will buy ''and endow'' a first-class loud speaker. One guinea will buy ''and endow'' a head-phone. The word "endow" was emphasized. You see, that set the standard, and, as a matter of fact, most of the money did actually come in in tens and ones. Forty-five shillings were collected in sixpences by a lady who has for six years assisted in the domestic service of my small establishment. All sorts of people, both poor and rich, came forward to help. Five shillings were collected ''in farthings'' by the Boy Scouts and Wolf Cubs. Well, that is the end of my story—a happy ending. That is how our County Hospital got its wireless. Will you do the same for your local hospital? All you need is a little energy and enthusiasm.<noinclude>{{rule}} {{reflist}}</noinclude> thhroaiu9g99h3f3loyfrb7tg5av60n Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts 4 3449222 14128050 13964649 2024-04-25T15:29:53Z VGPaleontologist 2995910 /* In progress */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Wikisource film transcription tutorial.webm|300px|right|thumb|2024 Wikisource film transcription tutorial]] {{shortcut|WS:WPFD}} Welcome to the film draft page. Transcriptions in progress should be linked in the [[#In progress]] section, and when the transcription is finished, it should be moved to [[#Ready to process]]. Transcriptions that need to be should go in the [[#On hold]] section. See the [[#Archives]] section for examples of past transcriptions. They must be formatted the same way, so that the software can parse them properly. {{TOC right}} ==In progress== * [[/The Battle of the Sexes (film)|The Battle of the Sexes]] (1928), SnowyCinema * [[/In Old Arizona|In Old Arizona]] (1928), SnowyCinema * [[/Four Sons (1928 film)|Four Sons]] (1928), SnowyCinema * [[/Rebecca of Sunnybrook Farm (film)|Rebecca of Sunnybrook Farm]] (1917), SnowyCinema, finish * [[/Orphans of the Storm|Orphans of the Storm]] (1921), SnowyCinema * [[/Sherlock Holmes (1916 film)|Sherlock Holmes]] (1916), CalendulaAsteraceae * [[/Oh, What a Knight|Oh, What a Knight]] (1928), SDudley * [[/A Message from President Donald J. Trump|A Message from President Donald J. Trump]] (2021), VGPaleontologist ==On hold== * [[/The Wind (film)|The Wind]] (1928), SnowyCinema - trying to figure out what happened to the ORIGINAL synchronized sound track...???? * [[/Tumbleweeds (film)|Tumbleweeds]] (1925), SnowyCinema - intertitles missing from the video, not missing from the 1939 rerelease. New video needed * [[/The Hunchback of Notre Dame (1923 film)|The Hunchback of Notre Dame]] (1923), SnowyCinema - the two video versions are significantly different lengths, so I suspect the newer uploaded HD version is an incomplete print * [[/The Sheik (film)|The Sheik]] (1921), SnowyCinema - the two video versions are different lengths and do have different intertitles from each other due to both of their incompleteness * [[/From the Manger to the Cross|From the Manger to the Cross]] (1912), Jeromi Mikhael * [[/Meet John Doe|Meet John Doe]] (1941), Lizardcreator * [[/Experiments in the Revival of Organisms|Experiments in the Revival of Organisms]] (1940), Lizardcreator ==To fix== * [[The Wizard of Oz (1925 film)|The Wizard of Oz]] (1925), SnowyCinema - a new video file was uploaded in its place that both has a new intro (closer to the original) but is also 14 minutes shorter than the last, so it'll need to get fixed * [[Index:Consumers Want to Know1960.theora.ogg]] ==Ready to process== ==Archives== * [[/Archives]] qloqxew22bf5e3v12xr2vy8b2ekt83h 14128062 14128050 2024-04-25T15:40:28Z VGPaleontologist 2995910 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Wikisource film transcription tutorial.webm|300px|right|thumb|2024 Wikisource film transcription tutorial]] {{shortcut|WS:WPFD}} Welcome to the film draft page. Transcriptions in progress should be linked in the [[#In progress]] section, and when the transcription is finished, it should be moved to [[#Ready to process]]. Transcriptions that need to be should go in the [[#On hold]] section. See the [[#Archives]] section for examples of past transcriptions. They must be formatted the same way, so that the software can parse them properly. {{TOC right}} ==In progress== * [[/The Battle of the Sexes (film)|The Battle of the Sexes]] (1928), SnowyCinema * [[/In Old Arizona|In Old Arizona]] (1928), SnowyCinema * [[/Four Sons (1928 film)|Four Sons]] (1928), SnowyCinema * [[/Rebecca of Sunnybrook Farm (film)|Rebecca of Sunnybrook Farm]] (1917), SnowyCinema, finish * [[/Orphans of the Storm|Orphans of the Storm]] (1921), SnowyCinema * [[/Sherlock Holmes (1916 film)|Sherlock Holmes]] (1916), CalendulaAsteraceae * [[/Oh, What a Knight|Oh, What a Knight]] (1928), SDudley ==On hold== * [[/The Wind (film)|The Wind]] (1928), SnowyCinema - trying to figure out what happened to the ORIGINAL synchronized sound track...???? * [[/Tumbleweeds (film)|Tumbleweeds]] (1925), SnowyCinema - intertitles missing from the video, not missing from the 1939 rerelease. New video needed * [[/The Hunchback of Notre Dame (1923 film)|The Hunchback of Notre Dame]] (1923), SnowyCinema - the two video versions are significantly different lengths, so I suspect the newer uploaded HD version is an incomplete print * [[/The Sheik (film)|The Sheik]] (1921), SnowyCinema - the two video versions are different lengths and do have different intertitles from each other due to both of their incompleteness * [[/From the Manger to the Cross|From the Manger to the Cross]] (1912), Jeromi Mikhael * [[/Meet John Doe|Meet John Doe]] (1941), Lizardcreator * [[/Experiments in the Revival of Organisms|Experiments in the Revival of Organisms]] (1940), Lizardcreator ==To fix== * [[The Wizard of Oz (1925 film)|The Wizard of Oz]] (1925), SnowyCinema - a new video file was uploaded in its place that both has a new intro (closer to the original) but is also 14 minutes shorter than the last, so it'll need to get fixed * [[Index:Consumers Want to Know1960.theora.ogg]] ==Ready to process== * [[/A Message from President Donald J. Trump|A Message from President Donald J. Trump]] (2021), VGPaleontologist ==Archives== * [[/Archives]] l547dsrenhlr678h2joju4gizoyx8fj 14128203 14128062 2024-04-25T16:39:03Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Archiving draft page (part 3, removal from drafts list)... wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Wikisource film transcription tutorial.webm|300px|right|thumb|2024 Wikisource film transcription tutorial]] {{shortcut|WS:WPFD}} Welcome to the film draft page. Transcriptions in progress should be linked in the [[#In progress]] section, and when the transcription is finished, it should be moved to [[#Ready to process]]. Transcriptions that need to be should go in the [[#On hold]] section. See the [[#Archives]] section for examples of past transcriptions. They must be formatted the same way, so that the software can parse them properly. {{TOC right}} ==In progress== * [[/The Battle of the Sexes (film)|The Battle of the Sexes]] (1928), SnowyCinema * [[/In Old Arizona|In Old Arizona]] (1928), SnowyCinema * [[/Four Sons (1928 film)|Four Sons]] (1928), SnowyCinema * [[/Rebecca of Sunnybrook Farm (film)|Rebecca of Sunnybrook Farm]] (1917), SnowyCinema, finish * [[/Orphans of the Storm|Orphans of the Storm]] (1921), SnowyCinema * [[/Sherlock Holmes (1916 film)|Sherlock Holmes]] (1916), CalendulaAsteraceae * [[/Oh, What a Knight|Oh, What a Knight]] (1928), SDudley ==On hold== * [[/The Wind (film)|The Wind]] (1928), SnowyCinema - trying to figure out what happened to the ORIGINAL synchronized sound track...???? * [[/Tumbleweeds (film)|Tumbleweeds]] (1925), SnowyCinema - intertitles missing from the video, not missing from the 1939 rerelease. New video needed * [[/The Hunchback of Notre Dame (1923 film)|The Hunchback of Notre Dame]] (1923), SnowyCinema - the two video versions are significantly different lengths, so I suspect the newer uploaded HD version is an incomplete print * [[/The Sheik (film)|The Sheik]] (1921), SnowyCinema - the two video versions are different lengths and do have different intertitles from each other due to both of their incompleteness * [[/From the Manger to the Cross|From the Manger to the Cross]] (1912), Jeromi Mikhael * [[/Meet John Doe|Meet John Doe]] (1941), Lizardcreator * [[/Experiments in the Revival of Organisms|Experiments in the Revival of Organisms]] (1940), Lizardcreator ==To fix== * [[The Wizard of Oz (1925 film)|The Wizard of Oz]] (1925), SnowyCinema - a new video file was uploaded in its place that both has a new intro (closer to the original) but is also 14 minutes shorter than the last, so it'll need to get fixed * [[Index:Consumers Want to Know1960.theora.ogg]] ==Ready to process== ==Archives== * [[/Archives]] sz7aee9b2f6pnhzy6kv4x7ys9tx59az 14128273 14128203 2024-04-25T17:01:40Z VGPaleontologist 2995910 /* In progress */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Wikisource film transcription tutorial.webm|300px|right|thumb|2024 Wikisource film transcription tutorial]] {{shortcut|WS:WPFD}} Welcome to the film draft page. Transcriptions in progress should be linked in the [[#In progress]] section, and when the transcription is finished, it should be moved to [[#Ready to process]]. Transcriptions that need to be should go in the [[#On hold]] section. See the [[#Archives]] section for examples of past transcriptions. They must be formatted the same way, so that the software can parse them properly. {{TOC right}} ==In progress== * [[/The Battle of the Sexes (film)|The Battle of the Sexes]] (1928), SnowyCinema * [[/In Old Arizona|In Old Arizona]] (1928), SnowyCinema * [[/Four Sons (1928 film)|Four Sons]] (1928), SnowyCinema * [[/Rebecca of Sunnybrook Farm (film)|Rebecca of Sunnybrook Farm]] (1917), SnowyCinema, finish * [[/Orphans of the Storm|Orphans of the Storm]] (1921), SnowyCinema * [[/Sherlock Holmes (1916 film)|Sherlock Holmes]] (1916), CalendulaAsteraceae * [[/Oh, What a Knight|Oh, What a Knight]] (1928), SDudley * [[/Bavon Beach series: The Northeastern Beach Tiger Beetle|Bavon Beach series: The Northeastern Beach Tiger Beetle]] (2011), VGPaleontologist ==On hold== * [[/The Wind (film)|The Wind]] (1928), SnowyCinema - trying to figure out what happened to the ORIGINAL synchronized sound track...???? * [[/Tumbleweeds (film)|Tumbleweeds]] (1925), SnowyCinema - intertitles missing from the video, not missing from the 1939 rerelease. New video needed * [[/The Hunchback of Notre Dame (1923 film)|The Hunchback of Notre Dame]] (1923), SnowyCinema - the two video versions are significantly different lengths, so I suspect the newer uploaded HD version is an incomplete print * [[/The Sheik (film)|The Sheik]] (1921), SnowyCinema - the two video versions are different lengths and do have different intertitles from each other due to both of their incompleteness * [[/From the Manger to the Cross|From the Manger to the Cross]] (1912), Jeromi Mikhael * [[/Meet John Doe|Meet John Doe]] (1941), Lizardcreator * [[/Experiments in the Revival of Organisms|Experiments in the Revival of Organisms]] (1940), Lizardcreator ==To fix== * [[The Wizard of Oz (1925 film)|The Wizard of Oz]] (1925), SnowyCinema - a new video file was uploaded in its place that both has a new intro (closer to the original) but is also 14 minutes shorter than the last, so it'll need to get fixed * [[Index:Consumers Want to Know1960.theora.ogg]] ==Ready to process== ==Archives== * [[/Archives]] owhh8wge11vc6q5tpm6z2uo4cqiiuov Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/Archives 4 3450033 14128205 13964651 2024-04-25T16:39:13Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Archiving draft page (part 4, add entry to archives list)... wikitext text/x-wiki Please do not attempt to edit anything archived here. ==2021== * [[/The Squaw Man (1914 film)|The Squaw Man]] (1914) * [[/Clouds (film)|Clouds]] (1920s) * [[/A Christmas Carol (1910 film)|A Christmas Carol]] (1910) * [[/The Life of Abraham Lincoln (film)|The Life of Abraham Lincoln]] (1915) * [[/The Bargain (1914 film)|The Bargain]] (1914) * [[/Queen Elizabeth (film)|Queen Elizabeth]] (1912) * [[/White Fawn's Devotion|White Fawn's Devotion]] (1910) * [[/Dream of a Rarebit Fiend (film)|Dream of a Rarebit Fiend]] (1906) * [[/Little Nemo (film)|Little Nemo]] (1911) etc. by same author * [[/The Sinking of the Lusitania|The Sinking of the Lusitania]] (1918) * [[/How a Mosquito Operates|How a Mosquito Operates]] (1912), PseudoSkull * [[/Regeneration (1915 film)|Regeneration]] (1915), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Gertie|Gertie]] (1914), M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Dachshund and the Sausage|The Dachshund and the Sausage]] (1913), PseudoSkull * [[/How Animated Cartoons Are Made|How Animated Cartoons Are Made]] (1919), PseudoSkull * [[/The Patchwork Girl of Oz (film)|The Patchwork Girl of Oz]] (1914), PseudoSkull * [[/The Iron Horse|The Iron Horse]] (1924), M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Woman in the Suitcase|The Woman in the Suitcase]] (1920), PseudoSkull * [[/The Call of the Wild (1908 film)|The Call of the Wild]] (1908), PseudoSkull * [[/The Shock (film)|The Shock]] (1923), PseudoSkull * [[/The Phantom of the Opera (1925 film)|The Phantom of the Opera]], M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Kleptomaniac|The Kleptomaniac]], M-le-mot-dit * [[/Father Gets in the Game|Father Gets in the Game]] (1908), PseudoSkull * [[/The Prisoner of Zenda (1922 film)|The Prisoner of Zenda]] (1922), M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Girl Who Stayed at Home|The Girl Who Stayed at Home]] (1919), PseudoSkull * [[/Carmen (1915 film)|Carmen]] (1915), M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Ten Commandments (film)|The Ten Commandments]] (1923), M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Lost World (1925 film)|The Lost World]] (1925), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Daddy-Long-Legs (film)|Daddy-Long-Legs]] (1919), M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Three Musketeers (1921 film)|The Three Musketeers]] (1921), M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Flapper|The Flapper]] (1920), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Tom Sawyer (1917 film)|Tom Sawyer]] (1917), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Moscow Clad in Snow|Moscow Clad in Snow]] (1909), M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse (film)|The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse]] (1921), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Sally of the Sawdust|Sally of the Sawdust]] (1925), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Nanook of the North|Nanook of the North]] (1922), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Manhatta|Manhatta]] (1921), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Girl Shy|Girl Shy]] (1924), M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Battle of Midway|The Battle of Midway]] (1942), M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Blue Bird (film)|The Blue Bird]] (1918), M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Black Pirate|The Black Pirate]] (1926), M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Night Before Christmas (film)|The Night Before Christmas]] (1905), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Stella Dallas (1925 film)|Stella Dallas]] (1925), PseudoSkull * [[/The Penalty (film)|The Penalty]] (1920), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Steamboat Bill, Jr.|Steamboat Bill, Jr.]] (1928), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Ben-Hur: A Tale of the Christ (1925 film)|Ben-Hur: A Tale of the Christ]] (1925), M-le-mot-dit * [[/A Trap for Santa Claus|A Trap for Santa Claus]] (1909), M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Freshman|The Freshman]] (1925), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Killers from Space/|Killers from Space]] (1954), M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Lucky Dog|The Lucky Dog]] (1921), M-le-mot-dit * [[/A Few Quick Facts: About Fear|A Few Quick Facts: About Fear]] (1945), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Coming!! SNAFU|Coming!! SNAFU]] (1943), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Broken Blossoms|Broken Blossoms]] (1919), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Private Snafu: The Infantry Blues|Private Snafu: The Infantry Blues]] (1943), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Private Snafu: Rumors|Private Snafu: Rumors]] (1943), M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Last of the Mohicans (1920 film)|The Last of the Mohicans]] (1920), M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Clash of the Wolves|The Clash of the Wolves]] (1925) M-le-mot-dit * [[/Cops|Cops]] (1922), M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Son of the Sheik|The Son of the Sheik]] (1926), M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Making of an American|The Making of an American]] (1920), M-le-mot-dit * [[/A Christmas Accident|A Christmas Accident]] (1911), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Private Snafu: Fighting Tools|Private Snafu: Fighting Tools]] (1943), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Private Snafu: Spies|Private Snafu: Spies]] (1943), M-le-mot-dit == 2022 == * [[/Private Snafu: Three Brothers|Private Snafu: Three Brothers]] (1944), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Humoresque (1920 film)|Humoresque]] (1920), M-le-mot-dit * [[/The General (film)|The General]] (1926), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Private Snafu: Operation Snafu|Private Snafu: Operation Snafu]] (1945), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde (1920 Robertson film)|Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde]] (1920), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Private Snafu: The Home Front|Private Snafu: The Home Front]] (1943), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Ella Cinders (film)|Ella Cinders]] (1926), PseudoSkull * [[/Ronald McDonald commercial (1963)|Ronald McDonald commercial]] (1963), PseudoSkull * [[/Quaker Corn Bran scarecrow commercial 1/]] (1981), PseudoSkull * [[/Quaker Corn Bran scarecrow commercial 2/]] (1981), PseudoSkull * [[/Softsoap commercial 1|Softsoap commercial 1]] (1980), PseudoSkull * [[/Fred the Baker commercial (1981)|Fred the Baker commercial]] (1981), PseudoSkull * [[/Sally of the Sawdust/Trailer|Sally of the Sawdust/Trailer]] (1925), PseudoSkull * [[/The Great Gatsby (1926 film trailer)|The Great Gatsby trailer]] (1926), PseudoSkull * [[/Energizer Bunny commercial debut|Energizer Bunny commercial debut]] (1988), PseudoSkull * [[/The Scarlet Letter (1926 film)|The Scarlet Letter]] (1926), PseudoSkull * [[/Monte Cristo|Monte Cristo]] (1922), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Night of the Living Dead|Night of the Living Dead]] (1968), PseudoSkull * [[/Mickey (1918 film)|Mickey]] (1918), PseudoSkull * [[/The Vampire Bat|The Vampire Bat]] (1933), PseudoSkull * [[/Oliver Twist (1909 film)|Oliver Twist]] (1909), PseudoSkull * [[/Ramona (1910 film)|Ramona]] (1910), PseudoSkull * [[/The Sky Pilot (film)|The Sky Pilot]] (1921), PseudoSkull * [[/Safety Last!|Safety Last!]] (1923), PseudoSkull * [[/The Unchastened Woman (film)|The Unchastened Woman]] (1925), PseudoSkull * [[/The Kid (film)|The Kid]] (1921), PseudoSkull * [[/The Great K & A Train Robbery (film)|The Great K & A Train Robbery]] (1926), PseudoSkull * [[/Nosferatu|Nosferatu]] (1922), PseudoSkull * [[/Raggedy Rose|Raggedy Rose]] (1926), PseudoSkull * [[/Battleship Potemkin|Battleship Potemkin]] (1925), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Max Headroom signal hijacking of WTTW|Max Headroom signal hijacking of WTTW]] (1987), PseudoSkull * [[/Kid Boots (film)|Kid Boots]] (1926), PseudoSkull * [[/The Big Picture: The WAC is a Soldier, Too|The Big Picture: The WAC is a Soldier, Too]] (1954), M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Big Parade|The Big Parade]] (1925), PseudoSkull * [[/The Big Parade/Trailer|The Big Parade/Trailer]] (1925), PseudoSkull * [[/The Virginian (1914 film)|The Virginian]] (1914), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Until They Get Me|Until They Get Me]] (1917), PseudoSkull * [[/A Few Moments with Eddie Cantor|A Few Moments with Eddie Cantor]] (1923), PseudoSkull * [[/A Woman of Paris (film)|A Woman of Paris]] (1923), PseudoSkull * [[/Santa Claus vs. Cupid|Santa Claus vs. Cupid]] (1915), PseudoSkull * [[/The Scarlet Letter (1934 film)|The Scarlet Letter]] (1934), PseudoSkull * [[/The Unholy Three (1925 film)|The Unholy Three]] (1925), M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Mark of Zorro (film)|The Mark of Zorro]] (1920), PseudoSkull * [[/Don Q, Son of Zorro|Don Q, Son of Zorro]] (1925), PseudoSkull * [[/San Francisco Earthquake & Fire: April 18, 1906|San Francisco Earthquake & Fire: April 18, 1906]] (1906), M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Gold Rush|The Gold Rush]] (1925), PseudoSkull * [[/Body and Soul (1925 film)|Body and Soul]] (1925), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Me at the zoo|Me at the zoo]] (2005), PseudoSkull * [[/Within Our Gates (film)|Within Our Gates]] (1920), M-le-mot-dit * [[/A Corner in Wheat|A Corner in Wheat]] (1909), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Lady Windermere's Fan (1925 film)|Lady Windermere's Fan]] (1925), M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Heart of a Hero (film)|The Heart of a Hero]] (1916), PseudoSkull * [[/His Pastimes|His Pastimes]] (1926), PseudoSkull * [[/Don Juan (1926 film)|Don Juan]] (1926), PseudoSkull * [[/The Flying Ace|The Flying Ace]] (1926), M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Cat and the Canary (1927 film)|The Cat and the Canary]] (1927), PseudoSkull * [[/Newman Laugh-O-Grams|Newman Laugh-O-Grams]] (1921), PseudoSkull * [[/Little Red Riding Hood (1922 film)|Little Red Riding Hood]] (1922), PseudoSkull * [[/Tess of the Storm Country (1914 film)|Tess of the Storm Country]] (1914), PseudoSkull * [[/Tess of the Storm Country (1922 film)|Tess of the Storm Country]] (1922), PseudoSkull * [[/Hands Up! (film)|Hands Up!]] (1926), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Merry-Go-Round (film)|Merry-Go-Round]] (1923), PseudoSkull * [[/The Strong Man|The Strong Man]] (1926), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Mighty Like a Moose|Mighty Like a Moose]] (1926), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Private Snafu: Pay Day|Private Snafu: Pay Day]] (1944), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Torrent (film)|Torrent]] (1926), PseudoSkull * [[/Santa Claus (1925 film)|Santa Claus]] (1925), PseudoSkull == 2023 == * [[/So's Your Old Man|So's Your Old Man]] (1926), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Tol'able David (1921 film)|Tol'able David]] (1921), PseudoSkull * [[/The Kid Brother|The Kid Brother]] (1927), PseudoSkull * [[/Flesh and the Devil|Flesh and the Devil]] (1926), M-le-mot-dit * [[/It (film)|It]] (1927), PseudoSkull * [[/Sunrise (film)|Sunrise]] (1927), PseudoSkull * [[/Chicago (film)|Chicago]] (1927), PseudoSkull * [[/Star Theatre|Star Theatre]], M-le-mot-dit * [[/7th Heaven (film)|7th Heaven]] (1927), PseudoSkull * [[/Metropolis (film)|Metropolis]] (1927), PseudoSkull * [[/The First Auto|The First Auto]] (1927), PseudoSkull * [[/Theodore Case Sound Test: Gus Visser and His Singing Duck|Theodore Case Sound Test: Gus Visser and His Singing Duck]] (1925), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Kid Auto Races at Venice|Kid Auto Races at Venice]] (1914), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Wings (film)|Wings]] (1927), PseudoSkull * [[/Salomé (film)|Salomé]] (1922), M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Crisis (film)|The Crisis]] (1916), PseudoSkull * [[/Old San Francisco|Old San Francisco]] (1927), PseudoSkull * [[/The Birth of a Race|The Birth of a Race]] (1918), PseudoSkull * [[/Suspense (1913 film)|Suspense]] (1913), M-le-mot-dit * [[/When a Man Loves (1927 film)|When a Man Loves]] (1927), PseudoSkull * [[/Three Ages|Three Ages]] (1923), PseudoSkull * [[/Matrimony's Speed Limit|Matrimony's Speed Limit]] (1913), M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Evidence of the Film|The Evidence of the Film]] (1913), M-le-mot-dit * [[/A Fool and His Money (1912 film)|A Fool and His Money]] (1912), M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Calling (film series)/David|David]] (2021), PseudoSkull * [[/The Calling (film series)/Emma|Emma]] (2021), PseudoSkull * [[/The Calling (film series)/Janeen|Janeen]] (2021), PseudoSkull * [[/The Calling (film series)/Jennifer|Jennifer]] (2021), PseudoSkull * [[/The Calling (film series)/Rickie|Rickie]] (2021), PseudoSkull * [[/How to Become President of the United States|How to Become President of the United States]] (2016), VGPaleontologist * [[/The Adventures of Paddy the Pelican/The Land of More|The Land of More]] (1950), PseudoSkull * [[/The Chechahcos|The Chechahcos]] (1924), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Colonel Bleep/Col. Bleep's Arrival on Earth|Col. Bleep's Arrival on Earth]] (1957), PseudoSkull * [[/Colonel Bleep/Streamline Pictures credits sequence|Colonel Bleep/Streamline Pictures credits sequence]] (1991), PseudoSkull * [[/The Adventures of Paddy the Pelican/Pirate Pete|Pirate Pete]] (1950), PseudoSkull * [[/The Adventures of Paddy the Pelican/Swania Foiled Again|Swania Foiled Again]] (1950), PseudoSkull * [[/The Ocean Hop|The Ocean Hop]] (1927), PseudoSkull * [[/Colonel Bleep/Building an Island Base|Building an Island Base]] (1957), PseudoSkull * [[/The Adventures of Paddy the Pelican/Plum Valley|Plum Valley]] (1950), PseudoSkull * [[/The Drop Kick|The Drop Kick]] (1927), PseudoSkull, I need to style some of the things in there * [[/Peter Pan (1924 film)|Peter Pan]] (1924), M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Sea Beast|The Sea Beast]] (1926), PseudoSkull * [[/The Beloved Rogue|The Beloved Rogue]] (1927), PseudoSkull == 2024 == * [[/Steamboat Willie|Steamboat Willie]] (1928), PseudoSkull, will hit at 12 AM EST exactly * [[/The Gaucho|The Gaucho]] (1927), PseudoSkull * [[/Plane Crazy|Plane Crazy]] (1928), PseudoSkull * [[/The Circus (film)|The Circus]] (1928), PseudoSkull * [[/The Fall of the House of Usher (film)|The Fall of the House of Usher]] (1928), M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Gallopin' Gaucho|The Gallopin' Gaucho]] (1928), PseudoSkull * [[/Speedy|Speedy]] (1928), PseudoSkull * [[/Lights of New York (film)|Lights of New York]] (1928), PseudoSkull * [[/Sunrise (film)/Trailer|Sunrise trailer]] (1927), PseudoSkull * [[/Dinner Time|Dinner Time]] (1928), PseudoSkull * [[/The Calling (film series)/Trailer|Trailer for The Calling]] (2021), PseudoSkull * [[/The Singing Fool|The Singing Fool]] (1928), PseudoSkull * [[/Noah's Ark (film)|Noah's Ark]] (1928), SnowyCinema * [[/Lonesome (film)|Lonesome]] (1928), SnowyCinema * [[/Oh Teacher|Oh Teacher]] (1928), SnowyCinema * [[/The Mechanical Cow|The Mechanical Cow]] (1927), SnowyCinema * [[/The Man Who Laughs (film)|The Man Who Laughs]] (1928), SnowyCinema * [[/Luzon Lingerie|Luzon Lingerie]] (1905), SnowyCinema * [[/Street Angel|Street Angel]] (1928), SnowyCinema * [[/The Wedding March (1928 film)|The Wedding March]] (1928), M-le-mot-dit * [[/Poor Papa|Poor Papa]] (1928), SnowyCinema * [[/Duck and Cover|Duck and Cover]] (1951), M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Phantom of the Opera (1925 film, Eastman print)|The Phantom of the Opera]] (1925) Eastman print, M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Phantom of the Opera (1925 film, Hampton print)|The Phantom of the Opera]] (1925) Hampton print, M-le-mot-dit * [[/The Cameraman|The Cameraman]] (1928), M-le-mot-dit * [[/A Message from President Donald J. Trump|A Message from President Donald J. Trump]] (2021), VGPaleontologist ffmfce9916mtpfk6j82dkqireuck3of Page:Executive Order 13747.pdf/1 104 3452961 14127969 14122761 2024-04-25T15:01:25Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Clay" />{{rh|||'''78701'''}} {{rule|height=4px}} {{rule}} {{columns|col1={{smaller|'''Federal Register'''<br />Vol.&nbsp;81, No.&nbsp;217<br />Wednesday, November&nbsp;9, 2016}}|col2width=75%|col2='''{{xx-larger|Presidential Documents}}'''}} {{rule}} '''Title 3—''' '''{{larger|The President}}'''</noinclude>'''Executive Order&nbsp;13747 of November&nbsp;4, 2016''' {{x-larger|'''Advancing the Global Health Security Agenda To Achieve a World Safe and Secure From Infectious Disease Threats'''}} By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, it is hereby ordered as follows: {{anchor|Section 1|1}}'''Section&nbsp;1.''' ''Policy.'' As articulated in the National Strategy for Countering Biological Threats and implemented in Presidential Policy Directive&nbsp;2 (PPD–2), promoting global health security is a core tenet of our national strategy for countering biological threats. No single nation can be prepared if other nations remain unprepared to counter biological threats; therefore, it is the policy of the United States to advance the Global Health Security Agenda (GHSA), which is a multi-faceted, multi-country initiative intended to accelerate partner countries’ measurable capabilities to achieve specific targets to prevent, detect, and respond to infectious disease threats (GHSA targets), whether naturally occurring, deliberate, or accidental. The roles, responsibilities, and activities described in this order will support the goals of the International Health Regulations (IHR) and will be conducted, as appropriate, in coordination with the World Health Organization (WHO), Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO), World Organisation for Animal Health (OIE), Global Partnership Against the Spread of Weapons and Materials of Mass Destruction, the International Criminal Police Organization (INTERPOL), and other relevant organizations and stakeholders. To advance the achievement of the GHSA targets and to support the implementation of the IHR within partner countries, each executive department, agency, and office (agency) shall, as appropriate, partner, consult, and coordinate with other governments, international financial institutions, international organizations, regional organizations, economic communities, and nongovernmental stakeholders, including the private sector. {{anchor|Section 2|2}}'''Sec.&nbsp;2.''' ''GHSA Interagency Review Council.'' {{anchor|Section 2(a)|2(a)}}(a) ''GHSA Coordination and Policy Development.'' In furtherance of the policy described in section&nbsp;1 of this order, I hereby direct the National Security Council staff, in accordance with the procedures and requirements in Presidential Policy Directive&nbsp;1 (or any successor directive), to convene a GHSA Interagency Review Council (Council) to perform the responsibilities described in this order. The Assistant to the President for National Security Affairs, in coordination with the Assistant to the President for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism, shall designate a member of the National Security Council staff to serve as Chair for the Council. The Council shall meet not less than four times per year to advance its mission and fulfill its responsibilities. {{anchor|Section 2(b)|2(b)}}(b) ''GHSA Interagency Review Council Responsibilities.'' <ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman;"> <li>{{anchor|Section 2(b)(i)|2(b)(i)}}The Council shall be responsible for the following activities: <ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>{{anchor|Section 2(b)(i)(A)|2(b)(i)(A)}}Provide, by consensus, policy-level guidance to participating agencies on GHSA goals, objectives, and implementation.</li> <li>{{anchor|Section 2(b)(i)(B)|2(b)(i)(B)}}Facilitate interagency, multi-sectoral engagement to carry out GHSA implementation.</li> <li>{{anchor|Section 2(b)(i)(C)|2(b)(i)(C)}}Provide a forum for raising and working to resolve interagency disagreements concerning the GHSA.</li><noinclude></li></ol></ol></noinclude> qwn95dubwv7vx7hlsk3a9e6msothvwi 14127975 14127969 2024-04-25T15:02:48Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Clay" />{{rh|||'''78701'''}} {{rule|height=4px}} {{rule}} {{columns|col1={{smaller|'''Federal Register'''<br />Vol.&nbsp;81, No.&nbsp;217<br />Wednesday, November&nbsp;9, 2016}}|col2width=75%|col2='''{{xx-larger|Presidential Documents}}'''}} {{rule}} '''Title 3—''' '''{{larger|The President}}'''</noinclude>'''Executive Order&nbsp;13747 of November&nbsp;4, 2016''' {{x-larger|'''Advancing the Global Health Security Agenda To Achieve a World Safe and Secure From Infectious Disease Threats'''}} By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, it is hereby ordered as follows: {{anchor|Section 1|1}}'''Section&nbsp;1.''' ''Policy.'' As articulated in the National Strategy for Countering Biological Threats and implemented in Presidential Policy Directive&nbsp;2 (PPD–2), promoting global health security is a core tenet of our national strategy for countering biological threats. No single nation can be prepared if other nations remain unprepared to counter biological threats; therefore, it is the policy of the United States to advance the Global Health Security Agenda (GHSA), which is a multi-faceted, multi-country initiative intended to accelerate partner countries’ measurable capabilities to achieve specific targets to prevent, detect, and respond to infectious disease threats (GHSA targets), whether naturally occurring, deliberate, or accidental. The roles, responsibilities, and activities described in this order will support the goals of the International Health Regulations (IHR) and will be conducted, as appropriate, in coordination with the World Health Organization (WHO), Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO), World Organisation for Animal Health (OIE), Global Partnership Against the Spread of Weapons and Materials of Mass Destruction, the International Criminal Police Organization (INTERPOL), and other relevant organizations and stakeholders. To advance the achievement of the GHSA targets and to support the implementation of the IHR within partner countries, each executive department, agency, and office (agency) shall, as appropriate, partner, consult, and coordinate with other governments, international financial institutions, international organizations, regional organizations, economic communities, and nongovernmental stakeholders, including the private sector. {{anchor|Section 2|2}}'''Sec.&nbsp;2.''' ''GHSA Interagency Review Council.'' {{anchor|Section 2(a)|2(a)}}(a) ''GHSA Coordination and Policy Development.'' In furtherance of the policy described in section&nbsp;1 of this order, I hereby direct the National Security Council staff, in accordance with the procedures and requirements in Presidential Policy Directive&nbsp;1 (or any successor directive), to convene a GHSA Interagency Review Council (Council) to perform the responsibilities described in this order. The Assistant to the President for National Security Affairs, in coordination with the Assistant to the President for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism, shall designate a member of the National Security Council staff to serve as Chair for the Council. The Council shall meet not less than four times per year to advance its mission and fulfill its responsibilities. {{anchor|Section 2(b)|2(b)}}(b) ''GHSA Interagency Review Council Responsibilities.'' {{*!/s style="list-style-type:lower-roman;"}} {{anchor|Section 2(b)(i)|2(b)(i)}}The Council shall be responsible for the following activities: {{*!/s style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;}}{{anchor|Section 2(b)(i)(A)|2(b)(i)(A)}}Provide, by consensus, policy-level guidance to participating agencies on GHSA goals, objectives, and implementation. {{*/i}}{{anchor|Section 2(b)(i)(B)|2(b)(i)(B)}}Facilitate interagency, multi-sectoral engagement to carry out GHSA implementation. {{*/i}}{{anchor|Section 2(b)(i)(C)|2(b)(i)(C)}}Provide a forum for raising and working to resolve interagency disagreements concerning the GHSA.<noinclude>{{*/e}}{{*/e}}</noinclude> jp6ldfge64ylqbvn2boxel8acsdc7t7 14127977 14127975 2024-04-25T15:03:11Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Clay" />{{rh|||'''78701'''}} {{rule|height=4px}} {{rule}} {{columns|col1={{smaller|'''Federal Register'''<br />Vol.&nbsp;81, No.&nbsp;217<br />Wednesday, November&nbsp;9, 2016}}|col2width=75%|col2='''{{xx-larger|Presidential Documents}}'''}} {{rule}} '''Title 3—''' '''{{larger|The President}}'''</noinclude>'''Executive Order&nbsp;13747 of November&nbsp;4, 2016''' {{x-larger|'''Advancing the Global Health Security Agenda To Achieve a World Safe and Secure From Infectious Disease Threats'''}} By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, it is hereby ordered as follows: {{anchor|Section 1|1}}'''Section&nbsp;1.''' ''Policy.'' As articulated in the National Strategy for Countering Biological Threats and implemented in Presidential Policy Directive&nbsp;2 (PPD–2), promoting global health security is a core tenet of our national strategy for countering biological threats. No single nation can be prepared if other nations remain unprepared to counter biological threats; therefore, it is the policy of the United States to advance the Global Health Security Agenda (GHSA), which is a multi-faceted, multi-country initiative intended to accelerate partner countries’ measurable capabilities to achieve specific targets to prevent, detect, and respond to infectious disease threats (GHSA targets), whether naturally occurring, deliberate, or accidental. The roles, responsibilities, and activities described in this order will support the goals of the International Health Regulations (IHR) and will be conducted, as appropriate, in coordination with the World Health Organization (WHO), Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO), World Organisation for Animal Health (OIE), Global Partnership Against the Spread of Weapons and Materials of Mass Destruction, the International Criminal Police Organization (INTERPOL), and other relevant organizations and stakeholders. To advance the achievement of the GHSA targets and to support the implementation of the IHR within partner countries, each executive department, agency, and office (agency) shall, as appropriate, partner, consult, and coordinate with other governments, international financial institutions, international organizations, regional organizations, economic communities, and nongovernmental stakeholders, including the private sector. {{anchor|Section 2|2}}'''Sec.&nbsp;2.''' ''GHSA Interagency Review Council.'' {{anchor|Section 2(a)|2(a)}}(a) ''GHSA Coordination and Policy Development.'' In furtherance of the policy described in section&nbsp;1 of this order, I hereby direct the National Security Council staff, in accordance with the procedures and requirements in Presidential Policy Directive&nbsp;1 (or any successor directive), to convene a GHSA Interagency Review Council (Council) to perform the responsibilities described in this order. The Assistant to the President for National Security Affairs, in coordination with the Assistant to the President for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism, shall designate a member of the National Security Council staff to serve as Chair for the Council. The Council shall meet not less than four times per year to advance its mission and fulfill its responsibilities. {{anchor|Section 2(b)|2(b)}}(b) ''GHSA Interagency Review Council Responsibilities.'' {{*!/s|style="list-style-type:lower-roman;"}} {{anchor|Section 2(b)(i)|2(b)(i)}}The Council shall be responsible for the following activities: {{*!/s|style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;}}{{anchor|Section 2(b)(i)(A)|2(b)(i)(A)}}Provide, by consensus, policy-level guidance to participating agencies on GHSA goals, objectives, and implementation. {{*/i}}{{anchor|Section 2(b)(i)(B)|2(b)(i)(B)}}Facilitate interagency, multi-sectoral engagement to carry out GHSA implementation. {{*/i}}{{anchor|Section 2(b)(i)(C)|2(b)(i)(C)}}Provide a forum for raising and working to resolve interagency disagreements concerning the GHSA.<noinclude>{{*/e}}{{*/e}}</noinclude> s7l34glnu3dv183ee260dgkd0k1fmer 14127978 14127977 2024-04-25T15:03:42Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Clay" />{{rh|||'''78701'''}} {{rule|height=4px}} {{rule}} {{columns|col1={{smaller|'''Federal Register'''<br />Vol.&nbsp;81, No.&nbsp;217<br />Wednesday, November&nbsp;9, 2016}}|col2width=75%|col2='''{{xx-larger|Presidential Documents}}'''}} {{rule}} '''Title 3—''' '''{{larger|The President}}'''</noinclude>'''Executive Order&nbsp;13747 of November&nbsp;4, 2016''' {{x-larger|'''Advancing the Global Health Security Agenda To Achieve a World Safe and Secure From Infectious Disease Threats'''}} By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, it is hereby ordered as follows: {{anchor|Section 1|1}}'''Section&nbsp;1.''' ''Policy.'' As articulated in the National Strategy for Countering Biological Threats and implemented in Presidential Policy Directive&nbsp;2 (PPD–2), promoting global health security is a core tenet of our national strategy for countering biological threats. No single nation can be prepared if other nations remain unprepared to counter biological threats; therefore, it is the policy of the United States to advance the Global Health Security Agenda (GHSA), which is a multi-faceted, multi-country initiative intended to accelerate partner countries’ measurable capabilities to achieve specific targets to prevent, detect, and respond to infectious disease threats (GHSA targets), whether naturally occurring, deliberate, or accidental. The roles, responsibilities, and activities described in this order will support the goals of the International Health Regulations (IHR) and will be conducted, as appropriate, in coordination with the World Health Organization (WHO), Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO), World Organisation for Animal Health (OIE), Global Partnership Against the Spread of Weapons and Materials of Mass Destruction, the International Criminal Police Organization (INTERPOL), and other relevant organizations and stakeholders. To advance the achievement of the GHSA targets and to support the implementation of the IHR within partner countries, each executive department, agency, and office (agency) shall, as appropriate, partner, consult, and coordinate with other governments, international financial institutions, international organizations, regional organizations, economic communities, and nongovernmental stakeholders, including the private sector. {{anchor|Section 2|2}}'''Sec.&nbsp;2.''' ''GHSA Interagency Review Council.'' {{anchor|Section 2(a)|2(a)}}(a) ''GHSA Coordination and Policy Development.'' In furtherance of the policy described in section&nbsp;1 of this order, I hereby direct the National Security Council staff, in accordance with the procedures and requirements in Presidential Policy Directive&nbsp;1 (or any successor directive), to convene a GHSA Interagency Review Council (Council) to perform the responsibilities described in this order. The Assistant to the President for National Security Affairs, in coordination with the Assistant to the President for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism, shall designate a member of the National Security Council staff to serve as Chair for the Council. The Council shall meet not less than four times per year to advance its mission and fulfill its responsibilities. {{anchor|Section 2(b)|2(b)}}(b) ''GHSA Interagency Review Council Responsibilities.'' <ol type=i> <li>{{anchor|Section 2(b)(i)|2(b)(i)}}The Council shall be responsible for the following activities:</li> <ol type=A> <li>{{anchor|Section 2(b)(i)(A)|2(b)(i)(A)}}Provide, by consensus, policy-level guidance to participating agencies on GHSA goals, objectives, and implementation.</li> <li>{{anchor|Section 2(b)(i)(B)|2(b)(i)(B)}}Facilitate interagency, multi-sectoral engagement to carry out GHSA implementation.</li> <li>{{anchor|Section 2(b)(i)(C)|2(b)(i)(C)}}Provide a forum for raising and working to resolve interagency disagreements concerning the GHSA.</li><noinclude></ol></ol></noinclude> ki6yfy44uvqsfjfeov3unylulf0y0lc 14127980 14127978 2024-04-25T15:04:28Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Clay" />{{rh|||'''78701'''}} {{rule|height=4px}} {{rule}} {{columns|col1={{smaller|'''Federal Register'''<br />Vol.&nbsp;81, No.&nbsp;217<br />Wednesday, November&nbsp;9, 2016}}|col2width=75%|col2='''{{xx-larger|Presidential Documents}}'''}} {{rule}} '''Title 3—''' '''{{larger|The President}}'''</noinclude>'''Executive Order&nbsp;13747 of November&nbsp;4, 2016''' {{x-larger|'''Advancing the Global Health Security Agenda To Achieve a World Safe and Secure From Infectious Disease Threats'''}} By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, it is hereby ordered as follows: {{anchor|Section 1|1}}'''Section&nbsp;1.''' ''Policy.'' As articulated in the National Strategy for Countering Biological Threats and implemented in Presidential Policy Directive&nbsp;2 (PPD–2), promoting global health security is a core tenet of our national strategy for countering biological threats. No single nation can be prepared if other nations remain unprepared to counter biological threats; therefore, it is the policy of the United States to advance the Global Health Security Agenda (GHSA), which is a multi-faceted, multi-country initiative intended to accelerate partner countries’ measurable capabilities to achieve specific targets to prevent, detect, and respond to infectious disease threats (GHSA targets), whether naturally occurring, deliberate, or accidental. The roles, responsibilities, and activities described in this order will support the goals of the International Health Regulations (IHR) and will be conducted, as appropriate, in coordination with the World Health Organization (WHO), Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO), World Organisation for Animal Health (OIE), Global Partnership Against the Spread of Weapons and Materials of Mass Destruction, the International Criminal Police Organization (INTERPOL), and other relevant organizations and stakeholders. To advance the achievement of the GHSA targets and to support the implementation of the IHR within partner countries, each executive department, agency, and office (agency) shall, as appropriate, partner, consult, and coordinate with other governments, international financial institutions, international organizations, regional organizations, economic communities, and nongovernmental stakeholders, including the private sector. {{anchor|Section 2|2}}'''Sec.&nbsp;2.''' ''GHSA Interagency Review Council.'' {{anchor|Section 2(a)|2(a)}}(a) ''GHSA Coordination and Policy Development.'' In furtherance of the policy described in section&nbsp;1 of this order, I hereby direct the National Security Council staff, in accordance with the procedures and requirements in Presidential Policy Directive&nbsp;1 (or any successor directive), to convene a GHSA Interagency Review Council (Council) to perform the responsibilities described in this order. The Assistant to the President for National Security Affairs, in coordination with the Assistant to the President for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism, shall designate a member of the National Security Council staff to serve as Chair for the Council. The Council shall meet not less than four times per year to advance its mission and fulfill its responsibilities. {{anchor|Section 2(b)|2(b)}}(b) ''GHSA Interagency Review Council Responsibilities.'' <ol style="list-style-type:lower-roman;"> <li>{{anchor|Section 2(b)(i)|2(b)(i)}}The Council shall be responsible for the following activities:</li> <ol style="list-style-type:upper-alpha;"> <li>{{anchor|Section 2(b)(i)(A)|2(b)(i)(A)}}Provide, by consensus, policy-level guidance to participating agencies on GHSA goals, objectives, and implementation.</li> <li>{{anchor|Section 2(b)(i)(B)|2(b)(i)(B)}}Facilitate interagency, multi-sectoral engagement to carry out GHSA implementation.</li> <li>{{anchor|Section 2(b)(i)(C)|2(b)(i)(C)}}Provide a forum for raising and working to resolve interagency disagreements concerning the GHSA.</li><noinclude></ol></ol></noinclude> 3rpmt19otwskfyvzv2s2t15vnavgsy3 Page:The clerk of the woods.djvu/21 104 3492355 14131016 14049140 2024-04-26T07:50:40Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh||A SHORT MONTH|3}}</noinclude>dred or two, of various tints, loosely and naturally disposed? I ask the question without answering it, though I could answer it easily enough, so far as my own taste is concerned. Already there is much to admire in the wild garden. Spice-bush blossoms have come and gone, and now the misty shad-blow is beginning to whiten all the hedges and the borders of the wood, while sassafras trees have put forth pretty clusters of yellowish flowers for the few that will come out to see them. Sun-bright, cold-footed cowslips still hold their color along shaded brooks. "Marsh marigolds," some critical people tell us we must call them. That is a good name, too; but the flowers are no more marigolds than cowslips, and with or without reason (partly, it may be, because my unregenerate nature resents the "must"), I like the word I was brought up with. Anemones and violets are becoming plentiful, and the first columbines already swing from the clefts of outcropping ledges. With them one is almost certain to find the saxifrage. The two are fast friends, though very unlike; the<noinclude></noinclude> ifljwixhd88ac4vsyamfbenzx46rhjl Module:PotM/data 828 3504686 14130393 14041226 2024-04-26T00:59:32Z Arcorann 2060189 is this how overflow works Scribunto text/plain --[[]] return { --[=[ Add most recent (or most futuristic) month at the top, in descending order from there: { year = 2021, month = 4, theme = "Poetry and Drama", works = { } }, Add works to months in normal order in the "works" field: { index = "", display = "", author = "", year = , image = "" }, To test, use the "Preview page with this template" button and check the page [[Module:PotM/test]] ]=] -- Add new months on the line below this: { year = 2024, month = 4, theme = "Poetry and Drama", overflow = true, works = { { index = "Yeats The tower.pdf", display = "The Tower", author = "William Butler Yeats", year = 1928, }, } }, { year = 2024, month = 3, theme = "Woman author", current = 1, works = { { index = "Memoirs of the Lady Hester Stanhope.djvu", display = "Memoirs of the Lady Hester Stanhope", author = "Hester Lucy Stanhope", year = 1846, }, } }, { year = 2024, month = 2, theme = "Fine arts", current = 1, works = { { index = "The story of the flute (IA storyofflute1914fitz).djvu", display = "The Story of the Flute", author = "Henry Macaulay Fitzgibbon", year = 1914, }, } }, { year = 2024, month = 1, theme = "Quirky", current = 1, works = { { index = "The art of kissing (IA artofkissing987wood).djvu", display = "The Art of Kissing", author = "Clement Wood", year = 1926, }, } }, { year = 2023, month = 12, theme = "Fiction: Short story collections", current = 1, works = { { index = "Frenzied_Fiction.djvu", display = "Frenzied Fiction", author = "Stephen Leacock", year = 1919, }, } }, { year = 2023, month = 7, theme = "Biography", current = 1, works = { { index = "Napoleon (O'Connor 1896).djvu", display = "Napoleon", author = "T. P. O'Connor", year = 1896, }, } }, { year = 2023, month = 6, theme = "Fiction: Novel", current = 1, works = { { index = "Doom of the Great City - Hay - 1880.djvu", display = "Doom of the Great City", author = "William Delisle Hay", year = 1880, }, } }, { year = 2023, month = 5, theme = "Geography", current = 1, works = { { index = "The ocean and its wonders.djvu", display = "The Ocean and its Wonders", author = "Robert Michael Ballantyne", year = 1874, }, } }, { year = 2023, month = 4, theme = "Poetry and Drama", current = 1, works = { { index = "The Playboy of the Western World.djvu", display = "The Playboy of the Western World", author = "Edmund John Millington Synge", year = 1907, }, } }, { year = 2022, month = 7, theme = "Anthropology, Mythology, or Religion", current = 1, works = { { index = "Kutenai Tales.djvu", display = "Kutenai Tales", author = "Franz Boas", year = 1918, }, } }, { year = 2022, month = 2, theme = "Fine arts", current = 1, works = { -- hack to shut up errors: use Dec 2021 work until something is set up { index = "A history of Japanese colour-prints by Woldemar von Seidlitz.djvu", display = "A History of Japanese Colour-Prints", author = "Woldemar von Seidlitz", year = 1910, }, } }, { year = 2021, month = 12, theme = "Fiction: Short story collections", current = 1, works = { { index = "O Henry Prize Stories of 1924.djvu", display = "O. Henry Memorial Award Prize Stories of 1924", author = "Blanche Colton Williams", year = 1925, }, } }, { year = 2021, month = 11, theme = "Language", current = 1, works = { { index = "The Origin of the Bengali Script.djvu", display = "The Origin of the Bengali Script", author = "Rakhaldas Bandyopadhyay", year = 1919, }, } }, { year = 2021, month = 10, theme = "Fiction: SF/Fantastical", current = 1, works = { { index = "Hoffmann's Strange Stories - Hoffman - 1855.djvu", display = "Hoffmann's Strange Stories", author = "Ernst Theodor Wilhelm Hoffmann", year = 1855, }, } }, { year = 2021, month = 8, theme = "Biography", current = 1, works = { { index = "Galileo Galilei and the Roman Curia (IA cu31924012301754).pdf", display = "Galileo Galilei and the Roman Curia", author = "Karl von Gebler", year = 1879, }, } }, { year = 2021, month = 7, theme = "Religion", current = 1, works = { { index = "Shinto, the Way of the Gods - Aston - 1905.djvu", display = "Shinto: the Way of the Gods", author = "William George Aston", year = 1905, }, } }, { year = 2021, month = 6, theme = "Novels", current = 1, works = { { index = "Manhattan Transfer (John Dos Passos, 1925).djvu", display = "Manhattan Transfer", author = " John Dos Passos", year = 1925, }, } }, { year = 2021, month = 5, theme = "Geography", current =1, works = { { index = "Madagascar - Phelps - 1883.djvu", display = "The Island of Madagascar", author = "John Wolcott Phelps", year = 1883, image = "John_wolcott_phelps.jpg" }, } }, { year = 2021, month = 4, theme = "Poetry and Drama", current=2, works = { { index = "The torrent and The night before.djvu", display = "The Torrent and the Night Before", author = "Edwin Arlington Robinson", year = 1896, image = "Edwin Arlington Robinson.jpg" }, { index = "Negro poets and their poems (IA negropoetstheirp00kerl).pdf", display = "Negro Poets and Their Poems", author = " Robert Thomas Kerlin", year = 1923, image = "LangstonHughes_crop.jpg" }, { index = "The book of American negro poetry.djvu", display = "The book of American negro poetry", author = " James Weldon Johnson", year = 1922, image = "Portrait of James Weldon Johnson LCCN2004663098.tif" }, } }, { year = 2021, month = 3, theme = "Women's history", current = 2, works = { { index = "\"Gentlemen Prefer Blondes\" - Anita Loos.pdf", display = "Gentlemen Prefer Blondes", author = "Anita Loos", year = 1863, }, { index = "Women of the West.djvu", display = "Women of the West", author = "Max Binheim", year = 1928, }, { index = "Pioneer work in opening the medical profession to women - autobiographical sketches (IA b28145227).pdf", display = "Pioneer work in opening the medical profession to women: autobiographical sketches", author = "[[Author:Elizabeth Blackwell (1821-1910)|Elizabeth Blackwell]]", year = 1895, image = "EBlackwell1905.jpg" }, } }, -- Feb 2021 didn't happen { year = 2021, month = 2, theme = "Quirky", current = 3, works = { { index = "Remarks on the British Quarantine Laws.djvu", display = "Remarks on the British Quarantine Laws", author = "Charles Maclean", year = 1823, }, { index = "Attainder of treason and confiscation of the property of Rebels - 1863.pdf", display = "Attainder of Treason and Confiscation of the Property of Rebels", author = "[[Author:William Dexter Wilson|William Dexter Wilson]] and [[Author:Samuel Alfred Foot|Samuel Alfred Foot]]", year = 1863, }, { index = "Appeal to the wealthy of the land.djvu", display = "Appeal to the Wealthy of the Land", author = "Matthew Carey", year = 1833, }, } }, { year = 2020, month = 12, theme = "Short stories", works = { { index = "The Novels of Ivan Turgenev (volume VIII).djvu", display = "A Sportsman's Sketches", author = "Ivan Turgenev", year = 1895 }, } }, { year = 2020, month = 11, theme = "Language", works = { { index = "Studies in Lowland Scots - Colville - 1909.djvu", display = "Studies in Lowland Scots", author = "James Colville", year = 1909 }, } }, { year = 2020, month = 10, theme = "Sci-fi/fantasy", works = { { index = "Weird Tales v01n01 (1923-03).djvu", display = "Weird Tales, Volume 1, Number 1", author = "[[Author:Edwin Baird|Edwin Baird]] (editor)", year = 1923 }, } }, { year = 2020, month = 9, theme = "Science and Technology", works = { { index = "The aquarium - an unveiling of the wonders of the deep sea.djvu", display = "The Aquarium", author = "Philip Henry Gosse", year = 1854 }, } }, { year = 2020, month = 8, theme = "Biography", works = { { index = "A Biographical Dictionary of the Celebrated Women of Every Age and Country (1804).djvu", display = "A Biographical Dictionary of the Celebrated Women of Every Age and Country", author = "Mary Matilda Betham", year = 1804 }, } }, { year = 2020, month = 7, theme = "Anthropology, Mythology and Religion", works = { { index = "The Waning of the Middle Ages (1924).djvu", display = "The Waning of the Middle Ages", author = "Johan Huizinga", year = 1924 }, } }, { year = 2020, month = 6, theme = "Fiction/Novels", works = { { index = "War and Peace.djvu", display = "War and Peace", author = "Lev Nikolayevich Tolstoy", year = 1869 }, } }, } 5x1ixtrsdhztcoo2u834e769ifzlhm3 Page:Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu/13 104 3518055 14129893 14125412 2024-04-25T20:08:15Z TeysaKarlov 3017537 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="TeysaKarlov" /></noinclude>{{pseudoheading|CONTENTS OF VOLUME I}} {{TOC begin}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Preface|Preface]].}} ''The Editor''|11}} {{TOC row c|3|I}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Introductory Note (1)|Introductory Note]].}} ''The Editor''|17}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Journal of a Tour to the Ohio|Journal of a Tour to the Ohio]]}}; August 11-October 2, 1748. ''Conrad Weiser''|21}} {{TOC row c|3|II}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Introductory Note (2)|Introductory Note.]]}} ''The Editor''|47}} {{TOC row 2-1|{{sc|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/A Selection of Letters and Journals relating to Tours into the Western Country|A Selection of Letters and Journals relating to Tours into the Western Country]].}} ''George Croghan''|}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1|{{gap|4em}}|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Croghan to the Governor of Pennsylvania|Croghan to the Governor of Pennsylvania; November 16, 1750]]|53}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1|{{gap|4em}}|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Proceedings of Croghan and Andrew Montour|Proceedings of Croghan and Andrew Montour at [the] Ohio; May 18-28, 1751]]|58}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1|{{gap|4em}}|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Letter of Croghan to the Governor|Letter of Croghan to the Governor, accompanying the treaty at Logstown; June 10, 1751]]|70}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1|{{gap|4em}}|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Croghan's Journal (1754)|Croghan's Journal; January 12-February 3, 1754]]|72}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1|{{gap|4em}}|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Croghan to Charles Swaine|Croghan to Charles Swaine, at Shippensburg; October 9, 1755]]|82}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1|{{gap|4em}}|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Council held at Carlisle|Council held at Carlisle; January 13, 1756]]|84}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1|{{gap|4em}}|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Croghan's Transactions with the Indians|Croghan's Transactions with the Indians previous to Hostilities on the Ohio; [June, 1757]]]|88}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1|{{gap|4em}}|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Croghan's Journal (1761)|Croghan's Journal; October 21, 1760-January 7, 1761]]|100}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1|{{gap|4em}}|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Croghan's Journal (1765)|Croghan's Journal; May 15-September 26, 1765]]|126}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1|{{gap|4em}}|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/List of the different Nations and Tribes of Indians|List of the different Nations and Tribes of Indians in the Northern District of North America, with the number of their fighting men]]|167}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1|{{gap|4em}}|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Croghan to Sir William Johnson|Croghan to Sir William Johnson; November, 1765]]|170}}<noinclude>{{nopt}} {{TOC end}}</noinclude> kvoianauwljv6ejel163byxqkawi22k 14129960 14129893 2024-04-25T20:26:04Z TeysaKarlov 3017537 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="TeysaKarlov" /></noinclude>{{pseudoheading|CONTENTS OF VOLUME I}} {{TOC begin}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Preface|Preface]].}} ''The Editor''|11}} {{TOC row c|3|I}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Introductory Note (1)|Introductory Note]].}} ''The Editor''|17}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Journal of a Tour to the Ohio|Journal of a Tour to the Ohio]]}}; August 11-October 2, 1748. ''Conrad Weiser''|21}} {{TOC row c|3|II}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Introductory Note (2)|Introductory Note.]]}} ''The Editor''|47}} {{TOC row 2-1|{{sc|A Selection of Letters and Journals relating to Tours into the Western Country.}} ''George Croghan''|}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1|{{gap|4em}}|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Croghan to the Governor of Pennsylvania|Croghan to the Governor of Pennsylvania; November 16, 1750]]|53}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1|{{gap|4em}}|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Proceedings of Croghan and Andrew Montour|Proceedings of Croghan and Andrew Montour at [the] Ohio; May 18-28, 1751]]|58}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1|{{gap|4em}}|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Letter of Croghan to the Governor|Letter of Croghan to the Governor, accompanying the treaty at Logstown; June 10, 1751]]|70}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1|{{gap|4em}}|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Croghan's Journal (1754)|Croghan's Journal; January 12-February 3, 1754]]|72}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1|{{gap|4em}}|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Croghan to Charles Swaine|Croghan to Charles Swaine, at Shippensburg; October 9, 1755]]|82}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1|{{gap|4em}}|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Council held at Carlisle|Council held at Carlisle; January 13, 1756]]|84}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1|{{gap|4em}}|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Croghan's Transactions with the Indians|Croghan's Transactions with the Indians previous to Hostilities on the Ohio; [June, 1757]]]|88}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1|{{gap|4em}}|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Croghan's Journal (1761)|Croghan's Journal; October 21, 1760-January 7, 1761]]|100}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1|{{gap|4em}}|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Croghan's Journal (1765)|Croghan's Journal; May 15-September 26, 1765]]|126}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1|{{gap|4em}}|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/List of the different Nations and Tribes of Indians|List of the different Nations and Tribes of Indians in the Northern District of North America, with the number of their fighting men]]|167}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1|{{gap|4em}}|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Croghan to Sir William Johnson|Croghan to Sir William Johnson; November, 1765]]|170}}<noinclude>{{nopt}} {{TOC end}}</noinclude> oqj5aeqfpiddatb833jyzkify0rp62x Page:Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu/14 104 3518057 14129895 14125415 2024-04-25T20:08:34Z TeysaKarlov 3017537 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="TeysaKarlov" />{{rh|8|''Contents of Volume I''|}}{{rule}} {{TOC begin}}</noinclude>{{nopt}} {{TOC row c|3|III}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Introductory Note (3)|Introductory Note]].}} ''The Editor''|177 }} {{TOC row 2-1|{{sc|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Two Journals of Western Tours|Two Journals of Western Tours]].}} ''Charles Frederick Post''|}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1|{{gap|4em}}|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/On a message from the Government of Penns­ylvania to the Delaware, Shawnese, and Mingo Indians|1. From Philadelphia to the Ohio, on a message from the Government of Penns­ylvania to the Delaware, Shawnese, and Mingo Indians; July 15-September 22, 1758]]|185}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1|{{gap|4em}}|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/On a message from the Governor of Penns­ylvania to the Indians on the Ohio|2. On a message from the Governor of Penns­ylvania to the Indians on the Ohio, in the latter part of the same year; October 25, 1758-January 10, 1759]]|234}} {{TOC row c|3|IV}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Introductory Note (4)|Introductory Note]].}} ''The Editor''|295}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|[[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Journal of a Tour of the Maumee|{{sc|Journal [of a Tour of the Maumee]}}; Detroit, September 25, 1764. ''Captain Thomas Morris'', of his Majesty's XVII Regiment of Infantry]]|301}} {{TOC end}}<noinclude></noinclude> odyezdgy7p9hzr36los7ck2qb8683n7 Page:Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu/17 104 3518060 14129915 13235481 2024-04-25T20:15:38Z TeysaKarlov 3017537 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Snafu22q" /></noinclude>{{c|{{larger|PREFACE TO VOLUME I}}}} In planning for this series of reprints of Early Western Travels, we were confronted by an embarrassment of riches. To reissue all of the many excellent works of travel originally published during the formative period of Western settlement, would obviously be impossible. A selection had therefore to be made, both as to period and material. The century commencing with Conrad Weiser's notable journey to the Western Indians in 1748, set convenient limits to the field in the matter of time. The question of material was much more difficult. It being unlikely that any two editors would choose the same volumes for reprint, criticism of our list will undoubtedly be made. It should, however, candidly be explained that the matter of selection has in each case necessarily been affected by two important considerations—(1) the intrinsic value of the original from the historical side, and (2) its present rarity and market value. The Editor having selected a list of items worthy of a new lease of life, the Publishers, from their intimate knowledge of the commercial aspect of rare Americana, advised which of these in their opinion were sufficiently in demand by libraries and collectors to render the enterprise financially productive. It is believed that this co-operative method has resulted in an interesting collection, and given point to the descriptive sub-title: "Some of the best and rarest contemporary volumes of travel {{...}} in the Middle and Far West, during the period of early American settlement." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> gd5ucxlfru11wppiaoqrkest9qes0q5 Page:Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu/21 104 3518064 14129908 13979734 2024-04-25T20:11:55Z TeysaKarlov 3017537 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" /></noinclude>{{c|{{larger|I}} {{c|{{sc|Conrad Weiser's Journal of a Tour to the Ohio<br>August 11-October 2, 1748}}}} {{sc|Source}}: ''Pennsylvania Colonial Records'', v, pp. 348-358; with variations from ''Pennsylvania Historical Collections'', i, pp. 23-33.}}<noinclude> <references/></noinclude> 1e73qy4fq0n7343s87x5kgqayg0hgue Page:Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu/31 104 3518075 14129920 13235456 2024-04-25T20:17:26Z TeysaKarlov 3017537 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Snafu22q" />{{rh|{{sm|1748]}}|''Weiser's Journal''|25}}</noinclude><ref follow="p24">Duquesne, houses were built by the French for its inhabitants. With the restoration of English interest, the importance of the place diminished, and by 1784 it is spoken of as a ‘‘former settlement.’ The site of Logstown is about eighteen miles down the river from Pittsburg, just below the present town of Economy, Pennsylvania. It was on a high bluff on the north shore. For the history of this place, see Darlington’s ''Gist'', pp. 95-100.—Ed.</ref>From the Place where we took Water, ''i. e.'' from the old Shawones Town, commonly called Chartier’s Town,<ref>There were two Indian towns called by this name—one at the mouth of Chartier’s Creek, Allegheny County, three miles below Pittsburg; the other opposite the mouth of Chartier’s Run, which falls into the Allegheny in Westmoreland County. Weiser refers to the latter of these. Chartier was a French-Shawnee half-breed that had much influence with his tribe. In 1745, he induced most of them to remove to the neighborhood of Detroit, on the orders of the governor of New France. See Croghan’s ''Journals, post''.—{{sc|Ed.}}</ref> to this Place is about 60 Miles by Water & but 35 or 40 by Land. The Indian Council met this Evening to shake Hands with me & to shew their Satisfaction at my safe arrival; I desired of them to send a Couple of Canoes to fetch down the Goods from Chartier’s old Town, where we had been oblig’d to leave them on account of our Horses being all tyred. I gave them a String of Wampum to enforce my Request.<ref>The other edition of the journal adds, that the horses were "all scalled on their backs."{{pbr}} The importance of "wampum" in all Indian transactions cannot be overestimated. It was used for money, as a much-prized ornament, to enforce a request (as at this time), to accredit a messenger, to ransom a prisoner, to atone for a crime. No council could be held, no treaty drawn up, without a liberal use of wampum. It was used also to record treaties, as the one described by Weiser between the Wyandots, Iroquois, and governor of New York. Hale —"Indian Wampum Records," ''Popular Science Monthly'', February, 1897—thinks that it was a comparatively late invention in Indian development, and took its rise among the Iroquois. Weiser’s list of the wampum used and received in this journey is to be found in ''Pennsylvania Archives'', ii, p. 17.—{{sc|Ed.}}</ref> 28th. Lay still. 29th. The Indians sett off in three Canoes to fetch the Goods. I expected the Goods wou’d be all at Char-<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 1f63i5qowan25v1tph5b2b1bjio876g Page:Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu/32 104 3518076 14129930 13982299 2024-04-25T20:19:46Z TeysaKarlov 3017537 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{rh|26|''Early Western Travels''|[Vol. {{sc|i}} }}{{rule}}</noinclude>tier’s old Town by the time the Canoes wou’d get there, as we met about twenty Horses of George Groghan’s at the Shawonese Cabbins in order to fetch the Goods that were then lying at Franks Town. This Day news came to Town that the Six Nations were on the point of declaring War against the French, for reason the French had Imprison’d some of the Indian Deputies. A Council was held & all the Indians acquainted with the News, and it was said the Indian Messenger was by the way to give all the Indians Notice to make ready to fight the French.<ref>The French had retained the Iroquois deputies in order to secure from them the French prisoners in their hands. La Galissonière, the governor wrote to his home government in 1748, that he should persist in retaining their (the Iroquois) people, until he recovered the French. The governor of New York demanded the Mohawks, on the ground of their being British subjects, a claim the French refused to admit. The matter was finally adjusted without an Indian war, although it caused much irritation. See O’Callaghan (ed.), ''New York Colonial Documents'' (Albany, 1858), x, p. 185.—Ep.</ref> This Day my Companions went to Coscosky, a large Indian Town about 30 Miles off.<ref>Kuskuskis was an important centre for the Delaware Indians, on the Mahoning Branch of Beaver Creek, in Lawrence County, Pennsylvania. It consisted of separate villages scattered along the creek, one of which, called “Old Kuskuskis,” was at the forks, where New Castle now stands. See Post’s ''Journal'', post.—Ep.</ref> 30th. I went to Beaver Creek, an Indian Town about 8 Miles off, chiefly Delawares, the rest Mohocks, to have some Belts of Wampum made.<ref>The Indian town at the mouth of Beaver Creek, where the town of Beaver now stands, was known indifferently as King Beaver’s, or Shingas’s Old Town (from two noted Delaware chiefs), or Sohkon (signifying "at the mouth of a stream"). This was a noted fur-trading station, and after the building of Fort Duquesne, the French erected houses here, for the Indians. It was the starting place for many a border raid, that made Shingas’s name "a terror to the frontier settlements of Pennsylvania." See Post’s experiences at this place in 1758, ''post''.—Ep.</ref> This afternoon Rainy Wheather set in which lasted above a Week. Andrew<noinclude>{{rule|4em|align=left}} {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> bn9rauo89x3hrkzf9ymctcl4za6yflq 14129934 14129930 2024-04-25T20:20:23Z TeysaKarlov 3017537 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{rh|26|''Early Western Travels''|[Vol. {{sc|i}} }}{{rule}}</noinclude>tier’s old Town by the time the Canoes wou’d get there, as we met about twenty Horses of George Groghan’s at the Shawonese Cabbins in order to fetch the Goods that were then lying at Franks Town. This Day news came to Town that the Six Nations were on the point of declaring War against the French, for reason the French had Imprison’d some of the Indian Deputies. A Council was held & all the Indians acquainted with the News, and it was said the Indian Messenger was by the way to give all the Indians Notice to make ready to fight the French.<ref>The French had retained the Iroquois deputies in order to secure from them the French prisoners in their hands. La Galissonière, the governor wrote to his home government in 1748, that he should persist in retaining their (the Iroquois) people, until he recovered the French. The governor of New York demanded the Mohawks, on the ground of their being British subjects, a claim the French refused to admit. The matter was finally adjusted without an Indian war, although it caused much irritation. See O’Callaghan (ed.), ''New York Colonial Documents'' (Albany, 1858), x, p. 185.—{{sc|Ed}}.</ref> This Day my Companions went to Coscosky, a large Indian Town about 30 Miles off.<ref>Kuskuskis was an important centre for the Delaware Indians, on the Mahoning Branch of Beaver Creek, in Lawrence County, Pennsylvania. It consisted of separate villages scattered along the creek, one of which, called “Old Kuskuskis,” was at the forks, where New Castle now stands. See Post’s ''Journal'', ''post.''—{{sc|Ed}}.</ref> 30th. I went to Beaver Creek, an Indian Town about 8 Miles off, chiefly Delawares, the rest Mohocks, to have some Belts of Wampum made.<ref>The Indian town at the mouth of Beaver Creek, where the town of Beaver now stands, was known indifferently as King Beaver’s, or Shingas’s Old Town (from two noted Delaware chiefs), or Sohkon (signifying "at the mouth of a stream"). This was a noted fur-trading station, and after the building of Fort Duquesne, the French erected houses here, for the Indians. It was the starting place for many a border raid, that made Shingas’s name "a terror to the frontier settlements of Pennsylvania." See Post’s experiences at this place in 1758, ''post''.—{{sc|Ed}}.</ref> This afternoon Rainy Wheather set in which lasted above a Week. Andrew<noinclude>{{rule|4em|align=left}} {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> kqxewa022spa42ljve3x1nj7zn7dqwc Page:Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu/46 104 3518091 14129941 13982358 2024-04-25T20:21:47Z TeysaKarlov 3017537 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{rh|40|''Early Western Travels''|[Vol. {{sc|i}}}}{{rule}}</noinclude>lish have been in League of Friendship, nothing need be said more than this, that the President & Council & Assaraquoa<ref>The Virginians were called by the Indians "Long Knives," or more literally "Big Knives." Ash-a-le-co-a is the Indian form of this word, which Weiser spells phonetically. He means that the present was sent by both Pennsylvania and Virginia.—{{sc|Ed}}.</ref> have sent You this Present to serve to strengthen the Chain of Friendship between us the English & the several Nations of Indians to which You belong. A French Peace is a very uncertain One, they keep it no longer than their Interest permits, then they break it without provocation given them. The French King’s People have been almost starv’d in old France for want of Provision, which made them wish & seek for Peace; but our wise People are of opinion that after their Bellies are full they will quarrel again & raise a War. All nations in Europe know that their Friendship is mix’d with Poison, & many that trusted too much on their Friendship have been ruin’d. "I now conclude & say, that we the English are your true Brethren at all Events, In token whereof receive this Present." The Goods being then uncover’d I proceeded. "Brethren: You have of late settled the River of Ohio for the sake of Hunting, & our Traders followed you for the sake of Hunting also. You have invited them yourselves. Your Brethren, the President & Council, desire You will look upon them as your Brethren & see that they have justice done. Some of your Young Men have robbed our Traders, but you will be so honest as to compel them to make Satisfaction. You are now become a People of Note, & are grown very numerous of late Years, & there is no doubt some wise Men among you, it therefore becomes you to Act the part of wise men, & for the future be more regular<noinclude><br> ——— {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> qvnz9wahop4e882fs76hlsnyk0ogqpc Page:Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu/51 104 3518097 14129952 13371229 2024-04-25T20:24:17Z TeysaKarlov 3017537 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Snafu22q" /></noinclude>{{c|{{larger|II}}}} {{hi|{{small caps|A Selection of George Croghan's Letters and Journals Relating to Tours into the Western Country—November 16, 1750-November, 1765.}}}} {{small caps|Sources}}: ''Pennsylvania Colonial Records'', v, pp. 496-498, 530-536, 539, 540, 731-735; vi, pp. 642, 643, 781, 782; vii, pp. 267-271. ''Massachusetts Historical Collections'', 4 series, ix, pp. 362-379. Butler's ''History of Kentucky'' (Cincinnati and Louisville, 1836), appendix, with variations from other sources. ''New York Colonial Documents'', vii, pp. 781-788.<noinclude></noinclude> hlpnulmro0dbq4m5wrnpl6hghc9coxz Page:Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu/59 104 3518105 14129967 13982442 2024-04-25T20:28:28Z TeysaKarlov 3017537 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" /></noinclude>{{hi|{{larger|A SELECTION OF GEORGE CROGHAN’S LETTERS AND JOURNALS RELATING TO TOURS INTO THE WESTERN COUNTRY—NOVEMBER 16, 1750—NOVEMBER, 1765.}} }} {{c|{{sc|Croghan to the Governor of Pennsylvania}}<ref>The following is reprinted from ''Pennsylvania Colonial Records,'' v, pp. 496-498; also printed in Early History of Western Pennsylvania, app., pp. 21-29. The circumstances under which it was written are as follows: In the autumn of 1750, Conrad Weiser reported to the governor of Pennsylvania that the French agent Joncaire was on his way to the Ohio with a present of goods, and orders from the governor of Canada to drive out all the English traders. Accordingly, Governor Hamilton detailed Croghan and Montour to hasten thither, and by the use of a small present, and the promise [of more, to try and counteract the intrigues of the French, and maintain the Indians in the English interest. Upon Croghan’s arrival at Logstown, he sent back this reassuring letter. Proceeding westward to the Muskingum, where he had a trading house at a Wyandot village, Croghan met Christopher Gist, agent for the Ohio Company, and with him continued to the Scioto, thence to the Twigtwee town of Pickawillany (near the present Piqua, Ohio). All the way, Croghan held conferences with the Delawares, Shawnees, Wyandots, and Twigtwees, strengthening the English alliance, and promising a large present of goods to be furnished next spring at Logstown. At Pickawillany, he made an unauthorized treaty with two new tribes who sought the English alliance—the Piankeshaws and Weas (Waughwaoughtanneys, French Ouiatonons). Unfortunately no extant document by Croghan adequately chronicles this journey. Our knowledge of it is derived from the journal of Gist (''q. v.''); from incidental notices in the ''Pennsylvania Colonial Records'', v, pp. 476, 485-488, 522-525; and from Croghan’s brief account, see ''post''.—{{sc|Ed}}.</ref>}} {{block right|{{sc|Logstown on Ohio}},<br> December [November] the 16th, 1750.<ref>In the original publication the month was misprinted December for November. See ''Pennsylvania Colonial Records'', v, p. 498, where the governor in a message to the Assembly speaks of Croghan’s letter from the Ohio of the sixteenth of November. Cf. also, Gist’s ''Journal'', November 25, 1750, where he says that Croghan had passed through Logstown about a week before.—{{sc|Ed}}.</ref> }} {{sc|Sir}}: Yesterday Mr. Montour and I got to this Town, where we found thirty Warriors of the Six Nations going<noinclude><br> ——— {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> ktty4yrt6y3g0enle554iwbyem3e9ap Page:Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu/61 104 3518107 14129988 13983656 2024-04-25T20:34:27Z TeysaKarlov 3017537 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{rh|1750-1765]|''Croghan's Journal''|55}}{{rule}}</noinclude>surprised some of the Shawonese and killed a man and took a woman and two children Prisoners; the Shawonese pursued them and took five French Men and some Indians Prisoners; the Twightwees likewise have sent word to the French that if they can find any of their People, either French or French Indians, on their hunting Ground, that they will make them Prisoners, so I expect nothing else but a War this Spring; the Twightwees want to settle themselves some where up this River in order to be nearer their Brothers the English, for they are determined never to hold a Treaty of Peace with the French. Mr. Montour and I intend as soon as we can get the Chiefs of the Six Nations that are Settled here together, to sollicit them to appoint a Piece of Ground up this River to seat the Twightwees on and kindle a Fire for them, and if possible to remove the Shawonese up the River, which we think will be securing those Nations more steady to the English Interest. I hope the Present of Goods that is preparing for those Indians will be at this Town some time in March next, for the Indians, as they are now acquainted that there is a Present coming, will be impatient to receive it, as they intend to meet the French next Spring between this and Fort De Troit, for they are certain the French intend an Expedition against them next Spring from Fort De Troit.<ref name="p61">Detroit was considered an important station by La Salle; but no permanent post was established there until 1701, when De la Mothe Cadillac built a fort named Pontchartrain, and established the nucleus of a French colony. Bands of Indians were induced to settle at the strait; and here (1712) took place the battle of the Foxes with the Hurons and Ottawas. Detroit continued to be one of the most important French posts in the West until in 1760, when it was transferred to an English detachment under command of Major Rogers. See Croghan’s ''Journal, post''. {{pbr}} The siege of Detroit during Pontiac’s War is one of the best known {{hws|inci|incidents}}</ref><noinclude><br> ———— {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 2d377otpru5en6ncvvgf1quxa6roezw Page:Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu/62 104 3518108 14129981 13983667 2024-04-25T20:31:50Z TeysaKarlov 3017537 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{rh|56|''Early Western Travels''|[Vol. {{sc|i}} }}{{rule}}</noinclude>I hear the Owendaets [Wyandots] are as steady and well attached to the English Interest as ever they were, so that I believe the French will make but a poor hand of those Indians. Mr. Montour takes a great deal of Pains to promote the English Interest amongst those Indians, and has a great sway amongst all those Nations; if your Honour has any Instructions to send to Mr. Montour, Mr. Trent will forward it to me.<ref name=p62>Captain William Trent was a noted Indian trader, brother-in-law and at this time partner of Croghan. Although born in Lancaster, Pennsylvania (1715), he served the colony of Virginia as Indian agent; and in 1752 its governor dispatched him to the Miamis with a present. See Journal of Captain Trent (Cincinnati, 1871). The following year he was sent out by the Ohio Company to begin a fortification at the Forks of the Ohio, from which in Trent’s absence (April, 1754), the garrison was expelled by a French force under Contrecœur. Trent was with Forbes in 1758, and the following year was made deputy Indian agent, assistant to Croghan, and aided at the conferences at Fort Pitt in 1760. His trade was ruined by the uprising of Pontiac’s forces, but he received reparation at the treaty of Fort Stanwix (1768) by a large grant of land between the Kanawha and Monongahela rivers, where he made a settlement. At the {{hws|out|outset}}</ref> I will see it delivered to the Indians in the best manner, that your Honour's Commands may have their full Force with the Indians. {{gap}}I am, with due respects, <br> {{gap|5em}}Your Honour's most humble Servant, <br> {{right|{{small caps|Geo. Croghan}}.}} The Honoble. {{small caps|James Hamilton}},<ref name="p63">&nbsp;</ref> Esq.<ref follow=p61>dents in its history. During the Revolution, the British officials here were accused of sending scalping parties against the frontier settlements; and in 1779 George Rogers Clark captured at Vincennes its "hair-buying" commandant, General Henry Hamilton. In 1780, an expedition against Detroit was projected by Clark, but failed of organization. Throughout the Indian wars of the Northwest, Detroit was regarded with suspicion by the Americans, and its surrender in 1796 secured a respite for the frontier. Its capitulation to the British by Hull (1812) was a blow to the American cause, which was not repaired until after Perry's victory on Lake Erie, when Proctor evacuated Detroit, which was regained by an American force (September 29, 1813). Cass was then made governor. As American settlement came in, the importance of Detroit as a centre for the fur-trade declined, and its career as a Western commercial city began.—{{small caps|Ed.}}]</ref><noinclude><br> ———— {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 4ogno6ibd1zt5ha935dscgsw34rp5gv 14129984 14129981 2024-04-25T20:32:09Z TeysaKarlov 3017537 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{rh|56|''Early Western Travels''|[Vol. {{sc|i}} }}{{rule}}</noinclude>I hear the Owendaets [Wyandots] are as steady and well attached to the English Interest as ever they were, so that I believe the French will make but a poor hand of those Indians. Mr. Montour takes a great deal of Pains to promote the English Interest amongst those Indians, and has a great sway amongst all those Nations; if your Honour has any Instructions to send to Mr. Montour, Mr. Trent will forward it to me.<ref name=p62>Captain William Trent was a noted Indian trader, brother-in-law and at this time partner of Croghan. Although born in Lancaster, Pennsylvania (1715), he served the colony of Virginia as Indian agent; and in 1752 its governor dispatched him to the Miamis with a present. See Journal of Captain Trent (Cincinnati, 1871). The following year he was sent out by the Ohio Company to begin a fortification at the Forks of the Ohio, from which in Trent’s absence (April, 1754), the garrison was expelled by a French force under Contrecœur. Trent was with Forbes in 1758, and the following year was made deputy Indian agent, assistant to Croghan, and aided at the conferences at Fort Pitt in 1760. His trade was ruined by the uprising of Pontiac’s forces, but he received reparation at the treaty of Fort Stanwix (1768) by a large grant of land between the Kanawha and Monongahela rivers, where he made a settlement. At the {{hws|out|outbreak}}</ref> I will see it delivered to the Indians in the best manner, that your Honour's Commands may have their full Force with the Indians. {{gap}}I am, with due respects, <br> {{gap|5em}}Your Honour's most humble Servant, <br> {{right|{{small caps|Geo. Croghan}}.}} The Honoble. {{small caps|James Hamilton}},<ref name="p63">&nbsp;</ref> Esq.<ref follow=p61>dents in its history. During the Revolution, the British officials here were accused of sending scalping parties against the frontier settlements; and in 1779 George Rogers Clark captured at Vincennes its "hair-buying" commandant, General Henry Hamilton. In 1780, an expedition against Detroit was projected by Clark, but failed of organization. Throughout the Indian wars of the Northwest, Detroit was regarded with suspicion by the Americans, and its surrender in 1796 secured a respite for the frontier. Its capitulation to the British by Hull (1812) was a blow to the American cause, which was not repaired until after Perry's victory on Lake Erie, when Proctor evacuated Detroit, which was regained by an American force (September 29, 1813). Cass was then made governor. As American settlement came in, the importance of Detroit as a centre for the fur-trade declined, and its career as a Western commercial city began.—{{small caps|Ed.}}]</ref><noinclude><br> ———— {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 0omro366a8gh5pdv9g3adt43otbxi9f 14129992 14129984 2024-04-25T20:36:01Z TeysaKarlov 3017537 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{rh|56|''Early Western Travels''|[Vol. {{sc|i}} }}{{rule}}</noinclude><ref follow=p61>{{hwe|dents|incidents}} in its history. During the Revolution, the British officials here were accused of sending scalping parties against the frontier settlements; and in 1779 George Rogers Clark captured at Vincennes its "hair-buying" commandant, General Henry Hamilton. In 1780, an expedition against Detroit was projected by Clark, but failed of organization. Throughout the Indian wars of the Northwest, Detroit was regarded with suspicion by the Americans, and its surrender in 1796 secured a respite for the frontier. Its capitulation to the British by Hull (1812) was a blow to the American cause, which was not repaired until after Perry’s victory on Lake Erie, when Proctor evacuated Detroit, which was regained by an American force (September 29, 1813). Cass was then made governor. As American settlement came in, the importance of Detroit as a centre for the fur-trade declined, and its career as a Western commercial city began.—{{small caps|Ed.}}]</ref>I hear the Owendaets [Wyandots] are as steady and well attached to the English Interest as ever they were, so that I believe the French will make but a poor hand of those Indians. Mr. Montour takes a great deal of Pains to promote the English Interest amongst those Indians, and has a great sway amongst all those Nations; if your Honour has any Instructions to send to Mr. Montour, Mr. Trent will forward it to me.<ref name=p62>Captain William Trent was a noted Indian trader, brother-in-law and at this time partner of Croghan. Although born in Lancaster, Pennsylvania (1715), he served the colony of Virginia as Indian agent; and in 1752 its governor dispatched him to the Miamis with a present. See Journal of Captain Trent (Cincinnati, 1871). The following year he was sent out by the Ohio Company to begin a fortification at the Forks of the Ohio, from which in Trent’s absence (April, 1754), the garrison was expelled by a French force under Contrecœur. Trent was with Forbes in 1758, and the following year was made deputy Indian agent, assistant to Croghan, and aided at the conferences at Fort Pitt in 1760. His trade was ruined by the uprising of Pontiac’s forces, but he received reparation at the treaty of Fort Stanwix (1768) by a large grant of land between the Kanawha and Monongahela rivers, where he made a settlement. At the {{hws|out|outbreak}}</ref> I will see it delivered to the Indians in the best manner, that your Honour's Commands may have their full Force with the Indians. {{gap}}I am, with due respects, <br> {{gap|5em}}Your Honour's most humble Servant, <br> {{right|{{small caps|Geo. Croghan}}.}} The Honoble. {{small caps|James Hamilton}},<ref name="p63">{{phantom|.}}</ref> Esq.<noinclude><br> ———— {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> s0y6t85b34s2v947g93losk8s08n29g Page:Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu/63 104 3518109 14129975 13983668 2024-04-25T20:30:00Z TeysaKarlov 3017537 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{rh|1750-1765]|''Croghan's Journal''|57}}{{rule}}</noinclude><ref follow="p62">break of the Revolution he joined the patriot cause, and was major of troops raised in Western Pennsylvania.—{{small caps|Ed.}}</ref><ref follow="p63"> Governor James Hamilton was the son of a prominent Philadelphia lawyer, and being himself educated for the legal profession, held several offices in the colony before he was appointed lieutenant-governor in 1748. His administration was a vigorous one, but owing to difficulties with the Quaker party he resigned in 1754. Five years later he was reinstated in the office, and served until the proprietor John Penn came over as governor (1763). His death occurred at New York during the British occupation (1783).—{{sc|Ed}}.</ref><noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 2wur4kjd5dxsoi85phnus3pfmkfzoss 14129985 14129975 2024-04-25T20:32:21Z TeysaKarlov 3017537 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{rh|1750-1765]|''Croghan's Journal''|57}}{{rule}}</noinclude><ref follow="p62">{{hwe|break|outbreak}} of the Revolution he joined the patriot cause, and was major of troops raised in Western Pennsylvania.—{{small caps|Ed.}}</ref><ref follow="p63"> Governor James Hamilton was the son of a prominent Philadelphia lawyer, and being himself educated for the legal profession, held several offices in the colony before he was appointed lieutenant-governor in 1748. His administration was a vigorous one, but owing to difficulties with the Quaker party he resigned in 1754. Five years later he was reinstated in the office, and served until the proprietor John Penn came over as governor (1763). His death occurred at New York during the British occupation (1783).—{{sc|Ed}}.</ref><noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 5ifglif3q5i7sf3mna77ec5sdtkaobt Page:Early western travels, 1748-1846 (1907 Volume 2).djvu/77 104 3527248 14130373 14120828 2024-04-26T00:33:50Z Snafu22q 2786348 /* Proofread */ added table & footer, edited header, removed white space proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Snafu22q" />{{rh|{{sm|1768-1782]}}|''J. Long's Voyages and Travels''|71}}{{rule}}</noinclude>The dances among the Indians are many and various, and to each of them there is a particular hoop.<ref>On the subject of Indian dances see ''Jesuit Relations'', index. Also Grant, in Mason, ''Bourgeois de la Compagnie du Nord-Ouest'', ii, pp.335-337.—{{sc|Ed.}}</ref> {| | {{gap}}1. The calumet dance.||{{gap}}7. The prisoner's dance. |- | {{gap}}2. The war dance.||{{gap}}8. The return dance. |- | {{gap}}3. The chief's dance.||{{gap}}9. The spear dance. |- | {{gap}}4. The set out dance.||{{gap}}10. The marriage dance. |- | {{gap}}5. The scalp dance.||{{gap}}11. The sacrifice dance. |- | {{gap}}6. The dead dance. |} All these I was perfect master of, frequently leading the sett. If accidentally a stranger came among us, (unless I chose to be noticed) no one could distinguish me from the Indians. Presuming on my appearing exactly like a Savage, I occasionally went down in a canoe to Montreal, and frequently passed the posts as an Indian. Sometimes I would distinguish myself at a charivari, which is a custom that prevails in different parts of Canada, of assembling with old pots, kettles, &c. and beating them at the doors of new married people; but generally, either when the man is older than the woman, or the parties have been twice married: in those cases they beat a charivari, hallooing out very vociferously, until the man is obliged to obtain their silence by pecuniary contribution, or submit to be [36] abused with the vilest language. Charivari, in French, means a paltry kind of music, which I suppose is the origin of the custom. Not content with being a proficient in their sports, I learnt to make a canoe, bark a tree for the purpose, and perform the whole business as regular as the natives. I also made makissins, or Indian shoes, of deer skins, drest and smoked to make the leather soft and pliable,<noinclude>{{rule|4em|align=left}} {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> aj0c2xr3rijxsi4z5txebkxg96fifxp Page:A strange, sad comedy (IA strangesadcomedy00seawiala).pdf/195 104 3575878 14128663 14115117 2024-04-25T18:06:10Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Maile66" />{{rh||A STRANGE, SAD COMEDY|183}}</noinclude>that she 'ad been in mortial terror ever since she first knew the blacks, for fear they would kill and eat her. Chessingham was secretly much delighted with this, and confided his feelings to his wife and Ethel. "It will take the old curmudgeon back to London quicker than anything on earth that could have been devised," he said. "He can't get on without Bridge—nobody else, I'm told, ever stayed with him more than three months—and he 'll be forced to quit." In the library a characteristic interview was taking place between Bridge and his master. Bridge, feeling like a felon, announced his determination to leave. "That 's quite satisfactory," remarked Mr. Romaine, raising his black eyes from his book. "I have been thinking for some time that I needed a younger and more active man. I do not like men of any sort when they become antiquated." Bridge opened his mouth to speak, but dared not. He was at least twenty years younger than Mr. Romaine, and there he was reproached with his age! However, some faint stirring of the heart<noinclude></noinclude> 51w198i4bgazp8bt15dgxg0ajwzlxp1 Page:A strange, sad comedy (IA strangesadcomedy00seawiala).pdf/219 104 3575902 14130493 13729296 2024-04-26T03:03:59Z Maile66 219883 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Maile66" /></noinclude>{{Ph|X}} {{di|C}}OLONEL CORBIN could not kick his friend Romaine as he had done poor Bridge—but he would have dearly liked to at that moment. Mr. Romaine, after glaring at Madame de Fonblanque, without the slightest greeting, turned to the Colonel. "Corbin," he said, "you always were and always will be the most unsophisticated, impractical creature God ever made. The idea of your taking up with this brazen adventuress and bringing her to my house!" "Hear me, sir," responded the Colonel; "if you utter another disparaging word respecting this lady, I will forget your age and infirmities, and give you the most genteel walloping you ever had in your life." "It will be the first time you ever forgot my age and infirmities," coolly answered Mr.<noinclude>{{c|207}}</noinclude> 20n4mq47xbqy7xnn2x24c3r8ik3dzue Page:A strange, sad comedy (IA strangesadcomedy00seawiala).pdf/220 104 3575903 14130501 13729300 2024-04-26T03:09:11Z Maile66 219883 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Maile66" />{{rh|208|A STRANGE, SAD COMEDY|}}</noinclude>Romaine; and then turning to Madame de Fonblanque, he said: "What do you want of me?" "You know very well what I want of you." "You will never get it." "I shall try, nevertheless. I wish to see you in private." "Madam," said the Colonel, "if you desire the protection of my presence, you shall have it. I have not the slightest regard for this—person—who so maligned you; and you see that physically I am still worth a good deal." "You are worth a good deal in every way," replied Madame de Fonblanque warmly. "Still, I will see Mr. Romaine alone; and when the interview is over I will again throw myself upon your protection." Mr. Romaine turned and led the way to his library, Madame de Fonblanque following him. He closed the door, and stood waiting for her to speak. He was in the greatest rage of his life, but he did not in the least lose his self-possession. "Well?" he said, his face blazing with the intensity of his anger. "One hundred thousand francs," responded Madame de Fonblanque, sweetly. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> kh9cs1uql5jle9ux17u1z0y3n0669xe Page:A strange, sad comedy (IA strangesadcomedy00seawiala).pdf/221 104 3575904 14130510 13729302 2024-04-26T03:16:55Z Maile66 219883 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Maile66" />{{rh||A STRANGE, SAD COMEDY|209}}</noinclude>They were standing in the middle of the floor, the soft light of the fire and of a great lamp on the table falling upon them. "You have raised your price since we last met." "Yes. I reckoned up the interest and added it. Besides, I really think a woman who was disappointed in being made your wife needs a hundred thousand francs to console her for your loss. Now, most men would not be worth more than thirty or forty thousand." Madame de Fonblanque spoke quite cheerfully and even gaily. She tapped her pocket gracefully. "Here I have those letters of yours. They never leave me—particularly the one proposing marriage, and the half dozen in which you call me your dearest Athanaise and reproach me bitterly for not loving you enough. Just imagine the hurricane of amusement they would cause if read out in court with proper elocutionary effect." Madame de Fonblanque laughed, and Mr. Romaine positively blushed. "What an infernal, infernal ass I was!" "Yes, I thought so, too," responded the pretty and sprightly Frenchwoman—"I have<noinclude></noinclude> 4m87wfq4qgplavr8pxjck7rxjpblqry Page:Lesser Eastern Churches.djvu/232 104 3602719 14131444 11171753 2024-04-26T11:12:56Z 8582e 2903218 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="2" user="8582e" />{{rh|210|THE LESSER EASTERN CHURCHES}}</noinclude>both pleased with it. Cyrus became Orthodox Patriarch of Alexandria (c. 630-642), and did with this formula reconcile many Monophysites in Egypt. But it was at the cost of fidelity to Chalcedon. The heretics realized this and triumphed, saying, "We have not gone to Chalcedon; Chalcedon has come to us." However, there was great rejoicing at Constantinople at their apparent conversion. But Sophronius, a monk of Jerusalem, realized what had happened, and made a firm stand against this compromise. He became Patriarch of Jerusalem (634-638),<ref>It was this Sophronius who was Patriarch when the Arabs conquered Jerusalem in 637; Omar "entered the city without fear or precaution; and courteously discoursed with the Patriarch concerning its religious antiquities" (Gibbon, chap. li.; ed. Bury, vol. v. p. 436).</ref> and was the great opponent of the new heresy. The issue is simple. Our Lord's human will was certainly always in perfect accord with the eternal Divine will. In this sense we may say that he was of one will with his Father: "I do not seek my will, but the will of him who sent me" (Joh. v. 30) . So his Divine will and his human will were never opposed to each other; he had one will, in the sense that there was always perfect harmony in our Lord. Never could it happen that his human will desired anything opposed to his Divine will, for that would be sin. In this sense, then, one might say that Christ had but one will, not one faculty, but always the same object of desire as God and man, one ''volitum,'' one thing willed by both natures. On the other hand, if we mean by will the faculty of willing, our Lord had two wills, because he had two natures. He had the eternal unchanging Divine will;<ref>Identified, of course, as are all Divine powers, with the one Divine nature.</ref> he had also a perfect human nature, involving all human faculties, therefore involving a created, natural human will. He says so himself: "Not my will, but thine, be done " (Lc. xxii. 42). Exactly the same applies to the source of energy, the "''ἐνέργεια''," so much discussed in this controversy. Christ had two energies, Divine and human, though they were always in perfect accord. So the theory of "one will and one energy," Monotheletism,<ref>3</ref> again cuts away the difference of his two natures; it denies his real and 3 {{greek missing}}, one will.<noinclude></noinclude> fbrgw2nsx8rd4i589tp9hbyhtohbqpq Page:Lesser Eastern Churches.djvu/219 104 3603537 14131426 14119846 2024-04-26T11:02:45Z 8582e 2903218 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="8582e" />{{rh||MONOPHYSISM|197}}</noinclude>Anastasius II, was the chief cause of the Emperor's acceptance of definite Monophysism and of the deposition of Macedonius II (p. 195). Severus tried to introduce the famous addition to the Trisagion, made by Peter the Fuller (p. 190) at Constantinople. But the population of the capital was still orthodox; it suspected Antiochene formulas. So there was a riot which prevented his plan and showed already that the Government's Monophysite policy was not popular. At Jerusalem, after the Monophysite Theodosius was expelled, Juvenal was restored (453), and reigned till his death in 458. Then came Anastasius (458-478); Martyrios (478-486), who signed the Henotikon (p. 194); Salustius (486-494); and Elias (494-513). Elias was Catholic and held with Flavian II of Antioch. Severus at Constantinople wanted the Emperor to summon a synod which should finally revoke the decrees of Chalcedon. But Flavian and Elias succeeded in preventing this. The fall of both was now arranged by the Monophysites. Philoxenos of Hierapolis appeared at the capital at intervals (499 and 506), and further fortified his party. The Emperor was completely won by the heretics; so they secured their triumph all over the East. At Constantinople Timothy I, their devoted partisan (p. 195), already reigned; in Egypt John II (p. 219) was also a Monophysite and need not be interfered with. But Antioch and Jerusalem must be purged of their Chalcedonian Patriarchs. So in 512 Philoxenos held a synod, deposed Flavian of Antioch and made Severus Patriarch instead. Then, between them, they drove Elias from Jerusalem and set up John, Bishop of Sebaste, a Monophysite (John III of Jerusalem, 513-524), as his successor. Now all the Christian East, as represented by its Patriarchs, was solidly heretical. Its leader was Severus, now of Antioch. So much was he a recognized chief that "Severian" is the usual name for one group of Monophysites.<ref>Severus was not an extreme Monophysite. His attitude is rather that of a compromise on the lines of the Henotikon. But he was a determined opponent of the decrees of Chalcedon, thinking them to be nothing but revived Nestorianism. He was also a forerunner of the later Monotheletes, inasmuch as he (apparently first) invented and defended the expression that in Christ there is one composite Divine-human operation (''μία θεανδρικὴ ἐνέργεια''). See p. 210.</ref> None of these people now cared to make<noinclude></noinclude> oht3vf0spxzxyagm52ehgno4dt9slhe Page:Carl Schurz- 1900-04-01 Potter Correspondence.pdf/3 104 3608776 14129754 11190517 2024-04-25T19:25:50Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Library Guy" /></noinclude>1860 unless we destroy ourselves by bad management. How are you getting along personally? I should be very glad to hear from you at your earliest convenience. {{c|Yours very truly,<br /> {{gap|9em}}C. SCHURZ.}} {| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |[[Image:Carl Schurz from the Milwaukee Sentinel (April 1, 1900; first portrait).jpg|300px]] |- |{{c|{{sp|'''Carl Schurz.'''}}}} |} Milwaukee, Aug. 12, 1859—Hon. J. F. Potter, My Dear Friend: I hoped to see you here some time last week, but being disappointed in that respect, I have to write you a few lines. The note of the Atlas which I had endorsed, was extended for sixty days, and the matter settled for the present in that way. I have given them a further endorsement so as to keep them running until the campaign commences. The party will then have to take care of the concern, if necessary. Did you hear from Doolittle? I understand he is not inclined to do anything in regard to gubernatorial contest. This is a disappointment to me. I thought that his advice joined to yours would carry a great weight with it in the convention. I shall follow your advice not to withdraw at present. The general impression is that my chances are improving as the convention approaches, but I am, of course, the last man to judge. I feel that my being a candidate before the convention is a dangerous experiment, but there is no backing out at present. I must rely on the energetic support of my friends. I hope you will be a delegate to the convention. Do so by all means. Did you write to Washburne and will he be there? I think the best way to manage things would be to have a kind of informal consultation, a committee of the whole before the vote is taken, and to discuss matters there. I saw Randall yesterday and had a talk with him and several of his friends. He thinks he can get the nomination, but he seems to be a little troubled about the election. There is one thing that puzzles them very much. Their opinion is, that a ticket can hardly be successful without there being a German on it; now if he should be nominated they would have to find some new man (for I have declared<noinclude></noinclude> p9gagr8bo788z1h93z7ih4f6nsgcmma Page:Carl Schurz- 1900-04-01 Potter Correspondence.pdf/4 104 3609048 14129790 11190854 2024-04-25T19:32:55Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Library Guy" /></noinclude>definitely that I shall accept no nomination under him). Who shall be that man? And suppose we find one, where is the place for that man? There is, I think, no German in the state suited for the position of lieutenant governor. They might think of the treasury, but can they discard Hastings? There is no German Republican, as far as I know, who would be fit for att<del>t</del>orney general. Where, then, find the man, and if the man can be found, where the place for that man? There Randall's friends are at deadlock and they know it. I think that this matter if calmly explained in an informal meeting of the delegates before the opening of the convention might decide the contest. I should not wonder if this very difficulty should induce R. to deoline. At all events, I should be very glad to have you go to the convention as a delegate. If consistent, let me know what I may expect of Doolittle and Washburne. Doolittle’s influence would be very valuable. I do not like the idea of writing to him myself. Randall’s friends boast of being sure of the whole delegation from Walworth. Is that so? When shall I have the pleasure of seeing you here? Truly yours, {{c|C. SCHURZ.}} {{rule|2em}} Racine, Sept. 10, 1859—Dear Judge: I hoped to meet you at Milwaukee, but did not. I am going to try and raise $100 in Kenosha and $100 in Racine towards the amount, $750, for which out friend, Mr. Schurz is liable as endorser for the German Republican papers. I said to one friend that I thought Mr. Durkee would pay $50, Washburn $50, you $50, and I $50, making $200 of the amount. Now whatever course thé German Republicans may pursue in this election makes no difference to me and should make no difference with our friends in this matter. But now is the time for the true and wise friends of Col. Schurz to take care of him, and not allow him to be sacrificed. He is a man of noble impulses, and of the highest order of genius. But like men of that character he needs some men of strong practical good sense to act for him at this juncture, which is perhaps the crisis of his life as well as the crisis in our Republican battle so far as Wisconsin is concerned. The people, if the German Republicans should as some anticipate, bolt Randall, will place these two facts in juxtaposition, and no explanations will ever separate them. The German Republicans urged Mr. Schurz's nomination for governor. The convention by a large majority nominated Randall for governor and unanimously tendered any other office on the ticket to Mr. Schurz, which he declined. The German Republicans bolted the nomination of Randall, and the inference whether right or wrong will be irreparably drawn in the popular mind that the Germans bolted because a German was not nominated for governor. It will not remove the inference to say they would accept Hanchett or somebody else. Nothing could do so much to rekindle into a flame all the elements of American Know-Nothingism among our people, and Mr. Schurz, our most eloquent and gifted orator, would be crushed between the upper and nether millstone, between German Know-Nothingism and American Know-Nothingism and our Republican party at once divided by the element which I had hoped was forever laid aside. Dear judge, will you see that among our good Republican friends in your neighborhood raise say $100 towards paying off his liability by endorsement. Please remember us kindly to Mrs. P. I remain ever devotedly yours, {{c|J. R. DOOLITTLE.}} If you do not come and see me, write me. {{rule|2em}} Columbus, O., March 17, 1860.—Hon. John F. Potter. My Dear Friend: I have just taken a survey of the state of Indiana; a hard state, but I think we can carry it if proper exertions are used. There is a strong Filmore element there, which is now just what it was in 1856, and I am assured by reliable men, that it will be exceedingly difficult to unite that element with the Republican party. The Bates movement is dead in that state: it has worked only mischief and nothing else. All true Republicans seem to have turned their backs from it, From what I have seen there I am led to believe that we can turn about 10,000 German votes that were formerly Democratic,—perhaps a great many more. That, it seems to me, is the only way to carry the state. There is a very strong demand there for the German translation of my Springfield speech; the Indiana members ought to send a good supply to the southern districts of their state. I have tried to establish a system of correspondence all over the state, and I think that after tho national convention we shall get the machine in good working order. Please let me know what the feeling in regard to the presidential candidates is in congressional circles. Seward seems to be gaining everywhere. It will require much hard work to carry Indiana and Illinois for him, but still I think it can be done. I expect to be at Milwaukee by the 21st. Our judicial election is rather mixed up. I see by the papers that Dixon is running, and I should not wonder if A. D. Smith had induced his special partisans to call him out. Still, I think we can rally the party upon the regular nominee. I shall be very happy to hear from you. My regards to Doolittle and Washburn. {{c|Yours as ever,<br /> {{gap|9em}}C. SCHURZ.}} {| {{ts|mc|bc|ba|width:250px}} |[[Image:Carl Schurz from the Milwaukee Sentinel (April 1, 1900; second portrait).jpg|250px]] |- |{{c|{{sp|'''Carl Schurz in 1860.'''}}}} |-style="font-size: smaller" |style="padding: 0.5em"| Carl Schurz spent the first year after his coming to Wisconsin in Watertown, Wis. He was a nominee for lieutenant governor of the state and a candidate for nomination as governor. He was appointed by President Lincoln as minister to Spain and returned to this country to enter the army. He never returned to Wisconsin to live. |} Milwaukee, April 12, 1860—My Dear Friend: You have learned the result of our judicial election. To be defeated is bad; but to see Republicans rejoice over it is worse. I did, indeed, expect that Sloan would be elected by a small majority, but I must confess Dixon’s sweep does not surprise me very much. Sloan has been defeated by his own friends, or rather the friends of the state rights cause. The fire-eaters of our party (and you know there are such, who are always apt to undo by overdoing) threatened to bolt unless Sloan would make a public statement of his views on the state rights question. Shortly after the convention, while I was traveling in Indiana, I wrote Sloan that there was some difficulty in Milwaukee and Racine, probably instigated by A. D. Smith and his particular friends, and that he, probably, would be called upon to write a letter for publication. I told him that I would consider it very improper for a candidate for a judicial office to make a public statement of his views on matters which might come up to him for adjudication; but if it was necessary that something should be done, I advised him to write private letters to some prominent Republicans, enabling them to endorse him as a state rights man, without publishing the letters. When I got home, the first thing that met my eye was a letter from Sloan stating that, my advice had come too late, and that he had yielded to the urgent demands of the state rights men. He had, indeed, showed himself to be<noinclude></noinclude> e946cm7o42g68yaset1l50uk4y4e79q Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/Nominations 4 3622351 14127801 14117948 2024-04-25T13:21:40Z Arcorann 2060189 /* 2024 nominations */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/header}} {{autoarchive resolved section | age = 3 | archive = ((FULLPAGENAME))/Archives/((year)) | level = 3 | show = yes | timecompare = resolved }} {{shortcut|WS:MC/NOM}} {{archives|auto=long|index=/Archives}} Suggest nominations below. When successful, the works can be added to a monthly data table (e.g. [[Module:Monthly Challenge/data/{{CURRENTYEAR}}-{{CURRENTMONTH}}]], or a future month) and they will be included in the relevant months' challenges. == 2021 nominations == * Add nominations at the end of this section via {{edit|Wikisource:Community_collaboration/Monthly_Challenge/Nominations|this link|section=2}} * For each nomination, please provide an author, title, publication date, link to the index and the reason why the work should be featured. ** If you cannot create an index (and you are ''strongly'' urged to do so before nominating), please leave a full citation. Remember, Wikisource only allows works in the [[H:PD|Public Domain in the USA]]. * Please create a ''separate'' section for each work nominated. This allows easier discussion and archiving of each nomination. * Re-nominations of previously stalled works is allowed if you think they will get renewed interest. There is a list [[../Not completed|here]]. === Dio's Roman History (series) === [[Index:Dio's Roman History, tr. Cary - Volume 1.djvu]] These volumes have been on here for ages as well. *'''Oppose''' (temporarily) I'd like to figure out how we expect to handle parallel texts before we add any more of them. The last dual Greek/English text fizzled and ''St. Augustine's Soliloquies'' is a current parallel text (Old English/Latin). We can just proofread the English, certainly, but that really feels like a mistreatment of the work as published to me. : If promoting anyway, we'll need to choose 2 from this, ''USTS'' and ''Goethe'', I think). [[User:Inductiveload|Inductiveload]]—<span style="font-size:smaller">[[User talk:Inductiveload|talk]]/[[Special:Contributions/Inductiveload|contribs]]</span> 09:36, 31 August 2021 (UTC) === ShakespeareFan00's Adventures list === [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] compiled a [[User:ShakespeareFan00/Adventures List|list]] of important adventure novels that need to be worked through. I'm adding it here to formally nominate them to be run one at a time. [[User:Languageseeker|Languageseeker]] ([[User talk:Languageseeker|talk]]) 00:22, 29 November 2021 (UTC) :{{support}} dripping these in over time, but we should only have one or two "active" (i.e. being proofread) at a time, IMO. Obviously no limit on number pending validation. Related: can we think of any new-PD-entrants in this genre for PD day? [[User:Inductiveload|Inductiveload]]—<span style="font-size:smaller">[[User talk:Inductiveload|talk]]/[[Special:Contributions/Inductiveload|contribs]]</span> 18:15, 3 December 2021 (UTC) ::Short update: We've made good progress in the ''Tarzan'' series. As far as I can see, after ''Tarzan the Untamed'', only ''Tarzan the Terrible'' remains to be proofread of those of the ''Tarzan'' books currently in the public domain. I've gone ahead and started what will hopefully become a new series of proofread works, by adding ''Anne of Avonlea'' by [[Author:Lucy Maud Montgomery|Lucy Maud Montgomery]] for April.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous|talk]]) 07:16, 13 March 2022 (UTC) == 2022 Nominations == === [[w:Progress and Poverty|Progress and Poverty]]=== check the copyright and upload it to Wikimedia Commons [https://archive.org/details/in.ernet.dli.2015.65469/mode/2up ''Progress And Poverty''] * DLI scans tend to be very poor: If the Modern Library edition is much better than the contemporary with publication 19th century editions (e.g. [[https://archive.org/details/progresspovertyi00georiala/]]) or the 25th Anniversary edition ([[https://archive.org/details/progresspovertyi04geor]]) or the 1929 50th anniversary edition as published by the Schalkenbach foundation [[https://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/006549599]], you can find the Modern Library 1938 edition also on Hathi [[https://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/001324457]]. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 03:18, 27 June 2022 (UTC) === non-English works === Suggestions for future months to increase diversity: *{{done}} [[Index:Iliad Buckley.djvu]] - needs less than 200 pages done to complete it. (ancient '''Greek''' literature translation) *{{done}} [[Index:Hans of Iceland (1891).djvu]] - Victor Hugo's first novel ('''French''' literature) *{{done}} [[Index:The Ballads of Marko Kraljević.djvu]] - a collection of '''Croatian''' folk poetry about the legendary hero *{{done}} [[Index:Nihongi by Aston.djvu]] - translation of an important chronicle of early '''Japanese''' history *{{done}} [[Index:History of botany (Sachs; Garnsey).djvu]] - by a '''German''' botanist * [[Index:Henryk Sienkiewicz - Quo Vadis (1897 Curtin translation).djvu]] - one of the best-known '''Polish''' novels * [[Index:A history of Hungarian literature.djvu]] - by a '''Hungarian''' author * [[Index:Tacitus and Other Roman Studies.djvu]] - by a '''French''' classicist * [[Index:Comprehensive Volapük Grammar.djvu]] - only 60 pages on this artificial language I encourage one or two of these to be included each month (or similar selections) to ensure that not all our works are by US/UK authors, or are all US/UK literature. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 16:40, 12 March 2022 (UTC) :{{reply to|EncycloPetey}} {{support}} Diversity as regards countries of origin. But note that we can also achieve this in part by including works written in English by authors from, for example, New Zealand, Australia, South Africa, Canada. (We already have a Canadian work next month.) :From your list, my personal pick for next month would be ''Quo Vadis''.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous|talk]]) 18:21, 12 March 2022 (UTC) :: Indeed, and we can even consider Welsh, Irish, First Nations and and African-American authors as diversity, even if the books are from the US or the UK. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 18:31, 12 March 2022 (UTC) :::Three suggestions: :::1. There might be especial interest in ''The Triology'' works as they deal with Ukrainian-Polish history, e.g. {{IA|withfireandswor00curtgoog}}. :::2. For South Africa we might think about the works of [[Author:Olive Emily Albertina Schreiner|Olive Schreiner]] e.g. ''The Story of an African Farm'', ''Woman and Labour'', ''Dreams'' etc. :::3. We had the works of Rumi last year but dropped it due to it not being out of copyright then. {{ssl|The Mesnevī (Volume 2).pdf}} :::[[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 00:12, 14 March 2022 (UTC) ::::Very interesting proposals, thank you! I was not aware of Sienkiewicz's ''Trilogy''. So let's put in ''Quo Vadis'' for April, which is as far as I know better known to English-speaking readers, and let's keep the ''Trilogy'' in mind. ::::This subsection is fast becoming a very useful source of information, which we can keep using for quite some months to come. Thank you all!--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous|talk]]) 06:16, 14 March 2022 (UTC) === John Locke - Essay === And one of the most important philosophical works, which is not yet scan-backed: ''[[An Essay Concerning Human Understanding]]'' {{IA|essayconcerning00lock}}. I'm not sure whether we have the complete work or not; it is very long. But the edition I've pointed to is a single volume and has very simple formatting. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 18:57, 12 March 2022 (UTC) :{{reply to|EncycloPetey}} Undecided on this. Page 38 of the IA scan doesn't look like easy formatting to me. Also I was not able to determine how our version is related to the contents of the IA scan. :The IA scan contains ''An Essay Concerning Human Understanding''+''Essay of the Conduct of Understanding''. Looks like our current version without scan is a full version of the first Essay, and that the page of the IA scan I mentioned is really an exception.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous|talk]]) 19:14, 12 March 2022 (UTC) ::{{reply to|EncycloPetey}} I uploaded the djvu file from the IA source you linked to. It's the first index page I created; any comments or suggestions are welcome. For instance: ::*How to handle the fact that the [[Index:An Essay Concerning Human Understanding - Locke - 1853.djvu|new index page]] links to our old, non-scan-backed version? ::*How best to indicate that the djvu contains two separate works (also ''Essay of the Conduct of Understanding'')? --[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous|talk]]) 12:33, 13 March 2022 (UTC) ::: For the first question, we usually add {{tl|migrate to}} on the old copy if we plan to replace the old copy with the new one. But this is a work that might have more then one edition, so I would have the title in the Index point to a new title, like "An Essay Concerning Human Understanding (1853)". We can then turn the old copy into a redirect once the new copy is complete. ::: For the second question, we handle it just like any other volume that has more than one work: list it in the contents. We have many volumes here that are collections of short stories, collections of poems, or that contain anthologies by more then one author. There is no need to do anything unusual, but just link as we always do. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 19:13, 13 March 2022 (UTC) ::::Note that there is also the 1695 3rd {{IA|b30323873}} and 1700 4th {{IA|essayconcernin00lockuoft}} 4th on IA as well. The 5th edition (1706) is available from the ONB {{ext scan link|http://data.onb.ac.at/rep/106038C9}}. If we want the first 1690 edition, it is in EEBO and I can see about getting a scan of that... [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 20:38, 13 March 2022 (UTC) :::::I looked at the 3rd edition earlier today and considered it as an alternative. But it contains more difficult formatting (sidenotes) and long s. I agree that the 1st edition could be valuable to have, also the 3rd. But if our aim is to get one version proofread completely, then the version mentioned by EncycloPetey is perhaps really the best to work with.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous|talk]]) 21:03, 13 March 2022 (UTC) ::::::If you want a modern orthography edition, an option might be the version in the 1823 complete works which appears to be the standard collection of Locke until the recent Clarendon editions? {{IA|workslock01lock}} {{IA|works02lock}} {{IA|works03lock}}. It's quite a long work and if we do want to proof additional works picking a complete works set might be a good idea and avoid the reproofing the work later when doing so. Mentioning it both to think carefully about which version we want and also to collect them together for setting up the versions page. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 22:15, 13 March 2022 (UTC) :::::::There are really many options, and I'm still undecided. I looked at the IA scan of vol.1 of the 1823, and it contains torn pages, see [https://archive.org/details/workslock01lock/page/n73/mode/2up]. :::::::Project Gutenberg appears to have used the 1690 version, but with simplified layout (?)--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous|talk]]) 06:57, 14 March 2022 (UTC) ::::::::The torn page is some errata on the TOC or addition added later on very weak paper: (you can see a little more in that HathiTrust version {{ext scan link|https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id{{=}}nyp.33433070235761&view{{=}}1up&seq{{=}}76&skin{{=}}2021}}) so it doesn't affect the main text. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 20:19, 14 March 2022 (UTC) :::::::::The 1823 complete works edition would be good to have. I can work on uploading volumes from IA some time this week.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous|talk]]) 06:22, 15 March 2022 (UTC) ::::::::::Update: I have uploaded 9 of 10 volumes. Couldn't find vol 9 on IA.-- [[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous|talk]]) 08:21, 19 March 2022 (UTC) :::::::::::Added vol 1 of 1823 edition for April ..[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous|talk]]) 18:01, 30 March 2022 (UTC) :::::::::::: FYI, there is only one volume. The four "books" are sections within the single volume. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 05:23, 9 November 2023 (UTC) ===The Fortunes of Perkin Warbeck=== Once The Last Man is completed, the next volume for Shelley should be [[Index:The Fortunes of Perkin Warbeck - 1830 - Volume 1.djvu|The Fortunes of Perkin Warbeck]] [[User:Languageseeker|Languageseeker]] ([[User talk:Languageseeker|talk]]) 00:47, 19 March 2022 (UTC) :Listed for August 2023. [[User:MER-C|MER-C]] 10:06, 26 August 2023 (UTC) ===Ancient Classics for the English Reader=== I’d like to nominate this series of historical biographies published by ''William Blackwood & Sons''. There are twelve books in the series, and seven of them are already proofread (some are even validated). The others listed below: *{{done}} {{scan|Aristotle (Grant)|Aristotle (Grant).djvu|Aristotle}} by [[Author:Alexander Grant|Alexander Grant]], 1898 *{{done}} {{scan|The Commentaries of Caesar|The Commentaries of Caesar.djvu}} by [[Author:Anthony Trollope|Anthony Trollope]], 1870 *{{done}} {{scan|Herodotus (Swayne)|Herodotus (Swayne).djvu|Herodotus}} by [[Author:George Carless Swayne|George Carless Swayne]], 1900 *{{done}} {{scan|Hesiod, and Theognis|Hesiod, and Theognis.djvu}} by [[Author:James Davies|James Davies]], 1873 *{{done}} {{scan|Homer: The Odyssey|The Odyssey (Collins).djvu|The Odyssey}} by [[Author:William Lucas Collins|William Lucas Collins]], 1870 It would be good to have these remaining 5 books completed too. [[User:Ciridae|Ciridae]] ([[User talk:Ciridae|talk]]) 12:59, 27 April 2022 (UTC) :{{support}} in general. Unsure if we should start in May or June.[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous|talk]]) 16:47, 27 April 2022 (UTC) ::{{ping|Tylopous}} If May is not already completely full, it would be good if one of these are included. I suggest Caesar or Aristotle. Otherwise, I'm fine with waiting for June. [[User:Ciridae|Ciridae]] ([[User talk:Ciridae|talk]]) 04:41, 28 April 2022 (UTC) :::{{reply to|Ciridae}} I added ''The Commentaries of Caesar'' for May. The works in this series apparently tend to be quite short.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous|talk]]) 18:18, 28 April 2022 (UTC) ::::Good choice! [[User:Languageseeker|Languageseeker]] ([[User talk:Languageseeker|talk]]) 02:55, 29 April 2022 (UTC) :It looks like there are more books in the series if people are interested in continuing after Odyssey. Plato {{IA small link|platocollins00colliala}}, Tacitus {{IA small link|tacituswilliam00donnrich}}, Lucian {{IA small link|lucianlucas00collrich}}, and Horace {{IA small link|horace__00martuoft}} are all available on IA. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 02:09, 20 March 2023 (UTC) :: {{scan|Plato (Collins)|Plato (IA platocollins00colliala).pdf|Plato}} has been started. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 19:22, 3 April 2023 (UTC) *[[:File:Tacitus; (IA tacituswilliam00donnrich).pdf]] *[[:File:Lucian (IA lucianlucas00collrich).pdf]] *[[:Index:Cicero (Collins 1871).djvu]] Files already uploaded. [[User:MER-C|MER-C]] ([[User talk:MER-C|talk]]) 15:59, 24 June 2023 (UTC) Additional volumes on Hathi: * Ovid, by Alfred John Church {{ext scan link|https://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/007697348}} * Xenophon, by Alexander Grant {{ext scan link|https://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/006527626}} --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 16:37, 24 June 2023 (UTC) : Xenophon can be found at [[Index:Xenophon by Alexander Grant.djvu]] [[User:Ciridae|Ciridae]] ([[User talk:Ciridae|talk]]) 05:34, 3 July 2023 (UTC) Pending works in the series: * {{scan|Cicero (Collins 1871)|Cicero (Collins 1871).djvu|Cicero}} * {{scan|Catullus, Tibullus and Propertius|Catullus, Tibullus and Propertius.djvu}} * {{scan|Horace|Horace (IA horacetheo00martrich).pdf‎}} * {{scan|Juvenal|Juvenal (IA juvenaledward00walfrich).pdf‎}} * {{scan|Lucretius|Lucretius by Mallock.djvu}} * {{scan|Thucydides|Thucydides by William Lucas Collins.djvu}} * {{scan|Pliny's Letters|Pliny's letters (IA plinysletters00churrich).pdf}} * {{scan|Lucian (Collins)|Lucian (IA lucianlucas00collrich).pdf|Lucian}} * {{scan|Livy|Livy (1876).djvu}} * {{scan|The Greek Anthology|The Greek anthology (IA greekanthology00neaviala).pdf}} * {{scan|Ovid|Ovid by Alfred John Church.djvu}} [[User:Ciridae|Ciridae]] ([[User talk:Ciridae|talk]]) 09:23, 9 October 2023 (UTC) ===Modern Library 100 Best Nonfiction=== The [[w:en:Modern Library 100 Best Nonfiction]] list might be a good source for selections. It is a compilation by ''Modern Library'' of the 100 best nonfiction works of the 20th century. Some will not be eligible for inclusion because they are still under copyright, but the list would provide additional variety to our selections, in which works of fiction tend to dominate. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:08, 30 April 2022 (UTC) :{{reply to|EncycloPetey}} Thank you. Yes, it's good to have a pool of nonfiction works to choose from. Other ideas I once had for nonfiction were: (1) A series of works under the heading "Investigative Journalism" (2) A chronological series of biographies of U.S. Presidents.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous|talk]]) 06:06, 1 May 2022 (UTC) :{{reply to|EncycloPetey|Tylopous}} I've also found this [http://www.ocf.berkeley.edu/%7Eimmer/booksall website] very helpful when selecting books. It aggregates some of the lists and then separates them by year. If you look closely, you can see that May's MC draws heavily on this list. In any case, I think that the Modern Library 100 Best Nonfiction is definitely something that we should target. As always, I hope that scan-backing these "important" books will help more users discover this site. [[User:Languageseeker|Languageseeker]] ([[User talk:Languageseeker|talk]]) 01:38, 2 May 2022 (UTC) === [[Index:A color notation (Munsell).djvu]] & [[Index:Atlas of the Munsell color system.djvu]] === These together represent the basis of a color notation system that's still widely used in some applications. Alongside transcription of the book text, A semi-expert will be needed to convert the color charts over to SVG with appropriate tones, based on the information in the work. Munsell's ''Book of Color'' was published in 1929 or so , so we have to wait a few years for that to become available. It would of course be nice if someone could come up with some semi-automated conversions for the color shades/tones (to some form of standardised sRGB or related). ( Seem to recall seeing some Python code, which could presumably be converted to Lua as needed?) [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 07:34, 22 June 2022 (UTC) : If there is interest there is also a document apparently produced by the NBS(NIST) which gave CIE values for some of the Munusell color shades. [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 07:35, 22 June 2022 (UTC) ::{{reply to|ShakespeareFan00}} I think it really depends on whether we have an expert on svg creation + color notation + programming. I see that on the [[Index talk:Atlas of the Munsell color system.djvu|index talk]] of the color atlas there is a useful link to a page with some python script. (The page says the script is from Wikipedia and it links to this article [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRGB#Specification_of_the_transformation] on Wikipedia.)--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous|talk]]) 05:25, 23 June 2022 (UTC) ===Dewey Decimal Classification system=== [[Author:Melville Louis Kossuth Dewey|Melvil Due]]’s namesake “Dewey Decimal” system was started in [https://archive.org/details/classificationan00dewerich an 1876 pamphlet]: some formatting required, but definitely a valuable addition. ==2023 nominations== === [[w:Rhetorica ad Herennium|Rhetorica ad Herennium]] === *[https://archive.org/details/adcherenniumdera00capluoft/page/n5/mode/1up Rhetorica ad Herennium] by Cicero or Lucius Cornificius === A New Method of Making Common-Place-Books === *[https://archive.org/details/13925922180LockeCommonplaceBook/page/n4/mode/1up A New Method of Making Common-Place-Books] by [[Author:John Locke|John Locke]] * https://publicdomainreview.org/collection/john-lockes-method-for-common-place-books-1685/ **Listed in October 2023 as part of [[Index:The Works of John Locke - 1823 - vol 03.djvu]]. [[User:MER-C|MER-C]] 10:08, 24 September 2023 (UTC) === [[w:The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism|The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism]] === [https://archive.org/details/protestantethics00webe/page/n7/mode/2up The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism] by [[Author:Max Weber|Max Weber]]{{unsignedIP|213.166.156.15|01:25, 14 January 2023 (UTC)}} :See [[Index:The Protestant ethic and the spirit of capitalism.djvu]] 02:08, 14 January 2023 (UTC){{unsigned|Languageseeker}} : Please, Add it for April ::This has been listed already twice. [[User:MER-C|MER-C]] 10:15, 24 September 2023 (UTC) === [[Index:The Girl from Hollywood.djvu]] === Been here for 3 years with no work on it until now. It isn't transcluded yet. [[User:Seperation|Seperation]] ([[User talk:Seperation|talk]]) 05:00, 8 March 2023 (UTC) :@[[User:Seperation|Seperation]] Added for April. Thanks for the nomination. [[User:Languageseeker|Languageseeker]] ([[User talk:Languageseeker|talk]]) 01:22, 22 March 2023 (UTC) : '''Note:''' Currently listed as a Collab work. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 19:22, 21 June 2023 (UTC) === [[Index:Gide - The Counterfeiters.pdf]] === Notable French work by a Nobel Literature laureate, no work by this author yet, just entered the public domain. [[User:Yann|Yann]] ([[User talk:Yann|talk]]) 19:22, 5 April 2023 (UTC) : '''Note:''' Currently listed as a Collab work. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 19:22, 21 June 2023 (UTC) * {{comment}} The scan seems to have pages missing from the front matter. The table of contents covers only the second half of the work. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 17:15, 3 July 2023 (UTC) *: Scan has been fixed. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 04:47, 7 July 2023 (UTC) :Listed for May 2023. [[User:MER-C|MER-C]] ([[User talk:MER-C|talk]]) 18:41, 25 July 2023 (UTC) ===Jeeves Stories=== Similar to how we had Doyle's short stories in the Strand for a while, we could do Jeeves. either starting with [[Index:The Strand Magazine (Volume 51).djvu|Extricating Young Gussie]] (pg. 61) and [[Index:The Strand Magazine (Volume 51).djvu|Leave it to Jeeves]] (pg. 568) or the ones that entered the public domain recently [[Index:The Strand Magazine (Volume 71).djvu|The Inferiority Complex of Old Sippy]] (pg. 366) and [[Index:The Strand Magazine (Volume 72).djvu|Jeeves and the Impending Doom]] (pg. 601). It's also possible to do a book version, e.g. [[Index:Carry On, Jeeves.pdf]]. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 22:53, 16 April 2023 (UTC) : Works by Arthur Conan Doyle are in the public domain in the UK, but works by Wodehouse are not. That makes it tricky for UK editors, who would technically be violating their nation's laws to transcribe works for the internet. It's fine for US editors though. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 19:10, 21 May 2023 (UTC) ===[[Index:Chronological Table of the Statutes (United Kingdom)(1972).pdf]] === This is the most recent version that has an expired crown copyright. It's also looking like it will be signficantly easier to format then the 1877 or 1950 versions that were started previously. It's essentially data entry/table rebuilding, but if entered has immense potential to help build a dataset for Wikipedia/Wikidata for tracking repeals of British legislation upto 1971. [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 09:43, 20 May 2023 (UTC) : This will be an extremely complicated work to have in the Monthly Challenge. It will require advanced specialist knowledge to format. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 19:08, 21 May 2023 (UTC) ::I appreciate that, but I am still suggesting it for the contributors that were interested. [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 18:12, 24 May 2023 (UTC) ===My Neighbours=== * ''My Neighbours'' (1919) {{ext scan link|https://archive.org/details/myneighbours00evaniala}}, novel by Welsh author [[Author:Caradoc Evans|Caradoc Evans]]. When was the last time we had a Welsh author selected for anything? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 17:40, 21 June 2023 (UTC) :Listed for September 2023. [[User:MER-C|MER-C]] 10:04, 26 August 2023 (UTC) === Works by Donald Grant Mitchell === We have recently deleted (or will soon delete) the copydump works of [[Author:Donald Grant Mitchell]]. His works were popular in 19th-century America (see the WP article; Emily Dickinson loved one of his books). We have scans set up for two of his best-known works, but the Calendar does not have a place to fit them. I nominate them here to fill any month where a suitable work cannot be found: * [[Index:Reveries of a Bachelor - Donald Grant Mitchell (1850).djvu]] * [[Index:Dream Life - Mitchell - 1899? Altemus.djvu]] --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 03:19, 15 April 2023 (UTC) :Reveries of a Bachelor listed in May 2023. [[User:MER-C|MER-C]] 18:45, 25 July 2023 (UTC) :Dream Life listed for October 2023. [[User:MER-C|MER-C]] 10:15, 24 September 2023 (UTC) ===[[Index:A History of Mediaeval Jewish Philosophy.djvu]]=== This work has sat unfinished for several years. It's only tricky part is that the book uses end notes instead of footnotes at the bottom of the page, so the editoe needs to go to another page to grab the note. However. the Notes section of the book is fully proofread, so they can be easily grabbed and inserted. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:51, 9 July 2023 (UTC) :Or {{tl|authority reference}} can be used. [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 19:44, 16 July 2023 (UTC) ::That would be far more complicated. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 19:56, 16 July 2023 (UTC) ===Vivian Grey=== This is the first novel (published in 5 volumes over 2 years) by Benjamin Disraeli, who would later go on to become British Prime Minister twice. I don’t think we have any of his novels completed ''and'' scan-backed. This novel may have influenced Wilde’s ''[[The Picture of Dorian Gray]]''. I have uploaded the files to Commons: {{Commons link|Vivian Grey, Volume 1.djvu|Vivian Grey, Volume 2.djvu|Vivian Grey, Volume 3.djvu|Vivian Grey, Volume 4.djvu|Vivian Grey, Volume 5.djvu}} [[User:Ciridae|Ciridae]] ([[User talk:Ciridae|talk]]) 11:29, 12 July 2023 (UTC) :The scan of vol 1 is faulty. [[User:MER-C|MER-C]] 18:37, 29 July 2023 (UTC) ::File should be fixed now. Please have a look. [[User:Ciridae|Ciridae]] ([[User talk:Ciridae|talk]]) 10:42, 24 August 2023 (UTC) :::Listed for September 2023. [[User:MER-C|MER-C]] 10:04, 26 August 2023 (UTC) ===[[The Great Encyclical Letters of Pope Leo XIII]]=== This was nominated for PotM by [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]]; I am adding it here as a significant collection of documents that might generate interest. We've not attempted a work like this for the PotM or MC that I can recall. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:47, 22 July 2023 (UTC) :In general, I think it is a good idea to have a continuous amount of things like documents / treaties etc. in our pipeline. The Philippine Islands had a fair amount, we had a transcript of the Scopes trial etc., but rotating across various areas, here religion, seems like a reasonable idea. In addition, this work is in desperate need of a quality upgrade, so replacing it with a proofread copy would also be fantastic in that regard. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 00:57, 23 July 2023 (UTC) ::Listed for September 2023. [[User:MER-C|MER-C]] 11:02, 19 August 2023 (UTC) ==2024 nominations== === Public Domain Day 2024 === Kindly suggest works here that enter the public domain in 2024. I have some nominations. * ''Lady Chatterley's Lover'' by D. H. Lawrence. * ''The Mystery of the Blue Train'' by Agatha Christie. * ''Orlando'' by Virginia Woolf. * ''The House at Pooh Corner'' by A. A. Milne. [[User:Ciridae|Ciridae]] ([[User talk:Ciridae|talk]]) 13:49, 8 December 2023 (UTC) * {{comment}} There is a working list at [[Wikisource:Requested texts/1928]] where these are coordinated. Note that some of these works turn over very quickly in January, while others may take some months before we have a usable scan to work from. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 22:01, 8 December 2023 (UTC) *I have scanned [[User:TE(æ)A,ea./Requests#Works_otherwise_completed,_but_awaiting_January_1_for_upload_(dir._J1to-u)|these]] works, and will upload them on January 1. [[User:TE(æ)A,ea.|TE(æ)A,ea.]] ([[User talk:TE(æ)A,ea.|talk]]) 22:12, 8 December 2023 (UTC) :I've added ''Lady Chatterley's Lover'' and ''The Mystery of the Blue Train'' for January 2024. :I've also found a copy of ''Orlando'' and created the Index - [[Index:Orlando by Virginia Woolf.djvu‎|Orlando by Virginia Woolf.djvu‎]], but the Frontispiece is missing (as per the list of Illustrations), and I've not been able to track it down yet. Any help would be appreciated. [[User:Ciridae|Ciridae]] ([[User talk:Ciridae|talk]]) 06:44, 3 January 2024 (UTC) ::This version has the frontispiece: https://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/001776241 [[User:Bloated Dummy|Bloated Dummy]] ([[User talk:Bloated Dummy|talk]]) 01:13, 1 February 2024 (UTC) :::Just realized that link wasn't specific enough... ''this'' version: https://hdl.handle.net/2027/dul1.ark:/13960/t4fn6fv29 [[User:Bloated Dummy|Bloated Dummy]] ([[User talk:Bloated Dummy|talk]]) 01:24, 1 February 2024 (UTC) ::::This information should be posted to the Scan Lab for repairs. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 01:53, 1 February 2024 (UTC) === [[Index:Copyright, Its History And Its Law (1912).djvu]] === I'd like us to get through some of the works that we've had lying around half-finished for many years; this is one of them. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 11:18, 24 December 2023 (UTC) :{{ping|Arcorann}} added for January 2024. [[User:MER-C|MER-C]] 19:40, 8 January 2024 (UTC) ===''Blue Trousers''=== The next volume in Waley’s translation of ''Genji monogatari''. It was published in 1928, and so will enter the public domain (for sure) next year. [[User:TE(æ)A,ea.|TE(æ)A,ea.]] ([[User talk:TE(æ)A,ea.|talk]]) 17:39, 31 December 2023 (UTC) ===How and what to grow in a kitchen garden of one acre === *[[Index:How and what to grow in a kitchen garden of one acre (IA howwhattogrowink00darl).pdf]] *[[Index:How and what to grow in a kitchen garden of one acre (IA howwhattogrowin00darl).pdf]] : I see that this is an 1888 publication. Have files been uploaded to Commons? --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 17:45, 2 January 2024 (UTC) ::Yes, both are uploaded to commons but which one to choose for nomination? [[Special:Contributions/82.167.156.101|82.167.156.101]] 22:55, 2 January 2024 (UTC) :::I would flip through the files (page by page) at IA, and see that all pages are in the scan and all are scanned properly. It's possible one (or both) of the scans is missing a page or is damaged. Then pick the one with the cleaner scan. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:34, 2 January 2024 (UTC) ::::Ok, how about this book? ::::[[Index:How and what to grow in a kitchen garden of one acre (IA howwhattogrowin00darl).pdf]] [[Special:Contributions/82.167.156.101|82.167.156.101]] 00:48, 3 January 2024 (UTC) * {{comment}} I've set up the index for '''[[Index:How and what to grow in a kitchen garden of one acre (IA howwhattogrowin00darl).pdf]]''' --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 01:07, 3 January 2024 (UTC) *:Thanks [[Special:Contributions/82.167.156.101|82.167.156.101]] 01:09, 3 January 2024 (UTC) *:[[How and What to Grow in a Kitchen Garden of One Acre (10th Ed)]] [[Special:Contributions/82.167.165.101|82.167.165.101]] 03:34, 7 January 2024 (UTC) *:proofread {{done}} [[Special:Contributions/82.167.165.101|82.167.165.101]] 13:33, 8 January 2024 (UTC) === '''The Family Kitchen Gardener''' === *[[Index:The family kitchen gardener - containing plain and accurate descriptions of all the different species and varieties of culinary vegetables (IA familykitchengar56buis).pdf]] *[https://librivox.org/the-family-kitchen-gardener-by-robert-buist/ The Family Kitchen Gardener] by librivox === '''Moni the Goat-Boy''' === *64 pages [[Index:Moni the goat boy (IA monigoatboy00spyr 1).pdf]] by [[Author:Johanna Spyri|Johanna Spyri]] * https://librivox.org/moni-the-goat-boy-by-johanna-spyri/ ===[[w:en:Self-Help (book)|Self-Help; with Illustrations of Character and Conduct]]=== For the next mouth [[Index:Self-help with illustrations of conduct and perseverance (IA selfhelpwithillu00smiliala).pdf]] by [[Author:Samuel Smiles|Samuel Smiles]] :Added for January 2024. [[User:MER-C|MER-C]] 19:09, 11 January 2024 (UTC) :Can you upload this audio? :https://librivox.org/self-help-by-samuel-smiles/ [[Special:Contributions/82.167.165.101|82.167.165.101]] 03:19, 13 January 2024 (UTC) * {{comment}} This work has a table of contents, but in place of that table, a user-created Auxilliary table was inserted. This will need to be replaced with the actual table of contents from the scan, in order to conform to Wikisource standards. I have let the editor know, and they reverted me. I have therefore marked the work as requiring cleanup. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 04:03, 13 January 2024 (UTC) *:{{done}} [[Special:Contributions/86.60.40.58|86.60.40.58]] 11:00, 27 March 2024 (UTC) ===Ancient Records of Egypt=== While this series would be challenging because of the tables and dotted letters, the five volumes contain academic translations of ancient Egyptian texts, and might attract a crowd to work on transcription. * Vol. I : {{esl|https://archive.org/details/ancientrecordsof01brea}}; Vol. II : {{esl|https://archive.org/details/ancientrecordsof02brea_0}} --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 22:43, 6 January 2024 (UTC) ===''Propaganda''=== From [https://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/001108118 here], newly public-domain in 2024 and featured by HathiTrust; only 159 pp. [[User:TE(æ)A,ea.|TE(æ)A,ea.]] ([[User talk:TE(æ)A,ea.|talk]]) 18:56, 8 January 2024 (UTC) ==='''Peter Pan (1928)'''=== * '''[[Index:Peter Pan (1928).pdf]]''' is up and ready for proofreading. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 01:40, 12 January 2024 (UTC) **Added for January 2024. [[User:MER-C|MER-C]] 11:17, 14 January 2024 (UTC) ===[[Index:The Kreutzer Sonata (Tucker 1890).djvu]]=== This is a novella by Tolstoy, whose works are popular for editors here. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 21:52, 12 January 2024 (UTC) :Will add as [[Index:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 18.djvu]]. [[User:MER-C|MER-C]] 11:17, 14 January 2024 (UTC) ::Added for February 2024. [[User:MER-C|MER-C]] 17:23, 2 February 2024 (UTC) ===[[Index:Sunset Gun.pdf]]=== The 1928 collection of poetry by [[Author:Dorothy Parker|Dorothy Parker]], newly in the public domain. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 22:35, 20 January 2024 (UTC) : As the volume is short, I've gone ahead and added it for Jan, 2024. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 23:15, 21 January 2024 (UTC) :: {{done}} The work is now validated. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 06:30, 28 January 2024 (UTC) ===[[Index:Collingwood - Life and Letters of Lewis Carroll.djvu]]=== Another work I found half-finished. Also, relates to a popular author. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 06:02, 28 January 2024 (UTC) :Added for February 2024. [[User:MER-C|MER-C]] 17:36, 2 February 2024 (UTC) ===[[Index:The Royal Book of Oz.djvu]]=== This was started a few years ago, but the project's main user seems to have left Wikisource in 2022. As I am interested in helping to transcribe the post-Baum books, which had resumed entering public domain in 2019, I would like to nominate this one. This is also the first novel done by [[Author:Ruth Plumly Thompson|Ruth Plumly Thompson]], she actually ended up writing more Oz books than Baum did. In her initial run thru 1939 she wrote 19 books, and later in the 1970s she wrote two more books, totaling to 21. If there is interest in this then we might be able to work on her follow-ups through [[Index:The Giant Horse of Oz (1928).pdf|The Giant Horse of Oz]] which just entered the public domain this year.--[[User:SDudley|SDudley]] ([[User talk:SDudley|talk]]) 04:01, 2 February 2024 (UTC) :Added for February 2024. [[User:MER-C|MER-C]] 17:37, 2 February 2024 (UTC) ::Thank you! [[User:SDudley|SDudley]] ([[User talk:SDudley|talk]]) 17:41, 2 February 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:MER-C|MER-C]]Hi. Would we be able to move this, and the later entries by Thompson, to the long-running series nomination? I think it would work better there than in the monthly challenge. And it would allow for an easier continuity of transcribing the series since new entries will enter public domain each year for the next 10 years. [[User:SDudley|SDudley]] ([[User talk:SDudley|talk]]) 16:24, 26 February 2024 (UTC) ===[[Index:The Life and Letters of Emily Dickinson (1924).pdf]]=== Biography by her niece along with her letters. It was partially started and it would be nice to get it over the line. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 05:18, 2 February 2024 (UTC) ===''After London''=== [[https://archive.org/details/after-london-1885]] Victorian ecological dystopia by a noted nature writer [[Author:Richard Jefferies|Richard Jefferies]], pre-dates Wells's Time Machine so it would complement our selection of science fiction / utopian writings. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 05:26, 2 February 2024 (UTC) ===[[Index:20 Hrs 40 Min (Earhart).pdf]]=== Since Amelia Earhart is currently in the news, I have added this 1928 Requested Text to the February Challenge. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:23, 2 February 2024 (UTC) ===[[Index:Tales from the Gulistan (1928).pdf]]=== Recommending for March. This work by [[Author:Sa'di|Sa'di]] needs massive cleanup, and a scan is now up and ready. The illustrations have been done. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 22:46, 17 February 2024 (UTC) ===[[Index:Our Poets of Today (1918).djvu]]=== Survey of US and Canadian poets and poetry at the start of the 20th century. For several authors, this will be the work we have ''about'' them and their poetry. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 20:50, 18 February 2024 (UTC) ===[[Index:Augustus (Shuckburgh) Augustuslifetime0000shuc.pdf]]=== Our copy of [[Augustus (Shuckburgh)]] failed [[WS:PD]], but is a valuable work. The subject is likely to be popular, and the author is a woman. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 22:30, 20 February 2024 (UTC) ===[[Index:A Short History of the World.djvu]]=== As usual, it's another work that's been lying around incomplete for years. Also complements Wells's Outline of History. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 12:58, 23 February 2024 (UTC) ===[[Index:Scarface.pdf]]=== I'd like to nominate this for inclusiong starting in March 2024. The work was kindly purchased and uploaded by User:TE(æ)A,ea. and I am planning to read it.--[[User:SDudley|SDudley]] ([[User talk:SDudley|talk]]) 16:27, 26 February 2024 (UTC) ===The Cabinet Manual=== A PDF scan exists [https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/60641/cabinet-manual.pdf here]. ===Sons of Africa=== * ''[[Sons of Africa]]'' (1928) by [[Author:Georgina Anne Gollock|Georgina Gollock]] {{ssl|Sons of Africa (Gollock).pdf}} has entered the public domain this year. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 00:30, 23 April 2024 (UTC) ===Notes upon Russia=== [[Index:Notes upon Russia (volume 1, 1851).djvu|Volume 1]], [[Index:Notes upon Russia (volume 2, 1851).djvu|Volume 2]]. Again, lying around for years unfinished. [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 13:21, 25 April 2024 (UTC) == Staging for future months == ''This is the staging area for the next challenge. Works are added to this list based on nominations, current long-term series or filling in missing topics. This list is not "official", it's just designed to make it easier to set up the data table for the next challenge more easily. Nominate works above. Remove works from this list if the nomination fails.'' === January 2022 === * Works: * Shorts: * Series to be continued: ** ''First Folio'' ** ''Orley Farm'' ** ''HG Wells'' ** ''Philippines'' ** ''US Treaty Series'' ** ''Shirley'' ** ''Sherlock Holmes'' ** ''Middlemarch'' * Series to be continued, but may be stalling: * Series to be discontinued * New series: === June 2024 === Long term planning, but as June is typically Pride month, can we have a focus on works with LGBT authors or themes? [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 10:49, 2 July 2023 (UTC) : What do you mean by a "focus"? We haven't had a monthly focus in MC. That's something that more often happens with FT or PotM. But in any event, we'd need a list of suitable works, and we don't have that. If you have works in mind, I'd just as soon see them as part of the regular rotation, rather than limit them to just one month, or wait a year to put them up. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 18:26, 4 July 2023 (UTC) == Long-Term Series == This space is reserved for nominations of a long-term series consisting of multiple volumes of an author's work usually referred to with titles such as "The Complete Works of X" or an encyclopedic work. Such nominations require serious consideration because they will require many years of work. Therefore, the edition proposed should be a definitive edition that does not constitute mere reprints and would make a substantial contribution to Wikisource. === Long-Term Nominations === [[The Works of Voltaire]] -- 43 volumes, definitive edition, all are on IA and 7 have been uploaded to Commons so far; all 7 still have pages to proofread, and more volumes can easily be added if/when desired [[Transactions of the Linnean Society of London]] -- 30 volumes, all of them are also on IA and 22 have been uploaded to Commons, all 22 have pages to proofread and validate and there are many additional works that are related like the second and third series which each have multiple works as well. [[User:Seperation|Seperation]] ([[User talk:Seperation|talk]]) 23:29, 15 June 2023 (UTC) * [[Index:Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire vol 1 (1897).djvu]] - we've done volume I of eight. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 19:36, 20 June 2023 (UTC) **Volume 2 has some scan issues that should be fixed first; overall it is a much lower quality scan than the rest. [[User:MER-C|MER-C]] ([[User talk:MER-C|talk]]) 19:37, 21 June 2023 (UTC) **: We can always skip ahead to a later volume, if there is an issue. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 22:57, 21 June 2023 (UTC) **::I was also dissuaded from working on Vol. 2, given its quality. Not sure if it is just me, but the OCR also seemed to have trouble with it. [[User:TeysaKarlov|TeysaKarlov]] ([[User talk:TeysaKarlov|talk]]) 23:28, 24 June 2023 (UTC) **:::[[:File:Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire vol 2 (1896).djvu|A close replacement is available]]. [[User:MER-C|MER-C]] 17:07, 13 October 2023 (UTC) * I would add the ''Foreign Classics for English Readers'', ''Heroes of the Nations'', and ''Stories of the Nations'' series to long term nominations as well. And Andrew Lang’s "colored" fairy books. [[User:Ciridae|Ciridae]] ([[User talk:Ciridae|talk]]) 04:45, 22 June 2023 (UTC) *:Definitely a fan of more fairy tales being added to the MC! [[User:TeysaKarlov|TeysaKarlov]] ([[User talk:TeysaKarlov|talk]]) 23:25, 24 June 2023 (UTC) ====[[w:History of Rome (Mommsen)]]==== *[[Index:The history of Rome. Translated with the author's sanction and additions.djvu]] and subsequent four volumes Notable and authoritative work. Save for June. [[User:MER-C|MER-C]] ([[User talk:MER-C|talk]]) 18:18, 16 April 2023 (UTC) ====Cambridge Histories==== *[[The Cambridge Modern History]] ([[w:The Cambridge Modern History]]) - [[Index:Cambridge Modern History Volume 1.djvu]] and subsequent 13 volumes *[[The Cambridge History of American Literature]] ([[w:The Cambridge History of English and American Literature]]) - [[Index:The Cambridge History of American Literature, v1.djvu]] and subsequent 3 volumes *[[The Cambridge History of English Literature]] - [[:File:The Cambridge history of English literature (IA cambridgehistory01wardrich).pdf]] and subsequent 13 volumes Notable and authoritative work. Storing for later months. See [[w:The Cambridge Modern History]]. [[User:MER-C|MER-C]] ([[User talk:MER-C|talk]]) 11:04, 3 June 2023 (UTC) :Added works. [[User:MER-C|MER-C]] ([[User talk:MER-C|talk]]) 19:43, 28 June 2023 (UTC) ====Arthur H. Clark Company series==== *[[:File:Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu]] and subsequent 30 volumes *[[:File:A Documentary history of American industrial society; (IA documentaryhisto01comm).pdf]] and subsequent 10 volumes Another Arthur H. Clark Company series, possibly to continue on from Historic Highways of America. [[User:MER-C|MER-C]] ([[User talk:MER-C|talk]]) 14:31, 18 June 2023 (UTC) :Found another. [[User:MER-C|MER-C]] ([[User talk:MER-C|talk]]) 18:40, 21 June 2023 (UTC) ====[[The Book of the Thousand Nights and a Night]]==== This is a multi-volume translation of a world literature classic that needs a kick to get it going. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 21:04, 1 July 2023 (UTC) : Volume 3 has had the most progress. Someone ought to check and/or fix its formatting, then apply the result to the start of Volume 1 to set the pattern for the set. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 18:54, 3 July 2023 (UTC) ====[[My Secret Life]]==== Notable and multiply banned series (see [[w:My Secret Life (memoir)|Wikipedia article]]) that needs to scan-backed. [[User:MER-C|MER-C]] ([[User talk:MER-C|talk]]) 18:41, 3 July 2023 (UTC) ====[[The Collected Works of Mahatma Gandhi]]==== Long series that needs to be scan-backed in part. [[User:MER-C|MER-C]] 18:56, 25 July 2023 (UTC) ====[[The Works of Galileo Galilei--National Edition]]==== Grabbing stuff from [[:Category:Incomplete texts]]. Notable editor, obviously notable author. [[User:MER-C|MER-C]] 18:20, 29 July 2023 (UTC) ====[[The Works of Lord Byron (ed. Coleridge, Prothero)]]==== Notable editors, notable author. Some progress on this series already. [[User:MER-C|MER-C]] 18:20, 29 July 2023 (UTC) ====[[Index:Sacred Books of the East - Volume 1.djvu]]==== Some more incomplete texts. 50 volume series. [[User:MER-C|MER-C]] 10:39, 26 August 2023 (UTC) ====Oriental Series==== We finished Japan, and are currently running China. There are additional volumes in this series, e.g. Korea {{IA small link|koreaitshistoryi00hami}}, Manchuria {{IA small link|manchuriaitspeop00hosi}}, the Phillippines {{IA small link|philippinesaccou00mrsc}}, Siam {{IA small link|siamaccountofcou00thomrich}}, Burma {{IA small link|burmalandpeople00rtal}}, Afghanistan {{IA small link|afghanistan00hami}}, India {{IA small link|indiarealindia19reesiala}}, Persia {{IA small link|persiathroughper00bradiala}}. I am not sure whether we want to continue or not, but just wanted to mention in case there is interest in continuing. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 05:34, 14 January 2024 (UTC) === Current Long-Term Series === {{progression| 9| 56|task=[[The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898]] (current: [[Index:The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803 (Volume 10).djvu]])}} {{progression| 11|271|task=[[c:Category:Depositions of the Select Committee to Investigate the January 6th Attack|January 6 interviews]] (current: [[Index:CTRL0000034610 - Deposition of Keith Kellogg, Jr., (Dec. 14, 2021).pdf]])}} {{progression| 8| 12|task=[[Japan: Its History, Arts, and Literature|Japan]] and [[China: Its History, Arts, and Literature|China]], Their History, Arts, and Literature (current: [[Index:Brinkley - China - Volume 1.djvu]])}} {{progression| 9| 28|task=[[The Works of H. G. Wells (Atlantic Edition)]] (current: [[Index:The Works of H G Wells Volume 10.pdf]])}} {{progression| 5| 15|task=[[Works of Jules Verne]] (current: [[Index:Works of Jules Verne - Parke - Vol 2.djvu]])}} {{progression| 3| 6|task=[[History of Woman Suffrage]] (current: [[Index:History of Woman Suffrage Volume 4.djvu]])}} {{progression| 8| 9|task=[[The Life and Opinions of Tristram Shandy, Gentleman]], (current: [[Index:The life and opinions of Tristram Shandy (Volume 9).pdf]])}} {{progression| 19| 28|task=[[:Category:Ancient Classics for English Readers|Ancient Classics for English Readers]] (current: [[Index:Catullus, Tibullus and Propertius.djvu]])}} {{progression| 7| 12|task=[[Portal:Andrew Lang's Fairy Books|Andrew Lang's Fairy Books]] (current: [[Index:The Violet Fairy Book.djvu]])}} {{progression| 1| 14|task=[[The Collected Edition of Fyodor Dostoevsky]] (current: [[Index:Dostoyevsky - The House of the Dead, Collected Edition, 1915.djvu]])}} === Completed Long-Term Series === {{progression| 20| 20|task=[[Orley Farm (Serial)|Orley Farm]]}} {{progression| 16| 16|task=[[Historic Highways of America]]}} === Queued Long-Term Series === {{progression| 5| 30|task=[[The Works of Thomas Carlyle]] (next: [[Index:Works of Thomas Carlyle - Volume 05.djvu]])}} {{progression| 1| 7|task=[[The History of the Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire (Bury)|The History of the Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire]] (next: [[:File:Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire vol 2 (1896).djvu]])}} {{progression| 0| 43|task=[[The Works of Voltaire]] (next: [[Index:Works of Voltaire Volume 01.djvu]])}} {{progression| 7| 12|task=[[A Complete Course in Dressmaking]] (next: [[Index:A complete course in dressmaking, (Vol. 7, Coats) (IA completecoursein07cono).pdf]])}} {{progression| 0| 7|task=[[The Complete Works of Geoffrey Chaucer]] (next: [[Index:Chaucer - Complete works (Skeat Volume 1).djvu]])}} {{progression| 3| 10|task=[[The World's Famous Orations]] (next: [[Index:The World's Famous Orations Volume 3.pdf]])}} {{progression| 0| 39|task=[[The Works of John Ruskin]] (next: [[Index:The works of John Ruskin (IA worksofjohnruski01rusk).pdf]])}} {{progression| 0| 28|task=[[The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy]] (next: [[Index:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 09.djvu]])}} {{progression| 0| 5|task=[[The History of Rome (Mommsen)|The History of Rome]] (next: [[Index:The history of Rome. Translated with the author's sanction and additions.djvu]])}} {{progression| 0| 30|task=[[Transactions of the Linnean Society of London]] (next: [[Index:Transactions of the Linnean Society of London, Volume 1 (1791).djvu]])}} {{progression| 0| 14|task=[[The Cambridge Modern History]] (next: [[Index:Cambridge Modern History Volume 1.djvu]])}} {{progression| 0| 14|task=[[The Cambridge History of English Literature]] (next: [[:File:The Cambridge history of English literature (IA cambridgehistory01wardrich).pdf]])}} {{progression| 0| 4|task=[[The Cambridge History of American Literature]] (next: [[Index:The Cambridge History of American Literature, v1.djvu]])}} {{progression| 0| 31|task=[[Early Western Travels]] (next: [[Index:Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu]])}} {{progression| 1| 18|task=[[:Category:Foreign Classics for English Readers|Foreign Classics for English Readers]] (next: [[Index:Dante (Oliphant).djvu]])}} {{progression| 0| 19|task=The Mahabharata (current: [[Index:The Mahabharata of Krishna-Dwaipayana Vyasa (1884).djvu]])}} {{progression| 0| 10|task=[[The Works of John Locke (1823)]] (next: [[Index:The Works of John Locke - 1823 - vol 01.djvu]])}} [[Category:Monthly Challenge|Nominations]] [[Category:Bots/Archival]] 80ymb86b6y45n3e0s9dhgpe1ncyhm9i Page:An Old Babylonian Version of the Gilgamesh Epic - Morris - 1920.djvu/73 104 3631989 14131304 11280110 2024-04-26T08:32:02Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Removing redundant border=0? proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Onewaymule87" />{{rvh|63|JASTROW-CLAY • OLD BABYLONIAN GILGAMESH EPIC|YALE ORIENTAL SERIES • RESEARCHES IV-3}}</noinclude>{| |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|25|l}}{{hi|1em|[''šú-na'']''-ta i-ta-wa-a-am a-na um-mi-šú''}}||style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Dream, which he reported to his mother:}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em"" | {{hi|1em|[''um-mi'']'' a-ta-mar šá-ni-tam''}}||style="text-align: left;width:20em""|{{hi|1em|[“My mother,] I have seen another}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em"" | {{hi|1em|[''šú-na-tu a-ta'']''-mar e-mi-a i-na su-ḳi-im''}}||style="text-align: left;width:20em""|{{hi|1em|[Dream.] My likeness I have seen in the streets}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em"" | {{hi|1em|[''šá Uruk'']''<sup>ki</sup> ri-bi-tim''}}||style="text-align: left;width:20em""|{{hi|1em|[Of Erech] of the plazas.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em"" | {{hi|1em|''ḫa-aṣ-ṣi-nu na-di-i-ma''}}||style="text-align: left;width:20em""|{{hi|1em|An axe was brandished, and}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em"" | {{pline|30|l}}{{hi|1em|''e-li-šú pa-aḫ-ru''}}||style="text-align: left;width:20em""|{{hi|1em|They gathered about him;}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em"" | {{hi|1em|''ḫa-aṣ-ṣi-nu-um-ma šá-ni bu-nu-šú''}}||style="text-align: left;width:20em""|{{hi|1em|And the axe made him angry.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em"" | {{hi|1em|''a-mur-šú-ma aḫ-ta-du a-na-ku''}}||style="text-align: left;width:20em"|{{hi|1em|I saw him and I rejoiced,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em"" | {{hi|1em|''a-ra-am-šú-ma ki-ma áš-šá-tim''}}||style="text-align: left;width:20em"|{{hi|1em|I loved him as a woman,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em"" | {{hi|1em|''a-ḫa-ab-bu-ub el-šú''}}||style="text-align: left;width:20em"|{{hi|1em|I embraced him.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em"" | {{pline|35|l}}{{hi|1em|''el-ki-šú-ma áš-ta-ka-an-šú''}}||style="text-align: left;width:20em"|{{hi|1em|I took him and regarded him}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em"" | {{hi|1em|''a-na a-ḫi-ia''}}||style="text-align: left;width:20em"|{{hi|1em|As my brother.”}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em"" | {{hi|1em|''um-mi <sup>d</sup>Giš mu-da-at ''[''ka'']''-la-ma''}}||style="text-align: left;width:20em"|{{hi|1em|The mother of Gish, who knows all things,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em"" | {{hi|1em|[''iz-za-kàr-am a-na <sup>d</sup>Giš'']}}||style="text-align: left;width:20em"|{{hi|1em|[Spoke to Gish]:}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em"" | {{hi|1em|[''<sup>d</sup>Giš šá ta-mu-ru amêlu'']}}||style="text-align: left;width:20em"|{{hi|1em|[“O Gish, the man whom thou sawest,]}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em"" | {{pline|40|l}}{{hi|1em|[''ta-ḫa-ab-bu-ub ki-ma áš-šá-tim el-šú'']}}||style="text-align: left;width:20em"|{{hi|1em|[Whom thou didst embrace like a woman].}} |} {{larger|Col. II.}} {| |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''áš-šum uš-''[''ta'']''-ma-ḫa-ru it-ti-ka''}}||style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|(means) that he is to be associated with thee.”}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''<sup>d</sup>Giš šú-na-tam i-pa-šar''}}||style="text-align: left;width:20em"|{{hi|1em|Gish understood the dream.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''<sup>d</sup>En-ki-''[''dũ wa'']''-ši-ib ma-ḫar ḫa-ri-im-tim''}}||style="text-align: left;width:20em"|{{hi|1em|[As] Enki[du] was sitting before the woman,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ur-''[''šá ir'']''-ḫa-mu di-da-šá(?) ip-tí-''[''e'']}}||style="text-align: left;width:20em"|{{hi|1em|[Her] loins(?) he embraced, her vagina(?) he opened.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|45|l}}{{hi|1em|[''<sup>d</sup>En-ki'']''-dũ im-ta-ši a-šar i-wa-al-du''}}||style="text-align: left;width:20em"|{{hi|1em|[Enkidu] forgot the place where he was born.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ûm, 6 ù 7 mu-ši-a-tim''}}||style="text-align: left;width:20em"|{{hi|1em|Six days and seven nights}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''<sup>d</sup>En-''[''ki-dũ'']'' ti-bi-i-ma''}}||style="text-align: left;width:20em"|{{hi|1em|Enkidu continued}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''šá-''[''am-ka-ta'']'' ir-ḫi''}}||style="text-align: left;width:20em"|{{hi|1em|To cohabit with [the courtesan].}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ḫa-[ri-im-tum pa-a]-šá i-pu-šá-am-ma''}}||style="text-align: left;width:20em"|{{hi|1em|[The woman] opened her [mouth] and}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|50|l}}{{hi|1em|''iz-za-''[''kàr-am'']'' a-na <sup>d</sup>En-ki-dũ''}}||style="text-align: left;width:20em"|{{hi|1em|Spoke to Enkidu:}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{anchor|Col2L11}}{{hi|1em|''a-na-tal-ka <sup>d</sup>En-ki-dũ ki-ma ili ta-ba-áš-ši''}}||style="text-align: left;width:20em"|{{hi|1em|“I gaze upon thee, O Enkidu, like a god art thou!}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''am-mi-nim it-ti na-ma-áš-te-e''}}||style="text-align: left;width:20em"|{{hi|1em|Why with the cattle}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ta-at-ta-''[''na-al'']''-ak ṣi-ra-am''}}||style="width:20em"|{{hi|1em|Dost thou [roam] across the field?}} |}<noinclude></noinclude> 79o8o49n2fieskktywgyhw3qb1sul2f Page:An Old Babylonian Version of the Gilgamesh Epic - Morris - 1920.djvu/72 104 3632737 14131306 11280105 2024-04-26T08:32:36Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Removing redundant border=0? proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Onewaymule87" />{{rvh|62|JASTROW-CLAY • OLD BABYLONIAN GILGAMESH EPIC|YALE ORIENTAL SERIES • RESEARCHES IV-3}}</noinclude>{{c|{{x-larger|PENNSYLVANIA TABLET.}}}} {| |- valign="top" | style="text-align: center;width:22.5em;" |{{sc|Transliteration.}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: center;padding-right: 5em;"|{{sc|Translation.}} |} Col. I. {| |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|1|l}}{{hi|1em|''it-bi-e-ma <sup>d</sup>Giš šú-na-tam i-pa-áš-šar''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Gish sought to interpret the dream;}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''iz-za-kàr-am a-na um-mi-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Spoke to his mother:}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''um-mi i-na šá-at mu-ši-ti-ia''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|"My mother, during my night}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''šá-am-ḫa-ku-ma at-ta-na-al-la-ak''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|I became strong and moved about}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|5|l}}{{hi|1em|''i-na bi-ri-it it-lu-tim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|among the heroes;}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ib-ba-šú-nim-ma ka-ka-bu šá-ma-i''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|And from the starry heaven}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''ki'']''-iṣ-rù šá A-nim im-ḳu-ut a-na ṣi-ri-ia''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|A meteor(?) of Anu fell upon me:}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''áš-ši-šú-ma ik-ta-bi-it e-li-ia''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|I bore it and it grew heavy upon me,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ú-ni-iš-šú-ma nu-uš-šá-šú ú-ul il-ti-’i''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|I became weak and its weight I could not endure.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|10|l}}{{hi|1em|''Uruk<sup>ki</sup> ma-tum pa-ḫi-ir e-li-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|The land of Erech gathered about it.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''it-lu-tum ú-na-šá-ku ši-pi-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|The heroes kissed its feet.<ref>I.e., paid homage to the meteor.</ref>}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ú-um-mi-id-ma pu-ti''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|It was raised up before me.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''i-mi-du ia-ti''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|They stood me up.<ref>I.e., the {{SIC|heores|heroes}} of Erech raised me to my feet, or perhaps in the sense of “supported me.”</ref>}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''áš-ši-a-šú-ma ab-ba-la-áš-šú a-na ṣi-ri-ki''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|I bore it and carried it to thee.”}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|15|l}}{{hi|1em|''um-mi <sup>d</sup>Giš mu-di-a-at ka-la-ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|The mother of Gish, who knows all things,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''iz-za-kàr-am a-na <sup>d</sup>Giš''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Spoke to Gish:}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''mi-in-di <sup>d</sup>Giš šá ki-ma ka-ti''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|“Some one, O Gish, who like thee}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''i-na ṣi-ri i-wa-li-id-ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|In the field was born and}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ú-ra-ab-bi-šú šá-du-ú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Whom the mountain has reared,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|20|l}}{{hi|1em|''ta-mar-šú-ma ''[''kima Sal(?)'']'' ta-ḫa-du at-ta''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Thou wilt see (him) and [like a woman(?)] thou wilt rejoice.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''it-lu-tum ú-na-šá-ku ši-pi-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Heroes will kiss his feet.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''tí-iṭ-ṭi-ra-áš-''[''šú tu-ut'']''-tu-ú-ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Thou wilt spare [him and wilt endeavor]}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ta-tar-ra-''[''as-su'']'' a-na ṣi-''[''ri'']''-ia''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|To lead him to me.”}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''uš'']''-ti-nim-ma i-ta-mar šá-ni-tam''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|He slept and saw another}} |}<noinclude>{{nopt}} {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 0wq6gwkz71bql0ni4r5r9c930a7qzfq Page:An Old Babylonian Version of the Gilgamesh Epic - Morris - 1920.djvu/74 104 3633345 14131322 11280112 2024-04-26T08:38:43Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Removing redundant border=0? proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Onewaymule87" />{{rvh|64|JASTROW-CLAY • OLD BABYLONIAN GILGAMESH EPIC|YALE ORIENTAL SERIES • RESEARCHES IV-3}}</noinclude>{| |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''al-kam lu-úr-di-ka''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Come, let me lead thee}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|55|l}}{{hi|1em|''a-na libbi ''[''Uruk<sup>ki</sup>'']'' ri-bi-tim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|into [Erech] of the plazas,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''a-na bît ''[''el'']''-lim mu-šá-bi šá A-nim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|to the holy house, the dwelling of Anu,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''<sup>d</sup>En-ki-dũ ti-bi lu-ru-ka''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|O, Enkidu arise, let me conduct thee}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''a-na Ê-''[''an'']''-na mu-šá-bi šá A-nim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|To Eanna, the dwelling of Anu,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''a-šar ''[''<sup>d</sup>Giš gi'']''-it-ma-''[''lu'']'' ne-pi-ši-tim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|The place [where Gish is, perfect] in vitality.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|60|l}}{{hi|1em|''ù at-''[''ta'']'' ki-''[''ma Sal ta-ḫa'']''-bu-''[''ub'']''-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|And thou [like a wife wilt embrace] him.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ta-''[''ra-am-šú ki-ma'']'' ra-ma-an-ka''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Thou [wilt love him like] thyself.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''al-ka ti-ba i-''[''na'']'' ga-ag-ga-ri''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Come, arise from the ground}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ma-a-ag-ri-i-im''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|(that is) cursed.”}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''iš-me a-wa-as-sa im-ta-ḫar ga-ba-šá''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|He heard her word and accepted her speech.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|65|l}}{{hi|1em|''mi-il-''[''kum'']'' šá aššatim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|The counsel of the woman}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''im-ta-ḳu-ut a-na libbi-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Entered his heart.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''iš-ḫu-ut li-ib-šá-am''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|She stripped off a garment,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''iš-ti-nam ú-la-ab-bi-iš-sú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Clothed him with one.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''li-ib-''[''šá-am'']'' šá-ni-a-am''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Another garment}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|70|l}}{{hi|1em|''ši-i it-ta-al-ba-áš''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|She kept on herself.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ṣa-ab-tat ga-as-su''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|She took hold of his hand.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ki-ma ''[''ili'']'' i-ri-id-di-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Like [a god(?)] she brought him}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''a-na gu-up-ri šá-ri-i-im''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|To the fertile meadow,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''a-šar tar-ba-ṣi-im''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|The place of the sheepfolds.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|75|l}}{{hi|1em|''i-na ''[''áš'']''-ri-šú ''[''im'']''-ḫu-ruri-ia-ú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|In that place they received food;}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''ù šú-u dEn-ki-dũ i-lit-ta-šú šá-du-um-ma'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[For he, Enkidu, whose birthplace was the mountain,]}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''it-ti ṣabâti-ma ik-ka-la šam-ma'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[With the gazelles he was accustomed to eat herbs,]}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''it-ti bu-lim maš-ḳa-a i-šat-ti'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[With the cattle to drink water,]}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''it-ti na-ma-áš-te-e mê i-ṭab lib-ba-šú'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[With the water beings he was happy.]}} |} {{c|(Perhaps one additional line missing.)}} Col. III {| |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ši-iz-ba šá na-ma-áš-te-e''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Milk of the cattle}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''i-te-en-ni-ik''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|He was accustomed to suck.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''a-ka-lam iš-ku-nu ma-ḫar-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Food they placed before him,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ib-tí-ik-ma i-na-at-tal''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|He broke (it) off and looked}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|85|l}}{{hi|1em|''ù ip-pa-al-la-as''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|And gazed.}} |}<noinclude>{{nopt}}</noinclude> twbufr79i5yn657u1x9rbw9tj1a5fif Page:An Old Babylonian Version of the Gilgamesh Epic - Morris - 1920.djvu/75 104 3633646 14131316 11264762 2024-04-26T08:36:20Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Removing redundant border=0? proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Onewaymule87" />{{rvh|65|JASTROW-CLAY • OLD BABYLONIAN GILGAMESH EPIC|YALE ORIENTAL SERIES • RESEARCHES IV-3}}</noinclude>{| |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''šikaram a-na šá-te-e-im''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|To drink wine}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''la-a lum-mu-ud''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|He had not been taught.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|90|l}}{{hi|1em|''ḫa-ri-im-tum pi-šá i-pu-šá-am-ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|The woman opened her mouth and}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''iz-za-kàr-am a-na <sup>d</sup>En-ki-dũ''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Spoke to Enkidu:}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''a-ku-ul ak-lam <sup>d</sup>En-ki-dũ''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|“Eat food, O Enkidu,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''zi-ma-at ba-la-ṭi-im''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|The provender of life!}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''šikaram ši-ti ši-im-ti ma-ti''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Drink wine, the custom of the land!”}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|95|l}}{{hi|1em|''i-ku-ul a-ak-lam <sup>d</sup>En-ki-dũ''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Enkidu ate food}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''a-di ši-bi-e-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Till he was satiated.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''šikaram iš-ti-a-am''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Wine he drank,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''7 aṣ-ṣa-am-mi-im''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Seven goblets.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''it-tap-šar kab-ta-tum i-na-an-gu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|His spirit was loosened, he became hilarious.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|100|l}}{{hi|1em|''i-li-iṣ libba-šú-ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|His heart became glad and}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''pa-nu-šú ''[''it'']''-tam-ru''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|His face shone.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ul-tap-pi-it ''[''<sup>lù</sup>ŠÚ'']''-I''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[The barber(?)] removed}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''šú-ḫu-ra-am pa-ga-ar-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|The hair on his body.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''šá-am-nam ip-ta-šá-áš-ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|He was anointed with oil.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|105|l}}{{hi|1em|''a-we-li-iš i-we''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|He became manlike.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''il-ba-áš li-ib-šá-am''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|He put on a garment,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ki-ma mu-ti i-ba-áš-ši''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|He was like a man.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''il-ki ka-ak-ka-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|He took his weapon;}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''la-bi ú-gi-ir-ri''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Lions he attacked,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|110|l}}{{hi|1em|''uš-sa-ak-pu re’ûti mu-ši-a-tim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|(so that) the night shepherds could rest.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ut-tap-pi-iš šib-ba-ri''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|He plunged the dagger;}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''la-bi uk-ta-ši-id''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Lions he overcame.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''it-ti-''[''lu'']'' na-ki-''[''di-e'']'' ra-bu-tum''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|The great [shepherds] lay down;}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''<sup>d</sup>En-ki-dũ ma-aṣ-ṣa-ar-šú-nu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Enkidu was their protector.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|115|l}}{{hi|1em|''a-we-lum giš-ru-um''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|The strong man,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''iš-te-en it-lum''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|The unique hero,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''a-na ''[''na-ki-di-e(?) i'']''-za-ak-ki-ir''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|To [the shepherds(?)] he speaks:}} |} {{c|(About five lines missing.)}} Col. IV {{c|(About eight lines missing.)}} {| |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''i-ip-pu-uš ul-ṣa-am''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Making merry.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''iš-ši-ma i-ni-i-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|He lifted up his eyes,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''i-ta-mar a-we-lam''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|He sees the man.}} |}<noinclude>{{nopt}}</noinclude> 803s8acx7vjm7075la2iguooczui5tw Page:An Old Babylonian Version of the Gilgamesh Epic - Morris - 1920.djvu/76 104 3633650 14131325 11264771 2024-04-26T08:39:37Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Onewaymule87" />{{rvh|66|JASTROW-CLAY • OLD BABYLONIAN GILGAMESH EPIC|YALE ORIENTAL SERIES • RESEARCHES IV-3}}</noinclude>{| |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''iz-za-kàr-am a-na ḫarimtim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|He spoke to the woman:}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|135|l}}{{hi|1em|''šá-am-ka-at uk-ki-ši a-we-lam''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|“O, courtesan, lure on the man.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''a-na mi-nim il-li-kam''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Why has he come to me?}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''zi-ki-ir-šú lu-uš-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|His name I will destroy.”}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ḫa-ri-im-tum iš-ta-si a-we-lam''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|The woman called to the man}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''i-ba-uš-su-um-ma i-ta-mar-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Who approaches to him<ref>I.e., Enkidu.</ref> and he beholds him.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|140|l}}{{hi|1em|''e-di-il e-eš ta-ḫi-''[''il-la'']''-am''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|“Away! why dost thou [quake(?)]}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''lim-nu a-la-ku ma-na-aḫ-''[''ti'']''-ka''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Evil is the course of thy activity.”<ref>I.e., "thy way of life."</ref>}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''e-pi-šú i-pu-šá-am-ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Then he<ref>I.e., the man.</ref> opened his mouth and}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''iz-za-kàr-am a-na <sup>d</sup>En-''[''ki-dũ'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Spoke to Enkidu:}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''bi-ti-iš e-mu-tim ik ……''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|”[To have (?)] a family home}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|145|l}}{{hi|1em|''ši-ma-a-at ni-ši-i-ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Is the destiny of men, and}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''tu-a-(?)-ar e-lu-tim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|The prerogative(?) of the nobles.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''a-na âli(?) dup-šak-ki-i e-ṣi-en''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|For the city(?) load the workbaskets!}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''uk-la-at âli(?) e-mi-sa a-a-ḫa-tim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Food supply for the city lay to one side!}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''a-na šarri šá Urukki ri-bi-tim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|For the King of Erech of the plazas,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|150|l}}{{hi|1em|''pi-ti pu-uk epiši(-ši) a-na ḫa-a-a-ri''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Open the hymen(?), perform the marriage act!}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''a-na dGiš šarri šá Urukki ri-bi-tim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|For Gish, the King of Erech of the plazas,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''pi-ti pu-uk epiši(-ši)''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Open the hymen(?),}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''a-na ḫa-a-a-ri''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Perform the marriage act!}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''áš-ša-at ši-ma-tim i-ra-aḫ-ḫi''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|With the legitimate wife one should cohabit.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|155|l}}{{hi|1em|''šú-ú pa-na-nu-um-ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|So before,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''mu-uk wa-ar-ka-nu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|As well as in the future.<ref>I.e., an idiomatic phrase meaning "for all times."</ref>}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''i-na mi-il-ki šá ili ga-bi-ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|By the decree pronounced by a god,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''i-na bi-ti-iḳ a-bu-un-na-ti-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|From the cutting of his umbilical cord}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ši-ma-as-su''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|(Such) is his fate.”}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|160|l}}{{hi|1em|''a-na zi-ik-ri it-li-im''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|At the speech of the hero}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''i-ri-ku pa-nu-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|His face grew pale.}} |} {{c|(About three lines missing.)}}<noinclude>{{smallref}}</noinclude> hcjfej1xwh996734en3wztkw4fsd5am Page:An Old Babylonian Version of the Gilgamesh Epic - Morris - 1920.djvu/77 104 3633657 14131323 11280114 2024-04-26T08:39:13Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Removing redundant border=0? proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Onewaymule87" />{{rvh|67|JASTROW-CLAY • OLD BABYLONIAN GILGAMESH EPIC|YALE ORIENTAL SERIES • RESEARCHES IV-3}}</noinclude>Col. V. {{c|(About six lines missing)}} {| |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''i-il-la-ak ''[''<sup>d</sup>En-ki-dũ i-na pa-ni'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[Enkidu] went [in front],}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''u-šá-am-ka-at ''[''wa'']''-ar-ki-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|And the courtesan behind him.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''i-ru-ub-ma a-na libbi Uruk<sup>ki</sup> ri-bi-tim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|He entered into Erech of the plazas.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ip-ḫur um-ma-nu-um i-na ṣi-ri-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|The people gathered about him.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|175|l}}{{hi|1em|''iz-zi-za-am-ma i-na su-ḳi-im''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|As he stood in the streets}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''šá Uruk<sup>ki</sup> ri-bi-tim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Of Erech of the plazas,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''pa-aḫ-ra-a-ma ni-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|The men gathered,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''i-ta-wa-a i-na ṣi-ri-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Saying in regard to him:}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''a-na ṣalam <sup>d</sup>Giš ma-ši-il pi-it-tam''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|“Like the form of Gish he has suddenly become;}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|180|l}}{{hi|1em|''la-nam šá-pi-il''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|shorter in stature.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''si-ma ..... ''[''šá-ki-i pu'']''-uk-ku-ul''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[In his structure high(?)], powerful,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''............. i-pa-ka-du''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|.......... overseeing(?)}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''i-''[''na mâti da-an e-mu'']''-ki i-wa''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|In the land strong of power has he become.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ši-iz-ba šá na-ma-aš-te-e''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Milk of cattle}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|185|l}}{{hi|1em|''i-te-en-ni-ik''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|He was accustomed to suck.”}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ka-a-a-na i-na ''[''libbi'']'' Uruk<sup>ki</sup> kak-ki-a-tum''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Steadily(?) in Erech .....}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''it-lu-tum ú-te-el-li-lu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|The heroes rejoiced.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''šá-ki-in ur-šá-nu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|He became a leader.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''a-na itli šá i-šá-ru zi-mu-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|To the hero of fine appearance,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|190|l}}{{hi|1em|''a-na <sup>d</sup>Giš ki-ma i-li-im''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|To Gish, like a god,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''šá-ki-iš-šum me-iḫ-rù''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|He became a rival to him.<ref>I.e., Enkidu became like Gish, godlike. {{tooltip|Cf. [[Page: An Old Babylonian Version of the Gilgamesh Epic - Morris - 1920.djvu/73#Col2L11|col. 2, 11]]|i.e. Col. II line 51.}}</ref>}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''a-na <sup>d</sup>Iš-ḫa-ra ma-a-a-lum''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|For Ishḫara a couch}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''na-di-i-ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Was stretched, and}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''<sup>d</sup>Giš it-''[''ti-il-ma wa-ar-ka-tim'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Gish [lay down, and afterwards(?)]}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|195|l}}{{hi|1em|''i-na mu-ši in-ni-''[''ib-bi'']''-it''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|In the night he fled.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''i-na-ag-šá-am-ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|He approaches and}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''it-ta-''[''zi-iz <sup>d</sup>En-ki-dũ'']'' i-na sûḳim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[Enkidu stood] in the streets.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ip-ta-ra-''[''aṣ a-la'']''-ak-tam''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|He blocked the path}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''šá <sup>d</sup>Giš''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|of Gish.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|200|l}}{{hi|1em|[''a-na e-pi-iš''] ''da-na-ni-iš-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|At the exhibit of his power,}} |} {{c|(About three lines missing).}}<noinclude>{{nopt}} {{smallref}}</noinclude> ejpne6xdygkf4ivko2tol0zv4cbzu87 Page:An Old Babylonian Version of the Gilgamesh Epic - Morris - 1920.djvu/78 104 3636210 14131321 11271986 2024-04-26T08:38:09Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Onewaymule87" />{{rvh|68|JASTROW-CLAY • OLD BABYLONIAN GILGAMESH EPIC|YALE ORIENTAL SERIES • RESEARCHES IV-3}}</noinclude>Col. V. {{c|(About four lines missing.)}} {| |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''šar(?)-ḫa''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Strong(?) ...}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''<sup>d</sup>Giš ...''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Gish}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|210|l}}{{hi|1em|''i-na ṣi-ri-''[''šú il-li-ka-am <sup>d</sup>En-ki-dũ'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Against him [Enkidu proceeded],}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''i-ḫa-an-ni-ib ''[''pi-ir-ta-šú'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[His hair] luxuriant.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''it-bi-ma ''[''il-li-ik'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|He started [to go]}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''a-na pa-ni-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Towards him.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''it-tam-ḫa-ru i-na ri-bi-tum ma-ti''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|They met in the plaza of the district.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|215|l}}{{hi|1em|''<sup>d</sup>En-ki-dũ ba-ba-am ip-ta-ri-ik''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Enkidu blocked the gate}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''i-na ši-pi-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|With his foot,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''<sup>d</sup>Giš e-ri-ba-am ú-ul id-di-in''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Not permitting Gish to enter.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''iṣ-ṣa-ab-tu-ma ki-ma li-i-im''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|They seized (each other), like oxen,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''i-lu-du''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|They fought.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|220|l}}{{hi|1em|''zi-ip-pa-am ’i-bu-tu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|The threshold they demolished;}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''i-ga-rum ir-tu-tu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|The wall they impaired.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''<sup>d</sup>Giš ù <sup>d</sup>En-ki-dũ''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Gish and Enkidu}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''iṣ-ṣa-ab-tu-ú-ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Seized (each other).}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ki-ma li-i-im i-lu-du''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Like oxen they fought.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|225|l}}{{hi|1em|''zi-ip-pa-am ’i-bu-tu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|The threshold they demolished;}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''i-ga-rum ir-tu-tú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|The wall they impaired.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ik-mi-is-ma dGiš''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Gish bent}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''i-na ga-ag-ga-ri ši-ip-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|His foot to the ground,<ref>He was thrown and therefore vanquished.</ref>}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ip-ši-iḫ uz-za-šú-ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|His wrath was appeased,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|230|l}}{{hi|1em|''i-ni-iḫ i-ra-as-su''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|His breast was quieted.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''iš-tu i-ra-su i-ni-ḫu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|When his breast was quieted,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''<sup>d</sup>En-ki-dũ a-na šá-ši-im''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Enkidu to him}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''iz-za-kàr-am a-na <sup>d</sup>Giš''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Spoke, to Gish:}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ki-ma iš-te-en-ma um-ma-ka''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|“As a unique one, thy mother}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|235|l}}{{hi|1em|''ú-li-id-ka''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|bore thee.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ri-im-tum šá su-pu-ri''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|The wild cow of the stall,<ref>Epithet given to Ninsun. See the commentary to the line.</ref>}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''<sup>d</sup>Nin-sun-na''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Ninsun,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ul-lu e-li mu-ti ri-eš-ka''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Has exalted thy head above men.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''šar-ru-tú šá ni-ši''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Kingship over men}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|240|l}}{{hi|1em|''i-ši-im-kum <sup>d</sup>En-lil''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Enlil has decreed for thee.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|{{gap}}{{gap}}''duppu 2 kam-ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Second tablet,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''šú-tu-ur e-li ....................''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|enlarged beyond [the original(?)].}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|{{gap}}{{gap}}4 ''šú-ši''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|240 lines.}} |}{{nop}}<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> hiifa9askyfi8awe2ik6f28q7gpl5o6 Page:An Old Babylonian Version of the Gilgamesh Epic - Morris - 1920.djvu/97 104 3636891 14131296 11276482 2024-04-26T08:28:16Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Removing redundant border=0? proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Onewaymule87" />{{rvh|87|JASTROW-CLAY • OLD BABYLONIAN GILGAMESH EPIC|YALE ORIENTAL SERIES • RESEARCHES IV-3}}</noinclude>{{c|{{x-larger|YALE TABLET.}}}} {| |- valign="top" | style="text-align: center;width:22.5em;" |{{sc|Transliteration.}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: center;padding-right: 5em;"|{{sc|Translation.}} |} {{c|(About ten lines missing.)}} Col. I. {| |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''.................. ''[''ib'']''-ri(?)''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|.................. (my friend?)}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''mi-im-ma(?) šá(?)'']''-kú-tu wa(?)-ak-rum''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[Something] that is exceedingly difficult,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''am-mi-nim'']'' ta-aḫ-ši-iḫ''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[Why] dost thou desire}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''an-ni'']''-a-am ''[''e-pi'']''-šá-am''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[to do this?]}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|15|l}}{{hi|1em|''...... mi-im''[''-ma šá-kú-tu(?)'']''ma-''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|.... something (?) that is very [difficult (?)],}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''di-iš''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[Why dost thou] desire}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''am-mi'']''-nim ''[''taḫ'']''-ši-iḫ''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[to go down to the forest]?}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''ur(?)'']''-ta-du-ú ''[''a-na ki-i'']''š-tim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|A message [they carried] among [men]}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ši-ip-ra-am it-''[''ta-šú'']''-ú i-na'' [''nišê'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|They carried about.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|20|l}}{{hi|1em|''it-ta-áš-šú-ú-ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|They made a ....}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''i-pu-šú ru-ḫu-tam''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|.............. they brought}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''.................. uš-ta-di-nu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|..............................}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''............................. bu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|..............................}} |} {{c|(About 17 lines missing.)}} {| |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|40|l}}{{hi|1em|''.............. nam-........''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|.............................}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''.................... u ib-''[''ri'']'' .....''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|................... my friend}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''.............. ú-na-i-du ......''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|................ they raised .....}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''zi-ik'']''-ra-am ú-''[''tí-ir'']''-ru''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|answer [they returned.]}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''a-na'']'' ḫa-ri-''[''im'']''-tim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[To] the woman}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|45|l}}{{hi|1em|[''i'']''-pu(?)-šú a-na sa-''[''ka'']''-pu-ti''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|They proceeded to the overthrowing}} |} Col. II. {{c|(About eleven lines missing)}} {| |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''... šú(?)-mu(?) ...............''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|.......... name(?) .............}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ma-ḫi-ra-am ''[''šá i-ši-šú'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[The one who is] a rival [to him]}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''šú-uk-ni-šum-''[''ma'']'' ...............''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|subdue and ................}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|60|l}}{{hi|1em|''la-al-la-ru-''[''tu'']'' ..................''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Wailing ................}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''um-mi <sup>d</sup>-''[''Giš mu-di-a-at ka-la-ma'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|The mother [of Gišh, who knows everything]}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''i-na ma-''[''ḫar <sup>d</sup>Šamaš i-di-šá iš-ši'']}}||style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Before [Shamash raised her hand]}}<noinclude>{{nopt}} |}</noinclude> sz0eh4b49lbrxu4c3rs017kac5q9bcm Page:An Old Babylonian Version of the Gilgamesh Epic - Morris - 1920.djvu/98 104 3637879 14131297 11280115 2024-04-26T08:28:44Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Removing redundant border=0? proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Onewaymule87" />{{rvh|88|JASTROW-CLAY • OLD BABYLONIAN GILGAMESH EPIC|YALE ORIENTAL SERIES • RESEARCHES IV-3}} {|</noinclude>{{nopt}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''šá ú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Who}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''i-na- an(?)-''[''na am-mi-nim'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Now(?) [why]}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|65|l}}{{hi|1em|''ta-''[''aš-kun(?) a-na ma-ri-ia li-ib-bi la'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|hast thou stirred up the heart for my son,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ṣa-''[''li-la te-mid-su'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[Restlessness imposed upon him (?)]}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''.............................''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|............................}} |} {{c|(About four lines missing.)}} {| |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''i-na ''[''šá <sup>d</sup>En-ki-dũ im-la-a'']'' di-[im-tam'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|The eyes [of Enkidu filled with tears].}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''il-''[''pu-ut li'']''-ib-ba-šú-''[''ma'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[He clutched] his heart;}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''zar-biš(?)'']'' uš-ta-ni-''[''iḫ'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[Sadly(?)] he sighed.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|75|l}}{{hi|1em|[''i-na šá <sup>d</sup>En'']''-ki-dũ im-la-a di-im-tam''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[The eyes of En]kidu filled with tears.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''il-pu-ut'']'' li-ib-ba-šú-ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[He clutched] his heart;}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''zar-biš(?)'']'' uš-ta-ni-[iḫ]''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[Sadly(?)] he sighed.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''<sup>d</sup>Giš ú-ta'']''-ab-bil pa-ni-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|The face [of Gišh was grieved].}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''iz-za-kar-am'']'' a-na <sup>d</sup>En-ki-dũ''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[He spoke] to Enkidu:}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|80|l}}{{hi|1em|[''ib-ri am-mi-nim'']'' i-na-ka''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[“My friend, why are] thy eyes}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''im-la-a di-im'']''-tam''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[Filled with tears]?}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''il-pu-ut li-ib-bi'']''-ka''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Thy [heart clutched]}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''zar-biš tu-uš-ta'']''-ni-iḫ''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Dost thou sigh [sadly(?)]?”}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''<sup>d</sup>En-ki-dũ pi-šú i-pu-šá'']''-am-ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[Enkidu opened his mouth] and}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|85|l}}{{hi|1em|''iz-za-''[''kàr-am'']'' a-na dGiš''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|spoke to Gišh:}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ta-ab-bi-a-tum ib-ri''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|“Attacks, my friend,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''uš-ta-li-pa da-<ref>Scribal error for ''an''</ref>da-ni-ia''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|have exhausted my strength(?).}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''a-ḫa-a-a ir-ma-a-ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|My arms are lame,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''e-mu-ki i-ni-iš''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|my strength has become weak.”}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|90|l}}{{hi|1em|''<sup>d</sup>Giš pi-šú i-pu-šá-am-ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Gišh opened his mouth and}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''iz-za-kàr-am a-na <sup>d</sup>En-ki-dũ''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|spoke to Enkidu:}} |- valign="top" |} {{c|(About four lines missing.)}} Col. III. {| |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''..... ''[''a-di <sup>d</sup>Ḫu'']''-wa-wa da-pi-nu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|..... [until] Ḫuwawa, [the terrible],}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''.................. ra-''[''am(?)-ma'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|........................}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''................ ''[''ú-ḫal'']''- li-ik''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|............ [I destroyed].}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''lu-ur-ra-du a-na ki-iš-ti šá'']'' iserini''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[I will go down to the] cedar forest,}}<noinclude>{{nopt}} |} {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 95k3emshem9fr30amzsfifghi9rd11e Page:An Old Babylonian Version of the Gilgamesh Epic - Morris - 1920.djvu/100 104 3637888 14131309 11276536 2024-04-26T08:33:15Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Removing redundant border=0? proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Onewaymule87" />{{rvh|90|JASTROW-CLAY • OLD BABYLONIAN GILGAMESH EPIC|YALE ORIENTAL SERIES • RESEARCHES IV-3}} {|</noinclude>{{nopt}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''<sup>d</sup>Adad iš ..........''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Adad ......................}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|135|l}}{{hi|1em|''šú-ú ..................''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|He ........................}} |} Col. IV. {| |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''áš-šúm šú-ul-lu-m''[''u ki-iš-ti šáiṣerini'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|To keep safe [the cedar forest],}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''pu-ul-ḫi-a-tim 7 ''[''šú(?) i-šim-šú <sup>d</sup>Enlil'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[Enlil has decreed for it] seven-fold terror.”}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''<sup>d</sup>Giš pi-šú i-pu ''[''šá-am-ma'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Gish [opened] his mouth and}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''iz-za-kàr-am a-na ''[''<sup>d</sup>En-ki-dũ'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|spoke to [Enkidu]:}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|140|l}}{{hi|1em|''ma-an-nu ib-ri e-lu-ú šá-''[''ru-ba(?)'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|“Whoever, my friend, overcomes (?) [terror(?)],}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''i-ṭib-ma it-ti <sup>d</sup>Šamaš da-ri-iš ú-''[''me-šú'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|it is well (for him) with Shamash for the length of [his days].}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''a-we-lu-tum ba-ba-nu ú-tam-mu-šá-''[''ma'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Mankind will speak of it at the gates.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''mi-im-ma šá i-te-ni-pu-šú šá-ru-ba''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Wherever terror is to be faced,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''at-ta an-na-nu-um-ma ta-dar mu-tam''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Thou, forsooth, art in fear of death.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|145|l}}{{hi|1em|''ul iš-šú da-na-nu ḳar-ra-du-ti-ka''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Thy prowess lacks strength.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''lu-ul-li-ik-ma i-na pa-ni-ka''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|I will go before thee.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''pi-ka li-iš-si-a-am ṭi-ḫi-e ta-du-ur''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Though thy mouth calls to me; “thou art afraid to approach.”}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''šum-ma am-ta-ḳu-ut šú-mi lu-uš-zi-iz''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|If I fall, I will establish my name.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''<sup>d</sup>Giš mi<ref>Hardly ''ul''.</ref>-it-ti <sup>d</sup>Ḫu-wa-wa da-pi-nim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Gish, the corpse(?) of Ḫuwawa, the terrible one,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|150|l}}{{hi|1em|''il(?)-ḳu-ut iš-tu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|has snatched (?) from the time that}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''i-wa-al-dam-ma tar-bi-a i-na šam-mu(?) Il(?)''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|My offspring was born in ......}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''iš-ḫi-it-ka-ma la-bu ka-la-ma ti-di''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|The lion restrained (?) thee, all of which thou knowest.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''it- ku(?) ..... ''[''il(?)'']''-pu-tu-(?) ma .....''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|........................}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''.............. ka-ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|.............. thee and}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|155|l}}{{hi|1em|''.............. ši pi-ti''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|................ open (?)}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''............ ki-ma re’i(?) na-gi-la sa-rak-ti''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|........ like a shepherd(?) .....}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''.... ''[''ta-šá-s'']''i-a-am tu-lim-mi-in li-ib-bi''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[When thou callest to me], thou afflictest my heart.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''ga-ti lu'']''-uš-ku-un-ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|I am determined}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''lu-u-ri'']''-ba-am iṣerini''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[to enter] the cedar forest.}}<noinclude>{{nopt}} |} {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 418h8h8u1wy6uf49jra5idowa3k13k6 Page:An Old Babylonian Version of the Gilgamesh Epic - Morris - 1920.djvu/101 104 3637905 14131302 11279490 2024-04-26T08:30:59Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Removing redundant border=0? proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Onewaymule87" />{{rvh|91|JASTROW-CLAY • OLD BABYLONIAN GILGAMESH EPIC|YALE ORIENTAL SERIES • RESEARCHES IV-3}} {|</noinclude>{{nopt}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|160|l}}{{hi|1em|[''šú-ma sá'']''-ṭa-ru-ú a-na-ku lu-uš-ta-ak-na''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|I will, indeed, establish my name.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''pu-tu-ku(?)'']'' ib-ri a-na ki-iš-ka-tim lu-mu-ḫa''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[The work(?)], my friend, to the artisans I will entrust.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''be-le-e li-iš-'']''-pu-ku i-na maḫ-ri-ni''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[Weapons(?)] let them mould before us.”}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''pu-tu'']-''ku a-na ki-iš-ka-ti-i i-mu-ḫu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[The work(?)] to the artisans they entrusted.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''wa-áš-bu uš-ta-da-nu um-mi-a-nu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|A dwelling(?) they assigned to the workmen.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|165|l}}{{hi|1em|''pa-ši iš-pu-ku ra-bu-tim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Hatchets the masters moulded:}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ḫa-aṣ-si-ni 3 biltu-ta-a-an iš-tap-ku''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Axes of 3 talents each they moulded.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''pa-aṭ-ri iš-pu-ku ra-bu-tim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Lances the masters moulded;}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''me-še-li-tum 2 biltu-ta-a-an''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Blades(?) of 2 talents each,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ṣi-ip-ru 30 ma-na-ta-a-an šá a-ḫi-ši-na''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|A spear of 30 mina each attached to them.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|170|l}}{{hi|1em|''išid(?) pa-aṭ-ri 30 ma-na-ta-a-an ḫuraṣi''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|The hilt of the lances of 30 mina in gold}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[<sup>''d''</sup>]''Giš ù ''[''<sup>d</sup>En-ki-'']''dũ 10 biltu-ta-a-an šá-ak-nu'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Gish and [Enki]du were equipped with 10 talents each}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''.... ul-la . .''[''Uruk'']''<sup>ki</sup> 7 i-di-il-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|.......... in Erech seven its ....}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''...... iš-me-ma um-ma-nu ib-bi-ra''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|....... the people heard and ....}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''uš-te-(?)'']''-mi-a i-na sûḳi šá Uruk<sup>ki</sup> ri-bi-tim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[proclaimed(?)] in the street of Erech of the plazas.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|175|l}}{{hi|1em|''...... ''[''u-še(?)'']''-ṣa-šú <sup>d</sup>Gis''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|..... Gis [brought him out(?)]}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''ina sûḳi šá(?) Urukki'']'' ri-bi-tim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[In the street (?)] of Erech of the plazas}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''<sup>d</sup>En-ki-dũ(?) ú'']''-šá-ab i-na maḫ-ri-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[Enkidu(?)] sat before him}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''..... ''[''ki-a-am(?) i-ga'']''-ab-bi''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|..... [thus] he spoke:}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''........ Uruk<sup>ki</sup> ri]-bi-tim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|“........ [of Erech] of the plazas}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|180|l}}{{hi|1em|[''ma-ḫa-ar-šú'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|............ [before him]}} |} Col. V. {| |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''<sup>d</sup>Giš šá i-ga-ab-bu-ú lu-mu-ur''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Gish of whom they speak, let me see!}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''šá šú-um-šú it-ta-nam-ma-la ma-ta-tum''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|whose name fills the lands.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''lu-uk-šú-su-ma i-na ki-iš-ti <sup>iṣ</sup>erini''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|I will lure him to the cedar forest,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ki-ma da-an-nu pi-ir-ḫu-um šá Uruk<sup>ki</sup>''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Like a strong offspring of Erech.}}<noinclude>{{nopt}} |}</noinclude> 89riorfxmaku0kg3ceezwgdorsjp2o7 Page:An Old Babylonian Version of the Gilgamesh Epic - Morris - 1920.djvu/102 104 3638421 14131299 11280122 2024-04-26T08:29:44Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Onewaymule87" />{{rvh|92|JASTROW-CLAY • OLD BABYLONIAN GILGAMESH EPIC|YALE ORIENTAL SERIES • RESEARCHES IV-3}} {|</noinclude>{{nopt}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|185|l}}{{hi|1em|''lu-ši-eš-mi ma-tam''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|I will let the land hear (that)}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ga-ti lu-uš-ku-un-ma lu-uk-''[''šú'']<ref>Omitted by scribe.</ref>''-su-ma iṣerini''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|I am determined to lure (him) in the cedar (forest)<ref>''Kišti'' omitted by scribe</ref>.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''šú-ma šá-ṭa-ru-ú a-na-ku lu-uš-tak-nam''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|A name I will establish.”}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ši-bu-tum šá Uruk<sup>ki</sup> ri-bi-tim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|The elders of Erech of the plazas}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''zi-ik-ra ú-ti-ir-ru a-na <sup>d</sup>Giš''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|brought word to Gish:}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|190|l}}{{hi|1em|''ṣi-iḫ-ri-ti-ma <sup>d</sup>Giš libbi-ka na-ši-ka''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|“Thou art young, O Gish, and thy heart carries thee away.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''mi-im-ma šá te-te-ni-pu-šú la ti-di''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Thou dost not know what thou proposest to do.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ni-ši-im-me-ma <sup>d</sup>Ḫu-wa-wa šá-nu-ú bu-nu-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|We hear that Huwawa is enraged.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ma-an-nu-um ''[''uš-tam'']''-ḫa-ru ka-ak-ki-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Who has ever opposed his weapon?}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''a-na ištên(-en) ''[''kas-gíd-ta-a'']''-an nu-ma-at kišti''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|To one [double hour] in the heart of the forest,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|195|l}}{{hi|1em|''ma-an-nu šá [ur-ra]-du a-na libbi-šá''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Who has ever penetrated into it?}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''<sup>d</sup>Ḫu-wa-wa ri-ig-ma-šú a-bu-bu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Ḫuwawa, whose roar is a deluge,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''pi-šú <sup>d</sup>Bil-gi-ma na-pi-su mu-tum''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|whose mouth is fire, whose breath is death.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''am-mi-nim taḫ-ši-iḫ an-ni-a-am e-pi-šá''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Why dost thou desire to do this?}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ga-ba-al-la ma-ḫa-ar šú-pa-at <sup>d</sup>Ḫu-wa-wa''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|To advance towards the dwelling (?) of Ḫuwawa?”}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|200|l}}{{hi|1em|''iš-me-e-ma <sup>d</sup>Giš zi-ki-ir ma-li-''[''ki'']''-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Gish heard the report of his counsellors.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ip-pa-al-sa-am-ma i-ṣi-iḫ a-na ib-''[''ri-šú'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|He saw and cried out to [his] friend:}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''i-na-an-na ib-''[''ri'']'' ki-a-am ''[''a-ga-ab-bi'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|“Now, my friend, thus [I speak].}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''a-pa-al-aḫ-šú-ma a-''[''al-la-ak a-na kišti'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|I fear him, but [I will go to the cedar forest(?)];}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''lu'']''ul-''[''lik it-ti-ka a-na ki-iš-ti <sup>iṣ</sup>erini(?)'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|I will go [with thee to the cedar forest].}} |} {{c|(About five lines missing)}} {| |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|210|l}}{{hi|1em|''........................ -ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|...............................}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''li ............... -ka''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|May ................... thee}}<noinclude>{{nopt}} |} {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 7ifx2f2pw2i8hz1w85dgdd85ndxxhbp Page:An Old Babylonian Version of the Gilgamesh Epic - Morris - 1920.djvu/103 104 3638433 14131300 11279519 2024-04-26T08:30:15Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Removing redundant border=0? proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Onewaymule87" />{{rvh|93|JASTROW-CLAY • OLD BABYLONIAN GILGAMESH EPIC|YALE ORIENTAL SERIES • RESEARCHES IV-3}} {|</noinclude>{{nopt}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ilu-ka li(?) ..............-ka''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Thy god may (?) ........ thee;}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ḫarrana li-šá-''[''tir-ka a-na šú-ul-mi'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|On the road may he guide [thee in safety(?)].}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''a-na kar šá ''[''Uruk<sup>ki</sup> ri-bi-tim'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|At the rampart of [Erech of the plazas],}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|215|l}}{{hi|1em|''ka-mi-is-ma <sup>d</sup>Giš ''[''ma-ḫa-ar <sup>d</sup>Šamaš(?)'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Gish kneeled down [before Shamash(?)],}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''a-wa-at i-ga-ab- ''[''bu-šú-ma'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|A word then he spoke [to him]:}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''a-al-la-ak <sup>d</sup>Šamaš katâ-''[''ka a-ṣa-bat'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|“I will go, O Shamash, [thy] hands [I seize hold of].}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''ul-la-nu lu-uš-li-ma na-pi-''[''iš-ti'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|When I shall have saved [my life],}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''te-ir-ra-an-ni a-na kar i-''[''na Uruk<sup>ki</sup>'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Bring me back to the rampart [in Erech].]}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|220|l}}{{hi|1em|''ṣi-il-''[''la'']''m šú-ku-un ''[''a-na ia-a-ši(?)'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Grant protection [to me ?]!”}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''iš-si-ma <sup>d</sup>Giš ib-''[''ri.....'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Gish cried, ”[my friend] ......}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''te-ir-ta-šú ..........''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|His oracle ..................}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''is(?) ..............''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|........................}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''tam ................''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|........................}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|225|l}}{{hi|1em|''........................''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|........................}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''i-nu(?)-''[''ma'']'' ..................''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|When (?)}} |} {{c|(About two lines missing)}} Col. VI. {| |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''a-na-ku'']'' <sup>d</sup>Giš ''[''i-ik'']''-ka-di ma-tum''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|”[I(?)] Gish, the strong one (?) of the land.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|230|l}}{{hi|1em|''........... ḫarrana šá la al-''[''kam'']'' ma-ti-ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|...... A road which I have never [trodden];}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''.... a-ka-lu ..... la(?) i-di''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|........ food ...... do not (?) know.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''ul-la-nu'']'' lu-uš-li-''[''mu'']'' a-na-ku''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[When] I shall have succeeded,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''lu-ud-lul'']''-ka i-na ''[''ḫ'']''u-ud li-ib-bi''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[I will praise] thee in the joy of my heart,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''...... ''[''šú'']''-ḳu-ut-''[''ti'']'' la-li-ka''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[I will extol (?)] the superiority of thy power,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|235|l}}{{hi|1em|[''lu-še-šib(?)'']'' - ka i-na kussê<sup>meš</sup>''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[I will seat thee] on thrones.”}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''....................... ú-nu-su''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|.................. his vessel(?)}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''bêlê<sup>meš</sup>(?)ú-ti-ir'']''-ru ra-bu-tum''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|The masters [brought the weapons (?)];}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''ka-aš-tum'']'' ù iš-pa-tum''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[bow] and quiver}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''i-na'']'' ga-ti iš-ku-nu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|They placed in hand.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|240|l}}{{hi|1em|[''il-'']''te-ki pa-ši''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[He took] the hatchet.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''....... -ri iš-pa-as-su''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|................. his quiver.}}<noinclude>{{nopt}} |}</noinclude> oo9javsa7l981d18e99uwkywcsr82fj Page:An Old Babylonian Version of the Gilgamesh Epic - Morris - 1920.djvu/105 104 3638442 14131314 11278015 2024-04-26T08:35:14Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Removing redundant border=0? proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Onewaymule87" />{{rvh|95|JASTROW-CLAY • OLD BABYLONIAN GILGAMESH EPIC|YALE ORIENTAL SERIES • RESEARCHES IV-3}} {|</noinclude>{{nopt}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''i-na ir-ni-ti-ka''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|in thy endeavor!}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|265|l}}{{hi|1em|''ki-ma ṣi-iḫ-ri ir-ni-ta-ka-ma luš-mida(-da)''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Like a youth may he establish thy endeavor!}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''i-na na-ri šá <sup>d</sup>Ḫu-wa-wa šá tu-ṣa-ma-ru''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|In the river of Ḫuwawa as thou plannest,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''mi-zi ši-pi-ka''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|wash thy feet!}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''i-na bat-ba-ti-ka ḫi-ri bu-ur-tam''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Round about thee dig a well!}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''lu-ka-a-a-nu mê ellu i-na na-di-ka''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|May there be pure water constantly for thy libation}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|270|l}}{{hi|1em|[''ka-'']''su-tim me-e a-na <sup>d</sup>Šamaš ta-na-di''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Goblets of water pour out to Shamash!}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''li-iš'']''ta-ḫa-sa-as <sup>d</sup>Lugal-ban-da''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[May] Lugal-banda take note of it!”}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''<sup>d</sup>En-ki-'']''dũ pi-su i-pu-šá-am-ma, iz-za-kàr a-na <sup>d</sup>Giš''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[Enkidu] opened his mouth and spoke to Gish:}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''is(?)'']''-tu(?) ta-áš-dan-nu e-pu-uš a-la-kam''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|”[Since thou art resolved] to take the road.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''la pa'']''la-aḫ libbi-ka ia-ti tu-uk-la-ni''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Thy heart [be not afraid,] trust to me!}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|275|l}}{{hi|1em|[''šú-ku-'']''un i-di-a-am šú-pa-as-su''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[Confide] to my hand his dwelling(?)!”}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|[''ḫarrana(?)'']''šá <sup>d</sup>Ḫu-wa-wa it-ta-la-ku''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[on the road to] Ḫuwawa they proceeded.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''.......... ki-bi-ma te-''[''ir'']''-šú-nu-ti''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|....... command their return}} |} {{c|Three lines missing.)}} L. E. {| |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''.............. nam-ma-la''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|............... were filled.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''............... il-li-ku it-ti-ia''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|.......... they will go with me.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''............... ba-ku-nu-ši-im''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|...............................}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''......... ''[''ul'']''-la(?)-nu i-na ḫu-ud li-ib-bi''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|.................. joyfully.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|285|l}}{{hi|1em|[''i-na še-me-e'']'' an-ni-a ga-ba-šú''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|[Upon hearing] this word of his,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''e-diš ḫarrana(?) uš-te-''[''zi-ik'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Alone, the road(?) [he levelled].}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''a-lik <sup>d</sup>Giš lu-''[''ul-lik a-na pa-ni-ka'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|“Go, O Gish [I will go before thee(?)].}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''li-lik il-ka ..........''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|May thy god(?) go .........}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''li-šá-ak-lim-''[''ka ḫarrana'']'' ......''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|May he show [thee the road !] .....}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|290|l}}{{hi|1em|''<sup>d</sup>Giš ù''[''<sup>d</sup>En-ki-dũ] .......''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Gish and [Enkidu]}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''mu-di-eš ..........''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Knowingly ....................}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{hi|1em|''bi-ri-''[''su-nu'']'' ........''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Between [them] ................}} |}<noinclude></noinclude> 1ui25slken5vrio6w0jukxji9gmd75u Page:An Old Babylonian Version of the Gilgamesh Epic - Morris - 1920.djvu/113 104 3638554 14131311 11280132 2024-04-26T08:33:44Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Removing redundant border=0? proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Onewaymule87" />{{rvh|103|JASTROW-CLAY • OLD BABYLONIAN GILGAMESH EPIC|YALE ORIENTAL SERIES • RESEARCHES IV-3}}</noinclude>{{c|{{larger|APPENDIX.}}}} {{c|{{sc|Corrections to the Text of Langdon's Edition of the Pennsylvania Tablet<ref>The enumeration here is according to Langdon’s edition.</ref>}}}} Column 1. {| |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|5.||{{hi|1em|Read ''it-lu-tim'' (“heroes”) instead of ''id-da-tim'' (“omens”).}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|6.||{{hi|1em|Read ''ka-ka-bu'' instead of ''ka-ka-’a''. This disposes of Langdon’s note 2 on p. 211.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|9.||{{hi|1em|Read ''ú-ni-iš-šú-ma'', “I became weak” (from ''enêšu'', “weak”) instead of ''ilam iš-šú-ma'', “He bore a net”(!). This disposes of Langdon’s note 5 on page 211.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|10.||{{hi|1em|Read ''Uruk<sup>ki</sup>'' instead of ''ad-ki''. Langdon’s note 7 is wrong.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|12.||{{hi|1em|Langdon’s note 8 is wrong. ''ú-um-mid-ma pu-ti'' does not mean “he attained my front.”}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|14.||{{hi|1em|Read ''ab-ba-la-áš-šú'' instead of ''at-ba-la-áš-šú.''}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|15.||{{hi|1em|Read ''mu-di-a-at'' instead of ''mu-u-da-a-at.''}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|20.||{{hi|1em|Read ''ta-ḫa-du'' instead of an impossible [''sa'']''-ah-ḫa-ta''—two mistakes in one word. Supply ''kima Sal'' before ''taḫadu.''}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|22.||{{hi|1em|Read ''áš-šú'' instead of ''šú''; and at the end of the line read [''tu-ut'']''-tu-ú-ma'' instead of ''šú-ú-zu.''}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|23.||{{hi|1em|Read ''ta-tar-ra-''[''as-su''].}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|24.||{{hi|1em|Read [''uš'']''-ti-nim-ma'' instead of [''iš'']''-ti-lam-ma.''}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|28.||{{hi|1em|Read at the beginning ''šá'' instead of ''ina''.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|29.||{{hi|1em|Langdon’s text and transliteration of the first word do not tally. Read ''ḫa-aṣ-ṣi-nu'', just as in line 31.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|32.||{{hi|1em|Read ''aḫ-ta-du'' (“I rejoiced”) instead of ''aḫ-ta-ta''.}} |} Column 2. {| |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|4.||{{hi|1em|Read at the end of the line ''di-da-šá''(?) ''ip-tí-''[''e''] instead of ''Di-?-al-lu-un'' (!).}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|5.||{{hi|1em|Supply ''<sup>d</sup>En-ki-dū'' at the beginning. Traces point to this reading.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|19.||{{hi|1em|Read [''gi'']''-it-ma-''[''lu''] after ''<sup>d</sup>Giš'', as suggested by the Assyrian version, Tablet I, 4, 38, where ''emûḳu'' (“strength”) replaces ''nepištu'' of our text.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|20.||{{hi|1em|Read ''at-''[''ta kima Sal ta-ḫa'']''-bu-''[''ub'']''-šú''.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|21.||{{hi|1em|Read ''ta-''[''ra-am-šú ki-ma''].}}<noinclude>{{nopt}} |} {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 6qxsh42vq6ekw9n746wk0w1mp34dv3w Page:An Old Babylonian Version of the Gilgamesh Epic - Morris - 1920.djvu/114 104 3638568 14131312 11278363 2024-04-26T08:34:20Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Onewaymule87" />{{rvh|104|JASTROW-CLAY • OLD BABYLONIAN GILGAMESH EPIC|YALE ORIENTAL SERIES • RESEARCHES IV-3}} {|</noinclude>{{nopt}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|23.||{{hi|1em|Read as one word ''ma-a-ag-ri-i-im'' (“accursed”), spelled in characteristic Hammurabi fashion, instead of dividing into two words ''ma-a-ak'' and ''ri-i-im'', as Langdon does, who suggests as a translation “unto the place yonder(?) of the shepherd”(!).}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|24.||{{hi|1em|Read ''im-ta-ḫar'' instead of ''im-ta-gar''.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|32.||{{hi|1em|Supply ''ili(?)'' after ''ki-ma''.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|33.||{{hi|1em|Read ''šá-ri-i-im'' as one word.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|35.||{{hi|1em|Read ''i-na ''[''áš'']''-ri-šú ''[''im'']''-ḫu-ru''.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|36.||{{hi|1em|Traces at beginning point to either ''ù'' or ''ki'' ({{=}} ''itti''). Restoration of lines 36–39 (perhaps to be distributed into five lines) on the basis of the Assyrian version, Tablet I, 4, 2–5.}} |} Column 3. {| |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|14.||{{hi|1em|Read ''Kàš'' ({{=}} ''šikaram'', “wine”) ''ši-ti'', “drink,” as in line 17, instead of ''bi-iš-ti'', which leads Langdon to render this perfectly simple line “of the conditions and the fate of the land”(!).}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|21.||{{hi|1em|Read ''it-tam-ru'' instead of ''it-ta-bir-ru''.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|22.||{{hi|1em|Supply [lùŠú]-I.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|29.||{{hi|1em|Read ''ú-gi-ir-ri'' from ''garû'' (“attack), instead of separating into ''ú'' and ''gi-ir-ri'', as Langdon does, who translates “and the lion.” The sign used can never stand for the copula! Nor is ''girru'', “lion!”}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|30.||{{hi|1em|Read ''Síb<sup>meš</sup>'', “shepherds,” instead of ''šab-''[''ši'']''-eš''!}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|31.||{{hi|1em|''šib-ba-ri'' is not “mountain goat,” nor can ''ut-tap-pi-iš'' mean “capture.” The first word means “dagger,” and the second “he drew out.”}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|33.||{{hi|1em|Read ''it-ti-''[''lu'']'' na-ki-''[''di-e''], instead of ''itti immer nakie'' which yields no sense. Langdon’s rendering, even on the basis of his reading of the line, is a grammatical monstrosity.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|35.||{{hi|1em|Read ''giš'' instead of ''wa''.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|37.||{{hi|1em|Read perhaps ''a-na ''[''na-ki-di-e i'']''- za-ak-ki-ir.''}} |} Column 4. {| border=0 |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|4.||{{hi|1em|The first sign is clearly ''iz'', not ''ta'', as Langdon has it in note 1 on page 216.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|9.||{{hi|1em|The fourth sign is ''su'', not ''šú''.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|10.||{{hi|1em|Separate ''e-eš'' (“why”) from the following. Read ''ta-ḫi-''[''il''], followed, perhaps, by ''la''. The last sign is not certain; it may be ''ma''.}}<noinclude>{{nopt}} |}</noinclude> n5a4hdh60ruvuqy8xjftfz1xdfb34u4 14131318 14131312 2024-04-26T08:36:59Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Removing redundant border=0? proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Onewaymule87" />{{rvh|104|JASTROW-CLAY • OLD BABYLONIAN GILGAMESH EPIC|YALE ORIENTAL SERIES • RESEARCHES IV-3}} {|</noinclude>{{nopt}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|23.||{{hi|1em|Read as one word ''ma-a-ag-ri-i-im'' (“accursed”), spelled in characteristic Hammurabi fashion, instead of dividing into two words ''ma-a-ak'' and ''ri-i-im'', as Langdon does, who suggests as a translation “unto the place yonder(?) of the shepherd”(!).}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|24.||{{hi|1em|Read ''im-ta-ḫar'' instead of ''im-ta-gar''.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|32.||{{hi|1em|Supply ''ili(?)'' after ''ki-ma''.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|33.||{{hi|1em|Read ''šá-ri-i-im'' as one word.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|35.||{{hi|1em|Read ''i-na ''[''áš'']''-ri-šú ''[''im'']''-ḫu-ru''.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|36.||{{hi|1em|Traces at beginning point to either ''ù'' or ''ki'' ({{=}} ''itti''). Restoration of lines 36–39 (perhaps to be distributed into five lines) on the basis of the Assyrian version, Tablet I, 4, 2–5.}} |} Column 3. {| |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|14.||{{hi|1em|Read ''Kàš'' ({{=}} ''šikaram'', “wine”) ''ši-ti'', “drink,” as in line 17, instead of ''bi-iš-ti'', which leads Langdon to render this perfectly simple line “of the conditions and the fate of the land”(!).}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|21.||{{hi|1em|Read ''it-tam-ru'' instead of ''it-ta-bir-ru''.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|22.||{{hi|1em|Supply [lùŠú]-I.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|29.||{{hi|1em|Read ''ú-gi-ir-ri'' from ''garû'' (“attack), instead of separating into ''ú'' and ''gi-ir-ri'', as Langdon does, who translates “and the lion.” The sign used can never stand for the copula! Nor is ''girru'', “lion!”}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|30.||{{hi|1em|Read ''Síb<sup>meš</sup>'', “shepherds,” instead of ''šab-''[''ši'']''-eš''!}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|31.||{{hi|1em|''šib-ba-ri'' is not “mountain goat,” nor can ''ut-tap-pi-iš'' mean “capture.” The first word means “dagger,” and the second “he drew out.”}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|33.||{{hi|1em|Read ''it-ti-''[''lu'']'' na-ki-''[''di-e''], instead of ''itti immer nakie'' which yields no sense. Langdon’s rendering, even on the basis of his reading of the line, is a grammatical monstrosity.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|35.||{{hi|1em|Read ''giš'' instead of ''wa''.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|37.||{{hi|1em|Read perhaps ''a-na ''[''na-ki-di-e i'']''- za-ak-ki-ir.''}} |} Column 4. {| |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|4.||{{hi|1em|The first sign is clearly ''iz'', not ''ta'', as Langdon has it in note 1 on page 216.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|9.||{{hi|1em|The fourth sign is ''su'', not ''šú''.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|10.||{{hi|1em|Separate ''e-eš'' (“why”) from the following. Read ''ta-ḫi-''[''il''], followed, perhaps, by ''la''. The last sign is not certain; it may be ''ma''.}}<noinclude>{{nopt}} |}</noinclude> afrsf1xsymmhss2mncm0llqb6n90217 Page:An Old Babylonian Version of the Gilgamesh Epic - Morris - 1920.djvu/115 104 3638573 14131313 11278381 2024-04-26T08:34:46Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Removing redundant border=0? proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Onewaymule87" />{{rvh|105|JASTROW-CLAY • OLD BABYLONIAN GILGAMESH EPIC|YALE ORIENTAL SERIES • RESEARCHES IV-3}} {|</noinclude>{{nopt}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|11.||{{hi|1em|Read ''lim-nu'' instead of ''mi-nu''. In the same line read ''a-la-ku ma-na-aḫ-''[''ti'']''-ka'' instead of ''a-la-ku-zu''(!) ''na-aḫ ... ma'', which, naturally, Langdon cannot translate.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|16.||{{hi|1em|Read ''e-lu-tim'' instead of ''pa-a-ta-tim''. The first sign of the line, ''tu'', is not certain, because apparently written over an erasure. The second sign may be ''a''. Some one has scratched the tablet at this point.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|18.||{{hi|1em|Read ''uk-la-at âli'' (?) instead of ''ug-ad-ad-lil'', which gives no possible sense!}} |} Column 5. {| |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|2.||{{hi|1em|Read [''wa'']''-ar-ki-šú''.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|8.||{{hi|1em|Read ''i-ta-wa-a'' instead of ''i-ta-me-a''. The word ''pi-it-tam'' belongs to line 9! The sign ''pi'' is unmistakable. This disposes of note 1 on p. 218.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|9.||{{hi|1em|Read Mi {{=}} ''ṣalmu'', “image.” This disposes of Langdon’s note 2 on page 218. Of six notes on this page, four are wrong.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|11||{{hi|1em| The first sign appears to be ''si'' and the second ''ma''. At the end we are perhaps to supply [''šá-ki-i pu'']''-uk-ku-ul'', on the basis of the Assyrian version, Tablet IV, 2, 45, ''šá-ki-i pu-''[''uk-ku-ul''].}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|12||{{hi|1em| Traces at end of line suggest ''i-pa(?)-ka-du''.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|13||{{hi|1em| Read ''i-''[''na mâti da-an e-mu'']''-ki i-wa''.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|18||{{hi|1em| Read ''ur-šá-nu'' instead of ''ip-šá-nu''.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|19||{{hi|1em| Read ''i-šá-ru'' instead of ''i-tu-ru''.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|24||{{hi|1em| The reading ''it-ti'' after ''<sup>d</sup>Giš'' is suggested by the traces.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|25||{{hi|1em| Read ''in-ni-''[''ib-bi-it''] at the end of the line.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|28||{{hi|1em| Read ''ip-ta-ra-''[''aṣ a-la'']''-ak-tam'' at the end of the line, as in the Assyrian version, Tablet IV, 2, 37.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|30||{{hi|1em| The conjectural restoration is based on the Assyrian version, Tablet IV, 2, 36.}} |} Column 6. {| border=0 |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|3.||{{hi|1em|Read ''i-na ṣi-ri-''[''šú''].}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|5.||{{hi|1em|Supply [''il-li-ik''].}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|21||{{hi|1em|Langdon’s text has a superfluous ''ga''.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|22||{{hi|1em|Read ''uz-za-šú'', “his anger,” instead of ''uṣ-ṣa-šú'', “his javelin” (!).}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|23||{{hi|1em|Read ''i-ni-iḫ i-ra-as-su'', i.e., “his breast was quieted,” in the sense of “his anger was appeased.”}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|31||{{hi|1em|Read ''ri-eš-ka'' instead of ''ri-eš-su''.}} |}<noinclude></noinclude> qj3mrsv9acb3vz6syudallhroqvadjd 14131319 14131313 2024-04-26T08:37:24Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Removing redundant border=0? proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Onewaymule87" />{{rvh|105|JASTROW-CLAY • OLD BABYLONIAN GILGAMESH EPIC|YALE ORIENTAL SERIES • RESEARCHES IV-3}} {|</noinclude>{{nopt}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|11.||{{hi|1em|Read ''lim-nu'' instead of ''mi-nu''. In the same line read ''a-la-ku ma-na-aḫ-''[''ti'']''-ka'' instead of ''a-la-ku-zu''(!) ''na-aḫ ... ma'', which, naturally, Langdon cannot translate.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|16.||{{hi|1em|Read ''e-lu-tim'' instead of ''pa-a-ta-tim''. The first sign of the line, ''tu'', is not certain, because apparently written over an erasure. The second sign may be ''a''. Some one has scratched the tablet at this point.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|18.||{{hi|1em|Read ''uk-la-at âli'' (?) instead of ''ug-ad-ad-lil'', which gives no possible sense!}} |} Column 5. {| |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|2.||{{hi|1em|Read [''wa'']''-ar-ki-šú''.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|8.||{{hi|1em|Read ''i-ta-wa-a'' instead of ''i-ta-me-a''. The word ''pi-it-tam'' belongs to line 9! The sign ''pi'' is unmistakable. This disposes of note 1 on p. 218.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|9.||{{hi|1em|Read Mi {{=}} ''ṣalmu'', “image.” This disposes of Langdon’s note 2 on page 218. Of six notes on this page, four are wrong.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|11||{{hi|1em| The first sign appears to be ''si'' and the second ''ma''. At the end we are perhaps to supply [''šá-ki-i pu'']''-uk-ku-ul'', on the basis of the Assyrian version, Tablet IV, 2, 45, ''šá-ki-i pu-''[''uk-ku-ul''].}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|12||{{hi|1em| Traces at end of line suggest ''i-pa(?)-ka-du''.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|13||{{hi|1em| Read ''i-''[''na mâti da-an e-mu'']''-ki i-wa''.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|18||{{hi|1em| Read ''ur-šá-nu'' instead of ''ip-šá-nu''.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|19||{{hi|1em| Read ''i-šá-ru'' instead of ''i-tu-ru''.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|24||{{hi|1em| The reading ''it-ti'' after ''<sup>d</sup>Giš'' is suggested by the traces.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|25||{{hi|1em| Read ''in-ni-''[''ib-bi-it''] at the end of the line.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|28||{{hi|1em| Read ''ip-ta-ra-''[''aṣ a-la'']''-ak-tam'' at the end of the line, as in the Assyrian version, Tablet IV, 2, 37.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|30||{{hi|1em| The conjectural restoration is based on the Assyrian version, Tablet IV, 2, 36.}} |} Column 6. {| |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|3.||{{hi|1em|Read ''i-na ṣi-ri-''[''šú''].}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|5.||{{hi|1em|Supply [''il-li-ik''].}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|21||{{hi|1em|Langdon’s text has a superfluous ''ga''.}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|22||{{hi|1em|Read ''uz-za-šú'', “his anger,” instead of ''uṣ-ṣa-šú'', “his javelin” (!).}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|23||{{hi|1em|Read ''i-ni-iḫ i-ra-as-su'', i.e., “his breast was quieted,” in the sense of “his anger was appeased.”}} |- valign="top" | style="text-align:right"|31||{{hi|1em|Read ''ri-eš-ka'' instead of ''ri-eš-su''.}} |}<noinclude></noinclude> 110h1w2gb2pm37m42898oulyh3zgv8r Page:The Epic of Gilgamesh (Langdon 1917).djvu/7 104 3639932 14131286 11287336 2024-04-26T08:23:33Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Removing redundant border=0? proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Onewaymule87" /></noinclude>{{c|{{larger|TRANSLITERATION AND TRANSLATION }}}} {| |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|1|l}}{{hi|1em|''it-bi-e-ma <sup>ilu</sup>Gilgamiš šu-na-tam i-pa-aš-šar.''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|1|l}}{{hi|1em|Gilgamish arose interpreting dreams,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|2|l}}{{hi|1em|''iz-za-kar-am<ref>Here this late text includes both variants ''pašāru'' and ''zakāru''. The earlier texts have only the one or the other.</ref> a-na um-mi-šu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|2|l}}{{hi|1em|addressing his mother.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|3|l}}{{hi|1em|''um-mi i-na ša-a-at mu-ši-ti-i̭a''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|3|l}}{{hi|1em|“My mother! during my night}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|4|l}}{{hi|1em|''ša-am-ḫa-ku-ma at-ta-na-al-la-ak''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|4|l}}{{hi|1em|I, having become lusty, wandered about}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|5|l}}{{hi|1em|''i-na bi-ri-it id-da-tim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|5|l}}{{hi|1em|in the midst of omens.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|6|l}}{{hi|1em|''ib-ba-šu-nim-ma ka-ka-’a<ref>For ''kakabê''; ''b'' becomes ''u̯'' and then is reduced to the breathing.</ref> ša-ma-i''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|6|l}}{{hi|1em|And there came out stars in the heavens,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|7|l}}{{hi|1em|''ki-?-?-rum<ref>The variants have ''kima kiṣri''; ''ki-[ma]?-rum'' is a possible reading. The standard Assyrian texts regard Enkidu as the subject.</ref> ša a-nim im-ku-ut a-na ṣi-ri-i̭a''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|7|l}}{{hi|1em|Like a … of heaven he fell upon me.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|8|l}}{{hi|1em|''áš-ši-šu-ma ik-ta-bi-it<ref>Var. ''da-an''</ref> e-li-i̭a''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|8|l}}{{hi|1em|I bore him but he was too heavy for me.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|9|l}}{{hi|1em|''ilam<ref>''ŠAM-KAK'' = ''ilu'', net. The variant has ''ultaprid ki-is-su-šu'', “he shook his murderous weapon.” For ''kissu'' see ZA. 9,220,4 = CT. 12,14b 36, ''giš-kud'' = ki-is-su.</ref> iš-šu-ma nu-uš-ša-šu<ref>Var. ''nussu'' for ''nuš-šu'' {{=}} ''nušša-šu''. The previous translations of this passage are erroneous.</ref> u-ul el-ti-’i̭''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|9|l}}{{hi|1em|He bore a net but I was not able to bear it.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|10|l}}{{hi|1em|''ad-ki ma-tum pa-ḫi-ir<ref>This is to my knowledge the first occurence of the infinitive of this verb, ''paḫēru'', not ''paḫāru''.</ref> e-li-šu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|10|l}}{{hi|1em|I summoned the land to assemble unto him,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|11|l}}{{hi|1em|''id-lu-tum ú-na-ša-ku ši-pi-šu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|11|l}}{{hi|1em|that heroes might kiss his feet.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|12|l}}{{hi|1em|''ú-um-mi-id-ma {{gap}}{{gap}}{{gap}}pu-ti''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|12|l}}{{hi|1em|He stood up before me<ref>Literally "he attained my front."</ref>}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|13|l}}{{hi|1em|''i-mi- du {{gap}}{{gap}}{{gap}}{{gap}}i̭a-ti''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|13|l}}{{hi|1em|and they stood over against me.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|14|l}}{{hi|1em|''aš-ši-a-šu-ma at-ba-la-áš-šu a-na ṣi-ri-ki''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|14|l}}{{hi|1em|I lifted him and carried him away unto thee.”}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|15|l}}{{hi|1em|''um-mi <sup>ilu</sup>Gilgamiš mu-u-da-a-at ka-la-ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|15|l}}{{hi|1em|The mother of Gilgamish she that knows all things,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" | {{pline|16|l}}{{hi|1em|''iz-za-kar-am a-na <sup>ilu</sup>Gilgamiš''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|16|l}}{{hi|1em|said unto Gilgamish:—}}<noinclude>{{nopt}} |} {{smallrefs}} {{c|(211)}}</noinclude> 25n8p7puyxm7jmw6vtqvzljimlf48is Page:The Epic of Gilgamesh (Langdon 1917).djvu/9 104 3640477 14131287 13625649 2024-04-26T08:24:10Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Removing redundant border=0? proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Onewaymule87" />{{rvh|213|STEPHEN LANGDON—THE EPIC OF GILGAMESH}}</noinclude>{{c|{{larger|{{sc|Col. II}}}}}} {| |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|1|l}}{{hi|1em|''aš-šum uš-''[''tu-'']'' ma-ḫa-ru it-ti-ka.''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|1|l}}{{hi|1em|that he may join with thee in endeavor.”}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|2|l}}{{hi|1em|''<sup>ilu</sup>Gilgamish šu-na-tam i-pa-šar''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|2|l}}{{hi|1em|(Thus) Gilgamish solves (his) dream.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|3|l}}{{hi|1em|''<sup>ilu</sup>En-ki-''[''dû w'']''a?-ši-ib ma-ḫar ḫa-ri-im-tim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|3|l}}{{hi|1em|Enkidu sitting before the hierodule}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|4|l}}{{hi|1em|''UR ''[{{gap}}{{gap}}]''-ḫa-mu DI-?-al-lu-un''}}||style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|4|l}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|5|l}}{{hi|1em|[{{gap}}{{gap}}]'' im-ta-ši a-šar i-wa-al-du''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|5|l}}{{hi|1em|[{{gap}}{{gap}}] forgot where he was born.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|6|l}}{{hi|1em|''ûmê 6<ref>Restored from Tab. I Col. IV 21.</ref> ù 7 mu-ši- a-tim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|6|l}}{{hi|1em|Six days and seven nights}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|7|l}}{{hi|1em|''<sup>ilu</sup>En-ki-dû te-bi-  i-ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|7|l}}{{hi|1em|came forth Enkidu}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|8|l}}{{hi|1em|''ša-''[''am-ka-ta'']  ''ir- ḫi''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|8|l}}{{hi|1em|and cohabited with the courtesan.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|9|l}}{{hi|1em|''ḫa-''[''ri-im-tu pa-a'']''-ša i-pu-ša-am-ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|9|l}}{{hi|1em|The hierodule opened her mouth}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|10|l}}{{hi|1em|''iz-za-''[''kar-am'']'' a-na <sup>ilu</sup>En-ki-dû<ref>Cf. {{sc|Dhorme}} ''Choix de Textes Religieux'' 198, 33.</ref>''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|10|l}}{{hi|1em|speaking unto Enkidu.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|11|l}}{{hi|1em|''a-na-ṭal-ka <sup>d</sup>En-ki-dû ki-ma ili ta-ba-áš-ši''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|11|l}}{{hi|1em|“I behold thee Enkidu; like a god thou art.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|12|l}}{{hi|1em|''am-mi-nim it-ti na-ma-áš-te-e<ref>''namaštû'' a late form which has followed the analogy of ''reštû'' in assuming the feminine ''t'' as part of the root. The long ''û'' is due to analogy with ''namaššû'' a Sumerian loan-word with nisbe ending.</ref>''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|12|l}}{{hi|1em|Why with the animals}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|13|l}}{{hi|1em|''ta-at-ta-''[''na-al-'']''la -ak ṣi-ra-am''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|13|l}}{{hi|1em|wanderest thou on the plain?}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|14|l}}{{hi|1em|''al-kam {{gap}}lu-ùr-di- {{gap}}ka''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|14|l}}{{hi|1em|Come! I will lead thee}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|15|l}}{{hi|1em|''a-na libbi Uruk-(ki) ri-bi-tim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|15|l}}{{hi|1em|into the midst of Erech of the wide places,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|16|l}}{{hi|1em|''a-na biti ''[''el-'']''lim mu-ša-bi ša A-nim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|16|l}}{{hi|1em|even unto the holy house, dwelling place of Anu.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|17|l}}{{hi|1em|''<sup>d</sup>En-ki-dû ti-bi lu-ru-ka''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|17|l}}{{hi|1em|Oh Enkidu, arise, I will conduct thee}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|18|l}}{{hi|1em|''a-na É-''[''an-n'']''a mu-ša-bi ša A-nim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|18|l}}{{hi|1em|unto Eanna dwelling place of Anu,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|19|l}}{{hi|1em|''a-šar ''[''<sup>ilu</sup>Gilgamiš'']'' it-''[''.........'']'' ne-pi-ši-tim(?)''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|19|l}}{{hi|1em|where Gilgamish [oppresses] the souls of men(?)}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|20|l}}{{hi|1em|''ù at-''[{{gap}}{{gap}}]'' -di ''[{{gap}}{{gap}}''-'']'' ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|20|l}}{{hi|1em|And as I ............}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|21|l}}{{hi|1em|''ta-''[{{gap}}{{gap}}]'' ra-ma-an-  ka''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|21|l}}{{hi|1em|thou shalt ........ thyself.}}<noinclude>{{nopt}} |} {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> a73mgtxzx46cmaxo02jc4klk2do1hid Page:The Epic of Gilgamesh (Langdon 1917).djvu/10 104 3640516 14131303 13625666 2024-04-26T08:31:23Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Removing redundant border=0? proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Onewaymule87" />{{rvh|214|UNIVERSITY MUSEUM—BABYLONIAN SECTION}} {|</noinclude>{{nopt}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|22|l}}{{hi|1em|''al-ka ti-ba i-''[''na'']'' ga-ag-ga-ri''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|22|l}}{{hi|1em|Come thou, arise from the ground}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|23|l}}{{hi|1em|''ma-a-a?''<ref>Room for a small sign only, perhaps ''A; māi̭āk''? For ''mâka'', there, see {{sc|Behrens}}, LSS. II page 1 and index.</ref> ''-ak {{gap}}{{gap}}ri-i-im''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|23|l}}{{hi|1em|unto the place yonder (?) of the shepherd.”}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|24|l}}{{hi|1em|''iš-me a-wa-az-za im-ta-gár ga-ba-ša''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|24|l}}{{hi|1em|He heard her speak and accepted her words with favor.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|25|l}}{{hi|1em|''mi-il-kum ša sinništi''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|25|l}}{{hi|1em|The advice of the woman}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|26|l}}{{hi|1em|''im-ta-''[''ku'']''-ut a-na libbi-šu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|26|l}}{{hi|1em|fell upon his heart.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|27|l}}{{hi|1em|''iš-ḫu-uṭ li-ib-ša-am''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|27|l}}{{hi|1em|She tore off one garment}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|28|l}}{{hi|1em|''iš-ti-nam'' {{gap}}[''ú'']''-la-ab-bi-iš-šu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|28|l}}{{hi|1em|and clothed him with it.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|29|l}}{{hi|1em|''li-ib- ''[''ša-am'']'' {{gap}}ša-ni-a-am''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|29|l}}{{hi|1em|With a second garment}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|30|l}}{{hi|1em|''ši-i it-ta-al-ba- áš''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|30|l}}{{hi|1em|she clothed herself.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|31|l}}{{hi|1em|''ṣa-ab-ta-at {{gap}}ga-az- {{gap}}zu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|31|l}}{{hi|1em|She clasped his hand,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|32|l}}{{hi|1em|''ki-ma ? i-ri-id-di-šu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|32|l}}{{hi|1em|guiding him like ..............}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|33|l}}{{hi|1em|''a-na gu-up-ri {{gap}}{{gap}}ša ri-i-im''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|33|l}}{{hi|1em|unto the mighty presence of the shepherd,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|34|l}}{{hi|1em|''a-š''[''ar''{{gap}}{{gap}}] ''tar-ba-ṣi-im''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|34|l}}{{hi|1em|unto the place of the ... of the sheepfolds.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|35|l}}{{hi|1em|''i-na'' [{{gap}}{{gap}}]''-ḫu-ru ri-i̭a-ú''<ref>Infinitive “to shepherd”; see also {{sc|Poebel}}, PBS. V 106 I, ''ri-i̭a-ú, ri-te-i̭a-ú''.</ref>'}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|35|l}}{{hi|1em|In ......... to shepherd}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|36|l}}{{hi|1em|''.............................''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|36|l}}{{hi|1em|''.............................''}} |}{{c|(About two lines broken away)}} <br> {{c|{{larger|{{sc|Col.}} III}}}} {| |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|1|l}}{{hi|1em|''ši-iz-ba ša na-ma-áš-te-e''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|1|l}}{{hi|1em|Milk of the cattle}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|2|l}}{{hi|1em|''i-te-en-{{gap}}ni-{{gap}}{{gap}}iḳ''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|2|l}}{{hi|1em|he drank.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|3|l}}{{hi|1em|''a-ka-lam {{gap}} iš-ku-nu {{gap}}ma-ḫar-šu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|3|l}}{{hi|1em|Food they placed before him.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|4|l}}{{hi|1em|''ip-te-iḳ-ma i-na {{gap}}{{gap}}-aṭ-ṭal''<ref>The text has clearly ''AD-RI''.</ref>}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|4|l}}{{hi|1em|He broke bread<ref>''patāḳu'' has apparently the same sense originally as ''batāḳu'', although the one forms its preterite ''iptiḳ'', and the other ''ibtuḳ''. Cf. also ''maḫāṣu'' break, hammer and construct.</ref>}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|5|l}}{{hi|1em|''ù ip-pa-al-la-{{gap}}{{gap}}as''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|5|l}}{{hi|1em|gazing and looking.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|6|l}}{{hi|1em|''u-ul i-di {{gap}}<sup>d</sup>En-ki- dû''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|6|l}}{{hi|1em|But Enkidu understood not.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|7|l}}{{hi|1em|''aklam a-na a-ka-lim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|7|l}}{{hi|1em|Bread to eat,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|8|l}}{{hi|1em|''šikaram {{gap}}{{gap}}a-na ša-te-e-im''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|8|l}}{{hi|1em|beer to drink,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|9|l}}{{hi|1em|''la-a {{gap}}{{gap}}lum-mu- {{gap}}{{gap}}ud''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|9|l}}{{hi|1em|he had not been taught.}}<noinclude>{{nopt}} |} {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 4h5z4g2pmnqi18xo2r6gyfo7km53hej Page:The Epic of Gilgamesh (Langdon 1917).djvu/12 104 3640643 14131294 11284888 2024-04-26T08:26:59Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Removing redundant border=0? proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Onewaymule87" />{{rvh|216|UNIVERSITY MUSEUM—BABYLONIAN SECTION}}</noinclude>{{c|{{larger|{{sc|Reverse I}}}}}} {| |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{hi|1em|''..............................''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|..............................}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|1|l}}{{hi|1em|''i-ip-pu-uš {{gap}}{{gap}}ul-ṣa-am''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|1|l}}{{hi|1em|And he made glad.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|2|l}}{{hi|1em|''iš-ši-ma   {{gap}}{{gap}}i-ni-i-šu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|2|l}}{{hi|1em|He lifted up his eyes,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|3|l}}{{hi|1em|''i-ta-mar   {{gap}}{{gap}}a-we-lam''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|3|l}}{{hi|1em|and beheld the man,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|4|l}}{{hi|1em|''iz<ref>Text ''ta''!</ref>-za-kar-am {{gap}}a-na ḫarimti''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|4|l}}{{hi|1em|and said unto the hierodule:—}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|5|l}}{{hi|1em|''ša-am-ka-at uk-ki-ši<ref>On ''ekēšu'', drive away, see Zimmern, ''Shurpu'', p. 56. Cf. ''uk-kiš'', {{sc|Myhrman}}, PBS. I 14, 17; ''uk-ki-ši'', King, Cr. App. V ''55;'' etc., etc.</ref> a-we-lam''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|5|l}}{{hi|1em|“Oh harlot, take away the man.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|6|l}}{{hi|1em|''a-na mi-nim {{gap}}il-li-kam''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|6|l}}{{hi|1em|Wherefore did he come to me?}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|7|l}}{{hi|1em|''zi-ki-ir-šu {{gap}}lu-uš-šu<ref>The Hebrew cognate of ''mašû'', to forget, is ''našâ'', Arabic ''nasijia'', and occurs here in Babylonian for the first time. See also Brockelman, ''Vergleichende Grammatik'' 160 ''a''.</ref>''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|7|l}}{{hi|1em|I would forget the memory of him.”}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|8|l}}{{hi|1em|''ḫa-ri-im-tum iš-ta-si a-we-lam''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|8|l}}{{hi|1em|The hierodule called unto the man}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|9|l}}{{hi|1em|''i-ba-uš-šu-um-ma i-ta-mar-šu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|9|l}}{{hi|1em|and came unto him beholding him.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|10|l}}{{hi|1em|''e-di-il<ref>Probably phonetic variant of ''edir''. The preterite of ''edēru'', to be in misery, has not been found. If this interpretation be correct the preterite ''edir'' is established. For the change ''r'' > l note also ''attalaḫ'' < ''attaraḫ'', Harper, ''Letters 88'', 10, ''bilku'' < ''birku'', RA. 9, 77 II 13; ''uttakkalu'' < ''uttakkaru'', {{sc|Ebeling}}, KTA. 49 IV 10.</ref> {{gap}}e-eš-ta-ḫi-''[''ṭa-am'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|10|l}}{{hi|1em|She sorrowed and was astonished}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|11|l}}{{hi|1em|''mi-nu {{gap}}a-la-ku-zu na-aḫ-<ref>Also na-’-[{{gap}}-]ma is possible.</ref> ''[''{{gap}}-'']''ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|11|l}}{{hi|1em|how his ways were ............}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|12|l}}{{hi|1em|''e pi-šu    {{gap}}i-pu-ša-am-''[''ma'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|12|l}}{{hi|1em|Behold she opened her mouth}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|13|l}}{{hi|1em|''iz-za-kar-am a-na <sup>ilu</sup>En-''[''ki-dû'']}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|13|l}}{{hi|1em|saying unto Enkidu:—}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|14|l}}{{hi|1em|''bi-ti-iš e-mu-tim [{{gap}}{{gap}}]''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|14|l}}{{hi|1em|“At home with a family [''to dwell??'']}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|15|l}}{{hi|1em|''ši-ma-a-at {{gap}}ni-ši-i- {{gap}}ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|15|l}}{{hi|1em|is the fate of mankind.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|16|l}}{{hi|1em|''tu-ṣa<ref>The text cannot be correct since it has no intelligible sign. My reading is uncertain.</ref>-ar pa-a-ta-tim<ref>Text uncertain, ''kal-lu-tim'' is possible.</ref>''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|16|l}}{{hi|1em|Thou shouldest design boundaries(??)}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|17|l}}{{hi|1em|''a-na âli dup-šak-ki-i e ṣi-en''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|17|l}}{{hi|1em|for a city. The trencher-basket put (upon thy head).}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|18|l}}{{hi|1em|''UG-AD-AD-LIL e-mi ṣa-a-a-ḫa-tim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|18|l}}{{hi|1em|...........an abode of comfort.}}<noinclude>{{nopt}} |} {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> ai17r44jjgnz1gx0vihbov33h5iz5hp Page:The Epic of Gilgamesh (Langdon 1917).djvu/13 104 3640645 14131293 11285669 2024-04-26T08:26:15Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Onewaymule87" />{{rvh|217|STEPHEN LANGDON—THE EPIC OF GILGAMESH}} {|</noinclude>{{nopt}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|19|l}}{{hi|1em|''a-na šarri Unuk-(ki) ri-bi-tim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|19|l}}{{hi|1em|For the king of Erech of the wide places}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|20|l}}{{hi|1em|''pi-ti pu-uk epši<ref>''KAK-ši.''</ref> {{gap}}a-na ḫa-a-a-ri''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|20|l}}{{hi|1em|open, addressing thy speech as unto a husband.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|21|l}}{{hi|1em|''a-na <sup>ilu</sup>Gilgamiš šarri ša Unuk-(ki) ri-bi-tim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|21|l}}{{hi|1em|Unto Gilgamish king of Erech of the wide places}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|22|l}}{{hi|1em|''pi-ti pu-uk {{gap}}{{gap}}epši<ref>''KAK-ši.''</ref>''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|22|l}}{{hi|1em|open, addressing thy speech}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|23|l}}{{hi|1em|''a-na {{gap}}ha-a-a-ri''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|23|l}}{{hi|1em|as unto a husband.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|24|l}}{{hi|1em|''áš-ša-at ši-ma-tim i-ra-aḫ-ḫi''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|24|l}}{{hi|1em|He cohabits with the wife decreed for him,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|25|l}}{{hi|1em|''šu-u {{gap}}pa-na-nu-um-ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|25|l}}{{hi|1em|even he formerly.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|26|l}}{{hi|1em|''mu-uk {{gap}}wa-ar-ka-nu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|26|l}}{{hi|1em|But henceforth}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|27|l}}{{hi|1em|''i-na mi-il-ki ša ili ga-bi-ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|27|l}}{{hi|1em|in the counsel which god has spoken,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|28|l}}{{hi|1em|''i-na bi-ti-iḳ {{gap}}a-pu-un-na-ti-šu<ref>Literally nostrils. ''pitik apunnati-šu'', work done in his presence(?). The meaning of the idiom is uncertain.</ref>''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|28|l}}{{hi|1em|in the work of his presence}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|29|l}}{{hi|1em|''ši- {{gap}}ma- {{gap}}az- {{gap}}{{gap}}zum''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|29|l}}{{hi|1em|shall be his fate.”}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|30|l}}{{hi|1em|''a-na zi-ik-ri {{gap}}{{gap}}id-li-im''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|30|l}}{{hi|1em|At the mention of the hero}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|31|l}}{{hi|1em|''i-ri-ku {{gap}}{{gap}}{{gap}}pa-nu-šu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|31|l}}{{hi|1em|his face became pale.}} |} {{c|{{larger|{{sc|Reverse II}}}}}} ............................................................<br> {{c|(About five lines broken away)}} {| |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|1|l}}{{hi|1em|''i-il-la-ak- ..........''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|1|l}}{{hi|1em|going .......................}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|2|l}}{{hi|1em|''ù ša-am-ka-at''[{{gap}}]''ar-ki-šu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|2|l}}{{hi|1em|and the harlot ..... after him.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|3|l}}{{hi|1em|''i- ru- ub-ma<ref>Text ''ZU''!</ref> a-na<ref>Text has erroneous form.</ref> libbi Uruk-(ki) ri-bi-tim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|3|l}}{{hi|1em|He entered into the midst of Erech of the wide places.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|4|l}}{{hi|1em|''ip-ḫur um-ma-nu-um i-na ṣi-ri-šu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|4|l}}{{hi|1em|The artisans gathered about him.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|5|l}}{{hi|1em|''iz-zi-za-am-ma i-na zu-ki-im''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|5|l}}{{hi|1em|And as he stood in the street}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|6|l}}{{hi|1em|''ša Unuk-(ki) {{gap}}{{gap}}ri-bi-tim''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|6|l}}{{hi|1em|of Erech of the wide places,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|7|l}}{{hi|1em|''pa-aḫ-ra-a-ma {{gap}}ni-šu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|7|l}}{{hi|1em|the people assembled}}<noinclude>{{nopt}} |} {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> pqdsc0liqisefvocchsgvpu6y4xcuwq Page:The Epic of Gilgamesh (Langdon 1917).djvu/14 104 3640872 14131292 13631544 2024-04-26T08:25:42Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Removing redundant border=0? proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Onewaymule87" />{{rvh|218|STEPHEN LANGDON—THE EPIC OF GILGAMESH}} {|</noinclude>{{nopt}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|8|l}}{{hi|1em|''i-ta-mē-a {{gap}}i-na ṣi-ri-šu pi(?)-it-tam32''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|8|l}}{{hi|1em|disputing round about him:—}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|9|l}}{{hi|1em|''a-na mi-''[''ni'']''<ref>Omitted by the scribe.</ref> <sup>ilu</sup>Gilgamiš ma-ši-il''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|9|l}}{{hi|1em|“How is he become like Gilgamish suddenly?}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|10|l}}{{hi|1em|''la-nam {{gap}}ša- pi-  {{gap}}il''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|10|l}}{{hi|1em|In form he is shorter.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|11|l}}{{hi|1em|''e-ṣi''[{{gap}}{{gap}}''pu'']''-uk-ku-ul''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|11|l}}{{hi|1em|In ........ he is made powerful.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|12|l}}{{hi|1em|''{{gap}}{{gap}}i{{gap}}? -ak-ta''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|12|l}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|13|l}}{{hi|1em|''i''[''-{{gap}}{{gap}}-'']''di {{gap}}i-ši?''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|13|l}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|14|l}}{{hi|1em|''ši-iz-ba {{gap}}ša''[''na-ma-'']''áš-''[''te'']''-e''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|14|l}}{{hi|1em|Milk of the cattle}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|15|l}}{{hi|1em|''i-te- {{gap}}en- {{gap}}{{gap}}ni-   iḳ''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|15|l}}{{hi|1em|he drank.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|16|l}}{{hi|1em|''ka-i̭ā-na i-na ''[''libbi'']'' Uruk-(ki) kak-ki-a-tum<ref>Sic! The plural of ''kakku, kakkîtu''(?).</ref>''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|16|l}}{{hi|1em|Continually in the midst of Erech weapons}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|17|l}}{{hi|1em|''id-lu-tum u-te-el-li- {{gap}}lu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|17|l}}{{hi|1em|the heroes purified.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|18|l}}{{hi|1em|''ša-ki-in {{gap}}ip-ša-   {{gap}}nu<ref>Cf. ''e-pi-ša-an-šu-nu libâru'', “May they see their doings,” ''Maḳlu'' VII 17.</ref>''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|18|l}}{{hi|1em|A project was instituted.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|19|l}}{{hi|1em|''a-na idli ša i-tu-ru {{gap}}zi-mu-šu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|19|l}}{{hi|1em|Unto the hero whose countenance was turned away,}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|20|l}}{{hi|1em|''a-na <sup>ilu</sup>Gilgamiš ki-ma {{gap}}i-li-im''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|20|l}}{{hi|1em|unto Gilgamish like a god}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|21|l}}{{hi|1em|''ša-ki-iš-šum<ref>For ''šakin-šum''.</ref> me-iḫ-rum''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|21|l}}{{hi|1em|he became for him a fellow.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|22|l}}{{hi|1em|''a-na <sup>ilat</sup>Iš-ḫa-ra ma-i̭ā-lum''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|22|l}}{{hi|1em|For Išhara a couch}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|23|l}}{{hi|1em|''na- {{gap}}''[''di'']''-i- {{gap}}ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|23|l}}{{hi|1em|was laid.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|24|l}}{{hi|1em|''<sup>ilu</sup>Gilgamish id-''[{{gap}}{{gap}}]''na-an''(?)...}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|24|l}}{{hi|1em|Gilgamish ...................}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|25|l}}{{hi|1em|''i-na mu-ši in-ni-''[''{{gap}}-'']''id''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|25|l}}{{hi|1em|In the night he ..............}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|26|l}}{{hi|1em|''i-na-ak<ref>On the verb ''nâku'' see the Babylonian Book of Proverbs § 27.</ref>-ša-am- {{gap}}ma''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|26|l}}{{hi|1em|embracing her in sleep.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|27|l}}{{hi|1em|''it-ta-''[{{gap}}{{gap}}]''i-na zûki''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|27|l}}{{hi|1em|They ........ in the street}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|28|l}}{{hi|1em|''ip-ta-ra-''[''ku''{{gap}}{{gap}}]''-ak-tām''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|28|l}}{{hi|1em|halting at the ................}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|29|l}}{{hi|1em|''ša {{gap}}<sup>ilu</sup>Gilgamish''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|29|l}}{{hi|1em|of Gilgamish.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|29|l}}{{hi|1em|''........... da-na''(?)'' ni-iš-šu''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|29|l}}{{hi|1em|.......... mightily(?)}} |} {{c|{{larger|{{sc|Col. III}}}}}} {| |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|1|l}}{{hi|1em|''ur-''(?)''ḫa .....................''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|1|l}}{{hi|1em|A road(?) ....................}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|2|l}}{{hi|1em|''<sup>ilu</sup>Gilgamiš ................''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|2|l}}{{hi|1em|Gilgamish ...................}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|3|l}}{{hi|1em|''i-na ṣi-ri ....................''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|3|l}}{{hi|1em|in the plain ..................}}<noinclude>{{nopt}} |} {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> i8e90dc34y8hgiq4nz5od4gkrvz053w Page:The Epic of Gilgamesh (Langdon 1917).djvu/16 104 3640883 14131289 11287334 2024-04-26T08:25:07Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Onewaymule87" />{{rvh|220|UNIVERSITY MUSEUM—BABYLONIAN SECTION}} {|</noinclude>{{nopt}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|32|l}}{{hi|1em|''šar-ru-tam {{gap}}{{gap}}ša ni-ši''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|32|l}}{{hi|1em|Royal power over the people}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{pline|33|l}}{{hi|1em|''i-ši-im-kum {{gap}}{{gap}}<sup>ilu</sup>En-lil''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{pline|33|l}}{{hi|1em|Enlil has decreed for thee.”}} |} {{rule}}{{rule}} {| |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{hi|1em|''duppu {{gap}}2 kam-ma ''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Second tablet.}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{hi|1em|''šu-tu-ur e-li ..........''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|Written upon ..........}} |- valign="top" | style="padding-right: 1em;padding-left: 1.5em;text-align: left;width:20em" |{{hi|1em|''{{gap}}4 šu-ši<ref>The tablet is reckoned at forty lines in each column.</ref>''}}|| style="width:20em;text-align: left;"|{{hi|1em|240 (lines).}} |} {{nop}}<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> q7rg3t01u8cfabdq4x9gwngk7vnyrq0 Page:Schurzlincoln00carlrich.djvu/8 104 3667265 14129745 11396534 2024-04-25T19:24:15Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Library Guy" /></noinclude>{| {{ts|mc|bc|ba|width: 20em}} |style="padding: 1ex"| {{c|{{larger|{{blackletter|By Carl Schurz.}}}}}} {{rule|3em}} <div style="padding-left: 1em; text-indent: -1em"> {{sp|HENRY CLA}}Y. In American Statesmen Series. 2 vols. 16mo, gilt top, $2.50; half morocco, $5.00. {{sp|ABRAHAM LINCOL}}N. An Essay. 16mo, $1.00. </div> {{c|{{sp|HOUGHTON, MIFFLIN}} & CO.}} {{c|{{sm|{{sc|Boston and New York.}}}}}} |}<noinclude></noinclude> 4sutip5v1fcbwimdie0m3eay1mjhqor Page:Life of Henry Clay (Schurz; v. 1).djvu/4 104 3672058 14129630 11415710 2024-04-25T18:49:55Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Kathleen.wright5" /></noinclude>{| {{ts|mc|bc|ba|width: 20em}} |{{ts|padding: 1ex}}| {{c|{{larger|{{blackletter|By Carl Schurz.}}}}}} {{rule|3em}} <div style="padding-left: 1em; text-indent: -1em"> {{sp|HENRY CLA}}Y. In American Statesmen Series. 2 vols. 16mo, gilt top, $2.50; half morocco, $5.00. {{sp|ABRAHAM LINCOL}}N. An Essay. 16mo, $1.00. </div> {{c|{{sp|HOUGHTON, MIFFLIN}} & CO.}} {{c|{{sm|{{sc|Boston and New York.}}}}}} |}<noinclude></noinclude> ozu7dtzcqha2bomitgn53tuumjjic3l Minnie Flynn 0 3701845 14128253 11542243 2024-04-25T16:58:12Z SnowyCinema 2484340 added [[Category:Film industry in fiction]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{incomplete|scan=yes}} {{header | title = Minnie Flynn | author = Frances Marion | translator = | section = | previous = | next = [[/Chapter 1/]] | commonscat = | year = 1925 | portal = Film | notes = }} <!-- Do not remove cover and half titles despite their redundant nature. They appeared this way in the original... --> <pages index="Minnie Flynn (1925).pdf" include=1 /> {{page break|label=}} <pages index="Minnie Flynn (1925).pdf" include=5 /> {{page break|label=}} <pages index="Minnie Flynn (1925).pdf" include=7 /> {{page break|label=}} <pages index="Minnie Flynn (1925).pdf" include=9 /> {{page break|label=}} <pages index="Minnie Flynn (1925).pdf" include=10 /> {{page break|label=}} <pages index="Minnie Flynn (1925).pdf" include=11 /> {{page break|label=}} {{auxiliary Table of Contents|title=Table of contents| * [[/Chapter 1/]] * [[/Chapter 2/]] * [[/Chapter 3/]] * [[/Chapter 4/]] * [[/Chapter 5/]] * [[/Chapter 6/]] * [[/Chapter 7/]] * [[/Chapter 8/]] * [[/Chapter 9/]] * [[/Chapter 10/]] * [[/Chapter 11/]] * [[/Chapter 12/]] * [[/Chapter 13/]] * [[/Chapter 14/]] * [[/Chapter 15/]] * [[/Chapter 16/]] * [[/Chapter 17/]] * [[/Chapter 18/]] * [[/Chapter 19/]] * [[/Chapter 20/]] * [[/Chapter 21/]] * [[/Chapter 22/]] * [[/Chapter 23/]] }} {{PD/US|1973}} [[Category:Works about film]] [[Category:Film industry in fiction]] 5im5j5mt7jzu4o9co42ff9b4je14ej2 14128255 14128253 2024-04-25T16:58:20Z SnowyCinema 2484340 removed [[Category:Works about film]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{incomplete|scan=yes}} {{header | title = Minnie Flynn | author = Frances Marion | translator = | section = | previous = | next = [[/Chapter 1/]] | commonscat = | year = 1925 | portal = Film | notes = }} <!-- Do not remove cover and half titles despite their redundant nature. They appeared this way in the original... --> <pages index="Minnie Flynn (1925).pdf" include=1 /> {{page break|label=}} <pages index="Minnie Flynn (1925).pdf" include=5 /> {{page break|label=}} <pages index="Minnie Flynn (1925).pdf" include=7 /> {{page break|label=}} <pages index="Minnie Flynn (1925).pdf" include=9 /> {{page break|label=}} <pages index="Minnie Flynn (1925).pdf" include=10 /> {{page break|label=}} <pages index="Minnie Flynn (1925).pdf" include=11 /> {{page break|label=}} {{auxiliary Table of Contents|title=Table of contents| * [[/Chapter 1/]] * [[/Chapter 2/]] * [[/Chapter 3/]] * [[/Chapter 4/]] * [[/Chapter 5/]] * [[/Chapter 6/]] * [[/Chapter 7/]] * [[/Chapter 8/]] * [[/Chapter 9/]] * [[/Chapter 10/]] * [[/Chapter 11/]] * [[/Chapter 12/]] * [[/Chapter 13/]] * [[/Chapter 14/]] * [[/Chapter 15/]] * [[/Chapter 16/]] * [[/Chapter 17/]] * [[/Chapter 18/]] * [[/Chapter 19/]] * [[/Chapter 20/]] * [[/Chapter 21/]] * [[/Chapter 22/]] * [[/Chapter 23/]] }} {{PD/US|1973}} [[Category:Film industry in fiction]] hr5s4zu8w6ubl810kxx4j67qbnejksy Page:The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz (Volume Two).djvu/203 104 3716329 14129774 11791345 2024-04-25T19:30:11Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{| {{ts|mc}} |<section begin="John F Potter" /> {| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |style="padding: 1px"|[[Image:John F Potter.png|x300px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|JOHN F. POTTER}}}}}} <section end="John F Potter" /> |{{gap|20px}} |<section begin="Roger A Pryor" /> {| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |style="padding: 1px"|[[Image:Roger A Pryor.png|x300px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|ROGER C. PRYOR}}}}}} <section end="Roger A Pryor" /> |} {|{{ts|mc}} |<section begin="Caleb Cushing" /> {| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |style="padding: 1px"|[[Image:Caleb Cushing.png|x360px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|CALEB CUSHING}}}}}} <section end="Caleb Cushing" /> |{{gap|20px}} |<section begin="Edward Everett" /> {| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |style="padding: 1px"|[[Image:Edward Everett.png|x360px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|EDWARD EVERETT}}}}}} <section end="Edward Everett" /> |}<noinclude></noinclude> 3qimjoa0ntkx3ln3bvsxiswv0viibea Page:The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz (Volume One).djvu/163 104 3717859 14130161 11602793 2024-04-25T22:18:18Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{| {{ts|mc|bc|ba2}} | style="padding: 2"|[[Image:Schurz at 19.png|center|450px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|CARL SCHURZ AT NINETEEN}}}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> kqx4x82m7aivej43g6cz46h6dx3zlkx 14131477 14130161 2024-04-26T11:31:13Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Undo revision [[Special:Diff/14130161|14130161]] by [[Special:Contributions/ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{| style="margin: auto" rules=none border=2 | style="padding: 2"|[[Image:Schurz at 19.png|center|450px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|CARL SCHURZ AT NINETEEN}}}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> hkcf0hwwjmyzgy432c5h4wyfn62dhao Index:Colonist automobilerace july1906.png 106 3720785 14130619 11610734 2024-04-26T05:52:42Z Tylopous 3013532 validated (April 2024) proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title="[[Colonist/1906/Automobile Race|Automobile Race]]" |Language=en |Volume= |Author= |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher= |Address= |Year=1906 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=png |Image=[[File:Colonist_automobilerace_july1906.png|150px]] |Progress=T |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date=April 2024 |Pages=[[Page:Colonist_automobilerace_july1906.png|1]] |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} bs51le5zji9pxc38ppcfpxdo5n39g8r Page:The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz (Volume Two).djvu/335 104 3726530 14129789 11850599 2024-04-25T19:32:18Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |[[Image:William Seward and Daughter Fanny.png|450px]] |} {{center|{{x-smaller block|{{sp|WILLIAM HENRY SEWARD AND HIS DAUGHTER FANNY}} From a photograph made about 1861}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> 6he3ggv8uo8as2lxcdpxveacw4866cy Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu/38 104 3729865 14127841 11653233 2024-04-25T13:59:16Z GrooveCreator 2854703 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="M0ntenegro" />{{rh|10|CHILDHOOD}}</noinclude>even in passing, I should not have known what grief is. It seems to me that in the smile alone is contained that which is called the beauty of the face: if the smile adds charm to the face, the face is beautiful; if it does not change it, it is common; if it spoils it, it is homely. Having greeted me, mamma took my head with both her hands, and threw it back, then looked fixedly at me, and said: "You have been crying to-day?" I did not answer. She kissed my eyes, and asked in German: "What were you crying about?" Whenever she spoke to us in a friendly manner, she spoke in that language, which she had mastered perfectly. "I had been crying in my dream, mamma," said I, as I recalled the fictitious dream with all its details and involuntarily shuddered at the thought. Karl Ivánovich confirmed my words, but kept silent about the dream. Having said something about the weather, in which conversation Mimi, too, took part, mamma placed six pieces of sugar on the tray for some especially honoured servants, then arose and walked up to the embroidery-frame which stood near the window. "Well, go now to papa, children, and tell him to be sure and come to see me before he goes to the threshing-floor." The music, the counting, and the stern glances began anew, and we went to papa. After passing the room which from grandfather's time had preserved the name of ''officiating-room,'' we entered his study. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> isxszi6yjg92s9n5hz7kaom7hmtg7xs Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu/41 104 3729876 14129713 11653246 2024-04-25T19:13:24Z GrooveCreator 2854703 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="GrooveCreator" />{{rh||PAPA|13}}</noinclude>"Leave it in the office, and never use it without my order." Yákov was silent for a few moments; then suddenly his fingers began to move with increased rapidity, and, changing the expression of submissive stupidity with which he listened to his master's commands, into one of shrewd cunning, which was peculiar to him, he moved the abacus up to him, and began to speak. "Permit me to report to you, Peter Aleksándrovich, that your will shall be done, but it is impossible to pay into the Council at the proper time. You have deigned to say," continued he, speaking more slowly, "that money is due from the deposits, the mill, and the hay." (As he mentioned these items, he cast them on the abacus.) "But I am afraid we may have made a mistake in our calculations," he added, after a short silence, and looking thoughtfully at papa. "Why?" "Permit me to show you: as to the mill, the miller has come to see me twice to ask for a delay; he swore by Christ that he had no money, and he is here even now; perhaps you would be pleased to speak to him yourself?" "What does he say?" asked papa, making a sign with his head that he did not wish to speak with the miller. "The same old thing! He says that there has been no grinding at all, that all the money he had he put into a dam. What advantage would there be for us, sir, to push him for it? As to the deposits, which you mentioned, it seems to me I already have reported that our money is stuck fast there, and that it will not be so easy to get it soon. I only lately sent to town a wagon of flour to Iván Afanásich, and with it a note in regard to this matter: he answered that it would give him pleasure to do something for Peter Aleksándrych, but that the affair was not in his hands, and that, according to appearances,<noinclude></noinclude> msn92ntk3trzuon9ehvsw6wxfx7veb0 Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu/47 104 3729885 14130015 11653256 2024-04-25T20:43:29Z GrooveCreator 2854703 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="GrooveCreator" />{{rh||THE LESSONS|19}}</noinclude>and made a sign that we should hand him our copy-books. He read that motto several times, with various intonations and with an expression of the greatest satisfaction. The motto expressed his innermost thought. Then he gave us a lesson from history, and seated himself at the window. His face was not as stern as before; it expressed the satisfaction of a man who had in a fitting manner avenged the insult which had been offered him. It was fifteen minutes to one, but Karl Ivánovich did not even think of dismissing us; he continued giving us new lessons. Ennui and appetite grew in the same proportion. With the greatest impatience I followed all the tokens which indicated the nearness of the dinner. There was the peasant woman going with a mop to wash the dishes; there the rattle of the plates was heard in the butler's room; the table was drawn out and chairs were placed; and there Mimi was coming from the garden with Lyúbochka and Kátenka (Kátenka was the twelve-year-old daughter of Mimi), but Fóka was not yet to be seen, servant Fóka, who always came and announced that dinner was served. Only then would we be allowed to throw aside our books and run down, without paying any heed to Karl Ivánovich. Steps were heard on the staircase, but that was not Fóka. I had studied his walk, and always could recognize the creak of his boots. The door opened, and an entirely unfamiliar figure made its appearance. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> p9io73rk9g0d0w46ygoq5zmy8t5xj7s Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu/58 104 3729890 14130434 11653263 2024-04-26T01:31:03Z GrooveCreator 2854703 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="GrooveCreator" />{{rh|30|CHILDHOOD}}</noinclude>great pleasure to drink tea in the woods, on the grass, and, in general, in a spot where no one ever drank tea. Túrka rode up to the grove, stopped, attentively listened to papa's minute instructions as to where to line up and where to come out (however, he never complied with these instructions, but did as he thought best), unloosed the dogs, fixed the braces, mounted his horse, and, whistling, disappeared behind the young birch-trees. The loosed hounds first expressed their pleasure by wagging their tails, then shook themselves, straightened themselves, and, scenting their way and shaking their tails, ran in different directions. "Have you a handkerchief?" asked papa. I took it out of my pocket and showed it to him. "Well, so, take this gray dog on your handkerchief." "Zhirán?" said I, with the look of a connoisseur. "Yes! and run along the road. When you come to a clearing, stop. And look out; do not come back to me without a hare!" I tied my handkerchief around Zhirán's shaggy neck, and ran headlong to the place indicated. Papa laughed and cried after me: "Hurry up, hurry up, or you will be late!" Zhirán kept stopping all the time, pricking his ears, and listening to the calls of the hunters. I did not have enough strength to pull him off, and I began to cry, "Atú! atú!" Then Zhirán tugged so hard that I barely could hold him back and fell down several times before I could reach the place. Having found a shady, level spot at the foot of a tall oak-tree, I lay down in the grass, placed Zhirán near me, and began to wait. My imagination, as generally happens under such circumstances, far outran the actual facts; I imagined that I was baiting the third hare, whereas it was only the first hound that was heard in the woods. Túrka's voice was heard through the forest ever louder and more animated;<noinclude></noinclude> 61fy0j08v86pxiuh57g05h6otb0w02k Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu/59 104 3729910 14130437 11653322 2024-04-26T01:34:59Z GrooveCreator 2854703 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="GrooveCreator" />{{rh||THE HUNT|31}}</noinclude>the hound whimpered, and his voice was heard more frequently; a second, bass voice joined it, then a third, a fourth. These voices now grew silent, now interrupted each other. The sounds grew in volume and became less irregular, and finally ran together into one hollow, long-drawn tone. The grove was rich in echoes, and the hounds bayed incessantly. When I heard that, I remained as if petrified in my place. Fixing my eyes on the clearing, I smiled meaninglessly; the perspiration coursed down my face in a stream, and, though its drops, running over my cheek, tickled me, I did not wipe them off. It seemed to me that there could be nothing more decisive than this moment. The strain of this intent feeling was too great to last long. The hounds now bayed at the very clearing, now kept on receding from me. There was no hare. I began to look around me. The same mood seemed to possess Zhirán; at first he tugged to get away and whimpered; then he lay down near me, placed his snout on my knees, and grew quiet. Near the bared roots of that oak-tree, under which I was sitting, ants were swarming over the gray, dry earth, between the dry oak leaves, acorns, dried up, lichen-covered sticks, yellowish green moss and the thin blades of grass that peeped through here and there. They were hastening, one after the other, along the foot-paths which they had laid out: some of them went with burdens, others without burdens. I took a stick in my hand and barred their way. It was a sight to see how some of them, despising the danger, crawled under the obstacle, while others crept over it; and some, especially those that were with burdens, were completely lost, and did not know what to do: they stopped, looked for a way round, or turned back, or climbing over the stick reached my hand and, it seemed, were trying to get in the sleeve of my blouse. I was distracted from these interesting<noinclude></noinclude> f2lucdcgbj6eu28tie1debqf124josv Freshman 0 3733430 14131193 13716137 2024-04-26T07:54:46Z SnowyCinema 2484340 expand wikitext text/x-wiki {{disambig}} ==Essays== * "[[The Freshman (Clark)|The Freshman]]" (1916), an essay by [[Author:Thomas Arkle Clark|Thomas Arkle Clark]] ==Films== * ''[[The Freshman (film)|The Freshman]]'' (1925), a comedy silent film starring [[Author:Harold Lloyd|Harold Lloyd]] ==Novels== * ''[[The Freshman (Holman)|The Freshman]]'' (1925), a novel by [[Author:Russell Holman|Russell Holman]] based on the film {{esl|1=https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id=uva.x000536799}} * ''[[The Freshman (Hopper)|The Freshman]]'' (1912), a novel by [[Author:James Marie Hopper|James Marie Hopper]] g6mw2nf8vmr8cimprqbqyh8ghbjen1f Page:The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz (Volume One).djvu/255 104 3733940 14129743 11663815 2024-04-25T19:23:37Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{| {{ts|mc|bc|ba2}} |style="padding: 4"|[[Image:Schurz Prussian Summoning Rastatt to Surrender.png|500px]] |} <div style="width: 470px; margin: auto"> {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|“A PRUSSIAN OFFICER, UNDER A FLAG OF TRUCE . . . WITH A SUMMONS TO SURRENDER”}}}}}} </div><noinclude></noinclude> 6hoi4tpk4iy9p6thepahglxg5qgxii1 Page:The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz (Volume One).djvu/245 104 3734313 14130225 11731291 2024-04-25T22:53:42Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{|{{ts|mc}} |<section begin="Hensel" /> {|{{ts|mc|ba}} |[[Image:Farmer Hensel.png|x400px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|HENSEL}}}}}} <section end="Hensel" /> |{{gap|100px}} |<section begin="Fritz Tiedemann" /> [[Image:Fritz Tiedemann.png|x400px|center]] {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|FREDERICH TIEDEMANN}}}}}} <section end="Fritz Tiedemann" /> |}<noinclude></noinclude> qumnbvx5znlzjupuex6qtqij94all50 14130228 14130225 2024-04-25T22:55:53Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 /* Problematic */ Display of second image is broken proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="2" user="ShakespeareFan00" /></noinclude>{|{{ts|mc}} |<section begin="Hensel" /> {|{{ts|mc|ba}} |[[File:Farmer Hensel.png|x400px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|HENSEL}}}}}} <section end="Hensel" /> |{{gap|100px}} |<section begin="Fritz Tiedemann" /> [[File:Fritz Tiedemann.png|center|x400px]] {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|FREDERICH TIEDEMANN}}}}}} <section end="Fritz Tiedemann" /> |}<noinclude></noinclude> 7lgy6rvdni2xybz480l4m7rgxulw97g 14131470 14130228 2024-04-26T11:29:21Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="ShakespeareFan00" /></noinclude>{|style="margin: auto" |<section begin="Hensel" /> {|rules="none" border="1" style="margin: auto" |style="padding: 1"|[[Image:Farmer Hensel.png|x400px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|HENSEL}}}}}} <section end="Hensel" /> |{{gap|100px}} |<section begin="Fritz Tiedemann" /> [[Image:Fritz Tiedemann.png|x400px|center]] {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|FREDERICH TIEDEMANN}}}}}} <section end="Fritz Tiedemann" /> |}<noinclude></noinclude> 2qefmfv9j2u2wz63jmz4l4c71slwg6a 14131472 14131470 2024-04-26T11:29:35Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 /* Problematic */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="2" user="ShakespeareFan00" /></noinclude>{|style="margin: auto" |<section begin="Hensel" /> {|rules="none" border="1" style="margin: auto" |style="padding: 1"|[[Image:Farmer Hensel.png|x400px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|HENSEL}}}}}} <section end="Hensel" /> |{{gap|100px}} |<section begin="Fritz Tiedemann" /> [[Image:Fritz Tiedemann.png|x400px|center]] {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|FREDERICH TIEDEMANN}}}}}} <section end="Fritz Tiedemann" /> |}<noinclude></noinclude> 43pwterui7h0m4zn0hw71pgejwzjspq Page:The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz (Volume Three).djvu/41 104 3735128 14129739 11768122 2024-04-25T19:22:51Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{| {{ts|mc}} |<section begin="George Gordon Meade" /> {| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |style="padding: 1"|[[Image:George Gordon Meade.png|x400px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|GENERAL GEORGE G. MEADE}}}}}} <section end="George Gordon Meade" /> |{{gap|100px}} |<section begin="Winfield Scott Hancock" /> {| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |style="padding: 1"|[[Image:Winfield Scott Hancock.png|x400px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|GENERAL WINFIELD S. HANCOCK}}}}}} <section end="Winfield Scott Hancock" /> |}<noinclude></noinclude> it3rnpx3iz64y9xpptdkyonaq0y9rw4 Page:The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz (Volume Three).djvu/89 104 3736049 14129708 11895231 2024-04-25T19:11:49Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 /* Problematic */ Different image proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="2" user="ShakespeareFan00" /></noinclude>{|{{ts|mc|ba}} |- |[[Image:Major General Schurz.png|x600px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller block|{{sp|MAJOR-GENERAL CARL SCHURZ}} From a War-time Photograph}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> solb1sd4d9x1xlfaeaexwv9a77l9107 14129710 14129708 2024-04-25T19:12:23Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="2" user="ShakespeareFan00" /></noinclude>{|{{ts|mc|ba}} |- |{{missing image}}<!--[[Image:Major General Schurz.png|x600px]]--> |} {{c|{{x-smaller block|{{sp|MAJOR-GENERAL CARL SCHURZ}} From a War-time Photograph}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> if2fex4n1koanboyl6c8rri3lstt8le Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu/17 104 3736317 14129769 14125262 2024-04-25T19:29:04Z GrooveCreator 2854703 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="M0ntenegro" /></noinclude>{{c|{{xl|CONTENTS}}}} {{custom rule|sp|20|d|4|sp|20}} {{c|CHILDHOOD}} {{dotted TOC page listing||{{sc|chapter}}|{{sc|page}}|symbol=&emsp;}} {{dtpl|I.| {{namespace link|{{sc|Karl Ivánovich, Our Teacher}}|Chapter 1|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link| 1|24 }}}} {{dtpl|II.| {{sc|Mamma}} |{{DJVU page link|8 |28}}}} {{dtpl|III.| {{sc|Papa}} |{{DJVU page link|11 |28}}}} {{dtpl|IV.| {{sc|The Lessons}} |{{DJVU page link|16 |28}}}} {{dtpl|V.| {{sc|The Saintly Fool}} |{{DJVU page link|20 |28}}}} {{dtpl|VI.| {{sc|Preparation for the Hunt}} |{{DJVU page link|25 |28}}}} {{dtpl|VII.| {{sc|The Hunt}} |{{DJVU page link|28 |28}}}} {{dtpl|VIII.| {{sc|Games}} |{{DJVU page link|33 |28}}}} {{dtpl|IX.| {{sc|Something like First Love}} |{{DJVU page link|36 |28}}}} {{dtpl|X.| {{sc|The Kind of a Man My Father Was}} |{{DJVU page link|38 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XI.| {{sc|Occupations in the Cabinet and in the Sitting-room}} |{{DJVU page link|41 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XII.| {{sc|Grísha}} |{{DJVU page link|45 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XIII.| {{sc|Natálya Sávishna}} |{{DJVU page link|49 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XIV.| {{sc|The Separation}} |{{DJVU page link|54|28 }}}} {{dtpl|XV.| {{sc|Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|60 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XVI.| {{sc|Poetry}} |{{DJVU page link|64 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XVII.| {{sc|Princess Kornákov}} |{{DJVU page link|71|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XVIII.| {{sc|Prince Iván Ivánovich}} |{{DJVU page link|76|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XIX.| {{sc|The Ívins}} |{{DJVU page link|81|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XX.| {{sc|Guests Are Coming}} |{{DJVU page link|89|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXI.| {{sc|Before the Mazurka}} |{{DJVU page link|94|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXII.| {{sc|The Mazurka}} |{{DJVU page link|99|32 }}}}<noinclude> {{c|V}}</noinclude> sh6wi4t104gelp761vi0uzq3m247whp 14129778 14129769 2024-04-25T19:30:44Z GrooveCreator 2854703 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="M0ntenegro" /></noinclude>{{c|{{xl|CONTENTS}}}} {{custom rule|sp|20|d|4|sp|20}} {{c|CHILDHOOD}} {{dotted TOC page listing||{{sc|chapter}}|{{sc|page}}|symbol=&emsp;}} {{dtpl|I.| {{nsl|{{sc|Karl Ivánovich, Our Teacher}}|Chapter 1|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link| 1|24 }}}} {{dtpl|II.| {{nsl|{{sc|Mamma}}|Chapter 2|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|8 |28}}}} {{dtpl|III.| {{nsl|{{sc|Papa}}|Chapter 3|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|11 |28}}}} {{dtpl|IV.| {{sc|The Lessons}} |{{DJVU page link|16 |28}}}} {{dtpl|V.| {{sc|The Saintly Fool}} |{{DJVU page link|20 |28}}}} {{dtpl|VI.| {{sc|Preparation for the Hunt}} |{{DJVU page link|25 |28}}}} {{dtpl|VII.| {{sc|The Hunt}} |{{DJVU page link|28 |28}}}} {{dtpl|VIII.| {{sc|Games}} |{{DJVU page link|33 |28}}}} {{dtpl|IX.| {{sc|Something like First Love}} |{{DJVU page link|36 |28}}}} {{dtpl|X.| {{sc|The Kind of a Man My Father Was}} |{{DJVU page link|38 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XI.| {{sc|Occupations in the Cabinet and in the Sitting-room}} |{{DJVU page link|41 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XII.| {{sc|Grísha}} |{{DJVU page link|45 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XIII.| {{sc|Natálya Sávishna}} |{{DJVU page link|49 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XIV.| {{sc|The Separation}} |{{DJVU page link|54|28 }}}} {{dtpl|XV.| {{sc|Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|60 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XVI.| {{sc|Poetry}} |{{DJVU page link|64 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XVII.| {{sc|Princess Kornákov}} |{{DJVU page link|71|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XVIII.| {{sc|Prince Iván Ivánovich}} |{{DJVU page link|76|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XIX.| {{sc|The Ívins}} |{{DJVU page link|81|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XX.| {{sc|Guests Are Coming}} |{{DJVU page link|89|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXI.| {{sc|Before the Mazurka}} |{{DJVU page link|94|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXII.| {{sc|The Mazurka}} |{{DJVU page link|99|32 }}}}<noinclude> {{c|V}}</noinclude> pafm9zbr96oiasppmrplj4ynrc2pzr4 14130021 14129778 2024-04-25T20:45:56Z GrooveCreator 2854703 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="M0ntenegro" /></noinclude>{{c|{{xl|CONTENTS}}}} {{custom rule|sp|20|d|4|sp|20}} {{c|CHILDHOOD}} {{dotted TOC page listing||{{sc|chapter}}|{{sc|page}}|symbol=&emsp;}} {{dtpl|I.| {{nsl|{{sc|Karl Ivánovich, Our Teacher}}|Chapter 1|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link| 1|24 }}}} {{dtpl|II.| {{nsl|{{sc|Mamma}}|Chapter 2|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|8 |28}}}} {{dtpl|III.| {{nsl|{{sc|Papa}}|Chapter 3|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|11 |28}}}} {{dtpl|IV.| {{nsl|{{sc|The Lessons}}|Chapter 4|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|16 |28}}}} {{dtpl|V.| {{sc|The Saintly Fool}} |{{DJVU page link|20 |28}}}} {{dtpl|VI.| {{sc|Preparation for the Hunt}} |{{DJVU page link|25 |28}}}} {{dtpl|VII.| {{sc|The Hunt}} |{{DJVU page link|28 |28}}}} {{dtpl|VIII.| {{sc|Games}} |{{DJVU page link|33 |28}}}} {{dtpl|IX.| {{sc|Something like First Love}} |{{DJVU page link|36 |28}}}} {{dtpl|X.| {{sc|The Kind of a Man My Father Was}} |{{DJVU page link|38 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XI.| {{sc|Occupations in the Cabinet and in the Sitting-room}} |{{DJVU page link|41 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XII.| {{sc|Grísha}} |{{DJVU page link|45 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XIII.| {{sc|Natálya Sávishna}} |{{DJVU page link|49 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XIV.| {{sc|The Separation}} |{{DJVU page link|54|28 }}}} {{dtpl|XV.| {{sc|Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|60 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XVI.| {{sc|Poetry}} |{{DJVU page link|64 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XVII.| {{sc|Princess Kornákov}} |{{DJVU page link|71|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XVIII.| {{sc|Prince Iván Ivánovich}} |{{DJVU page link|76|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XIX.| {{sc|The Ívins}} |{{DJVU page link|81|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XX.| {{sc|Guests Are Coming}} |{{DJVU page link|89|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXI.| {{sc|Before the Mazurka}} |{{DJVU page link|94|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXII.| {{sc|The Mazurka}} |{{DJVU page link|99|32 }}}}<noinclude> {{c|V}}</noinclude> h9lcqmk58bo6b8kpmh8v03vcesh6hz5 14130068 14130021 2024-04-25T21:17:06Z GrooveCreator 2854703 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="M0ntenegro" /></noinclude>{{c|{{xl|CONTENTS}}}} {{custom rule|sp|20|d|4|sp|20}} {{c|CHILDHOOD}} {{dotted TOC page listing||{{sc|chapter}}|{{sc|page}}|symbol=&emsp;}} {{dtpl|I.| {{nsl|{{sc|Karl Ivánovich, Our Teacher}}|Chapter 1|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link| 1|24 }}}} {{dtpl|II.| {{nsl|{{sc|Mamma}}|Chapter 2|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|8 |28}}}} {{dtpl|III.| {{nsl|{{sc|Papa}}|Chapter 3|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|11 |28}}}} {{dtpl|IV.| {{nsl|{{sc|The Lessons}}|Chapter 4|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|16 |28}}}} {{dtpl|V.| {{nsl|{{sc|The Saintly Fool}}|Chapter 5|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|20 |28}}}} {{dtpl|VI.| {{sc|Preparation for the Hunt}} |{{DJVU page link|25 |28}}}} {{dtpl|VII.| {{sc|The Hunt}} |{{DJVU page link|28 |28}}}} {{dtpl|VIII.| {{sc|Games}} |{{DJVU page link|33 |28}}}} {{dtpl|IX.| {{sc|Something like First Love}} |{{DJVU page link|36 |28}}}} {{dtpl|X.| {{sc|The Kind of a Man My Father Was}} |{{DJVU page link|38 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XI.| {{sc|Occupations in the Cabinet and in the Sitting-room}} |{{DJVU page link|41 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XII.| {{sc|Grísha}} |{{DJVU page link|45 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XIII.| {{sc|Natálya Sávishna}} |{{DJVU page link|49 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XIV.| {{sc|The Separation}} |{{DJVU page link|54|28 }}}} {{dtpl|XV.| {{sc|Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|60 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XVI.| {{sc|Poetry}} |{{DJVU page link|64 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XVII.| {{sc|Princess Kornákov}} |{{DJVU page link|71|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XVIII.| {{sc|Prince Iván Ivánovich}} |{{DJVU page link|76|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XIX.| {{sc|The Ívins}} |{{DJVU page link|81|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XX.| {{sc|Guests Are Coming}} |{{DJVU page link|89|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXI.| {{sc|Before the Mazurka}} |{{DJVU page link|94|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXII.| {{sc|The Mazurka}} |{{DJVU page link|99|32 }}}}<noinclude> {{c|V}}</noinclude> gp8twxvq96lme6z0x3m0h6yqkzm5tpx 14130415 14130068 2024-04-26T01:13:21Z GrooveCreator 2854703 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="M0ntenegro" /></noinclude>{{c|{{xl|CONTENTS}}}} {{custom rule|sp|20|d|4|sp|20}} {{c|CHILDHOOD}} {{dotted TOC page listing||{{sc|chapter}}|{{sc|page}}|symbol=&emsp;}} {{dtpl|I.| {{nsl|{{sc|Karl Ivánovich, Our Teacher}}|Chapter 1|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link| 1|24 }}}} {{dtpl|II.| {{nsl|{{sc|Mamma}}|Chapter 2|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|8 |28}}}} {{dtpl|III.| {{nsl|{{sc|Papa}}|Chapter 3|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|11 |28}}}} {{dtpl|IV.| {{nsl|{{sc|The Lessons}}|Chapter 4|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|16 |28}}}} {{dtpl|V.| {{nsl|{{sc|The Saintly Fool}}|Chapter 5|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|20 |28}}}} {{dtpl|VI.| {{nsl|{{sc|Preparation for the Hunt}}|Chapter 6|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|25 |28}}}} {{dtpl|VII.| {{sc|The Hunt}} |{{DJVU page link|28 |28}}}} {{dtpl|VIII.| {{sc|Games}} |{{DJVU page link|33 |28}}}} {{dtpl|IX.| {{sc|Something like First Love}} |{{DJVU page link|36 |28}}}} {{dtpl|X.| {{sc|The Kind of a Man My Father Was}} |{{DJVU page link|38 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XI.| {{sc|Occupations in the Cabinet and in the Sitting-room}} |{{DJVU page link|41 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XII.| {{sc|Grísha}} |{{DJVU page link|45 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XIII.| {{sc|Natálya Sávishna}} |{{DJVU page link|49 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XIV.| {{sc|The Separation}} |{{DJVU page link|54|28 }}}} {{dtpl|XV.| {{sc|Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|60 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XVI.| {{sc|Poetry}} |{{DJVU page link|64 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XVII.| {{sc|Princess Kornákov}} |{{DJVU page link|71|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XVIII.| {{sc|Prince Iván Ivánovich}} |{{DJVU page link|76|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XIX.| {{sc|The Ívins}} |{{DJVU page link|81|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XX.| {{sc|Guests Are Coming}} |{{DJVU page link|89|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXI.| {{sc|Before the Mazurka}} |{{DJVU page link|94|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXII.| {{sc|The Mazurka}} |{{DJVU page link|99|32 }}}}<noinclude> {{c|V}}</noinclude> 7hw7bgeyltab5npvl5lnqsepcqg4n9y 14130442 14130415 2024-04-26T01:46:34Z GrooveCreator 2854703 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="M0ntenegro" /></noinclude>{{c|{{xl|CONTENTS}}}} {{custom rule|sp|20|d|4|sp|20}} {{c|CHILDHOOD}} {{dotted TOC page listing||{{sc|chapter}}|{{sc|page}}|symbol=&emsp;}} {{dtpl|I.| {{nsl|{{sc|Karl Ivánovich, Our Teacher}}|Chapter 1|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link| 1|24 }}}} {{dtpl|II.| {{nsl|{{sc|Mamma}}|Chapter 2|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|8 |28}}}} {{dtpl|III.| {{nsl|{{sc|Papa}}|Chapter 3|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|11 |28}}}} {{dtpl|IV.| {{nsl|{{sc|The Lessons}}|Chapter 4|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|16 |28}}}} {{dtpl|V.| {{nsl|{{sc|The Saintly Fool}}|Chapter 5|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|20 |28}}}} {{dtpl|VI.| {{nsl|{{sc|Preparation for the Hunt}}|Chapter 6|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|25 |28}}}} {{dtpl|VII.| {{nsl|{{sc|The Hunt}}|Chapter 7|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|28 |28}}}} {{dtpl|VIII.| {{nsl|{{sc|Games}}|Chapter 8|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|33 |28}}}} {{dtpl|IX.| {{nsl|{{sc|Something like First Love}}|Chapter 9|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|36 |28}}}} {{dtpl|X.| {{nsl|{{sc|The Kind of a Man My Father Was}}|Chapter 10|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|38 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XI.| {{nsl|{{sc|Occupations in the Cabinet and in the Sitting-room}}|Chapter 11|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|41 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XII.| {{nsl|{{sc|Grísha}}|Chapter 12|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|45 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XIII.| {{nsl|{{sc|Natálya Sávishna}}|Chapter 13|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|49 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XIV.| {{nsl|{{sc|The Separation}}|Chapter 14|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|54|28 }}}} {{dtpl|XV.| {{nsl|{{sc|Childhood}}|Chapter 15|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|60 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XVI.| {{nsl|{{sc|Poetry}}|Chapter 16|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|64 |28}}}} {{dtpl|XVII.| {{nsl|{{sc|Princess Kornákov}}|Chapter 17|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|71|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XVIII.| {{nsl|{{sc|Prince Iván Ivánovich}}|Chapter 18|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|76|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XIX.| {{nsl|{{sc|The Ívins}}|Chapter 19|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|81|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XX.| {{nsl|{{sc|Guests Are Coming}}|Chapter 20|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|89|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXI.| {{nsl|{{sc|Before the Mazurka}}|Chapter 21|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|94|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXII.| {{nsl|{{sc|The Mazurka}}|Chapter 22|The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood}} |{{DJVU page link|99|32 }}}}<noinclude> {{c|V}}</noinclude> 613leb7aca7qlev58jzc7fm1b2uogrc Page:Psychology of Religion.djvu/7 104 3740663 14131244 11690438 2024-04-26T08:00:53Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|6|THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION|}}</noinclude>was originally a branch of philosophy, and its chief purpose was to serve religion by furnishing convincing proofs that the soul is spiritual and immortal. In proportion as the methods of science were adopted in it, and arguments of a philosophical character were eliminated, the aim of the science was changed. Half a century ago it abandoned the word "soul," and it threw out the question of immortality as a minor irrelevance to be wrangled over by Materialists, Christians, Spiritualists, and Theosophists. Then psychology ceased to concern itself about the nature of the mind or consciousness, and declared that its aim was to study states of consciousness. How there could be "states" of something without something of which they were states was left to philosophers, but thirty or forty years ago the common phrase was that all that we had to study was a stream of states of consciousness. Now, in the current joke, psychology has even "lost consciousness," and the unfortunate person who wants really to know what mind is—a question the answer to which is supposed to affect the very foundation of human life—finds no guidance or assistance in any branch of science or even in modern philosophy. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 7jrljxcplh146d0t1xnk7tr7y4wuats Page:Psychology of Religion.djvu/9 104 3740667 14131245 11690501 2024-04-26T08:00:54Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|8|THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION|}}</noinclude>{{hwe|od|method}}—which in the long run means merely more careful observation—to every form of human behavior. The only groan of the pessimist that is worth a moment's consideration is his plea that our conduct is no wiser or better than that of the Athenians of two thousand years ago or of the Egyptians and Babylonians of four thousand years ago. Let us, by all means, give the stars and electrons and buried fossils a spell of rest, and turn this very wonderful apparatus of science upon life. Let us have a quite candid, scientific analysis of the behavior of pivotal people like the politician and his agent, the policeman, the preacher, the storekeeper (as well as the customer), the reformer, and so on. Anyhow, since the religious part of man's behavior is said to be the most important and most interesting of all, it ought to be the first to attract the psychologic eye. Here, however, the shadow of the great prohibitionist Moses lies across the path, and the psychologist either turns away or becomes remarkably timid and accommodating. We have had a score of works on the psychology of religion in the last twenty years, and they are all bad. You may take the most sagacious writer of them all, William James (''[[The Varieties of Religious Experience|Varieties of Religious Experience]]''), and<noinclude></noinclude> nvbkdj79b7wybkn2gvdie8ohorr1hpz Page:Psychology of Religion.djvu/11 104 3740669 14131215 11690344 2024-04-26T08:00:29Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|10|THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION|}}</noinclude>{{hwe|day|today}}. We wore clothes originally to keep ourselves warm: we now wear them to keep other people cold. And Mr. Thouless will have none of these fantastic theories which "create a new and mystifying psychology for religion alone." We form religious beliefs, and have corresponding emotions, as we form political beliefs. And here we find in this in many ways excellent book the same defect as in all the others. They almost entirely ignore—generally do ignore entirely—the most important element of all: priestcraft, by which I mean here simply the trade of the priest. He is no villain because he wants people to appreciate his wares, but the fact is that if he did not push them in the way he does, all the other "psychological" factors would amount to very little. Interest in politics would be feeble if there were no political orators, although political conduct is certainly concerned with grave realities of life. How much real interest in religion would there be if a hundred thousand clergymen did not make it their proper and very earnest business to keep that interest alive? Most people have only to reflect, say, on all the people in their own block to realize this, but I will give here one historical illustration.<noinclude></noinclude> 8wc3yspb9bzu3bjfifvqvejx44dgwgo Page:Psychology of Religion.djvu/13 104 3740671 14131216 11690478 2024-04-26T08:00:29Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|12|THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION|}}</noinclude>{{hwe|tween|between}} 1815 and 1836 the Church had lost 3,750,000 people. It was worse afterwards during the western expansion and the big Irish, Italian, and Polish invasions. I may deal with the matter in a later Little Blue Book, and will say here only that in 1891 a group of American Catholics addressed a memorial (the Lucerne Memorial) to the Pope bewailing that 16,000,000 had apostatized. The ''Vérité'' of Quebec made the same estimate, independently, in 1898. The New York ''Freeman's Journal'' in the same year put the loss at twenty millions, and I have shown from immigration analyses that the loss was at least fourteen or fifteen millions. In other words, the most fanatical of all religious adherents fell away in masses when there were no priests to bother them, and, although priests came along as soon as there was money enough in any town to give a middle-class income to an ordained peasant, they never recovered the apostates or (in most cases) their children. I could fill a large volume with these concrete and overwhelming illustrations of the supreme importance of the priest or minister, yet he is scarcely ever mentioned In discussions of the psychology of religion. It would be "superficial" to explain<noinclude></noinclude> 3wwiot3moao2rn0a69woxl67k7yt4ej Page:Psychology of Religion.djvu/15 104 3740673 14131217 11690348 2024-04-26T08:00:30Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|14|THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION|}}</noinclude>{{c|CHAPTER II}} {{c|THE RELIGION OF WOMAN}} And the first popular fallacy about the psychology of religion which we have to expose is the idea that women are in a very large proportion more religious than men. Here even the reader who finds me generally cautious about my facts and reasonable about my deductions will begin to protest. Surely, he will say, it is notorious in every land, has been notorious in all ages and literature, that woman is more religious than man. The clergy themselves almost universally believe it, and they ought to know. Let me remind you that a great many things which are not true have been believed in all countries and ages, and many of these beliefs relate to woman. It has been universally believed that woman is more sensitive than man, yet it has been proved repeatedly in the psychological laboratories of America that she is not. It has been held widely in all literatures, and is widely held today, that a woman knows things by "intuition," and one need know little psychology to see that this is a miserable<noinclude></noinclude> gvrihz52hpchga550squ54mc0gty53e Page:Psychology of Religion.djvu/17 104 3740675 14131218 11690480 2024-04-26T08:00:31Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|16|THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION|}}</noinclude>{{hwe|couraged|encouraged}} by the optimistic assurances of their clergy, desired a fresh enumeration, which should make an end of this wicked cry that religion was in decay. An important metropolitan journal, under religious control, organized the census. It was spread over a year, so as to give a balance of good and bad weather, and it was conducted by religious, but broad-minded men. Every man, woman, and child of the six million people of London who went to church during that period was individually counted, and a liberal estimate of "twicers" (people who went twice on one Sunday) was deducted so as to give, approximately, the actual number of people who go to church more or less regularly in the largest city of the world. To the general lessons of this census I return in another Little Blue Book, No. 365, ''Myths of Religious Statistics''. Here I will say only that it showed a very marked decline of church-going between 1886 and 1903—the Church of England alone had lost 140,000 worshipers, although the population had very greatly increased—that of 6,240,336 inhabitants of London only 1,252,433 went to church, and that there were less than 100,000 Roman Catholics in the six million people. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 5kzvjs9fp2b7r8z38lrgru9f9wmhrdf Page:Psychology of Religion.djvu/19 104 3740677 14131219 11690391 2024-04-26T08:00:32Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|18|THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION|}}</noinclude>at once in these London figures. In the Church of Rome the women are more than twice as numerous as the men: in the Church of England less than twice as numerous: in the other churches much less than three to two. And where the local church is in a wealthy district—where the men are generally college-educated and the services are more attractive esthetically—the proportion of women worshipers reaches four to one. Taking four churches in the wealthier part of London, two Roman Catholic and two that call themselves English Catholic, the figures are: {{gap}}Brompton Oratory: 267 men and 1,105 women.<br /> {{gap}}Carmelite Church: 276 men and 807 women.<br /> {{gap}}Holy Trinity: 160 men and 880 women.<br /> {{gap}}Christ's Church: 249 men and 1,034 women. The first of these was at the time the most ornate and wealthy Catholic church in England: the third was a ritualist Protestant church in the same wealthy district, and the Bishop of London was preaching there on the occasion of the census. In educated districts the Roman Catholic Church has habitually two to four times as many female worshipers as male. The Nonconformist (Baptist, Wesleyan and Congregationalist) churches, on the other hand,<noinclude></noinclude> rcls93ecng1nmbg8pohk5xv264829tm Page:Psychology of Religion.djvu/21 104 3740679 14131220 11690354 2024-04-26T08:00:33Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|20|THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION|}}</noinclude>opinion, and we must be guided rather by the exact London statistics. Except where there is a special artistic attractiveness about the services, women-worshipers are not nearly twice as numerous as men-worshipers. As the figures are loaded by this heavy disproportion of the sexes in ritualist places of worship, let us consider these first. It is quite a mistake to suppose that you explain it all by saying that woman is more emotional than man. Experimental psychology has shown, as I said, that she has not got a finer sensibility, a greater acuteness of sense-perception, than man, but it is clearly true that she is more emotional. Her functions and her sympathetic nervous system imply that. But there are several other things to be considered. One is that priests make far greater efforts to secure female worshipers in wealthier than in poorer districts. The women are daintier and have ample leisure and more attractive homes. Visiting rich women is a delight to the priest: visiting poor women is—I have, remember, lived in the clerical world—a drudgery. Moreover, the visiting priest sees the women four times as much as he sees the men, and even the more pious women have their sense of his high sacerdotal character enhanced by<noinclude></noinclude> 2v29y6b10odgpilw6o4awlvxlut20dw Page:Psychology of Religion.djvu/23 104 3740681 14131221 11690356 2024-04-26T08:00:34Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|22|THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION|}}</noinclude>{{hwe|tions|emotions}}. Yet, clearly, there are very many things to be taken into account besides her emotions. Priestcraft does not merely influence her more than it influences man. It is used against her far more than against the man. Considering that her education also is defective, she has far less chance of escaping. Already, as we are altering the college education of girls, we are rapidly lessening the disproportion of women in ritualistic churches. These women, however, are a small minority. What concerns us more is the fact that generally, allowing for the fact that women far outnumber men, three women are religious to two men. What do we make of this? The exact figures I have given make the problem much smaller than most writers on the psychology of religion suppose it to be, and we need point only to a few influences or impulses to explain it. That astute and fearless student of sex-matters, Mr. Havelock Ellis, has considered this situation (in his Man and Woman), but he started with the usual exaggerated idea of the religious disproportion of the sexes—though he incidentally reminds us that of six hundred sects described in a dictionary of religions only seven were founded by women—and I<noinclude></noinclude> ppw5sh4cajqzqymdof7u8vgedyccv0k Page:Psychology of Religion.djvu/25 104 3740683 14131222 11690358 2024-04-26T08:00:35Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|24|THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION|}}</noinclude>that she is exposed far more than the man is to priestly pressure. Moreover, quite apart from wealth and education, the sex-instinct counts. The priest prefers women to men: women are drawn to priests far more than men are. Further differences arise from occupation and education. The man's business does not promote the frame of mind which church-going requires, while the monotonous work of the woman rather disposes her in favor of church-going. The man listens all his life to very free remarks about clergymen, religion, and sex, and such conversation rarely occurs in the presence of women. The man has had a more practical and realistic education, in school and in business, while the woman has much less occasion to develop the critical side of judgment. Quite a number of such contrasts could be enumerated. In fine, there is strong confirmation of all this in the fact that, in proportion as we reduce the difference in education and environment between the sexes, we are reducing the disproportion of the sexes in religion. This generation is very apt to forget that the present comparative freedom of women Is a new thing. Two generations ago woman had, as a rule, from babyhood to old age, an entirely {{hws|differ|different}}<noinclude></noinclude> 0eqhtfd5fezhdm9queir7ibz2ldvmgf Page:Psychology of Religion.djvu/27 104 3740685 14131223 11690360 2024-04-26T08:00:36Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|26|THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION|}}</noinclude>{{c|CHAPTER III}} {{c|RELIGION AND PSYCHO-ANALYSIS}} This prosy analysis of the impulses at work in the mind and lite of a religious woman will give the reader some idea of my general attitude toward the subject of this Little Blue Book. If it seems, in comparison with some of the learned-looking essays you have read, superficial and materialistic, let me say that I learned it from the profound and spiritual authorities of my clerical years. "Things are not to be multiplied without necessity" is an axiom of Scholastic Theology: it means that, when you set out to explain a thing, you must try what known factors will explain before you drag in unknown. I want the reader to see for himself if, in his own sphere of observation, these many quite familiar agencies which I have enumerated do not suffice to explain the simple fact that there are three women worshipers to two male. Thus since, like Professor Thouless, I find fanciful psychological explanations superfluous, I approach the Psycho-Analytic school on this subject in a critical mood. For reasons which<noinclude></noinclude> ee6ex0y86ow9xly029tdvjfsociqsr2 Page:Psychology of Religion.djvu/29 104 3740687 14131224 11690483 2024-04-26T08:00:37Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|28|THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION|}}</noinclude>Christ, Anthony Comstock, or the British or American Constitution. . . . Which means, in other words, that Psycho-Analysis may in the course of time shrink to the present size of Dergsonism, Futurism, Einsteinism, Mendelism, Modernism, Planetesimalism, etc. That, like most of these, it brings a permanent contribution to thought it seems safe to admit. But, quite apart from the commercial exploitation of it and the usual desperate applications of its principles to everything under the sun, it plainly has two of the familiar defects of new theories: it ignores or distorts many facts, and it has a great love of verbiage. In its more familiar form, the Freud system, it seems to me, and now to most people, an extreme exaggeration of what is certainly a very large fact in life, sex; and when it is applied to religion it is quite untrue to experience. On this side there was a strong disposition on the part of thoughtful people to receive the Freudian explanation. As I have explained, the usual idea of the religiousness of women is very exaggerated, and the view was commonly taken that the repression of sex-feelings in unmarried girls and women was largely responsible. There is even now more<noinclude></noinclude> 8h1am5zyhd0xczznjr1cw0x402pmt1o Page:Psychology of Religion.djvu/31 104 3740689 14131225 11690484 2024-04-26T08:00:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|30|THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION|}}</noinclude>there any serious religious feeling, though most of them belonged to one or other Church, and it seemed that, if anything, their sex-situation disposed them to rebel against religion. The clergy, as everybody knows, regard sexual feeling as the greatest cause of abandonment of religion; and I wonder if any would be so bold as to say that when young women in their twenties put an end to their sex-saturation by marriage they become less religious. It is, surely, rather the reverse. On the other hand, a very large acquaintance with Rationalist families convinces me that, when their daughters reach the stage of sex-development and repression they very rarely feel any new disposition toward religion. If they do begin to attend a church, as they sometimes do, the reason is confessedly social, recreational, or matrimonial. Hence, while I have not space here to discuss the general truth of Freud's theory, I think that his application of it to religion is very theoretical, and it is certainly contrary to all my experience. That sex has nothing to do with the early evolution of religion itself I have explained in another volume, Little Blue Book No. 1008, ''[[The Origin of Religion]]''. Religion is far older than phallic religion.<noinclude></noinclude> niacz8p17e07w4a85nnd68ismt4d1z5 Page:Psychology of Religion.djvu/33 104 3740691 14131226 11690486 2024-04-26T08:00:39Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|32|THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION|}}</noinclude>and desire his mother. Oedipus never knew his parents. Moreover, it is a mere theory of certain fanciful sociologists (lightly adopted by H. G. Wells) that in "primordial times," the son, when he came to maturity, clubbed his father and mated with his mother. What about his sister, and the next man's daughter, who would be far more desirable? The facts even of lower savage life are entirely against the theory. As to ourselves and our Oedipus complex, I leave it to the reader, who knows just as much about it as Freud, to say if he thinks any large proportion of youths have an even subconscious desire of sexual intercourse with their mothers and are disposed on that account to hate their fathers. Life has a disconcerting way of being much less picturesque than our theories. At all events, the mother-goddess has nothing to do with the Oedipus complex, because there is invariably a father god (generally the sky or sun) as well. The Cretan religion is the only one with a single female deity, and it is not primitive, but highly civilized. The mother-goddess is simply mother-earth fertilized by father-sky. It is a quite normal and healthy application to primitive religion (which existed long before this stage) of the ordinary sex-idea, not a taint from a subconscious poison. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> okwlnop17vmy74mermvo3y56yxcv7z8 Page:Psychology of Religion.djvu/35 104 3740693 14131227 11690488 2024-04-26T08:00:39Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|34|THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION|}}</noinclude>this legend appears, at the Babylonian and Egyptian level, there cannot possibly have been any knowledge of remote and obscure savages who practiced Oedipism. Moreover, the legend is as far removed from it as is the story of Jack the Giant-Killer. Dr. Jones says that the characteristically Christian idea is surrender or subjection to the Father, not defiance of him. There, he says, you have the ethical reaction on Oedipism. Not in the least. The idea is not characteristically Christian, but is common to the whole group of pre-Christian religions with slain gods, and Frazer has plainly traced the whole evolution. The deity to be placated may be father or mother—it is father in several religions besides Christianity—but the primitive idea is that a god or representative of a god shall be slain lest he grow old and the fertility of the earth and men be reduced. (See Little Blue Book No. 1104, ''[[The Myth of the Resurrection]]''.) We are further told that the Holy Ghost was originally the mother goddess and was dislodged by reaction against Oedipism. The actual story of the evolution of the belief, which may be read in any history of dogma, is quite different. The Holy Ghost is an {{hws|arti|artificial}}<noinclude></noinclude> 8t9zsagngp5jcltarbpt8xxgnyqnenr Page:Psychology of Religion.djvu/37 104 3740695 14131228 11690370 2024-04-26T08:00:40Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|36|THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION|}}</noinclude>and in a few cases this may have a religious expression. Facts do not justify us in saying more than that. Psycho-Analysis of the Jung and Adler type, which keeps the sex-impulse in its place and speaks rather of a general surge upward from the subconscious of old vital impulses, throws no light on religion. There is no reason why suppressed impulses should find a religious expression. But the chief weakness of writers of both schools who discuss religion—and I am not concerned otherwise with the theories—is that they assume that there is something in the religious mood or attitude which has not yet been explained by more familiar and conscious impulses. We shall see that there is not. The roots of religion are in the conscious mind.<noinclude></noinclude> ol44yjese3mm4ic1p8py9bby5hoofdh Page:Psychology of Religion.djvu/39 104 3740697 14131229 11690372 2024-04-26T08:00:41Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|38|THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION|}}</noinclude>"demonstrations" which had lost all intellectual respectability. Very well, they said, we will leave the material universe to science and the Bible to the Higher Critic. We will urge people to rely upon their own feelings about religion, and we will assure them that these are the pronouncements of a faculty, the religious sense, which is in its way as normal and authoritative as reason itself. This idea grew out of the older psychology which is now entirely discarded. Instinct was supposed to be a "faculty" in the animal, and more feebly in man, just as reason, memory, will, etc., were "faculties." The word never meant more than a capability. If we can remember, desire, and reason, we obviously have, in a sense, the "faculties" to do these things. But the older philosophers and psychologists tended to take the abstract word in a more or less substantial sense. The "soul" was a spiritual substance, and its "faculties" were as real and distinct as the five senses. Today the soul and its faculties are regarded as relics of pre-scientific thought, and the idea that man has a special "faculty" for seeing religious truth has no meaning. The only real differences we can assign, are different regions of the brain for separate mental acts. Even Mrs.<noinclude></noinclude> ehryppw3136miqdggx9zqyszsx8t4mq Page:Psychology of Religion.djvu/41 104 3740699 14131230 11690374 2024-04-26T08:00:42Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|40|THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION|}}</noinclude>of the supposed universality of belief in gods, but of the word instinct itself. We still, it is true, speak of an animal's habitual actions as instinctive, but we mean only that there is a certain structure or mechanism of nerve and muscle in an animal which acts automatically when it is stimulated. No matter how complex this mechanism may become by special evolution, it is always a mechanism. Of instinct as a "faculty" we know nothing. The name is, therefore, altered, and we now generally read about a "religious sense." But the change of name is not of the slightest advantage to this antiquated and superficial theory. We know no "senses" except the special receptiveness or perceptiveness associated with differently constructed bodily organs, such as the eye and ear. Even what we call the internal sense is only a matter of the irritation of internal nerves. There is not the slightest analogy between what the physiologist or the psychologist calls our "senses" and what apologists call "the religious sense." You might just as well call it the religious diaphragm or selenium cell. It is necessary to say this because religious writers blandly suppose that there are quite definite and recognizable meanings to their<noinclude></noinclude> iw0plfef7gpeyjzwgwbjgtgc5cn05jc Page:Psychology of Religion.djvu/43 104 3740701 14131231 11690489 2024-04-26T08:00:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|42|THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION|}}</noinclude>Most people remain children in that respect and never reflect on the ground of their conviction. Some may reflect on it, ask the reasons for belief, and consider them sound, but this "religious sense" is generally invoked in cases where there is some doubt about the soundness of the reasons. What it amounts to, therefore, is that the clergyman has implanted in you, directly or indirectly, a conviction that God exists, and he is now asking you to recognize this conviction itself as a proof of the existence of God! There is no other possible meaning in his appeal to your "inner voice" or "the whispers of your heart" or anything of that sort. I once met a pompous ass of a believer who had this religious-sense theory in an exaggerated degree. It is not at all my custom to obtrude the question of religion in conversation, but somebody maliciously tried to draw the man into debate about God with me. He would say nothing but, with comic solemnity: "I know there is a God." He would not explain further, but his meaning was clear. He felt it. He sensed it. And there is but one possible form in which he could have given precise expression to his actual experience. He was visibly annoyed, but still silent, when I put it. It is: "I have a strong conviction that God exists." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> hr6shhzuq33wc23en7h6etzopsd1pza Page:Psychology of Religion.djvu/45 104 3740703 14131232 11690491 2024-04-26T08:00:44Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|44|THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION|}}</noinclude>decreases as knowledge and intellectual development increase. The research which Professor Leuba (''The Belief in God and Immortality''), made into the proportion of believers and unbelievers amongst freshmen, sophomores, ordinary professors, and more distinguished professors affords very striking statistical evidence of this. As you rise in the scale of age and culture, the believers shrink from eighty to ten percent, the unbelievers grow from twenty to nearly ninety percent. Apart from this, it cannot be questioned that if you take five hundred farmers in Kentucky and compare them with five hundred university teachers, religious belief will be fairly solid amongst the farmers and absent from at least half the professors. It would be strange if a mental power grew feebler in proportion as we train and refine the mind. The real meaning is obvious. Religion is just an ordinary conviction in the mind and it is enfeebled when we accumulate knowledge, because it is essentially based upon ignorance. We see this on a very much broader scale in the collective experience of our time. There never was less religion in the world before, and there never was so much knowledge. I further pointed out how this supposed {{hws|re|religious}}<noinclude></noinclude> ig3mwk3ve1n0lcgnyorz4fs76zycryg Page:Psychology of Religion.djvu/47 104 3740705 14131233 11690380 2024-04-26T08:00:45Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|46|THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION|}}</noinclude>In face of these masses of historical and contemporary facts it is futile to ask us to believe in a religious sense or instinct. Why should a million cultivated men like myself be totally devoid of it, and a million small store-keepers or Mexicans or Rumanian peasants have it in as robust a condition as their limbs? Why is it so constantly associated with stupidity and coarseness and so constantly dissociated from developed intellect and refinement? There is quite obviously no such thing as a special religious sense. We must take religious convictions and sentiments as we take any other beliefs and sentiments, and see if there is anything left which requires a special psychological explanation.<noinclude></noinclude> 09tjb89a8dtdrfks7swih3v97r5l67u Page:Psychology of Religion.djvu/49 104 3740707 14131234 11690382 2024-04-26T08:00:46Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|48|THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION|}}</noinclude>do not even conceive exactly the subject they are discussing. Hundreds of writers of books and essays have in the last twenty years referred to or enlarged upon "the psychology of religion." It stands for something modern, profound, and precise. Well, what exactly do they mean by it? Half these writers seem to mean the psychological conditions in which religion first appeared, and they speculate on these with a glorious indifference to the fact that the life of the lower savages today shows us how primitive man thought, felt, and reacted. When they do quote a few savages, they pay little or no attention to the cultural level of the people they quote; and they generally select a few instances which confirm their theory and ignore the rest. But I have devoted another volume (Little Blue Book No. 1008) to the origin of religion. It is a totally different question from the one we now confront. An idea or institution may arise for one reason and be maintained for quite a different reason. I once noticed in a Queensland forest an interesting case of a parasite-tree. A wild fig grows parasitically up the trunk of a eucalypt, sucking its sap out of the eucalypt. After a time, the fig sends roots of its own into the soil, so that, by the time the eucalypt is sucked dry and killed, the fig is a sturdy tree living by its own roots and clasping in its arms the skeleton of the original eucalypt. I saw in this at once a figure of ecclesiastical Christianity growing upon the person and teachings of Jesus and then striking roots of its own in the soil of<noinclude></noinclude> qyv11mjk5idfm4yjsj1117zkb2yhnrk Page:Psychology of Religion.djvu/51 104 3740709 14131235 11703678 2024-04-26T08:00:47Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|50|THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION|}}</noinclude>{{hwe|urally|naturally}} suggested a theory that human beings have a good deal of the herd-instinct which keeps together buffaloes or baboons and causes them to act in certain standard ways. Mr. Trotter, like all pioneers or discoverers of ideas, exaggerated, but in claiming that the herd-instinct is the principal cause of religious belief he had at least considerable facts in his favor. As I have already explained, I dislike the word instinct, but of the great mass of religious believers scattered over the earth it may justly be said that they believe and worship because the herd does. Of eighteen hundred million worshipers far more than fifteen hundred millions—say Chinese, Hindus, Latin Americans, the more backward races, and the mass of the peasantry everywhere—have no "psychology of religion." They inherit religious beliefs as they inherit beliefs about cattle and babies. There is more "psychology," more variety of psychic elements, in their political than in their religious life. By the age of ten they are completely equipped with a set of religious beliefs, and for the rest of their lives their beliefs are based entirely upon authority, their practices follow almost automatically upon their beliefs or are guided by universal custom, and their emotions are not different in character from their political or domestic emotions. They have the same awe and reverence for God as for the king, and the great festivals of the year give them the same joy and excitement as secular rejoicings of political crises do. There Is very little variation in this great<noinclude></noinclude> 80eu7k6hnany27ftw5cj39u5nqyzslp Page:Psychology of Religion.djvu/53 104 3740711 14131236 11690386 2024-04-26T08:00:47Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|52|THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION|}}</noinclude>{{hwe|ing|adding}} that the consciousness of moral conflict seems to me only a rare and occasional ingredient in religion, and that these emotional experiences generally follow the religious attitude rather than help to engender it. In the religious life at least the emotions do not seem to any great extent to be influenced by the subconscious. They are provoked and sustained by definite conceptions of gods and goddesses, definite beliefs about life and the future, or by the images, ritual, music, hymns, etc., used in the cult. There is nothing specific in the emotions. They are the ordinary human emotions of joy, sorrow, hope, fear, reverence, love, etc., and, in proportion to the intensity or vividness with which the believer realizes or visualizes his beliefs, they arise as spontaneously as do the emotions of a young mother in regard to her first child. Hence, although there is a very common practice of regarding this emotional life of the believer as his "religious life" in a special sense, you have only to consider it to see that it contains nothing specifically religious except the ideas or objects to which the emotions refer. It is only in the exceptional cases, which I study in the next chapter, that psychological analysis may discover points of special interest. A nun's love of Jesus, for instance, or a young monk's love of Mary may very well have a strong subconscious sexual coloring. In the overwhelming majority of believers the emotions are normal and have no specific religious or sexual meaning. What requires explanation, in other words, is the belief. Given the belief,<noinclude></noinclude> 6c9txf18i2f3r9fem4v6yc95pj737oa Page:Psychology of Religion.djvu/55 104 3740713 14131237 11690388 2024-04-26T08:00:48Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|54|THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION|}}</noinclude>of their religion only because they already believe. For ages man believed that the summer's crop, the rain supply, the fertility of the cattle, depended upon the gods, and this gave him a bias toward religion; but, obviously, the belief is the primary thing. Personal reasoning, on the other hand, has very little to do with religion in this largest class of worshipers. The world seems to them, in such dull gleams of reflection as they have, to be quite in harmony with their religion. The prosperity of the wicked and suffering of the good will be put right in the next world, and so on. Doubt never occurs to the overwhelming majority, and reason is not invoked to allay it. The stream of religious tradition flows placidly on. The general truth of this, and the points at which variations begin to appear, can be seen best in America by studying the colored people. I have seen a body of colored worshipers in chapel, and have seen just the same frenzy at a political meeting for the abolition of the color-line and even in moving picture theaters, when Tom Mix or Duck Jones or Rin Tin Tin dashed upon the screen at the critical moment to save the heroine. I have listened for an hour to those chants or hymns which the colored folk of the south compose, and which give the finest expression of colored piety. The emotions are just the same as in courtship or politics. The objects of the emotions differ, and are provided solely by tradition, maintained chiefly in their own interest by preachers. And in the same colored population you<noinclude></noinclude> tefyzr3way38516dhetkaj1qr5qs1tb Page:Psychology of Religion.djvu/57 104 3740715 14131238 11690390 2024-04-26T08:00:49Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|56|THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION|}}</noinclude>is a variety of religions or sects, the diversity may provoke the believer to reflect, but as a rule his own sect has a literature so unblushingly mendacious that he never carries the inquiry beyond his own church. His religion as belief requires no analysis; and in so far as it is emotional, it has no special elements. Love of Jehovah, Jesus, Mohammed, Buddha, or the Bab is the same emotion as was once love of Ishtar or Tammuz or Zeus, and is now the love of friend or parent.<noinclude></noinclude> 99wjehmn8zn40lr8ci3rrpoolrzj00y Page:Psychology of Religion.djvu/59 104 3740717 14131239 11690394 2024-04-26T08:00:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|58|THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION|}}</noinclude>{{hwe|ing|lacking}} in me. People say, in fact, that I have not "the religious temperament." A little clear thinking will show any person that this is really the reverse of the truth. There is not some emotional element in my friend which I lack, but there is an intellectual element in me which he lacks. It is a question of the greater or less development of the critical quality, one might almost say, of suspicion. At the age of sixteen I began to press for "proof" of the large statements made to me by religion. Of ten companions (in a monastery) of about the same age not one felt the same critical urge, yet I was certainly the most emotional of them all. For ten years I felt that urge. Some of my companions in time felt the prick of it, but either suppressed it or affected to be easily satisfied. From the build of my mind I was unable to do either, and, from sheer intellectual urge, without any alteration of character or emotional temperament, I came to discard all religion. A "fanatic," as I really was, became logically one of the most irreligious of men. Let us note in passing that many of the "fanatics" upon whom professors waste their psychological ingenuities have far less religion of an emotional sort than the professors believe. I have had opportunities of studying ministers of religion of various denominations who were regarded as men of great religious intensity, and their reputation was totally false. The day before I write this my eye falls on the name of a Catholic colleague thirty<noinclude></noinclude> belbvigod0xzqzmackylqm7t7otn76k Page:Psychology of Religion.djvu/61 104 3740719 14131240 11690396 2024-04-26T08:00:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|60|THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION|}}</noinclude>cause was a religion to them. The majority of the most earnest idealists in the reform movements of Europe in the nineteenth century were Agnostics or Atheists. In fact, the psychology of the idealist is so identical with that of the believer that he now often claims that his idealism is a "religion," and often (as in my own case) the word is thrust upon him in spite of his protests. In the Ethical Culture movement, for instance, and many of the Unitarian churches of America you have thousands of people claiming to be religious, yet totally rejecting the beliefs, in any shape, in God and immortality. You have professors constantly counting Confucianism, Stoicism, and Buddhism as religions, though Confucianism never had a God, Stoicism ignored gods and (clearly not believing in them) cut man quite away from them, and pure Buddhists are Agnostics. Yet the psychology of all these people on its emotional side is exactly the same as that of Theists and Christians. In other words, there is no specific psychology, no religious psychology, at all. The emotions are the same in the fanatical or intense Prohibitionist, Puritan, Pacifist, Humanitarian, Agnostic, member of an Ethical Culture Society, and Christian. The same human heart responds in each case to an intensely felt stimulus. The readiness of modern writers to grant a "religious fervor" to all kinds of idealists shows that there is no religious fervor. Zealous people are sometimes zealous about<noinclude></noinclude> pwzd5b4epcxfr38b8j37bmpqkop0r9k Page:Psychology of Religion.djvu/63 104 3740721 14131241 11690496 2024-04-26T08:00:51Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|62|THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION|}}</noinclude>acquire religious knowledge by other than ordinary ways: by intuition, for instance. Their emotions are the same as those of other pietists. What is needed to explain their peculiarities is, not a psychology of religion, but a psychological explanation of a certain intellectual error or illusion. Advanced Theosophists, Spiritualist automatic writers, even certain meta physicians, have the same psychology. In large measure it is an indifference to the distinction between things imagined and things known, or a kind of affection for words whether or no they express realities. In many of these cases—the St. Theresa, St. Clare, St. Catherine of Siena, etc. type—there is a legitimate field for the psycho-analyst. Their love of Jesus is largely suffused by subconscious sex-feeling, and in many cases they attached themselves to male saints in a very interesting manner. Such types, of smaller stature, are common in the Roman Catholic convent-world, but in the entire religious world they are an insignificant group. A very different type is the girl who is really tainted by a kind of nerve-poison from sex-suppression. Religious abnormality is one of the forms in which this may find expression, but in my experience it is not very common. In the Catholic Church such girls often fasten upon the confessional as an outlet and simply gloat over their remorse for their sins. In some the condition easily lets them be persuaded that they may legitimately have sex-satisfaction with a minister of religion. In the Middle Ages it led to self-scourging and other<noinclude></noinclude> 1ym8xyob6nvg9phmlvdxxiaeanc1fvl Page:Psychology of Religion.djvu/65 104 3740723 14131242 11690497 2024-04-26T08:00:52Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|64|THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION|}}</noinclude>or her to be unfaithful or to get drunk. One has to be firm sometimes, to decline an attraction, to refuse to lie or cheat, but one doesn't on that account groan and froth at the mouth. The "moral struggle" is an accompaniment or effect of belief rather than an element of religion. On the other hand, social and recreational considerations are world-wide factors in the "psychology of religion." That is why, as I said in the first chapter, if the church and priest are not at hand, the religion soon disappears. In modern religion these considerations have a most important part. The church is a club. The minister caters to every interest, from dancing to matrimony, from vanity to sheer gregariousness and one's commercial interests. It pays a doctor to go to church, a lawyer to be a Catholic, a grocer to be religious, a professor to be on the side of the angels, a politician to rebuke infidelity. . . . The Almighty alone knows today how many of his worshipers believe in him. He could give us an entertaining volume on the psychology of religion.<noinclude></noinclude> qrgiyezmucpybdfy910hfq7j5w17kcd Page:The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz (Volume Three).djvu/119 104 3741246 14129734 11691943 2024-04-25T19:21:58Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |[[Image:U S Grant.png|500px]] |} {{center|{{x-smaller|{{sp|GENERAL U. S. GRANT}}}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> ixmc634o2h0z7t1xih89iw92dysbmm5 14131498 14129734 2024-04-26T11:40:07Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Undo revision [[Special:Diff/14129734|14129734]] by [[Special:Contributions/ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{|style="margin: auto" rules="none" border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" |[[Image:U S Grant.png|500px]] |} {{center|{{x-smaller|{{sp|GENERAL U. S. GRANT}}}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> 45dhx8wzjsbycmq0b24xptmp8g3r3ph Page:The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz (Volume Three).djvu/211 104 3742415 14129712 11694711 2024-04-25T19:13:21Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |- |[[Image:Andrew Johnson.png|center|500px]] |} {{center|{{x-smaller block|{{sp|PRESIDENT JOHNSON}} From a Brady negative in the possession of F. H. Meserve}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> truougmndog3sdckxlyahqj1ehiml9e User talk:Tylopous 3 3744773 14127971 13456045 2024-04-25T15:01:53Z SnowyCinema 2484340 /* Appreciate it */ new section wikitext text/x-wiki {{Welcome}} --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 11:32, 19 September 2021 (UTC) == Excellent work! == Just a note of appreciation for your hard work on ''Soliloquies''. Thank you! [[User:Inductiveload|Inductiveload]]—<span style="font-size:smaller">[[User talk:Inductiveload|talk]]/[[Special:Contributions/Inductiveload|contribs]]</span> 10:53, 31 October 2021 (UTC) :Thank you for your message! Just looking at some categories to add to the work now. Looking forward to the next monthly challenge. [[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 10:55, 31 October 2021 (UTC) :: I second the sentiment and would like to add a thanks for ''Chaldean'' as well. Outstanding work! If there's a book that you would like to see in the monthly challenge, please do let us know. [[User:Languageseeker|Languageseeker]] ([[User talk:Languageseeker|talk]]) 12:13, 31 October 2021 (UTC) :::I'll think about it! What would be the best place to nominate a work? The nominations section in the November challenge? :::On another note, thank you for trancluding the translation of the Soliloquies. I did not do it because I wasn't quite sure how to proceed; I found it unusual that two books are contained in one index. By the way, I think in Book 3 there should be two more pages to transclude, I think it should start at index page 233. [[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 16:43, 1 November 2021 (UTC) == USTS appreciation == Awesome work on the USTS so far! You're a beast, keep up the great work! [[User:Clay|Clay]] ([[User talk:Clay|talk]]) 16:18, 4 December 2021 (UTC) :Thank you. I've left over a few of the most complicated pages for the end, though. I'll soon need to figure out some concept for those huge tables. Perhaps one can't really transcribe them exactly as they are with the templates we have. Let's see. [[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 16:31, 4 December 2021 (UTC) == Thank you for the Hebrew help, and a question == Actually, you may have answered it already. One reason for my work on this Thayer's Lexicon is noticing several copies of it on the web that have obvious errors. One was "to stiffer sadly" instead of "to suffer sadly". Obvious scanno. As I complete a series of pages here, I go back and compare against copies elsewhere, such as [https://www.blueletterbible.org/lexicon/g76/tr/tr/0-1/ BlueLetterBible]. This is *great* as it catches a lot of _my_ typos while I'm trying to catch _their_ typos. (The digital copy they have is from decades ago, when first digitized by Biblesoft (?)) If you'll look at that page you'll see their inline Hebrew quotes. Two of them contain a letter I ''think'' they are missing the pointing for. ::{{hebrew|אָדָם הָרִאשׁון}} ::{{hebrew|אָדָם הָאַחֲרון}} And you have now entered ::{{hebrew|אָדָם הָרִאשׁוֺן}} ::{{hebrew|אָדָם הָאַחֲרוֺן}} which *has* the pointing I thought it should, on the letter {{hebrew|וֺ}} That other site has that one difference ''every'' time that letter occurs, in the first 75+ entries I've inspected so far! They also have a mass tragedy where every occurrence of the Koine diacritic grave accent has been converted to an acute accent, so unnoticed conversion errors there *have* happened. I was going to ask at the Scriptorium if there was a Hebrew expert around. Do you feel confident enough to say that that letter *is* broken at BLB, and should have the pointing we see in our scans? BTW: [https://archive.org/details/greekenglishlexi00grim/page/10/mode/1up Internet Archive] has a better scan for some pages. Your changes have given me great confidence I wasn't just seeing things! Thank you! [[User:Shenme|Shenme]] ([[User talk:Shenme|talk]]) 22:36, 27 January 2022 (UTC) :{{reply to|Shenme}} You're welcome. It was a very interesting task for me because I'm quite new to typing Hebrew. :Certainly, the way that I have learned it, and also by looking at Gesenius's dictionary (which I use to double-check spellings in doubtful cases), I think the vowel point for "o" should be on the letter waw in the places you mention, and this is also backed by the IA scan you link to, where the vowel dot can be seen clearly. :Interestingly, when I looked at the entry Adam with the Hebrew text entered by me on another device (tablet), weirdly, this vowel dot appears too far left, nearly over the final nun instead of over waw. Perhaps BlueLetterBible avoid such weird display differences by omitting the dot altogether? Just a wild guess. [[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 07:01, 28 January 2022 (UTC) ::Thank you again! I was editing and suddenly thought "where did this Hebrew come from?" :-) ::I think it was that same character or another, where I saw the top dot positioned right, left, and middle, in different fonts. I don't 'expect' anything [https://github.com/silnrsi/font-gentium/issues/8 these days with fonts]. There are two other bugs in Microsoft fonts with Ancient Greek, and one bug is over 30 years old! I have to hope that Hebrew as a modern in-use language has no remaining bugs in fonts? ::Are you using an OS-supplied Hebrew keyboard? Looks difficult to learn on Windows. For Ancient Greek / Koine I ended up implementing an IME through Wikimedia tools that uses [[mw:User:Shenme/el-betacode|Beta code]] to do it all using Latin characters. But Ancient Greek has far fewer diacritics than Hebrew points / cantillation marks. Wow. ::Could you check [https://en.wikisource.org/w/index.php?title=Page:A_Greek_English_Lexicon_of_the_New_Testament.djvu/39&curid=3873080&diff=12107618&oldid=12102531 a change] I made? Greek had the idea of a "final s": ς vs. a normal s: σ , so I guess I wasn't too surprised to find out there is something called a "final kaf" vs. a "kaf". Did I do the right one? [[User:Shenme|Shenme]] ([[User talk:Shenme|talk]]) 22:08, 30 January 2022 (UTC) :::{{reply to|Shenme}} :-) You were right about the final kaf. There are also special final characters for nun, tsade, peh, and mem. I use the Keyman <code><nowiki>https://keyman.com/</nowiki></code> keyboard "Ancient Hebrew (hbo-Hebr-IL)". I only installed this last week. There are also a few further hints on how to type Hebrew here: [[Index:Gesenius'_Hebrew_Grammar_(1910_Kautzsch-Cowley_edition).djvu]] (Though I have not looked into all the material recommended there.) :::Over the last few days, I used "Category:Pages_with_missing_Hebrew_characters" and added Hebrew text to some of the pages listed there. There are pages where I'm out of my depth though, for instance [[Page:The_Dalston_Synagogue-an_historical_sketch.djvu/25]], where there are cantillation marks, and I don't know enough about them at the moment. :::I plan to contribute also to further pages of your project, the Greek-English lexicon. Do you have any preference whether I should continue to use {{tl|lang-he}} or whether I should use {{tl|Hebrew}}? [[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 08:29, 31 January 2022 (UTC) ::::The {{tl|Hebrew}} does end up appearing much more like the original scan, so being crazy for fidelity I'd prefer that. But using [[w:Wikipedia:AutoWikiBrowser|AWB]] makes simple changes from one to the other easy, so whichever is comfortable for you. (more readable for the editor is a good thing?) ::::I have not tried Hebrew input but a couple times, and to do it at all is amazing to me. The one work that intrigued me was actually Yiddish, which is a separate thing (additional and altered characters), and copy-n-paste was not going to work! :-) And the mention at Gesenius of ordering for entering diacritics? For the Greek IME (has only 9 diacritics) I was determined not to have order matter, so the IME has ~1200 rules. Make it easy for the editor! ::::I have seen more than a few mentions of Gesenius' Grammar, here and elsewhere. Looks 'dense' and I'm not surprised that "which font?" is a discussion topic there also. ::::And I too looked at the missing Greek category and was surprised even easy stuff remained. But then, after switching between 4+ languages here, something like [[el:%CE%A3%CE%B5%CE%BB%CE%AF%CE%B4%CE%B1:The_New_Testament_in_the_original_Greek_(1894).djvu/285|this]] is relaxing. :-) ::::Thank you again, and when I do my third review (comparing against an external text copy) I'll see if I (who, me?) can spot anything else different from scan. [[User:Shenme|Shenme]] ([[User talk:Shenme|talk]]) 21:45, 31 January 2022 (UTC) == No wrap poetry == Hello, I noticed when you proofread the poem Dawn on p. 68 of On a Grey Thread, you used nowrap. Is this something I should correct on each of the poems that look similar in this work, e.g. Chant of Spring on p. 67, or the Hole in My Curtain on p. 38, or was there something specific about this poem that led you to use nowrap? Thanks, [[User:TeysaKarlov|TeysaKarlov]] ([[User talk:TeysaKarlov|talk]]) 20:24, 4 March 2022 (UTC) :{{reply to|TeysaKarlov}} Hi, my rationale for doing this was as follows: {{tl|ppoem}} has automatically a hanging indent of 4em for each line. (There's an example for this on the template's page.) I interpreted the indented parts of the poem ''Dawn'' as simply resulting from lines that were "too long", so a certain hanging indent was applied. But I also noticed that the end parts were carefully chosen to form some sort of meaningful phrase. So I used nowrap to make sure this "meaningful bit" gets moved to an indented new line whenever the horizontal space for the poem gets too short. :I also looked at the other solution on some of the other pages you mention, using <code>:::</code>. I think both approaches have advantages and drawbacks. :My "nowrap" approach gives better results when the poem is displayed with very little horizontal space (in my opinion). But you can also argue that the "<code>:::</code>" approach is a more faithful transcription of the original poem whenever the screen is broad enough. :I don't think you should correct this. If anything, since there are fewer pages where nowrap is used, these should be changed.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 18:50, 5 March 2022 (UTC) ::@[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] Changes made, and thanks for the detailed response, [[User:TeysaKarlov|TeysaKarlov]] ([[User talk:TeysaKarlov|talk]]) 20:05, 5 March 2022 (UTC) == Page:Diuers voyages touching the discouerie of America - Hakluyt - 1582.djvu/126 == Hi there. I managed to fix the alignment problem with the brace elements against the entry for 'Roses' (which has also fixed the problem with the heading 'Grayne and pulses' not centering properly). I put Ditto spaces above and below the 'Roses' line and - hey presto! I don't understand why this works, or why this section had a problem but the same arrangement under 'Gummes' didn't. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 10:22, 29 March 2022 (UTC) :{{reply to|Chrisguise}} Thanks a lot! I also didn't understand the behavior of the braces on this page. Most of the braces were aligned properly in the page namespace, but on the transcluded page, they were still misaligned. All of this seems to have been fixed now by your edit, so thank you again. :I also saw your edits on [[Page:Diuers voyages touching the discouerie of America - Hakluyt - 1582.djvu/120|this page]]. I still don't know how the brace structure of this page together with the one before was intended originally, and I'm undecided on how to proofread this preceding page. If you have an idea, feel free to go ahead with it. -- [[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 18:35, 29 March 2022 (UTC) ::I've managed to get to something quite close on pages 119 and 120, by using a Table plus <nowiki><noinclude></nowiki> and <nowiki><includeonly></nowiki> to control the transclusion. Page 119 is almost right (the partial brace is only a straight line!). Page 120 is correct. When transcluded into Chapter 10, all of the text appears correctly but I can't get the brace to increase in length to encompass all of the left-hand text. ::Useful Help at https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Template#Noinclude,_includeonly,_and_onlyinclude [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 22:23, 29 March 2022 (UTC) :::{{reply to|Chrisguise}} Thanks, we can now at least mark Diuers Voyages as proofread in the MC. In the last transcluded section there are still (at least in my browser) problems with the transclusion of braces. :::The link to help on noinclude,... is very helpful for me. -- [[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 05:36, 30 March 2022 (UTC) ::::No problem. I use Firefox as my browser and all the braces line up OK in that. I also tried Edge and that seems OK too. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 11:22, 30 March 2022 (UTC) == [[Index:First six books of the elements of Euclid 1847 Byrne.djvu]] == This 6 books should be nominated for month May challenge https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pTyAbi5z47Q https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3GY5blTTeSA and if anyone have problem they can find explanation in they link below https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ewir8jyohyc&list=PLrkQ3hzZrc4j9gT0z--_CiFzQLeVb32hQ :Thank you for your message. Nevertheless, I agree with [[User:Languageseeker|Languageseeker]] that this work is a bit too technical for the Monthly Challenge. By the way, I'm working on uploading the audio files for ''The Science of Getting Rich''.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 19:55, 10 April 2022 (UTC) :Thanks, :but please see the link below and make your own judgment if it was too technical : :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XLlThlqCFeg [[Special:Contributions/2001:4450:8145:7800:18B0:C5AB:4E1F:F676|2001:4450:8145:7800:18B0:C5AB:4E1F:F676]] 23:25, 10 April 2022 (UTC) ::Hi, thanks for the link to the video. I am aware of the type of contents of the book. With "technical" I mean that the act of transcribing the work, with lots of images, complex alignment patterns, and mathematical formulae is technical in the wikisource proofreading sense. What you could try to do instead is initialize a project just for this book series or, more generally, for mathematical texts that interest you and others.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 06:40, 11 April 2022 (UTC) == [[Memory: How to Develop, Train, and Use It]] == Also upload the audio from https://librivox.org/memory-how-to-develop-train-and-use-it-by-william-walker-atkinson/ :When I find the time, I may do this. I can't tell you when I will do this.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 06:41, 11 April 2022 (UTC) :Also, if you have time :https://librivox.org/anne-of-green-gables-dramatic-reading-by-lucy-maud-montgomery/ :https://librivox.org/anne-of-avonlea-dramatic-reading-by-l-m-montgomery/ [[Special:Contributions/2001:4450:8145:7800:8D5F:3CC5:5F18:EA61|2001:4450:8145:7800:8D5F:3CC5:5F18:EA61]] 23:58, 14 April 2022 (UTC) ::There are possibly some problems with the uploaded files for ''The Science of Getting Rich'' on Commons. Someone thinks they should be deleted there. Until it's clear what the problem was, I will probably not upload further audio files.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 05:56, 15 April 2022 (UTC) :::Is it resolved? [[Special:Contributions/2001:4450:8145:7800:48E2:BE42:A67A:1358|2001:4450:8145:7800:48E2:BE42:A67A:1358]] 01:47, 28 April 2022 (UTC) ::::Yes, at least the files didn't need to be removed the last time I looked. I still remember your requests for uploads, and perhaps I can do something in May. But this week and perhaps also the next (few), I am quite busy.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 04:27, 28 April 2022 (UTC) :::::Still busy? [[Special:Contributions/2001:4450:8156:4900:18B0:C5AB:4E1F:F676|2001:4450:8156:4900:18B0:C5AB:4E1F:F676]] 20:51, 11 May 2022 (UTC) ::::::It starts getting a little less busy :). The process of uploading the files requires very repetitive work and takes (at least me) longer than one might guess. I may start by uploading one of the Librivox works, say, Memory & How to Use It, this weekend.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 05:11, 12 May 2022 (UTC) :::::::{{done}} The Files "File:Memoryhowtouseit_xy_atkinson.ogg" with xy between 01 and 20 have been uploaded to the Commons. Let's hope no one want them to be deleted this time :)--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 06:28, 14 May 2022 (UTC) ::::::::Thanks [[Special:Contributions/2001:4450:8156:4900:4DC7:F202:45F0:CC62|2001:4450:8156:4900:4DC7:F202:45F0:CC62]] 09:39, 16 May 2022 (UTC) === [[w:As a Man Thinketh|As a Man Thinketh]] === Can someone check the copyright and upload it to Wikimedia Commons [https://archive.org/details/as-a-man-thinketh_202105/mode/2up As a Man Thinketh] [https://archive.org/details/asamanthinketh_af_librivox/ As a Man Thinketh] audiobook {{unsigned|2001:4450:8156:4900:c433:be3f:47c3:e8f2}} :It's pretty straightforward that the book is in the public domain in the US. Published 1913. I'll upload the book, it may take me longer to do the same for the audio files.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 15:32, 4 June 2022 (UTC) :{{done}} I uploaded the book and added it to the MC of June.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 15:57, 4 June 2022 (UTC) :::{{done}} needs to be Validated [[Special:Contributions/2001:4450:8156:4900:6039:E432:95E5:854D|2001:4450:8156:4900:6039:E432:95E5:854D]] 02:38, 5 June 2022 (UTC) Finished in less than a week. The only thing left is the audio files. :Perhaps this weekend I'll upload them.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 06:46, 8 June 2022 (UTC) :The files "As a Man Thinketh n - Allen - Librivox.ogg" with n between 1 and 7 have been uploaded to the Commons.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 06:10, 11 June 2022 (UTC) ::Note: ::If have the time to split the first audio (As a Man Thinketh 1 - Allen - Librivox.ogg) into "FOREWORD" as number 0 and re-upload the part "THOUGHT AND CHARACTER" again as number 1 ::Thanks [[Special:Contributions/2001:4450:8156:4900:25CB:D587:CEF5:F48A|2001:4450:8156:4900:25CB:D587:CEF5:F48A]] 20:33, 11 June 2022 (UTC) :::That's not where my competences lie. For instance, I don't have any specific program for manipulating sound files.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 07:31, 12 June 2022 (UTC) === From passion to peace === Another book by [[Author:James Allen (1864-1912)|James Allen]] to be uploaded [https://archive.org/details/frompassiontope00alle/page/8/mode/2up From Passion to Peace] :{{done}} See [[Index:From Passion to Peace - Allen - 1910.djvu]].--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 12:02, 18 June 2022 (UTC) ::{{done}} only the title left [[Special:Contributions/2001:4450:8156:4900:B1C2:855E:5FB7:8883|2001:4450:8156:4900:B1C2:855E:5FB7:8883]] 00:14, 20 June 2022 (UTC) == It Works == Please, check the copyright and upload it to Wikimedia Commons [https://archive.org/details/RHJarrett/mode/2up It Works] Again thanks :Hi, while it definitely looks like this is in the public domain because it's on the Internet Archive, I haven't been able to verify this in any other way. The original publication date is not clear to me. Perhaps the [[Wikisource:Scan_Lab|Scan Lab]] is a better place for requesting this upload.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 17:44, 5 June 2022 (UTC) :Me too, I can't verify the copyright [[Special:Contributions/115.84.245.233|115.84.245.233]] 04:48, 6 June 2022 (UTC) == [[Calculus Made Easy]] == Please, upload it to Wikimedia Commons Calculus Made Easy by [[Author:Silvanus Phillips Thompson|Silvanus Phillips Thompson]] * http://djm.cc/library/Calculus_Made_Easy_Thompson.pdf * https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kuOxDh3egN0 :I may do this, but I can't guarantee it. The Scan Lab is perhaps a better place to make such requests.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 12:19, 17 July 2022 (UTC) :what is the Scan Lab? [[Special:Contributions/2001:4450:810D:1B00:91B9:FD32:219D:CEEB|2001:4450:810D:1B00:91B9:FD32:219D:CEEB]] 12:28, 17 July 2022 (UTC) ::See here: [[Wikisource:Scan_Lab]]. A request there will reach more people who may be able to help.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 12:30, 17 July 2022 (UTC) :::How about Monthly Challenge? [[Special:Contributions/2001:4450:810D:1B00:B925:992B:FA48:FAC0|2001:4450:810D:1B00:B925:992B:FA48:FAC0]] 21:18, 17 July 2022 (UTC) ::::It's a bit less involved formatting-wise than the illustrated Euclid, so I think we can at least try. The work will definitely require a dedicated contributor who knows something about math typesetting.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 04:31, 18 July 2022 (UTC) :::::Don't worry about the math type-setting I think I can do it [[Special:Contributions/2001:4450:810D:1B00:B925:992B:FA48:FAC0|2001:4450:810D:1B00:B925:992B:FA48:FAC0]] 09:36, 18 July 2022 (UTC) :::No result! [[Special:Contributions/2001:4450:810D:1B00:A451:1A98:E032:CAAE|2001:4450:810D:1B00:A451:1A98:E032:CAAE]] 21:01, 20 July 2022 (UTC) ::::I'm not sure what you mean, but please keep in mind that everyone here contributes voluntarily, in their free time.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 04:47, 21 July 2022 (UTC) :::::You are Right :::::Sorry :::::[[Wikisource:Scan Lab]] [[Special:Contributions/115.84.245.233|115.84.245.233]] 07:57, 21 July 2022 (UTC) :::::it seem that no one like Calculus :::::<br> [[Special:Contributions/2001:4450:810D:1B00:9D56:3294:B177:3205|2001:4450:810D:1B00:9D56:3294:B177:3205]] 23:11, 22 July 2022 (UTC) :Hello. Only now I have noticed this discussion by chance (I do not follow Scan Lab regularly as many requests need more difficult handling with the files than just uploads which I cannot do.) I can upload the pdf file for you. However, I had a quick look at the provided link and I am not sure about the date of publication of that particular edition (the preface is dated 1914, but despite that it looks like a later edition). For that reason I suggest that I will upload the [[https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id=njp.32101073304360&view=1up&seq=11&skin=2021|1914 edition from HathiTrust]]. It will be just pdf, although djvu is more convenient for transcription, but I am not able to convert the format. I also suggest to create an account which would make the communication easier (your contributions have been made from different IP addresses and so I cannot contact you at your own talk page or ping you). --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 19:30, 24 July 2022 (UTC) ::Uploaded, see [[Index:Calculus Made Easy.pdf]] --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 20:23, 24 July 2022 (UTC) :::Also can you upload the audiobooks :::https://librivox.org/calculus-made-easy-by-silvanus-p-thompson/ [[Special:Contributions/2001:4450:810D:1B00:3D35:E2FE:2B4D:B045|2001:4450:810D:1B00:3D35:E2FE:2B4D:B045]] 22:55, 25 July 2022 (UTC) ::::[[:Commons:Category:LibriVox - Calculus Made Easy]] --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 00:03, 26 July 2022 (UTC) :::::Thanks [[Special:Contributions/2001:4450:810D:1B00:940F:9792:EC20:80EC|2001:4450:810D:1B00:940F:9792:EC20:80EC]] 19:54, 26 July 2022 (UTC) [[Calculus Made Easy]] Almost {{done}} ==[[w:The Adventures of Pinocchio|The Adventures of Pinocchio]]== Please, upload it to Wikimedia Commons *[https://archive.org/details/adventuresofpino00coll_4/mode/2up The adventures of Pinocchio] by [[Author:Carlo Collodi|Collodi, Carlo]], Translated by Walter S. Cramp :{{done}} [[Index:The adventures of Pinocchio (Cramp 1904).djvu]] *[https://librivox.org/the-adventures-of-pinocchio-by-carlo-collodi/ The adventures of Pinocchio] by [[Author:Carlo Collodi|Collodi, Carlo]], Translated by Carol Della Chiesa from librivox.org == Happy New Years! == Happy New Years! May it bring you all the best this year. [[User:Languageseeker|Languageseeker]] ([[User talk:Languageseeker|talk]]) 00:28, 3 January 2023 (UTC) :Hi Languageseeker, I wish you all the best, too!--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 21:19, 3 January 2023 (UTC) == Many Thanks == Hi @[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]], Just wanted to say thanks for all of your help with Historic Highways, particularly the index, and more generally, with long term series in the MC. If you want any assistance with a project of yours (your user page only mentions a couple, and I tried to avoid some of the spoilers in the Ancient Classics series in case), feel free to let me know. Thanks again, [[User:TeysaKarlov|TeysaKarlov]] ([[User talk:TeysaKarlov|talk]]) 01:52, 15 July 2023 (UTC) :P.S. I almost forgot to mention. There is one page left to validate (assuming someone else doesn't get to it first). I wasn't sure if you left the page on purpose, and had some cunning plan in mind ... , or if you were just working out of order. [[User:TeysaKarlov|TeysaKarlov]] ([[User talk:TeysaKarlov|talk]]) 01:56, 15 July 2023 (UTC) ::{{ping|TeysaKarlov}} Well, thank you too! It was and always is a pleasure collaborating with you. I won't be overly active for a while, I'll probably just chip away at the Odyssey a bit. I thought a bit about starting to participate in the Mahabharata transcription, but it's a bit much to take on for me at the moment. ::The page that was left to validate: Done. Actually I was working out of order, and then I was also too lazy to transclude, so I left one page. Looks like I conveniently avoided some problems with the noinclude parts this way. And..., yes there was also a bit of a cunning plan: Had Archer Butler Hulbert mentioned your username in his work, it would have appeared on this page ;)--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 04:56, 15 July 2023 (UTC) == [[Author:Ocellus Lucanus]] == I see that you added this author page. Have any of his works survived ? The wikipedia page has a lengthy section on a work attributed to him, but which it is concluded was not actually by him. -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 18:04, 13 September 2023 (UTC) :{{ping|Beardo}} I added the author page because he is mentioned on [[Page:The Odyssey of Homer, with the Hymns, Epigrams, and Battle of the Frogs and Mice (Buckley 1853).djvu/65]], which I'll proofread soon. I don't have information additional to that on the wikipedia page. I don't think having the author page does any harm, though one might add the information on Pseudo-Ocellus Lucanus there too.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 07:21, 14 September 2023 (UTC) ::My understanding was that we should only have authors pages for authors of works that could be hosted here. (See [[Help:Author pages]]), But I could be wrong. -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 23:45, 19 September 2023 (UTC) :::{{ping|Beardo}} I don't claim to have a more thorough understanding of this than you. In the case of Ocellus Lucanus, I think he's notable enough in that he's been for a very long time the ''supposed'' author of a work that could be hosted here.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 05:21, 20 September 2023 (UTC) ::::I have asked at [[Wikisource:Scriptorium#Ocellus_Lucanus]]. -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 07:44, 20 September 2023 (UTC) == Appreciate it == Hey, thanks for validating so many short films recently. We have a WikiProject: [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film]], feel free to add yourself as a participant if you'd like to join. By the way, on the topic of ''The Calling'', could you please validate "[[The Calling (film series)/Emma|Emma]]" specifically? This was the one that got all the media attention. (So much so that [[Letter on Left-Wing Extremism to the Secretary of Defense|they seem to often confuse the series with that episode of it]]...) [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:01, 25 April 2024 (UTC) en1nj2g4yoyhafyt6mhvk99imb9ftq3 14129210 14127971 2024-04-25T18:40:30Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Appreciate it */ Reply wikitext text/x-wiki {{Welcome}} --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 11:32, 19 September 2021 (UTC) == Excellent work! == Just a note of appreciation for your hard work on ''Soliloquies''. Thank you! [[User:Inductiveload|Inductiveload]]—<span style="font-size:smaller">[[User talk:Inductiveload|talk]]/[[Special:Contributions/Inductiveload|contribs]]</span> 10:53, 31 October 2021 (UTC) :Thank you for your message! Just looking at some categories to add to the work now. Looking forward to the next monthly challenge. [[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 10:55, 31 October 2021 (UTC) :: I second the sentiment and would like to add a thanks for ''Chaldean'' as well. Outstanding work! If there's a book that you would like to see in the monthly challenge, please do let us know. [[User:Languageseeker|Languageseeker]] ([[User talk:Languageseeker|talk]]) 12:13, 31 October 2021 (UTC) :::I'll think about it! What would be the best place to nominate a work? The nominations section in the November challenge? :::On another note, thank you for trancluding the translation of the Soliloquies. I did not do it because I wasn't quite sure how to proceed; I found it unusual that two books are contained in one index. By the way, I think in Book 3 there should be two more pages to transclude, I think it should start at index page 233. [[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 16:43, 1 November 2021 (UTC) == USTS appreciation == Awesome work on the USTS so far! You're a beast, keep up the great work! [[User:Clay|Clay]] ([[User talk:Clay|talk]]) 16:18, 4 December 2021 (UTC) :Thank you. I've left over a few of the most complicated pages for the end, though. I'll soon need to figure out some concept for those huge tables. Perhaps one can't really transcribe them exactly as they are with the templates we have. Let's see. [[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 16:31, 4 December 2021 (UTC) == Thank you for the Hebrew help, and a question == Actually, you may have answered it already. One reason for my work on this Thayer's Lexicon is noticing several copies of it on the web that have obvious errors. One was "to stiffer sadly" instead of "to suffer sadly". Obvious scanno. As I complete a series of pages here, I go back and compare against copies elsewhere, such as [https://www.blueletterbible.org/lexicon/g76/tr/tr/0-1/ BlueLetterBible]. This is *great* as it catches a lot of _my_ typos while I'm trying to catch _their_ typos. (The digital copy they have is from decades ago, when first digitized by Biblesoft (?)) If you'll look at that page you'll see their inline Hebrew quotes. Two of them contain a letter I ''think'' they are missing the pointing for. ::{{hebrew|אָדָם הָרִאשׁון}} ::{{hebrew|אָדָם הָאַחֲרון}} And you have now entered ::{{hebrew|אָדָם הָרִאשׁוֺן}} ::{{hebrew|אָדָם הָאַחֲרוֺן}} which *has* the pointing I thought it should, on the letter {{hebrew|וֺ}} That other site has that one difference ''every'' time that letter occurs, in the first 75+ entries I've inspected so far! They also have a mass tragedy where every occurrence of the Koine diacritic grave accent has been converted to an acute accent, so unnoticed conversion errors there *have* happened. I was going to ask at the Scriptorium if there was a Hebrew expert around. Do you feel confident enough to say that that letter *is* broken at BLB, and should have the pointing we see in our scans? BTW: [https://archive.org/details/greekenglishlexi00grim/page/10/mode/1up Internet Archive] has a better scan for some pages. Your changes have given me great confidence I wasn't just seeing things! Thank you! [[User:Shenme|Shenme]] ([[User talk:Shenme|talk]]) 22:36, 27 January 2022 (UTC) :{{reply to|Shenme}} You're welcome. It was a very interesting task for me because I'm quite new to typing Hebrew. :Certainly, the way that I have learned it, and also by looking at Gesenius's dictionary (which I use to double-check spellings in doubtful cases), I think the vowel point for "o" should be on the letter waw in the places you mention, and this is also backed by the IA scan you link to, where the vowel dot can be seen clearly. :Interestingly, when I looked at the entry Adam with the Hebrew text entered by me on another device (tablet), weirdly, this vowel dot appears too far left, nearly over the final nun instead of over waw. Perhaps BlueLetterBible avoid such weird display differences by omitting the dot altogether? Just a wild guess. [[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 07:01, 28 January 2022 (UTC) ::Thank you again! I was editing and suddenly thought "where did this Hebrew come from?" :-) ::I think it was that same character or another, where I saw the top dot positioned right, left, and middle, in different fonts. I don't 'expect' anything [https://github.com/silnrsi/font-gentium/issues/8 these days with fonts]. There are two other bugs in Microsoft fonts with Ancient Greek, and one bug is over 30 years old! I have to hope that Hebrew as a modern in-use language has no remaining bugs in fonts? ::Are you using an OS-supplied Hebrew keyboard? Looks difficult to learn on Windows. For Ancient Greek / Koine I ended up implementing an IME through Wikimedia tools that uses [[mw:User:Shenme/el-betacode|Beta code]] to do it all using Latin characters. But Ancient Greek has far fewer diacritics than Hebrew points / cantillation marks. Wow. ::Could you check [https://en.wikisource.org/w/index.php?title=Page:A_Greek_English_Lexicon_of_the_New_Testament.djvu/39&curid=3873080&diff=12107618&oldid=12102531 a change] I made? Greek had the idea of a "final s": ς vs. a normal s: σ , so I guess I wasn't too surprised to find out there is something called a "final kaf" vs. a "kaf". Did I do the right one? [[User:Shenme|Shenme]] ([[User talk:Shenme|talk]]) 22:08, 30 January 2022 (UTC) :::{{reply to|Shenme}} :-) You were right about the final kaf. There are also special final characters for nun, tsade, peh, and mem. I use the Keyman <code><nowiki>https://keyman.com/</nowiki></code> keyboard "Ancient Hebrew (hbo-Hebr-IL)". I only installed this last week. There are also a few further hints on how to type Hebrew here: [[Index:Gesenius'_Hebrew_Grammar_(1910_Kautzsch-Cowley_edition).djvu]] (Though I have not looked into all the material recommended there.) :::Over the last few days, I used "Category:Pages_with_missing_Hebrew_characters" and added Hebrew text to some of the pages listed there. There are pages where I'm out of my depth though, for instance [[Page:The_Dalston_Synagogue-an_historical_sketch.djvu/25]], where there are cantillation marks, and I don't know enough about them at the moment. :::I plan to contribute also to further pages of your project, the Greek-English lexicon. Do you have any preference whether I should continue to use {{tl|lang-he}} or whether I should use {{tl|Hebrew}}? [[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 08:29, 31 January 2022 (UTC) ::::The {{tl|Hebrew}} does end up appearing much more like the original scan, so being crazy for fidelity I'd prefer that. But using [[w:Wikipedia:AutoWikiBrowser|AWB]] makes simple changes from one to the other easy, so whichever is comfortable for you. (more readable for the editor is a good thing?) ::::I have not tried Hebrew input but a couple times, and to do it at all is amazing to me. The one work that intrigued me was actually Yiddish, which is a separate thing (additional and altered characters), and copy-n-paste was not going to work! :-) And the mention at Gesenius of ordering for entering diacritics? For the Greek IME (has only 9 diacritics) I was determined not to have order matter, so the IME has ~1200 rules. Make it easy for the editor! ::::I have seen more than a few mentions of Gesenius' Grammar, here and elsewhere. Looks 'dense' and I'm not surprised that "which font?" is a discussion topic there also. ::::And I too looked at the missing Greek category and was surprised even easy stuff remained. But then, after switching between 4+ languages here, something like [[el:%CE%A3%CE%B5%CE%BB%CE%AF%CE%B4%CE%B1:The_New_Testament_in_the_original_Greek_(1894).djvu/285|this]] is relaxing. :-) ::::Thank you again, and when I do my third review (comparing against an external text copy) I'll see if I (who, me?) can spot anything else different from scan. [[User:Shenme|Shenme]] ([[User talk:Shenme|talk]]) 21:45, 31 January 2022 (UTC) == No wrap poetry == Hello, I noticed when you proofread the poem Dawn on p. 68 of On a Grey Thread, you used nowrap. Is this something I should correct on each of the poems that look similar in this work, e.g. Chant of Spring on p. 67, or the Hole in My Curtain on p. 38, or was there something specific about this poem that led you to use nowrap? Thanks, [[User:TeysaKarlov|TeysaKarlov]] ([[User talk:TeysaKarlov|talk]]) 20:24, 4 March 2022 (UTC) :{{reply to|TeysaKarlov}} Hi, my rationale for doing this was as follows: {{tl|ppoem}} has automatically a hanging indent of 4em for each line. (There's an example for this on the template's page.) I interpreted the indented parts of the poem ''Dawn'' as simply resulting from lines that were "too long", so a certain hanging indent was applied. But I also noticed that the end parts were carefully chosen to form some sort of meaningful phrase. So I used nowrap to make sure this "meaningful bit" gets moved to an indented new line whenever the horizontal space for the poem gets too short. :I also looked at the other solution on some of the other pages you mention, using <code>:::</code>. I think both approaches have advantages and drawbacks. :My "nowrap" approach gives better results when the poem is displayed with very little horizontal space (in my opinion). But you can also argue that the "<code>:::</code>" approach is a more faithful transcription of the original poem whenever the screen is broad enough. :I don't think you should correct this. If anything, since there are fewer pages where nowrap is used, these should be changed.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 18:50, 5 March 2022 (UTC) ::@[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] Changes made, and thanks for the detailed response, [[User:TeysaKarlov|TeysaKarlov]] ([[User talk:TeysaKarlov|talk]]) 20:05, 5 March 2022 (UTC) == Page:Diuers voyages touching the discouerie of America - Hakluyt - 1582.djvu/126 == Hi there. I managed to fix the alignment problem with the brace elements against the entry for 'Roses' (which has also fixed the problem with the heading 'Grayne and pulses' not centering properly). I put Ditto spaces above and below the 'Roses' line and - hey presto! I don't understand why this works, or why this section had a problem but the same arrangement under 'Gummes' didn't. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 10:22, 29 March 2022 (UTC) :{{reply to|Chrisguise}} Thanks a lot! I also didn't understand the behavior of the braces on this page. Most of the braces were aligned properly in the page namespace, but on the transcluded page, they were still misaligned. All of this seems to have been fixed now by your edit, so thank you again. :I also saw your edits on [[Page:Diuers voyages touching the discouerie of America - Hakluyt - 1582.djvu/120|this page]]. I still don't know how the brace structure of this page together with the one before was intended originally, and I'm undecided on how to proofread this preceding page. If you have an idea, feel free to go ahead with it. -- [[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 18:35, 29 March 2022 (UTC) ::I've managed to get to something quite close on pages 119 and 120, by using a Table plus <nowiki><noinclude></nowiki> and <nowiki><includeonly></nowiki> to control the transclusion. Page 119 is almost right (the partial brace is only a straight line!). Page 120 is correct. When transcluded into Chapter 10, all of the text appears correctly but I can't get the brace to increase in length to encompass all of the left-hand text. ::Useful Help at https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Template#Noinclude,_includeonly,_and_onlyinclude [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 22:23, 29 March 2022 (UTC) :::{{reply to|Chrisguise}} Thanks, we can now at least mark Diuers Voyages as proofread in the MC. In the last transcluded section there are still (at least in my browser) problems with the transclusion of braces. :::The link to help on noinclude,... is very helpful for me. -- [[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 05:36, 30 March 2022 (UTC) ::::No problem. I use Firefox as my browser and all the braces line up OK in that. I also tried Edge and that seems OK too. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 11:22, 30 March 2022 (UTC) == [[Index:First six books of the elements of Euclid 1847 Byrne.djvu]] == This 6 books should be nominated for month May challenge https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pTyAbi5z47Q https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3GY5blTTeSA and if anyone have problem they can find explanation in they link below https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ewir8jyohyc&list=PLrkQ3hzZrc4j9gT0z--_CiFzQLeVb32hQ :Thank you for your message. Nevertheless, I agree with [[User:Languageseeker|Languageseeker]] that this work is a bit too technical for the Monthly Challenge. By the way, I'm working on uploading the audio files for ''The Science of Getting Rich''.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 19:55, 10 April 2022 (UTC) :Thanks, :but please see the link below and make your own judgment if it was too technical : :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XLlThlqCFeg [[Special:Contributions/2001:4450:8145:7800:18B0:C5AB:4E1F:F676|2001:4450:8145:7800:18B0:C5AB:4E1F:F676]] 23:25, 10 April 2022 (UTC) ::Hi, thanks for the link to the video. I am aware of the type of contents of the book. With "technical" I mean that the act of transcribing the work, with lots of images, complex alignment patterns, and mathematical formulae is technical in the wikisource proofreading sense. What you could try to do instead is initialize a project just for this book series or, more generally, for mathematical texts that interest you and others.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 06:40, 11 April 2022 (UTC) == [[Memory: How to Develop, Train, and Use It]] == Also upload the audio from https://librivox.org/memory-how-to-develop-train-and-use-it-by-william-walker-atkinson/ :When I find the time, I may do this. I can't tell you when I will do this.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 06:41, 11 April 2022 (UTC) :Also, if you have time :https://librivox.org/anne-of-green-gables-dramatic-reading-by-lucy-maud-montgomery/ :https://librivox.org/anne-of-avonlea-dramatic-reading-by-l-m-montgomery/ [[Special:Contributions/2001:4450:8145:7800:8D5F:3CC5:5F18:EA61|2001:4450:8145:7800:8D5F:3CC5:5F18:EA61]] 23:58, 14 April 2022 (UTC) ::There are possibly some problems with the uploaded files for ''The Science of Getting Rich'' on Commons. Someone thinks they should be deleted there. Until it's clear what the problem was, I will probably not upload further audio files.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 05:56, 15 April 2022 (UTC) :::Is it resolved? [[Special:Contributions/2001:4450:8145:7800:48E2:BE42:A67A:1358|2001:4450:8145:7800:48E2:BE42:A67A:1358]] 01:47, 28 April 2022 (UTC) ::::Yes, at least the files didn't need to be removed the last time I looked. I still remember your requests for uploads, and perhaps I can do something in May. But this week and perhaps also the next (few), I am quite busy.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 04:27, 28 April 2022 (UTC) :::::Still busy? [[Special:Contributions/2001:4450:8156:4900:18B0:C5AB:4E1F:F676|2001:4450:8156:4900:18B0:C5AB:4E1F:F676]] 20:51, 11 May 2022 (UTC) ::::::It starts getting a little less busy :). The process of uploading the files requires very repetitive work and takes (at least me) longer than one might guess. I may start by uploading one of the Librivox works, say, Memory & How to Use It, this weekend.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 05:11, 12 May 2022 (UTC) :::::::{{done}} The Files "File:Memoryhowtouseit_xy_atkinson.ogg" with xy between 01 and 20 have been uploaded to the Commons. Let's hope no one want them to be deleted this time :)--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 06:28, 14 May 2022 (UTC) ::::::::Thanks [[Special:Contributions/2001:4450:8156:4900:4DC7:F202:45F0:CC62|2001:4450:8156:4900:4DC7:F202:45F0:CC62]] 09:39, 16 May 2022 (UTC) === [[w:As a Man Thinketh|As a Man Thinketh]] === Can someone check the copyright and upload it to Wikimedia Commons [https://archive.org/details/as-a-man-thinketh_202105/mode/2up As a Man Thinketh] [https://archive.org/details/asamanthinketh_af_librivox/ As a Man Thinketh] audiobook {{unsigned|2001:4450:8156:4900:c433:be3f:47c3:e8f2}} :It's pretty straightforward that the book is in the public domain in the US. Published 1913. I'll upload the book, it may take me longer to do the same for the audio files.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 15:32, 4 June 2022 (UTC) :{{done}} I uploaded the book and added it to the MC of June.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 15:57, 4 June 2022 (UTC) :::{{done}} needs to be Validated [[Special:Contributions/2001:4450:8156:4900:6039:E432:95E5:854D|2001:4450:8156:4900:6039:E432:95E5:854D]] 02:38, 5 June 2022 (UTC) Finished in less than a week. The only thing left is the audio files. :Perhaps this weekend I'll upload them.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 06:46, 8 June 2022 (UTC) :The files "As a Man Thinketh n - Allen - Librivox.ogg" with n between 1 and 7 have been uploaded to the Commons.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 06:10, 11 June 2022 (UTC) ::Note: ::If have the time to split the first audio (As a Man Thinketh 1 - Allen - Librivox.ogg) into "FOREWORD" as number 0 and re-upload the part "THOUGHT AND CHARACTER" again as number 1 ::Thanks [[Special:Contributions/2001:4450:8156:4900:25CB:D587:CEF5:F48A|2001:4450:8156:4900:25CB:D587:CEF5:F48A]] 20:33, 11 June 2022 (UTC) :::That's not where my competences lie. For instance, I don't have any specific program for manipulating sound files.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 07:31, 12 June 2022 (UTC) === From passion to peace === Another book by [[Author:James Allen (1864-1912)|James Allen]] to be uploaded [https://archive.org/details/frompassiontope00alle/page/8/mode/2up From Passion to Peace] :{{done}} See [[Index:From Passion to Peace - Allen - 1910.djvu]].--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 12:02, 18 June 2022 (UTC) ::{{done}} only the title left [[Special:Contributions/2001:4450:8156:4900:B1C2:855E:5FB7:8883|2001:4450:8156:4900:B1C2:855E:5FB7:8883]] 00:14, 20 June 2022 (UTC) == It Works == Please, check the copyright and upload it to Wikimedia Commons [https://archive.org/details/RHJarrett/mode/2up It Works] Again thanks :Hi, while it definitely looks like this is in the public domain because it's on the Internet Archive, I haven't been able to verify this in any other way. The original publication date is not clear to me. Perhaps the [[Wikisource:Scan_Lab|Scan Lab]] is a better place for requesting this upload.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 17:44, 5 June 2022 (UTC) :Me too, I can't verify the copyright [[Special:Contributions/115.84.245.233|115.84.245.233]] 04:48, 6 June 2022 (UTC) == [[Calculus Made Easy]] == Please, upload it to Wikimedia Commons Calculus Made Easy by [[Author:Silvanus Phillips Thompson|Silvanus Phillips Thompson]] * http://djm.cc/library/Calculus_Made_Easy_Thompson.pdf * https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kuOxDh3egN0 :I may do this, but I can't guarantee it. The Scan Lab is perhaps a better place to make such requests.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 12:19, 17 July 2022 (UTC) :what is the Scan Lab? [[Special:Contributions/2001:4450:810D:1B00:91B9:FD32:219D:CEEB|2001:4450:810D:1B00:91B9:FD32:219D:CEEB]] 12:28, 17 July 2022 (UTC) ::See here: [[Wikisource:Scan_Lab]]. A request there will reach more people who may be able to help.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 12:30, 17 July 2022 (UTC) :::How about Monthly Challenge? [[Special:Contributions/2001:4450:810D:1B00:B925:992B:FA48:FAC0|2001:4450:810D:1B00:B925:992B:FA48:FAC0]] 21:18, 17 July 2022 (UTC) ::::It's a bit less involved formatting-wise than the illustrated Euclid, so I think we can at least try. The work will definitely require a dedicated contributor who knows something about math typesetting.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 04:31, 18 July 2022 (UTC) :::::Don't worry about the math type-setting I think I can do it [[Special:Contributions/2001:4450:810D:1B00:B925:992B:FA48:FAC0|2001:4450:810D:1B00:B925:992B:FA48:FAC0]] 09:36, 18 July 2022 (UTC) :::No result! [[Special:Contributions/2001:4450:810D:1B00:A451:1A98:E032:CAAE|2001:4450:810D:1B00:A451:1A98:E032:CAAE]] 21:01, 20 July 2022 (UTC) ::::I'm not sure what you mean, but please keep in mind that everyone here contributes voluntarily, in their free time.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 04:47, 21 July 2022 (UTC) :::::You are Right :::::Sorry :::::[[Wikisource:Scan Lab]] [[Special:Contributions/115.84.245.233|115.84.245.233]] 07:57, 21 July 2022 (UTC) :::::it seem that no one like Calculus :::::<br> [[Special:Contributions/2001:4450:810D:1B00:9D56:3294:B177:3205|2001:4450:810D:1B00:9D56:3294:B177:3205]] 23:11, 22 July 2022 (UTC) :Hello. Only now I have noticed this discussion by chance (I do not follow Scan Lab regularly as many requests need more difficult handling with the files than just uploads which I cannot do.) I can upload the pdf file for you. However, I had a quick look at the provided link and I am not sure about the date of publication of that particular edition (the preface is dated 1914, but despite that it looks like a later edition). For that reason I suggest that I will upload the [[https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id=njp.32101073304360&view=1up&seq=11&skin=2021|1914 edition from HathiTrust]]. It will be just pdf, although djvu is more convenient for transcription, but I am not able to convert the format. I also suggest to create an account which would make the communication easier (your contributions have been made from different IP addresses and so I cannot contact you at your own talk page or ping you). --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 19:30, 24 July 2022 (UTC) ::Uploaded, see [[Index:Calculus Made Easy.pdf]] --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 20:23, 24 July 2022 (UTC) :::Also can you upload the audiobooks :::https://librivox.org/calculus-made-easy-by-silvanus-p-thompson/ [[Special:Contributions/2001:4450:810D:1B00:3D35:E2FE:2B4D:B045|2001:4450:810D:1B00:3D35:E2FE:2B4D:B045]] 22:55, 25 July 2022 (UTC) ::::[[:Commons:Category:LibriVox - Calculus Made Easy]] --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 00:03, 26 July 2022 (UTC) :::::Thanks [[Special:Contributions/2001:4450:810D:1B00:940F:9792:EC20:80EC|2001:4450:810D:1B00:940F:9792:EC20:80EC]] 19:54, 26 July 2022 (UTC) [[Calculus Made Easy]] Almost {{done}} ==[[w:The Adventures of Pinocchio|The Adventures of Pinocchio]]== Please, upload it to Wikimedia Commons *[https://archive.org/details/adventuresofpino00coll_4/mode/2up The adventures of Pinocchio] by [[Author:Carlo Collodi|Collodi, Carlo]], Translated by Walter S. Cramp :{{done}} [[Index:The adventures of Pinocchio (Cramp 1904).djvu]] *[https://librivox.org/the-adventures-of-pinocchio-by-carlo-collodi/ The adventures of Pinocchio] by [[Author:Carlo Collodi|Collodi, Carlo]], Translated by Carol Della Chiesa from librivox.org == Happy New Years! == Happy New Years! May it bring you all the best this year. [[User:Languageseeker|Languageseeker]] ([[User talk:Languageseeker|talk]]) 00:28, 3 January 2023 (UTC) :Hi Languageseeker, I wish you all the best, too!--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 21:19, 3 January 2023 (UTC) == Many Thanks == Hi @[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]], Just wanted to say thanks for all of your help with Historic Highways, particularly the index, and more generally, with long term series in the MC. If you want any assistance with a project of yours (your user page only mentions a couple, and I tried to avoid some of the spoilers in the Ancient Classics series in case), feel free to let me know. Thanks again, [[User:TeysaKarlov|TeysaKarlov]] ([[User talk:TeysaKarlov|talk]]) 01:52, 15 July 2023 (UTC) :P.S. I almost forgot to mention. There is one page left to validate (assuming someone else doesn't get to it first). I wasn't sure if you left the page on purpose, and had some cunning plan in mind ... , or if you were just working out of order. [[User:TeysaKarlov|TeysaKarlov]] ([[User talk:TeysaKarlov|talk]]) 01:56, 15 July 2023 (UTC) ::{{ping|TeysaKarlov}} Well, thank you too! It was and always is a pleasure collaborating with you. I won't be overly active for a while, I'll probably just chip away at the Odyssey a bit. I thought a bit about starting to participate in the Mahabharata transcription, but it's a bit much to take on for me at the moment. ::The page that was left to validate: Done. Actually I was working out of order, and then I was also too lazy to transclude, so I left one page. Looks like I conveniently avoided some problems with the noinclude parts this way. And..., yes there was also a bit of a cunning plan: Had Archer Butler Hulbert mentioned your username in his work, it would have appeared on this page ;)--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 04:56, 15 July 2023 (UTC) == [[Author:Ocellus Lucanus]] == I see that you added this author page. Have any of his works survived ? The wikipedia page has a lengthy section on a work attributed to him, but which it is concluded was not actually by him. -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 18:04, 13 September 2023 (UTC) :{{ping|Beardo}} I added the author page because he is mentioned on [[Page:The Odyssey of Homer, with the Hymns, Epigrams, and Battle of the Frogs and Mice (Buckley 1853).djvu/65]], which I'll proofread soon. I don't have information additional to that on the wikipedia page. I don't think having the author page does any harm, though one might add the information on Pseudo-Ocellus Lucanus there too.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 07:21, 14 September 2023 (UTC) ::My understanding was that we should only have authors pages for authors of works that could be hosted here. (See [[Help:Author pages]]), But I could be wrong. -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 23:45, 19 September 2023 (UTC) :::{{ping|Beardo}} I don't claim to have a more thorough understanding of this than you. In the case of Ocellus Lucanus, I think he's notable enough in that he's been for a very long time the ''supposed'' author of a work that could be hosted here.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 05:21, 20 September 2023 (UTC) ::::I have asked at [[Wikisource:Scriptorium#Ocellus_Lucanus]]. -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 07:44, 20 September 2023 (UTC) == Appreciate it == Hey, thanks for validating so many short films recently. We have a WikiProject: [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film]], feel free to add yourself as a participant if you'd like to join. By the way, on the topic of ''The Calling'', could you please validate "[[The Calling (film series)/Emma|Emma]]" specifically? This was the one that got all the media attention. (So much so that [[Letter on Left-Wing Extremism to the Secretary of Defense|they seem to often confuse the series with that episode of it]]...) [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:01, 25 April 2024 (UTC) :{{ping|SnowyCinema}} You're welcome. Sure, I plan to validate the other "The Calling" films too, probably even today. I'll definitely browse a bit through the WikiProject Film pages. As of now, when I validate a film, for each timestamp I have to manually jump to the indicated time, which makes the validation process a bit cumbersome.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous#top|talk]]) 18:40, 25 April 2024 (UTC) 6i7kv4gkeo9sajf5jk9e625bobot8qr Page:The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz (Volume Three).djvu/243 104 3745861 14129854 11917574 2024-04-25T19:50:40Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{| {{ts|mc}} |<section begin="William L Sharkey" /> {| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |[[Image:William L Sharkey.png|x400px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|SENATOR WILLIAM LEWIS SHARKEY}}}}}} <section end="William L Sharkey" /> |{{gap|40px}} |<section begin="Edward Canby" /> {| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |[[Image:Edward Canby.png|x400px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|MAJOR-GENERAL E. R. S. CANBY}}}}}} <section end="Edward Canby" /> |}<noinclude></noinclude> bxsbapqosigeuievpvlhkvsdh9r7ifx 14131480 14129854 2024-04-26T11:32:33Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Undo revision [[Special:Diff/14129854|14129854]] by [[Special:Contributions/ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{|style="margin: auto" |<section begin="William L Sharkey" /> {|style="margin: auto" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" rules="none" border="1" |[[Image:William L Sharkey.png|x400px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|SENATOR WILLIAM LEWIS SHARKEY}}}}}} <section end="William L Sharkey" /> |{{gap|40px}} |<section begin="Edward Canby" /> {|style="margin: auto" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" rules="none" border="1" |[[Image:Edward Canby.png|x400px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|MAJOR-GENERAL E. R. S. CANBY}}}}}} <section end="Edward Canby" /> |}<noinclude></noinclude> 5qe005n5o5l65bbh9lrgg37o7pdepz1 Page:The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz (Volume One).djvu/335 104 3746366 14129782 11731248 2024-04-25T19:31:34Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{| {{ts|mc}} |<section begin="Leddihn" /> {| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |[[Image:Leddihn.png|x350px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|HERR LEDDIHN}}}}}} <section end="Leddihn" /> |{{gap|100px}} |<section begin="Krüger" /> {| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |[[Image:Innkeeper Krüger.png|x350px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|KRÜGER, INNKEEPER AT SPANDAU}}}}}} <section end="Krüger" /> |}<noinclude></noinclude> 2explw9kqf9k5halji1wmaygvytihxs 14131488 14129782 2024-04-26T11:36:13Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Undo revision [[Special:Diff/14129782|14129782]] by [[Special:Contributions/ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{|style="margin: auto" |<section begin="Leddihn" /> {|style="margin: auto" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" rules="none" border="1" |[[Image:Leddihn.png|x350px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|HERR LEDDIHN}}}}}} <section end="Leddihn" /> |{{gap|100px}} |<section begin="Krüger" /> {|style="margin: auto" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" rules="none" border="1" |[[Image:Innkeeper Krüger.png|x350px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|KRÜGER, INNKEEPER AT SPANDAU}}}}}} <section end="Krüger" /> |}<noinclude></noinclude> 8wxbkovs8sv0e9t4hdr79c0xvpzyquf Page:The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz (Volume Three).djvu/367 104 3749010 14129676 11935149 2024-04-25T18:57:46Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 /* Problematic */ Display of second image is broken proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="2" user="ShakespeareFan00" /></noinclude>{|style="margin: auto" |-style="vertical-align: top" |<section begin="Schuyler Colfax" /> {|style="margin: auto; font-size: smaller" | {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" rules="none" border="1" |[[Image:Schuyler Colfax.png|center|x400px]] |} |-style="font-size: smaller" |''From the collection of F. H. Meserve'' |-style="font-size: smaller" |{{c|{{sp|SCHUYLER COLFAX}}}} |}<section end="Schuyler Colfax" /> |{{gap|100px}} |<section begin="Francis Preston Blair" /> {|style="margin: auto; font-size: smaller" | {|cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" rules="none" border="1" |[[Image:Francis Preston Blair.png|center|x400px]] |} |-style="font-size: smaller" |{{c|{{sp|FRANCIS PRESTON BLAIR}}}} |}<section end="Francis Preston Blair" /> |}<noinclude></noinclude> bfcsh34rzawbieg22b0xencmma3p5go Page:The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz (Volume Three).djvu/377 104 3749014 14129776 11720953 2024-04-25T19:30:34Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |[[Image:John B Henderson.png|400px]] |} {{center|{{x-smaller|{{sp|SENATOR JOHN B. HENDERSON}}}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> sx9l74mbjz2u1qp807gqjulazgv2qf4 14131490 14129776 2024-04-26T11:36:48Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Undo revision [[Special:Diff/14129776|14129776]] by [[Special:Contributions/ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{|style="margin: auto" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" rules="none" border="1" |[[Image:John B Henderson.png|400px]] |} {{center|{{x-smaller|{{sp|SENATOR JOHN B. HENDERSON}}}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> efo4m5jol64tw6vd1j02dc5n9rpwkcq Page:The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz (Volume Three).djvu/383 104 3749027 14129757 11720970 2024-04-25T19:26:15Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |[[Image:Charles D Drake.png|300px]] |} {{center|{{x-smaller|{{sp|SENATOR CHARLES D. DRAKE}}}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> mcidx3siv6qzo2l1dibu7s7f5612yew 14129759 14129757 2024-04-25T19:26:30Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |[[Image:Charles D Drake.png|300px]] |} {{center|{{x-smaller|{{sp|SENATOR CHARLES D. DRAKE}}}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> llan2poma89dzknvdb2iarbau0et1xj 14131496 14129759 2024-04-26T11:38:36Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{|style="margin: auto" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" rules="none" border="1" |[[Image:Charles D Drake.png|300px]] |} {{center|{{x-smaller|{{sp|SENATOR CHARLES D. DRAKE}}}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> mpmgp6qzv5wu0v4fgcr8xyapw8r0p24 Page:The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz (Volume Three).djvu/399 104 3749035 14129764 11720984 2024-04-25T19:27:41Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |[[Image:Ulysses S Grant.png|400px]] |} {{center|{{x-smaller|{{sp|PRESIDENT GRANT}}}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> ok7hd2egif71eslh3s2j5v6cxq4ebbh 14131495 14129764 2024-04-26T11:37:53Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Undo revision [[Special:Diff/14129764|14129764]] by [[Special:Contributions/ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{|style="margin: auto" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" rules="none" border="1" |[[Image:Ulysses S Grant.png|400px]] |} {{center|{{x-smaller|{{sp|PRESIDENT GRANT}}}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> 2rndvg39i99uuypjzv5gw702jzm1rcq Page:The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz (Volume Three).djvu/467 104 3752264 14129518 11734339 2024-04-25T18:48:11Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |style="padding: 1px"|[[Image:James G. Blaine - Brady-Handy.jpg|center|400px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|JAMES G. BLAINE}}}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> tgc9q8wjnpsxa8cohemkurbzc8lye9j Page:The Reminiscences of Carl Schurz (Volume One).djvu/427 104 3760632 14129731 11756634 2024-04-25T19:21:30Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{| {{ts|mc|bc|ba2}} |[[Image:Gottfried Kinkel and Carl Schurz.png|700px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|GOTTFRIED KINKEL AND CARL SCHURZ}}}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> rcqw3k21yii87n0vwio47mov1q1loul 14131499 14129731 2024-04-26T11:40:24Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Undo revision [[Special:Diff/14129731|14129731]] by [[Special:Contributions/ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{|cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" rules="none" border="2" style="margin: auto" |[[Image:Gottfried Kinkel and Carl Schurz.png|700px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|GOTTFRIED KINKEL AND CARL SCHURZ}}}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> cocqrujac9vs1pjhnp8e1rpnumo1dkx Index:Announcement of launch of USS Constitution.png 106 3801041 14131307 11841495 2024-04-26T08:33:00Z Tylopous 3013532 validated (April 2024) proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=[[Announcement of Launch of USS Constitution]] |Language=en |Volume= |Author=[[Author:George Claghorn|George Claghorn]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher= |Address= |Year=1797 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=png |Image=1 |Progress=T |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date=April 2024 |Pages=[[Page:Announcement of launch of USS Constitution.png|1]] |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} rz7v838vxb7hdmhty3ikyjs08z2mx40 Page:Announcement of launch of USS Constitution.png 104 3801047 14131305 11841502 2024-04-26T08:32:31Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{c|{{xxxx-larger|''Navy-Yard.''}}}} {{right|''BOSTON, September'' 18, 1797.|offset=1em}} {{di|T}}HE Con{{ls}}tructor, having extended to his fellow-citizens all rea{{ls}}onable gratification of their laudable curio{{ls}}ity, during the progre{{ls}}s of the building, believes he may, with propriety, make the following reque{{ls}}t and {{ls}}ugge{{ls}}tions, on the operation of launching the frigate CONSTITUTION. That (excepting the Pre{{ls}}ident of the United States, the Governor, Lieut. Governor, and their re{{ls}}pective {{ls}}uites, and others {{ls}}pecially admitted, who will, comparitively, be very few) no per{{ls}}on will attempt, in any way, to pa{{ls}}s into the limits of the Navy Yard. The rea{{ls}}on of this reque{{ls}}t is obviou{{ls}}ly to prevent interruption or confu{{ls}}ion, which might be injurious, or ruinous, to the act of launching, which will be critical, under the mo{{ls}}t favorable circum{{ls}}tances, and indi{{ls}}pen{{ls}}ably requiring perfect {{ls}}ilence and obedience to orders. Independent of this conclu{{ls}}ive rea{{ls}}on, the danger of encroaching {{ls}}pectators would be imminent, from the occa{{ls}}ional and abrupt falling of bodies, u{{ls}}ed in the con{{ls}}truction of the {{ls}}hip—a conformity therefore, to this reque{{ls}}t, is earne{{ls}}tly {{ls}}olicited. It is {{ls}}ugge{{ls}}ted, as the tide will be full, that it would be nece{{ls}}{{ls}}ary to the {{ls}}afety of the {{ls}}pectators, particularly women and children, that they do not approach in crowds too near the margin of the contiguous wharves, as the {{ls}}udden entrance of {{ls}}o large a body as the Frigate, will occa{{ls}}ion an in{{ls}}tantaneous {{ls}}well of the water, the height of which cannot be ea{{ls}}ily calculated, and again{{ls}}t which, therefore, the di{{ls}}cretion of the people ought amply to guard. It is to be regretted, in this in{{ls}}tance, that the Yard, and the places around it, are too contracted for an occa{{ls}}ion, which will probably excite {{ls}}o much de{{ls}}ire, and in which all the citizens have {{ls}}o much intere{{ls}}t; it is therefore {{ls}}ubmitted to tho{{ls}}e, who can conveniently make the arrangement, to place them{{ls}}elves in ve{{ls}}{{ls}}els, or water crafts, at due di{{ls}}tances, upon the profile or {{ls}}ides of the Frigate, but by no means too near, either in a right line, or otherwi{{ls}}e, as the direction may be uncertain, nor to load open boats too deeply, as the agitation of the water, even at a con{{ls}}iderable di{{ls}}tance, may be {{ls}}omewhat hazardous. It is al{{ls}}o recommended, to tho{{ls}}e who erect {{ls}}tages to accomodate {{ls}}pectators, that they have them well {{ls}}ecured, in every re{{ls}}pect, as the lo{{ls}}s of life of a {{ls}}ingle citizen, would mar the {{ls}}atisfaction and plea{{ls}}ure that the Con{{ls}}tructor otherwi{{ls}}e would enjoy, of building, and conducting into the ocean, a {{sc|powerful agent of national justice}}, which hope dictates may become the ju{{ls}}t pride and ornament of the American name. {{right|{{xx-larger|GEORGE CLAGHORN.}}|offset=1em}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> pw04cjp77dvrlm1ut10a7tq1q6j5ly9 Page:Non-Fatal Offences Against the Person Act, 1997.pdf/18 104 3803853 14127722 11853890 2024-04-25T12:11:56Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="廣九直通車" />{{Rh|[''No''. '''26'''.]|{{center|''Non-Fatal Offences against<br>Person Act, 1997''.}}|[1997.]}} {{Sidenotes begin}}</noinclude>{{Outside L|{{smaller|''Section 31''.}}}} {{Center|{{Big|SCHEDULE}}}} {{Center|{{Sc|Enactments Repealed}}}} {| class="__schedule" |- !Session and Chapter or Number and Year<br>(1) !Short title<br>(2) !Extent of repeal<br>(3) |- |24 & 25 Vict., c.100 |Offences against the Person Act, 1861 |Sections 16 to 26, 28 to 34, 36, 37, 39, 40, 42, 46, 47, 53 to 56, 64, 65 and 73 |- |38 & 39 Vict., c.86 |Conspiracy and Protection of Property Act, 1875 |Sections 6 and 7 |- |48 & 49 Vict., c.69 |Criminal Law Amendment Act, 1885 |Paragraph (3) of section 3 and sections 7 and 8 |- |No. 2 of 1951 |Criminal Justice Act, 1951 |Section 11 |- |No. 32 of 1976 |Criminal Law Act, 1976 |Subsection (2) of section 11 |} {{Nop}}<noinclude>{{Sidenotes end}}</noinclude> 18zyi0tfh2c60qpeae2pthvex3uo76o Page:The Life of Mary Baker Eddy (Wilbur).djvu/39 104 3810340 14129781 11866898 2024-04-25T19:30:58Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |[[Image:The Life of Mary Baker Eddy (Wilbur) - birthplace.jpg|800px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|MRS. EDDY'S BIRTHPLACE IN BOW, NEW HAMPSHIRE}}}} {{smaller|As it looked when she was a child. From a chalk drawing by Rufus Baker, steel engraved}} {{x-smaller|''Engraving copyrighted by Rufus Baker''}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> bebcd3vnubw2q4kvjwyqxxzvvwfogmo Page:The Life of Mary Baker Eddy (Wilbur).djvu/63 104 3810946 14129574 11868640 2024-04-25T18:49:02Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |[[Image:The Life of Mary Baker Eddy (Wilbur) - Congregational Church at Tilton.jpg|400px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|THE CONGREGATIONAL CHURCH AT TILTON, NEW HAMPSHIRE}}}} {{smaller block|Mrs. Eddy was a member of this church for many years and taught a class in the Sunday-school}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> 5xhqpg75lsh9u8alg6p7itayyenkac4 Page:The Life of Mary Baker Eddy (Wilbur).djvu/77 104 3811708 14129763 11871009 2024-04-25T19:27:18Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |[[Image:The Life of Mary Baker Eddy (Wilbur) - home of Mark Baker in Tilton.jpg|550px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|HOME OF MARK BAKER IN TILTON, NEW HAMPSHIRE}}}} {{smaller block|Where Mrs. Eddy lived as a young widow with her father after her mother's death<br /> Erected in 1848, it has been removed from its original environment}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> dtgmnda2o17rm1aoinug82eeweg4t9q Page:The Life of Mary Baker Eddy (Wilbur).djvu/91 104 3812954 14130213 11873275 2024-04-25T22:43:00Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{|{{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |[[Image:The Life of Mary Baker Eddy (Wilbur) - home of Abigail Tilton in Tilton.jpg|450px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|HOME OF ABIGAIL TILTON, TILTON, NEW HAMPSHIRE}}}} {{smaller block|Where Mrs. Eddy lived with her sister before her second marriage<br /> Removed from its original environment}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> ql0kr764qbdgny6jjvs74vmjaqipisz 14131473 14130213 2024-04-26T11:30:24Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Undo revision [[Special:Diff/14130213|14130213]] by [[Special:Contributions/ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{|style="margin: auto" rules="none" border="1" |[[Image:The Life of Mary Baker Eddy (Wilbur) - home of Abigail Tilton in Tilton.jpg|450px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|HOME OF ABIGAIL TILTON, TILTON, NEW HAMPSHIRE}}}} {{smaller block|Where Mrs. Eddy lived with her sister before her second marriage<br /> Removed from its original environment}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> 3k9ejnysvenl97ps93il8mkavdo3st9 Page:The Life of Mary Baker Eddy (Wilbur).djvu/97 104 3813226 14129785 11873842 2024-04-25T19:31:55Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |[[Image:The Life of Mary Baker Eddy (Wilbur) - Cottage at North Groton.jpg|600px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|COTTAGE AT NORTH GROTON, NEW HAMPSHIRE}}}} {{smaller|The home in the White Mountains to which Dr. Patterson took Mrs. Eddy in 1856}}}} .<noinclude></noinclude> aom55l962pw3y877i8eu7agp21bw63l Page:Murder (Abolition of Death Penalty) Act 1965 (UKPGA 1965-71 qp).pdf/3 104 3816589 14127730 12482316 2024-04-25T12:15:07Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="廣九直通車" />{{rh||{{Center|''Murder (Abolition of Death Penalty)<br>Act 1965''}}|{{sc|Ch. '''71'''}} 3}} {{Sidenotes begin}}</noinclude>{{Outside RL|{{smaller|Section 2.}}}}{{Center|{{Big|SCHEDULE}}<br>{{Sc|Enactments Repealed}}}} {| class="__schedule" |- !Chapter !Short title !Extent of Repeal |- |33 Hen. 8. c. 12. |The Offences within the Court Act 1541. |Section 2, so far as relates to the punishment of persons found guilty of murder. |- |38 & 39 Vict., c.86 |The Murder Act 1751. |In section 9 the words from “or rescue”, where secondly occurring, to “during execution”. |- |4 Geo. 4. c. 48. |The Judgment of Death Act 1823. |In section 1 the words “except murder”. |- |24 & 25 Vict. c. 100. |The Offences against the Person Act 1861. |Section 1 (but without prejudice to the operation of sections 64 to 68). |- |31 & 32 Vict. c. 24. |The Capital Punishment Amendment Act 1868. |The whole Act, except as applied by any other enactment. |- |50 & 51 Vict. c. 35. |The Criminal Procedure (Scotland) Act 1887. |In section 55 the words from “in cases in” to “conviction, or” |- |3 & 4 Eliz. 2. c. 18. |The Army Act 1955. |In section 70(3)(''a'') the words “or murder” (and the words added by the Homicide Act 1957).<br>In section 125(2) the words “and any rules made under section seven of that Act”. |- |3 & 4 Eliz. 2. c. 19. |The Air Force Act 1955. |In section 70(3)(''a'') the words “or murder” (and the words added by the Homicide Act 1957).<br>In section 125(2) the words “and any rules made under section seven of that Act”. |- |5 & 6 Eliz. 2. c. 11. |The [[Homicide Act 1957]]. |Sections 5 to 12.<br>In section 13, in subsection (1) the words from “and” to “Part III”, and subsection (2).<br>Section 15.<br>Schedule 1. |- |5 & 6 Eliz. 2. c. 53. |The Naval Discipline Act 1957. |In section 42(1), in paragraph (''a'') the words from “or” to “1957” and in paragraph (''b'') the word “other”.<br> In section 80(2) the words “and any rules made under section seven of that Act”. |} {{Nop}}<noinclude>{{Rule|10em}} {{Center|{{Smaller|PRINTED BY SIR PERCY FAULKNER. K.B.E., C.B.}}}} {{Center|{{Smaller|Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office and Queen's Printer of Acts of Parliament}}}} {{Sidenotes end}}</noinclude> gi0xyaqoifuinhupjxrxnge6yg8lxc8 Page:The Life of Mary Baker Eddy (Wilbur).djvu/209 104 3827752 14130231 11906483 2024-04-25T22:57:09Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{| {{ts|mc|ba}} |[[Image:The Life of Mary Baker Eddy (Wilbur) - Squire Bagley Homestead, Amesbury.jpg|700px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|THE SQUIRE BAGLEY HOMESTEAD, AMESBURY, MASSACHUSETTS.}}}} {{smaller|Where Mrs. Eddy met John Greenleaf Whittier in 1870}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> jmrkwnvoycuzfkg4znywhjob74tynj3 14131468 14130231 2024-04-26T11:28:55Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Undo revision [[Special:Diff/14130231|14130231]] by [[Special:Contributions/ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{|style="margin: auto" rules="none" border="1" |[[Image:The Life of Mary Baker Eddy (Wilbur) - Squire Bagley Homestead, Amesbury.jpg|700px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|THE SQUIRE BAGLEY HOMESTEAD, AMESBURY, MASSACHUSETTS.}}}} {{smaller|Where Mrs. Eddy met John Greenleaf Whittier in 1870}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> 0ur2aab4fi039cgrs9m2pqqo9uifwea Page:The Life of Mary Baker Eddy (Wilbur).djvu/253 104 3830267 14129748 11913931 2024-04-25T19:24:46Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |[[Image:The Life of Mary Baker Eddy (Wilbur) - “Little house in Broad Street,” Lynn.jpg|450px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|THE “LITTLE HOUSE IN BROAD STREET,” LYNN, MASSACHUSETTS}}}} {{smaller block|Where Mrs. Eddy completed the text of the First Edition of Science and Health}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> j0p9mfutogkzkfehpmca7jpya6k5r8c Page:Moonfleet - John Meade Falkner.pdf/296 104 3831930 14128537 11918883 2024-04-25T17:54:52Z Chrisguise 2855804 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Chrisguise" /></noinclude>{{rule}}{{rule}} {{center|{{larger|{{bl|Nelson's "New Century" Library.}}}}}} {{rule}} {{center|{{x-larger|THE WORKS OF}} {{xxx-larger|SHAKESPEARE.}} In Six Volumes.{{em|2}}Coloured Frontispieces. }} {{di|I}}N the numerous editions of Shakespeare offered to the public such combination of compactness and legibility can be found as in Nelson's new six-volume India Paper edition. The publishers may call attention to certain distinguishing features, the principal of which is the great clearness, legibility, and beauty of the typography. A specially bold "face" has been selected, of the character used in this paragraph, which, it will be seen, is very easy to read and pleasant to the eye. Those who like to carry Shakespeare about with them will be specially attracted by this feature. The volumes, in addition to being of convenient size and pleasant to hold, can be studied with ease even in a poorly lighted or jolting railway carriage, whilst for ordinary use they will inflict less strain on a reader's eyes than ordinary type of the same size—a matter worth considering. The paper used is Nelson's well-known India Paper, a special quality, easy to turn over, and of great opacity. This paper enables the whole of the plays and poems to be included in a set of only six volumes of ideally handy and convenient size, the size of the various Nelson popular "libraries," made further attractive by the addition of coloured frontispieces, and by an artistically designed binding and decorative title-page. The very moderate price for an edition in INDIA PAPER should be noted. {{center|Prices, net: cloth, 2/-; limp leather, 2/6; leather boards, 3/-.<br>Also to be had in complete sets in a neat box.}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> kyhmcqlcoknwrp6rj555apurpu8qr29 Page:The Life of Mary Baker Eddy (Wilbur).djvu/383 104 3852852 14129706 11972094 2024-04-25T19:10:53Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{|{{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |- |[[Image:The Life of Mary Baker Eddy (Wilbur) - Pleasant View.jpg|550px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|PLEASANT VIEW, CONCORD, NEW HAMPSHIRE}}}} {{smaller block|<div style{{=}}"margin: auto; width: 510px"> Where Mrs. Eddy resided from 1892 until 1908, and where, from its rear balcony, she addressed a concourse of Christian Scientists in 1901}}</div>}}<noinclude></noinclude> f33meahhkeaeblqvbgxqep09wj9ev08 Page:The Life of Mary Baker Eddy (Wilbur).djvu/401 104 3858809 14129480 12001188 2024-04-25T18:46:55Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{|style="margin: auto; border:1px solid black;" |[[Image:The Life of Mary Baker Eddy (Wilbur) - Mother Church in Boston.jpg|500px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|THE MOTHER CHURCH IN BOSTON.}}}} {{smaller block|With the Temple Extension}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> 0x1j8w6deadkxgoyof3cokw0v1n27lh Page:The Life of Mary Baker Eddy (Wilbur).djvu/417 104 3858813 14129752 12001199 2024-04-25T19:25:20Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bob Burkhardt" /></noinclude>{| {{ts|mc|bc|ba}} |[[Image:The Life of Mary Baker Eddy (Wilbur) - M. B. Eddy home, Chestnut Hill.jpg|600px]] |} {{c|{{x-smaller|{{sp|MRS. EDDY'S HOME AT CHESTNUT HILL, BROOKLINE, MASSACHUSETTS}}}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> sd3i4retamgyl57gw0c4e964b4qn2kr Index:Science-Vol. 64-issue 1647-pg 92 (1926).png 106 3859741 14131369 12008361 2024-04-26T09:52:20Z Tylopous 3013532 validated (April 2024) proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=journal |Title=[[Science (journal)/Volume 64 New Series/No. 1647/Review of "The Music of the Spheres, A Nature Lover's Astronomy"|Review of "The Music of the Spheres, A Nature Lover's Astronomy", by Florence Grondal]] |Language=en |Volume=Science Vol. 64, No. 1647 page 92 |Author=[[Author:Frank Schlesinger|Frank Schlesinger]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher= |Address= |Year=1926 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=png |Image=1 |Progress=T |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date=April 2024 |Pages=<pagelist 1="1" /> |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} rgyhlu14ep4ygmkx2n1nf4tsn615bgs Page:Science-Vol. 64-issue 1647-pg 92 (1926).png 104 3859763 14131367 12008429 2024-04-26T09:51:42Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ expand header, remove line breaks proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" />{{rh|92|''SCIENCE''|[{{sc|Vol. LXIV, No. 1647}}}} source—but it is to be hoped that first-hand news obtained from research workers and inventors will later become available; in this respect the American Service has been singularly successful. It is of happy augury that the French organization is starting with high ideals: it will not try to serve both science and mammon; commercial profit is outside its scope and there will be no traffic with the advertiser; and it will preserve a rigid independence of all parties, groups and factions. Its sole aim is the prompt diffusion of scientific and technical knowledge in a way that will neither "mystify the crowd" nor promote sophistry and error by over-indulgence in "purple patches."—''Nature''. {{rule|7em}}</noinclude>{{c|'''SCIENTIFIC BOOKS'''}} {{block center|max-width=50%|{{hi|''[[The Music of the Spheres|The Music of the Spheres, A Nature Lover’s Astronomy]]'', by {{sc|[[Author:Florence Eloise Armstrong Grondal|Florence Grondal]]}}. New York, The Macmillan Company, 1926. xiii+234 pages.}}}} {{sc|If}} we were called upon to apologize for the pursuit of pure science, that is of knowledge for its own sake, the diffusion of such knowledge among the masses would be our chief argument. Accordingly, every successful attempt to get the general reader into the path that leads to an acquaintance with the present state of science should be warmly welcomed. A goodly number of such attempts have been made in recent years, particularly in the biological and physical sciences, but many of them have failed either because the man of science has not known how to write or because the writer has not known his science. Notable successes in this field are for the most part the performances of leaders in science who have taken the trouble to learn how to write. But there are some exceptions to this; a very interesting one is presented by the excellent astronomical books of the late [[Author:Agnes Mary Clerke|Agnes Clerke]], who never did any astronomical work herself, but who had the good sense to make use of the cooperation of expert astronomers. The book before us begins with the most elementary and (to the beginner) the most fascinating phase of the subject, namely, the story of the constellations and the mythology that forms their basis. Intermingled with these stories and following them is an introduction to the present state of astronomy. The author brings to her task a genuine love of the subject and much enthusiasm, and she has a spritely style that makes her text easy reading; but her knowledge of the science is surprisingly deficient. So many and so serious are her misapprehensions that the book defeats its own purpose; the reader who goes on (as the author obviously hopes and expects him to do) to a second and more advanced work will have in his mind ample material for confusion and discouragement. Of those pages that deal with astronomy, as distinct from mythology, there is hardly one that a well-informed critic would leave unchanged in its statement of fact or explanation. From a list that might be made painfully long a few may be cited. The names of Antares and Capella (page 11), together with those of many other stars, are of Greek and Latin origin, not Arabic. On pages 39, 262 and 301 the spectroscope is credited with feats it has not performed; it did not explode the old idea that stars are fixed (the discovery of proper motions did that at least a century earlier); and it has not proved that the polar caps on Mars are snow or that there is no water on the moon. The Nova in Cassiopeia (page 60) was seen in 1572, not six centuries ago. Surely everyone knows that Bessel had at least something to do with the measurement of the first stellar distance (page 100). By no means is 61 Cygni (page 134) the nearest star as seen from the northern hemisphere nor even the nearest star north of the celestial equator. The period of Delta Cephei (page 140), one of the best known variables in the sky, is more than five days, not four and a half hours. Sirius is not our largest star (page 141) but merely the brightest as seen from the solar system. Six first magnitude stars, in addition to those enumerated (page 145) can be seen from certain points in this country; one of these six is Canopus, a conspicuous object throughout a large part of the country. It is ridiculous to say (page 156) that “about 500 red stars have already been observed but these are all at a distance vastly remote”; the number is much greater and some of them are among our nearest neighbors. Similarly (page 64), the number of known Algol variables is not merely thirty; it exceeds 150. Almost every one knows that Bremen is not in Lower Saxony (page 233). October (page 267) was no more named for a Roman festival than were September, November and December. The brighter moons of Saturn measure thousands of miles in diameter, not hundreds (page 276); and several besides Titan can be seen in small telescopes. The discussion of the age of the earth on page 285 is woefully out of date. The capture of a comet by a stellar system can hardly depend upon the morale of the comet (page 241): “A great comet may be material drawn in from outside space, perhaps flying back and forth between two stars until it becomes so exhausted that one of the stars is able to capture it.” The book is handsomely printed and illustrated; in these respects it does credit to a publishing house whose standards are so well and favorably known. It is a great pity that Mrs. Grondal did not submit her manuscript to a competent astronomer before venturing into print. {{block right| {{float right|{{sc|Frank Schlesinger}}|offset=1em}}<br /> {{smaller|{{sc|Yale University Observatory,{{gap|8em}}<br /> {{gap}}July 8, 1926}}}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> hncvmnn6ejv7i2oz1n5lpc3tjhbbrc3 Page:Jacob's room.djvu/100 104 3861539 14128412 12703260 2024-04-25T17:25:49Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|96|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>and Helen visits hospitals. Oh, life is damnable, life is wicked, as Rose Shaw said. {{dhr}} The lamps of London uphold the dark as upon the points of burning bayonets. The yellow canopy sinks and swells over the great four-poster. Passengers in the mail-coaches running into London in the eighteenth century looked through leafless branches and saw it flaring beneath them. The light burns behind yellow blinds and pink blinds, and above fanlights, and down in basement windows. The street market in Soho is fierce with light. Raw meat, china mugs, and silk stockings blaze in it. Raw voices wrap themselves round the flaring gas-jets. Arms akimbo, they stand on the pavement bawling—Messrs. Kettle and Wilkinson; their wives sit in the shop, furs wrapped round their necks, arms folded, eyes contemptuous. Such faces as one sees. The little man fingering the meat must have squatted before the fire in innumerable lodging-houses, and heard and seen and known so much that it seems to utter itself even volubly from dark eyes, loose lips, as he fingers the meat silently, his face sad as a poet's, and never a song sung. Shawled women carry babies with purple eyelids; boys stand at street corners; girls look across the road—rude illustrations, pictures in a book whose pages we turn over and over as if we should at last find what we look for. Every face, every shop, bedroom window, public-house, and dark square is a picture feverishly turned—in search of what? It is the same with books. What do we seek through millions of pages? Still hopefully turning the pages—oh, here is Jacob's room. {{dhr}} He sat at the table reading the ''Globe''. The pinkish sheet was spread flat before him. He propped his face in his hand, so that the skin of his cheek was wrinkled in deep folds. Terribly severe he looked, set, and defiant. (What<noinclude></noinclude> 6y0emsepwm0dxv20rkns8dkojcyyy6i Page:Jacob's room.djvu/102 104 3861541 14128411 12703492 2024-04-25T17:25:48Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|98|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude><section begin="s1" />{{...|3}} A raft of twigs stayed upon a stone, suddenly detached itself, and floated towards the culvert{{...|4}} A load of snow slipped and fell from a fir branch{{...|4}} Later there was a mournful cry{{...|4}} A motor car came along the road shoving the dark before it{{...|4}} The dark shut down behind it{{...|4}} Spaces of complete immobility separated each of these movements. The land seemed to lie dead{{...|4}} Then the old shepherd returned stiffly across the field. Stiffly and painfully the frozen earth was trodden under and gave beneath pressure like a treadmill, The worn voices of clocks repeated the fact of the hour all night long. {{dhr}} Jacob, too, heard them, and raked out the fire. He rose. He stretched himself. He went to bed. {{dhr|2}} <section end="s1" /> <section begin="s2" />{{c|IX}} {{sc|The}} Countess of Rocksbier sat at the head of the table alone with Jacob. Fed upon champagne and spices for at least two centuries (four, if you count the female line), the Countess Lucy looked well fed. A discriminating nose she had for scents, prolonged, as if in quest of them; her underlip protruded a narrow red shelf; her eyes were small, with sandy tufts for eyebrows, and her jowl was heavy. Behind her (the window looked on Grosvenor Square) stood Moll Pratt on the pavement, offering violets for sale; and Mrs. Hilda Thomas, lifting her skirts, preparing to cross the road. One was from Walworth; the other from Putney. Both wore black stockings, but Mrs. Thomas was coiled in furs. The comparison was much in Lady Rocksbier's<section end="s2" /><noinclude></noinclude> gpwkgbtuatc11pjm4kinqwx74pw93c3 Page:Jacob's room.djvu/118 104 3861579 14128403 12703525 2024-04-25T17:25:41Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|114|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>back of his head. He slowly brought it forward and raised the white queen from her square; then put her down again on the same spot. He filled his pipe; ruminated; moved two pawns; advanced the white knight; then ruminated with one finger upon the bishop. Now Fanny Elmer passed beneath the window. She was on her way to sit to Nick Bramham the painter. {{dhr}} She sat in a flowered Spanish shawl, holding in her hand a yellow novel. "A little lower, a little looser, so—better, that's right," Bramham mumbled, who was drawing her, and smoking at the same time, and was naturally speechless. His head might have been the work of a sculptor, who had squared the forehead, stretched the mouth, and left marks of his thumbs and streaks from his fingers in the clay. But the eyes had never been shut. They were rather prominent, and rather bloodshot, as if from staring and staring, and when he spoke they looked for a second disturbed, but went on staring. An unshaded electric light hung above her head. As for the beauty of women, it is like the light on the sea, never constant to a single wave. They all have it; they all lose it. Now she is dull and thick as bacon; now transparent as a hanging glass. The fixed faces are the dull ones. Here comes Lady Venice displayed like a monument for admiration, but carved in alabaster, to be set on the mantelpiece and never dusted. A dapper brunette complete from head to foot serves only as an illustration to lie upon the drawing-room table. The women in the streets have the faces of playing cards; the outlines accurately filled in with pink or yellow, and the line drawn tightly round them. Then, at a top-floor window, leaning out, looking down, you see beauty itself; or in the corner of an omnibus; or squatted in a ditch—beauty glowing, suddenly expressive, withdrawn the moment after. No one can count on it or seize it or have it wrapped in paper. Nothing is to be won<noinclude></noinclude> 8u2lw7d6819e2j03hjph0cnx8i3l4sk Page:Jacob's room.djvu/120 104 3861582 14128402 12624099 2024-04-25T17:25:40Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|116|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>They turned out the lights and set off down the street, holding on their way through all the people, motor cars, omnibuses, carts, until they reached Leicester Square, five minutes before Jacob reached it, for his way was slightly longer, and he had been stopped by a block in Holborn waiting to see the King drive by, so that Nick and Fanny were already leaning over the barrier in the promenade at the Empire when Jacob pushed through the swing doors and took his place beside them. "Hullo, never noticed you," said Dick, five minutes later. "Bloody rot," said Jacob. "Miss Elmer," said Nick. Jacob took his pipe out of his mouth very awkwardly. Very awkward he was. And when they sat upon a plush sofa and let the smoke go up between them and the stage, and heard far off the high-pitched voices and the jolly orchestra breaking in opportunely he was still awkward, only Fanny thought: "What a beautiful voice!" She thought how little he said yet how firm it was. She thought how young men are dignified and aloof, and how unconscious they are, and how quietly one might sit beside Jacob and look at him. And how childlike he would be, come in tired of an evening, she thought, and how majestic; a little overbearing perhaps; "But I wouldn't give way," she thought. He got up and leant over the barrier. The smoke hung about him. And for ever the beauty of young men seems to be set in smoke, however lustily they chase footballs, or drive cricket balls, dance, run, or stride along roads. Possibly they are soon to lose it. Possibly they look into the eyes of faraway heroes, and take their station among us half contemptuously, she thought (vibrating like a fiddle-string, to be played on and snapped). Anyhow, they love silence, and speak beautifully, each word falling like a disc new cut, not a hubble-bubble of small smooth coins such as girls use; and they move decidedly, as if they knew how long to stay and when to go—oh, but Mr. Flanders was only gone to get a programme. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 22i2k7zzz797j386hhxqqivg44xfrk6 Page:Jacob's room.djvu/122 104 3861584 14128401 12703528 2024-04-25T17:25:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|118|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>the blue pond. The fresh wind scatters the children's voices all about. ''My'' children, thought Fanny Elmer. The women stand round the pond, beating off great prancing shaggy dogs. Gently the baby is rocked in the perambulator. The eyes of all the nurses, mothers, and wandering women are a little glazed, absorbed. They gently nod instead of answering when the little boys tug at their skirts, begging them to move on. And Fanny moved, hearing some cry—a workman's whistle perhaps—high in mid-air. Now, among the trees, it was the thrush trilling out into the warm air a flutter of jubilation, but fear seemed to spur him, Fanny thought; as if he too were anxious with such joy at his heart—as if he were watched as he sang, and pressed by tumult to sing. There! Restless, he flew to the next tree. She heard his song more faintly. Beyond it was the humming of the wheels and the wind rushing. {{dhr}} She spent tenpence on lunch. "Dear, miss, she's left her {{SIC|umberella|umbrella}}," grumbled the mottled woman in the glass box near the door at the Express Dairy Company's shop. "Perhaps I'll catch her," answered Milly Edwards, the waitress with the pale plaits of hair; and she dashed through the door. "No good," she said, coming back a moment later with Fanny's cheap umbrella. She put her hand to her plaits. "Oh, that door!" grumbled the cashier. Her hands were cased in black mittens, and the fingertips that drew in the paper slips were swollen as sausages. "Pie and greens for one. Large coffee and crumpets. Eggs on toast. Two fruit cakes." Thus the sharp voices of the waitresses snapped. The lunchers heard their orders repeated with approval; saw the next table served with anticipation. Their own eggs on toast were at last delivered. Their eyes strayed no more. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> s1nfrats16qzbf8iur6cqgk1fs1v2d0 Page:Jacob's room.djvu/124 104 3861587 14128400 12703530 2024-04-25T17:25:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|120|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>or genially supposing that one is much like another, fire warm, wine pleasant, extravagance a sin. "People are so nice, once you know them." "I couldn't think ill of her. One must remember{{longdash}}" But Nick perhaps, or Fanny Elmer, believing {{SIC|implicity|implicitly}} in the truth of the moment, fling off, sting the cheek, are gone like sharp hail. {{dhr}} "Oh," said Fanny, bursting into the studio three-quarters of an hour late because she had been hanging about the neighbourhood of the Foundling Hospital merely for the chance of seeing Jacob walk down the street, take out his latch-key, and open the door, "I'm afraid I'm late"; upon which Nick said nothing and Fanny grew defiant. "I'll never come again!" she cried at length. "Don't, then," Nick replied, and off she ran without so much as good-night. {{dhr}} How exquisite it was—that dress in Evelina's shop off Shaftesbury Avenue! It was four o'clock on a fine day early in April, and was Fanny the one to spend four o'clock on a fine day indoors? Other girls in that very street sat over ledgers, or drew long threads wearily between silk and gauze; or, festooned with ribbons in Swan and Edgars, rapidly added up pence and farthings on the back of the bill and twisted the yard and three-quarters in tissue paper and asked "Your pleasure?" of the next comer. In Evelina's shop off Shaftesbury Avenue the parts of a woman were shown separate. In the left hand was her skirt. Twining round a pole in the middle was a feather boa. Ranged like the heads of malefactors on Temple Bar were hats—emerald and white, lightly wreathed or drooping beneath deep-dyed feathers. And on the carpet were her feet—pointed gold, or patent leather slashed with scarlet. Feasted upon by the eyes of women, the clothes by four<noinclude></noinclude> 0b1i5e59cw4n7p0utchhuf63qw48l3m Page:Jacob's room.djvu/126 104 3861590 14128399 12624202 2024-04-25T17:25:37Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|122|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>wearing each other's clothes, like Robertson who had worn her shawl, and she had worn his waistcoat, which Jacob could only do very awkwardly; for he liked ''Tom Jones''. There it lay on her lap, in double columns, price three and sixpence; the mystic book in which Henry Fielding ever so many years ago rebuked Fanny Elmer for feasting on scarlet, in perfect prose, Jacob said. For he never read modern novels. He liked ''Tom Jones''. "I do like ''Tom Jones''," said Fanny, at five-thirty that same day early in April when Jacob took out his pipe in the arm-chair opposite. Alas, women lie! But not Clara Durrant. A flawless mind; a candid nature; a virgin chained to a rock (somewhere off Lowndes Square) eternally pouring out tea for old men in white waistcoats, blue-eyed, looking you straight in the face, playing Bach. Of all women, Jacob honoured her most. But to sit at a table with bread and butter, with dowagers in velvet, and never say more to Clara Durrant than Benson said to the parrot when old Miss Perry poured out tea, was an insufferable outrage upon the liberties and decencies of human nature—or words to that effect. For Jacob said nothing. Only he glared at the fire. Fanny laid down ''Tom Jones''. She stitched or knitted. "What's that?" asked Jacob. "For the dance at the Slade." And she fetched her head-dress; her trousers; her shoes with red tassels. What should she wear? "I shall be in Paris," said Jacob. And what is the point of fancy-dress dances? thought Fanny. You meet the same people; you wear the same clothes; Mangin gets drunk; Florinda sits on his knee. She flirts outrageously—with Nick Bramham just now. "In Paris?" said Fanny. "On my way to Greece," he replied. For, he said, there is nothing so detestable as London in May. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 8ibg8rbojxl7th3dwi0sncbwdouda6l Page:Jacob's room.djvu/104 104 3861594 14128410 12703495 2024-04-25T17:25:47Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|100|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>So Jacob galloped over the fields of Essex, flopped in the mud, lost the hunt, and rode by himself eating sandwiches, looking over the hedges, noticing the colours as if new scraped, cursing his luck. He had tea at the Inn; and there they all were, slapping, stamping, saying, "After you," clipped, curt, jocose, red as the wattles of turkeys, using free speech until Mrs. Horsefield and her friend Miss Dudding appeared at the doorway with their skirts hitched up, and hair looping down. Then Tom Dudding rapped at the window with his whip. A motor car throbbed in the courtyard. Gentlemen, feeling for matches, moved out, and Jacob went into the bar with Brandy Jones to smoke with the rustics. There was old Jevons with one eye gone, and his clothes the colour of mud, his bag over his back, and his brains laid feet down in earth among the violet roots and the nettle roots; Mary Sanders with her box of wood; and Tom sent for beer, the half-witted son of the sexton—all this within thirty miles of London. {{dhr}} Mrs. Papworth, of Endell Street, Covent Garden, did for Mr. Bonamy in New Square, Lincoln's Inn, and as she washed up the dinner things in the scullery she heard the young gentlemen talking in the room next door. Mr. Sanders was there again; Flanders she meant; and where an inquisitive old woman gets a name wrong, what chance is there that she will faithfully report an argument? As she held the plates under water and then dealt them on the pile beneath the hissing gas, she listened: heard Sanders speaking in a loud rather overbearing tone of voice: "good," he said, and "absolute" and "justice" and "punishment," and "the will of the majority." Then her gentleman piped up; she backed him for argument against Sanders. Yet Sanders was a fine young fellow (here all the scraps went swirling round the sink, scoured after by her purple, almost nailless hands). "Women"—she thought, and wondered<noinclude></noinclude> 7eg5dvkru3gucge5sjd5ikdcpp6ly0v Page:Jacob's room.djvu/106 104 3861596 14128409 12703499 2024-04-25T17:25:46Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|102|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>a fire screen, but finally accepted one. The weather was then discussed, for in deference to Parkes, who was opening little tables, graver matters were postponed. Miss Rosseter drew Jacob's attention to the beauty of the cabinet. "So wonderfully clever in picking things up," she said. Miss Perry had found it in Yorkshire. The North of England was discussed. When Jacob spoke they both listened. Miss Perry was bethinking her of something suitable and manly to say when the door opened and Mr. Benson was announced. Now there were four people sitting in that room. Miss Perry aged 66; Miss Rosseter 42; Mr. Benson 38; and Jacob 25. "My old friend looks as well as ever," said Mr. Benson, tapping the bars of the parrot's cage; Miss Rosseter simultaneously praised the tea; Jacob handed the wrong plates; and Miss Perry signified her desire to approach more closely. "Your brothers," she began vaguely. "Archer and John," Jacob supplied her. Then to her pleasure she recovered Rebecca's name; and how one day "when you were all little boys, playing in the drawing-room{{longdash}}" "But Miss Perry has the kettle-holder," said Miss Rosseter, and indeed Miss Perry was clasping it to her breast. (Had she, then, loved Jacob's father?) "So clever"—"not so good as usual"—"I thought it most unfair," said Mr. Benson and Miss Rosseter, discussing the Saturday ''Westminster''. Did they not compete regularly for prizes? Had not Mr. Benson three times won a guinea, and Miss Rosseter once ten and sixpence? Of course Everard Benson had a weak heart, but still, to win prizes, remember parrots, toady Miss Perry, despise Miss Rosseter, give tea-parties in his rooms (which were in the style of Whistler, with pretty books on tables), all this, so Jacob felt without knowing him, made him a contemptible ass. As for Miss Rosseter, she had nursed cancer, and now painted water-colours. "Running away so soon?" said Miss Perry vaguely.<noinclude></noinclude> 14qx0qgvsajr1svyg8e6j0us6u6n844 Page:Jacob's room.djvu/108 104 3861599 14128408 12703507 2024-04-25T17:25:45Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|104|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>threatens to spill the whole bag of ordure, with difficulty held together, over the pavement. In short, something was wrong. {{dhr}} Not so very long ago the workmen had gilt the final "y" in [[Author:Thomas Babington Macaulay|Lord Macaulay's]] name, and the names stretched in unbroken file round the dome of the British Museum. At a considerable depth beneath, many hundreds of the living sat at the spokes of a cart-wheel copying from printed books into manuscript books; now and then rising to consult the catalogue; regaining their places stealthily, while from time to time a silent man replenished their compartments. There was a little catastrophe. Miss Marchmont's pile overbalanced and fell into Jacob's compartment. Such things happened to Miss Marchmont. What was she seeking through millions of pages, in her old plush dress, and her wig of claret-coloured hair, with her gems and her chilblains? Sometimes one thing, sometimes another, to confirm her philosophy that colour is sound—or, perhaps, it has something to do with music. She could never quite say, though it was not for lack of trying. And she could not ask you back to her room, for it was "not very clean, I'm afraid," so she must catch you in the passage, or take a chair in Hyde Park to explain her philosophy. The rhythm of the soul depends on it—("how rude the little boys are!" she would say), and Mr. Asquith's Irish policy, and Shakespeare comes in, "and Queen Alexandra most graciously once acknowledged a copy of my pamphlet," she would say, waving the little boys magnificently away. But she needs funds to publish her book, for "publishers are capitalists—publishers are cowards." And so, digging her elbow into her pile of books it fell over. Jacob remained quite unmoved. But Fraser, the atheist, on the other side, detesting plush, more than once accosted with leaflets, shifted irritably. He<noinclude></noinclude> 9snklhi0nkli3u6xvr5ujvvjsqonmfp Page:Jacob's room.djvu/110 104 3861602 14128407 12703512 2024-04-25T17:25:44Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|106|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>cinders. Let not a shred remain. Don't palter with the second rate. Detest your own age. Build a better one. And to set that on foot read incredibly dull essays upon Marlowe to your friends. For which purpose one must collate editions in the British Museum. One must do the thing oneself. Useless to trust to the Victorians, who disembowel, or to the living, who are mere publicists. The flesh and blood of the future depends entirely upon six young men. And as Jacob was one of them, no doubt he looked a little regal and pompous as he turned his page, and Julia Hedge disliked him naturally enough. But then a pudding-faced man pushed a note towards Jacob, and Jacob, leaning back in his chair, began an uneasy murmured conversation, and they went off together (Julia Hedge watched them), and laughed aloud (she thought) directly they were in the hall. Nobody laughed in the reading-room. There were shiftings, murmurings, apologetic sneezes, and sudden unashamed devastating coughs. The lesson hour was almost over. Ushers were collecting exercises. Lazy children wanted to stretch. Good ones scribbled assiduously—ah, another day over and so little done! And now and then was to be heard from the whole collection of human beings a heavy sigh, after which the humiliating old man would cough shamelessly, and Miss Marchmont hinnied like a horse. Jacob came back only in time to return his books. The books were now replaced. A few letters of the alphabet were sprinkled round the dome. Closely stood together in a ring round the dome were [[Author:Plato|Plato]], [[Author:Aristotle|Aristotle]], [[Author:Sophocles|Sophocles]], and [[Author:William Shakespeare (1564-1616)|Shakespeare]]; the literatures of Rome, Greece, China, India, Persia. One leaf of poetry was pressed flat against another leaf, one burnished letter laid smooth against another in a density of meaning, a conglomeration of loveliness. "One does want one's tea," said Miss Marchmont, reclaiming her shabby umbrella. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> qq3b3bc07ajsxd3bs8jff46m82ugbt7 Page:Jacob's room.djvu/112 104 3861606 14128406 12703517 2024-04-25T17:25:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|108|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>country; and late that night there he was sitting at his table with his pipe and his book. The rain poured down. The British Museum stood in one solid immense mound, very pale, very sleek in the rain, not a quarter of a mile from him. The vast mind was sheeted with stone; and each compartment in the depths of it was safe and dry. The night-watchmen, flashing their lanterns over the backs of Plato and Shakespeare, saw that on the twenty-second of February neither flame, rat, nor burglar was going to violate these treasures—poor, highly respectable men, with wives and families at Kentish Town, do their best for twenty years to protect Plato and Shakespeare, and then are buried at Highgate. Stone lies solid over the British Museum, as bone lies cool over the visions and heat of the brain. Only here the brain is Plato's brain and Shakespeare's; the brain has made pots and statues, great bulls and little jewels, and crossed the river of death this way and that incessantly, seeking some landing, now wrapping the body well for its long sleep; now laying a penny piece on the eyes; now turning the toes scrupulously to the East. Meanwhile, Plato continues his dialogue; in spite of the rain; in spite of the cab whistles; in spite of the woman in the mews behind Great Ormond Street who has come home drunk and cries all night long, "Let me in! Let me in!" In the street below Jacob's room voices were raised. But he read on. For after all Plato continues imperturbably. And Hamlet utters his soliloquy. And there the Elgin Marbles lie, all night long, old Jones's lantern sometimes recalling Ulysses, or a horse's head; or sometimes a flash of gold, or a mummy's sunk yellow cheek. Plato and Shakespeare continue; and Jacob, who was reading the ''[[Phaedrus]]'', heard people vociferating round the lamp-post, and the woman battering at the door and crying, "Let me in!" as if a coal had dropped from the fire, or a fly, falling from the ceiling, had lain on its back, too weak to turn over. The ''Phaedrus'' is very difficult. And so, when at length<noinclude></noinclude> mx60xqaryt3czjegodyph1qce99x7xa Page:Jacob's room.djvu/114 104 3861608 14128405 12703522 2024-04-25T17:25:42Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|110|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>the flying silks. An actress of course, a line of light perpetually beneath her. It was only "My dear" that she said, but her voice went jodelling between Alpine passes. And down she tumbled on the floor, and sang, since there was nothing to be said, round ah's and oh's. Mangin, the poet, coming up to her, stood looking down at her, drawing at his pipe. The dancing began. Grey-haired Mrs. Keymer asked Dick Graves to tell her who Mangin was, and said that she had seen too much of this sort of thing in Paris (Magdalen had got upon his knees; now his pipe was in her mouth) to be shocked. "Who is that?" she said, staying her glasses when they came to Jacob, for indeed he looked quiet, not indifferent, but like some one on a beach, watching. "Oh, my dear, let me lean on you," gasped Helen Askew, hopping on one foot, for the silver cord round her ankle had worked loose. Mrs. Keymer turned and looked at the picture on the wall. "Look at Jacob," said Helen (they were binding his eyes for some game). And Dick Graves, being a little drunk, very faithful, and very simple-minded, told her that he thought Jacob the greatest man he had ever known. And down they sat cross-legged upon cushions and talked about Jacob, and Helen's voice trembled, for they both seemed heroes to her, and the friendship between them so much more beautiful than women's friendships. Anthony Pollett now asked her to dance, and as she danced she looked at them, over her shoulder, standing at the table, drinking together. {{dhr}} The magnificent world—the live, sane, vigorous world{{...|4}} These words refer to the stretch of wood pavement between Hammersmith and Holborn in January between two and three in the morning. That was the ground beneath Jacob's feet. It was healthy and magnificent because one<noinclude></noinclude> i52eukwvqtck6t6wptwy5kzhem8v85w Page:Jacob's room.djvu/116 104 3861611 14128404 12623438 2024-04-25T17:25:42Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|112|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>car in front jerks forward, and the tombstones pass too quick for you to read more. All the time the stream of people never ceases passing from the Surrey side to the Strand; from the Strand to the Surrey side. It seems as if the poor had gone raiding the town, and now trapesed back to their own quarters, like beetles scurrying to their holes, for that old woman fairly hobbles towards Waterloo, grasping a shiny bag, as if she had been out into the light and now made off with some scraped chicken bones to her hovel underground. On the other hand, though the wind is rough and blowing in their faces, those girls there, striding hand in hand, shouting out a song, seem to feel neither cold nor shame. They are hatless. They triumph. The wind has blown up the waves. The river races beneath us, and the men standing on the barges have to lean all their weight on the tiller. A black tarpaulin is tied down over a swelling load of gold. Avalanches of coal glitter blackly. As usual, painters are slung on planks across the great riverside hotels, and the hotel windows have already points of light in them. On the other side the city is white as if with age; St. Paul's swells white above the fretted, pointed, or oblong buildings beside it. The cross alone shines rosy-gilt. But what century have we reached? Has this procession from the Surrey side to the Strand gone on for ever? That old man has been crossing the Bridge these six hundred years, with the rabble of little boys at his heels, for he is drunk, or blind with misery, and tied round with old clouts of clothing such as pilgrims might have worn. He shuffles on. No one stands still. It seems as if we marched to the sound of music; perhaps the wind and the river; perhaps these same drums and trumpets—the ecstasy and hubbub of the soul. Why, even the unhappy laugh, and the policeman, far from judging the drunk man, surveys him humorously, and the little boys scamper back again, and the clerk from Somerset House has nothing but tolerance for him, and the man who is reading half a page of ''Lothair'' at the book-<noinclude></noinclude> juhdedm4cl8i1e1tnpj2xdw3a0dsv9a Page:Jacob's room.djvu/128 104 3861612 14128398 12704096 2024-04-25T17:25:36Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|124|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>Hill while the random church bells swung a hymn tune about her head, the clock striking four straight through the circling notes; the grass purpling under a storm-cloud; and the two dozen houses of the village cowering, infinitely humble, in company under a leaf of shadow), the post, with all its variety of messages, envelopes addressed in bold hands, in slanting hands, stamped now with English stamps, again with Colonial stamps, or sometimes hastily dabbed with a yellow bar, the post was about to scatter a myriad messages over the world. Whether we gain or not by this habit of profuse communication it is not for us to say. But that letter-writing is practised mendaciously nowadays, particularly by young men travelling in foreign parts, seems likely enough. For example, take this scene. Here was Jacob Flanders gone abroad and staying to break his journey in Paris. (Old Miss Birkbeck, his mother's cousin, had died last June and left him a hundred pounds.) {{dhr}} "You needn't repeat the whole damned thing over again, Cruttendon," said Mallinson, the little bald painter who was sitting at a marble table, splashed with coffee and ringed with wine, talking very fast, and undoubtedly more than a little drunk. "Well, Flanders, finished writing to your lady?" said Cruttendon, as Jacob came and took his seat beside them, holding in his hand an envelope addressed to Mrs. Flanders, near Scarborough, England. "Do you uphold Velasquez?" said Cruttendon. "By God, he does," said Mallinson. "He always gets like this," said Cruttendon irritably. Jacob looked at Mallinson with excessive composure. "I'll tell you the three greatest things that were ever written in the whole of literature," Cruttendon burst out. "'Hang there like fruit my soul,'" he began{{...|4}} "Don't listen to a man who don't like Velasquez," said Mallinson. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> ob89i94z6e5834902m1iw8t20fbl1si Page:Jacob's room.djvu/130 104 3861615 14128397 12703536 2024-04-25T17:25:35Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|126|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>Then here is another scrap of conversation; the time about eleven in the morning; the scene a studio; and the day Sunday. "I tell you, Flanders," said Cruttendon, "I'd as soon have one of Mallinson's little pictures as a Chardin. And when I say that {{...|3}}" he squeezed the tail of an emaciated tube {{...|3}} "Chardin was a great swell{{...|4}} He sells 'em to pay his dinner now. But wait till the dealers get hold of him. A great swell—oh, a very great swell." "It's an awfully pleasant life," said Jacob, "messing away up here. Still, it's a stupid art, Cruttendon." He wandered off across the room. "There's this man, Pierre Louys now." He took up a book. "Now my good sir, are you going to settle down?" said Cruttendon. "That's a solid piece of work," said Jacob, standing a canvas on a chair. "Oh, that I did ages ago," said Cruttendon, looking over his shoulder. "You're a pretty competent painter in my opinion," said Jacob after a time. "Now if you'd like to see what I'm after at the present moment," said Cruttendon, putting a canvas before Jacob. "There. That's it. That's more like it. That's {{...|3}}" he squirmed his thumb in a circle round a lamp globe painted white. "A pretty solid piece of work," said Jacob, straddling his legs in front of it. "But what I wish you'd explain {{...|3}}" {{dhr}} Miss Jinny Carslake, pale, freckled, morbid, came into the room. "Oh Jinny, here's a friend. Flanders. An Englishman. Wealthy. Highly connected. Go on, Flanders{{...|4}}" Jacob said nothing. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> dckx3jj0ahwuj1mgtiezbpd8gscbzh2 Page:Jacob's room.djvu/132 104 3861617 14128396 12703538 2024-04-25T17:25:34Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|128|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>Edward Cruttendon, Jinny Carslake, and Jacob Flanders walked in a row along the yellow gravel path; got on to the grass; so passed under the trees; and came out at the summer-house where Marie Antoinette used to drink chocolate. In went Edward and Jinny, but Jacob waited outside, sitting on the handle of his walking-stick. Out they came again. "Well?" said Cruttendon, smiling at Jacob. Jinny waited; Edward waited; and both looked at Jacob. "Well?" said Jacob, smiling and pressing both hands on his stick. "Come along," he decided; and started off. The others followed him, smiling. {{dhr}} And then they went to the little café in the by-street where people sit drinking coffee, watching the soldiers, meditatively knocking ashes into trays. "But he's quite different," said Jinny, folding her hands over the top of her glass. "I don't suppose you know what Ted means when he says a thing like that," she said, looking at Jacob. "But I do. Sometimes I could kill myself. Sometimes he lies in bed all day long—just lies there{{...|4}} I don't want you right on the table"; she waved her hands. Swollen iridescent pigeons were waddling round their feet. "Look at that woman's hat," said Cruttendon. "How do they come to think of it? {{...|3}} No, Flanders, I don't think I could live like you. When one walks down that street opposite the British Museum—what's it called?—that's what I mean. It's all like that. Those fat women—and the man standing in the middle of the road as if he were going to have a fit {{...|3}}" "Everybody feeds them," said Jinny, waving the pigeons away. "They're stupid old things." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 1biaie9kll7lfc6huahh1s3mke2jqzh Page:Jacob's room.djvu/134 104 3861619 14128394 12703540 2024-04-25T17:25:32Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|130|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>them the most remarkable people he had ever met—being of course unable to foresee how it fell out in the course of time that Cruttendon took to painting orchards; had therefore to live in Kent; and must, one would think, see through apple blossom by this time, since his wife, for whose sake he did it, eloped with a novelist; but no; Cruttendon still paints orchards, savagely, in solitude. Then Jinny Carslake, after her affair with Lefanu the American painter, frequented Indian philosophers, and now you find her in pensions in Italy cherishing a little jeweller's box containing ordinary pebbles picked off the road. But if you look at them steadily, she says, multiplicity becomes unity, which is somehow the secret of life, though it does not prevent her from following the macaroni as it goes round the table, and sometimes, on spring nights, she makes the strangest confidences to shy young Englishmen. Jacob had nothing to hide from his mother. It was only that he could make no sense himself of his extraordinary excitement, and as for writing it down{{longdash}} {{dhr}} "Jacob's letters are so like him," said Mrs. Jarvis, folding the sheet. "Indeed he seems to be having {{...|3}}" said Mrs. Flanders, and paused, for she was cutting out a dress and had to straighten the pattern, "{{...|3}} a very gay time." Mrs. Jarvis thought of Paris. At her back the window was open, for it was a mild night; a calm night; when the moon seemed muffled and the apple trees stood perfectly still. "I never pity the dead," said Mrs. Jarvis, shifting the cushion at her back, and clasping her hands behind her head. Betty Flanders did not hear, for her scissors made so much noise on the table. "They are at rest," said Mrs. Jarvis. "And we spend our days doing foolish unnecessary things without knowing why." Mrs. Jarvis was not liked in the village. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> b2s5os3e1kxn1tp27kl2y7s0dso71ht Page:Jacob's room.djvu/136 104 3861621 14128393 12624248 2024-04-25T17:25:31Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|132|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>"Jacob bought it with his own money, and then I brought Mr. Parker up to see the view, and it must have dropped—" Mrs. Flanders murmured. Did the bones stir, or the rusty swords? Was Mrs. Flanders's twopenny-halfpenny brooch for ever part of the rich accumulation? and if all the ghosts flocked thick and rubbed shoulders with Mrs. Flanders in the circle, would she not have seemed perfectly in her place, a live English matron, growing stout? The clock struck the quarter. The frail waves of sound broke among the stiff gorse and the hawthorn twigs as the church clock divided time into quarters. Motionless and broad-backed the moors received the statement "It is fifteen minutes past the hour," but made no answer, unless a bramble stirred. Yet even in this light the legends on the tombstones could be read, brief voices saying, "I am Bertha Ruck," "I am Tom Gage." And they say which day of the year they died, and the New Testament says something for them, very proud, very emphatic, or consoling. The moors accept all that too. The moonlight falls like a pale page upon the church wall, and illumines the kneeling family in the niche, and the tablet set up in 1780 to the Squire of the parish who relieved the poor, and believed in God—so the measured voice goes on down the marble scroll, as though it could impose itself upon time and the open air. Now a fox steals out from behind the gorse bushes. Often, even at night, the church seems full of people. The pews are worn and greasy, and the cassocks in place, and the hymn-books on the ledges. It is a ship with all its crew aboard. The timbers strain to hold the dead and the living, the ploughmen, the carpenters, the fox-hunting gentlemen and the farmers smelling of mud and brandy. Their tongues join together in syllabling the sharp-cut words, which for ever slice asunder time and the broad-backed<noinclude></noinclude> hib8cv1ir8b34dbwr5qfcuoecrdwylg Page:Jacob's room.djvu/180 104 3861623 14128366 12703599 2024-04-25T17:23:49Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Chrisguise" />{{rh|176|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>{{c|XIV}} "{{sc|He}} left everything just as it was," Bonamy marvelled. "Nothing arranged. All his letters strewn about for any one to read. What did he expect? Did he think he would come back?" he mused, standing in the middle of Jacob's room. The eighteenth century has its distinction. These houses were built, say, a hundred and fifty years ago. The rooms are shapely, the ceilings high; over the doorways a rose or a ram's skull is carved in the wood. Even the panels, painted in raspberry-coloured paint, have their distinction. Bonamy took up a bill for a hunting-crop. "That seems to be paid," he said. There were Sandra's letters. Mrs. Durrant was taking a party to Greenwich. Lady Rocksbier hoped for the pleasure{{...|4}} Listless is the air in an empty room, just swelling the curtain; the flowers in the jar shift. One fibre in the wicker arm-chair creaks, though no one sits there. Bonamy crossed to the window. Pickford's van swung down the street. The omnibuses were locked together at Mudie's corner. Engines throbbed, and carters, jamming the brakes down, pulled their horses sharp up. A harsh and unhappy voice cried something unintelligible. And then suddenly all the leaves seemed to raise themselves. "Jacob! Jacob!" cried Bonamy, standing by the window. The leaves sank down again. "Such confusion everywhere!" exclaimed Betty Flanders, bursting open the bedroom door. Bonamy turned away from the window. "What am I to do with these, Mr. Bonamy?" She held out a pair of Jacob's old shoes. {{c|{{asc|THE END}}}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 610hxt838fig1atcpjduehuj5d35edi Page:Jacob's room.djvu/138 104 3861630 14128392 12703582 2024-04-25T17:25:30Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|134|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>and Jacob saw striped tulips growing and heard a bird singing, in Italy. A motor car full of Italian officers ran along the flat road and kept up with the train, raising dust behind it. There were trees laced together with vines—as [[Author:Virgil|Virgil]] said. Here was a station; and a tremendous leave-taking going on, with women in high yellow boots and odd pale boys in ringed socks. Virgil's bees had gone about the plains of Lombardy. It was the custom of the ancients to train vines between elms. Then at Milan there were sharp-winged hawks, of a bright brown, cutting figures over the roofs. These Italian carriages get damnably hot with the afternoon sun on them, and the chances are that before the engine has pulled to the top of the gorge the clanking chain will have broken. Up, up, up, it goes, like a train on a scenic railway. Every peak is covered with sharp trees, and amazing white villages are crowded on ledges. There is always a white tower on the very summit, flat red-frilled roofs, and a sheer drop beneath. It is not a country in which one walks after tea. For one thing there is no grass. A whole hillside will be ruled with olive trees. Already in April the earth is clotted into dry dust between them. And there are neither stiles nor footpaths, nor lanes chequered with the shadows of leaves nor eighteenth-century inns with bow-windows, where one eats ham and eggs. Oh no, Italy is all fierceness, bareness, exposure, and black priests shuffling along the roads. It is strange, too, how you never get away from villas. Still, to be travelling on one's own with a hundred pounds to spend is a fine affair. And if his money gave out, as it probably would, he would go on foot. He could live on bread and wine—the wine in straw bottles—for after doing Greece he was going to knock off Rome. The Roman civilization was a very inferior affair, no doubt. But Bonamy talked a lot of rot, all the same. "You ought to have been in Athens," he would say to Bonamy when he got back. "Standing on the Parthenon," he would say, or "The<noinclude></noinclude> 3tdc4e36v22tm7hoyntbslnyqxr9v2p Page:Jacob's room.djvu/140 104 3861632 14128391 12703545 2024-04-25T17:25:29Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|136|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>gun walking down the road in the early morning light, and the whole idea of the Parthenon came upon him in a clap. "By Jove!" he thought, "we must be nearly there!" and he stuck his head out of the window and got the air full in his face. {{dhr}} It is highly exasperating that twenty-five people of your acquaintance should be able to say straight off something very much to the point about being in Greece, while for yourself there is a stopper upon all emotions whatsoever. For after washing at the hotel at Patras, Jacob had followed the tram lines a mile or so out; and followed them a mile or so back; he had met several droves of turkeys; several strings of donkeys; had got lost in back streets; had read advertisements of corsets and of Maggi's consommé; children had trodden on his toes; the place smelt of bad cheese; and he was glad to find himself suddenly come out opposite his hotel. There was an old copy of the ''Daily Mail'' lying among coffee-cups; which he read. But what could he do after dinner? No doubt we should be, on the whole, much worse off than we are without our astonishing gift for illusion. At the age of twelve or so, having given up dolls and broken our steam engines, France, but much more probably Italy, and India almost for a certainty, draws the superfluous imagination. One's aunts have been to Rome; and every one has an uncle who was last heard of—poor man—in Rangoon. He will never come back any more. But it is the governesses who start the Greek myth. Look at that for a head (they say)—nose, you see, straight as a dart, curls, eyebrows—everything appropriate to manly beauty; while his legs and arms have lines on them which indicate a perfect degree of development—the Greeks caring for the body as much as for the face. And the Greeks could paint fruit so that birds pecked at it. First you read [[Author:Xenophon|Xenophon]]; then [[Author:Euripides|Euripides]]. One day—that was an occasion, by God—what<noinclude></noinclude> 66vs7paapp4xzu17b8zypwjeoaoq0v3 Page:Jacob's room.djvu/142 104 3861634 14128389 12703547 2024-04-25T17:25:28Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|138|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>would go into Parliament and make fine speeches—but what use are fine speeches and Parliament, once you surrender an inch to the black waters? Indeed there has never been any explanation of the ebb and flow in our veins—of happiness and unhappiness. That respectability and evening parties where one has to dress, and wretched slums at the back of Gray's Inn—something solid, immovable, and grotesque—is at the back of it, Jacob thought probable. But then there was the British Empire which was beginning to puzzle him; nor was he altogether in favour of giving Home Rule to Ireland. What did the ''Daily Mail'' say about that? {{dhr}} For he had grown to be a man, and was about to be immersed in things—as indeed the chambermaid, emptying his basin upstairs, fingering keys, studs, pencils, and bottles of tabloids strewn on the dressing-table, was aware. That he had grown to be a man was a fact that Florinda knew, as she knew everything, by instinct. And Betty Flanders even now suspected it, as she read his letter, posted at Milan, "Telling me," she complained to Mrs. Jarvis, "really nothing that I want to know"; but she brooded over it. Fanny Elmer felt it to desperation. For he would take his stick and his hat and would walk to the window, and look perfectly absent-minded and very stern too, she thought. "I am going," he would say, "to cadge a meal of Bonamy." "Anyhow, I can drown myself in the Thames," Fanny cried, as she hurried past the Foundling Hospital. {{dhr}} "But the ''Daily Mail'' isn't to be trusted," Jacob said to himself, looking about for something else to read. And he sighed again, being indeed so profoundly gloomy that gloom must have been lodged in him to cloud him at any moment, which was odd in a man who enjoyed things so,<noinclude></noinclude> eukaa1fpeoqtyavhhouiffso5cbyt29 Page:Jacob's room.djvu/144 104 3861636 14128388 12703549 2024-04-25T17:25:28Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|140|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>lating with their hands. Their lack of concern for him was not the cause of his gloom; but some more profound conviction—it was not that he himself happened to be lonely, but that all people are. Yet next day, as the train slowly rounded a hill on the way to Olympia, the Greek peasant women were out among the vines; the old Greek men were sitting at the stations, sipping sweet wine. And though Jacob remained gloomy he had never suspected how tremendously pleasant it is to be alone; out of England; on one's own; cut off from the whole thing. There are very sharp bare hills on the way to Olympia; and between them blue sea in triangular spaces. A little like the Cornish coast. Well now, to go walking by oneself all day—to get on to that track and follow it up between the bushes—or are they small trees?—to the top of that mountain from which one can see half the nations of antiquity{{longdash}} "Yes," said Jacob, for his carriage was empty, "let's look at the map." Blame it or praise it, there is no denying the wild horse in us. To gallop intemperately; fall on the sand tired out; to feel the earth spin; to have—positively—a rush of friendship for stones and grasses, as if humanity were over, and as for men and women, let them go hang—there is no getting over the fact that this desire seizes us pretty often. {{dhr}} The evening air slightly moved the dirty curtains in the hotel window at Olympia. "I am full of love for every one," thought Mrs. Wentworth Williams, "—for the poor most of all—for the peasants coming back in the evening with their burdens. And everything is soft and vague and very sad. It is sad, it is sad. But everything has meaning," thought Sandra Wentworth Williams, raising her head a little and looking very beautiful, tragic, and exalted. "One must love everything." She held in her hand a little book convenient for travelling<noinclude></noinclude> 1mh0kmd8pb3fnea6pe4dzrp7e2ya0xe Page:Jacob's room.djvu/146 104 3861638 14128387 12624644 2024-04-25T17:25:27Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|142|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>save that villagers have touched their hats to it, the vicarage reveres it; and upper-gardeners and under-gardeners respectfully straighten their backs as she comes down the broad terrace on Sunday morning, dallying at the stone urns with the Prime Minister to pick a rose—which, perhaps, she was trying to forget, as her eye wandered round the dining-room of the inn at Olympia, seeking the window where her book lay, where a few minutes ago she had discovered something—something very profound it had been, about love and sadness and the peasants. But it was Evan who sighed; not in despair nor indeed in rebellion. But, being the most ambitious of men and temperamentally the most sluggish, he had accomplished nothing; had the political history of England at his finger-ends, and living much in company with Chatham, Pitt, Burke, and Charles James Fox could not help contrasting himself and his age with them and theirs. "Yet there never was a time when great men are more needed," he was in the habit of saying to himself, with a sigh. Here he was picking his teeth in an inn at Olympia. He had done. But Sandra's eyes wandered. "Those pink melons are sure to be dangerous," he said gloomily. And as he spoke the door opened and in came a young man in a grey check suit. "Beautiful but dangerous," said Sandra, immediately talking to her husband in the presence of a third person. ("Ah, an English boy on tour," she thought to herself.) And Evan knew all that too. Yes, he knew all that; and he admired her. Very pleasant, he thought, to have affairs. But for himself, what with his height (Napoleon was five feet four, he remembered), his bulk, his inability to impose his own personality (and yet great men are needed more than ever now, he sighed), it was useless. He threw away his cigar, went up to Jacob and asked him, with a simple sort of sincerity which Jacob liked, whether he had come straight out from England. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> hxu1r4y1xugscx6b22mps5nmf4al9sy Page:Jacob's room.djvu/148 104 3861640 14128386 12624646 2024-04-25T17:25:26Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|144|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>gets older," they mean you to reply with something quite off the point. Jacob sat himself down in the quarry where the Greeks had cut marble for the theatre. It is hot work walking up Greek hills at midday. The wild red cyclamen was out; he had seen the little tortoises hobbling from clump to clump; the air smelt strong and suddenly sweet, and the sun, striking on jagged splinters of marble, was very dazzling to the eyes. Composed, commanding, contemptuous, a little melancholy, and bored with an august kind of boredom, there he sat smoking his pipe. Bonamy would have said that this was the sort of thing that made him uneasy—when Jacob got into the doldrums, looked like a Margate fisherman out of a job, or a British Admiral. You couldn't make him understand a thing when he was in a mood like that. One had better leave him alone. He was dull. He was apt to be grumpy. He was up very early, looking at the statues with his Baedeker. Sandra Wentworth Williams, ranging the world before breakfast in quest of adventure or a point of view, all in white, not so very tall perhaps, but uncommonly upright—Sandra Williams got Jacob's head exactly on a level with the head of the Hermes of Praxiteles. The comparison was all in his favour. But before she could say a single word he had gone out of the Museum and left her. Still, a lady of fashion travels with more than one dress, and if white suits the morning hour, perhaps sandy yellow with purple spots on it, a black hat, and a volume of Balzac, suit the evening. Thus she was arranged on the terrace when Jacob came in. Very beautiful she looked. With her hands folded she mused, seemed to listen to her husband, seemed to watch the peasants coming down with brushwood on their backs, seemed to notice how the hill changed from blue to black, seemed to discriminate between truth and falsehood, Jacob thought, and crossed his legs suddenly, observing the extreme shabbiness of his trousers. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 4agj8bsbuszjtxmpq1d71v96ujx8nlt Page:Jacob's room.djvu/150 104 3861642 14128385 12703554 2024-04-25T17:25:25Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|146|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>She made little of the roughness of the hill; and wore breeches, he saw, under her short skirts. "Women like Fanny Elmer don't," he thought. "What's-her-name Carslake didn't; yet they pretend {{...|3}}" Mrs. Williams said things straight out. He was surprised by his own knowledge of the rules of behaviour; how much more can be said than one thought; how open one can be with a woman; and how little he had known himself before. Evan joined them on the road; and as they drove along up hill and down hill (for Greece is in a state of effervescence, yet astonishingly clean-cut, a treeless land, where you see the ground between the blades, each hill cut and shaped and outlined as often as not against sparkling deep blue waters, islands white as sand floating on the horizon, occasional groves of palm trees standing in the valleys, which are scattered with black goats, spotted with little olive trees and sometimes have white hollows, rayed and criss-crossed, in their flanks), as they drove up hill and down he scowled in the corner of the carriage, with his paw so tightly closed that the skin was stretched between the knuckles and the little hairs stood upright. Sandra rode opposite, dominant, like a Victory prepared to fling into the air. "Heartless!" thought Evan (which was untrue). "Brainless!" he suspected (and that was not true either). "Still{{...|3}}!" He envied her. When bedtime came the difficulty was to write to Bonamy, Jacob found. Yet he had seen Salamis, and Marathon in the distance. Poor old Bonamy! No; there was something queer about it. He could not write to Bonamy. {{dhr}} "I shall go to Athens all the same," he resolved, looking very set, with this hook dragging in his side. The Williamses had already been to Athens. {{dhr}} Athens is still quite capable of striking a young man as<noinclude></noinclude> gg0lqvmwxkyf6zf1ec3oukn5jt75t72 Page:Jacob's room.djvu/152 104 3861644 14128380 12703555 2024-04-25T17:24:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|148|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>night, for centuries, you begin to connect the blaze (at midday the glare is dazzling and the frieze almost invisible) with the idea that perhaps it is beauty alone that is immortal. Added to this, compared with the blistered stucco, the new love songs rasped out to the strum of guitar and gramophone, and the mobile yet insignificant faces of the street, the Parthenon is really astonishing in its silent composure; which is so vigorous that, far from being decayed, the Parthenon appears, on the contrary, likely to outlast the entire world. {{dhr}} "And the Greeks, like sensible men, never bothered to finish the backs of their statues," said Jacob, shading his eyes and observing that the side of the figure which is turned away from view is left in the rough. He noted the slight irregularity in the line of the steps which "the artistic sense of the Greeks preferred to mathematical accuracy," he read in his guide-book. He stood on the exact spot where the great statue of Athena used to stand, and identified the more famous landmarks of the scene beneath. In short he was accurate and diligent; but profoundly morose. Moreover he was pestered by guides. This was on Monday. But on Wednesday he wrote a telegram to Bonamy, telling him to come at once. And then he crumpled it in his hand and threw it in the gutter. "For one thing he wouldn't come," he thought. "And then I daresay this sort of thing wears off." "This sort of thing" being that uneasy, painful feeling, something like selfishness—one wishes almost that the thing would stop—it is getting more and more beyond what is possible—"If it goes on much longer I shan't be able to cope with it—but if some one else were seeing it at the same time—Bonamy is stuffed in his room in Lincoln's Inn—oh, I say, damn it all, I say,"—the sight of Hymettus, Pentelicus, Lycabettus<noinclude></noinclude> h3f76irrqy13xi7r3kppoe82va1mbq4 Page:Jacob's room.djvu/154 104 3861646 14128379 12624661 2024-04-25T17:24:06Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|150|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>he began, as if inspired by what he had read, to write a note upon the importance of history—upon democracy—one of those scribbles upon which the work of a lifetime may be based; or again, it falls out of a book twenty years later, and one can't remember a word of it. It is a little painful. It had better be burnt. Jacob wrote; began to draw a straight nose; when all the French ladies opening and shutting their umbrellas just beneath him exclaimed, looking at the sky, that one did not know what to expect—rain or fine weather? Jacob got up and strolled across to the Erechtheum. There are still several women standing there holding the roof on their heads. Jacob straightened himself slightly; for stability and balance affect the body first. These statues annulled things so! He stared at them, then turned, and there was Madame Lucien Gravé perched on a block of marble with her kodak pointed at his head. Of course she jumped down, in spite of her age, her figure, and her tight boots—having, now that her daughter was married, lapsed with a luxurious abandonment, grand enough in its way, into the fleshy grotesque; she jumped down, but not before Jacob had seen her. "Damn these women—damn these women!" he thought. And he went to fetch his book which he had left lying on the ground in the Parthenon. "How they spoil things," he murmured, leaning against one of the pillars, pressing his book tight between his arm and his side. (As for the weather, no doubt the storm would break soon; Athens was under cloud.) "It is those damned women," said Jacob, without any trace of bitterness, but rather with sadness and disappointment that what might have been should never be. (This violent disillusionment is generally to be expected in young men in the prime of life, sound of wind and limb, who will soon become fathers of families and directors of banks.) Then, making sure that the Frenchwomen had gone, and<noinclude></noinclude> 760u2ffsv9cx6794rwgfez4i5mjxkqk Page:Jacob's room.djvu/156 104 3861648 14128378 12703558 2024-04-25T17:24:05Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|152|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>force rushing round geometrical patterns in the most senseless way in the world. "Was Clara," he thought, pausing to watch the boys bathing in the Serpentine, "the silent woman?—would Jacob marry her?" {{dhr}} But in Athens in the sunshine, in Athens, where it is almost impossible to get afternoon tea, and elderly gentlemen who talk politics talk them all the other way round, in Athens sat Sandra Wentworth Williams, veiled, in white, her legs stretched in front of her, one elbow on the arm of the bamboo chair, blue clouds wavering and drifting from her cigarette. The orange trees which flourish in the Square of the Constitution, the band, the dragging of feet, the sky, the houses, lemon and rose coloured—all this became so significant to Mrs. Wentworth Williams after her second cup of coffee that she began dramatizing the story of the noble and impulsive Englishwoman who had offered a seat in her carriage to the old American lady at Mycenae (Mrs. Duggan)—not altogether a false story, though it said nothing of Evan, standing first on one foot, then on the other, waiting for the women to stop chattering. "I am putting the life of Father Damien into verse," Mrs. Duggan had said, for she had lost everything—everything in the world, husband and child and everything, but faith remained. Sandra, floating from the particular to the universal, lay back in a trance. The flight of time which hurries us so tragically along; the eternal drudge and drone, now bursting into fiery flame like those brief balls of yellow among green leaves (she was looking at orange trees); kisses on lips that are to die; the world turning, turning in mazes of heat and sound—though to be sure there is the quiet evening with its lovely pallor, "For I am sensitive to every side of it," Sandra thought, "and Mrs. Duggan will write to me for ever, and I shall<noinclude></noinclude> ptodrvmqcvzdx7gki0t2eufj9sfopy7 Page:Jacob's room.djvu/158 104 3861650 14128377 12703560 2024-04-25T17:24:04Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|154|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>spark of her mother's spirit in her—was somehow heroic. But what a term to apply to Clara Durrant! Simple to a degree, others thought her. And that is the very reason, so they said, why she attracts Dick Bonamy—the young man with the Wellington nose. Now ''he's'' a dark horse if you like. And there these gossips would suddenly pause. Obviously they meant to hint at his peculiar disposition—long rumoured among them. "But sometimes it is precisely a woman like Clara that men of that temperament need {{...|3}}" Miss Julia Eliot would hint. "Well," Mr. Bowley would reply, "it may be so." For however long these gossips sit, and however they stuff out their victims' characters till they are swollen and tender as the livers of geese exposed to a hot fire, they never come to a decision. "That young man, Jacob Flanders," they would say, "so distinguished looking—and yet so awkward." Then they would apply themselves to Jacob and vacillate eternally between the two extremes. He rode to hounds—after a fashion, for he hadn't a penny. "Did you ever hear who his father was?" asked Julia Eliot. "His mother, they say, is somehow connected with the Rocksbiers," replied Mr. Bowley. "He doesn't overwork himself anyhow." "His friends are very fond of him." "Dick Bonamy, you mean?" "No, I didn't mean that. It's evidently the other way with Jacob. He is precisely the young man to fall headlong in love and repent it for the rest of his life." "Oh, Mr. Bowley," said Mrs. Durrant, sweeping down upon them in her imperious manner, "you remember Mrs. Adams? Well, that is her niece." And Mr. Bowley, getting up, bowed politely and fetched strawberries. So we are driven back to see what the other side means—the men in clubs and Cabinets—when they say that character-<noinclude></noinclude> hq7gqs8y9o0h5dgr222646r7emdk7yd Page:Jacob's room.djvu/160 104 3861652 14128376 12703564 2024-04-25T17:24:02Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|156|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>Mrs. Durrant looked too. Clara, thinking that her mother wanted her, came in; then went out again. They were talking about Germany at the Durrants, and Jacob (driven by this unseizable force) walked rapidly down Hermes Street and ran straight into the Williamses. {{dhr}} "Oh!" cried Sandra, with a cordiality which she suddenly felt. And Evan added. "What luck!" The dinner which they gave him in the hotel which looks on to the Square of the Constitution was excellent. Plated baskets contained fresh rolls. There was real butter. And the meat scarcely needed the disguise of innumerable little red and green vegetables glazed in sauce. It was strange, though. There were the little tables set out at intervals on the scarlet floor with the Greek King's monogram wrought in yellow. Sandra dined in her hat, veiled as usual. Evan looked this way and that over his shoulder; imperturbable yet supple; and sometimes sighed. It was strange. For they were English people come together in Athens on a May evening. Jacob, helping himself to this and that, answered intelligently, yet with a ring in his voice. The Williamses were going to Constantinople early next morning, they said. "Before you are up," said Sandra. They would leave Jacob alone, then. Turning very slightly, Evan ordered something—a bottle of wine—from which he helped Jacob, with a kind of solicitude, with a kind of paternal solicitude, if that were possible. To be left alone—that was good for a young fellow. Never was there a time when the country had more need of men. He sighed. "And you have been to the Acropolis?" asked Sandra. "Yes," said Jacob. And they moved off to the window together, while Evan spoke to the head waiter about calling them early. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 6l7tiprob1044nep51xg4nq7f3y5jdx Page:Jacob's room.djvu/162 104 3861654 14128375 12703570 2024-04-25T17:24:01Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|158|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>"Awful women?" Sandra echoed. "Frenchwomen." "But something very wonderful has happened," said Sandra. Ten minutes, fifteen minutes, half an hour—that was all the time before her. "Yes," he said. "When one is your age—when one is young. What will you do? You will fall in love—oh yes! But don't be in too great a hurry. I am so much older." She was brushed off the pavement by parading men. "Shall we go on?" Jacob asked. "Let us go on," she insisted. For she could not stop until she had told him—or heard him say—or was it some action on his part that she required? Far away on the horizon she discerned it and could not rest. "You'd never get English people to sit out like this," he said. "Never—no. When you get back to England you won't forget this—or come with us to Constantinople!" she cried suddenly. "But then {{...|3}} Sandra sighed. "You must go to Delphi, of course," she said. "But," she asked herself, "what do I want from him? Perhaps it is something that I have missed{{...|4}}" "You will get there about six in the evening," she said. "You will see the eagles." Jacob looked set and even desperate by the light at the street corner; and yet composed. He was suffering, perhaps. He was credulous. Yet there was something caustic about him. He had in him the seeds of extreme disillusionment, which would come to him from women in middle life. Perhaps if one strove hard enough to reach the top of the hill it need not come to him—this disillusionment from women in middle life. "The hotel is awful," she said. "The last visitors had<noinclude></noinclude> mshpg1bi8fr2v11o7a3jiyizsn12x5s Page:Jacob's room.djvu/164 104 3861656 14128374 12703576 2024-04-25T17:24:01Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|160|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>(The book was the poems of [[Author:John Donne|Donne]].) Now the agitation of the air uncovered a racing star. Now it was dark. Now one after another lights were extinguished. Now great towns—Paris—Constantinople—London—were black as strewn rocks. Waterways might be distinguished. In England the trees were heavy in leaf. Here perhaps in some southern wood an old man lit dry ferns and the birds were startled. The sheep coughed; one flower bent slightly towards another. The English sky is softer, milkier than the Eastern. Something gentle has passed into it from the grass-rounded hills, something damp. The salt gale blew in at Betty Flanders's bedroom window, and the widow lady, raising herself slightly on her elbow, sighed like one who realizes, but would fain ward off a little longer—oh, a little longer!—the oppression of eternity. But to return to Jacob and Sandra. They had vanished. There was the Acropolis; but had they reached it? The columns and the Temple remain; the emotion of the living breaks fresh on them year after year; and of that what remains? As for reaching the Acropolis who shall say that we ever do it, or that when Jacob woke next morning he found anything hard and durable to keep for ever? Still, he went with them to Constantinople. Sandra Wentworth Williams certainly woke to find a copy of Donne's poems upon her dressing-table. And the book would be stood on the shelf in the English country house where Sally Duggan's ''Life of Father Damien'' in verse would join it one of these days. There were ten or twelve little volumes already. Strolling in at dusk, Sandra would open the books and her eyes would brighten (but not at the print), and subsiding into the arm-chair she would suck back again the soul of the moment; or, for sometimes she was restless, would pull out book after book and swing across the whole space of her life like an acrobat from bar to bar. She had had her moments. Meanwhile, the great clock on the landing ticked and Sandra would hear<noinclude></noinclude> jfdzlwb7bk40oq16ucieb8kswji0jcu Page:Jacob's room.djvu/166 104 3861658 14128373 12624696 2024-04-25T17:24:00Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|162|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>But who, save the nerve-worn and sleepless, or thinkers standing with hands to the eyes on some crag above the multitude, see things thus in skeleton outline, bare of flesh? In Surbiton the skeleton is wrapped in flesh. "The kettle never boils so well on a sunny morning," says Mrs. Grandage, glancing at the clock on the mantelpiece. Then the grey Persian cat stretches itself on the window-seat, and buffets a moth with soft round paws. And before breakfast is half over (they were late to-day), a baby is deposited in her lap, and she must guard the sugar basin while Tom Grandage reads the golfing article in the ''Times'', sips his coffee, wipes his moustaches, and is off to the office, where he is the greatest authority upon the foreign exchanges and marked for promotion. The skeleton is well wrapped in flesh. Even this dark night when the wind rolls the darkness through Lombard Street and Fetter Lane and Bedford Square it stirs (since it is summer-time and the height of the season), plane trees spangled with electric light, and curtains still preserving the room from the dawn. People still murmur over the last word said on the staircase, or strain, all through their dreams, for the voice of the alarum clock. So when the wind roams through a forest innumerable twigs stir; hives are brushed; insects sway on grass blades; the spider runs rapidly up a crease in the bark; and the whole air is tremulous with breathing; elastic with filaments. Only here—in Lombard Street and Fetter Lane and Bedford Square—each insect carries a globe of the world in his head, and the webs of the forest are schemes evolved for the smooth conduct of business; and honey is treasure of one sort and another; and the stir in the air is the indescribable agitation of life. But colour returns; runs up the stalks of the grass; blows out into tulips and crocuses; solidly stripes the tree trunks; and fills the gauze of the air and the grasses and pools. The Bank of England emerges; and the Monument with its bristling head of golden hair; the dray horses<noinclude></noinclude> lbt42mda296f0aoai1jektkga7blro2 Page:Jacob's room.djvu/168 104 3861660 14128372 12624700 2024-04-25T17:23:58Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|164|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>The motor cars passed incessantly over the bridge of the Serpentine; the upper classes walked upright, or bent themselves gracefully over the palings; the lower classes lay with their knees cocked up, flat on their backs; the sheep grazed on pointed wooden legs; small children ran down the sloping grass, stretched their arms, and fell. "Very urbane," Jacob brought out. "Urbane" on the lips of Jacob had mysteriously all the shapeliness of a character which Bonamy thought daily more sublime, devastating, terrific than ever, though he was still, and perhaps would be for ever, barbaric, obscure. What superlatives! What adjectives! How acquit Bonamy of sentimentality of the grossest sort; of being tossed like a cork on the waves; of having no steady insight into character; of being unsupported by reason, and of drawing no comfort whatever from the works of the classics? "The height of civilization," said Jacob. He was fond of using Latin words. Magnanimity, virtue—such words when Jacob used them in talk with Bonamy meant that he took control of the situation; that Bonamy would play round him like an affectionate spaniel; and that (as likely as not) they would end by rolling on the floor. "And Greece?" said Bonamy. "The Parthenon and all that?" "There's none of this European mysticism," said Jacob. "It's the atmosphere, I suppose," said Bonamy. "And you went to Constantinople?" "Yes," said Jacob. Bonamy paused, moved a pebble; then darted in with the rapidity and certainty of a lizard's tongue. "You are in love!" he exclaimed. Jacob blushed. The sharpest of knives never cut so deep. As for responding, or taking the least account of it, Jacob stared straight ahead of him, fixed, monolithic—oh, very beautiful!—like a British Admiral, exclaimed Bonamy in<noinclude></noinclude> s8efu3lpz3p93dz2oameb5k5kzpbvhn Page:Jacob's room.djvu/170 104 3861662 14128371 12703584 2024-04-25T17:23:57Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|166|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>Bowley was defrauded as usual. Clara never confided in any one. "Why don't the young people settle it, eh?" he wanted to ask. "What's all this about England?"—a question poor Clara could not have answered, since, as Mrs. Durrant discussed with Sir Edgar the policy of Sir Edward Grey, Clara only wondered why the cabinet looked dusty, and Jacob had never come. Oh, here was Mrs. Cowley Johnson {{...|3}} And Clara would hand the pretty china teacups, and smile at the compliment—that no one in London made tea so well as she did. "We get it at Brocklebank's," she said, "in Cursitor Street." Ought she not to be grateful? Ought she not to be happy? Especially since her mother looked so well and enjoyed so much talking to Sir Edgar about Morocco, Venezuela, or some such place. "Jacob! Jacob!" thought Clara; and kind Mr. Bowley, who was ever so good with old ladies, looked; stopped; wondered whether Elizabeth wasn't too harsh with her daughter; wondered about Bonamy, Jacob—which young fellow was it?—and jumped up directly Clara said she must exercise Troy. {{dhr}} They had reached the site of the old Exhibition. They looked at the tulips. Stiff and curled, the little rods of waxy smoothness rose from the earth, nourished yet contained, suffused with scarlet and coral pink. Each had its shadow; each grew trimly in the diamond-shaped wedge as the gardener had planned it. "Barnes never gets them to grow like that," Clara mused; she sighed. "You are neglecting your friends," said Bowley, as some one, going the other way, lifted his hat. She started; acknowledged Mr. Lionel Parry's bow; wasted on him what had sprung for Jacob. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 7lut2wffhdxyd7al1q6nfn4rpek8joq Page:Jacob's room.djvu/172 104 3861664 14128370 12703589 2024-04-25T17:23:55Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|168|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>Yet five minutes after she had passed the statue of Achilles she had the rapt look of one brushing through crowds on a summer's afternoon, when the trees are rustling, the wheels churning yellow, and the tumult of the present seems like an elegy for past youth and past summers, and there rose in her mind a curious sadness, as if time and eternity showed through skirts and waistcoats, and she saw people passing tragically to destruction. Yet, Heaven knows, Julia was no fool. A sharper woman at a bargain did not exist. She was always punctual. The watch on her wrist gave her twelve minutes and a half in which to reach Bruton Street. Lady Congreve expected her at five. {{dhr}} The gilt clock at Verrey's was striking five. Florinda looked at it with a dull expression, like an animal. She looked at the clock; looked at the door; looked at the long glass opposite; disposed her cloak; drew closer to the table, for she was pregnant—no doubt about it, Mother Stuart said, recommending remedies, consulting friends; sunk, caught by the heel, as she tripped so lightly over the surface. Her tumbler of pinkish sweet stuff was set down by the waiter; and she sucked, through a straw, her eyes on the looking-glass, on the door, now soothed by the sweet taste. When Nick Bramham came in it was plain, even to the young Swiss waiter, that there was a bargain between them. Nick hitched his clothes together clumsily; ran his fingers through his hair; sat down, to an ordeal, nervously. She looked at him; and set off laughing; laughed—laughed—laughed. The young Swiss waiter, standing with crossed legs by the pillar, laughed too. The door opened; in came the roar of Regent Street, the roar of traffic, impersonal, unpitying; and sunshine grained with dirt. The Swiss waiter must see to the newcomers. Bramham lifted his glass. "He's like Jacob," said Florinda, looking at the newcomer. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> fn01lm25sxnzkygxq0uq6tw0qwtw7on Page:Jacob's room.djvu/174 104 3861666 14128369 12703593 2024-04-25T17:23:53Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|170|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>you are. No. You can stick to it. Go and get drunk." He had parted with half-a-crown, tolerantly, compassionately, with considerable contempt for his species. {{dhr}} Even now poor Fanny Elmer was dealing, as she walked along the Strand, in her incompetent way with this very careless, indifferent, sublime manner he had of talking to railway guards or porters; or Mrs. Whitehorn, when she consulted him about her little boy who was beaten by the schoolmaster. Sustained entirely upon picture post cards for the past two months, Fanny's idea of Jacob was more statuesque, noble, and eyeless than ever. To reinforce her vision she had taken to visiting the British Museum, where, keeping her eyes downcast until she was alongside of the battered Ulysses, she opened them and got a fresh shock of Jacob's presence, enough to last her half a day. But this was wearing thin. And she wrote now—poems, letters that were never posted, saw his face in advertisements on hoardings, and would cross the road to let the barrel-organ turn her musings to rhapsody. But at breakfast (she shared rooms with a teacher), when the butter was smeared about the plate, and the prongs of the forks were clotted with old egg yolk, she revised these visions violently; was, in truth, very cross; was losing her complexion, as Margery Jackson told her, bringing the whole thing down (as she laced her stout boots) to a level of mother-wit, vulgarity, and sentiment, for she had loved too; and been a fool. "One's godmothers ought to have told one," said Fanny, looking in at the window of Bacon, the mapseller, in the Strand—told one that it is no use making a fuss; this is life, they should have said, as Fanny said it now, looking at the large yellow globe marked with steamship lines. "This is life. This is life," said Fanny. "A very hard face," thought Miss Barrett, on the other<noinclude></noinclude> hk49ctwofrfkgeuy2mfnx2eu20j0849 Page:Jacob's room.djvu/176 104 3861668 14128368 12703595 2024-04-25T17:23:52Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|172|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>imprinting on the faces of the clerks in Whitehall (Timothy {{SIC|Duriant|Durrant}} was one of them) something of its own inexorable gravity, as they listened, deciphered, wrote down. Papers accumulated, inscribed with the utterances of Kaisers, the statistics of ricefields, the growling of hundreds of work-people, plotting sedition in back streets, or gathering in the Calcutta bazaars, or mustering their forces in the uplands of Albania, where the hills are sand-coloured, and bones lie unburied. The voice spoke plainly in the square quiet room with heavy tables, where one elderly man made notes on the margin of type-written sheets, his silver-topped umbrella leaning against the bookcase. His head—bald, red-veined, hollow-looking—represented all the heads in the building. His head, with the amiable pale eyes, carried the burden of knowledge across the street; laid it before his colleagues, who came equally burdened; and then the sixteen gentlemen, {{SIC|lifing|lifting}} their pens or turning perhaps rather wearily in their chairs, decreed that the course of history should shape itself this way or that way, being manfully determined, as their faces showed, to impose some coherency upon Rajahs and Kaisers and the muttering in bazaars, the secret gatherings, plainly visible in Whitehall, of kilted peasants in Albanian uplands; to control the course of events. [[Author:William Pitt|Pitt]] and Chatham, [[Author:Edmund Burke|Burke]] and [[Author:William Ewart Gladstone|Gladstone]] looked from side to side with fixed marble eyes and an air of immortal quiescence which perhaps the living may have envied, the air being full of whistling and concussions, as the procession with its banners passed down Whitehall. Moreover, some were troubled with dyspepsia; one had at that very moment cracked the glass of his spectacles; another spoke in Glasgow to-morrow; altogether they looked too red, fat, pale or lean, to be dealing, as the marble heads had dealt, with the course of history. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> bsksy39qkijlch9skbc0v5f0pwtr1by Page:Jacob's room.djvu/178 104 3861670 14128367 12703597 2024-04-25T17:23:51Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|174|JACOB'S ROOM|}}</noinclude>started forward, as Jacob crossed the road; but hesitated, and let the moment pass, and lost the opportunity. Another procession, without banners, was blocking Long Acre. Carriages, with dowagers in amethyst and gentlemen spotted with carnations, intercepted cabs and motor-cars turned in the opposite direction, in which jaded men in white waistcoats lolled, on their way home to shrubberies and billiard-rooms in Putney and Wimbledon. Two barrel-organs played by the kerb, and horses coming out of Aldridge's with white labels on their buttocks straddled across the road and were smartly jerked back. Mrs. Durrant, sitting with Mr. Wortley in a motor car, was impatient lest they should miss the overture. But Mr. Wortley, always urbane, always in time for the overture, buttoned his gloves, and admired Miss Clara. "A shame to spend such a night in the theatre!" said Mrs. Durrant, seeing all the windows of the coachmakers in Long Acre ablaze. "Think of your moors!" said Mr. Wortley to Clara. "Ah! but Clara likes this better," Mrs. Durrant laughed. "I don't know—really," said Clara, looking at the blazing windows. She started. She saw Jacob. "Who?" asked Mrs. Durrant sharply, leaning forward. But she saw no one. Under the arch of the Opera House large faces and lean ones, the powdered and the hairy, all alike were red in the sunset; and, quickened by the great hanging lamps with their repressed primrose lights, by the tramp, and the scarlet, and the pompous ceremony, some ladies looked for a moment into steaming bedrooms near by, where women with loose hair leaned out of windows, where girls—where children—(the long mirrors held the ladies suspended) but one must follow; one must not block the way. {{dhr}} Clara's moors were fine enough. The Phoenicians slept<noinclude></noinclude> 2vk5zwu7josee6z4kww34vfzh579qy5 Page:Scott's Last Expedition, Volume 1.djvu/231 104 3889409 14127925 12133340 2024-04-25T14:29:23Z PG 1913842 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PG" />{{rh|{{smaller|1911]}}|THE HUT|129}}</noinclude>Such a noble dwelling transcends the word ‘hut.’ and we pause to give it a more fitting title only from lack of the appropriate suggestion. What shall we call it? ‘The word “hut” is misleading. Our residence is really a house of considerable size, in every respect the finest that has ever been erected in the Polar regions; 50 ft. long by 25 wide and 9 ft. to the eaves. ‘If you can picture our house nestling below this small hill on a long stretch of black sand, with many tons of provision cases ranged in neat blocks in front of it and the sea lapping the ice-foot below, you will have some idea of our immediate vicinity. As for our wider surroundings it would be difficult to describe their beauty in sufficiently glowing terms. Cape Evans is one of the many spurs of Erebus and the one that stands closest under the mountain, so that always towering above us we have the grand snowy peak with its smoking summit. North and south of us are deep bays, beyond which great glaciers come rippling over the lower slopes to thrust high blue-walled snouts into the sea. The sea is blue before us, dotted with shining bergs or ice floes, whilst far over the Sound, yet so bold and magnificent as to appear near, stand the beautiful Western Mountains with their numerous lofty peaks, their deep glacial valley and clear cut scarps, a vision of mountain scenery that can have few rivals. ‘Ponting is the most delighted of men; he declares this is the most beautiful spot he has ever seen and spends all day and most of the night in what he calls “gathering it in” with camera and cinematograph.’ {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> e4hjo9y782trx984oqzdkeri2gif16q 14130319 14127925 2024-04-25T23:58:23Z McGhiever 1938594 Small fixes for consistency proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PG" />{{rh|{{smaller|1911]}}|THE HUT|129}}</noinclude>Such a noble dwelling transcends the word 'hut.' and we pause to give it a more fitting title only from lack of the appropriate suggestion. What shall we call it? 'The word "hut" is misleading. Our residence is really a house of considerable size, in every respect the finest that has ever been erected in the Polar regions; 50 ft. long by 25 wide and 9 ft. to the eaves. 'If you can picture our house nestling below this small hill on a long stretch of black sand, with many tons of provision cases ranged in neat blocks in front of it and the sea lapping the ice-foot below, you will have some idea of our immediate vicinity. As for our wider surroundings it would be difficult to describe their beauty in sufficiently glowing terms. Cape Evans is one of the many spurs of Erebus and the one that stands closest under the mountain, so that always towering above us we have the grand snowy peak with its smoking summit. North and south of us are deep bays, beyond which great glaciers come rippling over the lower slopes to thrust high blue-walled snouts into the sea. The sea is blue before us, dotted with shining bergs or ice floes, whilst far over the Sound, yet so bold and magnificent as to appear near, stand the beautiful Western Mountains with their numerous lofty peaks, their deep glacial valley and clear cut scarps, a vision of mountain scenery that can have few rivals. 'Ponting is the most delighted of men; he declares this is the most beautiful spot he has ever seen and spends all day and most of the night in what he calls "gathering it in" with camera and cinematograph.’ {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> da4tbnefwaz74zk6gq8tp1zcqk0l5l9 A History of Japanese Colour-Prints 0 3889566 14128100 13271594 2024-04-25T15:51:56Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 added [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = A History of Japanese Colour-Prints | author = Woldemar von Seidlitz | year = 1910 | section = | previous = | next = [[/Chapter 1/]] | notes = }} <pages index="A history of Japanese colour-prints by Woldemar von Seidlitz.djvu" include=7 /> {{pagebreak|label=}} <pages index="A history of Japanese colour-prints by Woldemar von Seidlitz.djvu" include=8 /> {{pagebreak|label=}} <pages index="A history of Japanese colour-prints by Woldemar von Seidlitz.djvu" include=10 /> <pages index="A history of Japanese colour-prints by Woldemar von Seidlitz.djvu" include=12 /> {{pagebreak|label=}} <pages index="A history of Japanese colour-prints by Woldemar von Seidlitz.djvu" from=13 to=14 /> {{pagebreak|label=}} <pages index="A history of Japanese colour-prints by Woldemar von Seidlitz.djvu" from=15 to=17 /> {{pagebreak|label=}} <pages index="A history of Japanese colour-prints by Woldemar von Seidlitz.djvu" include=19 /> {{pagebreak|label=}} <pages index="A history of Japanese colour-prints by Woldemar von Seidlitz.djvu" from=21 to=26 /> {{pagebreak|label=}} <pages index="A history of Japanese colour-prints by Woldemar von Seidlitz.djvu" include=424 /> {{authority control}} {{PD/US|1922}} {{DEFAULTSORT:History of Japanese Colour Prints}} [[Category:Japanese culture]] [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] krc0k4z7p6ck0pgqk0h3mzqasbf7pl3 Page:Scott's Last Expedition, Volume 1.djvu/235 104 3890848 14128296 12139262 2024-04-25T17:09:41Z PG 1913842 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PG" />{{rh|{{smaller|1911]}}|HOME FITTINGS AND AUTUMN PLANS|131}}</noinclude>Griffith Taylor and his companions have been seeking advice as to their Western trip. Wilson, dear chap, has been doing his best to coach them. Ponting has fitted up his own dark room—doing the carpentering work with extraordinary speed and to everyone's admiration. To-night he made a window in the dark room in an hour or so. Meares has become enamoured of the gramophone. We find we have a splendid selection of records. The pianola is being brought in sections, but I'm not at all sure it will be worth the trouble. Oates goes steadily on with the ponies—he is perfectly excellent and untiring in his devotion to the animals. Day and Nelson, having given much thought to the proper fitting up of their corner, have now begun work. There seems to be little doubt that these ingenious people will make the most of their allotted space. I have done quite a lot of thinking over the autumn journeys and a lot remains to be done, mainly on account of the prospect of being cut off from our winter quarters; for this reason we must have a great deal of food for animals and men. ''Friday, January'' 20.—Our house has assumed great proportions. Bowers' annexe is finished, roof and all thoroughly snow-tight; an excellent place for spare clothing, furs, and ready use stores, and its extension affording complete protection to the entrance porch of the hut. The stables are nearly finished—a thoroughly stout well-roofed lean-to on the north side. Nelson has a small extension on the east side and Simpson a<noinclude></noinclude> cct7n8tym0r903f2l1uex4vnphdvyw8 Bangsamoro Autonomy Act No. 5 0 3890888 14128023 14127628 2024-04-25T15:16:10Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{PHLawHeading | no = 5 | abbr = BAA | year = 2019 | title = AN ACT CREATING THE BANGSAMORO ATTORNEY-GENERAL'S OFFICE, DEFINING ITS FUNCTIONS AND POWERS, APPROPRIATING FUNDS THEREFOR, AND FOR OTHER RELATED PURPOSES | bill = Bill No. 26 | begun = Begun and held in Cotabato City, on Friday, the 29th day of March, 2019. | session = FIRST | notes = Came into effect on January 14, 2020. }} {{c| ''Be it enacted by the Bangsamoro Transition Authority Parliament in session assembled:'' }} {{c/s}} == '''ARTICLE I <br/>Preliminary Provisions''' == {{c/e}} '''Section 1.''' ''Title''. - This Act shall be known as the "Bangsamoro Attorney-General's Office Act of 2019". '''Section 2.''' ''Definition of Terms''. - For the purposes of this Act, the following terms are hereby defined as follows: :(a) "Attorney-General" refers to the person appointed as such under this Act. :(b) "Employee", when used with reference to a person in the public service, includes any person in the service of the Bangsamoro Government or any of its ministries, agencies, offices or instrumentalities. :(c) "Legal officer" refers to a person appointed to carry out a legal service in the Bangsamoro ministries, agencies, offices, or instrumentalities. :(d) "Legal service" refers to services involving legal duties such as issuance of legal opinions, initiation or resolution of administrative cases, provision of legal advice, representation in courts, and/or law related matters. :(e) "Chief Minister" refers to the Head of Government of the Bangsamoro Autonomous Region. :(f) "Office" refers to the Bangsamoro Attorney-General's Office. :(g) "Officer" as distinguished from "clerk" or "employee", refers to a person whose duties, not being of a clerical or manual nature, involve the exercise of discretion in the performance of the functions of the Bangsamoro Government. When used with reference to a person having authority to do a particular act or perform a particular function in the exercise of governmental power, "officer" includes any Bangsamoro Government employee, agent or body having authority to do the act or exercise that function. {{c/s}} == '''ARTICLE II <br/>Establishment and Functions of the Bangsamoro Attorney-General's Office''' == {{c/e}} '''Section 3.''' ''Creation''. - The Bangsamoro Attorney-General's Office is hereby created pursuant to Section 8, Article XVI of [[Republic Act No. 11054]]. '''Section 4.''' ''Mandate of the Bangsamoro Attorney-General's''. - The Bangsamoro Attorney-General is the chief legal counsel of the Bangsamoro Government. '''Section 5.''' ''Appointments of Attorney-General and Assistant Attorney-General''. - The Chief Minister shall appoint the Bangsamoro Attorney-General and the Bangsamoro Assistant Attorney-General. In line with the primarily confidential nature of the positions, the appointments of the Bangsamoro Attorney-General and Bangsamoro Assistant Attorney-General shall be coterminous with the appointing authority. The Bangsamoro Attorney-General shall be the appointing authority of all officials and employees below the Bangsamoro Assistant Attorney-General, subject to civil service laws, and applicable rules and regulations. '''Section 6.''' ''Qualifications''. - No person shall be appointed Bangsamoro Attorney-General unless he or she is a citizens of the Philippines, a member of the Philippine Bar in good standing, of recognized competence, a bonafide resident of the Bangsamoro Autonomous Region, and has been engaged in the practice of law for at least ten (10) years. The Bangsamoro Assistant Attorney-General shall be a citizen of the Philippines, a member of the Philippines, a member of the Philippine Bar in good standing, of recognized competence, a bonafide resident of the Bangsamoro Autonomous Region, and has been engaged in the practice of law for at least six (6) years. '''Section 7.''' ''Salary and Compensation''. - The Bangsamoro Attorney-General shall have the rank of a cabinet member with a salary grade of 28, while the Bangsamoro Assistant Attorney-General shall have a salary grade of 27. The Bangsamoro Attorney-General and the Bangsamoro Assistant Attorney-General shall be entitled to benefits and other emoluments as may be prescribed by the civil service law, and other applicable rules and regulations. '''Section 8.''' ''Functions of the Bangsamoro Attorney-General''. - :(1) The Bangsamoro Attorney-General shall: ::(a) Be the chief legal counsel of the Bangsamoro Government. As such, he/she shall render legal opinion in all legal matters brought to him to the Parliament, the Chief Minister, and other Ministries of the BARMM, and provide legal advice when called upon by any officials or agents of the BARMM, either ''motu proprio'' or when called upon to render such advice; ::(b) Review, vet and interpret local, national, and international documents, contracts, and agreements for and on behalf of the Chief Minister; ::(c) Recommend appropriate actions on administrative complaints lodged before the Office of the Chief Minister; ::(d) May be called upon by the BARMM Inter-Governmental Relations officials to assist in the IGR body when necessary; and ::(e) Perform such functions as may be provided by law and/or assigned by the Chief Minister. :(2) In the execution of the functions conferred by this Act, the Bangsamoro Attorney-General shall provide efficient and professional legal services to the Bangsamoro Government for the purpose of facilitating, promoting and monitoring democracy, the rule of law and good governance. '''Section 9.''' ''Powers of the Bangsamoro Attorney-General''. - :(1) The Bangsamoro Attorney-General, in discharging the functions under this Act, shall have the power to: ::(a) require any officer or employee in the Bangsamoro Government to furnish any information in relation to the performance of his or her duties and functions as provided in this Act; ::(b) summon any officer or employee in the Bangsamoro Government, except Members of Parliament, and their immediate staff, to explain and/or provide assistance including case build-up relative to any matter which is, or could be, the subject of litigation by or against the Bangsamoro Government; and ::(c) administer oaths, consistent with Section 41(2), Chapter 10 of [[Executive Order No. 292]]. :(2) The Bangsamoro Attorney-General shall, in exercise of executive functions: ::(a) subject to the approval of the Cabinet propose to the Parliament the establishment, merger and/or abolition of such divisions, sections or units in the Office as may be necessary for the efficient delivery of legal service; ::(b) supervise the formulation of policies and plans of the Office; and ::(c) perform any other action necessary in the administrative interests of the Office. :(3) The Bangsamoro Attorney-General shall, upon request, appear and advise on any legal matter in any committee of the Bangsamoro Parliament. '''Section 10.''' ''Bangsamoro Assistant Attorney-General''. - :(1) The Bangsamoro Assistant Attorney-General shall advise and assist the Bangsamoro Attorney-General in formulating and implementing policies and programs and in providing overall supervision and direction of divisions of the Office. :(2) The Bangsamoro Assistant Attorney-General shall perform such other functions as may be assigned to him/her by the Bangsamoro Attorney-General. '''Section 11.''' ''Divisions in the Bangsamoro Attorney-General's Office''. - :(1) The Office consists of the following Divisions: ::(a) Litigation Division (LD) ::(b) Legal Research and Opinion Division (LROD) ::(c) Intergovernmental Relations Division (IRD) ::(d) Administrative and Finance Division (AFD) The following divisions shall perform their mandated functions herein enumerated under the control and supervision of the Bangsamoro Attorney-General. :(2) The Litigation Division shall provide services related to the function of the Bangsamoro Attorney-General as the legal counsel of the Bangsamoro Government, as hereunder provided: ::(a) Represent the Bangsamoro Government in all civil and administrative proceedings, as well as in criminal proceedings where the Bangsamoro Government is the plaintiff; ::(b) Appear before any court in actions involving the validity of any law, executive order, proclamation, or regulations when, in the Bangsamoro Attorney-General's Office judgement, intervention is necessary or when requested or directed by the court; ::(c) Initiate court action against any person, corporation, or firm for the enforcement of a contract with the Bangsamoro Government; ::(d) Upon request of the Chief Minister or other proper office of the Bangsamoro Government, prepare documents for use in official transactions with conformity to law and public interest in mind; ::(e) Deputize government legal officers to assist the Bangsamoro Attorney-General's Office with the concurrence of the head of office to which the legal officers belong; ::(f) Upon directive of the Chief Minister and in coordination with the Office of the Attorney-General, represent the Bangsamoro in international litigations, negotiations, or conferences where the legal position of the Bangsamoro must be defended or represented; and ::(g) Carry out other functions assigned by the Bangsamoro Attorney-General. :(3) The Legal Research and Opinion Division shall assist the Bangsamoro Attorney-General in providing legal advice to the Chief Minister, the Bangsamoro Cabinet, and ministries, agencies, offices and instrumentalities of the Bangsamoro Government as may be established. In particular, the LROD shall carry out the following functions: ::(a) Review, recommend, draft legal orders, and/or conduct due diligence on the following matters that are subject to the decision of the Chief Minister, such as: :::i. Executive orders, proclamations, administrative orders, memorandum orders, and other legal documents initiated or issued by the Chief Minister; :::ii. Decisions reversing or modifying the decisions, resolutions or orders of a head of ministry; and :::iii. Other matters that the Chief Minister, may refer to the Bangsamoro Attorney-General. ::(b) Provide legal assistance to the Chief Minister on Parliamentary agenda of the Bangsamoro Government; ::(c) Draft and/review contracts and legal documents for approval of the Chief Minister and various Ministers; ::(d) Formulate and review policy on Shari'ah matters to ensure compliance with the Shari'ah rules and principles, and provide written Shari'ah opinions to the Chief Minister and the Cabinet; and ::(e) Exercise the functions as may be delegated by the Bangsamoro Attorney-General. :(4) The Administrative and Finance Division shall be established to carry out the following functions: ::a. Provide administrative support to the Office; ::b. Manage the finances of the Office; and ::c. Carry out other administrative functions assigned by the Bangsamoro Attorney-General. {{c/s}} == '''ARTICLE III <br/>Legal Liaison Network of the Bangsamoro Government''' == {{c/e}} '''Section 12.''' ''Legal Liaison Network''. - The Legal Officers in the Bangsamoro Attorney-General's Office and the legal officers in various Bangsamoro ministries, agencies, offices, or instrumentalities who carry out legal services or other legal duties, shall form and compose the Legal Liaison Network (LLN) of the Bangsamoro Government. They shall cooperate and coordinate on legal, policy and legislative matters. The Bangsamoro Attorney-General shall be the ''ex-officio'' Chairperson of the LLN. '''Section 13.''' ''Legal Services''. - :(1) Ministries, agencies and offices of the Bangsamoro Government that engage the services of a lawyer in private practice or any other person to carry out a legal service shall notify the Bangsamoro Attorney-General of such engagement, for records purposes. :(2) A Ministry, agency or office of the Bangsamoro Government may, in writing, request the Bangsamoro Attorney-General to provide legal service as may be necessary in the efficient discharge of public functions. :(3) A legal service requested under the immediate preceding paragraph may be provided only when no conflict of interest will arise and in case the agency does not have the legal capacity to carry out the functions. '''Section 14.''' ''Administrative Support''. - The Bangsamoro Attorney-General shall manage the budget allocated to its office. For this purpose the Bangsamoro Government shall directly transfer and release to the Bangsamoro Attorney-General's Office its regular fund allocation. '''Section 15.''' ''Referral of matters for opinion of the Bangsamoro Attorney-General''. - All Bangsamoro ministries, agencies, offices, or instrumentalities may seek the opinion of the Bangsamoro Attorney-General on matters involving constitutional issues. Legal officers of ministries, agencies, offices and other instrumentalities of the Bangsamoro Government may render legal opinions on other matters, copy-furnished the Bangsamoro Attorney-General's Office. '''Section 16.''' ''Notice to the Bangsamoro Attorney-General''. - All Bangsamoro ministries, agencies, offices, or instrumentalities shall notify the Bangsamoro Attorney-General of all litigation within three (3) days upon notice. No case or litigation of any kind shall be filed or commenced in behalf of the Bangsamoro Government, its ministries, commissions, agencies and other offices without prior notice to the Bangsamoro Attorney-General. {{c/s}} == '''ARTICLE IV <br/>Miscellaneous Provisions''' == {{c/e}} '''Section 17.''' ''Protection from personal liability''. - :(1) No criminal, civil or administrative suit shall be brought against the Bangsamoro Attorney-General, the Bangsamoro Assistant Attorney-General or a subordinate officer in respect of any proceeding in a court of law or in the course of discharging of the functions of the Bangsamoro Attorney-General under this Act. :(2) The Bangsamoro Attorney-General, the Bangsamoro Assistant Attorney-General or a subordinate officer shall, if the exercise of the official function is done in good faith, not be personally liable for any action, claim or demand whatsoever. '''Section 18.''' ''Facilities''. - The Bangsamoro Government shall provide adequate facilities for the efficient functioning of the Office. '''Section 19.''' ''Appropriations''. - The initial amount of Fifteen Million Pesos (P15,000,000.00) for Personal Services and Three Million Pesos (P3,000,000.00) for the initial operation of the Bangsamoro Attorney-General's Office shall be sourced from the Miscellaneous Personnel Benefits Fund and the Contingent Fund, as appropriated, subject to existing rules and regulations. Additional funding for Personal Services and Capital Outlay may be requested from the Miscellaneous Personnel Benefits Fund and Contingent Fund. Subsequent funding requirements shall be included in the Bangsamoro Appropriations Act. '''Section 20.''' ''Amendments or Revisions''. - Consistent with the provisions of the Bangsamoro Organic Law, this Act may be amended or revised by the Bangsamoro Parliament. '''Section 21.''' ''Separability Clause''. - The provisions of this Act are hereby declared to be separate and in the event one or more of such provisions are held unconstitutional, the validity of other provisions shall not be affected thereby. '''Section 22.''' ''Repealing Clause''. - All laws, decrees, orders, rules and regulations, and other issuances or parts thereof, which are inconsistent with this Act, are hereby repealed or amended accordingly. <br><br>Approved,<br><br> <table {{ts|mc}} border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%"> <tr {{ts|vtp|background-color:#ffffff}} > <td style="text-align: center;" width="50%">'''(Sgd.) ATTY. ALI PANGALIAN M. BALINDONG.&nbsp; '''</td> </tr> <tr {{ts|vtp|background-color:#ffffff}} > <td style="text-align: center;">''Speaker'' </td> </tr> </table><br>This Act was passed by the Bangsamoro Parliament on December 27, 2019.<br><br> <table {{ts|mc}} border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%"> <tr {{ts|vtp|background-color:#ffffff}} > <td style="text-align: center;" width="50%">'''(Sgd.) DANTE ROBERTO P. MALING '''</td> </tr> <tr {{ts|vtp|background-color:#ffffff"}} > <td style="text-align: center;">''Secretary General'' </td> </tr> </table><br>Approved:<br><br><div style="text-align: center;">'''(Sgd.) AHOD BALAWAG EBRAHIM'''<br>''Chief Minister''<br>Date: January 14, 2020<br><br></div>{{rule|60%}} 33pbhmfxen30676fid35t7x91th8kr7 Page:The Torrents of Spring - Ernest Hemingway (1987 reprint).pdf/66 104 3903610 14130866 12203242 2024-04-26T07:42:10Z SnowyCinema 2484340 wikilink proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="TeysaKarlov" />{{c|''THE TORRENTS OF SPRING 57''}}</noinclude>good soldier you functioned the same as before. Then after you were wounded and not killed, with new men coming on, and going through your old processes, you hardened and became a good hard-boiled soldier. Then came the second crack, which is much worse than the first, and then you began doing good deeds, and being the boy Sir Philip Sidney, and storing up treasures in heaven. At the same time, of course, functioning always the same as before. As if it were a football game. Nobody had any damn business to write about it, though, that didn't at least know about it from hearsay. Literature has too strong an effect on people's minds. Like this American writer Willa Cather, who wrote a book about the war where all the last part of it was taken from the action in [[The Birth of a Nation|the ''Birth of a Nation'']], and ex-servicemen wrote to her from all over America to tell her how much they liked it. One of the Indians was asleep. He had been chewing tobacco, and his mouth was pursed up in sleep. He was leaning on the other Indian's shoulder. The Indian who was awake pointed at the other Indian, who was asleep, and shook his head. "Well, how did you like the speech?" Yogi asked the Indian who was awake. "White chief have heap much sound ideas," the Indian said. "White chief educated like hell." "Thank you," Yogi said. He felt touched. Here among the simple aborigines, the only real Americans, he had found that true communion. The Indian looked at him, holding the sleeping Indian carefully that his head might not fall back upon the snow-covered logs. "Was white chief in the war?" the Indian asked. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> dxjn1d7xtoq1ulnr55abg8a4n37z0hz Page:Scott's Last Expedition, Volume 1.djvu/121 104 3906775 14130175 14093736 2024-04-25T22:26:24Z McGhiever 1938594 Small fixes for consistency proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PG" />{{rh|{{smaller|1910]}}|THE PENGUINS AND THE SKUA|59}}</noinclude>quite a repertoire, and invariably call on it when getting up anchor or hoisting sails. Often as not they are sung in a flat and throaty style, but the effect when a number of men break into the chorus is generally inspiriting.' The men had dinner at midday—much the same fare, but with beer and some whisky to drink. They seem to have enjoyed themselves much. Evidently the men's deck contains a very merry band. There are three groups of penguins roosting on the floes quite close to the ship. I made the total number of birds 39. We could easily capture these birds, and so it is evident that food can always be obtained in the pack. To-night I noticed a skua gull settle on an upturned block of ice at the edge of a floe on which several penguins were preparing for rest. It is a fact that the latter held a noisy confabulation with the skua as subject—then they advanced as a body towards it; within a few paces the foremost penguin halted and turned, and then the others pushed him on towards the skua. One after another they jibbed at being first to approach their enemy, and it was only with much chattering and mutual support that they gradually edged towards him. They couldn't reach him as he was perched on a block, but when they got quite close the skua, who up to that time had appeared quite unconcerned, flapped away a few yards and settled close on the other side of the group of penguins. The latter turned and repeated their former tactics until the skua finally flapped away altogether. It really was extraordinarily interesting to watch the timorous protesting movements of the penguins. The<noinclude></noinclude> jf9l5xwpgvz0h4yh1oon9rrzhym32dj Page:Anti-Torture Act, 2017.pdf/10 104 3909901 14127787 12197773 2024-04-25T13:04:12Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="廣九直通車" /></noinclude>{{Center|{{Big|'''SCHEDULE TO THE ANTI-TORTURE BILL, 2017'''}}}} {| class="__schedule" |- !(1)<br>''Short Title of the Bill'' !(2)<br>''Long Title of the Bill'' !(3)<br>''Summary of the Contents of the Bill'' !(4)<br>''Date Passed by the Senate'' !(5)<br>''Date Passed by the House of Representatives'' |- |{{SIC|Anto|Anti}}-Torture Bill, 2017. |An Act to penalise the acts of torture and other cruel, inhuman and degrading treatment and prescribe penalties for such acts; and for related matters. |This Bill makes comprehensive provisions for penalising the acts of torture and other cruel, inhuman and degrading treatment or punishment, and prescribes penalties for the commission of such acts. |13th July, 2017. |1st June, 2016. |} I certify that this Bill has been carefully compared by me with the decision reached by the National Assembly and found by me to be true and correct decision of the Houses and is in accordance with the provisions of the Acts Authentication Act Cap. A2, Laws of the Federation of Nigeria, 2004. {{Sc|I Assent}} {{Rh|[[File:Locus sigilli.svg|50px]]||{{Right block|{{center|{{Sc|Mohammed Ataba Sani-Omolori}}<br>''Clerk to the National Assembly''<br>14''th Day of November'', {{SIC|2018|2017}}}}}}}} {{Right block|{{center|{{Sc|Muhammadu Buhari, gcfr}}<br>''President of the Federal Republic of Nigeria''<br>20''th Day of November'', {{SIC|2018|2017}}}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> r5wbiqdofqnkoo2gmj44fm7u4rp79ly Page:Scott's Last Expedition, Volume 1.djvu/241 104 3911244 14131531 12201742 2024-04-26T11:57:38Z PG 1913842 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PG" />{{rh|{{smaller|1911]}}|ICE BEGINS TO GO|137}}</noinclude>The ship lies peacefully in the bay; a brisk northerly breeze in the forenoon died to light airs in the evening—it is warm enough, the temperature in the hut was 63° this evening. We have had a long busy day at clothing—everyone sewing away diligently. The Eastern Party ponies were put on board the ship this morning. ''Monday, January'' 23.—Placid conditions last for a very short time in these regions. I got up at 5 this morning to find the weather calm and beautiful, but to my astonishment an opening lane of water between the land and the ice in the bay. The latter was going out in a solid mass. The ship discovered it easily, got up her ice anchors, sent a boat ashore, and put out to sea to dredge. We went on with our preparations, but soon Meares brought word that the ice in the south bay was going in an equally rapid fashion. This proved an exaggeration, but an immense piece of floe had separated from the land. Meares and I walked till we came to the first ice. Luckily we found that it extends for some 2 miles along the rock of our Cape, and we discovered a possible way to lead ponies down to it. It was plain that only the ponies could go by it—no loads. Since that everything has been rushed—and a wonderful day's work has resulted; we have got all the forage and food sledges and equipment off to the ship—the dogs will follow in an hour, I hope, with pony harness, &c, that is everything to do with our depôt party, except the ponies. As at present arranged they are to cross the Cape<noinclude></noinclude> i94o0vkkgvizgxsuduglvrfye1wgih1 Page:Scott's Last Expedition, Volume 1.djvu/229 104 3914186 14127910 12209060 2024-04-25T14:21:22Z PG 1913842 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PG" />{{rh|{{smaller|1911]}}|A SECURE BERTH|127}}</noinclude>last night; steam was ordered, but the floe began breaking up fast at 1 {{sc|a.m.}}, and the rest of the night was passed in struggling with ice anchors; steam was reported ready just as the ship broke adrift. In the morning she secured to the ice edge on the same line as before but a few hundred yards nearer. After getting things going at the hut, I walked over and suggested that Pennell should come round the corner close in shore. The ice anchors were tripped and we steamed slowly in, making fast to the floe within 200 yards of the ice foot and 400 yards of the hut. For the present the position is extraordinarily comfortable. With a southerly blow she would simply bind on to the ice, receiving great shelter from the end of the Cape. With a northerly blow she might turn rather close to the shore, where the soundings run to 3 fathoms, but behind such a stretch of ice she could scarcely get a sea or swell without warning. It looks a wonderfully comfortable little nook, but, of course, one can be certain of nothing in this place; one knows from experience how deceptive the appearance of security may be. Pennell is truly excellent in his present position—he's invariably cheerful, unceasingly watchful, and continuously ready for emergencies. I have come to possess implicit confidence in him. The temperature fell to 4° last night, with a keen S.S.E. breeze; it was very unpleasant outside after breakfast. Later in the forenoon the wind dropped and the sun shone forth. This afternoon it fell almost calm, but the sky clouded over again and now there is a gentle warm<noinclude></noinclude> m3dh22u5hxmujvgonumwpwxy9f9gkg6 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/22 104 3921001 14128779 12229517 2024-04-25T18:21:35Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|14|THE FURY.|}}</noinclude>brandished a small spindle by her side; "Antonio is to row him over to Capri. Madre Santissima! but the reverend signore's eyes are dull with sleep!" and she waved her hand to a benevolent-looking little priest, who was settling himself in the boat, and spreading out upon the bench his carefully tucked-up skirts. The men upon the quay had dropped their work to see their pastor off, who bowed and nodded kindly, right and left. "What for must he go to Capri, granny?" asked the child. "Have the people there no priest of their own, that they must borrow ours?" "Silly thing!" returned the granny. "Priests they have in plenty–and the most beautiful of churches, and a hermit too, which is more than we have. But there lives a great signora, who once lived here; she was so very ill! Many's the time our padre had to go and take the Most Holy to her, when they thought she could not live the night. But with the Blessed Virgin's help she got strong and well, and was able to bathe every day in the sea. When she went away, she left a fine heap of ducats behind her for our church, and for the poor; and she would not go, they say, until our padre promised to go and see her over there, that she might confess to him as before. It is quite wonderful, the store she lays by him! Indeed, and we have cause to bless ourselves for having a curato who has gifts<noinclude></noinclude> e252hbnogr1xfpfpndreqxbl8t6rm20 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/24 104 3921003 14128791 12230238 2024-04-25T18:21:46Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|16|THE FURY.|}}</noinclude>At that moment the young girl appeared from behind the wall that bounds the winding path. "Laurella!" cried the priest; "and what has she to do in Capri?" Antonio shrugged his shoulders. She came up with hasty steps, her eyes fixed straight before her. "Ha! l'Arrabiata! good-morning!" shouted one or two of the young boatmen. But for the curato's presence, they might have added more; the look of mute defiance with which the young girl received their welcome appeared to tempt the more mischievous among them. "Good-day, Laurella!" now said the priest; "how are you? Are you coming with us to Capri?" "If I may, padre." "Ask Antonio there; the boat is his. Every man is master of his own, I say, as God is master of us all." "There is half a carlino, if I may go for that?" said Laurella, without looking at the young boatman. "You need it more than I," he muttered, and pushed aside some orange-baskets to make room: he was to sell the oranges in Capri, which little isle of rocks has never been able to grow enough for all its visitors. "I do not choose to go for nothing," said the girl, with a slight frown of her dark eyebrows. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> huo39fgc2b5ouiucz1okf4tkmhes3v5 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/26 104 3921005 14128797 12230245 2024-04-25T18:21:51Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|18|THE FURY.|}}</noinclude>loom to ourselves we are not rich enough to buy." "Worse, is she? Ah! dear, dear! when I was with you last, at Easter, she was up." "The spring is always her worst time. Ever since those last great storms, and the earthquakes she has been forced to keep her bed from pain." "Pray, my child. Never slacken your prayers and petitions that the Blessed Virgin may intercede for you; and be industrious and good, that your prayers may find a hearing." After a pause: "When you were coming toward the shore, I heard them calling after you. 'Good-morning, l'Arrabiata!' they said. What made them call you so? It is not a nice name for a young Christian maiden, who should be meek and mild." The young girl's brown face glowed all over, while her eyes flashed fire. "They always mock me so, because I do not dance and sing, and stand about to chatter, as other girls do. I might be left in peace, I think; I do ''them'' no harm." "Nay, but you might be civil. Let others dance and sing, on whom this life sits lighter; but a kind word now and then is seemly even from the most afflicted." Her dark eyes fell, and she drew her eyebrows closer over them, as if she would have hidden them. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> ifafuoz5cork6v6yhxv82do99jci9zl Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/28 104 3921007 14128798 12230255 2024-04-25T18:21:52Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|20|THE FURY.|}}</noinclude>"We are so poor!" she said passionately; "and mother has been ill so long, we should have become a burden to him. And then I never should have done for a signora. When his friends came to see him, he would only have been ashamed of me." "How can you say so? I tell you the man was good and kind; he would even have been willing to settle in Sorrento. It will not be so easy to find another, sent straight from heaven to be the saving of you, as this man, indeed, appeared to be." "I want no husband—I never shall," she said, very stubbornly, half to herself. "Is this a vow? or do you mean to be a nun?" She shook her head. "The people are not so wrong who call you wilful, although the name they give you is not kind. Have you ever considered that you stand alone in the world, and that your perverseness must make your sick mother's illness worse to bear, her life more bitter? And what sound reason can you have to give for rejecting an honest hand, stretched out to help you and your mother? Answer me, Laurella." "I have a reason," she said reluctantly, and speaking low; "but it is one I cannot give." "Not give! not give to me? not to your confessor, whom you surely know to be your friend—or is he not?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 21ptco7y2mx31854jwij0dy8yzlpnee Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/30 104 3921010 14128799 12230262 2024-04-25T18:21:53Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|22|THE FURY.|}}</noinclude>ready to break. I used to cover up my head and pretend to be asleep, but I cried all night. And then, when he saw her lying on the floor, quite suddenly he would change, and lift her up and kiss her, till she screamed and said he smothered her. Mother forbade me ever to say a word of this; but it wore her out. And in all these long years since father died, she has never been able to get well again. And if she should soon die—which God forbid!—I know who it was that killed her." The little curate's head wagged slowly to and fro; he seemed uncertain how far to acquiesce in the young girl's reasons. At length he said: "Forgive him, as your mother has forgiven! And turn your thoughts from such distressing pictures, Laurella; there maybe better days in store for you, which will make you forget the past." "Never shall I forget that!" she said, and shuddered. "And you must know, padre, it is the reason why I have resolved to remain unmarried. I never will be subject to a man, who may beat and then caress me. Were a man now to want to beat or kiss me, I could defend myself; but mother could not—neither from his blows nor kisses—because she loved him. Now, I will never so love a man as to be made ill and wretched by him." "You are but a child, and you talk like one who<noinclude></noinclude> g8qhge64u0xm87q2tpsonf0bfg28u1j Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/32 104 3921012 14128800 12230271 2024-04-25T18:21:54Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|24|THE FURY.|}}</noinclude>the maiden might have been admonished; but he refrained, in consideration of the young boatman, who had been growing rather restless toward the close of this confession. When, after two hours' rowing, they reached the little bay of Capri, Antonio took the padre in his arms, and carried him through the last few ripples of shallow water, to set him reverently down upon his legs on dry land. But Laurella did not wait for him to wade back and fetch her. Gathering up her little petticoat, holding in one hand her wooden shoes and in the other her little bundle, with one splashing step or two she had reached the shore. "I have some time to stay at Capri," said the priest. "You need not wait—I may not perhaps return before to-morrow. When you get home, Laurella, remember me to your mother; I will come and see her within the week. You mean to go back before it gets dark?" "If I find an opportunity," answered the girl, turning all her attention to her skirts. "I must return, you know," said Antonio, in a tone which he believed to be one of great indifference. "I shall wait here till the Ave Maria. If you should not come, it is the same to me." "You must come," interposed the little priest; "you never can leave your mother all alone at night. Is it far you have to go?" "To a vineyard by Anacapri." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> ig22sr5xwjy259h0c2saeu4iw7db2zh Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/34 104 3921014 14128801 12230276 2024-04-25T18:21:55Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|26|THE FURY.|}}</noinclude>waiting on the bench before the fishers' tavern, He must have been very much preoccupied with something, for he jumped up every moment to step out into the sunshine, and look carefully up and down the roads, which, parting right and left, lead to the only two little towns upon the island. He did not altogether trust the weather, he then said to the hostess of the osteria; to be sure, it was clear enough, but he did not quite like that tint of sea and sky. Just so it had looked, he said, before the last awful storm, when the English family had been so nearly lost; surely she must remember it? No, indeed, she said, she did n't. Well, if the weather should happen to change before night, she was to think of him, he said. "Have you many fine folk over there?" she asked him, after a while. "They are only just beginning; as yet, the season has been bad enough; those who came to bathe, came late." "The spring came late. Have you not been earning more than we at Capri?" "Not enough to give me macaroni twice a week, if I had had nothing but the boat—only a letter now and then to take to Naples, or a gentleman to row out into the open sea, that he might fish. But you know I have an uncle who is rich; he owns more than one fine orange-garden; and, 'Tonino,' says he to me, 'while I live you shall<noinclude></noinclude> 0doghoe4s6ycpi1agz4lpqul7tmbeg0 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/36 104 3921016 14128802 12273486 2024-04-25T18:21:56Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|28|THE FURY.|}}</noinclude>of the young boatman, he began waving him a most cordial welcome; and he came to sit beside him on the bench, chattering and asking questions. Just as his wife was bringing her second bottle of pure unadulterated Capri, they heard the crisp sand crunch, and Laurella was seen approaching from the left-hand road to Anacapri. She nodded slightly in salutation; then stopped, and hesitated. Antonio sprang from his seat. "I must go," he said. "It is a young Sorrento girl, who came over with the signor curato in the morning. She has to get back to her sick mother before night." "Well, well, time enough yet before night," observed the fisherman; "time enough to take a glass of wine. Wife, I say, another glass!" "I thank you; I had rather not;" and Laurella kept her distance. "Fill the glasses, wife; fill them both, I say; she only wants a little pressing." "Don't," interposed the lad. "It is a wilful head of her own she has; a saint could not persuade her to do what she does not choose." And, taking a hasty leave, he ran down to the boat, loosened the rope, and stood waiting for Laurella. Again she bent her head to the hostess, and slowly approached the water, with lingering steps. She looked around on every side, as if in hopes of seeing some other passenger. But the marina was deserted. The fishermen<noinclude></noinclude> mucix11r2wio469o7auo6bnruv6ic72 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/38 104 3921018 14128803 12273490 2024-04-25T18:21:57Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|30|THE FURY.|}}</noinclude>"Eat them yourself; bread is enough for me." "They are refreshing in this heat, and you have had to walk so far." "They gave me a drink of water, and that refreshed me." "As you please," he said, and let them drop into the basket Silence again. The sea was smooth as glass. Not a ripple was heard against the prow. Even the white sea-birds that roost among the caves of Capri pursued their prey with soundless flight. "You might take the oranges to your mother," again commenced Tonino. "We have oranges at home; and when they are gone, I can go and buy some more." "Nay, take these to her, and give them to her with my compliments." "She does not know you." "You could tell her who I am." "I do not know you either." It was not the first time that she had denied him thus. One Sunday of last year, when that painter had first come to Sorrento, Antonio had chanced to be playing ''boccia'' with some other young fellows in the little piazza by the chief street. There, for the first time, had the painter caught sight of Laurella, who, with her pitcher on her head, had passed by without taking any notice of him. The Neapolitan, struck by her appearance,<noinclude></noinclude> kc1us1p7p2619v6gfrvfs9d0pc51i9x Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/40 104 3921020 14128804 12273500 2024-04-25T18:21:58Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|32|THE FURY.|}}</noinclude>her hair, as though she had been alone. Only her eyebrows twitched, and she held up her wet hands in vain attempts to cool her burning cheeks. Now they were well out in the open sea. The island was far behind, and the coast before them lay yet distant in the hot haze. Not a sail was within sight, far or near—not even a passing gull to break the stillness. Antonio looked all round, evidently ripening some hasty resolution. The color faded suddenly from his cheek, and he dropped his oars. Laurella looked round involuntarily—fearless, yet attentive. "I must make an end of this," the young fellow burst forth. "It has lasted too long already! I only wonder that it has not killed me! You say you do not know me? And all this time you must have seen me pass you like a madman, my whole heart full of what I had to tell you; and then you only made your crossest mouth, and turned your back upon me." "What had I to say to you?" she curtly replied. "I may have seen that you were inclined to meddle with me, but I do not choose to be on people's wicked tongues for nothing. I do not mean to have you for a husband—neither you nor any other." "Nor any other? So you will not always say! You say so now, because you would not have that painter. Bah! you were but a child! You will feel lonely enough yet, some day; and then,<noinclude></noinclude> qztp2yuhpl1wkvtvaj2zu1mjhjo4x14 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/42 104 3921022 14128805 12273506 2024-04-25T18:21:59Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|34|THE FURY.|}}</noinclude>She could not repress a start, but her eyes flashed bravely on him. "You may kill me if you dare," she said slowly. "I do nothing by halves," he said, and his voice sounded choked and hoarse. "There is room for us both in the sea. I cannot help thee, child"—he spoke the last words dreamily, almost pitifully—"but we must both go down together—both at once—and now!" he shouted, and snatched her in his arms. But at the same moment he drew back his right hand; the blood gushed out; she had bitten him fiercely. "Ha! can I be made to do your bidding?" she cried, and thrust him from her, with one sudden movement; "am I here in your power?" and she leaped into the sea, and sank. She rose again directly; her scanty skirts clung close; her long hair, loosened by the waves, hung heavy about her neck. She struck out valiantly, and, without uttering a sound, she began to swim steadily from the boat toward the shore. With senses benumbed by sudden terror, he stood, with outstretched neck, looking after her, his eyes fixed as though they had just been witness to a miracle. Then, giving himself a shake, he seized his oars, and began rowing after her with all the strength he had, while all the time the bottom of the boat was reddening fast<noinclude></noinclude> ea3crf2rjnbxois4o8n7ij3s7x4bdlh Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/44 104 3921024 14128806 12273513 2024-04-25T18:21:59Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|36|THE FURY.|}}</noinclude>"Take this," she said, and held out her handkerchief. He shook his head, and went on rowing. After a time she rose, and, stepping up to him, bound the handkerchief firmly round the wound, which was very deep. Then, heedless of his endeavors to prevent her, she took an oar, and, seating herself opposite him, began to row with steady strokes, keeping her eyes from looking toward him—fixed upon the oar that was scarlet with his blood. Both were pale and silent. As they drew near land, such fishermen as they met began shouting after Antonio and gibing at Laurella; but neither of them moved an eyelid, or spoke one word. The sun stood yet high over Procida when they landed at the marina. Laurella shook out her petticoat, now nearly dry, and jumped on shore. The old spinning woman, who in the morning had seen them start, was still upon her terrace. She called down, "What is that upon your hand, Tonino? Jesus Christ! the boat is full of blood!" "It is nothing, comare," the young fellow replied. "I tore my hand against a nail that was sticking out too far; it will be well to-morrow. It is only this confounded ready blood of mine, that always makes a thing look worse than it is." "Let me come and bind it up, comparello. Stop one moment; I will go and fetch the herbs, and come to you directly." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> fzfxllcjkibp7na0ujjqjtgattbbh3x Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/46 104 3921026 14128807 12273520 2024-04-25T18:22:00Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|38|THE FURY.|}}</noinclude>He washed it carefully, cooling it in the water; then he clearly saw the marks of Laurella's teeth. "She was right," he said; "I was a brute, and deserved no better. I will send her back the handkerchief by Giuseppe to-morrow. Never shall she set eyes on me again." And he washed the handkerchief with the greatest care, and spread it out in the sun to dry. And having bound up his hand again, as well as he could manage with his teeth and his left hand, he threw himself upon his bed, and closed his eyes. He was soon waked up from a sort of slumber by the rays of the bright moonlight, and also by the pain of his hand; he had just risen for more cold water to soothe its throbbings, when he heard the sound of some one at the door. Laurella stood before him. She came in without a question, took off the handkerchief she had tied over her head, and placed her little basket upon the table; then she drew a deep breath. "You are come to fetch your handkerchief," he said. "You need not have taken that trouble. In the morning I would have asked Giuseppe to take it to you." "It is not the handkerchief," she said quickly. "I have been up among the hills to gather herbs to stop the blood; see here." And she lifted the lid of her little basket. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 6xthirindp7900g84untkc8992aylv0 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/48 104 3921028 14128808 12273525 2024-04-25T18:22:01Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|40|THE FURY.|}}</noinclude>When it was done: "I thank you," he said. "And now, if you would do me one more kindness, forgive the madness that came over me; forget all I said and did. I cannot tell how it came to pass; certainly it was not your fault—not yours. And never shall you hear from me again one word to vex you." She interrupted him. "It is I who have to beg your pardon. I should have spoken differently. I might have explained it better, and not enraged you with my sullen ways. And now that bite—" "It was in self-defence; it was high time to bring me to my senses. As I said before, it is nothing at all to signify. Do not talk of being forgiven; you only did me good, and I thank you for it. And now, here is your handkerchief; take it with you." He held it to her, but yet she lingered, hesitated, and appeared to have some inward struggle. At length she said: "You have lost your jacket, and by my fault; and I know that all the money for the oranges was in it. I did not think of this till afterward. I cannot replace it now; we have not so much at home—or if we had, it would be mother's. But this I have—this silver cross. That painter left it on the table the day he came for the last time. I have never looked at it all this while, and do not care to keep it in my box; if you were to sell it? It must be<noinclude></noinclude> 3clzmr3aw4o3ognx4tf43g697u8ahcu Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/50 104 3921030 14128809 12273531 2024-04-25T18:22:02Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|42|THE FURY.|}}</noinclude>the wall, and gave way to a fit of bitter sobbing. Before he could go to her she turned upon him suddenly, and fell upon his neck. "I cannot bear it!" she cried, clinging to him as a dying thing to life—"I cannot bear it! I cannot let you speak so kindly, and bid me go, with all this on my conscience. Beat me! trample on me! curse me! Or if it can be that you love me still, after all I have done to you, take me and keep me, and do with me as you please; only do not send me away so!" She could say no more for sobbing. Speechless, he held her a while in his arms. "If I can love you still!" he cried at last. "Holy Mother of God! Do you think that all my best heart's blood has gone from me through that little wound? Don't you hear it hammering now, as though it would burst my breast and go to you? But if you say this to try me, or because you pity me, I can forget it. You are not to think you owe me this, because you know what I have suffered for you." "No!" she said very resolutely, looking up from his shoulder into his face, with her tearful eyes; "it is because I love you; and let me tell you, it was because I always feared to love you that I was so cross. I will be so different now. I never could bear again to pass you in the street without one look! And lest you should ever feel a doubt, I will kiss you, that you may<noinclude></noinclude> 9nxsioz1h4h4tzqa7umwo1pkllwbkgb Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/56 104 3921035 14128810 12288221 2024-04-25T18:22:03Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|48|THE PHILOSOPHER'S PENDULUM.|}}</noinclude>chinery of life had caught up the young men as soon as they left the university, and had thrown one to the right, the other to the left. For a few months they had exchanged long and frequent letters; then they had met once, and finally they had parted, each going his way. Their letters had become more scarce, more brief, and at last had ceased altogether. It would really seem that the fact of having interests in common is the one thing sufficiently powerful to prolong and keep up the life of epistolary relations. A man may feel great affection for an absent friend, and yet not find time to write him ten lines, while he will willingly expend daily many hours on a stranger from whom he expects something. None the less he may be a true and honest friend. Man is naturally selfish; the instinct of self-preservation requires it of him. Provided he be not wicked, and that he show himself ready to serve his neighbor—after himself—no one has a right to complain, or to accuse him of hard-heartedness. At the time this story begins, Hermann had even forgotten whether he had written to Warren last, or whether he had left his friend's last letter unanswered. In a word, the correspondence which began so enthusiastically had entirely ceased. Hermann inhabited a large town, and had acquired some reputation as a writer. From time to time, in the course of his walks, he would<noinclude></noinclude> b1b0375h8p4lmmujch7pqoxyusy9lvv Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/58 104 3921037 14128811 12315471 2024-04-25T18:22:04Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|50|THE PHILOSOPHER'S PENDULUM.|}}</noinclude>One afternoon, as Hermann, according to his custom, was returning home about five o'clock, his porter handed him a letter bearing the American post-mark. He examined it closely before opening it. The large and rather stiff hand-writing on the address seemed familiar, and yet he could not say to whom it belonged. Suddenly his countenance brightened, and he exclaimed, "A letter from Henry!" He tore open the envelope, and read as follows: "{{sc|My Dear Hermann}},—It is fortunate that one of us at least should have attained celebrity. I saw your name on the outside of a book of which you are the author. I wrote at once to the publisher; that obliging man answered me by return of post, and, thanks to these circumstances, I am enabled to tell you that I will land at Hamburg towards the end of September. Write to me there, ''Poste Restante'', and let me know if you are willing to receive me for a few days. I can take Leipzig on my way home, and would do so most willingly if you say that you would see me again with pleasure. {{right|"Your old friend,{{gap}}<br /> "{{sc|Henry Warren}}."}} Below the signature there was a postscript of a single line: "This is my present face." And from an inner envelope Hermann drew a small<noinclude></noinclude> ktdlcew0xcoq6mwysnh3hj042amwqik Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/60 104 3921039 14128812 12288231 2024-04-25T18:22:05Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|52|THE PHILOSOPHER'S PENDULUM.|}}</noinclude>like Warren. "Who knows?" thought Hermann; "fifteen or twenty years hence this young man may look no brighter than Warren does today. Ah, life is not easy! It has a way of saddening joyous looks, and imparting severity to smiling lips. As for me, I have no real right to complain of my life. I have lived pretty much like everybody; a little satisfaction, and then a little disappointment, turn by turn; and often small worries; and so my youth has gone by, I scarcely know how." On the 2{{SIC|d|nd}} of October Hermann received a telegram from Hamburg announcing the arrival of Warren for the same evening. At the appointed hour he went to the railway station to meet his friend. He saw him get down from the carriage slowly, and rather heavily, and he watched him for a few seconds before accosting him. Warren appeared to him old and broken-down, and even more feeble than he had expected to see him from his portrait. He wore a travelling suit of gray cloth, so loose and wide that it hung in folds on the gaunt and stooping figure; a large wide-awake hat was drawn down to his very eyes. The new-comer looked right and left, seeking no doubt to discover his friend; not seeing him, he turned his weary and languid steps towards the way out. Hermann then came forward. Warren recognized him at once; a sunny, youthful smile lighted up his countenance, and, evidently much<noinclude></noinclude> 1um2wvmpubu8t2kq91j40km7d4d5esh Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/62 104 3921041 14128813 12288243 2024-04-25T18:22:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|54|THE PHILOSOPHER'S PENDULUM.|}}</noinclude>pipe after dinner—and no care for the morrow. That's what I like." Hermann cast a sidelong glance at his companion, and was painfully struck at his appearance. The tall gaunt frame in its stooping attitude; the grayish hair and sad, fixed look; the thin legs crossed one over the other; the elbow resting on the knee and supporting the chin,—in a word, the whole strange figure, as it sat there, bore no resemblance to Henry Warren, the friend of his youth. This man was a stranger, a mysterious being even. Nevertheless, the affection he felt for his friend was not impaired; on the contrary, pity entered into his heart. "How ill the world must have used him," thought Hermann, "to have thus disfigured him!" Then he said aloud: "Now, then, let me have your story, unless you prefer to hear mine first." He strove to speak lightly, but he felt that the effort was not successful. As to Warren, he went on smoking quietly, without saying a word. The long silence at last became painful. Hermann began to feel an uncomfortable sensation of distress in presence of the strange guest he had brought to his home. After a few minutes he ventured to ask for the third time, "Will you make up your mind to speak, or must I begin?" Warren gave vent to a little noiseless laugh. "I am thinking how I can answer your question.<noinclude></noinclude> 60m9r6iw6xv4odx2dfg11cmqszhggyd Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/64 104 3921043 14128814 12288250 2024-04-25T18:22:08Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|56|THE PHILOSOPHER'S PENDULUM.|}}</noinclude>ing the so-called play-hours, I even gave music lessons. In the course of the whole day there were few moments of liberty for me. I was perpetually surrounded by a crowd of rough, ill-bred boys, whose only object during lessons was to catch me making a fault in English. When evening came, I was quite worn out; still, I could always find time to dream for half an hour or so with my eyes open before going to bed. Then all my desires were accomplished, and I was supremely happy. At last I had drawn a prize! I was successful in everything; I was rich, honored, powerful—what more can I say? I astonished the world—or rather, I astonished Ellen Gilmore, who for me was the whole world. Hermann, have you ever been as mad? Have you, too, in a waking dream, been in turn a statesman, a millionaire, the author of a sublime work, a victorious general, the head of a great political party? Have you dreamt nonsense such as that? I, who am here, have been all I say—in dreamland. Never mind; that was a good time. Ellen Gilmore, whom I have just mentioned, was the eldest sister of one of my pupils, Francis Gilmore, the most undisciplined boy of the school. His parents, nevertheless, insisted on his learning something; and as I had the reputation of possessing unwearying patience, I was selected to give him private lessons. That was how I obtained a footing in the Gilmore family. Later<noinclude></noinclude> rwsebr05x5ai2ge0mfg5tgzzag4l2od Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/66 104 3921045 14128815 12288257 2024-04-25T18:22:09Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|58|THE PHILOSOPHER'S PENDULUM.|}}</noinclude>United States; and yet, in spite of myself, I dreamed of it. However, I must do myself the justice to add that my passion inconvenienced nobody. I would no more have spoken of it than of my imaginary command of the army of the Potomac. The pleasures which my love afforded me could give umbrage to no one. Yet I am convinced that Ellen read my secret. Not that she ever said a word to me on the subject; no look or syllable of hers could have made me suspect that she had guessed the state of my mind. "One single incident I remember which was not in accordance with her habitual reserve in this respect. I noticed one day that her eyes were red. Of course I dared not ask her why she had cried. During the lesson she seemed absent; and when leaving she said, without looking at me, 'I may perhaps be obliged to interrupt our lessons for some little time; I am very sorry. I wish you every happiness.' Then, without raising her eyes, she quickly left the room. I was bewildered. What could her words mean? And why had they been said in such an affectionate tone? "The next day Francis Gilmore called to inform me, with his father's compliments, that he was to have four days' holidays, because his sister had just been betrothed to Mr. Howard, a wealthy New York merchant, and that, for the<noinclude></noinclude> 81rhbk0z15w7wbiv87eg9ox1ut1f10u Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/68 104 3921047 14128816 12288263 2024-04-25T18:22:10Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|60|THE PHILOSOPHER'S PENDULUM.|}}</noinclude>those days I plucked and ate by the dozen of the fruits of the tree of self-knowledge, and I found them very bitter. I ended by leaving Elmira, to seek my fortunes elsewhere. I knew my trade well. Long practice had taught me how to make the best of my learning, and I never had any difficulty in finding employment. I taught successively in upwards of a dozen States of the Union. I can scarcely recollect the names of all the places where I have lived—Sacramento, Chicago, St. Louis, Cincinnati, Boston, New York; I have been everywhere—everywhere. And everywhere I have met with the same rude schoolboys, just as I have found the same regular and irregular verbs in Latin and Greek. If you would see a man thoroughly satiated and saturated with schoolboys and classical grammars, look at me. "In the leisure time which, whatever might be my work, I still contrived to make for myself, I indulged in philosophical reflections. Then it was I took to the habit of smoking so much." Warren stopped suddenly, and, looking straight before him, appeared plunged in thought. Then, passing his hand over his forehead, he repeated, in an absent manner, "Yes, of smoking so much. I also took to another habit," he added, somewhat hastily; "but that has nothing to do with my story. The theory which especially occupied my thoughts was that of the oscillations of an<noinclude></noinclude> d8eyxxk5grwaiwj7w5g0xeril31f18n Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/70 104 3921049 14128817 12288277 2024-04-25T18:22:11Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|62|THE PHILOSOPHER'S PENDULUM.|}}</noinclude>large semicircle, open at the top, and above the semicircular line a pendulum, which fell perpendicularly and touched the circumference at the exact point where on the dial of a clock would be inscribed the figure VI. This done, he wrote on the right-hand side of the pendulum, beginning from the bottom and at the places of the hours V, IV, III, the words ''Moderate Desires—Great Hopes, Ambition—Unbridled Passion, Mania of Greatness''. Then, turning the paper upside-down, he wrote on the opposite side, where on a dial would be marked VII, VIII, IX, the words ''Slight Troubles—Deep Sorrow, Disappointment—Despair''. Lastly, in the place of No. VI, just where the pendulum fell, he sketched a large black spot, which he shaded off with great care, and above which he wrote, like a scroll, ''Dead Stop, Absolute Repose''. Having finished this little drawing, Warren laid down his pipe, inclined his head on one side, and raising his eyebrows, examined his work with a critical frown. "This compass is not yet quite complete," he said; "there is something missing. Between ''Dead Stop'' and ''Moderate Desires'' on the right, and ''Slight Troubles'' on the left, there is the beautiful line of ''Calm and Rational Indifference''. However, such as the drawing is, it is sufficient to demonstrate my theory. Do you follow me?" Hermann nodded affirmatively. He was greatly pained. In lieu of the friend of his youth, for<noinclude></noinclude> olfbm8womt22k382kqd52m2mo8b6d57 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/72 104 3921051 14128818 12288294 2024-04-25T18:22:12Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|64|THE PHILOSOPHER'S PENDULUM.|}}</noinclude>formed a long oscillation, and touched the point ''Despair''. That was a miserable time. I hope you have never suffered what I suffered then. I lived in a perpetual nightmare—like the stupor of intoxication." He paused, as he had done before, and then, with a painfully nervous laugh, he added, "Yes, like intoxication. I drank." Suddenly a spasm seemed to pass over his face, he looked serious and sad as before, and he said, with a shudder, "It's a terrible thing to see one's self inwardly, and to know that one is fallen." After this he remained long silent. At last, raising his head, he turned to his friend and said, "Have you had enough of my story, or would you like to hear it to the end?" "I am grieved at all you have told me," said Hermann; "but pray go on; it is better I should know all." "Yes; and I feel, too, that it relieves me to pour out my heart. Well, I used to drink. One takes to the horrid habit in America far easier than anywhere else. I was obliged to give up more than one good situation because I had ceased to be ''respectable''. Anyhow, I always managed to find employment without any great difficulty. I never suffered from want, though I have never known plenty. If I spent too much in drink, I took it out of my dress and my boots. "Eighteen months after I had left Elmira, I met Ellen one day in Central Park, in New York.<noinclude></noinclude> 9fr6qlcl9tdh9fdo26powyzxrwn0vom Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/74 104 3921053 14128819 12288303 2024-04-25T18:22:13Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|66|THE PHILOSOPHER'S PENDULUM.|}}</noinclude>I done that I should be so cruelly tried? A mist passed before my eyes; anxiety, intemperance, sleeplessness, had made me weak. I tottered backwards a few steps. She turned horribly pale. All around us was the crowd—the careless, indifferent crowd. "'Come and see me soon,' she added hastily, and left me. I saw her get into a carriage, which she had doubtless quitted to take a walk; and when she drove past, she put her head out and looked at me with her eyes wide open—there was an almost wildly anxious expression in them. "I went home. My way led me past her house—it was a palace. I shut myself up in my wretched hotel-room, and once more I fell to dreaming. Ellen loved me; she admired me; she was not for ever lost to me! The pendulum was swinging, you see, up as high as ''Madness''. Explain to me, if you can, how it happens that a being perfectly rational in ordinary life should at certain seasons, and, so to speak, voluntarily, be bereft of reason. To excuse and explain my temporary insanity, I am ready to admit that the excitement to which I gave way may have been a symptom of the nervous malady which laid hold of me a few days later, and stretched me for weeks upon a bed of pain. "As I became convalescent, reason and composure returned. But it was too late. In the space of two months, twenty years had passed<noinclude></noinclude> doj469eh5ppzr8i90xyot39oth5rkcu Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/76 104 3921055 14128820 12288315 2024-04-25T18:22:13Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|68|THE PHILOSOPHER'S PENDULUM.|}}</noinclude>as you see, as prosaic as possible. But on quitting the hospital, and as I was taking leave of the manager, he handed me a letter, in which was enclosed a note for five hundred dollars. In the envelope there was also the following anonymous note: "'An old friend begs your acceptance, as a loan, of the inclosed sum. It will be time enough to think of paying off this debt when you are strong enough to resume work, and you can then do it by instalments, of which you can yourself fix the amount, and remit them to the hospital of New York.' "It was well meant, no doubt, but it caused me a painful impression. My determination was taken at once. I refused without hesitation. I asked the manager, who had been watching me with a friendly smile while I read the letter, whether he could give the name of the person who had sent it. In spite of his repeated assurances that he did not know it, I never doubted for a single instant that he was concealing the truth. After a few seconds' reflection I asked if he would undertake to forward an answer to my unknown correspondent; and, on his consenting to do so, I promised that he should have my answer the next day. "I thought long over my letter. One thing was plain to me—it was Ellen who had come to my help. How could I reject her generous aid<noinclude></noinclude> 6jnn0ru7v70mr5y86is43x5q71d7s8a Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/78 104 3921057 14128821 12288322 2024-04-25T18:22:14Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|70|THE PHILOSOPHER'S PENDULUM.|}}</noinclude>gloomy and colorless, without realizing any of my vague hopes. Henceforth my life was at an end." Warren said these last words so indistinctly that Hermann could scarcely hear them; he seemed to be speaking to himself rather than to his friend. Then he raised the forefinger of his right hand, and after moving it slowly from right to left, in imitation of the swing of a pendulum, he placed it on the large black dot he had drawn on the sheet of paper exactly below his pendulum, and said, "''Dead Stop, Absolute Repose''. Would that the end were come!" Another and still longer interval of silence succeeded, and at last Hermann felt constrained to speak. "How came you to make up your mind," he said, "to return to Europe?" "Ah, yes, to be sure," answered Warren, hurriedly; "the story—the foolish story—is not ended. In truth it has no end, as it had no beginning; it is a thing without form or purpose, and less the history of a life than of a mere journeying towards death. Still I will finish—following chronological order. It does not weary you?" "No, no; go on, my dear friend." "Very well. I spent several years in the United States. The pendulum worked well. It came and went, to and fro, slowly along the line<noinclude></noinclude> r0lzp8raco3rtcauy6g5yqlxfbqwwm9 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/80 104 3921059 14128822 12288332 2024-04-25T18:22:16Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|72|THE PHILOSOPHER'S PENDULUM.|}}</noinclude>"Last year, my journeyings brought me to the neighborhood of Elmira. It was holiday-time. I had nothing to do, and I had in my purse a hundred hardly earned dollars, or thereabout. The wish seized me to revisit the scene of my joys and my sorrows. I had not set foot in the place for more than seven years. I was so changed that nobody could know me again; nor would I have cared much if they had. After visiting the town and looking at my old school, and the house where Ellen had lived, I bent my steps towards the park, which is situated in the environs—a place where I used often to walk in company of my youthful dreams. It was September, and evening was closing in. The oblique rays of the setting sun sent a reddish gleam through the leafy branches of the old oaks. I saw a woman seated on a bench beneath a tree on one side of the path. As I drew near I recognized Ellen. I remained rooted to the spot where I stood, not daring to move a step. She was stooping forward with her head bent down, while with the end of her parasol she traced lines upon the gravel. She had not seen me. I turned back instantly, and retired without making any noise. When I had gone a little distance, I left the path and struck into the wood. Once there, I looked back cautiously. Ellen was still at the same place and in the same attitude. Heaven knows what thoughts passed<noinclude></noinclude> 6n402vsloivt2f56w3pua3kcj9mi1ld Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/82 104 3921061 14128823 12288345 2024-04-25T18:22:17Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|74|THE PHILOSOPHER'S PENDULUM.|}}</noinclude>heroic deed. Great adventures, forsooth! And to think that my life presents none more striking, and that trifles such as these are the only food for my memory! "A twelvemonth later I met Francis Gilmore in Broadway. The world is small—so small that it is really difficult to keep out of the way of people one has once known. The likeness of my former pupil to his sister struck me, and I spoke to him. He looked at me at first with a puzzled expression, but after a few moments of hesitation he recognized me, a bright smile lighted up his pleasant face, and he shook hands warmly. "'Mr. Warren,' he exclaimed, 'how glad I am to see you! Ellen and I have often talked of you, and wondered what could have become of you. Why did we never hear from you?' "'I did not suppose it would interest you.' I spoke timidly; and yet I owed nothing to the young fellow, and wanted nothing of him. "'You wrong us by saying that,' replied Francis; 'do you think me ungrateful? Do you fancy I have forgotten our pleasant walks in former days, and the long conversations we used to have? You alone ever taught me anything, and it is to you I owe the principles that have guided me through life. Many a day I have thought of you, and regretted you sincerely. As regards Ellen, no one has ever filled your place with her; she plays to this day the same pieces<noinclude></noinclude> hb8ntkwdogimcs8rdxr69j67gz3nimi Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/84 104 3921063 14128824 12288375 2024-04-25T18:22:18Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|76|THE PHILOSOPHER'S PENDULUM.|}}</noinclude>"I got off by promising to write the next day, and we parted. "Fortunately my mind had lost its former liveliness. The pendulum, far from being urged to unruly motion, continued to swing slowly in the narrow space where it had oscillated for so many years. I said to myself that to renew my intimacy with the Gilmores would be to run the almost certain risk of reviving the sorrows and the disappointments of the past. I was then calm and rational. It would be madness in me, I felt, to aspire to the hand of a young, wealthy, and much admired widow. To venture to see Ellen again was to incur the risk of seeing my reason once more wrecked, and the fatal chimera which had been the source of all my misery start into life again. If we are to believe what poets say, love ennobles man and exalts him into a demigod. It may be so, but it turns him likewise into a fool and a madman. That was my case. At any cost I was to guard against that fatal passion. I argued seriously with myself, and I determined to let the past be, and to reject every opportunity of bringing it to life again. "A few days before my meeting with Francis, I had received tidings of the death of an old relative, whom I scarcely knew. In my childhood I had, on one or two occasions, spent my holidays at his house. He was gloomy and taciturn, but nevertheless he had always welcomed me kindly.<noinclude></noinclude> brizvi6lo42ookm64gh10su5qt8uiwt Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/86 104 3921065 14128825 12288382 2024-04-25T18:22:19Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|78|THE PHILOSOPHER'S PENDULUM.|}}</noinclude>I committed any wicked action. I have been a nonentity—an utterly useless being; 'one too many,' like the sad hero of Tourgueneff's sad story. Before leaving, I wrote to Francis informing him that the death of a relative obliged me to return to Europe, and giving him your address, so as not to seem to be running away from him. Then I went on board, and at last reached your home. ''Dixi!''" Warren, who during this long story had taken care to keep his pipe alight, and had, moreover, nearly drained the bottle of port placed before him, now declared himself ready to listen to his friend's confession. But Hermann had been saddened by all he had heard, and was in no humor for talking. He remarked that it was getting late, and proposed to postpone any further conversation till the morrow. Warren merely answered, "Very well," knocked the ashes out of his pipe, shared out the remainder of the wine between his host and himself, and, raising his glass, said, in a somewhat solemn tone, "To our youth, Hermann!" After emptying his glass at one draught, be replaced it on the table, and said complacently, "It is long since I have drunk with so much pleasure; for this time I have not drunk to forgetfulness, but to memory." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> epilvbwbeqa3hsw5dsavj64q7k2avx4 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/88 104 3921067 14128826 12288386 2024-04-25T18:22:20Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|80|THE PHILOSOPHER'S PENDULUM.|}}</noinclude>failure. Warren watched the performance without showing the slightest interest, and never even smiled. During the opening scenes he listened with attention, as though he were assisting at some performance of the legitimate drama; then, as if he could not understand what was going on before his eyes, he turned away with a wearied air and began looking at the audience. When, at the close of the second act, Hermann proposed that they should leave the house, he answered readily: "Yes, let us go; all this seems very stupid—we will be much better at home. There is a time for all things, and buffoonery suits me no longer." There was nothing left in Warren of the friend that Hermann had known fifteen years before. He loved him none the less; on the contrary, to his affection for him had been superadded a feeling of deep compassion. He would have made great sacrifices to secure his friend's happiness, and to see a smile light up the immovable features and the sorrowful dulness of the eye. His friendly anxiety had not been lost upon Warren; and when the latter took his leave, he said with emotion: "You wish me well, my old friend. I see it and feel it; and, believe me, I am grateful. We must not lose sight of each other again—I will write regularly." A few days later, Hermann received a letter<noinclude></noinclude> ae91dnirh90dfsrt4j6v3pka05ld7em Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/90 104 3921069 14128827 12288390 2024-04-25T18:22:21Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|82|THE PHILOSOPHER'S PENDULUM.|}}</noinclude>vain he sought to induce him to consult a physician. Warren would reply: "Doctors can do nothing for my complaint. I know where the shoe pinches. A physician would order me probably to seek relaxation and amusement, just as he would advise a poor devil whose blood is impoverished by bad food to strengthen himself with a generous diet and good wine. The poor man could not afford to get the good living, and I do not know what could enliven or divert me. Travel? I like nothing so well as sitting quietly in my arm-chair. New faces? They would not interest me—yours is the only company I prefer to solitude. Books? I am too old to take pleasure in learning new things, and what I have learned has ceased to interest me. It is not always easy to get what might do one good, and we must take things as they are." Hermann noticed, as before, that his friend ate little, but that, on the other hand, he drank a great deal. The sincere friendship he felt for him emboldened him to make a remark on the subject. "It is true," said Warren, "I drink too much; but what can I do? Food is distasteful to me, and I must keep up my strength somehow. I am in a wretched state; my health is ruined." One evening, as the two friends were seated together in Warren's room, while the wind and<noinclude></noinclude> tsj1805dilkqq5hhq3tv0f05sjwdtbo Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/92 104 3921071 14128828 12288393 2024-04-25T18:22:21Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|84|THE PHILOSOPHER'S PENDULUM.|}}</noinclude>in strict accordance with my whole Past, by making my first avowal of love on my deathbed. Is not that as useless a thing as can be?" Hermann would have wished to know some particulars about this letter; but Warren replied, somewhat vaguely, "If I had a copy of my letter, I would show it to you willingly. You know my whole story, and I would not be ashamed to lay before you my last act of folly. I wrote about a fortnight ago, when I felt sure that death was drawing near. I was in a fever, not from fear—Death gains but little by taking my life—but from a singular species of excitement. I do not remember what were the words I used. Who knows? Perhaps this last product of my brain may have been quite a poetical performance. Never mind! I do not repent of what I have done; I am glad that Ellen should know at last that I have loved her silently and hopelessly. If that is not disinterested, what is?" he added with a bitter smile. Christmas went by sadly. Warren was now so weak that he could scarcely leave his bed for two or three hours each day. Hermann had taken upon himself to send for a doctor, but this latter had scarcely known what to prescribe. Warren was suffering from no special malady; he was dying of exhaustion. Now and then, during a few moments, which became daily more rare and more brief, his vivacity would return;<noinclude></noinclude> 5q893k6xynk22tb8o210tv274m5gg40 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/94 104 3921073 14128829 12288399 2024-04-25T18:22:22Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|86|THE PHILOSOPHER'S PENDULUM.|}}</noinclude>to leave his room; and the doctor thought it right to warn Hermann that all the symptoms seemed to point to a fatal issue. On the 8th of January a servant from the hotel in the little neighboring town brought a letter, which, he said, required an immediate answer. The sick man was then lying almost unconscious. Hermann broke the seal without hesitation, and read as follows: "{{sc|My Dear Friend}},—A visit to Europe which my father had long planned has at last been undertaken. I did not mention it to you, in order to have the pleasure of surprising you. On reaching this place, I learn that the illness of which you spoke in your last letter has not yet left you. Under these circumstances, I will not venture to present myself without warning you of my arrival, and making sure that you are able to receive me. I am here with my brother, who, like myself, would not come so near to you without seeing you. My father has gone on to Paris, where Francis and I will join him in a few days. {{right|"{{sc|Ellen}}."}} Hermann, after one instant's thought, took up his hat and dismissed the messenger, saying he would give the answer himself. At the hotel he sent in his card, with the words, "From Mr. Warren," and was immediately ushered into Ellen's presence. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> tkcd7smz3hubofvbtnqnzgfqi8gz4bq Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/96 104 3921075 14128830 12288402 2024-04-25T18:22:23Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|88|THE PHILOSOPHER'S PENDULUM.|}}</noinclude>bed, in the delirium of fever, muttering incoherent sentences. Nevertheless he recognized Hermann, and asked for something to drink. After having allayed his thirst, he closed his eyes, as if to sleep. "I have brought you a friend," said Hermann; "will you see him?" "Hermann? He is always welcome." "No; it is a friend from America." "From America? . . . I lived there many years. . . . How desolate and monotonous were the shores I visited! . . ." "Will you see your friend?" "I am carried away by the current of the river. In the distance I see dark and shadowy forms; there are hills full of shade and coolness . . . but I will never rest there." Hermann retired noiselessly, and returned almost immediately with Ellen. Warren, who had taken no notice of him, continued to follow the course of his wandering thoughts. "The river is drawing near to the sea. Already I can hear the roar of the waves. . . . The banks are beginning to be clothed with verdure. . . . The hills are drawing nearer. . . . It is dark now. Here are the big trees beneath which I have dreamed so often. A radiant apparition shines through their foliage. . . . It comes towards me. . . . Ellen!" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 9wywicthkcy3pla24u1f3t5u0l7ca8v Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/98 104 3921077 14128831 12288405 2024-04-25T18:22:24Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|90|THE PHILOSOPHER'S PENDULUM.|}}</noinclude>nance, and life seemed to return. Once more he had the confident look of youth. A sad and beautiful smile played on his lips; he took the hand of Ellen in his, and kissed it gently. "How do you feel now?" inquired Hermann. The old answer, "Very well." His hands were plucking at the bedclothes, as if he strove to cover his face with them. Then his arms stiffened and the fingers remained motionless. "Very well," he repeated. He appeared to fall into deep thought. There was a long pause. At last he turned a dying look, fraught with tender pity and sadness, towards Ellen, and in a low voice, which was scarcely audible, he said these two words, with a slight emphasis on the first—"''Perfectly'' well."<noinclude></noinclude> owi2xv8rhn76r0rlh9drl0h9cc5wjmf Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/102 104 3921079 14128722 12312678 2024-04-25T18:20:33Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|94|THE BOOKBINDER OF HORT.|}}</noinclude>had endured disgrace, and the storehouse of his memory held many a tragi-comic picture of the days that were no more. But he had also lived in times when the spirit of tolerance took possession of men's minds, and he had been swept along on that tidal movement inaugurated by Count Széchenyi, the greatest of Hungarians, through his celebrated book, "Light." The revolution of 1848 brought about the new Hungarian Constitution, and put an end to feudal government. Light penetrated into the darksome streets of the Ghetto, and through the windows opened to receive the Messiah, a saviour entered proclaiming liberty and equality to the downtrodden and oppressed. Crushed and forsaken, as all Israel was, it gratefully responded to this message of universal brotherhood. The Hungarian Jew had found a country, and from that moment he had thrown aside his native timidity, and found the strength to display his patriotism with an ardor and enthusiasm worthy of the cause. Thousands quitted the Ghettos, and gathered around the tricolored flag. Among the warm-hearted soldiers was Simcha Kalimann. He followed Kossuth as a simple honvéd (volunteer), and fought at Kapolna, Vaitzen, and Temesvar. High hopes and golden dreams were succeeded by despondency and disillusion; then supervened years of impatient waiting,—a standing with<noinclude></noinclude> 8g29by3vkkftlwmc2y3mif9bq4xqbe9 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/104 104 3921081 14128723 12312681 2024-04-25T18:20:34Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|96|THE BOOKBINDER OF HORT.|}}</noinclude>Liberty and religious peace held equal sway. Reciprocal kindliness and toleration spread light where darkness had been, and scattered the shadows of prejudice. Hunyadi, or Kalimann, was regarded in Hort as a freethinker. This was scarcely just; he was pious, and strictly discharged his religious observances, emancipating himself at the same time from those distinctions in dress and customs which he deemed neither in accordance with Mosaic law nor with his ideas of progress. He followed the observance of wearing his hat while at synagogue, but during no other religious ceremony; troubled himself but little regarding the dietary laws; dressed as his Christian neighbor did; and strictly prohibited any superstitious practices in his house. He even permitted his wife to let her hair grow,—a bold innovation. His appearance was by no means suggestive of the hero. Short, thin, and insignificant-looking, with hair that frizzled beyond all thought of disentanglement, a tanned and freckled skin, flaxen moustache, and gray eyes that blinked continuously, Kalimann had truly no cause for vanity. Besides, he was excessively near-sighted, and as his large spectacles were taken from their red case only when he read or worked, it not unfrequently happened that when he took his walk abroad he would mistake a tall post for the chief magistrate of the county, and salute it with his<noinclude></noinclude> 55qzph6s3itb77nzmnlcno7aqwfgkej Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/106 104 3921083 14128724 12312690 2024-04-25T18:20:35Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|98|THE BOOKBINDER OF HORT.|}}</noinclude>Quotations from the Talmud and the Scriptures were equally impotent to quell the torrent of the worthy woman's eloquence when she felt that the occasion demanded her timely interference; in vain Kalimann supported his side of the question by citing from the book of Job: "The gold and the crystal cannot equal it, and the exchange of it shall not be for jewels of fine gold. No mention shall be made of coral or of pearls; for the price of wisdom is above rubies."<ref>See Job xxviii. 17, 18.</ref> Rose would retort curtly: "What can I buy with your wisdom? Will it give me wherewith to eat and to drink, and to clothe myself? No! Very well then, what is the good of it?" The learned bookbinder would, as a rule, sigh and silently abandon the argument when it had reached this stage, but at times his composure would break down under the strain imposed on it. Disputes and quarrels would ensue, but in the end Kalimann would capitulate, his conjugal love overcoming his anger and resentment. Occasionally, however, he would endeavor to escape his wife's vigilance, and take refuge in a remote corner with one of his treasured volumes. On one of these "secret" evenings she surprised him in the poultry house, at his side a small lantern shedding a doubtful light upon a fine edition of "Hamlet" on his lap. Rose read him a long lecture, and commanded him to retire at once.<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> h5wa25kw80jxm4ld7k3igady6yfca8c Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/108 104 3921085 14128725 12357313 2024-04-25T18:20:36Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|100|THE BOOKBINDER OF HORT.|}}</noinclude>coveted volume was placed in the rightful possessor's hands. Naturally, Kalimann's prices varied according to the work required, or the cost of material; but when it came to the question of ornamental finishing or decorative impressions, his customer's orders were totally ignored, and he it was who decided upon the finishing according to the subject or the value of the work. When he carried the books back to his customers, he would always tie them up carefully in a large colored handkerchief, and, while unwrapping them, would embrace the opportunity of expressing his views upon their contents; at times, however, he regarded the open assertion of his opinion as dangerous, and could not be induced to pass judgment. On these occasions he never failed to say with a sorrowful shake of the head, "While we are living we may not speak, when we are dead it is too late!" There lived in Hort at this time a wealthy and pretty widow, Mrs. Zoe Barkany by name, originally Sarah Samuel. From her, Kalimann would get his novels and classical literature; these he bound in pale blues and greens and brilliant scarlets, ornamenting them with a golden lyre, surmounted with an arrow-pierced heart. He worked upon these bindings ''con amore'', and, transported by his love of the æsthetic, would occasionally give vent to his enthusiasm, and<noinclude></noinclude> kp75cm0y6xbk93plrm44j890w0oynlz Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/110 104 3921087 14128726 12312701 2024-04-25T18:20:37Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|102|THE BOOKBINDER OF HORT.|}}</noinclude>the Jews from eating pork was because he had discovered the trichina. Simcha Kalimann had taken upon himself the office of censor in his village, as may be seen by the following incident. The widow had given him a richly illustrated German edition of "Nana" to bind. At dusk one evening he discovered his apprentice crouched in a corner by the window, evidently intensely amused over the illustrations. He quietly seized the culprit by the hair, shook him as he would a puppy, and then, putting on his spectacles, began inspecting the volume himself. At first he shook his head, then took off his glasses and rubbed them as though they were playing him some prank, and finally closed the book with an expression of profound disgust. Mrs. Barkany awaited the return of her "Nana" with unruffled patience; finally she despatched her cook Gutel with an order for the book. Kalimann was ready with his excuses, and after a fortnight's delay the widow found her way into the workshop, and began suing for the book in person. "I want my copy of 'Nana,'" she began. "Nana?" Kalimann went on with his work. "You have not bound it yet?" "No, madame." "But when am I to have it?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> s6yvnyntft8u9y5z66vzdjkg4pk2q0v Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/112 104 3921089 14128727 12312705 2024-04-25T18:20:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|104|THE BOOKBINDER OF HORT.|}}</noinclude>race or creed. Awaiting the widow in her library one day, his attention was attracted by an engraving representing Schiller at Carlsbad seated upon an ass. His eyes filled with tears at the sight. "A man like that," he exclaimed, "riding upon an ass! While ordinary people like Baron Fay or Mr. de Mariassy ride about proudly on horses." Later on it occurred to him that Balaam too was mounted on an ass, and he derived a measure of consolation from the thought that Schiller was a prophet as well. Would it be venturesome to say that in Kalimann there was the stuff for poet or prophet? In addition to his trade, our bookbinder carried on another pursuit which was quite lucrative in its way, and one universally well established among all Jewish communities of Eastern Europe. Kalimann was Cupid's secretary: in other words, he wrote love-letters for those who could neither read nor write. The opportunity thus vouch-safed his native tendency toward sentiment helped not only to swell the hearts of his clients with gratitude, but also to swell his own slender income. Thus it was that the fire of his poetic genius was enkindled, and thus it was he became the Petrarch of Hort. One day Gutel Wolfner, Mrs. Barkany's cook, came to him with the request that he would write a letter for her to a friend at Gyöngös. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> hh6dbnllzvdmvvgfrvnhzc0nnggadpa Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/114 104 3921091 14128728 12312708 2024-04-25T18:20:39Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|106|THE BOOKBINDER OF HORT.|}}</noinclude>ing recipient with such pathos that Mendel was completely overcome. Placing twenty kreutzers on the table, the happy swain begged the clerk to write as finely turned a letter to Gutel as the one she had sent him. Saul, who had at a glance recognized Kalimann's calligraphy, said to himself: "It will go hard with me but I will show the bookbinder that they know how to write letters at Gyöngös, and can also quote from the classic authors." He at once wrote Gutel a missive so thickly interlarded with quotations from the Song of Solomon, from Goethe, Petöfi, Heine, and Chateaubriand, that when Kalimann read the billet-doux to the blushing girl her head was quite turned. The bookbinder himself scratched his head and muttered: "This Saul is a man of letters; his style is vigorous! Who would have thought it?" The correspondence between Gutel and Mendel, or rather between Kalimann and Saul, flourished for some time. If Kalimann addressed Mendel as "my cherished friend," "my turtle dove," Saul on his side would intersperse throughout his letters such expressions as "your gazelle-like eyes," "your fairy form," "your crimson lips," "your voice rivalling the music of the celestial spheres." Kalimann's "friendly" letter was followed by<noinclude></noinclude> 5dkmh78kkh49yf5cb4l9capifjn4eqq Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/116 104 3921093 14128729 12335383 2024-04-25T18:20:40Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|108|THE BOOKBINDER OF HORT.|}}</noinclude>"What is the matter with you?" cried Schonberg. "Why do you wish to leave? Do you want more wages?" "No, no, Mr. Schonberg, that is not the reason. But—but I can stay no longer here at Gyöngös, I must go to Hort." "To Hort? What is the reason of that?" For reply the dazed fellow held out the letter for him to read. Schonberg glanced over it, and smiled. "This Kalimann," he murmured, "is a deuce of a fellow. The world has lost a novelist in him. But let me see how I can arrange matters. Mendel," he continued, turning to the open-mouthed lover, "you shall stay here, and you shall marry your Gutel. I will give you two or three rooms in the factory for your house-keeping, and Mrs. Barkany will give the girl her trousseau. How does that strike you?" Mendel beamed. He would have thrown himself on his employer's neck, but resisted the impulse, and, instead, brushed the back of his hand across his eyes. Schonberg gave him a day's holiday, and the happy fellow lost no time in making his way to Hort, and subsequently into the arms of his inamorata. Mrs. Barkany gave Gutel the trousseau, and the marriage took place at harvest-time. At one end of the table, in the seat of honor next to the rabbi, sat the bookbinder of Hort. All had been his work, and, truth to tell, this was<noinclude></noinclude> dk718hbcg3725tmogz8951i1tgrw04y Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/122 104 3921096 14128730 12316081 2024-04-25T18:20:41Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|114|THE EGYPTIAN FIRE-EATER.|}}</noinclude>Young trees, transplanted at the proper time, soon take root. After a tearful farewell to my friends and a slight attack of home-sickness, I was quite content. I was received into the second class at the gymnasium, and drank eagerly of the fountain of knowledge; a certain Frau Eberlein, with whom I found board and lodging, cared for my bodily welfare. She was a widow, and kept a little store, in which, with the assistance of a shop-girl, she served customers, who called from morning to night. She dealt principally in groceries and vegetables, but besides these, every conceivable thing was found piled up in her shop: knitting-yarn, sheets of pictures, slate-pencils, cheese, pen-knives, balls of twine, herring, soap, buttons, writing-paper, glue, hairpins, cigar-holders, oranges, fly-poison, brushes, varnish, gingerbread, tin soldiers, corks, tallow candles, tobacco-pouches, thimbles, gum-balls, and torpedoes. Besides, she prepared, by means of essences, peach brandy, maraschino, ros solis, and other liqueurs, as well as an excellent ink, in the manufacture of which I used to help her. She rejoiced in considerable prosperity, lived well, and did not let me want for anything. My passion for the theatre was a source of great anxiety to good Frau Eberlein. She did not have a very good opinion of the art in general, but the comedy she despised from the bottom of<noinclude></noinclude> lkwuoax0gatqastpze0j0dcghaj95wd Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/124 104 3921098 14128731 12316084 2024-04-25T18:20:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|116|THE EGYPTIAN FIRE-EATER.|}}</noinclude>seat and now it begins. The overture is terribly long, but it comes to an end. Ting-aling-aling,—the curtain rises. Ah!— I soon decided in my own mind that it should be my destiny, some time, to delight the audience from the stage, but I was still undecided whether I would devote myself to the drama or the opera, for it seemed to me an equally desirable lot to shoot charmed bullets in "Der Freischütz," or, hidden behind elderberry bushes, to shoot at tyrannical Geslers in "William Tell." In the meantime I learned Tell's monologue, "Along this narrow path the man must come," by heart, and practised the aria, "Through the forest, through the meadows." Providence seemed to favor my plan, for it led me into an acquaintance with a certain Lipp, who, on account of his connections, was in a position to pave my way to the stage. Lipp was a tall, slender youth, about sixteen years old, with terribly large feet and hands. He usually wore a very faded, light-blue coat, the sleeves of which hardly came below his elbows, and a red vest. He had a rather stooping gait, and a beaming smile continually played about his mouth. Besides, the poor fellow was always hungry, and it was this peculiarity which brought about our acquaintance. On afternoons when there was no school, and I went out on the green to play ball with my<noinclude></noinclude> 4ywktkptm4westqjfxq46v9ghyshgwh Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/126 104 3921100 14128732 12316090 2024-04-25T18:20:46Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|118|THE EGYPTIAN FIRE-EATER.|}}</noinclude>approaching stage-coach; he lighted the moon in "Der Freischtütz;" and with a kettle and pair of tongs gave forewarning of the witches' hour. When I opened my heart to Lipp and confided to him that I wanted to go on the stage, he reached out his broad hand to me with emotion and said, "And so do I." Hereupon we swore eternal friendship, and Lipp promised as soon as possible to procure me an opportunity for putting my dramatic qualifications to the test. From that hour his manner changed towards me. Before, he had treated me with some condescension, but now his behavior towards me was more like that of a colleague. Moreover, the game of chance for my lunch came to an end, for from that time forth I shared it with him like a brother. The fine fellow kept his promise to make a way for me to go on the stage. A few evenings later ("Der Freischütz" was being played), I stood with a beating heart behind the scenes, and friend Lipp stood by my side. In my hand I held a string, with which I set the wings of the owl in the wolf's glen in rhythmic motion. My companion performed the wild chase. By turns he whistled through his fingers, cracked a whip, and imitated the yelping of the hounds. It was awfully fine. "You did your part splendidly," said Lipp to me at the end of the scene; "next time you must go out on the stage." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> cvid5kz2fnxbdfyis9b0ik0ge2kxosj Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/128 104 3921103 14128733 12316094 2024-04-25T18:20:47Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|120|THE EGYPTIAN FIRE-EATER.|}}</noinclude>drinking heavily, fell down lifeless by the card-table in the ''White Horse''; and my friend, in consequence of this misfortune, came under the control of a cold-hearted guardian, who had as little comprehension of the dramatic art as Frau Eberlein. Lipp was given over to a house-painter, who, invested with extended authority, took the unfortunate fellow as an apprentice. Lipp was inconsolable at the change in his lot. The smile disappeared from his face, and I too felt melancholy when I saw him going along the street in his paint-bespattered clothes, the picture of despair. One day I met the poor fellow outside the city gate, where the last houses stand, painting a garden fence with an arsenic-green color. "My good friend," he said, with a melancholy smile, "I cannot give you my hand, for there is paint on it; but we are just the same as ever." Then he spoke of his disappointed hopes. "But," he continued, "because they are deferred, they are not put off for ever, and these clouds" (by this he referred to his present apprenticeship as painter) "will pass away. The time will come—I say no more about it; but the time will come." Here Lipp stopped speaking and dipped his brush in the paint-pot, for his master was coming around the corner of the house. One day Lipp disappeared. The authorities did everything in their power to find him, but in<noinclude></noinclude> gx2hsji6cfp2fd3p55fxudlfq6qzc5i Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/130 104 3921105 14128734 12316100 2024-04-25T18:20:48Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|122|THE EGYPTIAN FIRE-EATER.|}}</noinclude>sels; but I wore over my wild hair a pointed Calabrian hat, around my neck a loose silk handkerchief fastened together in an artistic knot, and in unpleasant weather a cloak, the red-lined corner of which I threw picturesquely over my left shoulder. In this attire I went about in my native town, where I was accustomed to spend my summer vacations. The boys on the street made sport of me by their words and actions, but I thought, "What does the moon care when the dog bays at her!" and holding my head high, I walked past the scoffers. Every year, in the month of August, a fair was held in the little town. On the common, tents and arbors were put up, where beer and sausages were furnished. Further entertainment was provided in the way of rope-dancers, jugglers, a Punch-and-Judy show, fortune-tellers, monstrosities, wax figures, and tragedies. As a spoiled city youth, I considered it decidedly beneath my dignity to take part in the people's merry-making; but I could n't get out of, it, and so I went with my parents and brothers and sisters to the opening of the festival out in the park, and walked more proudly than ever under my Calabrian hat. The sights were inspected one after another, and in the evening we all sat together in the front row of a booth, the proprietor of which<noinclude></noinclude> rug52gb3og4nh1j4i5jzd51g79pipdo Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/132 104 3921107 14128735 12316103 2024-04-25T18:20:49Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|124|THE EGYPTIAN FIRE-EATER.|}}</noinclude>and swallowed submissively the family remedies which she brought to me. At last the fair was over, and the Egyptian fire-eater had left the town. But the poor fellow did not go far. In the city where he exhibited his skill he was recognized and arrested, because;he had avoided service in the army. To be sure, he was set free again after a few weeks as unqualified; but in the meantime his employer with the performing hares had gone nobody knew where, and Lipp was left solely dependent on his art, which he practised for some time in the neighboring towns and villages. The end of his artistic career is sad and melancholy. He fell a victim to his calling. As an ambitious man he enlarged his artistic capabilities; he ate not only pitch but also pieces of broken glass, and an indigestible lamp-chimney was the cause of his destruction. When I returned to the city I burned my tragedy of "Pharaoh," and sold my cloak and Calabrian hat to an old-clothes dealer. I was thoroughly disgusted with the career of an artist, and whenever afterwards I was inclined to relapse, Frau Eberlein would call out to me, "Do you, too, want to die from a lamp-chimney?" Then I would bend my head and bury my nose in my Greek grammar.<noinclude></noinclude> ftne2t16ttzqkapho5jcafhp3gaebls Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/136 104 3921109 14128737 12326953 2024-04-25T18:20:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|128|THE CREMONA VIOLIN.|}}</noinclude>the Councillor would not accept; he insisted that the house should be built in his garden, situated in a very beautiful neighborhood outside the town-walls. So he bought all kinds of materials and had them carted out. Then he might have been seen day after day, attired in his curious garments (which he had made himself according to certain fixed rules of his own), slacking the lime, riddling the sand, packing up the bricks and stones in regular heaps, and so on. All this he did without once consulting an architect or thinking about a plan. One fine day, however, he went to an experienced builder of the town and requested him to be in his garden at daybreak the next morning, with all his journeymen and apprentices, and a large body of laborers, etc., to build him his house. Naturally the builder asked for the architect's plan, and was not a little astonished when Krespel replied that none was needed, and that things would turn out all right in the end, just as he wanted them. Next morning, when the builder and his men came to the place, they found a trench drawn out in the shape of an exact square; and Krespel said, "Here's where you must lay the foundations; then carry up the walls until I say they are high enough." "Without windows and doors, and without partition walls?" broke in the builder, as if alarmed at Krespel's mad folly. "Do what I tell you, my dear sir," replied the Councillor quite calmly; "leave the rest to me; it will be all right." It<noinclude></noinclude> 2xr0tmjgq6jjsszyng9oaltoz7ukq59 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/138 104 3921111 14128738 12326964 2024-04-25T18:20:51Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|130|THE CREMONA VIOLIN.|}}</noinclude>layers behind him with hammers and picks, and wherever he cried, "Make a window here, six feet high by four feet broad!" "There a little window, three feet by two!" a hole was made in a trice. It was at this stage of the proceedings that I came to H{{bar|2}}; and it was highly amusing to see how hundreds of people stood round about the garden and raised a loud shout whenever the stones flew out and a new window appeared where nobody had for a moment expected it. And in the same manner Krespel proceeded with the buildings and fittings of the rest of the house, and with all the work necessary to that end; everything had to be done on the spot in accordance with the instructions which the Councillor gave from time to time. However, the absurdity of the whole business, the growing conviction that things would in the end turn out better than might have been expected, but above all, Krespel's generosity—which indeed cost him nothing—kept them all in good-humor. Thus were the difficulties overcome which necessarily arose out of this eccentric way of building, and in a short time there was a completely finished house, its outside, indeed, presenting a most extraordinary appearance, no two windows, etc., being alike, but on the other hand the interior arrangements suggested a peculiar feeling of comfort. All who entered the house<noinclude></noinclude> pjwk6e3ooeqcgif9ei9600i62b9n9ku Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/140 104 3921113 14128739 12357314 2024-04-25T18:20:53Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|132|THE CREMONA VIOLIN.|}}</noinclude>to my no little joy, at Professor M{{bar|2}}'s. Anything more strange and fantastic than Krespel's behavior it would be impossible to find. He was so stiff and awkward in his movements, that he looked every moment as if he would run up against something or do some damage. But he did not; and the lady of the house seemed to be well aware that he would not, for she did not grow a shade paler when he rushed with heavy steps round a table crowded with beautiful cups, or when he manœuvred near a large mirror that reached down to the floor, or even when he seized a flower-pot of beautifully painted porcelain and swung it round in the air as if desirous of making its colors play. Moreover, before dinner he subjected everything in the Professor's room to a most minute examination; he also took down a picture from the wall and hung it up again, standing on one of the cushioned chairs to do so. At the same time he talked a good deal and vehemently; at one time his thoughts kept leaping, as it were, from one subject to another (this was most conspicuous during dinner); at another, he was unable to have done with an idea; seizing upon it again and again, he gave it all sorts of wonderful twists and turns, and could n't get back into the ordinary track until something else took hold of his fancy. Sometimes his voice was rough and harsh and screeching, and sometimes it was low and drawling and singing; but at no<noinclude></noinclude> ptd1o24tgzwjxr3wrednctaxhz2yxzu Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/142 104 3921115 14128740 12326989 2024-04-25T18:20:55Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|134|THE CREMONA VIOLIN.|}}</noinclude>children received with cries of delight. Just as we were rising from table, the Professor's niece asked, "And what is our Antonia doing?" Krespel's face was like that of one who has bitten of a sour orange and wants to look as if it were a sweet one; but this expression soon changed into the likeness of a hideous mask, whilst he laughed behind it with downright, bitter, fierce, and, as it seemed to me, satanic scorn. "Our Antonia? our dear Antonia?" he asked in his drawling, disagreeable singing way. The Professor hastened to intervene; in the reproving glance which he gave his niece I read that she had touched a point likely to stir up unpleasant memories in Krespel's heart. "How are you getting on with your violins?" interposed the Professor in a jovial manner, taking the Councillor by both hands. Then Krespel's countenance cleared up, and with a firm voice he replied, "Capitally, Professor; you recollect my telling you of the lucky chance which threw that splendid Amati<ref>The Amati were a celebrated family of violin-makers of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, belonging to Cremona in Italy. They form the connecting-link between the Brescian school of makers and the greatest of all makers, Straduarius and Guarnerius.</ref> into my hands. Well, I've only cut it open to-day—not before to-day. I hope Antonia has carefully taken the rest of it to pieces." "Antonia is a good child," remarked the Pro-<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> k7hmef7zocscpyobc94xjcr87ujl8ie Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/144 104 3921117 14128741 12326992 2024-04-25T18:20:56Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|136|THE CREMONA VIOLIN.|}}</noinclude>amine closely its inner structure, and should he fancy he has n't found exactly what he sought for, he in a pet throws the pieces into a big chest, which is already full of the remains of broken violins." "But who and what is Antonia?" I inquired, hastily and impetuously. "Well, now, that," continued the Professor,—"that is a thing which might very well make me conceive an unconquerable aversion to the Councillor, were I not convinced that there is some peculiar secret behind it, for he is such a good-natured fellow at bottom as to be sometimes guilty of weakness. When we came to H{{bar|2}}, several years ago, he led the life of an anchorite, along with an old housekeeper, in {{bar|2}} Street. Soon, by his oddities, he excited the curiosity of his neighbors; and immediately he became aware of this, he sought and made acquaintances. Not only in my house but everywhere we became so accustomed to him that he grew to be indispensable. In spite of his rude exterior, even the children liked him, without ever proving a nuisance to him; for, notwithstanding all their friendly passages together, they always retained a certain timorous awe of him, which secured him against all over-familiarity. You have today had an example of the way in which he wins their hearts by his ready skill in various things. We all took him at first for a crusty old bachelor, and he never contradicted us. After he had<noinclude></noinclude> 8tmz0h7pdxswg8lmpat8r0usad0uco8 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/146 104 3921119 14128742 12326996 2024-04-25T18:20:57Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|138|THE CREMONA VIOLIN.|}}</noinclude>broken words of a sobbing girl could be detected. The Councillor continued to shout with increasing violence, until he fell into that drawling, singing way that you know. He was interrupted by a loud scream from the girl, and then all was as still as death. Suddenly a loud racket was heard on the stairs; a young man rushed out sobbing, threw himself into a post-chaise which stood below, and drove rapidly away. The next day the Councillor was very cheerful, and nobody had the courage to question him about the events of the previous night. But on inquiring of the housekeeper, we gathered that the Councillor had brought home with him an extraordinarily pretty young lady whom he called Antonia, and she it was who had sung so beautifully. A young man also had come along with them; he had treated Antonia very tenderly, and must evidently have been her betrothed. But he, since the Councillor peremptorily insisted on it, had had to go away again in a hurry. What the relations between Antonia and the Councillor are has remained until now a secret, but this much is certain, that he tyrannizes over the poor girl in the most hateful fashion. He watches her as Doctor Bartholo watches his ward in the ''Barber of Seville''; she hardly dare show herself at the window; and if, yielding now and again to her earnest entreaties, he takes her into society, he follows her with Argus' eyes, and will on no ac-<noinclude></noinclude> 7b2wei6p2ad4bjs6wyka175sdt5ni47 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/148 104 3921121 14128743 12327002 2024-04-25T18:20:59Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|140|THE CREMONA VIOLIN.|}}</noinclude><ref follow="p147">generous, courteous, gay, and remarkably handsome; he was carried to Alcina's island on the back of a whale."</ref>magic castle, and deliver the queen of song from her ignominious fetters. It all came about in a different way from what I had expected; I had seen the Councillor scarcely more than two or three times, and eagerly discussed with him the best method of constructing violins, when he invited me to call and see him. I did so; and he showed me his treasures of violins. There were fully thirty of them hanging up in a closet; one amongst them bore conspicuously all the marks of great antiquity (a carved lion's head, etc.), and, hung up higher than the rest, and surmounted by a crown of flowers, it seemed to exercise a queenly supremacy over them. "This violin," said Krespel, on my making some inquiry relative to it, "this violin is a very remarkable and curious specimen of the work of some unknown master, probably of Tartini's<ref>Giuseppe Tartini, born in 1692, died in 1770, was one of the most celebrated violinists of the eighteenth century, and the discoverer (in 1714) of "resultant tones," or "Tartini's tones," as they are frequently called. Most of his life was spent at Padua. He did much to advance the art of the violinist, both by his compositions for that instrument, as well as by his treatise on its capabilities.</ref> age. I am perfectly convinced that there is something especially exceptional in its inner construction, and that, if I took it to pieces, a secret would be revealed to me which I have<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 1mghlu2zm3cm5v6i2eo1v30l23hevkq Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/150 104 3921123 14128744 12330632 2024-04-25T18:21:00Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|142|THE CREMONA VIOLIN.|}}</noinclude>took me by the shoulders and gently pushed me towards the door, embracing me on the threshold. That is to say, I was in a symbolical manner virtually kicked out of doors. Unfolding the paper, I found a piece of a first string of a violin about an eighth of an inch in length, with the words, "A piece of the treble string with which the deceased Stamitz<ref>This was the name of a well-known musical family from Bohemia. Karl Stamitz is the one here possibly meant, since he died about eighteen or twenty years previous to the publication of this tale.</ref> strung his violin for the last concert at which he ever played." This summary dismissal at mention of Antonia's name led me to infer that I should never see her; but I was mistaken, for on my second visit to the Councillor's I found her in his room, assisting him to put a violin together. At first sight Antonia did not make a strong impression; but soon I found it impossible to tear myself away from her blue eyes, her sweet rosy lips, her uncommonly graceful, lovely form. She was very pale; but a shrewd remark or a merry sally would call up a winning smile on her face and suffuse her cheeks with a deep burning flush, which, however, soon faded away to a faint rosy glow. My conversation with her was quite unconstrained, and yet I saw nothing whatever of<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> pz1sagzctsm91vz59umhln532uzb3dd Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/152 104 3921125 14128745 12330636 2024-04-25T18:21:01Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|144|THE CREMONA VIOLIN.|}}</noinclude>drances which the Councillor threw in my way only strengthened my resolution to overcome them; I ''must'' hear Antonia sing if I was not to pine away in reveries and dim aspirations for want of hearing her. One evening Krespel was in an uncommonly good humor; he had been taking an old Cremona violin to pieces, and had discovered that the sound-post was fixed half a line more obliquely than usual—an important discovery!—one of incalculable advantage in the practical work of making violins! I succeeded in setting him off at full speed on his hobby of the true art of violin-playing. Mention of the way in which the old masters picked up their dexterity in execution from really great singers (which was what Krespel happened just then to be expatiating upon) naturally paved the way for the remark that now the practice was the exact opposite of this, the vocal score erroneously following the affected and abrupt transitions and rapid scaling of the instrumentalists. "What is more non-sensical," I cried, leaping from my chair, running to the piano, and opening it quickly—"what is more nonsensical than such an execrable style as this, which, far from being music, is much more like the noise of peas rolling across the floor?" At the same time I sang several of the modern ''fermatas'', which rush up and down and hum like a well-spun peg-top, striking a few<noinclude></noinclude> 228j2mdz5wafqaxnmftn05hfod0u7ra Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/154 104 3921127 14128746 12335327 2024-04-25T18:21:01Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|146|THE CREMONA VIOLIN.|}}</noinclude>the shoulders, and with a shriek that rose up to a tenor pitch, cried, "My son—my son my son!' And then he immediately went on, singing very softly, and grasping my hand with a bow that was the pink of politeness," In very truth, my esteemed and honorable student-friend, in very truth, it would be a violation of the codes of social intercourse, as well as of all good manners, were I to express aloud and in a stirring way my wish that here, on this very spot, the devil from hell would softly break your neck with his burning claws, and so in a sense make short work of you; but, setting that aside, you must acknowledge, my dearest friend, that it is rapidly growing dark, and there are no lamps burning to-night, so that, even though I did not kick you downstairs at once, your darling limbs might still run a risk of suffering damage. Go home by all means; and cherish a kind remembrance of your faithful friend, if it should happen that you never,—pray, understand me,—{{SIC|lf|if}} you should never see him in his own house again." Therewith he embraced me, and, still keeping fast hold of me, turned with me slowly towards the door, so that I could not get another single look at Antonia. Of course it is plain enough that in my position I could n't thrash the Councillor, though that is what he really deserved. The Professor enjoyed a good laugh at my expense, and assured me that I had ruined for ever all<noinclude></noinclude> bkrn4v9rtm8evuwadba88357k46wjg2 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/156 104 3921129 14128747 12335336 2024-04-25T18:21:03Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|148|THE CREMONA VIOLIN.|}}</noinclude>don't you see? they're burying somebody up yonder in yon churchyard." And indeed we were near the churchyard; I saw a circle of men clothed in black standing round a grave, which was on the point of being closed. Tears started to my eyes; I somehow fancied they were burying there all the joy and all the happiness of life. Moving on rapidly down the hill, I was no longer able to see into the churchyard; the chorale came to an end, and I perceived not far distant from the gate some of the mourners returning from the funeral. The Professor, with his niece on his arm, both in deep mourning, went close past me without noticing me. The young lady had her handkerchief pressed close to her eyes, and was weeping bitterly. In the frame of mind in which I then was I could not possibly go into the town, so I sent on my servant with the carriage to the hotel where I usually put up, whilst I took a turn in the familiar neighborhood to get rid of a mood that was possibly only due to physical causes, such as heating on the journey, etc. On arriving at a well-known avenue, which leads to a pleasure resort, I came upon a most extraordinary spectacle. Councillor Krespel was being conducted by two mourners, from whom he appeared to be endeavoring to make his escape by all sorts of strange twists and turns. As usual, he was dressed in his own curious home-made gray coat; but from his<noinclude></noinclude> iq28evyq241u85tdiqv44oxts34fdxi Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/158 104 3921131 14128748 12335387 2024-04-25T18:21:04Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|150|THE CREMONA VIOLIN.|}}</noinclude>with her." Deeply agitated, I sank down upon a chair, whilst the Councillor began to sing a gay song in a husky voice; it was truly horrible to see him hopping about on one foot, and the crape strings (he still had his hat on) flying about the room and up to the violins hanging on the walls. Indeed, I could not repress a loud cry that rose to my lips when, on the Councillor making an abrupt turn, the crape came all over me; I fancied he wanted to envelop me in it and drag me down into the horrible dark depths of insanity. Suddenly he stood still and addressed me in his singing way, "My son! my son! why do you call out? Have you espied the angel of death? That always precedes the ceremony." Stepping into the middle of the room, he took the violin-bow out of his sword-belt, and, holding it over his head with both hands, broke it into a thousand pieces. Then, with a loud laugh, he cried, "Now you imagine my sentence is pronounced, don't you, my son? but it's nothing of the kind—not at all! not at all! Now I'm free—free—free—hurrah! I'm free! Now I shall make no more violins—no more violins—hurrah! no more violins!" This he sang to a horrible mirthful tune, again spinning round on one foot. Perfectly aghast, I was making the best of my way to the door, when he held me fast, saying quite calmly, "Stay, my student friend, pray don't think from this outbreak of grief, which is tor-<noinclude></noinclude> sz4mcaa5a7154zve3u5iq0sqd657rty Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/160 104 3921133 14128749 12338338 2024-04-25T18:21:05Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|152|THE CREMONA VIOLIN.|}}</noinclude>sore, but I warrant that to-morrow will see him going along in his old jog-trot way as usual." And the Professor's prediction was almost literally filled. Next day the Councillor appeared to be just as he formerly was, only he averred that he would never make another violin, nor yet ever play on another. And, as I learned later, he kept his word. Hints which the Professor let fall confirmed my own private conviction that the so carefully guarded secret of the Councillor's relations to Antonia, nay, that even her death, was a crime which must weigh heavily upon him, a crime that could not be atoned for. I determined that I would not leave H{{bar|2}} without taxing him with the offence which I conceived him to be guilty of; I determined to shake his heart down to its very roots, and so compel him to make open confession of the terrible deed. The more I reflected upon the matter, the clearer it grew in my own mind that Krespel must be a villain, and in the same proportion did my intended reproach, which assumed of itself the form of a real rhetorical masterpiece, wax more fiery and more impressive. Thus equipped and mightily incensed, I hurried to his house. I found him with a calm smiling countenance making playthings. "How can peace," I burst out—"how can peace find lodgment even for a single moment in your breast, so long as the memory of your horrible<noinclude></noinclude> h0yogvom1oxrgo6u95ifpry9x9qr542 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/162 104 3921135 14128750 12338342 2024-04-25T18:21:06Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|154|THE CREMONA VIOLIN.|}}</noinclude>But how do you dare desire to insinuate yourself into the secrets and lay bare the hidden motives of a life that is strange to you and that must continue so? She has gone and the mystery is solved." He ceased speaking, rose, and traversed the room backwards and forwards several times. I ventured to ask for an explanation; he fixed his eyes upon me, grasped me by the hand, and led me to the window, which he threw wide open. Propping himself upon his arms, he leaned out, and, looking down into the garden, told me-the history of his life. When he finished I left him, touched and ashamed. In a few words, his relations with Antonia rose in the following way. Twenty years before, the Councillor had been led into Italy by his favorite engrossing passion of hunting up and buying the best violins of the old masters. At that time he had not yet begun to make them himself, and so of course he had not begun to take to pieces those which he bought. In Venice he heard the celebrated singer Angela {{bar|2}}i, who at that time was playing with splendid success as ''prima donna'' at St. Benedict's Theatre. His enthusiasm was awakened, not only in her art—which Signora Angela had indeed brought to a high pitch of perfection—but in her angelic beauty as well. He sought her acquaintance; and in spite of all his rugged manners he succeeded in winning her heart, principally through his bold and yet at the<noinclude></noinclude> iwxicqv03lcb0orykblah7pyuf88gvb Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/164 104 3921137 14128751 12338345 2024-04-25T18:21:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|156|THE CREMONA VIOLIN.|}}</noinclude>of music, continued to play on until the walls echoed again; thus he chanced to touch the Signora somewhat ungently with his arm and the fiddle-bow. She leapt back full of fury, shrieking that he was a "German brute," snatched the violin from his hands, and dashed it on the marble table into a thousand pieces. Krespel stood like a statue of stone before her: but then, as if awakening out of a dream, he seized her with the strength of a giant and threw her out of the window of her own house, and, without troubling himself about anything more, fled back to Venice—to Germany. It was not, however, until some time had elapsed that he had a clear recollection of what he had done; although he knew that the window was scarcely five feet from the ground, and although he was fully cognizant of the necessity, under the above-mentioned circumstances, of throwing the Signora put of the window, he yet felt troubled by a sense of painful uneasiness, and the more so since she had imparted to him in no ambiguous terms an interesting secret as to her condition. He hardly dared to make inquiries; and he was not a little surprised about eight months afterwards at receiving a tender letter from his beloved wife, in which she made not the slightest allusion to what had taken place in her country house, only adding to the intelligence that she had been safely delivered of a sweet little daughter the heartfelt prayer that<noinclude></noinclude> iz2lkt6zjb2qi05b6xjvostmhmauu7y Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/166 104 3921139 14128752 12338347 2024-04-25T18:21:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|158|THE CREMONA VIOLIN.|}}</noinclude>an affectionate letter to his wife, making graceful allusion to her tenderness in especially dwelling upon the fact that his tiny daughter had, like him, a little mole behind the ear, and—remained in Germany. Now ensued an active correspondence between them. Assurances of unchanged affection—invitations—laments over the absence of the beloved one—thwarted wishes—hopes, etc.—flew backwards and forwards from Venice to H{{bar|2}}, from H{{bar|2}} to Venice. At length Angela came to Germany, and, as is well known, sang with brilliant success as ''prima donna'' at the great theatre in F{{bar|2}}. Despite the fact that she was no longer young, she won all hearts by the irresistible charm of her wonderfully splendid singing. At that time she had not lost her voice in the least degree. Meanwhile, Antonia had been growing up; and her mother never tired of writing to tell her father how that a singer of the first rank was developing in her. Krespel's friends in F{{bar|2}} also confirmed this intelligence, and urged him to come for once to F{{bar|2}} to see and admire this uncommon sight of two such glorious singers. They had not the slightest suspicion of the close relations in which Krespel stood to the pair. Willingly would he have seen with his own eyes the daughter who occupied so large a place in his heart, and who moreover often appeared to him in his dreams; but as often as he thought upon his wife he felt<noinclude></noinclude> nuclwv62i36w2ru1s9m0hw92xrv5ekd Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/168 104 3921141 14128753 12357315 2024-04-25T18:21:09Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|160|THE CREMONA VIOLIN.|}}</noinclude>breathe freely. The very same day he set out for F{{bar|2}}. You could not credit how heartrending was the Councillor's description of the moment when he first saw Antonia. Even in the fantastic oddities of his expression there was such a marvellous power of description that I am unable to give even so much as a faint indication of it. Antonia inherited all her mother's amiability and all her mother's charms, but not the repellent reverse of the medal. There was no chronic moral ulcer, which might break out from time to time. Antonia's betrothed put in an appearance, whilst Antonia herself, fathoming with happy instinct the deeper-lying character of her wonderful father, sang one of old Padre Martini's<ref>Giambattista Martini, more commonly called Padre Martini, of Bologna, formed an influential school of music there in the latter half of the eighteenth century. He wrote vocal and instrumental pieces both for the church and for the theatre. He was also a learned historian of music. He has the merit of having discerned and encouraged the genius of Mozart when, a boy of fourteen, he visited Bologna in 1770.</ref> motets, which, she knew, Krespel in the heyday of his courtship had never grown tired of hearing her mother sing. The tears ran in streams down Krespel's cheeks; even Angela he had never heard sing like that. Antonia's voice was of a very remarkable and altogether peculiar timbre: at one time it was like the sighing of an Æolian harp, at another like the warbled gush of<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 6myul1ku3iisvbwyuru3yw30zfw6qga Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/170 104 3921143 14128754 12339860 2024-04-25T18:21:10Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|162|THE CREMONA VIOLIN.|}}</noinclude>heart was lacerated as if by the stabs of hundreds of stinging knives. It was as though his life had been for the first time overshadowed by a beautiful tree full of the most magnificent blossoms, and now it was to be sawn to pieces at the roots, so that it could not grow green and blossom any more. His resolution was taken. He told Antonia all; he put the alternatives before her—whether she would follow her betrothed and yield to his and the world's seductions, but with the certainty of dying early, or whether she would spread round her father in his old days that joy and peace which had hitherto been unknown to him, and so secure a long life. She threw herself sobbing into his arms, and he, knowing the heartrending trial that was before her, did not press for a more explicit declaration, He talked the matter over with her betrothed; but, notwithstanding that the latter averred that no note should ever cross Antonia's lips, the Councillor was only too well aware that even B{{bar|2}} could not resist the temptation of hearing her sing, at any rate arias of his own composition. And the world, the musical public, even though acquainted with the nature of the singer's affliction, would certainly not relinquish its claims to hear her, for in cases where pleasure is concerned people of this class are very selfish and cruel. The Councillor disappeared from F{{bar|2}} along with Antonia, and came to H{{bar|2}}. B{{bar|2}} was<noinclude></noinclude> dpp9r49rolsu9a1opeyptrr1clcqvzk Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/172 104 3921145 14128755 12345596 2024-04-25T18:21:11Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|164|THE CREMONA VIOLIN.|}}</noinclude>rather pale, could very well do with some color from your precious blood. Make haste and run, for I might also hurl a nimble knife or two after you.' I must, I suppose, have looked rather formidable as I uttered these words, for, with a cry of the greatest terror, B{{bar|2}} tore himself loose from my grasp, rushed out of the room, and down the steps." Directly after B{{bar|2}} was gone, when the Councillor tried to lift up his daughter, who lay unconscious on the floor, she opened her eyes with a deep sigh, but soon closed them again as if about to die. Then Krespel's grief found vent aloud, and would not be comforted. The doctor, whom the old housekeeper had called in, pronounced Antonia's case a somewhat serious but by no means dangerous attack; and she did indeed recover more quickly than her father had dared to hope. She now clung to him with the most confiding childlike affection; she entered into his favorite hobbies—into his mad schemes and whims. She helped him take old violins to pieces and glue new ones together. "I won't sing again any more^but live for you," she often said, sweetly smiling upon him, after she had been asked to sing and had refused. Such appeals, however, the Councillor was anxious to spare her as much as possible; therefore it was that he was unwilling to take her into society, and solicitously shunned all music. He well understood how painful it must be for her to forego<noinclude></noinclude> mif3oa75xcg26ykl7104nb5w6ryycqi Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/174 104 3921147 14128756 12345604 2024-04-25T18:21:12Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|166|THE CREMONA VIOLIN.|}}</noinclude>soon made out distinctly that B{{bar|2}} was flourishing on the instrument in his usual style. He wished to get up, but felt himself held down as if by a dead weight, and lying as if fettered in iron bonds; he was utterly unable to move an inch. Then Antonia's voice was heard singing low and soft; soon, however, it began to rise and rise in volume until it became an ear-splitting ''fortissimo;'' and at length she passed over into a powerfully impressive song which B{{bar|2}} had once composed for her in the devotional style of the old masters. Krespel described his condition as being incomprehensible, for terrible anguish was mingled with a delight he had never experienced before. All at once he was surrounded by a dazzling brightness, in which he beheld B{{bar|2}} and Antonia locked in a close embrace, and gazing at each other in a rapture of ecstasy. The music of the song and of the pianoforte accompanying it went on without any visible signs that Antonia sang or that B{{bar|2}} touched the instrument. Then the Councillor fell into a sort of dead faint, whilst the images vanished away. On awakening he still felt the terrible anguish of his dream. He rushed into Antonia's room. She lay on the sofa, her eyes closed, a sweet angelic smile on her face, her hands devoutly folded, and looking as if asleep and dreaming of the joys and raptures of heaven. But she was—dead.<noinclude></noinclude> 9l8v7d9auh26tlm5akeuq79bataug0r Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/178 104 3921149 14128757 12346922 2024-04-25T18:21:13Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|170|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>dancing and feasting in every house, masqueraders are going about, and Philip will enjoy the sport." Old Gottlieb nodded his assent. "I am willing, Kate," he said. "My barometer, the old wound above my knee, has given me warning the last two days of a change of weather. It is only right that my son should aid me in a service to which he will be my successor." We must give the reader to understand that old Gottlieb had been a sergeant of cavalry in one of the king's regiments, until he was made a cripple for life by a musket-ball, as he was the first mounting the walls of a hostile fort in a battle for his fatherland. The officer who commanded the attack received the cross of honor on the battlefield for his heroism, and was advanced in the service; while Gottlieb was fain to creep homewards on a pair of crutches. From pity they made him a schoolmaster, for he was intelligent, liked to read, and wrote a good hand. But when the school increased they took it away from him to provide for a young man who could do none of these as well as he, merely because he was a godson of one of the trustees. However, they promoted Gottlieb to the post of watchman, with the reversion of it to his son Philip, who had in the meantime bound himself to a gardener. It was only the good housewifery of Mistress Katharine, and the extreme modera-<noinclude></noinclude> aoky52miblaqx9qkyyhwhvbmrlecuxk Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/180 104 3921151 14128758 12347978 2024-04-25T18:21:14Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|172|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>in, and Gottlieb 's share will be something! Oh! we shall live grandly." "Well, so much the better, dear mother," said Philip; "but have you paid the rent of the cottage yet?" Old Gottlieb shrugged his shoulders. Philip laid a purse upon the table. "There are two-and-twenty dollars that I have saved. I can do very well without them; take them for a New Year's gift, and then we can all three enter on the new year without a debt or a care. God grant that we may end it in health and happiness! Heaven in its goodness will provide for both you and me!" Tears came into Mother Katharine's eyes as she kissed her son; old Gottlieb said: "Philip, you are the prop and stay of our old age. Continue to be honest and good, and to love your parents, so will a blessing rest on you. I can give you nothing for a New Year's gift, but a prayer that you may keep your heart pure and true—this is in your power—you will be rich enough—for a clear conscience is a Heaven in itself." So said old Gottlieb , and then he wrote down in an account-book the sum of two-and-twenty dollars that his son had given him. "All that you have cost me in childhood is now nearly paid up. Your savings amount to three hundred and seventeen dollars, which I have received." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> fnkiijgjfwc6jinkv4mddb9yjgz9xml Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/182 104 3921153 14128759 12348003 2024-04-25T18:21:15Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|174|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>is a pretty girl, that can't be denied; and though she is poor, there will be no want of wooers. She is virtuous and understands housekeeping." "Never fear, mother," replied Philip; "Rose has solemnly sworn to marry no man but me; and that is sufficient. Her mother has nothing to object to me. And if I was in business and had money enough to keep a wife with, Rose would be my wife to-morrow. The only annoyance we have is, that her mother will not let us meet so often as we wish. She says frequent meetings do no good; but I differ from her, and so does Rose—for we think meeting often does us both a great deal of good. And we have agreed to meet to-night, at twelve o'clock, at the great door of St. Gregory's Church, for Rose is bringing in the year at a friend's house, and I am to take her home." In the midst of such conversation the clock of the neighboring tower struck three-quarters, and Philip took his father's great-coat from the warm stove where Katharine had carefully laid it, wrapped himself in it, and taking the lantern and staff, and wishing his parents good-night, proceeded to his post. <includeonly>{{rule|6em}}</includeonly><noinclude></noinclude> sscdh6cp23vn4tndaqoxs6ku1r6zqet Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/184 104 3921155 14128760 12348015 2024-04-25T18:21:16Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|176|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>His teeth chattered with cold; he could scarcely call the hour or sound his horn. He would willingly have gone into a beer-house to warm himself at the fire. As he was pacing through a lonely by-street, he met a man with a black half-mask on his face, enveloped in a fire-colored silken mantle, and wearing on his head a magnificent hat turned up at one side, and fantastically ornamented with a number of high and waving plumes. Philip endeavored to escape the mask, but in vain. The stranger blocked up his path and said: "Ha! thou art a fine fellow; I like thy phiz amazingly. Where are you going, eh? I say, where are you going?" "To Mary Street," replied Philip. "I am going to call the hour there." "Enchanting!" answered the mask. "I'll hear thee: I'll go with thee. Come along, thou foolish fellow, and let me hear thee, and mind thou singest well, for I am a good judge. Canst thou sing me a jovial song?" Philip saw that his companion was of high rank and a little tipsy, and answered: "I sing better over a glass of wine in a warm room, than when up to my waist in snow." They had now reached Mary Street, and Philip sang and blew the horn. "Ha! that's but a poor performance," exclaimed the mask, who had accompanied him<noinclude></noinclude> 64jnhvyyg2n4fnvmu9299bp9fsj9hcp Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/186 104 3921157 14128761 12345787 2024-04-25T18:21:17Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|178|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>horn, and staff, taking back his own silk mantle, hat, and domino. Philip also told him the four streets in which he was to call the hour. The mask was in raptures: "Treasure of my heart, I could kiss thee if thou wert not a dirty, miserable fellow! But thou shalt have naught to regret, if thou art at the church at twelve, for I will give thee money for a supper then. Joy! I am a watchman!" The mask looked a watchman to the life, while Philip was completely disguised with the half-mask tied over his face, the bonnet ornamented with a buckle of brilliants on his head, and the red silk mantle thrown around him. When he saw his companion commence his walk he began to fear that the young gentleman might compromise the dignity of the watchman. He therefore addressed him once more, and said: "I hope you will not abuse my good nature and do any mischief or misbehave in any way, as it may cost me the situation." "Hallo!" answered the stranger. "What are you talking about? Do you think I don't know my duty? Off with you this moment, or I'll let you feel the weight of my staff. But come to St. Gregory's Church and give me back my clothes at twelve o'clock. Good-bye. This is glorious fun!" The new guardian of the streets walked onward with all the dignity becoming his office, while Philip hurried to a neighboring tavern. <includeonly>{{rule|6em}}</includeonly><noinclude></noinclude> gkfa7hitlf8o6ioq38jps9fuu4q7ohl Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/188 104 3921159 14128762 12348048 2024-04-25T18:21:18Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|180|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>"But do you know who I am?" {{SIC|inqurired|inquired}} Philip, and rejected the purse. The mask whispered with a bow of profound obeisance: "His Royal Highness, Prince Julian." At this moment Philip heard his deputy in an adjoining street calling the hour very distinctly, and he now became aware of his metamorphosis. Prince Julian, who was well known in the capital as an amiable, wild, and good-hearted young man, had been the person with whom he had changed his clothes. "Now, then," thought Philip, "as he enacts the watchman so well, I will not shame his rank; I'll see if, for one half-hour, I can't be the Prince. If I make any mistake, he has himself to blame for it." He wrapped the red silken mantle closer round him, took the offered purse, put it in his pocket, and said: "Who are you, mask? I will return your gold to-morrow." "I am the Chamberlain Pilzou." "Good—lead the way—I'll follow." The Chamberlain obeyed, and tripped up the marble stairs, Philip coming close behind him. They entered an immense hall lighted by a thousand tapers and dazzling chandeliers, which were reflected by brilliant mirrors. A confused crowd of maskers jostled each other, sultans, Tyrolese, harlequins, knights in armor, nuns, goddesses, satyrs, monks, Jews, Medes, and Persians. Philip<noinclude></noinclude> ojc7h9yi58bvtptr1ag596a9sxixqbb Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/190 104 3921161 14128763 12348065 2024-04-25T18:21:21Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|182|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>"How?" said Philip, "I never heard of such a thing." "You never heard of it?" repeated the other; "the whole city rings with it. The quarrel happened a fortnight ago, and she will not allow me to justify myself, but has sent back three letters I wrote to her, unopened. She is a declared enemy of the Baroness Reizenthal, and had made me promise to drop her acquaintance. But, think how unfortunate I was! When the Queen-mother made the hunting party to Freudenwald, she appointed me cavalier to the Baroness. What could I do? It was impossible to refuse. On the very birthday of the adorable Bonau I was obliged to set out. . . . She heard of it. . . . She put no trust in my heart!" "Well, then, Brahmin, take advantage of the present moment. The New Year makes up all quarrels. Is the Countess here?" "Do you not see her over there—the Carmelite on the left of the third pillar beside the two black dominos. She has laid aside her mask. Ah, Prince! your intercession would—" Philip thought: "Now I can do a good work!" and, as the punch had inspired him, he walked directly to the Carmelite. The Countess Bonau looked at him for some time seriously, and with flushed cheeks, as he sat down beside her. She was a beautiful girl; yet Philip remained per-<noinclude></noinclude> chhkru7pw6oeai0wis4emlyrjddrt6t Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/192 104 3921163 14128764 12348084 2024-04-25T18:21:22Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|184|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>will was obliged to be cavalier to the hated Reizenthal—" "Hated—by him?" interrupted the Countess with a bitter and sneering laugh. "Yes—he hates,—he despises the Baroness. Believe me, he scarcely treated her with civility, and incurred the Royal displeasure by so doing. I know it; and it was for your sake. You are the only person he loves—to you he offers his hand, his heart—and you!—you reject him!" "How comes it, Prince, that you intercede so warmly for Pilzou? You did not do so formerly." "That was because I did not know him, and still less the sad state into which you have thrown him by your behavior. I swear to you he is innocent—you have nothing to forgive in him—he has much to forgive in you." "Hush!" whispered the Carmelite, "we are watched here; away from this." She replaced her mask, stood up, and placing her arm within that of the supposed Prince, they crossed the hall and entered a side-room. The Countess uttered many bitter complaints against the Chamberlain, but they were the complaints of jealous love. The Countess was in tears, when the tender Brahmin soon after came timidly into the apartment. There was a deep silence among the three. Philip, not knowing how to conclude his intercession better, led the Brahmin to the Car-<noinclude></noinclude> 1p96sgcxdrz05tvtt0xoc8nw8f6sj96 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/194 104 3921165 14128765 12348098 2024-04-25T18:21:23Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|186|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>moment longer. I have discovered everything. Here! look at this! 't is a note my false wife slipped into your hand, and which you dropped in the crowd, without having read." Philip took the note. 'T was written in pencil, and in a fine delicate hand: "Change your mask. Everybody knows you. My husband watches you. He does not know me. If you obey me, I will reward you." "Hem!" muttered Philip. "As I live, this was not written to me. I don't trouble my head about your wife." "Death and fury, Prince! do not drive me mad! Do you know who it is that speaks to you? I am the Marshal Blankenswerd. Your advances to my wife are not unknown to me, ever since the last rout at the palace." "My Lord Marshal," answered Philip, "excuse me for saying that jealousy has blinded you. If you knew me well, you would not think of accusing me of such folly. I give you my word of honor I will never trouble your wife." "Are you in earnest, Prince?" "Entirely." "Give me a proof of this?" "Whatever you require." "I know you have hindered her until now from going with me to visit her relations in Poland. Will you persuade her to do so now?" "With all my heart, if you desire it." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 7ear3s4e2q1nq2yiwyezapqi778xiet Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/196 104 3921167 14128766 12348111 2024-04-25T18:21:23Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|188|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>ing with. "You were the beautiful Rose-girl; are your roses withered so soon?" "What is there that does not wither? not the constancy of man? I saw you when you slipped off with the Carmelite. Acknowledge your inconstancy—you can deny it no longer." "Hem," answered Philip, dryly, Accuse me if you will, I can return the accusation." "How,—pretty butterfly?" "Why, for instance, there is not a more constant man alive than the Marshal." "There is not indeed!—and I am wrong, very wrong to have listened to you so long. I reproached myself enough, but he has unfortunately discovered our flirtation." "Since the last rout at Court, fair Widow—" "Were you so unguarded and particular—pretty butterfly!" "Let us repair the mischief. Let us part. I honor the Marshal, and, for my part, do not like to give him pain." The Widow looked at him for some time in speechless amazement. "If you have indeed any regard for me," continued Philip, "you will go with the Marshal to Poland, to visit your relations. 'T is better that we should not meet so often. A beautiful woman is beautiful—but a pure and virtuous woman is more beautiful still." "Prince!" cried the astonished Widow, "are<noinclude></noinclude> 46uli1yehsq7c4qyvip2wrsee8ghp2v Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/198 104 3921169 14128767 12348127 2024-04-25T18:21:25Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|190|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>this, but not from me! I never dreamt that the heart of man could be so deceitful,—but you are unworthy of a thought. You are an impostor! My husband in the dress of a barbarian is a prince; you in the dress of a prince are a barbarian. In this world you see me no more!" With these words she turned proudly away from him, and going up to the Mameluke, they left the hall in deep and earnest conversation. Philip laughed quietly, and said to himself: "My substitute, the watchman, must look to it, for I do not play my part badly; I only hope when he returns he will proceed as I have begun." He went up to the dancers, and was delighted to see the beautiful Carmelite standing up in a set with the overjoyed Brahmin. No sooner did the latter perceive him, than he kissed his hand to him, and in dumb-show gave him to understand in what a blessed state he was. Philip thought: 'T is a pity I am not to be prince all my life-time. The people would be satisfied then; to be a prince is the easiest thing in the world. He can do more with a single word than a lawyer with a four-hours' speech. Yes! if I were a prince, my beautiful Rose would be—lost to me for ever. No! I would not be a prince." He now looked at the clock, and saw 't was half-past eleven. The Mameluke hurried up to him and gave him a paper. "Prince," he exclaimed, "I could fall at your feet and thank you in the very<noinclude></noinclude> imi3xpagn9e47mrs1ny686b953q6s02 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/200 104 3921171 14128768 12345764 2024-04-25T18:21:25Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|192|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>"The Marshal's wife has been chattering to Duke Herman, and he has been breathing fire and fury against us both." "He is quite welcome," answered Philip. "But the King will hear it all," sighed the negro. "This very night I may be arrested and carried to a dungeon; I'll sooner hang myself." "No need of that," said Philip. "What! am I to be made infamous for my whole life? I am lost, I tell you. The Duke will demand entire satisfaction. His back is black and blue yet with the marks of the cudgelling I gave him. I am lost, and the baker's daughter too! I'll jump from the bridge and drown myself at once!" "God forbid!" answered Philip; "what have you and the baker's daughter to do with it?" "Your Royal Highness banters me, and I am in despair!—I humbly beseech you to give me two minutes' private conversation." Philip followed the negro into a small boudoir dimly lighted up with a few candles. The negro threw himself on a sofa, quite overcome, and groaned aloud. Philip found some sandwiches and wine on the table, and helped himself with great relish. "I wonder your Royal Highness can be so cool on hearing this cursed story. If that rascally Salmoni was here who acted the conjurer, he might save us by some contrivance, for the<noinclude></noinclude> b7e677cmnoz038tpsdr1267llfwk1nr Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/202 104 3921173 14128769 12348160 2024-04-25T18:21:27Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|194|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>"Your Royal Highness, have pity on me, my brain is turned. The Duke's page, an old friend of mine, has told me this very moment, that the Marshal's wife, inspired by the devil, went up to the Duke, and told him that the trick played on him at the baker's house was planned by Prince Julian, who opposed his marriage with his sister; that the spirit he saw was myself, sent by the Princess to be a witness of his superstition; that your Highness was a witness of his descent into the pit after hidden gold, and of his promise to make the baker's daughter his mistress, and also to make her one of the nobility immediately after his marriage with the Princess. 'Do not hope to gain the Princess. It is useless for you to try,' were the last words of the Marshal's wife to the Duke." "And a pretty story it is," muttered Philip; "why, behavior like that would be a disgrace to the meanest of the people. I declare there is no end to these deviltries." "Yes, indeed. 'T is impossible to behave more meanly than the Marshal's lady. The woman must be a fury. My gracious Lord, save me from destruction." "Where is the Duke?" asked Philip. "The page told me he started up on hearing the story, and said, 'I will go to the King.' And if he tells the story to the King in his own way—" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> nb5m4ri0b50hkzh5vu7n312vkdotdkx Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/204 104 3921176 14128770 12348191 2024-04-25T18:21:28Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|196|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>"So lonely, Prince! I consider myself happy in having a minute's conversation with your Royal Highness." Philip looked at the speaker; and he was a miner, covered over with gold and jewels. "But one instant," said the mask. "The business is pressing, and deeply concerns you." "Who are you?" inquired Philip. "Count Bodenlos, the Minister of Finance, at your Highness's service," answered the miner, and showed his face, which looked as if it were a second mask, with its little eyes and copper-colored nose. "Well, then, my lord, what are your commands?" "May I speak openly? I waited on your Royal Highness thrice, and was never admitted to the honor of an audience; and yet—Heaven is my witness—no man in all this court has a deeper interest in your Royal Highness than I have." "I am greatly obliged to you," replied Philip; "what is your business just now? But be quick." "May I venture to speak of the house of Abraham Levi?" "As much as you like." "They have applied to me about the fifty thousand dollars which you owe them, and threaten to apply to the King. And you remem-<noinclude></noinclude> i2inoiovuhxowye6hu22vii4ea2nmpd Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/206 104 3921178 14128771 12348194 2024-04-25T18:21:29Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|198|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>But for your Royal Highness, it is a matter of great moment. If I have not the mixing of the pack, I lose the game." Philip for some time did not know what answer to make. At last, while the Finance Minister, in expectation of his reply, took a pinch out of his snuff-box set with jewels, Philip said: "If I rightly understand you, Sir Count, you would starve the country a little, in order to pay my debts. Consider, sir, what misery you will cause. And will the King consent to it?" "If I remain in office I will answer for that, my gracious Lord! When the price of corn rises, the King will, of course, think of permitting importation, and prevent exportation by levying heavy imposts. The permission to do so is given to the house of Abraham Levi, and they export as much as they choose. But, as I said before, if Griefensack gets the helm, nothing can be done. For the first year he would be obliged to attend strictly to his duty, in order to be able afterwards to feather his nest at the expense of the country. He must first make sure of his ground. He is dreadfully grasping!" "A pretty project," answered Philip; "and how long do you think a finance minister must be in office before he can lay his shears on the flock to get wool enough for himself and me?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> pletaxvp21ox5167d8zkax8t4kehdi2 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/208 104 3921180 14128772 12348198 2024-04-25T18:21:30Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|200|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>"But, your Royal Highness, if, in addition to the clearance of 'your debts, I make the house of Abraham Levi present you with fifty thousand dollars in hard cash? I think it may afford you that sum. The house will gain so much by the operation, that—" "Perhaps it may be able to give ''you'' also a mark of its regard." "Your Highness is pleased to jest with me. I gain nothing by the affair. My whole object is to obtain the protection of your Royal Highness." "You are very polite!" "I may hope, then, Prince? My duty is to be of service to you. To-morrow I shall send for Abraham, and conclude the arrangement with him. I shall have the honor to present your Royal Highness with the receipt for all your debts, besides the gift of fifty thousand dollars." "Go, I want to hear no more of it." "And your Royal Highness will honor me with your favor? For unless I am in the Ministry, it is impossible for me to deal with Abraham Levi so as—" "I wish to Heaven you and your Ministry and Abraham Levi were all three on the Blocksberg! I tell you what, unless you lower the price of corn, and take away the monopoly from that infernal Jew, I'll go this moment and reveal your<noinclude></noinclude> bty3lvbd3yyf7cqfk3srvccardt2h9m Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/210 104 3921182 14128773 12349581 2024-04-25T18:21:31Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|202|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>"A ''petit souper'' with the Countess Born? She is not present here; at least among all the masks I can't trace her out. I should know her among a thousand by that graceful walk and her peculiar way of carrying her little head—eh, Prince?" "Well, but if it were so, there would be no necessity for making you my confidant, would there?" "I will take the hint, and be silent. But won't you at any rate send to the Signora Rollina to let her know you are not coming?" "If I have sighed for her for two months, she had better sigh a month or two for me. I sha'n't go near her." "So that beautiful necklace which you sent her for a New Year's present was all for nothing?" "As far as I am concerned." "Will you break with her entirely?" "There is nothing between us to break, that I know of." "Well, then, since you speak so plainly, I may i tell you something which you perhaps know already. Your love for the Signora has hitherto kept me silent; but now that you have altered your mind about her, I can no longer keep the secret from you. You are deceived." "By whom?" "By the artful singer. She would divide<noinclude></noinclude> qiufh8i5bskf818fymag6cblx6pzxg5 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/212 104 3921184 14128774 12349593 2024-04-25T18:21:31Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|204|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude><noinclude>add </noinclude>to that, artlessness, grace, and innocence. But the difficulty is to catch sight of her. She seldom leaves her mother. I know her seat in church, and have watched her for many Sundays past, as she walked with her mother to the Elm-Gate. I have ascertained that a handsome young fellow, a gardener, is making court to her. He can't marry her, for he is a poor devil, and she has nothing. The mother is the widow of a poor weaver." "And the mother's name is?" "Widow Bittner, in Milk Street; and the daughter, fairest of flowers, is in fact called Rose." Philip's blood boiled at the sound of the beloved name. His first inclination was to knock the communicative Dutchman down. He restrained himself, however, and only asked: "Are you the devil himself?" "'T is good news, is it not? I have taken some steps in the matter already, but you must see her first. But perhaps such a pearl has not altogether escaped your keen observation? Do you know her?" "Intimately." "So much the better. Have I been too lavish of my praises? You confess their truth? She sha'n't escape us. We must go together to the widow; you must play the philanthropist. You have heard of the widow's poverty, and must in-<noinclude></noinclude> dsyrnr351470edqulgdurhb02xmopab Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/214 104 3921186 14128776 12349598 2024-04-25T18:21:32Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|206|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>him, and he might have betrayed himself; "not a word more!" "No, there will be more than words. Deeds shall show my sincerity. You may advance. You are wont to conquer. The outposts will be easily taken. The gardener I will manage, and the mother will range herself under your gilded banners. Then the fortress will be won!" "Sir, if you venture," said Philip, who now could hardly contain himself. It was with great difficulty he refrained from open violence, and he clutched the arm of the Dutchman with the force of a vice. "Your Highness, for Heaven's sake, moderate your joy. I shall scream—you are mashing my arm!" "If you venture to go near that innocent girl, I will demolish every bone in your body." "Good, good," screamed the Dutchman, in intense pain; "only let go my arm." "If I find you anywhere near Milk Street, I'll dash your miserable brains out. So look to it.{{SIC|'|"}} The Dutchman seemed almost stupefied; trembling, he said: "May it please your Highness, I could not imagine you really loved the girl as it seems you do." "I love her! I will own it before the whole world!" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> neidu400oq5q4y1r4c69uoqsjgghm0z Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/216 104 3921188 14128777 12349603 2024-04-25T18:21:33Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|208|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>the company for one moment to speak to you as you passed. Are you happy to see me?" "Blest as a god, my angel;—who could be otherwise than happy by thy side?" "I've some good news for you, Philip. You must sup at our house to-morrow evening. My mother has allowed me to ask you. You'll come?" "For the whole evening, and as many more as you wish. Would we might be together till the end of the world! 'T would be a life fit for gods!" "Listen, Philip; in half an hour I shall be at St. Gregory's. I shall expect you there. You won't fail me? Don't keep me waiting long—we shall have a walk together. Go now—we may be discovered." She tried to go, but Julian held her back and threw his arms round her. "What, wilt thou leave me so coldly?" he said, and tried to press a kiss upon her lips. Rose did not know what to think of this boldness, for Philip had always been modest, and never dared more than kiss her hand, except once, when her mother had forbidden their meeting again. They had then exchanged their first kiss in great sorrow and in great love, but never since then. She struggled to free herself, but Julian held her firm, till at last she had to buy her liberty by submitting to the kiss, and begged him to go. But Julian seemed not at all inclined to move{{SIC|,|.}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 1mlj138g45r74vdqxgsv5zboay1zv4d Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/218 104 3921190 14128778 12349609 2024-04-25T18:21:34Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|210|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>"Ah, Philip, if you had only gained a thousand dollars, you might buy such a pretty garden!" "A thousand dollars! And what if it were more?" "Ah, Philip—what? is it true? is it really? Don't deceive me! 't will be worse than the dream. You had a ticket! and you've won!—own it! own it!" "All you can wish for." Rose flung her arms around his neck in the extremity of her joy, and kissed him. "More than the thousand dollars? and will they pay you the whole?" Her kiss made the Prince forget to answer. It was so strange to hold a pretty form in his arms, receive its caresses, and to know they were not meant for him. "Answer me, answer me!" cried Rose, impatiently. "Will they give you all that money?" "They've done it already—and if it will add to your happiness I will hand it to you this moment." "What! have you got it with you?" The Prince took out his purse, which he had filled with money in expectation of some play. "Take it and weigh it, my girl," he said, placing it in her hand and kissing her again. "This, then, makes you mine!" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 2defepm7csz5086f6s72sm0mt0b5o4a Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/220 104 3921192 14128781 12351453 2024-04-25T18:21:36Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|212|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>the women screamed, and the men gasped with fear. He called the hour, and then shouted, at the top of his lungs: {{block center/s}} {{fine block/s}} The bus'ness of our lovely state<br /> Is stricken by the hand of fate—<br /> Even our maids, both light and brown,<br /> Can find no sale in all the town;<br /> They deck themselves with all their arts,<br /> But no one buys their worn-out hearts." {{fine block/e}} {{block center/e}} "Shame! shame!" cried several female voices from the window at the end of this complimentary effusion, which, however, was crowned with a loud laugh from the men. "Bravo, watchman!" cried some; "Encore! encore!" shouted others. "How dare you, fellow, insult ladies in the open street?" growled a young lieutenant, who had a very pretty girl on his arm. "Mr. Lieutenant," answered a miller, "unfortunately watchmen always tell the truth, and the lady on your arm is a proof of it. Ha! young jade, do you know me? do you know who I am? Is it right for a betrothed bride to be gadding at night about the streets with other men? To-morrow your mother shall hear of this. I'll have nothing more to do with you!" The girl hid her face, and nudged the young officer to lead her away. But the lieutenant, like a brave soldier, scorned to retreat from the miller,<noinclude></noinclude> rwe2ey3jbipg7ekuyho70fby3nb5cya Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/222 104 3921194 14128782 12349614 2024-04-25T18:21:37Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|214|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>discords, and noble ladies would not have so much cause to mourn if you had learned both to pray and to work." Several young officers had gathered together already, and so had some mechanics; and the boys, in the meantime, threw snowballs among both parties, that their share in the fun might not be lost. The first ball hit the noble lieutenant on the nose, and thinking it an attack from the ''canaille'', he raised his sabre. The fight began. The Prince, who had laughed amazingly at the first commencement of the uproar, had betaken himself to another region, and felt quite unconcerned as to the result. In the course of his wanderings, he came to the palace of Count Bodenlos, the Minister of Finance, with whom, as Philip had discovered at the masquerade, the Prince was not on the best terms. The Countess had a large party. Julian saw the lighted windows, and still feeling poetically disposed, he planted himself opposite the balcony, and blew a peal on his horn. Several ladies and gentlemen opened the shutters, because they had nothing better to do, and listened to what he should say. "Watchman," cried one of them, "sing us a New Year's greeting!" This invitation brought a fresh accession of the Countess' party to the windows. Julian called<noinclude></noinclude> hv71pksdnd0x4c89l9de51xozfbh88a Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/224 104 3921196 14128783 12349615 2024-04-25T18:21:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|216|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>of the Finance Minister, and commenced a search for the offender. "We have him!" cried some, as the rest eagerly approached. It was in fact the real guardian of the night, who was carefully perambulating his beat, in innocent unconsciousness of any offence. In spite of all he could say, he was disarmed and carried off to the watch-house, and charged with causing a disturbance by singing libellous songs. The officer of the police shook his head at the unaccountable event, and said: "We have already one watchman in custody, whose verses about some girl caused a very serious affray between the town's people and the garrison." The prisoner would confess to nothing, but swore prodigiously at the tipsy young people who had disturbed him in the fulfilment of his duty. One of the secretaries of the Finance Minister repeated the whole verse to him. The soldiers standing about laughed aloud, but the ancient watchman swore with tears in his eyes that he had never thought of such a thing. While the examination was going on, and one of the secretaries of the Finance Minister began to be doubtful whether the poor watchman was really in fault or not, an uproar was heard outside, and loud cries of "Watch, watch!" The guard rushed out, and in a few minutes the Field-Marshal entered the office, accompanied by the captain of the guards on duty. "Have<noinclude></noinclude> 1bt112intv4losgv7i9jvtqcum0zpl2 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/226 104 3921198 14128784 12351455 2024-04-25T18:21:39Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|218|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>the gentlemen who remembered the whole verses between them: {{block center/s}} {{fine block/s}} {{fqm}}On empty head a flaunting feather,<br /> A long queue tied with tape and leather;<br /> Padded breast and waist so little,<br /> Make the soldier to a tittle;<br /> By cards and dance, and dissipation,<br /> He's sure to win a Marshal's station." {{fine block/e}} {{block center/e}} "Do you deny, you rascal," cried the Field-Marshal to the terrified watchman; "do you deny that you sang these infamous lines as I was coming out of my house?" "They may sing it who like, it was not me," said the watchman. "Why did you run away, then, when you saw me?" "I did not run away." "What!" said the two officers who had accompanied the Marshal—"not run away? Were you not out of breath when at last we laid hold of you there by the market?" "Yes, but it was with fright at being so ferociously attacked. I am trembling yet in every limb." "Lock the obstinate dog up till the morning," said the Marshal; "he will come to his senses by that time!" With these words the wrathful dignitary went away. These incidents had set the whole police force of the city on the ''qui vive''. In the next ten minutes two more watchmen<noinclude></noinclude> 5z2vjaukrcfogrilgonnzulg3bbrdhc Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/228 104 3921200 14128785 12351412 2024-04-25T18:21:40Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|220|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>{{c|X.}} {{sc|In}} the dancing-hall next to the card-room, Philip had looked at his watch, and discovered that the time of his appointment with Rose at St. Gregory's had nearly come. He was by no means sorry at the prospect of giving back his silk mantle and plumed bonnet to his substitute for he began to find high life not quite to his taste. As he was going to the door, the Negro once more came up to him, and whispered: "Your Highness, Duke Herrman is seeking for you everywhere." Philip shook his head impatiently and hurried out, followed by the Negro. When they got to the ante-chamber, the Negro cried out, "By Heaven, here comes the Duke!"—and slipped back into the hall. A tall black mask walked fiercely up to Philip, and said: "Stay a moment, sir; I've a word or two to say to you; I've been seeking for you long." "Quick, then," said Philip, "for I have no time to lose." "I would not waste a moment, sir; I have sought you long enough; you owe me satisfaction, you have injured me infamously." "Not that I am aware of." "You don't know me, perhaps," said the Duke, lifting up his mask; "now that you see me, your own conscience will save me any more words.<noinclude></noinclude> 42op9pt676bpyd7je5n78xx81o0d6bf Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/230 104 3921202 14128786 12351416 2024-04-25T18:21:41Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|222|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>minute. At last he seized poor Philip by the arm, and was dragging him into the hall. "What do you want with me?" said Philip, sorely frightened, and shook off the Duke. "To the King. He shall hear how shamefully you insult a guest at his court." "Very good," replied Philip, who saw no hope of escape, except by continuing the character of the Prince. "Very good. Come, then, I am ready. By good luck I happen to have the agreement with me between you and the baker's daughter, in which you promise—" "Nonsense! stuff!" answered the Duke, "that was only a piece of fun, which may be allowed surely with a baker's daughter. Show it if you like, I will explain all that." But it appeared that the Duke was not quite so sure of the explanation, for he no longer urged Philip to go before the King. He, however, insisted more earnestly than ever on getting into his carnage, and going that moment—Heaven knows where—to decide the matter with sword and pistol, an arrangement which did not suit our watchman at all. Philip pointed out the danger and consequences of such a proceeding, but the Duke overruled all objections. He had made every preparation, and when it was over he would leave the city that same night. "If you are not the greatest coward in Europe, you will follow me to the carriage—Prince!" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> bj3i5wfncjrlajg8lfdzdagzmzoya8h Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/232 104 3921204 14128787 12351419 2024-04-25T18:21:42Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|224|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>the frost and snow—my happiness was so great: I am so glad you're come back." "And I too, dear Rose, thank God that I have got back to you. May the eagles fly away with these trinkum-trankums of great people. But I'll tell you some other time of the scenes I've had. Tell me now, my darling, how you are, and whether you love me still!" "Ah! Philip, you've become a great man now, and it would be better to ask if you still care anything for me." "Thunder! How came you to know so soon that I've been a great man?" "Why, you told me yourself. Ah! Philip, Philip, I only hope you won't be proud, now that you've grown so rich. I am but a poor girl, and not good enough for you now—and I have been thinking, Philip, if you forsake me, I would rather have had you continue a poor gardener. I should fret myself to death if you forsook me." "What are you talking about, Rose? 'T is true that for one half-hour I have been a prince; 't was but a joke, and I want no more of such jokes in my life. Now I am a watchman again, and as poor as ever. To be sure, I have five thousand dollars in my pocket, that I got from a Mameluke; that would make us rich, but unfortunately they don't belong to me!" "You're speaking nonsense, Philip," said Rose, giving him the purse of gold that the Prince<noinclude></noinclude> 35rmmno26wnqdl216rycfowdt64sjih Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/234 104 3921206 14128788 12355955 2024-04-25T18:21:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|226|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>you yourself told me it half an hour ago, and gave me the purse with your own hand." "Rose—try to recollect yourself. This morning I saw you at mass, and we agreed to meet here to-night, but since that time I have not seen you for an instant." "No, except half an hour ago, when I saw you at Steinman's door. But what is that bundle under your arm? why are you without a hat this cold night? Philip! Philip! be careful. All that gold may turn your brain. You've been in some tavern, Philip, and have drunk more than you should. But tell me, what is in the bundle? Why—here's a woman's silk gown.—Philip, Philip, where have you been?" "Certainly not with you half an hour ago; you want to play tricks on me, I fancy; where have you got that money, I should like to know?" "Answer me first, Philip, where you got that woman's gown. Where have you been, sir?" They were both impatient for explanations, both a little jealous—and finally began to quarrel. {{rule|6em}} {{c|XII.}} {{sc|But}} as this was a lovers' quarrel, it ended as lovers' quarrels invariably do. When Rose took out her white pocket-handkerchief, put it to her beautiful eyes, and turned away her head as the<noinclude></noinclude> 445u2yd011pylxs30qqk7al6mdx7t2m Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/236 104 3921208 14128789 12351427 2024-04-25T18:21:44Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|228|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>"Hold there!" cried Philip; "I did n't kiss you. nor, I am sure, did you kiss me in return." "I am sure 't was ''intended'' for you, then," replied Rose, whilst her lover rubbed his hair down, for fear it should stand on end. "If 't was not you," continued Rose, anxiously, "I will believe all that you have been telling me." But as she went on in her story a light seemed to break in on her, and she exclaimed: "And, after all, I do not believe it was Prince Julian in your coat!" Philip was certain it was, and cried: "The rascal! He stole my kisses—now I understand! That's the reason why he wanted to take my place and gave me his mask!" And now the stories he had heard at the masquerade came into Philip's head. He asked if anybody had called at her mother's to offer her money; if any gentleman was much about Milk Street; if she saw any one watching her at church; but to all his questions her answers were so satisfactory, that it was impossible to doubt her total ignorance of all the machinations of the rascally courtiers. He warned her against all the advances of philanthropical and compassionate princes—and Rose warned him against the dangers of a masked ball and adventures with ladies of rank, by which many young men have been made unhappy—and as everything was now for-<noinclude></noinclude> n5ejriieupevdasx6h78ita1nhdh0hd Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/238 104 3921210 14128790 12351431 2024-04-25T18:21:45Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|230|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>"Run! watchman! I tell you. They're in search of you." "I have nothing to run for. But your purse, here—" "Keep it, I tell you. Fly! if you can run." "And a billet of Marshal Blankenswerd's for five thousand dollars—" "Ha! what the plague do you know about Marshal Blankenswerd?" "He said it was a gambling debt he owed you. He and his lady start to-night for their estates in Poland." "Are you mad? how do you know that? Who gave you the message for me?" "And, your Highness, the Minister of Finance will pay all your debts to Abraham Levi and others if you will use your influence with the King to keep him in office." "Watchman! you've been tampering with Old Nick." "But I rejected the offer." "''You'' rejected the offer of the Minister?" "Yes, your Highness. And, moreover, I have entirely reconciled the Baroness Bonau with the Chamberlain Pilzou." "Which of us two is a fool?" "Another thing, your Highness. Signora Rollina is a bad woman. I have heard of some love affairs of hers. You are deceived—I there fore thought her not worthy of your atten-<noinclude></noinclude> naqc8s0l1kr641fw5y84pii0jztrlt6 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/240 104 3921212 14128792 12351433 2024-04-25T18:21:47Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|232|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>{{c|XIII.}} "{{sc|Lay}} hold on him! That's the man!" cried many voices, and Philip, Rose, and Julian saw themselves surrounded by six lusty servants of the police. Rose screamed, Philip took her hand, and told her not to be alarmed. The Prince clapped his hand on Philip's shoulder. "'T is a stupid business," he said, "and you should have escaped when I told you. But don't be frightened; there shall no harm befall you." "That's to be seen," said one of the captors. "In the meantime he must come along with us." "Where to?" inquired Philip; "I am doing my duty. I am watchman of this beat." "That's the reason we take you. Come." The Prince stepped forward. "Let the man go, good people," he said, and searched in all his pockets for his purse. As he found it nowhere, he was going to whisper to Philip to give it him, but the police tore them apart, and one of them shouted: "On! We can't stop to talk here." "The masked fellow must go with us too; he is suspicious-looking." "Not so," exclaimed Philip; "you are in search of the watchman. Here I am, if you choose to answer for taking me from my duty. But let this gentleman go." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> dp4g38sr73s65xsggo3uz21x3mqv0o4 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/242 104 3921214 14128793 12351436 2024-04-25T18:21:48Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|234|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>business. I belong to the court. If you venture to force me to go with you, you will be sorry for it when you are feasting on bread and water tomorrow in prison." "For Heaven's sake, let the gentleman go," cried Philip; "I give you my word he is a great lord, and will make you repent your conduct. He is—" "Hush; be silent," interrupted Julian; "tell no human being who I am. Whatever happens keep my name a secret. Do you hear? an entire secret from every one!" "We do our duty," said the sergeant, "and nobody can punish us for that; you may go to a prison yourself; we have often had fellows speak as high, and threaten as fiercely; forward!" "Men! take advice; he is a distinguished man at court." "If it were a king himself he should go with us. He is a suspicious character, and we must do our duty." While the contest about the Prince went on, a carriage, with eight horses and outriders, bearing flambeaux, drove past the church. "Stop!" said a voice from the carriage, as it was passing the crowd of policemen who had the Prince in custody. The carriage stopped. The door flew open, and a gentleman, with a brilliant star on the breast of his surtout, leaped out. He pushed through<noinclude></noinclude> luyf5cpy9i28jc83ypbkba8jjxftya7 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/244 104 3921216 14128794 12351439 2024-04-25T18:21:48Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|236|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>carriage, and once more urging them not to let the villains escape, gave orders to drive on. The Prince saw no chance left. To reveal himself now would be to make his night's adventures the talk of the whole city. He thought it better to disclose his incognito to the Chamberlain or the Minister of Police. "Since it must be so, come on then," he said; and the party marched forward, keeping a firm hand on the two prisoners. {{rule|6em}} {{c|XIV.}} {{sc|Philip}} was not sure whether he was bewitched, or whether the whole business was not a dream, for it was a night such as he had never passed before in his life. He had nothing to blame himself for except that he had changed clothes with the Prince, and then, whether he would or no, been forced to support his character. He felt pretty safe, for it was the princely watchman who had been at fault, and he saw no occasion for his being committed. His heart beat, however, when they came to the palace. His coat, horn, and staff were taken from him. Julian spoke a few words to a young nobleman, and immediately the policemen were sent away. The Prince ascended the stairs, and Philip had to follow. "Fear nothing," said Julian, and left him.<noinclude></noinclude> ihoa520rtw3e3274yhvqxzvq4068t2d Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/246 104 3921218 14128795 12351442 2024-04-25T18:21:49Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|238|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>have some compensation to make to him for the inconvenience he has suffered." The King, smiling, nodded his assent, and Philip left the apartment. "Prince!" said the King, holding up his forefinger in a threatening manner to his son, "'t is well for you that you told me nothing but the truth. For this time I must pardon your wild scrape, but if such a thing happens again you will offend me. There will be no excuse for you! I must take Duke Herrman in hand myself. I shall not be sorry if we can get quit of him. As to the Ministers of Finance and Police, I must have further proofs of what you say. Go now, and give some present to the gardener. He has shown more discretion in your character than you have in his." The Prince took leave of the King, and having changed his dress in an ante-room, sent for Philip to go to his palace with him; there he made him go over—word for word—everything that had occurred. When Philip had finished his narrative, the Prince clapped him on the shoulder and said: "Philip, listen! You're a sensible fellow. I can confide in you, and I am satisfied with you. What you have done in my name with the Chamberlain Pilzou, the Countess Bonau, the Marshal and his wife, Colonel Kali, and the Minister of Finance—I will maintain—as if I had done it myself. But, on the other<noinclude></noinclude> 1tw75bmxfbllr3vc3ubunlsoy2cq4mb Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (German I).djvu/248 104 3921220 14128796 12351446 2024-04-25T18:21:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|240|ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE.|}}</noinclude>know this, Philip?" she said. And when he answered no, she cried: "Rose, kindle the fire, put over the water, and make some coffee for all of us." She then wrapped herself in her little woollen shawl and left the house. But Rose lay on Philip's breast, and forgot all about the wood and water. And there she yet lay when Mother Bittner returned with old Gottlieb and Mother Katharine. They surrounded their children and blessed them. Mother Bittner saw if she wanted coffee, she would be obliged to cook it herself. Philip lost his situation as watchman. Rose became his wife in two weeks; their parents went with them to {{bar|2}}; but this does not belong to the adventures of a New Year's Eve, a night more ruinous to the Minister of Finance than any one else; neither have we heard of any more pranks by the wild Prince Julian.<noinclude></noinclude> a55qb82voggyma5uti5lgp1wh5xx50j Page:Scott's Last Expedition, Volume 1.djvu/230 104 3938086 14127917 12278152 2024-04-25T14:24:37Z PG 1913842 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PG" />{{rh|128|SCOTT'S LAST EXPEDITION|{{smaller|{{sc|[January}}}}}}</noinclude>southerly breeze with light falling snow and an overcast sky. Rather significant of a blizzard if we had not had such a lot of wind lately. The position of the ship makes the casual transport that still proceeds very easy, but the ice is rather thin at the edge. In the hut all is marching towards the utmost comfort. Bowers has completed a store room on the south side, an excellent place to keep our travelling provisions. Every day he conceives or carries out some plan to benefit the camp. Simpson and Wright are worthy of all admiration: they have been unceasingly active in getting things to the fore and I think will be ready for routine work much earlier than was anticipated. But, indeed, it is hard to specialise praise where everyone is working so indefatigably for the cause. Each man in his way is a treasure. Clissold the cook has started splendidly, has served seal, penguin, and skua now, and I can honestly say that I have never met these articles of food in such a pleasing guise; ‘this point is of the greatest practical importance, as it means the certainty of good health for any number of years.’ Hooper was landed to-day, much to his joy. He got to work at once, and will be a splendid help, freeing the scientific people of all dirty work. Anton and Demetri are both most anxious to help on all occasions; they are excellent boys. ''Thursday, January'' 19.—The hut is becoming the most comfortable dwelling-place imaginable. We have made unto ourselves a truly seductive home, within the walls of which peace, quiet, and comfort reign supreme. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> gpjbyo6b7cgf71yk275x0tv5cpouqsf 14130317 14127917 2024-04-25T23:57:40Z McGhiever 1938594 Small fixes for consistency proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PG" />{{rh|128|SCOTT'S LAST EXPEDITION|{{smaller|{{sc|[January}}}}}}</noinclude>southerly breeze with light falling snow and an overcast sky. Rather significant of a blizzard if we had not had such a lot of wind lately. The position of the ship makes the casual transport that still proceeds very easy, but the ice is rather thin at the edge. In the hut all is marching towards the utmost comfort. Bowers has completed a store room on the south side, an excellent place to keep our travelling provisions. Every day he conceives or carries out some plan to benefit the camp. Simpson and Wright are worthy of all admiration: they have been unceasingly active in getting things to the fore and I think will be ready for routine work much earlier than was anticipated. But, indeed, it is hard to specialise praise where everyone is working so indefatigably for the cause. Each man in his way is a treasure. Clissold the cook has started splendidly, has served seal, penguin, and skua now, and I can honestly say that I have never met these articles of food in such a pleasing guise; 'this point is of the greatest practical importance, as it means the certainty of good health for any number of years.' Hooper was landed to-day, much to his joy. He got to work at once, and will be a splendid help, freeing the scientific people of all dirty work. Anton and Demetri are both most anxious to help on all occasions; they are excellent boys. ''Thursday, January'' 19.—The hut is becoming the most comfortable dwelling-place imaginable. We have made unto ourselves a truly seductive home, within the walls of which peace, quiet, and comfort reign supreme. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> bvjtct6r3bviqlm9yw5ah0om6vvf882 Page:Marmion - Walter Scott (ed. Bayne, 1889).pdf/206 104 3939714 14128158 12282161 2024-04-25T16:28:38Z Chrisguise 2855804 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{rvh|176|''CANTO VI.''|''MARMION.''}}</noinclude>{{ppoem|start=follow|end=follow|:Loud were the clanging blows; Advanced,—forced back,—now low, now high, :The pennon sunk and rose; >>>815 As bends the bark's mast in the gale, When rent are rigging, shrouds, and sail, :It waver'd 'mid the foes. No longer Blount the view could bear: 'By Heaven, and all its saints! I swear >>>820 :I will not see it lost! Fitz-Eustace, you with Lady Clare May bid your beads, and patter prayer,— :I gallop to the host.' And to the fray he rode amain, >>>825 Follow'd by all the archer train. The fiery youth, with desperate charge, Made, for a space, an opening large,— :The rescued banner rose,— But darkly closed the war around, >>>830 Like pine-tree rooted from the ground, :It sank among the foes. Then Eustace mounted too:—yet staid, As loath to leave the helpless maid, :When, fast as shaft can fly, >>>835 Blood-shot his eyes, his nostrils spread, The loose rein dangling from his head, Housing and saddle bloody red, :Lord Marmion's steed rush'd by; And Eustace, maddening at the sight, >>>840 :A look and sign to Clara cast, :To mark he would return in haste, Then plunged into the fight. <>XXVIII. {{anchor|Pioneersv2ch6}}Ask me not what the maiden feels, :Left in that dreadful hour alone: >>>845 Perchance her reason stoops, or reels; :Perchance a courage, not her own, Braces her mind to desperate tone.—}}<noinclude></noinclude> 2eedoj20x10nw0sg0h20p48tssijhjr Page:Anne of the Island (1920).djvu/16 104 3940792 14128698 14042507 2024-04-25T18:14:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Oswallt" />{{rh|viii|CONTENTS|}}</noinclude>{{TOCstyle|model=CD.P <noinclude>|row1model=CDP|{{smaller|CHAPTER}}||{{smaller|PAGE}}</noinclude> |XXIX. |[[Anne of the Island/Chapter XXIX|{{sc|Diana’s Wedding}}]]|{{DJVU page link|240|16}} |XXX. |[[Anne of the Island/Chapter XXX|{{sc|Mrs. Skinner’s Romance}}]]|{{DJVU page link|245|16}} |XXXI. |[[Anne of the Island/Chapter XXXI|{{sc|Anne to Philippa}}]]|{{DJVU page link|250|16}} |XXXII. |[[Anne of the Island/Chapter XXXII|{{sc|Tea with Mrs. Douglas}}]]|{{DJVU page link|254|16}} |XXXIII.|[[Anne of the Island/Chapter XXXIII|{{sc|“He Just Kept Coming and Coming”}}]]|{{DJVU page link|260|16}} |XXXIV. |[[Anne of the Island/Chapter XXXIV|{{sc|John Douglas Speaks at Last}}]]|{{DJVU page link|265|16}} |XXXV. |[[Anne of the Island/Chapter XXXV|{{sc|The Last Redmond Year Opens}}]]|{{DJVU page link|272|16}} |XXXVI. |[[Anne of the Island/Chapter XXXVI|{{sc|The Gardners’ Call}}]]|{{DJVU page link|281|16}} |XXXVII.|[[Anne of the Island/Chapter XXXVII|{{sc|Full-fledged B.A.’s}}]]|{{DJVU page link|288|16}} |XXXVIII.|[[Anne of the Island/Chapter XXXVIII|{{sc|False Dawn}}]]|{{DJVU page link|296|16}} |XXXIX. |[[Anne of the Island/Chapter XXXIX|{{sc|Deals with Weddings}}]]|{{DJVU page link|304|16}} |XL. |[[Anne of the Island/Chapter XL|{{sc|A Book of Revelation}}]]|{{DJVU page link|314|16}} |XLI. |[[Anne of the Island/Chapter XLI|{{sc|Love Takes Up the Glass of Time}}]]|{{DJVU page link|320|16}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> 8wbalmrh72nqg691y5cr6t6beoiozn8 Index:Country, Home and Liberty.pdf 106 3952885 14129879 12317650 2024-04-25T19:57:40Z Tylopous 3013532 validated (April 2024) proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=[[Country, Home and Liberty]] |Language=en |Volume= |Author= |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher= |Address= |Year=1861? |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=pdf |Image=1 |Progress=T |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date=April 2024 |Pages=<pagelist /> |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} 3w33lwaw5wblbts89kihotgu3zn4ex5 Page:Country, Home and Liberty.pdf/1 104 3952886 14129876 12317646 2024-04-25T19:57:18Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{border|{{border|{{c|{{xxl|'''COUNTRY,'''}} {{xxxl|{{bl|{{uc|Home and Liberty}}}}}}}} {{custom rule|sp|50|atl|10|d|6|atr|10|sp|50}} {{bc|<poem>Freedom calls you! Quick, be ready,— :Rouse ye in the name of God,— Onward, onward, strong and steady,— :Dash to earth Abe Lincoln’s rod. ::Freedom calls! ye brave! ::Rise, and spurn the name of slave. Grasp the sword!—its edge is keen, :Seize the gun!—its ball is true: Sweep your land from vandals clean, :Haste, and scour it through and through! ::Onward, onward! Freedom cries, ::Rush to arms,—the Hessian flies. By the souls of patriots gone, :Wake,—arise,—your fetters break, Davis bold now bids you on; :Beauregard now cries awake! ::Rise, and chase the despot far, ::Rise, and dare the unequal war. Freedom, calls you! Quick, be ready,— :Think of what your sires have been,— Onward, onward! strong and steady,— :Drive Abe Lincoln from his den, ::On, and let the watchwords be, ::Country, home, and liberty! Grasp the sword!—its edge is bright, :Seize the gun!—its ball is sure; Sweep your land from Lincoln’s might, :Haste and scour it—make it pure; ::On and let the watchword be, ::Country, home and liberty!</poem>}}}}|400px|4=2px}}<noinclude></noinclude> 4x7gyccul7cn7u4sqab8bh9hve0me2r Page:Scott's Last Expedition, Volume 1.djvu/222 104 3959132 14127809 12332411 2024-04-25T13:26:24Z PG 1913842 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PG" />{{rh|124|SCOTT'S LAST EXPEDITION}}</noinclude>time than I anticipated. I heard that all the people who journeyed towards C. Royds yesterday reached their destination in safety. Campbell, Levick, and Priestley had just departed when I returned.{{sup|[[Scott's Last Expedition/Volume 1/Appendix#note10|10]]}} ''Tuesday, January'' 17.—We took up our abode in the hut to-day and are simply overwhelmed with its comfort. After breakfast this morning I found Bowers making cubicles as I had arranged, but I soon saw these would not fit in, so instructed him to build a bulkhead of cases which shuts off the officers' space from the men's, I am quite sure to the satisfaction of both. The space between my bulkhead and the men's I allotted to five: Bowers, Oates, Atkinson, Meares, and Cherry-Garrard. These five are all special friends and have already made their dormitory very habitable. Simpson and Wright are near the instruments in their corner. Next come Day and Nelson in a space which includes the latter's ‘Lab.’ near the big window; next to this is a space for three—Debenham, Taylor, and Gran; they also have already made their space part dormitory and part workshop. It is fine to see the way everyone sets to work to put things straight; in a day or two the hut will become the most comfortable of houses, and in a week or so the whole station, instruments, routine, men and animals, &c, will be in working order. It is really wonderful to realise the amount of work which has been got through of late. It will be ''a fortnight to-morrow'' since we arrived in McMurdo Sound, and here we are absolutely settled down and ready to start on our depôt journey directly the<noinclude></noinclude> g0i4ehnswr8jr53mrys9wrelrv2gvqf 14130316 14127809 2024-04-25T23:57:15Z McGhiever 1938594 Small fixes for consistency proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PG" />{{rh|124|SCOTT'S LAST EXPEDITION}}</noinclude>time than I anticipated. I heard that all the people who journeyed towards C. Royds yesterday reached their destination in safety. Campbell, Levick, and Priestley had just departed when I returned.{{sup|[[Scott's Last Expedition/Volume 1/Appendix#note10|10]]}} ''Tuesday, January'' 17.—We took up our abode in the hut to-day and are simply overwhelmed with its comfort. After breakfast this morning I found Bowers making cubicles as I had arranged, but I soon saw these would not fit in, so instructed him to build a bulkhead of cases which shuts off the officers' space from the men's, I am quite sure to the satisfaction of both. The space between my bulkhead and the men's I allotted to five: Bowers, Oates, Atkinson, Meares, and Cherry-Garrard. These five are all special friends and have already made their dormitory very habitable. Simpson and Wright are near the instruments in their corner. Next come Day and Nelson in a space which includes the latter's 'Lab.' near the big window; next to this is a space for three—Debenham, Taylor, and Gran; they also have already made their space part dormitory and part workshop. It is fine to see the way everyone sets to work to put things straight; in a day or two the hut will become the most comfortable of houses, and in a week or so the whole station, instruments, routine, men and animals, &c, will be in working order. It is really wonderful to realise the amount of work which has been got through of late. It will be ''a fortnight to-morrow'' since we arrived in McMurdo Sound, and here we are absolutely settled down and ready to start on our depôt journey directly the<noinclude></noinclude> ssxggquh2ecy70wjnk5j8l93z97h5lg Page:Scott's Last Expedition, Volume 1.djvu/221 104 3960872 14127795 12336270 2024-04-25T13:12:09Z PG 1913842 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PG" />{{rh|{{smaller|1911]}}|RETURN: PROSPECTS OF SEA ICE|123}}</noinclude>C. Armitage about 2 miles off. We saw Ferrar's old thermometer tubes standing out of the snow slope as though they'd been placed yesterday. Vince's cross might have been placed yesterday—the paint was so fresh and the inscription so legible. The flagstaff was down, the stays having carried away, but in five minutes it could be put up again. We loaded some asbestos sheeting from the old magnetic hut on our sledges for Simpson, and by standing ¼ mile off Hut Point got a clear run to Glacier Tongue. I had hoped to get across the wide crack by going west, but found that it ran for a great distance and had to get on the glacier at the place at which we had left it. We got to camp about tea-time. I found our larder in the grotto completed and stored with mutton and penguins—the temperature inside has never been above 27°, so that it ought to be a fine place for our winter store. Simpson has almost completed the differential magnetic cave next door. The hut stove was burning well and the interior of the building already warm and homelike—a day or two and we shall be occupying it. I took Ponting out to see some interesting thaw effects on the ice cliffs east of the Camp. I noted that the ice layers were pressing out over thin dirt bands as though the latter made the cleavage lines over which the strata slid. It has occurred to me that although the sea ice may freeze in our bays early in March it will be a difficult thing to get ponies across it owing to the cliff edges at the side. We must therefore be prepared to be cut off for a longer<noinclude></noinclude> bido0y2ls2xvdx1fqlvczb76tulfx2w Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/16 104 3977006 14128861 12375818 2024-04-25T18:22:55Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|14|THE LIGHT-HOUSE KEEPER OF ASPINWALL.|}}</noinclude>The only guide at that time for the numerous vessels is the light-house. The task of finding a new keeper fell to the United States consul living in Panama, and this task was no small one: first, because it was absolutely necessary to find the man within twelve hours; second, the man must be unusually conscientious,—it was not possible, of course, to take the first comer at random; finally, there was an utter lack of candidates. Life on a tower is uncommonly difficult, and by no means enticing to people of the South, who love idleness and the freedom of a vagrant life. That light-house keeper is almost a prisoner. He cannot leave his rocky island except on Sundays. A boat from Aspinwall brings him provisions and water once a day, and returns immediately; on the whole island, one acre in area, there is no inhabitant. The keeper lives in the light-house; he keeps it in order. During the day he gives signals by displaying flags of various colors to indicate changes of the barometer; in the evening he lights the lantern. This would be no great labor were it not that to reach the lantern at the summit of the tower he must pass over more than four hundred steep and very high steps; sometimes he must make this journey repeatedly during the day. In general, it is the life of a monk, and indeed more than that,—the life of a hermit. It was not wonderful, therefore,<noinclude></noinclude> jtf3omelcou5vscunapbpnoe8xvx503 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/18 104 3977009 14128871 12378066 2024-04-25T18:23:15Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|16|THE LIGHT-HOUSE KEEPER OF ASPINWALL.|}}</noinclude>the fourth I received in Hungary. Afterward I fought in the States against the South; there they do not give crosses." Falconbridge took the paper and began to read. "H'm! Skavinski? Is that your name? H'm! Two flags captured in a bayonet attack. You were a gallant soldier." "I am able to be a conscientious light-house keeper." "It is necessary to ascend the tower a number of times daily. Have you sound legs?" "I crossed the plains on foot." (The immense steppes between the East and California are called "the plains.") "Do you know sea service?" "I served three years on a whaler." "You have tried various occupations." "The only one I have not known is quiet." "Why is that?" The old man shrugged his shoulders. "Such is my fate." "Still you seem to me too old for a light-house keeper." "Sir," exclaimed the candidate suddenly in a voice of emotion, "I am greatly wearied, knocked about. I have passed through much as you see. This place is one of those which I have wished for most ardently. I am old, I need rest. I need to say to myself, 'Here you will remain;<noinclude></noinclude> l9a5hxlgiqdf3h3q5kee8nv7n3lep00 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/20 104 3977011 14128880 12378067 2024-04-25T18:23:22Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|18|THE LIGHT-HOUSE KEEPER OF ASPINWALL.|}}</noinclude>the sea was moving only because the tide raised it. Skavinski on the balcony seemed from below like a small black point. He tried to collect his thoughts and take in his new position; but his mind was too much under pressure to move with regularity. He felt somewhat as a hunted beast feels when at last it has found refuge from pursuit on some inaccessible rock or in a cave. There had come to him, finally, an hour of quiet; the feeling of safety filled his soul with a certain unspeakable bliss. Now on that rock he can simply laugh at his previous wanderings, his misfortunes and failures. He was in truth like a ship whose masts, ropes, and sails had been broken and rent by a tempest, and cast from the clouds to the bottom of the sea, a ship on which the tempest had hurled waves and spat foam, but which still wound its way to the harbor. The pictures of that storm passed quickly through his mind as he compared it with the calm future now beginning. A part of his wonderful adventures he had related to Falconbridge; he had not mentioned, however, thousands of other incidents. It had been his misfortune that as often as he pitched his tent and fixed his fireplace to settle down permanently, some wind tore out the stakes of his tent, whirled away the fire, and bore him on toward destruction. Looking now from the balcony of the tower at the illuminated waves, he remem-<noinclude></noinclude> f8vsaxo1max0qqvn5fbghne8wg0pxnq Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/22 104 3977013 14128881 12375828 2024-04-25T18:23:23Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|20|THE LIGHT-HOUSE KEEPER OF ASPINWALL.|}}</noinclude>Skavinski had not suffered much; he had met good men oftener than bad ones. But it seemed to him that all the four elements were persecuting him. Those who knew him said that he had no luck, and with that they explained everything. He himself became somewhat of a monomaniac. He believed that some mighty and vengeful hand was pursuing him everywhere, on all lands and waters. He did not like, however, to speak of this; only at times, when some one asked him whose hand that could be, he pointed mysteriously to the Polar Star, and said, "It comes from that place." In reality his failures were so continuous that they were wonderful, and might easily drive a nail into the head, especially of the man who had experienced them. But Skavinski had the patience of an Indian, and that great calm power of resistance which comes from truth of heart. In his time he had received in Hungary a number of bayonet-thrusts because he would not grasp at a stirrup which was shown as means of salvation to him, and cry for quarter. In like manner he did not bend to misfortune. He crept up against the mountain as industriously as an ant. Pushed down a hundred times, he began his journey calmly for the hundred and first time. He was in his way a most peculiar original. This old soldier, tempered, God knows in how many fires, hardened in suffering, hammered and forged,<noinclude></noinclude> g781kl2r5g83n2kppsarq0ysxmspm0h Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/24 104 3977015 14128882 12378070 2024-04-25T18:23:24Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|22|THE LIGHT-HOUSE KEEPER OF ASPINWALL.|}}</noinclude>longed for, anything more precious, than a quiet corner in which to rest, and wait in silence for the end. Perhaps specially because some whim of fate had so hurried him over all seas and lands that he could hardly catch his breath, did he imagine that the highest human happiness was simply not to wander. It is true that such modest happiness was his due; but he was so accustomed to disappointments that he thought of rest as people in general think of something which is beyond reach. He did not dare to hope for it. Meanwhile, unexpectedly, in the course of twelve hours he had gained a position which was as if chosen for him out of all the world. We are not to wonder, then, that when he lighted his lantern in the evening he became as it were dazed,—that he asked himself if that was reality, and he did not dare to answer that it was. But at the same time reality convinced him with incontrovertible proofs; hence hours one after another passed while he was on the balcony. He gazed, and convinced himself. It might seem that he was looking at the sea for the first time in his life. The lens of the lantern cast into the darkness an enormous triangle of light, beyond which the eye of the old man was lost in the black distance completely, in the distance mysterious and awful. But that distance seemed to run toward<noinclude></noinclude> 48i547k2i1baevu4ghlknzc7usa9irq Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/26 104 3977017 14128883 12378072 2024-04-25T18:23:25Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|24|THE LIGHT-HOUSE KEEPER OF ASPINWALL.|}}</noinclude>ured tick-tack of the clock lulled the wearied old man to his slumber. {{rule|6em}} {{c|CHAPTER II.}} {{sc|Hours}}, days, and weeks began to pass. Sailors assert that sometimes when the sea is greatly roused, something from out the midst of night and darkness calls them by name. If the infinity of the sea may call out thus, perhaps when a man is growing old, calls come to him, too, from another infinity still darker and more deeply mysterious; and the more he is wearied by life the dearer are those calls to him. But to hear them quiet is needed. Besides old age loves to put itself aside as if with a foreboding of the grave. The light-house had become for Skavinski such a half grave. Nothing is more monotonous than life on a beacon-tower. If young people consent to take up this service they leave it after a time. Light-house keepers are generally men not young, gloomy, and confined to themselves. If by chance one of them leaves his light-house and goes among men, he walks in the midst of them like a person roused from deep slumber. On the tower there is a lack of minute impressions which in ordinary life teach men to adapt themselves to everything. All that a light-house keeper comes in contact with is gigantic, and devoid of definitely outlined<noinclude></noinclude> jwi8bs1lpkpwx4it0z983ddq8uyuta0 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/28 104 3977019 14128884 12378074 2024-04-25T18:23:26Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|26|THE LIGHT-HOUSE KEEPER OF ASPINWALL.|}}</noinclude>houses and the towers of the town. From the height of his tower the small houses were like the nests of sea-mews, the boats were like beetles, and the people moved around like small points on the white stone boulevard. From early morning a light eastern breeze brought a confused hum of human life, above which predominated the whistle of steamers. In the afternoon six o'clock came; the movement in the harbor began to cease; the mews hid themselves in the rents of the cliffs; the waves grew feeble and became in some sort lazy; and then on the land, on the sea, and on the tower came a time of stillness unbroken by anything. The yellow sands from which the waves had fallen back glittered like golden stripes on the width of the waters; the body of the tower was outlined definitely in blue. Floods of sunbeams were poured from the sky on the water and the sands and the cliff. At that time a certain lassitude full of sweetness seized the old man. He felt that the rest which he was enjoying was excellent; and when he thought that it would be continuous nothing was lacking to him. Skavinski was intoxicated with his own happiness; and since a man adapts himself easily to improved conditions, he gained faith and confidence by degrees; for he thought that if men built houses for invalids, why should not God gather up at last His own invalids? Time passed,<noinclude></noinclude> p2f7e9pkk8ww9oii3colmqx1ayet8eo Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/30 104 3977021 14128885 12375839 2024-04-25T18:23:27Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|28|THE LIGHT-HOUSE KEEPER OF ASPINWALL.|}}</noinclude>forest over which every morning and evening hung a reddish haze of exhalations,—a real tropical forest with its feet in stagnant water, interlaced with lianas and filled with the sound of. one sea of gigantic orchids, palms, milk-trees, iron-trees, gum-trees. Through his field-glass the old man could see not only trees and the broad leaves of bananas, but even legions of monkeys and great marabous and flocks of parrots, rising at times like a rainbow cloud over the forest. Skavinski knew such forests well, for after being wrecked on the Amazon he had wandered whole weeks among similar arches and thickets. He had seen how many dangers and deaths lie concealed under those wonderful and smiling exteriors. During the nights which he had spent in them he heard close at hand the sepulchral voices of howling monkeys and the roaring of the jaguars; he saw gigantic serpents coiled like lianas on trees; he knew those slumbering forest lakes full of torpedo-fish and swarming with crocodiles; he knew under what a yoke man lives in those unexplored wildernesses in which are single leaves that exceed a man's size ten times,—wildernesses swarming with blood-drinking mosquitoes, tree-leeches, and gigantic poisonous spiders. He had experienced that forest life himself, had witnessed it, had passed through it; therefore it gave him the greater enjoyment to<noinclude></noinclude> cgrbwck9hiykiqgry5vi8ra0tcjuera Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/32 104 3977023 14128886 12378076 2024-04-25T18:23:28Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|30|THE LIGHT-HOUSE KEEPER OF ASPINWALL.|}}</noinclude>left on shore, and the light of the lantern kindled every evening with the same regularity with which the sun rose in the morning from the waters of those regions. Evidently, the old man had become indifferent to the world. Homesickness was not the cause, but just this,—that even homesickness had passed into resignation. The whole world began now and ended for Skavinski on his island. He had grown accustomed to the thought that he would not leave the tower till his death, and he simply forgot that there was anything else besides it. Moreover, he had become a mystic; his mild blue eyes began to stare like the eyes of a child, and were as if fixed on something at a distance. In presence of a surrounding uncommonly simple and great, the old man was losing the feeling of personality; he was ceasing to exist as an individual, was becoming merged more and more in that which inclosed him. He did not understand anything beyond his environment; he felt only unconsciously. At last it seems to him that the heavens, the water, his rock, the tower, the golden sand-banks, and the swollen sails, the sea-mews, the ebb and flow of the tide, all form a mighty unity, one enormous mysterious soul; that he is sinking in that mystery, and feels that soul which lives and lulls itself. He sinks and is rocked, forgets himself; and in that narrowing of his own individual existence, in that half-waking, half-sleep-<noinclude></noinclude> 4tgy3ad3yaggo7h3j7ap1ygwmspqrkw Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/34 104 3977025 14128887 12378078 2024-04-25T18:23:29Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|32|THE LIGHT-HOUSE KEEPER OF ASPINWALL.|}}</noinclude>books came in the natural way; but at the first moment the old man could not seize those thoughts. Polish books in Aspinwall, on his tower, amid his solitude,—that was for him something uncommon, a certain breath from past times, a kind of miracle. Now it seemed to him, as to those sailors in the night, that something was calling him by name with a voice greatly beloved and nearly forgotten. He sat for a while with closed eyes, and was almost certain that, when he opened them, the dream would be gone. The package, cut open, lay before him, shone upon clearly by the afternoon sun, and on it was an open book. When the old man stretched his hand toward it again, he heard in the stillness the beating of his own heart. He looked; it was poetry. On the outside stood printed in great letters the title, underneath the name of the author. The name was not strange to Skavinski; he saw that it belonged to the great poet,<ref>Mickiewicz (pronounced Mitskyevich), the greatest poet of Poland.</ref> whose productions he had read in 1830 in Paris. Afterward,when campaigning in Algiers and Spain, he had heard from his countrymen of the growing fame of the great seer; but he was so accustomed to the musket at that time that he took no book in hand. In 1849 he went to America, and in the adventurous life which he led he hardly ever met a Pole,<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> kf2zz415sjgl4i6wgthd0iwstrvqqyb Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/36 104 3977027 14128888 12375845 2024-04-25T18:23:30Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|34|THE LIGHT-HOUSE KEEPER OF ASPINWALL.|}}</noinclude>throat. A moment more he controlled himself, and read further: {{block center/s}} {{fine block/s}} {{fqm}}O Holy Lady, who guardest bright Chenstohova,<br /> Who shinest in Ostrobrama and preservest<br /> The castle town Novgrodek with its trusty people,<br /> As Thou didst give me back to health in childhood,<br /> When by my weeping mother placed beneath Thy care<br /> I raised my lifeless eyelids upward,<br /> And straightway walked unto Thy holy threshold,<br /> To thank God for the life restored me,—<br /> So by a wonder now restore us to the bosom of our birthplace." {{fine block/e}} {{block center/e}} The swollen wave broke through the restraint of his will. The old man sobbed, and threw himself on the ground; his milk-white hair was mingled with the sand of the sea. Forty years had passed since he had seen his country, and God knows how many since he heard his native speech; and now that speech had come to him itself, it had sailed to him over the ocean, and found him in solitude on another hemisphere,—it so loved, so dear, so beautiful! In the sobbing which shook him there was no pain,—only a suddenly aroused immense love, in the presence of which other things are as nothing. With that great weeping he had simply implored forgiveness of that beloved one, set aside because he had grown so old, had become so accustomed to his solitary rock, and had so forgotten it that in him even longing had begun to disappear. But<noinclude></noinclude> jwb0gmt4hqsiwmo0e64gbuq1hp94s0z Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/38 104 3977029 14128889 12378081 2024-04-25T18:23:30Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|36|THE LIGHT-HOUSE KEEPER OF ASPINWALL.|}}</noinclude>the sky were burning yet those long stripes, red and golden, and on those brightnesses he was flying to beloved regions. The pine-woods were sounding in his ears; the streams of his native place were murmuring. He saw everything as it was; everything asked him, "Dost remember?" He remembers! he sees broad fields; between the fields, woods and villages. It is night now. At this hour his lantern usually illuminates the darkness of the sea; but now he is in his native village. His old head has dropped on his breast, and he is dreaming. Pictures are passing before his eyes quickly, and a little disorderly. He does not see the house in which he was born, for war had destroyed it; he does not see his father and mother, for they died when he was a child; but still the village is as if he had left it yesterday,—the line of cottages with lights in the windows, the mound, the mill, the two ponds opposite each other, and thundering all night with a chorus of frogs. Once he had been on guard in that village all night; now that past stood before him at once in a series of views. He is an Ulan again, and he stands there on guard; at a distance is the public-house; he looks with swimming eyes. There is thundering and singing and shouting amid the silence of the night with voices of fiddles and bass-viols "U-ha! U-ha!" Then the Ulans knock out fire with their horseshoes, and it is wearisome for him<noinclude></noinclude> 50d9zhrf4f9nuqwisptm1rziwmhkd55 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/40 104 3977031 14128890 12378083 2024-04-25T18:23:31Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|38|THE LIGHT-HOUSE KEEPER OF ASPINWALL.|}}</noinclude>"Here, old man! Get up! What's the matter?" The old man opens his eyes, and looks with wonder at the person standing before him. The remnants of the dream-visions struggle in his head with reality. At last the visions pale and vanish. Before him stands Johnson, the harbor guide. "What 's this?" asked Johnson; "are you sick?" "No." "You didn't light the lantern. You must leave your place. A vessel from St. Geromo was wrecked on the bar. It is lucky that no one was drowned, or you would go to trial. Get into the boat with me; you 'll hear the rest at the Consulate." The old man grew pale; in fact he had not lighted the lantern that night. A few days later, Skavinski was seen on the deck of a steamer, which was going from Aspinwall to New York. The poor man had lost his place. There opened before him new roads of wandering; the wind had torn that leaf away again to whirl it over lands and seas, to sport with it till satisfied. The old man had failed greatly during those few days, and was bent over; only his eyes were gleaming. On his new road of life he held at his breast his book, which from time to time he pressed with his hand as if in fear that that too might go from him.<noinclude></noinclude> 62l97rueclnnw6p4as04dufl61buws1 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/44 104 3977032 14128891 12379638 2024-04-25T18:23:32Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|42|THE PLAIN SISTER.|}}</noinclude>suspected that he had to care for his health; but his growing stoutness gave him no {{SIC|litttle|little}} anxiety, and led him to take this exercise. Perhaps his short stature made him look stouter than he really was; yet it could not be denied that his neck emerged with difficulty from the folds of his neck-cloth, or that his close-shaven, brick-red cheeks stood out rather too conspicuously on each side of his thick moustache. The professor had passed his fortieth year. True, he still preserved his elasticity, and his short legs carried their burden easily; but it was noticed that when he had a companion on his walks, he always contrived to have his interlocutor do the talking going up hill, and took his own turn coming down or on the level ground. If he had thus far failed to lessen his rotundity, he had at least stopped its growth,—a fact of which he made sure once a month by weighing himself on the scales of the Custom House, where a friend of his held the post of weigher. His physician had also recommended sea-bathing. Most of his friends—both doctors and laymen—protested against this advice; but the professor was immovable when once he had made up his mind or bestowed his confidence; he stood firm against the remonstrance and banter of those who regarded sea-bathing as a tonic, and consequently fattening. He continued his baths for two seasons, and would have kept on for the rest of<noinclude></noinclude> n3aaqlqcirghdh26nbw73noz5nuksu2 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/46 104 3977034 14128892 12379645 2024-04-25T18:23:33Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|44|THE PLAIN SISTER.|}}</noinclude>breakfast he had eaten that morning,—all passed before him in quick succession, and mingled together without becoming confused; while as a musical accompaniment, there kept sounding in his ears the verse of Valaoritis in "The Bell": {{c|{{fine|"Ding—dong! The bell!"}}}} The night before poor Mr. Plateas had been reading "The Bell" of the poet of Leucadia,—that pathetic picture of the enamored young sailor, who, on returning to his village, throws himself into the sea to reach more speedily the shore, where he hears the tolling knell and sees the funeral procession of his beloved, and as he buffets the waves is devoured by the monster of the deep. The poetical description of this catastrophe had so affected him that he afterwards attributed his misadventure to the influence of the poet's verses. If he had not read "The Bell" that night, he would not have mistaken for a shark the urchin that swam under him, for it was not the first time that mischievous boys had amused themselves by plunging under the professor's broad shoulders; but he had never been frightened before, while to-day this poetic recollection nearly cost him his life. Fortunately Mr. Liakos was taking his bath near by, and when he saw the professor disappear in that extraordinary fashion, and the circles widening on the surface, he at once understood<noinclude></noinclude> hq9l8kl4i0kowlcbo8xw6ddvg7w7egj Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/48 104 3977036 14128893 12411801 2024-04-25T18:23:34Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|46|THE PLAIN SISTER.|}}</noinclude>bored him, the judge was touched by this devotion, and came to accept the professor as a part of his daily life; in this way the two men gradually became fast friends, although they were unlike in almost everything. So Mr. Plateas was returning from his constitutional. It was one of those beautiful February days, true forerunners of spring, when the sun kisses the first leaves of the early almonds, the blue sea sparkles, and the cloudless sky of Greece smiles. But it was nearly sunset, and the prudent professor hardly dared expose himself to the cool evening air, for at this season winter reasserts itself as soon as the sun goes down. He had almost reached the dockyard, which then marked the outskirts of Syra, and was still walking along the shore, when he saw his well-beloved Liakos in the distance coming from the town. A smile of satisfaction lighted his round face; he threw up both hands, in one of which was a stout cane, and raising his voice so as to be heard by his friend from afar, declaimed this line from the "Iliad": {{center block|{{fine block|{{polytonic|τίς δὲ σὐ ἐσσι φέριστε καταθνητῶν ἀνθρώπων;}}<br /> Who mayest thou be, of mortal men most brave?}}}} The professor had a habit of quoting Homer on all occasions, and was reputed to know the whole "Iliad" and "Odyssey" by heart. He modestly disavowed this tribute to his learning,<noinclude></noinclude> jgeksruyzzluobn07qkay4h85twxx6p Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/50 104 3977038 14128894 12379649 2024-04-25T18:23:35Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|48|THE PLAIN SISTER.|}}</noinclude>have had to confine myself to the dual number!" Mr. Plateas began to laugh at his own joke. His friend smiled too, but wishing a more exact answer, continued: "At least we two have imitators; how many did you meet and who were they?" "Always the same; Mr. A., Mr. B.—" And the professor began to count off on his fingers the peripatetic philosophers, as he used to call the frequenters of this promenade, that he had met,—all of them old, or at least of ripe age, except one romantic youth who thought himself a poet. "And no ladies?" asked the judge. "Oh, yes, Mrs. X. with her flock of children, and the merchant,—what is his name,—Mr. Mitrophanis, with his two daughters." The judge had learned all he wanted to know without letting his friend perceive the drift of his questions. This was not very difficult, for the professor was by no means a modern Lynceus, and did not see any great distance beyond his nose. No doubt this resulted from the innate simplicity and integrity of his character; having never been able to conceal or feign anything himself, he was easily led to believe whatever he was told. The readiness with which he became the victim of his friends each first of April was notorious. He was always on the watch from the night before; but his precautions were in<noinclude></noinclude> dinw7tayvgunq0xo5aw178ftek7j2ue Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/52 104 3977040 14128895 12380258 2024-04-25T18:23:36Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|50|THE PLAIN SISTER.|}}</noinclude>{{c|II.}} {{sc|The}} two friends bent their steps toward the empty cafe 7, to the great delight of the proprietor, who ran forward zealously to offer his services. The judge contrived to place the seats so that he could see the road that led to Mana. The professor sat down opposite, facing the town, with his back to the country; but he seemed rather nervous about the evening air, for he shivered every now and then, and took care to button up his overcoat to the very neck. They began by talking about their daily affairs; Mr. Liakos suggested the topics, while the professor held forth to his heart's content, and fairly revelled in Homeric quotation. He noticed, however, that his companion, instead of heeding what he said, kept looking toward the highway, and leaning forward to see still further around the bend in the road. Following his friend's gaze, Mr. Plateas also turned now and then; he even turned squarely around and peered through his glasses to find out what the judge was looking at; but seeing nothing he sat down again erect upon his stool, and went on with the conversation. At last Mr. Liakos espied what he was looking for. His eyes shone; the expression of his whole face changed, and he made no further pretence of listening to his friend's story about a re-<noinclude></noinclude> c40to57zs4d6swnknpa8umcusl3x38g Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/54 104 3977042 14128896 12380262 2024-04-25T18:23:37Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|52|THE PLAIN SISTER.|}}</noinclude>mechanically the first words of the Creed; but either from a sense of impiety or from mere confusion of mind, he passed abruptly to the first book of the "Iliad." His memory played him false. How his pupils would have suffered if they had thus maltreated the immortal bard! He was still reciting when the judge released his hand and got up to make an elaborate bow. Mr. Plateas looked in the same direction, and saw the back of an elderly gentleman between two attractive young girls. He had no difficulty in recognizing the trio, even from the rear. Mr. Liakos sat down again, blushing furiously, while the professor in utter stupefaction made the sign of the cross. "''Kyrie Eleison!''" said he. "Then all this ado was for Mr. Mitrophanis and his daughters?" "I beg your pardon," replied the judge, in a voice that betrayed his agitation. "I did not want them to think that we were talking about them." "Bless my soul! You don't mean to say you 're in love?" "Ah, yes. I love her with all my heart!" Mr. Liakos turned once more, and his eyes followed one of the two girls. The professor had listened with some uneasiness. While touched by the judge's emotion, he was at the same time perhaps a little jealous of<noinclude></noinclude> fgsmsgab7muuwurwrds3bd83qiwa9c7 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/56 104 3977044 14128897 12381482 2024-04-25T18:23:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|54|THE PLAIN SISTER.|}}</noinclude>professor in love, brought a smile to the judge's clouded face. "Why have n't you ever spoken to me about it?" continued Mr. Plateas. "Because I did not wish to bore you," replied Mr. Liakos. Then, touched by his friend's reproachful look, he made haste to add, "But now I will tell you everything, since you desire it." Still he was silent, as if he hardly knew how to begin. The professor shivered again, and seeing that the sun had gone down behind the mountains, said: "Had n't we better talk about this on the way home, or at my house? It 's time to go in." The two men rose, and started toward the city. What desponding lover has not yearned to pour out his heart to some friend? Even reverence for the purity of his feeling will not restrain him. He tries to guard the mystery of his love as in a holy sanctuary; he would not expose it to unrevering eyes; he hesitates, he delays,—but sooner or later his heart will overflow, and he must have a confidant. The judge had already chosen his confidant, and so was in no hurry to take advantage of the opportunity that now offered; he was still silent, and began to regret his thoughtless promise to tell his friend everything. While he had an esteem and even a warm affection for Mr. Plateas,<noinclude></noinclude> q1l1rbk4w7jf37rhjpc05ur6ffmlw3a Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/58 104 3977046 14128898 12381486 2024-04-25T18:23:39Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|56|THE PLAIN SISTER.|}}</noinclude>"Why did n't you propose for her hand just as soon as you knew she liked you?" the professor continued. "I did, a week ago; I requested my cousin to call on Mr. Mitrophanis, but—" "But what? Where could he find a better son-in-law? He did n't refuse you, surely?" "No, he did not refuse, but he made a condition that can be fulfilled—Heaven knows when! In the meanwhile he does not wish us to meet. I had not seen her for ten days, even at a distance, and you can understand with what emotion just now I—" "What is this condition?" asked the professor. "To wait until the elder sister is married. He won't allow the younger to marry, or even to be betrothed, before the elder." "Ah, my friend, that 's a pity! I fear you 'll have to wait a long, long time. It won't be so easy to marry off the sister. Still, all things are possible,—you mustn't despair." The judge was silent, evidently a prey to melancholy. After a little he said: "And yet that sister is a perfect treasure, in spite of her lack of beauty. There is n't a sweeter soul on earth; she has entreated her father to change his decision; she assures him that she has no wish to marry, and that her only desire is to remain with him to care for his old<noinclude></noinclude> 2h72oyxz56o2nudoz1suxeiyeqrk7u9 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/60 104 3977048 14128899 12381493 2024-04-25T18:23:40Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|58|THE PLAIN SISTER.|}}</noinclude>man to conceal anything that came into his mind, and stopping abruptly in the middle of the road, he interrupted the judge's eulogy. "But why do you tell me all this?" he asked. "Why do you sing her praises to me? What do you mean—are you trying to inveigle me into marrying her?" Mr. Liakos was astounded. The idea had never occurred to him; he had never thought of the professor as a marrying man. And yet, why not? In what was he lacking? Was n't his friend the very man to become the brother-in-law he so ardently desired? All this passed vaguely through his mind while he stood staring at Mr. Plateas, unable to find an answer to this unexpected question. The professor continued with energy: "Listen, Liakos. I owe you my life; it belongs to you. But if you ask me to get married as a proof of my gratitude, I 'd far rather go this moment back to the sea, where you saved me from death, and drown myself before your very eyes!" The sudden heat of the professor's speech showed that he was hurt, but whether at what the judge had just been saying about the elder sister, or at the secrecy he had shown in the matter and his studied reserve in speaking of the younger sister, was doubtful. Probably the good man himself did not know; what he did know<noinclude></noinclude> 4imm89h3xkc7l7ff9vpnydvyfnjv901 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/62 104 3977050 14128900 12381496 2024-04-25T18:23:41Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|60|THE PLAIN SISTER.|}}</noinclude>"Certainly, quite so." The judge shook the fat hand that was cordially offered him, and hurried on, while his companion went slowly home. {{rule|6em}} {{c|III.}} {{sc|The}} professor's house was on the hillside in the quarter where the Orphan Asylum now stands. At that time there were very few dwellings in the neighborhood, which was rather far from the centre of the town, and the outlook was wide and varied. It was not the view, however, that had attracted the professor, but the cheapness of the land. He had built the house himself, and its walls were the fruit of many years of toil. Small and modest as it was, it was his own; he was in debt to no man, and had no rent to pay. This sweet feeling of independence quite made up for the tiring climb that the corpulent little owner had to take twice a day up the steep "River," as the street was called. The road bore this name (as everybody knows who has visited Syra), because it had been the bed of a stream that used to carry the winter rains from the mountain to the sea. In fact, the water runs down the street to this day, and in the wet season it becomes a raging torrent. Although the rocks and stones that once lined its sides have given place to houses, with their doors raised high above the<noinclude></noinclude> p6iizghggyu1s36vwux3re7xkpks6db Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/64 104 3977052 14128901 12381501 2024-04-25T18:23:41Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|62|THE PLAIN SISTER.|}}</noinclude>hand and his books spread out before him, he liked to look dreamily over the roofs of the other houses at the sea and the hazy outline of the neighboring islands, or to lean back with closed eyelids and look—at nothing, for he was asleep. The professor was very fond of his house. Since he had owned it, he went out but little except to attend to his classes or take his regular walk, and it was always with a new pleasure that he looked upon his walls and opened his door again. This evening he came home with even greater contentment than usual, as to a haven of refuge from the fancied dangers that lurked in his friend's eulogy of the plain sister. "That would be the finishing stroke!" he said aloud, as he carefully folded his coat, put on an old dressing-gown, and tied a silk handkerchief around his head in the shape of a cap, as was his custom every evening. "That would be the finishing stroke indeed! To bring a wife here to turn everything upside down; to take me out when I want to stay in, or keep me in when I want to go out; to talk to me when I want quiet; to open the window when I am chilly, because she is too warm; or to close it when I am warm, because she is too cold!" and with that he shut the window. "Marriage may be all very well for the young; but when a man has reached years of discretion,<noinclude></noinclude> 2hylnzoi7v41uszx52j3240s7cobpnk Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/66 104 3977054 14128902 12381518 2024-04-25T18:23:42Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|64|THE PLAIN SISTER.|}}</noinclude>been hit by Cupid's arrow, and is no longer his own master. He thinks he 's on the right road to happiness; I hope he may find it, and never discover his mistake! Well, we never get just what we want in this world, and a man's happiness depends after all on his own way of feeling and thinking." Mr. Plateas fancied this was philosophy, but, in fact, it was only a blind attempt to get rid of disagreeable thoughts. He could not forget the judge's evident dejection and vain effort to hide it. What if Mr. Liakos did want him to marry the plain sister! Perhaps his friend had felt a delicacy about speaking to him on the subject, and had denied ever having thought of such a thing only when stung by his ungrateful words Who had a better right to claim such a sacrifice? Did he not owe his very life to the judge? And how had he repaid this debt? He had tried to escape it! He had ignored his friend's delicacy, and basely threatened to drown himself rather than lift a hand to secure his preserver's happiness. The more he thought of it, the blacker seemed his ingratitude. He had actually insulted the man who had saved his life! The blood rushed to his cheeks; his remorse grew keener and keener, and his philosophy was of little comfort. Having eaten his last bunch of raisins, he pushed away his plate angrily, threw<noinclude></noinclude> rmpput1f3szt7z4m3yixboa152gkx4e Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/68 104 3977056 14128903 12381528 2024-04-25T18:23:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|66|THE PLAIN SISTER.|}}</noinclude>arities of each hexameter. His class had reached the sixth book of the "Iliad." Soon, however, he forgot syntax, etymology, and metre; he forgot his pupils and the dry analysis he was making for their benefit, and he read through the passage before him without stopping. It was the parting of Hector and Andromache. He discovered new beauty and meaning in the story; the exquisite picture of conjugal and paternal love, the happiness of mutual affection, the grief of parting, had never made such an impression upon him before. Never before had he read or recited the "Iliad" in this way, for as he read, Mr. Liakos gradually took Hector's place. He kept thinking of his friend; it was his friend who felt the bitterness of separation, and that too without ever having tasted, like Hector, the joys of conjugal happiness! Mr. Plateas shut his book and started up again. A thousand conflicting thoughts filled his mind as he paced from his table to his bed, and from his bed back to his table. "Pshaw!" he cried. "Why shouldn't I believe that Liakos never had any thought of marrying me off? I was a fool to imagine such a thing! Do I look like a marrying man?" He stopped before his glass, which was lighted by the lamp only at one side, and saw one half of his face reflected with the silk handkerchief wound around his head, while the other half was<noinclude></noinclude> eecqi66mlycqy9fqkejmjswtfsoq9wf Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/70 104 3977058 14128904 12382983 2024-04-25T18:23:44Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|68|THE PLAIN SISTER.|}}</noinclude>had come untied in the agony of his dream, he made an heroic resolution. "I will marry her!" he cried. "I owe so much to my preserver. I must do my duty and ease my conscience." He covered himself up again, with a lighter heart; his mind was now tranquil, and free from all suspicion, hesitation, or remorse. The morning sunlight flooded his room and woke him a full hour later than usual. It was the first time this had ever happened to the punctual professor, and Florou was positively dazed. With heavy head and aching eyes, he dressed hastily, swallowed his cup of black coffee, and sat down to the unfinished task of the night before. But his thoughts still wandered. Nevertheless, he was at the gymnasium in time, and began the daily lesson. But what a lesson! At first the scholars wondered what had become of their teacher's wonted severity; they soon perceived that this remarkable forbearance was not due to any merit on their part, but to complete heedlessness on his. Wonder of wonders! Mr. Plateas was inattentive! Emboldened by this discovery, they took malicious delight in heaping blunder upon blunder, and played dire havoc with that sixth book of the" Iliad," never sparing etymology, syntax, nor prosody. The good man sat through it all undisturbed until the regular closing hour had struck. His pupils went out,<noinclude></noinclude> k2e79qktqurlejgjcmxlni506fhteev Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/72 104 3977060 14128905 12382986 2024-04-25T18:23:45Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|70|THE PLAIN SISTER.|}}</noinclude>was only too glad to find this happy way out of his perplexity. He bowed, and stopped before the old gentleman. "Mr. Mitrophanis, I am delighted to meet you, for I have a few words to say." "Mr. Plateas, I believe?" said the other, politely returning the bow. "The same." "And what can I do for you, Mr. Plateas?" The professor began to feel a little embarrassed; but it was too late to turn back, so he took courage and went on: "To come to the point at once, Mr. Mitrophanis, I desire to become your son-in-law!" This abrupt proposal was a surprise to the old gentleman, and hardly an agreeable one. The offer itself was not so astonishing, for the beauty of his younger daughter had often obliged the father to refuse proposals of this kind; but he had never been addressed quite so brusquely before. Moreover, of all the suitors who had thus far presented themselves, Mr. Plateas seemed the least eligible in point of age and other respects. But it was not this so much that the old gentleman had in mind, as he said to himself, "What, he too!" "I am greatly honored by your proposal," he said to Mr. Plateas; "but my little girl is too young, and I have not thought of marriage for her yet." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> jzt7dsqxj4mq3sbx0435bgq8i98my2b Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/74 104 3977062 14128906 12382990 2024-04-25T18:23:46Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|72|THE PLAIN SISTER.|}}</noinclude>At this name the old man frowned. "Ah!" said he, "Mr. Liakos is in your confidence." Poor Mr. Plateas saw that he had made a mistake in bringing up his friend's name in the affair. He was about to say something,—he did n't know exactly what,—when Mr. Mitrophanis forestalled him, and ended his embarrassment. "It is well. I will await Mr. Liakos." Then the old gentleman bowed and walked on. Never in his life had the professor been in such a state of mental distress as that to which he had been a prey ever since the evening before. His sufferings at the time he came so near drowning were not to be compared with his present anguish. Then the danger had come suddenly, and he had realized it to the full only when it was over. Now, the uncertainty of the future added to his misery. At the very moment when he thought he had reached port, he found himself completely at sea again. He stood there in the middle of the square, his arms hanging helplessly, and stared at the back of the retreating merchant. "Well, I must see Liakos," he said to himself. "But where shall I find him at this time of day?" Just then the clock on the Church of the Transfiguration struck twelve. Mr. Plateas remembered, first that his dinner was waiting for him at home, and next that his friend was in the habit of dining at a certain restaurant behind the<noinclude></noinclude> 1eft02cohetya7fxi6cs2wecv0m9eh3 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/76 104 3977064 14128907 12384211 2024-04-25T18:23:46Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|74|THE PLAIN SISTER.|}}</noinclude>before, and the more he thought of it the more eminently fit and proper it seemed. After rigid self-examination, he persuaded himself that he was quite disinterested in the matter, and that his sweetheart's sister and his friend could never be happy apart. As for the father's consent, he had little fear on that score. He rather dreaded, it is true, the mission that was thrust upon him, especially when he thought of the manner in which the old man had received his name; but he felt that he could not refuse this service to his friend, and finally promised to see Mr. Mitrophanis that very day, and to come in the evening to report the happy result of his interview. {{rule|6em}} {{c|IV.}} {{sc|When}} the professor had gone, the judge began to think with misgiving of the difficulties that beset his mission. He had so much at stake in its success that his mediation might not be accepted as impartial, or his praise of the suitor as quite unbiased. His friend's cause ought to have been entrusted to some one less deeply interested in the event. If the professor had not been in such haste to name him as an intermediary, they could have consulted his cousin, and even placed the matter in her hands; his own appearance on the scene would only give Mr. Mitrophanis fresh offence. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 4mxd1gfrbdifvk80laaaqqnozrpjtm5 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/78 104 3977066 14128908 12384213 2024-04-25T18:23:47Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|76|THE PLAIN SISTER.|}}</noinclude>he could distinguish the merchant's voice, loud and masterful. The judge stopped in surprise. He had heard of the old gentleman's temper, but had not imagined that anger could raise to such a pitch a voice usually so calm and dignified. He was alarmed and was trying to slip away unseen, when Mr. Mitrophanis interrupted the discussion and called out to him from the depths of the warehouse: "What do you wish, Mr. Liakos?" "I came to say a few words; but I see you 're engaged, and will come again some other time." "Pass into my office, and I will be with you in a moment." The judge stumbled over some coffee bags, and, making his way into the office, sat down by the merchant's table in the only chair that was vacant. The air was heavy with the odor of colonial merchandise. The dispute began anew inside the warehouse, and the words, "weight," "bags," "Custom House," were repeated over and over again. Mr. Liakos sat listening to the noise, and tried to picture to himself the quiet old gentleman who had been out walking with his two daughters the night before. At last the commotion quieted down, and Mr. Mitrophanis came in with a frown on his face. "I have happened on an unlucky time for my call," thought the judge. "I suppose you come from Mr. Plateas,"<noinclude></noinclude> j0qere9z3zgbbq5i9msunkl55xkkb4s Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/80 104 3977068 14128909 12384216 2024-04-25T18:23:48Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|78|THE PLAIN SISTER.|}}</noinclude>was not a positive refusal that he had received, nor yet was it a consent; his most serious disquiet was caused by the old man's tone and manner. Although they might have arisen partly from the dispute in the warehouse, it was only too clear that his deep interest in the success of his mission had been as detrimental in awakening the merchant's suspicions as in checking his own eloquence. How many things he could have said to Mr. Mitrophanis if he had only dared! He felt that his mediation had simply made matters worse, and might prove fatal. A more skilful diplomatist than he would be needed to conduct the affair to a happy ending; why had he not acted on his first impulse and consulted his cousin? Why not go to her even now? Surely his friend could not be offended, especially if the result was successful; the poor judge was in trouble, and longed for encouragement and support; but while he reasoned with himself, his feet were carrying him to his cousin's house, and by the time he reached her door, all his doubt had vanished. Mr. Liakos found his kinswoman at work converting a jacket of her elder son, which had become too small for its owner, into a garment still too ample for the younger brother. The boys were at school, while their three sisters—who came between them in age—were studying their lessons under their mother's eye, and at the<noinclude></noinclude> ojv8byims3c1azxg83dteyi96ef0rgu Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/82 104 3977070 14128716 12386190 2024-04-25T18:18:47Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|80|THE PLAIN SISTER.}}</noinclude>to take that precaution, and he soon perceived the blunder he had made. When he announced abruptly that he had found a husband for his sweetheart's sister, his cousin, instead of showing pleasure, or at least some curiosity, quietly continued her sewing with affected indifference, saying merely, "Ah!" This "Ah" was half-way between a question and an exclamation; the judge could not tell whether it expressed irony or simple astonishment; but it was enough to chill him. "Everything is against me!" he thought. "And who is your candidate?" she asked after a pause, but without stopping her work. "Mr. Plateas." His cousin dropped her needle, and looked at Mr. Liakos with eyes full of mocking surprise. "Mr. Plateas!" she cried, and began to laugh heartily. The judge had never seen her so merry. "I don't see what you find to laugh at," he said, with dignity. "You must forgive me," she replied, trying to stifle her merriment. "Pray forgive me if I have hurt you through your friend, but I can't imagine Mr. Plateas in love." And she began to laugh again; then seeing the judge's expression, she asked, "What put this marriage into your head?" "No," he began, without answering her ques-<noinclude></noinclude> 2xmfl98lyfbg1qc6fvympxhh9lmisxf 14128910 14128716 2024-04-25T18:23:49Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|80|THE PLAIN SISTER.|}}</noinclude>to take that precaution, and he soon perceived the blunder he had made. When he announced abruptly that he had found a husband for his sweetheart's sister, his cousin, instead of showing pleasure, or at least some curiosity, quietly continued her sewing with affected indifference, saying merely, "Ah!" This "Ah" was half-way between a question and an exclamation; the judge could not tell whether it expressed irony or simple astonishment; but it was enough to chill him. "Everything is against me!" he thought. "And who is your candidate?" she asked after a pause, but without stopping her work. "Mr. Plateas." His cousin dropped her needle, and looked at Mr. Liakos with eyes full of mocking surprise. "Mr. Plateas!" she cried, and began to laugh heartily. The judge had never seen her so merry. "I don't see what you find to laugh at," he said, with dignity. "You must forgive me," she replied, trying to stifle her merriment. "Pray forgive me if I have hurt you through your friend, but I can't imagine Mr. Plateas in love." And she began to laugh again; then seeing the judge's expression, she asked, "What put this marriage into your head?" "No," he began, without answering her ques-<noinclude></noinclude> 6d0hgx3scqcx2tpzeu85zg0n4cu9c2u Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/84 104 3977073 14128911 12386192 2024-04-25T18:23:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|82|THE PLAIN SISTER.|}}</noinclude>"He takes care of his health," replied the judge, "simply because he has nothing else to occupy him. When once he is married, he 'll care for his wife, just as he cared for his mother while she lived, and his hypochondria, as you call it, will vanish fast enough." "He's pedantic." "That is hardly a grave fault in a professor." Now that the question had narrowed down to his friend's moral qualities, Mr. Liakos began to feel certain of victory so far as his cousin was concerned. His only remaining doubt was as to the young lady's consent. "Her consent!" cried his cousin. "She 'll accept Mr. Plateas gladly. Since she can't persuade her father to let her remain single, she will take the first husband that offers, rather than stand in the way of her sister's happiness. She has the soul of an angel," the cousin went on, with enthusiasm. "She does n't know her own worth; she sees that she is not pretty, and in her humility she even exaggerates her plainness; but her sweet unselfishness is no reason why she should be sacrificed." "Do you think, then, that it would be a sacrifice to marry Mr. Plateas?" "How can we tell?" His cousin's reserve was more propitious than her merriment of a few minutes ago, and Mr. Liakos felt encouraged. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> l1urwcvgszrh45r5uzecdvg1y2d52ga Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/86 104 3977075 14128912 12386194 2024-04-25T18:23:51Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|84|THE PLAIN SISTER.|}}</noinclude>{{c|V.}} {{sc|Poor}} Mr. Plateas was waiting for his friend impatiently. On reaching home he had found his dinner growing cold, and Florou worrying over her master's unusual tardiness; it was full twenty minutes after noon! Although the professor was hungry and ate with relish, his mind was ill at ease. He yearned to talk to some one, but there was no one to talk to. He would have been glad to tell his story even to Florou, but she cared neither to talk nor to listen; conversation was not her strong point. Besides, her master rather shrank from telling her that he had made up his mind to get married, and that her reign was over. Since his mother's death, Florou had had absolute control over the household; why make her unhappy before it was necessary? On the other hand, he could contain himself no longer; if he had not spoken, there is no telling what would have happened. Not daring to face the question boldly, he beat about the bush, and tried to pass adroitly from the subject of dinner to that of marriage. "Florou," he said, "your meat is overdone." The old woman made no reply, but looked up at the sun as if to suggest that the fault lay not with her, but with her master's tardiness. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> k6agk7bv830hy087plrei0y377d2ekh Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/88 104 3977077 14128913 12386199 2024-04-25T18:23:52Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|86|THE PLAIN SISTER.|}}</noinclude>"What are you laughing at? I have quite made up my mind to marry." Florou stared. "I 'm going to get married, I tell you!" "And who 'll have you?" "Who will have me!" he cried, fairly choking with rage. Almost beside himself at the old woman's effrontery, he wanted to crush her with angry eloquence; but her stolidity baffled him, and he went up to his room without a word. When he was alone, his anger soon cooled; but he found himself repeating those cruel words, and as he said them over, he began to fear that Florou was not so far wrong. He recalled his friend's first disavowal of any thought of him as a suitor, and the father's strange hesitation. And then, why did n't Liakos come; what was keeping him so long? If his mission were successful, he would have brought the news at once. The question was very simple, the answer "yes" or "no"; it surely must be "no," and the judge was keeping back the evil tidings. How silly he had been to expose himself to a rebuff on the impulse of the moment—what perfect folly! What business had he to get into such a scrape? But no, he had only done his duty; he had proved to his preserver the sincerity of his friendship and the depth of his gratitude. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> l3ojn0c7adj8e4le8phq1vbhfeenxdr Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/90 104 3977079 14128914 12386202 2024-04-25T18:23:53Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|88|THE PLAIN SISTER.|}}</noinclude>It was most unusual for the old woman to say the same word twice. Not a living soul was to be seen on the Vaporia, and Mr. Plateas was able to follow the course of his thoughts undisturbed. To tell the truth, his ideas rather lacked sequence, and were much the same thing over and over; but they were so engrossing that he had not quoted a line of Homer all day. If this worry had lasted much longer, it would have effected what all his exercise and sea-bathing had failed to accomplish; the poor man would certainly have been reduced to a shadow. And still Liakos did not come! For a moment the professor thought of going to look for his friend; but where should he go? The judge had promised to come, and Florou had been told to get supper for both; Liakos must come. But why did n't he come now? Mr. Plateas paced up and down the Vaporia twenty times at least, and although he kept looking toward his house, there was no sign of the judge. At last! At last he saw his friend coming in the distance. "Well, is it 'yes' or 'no'?" he cried, as soon as he was near enough to be heard. "Do let me get my breath first." From the expression of the poor man's face Mr. Liakos feared that "no" would be more welcome than "yes." "Can he have repented?" thought the judge;<noinclude></noinclude> 9zwenc6p2i52ppxl26ko0xjzll4d6i8 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/92 104 3977081 14128718 12411796 2024-04-25T18:19:10Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|90|THE PLAIN SISTER.}}</noinclude>{{block center|"{{sc|My Dear Cousin}},—Bring your friend to my house this evening; the young lady will be there. Come early.<br /> {{float right|{{sc|Your Cousin}}."}}}} "What did I tell you!" cried Mr. Liakos, joyfully. "Come, you must get ready." Mr. Plateas looked very serious; the idea of meeting the young girl made him nervous. What should he say to her? How should he behave? Besides, he was not yet sure of being accepted! Why had n't the message been a plain "yes" or "no "? The judge had difficulty in persuading Mr. Plateas that the invitation was in itself an assurance of success, and that his cousin and he would do their best to lessen the embarrassment of the meeting. Taking upon himself the duties of valet, Mr. Liakos superintended the poor man's toilet, and having made him look as fine as possible, marched him off. He would have given almost anything to be well out of the scrape, but it was too late to retreat now. As they went along, the judge tried in vain to impart some of his own high spirits to his fainthearted friend. He was brimming over with gladness at the thought of his marriage, which now seemed assured. After so long a separation he was about to see his betrothed, for he felt sure that she would come with her sister. Mr. Plateas had no such reasons for rejoicing. He<noinclude></noinclude> 28ubioh32gc7d9beq8nqfts5n2joxro 14128915 14128718 2024-04-25T18:23:55Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|90|THE PLAIN SISTER.|}}</noinclude>{{block center|"{{sc|My Dear Cousin}},—Bring your friend to my house this evening; the young lady will be there. Come early.<br /> {{float right|{{sc|Your Cousin}}."}}}} "What did I tell you!" cried Mr. Liakos, joyfully. "Come, you must get ready." Mr. Plateas looked very serious; the idea of meeting the young girl made him nervous. What should he say to her? How should he behave? Besides, he was not yet sure of being accepted! Why had n't the message been a plain "yes" or "no "? The judge had difficulty in persuading Mr. Plateas that the invitation was in itself an assurance of success, and that his cousin and he would do their best to lessen the embarrassment of the meeting. Taking upon himself the duties of valet, Mr. Liakos superintended the poor man's toilet, and having made him look as fine as possible, marched him off. He would have given almost anything to be well out of the scrape, but it was too late to retreat now. As they went along, the judge tried in vain to impart some of his own high spirits to his fainthearted friend. He was brimming over with gladness at the thought of his marriage, which now seemed assured. After so long a separation he was about to see his betrothed, for he felt sure that she would come with her sister. Mr. Plateas had no such reasons for rejoicing. He<noinclude></noinclude> 0z5k6jqcini6rp3066loctz8eqf17yh Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/94 104 3977083 14128916 12386206 2024-04-25T18:23:56Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|92|THE PLAIN SISTER.|}}</noinclude>But his supporters, one on either side, urged and encouraged the unhappy man until they reached the threshold, when the door opened and they pushed him in, regardless of his protests, then closed it again, and went off to the club. When Mr. Liakos learned that his sweetheart was not coming, he submitted to his banishment with stoicism; but it seemed to him that the evening at the club would never come to an end. About ten 'o'clock a servant came to say that Mr. Plateas was waiting for him; he rushed downstairs and found his friend in the street. By the light of a street lamp the judge saw at once from the expression of the suitor's face that the visit had been a complete success. The professor looked like another man. "Well?" asked Mr. Liakos, eagerly. "I tell you, she is n't plain at all!" exclaimed Mr. Plateas. "When she speaks her voice is like music, and she has a charming expression! As for her little hand,—it 's simply exquisite!" "You kissed it, I suppose?" said the judge. "Of course I did!" "What did you say, and what did she say to you?" "As though I could tell you everything! The idea!" Then lowering his voice, he added: "Do you know what she said to me? She told me she was glad and grateful that I had asked her to marry me through friendship for you, be-<noinclude></noinclude> l33hmo1ug7es8fqvbkd6fvhjbmrkgrr Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/96 104 3977085 14128917 12411809 2024-04-25T18:23:57Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|94|THE PLAIN SISTER.|}}</noinclude>on the other hand, was overflowing with delight, and his high spirits seemed contagious, for all the wedding guests laughed with him. Even His Eminence the Archbishop of Tenos and Syra, who had blessed the double marriage, was jovial with the rest, and showed his learning by wishing the happy couples joy in a line from Homer: {{c|{{fine block|{{polytonic|"Σοὶ δὲ θεοὶ τόσα δοῖευ, ὅσα φρεσί σῇσί μενονᾶς.}}<br /> "Thine own wish may the Gods give thee in every place."}}}} To which Mr. Plateas replied majestically: {{c|{{fine block|{{polytonic|"Εἶς οἰωνὸς ἄμύνεσθαι περὶ πάτρης.}}<br /> "The best omen is to battle for one's native land!"}}}} After the wedding, the judge obtained three months' leave, and took his bride for a visit to his old home among his kinsfolk. How eagerly their return was awaited, and how delighted the sisters were to be together again! The old father trembled with joy. When the two brothers-in-law were alone, each saw his own happiness reflected in the other's face. "Well, did I exaggerate when I sang your wife's praises?" asked Mr. Liakos. "She 's a treasure, my dear friend!" cried Mr. Plateas,—"a perfect treasure! In a few months," he went on, "I shall have a new favor to ask of you. I want you to stand as godfather to your nephew." "What! You too!" "And you?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> twb89qtvci08p7d3qi3d4bnx9n6qd8c Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/100 104 3977086 14128832 12378053 2024-04-25T18:22:31Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|98|THE MASSACRE OF THE INNOCENTS.|}}</noinclude>forest with the sheep and cows. All now ran to the Golden Swan where, as they knew, Korneliz and his brother-in-law were also drinking their mug of ale. The moment the innkeeper heard these terrifying tidings, he hurried into the village, crying that the Spaniards were at hand. What a stir, what an uproar there was then in Nazareth! Women opened windows, and peasants hurriedly left their houses carrying lights which were put out when they reached the orchard, where, because of the snow and the full moon, one could see as well as at midday. Later, they gathered round Korneliz and Krayer, in the open space which faced the inns. Several of them had brought pitchforks and rakes, and consulted together, terror-stricken, under the trees. But, as they did not know what to do, one of them ran to fetch the curé, who owned Korneliz's farm. He came out of the house with the sacristan carrying the keys of the church. All followed him into the churchyard, whither his cry came to them from the top of the tower, that he beheld nothing either in the fields, or by the forest, but that around the farm he saw ominous red clouds, for all that the sky was of a deep blue and agleam with stars over the rest of the plain. After taking counsel for a long time in the churchyard, they decided to hide in the wood<noinclude></noinclude> duqi3zhanlwewnyphmqck0bxwnsa3mf Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/102 104 3977088 14128833 12378055 2024-04-25T18:22:32Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|100|THE MASSACRE OF THE INNOCENTS.|}}</noinclude>The Spaniards, driving before them the sheep and the cattle, advanced upon the ice. When the sheep reached the hedge they began to nibble at the green stuff, and now Korneliz broke from the shadows of the bushes, followed by the others with their pitchforks. Then in the midst of the huddled-up sheep and of the cows who stared affrighted, the savage strife was fought out beneath the moon, and ended in a massacre. When they had slain not only the Spaniards, but also their horses, Korneliz rushed thence across the meadow in the direction of the flames, while the others plundered and stripped the dead. Thereafter all returned to the village with their flocks. The women, who were observing the dark forest from behind the churchyard walls, saw them coming through the trees and ran with the curé to meet them, and all returned dancing joyously amid the laughter of the children and the barking of the dogs. But, while they made merry, under the pear trees of the orchard, where the Red Dwarf had hung lanterns in honor of the kermesse, they anxiously demanded of the curé what was to be done. The outcome of this was the harnessing of a horse to a cart in order to fetch the bodies of the woman and the nine little girls to the village. The sisters and other relations of the dead woman got into the cart along with the curé, who, being old and very fat, could not walk so far. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 42sbbw1vhx054tn04ccic6hjshp88ww Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/104 104 3977090 14128834 12375869 2024-04-25T18:22:33Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|102|THE MASSACRE OF THE INNOCENTS.|}}</noinclude>through the village after high mass, and it snowed until midday. Then, suddenly, the sun shone brilliantly, and the peasants went to dine as was their wont, and dressed for the benediction. There was no one to be seen on the Place, for it froze bitterly. Only the dogs and chickens roamed about under the trees, or the sheep nibbled at a three-cornered bit of grass, while the curé's servant swept away the snow from his garden. At that moment a troop of armed men crossed the stone bridge at the end of the village, and halted in the orchard. Peasants hurried from their houses, but, recognizing the new-comers as Spaniards, they retreated terrified, and went to the windows to see what would happen. About thirty soldiers, in full armor, surrounded an old man with a white beard. Behind them, on pillions, rode red and yellow lancers who jumped down and ran over the snow to shake off their stiffness, while several of the soldiers in armor dismounted likewise and fastened their horses to the trees. Then they moved in the direction of the Golden Sun, and knocked at the door. It was opened reluctantly; the soldiers went in, warmed themselves near the fire, and called for ale. Presently they came out of the inn, carrying pots, jugs, and rye-bread for their companions, who surrounded the man with the white<noinclude></noinclude> bqn34wvenq6sams5338wzzntbdb1xhn Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/106 104 3977092 14128835 12378058 2024-04-25T18:22:34Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|104|THE MASSACRE OF THE INNOCENTS.|}}</noinclude>and hats to the leader in the velvet mantle, and asked him what he was going to do. He did not, however, understand their language; so some one ran to fetch the curé. The priest was putting on a gold chasuble in the vestry, in readiness for the benediction. The peasant cried: "The Spaniards are in the orchard!" Horrified, the curé ran to the door of the church, and the choir-boys followed, carrying wax-tapers and censer. As he stood there, he saw the animals from the pens and stables wandering on the snow and on the grass; the horsemen in the village, the soldiers before the doors, horses tied to trees all along the street; men and women entreating the man who held the child in its little shift. The curé hastened into the churchyard, and the peasants turned anxiously towards him as he came through the pear trees, like the Divine Presence itself robed in white and gold. They crowded about him where he confronted the man with the white beard. He spoke in Flemish and in Latin, but the commander merely shrugged his shoulders to show that he did not understand. The villagers asked their priest in a low voice: "What does he say? What is he going to do?" Others, when they saw the curé in the orchard, came cautiously from their cottages, women hurried up and whispered in groups, while the<noinclude></noinclude> 6fctzzg17cejz278b88yedu41m6k5vr Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/108 104 3977094 14128836 12375873 2024-04-25T18:22:35Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|106|THE MASSACRE OF THE INNOCENTS.|}}</noinclude>Hunchback, his wife, and daughters, all, with clasped hands, imploring for mercy. When the soldiers came to their white-bearded leader, they placed the children at the foot of an elm, where the little ones remained seated on the snow in their Sunday clothes. But one of them, in a yellow frock, got up and toddled unsteadily towards the sheep. A soldier folio wed, with bare sword; and the child died with his face in the grass, while the others were killed around the tree. The peasants and the innkeeper's daughters all fled screaming, and shut themselves up in their houses. The curé, who was left alone in the orchard, threw himself on his knees, first before one horseman, then another, and with crossed arms, supplicated the Spaniards piteously, while the fathers and mothers seated on the snow beyond wept bitterly for the dead children whom they held upon their knees. As the lancers passed along the street, they noticed a big blue farmstead. When they had tried, in vain, to force open the oaken door studded with nails, they clambered atop of some tubs, which were frozen over near the threshold, and by this means gained the house through the upper windows. There had been a kermesse in this farm. At sound of the broken window-panes, the families who had assembled there to eat gaufres, custards,<noinclude></noinclude> gf5rjp5vlimjawb4ryd2cw4fkeu2qxc Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/110 104 3977096 14128837 12378060 2024-04-25T18:22:35Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|108|THE MASSACRE OF THE INNOCENTS.|}}</noinclude>their children, while amid the confusion the dogs barked joyously. The curé, with hands upraised to heaven, rushed up and down in front of the houses and under the trees, praying desperately; here and there, soldiers, trembling with cold, blew on their fingers as they moved about the road, or waited with hands in their breeches pockets, and swords under their arms, before the windows of the houses which were being scaled. Everywhere, as in small bands of twos and threes, they moved along the streets, where these scenes were being enacted, and entered the houses, they beheld the piteous grief of the peasants. The wife of a market-gardener, who occupied a red brick cottage near the church, pursued with a wooden stool the two men who carried off her children in a wheelbarrow. When she saw them die, a horrible sickness came upon her, and they thrust her down on the stool, under a tree by the roadside. Other soldiers swarmed up the lime trees in front of a farmstead with its blank walls tinted mauve, and entered the house by removing the tiles. When they came back on to the roof, the father and mother, with outstretched arms, tried to follow them through the opening, but the soldiers repeatedly pushed them back, and had at last to strike them on the head with their swords, before they could disengage themselves and regain the street. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> rip4b95z84evcvsuwj6emnehk71ai5h Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/112 104 3977098 14128838 12378062 2024-04-25T18:22:36Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|110|THE MASSACRE OF THE INNOCENTS.|}}</noinclude>men took the tub and carried it away, and the stupefied woman followed with the clothes in which she was about to dress the children. But when she saw traces of blood everywhere in the village, swords in the orchards, cradles overturned in the street, women on their knees, others who wrung their hands over the dead, she began to scream and beat the soldiers, who put down the tub to defend themselves. The curé hastened up also, and with hands clasped over his chasuble, entreated the Spaniards before the naked little ones howling in the water. Some soldiers came up, tied the mad peasant to a tree, and carried off the children. The butcher, who had hidden his little girl, leaned against his shop, and looked on callously. A lancer and one of the men in armor entered the house and found the child in a copper boiler. Then the butcher in despair took one of his knives and rushed after them into the street, but soldiers who were passing disarmed him and hanged him by the hands to the hooks in the wall—there, among the flayed animals, he kicked and struggled, blaspheming, until the evening. Near the churchyard, there was a great gathering before a long, low house, painted green. The owner, standing on his threshold, shed bitter tears; as he was very fat and jovial looking, he excited the pity of some soldiers who were seated in the sun against the wall, patting a dog. The<noinclude></noinclude> qocb7bg9ergud3zb8ow1yx24o6xrf4t Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/114 104 3977100 14128839 12378063 2024-04-25T18:22:37Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|112|THE MASSACRE OF THE INNOCENTS.|}}</noinclude>a king in heaven. But he raised his arms and shrugged his shoulders to show his helplessness, and when they implored him more and more persistently, kneeling in the snow, with bared heads, and uttering piteous cries, he turned slowly into the tower and the peasants' last hope was gone. When all the children were slain, the tired soldiers wiped their swords on the grass, and supped under the pear trees. Then they mounted one behind the other, and rode out of Nazareth across the stone bridge, by which they had come. The setting of the sun behind the forest made the woods aflame, and dyed the village blood-red. Exhausted with running and entreating, the curé had thrown himself upon the snow, in front of the church, and his servant stood near him. They stared upon the street and the orchard, both thronged with the peasants in their best clothes. Before many thresholds, parents with dead children on their knees bewailed with ever fresh amaze their bitter grief. Others still lamented over the children where they had died, near a barrel, under a barrow, or at the edge of a pool. Others carried away the dead in silence. There were some who began to wash the benches, the stools, the tables, the blood-stained shifts, and to pick up the cradles which had been thrown into the street. Mother by mother moaned under the trees over the dead bodies which lay upon the grass, little mutilated bodies<noinclude></noinclude> 3t8637fxft3l3oe9nsifgx0e58ypprr Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/120 104 3977103 14128840 12376435 2024-04-25T18:22:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|118|SAINT NICHOLAS EVE.|}}</noinclude>anything to my dear Nelle, crossed the plank, and ran into the village to buy cream, eggs, flour, apples, and coffee. Who was glad when I came back with all the good things and laid them side by side on the table, while the fire burned brightly in the stove? Who was glad? Tell me, my Nelle." "Ah, Tobias! We sat hand in hand that evening till ten o'clock as we had sat together in the moonlight on the banks of the Scheldt before we were married. But we did other things, too, on that day, lots of other things. What did we do? Do you remember, Tobias?" "Oh! oh! we made golden apple pancakes; I can smell them now. I wanted you to teach me how to toss them, but I tossed two into the fire, and the third fell into the cat's mouth. Yes, yes, Nelle, I remember." "Now, my man, we must make apple pancakes again in memory of that happy evening; I have brought shavings to light the fire. One day, Riekje and Dolf will recall the good festival of Saint Nicholas as we now recall it." It was thus that the boatman, Tobias Jeffers, spoke to his wife Nelle, on board the Guldenvisch. The Guldenvisch, which had been thus named from the pretty gold-fish which shone afore and aft on her prows, was Hendrik Shippe's best boat, and he had entrusted it to the care of<noinclude></noinclude> jjejrmyek60aefui19cpwt8jmm4rz4k Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/122 104 3977105 14128841 12376437 2024-04-25T18:22:39Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|120|SAINT NICHOLAS EVE.|}}</noinclude>you stay near the window, but to see if that fine lad, Dolf, is not coming back to the boat. Riekje laughed. "''Maman'' Nelle sees straight into my heart," said she, sitting down near the fire, and stitching away at a baby's cap, which she held in her hand. "Who could not see straight into the heart of a woman who is in love with her husband, Riekje?" asked old Nelle. As she spoke she took off the top of the stove and put the pot on the fire, much to its delight, for it began to hiss like the rocket sent off from the market-place the day before in honor of the election of a new mayor. Then Nelle wetted her finger and snuffed the candles, and the flame which had been flickering unsteadily at the end of the black wick burned brightly again and lit up the little room with a beautiful quiet light. The room was very small and was something like a big cask cut in half, with its curved wooden ceiling, and its stave-like wooden panels. A coating of shiny, brown tar covered the walls; in places, especially over the stove, it was black as ebony. The furniture consisted of a table, two chairs, a chest which served as a bed, and near the chest a white wooden box with two shelves. On these two shelves lay linen, caps, handkerchiefs, women's dresses, and men's jackets, all smelling somewhat of fish. In one<noinclude></noinclude> qxnhbezgvt6znn44qowz519b2zer8ux Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/124 104 3977107 14128842 12376468 2024-04-25T18:22:40Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|122|SAINT NICHOLAS EVE.|}}</noinclude>pendant hanging to the gold ring in her ear, and the silver ring which she wore on her finger. "Are you comfortable, Riekje?" asked Nelle, from time to time. "Do your straw-lined sabots keep your feet warm?" "Yes, ''maman'' Nelle, I am as happy as a queen," she answered, smiling. "As a queen, you say," replied Nelle. "You will be like a queen, soon, my girl, for you are going to eat some of my apple ''keikebakken''. There comes Dolf over the planks, bringing us flour, eggs, and cream; you will have something to say about my pancakes, Riekje." She opened the door, for a heavy step could be heard on the bridge of the boat. {{rule|6em}} {{c|II.}} {{sc|As}} a broad-shouldered man, with a frank, smiling face, stepped into the cheerful light of the room, his head almost touched the ceiling. "There you are, mother!" he cried. He threw his hat into a corner and began to empty his pockets with great care, placing the paper bags on the table. "Dolf, I was sure you 'd do it; you 've forgotten the pint of milk," cried ''maman'' Nelle when everything was spread out. Dolf drew back, and made a grimace as if he<noinclude></noinclude> hm4d4gif86w5g51kflr5wpz4t3zsk56 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/126 104 3977109 14128843 12376441 2024-04-25T18:22:40Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|124|SAINT NICHOLAS EVE.|}}</noinclude>"Dolf, kiss Riekje; bees like honey," cried Nelle. Her lover made a ceremonious bow to Riekje, placed one foot behind the other, pressed his hand to his heart, as the quality do, and, with a solemn air, exclaimed: "Soul of my soul, may I embrace one so fair as you?" Then, without waiting for a reply, Dolf threw his arm round Riekje's waist, raised her from her chair, and pressed his young lips upon her neck. But Riekje half turned her head, and they kissed one another warmly on the lips. "Riekje," said Dolf, licking his lips in a greedy fashion, "a kiss like that is better than ''ryspap''." "Nelle, let us do the same thing," said Tobias. "I delight to see them so happy." "Willingly," said Nelle. "Were we not the same in our own kissing days?" "Ah! Nelle, they are always kissing days when there are two, and when there is some little spot on earth where they can make a peaceful home." Tobias kissed his wife's cheeks; then, in her turn, Nelle gave him two big kisses which resounded like the snapping of dry firewood. "Riekje," Dolf whispered, "I shall always love you." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> bzb9xip26vu1icmx25c7tvolz8yp69t Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/128 104 3977111 14128844 12376443 2024-04-25T18:22:41Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|126|SAINT NICHOLAS EVE.|}}</noinclude>in some warm water, adding flour, thyme, and laurel leaves. Dolf noticed that the saucepan contained something else, but Nelle covered it up so quickly that he could not tell whether it were meat or cabbage. He was puzzled and tried to guess. Gradually the contents began to boil, and a thin, brown smoke escaped from the lid which bubbled up and down. Dolf stretched his nose towards the stove and opened his nostrils wide enough for a nut to rest in each, but still he could not define the smell. When maman Nelle went to lift the lid to see if the contents were cooking properly, he stood on tip-toe behind her back, making himself, for the fun of the thing, first quite short, and then quite tall. Riekje laughed quietly as she looked out of the corner of her eye. Suddenly Dolf gave a cry to surprise his mother, but Nelle had seen him come up, and just at the moment when he thought to look into the pot she put down the lid and nodded to him: "Who's caught now, Dolf?" But he cried out, laughing; "I saw that time, mother. It 's Slipper's old cat that you have put into the stew-pan, with some candle-grease." "Yes," replied Nelle, "and next time I shall fry mice. Go and set the table, and leave me alone you bad fellow." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> m0m104pspo2cf4y97amukpd3xga5pbj Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/130 104 3977113 14128845 12376445 2024-04-25T18:22:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|128|SAINT NICHOLAS EVE.|}}</noinclude>"It 's Slipper's cat, I knew it was," cried Dolf, when Nelle had taken off the lid. Each held out his plate and Nelle, looking into the pot, produced some brown meat, cut into pieces, which she poured on to the plates with plenty of gravy. Dolf looked carefully at the pieces which Nelle gave him, smelt them, and after a moment's pause, brought his fist down on the table and cried: "God forgive me, Riekje, it 's ''scheisels''." It was indeed ox tripe prepared in the Flemish manner, with liver, heart and lungs. Dolf put his fork into the biggest pieces first, and as he swallowed them, rubbed his hands over his stomach to show his approval. "Nelle is a capital cook," said Tobias. "I know King Leopold eats ''scheisels'' cooked in wine, but Nelle makes them just as good with water." "This is indeed a fine Saint Nicholas we are keeping," said Dolf to his wife, smacking his tongue against the roof of his mouth. "We shall always remember eating tripe on St. Nicholas day this year." Nelle now got up and pushed the frying-pan on the fire. She took care first to rake out the ashes and to put some fagots of wood on the flames. When the stove began to roar again Nelle became serious and uncovered her batter. It had risen to the top of the pan, and was rich, thick, and fragrant, with here and there<noinclude></noinclude> eg5agkng2w8nsdcuurw4q64amg1fltb Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/132 104 3977115 14128847 12376447 2024-04-25T18:22:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|130|SAINT NICHOLAS EVE.|}}</noinclude>"Now it 's my turn, mother," cried Dolf, when the bowl was almost empty. Nelle sat down near Tobias and ate the two pancakes which she had kept for herself, because they were not quite so perfect as the others. Dolf poured the batter into the frying-pan, but not in a ring, as Nelle did, for his idea was to make a mannikin such as are to be seen in the bakers' shop windows on the eve of St. Nicholas. The body and head were soon visible; then came the arms and legs. Dolf, leaning over his work, carefully guided the spoon, for fear of pouring the mixture too quickly or too slowly. Suddenly he uttered a proud cry and slid the absurd figure on to Riekje's plate, but no sooner did it touch the earthenware than it broke in two, and ran into an indistinguishable mass. He tried again and again, until the mannikin could stand on its legs. Then he gave him a slice of apple for a head, to make him look more natural. "My lad," Tobias said to his son, "in the corner among the shavings you will find an old bottle of ''schiedam'' which I brought from Holland, along with three others; they have been drunk, there is only this one left. Bring it here." Dolf obeyed, and Nelle took out some small glasses. Tobias uncorked the bottle, and filled two of them, one for himself and one for Dolf.<noinclude></noinclude> 3yg0vetgggoro4ib13oz5602mdis44z Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/134 104 3977117 14128848 12376449 2024-04-25T18:22:44Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|132|SAINT NICHOLAS EVE.|}}</noinclude>"Then show me your beautiful white teeth, Riekje, and turn round and smile at me." "As you will, my Dolf, for all my joys and sorrows are yours. I have only you in the world." "Since that is so, Riekje, I wish to be everything to you; your father, your husband, and your child. Tell me, Riekje, I am your baby, am I not? There will be two of us to love our mother." Riekje took Dolf's head in her hands, and kissed his cheeks; she paused from time to time as one pauses when drinking sweet liqueur to enjoy the flavor, and then drinks again. Then she put her lips to his ear and whispered: "Dolf, my darling Dolf, will you love it?" Dolf raised his hand solemnly. "I call God to witness, Riekje, I shall love it as if it were my own flesh and blood." "Our lad has been lucky," said Nelle to her husband. "Riekje is a dear lass. She brought joy with her when she entered our house, Tobias." "We are very poor, Nelle," he replied, "but old parents like ourselves can have no greater happiness than to see their children sitting round their fire in love with one another." "They love one another as we loved, Tobias." "You were then a pretty, fresh girl from Deurne, Nelle, with cheeks as red as a cherry and<noinclude></noinclude> sou5zmmzwmgzw1m1t16db8djxgrwsu0 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/136 104 3977119 14128849 12376451 2024-04-25T18:22:45Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|134|SAINT NICHOLAS EVE.|}}</noinclude>it drop in big yellow tears. In the ruddy light, which widened in circles like water where a stone has fallen, the little narrow cabin seemed a paradise because of the happy hearts which were in it. The rough head of the old man, with his prominent cheek-bones, his gray beard, his shaven lips, and ears pierced with gold rings, stood out the color of smoked salmon, against the brown wall. Near him sat Nelle. Her back was turned to the candles, and now and again, when she moved her head, a bright light caught her brow, the gold rings sparkled in her ears, the tip of her nose shone, and the wings of her cap stood out in the shadow like the wings of a bird. She wore a coarse woollen skirt, over which hung the full basque of her flowered jacket, but as Tobias' arm was round her waist the stiff pleats were not in such perfect order as usual. Riekje and Dolf sat hand in hand on the other side of the room; they had drawn as idea little that they might look at one another unbeknown to the others, and their faces were close together. When they moved, the candlelight struck Dolf's shaven chin, Riekje's red lips, their necks or their pierced ears, as the sun strikes the belly of a fish below the water. Kettles, saucepans, and pots shone on the shelves and the shadows in the corners were soft as velvet. "What is the matter, Riekje?" cried Dolf sud-<noinclude></noinclude> cumk1h6ljj7vaq24tuu6wp6ijgknvfe Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/138 104 3977121 14128851 12376453 2024-04-25T18:22:46Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|136|SAINT NICHOLAS EVE.|}}</noinclude>{{c|III.}} {{sc|The}} night hung over the town like a great bird, but it had snowed on the preceding days, and through the darkness Dolf could see the blanched face of the earth, white as the face of the dead. He ran full speed along the river bank as one pursued by the tide, though, even then, his footfall was not so rapid as the beating of his heart. The distant lights through the fog seemed to him like a procession of taper-bearers at a funeral; he did not know how this idea arose, but it terrified him, for behind it again he saw death. Then he came upon silent figures hastening mysteriously along. "Doubtless, they have been suddenly called to the bedside of the dying," he muttered. It was now he remembered that it is customary in Flanders on that night to replace the hay, carrots, and turnips which the little ones put on the hearth to feed Saint Nicholas' ass, by big dolls, wooden horses, musical instruments, violins, or simply by mannikins in ''spikelaus'', according as each can afford. "Ah," he said to himself, comforted, "they are fathers and mothers going to the shops." But now the gloomy lights which resembled the taper-bearers seemed to be chasing one another along the quays; their little flames ran in every direction, crossed one another, and looked like<noinclude></noinclude> r9a2j66dfvbb18ph1iiwphm62nahhhq Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/140 104 3977123 14128852 12376455 2024-04-25T18:22:47Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|138|SAINT NICHOLAS EVE.|}}</noinclude>with trembling hands he pointed to his dripping clothes. "I have three children, Dolf, yet I have been in twice. I have no strength left." Dolf turned to the pale faces which stood in a circle round him. "Cowards," he cried. "Is there not one among you who will save a drowning man?" The greater number bent their heads and shrugged their shoulders, feeling that they had deserved the reproach. "Dolf," the old man cried, "as sure 's death 's death, I shall try again, if you do not go." "God! God! There he is!" cried the men at that moment, who were moving the torches over the water. "We saw his head and feet. Help!" Dolf threw off his coat and said to the boatmen coldly: "I will go." Then he spoke again: "One of you run to Madame Puzzel and take her back to the Guldenvisch at once." He made the sign of the cross and muttered between his teeth: "Jesus Christ, who died on the cross to save sinners, have mercy on me." He went down the bank, with bared breast, and the crowd who followed him trembled for his life. He looked for a moment at the traitorous river, on which the torches dripped tears of blood, as if he saw death before him. The flood<noinclude></noinclude> os0b8f7pb2xeorj6hmxz1tzu499sbji Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/142 104 3977125 14128853 12376457 2024-04-25T18:22:48Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|140|SAINT NICHOLAS EVE.|}}</noinclude>darkness they fought, bit, tore one another, like mortal enemies. Dolf at last gained the upper hand; the paralyzing arms ceased to strangle him, and he felt an inert mass floating upon him. A terrible lassitude as of a sleep overcame him, his head fell forward, the water entered his mouth. But the light of the torches penetrated the dark water; he gathered up his strength and dragged after him the prey which he had robbed from the hungry eels. Then at last he breathed pure air again. With that there was a great outburst from the bank. "Courage, Dolf," cried the breathless crowd, stretching out over the river. One or two boatmen had piled some wood and set light to it. The flames rose spirally and lit up the sky for some distance. "This way, Dolf! Courage, Dolf! A brave heart, courage!" yelled the crowd. Dolf was just about to reach the bank: he parted the water with all his remaining strength and pushed the limp body before him. The red light from the wood-fire spread over his hands and face like burning oil, and suddenly it caught the face of the drowning man, by his side. No sooner did he see that pale face than, uttering a cry of rage, he pushed it to the bottom of the water. He had recognized the man who had dishonored Riekje. Dolf, a right loyal fellow,<noinclude></noinclude> cjyyy7hhgtaucxm54eqamhh52y32ttl Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/144 104 3977127 14128854 12376459 2024-04-25T18:22:49Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|142|SAINT NICHOLAS EVE.|}}</noinclude>to see you. Come in," said Tobias. "Good-evening, lad. Oh! it 's Lucas." "Good evening, Tobias," said the young man. "Dolf has stayed behind with his comrades, so I brought Madame Puzzel." "Come and have a drink, my son, then you can go back to Dolf." Nelle now came forward. "Good-evening, Madame Puzzel, how are you? Here is a chair. Sit down and warm yourself." "Good-evening to you all," replied the fat little old woman. "So we are going to have christening sugar on board the Guldenvisch this evening. It's your first, is it not, Riekje? Come, Nelle, make me some coffee and give me some supper." "Riekje," said the young boatman, "I brought Madame Puzzel because Dolf was dragged off by his comrades. He must not see you suffer. It is better not, so the others have carried him off to have a drink to give him courage." "I shall be braver, too, if he is not here," replied Riekje, raising her eyes full of tears. "Yes," said Nelle, in her turn, "it 's better for every one that Dolf should not be here." Tobias then poured out a glass of gin and gave it to the man, saying: "There's something for your trouble, Lucas. When you have drunk that, your legs will lengthen<noinclude></noinclude> 31th5sb977vkiyqrmf8id6z9prcqev2 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/146 104 3977129 14128855 12376461 2024-04-25T18:22:49Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|144|SAINT NICHOLAS EVE.|}}</noinclude>two sea-weed mattresses from his own bed, and, as he laid them on the chest, there was a healthy salt smell in the room. Then Nelle covered the mattresses with spotless coarse linen sheets, and smoothed them with the palm of her hand to take out the creases and make it as soft as a feather-bed. Towards midnight, Madame Puzzel folded up her knitting, placed her spectacles on the table, crossed her arms and looked into the fire; then she began to prepare the linen, made a hole in the pillows and looked at the time by the big silver watch which she wore under her jacket. Finally, she yawned six consecutive times and went to sleep with one eye open. Riekje wrung her hands and cried out: "''Mam{{ae}}'' Puzzel! ''Mam{{ae}}'' Puzzel!" "''Mam{{ae}}'' Puzzel can do nothing for you, Riekje," replied the midwife. "You must be patient." Within the room, the kettle sang on the fire; without, the water lapped against the boat. Voices died away along the banks, and doors were shut. "It is midnight," said Tobias, "those are the people leaving the inn." Ah! Dolf! dear Dolf!" cried Riekje, each time. "Why does he not come back?" "I see the lamps in the houses and boats being put out one by one. Dolf will be in di-<noinclude></noinclude> j9sm6j3d8hgsh5cngsxlftbclqgihun Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/148 104 3977131 14128856 12376463 2024-04-25T18:22:51Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|146|SAINT NICHOLAS EVE.|}}</noinclude>laughing, pinched the face of the new-born babe whom Madame Puzzel swaddled on her knee. When the baby was well wrapped up, Madame Puzzel placed it in Dolf's arms and he kissed it cautiously with little smacks. Reikje called Dolf to her side, took his head in her hand, and fell asleep until morning. Dolf put his head beside her on the pillow, and their breath and their hearts were as one during that sleep. {{rule|6em}} {{c|V.}} {{sc|Dolf}} went off into the town one morning. Funeral bells were tolling, and their knell echoed through the air like the hoarse cry of gulls and petrels above the shipwrecked. A long procession disappeared through the church porch, and the altar draped in black shone with its many wax lights, which glistened as the tears in a widow's eyes. "Who has died in the town?" Dolf asked of an old beggar sitting at the threshold of the church, his chin on his knees. "The son of a rich family, a man of property, Jacques Karnavash. Give a trifle for the repose of his soul." Dolf took off his hat and entered the church. He hid himself behind a pillar and saw the silver-nailed coffin disappear beneath the black catafalque. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> genf44kwne2toyp9qeiddd4hf1f2qni Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/150 104 3977133 14128857 12376465 2024-04-25T18:22:51Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|148|SAINT NICHOLAS EVE.|}}</noinclude>"Dolf, you are worth all of us put together." Suddenly he had fallen on the pavement, but they had carried him near the kitchen fire of an inn, had revived him with gin and looked after him until he felt strong enough to run back to his beloved Riekje. "Dolf," they now cried. And when Dolf turned, the old boatman clasped him in his arms and said: "My dear son, I love you as if you were my own flesh and blood." The others pressed his hand heartily, saying: "Dolf, we shall at least have known one really brave fellow before we die." "As for me, comrades," said Dolf, laughing, "I shall not die before I drink a glass with you to the health of the fine little chap Riekje gave me the other night."<noinclude></noinclude> sor9cbglnky79ux585cn07kvcwas2wj Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/154 104 3977134 14128858 12396238 2024-04-25T18:22:52Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|152|IN LOVE WITH THE CZARINA.|}}</noinclude>pied the mutual position of master and slave, tore the chains of their barriers asunder, and all met here. It is quite possible that he with whom the grenadier-private is now playing chess is the very same general who might order him a hundred lashes to-morrow, should he take a step on parade without his command! And now he contends with him to make a queen out of a pawn! It is also probable that the pretty woman who is singing sportive French songs to the accompaniment of the instrument she strikes with her left hand is one of the Court ladies of the Czarina, who, as a rule, throws half-roubles out of her carriage to the street-musicians! Perhaps she is a Princess? possibly the wife of the Lord Chamberlain? or even higher in grade than this? Russian society, both high and low, flower and root, met in Jelagin's castle, and while there enjoyed equality in the widest sense of the word. Strange phenomenon! That this should take place in Russia, where so much is thought of aristocratic rank, official garb, and exterior pomp; where an inferior is bound to dismount from his horse upon meeting a superior, where sub-officers take off their coats in token of salute when they meet those of higher rank, and where generals kiss the priest's hands and the highest aristocrats fall on their faces before the Czar! Here they sing and dance and joke together, make fun of<noinclude></noinclude> pjcbwsd8buq23dadhn67s7mle462f4m Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/156 104 3977136 14128859 12396246 2024-04-25T18:22:53Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|154|IN LOVE WITH THE CZARINA.|}}</noinclude>"Yes, I saw her. Are you smitten with her, as others have been?" "That woman I must make my wife." Jelagin gave the Cossack a blow on the shoulder and looked into his eyes. "That you will not do! You will not take her as your wife, friend Jemeljan." "I shall marry her—I have resolved to do so." "You will not marry her, for she will not go to you." "If she does not come I will carry her off against her will." "You can't marry her, because she has a husband." "If she has a husband I will carry her off in company with him!" "You can't carry her off, for she lives in a palace—she is guarded by many soldiers, and accompanied in her carriage by many outriders." "I will take her away with her palace, her soldiers, and her carriage. I swear it by St. Gregory!" Jelagin laughed mockingly. "Good Jemeljan, go home and sleep out your love—that pretty woman is the Czarina!" The hetman became pale for a moment, his breath stopped; but the next instant, with sparkling eyes, he said to Jelagin: {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 49456vuikxvrl5igm0gk0nvr6swuk3u Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/158 104 3977138 14128860 12396253 2024-04-25T18:22:54Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|156|IN LOVE WITH THE CZARINA.|}}</noinclude>They turn over in their last resting-place, and the whole earth seems to tremble under the feet of those who walk above them! Amongst the numerous contradictory stories told, one difficult to believe, but which the people gladly credited, and which caused much bloodshed before it was wiped out of their memory, was this—that Czar Peter died neither by his own hand, nor by the hands of others, but that he still lived. It was said that a common soldier, with pock-marked face resembling the Czar, was shown in his stead to the public on the death-couch at St. Petersburg, and that the Czar himself had escaped from prison in soldier's clothes, and would return to retake his throne, to vanquish his wife, and behead his enemies! Five Czar pretenders rose one after the other in the wastes of the Russian domains. One followed the other with the motto, "Revenge on the faithless!" The usurpers conquered sometimes a northern, sometimes a southern province, collected forces, captured towns, drove out all officials, and put new ones in their places, so that it was necessary to send forces against them. If one was subjugated and driven away into the ice deserts, or captured and hung on the next tree, another Czar Peter would rise up in his place and cause rebellion, alarming the Court circle whilst they were enjoying themselves; and so things went on continually and<noinclude></noinclude> 4z74jeitjry7jlyl4yc4a682t8yf7cf Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/160 104 3977140 14128862 12396758 2024-04-25T18:22:55Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|158|IN LOVE WITH THE CZARINA.|}}</noinclude>woman who had no right to tread upon the neck of the Russians, and he adored the beautiful woman who possessed the right to tread upon every Russian's heart! He became possessed with the mad idea that he would tear down that woman from her throne, and take her afterwards into his arms. He had his plans prepared for this. He went along the Volga, where the Roskolniks live—they who oppose the Russian religion, and who were the adherents of the persecuted fanatics whose fathers and grandfathers had been continually extirpated by means of hanging, either on trees or scaffolds, and this only for the sole reason that they crossed themselves downwards, and not upwards, as they do in Moscow! The Roskolniks were always ready to plot if they had any pretence and could get a leader. Pugasceff wanted to commence his scheme with these, but he was soon betrayed, and fell into the hands of the police and was carried into a Kasan prison and put into chains. He might thus go on dreaming! Pugasceff dreamed one night that he burst the iron chains from his legs, cut through the wall of the prison, jumped down from the inclosure, swam through the surrounding trench whose depth was filled with sharp spikes, and that he made his way towards the uninhabited plains of the Ural Sorodok, without a crust of bread or a decent stitch of clothing!<noinclude></noinclude> 8ckasd1nw47danvh7t46eh1gmaq3c2w Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/162 104 3977142 14128863 12396760 2024-04-25T18:23:06Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|160|IN LOVE WITH THE CZARINA.|}}</noinclude>first Cossack habitation he saw and said that he was a refugee. He was received with an open heart, and got plenty of kind words and a little bread. The house-owner was himself poor; the Kirgizians had driven away his sheep. One of his sons, a priest of the Roskolnik persuasion, had been carried away from him into a lead-mine; the second had been taken to serve as a soldier, and had died; the third was hung because he had been involved in a revolt. Old Kocsenikoff remained at home without sons or family. Pugasceff listened to the grievances of his host, and said: "These can be remedied." "Who can raise for me my dead sons?" said the old man bitterly. "The one who rose himself in order to kill." "Who can that be?" "The Czar." "The murdered Czar?" asked the old soldier, with astonishment. "He has been killed six times, and yet he lives. On my way here, whenever I met with people, they all asked me, 'Is it true that the Czar is not dead yet, and that he has escaped from prison?' I replied to them, 'It is true. He has found his way here, and ere long he will make his appearance before you.'" "You say this, but how can the Czar get here?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> hfztcp9ps0zadp51ze5xqx71tp4q3w9 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/164 104 3977144 14128864 12401559 2024-04-25T18:23:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|162|IN LOVE WITH THE CZARINA.|}}</noinclude>of their lives; but the tenth was a traitor. He disclosed the desperate plot to Colonel Simonoff, the commander of Jaiczkoi, and the commander immediately arrested Kocsenikoff; but Pugasceff escaped on the horse which had been sent out with the Cossack who came to arrest him, and he even carried off the Cossack himself! He jumped into the saddle, patted and spurred the horse, and made his way into the forest. History records for the benefit of future generations the name of the Cossack whom Pugasceff carried away with his horse: Csika was the name of this timid individual! This happened on September 15. Two days afterwards Pugasceff came back from the forest to the outskirts of the town Jaiczkoi. Then he had his horse, a scarlet fur-trimmed jacket, and three hundred brave horsemen. As he approached the town he had trumpets blown, and demanded that Colonel Simonoff should surrender and should come and kiss the hand of his rightful master, Czar Peter III.! Simonoff came with 5,000 horsemen and 800 Russian regular troops against the rebel, and Pugasceff was in one moment surrounded. At this instant he took a loosely sealed letter from his breast and read out his proclamation in a ringing voice to the opposing troops, in which he appealed to the faithful Cossacks of Peter III. to help him to regain his throne and to aid him to drive away usurpers, threatening with<noinclude></noinclude> ttthw5znabx7k4mkkr35jczh5h4u401 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/166 104 3977146 14128865 12403942 2024-04-25T18:23:08Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|164|IN LOVE WITH THE CZARINA.|}}</noinclude>him to battle. The stronghold of Ileczka was the first halting-place he made. It is situated about seventy versts from Jaiczkoi. He was welcomed with open gates and with acclamation, and the guard of the place went over to his side. Here he found guns and powder, and with these he was able to continue his campaign. Next followed the stronghold of Kazizna. This did not surrender of its own accord, but commenced heroically to defend itself, and Pugasceff was compelled to bombard it. In the heat of the siege the rebel Cossacks shouted out to those in the fort, and they actually turned their guns upon their own patrols. All who opposed them were strung up, and the Colonel was taken a prisoner to Pugasceff, who showed no mercy to any one who wore his hair long, which was the fashion at the time amongst the Russian officers, and for this reason the pseudo-Czar hung every officer who fell into his hands. Now, provided with guns, he made his way towards the fort of Nisnàja Osfernàja, which he also captured after a short attack. Those whom he did not kill joined him. Now he led 4,000 men, and therefore he could dare attack the stronghold of Talitseva, which was defended by two heroes, Bilof and Jelagin. The Russian authorities took up a firm position in face of the fanatical rebels, and they would have repulsed Pugasceff, if the hay stores in the fort had not been burned down. This fire<noinclude></noinclude> p22dsw5ojtjuse5h0lub0rqgar07nbz Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/168 104 3977148 14128866 12403947 2024-04-25T18:23:09Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|166|IN LOVE WITH THE CZARINA.|}}</noinclude>rendered without firing a shot. Pugasceff, without saying "Thank you," had him hanged. He did not believe in officers who went over to the enemy. He only kept the common soldiers, and he had their hair cut short, so that in the event of their escaping he should know them again! Next morning the last stronghold in the country, Precsisztenszka, situated in the vicinity of the capital, Orenburg, surrendered to the rebels, and in the evening the mock Czar stood before the walls of Orenburg with thirty cannon and a wellequipped army! All this happened in fifteen days. Since the moment when he carried off the Cossack who had been sent to capture him, and met Kocsenikoff, he had occupied six forts, entirely annihilated a regiment, and created another, with which he now besieged the capital of the province. The towns of the Russian Empire are divided by great distances, and before things were decided at St. Petersburg, Marquis Pugasceff might almost have occupied half the country. It was Katharine herself who nicknamed Pugasceff Marquis, and she laughed very heartily and often in the Court circles about her extraordinary husband, who was preparing to reconquer his wife, the Czarina. The nuptial bed awaited him—it was the scaffold! On the news of Pugasceff's approach, Reins-<noinclude></noinclude> 6p6zrro64orh7xz2q535qdxel85n4f1 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/170 104 3977150 14128867 12404359 2024-04-25T18:23:10Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|168|IN LOVE WITH THE CZARINA.|}}</noinclude>rebel lines, but Pugasceff, all of a sudden, changed his plan of battle, and attacked with his Cossacks the cavalry of his opponent, who took to flight. The victory fell from the grasp of Naumoff, and he was compelled to fly with his cannon, breaking his way, sword in hand, through the lines of the Cossacks. Then Pugasceff attacked in his turn. He had forty-eight guns, with which he commenced a fierce bombardment of the walls, which continued until November 9th, when he ordered his troops to storm the town. The onslaught did not succeed, for the Russians bravely defended themselves. Pugasceff, therefore, had to make up his mind to starve out his opponents. The broad plains and valleys were white with snow, the forests sparkled with icicles, as though made of silver, and during the long nights the cold reflection of the moon alone brightened the desolate wastes where the audacious dream of a daring man kept awake the spirits of his men. The dream was this: That he should be the husband of the Czarina of All the Russias. Katharine II. was passionately fond of playing tarok, and she particularly liked that variety of the game which was later on named, after a celebrated Russian general, "Paskevics," and required four players. In addition to the Czarina, Princess Daskoff, Prince Orloff, and General Karr<noinclude></noinclude> 773aqjjdwb8udv8t49tny2znlh9ofof Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/174 104 3977154 14128868 12404363 2024-04-25T18:23:12Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|172|IN LOVE WITH THE CZARINA.|}}</noinclude>his great predecessors, Alexander the Great, Frederick the Great, Hannibal, etc., also travelled quickly, but in company with an army, whilst Karr thought it quite sufficient if he went alone. He judged it impossible to travel faster than he did, sleighing merrily along to Bugulminszka; but it was possible. A Cossack horseman, who started the same time as he did from St. Petersburg, arrived thirty-six hours before him, informed Pugasceff of the coming of General Karr, and acquainted him as to the position of his troops. Pugasceff despatched about 2,000 Cossacks to fall upon the rear of the General, and prevent his junction with the Body Guard. Karr did not consult any one at Bugulminszka. He pushed aside his colleague Freymann in order to be left alone to settle the affair. He said it was not a question of righting but of chasing. He must be caught alive—this wild animal. Csernicseff was already on the way with 1,200 horsemen and twelve guns, as he had received instructions from Karr to cross the river Szakmara and prevent Pugasceff from retreating, while he himself should, with the pick of the regiment, attack him in front and thus catch him between two fires. Csernicseff thought he had to do with clever superiors, and as an ordinary divisional leader he did not dare to think his General to be so ignorant as to allow him to be<noinclude></noinclude> 6dth6t9fu669kr4rrkiwixwwxyrl9e0 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/176 104 3977156 14128869 12404366 2024-04-25T18:23:13Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|174|IN LOVE WITH THE CZARINA.|}}</noinclude>his secure position. He recognized that he had found here heroes instead of thieves. But what annoyed him most was that this rabble knew so well how to handle their cannon; for in St. Petersburg, out of precaution, Cossacks are not enlisted in the artillery, in order that no one should teach them how to serve guns. And here this ignorant people handled the guns, stolen but yesterday, as though accustomed to them all their lifetime, and their shells had already set fire to villages in many different places. The General ordered his entire line to advance with a rush, while with the reserve he sharply attacked the enemy in flank, totally defeating them. His cavalry started with drawn swords towards the fire-spurting space. Amongst the 1,500 horsemen there were only 300 Cossacks, and in the heat of battle these deserted to the enemy. Immediately General Karr saw this, he became so alarmed that he set his soldiers the example of flight. All discipline at an end, they abandoned their comrades in front, and escaped as best they could. Pugasceff's Cossacks pursued the Russians for a distance of thirty miles, but did not succeed in overtaking the General. Fear lent him wings. Arrived at Bugulminszka, he learned that Csernicseff's horsemen had been destroyed, that the Body Guard in his own rear had been taken prisoners, and that twenty-one guns had fallen<noinclude></noinclude> a7x2w74e3ek845178v0v0d1phigdbpc Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/178 104 3977158 14128870 12410609 2024-04-25T18:23:14Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|176|IN LOVE WITH THE CZARINA.|}}</noinclude>sessed until now—for the sake of a pair of beautiful eyes! After the victory of Bugulminszka a large number of ''envoyés'' from the leaders of the Baskirs appeared before him, and brought him, together with their allegiance, a pretty girl to be his wife. The name of the maiden was Ulijanka, and she stole the heart of Pugasceff f rom the Czarina. At that time the adventurer believed so fully in his star that he did not behave with his usual severity. Ulijanka became his favorite, and the adventurous chief appointed Salavatké, her father, to be the ruling Prince of Baskirk. Then he commenced to surround himself with Counts and Princes. Out of the booty of plundered castles he clothed himself in magnificent Court costumes, and loaded his companions with decorations taken from the heroic Russian officers. He nominated them Generals, Colonels, Counts, and Princes. The Cossack, Csika, his first soldier, was appointed ''Generalissimus'', and to him he entrusted half his army. He also issued roubles with his portrait under the name of Czar Peter III., and sent out a circular note with the words, "''Redevivus et ultor''" As he had no silver mines, he struck the roubles out of copper, of which there was plenty about. This good example was also followed by the Russians, who issued roubles to the amount of millions and millions, and made payments with them generously. Puga-<noinclude></noinclude> h928r2lwii4lw0jt6cy8bz0cc4viw47 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/180 104 3977160 14128872 12410612 2024-04-25T18:23:16Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|178|IN LOVE WITH THE CZARINA.|}}</noinclude>rendered half the garrison incapable of work. On January the 13th, Colonel Vallenstierna tried to break his way through the rebel lines with 2,500 men, but he returned with hardly seventy. The remainder, about 2,000 men, remained on the field. At any rate, they no longer asked for food! A few hundred hussars, however, cut their way through and carried to St. Petersburg the news of what Czar Peter III. (who had now risen for the seventh time from his grave) was doing! The Czarina commenced to get tired of her adorer's conquests, so she called together her faithful generals, and asked which of them thought it possible to undertake a campaign in the depth of the Russian winter into the interior of the Russian snow deserts. This did not mean playing at war, nor a triumphal procession. It meant a battle with a furious people who, in forty years' time, would trample upon the most powerful European troops. There were four who replied that in Russia everything was possible which ought to be done. The names of these four gentlemen were: Prince Galiczin, General Bibikoff, Colonel Larionoff, and Michelson, a Swedish officer. Their number, however, was soon reduced to two at the very commencement. Larionoff returned home after the first battle of Bozal, where the rebels proved victorious, whilst Bibikoff died from the hardships of the winter campaign. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> oyfsmmwte2nr1fafxt7ilhzcwgix7qd Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/182 104 3977162 14128873 12411767 2024-04-25T18:23:16Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|180|IN LOVE WITH THE CZARINA.|}}</noinclude>with two guns to defend them, whilst with the remaining troops he made his way towards the town of Csernakuka, whither Csika's troops had fled. Michelson saw that he had no time to lose. He placed himself at the head of his hussars, sounded the charge, and attacked the bulk of his opponents. For this they were not prepared. The bold attack caused confusion amongst them, and in a few moments the centre of the camp was cut through, and the first battery captured. He then immediately turned his attention to the two wings of the camp. After this, flight became general, and Csika's troops were dispersed like a cloud of mosquitos, leaving behind them fortyeight cannon and eight small guns. The victor now returned with his small body of troops to the sledges they had left behind, and he then entirely surrounded the 3,000 rebels. Those who were not slaughtered were captured. The victorious hero sent word to the commander of the Ufa garrison that the road was clear, and that the cannon taken from his opponents should be drawn thither. A hundred and twenty versts from Ufa he reached the flying Csika. The Generalissimus then had only forty-two officers, whilst his privates had disappeared in every direction of the wind. Michelson got hold of them all, and if he did not hang them it was only because on the six days' desert march not a single tree was to be found. In the meantime, Prince<noinclude></noinclude> 9e3mhdscfg9lslyrhj5emd0ykgdg628 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/184 104 3977164 14128874 12411770 2024-04-25T18:23:17Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|182|IN LOVE WITH THE CZARINA.|}}</noinclude>greater loss still than his army and his guns, was that of the superstitious glamour which had surrounded him until now. The belief in his incapability of defeat, that was lost too! The revengeful Czar, who had but yesterday commenced his campaign, now had to fly to the desert, which promised him no refuge. It was only then that the real horrors of the campaign commenced. It was a war such as can be imagined in Russia only, where in the thousands and thousands of square miles of borderless desert scantily distributed hordes wander about, all hating Russian supremacy, and all born gun in hand. Pugasceff took refuge amongst these people. Once again he turned on Galiczin at Kargozki. He was again defeated, and lost his last gun. His sweetheart, Ulijanka, was also taken captive—that is, if she did not betray him! From here he escaped precipitately with his cavalry across the river Mjaes. Here Siberia commences, and here Russia has no longer villages, but only military settlements which are divided from each other by a day's march, across plains and the ancient forests, along the ranges of the Ural Mountains—the so-called factories. The Woszkrezenszki factory, situated one day's walk into the desert, is divided by uncut forests from the Szimszki factory, in both of which cinnamon and tin paints are made, and here are to<noinclude></noinclude> p58kgiuvohvwb6m66rpajls0k0uzcgg Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/186 104 3977166 14128875 12411772 2024-04-25T18:23:18Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|184|IN LOVE WITH THE CZARINA.|}}</noinclude>track, but pursues him even amongst reeds and morasses, so the daring leader chased his opponent from plain to plain. He never had more than 1,000 men, cavalry, artillery, and gunners, all told. Every one had to carry provisions for two weeks and 100 cartridges. The cavalry had guns as well as sabres, so that they might also fight on foot, and the artillery were supplied with axes, so that, if necessary, they might serve as carpenters, and all prepared to swim should the necessity arise. With this small force Michelson followed Pugasceff amid the horde of insurrectionary tribes, surrounded on every side by people upon whose mercy he could not count, whose language he did not understand, and whose motto was death. Yet he went amongst them in cold blood, as the sailor braves the terrors of the ocean. On the 7th of May he was attacked by the father of the pretty Ulijanka, near the Szimszki factory, with 2,000 Baskirs, who were about to join Pugasceff. Michelson dispersed them, captured their guns, and discovered from the Baskir captives that Beloborodoff, one of the dukes created by Pugasceff, was approaching with a large force of renegade Russian soldiers. Michelson caught up with them near the Jeresen stream, and drove them into the Szatkin factory. Riding all by himself, so close to them that his voice could be heard, he commenced by admonishing them to rejoin the<noinclude></noinclude> 2phheh9hgrtd0tdulfcrgbq9fiyri3s Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/188 104 3977168 14128876 12411774 2024-04-25T18:23:19Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|186|IN LOVE WITH THE CZARINA.|}}</noinclude>Szatkin factory, and put to the sword men, women, and children. Michelson turned back suddenly, and found the Baskir camp strongly intrenched near the river Aj. The enemy had destroyed the bridges over the river, and confidently awaited the Imperial troops. At daybreak Michelson ordered up forty horsemen and placed a rifleman behind the saddle of each, telling them to swim the river and defend themselves until the remainder of the troops joined them. His commands were carried out to the letter, amidst the most furious firing of the enemy, and the Russians gained the other side of the river without a bridge, drawing with them their cannon bound to trees. The Baskirs were dispersed and fled, but whilst Michelson was pursuing them with his cavalry, he received news that his artillery was attacked by a fresh force, and he had to return to their aid. Pugasceff himself, who again was the aggressor, stood with a regular army on the plains. The battle lasted till late at night in the forest. Finally the rebels retreated, and Michelson discovered that his opponents meant to take by surprise the Fort of Ufa. He speedily cut his way through the forest, and when Pugasceff thought himself a day's distance from his opponent, he found him face to face outside the Fort of Ufa. Michelson proved again victorious, but by this time his soldiers had not a decent piece of clothing left, nor a wearable shoe, and<noinclude></noinclude> ttnldzv2wgs6xfidb3ovkwxqpn3r3g3 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/190 104 3977170 14128877 12411776 2024-04-25T18:23:20Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|188|IN LOVE WITH THE CZARINA.|}}</noinclude>and colonels in their camp as Pugasceff had corporals who had deserted their colors, yet the horde led by the rebel stormed the stronghold of the generals. Pugasceff was the first to scale the wall, standard in hand, upon which the generals took refuge in the citadel. Larionoff fled, and on his flight to Nijni Novgorod did not once look back. Pugasceff captured the town of Kazan, and gave it up to pillage. The Archbishop of Kazan received him before the cathedral, bestowed upon him gold to the value of half a million roubles, and promised that he would place the crown on his head immediately he procured it; it being in the citadel. Pugasceff set fire to the town in all directions, as he wanted to effect the surrender of the citadel garrison by that means. Just at this moment Michelson was on his way. The heroic General hardly allowed his troops time for rest, but again started in pursuit of Pugasceff. No news of him was heard, his footsteps alone could be traced. At Burnova he was attacked by a gang of rebels, whom he dispersed, but they were not the troops of Pugasceff. At Brajevana he came upon a detachment, but this also was not the one he was looking for. He then turned towards the Fort of Ossa, where he found a group of Baskir horsemen, whom he dispersed, capturing many others, from whom he learned that Pugasceff had crossed the river Kuma; and he<noinclude></noinclude> 26deoj6m0ib02a2mk7y6zkvj6swqye1 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/192 104 3977172 14128878 12411779 2024-04-25T18:23:21Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|190|IN LOVE WITH THE CZARINA.|}}</noinclude>his voice. Pugasceff did not lose his presence of mind, but, gently lifting the woman up, he said to his officers: "Look after this woman; her husband was a great friend of mine and I owe him much." But every one knew that the sham Czar was no other than the husband of Marianka, and no doubt the appearance of the peasant woman told on the spirits of the insurgent troops. The most bitter and decisive battle of the insurrection awaited them. The night divided the two armies, and it was only in the morning that Michelson could force his way into the town, whence he sent word to the people of Kazan to come to his assistance. Pugasceff again attacked him with embittered fury, and as he could not dislodge him he withdrew the remainder of his troops from Kazan and encamped on the plain. The third day of the battle, fortune turned to the side of Pugasceff. They fought for four hours, and Michelson was already surrounded, when the hero put himself at the head of his small army and made a desperate rush upon Pugasceff. The insurrectionary forces were broken asunder. They left 3,000 men on the battlefield, and 5,000 captives fell into the hands of the victors. Kazan was free, but the Russian Empire was not so yet. Pugasceff, trodden a hundred times to the ground, rose once more. After his defeat at Ka-<noinclude></noinclude> p4323dlaydzodz0jrvjyk448wm9tgz4 Page:Stories by Foreign Authors (Polish-Greek-Belgian-Hungarian).djvu/194 104 3977174 14128879 12411782 2024-04-25T18:23:21Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|192|IN LOVE WITH THE CZARINA.|}}</noinclude>Finally, he found a convenient place outside Sarepta, and here he awaited his opponent. It is a height which a steep mountain footpath divides, and this path is intersected by another. Pugasceff placed a portion of his best troops on the ascending path, whilst to the riff-raff he entrusted his two wings. If Michelson had caught the bull by the horns with his ordinary tactics he ought to have cut through the little footpath leading to the steep road, and if he had succeeded then, the troops which were at the point of intersection would have fallen between two fires, from which they could not have escaped. But Michelson changed his system of attack. Whilst the bombardment was going on, he, together with Colonel Melin, rushed upon the wings of the opposing forces. Pugasceff saw himself fall into the pit he had dug for others. The rebel army, terror-struck, rushed towards his camp. The forces that flew to his rescue fell at the mouth of his guns, and he had to cut his way through his own troops in order to escape from the trap. This was his last battle. He escaped with sixty men, crossed the Volga, and hid amongst the bushes of an uninhabited plain. The Russian troops surrounded the plain whence Pugasceff and his men could not escape. And yet he still dreamt of future glory! Amidst the great desert his old ambition came back to him—he pictured the golden dome of the Krem-<noinclude></noinclude> 5r6dwwi1xurkqm7guppow9qvx5jt6lt Page:Scott's Last Expedition, Volume 1.djvu/145 104 3977532 14130312 14106768 2024-04-25T23:55:58Z McGhiever 1938594 Small fixes for consistency proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PG" /></noinclude>{{dhr|3em}} {{c|{{larger|CHAPTER III}}}} {{dhr}} {{c|{{larger|{{asc|LAND}}}}}} {{dhr}} ''Saturday, December'' 31. ''New Year's Eve''.—Obs. 72° 54′ S., 174° 55′ E. Made good S. 45 W. 55′; C. Crozier S. 17 W. 286′. 'The New Year's Eve found us in the Ross Sea, but not at the end of our misfortunes.' We had a horrible night. In the first watch we kept away 2 points and set fore and aft sail. It did not increase our comfort but gave us greater speed. The night dragged slowly through. I could not sleep thinking of the sore strait for our wretched ponies. In the morning watch the wind and sea increased and the outlook was very distressing, but at six ice was sighted ahead. Under ordinary conditions the safe course would have been to go about and stand to the east. But in our case we must risk trouble to get smoother water for the ponies. We passed a stream of ice over which the sea was breaking heavily, and one realised the danger of being amongst loose floes in such a sea. But soon we came to a compacter body of floes, and running behind this we were agreeably surprised to find comparatively smooth water. We ran on for a bit, then stopped and lay to. Now we are lying in a sort of ice bay—there is a mile or so of pack<noinclude></noinclude> 08azt9nzkntfopxtrmxt8t0fulips5s Regulations on the Administration of Movies (2001) 0 3978427 14128594 12396908 2024-04-25T18:00:27Z SnowyCinema 2484340 removed [[Category:Works about film]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{other versions|Regulations on the Administration of Movies}} {{header | title = Regulations on the Administration of Movies | author = |override_author= State Council, the People's Republic of China | section = | previous = [[Regulations on the Administration of Movies (1996)|In 1996]] | next = | year = 2001 | portal = China | wikipedia = Film Public Screening Permit | notes = (The “Regulations on the Administration of Movies”, which were adopted at the 50th Executive Meeting of the State Council on December 12, 2001, are hereby promulgated, and shall come into force on February 1, 2002.) }} Premier: Zhu Rongji December 25, 2001 {{c|{{x-larger|'''Regulations on the Administration of Movies (2001)'''}}}} ==Chapter I General Provisions== Article 1 These Regulations are enacted in order to strengthen the administration of the movie industry, promote the movie industry, meet the people’s needs in their cultural lives, and promote the construction of the socialist material and spiritual civilization. Article 2 These Regulations shall apply to such activities as the production, import, export, distribution and projection, etc. of the movies within the territory of the People’s Republic of China, including feature movies, documentary movies, science and education movies, cartoons, and special topic movies. Article 3 People engaged in the activities of production, import, export, distribution and projection, etc. of movies shall abide by the Constitution and relevant laws and regulations, and shall adhere to the orientation of serving the people and serving socialism. Article 4 The administrative department for radio, movies and television under the State Council shall be in charge of the movie affairs nationwide. The administrative department for movies under the local people’s government at the county level or above shall be responsible for the administration of movies within its own jurisdiction in accordance with these Regulations. Article 5 The State shall apply a licensing system with respect to the production, import, export, distribution, and projection of movies and public projection of movies. No unit or individual shall, without permission, be engaged in the activities of production, import, distribution or projection of movies, or import, export, distribute or project the movies for which the license has not been obtained. The licenses or approval documents distributed in accordance with these Regulations shall not be leased, lent, sold, or transferred in any other form. Article 6 A national social organization in movie industry shall, in accordance with its articles of association, practice self-disciplined management under the direction of the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council. Article 7 The State rewards the units and individuals who make prominent contributions to the development of the movie industry. ==Chapter II Production of Movies== Article 8 In order to establish a movie production unit, the applicant shall meet the following conditions: (1) Having the name and articles of association of the movie production unit; (2) Having the controlling unit and the competent organ which is recognized by the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council; (3) Having a well-defined scope of business; (4) Having an organization adapted to the needs of its scope of business and a staff of professionals; (5) Having funds, premises and equipments adapted to the needs of its scope of business; (6) Other conditions provided for in laws and administrative regulations. The approval on the establishment of a movie production unit shall not only be in accordance with the conditions enumerated in the preceding paragraph, but also conforming to the programming enacted by the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council on the total number, distribution and structure of the movie production units. Article 9 The application for the establishment of a movie production unit shall be examined and consented to by the administrative department for movie under the people’s government of the province, autonomous region or municipality directly under the Central Government where the applicant is located before submitted to the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council for examination and approval. The application shall clearly state the followings: (1) The name, address and economic nature of the movie production unit; (2) The name, address and nature of the controlling unit and the competent organ of the movie production unit; (3) The name, address and qualification certifying documents of the legal representative of the movie production unit; (4) The sources and amount of funds of the movie production unit. Article 10 The administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council shall, within 90 days of receipt of the application for the establishment of a movie production unit, make a decision on approval or disapproval of the application and shall notify the applicant. If the application is approved, a “License for Producing Movies” shall be issued by the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council to the applicant, who shall go through the registration formalities and obtain the business license in accordance with the law in the administrative department for industry and commerce under the State Council with the “License for Producing Movies”; if the application is not approved, the reason thereof shall be stated. Article 11 A movie production unit shall enjoy the civil rights and bear the civil liabilities in accordance with laws with the total property it owns. Article 12 Where a movie production unit is to be modified or terminated, it shall report to the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council for approval, and shall go through the modification registration or cancellation registration in accordance with the law in the administrative department for industry and commerce that handled the original registration. Article 13 A movie production unit may be engaged in the following activities: (1) Producing movies; (2) Making duplicates of the movies it produces, in accordance with the relevant provisions of the State; (3) Distributing all through the country the movies it produces and permitted for public projection as well as the duplicates of such movies, in accordance with the relevant provisions of the State; (4) Exporting the movies it produces and the duplicates of such movies that have been permitted for public projection in accordance with the relevant provisions of the State. Article 14 Movie production units shall establish and improve management systems and guarantee the quality of movies. Article 15 A movie production unit shall have the copyright in accordance with laws over the movies it has produced. Article 16 A unit other than movie production units which intends to be independently engaged in the business of producing movies shall report to the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council for approval, and shall go through the corresponding registration formalities in the administrative department for industry and commerce with the approval documents. A unit, other than movie production units, that is approved to produce movies shall obtain a one-off “License for Producing A Movie” in advance from the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council, and shall enjoy rights and bear obligations with reference to a movie production unit. The specific measures shall be decided by the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council. Article 17 The State encourages enterprises, public institutions and other social organizations as well as individuals to participate in the production of movies in the forms of financial aid and investment. The specific measures shall be decided by the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council. Article 18 A movie production unit may, upon approval by the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council, cooperate with an overseas movie producer to produce movies; no other unit or individual shall cooperate with an overseas movie producer to produce movies. A movie production unit and a unit holding the “License for Producing A Movie” may, upon approval by the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council, be engaged in the activity of producing movies outside the territory of China. No overseas organization or individual may be independently engaged in the activity of producing movies inside the territory of the People’s Republic of China. Article 19 With respect to the production of movies through Sino-foreign cooperation, the Chinese cooperator shall propose an application for project initiation in advance to the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council. The administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council shall, after soliciting opinions from the relevant departments, issue a one-off “License for Producing Movies through Sino-foreign Cooperation” to the applicant who is examined to be qualified. The applicant shall, after obtaining the “License for Producing Movies through Sino-foreign Cooperation”, conclude a contract on the production of movies through Sino-foreign cooperation in accordance with the provisions of the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council. Article 20 Where any equipment, apparatus, movie or artifact needs to be imported for the production of a movie through Sino-foreign cooperation, the Chinese cooperator shall go through the import or temporary import formalities to customs with the approval documents by the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council. Article 21 An overseas movie producer who produces a movie inside the territory of the People’s Republic of China by cooperating with a Chinese cooperator or by any other means shall abide by the laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China, and shall respect the customs and habits of the Chinese nationality. Article 22 The development and later-stage production of the photographic plate and sample movie of a movie shall be completed inside the territory of the People’s Republic of China. Where such activities have to be completed outside the territory due to particular technical requirements, the party concerned shall apply by a single item and report to the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council for approval, and shall then carry out such activities according to the requirements clearly stated in the approval documents. Article 23 A unit for movie developing and printing shall not process the photographic plate or sample movie of a movie produced by an unit that has not obtained the “License for Producing Movies” or the “License for Producing A Movie”, nor shall it process the movie copies for which the “License for Public Projection of Movies” has not been obtained. A unit for movie developing and printing that is entrusted to process the photographic plate and sample movie of an overseas movie or movie copy, shall be approved by the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council in advance, and shall go through the relevant import formalities in accordance with the law in the customs with the approval documents. The processed photographic plates, sample movies and movie copies must be totally transported to the outside of the territory. ==Chapter III Examination of Movies== Article 24 The State applies a movie examination system. Movies, which have not been examined and adopted by the movie examination institution of the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council (hereinafter referred to as “the movie examination institution”) shall not be distributed, projected, imported or exported. The import of special topic movies for reference in scientific research or teaching and the import by China Movie Archive of archival movies shall be in accordance with Article 32 of these Regulations. Article 25 The following contents are prohibited from being recorded in a movie: (1) That which defies the basic principles determined by the Constitution; (2) That which endangers the unity of the nation, sovereignty or territorial integrity; (3) That which divulges secrets of the State, endangers national security or damages the honor or benefits of the State; (4) That which incites the national hatred or discrimination, undermines the solidarity of the nations, or infringes upon national customs and habits; (5) That which propagates evil cults or superstition; (6) That which disturbs the public order or destroys the public stability; (7) That which propagates obscenity, gambling, violence or instigates crimes; That which insults or slanders others, or infringes upon the lawful rights and interests of others; That which endangers public ethics or the fine folk cultural traditions; (10) Other contents prohibited by laws, regulations or provisions of the State. The technical quality of movies shall be in conformity to the State standards. Article 26 A movie production unit shall, in accordance with Article 25 of these Regulations, be responsible for the examination of screenplays before putting into shooting and movies before releasing from the factory. A movie production unit shall, after examining a screenplay to be put into shooting in accordance with the provisions in the preceding paragraph, report to the movie examination institution for record; the movie examination institution may examine the screenplays reported for record, and shall, once finding any content prohibited by Article 25 of these Regulations, notify the movie production unit of no shooting in a time limit. The specific measures shall be decided by the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council. Article 27 A movie production unit shall, after producing a movie, submit it to the movie examination institution for examination; the movie import units shall, after completing the temporary import formalities for the movie, submit it to the movie examination institution for examination. The standards for charging fees for movie examinations shall be stipulated by the department in charge of price under the State Council jointly with the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council. Article 28 The movie examination institution shall, within 30 days as of receipt of a movie submitted for examination, notify the submitting unit in writing of the examination decision. If the movie is examined to be qualified, the “License for Public Projection of Movies” shall be issued by the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council. A movie production unit or movie import unit shall print the number of its “License for Public Projection of Movies” on the top of the first copy of the movie. Where the movie is examined to be unqualified, and is submitted after amendment for reexamination, the examination period shall be re-calculated in accordance with the preceding paragraph. Article 29 Where a movie production unit or movie import unit refuses to accept the examination decision on the movie, it may, within 30 days as of receipt of the examination decision, apply to the movie reexamination institution of the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council for reexamination; where the movie is reexamined to be qualified, the applicant shall be issued the “License for Public Projection of Movies” by the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council. ==Chapter IV Import and Export of Movies== Article 30 The business of importing movies shall be operated by the movie import units designated by the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council; without being designated, no unit or individual shall operate the business of importing movies. Article 31 Whoever intends to import movies for public projection shall, before the import, submit a sample of the movie to the movie examination institution for examination. For the movie which is submitted to the movie examination institution for examination, the designated movie import unit shall go through the temporary movie import formalities in the customs with the approval documents for temporary import issued by the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council; after the temporarily imported movie has been examined by the movie examination institution to be qualified and the “License for Public Projection of Movies” and the approval documents for import have been issued, the movie import unit shall go through the import formalities in the customs with the approval documents for import. Article 32 An import unit which intends to import special topic movies for reference in scientific research or teaching shall report to the relevant administrative department under the State Council for examination and approval, go through the import formalities in the customs with the approval documents, and report to the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council for record within 30 days as of the date of import. However, it shall not import feature movies in the name of scientific research or teaching. China Movie Archive may, when importing archival movies, directly go through the import formalities at customs. China Movie Archive shall report by quarter the archival movies it has imported to the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council for record. Unless otherwise provided for in this Article, no unit or individual shall import the movies, which have not been examined to be qualified by the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council. Article 33 A movie import unit shall, after obtaining permission from a copyright owner for exploitation of his movie work, exploit the movie work within the scope of permission; no unit or individual shall exploit the imported movie work without obtaining the permission for exploitation. Article 34 A movie production unit which exports its own movies shall go through the movie export formalities in the customs with the “License for Public Projection of Movies”. Where a movie produced through Sino-foreign cooperation is to be exported, the Chinese cooperator shall go through the export formalities in the customs with the “License for Public Projection of Movies”. Where movie source materials produced through Sino-foreign cooperation are to be exported, the Chinese cooperator shall go through the export formalities in the customs with the approval documents by the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council. Where a movie or some movie source materials produced with the assistance of a Chinese party are to be carried to the outside of the territory, the Chinese assistor shall go through the exit formalities in the customs with the approval documents by the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council. Article 35 Whoever intends to hold a Sino-foreign movie exhibition, international movie festival, or to provide movies to a movie exhibition or movie festival, etc. held outside the territory, shall report to the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council for approval. The movies prepared for movie exhibitions or movie festivals provided for in the preceding paragraph must be submitted to the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council for examination and approval. After a movie prepared for a movie exhibition or movie festival held outside the territory has been approved, the participant shall go through the temporary movie export formalities at customs with the approval documents by the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council. After an overseas movie prepared for a Sino-foreign movie exhibition or international movie festival held inside the territory of China has been approved, the holder shall go through the temporary import formalities in the customs with the approval documents by the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council. ==Chapter V Distribution and Projection of Movies== Article 36 In order to establish a movie distribution unit or movie projection unit, the applicant shall meet the following conditions: (1) Having the name and articles of association of the movie distribution unit or movie projection unit; (2) Having a well-defined scope of business; (3) Having an organization adapted to the needs of its scope of business and a staff of professionals; (4) Having funds, premises and equipments adapted to the needs of its scope of business; (5) Other conditions provided for in laws and administrative regulations. Article 37 The application for the establishment of a movie distribution unit shall be filed to the administrative department for movies under the people’s government of the province, autonomous region or municipality directly under the Central Government where the applicant is located; the application for the establishment of a movie distribution unit covering different provinces, autonomous regions or municipalities directly under the Central Government shall be filed to the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council. The administrative department for movies under the people’s government of the province, autonomous region or municipality directly under the Central Government where the applicant is located or the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council shall, within 60 days as of receipt of the application, make a decision on approval or disapproval of the application and shall notify the applicant. If the application is approved, a “License for Operating Distribution of Movies” shall be issued to the applicant, who shall have itself registered and obtain the business license in accordance with the law in the administrative department for industry and commerce with the “License for Operating Distribution of Movies”; if the application is not approved, the reason thereof shall be stated. Article 38 The application for the establishment of a movie projection unit shall be filed to the administrative department for movies under the people’s government of the county or the city divided into districts where the applicant is located. The administrative department for movie under the people’s government of the county or the city divided into districts where the applicant is located shall, within 60 days of receipt of the application, make a decision on approval or disapproval of the application and shall notify the applicant. If the application is approved, a “License for Operating Projection of Movies” shall be issued to the applicant, who shall have itself registered and obtain the business license in accordance with the law in the administrative department for industry and commerce with the “License for Operating Projection of Movies”; if the application is not approved, the reason thereof shall be stated. Article 39 Where a movie distribution unit or movie projection unit intends to modify its scope of business, or to merge with another movie distribution unit or movie projection unit, or to establish a new movie distribution unit or movie projection unit due to merger or division, it shall go through the formalities of examination and approval in accordance with Article 37 or 38 of these Regulations, and shall go through the corresponding registration formalities in the administrative department for industry and commerce. Where a movie distribution unit or movie projection unit intends to change its name, address, legal representative or principal responsible person(s), or to terminate its business activities of distributing or projecting movies, it shall go through the modification registration or cancellation registration in the administrative department for industry and commerce which handled the original registration, and shall report to the administrative department for movies which handled the original examination and approval for record. Article 40 An unit or individual applying to be engaged in the business of distributing or projecting 16-mm rural movies may directly go through the registration formalities in the administrative department for industry and commerce at its/his locality, and shall report to the administrative department for movies under the peoples’ government at the county level at its/his locality; after the record, it/he may be engaged in the business of distributing or projecting the 16-mm movies in the rural areas nationwide. Article 41 The State permits enterprises, public institutions and other social organizations as well as individuals to invest in constructing or rebuilding movie theaters. The State permits the construction and rebuilding of movie theaters in the form of Sino-foreign joint venture or Sino-foreign cooperation. The specific measures shall be decided by the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council jointly with the administrative department for cultural affairs under the State Council and the department in charge of foreign trade and economic cooperation under the State Council in accordance with the relevant provisions. Article 42 No one is allowed to distribute or project a movie until he/it has obtained the “License for Public Projection of Movies” in accordance with laws issued by the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council. With respect to a movie for which the “License for Public Projection of Movies” has been obtained, the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council may, under particular circumstances, make a decision on ceasing the distribution or projection or, prohibiting distribution or projection before the amendment; with respect to a movie which is decided to be distributed or projected after the amendment, if the copyright owner refuses to amend it, the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council shall decide to cease the distribution or projection of the movie. The movie distribution units and movie projection units shall execute the decisions made by the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council on ceasing the distribution or projection. Article 43 Whoever makes use of a movie to produce audiovisual products shall abide by the relevant provisions of the State on the administration of audiovisual products. No unit or individual shall make use of an archival movie to be engaged in a direct or a disguised form the operative distribution or projection activities. Article 44 Whoever projects a movie shall be in compliance with the State-stipulated proportion of the projection time of a domestically produced movie to that of an imported movie. The time for a projection unit’s annual projection of domestically produced movies shall be no less than two thirds of the total amount of time for its annual projection of movies. Article 45 A movie projection unit shall maintain the public order and environmental sanitation of the movie theater, so as to guarantee the safety and health of the audience. ==Chapter VI Security of the Movie Career== Article 46 The State establishes and improves a movie administration system adapted to the socialist market economic system, and develops the movie career. Article 47 The State guarantees the freedom of creating movies, attaches importance to and educates movie professionals, strengthens the academic research on movies, encourages the creation of movies, and contributes to the quality of movies. Article 48 The State establishes a special fund for the development of the movie industry, and takes other preferential measures to support the development of the movie industry. An unit obliged to pay the special fund for the development of the movie industry shall perform its payment obligation in accordance with the relevant provisions of the State. Article 49 The special fund for the development of the movie career supports and provides financial aids to the following projects: (1) production of key movies which are advocated and confirmed by the State and collection of fine screenplays; (2) technical innovations at key movie production bases; (3) rebuilding of movie theaters and technical innovations in projection facilities; (4) development of the movie industry in areas inhabited by ethnic minorities, remote depressed areas and rural areas; and (5) other projects which need financial aid. Article 50 The State encourages and supports the production, distribution and projection of science and education movies, documentary movies, animations and children’s movies. Article 51 The State applies preferential policies to the distribution and projection of movies in areas inhabited by ethnic minorities, remote depressed areas and rural areas. The State supports the units and individuals engaged in the business of distributing and projecting 16-mm rural movies. The specific measures shall be stipulated by the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council and the administrative department for cultural affairs under the State Council jointly with the financial department under the State Council. Article 52 The urban planning made by the local people’s government at the county level or above for its own jurisdiction shall include the construction planning of the movie theater and the projection facilities. Whoever intends to rebuild or demolish a movie theater or any projection facility shall apply to the administrative department for movies under the local people’s government at the county level or above at its locality for examination and approval, and the administrative department for movie under the local people’s government at the county level or above shall make a decision on approving or not approving the application in accordance with the relevant provisions of the State. Article 53 The administrative department for movie under the local people’s government at the county level or above and other relevant administrative departments shall take measures in time to stop and investigate in accordance with the law the acts of disturbing, holding back and destroying the production, distribution and projection of movies. The mass media shall not publicize illegal movies. ==Chapter VII Penalty Provisions== Article 54 Where any functionary in the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council or in the administrative department for movie under the local people’s government at the county level or above or in any other relevant department, by taking advantage of his office, accepts the properties or other benefits of another, and approves a movie production, distribution or projection unit which does not meet the legal conditions for establishment, or does not implement his supervision duties, or does not investigate the illegal acts he has found, thus causing serious consequences, the liable person in charge and other directly liable persons shall be investigated for criminal liabilities in accordance with the provisions in the Criminal Law on the crime of accepting bribes, of abusing power, of neglecting duty or other crimes; where the case is not serious enough for him to be imposed upon criminal punishments, he shall be imposed upon an administrative sanction of demotion or dismissal from his post. Article 55 Whoever, in violation of these Regulations, establishes a movie production, distribution or projection unit without authorization, or, without authorization, is engaged in the activity of production, import, distribution or projection of movies, shall be banned by the administrative department for industry and commerce; and shall be investigated for criminal liabilities in accordance with the provisions in the Criminal Law on the crime of illegal business operation; if the case is not serious enough for him/it to be imposed upon criminal punishments, his/its movies in illegal operation, his/its illegal proceeds and special instruments and equipment used in the illegal operation shall be confiscated; if the amount of illegal proceeds is no less than 50,000 Yuan, a fine of no less than 5 times but no more than 10 times the amount of illegal proceeds in addition shall be imposed upon him/it; if there are no illegal proceeds or the amount of illegal proceeds is less than 50,000 Yuan, a fine of no less than 200,000 Yuan but no more than 500,000 Yuan in addition shall be imposed upon him/it. Article 56 Whoever produces a movie containing any content prohibited by Article 25 of these Regulations, or processes, imports, distributes or projects a movie containing any content prohibited by Article 25 of these Regulations that he/it knows clearly or ought to know, shall be investigated for criminal liabilities in accordance with the relevant provisions in the Criminal Law; if the case is not serious enough for criminal punishments to be imposed upon him/it, the administrative department for movies shall order him/it to cease the business for rectification and shall confiscate his/its movie under illegal operation and his/its illegal proceeds; if the amount of illegal proceeds is no less than 50,000 Yuan, a fine of no less than 5 times but no more than 10 times the amount of illegal proceeds in addition shall be imposed upon him/it; if there is no illegal proceed or the amount of illegal proceeds is less than 50,000 Yuan, a fine of no less than 200,000 Yuan but no more than 500,000 Yuan in addition shall be imposed upon him/it; if the case is serious, his/its license shall be revoked in addition by the original organ issuing the license. Article 57 Whoever smuggles movies shall be investigated for criminal liabilities in accordance with the provisions in the Criminal Law on the crime of smuggling; if the case is not serious enough for criminal punishments to be imposed upon him/it, administrative punishments shall be imposed upon him/it by the customs in accordance with the law. Article 58 Whoever exports, distributes or projects a movie for which the “License for Public Projection of Movies” has not been obtained, shall be ordered by the administrative department for movies to cease the illegal act, and be confiscated of his/its movies under illegal operation and his/its illegal proceeds; if the amount of illegal proceeds is no less than 50,000 Yuan, it shall be imposed upon a fine of no less than 10 times but no more than 15 times the amount of illegal proceeds in addition; if there is no illegal proceed or the amount of illegal proceeds is less than 50,000 Yuan, a fine of no less than 200,000 Yuan but no more than 500,000 Yuan in addition shall be imposed upon him/it; if the case is serious, he/it shall be ordered to cease his/its business for rectification or his/its license shall be revoked by the original organ issuing the license. Article 59 In case of any of the following acts, the party concerned shall be ordered by the administrative department for movies to cease the illegal act, and be confiscated of his/its movies under illegal operation and his/its illegal proceeds; if the amount of illegal proceeds is no less than 50,000 Yuan, a fine of no less than 5 times but no more than 10 times the amount of illegal proceeds in addition shall be imposed upon him/it; if there is no illegal proceed or the amount of illegal proceeds is less than 50,000 Yuan, a fine of no less than 100,000 Yuan but no more than 300,000 Yuan in addition shall be imposed upon him/it; if the case is serious, he/it shall be ordered to cease his/its business for rectification or his/its license shall be revoked by the original organ issuing the license: (1) to, without authorization, cooperate with an overseas organization or individual to produce movies, or to, without authorization, be engaged in production of movies outside the territory; (2) to, without authorization, conduct the development and later-stage production of the photographic plate and sample movie of a movie outside the territory, or not to carry out such an activity according to the requirements clearly stated in the approval documents; (3) to process the photographic plate and sample movie of a movie, which is produced by an unit not having obtained the “License for Producing Movies” or the “License for Producing A Movie”, or to process a movie copy for which the “License for Public Projection of Movies” has not been obtained; (4) to, without authorization, process the photographic plate and sample movie of an overseas movie or movie copy, or not to totally transport the processed photographic plates and sample movies of the overseas movie or movie copy outside of the territory; (5) to make use of an archival movie to be engaged, either directly or in disguised form, in the operative distribution or projection activities; (6) to project movies not in compliance with the stipulated proportion of time, or not to execute a decision by the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council on ceasing the distribution or projection. Article 60 Where an overseas organization or individual is independently engaged in the production of movies inside the territory of the People’s Republic of China, he/it shall be ordered by the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council to cease the illegal activities; shall be confiscated of his/its illegally produced movies and special instruments and equipment used in the illegal activities, and a fine of no less than 300,000 Yuan but no more than 500,000 Yuan in addition shall be imposed upon him/it. Article 61 Whoever, without authorization, holds a Sino-foreign movie exhibition or international movie festival, or, without authorization, provides movies to a movie exhibition or movie festival outside the territory, shall be ordered by the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council to cease the illegal activity, be confiscated of the movies illegally provided to the exhibition or festival and the illegal proceeds; if the amount of illegal proceeds is no less than 20,000 Yuan, a fine of no less than 5 times but no more than 10 times the amount of illegal proceeds in addition shall be imposed upon him/it; if there are no illegal proceeds or the amount of illegal proceeds is less than 20,000 Yuan, a fine of no less than 20,000 Yuan but no more than 100,000 Yuan in addition shall be imposed upon him/it. Article 62 Whoever, without authorization, rebuilds or demolishes a movie theater or any projection facility, shall be ordered by the administrative department for movies under the local people’s government at the county level or above to restore the movie theater or projection facility to the original state within a time limit, and shall be imposed upon a warning; the liable person in charge and other directly liable persons shall be imposed upon a disciplinary sanction in accordance with laws. Article 63 Where an unit is imposed upon the administrative penalty of revocation of its license due to its violation of these Regulations, it shall go through the modification registration or cancellation registration in the administrative department for industry and commerce in accordance with the relevant provisions of the State; if it has not gone through the said registration after the expiration date, its business license shall be revoked by the administrative department for industry and commerce. Article 64 Where the administrative penalty of revocation of the license is imposed upon an unit due to its violation of these Regulations, its legal representative or each of its principal responsible persons shall not, within 5 years of revocation of the license, hold the post of legal representative or principal responsible person of a movie production, import, export, distribution or projection unit. Where an individual violates these Regulations by, without authorization, engaging in the business of producing, importing, distributing movies, or by, without authorization, holding a Sino-foreign movie exhibition or international movie festival or by, without authorization, providing movies to a movie exhibition or movie festival outside the territory, he shall not be engaged in the relevant movie business within 5 years. Article 65 Whoever fails to perform the obligation of paying the special fund for the development of the movie industry in accordance with the relevant provisions of the State shall be ordered by the administrative department for movies under the people’s government at the provincial level or above to make up the payment within a time limit, and a delay payment equaling 0.05% of the owed amount shall be added daily starting from the owing date. Article 66 With respect to the administrative fine imposed in accordance with these Regulations, the decision on the fine shall be separated from the collection of the fine in accordance with the relevant laws and administrative regulations; the collected fine must be totally turned over to the State treasury. ==Chapter VIII Supplementary Provisions== Article 67 The State applies an annual inspection system to the “License for Producing Movies”, the “License for Operating Distribution of Movies” and the “License for Operating Projection of Movies”. The measures for annual inspection shall be decided by the administrative department for radio, movie and television under the State Council. Article 68 These Regulations shall come into force on February 1, 2002. The “Regulations on the Administration of Movies” promulgated by the State Council on June 19, 1996 shall be simultaneously abolished. {{PD-CN}} l42m2mcxqzbjer4jsjuukqazpfiqq2e Regulations on the Administration of Movies 0 3978823 14128597 12371938 2024-04-25T18:00:34Z SnowyCinema 2484340 added [[Category:Works about film]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{versions}} * [[Regulations on the Administration of Movies (1996)|Regulations on the Administration of Movies]] (1996) * [[Regulations on the Administration of Movies (2001)|Regulations on the Administration of Movies]] (2001) [[Category:Works about film]] 8qak64xg9vudbrbc03c8vftkfw0m4x4 14128660 14128597 2024-04-25T18:05:29Z SnowyCinema 2484340 −[[Category:Works about film]]; +[[Category:Film legislation]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{versions}} * [[Regulations on the Administration of Movies (1996)|Regulations on the Administration of Movies]] (1996) * [[Regulations on the Administration of Movies (2001)|Regulations on the Administration of Movies]] (2001) [[Category:Film legislation]] q8sikv6hskrkdxrqmf5f5xmlx17g9j9 Page:Scott's Last Expedition, Volume 1.djvu/205 104 3980091 14130314 14123691 2024-04-25T23:56:27Z McGhiever 1938594 Small fixes for consistency proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PG" />{{rh|{{smaller|1911]}}|RESULT OF SIX DAYS' WORK|111}}</noinclude>a rather chill wind from the south. The hut is progressing famously. In two more working days we ought to have everything necessary on shore. ''Tuesday, January'' 10.—We have been six days in McMurdo Sound and to-night I can say we are landed. Were it impossible to land another pound we could go on without hitch. Nothing like it has been done before; nothing so expeditious and complete. This morning the main loads were fodder. Sledge after sledge brought the bales, and early in the afternoon the last (except for about a ton stowed with Eastern Party stores) was brought on shore. Some addition to our patent fuel was made in the morning, and later in the afternoon it came in a steady stream. We have more than 12 tons and could make this do if necessity arose. In addition to this oddments have been arriving all day—instruments, clothing, and personal effects. Our camp is becoming so perfect in its appointments that I am almost suspicious of some drawback hidden by the summer weather. The hut is progressing apace, and all agree that it should be the most perfectly comfortable habitation. 'It amply repays the time and attention given to the planning.’ The sides have double boarding inside and outside the frames, with a layer of our excellent quilted seaweed insulation between each pair of boardings. The roof has a single matchboarding inside, but on the outside is a matchboarding, then a layer of 2-ply 'ruberoid,' then a layer of quilted seaweed, then a second matchboarding, and finally a cover of 3-ply 'ruberoid.' The first floor is laid, but over this<noinclude></noinclude> km8lj1eigzvleq509xfucjzzd8uc71s Page:Scott's Last Expedition, Volume 1.djvu/240 104 3980094 14131524 12374608 2024-04-26T11:53:20Z PG 1913842 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PG" />{{rh|136|SCOTT'S LAST EXPEDITION|{{fine|{{sc|[January}}}}}}</noinclude>one saw the men running from side to side and knew that an attempt was being made to roll her off. The rolling produced a more rapid turning movement at first and then she seemed to hang again. But only for a short time; the engines had been going astern all the time and presently a slight movement became apparent. But we only knew she was getting clear when we heard cheers on board and more cheers from the whaler. Then she gathered stern way and was clear. The relief was enormous. The wind dropped as she came off, and she is now securely moored off the northern ice edge, where I hope the greater number of her people are finding rest. For here and now I must record the splendid manner in which these men are working. I find it difficult to express my admiration for the manner in which the ship is handled and worked under these very trying circumstances. From Pennell down there is not an officer or man who has not done his job nobly during the past weeks, and it will be a glorious thing to remember the unselfish loyal help they are giving us. Pennell has been over to tell me all about it to-night; I think I like him more every day. Campbell and his party returned late this afternoon—I have not heard details. Meares and Oates went to the Glacier Tongue and satisfied themselves that the ice is good. It only has to remain another three days, and it would be poor luck if it failed in that time. ''Sunday, January'' 22.—A quiet day with little to record. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> g2oj01cuty1f5jnam2m8vpvaxvpr31e Arthur Rackham's Book of Pictures 0 4004989 14128111 12463394 2024-04-25T15:58:00Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 added [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Arthur Rackham's Book of Pictures | author = | override_author = [[Author:Arthur Rackham|Arthur Rackham]], [[Author:Arthur Quiller-Couch|Arthur Quiller-Couch]] | contributor = | section = | cover = Rackhams Book of Pictures-001.jpg | previous = | next = | year = 1913 | notes = }} <pages index="MU KPB 016 Arthur Rackham's Book of Pictures.pdf" include=5,6,8,10-13,15-23 /> {{AuxTOC| :[[/Introduction/]] {{float right|17}} :[[/Of the Little People/]] {{float right|Plates &nbsp;2-&nbsp;9}} :[[/Classic/]] {{float right|Plates 10-12}} :[[/Some Fairy Tales/]] {{float right|Plates 13-18}} :[[/Some Children/]] {{float right|Plates 19-22}} :[[/Grotesque & Fantastic/]] {{float right|Plates 23-36}} :[[/Various/]] {{float right|Plates 37-44}} }} {{PD/US|1937}} [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] tdq12xctu4wdr4nf799cojqilywoeyc Index:Murder (Abolition of Death Penalty) Act 1965 (UKPGA 1965-71 qp).pdf/styles.css 106 4010863 14127727 12482313 2024-04-25T12:14:33Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css /* Top align all cells in a table. */ table.wst-ts__cell_vtp tr, table.wst-ts__cell_vtp tr td, table.__cell_vtp tr, table.__cell_vtp tr td{ vertical-align: top; } /* top align a single table cell */ td.wst-ts__cell_vtp, td.__cell_vtp{ vertical-align: top; } .__schedule{ width:100%; border-top:1px solid black; border-bottom:1px solid black; margin: 0 auto 0 auto; font-size:smaller; border-collapse:collapse; } .__schedule th{ text-align:center; padding:0.5em; border-bottom:1px solid black; font-weight:normal; } .__schedule td{ vertical-align:top; padding-left:0.5em; padding-right:0.5em; } .__schedule th:nth-child(2), .__schedule td:nth-child(2){ border-left:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black; } 3zplyqw7ygimjduzu4ro57jdrmfogom Page:Scott's Last Expedition, Volume 1.djvu/133 104 4011088 14130186 14102793 2024-04-25T22:29:32Z McGhiever 1938594 Small fixes for consistency proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PG" />{{rh|{{smaller|1910]}}|ESCAPE FROM THE PACK|69}}</noinclude>sheets of ice from 6&nbsp;inches to 1&nbsp;foot in thickness, with occasional water holes and groups of heavier floes. This forenoon it is the same tale, ''except'' that the sheets of thin ice are broken into comparatively regular figures, none more than 30 yards across. It is the hopefullest sign of the approach to the open sea that I have seen. The wind remains in the north helping us, the sky is overcast and slight sleety drizzle is falling; the sun has made one or two attempts to break through but without success. Last night we had a good example of the phenomenon called 'Glazed Frost.' The ship everywhere, on every fibre of rope as well as on her more solid parts, was covered with a thin sheet of ice caused by a fall of light super-cooled rain. The effect was pretty and interesting. Our passage through the pack has been comparatively uninteresting from the zoologist's point of view, as we have seen so little of the rarer species of animals or of birds in exceptional plumage. We passed dozens of crab-eaters, but have seen no Ross seals nor have we been able to kill a sea leopard. To-day we see very few penguins. I'm afraid there can be no observations to give us our position. {{dhr}} {{csc|Release after Twenty Days in the Pack}} ''Friday, December'' 30.—Obs. 72° 17′ S. 177° 9′ E. Made good in 48 hours, S. 19 W. 190′; C. Crozier S. 21 W. 334′. We are out of the pack at length and at last; one breathes again and hopes that it will be possible to carry out the main part of our programme, but the coal will need tender nursing. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 86iw8672a5ptv98n6otrxyl8d5p4dfa Page:Scott's Last Expedition, Volume 1.djvu/144 104 4011091 14130310 14106761 2024-04-25T23:55:37Z McGhiever 1938594 Small fixes for consistency proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PG" />{{rh|76|SCOTT'S LAST EXPEDITION}}</noinclude>All the scientific people keep night watch when they have no special work to do, and I have never seen a party of men so anxious to be doing work or so cheerful in doing it. When there is anything to be done, such as making or shortening sail, digging ice from floes for the water supply, or heaving up the sounding line, it goes without saying that all the afterguard turn out to do it. There is no hesitation and no distinction. It will be the same when it comes to landing stores or doing any other hard manual labour. 'The spirit of the enterprise is as bright as ever. Every one strives to help every one else, and not a word of complaint or anger has been heard on board. The inner life of our small community is very pleasant to think upon and very wonderful considering the extremely small space in which we are confined. 'The attitude of the men is equally worthy of admiration. In the forecastle as in the wardroom there is a rush to be first when work is to be done, and the same desire to sacrifice selfish consideration to the success of the expedition. It is very good to be able to write in such high praise of one's companions, and I feel that the possession of such support ought to ensure success. Fortune would be in a hard mood indeed if it allowed such a combination of knowledge, experience, ability, and enthusiasm to achieve nothing.' {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 8kqp3wolzqigfn88z45hq8zbw8yu7x2 Page:Following the Equator (Mark Twain).djvu/15 104 4012044 14127956 14006471 2024-04-25T14:45:48Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="ZLBurington" /></noinclude>{{c|[[File:Following the Equator (Mark Twain) (page 15 crop).jpg|400px]]}} CHAPTER I. {{TOC begin row 1-dot-1|The Party — Across America to Vancouver — On Board the ''Wairrimo'' — Steamer Chairs — The Captain — Going Home under a Cloud — A Gritty Purser — The Brightest Passenger — Remedy for Bad Habits — The Doctor and the Lumbago — A Moral Pauper — Limited Smoking — Remittance-men. . . . 25}} CHAPTER II. Change of Costume — Fish, Snake, and Boomerang Stories — Tests of Memory — A Brahmin Expert — General Grant's Memory — A Delicately Improper Tale . . . . . . . . 35 CHAPTER III. Honolulu — Reminiscences of the Sandwich Islands — King Liholiho and His Royal Equipment — The Tabu — The Population of the Island — A Kanaka Diver — Cholera at Honolulu — Hono- lulu, Past and Present — The Leper Colony . . . . . 48 CHAPTER IV. Leaving Honolulu — Flying-fish — Approaching the Equator — Why the Ship Went Slow — The Front Yard of the Ship — Crossing the Equator — Horse Billiards or Shovel Board — The Waterbury Watch — Washing Decks — Ship Painters — The Great Meridian — The Loss of a Day — A Babe without a Birthday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 CHAPTER V. A Lesson in Pronunciation — Reverence for Robert Burns — The Southern Cross — Troublesome Constellations — Victoria for a Name — Islands on the Map — Alofa and Fortuna — Recruit- ing for the Queensland Plantations — Captain Warren's Note- Book — Recruiting not thoroughly Popular . . . . . . . 77 {{nop}}<noinclude> {{right|(7)}}</noinclude> gaiv6k27b69smxl3okeucdurea4qiux 14127974 14127956 2024-04-25T15:02:45Z Stamlou 1217106 /* Not proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Stamlou" /></noinclude>{{c|[[File:Following the Equator (Mark Twain) (page 15 crop).jpg|400px]]}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 1|CHAPTER I]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1||The Party — Across America to Vancouver — On Board the ''Wairrimo'' — Steamer Chairs — The Captain — Going Home under a Cloud — A Gritty Purser — The Brightest Passenger — Remedy for Bad Habits — The Doctor and the Lumbago — A Moral Pauper — Limited Smoking — Remittance-men|25}} CHAPTER II. Change of Costume — Fish, Snake, and Boomerang Stories — Tests of Memory — A Brahmin Expert — General Grant's Memory — A Delicately Improper Tale . . . . . . . . 35 CHAPTER III. Honolulu — Reminiscences of the Sandwich Islands — King Liholiho and His Royal Equipment — The Tabu — The Population of the Island — A Kanaka Diver — Cholera at Honolulu — Hono- lulu, Past and Present — The Leper Colony . . . . . 48 CHAPTER IV. Leaving Honolulu — Flying-fish — Approaching the Equator — Why the Ship Went Slow — The Front Yard of the Ship — Crossing the Equator — Horse Billiards or Shovel Board — The Waterbury Watch — Washing Decks — Ship Painters — The Great Meridian — The Loss of a Day — A Babe without a Birthday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 CHAPTER V. A Lesson in Pronunciation — Reverence for Robert Burns — The Southern Cross — Troublesome Constellations — Victoria for a Name — Islands on the Map — Alofa and Fortuna — Recruit- ing for the Queensland Plantations — Captain Warren's Note- Book — Recruiting not thoroughly Popular . . . . . . . 77 {{nop}}<noinclude>{{right|(7)}} {{TOC end}}</noinclude> k1qqyije2odib428miq2r6aoa37dc41 14128421 14127974 2024-04-25T17:28:39Z Stamlou 1217106 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" /></noinclude>{{c|[[File:Following the Equator (Mark Twain) (page 15 crop).jpg|400px]]}} {{il}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 1|CHAPTER I.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Party — Across America to Vancouver — On Board the ''Wairrimo'' — Steamer Chairs — The Captain — Going Home under a Cloud — A Gritty Purser — The Brightest Passenger — Remedy for Bad Habits — The Doctor and the Lumbago — A Moral Pauper — Limited Smoking — Remittance-men|25}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 2|CHAPTER II.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Change of Costume — Fish, Snake, and Boomerang Stories — Tests of Memory — A Brahmin Expert — General Grant's Memory — A Delicately Improper Tale|35}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 3|CHAPTER III.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Honolulu — Reminiscences of the Sandwich Islands — King Liholiho and His Royal Equipment — The Tabu — The Population of the Island — A Kanaka Diver — Cholera at Honolulu — Honolulu, Past and Present — The Leper Colony|48}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 4|CHAPTER IV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Leaving Honolulu — Flying-fish — Approaching the Equator — Why the Ship Went Slow — The Front Yard of the Ship — Crossing the Equator — Horse Billiards or Shovel Board — The Waterbury Watch — Washing Decks — Ship Painters — The Great Meridian — The Loss of a Day — A Babe without a Birthday|65}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 5|CHAPTER V.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|A Lesson in Pronunciation — Reverence for Robert Burns — The Southern Cross — Troublesome Constellations — Victoria for a Name — Islands on the Map — Alofa and Fortuna — Recruiting for the Queensland Plantations — Captain Warren's Note-Book — Recruiting not thoroughly Popular|77}}<noinclude>{{right|(7)}} {{TOC end}}</noinclude> p96vkkzj3h6tddvnanbb2u1xd67o2wo 14128429 14128421 2024-04-25T17:31:10Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" /></noinclude>{{c|[[File:Following the Equator (Mark Twain) (page 15 crop).jpg|400px]]}} {{il}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 1|CHAPTER I.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Party — Across America to Vancouver — On Board the ''Wairrimo'' — Steamer Chairs — The Captain — Going Home under a Cloud — A Gritty Purser — The Brightest Passenger — Remedy for Bad Habits — The Doctor and the Lumbago — A Moral Pauper — Limited Smoking — Remittance-men|25}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 2|CHAPTER II.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Change of Costume — Fish, Snake, and Boomerang Stories — Tests of Memory — A Brahmin Expert — General Grant's Memory — A Delicately Improper Tale|35}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 3|CHAPTER III.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Honolulu — Reminiscences of the Sandwich Islands — King Liholiho and His Royal Equipment — The Tabu — The Population of the Island — A Kanaka Diver — Cholera at Honolulu — Honolulu, Past and Present — The Leper Colony|48}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 4|CHAPTER IV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Leaving Honolulu — Flying-fish — Approaching the Equator — Why the Ship Went Slow — The Front Yard of the Ship — Crossing the Equator — Horse Billiards or Shovel Board — The Waterbury Watch — Washing Decks — Ship Painters — The Great Meridian — The Loss of a Day — A Babe without a Birthday|65}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 5|CHAPTER V.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|A Lesson in Pronunciation — Reverence for Robert Burns — The Southern Cross — Troublesome Constellations — Victoria for a Name — Islands on the Map — Alofa and Fortuna — Recruiting for the Queensland Plantations — Captain Warren's Note-Book — Recruiting not thoroughly Popular|77}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> 1ojjk7iz8kzdlg1jj8nz6lep2qjyt4j 14128630 14128429 2024-04-25T18:01:40Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" /></noinclude>{{c|[[File:Following the Equator (Mark Twain) (page 15 crop).jpg|400px]]}} {{il}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 1|CHAPTER I.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Party — Across America to Vancouver — On Board the ''Wairrimo'' — Steamer Chairs — The Captain — Going Home under a Cloud — A Gritty Purser — The Brightest Passenger — Remedy for Bad Habits — The Doctor and the Lumbago — A Moral Pauper — Limited Smoking — Remittance-men|25}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 2|CHAPTER II.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Change of Costume — Fish, Snake, and Boomerang Stories — Tests of Memory — A Brahmin Expert — General Grant's Memory — A Delicately Improper Tale|35}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 3|CHAPTER III.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Honolulu — Reminiscences of the Sandwich Islands — King Liholiho and His Royal Equipment — The Tabu — The Population of the Island — A Kanaka Diver — Cholera at Honolulu — Honolulu, Past and Present — The Leper Colony|48}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 4|CHAPTER IV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Leaving Honolulu — Flying-fish — Approaching the Equator — Why the Ship Went Slow — The Front Yard of the Ship — Crossing the Equator — Horse Billiards or Shovel Board — The Waterbury Watch — Washing Decks — Ship Painters — The Great Meridian — The Loss of a Day — A Babe without a Birthday|65}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 5|CHAPTER V.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|A Lesson in Pronunciation — Reverence for Robert Burns — The Southern Cross — Troublesome Constellations — Victoria for a Name — Islands on the Map — Alofa and Fortuna — Recruiting for the Queensland Plantations — Captain Warren's Note-Book — Recruiting not thoroughly Popular|77}} {{nop}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> p4xxgt6uoyrl6d14zn2t5z1fncmei2c 14129016 14128630 2024-04-25T18:29:43Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" /></noinclude>{{c|[[File:Following the Equator (Mark Twain) (page 15 crop).jpg|400px]]}} {{il}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 1|CHAPTER I.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Party—Across America to Vancouver—On Board the ''Wairrimo''—Steamer Chairs—The Captain—Going Home under a Cloud—A Gritty Purser—The Brightest Passenger—Remedy for Bad Habits—The Doctor and the Lumbago—A Moral Pauper—Limited Smoking—Remittance-men|25}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 2|CHAPTER II.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Change of Costume—Fish, Snake, and Boomerang Stories—Tests of Memory—A Brahmin Expert—General Grant's Memory—A Delicately Improper Tale|35}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 3|CHAPTER III.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Honolulu—Reminiscences of the Sandwich Islands—King Liholiho and His Royal Equipment—The Tabu—The Population of the Island—A Kanaka Diver—Cholera at Honolulu—Honolulu, Past and Present—The Leper Colony|48}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 4|CHAPTER IV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Leaving Honolulu—Flying-fish—Approaching the Equator—Why the Ship Went Slow—The Front Yard of the Ship—Crossing the Equator—Horse Billiards or Shovel Board—The Waterbury Watch—Washing Decks—Ship Painters—The Great Meridian—The Loss of a Day—A Babe without a Birthday|65}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 5|CHAPTER V.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|A Lesson in Pronunciation—Reverence for Robert Burns—The Southern Cross—Troublesome Constellations—Victoria for a Name—Islands on the Map—Alofa and Fortuna—Recruiting for the Queensland Plantations—Captain Warren's Note-Book—Recruiting not thoroughly Popular|77}} {{nop}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}} {{right|(7)|4em}}</noinclude> j8la76ur15doezicyl5yyh5mawdpig7 14129063 14129016 2024-04-25T18:30:28Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" /></noinclude>{{c|[[File:Following the Equator (Mark Twain) (page 15 crop).jpg|400px]]}} {{il}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 1|CHAPTER I.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Party—Across America to Vancouver—On Board the ''Wairrimo''—Steamer Chairs—The Captain—Going Home under a Cloud—A Gritty Purser—The Brightest Passenger—Remedy for Bad Habits—The Doctor and the Lumbago—A Moral Pauper—Limited Smoking—Remittance-men|25}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 2|CHAPTER II.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Change of Costume—Fish, Snake, and Boomerang Stories—Tests of Memory—A Brahmin Expert—General Grant's Memory—A Delicately Improper Tale|35}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 3|CHAPTER III.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Honolulu—Reminiscences of the Sandwich Islands—King Liholiho and His Royal Equipment—The Tabu—The Population of the Island—A Kanaka Diver—Cholera at Honolulu—Honolulu, Past and Present—The Leper Colony|48}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 4|CHAPTER IV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Leaving Honolulu—Flying-fish—Approaching the Equator—Why the Ship Went Slow—The Front Yard of the Ship—Crossing the Equator—Horse Billiards or Shovel Board—The Waterbury Watch—Washing Decks—Ship Painters—The Great Meridian—The Loss of a Day—A Babe without a Birthday|65}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 5|CHAPTER V.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|A Lesson in Pronunciation—Reverence for Robert Burns—The Southern Cross—Troublesome Constellations—Victoria for a Name—Islands on the Map—Alofa and Fortuna—Recruiting for the Queensland Plantations—Captain Warren's Note-Book—Recruiting not thoroughly Popular|77}} {{nop}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}} {{right|(7)|12em}}</noinclude> 43ak9y463p9xf1my3a8j8v3jv4f96r7 14129092 14129063 2024-04-25T18:30:53Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" /></noinclude>{{c|[[File:Following the Equator (Mark Twain) (page 15 crop).jpg|400px]]}} {{il}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 1|CHAPTER I.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Party—Across America to Vancouver—On Board the ''Wairrimo''—Steamer Chairs—The Captain—Going Home under a Cloud—A Gritty Purser—The Brightest Passenger—Remedy for Bad Habits—The Doctor and the Lumbago—A Moral Pauper—Limited Smoking—Remittance-men|25}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 2|CHAPTER II.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Change of Costume—Fish, Snake, and Boomerang Stories—Tests of Memory—A Brahmin Expert—General Grant's Memory—A Delicately Improper Tale|35}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 3|CHAPTER III.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Honolulu—Reminiscences of the Sandwich Islands—King Liholiho and His Royal Equipment—The Tabu—The Population of the Island—A Kanaka Diver—Cholera at Honolulu—Honolulu, Past and Present—The Leper Colony|48}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 4|CHAPTER IV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Leaving Honolulu—Flying-fish—Approaching the Equator—Why the Ship Went Slow—The Front Yard of the Ship—Crossing the Equator—Horse Billiards or Shovel Board—The Waterbury Watch—Washing Decks—Ship Painters—The Great Meridian—The Loss of a Day—A Babe without a Birthday|65}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 5|CHAPTER V.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|A Lesson in Pronunciation—Reverence for Robert Burns—The Southern Cross—Troublesome Constellations—Victoria for a Name—Islands on the Map—Alofa and Fortuna—Recruiting for the Queensland Plantations—Captain Warren's Note-Book—Recruiting not thoroughly Popular|77}} {{nop}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}} {{right|(7)|14em}}</noinclude> nltxfd5gkree9rkef45fs2djabi2j2n 14130294 14129092 2024-04-25T23:45:18Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" /></noinclude>{{c|[[File:Following the Equator (Mark Twain) (page 15 crop).jpg|400px]]}} {{il}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 1|CHAPTER I.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Party—Across America to Vancouver—On Board the ''Wairrimo''—Steamer Chairs—The Captain—Going Home under a Cloud—A Gritty Purser—The Brightest Passenger—Remedy for Bad Habits—The Doctor and the Lumbago—A Moral Pauper—Limited Smoking—Remittance-men|25}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 2|CHAPTER II.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Change of Costume—Fish, Snake, and Boomerang Stories—Tests of Memory—A Brahmin Expert—General Grant's Memory—A Delicately Improper Tale|35}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 3|CHAPTER III.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Honolulu—Reminiscences of the Sandwich Islands—King Liholiho and His Royal Equipment—The Tabu—The Population of the Island—A Kanaka Diver—Cholera at Honolulu—Honolulu, Past and Present—The Leper Colony|48}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 4|CHAPTER IV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Leaving Honolulu—Flying-fish—Approaching the Equator—Why the Ship Went Slow—The Front Yard of the Ship—Crossing the Equator—Horse Billiards or Shovel Board—The Waterbury Watch—Washing Decks—Ship Painters—The Great Meridian—The Loss of a Day—A Babe without a Birthday|65}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 5|CHAPTER V.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|A Lesson in Pronunciation—Reverence for Robert Burns—The Southern Cross—Troublesome Constellations—Victoria for a Name—Islands on the Map—Alofa and Fortuna—Recruiting for the Queensland Plantations—Captain Warren's Note-Book—Recruiting not thoroughly Popular|77}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}} {{right|(7)|14em}}</noinclude> 90ln30p6ebcwyy9gqt2gcpkk8rhtd20 14130295 14130294 2024-04-25T23:45:37Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" /></noinclude>{{nop}} {{c|[[File:Following the Equator (Mark Twain) (page 15 crop).jpg|400px]]}} {{il}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 1|CHAPTER I.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Party—Across America to Vancouver—On Board the ''Wairrimo''—Steamer Chairs—The Captain—Going Home under a Cloud—A Gritty Purser—The Brightest Passenger—Remedy for Bad Habits—The Doctor and the Lumbago—A Moral Pauper—Limited Smoking—Remittance-men|25}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 2|CHAPTER II.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Change of Costume—Fish, Snake, and Boomerang Stories—Tests of Memory—A Brahmin Expert—General Grant's Memory—A Delicately Improper Tale|35}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 3|CHAPTER III.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Honolulu—Reminiscences of the Sandwich Islands—King Liholiho and His Royal Equipment—The Tabu—The Population of the Island—A Kanaka Diver—Cholera at Honolulu—Honolulu, Past and Present—The Leper Colony|48}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 4|CHAPTER IV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Leaving Honolulu—Flying-fish—Approaching the Equator—Why the Ship Went Slow—The Front Yard of the Ship—Crossing the Equator—Horse Billiards or Shovel Board—The Waterbury Watch—Washing Decks—Ship Painters—The Great Meridian—The Loss of a Day—A Babe without a Birthday|65}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 5|CHAPTER V.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|A Lesson in Pronunciation—Reverence for Robert Burns—The Southern Cross—Troublesome Constellations—Victoria for a Name—Islands on the Map—Alofa and Fortuna—Recruiting for the Queensland Plantations—Captain Warren's Note-Book—Recruiting not thoroughly Popular|77}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}} {{right|(7)|14em}}</noinclude> hm4dqyhnbiqnhem7a9xog1880sjc1zc Page:Following the Equator (Mark Twain).djvu/16 104 4012045 14128680 14006489 2024-04-25T18:08:52Z Stamlou 1217106 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stamlou" />{{rh|8|CONTENTS.}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{nop}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 6|CHAPTER VI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Missionaries Obstruct Business — The Sugar Planter and the Kanaka — The Planter's View — Civilizing the Kanaka — The Missionary's View — The Result — Repentant Kanakas — Wrinkles — The Death Rate in Queensland|83}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 7|CHAPTER VII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Fiji Islands — Suva — The Ship from Duluth — Going Ashore — Midwinter in Fiji — Seeing the Governor — Why Fiji was Ceded to England — Old time Fijians — Convicts among the Fijians — A Case Where Marriage was a Failure — Immortality with Limitations|91}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 8|CHAPTER VIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|A Wilderness of Islands — Two Men without a Country — A Naturalist from New Zealand — The Fauna of Australasia — Animals, Insects, and Birds — The Ornithorhyncus — Poetry and Plagiarism|99}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 9|CHAPTER IX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Close to Australia — Porpoises at Night — Entrance to Sydney Harbor — The Loss of the Duncan Dunbar — The Harbor — The City of Sydney — Spring-time in Australia — The Climate — Information for Travelers — The Size of Australia — A Dust-Storm and Hot Wind|109}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 10|CHAPTER X.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Discovery of Australia — Transportation of Convicts — Discipline — English Laws, Ancient and Modern — Flogging Prisoners to Death — Arrival of Settlers — New South Wales Corps — Rum Currency — Intemperance Everywhere — $100,000 for One Gallon of Rum — Development of the Country — Immense Resources|119}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 11|CHAPTER XI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Hospitality of English-speaking People — Writers and their Gratitude — Mr. Gane and the Panegyrics — Population of Sydney — An English City with American Trimming — "Squatters" — Palaces and Sheep Kingdoms — Wool and Mutton — Australians and Americans — Costermonger Pronunciation — England is "Home" — Table Talk — English and Colonial Audiences|124}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 12|CHAPTER XII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Mr. X., a Missionary — Why Christianity Makes Slow Progress in India — A Large Dream — Hindoo Miracles and Legends — Sampson and Hanuman — The Sandstone Ridge — Where are the Gates?|132}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> jepfgkipnrma9xlk8eknga06f5hzzo2 14128691 14128680 2024-04-25T18:11:08Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stamlou" />{{rh|8|CONTENTS.}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{nop}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 6|CHAPTER VI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Missionaries Obstruct Business — The Sugar Planter and the Kanaka — The Planter's View — Civilizing the Kanaka — The Missionary's View — The Result — Repentant Kanakas — Wrinkles — The Death Rate in Queensland|83}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 7|CHAPTER VII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Fiji Islands — Suva — The Ship from Duluth — Going Ashore — Midwinter in Fiji — Seeing the Governor — Why Fiji was Ceded to England — Old time Fijians — Convicts among the Fijians — A Case Where Marriage was a Failure — Immortality with Limitations|91}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 8|CHAPTER VIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|A Wilderness of Islands — Two Men without a Country — A Naturalist from New Zealand — The Fauna of Australasia — Animals, Insects, and Birds — The Ornithorhyncus — Poetry and Plagiarism|99}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 9|CHAPTER IX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Close to Australia — Porpoises at Night — Entrance to Sydney Harbor — The Loss of the Duncan Dunbar — The Harbor — The City of Sydney — Spring-time in Australia — The Climate — Information for Travelers — The Size of Australia — A Dust-Storm and Hot Wind|109}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 10|CHAPTER X.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Discovery of Australia — Transportation of Convicts — Discipline — English Laws, Ancient and Modern — Flogging Prisoners to Death — Arrival of Settlers — New South Wales Corps — Rum Currency — Intemperance Everywhere — $100,000 for One Gallon of Rum — Development of the Country — Immense Resources|119}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 11|CHAPTER XI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Hospitality of English-speaking People — Writers and their Gratitude — Mr. Gane and the Panegyrics — Population of Sydney — An English City with American Trimming — "Squatters" — Palaces and Sheep Kingdoms — Wool and Mutton — Australians and Americans — Costermonger Pronunciation — England is "Home" — Table Talk — English and Colonial Audiences|124}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 12|CHAPTER XII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Mr. X., a Missionary — Why Christianity Makes Slow Progress in India — A Large Dream — Hindoo Miracles and Legends — Sampson and Hanuman — The Sandstone Ridge — Where are the Gates?|132}} {{nop}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> tvz6noitaqz5gqho6bnvk5an9pq4k2l 14128965 14128691 2024-04-25T18:27:41Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stamlou" />{{rh|8|CONTENTS.}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{nop}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 6|CHAPTER VI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Missionaries Obstruct Business—The Sugar Planter and the Kanaka—The Planter's View—Civilizing the Kanaka—The Missionary's View—The Result—Repentant Kanakas—Wrinkles—The Death Rate in Queensland|83}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 7|CHAPTER VII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Fiji Islands—Suva—The Ship from Duluth—Going Ashore—Midwinter in Fiji—Seeing the Governor—Why Fiji was Ceded to England—Old time Fijians—Convicts among the Fijians—A Case Where Marriage was a Failure—Immortality with Limitations|91}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 8|CHAPTER VIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|A Wilderness of Islands—Two Men without a Country—A Naturalist from New Zealand—The Fauna of Australasia—Animals, Insects, and Birds—The Ornithorhyncus—Poetry and Plagiarism|99}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 9|CHAPTER IX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Close to Australia—Porpoises at Night—Entrance to Sydney Harbor—The Loss of the Duncan Dunbar—The Harbor—The City of Sydney—Spring-time in Australia—The Climate—Information for Travelers—The Size of Australia—A Dust-Storm and Hot Wind|109}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 10|CHAPTER X.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Discovery of Australia—Transportation of Convicts—Discipline—English Laws, Ancient and Modern—Flogging Prisoners to Death—Arrival of Settlers—New South Wales Corps—Rum Currency—Intemperance Everywhere—$100,000 for One Gallon of Rum—Development of the Country—Immense Resources|119}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 11|CHAPTER XI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Hospitality of English-speaking People—Writers and their Gratitude—Mr. Gane and the Panegyrics—Population of Sydney—An English City with American Trimming—"Squatters"—Palaces and Sheep Kingdoms—Wool and Mutton—Australians and Americans—Costermonger Pronunciation—England is "Home"—Table Talk—English and Colonial Audiences|124}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 12|CHAPTER XII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Mr. X., a Missionary—Why Christianity Makes Slow Progress in India—A Large Dream—Hindoo Miracles and Legends—Sampson and Hanuman—The Sandstone Ridge—Where are the Gates?|132}} {{nop}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> k49k1injcxie3rymzelsiqjul5l3yi5 14129117 14128965 2024-04-25T18:31:17Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stamlou" />{{rh|8|CONTENTS.}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 6|CHAPTER VI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Missionaries Obstruct Business—The Sugar Planter and the Kanaka—The Planter's View—Civilizing the Kanaka—The Missionary's View—The Result—Repentant Kanakas—Wrinkles—The Death Rate in Queensland|83}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 7|CHAPTER VII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Fiji Islands—Suva—The Ship from Duluth—Going Ashore—Midwinter in Fiji—Seeing the Governor—Why Fiji was Ceded to England—Old time Fijians—Convicts among the Fijians—A Case Where Marriage was a Failure—Immortality with Limitations|91}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 8|CHAPTER VIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|A Wilderness of Islands—Two Men without a Country—A Naturalist from New Zealand—The Fauna of Australasia—Animals, Insects, and Birds—The Ornithorhyncus—Poetry and Plagiarism|99}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 9|CHAPTER IX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Close to Australia—Porpoises at Night—Entrance to Sydney Harbor—The Loss of the Duncan Dunbar—The Harbor—The City of Sydney—Spring-time in Australia—The Climate—Information for Travelers—The Size of Australia—A Dust-Storm and Hot Wind|109}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 10|CHAPTER X.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Discovery of Australia—Transportation of Convicts—Discipline—English Laws, Ancient and Modern—Flogging Prisoners to Death—Arrival of Settlers—New South Wales Corps—Rum Currency—Intemperance Everywhere—$100,000 for One Gallon of Rum—Development of the Country—Immense Resources|119}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 11|CHAPTER XI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Hospitality of English-speaking People—Writers and their Gratitude—Mr. Gane and the Panegyrics—Population of Sydney—An English City with American Trimming—"Squatters"—Palaces and Sheep Kingdoms—Wool and Mutton—Australians and Americans—Costermonger Pronunciation—England is "Home"—Table Talk—English and Colonial Audiences|124}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 12|CHAPTER XII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Mr. X., a Missionary—Why Christianity Makes Slow Progress in India—A Large Dream—Hindoo Miracles and Legends—Sampson and Hanuman—The Sandstone Ridge—Where are the Gates?|132}} {{nop}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> 5ic65ige1vue9m6nztnyg8efh5r3vde 14130296 14129117 2024-04-25T23:45:51Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stamlou" />{{rh|8|CONTENTS.}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{nop}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 6|CHAPTER VI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Missionaries Obstruct Business—The Sugar Planter and the Kanaka—The Planter's View—Civilizing the Kanaka—The Missionary's View—The Result—Repentant Kanakas—Wrinkles—The Death Rate in Queensland|83}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 7|CHAPTER VII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Fiji Islands—Suva—The Ship from Duluth—Going Ashore—Midwinter in Fiji—Seeing the Governor—Why Fiji was Ceded to England—Old time Fijians—Convicts among the Fijians—A Case Where Marriage was a Failure—Immortality with Limitations|91}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 8|CHAPTER VIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|A Wilderness of Islands—Two Men without a Country—A Naturalist from New Zealand—The Fauna of Australasia—Animals, Insects, and Birds—The Ornithorhyncus—Poetry and Plagiarism|99}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 9|CHAPTER IX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Close to Australia—Porpoises at Night—Entrance to Sydney Harbor—The Loss of the Duncan Dunbar—The Harbor—The City of Sydney—Spring-time in Australia—The Climate—Information for Travelers—The Size of Australia—A Dust-Storm and Hot Wind|109}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 10|CHAPTER X.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Discovery of Australia—Transportation of Convicts—Discipline—English Laws, Ancient and Modern—Flogging Prisoners to Death—Arrival of Settlers—New South Wales Corps—Rum Currency—Intemperance Everywhere—$100,000 for One Gallon of Rum—Development of the Country—Immense Resources|119}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 11|CHAPTER XI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Hospitality of English-speaking People—Writers and their Gratitude—Mr. Gane and the Panegyrics—Population of Sydney—An English City with American Trimming—"Squatters"—Palaces and Sheep Kingdoms—Wool and Mutton—Australians and Americans—Costermonger Pronunciation—England is "Home"—Table Talk—English and Colonial Audiences|124}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 12|CHAPTER XII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Mr. X., a Missionary—Why Christianity Makes Slow Progress in India—A Large Dream—Hindoo Miracles and Legends—Sampson and Hanuman—The Sandstone Ridge—Where are the Gates?|132}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> b8ze0tqxtkpyze0lg6rickjksbndexn Page:Following the Equator (Mark Twain).djvu/17 104 4012046 14128558 14006575 2024-04-25T17:57:12Z Stamlou 1217106 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stamlou" />{{rh||CONTENTS.|9}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{nop}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 13|CHAPTER XIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Public Works in Australasia — Botanical Garden of Sydney — Four Special Socialties — The Government House — A Governor and His Functions — The Admiralty House — The Tour of the Harbor — Shark Fishing — Cecil Rhodes' Shark and his First Fortune — Free Board for Sharks|137}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 14|CHAPTER XIV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Bad Health — To Melbourne by Rail — Maps Defective — The Colony of Victoria — A Round-trip Ticket from Sydney — Change Cars, from Wide to Narrow Gauge, a Peculiarity at Albury — Customs-fences — "My Word" — The Blue Mountains — Rabbit Piles — Government R. R. Restaurants — Duchesses for Waiters — "Sheep-dip" — Railroad Coffee — Things Seen and Not Seen|151}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 15|CHAPTER XV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Wagga-Wagga — The Tichborne Claimant — A Stock Mystery — The Plan of the Romance — The Realization — The Henry Bascom Mystery — Bascom Hall — The Author's Death and Funeral|156}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 16|CHAPTER XVI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Melbourne and its Attractions — The Melbourne Cup Races — Cup Day — Great Crowds — Clothes Regardless of Cost — The Australian Larrikin — Is He Dead? — Australian Hospitality — Melbourne Wool-brokers — The Museums — The Palaces — The Origin of Melbourne|161}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 17|CHAPTER XVII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The British Empire — Its Exports and Imports — The Trade of Australia — To Adelaide — Broken Hill Silver Mine — A Round-about road — The Scrub and its Possibilities for the Novelist — The Aboriginal Tracker — A Test Case — How Does One Cow-Track Differ from Another?|170}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 18|CHAPTER XVIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Gum Trees — Unsociable Trees — Gorse and Broom — A Universal Defect — An Adventurer — Wanted £200, got £20,000,000 — A Vast Land Scheme — The Smash-up — The Corpse Got Up and Danced — A Unique Business by One Man — Buying the Kangaroo Skin — The Approach to Adelaide — Everything Comes to Him who Waits — A Healthy Religious Atmosphere — What is the Matter with the Specter?|176}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> l47o3mvuxjsnaz05x6jgam5p4ovxn5i 14128923 14128558 2024-04-25T18:26:21Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Stamlou" />{{rh||CONTENTS.|9}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{nop}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 13|CHAPTER XIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Public Works in Australasia—Botanical Garden of Sydney—Four Special Socialties—The Government House—A Governor and His Functions—The Admiralty House—The Tour of the Harbor—Shark Fishing—Cecil Rhodes' Shark and his First Fortune—Free Board for Sharks|137}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 14|CHAPTER XIV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Bad Health—To Melbourne by Rail—Maps Defective—The Colony of Victoria—A Round-trip Ticket from Sydney—Change Cars, from Wide to Narrow Gauge, a Peculiarity at Albury—Customs-fences—"My Word"—The Blue Mountains—Rabbit Piles—Government R. R. Restaurants—Duchesses for Waiters—"Sheep-dip"—Railroad Coffee—Things Seen and Not Seen|151}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 15|CHAPTER XV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Wagga-Wagga—The Tichborne Claimant—A Stock Mystery—The Plan of the Romance—The Realization—The Henry Bascom Mystery—Bascom Hall—The Author's Death and Funeral|156}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 16|CHAPTER XVI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Melbourne and its Attractions—The Melbourne Cup Races—Cup Day—Great Crowds—Clothes Regardless of Cost—The Australian Larrikin—Is He Dead?—Australian Hospitality—Melbourne Wool-brokers—The Museums—The Palaces—The Origin of Melbourne|161}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 17|CHAPTER XVII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The British Empire—Its Exports and Imports—The Trade of Australia—To Adelaide—Broken Hill Silver Mine—A Round-about road—The Scrub and its Possibilities for the Novelist—The Aboriginal Tracker—A Test Case—How Does One Cow-Track Differ from Another?|170}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 18|CHAPTER XVIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Gum Trees—Unsociable Trees—Gorse and Broom—A Universal Defect—An Adventurer—Wanted £200, got £20,000,000—A Vast Land Scheme—The Smash-up—The Corpse Got Up and Danced—A Unique Business by One Man—Buying the Kangaroo Skin—The Approach to Adelaide—Everything Comes to Him who Waits—A Healthy Religious Atmosphere—What is the Matter with the Specter?|176}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> 5mmj2lw7yh26yswxcvof6zhjo7dhtwk Page:Following the Equator (Mark Twain).djvu/18 104 4012047 14128780 12489941 2024-04-25T18:21:35Z Stamlou 1217106 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh|10|CONTENTS.}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 19|CHAPTER XIX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Botanical Gardens — Contributions from all Countries — The Zoological Gardens of Adelaide — The Laughing Jackass — The Dingo — A Misnamed Province — Telegraphing from Melbourne to San Francisco — A Mania for Holidays — The Temperature — The Death Rate — Celebration of the Reading of the Proclamation of 1836 — Some old Settlers at the Commemoration — Their Staying Powers — The Intelligence of the Aboriginal — The Antiquity of the Boomerang|184}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 20|CHAPTER XX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|A Caller— A Talk about Old Times — The Fox Hunt — An Accurate Judgment of an Idiot — How We Passed the Custom Officers in Italy|195}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 21|CHAPTER XXI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The "Weet-Weet" — Keeping down the Population — Victoria —Killing the Aboriginals — Pioneer Days in Queensland —Material for a Drama — The Bush — Pudding with Arsenic — Revenge — A Right Spirit but a Wrong Method — Death of Donga Billy|206}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 22|CHAPTER XXII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Continued Description of Aboriginals — Manly Qualities — Dodging Balls — Feats of Spring — Jumping — Where the Kangaroo Learned its Art — Well Digging — Endurance — Surgery — Artistic Abilities — Fennimore Cooper's Last Chance — Australian Slang|214}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 23|CHAPTER XXIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|To Horsham (Colony of Victoria) — Description of Horsham — At the Hotel — Pepper Tree — The Agricultural College, Forty Pupils — High Temperature — Width of Road in Chains, Perches, etc. — The Bird with a Forgetable Name — The Magpie and the lady — Fruit Trees — Soils — Sheep Shearing — To Stawell — Gold Mining Country — $75,000 per Month Income and able to Keep House — Fine Grapes and Wine — The Dryest Community on Earth — The Three Sisters — Gum Trees and Water|223}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 24|CHAPTER XXIV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Road to Ballarat—The City — Great Gold Strike, 1851 — Rush for Australia — "Great Nuggets " — Taxation — Revolt and Victory — Peter Lalor and the Eureka Stockade — "Pencil Mark"—Fine Statuary at Ballarat—Population—Ballarat English|230}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> qs7zqo9eoi6fr25nk29622n1guibwrr 14128920 14128780 2024-04-25T18:24:02Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh|10|CONTENTS.}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 19|CHAPTER XIX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Botanical Gardens—Contributions from all Countries—The Zoological Gardens of Adelaide—The Laughing Jackass—The Dingo—A Misnamed Province—Telegraphing from Melbourne to San Francisco—A Mania for Holidays—The Temperature—The Death Rate—Celebration of the Reading of the Proclamation of 1836—Some old Settlers at the Commemoration—Their Staying Powers—The Intelligence of the Aboriginal—The Antiquity of the Boomerang|184}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 20|CHAPTER XX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|A Caller— A Talk about Old Times—The Fox Hunt—An Accurate Judgment of an Idiot—How We Passed the Custom Officers in Italy|195}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 21|CHAPTER XXI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The "Weet-Weet"—Keeping down the Population—Victoria —Killing the Aboriginals—Pioneer Days in Queensland —Material for a Drama—The Bush—Pudding with Arsenic—Revenge—A Right Spirit but a Wrong Method—Death of Donga Billy|206}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 22|CHAPTER XXII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Continued Description of Aboriginals—Manly Qualities—Dodging Balls—Feats of Spring—Jumping—Where the Kangaroo Learned its Art—Well Digging—Endurance—Surgery—Artistic Abilities—Fennimore Cooper's Last Chance—Australian Slang|214}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 23|CHAPTER XXIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|To Horsham (Colony of Victoria)—Description of Horsham—At the Hotel—Pepper Tree—The Agricultural College, Forty Pupils—High Temperature—Width of Road in Chains, Perches, etc.—The Bird with a Forgetable Name—The Magpie and the lady—Fruit Trees—Soils—Sheep Shearing—To Stawell—Gold Mining Country—$75,000 per Month Income and able to Keep House—Fine Grapes and Wine—The Dryest Community on Earth—The Three Sisters—Gum Trees and Water|223}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 24|CHAPTER XXIV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Road to Ballarat—The City—Great Gold Strike, 1851—Rush for Australia—"Great Nuggets "—Taxation—Revolt and Victory—Peter Lalor and the Eureka Stockade—"Pencil Mark"—Fine Statuary at Ballarat—Population—Ballarat English|230}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 2nvqybvjhchosawlatikje76fmiu7d4 14128921 14128920 2024-04-25T18:24:52Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh|10|CONTENTS.}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 19|CHAPTER XIX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Botanical Gardens—Contributions from all Countries—The Zoological Gardens of Adelaide—The Laughing Jackass—The Dingo—A Misnamed Province—Telegraphing from Melbourne to San Francisco—A Mania for Holidays—The Temperature—The Death Rate—Celebration of the Reading of the Proclamation of 1836—Some old Settlers at the Commemoration—Their Staying Powers—The Intelligence of the Aboriginal—The Antiquity of the Boomerang|184}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 20|CHAPTER XX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|A Caller— A Talk about Old Times—The Fox Hunt—An Accurate Judgment of an Idiot—How We Passed the Custom Officers in Italy|195}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 21|CHAPTER XXI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The "Weet-Weet"—Keeping down the Population—Victoria —Killing the Aboriginals—Pioneer Days in Queensland —Material for a Drama—The Bush—Pudding with Arsenic—Revenge—A Right Spirit but a Wrong Method—Death of Donga Billy|206}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 22|CHAPTER XXII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Continued Description of Aboriginals—Manly Qualities—Dodging Balls—Feats of Spring—Jumping—Where the Kangaroo Learned its Art—Well Digging—Endurance—Surgery—Artistic Abilities—Fennimore Cooper's Last Chance—Australian Slang|214}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 23|CHAPTER XXIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|To Horsham (Colony of Victoria)—Description of Horsham—At the Hotel—Pepper Tree—The Agricultural College, Forty Pupils—High Temperature—Width of Road in Chains, Perches, etc.—The Bird with a Forgetable Name—The Magpie and the lady—Fruit Trees—Soils—Sheep Shearing—To Stawell—Gold Mining Country—$75,000 per Month Income and able to Keep House—Fine Grapes and Wine—The Dryest Community on Earth—The Three Sisters—Gum Trees and Water|223}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 24|CHAPTER XXIV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Road to Ballarat—The City—Great Gold Strike, 1851—Rush for Australia—"Great Nuggets "—Taxation—Revolt and Victory—Peter Lalor and the Eureka Stockade—"Pencil Mark"—Fine Statuary at Ballarat—Population—Ballarat English|230}} {{nop}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> 8x6fxiexwb3i635h5kamsckuphrl8yq 14130297 14128921 2024-04-25T23:46:27Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh|10|CONTENTS.}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{nop}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 19|CHAPTER XIX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Botanical Gardens—Contributions from all Countries—The Zoological Gardens of Adelaide—The Laughing Jackass—The Dingo—A Misnamed Province—Telegraphing from Melbourne to San Francisco—A Mania for Holidays—The Temperature—The Death Rate—Celebration of the Reading of the Proclamation of 1836—Some old Settlers at the Commemoration—Their Staying Powers—The Intelligence of the Aboriginal—The Antiquity of the Boomerang|184}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 20|CHAPTER XX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|A Caller— A Talk about Old Times—The Fox Hunt—An Accurate Judgment of an Idiot—How We Passed the Custom Officers in Italy|195}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 21|CHAPTER XXI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The "Weet-Weet"—Keeping down the Population—Victoria —Killing the Aboriginals—Pioneer Days in Queensland —Material for a Drama—The Bush—Pudding with Arsenic—Revenge—A Right Spirit but a Wrong Method—Death of Donga Billy|206}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 22|CHAPTER XXII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Continued Description of Aboriginals—Manly Qualities—Dodging Balls—Feats of Spring—Jumping—Where the Kangaroo Learned its Art—Well Digging—Endurance—Surgery—Artistic Abilities—Fennimore Cooper's Last Chance—Australian Slang|214}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 23|CHAPTER XXIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|To Horsham (Colony of Victoria)—Description of Horsham—At the Hotel—Pepper Tree—The Agricultural College, Forty Pupils—High Temperature—Width of Road in Chains, Perches, etc.—The Bird with a Forgetable Name—The Magpie and the lady—Fruit Trees—Soils—Sheep Shearing—To Stawell—Gold Mining Country—$75,000 per Month Income and able to Keep House—Fine Grapes and Wine—The Dryest Community on Earth—The Three Sisters—Gum Trees and Water|223}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 24|CHAPTER XXIV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Road to Ballarat—The City—Great Gold Strike, 1851—Rush for Australia—"Great Nuggets "—Taxation—Revolt and Victory—Peter Lalor and the Eureka Stockade—"Pencil Mark"—Fine Statuary at Ballarat—Population—Ballarat English|230}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> 3a0kq699ndn7gu0ahygzk2dvfg1d22i Page:Following the Equator (Mark Twain).djvu/19 104 4012049 14129322 12759404 2024-04-25T18:41:49Z Stamlou 1217106 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh||CONTENTS.|11}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 25|CHAPTER XXV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Bound for Bendigo—The Priest at Castlemaine—Time Saved by Walking—Description of Bendigo—A Valuable Nugget—Perseverence and Success—Mr. Blank and His Influence—Conveyance of an Idea—I Had to Like the Irishman—Corrigan Castle, and the Mark Twain Club—My Bascom Mystery Solved|241}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 26|CHAPTER XXVI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Where New Zealand Is—But Few Know—Things People Think They Know—The Yale Professor and His Visitor from N. Z.|251}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 27|CHAPTER XXVII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The South Pole Swell—Tasmania—Extermination of the Natives — The Picture Proclamation—The Conciliator—The Formidable Sixteen|256}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 28|CHAPTER XXVIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|When the Moment Comes the Man Appears—Why Ed. Jackson called on Commodore Vanderbilt—Their Interview—Welcome to the Child of His Friend—A Big Time but under Inspection—Sent on Important Business—A Visit to the Boys on the Boat|268}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 29|CHAPTER XXIX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Tasmania, Early Days—Description of the Town of Hobart—An Englishman's Love of Home Surroundings—Neatest City on Earth—The Museum—A Parrot with an Acquired Taste—Glass Arrow Beads—Refuge for the Indigent too healthy|279}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 30|CHAPTER XXX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Arrival at Bluff, N. Z.— Where the Rabbit Plague Began—The Natural Enemy of the Rabbit—Dunedin—A Lovely Town—A Visit to Dr. Hockin—His Museum—A Liquified Caterpiller—The Unperfected Tape Worm—The Public Museum and Picture Gallery|285}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 31|CHAPTER XXXI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Express Train—" A Hell of a Hotel at Maryborough "— Clocks and Bells—Railroad Service|290}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 32|CHAPTER XXXII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Description of the Town of Christ Church—A Fine Museum—Jade-stone Trinkets—The Great Moa—The First Maori in New Zealand—Women Voters—"Person" in New Zealand Law<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> 48dbfw5azdz8sli0e33capb5j5wu4tb 14129399 14129322 2024-04-25T18:42:33Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh||CONTENTS.|11}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 25|CHAPTER XXV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Bound for Bendigo—The Priest at Castlemaine—Time Saved by Walking—Description of Bendigo—A Valuable Nugget—Perseverence and Success—Mr. Blank and His Influence—Conveyance of an Idea—I Had to Like the Irishman—Corrigan Castle, and the Mark Twain Club—My Bascom Mystery Solved|241}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 26|CHAPTER XXVI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Where New Zealand Is—But Few Know—Things People Think They Know—The Yale Professor and His Visitor from N. Z.|251}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 27|CHAPTER XXVII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The South Pole Swell—Tasmania—Extermination of the Natives — The Picture Proclamation—The Conciliator—The Formidable Sixteen|256}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 28|CHAPTER XXVIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|When the Moment Comes the Man Appears—Why Ed. Jackson called on Commodore Vanderbilt—Their Interview—Welcome to the Child of His Friend—A Big Time but under Inspection—Sent on Important Business—A Visit to the Boys on the Boat|268}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 29|CHAPTER XXIX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Tasmania, Early Days—Description of the Town of Hobart—An Englishman's Love of Home Surroundings—Neatest City on Earth—The Museum—A Parrot with an Acquired Taste—Glass Arrow Beads—Refuge for the Indigent too healthy|279}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 30|CHAPTER XXX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Arrival at Bluff, N. Z.— Where the Rabbit Plague Began—The Natural Enemy of the Rabbit—Dunedin—A Lovely Town—A Visit to Dr. Hockin—His Museum—A Liquified Caterpiller—The Unperfected Tape Worm—The Public Museum and Picture Gallery|285}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 31|CHAPTER XXXI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Express Train—" A Hell of a Hotel at Maryborough "— Clocks and Bells—Railroad Service|290}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 32|CHAPTER XXXII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Description of the Town of Christ Church—A Fine Museum—Jade-stone Trinkets—The Great Moa—The First Maori in New Zealand—Women Voters—"Person" in New Zealand Law}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> s0oq56iruc4o3xkben5gdmiq3mjr7vq 14129675 14129399 2024-04-25T18:56:37Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh||CONTENTS.|11}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 25|CHAPTER XXV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Bound for Bendigo—The Priest at Castlemaine—Time Saved by Walking—Description of Bendigo—A Valuable Nugget—Perseverence and Success—Mr. Blank and His Influence—Conveyance of an Idea—I Had to Like the Irishman—Corrigan Castle, and the Mark Twain Club—My Bascom Mystery Solved|241}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 26|CHAPTER XXVI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Where New Zealand Is—But Few Know—Things People Think They Know—The Yale Professor and His Visitor from N. Z.|251}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 27|CHAPTER XXVII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The South Pole Swell—Tasmania—Extermination of the Natives — The Picture Proclamation—The Conciliator—The Formidable Sixteen|256}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 28|CHAPTER XXVIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|When the Moment Comes the Man Appears—Why Ed. Jackson called on Commodore Vanderbilt—Their Interview—Welcome to the Child of His Friend—A Big Time but under Inspection—Sent on Important Business—A Visit to the Boys on the Boat|268}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 29|CHAPTER XXIX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Tasmania, Early Days—Description of the Town of Hobart—An Englishman's Love of Home Surroundings—Neatest City on Earth—The Museum—A Parrot with an Acquired Taste—Glass Arrow Beads—Refuge for the Indigent too healthy|279}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 30|CHAPTER XXX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Arrival at Bluff, N. Z.— Where the Rabbit Plague Began—The Natural Enemy of the Rabbit—Dunedin—A Lovely Town—A Visit to Dr. Hockin—His Museum—A Liquified Caterpiller—The Unperfected Tape Worm—The Public Museum and Picture Gallery|285}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 31|CHAPTER XXXI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Express Train—" A Hell of a Hotel at Maryborough "— Clocks and Bells—Railroad Service|290}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 32|CHAPTER XXXII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Description of the Town of Christ Church—A Fine Museum—Jade-stone Trinkets—The Great Moa—The First Maori in New Zealand—Women Voters—"Person" in New Zealand Law}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> gycmesepgjhmvj75diuhg8nu1gzt3kl 14130298 14129675 2024-04-25T23:49:16Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh||CONTENTS.|11}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{nop}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 25|CHAPTER XXV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Bound for Bendigo—The Priest at Castlemaine—Time Saved by Walking—Description of Bendigo—A Valuable Nugget—Perseverence and Success—Mr. Blank and His Influence—Conveyance of an Idea—I Had to Like the Irishman—Corrigan Castle, and the Mark Twain Club—My Bascom Mystery Solved|241}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 26|CHAPTER XXVI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Where New Zealand Is—But Few Know—Things People Think They Know—The Yale Professor and His Visitor from N. Z.|251}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 27|CHAPTER XXVII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The South Pole Swell—Tasmania—Extermination of the Natives — The Picture Proclamation—The Conciliator—The Formidable Sixteen|256}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 28|CHAPTER XXVIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|When the Moment Comes the Man Appears—Why Ed. Jackson called on Commodore Vanderbilt—Their Interview—Welcome to the Child of His Friend—A Big Time but under Inspection—Sent on Important Business—A Visit to the Boys on the Boat|268}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 29|CHAPTER XXIX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Tasmania, Early Days—Description of the Town of Hobart—An Englishman's Love of Home Surroundings—Neatest City on Earth—The Museum—A Parrot with an Acquired Taste—Glass Arrow Beads—Refuge for the Indigent too healthy|279}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 30|CHAPTER XXX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Arrival at Bluff, N. Z.— Where the Rabbit Plague Began—The Natural Enemy of the Rabbit—Dunedin—A Lovely Town—A Visit to Dr. Hockin—His Museum—A Liquified Caterpiller—The Unperfected Tape Worm—The Public Museum and Picture Gallery|285}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 31|CHAPTER XXXI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Express Train—" A Hell of a Hotel at Maryborough "— Clocks and Bells—Railroad Service|290}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 32|CHAPTER XXXII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Description of the Town of Christ Church—A Fine Museum—Jade-stone Trinkets—The Great Moa—The First Maori in New Zealand—Women Voters—"Person" in New Zealand Law <noinclude>Includes Woman—Taming an Ornithorhyncus—A Voyage in the ''Flora'' from Lyttelton—Cattle Stalls for Everybody—A Wonderful Time|297}}</noinclude><noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> bxaxyeboysdwteb8fyxbkyhlvu7404k Page:Following the Equator (Mark Twain).djvu/20 104 4012050 14129509 12489944 2024-04-25T18:48:03Z Stamlou 1217106 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh|12|CONTENTS.}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>Includes Woman — Taming an Ornithorhyncus — A Voyage in the ''Flora'' from Lyttelton — Cattle Stalls for Everybody — A Wonderful Time|297}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 33|CHAPTER XXXIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1| The Town of Nelson — "The Mongatapu Murders," the Great Event of the Town — Burgess' Confession — Summit of Mount Eden — Rotorua and the Hot Lakes and Geysers — Thermal Springs District — Kauri Gum — Tangariwa Mountains . . 305 {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 34|CHAPTER XXXIV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1| The Bay of Gisbome — Taking in Passengers by the Yard Arm — The Green Ballarat Fly — False Teeth — From Napier to Hast- ings by the Ballarat Fly Train — Kauri Trees — A Case of Mental Telegraphy 312 {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 35|CHAPTER XXXV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1| Fifty Miles in Four Hours — Comfortable Cars — Town of Wauga- nui — Plenty of Maoris — On the Increase — Compliments to the Maoris— The Missionary Ways all Wrong — The Tabu among the Maoris — A Mysterious Sign — Curious W^ar-monu- ments — Wellington 318 {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 36|CHAPTER XXXVI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1| The Poems of Mrs. Moore — The Sad Fate of William Upson — A Fellow Traveler Imitating the Prince of Wales — A Would-be Dude — Arrival at Sydney — Curious Town Names with Poem 324 {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 37|CHAPTER XXXVII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1| From Sydney for Ceylon — A Lascar Crew — A Fine Ship — Three Cats and a Basket of Kittens — Dinner Conversations — Veuve Cliquot Wine — At Anchor in King George's Sound Albany Harbor — More Cats — A Vulture on Board — Nearing the Equator again — Dressing for Dinner — Ceylon, Hotel Bris- tol — Servant Brampy — A Feminine Man — Japanese Jin- riksha or Cart — Scenes in Ceylon — A Missionary School — Insincerity of Clothes 331 {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 38|CHAPTER XXXVIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1| Steamer ''Rosetta'' to Bombay — Limes 14 cents a Barrel — Bombay, a Bewitching City — Descriptions of People and Dress — Woman as a Road Decoration — India, the Land of Dreams and Ro- mance — Fourteen Porters to Carry Baggage — Correcting a Servant — Killing a Slave — Arranging a Bedroom — Three Hours' Work and a Terrible Racket — The Bird of Birds, the Indian Crow 345 {{nop}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> 5uwmnh4kled0pi267212ym9em97o5jq 14129671 14129509 2024-04-25T18:54:43Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh|12|CONTENTS.}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>Includes Woman — Taming an Ornithorhyncus — A Voyage in the ''Flora'' from Lyttelton — Cattle Stalls for Everybody — A Wonderful Time|297}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 33|CHAPTER XXXIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Town of Nelson — "The Mongatapu Murders," the Great Event of the Town — Burgess' Confession — Summit of Mount Eden — Rotorua and the Hot Lakes and Geysers — Thermal Springs District — Kauri Gum — Tangariwa Mountains|305}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 34|CHAPTER XXXIV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Bay of Gisbome — Taking in Passengers by the Yard Arm — The Green Ballarat Fly — False Teeth — From Napier to Hastings by the Ballarat Fly Train — Kauri Trees — A Case of Mental Telegraphy|312}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 35|CHAPTER XXXV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Fifty Miles in Four Hours — Comfortable Cars — Town of Wauganui — Plenty of Maoris — On the Increase — Compliments to the Maoris— The Missionary Ways all Wrong — The Tabu among the Maoris — A Mysterious Sign — Curious War-monuments — Wellington|318}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 36|CHAPTER XXXVI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Poems of Mrs. Moore — The Sad Fate of William Upson — A Fellow Traveler Imitating the Prince of Wales — A Would-be Dude — Arrival at Sydney — Curious Town Names with Poem|324}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 37|CHAPTER XXXVII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|From Sydney for Ceylon — A Lascar Crew — A Fine Ship — Three Cats and a Basket of Kittens — Dinner Conversations — Veuve Cliquot Wine — At Anchor in King George's Sound Albany Harbor — More Cats — A Vulture on Board — Nearing the Equator again — Dressing for Dinner — Ceylon, Hotel Bristol — Servant Brampy — A Feminine Man — Japanese Jinriksha or Cart — Scenes in Ceylon — A Missionary School — Insincerity of Clothes|331}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 38|CHAPTER XXXVIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Steamer ''Rosetta'' to Bombay — Limes 14 cents a Barrel — Bombay, a Bewitching City — Descriptions of People and Dress — Woman as a Road Decoration — India, the Land of Dreams and Romance — Fourteen Porters to Carry Baggage — Correcting a Servant — Killing a Slave — Arranging a Bedroom — Three Hours' Work and a Terrible Racket — The Bird of Birds, the Indian Crow|345}} {{nop}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> fp96wmoaiexrpcinv7xct77m8mnm5uw 14129673 14129671 2024-04-25T18:56:06Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh|12|CONTENTS.}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>Includes Woman—Taming an Ornithorhyncus—A Voyage in the ''Flora'' from Lyttelton—Cattle Stalls for Everybody—A Wonderful Time|297}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 33|CHAPTER XXXIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Town of Nelson—"The Mongatapu Murders," the Great Event of the Town—Burgess' Confession—Summit of Mount Eden—Rotorua and the Hot Lakes and Geysers—Thermal Springs District—Kauri Gum—Tangariwa Mountains|305}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 34|CHAPTER XXXIV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Bay of Gisbome—Taking in Passengers by the Yard Arm—The Green Ballarat Fly—False Teeth—From Napier to Hastings by the Ballarat Fly Train—Kauri Trees—A Case of Mental Telegraphy|312}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 35|CHAPTER XXXV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Fifty Miles in Four Hours—Comfortable Cars—Town of Wauganui—Plenty of Maoris—On the Increase—Compliments to the Maoris— The Missionary Ways all Wrong—The Tabu among the Maoris—A Mysterious Sign—Curious War-monuments—Wellington|318}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 36|CHAPTER XXXVI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Poems of Mrs. Moore—The Sad Fate of William Upson—A Fellow Traveler Imitating the Prince of Wales—A Would-be Dude—Arrival at Sydney—Curious Town Names with Poem|324}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 37|CHAPTER XXXVII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|From Sydney for Ceylon—A Lascar Crew—A Fine Ship—Three Cats and a Basket of Kittens—Dinner Conversations—Veuve Cliquot Wine—At Anchor in King George's Sound Albany Harbor—More Cats—A Vulture on Board—Nearing the Equator again—Dressing for Dinner—Ceylon, Hotel Bristol—Servant Brampy—A Feminine Man—Japanese Jinriksha or Cart—Scenes in Ceylon—A Missionary School—Insincerity of Clothes|331}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 38|CHAPTER XXXVIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Steamer ''Rosetta'' to Bombay—Limes 14 cents a Barrel—Bombay, a Bewitching City—Descriptions of People and Dress—Woman as a Road Decoration—India, the Land of Dreams and Romance—Fourteen Porters to Carry Baggage—Correcting a Servant—Killing a Slave—Arranging a Bedroom—Three Hours' Work and a Terrible Racket—The Bird of Birds, the Indian Crow|345}} {{nop}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> pl6t4rudazsttpri9e1upewgqr5f0zd 14130300 14129673 2024-04-25T23:51:26Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh|12|CONTENTS.}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{nop}} <noinclude>Description of the Town of Christ Church—A Fine Museum—Jade-stone Trinkets—The Great Moa—The First Maori in New Zealand—Women Voters—"Person" in New Zealand Law</noinclude> Includes Woman—Taming an Ornithorhyncus—A Voyage in the ''Flora'' from Lyttelton—Cattle Stalls for Everybody—A Wonderful Time|297}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 33|CHAPTER XXXIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Town of Nelson—"The Mongatapu Murders," the Great Event of the Town—Burgess' Confession—Summit of Mount Eden—Rotorua and the Hot Lakes and Geysers—Thermal Springs District—Kauri Gum—Tangariwa Mountains|305}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 34|CHAPTER XXXIV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Bay of Gisbome—Taking in Passengers by the Yard Arm—The Green Ballarat Fly—False Teeth—From Napier to Hastings by the Ballarat Fly Train—Kauri Trees—A Case of Mental Telegraphy|312}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 35|CHAPTER XXXV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Fifty Miles in Four Hours—Comfortable Cars—Town of Wauganui—Plenty of Maoris—On the Increase—Compliments to the Maoris— The Missionary Ways all Wrong—The Tabu among the Maoris—A Mysterious Sign—Curious War-monuments—Wellington|318}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 36|CHAPTER XXXVI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Poems of Mrs. Moore—The Sad Fate of William Upson—A Fellow Traveler Imitating the Prince of Wales—A Would-be Dude—Arrival at Sydney—Curious Town Names with Poem|324}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 37|CHAPTER XXXVII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|From Sydney for Ceylon—A Lascar Crew—A Fine Ship—Three Cats and a Basket of Kittens—Dinner Conversations—Veuve Cliquot Wine—At Anchor in King George's Sound Albany Harbor—More Cats—A Vulture on Board—Nearing the Equator again—Dressing for Dinner—Ceylon, Hotel Bristol—Servant Brampy—A Feminine Man—Japanese Jinriksha or Cart—Scenes in Ceylon—A Missionary School—Insincerity of Clothes|331}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 38|CHAPTER XXXVIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Steamer ''Rosetta'' to Bombay—Limes 14 cents a Barrel—Bombay, a Bewitching City—Descriptions of People and Dress—Woman as a Road Decoration—India, the Land of Dreams and Romance—Fourteen Porters to Carry Baggage—Correcting a Servant—Killing a Slave—Arranging a Bedroom—Three Hours' Work and a Terrible Racket—The Bird of Birds, the Indian Crow|345}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> 5uy8j4vxpiyjpw136m7ej0cj1ht1kko 14130302 14130300 2024-04-25T23:52:52Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh|12|CONTENTS.}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{nop}} <noinclude>{{TOC row 2dot-1|Description of the Town of Christ Church—A Fine Museum—Jade-stone Trinkets—The Great Moa—The First Maori in New Zealand—Women Voters—"Person" in New Zealand Law</noinclude> Includes Woman—Taming an Ornithorhyncus—A Voyage in the ''Flora'' from Lyttelton—Cattle Stalls for Everybody—A Wonderful Time|297}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 33|CHAPTER XXXIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Town of Nelson—"The Mongatapu Murders," the Great Event of the Town—Burgess' Confession—Summit of Mount Eden—Rotorua and the Hot Lakes and Geysers—Thermal Springs District—Kauri Gum—Tangariwa Mountains|305}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 34|CHAPTER XXXIV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Bay of Gisbome—Taking in Passengers by the Yard Arm—The Green Ballarat Fly—False Teeth—From Napier to Hastings by the Ballarat Fly Train—Kauri Trees—A Case of Mental Telegraphy|312}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 35|CHAPTER XXXV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Fifty Miles in Four Hours—Comfortable Cars—Town of Wauganui—Plenty of Maoris—On the Increase—Compliments to the Maoris— The Missionary Ways all Wrong—The Tabu among the Maoris—A Mysterious Sign—Curious War-monuments—Wellington|318}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 36|CHAPTER XXXVI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Poems of Mrs. Moore—The Sad Fate of William Upson—A Fellow Traveler Imitating the Prince of Wales—A Would-be Dude—Arrival at Sydney—Curious Town Names with Poem|324}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 37|CHAPTER XXXVII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|From Sydney for Ceylon—A Lascar Crew—A Fine Ship—Three Cats and a Basket of Kittens—Dinner Conversations—Veuve Cliquot Wine—At Anchor in King George's Sound Albany Harbor—More Cats—A Vulture on Board—Nearing the Equator again—Dressing for Dinner—Ceylon, Hotel Bristol—Servant Brampy—A Feminine Man—Japanese Jinriksha or Cart—Scenes in Ceylon—A Missionary School—Insincerity of Clothes|331}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 38|CHAPTER XXXVIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Steamer ''Rosetta'' to Bombay—Limes 14 cents a Barrel—Bombay, a Bewitching City—Descriptions of People and Dress—Woman as a Road Decoration—India, the Land of Dreams and Romance—Fourteen Porters to Carry Baggage—Correcting a Servant—Killing a Slave—Arranging a Bedroom—Three Hours' Work and a Terrible Racket—The Bird of Birds, the Indian Crow|345}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> t1iuxkznfqkombna5ikf07xjvo2c094 14130304 14130302 2024-04-25T23:54:09Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh|12|CONTENTS.}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{nop}} <noinclude>{{TOC row 2dot-1|Description of the Town of Christ Church—A Fine Museum—Jade-stone Trinkets—The Great Moa—The First Maori in New Zealand—Women Voters—"Person" in New Zealand Law</noinclude> Includes Woman—Taming an Ornithorhyncus—A Voyage in the ''Flora'' from Lyttelton—Cattle Stalls for Everybody—A Wonderful Time|297}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 33|CHAPTER XXXIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Town of Nelson—"The Mongatapu Murders," the Great Event of the Town—Burgess' Confession—Summit of Mount Eden—Rotorua and the Hot Lakes and Geysers—Thermal Springs District—Kauri Gum—Tangariwa Mountains|305}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 34|CHAPTER XXXIV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Bay of Gisbome—Taking in Passengers by the Yard Arm—The Green Ballarat Fly—False Teeth—From Napier to Hastings by the Ballarat Fly Train—Kauri Trees—A Case of Mental Telegraphy|312}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 35|CHAPTER XXXV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Fifty Miles in Four Hours—Comfortable Cars—Town of Wauganui—Plenty of Maoris—On the Increase—Compliments to the Maoris— The Missionary Ways all Wrong—The Tabu among the Maoris—A Mysterious Sign—Curious War-monuments—Wellington|318}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 36|CHAPTER XXXVI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Poems of Mrs. Moore—The Sad Fate of William Upson—A Fellow Traveler Imitating the Prince of Wales—A Would-be Dude—Arrival at Sydney—Curious Town Names with Poem|324}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 37|CHAPTER XXXVII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|From Sydney for Ceylon—A Lascar Crew—A Fine Ship—Three Cats and a Basket of Kittens—Dinner Conversations—Veuve Cliquot Wine—At Anchor in King George's Sound Albany Harbor—More Cats—A Vulture on Board—Nearing the Equator again—Dressing for Dinner—Ceylon, Hotel Bristol—Servant Brampy—A Feminine Man—Japanese Jinriksha or Cart—Scenes in Ceylon—A Missionary School—Insincerity of Clothes|331}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 38|CHAPTER XXXVIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Steamer ''Rosetta'' to Bombay—Limes 14 cents a Barrel—Bombay, a Bewitching City—Descriptions of People and Dress—Woman as a Road Decoration—India, the Land of Dreams and Romance—Fourteen Porters to Carry Baggage—Correcting a Servant—Killing a Slave—Arranging a Bedroom—Three Hours' Work and a Terrible Racket—The Bird of Birds, the Indian Crow|345}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> ib8tzxiuucfpa75ij43ccfssfwpabq7 Page:Following the Equator (Mark Twain).djvu/21 104 4012051 14129698 12489947 2024-04-25T19:08:54Z Stamlou 1217106 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh||CONTENTS.|13}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 39|CHAPTER XXXIX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|God Vishnu, 108 Names — Change of Titles or Hunting for an Heir — Bombay as a Kaleidoscope — The Native's Man Servant — Servants' Recommendations — How Manuel got his Name and his English — Satan — A Visit from God|357}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 40|CHAPTER XL.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Government House at Malabar Point — Mansion of Kumar Shri Samatsin Hji Bahadur — The Indian Princess — A Difficult Game — Wardrobe and Jewels — Ceremonials — Decorations when Leaving — The Towers of Silence — A Funeral|369}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 41|CHAPTER XLI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|A Jain Temple — Mr. Roychand's Bungalow — A Decorated Six-Gun Prince — Human Fireworks — European Dress, Past and Present — Complexions — Advantages with the Zulu — Festivities at the Bungalow — Nautch Dancers — Entrance of the Prince — Address to the Prince|379}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 42|CHAPTER XLII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|A Hindoo Betrothal, midnight, Sleepers on the ground, Home of the Bride of Twelve Years Dressed as a Boy — Illumination — Nautch Girls — Imitating Snakes — Later — Illuminated Porch Filled with Sleepers — The Plague|386}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 43|CHAPTER XLIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Murder Trial in Bombay — Confidence Swindlers — Some Specialties of India — The Plague, Juggernaut, Suttee, etc. — Everything on Gigantic Scale — India First in Everything — 80 States, more Custom Houses than Cats — Rich Ground for Thug Society|393}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 44|CHAPTER XLIV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Official Thug Book — Supplies for Traveling, Bedding, and other Freight — Scene at Railway Station — Making Way for White Man — Waiting Passengers, High and Low Caste, Touch in the Cars — Our Car — Beds made up — Dreaming of Thugs — Baroda — Meet Friends — Indian Well — The Old Town — Narrow Streets — A Mad Elephant|400}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 45|CHAPTER XLV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Elephant Riding — Howdahs — The New Palace — The Prince's Excursion — Gold and Silver Artillery — A Vice-royal Visit — Remarkable Dog — The Bench Show — Augustin Daly's Back Door — Fakeer|410}} {{nop}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> kztbywwmiygkunlnmwj3j0x24copy03 14129707 14129698 2024-04-25T19:10:58Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh||CONTENTS.|13}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 39|CHAPTER XXXIX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|God Vishnu, 108 Names—Change of Titles or Hunting for an Heir—Bombay as a Kaleidoscope—The Native's Man Servant—Servants' Recommendations—How Manuel got his Name and his English—Satan—A Visit from God|357}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 40|CHAPTER XL.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Government House at Malabar Point—Mansion of Kumar Shri Samatsin Hji Bahadur—The Indian Princess—A Difficult Game—Wardrobe and Jewels—Ceremonials—Decorations when Leaving—The Towers of Silence—A Funeral|369}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 41|CHAPTER XLI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|A Jain Temple—Mr. Roychand's Bungalow—A Decorated Six-Gun Prince—Human Fireworks—European Dress, Past and Present—Complexions—Advantages with the Zulu—Festivities at the Bungalow—Nautch Dancers—Entrance of the Prince—Address to the Prince|379}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 42|CHAPTER XLII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|A Hindoo Betrothal, midnight, Sleepers on the ground, Home of the Bride of Twelve Years Dressed as a Boy—Illumination—Nautch Girls—Imitating Snakes—Later—Illuminated Porch Filled with Sleepers—The Plague|386}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 43|CHAPTER XLIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Murder Trial in Bombay—Confidence Swindlers—Some Specialties of India—The Plague, Juggernaut, Suttee, etc.—Everything on Gigantic Scale—India First in Everything—80 States, more Custom Houses than Cats—Rich Ground for Thug Society|393}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 44|CHAPTER XLIV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Official Thug Book—Supplies for Traveling, Bedding, and other Freight—Scene at Railway Station—Making Way for White Man—Waiting Passengers, High and Low Caste, Touch in the Cars—Our Car—Beds made up—Dreaming of Thugs—Baroda—Meet Friends—Indian Well—The Old Town—Narrow Streets—A Mad Elephant|400}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 45|CHAPTER XLV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Elephant Riding—Howdahs—The New Palace—The Prince's Excursion—Gold and Silver Artillery—A Vice-royal Visit—Remarkable Dog—The Bench Show—Augustin Daly's Back Door—Fakeer|410}} {{nop}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> iwm334i0vjtghrlw9sxc4j5applmsuy 14130154 14129707 2024-04-25T22:13:06Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh||CONTENTS.|13}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 39|CHAPTER XXXIX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|God Vishnu, 108 Names—Change of Titles or Hunting for an Heir—Bombay as a Kaleidoscope—The Native's Man Servant—Servants' Recommendations—How Manuel got his Name and his English—Satan—A Visit from God|357}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 40|CHAPTER XL.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Government House at Malabar Point—Mansion of Kumar Shri Samatsin Hji Bahadur—The Indian Princess—A Difficult Game—Wardrobe and Jewels—Ceremonials—Decorations when Leaving—The Towers of Silence—A Funeral|369}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 41|CHAPTER XLI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|A Jain Temple—Mr. Roychand's Bungalow—A Decorated Six-Gun Prince—Human Fireworks—European Dress, Past and Present—Complexions—Advantages with the Zulu—Festivities at the Bungalow—Nautch Dancers—Entrance of the Prince—Address to the Prince|379}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 42|CHAPTER XLII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|A Hindoo Betrothal, midnight, Sleepers on the ground, Home of the Bride of Twelve Years Dressed as a Boy—Illumination—Nautch Girls—Imitating Snakes—Later—Illuminated Porch Filled with Sleepers—The Plague|386}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 43|CHAPTER XLIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Murder Trial in Bombay—Confidence Swindlers—Some Specialties of India—The Plague, Juggernaut, Suttee, etc.—Everything on Gigantic Scale—India First in Everything—80 States, more Custom Houses than Cats—Rich Ground for Thug Society|393}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 44|CHAPTER XLIV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Official Thug Book—Supplies for Traveling, Bedding, and other Freight—Scene at Railway Station—Making Way for White Man—Waiting Passengers, High and Low Caste, Touch in the Cars—Our Car—Beds made up—Dreaming of Thugs—Baroda—Meet Friends—Indian Well—The Old Town—Narrow Streets—A Mad Elephant|400}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 45|CHAPTER XLV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Elephant Riding—Howdahs—The New Palace—The Prince's Excursion—Gold and Silver Artillery—A Vice-royal Visit—Remarkable Dog—The Bench Show—Augustin Daly's Back Door—Fakeer|410}} {{nop}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> g9xdf5mt0bsa75vsstlf47cohmg4dn4 Page:Following the Equator (Mark Twain).djvu/22 104 4012052 14130148 12489949 2024-04-25T22:09:21Z Stamlou 1217106 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh|14|CONTENTS.}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 46|CHAPTER XLVI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Thugs — Government Efforts to Exterminate them — Choking a Victim — A Fakeer Spared — Thief Strangled|426}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 47|CHAPTER XLVII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Thugs, Continued — Record of Murders — A Joy of Hunting and Killing Men — Gordon Cumming Killing an Elephant — Family Affection among Thugs — Burial Places|437}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 48|CHAPTER XLVIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Starting for Allahabad — Lower Berths in Sleepers — Elderly Ladies have Preference of Berths — An American Lady Takes One Anyhow — How Smythe Lost his Berth — How He Got Even — The Suttee|447}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 49|CHAPTER XLIX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Pyjamas — Day Scene in India — Clothed in a Turban and a Pocket Handkerchief — Land Parceled Out — Established Village Servants — Witches in Families — Hereditary Midwifery — Destruction of Girl Babies— Wedding Display— Tiger-Persuader—Hailstorm Discourager — The Tyranny of the Sweeper —Elephant Driver — Water Carrier — Curious Rivers — Arrival at Allahabad — English Quarter — Lecture Hall Like a Snow- storm — Private Carriages — A Milliner — Early Morning —The Squatting Servant — A Religious Fair|459}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 50|CHAPTER L.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|On the Road to Benares— Dust and Waiting — The Bejeweled Crowd — A Native Prince and his Guard — Zenana Lady —The Extremes of Fashion — The Hotel at Benares — An Annex a Mile Away — Doors in India — The Peepul Tree — Warning against Cold Baths — A Strange Fruit — Description of Benares — The Beginning of Creation — Pilgrims to Benares — A Priest with a Good Business Stand — Protestant Missionary — ThebTrinity Brahma, Shiva, and Vishnu — Religion the Business at Benares|475}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 51|CHAPTER LI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Benares a Religious Temple — A Guide for Pilgrims to Save Time in Securing Salvation|484}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 52|CHAPTER LII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|A Curious Way to Secure Salvation — The Banks of the Ganges — Architecture Represents Piety — A Trip on the River — Bathers and their Costumes — Drinking the Water — A Scientific Test of the Nasty Purifier — Hindoo Faith in the Ganges — A Cre-<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> rer61avo77wm3z2yv45f6oij281bxp8 14130152 14130148 2024-04-25T22:10:54Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh|14|CONTENTS.}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 46|CHAPTER XLVI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Thugs—Government Efforts to Exterminate them—Choking a Victim—A Fakeer Spared—Thief Strangled|426}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 47|CHAPTER XLVII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Thugs, Continued—Record of Murders—A Joy of Hunting and Killing Men—Gordon Cumming Killing an Elephant—Family Affection among Thugs—Burial Places|437}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 48|CHAPTER XLVIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Starting for Allahabad—Lower Berths in Sleepers—Elderly Ladies have Preference of Berths—An American Lady Takes One Anyhow—How Smythe Lost his Berth—How He Got Even—The Suttee|447}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 49|CHAPTER XLIX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Pyjamas—Day Scene in India—Clothed in a Turban and a Pocket Handkerchief—Land Parceled Out—Established Village Servants—Witches in Families—Hereditary Midwifery—Destruction of Girl Babies— Wedding Display—Tiger-Persuader—Hailstorm Discourager—The Tyranny of the Sweeper —Elephant Driver—Water Carrier—Curious Rivers—Arrival at Allahabad—English Quarter—Lecture Hall Like a Snow- storm—Private Carriages—A Milliner—Early Morning—The Squatting Servant—A Religious Fair|459}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 50|CHAPTER L.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|On the Road to Benares— Dust and Waiting—The Bejeweled Crowd—A Native Prince and his Guard—Zenana Lady —The Extremes of Fashion—The Hotel at Benares—An Annex a Mile Away—Doors in India—The Peepul Tree—Warning against Cold Baths—A Strange Fruit—Description of Benares—The Beginning of Creation—Pilgrims to Benares—A Priest with a Good Business Stand—Protestant Missionary—ThebTrinity Brahma, Shiva, and Vishnu—Religion the Business at Benares|475}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 51|CHAPTER LI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Benares a Religious Temple—A Guide for Pilgrims to Save Time in Securing Salvation|484}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 52|CHAPTER LII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|A Curious Way to Secure Salvation—The Banks of the Ganges— Architecture Represents Piety—A Trip on the River—Bathers and their Costumes—Drinking the Water—A Scientific Test of the Nasty Purifier—Hindoo Faith in the Ganges—A Cre-<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> dkw88f2icbusjo4ce24vapsasnary1d 14130264 14130152 2024-04-25T23:22:49Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh|14|CONTENTS.}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 46|CHAPTER XLVI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Thugs—Government Efforts to Exterminate them—Choking a Victim—A Fakeer Spared—Thief Strangled|426}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 47|CHAPTER XLVII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Thugs, Continued—Record of Murders—A Joy of Hunting and Killing Men—Gordon Cumming Killing an Elephant—Family Affection among Thugs—Burial Places|437}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 48|CHAPTER XLVIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Starting for Allahabad—Lower Berths in Sleepers—Elderly Ladies have Preference of Berths—An American Lady Takes One Anyhow—How Smythe Lost his Berth—How He Got Even—The Suttee|447}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 49|CHAPTER XLIX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Pyjamas—Day Scene in India—Clothed in a Turban and a Pocket Handkerchief—Land Parceled Out—Established Village Servants—Witches in Families—Hereditary Midwifery—Destruction of Girl Babies— Wedding Display—Tiger-Persuader—Hailstorm Discourager—The Tyranny of the Sweeper —Elephant Driver—Water Carrier—Curious Rivers—Arrival at Allahabad—English Quarter—Lecture Hall Like a Snowstorm—Private Carriages—A Milliner—Early Morning—The Squatting Servant—A Religious Fair|459}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 50|CHAPTER L.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|On the Road to Benares— Dust and Waiting—The Bejeweled Crowd—A Native Prince and his Guard—Zenana Lady—The Extremes of Fashion—The Hotel at Benares—An Annex a Mile Away—Doors in India—The Peepul Tree—Warning against Cold Baths—A Strange Fruit—Description of Benares—The Beginning of Creation—Pilgrims to Benares—A Priest with a Good Business Stand—Protestant Missionary—ThebTrinity Brahma, Shiva, and Vishnu—Religion the Business at Benares|475}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 51|CHAPTER LI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Benares a Religious Temple—A Guide for Pilgrims to Save Time in Securing Salvation|484}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 52|CHAPTER LII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|A Curious Way to Secure Salvation—The Banks of the Ganges—Architecture Represents Piety—A Trip on the River—Bathers and their Costumes—Drinking the Water—A Scientific Test of the Nasty Purifier—Hindoo Faith in the Ganges—A Cre-<noinclude>mation—Remembrances of the Suttee—All Life Sacred Except Human Life—The Goddess Bhowanee, and the Sacrificers—Sacred Monkeys—Ugly Idols Everywhere—Two White Minarets—A Great View with a Monkey in it—A Picture on the Water|496}}</noinclude><noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> 80ewfyfy39ugbwgpjzjf3q01ktc8zau 14130293 14130264 2024-04-25T23:44:48Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh|14|CONTENTS.}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude> {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 46|CHAPTER XLVI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Thugs—Government Efforts to Exterminate them—Choking a Victim—A Fakeer Spared—Thief Strangled|426}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 47|CHAPTER XLVII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Thugs, Continued—Record of Murders—A Joy of Hunting and Killing Men—Gordon Cumming Killing an Elephant—Family Affection among Thugs—Burial Places|437}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 48|CHAPTER XLVIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Starting for Allahabad—Lower Berths in Sleepers—Elderly Ladies have Preference of Berths—An American Lady Takes One Anyhow—How Smythe Lost his Berth—How He Got Even—The Suttee|447}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 49|CHAPTER XLIX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Pyjamas—Day Scene in India—Clothed in a Turban and a Pocket Handkerchief—Land Parceled Out—Established Village Servants—Witches in Families—Hereditary Midwifery—Destruction of Girl Babies— Wedding Display—Tiger-Persuader—Hailstorm Discourager—The Tyranny of the Sweeper —Elephant Driver—Water Carrier—Curious Rivers—Arrival at Allahabad—English Quarter—Lecture Hall Like a Snowstorm—Private Carriages—A Milliner—Early Morning—The Squatting Servant—A Religious Fair|459}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 50|CHAPTER L.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|On the Road to Benares— Dust and Waiting—The Bejeweled Crowd—A Native Prince and his Guard—Zenana Lady—The Extremes of Fashion—The Hotel at Benares—An Annex a Mile Away—Doors in India—The Peepul Tree—Warning against Cold Baths—A Strange Fruit—Description of Benares—The Beginning of Creation—Pilgrims to Benares—A Priest with a Good Business Stand—Protestant Missionary—ThebTrinity Brahma, Shiva, and Vishnu—Religion the Business at Benares|475}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 51|CHAPTER LI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Benares a Religious Temple—A Guide for Pilgrims to Save Time in Securing Salvation|484}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 52|CHAPTER LII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|A Curious Way to Secure Salvation—The Banks of the Ganges—Architecture Represents Piety—A Trip on the River—Bathers and their Costumes—Drinking the Water—A Scientific Test of the Nasty Purifier—Hindoo Faith in the Ganges—A Cre-<noinclude>mation—Remembrances of the Suttee—All Life Sacred Except Human Life—The Goddess Bhowanee, and the Sacrificers—Sacred Monkeys—Ugly Idols Everywhere—Two White Minarets—A Great View with a Monkey in it—A Picture on the Water|496}}</noinclude><noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> jlvkgneqxgk8twkth8yq6qzf8kagq64 14130311 14130293 2024-04-25T23:55:39Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh|14|CONTENTS.}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{nop}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 46|CHAPTER XLVI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Thugs—Government Efforts to Exterminate them—Choking a Victim—A Fakeer Spared—Thief Strangled|426}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 47|CHAPTER XLVII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Thugs, Continued—Record of Murders—A Joy of Hunting and Killing Men—Gordon Cumming Killing an Elephant—Family Affection among Thugs—Burial Places|437}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 48|CHAPTER XLVIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Starting for Allahabad—Lower Berths in Sleepers—Elderly Ladies have Preference of Berths—An American Lady Takes One Anyhow—How Smythe Lost his Berth—How He Got Even—The Suttee|447}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 49|CHAPTER XLIX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Pyjamas—Day Scene in India—Clothed in a Turban and a Pocket Handkerchief—Land Parceled Out—Established Village Servants—Witches in Families—Hereditary Midwifery—Destruction of Girl Babies— Wedding Display—Tiger-Persuader—Hailstorm Discourager—The Tyranny of the Sweeper —Elephant Driver—Water Carrier—Curious Rivers—Arrival at Allahabad—English Quarter—Lecture Hall Like a Snowstorm—Private Carriages—A Milliner—Early Morning—The Squatting Servant—A Religious Fair|459}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 50|CHAPTER L.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|On the Road to Benares— Dust and Waiting—The Bejeweled Crowd—A Native Prince and his Guard—Zenana Lady—The Extremes of Fashion—The Hotel at Benares—An Annex a Mile Away—Doors in India—The Peepul Tree—Warning against Cold Baths—A Strange Fruit—Description of Benares—The Beginning of Creation—Pilgrims to Benares—A Priest with a Good Business Stand—Protestant Missionary—ThebTrinity Brahma, Shiva, and Vishnu—Religion the Business at Benares|475}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 51|CHAPTER LI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Benares a Religious Temple—A Guide for Pilgrims to Save Time in Securing Salvation|484}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 52|CHAPTER LII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|A Curious Way to Secure Salvation—The Banks of the Ganges—Architecture Represents Piety—A Trip on the River—Bathers and their Costumes—Drinking the Water—A Scientific Test of the Nasty Purifier—Hindoo Faith in the Ganges—A Cre-<noinclude>mation—Remembrances of the Suttee—All Life Sacred Except Human Life—The Goddess Bhowanee, and the Sacrificers—Sacred Monkeys—Ugly Idols Everywhere—Two White Minarets—A Great View with a Monkey in it—A Picture on the Water|496}}</noinclude><noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> i6pke7lhaqzgbtxo9cfz7cxmj9efta5 Page:Following the Equator (Mark Twain).djvu/23 104 4012053 14130164 13745537 2024-04-25T22:21:38Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="FPTI" />{{rh||CONTENTS.|15}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>mation—Remembrances of the Suttee—All Life Sacred Except Human Life—The Goddess Bhowanee, and the Sacrificers—Sacred Monkeys—Ugly Idols Everywhere—Two White Minarets—A Great View with a Monkey in it—A Picture on the Water|496}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 53|CHAPTER LIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Still in Benares—Another Living God—Why Things are Wonderful— Sri 108—Utterly Perfect— How He Came so—Our Visit to Sri—A Friendly Diety—Exchanging Autographs and Books—Sri's Pupil—An Interesting Man—Reverence and Irreverence—Dancing in a Sepulchre|507}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 54|CHAPTER LIV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|By Rail to Calcutta—Population—The "City of Palaces"—A Fluted Candlestick—Ochterlony—Newspaper Correspondence—Average Knowledge of Countries—A Wrong Idea of Chicago—Calcutta and the Black Hole—Description of the Horrors—Those Who Lived—The Botanical Gardens—The Afternoon Turnout—Grand Review—Military Tournament—Excursion on the Hoogly—The Museum—What Winter Means in Calcutta|517}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 55|CHAPTER LV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|On the Road Again—Flannels in Order—Across Country—From Greenland's Icy Mountain—Swapping Civilization—No Field Women in India—How it is in Other Countries—Canvas-covered Cars—The Tiger Country—My First Hunt—Some Wild Elephants Get Away—The Plains of India—The Ghurkas—Women for Pack-Horses—A Substitute for a Cab—Darjeeling—The Hotel—The Highest Thing in the Himalayas—The Club—Kinchinjunga and Mt. Everest—Thibetans—The Prayer Wheel—People Going to the Bazar|524}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 56|CHAPTER LVI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|On the Road Again—The Hand-Car—A Thirty-five-mile Slide—The Banyan Tree—A Dramatic Performance—The Railroad Loop—The Half-way House—The Brain Fever Bird—The Coppersmith Bird—Nightingales and Cue Owls|535}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 57|CHAPTER LVII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|India, the Most Extraordinary Country on Earth—Nothing Forgotten—The Land of Wonders—Annual Statistics Everywhere about Violence—Tiger vs. Man—A Handsome Fight—Annual Man Killing and Tiger Killing—Other Animals—Snakes—Insurance and Snake Tables—The Cobra Bite—Muzaffur-<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> hdyckz0ho5c198kcp11qokz3vkrcipf 14130269 14130164 2024-04-25T23:26:07Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="FPTI" />{{rh||CONTENTS.|15}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude><noinclude>{{TOC row 2dot-1|A Curious Way to Secure Salvation—The Banks of the Ganges—Architecture Represents Piety—A Trip on the River—Bathers and their Costumes—Drinking the Water—A Scientific Test of the Nasty Purifier—Hindoo Faith in the Ganges—A Cre-</noinclude>mation—Remembrances of the Suttee—All Life Sacred Except Human Life—The Goddess Bhowanee, and the Sacrificers—Sacred Monkeys—Ugly Idols Everywhere—Two White Minarets—A Great View with a Monkey in it—A Picture on the Water|496}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 53|CHAPTER LIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Still in Benares—Another Living God—Why Things are Wonderful— Sri 108—Utterly Perfect— How He Came so—Our Visit to Sri—A Friendly Diety—Exchanging Autographs and Books—Sri's Pupil—An Interesting Man—Reverence and Irreverence—Dancing in a Sepulchre|507}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 54|CHAPTER LIV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|By Rail to Calcutta—Population—The "City of Palaces"—A Fluted Candlestick—Ochterlony—Newspaper Correspondence—Average Knowledge of Countries—A Wrong Idea of Chicago—Calcutta and the Black Hole—Description of the Horrors—Those Who Lived—The Botanical Gardens—The Afternoon Turnout—Grand Review—Military Tournament—Excursion on the Hoogly—The Museum—What Winter Means in Calcutta|517}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 55|CHAPTER LV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|On the Road Again—Flannels in Order—Across Country—From Greenland's Icy Mountain—Swapping Civilization—No Field Women in India—How it is in Other Countries—Canvas-covered Cars—The Tiger Country—My First Hunt—Some Wild Elephants Get Away—The Plains of India—The Ghurkas—Women for Pack-Horses—A Substitute for a Cab—Darjeeling—The Hotel—The Highest Thing in the Himalayas—The Club—Kinchinjunga and Mt. Everest—Thibetans—The Prayer Wheel—People Going to the Bazar|524}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 56|CHAPTER LVI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|On the Road Again—The Hand-Car—A Thirty-five-mile Slide—The Banyan Tree—A Dramatic Performance—The Railroad Loop—The Half-way House—The Brain Fever Bird—The Coppersmith Bird—Nightingales and Cue Owls|535}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 57|CHAPTER LVII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|India, the Most Extraordinary Country on Earth—Nothing Forgotten—The Land of Wonders—Annual Statistics Everywhere about Violence—Tiger vs. Man—A Handsome Fight—Annual Man Killing and Tiger Killing—Other Animals—Snakes—Insurance and Snake Tables—The Cobra Bite—Muzaffur-<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> eqnpi8ti8vhncsqpy6z99j6pmkgo0uv 14130313 14130269 2024-04-25T23:56:03Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="FPTI" />{{rh||CONTENTS.|15}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{nop}} <noinclude>{{TOC row 2dot-1|A Curious Way to Secure Salvation—The Banks of the Ganges—Architecture Represents Piety—A Trip on the River—Bathers and their Costumes—Drinking the Water—A Scientific Test of the Nasty Purifier—Hindoo Faith in the Ganges—A Cre-</noinclude>mation—Remembrances of the Suttee—All Life Sacred Except Human Life—The Goddess Bhowanee, and the Sacrificers—Sacred Monkeys—Ugly Idols Everywhere—Two White Minarets—A Great View with a Monkey in it—A Picture on the Water|496}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 53|CHAPTER LIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Still in Benares—Another Living God—Why Things are Wonderful— Sri 108—Utterly Perfect— How He Came so—Our Visit to Sri—A Friendly Diety—Exchanging Autographs and Books—Sri's Pupil—An Interesting Man—Reverence and Irreverence—Dancing in a Sepulchre|507}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 54|CHAPTER LIV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|By Rail to Calcutta—Population—The "City of Palaces"—A Fluted Candlestick—Ochterlony—Newspaper Correspondence—Average Knowledge of Countries—A Wrong Idea of Chicago—Calcutta and the Black Hole—Description of the Horrors—Those Who Lived—The Botanical Gardens—The Afternoon Turnout—Grand Review—Military Tournament—Excursion on the Hoogly—The Museum—What Winter Means in Calcutta|517}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 55|CHAPTER LV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|On the Road Again—Flannels in Order—Across Country—From Greenland's Icy Mountain—Swapping Civilization—No Field Women in India—How it is in Other Countries—Canvas-covered Cars—The Tiger Country—My First Hunt—Some Wild Elephants Get Away—The Plains of India—The Ghurkas—Women for Pack-Horses—A Substitute for a Cab—Darjeeling—The Hotel—The Highest Thing in the Himalayas—The Club—Kinchinjunga and Mt. Everest—Thibetans—The Prayer Wheel—People Going to the Bazar|524}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 56|CHAPTER LVI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|On the Road Again—The Hand-Car—A Thirty-five-mile Slide—The Banyan Tree—A Dramatic Performance—The Railroad Loop—The Half-way House—The Brain Fever Bird—The Coppersmith Bird—Nightingales and Cue Owls|535}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 57|CHAPTER LVII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|India, the Most Extraordinary Country on Earth—Nothing Forgotten—The Land of Wonders—Annual Statistics Everywhere about Violence—Tiger vs. Man—A Handsome Fight—Annual Man Killing and Tiger Killing—Other Animals—Snakes—Insurance and Snake Tables—The Cobra Bite—Muzaffur-<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> bat7fu722mpr9hozroiia04sr8caycp 14130315 14130313 2024-04-25T23:57:11Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="FPTI" />{{rh||CONTENTS.|15}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{nop}} <noinclude>{{TOC row 2dot-1|A Curious Way to Secure Salvation—The Banks of the Ganges—Architecture Represents Piety—A Trip on the River—Bathers and their Costumes—Drinking the Water—A Scientific Test of the Nasty Purifier—Hindoo Faith in the Ganges—A Cre-</noinclude>mation—Remembrances of the Suttee—All Life Sacred Except Human Life—The Goddess Bhowanee, and the Sacrificers—Sacred Monkeys—Ugly Idols Everywhere—Two White Minarets—A Great View with a Monkey in it—A Picture on the Water|496}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 53|CHAPTER LIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Still in Benares—Another Living God—Why Things are Wonderful— Sri 108—Utterly Perfect— How He Came so—Our Visit to Sri—A Friendly Diety—Exchanging Autographs and Books—Sri's Pupil—An Interesting Man—Reverence and Irreverence—Dancing in a Sepulchre|507}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 54|CHAPTER LIV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|By Rail to Calcutta—Population—The "City of Palaces"—A Fluted Candlestick—Ochterlony—Newspaper Correspondence—Average Knowledge of Countries—A Wrong Idea of Chicago—Calcutta and the Black Hole—Description of the Horrors—Those Who Lived—The Botanical Gardens—The Afternoon Turnout—Grand Review—Military Tournament—Excursion on the Hoogly—The Museum—What Winter Means in Calcutta|517}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 55|CHAPTER LV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|On the Road Again—Flannels in Order—Across Country—From Greenland's Icy Mountain—Swapping Civilization—No Field Women in India—How it is in Other Countries—Canvas-covered Cars—The Tiger Country—My First Hunt—Some Wild Elephants Get Away—The Plains of India—The Ghurkas—Women for Pack-Horses—A Substitute for a Cab—Darjeeling—The Hotel—The Highest Thing in the Himalayas—The Club—Kinchinjunga and Mt. Everest—Thibetans—The Prayer Wheel—People Going to the Bazar|524}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 56|CHAPTER LVI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|On the Road Again—The Hand-Car—A Thirty-five-mile Slide—The Banyan Tree—A Dramatic Performance—The Railroad Loop—The Half-way House—The Brain Fever Bird—The Coppersmith Bird—Nightingales and Cue Owls|535}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 57|CHAPTER LVII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|India, the Most Extraordinary Country on Earth—Nothing Forgotten—The Land of Wonders—Annual Statistics Everywhere about Violence—Tiger ''vs''. Man—A Handsome Fight—Annual Man Killing and Tiger Killing—Other Animals—Snakes—Insurance and Snake Tables—The Cobra Bite—Muzaffur-<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> 88s5c4e82szd9p8iczdrln8tk37kq7u 14130320 14130315 2024-04-25T23:59:07Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="FPTI" />{{rh||CONTENTS.|15}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{nop}} <noinclude>{{TOC row 2dot-1|A Curious Way to Secure Salvation—The Banks of the Ganges—Architecture Represents Piety—A Trip on the River—Bathers and their Costumes—Drinking the Water—A Scientific Test of the Nasty Purifier—Hindoo Faith in the Ganges—A Cre-</noinclude>mation—Remembrances of the Suttee—All Life Sacred Except Human Life—The Goddess Bhowanee, and the Sacrificers—Sacred Monkeys—Ugly Idols Everywhere—Two White Minarets—A Great View with a Monkey in it—A Picture on the Water|496}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 53|CHAPTER LIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Still in Benares—Another Living God—Why Things are Wonderful— Sri 108—Utterly Perfect— How He Came so—Our Visit to Sri—A Friendly Diety—Exchanging Autographs and Books—Sri's Pupil—An Interesting Man—Reverence and Irreverence—Dancing in a Sepulchre|507}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 54|CHAPTER LIV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|By Rail to Calcutta—Population—The "City of Palaces"—A Fluted Candlestick—Ochterlony—Newspaper Correspondence—Average Knowledge of Countries—A Wrong Idea of Chicago—Calcutta and the Black Hole—Description of the Horrors—Those Who Lived—The Botanical Gardens—The Afternoon Turnout—Grand Review—Military Tournament—Excursion on the Hoogly—The Museum—What Winter Means in Calcutta|517}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 55|CHAPTER LV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|On the Road Again—Flannels in Order—Across Country—From Greenland's Icy Mountain—Swapping Civilization—No Field Women in India—How it is in Other Countries—Canvas-covered Cars—The Tiger Country—My First Hunt—Some Wild Elephants Get Away—The Plains of India—The Ghurkas—Women for Pack-Horses—A Substitute for a Cab—Darjeeling—The Hotel—The Highest Thing in the Himalayas—The Club—Kinchinjunga and Mt. Everest—Thibetans—The Prayer Wheel—People Going to the Bazar|524}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 56|CHAPTER LVI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|On the Road Again—The Hand-Car—A Thirty-five-mile Slide—The Banyan Tree—A Dramatic Performance—The Railroad Loop—The Half-way House—The Brain Fever Bird—The Coppersmith Bird—Nightingales and Cue Owls|535}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 57|CHAPTER LVII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|India, the Most Extraordinary Country on Earth—Nothing Forgotten—The Land of Wonders—Annual Statistics Everywhere about Violence—Tiger vs. Man—A Handsome Fight—Annual Man Killing and Tiger Killing—Other Animals—Snakes—Insurance and Snake Tables—The Cobra Bite—Muzaffur-<noinclude>pore—Dinapore—A Train that Stopped for Gossip—Six Hours for Thirty-five Miles—A Rupee to the Engineer—Ninety Miles an Hour—Again to Benares, the Piety Hive—To Lucknow|544}}</noinclude><noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> tahvig6tsfv23yb5tvhc3c4rl28ywiy Page:Following the Equator (Mark Twain).djvu/24 104 4012055 14130193 12759611 2024-04-25T22:32:32Z Stamlou 1217106 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh|16|CONTENTS.}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>pore—Dinapore—A Train that Stopped for Gossip—Six Hours for Thirty-five Miles—A Rupee to the Engineer—Ninety Miles an Hour—Again to Benares, the Piety Hive—To Lucknow|544}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 58|CHAPTER LVIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Great Mutiny—The Massacre in Cawnpore—Terrible Scenes in Lucknow—The Residency—The Siege|549}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 59|CHAPTER LIX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|A Visit to the Residency—Cawnpore—The Adjutant Bird and the Hindoo Corpse—The Taj Mahal—The True Conception—The Ice Storm—True Gems—Syrian Fountains—An Exaggerated Niagara|567}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 60|CHAPTER LX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|To Lahore—The Governors Elephant—Taking a Ride—No Danger from Collision—Rawal Pindi—Back to Delhi—An Orientalized Englishman—Monkeys and the Paint-pot—Monkey Crying over my Note-book—Arrival at Jeypore—In Rajputana—Watching Servants—The Jeypore Hotel—Our Old and New Satan—Satan as a Liar—The Museum—A Street Show—Blocks of Houses—A Religious Procession|582}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 61|CHAPTER LXI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Methods in American Deaf and Dumb Asylums—Methods in the Public Schools—A Letter from a Youth in Punjab—Highly Educated Service—A Damage to the Country—A Little Book from Calcutta—Writing Poor English—Embarrassed by a Beggar Girl—A Specimen Letter—An Application for Employment—A Calcutta School Examination—Two Samples of Literature|597}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 62|CHAPTER LXII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Sail from Calcutta to Madras—Thence to Ceylon—Thence for Mauritius—The Indian Ocean—Our Captain's Peculiarity—The Scot Has One too—The Flying-fish that Went Hunting in the Field—Fined for Smuggling—Lots of Pets on Board—The Color of the Sea—The Most Important Member of Nature's Family—The Captain's Story of Cold Weather—Omissions in the Ship's Library—Washing Decks—Pyjamas on Deck—The Cat's Toilet—No Interest in the Bulletin—Perfect Rest—The Milky Way and the Magellan Clouds—Mauritius—Port Louis—A Hot Country—Under French Control—A Variety of People and Complexions—Train to Curepipe—A Wonder-<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> jt0dfq2fmml3vwzyi4b964h4r3e36xz 14130323 14130193 2024-04-26T00:00:36Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh|16|CONTENTS.}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{nop}} <noinclude>{{TOC row 2dot-1|India, the Most Extraordinary Country on Earth—Nothing Forgotten—The Land of Wonders—Annual Statistics Everywhere about Violence—Tiger vs. Man—A Handsome Fight—Annual Man Killing and Tiger Killing—Other Animals—Snakes—Insurance and Snake Tables—The Cobra Bite—Muzaffur-</noinclude>pore—Dinapore—A Train that Stopped for Gossip—Six Hours for Thirty-five Miles—A Rupee to the Engineer—Ninety Miles an Hour—Again to Benares, the Piety Hive—To Lucknow|544}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 58|CHAPTER LVIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Great Mutiny—The Massacre in Cawnpore—Terrible Scenes in Lucknow—The Residency—The Siege|549}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 59|CHAPTER LIX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|A Visit to the Residency—Cawnpore—The Adjutant Bird and the Hindoo Corpse—The Taj Mahal—The True Conception—The Ice Storm—True Gems—Syrian Fountains—An Exaggerated Niagara|567}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 60|CHAPTER LX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|To Lahore—The Governors Elephant—Taking a Ride—No Danger from Collision—Rawal Pindi—Back to Delhi—An Orientalized Englishman—Monkeys and the Paint-pot—Monkey Crying over my Note-book—Arrival at Jeypore—In Rajputana—Watching Servants—The Jeypore Hotel—Our Old and New Satan—Satan as a Liar—The Museum—A Street Show—Blocks of Houses—A Religious Procession|582}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 61|CHAPTER LXI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Methods in American Deaf and Dumb Asylums—Methods in the Public Schools—A Letter from a Youth in Punjab—Highly Educated Service—A Damage to the Country—A Little Book from Calcutta—Writing Poor English—Embarrassed by a Beggar Girl—A Specimen Letter—An Application for Employment—A Calcutta School Examination—Two Samples of Literature|597}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 62|CHAPTER LXII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Sail from Calcutta to Madras—Thence to Ceylon—Thence for Mauritius—The Indian Ocean—Our Captain's Peculiarity—The Scot Has One too—The Flying-fish that Went Hunting in the Field—Fined for Smuggling—Lots of Pets on Board—The Color of the Sea—The Most Important Member of Nature's Family—The Captain's Story of Cold Weather—Omissions in the Ship's Library—Washing Decks—Pyjamas on Deck—The Cat's Toilet—No Interest in the Bulletin—Perfect Rest—The Milky Way and the Magellan Clouds—Mauritius—Port Louis—A Hot Country—Under French Control—A Variety of People and Complexions—Train to Curepipe—A Wonder-<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> 30eqd6w2ye2zzmcl9pl81s1dwbeet6n 14130357 14130323 2024-04-26T00:23:11Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh|16|CONTENTS.}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{nop}} <noinclude>{{TOC row 2dot-1|India, the Most Extraordinary Country on Earth—Nothing Forgotten—The Land of Wonders—Annual Statistics Everywhere about Violence—Tiger vs. Man—A Handsome Fight—Annual Man Killing and Tiger Killing—Other Animals—Snakes—Insurance and Snake Tables—The Cobra Bite—Muzaffur-</noinclude>pore—Dinapore—A Train that Stopped for Gossip—Six Hours for Thirty-five Miles—A Rupee to the Engineer—Ninety Miles an Hour—Again to Benares, the Piety Hive—To Lucknow|544}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 58|CHAPTER LVIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Great Mutiny—The Massacre in Cawnpore—Terrible Scenes in Lucknow—The Residency—The Siege|549}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 59|CHAPTER LIX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|A Visit to the Residency—Cawnpore—The Adjutant Bird and the Hindoo Corpse—The Taj Mahal—The True Conception—The Ice Storm—True Gems—Syrian Fountains—An Exaggerated Niagara|567}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 60|CHAPTER LX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|To Lahore—The Governors Elephant—Taking a Ride—No Danger from Collision—Rawal Pindi—Back to Delhi—An Orientalized Englishman—Monkeys and the Paint-pot—Monkey Crying over my Note-book—Arrival at Jeypore—In Rajputana—Watching Servants—The Jeypore Hotel—Our Old and New Satan—Satan as a Liar—The Museum—A Street Show—Blocks of Houses—A Religious Procession|582}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 61|CHAPTER LXI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Methods in American Deaf and Dumb Asylums—Methods in the Public Schools—A Letter from a Youth in Punjab—Highly Educated Service—A Damage to the Country—A Little Book from Calcutta—Writing Poor English—Embarrassed by a Beggar Girl—A Specimen Letter—An Application for Employment—A Calcutta School Examination—Two Samples of Literature|597}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 62|CHAPTER LXII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Sail from Calcutta to Madras—Thence to Ceylon—Thence for Mauritius—The Indian Ocean—Our Captain's Peculiarity—The Scot Has One too—The Flying-fish that Went Hunting in the Field—Fined for Smuggling—Lots of Pets on Board—The Color of the Sea—The Most Important Member of Nature's Family—The Captain's Story of Cold Weather—Omissions in the Ship's Library—Washing Decks—Pyjamas on Deck—The Cat's Toilet—No Interest in the Bulletin—Perfect Rest—The Milky Way and the Magellan Clouds—Mauritius—Port Louis—A Hot Country—Under French Control—A Variety of People and Complexions—Train to Curepipe—A Wonder-<noinclude>ful Office-holder—The Wooden Peg Ornament—The Prominent Historical Event of Mauritius—"Paul and Virginia"—One of Virginia's Wedding Gifts—Heaven Copied after Mauritius—Early History of Mauritius—Quarantines—Population of all Kinds—What the World Consists of—Where Russia and Germany are—A Picture of Milan Cathedral—Newspapers—The Language—Best Sugar in the World—Literature of Mauritius|609}}</noinclude><noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> dpktwz33q92f7llko3stfqpp3827ing Page:Following the Equator (Mark Twain).djvu/25 104 4012058 14130214 12489963 2024-04-25T22:43:04Z Stamlou 1217106 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh||CONTENTS.|17}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>ful Office-holder—The Wooden Peg Ornament—The Prominent Historical Event of Mauritius—"Paul and Virginia"—One of Virginia's Wedding Gifts—Heaven Copied after Mauritius—Early History of Mauritius—Quarantines—Population of all Kinds—What the World Consists of—Where Russia and Germany are—A Picture of Milan Cathedral—Newspapers—The Language—Best Sugar in the World—Literature of Mauritius|609}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 63|CHAPTER LXIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Port Louis—Matches no Good—Good Roads—Death Notices—Why European Nations Rob Each Other—What Immigrants to Mauritius Do—Population—Labor Wages—The Camaron—The Palmiste and other Eatables—Monkeys—The Cyclone of 1893—Mauritius a Sunday Landscape|622}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 64|CHAPTER LXIV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Steamer "Arundel Castle"—Poor Beds in Ships—The Beds in Noah's Ark—Getting a Rest in Europe—Ship in Sight—Mozambique Channel—The Engineer and the Band—Thackeray's "Madagascar"—Africanders Going Home—Singing on the After Deck—An Out-of-Place Story—Dynamite Explosion in Johannesburg—Entering Delagoa Bay—Ashore—A Hot Winter—Small Town—No Sights—No Carriages—Working Women—Barnum's Purchase of Shakespeare's Birthplace, Jumbo, and the Nelson Monument—Arrival at Durban|630}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 65|CHAPTER LXV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Royal Hotel Durban—Bells that Did not Ring—Early Inquiries for Comforts—Change of Temperature after Sunset—Rickshaws—The Hotel Chameleon—Natives not out after the Bell—Preponderance of Blacks in Natal—Hair Fashions in Natal—Zulus for Police—A Drive round the Berea—The Cactus and other Trees—Religion a Vital Matter—Peculiar Views about Babies—Zulu Kings—A Trappist Monastery—Transvaal Politics—Reasons why the Trouble came About|644}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 66|CHAPTER LXVI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Jameson over the Border—His Defeat and Capture—Sent to England for Trial—Arrest of Citizens by the Boers—Commuted Sentences—Final Release of all but Two—Interesting Days for a Stranger—Hard to Understand Either Side—What the Reformers Expected to Accomplish—How They Proposed to Do it—Testimonies a Year Later—A " Woman's Part "—The Truth of the South African Situation—"Jameson's Ride"—A Poem|654}} {{nop}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> fik0p6yhd7eb4hdc7z3cw8wmw4g7ri8 14130331 14130214 2024-04-26T00:05:19Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh||CONTENTS.|17}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{nop}} <noinclude>{{TOC row 2dot-1|Sail from Calcutta to Madras—Thence to Ceylon—Thence for Mauritius—The Indian Ocean—Our Captain's Peculiarity—The Scot Has One too—The Flying-fish that Went Hunting in the Field—Fined for Smuggling—Lots of Pets on Board—The Color of the Sea—The Most Important Member of Nature's Family—The Captain's Story of Cold Weather—Omissions in the Ship's Library—Washing Decks—Pyjamas on Deck—The Cat's Toilet—No Interest in the Bulletin—Perfect Rest—The Milky Way and the Magellan Clouds—Mauritius—Port Louis—A Hot Country—Under French Control—A Variety of People and Complexions—Train to Curepipe—A Wonder-</include>ful Office-holder—The Wooden Peg Ornament—The Prominent Historical Event of Mauritius—"Paul and Virginia"—One of Virginia's Wedding Gifts—Heaven Copied after Mauritius—Early History of Mauritius—Quarantines—Population of all Kinds—What the World Consists of—Where Russia and Germany are—A Picture of Milan Cathedral—Newspapers—The Language—Best Sugar in the World—Literature of Mauritius|609}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 63|CHAPTER LXIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Port Louis—Matches no Good—Good Roads—Death Notices—Why European Nations Rob Each Other—What Immigrants to Mauritius Do—Population—Labor Wages—The Camaron—The Palmiste and other Eatables—Monkeys—The Cyclone of 1893—Mauritius a Sunday Landscape|622}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 64|CHAPTER LXIV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Steamer "Arundel Castle"—Poor Beds in Ships—The Beds in Noah's Ark—Getting a Rest in Europe—Ship in Sight—Mozambique Channel—The Engineer and the Band—Thackeray's "Madagascar"—Africanders Going Home—Singing on the After Deck—An Out-of-Place Story—Dynamite Explosion in Johannesburg—Entering Delagoa Bay—Ashore—A Hot Winter—Small Town—No Sights—No Carriages—Working Women—Barnum's Purchase of Shakespeare's Birthplace, Jumbo, and the Nelson Monument—Arrival at Durban|630}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 65|CHAPTER LXV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Royal Hotel Durban—Bells that Did not Ring—Early Inquiries for Comforts—Change of Temperature after Sunset—Rickshaws—The Hotel Chameleon—Natives not out after the Bell—Preponderance of Blacks in Natal—Hair Fashions in Natal—Zulus for Police—A Drive round the Berea—The Cactus and other Trees—Religion a Vital Matter—Peculiar Views about Babies—Zulu Kings—A Trappist Monastery—Transvaal Politics—Reasons why the Trouble came About|644}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 66|CHAPTER LXVI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Jameson over the Border—His Defeat and Capture—Sent to England for Trial—Arrest of Citizens by the Boers—Commuted Sentences—Final Release of all but Two—Interesting Days for a Stranger—Hard to Understand Either Side—What the Reformers Expected to Accomplish—How They Proposed to Do it—Testimonies a Year Later—A " Woman's Part "—The Truth of the South African Situation—"Jameson's Ride"—A Poem|654}} {{nop}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> o8zlhg2c95wrooqidq1zv9sk93mc6w8 14130333 14130331 2024-04-26T00:05:52Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh||CONTENTS.|17}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{nop}} <noinclude>{{TOC row 2dot-1|Sail from Calcutta to Madras—Thence to Ceylon—Thence for Mauritius—The Indian Ocean—Our Captain's Peculiarity—The Scot Has One too—The Flying-fish that Went Hunting in the Field—Fined for Smuggling—Lots of Pets on Board—The Color of the Sea—The Most Important Member of Nature's Family—The Captain's Story of Cold Weather—Omissions in the Ship's Library—Washing Decks—Pyjamas on Deck—The Cat's Toilet—No Interest in the Bulletin—Perfect Rest—The Milky Way and the Magellan Clouds—Mauritius—Port Louis—A Hot Country—Under French Control—A Variety of People and Complexions—Train to Curepipe—A Wonder-</noinclude>ful Office-holder—The Wooden Peg Ornament—The Prominent Historical Event of Mauritius—"Paul and Virginia"—One of Virginia's Wedding Gifts—Heaven Copied after Mauritius—Early History of Mauritius—Quarantines—Population of all Kinds—What the World Consists of—Where Russia and Germany are—A Picture of Milan Cathedral—Newspapers—The Language—Best Sugar in the World—Literature of Mauritius|609}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 63|CHAPTER LXIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Port Louis—Matches no Good—Good Roads—Death Notices—Why European Nations Rob Each Other—What Immigrants to Mauritius Do—Population—Labor Wages—The Camaron—The Palmiste and other Eatables—Monkeys—The Cyclone of 1893—Mauritius a Sunday Landscape|622}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 64|CHAPTER LXIV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|The Steamer "Arundel Castle"—Poor Beds in Ships—The Beds in Noah's Ark—Getting a Rest in Europe—Ship in Sight—Mozambique Channel—The Engineer and the Band—Thackeray's "Madagascar"—Africanders Going Home—Singing on the After Deck—An Out-of-Place Story—Dynamite Explosion in Johannesburg—Entering Delagoa Bay—Ashore—A Hot Winter—Small Town—No Sights—No Carriages—Working Women—Barnum's Purchase of Shakespeare's Birthplace, Jumbo, and the Nelson Monument—Arrival at Durban|630}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 65|CHAPTER LXV.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Royal Hotel Durban—Bells that Did not Ring—Early Inquiries for Comforts—Change of Temperature after Sunset—Rickshaws—The Hotel Chameleon—Natives not out after the Bell—Preponderance of Blacks in Natal—Hair Fashions in Natal—Zulus for Police—A Drive round the Berea—The Cactus and other Trees—Religion a Vital Matter—Peculiar Views about Babies—Zulu Kings—A Trappist Monastery—Transvaal Politics—Reasons why the Trouble came About|644}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 66|CHAPTER LXVI.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Jameson over the Border—His Defeat and Capture—Sent to England for Trial—Arrest of Citizens by the Boers—Commuted Sentences—Final Release of all but Two—Interesting Days for a Stranger—Hard to Understand Either Side—What the Reformers Expected to Accomplish—How They Proposed to Do it—Testimonies a Year Later—A " Woman's Part "—The Truth of the South African Situation—"Jameson's Ride"—A Poem|654}} {{nop}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> 0bs24ibd5xrcfe9fa0uxsolm53hleek Page:Following the Equator (Mark Twain).djvu/26 104 4012061 14130221 12489966 2024-04-25T22:52:05Z Stamlou 1217106 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh|18|CONTENTS.}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 67|CHAPTER LXVII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Jameson's Raid — The Reform Committee's Difficult Task — Possible Plans — Advice that Jameson Ought to Have — The War of 1881 and its Lessons — Statistics of Losses of the Combatants — Jameson's Battles — Losses on Both Sides — The Military Errors — How the Warfare Should Have Been Carried on to Be Successful|667}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 68|CHAPTER LXVIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Judicious Mr. Rhodes — What South Africa Consists of — Johannesburg—The Gold Mines — The Heaven of American Engineers — What the Author Knows about Mining — Description of the Boer — What Should be Expected of Him — What Was — A Dizzy Jump for Rhodes — Taxes — Rhodesian Method of Reducing Native Population — Journeying in Cape Colony — The Cars— The Country — The Weather — Tamed Blacks — Familiar Figures in King William's Town — Boer Dress — Boer Country Life — Sleeping Accommodations — The Reformers in Boer Prison — Torturing a Black Prisoner|686}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 69|CHAPTER LXIX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|An Absorbing Novelty — The Kimberley Diamond Mines — Discovery of Diamonds — The Wronged Stranger — Where the Gems Are — A Judicious Change of Boundary — Modern Machinery and Appliances — Thrilling Excitement in Finding a Diamond — Testing a Diamond — Fences — Deep Mining by Natives in the Compound — Stealing — Reward for the Biggest Diamond — A Fortune in Wine — The Great Diamond — Office of the De Beer Co. — Sorting the Gems — Cape Town — The Most Imposing Man in British Provinces — Various Reasons for his Supremacy — How He Makes Friends|699}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Conclusion.|CONCLUSION.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Table Rock — Table Bay — The Castle — Government and Parliament — The Club — Dutch Mansions and their Hospitality — Dr. John Barry and his Doings — On the Ship Norman — Madeira — Arrived in Southhampton|710}} {{TOC end}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 71l93hwftb97z4jy047m2shrlosqg14 14130335 14130221 2024-04-26T00:06:42Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh|18|CONTENTS.}} {{TOC begin|width=30em}}</noinclude>{{nop}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 67|CHAPTER LXVII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Jameson's Raid — The Reform Committee's Difficult Task — Possible Plans — Advice that Jameson Ought to Have — The War of 1881 and its Lessons — Statistics of Losses of the Combatants — Jameson's Battles — Losses on Both Sides — The Military Errors — How the Warfare Should Have Been Carried on to Be Successful|667}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 68|CHAPTER LXVIII.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Judicious Mr. Rhodes — What South Africa Consists of — Johannesburg—The Gold Mines — The Heaven of American Engineers — What the Author Knows about Mining — Description of the Boer — What Should be Expected of Him — What Was — A Dizzy Jump for Rhodes — Taxes — Rhodesian Method of Reducing Native Population — Journeying in Cape Colony — The Cars— The Country — The Weather — Tamed Blacks — Familiar Figures in King William's Town — Boer Dress — Boer Country Life — Sleeping Accommodations — The Reformers in Boer Prison — Torturing a Black Prisoner|686}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Chapter 69|CHAPTER LXIX.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|An Absorbing Novelty — The Kimberley Diamond Mines — Discovery of Diamonds — The Wronged Stranger — Where the Gems Are — A Judicious Change of Boundary — Modern Machinery and Appliances — Thrilling Excitement in Finding a Diamond — Testing a Diamond — Fences — Deep Mining by Natives in the Compound — Stealing — Reward for the Biggest Diamond — A Fortune in Wine — The Great Diamond — Office of the De Beer Co. — Sorting the Gems — Cape Town — The Most Imposing Man in British Provinces — Various Reasons for his Supremacy — How He Makes Friends|699}} {{TOC row c|3|[[Following the Equator (Mark Twain)/Conclusion.|CONCLUSION.]]}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Table Rock — Table Bay — The Castle — Government and Parliament — The Club — Dutch Mansions and their Hospitality — Dr. John Barry and his Doings — On the Ship Norman — Madeira — Arrived in Southhampton|710}} {{TOC end}}<noinclude></noinclude> m86yf5c9u9j4ode2q3mzubhtdq29ld2 Page:Following the Equator (Mark Twain).djvu/33 104 4012069 14130355 13745636 2024-04-26T00:19:25Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="The Eloquent Peasant" /></noinclude>{{dhr|2}} [[File:Following the Equator (Mark Twain) (page 33 crop).jpg|500px|center]] {{center|{{larger|FOLLOWING THE EQUATOR}}}} {{dhr}} {{center|CHAPTER I.}} {{left|{{fine|A man may have no bad habits and have worse.|3em}}}} {{right|{{fine|—''Pudd’nhead Wilson's New Calendar.''|1em}}}} {{di|T}}HE starting point of this lecturing-trip around the world was Paris, where we had been living a year or two. We sailed for America, and there made certain preparations. This took but little time. Two members of my family elected to go with me. Also a carbuncle. The dictionary says a carbuncle is a kind of jewel. Humor is out of place in a dictionary. We started westward from New York in midsummer, with Major Pond to manage the platform-business as far as the Pacific. It was warm work, all the way, and the last fortnight of it was suffocatingly smoky, for in Oregon and British Columbia the forest fires were raging. We had an added week of smoke at the seaboard, where we were obliged to wait awhile for our ship. She had been getting herself ashore in the smoke, and she had to be docked and repaired. We sailed at last; and so ended a snail-paced march across the continent, which had lasted forty days. We moved westward about mid-afternoon over a rippled and sparkling summer sea; an enticing sea, a clean and cool sea, and apparently a welcome sea to all on board; it certainly was to me, after the distressful dustings and smokings and swelterings<noinclude> {{right|(25)}}</noinclude> tvxdah450o3h1hokkna2feygof6q4h3 14130359 14130355 2024-04-26T00:24:07Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="The Eloquent Peasant" /></noinclude>{{dhr|2}} [[File:Following the Equator (Mark Twain) (page 33 crop).jpg|500px|center]] {{center|{{larger|FOLLOWING THE EQUATOR}}}} {{dhr}} {{center|CHAPTER I.}} {{left|{{fine|A man may have no bad habits and have worse.}}|6em}} {{right|{{fine|—''Pudd’nhead Wilson's New Calendar.''}}|6em}} {{di|T}}HE starting point of this lecturing-trip around the world was Paris, where we had been living a year or two. We sailed for America, and there made certain preparations. This took but little time. Two members of my family elected to go with me. Also a carbuncle. The dictionary says a carbuncle is a kind of jewel. Humor is out of place in a dictionary. We started westward from New York in midsummer, with Major Pond to manage the platform-business as far as the Pacific. It was warm work, all the way, and the last fortnight of it was suffocatingly smoky, for in Oregon and British Columbia the forest fires were raging. We had an added week of smoke at the seaboard, where we were obliged to wait awhile for our ship. She had been getting herself ashore in the smoke, and she had to be docked and repaired. We sailed at last; and so ended a snail-paced march across the continent, which had lasted forty days. We moved westward about mid-afternoon over a rippled and sparkling summer sea; an enticing sea, a clean and cool sea, and apparently a welcome sea to all on board; it certainly was to me, after the distressful dustings and smokings and swelterings<noinclude> {{right|(25)}}</noinclude> 3nhovy3omyal250i4n7meyd3z41vaj0 Wikisource:GUS2Wiki 4 4014978 14129783 14072783 2024-04-25T19:31:35Z Alexis Jazz 778616 Updating gadget usage statistics from [[Special:GadgetUsage]] ([[phab:T121049]]) wikitext text/x-wiki {{#ifexist:Project:GUS2Wiki/top|{{/top}}|This page provides a historical record of [[Special:GadgetUsage]] through its page history. To get the data in CSV format, see wikitext. To customize this message or add categories, create [[/top]].}} The following data is cached, and was last updated 2024-04-25T07:26:51Z. A maximum of {{PLURAL:5000|one result is|5000 results are}} available in the cache. {| class="sortable wikitable" ! Gadget !! data-sort-type="number" | Number of users !! data-sort-type="number" | Active users |- |BugStatusUpdate || 158 || 5 |- |CleanDeleteReasons || 20 || 4 |- |CurIDLink || 134 || 2 |- |DebugMode || 193 || 3 |- |Fill Index || data-sort-value="Infinity" | Default || data-sort-value="Infinity" | Default |- |HotCat || 1036 || 66 |- |ImageUploader || 102 || 12 |- |ImportPagelist || 129 || 18 |- |MoreMenu-local || data-sort-value="Infinity" | Default || data-sort-value="Infinity" | Default |- |NopInserter || 409 || 44 |- |PageNumbers || data-sort-value="Infinity" | Default || data-sort-value="Infinity" | Default |- |Preload Page Images || 168 || 35 |- |RegexMenuFramework || 541 || 25 |- |ResultListSort || 160 || 4 |- |RunningHeader || 163 || 26 |- |ShowMessageNames || 243 || 2 |- |TemplatePreloader || 1061 || 58 |- |UTCLiveClock || 622 || 35 |- |Visibility || 81 || 9 |- |WE-framework WS || 170 || 8 |- |WhatLeavesHere || 318 || 12 |- |WikiEditorTools || 199 || 19 |- |WikidataInfo || 131 || 8 |- |addsection-plus || 381 || 14 |- |contrast-reducer || 17 || 4 |- |edittop || 582 || 19 |- |legacyToolbar || 51 || 2 |- |mark-proofread || 469 || 40 |- |markblocked || 308 || 16 |- |massdelete || 15 || 7 |- |notext || data-sort-value="Infinity" | Default || data-sort-value="Infinity" | Default |- |ocr || 782 || 63 |- |pilcrowMarkers || 269 || 21 |- |popups || 619 || 17 |- |pr test layout || 257 || 6 |- |refToolbar || 503 || 16 |- |robot || 306 || 23 |- |sandbox || 54 || 1 |- |transclusion-check || data-sort-value="Infinity" | Default || data-sort-value="Infinity" | Default |- |userMessages || 294 || 7 |} * [[Special:GadgetUsage]] * [[m:Meta:GUS2Wiki/Script|GUS2Wiki]] <!-- data in CSV format: BugStatusUpdate,158,5 CleanDeleteReasons,20,4 CurIDLink,134,2 DebugMode,193,3 Fill Index,default,default HotCat,1036,66 ImageUploader,102,12 ImportPagelist,129,18 MoreMenu-local,default,default NopInserter,409,44 PageNumbers,default,default Preload Page Images,168,35 RegexMenuFramework,541,25 ResultListSort,160,4 RunningHeader,163,26 ShowMessageNames,243,2 TemplatePreloader,1061,58 UTCLiveClock,622,35 Visibility,81,9 WE-framework WS,170,8 WhatLeavesHere,318,12 WikiEditorTools,199,19 WikidataInfo,131,8 addsection-plus,381,14 contrast-reducer,17,4 edittop,582,19 legacyToolbar,51,2 mark-proofread,469,40 markblocked,308,16 massdelete,15,7 notext,default,default ocr,782,63 pilcrowMarkers,269,21 popups,619,17 pr test layout,257,6 refToolbar,503,16 robot,306,23 sandbox,54,1 transclusion-check,default,default userMessages,294,7 --> 4fw34uifper4627yrytadve183cs181 The Strand Magazine/Volume 1/Issue 2 0 4022674 14127898 12550522 2024-04-25T14:17:14Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = | previous = [[../Issue 1/|Issue 1]] | next = [[../Issue 3/|Issue 3]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 1 | notes = February, 1891. }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 1. No. 2.||February 1891.}} {{rule}} <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 1).djvu" include=114/> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC|title=Contents|width=500px| * '''[[/The Pistol Shot/|"The Pistol Shot;"]]''' from the Russian of [[Author:Alexander Pushkin|Alexander Pushkin]].<br/>{{smaller|{{illustrator|Paul Hardy}}}} * '''[[/A Night with the Thames Police/|A Night with the Thames Police]]'''. <br/>{{smaller|{{illustrator|John Gülich}}}} * '''[[/The Maid of Treppi/|"The Maid of Treppi;"]]''' from the German of [[Author:Paul Heyse|Paul Heyse]] (continued).<br/>{{smaller|{{illustrator|Gordon Browne}}, R.B.A.}} * '''[[/Our Money Manufactory/|Our Money Manufactory]]'''.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrated by [[Author:Alfred J. Johnson|J. Johnson]].}} * '''[[/Slap-Bang/|"Slap-Bang,"]]''' from the French of [[Author:Jules Claretie|Jules Claretie]].<br/>{{smaller|{{illustrator|W. Rainey}}}} * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/|Portraits of Celebrities at different times of their Lives]]'''. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Cardinal Manning. * John Ruskin * The Right Hon. W. E. Gladstone, M.P. * Mrs. Langtry. * John Hare. * Mr. and Mrs. Bancroft. * Professor Huxley. * Adelina Patti. }}}} * '''[[/Letters from Artists on Ladies' Dress/|Letters from Artists on Ladies' Dress]]'''. * '''[[/How the Redoubt was Taken/|"How the Redoubt was Taken;"]]''' from the French of [[Author:Prosper_Mérimée|Prosper Mérimée]].<br/>{{smaller|{{illustrator|Sidney Paget}}}} * '''[[/Actors' Dressing Rooms/|Actors' Dressing Rooms]]'''.<br/>{{smaller|{{illustrator|W. H. J. Boot}}, R.B.A.}} * '''[[/The Minister's Crime/|"The Minister's Crime,"]]''' by [[Author:James_MacLaren_Cobban|Maclaren Cobban]],<br/>{{smaller|{{illustrator|W. S. Stacey}}}} * '''[[/At the Children's Hospital/|At the Children's Hospital]]'''.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrated by Miss [[Author:Kate Craufurd|Kate Craufurd]] and [[Author:William_Harold_Oakley|Harold Oakley]]}} * '''[[/Fac-simile of the Notes of a Speech/|Fac-simile of the Notes of a Speech]]''' by [[Author:John Bright|John Bright]]. * '''[[/A Passion in the Desert/|"A Passion in the Desert;"]]''' from the French of [[Author:Balzac|Balzac]].<br/>{{smaller|{{illustrator|A. Pearse}}}} * '''[[/Barak Hageb and his Wives/|"Barak Hageb and his Wives, a Story for Children;"]]''' from the Hungarian of [[Author:Mór_Jókai|Moritz Jokai]]<br/>{{smaller|{{illustrator|Gordon Browne}}, R.B.A.}} }} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] 4z3mykfwrf7x3tqkota6lx5tv8uis38 The Strand Magazine/Volume 1/Issue 3 0 4024857 14127897 12550521 2024-04-25T14:16:42Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = | previous = [[../Issue 2/|Issue 2]] | next = [[../Issue 4/|Issue 4]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 1 | notes = March, 1891. {{small scan link|The Strand Magazine (Volume 1).djvu}} }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 1. No. 3.||March 1891.}} {{rule}} <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 1).djvu" include=225/> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC|title=Contents|width=500px| * '''[[/Pictures with Histories/|Pictures with Histories]]'''. * '''[[/Making an Angel/|"Making an Angel,"]]''' by [[Author:James Harwood Panting|J. Harwood Panting]].<br/>{{smaller|{{illustrator|Gordon Browne}}}} * '''[[/Birthday Cards/|Birthday Cards.]]'''<br/>{{smaller|Illustrated by [[Author:Edgar W. Wilson|Edgar W. Wilson]].}} * '''[[/The Architect's Wife/|"The Architect's Wife;"]]''' from the Spanish of [[Author:Antonio de Trueba|Antonio Trueba]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sydney Paget]] and [[Author:W. H. J. Boot|W. H. J. Boot]], R.B.A.}} * '''[[/On the Decay of Humour in the House of Commons/|On the Decay of Humour in the House of Commons]]''', by [[Author:Henry W. Lucy|Henry W. Lucy]] ("Toby, M.P.").<br/>{{smaller|Illustrated by [[Author:Francis Carruthers Gould|F. C. Gould]].}} * '''[[/The Snowstorm/|"The Snowstorm;"]]''' from the Russian of [[Author:Alexander Pushkin|Alexander Pushkin]].<br/>{{smaller|{{illustrator|Paul Hardy}}}} * '''[[/A Night at the Grand Chartreuse/|"A Night at The Grand Chartreuse,"]]''' by [[Author:James Edward Preston Muddock|J. E. Muddock]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:George Washington Thomas Lambert|G. Lambert]] and [[Author:William Harold Oakley|Harold Oakley]].}} * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/|Portraits of Celebrities at different times of their Lives.]]''' {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Her Majesty Queen Victoria. * Princess Beatrice. * The Empress Frederick of Germany. * The Duke of Argyll. * H. Beerbohm Tree. * William Black. * Charles Wyndham. * Henry M. Stanley. }}}} * '''[[/Fac-simile of a Handbill/|Fac-simile of a Handbill]]''' of Mr. [[Author:Henry Morton Stanley|H. M. Stanley]]'s First Lecture in America. * '''[[/Stories of the Victoria Cross/|Stories of the Victoria Cross: Told by Those who have Won it]]'''.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Harry Payne|Harry Payne]] and [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sydney Paget]].}} * '''[[/How Novelists Write for the Press/|How Novelists Write for the Press]]'''.<br/>{{smaller|Fac-similes of the MS. of [[Author:William Black|William Black]], [[Author:Walter Besant|Walter Besant]], [[Author:Bret Harte|Bret Harte]] and [[Author:Charles Grant Blairfindie Allen|Grant Allen]].}} * '''[[/Jerry Stokes/|"Jerry Stokes,"]]''' by [[Author:Charles Grant Blairfindie Allen|Grant Allen]].<br/>{{smaller|{{illustrator|A. Pearse}}}} * '''[[/The Piece of Gold/|"The Piece of Gold;"]]''' from the French of [[Author:François Coppée|François Coppée]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrated by [[Author:Joseph Finnemore|J. Finnemore]].}} * '''[[/The Voice of Science/|"The Voice of Science,"]]''' by [[Author:Arthur Conan Doyle|Arthur Conan Doyle]].<br/>{{smaller|{{illustrator|W. S. Stacey}}}} * '''[[/Camille/|"Camille;"]]''' from the French of [[Author:Alfred de Musset|Alfred de Musset]].<br/>{{smaller|{{illustrator|A. Forestier}}}} * '''[[/The Stone-Breaker/|"The Stone-Breaker,"]]''' a Story for Children; from the French of [[Author:Ernest L'Épine|Quatrelles]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrated by [[Author:Alan W. Wright|Alan W. Wright]].}} }} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] chx8wwc71gxp5izz48fhljnsfmg2uwt The Strand Magazine/Volume 1/Issue 4 0 4025056 14127894 12550520 2024-04-25T14:16:12Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = | previous = [[../Issue 3/|Issue 3]] | next = [[../Issue 5/|Issue 5]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 1 | notes = April, 1891. {{small scan link|The Strand Magazine (Volume 1).djvu}} }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 1. No. 4.||April 1891.}} {{rule}} <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 1).djvu" include=332/> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC|title=Contents|width=500px| * '''[[/Pictures with Histories/|Pictures with Histories]]''' (continued). * '''[[/Two Fishers/|"Two Fishers;"]]''' from the French of [[Author:Guy de Maupassant|Guy de Maupassant]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Leonard Leslie Brooke|L. Leslie Brooke]].}} * '''[[/Babies/|Babies]]'''.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:John Gülich|John Gülich]].}} * '''[[/On the Stump for the Pump/|"On the Stump for the Pump,"]]''' by Sir [[Author:Wilfrid Lawson (1829-1906)|Wilfred Lawson]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:James Frank Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]], [[Author:Charles Harrison|C. Harrison]]; and from Photographs.}} * '''[[/The King's Stratagem/|"The King's Stratagem,"]]''' by [[Author:Stanley John Weyman|S. J. Weyman]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/|Portraits of Celebrities]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Earl Granville. * G. F. Watts, R.A. * Sir John Everett Millais, Bart., R.A. * Sir Richard Everard Webster. * Miss Marion Terry. * William Terriss. * Charles Bradlaugh. * Henry Pettitt. }}}} * '''[[/A New Industry for Ladies/|A New Industry for Ladies]]''', by Miss [[Author:Grace Carley Harriman|Grace Harriman]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by Miss [[Author:I. G. Brittain|I. G. Brittain]].}} * '''[[/The Waltz in Faust/|"The Waltz in 'Faust,'"]]''' by [[Author:Richard Dowling|Richard Dowling]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Ernest George Beach|Ernest G. Beach]].}} * '''[[/Orchids/|Orchids]]''': From a popular point of view.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:John Henry Hipsley|J. H. Hipsley]].}} * '''[[/A Thing that Glistened/|"A Thing that Glistened,"]]''' by [[Author:Frank R. Stockton|Frank R. Stockton]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Frank Feller|Frank Feller]].}} * '''[[/The State of the Law Courts/|The State of the Law Courts]]''', I.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Albert Ludovici|A. Ludovici]].}} * '''[[/Stories of the Victoria Cross/|Stories of the Victoria Cross]]''': Told by Those who have Won it.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]], [[Author:Harry Payne|Harry Payne]] and [[Author:William Barnes Wollen|W. B. Wollen]], R.I.}} * '''[[/Playwrights' Manuscripts/|Playwrights' Manuscripts]]'''. * '''[[/The Luckiest Man in the Colony/|"The Luckiest Man in the Colony,"]]''' by [[Author:E. W. Hornung|E. W. Hornung]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/Jamrach's/|Jamrach's]]'''.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:John L. Wimbush|J. L. Wimbush]].}} * '''[[/The Spider's Web/|"The Spider's Web,"]]''' a Story for Children; from the French of [[Author:Jacques Normand|Jacques Normand]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Gordon Browne|Gordon Browne]], R.B.A.}} }} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] o2wvoh4e0xto0msdm5jqmh9yq1nkuio The Strand Magazine/Volume 1/Issue 5 0 4025303 14127893 12550519 2024-04-25T14:15:52Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = | previous = [[../Issue 4/|Issue 4]] | next = [[../Issue 6/|Issue 6]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 1 | notes = May, 1891. {{small scan link|The Strand Magazine (Volume 1).djvu}} }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 1. No. 5.||May 1891.}} {{rule}} <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 1).djvu" include=443/> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC|title=Contents|width=500px| * '''[[/An Eighteenth Century Juliet/|An Eighteenth Century Juliet]]''' by [[Author:James Mortimer|James Mortimer]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/A Day with an East-End Photographer/|A Day with an East-End Photographer]]'''.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:John L. Wimbush|J. L. Wimbush]].}} <!-- Note that this has been previously transcribed at [[The Notorious Miss Anstruther]] --> * '''"[[/The Notorious Miss Anstruther/|The Notorious Miss Anstruther]],"''' by [[Author:Ernest William Hornung|E. W. Hornung]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:W. S. Stacey|W. S. Stacey]].}} * '''[[/The Guest of a Cannibal King/|"The Guest of a Cannibal King,"]]''' by [[Author:James Edward Preston Muddock|J. E. Muddock]], F.R.G.S.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:F. Bannister|F. Bannister]].}} * '''[[/Old Stone Signs of London/|Old Stone Signs of London]]'''.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author: C. R. B. Barrett|C. R. B. Barrett]].}} * '''[[/Captain Jones of the Rose/|"Captain Jones of the 'Rose,'"]]''' by [[Author:William Clark Russell|W. Clark Russell]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:William Christian Symons|W. Christian Symons]].}} * '''[[/Child Workers in London/|Child Workers in London]]'''.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Rose Le Quesne|Le Quesne]].}} * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/|Portraits of Celebrities]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Wilson Barrett. * Sir Provo Wallis. * George R. Sims. * Mr. B. L. Farjeon. * Herr Joachim. * Arthur W. Pinero. * Henry A. Jones. * Miss Mary Rorke. }}}} * '''[[/Humours of the Post Office/|Humours of the Post Office]]''', with Fac-similes. * '''[[/Jenny/|"Jenny;"]]''' from the French of [[Author:Victor Hugo|Victor Hugo]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Cyrus Johnson|Cyrus Johnson]].}} * '''[[/The State of the Law Courts/|The State of the Law Courts]]'''; II.—The County Court.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Albert Ludovici|A. Ludovici]].}} * '''[[/The Pastor's Daughter of Seiburg/|"The Pastor's Daughter of Seiburg"]]''', an Episode of the Turkish War; from the German of [[Author:Julius Theis|Julius Theis]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/Stories of the Victoria Cross/|Stories of the Victoria Cross]]''': Told by Those who have Won it.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Harry Payne|Harry Payne]] and [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/The Enchanted Whistle/|"The Enchanted Whistle"]]''', a Story for Children; from the French of [[Author:Alexandre Dumas (1802-1870)|Alexandre Dumas]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Harold Robert Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} }} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] je920xaucx7t9dg6cblamlz88hll4ef The Strand Magazine/Volume 1/Issue 6 0 4025377 14127891 12556110 2024-04-25T14:15:20Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = | previous = [[../Issue 5/|Issue 5]] | next = [[../../Volume 2/Issue 7/|Issue 7]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 1 | notes = June, 1891. {{small scan link|The Strand Magazine (Volume 1).djvu}} }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 1. No. 6.||June 1891.}} {{rule}} <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 1).djvu" include=554/> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC|title=Contents|width=500px| * '''[[/A Torture of Hope/|"A Torture of Hope,"]]''' from the French of [[Author:Auguste Villiers de l'Isle Adam|Villiers de l'isle-Adam]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/How the Blind are Educated/|How the Blind are Educated]]''', by [[Author:Edward Salmon|Edward Salmon]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:John Gülich|John Gülich]].}} * '''[[/Out of a Pioneer's Trunk/|"Out of a Pioneer's Trunk,"]]''' by [[Author:Bret Harte|Bret Harte]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/Anecdotes of the War Path/|Anecdotes of the War Path]]''', written and illustrated by [[Author:Irving Montagu|Irving Montagu]]. * '''[[/The Rynard Hold Reef Company, Limited/|"The Rynard Hold Reef Company, Limited,"]]''' by [[Author:Walter Besant|Walter Besant]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:W. S. Stacey|W. S. Stacey]].}} * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/|Portraits of Celebrities]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * John Lawrence Toole. * Edward S. Willard. * Miss Kate Rorke. * The Duke of Clarence and Avondale. * The Duchess of Fife. * Prince George of Wales. * Mme. Albani. * Miss Agnes Jansen. }}}} * '''[[/Humours of the Post Office/|Humours of the Post Office]]''', with Fac-similes. * '''[[/Celebrated Beauties/|Celebrated Beauties]]'''. * '''[[/Three Birds on a Stile/|"Three Birds on a Stile,"]]''' by [[Author:Benjamin Leopold Farjeon|B. L. Farjeon]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Gordon Browne|Gordon Browne]].}} * '''[[/A Night in an Opium Den/|"A Night in an Opium Den,"]]''' by [[Author:Coulson Kernahan|the Author of "A Dead Man's Diary."]]<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:John L. Wimbush|J. L. Wimbush]].}} * '''[[/Janko the Musician/|"Janko the Musician;"]]''' from the Polish of [[Author:Henryk Sienkiewicz|Sienkiwicz]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Harold Robert Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/A Silver Harvest/|A Silver Harvest]]''' written and illustrated by [[Author:Harry Tuck|H. Tuck]]. * '''[[/The State of the Law Courts/|The State of the Law Courts]]'''. III.--The Bar.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Albert Ludovici|A. Ludovici]].}} * '''[[/The Home for Lost Dogs/|The Home for Lost Dogs]]'''.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Mabel Dorothy Hardy|Mabel Dorothy Hardy]].}} * '''[[/The Hermit/|"The Hermit"]]''', a Story for Children; from the French of [[Author:Voltaire|Voltaire]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Alan W. Wright|Alan W. Wright]].}} }} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] 3rgntsmcldrr1uoh6t4ob6rludpuk00 The Strand Magazine/Volume 2/Issue 7 0 4032697 14127887 12581539 2024-04-25T14:14:53Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = | previous = [[../../Volume 1/Issue 6/|Issue 6]] | next = [[../Issue 8/|Issue 8]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 2 | notes = July, 1891. {{small scan link|The Strand Magazine (Volume 2).djvu}} }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 2. No. 7.||July 1891.}} {{rule}} <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 2).djvu" include=3/> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC|title=Contents|width=500px| * '''[[/Tableaux Vivants/|Tableaux Vivants]]'''.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Paul Hermann Naumann|P. Naumann]].}} * '''[[/Woke Up at Last/|"Woke Up At Last,"]]''' by [[Author:Kate Lee|Kate Lee]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Gordon Browne|Gordon Browne]].}} * '''[[/Anecdotes of the War Path/|Anecdotes of the War Path]]''' (continued), written and illustrated by [[Author:Irving Montagu|Irving Montagu]]. * '''[[/Why He Failed/|"Why He Failed"]]'''.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/A Regiment on Wheels/|A Regiment on Wheels]]'''.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:W. B. Wollen|W. B. Wollen]].}} * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/|Portraits of Celebrities]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * The Duke of Fife. * Mrs. Beerbohm Tree. * George Augustus Sala. * Henry Stacy Marks. * Miss Mary Moore. * David James. * Max O'Rell. }}}} * '''[[/Sister Gabrielle/|"Sister Gabrielle,"]]''' a Reminiscence of [[Author:Max O'Rell|Max O'Rell]] During the War, by [[Author:Mary Blouet|His Wife]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Jean de Paleologu|Jean de Paléologue]].}} * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/|Illustrated Interviews]]'''. No. I. '''Cardinal Manning''', by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:W. H. J. Boot|W. H. J. Boot]].}} * '''Adventures of Sherlock Holmes.'''<br/> Adventure I. '''[[/A Scandal in Bohemia/|A Scandal in Bohemia]]''', by [[Author:A. Conan Doyle|A. Conan Doyle]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/The Bundle of Letters/|"The Bundle of Letters,"]]''' from the Hungarian of [[Author:Mór_Jókai|Moritz Jokai]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/The State of the Law Courts/|The State of the Law Courts]]'''. IV. The Criminal Courts.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Albert Ludovici|A. Ludovici]].}} * '''[[/Captain Mayne Reid/|Captain Mayne Reid]]''': Soldier and Novelist, by [[Author:Maltus Questell Holyoake|Maltus Questell Holyoake]]. * '''[[/The King and the Artist/|"The King and the Artist,"]]''', a Story for Children; from the Spanish. By [[Author:Mariana Monteiro|Mariana Monteiro]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} }} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] 1iq788n0m8gh3b8v96je99es4e9tdws The Strand Magazine/Volume 2/Issue 8 0 4032698 14127885 12581540 2024-04-25T14:14:25Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = | previous = [[../Issue 7/|Issue 7]] | next = [[../Issue 9/|Issue 9]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 2 | notes = August, 1891. {{small scan link|The Strand Magazine (Volume 2).djvu}} }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 2. No. 8.||August 1891.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 2).djvu" include=110/> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC|title=Contents|width=500px| * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/|Illustrated Interviews]]'''. No. II. '''Henry Stacy Marks, R.A.''', by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Henry Stacy Marks|Henry Stacy Marks]] and [[Author:W. S. Stacey|W. S. Stacey]].}} * '''[[/Quarantine Island/|Quarantine Island]]''', by [[Author:Walter Besant|Walter Besant]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:A. Forestier|A. Forestier]].}} * '''[[/Cats/|Cats]]''', by [[Author:James MacLaren Cobban|J. Maclaren Cobban]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Harrison Weir|Harrison Weir]].}} * '''[[/The Story of a Game/|The Story of a Game]]'''; from the French of [[Author:Albert Delpit|Albert Delpit]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Henrik Hillbom|H. Hillbom]].}} * '''[[/Celebrities at Play/|Celebrities at Play]]'''.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:James Frank Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]].}} * '''[[/The Doctor's Story/|The Doctor's Story]]'''; from the French of [[Author:Guy de Maupassant|Guy de Maupassant]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Gordon Browne|Gordon Browne]].}} * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/|Portraits of Celebrities]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * The Duke of Norfolk. * The German Emperor. * The German Empress. * J. Ashby Sterry. * Miss Fortescue. * Augustus Harris. * Hall Caine. * Henry Labouchere. }}}} * '''[[/In and About Newmarket/|In & About Newmarket]]'''.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:John Gülich|John Gülich]].}} * '''[[/The Prisoner of Assiout/|The Prisoner of Assiout]]''', by [[Author:Grant Allen|Grant Allen]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/The Music of Birds/|The Music of Birds]]'''.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Allan Frederick Barraud|Allan Barraud]].}} * '''Adventures of Sherlock Holmes.'''<br/> Adventure II. '''[[/The Red-Headed League/|The Red-Headed League]]''', by [[Author:A. Conan Doyle|A. Conan Doyle]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/Up a Shot Tower/|Up a Shot Tower]]'''.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Alfred J. Johnson|J. Johnson]].}} * '''[[/The Blue Cat/|The Blue Cat]]''', a Story for Children; From the French of [[Author:Daniel Dare|Daniel Dare]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} }} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] jg4zomz0n9c8ooiwwsnesr5rx89enhh The Strand Magazine/Volume 2/Issue 9 0 4032699 14127883 12581542 2024-04-25T14:14:01Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = | previous = [[../Issue 8/|Issue 8]] | next = [[../Issue 10/|Issue 10]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 2 | notes = September, 1891. {{small scan link|The Strand Magazine (Volume 2).djvu}} }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 2. No. 9.||September 1891.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 2).djvu" include=217/> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC|title=Contents|width=500px| * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''. No. III. '''Madame Albani.''', by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:William Barnes Wollen|W. B. Wollen]].}} * '''[[/The Postmistress of Laurel Run/]]''', by [[Author:Bret Harte|Bret Harte]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Young Tommy Atkins/]]''', a Personal Experience.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Frank Feller|Frank Feller]].}} * '''Adventures of Sherlock Holmes.'''<br/> Adventure III. '''[[/A Case of Identity/|A Case of Identity]]''', by [[Author:A. Conan Doyle|A. Conan Doyle]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/Street-Corner Men/]]''' by [[Author:Harry Tuck|H. Tuck]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Harry Tuck|H. Tuck]].}} * '''[[/For an Old Debt/]]''', by [[Author:James Harwood Panting|J. Harwood Panting]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:George Hillyard Swinstead|G. Hillyard Swinstead]].}} * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/|Portraits of Celebrities]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Professor Owen * Mrs. W. H. Kendal. * W. H. Kendal. * The Duke of Connaught. * Dr. Robson Roose. * Michael Maybrick. * Henry Russell. }}}} * '''[[/The Foundling Hospital/]]'''.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:John Gülich|John Gülich]].}} * '''[[/A Perilous Wooing/]]''', from the Norwegian of [[Author:Bjørnstjerne Bjørnson|Bjornstjerne Bjornson]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Joseph Finnemore|J. Finnemore]].}} * '''[[/Wild Animal Training/]]'''.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:John L. Wimbush|J. L. Wimbush]].}} * '''[[/The Last Touches/]]''', by [[Author:Mrs. W. K. Clifford|Mrs. W. K. Clifford]], Author of "Mrs. Keith's Crime."<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Gordon Browne|Gordon Browne]].}} * '''[[/Some Curious Inventions/]]''' by [[Author:J. H. Roberts|J. H. Roberts]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:J. H. Roberts|J. H. Roberts]].}} * '''[[/The Lucky Coin/]]''', a Story for Children, from the Portugese of [[Author:Gonzalo Fernandez Francoso|Gonzalo Fernandez Francoso]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/TQS/|The Queer Side of Things]]'''. ** I.—'''Judicial Innocence''', written and illustrated by [[Author:James Frank Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]]. ** II.—'''A Variation on Two Suits'''. ** Miscellaneous. }} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] cfi0aena5ebehxidv34regynlwvdzbj The Strand Magazine/Volume 2/Issue 10 0 4032700 14127880 12589566 2024-04-25T14:13:28Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = | previous = [[../Issue 9/|Issue 9]] | next = [[../Issue 11/|Issue 11]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 2 | notes = October, 1891. {{small scan link|The Strand Magazine (Volume 2).djvu}} }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 2. No. 10.||October 1891.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 2).djvu" include=328/> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC|title=Contents|width=500px| * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''. No. IV. '''Mr. W. S. Gilbert.''', by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:John Gülich|John Gülich]], [[Author:R. Jones|R. Jones]] & [[Author:Mabel Dorothy Hardy|Mabel Dorothy Hardy]].}} * '''[[/The P.L.M. Express/]]'''. From the French of [[Author:Jacques Normand|Jacques Normand]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:John Leighton|John Leighton]].}} * '''[[/The Charge of the Light Brigade/]]''', by Private [[Author:James Lamb|James Lamb]], late 13th Hussars (One of the Six Hundred).<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:William Barnes Wollen|W. B. Wollen]]}} * '''[[/Told in the Studios/]]''' Three Stories of Artist Life, by [[Author:Eliza Margaret Jane Humphreys|"Rita"]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Notes on Jonathan's Daughters/]]''', by [[Author:Max O'Rell|Max O'Rell]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Jean de Paleologu|Jean de Paléologue]].}} * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * The Ex-Empress Eugenie. * W. S. Gilbert. * Dr. Samuel Smiles. * Justin McCarthy, M. P. * Charles Warner. * Sir Morell Mackenzie. }}}} * '''[[/Three in Charge/]]''', by [[Author:William Clark Russell|W. Clark Russell]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:William Christian Symons|W. Christian Symons]].}} * '''[[/Tennyson's Early Years/]]'''.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Maud_Raphael_Jones|R. Jones]].}} * '''[[/Laying a Ghost/]]''', by [[Author:George Manville Fenn|George Manville Fenn]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:George Hillyard Swinstead|G. Hillyard Swinstead]].}} * '''[[/Figure-heads/]]''', written and illustrated by [[Author:James Edward Rogers|J. E. Rogers]] * '''Adventures of Sherlock Holmes.'''<br/> Adventure IV. '''[[/The Boscombe Valley Mystery/]]''', by [[Author:A. Conan Doyle|A. Conan Doyle]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/Smugglers' Devices/]]'''.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:John L. Wimbush|J. L. Wimbush]].}} * '''[[/Kojata/]]''', a Story for Children, from the Russian.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Harold Robert Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/TQS/|The Queer Side of Things]]'''. ** '''A Visit to Sir Ogre de Covetous''', by [[Author:James Frank Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]] ** '''Portrait Signatures'''. ** '''Varieties of Alpine-Climbing''', by [[Author:Frank Feller|Frank Feller]]. ** '''Miscellaneous'''. }} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] 2xc0xcvtd7um80r6zc4w4ef9574zlfr The Strand Magazine/Volume 2/Issue 11 0 4032701 14127878 12589564 2024-04-25T14:13:00Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = | previous = [[../Issue 10/|Issue 10]] | next = [[../Issue 12/|Issue 12]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 2 | notes = November, 1891. {{small scan link|The Strand Magazine (Volume 2).djvu}} }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 2. No. 11.||November 1891.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 2).djvu" include=439/> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC|title=Contents|width=500px| * '''[[/George Tinworth and his Work/]]''', by [[Author:Edward Salmon|Edward Salmon]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrated by [[Author:George Tinworth|George Tinworth]].}} * '''[[/A Breach of Confidence/]]''', by [[Author:Annie Armitt|Annie Armitt]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrated by [[Author:W. S. Stacey|W. S. Stacey]].}} * '''[[/Lady Dufferin and the Women of India/]]'''. * '''[[/Told in the Studios/]]''', by [[Author:Eliza Margaret Jane Humphreys|"Rita"]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Fireworks/]]'''.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrated by [[Author:Alfred J. Johnson|A. J. Johnson]].}} * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Thomas Hardy * Corney Grain. * Mrs. Keeley. * Henry Neville. * Miss Charlotte M. Yonge. * Tommaso Salvini. }}}} * '''Adventures of Sherlock Holmes.'''<br/> Adventure V. '''[[/The Five Orange Pips/]]''', by [[Author:A. Conan Doyle|A. Conan Doyle]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/London from Aloft/]]''', by [[Author:Griffith Brewer|Griffith Brewer]]. * '''[[/Wife or Helpmeet?/]]''' Study of a Woman, translated from the French of [[Author:Mary Healy|Jeanne Mairet]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrated by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/The Street Games of Children/]]''', by [[Author:Frances Low|Frances H. Low]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrated by [[Author:John Leighton|John Leighton]].}} * '''[[/An Episode of '63/]]''', by [[Author:Henry George Murray|Henry Murray]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrated by [[Author:W. B. Wollen|W. B. Wollen]].}} * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''. No. V. '''Mr. Montagu Williams, Q.C.''', by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:John L. Wimbush|J. L. Wimbush]] and [[Author:Maud Raphael Jones|R. Jones]].}} * '''[[/Fairy Dust/]]''', a Story for Children, from the French of [[Author:George Sand|George Sand]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/TQS/|The Queer Side of Things]]'''. ** '''The Discovery of a Curious Creature''', by [[Author:James Frank Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]]. ** '''Portrait-Signatures'''. }} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] rb28fuaitj1m5ci9fcpyt9j33pwgpsg The Strand Magazine/Volume 2/Issue 12 0 4032703 14127877 12589563 2024-04-25T14:12:35Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = | previous = [[../Issue 11/|Issue 11]] | next = [[../../Volume 3/Issue 13/|Issue 13]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 2 | notes = December, 1891. {{small scan link|The Strand Magazine (Volume 2).djvu}} }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 2. No. 12.||December 1891.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 2).djvu" include=548/> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC|title=Contents|width=500px| * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''. No. VI. '''Sir Augustus Harris''', by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:John L. Wimbush|J. L. Wimbush]].}} * '''[[/Two Kisses/]]'''.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/Ghosts/]]''', written and illustrated by [[Author:Irving Montagu|Irving Montagu]]. * '''[[/Told in the Studios/]]''', by [[Author:Eliza Margaret Jane Humphreys|"Rita"]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy.]]}} * '''[[/An Unpublished Letter of Charles Lamb/]]''' by [[Author:William Carew Hazlitt|W. Carew Hazlitt]]. * '''[[/Major Pendallas/]]''', a Christmas Story, by [[Author:Frank R. Stockton|Frank R. Stockton]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Miss Mary Anderson. * Andrew Lang. * Lord Coleridge. * Prince Bismarck. * Joseph Parker, D.D. * A. Conan Doyle. * Madam Cathinca Amyot. }}}} * '''[[/Otto's Folly/]]''', from the German of [[Author:Peter Rosegger|P. K. Rosegger]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Joseph Finnemore|J. Finnemore]] & [[Author:W. H. J. Boot|W. H. J. Boot]].}} * '''[[/Christmas Crackers/]]'''.<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Alfred J. Johnson|Alf J. Johnson]].}} * '''Adventures of Sherlock Holmes.'''<br/> Adventure VI. '''[[/The Man with the Twisted Lip/]]''', by [[Author:A. Conan Doyle|A. Conan Doyle]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/The Winding Walk/]]''', by [[Author:Frank Lewis Moir|Frank L. Moir]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Allan Frederick Barraud|Allan Barraud]].}} * '''[[/A Day in the Country/]]''', by [[Author:David Christie Murray|David Christie Murray]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:John Leighton|John Leighton]].}} * '''[[/Quixarvyn's Rival/]]''', by [[Author:H. Greenhough Smith|H. Greenhough Smith]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/A Vision of St. Nicholas/]]''', a Poem for Children, by [[Author:Clement Clarke Moore|C. C. Moore]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Gordon Browne|Gordon Browne]].}} * '''[[/TQS/|The Queer Side of Things]]''' ** '''The Economical Club''' by [[Author:James Frank Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]]. ** '''A Prize Family''' ** '''Miscellaneous''' }} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] naiahm9izb8u46ru8mlkn4b1ufi59lw Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/14 104 4033171 14128986 12565868 2024-04-25T18:29:12Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Xover" />{{rh|2|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>The Marchioness removed her apron and handed it to Julia. You would have thought she expected to confront Lord Temple in person, or at least that she would be fully visible to him despite the distance and the intervening buildings that lay between. Tucking a few stray locks of her snow-white hair into place, she approached the telephone in the hall. She had never quite gotten over the impression that one could be seen through as well as heard over the telephone. She always smiled or frowned or gesticulated, as occasion demanded; she was never languid, never bored, never listless. A chat was a chat, at long range or short; it didn't matter. "Are you there? Good evening, Mr. Trotter. So charmed to hear your voice." She had seated herself at the little old Italian table. Mr. Trotter devoted a full two minutes to explanations. "Do bring him with you," cried she. "Your word is sufficient. He ''must'' be delightful. Of course, I shuddered a little when you mentioned Constantinople. I always do. One can't help thinking of the Armenians. Eh? Oh, yes,—and the harems." Mr. Trotter: "By the way, are you expecting Lady Jane tonight?" The Marchioness: "She rarely fails us, Mr. Trotter." Mr. Trotter: "Right-o! Well, good-bye,—and thank you. I'm sure you will like the baron. He is a trifle seedy, as I said before,—sailing vessel, you know, and all that sort of thing. By way of Cape Town,—pretty well up against it for the past year or two be-<noinclude></noinclude> mh3ys536pgsyn3u5idwk1zix4jam4nh Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/16 104 4033173 14128996 12565884 2024-04-25T18:29:21Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Xover" />{{rh|4|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>for a sailor, eh? Please assure him that no matter what he wears, or how he looks, he will not be conspicuous." After this somewhat ambiguous remark, the Marchioness hung up the receiver and returned to the drawing-room; a prolonged search revealing the dust-cloth on the "nub" of the andiron, just where she had left it, she fell to work once more on the velvety surface of a rare old Spanish cabinet that stood in the corner of the room. "Don't you want your apron, ma'am?" inquired Julia, sitting back on her heels and surveying with considerable pride the leg of an enormous throne seat she had been rubbing with all the strength of her stout arms. Her mistress ignored the question. She dabbed into a tiny recess and wriggled her finger vigorously. "I can't imagine where all the dust comes from, Julia," she said. "Some of it comes from Italy, and some of it from Spain, and some from France," said Julia promptly. "You could rub for a hundred years, ma'am, and there'd still be dust that you couldn't find, not to save your soul. And why not? I'd bet my last penny there's dust on that cabinet this very minute that settled before Napoleon was born, whenever that was." "I daresay," said the Marchioness absently. More often than otherwise she failed to hear all that Julia said to her, or in her presence rather, for Julia, wise in association, had come to consider these lapses of inattention as openings for prolonged and rarely coherent soliloquies on topics of the moment. Julia,<noinclude></noinclude> 0v0je7eisx3nfm9hy8vy204cjd5q8ny Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/18 104 4033175 14129007 12565890 2024-04-25T18:29:32Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Xover" />{{rh|6|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>structures that had shot up on either side of it with incredible swiftness. It was a large room, at least thirty by fifty feet in dimensions, with a vaulted ceiling that encroached upon the space ordinarily devoted to what architects, builders and the Board of Health describe as an air chamber, next below the roof. There was no elevator in the building. One had to climb four flights of stairs to reach the apartment. From its long, heavily curtained windows one looked down upon a crowded cross-town thoroughfare, or up to the summit of a stupendous hotel on the opposite side of the street. There was a small foyer at the rear of this lofty room, with an entrance from the narrow hall outside. Suspended in the wide doorway between the two rooms was a pair of blue velvet Italian portières of great antiquity and, to a connoisseur, unrivaled quality. Beyond the foyer and extending to the area wall was the rather commodious dining-room, with its long oaken English table, its high-back chairs, its massive sideboard and the chandelier that is said to have hung in the Doges' Palace when the Bridge of Sighs was a new and thriving avenue of communication. At least, so stated the dealer's tag tucked carelessly among the crystal prisms, supplying the observer with the information that, in case one was in need of a chandelier, its price was five hundred guineas. The same curious-minded observer would have discovered, if he were not above getting down on his hands and knees and peering under the table, a price tag; and by exerting the strength necessary to pull the sideboard<noinclude></noinclude> hhwx86687o45cbs0zoek30v9t9mj5ey Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/20 104 4033177 14129018 12565894 2024-04-25T18:29:44Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Xover" />{{rh|8|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>antiques, price-marks to the contrary. You are in the home of a Marchioness, and she is not a dealer in old furniture, you may be quite sure of that. She does not owe a penny on a single article in the apartment nor does she, on the other hand, own a penny's worth of anything that meets the eye,—unless, of course, one excepts the dust-cloth and the can of polish that follows Julia about the room. Nor is it a loan exhibit, nor the setting for a bazaar. The apartment being on the top floor of a five-story building, it is necessary to account for the remaining four. In the rear of the fourth floor there was a small kitchen and pantry from which a dumb-waiter ascended and descended with vehement enthusiasm. The remainder of the floor was divided into four rather small chambers, each opening into the outer hall, with two bath-rooms inserted. Each of these rooms contained a series of lockers, not unlike those in a club-house. Otherwise they were unfurnished except for a few commonplace cane bottom chairs in various stages of decrepitude. The third floor represented a complete apartment of five rooms, daintily furnished. This was where the Marchioness really lived. Commerce, after a fashion, occupied the two lower floors. It stopped short at the bottom of the second flight of stairs where it encountered an obstacle in the shape of a grill-work gate that bore the laconic word "Private," and while commerce may have peeped inquisitively through and beyond the barrier it was never permitted to trespass farther than an occasional sly, surreptitious and unavailing twist of the knob. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 91xc0smbf1c02ompc3oq2lxkojxnlj2 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/22 104 4033179 14129028 12565914 2024-04-25T18:29:54Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Xover" />{{rh|10|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"Just Lady Jane, ma'am? No one else?" "No one else," said the other, and preceded Julia down the two flights of stairs to the charming little apartment on the third floor. "She is a dear girl, and I enjoy having her all to myself once in a while." "She is so, ma'am," agreed Julia, and added. "The oftener the better." At half-past seven Julia ran down the stairs to open the gate at the bottom. She admitted a slender young woman, who said, "Thank you," and "Good evening, Julia," in the softest, loveliest voice imaginable, and hurried up, past the apartment of the Marchioness, to the fourth floor. Julia, in cap and apron, wore a pleased smile as she went in to put the finishing touches on the coiffure of her mistress. "Pity there isn't more like her," she said, at the end of five minutes' reflection. Patting the silvery crown of the Marchioness, she observed in a less detached manner: "As I always says, the wonderful part is that it's all your own, ma'am." "I am beginning to dread the stairs as much as any one," said the Marchioness, as she passed out into the hall and looked up the dimly lighted steps. "That is a bad sign, Julia." A mass of coals crackled in the big fireplace on the top floor, and a tall man in the resplendent livery of a footman was engaged in poking them up when the Marchioness entered. "Bitterly cold, isn't it, Moody?" inquired she, approaching with stately tread, her lorgnon lifted. "It is, my lady,—extremely nawsty," replied Moody. "The trams are a bit off, or I should 'ave<noinclude></noinclude> 2d3efz688v466iikctsfv0olcoizwxg Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/26 104 4033203 14129049 12553477 2024-04-25T18:30:14Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|14|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>you are informed that the latter was at least half-a-head shorter than a woman of medium height. On the little finger of her right hand she wore a heavy seal ring of gold. If you had known her well enough to hold her hand—to the light, I mean,—you would have been able to decipher the markings of a crest, notwithstanding the fact that age had all but obliterated the lines. Dinner was formal only in the manner in which it was served. Behind the chair of the Marchioness, Moody posed loftily when not otherwise employed. A critical observer would have taken note of the threadbare condition of his coat, especially at the elbows, and the somewhat snug way in which it adhered to him, fore and aft. Indeed, there was an ever-present peril in its snugness. He was painfully deliberate and detached. From time to time, a second footman, addressed as McFaddan, paused back of Lady Jane. His chin was not quite so high in the air as Moody's; the higher he raised it the less it looked like a chin. McFaddan, you would remark, carried a great deal of weight above the hips. The ancient butler, Cricklewick, decanted the wine, lifted his right eyebrow for the benefit of Moody, the left in directing McFaddan, and cringed slightly with each trip upward of the dumb-waiter. The Marchioness and Lady Jane were in a gay mood despite the studied solemnity of the three servants. As dinner has no connection with this narrative except to introduce an effect of opulence, we will hurry through with it and allow Moody and McFaddan to draw back the chairs on a signal transmitted by Cricklewick, and return to the drawing-room with the two ladies. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 500ek3bbga1hzmifds1l4l8v4kzzqeo Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/28 104 4033205 14129059 13053348 2024-04-25T18:30:23Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|16|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>the Marchioness drily. "Even at its worst it is a pleasanter thing to discuss than Camelford. You can't get anything out of me, my dear. I was his next door neighbour for twenty years, and I don't believe in talking about one's neighbour." Lady Jane stared for a moment. "But—how quaint you are!—you were married to him almost as long as that, were you not?" "My clearest,—I may even say my dearest,—recollection of him is as a neighbour, Lady Jane. He was most agreeable next door." Cricklewick appeared in the door. "Count Antonio Fogazario," he announced. A small, wizened man in black satin knee-breeches entered the room and approached the Marchioness. With courtly grace he lifted her fingers to his lips and, in a voice that quavered slightly, declared in French that his joy on seeing her again was only surpassed by the hideous gloom he had experienced during the week that had elapsed since their last meeting. "But now the gloom is dispelled and I am basking in sunshine so rare and soft and—" "My dear Count," broke in the Marchioness, "you forget that we are enjoying the worst blizzard of the year." "Enjoying,—vastly enjoying it!" he cried. "It is the most enchanting blizzard I have ever known. Ah, my dear Lady Jane! This ''is'' delightful!" His sharp little face beamed with pleasure. The vast pleated shirt front extended itself to amazing proportions, as if blown up by an invisible though prodigious bellows, and his elbow described an angle of con-<noinclude></noinclude> cq00vs2vfmgfz6ylxg7roksrie8415l Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/30 104 4033207 14129071 12553481 2024-04-25T18:30:34Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|18|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"You blow it like a gentleman," interrupted the Marchioness, as he paused in some confusion. "Indeed I do," he said gratefully. "In the most polished manner possible, my dear lady." Lady Jane put her handkerchief to her lips. There was a period of silence. The Count appeared to be thinking with great intensity. He had a harassed expression about the corners of his nose. It was he who broke the silence. He broke it with a most tremendous sneeze. "The beastly snuff," he said in apology. Cricklewick's voice seemed to act as an echo to the remark. "The Right-Honourable Mrs. Priestly-Duff," he announced, and an angular, middle-aged lady in a rose-coloured gown entered the room. She had a very long nose and prominent teeth; her neck was of amazing length and appeared to be attached to her shoulders by means of vertical, skin-covered ropes, running from torso to points just behind her ears, where they were lost in a matting of faded, straw-coloured hair. On second thought, it may be simpler to remark that her neck was amazingly scrawny. It will save confusion. Her voice was a trifle strident and her French execrable. "Isn't it awful?" she said as she joined the trio at the fireplace. "I thought I'd never get here. Two hours coming, my dear, and I must be starting home at once if I want to get there before midnight." "The Princess will be here," said the Marchioness. "I'll wait fifteen minutes," said the new-comer<noinclude></noinclude> nkc99od65a87wk6j384aqkhbzgca94l Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/32 104 4033209 14129081 13053350 2024-04-25T18:30:44Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|20|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"Lord Temple. Baron—ahem!— Whiskers—eh? Baron Wissmer. Prince Waldemar de Bosky. Count Wilhelm Frederick Von Blitzen." Four young men advanced upon the Marchioness, Lord Temple in the van. He was a tall, good-looking chap, with light brown hair that curled slightly above the ears, and eyes that danced. "This, my dear Marchioness, is my friend. Baron Wissmer," he said, after bending low over her hand. The Baron, whose broad hands were encased in immaculate white gloves that failed by a wide margin to button across his powerful wrists, smiled sheepishly as he enveloped her fingers in his huge palm. "It is good of you to let me come. Marchioness," he said awkwardly, a deep flush spreading over his sea-tanned face. "If I manage to deport myself like the bull in the china shop, pray lay it to clumsiness and not to ignorance. It has been a very long time since I touched the hand of a Marchioness." "Small people, like myself, may well afford to be kind and forgiving to giants," said she, smiling. "Dear me, how huge you are." "I was once in the Emperor's Guard," said he, straightening his figure to its full six feet and a half. "The Blue Hussars. I may add with pride that I was not so horribly clumsy in regimentals. After all, it is the clothes that makes the man." He smiled as he looked himself over. "I shall not be at all offended or even embarrassed if you say 'goodness, how you have grown!'" "The best tailor in London made that suit of clothes," said Lord Temple, surveying his friend with<noinclude></noinclude> 0ucqg5k0ey50y0hyutm0kbcjtbi3xus Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/34 104 4033211 14129086 12553485 2024-04-25T18:30:48Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|22|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"Only patriots and lovers venture forth on such nights as this," he said, in a guttural voice that rendered his French almost laughable. "With an occasional thief or varlet," supplemented the Marchioness. "Ach, Dieu," murmured the Count. Fresh arrivals were announced by Cricklewick. For the next ten or fifteen minutes they came thick and fast, men and women of all ages, nationality and condition, and not one of them without a high-sounding title. They disposed themselves about the vast room, and a subdued vocal hubbub ensued. If here and there elderly guests, with gnarled and painfully scrubbed hands, preferred isolation and the pictorial contents of a magazine from the land of their nativity, it was not with snobbish intentions. They were absorbing the news from "home," in the regular weekly doses. The regal, respendent Countess du Bara, of the Opera, held court in one corner of the room. Another was glorified by a petite baroness from the Artists' Colony far down-town, while a rather dowdy lady with a coronet monopolized the attention of a small group in the centre of the room. Lady Jane Thorne and Lord Temple sat together in a dim recess beyond the great chair of state, and conversed in low and far from impersonal tones. Cricklewick appeared in the doorway and in his most impressive manner announced Her Royal Highness, the Princess Mariana Theresa Sebastano Michelini Celestine di Pavesi. And with the entrance of royalty, kind reader, you<noinclude></noinclude> 55fliazz6nh1ijei1r2oebe51j4z8ip Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/38 104 4033235 14129087 12553564 2024-04-25T18:30:49Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|26|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>They tell of the royal princess living in squalor on the lower east side; of the heir to a baronetcy dying in poverty in a hospital somewhere up-town; of the countess who defies the wolf by dancing in the roof-gardens; of the lost arch-duke who has been recognized in a gang of stevedores; of the earl who lands in jail as an ordinary hobo; of the baroness who supports a shiftless husband and their offspring by giving music-lessons; of the retiring scholar who scorns a life of idlness and a coronet besides; of shifty ne'er-do-wells with titles at homes and aliases elsewhere; of fugitive lords and forgotten ladies; of thieves and bauds and wastrels who stand revealed in their extremity as the sons and daughters of noble houses. In this City of Masks there are hundreds of men and women in whose veins the blood of a sound aristocracy flows. By choice or necessity they have donned the mask of obscurity. They tread the paths of oblivion. They toil, beg or steal to keep pace with circumstance. But the blood will not be denied. In the breast of each of these drifters throbs the pride of birth, in the soul of each flickers the unquenchable flame of caste. The mask is for the man outside, not for the man inside. Recently there died in one of the municipal hospitals an old flower-woman, familiar for three decades to the thousands who thread their way through the maze of streets in the lower end of Manhattan. To them she was known as Old Peg. To herself she was the Princess Feododric, born to the purple, daughter of one of the greatest families in Russia. She was never anything but the Princess to herself, despite the squalor in which she lived. Her epitaph was written in the bold,<noinclude></noinclude> c9art1esm1vd5oydg3n8ngu0d5m79ni Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/40 104 4033237 14129088 13053351 2024-04-25T18:30:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|28|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>militant suffragette before a sudden and enforced departure from England, was the only person there with the hardihood to proclaim, not altogether ''sotto voce'', that the "get-up" was a fright. Restraint vanished the instant the last kiss of tribute fell upon her knuckles. The Princess put her hand to her side, caught her breath sharply, and remarked to the Marchioness, who stood near by, that it was dreadful the way she was putting on weight. She was afraid of splitting something if she took a long, natural breath. "I haven't weighed myself lately," she said, "but the last time I had this dress on it felt like a kimono. Look at it now! You could not stuff a piece of tissue paper between it and me to save your soul. I shall have to let it out a couple of— What were you about to say, Count Fogazario?" The little Count, at the Marchioness's elbow, repeated something he had already said, and added: "And if it continues there will not be a trolley-car running by midnight." The Princess eyed him coldly. "That is just like a man," she said. "Not the faintest idea of what we were talking about, Marchioness." The Count bowed. "You were speaking of tissue paper, Princess," said he, stiffly. "I understood perfectly." Once a week the Marchioness held her amazing salon. Strictly speaking, it was a co-operative affair. The so-called guests were in reality contributors to and supporters of an enterprise that had been going on for the matter of five years in the heart of unsuspecting New York. According to his or her means, each of these<noinclude></noinclude> i10fi3wctel70ewq6nev6020qfnxzww Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/42 104 4033239 14129089 12553568 2024-04-25T18:30:51Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|30|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>who held the lease on the building, from cellar to roof, and it was she who paid that important item of expense: the rent. The Marchioness was no other than the celebrated Deborah, whose gowns issuing from the lower floors at prodigious prices, gave her a standing in New York that not even the plutocrats and parvenus could dispute. In private life she may have been a Marchioness, but to all New York she was known as the queen of dressmakers. If you desired to consult Deborah in person you inquired for Mrs. Sparflight, or if you happened to be a new customer and ignorant, you were set straight by an attendant (with a slight uplifting of the eyebrows) when you asked for Madame "Deborah." The ownership of the rare pieces of antique furniture, rugs, tapestries and paintings was vested in two members of the circle, one occupying a position in the centre of the ring, the other on the outer rim: Count Antonio Fogazario and Moody, the footman. For be it known that while Moody reverted once a week to a remote order of existence he was for the balance of the time an exceedingly prosperous, astute and highly respected dealer in antiques, with a shop in Madison Avenue and a clientele that considered it the grossest impertinence to dispute the prices he demanded. He always looked forward to these "drawing-rooms," so to speak. It was rather a joy to disregard the aspirates. He dropped enough hs on a single evening to make up for a whole week of deliberate speech. As for Count Antonio, he was the purveyor of Italian antiques and primitive paintings, "authenticity guaranteed," doing business under the name of "Juneo &<noinclude></noinclude> tlna4ey97rms1lqagt49ewn3eagavk7 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/43 104 4033240 14129120 13053335 2024-04-25T18:31:42Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh||THE CITY OF MASKS|31}}</noinclude>Co., Ltd. London, Paris, Rome, New York." He was known in the trade and at his bank as Mr. Juneo. Occasionally the exigencies of commerce necessitated the substitution of an article from stock for one temporarily loaned to the fifth-floor drawing-room. During the seven days in the week, Mr. Moody and Mr. Juneo observed a strained but common equality. Mr. Moody contemptuously referred to Mr. Juneo as a second-hand dealer, while Mr. Juneo, with commercial bitterness, informed his patrons that Pickett, Inc., needed a lot of watching. But on these Wednesday nights a vast abyss stretched between them. They were no longer rivals in business. Mr. Juneo, without the slightest sign of arrogance, put Mr. Moody in his place, and Mr. Moody, with perfect equanimity, quite properly stayed there. "A chair over here, Moody," the Count would say (to Pickett, Inc.,) and Moody, with all the top-lofty obsequiousness of the perfect footman, would place a chair in the designated spot, and say: "H'anythink else, my lord? Thank you, sir." On this particular Wednesday night two topics of paramount interest engaged the attention of the company. The newspapers of that day had printed the story of the apprehension and seizure of one Peter Jolinski, wanted in Warsaw on the charge of assassination. As Count Andreas Verdray he was known to this exclusive circle of Europeans, and to them he was a persecuted, unjustly accused fugitive from the land of his nativity. Russian secret service men had run him to earth after five years of relentless pursuit. As a re-<noinclude></noinclude> afmaeu5oil15bjk91sx4envpur4y00g Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/44 104 4033241 14129090 12553570 2024-04-25T18:30:52Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|32|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>spectable, industrious window-washer he had managed for years to evade arrest for a crime he had not committed, and now he was in jail awaiting extradition and almost certain death at the hands of his intriguing enemies. A cultured scholar, a true gentleman, he was, despite his vocation, one of the most distinguished units in this little world of theirs. The authorities in Warsaw charged him with instigating the plot to assassinate a powerful and autocratic officer of the Crown. In more or less hushed voices, the assemblage discussed the unhappy event. The other topic was the need of immediate relief for the family of the Baroness de Flamme, who was on her death-bed in Harlem and whose three small children, deprived of the support of a hard-working music-teacher and deserted by an unconscionably plebeian father, were in a pitiable state of destitution. Acting on the suggestion of Lord Temple, who as Thomas Trotter earned a weekly stipend of thirty dollars as chauffeur for a prominent Park Avenue gentleman, a collection was taken, each person giving according to his means. The largest contribution was from Count Fogazario, who headed the list with twenty-five dollars. The Marchioness was down for twenty. The smallest donation was from Prince Waldemar. Producing a solitary coin, he made change, and after saving out ten cents for carfare, donated forty cents. Cricklewick, Moody and McFaddan were not invited to contribute. No one would have dreamed of asking them to join in such a movement. And yet, of all those present, the three men-servants were in a better position than any one else to give handsomely. They were,<noinclude></noinclude> lhx5rcz826zxjy8oj9euqkwy95ntaz7 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/46 104 4033243 14129091 12553572 2024-04-25T18:30:53Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|34|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>would call the possession of a dollar or two affluence,—and always with the resolve in their souls to some day get even with the leech who stood behind the counter and doled out nickels where dollars were expected. It was an open secret that more than one of those who kissed the Princess's hand in the Marchioness's drawing-room carried pawnchecks issued by Mrs. Jacobs. Business was business. Sentiment entered the soul of the Princess only on such nights as she found it convenient and expedient to present herself at the Salon. It vanished the instant she put on her street clothes on the floor below and passed out into the night. Avarice stepped in as sentiment stepped out, and one should not expect too much of avarice. For one, the dreamy, half-starved Prince Waldemar was rarely without pawnchecks from her delectable establishment. Indeed it had been impossible for him to entertain the company on this stormy evening except for her grudging consent to substitute his overcoat for the Stradivarius he had been obliged to leave the day before. Without going too deeply into her history, it is only necessary to say that she was one of those wayward, wilful princesses royal who occasionally violate all tradition and marry good-looking young Americans or Englishmen, and disappear promptly and automatically from court circles. She ran away when she was nineteen with a young attaché in the British legation. It was the worst thing that could have happened to the poor chap. For years they drifted through many lands, finally ending in New York, where, their resources having been exhausted,<noinclude></noinclude> 1w3am3zrtwxc4izdv87n0gw06zfvi1u Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/48 104 4033245 14129093 12553574 2024-04-25T18:30:54Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|36|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>raiment donned for the occasion. With the turning of a key in the locker door, barons became ordinary men, countesses became mere women, and all of them stole regretfully out of the passage at the foot of the first flight of stairs and shivered in the wind that blew through the City of Masks. "I've got more money than I know what to do with, Miss Emsdale," said Tom Trotter, as they went together out into the bitter wind. "I'll blow you off to a taxi." "I couldn't think of it," said the erstwhile Lady Jane, drawing her small stole close about her neck. "But it's on my way home," said he. "I'll drop you at your front door. Please do." "If I may stand half," she said resolutely. "We'll see," said he. "Wait here in the doorway till I fetch a taxi from the hotel over there. Oh, I say, Herman, would you mind asking one of those drivers over there to pick us up here?" "Sure," said Herman, one time Count Wilhelm Frederick Von Blitzen, who had followed them to the sidewalk. "Fierce night, ain'd it? Py chiminy, ain'd it?" "Where is your friend, Mr. Trotter," inquired Miss Emsdale, as the stalwart figure of one of the most noted head-waiters in New York struggled off against the wind. "He beat it quite a while ago," said he, with an enlightening grin. "Oh?" said she, and met his glance in the darkness. A sudden warmth swept over her.<noinclude></noinclude> e6vhhppxgzkz8x17merdzsfr29qxz4c Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/50 104 4033247 14129094 12566606 2024-04-25T18:30:55Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|38|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>stalwart burden-bearer coming down. A servant had opened the door and the late burden was passing into the hall. He peered sharply into the face of the man who was leaving, and recognized him. "Hello," he said. "Some one ill, Trotter?" "No, Mr. Smith-Parvis," replied Trotter in some confusion. "Disagreeable night, isn't it?" "In some respects," said young Mr. Smith-Parvis, and dashed into the vestibule before the footman could close the door. Miss Emsdale turned at the foot of the broad stairway as she heard the servant greet the young master. A swift flush mounted to her cheeks. Her heart beat a little faster, notwithstanding the fact that it had been beating with unusual rapidity ever since Thomas Trotter disregarded her protests and picked her up in his strong arms. "Hello," he said, lowering his voice. There was a light in the library beyond. His father was there, taking advantage, no doubt, of the midnight lull to read the evening newspapers. The social activities of the Smith-Parvises gave him but little opportunity to read the evening papers prior to the appearance of the morning papers. "What is the bally rush?" went on the young man, slipping out of his fur-lined overcoat and leaving it pendant in the hands of the footman. Miss Emsdale, after responding to his hushed "hello" in an equally subdued tone, had started up the stairs. "It is very late, Mr. Smith-Parvis. Good night." "Never too late to mend," he said, and was su-<noinclude></noinclude> a6bgahnijjlakv6u371gns1gp38567i Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/52 104 4033249 14129095 13053337 2024-04-25T18:30:56Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|40|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>what I call 'em. Ever been out with him before?" "Often, Mr. Smith-Parvis," she replied calmly. "I am sure you would like him if you knew him better. He is really a very—" "Nonsense! He is a good chauffeur, I've no doubt,—Lawrie Carpenter says he's a treasure, but I've no desire to know him any better. And I don't like to think of you knowing him quite as well as you do, Miss Emsdale. See what I mean?" "Perfectly. You mean that you will go to your mother with the report that I am not a fit person to be with the children. Isn't that what you mean?" "Not at all. I'm not thinking of the kids. I'm thinking of myself. I'm pretty keen about you, and—" "Aren't you forgetting yourself, Mr. Smith-Parvis?" she demanded curtly. "Oh, I know there'd be a devil of a row if the mater ever dreamed that I— Oh, I say! Don't rush off in a huff. Wait a—" But she had brushed past him and was swiftly ascending the second flight of stairs. He stared after her in astonishment. He couldn't understand such stupidity, not even in a governess. There wasn't another girl in New York City, so far as he knew, who wouldn't have been pleased out of her boots to receive the significant mark of interest he was bestowing upon this lowly governess,—and here was ''she'' turning her back upon,— Why, what was the matter with her? He passed his hand over his brow and blinked a couple of times. And she only a paid governess! It was incredible. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 6xamyq89jbqe623x50z1l0wj4j2yqe6 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/54 104 4033251 14129096 13053339 2024-04-25T18:30:56Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|42|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>money to bring up young men like Smith-Parvis, Junior; and by the same token it costs money to hold them down. The family history, if truthfully written, would contain passages in which the unbridled ambitions of Smith-Parvis, Junior, overwhelmed everything else. There would be the chapters excoriating the two chorus-girls who, in not widely separated instances, consented to release the young man from matrimonial pledges in return for so much cash; and there would be numerous paragraphs pertaining to auction-bridge, and others devoted entirely to tailors; to say nothing of uncompromising café and restaurant keepers who preferred the Smith-Parvis money to the Smith-Parvis trade. The young man, having come to the conclusion that he wanted Miss Emsdale, ruthlessly decided to settle the matter at once. He would not wait till morning. He would go up to her room and tell her that if she knew what was good for her she'd listen to what he had to say. She was too nice a girl to throw herself away on a rotter like Trotter. Then, as he came to the foot of the steps, he remembered the expression in her eyes as she swept past him an hour earlier. It suddenly occurred to him to pause and reflect. The look she gave him, now that he thought of it, was not that of a timid, frightened menial. Far from it! There was something imperious about it; he recalled the subtle, fleeting and hitherto unfamiliar chill it gave him. Somewhat to his own amazement, he returned to his room and closed the door with surprising care. He usually slammed it. "Dammit all," he said, half aloud, scowling at his<noinclude></noinclude> p18qp5kqepgirryerwdntp2cpmggb8g Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/56 104 4033253 14129097 12553582 2024-04-25T18:30:57Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|44|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>after one of the Pottses who came over at a time when the very best families in Holland, according to the infant's grandparents, were engaged in establishing an aristocracy at the foot of Manhattan Island. After Stuyvesant,—ten years after, in fact,—came Regina Angela, who languished a while in the laps of the Pottses and the Smith-Parvis nurses, and died expectedly. When Stuyvie was fourteen the twins, Lucille and Eudora, came, and at that the Smith-Parvises packed up and went to England to live. Stuyvie managed in some way to make his way through Eton and part of the way through Oxford. He was sent down in his third year. It wasn't so easy to have his own way there. Moreover, he did not like Oxford because the rest of the boys persisted in calling him an American. He didn't mind being called a New Yorker, but they were rather obstinate about it. Miss Emsdale was the new governess. The redoubtable Mrs. Sparflight had recommended her to Mrs. Smith-Parvis. Since her advent into the home in Fifth Avenue, some three or four months prior to the opening of this narrative, a marked change had come over Stuyvesant Van Sturdevant. It was principally noticeable in a recently formed habit of getting down to breakfast early. The twins and the governess had breakfast at half-past eight. Up to this time he had detested the twins. Of late, however, he appeared to have discovered that they were his sisters and rather interesting little beggars at that. They were very much surprised by his altered behaviour. To the new governess they confided the somewhat startling suspicion that Stuyvie must be hav-<noinclude></noinclude> ok9ob6zjnpqs36d836a2cac4n1f0e7q Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/58 104 4033255 14129098 12553584 2024-04-25T18:30:58Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|46|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>neath the spreading nostrils of a broad and far from aristocratic nose. His lips were thick and coarse, his chin a trifle undershot. Physically, he was a well set-up fellow, tall and powerful. For reasons best known to himself, and approved by his parents, he affected a distinctly English manner of speech. In that particular, he frequently out-Englished the English themselves. As for Miss Emsdale, she was a long time going to sleep. The encounter with the scion of the house had left her in a disturbed frame of mind. She laid awake for hours wondering what the morrow would produce for her. Dismissal, no doubt, and with it a stinging rebuke for what Mrs. Smith-Parvis would consider herself justified in characterizing as unpardonable misconduct in one employed to teach innocent and impressionable young girls. Mingled with these dire thoughts were occasional thrills of delight. They were, however, of short duration and had to do with a pair of strong arms and a gentle, laughing voice. In addition to these shifting fears and thrills, there were even more disquieting sensations growing out of the unwelcome attentions of Smith-Parvis, Junior. They were, so to speak, getting on her nerves. And now he had not only expressed himself in words, but had actually threatened her. There could be no mistake about that. Her heart was heavy. She did not want to lose her position. The monthly checks she received from Mrs. Smith-Parvis meant a great deal to her. At least half of her pay went to England, and sometimes more than half. A friendly solicitor in London obtained the<noinclude></noinclude> jiysk06zag5aoieby9buac16un3h60w Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/60 104 4033257 14129099 12553649 2024-04-25T18:30:59Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|48|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>closed by the seal of honour so far as the meetings above "Deborah's" were concerned. A law unwritten but steadfastly observed by every member of that remarkable, heterogeneous court, made it impossible for her to divulge her whereabouts or actions on this and other agreeable "nights out." No man or woman in that company would have violated, even under the gravest pressure, the compact under which so many well-preserved secrets were rendered secure from exposure. Stuyvesant, in his rancour, would draw an ugly picture of her midnight adventure. He would, no doubt, feel inspired to add a few conclusions of his own. Her word, opposed to his, would have no effect on the verdict of the indulgent mother. She would stand accused and convicted of conduct unbecoming a governess! For, after all, Thomas Trotter was a chauffeur, and she couldn't make anything nobler out of him without saying that he wasn't Thomas Trotter at all. She arose the next morning with a splitting headache, and the fear of Stuyvesant in her soul. He was waiting for her in the hall below. The twins were accorded an unusually affectionate greeting by their big brother. He went so far as to implant a random kiss on the features of each of the "brats," as he called them in secret. Then he roughly shoved them ahead into the breakfast-room. Fastening his gaze upon the pale, unsmiling face of Miss Emsdale, he whispered: "Don't worry, my dear. Mum's the word." He winked significantly. Revolted, she drew herself up and hurried after the children, unpleasantly con-<noinclude></noinclude> gul5uokc4vifdlovs4iwronx6en4yjk Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/64 104 4033261 14129100 13053343 2024-04-25T18:31:00Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|52|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>from the pocket of his thin overcoat, an envelope and receipt book. "Sign here," he said, pointing. Mr. Bramble signed and then studied the handwriting on the envelope, his lips pursed, one eye speculatively cocked. "I've never seen the writing before. Must be a new one," he reflected aloud, and sighed. "Poor things!" "That establishes the writer as a woman," said Trotter, removing his pipe. "Otherwise you would have said 'poor devils.' Now what do you mean by trifling with the women, you old rogue?" The loss of his position did not appear to have affected the nonchalant disposition of the good-looking Mr. Trotter. "God bless my soul," said Mr. Bramble, staring hard at the envelope, "I don't believe it is from one of them, after all. By 'one of them,' my lad, I mean the poor gentlewomen who find themselves obliged to sell their books in order to obtain food and clothing. They always write before they call, you see. Saves 'em not only trouble but humiliation. The other kind simply burst in with a parcel of rubbish and ask how much I'll give for the lot. But this,— Well, well, I wonder who it can be from? Doesn't seem like the sort of writing—" "Why don't you open it and see?" suggested his visitor. "A good idea," said Mr. Bramble; "a very clever thought. There ''is'' a way to find out, isn't there?" His gaze fell upon the aged messenger, who warmed his bony hands at the stove. He paused, the tip of his forefinger inserted under the flap. "Sit down and<noinclude></noinclude> q2qprr8qg2zwqbziq0jk1e52u0nkym6 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/66 104 4033263 14129101 12553592 2024-04-25T18:31:01Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|54|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>his pocket for a coin. "No answer,—that is to say,—none at present. Ahem! That's all, boy. Good-bye." Mr. Canal shuffled out of the shop,—and out of this narrative as well. "This will interest you," said Mr. Bramble, lowering his voice as he edged his chair closer to the young man. "It is from Lady Jane Thorne—I should say. Miss Emsdale. Bless my soul!" Mr. Trotter's British complacency was disturbed. He abandoned his careless sprawl in the chair and sat up very abruptly. "What's that? From Lady Jane? Don't tell me it's anything serious. One would think she was on her deathbed, judging by the face you're—" "Read it for yourself," said the other, thrusting the letter into Trotter's hand. "It explains everything,—the whole blooming business. Read it aloud. Don't be uneasy," he added, noting the young man's glance toward the door. "No customers on a day like this. Some one may drop in to get warm, but—aha, I see you are interested." An angry flush darkened Trotter's face as his eyes ran down the page. "'Dear Mr. Bramble: (she wrote) I am sending this to you by special messenger, hoping it may reach you before Mr. Trotter drops in. He has told me that he spends a good deal of his spare time in your dear old shop, browsing among the books. In the light of what may already have happened, I am quite sure you will see him today. I feel that I may write freely to you,<noinclude></noinclude> 0e45zv18jat072zdxdyp0c8v9ew0qfk Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/68 104 4033265 14129102 12553594 2024-04-25T18:31:02Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|56|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>his lips. "Good Lord! A few minutes past ten. Seven hours! Hold on! I can almost see the words on your lips. I'll be discreet, so don't begin prevailing, there's a good chap. There's nothing to be said or done till I see her. But,—seven hours!" "Stop here and have a bite of lunch with me," said Mr. Bramble, soothingly. "Nothing could be more discreet than that," said Trotter, getting up to pace the floor. He was frowning. "It's quite cosy in our little dining-room upstairs. If you prefer, I'll ask Mirabeau to clear out and let us have the place to ourselves while—" "Not at all. I'll stop with you, but I will not have poor old Mirabeau evicted. We will show the letter to him. He is a Frenchman and he can read between the lines far better than either of us." At twelve-thirty, Mr. Bramble stuck a long-used card in the front door and locked it from the inside. The world was informed, in bold type, that he had gone to lunch and would not return until one-thirty. In the rear of the floor above the book-shop were the meagrely furnished bedrooms and kitchen shared by J. Bramble and Pierre Mirabeau, clock-maker and repairer. The kitchen was more than a kitchen. It was also a dining-room, a sitting-room and a scullery, and it was as clean and as neat as the proverbial pin. At the front was the work-shop of M. Mirabeau, filled with clocks of all sizes, shapes and ages. Back of this, as a sort of buffer between the quiet bedrooms and the busy resting-place of a hundred sleepless chimes, was located the combination store-room, utilized by both merchants:<noinclude></noinclude> cai82v1agt9z3yu9f368rchbwpxj3cm Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/70 104 4033267 14129103 12553596 2024-04-25T18:31:03Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|58|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>Mirabeau, known to every one of consequence in Paris by his true and lawful name, Count André Drouillard, as handsome and as high-bred a gentleman as there was in all France, shot and killed, with all the necessary ceremony, a prominent though bourgeoise general in the French Army, satisfactorily ending a liaison in which the Countess and the aforesaid general were the principal characters. Notwithstanding the fact that the duel had been fought in the most approved French fashion, which almost invariably (except in case of accident) provides for a few well-scattered shots and subsequent embraces on the part of the uninjured adversaries, the general fell with a bullet through his heart. So great was the consternation of the Republic, and so unpardonable the accuracy of the Count, that the authorities deemed it advisable to make an example of the unfortunate nobleman. He was court-martialled by the army and sentenced to be shot. On the eve of the execution he escaped and, with the aid of friends, made his way into Switzerland, where he found refuge in the home of a sequestered citizen who made antique clocks for a living. A price was put upon his head, and so relentless were the efforts to apprehend him that for months he did not dare show it outside the house of his protector. He repaid the clockmaker with honest toil. In course of time he became an expert repairer. With the confiscation of his estates in France, he resigned himself to the inevitable. He became a man without a country. One morning the newspapers in Paris announced the death, by suicide, of the long-sought<noinclude></noinclude> 0psrxfd1o1ea81bsqjvw4bom5oyqe25 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/72 104 4033269 14129104 13053346 2024-04-25T18:31:04Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|60|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>to lose their heads over pretty young maids and nurses, and even governesses." "'Gad, if I thought he was annoying her I'd— I'd—" "There you go!" cried Mr. Bramble, nervously. "Just as she feared. She knew what she was about when she asked me to see that you did not do anything—" "Hang it all, Bramble, I'm not ''doing'' anything, am I? I'm only ''saying'' things. Wait till I begin to do things before you preach." "That's just it!" cried Mr. Bramble. "You invariably do things when you get that look in your eyes. I knew you long before you knew yourself. You looked like that when you were five years old and wanted to thump Bobby Morgan, who was thirteen. You—" M. Mirabeau interrupted. He had not been following the discussion. Leaning forward, he eyed the young man keenly, even disconcertingly. "What is back of all this? Admitting that young Mr. S.-P. is enamoured of our lovely friend, what cause have you given him for jealousy? Have you—" "Great Scot!" exclaimed Trotter, fairly bouncing off the work-bench on which he sat with his long legs dangling. "Why,—why, if ''that's'' the way he feels toward her he must have had a horrible jolt the other night. Good Lord!" A low whistle followed the exclamation. "Aha! Now we are getting at the cause. We already have the effect. Out with it," cried M. Mirabeau, eager as a boy. His fine eyes danced with excitement. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> f5w3gpwdazx0qcxyl68r4mtgzxt37r3 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/74 104 4033271 14129105 12553600 2024-04-25T18:31:05Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|62|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>get her walking papers too,—if she hasn't already got them," groaned the young man. "Don't you see what has happened? The rotter has kicked up a rumpus about that innocent,—and if I do say it,—gallant act of mine the other night. They've had her on the carpet to explain. It looks bad for her. They're the sort of people you can't explain things to. What rotten luck! She needs the money and—" "Nothing of the kind has happened," said M. Mirabeau with conviction. "It isn't in young Mr. S.-P.'s plans to have her dismissed. That would be—ah, what is it you say?—spilling the beans, eh? The instant she relinquishes her place in that household all hope is lost, so far as he is concerned. He is shrewd enough to realize that, my friend. You are the fly in his ointment. It is necessary to the success of his enterprise to be well rid of you. He doesn't want to lose sight of her, however. He—" "Run me out of town, eh?" grated Trotter, his thoughts leaping back to the passage in Lady Jane's letter. "Easier said than done, he'll find." Mr. Bramble coughed. "Are we not going it rather blindly? All this is pure speculation. The young man may not have a hand in the business at all." "He'll discover he's put his foot in it if he tries any game on me," said Mr. Trotter. M. Mirabeau beamed. "There is always a way to checkmate the villain in the story. You see it exemplified in every melodrama on the stage and in every shilling shocker. The hero,—and you are our hero,—puts him to rout by marrying the heroine and living happily to a hale old age. What could be more beauti-<noinclude></noinclude> 6k5g9co42nfdop2qdfd83o247lbt7y0 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/76 104 4033273 14129106 12553602 2024-04-25T18:31:06Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|64|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>is no use talking to me. I know how to take a hint. She just didn't want me to—er—carry her, that's the long and the short of it." "Did she struggle violently?" "What?" "You heard me. Did she?" "Certainly not. She gave in when I insisted. What else could she do?" He whirled suddenly upon Mr. Bramble. "What are you grinning about, Bramby?" "Who's grinning?" demanded Mr. Bramble indignantly, after the lapse of thirty or forty seconds. "You ''were'', confound you. I don't see anything to laugh at in—" "My advice to you," broke in M. Mirabeau, still detached, "is to ask her." "Ask her? Ask her what?" "To marry you. As I was saying—" "My God!" gasped Trotter. "That is my advice also," put in Mr. Bramble, fumbling with his glasses and trying to suppress a smile,—for fear it would be misinterpreted. "I can't think of anything more admirable than the union of the Temple and Wexham families in—" "But, good Lord," cried Trotter, "even if she'd have me, how on earth could I take care of her on a chauffeur's pay? And I'm not getting that now. I wish to call your attention to the fact that your little hero has less than fifty pounds,—a good deal less than fifty,—laid by for a rainy day." "I've known a great many people who were married on rainy days," said M. Mirabeau brightly, "and nothing unlucky came of it." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 2c3mh0j2n0j75rg400naxsuzt5kubzl Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/78 104 4033275 14129107 12553604 2024-04-25T18:31:08Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|66|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>Mr. Bramble looked at a half-dozen clocks in succession. "I'm blessed if I know," he said. "They range from ten o'clock to half-past six." "Just three hours and twenty-two minutes to wait," said Thomas Trotter.<noinclude></noinclude> 5udad7wehkk419usrzygv8w8s51lutw Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/80 104 4033511 14129108 12554223 2024-04-25T18:31:09Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|68|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>storage, don't forget that. I was in such a hurry the last time I left town I didn't have a chance to explain. You didn't know it then,—and I guess if you had knowed it you wouldn't have been so nice about lookin' out for my coat durin' the summer,—but I was makin' a mighty quick getaway. Thanks fer stoppin' in to remind me I left the coat in your room that night. I clean forgot it, I was in such a hurry. But lemme tell you one thing, kid, I'll never ferget the way you c'n make that fiddle talk. I don't know as you'd 'a' played fer me as you used to once in awhile if you'd knowed I was what I am, but it makes no difference now. I just loved hearin' you play. I used to have a hard time holdin' in the tears. And say, kid, keep straight. Keep on fiddlin'! So long! I may see you along about 1926 or 8. And say, you needn't be ashamed to wear that coat. I didn't steal it. It was a clean case of mistaken identity, if there ever was one. It happened in a restaurant." He winked. And that is how the little violinist came to be the possessor of an overcoat with a sable collar and a soft leather lining. He needed it now, not only when he ventured upon the chilly streets but when he remained indoors. In truth, he found it much warmer walking the streets than sitting in his fireless room, or even in going to bed. It was a far cry from the dapper, dreamy-eyed courtier who kissed the chapped knuckles of the Princess Mariana on Wednesday night to the shrinking, pinched individual who threaded his way on Friday through the cramped lanes that led to the rear of the pawn-shop presided over by Mrs. Jacobs. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> rpjky5n7aqziqh9mdkdn5j0513h3wbp Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/82 104 4033513 14129109 12554225 2024-04-25T18:31:10Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|70|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>won't even let me into hell when I die,—well, if you don't call that an insult, I'd like to know what it is. Don't talk to me about that bum!" "Is ''that'' all he said?" involuntarily fell from the lips of the violinist, as if, to his way of thinking, Mr. Trotter's remark was an out-and-out compliment. "Surely you have no desire to go to hell when you die." "No, I haven't, but I don't want anybody coming in here telling me to my face that there'd be a revolution down there if I ''tried'' to get in. I've got as much right there as anybody, I'd have him know. Cough up six or get out. That's all I've got to say to you, my little man." "It is freezing cold in my room. I—" "Don't blame me for that. I don't make the weather. And say, I'm busy. Cough up or—clear out." "You will not let me have it for a few days if I—" "Say, do you think I'm in business for my health? I haven't that much use—" she snapped her fingers—"for a fiddler anyhow. It's not a man's job. That's what I think of long-haired guys like— Beat it! I'm busy." With head erect the little violinist turned away. He was half way to the door when she called out to him. "Hey! Come back here! Now, see here, you little squirt, you needn't go turning up your nose at me and acting like that. I've got the goods on you and a lot more of those rummies up there. I looked 'em over the<noinclude></noinclude> ley1qh1wm87kk1ncc5x7srmv45scrqm Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/84 104 4033515 14129110 12554227 2024-04-25T18:31:11Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|72|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>our friends and repeat what you have just said, you would never see the inside of that room again. You would never have the opportunity to exchange a word with a single person you have met there. You would be stripped of the last vestige of glory that clings to you. Oh, you may sneer! But down in your heart you love that bit of glory,—and you would curse yourself if you lost it." "It's—it's all poppy-cock, the whole silly business," she blurted out. But it was not anger that caused her voice to tremble. "You know better than that," said he, coldly. "I don't care a rap about all that foolishness up there. It makes me sick," she muttered. "You may lie to me but you cannot lie to yourself, madam. Under that filthy, greasy skin of yours runs the blood that will not be denied. Pawn-broker, miser,—whatever you may be to the world, to yourself you are a princess royal. God knows we all despise you. You have not a friend among us. But we can no more overlook the fact that you are a princess of the blood than we can ignore the light of day. The blood that is in you demands its tribute. You have no control over the mysterious spark that fires your blood. It burns in spite of all you may do to quench it. It is there to stay. We despise you, even as you would despise us. Am I to carry your words to those who exalt you despite your calling, despite your meanness, despite all that is base and sordid in this rotten business of yours? Am I to let them know that you are the only—the only—what is the name of the animal I've heard Trotter mention?—ah, I have it,—the only<noinclude></noinclude> i3yb1j04tpi9p2bov46csnw51dqektj Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/86 104 4033517 14129111 12554229 2024-04-25T18:31:12Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|74|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>I must confess,—while the Opera House in Poltna was burning. A panic was averted. Not a life was lost. And when it was all over some one remembered the fiddler who remained upon the stage and finished the aria he was playing when the cry of fire went up from the audience. Brave men,—far braver men than he,—rushed back through the smoke and found him lying at the footlights, unconscious. But why waste words? Good morning, madam. I shall not trouble you again about the overcoat. Be good enough to remember that I have kissed your hand only because you are a princess and not because you have lent me five dollars on the wretched thing." The angry light in his brown eyes gave way to the dreamy look once more. He bowed stiffly and edged his way out from behind the counter into the clogged area that lay between him and the distant doorway. Towering above him on all sides were heaps of nondescript objects, classified under the generic name of furniture. The proprietress of this sordid, ill-smelling crib stared after him as he strode away, and into her eyes there stole a look of apprehension. She followed him to the front door, overtaking him as his hand was on the latch. "Hold on," she said, nervously glancing at the shifty-eyed, cringing assistant who toiled not in vain,—no one ever toiled in vain in the establishment of M. Jacobs, Inc.,—behind a clump of chairs;—"hold on a second. I don't want you to say a word to—to ''them'' about—about all this. You are right, de Bosky. I—I have not lost all that once was mine. You understand, don't you?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> got98a2c8uqurbdgfh1907b0ytr44t9 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/88 104 4033519 14129112 12554231 2024-04-25T18:31:13Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|76|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>deprived of the power to ''think'', we could have the blood of every royal family in Europe in our veins, and that is all the good it would do us. We ''think'' we are nobler, better than all the rest of creation, and we would keep on thinking it if we slept in the gutter and begged for a crust of bread. And the proof of all this is to be found in the fact that the rest of creation will not allow us to forget. They think as we do, in spite of themselves, and there you have the secret of the supremacy we feel, in spite of everything." Her brilliant, black eyes were flashing with something more than excitement. The joy, the realization of power glowed in their depths, welling up from fires that would never die. Waldemar de Bosky nodded his head in the most matter-of-fact way. He was not enthralled. All this was very simple and quite undebatable to him. "I take it, therefore, that you retract all that you said about its being poppycock," he said, turning up his coat collar and fastening it close to his throat with a long and formidable looking safety pin. "It may be poppycock," she said, "but we can't help liking it—not to save our lives." "And I shall not have to kill you as if you were a snake, eh?" "Not on your life," said Mrs. Moses Jacobs in English, opening the door for him. He passed out into the cold and windy street and she went back to her dingy nook at the end of the store, pausing on the way to inform an assistant that she was not to be disturbed, no matter who came in to see her. While she sat behind her glittering show-case and<noinclude></noinclude> gupcaag8t0kaugtqpboagxrkr2yob1v Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/90 104 4033521 14129113 12554233 2024-04-25T18:31:14Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|78|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>away the chill of despair; he was as warm as toast! And hours after the foodless noon had passed, he put the treasure back into its case and wiped the sweat from his marble brow. Something flashed across his mind. He shouted aloud as he caught at what the flash of memory revealed. "Lexington Avenue! Three hundred and something, Lexington Avenue! J. Bramble, bookseller! Ha! Come! Come! Let us be off!" He spoke to the violin as if it were a living companion. Grabbing up his hat and mittens, he dashed out of the room and went clattering down the hall with the black leather case clasped tightly under his arm. It was a long, long walk to three hundred and something Lexington Avenue, but in due time he arrived there and read the sign above the door. Ah, what a great thing it is to have a good, unfailing memory! And so it came to pass that Prince Waldemar de Bosky and Lady Jane Thorne met at the door of J. Bramble, bookseller, at five of the clock, and entered the shop together.<noinclude></noinclude> fy3qyqh9u01kpg6wvrasefasnk1de91 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/92 104 4033523 14129114 12554235 2024-04-25T18:31:15Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|80|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>formed that he was nothing of the sort, the desolate Mr. Bramble realized that he was no longer a tutor,—and that he ought to be rather thankful for it. It exasperated him considerably, however, to have the authorship of ''Guy Mannering'' arbitrarily ascribed to three different writers, on three separate occasions, when any schoolboy could have told the old gentleman that Fielding and Sterne and Addison had no more to do with the book than William Shakespeare himself. His lordship maintained that no one could tell ''him'' anything about Scott; he had him on his shelves and he had read him from A to Izzard. And he was rather severe with Mr. Bramble for acccepting a position as librarian when he didn't know any more than that about books. And from this you may be able to derive some sort of an opinion concerning the cantankerous, bull-headed old party (Bramble's appellation behind the hand) who ruled Fenlew Hall, the place where Tom Trotter was reared and afterwards disowned. Also you may be able to account in a measure for Mr. J. Bramble's attitude toward the tall young man, an attitude brought on no doubt by the revival, or more properly speaking the survival, of an authority exercised with rare futility but great satisfaction at a time when Eric was being trained in the way he should go. If at times Mr. Bramble appears to be mildly dictatorial, or gently critical, or sadly reproachful, you will understand that it is habit with him, and not the captiousness of old age. It was his custom to shake his head reprovingly, or to frown in a pained sort of way, or to purse his lips, or even to verbally take Mr. Trotter<noinclude></noinclude> 2cmimnvhak4so4pns0v0ki9rjnxqb98 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/94 104 4033525 14129115 12554237 2024-04-25T18:31:16Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|82|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>close it. I—ahem! Step right this way, please, Miss Ems—ahem! I think we have just the book you want." "I am not in any haste, Mr. Bramble," said she, regarding de Bosky with pitying eyes. "Let us all go back to the stove and—and—" She hesitated, biting her lip. The poor chap undoubtedly was sensitive. They always are. "Good!" said Mr. Bramble eagerly. "And we'll have some tea. Bless my soul, how fortunate! I always have it at five o'clock. Trotter and I were just on the point of—so glad you happened in just at the right moment, Miss Emsdale. Ahem! And you too, de Bosky. Most extraordinary. You may leave your pipe on that shelf. Trotter. It smells dreadfully. No, no,—I wouldn't even put it in my pocket if I were you. Er—ahem! You have met Mr. Trotter, haven't you. Miss Emsdale?" "You poor old boob," said Trotter, laying his arm over Bramble's shoulder in the most affectionate way. "Isn't he a boob, Miss Emsdale?" "Not at all," said she severely. "He is a dear." "Bless my soul!" murmured Mr. Bramble, doing as well as could be expected. He blessed it again before he could catch himself up. "Sit here by the stove, Mr. de Bosky," said Miss Emsdale, a moment later. "Just as close as you can get to it." "I have but a moment to stay," said de Bosky, a wistful look in his dark eyes. "You'll have tea, de Bosky," said Mr. Bramble firmly. "Is the water boiling, Trotter?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 1wqqo26avaw5yaw1avhu8tv905oqwwa Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/96 104 4033527 14129116 13056231 2024-04-25T18:31:17Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|84|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>eye could see that it ''was'' of consequence to de Bosky. The old bookseller's heart was very tender. "Don't drink too much of it," he warned, his face suddenly beaming. "You'll spoil your appetite for dinner." To the others: "Mr. de Bosky honours my humble board with his presence this evening. The finest porterhouse steak in New York— Eh, what?" "It is I," came a crisp voice from the bottom of the narrow stairway that led up to the living-quarters above. Monsieur Mirabeau, his whiskers neatly brushed and twisted to a point, his velvet lounging jacket adorned with a smart little boutonnière, his shoes polished till they glistened, approached the circle and, bending his gaunt frame with gallant disdain for the crick in his back, kissed the hand of the young lady. "I observed your approach, my dear Miss Emsdale. We have been expecting you for ages. Indeed, it has been the longest afternoon that any of us has ever experienced." Mr. Bramble frowned. "Ahem!" he coughed. "I am sorry if I have intruded," began de Bosky, starting to arise. "Sit still," said Thomas Trotter. He glanced at Miss Emsdale. "You're not in the way, old chap." "You mentioned a book, Miss Emsdale," murmured Mr. Bramble. "When you came in, you'll remember." She looked searchingly into Trotter's eyes, and finding her answer there, remarked: "Ample time for that, Mr. Bramble. Mr. de Bosky is my good friend. And as for dear M. Mirabeau,—ah, what shall I say of him?" She smiled divinely upon the grey old Frenchman. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> eyso9apggz7y66rtkmh1f30un1l3vgb Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/98 104 4033529 14129118 12554241 2024-04-25T18:31:18Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|86|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>pectations. Not only did she fail to come up to expectations but she took the wind completely out of his sails, leaving him adrift in a void so strange and unusual that it was hours before he got his bearings again. Some of the things she said to him got under a skin so thick and unsensitive that nothing had ever been sharp enough to penetrate it before. The smarting of the pain from these surprising jabs at his egotism put him into a state of fury that knew no bounds. He went so far as to accuse her of deliberately trying to be a lady,—a most ridiculous assumption that didn't fool him for an instant. She couldn't come that sort of thing with him! The sooner she got off her high-horse the better off she'd be. It had never entered the head of Smith-Parvis Jr. that a wage-earning woman could be a lady, any more than a wage-earning man could be a gentleman. The spirited encounter took place on the afternoon following her midnight adventure with Thomas Trotter. Stuyvesant lay in wait for her when she went out at five o'clock for her daily walk in the Park. Overtaking her in one of the narrow, remote little paths, he suggested that they cross over to Bustanoby's and have tea and a bite of something sweet. He was quite out of breath. She had given him a long chase, this long-limbed girl with her free English stride. "It's a nice quiet place," he said, "and we won't see a soul we know." Primed by assurance, he had the hardihood to grasp her arm with a sort of possessive familiarity. Whereupon, according to the narrator, he sustained his first<noinclude></noinclude> 8ywy9ch57xsxzqdh7jofa8zy41qqqdw Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/100 104 4033531 14128968 12566532 2024-04-25T18:28:56Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|88|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>the indictment, "a gentleman, born and bred, offering you what this scurvy bounder cannot possibly give you, and you pretend to turn up your nose at me. I am gentleman enough to overlook all that has transpired between you and that loafer, and I am gentleman enough to keep my mouth shut at home, where a word from me would pack you off in two seconds. And I'd like to see you get another fat job in New York after that. You ought to be jolly grateful to me." "If I am the sort of person you say I am," she had replied, trembling with fury, "how can you justify your conscience in letting me remain for a second longer in charge of your little sisters?" "What the devil do I care about them? I'm only thinking of you. I'm mad about you, can't you understand? And I'd like to know what conscience has to do with ''that''." Then he had coolly, deliberately, announced his plan of action to her. "You are to stay on at the house as long as you like, getting your nice little pay check every month, and something from me besides. Ah, I'm no piker! Leave it all to me. As for this friend of yours, he has to go. He'll be out of a job tomorrow. I know Carpenter. He will do anything I ask. He'll have to, confound him. I've got him where he can't even squeak. And what's more, if this Trotter is not out of New York inside of three days, I'll land him in jail. Oh, don't think I can't do it, my dear. There's a way to get these renegade foreigners,—every one of 'em,—so you'd better keep clear of him if you don't want to be mixed up in the business. I am doing all this for your<noinclude></noinclude> dfjp3311xdryv35np78fhxjxxrsbztr Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/102 104 4033533 14128969 12554245 2024-04-25T18:28:57Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|90|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"It's against the law, strictly speaking, to punch a person's head," began Mr. Bramble nervously. "But it's not against the law, confound you, Bramby, to provide a legal excuse for going to jail, is it? He says he's going to put me there. Well, I intend to make it legal and—" "Oh, goodness!" cried Miss Emsdale, in dismay. "—And I'm not going to jail for nothing, you can stake your life on that." "Do you think, Mr. Trotter, that it will add to my happiness if you are lodged in jail on my account?" said she. "Haven't I done you sufficient injury—" "Now, you are not to talk like that," he interrupted, reddening. "But I ''shall'' talk like that," she said firmly. "I have not come here to ask you to take up my battles for me but to warn you of danger. Please do not interrupt me. I know you would enjoy it, and all that sort of thing, but it isn't to be considered. Hear me out." She went on with her story. Young Mr. Smith-Parvis, still contending that he was a gentleman and a friend as well as an abject adorer, made it very plain to her that he would stand no foolishness. He told her precisely what he would do unless she eased up a bit and acted like a good, sensible girl. He would have her dismissed without character and he would see to it that no respectable house would be open to her after she left the service of the Smith-Parvises. "But couldn't you put the true situation before his parents and tell 'em what sort of a rotten bounder he is?" demanded Trotter. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 5cpis3n7jfe3jmsmx57k72hav009f6u Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/104 104 4033536 14128970 12554248 2024-04-25T18:28:58Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|92|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"He told me that Mr. Carpenter was at first determined to turn you over to the police, but that he had begged him to give you a chance. He—he says that Mr. Carpenter has had a private detective watching you for a fortnight, and—and—oh, I cannot say it!" "Go on," said Trotter harshly; "say it!" "Well, of course, I know and you understand it is simply part of his outrageous plan, but he says your late employer has positive proof that you took—that you took some marked bank notes out of his overcoat pocket a few days ago. He had been missing money and had provided himself with marked—" Trotter leaped to his feet with a cry of rage. "Sit down!" commanded Mr. Bramble. "Sit down! Where are you going?" "Great God! Do you suppose I can sit still and let him get away with anything like that?" roared Trotter. "I'm going to jam those words down Carpenter's craven throat. I'm—" "You forget he is in Atlantic City," said de Bosky, as if suddenly coming out of a dream. "Oh, Lord!" groaned Trotter, very white in the face. There were tears in Miss Emsdale's eyes. "They—he means to drive you out of town," she murmured brokenly. "Fine chance of that!" cried Trotter violently. "Let us be calm," said M. Mirabeau, gently taking the young man's arm and leading him back to the box on which he had been sitting. "You must not play into their hands, and that is what you would be doing if you went to him in a rage. As long as you remain<noinclude></noinclude> srutmz2ch4nd9ehkmalybu7r85pldqq Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/108 104 4033540 14128971 12554252 2024-04-25T18:28:59Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|96|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>of the social world looked upon him as a very fine type of English gentleman, with a crest in his shop window and a popularly accepted record of having enjoyed a speaking acquaintance with Edward, the late King of England. Indeed, the late king appears to have enjoyed the same privilege claimed and exercised by the clerks, stenographers and floorwalkers in his employ, although His Majesty had a slight advantage over them in being free to call him "Cricky "to his face instead of behind his back. Mr. Cricklewick, falling into a snug fortune when he was forty-five and at a time when the Marquis felt it to be necessary to curtail expenses by not only reducing his staff of servants but also the salaries of those who remained, married very nicely into a draper's family, and soon afterward voyaged to America to open and operate a branch of the concern in New York City. His fortune, including the savings of twenty years, amounted to something like thirty thousand pounds, most of which had been accumulated by a sheep-raising brother who had gone to and died in Australia. He put quite a bit of this into the business and became a partner, making himself doubly welcome to a family that had suffered considerably through competition in business and a complete lack of it in respect to the matrimonial possibilities of five fully matured daughters. Mr. Cricklewick had the further good sense to marry the youngest, prettiest and most ambitious of the quintette, and thereby paved the way for satisfactory though wholly unexpected social achievements in the<noinclude></noinclude> 6oi151mzmj23081yn6b1s5csej54yuo Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/110 104 4033542 14128972 13056232 2024-04-25T18:29:00Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|98|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>rather astonishing contention that one could be quite at one's ease with dukes and duchesses and absolutely ill-at-ease with ordinary people. That was his way of making the distinction. It wasn't possible to be on terms of intimacy with the people who didn't belong. They never seemed to know their place. The next thing he knew, after the Hot Springs visit, his name began to appear in the newspapers in columns next to advertising matter instead of the other way round. Up to this time it had been a struggle to get it in next to reading matter on account of the exorbitant rates demanded by the newspapers. He protested to his wife. "Oh, I say, my dear, this is cutting it a bit thick, you know. You can't really be in earnest about it. I shouldn't know how to act sitting down at a dinner table like that, you know. I am informed that these people are regarded as real swells over 'ere,—here, I should say. You must sit down and drop 'em a line saying we can't come. Say we've suddenly been called out of town, or had bad news from home, or—" "Rubbish! It will do them no end of good to see how you act at table. Haven't you had the very best of training? All you have to do—" "But I had it standing, my dear." "Just the same, I shall accept the invitation. They are very excellent people, and I see no reason why we shouldn't know the best while we're about it." "But they've got millions," he expostulated. "Well," said she, "you musn't believe everything you hear about people with millions. I must say that I've not seen anything especially vulgar about them. So<noinclude></noinclude> cv5g0b6hupzq3piib6fqk2f8i9e3f93 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/112 104 4033544 14128973 12554256 2024-04-25T18:29:01Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|100|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>that they might be overheard and misunderstood by their own well-trained and admirable butler, whose respect they could not afford to lose. Once a week, on Wednesday nights, Mr. Cricklewick took off his mask. It was, in a sense, his way of going to confession. He told his wife, however, that he was going to the club. He sighed a little more briskly as he turned away from the window and crossed over to the closet in which his fur-lined coat and silk hat were hanging. It had taken time and a great deal of persuasion on the part of his wife to prove to him that it wasn't quite the thing to wear a silk hat with a sack coat in New York; he had grudgingly compromised with the barbaric demands of fashion by dispensing with the sack coat in favour of a cutaway. The silk hat was a fixture. "A lady asking to see you, sir," said his office-boy, after knocking on the door marked "Private." "Hold my coat for me, Thomas," said Mr. Cricklewick. "Yes, sir," said Thomas. "But she says you will see her, sir, just as soon as you gets a look at her." "Obviously," said Mr. Cricklewick, shaking himself down into the great coat. "Don't rub it the wrong way, you simpleton. You should always brush a silk hat with the nap and not—" "May I have a few words with you, Mr. Cricklewick?" inquired a sweet, clear voice from the doorway. The head of the house opened his lips to say something sharp to the office-boy, but the words died as he obeyed a magnetic influence and hazarded a glance at the intruder's face. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 13z0seqa1yjifxzs9dplbeoedtsee9k Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/114 104 4033546 14128974 12554259 2024-04-25T18:29:02Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|102|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"I—I am sorry to hear that," said he. "And I do not know of any one who is in a better position to help him than you," she went on coolly. "I shall be happy to be of service to Lord Temple," said Mr. Cricklewick, but not very heartily. Observation had taught him that young noblemen seldom if ever get into trouble half way; they make a practice of going in clean over their heads. "Owing to an unpleasant misunderstanding with Mr. Stuyvesant Smith-Parvis, he has lost his situation as chauffeur for Mr. Carpenter," said she. "I hope he has not—ahem!—thumped him," said Mr. Cricklewick, in such dismay that he allowed the extremely undignified word to slip out. She smiled faintly. "I said unpleasant, Mr. Cricklewick,—not pleasant." "Bless my soul," said Mr. Cricklewick, blinking. "Mr. Smith-Parvis has prevailed upon Mr. Carpenter to dismiss him, and I fear, between them, they are planning to drive him out of the city in disgrace." "Bless me! This is too bad." Without divulging the cause of Smith-Parvis's animosity, she went briefly into the result thereof. "It is really infamous," she concluded, her eyes flashing. "Don't you agree with me?" Having it put to him so abruptly as that, Mr. Cricklewick agreed with her. "Well, then, we must put our heads together, Mr. Cricklewick," she said, with decision. "Quite so," said he, a little vaguely. "He is not to be driven out of the city," said she.<noinclude></noinclude> b8nv8wrl4zsudiuocr7thtwjiv8vjd5 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/116 104 4033548 14128975 12554261 2024-04-25T18:29:02Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|104|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>cated with our Ambassador at Washington, and that it is your intention to see your fellow-countryman through if it takes a—may I say leg, Mr. Cricklewick? Young Mr. Smith-Parvis will be there to hear you, so you may bluster as much as you please about Great Britain protecting her subjects to the very last shot. The entire machinery of the Foreign Office may be called into action, if necessary, to—but I leave all that to you. You might mention, modestly, that it's pretty ticklish business trying to twist the British lion's tail. Do you see what I mean?" Mr. Cricklewick may have had an inward conviction that this was hardly what you would call ''asking'' a favour of a person, but if he had he kept it pretty well to himself. It did not occur to him that his present position in the world, as opposed to hers, justified a rather stiff reluctance on his part to take orders, or even suggestions, from this penniless young person,—especially in his own sacred lair. On the contrary, he was possessed by the instant and enduring realization that it was the last thing he could bring himself to the point of doing. His father, a butler before him, had gone to considerable pains to convince him, at the outset of his career, that insolence is by far the greatest of vices. Still, in this emergency, he felt constrained to argue,—another vice sometimes modified by circumstances and the forbearance of one's betters. "But I haven't communicated with our Ambassador at Washington," he said. "And as for the Foreign Office taking the matter up—" "But, don't you see, ''they'' couldn't possibly know<noinclude></noinclude> gd91o8py13kcxfoqe3ow61a6yx8nr8z Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/118 104 4033550 14128976 13056235 2024-04-25T18:29:03Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|106|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>look a little serious and distressed,—that ought to be easy, Mr. Cricklewick. You must see how naturally it all leads up to the unfortunate affair of your young countryman, whom you are bound to defend,—and ''we'' are bound to defend,—no matter what the consequences may be." Two minutes later she arose triumphant, and put on her stole. Her eyes were sparkling. "I knew you couldn't stand by and see this outrageous thing done to Eric Temple. Thank you. I—goodness gracious, I quite forgot a most important thing. In the event that our little scheme does not have the desired result, and they persist in persecuting him, we must have something to fall back upon. I know McFaddan very slightly. (She did not speak of the ex-footman as Mr. McFaddan, nor did Cricklewick take account of the omission). He is, I am informed, one of the most influential men in New York,—one of the political bosses, Mr. Smith-Parvis says. He says he is a most unprincipled person. Well, don't you see, he is just the sort of person to fall back upon if all honest measures fail?" Mr. Cricklewick rather blankly murmured something about "honest measures," and then mopped his brow. Miss Emsdale's enthusiam, while acutely ingenuous, had him "sweating blood," as he afterwards put it during a calm and lucid period of retrospection. "I—I assure you I have no influence with McFaddan," he began, looking at his handkerchief,—and being relieved, no doubt, to find no crimson stains,—applied it to his neck with some confidence and vigour. "In fact, we differ vastly in—" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 3zwi947lkjmkqjpjvbqqcmqwya7p6g1 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/120 104 4033552 14128977 12554265 2024-04-25T18:29:04Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|108|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>I could not recommend him. It was Mrs. Ellicott Millidew who inquired." "The young one or the old one?" inquired Miss Emsdale quickly. "The elder Mrs. Millidew," said Mr. Cricklewick, in a tone that implied deference to a lady who was entitled to it, even when she was not within earshot. "Not the pretty young widow," he added, risking a smile. "That's all right, then," said Miss Emsdale briskly. "I am sure it would be a most satisfactory place for him." "But she is a very exacting old lady," said he, "and will require references." "I am sure you can give him the very best of references," said she. "She couldn't ask for anything better than your word that he is a splendid man in every particular. Thank you so much, Mr. Cricklewick. And Lord Temple will be ever so grateful to you too, I'm sure. Oh, you cannot possibly imagine how relieved I am—about everything. We are very great friends. Lord Temple and I." He watched the faint hint of the rose steal into her cheeks and a velvety softness come into her eyes. "Nothing could be more perfect," he said, irrelevantly, but with real feeling, and the glow of the rose deepened. "Thank you again,—and good-bye," she said, turning toward the door. It was then that the punctilious Cricklewick forgot himself, and in his desire to be courteous, committed a most unpardonable offence. "My motor is waiting. Lady Jane," he said, the<noinclude></noinclude> e0kdh3i7cwlldylbpx0241dp6qo41wl Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/124 104 4033556 14128978 12554269 2024-04-25T18:29:05Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|112|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>might have been justified in crediting her with egotism instead of modesty. Selecting the brightest and crispest from the layer of bank notes, she laid them on the table. De Bosky's eyes glistened. "The city has recently been flooded with counterfeit fives and tens, madam," he said politely. This afforded an excuse for holding the bills to the light for examination. "Now, don't tell me they're phoney," said Mrs. Dulaney, bristling. "I got 'em this morning from the squarest chap I've ever had in my—" "I have every reason to believe they are genuine," said he, concealing his exultation behind a patronizing smile. He had discovered the tell-tale marks on both bills. Carefully folding them, he stuck them into his waistcoat pocket. "You may expect me tomorrow, madam,—unless, of course, destiny should shape another end for me in the meantime. One never can tell, you know. I may be dead, or your comfortable house may be burned to the ground. It is—" "For the Lord's sake, don't make a crack like that," she cried vehemently. "It's bad luck to talk about fire." "In any event," said he jauntily, "you have my five dollars. Au revoir, madam. Auf wiedersehn!" He buttoned Mr. Bramble's ulster close about his throat and gravely bowed himself out into the falling night. In the meantime, Mr. Bramble had substituted two unmarked bills for those remaining in the possession of<noinclude></noinclude> lf4hpm2v61e4dkgr3cq2c0bq5pthcmx Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/126 104 4033558 14128979 12554271 2024-04-25T18:29:06Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|114|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"What's that?" roared the aggrieved one. "Don't shout like that! People are beginning to stare at—" "Thank the Lord I had sense enough to engage a private detective and not to call in the police, as you suggested. That would have been the limit. I've a notion to hunt that boy up and tell him the whole rotten story." "Go ahead and do it," invited Stuyvie, his eyes narrowing, "and I will do a little telling myself. There is one thing in particular your wife would give her ears to hear about you. It will simplify matters tremendously. Go ahead and tell him." Mr. Carpenter appeared to be reflecting. His inflamed sullen eyes assumed a misty, faraway expression. "For two cents I'd tell you to go to hell," he said, after a long silence. "Boy!" called Mr. Smith-Parvis loftily, signalling a passing bell-hop. "Go and get me some small change for this nickel." Mr. Carpenter's face relaxed into a sickly grin. "Can't you take a joke?" he inquired peevishly. "Never mind," said Stuyvie to the bell-boy. "I sha'n't need it after all." "What I'd like to know," mused Mr. Carpenter, later on, "is how in thunder the New York police department got wind of all this." Mr. Smith-Parvis, Junior, wiped a fine moisture from his brow, and said: "I forgot to mention that I had to give that plain-clothes man fifty dollars to keep him from going to old man Cricklewick with the whole<noinclude></noinclude> d3ezgxy4wgpv8r45j7zzr3bg4nbk8y6 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/128 104 4033560 14128980 12554274 2024-04-25T18:29:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|116|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>in your pockets for a pack of filthy envelopes. What is your name?" She was a fat little old woman with yellow hair and exceedingly black and carefully placed eyebrows. "Thomas Trotter, madam." "How tall are you?" "Six feet." "I am afraid you will not do," she said, taking another look at him. Trotter stared. "I am sorry, madam." "You are much too tall. Nothing will fit you." "Are you speaking of livery, madam?" "I'm speaking of a uniform," she said. "I can't be buying new uniforms every two weeks. I don't mind a cap once in awhile, but uniforms cost money. Mr. Cricklewick didn't tell me you were so tall. As a matter of fact, I think I neglected to say to him that you would have to be under five feet nine and fairly thin. You couldn't possibly squeeze into the uniform, my man. I am sorry. I have tried everything but an English chauffeur, and—you ''are'' English, aren't you?" "Yes, madam. Permit me to solve the problem for you. I never, under any circumstances, wear livery,—I beg your pardon, I should say a uniform." "You never what?" demanded Mrs. Millidew, blinking. "Wear livery," said he, succinctly. "That settles it," said she. "You'd have to if you worked for me. Now, see here, my man, it's possible you'll change your mind after you've seen the uniform I put on my chauffeurs. It's a sort of maroon—" "I beg your pardon, madam," he interrupted po-<noinclude></noinclude> fo3nt1bpqey0w92rcxwtsbw5ojuzynp Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/130 104 4033562 14128981 12554276 2024-04-25T18:29:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|118|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>ever been arrested? Wait! Don't answer. I withdraw the question. You would only lie, and that is a bad way to begin." "I lie only when it is absolutely necessary, Mrs. Millidew. In police courts, for example." "Good! Now, you are young, good looking and likely to be spoiled. It must be understood in the beginning, Trotter, that there is to be no foolishness with women." She regarded him severely. "No foolishness whatsoever," said he humbly, raising his eyes to heaven. "How long were you employed in your last job—ah, situation?" "Not quite a twelve-month, madam." "And now," she said, with a graciousness that surprised her, "perhaps you would like to put a few questions to me. The cooks always do." He smiled more engagingly than ever. "As they say in the advertisements of lost jewellery, madam,—'no questions asked,'" he said. "Eh? Oh, I see. Rather good. I hope you know your place, though," she added, narrowly. "I don't approve of freshness." "No more do I," said he, agreeably. "I suppose you are accustomed to driving in—er—in good society. Trotter. You know what I mean." "Perfectly. I have driven in the very best, madam, if I do say it as shouldn't. Beg pardon, I daresay you mean ''smart'' society?" He appeared to be very much concerned, even going so far as to send an appraising eye around the room,—doubtless for the purpose of satisfying himself that ''she'' was quite up to the standard. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 3d3ddi86lq21vvaivo936nb4ycyz6j9 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/132 104 4033564 14128982 12554278 2024-04-25T18:29:08Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|120|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>daughter-in-law, later on, in a voice perfectly audible to the man at the wheel. "He's the best looking thing in town. Don't be surprised if I steal him inside of a week." She might as well have been at the zoo, discussing impervious captives. "Now, don't try anything like that," cried Mrs. Millidew the elder, glaring fiercely. "I like the way his hair kinks in the back,—and just above his ears," said the other. "And his skin is as smooth and as clear—" "Is there any drive in particular you would like to take, madam?" broke in Trotter, turning in the seat. "Up—up and down Fifth Avenue," said Mrs. Millidew promptly. "Did you ever see such teeth?" cried Mrs. Millidew, the younger, delightedly. Trotter's ears were noticeable on account of their colour.<noinclude></noinclude> pdoiyt9rnhyl10sodnsp67nfaq2bq61 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/134 104 4034039 14128983 12564954 2024-04-25T18:29:09Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|122|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>sent up tomorrow. One has so little time to read, you know. Anything else?" "You ''must'' read ''Trilby''," cried one of the other women, frowning slightly in the direction of the stage, where an actor was doing his best to break into the general conversation. "It's perfectly ripping, I hear. And there is another book called ''Three Men in a Yacht'', or something like that. Have you had it?" "No. Good Lord, what a noisy person he is! One can't hear oneself think, the way he's roaring. ''Three Men in a Yacht'', Put that down, too, Bertie. Dear me, how do you find the time to keep up with your reading, my dear? It's absolutely impossible for me. I'm always six months or a year behind—" "Have you read ''Brewster's Millions'', Mrs. Corkwright?" timidly inquired a rather up-to-date gentleman. "That isn't a book. It's a play," said Mrs. Millidew. "I saw it ten years ago. There is a ship in it.") {{***|3}} "I'm not complaining," remarked Lord Temple, smiling down upon the Marchioness, who was seated in front of the fireplace. "I merely announced that the world is getting to be a dreary old place,—and that's all." "Ah, but you made the announcement after a silence of five minutes following my remark that Lady Jane Thorne finds it impossible to be with us tonight." He blushed. "Did it seem as long as that?" he said, penitently. "I'm sorry." "How do you like your new situation?" she inquired, changing the subject abruptly. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> bai2jsracxvbo3fh5moikffgcnh34za Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/136 104 4034041 14128984 12555949 2024-04-25T18:29:10Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|124|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>tion long. Do you happen to know her daughter-in-law?" "I do," said the Marchioness, frowning. "She told me this morning that the instant I felt I couldn't stand the old lady any longer, she'd give me a job on the spot. As a matter-of-fact, she went so far as to say she'd be willing to pay me more money if I felt the slightest inclination to leave my present position at once." The Marchioness smiled faintly. "No other recommendation necessary, eh?" "Beg pardon?" "In other words, she is willing to accept you at your face value." "I daresay I have a competent face," he acknowledged, his smile broadening into a grin. "Designed especially for women," said she. He coloured. "Oh, I say, that's a bit rough." "And thoroughly approved by men," she added. "That's better," he said. "I'm not a ladies' man, you know,—thank God." His face clouded. "Is Lady Jane ill?" "Apparently not. She merely telephoned to say it would be impossible to come." She eyed him shrewdly. "Do you know anything about it, young man?" "Have you seen her,—lately?" he parried. "Yesterday afternoon," she answered, keeping her eyes upon his half-averted face. "See here, Eric Temple," she broke out suddenly, "she is unhappy—most unhappy. I am not sure that I ought to tell you—and yet, you are in love with her, so you should know. Now, don't say you are not in love with her! Save<noinclude></noinclude> m6n6jd3nyblsqkull96ztlp48jpi6do Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/138 104 4034043 14128985 12555951 2024-04-25T18:29:11Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|126|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>a chap to whom he promised the distinction while they were still in their teens." "The cur! That's his game, is it? Why, that's the foulest trick known to—" "But she isn't going, my friend,—so possess yourself in peace. That's why he is turning off so nasty. He is making things most unpleasant for her." He wondered how far Jane had gone in her confidences. Had she told the Marchioness everything? "Why doesn't she leave the place?" he demanded, as a feeler. Lady Jane had told the Marchioness everything, and a great deal more besides, including, it may be said, something touching upon her own feelings toward Lord Temple. But the Marchioness was under imperative orders. Not for the world, was Thomas Trotter to know that Miss Emsdale, among others, was a perfect fool about him. "She must have her bread and butter, you know," said she severely. "But she can get that elsewhere, can't she?" "Certainly. She can get it by marrying some decent, respectable fellow and all that sort of thing, but she can't get another place in New York as governess if the Smith-Parvis establishment turns her out with a bad name." He swallowed hard, and went a little pale. "Of course, she isn't thinking of—of getting married." "Yes, she is," said the Marchioness flatly. "Has—has she told you that in so many words. Marchioness?" he asked, his heart going to his boots. "Is it fair to ask that question, Lord Temple?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 67mtlwijd7arzbs39ef0ueizgrtkx6n Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/140 104 4034045 14128987 12555953 2024-04-25T18:29:13Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|128|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>As she did not offer any audible support, he demanded, after a pause: "Isn't it?" "I daresay she will have something to say about that," she said, temporizing. "She is her own mistress, you know." "But the poor girl doesn't know where to turn," he protested. "She'd chuck it in a second if something else turned up." "I spoke of marriage, you will remember," she remarked, drily. "I—I know," he gulped. "But we've just got to tide her over the rough going until she's—until she's ready, you see." He could not force the miserable word out of his mouth. "Now, I have a plan. Are you prepared to back me up in it?" "How can I answer that question?" "Well, I'll explain," he went on rapidly, eagerly. "We've got to make a new position for her. I can't do it without your help, of course, so we'll have to combine forces. Now, here's the scheme I've worked out. You are to give her a place here,—not downstairs in the shop, mind you,—but upstairs in your own, private apartment. You—" "Good heavens, man! What are you saying? Would you have Lady Jane Thorne go into service? Do you dare suggest that she should put on a cap and apron and—" "Not at all," he interrupted. "I want you to engage her as your private secretary, at a salary of one hundred dollars a month. She's receiving that amount from the Smith-Parvises. I don't see how she can get along on less, so—" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 3lm9dqoftlc60on7w58pkc1kjm35k4e Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/142 104 4034047 14128988 12555955 2024-04-25T18:29:14Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|130|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>as it is,—and getting my clothes at a department store instead of having them sent out from London,—I'd be easy to fit, you see, even with hand-me-downs,—and in a lot of other ways. Besides, it would be a splendid idea for me to practise economy. I've never—" "You dear old goose," broke in the Marchioness, delightedly; "do you think for an instant that I will allow you to pay the salary of my private secretary,—if I should conclude to employ one?" "But you say you can't afford to employ one," he protested. "Besides, I shouldn't want her to be a real secretary. The work would be too hard and too confining. Old Bramble was my grandfather's secretary. He worked sixteen hours a day and never had a holiday. She must have plenty of fresh air and outdoor exercise and—and time to read and do all sorts of agreeable things. I couldn't think of allowing her to learn how to use a typing machine, or to write shorthand, or to get pains in her back bending over a desk for hours at a time. That isn't my scheme, at all. She mustn't do any of those stupid things. Naturally, if you were to pay her out of your own pocket, you'd be justified in demanding a lot of hard, exacting work—" "Just a moment, please. Let's be serious," said the Marchioness, pursing her lips. "Suffering—" he began, staring at her in astonishment. "I mean, let's seriously consider your scheme," she hastened to amend. "You are assuming, of course, that she will accept a position such as you suggest. Suppose she says no,—what then?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> d7rsxe8xitsqte88thsscnt1cp4n0ct Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/144 104 4034049 14128989 13056239 2024-04-25T18:29:15Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|132|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>ing her there is insanity in my family before you're through with it." "Not at all," he said severely. "People ''never'' admit that sort of thing, you know. But certainly it isn't asking too much of you to ''act'' tired and listless, and a ''little'' distracted, is it? She'll ask what's the matter, and you simply say you're afraid you're going to have a nervous breakdown or—or—" "Or paresis," she supplied. "Whatever you like," he said promptly. "Now you ''will'' do this for me, won't you? You don't know what it will mean to me to feel that she is safe here with you." "I will do my best," she said, for she loved him dearly—and the girl that he loved dearly too. "Hurray!" he shouted,—and kissed her! "Don't be foolish," she cried out. "You've tumbled my hair, and Julia had a terrible time with it tonight." "When will you tackle—see her, I mean?" he asked, sitting down abruptly and drawing his chair a little closer. "The first time she comes in to see me," she replied firmly, "and not before. You must not demand too much of a sick, collapsible old lady, you know. Give me time,—and a chance to get my bearings." He drew a long breath. "I seem to be getting my own for the first time in days." She hesitated. "Of course, it is all very quixotic,—and most unselfish of you. Lord Temple. Not every man would do as much for a girl who—well, I'll not say a girl who is going to be married before long, because I'd only be speculating,—but for a girl, at any rate, who can never be expected to repay. I take it,<noinclude></noinclude> hy6721ntb9v0jrzat4irbkytrfv1kvl Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/148 104 4034053 14128990 12555961 2024-04-25T18:29:16Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|136|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>On the other hand, if you happened to be nobody at all and therefore likely to resent being squelched, he could sell you a ten-dollar candlestick quite as amiably as the humblest clerk in the place. Indeed, he was quite capable of giving it to you for nine dollars if he found he had not quite correctly sized you up in the beginning. As he never erred in sizing up people of the Smith-Parvis ilk, however, his profits were sublime. Accident, and nothing less, brought him into contact with the common people looking for bargains: such as the faulty adjustment of his monocle, or a similarity in backs, or the perverseness of the telephone, or a sudden shower. Sudden showers always remind pedestrians without umbrellas that they've been meaning for a long time to stop in and price things, and they clutter up the place so. Mrs. Smith-Parvis was bent on discovering something cheap and unusual for the twins, whose joint birthday anniversary was but two days off. It occurred to her that it would be wise to give them another heirloom apiece. Something English, of course, in view of the fact that her husband's forebears had come over from England with the twenty or thirty thousand voyagers who stuffed the ''Mayflower'' from stem to stern on her historic maiden trip across the Atlantic. Secretly, she had never got over being annoyed with the twins for having come regardless, so to speak. She had prayed for another boy like Stuyvesant, and along came the twins—no doubt as a sort of sop in the form of good measure. If there had to be twins, why under heaven couldn't she have been blessed with them on<noinclude></noinclude> h4dcfd0p41ovtosezk970u1g0g1d68h Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/150 104 4034055 14128991 12555963 2024-04-25T18:29:17Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|138|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>great personage at court a great many years before the misguided Colonists revolted against King George the Third, and they—her darling twins—were directly descended from her. The gentleman was her husband. "He was awfully handsome," one of the twins had said, being romantic. "Are we descended from him too, mamma?" she inquired innocently. "Certainly," said Mrs. Smith-Parvis severely. A predecessor of Miss Emsdale's got her walking papers for putting nonsense (as well as the truth) into the heads of the children. At least, she told them something that paved the way for a most embarrassing disclosure by one of the twins when a visitor was complimenting them on being such nice, lovely little ladies. "We ought to be," said Eudora proudly. "We are descended from Madam du Barry. We've got her picture upstairs." Mrs. Smith-Parvis took Miss Emsdale with her on this particular Thursday afternoon. This was at the suggestion of Stuyvesant, who held forth that an English governess was in every way qualified to pass upon English wares, new or old, and there wasn't any sense in getting "stung "when there was a way to protect oneself, and all that sort of thing. Stuyvesant also joined the hunt. "Rather a lark, eh, what?" he whispered in Miss Emsdale's ear as they followed his stately mother into the shop of Juneo & Co. She jerked her arm away. The proprietor was haled forth. Courteous, suave and polished though he was, Signor Juneo had the misfortune to be a trifle shabby, and sartorially remiss.<noinclude></noinclude> jyo8jk62cwsxdgq4kzc2snpzbhym1w0 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/152 104 4034057 14128992 13210154 2024-04-25T18:29:18Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|140|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>Mrs. Smith-Parvis had gone on ahead with Signor Juneo, and was loudly criticizing a beautiful old Venetian mirror which he had the temerity to point out to her. "Well, I don't like it," Stuyvesant said roughly. "That sort of thing doesn't go with me, Miss Emsdale. And, hang it all, why haven't you had the decency to answer the two notes I stuck under your door last night and the night before?" "I did not read the second one," she said, flushing painfully. "You have no right to assume that I will meet you—oh, ''can't'' you be a gentleman?" He gasped. "My God! Can you beat ''that!''" "It is becoming unbearable, Mr. Smith-Parvis," said she, looking him straight in the eye. "If you persist, I shall be compelled to speak to your mother." "Go ahead," he said sarcastically. "I'm ready for exposure if you are." "And I am now prepared to give up my position," she added, white and calm. "Good!" he exclaimed promptly. "I'll see that you never regret it," he went on eagerly, his enormous vanity reaching out for but one conclusion. "You beast!" she hissed, and walked away. He looked bewildered. "I'm blowed if I understand what's got into women lately," he muttered, and passed his fingers over his brow. On the way to Pickett's, Mrs. Smith-Parvis dilated upon the unspeakable Mr. Juneo. "You will be struck at once, Miss Emsdale, by the contrast. The instant you come in contact with Mr. Moody, at Pickett's—he is really the head of the firm,{{upe}}<noinclude></noinclude> 9b0r0aqxgl7qzw47c29pi7zwgpu8izp Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/154 104 4034059 14128993 12555967 2024-04-25T18:29:19Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|142|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"It's Mrs. Millidew's car, madam," said the footman up beside Galpin. "Never mind, Galpin," said Mrs. Smith-Parvis hastily. "We will get out here. It's only a step." Miss Emsdale started. A warm red suffused her cheeks. She had not seen Trotter since that day in Bramble's book-shop. Her heart began to beat rapidly. Trotter was standing on the curb, carrying on a conversation with some one inside the car. He too started perceptibly when his gaze fell upon the third person to emerge from the Smith-Parvis automobile. Almost instantly his face darkened and his tall frame stiffened. He had taken a second look at the first person to emerge. The reply he was in process of making to the occupant of his own car suffered a collapse. It became disjointed, incoherent and finally came to a halt. He was afforded a slight thrill of relief when Miss Emsdale deliberately ignored the hand that was extended to assist her in alighting. Mrs. Millidew, the younger, turned her head to glance at the passing trio. Her face lighted with a slight smile of recognition. The two Smith-Parvises bowed and smiled in return. "Isn't she beautiful?" said Mrs. Smith-Parvis to her son, without waiting to get out of earshot. "Oh, rather," said he, quite as distinctly. "Who is that extremely pretty girl?" inquired Mrs. Millidew, the younger, also quite loudly, addressing no one in particular. Trotter cleared his throat. "Oh, you wouldn't know, of course," she observed.<noinclude></noinclude> 865jd1lqbr9kdwegn7vbnou9ldwabaq Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/156 104 4034061 14128994 12555969 2024-04-25T18:29:20Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|144|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>Stuyvesant, sullenly smoking a cigarette, lolled against a show-case across the room, dropping ashes every minute or two into the mouth of a fragile and, for the time being, priceless vase that happened to be conveniently located near his elbow. Mr. Moody adjusted his monocle and eyed his matronly visitors in a most unfeeling way. "Ah,—good awfternoon, Mrs. Millidew. Good awfternoon, Mrs. Smith-Parvis," he said, and then catching sight of an apparently neglected customer in the offing, beckoned to a smart looking salesman, and said, quite loudly: "See what that young man wants, Proctor." The young man, who happened to be young Mr. Smith-Parvis, started violently,—and glared. "Stupid blight-ah!" he said, also quite loudly, and disgustedly chucked his cigarette into the vase, whereupon the salesman, in some horror, grabbed it up and dumped the contents upon the floor. "You shouldn't do that, you know," he said, in a moment of righteous forgetfulness. "That's a peach-blow—" "Oh, ''is'' it?" snapped Stuyvesant, and walked away. "That is my son, Mr. Moody," explained Mrs. Smith-Parvis quickly. "Poor dear, he hates so to shop with me." "Ah,—ah, I see," drawled Mr. Moody. "Your son? Yes, yes." And then, as an afterthought, with a slight elevation of one eyebrow, "Bless my soul, Mrs. Smith-Parvis, you amaze me. It's incredible. You cawn't convince me that you have a son as old as— Well, now, really it's a bit thick." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> c9cmmzvvqqqdbw3zopoesyfjhl00gy2 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/158 104 4034063 14128995 12555971 2024-04-25T18:29:20Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|146|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"More int'resting," said Mr. Moody, indulgently eyeing a great brass lanthorn that hung suspended over Mrs. Millidew's bonnet,—but safely to the left of it, he decided. "I've been looking for something odd and quaint and—and—you know,—of the Queen Anne period,—trinkets, you might say, Mr. Moody. What have you in that—" "Queen Anne? Oh, ah, yes, to be sure,—Queen Anne. Yes, yes. I see. 'Pon my soul, Mrs. Smith-Parvis, I fear we haven't anything at all. Most uncommon dearth of Queen Anne material nowadays. We cawn't get a thing. Snapped up in England, of course. I know of some extremely rare pieces to be had in New York, however, and, while I cannot procure them for you myself, I should be charmed to give you a letter to the dealer who has them." "Oh, how kind of you. That is really most gracious of you." "Mr. Juneo, of Juneo & Co., has quite a stock," interrupted Mr. Moody tolerantly,—"quite a remarkable collection, I may say. Indeed, nothing finer has been brought to New York in—in—in—" Mr. Moody faltered. His whole manner underwent a swift and peculiar change. His eyes were riveted upon the approaching figure of a young lady. Casually, from time to time, his roving, detached gaze had rested upon her back as she stood near the window. As a back, it did not mean anything to him. But now she was approaching,—and a queer, cold little something ran swiftly down his spine. It was Lady Jane Thorne! {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> d8dtvb6k7k84l45u36yim1o24wrz3nq Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/160 104 4034065 14128997 12555973 2024-04-25T18:29:22Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|148|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>plete, that his august customers could not fail to notice it. Something was wrong with the poor man! Certainly he was not himself. He looked ill,—at any rate, he did not look as well as usual. Heart, that's what it was, flashed through Mrs. Millidew's brain. Mrs. Smith-Parvis took it to be vertigo. Sometimes her husband looked like that when— "Will you please excuse me, ladies,—just for a moment or two?" he mumbled, in a most extraordinary voice. "I will go at once and write a note to Mr. Juneo. Make yourselves at 'ome. And—and—" He shot an appealing glance at Miss Emsdale,—"and you too, Miss." In a very few minutes a stenographer came out of the office into which Mr. Moody had disappeared, with a typewritten letter to Mr. Juneo, and the word that Mr. Moody had been taken suddenly ill and begged to be excused. He hoped that they would be so gracious as to allow Mr. Paddock to show them everything they had in stock,—and so on. "It was so sudden," said Mrs. Millidew. "I never saw such a change in a man in all my life. Heart, of course. High living, you may be sure. It gets them every time." "I shall run in tomorrow and tell him about Dr. Brodax," said Mrs. Smith-Parvis firmly. "He ought to see the best man in the city, of course, and no one—" "For the Lord's sake, don't let him get into the clutches of that man Brodax," interrupted Mrs. Millidew. "He is—" "No, thank you, Mr. Paddock,—I sha'n't wait.<noinclude></noinclude> b2iahrpwhj6411tcy52wx343u692tto Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/162 104 4034067 14128998 13056242 2024-04-25T18:29:23Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|150|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>''poisson'', the chances are that nothing would have happened. But he didn't. He said fish. No doubt Thomas Trotter was in a bad humour also. He was a very sensible young man, and there was no reason why he should be jealous of Stuyvesant Smith-Parvis. He had it from Miss Emsdale herself that she loathed and despised the fellow. And yet he saw red when she passed him a quarter of an hour before with Stuyvesant at her side. For some time he had been harassed by the thought that if she had not caught sight of him as she left the car, the young man's offer of assistance might not have been spurned. In any event, there certainly was something queer afoot. Why was she driving about with Mrs. Smith-Parvis,—''and'' Stuyvesant,—as if she were one of the family and not a paid employe? In the twinkling of an eye, Thomas Trotter forgot that he was a chauffeur. He remembered only that he was Lord Eric Carruthers Ethelbert Temple, the grandson of a soldier, the great-grandson of a soldier, and the great-great grandson of a soldier whose father and grandfather had been soldiers before him. Thomas Trotter would have said,—and quite properly, too, considering his position;—"Quite so, sir." Lord Temple merely put his face a little closer to Stuyvesant's and said, very audibly, very distinctly: "You go to hell!" Stuyvesant fell back a step. He could not believe his ears. The fellow couldn't have said—and yet, there was no possible way of making anything else out of it. He ''had'' said "You go to hell." Fortunately he had said it in the presence of ladies.<noinclude></noinclude> 8nagta6csv05g23llrny9yzs299xavg Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/164 104 4034069 14128999 12555977 2024-04-25T18:29:24Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|152|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>tears in anybody's eyes after those merciless tweaks. Finding his nose still attached, he struck out wildly with both fists, a blind fury possessing him. Even a coward will strike if you pull his nose severely enough. As Trotter remained motionless after the distressing act of Lord Temple, Stuyvesant missed him by a good yard and a half, but managed to connect solidly with the corner of the limousine, barking his knuckles, a circumstance which subsequently provided him with something to substantiate his claim to having planted a "good one" on the blighter's jaw. His hat fell off and rolled still farther away from the redoubtable Trotter, luckily in the direction of the Smith-Parvis car. By the time Stuyvesant retrieved it, after making several clutches in his haste, he was, singularly enough, beyond the petrified figure of his mother. "Call the police! Call the police!" Mrs. Smith-Parvis was whimpering. "Where are the police?" Mrs. Millidew, the elder, cried out sharply: "Hush up! Don't be idiotic! Do you want to attract the police and a crowd and— What do you mean, Trotter, by attacking Mr. Smith-Par—" "Get out of the way, mother," roared Stuyvesant. "Let me at him! Don't hold me! I'll break his infernal neck— Shut up!" His voice sank to a hoarse whisper. "We don't want the police. Shut up, I say! My God, don't make a scene!" "Splendid!" cried Mrs. Millidew, the younger, enthusiastically, addressing herself to Trotter. "Perfectly splendid!" Trotter, himself once more, calmly stepped to the<noinclude></noinclude> c0o4e9v0c0qwxa7vmwy7fgbu7igq7c3 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/166 104 4034071 14129000 12565214 2024-04-25T18:29:25Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|154|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"Drive to Dr. Brodax's, Galpin, as quickly as possible," directed Stuyvesant's mother, and entered the car beside her son. The footman closed the door and hopped up beside the chauffeur. He was very pink with excitement. "Oh, for heaven's sake—" began her son furiously, but the closing of the door smothered the rest of the complaint. "You may also take your notice, Trotter," said Mrs. Millidew the elder. "I can't put up with such behaviour as this." "Very good, madam. I'm sorry. I—" Miss Emsdale was walking away. He did not finish the sentence. His eyes were following her and they were full of concern. "You may come to me tomorrow. Trotter," said Mrs. Millidew, the younger. "Now, don't glare at me, mother-in-law," she added peevishly. "You've dismissed him, so don't, for heaven's sake, croak about me stealing him away from you." Trotter's employer closed her jaws with a snap, then opened them instantly to exclaim: "No, you don't, my dear. I withdraw the notice. Trotter. You stay on with me. Drop Mrs. Millidew at her place first, and then drive me home. That's all right, Dolly. I don't care if it is out of our way. I wouldn't leave you alone with him for anything in the world." Trotter sighed. Miss Emsdale had turned the corner.<noinclude></noinclude> 4m1opk4klg651s7zz63pkgwin2l9cae Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/168 104 4034073 14129001 12555981 2024-04-25T18:29:26Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|156|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>went away strangely puzzled, and not a little disgusted with himself. She expected to find that Stuyvesant had carried out his threat to vilify her, and was prepared for a bitter ten minutes with the outraged mistress of the house, who would hardly let her escape without a severe lacing. She would be dismissed without a "character." She packed her boxes and the two or three hand-bags that had come over from London with her. A heightened colour was in her cheeks, and there was a repelling gleam in her blue eyes. She was wondering whether she could keep herself in hand during the tirade. Her temper was a hot one. A not distant Irish ancestor occasionally got loose in her blood and played havoc with the strain inherited from a whole regiment of English forebears. On such occasions, she flared up in a fine Celtic rage, and then for days afterwards was in a penitential mood that shamed the poor old Irish ghost into complete and grovelling subjection. What she saw in the mirror over her dressing-table warned her that if she did not keep a pretty firm grip tonight on the throat of that wild Irishman who had got into the family-tree ages before the twig represented by herself appeared, Mrs. Smith-Parvis was reasonably certain to hear from him. A less captious observer, leaning over her shoulder, would have taken an entirely different view of the reflection. He (obviously he) would have pronounced it ravishing. Promptly at seven she entered the library. To her dismay, Mrs. Smith-Parvis was not alone. Her husband was there, and also Stuyvesant. If her life had<noinclude></noinclude> gn6mpn7osbll0gxt8shg9fekuqo74b9 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/170 104 4034075 14129002 12555983 2024-04-25T18:29:27Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|158|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>recriminations. Thirty-one days in this month. Thirty-one into one hundred goes how many times?" "I beg pardon," said the girl, puzzled. "Thirty-one into one hundred?" "Can't you do sums? It's perfectly simple. Any school child could do it in a—in a jiffy." "Quite simple," murmured her husband. "I worked it out for Mrs. Smith-Parvis in no time at all. Three dollars and twenty-two and a half cents a day. Perfectly easy, if you—" "I am sure it is quite satisfactory," said Miss Emsdale coldly. "Very well. Here is a check for the amount," said Mrs. Smith-Parvis, laying the slip of paper on the end of the library table. "And now. Miss Emsdale, I feel constrained to tell you how gravely disappointed I am in you. For half-a-year I have laboured under the delusion that you were a lady, and qualified to have charge of two young and innocent—" "Oh, Lord," groaned Stuyvesant, fidgeting in his chair. "—young and innocent girls. I find, however, that you haven't the first instincts of a lady. I daresay it is too much to expect." She sighed profoundly. "I know something about the lower classes in London, having been at one time interested in settlement work there in connection with Lady Bannistell's committee, and I am aware that too much should not be expected of them. That is to say, too much in the way of—er—delicacy. Still, I thought you might prove to be an exception. I have learned my lesson. I shall in the future engage only German governesses. From time to time I<noinclude></noinclude> 2a73fuhgsncz2dipagaskl4niwjs5uo Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/172 104 4034077 14129003 12555985 2024-04-25T18:29:28Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|160|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"Be good enough, Mrs. Smith-Parvis, to come to the point," she said. "Have you nothing more serious to charge me with than smoking? Out with it! Let's have the worst." "How dare you speak to me in that— My goodness!" She half started up from her chair. "What ''have'' you been up to? Drinking? Or some low affair with the butler? Good heavens, have I been harbouring a—" "Don't get so excited, momsey," broke in Stuyvesant, trying to transmit a message of encouragement to Miss Emsdale by means of sundry winks and frowns and cautious head-shakings. "Keep your hair on." "My—my hair?" gasped his mother. Mr. Smith-Parvis got up. "Stuyvesant, you'd better retire," he said, noisily. "Remember, sir, that you are speaking to your mother. It came out at the time of her illness,—when we were so near to losing her,—and you—" "Keep still. Philander," snapped Mrs. Smith-Parvis, very red in the face. "It came in again, thicker than before," she could not help explaining. "And don't be absurd, Stuyvesant. This is my affair. Please do not interfere again. I— What was I saying?" "Something about drinking and the butler, Mrs. Smith-Parvis," said Jane, drily. It was evident that Stuyvesant had not carried tales to his mother. She would not have to defend herself against a threatened charge. Her sense of humour was at once restored. "Naturally I cannot descend to the discussion of anything so perfectly vile. Your conduct this afternoon is sufficient—ah,—sufficient unto the day. I<noinclude></noinclude> 211omw828828rsmylp2tiy3ers3qnlf Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/174 104 4034079 14129004 12555987 2024-04-25T18:29:29Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|162|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>Parvis, uncomfortably. "Seems to me she walks properly enough. What's the matter with her— There, she's gone! I can't see what—" "You would think the hussy imagines herself to be the Queen of England," sputtered Mrs. Smith-Parvis angrily. "I've never seen such airs." The object of her derision mounted the stairs and entered her bed-chamber on the fourth floor. Her steamer-trunk and her bags were nowhere in sight. A wry little smile trembled on her lips. "Must you be going?" she said to herself, whimsically, as she adjusted her hat in front of the mirror. There was no one to say good-bye to her, except Peasley, the footman. He opened the big front door for her, and she passed out into the foggy March night. A fine mist blew upon her hot face. "Good-bye, Miss," said Peasley, following her to the top of the steps. "Good-bye, Peasley. Thank you for taking down my things." "You'll find 'em in the taxi," said he. He peered hard ahead and sniffed. "A bit thick, ain't it? Reminds one of London, Miss." He referred to the fog. At the bottom of the steps she encountered the irrepressible and somewhat jubilant scion of the house. His soft hat was pulled well down over his eyes, and the collar of his overcoat was turned up about his ears. He promptly accosted her, his voice lowered to an eager, confident undertone. "Don't cry, little girl," he said. "It isn't going to be bad at all. I— Oh, I say, now, listen to me!" She tried to pass, but he placed himself directly in<noinclude></noinclude> 14j6q1tajgmxb90g3odeqrn0pu35jlg Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/176 104 4034081 14129005 12555989 2024-04-25T18:29:30Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|164|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"Hop in, Miss," interrupted the driver from his seat. "I've got all your bags and things up but,— What's that you're saying?" "I shall not enter this cab," she said resolutely. "If you are in the pay of this man—" "I was sent here in answer to a telephone call half an hour ago. That's all I know about it. What's the row?" "There is no row," said Stuyvesant, coming up. "Get in. Miss Emsdale. I'm through. I've done my best to help you." But she was now thoroughly alarmed. She sensed abduction. "No! Stay on your box, my man! Don't get down. I shall walk to my—" "Go ahead, driver. Take those things to the address I just gave you," said Stuyvesant. "We'll be along later." "I knew! I knew!" she cried out. In a flash she was running down the sidewalk toward the comer. He followed her a few paces and then stopped, cursing softly. "Hey!" called out the driver, springing to the sidewalk. "What's all this? Getting me in wrong, huh? That's what the little roll of bills was for, eh? Well, guess again! Get out of the way, you, or I'll bat you one over the bean." In less time than it takes to tell it, he had whisked the trunk from the platform of the taxi and the three bags from the interior. "I ought to beat you up anyhow," he grunted.<noinclude></noinclude> sarban18cgicbmvgh6fyz3wqqpwgw2i Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/178 104 4034083 14129006 12555991 2024-04-25T18:29:31Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|166|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>She did so, and started all over again. This time he was able to understand her. "Wait! Tell me the rest later on," he interrupted. "Come along! This looks pretty ugly to me. By gad, I—I believe he was planning to abduct you or something as—" "I must have a policeman," she protested, holding back. "I was looking for one when you came up." "Nonsense! We don't need a bobby. I can take care of—" "But that man will make off with my bags." "We'll see," he cried, and she was swept along up the street, running to keep pace with his prodigious strides. He had linked his arm through hers. They found her effects scattered along the edge of the sidewalk. Trotter laughed, but it was not a good-humoured laugh. "Skipped!" he grated. "I might have known it. Now, let me think. What is the next, the best thing to do? Go up there and ring that doorbell and—" "No! You are not to do that. Sit down here beside me. My—my knees are frightfully shaky. So silly of them. But I—I—really it was quite a shock I had, Mr. Trotter." "Better call me Tom,—for the present at least," he suggested, sitting down beside her on the trunk. "What a strange coincidence," she murmured. There was not much room on the trunk for two. He sat quite on one end of it. "You mean,—sitting there?" he inquired, blankly. "No. Your turning up as you did,—out of a clear sky." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> sczivilomes9rd3x2j8soxup1imj5n6 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/180 104 4034085 14129008 12555993 2024-04-25T18:29:34Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|168|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"You—you don't mind?" he cried, and sat down beside her again. The trunk seemed to have increased in size. At any rate there was room to spare at the end. "Not—not in the least," she murmured. He was silent for a long time. "Would you mind calling me Eric,—just once?" he said at last, wistfully. His voice was very low. "I—I'm rather homesick for the sound of my own name, uttered by one of my own people." "Oh, you poor dear boy!" "Say 'Eric,'" he pleaded. "Eric," she half-whispered, suddenly shy. He drew a long, deep breath, and again was silent for a long time. Both of them appeared to have completely forgotten her plight. "We're both a long, long way from home, Jane," he said. "Yes, Eric." "Odd that we should be sitting here like this, on a trunk, on the sidewalk,—in a fog." "The 'two orphans,'" she said, with feeble attempt at sprightliness. "People passing by within a few yards of us and yet we—we're quite invisible." There was a thrill in his voice. "Almost as if we were in London, Eric,—lovely black old London." Footsteps went by in the fog in front of them, automobiles slid by behind them, tooting their unheard horns. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> dly2ukeo8nsi4zbn9zxlcxj4kkdpmcu Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/182 104 4034087 14129009 12555995 2024-04-25T18:29:35Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|170|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"In a way. I say, officer, be a good fellow. Keep your eye peeled for a taxi as you go along and send it up for us. She had one ordered, but—well, you can see for yourself. It isn't here." "That's as plain as the nose on your face. I guess I'll just step up to the door and see if it's all right. Stay where you are. Looks queer to me." "Oh, it isn't necessary to inquire, officer," broke in Jane nervously. "You have my word for it that it's all right." "Oh, I have, have I? Fine! And what if them bags and things is filled with silver and God knows what? You don't—" "Go ahead and inquire," said Trotter, pressing her arm encouragingly. "Ask the butler if he didn't call a cab for Miss Emsdale,—and also ask him why in thunder it isn't here." The patrolman hesitated. "Who are you," he asked, stepping a little closer to Trotter. "I am this young lady's fiancé," said Trotter, with dignity. "Her what?" "Her steady," said Trotter. The policeman laughed,—good-naturedly, to their relief. "Oh, well, ''that'' being the case," said he, and started away. "Excuse me for buttin' in." "Sure," said Trotter amiably. "If you see a taxi, old man." "Leave it to me," came back from the fog. Jane nestled close to her tall young man. His arm was about her. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> lw9w4i19eldp0yoe39hch9tq9joyjv8 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/186 104 4034091 14129010 12555999 2024-04-25T18:29:36Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|174|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>city's wagons. True, his hands were stiff and blistered, but all that would respond to the oil of affluence. There was no time to lose. She had said in the postscript that he would have to hurry. Two hours later he burst excitedly into the bookshop of J. Bramble and exclaimed: "And now, my dear, good friend, I shall soon be able to return to you the various amounts you have advanced me from time to time, out of the goodness of your heart, and I shall—what do I say?—blow you off to a banquet that even now, in contemplation, makes my own mouth water,—and I shall—" "Bless my soul," gasped Mr. Bramble. "Would you mind saying ''all'' of it in English? What ''is'' the excitement? Just a moment, please." The latter to a mild-looking gentleman who was poising a book in one hand and inquiring the price with the uplifting of his eyebrows. De Bosky rapped three or four times on the violin case tucked under his arm. "After all the years and all the money I spent in mastering this— But, you are busy, my good friend. Pray forgive the interruption—" "What has happened?" demanded Mr. Bramble, uneasily. "I have fallen into a fortune. Twenty-five dollars a week,—so!" he said whimsically. "Also I shall restore the five dollars that Trotter forced me to take,—and the odd amounts M. Mirabeau has— Yes, yes, my friend, I am radiant. I am to lead the new orchestra at Spangler's café. I have concluded negotiations with—ah, how quickly it was done! And I<noinclude></noinclude> fkrurjlxef8t1whkkacci71ct6tps5g Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/188 104 4034093 14129011 12566533 2024-04-25T18:29:37Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|176|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>sician, he pooh-hooed Mr. Bramble's calamitous regard for the union, and he wound up by inviting de Bosky to stop for lunch with him. "No, no,—impossible," exclaimed de Bosky, feeling in his waistcoat pocket absent-mindedly, and then glancing at a number of M. Mirabeau's clocks in rotation; "no, I have not the time. Your admirable clocks urge me to be off. See! I am to recover the overcoat of my excellent friend, the safe-blower. This letter,—see! Mrs. Moses Jacobs. She tells me to come and take it away with me. Am I not the lucky dog,—no, no! I mean am I not the lucky star? I must be off. She may change her mind. She—" "Mon dieu! I'd let her change it if I were you," cried M. Mirabeau. "I call it the height of misfortune to possess a fur coat on a day like this. One might as well rejoice over a linen coat in mid-winter. You are excited! Calm yourself. A bit of cold tongue, and a salad, and—" "Au revoir!" sang out de Bosky from the top of the steps. "And remember! I shall repay you within the fortnight, monsieur. I promise! Ah, it is a beautiful, a glorious day!" The old Frenchman dashed to the landing and called down after his speeding guest: "Fetch the coat with you to luncheon. I shall order some moth-balls, and after we've stuffed it full of them, we'll put the poor thing away for a long, long siesta. It shall be like the anaconda. I have a fine cedar chest—" But Mr. Bramble was speaking from the bottom of the steps. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 0fw3fy5s5zmdq7kl7ggg76b0wxz99ut Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/190 104 4034095 14129012 12556003 2024-04-25T18:29:39Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|178|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>eager, forgetting everything but—I say, Mirabeau, lend a hand! He is ready to drop. God bless my soul! Brace up, your highness,—I should say old chap—brace up! Damme, sir, what possessed you to refuse our invitation to dine with us last night? And it was the third time within the week. Answer me that, sir!" De Bosky sat weakly, limply, pathetically, before the two old men. They had led him to a chair at the back of the shop. Both were regarding him with justifiable severity. He smiled wanly as he passed his hand over his moist, pallid brow. "You are poor men. Why,—why should I become a charge upon you?" "Mon dieu!" sputtered M. Mirabeau, lifting his arms on high and shaking his head in absolute despair,—despair, you may be sure, over a most unaccountable and never-to-be-forgotten moment in which he found himself utterly and hopelessly without words. Mr. Bramble suddenly rammed a hand down into the pocket of his ancient smoking-coat, and fished out a huge, red, glistening apple. "Here! Eat this!" De Bosky shook his head. His smile broadened. "No, thank you. I—I do not like apples." The bookseller was aghast. Moreover, pity and alarm rendered him singularly inept in the choice of a reply to this definite statement. "Take it home to the children," he pleaded, with the best intention in the world. By this time, M. Mirabeau had found his tongue. He took the situation in hand. With tact and an in-<noinclude></noinclude> hngudaeyq02ext04us7vbdmyn7xkccb Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/192 104 4034097 14129013 12556005 2024-04-25T18:29:40Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|180|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>spirit, moved upon the stronghold of Mrs. Moses Jacobs. The chatelaine of "The Rojal Exchange. M. Jacobs, Proprietor," received him with surprising cordiality. "Well, well!" she called out cheerily as he approached the "desk." "I thought you'd never get here. I been waitin' since nine o'clock." Her dark, heavy face bore signs of a struggle to overcome the set, implacable expression that avarice and suspicion had stamped upon it in the course of a long and resolute abstinence from what we are prone to call the milk of human kindness. She was actually trying to beam as she leaned across the gem-laden showcase and extended her coarse, unlovely hand to the visitor. "I am sorry," said he, shaking hands with her. "I have been extremely busy. Besides, on a hot day like this, I could get along very nicely without a fur coat, Mrs. Jacobs." "Sure!" said she. "It sure is hot today. You ought to thank God you ain't as fat as I am. It's awful on fat people. Well, wasn't you surprised?" "It was most gracious of you, Mrs. Jacobs," he said with dignity. "I should have come in at once to express my appreciation of your—" "Oh, that's all right. Don't mention it. You're a decent little feller, de Bosky, and I've got a heart,—although most of these mutts around here don't think so. Yes, sir, I meant it when I said you could tear up the pawn ticket and take the coat—with the best wishes of yours truly." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> n88iuljtt07ashaxpwrvel4a02bvfit Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/194 104 4034099 14129014 13058073 2024-04-25T18:29:41Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|182|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>And so I waited till it turned so hot that you'd know I wasn't trying to do it out of charity— You do understand, don't you, Prince?" "Perfectly," said he, very soberly. "I feel better than I've felt in a good long time," she said, drawing a long breath. "That's the way we all feel sometimes," said he, smiling. "No doubt it's the sun," he added. "We haven't seen much of it lately." "Quit your kiddin'," she cried, donning her mask again and relapsing into the vernacular of the district. He bore the coat in triumph to the work-shop of M. Mirabeau, and loudly called for moth-balls as he mounted the steps. "I jest, good friend," he explained, as the old Frenchman laid aside his tools and started for the shelves containing a vast assortment of boxes and packages. "Time enough for all that. At four o'clock I am due at Spangler's for a rehearsal of the celebrated Royal Hungarian Orchestra, imported at great expense from Budapesth. I leave the treasure in your custody. Au revoir!" He had thrown the coat on the end of the work bench. "You will return for dinner," was M. Mirabeau's stern reminder. "A pot roast tonight. Bramble has announced. We will dine at six, since you must report at seven." "In my little red coat," sang out de Bosky blithely. "Mon dieu!" exclaimed the Frenchman, in dismay, running his fingers over the lining of the coat. "They are already at work. The moths! See! Ah, ''le diable!'' They have devoured—" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> hhw64w2q0hxuxgt4k6qkdkpo9xi6xj8 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/196 104 4034101 14129015 13058074 2024-04-25T18:29:42Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|184|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"Cut the threads," said Mr. Bramble, readjusting his big spectacles. "It is sewed at the ends." The old bookseller was the first of the stupefied men to speak after the contents of the rubber bag were revealed to view. "God bless my soul!" he gasped. Bank notes,—many of them,—lay in de Bosky's palm. Almost mechanically he began to count them. They were of various denominations, none smaller than twenty dollars. The eyes of the men popped as he ran off in succession two five-hundred-dollar bills. Downstairs in the shop of J. Bramble, some one was pounding violently on a counter, but without results. He could produce no one to wait on him. He might as well have tried to rouse the dead. "Clever rascal," said M. Mirabeau at last. "The last place in the world one would think of looking for plunder." "What do you mean?" asked de Bosky, still dazed. "It is quite simple," said the Frenchman. "Who but your enterprising friend, the cracksman, could have thought of anything so original as hiding money in the lining of a fur overcoat? He leaves the coat in your custody, knowing you to be an honest man. At the expiration of his term, he will reclaim—" "Ah, but he has still a matter of ten or eleven years to serve," agreed de Bosky. "A great deal could happen in ten or eleven years. He would not have taken so great a risk. He—" "Um!" mused M. Mirabeau, frowning. "That is so." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> ok998bibwfd8qwwu8kh08180l2sbw2e Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/198 104 4034103 14129017 12761187 2024-04-25T18:29:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|186|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>it I hope it will be him. Maybe they wont get me after all so all this writing is in vain. But Im taken no chance on that, and Im willing to take a chance on this stuff getting back to me somehow. I will say this before closing. The money belonged to people in various parts of the country and they could all afford to lose it, espeshilly the doctor. He is a bigger robber than I am, only he lets people see him get away with it. If this should fall into the hands of the police I want them to believe me when I say my neighber, a little forreigner who plays the violin till it brings tears to my eyes, has no hand in this business. I am simply asking him to take care of my coat and wear it till I call for it, whenever that may be. And the following remarks is for him. If he finds this dough, he can keep it and use as much of it as he sees fit. I would sooner he had it than anybody, because he is poorer than anybody. And what he dont know wont hurt him. I mean what he dont know about who the stuff belonged to in the beginning. Being of sound mind and so fourth I hereby subscribe myself, in the year of our lord, September 26, 1912. {{right|offset=2em|{{sc|"Henry Loveless."}}}} "How very extraordinary," said Mr. Bramble after a long silence. "Nearly five thousand dollars," said M. Mirabeau. "What will you do with it, de Bosky?" The little violinist passed his hand over his brow, as if to clear away the last vestige of perplexity. "There is but one thing to do, my friends," he said slowly, straightening up and facing them. "You will<noinclude></noinclude> 6t5iuxeaoea4l4e6tcv2bphr0tzld0k Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/202 104 4034800 14129019 13058075 2024-04-25T18:29:45Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|190|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>I have decided, Philander, that he ought to go into the diplomatic service." "Oh, Lord!" "I don't blame you for saying 'Oh, Lord,' if you think I mean the American diplomatic service," she said, smiling. "That, of course, is not even to be considered. He must aim higher than that. I know it is a vulgar expression, but there is no class to the American embassies abroad. Compare our embassies with any of the other—" "But, my dear, you forget that—" "They are made up largely of men who have sprung from the most ordinary walks in life,—men totally unfitted for the social position that— Please do not argue. Philander. You know perfectly well that what I say is true. I shouldn't think of letting Stuyvesant enter the American diplomatic service. Do you remember that dreadful person who came to see us in Berlin,—about the trunks we sent up from Paris by ''grande vitesse?'' Well, just think of Stuyvesant—" "He was a clerk from the U. S. Consul's office," he interrupted doggedly. "Nothing whatever to do with the embassy. Besides, we can't—" "It doesn't matter. I have been giving it a great deal of thought lately, trying to decide which is the best service for Stuyvesant to enter. The English diplomatic corps in this country is perfectly stunning, and so is the French,—and the Russian, for that matter. He doesn't speak the Russian language, however, so I suppose we will have to—" "See here, my dear,—listen to me," he broke in<noinclude></noinclude> o0ijl6vpa8l37mvmup63g1ueou9rrwt Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/204 104 4034802 14129020 12558769 2024-04-25T18:29:46Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|192|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>pointed. It seems to be the practice in this country to appoint men who, so far as I know, have absolutely no social standing. Mr. Choate was an exception, of course. I am sure that Stuyvesant will go to the top rapidly if he is given a chance. Now, how shall we go about it. Philander?" She considered the matter settled. Her husband shook his head. "Have you spoken to Stuyvie about it?" he inquired. "Oh, dear me, no. I want to surprise him." "I see," said he, rather grimly for him. "I see. We simply say: 'Here is a nice soft berth in the diplomatic corps, Stuyvie. You may sail tomorrow if you like.'" "Don't be silly. And please do not call him Stuyvie. I've spoken to you about that a thousand times. Philander. Now, don't you think you ought to run down to Washington and see the President? It may—" "No, I don't," said he flatly. "I'm not a dee fool." "Don't—don't you care to see your son make something of himself?" she cried in dismay. "Certainly. I'd like nothing better than—" "Then, try to take a little interest in him," she said coldly. "In the first place," said he resignedly, "what are his politics?" "The same as yours. He is a Republican. All the people we know are Republicans. The Democrats are too common for words." "Well, his first attempt at diplomacy will be to change his politics," he said, waxing a little sarcastic as he gained courage. "And I'd advise you not to say<noinclude></noinclude> 3n9neiu4oqbxhh6be7fkpr03b7hqwj0 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/206 104 4034804 14129021 12558771 2024-04-25T18:29:47Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|194|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>enter the service, and that he will do everything in his power to raise it to the social standard—" "The man would die laughing," said he unfeelingly. "I was just thinking. Suppose I were to go to the only influential Democratic politician I know,—Cornelius McFaddan,—and tell him that Stuyvesant advocates the reconstruction of our diplomatic service along English lines, he would undoubtedly say things to me that I could neither forget nor forgive. I can almost hear him now." "You refuse to make any effort at all, then?" "Not at all," he broke in quickly. "I will see him. As a matter of fact, McFaddan is a very decent sort of chap, and he is keen to join the Oxford Country Club. He knows I am on the Board of Governors. In fact, he asked me not long ago what golf club I'd advise him to join. He thinks he's getting too fat. Wants to take up golf." "But you ''couldn't'' propose him for membership in the Oxford, Philander," she said flatly. "Only the smartest people in town—" "Leave it to me," he interrupted, a flash of enthusiasm in his eyes. "By gad, I shouldn't be surprised if I could do something through him. He carries a good deal of weight." "Would it be wise to let him reduce it by playing golf? "she inquired doubtfully. He stared. "I mean politically. Figure of speech, my dear." "Oh, I see." "A little coddling on my part, and that sort of thing. They all want to break into society,—every<noinclude></noinclude> 9he8g2op674j2j2qap3jgzwc26uv52z Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/208 104 4034806 14129022 12558773 2024-04-25T18:29:49Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|196|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>boy. He would be frightfully amused by the McFinnegans, and—" "McFaddan," he edged in. "—and he could get a world of material for those screaming Irish imitations he loves to give. Now, when will you see Mr. McFaddan?" "You'd have to call on his wife, wouldn't you, before asking her to dinner?" "She probably never has heard of the custom," said Mrs. Smith-Parvis composedly. The next day, Mr. Smith-Parvis strolled into the offices of Mr. Cornelius McFaddan, Contractor, and casually remarked what a wonderful view of the Bay he had from his windows. "I dropped in, Mr. McFaddan," he explained, "to see if you were really in earnest about wanting to join the Oxford Country Club." He had decided that it was best to go straight to the point. McFaddan regarded him narrowly. "Did I ever say I wanted to join the Oxford Country Club?" he demanded. "Didn't you?" asked his visitor, slightly disturbed by this ungracious response. "I did not," said Mr. McFaddan promptly. "Dear me, I—I was under the impression—Ahem! I am sure you spoke of wanting to join a golf club." "That must have been some time ago. I've joined one," said the other, a little more agreeably. Mr. Smith-Parvis punched nervously with his cane at one of his pearl grey spats. The contractor allowed his gaze to shift. He didn't wear "spats "himself. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> eb1c81w2hjro5zdxvba3tzch56tbz8e Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/210 104 4034808 14129023 13058078 2024-04-25T18:29:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|198|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>dred a year dues," said Mr. Smith-Parvis, pricking up his ears. "Really quite reasonable." "My wife don't like the golf club I belong to," said the other, squinting at his own cigar. "Rough-neck crowd, she says." Mr. Smith-Parvis looked politely concerned. "That's too bad," he said. The contractor appeared to be weighing something in his mind. "How long does it take to get into your club?" he asked. "Usually about five years," said Mr. Smith-Parvis, blandly. "Long waiting list, you know. Some of the best people in the city are on it, by the way. I daresay it wouldn't be more than two or three months in your case, however," he concluded. "I'll speak to the wife about it," said Mr. McFaddan. "She may put her foot down hard. Too swell for us, maybe. We're plain people." "Not a bit of it," said Mr. Smith-Parvis readily. "Extremely democratic club, my dear McFaddan. Exclusive and all that, but quite—ah—unconventional. Ha-ha!" Finding himself on the high-road to success, he adventured a little farther. Glancing up at the clock on the wall, he got to his feet with an exclamation of well-feigned dismay. "My dear fellow, I had no idea it was so near the luncheon hour. Stupid of me. Why didn't you kick me out? Ha-ha! Let me know what you decide to do, and I will be delighted to— But better still, can't you have lunch with me? I could tell you something<noinclude></noinclude> b1g87gkwuk6h9vkswec3lhtl13nbsau Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/212 104 4034810 14129024 12558777 2024-04-25T18:29:51Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|200|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>it can be improved. He agreed with me when I advanced the opinion that we, as sovereign citizens of this great Republic, ought to see to it that a better, a higher class of men represent us abroad. He said,—in his rough, slangy way: 'You're dead right. What good are them authors and poets we're sendin' over there now? What we need is good, live hustlers,—men with ginger instead of ink in their veins.' I remember the words perfectly. 'Ginger instead of ink!' Haha,—rather good, eh?" "You must dress at once, Philander," said his wife. "We are dining with the Hatchers." "That reminds me," he said, wrinkling his brow. "I dropped in to see Cricklewick on the way up. He didn't appear to be very enthusiastic about dining here with the McFaddans." "For heaven's sake, you don't mean to say you've already asked the man to dine with us!" cried his wife. "Not in so many words," he made haste to explain. "He spoke several times about his wife. Seemed to want me to know that she was a snappy old girl,—his words, not mine. The salt of the earth, and so on. Of course, I had to say something agreeable. So I said I'd like very much to have the pleasure of meeting her." "Oh, you did, did you?" witheringly. "He seemed really quite affected, my dear. It was several minutes before he could find the words to reply. Got very red in the face and managed to say finally that it was very kind of me. I think it rather made a hit with him. I merely mentioned the possibility of dining together some time,—''en famille'',—and that I'd like him to meet you. Nothing more,—not a thing<noinclude></noinclude> 3wgjmstb77simlkrdnvuy1s6lrwvb0b Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/216 104 4034814 14129026 12566748 2024-04-25T18:29:52Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|204|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"How do you like your new position?" he had asked in the dimness at the head of the stairway. She could not see his face, but it was because he kept her head rather closely pressed into the hollow of his shoulder. Otherwise she might have detected the guilty flicker in his eyes. "I love it. She is such a dear. But, really, Eric, I don't think I'm worth half what she pays me." He chuckled softly. "Oh, yes, you are. You are certainly worth half what my boss pays me." "But I do not earn it," she insisted. "Neither do I," said he. To return to the Marchioness and the newspaper: "We will go off on a little spree before long, my dear. A good dinner at Spangler's, a little music, and a chat with the sensation of the hour. Get Mrs. Hendricks on the telephone, please. I will ask her to join us there some night soon with her husband. He is the man who wrote that delightful novel with the name I never can remember. You will like him, I know. He is so dreadfully deaf that all one has to do to include him in the conversation is to return his smiles occasionally." And so, on a certain night in mid-April, it came to pass that Spangler's Café, gay and full of the din that sustains the ''genus'' New Yorker in his contention that there is no other place in the world fit to live in, had among its patrons a number of the persons connected with this story of the City of Masks. First of all, there was the new leader of the orchestra, a dapper, romantic-looking young man in a flaming red coat. Ah, but you should have seen him! The admirable Mirabeau, true Frenchman that he was, had per-<noinclude></noinclude> 4nby7cl9be0gw9zp2do5keuyo4r106g Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/218 104 4034816 14129027 12558783 2024-04-25T18:29:53Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|206|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>interest between two widely separated tables. His companion was interested in nothing except his food, which being wholly unsatisfactory to him, relieved him of the necessity of talking about anything else. He spoke of it from time to time, however, usually to the waiter, who could only say that he was sorry. This man was a red-faced, sharp-nosed person with an unmistakable Cockney accent. He seemed to find a great deal of comfort in verbally longing for the day when he could get back to Simpson's in the Strand for a bit of "roast that is a roast." The crowd began to thin out shortly after the time set for the lifting of curtains in all of the theatres. It was then that the sallow-faced man arose from his seat and, after asking his companion to excuse him for a minute, approached Stuyvesant Smith-Parvis. That gentleman had been dizzily ogling a dashing, spirited young woman at the table presided over by Mr. McFaddan, a circumstance which not only annoyed the lady but also one closer at hand. The latter was wanting to know, in some heat, what he took her for. If he thought she'd stand for anything like that, he had another guess coming. "May I have a word with you?" asked the sallow man, inserting his head between Stuyvesant and the protesting young woman. "The bouncer," cried the young woman, looking up. "Good work. That's what you get for making eyes at strange—" "Shut up," said Stuyvie, who had, after a moment's concentration, recognized the man. "What do you want?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> kktjpdilezera8of310b67vrk3q499m Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/220 104 4034818 14129029 12558785 2024-04-25T18:29:54Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|208|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"I know you are," said the other soothingly. "Darn the luck," growled Stuyvie, following a heroic effort to restore his physical equilibrium. "I wouldn't have had her see me here with this crowd for half the money in New York. She'll get a bad impression of me. Look at 'em! My Lord, they're all stewed. I say, you go over and tell that man with the big nose at the head of my table that I've been suddenly called away, and—" "Take my advice, and sit tight." Stuyvie's mind wandered. "Say, do you know who that rippin' creature is over there with the fat Irishman? She's a dream." The sallow man did not deign to look. He bent a little closer to Mr. Smith-Parvis. "Now, what is the next move, Mr. Smith-Parvis? I've located her right enough. Is this the end of the trail?" "Sh!" cautioned Stuyvie, loudly. Then even more loudly: "Don't you know any better than to roar like that? There's a man sitting up there—" "He can't understand a word of English. Wop. Just landed. That's the guy the papers have been—" "I am not in the least interested in your conversation," said Stuyvie haughtily. "What were you saying?" "Am I through? That's what I want to know." "You have found out where she's stopping?" "Yep. Stayin' with the white-haired old lady. Dressmaking establishment. The office will make a full report to you tomorrow." "Wait a minute. Let me think." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> frztrom2swcmasmusljd1ua4maso6ys Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/222 104 4034820 14129030 12558787 2024-04-25T18:29:55Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|210|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>taken in on the case,—and I'm on the job with him from now—" "And say," broke in Stuyvie, irrelevantly, "before you leave find out who that girl is over there with the fat Irishman. Understand?" Prince Waldemar de Bosky's thoughts and reflections, up to the beginning of this duologue, were of the rosiest and most cheerful nature. He was not proud to be playing the violin in Spangler's, but he was human. He was not above being gratified by the applause and enthusiasm of the people who came to see if not to hear a prince of the blood perform. His friends were out there in front, and it was to them that he played. He was very happy. And the five thousand dollars in the old steel safe at the shop of Mirabeau the clockmaker! He had been thinking of them and of the letter he had posted to the man "up the river,"—and of the interest he would take in the reply when it came. Abruptly, in the midst of these agreeable thoughts, came the unlovely interruption. At first he was bewildered, uncertain as to the course he should pursue. He never had seen young Smith-Parvis before, but he had no difficulty in identifying him as the disturber of Trotter's peace of mind. That there was something dark and sinister behind the plans and motives of the young man and his spy was not a matter for doubt. How was he to warn Lady Jane? He was in a fearful state of perturbation as he stepped to the front of the platform for the next number on the program. As he played, he saw Smith-Parvis rejoin his party. He watched the sallow man weave his way among the<noinclude></noinclude> crfmllbyoh52uclru4cpvsidy840tdd Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/224 104 4034822 14129031 12558789 2024-04-25T18:29:56Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|212|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>De Bosky's face cleared. He addressed himself to Jane; it was quite safe to speak to her in French. He forgot himself in his eagerness, however, and spoke with amazing fluency for one who but a moment before had been so at a loss. In a few quick, concise sentences he told her of Stuyvesant's presence, his condition and his immediate designs. Both Jane and the Marchioness were equal to the occasion. Although filled with consternation, they succeeded admirably in concealing their dismay behind a mask of smiles and a gay sort of chatter. De Bosky beamed and smirked and gesticulated. One would have thought he was regaling them with an amusing story. "He is capable of making a horrid scene," lamented Jane, through smiling lips. "He may come over to this table and—" "Compose yourself," broke in de Bosky, a smile on his lips but not in his eyes. "If he should attempt to annoy you here, I—I myself will take him in hand. Have no fear. You may depend on me." He was interrupted at this juncture by a brass-but-toned page who passed the table, murmuring the name of Mrs. Sparflight. Spangler's is an exceptional place. Pages do not bawl out one's name as if calling an "extra." On the contrary, in quiet, repressed tones they politely inquire at each table for the person wanted. Mr. Spangler was very particular about this. He came near to losing his license years before simply because a page had meandered through the restaurant bellowing the name of a gentleman whose influence was greater at City Hall than it was at his own fireside,—from which, by the way,<noinclude></noinclude> brrhra6sy9rovgbhcaakf3ivg8tt4fq Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/226 104 4034824 14129032 12566609 2024-04-25T18:29:57Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|214|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>In the meantime, Mr. McFaddan had come to the conclusion that the young man at the next table but one was obnoxious. It isn't exactly the way Mr. McFaddan would have put it, but as he would have put it less elegantly, it is better to supply him with a word out of stock. The dashing young woman upon whom Stuyvesant lavished his bold and significant glances happened to be Mrs. McFaddan, whose scant twelve months as a wife gave her certain privileges and a distinction that properly would have been denied her hearth-loving predecessor who came over from Ireland to marry Con McFaddan when he was promoted to the position of foreman in the works,—and who, true to her estate of muliebrity, produced four of the most exemplary step-children that any second wife could have discovered if she had gone storking over the entire city. Cornelius had married his stenographer. It was not his fault that she happened to be a very pretty young woman, nor could he be held responsible for the fact that he was approximately thirty years of age on the day she was born. Any way you look at it, she was his wife and dependent on him for some measure of protection. And Mr. McFaddan, being an influence, sent for the proprietor of the café himself, and whispered to him Whereupon, Mr. Spangler, considering the side on which his bread was buttered, whispered back that it should attended to at once. "And," pursued Mr. McFaddan, purple with suppressed rage, "if you don't, I will." A minute or two later, one of the waiters approached<noinclude></noinclude> 5q6jpmk1ohe6of89snvq67yfx0j405h Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/228 104 4034826 14129033 12566534 2024-04-25T18:29:58Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|216|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>six inches of Stuyvesant's nose, the young man had no difficulty whatever in hearing what he said, and yet it should not be considered strange that he failed to understand. In all fairness, it must be said that he was bewildered. Under the circumstances any one would have been bewildered. Being spoken to in that fashion by a man you've never seen before in your life is, to say the least, surprising. "I'll give you ten seconds to apologize." "Ap—apologize? Confound you, what do you mean? You're drunk." "I said ten seconds," growled Cornelius. "And then what?" gulped Stuyvie. "A swat on the nose," said Mr. McFaddan. At no point in the course of this narrative has there been either proof or assertion that Smith-Parvis, Junior, possessed the back-bone of a caterpillar. It has been stated, however, that he was a young man of considerable bulk. We have assumed, correctly, that this rather impressive physique masked a craven spirit. As a matter of fact, he was such a prodigious coward that he practised all manner of "exercises "in order to develop something to inspire in his fellow-men the belief that he would be a pretty tough customer to tackle. Something is to be said for his method. It has been successfully practised by man ever since the day that Solomon, in all his glory, arrayed himself so sumptuously that the whole world hailed him as the wisest man extant. Stuyvie took great pride in revealing his well-developed arms; it was not an uncommon thing for him to<noinclude></noinclude> qaowxjpgvmucns16nugykfmjm41og7t Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/230 104 4034829 14129034 12558796 2024-04-25T18:29:59Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|218|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>By this time they were in the vestibule. "I will not tell him who you are," Mr. Spangler was saying. "I will give you another name,—Jones or anything. He must never know who you are." "What's the difference?" chattered Stuyvie. "He's—he's dead, isn't he?"<noinclude></noinclude> q7kfbco769ss3jyfvq9w673uedwjr2y Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/232 104 4034831 14129035 12565216 2024-04-25T18:30:00Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|220|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"Have one here in five minutes, sir," began the taxi starter, grabbing up the telephone. "Five minutes?" gasped Stuyvie, with a quick glance over his shoulder. "Oh, Lord! Tell one of those chauffeurs out there I'll give him ten dollars to run me to the Grand Central Station. Hurry up!" "The Grand Central?" exclaimed the detective. "Great Scott, man, you don't have to beat it clear out of town, you know. What are you going to the Station for?" "For a taxi, you damn' fool," shouted Stuyvie. "Say, who was that man in there?" "Didn't you know him?" "Never saw him in my life before,—the blighter. Who is he?" The detective stared. He opened his mouth to reply, and as suddenly closed it. He, too, knew on which side his bread was precariously buttered. "I don't know," he said. "Well, the papers will give his name in the morning,—and mine, too, curse them," chattered Stuyvie. "Don't you think it," said the other promptly. "There won't be a word about it, take it from me. That guy,—whoever he is,—ain't going to have the newspapers say he was knocked down by a pinhead like you." The insult passed unnoticed. Stuyrie was gazing, pop-eyed, at a man who suddenly appeared at the mouth of the canopy, a tall fellow in a dripping raincoat. The newcomer's eyes were upon him. They were steady, unfriendly eyes. He advanced slowly. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> dcc7kxqvrzj6l2ocvjp72rbryrffeb9 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/234 104 4034833 14129036 12558800 2024-04-25T18:30:02Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|222|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"I shall be out of town for a week or ten days," explained young Mr. Smith-Parvis. "I see," said the sallow-faced man. "Good idea. That guy—" But the receiver at the other end clicked rudely and without ceremony. Stuyvesant took an afternoon train for Virginia Hot Springs. At the Pennsylvania Station he bought all of the newspapers,—morning, noon and night. There wasn't a line in any one of them about the fracas. He was rather hurt about it. He was beginning to feel proud of his achievement. By the time the train reached Philadelphia he had worked himself into quite a fury over the way the New York papers suppress things that really ought to be printed. Subsidized, that's what they were. Jolly well bribed. He had given the fellow,—whoever he was,—a well-deserved drubbing, and the world would never hear of it! Miss Emsdale would not hear of it. He very much wished her to hear of it, too. The farther away he got from New York the more active became the conviction that he owed it to himself to go back there and thrash the fellow all over again, as publicly as possible,—in front of the Public Library at four o'clock in the afternoon, while he was about it. He had been at Hot Springs no longer than forty-eight hours when a long letter came from his mother. She urged him to return to New York as soon as possible. It was imperative that he should be present at a very important dinner she was giving on Friday night. One of the most influential politicians in New York was to be there,—a man whose name was a<noinclude></noinclude> 1cwxm67ft80lr4aybf3szjs1k07494n Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/236 104 4034835 14129037 12558802 2024-04-25T18:30:03Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|224|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>chasing a man twice around the world, had nabbed him at the end of six years. So much for British perseverance. Inquiry had failed to produce the slightest enlightenment from the doorman or the starter at Spangler's. He always remembered them as the stupidest asses he had ever encountered. They didn't recognize the chauffeur, nor the car, nor the ladies; not only were they unable to tell him the number of the car, but they couldn't, for the life of them, approximate the number of ladies. All they seemed to know was that some one had been knocked down by a "swell" who was "hot-footing it" up the street. His sallow-faced friend, however, had provided him with an encouraging lead. That worthy knew the ladies, but somewhat peevishly explained that it was hardly to be expected that he should know all of the taxi-cab drivers in New York,—and as he had seen them arrive in a taxi-cab it was reasonable to assume that they had departed in one. "But it wasn't a taxi-cab," the Scotland Yard man protested. "It was a blinking limousine." "Then, all I got to say is that they're not the women I mean. If I'd been out here when they left I probably could have put you wise. But I was in there listenin' to what Con McFaddan was sayin' to poor old Spangler. The woman I mean is a dressmaker. She ain't got any more of a limmo than I have. Did you notice what they looked like?" The Scotland Yard man, staring gloomily up the rain-swept street, confessed that he hadn't noticed anything but the chauffeur's face. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> k19legecv37yr6s7mbppx5tp9ty5i6p Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/238 104 4034837 14129038 12558804 2024-04-25T18:30:03Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|226|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>need not waste any time at all," began Mrs. Sparflight. He held up his hand deprecatingly. "—Scotland Yard," he concluded, fixing his eyes upon her. The start she gave was helpful. He went on briskly. "Last night you were at a certain restaurant. You departed during the thunder-storm in a limousine driven by a young man whose face is familiar to me. In short, I am looking for a man who bears a most startling resemblance to him. May I prevail upon you to volunteer a bit of information?" Mrs. Sparflight betrayed agitation. A hunted, troubled look came into her eyes. "I—I don't quite understand," she stammered. "Who—who did you say you were?" "My name is Chambers, Alfred Chambers, Scotland Yard. In the event that you are ignorant of the character of the place called Scotland Yard, I may explain that—" "I know what it is," she interrupted hastily. "What is it that you want of me, Mr. Chambers?" She was rapidly gaining control of her wits. "Very little, madam. I should very much like to know whose car took you away from Sprinkler's last night." She looked him straight in the eye. "I haven't the remotest idea," she said. He nodded his head gently. "Would you, on the other hand, object to telling me how long James has been driving for her ladyship?" This was a facer. Mrs. Sparflight's gaze wavered. "Her ladyship?" she murmured weakly. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> spz2jopk0dl3bhybcfb39nfhtlsu8qk Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/240 104 4034839 14129039 12558806 2024-04-25T18:30:04Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|228|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"Yes. He seemed quite a good-looking fellow." "Will you glance at this photograph, Mrs. Sparflight, and tell me whether you detect a resemblance?" He took a small picture from his coat pocket and held it out to her. She looked at it closely, holding it at various angles and distances, and nodded her head in doubtful acquiescence. "I think I do, Mr. Chambers. I am not surprised that you should have been struck by the resemblance. This man was a soldier, I perceive." Mr. Chambers restored the photograph to his pocket. "The King's Own," he replied succinctly. "Perhaps your secretary may be able to throw a little more light on the matter, madam. May I have the privilege of interrogating her?" "Not today," said Mrs. Sparflight, who had anticipated the request. "She is very busy." "Of course I am in no position to insist," said he pleasantly. "I trust you will forgive my intrusion, madam. I am here only in the interests of justice, and I have no desire to cause you the slightest annoyance. Permit me to bid you good day, Mrs. Sparflight. Thank you for your kindness in receiving me. Tomorrow, if it is quite agreeable to you, I shall call to see Miss Emsdale." At that moment, the door opened and Miss Emsdale came into the little office. "You rang for me, Mrs. Sparflight?" she inquired, with a quick glance at the stranger. Mrs. Sparflight blinked rapidly. "Not at all,—not at all. I did not ring." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 46gs9aixtrxo3eu42d3evctuhbksfda Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/242 104 4034841 14129040 13058083 2024-04-25T18:30:05Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|230|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>Her hand flew to her heart, and a little gasp broke from her parted lips. Mr. Chambers was smiling blandly. She looked from him to Mrs. Sparflight, utter bewilderment in her eyes. "Oh, Lord!" muttered that lady in great dismay. The man from Scotland Yard hazarded another and even more potential stroke while the iron was hot. "I am from Scotland Yard," he said. "We make some mistakes there, I admit, but not many." He proceeded to lie boldly. "I know who you are, my lady, and— But it is not necessary to go into that at {{SIC|pressent}}. Do not be alarmed. You have nothing to fear from me,—or from Scotland Yard. I—" "Well, I should hope ''not!"'' burst out Mrs. Sparflight indignantly. "What does he want?" cried Jane, in trepidation. She addressed her friend, but it was Mr. Chambers who answered. "I want you to supply me with a little information concerning Lord Eric Temple,—whom you addressed last evening as James." Jane began to tremble. Scotland Yard! "The man is crazy," said Mrs. Sparflight, leaping into the breach. "By what right, sir, do you come here to impose your—" "No offence is intended, ma'am," broke in Mr. Chambers. "Absolutely no offence. It is merely in the line of duty that I come. In plain words, I have been instructed to apprehend Lord Eric Temple and fetch him to London. You see, I am quite frank about it. You can aid me by being as frank in return, ladies." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> c01v0r6pjpe3whzy3ldjk8l0npeq26i Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/243 104 4034842 14129122 13058084 2024-04-25T18:33:05Z Mpaa 257091 fix typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh||SCOTLAND YARD TAKES A HAND|231}}</noinclude>By this time Jane had regained command of herself. Drawing herself up, she faced the detective, and, casting discretion to the winds, took a most positive and determined stand. "I must decline,—no matter what the cost may be to myself,—to give you the slightest assistance concerning Lord Temple." To their infinite amazement, the man bowed very courteously and said: "I shall not insist. Pardon my methods and my intrusion. I shall trouble you no further. Good day, madam. Good day, your ladyship." He took his leave at once, leaving them staring blankly at the closed door. He was satisfied. He had found out just what he wanted to know, and he was naturally in some haste to get out before they began putting embarrassing questions to him. "Oh, dear," murmured Jane, distractedly. "What ''are'' we to do? Scotland Yard! That can mean but one thing. His enemies at home have brought some vile, horrible charge against—" "We must warn him at once, Jane. There is no time to be lost. Telephone to the garage where Mrs. Millidew—" "But the man doesn't know that Eric is driving for Mrs. Millidew," broke in Jane, hopefully. "He ''will'' know, and in very short order," said the other, sententiously. "Those fellows are positively uncanny. Go at once and telephone." She hesitated a moment, looking a little confused and guilty. "Lay aside your work, dear, for the time being. There is nothing very urgent about it, you know." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> gtdr1kyjtr0x3vfbezti7l6e8fb843e Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/244 104 4034843 14129041 12558811 2024-04-25T18:30:06Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|232|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>In sheer desperation she had that very morning set her restless charge to work copying names out of the ''Social Register''—names she had checked off at random between the hours of ten and two the previous night. Jane's distress increased to a state bordering on anguish. "Oh, dear! He—he is out of town for two or three days." "Out of town?" "He told me last night he was to be off early this morning for Mrs. Millidew's country place somewhere on Long Island. Mrs. Millidew had to go down to see about improvements or repairs or something before the house is opened for the season." "Mrs. Millidew was in the shop this morning for a 'try-on,'" said the other. "She has changed her plans, no doubt." Jane's honest blue eyes wavered slightly as she met her friend's questioning gaze. "I think he said that young Mrs. Millidew was going down to look after the work for her mother-in-law."<noinclude></noinclude> be8omltc9bn54jjsh5xocz8qmtmpl3y Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/246 104 4037050 14129042 12564831 2024-04-25T18:30:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|234|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"No," said McFaddan, with a suddenness that startled Moody; "it ain't. It's a whole jaw. It's a dam' fool jaw at that." "Now that I look at you closer," said Moody critically, "it seems to be a bit discoloured. Looks as though mortification had set in." "Ye never said a truer thing," said McFaddan. "It set in last night." The man from Scotland Yard waited across the street until he saw the lights in the windows of the third, fourth and fifth floors go out, and then strolled patiently away. Queer looking men and women came under his observation during the long and lonely vigil, entering and emerging from the darkened doorway across the street, but none of them, by any chance, bore the slightest resemblance to the elusive Lord Temple, or "her ladyship," the secretary. He made the quite natural error of putting the queer looking folk down as tailors and seamstresses who worked far into the night for the prosperous Deborah. Two days went by. He sat at a window in the hotel opposite and waited for the young lady to appear. On three separate occasions he followed her to Central Park and back. She was a brisk walker. She had the free stride of the healthy English girl. He experienced some difficulty in keeping her in sight, but even as he puffed laboriously behind, he was conscious of a sort of elation. It was good to see some one who walked as if she were in Hyde Park. For obvious reasons, his trailing was in vain. Jane did not meet Lord Temple for the excellent reason that Thomas Trotter was down on Long Island with the<noinclude></noinclude> dgubshq7ej3k9e58r0r6el2vt577e8o Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/248 104 4037052 14129043 12564833 2024-04-25T18:30:08Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|236|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"Well, what have you been thinking?" inquired the other, helpfully. "It has occurred to me that I can get along very nicely on half of what you are paying me,—or even less. If it were not for the fact that my poor brother depends solely upon me for support, I could spare practically all of my salary to—for—" "Go on," said the Marchioness gently. "In any case, I can give Eric half of my salary if it will be of any assistance to him,—yes, a little more than half," said Jane, a warm, lovely flush in her cheeks. The Marchioness hastily pressed the serviette to her lips. She seemed to be choking. It was some time before she could trust herself to say: "Bless your heart, my dear, he wouldn't take it. Of course," she went on, after a moment, "it would please him beyond words if you were to suggest it to him." "I shall do more," said Jane, resolutely. "I shall insist." "It will tickle him almost to death," said the Marchioness, again raising the napkin to her lips. At twelve o'clock the next day. Trotter's voice came blithely over the telephone. "Are you there, darling? Lord, it seems like a century since I—" "Listen, Eric," she broke in. "I have something very important to tell you. Now, ''do'' listen—are you there?" "Right-o! Whisper it, dear. The telephone has a million ears. I want to hear you say it,—oh, I've been wanting—" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> e8mmjchp4zsiksjlkrqfxejaxdzz2wi Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/250 104 4037054 14129044 13058086 2024-04-25T18:30:09Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|238|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>the words. "I—I can't say anything more now," she went on rapidly. "Something tells me he is just outside the door, listening to every word I utter." "Wait!" he ordered. "A detective? Has that beastly Smith-Parvis crowd dared to insinuate that you—that you— Oh, Lord, I can't even say it!" "I said 'Scotland Yard,' Eric," she said. "Don't you understand?" "No, I'm hanged if I do. But don't worry, dear. I'll be at Bramble's and, by the lord Harry, if they're trying to put up any sort of a— Hello! Are you there?" There was no answer. Needless to say, he was at Bramble's Bookshop on the minute, vastly perturbed and eager for enlightenment. "Don't stop down here an instant," commanded Mr. Bramble, glancing warily at the front door. "Do as I tell you. Don't ask questions. Go upstairs and wait,—and don't show yourself under any circumstance. Did you happen to catch a glimpse of him anywhere outside?" "The street is full of 'hims,'" retorted Mr. Trotter in exasperation. "What the devil is all this about, Bramby?" "She will be here at five. There's nothing suspicious in her coming in to buy a book. It's all been thought out. Most natural thing in the world that she should buy a book, don't you see? Only you must not be buying one at the same time. Now, run along,—lively. Prince de Bosky is with Mirabeau. And don't come down till I give you the word." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> gmwwrcqqhi4psj5r7opuitx9qtc1svh Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/252 104 4037056 14129045 12566610 2024-04-25T18:30:10Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|240|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>gin at the back-end of the story. How could you know? Have you ever known such a fool as I, Mirabeau?" "Never," said M. Mirabeau, who had his ear cocked for sounds on the stairway. "And so," said the Prince, at the end of the hastily told story of the banknotes and the man up the river, "you see how it is. He replies to my carefully worded letter. Shall I read it again? No? But, I ask you, my dear Trotter, how am I to carry out his instructions? Naturally he is vague. All letters are read at the prison, I am informed. He says: 'And anything you may have come acrosst among my effects is so piffling that I hereby instructs you to burn it up, sos I won't have to be bothered with it when I come out, which ain't fer some time yet, and when I do get out I certainly am not coming to New York, anyhow. I am going west and start all over again. A feller has got a better chance out there.' That is all he has to say about this money, Trotter. I cannot burn it. What am I to do?" Trotter had an inspiration. "Put it into American Tobacco," he said. De Bosky stared. "Tobacco?" "Simplest way in the world to obey instructions. The easiest way to burn money is to convert it into tobaccco. Slip down to Wall Street tomorrow and invest every cent of this money in American Tobacco, register the stock in the name of Henry Loveless and put it away for him. Save out enough for a round-trip ticket to Sing Sing, and run up there some day and tell him what you've done." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> o5f8jav744bqgyawsku24p3ebtlxbhv Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/254 104 4037058 14129046 13058087 2024-04-25T18:30:11Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|242|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>tell anything more than the time of day. And now, dear, what is this beastly business?" She closed the door to the stairway, very cautiously, and then came back to him. The frown deepened in his eyes as he listened to the story she told. "But why should I go into hiding?" he exclaimed, as she stopped to get her breath. "I haven't done anything wrong. What if they have trumped up some rotten charge against me? All the more reason why I should stand out and defend—" "But, dear, Scotland Yard is such a dreadful place," she cried, blanching. "They—" "Rubbish! I'm not afraid of Scotland Yard." "You—you're not?" she gasped, blankly. "But, Eric dear, you ''must'' be afraid of Scotland Yard. You don't know what you are saying." "Oh, yes, I do. And as for this chap they've sent after me,—where is he? In two seconds I can tell him what's what. He'll go humping back to London—" "I knew you would say something like that," she declared, greatly perturbed. "But I sha'n't let you. Do you hear, Eric? I sha'n't let you. You ''must'' hide. You must go away from New York,—tonight." "And leave you?" he scoffed. "What can you be thinking of, darling? Am I— Sit down, dear,—here beside me. You are frightened. That infernal brute has scared you almost out of—" "I ''am'' frightened,—terribly frightened. So is the Marchioness,—and Mr. Bramble." She sat beside him on the bench. He took her cold hands in his own and pressed them gently, encouragingly. His eyes were very soft and tender. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> d0dm0xsgznd4u6e64fi92tcwymu6hh2 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/256 104 4037060 14129047 12566766 2024-04-25T18:30:12Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|244|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>sons of my mother's sisters. They're a pair of rotters. It was they who hatched up the scheme to disgrace me in the service,—and, by gad, they did it to the queen's taste. I had to get out. There wasn't a chance for me to square myself. I—I sha'n't go into that, dear. You'll understand why. It—it hurts. Cheating at cards. That's enough, isn't it? Well, they got me. My grandfather and I—he is theirs as well as mine,—we never hit it off very well at best. My mother married Lord Temple. Grandfather was opposed to the match. Her sisters did everything in their power to widen the breach that followed the marriage. It may make it easier for you to understand when I remind you that my grandfather is one of the wealthiest peers in England. "Odd things happen in life. When my father died, I went to Fenlew Hall with my mother to live. Grandfather's heart had softened a little, you see. I was Lord Eric Temple before I was six years old. My mother died when I was ten. For fifteen years I lived on with Lord Fenlew, and, while we rowed a good deal,—he is a crochetty old tyrant, bless him!—he undoubtedly preferred me to either of my cousins. God bless him for that! He showed his good sense, if I do say it who shouldn't. "So they set to work. That's why I am here,—without going into details. That's why I am out of the Army. And I loved the Army, Jane,—God bless it! I used to pray for another war, horrible as it may sound, so that I could go out and fight for England as those lads did who went down to the bottom of Africa. I would cry myself to sleep because I was so young then,<noinclude></noinclude> clutt2ams2c0papzcwj3t1ry3tdfg63 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/258 104 4037062 14129048 12564843 2024-04-25T18:30:13Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|246|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>vault. I can think of no other explanation for the action of Scotland Yard. But, don't worry, dear. I haven't done anything wrong, and they can't stow me away in—" "The beasts!" cried Jane, furiously. He stroked her clenched fingers. "I wouldn't call 'em names, dear," he protested. "They're honest fellows, and simply doing—" "They are the most despicable wretches on earth." "You must be referring to my cousins. I thought—" "Now, Eric," she broke in firmly, "I sha'n't let you give yourself up. You owe something to me. I love you with all my soul. If they were to take you back to London and—and put you in prison,—I'd—I'd die. I could not endure—" She suddenly broke down and, burying her face on his shoulder, sobbed chokingly. He was deeply distressed. "Oh, I say, dearest, don't—don't go under like this. I—I can't stand it. Don't cry, darling. It breaks my heart to see you—" "I—I can't help it," she sobbed. "Give—give me a little—time. I'll be all right in a—minute." He whispered consolingly: "That's right. Take your time, dear. I never dreamed you cared so much." She looked up quickly, her eyes flashing through the tears. "And do you care less for me, now that you see what a weak, silly—" "Good Lord, no! I adore you more than ever. I— Who's there?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> q7fyvggg51izlgil79b7zk0rpnkyssa Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/260 104 4037064 14129050 12566616 2024-04-25T18:30:14Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|248|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>end of the stock-room. "I must return to the shop. He will suspect at once if I am not at work when he appears,—for appear he will, you may be sure." He was gone in a second. De Bosky led them into the adjoining room and pointed to a tall step-ladder over in the corner. A trap-door in the ceiling was open, and blackness loomed beyond. "Go up!" commanded the agitated musician, addressing Trotter. "It is an air-chamber. Don't break your head on the rafters. Follow close behind, Lady Jane. I will hold the ladder. Close the trap after you,—and do not make a sound after you are once up there. This is the jolliest moment of my life! I was never so thrilled. It is beautiful! It is ravishing! Sh! Don't utter a word, I command you! We will foil him,—we will foil old Scotland Yard. Be quick! Splendid! You are wonderful, Mademoiselle. Such courage,—such grace,—such— Sh! I take the ladder away! Ha, he will never suspect. He—" "But how the deuce are we to get down from here?" groaned Trotter in a penetrating whisper from aloft. "You can't get down,—but as he can't get up, why bother your head about that? Close the trap!" "Oh-h!" shuddered Jane, in an ecstasy of excitement. She was kneeling behind her companion, peering down through the square little opening into which he had drawn her a moment before. Trotter cautiously lowered the trap-door,—and they were in Stygian darkness. She repeated the exclamation, but this time it was a sharp, quick gasp of dismay. For a long time they were silent, listening for sounds<noinclude></noinclude> 1maiolakw1aqoph6nlaputysx1j7k4m Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/264 104 4037068 14129051 13058090 2024-04-25T18:30:15Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|252|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>band's good old Irish name. She knew little or nothing of French, but somehow she rather liked the emphasis, crisply nasal, her visitor put upon the final syllable. Before the visit came to an end, she was mentally repeating her own name after Mrs. Smith-Parvis, and wondering whether Con would stand for it. "What date did you say?" she inquired, abruptly breaking in on a further explanation. The reply brought a look of disappointment to her face. "We can't come," she said flatly. "We're leaving on Saturday this week for Washington to be gone till the thirtieth. Important business, Con says." Mrs. Smith-Parvis thought quickly. Washington, eh? "Could you come on Friday night of this week, Mrs. McFad-''dan''?" "We could," said the other. "Don't you worry about Con cooking up an excuse for not coming, either. He does just about what I tell him." "Splendid!" said Mrs. Smith-Parvis, arising. "Friday at 8:30." "Have plenty of fish," said Mrs. McFaddan gaily. "Fish?" faltered the visitor. "It's Friday, you know." Greatly to Mrs. Smith-Parvis's surprise,—and in two or three cases, irritation,—every one she asked to meet the McFaddans on Friday accepted with alacrity. She asked the Dodges, feeling confident that they couldn't possibly be had on such short notice,—and the same with the Bittinger-Stuarts. They ''did'' have previous engagements, but they promptly cancelled them. It struck her as odd,—and later on sig-<noinclude></noinclude> 0jeml44oj63a4rrq9omd5sqpnjjrmbw Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/266 104 4037070 14129052 12564851 2024-04-25T18:30:16Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|254|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>she proclaimed on entering, was to have his walking papers in the morning. Especially as it was raining pitchforks. "He is dressing, my dear," explained Stuyvesant's mother, with a maternal smile of apology. "I should have known better," pursued Mrs. Millidew, still chafing, "than to let him go gallivanting off to Long Island with Dolly." "I said he was dressing, Mrs. Millidew," said Mrs. Smith-Parvis stiffly. "If I could have five minutes alone with Mr. McFaddan," one of the ladies was saying to the host, "I know I could interest him in our plan to make Van Cortlandt Park the most attractive and the most exclusive country club in—" "My dear," interrupted another of her sex, "if you get him off in a corner and talk to him all evening about that ridiculous scheme of yours, I'll murder you. You know how long Jim has been working to get his brother appointed judge in the United States District Court,—his brother Charlie, you know,—the one who doesn't amount to much,—and I'll bet my last penny I can fix it if—" "It's an infernal outrage," boomed Mr. Dodge, addressing no one in particular. "Yes, sir, a pernicious outrage." "As I said before, the more you do for them the worse they treat you in return," agreed Mrs. Millidew. "It doesn't pay. Treat them like dogs and they'll be decent. If you try to be kind and—" Mr. Dodge expanded. "You see, it will cut straight through the centre of<noinclude></noinclude> 05t24j9bz4y6gpgn38280gzcw54idvm Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/268 104 4037072 14129053 12564853 2024-04-25T18:30:17Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|256|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>Subway, but in his own Packard limousine. Something back in his mind kept nagging at him,—something elusive yet strangely fresh, something that had to do with recent events. He could not rid himself of the impression that the Smith-Parvises were in some way involved. Suddenly, as they neared their destination, the fog lifted and his mind was as clear as day. His wife's unctuous reflections were shattered by the force of the explosion that burst from his lips. He remembered everything. This was the house in which Lady Jane Thorne was employed, and it was the scion thereof who had put up the job on young Trotter. Old Cricklewick had come to see him about it and had told him a story that made his blood boil. It was all painfully clear to him now. Their delay in arriving was due to the protracted argument that took place within a stone's throw of the Smith-Parvis home. Mr. McFaddan stopped the car and flatly refused to go an inch farther. He would be hanged if he'd have anything to do with a gang like that! His wife began by calling him a goose. Later on she called him a mule, and still later, in sheer exasperation, a beast. He capitulated. He was still mumbling incoherently as they mounted the steps and were admitted by the deficient Peasley. "What shall I say to the dirty spalpeen if he tries to shake hands with me?" Mr. McFaddan growled, three steps from the top. "Say anything you like," said she, "but, for God's sake, say it under your breath." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> qz5au6wrnnm6i2f3szyrgc4ls38sw2b Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/270 104 4037074 14129054 13058092 2024-04-25T18:30:18Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|258|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>He was perspiring freely. "My God, that's just the thing I'm trying to avoid. If they get me into court, they'll—" "You do not understand. The diplomatic court,—corps, I mean. You are to go to London,—into the legation. The rarest opportunity—" "Oh, Lord!" gasped Stuyvesant, passing his hand over his wet brow. A wave of relief surged over him. He leaned against the banister, weakly. "Why didn't you say that in the first place?" "You must be very nice to Mr. McFad-dán," she said, taking his arm. "And to Mrs. McFad-dán also. She is rather stunning—and quite young." "That's nice," said Stuyvie, regaining a measure of his tolerant, blasé air. Now, while the intelligence of the reader has long since grasped the fact that the expected is about to happen, it is only fair to state that the swiftly moving events of the next few minutes were totally unexpected by any one of the persons congregated in Mrs. Smith-Parvis's drawing-room. Stuyvesant entered the room, a forced, unamiable smile on his lips. He nodded in the most casual, indifferent manner to those nearest the door. It was going to be a dull, deadly evening. The worst lot of he-fossils and scrawny-necked— "For the love o' Mike!" Up to that instant, one could have dropped a ten-pound weight on the floor without attracting the slightest attention. For a second or two following the shrill ejaculation, the crash of the axiomatic pin could have been heard from one end of the room to the other. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> nl2t6pxy460w5587298lgj6i5vq7lad Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/272 104 4037076 14129055 12564857 2024-04-25T18:30:19Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|260|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>Suffice to say, Mr. McFaddan left nothing to the imagination. He had the stage to himself, and he stood squarely in the centre of it for what seemed like an age to the petrified audience. As a matter of fact, it was all over in three minutes. He was not profane. At no time did he forget there were ladies present. But from the things he said, no one doubted, then or afterwards, that the presence of ladies was the only thing that stood between Stuyvesant Smith-Parvis and an unhallowed grave. It may be enlightening to repeat his concluding remark to Stuyvie. "And if I thought ye'd even dream of settin' foot outside this house I'd gladly stand on the sidewalk in the rain, without food or drink, for forty-eight hours, waitin' for ye." And as that was the mildest thing he said to Stuyvie, it is only fair to state that Peasley, who was listening in the hall, hastily opened the front door and looked up and down the street for a policeman. With commendable foresight, he left it ajar and retired to the foot of the stairs, hoping, perhaps, that Stuyvesant might undertake to throw the obnoxious guest into the street,—in which case it would be possible for him to witness the whirlwind without being in the path of it. To Smith-Parvis, Senior, the eloquent McFaddan addressed these parting words: "I don't know what you had in mind when you invited me here, Mr. Smith-Parvis, but whatever it was you needn't worry about it,—not for a minute. Put it out of your mind altogether, my good man. And<noinclude></noinclude> 01or25uakbpjhl11w44t76onxv3ajgq Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/274 104 4037078 14129056 12564859 2024-04-25T18:30:20Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|262|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>spark of enthusiasm flashed for an instant in her tired eyes. "How many times did he knock him down at Spangler's?" she inquired. "Four," said Mr. Smith-Parvis, proudly. "And that dreadful woman was the cause of it all, writing notes to Stuyvesant and asking him to meet her— What was it Stuyvesant called them?" "Crush-notes, Angie. Now, try to go to sleep, dearie."<noinclude></noinclude> ag4b277pm7ht5yjs7ulsapgs60za56w Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/276 104 4037080 14129057 13058093 2024-04-25T18:30:21Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|264|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"Oh,—wasn't it awful?" she gasped, in smothered tones. "Are you sure?" "I am now," he replied, "but, by Jove, I wasn't a second or two ago. Lord, I thought it was all over." "If we could only see!" she cried nervously. "Any how," he said, with a reassuring chuckle, "we sha'n't get wet." By this time the roar of rain on the roof so close to their heads was deafening. "Goodness, Eric,—it's—it's leaking here," she cried out suddenly, after a long silence. "That's the trouble with these ramshackle old— Oh, I say, Jane, your frock! It will be ruined. My word! The confounded roof's like a sieve." He set out,—on all fours,—cautiously to explore. "I—I am frightfully afraid of thunder," she cried out after him, a quaver in her voice. "And, Eric, wouldn't it be dreadful if the building were to be struck by lightning and we should be found up here in this—this unexplainable loft? What ''could'' we say?" "Nothing, dearest," he replied, consolingly. "That is, provided the lightning did its work properly. Ouch! It's all right! Don't bother, dear. Nothing but a wall. Seems dry over here. Don't move. I'll come back for you." "It's—it's rather jolly, isn't it?" she cried nervously as his hand touched her shoulder. She grasped it eagerly. "Much jollier than if we could see." A few moments later: "Isn't it nice and dry over here. How clever of you, Eric, to find it in the dark." On their hands and knees they had crept to the place of shelter, and were seated on a broad, substantial beam<noinclude></noinclude> 4wdx2gzrw22xms2hqqopgsjre9mvs5g Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/278 104 4037082 14129058 12564863 2024-04-25T18:30:22Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|266|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>young man on the beam, blinking rapidly in the unaccustomed glare. Mr. Chambers rested his elbows on the ledge. The light of the lantern shone full on his face, revealing the slow but sure growth of a joyous grin. "Permit me to introduce myself, your lordship. Mr. Alfred Chambers, of—" "I know,—I know!" broke in the other impatiently. "What the devil do you want?" "Good evening. Miss Emsdale," said Mr. Chambers, remembering his manners. "That is to say,—your ladyship. 'Pon my word, you can't possibly be more surprised than I am,—either of you. I shouldn't have dreamed of looking in this—this stuffy hole for—for anything except bats." He chortled. "I can't understand why some one below there doesn't knock that ladder from under you," said Mr. Trotter rudely. "I was on the point of giving up in despair," went on Mr. Chambers, unoffended. "You know, I shouldn't have thought of looking up here for you." His quarry bethought himself of the loyal, conspiring friends below. "See here, Mr. Chambers," he began earnestly, "I want you to understand that those gentlemen downstairs are absolutely innocent of any criminal complicity in—" "I understand perfectly," interrupted the man from Scotland Yard. "Perfectly. And the same applies to her ladyship. Everything's as right as rain, your lordship. Will you be so good, sir, as to come down at once?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> qcc9u4wop2cn2n643ol4837plbclymg Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/280 104 4037084 14129060 12564865 2024-04-25T18:30:26Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|268|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>Trotter made a wry face. "In that case, Mrs. Millidew will sack me in the morning, Jane. I had orders for eight sharp." "It really shouldn't matter, your lordship," said Mr. Chambers cheerfully. "Not in the least, if I may be so bold as to say so. However, to continue, sir. Or rather, to go back a little if I may. You see, I was rather certain you were hiding somewhere about the place. At least, I was certain her ladyship was. She came in and she didn't go out, if you see what I mean. I insisted on my right to search the premises. Do you follow me, sir?" "Reluctantly." "In due time, I came to the little dining-room, where I discovered the cook preparing dinner. You were not in evidence, your ladyship. I do not mind in the least confessing that I was ordered out by the cook. I retired to the clock-shop of M. Mirabeau and sat down to wait. The Polish young gentleman was there. As time went on, Mr. Bramble joined us. They were extremely ill-at-ease, your lordship, although they tried very hard to appear amused and unconcerned. The slightest noise caused them to fidget. Once, to test them, I stealthily dropped my pocket knife on the floor. Now, you would say, wouldn't you, that so small an object as a pen-knife—but that's neither here nor there. They jumped,—every blessed one of them. Presently the young Polish gentleman, whose face is strangely familiar to me,—I must have seen him in London,—announced that he was obliged to depart. A little later on,—you see, it was quite dark by this time,—the clockmaker prepared to close up for the<noinclude></noinclude> j890sh2j9aonmuoxy3p9qt36x7n2ymv Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/282 104 4037086 14129061 13058097 2024-04-25T18:30:27Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|270|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"I beg your pardon, sir. The interruptions, you see,—ahem! I followed Mr. Bramble to the dining-room. He was very nervous. He coughed a great deal, and very loudly. I was quite convinced that you were secreted somewhere about the place, but, for the life of me, I couldn't imagine where." "I suppose it hadn't occurred to you that we might have gone down the back stairway and escaped into the side-street," said Mr. Trotter sarcastically. Mr. Chambers cleared his throat and seemed curiously embarrassed. "Perhaps I should have stated before that a—er—a chap from a local agency was posted at the bottom of the kitchen stairway,—as a favour to me, so to speak. A chap who had been detailed to assist me,— But I shall explain all that in my report. So, you see, you couldn't have gone out that way without— Yes, yes,—as I was saying, I accompanied Mr. Bramble to the dining-room. The cook was in a very bad temper. The dinner was getting cold. I observed that three places had been laid. Fixing my eye upon Mr. Bramble I inquired who the third place was for. I shall never forget his expression, nor the admirable way in which he recovered himself. He was quite wonderful. He said it was for ''me''. Rather neat of him, wasn't it?" "You don't mean to say you had the brass to— Well, 'pon my soul, Chambers, that was going it a bit strong." "Under the circumstances, your lordship, I couldn't very well decline," said Mr. Chambers apologetically. "He is such a decent, loyal old chap, sir, that it would have been cruel to let him see that I knew he was lying." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 8y9bylz3f4mbzd0sn0cknmnncr062qc Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/284 104 4037088 14129062 12564869 2024-04-25T18:30:28Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|272|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>Trotter leaned forward, his face a study in emotions. Lady Jane uttered a soft little cry. "Then,—then they haven't trumped up some rotten charge against me?" "They? Charge? I say!" He bellowed the last to the supporters below. "Hold this bally thing steady, will you? Do you want me to break my neck?" "Well, don't jiggle it like that," came the voice of Mr. Bramble from below. "We can't hold it steady if you're going to ''dance'' on it." Mr. Chambers once more directed his remarks to Mr. Trotter. "So far as I am aware, Lord Temple, there is no—er—charge against you. The only complaint I know of is that you haven't kept your grandfather informed as to your whereabouts. Naturally he is a bit annoyed about it. You see, if you had dropped him a line occasionally—" "Get on, man,—get on," urged Trotter excitedly. "He wouldn't have been put to the expense of having a man detached from Scotland Yard to look the world over for you. Personal influence did it, of course. He went direct to the chief and asked for the best man in the service. I happened to be on another case at the time," explained Mr. Chambers modestly, "but they took me off at once and started me out. I—" "In a nutshell, you represent my grandfather and not the King of England," interrupted Trotter. "On detached duty," said Mr. Chambers. "And you do not intend to arrest him?" cried Lady Jane. "Bless me, no!" exclaimed Mr. Chambers. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> hjzk63ojp5zxx6t7svws0pz0nk7rws8 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/286 104 4037090 14129064 12564871 2024-04-25T18:30:28Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|274|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>real chat if the object of his consideration had not cried out: "And now let us get down from this stuffy place, Eric. I am sure there must be rats and all sorts of things up here. And it was such a jolly place before the lantern came." "Can you manage it, sir?" inquired Mr. Chambers anxiously, as Eric prepared to lower her through the trap-door. "Perfectly, thank you," said the young man. "If you will be good enough to stand aside and make room at the top of the ladder," he added, with a grin. Mr. Chambers also grinned. "There's a difference between walking on air and standing on it," said he, and hurriedly went down the steps. Presently they were all grouped at the foot of the ladder. Mr. Bramble was busily engaged in brushing the dust and cobwebs from the excited young lady's gown. M. Mirabeau rattled on at a prodigious rate. He clapped Trotter on the back at least half-a-dozen times, and, forgetting most of his excellent English, waxed eloquent over the amazing turn of affairs. The literal, matter-of-fact Mr. Bramble after a time succeeded in stemming the flow of exuberance. "If you don't mind, Mirabeau, I have a word I'd like to get in edgewise," he put in loudly, seizing an opportunity when the old Frenchman was momentarily out of breath. M. Mirabeau threw up his hands. "At a time like this?" he gasped incredulously. "And why not?" said Mr. Bramble stoutly. "It's<noinclude></noinclude> kdff33hj9aqg47lxvohzo5cwjm9v1z4 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/288 104 4037092 14129065 12564873 2024-04-25T18:30:29Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|276|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>Army and to seek obscurity that inevitably follows real or implied disgrace for one too proud to fight. His efforts were rewarded in a most distressing yet most satisfactory manner. One frightened and half-decent member of the little clique responsible for the ugly stories, confessed that the "whole bally business" was a put-up job. Lord Fenlew lost no time in putting his grandsons on the grill. He grilled them properly; when they left his presence they were scorched to a crisp, unsavoury mess. Indeed, his lordship went so far as to complain of the stench, and had the windows of Fenlew Hall opened to give the place a thorough airing after they had gone forth forevermore. With characteristic energy and promptness, he went to the head of the War Office, and laid bare the situation. With equal forethought and acumen he objected to the slightest publicity being given the vindication of Eric Temple. He insisted that nothing be said about the matter until the maligned officer returned to England and to the corps from which he had resigned. He refused to have his grandson's innocence publicly advertised! That, he maintained, would be to start more tongues to wagging, and unless the young man himself were on the ground to make the wagging useless, speculation would have a chance to thrive on winks and head-shakings, and the "bally business" would be in a worse shape than before. Moreover, he argued, it wasn't Eric's place to humiliate himself by ''admitting'' his innocence. He wouldn't have that at all. Instead of beginning his search for the young man through the "lost," "wanted" or "personal" columns<noinclude></noinclude> oqv966srdqfs9dx1zgbzkgo9uk8lyun Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/290 104 4037094 14129066 12564876 2024-04-25T18:30:30Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|278|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>would have been a stupid thing to say. They're not likely to forget a mug like mine." "I am sorry to say, Mr. Chambers, that you and I will have to be content to leave the matter of our departure entirely to the discretion of a third party," said Eric, and blushed. A shy, diffident smile played about his lips as he turned his wistful eyes upon Lady Jane Thorne. "Leave that to me, sir," said the man from Scotland Yard promptly and with decision, but with absolutely no understanding. "I shall be happy to attend to any little— Ow! Eh, what?" M. Mirabeau's boot had come violently in contact with his ankle. By a singular coincidence, Mr. Bramble, at precisely the same instant, effected a sly but emphatic prod in the ribs. "Ignoramus!" whispered the latter fiercely. "Imbecile!" hissed the former, and then, noting the bewildered look in the eyes of Mr. Chambers, went on to say in his most suave manner: "Can't you see that you are standing in the presence of the Third Party?" "Any fool could see that," said Mr. Chambers promptly, and bowed to Lady Jane. Later on he wanted to know what the deuce M. Mirabeau meant by kicking him on the shin. "How soon can ''you'' be ready to start home, dear?" inquired Eric, ignoring the witnesses. Jane's cheeks were rosy. Her blue eyes danced. "It depends entirely on Mrs. Sparflight," said she. "What has Mrs. Sparflight to do with it?" "You dear silly, I can't go to Fenlew Hall with absolutely nothing to wear, can I?"<noinclude></noinclude> 0960c3w1va3p7big9ipjsy3nq330rqb Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/292 104 4037096 14129067 12564878 2024-04-25T18:30:31Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|280|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>thing like forty-eight hours actually were required to complete the transoceanic conversation. We save time and avoid confusion, to say nothing of interrupted activities, by telling it all in a breath, so to speak, disregarding everything except sequence.) Lord Fenlew to Lord Temple: "I repeat, who and what is she?" Lord Temple to Lord Fenlew: "Forgive oversight. She is daughter of late Earl of Wexham. I told you what she is." Lord Fenlew to Lord Temple: "What is date of wedding? Must know at once." Lord Temple to Lord Fenlew: "I will ask her and let you know." Lord Temple to Lord Fenlew—(the next day): "Still undecided. Something to do with gowns." Lord Fenlew to Lord Temple: "Nonsense. I cannot wait." Lord Temple to Lord Fenlew: "Gave her your message. She says you'll have to." Lord Fenlew to Lord Temple: "Tell her I can't. I am a very old man." Lord Temple to Lord Fenlew: "Thanks. That brought her round. May fifteenth in this city." Lord Fenlew to Lord Temple: "My blessings. Draw on me for any amount up to ten thousand pounds. Wedding present on the way." Lord Temple to Lord Fenlew: "Happiness complete." An ordinary telegram signed "Eric Temple" was delivered on board one of the huge American cruisers at Hampton Roads during this exchange of cablegrams.<noinclude></noinclude> 06urrmbpod9mrb9nq0vw6kuglc0xtwa Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/294 104 4037098 14129068 12564880 2024-04-25T18:30:32Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|282|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>He thought for a second or two and then puzzled her vastly by replying: "Up to my ears." "Pickled?" "Permanently intoxicated," he assured her. "Well, all I got to say is you'll be sober when she gets through with you. I've been up against it myself, and I ''know''. I've been on the point of quittin' half a dozen times." "A very sensible idea, Katie," said he, solemnly. She stiffened. "I guess you don't get me. I mean quittin' my job, Mr. Fresh." "I daresay I'll be quitting mine," said he and smiled so engagingly that Katie's rancour gave way at once to sympathy. "You poor kid! But listen. I'll give you a tip. You needn't be out of a job ten minutes. Young Mrs. Millidew is up there with the old girl now. They've been havin' it hot and heavy for fifteen minutes. The old one called the young one up on the 'phone at seven o'clock this morning and gave her the swellest tongue-lashin' you ever heard. Said she'd been stealin' her chauffeur, and—a lot of other things I'm ashamed to tell you. Over comes the young one, hotter'n fire, and they're havin' it out upstairs. I happened to be passin' the door a little while ago and I heard young Mrs. Millidew tell the Missus that if she fired you she'd take you on in two seconds. So, if you—" "Thanks, Katie," interrupted Trotter. "Did Mrs. Millidew say when she would see me?" "Soon as she gets something on," said Katie. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 55vqoqnapficzwm9io50sq38lq4db73 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/296 104 4037100 14129069 13058100 2024-04-25T18:30:33Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|284|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>gay spring bonnet that bedecked her daughter-in-law. "You ought to be fired for what you did last night, but you are not. Do you understand? Now, shut up, Dolly! It doesn't matter if I ''did'' say I was going to fire him. I've changed my mind." "You are too late," said the younger Mrs. Millidew coolly. "I've just engaged him. He comes to me at—" "You little snake!" "Ladies, I beg of you—" "The next time I let him go gallivanting off with you for a couple of days—and ''nights'',—you'll know it," cried the elder Mrs. Millidew, furiously. "I can see what you've been up to. You've been doing everything in your power to get him away from me—" "Just what do you mean to insinuate. Mother Millidew?" demanded the other, her voice rising. "My God!" cried Trotter's employer, straightening her figure and facing the other. Something like horror sounded in her cracked old voice. "Could—my God!—could it be possible?" "Speak plainly! What do you mean?" Mrs. Millidew, the elder, advanced her mottled face until it was but a few inches from that of her daughter-in-law. "Where were ''you'' last night?" she demanded harshly. There was a moment of utter silence. Trotter, down below, caught his breath. Then, to his amazement, Mrs. Millidew the younger, instead of flying into a rage, laughed softly, musically. "Oh, you are too rich for words," she gurgled. "I<noinclude></noinclude> 109crpsy4tduzgpc7g5fgsl8fkjl05c Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/298 104 4037102 14129070 13058071 2024-04-25T18:30:34Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|286|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"Do you mean to say you are quitting of your own accord?" she gasped. "Yes, madam." "Don't call me 'madam'! I've told you that before. So—so, you are going to work for her in spite of me, are you? It's all been arranged, has it? You two have—" "He is coming to me today," said young Mrs. Millidew sweetly. "Aren't you, Trotter?" "No, I am not!" he exploded. She stopped short on the stairs, and gave him a startled, incredulous look. Any one else but Trotter would have been struck by her loveliness. "You're not?" cried Mrs. Millidew from the top step. It was almost a cry of relief. "Do you mean that?" "Absolutely." His employer fumbled for a pocket lost among the folds of her dressing-gown. "Well, you can't resign, my man. Don't think for a minute you can resign," she cried out shrilly. He thought she was looking for a handkerchief. "But I insist, Mrs. Millidew, that I—" "You can't resign for the simple reason that you're already fired," she sputtered. "I never allow any one to give ''me'' notice, young man. No one ever left me without being discharged, let me tell you that. Where the dev— Oh, here it is!" She not only had found the pocket but the crisp slip of paper that it contained. "Here is a check for your week's wages. It isn't up till next Monday, but take it and get out. I never want to see your ugly face again." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> rapm2jy7l0cojnqvo5o2pgziom1ekli Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/300 104 4037104 14129072 12564886 2024-04-25T18:30:36Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|288|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>casual smile of one who is very well satisfied with his position. In a cheery, off-hand manner he inquired if she was by any chance going in his direction. The metamorphosis was complete. The instant he stepped outside of Mrs. Millidew's door, the mask was cast aside. He stood now before the world,—and before the puzzled young widow in particular,—as a thoroughbred, cocksure English gentleman. In a moment his whole being seemed to have undergone a change. He carried himself differently; his voice and the manner in which he used it struck her at once as remarkably altered; more than anything else, was she impressed by the calm assurance of his inquiry. She was nonplussed. For a moment she hesitated between resentment and the swift-growing conviction that he was an equal. For the first time within the range of her memory, she felt herself completely rattled and uncertain of herself. She blushed like a fool,—as she afterwards confessed,—and stammered confusedly: "I—yes—that is, I am going home." "Come along, then," he said coolly, and she actually gasped. To her own amazement, she took her place beside him and descended the steps, her cheeks crimson. At the bottom, she cast a wild, anxious look up and down the street, and then over her shoulder at the second-story windows of the house they had just left. Queer little shivers were running all over her. She couldn't account for them,—any more than she could<noinclude></noinclude> kir250k3u5rsrmuwcrgcdbarz3481k8 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/302 104 4037106 14129073 12564888 2024-04-25T18:30:37Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|290|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"I haven't the remotest idea," he said. "It came to me quite unexpectedly." "It isn't a pretty name," she observed. "Couldn't you have done better?" "I daresay I might have called myself Marjoribanks with perfect propriety," said he. "Or Plantagenet, or Cholmondeley. But it would have been quite a waste of time, don't you think?" "Would you mind telling me who you really are?" "You wouldn't believe me." "Oh, yes, I would. I could believe anything of you." "Well, I am the Prince of Wales." She flushed. "I believe you," she said. "Forgive my impertinence, Prince." "Forgive mine, Mrs. Millidew," he said soberly. "My name is Temple, Eric Temple. That does not convey anything to you, of course." "It conveys something vastly more interesting than Trotter,—Thomas Trotter." "And yet I am morally certain that Trotter had a great deal more to him than Eric Temple ever had," said he. "Trotter was a rather good sort, if I do say it myself. He was a hard-working, honest, intelligent fellow who found the world a very jolly old thing. I shall miss Trotter terribly, Mrs. Millidew. He used to read me to sleep nearly every night, and if I got a headache or a pain anywhere he did my complaining for me. He was with me night and day for three years and more, and that, let me tell you, is the severest test. I've known him to curse me roundly, to call me nearly everything under the sun,—and yet I let him go on doing it without a word in self-defence. Once he saved<noinclude></noinclude> awtastewn5ppbdl05yqvdzd2bnm7l0x Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/304 104 4037108 14129074 12564890 2024-04-25T18:30:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|292|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"She is a rather evil-minded old party," said Mrs. Millidew, the younger, bowing to the occupants of an automobile which was moving slowly in the same direction down the Avenue. A lady in the rear seat of the limousine leaned forward to peer at the widow's companion, who raised his hat,—but not in greeting. The man who slumped down in the seat beside her, barely lifted his hat. A second later he sat up somewhat hastily and stared. The occupants of the car were Mrs. Smith-Parvis,—a trifle haggard about the eyes,—and her son Stuyvesant. Young Mrs. Millidew laughed. "Evidently they recognize you, Mr. Temple, in spite of your spats and stick." "I thought I was completely disguised," said he, twirling his stick. "Good-bye," said she, at the corner. She held out her hand. "It is very nice to have known you, Mr. Eric Temple. Our nutual acquaintance, the impeccable Trotter, has my address if you should care to avail yourself of it. After the end of June, I shall be on Long Island." "It is very good of you, Mrs. Millidew," he said, clasping her hand. His hat was off. The warm spring sun gleamed in his curly brown hair. "I hope to be in England before the end of June." He hesitated a moment, and then said: "Lady Temple and I will be happy to welcome you at Fenlew Hall when you next visit England. Good-bye." She watched him stride off down the Avenue. She<noinclude></noinclude> ip9cjqnyn8mb3v85npw4ou3r6u1ntml Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/308 104 4037112 14129075 12564894 2024-04-25T18:30:39Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|296|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>day he didn't take a bite out of me, he liked me so much. He used to go without his regular meals, he had such a preference for my calves. I've got marks on me to this day." "And just to think, it was twenty-six years ago," sighed Moody. "'Ow times 'ave changed." "Not as much as you'd think," said Julia, a worried look in her eyes. "My mistress is talking of getting another dog,—after all these years. She swore she'd never have another one to take 'is place." "Thank 'eavings," said Moody devoutly, "I am in another situation." He winked and chuckled loudly. "As 'andsome a pair as you'll see in a twelve-month," said McFaddan. "He is a—" "Ahem!" coughed the butler. "There is some one on the stairs, Julia." Silently, swiftly, the group dissolved. Cricklewick took his place in the foyer, Julia clattered down the stairs to the barred gate. Moody went into the big drawing-room where sat the Marchioness, resplendent,—the Marchioness, who, twenty-six years before, had owned a pet that came to a sad and inglorious end on a happy wedding-day, and she alone of a large and imposing household had been the solitary mourner. She was the Marchioness of Camelford in those days. The nobility of New York,—or such of it as existed for the purpose of dignifying the salon,—was congregating on the eve of the marriage of Lady Jane Thorne and Lord Temple. Three o'clock the next afternoon was the hour set for the wedding, the place a modest little church, somewhat despised by its lordlier companions because it happened to be off in a somewhat<noinclude></noinclude> 8acwg02n79jy7x3gnlw5xrmijuihz1n Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/310 104 4037114 14129076 12564896 2024-04-25T18:30:40Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|298|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>turned this way and that while the critical Deborah studied the effect of her latest creation in gowns. "Raise your arm, my dear,—so! I believe it is a trifle tight— What were you saying?" "Lieutenant Aylesworth,—isn't he adorable?" "My dear," said the Marchioness, "it hasn't been your good fortune to come in contact with many of the ''real'' American men. You have seen the imitations. Therefore you are tremendously impressed with the real article when it is set before you. Aylesworth is a splendid fellow. He is big and clean and gentle. There isn't a rotten spot in him. But you must not think of him as an exception. There are a million men like him in this wonderful country,—ay, more than a million, my dear. Give me an American every time. If I couldn't get along with him and be happy to the end of my days with him, it would be my fault and not his. They know how to treat a woman, and that is more than you can say for our own countrymen as a class. All that a woman has to do to make an American husband happy is to let him think that he isn't doing quite enough for her. If I were twenty-five years younger than I am, I would get me an American husband and keep him on the jump from morning till night doing everything in his power to make himself perfectly happy over me. This Lieutenant Aylesworth is a fair example of what they turn out over here, my dear Jane. You will find his counterpart everywhere, and not always in the uniform of the U. S. Navy. They are a new breed of men, and they are full of the joy of living. They represent the revivified strength of a dozen run-down nations, our own Empire among them." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 4jxqmxfad375prw423hxzvu8dyqtnxa Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/312 104 4037116 14129077 12564898 2024-04-25T18:30:41Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|300|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>young Baron Osterholz (who had but recently returned to New York after a tour of the West as a chorus-man in "The Merry Widow"); and Prince Waldemar de Bosky, excused for the night from Spangler's on account of a severe attack of ptomaine poisoning. "What do you want?" whispered Cricklewick, angrily, passing close to the curtains and cocking his ear without appearing to do so. "Come out here," whispered Julia. "Don't hiss like that! I can't come." "You must. It's something dreadful." "Is it McFaddan's wife?" whispered Cricklewick, in sudden dismay. "Worse than that. The police." "My Gawd!" The butler looked wildly about. He caught McFaddan's eye, and signalled him to come at once. If it was the police, McFaddan was the man to handle them. All the princes and lords and counts in New York combined were not worth McFaddan's little finger in an emergency like this. At the top of the steps Julia explained to the perspiring Cricklewick and the incredulous McFaddan. "They're at the gate down there, two of 'em in full uniform,—awful looking things,—and a man in a silk hat and evening dress. He says if we don't let him up he'll have the joint pulled." "We'll see about ''that''," said McFaddan gruffly and not at all in the voice or manner of a well-trained footman. He led the way down the steps, followed by Cricklewick and the trembling Julia. At the last landing but one, he halted, and in a superlatively respectful<noinclude></noinclude> 2f1u9c2ez1r02n3o93q4t3koth5hxwq Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/314 104 4037118 14129078 12564900 2024-04-25T18:30:41Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|302|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"You'll open the gate right now, me man, or we'll bust it in and jug the whole gang of ye," observed the burlier one, scowling. "Go ahead and bust," said Cricklewick, surprising himself quite as much as the officers. "Hey, Mack!" he called out. "Come down at once! Now, you'll see!" he rasped, turning to the policemen again. The light of victory was in his eye. "What's that!" roared the cop. "Break it down," ordered the young man in the rear. "I tell you there's a card game or—even worse—going on upstairs. I've had the place watched. All kinds of hoboes pass in and out of here on regular nights every week,—the rottenest lot of men and women I've—" "Hurry up, Mack!" shouted Mr. Cricklewick. He was alone. Julia had fled to the top landing. "Coming," boomed a voice from above. A gorgeous figure in full livery filled the vision of two policemen. "For the love o' Mike," gasped the burly one, and burst into a roar of laughter. "What is it?" "Well, of all the—" began the other. McFaddan interrupted him just in time to avoid additional ignominy. "What the hell do you guys mean by buttin' in here?" he roared, his face brick-red with anger. "Cut that out," snarled the burly one. "You'll mighty soon see what we mean by—" "Beat it. Clear out!" shouted McFaddan. "Smash the door down," shouted the young man in full evening dress. "Oh, my God!" gasped McFaddan, his eyes almost<noinclude></noinclude> 4qfxwft57nf2eklmcml17hj6yt33d7m Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/316 104 4037120 14129079 12564902 2024-04-25T18:30:42Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|304|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"Ain't this guy straight?" demanded O'Flaherty, turning upon Stuyvesant. "If he's been double-crossing us—" "I shall report you to the Commissioner of Police," cried Stuyvesant, retreating a step or two as the gate gave signs of yielding. "He is a friend of mine." "He is a friend of Mr. McFaddan's also," said O'Flaherty, scratching his head dubiously. "I guess you'll have to explain, young feller." "Ask him to explain," insisted Stuyvie. "Permit me," interposed Cricklewick, in an agitated voice. "This is a private little fancy dress party. We—" "Well, I'll be jiggered!" exclaimed Stuyvesant, coming closer to a real American being than he had ever been before in all his life. "It's old Cricklewick! Why, you old roué!" "I—I—let me help you, McFaddan," cried Cricklewick suddenly. "If we all put our strength to the bally thing, it may give way. Now! All together!" Julia came scuttling down the steps. "Be quiet!" she cried, tensely. "Whatever are we to do? She's coming down—they're both coming down. They are going over to the Ritz for supper. The best man is giving a party. Oh, my soul! Can't you do anything, McFaddan?" "Not until you unlock the gate," groaned McFaddan, perspiring freely. "There she is!" cried Stuyvesant, pointing up the stairs. "Now, will you believe me?" "Get out of sight, you!" whispered McFaddan vio-<noinclude></noinclude> 8zyo3a424k6st5zkh23p7m9ze6zgex1 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/318 104 4037122 14129080 12564904 2024-04-25T18:30:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|306|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>a moment later the erstwhile Thomas Trotter, as fine a figure in evening dress as you'd see in a month of Sundays, stopped on the landing. "Will you see if there's a taxi waiting, Cricklewick?" he said. "Moody telephoned for one a few minutes ago. I'll be down in a second, Jane dear." He dashed back up the stairs. "Officer O'Flaherty!" called out Mr. McFaddan, in a cautious undertone, "will you be good enough to step downstairs and see if Lord Temple's taxi's outside?" "What'll we do with this gazabo, Mr. McFaddan?" "Was—is ''that'' man—that chauffeur—was that Lord Temple?" sputtered Stuyvesant. "Yes, it was," snapped McFaddan. "And ye'd better be careful how ye speak of your betters. Now, clear out. I wouldn't have Lady Jane Thorne know I lied to her for anything in the world." "Lied? Lied about what?" "When I said ye were a decent night-watchman," said McFaddan. Stuyvesant went down the steps and into the street, puzzled and sick at heart. He paused irresolutely just outside the entrance. If they were really the Lord Temple and the Lady Jane Thorne whose appearance in the marriage license bureau at City Hall had provided a small sensation for the morning newspapers, it wouldn't be a bad idea to let them see that he was ready and willing to forget and forgive— "Move on, now! Get a move, you!" ordered O'Flaherty, giving him a shove.<noinclude></noinclude> 7vugxkpqryfk35mnsyxvjec7rwt5bur Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/320 104 4037124 14129082 12565924 2024-04-25T18:30:45Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Xover" />{{rh|308|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>the main, worth listening to. In fact, something from the diaphragm, sonorous. For a little while he would take off the well-worn mask of humility and bask in the fulgent rays of his own light. But, to repeat, he was sorely disappointed. Instead of beaming upon an assemblage of the elect, he found himself confronted by a company that caused him to question his own good taste in shaving especially for the occasion and in wearing gold-rimmed nose-glasses instead of the "over the ears" he usually wore when in haste. He saw, with shocked and incredulous eyes, sparsely planted about the dim church as if separated by the order of one who realized that closer contact would result in something worse than passive antagonism, a strange and motley company. For a moment he trembled. Had he, by some horrible mischance, set two weddings for the same hour? He cudgelled his brain as he peeped through the vestry door. A sickening blank! He could recall no other ceremony for that particular hour,—and yet as he struggled for a solution the conviction became stronger that he had committed a most egregious error. Then and there, in a perspiring panic, he solemnly resolved to give these weddings a little more thought. He had been getting a bit slack,—really quite haphazard in checking off the daily grist. What was he to do when the noble English pair and their friends put in an appearance? Despite the fact that the young American sailor-chap who came to see him about the service had casually remarked that it<noinclude></noinclude> dqucih9tf0gfal9mfs7yii3m2qoflkh Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/322 104 4037126 14129083 12565930 2024-04-25T18:30:45Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Xover" />{{rh|310|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"I can't fasten this beastly thing, Aylesworth," said the tall young man in the background. "Would you mind seeing what you can do with the bally thing?" "I see the Countess there," said Aylesworth, still gazing. "And the Marchioness, and—" "The Marchioness?" murmured the pastor, in fresh dismay. "I guess they're all here," went on the best man, turning away from the door and joining his nervous companion. "I'd sooner face a regiment of cavalry than—" began Eric Temple. "May I have the pleasure and the honour of greeting Lord Temple?" said the little minister, approaching with outstretched hand. "A—er—a very happy occasion, your lordship. Perhaps I would better explain the presence in the church of a—er—rather unusual crowd of—er—shall we say curiosity-seekers? You see, this is an open church. The doors are always open to the public. Very queer people sometimes get in, despite the watchfulness of the attendant, usually, I may say, when a wedding of such prominence—ahem!—er—" "I don't in the least mind," said Lord Temple good-humouredly. "If it's any treat to them, let them stay. Sure you've got the ring, Aylesworth? I say, I'm sorry now we didn't have a rehearsal. It isn't at all simple. You said it would be, confound you. You—" "All you have to do, old chap, is to give your arm to Lady Jane and follow the Baroness and me to the chancel. Say 'I do' and 'I will' to everything, and before you know it you'll come to and find yourself<noinclude></noinclude> deou9ys4b5g9sqe1sr00kn8opjzhsru Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/324 104 4037128 14129084 13058102 2024-04-25T18:30:46Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Xover" />{{rh|312|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>How was he to know that these queer-looking people out there were counts and countesses, barons and baronesses, princes and princesses? Swarthy Italians, sallow-faced Frenchmen, dark Hungarians, bearded Russians and pompous Teutons! How was he to know that once upon a time all of these had gone without masks in the streets and courts of far-off lands and had worn "purple and fine linen"? And those plainly, poorly dressed women? Where,—oh where, were the smart New Yorkers for whom he had furbished himself up so neatly? What manner of companions had this lovely bride,—ah, but ''she'' had the real atmosphere!— What sort of people had she been thrown with during her stay in the City of New York? She who might have known the best, the most exclusive,—"bless me, what a pity!" Here and there in the motley throng, he espied a figure that suggested upper Fifth Avenue. The little lady with the snow-white hair; the tall brunette with the rather stunning hat; the austere gentleman far in the rear, the ruddy faced old man behind him, and the aggressive-looking individual with the green necktie,— Yes, any one of them might have come from uptown and ought to feel somewhat out of place in this singular gathering. The three gentlemen especially. He sized them up as financiers, as plutocrats. And yet they were back where the family servants usually sat. He got through with the service,—indulgently, it is to be feared, after all. He would say, on the whole, that he had never seen a handsomer couple than Lord and Lady Temple. There was compensation in that. Any one with half<noinclude></noinclude> 8sviha672ybuwjs8s0t53ldovtdfvl6 Page:The City of Masks (1918).djvu/326 104 4037130 14129085 12565986 2024-04-25T18:30:47Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Xover" />{{rh|314|THE CITY OF MASKS|}}</noinclude>"I hope she'll steer for an English port. Good-bye, Lady Temple. Please live to be a hundred, that's all I ask of you." "Good-bye, Sam," she said, blushing as she uttered the name he had urged her to use. "You won't mind letting the children call me Uncle Sam, will you?" he said, a droll twist to his lips. "How quaint!" she murmured. "By Jove, Sammy," cried Eric warmly, "you've no idea how much better you look in Uncle Sam's uniform than you did in that stuffy frock coat this afternoon. Thank God, I can get into a uniform myself before long. You wouldn't understand, old chap, how good it feels to be in a British uniform." "I'm afraid we've outgrown the British uniform," said the other drily. "It used to be rather common over here, you know." "You don't know what all this means to me," said Temple seriously, his hand still clasping the American's. "I can hold up my head once more. I can fight for England. If she needs me, I can fight and die for her." "You're a queer lot, you Britishers," drawled the American. "You want to fight and die for Old England. I have a singularly contrary ambition. I want to ''live'' and ''fight'' for America." {{***|9}} On the twenty-fourth of July, 1914, Lord Eric Temple and his bride came home to England. {{c|{{asc|THE END}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> ect1ut6a8536zj2jqxg8di3vp1k1t51 The Books of the Chronicles of the Three Sisters 0 4039186 14130517 13876196 2024-04-26T03:22:21Z Yodin 174939 updating [[Author:Augusta Frederica Frere]] link after page move wikitext text/x-wiki {{translations | author = Johann Karl August Musäus | original = Die Bücher der Chronika der drey Schwestern | translated = The Books of the Chronicles of the Three Sisters | notes = From [[Author:Johann Karl August Musäus|Musäus]]' ''{{lang|de|[[Volksmährchen der Deutschen]]}}'' volume 1 (1782) }} * "The Books of the Chronicles of the Three Sisters", translated by [[Author:Thomas Beddoes|Thomas Beddoes]] in ''Popular Tales of the Germans'' (1791) {{ssl|Popular Tales of the Germans (Volume 1).djvu}} * ''The Books of the Chronicles of the Three Sisters'', translated by [[Author:Julia Emily Gordon|Julia Emily Gordon]] (c. 1830) {{scan needed}} * ''The Three Sisters: A Story'', translated by [[Author:William Domville (1774-1860)|William Domville]] (1842) {{scan needed}} * "The Three Sisters", translated by [[Author:Adolf Zytogorski|Adolf Zytogorski]] in ''Select Popular Tales from the German of Musaeus'' (1845) {{ssl|Select Popular Tales from the German of Musaeus.djvu}} * "The Books of the Chronicles of the Three Sisters", translated by [[Author:Clara de Chatelain|Clara de Chatelain]] in ''Legends of Rubezahl, and Other Tales'' (1845) {{ssl|Legends of Rubezahl, and Other Tales (1845).djvu}} * "[[The Enchanted Knights/The Chronicle of the Three Sisters|The Chronicle of the Three Sisters]]", translated by [[Author:A. Sagorski|A. Sagorski]] in ''[[The Enchanted Knights]]'' (1845) * "The Chronicles of the Three Sisters", translated by [[Author:Mark Lemon|Mark Lemon]] in ''Fairy Tales'' (1868) {{esl|1=https://books.google.com/books?id=csYBAAAAQAAJ&pg=PR9}} * "The Story of Reinald, the Wonder-Child", translated by [[Author:Marie Pabke|Marie Pabke]] and [[Author:Margery Deane|Margery Deane]] in ''Wonder-World Stories'' (1877) {{esl|1=https://books.google.com/books?id=UclHAAAAIAAJ&pg=PA67}} * "The Enchanted Forest", translated by [[Author:Kate Douglas Wiggin|Kate Douglas Wiggin]] and [[Author:Nora Archibald Smith|Nora Archibald Smith]] in ''Magic Casements: A Second Fairy Book'' (1907) {{esl|https://archive.org/details/magiccasementsse00wigg_1/page/60}} ==See also== * ''The Enchanted Forest, or, The Bear! the Eagle! & the Dolphin!'', by [[Author:Charles Dance|Charles Dance]] (1847) – a play based on this story * ''The Arm! – the Sword! – and the Hour! Or, the Legend of the Enchanted Knights'', by [[Author:M. G. Kennedy|M. G. Kennedy]] (1850) – a poem based on this story {{esl|1=https://books.google.com/books?id=6G1AAQAAMAAJ}} * ''The Three Sons-in-Law'', by [[Author:Augusta Frederica Frere|Augusta Frederica Frere]] (1861) – a poem based on this story {{esl|1=https://books.google.com/books?id=MFsCAAAAQAAJ}} {{PD-old}} app6n36qvvg1u1a3kx4tzoj3i3amkqm The Strand Magazine/Volume 3/Issue 13 0 4042793 14127876 12599207 2024-04-25T14:12:10Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = | previous = [[../../Volume 2/Issue 12/|Issue 12]] | next = [[../Issue 14/|Issue 14]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 3 | notes = January, 1892. {{small scan link|The Strand Magazine (Volume 3).djvu}} }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 3. No. 13.||January 1892.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 3).djvu" include=3/> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC|title=Contents|width=500px| * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''. No. VII. '''Mr. H. Rider Haggard''', by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrated by [[Author:Walt Dewar|W. Dewar]], [[Author:R. Jones|R. Jones]].}} * '''[[/The Cornet-Player/]]''', from the Spanish of [[Author:Pedro Antonio de Alarcón|Pedro A. de Alarcon]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Dinner at the Zoo/]]'''.<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:James Affleck Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]].}} * '''[[/The Herald of the Dawn/]]''', by [[Author:John Reinhardt Werner|J. R. Werner]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Alfred Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Charles Santley * Fanny Brough * David Evans * Clement Scott * James Hannen * Laurence Alma-Tadema }}}} * '''[[/Catissou/]]''', from the French of [[Author:Jules Claretie|Jules Clarétie]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Gordon Browne|Gordon Browne]].}} * '''[[/Jack Middleton's Mother/]]''', by [[Author:Charles Smith Cheltnam|Charles S. Cheltnam]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:George Hillyard Swinstead|G. Hillyard Swinstead]].}} * '''[[/Street Musicians/]]''', by [[Author:Gilbert Guerdon|Gilbert Guerdon]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Frank Feller|Frank Feller]].}} * '''Adventures of Sherlock Holmes.'''<br/> Adventure VII. '''[[/The Adventure of the Blue Carbuncle/]]''', by [[Author:A. Conan Doyle|A. Conan Doyle]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/Is It for Ever?/]]''', by [[Author:George Arthur Binnie|George Arthur Binnie]] and [[Author:Franco Leoni|Franco Leoni]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Louis Fairfax Muckley|L. Fairfax Muckley]].}} * '''[[/Drak the Fairy/]]''', from the French of [[Author:Emile Souvestre|Emile Souvestre]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/The Queer Side of Things/]]''' ** '''Sir Ogre's Estate''', by [[Author:James Frank Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]]. ** '''The Man with the Dogs'''. ** '''A Snow Lady'''. ** '''Curiosities of a Century''', illustrated by [[Author:George Cruikshank|George Cruikshank, Jr.]]. ** '''"Pug"''' ** '''A Snake Story''', by [[Author:René Bull|René Bull]] ** '''Miscellaneous'''. }} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] 1bq4dhc03wsff1psmcyavehfccofeaz The Strand Magazine/Volume 3/Issue 14 0 4042825 14127874 13027393 2024-04-25T14:11:18Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = | previous = [[../Issue 13/|Issue 13]] | next = [[../Issue 15/|Issue 15]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 3 | notes = February, 1892. {{small scan link|The Strand Magazine (Volume 3).djvu}} }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 3. No. 14.||February 1892.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 3).djvu" include=110/> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC|title=Contents|width=500px| * '''[[/The Saving of Karl Reichenberg/]]''', by [[Author:Arthur Page|Arthur Page]]. * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''. No. VIII. '''Sir Morell Mackenzie''', by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/After the Crime/]]''', from the French of [[Author:Constant Guéroult|Constant Guéroult]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Gordon Browne|Gordon Browne]].}} * '''[[/My Neighbour's Dogs/]]''', by [[Author:Arthur Morrison|Arthur Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:James Affleck Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]].}} * '''Adventures of Sherlock Holmes.'''<br/> Adventure VIII. '''[[/The Adventure of the Speckled Band/]]''', by [[Author:A. Conan Doyle|A. Conan Doyle]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/Beauty in Nature/]]''' I. Introduction, by [[Author:John Lubbock|Sir John Lubbock, Bart., M.P.]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:W. H. J. Boot|W. H. J. Boot]].}} * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Princess Victoria of Teck * Edmund Yates * George Manville Fenn * Henri Rochefort * Arabella Goddard * Matthew Webb * Sir James D. Linton }}}} * '''[[/The Prince’s Crime/]]''', a True Romance of India, by [[Author:James Edward Preston Muddock|J. E. Muddock]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Alfred Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/Weather Watchers and Their Work/]]'''.<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:John Gülich|John Gülich]].}} * '''[[/His Chance at Last/]]''', by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Hal Ludlow|Hal Ludlow]].}} * '''[[/A Night Ride/|A Night Ride on the "Flying Scotchman"]]''', written and illustrated by [[Author:Frederic George Kitton|F. G. Kitton]]. * '''[[/The Romance of a Telegraph Wire/]]''', from the German of [[Author:Karl von Schlözer|Karl von Schlözer]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/TQS/|The Queer Side of Things]]''' ** '''Moozeby''', by [[Author:James Frank Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]]. ** '''Hair & Head Curiosities''', by illustrated by [[Author:George Cruikshank|George Cruikshank, Jr.]] ** '''The Doll and the Raven: or, a Fatal Smile''' ** '''A Mustard Plaster''' by Max Cowper ** '''Miscellaneous''' }} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] 83uyb3hhe6lb4x0tdomfg78fo3fqyow The Strand Magazine/Volume 3/Issue 15 0 4043494 14127873 13067567 2024-04-25T14:10:51Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = | previous = [[../Issue 14/|Issue 14]] | next = [[../Issue 16/|Issue 16]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 3 | notes = March, 1892. {{small scan link|The Strand Magazine (Volume 3).djvu}} }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 3. No. 15.||March 1892.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 3).djvu" include=217/> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC|title=Contents|width=500px| * '''[[/In the Midst of the Sea/]]''', from the Italian of Countess [[Author:Bice de Benvenuti|Bice de Benvenuti]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''. No. IX. '''Professor Blackie''', by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]]. * '''[[/Strong-Minded Miss Methuen/]]''', by [[Author:E. W. Hornung|E. W. Hornung]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/How the Deaf and Dumb are Educated/]]''', by [[Author:Edward Salmon|Edward Salmon]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:John Gülich|John Gülich]].}} * '''[[/Clouds with Silver Linings/]]''', from the French of [[Author:Delphine de Girardin|Mme. Emile de Girardin]], tr. [[Author:James Mortimer|James Mortimer]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Marie Roze, * Francis Richard Charteris, * John Sims Reeves, * Umberto I of Italy, * Princess Margherita of Savoy, * Edward Terry * Pablo Sarasate }}}} * '''Adventures of Sherlock Holmes.'''<br/> Adventure IX. '''[[/The Adventure of the Engineer's Thumb/]]''', by [[Author:A. Conan Doyle|A. Conan Doyle]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/Beauty in Nature/]]''' II. Woods and Fields, by [[Author:John Lubbock|Sir John Lubbock, Bart, M.P.]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:W. H. J. Boot|W. H. J. Boot]].}} * '''[[/The Curate's Temptation/]]''', by [[Author:Maurice Saxon|Maurice Saxon]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:George Hillyard Swinstead|G. Hillyard Swinstead]].}} * '''[[/Monkey Society/]]''': One of Its Ornaments.<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:James Affleck Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]].}} * '''[[/The Three Sisters and Their Glass Hearts/]]''', from the Russian.<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/TQS/|The Queer Side of Things]]''' ** '''Impossibility''': A Study of Reason & Science, written and illustrated by [[Author:James Frank Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]]. ** '''Found in the Snow'''. ** '''Boots & Shoes of All Ages''', by [[Author:George Cruikshank|George Cruikshank, Jr.]] ** '''Morimoto'''. ** '''Miscellaneous/'''. }} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] rh090x19pf8p69nklv29hl6ota5jgre The Strand Magazine/Volume 3/Issue 16 0 4043517 14127872 13067586 2024-04-25T14:10:18Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = | previous = [[../Issue 15/|Issue 15]] | next = [[../Issue 17/|Issue 17]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 3 | notes = April, 1892. {{small scan link|The Strand Magazine (Volume 3).djvu}} }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 3. No. 16.||April 1892.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 3).djvu" include=328/> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC|title=Contents|width=500px| * '''[[/The Black Knight/]]''', by [[Author:Raymund Cecil Edward Allen|Raymund Allen]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''. No. X. '''Mr. F. C. Burnand''', by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]]. * '''[[/The Mystery of the Rue de Pot-de-Fer/]]''', by [[Author:Bayford Harrison|F. Bayford Harrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Gordon Browne|Gordon Browne]].}} * '''[[/In Leadenhall Market/]]''', by [[Author:Arthur Morrison|Arthur Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:James Affleck Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]].}} * '''[[/Lady Florry's Gems/]]''', by [[Author:George Manville Fenn|George Manville Fenn]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * W. S. Penley * Charles François Gounod * Lyon Playfair * J. E. Muddock * Helen Mathers * F. C. Burnand }}}} * '''Adventures of Sherlock Holmes.'''<br/> Adventure X. '''[[/The Adventure of the Noble Bachelor/]]''', by [[Author:A. Conan Doyle|A. Conan Doyle]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/Beauty in Nature/]]''' III. Rivers and Lakes, by [[Author:John Lubbock|Sir John Lubbock, Bart, M.P.]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:W. H. J. Boot|W. H. J. Boot]].}} * '''[[/Two Marriage Eves/]]''', by [[Author:Richard Dowling|Richard Dowling]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Jean de Paleologu|Jean de Paléologue]].}} * '''[[/The Marquis of Dufferin and Ava/]]'''.<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:R. Jones|R. Jones]].}} * '''[[/Budiak's Sacrifice/]]''', from the Hungarian.<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/TQS/|The Queer Side of Things]]''' ** '''More of Moozeby''' written and illustrated by [[Author:James Frank Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]]. ** '''Hawk Killed by Train''' ** '''Pal’s Puzzle Page''' by [[Author:Jean de Paleologu|Jean de Paléologue]] ** '''Road Travelling of the Past''' by [[Author:George Cruikshank|George Cruikshank, Jr.]]. ** '''How I Lost Palette and Patron''' by [[Author:René Bull|René Bull]] ** '''Miscellaneous'''. }} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] b4sqhqtuif8xjv54yrbd7gheu8djo6e The Strand Magazine/Volume 3/Issue 17 0 4044842 14127869 13078732 2024-04-25T14:09:14Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = | previous = [[../Issue 16/|Issue 16]] | next = [[../Issue 18/|Issue 18]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 3 | notes = May, 1892. {{small scan link|The Strand Magazine (Volume 3).djvu}} }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 3. No. 17.||May 1892.}} {{rule}} {{ppb}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 3).djvu" include=439/> <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC|title=Contents|width=500px| * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''. No. XI. '''Lord Wolseley, G.C.B., G.C.M.G., &c.''', by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:W. B. Wollen|W. B. Wollen]].}} * '''[[/In the Interests of Science/]]''', The Story of a Burglary, from the German.<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Parrot Stories/]]'''.<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:James Affleck Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]].}} * '''[[/The Lost Legion/]]''', by [[Author:Rudyard Kipling|Rudyard Kipling]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/May Queens/]]''', by Rev. [[Author:Wilfred Dallow|W. Dallow]]. * '''[[/Dr. Freston's Brother/]]'''.<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Hal Ludlow|Hal Ludlow]].}} * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Mary Davies * Walter Besant * Marcus Stone * Alphonse Daudet * Lionel Brough * Henry W. Lucy }}}} * '''[[/Mr. Jones/]]''': A Part of His Life—and of Mine, by [[Author:Henry W. Lucy|Henry W. Lucy]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Jean de Paleologu|Jean de Paléologue]].}} * '''[[/Beauty in Nature/]]''' IV. Mountains, by [[Author:John Lubbock|Sir John Lubbock, Bart., M.P.]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:W. H. J. Boot|W. H. J. Boot]].}} * '''Adventures of Sherlock Holmes.'''<br/> Adventure XI. '''[[/The Adventure of the Beryl Coronet/]]''', by [[Author:A. Conan Doyle|A. Conan Doyle]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/Champions/]]''' * '''[[/The Prince with the Hand of Gold/]]''', from the Serbian.<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/TQS/|The Queer Side of Things]]''' ** '''"The Retaliator"''' written and illustrated by [[Author:James Frank Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]]. ** '''Some London Street Cries''' by [[Author:George Cruikshank|George Cruikshank, Jr.]]. ** '''A Vestry Meeting''' by [[Author:Louis Wain|Louis Wain]]. ** '''A Cat-as-trophy''' }} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] 7bz3sk737ulawkt5x3gsryby03z04ie 14127870 14127869 2024-04-25T14:09:53Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = | previous = [[../Issue 16/|Issue 16]] | next = [[../Issue 18/|Issue 18]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 3 | notes = May, 1892. {{small scan link|The Strand Magazine (Volume 3).djvu}} }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 3. No. 17.||May 1892.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 3).djvu" include=439/> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC|title=Contents|width=500px| * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''. No. XI. '''Lord Wolseley, G.C.B., G.C.M.G., &c.''', by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:W. B. Wollen|W. B. Wollen]].}} * '''[[/In the Interests of Science/]]''', The Story of a Burglary, from the German.<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Parrot Stories/]]'''.<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:James Affleck Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]].}} * '''[[/The Lost Legion/]]''', by [[Author:Rudyard Kipling|Rudyard Kipling]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/May Queens/]]''', by Rev. [[Author:Wilfred Dallow|W. Dallow]]. * '''[[/Dr. Freston's Brother/]]'''.<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Hal Ludlow|Hal Ludlow]].}} * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Mary Davies * Walter Besant * Marcus Stone * Alphonse Daudet * Lionel Brough * Henry W. Lucy }}}} * '''[[/Mr. Jones/]]''': A Part of His Life—and of Mine, by [[Author:Henry W. Lucy|Henry W. Lucy]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Jean de Paleologu|Jean de Paléologue]].}} * '''[[/Beauty in Nature/]]''' IV. Mountains, by [[Author:John Lubbock|Sir John Lubbock, Bart., M.P.]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:W. H. J. Boot|W. H. J. Boot]].}} * '''Adventures of Sherlock Holmes.'''<br/> Adventure XI. '''[[/The Adventure of the Beryl Coronet/]]''', by [[Author:A. Conan Doyle|A. Conan Doyle]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrations by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/Champions/]]''' * '''[[/The Prince with the Hand of Gold/]]''', from the Serbian.<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/TQS/|The Queer Side of Things]]''' ** '''"The Retaliator"''' written and illustrated by [[Author:James Frank Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]]. ** '''Some London Street Cries''' by [[Author:George Cruikshank|George Cruikshank, Jr.]]. ** '''A Vestry Meeting''' by [[Author:Louis Wain|Louis Wain]]. ** '''A Cat-as-trophy''' }} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] euu5s2ipco7clrtlcwrmc7bi44qc8wo The Strand Magazine/Volume 3/Issue 18 0 4044992 14127868 13101630 2024-04-25T14:08:45Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = | previous = [[../Issue 17/|Issue 17]] | next = [[../../Volume 4/Issue 19/|Issue 19]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 3 | notes = June, 1892. {{small scan link|The Strand Magazine (Volume 3).djvu}} }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 3. No. 18.||June 1892.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 3).djvu" include=550/> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC|title=Contents|width=500px| * '''[[/Zodomirsky's Duel/]]''' from the French of [[Author:Alexandre Dumas (1802-1870)|Alexandre Dumas]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''. No. XII. '''Madame Adelina Patti''', by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:R. Jones|R. Jones]].}} * '''[[/The Bride of Felix Armstrong/]]''' by [[Author:James Harwood Panting|J. Harwood Panting]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:W. S. Stacey|W. S. Stacey]].}} * '''[[/How a Sculptor Works/]]''' by [[Author:Alfred Thomas Story|Alfred T. Story]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:J. Frénzeny|J. Frénzeny]].}} * '''[[/The Conscientious Burglar/]]''' by [[Author:Grant Allen|Grant Allen]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Sir George Trevelyan, Bart. * W. P. Frith * B. W. Leader * Lily Hanbury * Henry Parkes * Jacques Blumenthal }}}} * '''[[/Wilt Thou Understand?/]]''' by G. M. G. and [[Author:Jacques Blumenthal|Jacques Blumenthal]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Allan Frederick Barraud|A. Barraud]].}} * '''[[/Sun-Dials/]]''' written and illustrated by [[Author:Warrington Hogg|Warrington Hogg]] * '''Adventures of Sherlock Holmes.'''<br/> Adventure XII. '''[[/The Adventure of the Copper Beeches/]]''', by [[Author:A. Conan Doyle|A. Conan Doyle]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrated by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/Instantaneous Photographs/]]''' by [[Author:Arthur Morrison|Arthur Morrison]]. * '''[[/The Silver Penny/]]''' from the Hungarian.<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/TQS/|The Queer Side of Things]]''' ** '''The End of War''' written and illustrated by [[Author:James Frank Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]] ** '''Silver-Plated''' by [[Author:W. L. Alden|W. L. Alden]]. ** '''Two Views of Lord Palmerston''' by [[Author:Samuel Alexander Walker|Samuel A. Walker]] ** '''Pal's Puzzle Page''' by [[Author:Jean de Paleologu|Jean de Paléologue]] ** '''Miscellaneous''' }} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] dmq5mj0ceoualvxkaukb3mbs9wxeazt Page:Scott's Last Expedition, Volume 1.djvu/125 104 4049645 14130177 14096500 2024-04-25T22:27:01Z McGhiever 1938594 Small fixes for consistency proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PG" />{{rh|{{smaller|1910]}}|STATE OF THE ICE-HOUSE|63}}</noinclude>I was thinking during the gale last night that our position might be a great deal worse than it is. We were lying amongst the floes perfectly peacefully whilst the wind howled through the rigging. One felt quite free from anxiety as to the ship, the sails, the bergs or ice pressures. One calmly went below and slept in the greatest comfort. One thought of the ponies, but after all, horses have been carried for all time in small ships, and often enough for very long voyages. The Eastern Party<ref>The party headed by Lieutenant Campbell, which, being unable to disembark on King Edward's Land, was ultimately taken by the ''Terra Nova'' to the north part of Victoria Land, and so came to be known as the Northern Party. The Western Party here mentioned includes all who had their base at Cape Evans: the depôts to be laid were for the subsequent expedition to the Pole.</ref> will certainly benefit by any delay we may make; for them the later they get to King Edward's Land the better. The depôt journey of the Western Party will be curtailed, but even so if we can get landed in January there should be time for a good deal of work. One must confess that things might be a great deal worse and there would be little to disturb one if one's release was certain, say in a week's time. I'm afraid the ice-house is not going on so well as it might. There is some mould on the mutton and the beef is tainted. There is a distinct smell. The house has been opened by order when the temperature has fallen below 28°. I thought the effect would be to 'harden up' the meat, but apparently we need air circulation. When the temperature goes down to-night we shall probably take the beef out of the house and put a wind{{peh}}<noinclude>{{dhr}} {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> iro2790ffc5adylp5vqda9qil2sstrj Index:Across the Zodiac (Volume 2).djvu 106 4069068 14131243 14122810 2024-04-26T08:00:52Z Chrisguise 2855804 proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=''[[Across the Zodiac: the Story of a Wrecked Record]]'' |Language=en |Volume=[[Across the Zodiac: the Story of a Wrecked Record/Volume 2|Volume 2]] |Author=[[Author:Percy Greg|Percy Greg]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=Trübner & Co. |Address=London |Year=1880 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC=1038782268 |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=djvu |Image=7 |Progress=C |Transclusion=no |Validation_date= |Pages=<pagelist 1="Cover" 2to4="–" 5="Half" 6="–" 7="Title" 8="–" 9="ToC" 10="–" 11=1 299to301="–" 302="Cover" /> |Volumes=[[Index:Across the Zodiac (Volume 1).djvu|I]] ☀ [[Index:Across the Zodiac (Volume 2).djvu|II]] |Remarks= |Width= |Header={{rvh|{{{pagenum}}}|''Azrael.''|''Across the Zodiac''.}} |Footer= |tmplver= }} idupti4s2jlippmiox9lyyg7cgd9rg5 Page:The Great Encyclical Letters of Pope Leo XIII.djvu/283 104 4079922 14130405 12725254 2024-04-26T01:10:02Z Duckmather 3067252 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Duckmather" />{{rvh|{{i|THE STUDY OF HOLY SCRIPTURE.}}|277}}</noinclude>there is at hand the very best of help in the Holy Scriptures, as the Book of Psalms, among others, so constantly insists; but those only will find it who bring to this divine reading not only docility and attention but also piety and an innocent life. For the sacred Scripture is not like other books. Dictated by the Holy Ghost, it contains things of the deepest importance, which in many instances are most difficult and obscure. To understand and explain such things there is always required the "coming"<ref name = "p277ref1"/> of the same Holy Spirit; that is to say, His light and His grace; and these, as the royal psalmist so frequently insists, are to be sought by humble prayer and guarded by holiness of life. It is in this that the watchful eye of the Church shines forth conspicuously. By admirable laws and regulations, she has shown herself solicitous that "the celestial treasure of the sacred books, so bountifully bestowed upon man by the Holy Spirit, should not lie neglected."<ref name = "p277ref2"/> She has prescribed that a considerable portion of them shall be read and piously reflected upon by all her ministers in the daily office of the sacred psalmody. She has ordered that in cathedral churches, in monasteries, and in other convents in which study can conveniently be pursued, they shall be expounded and interpreted by capable men; and she has strictly commanded that her children shall be fed with the saving words of the Gospel at least on Sundays and solemn feasts.<ref name ="p277ref3"/> Moreover, it is owing to the wisdom and exertions of the Church that there has always been continued, from century to century, that cultivation of Holy Scripture which has been so remarkable and has borne such ample fruit. And here, in order to strengthen Our teaching and Our exhortations, it is well to recall how, from the beginning of Christianity, all who have been renowned for holiness of <ref follow = "p277ref1">S. Hier. in Mic. i. 10.</ref> <ref follow = "p277ref2">Conc. Trid. sess. v. decret. de reform, 1.</ref> <ref follow = "p277ref3">Ibid 1, 2.</ref><noinclude> {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> oxju7dgjms110eohm8s68j6nkvupa5u Page:The Great Encyclical Letters of Pope Leo XIII.djvu/286 104 4079925 14130394 12725258 2024-04-26T00:59:51Z Duckmather 3067252 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Duckmather" />{{rh|280|{{i|THE STUDY OF HOLY SCRIPTURE.}}}}</noinclude>When Our predecessor, Clement V., established chairs of Oriental literature in the Roman College and in the principal universities of Europe, Catholics began to make more accurate investigation on the original text of the Bible as well as on the Latin version. The revival amongst us of Greek learning, and much more, the happy invention of the art of printing, gave a strong impetus to biblical studies. In a brief space of time, innumerable editions, especially of the Vulgate, poured from the press and were diffused throughout the Catholic world; so honored and loved was Holy Scripture during that very period against which the enemies of the Church direct their calumnies Nor must we forget how many learned men there were, chiefly among the religious orders, who did excellent work for the Bible between the Council of Vienna and that of Trent; men who, by the employment of modern means and appliances, and by the tribute of their own genius and learning, not only added to the rich store of ancient times but prepared the way for the succeeding century, the century which followed the Council of Trent, when it almost seemed that the great age of the Fathers had returned. For it is well known, and We recall it with pleasure, that Our predecessors, from Pius IV. to Clement VIII., caused to be prepared the celebrated editions of the Vulgate and the Septuagint, which, having been published by the command and authority of Sixtus V., and of the same Clement, are now in common use. At this time, moreover, were carefully brought out various other ancient versions of the Bible, and the Polyglots of Antwerp and of Paris, most important for the investigation of the true meaning of the text; nor is there any one book of either Testament which did not find more than one expositor, nor any grave question which did not profitably exercise the ability of many inquirers, among whom there are not a few—more especially of those who made most use of the Fathers—who have acquired great reputation. From that time downwards<noinclude></noinclude> ruqfjvaaz1ry5u9xh354m4frfm2q4fs Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/88 104 4092356 14130855 12759777 2024-04-26T07:40:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|72|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>her eyes. And then when she came back into town she again drove furiously through the quiet streets. But for the influence of her husband and the respect he inspired in people's minds she would have been arrested more than once by the town marshal. Young David Hardy grew up in the house with this woman and as can well be imagined there was not much joy in his childhood. He was too young then to have opinions of his own about people, but at times it was difficult for him not to have very definite opinions about the woman who was his mother. David was always a quiet orderly boy and for a long time was thought by the people of Winesburg to be something of a dullard. His eyes were brown and as a child he had a habit of looking at things and people a long time without appearing to see what he was looking at. When he heard his mother spoken of harshly or when he overheard her berating his father, he was frightened and ran away to hide. Sometimes he could not find a hiding place and that confused him. Turning his face toward a tree or if he were indoors toward the wall, he closed his eyes and tried not to think of anything. He had a habit of talking aloud to himself, and early in life a spirit of quiet sadness often took possession of him. On the occasions when David went to visit his<noinclude></noinclude> 6xf8too38j9gd4abvu5rqma3348e3yi Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/90 104 4092358 14130856 12759779 2024-04-26T07:40:08Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|74|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>into another road and getting upon his knees felt of the soft ground with his fingers. But for the figure of his grandfather, whom he was afraid,he would never find in the darkness, he thought the world must be altogether empty. When his cries were heard by a farmer who was walking home from town and he was brought back to his father's house, he was so tired and excited that he did not know what was happening to him. By chance David's father knew that he had disappeared. On the street he had met the farm hand from the Bentley place and knew of his son's return to town. When the boy did not come home an alarm was set up and John Hardy with several men of the town went to search the country. The report that David had been kidnapped ran about through the streets of Winesburg. When he came home there were no lights in the house, but his mother appeared and clutched him eagerly in her arms. David thought she had suddenly become another woman. He could not believe that so delightful a thing had happened. With her own hands Louise Hardy bathed his tired young body and cooked him food. She would not let him go to bed but, when he had put on his nightgown, blew out the lights and sat down in a chair to hold him in her arms. For an hour the woman sat in the darkness and held her boy. All the time she kept talking in a low voice.<noinclude></noinclude> jhpzpdg96roxsahoe8wnipenc1fqxco Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/92 104 4092360 14130857 12759781 2024-04-26T07:40:10Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|76|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>of the boy. The old man was excited and determined on having his own way. He talked to John Hardy in the office of the Winesburg Savings Bank and then the two men went to the house on Elm Street to talk with Louise. They both expected her to make trouble but were mistaken. She was very quiet and when Jesse had explained his mission and had gone on at some length about the advantages to come through having the boy out of doors and in the quiet atmosphere of the old farmhouse, she nodded her head in approval. "It is an atmosphere not corrupted by my presence," she said sharply. Her shoulders shook and she seemed about to fly into a fit of temper. "It is a place for a man child, although it was never a place for me," she went on. "You never wanted me there and of course the air of your house did me no good. It was like poison in my blood but it will be different with him." Louise turned and went out of the room, leaving the two men to sit in embarrassed silence. As very often happened she later stayed in her room for days. Even when the boy's clothes were packed and he was taken away she did not appear. The loss of her son made a sharp break in her life and she seemed less inclined to quarrel with her husband. John Hardy thought it had all turned out very well indeed. And so young David went to live in the Bentley<noinclude></noinclude> bbg39sjwudikguwrsu8wkiws8mxa0fu Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/94 104 4092362 14130858 12759783 2024-04-26T07:40:11Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|78|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>the womb of Katherine, began to think that at last his prayers had been answered. Although he was at that time only fifty-five years old he looked seventy and was worn out with much thinking and scheming. The effort he had made to extend his land holdings had been successful and there were few farms in the valley that did not belong to him, but until David came he was a bitterly disappointed man. There were two influences at work in Jesse Bentley and all his life his mind had been a battleground for these influences. First there was the old thing in him. He wanted to be a man of God and a leader among men of God. His walking in the fields and through the forests at night had brought him close to nature and there were forces in the passionately religious man that ran out to the forces in nature. The disappointment that had come to him when a daughter and not a son had been born to Katherine had fallen upon him like a blow struck by some unseen hand and the blow had somewhat softened his egotism. He still believed that God might at any moment make himself manifest out of the winds or the clouds, but he no longer demanded such recognition. Instead he prayed for it. Sometimes he was altogether doubtful and thought God had deserted the world. He regretted the fate that had not let him live in a simpler and sweeter time when<noinclude></noinclude> 32u5fk92kx72twkw7yn3a7pkchlic4t Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/96 104 4092364 14130859 12759785 2024-04-26T07:40:11Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|80|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>history of the world, when wars would be fought without patriotism, when men would forget God and only pay attention to moral standards, when the will to power would replace the will to serve and beauty would be well-nigh forgotten in the terrible headlong rush of mankind toward the acquiring of possessions, was telling its story to Jesse the man of God as it was to the men about him. The greedy thing in him wanted to make money faster than it could be made by tilling the land. More than once he went into Winesburg to talk with his son-in-law John Hardy about it. "You are a banker and you will have chances I never had," he said and his eyes shone. "I am thinking about it all the time. Big things are going to be done in the country and there will be more money to be made than I ever dreamed of. You get into it. I wish I were younger and had your chance." Jesse Bentley walked up and down in the bank office and grew more and more excited as he talked. At one time in his life he had been threatened with paralysis and his left side remained somewhat weakened. As he talked his left eyelid twitched. Later when he drove back home and when night came on and the stars came out it was harder to get back the old feeling of a close and personal God who lived in the sky overhead and who might at any moment reach out his hand, touch him on the shoulder, and appoint<noinclude></noinclude> aw5os76l7glcucg8uz89z6r1bh22qqx Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/98 104 4092366 14130860 12759787 2024-04-26T07:40:12Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|82|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>sounds. When he awoke at dawn the barnyard back of the house also awoke. In the house people stirred about. Eliza Stoughton the half-witted girl was poked in the ribs by a farm hand and giggled noisily, in some distant field a cow bawled and was answered by the cattle in the stables, and one of the farm hands spoke sharply to the horse he was grooming by the stable door. David leaped out of bed and ran to a window. All of the people stirring about excited his mind, and he wondered what his mother was doing in the house in town. From the windows of his own room he could not see directly into the barnyard where the farm hands had now all assembled to do the morning chores, but he could hear the voices of the men and the neighing of the horses. When one of the men laughed, he laughed also. Leaning out at the open window, he looked into an orchard where a fat sow wandered about with a litter of tiny pigs at her heels. Every morning he counted the pigs. "Four, five, six, seven," he said slowly, wetting his finger and making straight up and down marks on the window ledge. David ran to put on his trousers and shirt. A feverish desire to get out of doors took possession of him. Every morning he made such a noise coming down stairs that Aunt Sallie, the housekeeper, declared he was trying to tear the house down. When he had run<noinclude></noinclude> nc75ba5m3yb0wl3krrjmvohe0l03klc Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/100 104 4092368 14130823 12759789 2024-04-26T07:39:31Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|84|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>his dreams take entire possession of him. With the boy as a witness, he went through a ceremony and brought about an accident that nearly destroyed the companionship that was growing up between them. Jesse and his grandson were driving in a distant part of the valley some miles from home. A forest came down to the road-and through the forest Wine Creek wriggled its way over stones toward a distant river. All the afternoon Jesse had been in a meditative mood and now he began to talk. His mind went back to the night when he had been frightened by thoughts of a giant that might come to rob and plunder him of his possessions, and again as on that night when he had run through the fields crying for a son, he became excited to the edge of insanity. Stopping the horse he got out of the buggy and asked David to get out also. The two climbed over a fence and walked along the bank of the stream. The boy paid no attention to the muttering of his grandfather, but ran along beside him and wondered what was going to happen. When a rabbit jumped up and ran away through the woods, he clapped his hands and danced with delight. He looked at the tall trees and was sorry that he was not a little animal to climb high in the air without being frightened. Stooping, he picked up a small stone and threw it over the head of his grand-<noinclude></noinclude> hrcgm8tfemkckytdh1vj2sii9x3d4us Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/102 104 4092370 14130824 12759791 2024-04-26T07:39:32Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|86|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>which he held tightly gripped in his fingers. When Jesse Bentley, absorbed in his own idea, suddenly arose and advanced toward him, his terror grew until his whole body shook. In the woods an intense silence seemed to lay over everything and suddenly out of the silence came the old man's harsh and insistent voice. Gripping the boy's shoulders, Jesse turned his face to the sky and shouted. The whole left side of his face twitched and his hand on the boy's shoulder twitched also. "Make a sign to me, God," he cried, "here I stand with the boy David. Come down to me out of the sky and make Thy presence known to me." With a cry of fear, David turned and shaking himself loose from the hands that held him, ran away through the forest. He did not believe that the man who turned up his face and in a harsh voice shouted at the sky, was his grandfather at all. The man did not look like his grandfather. The conviction that something strange and terrible had happened, that by some miracle a new and dangerous person had come into the body of the kindly old man took possession of him. On and on he ran down the hillside sobbing as he ran. When he fell over the roots of a tree and in falling struck his head, he arose and tried to run on again. His head hurt so that presently he fell down and lay still, but it was only after<noinclude></noinclude> qr86q9s2hg6ye6en59us6eshmynxczd Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/106 104 4092374 14130825 12759795 2024-04-26T07:39:33Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|90|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>ways when she had thought of the matter, it had seemed to her that in town all must be gaiety and life, that there men and women must live happily and freely, giving and taking friendship and affection as one takes the feel of a wind on the cheek. After the silence and the cheerlessness of life in the Bentley house, she dreamed of stepping forth into an atmosphere that was warm and pulsating with life and reality. And in the Hardy household Louise might have got something of the thing for which she so hungered but for a mistake she made when she had just come to town. Louise won the disfavor of the two Hardy girls, Mary and Harriet, by her application to her studies in school. She did not come to the house until the day when school was to begin and knew nothing of the feeling they had in the matter. She was timid and during the first month made no acquaintances. Every Friday afternoon one of the hired men from the farm drove into Winesburg and took her home for the week-end, so that she did not spend the Saturday holiday with the town people. Because she was embarrassed and lonely she worked constantly at her studies. To Mary and Harriet, it seemed as though she tried to make trouble for them by her proficiency. In her eagerness to appear well Louise wanted to answer every question put to the class by the<noinclude></noinclude> 573vmm9p9r29agd43hczc37447lxqdz Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/108 104 4092376 14130826 12759797 2024-04-26T07:39:35Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|92|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>should make you ashamed to see what she does." The merchant took his hat from a rack by the door and prepared to depart for the evening. At the door he stopped and glared back. So fierce was his manner that Louise was frightened and ran upstairs to her own room. The daughters began to speak of their own affairs. "Pay attention to me," roared the merchant. "Your minds are lazy. Your indifference to education is affecting your characters. You will amount to nothing. Now mark what I say—Louise will be so far ahead of you that you will never catch up." The distracted man went out of the house and into the street shaking with wrath. He went along muttering words and swearing, but when he got into Main Street his anger passed. He stopped to talk of the weather or the crops with some other merchant or with a farmer who had come into town and forgot his daughters altogether or, if he thought of them, only shrugged his shoulders. "Oh, well, girls will be girls," he muttered philosophically. In the house when Louise came down into the room where the two girls sat, they would have nothing to do with her. One evening after she had been there for more than six weeks and was heartbroken because of the continued air of coldness with which she was always greeted, she burst into tears. "Shut up your crying and go back to<noinclude></noinclude> gpmao58y5tnaxrw7uy896treii6jbdw Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/110 104 4092378 14130827 12759799 2024-04-26T07:39:35Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|94|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>inner circle of life that must be quite open and understandable to others. She became obsessed with the thought that it wanted but a courageous act on her part to make all of her association with people something quite different, and that it was possible by such an act to pass into a new life as one opens a door and goes into a room. Day and night she thought of the matter, but although the thing she wanted so earnestly was something very warm and close it had as yet no conscious connection with sex. It had not become that definite, and her mind had only alighted upon the person of John Hardy because he was at hand and unlike his sisters had not been unfriendly to her. The Hardy sisters, Mary and Harriet, were both older than Louise. In a certain kind of knowledge of the world they were years older. They lived as all of the young women of Middle Western towns lived. In those days young women did not go out of our towns to eastern colleges and ideas in regard to social classes had hardly begun to exist. A daughter of a laborer was in much the same social position as a daughter of a farmer or a merchant, and there were no leisure classes. A girl was "nice" or she was "not nice." If a nice girl, she had a young man who came to her house to see her on Sunday and on Wednesday evenings. Sometimes she went with her<noinclude></noinclude> atw64hoquhnexthr5w15vcmcgfs578t Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/112 104 4092380 14130828 12759801 2024-04-26T07:39:36Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|96|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>with excitement and when she could not longer bear the waiting, she crept into the hall and down the stairs into a closet-like room that opened off the parlor. Louise had decided that she would perform the courageous act that had for weeks been in her mind. She was convinced that John Hardy had concealed himself in the orchard beneath her window and she was determined to find him and tell him that she wanted him to come close to her, to hold her in his arms, to tell her of his thoughts and dreams and to listen while she told him her thoughts and dreams. "In the darkness it will be easier to say things," she whispered to herself, as she stood in the little room groping for the door. And then suddenly Louise realized that she was not alone in the house. In the parlor on the other side of the door a man's voice spoke softly and the door opened. Louise just had time to conceal herself in a little opening beneath the stairway when Mary Hardy, accompanied by her young man, came into the little dark room. For an hour Louise sat on the floor in the darkness and listened. Without words Mary Hardy, with the aid of the man who had come to spend the evening with her, brought to the country girl a knowledge of men and women. Putting her head down until she was curled into a little ball she lay perfectly still. It seemed to her that by<noinclude></noinclude> jm735mxelffwr2b7gtx64budeyf23ab Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/114 104 4092382 14130829 12867590 2024-04-26T07:39:37Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Hilohello" />{{rh|98|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>not know whether or not she wanted him to come. Sometimes it seemed to her that to be held tightly and kissed was the whole secret of life, and then a new impulse came and she was terribly afraid. The age-old woman's desire to be possessed had taken possession of her, but so vague was her notion of life that it seemed to her just the touch of John Hardy's hand upon her own hand would satisfy. She wondered if he would understand that. At the table next day while Albert Hardy talked and the two girls whispered and laughed, she did not look at John but at the table and as soon as possible escaped. In the evening she went out of the house until she was sure he had taken the wood to her room and gone away. When after several evenings of intense listening she heard no call from the darkness in the orchard, she was half beside herself with grief and decided that for her there was no way to break through the wall that had shut her off from the joy of life. And then on a Monday evening two or three weeks after the writing of the note, John Hardy came for her. Louise had so entirely given up the thought of his coming that for a long time she did not hear the call that came up from the orchard. On the Friday evening before, as she was being driven back to the farm for the week-end by one of the hired men, she had on an impulse<noinclude></noinclude> ekdqtii6nz3v4pc61szdpsgitwpwwk7 Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/116 104 4092384 14130830 12759806 2024-04-26T07:39:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|100|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>he jumped out of the buggy and went to get it, she drove off and left him to walk the rest of the way back to the farm. Louise Bentley took John Hardy to be her lover. That was not what she wanted but it was so the young man had interpreted her approach to him, and so anxious was she to achieve something else that she made no resistance. When after a few months they were both afraid that she was about to become a mother, they went one evening to the county seat and were married. For a few months they lived in the Hardy house and then took a house of their own. All during the first year Louise tried to make her husband understand the vague and intangible hunger that had led to the writing of the note and that was still unsatisfied. Again and again she crept into his arms and tried to talk of it, but always without success. Filled with his own notions of love between men and women, he did not listen but began to kiss her upon the lips. That confused her so that in the end she did not want to be kissed. She did not know what she wanted. When the alarm that had tricked them into marriage proved to be groundless, she was angry and said bitter, hurtful things. Later when her son David was born, she could not nurse him and did not know whether she wanted him or not. Sometimes she stayed in the room with him all day,<noinclude></noinclude> ma7c603ng3a09fwkzkg5vjn4etoiw0c Page:Scott's Last Expedition, Volume 1.djvu/126 104 4094237 14130185 14096503 2024-04-25T22:28:59Z McGhiever 1938594 Small fixes for consistency proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PG" />{{rh|64|SCOTT'S LAST EXPEDITION|{{fine|{{sc|[December}}}}}}</noinclude>sail in to clear the atmosphere. If this does not improve matters we must hang more carcases in the rigging. ''Later'', 6 {{sc|p.m.}}—The wind has backed from S.E. to E.S.E. and the swell is going down—this seems to argue open water in the first but not in the second direction and that the course we pursue is a good one on the whole. The sky is clearing but the wind still gusty, force 4 to 7; the ice has frozen a little and we've made no progress since noon. 9 {{sc|p.m.}}—One of the ponies went down to-night. He has been down before. It may mean nothing; on the other hand it is not a circumstance of good omen. Otherwise there is nothing further to record, and I close this volume of my Journal under circumstances which cannot be considered cheerful. {{dhr}} {{c|{{larger|A FRESH MS. BOOK.}} 1910-11<br /> [''On the Flyleaf'']}} {{fine block|{{center block|{{fqm|gap=2em|'}}And in regions far<br /> Such heroes bring ye forth<br /> {{gap}}As those from whom we came<br /> {{gap}}And plant our name<br /> {{gap}}Under that star<br /> Not known unto our North.’}} {{right|'To the Virginian Voyage.'{{gap}}<br /> [[Author:Michael Drayton|{{sc|Drayton}}]].|offset=2em}} 'But be the workemen what they may be, let us speake of the worke; that is, the true greatnesse of Kingdom and estates; and the meanes thereof.'{{float right|[[Author:Francis Bacon|{{sc|Bacon}}]].|offset=2em}}}} {{clear|right}} {{csc|Still in the Ice}} ''Wednesday, December'' 28, 1910.—Obs. Noon, 69° 17′ S., 179° 42′ W. Made good since 26th S. 74 W. 31′; C. Crozier S. 22 W. 530′. The gale has abated. The sky began<noinclude></noinclude> ilb8mn5us3lh3f7ywkgoetmsjwonghx Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/162 104 4094458 14130831 12766226 2024-04-26T07:39:39Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|146|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>stream of moving, giggling activity that went up and down the road. The Richmond house was built of limestone, and although it was said in the village to have become run down, had in reality grown more beautiful with every passing year. Already time had begun a little to color the stone, lending a golden richness to its surface and in the evening or on dark days touching the shaded places beneath the eaves with wavering patches of browns and blacks. The house had been built by Seth's grandfather, a stone quarryman, and it, together with the stone quarries on Lake Erie eighteen miles to the north, had been left to his son, Clarence Richmond, Seth's father. Clarence Richmond, a quiet passionate man extraordinarily admired by his neighbors, had been killed in a street fight with the editor of a newspaper in Toledo, Ohio. The fight concerned the publication of Clarence Richmond's name coupled with that of a woman school teacher, and as the dead man had begun the row by firing upon the editor, the effort to punish the slayer was unsuccessful. After the quarryman's death it was found that much of the money left to him had been squandered in speculation and in insecure investments made through the influence of friends. Left with but a small income, Virginia Richmond had settled down to a retired life in the village and to the raising of her son. Although she<noinclude></noinclude> 18rkvtzbmkopuy21wmrug2jqhc1wo0m Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/164 104 4094460 14130832 12766228 2024-04-26T07:39:40Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|148|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>men. An almost unhealthy respect for the youth kept the mother for the most part silent in his presence. When she did speak sharply to him he had only to look steadily into her eyes to see dawning there the puzzled look he had already noticed in the eyes of others when he looked at them. The truth was that the son thought with remarkable clearness and the mother did not. She expected from all people certain convenional reactions to life. A boy was your son, you scolded him and he trembled and looked at the floor. When you had scolded enough he wept and all was forgiven. After the weeping and when he had gone to bed, you crept into his room and kissed him. Virginia Richmond could not understand why her son did not do these things. After the severest reprimand, he did not tremble and look at the floor but instead looked steadily at her, causing uneasy doubts to invade her mind. As for creeping into his room—after Seth had passed his fifteenth year, she would have been half afraid to do anything of the kind. Once when he was a boy of sixteen, Seth in company with two other boys, ran away from home. The three boys climbed into the open door of an empty freight car and rode some forty miles to a town where a fair was being held. One of the boys had a bottle filled with a combination of<noinclude></noinclude> o1jvmbf96u1rw7vvxk62vnmvgxxcyod Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/166 104 4094462 14130833 12766230 2024-04-26T07:39:43Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|150|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>turned, a little weary and with coal soot in his ears and about his eyes, she again found herself unable to reprove him. Walking into the house he hung his cap on a nail by the kitchen door and stood looking steadily at her. "I wanted to turn back within an hour after we had started," he explained. "I didn't know what to do. I knew you would be bothered, but I knew also that if I didn't go on I would be ashamed of myself. I went through with the thing for my own good. It was uncomfortable, sleeping on wet straw, and two drunken negroes came and slept with us. When I stole a lunch basket out of a farmer's wagon I couldn't help thinking of his children going all day without food. I was sick of the whole affair, but I was determined to stick it out until the other boys were ready to come back." "I'm glad you did stick it out," replied the mother, half resentfully, and kissing him upon the forehead pretended to busy herself with the work about the house. On a summer evening Seth Richmond went to the New Willard House to visit his friend, George Willard. It had rained during the afternoon, but as he walked through Main Street, the sky had partially cleared and a golden glow lit up the west. Going around a corner, he turned in at the door of the hotel and began to climb the stairway leading up to his friend's room. In the hotel office the<noinclude></noinclude> 1bvu162j7zjrpu2y4qs3tfnt2u6na1k Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/168 104 4094464 14130834 12766232 2024-04-26T07:39:44Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|152|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>ways stay with him. Stepping into a side hall he stood by a window that looked into an alleyway. At the back of his shop stood Abner Groff, the town baker. His tiny bloodshot eyes looked up and down the alleyway. In his shop someone called the baker who pretended not to hear. The baker had an empty milk bottle in his hand and an angry sullen look in his eyes. In Winesburg, Seth Richmond was called the "deep one." "He's like his father," men said as he went through the streets. "He'll break out some of these days. You wait and see." The talk of the town and the respect with which men and boys instinctively greeted him, as all men greet silent people, had affected Seth Richmond's outlook on life and on himself. He, like most boys, was deeper than boys are given credit for being, but he was not what the men of the town, and even his mother, thought him to be. No great underlying purpose lay back of his habitual silence, and he had no definite plan for his life. When the boys with whom he associated were noisy and quarrelsome, he stood quietly at one side. With calm eyes he watched the gesticulating lively figures of his companions. He wasn't particularly interested in what was going on, and sometimes wondered if he would ever be particularly. interested in anything. Now, as he stood in the half-darkness by the window watching<noinclude></noinclude> 4avbh74hyylaaws1uvr6fsx5430lmwe Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/170 104 4094466 14130835 12766234 2024-04-26T07:39:45Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|154|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>excited and boastful. "Here and there you go and there is no one to boss you. Though you are in India or in the South Seas in a boat, you have but to write and there you are. Wait till I get my name up and then see what fun I shall have." In George Willard's room, which had a window looking down into an alleyway and one that looked across railroad track's to Biff Carter's Lunch Room facing the railroad station, Seth Richmond sat in a chair and looked at the floor. George Willard who had been sitting for an hour idly playing with a lead pencil, greeted him effusively. "I've been trying to write a love story," he explained, laughing nervously. Lighting a pipe he began walking up and down the room. "I know what I'm going to do. I'm going to fall in love. I've been sitting here and thinking it over and I'm going to do it." As though embarrassed by his declaration, George went to a window and turning his back to his friend leaned out. "I know who I'm going to fall in love with," he said sharply. "It's Helen White. She is the only girl in town with any 'get-up' to her." Struck with a new idea, young Willard turned and walked towards his visitor. "Look here," he said. "You know Helen White better than I do. I want you to tell her what I said. You just get to talking to her and say that I'm in love with<noinclude></noinclude> 2tmngqrvhoeeulrai5hn3pt9uvaqxap Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/172 104 4094468 14130836 12766236 2024-04-26T07:39:46Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|156|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>thing private and personal to himself. "The busy fool with his love stories," he muttered, staring back over his shoulder at George Willard's room, "why does he never tire of his eternal talking." It was berry harvest time in Winesburg and upon the station platform men and boys loaded the boxes of red, fragrant berries into two express cars that stood upon the siding. A June moon was in the sky, although in the west a storm threatened, and no street lamps were lighted. In the dim light the figures of the men standing upon the express truck and pitching the boxes in at the doors of the cars were but dimly discernible. Upon the iron railing that protected the station lawn sat other men. Pipes were lighted. Village jokes went back and forth. Away in the distance a train whistled and the men loading the boxes into the cars worked with renewed activity. Seth arose from his place on the grass and went silently past the men perched upon the railing and into Main Street. He had come to a resolution. "I'll get out of here," he told himself. "What good am I here? I'm going to some city and go to work. I'll tell mother about it to-morrow." Seth Richmond went slowly along Main Street, past Wacker's Cigar Store-and the Town Hall, and into Buckeye Street. He was depressed by the thought that he was not a part of the life in his own town, but the depression did not cut<noinclude></noinclude> q9lc0t14kcz9346giyvmvidpcyrga3e Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/174 104 4094470 14130837 12766238 2024-04-26T07:39:47Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|158|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>surdity of his thoughts made him smile. In the end he decided that he was simply old beyond his years and not at all a subject for self-pity. "I'm made to go to work. I may be able to make a place for myself by steady working, and I might as well be at it," he decided. Seth went to the house of Banker White and. stood in the darkness by the front door. On the door hung a heavy brass knocker, an innovation introduced into the village by Helen White's mother, who had also organized a woman's club for the study of poetry. Seth raised the knocker and let it fall. Its heavy clatter sounded like a report from distant guns. "How awkward and foolish I am," he thought. "If Mrs. White comes to the door, I won't know what to say:" It was Helen White who came to the door and found Seth standing at the edge of the porch. Blushing with pleasure, she stepped forward, closing the door softly. "I'm going to get out of town. I don't know what I'll do, but I'm going to get out of here and go to work. I think I'll go to Columbus," he said. "Perhaps I'll get into the State University down there. Anyway, I'm going. I'll tell mother to-night." He hesitated and looked doubtfully about. "Perhaps you wouldn't mind coming to walk with me?" Seth and Helen walked through the streets beneath the trees. Heavy clouds had drifted across<noinclude></noinclude> ay1syjr959shs8gvm2my1cd3mausrku Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/176 104 4094472 14130838 12766240 2024-04-26T07:39:48Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|160|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>the fence in the school yard with something burning at his side. He thought it fine that he should be thus selected as the favorite of the richest and most attractive girl in town. Helen and Seth stopped by a fence near where a low dark building faced the street. The building had once been a factory for the making of barrel staves but was now vacant. Across the street upon the porch of a house a man and woman talked of their childhood, their voices coming clearly across to the half-embarrassed youth and maiden. There was the sound of scraping chairs and the man and woman came down the gravel path to a wooden gate. Standing outside the gate, the man leaned over and kissed the woman. "For old times' sake," he said and, turning, walked rapidly away along the sidewalk. "That's Belle Turner," whispered Helen, and put her hand boldly into Seth's hand. "I didn't know she had a fellow. I thought she was too old for that." Seth laughed uneasily. The hand of the girl was warm and a strange, dizzy feeling crept over him. Into his mind came a desire to tell her something he had been determined not to tell. "George Willard's in love with you," he said, and in spite of his agitation his voice was low and quiet. "He's writing a story, and he wants to be in love. He wants to know how it<noinclude></noinclude> jlh6ugrna5sjxqteqq063mxkqac8qtd Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/178 104 4094474 14130839 12766242 2024-04-26T07:39:49Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|162|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>the field that ran away from the hillside. The weeds were abloom with tiny purple blossoms and gave forth an overpowering fragrance. Upon the weeds the bees were gathered in armies, singing as they worked. Seth imagined himself lying on a summer evening, buried deep among the weeds beneath the tree. Beside him, in the scene built in his fancy, lay Helen White, her hand lying in his hand. A peculiar reluctance kept him from kissing her lips, but he felt he might have done that if he wished. Instead, he lay perfectly still, looking at her and listening to the army of bees that sang the sustained masterful song of labor above his head. On the bench in the garden Seth stirred uneasily. Releasing the hand of the girl, he thrust his hands into his trouser pockets. A desire to impress the mind of his companion with the importance of the resolution he had made came over him and he nodded his head toward the house. "Mother'll make a fuss, I suppose," he whispered. "She hasn't thought at all about what I'm going to do in life. She thinks I'm going to stay on here forever just being a boy." Seth's voice became charged with boyish earnestness. "You see, I've got to strike out. I've got to get to work. It's what I'm good for." Helen White was impressed. She nodded her head and a feeling of admiration swept over her.<noinclude></noinclude> 07f1n5cr95t3uojct7vn76y87hgii9j Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/180 104 4094476 14130840 12766244 2024-04-26T07:39:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|164|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>the last time we'll see each other," he whispered. A wave of sentiment swept over Helen. Putting her hand upon Seth's shoulder, she started to draw his face down towards her own upturned face. The act was one of pure affection and cutting regret that some vague adventure that had been present in the spirit of the night would now never be realized. "I think I'd better be going along," she said, letting her hand fall heavily to her side. A thought came to her. "Don't you go with me; I want to be alone," she said. "You go and talk with your mother. You'd better do that now." Seth hesitated and, as he stood waiting, the girl turned and ran away through the hedge. A desire to run after her came to him, but he only stood staring, perplexed and puzzled by her action as he had been perplexed and puzzled by all of the life of the town out of which she had come. Walking slowly toward the house, he stopped in the shadow of a large tree and looked at his mother sitting by a lighted window busily sewing. The feeling of loneliness that had visited him earlier in the evening returned and colored his thoughts of the adventure through which he had just passed. "Huh!" he exclaimed, turning and staring in the direction taken by Helen White. "That's how things'll turn out. She'll be like the rest. I suppose she'll begin now to look at me in<noinclude></noinclude> o3fsra56v9vwu7t1tarp9u870clyup7 Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/184 104 4094486 14130841 12766274 2024-04-26T07:39:51Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|168|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>tears began to run down his cheeks. He did not look at Tom Hard, but leaned forward and stared into the darkness as though seeing a vision. "I ran away to the country to be cured, but I am not cured. There is a reason." He turned to look at the child who sat up very straight on her father's knee and returned the look. The stranger touched Tom Hard on the arm. "Drink is not the only thing to which I am addicted," he said. "There is something else. I am a lover and have not found my thing to love. That is a big point if you know enough to realize what I mean. It makes my destruction inevitable, you see. There are few who understand that." The stranger became silent and seemed overcome with sadness, but another blast from the whistle of the passenger engine aroused him. "I have not lost faith. I proclaim that. I have only been brought to the place where I know my faith will not be realized," he declared hoarsely. He looked hard at the child and began to address her, paying no more attention to the father. "There is a woman coming," he said, and his voice was now sharp and earnest. "I have missed her, you see. Shed id not come in my time. You may be the woman. It would be like fate to let me stand in her presence once, on such an evening as this, when I have destroyed myself with drink and she is as yet only a child." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> ko0k7yey6dl90ky1i36dugky1lz1cdb Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/186 104 4094488 14130842 12766276 2024-04-26T07:39:51Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|170|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>The stranger arose and staggered off down the street. A day or two later he got aboard a train and returned to his home in Cleveland. On the summer evening, after the talk before the hotel, Tom Hard took the girl child to the house of a relative where she had been invited to spend the night. As he went along in the darkness under the trees he forgot the babbling voice of the stranger and his mind returned to the making of arguments by which he might destroy men's faith in God. He spoke his daughter's name and she began to weep. "I don't want to be called that," she declared. "I want to be called Tandy—Tandy Hard." The child wept so bitterly that Tom Hard was touched and tried to comfort her. He stopped beneath a tree and, taking her into his arms, began to caress her. "Be good, now," he said sharply; but she would not be quieted. With childish abandon she gave herself over to grief, her voice breaking the evening stillness of the street. "I want to be Tandy. I want to be Tandy. I want to be Tandy Hard," she cried, shaking her head and sobbing as though her young strength were not enough to bear the vision the words of the drunkard had brought to her.<noinclude></noinclude> b6oh51e19q62s4v80mxqvpo9kro71y5 Page:Weird Tales Volume 02 Number 2 (1937-02).djvu/32 104 4097268 14130868 12782817 2024-04-26T07:42:54Z SnowyCinema 2484340 wikilink to film proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Nonexyst" />{{rvh|158|{{uc|I, the Vampire}}|{{uc|Weird Tales}}}}</noinclude>{{c|{{li|''I''}}{{xxxl|, the Vampire}}}} {{c|By {{uc|Henry Kuttner}}}} {{dhr}} {{c|''Dark horror settled down like a fog on Hollywood, the world's film capital, as an evil thing from overseas preyed on the celebrated stars of filmdom—an odd and curious story''}} {{dhr}} {{c|''1. The Chevalier Futaine''}} {{dhr}} {{di|T}}{{uc|he}} party was dull. I had come too early. There was a preview that night at Grauman's Chinese, and few of the important guests would arrive until it was over. Indeed, Jack Hardy, ace director at Summit Pictures, where I worked as assistant director, hadn't arrived—yet—and he was the host. But Hardy had never been noted for punctuality. I went out on the porch and leaned against a pillar, sipping a cocktail and looking down at the lights of Hollywood. Hardy's place was on the summit of a hill overlooking the film capital, near Falcon Lair, Valentino's famous turreted castle. I shivered a little. Fog was sweeping in from Santa Monica, blotting out the lights to the west. Jean Hubbard, who was an ingenue at Summit, came up beside me and took the glass out of my hand. "Hello, Mart," she said, sipping the liquor. "Where've you been?" "Down with the ''Murder Desert'' troupe, on location in the Mojave," I said. "Miss me, honey?" I drew her close. She smiled up at me, her tilted eyebrows lending a touch of diablerie to the tanned, lovely face. I was going to marry Jean, but I wasn't sure just when. "Missed you lots," she said, and held up her lips. I responded. After a moment I said, "What's this about the vampire man?" She chuckled. "Oh, the Chevalier Futaine. Didn't you read Lolly Parsons' write-up in ''Script?'' Jack Hardy picked him up last month in Europe. Silly rot But it's good publicity." "Three cheers for publicity," I said. "Look what it did for ''[[Birth of a Nation]]''. But where does the vampire angle come in?" "Mystery man. Nobody can take a picture of him, scarcely anybody can see him. Weird tales are told about his former life in Paris. Going to play in Jack's ''Red Thirst''. The kind of build-up Universal gave Karloff for ''Frankenstein''. The Chevalier Futaine"—she rolled out the words with amused relish—"is probably a singing waiter from a Paris café. I haven't seen him—but the deuce with him, anyway. Mart, I want you to do something for me. For Deming." "Hess Deming?" I raised my eyebrows in astonishment. Hess Deming, Summit's biggest box-office star, whose wife, Sandra Colter, had died two days before. She, too, had been an actress, although never the great star her husband was. Hess loved her, I knew—and now I guessed what the trouble was. I said, "I noticed he was a bit wobbly." "He'll kill himself," Jean said, looking worried. "I—I feel responsible for him somehow, Mart. After all, he gave me my start at Summit. And he's due for the D. T's any time now." "Well, I'll do what I can," I told her. "But that isn't a great deal. After all,<noinclude>{{left|158|2em}}</noinclude> mtek3cgh2w46rfaqt311rlh8ky6lo74 Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/188 104 4100058 14130843 12795125 2024-04-26T07:39:52Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|172|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>The Presbyterian Church held itself somewhat aloof from the other churches of Winesburg. It was larger and more imposing and its minister was better paid. He even had a carriage of his own and on summer evenings sometimes drove about town with his wife. Through Main Street and up and down Buckeye Street he went, bowing gravely to the people, while his wife, afire with secret pride, looked at him out of the corners of her eyes and worried lest the horse become frightened and run away. For a good many years after he came to Winesburg things went well with Curtis Hartman. He was not one to arouse keen enthusiasm among the worshippers in his church but on the other hand he made no enemies. In reality he was much in earnest and sometimes suffered prolonged periods of remorse because he could not go crying the word of God in the highways and byways of the town. He wondered if the flame of the spirit really burned in him and dreamed of a day when a strong sweet new current of power would come like a great wind into his voice and his soul and the people would tremble before the spirit of God made manifest in him. "I am a poor stick and that will never really happen to me," he mused dejectedly and then a patient smile lit up his features. "Oh well, I suppose I'm doing well enough," he added philosophically. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 5ye4h4jjbp3czcc7ayaminrl25oz404 Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/190 104 4100060 14130844 12795127 2024-04-26T07:39:53Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|174|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>The house next door to the Presbyterian Church, through the windows of which the minister had seen the sight that had so upset him, was occupied by two women. Aunt Elizabeth Swift, a grey competent-looking widow with money in the Winesburg National Bank, lived there with her daughter Kate Swift, a school teacher. The school teacher was thirty years old and had a neat trim-looking figure. She had few friends and bore a reputation of having a sharp tongue. When he began to think about her, Curtis Hartman remembered that she had been to Europe and had lived for two years in New York City. "Perhaps after all her smoking means nothing," he thought. He began to remember that when he was a student in college and occasionally read novels, good, although somewhat worldly women, had smoked through the pages of a book that had once fallen into his hands. With a rush of new determination he worked on his sermons all through the week and forgot, in his zeal to reach the ears and the soul of this new listener, both his embarrassment in the pulpit and the necessity of prayer in the study on Sunday mornings. Reverend Hartman's experience with women had been somewhat limited. He was the son of a wagon maker from Muncie, Indiana, and had worked his way through college. The daughter of the underwear manufacturer had boarded in<noinclude></noinclude> o16m4qrquoo23o20q0vsu7r6hprz032 Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/192 104 4100062 14130845 12795129 2024-04-26T07:39:54Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|176|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>raised the shade was the hand of Aunt Elizabeth Swift. The minister almost wept with joy at this deliverence from the carnal desire to "peep" and went back to his own house praising God. In an ill moment he forgot, however, to stop the hole in the window. The piece of glass broken out at the corner of the window just nipped off the bare heel of the boy standing motionless and looking with rapt eyes into the face of the Christ. Curtis Hartman forgot his sermon on that Sunday morning. He talked to his congregation and in his talk said that it was a mistake for people to think of their minister as a man set aside and intended by nature to lead a blameless life. "Out of my own experience I know that we, who are the ministers of God's word, are beset by the same temptations that assail you," he declared. "I have been tempted and have surrendered to temptation. It is only the hand of God, placed beneath my head, that has raised me up. As he has raised me so also will he raise you. Do not despair. In your hour of sin raise your eyes to the skies and you will be again and again saved." Resolutely the minister put the thoughts of the woman in the bed out of his mind and began to be something like a lover in the presence of his wife. One evening when they drove out together he turned the horse out of Buckeye Street and in<noinclude></noinclude> 47axz8exuis0u2a935pfz1n6tbgmuvq Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/194 104 4100064 14130846 12795131 2024-04-26T07:39:57Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|178|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>began to talk to God intimately and closely. "Please, Father, do not forget me. Give me power to go to-morrow and repair the hole in the window. Lift my eyes again to the skies. Stay with me, Thy servant, in his hour of need." Up and down through the silent streets walked the minister and for days and weeks his soul was troubled. He could not understand the temptation that had come to him nor could he fathom the reason for its coming. In a way he began to blame God, saying to himself that he had tried to keep his feet in the true path and had not run about seeking sin. "Through my days as a young man and all through my life here I have gone quietly about my work," he declared. "Why now should I be tempted? What have I done that this burden should be laid on me?" Three times during the early fall and winter of that year Curtis Hartman crept out of his house to the room in the bell tower to sit in the darkness looking at the figure of Kate Swift lying in her bed and later went to walk and pray in the streets. He could not understand himself. For weeks he would go along scarcely thinking of the school teacher and telling himself that he had conquered the carnal desire to look at her body. And then something would happen. As he sat in the study of his own house, hard at work on a sermon, he would become nervous and begin to<noinclude></noinclude> dggkaic4hzswuki5dqms1nkyq6y3hvw Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/196 104 4100066 14130847 12795133 2024-04-26T07:39:58Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|180|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>ministry and try some other way of life. "I shall go to some city and get into business," he declared. "If my nature is such that I cannot resist sin, I shall give myself over to sin. At least I shall not be a hypocrite, preaching the word of God with my mind thinking of the shoulders and the neck of a woman who does not belong to me." It was cold in the room of the bell tower of the church on that January night and almost as soon as he came into the room Curtis Hartman knew that if he stayed he would be ill. His feet were wet from tramping in the snow and there was no fire. In the room in the house next door Kate Swift had not yet appeared. With grim determination the man sat down to wait. Sitting in the chair and gripping the edge of the desk on which lay the Bible he stared into the darkness thinking the blackest thoughts of his life. He thought of his wife and for the moment almost hated her. "She has always been ashamed of passion and has cheated me," he thought. "Man has a right to expect living passion and beauty in a woman. He has no right to forget that he is an animal and in me there is something that is Greek. I will throw off the woman of my bosom and seek other women. I will besiege this school teacher. I will fly in the face of all men and if I am a creature of carnal lusts I will live then for my lusts." The distracted man trembled from head to<noinclude></noinclude> a5rdki4j2usowp1x0xkzrv21clcdvsm Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/198 104 4100068 14130848 12795135 2024-04-26T07:39:59Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|182|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>lamp was lighted and the waiting man stared into an empty bed. Then upon the bed before his eyes a naked woman threw herself. Lying face downward she wept and beat with her fists upon the pillow. With a final outburst of weeping she half arose, and in the presence of the man who had waited to look and to think thoughts the woman of sin began to pray. In the lamplight her figure, slim and strong, looked like the figure of the boy in the presence of the Christ on the leaded window. Curtis Hartman never remembered how he got out of the church. With a cry he arose, dragging the heavy desk along the floor. The Bible fell, making a great clatter in the silence. When the light in the house next door went out he stumbled down the stairway and into the street. Along the street he went and ran in at the door of the ''Winesburg Eagle''. To George Willard, who was tramping up and down in the office undergoing a struggle of his own, he began to talk half incoherently. "The ways of God are beyond human understanding," he cried, running in quickly and closing the door. He began to advance upon the young man, his eyes glowing and his voice ringing with fervor. "I have found the light," he cried. "After ten years in this town, God has manifested himself to me in the body of a woman." His voice dropped and he began to whisper. "I did<noinclude></noinclude> mla4i9hjat6d4xx2r5zh957so3ntx8g Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/202 104 4100073 14130849 12795148 2024-04-26T07:40:00Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|186|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>and lay down on top of the bed. He began to have lustful thoughts and pulling down the shade of the window closed his eyes and turned his face to the wall. He took a pillow into his arms and embraced it thinking first of the school teacher, who by her words had stirred something within him and later of Helen White, the slim daughter of the town banker, with whom he had been for a long time half in love. By nine o'clock of that evening snow lay deep in the streets and the weather had become bitter cold. It was difficult to walk about. The stores were dark and the people had crawled away to their houses. The evening train from Cleveland was very late but nobody was interested in its arrival. By ten o'clock all but four of the eighteen hundred citizens of the town were in bed. Hop Higgins, the night watchman, was partially awake. He was lame and carried a heavy stick. On dark nights he carried a lantern. Between nine and ten o'clock he went his rounds. Up and down Main Street he stumbled through the drifts trying the doors of the stores. Then he went into alleyways and tried the back doors. Finding all tight he hurried around the corner to the New Willard House and beat on the door. Through the rest of the night he intended to stay by the stove. "You go to bed. I'll keep the<noinclude></noinclude> a9k1eonunfzms1ehvtlh3piy6fm2xpk Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/204 104 4100075 14130850 12795150 2024-04-26T07:40:01Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|188|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>chair behind the stove only three people were awake in Winesburg. George Willard was in the office of the Eagle pretending to be at work on the writing of a story but in reality continuing the mood of the morning by the fire in the wood. In the bell tower of the Presbyterian Church the Reverend Curtis Hartman was sitting in the darkness preparing himself for a revelation from God, and Kate Swift, the school teacher, was leaving her house for a walk in the storm. It was past ten o'clock when Kate Swift set out and the walk was unpremeditated. It was as though the man and the boy, by thinking of her, had driven her forth into the wintry streets. Aunt Elizabeth Swift had gone to the county seat concerning some business in connection with mortgages in which she had money invested and would not be back until the next day. By a huge stove, called a base burney, in the living room of the house sat the daughter reading a book. Suddenly she sprang to her feet and, snatching a cloak from a rack by the front door, ran out of the house. At the age of thirty Kate Swift was not known in Winesburg as a pretty woman. Her complexion was not good and her face was covered with blotches that indicated ill health. Alone in the night in the winter streets she was lovely. Her back was straight, her shoulders square and her<noinclude></noinclude> 9zmnxbsay2jj7udydgiqs8lanb2oxsr Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/206 104 4100077 14130851 12795152 2024-04-26T07:40:02Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|190|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>come over her and she was happy. All of the children in the schoolroom felt the effect of her happiness. For a time they did not work but sat back in their chairs and looked at her. With hands clasped behind her back the school teacher walked up and down in the schoolroom and talked very rapidly. It did not seem to matter what subject came into her mind. Once she talked to the children of Charles Lamb and made up strange intimate little stories concerning the life of the dead writer. The stories were told with the air of one who had lived in a house with Charles Lamb and knew all the secrets of his private life. The children were somewhat confused, thinking Charles Lamb must be someone who had once lived in Winesburg. On another occasion the teacher talked to the children of Benvenuto Cellini. That time they laughed. What a bragging, blustering, brave, lovable fellow she made of the old artist! Concerning him also she invented anecdotes. There was one of a German music teacher who had a room above Cellini's lodgings in the city of Milan that made the boys guffaw. Sugars McNutts, a fat boy with red cheeks, laughed so hard that he became dizzy and fell off his seat and Kate Swift laughed with him. Then suddenly she became again cold and stern. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 6ficuwp0elbpegclyt0it9abj64qor5 Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/208 104 4100079 14130852 12795154 2024-04-26T07:40:03Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|192|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>to see the worst side of him reproduced in you." {{***|7|char=•}} Kate Swift's mind was ablaze with thoughts of George Willard. In something he had written as a school boy she thought she had recognized the spark of genius and wanted to blow on the spark. One day in the summer she had gone to the ''Eagle'' office and finding the boy unoccupied had taken him out Main Street to the fair ground, where the two sat down on a grassy bank to talk. The school teacher tried to bring home to the mind of the boy some conception of the difficulties he would have to face as a writer. "You will have to know life," she declared, and her voice trembled with earnestness. She took hold of George Willard's shoulders and turned him about so that she could look into his eyes. A passer-by might have thought them about to embrace. "If you are to become a writer you'll have to stop fooling with words," she explained. "It. would be better to give up the notion of writing until you are better prepared. Now it's time to be living. I don't want to frighten you, but I would like to make you understand the import of what you think of attempting. You must not become a mere peddler of words. The thing to learn is to know what people are thinking about, not what they say." On the evening before that stormy Thursday<noinclude></noinclude> 10kjdmjtd20013zt72moikgtlqxq51j Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/210 104 4100081 14130853 12795156 2024-04-26T07:40:04Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|194|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>the long walk in the snow she was cold, lonely, and tired. As she came through Main Street she saw the light from the print shop window shining on the snow and on an impulse opened the door and went in. For an hour she sat by the stove in the office talking of life. She talked with passionate earnestness. The impulse that had driven her out into the snow poured itself out into talk. She became inspired as she sometimes did in the presence of the children in school. A great eagerness to open the door of life to the boy, who had been her pupil and whom she thought might possess a talent for the understanding of life, had possession of her. So strong was her passion that it became something physical. Again her hands took hold of his shoulders and she turned him about. In the dim light her eyes blazed. She arose and laughed, not sharply as was customary with her, but in a queer, hesitating way. "I must be going," she said. "In a moment, if I stay, I'll be wanting to kiss you." In the newspaper office a confusion arose. Kate Swift turned and walked to the door. She was a teacher but she was also a woman. As she looked at George Willard, the passionate desire to be loved by a man, that had a thousand times before swept like a storm over her body, took possession of her. In the lamplight George Willard looked<noinclude></noinclude> 8j3b1zy8r8lx5nvzp3h6g1wr6ep2wys Page:Winesburg, Ohio (1919).djvu/212 104 4100084 14130854 12795159 2024-04-26T07:40:05Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mpaa" />{{rh|196|WINESBURG, OHIO|}}</noinclude>into his own room. The fire in the stove had gone out and he undressed in the cold. When he got into bed the sheets were like blankets of dry snow. George Willard rolled about in the bed on which he had lain in the afternoon hugging the pillow and thinking thoughts of Kate Swift. The words of the minister, who he thought had gone suddenly insane, rang in his ears. His eyes stared about the room. The resentment, natural to the baffled male, passed and he tried to understand what had happened. He could not make it out. Over and over he turned the matter in his mind. Hours passed and he began to think it must be time for another day to come. At four o'clock he pulled the covers up about his neck and tried to sleep. When he became drowsy and closed his eyes, he raised a hand and with it groped about in the darkness. "I have missed something. I have missed something Kate Swift was trying to tell me," he muttered sleepily. Then he slept and in all Winesburg he was the last soul on that winter night to go to sleep.<noinclude></noinclude> b8k18f1um1nvc4u436hp3t4aszf88jz Page:Maugham - Of Human Bondage, 1915.djvu/13 104 4108617 14129724 14051794 2024-04-25T19:20:12Z R. J. Mathar 339383 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="R. J. Mathar" /></noinclude>{{c|{{larger|I}}}} {{sc|The}} day broke gray and dull. The clouds hung heavily, and there was a rawness in the air that suggested snow. A woman servant came into a room in which a child was sleeping and drew the curtains. She glanced mechanically at the house opposite, a stucco house with a portico, and went to the child's bed. "Wake up, Philip," she said. She pulled down the bed-clothes, took him in her arms, and carried him downstairs. He was only half awake. "Your mother wants you," she said. She opened the door of a room on the floor below and took the child over to a bed in which a woman was lying. It was his mother. She stretched out her arms, and the child nestled by her side. He did not ask why he had been awakened. The woman kissed his eyes, and with thin, small hands felt the warm body through his white flannel nightgown. She pressed him closer to herself. "Are you sleepy, darling?" she said. Her voice was so weak that it seemed to come already from a great distance. The child did not answer, but smiled comfortably. He was very happy in the large, warm bed, with those soft arms about him. He tried to make himself smaller still as he cuddled up against his mother, and he kissed her sleepily. In a moment he closed his eyes and was fast asleep. The doctor came forwards and stood by the bed-side. "Oh, don't take him away yet," she moaned. The doctor, without answering, looked at her gravely. Knowing she would not be allowed to keep the child much longer, the woman kissed him again; and she passed her hand down his body till she came to his feet; she held the right foot in her hand and felt the five small toes; and then slowly passed her hand over the left one. She gave a sob. "What's the matter?" said the doctor. "You're tired." She shook her head, unable to speak, and the tears rolled down her cheeks. The doctor bent down. "Let me take him." She was too weak to resist his wish, and she gave the child up. The doctor handed him back to his nurse. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> m5240gve1pi6o536me062h83xzbr0nx Page:Maugham - Of Human Bondage, 1915.djvu/14 104 4108618 14129729 14052156 2024-04-25T19:21:13Z R. J. Mathar 339383 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="XuZheng958" />{{rvh|2|OF HUMAN BONDAGE}}</noinclude>"You'd better put him back in his own bed." "Very well, sir." The little boy, still sleeping, was taken away. His mother sobbed now broken-heartedly. "What will happen to him, poor child?" The monthly nurse tried to quiet her, and presently, from exhaustion, the crying ceased. The doctor walked to a table on the other side of the room, upon which, under a towel, lay the body of a still-born child. He lifted the towel and looked. He was hidden from the bed by a screen, but the woman guessed what he was doing. "Was it a girl or a boy?" she whispered to the nurse. "Another boy." The woman did not answer. In a moment the child's nurse came back. She approached the bed. "Master Philip never woke up," she said. There was a pause. Then the doctor felt his patient's pulse once more. "I don't think there's anything I can do just now," he said. "I'll call again after breakfast." "I'll show you out, sir," said the child's nurse. They walked downstairs in silence. In the hall the doctor stopped "You've sent for Mrs. Carey's brother-in-law, haven't you?" "Yes, sir." "D'you know at what time he'll be here?" "No, sir, I'm expecting a telegram." "What about the little boy? I should think he'd be better out of the way." "Miss Watkin said she'd take him, sir." "Who's she?" "She's his godmother, sir. D'you think Mrs. Carey will get over it, sir?" The doctor shook his head. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 303twf4zgwnnuj0zhpjca1y36f5nzhb Page:Fairytales•Tregear•1891.pdf/103 104 4117452 14130552 12886006 2024-04-26T04:12:08Z David Nind 1530872 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="David Nind" />{{rvh|97|{{asc|MAUI THE HERO.}}}}</noinclude>just an ordinary man. Have I not been to the world of spirits, and learned the wisdom which our ancestors keep for us beyond the Leaping-place of souls? You have seen me change my bodily form into that of a dove, and for your pleasure I have assumed the plumage of every bird that flies. Does not this prove that I am acquainted with enchantments, and is it not your own brother who is incarnate in the dove? If I can do these small things for your pleasure I can do greater; and we will begin to twist rope at once that we may catch this madly-rushing impetuous Sun who cheats us of our hours of daylight.” Then they all began to twist and plait great ropes for snares in which to catch the sun; and after they had worked for many days their huge noose was completed. Maui had inherited from an ancestress an enchanted weapon; he took this with him, and the brothers carried the ropes and provisions out into the desert. They journeyed to the eastward, hiding during the day and travelling only at night, for fear that the Sun might see them on their way; it was very weary work in the darkness and going over unknown country. But they went on and on till they were very far from the abodes of men, even till they came to the edge of the hole<noinclude></noinclude> 8ai6xoweqjqihrzu6g98868xm2p6b5o Page:Fairytales•Tregear•1891.pdf/104 104 4117454 14130573 12886014 2024-04-26T04:46:44Z David Nind 1530872 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="David Nind" />{{rvh|98|{{asc|MAUI THE HERO.}}}}</noinclude>whence the sun rises to begin his course. On each side of this place they built walls of clay and little huts made of green boughs in which to hide themselves. Then they undid their burdens and put together the strong ropes of the noose; Maui’s brothers laid the loops around the sides bordering the hole and then hid themselves in the hut while Maui himself recited his charms to make the ropes imperishable when the Sun should blow his flaming breath across them. “Keep under shelter of the green boughs,” he said, “and do not show yourselves, or you will frighten him back; but when I shout to you pull the rope tight, and I will attack him.” They waited, till, like a fire rushing from the crater of a volcano, the Sun-god rose up; h s shoulders passed through the noose, and Maui called on his brothers to pull their hardest. How he struggled and jerked! But he was fast bound, and in the hands of his enemies. Forth rushed Maui, beating the Sun-god with the enchanted weapon until the god was sick and faint with pain. “Will you promise not to rush across the heavens so swiftly?” said Maui. The fiery creature only writhed and shrieked in answer. “Promise! promise!” cried Maui, beating away on the body of his foe. At last<noinclude></noinclude> 45e19iebdqqy1ru0srezqswe33tbca2 Page:Fairytales•Tregear•1891.pdf/105 104 4118180 14130575 12944302 2024-04-26T04:52:52Z David Nind 1530872 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="David Nind" />{{rvh|99|{{asc|MAUI THE HERO.}}}}</noinclude>the Sun-god promised, ready to accept any terms of release. Slowly, slowly, crawled the luminary away, when the snares were loosened from his limbs; slowly has he gone on his sky-path since, for he still remembers the terrible blows given him by Maui, the lover of men. {{div col|cols=4}}{{fine block| ben′-e-fit<br /> trav′-el-ling<br /> plu′-mage<br /> ac-quaint′-ed<br /> what-ev′-er<br /> fierce<br /> im-per′-ish-a-ble<br /> east′-ward<br /> prop′-er-ly<br /> an′-ces-tress<br /> a-bode′<br /> de-vour′-ing<br /> boughs<br /> cra′-ter<br /> pro-vi′-sions}} {{div col end}} {{div col|cols=1}}{{fine block| '''ho-ri′-zon,''' the line that bounds the sight; where the sky and sea or land and sky seem to meet.<br /> '''in-car′-nate,''' clothed in flesh, embodied.<br /> '''Leap′-ing-place-of-souls.''' This was supposed by the Natives to be the entrance to the realm of Death.<br /> '''im-pet′-u-ous,''' rushing with violent haste.<br /> '''lu′-mi-na-ry,''' an orb or body that affords light.}} {{div col end}} {{rule|12em}}{{rule|12em}} {{c|LESSON XXXI.<br /> '''MAUI THE HERO.'''<br /> {{fine|''(Continued.)''}}}} One night Maui heard his mother crying out that she was hungry and that her servants must cook some food for her. The servants answered that the fires had gone out and that they did not understand how to kindle them again. Search was made everywhere for some remaining sparks of fire, but none were to be<noinclude></noinclude> g0hamn6yv6t532eueyblkfpsrmrbhut Page:Fairytales•Tregear•1891.pdf/106 104 4118181 14130577 12890100 2024-04-26T04:54:55Z David Nind 1530872 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="David Nind" />{{rvh|100|{{asc|MAUI THE HERO.}}}}</noinclude>discovered, and to the dismay of all it was found to be a certainty that fire, which had been carefully kept alive and fed from one home to another, had disappeared from the haunts of men. Maui resolved upon finding out the secret how fire could be kindled afresh, so he enquired from his parents as to the direction he should take to approach the domains of the Fire-goddess. The way was pointed out to him, a path leading down into the bowels of the earth. His mother added, “Pray do not begin your cunning tricks with the old goddess, because she is an ancestress of yours, and is very fierce if angered.” Maui promised, and set out on his visit to Mahu, the deity of fire. When he had arrived at the place where she dwelt, Maui said to her, “Ancient lady, I pray you to tell me the secret of fire and wherein the fire dwells.” The goddess answered, “What mortal is this that dares to visit me and ask for favours?” Maui replied, “I am your grandchild.” Then Mahu consented to his request, and pulled out one of her finger nails. Flash! forth leapt a stream of fire. Maui thought that was a most wonderful thing; taking some of the fire with him he went outside a short distance away and extinguished the flame, putting it quite out so that no spark was left. Return-<noinclude></noinclude> hopmz4rnoawdcnf97rfdegc929rh39s Page:Fairytales•Tregear•1891.pdf/107 104 4118182 14130578 12890106 2024-04-26T04:57:04Z David Nind 1530872 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="David Nind" />{{rvh|101|{{asc|MAUI THE HERO.}}}}</noinclude>ing, he said, “I had an accident, mighty lady, and the fire you gave me has been quenched.” Then his grandame pulled out another finger nail; again the fire issued forth, and was caught by Maui, was carried outside, and again extinguished. “Noble ancestress,” said Maui, “a second time has evil fortune deprived me of the favour you granted.” Mahu pulled out another nail and another till she had only one left, and when Maui begged for that as a last resource she felt sure that her descendant was cajoling and mocking her, so she pulled out her last nail and dashed it on the ground. Instantly the whole place was filled with flames, and through the roar Maui heard the goddess crying out, “There, you can have it all now!” Maui, by force of his power as a sorcerer, instantly assumed the form of a strong-winged hawk, and dashed away with swiftly-beating wings. But fast as he flew the fire went faster, and in its rapid pursuit nearly overtook him. He dashed down into a pool of water, but he found that the water was almost boiling, and again he rose in the air. The umbrageous forests caught fire under the flaming breath of the pursuing deity; even the solid ground seemed to blaze up and melt. Then Maui called to his great ancestors the Lords of Tem-<noinclude></noinclude> hqjrabiim3q9hc3wj6277qyamnemg2m Page:Fairytales•Tregear•1891.pdf/108 104 4118183 14130579 12944303 2024-04-26T05:01:33Z David Nind 1530872 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="David Nind" />{{rvh|102|{{asc|MAUI THE HERO.}}}}</noinclude>pest, and in his fear he prayed aloud, “Pour down water, dread beings of the sky! save your child and quench these flames that follow to destroy me.” Then, in answer, down came deluges of rain and hail, torrents of water from the great lakes of the third heaven, until the flames were extinguished, and the Fire-goddess herself was nearly drowned. Shrieking in her terror more loudly even than Maui had done, the baffled goddess fled down into her abode among dark caverns. But before she disappeared Maui had seen her throw some sparks, the seed of fire, into certain trees, and when portions of the wood of these trees are rubbed the fire comes forth from them. Thus Maui learnt the art of kindling fire by rubbing wood, and in teaching this to others became the benefactor of his race for ever. {{div col|cols=4}}{{fine block| re-main′-ing<br /> re-source′<br /> fin′-ger<br /> dis-may′<br /> de-scend′-ant<br /> might′-y<br /> ex-tin′-guished<br /> an′-ces-tor<br /> cer′-tain-ty<br /> ac′-ci-dent<br /> pur-su′-ingshriek′-ing}} {{div col end}} {{div col|cols=1}}{{fine block| '''an′-ces-tress,''' a female ancestor, a fore-mother.<br /> '''um-bra′-geous,''' giving shade, throwing dark shadows, (only applied to trees).<br /> '''do-main,''' an extent of territory, an estate. <br /> '''ca-jol′-ing,''' deceiving by flattery and sweet words.}} {{div col end}} {{rule|12em}}{{rule|12em}}<noinclude></noinclude> 1iqxh4tv02pk6ms6tosvqi0uso7os3b Page:Fairytales•Tregear•1891.pdf/109 104 4118185 14130580 12944495 2024-04-26T05:03:24Z David Nind 1530872 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="David Nind" />{{rvh|103|{{asc|MAUI THE HERO.}}}}</noinclude>{{c|LESSON XXXII.<br /> '''MAUI THE HERO.'''<br /> {{fine|''(Continued.)''}}}} A time came when the people among whom Maui lived were suffering from scarcity of food and were almost destitute of means of subsistence. The brothers of Maui often went out fishing, but Maui seemed lazy and disinclined to exertion, although the women and children who were hungry grumbled at him incessantly. At last he seemed to be roused from his lethargy and said, “Have I not done many wonderful things for you? This getting of food is a small matter; if I go to get a fish for you it will be so large that you will never be able to eat it all up.” He then prepared his enchanted fish-hook, and attached an unusually strong fishing-line to the hook. His brothers had fastened on the wash-boards of their canoe and had made all their other preparations, but they were angry with Maui for what they thought was his sulky laziness on the former occasions, and would not allow him to get into their canoe. They paddled away to their fishing-ground, where they had good sport, and returned at night to their homes. When it was quite dark Maui went down to the beach and concealed<noinclude></noinclude> 06t3uggg3s8ex04cc7fof9705o57iga Page:Fairytales•Tregear•1891.pdf/110 104 4118186 14130581 12890124 2024-04-26T05:05:10Z David Nind 1530872 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="David Nind" />{{rvh|104|{{asc|MAUI THE HERO.}}}}</noinclude>himself in the canoe, so that when the brothers put out to sea next day they found that they had got Maui on board. At first they thought that they had better put back to the shore, for they feared that their younger brother would practise some of his magical arts on them; but Maui begged to be allowed to remain with them, saying that he would make himself useful in baling the water out of the canoe. They consented to his remaining, and pushed on to their usual fishing ground, saying, “This is the place, let us drop the anchor.” “Oh, no,” said Maui, “pray go farther out, I feel sure that this is a poor place for catching fish.” His brothers yielded, and went far out beyond sight of land, and again wished to anchor, but Maui urged them, saying, “If you will only go out farther, I know a place where the fish will be hooked directly you cast the line overboard.” They once more consented to navigate towards the deepest part of the ocean, and after a while Maui said, “This is the place; we are far enough out now.” They cast out lines, and as fast as the hooks touched the water the fish took them and were drawn into the canoe which soon became nearly filled with fish. Then the elder brothers wished to return, but Maui said, “Let me have a cast<noinclude></noinclude> 8hcctvktefargsvu5r8qvi7bbprg5sy Page:Fairytales•Tregear•1891.pdf/111 104 4118187 14130583 12890126 2024-04-26T05:07:00Z David Nind 1530872 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="David Nind" />{{rvh|105|{{asc|MAUI THE HERO.}}}}</noinclude>with my hook.” The others answered him, “You have no hook.” But he showed them his beautiful hook, adorned with mother-of-pearl which flashed in the sun, and it also had tufts of hair from the tail of a dog; altogether it was a most fascinating hook. Maui hurled the hook far from the canoe, and the line flew out in great circles till it was pulled straight down to the bottom of the ocean. There the hook caught fast in the carved gable of a house, the dwelling of an old sea-god. Maui pulled mightily, hauling on his line with a strain of a god-like strength. Bubbling and gurgling, amid rushings of foam and spouting water, up came the solid land, the great island, the North Island of New Zealand. The canoe with Maui and his brothers lay aground. Maui said to his brothers, “Do not touch any part of this fish (island) to devour it until I bring some wise priest to make it common and fit fo food by offering up prayers and sacrifices.” Maui went to seek for a priest, but his brothers were greedy and disobedient, so they did not wait for the coming of the holy man to offer up sacrificial rites and purify them; they began to eat food and to cut up their great fish. The gods were angry with them for their impiety; the fish began to jump about and<noinclude></noinclude> fginfwlvltc6dajk4p9a8qjoz99qpa7 Page:Fairytales•Tregear•1891.pdf/113 104 4118222 14130585 12890221 2024-04-26T05:08:44Z David Nind 1530872 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="David Nind" />{{rvh|107|{{asc|THE FAIR VOYAGER.}}}}</noinclude>character, and the owners of these decorations had to keep a sharp watch lest they should be stolen from them by some unprincipled person. Now, one day the parents of Ina had to leave home on an expedition which made their absence necessary for several hours. Before they started they told Ina that she might take out the precious ornaments and spread them in the sunshine to air, but she was not by any means to allow them to remain outside if the sun became overcast. Their reason for giving this command was that there was a certain thievish spirit called Nana who greatly wished to gain possession of these coveted ornaments, but his power only enabled him to move about and have ability in dull weather, in the rays of bright sunshine he was helpless to do mischief. When the parents of Ina departed the sun was shining brightly, and it continued to do so for some time after their departure. Ina brought out the family treasures and laid them on a white cloth which she spread in the sunniest spot she could find. Lurking behind the bushes lay Nana, the cunning arch-thief. He stole up closer and closer to the place where the decorations were so temptingly displayed, but the eye of the sun looking down on him disconcerted him, so he repeated an incantation<noinclude></noinclude> fpzqe0bxpicr285oz600h82ohajn9jh Page:Fairytales•Tregear•1891.pdf/114 104 4118223 14130586 12890223 2024-04-26T05:10:21Z David Nind 1530872 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="David Nind" />{{rvh|108|{{asc|THE FAIR VOYAGER.}}}}</noinclude>which had the effect of bringing heavy clouds across the clear sky. As the shadows fell across him he felt stronger, and making a sudden sally from his place of concealment he endeavoured to seize the treasures and carry them off. Ina, however, perceived the enemy in time, and with an adroit movement prevented him from effecting his purpose. Nana saw that there was no use in trying to purloin the articles with such a careful guardian on the watch. He resolved to try flattery and cajolery, so he came forward and with soft words coaxed Ina to allow him to try on the ornaments to see how he looked in them. Ina would not acquiesce in this scheme, so then Nana with many blandishments used his arts of persuasion to allow him to adorn himself inside the house. Ina, with many misgivings, at last consented, and they entered the house. Ina closed all the doors, and Nana put on the ornaments, all except the head-dress, which she kept in her hand, unwilling to allow the most valuable article of all to be worn by a stranger. Nana urged the fair maiden with his most subtle pleadings, and she finally consented to make the adornments of the handsome dress complete by granting the loan of the headdress. Nana then danced round and round inside the house, uttering a song of wild delight<noinclude></noinclude> lzf38otlx9h2z1gzwxmp0io7olk5ixi Page:Fairytales•Tregear•1891.pdf/115 104 4118267 14130587 12944306 2024-04-26T05:14:53Z David Nind 1530872 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="David Nind" />{{rvh|109|{{asc|THE FAIR VOYAGER.}}}}</noinclude>and looking for some place through which he might make good his escape. He spied a small hole near the gable of the roof, and, uttering a spell which diminished his size to that of a tiny bird, he darted through the aperture, and again resumed his usual appearance when in the open air. Ina had been charmed with the light and graceful dancing of her beguiling visitor, but on his sudden disappearance she sank down in terrible grief as she thought of her parents’ loss and of their anger upon returning home and finding their treasures stolen. She heard Nana’s voice mocking her from the sky and singing— {{block center|style=font-size:83%|“O maiden, fair and free from guile,<br /> Beware false words and flattering smile.”}} {{div col|cols=4}}{{fine block| wealth′-i-est<br /> ap-pear′-ance<br /> en-deav′-oured<br /> gor′-geous<br /> watch<br /> per-ceived′<br /> thiev′-ish<br /> un-prin′-ci-pled<br /> urged<br /> sub′-tle<br /> feath′-er<br /> con-ceal′-ment}} {{div col end}} {{div col|cols=1}}{{fine block| '''heir-loom,''' any movable possession which descends to the heir of a family.<br /> '''a-droit′,''' dexterous, clever, expert.<br /> '''ap′-er-ture,''' a hole, an opening.<br /> '''arch-thief.''' In compounds “arch” means “chief,” “principal.” Arch-thief is one who excels all others as a thief.<br /> '''pur-loin′,''' to take away by theft.}} {{div col end}} {{rule|12em}}{{rule|12em}}<noinclude></noinclude> sd5fd5los19zqoj4ogijdes0qalynew Page:Fairytales•Tregear•1891.pdf/116 104 4118861 14130588 12944496 2024-04-26T05:17:00Z David Nind 1530872 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="David Nind" />{{rvh|110|{{asc|THE FAIR VOYAGER.}}}}</noinclude>{{c|LESSON XXXIV.<br /> '''THE FAIR VOYAGER.'''<br /> {{fine|''(Continued.)''}}}} As the parents of Ina came near their home, they saw, to their inexpressible grief, Nana the thief careering along the sky decked out in the ornaments in which they had taken such pride. When they learned from poor tearful Ina that she had allowed the thief to persuade her to permit his donning the decorations their anger was furious. The mother seized a branch and beat Ina severely, and then the father also took a branch and continued the castigation. A strange spirit now took possession of Ina, and as if under inspiration she sang— {{block center|style=font-size:83%|“Untouched and holy has my body been,<br /> I pass to Sacred Island as its queen.”}} Then she left her astonished parents, and, walking as if in a dream, sauntered down to the sea-shore. There she saw a little fish, and knowing that all fish were subjects of Tini the King of Sacred Isle, said to the fish, “Will you bear me on your back to my royal husband?” The little fish signified its consent by swimming in close to her and touching her feet with its mouth. Ina got on the back of the fish, but when it was only half-way to the reef it turned<noinclude></noinclude> or2tp0n20yy1xshv80rqx07329sasx9 Page:Fairytales•Tregear•1891.pdf/117 104 4118863 14130589 12892059 2024-04-26T05:18:33Z David Nind 1530872 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="David Nind" />{{rvh|111|{{asc|THE FAIR VOYAGER.}}}}</noinclude>on one side and let Ina fall into the water. Ina was so angry that she beat the fish, and the marks of the beating show like stripes on that species of fish even at this day. Then she essayed her journey on several other kinds of fish, but they were none of them strong enough to bear her beyond the reef. Discouraged at her repeated failures she was nearly relinquishing her idea of leaving home when a large shark appeared and presented his back to her as a conveyance. Ina took two coco-nuts with her as provisions, and when the shark had swam along for several hours, Ina, feeling thirsty, tried to break one of the nuts on the shark′s forehead. The shark was so vexed with her that it dived and left poor Ina afloat at the mercy of the waves. The king of all sharks, a huge fish, now made his appearance, and, inducing Ina to get on his back, started for Sacred Isle. The girl saw what looked like eight canoes coming, but they turned out to be sharks which wished to devour her. Ina screamed loudly, and the King-shark asked her what was the matter. She told him the cause of her terror, and he told her to call out to them that their king would tear them to pieces if they came near or molested her in any way. She cried out the message to the ferocious creatures<noinclude></noinclude> npo4tk5hp6t4e8mbfj6p6zal7smotyk Page:Fairytales•Tregear•1891.pdf/118 104 4118866 14130591 12892064 2024-04-26T05:20:17Z David Nind 1530872 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="David Nind" />{{rvh|112|{{asc|THE FAIR VOYAGER.}}}}</noinclude>and they slunk away into the ocean depths. Soon after the beautiful shores of Sacred Island came in sight; Ina went up the beach and the Shark-king dashed off to the deep water of the sea. The maiden walked hither and thither, admiring the wide-stretching salt-water lakes and fish-ponds, within which Tini preserved his finny subjects. She could find no one within the precincts of the palace; there was no sign of human presence visible, but hanging outside the principal entrance was a large drum. Upon this Ina began to play, noticing to her astonishment that the sounds grew and swelled in volume till they filled the whole land. Tini, who was very far away, returned on hearing the noise of his drum being beaten, but Ina, feeling bashful, concealed herself behind a curtain. Tini departed for the place whence he had come, but again Ina commenced to play on the drum. Tini stole back again, and caught the coy, blushing girl, who promised to be his wife, and told him of her journey to seek him. In return she was informed that Tini had sent the spirit which had possessed Ina with the idea of setting out to become the queen of Sacred Island, and that he had ordered the King of the Sharks to bear her safely to her destination.<noinclude></noinclude> 0jyu9q079ynjqunh7tmsbpqmvagjma6 Page:Fairytales•Tregear•1891.pdf/120 104 4118875 14130593 12892101 2024-04-26T05:23:01Z David Nind 1530872 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="David Nind" />{{rvh|114|{{asc|THE FAITHFUL WIFE.}}}}</noinclude>draw the body of their friend from the position in which it was held immovable. Disconsolately they sailed away, lamenting their beloved chief and brother; filling the air with their mournful songs as they approached his home, and awaking other lamentations in answer from those to whom they had to bear their story of disaster. At the next low tide they returned to the calamitous locality and managed to withdraw the body of Eda, their cries of grief breaking forth afresh over the drowned body. But, to their surprise, the supposed corpse opened its eyes and told them that he had been taken by the spirit into a cave and instructed that he must have a season of sacredness after his return to the world, and then, having built a large vessel by lashing several canoes together, must sail away to the westward. If he did this he would learn how to procure the food necessary for his people when the hungry north-west monsoon season brought dearth. Eda having told this story at his own settlement he became sacred for a time, and was set apart from the others until the priests considered that he was purified sufficiently to set out on his voyage. Many tried to dissuade him, saying “We have plenty of yams now; yams have been the food of our forefathers<noinclude></noinclude> tvbpd4jozrvys2zdrhdf30h7kiivnjh Page:Fairytales•Tregear•1891.pdf/121 104 4118877 14130594 12892109 2024-04-26T05:24:45Z David Nind 1530872 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="David Nind" />{{rvh|115|{{asc|THE FAITHFUL WIFE.}}}}</noinclude>since the days of the first man and woman. Why do you wish to seek after new things, and for new food grown in the spirit land whither the sun goes down?” But Eda was determined to proceed with the adventure which he had been instructed to attempt, so, loading up his vessel with pottery, he sailed away to the westward. Weeks passed away; months passed away; still, Eda did not return. The men who had gone with him had left wives behind, promising them that the vessel would not long be absent. Slowly the idea grew and became permanent that Eda and his followers would never be seen again. The wives gave up hope and believed themselves to be widows; then being wooed afresh by suitors they married again; only the wife and daughter-in-law of Eda remained faithful to their absent husbands. After long suspense the faith and constancy of the wife of Eda were rewarded by a vivid dream, in which she saw him setting sail from a land of strangers and steering for the rising sun. She cheered her daughter-in-law by relating her dream, and the pair made it their occupation to go every day to the summit of the highest hill near their village and thence to scan the horizon for the returning sails. Their patience was at last rewarded by beholding a speck to the west-<noinclude></noinclude> 1sxrtxpp2h9b89sn7bwk6fic9e70k2o Page:Fairytales•Tregear•1891.pdf/124 104 4118883 14130599 12892138 2024-04-26T05:27:56Z David Nind 1530872 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="David Nind" />{{rvh|118|{{asc|THE NEGLECTED WARNING.}}}}</noinclude>carried out, the tyrant fell. When the news of the slaying of the king by Rau became known, satisfaction was a much more predominant feeling than anger or sorrow among the subjects and allies of the late monarch. It happened, however, that when the king was slain a drop of the royal blood fell upon a coco-nut which was lying near upon the ground. A man named Iti, who was passing by the place and felt hungry, took up the coco-nut, wiped off the blood-spot, and devoured the contents of the nut. This was an act which was reprehensible in the extreme from the point of view of a South Sea Islander, not only because the nut had become “prohibited” on account of the defiling stain, but because the nut had also become “sacred” from contact with the holy blood of a royal person. This act of desecration had been observed by a female slave, who was so indignant with the impiety of Iti that she resolved to compass his destruction. She had heard that a band of outlaws, who were fierce cannibals, was concealed in a cavern a few miles from the spot where the king had been slain, so she resolved to risk her life by going to them and begging them to lay an ambuscade for Iti at a certain spot on the next day. This they promised to do, and the woman then returned<noinclude></noinclude> id6e3cilu3yeaa7p7ivkrfsrv52mghb Page:Fairytales•Tregear•1891.pdf/125 104 4118889 14130602 12944322 2024-04-26T05:29:59Z David Nind 1530872 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="David Nind" />{{rvh|119|{{asc|THE NEGLECTED WARNING.}}}}</noinclude>to the settlement where Rau and Iti were dwelling. Having found Iti alone, she told him that she was in communication with the outlaws, and that amongst them were relations of both himself and herself; that a cousin of Iti’s had a great desire to see him, and had most important news to impart to him if he would meet him at the top of a neighbouring hill at a certain hour next morning. Iti, who was not at all satisfied with the position he held in the estimation of his own chief Rau, at once fell into the snare, and promised that he would meet his cousin at the appointed spot. At an early hour in the morning Iti started off to climb the hill on which the meeting was arranged to take place. He pushed his way among the green ''taro'' leaves, and entered a dense growth of flowering shrubs. Suddenly a ''kauà'' bird darted from among the petals, and screamed out “''kauà!''” as if to warn him of impending danger. Iti looked at the bird and said, “Aye, bright bird of the gods, it is thou who art warning me.” Notwithstanding the warning, he would not abandon his purpose, but pushed on up the hill towards the summit. Half way up, another bird dashed out from the foliage, fluttered a moment over the head of the obstinate climber, and cried “''kauà!''” {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 82n8n43ds1f5qs0iktzfhg2u89xkyaq 14130603 14130602 2024-04-26T05:30:40Z David Nind 1530872 Removed unnecessary {{nop}} proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="David Nind" />{{rvh|119|{{asc|THE NEGLECTED WARNING.}}}}</noinclude>to the settlement where Rau and Iti were dwelling. Having found Iti alone, she told him that she was in communication with the outlaws, and that amongst them were relations of both himself and herself; that a cousin of Iti’s had a great desire to see him, and had most important news to impart to him if he would meet him at the top of a neighbouring hill at a certain hour next morning. Iti, who was not at all satisfied with the position he held in the estimation of his own chief Rau, at once fell into the snare, and promised that he would meet his cousin at the appointed spot. At an early hour in the morning Iti started off to climb the hill on which the meeting was arranged to take place. He pushed his way among the green ''taro'' leaves, and entered a dense growth of flowering shrubs. Suddenly a ''kauà'' bird darted from among the petals, and screamed out “''kauà!''” as if to warn him of impending danger. Iti looked at the bird and said, “Aye, bright bird of the gods, it is thou who art warning me.” Notwithstanding the warning, he would not abandon his purpose, but pushed on up the hill towards the summit. Half way up, another bird dashed out from the foliage, fluttered a moment over the head of the obstinate climber, and cried “''kauà!''”<noinclude></noinclude> lubio5u64axevhad9cpc21lq24qt59r Page:Maugham - Of Human Bondage, 1915.djvu/107 104 4126490 14129798 12911541 2024-04-25T19:34:53Z R. J. Mathar 339383 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MEvalyn" />{{rh||OF HUMAN BONDAGE|95}}</noinclude>in the distance; and through it meandered the silver ribband of the river. Wide spaces are rare in the corner of Kent which Philip knew, the sea offers the only broad horizon, and the immense distance he saw now gave him a peculiar, an indescribable thrill. He felt suddenly elated. Though he did not know it, it was the first time that he had experienced, quite undiluted with foreign emotions, the sense of beauty. They sat on a bench, the three of them, for the others had gone on, and while the girls talked in rapid German, Philip, indifferent to their proximity, feasted his eyes. "By Jove, I am happy," he said to himself unconsciously. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 78eytxokjl9nikop8uhdy67idm3df5p Page:Maugham - Of Human Bondage, 1915.djvu/108 104 4126493 14129794 12911548 2024-04-25T19:34:05Z R. J. Mathar 339383 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MEvalyn" /></noinclude>{{c|{{larger|XXIII}}}} {{sc|Philip}} thought occasionally of the King's School at Tercanbury, and laughed to himself as he remembered what at some particular moment of the day they were doing. Now and then he dreamed that he was there still, and it gave him an extraordinary satisfaction, on awaking, to realise that he was in his little room in the turret. From his bed he could see the great cumulus clouds that hung in the blue sky. He revelled in his freedom. He could go to bed when he chose and get up when the fancy took him. There was no one to order him about. It struck him that he need not tell any more lies. It had been arranged that Professor Erlin should teach him Latin and German; a Frenchman came every day to give him lessons in French; and the Frau Professor had recommended for mathematics an Englishman who was taking a philological degree at the University. This was a man named Wharton. Philip went to him every morning. He lived in one room on the top floor of a shabby house. It was dirty and untidy, and it was filled with a pungent odour made up of many different stinks. He was generally in bed when Philip arrived at ten o'clock, and he jumped out, put on a filthy dressing-gown and felt slippers, and, while he gave instruction, ate his simple breakfast. He was a short man, stout from excessive beer drinking, with a heavy moustache and long, unkempt hair. He had been in Germany for five years and was become very Teutonic. He spoke with scorn of Cambridge where he had taken his degree and with horror of the life which awaited him when, having taken his doctorate in Heidelberg, he must return to England and a pedagogic career. He adored the life of the German University with its happy freedom and its jolly companionships. He was a member of a ''Burschenschaft,'' and promised to take Philip to a ''Kneipe.'' He was very poor and made no secret that the lessons he was giving Philip meant the difference between meat for his dinner and bread and cheese. Sometimes after a heavy night he had such a headache that he could not drink his coffee, and he gave his lesson with heaviness of spirit. For these occasions he kept a few bottles of beer under the bed, and one of these and a pipe would help him to bear the burden of life. {{nop}}<noinclude>{{c|96}}</noinclude> jorlkrrvoqxyc93azhh9ojokr2wps5y Page:Maugham - Of Human Bondage, 1915.djvu/109 104 4126494 14129788 12911553 2024-04-25T19:32:16Z R. J. Mathar 339383 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MEvalyn" />{{rh||OF HUMAN BONDAGE|97}}</noinclude>"A hair of the dog that bit him," he would say as he poured out the beer, carefully so that the foam should not make him wait too long to drink. Then he would talk to Philip of the University, the quarrels between rival corps, the duels, and the merits of this and that professor. Philip learnt more of life from him than of mathematics. Sometimes Wharton would sit back with a laugh and say: "Look here, we've not done anything today. You needn't pay me for the lesson." "Oh, it doesn't matter," said Philip. This was something new and very interesting, and he felt that it was of greater import than trigonometry, which he never could understand. It was like a window on life that he had a chance of peeping through, and he looked with a wildly beating heart. "No, you can keep your dirty money," said Wharton. "But how about your dinner?" said Philip, with a smile, for he knew exactly how his master's finances stood. Wharton had even asked him to pay him the two shillings which the lesson cost once a week rather than once a month, since it made things less complicated. "Oh, never mind my dinner. It won't be the first time I've dined off a bottle of beer, and my mind's never clearer than when I do." He dived under the bed (the sheets were gray with want of washing), and fished out another bottle. Philip, who was young and did not know the good things of life, refused to share it with him, so he drank alone. "How long are you going to stay here?" asked Wharton. Both he and Philip had given up with relief the pretence of mathematics. "Oh, I don't know. I suppose about a year. Then my people want me to go to Oxford." Wharton gave a contemptuous shrug of the shoulders. It was a new experience for Philip to learn that there were persons who did not look upon that seat of learning with awe. "What d'you want to go there for? You'll only be a glorified school-boy. Why don't you matriculate here? A year's no good. Spend five years here. You know, there are two good things in life, freedom of thought and freedom of action. In Prance you get freedom of action: you can do what you like and nobody bothers, but you must think like everybody else. In Germany you must do what everybody else does, but you may think as<noinclude></noinclude> ci5rkynesxturs75af6x92csl84yd05 Page:Maugham - Of Human Bondage, 1915.djvu/110 104 4126496 14129779 12911557 2024-04-25T19:30:45Z R. J. Mathar 339383 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MEvalyn" />{{rh|98|OF HUMAN BONDAGE}}</noinclude>you choose. They're both very good things. I personally prefer freedom of thought. But in England you get neither: you're ground down by convention. You can't think as you like and you can't act as you like. That's because it's a democratic nation. I expect America's worse." He leaned back cautiously, for the chair on which he sat had a ricketty leg, and it was disconcerting when a rhetorical flourish was interrupted by a sudden fall to the floor. "I ought to go back to England this year, but if I can scrape together enough to keep body and soul on speaking terms I shall stay another twelve months. But then I shall have to go. And I must leave all this"—he waved his arm round the dirty garret, with its unmade bed, the clothes lying on the floor, a row of empty beer bottles against the wall, piles of unbound, ragged books in every corner—"for some provincial university where I shall try and get a chair of philology. And I shall play tennis and go to teaparties." He interrupted himself and gave Philip, very neatly dressed, with a clean collar on and his hair well-brushed, a quizzical look." And, my God ! I shall have to wash." Philip reddened, feeling his own spruceness an intolerable reproach; for of late he had begun to pay some attention to his toilet, and he had come out from England with a pretty selection of ties. The summer came upon the country like a conqueror. Each day was beautiful. The sky had an arrogant blue which goaded the nerves like a spur. The green of the trees in the Anlage was violent and crude; and the houses, when the sun caught them, had a dazzling white which stimulated till it hurt. Sometimes on his way back from Wharton Philip would sit in the shade on one of the benches in the Anlage, enjoying the coolness and watching the patterns of light which the sun, shining through the leaves, made on the ground. His soul danced with delight as gaily as the sunbeams. He revelled in those moments of idleness stolen from his work. Sometimes he sauntered through the streets of the old town. He looked with awe at the students of the corps, their cheeks gashed and red, who swaggered about in their coloured caps. In the afternoons he wandered about the hills with the girls in the Frau Professor's house, and sometimes they went up the river and had tea in a leafy beer-garden. In the evenings they walked round and round the Stadtgarten, listening to the band. Philip soon learned the various interests of the household. Fraulein Thekla, the professor's elder daughter, was engaged to<noinclude></noinclude> bb1x8rla5y1jw0yhalrb6pzbv1qvcfb Page:Maugham - Of Human Bondage, 1915.djvu/111 104 4126497 14129767 12911560 2024-04-25T19:28:47Z R. J. Mathar 339383 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MEvalyn" />{{rh||OF HUMAN BONDAGE|99}}</noinclude>a man in England who had spent twelve months in the house to learn German, and their marriage was to take place at the end of the year. But the young man wrote that his father, an india-rubber merchant who lived in Slough, did not approve of the union, and Fraulein Thekla was often in tears. Sometimes she and her mother might be seen, with stern eyes and determined mouths, looking over the letters of the reluctant lover. Thekla painted in water colour, and occasionally she and Philip, with another of the girls to keep them company, would go out and paint little pictures. The pretty Fraulein Hedwig had amorous troubles too. She was the daughter of a merchant in Berlin and a dashing hussar had fallen in love with her, a von if you please; but his parents opposed a marriage with a person of her condition, and she had been sent to Heidelberg to forget him. She could never, never do this, and corresponded with him continually, and he was making every effort to induce an exasperating father to change his mind. She told all this to Philip with pretty sighs and becoming blushes, and showed him the photograph of the gay lieutenant. Philip liked her best of all the girls at the Frau Professor's, and on their walks always tried to get by her side. He blushed a great deal when the others chaffed him for his obvious preference. He made the first declaration in his life to Fraulein Hedwig, but unfortunately it was an accident, and it happened in this manner. In the evenings when they did not go out, the young women sang little songs in the green velvet drawing-room, while Fraulein Anna, who always made herself useful, industriously accompanied. Fraulein Hedwig's favourite song was called ''Ich liebe dich,'' I love you; and one evening after she had sung this, when Philip was standing with her on the balcony, looking at the stars, it occurred to him to make some remark about it. He began: ''"Ich liebe dich."'' His German was halting, and he looked about for the word he wanted. The pause was infinitesimal, but before he could go on Fraulein Hedwig said: "''Ach, Herr Carey, Sie mussen mir nicht du sagen''— you mustn't talk to me in the second person singular." Philip felt himself grow hot all over, for he would never have dared to do anything so familiar, and he could think of nothing on earth to say. It would be ungallant to explain that he was not making an observation, but merely mentioning the title of a song. ''"Entschuldigen Sie,"'' he said. " I beg your pardon." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 97c9m1psc24u295lia133ddw8upypml Page:Maugham - Of Human Bondage, 1915.djvu/112 104 4126498 14129761 12911564 2024-04-25T19:27:08Z R. J. Mathar 339383 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MEvalyn" />{{rh|100|OF HUMAN BONDAGE}}</noinclude>"It does not matter," she whispered. She smiled pleasantly, quietly took his hand and pressed it, then turned back into the drawing-room. Next day he was so embarrassed that he could not speak to her, and in his shyness did all that was possible to avoid her. When he was asked to go for the usual walk he refused because, he said, he had work to do. But Fraulein Hedwig seized an opportunity to speak to him alone. "Why are you behaving in this way?" she said kindly. "You know, I'm not angry with you for what you said last night. You can't help it if you love me. I'm flattered. But although I'm not exactly engaged to Hermann I can never love anyone else, and I look upon myself as his bride." Philip blushed again, but he put on quite the expression of a rejected lover. "I hope you'll be very happy," he said. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> i4sj4g5506kgj7b1uuy3fmdafovlcpi Page:Maugham - Of Human Bondage, 1915.djvu/115 104 4126510 14129756 12911603 2024-04-25T19:26:12Z R. J. Mathar 339383 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MEvalyn" /></noinclude>{{c|{{larger|XXV}}}} {{sc|The}} oddest of Philip's masters was his teacher of French. Monsieur Ducroz was a citizen of Geneva. He was a tall old man, with a sallow skin and hollow cheeks; his gray hair was thin and long. He wore shabby black clothes, with holes at the elbows of his coat and frayed trousers. His linen was very dirty. Philip had never seen him in a clean collar. He was a man of few words, who gave his lesson conscientiously but without enthusiasm, arriving as the clock struck and leaving on the minute. His charges were very small. He was taciturn, and what Philip learnt about him he learnt from others: it appeared that he had fought with Garibaldi against the Pope, but had left Italy in disgust when it was clear that all his efforts for freedom, by which he meant the establishment of a republic, tended to no more than an exchange of yokes; he had been expelled from Geneva for it was not known what political offences. Philip looked upon him with puzzled surprise; for he was very unlike his idea of the revolutionary: he spoke in a low voice and was extraordinarily polite; he never sat down till he was asked to; and when on rare occasions he met Philip in the street took off his hat with an elaborate gesture; he never laughed, he never even smiled. A more complete imagination than Philip's might have pictured a youth of splendid hope, for he must have been entering upon manhood in 1848 when kings, remembering their brother of France, went about with an uneasy crick in their necks; and perhaps that passion for liberty which passed through Europe, sweeping before it what of absolutism and tyranny had reared its head during the reaction from the revolution of 1789, filled no breast with a hotter fire. One might fancy him, passionate with theories of human equality and human rights, discussing, arguing, fighting behind barricades in Paris, flying before the Austrian cavalry in Milan, imprisoned here, exiled from there, hoping on and upborne ever with the word which seemed so magical, the word Liberty; till at last, broken with disease and starvation, old, without means to keep body and soul together but such lessons as he could pick up from poor students, he found himself in that little neat town under the heel of a personal tyranny greater than any in Europe. Perhaps his taciturnity hid a contempt for the 103<noinclude>{{c|108}}</noinclude> j0qhjozmjy4ag6v33nq6y4hkomzsrgh Page:Maugham - Of Human Bondage, 1915.djvu/116 104 4126512 14129750 12911606 2024-04-25T19:25:00Z R. J. Mathar 339383 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MEvalyn" />{{rh|104|OF HUMAN BONDAGE}}</noinclude>human race which had abandoned the great dreams of his youth and now wallowed in sluggish ease; or perhaps these thirty years of revolution had taught him that men are unfit for liberty, and he thought that he had spent his life in the pursuit of that which was not worth the finding. Or maybe he was tired out and waited only with indifference for the release of death. One day Philip, with the bluntness of his age, asked him if it was true he had been with Garibaldi. The old man did not seem to attach any importance to the question. He answered quite quietly in as low a voice as usual. ''"Oui, monsieur."'' "They say you were in the Commune?" "Do they? Shall we get on with our work?" He held the book open and Philip, intimidated, began to translate the passage he had prepared. One day Monsieur Ducroz seemed to be in great pain. He had been scarcely able to drag himself up the many stairs to Philip's room; and when he arrived sat down heavily, his sallow face drawn, with beads of sweat on his forehead, trying to recover himself. "I'm afraid you're ill," said Philip. "It's of no consequence." But Philip saw that he was suffering, and at the end of the hour asked whether he would not prefer to give no more lessons till he was better. "No," said the old man, in his even low voice. "I prefer to go on while I am able." Philip, morbidly nervous when he had to make any reference to money, reddened. "But it won't make any difference to you," he said. "I'll pay for the lessons just the same. If you wouldn't mind I'd like to give you the money for next week in advance." Monsieur Ducroz charged eighteen pence an hour. Philip took a ten-mark piece out of his pocket and shyly put it on the table. He could not bring himself to offer it as if the old man were a beggar. "In that case I think I won't come again till I'm better." He took the coin and, without anything more than the elaborate bow with which he always took his leave, went out. ''"Bonjour, monsieur."'' Philip was vaguely disappointed. Thinking he had done a generous thing, he had expected that Monsieur Ducroz would overwhelm him with expressions of gratitude. He was taken aback<noinclude></noinclude> t8x033bz7u6mfxwi24rlkc6si21fc89 Page:Maugham - Of Human Bondage, 1915.djvu/117 104 4126513 14129741 12911607 2024-04-25T19:23:00Z R. J. Mathar 339383 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MEvalyn" />{{rh||OF HUMAN BONDAGE|105}}</noinclude>to find that the old teacher accepted the present as though it were his due. He was so young, he did not realise how much less is the sense of obligation in those who receive favours than in those who grant them. Monsieur Ducroz appeared again five or six days later. He tottered a little more and was very weak, but seemed to have overcome the severity of the attack. He was no more communicative than he had been before. He remained mysterious, aloof, and dirty. He made no reference to his illness till after the lesson; and then, just as he was leaving, at the door, which he held open, he paused. He hesitated, as though to speak were difficult. "If it hadn't been for the money you gave me I should have starved. It was all I had to live on." He made his solemn, obsequious bow, and went out. Philip felt a little lump in his throat. He seemed to realise in a fashion the hopeless bitterness of the old man's struggle, and how hard life was for him when to himself it was so pleasant. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 3norvqfmbbvg9g7g7l8vtabaah6fmzc Page:Scott's Last Expedition, Volume 1.djvu/139 104 4126808 14130305 14103550 2024-04-25T23:54:15Z McGhiever 1938594 Small fixes for consistency proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PG" />{{rh|{{smaller|1910]}}|THE PACK FAR TO THE NORTH|73}}</noinclude>'We hold the record for reaching the northern edge of the pack, whereas three or four times the open Ross Sea has been gained at an earlier date. 'I can imagine few things more trying to the patience than the long wasted days of waiting. Exasperating as it is to see the tons of coal melting away with the smallest mileage to our credit, one has at least the satisfaction of active fighting and the hope of better fortune. To wait idly is the worst of conditions. You can imagine how often and how restlessly we climbed to the crow's nest and studied the outlook. And strangely enough there was generally some change to note. A water lead would mysteriously open up a few miles away or the place where it had been would as mysteriously close. Huge icebergs crept silently towards or past us, and continually we were observing these formidable objects with range finder and compass to determine the relative movement, sometimes with misgiving as to our ability to clear them. Under steam the change of conditions was even more marked. Sometimes we would enter a lead of open water and proceed for a mile or two without hindrance; sometimes we would come to big sheets of thin ice which broke easily as our iron-shod prow struck them, and sometimes even a thin sheet would resist all our attempts to break it; sometimes we would push big floes with comparative ease and sometimes a small floe would bar our passage with such obstinacy that one would almost believe it possessed of an evil spirit; sometimes we passed through acres of sludgy sodden ice which hissed as it swept along the side, and sometimes the hissing ceased seemingly<noinclude></noinclude> 7maetzxiimn54tasbmi5j8e6nm7cwja Index:Glamorgan Gazette - 1902-04-18 - p8 - A Bridgend Artist.png 106 4131361 14131326 12927214 2024-04-26T08:40:02Z Tylopous 3013532 validated (April 2024) proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=[[The Glamorgan Gazette/18 April 1902/A Bridgend Artist|A Bridgend Artist]] |Language=en |Volume= |Author= |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher= |Address= |Year=1902 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=png |Image=1 |Progress=T |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date=April 2024 |Pages=[[Page:Glamorgan Gazette - 1902-04-18 - p8 - A Bridgend Artist.png|1]] |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} mzftuy4dlhdho829ya9psurdrt3d12t Page:Glamorgan Gazette - 1902-04-18 - p8 - A Bridgend Artist.png 104 4131363 14131324 12927047 2024-04-26T08:39:22Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{c|{{x-larger|{{uc|A Bridgend Artist}}.}}}} {{rule|3em}} [[Author:George Howell-Baker|Mr. G. Howell-Baker]], Coychurch-road, Bridgend, is a black and white artist of great ability and promise, who has a considerable reputation in artistic circles in London. He has recently issued a book of his drawings, entitled "Penholm," which is published by R.&nbsp;Brimley Johnson, London, and which has been received with a great deal of favourable comment from the art critics. "[[The Bookman]]" gave one of the "Penholm" pictures—"St. George and the Dragon"—the place of honour in the Christmas supplement, and moreover bestowed upon the book the following generous praise:—"Mr. Howell-Baker is a discovery, an artist of real distinction. His work is strong and striking, as strong in conception as it is admirable in technique. 'Penholm' is certainly one of the most original and pleasing and sumptuous art productions of the year." Mr.&nbsp;Howell-Baker's work is not of the ordinary kind, that of producing in exact imitation a figure or a landscape. His drawings are what may be termed allegorical; he expresses a bold conception, a beautiful idea full of poetry, or a great principle, in pencilled lines. His work is, in fact, thought and imagination in black and white. The "[[Week's Survey]]," referring to "Penholm" says: "These black and white drawings indicate some of the dreams which come to a student of earlier masters who has a facile pen. Psychologically, they are a veritable melange—a medly of the realistic, the poetic, and the apocalyptic; but all the fancies are verging on the weird." Recently one of our representatives had the pleasure of a long chat with Mr.&nbsp;Howell-Baker at his studio, and was shown his excellent collection of drawings. Mr.&nbsp;Howell-Baker has taken up his residence in Bridgend for the time being in order to have quietness to do the delicate work of illustrating poetry, which he has taken in hand for some of the big London publishers. In the beautiful country surrounding Bridgend, in the sweet Vale of Glamorgan, the "Garden of Wales," he often finds inspiration for the illustration of a pastoral verse. Mr.&nbsp;Howell-Baker has travelled practically the length and breadth of Great Britain, and having lived in London the Bohemian life of an artist, he has come in contact with some of the leading painters and black and white artists of the day, and has many interesting reminiscences.<noinclude></noinclude> hows393g8gn8faz0td2st072vg7viug The Peter Pan Portfolio 0 4139674 14128089 12958335 2024-04-25T15:49:48Z SnowyCinema 2484340 added [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = The Peter Pan Portfolio | author = Arthur Rackham | related_author = James Matthew Barrie | translator = | section = | previous = | next = | year = 1912 | cover = Peter Pan Gallery-AA00026215-01.jpg | notes = A special large publication of some images from [[Peter Pan In Kensington Gardens]] }} <pages index="The Peter Pan Portfolio-AA00026215.pdf" include=5-7 /> {{PD/US|1939}} {{authority control}} {{DEFAULTSORT:Peter Pan Portfolio, The}} [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] aijawi7zpc6gcjyxznzlvya3wmou62o Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/16 104 4151483 14128926 13404074 2024-04-25T18:26:46Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Snafu22q" />{{rh|4|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>that if we had been accompanied by a puppy dog, in addition to the artist, the dog would have acted immediately on the hypothesis of a chair and would have jumped onto it by way of using it as such. Again, if the dog had refrained from such action, it would have been because it was a well-trained dog. Therefore the transition from a coloured shape to the notion of an object which can be used for all sorts of purposes which have nothing to do with colour, seems to be a very natural one; and we—men and puppy dogs—require careful training if we are to refrain from acting upon it. Thus coloured shapes seem to be symbols for some other elements in our experience, and when we see the coloured shapes we adjust our actions towards those other elements. This symbolism from our senses to the bodies symbolized is often mistaken. A cunning adjustment of lights and mirrors may completely deceive us; and even when we are not deceived, we only save ourselves by an effort. Symbolism from sense-presentation to physical bodies is the most natural and widespread of all symbolic modes. It is not a mere tropism, or automatic turning towards, because both men and puppies often disregard chairs when they see<noinclude></noinclude> rwo4xdxlyly85c4buw2i186k4izq10r Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/18 104 4151802 14128927 13452215 2024-04-25T18:26:47Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Snafu22q" />{{rh|6|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>to know the embryonic stage of the high-grade character, and the ways in which low-grade characters can be made subservient to higher types of functioning. The nineteenth century exaggerated the power of the historical method, and assumed as a matter of course that every character should be studied only in its embryonic stage. Thus, for example, ‘Love’ has been studied among the savages and latterly among the morons. 4. ''Fallibility of Symbolism''. There is one great difference between symbolism and direct knowledge. Direct experience is infallible. What you have experienced, you have experienced. But symbolism is very fallible, in the sense that it may induce actions, feelings, emotions, and beliefs about things which are mere notions without that exemplification in the world which the symbolism leads us to presuppose. I shall develop the thesis that symbolism is an essential factor in the way we function as the result of our direct knowledge. Successful high-grade organisms are only possible, on the condition that their symbolic functionings are usually justified so far as important issues are concerned. But the<noinclude></noinclude> pgaqc6l7yg56wip6sm6t43q6j8380el Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/20 104 4151804 14128928 13680771 2024-04-25T18:26:49Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Snafu22q" />{{rh|8|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>man mind is functioning symbolically when some components of its experience elicit consciousness, beliefs, emotions, and usages, respecting other components of its experience. The former set of components are the ‘symbols,’ and the latter set constitute the ‘meaning’ of the symbols. The organic functioning whereby there is transition from the symbol to the meaning will be called ‘symbolic reference.’ This symbolic reference is the active synthetic element contributed by the nature of the percipient. It requires a ground founded on some community between the natures of symbol and meaning. But such a common element in the two natures does not of itself necessitate symbolic reference, nor does it decide which shall be symbol and which shall be meaning, nor does it secure that the symbolic reference shall be immune from producing errors and disasters for the percipient. We must conceive perception in the light of a primary phase in the self-production of an occasion of actual existence. In defence of this notion of self-production arising out of some primary given phase, I would remind you that, apart from it, there can be no moral responsibility. The potter, and not the pot,<noinclude></noinclude> scbr0dww2rr5ykxb7wuy6gzdkhxuxi0 Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/22 104 4151806 14128929 13092928 2024-04-25T18:26:51Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|10|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>erence between the two, ''or'' that the symbolic reference between the members of the couple should be one way on rather than the other way on. The nature of their relationship does not in itself determine which is symbol and which is meaning. There are no components of experience which are only symbols or only meanings. The more usual symbolic reference is from the less primitive component as symbol to the more primitive as meaning. This statement is the foundation of a thorough-going realism. It does away with any mysterious element in our experience which is merely meant, and thereby behind the veil of direct perception. It proclaims the principle that symbolic reference holds between two components in a complex experience, each intrinsically capable of direct recognition. Any lack of such conscious analytical recognition is the fault of the defect in mentality on the part of a comparatively low-grade percipient. 7. ''Language''. To exemplify the inversion of symbol and meaning, consider language and the things meant by language. A word is a symbol. But a word can be either written or spoken. Now on occasions<noinclude></noinclude> algywt9nueso7bz4voewmj6t40k2j3r The Strand Magazine/Volume 4/Issue 19 0 4171382 14127867 13106094 2024-04-25T14:08:15Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = | previous = [[../../Volume 3/Issue 18/|Issue 18]] | next = [[../Issue 20/|Issue 20]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 4 | notes = July, 1892. {{small scan link|The Strand Magazine (Volume 4).djvu}} }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 4. No. 19.||July 1892.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 4).djvu" include=3/> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC|title=Contents|width=500px| * '''[[/Marceau's Prisoner/]]''', from the French of [[Author:Alexandre Dumas|Alexandre Dumas]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Zig-Zags at the Zoo/]]''', No. I. Prelusory by [[Author:Arthur Morrison|Arthur Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:William James Affleck Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]].}} * '''[[/Shafts from an Eastern Quiver/]]''',<br/>No. I. The Diamonds of Shomar's Queen, by [[Author:Charles John Jodrell Mansford|Charles J. Mansford]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/The Evolution of the Cycle/]]'''.<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:George Cruikshank|George Cruikshank, Jr.]].}} * '''[[/A Garden of Roses/]]''', by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Hal Ludlow|Hal Ludlow]].}} * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Harold Bellew * William Gunn * Arthur Shrewsbury * Farrer Herschell * Lucy Walford * Briton Riviere * Alexandre Dumas }}}} * '''[[/The Raising of the Utopia/]]'''.<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:John Gülich|John Gülich]].}} * '''[[/Dr. Trifulgas/]]''', from the French of [[Author:Jules Verne|Jules Verne]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Jean de Paleologu|Jean de Paléologue]].}} * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''. No. XIII. '''George Augustus Sala''', by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrated by [[Author:John Gülich|John Gülich]].}} * '''[[/A Romance from a Detective's Case-Book/]]''': The Jewelled Skull, by [[Author:James Edward Preston Muddock|Dick Donovan]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Popular Composers/]]'''. * '''[[/The Story of Mont Blanc/]]''', by [[Author:James Edward Preston Muddock|J. E. Muddock]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:W. H. J. Boot|W. H. J. Boot]].}} * '''[[/Rajeb's Reward/]]''', from the French of [[Author:M. P. Granal|M. P. Granal]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/The Queer Side of Things/]]''' ** '''The Legend of Bill Erie''', by [[Author:J. Soudan|J. Soudan]]. ** '''Aristocracy of the Doggy World'''. ** '''A Dynamite Scare''', by [[Author:W. Alison Phillips|W. Alison Phillips]]. ** '''Pal's Puzzle Page''', by [[Author:Jean de Paleologu|Jean de Paléologue]]. ** '''Miscellaneous'''. }} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] p887frsgxh2bwpzy123d46fv1icpx43 Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/24 104 4174969 14128930 13092930 2024-04-25T18:26:52Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|12|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>be just as sensible, viewing the question abstractedly, for trees to symbolize the word ‘tree’ as for the word to symbolize the trees. This is certainly true, and human nature sometimes works that way. For example, if you are a poet and wish to write a lyric on trees, you will walk into the forest in order that the trees may suggest the appropriate words. Thus for the poet in his ecstasy—or perhaps, agony—of composition. the trees are the symbols and the words are the meaning. He concentrates on the trees in order to get at the words. But most of us are not poets, though we read their lyrics with proper respect. For us, the words are the symbols which enable us to capture the rapture of the poet in the forest. The poet is a person for whom visual sights and sounds and emotional experiences refer symbolically to words. The poet’s readers are people for whom his words refer symbolically to the visual sights and sounds and emotions he wants to evoke. Thus in the use of language there is a double symbolic reference:—from things to words on the part of the speaker, and from words back to things on the part of the listener. When in an act of human experience there is a<noinclude></noinclude> cjx65dafpnk7p8ooxv3meulr4z7rmoq Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/25 104 4174970 14128966 13092931 2024-04-25T18:27:55Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh||SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|13}}</noinclude>symbolic reference, there are in the first place two sets of components with some objective relationship between them, and this relationship will vary greatly in different instances. In the second place the total constitution of the percipient has to effect the symbolic reference from one set of components, the symbols, to the other set of components, the meaning. In the third place, the question, as to which set of components form the symbols and which set the meaning, also depends on the peculiar constitution of that act of experience. 8. ''Presentational Immediacy.'' The most fundamental exemplification of symbolism has already been alluded to in the discussion of the poet and the circumstances which elicit his poetry. We have here a particular instance of the reference of words to things. But this general relation of words to things is only a particular instance of a yet more general fact. Our perception of the external world is divided into two types of content: one type is the familiar immediate presentation of the contemporary world, by means of our projection of our immediate sensations, determining for us characteristics of con-<noinclude></noinclude> qtofzs73obgmy62kp54hg3cw3ovemer Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/26 104 4174972 14128931 13092932 2024-04-25T18:26:52Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|14|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>temporary physical entities. This type is the experience of the immediate world around us, a world decorated by sense-data dependent on the immediate states of relevant parts of our own bodies. Physiology establishes this latter fact conclusively; but the physiological details are irrelevant to the present philosophical discussion, and only confuse the issue. ‘Sense-datum’ is a modern term: Hume uses the word ‘impression.’ For human beings, this type of experience is vivid, and is especially distinct in its exhibition of the spatial regions and relationships within the contemporary world. The familiar language which I have used in speaking of the ‘projection of our sensations’ is very misleading. There are no bare sensations which are first experienced and then ‘projected’ into our feet as their feelings, or onto the opposite wall as its colour. The projection is an integral part of the situation, quite as original as the sense-data. It would be just as accurate, and equally misleading, to speak of a projection on the wall which is then characterized as such-and-such a colour. The use of the term ‘wall’ is equally misleading by its suggestion of information derived symbolically from another mode of perception.<noinclude></noinclude> bobzi0otu9b92oun4cjm6u8zxwx94cj Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/28 104 4175088 14128932 13092934 2024-04-25T18:26:54Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|16|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>ship between the wall-at-that-moment and the percipient-at-that-moment. This concrete relationship is a physical fact which may be very unessential to the wall and very essential to the percipient. The spatial relationship is equally essential both to wall and percipient: but the colour side of the relationship is at that moment indifferent to the wall, though it is part of the make-up of the percipient. In this sense, and subject to their spatial relationship, contemporary events happen independently. I call this type of experience ‘presentational immediacy.’ It expresses how contemporary events are relevant to each other, and yet preserve a mutual independence. This relevance amid independence is the peculiar character of contemporaneousness. This presentational immediacy is only of importance in high-grade organisms, and is a physical fact which may, or may not, enter into consciousness. Such entry will depend on attention and on the activity of conceptual functioning, whereby physical experience and conceptual imagination are fused into knowledge. 9. ''Perceptive Experience''. The word ‘experience’ is one of the most deceitful in philosophy. Its adequate discussion<noinclude></noinclude> 8r2ukvn2gbhojd28sfiw1y0u4tcrcov Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/32 104 4175095 14128933 13092938 2024-04-25T18:26:54Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|20|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>11. ''Mental and Physical''. By way of being as intelligible as possible we might tacitly assign symbolic reference to mental activity, and thereby avoid some detailed explanation. It is a matter of pure convention as to which of our experiential activities we term mental and which physical. Personally I prefer to restrict mentality to those experiential activities which include concepts in addition to percepts. But much of our perception is due to the enhanced subtlety arising from a concurrent conceptual analysis. Thus in fact there is no proper line to be drawn between the physical and the mental constitution of experience. But there is no conscious knowledge apart from the intervention of mentality in the form of conceptual analysis. It will be necessary later on to make some slight reference to conceptual analysis; but at present I must assume consciousness and its partial analysis of experience, and return to the two modes of pare perception. The point that I want to make here is, that the reason why low-grade purely physical organisms cannot make mistakes is not primarily their absence of thought, but their absence of presentational immediacy. Aesop’s dog, who was a<noinclude></noinclude> shm3wzgb7k83hldinzjpdskkjhfavr7 Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/34 104 4175098 14128934 13092940 2024-04-25T18:26:55Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|22|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>which we perceive. These qualities are thus relational between the perceiving subject and the perceived things. They can be thus isolated only by abstracting them from their implication in the scheme of spatial relatedness of the perceived things to each other and to the perceiving subject. This relatedness of spatial extension is a complete scheme, impartial between the observer and the perceived things. It is the scheme of the morphology of the complex organisms forming the community of the contemporary world. The way in which each actual physical organism enters into the make-up of its contemporaries has to conform to this scheme. Thus the sense-data, such as colours, etc., or bodily feelings, introduce the extended physical entities into our experience under perspectives provided by this spatial scheme. The spatial relations by themselves are generic abstractions, and the sense-data are generic abstractions. But the perspectives of the sense-data provided by the spatial relations are the specific relations whereby the external contemporary things are to this extent part of our experience. These contemporary organisms, thus introduced as ‘objects’ into experience, include the various organs of our body, and the sense-data are then called bodily<noinclude></noinclude> rn3cvpcjhqqq8tngmtukksedupgh2bs Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/36 104 4175101 14128935 13092942 2024-04-25T18:26:56Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|24|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>ments of experience. This mode of perception, taken purely by itself, is barren, because we may not directly connect the qualitative presentations of other things with any intrinsic characters of those things. We see the image of a coloured chair, presenting to us the space behind a mirror; yet we thereby gain no knowledge concerning any intrinsic characters of spaces behind the mirror. But the image thus seen in a good mirror is just as much an immediate presentation of colour qualifying the world at a distance behind the mirror, as is our direct vision of the chair when we turn round and look at it. Pure presentational immediacy refuses to be divided into delusions and not-delusions. It is either all of it, or none of it, an immediate presentation of an external contemporary world as in its own right spatial. The sense-data involved in presentational immediacy have a wider relationship in the world than these contemporary things can express. In abstraction from this wider relationship, there is no means of determining the importance of the apparent qualification of contemporary objects by sense-data. For this reason the phrase ‘mere appearance’ carries the suggestion of barrenness. This wider relationship of the sense-data can only be understood by examining<noinclude></noinclude> sjr6d99b6u9fnzkf2hazta0a5cbkajv Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/38 104 4175103 14128936 13092944 2024-04-25T18:26:57Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|26|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>pleteness. Abstraction expresses nature’s mode of interaction and is net merely mental. When it abstracts, thought is merely conforming to nature—or rather, it is exhibiting itself as an element in nature. Synthesis and analysis require each other. Such a-conception is paradoxical if you will persist in thinking of the actual world as a collection of passive actual substances with their private characters or qualities. In that case, it must be nonsense to ask, how one such substance can form a component in the make-up of another such substance. So long as this conception is retained, the difficulty is not relieved by calling each actual substance an event, or a pattern, or an occasion. The difficulty, which arises for such a conception, is to explain how the substances can be actually together in a sense derivative from that in which each individual substance is actual. But the conception of the world here adopted is that of functional activity. By this I mean that every actual thing is something by reason of its activity; whereby its nature consists in its relevance to other things, and its individuality, consists in its synthesis of other things so far as they are relevant to it. In enquiring about any one individual we must ask how other individuals enter ‘objectively’ into<noinclude></noinclude> 3rvvpbbcjaf4lbyro6t8j6ek5j18noe Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/40 104 4175107 14128937 13092946 2024-04-25T18:26:58Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|28|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>some one occasion of his existence’: this is the most concrete of all the meanings. The word ‘Cæsar’ may mean ‘the historic route of Cæsar’s life from his Cæsarian birth to his Cæsarian assassination.’ The word ‘Cæsar’ may mean ‘the common form, or pattern, repeated in each occasion of Cæsar’s life.’ You may legitimately choose any one of these meanings; but when you have made your choice, you must in that context stick to it. This doctrine of the nature of the life-history of an enduring organism holds for all types of organisms, which have attained to unity of experience, for electrons as well as for men. But mankind has gained a richness of experiential content denied to electrons. Whenever the ‘all or none’ principle holds, we are in some way dealing with one actual entity, and not with a society of such entities, nor with the analysis of components contributory to one such entity. This lecture has maintained the doctrine of a direct experience of an external world. It is impossible fully to argue this thesis without getting too far away from my topic. I need only refer you to the first portion of Santayana’s recent book, ''Scepticism and Animal Faith'', for a conclusive<noinclude></noinclude> a7efsfgy3f6jfup9hrh36zp14uqdhtc Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/44 104 4175110 14128938 13092950 2024-04-25T18:26:59Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|32|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>this case any exercise of the thought, or any action, properly speaking, but a mere passive admission of the impressions through the organs of sensation. According to this way of thinking, we ought not to receive as reasoning any of the observations we may make concerning ''identity'' and the ''relation'' of ''time'' and ''place''; since in none of them can the mind go beyond what is immediately present to the senses, either to discover the real existence or the relations of objects.” The whole force of this passage depends upon the tacit presupposition of the ‘mind’ as a passively receptive substance and of its ‘impression’ as forming its private world of accidents. There then remains nothing except the immediacy of these private attributes with their private relations which are also attributes of the mind. Hume explicitly repudiates this substantial view of mind. But then, what is the force of the last clause of the last sentence, “since . . . objects?” The only reason for dismissing ‘impressions’ from having any demonstrative force in respect to ‘the ''real'' existence or the relations of objects,’ is the implicit notion that such impressions are mere private attributes of the mind. Santayana’s book, ''Scepticism and Animal Faith'', to which I have al-<noinclude></noinclude> 0nag9ji6xua8fmrk6n25b02w4rxn3oz Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/46 104 4175115 14128939 13092952 2024-04-25T18:27:00Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|34|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>I believe none will assert that substance is either a colour, or sound, or a taste. The idea of substance must, therefore, be derived from an impression of reflection, if it really exist. But the impressions of reflection resolve themselves into our passions and emotions; none of which can possibly represent a substance. We have, therefore, no idea of substance, distinct from that of a collection of particular qualities, nor have we any other meaning when we either talk or reason concerning it.” This passage is concerned with a notion of ‘substance,’ which I do not entertain. Thus it only indirectly controverts my position. I quote it because it is the plainest example of Hume’s initial assumptions that (i) presentational immediacy, and relations between presentationally immediate entities, constitute the only type of perceptive experience, and that (ii) presentational immediacy includes no demonstrative factors disclosing a contemporary world of extended actual things. He discusses this question later in his ‘Treatise’ under the heading of the notion of ‘Bodies’; and arrives at analogous sceptical conclusions. These conclusions rest upon an extraordinary naïve assumption of time as pure succession. The assump-<noinclude></noinclude> 0l7dlrqlrvq6s82zctv4mg2b3wla0am Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/48 104 4175117 14128940 13093709 2024-04-25T18:27:01Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|36|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>The past consists of the community of settled acts which, through their objectifications in the present act, establish the conditions to which that act must conform, Aristotle conceived ‘matter’—{{Greek|ὕλη}}—as being pure potentiality awaiting the incoming of form in order to become actual. Hence employing Aristotelian notions, we may say that the limitation of pure potentiality, established by ‘objectifications’ of the settled past, expresses that ‘natural potentiality’—or, potentiality in nature—which is ‘matter’ with that basis of initial, realized form presupposed as the first phase in the self-creation of the present occasion. The notion of ‘pure potentiality’ here takes the place of Aristotle’s ‘matter,’ and ‘natural potentiality’ is ‘matter’ with that given imposition of form from which each actual thing arises. All components which are ''given'' for experience are to be found in the analysis of natural potentiality. Thus the immediate present has to conform to what the past is for it, and the mere lapse of time is an abstraction from the more concrete relatedness of ‘conformation.’ The ‘substantial’ character of actual things is not primarily concerned with the predication of qualities. It expresses the stubborn fact that whatever is set-<noinclude></noinclude> tj6hss7caeqcw03ahecmul4x7xmx9hm Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/50 104 4175120 14128941 13092956 2024-04-25T18:27:02Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|38|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>of particular facts, each of which has just simply occurred. Thus our ineradicable belief is only explicable by reason of the doctrine that particular facts, as consciously apprehended, are the fusion of mere particular data with thought functioning according to categories which import their own universality in the modified data. Thus the phenomenal world, as in consciousness, is a complex of coherent judgments, framed according to fixed categories of thought, and with a content constituted by given data organized according to fixed forms of intuition. This Kantian doctrine accepts Hume’s naïve presupposition of ‘simple occurrence’ for the mere data. I have elsewhere called it the assumption of ‘simple location,’ by way of applying it to space as well as to time. I directly deny this doctrine of ‘simple occurrence.’ There is nothing which ‘simply happens.’ Such a belief is the baseless doctrine of time as ‘pure succession.’ The alternative doctrine, that the pure succession of time is merely an abstract from the fundamental relationship of conformation, sweeps away the whole basis for the intervention of constitutive thought, or constitutive intuition, in the formation of the directly appre-<noinclude></noinclude> onuf8tib1pcn2n93a88quidbdicnm69 Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/52 104 4175167 14128942 13092959 2024-04-25T18:27:03Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|40|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>other school calls it a category of thought. Also for them the mere data are the pure sense-data. If either Hume or Kant gives a proper account of the status of causal efficacy, we should find that our conscious apprehension of causal efficacy should depend to some extent on the vividness of the thought or of the pure intuitive discrimination of sense-data at the moment in question. For an apprehension which is the product of thought should sink in importance when thought is in the background. Also, according to this Humian-Kantian account, the thought in question is thought about the immediate sense-data. Accordingly a certain vividness of sense-data in immediate presentation should be favourable to apprehension of causal efficacy. For according to these accounts, causal efficacy is nothing else than a way of thinking about sense-data, given in presentational immediacy. Thus the inhibition of thought and the vagueness of sense-data should be extremely unfavourable to the prominence of causal efficacy as an element in experience. The logical difficulties attending the direct perception of causal efficacy have been shown to depend on the sheer assumption that time is merely the generic notion of pure succession. This is an<noinclude></noinclude> fuiomi0k96h15tq00xkr6zd5i09seuc Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/54 104 4175169 14128943 13092961 2024-04-25T18:27:04Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|42|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>apparent behaviour and in conscicusness, when the organism is low grade. A flower turns to the light with much greater certainty than does a human being, and a stone conforms to the conditions set by its external environment with much greater certainty than does a flower. A dog anticipates the conformation of the immediate future to his present activity with the same certainty as a human being. When it comes to calculations and remote inferences, the dog fails. But the dog never acts as though the immediate future were irrelevant to the present. Irresolution in action arises from consciousness of a somewhat distant relevant future, combined with inability to evaluate its precise type. If we were not conscious of relevance, why is there irresolution in a sudden crisis? Again a vivid enjoyment of immediate sense-data notoriously inhibits apprehension of the relevance of the future. The present moment is then all in all. In our consciousness it approximates to ‘simple occurrence.’ Certain emotions, such as anger and terror, are apt to inhibit the apprehension of sense-data; but they wholly depend upon a vivid apprehension of the relevance of immediate past to the present, and of the present to the future. Again an inhibition<noinclude></noinclude> adca25k5c001j6yjrq3lm0bu1jqqbac Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/56 104 4175172 14128944 13092963 2024-04-25T18:27:05Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|44|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>rative sense-experience, is barren. It displays a world concealed under an adventitious show, a show of our own bodily production. The latter type is heavy with the contact of the things gone by, which lay their grip on our immediate selves. This latter type, the mode of causal efficacy, is the experience dominating the primitive living organisms, which have a sense for the fate from which they have emerged, and for the fate towards which they go—the organisms which advance and retreat but hardly differentiate any immediate display. It is a heavy, primitive experience. The former type, the presentational immediacy, is the superficial product of complexity, of subtlety; it halts at the present, and indulges in a manageable self-enjoyment derived from the immediacy of the show of things. Those periods in our lives—when the perception of the pressure from a world of things with characters in their own right, characters mysteriously moulding our own natures, become strongest—those periods are the product of a reversion to some primitive state. Such a reversion occurs when either some primitive functioning of the human organism is unusually heightened, or some considerable part of our habitual sense-perception is unusually enfeebled. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> g17in6ptjwjo2lsvy62hfgo92ng7g7m Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/58 104 4175176 14128945 13092965 2024-04-25T18:27:06Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|46|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>thought. There can be no useful aspect of anything unless we admit the principle of conformation, whereby what is already made becomes a determinant of what is in the making. The obviousness of the pragmatic aspect is simply the obviousness of the perception of the fact of conformation. In practice we never doubt the fact of the conformation of the present to the immediate past. It belongs to the ultimate texture of experience, with the same evidence as does presentational immediacy. The present fact is luminously the outcome from its predecessors, one quarter of a second ago. Unsuspected factors may have intervened; dynamite may have exploded. But; however that may be, the present event issues subject to the limitations laid upon it by the actual nature of the immediate past. If dynamite explodes, then present fact is that issue from the past which is consistent with dynamite exploding. Further, we unhesitatingly argue backwards to the inference, that the complete analysis of the past must disclose in it those factors which provide the conditions for the present. If dynamite be now exploding, then in the immediate past there was a charge of dynamite unexploded. The fact that our consciousness is confined to<noinclude></noinclude> qevt5ehm1d4bs142uyx02jqlbhmomph Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/62 104 4175181 14128946 13092969 2024-04-25T18:27:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|50|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>The sense-data are ‘given’ for presentational immediacy. This given-ness of the sense-data, as the basis of this perceptive mode, is the great doctrine common to Hume and Kant. But what is already given for experience can only be derived from that natural potentiality which shapes a particular experience in the guise of causal efficacy. Causal efficacy is the hand of the settled past in the formation of the present. The sense-data must therefore play a double rôle in perception. In the mode of presentational immediacy they are projected to exhibit the contemporary world in its spatial relations. In the mode of causal efficacy they exhibit the almost instantaneously precedent bodily organs as imposing their characters on the experience in question. We see the picture, and we see it with our eyes; we touch the wood, and we touch it with cur hands; we smell the rose, and we smell it with our nose; we hear the bell, and we hear it with our ears; we taste the sugar, and we taste it with our palate. In the case of bodily feelings the two locations are identical. The foot is both giving pain and is the seat of the pain. Hume himself tacitly asserts this double reference in the second of the quotations previously made. He writes: “If it be perceived by the eyes, it must<noinclude></noinclude> 90j4dt9xh9udula16eakkpjwpbbt3s9 Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/64 104 4175185 14128947 13092971 2024-04-25T18:27:08Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|52|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>that presentational immediacy is primitive, and that causal efficacy is the sophisticated derivative. This is a complete inversion of the evidence. So far as Hume’s own teaching is concerned, there is, of course, another alternative: it is that Hume’s disciples have misinterpreted Hume’s final position. On this hypothesis, his final appeal to ‘practice’ is an appeal against the adequacy of the then current metaphysical categories as interpretive of obvious experience. This theory about Hume’s own beliefs is in my opinion improbable: but, apart from Hume’s own estimate of his philosophical achievement, it is in this sense that we must reverence him as one of the greatest of philosophers. The conclusion of this argument is that the intervention of any sense-datum in the actual world cannot be expressed in any simple way, such as mere qualification of a region of space, or alternatively as the mere qualification of a state of mind. The sense-data, required for immediate sense-perception, enter into experience in virtue of the efficacy of the environment. This environment includes the bodily organs. For example, in the case of hearing sound the physical waves have entered the ears, and the agitations of the nerves<noinclude></noinclude> 2iiizq109nnqhz5s24jonzpk92zarz3 Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/66 104 4175190 14128948 13092973 2024-04-25T18:27:08Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|54|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>lated in conscious analysis, is ultimate fact against which there is no appeal. Such isolation, or at least some approach to it, is fairly easy in the case of presentational immediacy, but is very difficult in the case of causal efficacy. Complete ideal purity of perceptive experience, devoid of any symbolic reference, is in practice unobtainable for either perceptive mode. Our judgments on causal efficacy are almost inextricably warped by the acceptance of the symbolic reference between the two modes as the completion of our direct knowledge. This acceptance is not merely in thought, but also in action, emotion, and purpose, all precedent to thought. This symbolic reference is a datum for thought in its analysis of experience. By trusting this datum, our conceptual scheme of the universe is in general logically coherent with itself, and is correspondent to the ultimate facts of the pure perceptive modes. But occasionally, either the coherence or the verification fails. We then revise our conceptual scheme so as to preserve the general trust in the symbolic reference, while relegating definite details of that reference to the category of errors. Such errors are termed ‘delusive<noinclude></noinclude> ebuaw5eekxwexqivqw0qlf89jb49ewe Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/68 104 4175192 14128949 13092975 2024-04-25T18:27:09Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|56|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>pure perceptive mode of causal efficacy. The symbolic transference of course intensifies the definition. But, apart from such transference, there is some adequacy of definite demarcation. Thus in the intersection of the two modes, the spatial and temporal relationships of the human body, as causally apprehended, to the external contemporary world, as immediately presented, afford a fairly definite scheme of spatial and temporal reference whereby we test the symbolic use of sense-projection for the determination of the positions of bodies controlling the course of nature. Ultimately all observation, scientific or popular, consists in the determination of the spatial relation of the bodily organs of the observer to the location of ‘projected’ sense-data. 7. ''The Contrast Between Accurate Definition and Importance''. The reason why the projected sense-data are in general used as symbol, is that they are handy, definite, and manageable. We can see, or not see, as we like: we can hear, or not hear. There are limits to this handiness of the sense-data: but they are emphatically the manageable elements in our perceptions of the world. The sense of control-<noinclude></noinclude> 9ul3du4jesc1hnrapidbd593v62jw56 Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/70 104 4175195 14128950 13092977 2024-04-25T18:27:10Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|58|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>Our relationships to these bodies are precisely our reactions to them. The projection of our sensations is nothing else than the illustration of the world in partial accordance with the systematic scheme, in space and in time, to which these reactions conform. The bonds of causal efficacy arise from without us. They disclose the character of the world from which we issue, an inescapable condition round which we shape ourselves. The bonds of presentational immediacy arise from within us, and are subject to intensifications and inhibitions and diversions according as we accept their challenge or reject it. The sense-data are not properly to be termed ‘mere impressions’—except so far as any technical term will do. They also represent the conditions arising out of the active perceptive functioning as conditioned by our own natures. But our natures must conform to the causal efficacy. Thus the causal efficacy ''from'' the past is at least one factor giving our presentational immediacy ''in'' the present. The ''how'' of our present experience must conform to the ''what'' of the past in us. Our experience arises out of the past: it enriches with emotion and purpose its presentation of the contemporary world: and it bequeaths its<noinclude></noinclude> fffga3eu8d514oyt6jkxph6y39z12pa Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/74 104 4175682 14128951 13092981 2024-04-25T18:27:11Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|62|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>ture of human life. Language itself is a symbolism. And, as another example, however you reduce the functions of your government to their utmost simplicity, yet symbolism remains. It may be a healthier, manlier ceremonial, suggesting finer notions. But still it is symbolism. You abolish the etiquette of a royal court, with its suggestion of personal subordination, but at official receptions you ceremonially shake the hand of the Governor of your State. Just as the feudal doctrine of a subordination of classes, reaching up to the ultimate overlord, requires its symbolism; so does the doctrine of human equality obtain its symbolism. Mankind, it seems, has to find a symbol in order to express itself. Indeed ‘expression’ is ‘symbolism.’ When the public ceremonial of the State has been reduced to the barest simplicity, private clubs and associations at once commence to reconstitute symbolic actions. It seems as though mankind must always be masquerading. This imperative impulse suggests that the notion of an idle masquerade is the wrong way of thought about the symbolic elements in life. The function of these elements is to be definite, manageable, reproducible, and also to be charged with<noinclude></noinclude> jylnwowysrtfyeanfs6z46l8owvwo79 Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/76 104 4175689 14128952 13092983 2024-04-25T18:27:12Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|64|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>groups an old symbolism will have different shades of vague meaning. In order to appreciate the necessary function of symbolism in the life of any society of human beings we must form some estimate of the binding and disruptive forces at work. There are many varieties of human society, each requiring its own particular investigation so far as details are concerned. We will fix attention on nations, occupying definite countries. Thus geographical unity is at once presupposed. Communities with geographical unity constitute the primary type of communities which we find in the world. Indeed the lower we go in the scale of being, the more necessary is geographical unity for that close interaction of individuals which constitutes society. Societies of the higher animals, of insects, of molecules, all possess geographical unity. A rock is nothing else than a society of molecules, indulging in every species of activity open to molecules. I draw attention to this lowly form of society in order to dispel the notion that social life is a peculiarity of the higher organisms. The contrary is the case. So far as survival value is concerned, a piece of rock, with its past history of some eight hundred millions of years, far outstrips the short<noinclude></noinclude> fwtndt3d7md6bz1cip8mk1sf9uckkxw Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/78 104 4177132 14128953 13092985 2024-04-25T18:27:13Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|66|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>the obligations of social conformity. In order to replace this decay of secure instinctive response, various intricate forms of symbolic expression of the various purposes of social life have been introduced. The response to the symbol is almost automatic but not quite; the reference to the meaning is there, either for additional emotional support, or for criticism. But the reference is not so clear as to be imperative. The imperative instinctive conformation to the influence of the environment has been modified. Something has replaced it, which by its superficial character invites criticism, and by its habitual use generally escapes it. Such symbolism makes connected thought possible by expressing it, while at the same time it automatically directs action. In the place of the force of instinct which suppresses individuality, society has gained the efficacy of symbols, at once preservative of the commonweal and of the individual standpoint. Among the particular kinds of symbolism which serve this purpose, we must place first Language. I do not mean language in its function of a bare indication of abstract ideas, or of particular actual things, but language clothed with its complete influence for the nation in question. In ad-<noinclude></noinclude> ebdzic25hhl8ykblwj9nl8qesdxk9qp Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/80 104 4177136 14128954 13092987 2024-04-25T18:27:14Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|68|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>imagination, can penetrate to the feelings conveyed by both phrases. But the direct first-hand intuition, derived from earliest childhood memories, is for the one nation that of continental width, and for the other nation that of the little island world. Now the love of the sheer geographical aspects of one’s country, of its hills, its mountains, and its plains, of its trees, its flowers, its birds, and its whole nature-life, is no small element in that binding force which makes a nation. It is the function of language, working through literature and through the habitual phrases of early life, to foster this diffused feeling of the common possession of a treasure infinitely precious. I must not be misunderstood to mean that this example has any unique importance. It is only one example of what can be illustrated in a hundred ways. Also language is not the only symbolism effective for this purpose. But in an especial manner, language binds a nation together by the common emotions which it elicits, and is yet the instrument whereby freedom of thought and of individual criticism finds its expression. My main thesis is that a social system is kept together by the blind force of instinctive actions,<noinclude></noinclude> gsaf921l3ieee0x87lo4d841a44y9xv Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/82 104 4177138 14128955 13092989 2024-04-25T18:27:14Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|70|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>but in the end the creator of suns and of stellar systems:—those great societies of the Universe. Symbolic expression first preserves society by adding emotion to instinct, and secondly it affords a foothold for reason by its delineation of the particular instinct which it expresses. This doctrine of the disruptive tendency due to novelties, even those involving a rise to finer levels, is illustrated by the effect of Christianity on the stability of the Roman Empire. It is also illustrated by the three revolutions which secured liberty and equality for the world—namely the English revolutionary period of the seventeenth century, the American Revolution, and the French Revolution. England barely escaped a disruption of its social system; America was never in any such danger; France, where the entrance of novelty was mast intense, did for a time experience this collapse. Edmund Burke, the Whig statesman of the eighteenth century, was the philosopher who was the approving prophet of the two earlier revolutions, and the denunciatory prophet of the French Revolution. A man of genius and a statesman, who has immediately observed two revolutions, and has meditated deeply on a third, deserves to be heard when he speaks on the forces which bind and<noinclude></noinclude> fdu16ayt9lb8wkq8d6cqdbr1mn8x0fy Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/84 104 4177141 14128956 13092991 2024-04-25T18:27:15Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|72|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>istence of an organised society, culminating in the smooth unified action of the state. Such a society may consist of millions of individuals, each with its individual character, its individual aims, and its individual selfishness. He asks what is the force which leads this throng of separate units to coöperate in the maintenance of an organised state, in which each individual has his part to play—political, economic, and æsthetic. He contrasts the complexity of the functionings of a civilised society with the sheer diversities of its individual citizens considered as a mere group or crowd. His answer to the riddle is that the magnetic force is ‘prejudice,’ or in other words, ‘use and wont.’ Here he anticipates the whole modern theory of ‘herd psychology,’ and at the same time deserts the fundamental doctrine of the Whig party, as formed in the seventeenth century and sanctioned by Locke. This conventional Whig doctrine was that the state derived its origin from an ‘original contract’ whereby the mere crowd voluntarily organised itself into a society. Such a doctrine seeks the origin of the state in a baseless historical fiction. Burke was well ahead of his time in drawing attention to the importance of precedence as a political force. Unfortu-<noinclude></noinclude> 6633pne7i5oeisrw3x1oybw8mtevrx9 Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/86 104 4177143 14128957 13092993 2024-04-25T18:27:16Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|74|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>ated with the symbol. In the whole transaction, the elements which are clear-cut and definite are the specific symbols and the actions which should issue from the symbols. But in themselves the symbols are barren facts whose direct associative force would be insufficient to procure automatic conformity. There is not sufficient repetition, or sufficient similarity of diverse occasions, to secure mere automatic obedience. But in fact the symbol evokes loyalties to vaguely conceived notions, fundamental for our spiritual natures. The result is that our natures are stirred to suspend all antagonistic impulses, so that the symbol procures its required response in action. Thus the social symbolism has a double meaning. It means pragmatically the direction of individuals to specific actions; and it also means theoretically the vague ultimate reasons with their emotional accompaniments, whereby the symbols acquire their power to organize the miscellaneous crowd into a smoothly running community. The contrast between a state and an army illustrates this principle. A state deals with a greater complexity of situation than does its army. In this sense it is a looser organization, and in regard to the greater part of its population the<noinclude></noinclude> 6rfmoz0np2ueauj38dtsmhinga0wyjy Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/88 104 4177146 14128958 13092995 2024-04-25T18:27:17Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|76|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>ence to any symbol such as the word of command for soldiers, except in a few instances such as the response to the signals of the traffic police. Thus the state depends in a very particular way upon the prevalence of symbols which combine direction to some well-known course of action with some deeper reference to the purpose of the state. The self-organisation of society depends on commonly diffused symbols evoking commonly diffused ideas, and at the same time indicating commonly understood actions. Usual forms of verbal expression are the most important example of such symbolism. Also the heroic aspect of the history of the country is the symbol for its immediate worth. When a revolution has sufficiently destroyed this common symbolism leading to common actions for usual purposes, society can only save itself from dissolution by means of a reign of terror. Those revolutions which escape a reign of terror have left intact the fundamental efficient symbolism of society. For example, the English revolutions of the seventeenth century and the American revolution of the eighteenth century left the ordinary life of their respective communities nearly unchanged. When George Washing-<noinclude></noinclude> pad4fwxt07il0tknjdbihghvjfbfvkc Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/90 104 4177149 14128959 13092997 2024-04-25T18:27:19Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|78|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>losing the human being. Yet we know that at least ''we'' are human beings; and half the inspiration of our heroes is lost when we forget that ''they'' were human beings. I mention great Americans, because I am speaking in America. But exactly the same truth holds for the great men of all countries and ages. The doctrine of symbolism developed in these lectures enables us to distinguish between pure instinctive action, reflex action, and symbolically conditioned action. Pure instinctive action is that functioning of an organism which is wholly analysable in terms of those conditions laid upon its development by the settled facts of its external environment, conditions describable without any reference to its perceptive mode of presentational immediacy. This pure instinct is the response of an organism to pure causal efficacy. According to this definition, pure instinct is the most primitive type of response which is yielded by organisms to the stimulus of their environment. All physical response on the part of inorganic matter to its environment is thus properly to be termed instinct. In the case of organic matter, its primary difference from inorganic nature is its greater delicacy of internal mutual adjustment<noinclude></noinclude> fsdnq79xcw1p9yxbm8gbgses8x4pn0j Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/92 104 4177301 14128960 13093000 2024-04-25T18:27:19Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|80|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>sense-presentation of the contemporary world. This sense-presentation symbolically promotes an analysis of the massive perception of causal efficacy. The causal efficacy is thereby perceived as analysed into components with the locations in space primarily belonging to the sense-presentations. In the case of perceived organisms external to the human body, the spatial discrimination involved in the human perception of their pure causal efficacy is so feeble, that practically there is no check on this symbolic transference, apart from the indirect check of pragmatic consequences,—in other words, either survival-value, or self-satisfaction, logical and æsthetic. Symbolically conditioned action is action which is thus conditioned by the analysis of the perceptive mode of causal efficacy effected by symbolic transference from the perceptive mode of presentational immediacy. This analysis may be right or wrong, according as it does, or does not, conform to the actual distribution of the efficacious bodies, In so far as it is sufficiently correct under normal circumstances, it enables an organism to conform its actions to long-ranged analysis of the particular circumstances of its environment. So far as this type of action prevails, pure instinct is<noinclude></noinclude> cqgzcb0wdq05n00uyt0sczok87oraos Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/94 104 4177305 14128961 13093002 2024-04-25T18:27:20Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|82|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>Thus the important binding faster in a community of insects probably falls under the notion of pure instinct, as here defined. For each individual insect is probably such an organism that the causal conditions which it inherits from the immediate past are adequate to determine its social actions. But reflex action plays its subordinate part. For the sense-perceptions of the insects have in certain fields of action assumed an automatic determination of the insects’ activities. Still more feebly, symbolically conditioned action intervenes for such situations when the sense-presentation provides a symbolically defined specification of the causal situation. But only active thought can save symbolically conditioned action from quickly relapsing into reflex action. The most successful examples of community life exist when pure instinct reigns supreme. These examples occur only in the inorganic world; among societies of active molecules forming rocks, planets, solar systems, star clusters. The more developed type of living communities requires the successful emergence of sense-perception to delineate successfully causal efficacy in the external environment; and it also requires its relapse into a reflex suitable to the community. We<noinclude></noinclude> 0g2x5esvwp8qk3lcolkazwtk5cf6gxi Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/96 104 4177316 14128962 13093004 2024-04-25T18:27:21Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|84|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>cited by the words should fitly intensify our emotions and feelings arising from contemplation of the meaning. Further in language there is a certain vagueness of symbolism. A word has a symbolic association with its own history, its other meanings, and with its general status in current literature. Thus a word gathers emotional signification from its emotional history in the past; and this is transferred symbolically to its meaning in present use. The same principle holds for all the more artificial sorts of human symbolism:—for example, in religious art. Music is particularly adapted for this symbolic transfer of emotions, by reason of the strong emotions which it generates on its own account. These strong emotions at once overpower any sense that its own local relations are of any importance. The only importance of the local arrangement of an orchestra is to enable us to hear the music. We do not listen to the music in order to gain a just appreciation of how the orchestra is situated. When we hear the hoot of a motor car, exactly the converse situation arises. Our only interest in the hoot is to determine a definite locality as the seat of causal efficacy determining the future. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 5yt09o65mgevjsxu68argi7j8qbyxyq Page:Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.pdf/98 104 4177318 14128963 13093006 2024-04-25T18:27:22Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MpaaBot" />{{rh|86|SYMBOLISM, ITS MEANING AND EFFECT|}}</noinclude>tensifying; whereas the irrelevant details supply emotions which, because of their irrelevance, inhibit the main effect. Each little emotion directly arising out of some subordinate detail refuses to accept its status as a detached fact in our consciousness. It insists on its symbolic transfer to the unity of the main effect. Thus symbolism, including the symbolic transference by which it is effected, is merely one exemplification of the fact that a unity of experience arises out of the confluence of many components. This unity of experience is complex, so as to be capable of analysis. The components of experience are not a structureless collection indiscriminately brought together. Each component by its very nature stands in a certain potential scheme of relationships to the other components. It is the transformation of this potentiality into real unity which constitutes that actual concrete fact which is an act of experience. But in transformation from potentiality to actual fact inhibitions, intensifications, directions of attention toward, directions of attention away from, emotional outcomes, purposes, and other elements of experience may arise. Such elements are also true components of the act of experience; but they are not<noinclude></noinclude> 3j77i2a97wma0usen4ku535bie19318 The Strand Magazine/Volume 4/Issue 20 0 4183305 14127866 13133640 2024-04-25T14:07:38Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = | previous = [[../Issue 19/|Issue 19]] | next = [[../Issue 21/|Issue 21]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 4 | notes = August, 1892. {{small scan link|The Strand Magazine (Volume 4).djvu}} }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 4. No. 20.||August 1892.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 4).djvu" include=114/> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC|title=Contents|width=500px| * '''[[/A Romance from a Detective's Case-Book/]]''': The Story of the Great Cat's-Eye, by [[Author:James Edward Preston Muddock|Dick Donovan]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''. No. XIV. '''Sir Frederick Leighton, P.R.A.''', by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrated by [[Author:John Gülich|John Gülich]].}} * '''[[/Shafts from an Eastern Quiver/]]''',<br/>No. II. The Jasper Vale of the Falling Star, by [[Author:Charles John Jodrell Mansford|Charles J. Mansford]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/Boy Soldiers and Sailors/]]''', by [[Author:Frances Low|Frances H. Low]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:John Gülich|John Gülich]].}} * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Philip H. Calderon, * Edward J. Poynter, * Hermann Vezin, * Signor Foli, * Julia Neilson * William Harcourt }}}} * '''[[/There's Many a Slip/]]''', by [[Author:Anna Louisa Walker Coghill|Annie L. Coghill]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:W. S. Stacey|W. S. Stacey]].}} * '''[[/Zig-Zags at the Zoo/]]''', No. II. Zig-Zag Ursine by [[Author:Arthur Morrison|Arthur Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:William James Affleck Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]].}} * '''[[/Nicette/]]''', from the French of [[Author:Saint-Juirs|Saint-Juirs]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Jean de Paleologu|Jean de Paléologue]].}} * '''[[/A Day with Dr. Conan Doyle/]]''', by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]].<br/> * '''[[/A Nightmare of the Doldrums/]]''', by [[Author:W. Clark Russell|W. Clark Russell]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:William Christian Symons|W. Christian Symons]].}} * '''[[/Grandfather's Picture-Books/]]''' * '''[[/The Three Lemons/]]''', from the Italian.<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/The Queer Side of Things/]]''' ** '''Vegetable Oddities'''. ** '''Mantles, Cloaks and Outdoor Garments'''. ** '''Pal's Puzzle Page''', by [[Author:Jean de Paleologu|Jean de Paléologue]]. ** '''Miscellaneous'''. }} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] a2iuu89jcys43a3k0hc5fdmx87zw9wh The Strand Magazine/Volume 4/Issue 21 0 4183395 14127862 13139508 2024-04-25T14:07:11Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = | previous = [[../Issue 20/|Issue 20]] | next = [[../Issue 22/|Issue 22]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 4 | notes = September, 1892. {{small scan link|The Strand Magazine (Volume 4).djvu}} }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 4. No. 21.||September 1892.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 4).djvu" include=221/> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC|title=Contents|width=500px| * '''[[/Queen Victoria's Dolls/]]''', by [[Author:Frances H. Low|Frances H. Low]]. * '''[[/The Case of Roger Carboyne/]]''', by [[Author:H. Greenhough Smith|H. Greenhough Smith]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Joseph Finnemore|J. Finnemore]].}} * '''[[/Zig-Zags at the Zoo/]]''', No. III. Zigzag Cameline by [[Author:Arthur Morrison|Arthur Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:William James Affleck Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]].}} * '''[[/Shafts from an Eastern Quiver/]]''',<br/>No. III. The Black Horsemen of Nisha the Seer, by [[Author:Charles John Jodrell Mansford|Charles J. Mansford]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Sir Henry Hawkins, * George Grossmith, * Frank Dicksee, * Charles Henry Hawtrey, * Winifred Emery * Evelyn Wood }}}} * '''[[/His Little Girl/]]'''; or, Worked Out, by [[Author:Pleydell North|Pleydell North]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Gordon Browne|Gordon Browne]].}} * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''. No. XV. '''Mr. Henry Irving''', by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrated by [[Author:John Gülich|John Gülich]].}} * '''[[/A Romance from a Detective's Case-Book/]]''': The Secrets of the Black Brotherhood, by [[Author:James Edward Preston Muddock|Dick Donovan]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Types of English Beauty/]]'''. * '''[[/The Prisoners/]]''', from the French of [[Author:Guy de Maupassant|Guy de Maupassant]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:W. B. Wollen|W. B. Wollen]].}} * '''[[/The Three Brother Beasts/]]''', from the Italian.<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/The Queer Side of Things/]]''' ** '''The Birthrate''', by [[Author:James Frank Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]]. ** '''Pal's Puzzle Page''', by [[Author:Jean de Paleologu|Jean de Paléologue]]. ** '''Club Types''', by [[Author:Max Beerbohm |H. M. Beerbohm]]. ** '''Miscellaneous'''. }} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] 580fpck95ph2u6vp8hzpqbw7eefumt3 The Strand Magazine/Volume 4/Issue 22 0 4183407 14127860 13159261 2024-04-25T14:06:27Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = | previous = [[../Issue 21/|Issue 21]] | next = [[../Issue 23/|Issue 23]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 4 | notes = October, 1892. {{small scan link|The Strand Magazine (Volume 4).djvu}} }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 4. No. 22.||October 1892.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 4).djvu" include=328/> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC|title=Contents|width=500px| * '''[[/Antonello, the Gondolier/]]''', from the German of [[Author:Freiherr Gaudy|Freiherr Gaudy]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/A Visit to the Eddystone Lighthouse/]]''', written and illustrated by [[Author:Frederic_George_Kitton|F. G. Kitton]]. * '''[[/At Eagle's Gorge/]]''', by [[Author:Ethel M. Hewitt|E. M. Hewitt]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:F. Bannister|F. Bannister]].}} * '''[[/Infinite Love/]]''', by [[Author:Dante Gabriel Rossetti|Dante Gabriel Rossetti]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Alan Wright|Alan Wright]].}} * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Maud Valérie White, * Lennox Browne, * Emanuele Filiberto, * Zelia Trebelli-Bettini, * Arthur Roberts * Victorien Sardou }}}} * '''[[/The Great Ruby Robbery/]]''', by [[Author:Grant Allen|Grant Allen]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/Zig-Zags at the Zoo/]]''', No. IV. Zigzag Miscellavian by [[Author:Arthur Morrison|Arthur Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:William James Affleck Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]].}} * '''[[/Professor Morgan's Romance/]]''', by [[Author:Kate Lee|Kate Lee]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Hal Ludlow|Hal Ludlow]].}} * '''[[/Types of English Beauty/]]'''. * '''[[/Shafts from an Eastern Quiver/]]''',<br/>No. IV. Darak, the Scorn of the Afghans, by [[Author:Charles John Jodrell Mansford|Charles J. Mansford]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''. No. XVI. '''The Rev. J. E. C. Welldon''', by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrated by [[Author:John Gülich|John Gülich]].}} * '''[[/The Lost Spear/]]'''.<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/The Queer Side of Things/]]''' ** '''Pal's Puzzle Page''', by [[Author:Jean de Paleologu|Jean de Paléologue]]. ** '''Pictures of a Diver'''. ** '''Polo in the Water'''. ** '''Soldiers of a Century'''. ** '''Miscellaneous'''. }} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] 27p8n3xg8108dpjfvw3fyd2iw18phbj The Strand Magazine/Volume 4/Issue 23 0 4183430 14127858 13196595 2024-04-25T14:05:47Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = | previous = [[../Issue 22/|Issue 22]] | next = [[../Issue 24/|Issue 24]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 4 | notes = November, 1892. {{small scan link|The Strand Magazine (Volume 4).djvu}} }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 4. No. 23.||November 1892.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 4).djvu" include=439/> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC|title=Contents|width=500px| * '''[[/Shafts from an Eastern Quiver/]]''',<br/>No. V. The Sword-Hilt of the Idol at Delhi, by [[Author:Charles John Jodrell Mansford|Charles J. Mansford]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/Obstacle Races/]]'''.<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Frank Feller|Frank Feller]].}} * '''[[/A Romance from a Detective's Case-Book/]]''': The Chamber of Shadows, by [[Author:James Edward Preston Muddock|Dick Donovan]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/The Camera Amongst the Sea Birds/]]''', by [[Author:Benjamin Wyles|Benjamin Wyles]]. * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Amy Sherwin, * Victor Emmanuel III, * Count Gleichen, * Fred Terry, * Constant Coquelin * Sir Joseph Barnby }}}} * '''[[/Gas/]]''', by [[Author:Edward Salmon|Edward Salmon]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Alfred J. Johnson|A. J. Johnson]].}} * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''. No. XVII. '''Miss Ellen Terry''', by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]].<br/>{{smaller|Illustrated by [[Author:John Gülich|John Gülich]].}} * '''[[/Ugly Margot/]]''', from the French.<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Jean de Paleologu|Jean de Paléologue]].}} * '''[[/Types of English Beauty/]]'''. * '''[[/A Palpitating Interview/]]''', by [[Author:E. Baumer Williams|Mrs. E. Baumer Williams]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/Zig-Zags at the Zoo/]]''', No. V. Zig-Zag Leonine by [[Author:Arthur Morrison|Arthur Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:William James Affleck Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]].}} * '''[[/The Little Grey Man/]]''', from the French of [[Author:Édouard René de Laboulaye|E. Laboulaye]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/The Queer Side of Things/]]''' ** '''The Identity of Mr. Push''', by [[Author:James Frank Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]]. ** '''The Gunpowder Plot'''. ** '''Club Types''', by [[Author:Max Beerbohm|H. M. Beerbohm]]. }} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] q8rwjkmw1kdk4cpildl7ynsg2i7z6os Page:The venture; an annual of art and literature.djvu/14 104 4202324 14127822 13163772 2024-04-25T13:37:48Z Klaufir216 3130230 make heading larger proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" /></noinclude>{{larger|THE PHILOSOPHY OF ISLANDS.}} {{dhr}} Suppose that in some convulsion of the planets there fell upon this earth from Mars, a creature of a shape totally unfamiliar, a creature about whose actual structure we were of necessity so dark that we could not tell which was creature and which was clothes. We could see that it had, say, six red tufts on its head, but we should not know whether they were a highly respectable head-covering or simply a head. We should see that the tail ended in three yellow stars, but it would be very difficult for us to know whether this was part of a ritual or simply part of a tail. Well, man has been from the beginning of time this unknown monster. People have always differed about what part of him belonged to himself, and what part was merely an accident. People have said successively that it was natural to him to do everything and anything that was diverse and mutually contradictory; that it was natural to him to worship God, and natural to him to be an atheist; natural to him to drink water, and natural to him to drink wine; natural to him to be equal, natural to be unequal; natural to obey kings, natural to kill them. The<noinclude>{{rvh2|2||}}</noinclude> 4tzg0y8qyghgs3iq3m9wnjl4ip4t8za Index:Distributed Common Ground System-Navy (DCGS-N) Fact Sheet.pdf 106 4210247 14129896 13201280 2024-04-25T20:08:42Z Tylopous 3013532 validated (April 2024) proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=''[[Distributed Common Ground System-Navy (DCGS-N) Fact Sheet]]'' |Language=en |Volume= |Author=[[Portal:Secretary of the Navy's office|Secretary of the Navy's office]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School=[[Portal:Secretary of the Navy's office|Secretary of the Navy's office]] |Publisher= |Address=USA |Year=2011 |Key=Distributed Common Ground System-Navy (DCGS-N) Fact Sheet |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=pdf |Image=1 |Progress=T |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date=April 2024 |Pages=<pagelist /> |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} cfg71atp64umxsxn4ii88rhlnq4igsv Page:Distributed Common Ground System-Navy (DCGS-N) Fact Sheet.pdf/1 104 4210256 14129890 13194470 2024-04-25T20:05:19Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>[[File:SPAWAR header.png|center]] {{right|{{larger|'''United States Navy'''}}</br>Space and Naval Warfare Systems Command</br>Office of Public Affairs and Corporate Communications</br>Contact: Steven A. Davis / steven.a.davis@navy.mil</br>Desk: 619.524.3432}} {{c|{{xx-larger|'''Distributed Common Ground System-Navy</br>(DCGS-N) Fact Sheet'''}}}} '''Description'''</br> The Distributed Common Ground System-Navy (DCGS-N) program provides the Navy’s primary intelligence, surveillance, reconnaissance and targeting (ISR&T) support capability. Afloat or ashore, DCGS-N tools are critical for the operational commander’s battlespace awareness and netcentric operations. '''Features'''</br> DCGS-N is the Navy’s primary ISR&T support system, providing processing, exploitation and dissemination services at the operational and tactical levels of warfare. DCGS-N operates at the General Services and Sensitive Compartmented Information security levels. The program will be fielded in two increments to Navy force-level units, Maritime Operations Centers (MOCs), the Office of Naval Intelligence, the Naval Strike and Air Warfare Center and at several Navy training locations. DCGS-N makes maximum use of mature commercial / government-off-the-shelf and joint services software, tools and standards to provide a scalable, modular and extensible multi-source capability that is interoperable with the other service and agency DCGS systems. In 2007, the DCGS-N program was realigned to fit into the Consolidated Afloat Networks and Enterprise Services (CANES) architecture, which is the Navy’s next generation tactical afloat network. The Increment 1 follow-on system, DCGS-N Increment 2, planned for fiscal year 2016, will be hosted primarily as software within the CANES infrastructure as part of the Navy's long-term vision for consolidation of C4I networks and services. '''Background'''</br> DCGS-N Increment 1, the current increment of the program, is the initial Navy component of the Defense Department DCGS family of systems and is replacing legacy ISR&T systems. Increment 1 is broken into two blocks. Increment 1, Block 1 is currently being fielded. Increment 1, Block 2, expected to field fourth quarter fiscal year 2012, will focus on capability gaps such as increased storage, enhanced collection management tools, and enhanced geospatial and signals intelligence tools. Increment 1, Block 2 will also serve as the initial step to moving to the CANES environment. The Increment 1 installation plan includes aircraft carriers, large-deck amphibious assault ships, fleet command ships, intelligence training centers and school house facilities, and shore-based numbered fleet MOC reach-back support sites. Between Milestone C in August 2009 and September 2011, 10 Increment<noinclude>{{c|Updated November 2011}}</noinclude> cwwfu3ki2n0z64ge91jmwc1f9euzlvl Page:Distributed Common Ground System-Navy (DCGS-N) Fact Sheet.pdf/2 104 4210259 14129894 13194476 2024-04-25T20:08:19Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>1 exploitation suites were installed with 19 additional installations through Full Deployment in fourth quarter of fiscal year 2014, as well as five Shipbuilding and Construction, Navy-funded deliveries through fiscal year 2015. DCGS-N Increment 2 will build upon the capabilities provided by DCGS-N Increment 1 and Maritime Domain Awareness Spiral 1, converging afloat and ashore ISR into an integrated Information Dominance enterprise. Increment 2 will be a software-centric program that will support evolving fleet needs through early and frequent delivery of capabilities starting in fiscal year 2016. All Increment 1 (Blocks 1 and 2) hardware requirements will be phased out with the delivery of Increment 2. Increment 2 will also address the remaining capability gaps to include the ability to process, exploit and disseminate sensor data from emerging sensors such as the Navy’s Broad Area Maritime Surveillance and Unmanned Carrier Launched Airborne Surveillance and Strike System unmanned sensors, as well as data from the new P-8 manned aircraft. Increment 2 will greatly improve the Navy’s ability to 1) detect and identify maritime threats 2) fuse national, tactical and inter-theater data for operational use and 3) allow better DCGS family of systems and intelligence community visibility into maritime collection requirements. '''Point of Contact'''</br> Program Executive Office Command, Control, Communications, Computers and Intelligence</br> Battlespace Awareness and Information Operations Program Office</br> 4301 Pacific Highway,</br> San Diego, CA 92110</br> Public Affairs: 619.524.3432 {{c|Updated November 2011}}<noinclude></noinclude> lnfi4mhbdq1mwfvsl9w4phgn1c0lgup Template:GIATdef 10 4233133 14130119 13265361 2024-04-25T21:47:12Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {|style="width:100%" style="border-spacing:15px;" |- |style="width:80%"|'''{{{1}}}''' - {{{2}}} |style="width:20%"|(SOURCE - {{{3}}}) |} 6gxlvds9hg16qf24q89j2a1lccd6lwo Page:Ruffhead and Runnington - The Statutes at Large - vol 16 (12).djvu/677 104 4241263 14130218 13287290 2024-04-25T22:47:50Z Technolalia 179271 Corrected text. proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Technolalia" />A. D. 1794. Anno tricesimo quarto Georgii III. C. 105-112. 615</noinclude>A.D. 1794. Anno tricesimo quarto Georgii III. C. 105—112. 615 CAP. CV. An Act for building a new Bridge over the River Parrett, within the Borough of Bridgewater, in the County of Somerset; and for repairing, maintaining, and extending the Quays in the Port of Bridgewater aforesaid; for abolishing the ancient and accustomed Duties, and for imposing certain new Duties at the Port of Bridgewater aforesaid instead thereof; for regulating the Moorings and Stations of Ships and Vessels in the said Port; and for imposing a certain Toll on Horses, Carriages, and Cattle. CAP. CVI. An Act for paving, and otherwise improving, the Town of Abergavenny, and the Limits thereof, in the County of Monmouth. CAP. CVII. An Act for taking down and rebuilding the Parish Church of Tipton, otherwise Tibbington, in the County of Stafford, and for enlarging the Cemetery or Burial Ground belonging thereto. CAP. CVIII. An Act for regulating the Manner of stocking and using the Marsh Common, otherwise Salt Marsh, in the Parish of Almondsbury, in the County of Gloucester. CAP. CIX. An Act for making and maintaining a Navigable Canal from the Town of Swansea in the County of Glamorgan, into the Parish of Ystradgunlais in the County of Brecon. CAP. CX. An Act for embanking, and otherwise fencing from the Sea, the Lands on the Sea Coasts of the Parish of Abergele in the County of Denbigh, and Rhydlan Marsh, in the several Parishes of Abergele aforesaid, and of Saint Asaph and Rhydlan, and the Franchise of Rhydlan in the County of Flint, and sundry other Marshes, Commons, and Waste Lands, in the said Parish of Rhydlan, and in the several Parishes of Diserth and Meliden in the said County of Flint; and to cut and make in or through the same, or some Part thereof, one or more Aqueducts, or other Watercourses and Drains; and to enclose, divide, and sell, competent Parts of the said several Marshes, Commons, and Waste Lands, to defray the Expences of the said Works; and to raise a Fund for the future Repair and Preservation thereof. CAP. CXI. An Act to enable the Rector of the Parish of Saint Stephen in the City of Bristol, for the Time being, and the Feoffees of the Lands, Tenements, and Hereditaments belonging to the same Parish, to sell and re-convey to the Mayor, Burgesses, and Commonalty of the City of Bristol, a certain Plot of Ground, situate within and belonging to the said Parish; and for applying the Monies arising by such Sale, and certain other Monies, to the Purposes of an Act passed in the fourteenth Year of the Reign of his present Majesty, for making commodious Ways and Passages within the Parish of Saint Stephen in the City of Bristol, and for enlarging the Burying Ground belonging to the said Parish. CAP. CXII. An Act for better regulating the Harbour of Dover in the County of Kent.<noinclude></noinclude> a00khjb9u4qh7bdobvih27k40s0le9g Index:Drug Fact Sheet - Benzodiazepines.pdf 106 4242616 14129929 13775085 2024-04-25T20:19:45Z Tylopous 3013532 validated (April 2024) proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=''[[Drug Fact Sheet: Benzodiazepines]]'' |Language=en |Volume= |Author=[[Portal:Drug Enforcement Administration|Drug Enforcement Administration]] |Translator= |Editor=[[Portal:Drug Enforcement Administration|Drug Enforcement Administration]] |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=[[Portal:Drug Enforcement Administration|Drug Enforcement Administration]] |Address=United States of America |Year=2020 |Key=Drug Fact Sheet: Benzodiazepines |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=pdf |Image=1 |Progress=T |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date=April 2024 |Pages=<pagelist /> |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} 43njpmgy8eh6mfgtoridfvatbg6jwh2 Page:Drug Fact Sheet - Benzodiazepines.pdf/1 104 4242619 14129925 13291783 2024-04-25T20:19:16Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>[[File:Drug Fact Sheet Header (Drug Enforcement Administration).png|center|600px]] {{gap}}{{xxxx-larger|{{color|#00403f|Benzodiazepines}}}} {{x-larger|{{color|#0e6f6c|'''WHAT ARE BENZODIAZEPINES?'''}}}} {{color|#234a58|Benzodiazepines are depressants that produce sedation and hypnosis, relieve anxiety and muscle spasms, and reduce seizures.}} {{x-larger|{{color|#0e6f6c|'''WHAT IS THEIR ORIGIN?'''}}}} {{color|#234a58|Benzodiazepines are only legally available through prescription. Many users maintain their drug supply by getting prescriptions from several doctors, forging prescriptions, or buying them illicitly. Alprazolam and clonazepam are the two most frequently encountered benzodiazepines on the illicit market.}} {{larger|{{color|#0e6f6c|'''What are common street names?'''}}}} {{color|#234a58|Common street names include Benzos and Downers.}} {{larger|{{color|#0e6f6c|'''What do they look like?'''}}}} {{color|#234a58|The most common benzodiazepines are the prescription drugs Valium®, Xanax®, Halcion®, Ativan®, and Klonopin®. Tolerance can develop, although at variable rates and to different degrees.}} {{color|#234a58|Shorter-acting benzodiazepines used to manage insomnia include estazolam (ProSom®), flurazepam (Dalmane®), temazepam (Restoril®), and triazolam (Halcion®). Midazolam (Versed®), a short-acting benzodiazepine, is utilized for sedation, anxiety, and amnesia in critical care settings and prior to anesthesia. It is available in the United States as an injectable preparation and as a syrup (primarily for pediatric patients).}} {{color|#234a58|Benzodiazepines with a longer duration of action are utilized to treat insomnia in patients with daytime anxiety. These benzodiazepines include alprazolam (Xanax®), chlordiazepoxide (Librium®), clorazepate (Tranxene®), diazepam (Valium®), halazepam (Paxipam®), lorzepam (Ativan®), oxazepam (Serax®), prazepam (Centrax®), and quazepam (Doral®). Clonazepam (Klonopin®), diazepam, and clorazepate are also used as anticonvulsants.}} {{larger|{{color|#0e6f6c|'''How are they abused?'''}}}} {{color|#234a58|Abuse is frequently associated with adolescents and young adults who take the drug orally or crush it up and snort it to get high.}} {{color|#234a58|Abuse is particularly high among heroin and cocaine users. Additionally, opioid users often co-abuse benzodiazepines to enhance euphoria.}} {{larger|{{color|#0e6f6c|'''What is their effect on the mind?'''}}}} {{color|#234a58|Benzodiazepines are associated with amnesia, hostility, irritability, and vivid or disturbing dreams.}} {{larger|{{color|#0e6f6c|'''What is their effect on the body?'''}}}} {{color|#234a58|Benzodiazepines slow down the central nervous system and may cause sleepiness and relaxed mood.}} {{larger|{{color|#0e6f6c|'''What are their overdose effects?'''}}}} {{color|#234a58|Effects of overdose include:}} * {{smaller|{{color|#0e6f6c|Extreme drowsiness, confusion, impaired coordination, decreased reflexes, respiratory depression, coma, and possible death. Overdose effects of concomitant use of benzodiazepines and opioids include: Profound sedation, respiratory depression, coma, and death.}}}} {{larger|{{color|#0e6f6c|'''Which drugs cause similar effects?'''}}}} {{color|#234a58|Drugs that cause similar effects include:}} * {{smaller|{{color|#0e6f6c|Alcohol, barbiturates, sleeping pills, and GHB}}}} {{larger|{{color|#0e6f6c|'''What is their legal status in the United States?'''}}}} {{color|#234a58|Benzodiazepines are controlled in Schedule IV of the Controlled Substances Act.}} {|style="width:100%" |- |style="background-color:#00403f; height:calc(1em / 3)"| |} {{rh|{{color|#00403f|www.getsmartaboutdrugs.com}}||{{color|#00403f|April 2020}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> sciq4iv0a6dllgkxppkzimdquk7bpkf Index:The Calling - Emma (2021).webm 106 4243797 14129859 13295464 2024-04-25T19:51:29Z Tylopous 3013532 validated (April 2024) proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=''[[The Calling (film series)/Emma|The Calling]]'' |Language=en |Volume= |Author=[[Portal:United States Army|United States Army]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=[[Portal:United States Army|United States Army]] |Address= |Year=2021 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=webm |Image=1 |Progress=T |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date=April 2024 |Pages={{time|1|t=00:12}} {{time|2|t=00:19}} {{time|3|t=00:42}} {{time|4|t=00:45}} {{time|5|t=00:52}} {{time|6|t=00:54}} {{time|7|t=00:56}} {{time|8|t=01:00}} {{time|9|t=01:21}} {{time|10|t=01:27}} {{time|11|t=01:34}} {{time|12|t=01:35}} {{time|13|t=02:05}} {{time|14|t=02:08}} {{time|15|t=02:12}} {{time|16|t=02:17}} |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} qaq4a00lav0z7p274xqeexib4wcd0n5 Page:The Calling - Emma (2021).webm/1 104 4243798 14129777 13295463 2024-04-25T19:30:44Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/s| {{The Calling (film series)/Title}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> m1ft3ij5oo36mfa8nd0ydc3yaapqdqf Page:The Calling - Emma (2021).webm/2 104 4243799 14129784 13297364 2024-04-25T19:31:51Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{ftb|Emma Malonelord|This is the story of a Soldier who operates your nation's Patriot Missile Defense Systems. It begins in California, with a little girl raised by two moms.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> pg7ow5xcehq33iddoaltzr4scsrapv5 Page:The Calling - Emma (2021).webm/3 104 4243800 14129786 13295466 2024-04-25T19:32:14Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/s| {{c|{{x-larger|EMMA}}}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> g82zqtmdysxl769ugx10gip70x75o05 Page:The Calling - Emma (2021).webm/4 104 4243801 14129791 13297366 2024-04-25T19:33:08Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{ftb|Emma Malonelord|Although I had a fairly typical childhood—took ballet, played violin—I also marched for equality.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> hou5num8hucnj6hwv7deq8skjanm6ep Page:The Calling - Emma (2021).webm/5 104 4243802 14129797 13295469 2024-04-25T19:34:37Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/i| {{c|{{larger|L♥VE}} <br /><br /><br /> {{xx-larger|BE<br />YOURSELF}} }} }}<noinclude></noinclude> 7lb5qrnl9m7lfpyw8ei9qht8lh5t0pr Page:The Calling - Emma (2021).webm/6 104 4243803 14129803 13297368 2024-04-25T19:35:32Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{ftb|Emma Malonelord|I like to think I've been defending freedom from an early age.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> 85vj0zwepjuei6t065vrkkeu3fh5no9 Page:The Calling - Emma (2021).webm/7 104 4243804 14129806 13295473 2024-04-25T19:36:00Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/i| {{c| RESPECT<br />EVERYONE <br /><br /><br /> {{larger|LOVE}}<br />{{smaller|EACH}}<br />{{larger|OTHER}} }} }}<noinclude></noinclude> 37im3xanm5kiqarco1emz3htdha7apx Page:The Calling - Emma (2021).webm/8 104 4243805 14129811 13297370 2024-04-25T19:37:09Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{ftb|Emma Malonelord|When I was six years old, one of my moms had an accident that left her paralyzed. Doctors said she might never walk again. But she tapped into my family's pride to get back on her feet, eventually standing at the altar to marry my other mom. With such powerful role models, I finished high school at the top of my class and then attended UC Davis, where I joined a sorority full of other strong women.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> iy0w0e70aq9wnjds3ftzvhcnw2erem8 Page:The Calling - Emma (2021).webm/9 104 4243807 14129821 13295477 2024-04-25T19:41:46Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/i| {{c|{{smaller block|UC'''DAVIS'''{{hr}}AGGIES}}}} {{dhr}} {{c|Π{{br}}Β{{br}}Φ}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> a71u35imez3emyp5hl43kgt2oizimkf Page:The Calling - Emma (2021).webm/10 104 4243808 14129825 13297372 2024-04-25T19:43:17Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{ftb|Emma Malonelord|But as graduation approached, I began feeling like I'd been handed so much in life—a sorority girl stereotype.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> 012s1pvcideu2jcmvs6z31gueojirsf Page:The Calling - Emma (2021).webm/11 104 4243809 14129834 13295480 2024-04-25T19:46:15Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/i| {{c|{{smaller|Barb}}<br><br>{{x-smaller|2nd{{em}}1st}}}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> tdx10h3mrvbhd3pdy4tv1bmwcslezpt Page:The Calling - Emma (2021).webm/12 104 4243811 14129840 13297374 2024-04-25T19:47:25Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{ftb|Emma Malonelord|Sure, I'd spent my life around inspiring women, but what had I really achieved on my own? One of my sorority sisters was studying abroad in Italy. Another was climbing Mount Everest. I needed my own adventures, my own challenge. And after meeting with an Army recruiter, I found it—a way to prove my inner strength, and maybe shatter some stereotypes along the way.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> 7m1pexhxkvedcpkz4w1qu5nuxjk70sh Page:The Calling - Emma (2021).webm/13 104 4243813 14129844 13297376 2024-04-25T19:48:44Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{ftb|Emma Malonelord|I'm U.S. Army Corporal Emma Malonelord, and I answered my calling.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> 7hxa0habev5ddyjdeijcgp8xki9rsxv Page:The Calling - Emma (2021).webm/14 104 4243814 14129849 13295486 2024-04-25T19:49:21Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/i| {{c|{{smaller|MALONELORD{{gap|4em}}U.S. ARMY}}}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> rprk8x8x13uubv4do6j234gmylt3arf Page:The Calling - Emma (2021).webm/15 104 4243817 14129855 13295489 2024-04-25T19:50:48Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/s| {{The Calling (film series)/What calls you?}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> phrdfd352pgtb2nki28yquxprzzsih5 Page:The Calling - Emma (2021).webm/16 104 4243818 14129856 13295490 2024-04-25T19:51:05Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/s| {{The Calling (film series)/View series}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> lv2n0c37ahzuqzqsu8p2x3evpgv1s3t Index:The Calling - Janeen (2021).webm 106 4244390 14129705 13297333 2024-04-25T19:10:29Z Tylopous 3013532 validated (April 2024) proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=''[[The Calling (film series)/Janeen|The Calling]]'' |Language=en |Volume= |Author=[[Author:United States Army|United States Army]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=[[Portal:United States Army|United States Army]] |Address= |Year=2021 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=webm |Image=1 |Progress=T |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date=April 2024 |Pages={{time|1|t=00:12}} {{time|2|t=00:17}} {{time|3|t=00:27}} {{time|4|t=00:40}} {{time|5|t=0:44}} {{time|6|t=01:16-01:20}} {{time|7|t=01:24}} {{time|8|t=01:30}} {{time|9|t=01:54}} {{time|10|t=02:31}} {{time|11|t=02:45}} {{time|12|t=02:51}} {{time|13|t=02:52}} {{time|14|t=02:58}} |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} 1vwa2g0nqd5dtxzkgtpbhp8p84igmjg Page:The Calling - Janeen (2021).webm/1 104 4244391 14129666 13297335 2024-04-25T18:51:15Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/s| {{The Calling (film series)/Title}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> m1ft3ij5oo36mfa8nd0ydc3yaapqdqf Page:The Calling - Janeen (2021).webm/2 104 4244392 14129667 13297337 2024-04-25T18:52:05Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{ftb|Janeen Phelps| {{ppoem| La-da-da-da-da-da-da! La-da-da-da-da-da-da! }} }} }}<noinclude></noinclude> 3rm5osd20887ko869t7u1i4uw0kzkmo Page:The Calling - Janeen (2021).webm/3 104 4244393 14129668 13297338 2024-04-25T18:53:16Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{ftb|Janeen Phelps|My singing voice took me all over the world. But no matter how far I traveled, how many things I experienced, I kept returning to a feeling inside.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> 1pohqa5mfduz9yljt3oelrhxi6hm1tp Page:The Calling - Janeen (2021).webm/4 104 4244394 14129669 13297339 2024-04-25T18:53:34Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/s| {{c|{{x-larger|JANEEN}}}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> 1wpbstfwfvvip34r404crbv6xwd6i8q Page:The Calling - Janeen (2021).webm/5 104 4244395 14129674 13297340 2024-04-25T18:56:31Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{ftb|Janeen Phelps|I grew up in an Army family. My dad, uncles, and both of my grandfathers served. So as soon as I turned seventeen, I asked for my dad's blessing to enlist. But, having served in the Army during the Vietnam era, responding to civil unrest, he said no. He had his reasons. So, I turned to singing—first, on the strip in Vegas; then, after a performance at the Apollo Theater in New York, I was invited to sing for a top cruise line, where I spent five years traveling everywhere.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> 0axy9a87rvu2a3lwzfneld5whgik77r Page:The Calling - Janeen (2021).webm/6 104 4244396 14129678 13297341 2024-04-25T18:58:42Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/i| {{c| {{larger|CASINO}} <br /><br /><br /> {{larger|CASINO}} <br /><br /><br /> WELCOME<br />{{smaller|TO}} {{cursive|Fabulous}}<br />{{larger|LAS VEGAS}}<br />{{smaller|NEVADA}} }} }}<noinclude></noinclude> ibcn9ofd27497p5n3rmlbqfbu3pmlwv Page:The Calling - Janeen (2021).webm/7 104 4244397 14129679 13297343 2024-04-25T18:59:40Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/i| {{c|SHOWTIME AT THE APOLLO}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> qyuyzcsurwvpb8qs3vhq5f1svvwetum Page:The Calling - Janeen (2021).webm/8 104 4244398 14129685 13297345 2024-04-25T19:01:09Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{ftb|Janeen Phelps|Over seventy different countries, witnessing the good, and also the bad in the world—places torn apart by political unrest, people suffering. Our ship was once turned away after a port had been bombed.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> 7u7p1cezm8dhj9v6229w2trcx1m7y5q Page:The Calling - Janeen (2021).webm/9 104 4244400 14129690 13782451 2024-04-25T19:04:03Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{film song link|Q124261352}} {{ftb|Janeen Phelps| {{ppoem| When I was seventeen, I... I had such real big dreams, I... Said, "Dad, I want to be a Soldier, So I can be like you. {{fqm}}And though the years have passed now, Feeling just seems to last now. It's not too hard to grasp now. Hey, Dad, I've got to be like you." }} }} }}<noinclude></noinclude> 5b1fqnhu6kincdwvegqgo12ov0qnqxw Page:The Calling - Janeen (2021).webm/10 104 4244401 14129693 13297350 2024-04-25T19:06:43Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{ftb|Janeen Phelps|Dad came around. And now I've turned my desire to serve into an Army career and two master's degrees. And I still find time to perform for my fellow Soldiers.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> nylri4oyas9u5f8oe4al27nm8eov5sq Page:The Calling - Janeen (2021).webm/11 104 4244402 14129695 13297352 2024-04-25T19:07:49Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{ftb|Janeen Phelps|I'm U.S. Army First Lieutenant Janeen Phelps, and I answered my calling.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> 89z4p7l55txm456kb8xyg1s33gzf7eo Page:The Calling - Janeen (2021).webm/12 104 4244403 14129696 13297354 2024-04-25T19:08:15Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/i| {{c|{{smaller|PHELPS{{gap|4em}}U.S. ARMY}}}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> 90w3xx6fu04za6v4ffp32y63ob054ml Page:The Calling - Janeen (2021).webm/13 104 4244404 14129699 13297357 2024-04-25T19:09:26Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/s| {{The Calling (film series)/What calls you?}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> phrdfd352pgtb2nki28yquxprzzsih5 Page:The Calling - Janeen (2021).webm/14 104 4244406 14129701 13297359 2024-04-25T19:09:44Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/s| {{The Calling (film series)/View series}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> lv2n0c37ahzuqzqsu8p2x3evpgv1s3t Index:The Calling - Jennifer (2021).webm 106 4244425 14127715 13297457 2024-04-25T12:07:27Z Tylopous 3013532 validated (April 2024) proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=''[[The Calling (film series)/Jennifer|The Calling]]'' |Language=en |Volume= |Author=[[Author:United States Army|United States Army]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=[[Portal:United States Army|United States Army]] |Address= |Year=2021 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=webm |Image=1 |Progress=T |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date=April 2024 |Pages={{time|1|t=00:12}} {{time|2|t=00:22}} {{time|3|t=00:39}} {{time|4|t=00:43}} {{time|5|t=02:34}} {{time|6|t=02:34}} {{time|7|t=02:40}} {{time|8|t=02:46}} |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} 9qwyobou9fjzqkp6zivc4ltbzujh1av Page:The Calling - Jennifer (2021).webm/2 104 4244427 14127699 13297459 2024-04-25T11:59:22Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{ftb|Jennifer Liriano|When I was four, my siblings and I watched my dad try to take his own life right in front of us. The police were called and they rescued him. I grew up wanting to help people like my father, people who are suffering.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> e5xxjv44wya0e9fwxnxj4f389ht2rfs Page:The Calling - Jennifer (2021).webm/3 104 4244428 14127700 13297460 2024-04-25T12:00:02Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/s| {{c|{{x-larger|JENNIFER}}}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> 51lk26rvczhbugxog3ospc6srpe3yby Page:The Calling - Jennifer (2021).webm/4 104 4244429 14127706 13297461 2024-04-25T12:04:31Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{ftb|Jennifer Liriano|My parents were first-generation immigrants from the Dominican Republic. We shared a three-bedroom apartment in New Jersey with ten family members. With my dad's struggles, my mom had to work sixteen-hour days. So I helped any way I could. My neighborhood was tough. My friends got into a lot of trouble. I wanted to fit in. One time, I snuck out and stayed three days at a friend's place. When I came home, Mom wanted to teach me to appreciate the life I had by sending me to the Dominican Republic to stay with relatives for a year. I had no idea what to expect. My relatives lived in a house with a tin roof. Tourists used to drive by and throw candy at us. Once, on a school field trip, I missed the bus back—completely stranded—and a stranger went out of her way to help me get home. I remember thinking, "No matter what, there are always good people in the world." And when I returned to the U.S., I knew I had to be one of those good, helpful people. I just didn't know how. One day at school, I came upon an Army recruiter, and told him about my goals. He took me through all their different careers, and that's when it hit me. The Army is an army of good people. I knew what to do. Now I serve in a combat support hospital doing what fulfills me the most.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> hshhtamhp09ft0ho0p24tz55yovf2ex Page:The Calling - Jennifer (2021).webm/5 104 4244430 14127707 13297462 2024-04-25T12:05:13Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{ftb|Jennifer Liriano|I'm U.S. Army Specialist Jennifer Liriano, and I answered my calling.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> 9qivhkbjz7h9aka85ksm9klwgrgmwg6 Page:The Calling - Jennifer (2021).webm/6 104 4244431 14127709 13297463 2024-04-25T12:05:44Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/i| {{c|{{smaller|LIRIANO{{gap|4em}}U.S. ARMY}}}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> 37oscyrf32k99o4m50kyyuvpx0nirug Page:The Calling - Jennifer (2021).webm/7 104 4244433 14127712 13297467 2024-04-25T12:06:28Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/s| {{The Calling (film series)/What calls you?}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> phrdfd352pgtb2nki28yquxprzzsih5 Page:The Calling - Jennifer (2021).webm/8 104 4244434 14127714 13297468 2024-04-25T12:06:42Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/s| {{The Calling (film series)/View series}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> lv2n0c37ahzuqzqsu8p2x3evpgv1s3t Index:The Calling - Rickie (2021).webm 106 4244444 14129753 13297507 2024-04-25T19:25:36Z Tylopous 3013532 validated (April 2024) proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=''[[The Calling (film series)/Rickie|The Calling]]'' |Language=en |Volume= |Author=[[Author:United States Army|United States Army]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=[[Portal:United States Army|United States Army]] |Address= |Year=2021 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=webm |Image=1 |Progress=T |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date=April 2024 |Pages={{time|1|t=00:12}} {{time|2|t=00:19}} {{time|3|t=00:36}} {{time|4|t=00:38}} {{time|5|t=01:01}} {{time|6|t=01:02}} {{time|7|t=02:03}} {{time|8|t=02:09}} {{time|9|t=02:16}} |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} bgqadug8b3uaj7b9xms50yt1guci6yg 14130379 14129753 2024-04-26T00:39:45Z SnowyCinema 2484340 fix manually proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=''[[The Calling (film series)/Rickie|The Calling]]'' |Language=en |Volume= |Author=[[Author:United States Army|United States Army]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=[[Portal:United States Army|United States Army]] |Address= |Year=2021 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=webm |Image=1 |Progress=T |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date=April 2024 |Pages={{time|1|t=00:12}} {{time|2|t=00:19}} {{time|3|t=00:36}} {{time|4|t=00:38}} {{time|5|t=01:01}} {{time|6|t=01:02}} {{time|7|t=02:00}} {{time|8|t=02:03}} {{time|9|t=02:09}} {{time|10|t=02:16}} |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} le84xulm4z7fk16ktu1hpv8bbkhcyio Page:The Calling - Rickie (2021).webm/1 104 4244445 14129711 13297508 2024-04-25T19:12:24Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/s| {{The Calling (film series)/Title}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> m1ft3ij5oo36mfa8nd0ydc3yaapqdqf Page:The Calling - Rickie (2021).webm/2 104 4244446 14129715 13297510 2024-04-25T19:13:37Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{ftb|Rickie Plaisir|Back in Haiti, I used to walk miles down unpaved roads to school every day. So when my family had the opportunity to move to Florida, it opened my eyes to a new world, a world that I would one day want to defend.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> k8g7ytmdd2va6i0k3bgbcdxpd0jc59x Page:The Calling - Rickie (2021).webm/3 104 4244447 14129716 13297512 2024-04-25T19:14:11Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/s| {{c|{{x-larger|RICKIE}}}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> po5c9ua7rp20vig7xrhwllw7xli9hqi Page:The Calling - Rickie (2021).webm/4 104 4244448 14129717 13297514 2024-04-25T19:15:24Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{ftb|Rickie Plaisir|Being a first-generation immigrant, I was amazed by what was normal in the U.S. Simple things like well-kept grass and smooth roads were a huge deal. Seeing my parents succeed in this world was humbling, showing me that hard work and determination goes far. I didn't realize how far it would eventually get me.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> b4z1l5tleqxaq9zzpxvgxzv4dyzd0g2 Page:The Calling - Rickie (2021).webm/5 104 4244450 14129719 13297516 2024-04-25T19:16:12Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/i| {{c|{{xx-smaller block|JUNIOR RESERVE<br />OFFICER TRAINING CORPS}}}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> tf3w89iloixpbdmq85i68sb5dtqt4ov Page:The Calling - Rickie (2021).webm/6 104 4244451 14129722 13297517 2024-04-25T19:18:23Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{ftb|Rickie Plaisir|I initially joined Junior ROTC to get out of gym class, but it was much different than I expected. It was actually more physically demanding and disciplined than gym, and I even had to wear a uniform. But something about it was more interesting. It was empowering to feel like a part of a team, and I started taking it more seriously than I ever expected. But it was one day, during a 9/11 ceremony, I started seeing the Army in a new light. Over three thousand students lined the walls and the balconies of my school. My whole community was there, including firefighters and service members from every military branch. The silent show of respect for this country was deafening. I was now determined to defend this nation that I called home, to not only be a citizen but a Soldier as well.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> npix8znn14e8iku5l7hh8bxl9oawf07 Page:The Calling - Rickie (2021).webm/8 104 4244452 14129723 13297518 2024-04-25T19:19:39Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{ftb|Rickie Plaisir|I am U.S. Army First Lieutenant Rickie Plaisir, and I answered my calling.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> 7tg7qujg1dzcso87bap8b6hjmfcjjfq 14130382 14129723 2024-04-26T00:40:42Z SnowyCinema 2484340 SnowyCinema moved page [[Page:The Calling - Rickie (2021).webm/7]] to [[Page:The Calling - Rickie (2021).webm/8]] without leaving a redirect: Source file updated proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{ftb|Rickie Plaisir|I am U.S. Army First Lieutenant Rickie Plaisir, and I answered my calling.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> 7tg7qujg1dzcso87bap8b6hjmfcjjfq Page:The Calling - Rickie (2021).webm/9 104 4244453 14129730 13297520 2024-04-25T19:21:15Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/s| {{The Calling (film series)/What calls you?}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> phrdfd352pgtb2nki28yquxprzzsih5 14130381 14129730 2024-04-26T00:40:30Z SnowyCinema 2484340 SnowyCinema moved page [[Page:The Calling - Rickie (2021).webm/8]] to [[Page:The Calling - Rickie (2021).webm/9]] without leaving a redirect: Source file updated proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/s| {{The Calling (film series)/What calls you?}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> phrdfd352pgtb2nki28yquxprzzsih5 Page:The Calling - Rickie (2021).webm/10 104 4244454 14129746 13297521 2024-04-25T19:24:38Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/s| {{The Calling (film series)/View series}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> lv2n0c37ahzuqzqsu8p2x3evpgv1s3t 14130380 14129746 2024-04-26T00:40:16Z SnowyCinema 2484340 SnowyCinema moved page [[Page:The Calling - Rickie (2021).webm/9]] to [[Page:The Calling - Rickie (2021).webm/10]] without leaving a redirect: Source file updated proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/s| {{The Calling (film series)/View series}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> lv2n0c37ahzuqzqsu8p2x3evpgv1s3t The Calling (film series)/Rickie 0 4244455 14130384 13787449 2024-04-26T00:41:46Z SnowyCinema 2484340 sheesh this process really needs to be changed... wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../|The Calling]] | author = | override_author = [[Portal:United States Army|United States Army]] | translator = | section = Rickie | previous = [[../Janeen/]] | next = [[../Emma/]] | year = 2021 | portal = Propaganda film/Sound film/United States Army | related_author = Rickie Plaisir | notes = {{Film|The Calling - Rickie (2021).webm|thumbtime=2|size=400px}} }}{{DEFAULTSORT:Rickie}} {{Film transclusion| {{page|The Calling - Rickie (2021).webm/1|num=00:12}} {{page|The Calling - Rickie (2021).webm/2|num=00:19}} {{page|The Calling - Rickie (2021).webm/3|num=00:36}} {{page|The Calling - Rickie (2021).webm/4|num=00:38}} {{page|The Calling - Rickie (2021).webm/5|num=01:01}} {{page|The Calling - Rickie (2021).webm/6|num=01:02}} {{page|The Calling - Rickie (2021).webm/7|num=02:00}} {{page|The Calling - Rickie (2021).webm/8|num=02:03}} {{page|The Calling - Rickie (2021).webm/9|num=02:09}} {{page|The Calling - Rickie (2021).webm/10|num=02:16}} }} {{PD-USGov}} {{authority control}} [[Category:Propaganda film]] [[Category:Sound film]] [[Category:United States Army]] t1wni627ckjmhiousxoatbkqpdecgrn Oklahoma Arbor and Bird Day, Friday, March Twelfth, 1909/Part One: Arbor Day/Blessing for the Tree Planter 0 4247998 14128384 13307713 2024-04-25T17:25:18Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 Adding {{other versions|Garden (Whittier)}}; removing superfluous license information wikitext text/x-wiki {{other versions|Garden (Whittier)}}{{header | title = [[../../]] | author = | translator = | section = Blessing for the Tree Planter | previous = [[../The First Arbor Day|The First Arbor Day]] | next = [[../History of Arbor Day|History of Arbor Day]] | notes = }}{{Default layout|Layout 2}} <pages index="Oklahoma Arbor and Bird Day, Friday, March Twelfth, 1909.pdf" from=12 to=12 fromsection="Blessing" tosection="Blessing" /> 8wqpmfqradu0g17hqmwmcabtop4d23w Page:The Everlasting Man.pdf/56 104 4300631 14130287 13457112 2024-04-25T23:38:58Z Rourken49 3130566 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Peterkp" /></noinclude>{{c|CHAPTER II.}} {{c|PROFESSORS AND PREHISTORIC MEN}} Scrence is weak about these prehistoric things in a way that has hardly been noticed. The science whose modern marvels we all admire succeeds by incessantly adding to its data. In all practical inventions, in most natural discoveries, it can always increase evidence by experiment. But it cannot experiment in making men; or even in watching to see what the first men make. An inventor can advance step by step in the construction of an aeroplane, even if he is only experimenting with sticks and scraps of metal in his own back-yard. But he cannot watch the Missing Link evolving in his own back-yard. If he has made a mistake in his calculations, the aeroplane will correct it by crashing to the ground. But if he has made a mistake about the arboreal habitat of his ancestor, he cannot see his arboreal ancestor falling off the tree. He cannot keep a cave-man like a cat in the back-yard and watch him to see whether he does really practice cannibalism or carry off his mate on the principles of marriage by capture. He cannot keep a tribe of primitive men like a pack of hounds and notice how far they are influenced by the herd instinct. If he sees a.particular bird behave in a particular way, he can get other birds and see if they behave in that way; but if he finds a skull, or the scrap of a skull, in the hol-<noinclude>{{c|24}}</noinclude> 29c49hswh85ugbbhrsiv6vr08kjwugm Page:The Music of the Spheres.djvu/8 104 4312414 14129130 13935821 2024-04-25T18:36:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ bot request: rh with fix 2-param proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{c|CONTENTS}} {{TOC begin}} {{TOC row 1-1-1|{{x-smaller|CHAPTER}}||{{x-smaller|PAGE}}}}</noinclude>{{nop}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1|XIII|[[The Music of the Spheres/Chapter 13|{{sc|Venus and Jupiter}}]]|247}} {{TOC row 1-1-1||The Bright Planet of Venus, the Goddess of Love—The Giant Planet of Jupiter, the King of the Gods.|}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1|XIV|[[The Music of the Spheres/Chapter 14|{{sc|Mars and Saturn}}]]|260}} {{TOC row 1-1-1||The Red Planet of Mars, the God of War—The Ringed Planet of Saturn, the God of Time.|}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1|XV|[[The Music of the Spheres/Chapter 15|{{sc|Mercury, Uranus and Neptune}}]]|278}} {{TOC row 1-1-1||The Tiny Planet of Mercury, the Messenger of the Gods—The Strange Planet of Uranus, the Ancient God of the Heavens—The Boundary Planet of Neptune, the God of the Sea.|}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1|XVI|[[The Music of the Spheres/Chapter 16|{{sc|The Earth—A Planet at Close Range}}]]|285}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1|XVII|[[The Music of the Spheres/Chapter 17|{{sc|The Earth's Moon—A Near View of a Satellite}}]]|297}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1| |[[The Music of the Spheres/Pronouncing Dictionary|{{sc|Pronouncing Dictionary}}]]|317}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1| |[[The Music of the Spheres/Bibliography|{{sc|Bibliography}}]]|321}} {{TOC row 1-dot-1||[[The Music of the Spheres/Index|{{sc|Index}}]]|325}} {{TOC end}}<noinclude>{{c|[viii]}}</noinclude> cze0ldbhey7smti1nynsfzjx65j0zdc Template:MAM 4mat 10 4313872 14129922 13495735 2024-04-25T20:17:30Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {|style="width:100%; font-size:130%; font-weight:bold; border-collapse: collapse; |- |style="text-align:left; width:calc(100% / 3)"| |style="text-align:center; width:calc(100% / 3)"|{{#if:{{{title|}}}|{{{title}}}}} |style="text-align:right; width:calc(100% / 3)"|{{#if:{{{number|}}}|{{{number}}}}} |} {|style="width:100%; height:1em" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=0 |- | |} {|style="width:100%; text-align:center; font-size:130%" cellpadding=3 cellspacing=0 |- |style="width:25%"|{{#if:{{{notation|}}}|{{{notation}}}}} |style="width:25%"|MW: {{#if:{{{MW|}}}|{{{MW}}}}} |style="width:25%"|CAS: {{#if:{{{CAS|}}}|{{{CAS}}}}} |style="width:25%"|RTECS: {{#if:{{{RTECS|}}}|{{{RTECS}}}}} |} {{rule|width=100%|height=3px}} {|style="width:100%; font-weight:bold" |- |style="text-align:left; width:calc(100% / 3); vertical-align:text-top" rowspan="2"|METHOD: {{#if:{{{method|}}}|{{{method}}}}} |style="text-align:center; width:calc(100% / 3); vertical-align:text-top" rowspan="2"|EVALUATION: {{#if:{{{evaluation|}}}|{{{evaluation}}}}} |style="text-align:left; width:calc(100% / 3); vertical-align:text-top"|Issue 1: {{#if:{{{issue1|}}}|{{{issue1}}}}} |- |style="text-align:left; vertical-align:text-top"|{{#if:{{{issuex|}}}|{{{issuex}}}}} |} {{rule|width=100%|height=3px}} {|style="width:100%" cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 |- |style="width:50%" colspan="2"| |style="width:50%" colspan="2"| |- |style="font-weight:bold; vertical-align:text-top"|OSHA: |style="vertical-align:text-top"|{{#if:{{{OSHA|}}}|{{{OSHA}}}}} |style="font-weight:bold; vertical-align:text-top" rowspan="3"|PROPERTIES: |style="vertical-align:text-top" rowspan="3"|{{#if:{{{properties|}}}|{{{properties}}}}} |- |style="font-weight:bold; vertical-align:text-top"|NIOSH: |style="vertical-align:text-top"|{{#if:{{{NIOSH|}}}|{{{NIOSH}}}}} |- |style="font-weight:bold; vertical-align:text-top"|ACGIH: |style="vertical-align:text-top"|{{#if:{{{ACGIH|}}}|{{{ACGIH}}}}} |} {{rule|width=100%|height=3px}} '''SYNONYMS:''' {{#if:{{{synonyms|}}}|{{{synonyms}}}}} {{rule|width=100%|height=3px}} {{c|'''SAMPLING'''}} {{rule|width=100%|height=3px}} {|cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 |- |style="font-weight:bold; vertical-align:text-top"|SAMPLER: |style="vertical-align:text-top"|{{#if:{{{sampler|}}}|{{{sampler}}}}} |- |style="font-weight:bold"|FLOW RATE: |style="vertical-align:text-top"|{{#if:{{{flowrate|}}}|{{{flowrate}}}}} |- |style="font-weight:bold; vertical-align:text-top"|VOL-MIN: |style="vertical-align:text-top"|{{#if:{{{volmin|}}}|{{{volmin}}}}} |- |style="font-weight:bold; vertical-align:text-top"|{{nbsp|2}}-MAX: |style="vertical-align:text-top"|{{#if:{{{volmax|}}}|{{{volmax}}}}} |- |style="font-weight:bold; vertical-align:text-top"|SHIPMENT: |style="vertical-align:text-top"|{{#if:{{{shipment|}}}|{{{shipment}}}}} |- |style="font-weight:bold; vertical-align:text-top"|SAMPLE STABILITY: |style="vertical-align:text-bottom"|{{#if:{{{samplestability|}}}|{{{samplestability}}}}} |- |style="font-weight:bold; vertical-align:text-top"|BLANKS: |style="vertical-align:text-top"|{{#if:{{{blanks|}}}|{{{blanks}}}}} |} {{rule|width=100%|height=3px}} {{c|'''ACCURACY'''}} {{rule|width=100%|height=3px}} {|cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 |- |style="font-weight:bold; vertical-align:text-top"|RANGE STUDIED: |style="vertical-align:text-top"|{{#if:{{{rangestudied|}}}|{{{rangestudied}}}}} |- |style="font-weight:bold; vertical-align:text-top"|BIAS: |style="vertical-align:text-top"|{{#if:{{{bias|}}}|{{{bias}}}}} |- |style="font-weight:bold; vertical-align:text-top"|OVERALL PRECISION (Ŝ<sub>rT</sub>): |style="vertical-align:text-top"|{{#if:{{{overallprecision|}}}|{{{overallprecision}}}}} |- |style="font-weight:bold; vertical-align:text-top"|ACCURACY: |style="vertical-align:text-top"|{{#if:{{{accuracy|}}}|{{{accuracy}}}}} |} {{rule|width=100%|height=3px}} {{c|'''MEASUREMENT'''}} {{rule|width=100%|height=3px}} {|cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 |- |style="font-weight:bold; vertical-align:text-top"|TECHNIQUE: |style="vertical-align:text-top"|{{#if:{{{technique|}}}|{{{technique}}}}} |- |style="font-weight:bold; vertical-align:text-top"|ANALYTE: |style="vertical-align:text-top"|{{#if:{{{analyte|}}}|{{{analyte}}}}} |- |style="font-weight:bold; vertical-align:text-top"|DESORPTION: |style="vertical-align:text-top"|{{#if:{{{desorption|}}}|{{{desorption}}}}} |- |style="font-weight:bold; vertical-align:text-top"|INJECTION VOLUME: |style="vertical-align:text-bottom"|{{#if:{{{injectionvolume|}}}|{{{injectionvolume}}}}} |- |style="font-weight:bold; vertical-align:text-top"|TEMPERATURE-INJECTION: |style="vertical-align:text-top"|{{#if:{{{temperatureinjection|}}}|{{{temperatureinjection}}}}} |- |style="font-weight:bold; vertical-align:text-top; text-align:right"|{{nbsp|5}}-DETECTOR: |style="vertical-align:text-top"|{{#if:{{{temperaturedetector|}}}|{{{temperaturedetector}}}}} |- |style="font-weight:bold; vertical-align:text-top; text-align:right"|{{nbsp|6}}-COLUMN: |style="vertical-align:text-top"|{{#if:{{{temperaturecolumn|}}}|{{{temperaturecolumn}}}}} |- |style="font-weight:bold; vertical-align:text-top"|CARRIER GAS: |style="vertical-align:text-top"|{{#if:{{{carriergas|}}}|{{{carriergas}}}}} |- |style="font-weight:bold; vertical-align:text-top"|COLUMN: |style="vertical-align:text-top"|{{#if:{{{column|}}}|{{{column}}}}} |- |style="font-weight:bold; vertical-align:text-top"|CALIBRATION: |style="vertical-align:text-top"|{{#if:{{{calibration|}}}|{{{calibration}}}}} |- |style="font-weight:bold; vertical-align:text-top"|RANGE: |style="vertical-align:text-top"|{{#if:{{{range|}}}|{{{range}}}}} |- |style="font-weight:bold; vertical-align:text-top"|ESTIMATED LOD: |style="vertical-align:text-top"|{{#if:{{{estimatedLOD|}}}|{{{estimatedLOD}}}}} |- |style="font-weight:bold; vertical-align:text-top"|PRECISION (S̄<sub>r</sub>): |style="vertical-align:text-top"|{{#if:{{{precision|}}}|{{{precision}}}}} |} {{rule|width=100%|height=3px}} '''APPLICABILITY:''' {{#if:{{{applicability|}}}|{{{applicability}}}}} {{rule|width=100%|height=3px}} '''INTERFERENCES:''' {{#if:{{{interferences|}}}|{{{interferences}}}}} {{rule|width=100%|height=3px}} '''OTHER METHODS:''' {{#if:{{{othermethods|}}}|{{{othermethods}}}}} {{rule|width=100%|height=3px}} <noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> f02zfvhrxekj4ks7irgkpbmq62rpjc9 Template:外務省記録 10 4314451 14129869 13496677 2024-04-25T19:54:31Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="writing-mode: vertical-rl;"> <div style="border: 4px double black; display: flex; align-items: center; text-align: center;"> <ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0;"> <li>自 {{{年a}}}年 {{{月a}}}月 {{{日a}}}日</li> <li>至 {{{年b}}}年 {{{月b}}}月 {{{日b}}}日 </ul> <div style="flex: 1; font-size: 200%; line-height: 1.5;">{{{題}}}<br>「{{cursive|Press Release}}」</div> <div>第 {{{卷}}} 卷</div> </div> <div style="border: 4px solid transparent; display: flex; align-items: center; text-align: center;""> <div>外務省<br>{{lsp|1em|記|錄}}</div> <ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0;"> <li>自 {{{年a}}}年 {{{月a}}}月 {{{日a}}}日</li> <li>至 {{{年b}}}年 {{{月b}}}月 {{{日b}}}日 </ul> <div style="flex: 1; font-size: 200%; line-height: 1.5;">{{{題}}}<br>「{{cursive|Press Release}}」</div> <div>第 {{{卷}}} 卷</div> {|{{ts|ba|writing-mode: horizontal-tb;"}} |- !{{ts|bb}}|門 |{{ts|bb|ac}}|{{{門}}} |- !{{ts|bb}}|類 |{{ts|bb|ac}}|{{{類}}} |- !{{ts|bb}}|項 |{{ts|bb|ac}}|{{{項}}} |-{{ts|bb}} !{{ts|bb}}|目 |{{ts|bb|text-align: end;}}|{{{目}}} |-{{ts|bb}} !{{ts|bb}}|号 |{{ts|bb|ac}}|{{{号}}} |} </div> </div><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> f427yfac528hw0a6drumd6rkbx1b0gl Index:EB1911 - Volume 01.djvu/styles.css 106 4330151 14130706 13732884 2024-04-26T06:59:45Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css /* * The CSS style rules defined here will be imported (through redirects) in * every Page:-namespace wikipage in the 29 EB1911 volumes, as well as in every * mainspace page on which a page associated with one of these indexes is * transcluded. * * NB! This means changes to this page have a huge potential impact. * Please think, test, discuss, and be cautions before hitting "Publish". * * Use "_" in front of class names across EB1911 to avoid clashing with * templates. Use "__" in front of classes for one-off stuff (single page) to * avoid clashing with EB1911-wide classes. * See also [[Help:Page styles#Class naming conventions]]. */ /* * Class: _tablecolhdborder * * Puts borders around the entire table and around each column of the table. * Also centers the content of header cells, aligns the content of normal cells * to the left and adds a small amount of padding. */ ._tablecolhdborder { border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid black; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; } ._tablecolhdborder th { border-bottom: 1px solid black; border-left: 1px solid black; text-align: center; } ._tablecolhdborder td { border-left: 1px solid; padding-left: 5px; } .__cellpading3 td{ padding:3px; } /* * The EB1911 style guide specifies somewhat larger text (90%) for smallrefs * compared to the default (83%). */ .wst-smallrefs { font-size: 90%; } etbcntm7hh2jw5mgks876s3hf1fesl7 14130710 14130706 2024-04-26T07:00:43Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css /* * The CSS style rules defined here will be imported (through redirects) in * every Page:-namespace wikipage in the 29 EB1911 volumes, as well as in every * mainspace page on which a page associated with one of these indexes is * transcluded. * * NB! This means changes to this page have a huge potential impact. * Please think, test, discuss, and be cautions before hitting "Publish". * * Use "_" in front of class names across EB1911 to avoid clashing with * templates. Use "__" in front of classes for one-off stuff (single page) to * avoid clashing with EB1911-wide classes. * See also [[Help:Page styles#Class naming conventions]]. */ /* * Class: _tablecolhdborder * * Puts borders around the entire table and around each column of the table. * Also centers the content of header cells, aligns the content of normal cells * to the left and adds a small amount of padding. */ ._tablecolhdborder { border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid black; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; } ._tablecolhdborder th { border-bottom: 1px solid black; border-left: 1px solid black; text-align: center; } ._tablecolhdborder td { border-left: 1px solid; padding-left: 5px; } .__cellpadding3 td{ padding:3px; } /* * The EB1911 style guide specifies somewhat larger text (90%) for smallrefs * compared to the default (83%). */ .wst-smallrefs { font-size: 90%; } fph7a3cv6uknhp9mv8isecdtb61dexm 14131415 14130710 2024-04-26T10:50:22Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css /* * The CSS style rules defined here will be imported (through redirects) in * every Page:-namespace wikipage in the 29 EB1911 volumes, as well as in every * mainspace page on which a page associated with one of these indexes is * transcluded. * * NB! This means changes to this page have a huge potential impact. * Please think, test, discuss, and be cautions before hitting "Publish". * * Use "_" in front of class names across EB1911 to avoid clashing with * templates. Use "__" in front of classes for one-off stuff (single page) to * avoid clashing with EB1911-wide classes. * See also [[Help:Page styles#Class naming conventions]]. */ /* * Class: _tablecolhdborder * * Puts borders around the entire table and around each column of the table. * Also centers the content of header cells, aligns the content of normal cells * to the left and adds a small amount of padding. */ ._tablegridhdborder, ._tablecolhdborder { border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid black; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; } ._tablecolhdborder th { border-bottom: 1px solid black; border-left: 1px solid black; text-align: center; } ._tablegridhdborder th{ border: 1px solid black; text-align: center; } ._tablegridhdborder th{ border-left: 1px solid ; border-right: 1px solid ; border-bottom: 1px solid black; padding-left: 5px; } ._tablecolhdborder td { border-left: 1px solid; padding-left: 5px; } ._tablegirdhdborder td { border-left: 1px solid; border-right: 1px solid; padding-left: 5px; } .__cellpadding3 td{ padding:3px; } /* * The EB1911 style guide specifies somewhat larger text (90%) for smallrefs * compared to the default (83%). */ .wst-smallrefs { font-size: 90%; } 0q681qy3kxmboh10z4lfmh5wf4zhlws 14131418 14131415 2024-04-26T10:54:20Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css /* * The CSS style rules defined here will be imported (through redirects) in * every Page:-namespace wikipage in the 29 EB1911 volumes, as well as in every * mainspace page on which a page associated with one of these indexes is * transcluded. * * NB! This means changes to this page have a huge potential impact. * Please think, test, discuss, and be cautions before hitting "Publish". * * Use "_" in front of class names across EB1911 to avoid clashing with * templates. Use "__" in front of classes for one-off stuff (single page) to * avoid clashing with EB1911-wide classes. * See also [[Help:Page styles#Class naming conventions]]. */ /* * Class: _tablecolhdborder * * Puts borders around the entire table and around each column of the table. * Also centers the content of header cells, aligns the content of normal cells * to the left and adds a small amount of padding. */ ._tablegridhdborder, ._tablecolhdborder { border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid black; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; } ._tablecolhdborder th { border-bottom: 1px solid black; border-left: 1px solid black; text-align: center; } ._tablegridhdborder th{ border: 1px solid black; text-align: center; } ._tablegridhdborder th{ border-left: 1px solid ; border-right: 1px solid ; border-bottom: 1px solid black; } ._tablecolhdborder td { border-left: 1px solid; padding-left: 5px; } ._tablegirdhdborder td { border-left: 1px solid; border-right: 1px solid; } .__cellpadding3 td{ padding:3px; } /* * The EB1911 style guide specifies somewhat larger text (90%) for smallrefs * compared to the default (83%). */ .wst-smallrefs { font-size: 90%; } fc9evkv4rwka1fynbiciyl1aqfthcnp 14131425 14131418 2024-04-26T11:02:23Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css /* * The CSS style rules defined here will be imported (through redirects) in * every Page:-namespace wikipage in the 29 EB1911 volumes, as well as in every * mainspace page on which a page associated with one of these indexes is * transcluded. * * NB! This means changes to this page have a huge potential impact. * Please think, test, discuss, and be cautions before hitting "Publish". * * Use "_" in front of class names across EB1911 to avoid clashing with * templates. Use "__" in front of classes for one-off stuff (single page) to * avoid clashing with EB1911-wide classes. * See also [[Help:Page styles#Class naming conventions]]. */ /* * Class: _tablecolhdborder * * Puts borders around the entire table and around each column of the table. * Also centers the content of header cells, aligns the content of normal cells * to the left and adds a small amount of padding. */ ._tablegridhdborder, ._tablecolhdborder { border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid black; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; } ._tablecolhdborder th { border-bottom: 1px solid black; border-left: 1px solid black; text-align: center; } ._tablegridhdborder th{ border: 1px solid black; text-align: center; } ._tablegridhdborder th{ border-left: 1px solid ; border-right: 1px solid ; border-bottom: 1px solid black; } ._tablecolhdborder td { border-left: 1px solid; padding-left: 5px; } ._tablegirdhdborder td { border-left: 1px solid; border-right: 1px solid; border-bottom: 1px solid black; padding-left: 5px; } .__cellpadding3 td{ padding:3px; } /* * The EB1911 style guide specifies somewhat larger text (90%) for smallrefs * compared to the default (83%). */ .wst-smallrefs { font-size: 90%; } g2pffa3tyzym5jevdjo32aa8r4l5aln 14131432 14131425 2024-04-26T11:07:23Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css /* * The CSS style rules defined here will be imported (through redirects) in * every Page:-namespace wikipage in the 29 EB1911 volumes, as well as in every * mainspace page on which a page associated with one of these indexes is * transcluded. * * NB! This means changes to this page have a huge potential impact. * Please think, test, discuss, and be cautions before hitting "Publish". * * Use "_" in front of class names across EB1911 to avoid clashing with * templates. Use "__" in front of classes for one-off stuff (single page) to * avoid clashing with EB1911-wide classes. * See also [[Help:Page styles#Class naming conventions]]. */ /* * Class: _tablecolhdborder * * Puts borders around the entire table and around each column of the table. * Also centers the content of header cells, aligns the content of normal cells * to the left and adds a small amount of padding. */ ._tablegridhdborder, ._tablecolhdborder { border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid black; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; } ._tablecolhdborder th { border-bottom: 1px solid black; border-left: 1px solid black; text-align: center; } ._tablegridhdborder th{ border: 1px solid black; text-align: center; } ._tablegridhdborder th{ border-left: 1px solid black; border-right: 1px solid black; border-bottom: 1px solid black; } ._tablecolhdborder td { border-left: 1px solid; padding-left: 5px; } ._tablegirdhdborder td { border-left: 1px solid; border-right: 1px solid; border-bottom: 1px solid black; padding-left: 5px; } .__cellpadding3 td{ padding:3px; } /* * The EB1911 style guide specifies somewhat larger text (90%) for smallrefs * compared to the default (83%). */ .wst-smallrefs { font-size: 90%; } t2sl4oau6acyqtsnj4n7agpq05vpgup 14131435 14131432 2024-04-26T11:08:32Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css /* * The CSS style rules defined here will be imported (through redirects) in * every Page:-namespace wikipage in the 29 EB1911 volumes, as well as in every * mainspace page on which a page associated with one of these indexes is * transcluded. * * NB! This means changes to this page have a huge potential impact. * Please think, test, discuss, and be cautions before hitting "Publish". * * Use "_" in front of class names across EB1911 to avoid clashing with * templates. Use "__" in front of classes for one-off stuff (single page) to * avoid clashing with EB1911-wide classes. * See also [[Help:Page styles#Class naming conventions]]. */ /* * Class: _tablecolhdborder * * Puts borders around the entire table and around each column of the table. * Also centers the content of header cells, aligns the content of normal cells * to the left and adds a small amount of padding. */ ._tablegridhdborder, ._tablecolhdborder { border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid black; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; } ._tablecolhdborder th { border-bottom: 1px solid black; border-left: 1px solid black; text-align: center; } ._tablegridhdborder th{ border: 1px solid black; text-align: center; } ._tablegridhdborder th{ border-left: 1px solid black; border-right: 1px solid black; border-bottom: 1px solid black; } ._tablecolhdborder td { border-left: 1px solid; padding-left: 5px; } ._tablegridhdborder td { border-left: 1px solid; border-right: 1px solid; border-bottom: 1px solid black; padding-left: 5px; } .__cellpadding3 td{ padding:3px; } /* * The EB1911 style guide specifies somewhat larger text (90%) for smallrefs * compared to the default (83%). */ .wst-smallrefs { font-size: 90%; } 0eteo24fzotj7xq0v5to28paf1zkilv 14131441 14131435 2024-04-26T11:12:03Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css /* * The CSS style rules defined here will be imported (through redirects) in * every Page:-namespace wikipage in the 29 EB1911 volumes, as well as in every * mainspace page on which a page associated with one of these indexes is * transcluded. * * NB! This means changes to this page have a huge potential impact. * Please think, test, discuss, and be cautions before hitting "Publish". * * Use "_" in front of class names across EB1911 to avoid clashing with * templates. Use "__" in front of classes for one-off stuff (single page) to * avoid clashing with EB1911-wide classes. * See also [[Help:Page styles#Class naming conventions]]. */ /* * Class: _tablecolhdborder * * Puts borders around the entire table and around each column of the table. * Also centers the content of header cells, aligns the content of normal cells * to the left and adds a small amount of padding. */ ._tablegridhdborder, ._tablecolhdborder { border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid black; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; } ._tablecolhdborder th { border-bottom: 1px solid black; border-left: 1px solid black; text-align: center; } ._tablegridhdborder th{ border: 1px solid black; text-align: center; } ._tablegridhdborder th{ border-left: 1px solid black; border-right: 1px solid black; border-bottom: 1px solid black; } ._tablecolhdborder td { border-left: 1px solid; padding-left: 5px; } ._tablegridhdborder td { border-left: 1px solid; border-right: 1px solid; border-bottom: 1px solid black; padding-left: 5px; } ._colcenternotfirst tr>td{ text-align:center; } ._colcenternotfirst tr>td:first-child{ text-align:left; } .__cellpadding3 td{ padding:3px; } /* * The EB1911 style guide specifies somewhat larger text (90%) for smallrefs * compared to the default (83%). */ .wst-smallrefs { font-size: 90%; } 6hxp3a0dxqosd09x6ai0axjhjzvucjh Page:The Most Excellent and Lamentable Tragedie of Romeo and Iuliet (1623).djvu/16 104 4356880 14130363 13680049 2024-04-26T00:28:30Z Jstoryhead 3130759 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Jstoryhead" />{{c|''The mo{{ls}}t Lamentable Tragedie''}} {{dent/s|0|1em}}</noinclude>''Rom.'' Out of her fauour where I am in loue. ''Ben.'' Alas that loue {{ls}}o gentle in his view, <br /> Should bee {{ls}}o tyranous and rough in proofe. ''Romeo.'' Alas that loue, who{{ls}}e view is muffled {{ls}}till,<br /> Should without eyes, {{ls}}ee path-waies to his wil:<br /> Where {{ls}}hall we dine? O me: what fray was here?<br /> Yet tell me not, for I haue heard it all:<br /> Heres much to doe with hate, but more with loue:<br /> Why then O brawling loue, O louing hate,<br /> O any thing of nothing {{ls}}ir{{ls}}t created:<br /> O heauie lightne{{ls}}{{ls}}e, {{ls}}erious vanity,<br /> Mi{{ls}}hapen Chaos of wel{{ls}}eeming formes,<br /> Feather of lead, bright {{ls}}moke, cold fier, {{ls}}icke health,<br /> Still waking {{ls}}leepe, that is not what it is.<br /> This loue feele I, that feele no loue in this,<br /> Doe{{ls}}t thou not laugh? ''Ben.'' No Coze, I rather weepe. ''Rom.'' Good heart at what? ''Ben.'' At thy good hearts oppre{{ls}}sion. ''Romeo.'' Why {{ls}}uch is loues tran{{ls}}gre{{ls}}sion.<br /> Griefes of my owne lie heauy in my bre{{ls}}t,<br /> Which thou wilt propagate to haue it pre{{ls}}t,<br /> With more of thine, this loue that thou ha{{ls}}t {{ls}}howne,<br /> Doth ad more griefe, to too much of mine owne.<br /> Loue is a {{ls}}moke made with the fume of {{ls}}ighes,<br /> Being purg’d, a fire {{ls}}parkling in louers eyes,<br /> Being vext, a {{ls}}ea nouri{{ls}}ht with louing teares,<br /> What is it el{{ls}}e? a madne{{ls}}{{ls}}e mo{{ls}}t di{{ls}}creet,<br /> A choking gall, and a pre{{ls}}eruing {{ls}}weet:<br /> Farewell my Coze. ''Ben.'' Soft, I will goe along.<br /> And if you leaue me {{ls}}o, you doe me wrong. ''Rom.'' Tut, I haue left my {{ls}}elfe, I am not here,<br /> This is not ''Romeo''; hees {{ls}}ome other where. ''Ben.'' Tell me in {{ls}}adne{{ls}}{{ls}}e, who is that you loue? ''Rom.'' VVhat {{ls}}hall I grone and tell thee? ''Ben.'' Grone, why no: but {{ls}}adly tell me who: {{nop}}<noinclude>{{right|''Rom.''}} {{dent/e}}</noinclude> 1vulwv3e7u7ky07vv2xoqhi0l3wczuc Page:The Music of the Spheres.djvu/106 104 4361193 14129133 13757171 2024-04-25T18:37:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{rvh2|92|THE PARADE OF THE ZENITH CONSTELLATIONS|THE MUSIC OF THE SPHERES|&nbsp;}}</noinclude>is a coarse cluster of 7th and 8th magnitude stars, resolvable by an opera-glass and easily located by a little star on either side. In the mythology of Greece, this constellation represents the gigantic sea-crab which Juno sent to bite the toes of Hercules when he was struggling in the marshes with the hundred-headed hydra. Naturally, Hercules stamped his foot down on the petty annoyance, which so offended Juno that she set the creature among the stars. It is the "misty spot," however, that has always attracted the eyes of men. The Chaldeans thought that the dim light came from a hole in the floor of heaven, and that it could be no other than the "gate of men" through which souls descended into human bodies.{{Img float | file = The Music of the Spheres - Grondal (1926) - figure 051.jpg | width = 400px | align = center | cap = | alt = }} It has also been regarded as the Manger in which Christ was born and the stars on either side were called Aselli, or Little Asses. The "Manger" is now known to hold 363 telescopic stars, and is historically interesting because it afforded one of the earliest telescopic proofs that there were hosts of stars in the heavens besides those visible to the unaided eye. Galileo, who first resolved its light into stars, was able to count forty small stars in this spot, and his telescope was no better than the field-glass of today, if we may indeed make such a comparison. In ancient times, Præsepe, the Manger, was an infallible weather sign, for if there was the slightest moisture in the air, its faint light was invisible. If the moisture was not sufficient to also obscure the two stars on either side, only light showers of rain might be expected, but if the two stars were also hidden, there would be a very bad storm. If the two stars and the Manger were<noinclude>{{c|[92]}}</noinclude> qnr32rgua2l0g04zpo0vis81tc3n4vc Page:Scott's Last Expedition, Volume 1.djvu/140 104 4363627 14130307 14103665 2024-04-25T23:54:43Z McGhiever 1938594 Small fixes for consistency proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PG" />{{rh|74|SCOTT'S LAST EXPEDITION|{{fine|{{asc|[December}}}}}}</noinclude>without rhyme or reason, and we found our screw churning the sea without any effect. 'Thus the steaming days passed away in an ever changing environment and are remembered as an unceasing struggle. The ship behaved splendidly—no other ship, not even the ''Discovery'', would have come through so well. Certainly the ''Nimrod'' would never have reached the south water had she been caught in such pack. As a result I have grown strangely attached to the ''Terra Nova''. As she bumped the floes with mighty shocks, crushing and grinding a way through some, twisting and turning to avoid others, she seemed like a living thing fighting a great fight. If only she had more economical engines she would be suitable in all respects. 'Once or twice we got among floes which stood 7 or 8 feet above water, with hummocks and pinnacles as high as 25 feet. The ship could have stood no chance had such floes pressed against her, and at first we were a little alarmed in such situations. But familiarity breeds contempt; there never was any pressure in the heavy ice, and I'm inclined to think there never would be. 'The weather changed frequently during our journey through the pack. The wind blew strong from the west and from the east; the sky was often darkly overcast; we had snowstorms, flaky snow, and even light rain. In all such circumstances we were better placed in the pack than outside of it. The foulest weather could do us little harm. During quite a large percentage of days, however, we had bright sunshine, which, even<noinclude></noinclude> cn1aqa5oa6h4rqzjdkwzmbz8tqj1g4t Page:Ginzburg - The Legends of the Jews - Volume 1.djvu/12 104 4365588 14128699 13954975 2024-04-25T18:15:25Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Validated */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Xover" /></noinclude>{{h|{{uc|Preface}}}} {{block right|''Was sich nie und nirgends hat''<br /> ''begeben, das allein veraltet nie.''}} The term Rabbinic was applied to the Jewish Literature of post-Biblical times by those who conceived the Judaism of the later epoch to be something different from the Judaism of the Bible, something actually opposed to it. Such observers held that the Jewish nation ceased to exist with the moment when its political independence was destroyed. For them the Judaism of the later epoch has been a Judaism of the Synagogue, the spokesmen of which have been the scholars, the Rabbis. And what this phase of Judaism brought forth has been considered by them to be the product of the schools rather than the product of practical, pulsating life. Poetic phantasmagoria, frequently the vaporings of morbid visionaries, is the material out of which these scholars construct the theologic system of the Rabbis, and fairy tales, the spontaneous creations of the people, which take the form of sacred legend in Jewish literature, are denominated the Scriptural exegesis of the Rabbis, and condemned incontinently as ''nug{{ae}} rabbinorum''. As the name of a man clings to him, so men cling to names. For the primitive savage the name is part of the essence of a person or thing, and even in the more advanced stages of culture, judgments are not always formed in agreement with<noinclude></noinclude> a8c30ppl3enqe8jo2ois7s1vddrs2ke Page:Ginzburg - The Legends of the Jews - Volume 1.djvu/15 104 4365669 14128700 13772421 2024-04-25T18:15:27Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Dave314159" />{{rvh|X|''Preface''}}</noinclude>the Jewish people, the more it felt the need of taking refuge in its past. The Scripture, or, to use the Jewish term, the Torah, was the only remnant of its former national independence, and the Torah was the magic means of making a sordid actuality recede before a glorious memory. To the Scripture was assigned the task of supplying nourishment to the mind as well as the soul, to the intellect as well as the imagination, and the result is the Halakah and the Haggadah. The fancy of the people did not die out in the post-Biblical time, but the bent of its activity was determined by the past. Men craved entertainment in later times as well as in the earlier, only instead of resorting for its subject-matter to what happened under their eyes, they drew from the fountain-head of the past. The events in the ancient history of Israel, which was not only studied, but lived over again daily, stimulated the desire to criticise it. The religious reflections upon nature laid down in the myths of the people, the fairy tales, which have the sole object of pleasing, and the legends, which are the people's verdict upon history—all these were welded into one product. The fancy of the Jewish people was engaged by the past reflected in the Bible, and all its creations wear a Biblical hue for this reason. This explains the peculiar form of the Haggadah. But what is spontaneously brought forth by the people is often preserved only in the form impressed upon it by the feeling and the thought of the poet, or by the speculations of the learned. Also Jewish legends have rarely been transmitted in their original shape. They have been perpetuated in the form of Midrash, that is, Scriptural exegesis. The teachers of the Haggadah, called ''Rabbanan d'Aggadta'' in<noinclude></noinclude> pbm9p5w64dk7day4n0l56z4az6c5w3b Page:Ginzburg - The Legends of the Jews - Volume 1.djvu/16 104 4365673 14128701 13772428 2024-04-25T18:15:30Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Dave314159" />{{rvh|XI|''Preface''}}</noinclude>the Talmud, were no folklorists, from whom a faithful reproduction of legendary material may be expected. Primarily they were homilists, who used legends for didactic purposes, and their main object was to establish a close connection between the Scripture and the creations of the popular fancy, to give the latter a firm basis and secure a long term of life for them. One of the most important tasks of the modern investigation of the Haggadah is to make a clean separation between the original elements and the later learned additions. Hardly a beginning has been made in this direction. But as long as the task of distinguishing them has not been accomplished, it is impossible to write out the Biblical legends of the Jews without including the supplemental work of scholars in the products of the popular fancy. In the present work, "The Legends of the Jews," I have made the first attempt to gather from the original sources all Jewish legends, in so far as they refer to Biblical personages and events, and reproduce them with the greatest attainable completeness and accuracy. I use the expression Jewish, rather than Rabbinic, because the sources from which I have levied contributions are not limited to the Rabbinic literature. As I expect to take occasion elsewhere to enter into a description of the sources in detail, the following data must suffice for the present. The works of the Talmudic-Midrashic literature are of the first importance. Covering the period from the second to the fourteenth century, they contain the major part of the Jewish legendary material. Akin to this in content if not always in form is that derived from the Targumim, of which<noinclude></noinclude> qtwbuycj3o4xjov0h5gwb6w05tulitz Page:Following the Equator (Mark Twain).djvu/74 104 4382877 14130369 13767312 2024-04-26T00:32:32Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="The Eloquent Peasant" />{{rh|66|FOLLOWING THE EQUATOR.|}}</noinclude>down-hill, we should fly. When she asked him the other day what the fore-yard was, he said it was the front yard, the open area in the front end of the ship. That man has a good deal of learning stored up, and the girl is likely to get it all. {{Img float |file=Following the Equator (Mark Twain) (page 74 crop).jpg |width=200px |align=left |cap={{smaller|WATCHING FOR THE BLUE RIBBON.}} }} ''Afternoon.'' Crossed the equator. In the distance it looked like a blue ribbon stretched across the ocean. Several passengers kodak’d it. We had no fool ceremonies, no fantastics, no horse- play. All that sort of thing has gone out. In old times a sailor, dressed as Neptune, used to come in over the bows, with his suite, and lather up and shave everybody who was crossing the equator for the first time, and then cleanse these unfortunates by swinging them from the yard-arm and ducking them three times in the sea. This was considered funny. Nobody knows why. No, that is not true. We do know why. Such a thing could never be funny on land; no part of the old-time grotesque performances gotten up on shipboard to celebrate the passage of the line could ever be funny on shore— they would seem dreary and witless to shore people. But the shore people would change their minds about it at sea, on a long voyage. On such a voyage, with its eternal monotonies, people’s intellects deteriorate; the owners of the intellects soon reach a point where they almost seem to prefer childish things to things of a maturer degree. One is often surprised at the juvenilities which grown people indulge in at sea, and the interest they take in them, and the consuming enjoyment they get out of them. This is on long voyages only. The mind gradually becomes inert, dull, blunted; it loses its accustomed interest in intellec-<noinclude></noinclude> m0v3wo7xvwc08eohjgegjc3r242e05i 14130370 14130369 2024-04-26T00:33:32Z Stamlou 1217106 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh|66|FOLLOWING THE EQUATOR.|}}</noinclude>down-hill, we should fly. When she asked him the other day what the fore-yard was, he said it was the front yard, the open area in the front end of the ship. That man has a good deal of learning stored up, and the girl is likely to get it all. {{Img float |file=Following the Equator (Mark Twain) (page 74 crop).jpg |width=250px |align=left |cap={{smaller|WATCHING FOR THE BLUE RIBBON.}} }} ''Afternoon.'' Crossed the equator. In the distance it looked like a blue ribbon stretched across the ocean. Several passengers kodak’d it. We had no fool ceremonies, no fantastics, no horse- play. All that sort of thing has gone out. In old times a sailor, dressed as Neptune, used to come in over the bows, with his suite, and lather up and shave everybody who was crossing the equator for the first time, and then cleanse these unfortunates by swinging them from the yard-arm and ducking them three times in the sea. This was considered funny. Nobody knows why. No, that is not true. We do know why. Such a thing could never be funny on land; no part of the old-time grotesque performances gotten up on shipboard to celebrate the passage of the line could ever be funny on shore—they would seem dreary and witless to shore people. But the shore people would change their minds about it at sea, on a long voyage. On such a voyage, with its eternal monotonies, people’s intellects deteriorate; the owners of the intellects soon reach a point where they almost seem to prefer childish things to things of a maturer degree. One is often surprised at the juvenilities which grown people indulge in at sea, and the interest they take in them, and the consuming enjoyment they get out of them. This is on long voyages only. The mind gradually becomes inert, dull, blunted; it loses its accustomed interest in intellec-<noinclude></noinclude> 20nghs4l79asyukz4lawim0lgenmxvk 14130374 14130370 2024-04-26T00:36:30Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh|66|FOLLOWING THE EQUATOR.|}}</noinclude>down-hill, we should fly. When she asked him the other day what the fore-yard was, he said it was the front yard, the open area in the front end of the ship. That man has a good deal of learning stored up, and the girl is likely to get it all. ''Afternoon.'' Crossed the equator. In the distance it looked like a blue ribbon stretched across the ocean. Several passengers {{Img float |file=Following the Equator (Mark Twain) (page 74 crop).jpg |width=250px |align=left |cap={{smaller|WATCHING FOR THE BLUE RIBBON.}} }} kodak’d it. We had no fool ceremonies, no fantastics, no horse- play. All that sort of thing has gone out. In old times a sailor, dressed as Neptune, used to come in over the bows, with his suite, and lather up and shave everybody who was crossing the equator for the first time, and then cleanse these unfortunates by swinging them from the yard-arm and ducking them three times in the sea. This was considered funny. Nobody knows why. No, that is not true. We do know why. Such a thing could never be funny on land; no part of the old-time grotesque performances gotten up on shipboard to celebrate the passage of the line could ever be funny on shore—they would seem dreary and witless to shore people. But the shore people would change their minds about it at sea, on a long voyage. On such a voyage, with its eternal monotonies, people’s intellects deteriorate; the owners of the intellects soon reach a point where they almost seem to prefer childish things to things of a maturer degree. One is often surprised at the juvenilities which grown people indulge in at sea, and the interest they take in them, and the consuming enjoyment they get out of them. This is on long voyages only. The mind gradually becomes inert, dull, blunted; it loses its accustomed interest in intellec-<noinclude></noinclude> md79ahcevro68qwb4dr4q00wy42kqet 14130375 14130374 2024-04-26T00:37:24Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Stamlou" />{{rh|66|FOLLOWING THE EQUATOR.|}}</noinclude>down-hill, we should fly. When she asked him the other day what the fore-yard was, he said it was the front yard, the open area in the front end of the ship. That man has a good deal of learning stored up, and the girl is likely to get it all. ''Afternoon.'' Crossed the equator. In the distance it looked like a blue ribbon stretched across the ocean. Several passengers kodak’d it. We had no fool ceremonies, no fantastics, no horse- play. All that sort of thing has gone out. In old times a {{Img float |file=Following the Equator (Mark Twain) (page 74 crop).jpg |width=250px |align=left |cap={{smaller|WATCHING FOR THE BLUE RIBBON.}} }} sailor, dressed as Neptune, used to come in over the bows, with his suite, and lather up and shave everybody who was crossing the equator for the first time, and then cleanse these unfortunates by swinging them from the yard-arm and ducking them three times in the sea. This was considered funny. Nobody knows why. No, that is not true. We do know why. Such a thing could never be funny on land; no part of the old-time grotesque performances gotten up on shipboard to celebrate the passage of the line could ever be funny on shore—they would seem dreary and witless to shore people. But the shore people would change their minds about it at sea, on a long voyage. On such a voyage, with its eternal monotonies, people’s intellects deteriorate; the owners of the intellects soon reach a point where they almost seem to prefer childish things to things of a maturer degree. One is often surprised at the juvenilities which grown people indulge in at sea, and the interest they take in them, and the consuming enjoyment they get out of them. This is on long voyages only. The mind gradually becomes inert, dull, blunted; it loses its accustomed interest in intellec-<noinclude></noinclude> d3kgfe6yg7aajfpdic81k3yj4qkcztn Page:Scott's Last Expedition, Volume 1.djvu/143 104 4386712 14130308 14106755 2024-04-25T23:55:10Z McGhiever 1938594 Small fixes for consistency proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PG" />{{rh|{{smaller|1910]}}|SCIENCE IN THE ICE|75}}</noinclude>with the temperature well below freezing, made everything look bright and cheerful. The sun also brought us wonderful cloud effects, marvellously delicate tints of sky, cloud, and ice, such effects as one might travel far to see. In spite of our impatience we would not willingly have missed many of the beautiful scenes which our sojourn in the pack afforded us. Ponting and Wilson have been busy catching these effects, but no art can reproduce such colours as the deep blue of the icebergs. 'Scientifically we have been able to do something. We have managed to get a line of soundings on our route showing the raising of the bottom from the ocean depths to the shallow water on the continental shelf, and the nature of the bottom. With these soundings we have obtained many interesting observations of the temperature of different layers of water in the sea. 'Then we have added a great deal to the knowledge of life in the pack from observation of the whales, seals, penguins, birds, and fishes as well as of the pelagic beasts which are caught in tow-nets. Life in one form or another is very plentiful in the pack, and the struggle for existence here as elsewhere is a fascinating subject for study. 'We have made a systematic study of the ice also, both the bergs and sea ice, and have got a good deal of useful information concerning it. Also Pennell has done a little magnetic work. 'But of course this slight list of activity in the cause of science is a very poor showing for the time of our numerous experts; many have had to be idle in regard to their own specialities, though none are idle otherwise.<noinclude></noinclude> l1bkxyrw4uya49mvl58qhak54ybvdup Page:The Pima Indians.pdf/22 104 4388151 14128035 13963211 2024-04-25T15:21:48Z Sumiaz 638781 fixed spacing proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sumiaz" /></noinclude>{{c| {{larger|THE PIMA INDIANS}} {{rule|4em}} {{sc|By Frank Russell}} {{rule|4em}} INTRODUCTION}} From November, 1901, until June, 1902, the writer made his headquarters at Sacaton (see pl. {{asc|I}}), on the Gila River reservation, in southern Arizona, where he was engaged in a study of the Pima tribe. With the aid of five native interpreters information was obtained from ten Pima men and women,<ref name="p22">The name and a brief sketch of each of the author's informants and interpreters are here given:{{pbr}} ''Informants.'' Kâʼmâl tkâk, Thin Leather (pl. {{asc|XLIV}}, ''b''), an old man, is said to be the most popular of the few remaining narrators of myths and speeches, or "speakers." He is an intimate friend of the head chief, Antonio Azul (pl. {{asc|II}}, ''a''), and has always occupied a prominent place in the councils of the tribe. In his prime he exceeded 6 feet in stature and was strong and sturdy of frame. Indeed, his hand grasp is yet vigorous enough to make his silent and friendly greeting somewhat formidable. Intelligent, patient, dignified, his influence must have been helpful to these youths who formerly came to him for instruction. From him was obtained the cosmogonical myth of the tribe, many speeches, songs, and much general information. He also made a model of a loom and a few other specimens for the collection of material pertaining to the Pimas.{{pbr}} Sala Hina, Sarah Fish, or Hina (fig. 51), as she was called by her people, was recommended as one of the most intelligent of the older women. An earnest Christian, she had no scruples about relating all that she know concerning the religious beliefs of the tribe. She had undergone a long and exacting training in practical botany which rendered her a valuable assistant in gathering information concerning the economic plants of the region. Taught by gaunt Hunger, she and her kind had learned to know and use a large number of vegetal products. She inherited through her father some of the Kwahadkʽ potters' skill, which enabled her to impart valuable knowledge of the art and to furnish specimens.{{pbr}} Sikaʼtcu, Dry, an old woman, is the half sister of Antonio Azul and is one of the best known nurses and midwives about the Sacaton settlement. Though unable to speak English, after a few interviews with an interpreter she was quick to understand by means of signs and a few Pima words when to pose for photographs and the like. Among her earliest recollections was the sight of the covered wagons of the emigrant trains that followed the Gila route in such numbers during the early years of the California gold excitement. Her memory therefore extends over a quarter of a century of the period of bitterest</ref> selected because of their intelligence and special aptitude in certain lines. With so many persons engaged in the investigations, the work of one frequently overlapped and served as a check on that of another. This made it possible to obtain a quite full account of Piman ethnology for the time employed. A house-to-house canvass of the villages, week after week, month after month, led to personal contact with nearly every household on the reservation and visits were made also to the Salt River Pimas and the desert Kwahadkʽs. One valuable result was the collection of more than 300 specimens illustrative of nearly all Piman arts, gathered from among a people whom poverty had induced to dispose of so many of their<noinclude>{{rule}} {{smallrefs}} {{rh|{{smaller|{{gap|4em}}26 {{asc|ETH}}—08——4}}||{{smaller|17{{gap|4em}}}}}}</noinclude> 8jwizjatsfio5ow8vt7fewpnn7b050i Page:The Pima Indians.pdf/79 104 4391885 14128026 14053668 2024-04-25T15:18:07Z Sumiaz 638781 max width on table proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sumiaz" />{{rh|74|{{asc|THE PIMA INDIANS}}|{{smaller|[{{asc|ETH. ANN.}} 26}}}}</noinclude>''Kanʼyo'', Sorghum vulgare Pers. Sorghum is cultivated when the water supply permits. It has been obtained recently from the whites, who raise it extensively in the Southwest. ''Kiʼak''. The heads of this annual are gathered and the seeds beaten out with the kiâhâ stick used as a flail. The seeds are moistened, parched, which makes it resemble pop corn, ground on the metate, and eaten by taking alternately pinches of meal and sips of water. ''Koĭ'', Prosopis velutina. Mesquite beans<ref>Analysis of mesquite beans, including the pod: {| style="border-collapse:collapse; width:100%; max-width:55em" |- | style="border:1px; border-style:none solid none none; width:50%; padding-right:0.5em; text-align:right" | Per cent. || style="width:50%; text-align:right" | Per cent. |- | style="border:1px; border-style:none solid none none; padding-right:0.5em" | {{TOC begin}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Moisture|5.96|spaces=2}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Dry matter|94.04|spaces=2}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Crude ash|5.20|spaces=2}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Crude fat|5.12|spaces=2}} {{TOC end}} | style="padding-left:0.5em" | {{TOC begin}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Crude cellulose|32.53|spaces=2}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Albuminoids|14.03|spaces=2}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Nitrogen-free extract|37.13|spaces=2}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Nutritive ratio|1:5.8|spaces=2}} {{TOC end}} |} "The amount of cellulose, or woody fiber, is very much larger in the bean, and the amount of nitrogen-free extract considerably smaller; but the albuminoids and fats compare very well indeed. The bean pod is 4 to 8 inches in length, and grows in bunches from six to eight pods to the bunch." Third Annual Report, 1868, Texas Agricultural Experiment Station. Reference kindly supplied by Mr Ewell, Bureau of Chemistry, Department of Agriculture.</ref> formed nearly if not quite the most important article of diet of the Pimas in primitive times (pl. {{asc|X}}, ''a''). They are still extensively used, though the supply is somewhat curtailed by the live stock which feed avidly upon them. As already stated, the crop sometimes fails, "especially in <noinclude>{{Img float | file = The Pima Indians - pg 74.png | width = 500px | align = center | cap = {{smaller|{{sc|Fig.}} 4. Sheds with caches on roofs.}} }}</noinclude>hard times," as one of our informants naively remarked. The mesquite harvest takes place somewhat later than that of the saguaro. The beans are gathered and stored in the pod in cylindrical bins on the roofs of the houses or sheds (fig. 4). While yet on the trees, the bean pods are bored by larve of the family Bruchidæ.<ref>There are two species of Bruchus which are especially common in mesquite seeds in Arizona—both the common mesquite and the screw bean, namely, Bruchus prosopis Lec. and Bruchus desertorum Lec. Occasionally other species breed in the seeds." Dr L.O. Howard, Department of Agriculture, letter.</ref>{{nop}}<noinclude>{{rule}} {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> p6tlpwp0tbfq8nrl5qe5c7oxe3kfhzl 14128029 14128026 2024-04-25T15:19:06Z Sumiaz 638781 centered table proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sumiaz" />{{rh|74|{{asc|THE PIMA INDIANS}}|{{smaller|[{{asc|ETH. ANN.}} 26}}}}</noinclude>''Kanʼyo'', Sorghum vulgare Pers. Sorghum is cultivated when the water supply permits. It has been obtained recently from the whites, who raise it extensively in the Southwest. ''Kiʼak''. The heads of this annual are gathered and the seeds beaten out with the kiâhâ stick used as a flail. The seeds are moistened, parched, which makes it resemble pop corn, ground on the metate, and eaten by taking alternately pinches of meal and sips of water. ''Koĭ'', Prosopis velutina. Mesquite beans<ref>Analysis of mesquite beans, including the pod: {| style="border-collapse:collapse; width:100%; max-width:55em; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto" |- | style="border:1px; border-style:none solid none none; width:50%; padding-right:0.5em; text-align:right" | Per cent. || style="width:50%; text-align:right" | Per cent. |- | style="border:1px; border-style:none solid none none; padding-right:0.5em" | {{TOC begin}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Moisture|5.96|spaces=2}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Dry matter|94.04|spaces=2}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Crude ash|5.20|spaces=2}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Crude fat|5.12|spaces=2}} {{TOC end}} | style="padding-left:0.5em" | {{TOC begin}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Crude cellulose|32.53|spaces=2}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Albuminoids|14.03|spaces=2}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Nitrogen-free extract|37.13|spaces=2}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|Nutritive ratio|1:5.8|spaces=2}} {{TOC end}} |} "The amount of cellulose, or woody fiber, is very much larger in the bean, and the amount of nitrogen-free extract considerably smaller; but the albuminoids and fats compare very well indeed. The bean pod is 4 to 8 inches in length, and grows in bunches from six to eight pods to the bunch." Third Annual Report, 1868, Texas Agricultural Experiment Station. Reference kindly supplied by Mr Ewell, Bureau of Chemistry, Department of Agriculture.</ref> formed nearly if not quite the most important article of diet of the Pimas in primitive times (pl. {{asc|X}}, ''a''). They are still extensively used, though the supply is somewhat curtailed by the live stock which feed avidly upon them. As already stated, the crop sometimes fails, "especially in <noinclude>{{Img float | file = The Pima Indians - pg 74.png | width = 500px | align = center | cap = {{smaller|{{sc|Fig.}} 4. Sheds with caches on roofs.}} }}</noinclude>hard times," as one of our informants naively remarked. The mesquite harvest takes place somewhat later than that of the saguaro. The beans are gathered and stored in the pod in cylindrical bins on the roofs of the houses or sheds (fig. 4). While yet on the trees, the bean pods are bored by larve of the family Bruchidæ.<ref>There are two species of Bruchus which are especially common in mesquite seeds in Arizona—both the common mesquite and the screw bean, namely, Bruchus prosopis Lec. and Bruchus desertorum Lec. Occasionally other species breed in the seeds." Dr L.O. Howard, Department of Agriculture, letter.</ref>{{nop}}<noinclude>{{rule}} {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> bjdc5aolt3w9l7no29x7p0jaemfr5g0 Index:Scc-reedley-report-11.15.pdf 106 4391912 14128134 14125240 2024-04-25T16:12:31Z MER-C 141433 proofread proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=[[Investigation into the Reedley Biolab]] |Language=en |Volume= |Author=[[Portal:United States House of Representatives/Select Committee on Strategic Competition between the United States and the Chinese Communist Party|Select Committee on the Chinese Communist Party]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher= |Address=Washington D.C. |Year=2023 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=pdf |Image=1 |Progress=V |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date= |Pages=<pagelist 1=Title 2=ToC 3=1/> |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer={{rule}}{{smallrefs}} |tmplver= }} 1oj4jxosf5y7i04airadpzkgh436x67 Page:Following the Equator (Mark Twain).djvu/27 104 4392926 14130348 13771893 2024-04-26T00:14:56Z Stamlou 1217106 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="The Eloquent Peasant" /></noinclude>{{nop}} {{c|[[File:Following the Equator (Mark Twain) (page 27 crop).jpg|400px]]}} {{c|Dan Beard, A. B. Frost, B. W. Clinedinst, Frederick Dielman, Peter Newell,</br> F. M. Scinor, T. J. Fogarty, C. H. Warren, A. G. Reinhart, </br> F, Berkeley Smith, C. Allan Gilbert.}} {{dhr}} {{smaller block|''The publishers acknowledge the courtesy extended by Walter G. Chase, Boston, Major J. B. Pond, New York, and F. R, Reynolds, Manchester, England, in furnishing many of the photographs reproduced in this volume.''}} {{dhr}} {{asc|PAGE}} 1 Portrait of Author (By Walter G. Chase). . . ''Frontispiece'' 2 They Passed in Review, 24 3 Head Piece, 25 4 Even the Gui-ls Smiled, . ' 26 5 " When I was a Youth," 82 6 The Remittance Man, 34 7 An Awkward Pause (PhiU Page) 39 8 The Climax 43 9 "We Worked until Three," 47 10 Facsimile Page from the Author's Note-book, {Full Page) 49 11 Royal Equipments, 53 12 Something Touched his Shoulder, . . . (Full Page) 56 13 Watching for the Blue Ribbon 66 14 The Blue Ribbon {Full Page) 67 15 "Horse Billiards," 68 16 Diagram, . . . ! 68 17 I Beat Her Brains Out, 72 18 A Day Off, .74 19 Out of Repair 79 20 Southern Cross, 80 21 The Kanaka's Departure 84 22 The Kanaka's Return, 85 23 A Civilized Savage, 90 24 Suva 92 25 Boats Came prom Shore, 93 26 Natives, 94 (19)<noinclude></noinclude> pzglfe8x26ckt71dezqjq7so8y186n1 Page:Ginzburg - The Legends of the Jews - Volume 1.djvu/19 104 4393852 14128702 13772537 2024-04-25T18:15:32Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Dave314159" />{{rvh|XIV|''Preface''}}</noinclude>The luxuriant abundance of the material to be presented made it impossible to give a verbal rendition of each legend. This would have required more than three times the space at my disposal. I can therefore claim completeness for my work only as to content. In form it had to suffer curtailment. When several conflicting versions of the same legend existed, I gave only one in the text, reserving the other one, or the several others, for the Notes, or, when practicable, they were fused into one typical legend, the component parts of which are analyzed in the Notes. In other instances I resorted to the expedient of citing one version in one place and the others in other appropriate places, in furtherance of my aim, to give a smooth presentation of the matter, with as few interruptions to the course of the narrative as possible. For this reason I avoided such transitional phrases as "Some say," "It has been maintained," etc. That my method sometimes separates things that belong together cannot be considered a grave disadvantage, as the Index at the end of the work will present a logical rearrangement of the material for the benefit of the interested student. I also did not hesitate to treat of the same personage in different chapters, as, for instance, many of the legends bearing upon Jacob, those connected with the latter years of the Patriarch, do not appear in the chapter bearing his name, but will be found in the sections devoted to Joseph, for the reason that once the son steps upon the scene, he becomes the central figure, to which the life and deeds of the father are subordinated. Again, in consideration of lack of space the Biblical narratives underlying the legends had to be omitted—surely not a serious omission in a subject with which widespread acquaintance may be presupposed as a matter of course. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 55qh0v8ovo7l0yaxyowrulecanpezon Page:Ginzburg - The Legends of the Jews - Volume 7.djvu/14 104 4395985 14128707 13779437 2024-04-25T18:16:23Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Dave314159" />{{rvh|viii|{{uc|Preface}}}}</noinclude>Moses and Israel, Moses and the Torah, and so on. Quite often it was found expedient to arrange the items in alphabetical sequence, e. g., God, abode of, attributes of; under attributes, are listed the various attributes—eternity to vengeance—and then the article continues with “back of”, “blessing of”, etc. It was impossible to adhere to any one of these methods in all cases, and in many instances the various methods were combined into one. For example, under Angels many items were listed alphabetically, e. g., Angel of the abysses, Angel of the Arabot, etc. Another group relating to the characteristics of angels were put together, e. g., Angels, appearance of, beauty of, etc. Various items pertaining to the relation of the angels to biblical characters, e. g., Angels and Aaron, etc., were arranged alphabetically. In this particular heading I merged Angel and Angels for reasons of expediency, whereas throughout the Index I always separated the singular from the plural. Under the heading Proverbs and Sayings, pp. 390-393, I cited the proverbs in full and listed them in alphabetical order according to the principal word of each sentence, e. g., accuser, anger, etc. The Index of Passages lists all the passages unless otherwise indicated. It was found inadvisable to cite all the references to the Talmud and Midrash because of their great number, and accordingly only those passages which are explained in the notes are cited. In the Index of Hebrew and Aramaic phrases, the verbs are mostly arranged according to roots. In general I was guided by the language of the author for the headings in the Index. For example, under Shekinah, I listed separately Shekinah, glory of, light of, radiance of, and splendor of, which represent the Hebrew זיו השכינה. In some cases I made a choice between competing terms. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> f8wbwjkri4yhfz9yhufkontsrh93tj4 Page:Ginzburg - The Legends of the Jews - Volume 7.djvu/15 104 4395988 14128708 13779438 2024-04-25T18:16:26Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Dave314159" />{{rvh|ix|{{uc|Preface}}}}</noinclude>I adopted “justice” rather than “righteousness” for צדק, as it more clearly conveys the sense of the Hebrew word to the English reader. The plan and purpose of the ''Legends of the Jews'' has been thoroughly expounded by Prof. Ginzberg in his introductions to vols. I and V. Suffice it to say that this work represents the greatest single contribution to the study of the Agada within a century. Its significance lies not only in its unsurpassed collection of materials from all out of the way sources, but also in the fact that it paves the way for numerous monographs in the various fields of theology, folklore, superstition, customs and legends. In an extensive review of the ''Legends'' in the ''JOR'', N. S., vol. 24, Prof. Bernard Heller of Budapest has presented an appreciation of the value of the ''Legends'' for further researches into the field of the Agada. I merely wish to stress the fact that the complete collection of references to Josephus, Philo, Hellenistic Literature and the Church Fathers will help the critical student in the study of the historical development of the Agada, which has hardly been begun. In conclusion I wish to express my profound thanks to Professors Louis Ginzberg and Alexander Marx for helpful suggestions in the course of the compilation of the Index, and to Mr. Maurice Jacobs, Executive Secretary of the Jewish Publication Society of America for his many courtesies in connection with the publication of the volume. {{sc|Boaz Cohen}} January 1st, 1938<noinclude></noinclude> ie5w02nda9dby0mof12hy2jncx17rgy Index:The Calling - Emma trailer (2021).webm 106 4397555 14127748 13783050 2024-04-25T12:18:08Z Tylopous 3013532 validated (April 2024) proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=''[[The Calling (film series)/Trailer|The Calling]]'' |Language=en |Volume= |Author=[[Portal:United States Army|United States Army]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=[[Portal:United States Army|United States Army]] |Address= |Year=2021 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=webm |Image=1 |Progress=T |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date=April 2024 |Pages={{time|1|t=00:02}} {{time|2|t=00:07}} {{time|3|t=00:08}} {{time|4|t=01:21}} {{time|5|t=01:24}} {{time|6|t=01:34}} {{time|7|t=01:36}} |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} l3r9dbivdbr5051q7obxa2ux0x34glz Page:The Calling - Emma trailer (2021).webm/1 104 4397557 14127720 13783049 2024-04-25T12:11:14Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/s| {{c|{{uc|Meet Emma}}}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> pzdgsm1xufo6hbnx8mcoervc4a30ve4 Page:The Calling - Emma trailer (2021).webm/2 104 4397558 14127723 13783051 2024-04-25T12:12:13Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/i| {{c|{{smaller|MALONELORD{{gap|4em}}U.S. ARMY}}}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> rprk8x8x13uubv4do6j234gmylt3arf Page:The Calling - Emma trailer (2021).webm/3 104 4397560 14127729 13783053 2024-04-25T12:15:07Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{ftb|Emma Malonelord| Hey, guys. I'm U.S. Army Corporal Emma Malonelord. So, when I went off to college, at the suggestion of my mom, actually, I decided to join a sorority. I had my doubts about it at first, but as I got more involved in the community and more surrounded by these women, any preconceived misconceptions I had got absolutely blown out of the water. They were some of the most motivated and inspiring individuals that I've ever spent any time around. And it made me kind of take a look at myself and go, "Okay, well, I'm surrounded by all these women, but what am I doing for myself? What am I proving to the world? What am I showing that I'm capable of?" And that's when I started looking at my future and what I wanted. So, my only other big influence in choosing to join was my family. My moms have been together for about thirty-five years. They're the reason that I learned that I should never be held back because of who I love or the gender that I am or what religion I practice. And I realized that the Army is just a giant melting pot. Everybody here is accepted no matter what walk of life you come from, no matter what language you speak, no matter who your family is. And the draw of that was a really big piece of me choosing to join. }} }}<noinclude></noinclude> 6gkwg9lviy9td4e3d7nrbc476fg8w91 Page:The Calling - Emma trailer (2021).webm/4 104 4397561 14127733 13783054 2024-04-25T12:15:58Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/s| {{c|{{uc|Now [[The Calling (film series)/Emma|experience her story]]}}}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> s9cs4xe1v14l14kvsajrsoqihc523hz Page:The Calling - Emma trailer (2021).webm/5 104 4397562 14127736 13805051 2024-04-25T12:16:27Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/s| {{c|{{uc|In [[The Calling (film series)|a new animated series]]...}}}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> puntk65ujybxearctgfjfc38eg2fckv Page:The Calling - Emma trailer (2021).webm/6 104 4397563 14127740 13783068 2024-04-25T12:16:53Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/s| {{The Calling (film series)/Title}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> m1ft3ij5oo36mfa8nd0ydc3yaapqdqf Page:The Calling - Emma trailer (2021).webm/7 104 4397564 14127745 13783059 2024-04-25T12:17:44Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/s| {{c| {{smaller|{{asc|View series}}}} <br /> {{uc|[https://www.goarmy.com/thecalling goarmy.com/thecalling]}} <br /><br /><br /> {{smaller|U.S. ARMY<sup>®</sup>}} }} }}<noinclude></noinclude> dhz0d4s9jagkw3sdfrmtndyd4ovcs6m User talk:HendrikWBK 3 4405719 14130367 14016634 2024-04-26T00:31:35Z EncycloPetey 3239 /* Previous and Next */ new section wikitext text/x-wiki {{welcome}} [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 13:11, 23 January 2024 (UTC) == License == ''All'' works hosted on Wikisource are required to have a license template describing the work's copyright status. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 03:57, 4 April 2024 (UTC) :Hello. I'm aware of that; did I forget to put in someplace? The project I'm working on now is "The House Without Windows", which shows the public domain status. Or am misinterpreting what you said? I'm still inexperienced in this wiki. [[User:HendrikWBK|HendrikWBK]] ([[User talk:HendrikWBK#top|talk]]) 11:11, 4 April 2024 (UTC) :: It has to be on the transclusion's front matter, as I placed it at [[The House Without Windows]]. People don't generally see the file (which has to have its separate license at Wikimedia Commons) when they want to read the book. The transclusion is for our readers to read the transcription, so the readers need to be clearly aware of why the file is out of copyright. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 12:47, 4 April 2024 (UTC) :::Understood. Thank you. [[User:HendrikWBK|HendrikWBK]] ([[User talk:HendrikWBK#top|talk]]) 12:53, 4 April 2024 (UTC) == Previous and Next == When the link and pagename are the same, you can use [https://en.wikisource.org/w/index.php?title=Tarka_the_Otter%2FChapter_13&diff=14130366&oldid=14130339 a simpler syntax]]. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 00:31, 26 April 2024 (UTC) 82uk1x2cp6lbinihl1tvnyq91v5stgl 14130368 14130367 2024-04-26T00:31:47Z EncycloPetey 3239 /* Previous and Next */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{welcome}} [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 13:11, 23 January 2024 (UTC) == License == ''All'' works hosted on Wikisource are required to have a license template describing the work's copyright status. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 03:57, 4 April 2024 (UTC) :Hello. I'm aware of that; did I forget to put in someplace? The project I'm working on now is "The House Without Windows", which shows the public domain status. Or am misinterpreting what you said? I'm still inexperienced in this wiki. [[User:HendrikWBK|HendrikWBK]] ([[User talk:HendrikWBK#top|talk]]) 11:11, 4 April 2024 (UTC) :: It has to be on the transclusion's front matter, as I placed it at [[The House Without Windows]]. People don't generally see the file (which has to have its separate license at Wikimedia Commons) when they want to read the book. The transclusion is for our readers to read the transcription, so the readers need to be clearly aware of why the file is out of copyright. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 12:47, 4 April 2024 (UTC) :::Understood. Thank you. [[User:HendrikWBK|HendrikWBK]] ([[User talk:HendrikWBK#top|talk]]) 12:53, 4 April 2024 (UTC) == Previous and Next == When the link and pagename are the same, you can use [https://en.wikisource.org/w/index.php?title=Tarka_the_Otter%2FChapter_13&diff=14130366&oldid=14130339 a simpler syntax]. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 00:31, 26 April 2024 (UTC) 50wgmhclto1ich5jymppqw9ch39av44 Page:Scott's Last Expedition, Volume 1.djvu/226 104 4406899 14127824 13812013 2024-04-25T13:41:13Z PG 1913842 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="PG" />{{rh|126|SCOTT'S LAST EXPEDITION|{{smaller|{{sc|[January}}}}}}</noinclude>ponies have had a proper chance to recover from the effects of the voyage. I had no idea we should be so expeditious. It snowed hard all last night; there were about three or four inches of soft snow over the camp this morning and Simpson tells me some six inches out by the ship. The camp looks very white. During the day it has been blowing very hard from the south, with a great deal of drift. Here in this camp as usual we do not feel it much, but we see the anemometer racing on the hill and the snow clouds sweeping past the ship. The floe is breaking between the point and the ship, though curiously it remains fast on a direct route to the ship. Now the open water runs parallel to our ship road and only a few hundred yards south of it. Yesterday the whaler was rowed in close to the camp, and if the ship had steam up she could steam round to within a few hundred yards of us. The big wedge of ice to which the ship is holding on the outskirts of the Bay can have very little grip to keep it in and must inevitably go out very soon. I hope this may result in the ship finding a more sheltered and secure position close to us. A big iceberg sailed past the ship this afternoon. Atkinson declares it was the end of the Cape Barne Glacier. I hope they will know in the ship, as it would be interesting to witness the birth of a glacier in this region. It is clearing to-night, but still blowing hard. The ponies don't like the wind, but they are all standing the cold wonderfully and all their sores are healed up. ''Wednesday, January'' 18.—The ship had a poor time<noinclude></noinclude> f4nabfxix1t0595jmrs0x3elb9mxl7e Flora's Lexicon 0 4409054 14128099 13818450 2024-04-25T15:51:45Z SnowyCinema 2484340 added [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Flora‘s Lexicon | author = Catharine Harbeson Waterman | translator = | section = | previous = | next = | year = 1840 | notes = }} <pages index="Floras Lexicon-1840.djvu" include="13-16,18,20-25,272-279" /> {{PD/US}} {{authority control}} [[Category:Albums of illustrations]] ow16bkzizkfidn2wlgk4olfqubgtiqv Index:20 Hrs 40 Min (Earhart).pdf 106 4414839 14128924 14119550 2024-04-25T18:26:24Z MER-C 141433 proofread proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=''[[20 Hrs. 40 Min.]]'' |Language=en |Volume= |Author=[[Author:Amelia Earhart|Amelia Earhart]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=G. P. Putnam's Sons |Address=New York, London |Year=1928 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=pdf |Image=7 |Progress=V |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date= |Pages=<pagelist 1to4="-" 5="Clip" 6="Fpiece" 7=5 317to322="-" /> |Volumes= |Remarks={{Page:20 Hrs 40 Min (Earhart).pdf/21}} {{Page:20 Hrs 40 Min (Earhart).pdf/22}} |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} l82mtv0yro1pykzh1h5f8wqpging7uw 20 Hrs. 40 Min. 0 4414927 14129476 14119548 2024-04-25T18:46:10Z EncycloPetey 3239 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = 20 Hrs. 40 Min. | author = Amelia Earhart | year = 1928 | section = | previous = | next = [[/Foreword/]] | notes = }} {{default layout|Layout 2}} <pages index="20 Hrs 40 Min (Earhart).pdf" include=7 /> {{ppb}} <pages index="20 Hrs 40 Min (Earhart).pdf" include=6 /> {{ppb}} <pages index="20 Hrs 40 Min (Earhart).pdf" include=8 /> {{ppb}} <pages index="20 Hrs 40 Min (Earhart).pdf" include=9 /> {{ppb}} <pages index="20 Hrs 40 Min (Earhart).pdf" from=21 to=22 /> {{ppb}} <pages index="20 Hrs 40 Min (Earhart).pdf" from=23 to=28 /> {{ppb}} <pages index="20 Hrs 40 Min (Earhart).pdf" include=29 /> {{authority control}} {{PD-US|1939}} 3k0d95ucr3o14p11gzwjmft0ziqvde0 Index:Godey's Magazine and Lady's Book (volume 30, January–June 1845).djvu 106 4414928 14130484 14067180 2024-04-26T02:53:18Z Yodin 174939 adding editor proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=journal |Title=''[[Godey’s Lady’s Book]]'' |Language=en |Volume=[[Godey’s Lady’s Book/Volume 30|Volume 30]] |Author= |Translator= |Editor=[[Author:Sarah Josepha Hale|Sarah Josepha Hale]], [[Author:Morton McMichael|Morton McMichael]], and [[Author:Louis Antoine Godey|Louis Antoine Godey]] |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=Louis A. Godey |Address=Philadelphia |Year=1845 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=djvu |Image=9 |Progress=C |Transclusion=no |Validation_date= |Pages=<pagelist 1=Cover 2to7=– 8to14=roman 8=1 15=1 25=– 26=Plate 27=11 55=Plate 56=– 57=39 73=– 74=Plate 75=55 81=Plate 82=– 83=61 119=– 120=Plate 121=97 169=– 170=Plate 171=145 173=– 174=Plate 175=147 221=– 222=Plate 223=193 227=Plate 228=– 229=197 273=– 274=Plate 275=241 317to318=Plate 319=283 /> |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header={{rvh|{{{pagenum}}}|WARLIKE ADVENTURES OF A PEACEFUL MAN.}} |Footer= |tmplver= }} re90qap0zymkgfa4l2665h0juglwui7 Page:Godey's Magazine and Lady's Book (volume 30, January–June 1845).djvu/185 104 4414929 14130470 13840874 2024-04-26T02:34:57Z Yodin 174939 /* Problematic */ formatting, but not proofead: needs image for drop initial proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="2" user="Yodin" /></noinclude>{{c|{{larger|{{lsp|0.2em|WARLIKE ADVENTURES OF A PEACEFUL MAN.}}}}}} {{c|{{lsp|0.2em|FROM THE GERMAN.}}}} {{c|{{asc|BY MISS MARY E. LEE.}}}} {{c|CHAPTER FIRST.}} {{c|{{asc|NINE-AND-THIRTY YEARS OF AGE.}}}} {{di|I}}T was in the year 18—, and while residing in the garret of a house in Berlin, that I was awakened on one Sunday morning by the ringing of the church bells, and on collecting my drowsy senses, I felt a cold shudder pass over me on recalling to mind that this was my thirty-ninth birthday. The youth of nineteen looks with eagerness to the freedom of twenty-one-for ere that period his whole existence seems narrow and unripe; nine-and-twenty moves on with a thoughtful mien to thirty, for then all the spangles and glitter of life are probably worn off; but worst of all is it to enter on one’s fortieth year, unblest with lucrative employment or a beloved helpmate. Such a fate was mine, though certainly none of my own making; and I, therefore, determined, that so long as I was a member of the order of bachelors, it was unnecessary to acknowledge beyond nine-and-thirty. With this desperate resolve, I arose, and selected my Sunday attire with some care, although my soul was oppressed with bitter sorrow. Thirty-nine, and yet only a poor theological student, unmarried, without a prospect of any lucrative situation—for I had not yet been even able to attain the arduous station of teacher in a public school. To what purpose all my hoarded knowledge, my thirty years’ patient study, my exemplary conduct through life? I had neither relatives nor patrons; day after day I was hastening from street to street, giving private lessons to enable me to support my sad and friendless existence; and in my leisure hours, I was compelled to turn author, made almanacks, and contributed to numerous petty journals. Ah, it was hard work, when booksellers paid me in copper coin for the pictured paradise of my muse, while others, who had not laboured half so hard as myself, were rejoicing in a golden harvest. Oh, the heavenly dreams of my youth, how had they all vanished! Ah, the beloved Frederica!—how needless was it that she should remain true, doomed as she was to wither like an Alpine flower in maiden solitude! Tears gushed to my eyes with this last thought, and yielding to my sorrow, I wept like a very child. Frederica had been for eight years my promised bride. She was poor as myself in worldly wealth, being the daughter of a counsellor of Berlin, who died shortly after becoming a bankrupt; and as her mother’s circumstances were too humble to allow her daughter to reside with her, the dutiful maiden, in her anxiety to assist her needy parent, obtained a place as domestic in a family, where, although treated with the greatest kindness, she still felt her depressed condition. {{c|CHAPTER SECOND.}} {{c|{{asc|THE LETTER.}}}} {{sc|While}} yielding to these mournful reflections, during the operation of dressing, a tap was heard at my door, and the letter-carrier entered and handed me a huge package, for which he charged five pence, a large amount from the purse of a poor student. Throwing myself into a chair, I gazed for some minutes on the unknown superscription, examined the seal, and peeped into the folds of the letter, as well to repress my ungovernable curiosity as, perhaps, to give full play to the delicious hope which its contents were probably doomed to overthrow. The question was, whether I should immediately open it or delay the perusal until the next day-for one must acknowledge that a man is apt to be superstitious when suffering beneath a succession of misfortunes, and it seemed to me that the reception of bad tidings on my birthday would throw a dark shadow over the whole succeeding year. At length, defying fate and banishing fear, I equipped trembling doubt with the armour of valiant resolution, and breaking the seal, read on until my eyes were blinded with tears. Then laying the letter aside, I made an effort to recover myself, read it once more, and falling on my knees, poured out a torrent of gratitude to my Heavenly Benefactor for a most unexpected blessing. The above-mentioned letter was from my most influential friend, a merchant of Frankfort, in whose family I had formerly resided as tutor. By chance, or rather, I should say, through the interest of this kind friend-for there is no such thing as chance in God’s world-I now received the appointment of curate to the patrimonial estate of Count C, with a salary of seven hundred florins, the use of house, garden, firewood, and,<noinclude>{{rh|{{em|2}}{{asc|VOL. XXX.}}—14||157{{em|2}}}}</noinclude> 1x1fd952jvjf10pb3sdlcfi9tcvurhs 14130480 14130470 2024-04-26T02:48:03Z Yodin 174939 proofread; still needs drop initial image proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="2" user="Yodin" /></noinclude>{{c|{{larger|{{lsp|0.2em|WARLIKE ADVENTURES OF A PEACEFUL MAN.}}}}}} {{c|{{lsp|0.2em|FROM THE GERMAN.}}}} {{c|{{asc|BY MISS MARY E. LEE.}}}} {{c|CHAPTER FIRST.}} {{c|{{asc|NINE-AND-THIRTY YEARS OF AGE.}}}} {{di|I}}T was in the year 18—, and while residing in the garret of a house in Berlin, that I was awakened on one Sunday morning by the ringing of the church bells, and on collecting my drowsy senses, I felt a cold shudder pass over me on recalling to mind that this was my thirty-ninth birthday. The youth of nineteen looks with eagerness to the freedom of twenty-one—for ere that period his whole existence seems narrow and unripe; nine-and-twenty moves on with a thoughtful mien to thirty, for then all the spangles and glitter of life are probably worn off; but worst of all is it to enter on one’s fortieth year, unblest with lucrative employment or a beloved helpmate. Such a fate was mine, though certainly none of my own making; and I, therefore, determined, that so long as I was a member of the order of bachelors, it was unnecessary to acknowledge beyond nine-and-thirty. With this desperate resolve, I arose, and selected my Sunday attire with some care, although my soul was oppressed with bitter sorrow. Thirty-nine, and yet only a poor theological student, unmarried, without a prospect of any lucrative situation—for I had not yet been even able to attain the arduous station of teacher in a public school. To what purpose all my hoarded knowledge, my thirty years’ patient study, my exemplary conduct through life? I had neither relatives nor patrons; day after day I was hastening from street to street, giving private lessons to enable me to support my sad and friendless existence; and in my leisure hours, I was compelled to turn author, made almanacks, and contributed to numerous petty journals. Ah, it was hard work, when booksellers paid me in copper coin for the pictured paradise of my muse, while others, who had not laboured half so hard as myself, were rejoicing in a golden harvest. Oh, the heavenly dreams of my youth, how had they all vanished! Ah, the beloved Frederica!—how needless was it that she should remain true, doomed as she was to wither like an Alpine flower in maiden solitude! Tears gushed to my eyes with this last thought, and yielding to my sorrow, I wept like a very child. Frederica had been for eight years my promised bride. She was poor as myself in worldly wealth, being the daughter of a counsellor of Berlin, who died shortly after becoming a bankrupt; and as her mother’s circumstances were too humble to allow her daughter to reside with her, the dutiful maiden, in her anxiety to assist her needy parent, obtained a place as domestic in a family, where, although treated with the greatest kindness, she still felt her depressed condition. {{rule|2em}} {{c|CHAPTER SECOND.}} {{c|{{asc|THE LETTER.}}}} {{sc|While}} yielding to these mournful reflections, during the operation of dressing, a tap was heard at my door, and the letter-carrier entered and handed me a huge package, for which he charged five pence, a large amount from the purse of a poor student. Throwing myself into a chair, I gazed for some minutes on the unknown superscription, examined the seal, and peeped into the folds of the letter, as well to repress my ungovernable curiosity as, perhaps, to give full play to the delicious hope which its contents were probably doomed to overthrow. The question was, whether I should immediately open it or delay the perusal until the next day—for one must acknowledge that a man is apt to be superstitious when suffering beneath a succession of misfortunes, and it seemed to me that the reception of bad tidings on my birthday would throw a dark shadow over the whole succeeding year. At length, defying fate and banishing fear, I equipped trembling doubt with the armour of valiant resolution, and breaking the seal, read on until my eyes were blinded with tears. Then laying the letter aside, I made an effort to recover myself, read it once more, and falling on my knees, poured out a torrent of gratitude to my Heavenly Benefactor for a most unexpected blessing. The above-mentioned letter was from my most influential friend, a merchant of Frankfort, in whose family I had formerly resided as tutor. By chance, or rather, I should say, through the interest of this kind friend—for there is no such thing as chance in God’s world—I now received the appointment of curate to the patrimonial estate of Count {{nw|C{{bar|2}},}} with a salary of seven hundred florins, the use of house, garden, firewood, and,<noinclude>{{rh|{{em|2}}{{asc|VOL. XXX.}}—14||157{{em|2}}}}</noinclude> itb96kj53ly06jnhffcg77vvoupdd0w Page:The Pima Indians.pdf/107 104 4415373 14128017 14113004 2024-04-25T15:13:52Z Sumiaz 638781 resized images proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Sumiaz" />{{rh|102|{{asc|THE PIMA INDIANS}}|{{smaller|[{{asc|ETH. ANN. 26}}}}}}</noinclude>serving as a door when purchased, and the fact that a "Melicano" wanted it caused its owners great astonishment and amusement. Indeed, the Pimas manifested a lively interest in our purchases of {{Img float | file = The Pima Indians - pg 102a.png | width = 280px | align = left | cap = {{smaller|{{sc|Fig.}} 16, ''b''. Door.}} }} household articles and never failed to laugh at the spectacle presented by the little wagon half buried beneath its load of unassorted objects. ''Bird cage.'' The cages made by the Pimas are all of the same character, whether they are made for the large eagle or for the small Sonora dove, as in the case of the specimen<ref>This specimen has an arched top and a single piece of pine board for a floor. It is 32 cm. long by 23 cm. wide and 15 cm. high.</ref> figured (fig. 17). They are of arrowwood, laid up in log-cabin style or tied to transverse bars, as in the house doors. ''Kiâhâ frame.'' It is to be remembered that the peculiar form of carrying basket is made possible by the use of the wooden frame. It is fully described on page 140. ''Fire drill.'' In primitive times fire was kindled by the Pimas by means of a two-part drill (fig. 18, ''a''),<ref>The drill hearth in the collection is 0.315 m. long and 21 mm. wide. The spindle is 68 cm. long and 9 mm. in diameter.</ref> the simplest and most widespread form of fire drill. The operator knelt upon the ends of the hearth stick and twirled the upright stick between his palms. The {{Img float | file = The Pima Indians - pg 102b.png | width = 220px | align = right | cap = {{smaller|{{sc|Fig.}} 17. Bird cage.}} }} hearth was of saguaro wood or of any other soft wood if that were not obtainable. Tinder was not used, the flame being developed in any inflammable material as soon as the smoke began to arise from the dust accumulated at the point of the drill. With the advent of the whites flint and steel were used to kindle fire. The men carried these, with a little cotton for tinder, in leather pouches (fig. 42). Fire was preserved at each village or camp in an old stump whenever practicable.{{nop}}<noinclude>{{rule}} {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> bqb8tbnqygawmsmnutn6z8ibtaaa6e8 Page:The Pima Indians.pdf/113 104 4415429 14128021 14123671 2024-04-25T15:15:22Z Sumiaz 638781 add anchor proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Sumiaz" />{{rh|108|{{asc|THE PIMA INDIANS}}|{{smaller|[{{asc|ETH. ANN. 26}}}}}}</noinclude><section begin="113A"/>{{Img float | file = The Pima Indians - pg 108a.png | width = 200px | align = left | style = font-size:83%; line-height:120% | cap = {{sc|Fig.}} 26. Navitco mask. }} is probable that the conception, if not the mask itself, was imported from the southward along with the masked Navitco ceremonies, despite the assertion of its former owner to the contrary, because it represents a higher degree of skill in woodworking than any piece of carving that the writer has seen done by a Pima. It is of cottonwood, perforated for the insertion of horsehair eyebrows, chin whisker, and two tufts on the center of each cheek, and is ornamented by an interrupted scroll and other lines unmistakably intended to be decorative. The mouth contains a half dozen pegs, giving a very realistic representation of teeth. ''Wand.'' There are two wands or ceremonial sticks in the collection (fig. 27).<ref>Length of the longer figure, 76 cm.; of the shorter, 28 cm.</ref> The longer is of greasewood, Sarcobatus vermicularis, the material prescribed for ia’kita, or ceremonial paraphernalia of this class. It is spotted with black and red paint. The shorter wand is of willow, spotted with red. Both were made to be held in the hand during ceremonies intended to bring rain, to cure disease, and for kindred purposes.<section end="113A"/> <section begin="113B"/>{{anchor|Stone}}{{c|{{smaller|STONE}} {{smaller|{{sc|Metate}}}}}} The metate is the most abundant of the stone implements of the Southwest, or, if arrow points exceed them in numbers, the former is at <noinclude>{{Img float | file = The Pima Indians - pg 108b.png | width = 500px | align = center | style = font-size:83%; line-height:120% | cap = {{sc|Fig.}} 27. Ceremonial wands. }}</noinclude>least the most noticeable. About nearly every ruin one sees the fragments of broken metates, in some cases to the number of several score, as at the ruin near Patagonia, in the Sonoita valley, where sixty<section end="113B"/><noinclude>{{rule}} {{c|{{smallrefs}}}}</noinclude> itssbpo3tj9ec8m61lov7jrul0ggr34 Page:The Pima Indians.pdf/116 104 4415441 14127976 13844426 2024-04-25T15:03:11Z Sumiaz 638781 /* Not proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Sumiaz" />{{rh|{{smaller|{{asc|RUSSELL}}]}}|{{asc|ARTIFACTS}}|111}}</noinclude>{{c|{{smaller|{{sc|Arrowheads}}}}}} A great portion of those used by the Pimas were made by the Hohokam. However, the Pimas always had a few arrowhead makers who worked in obsidian, shale, or flint. They produced small heads varying from 1 to 2½ cm. in length by 1 in breadth. Those represented in figure 30 are old points. The heads are stemless, sometimes having shoulders for the sinew seizing. One man was found who continues to make arrowheads, which he sells to the whites. {{c|{{smaller|{{sc|Arrow-shaft Straightener}}}}}} The Pimas had very little need for grooved stones for straightening arrows as the arrowwood is naturally as straight as could be desired. It is probable that the stones of this kind found in the ruins were used merely for polishing. The Pimas used them scarcely at all.<ref>A specimen (Hohokam) in the collection (fig. 31) has been shaped to represent some animal (?). It is 92 mm. long and 60 mm. wide.</ref> {{c|{{smaller|{{sc|Hammer Stones}}}}}} These are frequently seen around the ruins of Arizona, but the Pimas seem to have little use for them. {{FI | file = The Pima Indians - pg 111.png | width = 400px | tstyle = font-size:83%; line-height:120% | caption = {{sc|Fig.}} 32. Crystals from medicine basket. }} {{c|{{smaller|{{sc|Firestones}}}}}} Three stones, each about 15 cm. in diameter, were used to support the cooking pots over the fire. They have been largely supplanted by an iron frame obtained from the agency blacksmith. These stones were picked up when needed and little effort made to preserve then. {{c|{{smaller|{{sc|Crystals}}}}}} Crystals and curiously shaped stones of all kinds were preserved in the outfits of the medicine-men. Several such specimens were purchased and some were found in a cache among the hills (fig. 32).<ref>Compare Cushing: "In this connection it is interesting to add as of possible moment suggestively that associated with the ultra mural remains [in the Salt River valley], both house- and pyral-, were found small, peculiar concretion-stones and crystals evidently once used as personal fetiches or amulets, as is the case at Zuñi to-day." Congrès International des Américanistes, VII{{sup|me}} sess., 1890, 179.</ref>{{nop}}<noinclude>{{rule}} {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 48swjnqo5kxo3xvbp2axfgcctvhuz6t Page:The Pima Indians.pdf/117 104 4415446 14128000 13844433 2024-04-25T15:10:15Z Sumiaz 638781 /* Not proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Sumiaz" />{{rh|112|{{asc|THE PIMA INDIANS}}|{{smaller|[{{asc|ETH. ANN. 26}}}}}}</noinclude>{{c|{{smaller|{{sc|Magic Tablets}}}}}} The collection contains two tablets which were obtained from medicine-men and half of one which was found in the cache above referred to (fig. 33, ''a'', ''b'', ''c''). Two have ornamental borders, while {{Img float | file = The Pima Indians - pg 112a.png | width = 160px | align = left | style = font-size:83%; line-height:120% | cap = ''a'' }}{{Img float | file = The Pima Indians - pg 112b.png | width = 300px | align = left | style = font-size:83%; line-height:120% | cap = ''c''{{gap|12em}}''b''{{gap|2em}}<br>{{sc|Fig.}} 33, ''a'', ''b'', ''c''. Magic tablets. }} the third is quite smooth to the rounded margin; it has the figure of a horse scratched on one side and that of a man on the other.<ref>The last tablet is 122 mm. long by 56 mm. wide; it is 6 mm. thick at one side and tapers to 2 mm. at the other. The largest specimen is 151 mm. long by 94 mm. wide and 10 mm. thick; the border is 10 mm. wide, marked thus: XXXX. The broken specimen is 87 mm. wide: its length can not be determined. The X pattern at the margin runs over to the surface of the reverse side.</ref> {{c|{{smaller|{{sc|Turquoise}}}}}} This stone, which is so common in some parts of the Southwest that every Indian has it hanging from ears, neck, or arms, seems to be rare in Pimeria. But one pair of ear pendants was seen. It was somewhat more abundant in early days. It was believed that if a man lost a turquoise the mishap was due to magic, and as a result he would be afflicted with some mysterious ailment which could be cured only by a medicine-man skilled in the cure of the "doctor's disease." He would use another piece of turquoise {{Img float | file = The Pima Indians - pg 112c.png | width = 90px | align = right | style = font-size:83%; line-height:120% | cap = {{sc|Fig.}} 34. Stone pipe. }} or a slate or a crystal, placing the stone in water and giving the latter to the patient to drink. {{c|{{smaller|{{sc|Pipe}}}}}} A stone cylinder (fig. 34),<ref>Length, 48 mm.; internal diameter, 16 mm.; maximum external diameter, 26 mm.</ref> probably a pipe, was obtained from a Pima, who said that he had "found it long ago." It seems short for such a purpose, yet it is longer than a cane cylinder the writer found in actual use. The smoke is blown outward in certain ceremonies and in others drawn in. These tubes were also used by the Pimas in sucking and blowing the bodies of the sick for the purpose of expelling disease.{{nop}}<noinclude>{{rule}} {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> sf0vqt5vi7qxwramkmq0oqut9r59m7h Page:The Pima Indians.pdf/118 104 4415453 14128008 13844444 2024-04-25T15:12:01Z Sumiaz 638781 /* Not proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Sumiaz" />{{rh|{{smaller|{{asc|RUSSELL}}]}}|{{asc|ARTIFACTS}}|113}}</noinclude>{{c|{{smaller|FIBER AND LEATHER}} {{smaller|{{sc|Saddle}}}}}} In addition to the wooden saddletrees already mentioned the Pimas made them each of two rolls of grass or straw, inclosed in blue denim or canvas and bound with a network of rawhide. A specimen<ref>Length, 60 cm.; diameter of rolls at the middle, 10 cm. They are thickened slightly at the ends to form pommel and cantle.</ref> in the collection (pl. {{asc|XV}}, ''a'', ''b'') has two such rolls fastened together with both horsehair and maguey cords. The top is covered with leather {{Img float | file = The Pima Indians - pg 113.png | width = 190px | align = right | style = font-size:83%; line-height:120% | cap = {{sc|Fig.}} 35. Saddle bag. }} taken from two old boot legs. One stirrup is wanting; the one that remains is of native manufacture. The accompanying cinch (pl. {{asc|XV}}, ''c'')<ref>Length, 75 cm.; width, 7 cm.</ref> is of horsehair neatly twisted and quite strong and serviceable. When used, it was passed over the saddle instead of being attached to it. A Pima is rarely seen riding bareback, and most have good saddles of American manufacture. Bartlett states that those who rode bareback at the time of his visit in 1850 thrust one foot under a loosely fastened surcingle.<ref>Narrative, {{asc|II}}, 237.</ref> {{c|{{smaller|{{sc|Saddlebag}}}}}} A coarse net of maguey fiber is made to carry bulky objects upon either pack or riding saddles. The fibers are twisted into two strands, which are united to form a rope 5 mm. in diameter; with this the meshes are made about 12 cm. in length by an interlocking knot of the simplest character. The bag in the collection is about 1 m. in length (fig. 35). {{c|{{smaller|{{sc|Head Rings}}}}}} The round-bottomed water jars and many similar heavy burdens besides were borne upon the heads of the women with the aid of the rings of willow bark in the early days, and new with rings of rags wrapped with cotton cloth.<ref>The bark head ring (fig. 36, ''a'') is 135 mm. in diameter and the opening in the center is 42 mm. in diameter.</ref> Of less common use are the agave-leaf rings, which should be classed as twined basketry.<ref>Diameter of specimen collected, 10 cm.; height, 165 mm.</ref> They are<noinclude>{{rule}} {{smallrefs}} {{sm|{{gap|4em}}26 {{asc|ETH}}—08——10}}</noinclude> 5iukmknpr5e2dtxrkgsh412sr8igqen 14128022 14128008 2024-04-25T15:15:50Z Sumiaz 638781 add anchor proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Sumiaz" />{{rh|{{smaller|{{asc|RUSSELL}}]}}|{{asc|ARTIFACTS}}|113}}</noinclude>{{anchor|Fiber and Leather}}{{c|{{smaller|FIBER AND LEATHER}} {{smaller|{{sc|Saddle}}}}}} In addition to the wooden saddletrees already mentioned the Pimas made them each of two rolls of grass or straw, inclosed in blue denim or canvas and bound with a network of rawhide. A specimen<ref>Length, 60 cm.; diameter of rolls at the middle, 10 cm. They are thickened slightly at the ends to form pommel and cantle.</ref> in the collection (pl. {{asc|XV}}, ''a'', ''b'') has two such rolls fastened together with both horsehair and maguey cords. The top is covered with leather {{Img float | file = The Pima Indians - pg 113.png | width = 190px | align = right | style = font-size:83%; line-height:120% | cap = {{sc|Fig.}} 35. Saddle bag. }} taken from two old boot legs. One stirrup is wanting; the one that remains is of native manufacture. The accompanying cinch (pl. {{asc|XV}}, ''c'')<ref>Length, 75 cm.; width, 7 cm.</ref> is of horsehair neatly twisted and quite strong and serviceable. When used, it was passed over the saddle instead of being attached to it. A Pima is rarely seen riding bareback, and most have good saddles of American manufacture. Bartlett states that those who rode bareback at the time of his visit in 1850 thrust one foot under a loosely fastened surcingle.<ref>Narrative, {{asc|II}}, 237.</ref> {{c|{{smaller|{{sc|Saddlebag}}}}}} A coarse net of maguey fiber is made to carry bulky objects upon either pack or riding saddles. The fibers are twisted into two strands, which are united to form a rope 5 mm. in diameter; with this the meshes are made about 12 cm. in length by an interlocking knot of the simplest character. The bag in the collection is about 1 m. in length (fig. 35). {{c|{{smaller|{{sc|Head Rings}}}}}} The round-bottomed water jars and many similar heavy burdens besides were borne upon the heads of the women with the aid of the rings of willow bark in the early days, and new with rings of rags wrapped with cotton cloth.<ref>The bark head ring (fig. 36, ''a'') is 135 mm. in diameter and the opening in the center is 42 mm. in diameter.</ref> Of less common use are the agave-leaf rings, which should be classed as twined basketry.<ref>Diameter of specimen collected, 10 cm.; height, 165 mm.</ref> They are<noinclude>{{rule}} {{smallrefs}} {{sm|{{gap|4em}}26 {{asc|ETH}}—08——10}}</noinclude> 5a5mkeee6ut5kxcwpdnpkkgqbyupgdq Author:Augusta Frederica Frere 102 4421464 14130497 13947245 2024-04-26T03:08:34Z Yodin 174939 Yodin moved page [[Author:Augusta Frederika Frere]] to [[Author:Augusta Frederica Frere]]: more frequently used spelling in sources wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = Augusta Frederika | lastname = Frere | last_initial = Fr | description = British translator }} ==Works== * ''Wonder Castle: A Structure of Seven Stories'' (1853) * ''The Three Sons-in-Law'' (1861) ===Songs=== * "Break, break, break" (1863), words by [[Author:Alfred Tennyson|Alfred Tennyson]] * "Dreams at Dawn" (1863), words by Frere {{PD-old}} {{authority control}} 4560ochtze3psqa2fcxpjof0amfm44i 14130524 14130497 2024-04-26T03:38:47Z Yodin 174939 /* Works */ +"Homburg During the War" wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = Augusta Frederika | lastname = Frere | last_initial = Fr | description = British translator }} ==Works== * ''Wonder Castle: A Structure of Seven Stories'' (1853) * ''The Three Sons-in-Law'' (1861) ===Short works=== * "Homburg During the War" in ''The Monthly Packet of Evening Readings'' (1870) {{esl|1=https://archive.org/details/monthlypacket07unkngoog/page/378|2=https://archive.org/details/monthlypacket07unkngoog/page/492}} ===Songs=== * "Break, break, break" (1863), words by [[Author:Alfred Tennyson|Alfred Tennyson]] * "Dreams at Dawn" (1863), words by Frere {{PD-old}} {{authority control}} fwgcb0xwoy999ls36iqab5acdybnwxj Page:Pioneersorsource02cooprich.djvu/55 104 4434083 14128148 13924547 2024-04-25T16:23:24Z Chrisguise 2855804 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Chrisguise" /></noinclude>{{c|{{larger|CHAPTER IV.}}}} {{dhr}} {{fine block|{{ppoem|"[[Pericles, Prince of Tyre (1609)/Act 2#Pioneersv2ch4|Help, masters, help; here's a fish hangs in the net, like a poor man's right in the law.]]" >>''[[Pericles, Prince of Tyre (1609)|Pericles of Tyre]].''}}}} {{dhr}} {{sc|The}} advance of the season now became as rapid, as its first approach had been tedious and lingering. The days were uniformly mild, and genial to vegetation, while the nights, though cool, were no longer chilled by frosts. The whip-poor-will was heard whistling his melancholy notes along the margin of the lake, and the ponds and meadows were sending forth the music of their thousand tenants. The leaf of the native poplar was seen quivering in the woods; the sides of the mountains began to lose their hue of brown, as the lively green of the different members of the forest blended their shades with the permanent colours of the pine and hemlock; and even the buds of the tardy oak were swelling with the promise of the coming summer. The gay and fluttering blue-bird, the social robin, and the industrious little wren, were all to be seen, enlivening the fields with their presence and their songs; while the soaring fish-hawk was already hovering over the waters of the Otsego, watching, with his native voracity, for the appearance of his prey. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 3vm3x31hq67ajyrzrrfh442euheevky Page:Ginzburg - The Legends of the Jews - Volume 1.djvu/34 104 4441877 14128704 14017794 2024-04-25T18:16:05Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Dave314159" />{{rvh|11|''The Creation of the World''|''The Legends of the Jews''}}</noinclude>ing, when each claims the best and largest portions for himself. This species of mankind is distinguished for great piety, another difference between it and the inhabitants of our earth. Our own earth is called Ḥeled, and, like the others, it is separated from the Tebel by an abyss, the Tohu, the Bohu, a sea, and waters. Thus one earth rises above the other, from the first to the seventh, and over the seventh earth the heavens are vaulted, from the first to the seventh, the last of them attached to the arm of God. The seven heavens form a unity, the seven kinds of earth form a unity, and the heavens and the earth together also form a unity.{{Authority reference | title=Ginzburg_-_The_Legends_of_the_Jews_-_Volume_5.djvu | page=28 | ref=Note_028 | display=28 | transclude={{#section:Page:Ginzburg_-_The_Legends_of_the_Jews_-_Volume_5.djvu/26|Note_022}} {{#section:Page:Ginzburg_-_The_Legends_of_the_Jews_-_Volume_5.djvu/27|Note_022}} }} When God made our present heavens and our present earth, "the new heavens and the new earth"{{Authority reference | title=Ginzburg_-_The_Legends_of_the_Jews_-_Volume_5.djvu | page=28 | ref=Note_029 | display=29 }} were also brought forth, yea, and the hundred and ninety-six thousand worlds which God created unto His own glory.{{Authority reference | title=Ginzburg_-_The_Legends_of_the_Jews_-_Volume_5.djvu | page=28 | ref=Note_030 | display=30 | transclude={{#section:Page:Ginzburg_-_The_Legends_of_the_Jews_-_Volume_5.djvu/28|Note_030}} {{#section:Page:Ginzburg_-_The_Legends_of_the_Jews_-_Volume_5.djvu/29|Note_030}} }} It takes five hundred years to walk from the earth to the heavens, and from one end of a heaven to the other, and also from one heaven to the next,{{Authority reference | title=Ginzburg_-_The_Legends_of_the_Jews_-_Volume_5.djvu | page=29 | ref=Note_031 | display=31 }} and it takes the same length of time to travel from the east to the west, or from the south to the north.{{Authority reference | title=Ginzburg_-_The_Legends_of_the_Jews_-_Volume_5.djvu | page=29 | ref=Note_032 | display=32 }} Of all this vast world only one-third is inhabited, the other two-thirds being equally divided between water and waste desert land. Beyond the inhabited parts to the east is Paradise{{Authority reference | title=Ginzburg_-_The_Legends_of_the_Jews_-_Volume_5.djvu | page=29 | ref=Note_033 | display=33 }} with its seven divisions, each assigned to the pious of a certain degree. The ocean is situated to the west, and it is dotted with islands upon islands, inhabited by many different peoples. Beyond it, in turn, are the boundless steppes full of serpents and scorpions, and destitute of every sort of vege-<noinclude></noinclude> 82bp2r1bqgraujlwq4l5um7bjod4pia Page:Chronologies and calendars (IA chronologiescale00macdrich).pdf/89 104 4444460 14130422 13950462 2024-04-26T01:18:19Z Arcorann 2060189 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Arcorann" />{{rvh|77|KINDRED SCIENCES.|CHRONOLOGIES AND CALENDARS.}}</noinclude>documents were accorded a startling antiquity.<ref>A writing was once foisted upon the public as being of the tenth century. Externally it seemed to be valid, but the little pronoun ‘its’ occurred on the text, and modern paleography rightly held the document to be spurious, for this pronoun is a post—Restoration one.</ref>The paleographist, perusing,<ref>This list, compiled by myself, does not pretend to be exhaustive.</ref> observe, however, that the {| | |WRITINGS IN |KNOWS THEY ARE |OF THE |- |1||Hieroglyphics||Egyptian||IX. to XXI. dynasties: the best about 3000 B.C. |- |2||Cuneiform||Assyrian or Persian||200 to 230 B.C. |- |3||Sanskrit||Ancient Indian||To about 300 B.C. |- |4||Uncials||Hebrew, Latin, Grecian||1 to 800 A.D. |- |5||Cursive||The same, or Saxon||From 900 A.D. |} earliest ''uncial'' of precise date is found in the record of sale by Didymus and his wife to Miccalus of a date in the first century, now specified 3rd June, 88 A.D. (British Museum MSS., Case A, No. 6), the A.R. (7th) of Domition being given. 125. In regard to printing, it is important to bear in mind that in 593 A.D. the Chinese Emperor Wan-ti ordered a collection of the syllabic texts with the view to their being officially printed; but there was no great use of printing in China until the tenth century of the Christian era. 126. Printing in Europe was, however, much later; and the following table shows the Western progress of the art:— At Mentz (Mayence) a printing press was set up in 1454<br /> {{ditto|At}} {{ditto|Mentz (Mayence)|Rome|l}} {{ditto|a printing press}} {{ditto|was set}} {{ditto|up in||}} 1467<br /> {{ditto|At}} {{ditto|Mentz (Mayence)|Paris |l}} {{ditto|a printing press}} {{ditto|was set}} {{ditto|up in||}} 1470<noinclude></noinclude> 44o5ts6re264g3u9u9i0c9wnj0vo1mb 14130423 14130422 2024-04-26T01:18:45Z Arcorann 2060189 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Arcorann" />{{rvh|77|KINDRED SCIENCES.|CHRONOLOGIES AND CALENDARS.}}</noinclude>documents were accorded a startling antiquity.<ref>A writing was once foisted upon the public as being of the tenth century. Externally it seemed to be valid, but the little pronoun ‘its’ occurred on the text, and modern paleography rightly held the document to be spurious, for this pronoun is a post—Restoration one.</ref>The paleographist, perusing,<ref>This list, compiled by myself, does not pretend to be exhaustive.</ref> observe, however, that the {| class="__p77table" | |WRITINGS IN |KNOWS THEY ARE |OF THE |- |1||Hieroglyphics||Egyptian||IX. to XXI. dynasties: the best about 3000 B.C. |- |2||Cuneiform||Assyrian or Persian||200 to 230 B.C. |- |3||Sanskrit||Ancient Indian||To about 300 B.C. |- |4||Uncials||Hebrew, Latin, Grecian||1 to 800 A.D. |- |5||Cursive||The same, or Saxon||From 900 A.D. |} earliest ''uncial'' of precise date is found in the record of sale by Didymus and his wife to Miccalus of a date in the first century, now specified 3rd June, 88 A.D. (British Museum MSS., Case A, No. 6), the A.R. (7th) of Domition being given. {{pn|125}}. In regard to printing, it is important to bear in mind that in 593 A.D. the Chinese Emperor Wan-ti ordered a collection of the syllabic texts with the view to their being officially printed; but there was no great use of printing in China until the tenth century of the Christian era. {{pn|126}}. Printing in Europe was, however, much later; and the following table shows the Western progress of the art:— At Mentz (Mayence) a printing press was set up in 1454<br /> {{ditto|At}} {{ditto|Mentz (Mayence)|Rome|l}} {{ditto|a printing press}} {{ditto|was set}} {{ditto|up in||}} 1467<br /> {{ditto|At}} {{ditto|Mentz (Mayence)|Paris |l}} {{ditto|a printing press}} {{ditto|was set}} {{ditto|up in||}} 1470<noinclude></noinclude> 5tssjevurxhi3fb58dm0okvudb20gce Page:Ginzburg - The Legends of the Jews - Volume 1.djvu/46 104 4444916 14128705 13999121 2024-04-25T18:16:08Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Dave314159" />{{rvh|23|''The Creation of the World''|''The Legends of the Jews''}}</noinclude>for the end draweth nigh.” On every Monday and Thursday and on Sabbaths and holidays, the Patriarchs come to him, and the twelve sons of Jacob, and Moses, Aaron, David, Solomon, and all the kings of Israel and of Judah, and they weep with him and comfort him, and say unto him, “Be quiet and put trust in thy Creator, for the end draweth nigh.” Also Korah and his company, and Dathan, Abiram, and Absalom come to him on every Wednesday, and ask him: “How long before the end comes full of wonders? When wilt thou bring us life again, and from the abysses of the earth lift us” The Messiah answers them, “Go to your fathers and ask them”; and when they hear this, they are ashamed, and do not ask their fathers. In the sixth division dwell those who died in performing a pious act, and in the seventh division those who died from illness inflicted as an expiation for the sins of Israel.{{Authority_reference | title=Ginzburg_-_The_Legends_of_the_Jews_-_Volume_5.djvu | page=48 | ref=note_097 | display=97 | transclude={{#section:Page:Ginzburg_-_The_Legends_of_the_Jews_-_Volume_5.djvu/48|Note_097}}               {{#section:Page:Ginzburg_-_The_Legends_of_the_Jews_-_Volume_5.djvu/49|Note_097}}               {{#section:Page:Ginzburg_-_The_Legends_of_the_Jews_-_Volume_5.djvu/50|Note_097}} }} {{smallrefs}} ==={{sc|The Fourth Day}}=== The fourth day of creation produced the sun, the moon, and the stars. These heavenly spheres were not actually fashioned on this day; they were created on the first day, and merely were assigned their places in the heavens on the fourth.{{Authority_reference | title=Ginzburg_-_The_Legends_of_the_Jews_-_Volume_5.djvu | page=50 | ref=note_098 | display=98 }} At first the sun and the moon enjoyed equal powers and prerogatives.{{Authority_reference | title=Ginzburg_-_The_Legends_of_the_Jews_-_Volume_5.djvu | page=50 | ref=note_099 | display=99 }} The moon spoke to God, and said: “O Lord, why didst Thou create the world with the letter Bet?" God replied: “That it might be made known unto My creatures that there are two worlds.” The moon: “O Lord, which of the two worlds is the larger, this world or the world to come?” God: “The world to come is the larger.” The moon: “O Lord, Thou didst create two<noinclude></noinclude> 9mvrkt6pvu4i3d86lmec21sabb20axw Page:Sarawak Gazette 4 January 1907 Issue No 492.pdf/5 104 4445269 14130251 13990142 2024-04-25T23:13:06Z 103.18.0.195 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Cerevisae" />{{rh| |THE SARAWAK GAZETTE, JANUARY 4, 1907.| 5 }} {{rule}}</noinclude>(3) on the Strait Settlements, an actual form of Money Order is issued for transmission to the payee and in order to avoid delay, and provided the application is accompanied by a fully stamped and addressed envelope, the Money Order will be forwarded to him direct by the Kuching Post Office at the remitter's risk; otherwise it will be sent to the Postal Officer applying. The envelope may contain the emitters advice to the payee but the Post Office accepts no responsibility in case of loss and it is advisable to send it separately. In the case of Money Orders on (4) the Federated Malay States and (5) on or through India no form of Money Order is issued to the remitter as the paying office issues and forwards a Money Order to the payee, and the above paragraph as to stamped and addressed envelope does not the fore apply. A form of acknowgment will be forwarded by the Kuching ifice to the Postal Officer applying, for transmission to the remitter who should retain same and advise the payee as to remittance. {{block right| {{gap}}By order of the Officer<br> Administering the Government.<br> {{gap}}{{gap}}C. C. ROBISON,<br> {{gap}}{{gap}}''Postmaster-General.'' }} 1st January, 1907. {{Custom rule|lzt|60}} {{c|{{x-larger block|<b>Notice.</b>}} {{Custom rule|sp|20|d|6|sp|20}} No. LXV, 1906.}} {{block center| ''re'' Phoong Sam Choon. (Deceased.)<br> {{em}}Shareholder in the firm<br> {{em}}of chop Thoong On Thai<br> {{em}}Trader in Bau Bazaar. }} {{sc|Probate}} having been granted to Ng Ah Lian, wife of deceased, and Chiew Fook the remaining partner, all claims and monies owing to the said Estate should be sent to them. {{block right| H. B. CROCKER,<br> {{gap}}''Assistant Resident.''}} {{gap}}Bau,<br> December 19th 1906. {{Custom rule|lzt|60}} {{c|{{x-larger block|<b>Notice.</b>}} {{Custom rule|sp|20|d|6|sp|20}} No. LXVI, 1906.}} {{sc|From}} 1st January 1907 and until further Notice duties upon the undermentioned articles will be as follows:— {|style="margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" |- | Fish Maws No. 1 || {{ts|pl3}}|per catty || {{ts|pl3}}|.20 cts. |- | {{ditto|Fish Maws No.}} 2 || {{ts|pl3}}|{{ditto|per catty}} || {{ts|pl3}}|.15{{ditto|cts}} |- | {{ditto|Fish Maws No.}} 3 || {{ts|pl3}}|{{ditto|per catty}} || {{ts|pl3}}|.10{{ditto|cts}} |- | Gutta Jangkar || {{ts|pl3}}|per picul || {{ts|pl3}}| $1.50{{ditto|cts}} |- | White Pepper || {{ts|pl3}}|{{ditto|per picul}} || {{ts|pl3}}| 1.25{{ditto|cts}} |- | Black Pepper || {{ts|pl3}}|{{ditto|per picul}} || {{ts|pl3}}| 1.00{{ditto|cts}} |} {{block right| {{gap}}By order of the Officer<br> Administering the Government.<br> {{gap}}{{gap}}C. C. ROBISON,<br> {{gap}}''Superintendent of Customs.'' }} 21st December, 1906. {{c|{{x-larger block|<b>Notice.</b>}} {{Custom rule|sp|20|d|6|sp|20}} No. LXVII, 1906.}} {{sc|His}} Majesty the King having been pleased to appoint Malcolm Stewart Hannibal Mc-Arthur, Esqr. Consul for Sarawak, His Highness the Rajah hereby directs that he be received with the usual salute and honours whenever he visits Sarawak and that all Officers in the Service shall do their utmost to assist him in his duties and pay him the respect due to his rank. {{block right| By His Highness' Command<br> {{gap}}P. F. CUNYNGHAME,<br> {{gap}}{{gap}}''Officer administering''<br> {{gap}}{{gap}}{{gap}}''the Government.'' }} {{gap}}Kuching,<br> December 29th, 1906. {{Custom rule|lzt|60}} {{c|{{x-larger block|<b>Notification.</b>}} {{Custom rule|sp|20|d|6|sp|20}} No. LXVIII, 1906.<br> Post-Cards.}} {{sc|Post-Cards}} impressed with a stamp of the value of one cent, and double or reply-paid Post-Cards impressed with a stamp of the value of one cent on each portion of them, may be transmitted between places in Sarawak. These cards can be forwarded to other places outside of Sarawak, if the additional postage required is supplied by means of postage stamps affixed to the cards. Post-Cards impressed with a stamp of the value of 4 cents and double or reply paid Post-Cards impressed with a stamp of the value of 4 cents on each portion of them, may be sent to all parts of the world. {{c|<b>Private Post-Cards.</b>}} Private post-cards will be accepted by the Post Office in Sarawak for transmission under the following conditions:— (a) Private post-cards must be composed of ordinary cardboard, or paper sufficiently stout not to hinder thoir manipulation; they must not exceed a maximum size of 61 inches by 31 inches, and the minimum size must not be less than inches by 24 inches. Prepayment of a private Post-card addressed to any place in Sarawak, can be effected by means of a one-cent Sarawak postage stamp affixed to it; and if addremmed to any other destination prepayment can be effected by means of a Sarawak postage stamp or stamps for 4 cents affixed to it. (b) Double or reply paid private post-cards will be accepted, and postage can be prepaid by stamps affixed as stated above to each half of the double card. (c) The inscription "Post-cards" is not compulsory for single post-cards of private mannfacture, but the reply halves of private double cards must bear the title "Fost-cards. In no case is any other heading prescribed. (d) A private Post-card posted without a postage stamp will be charged, on delivery, with double postage per single card or for each half of a reply card. {{c|<b>Rules Applying to Official and Private Post-Cards.</b>}} (1) Post-cards bearing written or printed communications on the left hand half of the address side can be sent to all British Possessions to which penny postage applies and to certain other countries already notified. It is not compulsory to affix the postage stamps to the address side, but the public is strongly urged to do so. (2) Engravings or advertisements, provided they do not interfere in any way with the clear indication of the address or with the stamping or marking of the Postal Service, may appear on the front of a card, in addition to the name and address of the recipient in writing or on a gummed label not exceeding 2 inches by inch, and the name and address of the sender indicated in writing, or by means of a hand stamp, stamping machine or any other typographical process. (3) In addition to stamps for prepayment Post-cards may bear address-labels as above described, and engravings, illu<noinclude></noinclude> 59be0afix9ce9bv7xhrfripk9ghwqfa 14130256 14130251 2024-04-25T23:16:31Z 103.18.0.195 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Cerevisae" />{{rh| |THE SARAWAK GAZETTE, JANUARY 4, 1907.| 5 }} {{rule}}</noinclude>(3) on the Strait Settlements, an actual form of Money Order is issued for transmission to the payee and in order to avoid delay, and provided the application is accompanied by a fully stamped and addressed envelope, the Money Order will be forwarded to him direct by the Kuching Post Office at the remitter's risk; otherwise it will be sent to the Postal Officer applying. The envelope may contain the emitters advice to the payee but the Post Office accepts no responsibility in case of loss and it is advisable to send it separately. In the case of Money Orders on (4) the Federated Malay States and (5) on or through India no form of Money Order is issued to the remitter as the paying office issues and forwards a Money Order to the payee, and the above paragraph as to stamped and addressed envelope does not the fore apply. A form of acknowgment will be forwarded by the Kuching ifice to the Postal Officer applying, for transmission to the remitter who should retain same and advise the payee as to remittance. {{block right| {{gap}}By order of the Officer<br> Administering the Government.<br> {{gap}}{{gap}}C. C. ROBISON,<br> {{gap}}{{gap}}''Postmaster-General.'' }} 1st January, 1907. {{Custom rule|lzt|60}} {{c|{{x-larger block|<b>Notice.</b>}} {{Custom rule|sp|20|d|6|sp|20}} No. LXV, 1906.}} {{block center| ''re'' Phoong Sam Choon. (Deceased.)<br> {{em}}Shareholder in the firm<br> {{em}}of chop Thoong On Thai<br> {{em}}Trader in Bau Bazaar. }} {{sc|Probate}} having been granted to Ng Ah Lian, wife of deceased, and Chiew Fook the remaining partner, all claims and monies owing to the said Estate should be sent to them. {{block right| H. B. CROCKER,<br> {{gap}}''Assistant Resident.''}} {{gap}}Bau,<br> December 19th 1906. {{Custom rule|lzt|60}} {{c|{{x-larger block|<b>Notice.</b>}} {{Custom rule|sp|20|d|6|sp|20}} No. LXVI, 1906.}} {{sc|From}} 1st January 1907 and until further Notice duties upon the undermentioned articles will be as follows:— {|style="margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" |- | Fish Maws No. 1 || {{ts|pl3}}|per catty || {{ts|pl3|ar}}|.20 cts. |- | {{ditto|Fish Maws No.}} 2 || {{ts|pl3}}|{{ditto|per catty}} || {{ts|pl3|ar}}|.15{{ditto|cts}} |- | {{ditto|Fish Maws No.}} 3 || {{ts|pl3}}|{{ditto|per catty}} || {{ts|pl3|ar}}|.10{{ditto|cts}} |- | Gutta Jangkar || {{ts|pl3}}|per picul || {{ts|pl3|ar}}| $1.50{{ditto|cts}} |- | White Pepper || {{ts|pl3}}|{{ditto|per picul}} || {{ts|pl3|ar}}| 1.25{{ditto|cts}} |- | Black Pepper || {{ts|pl3}}|{{ditto|per picul}} || {{ts|pl3|ar}}| 1.00{{ditto|cts}} |} {{block right| {{gap}}By order of the Officer<br> Administering the Government.<br> {{gap}}{{gap}}C. C. ROBISON,<br> {{gap}}''Superintendent of Customs.'' }} 21st December, 1906. {{c|{{x-larger block|<b>Notice.</b>}} {{Custom rule|sp|20|d|6|sp|20}} No. LXVII, 1906.}} {{sc|His}} Majesty the King having been pleased to appoint Malcolm Stewart Hannibal Mc-Arthur, Esqr. Consul for Sarawak, His Highness the Rajah hereby directs that he be received with the usual salute and honours whenever he visits Sarawak and that all Officers in the Service shall do their utmost to assist him in his duties and pay him the respect due to his rank. {{block right| By His Highness' Command<br> {{gap}}P. F. CUNYNGHAME,<br> {{gap}}{{gap}}''Officer administering''<br> {{gap}}{{gap}}{{gap}}''the Government.'' }} {{gap}}Kuching,<br> December 29th, 1906. {{Custom rule|lzt|60}} {{c|{{x-larger block|<b>Notification.</b>}} {{Custom rule|sp|20|d|6|sp|20}} No. LXVIII, 1906.<br> Post-Cards.}} {{sc|Post-Cards}} impressed with a stamp of the value of one cent, and double or reply-paid Post-Cards impressed with a stamp of the value of one cent on each portion of them, may be transmitted between places in Sarawak. These cards can be forwarded to other places outside of Sarawak, if the additional postage required is supplied by means of postage stamps affixed to the cards. Post-Cards impressed with a stamp of the value of 4 cents and double or reply paid Post-Cards impressed with a stamp of the value of 4 cents on each portion of them, may be sent to all parts of the world. {{c|<b>Private Post-Cards.</b>}} Private post-cards will be accepted by the Post Office in Sarawak for transmission under the following conditions:— (a) Private post-cards must be composed of ordinary cardboard, or paper sufficiently stout not to hinder thoir manipulation; they must not exceed a maximum size of 61 inches by 31 inches, and the minimum size must not be less than inches by 24 inches. Prepayment of a private Post-card addressed to any place in Sarawak, can be effected by means of a one-cent Sarawak postage stamp affixed to it; and if addremmed to any other destination prepayment can be effected by means of a Sarawak postage stamp or stamps for 4 cents affixed to it. (b) Double or reply paid private post-cards will be accepted, and postage can be prepaid by stamps affixed as stated above to each half of the double card. (c) The inscription "Post-cards" is not compulsory for single post-cards of private mannfacture, but the reply halves of private double cards must bear the title "Fost-cards. In no case is any other heading prescribed. (d) A private Post-card posted without a postage stamp will be charged, on delivery, with double postage per single card or for each half of a reply card. {{c|<b>Rules Applying to Official and Private Post-Cards.</b>}} (1) Post-cards bearing written or printed communications on the left hand half of the address side can be sent to all British Possessions to which penny postage applies and to certain other countries already notified. It is not compulsory to affix the postage stamps to the address side, but the public is strongly urged to do so. (2) Engravings or advertisements, provided they do not interfere in any way with the clear indication of the address or with the stamping or marking of the Postal Service, may appear on the front of a card, in addition to the name and address of the recipient in writing or on a gummed label not exceeding 2 inches by inch, and the name and address of the sender indicated in writing, or by means of a hand stamp, stamping machine or any other typographical process. (3) In addition to stamps for prepayment Post-cards may bear address-labels as above described, and engravings, illu<noinclude></noinclude> fuxgz300suuem6tnwbyvmrz6jzrxvr3 14130260 14130256 2024-04-25T23:17:49Z 103.18.0.195 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Cerevisae" />{{rh| |THE SARAWAK GAZETTE, JANUARY 4, 1907.| 5 }} {{rule}}</noinclude>(3) on the Strait Settlements, an actual form of Money Order is issued for transmission to the payee and in order to avoid delay, and provided the application is accompanied by a fully stamped and addressed envelope, the Money Order will be forwarded to him direct by the Kuching Post Office at the remitter's risk; otherwise it will be sent to the Postal Officer applying. The envelope may contain the emitters advice to the payee but the Post Office accepts no responsibility in case of loss and it is advisable to send it separately. In the case of Money Orders on (4) the Federated Malay States and (5) on or through India no form of Money Order is issued to the remitter as the paying office issues and forwards a Money Order to the payee, and the above paragraph as to stamped and addressed envelope does not the fore apply. A form of acknowgment will be forwarded by the Kuching ifice to the Postal Officer applying, for transmission to the remitter who should retain same and advise the payee as to remittance. {{block right| {{gap}}By order of the Officer<br> Administering the Government.<br> {{gap}}{{gap}}C. C. ROBISON,<br> {{gap}}{{gap}}''Postmaster-General.'' }} 1st January, 1907. {{Custom rule|lzt|60}} {{c|{{x-larger block|<b>Notice.</b>}} {{Custom rule|sp|20|d|6|sp|20}} No. LXV, 1906.}} {{block center| ''re'' Phoong Sam Choon. (Deceased.)<br> {{em}}Shareholder in the firm<br> {{em}}of chop Thoong On Thai<br> {{em}}Trader in Bau Bazaar. }} {{sc|Probate}} having been granted to Ng Ah Lian, wife of deceased, and Chiew Fook the remaining partner, all claims and monies owing to the said Estate should be sent to them. {{block right| H. B. CROCKER,<br> {{gap}}''Assistant Resident.''}} {{gap}}Bau,<br> December 19th 1906. {{Custom rule|lzt|60}} {{c|{{x-larger block|<b>Notice.</b>}} {{Custom rule|sp|20|d|6|sp|20}} No. LXVI, 1906.}} {{sc|From}} 1st January 1907 and until further Notice duties upon the undermentioned articles will be as follows:— {|style="margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" |- | Fish Maws No. 1 || {{ts|pl3}}|per catty || {{ts|pl3|ar}}|.20 cts. |- | {{ditto|Fish Maws No.}} 2 || {{ts|pl3}}|{{ditto|per}}{{ditto|catty}} || {{ts|pl3|ar}}|.15{{ditto|cts}} |- | {{ditto|Fish Maws No.}} 3 || {{ts|pl3}}|{{ditto|per}}{{ditto|catty}} || {{ts|pl3|ar}}|.10{{ditto|cts}} |- | Gutta Jangkar || {{ts|pl3}}|per picul || {{ts|pl3|ar}}| $1.50{{ditto|cts}} |- | White Pepper || {{ts|pl3}}|{{ditto|per}}{{ditto|picul}} || {{ts|pl3|ar}}| 1.25{{ditto|cts}} |- | Black Pepper || {{ts|pl3}}|{{ditto|per}}{{ditto|picul}} || {{ts|pl3|ar}}| 1.00{{ditto|cts}} |} {{block right| {{gap}}By order of the Officer<br> Administering the Government.<br> {{gap}}{{gap}}C. C. ROBISON,<br> {{gap}}''Superintendent of Customs.'' }} 21st December, 1906. {{c|{{x-larger block|<b>Notice.</b>}} {{Custom rule|sp|20|d|6|sp|20}} No. LXVII, 1906.}} {{sc|His}} Majesty the King having been pleased to appoint Malcolm Stewart Hannibal Mc-Arthur, Esqr. Consul for Sarawak, His Highness the Rajah hereby directs that he be received with the usual salute and honours whenever he visits Sarawak and that all Officers in the Service shall do their utmost to assist him in his duties and pay him the respect due to his rank. {{block right| By His Highness' Command<br> {{gap}}P. F. CUNYNGHAME,<br> {{gap}}{{gap}}''Officer administering''<br> {{gap}}{{gap}}{{gap}}''the Government.'' }} {{gap}}Kuching,<br> December 29th, 1906. {{Custom rule|lzt|60}} {{c|{{x-larger block|<b>Notification.</b>}} {{Custom rule|sp|20|d|6|sp|20}} No. LXVIII, 1906.<br> Post-Cards.}} {{sc|Post-Cards}} impressed with a stamp of the value of one cent, and double or reply-paid Post-Cards impressed with a stamp of the value of one cent on each portion of them, may be transmitted between places in Sarawak. These cards can be forwarded to other places outside of Sarawak, if the additional postage required is supplied by means of postage stamps affixed to the cards. Post-Cards impressed with a stamp of the value of 4 cents and double or reply paid Post-Cards impressed with a stamp of the value of 4 cents on each portion of them, may be sent to all parts of the world. {{c|<b>Private Post-Cards.</b>}} Private post-cards will be accepted by the Post Office in Sarawak for transmission under the following conditions:— (a) Private post-cards must be composed of ordinary cardboard, or paper sufficiently stout not to hinder thoir manipulation; they must not exceed a maximum size of 61 inches by 31 inches, and the minimum size must not be less than inches by 24 inches. Prepayment of a private Post-card addressed to any place in Sarawak, can be effected by means of a one-cent Sarawak postage stamp affixed to it; and if addremmed to any other destination prepayment can be effected by means of a Sarawak postage stamp or stamps for 4 cents affixed to it. (b) Double or reply paid private post-cards will be accepted, and postage can be prepaid by stamps affixed as stated above to each half of the double card. (c) The inscription "Post-cards" is not compulsory for single post-cards of private mannfacture, but the reply halves of private double cards must bear the title "Fost-cards. In no case is any other heading prescribed. (d) A private Post-card posted without a postage stamp will be charged, on delivery, with double postage per single card or for each half of a reply card. {{c|<b>Rules Applying to Official and Private Post-Cards.</b>}} (1) Post-cards bearing written or printed communications on the left hand half of the address side can be sent to all British Possessions to which penny postage applies and to certain other countries already notified. It is not compulsory to affix the postage stamps to the address side, but the public is strongly urged to do so. (2) Engravings or advertisements, provided they do not interfere in any way with the clear indication of the address or with the stamping or marking of the Postal Service, may appear on the front of a card, in addition to the name and address of the recipient in writing or on a gummed label not exceeding 2 inches by inch, and the name and address of the sender indicated in writing, or by means of a hand stamp, stamping machine or any other typographical process. (3) In addition to stamps for prepayment Post-cards may bear address-labels as above described, and engravings, illu<noinclude></noinclude> klqgjraiq3t8w8zb7xyrd9j2b3mycn0 Page:TheTreesOfGreatBritainAndIreland vol02B.djvu/304 104 4445496 14128074 13953489 2024-04-25T15:46:14Z Dick Bos 15954 italics proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Dick Bos" />{{RH|382|The Trees of Great Britain and Ireland}}</noinclude>In the Cambridge Botanic Garden there are two trees of this species, one 56 feet high by 5 feet in girth, in 1906. The bark scales off in smaller plates than the common larch, and shows more red-coloured cortex below. The second tree, labelled ''L. pendula,'' is grafted at 6 feet up on the common larch, and has its stem bent over at a right angle a few feet higher up. At Ribston Park, Yorkshire, there is a well-grown tree of ''L. dahurica'' which cannot be more than about forty years old, as Major Dent remembers its being planted, though its origin is unknown. It has somewhat pendulous branches and smooth bark without ridges, and measures 71 feet by 5 feet 2 inches. It had both new and old cones on it in 1906. There are some larches at Boynton, near Bridlington, Yorkshire, which Sir Charles Strickland has always known as red larches, and supposed to have been of American origin, but which I believe, on account of their smoother bark, to be ''L. dahurica.'' The best of them is 75 feet by 7 feet 8 inches; another, with a very spreading top, was 9 feet 4 inches in girth; and both had cones from which seedlings have been raised. Sir Charles Strickland has written of these in the ''Gardeners’ Chronicle,'' 1896, pp. 399 and 494. He says that the trees which have been grown at Boynton for eighty or ninety years under the name of red and black larch are the two trees described in Loudon as varieties of ''Larix americana''; and that the red larch is more like the European larch, and in loose, rather wet, sandy soil grows at Boynton as fast and to as large a size, but he does not consider the wood quite as good as that of the common larch; it is more liable to twist and warp, though probably as durable. On drier soils the red larch is much less healthy and vigorous than the common one. At Murthly Castle there is a row of fifteen trees which were planted about 1881 by Mr. D.F. Mackenzie, who informs me that they were probably from the nursery of Messrs. B. Reid of Aberdeen, but their origin cannot now be traced with certainty. Their habit varies very much, the first one, coming from the Castle, having very pendulous branches and a weeping top, which none of the others possess. The cones also vary somewhat in size and colour, but with one exception—which I believe to be a common larch planted subsequently to replace a dead tree of the original lot—are characteristic of ''L. dahurica.'' The trees average 40 to 45 feet high and 3 to 4 feet in girth, and have the bark distinctly smoother and less corrugated than the bark of common larch growing under similar conditions. They are fairly healthy in appearance, with no evidence of having suffered from Peziza, but are bearing cones so freely that I do not expect they will become large trees. Mr. Mackenzie attributes this to their growing on dry, gravelly soil. {{float right|(H.J.E.){{gap}}}} {{dhr}}<noinclude></noinclude> q4612f36280x5mc5lzzd4ay4bimskh2 Page:TheTreesOfGreatBritainAndIreland vol02B.djvu/308 104 4445602 14128105 13953642 2024-04-25T15:53:31Z Dick Bos 15954 italics proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Dick Bos" />{{RH|384|The Trees of Great Britain and Ireland}}</noinclude>the experimental forestry station near Munich, where the thermometer goes down to 15° Fahr. below zero, and seedlings only four years old are already 5½ feet high. They resembled ''Larix americana'' more than ''L. leptolepis'' in the blackish colour of their young shoots. Dr. Mayr says that it is the first larch to become green in Europe, though in my nursery seedlings of the Altai and north Russian larches are both earlier. He says that its dark shoots have gained it the name of black larch from visitors to his nursery, and that in the park of The Duke of Inn- and Knyphausen at Liitetsburg in east Friesland it grows faster than any other species of larch, being 6 metres high at the age of seven years.” So far as our very short experience of this tree in England enables us to judge, it is likely to thrive well, at any rate in its youth. Several young trees which are in my nursery grow fast, and ripen their growths earlier than common larch. Some seed received from Japan in June 1906 germinated very quickly, and made healthy little plants the same season. It should be tried especially in the wetter parts of Great Britain. {{float right|(H.J.E.){{gap}}}} {{dhr|2}} {{c|{{larger|LARIX LEPTOLEPIS}}}} {{dhr}} {{fine block|:''Larix leptolepis,'' Endlicher,? ''Syn. Conif.'' 130 (1847); Gordon, ''Pinetum,'' 128 (1858); Mayr, ''Abiet. Jap. Reiches,'' 63, t. 5, f 14 (1890), and ''Fremdländ. Wald- u. Parkbäume,'' 302 (1906); Kent, ''Veitch’s Man. Coniferæ,'' 397 (1900). :''Larix japonica,'' Carrière, ''Conif.'' 272 (1855). :''Larix Kaempferi,'' Sargent, ''Silva N. Amer.'' xii. 2, adnot. 2 (1898). :''Pinus Larix,'' Thunberg, ''Fl. Jap.'' 275 (1784) (not Linnæus). :''Pinus Kaempferi,'' Lambert, ''Pinus,'' ii. preface, p. v (1824). :''Abies Kaempferi,'' Lindley, ''Penny Cycl.'' i. 34 (1833). :''Abies leptolepis,'' Siebold et Zuccarini, ''Fl. Jap.'' ii. 12, t. 105 (1842). :''Pinus leptolepis,'' Endlicher, ''Syn. Conif.'' 130 (1847).}} {{dhr}} A tree attaining in Japan a height of 100 feet and a girth of 12 feet. Bark of native trees, according to Mayr, similar to that of the European larch, the freshly ex- foliating scales being more brownish than red; but in cultivated trees in England the bark begins to scale very early, peeling off usually in large long strips and giving a red appearance to the trunk. Young branchlets glaucous, usually covered with a dense, erect, brown pubescence, but occasionally almost glabrous, only a few brown hairs being present. Branchlets of the second year reddish with a glaucous tinge, retaining some pubescence or quite glabrous. Base of the shoots girt by a sheath of the previous season's bud-scales, the uppermost of which are loose and reflected, with no ring of pubescence visible. Short shoots stouter than in the common larch, 1 In ''Mitt. Deutsche Dendr. Ges.'' 1906, p. 27, the age of this tree is stated erroneously as twenty-five to thirty years. Its height in 1906 is given as 9 metres. 2 ''Pinus leptolepis'' was the name preferred by Endlicher; but he quotes ''Larix leptolepis,'' Hort., as a synonym ; and as this is the first publication of ''Larix leptolepis,'' Endlicher is responsible for the name, and it is credited to him; and being the first published name under the correct genus is adopted by us. Moreover, it is the name by which this species is universally known; and the adoption of Sargent’s name, ''Larix Kaempferi,'' would cause great confusion, as this has been used for ''Pseudolarix Kaempferi,'' the golden larch of China. The Japanese larch, though known to Kaempfer and Thunberg in the eighteenth century and mentioned by Lambert, was first described by Lindley in 1833.<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 7v86z6hceclo6oa6p84zbgzzr4lzlzs Page:TheTreesOfGreatBritainAndIreland vol02B.djvu/310 104 4445611 14128420 13953654 2024-04-25T17:28:19Z Dick Bos 15954 italics proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Dick Bos" />{{RH|386|The Trees of Great Britain and Ireland}}</noinclude>Where I first saw it, on a sandy plain above the Lake Chuzenji on the slopes of the volcano of Nantai-san, the trees were of no great size, averaging perhaps 60 to 70 feet in height, with a girth rarely exceeding 6 feet in mature trees, and more often 3 to 4 feet. They were very similar in habit to the larch in the Alps, and had not an excessive development of branches. Higher up above Yumoto in rich forest soil, thinly scattered among deciduous trees of many species, they were larger, some- times attaining 80 feet high and 10 to 12 feet in girth; but I saw none anywhere which rivalled our larch in height, and am inclined to think it is not nearly such a long-lived tree, though, as I saw none felled, I was unable to count the rings. Prof. Sargent, who saw the tree in the same place as I did, came to a very similar conclusion. Mayr states that he found it wild on the volcanoes of central Hondo, Fuji, Ontake, Asama, Shiranesan, Norikura, and others, always growing near the timber line, with ''Abies, Tsuga,'' and ''Picea hondoensis.'' The tree is valued for its timber, which is used for ship- and boat-building, and has lately come into great demand for railway sleepers and telegraph poles. In consequence of this it has been largely planted at elevations of 4000 to 5000 feet in the central and northern provinces, and many plantations that I saw of ten to fifteen years old were very similar to larch plantations in England in growth and habit. I also saw it planted experimentally in Hokkaido, along the lines of railway, where it seemed to grow as well in this rich black soil as in its native mountains. {{dhr}} {{c|{{sc|Cultivation}}}} In 1890 I sowed seeds from three different localities—Dunkeld, Hildenley, and Tortworth—and raised plants from each of them, which grew better than seedlings raised at the same time from Japanese seed; but this may have been partly due to the fact that the latter were dressed with paraffin by my forester to protect them from birds and mice in the seed-bed. At six years old these plants are now from four to eight feet high, and though some of them have been more or less checked by severe spring frosts, they are generally growing well. As a proof of the hardiness of the tree I may mention that the late Sir R. Menzies showed me three young trees which he had planted, at an elevation of about 1250 feet, in the garden of the inn near the top of the pass between Glen Lyon and Loch Rannoch ; and in some of his plantations on the north shore of Loch Rannoch they were growing very vigorously in mixture with Douglas fir. No conifer of recent introduction has attracted so much attention among foresters as the Japanese larch, which, during the last ten years, has been sown very largely My nurserymen (Messrs. Dickson of Chester are said to have sold no less than 750,000 in the year 1905), and is looked upon by many foresters as likely to replace the common larch, because it is, so far as we yet know, less liable to the attacks of ''Peziza Willkommiii.'' But this pest has already in more than one place been certainly identified on the Japanese larch, and I have little doubt that as time goes on we shall hear more of this. Henry visited in 1904 six plantations of Japanese larch of ages from five to sixteen years, and in none could detect any sign of canker. There<noinclude></noinclude> nigs3e35fcoc6ffpocq0wl3t6kwmy7m Page:TheTreesOfGreatBritainAndIreland vol02B.djvu/314 104 4445617 14128430 13953670 2024-04-25T17:31:47Z Dick Bos 15954 italics proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Dick Bos" />{{RH|388|The Trees of Great Britain and Ireland}}</noinclude>At Dunkeld there is a tree planted close to a common larch, from which seedlings were raised at my suggestion by the late D. Keir, which appear to be hybrids between the two species.’ His son, who succeeded him as forester to the Duke of Atholl, and who has watched the growth of these seedlings, considers them to be intermediate between the two species ; but it is yet too soon to be certain. At Abercairney, Perthshire, the seat of Col. Drummond Moray, there is a tree, raised from seed brought from Japan in 1883, which, measured by Henry in 1904, was 38 feet by 3 feet 5 inches. At Blair Drummond, in the same county, he measured ten trees planted in 1888, one of which was 44 feet high, and the average girth 2 feet 5 inches. They were all healthy though growing among common larch which was diseased. At Cullen House, Banffshire, Mr. Campbell tells me that there is a tree 45 feet by 34 feet. At Kirkennan, near Dalbeattie, Kircudbrightshire, two larches sown in 1885 were in 1904 41 feet by 2 feet and 35 feet by 1 foot 11 inches. We are in- debted for this information to the owner Mr. W. Maxwell. In Germany at Schloss Lütetsburg, it seems to have grown faster than with us, for it is stated” that trees thirty-five to forty years old are 17 to 20 metres high, with a girth at 1 metre of 1.80 to 2.70 metres. {{float right|(H.J.E.){{gap}}}} {{dhr|2}} {{c|{{larger|LARIX GRIFFITHII, {{sc|Sikkim Larch}}}}}} {{dhr}} {{fine block|:''Larix Griffithii,'' J.D. Hooker, ''Ill. Himal. Pl.'' t. 21 (excl. ff. 1–4) (1855), ''Flora Br. India,'' v. 655 (1888), and ''Gard. Chron.'' xxv. 718, f. 157 (1886); Masters, ''Gard. Chron.'' xxvi. 464, f. 95 (1886); Kent, ''Veitch’s Man. Coniferæ,'' 395 (1900); Gamble, ''Indian Timbers,'' 720 (1902). :''Larix Griffithiana,'' Carrière, ''Conif.'' 278 (1855). :''Abies Griffithiana,'' Lindley and Gordon, ''Journ. Hort. Soc.'' v. 214 (1850). :''Pinus Griffithii,'' Parlatore, DC. ''Prod.'' xvi. 2, p. 411 (1864).}} {{dhr}} A tree, attaining in the Himalayas about 60 feet in height, with thick brown bark, and wide-spreading, long and pendulous branches, Young branchlets, reddish, covered with a dense wavy, more or less appressed pubescence, and girt at the base by a sheath of the previous season’s bud-scales, the uppermost of which are very broad, loose, membranous, and reflected. Branchlets of the second year very stout, dull reddish brown, pubescent. Short shoots broad and stout, fringed above by very large, loose, reflected, pubescent, membranous bud-scales. Terminal buds broadly conical, non-resinous, with pubescent scales. Lateral buds ovoid, pointing outwards and forwards, non-resinous, pubescent. Apical buds of the short shoots conical, with loose pubescent scales, Leaves light green in colour, about 1¼ inch long, ending in a short rounded point ; upper surface rounded or flat, with one or two broken lines of stomata near the apex; lower surface deeply keeled with two bands of stomata, each of three 1 Cf ''Trans. Roy. Scot. Arbor. Soc.'' xviii, 62 (1905). 2 ''Mitt. Deutsche Dend. Ges.'' 1906, p. 29.<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 5twuwrrpyat3ilu8bgp1bj0uolds2mo Page:TheTreesOfGreatBritainAndIreland vol02B.djvu/316 104 4445619 14128446 13953674 2024-04-25T17:34:21Z Dick Bos 15954 italics proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Dick Bos" />{{RH|390|The Trees of Great Britain and Ireland}}</noinclude>1855, and that some had withstood the severe winter of 1854-5 without protection, though others were killed, a difference which he attributes to some of the seed having been gathered from trees which grew at 8000 and some from trees at nearly 13,000 feet. Hooker! further states that hundreds of plants were raised and widely dis- tributed by Kew, but in every case these succumbed in a few years to virulent attacks of ''Coccus laricis.'' As the climate of the Chumbi valley is much drier than that of Sikkim, it is quite possible that seed from that locality would give better results; but I have never been able to keep the tree alive at Colesborne for long, as it suffers from the dry climate, and seems to object to lime in the soil. Mr. Barrie, forester to the Hon. Mark Rolle, has been very successful in growing this tree from English-grown seed, and has sent me healthy young plants of it; but the seedlings I have raised at Colesborne both from imported and home-grown seed have always died, though protected by a frame. {{dhr}} {{c|{{sc|Remarkable Trees}}}} The largest specimen of the Sikkim larch we know of in this country is one at Coldrinick, near Menheniot, Cornwall, the seat of Major-Gen. Jago-Trelawney. I have not seen this tree, but the gardener, Mr. Skin, informs me that in 1905 it measured no less than 57 feet by 4 feet 6 inches in girth. It has very spreading branches, the width from point to point of the lowermost branches being 43 feet. The cones were admirably figured in the ''Gardeners’ Chronicle,''” and have produced fertile seed. The seedlings require careful treatment, as they easily “damp off.” A tree of the original introduction is growing at Strete Raleigh, Devonshire, the seat of H. M. Imbert Terry, Esg., who showed it to me in 1903, when it measured 40 feet high by 4 feet in girth. It is growing on poorish soil at a considerable elevation, where it is a good deal exposed to the damp south-west winds, and perhaps in consequence of this has thriven very well, and has borne fertile seed for some years past (Plate 109). Another much smaller tree, which also bears cones, is growing at Leonardslee in Sussex. There is also an old tree at Pencarrow, in Cornwall, which in 1905 was only 12 feet high by 15 inches in girth, stunted and covered with lichen. It also bears cones. Dr. Masters * received flowering specimens in 1896 from The Frythe, Welwyn, Herts; but the tree from which they were obtained could not be found when Henry visited this place in 1906. {{float right|(H.J.E.){{gap}}}} {{dhr}} 1 ''Gard. Chron., loc. cit.'' After this was printed a good illustration of the tree appeared in the same journal on 2nd March 1907, which shows that it is not only larger, but a better shaped tree than the one I have figured. 3 ''Gard. Chron.'' xxvii. 296 (1900)<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> n8fwui4mapa4i2105vhgdfa8xif2xs5 Page:TheTreesOfGreatBritainAndIreland vol02B.djvu/320 104 4445868 14131250 13954179 2024-04-26T08:02:51Z Dick Bos 15954 italics proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Dick Bos" />{{RH|392|The Trees of Great Britain and Ireland}}</noinclude>Seed was collected by Wilson in 1904, and plants have been raised, which are growing well at Veitch’s nursery, Coombe Wood. This species, being a purely alpine tree of no great size, will probably be of no value as a forest tree, resembling in that respect its immediate allies ''L. Griffithii'' and ''L. Lyallii,'' between which it occupies an intermediate position as regards botanical characters. {{float right|(A.H.){{gap}}}} {{dhr|2}} {{c|{{larger|LARIX AMERICANA, {{sc|Tamarack}}}}}} {{dhr}} {{fine block|:''Larix americana,'' Michaux, ''Fl. Bor. Am.'' ii. 203 (1803); Sargent, ''Silva N. Am.'' xii. 7, t. 593 (1898), and ''Trees N. Am.'' 35 (1905); Kent, ''Veitch’s Man. Conif.'' 389 (1900). :''Larix americana,'' Michaux, var. ''rubra,'' Loudon, ''Arb. et Frut. Brit.'' iv. 2400 (1838). :''Larix tenuifolia,'' Salisbury, ''Trans. Linn. Soc.'' viii. 314 (1807). :''Larix microcarpa,'' Desfontaines, ''Hist. Arb.'' ii. 597 (1809); Lawson, ''Agric. Man.'' 388 (1836). :''Larix laricina,'' Koch, ''Dendrologie,'' II. ii. 263 (1873). :''Larix pendula,'' Masters, ''Journ. Roy. Hort. Soc.'' xiv. 218 (1892). (Not Salisbury.) :''Pinus Larix americana nigra,'' Muenchausen, ''Hausv.'' v. 226 (1770). :''Pinus laricina,'' Du Roi, ''Obs. Bot.'' 49 (1771). :''Pinus intermedia,'' Wangenheim, ''Beit. Hölz. Forst. Nord Am. Hölz.'' 42, t. 16, f. 37 (1787). :''Pinus microcarpa,'' Lambert, ''Pinus,'' i. 58, t. 37 (1803). :''Abies microcarpa,'' Poiret, ''Lamarck’s Dict.'' vi. 514 (1804).}} {{dhr}} A tree attaining in America about 80 feet in height and 6 feet in girth. Bark separating in thin small polygonal or roundish scales about an inch in diameter, which are closely appressed, and show when they fall off the reddish cortex beneath. Young branchlets slender, often glaucous, glabrous, or with a few scattered hairs in the grooves between the pulvini; older branchlets glabrous, shining brown. Base of the shoot girt with a short sheath of the previous season’s bud-scales, no ring of pubescence being visible. Short shoots small, blackish, glabrous. Terminal buds globose, slightly resinous, glabrous, with the basal scales subulately pointed. Lateral buds hemispherical, resinous, dark brown. Apical buds of the short shoots broadly conical, surrounded at the base by a ring of brown pubescence. Leaves short and slender, not exceeding 1¼ inch in length, rounded at the apex, light green ; upper surface flat or rounded, without stomata, except two broken lines near the tip; lower surface deeply keeled with two bands of stomata, each of one to two lines. Staminate flowers sessile, shorter than in ''L. europæa.'' Pistillate flowers ovoid, reddish, very small; bracts pointing upwards and outwards, not reflected or recurved, {{smaller|{{frac|1|8}}}} to {{smaller|{{frac|1|6}}}} inch long, oblong, scarcely emarginate at the apex, reddish with a green midrib and mucro, the latter cuspidate and very short, about {{smaller|{{frac|1|30}}}} inch long. Cones small, globose, consisting of three to four spiral rows of five scales each, reddish brown when ripe, {{smaller|{{frac|1|2}}}} to {{smaller|{{frac|2|3}}}} inch long. Scales gaping widely at the apex of the cone, longer than broad, about {{smaller|{{frac|2|5}}}} inch long ; upper margin rounded, bevelled, slightly crenulate, not recurved or reflected. Bract concealed, minute, about {{smaller|{{frac|1|6}}}} inch long.<noinclude></noinclude> gqtom4tj8uw7wx1bgdolc6c96rsrbwq Page:TheTreesOfGreatBritainAndIreland vol02B.djvu/322 104 4445869 14131258 13954185 2024-04-26T08:05:19Z Dick Bos 15954 italics proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Dick Bos" />{{RH|394|The Trees of Great Britain and Ireland}}</noinclude>those of the spruce balsam fir, and Thuya, which often grow with it, and it was only where clearings had been made, or in wet places on the edge of the groves, that they seemed able to thrive. Their growth is slow at first, but when established may be as much as two feet annually. Dr. Bell gives the probable life of the white spruce in Canada as from 100 to 140 years, that of the black spruce 150 to 175 years, and that of tamara 175 or 200 years. Of the latter he says:’ About 1893 or 1894 the imported sawfly? came up from the direction of New York and got into the forests north of the Ottawa river. Ina year or two it reached James bay and killed the tamarack throughout that district, which was only able to live three or four years after it was first attacked by the larva. This destruction continued to spread to the centre of Labrador, and now it has gone pretty well all over that great peninsula. But Mr. J.C. Langelier (''loc. cit.'' p. 65); speaking of the same attack in the northern part of the province of Quebec, says that a great portion of the young trees were spared, and that the dead trees which remain standing are not attacked by rot, and would supply excellent railway ties. {{dhr}} {{c|{{sc|Remarkable Trees}}}} In this country there are not many large trees of this species, though it was introduced, according to Loudon,’ by the Duke of Argyll in 1760 at Whitton, near Hounslow. It has been entirely neglected by modern arboriculturists, and is seldom or never procurable in English nurseries. The largest trees that I know of are at Dropmore, where there is a well-grown tree 78 feet by 5 feet (Plate 110), and at Arley Castle, where there are three trees of nearly the same size standing together, of which the best measures 71 feet by 4 feet 8 inches. A fourth is nearly as large, and differs in having larger cones. At Boynton, Yorkshire, there are two in a wet situation among other trees, about 50 feet high and sixty years old, which were raised by Sir Charles Strickland from seed produced by trees planted by his grandfather. These again have pro- duced fertile seeds, from which seedlings are growing vigorously in a low frosty situation at Colesborne and have never suffered from frost or bug, though one of them in 1906 was attacked by Peziza. Sir Charles adds that on dry soil they have grown very badly. At Beauport there are three rather stunted specimens of American larch, one of which, however, is 5 feet 10 inches in girth, and has the bark very smooth in comparison with the common larch. No specimen seems to have been sent to the Conifer Conference, but one is mentioned as growing in the grounds of Dalkeith Palace,‘ which we have identified with ''L. dahurica.'' Several trees mentioned by Loudon are either not now in existence or were not correctly named. {{float right|(H.J.E.){{gap}}}} {{dhr}} 1 ''Can. For. Ass. Annual Report,'' 1905, Pp. 59. 2 According to Sargent this is ''Nematus Erichsonii,'' Hartig, a European insect which was not much noticed in America before 1880, and which has recently attacked the larch in England. Cf. ''supra,'' p. 364. 3 ''Op. cit.'' 2400, 2401. The original tree at Whitton was between 40 and 50 feet high in 1837: it has long since been cut down. 4 ''Veitch’s Man. Coniferæ,'' 390 note (1900).<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> rb1egzx5iv47z0b2mki89ti4wdtnw8y Page:TheTreesOfGreatBritainAndIreland vol02B.djvu/326 104 4445870 14131268 13954188 2024-04-26T08:07:52Z Dick Bos 15954 italics proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Dick Bos" />{{RH|396|The Trees of Great Britain and Ireland}}</noinclude>trees in England, two distinct forms are apparent. Certain trees have pubescent branchlets and bear large cones, up to two inches in length, which have large scales purplish in colour before ripening, long exserted bracts and long-winged seeds. Other trees with glabrous branchlets bear small cones, about 14 inch in length, with scales green before ripening, shorter exserted bracts and small seeds with short wings. The former trees are more narrowly pyramidal in habit. {{dhr}} {{c|{{sc|History}}}} This splendid tree is the largest of the genus, and though it has been known to botanists for many years, it was till quite recently, on account of its being neglected by the early explorers of the limited region which it inhabits, one of the rarest exotic conifers in cultivation. It was first discovered by David Douglas’ in 1826 near Fort Colville on the Upper Columbia river; but was mistaken by him for the European larch. His specimens in the Kew Herbarium are labelled "in aqueous flats on the mountain valleys near Kettle Falls and in the Rocky Mountains, 1826.” The tree was first described in 1849 by Nuttall, who found it on the Blue Mountains of Oregon in 1834. It was introduced into cultivation in the Arnold Arboretum in 1881, seed- lings having been imported from Oregon; but in the climate of New England these have remained small and stunted, though branches grafted on the Japanese larch have grown vigorously. Forty plants were sent from the Arnold Arboretum to Kew in 1881, and one tree survives (the fate of the other plants being unknown), which is remarkable for its beautiful straight stem and narrow, almost columnar habit. This tree bears large purplish cones, and is now (1906) 33 feet in height and 17 inches in girth. Ten plants were subsequently sent in 1889 from the Arnold Arboretum to Kew, of which two survive. One of these trees is, however, identical in cones and pubescent branchlets with the tree of 1881, and may be erroneously labelled 1889 ; it has suffered damage at the top. The other tree, which has glabrous branchlets and bears small green cones, is not quite so narrow in habit, and measured in 1906 29 feet in height and 17½ inches in girth. The only other large tree in Britain with which we are acquainted is growing at Grayswood Hill, Haslemere; and measured in 1906 28 feet high by 19 inches in girth. It has pubescent branchlets, and bears purple cones, which are, however, smaller than those of the Kew tree, labelled 1881. Mr. Chambers informs us that this tree was obtained from Messrs. Dickson of Chester in 1889. {{dhr}} {{c|{{sc|Distribution}}}} The western larch is confined to the more humid parts of the region, which extends from the western slope of the Rocky Mountains in British Columbia and 1 ''Comp. Bot. Mag.'' ii. 109 (1830), where Douglas states that he measured trees 30 feet in girth.<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> f02t2vn49umi9nppzn2z1nynas6fmvz Page:TheTreesOfGreatBritainAndIreland vol02B.djvu/328 104 4445875 14131273 13954197 2024-04-26T08:10:45Z Dick Bos 15954 italics proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="2" user="Dick Bos" />{{RH|398|The Trees of Great Britain and Ireland}}</noinclude>{{dhr}} {{image missing}} {{dhr}} Average precipitation for ten years 21.70 inches. Rain or snow fell on 76 days; 91 days were cloudy; 49 days were partially cloudy ; and the sky was clear on 149 days. The above figures show that the climate is an extreme one, the winter season being cold and severe and lasting five months, while in summer a high temperature is often reached. The western larch grows usually mixed with other conifers; and the number of accompanying species and the proportions of the admixture are very variable, being dependent on the climate and altitude, and on the quantity of moisture in the soil. Douglas fir is the most common companion of the larch, and ''Pinus ponderosa'' steps in where the soil is dry. Engelmann’s spruce and ''Abies lasiocarpa'' descend into the larch forests, but never constitute any large element of it. ''Pinus monticola,'' ''Tsuga albertiana,'' and ''Abies grandis'' are often met with in small quantity at low altitudes in the larch forests of Montana; farther west, in the Priest River Forest Reserve, ''Pinus monticola'' is more abundant than the larch itself between 2400 and 4800 feet. ''Thuya plicata,'' in regions with a moist climate, forms a notable part of certain larch stands, often to the exclusion of the other species which usually accompany the larch. The following notes on a few of the larch forests visited by me will illustrate some different types in Montana. Near Missoula, in Pattie Cañon, which is a very dry valley at 3500 feet eleva- tion in a rather arid climate, the larch only grows on the cool northern aspect, and is mixed with Douglas fir and ''Pinus ponderosa.'' An acre contained, of trees over a foot in diameter, twenty larches, four firs, and three pines. An average good larch tree measured 143 feet by 9 feet 7 inches; and a tree which we cut down, 14 inches in diameter, showed 211 annual rings, the sapwood being 1¼ inch in thickness and containing thirty-one rings. On the southern end of Lake Macdonald, at 3500 feet altitude in a humid climate, I saw a fine stand composed almost exclusively of larch and ''Thuya plicata.'' The soil was glacial clay, very deep, and covered with a thick layer of humus. The<noinclude></noinclude> 66ldsxchrzsbbg3iqvsldzdshzy3era Page:TheTreesOfGreatBritainAndIreland vol02B.djvu/330 104 4445879 14131278 13954202 2024-04-26T08:13:00Z Dick Bos 15954 italics proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Dick Bos" />{{RH|400|The Trees of Great Britain and Ireland}}</noinclude>ground and grows rapidly. The thickets become so dense that it is impossible to travel through them. In time only the fittest survive, and there remains a thrifty, vigorous stand of this valuable timber.” In Montana the lodge-pole pine usually takes possession of burnt areas; but I saw near Belton on the Great Northern Rail- way a hillside which had been swept by a fire, leaving a good number of larch trees unharmed, all the trees of other species being destroyed, and larch seedlings were coming up in profusion. On the Stillwater Creek farther west I noticed a burnt area on which the lodge-pole pines were about 30 feet high; and amongst them larch seedlings were growing in openings exposed to sunlight during at least a part of the day. Here in time the lodge-pole pine will be supplanted by the larch. Sargent’s statement,’ that young seedlings of the western larch are able to grow up under the shade of other trees, which they finally overtop and subdue, requires modification. Seedlings never occur in the shade of the forest, and are most numerous in open places exposed to full sunlight; but on good soil, as on a recently burnt area, they will spring up in the partial shade of small pine trees. The western larch is not a fast grower in the young stage; at Belton seedlings twelve years old, growing on rather poor rocky ground, were from 7 to 12 feet high. As the seed of the western larch had never been collected, so far as we knew, by any one except Mr. Carl Purdy’s collector in 1903, I visited Montana in 1906, with the object of collecting a large quantity for Sir John Stirling Maxwell and Lord Kesteven. In the common larch the seeds do not fall out of the cones until spring, and their collection during winter is an easy matter. The western larch behaves very differently, as will be seen by the following notes of my observations in Montana. About the middle of August the squirrels begin to throw down cones, a sign that the seeds are nearly ripe. About the 10th September the leaves, which form a tuft at the base of the cone, begin to turn yellow, and in a day or two become brown and withered, showing that the supply of nutrition to the cone is stopped. The cones, which until now were purplish in colour, become brown, and the scales gape open widely, allowing the seeds to escape. By the 20th September all the cones on the trees have become quite brown, and have emptied all their seeds. The empty cones remain on the branches till the autumn of the following year, by which time their peduncles have rotted and the cones are ready to fall. For collecting seed the larch forests must be visited during the first three weeks of September ; and localities where felling is being carried on should be chosen, as the cones occur only at the summit of very tall trees, which are troublesome to cut down, even if permission to do so has been obtained from their owners. The western larch appears to produce a good crop of seed once every two or three years, and this is general over the whole region. 1906 was a remarkably poor year, scarcely any cones having been formed. In 1905, judging from the old cones of that year still remaining on the trees, the crop of seed was very abundant. {{float right|(A.H.){{gap}}}} As I had long been trying to find a larch that would in England be less liable to the attacks of ''Peziza Willkommii'' than the common larch, I made inquiries as 1 ''Garden and Forest,'' ix. 491 (1896), where there is an article on the tree, with an illustration of the trunk, fig. 71, showing the very thick bark.<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> h83gr2evsjf6fa0o0wiwm9292ek5qmp Page:TheTreesOfGreatBritainAndIreland vol02B.djvu/334 104 4446422 14131345 13956241 2024-04-26T09:14:25Z Dick Bos 15954 italics proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Dick Bos" />{{RH|402|The Trees of Great Britain and Ireland}}</noinclude>size. The age of those of which I counted the rings, and which would be about the same age as the one photographed, was 330 to 350 years, these trees showing no signs of decay. The bark in dense forest is very thin for such large trees, some- times only 2 to 3 inches thick, and though in older and more isolated trees it attains a much greater thickness, as much as 9 to 15 inches near the ground, it struck me as not being so thick and rugged as the bark of old European larch. The undergrowth in the forest was not dense, and was composed of ''Berberis aguifolium, Cornus canadensis, Linnea borealis, Symphoricarpus, Thalictrum,'' with violets, strawberries, and in some places that lovely little orchid ''Calypso boreale.'' There were abundant seedlings of larch and Douglas fir springing up wherever there was enough light and moisture, but in the drier parts of the forest pine only was seen. The young cones were already formed on 29th May, and I came away with the impression that though this tree may not rival the European or Japanese larches in rapidity of growth, it will be valuable in the mountains of Central Europe and will probably succeed on the better soils of England and Scotland. With regard to the timber of the western larch, Prof. Sargent says that "it surpasses that of all other American conifers in hardness and strength, it is very durable, beautifully coloured, and free from knots; it is adapted to all sorts of construction, and beautiful furniture can be made from it. No other American wood, however, is so little known.” Through the kindness of Mr. K. Ross I was able to bring back from the St. Louis Exhibition a door and frame made from this wood which fully bears out Sargent’s high opinion of it. Until a few years ago the timber of the western larch was invariably called tamarack, and was of no great commercial importance. The use of this name, which is properly applied to ''Larix americana,'' the timber of which is little esteemed, proved prejudicial to the reputation of the western larch in the eastern states. Of late years the timber merchants of Idaho and Montana insist on the use of the term larch ; and large quantities of this lumber are now being exported even as far east as New York. Coarse grades are used for joints, beams, and railway ties. Finer grades are sawn into planks, used for flooring, and are converted into materials for indoor finish, as ceiling, laths, mouldings, panelling, etc. The timber is remarkably free from knots, and is variable in colour, being often nearly white, though it is usually reddish in tint. {{float right|(H.J.E.){{gap}}}} {{dhr}}<noinclude></noinclude> 9rya3un8xb4d4emt4e0ztkk5eajrs4t Page:Pioneersorsource02cooprich.djvu/125 104 4446746 14128164 13957476 2024-04-25T16:30:58Z Chrisguise 2855804 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Chrisguise" /></noinclude>{{c|{{larger|CHAPTER IX.}}}} {{dhr}} {{fine block|{{ppoem|[[Marmion/Canto Sixth#Pioneersv2ch6|"Ask me not what the maiden feels,]] :Left in that dreadful hour alone; Perchance, her reason stoops, or reels; :Perchance, a courage not her own, :Braces her mind to desperate tone." >>''[[Author:Walter Scott|Scott]].''}}}} {{dhr}} {{sc|While}} the chase was occurring on the lake, Miss Temple and her companion pursued their walk with the activity of youth. Male attendants, on such excursions, were thought to be altogether unnecessary, for none were ever known, there, to offer an insult to a female who respected the dignity of her own sex. After the embarrassment, that had been created by their parting discourse with Edwards, had dissipated itself, the girls maintained a conversation that was as innocent and cheerful as themselves. The path they had taken led them but a short distance above the hut of Leather-stocking, and there was a point in the road which commanded a birds-eye view of the sequestered spot. From a feeling, that might have been natural, but must have been powerful, neither of the maidens, in their frequent and confidential dialogues, had ever trusted herself to utter one syllable concerning the equivocal situation in which the young man, who was now so intimately associated with them, had been found. If Judge Temple had deemed it prudent<noinclude></noinclude> 6tlflg7blnig4b58visb0mlzdfrqnyx Page:The National geographic magazine, volume 1.djvu/373 104 4453326 14131349 13973405 2024-04-26T09:19:16Z Sp1nd01 631214 /* Proofread */ Add image proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sp1nd01" /></noinclude>[[File:The National geographic magazine, volume 1 - p373.png|center|400px|SKETCH SHOWING LOCATION OF PANAMA RAIL ROAD, PANAMA CANAL AND TRIBUTARY DRAINAGE]] {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> nrs0cfo27jubhfx3j4t35in0z54cf68 Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/100 104 4457944 14128297 13983947 2024-04-25T17:09:53Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|90|LADY CHATTERLEY'S LOVER}}</noinclude>"All right, your Ladyship." Their eyes met. His had a cold, ugly look of dislike and contempt, and indifference to what would happen. Hers were hot with rebuff. But her heart sank, she saw how utterly he disliked her, when she went against him. And she saw him in a sort of desperation. "Good afternoon!" "Afternoon, my Lady!" He saluted and turned abruptly away. She had wakened the sleeping dogs of old voracious anger in him, anger against the self-willed female. And he was powerless, powerless. He knew it! And she was angry against the self-willed male. A servant too! She walked sullenly home. She found Mrs. Bolton under the great beech tree on the knoll, looking for her. "I just wondered if you'd be coming, my Lady," the woman said brightly. "Am I late?" asked Connie. "Oh{{...}} only Sir Clifford was waiting for his tea." "Why didn't ''you'' make it then?" "Oh, I don't think it's hardly my place. I don't think Sir Clifford would like it at all, my Lady." "I don't see why not," said Connie. She went indoors to Clifford's study, where the old brass kettle was simmering on the tray. "Am I late, Clifford!" she said, putting down the few flowers and taking up the tea-caddy, as she stood before the tray in her hat and scarf. "I'm sorry! Why didn't you let Mrs. Bolton make the tea?" "I didn't think of it," he said ironically. "I don't quite see her presiding at the tea-table." "Oh, there's nothing sacrosanct about a silver teapot," said Connie. He glanced up at her curiously. "What did you do all afternoon?" he said. "Walked and sat in a sheltered place. Do you know there are still berries on the big holly tree." She took off her scarf, but not her hat, and sat down to make tea. The toast would certainly be leathery. She put the tea-cosy<noinclude></noinclude> 3qbv4003cyob76h6g3fn2ujy847fr7u Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/101 104 4457945 14128298 13983949 2024-04-25T17:09:54Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|91|LADY CHATTERLEY'S LOVER}}</noinclude>over the teapot, and rose to get a little glass for her violets. The poor flowers hung over, limp on their stalks. "They'll revive again!" she said, putting them before him in their glass for him to smell. "Sweeter than the lids of Juno's eyes," he quoted. "I don't see a bit of connection with the actual violets," she said. "The Elizabethans are rather upholstered." She poured him his tea. "Do you think there is a second key to that little hut not far from John's Well, where the pheasants are reared?" she said. "There may be. Why?" "I happened to find it today—and I'd never seen it before. I think it's a darling place. I could sit there sometimes, couldn't I?" "Was Mellors there?" "Yes! That's how I found it: his hammering. He didn't seem to like my intruding at all. In fact he was almost rude when I asked about a second key." "What did he say?" "Oh nothing: just his manner; and he said he knew nothing about keys." "There may be one in father's study. Betts knows them all; they're all there. I'll get him to look." "Oh do!" she said. "So Mellors was almost rude?" "Oh, nothing, really! But I don't think he wanted me to have the freedom of the castle, quite." "I don't suppose he did." "Still, I don't see why he should mind. It's not his home, after all! It's not his private abode. I don't see why I shouldn't sit there if I want to." "Quite!" said Clifford. "He thinks too much of himself, that man." "Do you think he does?" "Oh decidedly! He thinks he's something exceptional. You know he had a wife he didn't get on with, so he joined up in 1915 and was sent out to India, I believe. Anyhow he was blacksmith to the cavalry in Egypt for a time; always was connected with horses, a clever fellow that way. Then some Indian colonel took a fancy to him, and he was made a lieutenant. Yes, they gave him a commission. I believe he went back to India with his colonel, and<noinclude></noinclude> 6210vxz32cbuzogy9dnwodrz7f17iv5 Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/102 104 4457946 14128299 13983950 2024-04-25T17:09:58Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|92|LADY CHATTERLEY'S LOVER}}</noinclude>up to the north-west frontier. He was ill; he has a pension. He didn't come out of the army till last year, I believe, and then, naturally, it isn't easy for a man like that to get back to his own level. He's bound to flounder. But he does his duty all right, as far as I'm concerned. Only I'm not having any of the Lieutenant Mellors touch." "How could they make him an officer when he speaks broad Derbyshire?" "He doesn't {{...}} except by fits and starts. He can speak perfectly well, for him. I suppose he has an idea if he's come down to the ranks again, he'd better speak as the ranks speak." "Why didn't you tell me about him before?" "Oh, I've no patience with these romances. They're the ruin of all order. It's a thousand pities they ever happened." Connie was inclined to agree. What was the good of discontented people who fitted in nowhere? In the spell of fine weather Clifford, too, decided to go to the wood. The wind was cold, but not so tiresome, and the sunshine was like life itself, warm and full. "It's amazing," said Connie, "how different one feels when there's a really fresh fine day. Usually one feels the very air is half dead. People are killing the very air." "Do you think people are doing it?" he asked. "I do. The steam of so much boredom, and discontent and anger out of all the people, just kills the vitality in the air. I'm sure of it." "Perhaps some condition of the atmosphere lowers the vitality of the people?" he said. "No, it's man that poisons the universe," she asserted. "Fouls his own nest," remarked Clifford. The chair puffed on. In the hazel copse catkins were hanging pale gold, and in sunny places the wood-anemones were wide open, as if exclaiming with the joy of life, just as good as in past days, when people could exclaim along with them. They had a faint scent of apple-blossom. Connie gathered a few for Clifford. He took them and looked at them curiously. "Thou still unravished bride of quietness," he quoted. "It seems to fit flowers so much better than Greek vases." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> iqmxpxga1ijzdm0gqqevtbg2sj9cnz2 Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/105 104 4457953 14128300 13983962 2024-04-25T17:10:04Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|95|LADY CHATTERLEY'S LOVER}}</noinclude>hut, thank you! I only wanted to be able to sit here sometimes, like today. But I can sit perfectly well under the porch, so please say no more about it." He looked at her again, with his wicked blue eyes. "Why," he began, in the broad slow dialect. "Your Ladyship's as welcome as Christmas ter th' hut an' th' key an' iverythink as is. On'y this time o' th' year ther's bods ter set, an' Ah've got ter be potterin' abaht a good bit, seein' after 'em, an' a'. Winter time Ah ned 'ardly come nigh th' pleece. But what wi' Spring, an' Sir Clifford wantin' ter start th' pheasants{{...}} . An' your Ladyship'd non want me tinkerin' around an' about when she was 'ere, all th' time." She listened with a dim kind of amazement. "Why should I mind your being here?" she asked. He looked at her curiously. "T' nuisance on me!" he said briefly, but significantly. She flushed. "Very well!" she said finally. "I won't trouble you. But I don't think I should have minded at all sitting and seeing you look after the birds. I should have liked it. But since you think it interferes with you, I won't disturb you, don't be afraid. You are Sir Clifford's keeper, not mine." The phrase sounded queer, she didn't know why. But she let it pass. "Nay, your Ladyship. It's your Ladyship's own 'ut. It's as your Ladyship likes an' pleases, every time. Yer can turn me off at a wik's notice. It wor only{{...}}" "Only what?" she asked, baffled. He pushed back his hat in an odd comic way. "On'y as 'appen yo'd like the place ter yersen, when yer did come, an' not me messin' abaht." "But why?" she said, angry. "Aren't you a civilised human being? Do you think I ought to be afraid of you? Why should I take any notice of you and your being here or not? Why is it important?" He looked at her, all his face glimmering with wicked laughter. "It's not, your Ladyship. Not in the very least," he said. "Well, why then?" she asked. "Shall I get your Ladyship another key then?" "No thank you! I don't want it." "Ah'll get it anyhow. We'd best 'ave two keys ter th' place." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 2bpr5ubp6y6i8x5o34piz3vy62r4w3v Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/107 104 4457959 14128301 13983971 2024-04-25T17:10:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" /></noinclude>{{c|{{l|CHAPTER IX }}}} {{sc|Connie}} was surprised at her own feeling of aversion from Clifford. What is more, she felt she had always really disliked him. Not hate: there was no passion in it. But a profound physical dislike. Almost it seemed to her, she had married him because she disliked him, in a secret, physical sort of way. But of course, she had married him really because in a mental way he attracted her and excited her. He had seemed, in some way, her master, beyond her. Now the mental excitement had worn itself out and collapsed, and she was aware only of the physical aversion. It rose up in her from her depths: and she realised how it had been eating her life away. She felt weak and utterly forlorn. She wished some help would come from outside. But in the whole world there was no help. Society was terrible because it was insane. Civilised society is insane. Money and so-called love are its two great manias; money a long way first. The individual asserts himself in his disconnected insanity in these two modes: money and love. Look at Michaelis! His life and activity were just insanity. His love was a sort of insanity. And Clifford the same. All that talk! All that writing! All that wild struggling to push himself forward! It was just insanity. And it was getting worse, really maniacal. Connie felt washed-out with fear. But at least, Clifford was shifting his grip from her on to Mrs. Bolton. He did not know it. Like many insane people, his insanity might be measured by the things he was not aware of; the great desert tracts in his consciousness. Mrs. Bolton was admirable in many ways. But she had that queer sort of bossiness, endless assertion of her own will, which<noinclude></noinclude> idsajjrpjvhw5vf59d6j6owg5prmpfv Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/112 104 4457968 14128302 13983984 2024-04-25T17:10:09Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|102|LADY CHATTERLEY'S LOVER}}</noinclude>can glorify the most corrupt feelings, so long as they are ''conventionally'' "pure." Then the novel, like gossip, becomes at last vicious, and, like gossip, all the more vicious because it is always ostensibly on the side of the angels. Mrs. Bolton's gossip was always on the side of the angels. "And he was such a ''bad'' fellow, and she was such a ''nice'' woman." Whereas, as Connie could see even from Mrs. Bolton's gossip, the woman had been merely a mealy-mouthed sort, and the man angrily honest. But angry honesty made a "bad man" of him, and mealy-mouthedness made a "nice woman" of her, in the vicious, conventional channeling of sympathy by Mrs. Bolton. For this reason, the gossip was humiliating. And for the same reason, most novels, especially popular ones, are humiliating too. The public responds now only to an appeal to its vices. Nevertheless, one got a new vision of Tevershall village from Mrs. Bolton's talk. A terrible, seething welter of ugly life it seemed: not at all the flat drabness it looked from outside. Clifford of course knew by sight most of the people mentioned, Connie knew only one or two. But it sounded really more like a Central African jungle than English village. "I suppose you heard as Miss Allsopp was married last week! Would you ever! Miss Allsopp, old James's daughter, the boot-and-shoe Allsopp. You know they built a house up at Pye Croft. The old man died last year from a fall: eighty-three, he was, an' nimble as a lad. An' then he slipped on Bestwood Hill, on a slide as the lads 'ad made last winter, an' broke his thigh, and that finished him, poor old man, it did seem a shame. Well he left all his money to Tattie: didn't leave the boys a penny. And Tattie, I know, is five years—yes, she's fifty-three last autumn. And you know they were such Chapel people, my word! She taught Sunday School for thirty years, till her father died. And then she started carrying on with a fellow from Kinbrook, I don't know if you know him, an oldish fellow with a red nose, rather dandified, Willcock, 'as works in Harison's woodyard. Well, he's sixty-five if he's a day, yet you'd have thought they were a pair of young turtle-doves, to see them, arm in arm, and kissing at the gate: yes, an' she sitting on his knee right in the bay window on Pye Croft Road, for anybody to see. And he's got sons over forty: only lost his wife two years ago. If old James Allsopp hasn't risen from his grave, it's be-<noinclude></noinclude> ka7cgyzqsf2apxtr7ejb5jo0skrzycm Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/113 104 4457973 14128303 13983989 2024-04-25T17:10:17Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|103|LADY CHATTERLEY'S LOVER}}</noinclude>cause there is no rising: for he kept her that strict! Now they're married and gone to live down at Kinbrook, and they say she goes round in a dressing-gown from morning to night, a veritable sight. I'm sure it's awful, the way the old ones go on! Why they're a lot worse than the young, and a sight more disgusting. I lay it down to the pictures, myself. But you can't keep them away. I was always saying: go to a good instructive film, but do for goodness sake keep away from these melodramas and love films. Anyhow keep the children away! But there you are, the grownups are worse than the children: and the old ones beat the band. Talk about morality! nobody cares a thing. Folks does as they like, and much better off they are for it, I must say. But they're having to draw their horns in nowadays, now th'pits are working so bad, and they haven't got the money. And the grumbling they do, it's awful, especially the women. The men are so good and patient! What can they do, poor chaps! But the women, oh, they do carry on! They go and show off, giving contributions for a wedding present for Princess Mary, and then when they see all the grand things that's been given, they simply rave: who's she, any better than anybody else! Why doesn't Swan & Edgar give me ''one'' fur coat, instead of giving her six. I wish I'd kept my ten shillings! What's she going to give ''me,'' I should like to know? Here I can't get a new Spring coat, my dad's working that bad, and she gets van-loads, It's time as poor folks had some money to spend, rich ones 'as 'ad it long enough. I want a new Spring coat, I do, an' wheer am I going to get it!—I say to them, be thankful you're well fed and well clothed, without all the new finery you want!—And they fly back at me: 'Why isn't Princess Mary thankful to go about in her old rags, then, an' have nothing! Folks like ''her'' get van-loads, an' I can't have a new Spring coat. It's a damned shame. Princess! bloomin' rot about Princess! It's munney as matters, an' cos she's got lots, they give her more! Nobody's givin' me any, an' I've as much right as anybody else. Don't talk to me about education. It's munney as matters. I want a new Spring coat, I do, an' I shan't get it, cos there's no munney—.' That's all they care about, clothes. They think nothing of giving seven and eight guineas for a winter coat—collier's daughters, mind you—and two guineas for a child's summer hat. And then they go to the Primitive Chapel in their two-guinea hat, girls as would have been proud of a three-and-<noinclude></noinclude> 1s9j7r3xb6gf3z5x1jyuewp7ztb2iqf Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/114 104 4457977 14128304 13983993 2024-04-25T17:10:18Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|104|LADY CHATTERLEY'S LOVER}}</noinclude>sixpenny one in my day. I heard that at the Primitive Methodist anniversary this year, when they have a built-up platform for the Sunday School children, like a grandstand going almost up to th' ceiling, I heard Miss Thompson, who has the first class of girls in the Sunday School, say there'd be over a thousand pounds in new Sunday clothes sitting on that platform! And times are what they are! But you can't stop them. They're mad for clothes. And boys the same. The lads spend every penny on themselves, clothes, smoking, drinking in the Miner's Welfare, jaunting off to Sheffield two or three times a week. Why it's another world. And they fear nothing, and they respect nothing, the young don't. The older men are that patient and good, really, they let the women take everything. And this is what it leads to. The women are positive demons. But the lads aren't like their dads. They're sacrificing nothing, they aren't: they're all for self. If you tell them they ought to be putting a bit by, for a home, they say: That'll keep, that will, I'm goin' t' enjoy mysen while I can. Owt else'll keep!—Oh, they're rough an' selfish, if you like. Everything falls on the older man, an' it's a bad lookout all round." Clifford began to get a new idea of his own village. The place had always frightened him, but he had thought it more or less stable. Now—? "Is there much socialism, bolshevism, among the people?" he asked. "Oh!" said Mrs. Bolton. "You hear a few loud-mouthed ones. But they're mostly women who've got into debt. The men take no notice. I don't believe you'll ever turn our Tevershall men into reds. They're too decent for that. But the young ones blether sometimes. Not that they care for it really. They only want a bit of money in their pocket, to spend at the Welfare, or go gadding to Sheffield. That's all they care. When they've got no money, they'll listen to the reds spouting, But nobody believes in it, really." "So you think there's no danger?" "Oh no! Not if trade was good, there wouldn't be. But if things were bad for a long spell, the young ones might go funny. I tell you, they're a selfish, spoilt lot. But I don't see how they'd ever do anything. They aren't ever serious about anything, except showing off on motorbikes and dancing at the Palais-de-danse in Sheffield. You can't ''make'' them serious. The serious ones dress up in eve-<noinclude></noinclude> pmxxq98kryk3z0uadkxks4b22ev4dmw Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/115 104 4457983 14128305 13983999 2024-04-25T17:10:20Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|105|LADY CHATTERLEY'S LOVER}}</noinclude>ning clothes and go off to the Pally to show off before a lot of girls and dance these new Charlestons and what not. I'm sure sometimes the bus'll be full of young fellows in evening suits, collier lads, off to the Pally: let alone those that have gone with their girls in motors or on motorbikes. They don't give a serious thought to a thing—save [[w:Doncaster_Racecourse|Doncaster]] races, and the Derby: for they all of them bet on every race. And football! But even football's not what it was, not by a long chalk. It's too much like hard work, they say. No, they'd rather be off on motorbikes to Sheffield or Nottingham, Saturday afternoons." "But what do they do when they get there?" "Oh, hang round—and have tea in some fine tea-place like the Mikado—and go to the Pally or the pictures or the Empire, with some girl. The girls are as free as the lads. They do just what they like." "And what do they do-when they haven't the money for these things?" "They seem to get it, somehow. And they begin talking nasty then. But I don't see how you're going to get bolshevism, when all the lads want is just money to enjoy themselves, and the girls the same, with fine clothes: and they don't care about another thing. They haven't the brains to be socialists. They haven't enough seriousness to take anything really serious, and they never will have." Connie thought, how extremely like all the rest of the classes the lower classes sounded. Just the same thing over again, Tevershall or Mayfair or Kensington. There was only one class nowadays: moneyboys. The moneyboy and the moneygirl, the only difference was how much you'd got, and how much you wanted. Under Mrs. Bolton's influence, Clifford began to take a new interest in the mines. He began to feel he belonged. A new sort of self-assertion came into him. After all, he was the real boss in Tevershall, he was really the pits. It was a new sense of power, something he had till now shrunk from with dread. Tevershall pits were running thin. There were only two collieries: Tevershall itself, and New London. Tevershall had once been a famous mine, and had made famous money. But its best days were over. New London was never very rich, and in ordinary times just got along decently. But now times were bad, and it was pits like New London that got left. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 79oa8pl77pn5cwslspqqscvz2hh6j9l Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/116 104 4457986 14128306 13984002 2024-04-25T17:10:22Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|106|LADY CHATTERLEY'S LOVER}}</noinclude>"There's a lot of Tevershall men left and gone to Stacks Gate and Whiteover," said Mrs. Bolton. "You've not seen the new works at Stacks Gate, opened after the War, have you Sir Clifford? Oh you must go one day, they're something quite new: great big chemical works at the pit-head, doesn't look a bit like a colliery. They say they get more money out of the chemical by-products than out of the coal—I forget what it is. And the grand new houses for the men, fair mansions! Of course it's brought a lot of riff-raff from all over the country. But a lot of Tevershall men got on there, and doin' well, a lot better than our own men. They say Tevershall's done, finished: only a question of a few more years, and it'll have to shut down. And New London'll go first. My word, won't it be funny, when there's no Tevershall pit working. It's bad enough during a strike, but my word, if it closes for good, it'll be like the end of the world. Even when I was a girl it was the best pit in the country, and a man counted himself lucky if he could get on here. Oh, there's been some money made in Tevershall. And now the men Say it's a sinking ship, and it's time they all got out. Doesn't it sound awful! But of course there's a lot as'll never go till they have to. They don't like these new fangled mines, such a depth, and all machinery to work them. Some of them simply dreads those iron men, as they call them, those machines for hewing the coal, where men always did it before. And they say it's wasteful as well. But what goes in waste is saved in wages, and a lot more. It seems soon there'll be no use for men on the face of the earth, it'll be all machines. But they say that's what folks said when they had to give up the old stocking frames. I can remember one or two. But my word, the more machines, the more people, that's what it looks like! They say you can't get the same chemicals out of Tevershall coal as you can out of Stacks Gate, and that's funny, they're not three miles apart. But they say so. But everybody says it's a shame something can't be started, to keep the men going a bit better, and employ the girls. All the girls traipsing off to Sheffield every day! My word, it would be something to talk about if Tevershall Collieries took a new lease on life, after everybody saying they're finished, and a sinking ship, and the men ought to leave them like rats leave a sinking ship. But folks talk so much. Of course there was a boom during the war. When Sir Geoffrey made a trust of himself and got the money safe for ever, somehow. So they say! But they<noinclude></noinclude> t1bq1sdmf9ax6tlbv3r8v6rh893mi7g Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/117 104 4457989 14128307 13984005 2024-04-25T17:10:25Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|107|LADY CHATTERLEY'S LOVER}}</noinclude>say even the masters and the owners don't get much out of it now. You can hardly believe it, can you! Why I always thought the Pits would go on for ever and ever. Who'd have thought, when I was a girl! But New England's shut down, so is Colwick Wood: yes, it's fair haunting to go through that coppy and see Colwick Wood standing there deserted among the trees, and bushes growing up all over the pit-head, and the lines red rusty. It's like death itself, a dead colliery. Why whatever we should do if Tevershall shut down—? it doesn't bear thinking of. Always that throng it's been, except at strikes, and even then the fanwheels didn't stand, except when they fetched the ponies up. I'm sure it's a funny world, you don't know where you are from year to year, you really don't." It was Mrs. Bolton's talk that really put a new fight into Clifford. His income, as she pointed out to him, was secure, from his father's trust, even though it was not large. The pits did not really concern him. It was the other world he wanted to capture, the world of literature and fame; the popular world, not the working world. Now he realised the distinction between popular success and working success: the populace of pleasure and the populace of work. He, as a private individual, had been catering with his stories for the populace of pleasure. And he had caught on. But beneath the populace of pleasure lay the populace of work, grim, grimey, and rather terrible. They too had to have their providers. And it was a much grimmer business, providing for the populace of work, than for the populace of pleasure. While he was doing his stories, and "getting on" in the world, Tevershall was going to the wall. He realised now that the bitch-goddess of success had two main appetites: one for flattery, adulation, stroking and tickling such as writers and artists gave her; but the other a grimmer appetite for meat and bones. And the meat and bones for the bitch-goddess were provided by the men who made money in industry. Yes, there were two great groups of dogs wrangling for the bitch-goddess: the group of the flatterers, those who offered her amusement, stories, films, plays: and the other, much less showy, much more savage breed, those who gave her meat, the real substance of money. The well-groomed showy dogs of amusement wrangled and snarled among themselves for the favours of the bitch-<noinclude></noinclude> 5b47bxm5ac8fewh8vj1rz8a3rgn3n71 Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/118 104 4457991 14128309 13984007 2024-04-25T17:10:26Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|108|LADY CHATTERLEY'S LOVER}}</noinclude>goddess. But it was nothing to the silent fight-to-the-death that went on among the indispensables, the bone-bringers. But under Mrs. Bolton's influence, Clifford was tempted to enter this other fight, to capture the bitch-goddess by brute means of industrial production, Somehow, he got his pecker up. In one way, Mrs. Bolton made a man of him, as Connie never did. Connie kept him apart, and made him sensitive and conscious of himself and his own states. Mrs. Bolton made him aware only of outside things. Inwardly he began to go soft as pulp. But outwardly he began to be effective. He even roused himself to go to the mines once more: and when he was there, he went down in a tub, and in a tub he was hauled out into the workings. Things he had learned before the war, and seemed utterly to have forgotten, now came back to him. He sat there, crippled, in a tub, with the underground manager showing him the seam with a powerful torch. And he said little. But his mind began to work. He began to read again his technical works on the coal-mining industry, he studied the Government reports, and he read with care the latest things on mining and the chemistry of coal and of shale which were written in German. Of course the most valuable discoveries were kept secret as far as possible. But once you started a sort of research in the field of coal-mining, a study of methods and means, a study of by-products and the chemical possibilities of coal, it was astounding, the ingenuity and the almost uncanny cleverness of the modern technical mind, as if really the devil himself had lent fiend's wits to the technical scientists of industry. It was far more interesting than art, than literature, poor emotional half-witted stuff, was this technical science of industry. In this field, men were like gods, or demons, inspired to discoveries, and fighting to carry them out. In this activity, men were beyond any mental age calculable. But Clifford knew that when it did come to the emotional and human life, these self-made men were of a mental age of about thirteen, feeble boys. The discrepancy was enormous and appalling. But let that be. Let man slide down to general idiocy in the emotional and "human" mind, Clifford did not care. Let all that go hang. He was interested in the technicalities of modern coal-mining, and in pulling Tevershall out of the hole. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> bg4t9e2wjq84433tuaka32sbee6ma5k Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/119 104 4457996 14128310 13984012 2024-04-25T17:10:27Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|109|LADY CHATTERLEY'S LOVER}}</noinclude>He went down to the pit day after day, he studied, he put the general manager, and the overhead manager, and the underground manager, and the engineers through a mill they had never dreamed of. Power! He felt a new sense of power flowing through him: power over all these men, over the hundreds and hundreds of colliers. He was finding out: and he was getting things into his grip. And he seemed verily to be reborn. ''Now'' life came into him! He had been gradually dying, with Connie, in the isolated private life of the artist and the conscious being. Now let all that go. Let it sleep. He simply felt life rush into him out of the coal, out of the pit. The very stale air of the colliery was better than oxygen to him. It gave him a sense of power, power. He was doing something: and he was ''going'' to do something. He was going to win, to win: not as he had won with his stories, mere publicity, amid a whole sapping of energy and malice. But a man's victory. At first he thought the solution lay in electricity: convert the coal into electric power. Then a new idea came. The Germans invented a new locomotive engine with a self-feeder, that did not need a fireman. And it was to be fed with a new fuel, that burnt in small quantities at a great heat, under peculiar conditions. The idea of a new concentrated fuel that burnt with a hard slowness at a fierce heat was what first attracted Clifford. There must be some sort of external stimulus to the burning of such fuel, not merely air supply. He began to experiment, and got a clever young fellow who had proved brilliant in chemistry, to help him. And he felt triumphant. He had at last got out of himself. He had fulfilled his life-long secret yearning to get out of himself. Art had not done it for him. Art had only made it worse. But now, now he had done it. He was not aware how much Mrs. Bolton was behind him. He did not know how much he depended on her. But for all that, it was evident that when he was with her his voice dropped to an easy rhythm of intimacy, almost a trifle vulgar. With Connie, he was a little stiff. He felt he owed her everything, everything, and he showed her the utmost respect and consideration, so long as she gave him mere outward respect. But it was obvious he had a secret dread of her. The new Achilles in him had a heel, and in this heel the woman, the woman like Connie his wife, could lame him fatally. He went in a certain half-{{peh}}<noinclude></noinclude> p55126g8y93p2kumrr9r5qpglxlvmja Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/121 104 4458908 14128311 13985286 2024-04-25T17:10:29Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" /></noinclude>{{c|{{l|CHAPTER X}}}} {{sc|Connie}} was a good deal alone now, fewer people came to Wragby. Clifford no longer wanted them. He had turned against even the cronies. He was queer. He preferred the radio, which he had installed at some expense, with a good deal of success at last. He could sometimes get Madrid or Frankfurt, even there in the uneasy Midlands. And he would sit alone for hours listening to the loud-speaker bellowing forth. It amazed and stunned Connie. But there he would sit, with a blank entranced expression on his face, like a person losing his mind, and listen, or seem to listen, to the unspeakable thing. Was he really listening? Or was it a sort of soporific he took, whilst something else worked on underneath in him? Connie did not know. She fled up to her room, or out of doors to the wood. A kind of terror filled her sometimes, a terror of the incipient insanity of the whole civilised species. But now that Clifford was drifting off to this other weirdness of industrial activity, becoming almost a creature, with a hard, efficient shell of an exterior and a pulpy interior, one of the amazing crab sand lobsters of the modern, industrial and financial world, invertebrates of the crustacean order, with shells of steel, like machines, and inner bodies of soft pulp, Connie herself was really completely stranded. She was not even free, for Clifford must have her there. He seemed to have a nervous terror that she should leave him. The curious pulpy part of him, the emotional and humanly-individual part, depended on her with terror, like a child, almost like an idiot. She must be there, there at Wragby, a Lady Chatterley, his wife. Otherwise he would be lost like an idiot on a moor. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> azd36i54xslw2g2ivfp93hu9s1c4sty Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/122 104 4458909 14128313 13985287 2024-04-25T17:10:31Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|112|LADY CHATTERLEY'S LOVER}}</noinclude>This amazing dependence Connie realised with a sort of horror. She heard him with his pit managers, with the members of his Board, with young scientists, and she was amazed at his shrewd insight into things, his power, his uncanny material power over what is called practical men. He had become a practical man himself, and an amazingly astute and powerful one, a master. Connie attributed it to Mrs. Bolton's influence upon him, just at the crisis in his life. But this astute and practical man was almost an idiot when left alone to his own emotional life. He worshipped Connie, she was his wife, a higher being, and he worshipped her with a queer, craven idolatry, like a savage, a worship based on enormous fear, and even hate of the power of the idol, the dread idol. All he wanted was for Connie to swear, to swear not to leave him, not to give him away. "Clifford," she said to him—but this was after she had the key to the hut—"Would you really like me to have a child one day?" He looked at her with a furtive apprehension in his rather prominent pale eyes. "I shouldn't mind, if it made no difference between us," he said. "No difference to what?" she asked. "To you and me; to our love for one another. If it's going to affect that, then I'm all against it. Why, I might even one day have a child of my own!" She looked at him in amazement. "I mean, it might come back to me one of these days." She still stared in amazement, and he was uncomfortable. "So you would not like it if I had a child?" she said. "I tell you," he replied quickly, like a cornered dog, "I am quite willing, provided it doesn't touch your love for me. If it would touch that, I am dead against it." Connie could only be silent in cold fear and contempt. Such talk was really the gabbling of an idiot. He no longer knew what he was talking about. "Oh, it wouldn't make any difference to my feeling for you," she said, with a certain sarcasm. "There!" he said. "That is the point! In that case I don't mind in the least. I mean it would be awfully nice to have a child running about the house, and feel one was building up a future for it,<noinclude></noinclude> 01j77kfgjrhgfdboy43o6i56wx4ph0d Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/124 104 4458911 14128314 13985290 2024-04-25T17:10:33Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|114|LADY CHATTERLEY'S LOVER}}</noinclude>"Oh, it wasn't any trouble. I am setting the hens in about a week. But they won't be scared of you. I s'll have to see to them morning and night, but I shan't bother you any more than I can help." "But you wouldn't bother me," she pleaded. "I'd rather not go to the hut at all, if I am going to be in the way." He looked at her with his keen blue eyes. He seemed kindly, but distant. But at least he was sane, and wholesome, if even he looked thin and ill. A cough troubled him. "You have a cough," she said. "Nothing—a cold! The last pneumonia left me with a cough, but it's nothing." He kept distant from her, and would not come any nearer. She went fairly often to the hut, in the morning or in the afternoon, but he was never there. No doubt he avoided her on purpose. He wanted to keep his own privacy. He had made the hut tidy, put the little table and chair near the fireplace, left a little pile of kindling and small logs, and put the tools and traps away as far as possible, effacing himself. Outside, by the clearing, he had built a low little roof of boughs and straw, a shelter for the birds, and under it stood the five coops. And, one day when she came, she found two brown hens sitting alert and fierce in the coops, sitting on pheasants' eggs, and fluffed out so proud and deep in all the heat of the pondering female blood. This almost broke Connie's heart. She, herself, was so forlorn and unused, not a female at all, just a mere thing of terrors. Then all the five coops were occupied by hens, three brown and a gray and a black. All alike, they clustered themselves down on the eggs in the soft nestling ponderosity of the female urge, the female nature, fluffing out feathers. And with brilliant eyes they watched Connie, as she crouched before them, and they gave short sharp clucks of anger and alarm, but chiefly of female anger at being approached. Connie found corn in the corn-bin in the hut. She offered it to the hens in her hand. They would not eat it. Only one hen pecked at her hand with a fierce little jab, so Connie was frightened. But she was pining to give them something, the brooding mothers who neither fed themselves nor drank. She brought water in a little tin, and was delighted when one of the hens drank. Now she came every day to the hens, they were the only things<noinclude></noinclude> f4yyk40zivkzyqgxea680hidf5mmitd Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/125 104 4458912 14128315 13985293 2024-04-25T17:10:34Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|115|LADY CHATTERLEY'S LOVER}}</noinclude>in the world that warmed her heart. Clifford's protestations made her go cold from head to foot. Mrs. Bolton's voice made her go cold, and the sound of the business men who came. An occasional letter from Michaelis affected her with the same sense of chill. She felt she would surely die if it lasted much longer. Yet it was spring, and the bluebells were coming in the wood, and the leaf-buds on the hazels were opening like the spatter of green rain. How terrible it was that it should be spring, and everything cold-hearted, cold-hearted. Only the hens, fluffed so wonderfully on the eggs, were warm with their hot, brooding female bodies! Connie felt herself living on the brink of fainting all the time. Then, one day, a lovely sunny day with great tufts of primroses under the hazels, and many violets dotting the paths, she came in the afternoon to the coops and there was one tiny, tiny perky chicken tinily prancing round in front of a coop, and the mother hen clucking in terror. The slim little chick was greyish-brown with dark markings, and it was the most alive little spark of a creature in seven kingdoms at that moment. Connie crouched to watch in a sort of ecstacy. Life, life! Pure, sparky, fearless new life! New life! So tiny and so utterly without fear! Even when it scampered a little scramblingly into the coop again, and disappeared under the hen's feathers in answer to the mother hen's wild alarm-cries, it was not really frightened, it took it as a game, the game of living. For in a moment a tiny sharp head was poking through the gold-brown feathers of the hen, and eyeing the Cosmos. Connie was fascinated. And at the same time, never had she felt so acutely the agony of her own female forlornness. It was becoming unbearable. She had only one desire now, to go to the clearing in the wood. The rest was a kind of painful dream. But sometimes she was kept all day at Wragby, by her duties as hostess. And then she felt as if she too were going blank, just blank and insane. One evening, guests or no guests, she escaped after tea. It was late, and she fled across the park like one who fears to be called back. The sun was setting rosy as she entered the wood, but she pressed on among the flowers. The light would last long overhead. She arrived at the clearing flushed and semi-conscious. The<noinclude></noinclude> nt5fgv082ptpo8qoioifhm77yqybvnq Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/126 104 4458913 14128316 13985295 2024-04-25T17:10:35Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|116|LADY CHATTERLEY'S LOVER}}</noinclude>keeper was there, in his shirtsleeves, just closing up the coops for the night, so the little occupants would be safe. But still one little trio was pattering about on tiny feet, alert drab mites, under the straw shelter, refusing to be called in by the anxious mother. "I had to come and see the chickens!" she said, panting, glancing shyly at the keeper, almost unaware of him. "Are there any more?" "Thurty-six so far!" he said. "Not bad!" He too took a curious pleasure in watching the young things come out. Connie crouched in front of the last coop. The three chicks had run in. But still their cheeky heads came poking sharply through the yellow feathers, then withdrawing, then only one beady little head eyeing forth from the vast mother-body. "I'd love to touch them," she said, putting her fingers gingerly through the bars of the coop. But the mother hen pecked at her hand fiercely, and Connie drew back startled and frightened. "How she pecks at me! She hates me!" she said in a wondering voice. "But I wouldn't hurt them!" The man standing above her laughed, and crouched down beside her, knees apart, and put his hand with quiet confidence slowly into the coop. The old hen pecked at him, but not so savagely. And slowly, softly, with sure gentle fingers, he felt among the old bird's feathers and drew out a faintly-peeping chick in his closed hand. "There!" he said, holding out his hand to her. She took the little drab thing between her hands, and there it stood, on its impossible little stalks of legs, its atom of balancing life trembling through its almost weightless feet into Connie's hands. But it lifted its handsome, clean-shaped little head boldly, and looked sharply round, and gave a little "peep." "So adorable! So cheeky!" she said softly. The keeper squatting beside her, was also watching with an amused face the bold little bird in her hands. Suddenly he saw a tear fall on to her wrist. And he stood up, and stood away, moving to the other coop. For suddenly he was aware of the old flame shooting and leaping up in his loins, that he had hoped was quiescent for ever. He<noinclude></noinclude> calp60ix9nq75741ji6typo6k59kuvo Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/128 104 4458917 14128317 13985301 2024-04-25T17:10:37Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|118|LADY CHATTERLEY'S LOVER}}</noinclude>She lay quite still, in a sort of sleep, in a sort of dream. Then she quivered as she felt his hand groping softly, yet with queer thwarted clumsiness among her clothing. Yet the hand knew, too, how to unclothe her where it wanted. He drew down the thin silk sheath, slowly, carefully, right down and over her feet. Then with a quiver of exquisite pleasure he touched the warm soft body, and touched her navel for a moment in a kiss. And he had to come in to her at once, to enter the peace on earth of her soft, quiescent body. It was the moment of pure peace for him, the entry into the body of the woman. She lay still, in a kind of sleep, always in a kind of sleep. The activity, the orgasm was his, all his; she could strive for herself no more. Even the tightness of his arms round her, even the intense movement of his body, and the springing of his seed in her, was a kind of sleep, from which she did not begin to rouse till he had finished and lay softly panting against her breast. Then she wondered, just dimly wondered, why? Why was this necessary? Why had it lifted a great cloud from her and given her peace? Was it real? Was it real? Her tormented modern-woman's brain still had no rest. Was it real? And she knew, if she gave herself to the man, it was real. But if she kept herself for herself, it was nothing. She was old; millions of years old, she felt. And at last, she could bear the burden of herself no more. She was to be had for the taking. To be had for the taking. The man lay in a mysterious stillness. What was he feeling? What was he thinking? She did not know. He was a strange man to her, she did not know him. She must only wait, for she did not dare to break his mysterious stillness. He lay there with his arms round her, his body on hers, his wet body touching hers, so close. And completely unknown. Yet not unpeaceful. His very stillness was peaceful. She knew that, when at last he roused and drew away from her. It was like an abandonment. He drew her dress in the darkness down over her knees and stood a few moments, apparently adjusting his own clothing. Then he quietly opened the door and went out. She saw a very brilliant little moon shining above the afterglow<noinclude></noinclude> lpdburuo7s8wv78rlj5v83okgv8ohxv Film Censorship Ordinance 1988 0 4460723 14128653 13990611 2024-04-25T18:04:18Z SnowyCinema 2484340 added [[Category:Film legislation]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{Header | title = Film Censorship Ordinance 1988 (Now Cap. 392) | author = | override_author = Legislative Council of Hong Kong | translator = | section = | previous = | next = | year = 1988 | portal = Ordinances of Hong Kong | notes = '''Date of Commencement: 10 November 1988''' (L.N. 249 of 1988)<br>'''Adaptation of law:''' See [[Declaration of Change of Titles (General Adaptation) Notice 1997|L.N. 362 of 1997]] and [[Adaptation of Laws (No. 20) Ordinance 1999|55 of 1999]] for changes after the handover of Hong Kong. Also see [[Film Censorship (Amendment) Ordinance 2021]] (42 of 2021) that introduced political censorship.{{HKeL-verified|392|16 December 2021}} }} {{default layout|Layout 2}} <pages index="Film Censorship Ordinance 1988 (Cap. 392).pdf" from="1" to="2" /> {{ppb}} <pages index="Film Censorship Ordinance 1988 (Cap. 392).pdf" from="3" /> {{Legislation-HKGov}} [[Category:Ordinances of Hong Kong]] [[Category:Censorship]] [[Category:Works about film]] [[Category:Film legislation]] fo3pdizutfq2plpe2osswy3dsm5lndq 14128655 14128653 2024-04-25T18:04:25Z SnowyCinema 2484340 removed [[Category:Works about film]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{Header | title = Film Censorship Ordinance 1988 (Now Cap. 392) | author = | override_author = Legislative Council of Hong Kong | translator = | section = | previous = | next = | year = 1988 | portal = Ordinances of Hong Kong | notes = '''Date of Commencement: 10 November 1988''' (L.N. 249 of 1988)<br>'''Adaptation of law:''' See [[Declaration of Change of Titles (General Adaptation) Notice 1997|L.N. 362 of 1997]] and [[Adaptation of Laws (No. 20) Ordinance 1999|55 of 1999]] for changes after the handover of Hong Kong. Also see [[Film Censorship (Amendment) Ordinance 2021]] (42 of 2021) that introduced political censorship.{{HKeL-verified|392|16 December 2021}} }} {{default layout|Layout 2}} <pages index="Film Censorship Ordinance 1988 (Cap. 392).pdf" from="1" to="2" /> {{ppb}} <pages index="Film Censorship Ordinance 1988 (Cap. 392).pdf" from="3" /> {{Legislation-HKGov}} [[Category:Ordinances of Hong Kong]] [[Category:Censorship]] [[Category:Film legislation]] gc7tz7ktz2ujfnv8nj5yq6d8wfyu4w2 Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/130 104 4460840 14128318 13989455 2024-04-25T17:10:38Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|120|LADY CHATTERLEY'S LOVER}}</noinclude>"Yes, for me too," she answered, a little untruthfully, for she had not been conscious of much. He kissed her softly, softly, with the kisses of warmth. "If only there weren't so many other people in the world," he said lugubriously. She laughed. They were at the gate to the park. He opened for her. "I won't come any further," he said. "No!" And she held out her hand, as if to shake hands. But he took it in both his. "Shall I come again?" she asked wistfully. "Yes! Yes!"! She left him and went across the park. He stood back and watched her going into the dark, against the pallor of the horizon. Almost with bitterness he watched her go. She had connected him up again, when he had wanted to be alone. She had cost him that bitter privacy of a man who at last wants only to be alone. He turned into the dark of the wood. All was still, the moon had set. But he was aware of the noises of the night, the engines at Stacks Gate, the traffic on the main road. Slowly he climbed the denuded knoll. And from the top he could see the country, bright rows of lights at Stacks Gate, smaller lights at Tevershall pit, the yellow lights of Tevershall and lights everywhere, here and there, on the dark country, with the distant blush of furnaces, faint and rosy, since the night was clear, the rosiness of the outpouring of white-hot metal. Sharp, wicked electric lights at Stacks Gate! An undefinable quick of evil in them! And all the unease, the evershifting dread of the industrial night in the Midlands. He could hear the winding-engines at Stacks Gate turning down the seven-o'clock miners. The pit worked three shifts. He went down again into the darkness and seclusion of the wood. But he knew that the seclusion of the wood was illusory. The industrial noises broke the solitude, the sharp lights, though unseen, mocked it. A man could no longer be private and withdrawn. The world allows no hermits. And now he had taken the woman, and brought on himself a new cycle of pain and doom. For he knew by experience what it meant. It was not woman's fault, nor even love's fault, nor the fault of<noinclude></noinclude> 3nwjg8if6w8ngb4bmx36u7x5fzs1408 Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/131 104 4460852 14128319 13989470 2024-04-25T17:10:40Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|121|LADY CHATTERLEY'S LOVER}}</noinclude>sex. The fault lay there, out there, in those evil electric lights and diabolical rattlings of engines. There, in the world of the mechanical greedy, greedy mechanism and mechanised greed, sparkling with lights and gushing hot metal and roaring with traffic, there lay the vast evil thing, ready to destroy whatever did not conform. Soon it would destroy the wood, and the bluebells would spring no more. All vulnerable things must perish under the rolling and running of iron. He thought with infinite tenderness of the woman. Poor forlorn thing, she was nicer than she knew, and oh! so much too nice for the tough lot she was in contact with. Poor thing, she too had some of the vulnerability of the wild hyacinths, she wasn't all tough rubber-goods and platinum, like the modern girl. And they would do her in! As sure as life, they would do her in, as they do in all naturally tender life. Tender! Somewhere she was tender, tender with a tenderness of the growing hyacinths, something that has gone out of the celluloid women of today. But he would protect her with his heart for a little while. For a little while, before the insentient iron world and the Mammon of mechanised greed did them both in, her as well as him. He went home with his gun and his dog, to the dark cottage, lit the lamp, started the fire, and ate his supper of bread and cheese, young onions and beer. He was alone, in a silence he loved. His room was clean and tidy, but rather stark. Yet the fire was bright, the hearth white, the petroleum lamp hung bright over the table, with its white oil-cloth. He tried to read a book about India, but tonight he could not read. He sat by the fire in his shirtsleeves, not smoking, but with a mug of beer in reach. And he thought about Connie. To tell the truth, he was sorry for what had happened, perhaps most for her sake. He had a sense of foreboding. No sense of wrong or sin; he was troubled by no conscience in that respect. He knew that conscience was chiefly fear of society, or fear of oneself. He was not afraid of himself. But he was quite consciously afraid of society, which he knew by instinct to be a malevolent, partly-insane beast. The woman! If she could be there with him, and there were nobody else in the world! The desire rose again, his penis began to stir like a live bird. At the same time an oppression, a dread of ex-<noinclude></noinclude> ao0vsctqay8ympjwcjjxyfxf830rhii Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/133 104 4460889 14128320 13989509 2024-04-25T17:10:42Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|123|LADY CHATTERLEY'S LOVER}}</noinclude>so much, so modest, yet so attentive and aware, with big, wide blue eyes and a soft repose that sufficiently hid what she was really thinking. Connie had played this woman so much, it was almost second nature to her; but still, decidedly second. Yet it was curious how everything disappeared from her consciousness while she played it. She waited patiently till she could go upstairs and think her own thoughts. She was always waiting, it seemed to be her ''forte.'' Once in her room, however, she felt still vague and confused. She didn't know what to think. What sort of a man was he, really? Did he really like her? Not much, she felt. Yet he was kind. There was something, a sort of warm naive kindness, curious and sudden, that almost opened her womb to him. But she felt he might be kind like that to any woman. Though even so, it was curiously soothing, comforting. And he was a passionate man, wholesome and passionate. But perhaps he wasn't quite individual enough; he might be the same with any woman as he had been with her. It really wasn't personal. She was only really a female to him. But perhaps that was better. And after all, he was kind to the female in her, which no man had ever been. Men were very kind to the ''person'' she was, but rather cruel to the female, despising her or ignoring her altogether. Men were awfully kind to Constance Reid or to Lady Chatterley; but not to her womb they weren't kind. And he took no notice of Constance or of Lady Chatterley; he just softly stroked her loins or her breasts. She went to the wood next day. It was a grey, still afternoon, With the dark-green dogs'-mercury spreading under the hazel copse, and all the trees making a silent effort to open their buds. Today she could almost feel it in her own body, the huge heave of the sap in the massive trees, upwards, up, up to the bud-tips, there to push into little flamey oak leaves, bronze as blood. It was like a tide running turgid upward, and spreading on the sky. She came to the clearing, but he was not there. She had only half expected him. The pheasant chicks were running lightly abroad, light as insects, from the coops where the yellow hens clucked anxiously. Connie sat and watched them, and waited. She only waited. Even the chicks she hardly saw. She waited. The time passed with dream-like slowness, and he did not come.<noinclude></noinclude> al76cv81xo9rappgwvhi98vb3e9g0yy Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/134 104 4460902 14128321 13989538 2024-04-25T17:10:44Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|124|LADY CHATTERLEY'S LOVER}}</noinclude>She had only half expected him. He never came in the afternoon. She must go home to tea. But she had to force herself to leave. As she went home, a fine drizzle of rain fell. "Is it raining again?" said Clifford, seeing her shake her hat. "Just drizzle." She poured tea in silence, absorbed in a sort of obstinacy. She did want to see the keeper today, to see if it were really real. If it were really real. "Shall I read a little to you afterwards?" said Clifford. She looked at him. Had he sensed something? "The spring makes me feel queer—I thought I might rest a little," she said. "Just as you like. Not feeling really unwell, are you?" "No! Only rather tired—with the spring. Will you have Mrs. Bolton to play something with you?" "No! I think I'll listen in." She heard the curious satisfaction in his voice. She went upstairs to her bedroom. There she heard the loud-speaker begin to bellow, in an idiotically velveteen-genteel sort of voice, something about a series of street-cries, the very cream of genteel affectation imitating old criers. She pulled on her old violet-coloured mackintosh, and slipped out of the house at the side door. The drizzle of rain was like a veil over the world, mysterious, hushed, not cold. She got very warm as she hurried across the park. She had to open her light waterproof. The wood was silent, still and secret in the evening drizzle of rain, full of the mystery of eggs and half-open buds, half-unsheathed flowers. In the dimness of it all trees glistened naked and dark as if they had unclothed themselves, and the green things on earth seemed to hum with greenness. There was still no one at the clearing. The chicks had nearly all gone under the mother hens, only one or two lost adventurous ones still dibbed about in the dryness under the straw roof-shelter. And they were doubtful of themselves. So! He still had not been. He was staying away on purpose. Or perhaps something was wrong. Perhaps she could go to the cottage and see. But she was born to wait. She opened the hut with her key. It was all tidy, the corn put in the bin, the blankets folded on<noinclude></noinclude> rbiw690cppuda7vh74fi508ogjxm434 Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/135 104 4460903 14128322 13989543 2024-04-25T17:10:46Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|125|LADY CHATTERLEY'S LOVER}}</noinclude>shelf, the straw neat in a corner; a new bundle of straw. The hurricane lamp hung on a nail. The table and chair had been put back where she had lain. She sat down on a stool in the doorway. How still everything was! The fine rain blew very softly, filmily, but the wind made no noise. Nothing made any sound. The trees stood like powerful beings, dim, twilit, silent and alive. How alive everything was! Night was drawing near again; she would have to go. He was avoiding her. But suddenly he came striding into the clearing, in his black oil-skin jacket like a chauffeur, shining with wet. He glanced quickly at the hut, half-saluted, then veered aside and went on to the coops. There he crouched in silence, looking carefully at everything, then carefully shutting the hens and chicks up safe against the night. At last he came slowly towards her. She still sat on her stool. He stood before her under the porch. "You come then," he said, using the intonation of the dialect. "Yes," she said, looking up at him. "You're late!" "Ay!" he replied, looking away into the wood. She rose slowly, drawing aside her stool. "Did you want to come in?" she asked. He looked down at her shrewdly. "Won't folks be thinkin' somethink, you comin' here every night?" he said. "Why?" She looked up at him, at a loss. "I said 'd come. Nobody knows." "They soon will, though," he replied. "An' what then?" She was at a loss for an answer. "Why should they know?" she said. "Folks always does," he said fatally. Her lip quivered a little. "Well I can't help it," she faltered. "Nay," he said. "You can help it by not comin'—if yer want to," he added, in a lower tone. "But I don't want to," she murmured. He looked away into the wood, and was silent. "But what when folks find out?" he asked at last. "Think about it! Think how lowered you'll feel, one of your husband's servants." She looked up at his averted face. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> n6qixia1td36zge8dcz9nzhxwlvnksu Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/136 104 4460921 14128323 13989589 2024-04-25T17:10:48Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|126|LADY CHATTERLEY'S LOVER}}</noinclude>"Is it," she stammered, "is it that you don't want me?" "Think!" he said. "Think what if folks finds out—Sir Clifford an' a'—an' everybody talkin'—" "Well, I can go away." "Where to?" "Anywhere! I've got money of my own. My mother left me twenty thousand pounds in trust, and I know Clifford can't touch it. I can go away." "But 'appen you don't want to go away." "Yes, yes! I don't care what happens to me." "Ay, you think that! But you'll care! You'll have to care, everybody has. You've got to remember your Ladyship is carrying on with a gamekeeper. It's not as if I was a gentleman. Yes, you'd care. You'd care." "I shouldn't, What do I care about my ladyship! I hate it really. I feel people are jeering every time they say it. And they are, they are! Even you jeer when you say it." "Me!" For the first time he looked straight at her, and into her eyes. "I don't jeer at you," he said. As he looked into her eyes she saw his own eyes go dark, quite dark, the pupil dilating. "Don't you care about a' the risk?" he asked in a husky voice. "You should care. Don't care when it's too late!" There was a curious warning pleading in his voice. "But I've nothing to lose," she said fretfully. "If you knew what it is, you'd think I'd be glad to lose it. But are you afraid for yourself?" "Ay!" he said briefly. "I am. I'm afraid. I'm afraid. I'm afraid o' things." "What things?" she asked. He gave a curious backward jerk of his head, indicating the outer world. "Things! Everybody! The lot of 'em." Then he bent down and suddenly kissed her unhappy face. "Nay, I don't care," he said. "Let's have it, an' damn the rest. But if you was to feel sorry you'd ever done it!" "Don't put me off," she pleaded. He put his fingers to her cheek and kissed her again suddenly. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> aqwdrw9fx7frusrbb7zr6layxh9wbg4 Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/137 104 4460924 14128324 13989593 2024-04-25T17:10:50Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|127|LADY CHATTERLEY'S LOVER}}</noinclude>"Let me come in then," he said softly. "An' take off your mackintosh." He hung up his gun, slipped out of his wet leather jacket, and reached for the blankets. "I brought another blanket," he said, "so we can put one over us if we like." "I can't stay long," she said. "Dinner is half-past seven." He looked at her swiftly, then at his watch. "All right," he said. He shut the door, and lit a tiny light in the hanging hurricane lamp. "One time we'll have a long time," he said. He put the blankets down carefully, one folded for her head. Then he sat down a moment on the stool, and drew her to him, holding her close with one arm, feeling for her body with his free hand. She heard the catch of his intaken breath as he found her. Under her frail petticoat she was naked. "Eh! what it is to touch thee!" he said, as his finger caressed the delicate, warm, secret skin of her waist and hips. He put his face down and rubbed his cheek against her belly and against her thighs again and again. And again she wondered a little over the sort of rapture it was to him. She did not understand the beauty he found in her, through touch upon her living secret body, almost the ecstasy of beauty. For passion alone is awake to it. And when passion is dead, or absent, then the magnificent throb of beauty is incomprehensible and even a little despicable; warm, live beauty of contact, so much deeper than the beauty of wisdom. She felt the glide of his cheek on her thighs and belly and buttocks, and the close brushing of his moustache and his soft thick hair, and her knees began to quiver. Far down in her she felt a new stirring, a new nakedness emerging. And she was half afraid. Half she wished he would not caress her so. He was encompassing her somehow. Yet she was waiting, waiting. And when he came into her, with an intensification of relief and consummation, that was pure peace to him, still she was waiting. She felt herself a little left out. And she knew, partly it was her own fault. She willed herself into this separateness. Now perhaps she was condemned to it. She lay still, feeling his motion within her, his deep-sunk intentness, the sudden quiver of him at the springing<noinclude></noinclude> iqbdqpsy5xnxlpxh79s74y8lm4hh3lu Module:Monthly Challenge/data/2024-04 828 4460984 14128190 14116343 2024-04-25T16:37:08Z MER-C 141433 Reedley Biolab = proofread Scribunto text/plain return { target = 3000, year = 2024, month = 04, works = { [-1] = { -- evergreen ["Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu"] = { year = 1904, flag = "US", page = "Portal:Early Western Travels, 1748-1846", author = "Reuben Gold Thwaites", title = "Early Western Travels, 1748-1846 (Volume 1)", subject = "US History", cover = 7, status = { initial = "not proofread", final = "tofix" } }, ["Early western travels, 1748-1846 (1907 Volume 2).djvu"] = { year = 1904, flag = "US", page = "Portal:Early Western Travels, 1748-1846", author = "Reuben Gold Thwaites", title = "Early Western Travels, 1748-1846 (Volume 2)", subject = "US History", cover = 7, status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ["The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803 (Volume 10).djvu"] = { year = 1903, flag = "Philippines", page = "Portal:The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803", author = "Emma Helen Blair", title = "The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803 (Volume 10)", subject = "Western Colonialism", cover = 7, status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ["Works of Jules Verne - Parke - Vol 3.djvu"] = { cover = 11, year = 1911, author = 'Jules Verne', title = 'Works of Jules Verne (vol 3)', flag = 'France', subject = {'Novels', 'Adventure'}, status = { initial = 'not proofread', } }, ["Brinkley - China - Volume 1.djvu"] = { year = 1902, cover = 15, title = "China: Its History, Arts and Literature (Volume 1)", author = "Francis Brinkley", flag = "China", subject = {"Chinese Culture"}, status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ['The Grey Fairy Book.djvu' ] = { year = 1900, title = 'The Grey Fairy Book', author = {"Andrew Lang"}, flag = 'Scotland', cover = 7, subject = { 'Children\'s' }, status = { initial = 'not proofread', final = 'proofread', } }, -- switching to vol 11 for now ["The Works of H G Wells Volume 11.pdf"] = { cover = 13, year = 1925, author = "H. G. Wells", title = "The Works of H.G. Wells (Volume 11)", flag = "UK", subject = {"Fiction"}, status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ["Nature - Volume 1.pdf"] = { year = 1870, cover = 7, title = "Nature (volume 1)", author = "Various", flag = "United Kingdom", subject = {"Periodicals", "Science"}, status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ["The National geographic magazine, volume 1.djvu"] = { year = 1889, cover = 11, title = "National Geographic (Volume 1)", author = "Various", flag = "United States", subject = {"Periodicals", "Geography", "Photography"}, status = { initial = "not proofread", final = "tofix" } }, ["The National geographic magazine (IA nationalgeograph21890nati).pdf"] = { year = 1890, cover = 11, title = "National Geographic (Volume 2)", author = "Various", flag = "United States", subject = {"Periodicals", "Geography", "Photography"}, status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ["The Book of the Thousand Nights and a Night - Volume 3.djvu"] = { year = 1885, title = "The Book of the Thousand Nights and a Night (volume 3)", author = { "Anonymous"}, subject = {"Arabic", "Children's"}, cover = 11, status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ["Catullus, Tibullus and Propertius.djvu"] = { year = 1876, title = "Catullus, Tibullus, and Propertius", author = { "James Davies"}, subject = {"Classics"}, flag = "Rome", cover = 7, status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, [ 'CTRL0000034610 - Deposition of Keith Kellogg, Jr., (Dec. 14, 2021).pdf' ] = { year = 2021, flag = 'United States', author = 'Select Committee to Investigate the January 6th Attack on the United States Capitol', title = 'Deposition of Keith Kellogg, Jr., (Dec. 14, 2021)', subject = 'United States Congress', cover = 1, status = { initial= 'not proofread', } }, [ 'History of Woman Suffrage Volume 5.djvu' ] = { year = 1888, title = 'History of Woman Suffrage (Volume 5)', author = 'Elizabeth Cady Stanton', flag = 'USA', cover = 7, subject = { 'Women\'s Rights'}, status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ['Punch vol 1.djvu'] = { year = 1841, title = "Punch (vol 1)", author = 'Various', flag = 'UK', cover = 1, subject = {"Magazines", "Satire", "Cartoons"}, status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ['The Violet Fairy Book.djvu'] = { year = 1906, title = 'The Violet Fairy Book', author = {"Andrew Lang"}, flag = 'Scotland', cover = 7, subject = { 'Children\'s' }, status = { initial = 'not proofread', }, }, }, [0] = { --- given there were no new nominations, just grabbing some indices from ShakespeareFan's adventure list [ 'Tale of Beowulf - 1898.djvu'] = { year = 1898, title = 'Tale of Beowulf', author = {'William Morris', 'Alfred John Wyatt'}, flag = 'UK', cover = 9, subject = {'Classics'}, status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ['Moonfleet - John Meade Falkner.pdf'] = { year = 1909, title = 'Moonfleet', author = 'John Meade Falkner', flag = 'UK', cover = 7, subject = {"Children's, Adventure"}, status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ['Travels into several remote nations of the world. In four parts (1726 Volume 1).djvu'] = { year = 1726, title = "Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World", author = 'Jonathan Swift', flag = 'England', cover = 9, subject = {"Classics"}, status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ['Updated Assessment of Anomalous Health Incidents.pdf'] = { year = 2023, title = "Updated Assessment of Anomalous Health Incidents", author = 'Office of the Director of National Intelligence', flag = 'US', cover = 1, subject = {"Havana syndrome", "Espionage", "Russia"}, status = { initial = "not proofread", final = "validated" } }, ["The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 1.djvu"] = { year = 1844, title = "The Heimskringla", author = 'Snorri Sturluson', flag = 'Iceland', cover = 7, subject = {"Transclusion, Images"}, status = { initial = "tofix", final = "proofread" } }, ["The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 2.djvu"] = { year = 1844, title = "The Heimskringla (volume 2)", author = 'Snorri Sturluson', flag = 'Iceland', cover = 7, subject = {"Icelandic folklore"}, status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ["The Lady of the Lake - Scott (1810).djvu"] = { year = 1844, title = "The Lady of the Lake", author = 'Walter Scott', flag = 'Scotland', cover = 9, subject = {"Final Push"}, status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ["Malleus maleficarum translated by Montague Summers (1928).djvu"] = { year = 1928, title = "Malleus Maleficarum", author = 'Heinrich Kraemer', flag = 'Germany', cover = 12, subject = {"Witchcraft", "Public domain"}, status = { initial = "tofix" } }, ["The Philadelphia Negro A Social Study.djvu"] = { year = 1899, title = "The Philadelphia Negro", author = 'William Edward Burghardt Du Bois', flag = 'US', cover = 4, subject = {"American history", "Black writers"}, status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ["L M Montgomery - Chronicles of Avonlea.djvu"] = { year = 1912, title = "Chronicles of Avonlea", author = 'Lucy Maud Montgomery', flag = 'US', cover = 13, subject = {"Fiction", "Women writers"}, status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ["History of Journalism in the United States.djvu"] = { year = 1920, title = "History of Journalism in the United States", author = 'George Henry Payne', flag = 'US', cover = 7, subject = {"Journalism"}, status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ["Austen Lady Susan Watson Letters.djvu"] = { year = 1906, title = "Letters of Jane Austen (part 1)", author = 'Jane Austen', flag = 'UK', cover = 13, subject = {"Letters", "Women writers"}, status = { initial = "not proofread" } } }, [1] = { ["The fastest bicycle rider in the world - 1928 - Taylor.djvu"] = { year = 1928, title = "The Fastest Bicycle Rider in the World", author = { "Marshall Walter Taylor"}, subject = {"Autobiography", "Black writers", "Sport", "Requested texts"}, flag = "US", cover = 11, status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ["Latter-Day Psalms.pdf"] = { year = 1914, title = "Latter-Day Psalms", author = { "William Olaf Stapledon"}, subject = {"Religion", "Requested texts"}, flag = "UK", cover = 9, status = { initial = "not proofread", final = "proofread" } }, ["The family kitchen gardener - containing plain and accurate descriptions of all the different species and varieties of culinary vegetables (IA familykitchengar56buis).pdf"] = { year = 1856, title = "The Family Kitchen Gardener", author = { "Robert Buist"}, subject = {"Gardening"}, flag = "US", cover = 5, status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ["AARO Historical Record Report Volume 1 2024.pdf"] = { year = 2024, title = "AARO Historical Record Report (volume 1)", author = { "All-domain Anomaly Resolution Office"}, subject = "Ufology", cover = 1, flag = "US", status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ["The Life and Letters of Emily Dickinson (1924).pdf"] = { year = 1924, title = "The Life and Letters of Emily Dickinson", author = { "Martha Dickinson Bianchi", "Emily Dickinson"}, subject = "Women Writers, Biography", cover = 9, flag = "US", status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ["Augustus (Shuckburgh) Augustuslifetime0000shuc.pdf"] = { year = 1930, title = "Augustus", author = "Evelyn Shirley Shuckburgh", subject = "Classical History", cover = 9, flag = "Rome", status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ["Our Poets of Today (1918).djvu"] = { year = 1918, title = "Our Poets of Today", author = "Howard Willard Cook", subject = "Requested Texts", cover = 1, flag = "US", status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ['The life and opinions of Tristram Shandy (Volume 9).pdf' ] = { cover = 5, year = 1760, author = 'Laurence Sterne', title = 'The life and opinions of Tristram Shandy (Volume 9)', flag = 'UK', subject = {'Fiction'}, status = { initial = 'not proofread', } }, ["Tales from the Gulistan (1928).pdf"] = { year = 1928, title = "Tales from the Gulistan", author = "Sa'di", subject = "Requested Texts", cover = 9, flag = "Iran", status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ["Maugham - Of Human Bondage, 1915.djvu"] = { year = 1915, title = "Of Human Bondage: a Novel", author = "William Somerset Maugham", subject = "Novels", cover = 9, flag = "UK", status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ["Merlin - Robinson, Edwin Arlington.djvu"] = { year = 1915, title = "Merlin", author = "Edwin Arlington Robinson", subject = "Poetry", cover = 7, flag = "US", status = { initial = "proofread", } }, ["The Vicomte de Bragelonne 2.djvu"] = { year = 1900, title = "The Vicomte de Bragelonne", author = "Alexandre Dumas", subject = "Novels", cover = 11, flag = "France", status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ["Life of William Blake 2, Gilchrist.djvu"] = { year = 1880, title = "Life of William Blake (volume 2)", author = "Alexander Gilchrist", subject = {"Poetry", "Biography", "Incomplete texts"}, cover = 11, flag = "UK", status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ["The Poems of Oscar Wilde.pdf"] = { year = 1909, title = "The Poems of Oscar Wilde", author = "Oscar Wilde", subject = {"Poetry", "Incomplete texts"}, cover = 5, flag = "Ireland", status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ["The Poems of Oscar Wilde.pdf"] = { year = 1897, title = "History of Australia", author = "George William Rusden", subject = {"History", "Incomplete texts"}, cover = 7, flag = "Australia", status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, -- not sure if I should put their real name here, feel free to adjust ["Scarface.pdf"] = { year = 1930, title = "Scarface", author = "Armitage Trail", subject = "Requested Texts", cover = 9, flag = "US", status = { initial = "proofread", } }, ["Moni the goat boy (IA monigoatboy00spyr 1).pdf"] = { year = 1914, title = "Moni the Goat Boy", author = "Johanna Spyri", subject = "Women Writers", cover = 1, flag = "Switzerland", status = { initial = "proofread", final = "validated" } }, }, [2] = { ["The life of Charlotte Brontë (IA lifeofcharlotteb02gaskrich).pdf"] = { year = 1857, title = "The Life of Charlotte Brontë", author = "Elizabeth Cleghorn Gaskell", subject = "Women Writers", cover = 13, flag = "UK", status = { initial = "proofread", final = "validated" } }, ["Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 18.djvu"] = { cover = 9, year = 1911, author = 'Leo Tolstoy', title = 'Complete Works of Count Tolstoy (vol 18)', subject = {"Fiction, Novels"}, flag = 'Russia', status = { initial = 'not proofread', } }, ["Collingwood - Life and Letters of Lewis Carroll.djvu"] = { year = 1898, cover = 9, author = 'Stuart Dodgson Collingwood', title = 'The Life and Letters of Lewis Carroll', subject = {"Biography", "Letters"}, flag = 'UK', status = { initial = 'not proofread', } }, ["The Royal Book of Oz.djvu"] = { year = 1921, cover = 7, author = 'Ruth Plumly Thompson', title = 'The Royal Book of Oz', subject = {"Children\'s"}, flag = 'US', status = { initial = 'not proofread', } }, ["20 Hrs 40 Min (Earhart).pdf"] = { year = 1928, cover = 7, author = 'Amelia Earhart', title = '20 Hrs. 40 Min.', subject = {"Public domain", "Women", "Aviation"}, flag = 'US', status = { initial = 'not proofread', final = "tofix" } }, ["AFR 200-2, Aug 12, 1954.pdf"] = { year = 1954, cover = 1, author = 'United States Air Force', title = 'Air Force Regulation 200-2, Unidentified Flying Objects Reporting', short = "yes", subject = {"Ufology"}, flag = 'US', status = { initial = 'proofread', final = 'validated' } }, ["Cyrano de Bergerac.djvu"] = { year = 1898, cover = 9, title = "Cyrano de Bergerac", author = "Edmond Rostand", subject = "Plays", flag = "France", status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ["Essays On The Gita - Ghose - 1922.djvu"] = { year = 1922, cover = 5, title = "Essays On The Gita", author = "Aurobindo Ghose", flag = "India", subject = {"Hinduism"}, status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ["The Necromancer, or, The Tale of the Black Forest Vol. 2.djvu"] = { year = 1794, cover = 7, title = "The Necromancer, Or, the Tale of the Black Forest (volume 2)", author = "Karl Friedrich Kahlert", flag = "Germany", subject = {"Requested texts"}, status = { initial = "proofread", } }, ["Across the Zodiac (Volume 2).djvu"] = { year = 1880, cover = 7, title = "Across the Zodiac (Volume 2)", author = "Percy Greg", flag = "UK", subject = {"Sci-Fi"}, status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ["At the Earth's Core.djvu"] = { year = 1922, cover = 7, title = "At the Earth's Core", author = "Edgar Rice Burroughs", flag = "US", subject = {"Novels"}, status = { initial = "proofread", final = "validated" } }, ["Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire vol 2 (1896).djvu"] = { year = 1897, title = "Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire (vol 2)", author = "Edward Gibbon", subject = "History", cover = 9, flag = "UK", status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ["The Missing Chums.djvu"] = { year = 1928, title = "The Missing Chums", author = "Franklin W. Dixon", subject = {"Public domain", "Adventure"}, cover = 3, flag = "US", status = { initial = "proofread", } }, ["The three musketeers (IA threemusketeers1800duma).pdf"] = { year = 1844, title = "The Three Musketeers", author = "Alexandre Dumas (1802-1870)", subject = {"Novels"}, cover = 11, flag = "France", status = { initial = "tofix" } }, ["Waverley novels (IA cu31924057392452).pdf"] = { year = 1818, title = "The Heart of Midlothian", author = "Walter Scott", subject = {"Novels"}, cover = 11, flag = "Scotland", status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ["Pioneersorsource02cooprich.djvu"] = { year = 1823, title = "The Pioneers (volume 2)", author = "James Fenimore Cooper", subject = {"Novels"}, cover = 7, flag = "US", status = { initial = "proofread", } }, ["Emma Goldman - Anarchism and Other Essays (2nd Rev. ed.) - 1911.djvu"] = { year = 1911, title = "Anarchism and Other Essays", author = "Emma Goldman", subject = {"Essays", "Feminism"}, cover = 6, flag = "US", status = { initial = "proofread", } }, ["Tirukural - tr. Pope - 1886.djvu"] = { year = 1886, title = "Tirukural", author = "Thiruvalluvar", subject = {"Tamil literature"}, cover = 5, flag = "India", status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ["Vivian Grey, Volume 3.djvu"] = { year = 1827, cover = 7, title = "Vivian Grey (vol 3)", author = "Benjamin Disraeli", flag = "United Kingdom", subject = {"Novels"}, status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, --- extensions ["Horrid Mysteries Volume 3.djvu"] = { year = 1796, cover = 5, title = "Horrid Mysteries (vol 3)", author = "Carl Friedrich August Grosse", flag = "Germany", subject = {"Gothics", "Requested texts"}, status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, [ 'Peter Pan (1928).pdf' ] = { year = 1928, flag = 'UK', author = 'James Matthew Barrie', title = 'Peter Pan; or, the Boy Who Would Not Grow Up', subject = {"Public domain", "Plays", "Children"}, cover = 9, status = { initial= 'not proofread', final = 'proofread', } }, ["Following the Equator (Mark Twain).djvu"] = { year = 1897, cover = 9, title = "Following the Equator", author = "Mark Twain", flag = "US", subject = {"Novels"}, status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ["Chapters on Jewish literature (IA chaptersonjewish00abra).pdf"] = { year = 1899, title = "Chapters on Jewish Literature", author = "Israel Abrahams", subject = "Jewish literature", cover = 7, flag = "United Kingdom", status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, --- to fix extensions ["The Reshaping of British Railways (Beeching Report).pdf"] = { year = 1963, title = 'The Reshaping of British Railways', author = {"Richard Beeching"}, flag = 'UK', cover = 1, subject = {"Railways", "British history"}, status = { initial = 'tofix', } }, ["Scc-reedley-report-11.15.pdf"] = { year = 2023, title = 'Investigation into the Reedley Biolab', author = {"Select Committee on the Chinese Communist Party"}, flag = 'US', cover = 1, subject = {"United States Congress", "CCP"}, status = { initial = 'tofix', final = "proofread" } }, ["Self-help with illustrations of conduct and perseverance (IA selfhelpwithillu00smiliala).pdf"] = { year = 1905, title = 'Self-Help; with Illustrations of Character and Conduct', author = {"Samuel Smiles"}, flag = 'UK', cover = 11, subject = {"Self-help"}, status = { initial = 'tofix', final = 'proofread' } }, }, }, } 5auo2bhewppcx3h4n5id8wytp3ol2vm 14128925 14128190 2024-04-25T18:26:43Z MER-C 141433 20 Hrs 40 Min = proofread Scribunto text/plain return { target = 3000, year = 2024, month = 04, works = { [-1] = { -- evergreen ["Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu"] = { year = 1904, flag = "US", page = "Portal:Early Western Travels, 1748-1846", author = "Reuben Gold Thwaites", title = "Early Western Travels, 1748-1846 (Volume 1)", subject = "US History", cover = 7, status = { initial = "not proofread", final = "tofix" } }, ["Early western travels, 1748-1846 (1907 Volume 2).djvu"] = { year = 1904, flag = "US", page = "Portal:Early Western Travels, 1748-1846", author = "Reuben Gold Thwaites", title = "Early Western Travels, 1748-1846 (Volume 2)", subject = "US History", cover = 7, status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ["The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803 (Volume 10).djvu"] = { year = 1903, flag = "Philippines", page = "Portal:The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803", author = "Emma Helen Blair", title = "The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803 (Volume 10)", subject = "Western Colonialism", cover = 7, status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ["Works of Jules Verne - Parke - Vol 3.djvu"] = { cover = 11, year = 1911, author = 'Jules Verne', title = 'Works of Jules Verne (vol 3)', flag = 'France', subject = {'Novels', 'Adventure'}, status = { initial = 'not proofread', } }, ["Brinkley - China - Volume 1.djvu"] = { year = 1902, cover = 15, title = "China: Its History, Arts and Literature (Volume 1)", author = "Francis Brinkley", flag = "China", subject = {"Chinese Culture"}, status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ['The Grey Fairy Book.djvu' ] = { year = 1900, title = 'The Grey Fairy Book', author = {"Andrew Lang"}, flag = 'Scotland', cover = 7, subject = { 'Children\'s' }, status = { initial = 'not proofread', final = 'proofread', } }, -- switching to vol 11 for now ["The Works of H G Wells Volume 11.pdf"] = { cover = 13, year = 1925, author = "H. G. Wells", title = "The Works of H.G. Wells (Volume 11)", flag = "UK", subject = {"Fiction"}, status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ["Nature - Volume 1.pdf"] = { year = 1870, cover = 7, title = "Nature (volume 1)", author = "Various", flag = "United Kingdom", subject = {"Periodicals", "Science"}, status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ["The National geographic magazine, volume 1.djvu"] = { year = 1889, cover = 11, title = "National Geographic (Volume 1)", author = "Various", flag = "United States", subject = {"Periodicals", "Geography", "Photography"}, status = { initial = "not proofread", final = "tofix" } }, ["The National geographic magazine (IA nationalgeograph21890nati).pdf"] = { year = 1890, cover = 11, title = "National Geographic (Volume 2)", author = "Various", flag = "United States", subject = {"Periodicals", "Geography", "Photography"}, status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ["The Book of the Thousand Nights and a Night - Volume 3.djvu"] = { year = 1885, title = "The Book of the Thousand Nights and a Night (volume 3)", author = { "Anonymous"}, subject = {"Arabic", "Children's"}, cover = 11, status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ["Catullus, Tibullus and Propertius.djvu"] = { year = 1876, title = "Catullus, Tibullus, and Propertius", author = { "James Davies"}, subject = {"Classics"}, flag = "Rome", cover = 7, status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, [ 'CTRL0000034610 - Deposition of Keith Kellogg, Jr., (Dec. 14, 2021).pdf' ] = { year = 2021, flag = 'United States', author = 'Select Committee to Investigate the January 6th Attack on the United States Capitol', title = 'Deposition of Keith Kellogg, Jr., (Dec. 14, 2021)', subject = 'United States Congress', cover = 1, status = { initial= 'not proofread', } }, [ 'History of Woman Suffrage Volume 5.djvu' ] = { year = 1888, title = 'History of Woman Suffrage (Volume 5)', author = 'Elizabeth Cady Stanton', flag = 'USA', cover = 7, subject = { 'Women\'s Rights'}, status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ['Punch vol 1.djvu'] = { year = 1841, title = "Punch (vol 1)", author = 'Various', flag = 'UK', cover = 1, subject = {"Magazines", "Satire", "Cartoons"}, status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ['The Violet Fairy Book.djvu'] = { year = 1906, title = 'The Violet Fairy Book', author = {"Andrew Lang"}, flag = 'Scotland', cover = 7, subject = { 'Children\'s' }, status = { initial = 'not proofread', }, }, }, [0] = { --- given there were no new nominations, just grabbing some indices from ShakespeareFan's adventure list [ 'Tale of Beowulf - 1898.djvu'] = { year = 1898, title = 'Tale of Beowulf', author = {'William Morris', 'Alfred John Wyatt'}, flag = 'UK', cover = 9, subject = {'Classics'}, status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ['Moonfleet - John Meade Falkner.pdf'] = { year = 1909, title = 'Moonfleet', author = 'John Meade Falkner', flag = 'UK', cover = 7, subject = {"Children's, Adventure"}, status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ['Travels into several remote nations of the world. In four parts (1726 Volume 1).djvu'] = { year = 1726, title = "Gulliver's Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World", author = 'Jonathan Swift', flag = 'England', cover = 9, subject = {"Classics"}, status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ['Updated Assessment of Anomalous Health Incidents.pdf'] = { year = 2023, title = "Updated Assessment of Anomalous Health Incidents", author = 'Office of the Director of National Intelligence', flag = 'US', cover = 1, subject = {"Havana syndrome", "Espionage", "Russia"}, status = { initial = "not proofread", final = "validated" } }, ["The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 1.djvu"] = { year = 1844, title = "The Heimskringla", author = 'Snorri Sturluson', flag = 'Iceland', cover = 7, subject = {"Transclusion, Images"}, status = { initial = "tofix", final = "proofread" } }, ["The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 2.djvu"] = { year = 1844, title = "The Heimskringla (volume 2)", author = 'Snorri Sturluson', flag = 'Iceland', cover = 7, subject = {"Icelandic folklore"}, status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ["The Lady of the Lake - Scott (1810).djvu"] = { year = 1844, title = "The Lady of the Lake", author = 'Walter Scott', flag = 'Scotland', cover = 9, subject = {"Final Push"}, status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ["Malleus maleficarum translated by Montague Summers (1928).djvu"] = { year = 1928, title = "Malleus Maleficarum", author = 'Heinrich Kraemer', flag = 'Germany', cover = 12, subject = {"Witchcraft", "Public domain"}, status = { initial = "tofix" } }, ["The Philadelphia Negro A Social Study.djvu"] = { year = 1899, title = "The Philadelphia Negro", author = 'William Edward Burghardt Du Bois', flag = 'US', cover = 4, subject = {"American history", "Black writers"}, status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ["L M Montgomery - Chronicles of Avonlea.djvu"] = { year = 1912, title = "Chronicles of Avonlea", author = 'Lucy Maud Montgomery', flag = 'US', cover = 13, subject = {"Fiction", "Women writers"}, status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ["History of Journalism in the United States.djvu"] = { year = 1920, title = "History of Journalism in the United States", author = 'George Henry Payne', flag = 'US', cover = 7, subject = {"Journalism"}, status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ["Austen Lady Susan Watson Letters.djvu"] = { year = 1906, title = "Letters of Jane Austen (part 1)", author = 'Jane Austen', flag = 'UK', cover = 13, subject = {"Letters", "Women writers"}, status = { initial = "not proofread" } } }, [1] = { ["The fastest bicycle rider in the world - 1928 - Taylor.djvu"] = { year = 1928, title = "The Fastest Bicycle Rider in the World", author = { "Marshall Walter Taylor"}, subject = {"Autobiography", "Black writers", "Sport", "Requested texts"}, flag = "US", cover = 11, status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ["Latter-Day Psalms.pdf"] = { year = 1914, title = "Latter-Day Psalms", author = { "William Olaf Stapledon"}, subject = {"Religion", "Requested texts"}, flag = "UK", cover = 9, status = { initial = "not proofread", final = "proofread" } }, ["The family kitchen gardener - containing plain and accurate descriptions of all the different species and varieties of culinary vegetables (IA familykitchengar56buis).pdf"] = { year = 1856, title = "The Family Kitchen Gardener", author = { "Robert Buist"}, subject = {"Gardening"}, flag = "US", cover = 5, status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ["AARO Historical Record Report Volume 1 2024.pdf"] = { year = 2024, title = "AARO Historical Record Report (volume 1)", author = { "All-domain Anomaly Resolution Office"}, subject = "Ufology", cover = 1, flag = "US", status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ["The Life and Letters of Emily Dickinson (1924).pdf"] = { year = 1924, title = "The Life and Letters of Emily Dickinson", author = { "Martha Dickinson Bianchi", "Emily Dickinson"}, subject = "Women Writers, Biography", cover = 9, flag = "US", status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ["Augustus (Shuckburgh) Augustuslifetime0000shuc.pdf"] = { year = 1930, title = "Augustus", author = "Evelyn Shirley Shuckburgh", subject = "Classical History", cover = 9, flag = "Rome", status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ["Our Poets of Today (1918).djvu"] = { year = 1918, title = "Our Poets of Today", author = "Howard Willard Cook", subject = "Requested Texts", cover = 1, flag = "US", status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ['The life and opinions of Tristram Shandy (Volume 9).pdf' ] = { cover = 5, year = 1760, author = 'Laurence Sterne', title = 'The life and opinions of Tristram Shandy (Volume 9)', flag = 'UK', subject = {'Fiction'}, status = { initial = 'not proofread', } }, ["Tales from the Gulistan (1928).pdf"] = { year = 1928, title = "Tales from the Gulistan", author = "Sa'di", subject = "Requested Texts", cover = 9, flag = "Iran", status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ["Maugham - Of Human Bondage, 1915.djvu"] = { year = 1915, title = "Of Human Bondage: a Novel", author = "William Somerset Maugham", subject = "Novels", cover = 9, flag = "UK", status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ["Merlin - Robinson, Edwin Arlington.djvu"] = { year = 1915, title = "Merlin", author = "Edwin Arlington Robinson", subject = "Poetry", cover = 7, flag = "US", status = { initial = "proofread", } }, ["The Vicomte de Bragelonne 2.djvu"] = { year = 1900, title = "The Vicomte de Bragelonne", author = "Alexandre Dumas", subject = "Novels", cover = 11, flag = "France", status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ["Life of William Blake 2, Gilchrist.djvu"] = { year = 1880, title = "Life of William Blake (volume 2)", author = "Alexander Gilchrist", subject = {"Poetry", "Biography", "Incomplete texts"}, cover = 11, flag = "UK", status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ["The Poems of Oscar Wilde.pdf"] = { year = 1909, title = "The Poems of Oscar Wilde", author = "Oscar Wilde", subject = {"Poetry", "Incomplete texts"}, cover = 5, flag = "Ireland", status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ["The Poems of Oscar Wilde.pdf"] = { year = 1897, title = "History of Australia", author = "George William Rusden", subject = {"History", "Incomplete texts"}, cover = 7, flag = "Australia", status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, -- not sure if I should put their real name here, feel free to adjust ["Scarface.pdf"] = { year = 1930, title = "Scarface", author = "Armitage Trail", subject = "Requested Texts", cover = 9, flag = "US", status = { initial = "proofread", } }, ["Moni the goat boy (IA monigoatboy00spyr 1).pdf"] = { year = 1914, title = "Moni the Goat Boy", author = "Johanna Spyri", subject = "Women Writers", cover = 1, flag = "Switzerland", status = { initial = "proofread", final = "validated" } }, }, [2] = { ["The life of Charlotte Brontë (IA lifeofcharlotteb02gaskrich).pdf"] = { year = 1857, title = "The Life of Charlotte Brontë", author = "Elizabeth Cleghorn Gaskell", subject = "Women Writers", cover = 13, flag = "UK", status = { initial = "proofread", final = "validated" } }, ["Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 18.djvu"] = { cover = 9, year = 1911, author = 'Leo Tolstoy', title = 'Complete Works of Count Tolstoy (vol 18)', subject = {"Fiction, Novels"}, flag = 'Russia', status = { initial = 'not proofread', } }, ["Collingwood - Life and Letters of Lewis Carroll.djvu"] = { year = 1898, cover = 9, author = 'Stuart Dodgson Collingwood', title = 'The Life and Letters of Lewis Carroll', subject = {"Biography", "Letters"}, flag = 'UK', status = { initial = 'not proofread', } }, ["The Royal Book of Oz.djvu"] = { year = 1921, cover = 7, author = 'Ruth Plumly Thompson', title = 'The Royal Book of Oz', subject = {"Children\'s"}, flag = 'US', status = { initial = 'not proofread', } }, ["20 Hrs 40 Min (Earhart).pdf"] = { year = 1928, cover = 7, author = 'Amelia Earhart', title = '20 Hrs. 40 Min.', subject = {"Public domain", "Women", "Aviation"}, flag = 'US', status = { initial = 'not proofread', final = "proofread" } }, ["AFR 200-2, Aug 12, 1954.pdf"] = { year = 1954, cover = 1, author = 'United States Air Force', title = 'Air Force Regulation 200-2, Unidentified Flying Objects Reporting', short = "yes", subject = {"Ufology"}, flag = 'US', status = { initial = 'proofread', final = 'validated' } }, ["Cyrano de Bergerac.djvu"] = { year = 1898, cover = 9, title = "Cyrano de Bergerac", author = "Edmond Rostand", subject = "Plays", flag = "France", status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ["Essays On The Gita - Ghose - 1922.djvu"] = { year = 1922, cover = 5, title = "Essays On The Gita", author = "Aurobindo Ghose", flag = "India", subject = {"Hinduism"}, status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ["The Necromancer, or, The Tale of the Black Forest Vol. 2.djvu"] = { year = 1794, cover = 7, title = "The Necromancer, Or, the Tale of the Black Forest (volume 2)", author = "Karl Friedrich Kahlert", flag = "Germany", subject = {"Requested texts"}, status = { initial = "proofread", } }, ["Across the Zodiac (Volume 2).djvu"] = { year = 1880, cover = 7, title = "Across the Zodiac (Volume 2)", author = "Percy Greg", flag = "UK", subject = {"Sci-Fi"}, status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ["At the Earth's Core.djvu"] = { year = 1922, cover = 7, title = "At the Earth's Core", author = "Edgar Rice Burroughs", flag = "US", subject = {"Novels"}, status = { initial = "proofread", final = "validated" } }, ["Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire vol 2 (1896).djvu"] = { year = 1897, title = "Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire (vol 2)", author = "Edward Gibbon", subject = "History", cover = 9, flag = "UK", status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ["The Missing Chums.djvu"] = { year = 1928, title = "The Missing Chums", author = "Franklin W. Dixon", subject = {"Public domain", "Adventure"}, cover = 3, flag = "US", status = { initial = "proofread", } }, ["The three musketeers (IA threemusketeers1800duma).pdf"] = { year = 1844, title = "The Three Musketeers", author = "Alexandre Dumas (1802-1870)", subject = {"Novels"}, cover = 11, flag = "France", status = { initial = "tofix" } }, ["Waverley novels (IA cu31924057392452).pdf"] = { year = 1818, title = "The Heart of Midlothian", author = "Walter Scott", subject = {"Novels"}, cover = 11, flag = "Scotland", status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ["Pioneersorsource02cooprich.djvu"] = { year = 1823, title = "The Pioneers (volume 2)", author = "James Fenimore Cooper", subject = {"Novels"}, cover = 7, flag = "US", status = { initial = "proofread", } }, ["Emma Goldman - Anarchism and Other Essays (2nd Rev. ed.) - 1911.djvu"] = { year = 1911, title = "Anarchism and Other Essays", author = "Emma Goldman", subject = {"Essays", "Feminism"}, cover = 6, flag = "US", status = { initial = "proofread", } }, ["Tirukural - tr. Pope - 1886.djvu"] = { year = 1886, title = "Tirukural", author = "Thiruvalluvar", subject = {"Tamil literature"}, cover = 5, flag = "India", status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, ["Vivian Grey, Volume 3.djvu"] = { year = 1827, cover = 7, title = "Vivian Grey (vol 3)", author = "Benjamin Disraeli", flag = "United Kingdom", subject = {"Novels"}, status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, --- extensions ["Horrid Mysteries Volume 3.djvu"] = { year = 1796, cover = 5, title = "Horrid Mysteries (vol 3)", author = "Carl Friedrich August Grosse", flag = "Germany", subject = {"Gothics", "Requested texts"}, status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, [ 'Peter Pan (1928).pdf' ] = { year = 1928, flag = 'UK', author = 'James Matthew Barrie', title = 'Peter Pan; or, the Boy Who Would Not Grow Up', subject = {"Public domain", "Plays", "Children"}, cover = 9, status = { initial= 'not proofread', final = 'proofread', } }, ["Following the Equator (Mark Twain).djvu"] = { year = 1897, cover = 9, title = "Following the Equator", author = "Mark Twain", flag = "US", subject = {"Novels"}, status = { initial = "not proofread", } }, ["Chapters on Jewish literature (IA chaptersonjewish00abra).pdf"] = { year = 1899, title = "Chapters on Jewish Literature", author = "Israel Abrahams", subject = "Jewish literature", cover = 7, flag = "United Kingdom", status = { initial = "not proofread" } }, --- to fix extensions ["The Reshaping of British Railways (Beeching Report).pdf"] = { year = 1963, title = 'The Reshaping of British Railways', author = {"Richard Beeching"}, flag = 'UK', cover = 1, subject = {"Railways", "British history"}, status = { initial = 'tofix', } }, ["Scc-reedley-report-11.15.pdf"] = { year = 2023, title = 'Investigation into the Reedley Biolab', author = {"Select Committee on the Chinese Communist Party"}, flag = 'US', cover = 1, subject = {"United States Congress", "CCP"}, status = { initial = 'tofix', final = "proofread" } }, ["Self-help with illustrations of conduct and perseverance (IA selfhelpwithillu00smiliala).pdf"] = { year = 1905, title = 'Self-Help; with Illustrations of Character and Conduct', author = {"Samuel Smiles"}, flag = 'UK', cover = 11, subject = {"Self-help"}, status = { initial = 'tofix', final = 'proofread' } }, }, }, } 3ifh8drmdd5mmzv7fahj8wnyb54j6i8 Module:Monthly Challenge category stats/data/2024-04 828 4460987 14127710 14127424 2024-04-25T12:05:57Z InductiveBot 204982 Updating current statistics for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Automatically generated data for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] ]=] return { total = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2437, q2 = 253, q3 = 7825, q4 = 2578, }, indexes = { ["Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 24, q1 = 4, q2 = 0, q3 = 311, q4 = 7, }, ["Early western travels, 1748-1846 (1907 Volume 2).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 16, q1 = 115, q2 = 1, q3 = 208, q4 = 1, }, ["The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803 (Volume 10).djvu"] = { count = 332, q0 = 19, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 20, q4 = 5, }, ["Works of Jules Verne - Parke - Vol 3.djvu"] = { count = 414, q0 = 25, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 14, q4 = 6, }, ["Brinkley - China - Volume 1.djvu"] = { count = 470, q0 = 26, q1 = 239, q2 = 1, q3 = 128, q4 = 8, }, ["The Grey Fairy Book.djvu"] = { count = 406, q0 = 40, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 111, q4 = 255, }, ["The Works of H G Wells Volume 11.pdf"] = { count = 546, q0 = 21, q1 = 2, q2 = 0, q3 = 140, q4 = 3, }, ["Nature - Volume 1.pdf"] = { count = 688, q0 = 12, q1 = 22, q2 = 8, q3 = 28, q4 = 7, }, ["The National geographic magazine, volume 1.djvu"] = { count = 432, q0 = 72, q1 = 0, q2 = 22, q3 = 330, q4 = 8, }, ["The National geographic magazine (IA nationalgeograph21890nati).pdf"] = { count = 434, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 0, }, ["The Book of the Thousand Nights and a Night - Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 394, q0 = 24, q1 = 326, q2 = 3, q3 = 40, q4 = 1, }, ["Catullus, Tibullus and Propertius.djvu"] = { count = 198, q0 = 8, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 34, q4 = 1, }, ["CTRL0000034610 - Deposition of Keith Kellogg, Jr., (Dec. 14, 2021).pdf"] = { count = 249, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 3, q4 = 2, }, ["History of Woman Suffrage Volume 5.djvu"] = { count = 864, q0 = 19, q1 = 400, q2 = 0, q3 = 439, q4 = 6, }, ["Punch vol 1.djvu"] = { count = 294, q0 = 6, q1 = 2, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 0, }, ["The Violet Fairy Book.djvu"] = { count = 428, q0 = 45, q1 = 13, q2 = 32, q3 = 54, q4 = 12, }, ["Tale of Beowulf - 1898.djvu"] = { count = 212, q0 = 9, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 16, }, ["Moonfleet - John Meade Falkner.pdf"] = { count = 302, q0 = 13, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 68, q4 = 9, }, ["Travels into several remote nations of the world. In four parts (1726 Volume 1).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 18, q1 = 3, q2 = 10, q3 = 26, q4 = 0, }, ["Updated Assessment of Anomalous Health Incidents.pdf"] = { count = 4, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 4, }, ["The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 1.djvu"] = { count = 506, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 426, q4 = 68, }, ["The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 2.djvu"] = { count = 413, q0 = 10, q1 = 393, q2 = 0, q3 = 9, q4 = 1, }, ["The Lady of the Lake - Scott (1810).djvu"] = { count = 456, q0 = 27, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 313, q4 = 42, }, ["Malleus maleficarum translated by Montague Summers (1928).djvu"] = { count = 340, q0 = 18, q1 = 0, q2 = 1, q3 = 6, q4 = 0, }, ["The Philadelphia Negro A Social Study.djvu"] = { count = 580, q0 = 9, q1 = 0, q2 = 43, q3 = 12, q4 = 1, }, ["L M Montgomery - Chronicles of Avonlea.djvu"] = { count = 338, q0 = 18, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 108, q4 = 2, }, ["History of Journalism in the United States.djvu"] = { count = 484, q0 = 13, q1 = 53, q2 = 5, q3 = 336, q4 = 77, }, ["Austen Lady Susan Watson Letters.djvu"] = { count = 434, q0 = 26, q1 = 169, q2 = 4, q3 = 60, q4 = 7, }, ["The fastest bicycle rider in the world - 1928 - Taylor.djvu"] = { count = 458, q0 = 17, q1 = 6, q2 = 6, q3 = 36, q4 = 7, }, ["Latter-Day Psalms.pdf"] = { count = 68, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 20, q4 = 36, }, ["The family kitchen gardener - containing plain and accurate descriptions of all the different species and varieties of culinary vegetables (IA familykitchengar56buis).pdf"] = { count = 230, q0 = 12, q1 = 84, q2 = 1, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["AARO Historical Record Report Volume 1 2024.pdf"] = { count = 63, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 42, q4 = 0, }, ["The Life and Letters of Emily Dickinson (1924).pdf"] = { count = 432, q0 = 29, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 147, q4 = 0, }, ["Augustus (Shuckburgh) Augustuslifetime0000shuc.pdf"] = { count = 360, q0 = 23, q1 = 1, q2 = 9, q3 = 11, q4 = 0, }, ["Our Poets of Today (1918).djvu"] = { count = 260, q0 = 14, q1 = 7, q2 = 0, q3 = 26, q4 = 1, }, ["The life and opinions of Tristram Shandy (Volume 9).pdf"] = { count = 160, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 15, q4 = 1, }, ["Tales from the Gulistan (1928).pdf"] = { count = 302, q0 = 29, q1 = 3, q2 = 0, q3 = 170, q4 = 13, }, ["Maugham - Of Human Bondage, 1915.djvu"] = { count = 664, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 103, q4 = 6, }, ["Merlin - Robinson, Edwin Arlington.djvu"] = { count = 188, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 133, q4 = 45, }, ["The Vicomte de Bragelonne 2.djvu"] = { count = 518, q0 = 19, q1 = 93, q2 = 0, q3 = 14, q4 = 0, }, ["Life of William Blake 2, Gilchrist.djvu"] = { count = 494, q0 = 70, q1 = 3, q2 = 0, q3 = 40, q4 = 275, }, ["The Poems of Oscar Wilde.pdf"] = { count = 359, q0 = 32, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 114, q4 = 13, }, ["Scarface.pdf"] = { count = 300, q0 = 15, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 57, q4 = 228, }, ["Moni the goat boy (IA monigoatboy00spyr 1).pdf"] = { count = 64, q0 = 13, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 51, }, ["The life of Charlotte Brontë (IA lifeofcharlotteb02gaskrich).pdf"] = { count = 354, q0 = 20, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 334, }, ["Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 18.djvu"] = { count = 532, q0 = 26, q1 = 1, q2 = 7, q3 = 88, q4 = 3, }, ["Collingwood - Life and Letters of Lewis Carroll.djvu"] = { count = 486, q0 = 17, q1 = 13, q2 = 19, q3 = 170, q4 = 35, }, ["The Royal Book of Oz.djvu"] = { count = 344, q0 = 22, q1 = 10, q2 = 15, q3 = 59, q4 = 89, }, ["20 Hrs 40 Min (Earhart).pdf"] = { count = 322, q0 = 16, q1 = 0, q2 = 3, q3 = 152, q4 = 151, }, ["AFR 200-2, Aug 12, 1954.pdf"] = { count = 4, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 4, }, ["Cyrano de Bergerac.djvu"] = { count = 310, q0 = 27, q1 = 128, q2 = 1, q3 = 294, q4 = 72, }, ["Essays On The Gita - Ghose - 1922.djvu"] = { count = 344, q0 = 7, q1 = 197, q2 = 0, q3 = 108, q4 = 32, }, ["The Necromancer, or, The Tale of the Black Forest Vol. 2.djvu"] = { count = 258, q0 = 8, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 227, q4 = 23, }, ["Across the Zodiac (Volume 2).djvu"] = { count = 302, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 265, q4 = 2, }, ["At the Earth's Core.djvu"] = { count = 318, q0 = 25, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 293, }, ["Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire vol 2 (1896).djvu"] = { count = 602, q0 = 15, q1 = 0, q2 = 1, q3 = 2, q4 = 0, }, ["The Missing Chums.djvu"] = { count = 220, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 144, q4 = 76, }, ["The three musketeers (IA threemusketeers1800duma).pdf"] = { count = 764, q0 = 18, q1 = 8, q2 = 2, q3 = 6, q4 = 0, }, ["Waverley novels (IA cu31924057392452).pdf"] = { count = 458, q0 = 16, q1 = 2, q2 = 2, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["Pioneersorsource02cooprich.djvu"] = { count = 338, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 320, q4 = 8, }, ["Emma Goldman - Anarchism and Other Essays (2nd Rev. ed.) - 1911.djvu"] = { count = 300, q0 = 23, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 226, q4 = 51, }, ["Tirukural - tr. Pope - 1886.djvu"] = { count = 454, q0 = 4, q1 = 1, q2 = 2, q3 = 0, q4 = 0, }, ["Vivian Grey, Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 348, q0 = 14, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["Horrid Mysteries Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 242, q0 = 9, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 123, q4 = 20, }, ["Peter Pan (1928).pdf"] = { count = 206, q0 = 17, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 145, q4 = 44, }, ["Following the Equator (Mark Twain).djvu"] = { count = 726, q0 = 59, q1 = 133, q2 = 1, q3 = 487, q4 = 46, }, ["Chapters on Jewish literature (IA chaptersonjewish00abra).pdf"] = { count = 296, q0 = 18, q1 = 2, q2 = 0, q3 = 225, q4 = 37, }, ["The Reshaping of British Railways (Beeching Report).pdf"] = { count = 148, q0 = 0, q1 = 1, q2 = 54, q3 = 84, q4 = 9, }, ["Scc-reedley-report-11.15.pdf"] = { count = 42, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 34, q4 = 8, }, ["Self-help with illustrations of conduct and perseverance (IA selfhelpwithillu00smiliala).pdf"] = { count = 536, q0 = 21, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 499, q4 = 16, }, }, } s0d12gbpud2bhnvgd3a9kym7z4vs6h0 14127857 14127710 2024-04-25T14:05:43Z InductiveBot 204982 Updating current statistics for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Automatically generated data for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] ]=] return { total = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2432, q2 = 248, q3 = 7823, q4 = 2590, }, indexes = { ["Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 24, q1 = 4, q2 = 0, q3 = 311, q4 = 7, }, ["Early western travels, 1748-1846 (1907 Volume 2).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 16, q1 = 115, q2 = 1, q3 = 208, q4 = 1, }, ["The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803 (Volume 10).djvu"] = { count = 332, q0 = 19, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 20, q4 = 5, }, ["Works of Jules Verne - Parke - Vol 3.djvu"] = { count = 414, q0 = 25, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 14, q4 = 6, }, ["Brinkley - China - Volume 1.djvu"] = { count = 470, q0 = 26, q1 = 234, q2 = 1, q3 = 133, q4 = 8, }, ["The Grey Fairy Book.djvu"] = { count = 406, q0 = 40, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 111, q4 = 255, }, ["The Works of H G Wells Volume 11.pdf"] = { count = 546, q0 = 21, q1 = 2, q2 = 0, q3 = 140, q4 = 3, }, ["Nature - Volume 1.pdf"] = { count = 688, q0 = 12, q1 = 22, q2 = 8, q3 = 28, q4 = 7, }, ["The National geographic magazine, volume 1.djvu"] = { count = 432, q0 = 72, q1 = 0, q2 = 17, q3 = 335, q4 = 8, }, ["The National geographic magazine (IA nationalgeograph21890nati).pdf"] = { count = 434, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 0, }, ["The Book of the Thousand Nights and a Night - Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 394, q0 = 24, q1 = 326, q2 = 3, q3 = 40, q4 = 1, }, ["Catullus, Tibullus and Propertius.djvu"] = { count = 198, q0 = 8, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 34, q4 = 1, }, ["CTRL0000034610 - Deposition of Keith Kellogg, Jr., (Dec. 14, 2021).pdf"] = { count = 249, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 3, q4 = 2, }, ["History of Woman Suffrage Volume 5.djvu"] = { count = 864, q0 = 19, q1 = 400, q2 = 0, q3 = 439, q4 = 6, }, ["Punch vol 1.djvu"] = { count = 294, q0 = 6, q1 = 2, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 0, }, ["The Violet Fairy Book.djvu"] = { count = 428, q0 = 45, q1 = 13, q2 = 32, q3 = 54, q4 = 12, }, ["Tale of Beowulf - 1898.djvu"] = { count = 212, q0 = 9, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 16, }, ["Moonfleet - John Meade Falkner.pdf"] = { count = 302, q0 = 13, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 68, q4 = 9, }, ["Travels into several remote nations of the world. In four parts (1726 Volume 1).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 18, q1 = 3, q2 = 10, q3 = 26, q4 = 0, }, ["Updated Assessment of Anomalous Health Incidents.pdf"] = { count = 4, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 4, }, ["The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 1.djvu"] = { count = 506, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 414, q4 = 80, }, ["The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 2.djvu"] = { count = 413, q0 = 10, q1 = 393, q2 = 0, q3 = 9, q4 = 1, }, ["The Lady of the Lake - Scott (1810).djvu"] = { count = 456, q0 = 27, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 313, q4 = 42, }, ["Malleus maleficarum translated by Montague Summers (1928).djvu"] = { count = 340, q0 = 18, q1 = 0, q2 = 1, q3 = 6, q4 = 0, }, ["The Philadelphia Negro A Social Study.djvu"] = { count = 580, q0 = 9, q1 = 0, q2 = 43, q3 = 12, q4 = 1, }, ["L M Montgomery - Chronicles of Avonlea.djvu"] = { count = 338, q0 = 18, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 108, q4 = 2, }, ["History of Journalism in the United States.djvu"] = { count = 484, q0 = 13, q1 = 53, q2 = 5, q3 = 336, q4 = 77, }, ["Austen Lady Susan Watson Letters.djvu"] = { count = 434, q0 = 26, q1 = 169, q2 = 4, q3 = 60, q4 = 7, }, ["The fastest bicycle rider in the world - 1928 - Taylor.djvu"] = { count = 458, q0 = 17, q1 = 6, q2 = 6, q3 = 36, q4 = 7, }, ["Latter-Day Psalms.pdf"] = { count = 68, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 20, q4 = 36, }, ["The family kitchen gardener - containing plain and accurate descriptions of all the different species and varieties of culinary vegetables (IA familykitchengar56buis).pdf"] = { count = 230, q0 = 12, q1 = 84, q2 = 1, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["AARO Historical Record Report Volume 1 2024.pdf"] = { count = 63, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 42, q4 = 0, }, ["The Life and Letters of Emily Dickinson (1924).pdf"] = { count = 432, q0 = 29, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 147, q4 = 0, }, ["Augustus (Shuckburgh) Augustuslifetime0000shuc.pdf"] = { count = 360, q0 = 23, q1 = 1, q2 = 9, q3 = 11, q4 = 0, }, ["Our Poets of Today (1918).djvu"] = { count = 260, q0 = 14, q1 = 7, q2 = 0, q3 = 26, q4 = 1, }, ["The life and opinions of Tristram Shandy (Volume 9).pdf"] = { count = 160, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 15, q4 = 1, }, ["Tales from the Gulistan (1928).pdf"] = { count = 302, q0 = 29, q1 = 3, q2 = 0, q3 = 170, q4 = 13, }, ["Maugham - Of Human Bondage, 1915.djvu"] = { count = 664, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 103, q4 = 6, }, ["Merlin - Robinson, Edwin Arlington.djvu"] = { count = 188, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 133, q4 = 45, }, ["The Vicomte de Bragelonne 2.djvu"] = { count = 518, q0 = 19, q1 = 93, q2 = 0, q3 = 14, q4 = 0, }, ["Life of William Blake 2, Gilchrist.djvu"] = { count = 494, q0 = 70, q1 = 3, q2 = 0, q3 = 40, q4 = 275, }, ["The Poems of Oscar Wilde.pdf"] = { count = 359, q0 = 32, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 114, q4 = 13, }, ["Scarface.pdf"] = { count = 300, q0 = 15, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 57, q4 = 228, }, ["Moni the goat boy (IA monigoatboy00spyr 1).pdf"] = { count = 64, q0 = 13, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 51, }, ["The life of Charlotte Brontë (IA lifeofcharlotteb02gaskrich).pdf"] = { count = 354, q0 = 20, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 334, }, ["Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 18.djvu"] = { count = 532, q0 = 26, q1 = 1, q2 = 7, q3 = 88, q4 = 3, }, ["Collingwood - Life and Letters of Lewis Carroll.djvu"] = { count = 486, q0 = 17, q1 = 13, q2 = 19, q3 = 170, q4 = 35, }, ["The Royal Book of Oz.djvu"] = { count = 344, q0 = 22, q1 = 10, q2 = 15, q3 = 59, q4 = 89, }, ["20 Hrs 40 Min (Earhart).pdf"] = { count = 322, q0 = 16, q1 = 0, q2 = 3, q3 = 152, q4 = 151, }, ["AFR 200-2, Aug 12, 1954.pdf"] = { count = 4, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 4, }, ["Cyrano de Bergerac.djvu"] = { count = 310, q0 = 27, q1 = 128, q2 = 1, q3 = 294, q4 = 72, }, ["Essays On The Gita - Ghose - 1922.djvu"] = { count = 344, q0 = 7, q1 = 197, q2 = 0, q3 = 108, q4 = 32, }, ["The Necromancer, or, The Tale of the Black Forest Vol. 2.djvu"] = { count = 258, q0 = 8, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 227, q4 = 23, }, ["Across the Zodiac (Volume 2).djvu"] = { count = 302, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 265, q4 = 2, }, ["At the Earth's Core.djvu"] = { count = 318, q0 = 25, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 293, }, ["Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire vol 2 (1896).djvu"] = { count = 602, q0 = 15, q1 = 0, q2 = 1, q3 = 2, q4 = 0, }, ["The Missing Chums.djvu"] = { count = 220, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 144, q4 = 76, }, ["The three musketeers (IA threemusketeers1800duma).pdf"] = { count = 764, q0 = 18, q1 = 8, q2 = 2, q3 = 6, q4 = 0, }, ["Waverley novels (IA cu31924057392452).pdf"] = { count = 458, q0 = 16, q1 = 2, q2 = 2, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["Pioneersorsource02cooprich.djvu"] = { count = 338, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 320, q4 = 8, }, ["Emma Goldman - Anarchism and Other Essays (2nd Rev. ed.) - 1911.djvu"] = { count = 300, q0 = 23, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 226, q4 = 51, }, ["Tirukural - tr. Pope - 1886.djvu"] = { count = 454, q0 = 4, q1 = 1, q2 = 2, q3 = 0, q4 = 0, }, ["Vivian Grey, Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 348, q0 = 14, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["Horrid Mysteries Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 242, q0 = 9, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 123, q4 = 20, }, ["Peter Pan (1928).pdf"] = { count = 206, q0 = 17, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 145, q4 = 44, }, ["Following the Equator (Mark Twain).djvu"] = { count = 726, q0 = 59, q1 = 133, q2 = 1, q3 = 487, q4 = 46, }, ["Chapters on Jewish literature (IA chaptersonjewish00abra).pdf"] = { count = 296, q0 = 18, q1 = 2, q2 = 0, q3 = 225, q4 = 37, }, ["The Reshaping of British Railways (Beeching Report).pdf"] = { count = 148, q0 = 0, q1 = 1, q2 = 54, q3 = 84, q4 = 9, }, ["Scc-reedley-report-11.15.pdf"] = { count = 42, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 34, q4 = 8, }, ["Self-help with illustrations of conduct and perseverance (IA selfhelpwithillu00smiliala).pdf"] = { count = 536, q0 = 21, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 499, q4 = 16, }, }, } koq9nrdvo4aodwze6nu4usxj55en3bl 14128124 14127857 2024-04-25T16:05:47Z InductiveBot 204982 Updating current statistics for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Automatically generated data for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] ]=] return { total = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2432, q2 = 247, q3 = 7819, q4 = 2595, }, indexes = { ["Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 24, q1 = 4, q2 = 0, q3 = 311, q4 = 7, }, ["Early western travels, 1748-1846 (1907 Volume 2).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 16, q1 = 115, q2 = 1, q3 = 208, q4 = 1, }, ["The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803 (Volume 10).djvu"] = { count = 332, q0 = 19, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 20, q4 = 5, }, ["Works of Jules Verne - Parke - Vol 3.djvu"] = { count = 414, q0 = 25, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 14, q4 = 6, }, ["Brinkley - China - Volume 1.djvu"] = { count = 470, q0 = 26, q1 = 234, q2 = 1, q3 = 133, q4 = 8, }, ["The Grey Fairy Book.djvu"] = { count = 406, q0 = 40, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 111, q4 = 255, }, ["The Works of H G Wells Volume 11.pdf"] = { count = 546, q0 = 21, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 141, q4 = 3, }, ["Nature - Volume 1.pdf"] = { count = 688, q0 = 12, q1 = 22, q2 = 8, q3 = 28, q4 = 7, }, ["The National geographic magazine, volume 1.djvu"] = { count = 432, q0 = 72, q1 = 0, q2 = 16, q3 = 336, q4 = 8, }, ["The National geographic magazine (IA nationalgeograph21890nati).pdf"] = { count = 434, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 0, }, ["The Book of the Thousand Nights and a Night - Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 394, q0 = 24, q1 = 326, q2 = 3, q3 = 40, q4 = 1, }, ["Catullus, Tibullus and Propertius.djvu"] = { count = 198, q0 = 8, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 34, q4 = 1, }, ["CTRL0000034610 - Deposition of Keith Kellogg, Jr., (Dec. 14, 2021).pdf"] = { count = 249, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 3, q4 = 2, }, ["History of Woman Suffrage Volume 5.djvu"] = { count = 864, q0 = 19, q1 = 400, q2 = 0, q3 = 439, q4 = 6, }, ["Punch vol 1.djvu"] = { count = 294, q0 = 6, q1 = 2, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 0, }, ["The Violet Fairy Book.djvu"] = { count = 428, q0 = 45, q1 = 13, q2 = 32, q3 = 54, q4 = 12, }, ["Tale of Beowulf - 1898.djvu"] = { count = 212, q0 = 9, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 16, }, ["Moonfleet - John Meade Falkner.pdf"] = { count = 302, q0 = 13, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 68, q4 = 9, }, ["Travels into several remote nations of the world. In four parts (1726 Volume 1).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 18, q1 = 3, q2 = 10, q3 = 26, q4 = 0, }, ["Updated Assessment of Anomalous Health Incidents.pdf"] = { count = 4, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 4, }, ["The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 1.djvu"] = { count = 506, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 409, q4 = 85, }, ["The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 2.djvu"] = { count = 413, q0 = 10, q1 = 393, q2 = 0, q3 = 9, q4 = 1, }, ["The Lady of the Lake - Scott (1810).djvu"] = { count = 456, q0 = 27, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 313, q4 = 42, }, ["Malleus maleficarum translated by Montague Summers (1928).djvu"] = { count = 340, q0 = 18, q1 = 0, q2 = 1, q3 = 6, q4 = 0, }, ["The Philadelphia Negro A Social Study.djvu"] = { count = 580, q0 = 9, q1 = 0, q2 = 43, q3 = 12, q4 = 1, }, ["L M Montgomery - Chronicles of Avonlea.djvu"] = { count = 338, q0 = 18, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 108, q4 = 2, }, ["History of Journalism in the United States.djvu"] = { count = 484, q0 = 13, q1 = 53, q2 = 5, q3 = 336, q4 = 77, }, ["Austen Lady Susan Watson Letters.djvu"] = { count = 434, q0 = 26, q1 = 169, q2 = 4, q3 = 60, q4 = 7, }, ["The fastest bicycle rider in the world - 1928 - Taylor.djvu"] = { count = 458, q0 = 17, q1 = 6, q2 = 6, q3 = 36, q4 = 7, }, ["Latter-Day Psalms.pdf"] = { count = 68, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 20, q4 = 36, }, ["The family kitchen gardener - containing plain and accurate descriptions of all the different species and varieties of culinary vegetables (IA familykitchengar56buis).pdf"] = { count = 230, q0 = 12, q1 = 84, q2 = 1, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["AARO Historical Record Report Volume 1 2024.pdf"] = { count = 63, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 42, q4 = 0, }, ["The Life and Letters of Emily Dickinson (1924).pdf"] = { count = 432, q0 = 29, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 147, q4 = 0, }, ["Augustus (Shuckburgh) Augustuslifetime0000shuc.pdf"] = { count = 360, q0 = 23, q1 = 1, q2 = 9, q3 = 11, q4 = 0, }, ["Our Poets of Today (1918).djvu"] = { count = 260, q0 = 14, q1 = 7, q2 = 0, q3 = 26, q4 = 1, }, ["The life and opinions of Tristram Shandy (Volume 9).pdf"] = { count = 160, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 15, q4 = 1, }, ["Tales from the Gulistan (1928).pdf"] = { count = 302, q0 = 29, q1 = 3, q2 = 0, q3 = 170, q4 = 13, }, ["Maugham - Of Human Bondage, 1915.djvu"] = { count = 664, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 103, q4 = 6, }, ["Merlin - Robinson, Edwin Arlington.djvu"] = { count = 188, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 133, q4 = 45, }, ["The Vicomte de Bragelonne 2.djvu"] = { count = 518, q0 = 19, q1 = 93, q2 = 0, q3 = 14, q4 = 0, }, ["Life of William Blake 2, Gilchrist.djvu"] = { count = 494, q0 = 70, q1 = 3, q2 = 0, q3 = 40, q4 = 275, }, ["The Poems of Oscar Wilde.pdf"] = { count = 359, q0 = 32, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 114, q4 = 13, }, ["Scarface.pdf"] = { count = 300, q0 = 15, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 57, q4 = 228, }, ["Moni the goat boy (IA monigoatboy00spyr 1).pdf"] = { count = 64, q0 = 13, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 51, }, ["The life of Charlotte Brontë (IA lifeofcharlotteb02gaskrich).pdf"] = { count = 354, q0 = 20, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 334, }, ["Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 18.djvu"] = { count = 532, q0 = 26, q1 = 1, q2 = 7, q3 = 88, q4 = 3, }, ["Collingwood - Life and Letters of Lewis Carroll.djvu"] = { count = 486, q0 = 17, q1 = 13, q2 = 19, q3 = 170, q4 = 35, }, ["The Royal Book of Oz.djvu"] = { count = 344, q0 = 22, q1 = 10, q2 = 15, q3 = 59, q4 = 89, }, ["20 Hrs 40 Min (Earhart).pdf"] = { count = 322, q0 = 16, q1 = 0, q2 = 3, q3 = 152, q4 = 151, }, ["AFR 200-2, Aug 12, 1954.pdf"] = { count = 4, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 4, }, ["Cyrano de Bergerac.djvu"] = { count = 310, q0 = 27, q1 = 128, q2 = 1, q3 = 294, q4 = 72, }, ["Essays On The Gita - Ghose - 1922.djvu"] = { count = 344, q0 = 7, q1 = 197, q2 = 0, q3 = 108, q4 = 32, }, ["The Necromancer, or, The Tale of the Black Forest Vol. 2.djvu"] = { count = 258, q0 = 8, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 227, q4 = 23, }, ["Across the Zodiac (Volume 2).djvu"] = { count = 302, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 265, q4 = 2, }, ["At the Earth's Core.djvu"] = { count = 318, q0 = 25, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 293, }, ["Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire vol 2 (1896).djvu"] = { count = 602, q0 = 15, q1 = 0, q2 = 1, q3 = 2, q4 = 0, }, ["The Missing Chums.djvu"] = { count = 220, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 144, q4 = 76, }, ["The three musketeers (IA threemusketeers1800duma).pdf"] = { count = 764, q0 = 18, q1 = 8, q2 = 2, q3 = 6, q4 = 0, }, ["Waverley novels (IA cu31924057392452).pdf"] = { count = 458, q0 = 16, q1 = 2, q2 = 2, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["Pioneersorsource02cooprich.djvu"] = { count = 338, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 320, q4 = 8, }, ["Emma Goldman - Anarchism and Other Essays (2nd Rev. ed.) - 1911.djvu"] = { count = 300, q0 = 23, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 226, q4 = 51, }, ["Tirukural - tr. Pope - 1886.djvu"] = { count = 454, q0 = 4, q1 = 1, q2 = 2, q3 = 0, q4 = 0, }, ["Vivian Grey, Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 348, q0 = 14, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["Horrid Mysteries Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 242, q0 = 9, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 123, q4 = 20, }, ["Peter Pan (1928).pdf"] = { count = 206, q0 = 17, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 145, q4 = 44, }, ["Following the Equator (Mark Twain).djvu"] = { count = 726, q0 = 59, q1 = 134, q2 = 1, q3 = 486, q4 = 46, }, ["Chapters on Jewish literature (IA chaptersonjewish00abra).pdf"] = { count = 296, q0 = 18, q1 = 2, q2 = 0, q3 = 225, q4 = 37, }, ["The Reshaping of British Railways (Beeching Report).pdf"] = { count = 148, q0 = 0, q1 = 1, q2 = 54, q3 = 84, q4 = 9, }, ["Scc-reedley-report-11.15.pdf"] = { count = 42, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 34, q4 = 8, }, ["Self-help with illustrations of conduct and perseverance (IA selfhelpwithillu00smiliala).pdf"] = { count = 536, q0 = 21, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 499, q4 = 16, }, }, } 81wczjfz2peq9fn0cp9mz5yhijnyxh7 14128661 14128124 2024-04-25T18:05:49Z InductiveBot 204982 Updating current statistics for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Automatically generated data for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] ]=] return { total = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2431, q2 = 247, q3 = 7813, q4 = 2602, }, indexes = { ["Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 24, q1 = 4, q2 = 0, q3 = 311, q4 = 7, }, ["Early western travels, 1748-1846 (1907 Volume 2).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 16, q1 = 115, q2 = 1, q3 = 208, q4 = 1, }, ["The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803 (Volume 10).djvu"] = { count = 332, q0 = 19, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 20, q4 = 5, }, ["Works of Jules Verne - Parke - Vol 3.djvu"] = { count = 414, q0 = 25, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 14, q4 = 6, }, ["Brinkley - China - Volume 1.djvu"] = { count = 470, q0 = 26, q1 = 234, q2 = 1, q3 = 133, q4 = 8, }, ["The Grey Fairy Book.djvu"] = { count = 406, q0 = 40, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 110, q4 = 256, }, ["The Works of H G Wells Volume 11.pdf"] = { count = 546, q0 = 21, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 141, q4 = 3, }, ["Nature - Volume 1.pdf"] = { count = 688, q0 = 12, q1 = 22, q2 = 8, q3 = 28, q4 = 7, }, ["The National geographic magazine, volume 1.djvu"] = { count = 432, q0 = 72, q1 = 0, q2 = 16, q3 = 336, q4 = 8, }, ["The National geographic magazine (IA nationalgeograph21890nati).pdf"] = { count = 434, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 0, }, ["The Book of the Thousand Nights and a Night - Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 394, q0 = 24, q1 = 326, q2 = 3, q3 = 40, q4 = 1, }, ["Catullus, Tibullus and Propertius.djvu"] = { count = 198, q0 = 8, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 34, q4 = 1, }, ["CTRL0000034610 - Deposition of Keith Kellogg, Jr., (Dec. 14, 2021).pdf"] = { count = 249, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 3, q4 = 2, }, ["History of Woman Suffrage Volume 5.djvu"] = { count = 864, q0 = 19, q1 = 400, q2 = 0, q3 = 439, q4 = 6, }, ["Punch vol 1.djvu"] = { count = 294, q0 = 6, q1 = 2, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 0, }, ["The Violet Fairy Book.djvu"] = { count = 428, q0 = 45, q1 = 13, q2 = 32, q3 = 54, q4 = 12, }, ["Tale of Beowulf - 1898.djvu"] = { count = 212, q0 = 9, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 16, }, ["Moonfleet - John Meade Falkner.pdf"] = { count = 302, q0 = 13, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 67, q4 = 10, }, ["Travels into several remote nations of the world. In four parts (1726 Volume 1).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 18, q1 = 3, q2 = 10, q3 = 26, q4 = 0, }, ["Updated Assessment of Anomalous Health Incidents.pdf"] = { count = 4, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 4, }, ["The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 1.djvu"] = { count = 506, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 409, q4 = 85, }, ["The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 2.djvu"] = { count = 413, q0 = 10, q1 = 393, q2 = 0, q3 = 9, q4 = 1, }, ["The Lady of the Lake - Scott (1810).djvu"] = { count = 456, q0 = 27, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 313, q4 = 42, }, ["Malleus maleficarum translated by Montague Summers (1928).djvu"] = { count = 340, q0 = 18, q1 = 0, q2 = 1, q3 = 6, q4 = 0, }, ["The Philadelphia Negro A Social Study.djvu"] = { count = 580, q0 = 9, q1 = 0, q2 = 43, q3 = 12, q4 = 1, }, ["L M Montgomery - Chronicles of Avonlea.djvu"] = { count = 338, q0 = 18, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 108, q4 = 2, }, ["History of Journalism in the United States.djvu"] = { count = 484, q0 = 13, q1 = 53, q2 = 5, q3 = 336, q4 = 77, }, ["Austen Lady Susan Watson Letters.djvu"] = { count = 434, q0 = 26, q1 = 169, q2 = 4, q3 = 60, q4 = 7, }, ["The fastest bicycle rider in the world - 1928 - Taylor.djvu"] = { count = 458, q0 = 17, q1 = 6, q2 = 6, q3 = 36, q4 = 7, }, ["Latter-Day Psalms.pdf"] = { count = 68, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 20, q4 = 36, }, ["The family kitchen gardener - containing plain and accurate descriptions of all the different species and varieties of culinary vegetables (IA familykitchengar56buis).pdf"] = { count = 230, q0 = 12, q1 = 84, q2 = 1, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["AARO Historical Record Report Volume 1 2024.pdf"] = { count = 63, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 42, q4 = 0, }, ["The Life and Letters of Emily Dickinson (1924).pdf"] = { count = 432, q0 = 29, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 147, q4 = 0, }, ["Augustus (Shuckburgh) Augustuslifetime0000shuc.pdf"] = { count = 360, q0 = 23, q1 = 1, q2 = 9, q3 = 11, q4 = 0, }, ["Our Poets of Today (1918).djvu"] = { count = 260, q0 = 14, q1 = 7, q2 = 0, q3 = 26, q4 = 1, }, ["The life and opinions of Tristram Shandy (Volume 9).pdf"] = { count = 160, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 15, q4 = 1, }, ["Tales from the Gulistan (1928).pdf"] = { count = 302, q0 = 29, q1 = 3, q2 = 0, q3 = 170, q4 = 13, }, ["Maugham - Of Human Bondage, 1915.djvu"] = { count = 664, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 103, q4 = 6, }, ["Merlin - Robinson, Edwin Arlington.djvu"] = { count = 188, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 133, q4 = 45, }, ["The Vicomte de Bragelonne 2.djvu"] = { count = 518, q0 = 19, q1 = 93, q2 = 0, q3 = 14, q4 = 0, }, ["Life of William Blake 2, Gilchrist.djvu"] = { count = 494, q0 = 70, q1 = 3, q2 = 0, q3 = 40, q4 = 275, }, ["The Poems of Oscar Wilde.pdf"] = { count = 359, q0 = 32, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 114, q4 = 13, }, ["Scarface.pdf"] = { count = 300, q0 = 15, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 57, q4 = 228, }, ["Moni the goat boy (IA monigoatboy00spyr 1).pdf"] = { count = 64, q0 = 13, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 51, }, ["The life of Charlotte Brontë (IA lifeofcharlotteb02gaskrich).pdf"] = { count = 354, q0 = 20, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 334, }, ["Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 18.djvu"] = { count = 532, q0 = 26, q1 = 1, q2 = 7, q3 = 88, q4 = 3, }, ["Collingwood - Life and Letters of Lewis Carroll.djvu"] = { count = 486, q0 = 17, q1 = 13, q2 = 19, q3 = 170, q4 = 35, }, ["The Royal Book of Oz.djvu"] = { count = 344, q0 = 22, q1 = 10, q2 = 15, q3 = 59, q4 = 89, }, ["20 Hrs 40 Min (Earhart).pdf"] = { count = 322, q0 = 16, q1 = 0, q2 = 3, q3 = 150, q4 = 153, }, ["AFR 200-2, Aug 12, 1954.pdf"] = { count = 4, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 4, }, ["Cyrano de Bergerac.djvu"] = { count = 310, q0 = 27, q1 = 128, q2 = 1, q3 = 294, q4 = 72, }, ["Essays On The Gita - Ghose - 1922.djvu"] = { count = 344, q0 = 7, q1 = 197, q2 = 0, q3 = 108, q4 = 32, }, ["The Necromancer, or, The Tale of the Black Forest Vol. 2.djvu"] = { count = 258, q0 = 8, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 227, q4 = 23, }, ["Across the Zodiac (Volume 2).djvu"] = { count = 302, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 265, q4 = 2, }, ["At the Earth's Core.djvu"] = { count = 318, q0 = 25, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 293, }, ["Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire vol 2 (1896).djvu"] = { count = 602, q0 = 15, q1 = 0, q2 = 1, q3 = 2, q4 = 0, }, ["The Missing Chums.djvu"] = { count = 220, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 144, q4 = 76, }, ["The three musketeers (IA threemusketeers1800duma).pdf"] = { count = 764, q0 = 18, q1 = 8, q2 = 2, q3 = 6, q4 = 0, }, ["Waverley novels (IA cu31924057392452).pdf"] = { count = 458, q0 = 16, q1 = 2, q2 = 2, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["Pioneersorsource02cooprich.djvu"] = { count = 338, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 318, q4 = 10, }, ["Emma Goldman - Anarchism and Other Essays (2nd Rev. ed.) - 1911.djvu"] = { count = 300, q0 = 23, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 226, q4 = 51, }, ["Tirukural - tr. Pope - 1886.djvu"] = { count = 454, q0 = 4, q1 = 1, q2 = 2, q3 = 0, q4 = 0, }, ["Vivian Grey, Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 348, q0 = 14, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["Horrid Mysteries Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 242, q0 = 9, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 123, q4 = 20, }, ["Peter Pan (1928).pdf"] = { count = 206, q0 = 17, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 145, q4 = 44, }, ["Following the Equator (Mark Twain).djvu"] = { count = 726, q0 = 59, q1 = 133, q2 = 1, q3 = 486, q4 = 47, }, ["Chapters on Jewish literature (IA chaptersonjewish00abra).pdf"] = { count = 296, q0 = 18, q1 = 2, q2 = 0, q3 = 225, q4 = 37, }, ["The Reshaping of British Railways (Beeching Report).pdf"] = { count = 148, q0 = 0, q1 = 1, q2 = 54, q3 = 84, q4 = 9, }, ["Scc-reedley-report-11.15.pdf"] = { count = 42, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 34, q4 = 8, }, ["Self-help with illustrations of conduct and perseverance (IA selfhelpwithillu00smiliala).pdf"] = { count = 536, q0 = 21, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 499, q4 = 16, }, }, } fcc6bvvtmvwr6zjxoyyxv2mailogje1 14129891 14128661 2024-04-25T20:05:47Z InductiveBot 204982 Updating current statistics for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Automatically generated data for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] ]=] return { total = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2429, q2 = 244, q3 = 7834, q4 = 2607, }, indexes = { ["Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 24, q1 = 4, q2 = 0, q3 = 311, q4 = 7, }, ["Early western travels, 1748-1846 (1907 Volume 2).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 16, q1 = 115, q2 = 1, q3 = 208, q4 = 1, }, ["The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803 (Volume 10).djvu"] = { count = 332, q0 = 19, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 20, q4 = 5, }, ["Works of Jules Verne - Parke - Vol 3.djvu"] = { count = 414, q0 = 25, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 14, q4 = 6, }, ["Brinkley - China - Volume 1.djvu"] = { count = 470, q0 = 26, q1 = 234, q2 = 1, q3 = 133, q4 = 8, }, ["The Grey Fairy Book.djvu"] = { count = 406, q0 = 40, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 110, q4 = 256, }, ["The Works of H G Wells Volume 11.pdf"] = { count = 546, q0 = 21, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 141, q4 = 3, }, ["Nature - Volume 1.pdf"] = { count = 688, q0 = 12, q1 = 22, q2 = 8, q3 = 28, q4 = 7, }, ["The National geographic magazine, volume 1.djvu"] = { count = 432, q0 = 72, q1 = 0, q2 = 16, q3 = 336, q4 = 8, }, ["The National geographic magazine (IA nationalgeograph21890nati).pdf"] = { count = 434, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 0, }, ["The Book of the Thousand Nights and a Night - Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 394, q0 = 24, q1 = 326, q2 = 3, q3 = 40, q4 = 1, }, ["Catullus, Tibullus and Propertius.djvu"] = { count = 198, q0 = 8, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 34, q4 = 1, }, ["CTRL0000034610 - Deposition of Keith Kellogg, Jr., (Dec. 14, 2021).pdf"] = { count = 249, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 3, q4 = 2, }, ["History of Woman Suffrage Volume 5.djvu"] = { count = 864, q0 = 19, q1 = 400, q2 = 0, q3 = 439, q4 = 6, }, ["Punch vol 1.djvu"] = { count = 294, q0 = 6, q1 = 2, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 0, }, ["The Violet Fairy Book.djvu"] = { count = 428, q0 = 45, q1 = 13, q2 = 32, q3 = 54, q4 = 12, }, ["Tale of Beowulf - 1898.djvu"] = { count = 212, q0 = 9, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 16, }, ["Moonfleet - John Meade Falkner.pdf"] = { count = 302, q0 = 13, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 71, q4 = 10, }, ["Travels into several remote nations of the world. In four parts (1726 Volume 1).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 18, q1 = 3, q2 = 10, q3 = 26, q4 = 0, }, ["Updated Assessment of Anomalous Health Incidents.pdf"] = { count = 4, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 4, }, ["The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 1.djvu"] = { count = 506, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 409, q4 = 85, }, ["The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 2.djvu"] = { count = 413, q0 = 10, q1 = 393, q2 = 0, q3 = 9, q4 = 1, }, ["The Lady of the Lake - Scott (1810).djvu"] = { count = 456, q0 = 27, q1 = 2, q2 = 0, q3 = 313, q4 = 42, }, ["Malleus maleficarum translated by Montague Summers (1928).djvu"] = { count = 340, q0 = 18, q1 = 0, q2 = 1, q3 = 6, q4 = 0, }, ["The Philadelphia Negro A Social Study.djvu"] = { count = 580, q0 = 9, q1 = 0, q2 = 43, q3 = 12, q4 = 1, }, ["L M Montgomery - Chronicles of Avonlea.djvu"] = { count = 338, q0 = 18, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 108, q4 = 2, }, ["History of Journalism in the United States.djvu"] = { count = 484, q0 = 13, q1 = 53, q2 = 5, q3 = 336, q4 = 77, }, ["Austen Lady Susan Watson Letters.djvu"] = { count = 434, q0 = 26, q1 = 169, q2 = 4, q3 = 60, q4 = 7, }, ["The fastest bicycle rider in the world - 1928 - Taylor.djvu"] = { count = 458, q0 = 17, q1 = 6, q2 = 6, q3 = 36, q4 = 7, }, ["Latter-Day Psalms.pdf"] = { count = 68, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 18, q4 = 38, }, ["The family kitchen gardener - containing plain and accurate descriptions of all the different species and varieties of culinary vegetables (IA familykitchengar56buis).pdf"] = { count = 230, q0 = 12, q1 = 85, q2 = 1, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["AARO Historical Record Report Volume 1 2024.pdf"] = { count = 63, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 42, q4 = 0, }, ["The Life and Letters of Emily Dickinson (1924).pdf"] = { count = 432, q0 = 29, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 147, q4 = 0, }, ["Augustus (Shuckburgh) Augustuslifetime0000shuc.pdf"] = { count = 360, q0 = 23, q1 = 1, q2 = 9, q3 = 11, q4 = 0, }, ["Our Poets of Today (1918).djvu"] = { count = 260, q0 = 14, q1 = 7, q2 = 0, q3 = 26, q4 = 1, }, ["The life and opinions of Tristram Shandy (Volume 9).pdf"] = { count = 160, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 15, q4 = 1, }, ["Tales from the Gulistan (1928).pdf"] = { count = 302, q0 = 29, q1 = 3, q2 = 0, q3 = 170, q4 = 13, }, ["Maugham - Of Human Bondage, 1915.djvu"] = { count = 664, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 102, q4 = 7, }, ["Merlin - Robinson, Edwin Arlington.djvu"] = { count = 188, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 133, q4 = 45, }, ["The Vicomte de Bragelonne 2.djvu"] = { count = 518, q0 = 19, q1 = 93, q2 = 0, q3 = 14, q4 = 0, }, ["Life of William Blake 2, Gilchrist.djvu"] = { count = 494, q0 = 70, q1 = 3, q2 = 0, q3 = 40, q4 = 275, }, ["The Poems of Oscar Wilde.pdf"] = { count = 359, q0 = 32, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 114, q4 = 13, }, ["Scarface.pdf"] = { count = 300, q0 = 15, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 57, q4 = 228, }, ["Moni the goat boy (IA monigoatboy00spyr 1).pdf"] = { count = 64, q0 = 13, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 51, }, ["The life of Charlotte Brontë (IA lifeofcharlotteb02gaskrich).pdf"] = { count = 354, q0 = 20, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 334, }, ["Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 18.djvu"] = { count = 532, q0 = 26, q1 = 1, q2 = 7, q3 = 103, q4 = 3, }, ["Collingwood - Life and Letters of Lewis Carroll.djvu"] = { count = 486, q0 = 17, q1 = 13, q2 = 19, q3 = 170, q4 = 35, }, ["The Royal Book of Oz.djvu"] = { count = 344, q0 = 22, q1 = 10, q2 = 15, q3 = 59, q4 = 89, }, ["20 Hrs 40 Min (Earhart).pdf"] = { count = 322, q0 = 16, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 152, q4 = 154, }, ["AFR 200-2, Aug 12, 1954.pdf"] = { count = 4, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 4, }, ["Cyrano de Bergerac.djvu"] = { count = 310, q0 = 27, q1 = 128, q2 = 1, q3 = 294, q4 = 72, }, ["Essays On The Gita - Ghose - 1922.djvu"] = { count = 344, q0 = 7, q1 = 197, q2 = 0, q3 = 108, q4 = 32, }, ["The Necromancer, or, The Tale of the Black Forest Vol. 2.djvu"] = { count = 258, q0 = 8, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 227, q4 = 23, }, ["Across the Zodiac (Volume 2).djvu"] = { count = 302, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 265, q4 = 2, }, ["At the Earth's Core.djvu"] = { count = 318, q0 = 25, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 293, }, ["Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire vol 2 (1896).djvu"] = { count = 602, q0 = 15, q1 = 0, q2 = 1, q3 = 2, q4 = 0, }, ["The Missing Chums.djvu"] = { count = 220, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 144, q4 = 76, }, ["The three musketeers (IA threemusketeers1800duma).pdf"] = { count = 764, q0 = 18, q1 = 8, q2 = 2, q3 = 6, q4 = 0, }, ["Waverley novels (IA cu31924057392452).pdf"] = { count = 458, q0 = 16, q1 = 2, q2 = 2, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["Pioneersorsource02cooprich.djvu"] = { count = 338, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 318, q4 = 10, }, ["Emma Goldman - Anarchism and Other Essays (2nd Rev. ed.) - 1911.djvu"] = { count = 300, q0 = 23, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 226, q4 = 51, }, ["Tirukural - tr. Pope - 1886.djvu"] = { count = 454, q0 = 4, q1 = 1, q2 = 2, q3 = 0, q4 = 0, }, ["Vivian Grey, Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 348, q0 = 14, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["Horrid Mysteries Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 242, q0 = 9, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 123, q4 = 20, }, ["Peter Pan (1928).pdf"] = { count = 206, q0 = 17, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 145, q4 = 44, }, ["Following the Equator (Mark Twain).djvu"] = { count = 726, q0 = 59, q1 = 129, q2 = 1, q3 = 489, q4 = 48, }, ["Chapters on Jewish literature (IA chaptersonjewish00abra).pdf"] = { count = 296, q0 = 18, q1 = 2, q2 = 0, q3 = 225, q4 = 37, }, ["The Reshaping of British Railways (Beeching Report).pdf"] = { count = 148, q0 = 0, q1 = 1, q2 = 54, q3 = 84, q4 = 9, }, ["Scc-reedley-report-11.15.pdf"] = { count = 42, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 34, q4 = 8, }, ["Self-help with illustrations of conduct and perseverance (IA selfhelpwithillu00smiliala).pdf"] = { count = 536, q0 = 21, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 499, q4 = 16, }, }, } skhulqzquj3q3v67iw1do4radqr333i 14130145 14129891 2024-04-25T22:05:41Z InductiveBot 204982 Updating current statistics for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Automatically generated data for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] ]=] return { total = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2419, q2 = 244, q3 = 7844, q4 = 2607, }, indexes = { ["Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 24, q1 = 4, q2 = 0, q3 = 311, q4 = 7, }, ["Early western travels, 1748-1846 (1907 Volume 2).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 16, q1 = 115, q2 = 1, q3 = 208, q4 = 1, }, ["The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803 (Volume 10).djvu"] = { count = 332, q0 = 19, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 20, q4 = 5, }, ["Works of Jules Verne - Parke - Vol 3.djvu"] = { count = 414, q0 = 25, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 14, q4 = 6, }, ["Brinkley - China - Volume 1.djvu"] = { count = 470, q0 = 26, q1 = 228, q2 = 1, q3 = 139, q4 = 8, }, ["The Grey Fairy Book.djvu"] = { count = 406, q0 = 40, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 110, q4 = 256, }, ["The Works of H G Wells Volume 11.pdf"] = { count = 546, q0 = 21, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 141, q4 = 3, }, ["Nature - Volume 1.pdf"] = { count = 688, q0 = 12, q1 = 22, q2 = 8, q3 = 28, q4 = 7, }, ["The National geographic magazine, volume 1.djvu"] = { count = 432, q0 = 72, q1 = 0, q2 = 16, q3 = 336, q4 = 8, }, ["The National geographic magazine (IA nationalgeograph21890nati).pdf"] = { count = 434, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 0, }, ["The Book of the Thousand Nights and a Night - Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 394, q0 = 24, q1 = 322, q2 = 3, q3 = 44, q4 = 1, }, ["Catullus, Tibullus and Propertius.djvu"] = { count = 198, q0 = 8, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 34, q4 = 1, }, ["CTRL0000034610 - Deposition of Keith Kellogg, Jr., (Dec. 14, 2021).pdf"] = { count = 249, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 3, q4 = 2, }, ["History of Woman Suffrage Volume 5.djvu"] = { count = 864, q0 = 19, q1 = 400, q2 = 0, q3 = 439, q4 = 6, }, ["Punch vol 1.djvu"] = { count = 294, q0 = 6, q1 = 2, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 0, }, ["The Violet Fairy Book.djvu"] = { count = 428, q0 = 45, q1 = 13, q2 = 32, q3 = 54, q4 = 12, }, ["Tale of Beowulf - 1898.djvu"] = { count = 212, q0 = 9, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 16, }, ["Moonfleet - John Meade Falkner.pdf"] = { count = 302, q0 = 13, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 71, q4 = 10, }, ["Travels into several remote nations of the world. In four parts (1726 Volume 1).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 18, q1 = 3, q2 = 10, q3 = 26, q4 = 0, }, ["Updated Assessment of Anomalous Health Incidents.pdf"] = { count = 4, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 4, }, ["The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 1.djvu"] = { count = 506, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 409, q4 = 85, }, ["The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 2.djvu"] = { count = 413, q0 = 10, q1 = 393, q2 = 0, q3 = 9, q4 = 1, }, ["The Lady of the Lake - Scott (1810).djvu"] = { count = 456, q0 = 27, q1 = 2, q2 = 0, q3 = 313, q4 = 42, }, ["Malleus maleficarum translated by Montague Summers (1928).djvu"] = { count = 340, q0 = 18, q1 = 0, q2 = 1, q3 = 6, q4 = 0, }, ["The Philadelphia Negro A Social Study.djvu"] = { count = 580, q0 = 9, q1 = 0, q2 = 43, q3 = 12, q4 = 1, }, ["L M Montgomery - Chronicles of Avonlea.djvu"] = { count = 338, q0 = 18, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 108, q4 = 2, }, ["History of Journalism in the United States.djvu"] = { count = 484, q0 = 13, q1 = 53, q2 = 5, q3 = 336, q4 = 77, }, ["Austen Lady Susan Watson Letters.djvu"] = { count = 434, q0 = 26, q1 = 169, q2 = 4, q3 = 60, q4 = 7, }, ["The fastest bicycle rider in the world - 1928 - Taylor.djvu"] = { count = 458, q0 = 17, q1 = 6, q2 = 6, q3 = 36, q4 = 7, }, ["Latter-Day Psalms.pdf"] = { count = 68, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 18, q4 = 38, }, ["The family kitchen gardener - containing plain and accurate descriptions of all the different species and varieties of culinary vegetables (IA familykitchengar56buis).pdf"] = { count = 230, q0 = 12, q1 = 85, q2 = 1, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["AARO Historical Record Report Volume 1 2024.pdf"] = { count = 63, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 42, q4 = 0, }, ["The Life and Letters of Emily Dickinson (1924).pdf"] = { count = 432, q0 = 29, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 147, q4 = 0, }, ["Augustus (Shuckburgh) Augustuslifetime0000shuc.pdf"] = { count = 360, q0 = 23, q1 = 1, q2 = 9, q3 = 11, q4 = 0, }, ["Our Poets of Today (1918).djvu"] = { count = 260, q0 = 14, q1 = 7, q2 = 0, q3 = 26, q4 = 1, }, ["The life and opinions of Tristram Shandy (Volume 9).pdf"] = { count = 160, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 15, q4 = 1, }, ["Tales from the Gulistan (1928).pdf"] = { count = 302, q0 = 29, q1 = 3, q2 = 0, q3 = 170, q4 = 13, }, ["Maugham - Of Human Bondage, 1915.djvu"] = { count = 664, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 102, q4 = 7, }, ["Merlin - Robinson, Edwin Arlington.djvu"] = { count = 188, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 133, q4 = 45, }, ["The Vicomte de Bragelonne 2.djvu"] = { count = 518, q0 = 19, q1 = 93, q2 = 0, q3 = 14, q4 = 0, }, ["Life of William Blake 2, Gilchrist.djvu"] = { count = 494, q0 = 70, q1 = 3, q2 = 0, q3 = 40, q4 = 275, }, ["The Poems of Oscar Wilde.pdf"] = { count = 359, q0 = 32, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 114, q4 = 13, }, ["Scarface.pdf"] = { count = 300, q0 = 15, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 57, q4 = 228, }, ["Moni the goat boy (IA monigoatboy00spyr 1).pdf"] = { count = 64, q0 = 13, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 51, }, ["The life of Charlotte Brontë (IA lifeofcharlotteb02gaskrich).pdf"] = { count = 354, q0 = 20, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 334, }, ["Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 18.djvu"] = { count = 532, q0 = 26, q1 = 1, q2 = 7, q3 = 103, q4 = 3, }, ["Collingwood - Life and Letters of Lewis Carroll.djvu"] = { count = 486, q0 = 17, q1 = 13, q2 = 19, q3 = 170, q4 = 35, }, ["The Royal Book of Oz.djvu"] = { count = 344, q0 = 22, q1 = 10, q2 = 15, q3 = 59, q4 = 89, }, ["20 Hrs 40 Min (Earhart).pdf"] = { count = 322, q0 = 16, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 152, q4 = 154, }, ["AFR 200-2, Aug 12, 1954.pdf"] = { count = 4, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 4, }, ["Cyrano de Bergerac.djvu"] = { count = 310, q0 = 27, q1 = 128, q2 = 1, q3 = 294, q4 = 72, }, ["Essays On The Gita - Ghose - 1922.djvu"] = { count = 344, q0 = 7, q1 = 197, q2 = 0, q3 = 108, q4 = 32, }, ["The Necromancer, or, The Tale of the Black Forest Vol. 2.djvu"] = { count = 258, q0 = 8, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 227, q4 = 23, }, ["Across the Zodiac (Volume 2).djvu"] = { count = 302, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 265, q4 = 2, }, ["At the Earth's Core.djvu"] = { count = 318, q0 = 25, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 293, }, ["Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire vol 2 (1896).djvu"] = { count = 602, q0 = 15, q1 = 0, q2 = 1, q3 = 2, q4 = 0, }, ["The Missing Chums.djvu"] = { count = 220, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 144, q4 = 76, }, ["The three musketeers (IA threemusketeers1800duma).pdf"] = { count = 764, q0 = 18, q1 = 8, q2 = 2, q3 = 6, q4 = 0, }, ["Waverley novels (IA cu31924057392452).pdf"] = { count = 458, q0 = 16, q1 = 2, q2 = 2, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["Pioneersorsource02cooprich.djvu"] = { count = 338, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 318, q4 = 10, }, ["Emma Goldman - Anarchism and Other Essays (2nd Rev. ed.) - 1911.djvu"] = { count = 300, q0 = 23, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 226, q4 = 51, }, ["Tirukural - tr. Pope - 1886.djvu"] = { count = 454, q0 = 4, q1 = 1, q2 = 2, q3 = 0, q4 = 0, }, ["Vivian Grey, Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 348, q0 = 14, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["Horrid Mysteries Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 242, q0 = 9, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 123, q4 = 20, }, ["Peter Pan (1928).pdf"] = { count = 206, q0 = 17, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 145, q4 = 44, }, ["Following the Equator (Mark Twain).djvu"] = { count = 726, q0 = 59, q1 = 129, q2 = 1, q3 = 489, q4 = 48, }, ["Chapters on Jewish literature (IA chaptersonjewish00abra).pdf"] = { count = 296, q0 = 18, q1 = 2, q2 = 0, q3 = 225, q4 = 37, }, ["The Reshaping of British Railways (Beeching Report).pdf"] = { count = 148, q0 = 0, q1 = 1, q2 = 54, q3 = 84, q4 = 9, }, ["Scc-reedley-report-11.15.pdf"] = { count = 42, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 34, q4 = 8, }, ["Self-help with illustrations of conduct and perseverance (IA selfhelpwithillu00smiliala).pdf"] = { count = 536, q0 = 21, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 499, q4 = 16, }, }, } cqi8x02c50u9qoqkznpbzwrfl10mdya 14130332 14130145 2024-04-26T00:05:43Z InductiveBot 204982 Updating current statistics for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Automatically generated data for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] ]=] return { total = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2415, q2 = 244, q3 = 7848, q4 = 2607, }, indexes = { ["Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 24, q1 = 4, q2 = 0, q3 = 311, q4 = 7, }, ["Early western travels, 1748-1846 (1907 Volume 2).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 16, q1 = 115, q2 = 1, q3 = 208, q4 = 1, }, ["The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803 (Volume 10).djvu"] = { count = 332, q0 = 19, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 20, q4 = 5, }, ["Works of Jules Verne - Parke - Vol 3.djvu"] = { count = 414, q0 = 25, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 14, q4 = 6, }, ["Brinkley - China - Volume 1.djvu"] = { count = 470, q0 = 26, q1 = 228, q2 = 1, q3 = 139, q4 = 8, }, ["The Grey Fairy Book.djvu"] = { count = 406, q0 = 40, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 110, q4 = 256, }, ["The Works of H G Wells Volume 11.pdf"] = { count = 546, q0 = 21, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 141, q4 = 3, }, ["Nature - Volume 1.pdf"] = { count = 688, q0 = 12, q1 = 22, q2 = 8, q3 = 28, q4 = 7, }, ["The National geographic magazine, volume 1.djvu"] = { count = 432, q0 = 72, q1 = 0, q2 = 16, q3 = 336, q4 = 8, }, ["The National geographic magazine (IA nationalgeograph21890nati).pdf"] = { count = 434, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 0, }, ["The Book of the Thousand Nights and a Night - Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 394, q0 = 24, q1 = 322, q2 = 3, q3 = 44, q4 = 1, }, ["Catullus, Tibullus and Propertius.djvu"] = { count = 198, q0 = 8, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 34, q4 = 1, }, ["CTRL0000034610 - Deposition of Keith Kellogg, Jr., (Dec. 14, 2021).pdf"] = { count = 249, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 3, q4 = 2, }, ["History of Woman Suffrage Volume 5.djvu"] = { count = 864, q0 = 19, q1 = 400, q2 = 0, q3 = 439, q4 = 6, }, ["Punch vol 1.djvu"] = { count = 294, q0 = 6, q1 = 2, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 0, }, ["The Violet Fairy Book.djvu"] = { count = 428, q0 = 45, q1 = 13, q2 = 32, q3 = 54, q4 = 12, }, ["Tale of Beowulf - 1898.djvu"] = { count = 212, q0 = 9, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 16, }, ["Moonfleet - John Meade Falkner.pdf"] = { count = 302, q0 = 13, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 71, q4 = 10, }, ["Travels into several remote nations of the world. In four parts (1726 Volume 1).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 18, q1 = 3, q2 = 10, q3 = 26, q4 = 0, }, ["Updated Assessment of Anomalous Health Incidents.pdf"] = { count = 4, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 4, }, ["The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 1.djvu"] = { count = 506, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 409, q4 = 85, }, ["The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 2.djvu"] = { count = 413, q0 = 10, q1 = 393, q2 = 0, q3 = 9, q4 = 1, }, ["The Lady of the Lake - Scott (1810).djvu"] = { count = 456, q0 = 27, q1 = 2, q2 = 0, q3 = 313, q4 = 42, }, ["Malleus maleficarum translated by Montague Summers (1928).djvu"] = { count = 340, q0 = 18, q1 = 0, q2 = 1, q3 = 6, q4 = 0, }, ["The Philadelphia Negro A Social Study.djvu"] = { count = 580, q0 = 9, q1 = 0, q2 = 43, q3 = 12, q4 = 1, }, ["L M Montgomery - Chronicles of Avonlea.djvu"] = { count = 338, q0 = 18, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 108, q4 = 2, }, ["History of Journalism in the United States.djvu"] = { count = 484, q0 = 13, q1 = 53, q2 = 5, q3 = 336, q4 = 77, }, ["Austen Lady Susan Watson Letters.djvu"] = { count = 434, q0 = 26, q1 = 169, q2 = 4, q3 = 60, q4 = 7, }, ["The fastest bicycle rider in the world - 1928 - Taylor.djvu"] = { count = 458, q0 = 17, q1 = 6, q2 = 6, q3 = 36, q4 = 7, }, ["Latter-Day Psalms.pdf"] = { count = 68, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 18, q4 = 38, }, ["The family kitchen gardener - containing plain and accurate descriptions of all the different species and varieties of culinary vegetables (IA familykitchengar56buis).pdf"] = { count = 230, q0 = 12, q1 = 85, q2 = 1, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["AARO Historical Record Report Volume 1 2024.pdf"] = { count = 63, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 42, q4 = 0, }, ["The Life and Letters of Emily Dickinson (1924).pdf"] = { count = 432, q0 = 29, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 147, q4 = 0, }, ["Augustus (Shuckburgh) Augustuslifetime0000shuc.pdf"] = { count = 360, q0 = 23, q1 = 1, q2 = 9, q3 = 11, q4 = 0, }, ["Our Poets of Today (1918).djvu"] = { count = 260, q0 = 14, q1 = 7, q2 = 0, q3 = 26, q4 = 1, }, ["The life and opinions of Tristram Shandy (Volume 9).pdf"] = { count = 160, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 15, q4 = 1, }, ["Tales from the Gulistan (1928).pdf"] = { count = 302, q0 = 29, q1 = 3, q2 = 0, q3 = 170, q4 = 13, }, ["Maugham - Of Human Bondage, 1915.djvu"] = { count = 664, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 102, q4 = 7, }, ["Merlin - Robinson, Edwin Arlington.djvu"] = { count = 188, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 133, q4 = 45, }, ["The Vicomte de Bragelonne 2.djvu"] = { count = 518, q0 = 19, q1 = 93, q2 = 0, q3 = 14, q4 = 0, }, ["Life of William Blake 2, Gilchrist.djvu"] = { count = 494, q0 = 70, q1 = 3, q2 = 0, q3 = 40, q4 = 275, }, ["The Poems of Oscar Wilde.pdf"] = { count = 359, q0 = 32, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 114, q4 = 13, }, ["Scarface.pdf"] = { count = 300, q0 = 15, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 57, q4 = 228, }, ["Moni the goat boy (IA monigoatboy00spyr 1).pdf"] = { count = 64, q0 = 13, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 51, }, ["The life of Charlotte Brontë (IA lifeofcharlotteb02gaskrich).pdf"] = { count = 354, q0 = 20, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 334, }, ["Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 18.djvu"] = { count = 532, q0 = 26, q1 = 1, q2 = 7, q3 = 103, q4 = 3, }, ["Collingwood - Life and Letters of Lewis Carroll.djvu"] = { count = 486, q0 = 17, q1 = 13, q2 = 19, q3 = 170, q4 = 35, }, ["The Royal Book of Oz.djvu"] = { count = 344, q0 = 22, q1 = 10, q2 = 15, q3 = 59, q4 = 89, }, ["20 Hrs 40 Min (Earhart).pdf"] = { count = 322, q0 = 16, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 152, q4 = 154, }, ["AFR 200-2, Aug 12, 1954.pdf"] = { count = 4, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 4, }, ["Cyrano de Bergerac.djvu"] = { count = 310, q0 = 27, q1 = 128, q2 = 1, q3 = 294, q4 = 72, }, ["Essays On The Gita - Ghose - 1922.djvu"] = { count = 344, q0 = 7, q1 = 197, q2 = 0, q3 = 108, q4 = 32, }, ["The Necromancer, or, The Tale of the Black Forest Vol. 2.djvu"] = { count = 258, q0 = 8, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 227, q4 = 23, }, ["Across the Zodiac (Volume 2).djvu"] = { count = 302, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 265, q4 = 2, }, ["At the Earth's Core.djvu"] = { count = 318, q0 = 25, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 293, }, ["Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire vol 2 (1896).djvu"] = { count = 602, q0 = 15, q1 = 0, q2 = 1, q3 = 2, q4 = 0, }, ["The Missing Chums.djvu"] = { count = 220, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 144, q4 = 76, }, ["The three musketeers (IA threemusketeers1800duma).pdf"] = { count = 764, q0 = 18, q1 = 8, q2 = 2, q3 = 6, q4 = 0, }, ["Waverley novels (IA cu31924057392452).pdf"] = { count = 458, q0 = 16, q1 = 2, q2 = 2, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["Pioneersorsource02cooprich.djvu"] = { count = 338, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 318, q4 = 10, }, ["Emma Goldman - Anarchism and Other Essays (2nd Rev. ed.) - 1911.djvu"] = { count = 300, q0 = 23, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 226, q4 = 51, }, ["Tirukural - tr. Pope - 1886.djvu"] = { count = 454, q0 = 4, q1 = 1, q2 = 2, q3 = 0, q4 = 0, }, ["Vivian Grey, Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 348, q0 = 14, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["Horrid Mysteries Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 242, q0 = 9, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 123, q4 = 20, }, ["Peter Pan (1928).pdf"] = { count = 206, q0 = 17, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 145, q4 = 44, }, ["Following the Equator (Mark Twain).djvu"] = { count = 726, q0 = 59, q1 = 125, q2 = 1, q3 = 493, q4 = 48, }, ["Chapters on Jewish literature (IA chaptersonjewish00abra).pdf"] = { count = 296, q0 = 18, q1 = 2, q2 = 0, q3 = 225, q4 = 37, }, ["The Reshaping of British Railways (Beeching Report).pdf"] = { count = 148, q0 = 0, q1 = 1, q2 = 54, q3 = 84, q4 = 9, }, ["Scc-reedley-report-11.15.pdf"] = { count = 42, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 34, q4 = 8, }, ["Self-help with illustrations of conduct and perseverance (IA selfhelpwithillu00smiliala).pdf"] = { count = 536, q0 = 21, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 499, q4 = 16, }, }, } f1p63avol8tagsx9au6yqngrx5csx0z 14130451 14130332 2024-04-26T02:05:40Z InductiveBot 204982 Updating current statistics for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Automatically generated data for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] ]=] return { total = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2415, q2 = 244, q3 = 7851, q4 = 2607, }, indexes = { ["Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 24, q1 = 4, q2 = 0, q3 = 311, q4 = 7, }, ["Early western travels, 1748-1846 (1907 Volume 2).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 16, q1 = 114, q2 = 1, q3 = 209, q4 = 1, }, ["The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803 (Volume 10).djvu"] = { count = 332, q0 = 19, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 20, q4 = 5, }, ["Works of Jules Verne - Parke - Vol 3.djvu"] = { count = 414, q0 = 25, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 14, q4 = 6, }, ["Brinkley - China - Volume 1.djvu"] = { count = 470, q0 = 26, q1 = 228, q2 = 1, q3 = 139, q4 = 8, }, ["The Grey Fairy Book.djvu"] = { count = 406, q0 = 40, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 110, q4 = 256, }, ["The Works of H G Wells Volume 11.pdf"] = { count = 546, q0 = 21, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 141, q4 = 3, }, ["Nature - Volume 1.pdf"] = { count = 688, q0 = 12, q1 = 22, q2 = 8, q3 = 28, q4 = 7, }, ["The National geographic magazine, volume 1.djvu"] = { count = 432, q0 = 72, q1 = 0, q2 = 16, q3 = 336, q4 = 8, }, ["The National geographic magazine (IA nationalgeograph21890nati).pdf"] = { count = 434, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 0, }, ["The Book of the Thousand Nights and a Night - Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 394, q0 = 24, q1 = 322, q2 = 3, q3 = 44, q4 = 1, }, ["Catullus, Tibullus and Propertius.djvu"] = { count = 198, q0 = 8, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 34, q4 = 1, }, ["CTRL0000034610 - Deposition of Keith Kellogg, Jr., (Dec. 14, 2021).pdf"] = { count = 249, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 3, q4 = 2, }, ["History of Woman Suffrage Volume 5.djvu"] = { count = 864, q0 = 19, q1 = 400, q2 = 0, q3 = 439, q4 = 6, }, ["Punch vol 1.djvu"] = { count = 294, q0 = 6, q1 = 2, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 0, }, ["The Violet Fairy Book.djvu"] = { count = 428, q0 = 45, q1 = 13, q2 = 32, q3 = 54, q4 = 12, }, ["Tale of Beowulf - 1898.djvu"] = { count = 212, q0 = 9, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 16, }, ["Moonfleet - John Meade Falkner.pdf"] = { count = 302, q0 = 13, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 71, q4 = 10, }, ["Travels into several remote nations of the world. In four parts (1726 Volume 1).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 18, q1 = 3, q2 = 10, q3 = 27, q4 = 0, }, ["Updated Assessment of Anomalous Health Incidents.pdf"] = { count = 4, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 4, }, ["The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 1.djvu"] = { count = 506, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 409, q4 = 85, }, ["The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 2.djvu"] = { count = 413, q0 = 10, q1 = 393, q2 = 0, q3 = 9, q4 = 1, }, ["The Lady of the Lake - Scott (1810).djvu"] = { count = 456, q0 = 27, q1 = 2, q2 = 0, q3 = 313, q4 = 42, }, ["Malleus maleficarum translated by Montague Summers (1928).djvu"] = { count = 340, q0 = 18, q1 = 0, q2 = 1, q3 = 6, q4 = 0, }, ["The Philadelphia Negro A Social Study.djvu"] = { count = 580, q0 = 9, q1 = 0, q2 = 43, q3 = 12, q4 = 1, }, ["L M Montgomery - Chronicles of Avonlea.djvu"] = { count = 338, q0 = 18, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 108, q4 = 2, }, ["History of Journalism in the United States.djvu"] = { count = 484, q0 = 13, q1 = 53, q2 = 5, q3 = 336, q4 = 77, }, ["Austen Lady Susan Watson Letters.djvu"] = { count = 434, q0 = 26, q1 = 169, q2 = 4, q3 = 60, q4 = 7, }, ["The fastest bicycle rider in the world - 1928 - Taylor.djvu"] = { count = 458, q0 = 17, q1 = 6, q2 = 6, q3 = 36, q4 = 7, }, ["Latter-Day Psalms.pdf"] = { count = 68, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 18, q4 = 38, }, ["The family kitchen gardener - containing plain and accurate descriptions of all the different species and varieties of culinary vegetables (IA familykitchengar56buis).pdf"] = { count = 230, q0 = 12, q1 = 87, q2 = 1, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["AARO Historical Record Report Volume 1 2024.pdf"] = { count = 63, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 42, q4 = 0, }, ["The Life and Letters of Emily Dickinson (1924).pdf"] = { count = 432, q0 = 29, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 147, q4 = 0, }, ["Augustus (Shuckburgh) Augustuslifetime0000shuc.pdf"] = { count = 360, q0 = 23, q1 = 1, q2 = 9, q3 = 11, q4 = 0, }, ["Our Poets of Today (1918).djvu"] = { count = 260, q0 = 14, q1 = 7, q2 = 0, q3 = 26, q4 = 1, }, ["The life and opinions of Tristram Shandy (Volume 9).pdf"] = { count = 160, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 15, q4 = 1, }, ["Tales from the Gulistan (1928).pdf"] = { count = 302, q0 = 29, q1 = 3, q2 = 0, q3 = 170, q4 = 13, }, ["Maugham - Of Human Bondage, 1915.djvu"] = { count = 664, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 102, q4 = 7, }, ["Merlin - Robinson, Edwin Arlington.djvu"] = { count = 188, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 133, q4 = 45, }, ["The Vicomte de Bragelonne 2.djvu"] = { count = 518, q0 = 19, q1 = 93, q2 = 0, q3 = 14, q4 = 0, }, ["Life of William Blake 2, Gilchrist.djvu"] = { count = 494, q0 = 70, q1 = 3, q2 = 0, q3 = 40, q4 = 275, }, ["The Poems of Oscar Wilde.pdf"] = { count = 359, q0 = 32, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 114, q4 = 13, }, ["Scarface.pdf"] = { count = 300, q0 = 15, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 57, q4 = 228, }, ["Moni the goat boy (IA monigoatboy00spyr 1).pdf"] = { count = 64, q0 = 13, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 51, }, ["The life of Charlotte Brontë (IA lifeofcharlotteb02gaskrich).pdf"] = { count = 354, q0 = 20, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 334, }, ["Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 18.djvu"] = { count = 532, q0 = 26, q1 = 1, q2 = 7, q3 = 103, q4 = 3, }, ["Collingwood - Life and Letters of Lewis Carroll.djvu"] = { count = 486, q0 = 17, q1 = 13, q2 = 19, q3 = 170, q4 = 35, }, ["The Royal Book of Oz.djvu"] = { count = 344, q0 = 22, q1 = 10, q2 = 15, q3 = 59, q4 = 89, }, ["20 Hrs 40 Min (Earhart).pdf"] = { count = 322, q0 = 16, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 152, q4 = 154, }, ["AFR 200-2, Aug 12, 1954.pdf"] = { count = 4, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 4, }, ["Cyrano de Bergerac.djvu"] = { count = 310, q0 = 27, q1 = 128, q2 = 1, q3 = 294, q4 = 72, }, ["Essays On The Gita - Ghose - 1922.djvu"] = { count = 344, q0 = 7, q1 = 197, q2 = 0, q3 = 108, q4 = 32, }, ["The Necromancer, or, The Tale of the Black Forest Vol. 2.djvu"] = { count = 258, q0 = 8, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 227, q4 = 23, }, ["Across the Zodiac (Volume 2).djvu"] = { count = 302, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 265, q4 = 2, }, ["At the Earth's Core.djvu"] = { count = 318, q0 = 25, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 293, }, ["Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire vol 2 (1896).djvu"] = { count = 602, q0 = 15, q1 = 0, q2 = 1, q3 = 2, q4 = 0, }, ["The Missing Chums.djvu"] = { count = 220, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 144, q4 = 76, }, ["The three musketeers (IA threemusketeers1800duma).pdf"] = { count = 764, q0 = 18, q1 = 8, q2 = 2, q3 = 6, q4 = 0, }, ["Waverley novels (IA cu31924057392452).pdf"] = { count = 458, q0 = 16, q1 = 2, q2 = 2, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["Pioneersorsource02cooprich.djvu"] = { count = 338, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 318, q4 = 10, }, ["Emma Goldman - Anarchism and Other Essays (2nd Rev. ed.) - 1911.djvu"] = { count = 300, q0 = 23, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 226, q4 = 51, }, ["Tirukural - tr. Pope - 1886.djvu"] = { count = 454, q0 = 4, q1 = 1, q2 = 2, q3 = 0, q4 = 0, }, ["Vivian Grey, Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 348, q0 = 14, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["Horrid Mysteries Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 242, q0 = 9, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 123, q4 = 20, }, ["Peter Pan (1928).pdf"] = { count = 206, q0 = 17, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 145, q4 = 44, }, ["Following the Equator (Mark Twain).djvu"] = { count = 726, q0 = 59, q1 = 124, q2 = 1, q3 = 494, q4 = 48, }, ["Chapters on Jewish literature (IA chaptersonjewish00abra).pdf"] = { count = 296, q0 = 18, q1 = 2, q2 = 0, q3 = 225, q4 = 37, }, ["The Reshaping of British Railways (Beeching Report).pdf"] = { count = 148, q0 = 0, q1 = 1, q2 = 54, q3 = 84, q4 = 9, }, ["Scc-reedley-report-11.15.pdf"] = { count = 42, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 34, q4 = 8, }, ["Self-help with illustrations of conduct and perseverance (IA selfhelpwithillu00smiliala).pdf"] = { count = 536, q0 = 21, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 499, q4 = 16, }, }, } musy87056nfk2rdybgunxo41k5qwiut 14130634 14130451 2024-04-26T06:05:46Z InductiveBot 204982 Updating current statistics for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Automatically generated data for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] ]=] return { total = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2416, q2 = 244, q3 = 7848, q4 = 2610, }, indexes = { ["Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 24, q1 = 4, q2 = 0, q3 = 311, q4 = 7, }, ["Early western travels, 1748-1846 (1907 Volume 2).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 16, q1 = 114, q2 = 1, q3 = 209, q4 = 1, }, ["The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803 (Volume 10).djvu"] = { count = 332, q0 = 19, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 20, q4 = 5, }, ["Works of Jules Verne - Parke - Vol 3.djvu"] = { count = 414, q0 = 25, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 14, q4 = 6, }, ["Brinkley - China - Volume 1.djvu"] = { count = 470, q0 = 26, q1 = 228, q2 = 1, q3 = 139, q4 = 8, }, ["The Grey Fairy Book.djvu"] = { count = 406, q0 = 40, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 110, q4 = 256, }, ["The Works of H G Wells Volume 11.pdf"] = { count = 546, q0 = 21, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 141, q4 = 3, }, ["Nature - Volume 1.pdf"] = { count = 688, q0 = 12, q1 = 22, q2 = 8, q3 = 28, q4 = 7, }, ["The National geographic magazine, volume 1.djvu"] = { count = 432, q0 = 72, q1 = 0, q2 = 16, q3 = 336, q4 = 8, }, ["The National geographic magazine (IA nationalgeograph21890nati).pdf"] = { count = 434, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 0, }, ["The Book of the Thousand Nights and a Night - Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 394, q0 = 24, q1 = 322, q2 = 3, q3 = 44, q4 = 1, }, ["Catullus, Tibullus and Propertius.djvu"] = { count = 198, q0 = 8, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 34, q4 = 1, }, ["CTRL0000034610 - Deposition of Keith Kellogg, Jr., (Dec. 14, 2021).pdf"] = { count = 249, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 3, q4 = 2, }, ["History of Woman Suffrage Volume 5.djvu"] = { count = 864, q0 = 19, q1 = 400, q2 = 0, q3 = 439, q4 = 6, }, ["Punch vol 1.djvu"] = { count = 294, q0 = 6, q1 = 2, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 0, }, ["The Violet Fairy Book.djvu"] = { count = 428, q0 = 45, q1 = 13, q2 = 32, q3 = 54, q4 = 12, }, ["Tale of Beowulf - 1898.djvu"] = { count = 212, q0 = 9, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 16, }, ["Moonfleet - John Meade Falkner.pdf"] = { count = 302, q0 = 13, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 71, q4 = 10, }, ["Travels into several remote nations of the world. In four parts (1726 Volume 1).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 18, q1 = 3, q2 = 10, q3 = 27, q4 = 0, }, ["Updated Assessment of Anomalous Health Incidents.pdf"] = { count = 4, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 4, }, ["The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 1.djvu"] = { count = 506, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 409, q4 = 85, }, ["The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 2.djvu"] = { count = 413, q0 = 10, q1 = 393, q2 = 0, q3 = 9, q4 = 1, }, ["The Lady of the Lake - Scott (1810).djvu"] = { count = 456, q0 = 27, q1 = 2, q2 = 0, q3 = 313, q4 = 42, }, ["Malleus maleficarum translated by Montague Summers (1928).djvu"] = { count = 340, q0 = 18, q1 = 0, q2 = 1, q3 = 6, q4 = 0, }, ["The Philadelphia Negro A Social Study.djvu"] = { count = 580, q0 = 9, q1 = 0, q2 = 43, q3 = 12, q4 = 1, }, ["L M Montgomery - Chronicles of Avonlea.djvu"] = { count = 338, q0 = 18, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 108, q4 = 2, }, ["History of Journalism in the United States.djvu"] = { count = 484, q0 = 13, q1 = 53, q2 = 5, q3 = 336, q4 = 77, }, ["Austen Lady Susan Watson Letters.djvu"] = { count = 434, q0 = 26, q1 = 169, q2 = 4, q3 = 60, q4 = 7, }, ["The fastest bicycle rider in the world - 1928 - Taylor.djvu"] = { count = 458, q0 = 17, q1 = 6, q2 = 6, q3 = 36, q4 = 7, }, ["Latter-Day Psalms.pdf"] = { count = 68, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 18, q4 = 38, }, ["The family kitchen gardener - containing plain and accurate descriptions of all the different species and varieties of culinary vegetables (IA familykitchengar56buis).pdf"] = { count = 230, q0 = 12, q1 = 88, q2 = 1, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["AARO Historical Record Report Volume 1 2024.pdf"] = { count = 63, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 42, q4 = 0, }, ["The Life and Letters of Emily Dickinson (1924).pdf"] = { count = 432, q0 = 29, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 147, q4 = 0, }, ["Augustus (Shuckburgh) Augustuslifetime0000shuc.pdf"] = { count = 360, q0 = 23, q1 = 1, q2 = 9, q3 = 11, q4 = 0, }, ["Our Poets of Today (1918).djvu"] = { count = 260, q0 = 14, q1 = 7, q2 = 0, q3 = 26, q4 = 1, }, ["The life and opinions of Tristram Shandy (Volume 9).pdf"] = { count = 160, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 15, q4 = 1, }, ["Tales from the Gulistan (1928).pdf"] = { count = 302, q0 = 29, q1 = 3, q2 = 0, q3 = 170, q4 = 13, }, ["Maugham - Of Human Bondage, 1915.djvu"] = { count = 664, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 102, q4 = 7, }, ["Merlin - Robinson, Edwin Arlington.djvu"] = { count = 188, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 133, q4 = 45, }, ["The Vicomte de Bragelonne 2.djvu"] = { count = 518, q0 = 19, q1 = 93, q2 = 0, q3 = 14, q4 = 0, }, ["Life of William Blake 2, Gilchrist.djvu"] = { count = 494, q0 = 70, q1 = 3, q2 = 0, q3 = 40, q4 = 275, }, ["The Poems of Oscar Wilde.pdf"] = { count = 359, q0 = 32, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 114, q4 = 13, }, ["Scarface.pdf"] = { count = 300, q0 = 15, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 57, q4 = 228, }, ["Moni the goat boy (IA monigoatboy00spyr 1).pdf"] = { count = 64, q0 = 13, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 51, }, ["The life of Charlotte Brontë (IA lifeofcharlotteb02gaskrich).pdf"] = { count = 354, q0 = 20, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 334, }, ["Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 18.djvu"] = { count = 532, q0 = 26, q1 = 1, q2 = 7, q3 = 103, q4 = 3, }, ["Collingwood - Life and Letters of Lewis Carroll.djvu"] = { count = 486, q0 = 17, q1 = 13, q2 = 19, q3 = 170, q4 = 35, }, ["The Royal Book of Oz.djvu"] = { count = 344, q0 = 22, q1 = 10, q2 = 15, q3 = 59, q4 = 89, }, ["20 Hrs 40 Min (Earhart).pdf"] = { count = 322, q0 = 16, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 149, q4 = 157, }, ["AFR 200-2, Aug 12, 1954.pdf"] = { count = 4, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 4, }, ["Cyrano de Bergerac.djvu"] = { count = 310, q0 = 27, q1 = 128, q2 = 1, q3 = 294, q4 = 72, }, ["Essays On The Gita - Ghose - 1922.djvu"] = { count = 344, q0 = 7, q1 = 197, q2 = 0, q3 = 108, q4 = 32, }, ["The Necromancer, or, The Tale of the Black Forest Vol. 2.djvu"] = { count = 258, q0 = 8, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 227, q4 = 23, }, ["Across the Zodiac (Volume 2).djvu"] = { count = 302, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 265, q4 = 2, }, ["At the Earth's Core.djvu"] = { count = 318, q0 = 25, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 293, }, ["Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire vol 2 (1896).djvu"] = { count = 602, q0 = 15, q1 = 0, q2 = 1, q3 = 2, q4 = 0, }, ["The Missing Chums.djvu"] = { count = 220, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 144, q4 = 76, }, ["The three musketeers (IA threemusketeers1800duma).pdf"] = { count = 764, q0 = 18, q1 = 8, q2 = 2, q3 = 6, q4 = 0, }, ["Waverley novels (IA cu31924057392452).pdf"] = { count = 458, q0 = 16, q1 = 2, q2 = 2, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["Pioneersorsource02cooprich.djvu"] = { count = 338, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 318, q4 = 10, }, ["Emma Goldman - Anarchism and Other Essays (2nd Rev. ed.) - 1911.djvu"] = { count = 300, q0 = 23, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 226, q4 = 51, }, ["Tirukural - tr. Pope - 1886.djvu"] = { count = 454, q0 = 4, q1 = 1, q2 = 2, q3 = 0, q4 = 0, }, ["Vivian Grey, Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 348, q0 = 14, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["Horrid Mysteries Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 242, q0 = 9, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 123, q4 = 20, }, ["Peter Pan (1928).pdf"] = { count = 206, q0 = 17, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 145, q4 = 44, }, ["Following the Equator (Mark Twain).djvu"] = { count = 726, q0 = 59, q1 = 124, q2 = 1, q3 = 494, q4 = 48, }, ["Chapters on Jewish literature (IA chaptersonjewish00abra).pdf"] = { count = 296, q0 = 18, q1 = 2, q2 = 0, q3 = 225, q4 = 37, }, ["The Reshaping of British Railways (Beeching Report).pdf"] = { count = 148, q0 = 0, q1 = 1, q2 = 54, q3 = 84, q4 = 9, }, ["Scc-reedley-report-11.15.pdf"] = { count = 42, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 34, q4 = 8, }, ["Self-help with illustrations of conduct and perseverance (IA selfhelpwithillu00smiliala).pdf"] = { count = 536, q0 = 21, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 499, q4 = 16, }, }, } 8re1k5hhb4lg9d9mdadc9k095cqysy4 14131259 14130634 2024-04-26T08:05:46Z InductiveBot 204982 Updating current statistics for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Automatically generated data for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] ]=] return { total = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2416, q2 = 244, q3 = 7847, q4 = 2611, }, indexes = { ["Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 24, q1 = 4, q2 = 0, q3 = 311, q4 = 7, }, ["Early western travels, 1748-1846 (1907 Volume 2).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 16, q1 = 114, q2 = 1, q3 = 209, q4 = 1, }, ["The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803 (Volume 10).djvu"] = { count = 332, q0 = 19, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 20, q4 = 5, }, ["Works of Jules Verne - Parke - Vol 3.djvu"] = { count = 414, q0 = 25, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 14, q4 = 6, }, ["Brinkley - China - Volume 1.djvu"] = { count = 470, q0 = 26, q1 = 228, q2 = 1, q3 = 139, q4 = 8, }, ["The Grey Fairy Book.djvu"] = { count = 406, q0 = 40, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 110, q4 = 256, }, ["The Works of H G Wells Volume 11.pdf"] = { count = 546, q0 = 21, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 141, q4 = 3, }, ["Nature - Volume 1.pdf"] = { count = 688, q0 = 12, q1 = 22, q2 = 8, q3 = 28, q4 = 7, }, ["The National geographic magazine, volume 1.djvu"] = { count = 432, q0 = 72, q1 = 0, q2 = 16, q3 = 336, q4 = 8, }, ["The National geographic magazine (IA nationalgeograph21890nati).pdf"] = { count = 434, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 0, }, ["The Book of the Thousand Nights and a Night - Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 394, q0 = 24, q1 = 322, q2 = 3, q3 = 44, q4 = 1, }, ["Catullus, Tibullus and Propertius.djvu"] = { count = 198, q0 = 8, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 34, q4 = 1, }, ["CTRL0000034610 - Deposition of Keith Kellogg, Jr., (Dec. 14, 2021).pdf"] = { count = 249, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 3, q4 = 2, }, ["History of Woman Suffrage Volume 5.djvu"] = { count = 864, q0 = 19, q1 = 400, q2 = 0, q3 = 439, q4 = 6, }, ["Punch vol 1.djvu"] = { count = 294, q0 = 6, q1 = 2, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 0, }, ["The Violet Fairy Book.djvu"] = { count = 428, q0 = 45, q1 = 13, q2 = 32, q3 = 54, q4 = 12, }, ["Tale of Beowulf - 1898.djvu"] = { count = 212, q0 = 9, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 16, }, ["Moonfleet - John Meade Falkner.pdf"] = { count = 302, q0 = 13, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 71, q4 = 10, }, ["Travels into several remote nations of the world. In four parts (1726 Volume 1).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 18, q1 = 3, q2 = 10, q3 = 27, q4 = 0, }, ["Updated Assessment of Anomalous Health Incidents.pdf"] = { count = 4, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 4, }, ["The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 1.djvu"] = { count = 506, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 409, q4 = 85, }, ["The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 2.djvu"] = { count = 413, q0 = 10, q1 = 393, q2 = 0, q3 = 9, q4 = 1, }, ["The Lady of the Lake - Scott (1810).djvu"] = { count = 456, q0 = 27, q1 = 2, q2 = 0, q3 = 313, q4 = 42, }, ["Malleus maleficarum translated by Montague Summers (1928).djvu"] = { count = 340, q0 = 18, q1 = 0, q2 = 1, q3 = 6, q4 = 0, }, ["The Philadelphia Negro A Social Study.djvu"] = { count = 580, q0 = 9, q1 = 0, q2 = 43, q3 = 12, q4 = 1, }, ["L M Montgomery - Chronicles of Avonlea.djvu"] = { count = 338, q0 = 18, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 108, q4 = 2, }, ["History of Journalism in the United States.djvu"] = { count = 484, q0 = 13, q1 = 53, q2 = 5, q3 = 336, q4 = 77, }, ["Austen Lady Susan Watson Letters.djvu"] = { count = 434, q0 = 26, q1 = 169, q2 = 4, q3 = 60, q4 = 7, }, ["The fastest bicycle rider in the world - 1928 - Taylor.djvu"] = { count = 458, q0 = 17, q1 = 6, q2 = 6, q3 = 36, q4 = 7, }, ["Latter-Day Psalms.pdf"] = { count = 68, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 18, q4 = 38, }, ["The family kitchen gardener - containing plain and accurate descriptions of all the different species and varieties of culinary vegetables (IA familykitchengar56buis).pdf"] = { count = 230, q0 = 12, q1 = 88, q2 = 1, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["AARO Historical Record Report Volume 1 2024.pdf"] = { count = 63, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 42, q4 = 0, }, ["The Life and Letters of Emily Dickinson (1924).pdf"] = { count = 432, q0 = 29, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 147, q4 = 0, }, ["Augustus (Shuckburgh) Augustuslifetime0000shuc.pdf"] = { count = 360, q0 = 23, q1 = 1, q2 = 9, q3 = 11, q4 = 0, }, ["Our Poets of Today (1918).djvu"] = { count = 260, q0 = 14, q1 = 7, q2 = 0, q3 = 26, q4 = 1, }, ["The life and opinions of Tristram Shandy (Volume 9).pdf"] = { count = 160, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 15, q4 = 1, }, ["Tales from the Gulistan (1928).pdf"] = { count = 302, q0 = 29, q1 = 3, q2 = 0, q3 = 170, q4 = 13, }, ["Maugham - Of Human Bondage, 1915.djvu"] = { count = 664, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 102, q4 = 7, }, ["Merlin - Robinson, Edwin Arlington.djvu"] = { count = 188, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 133, q4 = 45, }, ["The Vicomte de Bragelonne 2.djvu"] = { count = 518, q0 = 19, q1 = 93, q2 = 0, q3 = 14, q4 = 0, }, ["Life of William Blake 2, Gilchrist.djvu"] = { count = 494, q0 = 70, q1 = 3, q2 = 0, q3 = 40, q4 = 275, }, ["The Poems of Oscar Wilde.pdf"] = { count = 359, q0 = 32, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 114, q4 = 13, }, ["Scarface.pdf"] = { count = 300, q0 = 15, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 57, q4 = 228, }, ["Moni the goat boy (IA monigoatboy00spyr 1).pdf"] = { count = 64, q0 = 13, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 51, }, ["The life of Charlotte Brontë (IA lifeofcharlotteb02gaskrich).pdf"] = { count = 354, q0 = 20, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 334, }, ["Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 18.djvu"] = { count = 532, q0 = 26, q1 = 1, q2 = 7, q3 = 103, q4 = 3, }, ["Collingwood - Life and Letters of Lewis Carroll.djvu"] = { count = 486, q0 = 17, q1 = 13, q2 = 19, q3 = 170, q4 = 35, }, ["The Royal Book of Oz.djvu"] = { count = 344, q0 = 22, q1 = 10, q2 = 15, q3 = 59, q4 = 89, }, ["20 Hrs 40 Min (Earhart).pdf"] = { count = 322, q0 = 16, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 148, q4 = 158, }, ["AFR 200-2, Aug 12, 1954.pdf"] = { count = 4, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 4, }, ["Cyrano de Bergerac.djvu"] = { count = 310, q0 = 27, q1 = 128, q2 = 1, q3 = 294, q4 = 72, }, ["Essays On The Gita - Ghose - 1922.djvu"] = { count = 344, q0 = 7, q1 = 197, q2 = 0, q3 = 108, q4 = 32, }, ["The Necromancer, or, The Tale of the Black Forest Vol. 2.djvu"] = { count = 258, q0 = 8, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 227, q4 = 23, }, ["Across the Zodiac (Volume 2).djvu"] = { count = 302, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 265, q4 = 2, }, ["At the Earth's Core.djvu"] = { count = 318, q0 = 25, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 293, }, ["Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire vol 2 (1896).djvu"] = { count = 602, q0 = 15, q1 = 0, q2 = 1, q3 = 2, q4 = 0, }, ["The Missing Chums.djvu"] = { count = 220, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 144, q4 = 76, }, ["The three musketeers (IA threemusketeers1800duma).pdf"] = { count = 764, q0 = 18, q1 = 8, q2 = 2, q3 = 6, q4 = 0, }, ["Waverley novels (IA cu31924057392452).pdf"] = { count = 458, q0 = 16, q1 = 2, q2 = 2, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["Pioneersorsource02cooprich.djvu"] = { count = 338, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 318, q4 = 10, }, ["Emma Goldman - Anarchism and Other Essays (2nd Rev. ed.) - 1911.djvu"] = { count = 300, q0 = 23, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 226, q4 = 51, }, ["Tirukural - tr. Pope - 1886.djvu"] = { count = 454, q0 = 4, q1 = 1, q2 = 2, q3 = 0, q4 = 0, }, ["Vivian Grey, Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 348, q0 = 14, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["Horrid Mysteries Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 242, q0 = 9, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 123, q4 = 20, }, ["Peter Pan (1928).pdf"] = { count = 206, q0 = 17, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 145, q4 = 44, }, ["Following the Equator (Mark Twain).djvu"] = { count = 726, q0 = 59, q1 = 124, q2 = 1, q3 = 494, q4 = 48, }, ["Chapters on Jewish literature (IA chaptersonjewish00abra).pdf"] = { count = 296, q0 = 18, q1 = 2, q2 = 0, q3 = 225, q4 = 37, }, ["The Reshaping of British Railways (Beeching Report).pdf"] = { count = 148, q0 = 0, q1 = 1, q2 = 54, q3 = 84, q4 = 9, }, ["Scc-reedley-report-11.15.pdf"] = { count = 42, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 34, q4 = 8, }, ["Self-help with illustrations of conduct and perseverance (IA selfhelpwithillu00smiliala).pdf"] = { count = 536, q0 = 21, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 499, q4 = 16, }, }, } j34hprc5kk5vxvh9g5jrs0atulb3mjb 14131374 14131259 2024-04-26T10:05:45Z InductiveBot 204982 Updating current statistics for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Automatically generated data for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] ]=] return { total = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2416, q2 = 242, q3 = 7861, q4 = 2611, }, indexes = { ["Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 24, q1 = 4, q2 = 0, q3 = 311, q4 = 7, }, ["Early western travels, 1748-1846 (1907 Volume 2).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 16, q1 = 114, q2 = 1, q3 = 209, q4 = 1, }, ["The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803 (Volume 10).djvu"] = { count = 332, q0 = 19, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 20, q4 = 5, }, ["Works of Jules Verne - Parke - Vol 3.djvu"] = { count = 414, q0 = 25, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 14, q4 = 6, }, ["Brinkley - China - Volume 1.djvu"] = { count = 470, q0 = 26, q1 = 228, q2 = 1, q3 = 139, q4 = 8, }, ["The Grey Fairy Book.djvu"] = { count = 406, q0 = 40, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 110, q4 = 256, }, ["The Works of H G Wells Volume 11.pdf"] = { count = 546, q0 = 21, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 141, q4 = 3, }, ["Nature - Volume 1.pdf"] = { count = 688, q0 = 12, q1 = 22, q2 = 8, q3 = 28, q4 = 7, }, ["The National geographic magazine, volume 1.djvu"] = { count = 432, q0 = 72, q1 = 0, q2 = 13, q3 = 339, q4 = 8, }, ["The National geographic magazine (IA nationalgeograph21890nati).pdf"] = { count = 434, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 0, }, ["The Book of the Thousand Nights and a Night - Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 394, q0 = 24, q1 = 322, q2 = 3, q3 = 44, q4 = 1, }, ["Catullus, Tibullus and Propertius.djvu"] = { count = 198, q0 = 8, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 34, q4 = 1, }, ["CTRL0000034610 - Deposition of Keith Kellogg, Jr., (Dec. 14, 2021).pdf"] = { count = 249, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 3, q4 = 2, }, ["History of Woman Suffrage Volume 5.djvu"] = { count = 864, q0 = 19, q1 = 400, q2 = 0, q3 = 439, q4 = 6, }, ["Punch vol 1.djvu"] = { count = 294, q0 = 6, q1 = 2, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 0, }, ["The Violet Fairy Book.djvu"] = { count = 428, q0 = 45, q1 = 13, q2 = 32, q3 = 54, q4 = 12, }, ["Tale of Beowulf - 1898.djvu"] = { count = 212, q0 = 9, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 1, q4 = 16, }, ["Moonfleet - John Meade Falkner.pdf"] = { count = 302, q0 = 13, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 71, q4 = 10, }, ["Travels into several remote nations of the world. In four parts (1726 Volume 1).djvu"] = { count = 346, q0 = 18, q1 = 3, q2 = 11, q3 = 30, q4 = 0, }, ["Updated Assessment of Anomalous Health Incidents.pdf"] = { count = 4, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 4, }, ["The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 1.djvu"] = { count = 506, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 409, q4 = 85, }, ["The Heimskringla; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway Vol 2.djvu"] = { count = 413, q0 = 10, q1 = 393, q2 = 0, q3 = 9, q4 = 1, }, ["The Lady of the Lake - Scott (1810).djvu"] = { count = 456, q0 = 27, q1 = 2, q2 = 0, q3 = 313, q4 = 42, }, ["Malleus maleficarum translated by Montague Summers (1928).djvu"] = { count = 340, q0 = 18, q1 = 0, q2 = 1, q3 = 6, q4 = 0, }, ["The Philadelphia Negro A Social Study.djvu"] = { count = 580, q0 = 9, q1 = 0, q2 = 43, q3 = 12, q4 = 1, }, ["L M Montgomery - Chronicles of Avonlea.djvu"] = { count = 338, q0 = 18, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 108, q4 = 2, }, ["History of Journalism in the United States.djvu"] = { count = 484, q0 = 13, q1 = 53, q2 = 5, q3 = 336, q4 = 77, }, ["Austen Lady Susan Watson Letters.djvu"] = { count = 434, q0 = 26, q1 = 169, q2 = 4, q3 = 60, q4 = 7, }, ["The fastest bicycle rider in the world - 1928 - Taylor.djvu"] = { count = 458, q0 = 17, q1 = 6, q2 = 6, q3 = 36, q4 = 7, }, ["Latter-Day Psalms.pdf"] = { count = 68, q0 = 12, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 18, q4 = 38, }, ["The family kitchen gardener - containing plain and accurate descriptions of all the different species and varieties of culinary vegetables (IA familykitchengar56buis).pdf"] = { count = 230, q0 = 12, q1 = 88, q2 = 1, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["AARO Historical Record Report Volume 1 2024.pdf"] = { count = 63, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 42, q4 = 0, }, ["The Life and Letters of Emily Dickinson (1924).pdf"] = { count = 432, q0 = 29, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 147, q4 = 0, }, ["Augustus (Shuckburgh) Augustuslifetime0000shuc.pdf"] = { count = 360, q0 = 23, q1 = 1, q2 = 9, q3 = 11, q4 = 0, }, ["Our Poets of Today (1918).djvu"] = { count = 260, q0 = 14, q1 = 7, q2 = 0, q3 = 26, q4 = 1, }, ["The life and opinions of Tristram Shandy (Volume 9).pdf"] = { count = 160, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 15, q4 = 1, }, ["Tales from the Gulistan (1928).pdf"] = { count = 302, q0 = 29, q1 = 3, q2 = 0, q3 = 170, q4 = 13, }, ["Maugham - Of Human Bondage, 1915.djvu"] = { count = 664, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 102, q4 = 7, }, ["Merlin - Robinson, Edwin Arlington.djvu"] = { count = 188, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 133, q4 = 45, }, ["The Vicomte de Bragelonne 2.djvu"] = { count = 518, q0 = 19, q1 = 93, q2 = 0, q3 = 14, q4 = 0, }, ["Life of William Blake 2, Gilchrist.djvu"] = { count = 494, q0 = 70, q1 = 3, q2 = 0, q3 = 40, q4 = 275, }, ["The Poems of Oscar Wilde.pdf"] = { count = 359, q0 = 32, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 114, q4 = 13, }, ["Scarface.pdf"] = { count = 300, q0 = 15, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 57, q4 = 228, }, ["Moni the goat boy (IA monigoatboy00spyr 1).pdf"] = { count = 64, q0 = 13, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 51, }, ["The life of Charlotte Brontë (IA lifeofcharlotteb02gaskrich).pdf"] = { count = 354, q0 = 20, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 334, }, ["Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 18.djvu"] = { count = 532, q0 = 26, q1 = 1, q2 = 7, q3 = 103, q4 = 3, }, ["Collingwood - Life and Letters of Lewis Carroll.djvu"] = { count = 486, q0 = 17, q1 = 13, q2 = 19, q3 = 170, q4 = 35, }, ["The Royal Book of Oz.djvu"] = { count = 344, q0 = 22, q1 = 10, q2 = 15, q3 = 59, q4 = 89, }, ["20 Hrs 40 Min (Earhart).pdf"] = { count = 322, q0 = 16, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 148, q4 = 158, }, ["AFR 200-2, Aug 12, 1954.pdf"] = { count = 4, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 4, }, ["Cyrano de Bergerac.djvu"] = { count = 310, q0 = 27, q1 = 128, q2 = 1, q3 = 294, q4 = 72, }, ["Essays On The Gita - Ghose - 1922.djvu"] = { count = 344, q0 = 7, q1 = 197, q2 = 0, q3 = 108, q4 = 32, }, ["The Necromancer, or, The Tale of the Black Forest Vol. 2.djvu"] = { count = 258, q0 = 8, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 227, q4 = 23, }, ["Across the Zodiac (Volume 2).djvu"] = { count = 302, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 273, q4 = 2, }, ["At the Earth's Core.djvu"] = { count = 318, q0 = 25, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 0, q4 = 293, }, ["Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire vol 2 (1896).djvu"] = { count = 602, q0 = 15, q1 = 0, q2 = 1, q3 = 2, q4 = 0, }, ["The Missing Chums.djvu"] = { count = 220, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 144, q4 = 76, }, ["The three musketeers (IA threemusketeers1800duma).pdf"] = { count = 764, q0 = 18, q1 = 8, q2 = 2, q3 = 6, q4 = 0, }, ["Waverley novels (IA cu31924057392452).pdf"] = { count = 458, q0 = 16, q1 = 2, q2 = 2, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["Pioneersorsource02cooprich.djvu"] = { count = 338, q0 = 10, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 318, q4 = 10, }, ["Emma Goldman - Anarchism and Other Essays (2nd Rev. ed.) - 1911.djvu"] = { count = 300, q0 = 23, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 226, q4 = 51, }, ["Tirukural - tr. Pope - 1886.djvu"] = { count = 454, q0 = 4, q1 = 1, q2 = 2, q3 = 0, q4 = 0, }, ["Vivian Grey, Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 348, q0 = 14, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 4, q4 = 0, }, ["Horrid Mysteries Volume 3.djvu"] = { count = 242, q0 = 9, q1 = 1, q2 = 0, q3 = 123, q4 = 20, }, ["Peter Pan (1928).pdf"] = { count = 206, q0 = 17, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 145, q4 = 44, }, ["Following the Equator (Mark Twain).djvu"] = { count = 726, q0 = 59, q1 = 124, q2 = 1, q3 = 494, q4 = 48, }, ["Chapters on Jewish literature (IA chaptersonjewish00abra).pdf"] = { count = 296, q0 = 18, q1 = 2, q2 = 0, q3 = 225, q4 = 37, }, ["The Reshaping of British Railways (Beeching Report).pdf"] = { count = 148, q0 = 0, q1 = 1, q2 = 54, q3 = 84, q4 = 9, }, ["Scc-reedley-report-11.15.pdf"] = { count = 42, q0 = 0, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 34, q4 = 8, }, ["Self-help with illustrations of conduct and perseverance (IA selfhelpwithillu00smiliala).pdf"] = { count = 536, q0 = 21, q1 = 0, q2 = 0, q3 = 499, q4 = 16, }, }, } fcuklp6c2opgxm86emw9c6t40xa8jv7 Module:Monthly Challenge daily stats/data/2024-04 828 4460988 14127711 14127428 2024-04-25T12:06:07Z InductiveBot 204982 Updating current daily statistics for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Automatically generated daily data for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] ]=] return { days = { [0] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1190, q1 = 3490, q2 = 234, q3 = 6324, q4 = 1338, }, [1] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1213, q1 = 3469, q2 = 240, q3 = 6372, q4 = 1380, }, [2] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1213, q1 = 3466, q2 = 249, q3 = 6418, q4 = 1393, }, [3] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 3471, q2 = 250, q3 = 6465, q4 = 1409, }, [4] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 3439, q2 = 251, q3 = 6514, q4 = 1450, }, [5] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2886, q2 = 251, q3 = 7100, q4 = 1468, }, [6] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2880, q2 = 257, q3 = 7102, q4 = 1526, }, [7] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2874, q2 = 264, q3 = 7055, q4 = 1670, }, [8] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2859, q2 = 263, q3 = 6971, q4 = 1808, }, [9] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1216, q1 = 2816, q2 = 267, q3 = 7094, q4 = 1819, }, [10] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1216, q1 = 3035, q2 = 284, q3 = 7150, q4 = 1844, }, [11] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1223, q1 = 2937, q2 = 291, q3 = 7279, q4 = 1854, }, [12] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1223, q1 = 2881, q2 = 299, q3 = 7397, q4 = 1858, }, [13] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1235, q1 = 2877, q2 = 310, q3 = 7501, q4 = 1866, }, [14] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1241, q1 = 2771, q2 = 320, q3 = 7613, q4 = 1937, }, [15] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1241, q1 = 2718, q2 = 336, q3 = 7729, q4 = 1965, }, [16] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1243, q1 = 2711, q2 = 334, q3 = 7787, q4 = 1971, }, [17] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1243, q1 = 2670, q2 = 323, q3 = 7861, q4 = 1980, }, [18] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1244, q1 = 2588, q2 = 325, q3 = 7970, q4 = 1989, }, [19] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1245, q1 = 2550, q2 = 322, q3 = 7829, q4 = 2205, }, [20] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1245, q1 = 2546, q2 = 302, q3 = 7738, q4 = 2368, }, [21] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1253, q1 = 2531, q2 = 292, q3 = 7783, q4 = 2394, }, [22] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1254, q1 = 2496, q2 = 285, q3 = 7804, q4 = 2448, }, [23] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2484, q2 = 272, q3 = 7757, q4 = 2524, }, [24] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2442, q2 = 259, q3 = 7815, q4 = 2576, }, [25] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2437, q2 = 253, q3 = 7825, q4 = 2578, }, }, } hubb0rt2wpexzpdgflbh9vck4077c2p 14127859 14127711 2024-04-25T14:05:53Z InductiveBot 204982 Updating current daily statistics for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Automatically generated daily data for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] ]=] return { days = { [0] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1190, q1 = 3490, q2 = 234, q3 = 6324, q4 = 1338, }, [1] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1213, q1 = 3469, q2 = 240, q3 = 6372, q4 = 1380, }, [2] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1213, q1 = 3466, q2 = 249, q3 = 6418, q4 = 1393, }, [3] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 3471, q2 = 250, q3 = 6465, q4 = 1409, }, [4] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 3439, q2 = 251, q3 = 6514, q4 = 1450, }, [5] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2886, q2 = 251, q3 = 7100, q4 = 1468, }, [6] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2880, q2 = 257, q3 = 7102, q4 = 1526, }, [7] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2874, q2 = 264, q3 = 7055, q4 = 1670, }, [8] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2859, q2 = 263, q3 = 6971, q4 = 1808, }, [9] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1216, q1 = 2816, q2 = 267, q3 = 7094, q4 = 1819, }, [10] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1216, q1 = 3035, q2 = 284, q3 = 7150, q4 = 1844, }, [11] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1223, q1 = 2937, q2 = 291, q3 = 7279, q4 = 1854, }, [12] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1223, q1 = 2881, q2 = 299, q3 = 7397, q4 = 1858, }, [13] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1235, q1 = 2877, q2 = 310, q3 = 7501, q4 = 1866, }, [14] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1241, q1 = 2771, q2 = 320, q3 = 7613, q4 = 1937, }, [15] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1241, q1 = 2718, q2 = 336, q3 = 7729, q4 = 1965, }, [16] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1243, q1 = 2711, q2 = 334, q3 = 7787, q4 = 1971, }, [17] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1243, q1 = 2670, q2 = 323, q3 = 7861, q4 = 1980, }, [18] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1244, q1 = 2588, q2 = 325, q3 = 7970, q4 = 1989, }, [19] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1245, q1 = 2550, q2 = 322, q3 = 7829, q4 = 2205, }, [20] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1245, q1 = 2546, q2 = 302, q3 = 7738, q4 = 2368, }, [21] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1253, q1 = 2531, q2 = 292, q3 = 7783, q4 = 2394, }, [22] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1254, q1 = 2496, q2 = 285, q3 = 7804, q4 = 2448, }, [23] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2484, q2 = 272, q3 = 7757, q4 = 2524, }, [24] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2442, q2 = 259, q3 = 7815, q4 = 2576, }, [25] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2432, q2 = 248, q3 = 7823, q4 = 2590, }, }, } 18xhqe3z073qcub9q2oikimvnw02h0w 14128126 14127859 2024-04-25T16:05:57Z InductiveBot 204982 Updating current daily statistics for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Automatically generated daily data for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] ]=] return { days = { [0] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1190, q1 = 3490, q2 = 234, q3 = 6324, q4 = 1338, }, [1] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1213, q1 = 3469, q2 = 240, q3 = 6372, q4 = 1380, }, [2] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1213, q1 = 3466, q2 = 249, q3 = 6418, q4 = 1393, }, [3] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 3471, q2 = 250, q3 = 6465, q4 = 1409, }, [4] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 3439, q2 = 251, q3 = 6514, q4 = 1450, }, [5] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2886, q2 = 251, q3 = 7100, q4 = 1468, }, [6] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2880, q2 = 257, q3 = 7102, q4 = 1526, }, [7] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2874, q2 = 264, q3 = 7055, q4 = 1670, }, [8] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2859, q2 = 263, q3 = 6971, q4 = 1808, }, [9] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1216, q1 = 2816, q2 = 267, q3 = 7094, q4 = 1819, }, [10] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1216, q1 = 3035, q2 = 284, q3 = 7150, q4 = 1844, }, [11] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1223, q1 = 2937, q2 = 291, q3 = 7279, q4 = 1854, }, [12] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1223, q1 = 2881, q2 = 299, q3 = 7397, q4 = 1858, }, [13] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1235, q1 = 2877, q2 = 310, q3 = 7501, q4 = 1866, }, [14] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1241, q1 = 2771, q2 = 320, q3 = 7613, q4 = 1937, }, [15] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1241, q1 = 2718, q2 = 336, q3 = 7729, q4 = 1965, }, [16] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1243, q1 = 2711, q2 = 334, q3 = 7787, q4 = 1971, }, [17] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1243, q1 = 2670, q2 = 323, q3 = 7861, q4 = 1980, }, [18] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1244, q1 = 2588, q2 = 325, q3 = 7970, q4 = 1989, }, [19] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1245, q1 = 2550, q2 = 322, q3 = 7829, q4 = 2205, }, [20] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1245, q1 = 2546, q2 = 302, q3 = 7738, q4 = 2368, }, [21] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1253, q1 = 2531, q2 = 292, q3 = 7783, q4 = 2394, }, [22] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1254, q1 = 2496, q2 = 285, q3 = 7804, q4 = 2448, }, [23] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2484, q2 = 272, q3 = 7757, q4 = 2524, }, [24] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2442, q2 = 259, q3 = 7815, q4 = 2576, }, [25] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2432, q2 = 247, q3 = 7819, q4 = 2595, }, }, } ku6q2m0l2w4egjhqud5a0jg9w0wy1sn 14128662 14128126 2024-04-25T18:05:59Z InductiveBot 204982 Updating current daily statistics for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Automatically generated daily data for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] ]=] return { days = { [0] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1190, q1 = 3490, q2 = 234, q3 = 6324, q4 = 1338, }, [1] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1213, q1 = 3469, q2 = 240, q3 = 6372, q4 = 1380, }, [2] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1213, q1 = 3466, q2 = 249, q3 = 6418, q4 = 1393, }, [3] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 3471, q2 = 250, q3 = 6465, q4 = 1409, }, [4] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 3439, q2 = 251, q3 = 6514, q4 = 1450, }, [5] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2886, q2 = 251, q3 = 7100, q4 = 1468, }, [6] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2880, q2 = 257, q3 = 7102, q4 = 1526, }, [7] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2874, q2 = 264, q3 = 7055, q4 = 1670, }, [8] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2859, q2 = 263, q3 = 6971, q4 = 1808, }, [9] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1216, q1 = 2816, q2 = 267, q3 = 7094, q4 = 1819, }, [10] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1216, q1 = 3035, q2 = 284, q3 = 7150, q4 = 1844, }, [11] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1223, q1 = 2937, q2 = 291, q3 = 7279, q4 = 1854, }, [12] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1223, q1 = 2881, q2 = 299, q3 = 7397, q4 = 1858, }, [13] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1235, q1 = 2877, q2 = 310, q3 = 7501, q4 = 1866, }, [14] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1241, q1 = 2771, q2 = 320, q3 = 7613, q4 = 1937, }, [15] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1241, q1 = 2718, q2 = 336, q3 = 7729, q4 = 1965, }, [16] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1243, q1 = 2711, q2 = 334, q3 = 7787, q4 = 1971, }, [17] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1243, q1 = 2670, q2 = 323, q3 = 7861, q4 = 1980, }, [18] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1244, q1 = 2588, q2 = 325, q3 = 7970, q4 = 1989, }, [19] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1245, q1 = 2550, q2 = 322, q3 = 7829, q4 = 2205, }, [20] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1245, q1 = 2546, q2 = 302, q3 = 7738, q4 = 2368, }, [21] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1253, q1 = 2531, q2 = 292, q3 = 7783, q4 = 2394, }, [22] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1254, q1 = 2496, q2 = 285, q3 = 7804, q4 = 2448, }, [23] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2484, q2 = 272, q3 = 7757, q4 = 2524, }, [24] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2442, q2 = 259, q3 = 7815, q4 = 2576, }, [25] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2431, q2 = 247, q3 = 7813, q4 = 2602, }, }, } qgzsco9sv0jhi9q3dhsrcve4ztfotj8 14129892 14128662 2024-04-25T20:05:57Z InductiveBot 204982 Updating current daily statistics for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Automatically generated daily data for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] ]=] return { days = { [0] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1190, q1 = 3490, q2 = 234, q3 = 6324, q4 = 1338, }, [1] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1213, q1 = 3469, q2 = 240, q3 = 6372, q4 = 1380, }, [2] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1213, q1 = 3466, q2 = 249, q3 = 6418, q4 = 1393, }, [3] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 3471, q2 = 250, q3 = 6465, q4 = 1409, }, [4] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 3439, q2 = 251, q3 = 6514, q4 = 1450, }, [5] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2886, q2 = 251, q3 = 7100, q4 = 1468, }, [6] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2880, q2 = 257, q3 = 7102, q4 = 1526, }, [7] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2874, q2 = 264, q3 = 7055, q4 = 1670, }, [8] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2859, q2 = 263, q3 = 6971, q4 = 1808, }, [9] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1216, q1 = 2816, q2 = 267, q3 = 7094, q4 = 1819, }, [10] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1216, q1 = 3035, q2 = 284, q3 = 7150, q4 = 1844, }, [11] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1223, q1 = 2937, q2 = 291, q3 = 7279, q4 = 1854, }, [12] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1223, q1 = 2881, q2 = 299, q3 = 7397, q4 = 1858, }, [13] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1235, q1 = 2877, q2 = 310, q3 = 7501, q4 = 1866, }, [14] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1241, q1 = 2771, q2 = 320, q3 = 7613, q4 = 1937, }, [15] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1241, q1 = 2718, q2 = 336, q3 = 7729, q4 = 1965, }, [16] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1243, q1 = 2711, q2 = 334, q3 = 7787, q4 = 1971, }, [17] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1243, q1 = 2670, q2 = 323, q3 = 7861, q4 = 1980, }, [18] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1244, q1 = 2588, q2 = 325, q3 = 7970, q4 = 1989, }, [19] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1245, q1 = 2550, q2 = 322, q3 = 7829, q4 = 2205, }, [20] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1245, q1 = 2546, q2 = 302, q3 = 7738, q4 = 2368, }, [21] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1253, q1 = 2531, q2 = 292, q3 = 7783, q4 = 2394, }, [22] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1254, q1 = 2496, q2 = 285, q3 = 7804, q4 = 2448, }, [23] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2484, q2 = 272, q3 = 7757, q4 = 2524, }, [24] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2442, q2 = 259, q3 = 7815, q4 = 2576, }, [25] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2429, q2 = 244, q3 = 7834, q4 = 2607, }, }, } i9z7c44c740ccdw2r5mvmwszfpnz5j9 14130146 14129892 2024-04-25T22:05:51Z InductiveBot 204982 Updating current daily statistics for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Automatically generated daily data for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] ]=] return { days = { [0] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1190, q1 = 3490, q2 = 234, q3 = 6324, q4 = 1338, }, [1] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1213, q1 = 3469, q2 = 240, q3 = 6372, q4 = 1380, }, [2] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1213, q1 = 3466, q2 = 249, q3 = 6418, q4 = 1393, }, [3] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 3471, q2 = 250, q3 = 6465, q4 = 1409, }, [4] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 3439, q2 = 251, q3 = 6514, q4 = 1450, }, [5] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2886, q2 = 251, q3 = 7100, q4 = 1468, }, [6] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2880, q2 = 257, q3 = 7102, q4 = 1526, }, [7] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2874, q2 = 264, q3 = 7055, q4 = 1670, }, [8] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2859, q2 = 263, q3 = 6971, q4 = 1808, }, [9] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1216, q1 = 2816, q2 = 267, q3 = 7094, q4 = 1819, }, [10] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1216, q1 = 3035, q2 = 284, q3 = 7150, q4 = 1844, }, [11] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1223, q1 = 2937, q2 = 291, q3 = 7279, q4 = 1854, }, [12] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1223, q1 = 2881, q2 = 299, q3 = 7397, q4 = 1858, }, [13] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1235, q1 = 2877, q2 = 310, q3 = 7501, q4 = 1866, }, [14] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1241, q1 = 2771, q2 = 320, q3 = 7613, q4 = 1937, }, [15] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1241, q1 = 2718, q2 = 336, q3 = 7729, q4 = 1965, }, [16] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1243, q1 = 2711, q2 = 334, q3 = 7787, q4 = 1971, }, [17] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1243, q1 = 2670, q2 = 323, q3 = 7861, q4 = 1980, }, [18] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1244, q1 = 2588, q2 = 325, q3 = 7970, q4 = 1989, }, [19] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1245, q1 = 2550, q2 = 322, q3 = 7829, q4 = 2205, }, [20] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1245, q1 = 2546, q2 = 302, q3 = 7738, q4 = 2368, }, [21] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1253, q1 = 2531, q2 = 292, q3 = 7783, q4 = 2394, }, [22] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1254, q1 = 2496, q2 = 285, q3 = 7804, q4 = 2448, }, [23] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2484, q2 = 272, q3 = 7757, q4 = 2524, }, [24] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2442, q2 = 259, q3 = 7815, q4 = 2576, }, [25] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2419, q2 = 244, q3 = 7844, q4 = 2607, }, }, } m8ohelze129pi6e9qd2cjszj9xghtgg 14130334 14130146 2024-04-26T00:05:53Z InductiveBot 204982 Updating current daily statistics for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Automatically generated daily data for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] ]=] return { days = { [0] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1190, q1 = 3490, q2 = 234, q3 = 6324, q4 = 1338, }, [1] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1213, q1 = 3469, q2 = 240, q3 = 6372, q4 = 1380, }, [2] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1213, q1 = 3466, q2 = 249, q3 = 6418, q4 = 1393, }, [3] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 3471, q2 = 250, q3 = 6465, q4 = 1409, }, [4] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 3439, q2 = 251, q3 = 6514, q4 = 1450, }, [5] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2886, q2 = 251, q3 = 7100, q4 = 1468, }, [6] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2880, q2 = 257, q3 = 7102, q4 = 1526, }, [7] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2874, q2 = 264, q3 = 7055, q4 = 1670, }, [8] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2859, q2 = 263, q3 = 6971, q4 = 1808, }, [9] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1216, q1 = 2816, q2 = 267, q3 = 7094, q4 = 1819, }, [10] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1216, q1 = 3035, q2 = 284, q3 = 7150, q4 = 1844, }, [11] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1223, q1 = 2937, q2 = 291, q3 = 7279, q4 = 1854, }, [12] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1223, q1 = 2881, q2 = 299, q3 = 7397, q4 = 1858, }, [13] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1235, q1 = 2877, q2 = 310, q3 = 7501, q4 = 1866, }, [14] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1241, q1 = 2771, q2 = 320, q3 = 7613, q4 = 1937, }, [15] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1241, q1 = 2718, q2 = 336, q3 = 7729, q4 = 1965, }, [16] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1243, q1 = 2711, q2 = 334, q3 = 7787, q4 = 1971, }, [17] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1243, q1 = 2670, q2 = 323, q3 = 7861, q4 = 1980, }, [18] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1244, q1 = 2588, q2 = 325, q3 = 7970, q4 = 1989, }, [19] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1245, q1 = 2550, q2 = 322, q3 = 7829, q4 = 2205, }, [20] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1245, q1 = 2546, q2 = 302, q3 = 7738, q4 = 2368, }, [21] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1253, q1 = 2531, q2 = 292, q3 = 7783, q4 = 2394, }, [22] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1254, q1 = 2496, q2 = 285, q3 = 7804, q4 = 2448, }, [23] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2484, q2 = 272, q3 = 7757, q4 = 2524, }, [24] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2442, q2 = 259, q3 = 7815, q4 = 2576, }, [25] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2415, q2 = 244, q3 = 7848, q4 = 2607, }, [26] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2415, q2 = 244, q3 = 7848, q4 = 2607, }, }, } 83iv5n1d4h9pm6h906e4b2vzuv1pxdc 14130452 14130334 2024-04-26T02:05:50Z InductiveBot 204982 Updating current daily statistics for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Automatically generated daily data for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] ]=] return { days = { [0] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1190, q1 = 3490, q2 = 234, q3 = 6324, q4 = 1338, }, [1] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1213, q1 = 3469, q2 = 240, q3 = 6372, q4 = 1380, }, [2] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1213, q1 = 3466, q2 = 249, q3 = 6418, q4 = 1393, }, [3] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 3471, q2 = 250, q3 = 6465, q4 = 1409, }, [4] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 3439, q2 = 251, q3 = 6514, q4 = 1450, }, [5] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2886, q2 = 251, q3 = 7100, q4 = 1468, }, [6] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2880, q2 = 257, q3 = 7102, q4 = 1526, }, [7] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2874, q2 = 264, q3 = 7055, q4 = 1670, }, [8] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2859, q2 = 263, q3 = 6971, q4 = 1808, }, [9] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1216, q1 = 2816, q2 = 267, q3 = 7094, q4 = 1819, }, [10] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1216, q1 = 3035, q2 = 284, q3 = 7150, q4 = 1844, }, [11] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1223, q1 = 2937, q2 = 291, q3 = 7279, q4 = 1854, }, [12] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1223, q1 = 2881, q2 = 299, q3 = 7397, q4 = 1858, }, [13] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1235, q1 = 2877, q2 = 310, q3 = 7501, q4 = 1866, }, [14] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1241, q1 = 2771, q2 = 320, q3 = 7613, q4 = 1937, }, [15] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1241, q1 = 2718, q2 = 336, q3 = 7729, q4 = 1965, }, [16] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1243, q1 = 2711, q2 = 334, q3 = 7787, q4 = 1971, }, [17] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1243, q1 = 2670, q2 = 323, q3 = 7861, q4 = 1980, }, [18] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1244, q1 = 2588, q2 = 325, q3 = 7970, q4 = 1989, }, [19] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1245, q1 = 2550, q2 = 322, q3 = 7829, q4 = 2205, }, [20] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1245, q1 = 2546, q2 = 302, q3 = 7738, q4 = 2368, }, [21] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1253, q1 = 2531, q2 = 292, q3 = 7783, q4 = 2394, }, [22] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1254, q1 = 2496, q2 = 285, q3 = 7804, q4 = 2448, }, [23] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2484, q2 = 272, q3 = 7757, q4 = 2524, }, [24] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2442, q2 = 259, q3 = 7815, q4 = 2576, }, [25] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2415, q2 = 244, q3 = 7848, q4 = 2607, }, [26] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2415, q2 = 244, q3 = 7851, q4 = 2607, }, }, } hnyiitlmn16f14gea5fy9lpnlt5j1lg 14130635 14130452 2024-04-26T06:05:56Z InductiveBot 204982 Updating current daily statistics for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Automatically generated daily data for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] ]=] return { days = { [0] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1190, q1 = 3490, q2 = 234, q3 = 6324, q4 = 1338, }, [1] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1213, q1 = 3469, q2 = 240, q3 = 6372, q4 = 1380, }, [2] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1213, q1 = 3466, q2 = 249, q3 = 6418, q4 = 1393, }, [3] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 3471, q2 = 250, q3 = 6465, q4 = 1409, }, [4] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 3439, q2 = 251, q3 = 6514, q4 = 1450, }, [5] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2886, q2 = 251, q3 = 7100, q4 = 1468, }, [6] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2880, q2 = 257, q3 = 7102, q4 = 1526, }, [7] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2874, q2 = 264, q3 = 7055, q4 = 1670, }, [8] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2859, q2 = 263, q3 = 6971, q4 = 1808, }, [9] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1216, q1 = 2816, q2 = 267, q3 = 7094, q4 = 1819, }, [10] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1216, q1 = 3035, q2 = 284, q3 = 7150, q4 = 1844, }, [11] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1223, q1 = 2937, q2 = 291, q3 = 7279, q4 = 1854, }, [12] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1223, q1 = 2881, q2 = 299, q3 = 7397, q4 = 1858, }, [13] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1235, q1 = 2877, q2 = 310, q3 = 7501, q4 = 1866, }, [14] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1241, q1 = 2771, q2 = 320, q3 = 7613, q4 = 1937, }, [15] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1241, q1 = 2718, q2 = 336, q3 = 7729, q4 = 1965, }, [16] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1243, q1 = 2711, q2 = 334, q3 = 7787, q4 = 1971, }, [17] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1243, q1 = 2670, q2 = 323, q3 = 7861, q4 = 1980, }, [18] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1244, q1 = 2588, q2 = 325, q3 = 7970, q4 = 1989, }, [19] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1245, q1 = 2550, q2 = 322, q3 = 7829, q4 = 2205, }, [20] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1245, q1 = 2546, q2 = 302, q3 = 7738, q4 = 2368, }, [21] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1253, q1 = 2531, q2 = 292, q3 = 7783, q4 = 2394, }, [22] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1254, q1 = 2496, q2 = 285, q3 = 7804, q4 = 2448, }, [23] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2484, q2 = 272, q3 = 7757, q4 = 2524, }, [24] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2442, q2 = 259, q3 = 7815, q4 = 2576, }, [25] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2415, q2 = 244, q3 = 7848, q4 = 2607, }, [26] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2416, q2 = 244, q3 = 7848, q4 = 2610, }, }, } rgxqwbtb7hyuz1ins6o936k16py3opm 14131260 14130635 2024-04-26T08:05:56Z InductiveBot 204982 Updating current daily statistics for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Automatically generated daily data for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] ]=] return { days = { [0] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1190, q1 = 3490, q2 = 234, q3 = 6324, q4 = 1338, }, [1] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1213, q1 = 3469, q2 = 240, q3 = 6372, q4 = 1380, }, [2] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1213, q1 = 3466, q2 = 249, q3 = 6418, q4 = 1393, }, [3] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 3471, q2 = 250, q3 = 6465, q4 = 1409, }, [4] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 3439, q2 = 251, q3 = 6514, q4 = 1450, }, [5] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2886, q2 = 251, q3 = 7100, q4 = 1468, }, [6] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2880, q2 = 257, q3 = 7102, q4 = 1526, }, [7] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2874, q2 = 264, q3 = 7055, q4 = 1670, }, [8] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2859, q2 = 263, q3 = 6971, q4 = 1808, }, [9] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1216, q1 = 2816, q2 = 267, q3 = 7094, q4 = 1819, }, [10] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1216, q1 = 3035, q2 = 284, q3 = 7150, q4 = 1844, }, [11] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1223, q1 = 2937, q2 = 291, q3 = 7279, q4 = 1854, }, [12] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1223, q1 = 2881, q2 = 299, q3 = 7397, q4 = 1858, }, [13] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1235, q1 = 2877, q2 = 310, q3 = 7501, q4 = 1866, }, [14] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1241, q1 = 2771, q2 = 320, q3 = 7613, q4 = 1937, }, [15] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1241, q1 = 2718, q2 = 336, q3 = 7729, q4 = 1965, }, [16] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1243, q1 = 2711, q2 = 334, q3 = 7787, q4 = 1971, }, [17] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1243, q1 = 2670, q2 = 323, q3 = 7861, q4 = 1980, }, [18] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1244, q1 = 2588, q2 = 325, q3 = 7970, q4 = 1989, }, [19] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1245, q1 = 2550, q2 = 322, q3 = 7829, q4 = 2205, }, [20] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1245, q1 = 2546, q2 = 302, q3 = 7738, q4 = 2368, }, [21] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1253, q1 = 2531, q2 = 292, q3 = 7783, q4 = 2394, }, [22] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1254, q1 = 2496, q2 = 285, q3 = 7804, q4 = 2448, }, [23] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2484, q2 = 272, q3 = 7757, q4 = 2524, }, [24] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2442, q2 = 259, q3 = 7815, q4 = 2576, }, [25] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2415, q2 = 244, q3 = 7848, q4 = 2607, }, [26] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2416, q2 = 244, q3 = 7847, q4 = 2611, }, }, } f2mvz40lwij806opq3tvah2aujp39ph 14131375 14131260 2024-04-26T10:05:55Z InductiveBot 204982 Updating current daily statistics for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Automatically generated daily data for indexes in [[Wikisource:Community collaboration/Monthly Challenge/April 2024]] ]=] return { days = { [0] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1190, q1 = 3490, q2 = 234, q3 = 6324, q4 = 1338, }, [1] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1213, q1 = 3469, q2 = 240, q3 = 6372, q4 = 1380, }, [2] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1213, q1 = 3466, q2 = 249, q3 = 6418, q4 = 1393, }, [3] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 3471, q2 = 250, q3 = 6465, q4 = 1409, }, [4] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 3439, q2 = 251, q3 = 6514, q4 = 1450, }, [5] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2886, q2 = 251, q3 = 7100, q4 = 1468, }, [6] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2880, q2 = 257, q3 = 7102, q4 = 1526, }, [7] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2874, q2 = 264, q3 = 7055, q4 = 1670, }, [8] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1214, q1 = 2859, q2 = 263, q3 = 6971, q4 = 1808, }, [9] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1216, q1 = 2816, q2 = 267, q3 = 7094, q4 = 1819, }, [10] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1216, q1 = 3035, q2 = 284, q3 = 7150, q4 = 1844, }, [11] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1223, q1 = 2937, q2 = 291, q3 = 7279, q4 = 1854, }, [12] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1223, q1 = 2881, q2 = 299, q3 = 7397, q4 = 1858, }, [13] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1235, q1 = 2877, q2 = 310, q3 = 7501, q4 = 1866, }, [14] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1241, q1 = 2771, q2 = 320, q3 = 7613, q4 = 1937, }, [15] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1241, q1 = 2718, q2 = 336, q3 = 7729, q4 = 1965, }, [16] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1243, q1 = 2711, q2 = 334, q3 = 7787, q4 = 1971, }, [17] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1243, q1 = 2670, q2 = 323, q3 = 7861, q4 = 1980, }, [18] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1244, q1 = 2588, q2 = 325, q3 = 7970, q4 = 1989, }, [19] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1245, q1 = 2550, q2 = 322, q3 = 7829, q4 = 2205, }, [20] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1245, q1 = 2546, q2 = 302, q3 = 7738, q4 = 2368, }, [21] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1253, q1 = 2531, q2 = 292, q3 = 7783, q4 = 2394, }, [22] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1254, q1 = 2496, q2 = 285, q3 = 7804, q4 = 2448, }, [23] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2484, q2 = 272, q3 = 7757, q4 = 2524, }, [24] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2442, q2 = 259, q3 = 7815, q4 = 2576, }, [25] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2415, q2 = 244, q3 = 7848, q4 = 2607, }, [26] = { count = 25430, q0 = 1259, q1 = 2416, q2 = 242, q3 = 7861, q4 = 2611, }, }, } mvus1fzr0frjeto7kqgu79s0ih24qb6 Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/138 104 4461312 14128325 13991022 2024-04-25T17:10:52Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|128|LADY CHATTERLEY'S LOVER}}</noinclude>of his seed, then the slow-subsiding thrust. That thrust of the buttocks, surely it was a little ridiculous. If you were a woman, and apart in all the business, surely that thrusting of the man's buttocks was supremely ridiculous. Surely the man was intensely ridiculous in this posture and this act! But she lay still, without recoil. Even, when he had finished, she did not rouse herself to get a grip on her own satisfaction, as she had done with Michaelis; she lay still, and the tears slowly filled and ran from her eyes. He lay still, too. But he held her close and tried to cover her poor naked legs with his legs, to keep them warm. He lay on her with a close, undoubting warmth. "Are ter cold?" he asked, in a soft, small voice, as if she were close, so close. Whereas she was left out, distant. "No! But I must go," she said gently. He sighed, held her closer, then relaxed to rest again. He had not guessed her tears. He thought she was there with him. "I must go," she repeated. He lifted himself, kneeled beside her a moment, kissed the inner side of her thighs, then drew down her skirts, buttoning his own clothes unthinking, not even turning aside, in the faint, faint light from the lantern. "Tha mun come ter th' cottage one time," he said, looking down at her with a warm, sure, easy face. But she lay there inert, and was gazing up at him thinking. Stranger! Stranger! She even resented him a little. He put on his coat and looked for his hat, which had fallen, then he slung on his gun. "Come then!" he said, looking down at her with those warm, peaceful sort of eyes. She rose slowly. She didn't want to go. She also rather resented staying. He helped her with her thin waterproof, and saw she was tidy. Then he opened the door. The outside was quite dark. The faithful dog under the porch stood up with pleasure seeing him. The drizzle of rain drifted greyly past under the darkness. It was quite dark. "Ah mun ta'e th' lantern," he said. "The'll be nob'dy." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> saum03bbkuhqit6rwqx7y383fuzsuj0 Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/139 104 4461653 14128328 13991759 2024-04-25T17:10:56Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|129|LADY CHATTERLEY'S LOVER}}</noinclude>He walked just before her in the narrow path, swinging the hurricane lamp low, revealing the wet grass, the black shiny tree roots like snakes, wan flowers. For the rest, all was grey rain-mist and complete darkness. "Tha mun come to the cottage one time," he said, "shall ta? We might as well be hung for a sheep as for a lamb." It puzzled her, his queer, persistent wanting her, when there was nothing between them, when he never really spoke to her, and in spite of herself she resented the dialect. His "tha mun come" seemed not addressed to her, but some common woman. She recognized the foxglove leaves of the riding and knew, more or less, where they were. "It's quarter past seven," he said, "you'll do it." He had changed his voice, seemed to feel her distance. As they turned the last bend in the riding towards the hazel wall and the gate, he blew out the light. "We'll see from here," he said, taking her gently by the arm. But it was difficult, the earth under their feet was a mystery, but he felt his way by tread: he was used to it. At the gate he gave her his electric torch. "It's a bit lighter in the park," he said; "but take it for fear you get off th' path." It was true, there seemed a ghost-glimmer of greyness in the open space of the park. He suddenly drew her to him and whipped his hand under her dress again, feeling her warm body with his wet, chill hand. "I could die for the touch of a woman like thee," he said in his throat. "If tha' would stop another minute." She felt the sudden force of his wanting her again. "No, I must run," she said, a little wildly. "Ay," he replied, suddenly changed, letting her go. She turned away, and on the instant she turned back to him saying: "Kiss me." He bent over her indistinguishable and kissed her on the left eye. She held her mouth and he softly kissed it, but at once drew away. He hated mouth kisses, "I'll come tomorrow," she said, drawing away; "if I can," she added. "Ay! not so late," he replied out of the darkness. Already she could not see him at all. "Good night," she said. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> lu3e9xrz0cmudgb6yjmsyqsxkwdb9ln Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/140 104 4461654 14128329 13991762 2024-04-25T17:11:04Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|130|LADY CHATTERLEY'S LOVER}}</noinclude>"Good night, your Ladyship," his voice. She stopped and looked back into the wet dark. She could just see the bulk of him. "Why did you say that?" she said. "Nay," he replied. "Good night then, run!" She plunged on in the dark-grey tangible night. She found the side door open, and slipped into her room unseen. As she closed the door the gong sounded, but she would take her bath all the same—she must take her bath. "But I won't be late any more," she said to herself; "it's too annoying." The next day she did not go to the wood. She went instead with Clifford to Uthwaite. He could occasionally go out now in the car, and had a strong young man as chauffeur, who could help him out of the car if need be. He particularly wanted to see his godfather, Leslie Winter, who lived at Shipley Hall, not far from Uthwaite. Winter was an elderly gentleman now, wealthy, one of the wealthy coal-owners who had had their heyday in King Edward's time. King Edward had stayed more than once at Shipley, for the shooting. It was a handsome old stucco hall, very elegantly appointed, for Winter was a bachelor and prided himself on his style; but the place was beset by collieries. Leslie Winter was attached to Clifford, but personally did not entertain a great respect for him, because of the photographs in illustrated papers and the literature. The old man was a buck of the King Edward school, who thought life was life and the scribbling fellows were something else. Towards Connie the Squire was always rather gallant; he thought her an attractive demure maiden and rather wasted on Clifford, and it was a thousand pities she stood no chance of bringing forth an heir to Wragby. He himself had no heir. Connie wondered what he would say if he knew that Clifford's gamekeeper had been having intercourse with her, and saying to her "tha' mun come to th' cottage one time." He would detest and despise her, for he had come almost to hate the shoving forward of the working classes. A man of her own class he would not mind, for Connie was gifted from nature with this appearance of demure, submissive maidenliness, and perhaps it was part of her nature. Winter called her "dear child" and gave her a rather lovely miniature of an eighteenth-century lady, rather against her will. But Connie was preoccupied with her affair with the keeper. After all Mr. Winter, who was really a gentleman and a man of the<noinclude></noinclude> ejz90mct46ngeeoc3j3g6lclwl1x0wa Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/141 104 4462544 14128330 13994364 2024-04-25T17:11:06Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|131|LADY CHATTERLEY'S LOVER}}</noinclude>world, treated her as a person and a discriminating individual; he did not lump her together with all the rest of his female womanhood in his "thee" and "tha." She did not go to the wood that day nor the next, nor the day following. She did not go so long as she felt, or imagined she felt, the man waiting for her, wanting her. But the fourth day she was terribly unsettled and uneasy. She still refused to go to the wood and open her thighs once more to the man. She thought of all the things she might do—drive to Sheffield, pay visits, and the thought of all these things was repellent. At last she decided to take a walk, not towards the wood, but in the opposite direction; she would go to Marehay, through the little iron gate in the other side of the park fence. It was a quiet grey day of spring, almost warm. She walked on unheeding, absorbed in thoughts she was not even conscious of. She was not really aware of anything outside her, till she was startled by the loud barking of the dog at Marehay Farm. Marehay Farm! Its pastures ran up to Wragby park fence, so they were neighbours, but it was some time since Connie had called. "Bell!" she said to the big white bull-terrier. "Bell! have you forgotten me? Don't you know me?"—She was afraid of dogs, and Bell stood back and bellowed, and she wanted to pass through the farmyard on to the warren path. Mrs. Flint appeared. She was a woman of Constance's own age, had been a schoolteacher, but Connie suspected her of being rather a false little thing. "Why, it's Lady Chatterley! Why?" And Mrs. Flint's eyes glowed again, and she flushed like a young girl. "Bell, Bell. Why! barking at Lady Chatterley! Bell! Be quiet!" She darted forward and slashed at the dog with a white cloth she held in her hand, then came forward to Connie. "She used to know me," said Connie, shaking hands. The Flints were Chatterley tenants. "Of course she knows your Ladyship! She's just showing off," said Mrs. Flint, glowing and looking up with a sort of flushed confusion, "but it's so long since she's seen you. I do hope you are better." "Yes thanks, I'm all right." "We've hardly seen you all winter. Will you come in and look at the baby?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> grf3e79kswtn262pc6shp171ytcoexd Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/142 104 4462549 14128331 13994374 2024-04-25T17:11:07Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|132|LADY CHATTERLEY'S LOVER}}</noinclude>"Well!" Connie hesitated. "Just for a minute." Mrs. Flint flew wildly in to tidy up, and Connie came slowly after her, hesitating in the rather dark kitchen where the kettle was boiling by the fire. Back came Mrs. Flint. "I do hope you'll excuse me," she said. "Will you come in here." They went into the living-room, where a baby was sitting on the rag hearthrug, and the table was roughly set for tea. A young servant-girl backed down the passage, shy and awkward. The baby was a perky little thing of about a year, with red hair like its father, and cheeky pale-blue eyes. It was a girl, and not to be daunted. It sat among cushions and was surrounded with rag dolls and other toys in modern excess. "Why, what a dear she is!" said Connie, "and how she's grown! A big girl! A big girl!" She had given it a shawl when it was born, and celluloid ducks for Christmas. "There, Josephine! Who's that come to see you? Who's this, Josephine? Lady Chatterley—you know Lady Chatterley, don't you?" The queer pert little mite gazed cheekily at Connie. Ladyships were still all the same to her. "Come! Will you come to me?" said Connie to the baby. The baby didn't care one way or another, so Connie picked her up and held her in her lap. How warm and lovely it was to hold a child in one's lap, and the soft little arms, the unconscious cheeky little legs. "I was just having a rough cup of tea all by myself. Luke's gone to market, so I can have it when I like. Would you care for a cup, Lady Chatterley? I don't suppose it's what you're used to, but if you would." Connie would, though she didn't want to be reminded of what she was used to. There was a great relaying of the table, and the best cups brought and the best teapot. "If only you wouldn't take any trouble," said Connie. But if Mrs. Flint took no trouble, where was the fun! So Connie played with the child and was amused by its little female dauntlessness, and got a deep voluptuous pleasure out of its soft young warmth. Young life! And so fearless! So fearless, because so defenceless, All the older people, so narrow with fear! {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> hc08da3gjhebznupgnorxm6twoya99s Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/143 104 4462552 14128332 13994385 2024-04-25T17:11:11Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|133|LADY CHATTERLEY'S LOVER}}</noinclude>She had a cup of tea, which was rather strong, and very good bread and butter, and bottled damsons. Mrs. Flint flushed and glowed and bridled with excitement, as if Connie were some gallant knight. And they had a real female chat, and both of them enjoyed it. "It's a poor little tea, though," said Mrs. Flint. "It's much nicer than at home," said Connie truthfully. "Oh-h!" said Mrs. Flint, not believing, of course. But at last Connie rose. "I must go," she said. "My husband has no idea where I am. He'll be wondering all kinds of things." "He'll never think you're here," laughed Mrs. Flint excitedly. "He'll be sending the crier round." "Goodbye, Josephine," said Connie, kissing the baby and ruffling its red, wispy hair. Mrs. Flint insisted on opening the locked and barred front door. Connie emerged in the farm's little front garden, shut in by a privet hedge. There were two rows of auriculas by the path, very velvety and rich. "Lovely auriculas," said Connie. "Recklesses, as Luke calls them," laughed Mrs. Flint. "Have some." And eagerly she picked the velvet and primrose flowers. "Enough! Enough!" said Connie. They came to the little garden gate. "Which way were you going?" asked Mrs. Flint. "By the warren." "Let me see! Oh yes, the cows are in the gin close. But they're not up yet. But the gate's locked, you'll have to climb." "I can climb," said Connie. "Perhaps I can just go down the close with you." They went down the poor, rabbit-bitten pasture. Birds were whistling in wild evening triumph in the wood. A man was calling up the last cows, which trailed slowly over the path-worn pasture. "They're late, milking, tonight," said Mrs. Flint severely. "They know Luke won't be back till after dark." They came to the fence, beyond which the young fir wood bristled dense. There was a little gate, but it was locked. In the grass on the inside stood a bottle, empty. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 5n2q68nr1yoongate01jjb0tw6pdmne Page:Lady Chatterley's Lover by DH Lawrence.djvu/144 104 4462557 14128333 13994428 2024-04-25T17:11:14Z MpaaBot 350769 /* Proofread */ fix blanks, punctuation or typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|134|LADY CHATTERLEY'S LOVER}}</noinclude>"There's the keeper's empty bottle for his milk," explained Mrs. Flint. "We bring it as far as here for him, and then he fetches it himself." "When?" said Connie. "Oh, any time he's around. Often in the morning. Well, good-bye Lady Chatterley! And do come again. It was so lovely having you." Connie climbed the fence into the narrow path between the dense, bristling young firs. Mrs. Flint went running back across the pasture, in a sunbonnet, because she was really a schoolteacher. Constance didn't like this dense new part of the wood; it seemed gruesome and choking. She hurried on with her head down, thinking of the Flint's baby. It was a dear little thing, but it would be a bit bow-legged like its father. It showed already, but perhaps it would grow out of it. How warm and fulfilling somehow to have a baby, and how Mrs. Flint had showed it off! She had something anyhow that Connie hadn't got, and apparently couldn't have. Yes, Mrs. Flint had flaunted her motherhood. And Connie had been just a bit, just a little bit jealous. She couldn't help it. She started out of her muse, and gave a little cry of fear. A man was there. It was the keeper, he stood in the path like [[w:Balaam|Balaam's]] ass, barring her way. "How's this?" he said in surprise. "How did you come?" she panted. "How did you? Have you been to the hut?" "No! No! I went to Marehay." He looked at her curiously, searchingly, and she hung her head a little guiltily. "And were you going to the hut now?" he asked rather sternly. "No! I mustn't. I stayed at Marehay. No one knows where I am. I'm late. I've got to run." "Giving me the slip, like?" he said, with a faint ironic smile. "No! No. Not that. Only—" "Why, what else?" he said. And he stepped up to her, and put his arm around her. She felt the front of his body terribly near to her, and alive. "Oh, not now, not now," she cried, trying to push him away. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 1vm0hnx7mhdig2firrcag6tf316xal9 Page:Critical Pronouncing Dictionary (Walker, 4th edition, London, 1806).pdf/104 104 4463176 14127920 14125020 2024-04-25T14:26:07Z Sosdately 3101448 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Sosdately" /></noinclude>Afore, a-fore'. prep. Before, nearer in place to any thing; sooner in tune. Afore, a-fore'. ad. In time foregone or past; first in the way; in front, in the fore part. Aforegoing, a-fore'go-ing. part. a. Going before. Aforehand, a-fore'hand. ad. By a previous provision; provided, prepared; previously fitted. Aforementioned, a-fore'men-shund. a. (362) Mentioned before. Aforenamed, a-fore'na'med. a. Named before. (362) Aforesaid, a-fore'sade. a. Said before. Aforetime, a-fore'time. ad. In time past. Afraid, a-frade'. part. a. Struck with fear, terrified, fearful. Afresh, a-fresh'. ad. Anew, again. Afront, a-frunt'. ad. (165) In front, in direct opposition. After, af'tur. prep. (98) Following in place; in pursuit of; behind; posterior in time; according to; in imitation of. After, af'tur. ad. In succeeding time; following another. Afterages, af'tur-a'jez. s. Succeeding times, posterity. Afterall, af'tur-all'. ad. At last, in fine, in conclusion. Afterbirth, af'tur-berth. s. The secundine. Afterclap, af'tur-klap. s. Unexpected event happening after an affair is supposed to be at an end. Aftercost, af'tur-kost. s. The expence incurred after the original plan is executed. Aftercrop, af'tur-krop. s. Second harvest. Aftergame, af'tur-game. s. Methods taken after the first turn of affairs. Aftermath, af'tur-math. s. Second crop of grass mown in Autumn. Afternoon, af'tur-noon'. s. The time from the meridian to the evening. Afterpains, af'tur-panz. s. Pains after birth. Aftertaste, af'tur-taste. s. Taste remaining upon the tongue after the draught. Afterthought, af'tur-thawt. s. Reflections after the act, expedients formed too late. Aftertimes, af'tur-timz. s. Succeeding times. Afterward, af'tur-ward. ad. (88) In succeeding time. Afterwit. af'tur-wit. s. Contrivance of expedients after the occasion of using them is past. Again, a-gen'. ad. (206) A second time, once more; back, in restitution; besides, in any other time or place; twice as much, marking the same quantity once repeated; again and again, with frequent repetition. We find this word written according to the general pronunciation in the Duke of Buckingham's verses to Mr. Pope: "I little thought of launching forth ngen, [??] "Amidst advent'rous rovers of the pen." Against, a-genst'. prep. (206) Contrary, opposite, in general; with contrary motion or tendency, used of material action; opposite to, in place; in expectation of. Agape, a-gape'. ad. (75) Staring with eagerness. — See Gape. Agarick, ag'a-rik. s. A drug of use in physic, and the dying trade. Agast, a-gast'. a. Amaze. Agate, ag'at. s. (91) A precious stone of the lowest class. Agaty, ag'a-te. a. Partaking of the nature of agate. To Agaze, a-gaze'. v. a. To strike with amazement. Age, aje. s. Any period of time attributed to something as the whole, or part of its duration; a succession or generation of men; the time in which any particular man, or race of men, lived, as, the age of heroes; the space of a hundred years; the latter part of life; old age; in law, in a man the age of twenty-one years is the full age, a woman at twenty-one is able to alienate her lands. Aged, a'jed. a. (363) Old, stricken in years. Agedly, a'jed-le. ad. After the manner of an aged person. Agen, a-gen'. ad. (206) Again, in return. Agency, a'jen-se. s. The quality of acting, the state of being in action; business performed by an agent. Agent, a'jent. a. Acting upon, active. Agent, a'jent. s. A substitute, a deputy, a factor; that which has the power of operating. Aggeneration, ad-jen-nur-a'shun. s. The state of growing to another body. To Aggerate, ad'jur-ate. v. a. To heap up. — See Exaggerate. To Agglomerate, ag-glom'mur-ate. v. a. To gather up in a ball, as thread. Agglutinants, ag-glu'te-nants. s. Those medicines which have the power of uniting parts together. To Agglutinate, ag-glu'te-nate. v. n. To unite one part to another. Agglutination, ag-glu'te-na'shun. s. Union, cohesion. Agglutinative, ag-glu'te-na-tiv. a. That which has the power of procuring agglutination. (512) To Aggrandize, ag'gran-dize. v. a. (159) To make great, to enlarge, to exalt. Aggrandizement, ag'gran dizeirient. See Academy. The state of being aggrandized. Aggrandizer, ag'gran-dSzc-ur. s. The person that makes another great. To Aggravate, ag'gra-vate. v. a. (91) To make heavy, in a metaphorical sense, as, to aggravate an accusation-; to make any thing worse. Aggravation, ag-gra-va'shun. s The act of aggravating ; the circumstances which heighten guilt or calamity. Aggregate, ag'gre-gate. a. (01) Framed by the collection of particular partsinto one mass. Aggregate, ag'gre-gate. s. The result of the conjunction of many parti culars. To Aggregate, ag'gre-gate. v. a. To collect together, to heap many particulars into one mass. Aggregation, ag,-gre-ga' shun, s. The act of collecting many particulars inK> one whole ; the whole composed by the col lection of many particulars ; state of being collected. To Aggress, ag-gress'. v. n. To commit the first act of violence. Aggression, ag-gresh'un. s. Commencement of a quarrel by some act of iniquity. Aggressor, ag-gres'sur. s. (9s) The assmlter or invader, opposed to the de fendant. (418) ^ggrievance, ag-gre'vanse. s. Injury, wrong. To Aggrieve, ag-greve'. v. a. To give sorrow, to vex ; to impose, to hurt in one's right. (875) To AggroUP, ag-gro6p'. v. a; To bring together into one figure. Agitast, a ga>t'. a. Stiuck with horror, as at rhe sight of a spectre. Agile, aj'il. a. (i40) Nimble, ready, active. Agileness, aj'ii-nes*. s. Nimblcness, quickness, activity. Agility, a-jil'c-te s. (511) Nimbleness, quickness, activity. To Agist, a-jist'. v. a. To take in and feed the cattle of strangers in the king's forest, and to gather the money. Agistment, a-jist'ment. sComposition, or mean rate. Agitable, aj'e-ta-bl. s. That which may be put in motion. To Agitate, aj'e-tate. v. a. (91 ) To put in motion ; to actuate, to move ; to affect with perturbation ; to bandy, to discuss, to controvert. Agitation, aj-e-ta'shun. s. The act of moving any thing ; the stale of being moved ; discussion, controversial ex amination; perturbation, disturbance of the thoughts ; deliberation, the state of being con sulted upon. Agitator, aj'e-ta-tur. s. (521) He who manages affairs. Aglet, ag'let. s. A tag ofa point carved into some representation of an animal ; the pendants at the ends uf the chievel of flowers. Agminal, ag'me-nal. a. Belonging to a troop. Agnail, ag'nale. s. A whitlow. Agnation, ag-na'shun. s. Descent from the same father, in a direct male line. Agnition, ag-nlsh'un. s« Acknowledgement. To Agnize, ag-nize'. v. a. To acknowledge ; to own. Agnomination, ag - n* m-mc -ni shun. s. Allusion of one word to another.<noinclude></noinclude> bnasgir020ck0yws2m668w2d1avps7f Page:Memoirs of the Lady Hester Stanhope.djvu/98 104 4463302 14130541 14017906 2024-04-26T04:05:15Z David Nind 1530872 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="David Nind" />{{rvh|84|{{asc|Lady Hester Stanhope}}.|{{asc|Memoirs of}}}}</noinclude>neither; and perhaps it is better things should be as they are.'" Lady Hester added, "He has visited me two or three times: he is a sensible Scotchman, and I like him as well as anybody I have seen for some years." November 15.—It was night, when a messenger arrived from Beyrout, and brought a small parcel containing a superbly bound book presented to her ladyship by the Oriental Translation Fund Society. It was accompanied by a complimentary letter from the president, Sir Gore Ouseley. The book was ''"The History of the Temple of Jerusalem, translated by the Rev. J. Reynolds."'' After admiring it, and turning over the leaves, she said to me, "Look it over, and see what it is about," and then began to talk of Sir Gore. "I recollect, doctor," said she, "so well the night he was introduced to me: it was at Mr. Matook's (?) supper. "You may imagine the numbers and numbers of people I met in society, whilst I lived with Mr. Pitt, almost all of whom were dying to make my acquaintance, and of whom I necessarily could know little or nothing. Indeed, to the greater part of those who were introduced to me, if they saw me afterwards, when they bowed I might return the salutation, smile a little, and pass on, for I had not time to do more:—a person's life would not be long enough. Well, I<noinclude></noinclude> 9o33my3z4r2i2fwsjb5jzh0xr1jr44e Page:Memoirs of the Lady Hester Stanhope.djvu/99 104 4463303 14130547 14017911 2024-04-26T04:07:38Z David Nind 1530872 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="David Nind" />{{rvh|85|{{asc|Lady Hester Stanhope}}.|{{asc|Memoirs of}}}}</noinclude>recollect it was at a party where Charles X. was present—I think it was at Lord Harrington's—that somebody said to me, 'Mr. {{longdash}} wants to know you so much! Why won't you let him be introduced to you?'— Because I don't like people whose face is all oily, like a soap-ball,' answered I. Now, doctor, upon my word, I no more knew he had made his fortune by oil, than I do what was the colour of the paper in your saloon at Nice; and when his friend said, 'You are too bad, Lady Hester,' I did not understand what he meant. However, they told me there would be all the royalties there, and so I consented. "I have had an instinct all my life that never deceived me, about people who were thorough-bred or not; I knew them at once. Why was it, when Mr. H*******n came into a room, and took a long sweep with his hat, and made a stoop, and I said: 'One would think he was looking under the bed for the ''great business;''{{'}} and all the people laughed, and when at last Mr. Pitt said, 'Hester, you are too bad, you should not be personal,' I declared 'I did not know what he meant?' Then he explained to me that the man was a broken-down doctor, a fact which, I honestly assured him, I never heard of before. But my quickness in detecting people's old habits is so great, that I hit upon a thing without having the least previous intimation. "As I passed the card-table that evening where the<noinclude></noinclude> 2rkh036kc7gc2fxr2ua7exdw0drweu7 Page:The Grey Fairy Book.djvu/395 104 4465389 14128436 14002047 2024-04-25T17:32:43Z Chrisguise 2855804 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Chrisguise" />{{rh||''LONG, BROAD, AND QUICKEYE''|381}}</noinclude>an idle life would not please them, and that they could never be happy unless they were busy, so they went away to seek their fortunes, and for all I know are seeking still. {{dhr}} {{c|{{sm|[''Contes populaires''. Traduits par Louis Léger. Paris: Leroux, éditeur.]}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> 66i0728j5li0rr2547nix6isukwz1mw Page:TheTreesOfGreatBritainAndIreland vol02B.djvu/303 104 4465496 14128070 14002313 2024-04-25T15:45:00Z Dick Bos 15954 italics proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Dick Bos" />{{RH||Larix|381}}</noinclude>with ''L. americana.'' He states that cones of both species were sent annually from America to Loddiges, ''P. pendula'' under the name of black larch, and ''P. microcarpa'' as red larch; and that both kinds were growing in Loddiges’s nursery. Lawson’s ''Manual,'' published in 1836, gives a careful description of both species, and repeats the information that they are natives of North America. So far as we know ''Larix dahurica'' does not grow in N. America; and no traveller or botanist except Pursh ever claimed to have seen in the eastern part of the continent any species but ''L. americana.'' Pursh? asserts that ''L. pendula'' and ''L. microcarpa'' are distinct species, and were seen by him, the former growing in low cedar swamps from Canada to Jersey, the latter occurring about Hudson’s Bay and on the high mountains of New York and Pennsylvania. As ''L. americana'' varies in the size of the cone, it seems certain that Pursh only saw forms of ''L. americana.'' It is very difficult to understand how seeds of ''L. dahurica'' from eastern Siberia could have been introduced so early. Until about 1840 the American origin of ''L. pendula'' was unquestioned; and a tree planted in that year at Bayfordbury, and recorded in the planting book as ''L. pendula,'' is still living, and is undoubtedly ''L. dahurica. Larix dahurica'' was noticed first in Lawson’s ''Manual'' as a stunted bushy tree, growing poorly, as it was propagated from cuttings or layers; and is stated to have been introduced in 1827. {{float right|(A.H.){{gap}}}} {{dhr}} {{c|{{sc|Remarkable Trees}}}} The finest specimen we know is figured in Plate 106, and is growing on the edge of a grassy drive at Woburn Abbey, where I first noticed its peculiar bark on the occasion of the visit of the Scottish Arboricultural Society to that place in July 1903. None of the members present could name the tree, and on comparing the foliage with the specimens at Kew I came to the conclusion that it must be a tree which is mentioned in the ''Pinetum Woburnense'' as ''Larix pendula,'' I went to Woburn again on purpose to see it in flower, on 31st March 1905, when the difference in the flowers from those of a pendulous form of the common larch growing close by was evident. But the less rugged bark, which resembles that of a cedar, is the best distinction, and is clearly shown in our illustration. It measured 86 feet high by 6 feet 7 inches in girth in 1905. I have raised a seedling from this tree. A very similar tree is growing by the side of the entrance drive at Beauport, which from its bark and habit we believe to be of the same origin. At Bayfordbury the tree planted in 1840 as ''Larix pendula'' is now 56 feet high and 5 feet in girth, with a conical stem, and bark scaling in large thin plates. European larches planted near it at the same time are 70 feet high and 5 to 6½ in girth. A tree at Denbies, near Dorking, the seat of Lord Ashcombe, was in 1903 40 feet high and 2 feet in girth. It is said to have been sent to Denbies as ''Larix Griffithii'' by Sir Joseph Hooker, but some mistake had evidently been made in the plant that was forwarded from Kew some forty years ago. {{nop}} 1 ''Fl. Amer. Sept.'' ii, 645 (1814).<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> f8cyj01cqrg82biwdv2it8kga0yn4vn Page:TheTreesOfGreatBritainAndIreland vol02B.djvu/307 104 4465510 14128086 14002358 2024-04-25T15:49:29Z Dick Bos 15954 italics proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Dick Bos" />{{RH||Larix|383}}</noinclude>{{dhr}} {{c|{{larger|LARIX KURILENSIS}}}} {{dhr}} {{fine block|:''Larix kurilensis,'' Mayr, ''Abiet. Jap. Reiches,'' 66, t. 5, f. 15 (1890), and ''Fremdländ. Wald- u. Parkbäume,'' 300 (1906). :''Larix dahurica,'' Turczaninow, var. ''japonica,'' Maximowicz, in Regel, ''Rev. Sp. Gen. Larix,'' p. 59, and ''Gartenflora,'' xx. 105, t. 685 (1871); Miyabe, ''Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.'' iv. 261 (1890).}} {{dhr}} A tree, attaining in the Kurile Islands a height of 70 feet and a girth of 7 to 8 feet. Bark, according to Mayr, scarcely distinguishable from that of the Japanese larch. Young branchlets covered with a moderately dense, wavy, irregular pubescence. Branchlets of the second year shining reddish brown, pubescent. Base of the shoot girt by a ring of the previous season’s bud-scales, the uppermost of which are loose and reflected, no ring of pubescence being visible ; short shoots dark red, or almost black, shining. Terminal buds dark red, ovoid, with comparatively few scales, which are acuminate, non-resinous, ciliate with brown silky hairs. Lateral buds ovoid, dark red, with ciliate scales. Apical buds of the short shoots hemispherical, dark red, with no ring of pubescence at the base. Leaves glaucous, short, broad, and curved, about an inch long, rounded at the apex, few in a bundle, usually twenty to thirty, spreading so as to form a wide open cup around the bud; upper surface flattened, green without stomata; lower surface deeply keeled, with two bands of stomata, each of five lines. Flowers not seen. Cones small, cylindrical, about {{smaller|{{frac|3|4}}}} inch long, composed of few scales, less than twenty, with the bracts conspicuous at the base of the cone, but concealed elsewhere by the upper scales. Scales oval, longer than broad, about {{smaller|{{frac|1|3}}}} inch long ; upper margin thin, emarginate, slightly bevelled, not reflected; outer surface minutely pubescent towards the base. Bract panduriform, about half the length of the scale, terminated by a very short mucro. Seeds lying on the scale in two depressions which are separated by a membranous ridge, with the wings slightly divergent and extending up to the margin of the scale. Seed about {{smaller|{{frac|1|8}}}} inch long ; seed with wing about {{smaller|{{frac|1|3}}}} inch long; wing broadest just above the seed. {{float right|(A.H.){{gap}}}} This tree was first distinguished as a species by Dr. Mayr, the distinguished dendrologist and traveller, who found it in the Kurile Islands, especially on Iturupp,' where it forms forests of some extent. Sargent gives an excellent illustration, plate xxvi. in the ''Forest Flora of Japan,'' from a photograph taken by Dr. Mayr, and I am able to show its aspect in the same island from two photographs kindly given me by the Imperial Japanese Forest Department (Plate 107). The upper shows a forest of larch on Iturupp; the lower a scattered group near the shore on the same island. The tree was commonly planted in the neighbourhood of Sapporo, and it was introduced into Europe in 1888 by Dr. Mayr, and seems to grow almost as well as the Japanese larch, at least when young. There is a tree 15 feet high at Grafrath, 1 We adopt this spelling on Dr. Mayr’s authority, as the correct Aino name for the island. Eterofu is the Japanese form of the word, and Eterop a corrupt combination of both forms of spelling.<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 3mb02wd5j9u7cyvxzb8jgbtc30px4h7 Page:Patrick v Attorney-General (Cth).pdf/9 104 4465583 14130352 14023617 2024-04-26T00:17:40Z DraftSaturn15 3002956 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="DraftSaturn15" />{{quote/s}}</noinclude>:(b) a document in respect of which, by virtue of section 7, an agency, person or body is exempt from the operation of this Act; or :(c) an official document of a Minister that contains some matter that does not relate to the affairs of an agency or of a Department of State. {{quote/e}} 22 It is apparent that the "Mandatory access – general rule" in s 11A(3) applies only to requests that are made in accordance with s 15(2), including the requirement that the document be described in a way that enables it to be identified by the receiving agency or Minister. The rule is otherwise subject not only to the exemptions and conditional exemptions mentioned in s 11A(4) to (6), but to the whole of the FOI Act: see s 11A(2). If a document falls within the statutory definition of an "an exempt document", then access to the document is not required to be given because of s 11A(4): FOI Act, s 31A, item 1. Relevantly, a document is an exempt document if it is a cabinet document, or if it is subject to legal professional privilege: FOI Act, s 34, s 42. 23 Whether a document is exempt for the purposes of Pt IV of the FOI Act depends on the characterisation of the document itself and, in most instances, the characterisation of the information contained in it. The exemptions asserted by Mr Porter for example required the Document to be characterised as one recording or evidencing a communication in respect of which a claim of legal professional privilege could be maintained (s 42), or one that may be characterised as a Cabinet document, having regard ''inter alia'' to the reason for which it was brought into existence (s 34). However, a document may also be exempt for reasons unrelated to the content of the information contained in it or the reason for the document coming into existence, including (for example) because it is a document in respect of which an agency or person is exempt from the operation the FOI Act because of s 7. 24 There are numerous additional bases upon which access to a document may be refused, irrespective of the information contained in it. For example, s 24 permits a Minister to refuse to give access to a document subject to a request if a "practical refusal reason" exists in relation to it. The conditions for a "practical refusal reason" to exist are specified in s 24AA. They do not depend upon the content of the requested document, but rather upon the nature of the work involved in processing the request and the extent to which it would unreasonably divert resources, or upon the request not identifying the requested document in accordance with s 15(2)(b). As those provisions show, a request for access may be refused irrespective of whether there might otherwise exist a mandatory obligation to disclose it under s 11A(3). {{nop}}<noinclude>{{rule|align=left|15em}}{{rh|Patrick v Attorney-General (Cth) [2024] FCA 268||5}}</noinclude> n13djyifkso4ndc6w5dwgp02nt26fg4 Page:TheTreesOfGreatBritainAndIreland vol02B.djvu/309 104 4465937 14128109 14004591 2024-04-25T15:56:09Z Dick Bos 15954 italics proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Dick Bos" />{{RH||Larix|385}}</noinclude>reddish, glabrous. Terminal buds sharply conical, resinous, glabrous, the lowermost scales subulately pointed. Lateral buds ovoid, glabrous, resinous, directed slightly forwards. Apical buds of the short shoots conical, with loose scales, surrounded at the base by a ring of pubescence. Leaves glaucous, about 1{{smaller|{{frac|1|4}}}} inch long, rounded at the apex; upper surface flattened, with two bands of stomata, variable in the number of lines, often two to four in each band on leaves of the long shoots, usually one to two irregular lines on leaves of the short shoots; lower surface deeply keeled, with two conspicuous bands of stomata, each of five lines. Staminate flowers ovoid, sessile, smaller than in ''L. europea.'' Pistillate flowers ovoid, pinkish ; bracts all recurved, about {{smaller|{{frac|1|5}}}} inch long, oblong, broadest at the base, truncate, and scarcely emarginate at the apex, brownish with pink margins, mucro about {{smaller|{{frac|1|20}}}} inch long. Cones shortly ovoid, broad in proportion to their length, 1 to 1{{smaller|{{frac|1|4}}}} inch long, readily distinguished by the thin reflected upper margins of the scales, of which there are four to five spiral rows of eight to nine in each row. Scales almost orbicular, about {{smaller|{{frac|2|5}}}} inch long and wide; upper margin very thin, reflected, truncate or slightly emarginate ; outer surface furrowed, slightly pubescent. Seeds in very shallow depressions on the scale, their wings slightly divergent and extending to its upper margin; seed about {{smaller|{{frac|1|6}}}} inch long, with wing {{smaller|{{frac|2|5}}}} inch long. A stunted form, growing on the higher parts of Fuji-yama, was collected by John Gould Veitch, and was considered to be a new species by A. Murray;* and is recognised as a variety by Sargent. According to Mayr, it scarcely deserves to be ranked as a variety, as it only differs in being a low tree, with smaller cones than usual, which are only 2 inch in diameter and globular in shape. {{float right|(A.H.){{gap}}}} {{dhr}} {{c|{{sc|Introduction}}}} It was introduced by J.G. Veitch in 1861 from seeds which he procured during his visit to Japan. Nothing is said by Kent as to the number of plants raised and sent out at that time, but probably the number was small, as we know of few trees as old as forty-five years. Larger importations were made later, and the tree grew so well generally that it is now being planted almost everywhere, and some of the older trees have produced good seed for ten years or more. {{dhr}} {{c|{{sc|Distribution}}}} In Japan this larch grows naturally on the slopes of volcanic mountains in a sandy soil at 4000 to 6000 feet elevation, in a climate very much warmer and moister in summer, drier in winter, and less liable to late frosts than England. {{nop}} 1 ''Larix japonica,'' A. Murray, ''Pines and Firs of Japan,'' 94 (1863).<br />''Larix leptolepis,'' var. ''minor,'' A. Murray, ''Proc. Roy. Hort. Soc.'' ii. 633, f. 155 (1862).<br />''Larix leptolepis,'' var. ''Murrayana,'' Maximowicz, ''Ind. Sem. Hort. Petrop.'' 1866, p. 3.<br />''Larix japonica,'' var. ''microcarpa,'' Carrière, ''Conif.'' 354 (1867).<br />''Larix Kaempferi,'' var. ''minor,'' Sargent, ''Silva N. Amer,'' xii, 2, adnot. 2 (1898).<br />''Abies leptolepis,'' Lindley, ''Gard. Chron.'' 1861, p. 23.<noinclude>{{smallrefs}} {{RH|{{gap}}{{sc|ii}}||{{sc|2 b}}{{gap}}}}</noinclude> 7i9294i4g78c77geytd3z6vaatnt7r5 Page:TheTreesOfGreatBritainAndIreland vol02B.djvu/313 104 4465944 14128426 14004601 2024-04-25T17:29:37Z Dick Bos 15954 italics proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Dick Bos" />{{RH||Larix|387}}</noinclude>were plantations of European larch in every case adjoining those of the Japanese tree, and the former were all badly affected by disease. Henry concluded that the Japanese larch was practically immune from disease, though on his return to Kew he received specimens from estates in Perthshire and Dumfriesshire which were undoubtedly suffering from Peziza.! As, with the exception of Prof. Sargent and Dr. Mayr, no one had studied this tree in its native climate, I paid particular attention to it during my visit to Japan in 1904, and, as I have stated? elsewhere, came away with the impression that it is not likely to supersede the European larch as a forest tree, and am very doubtful whether it can be expected to become a profitable one, to plant under ordinary conditions. Though when young its growth is extremely rapid and vigorous, it has a great tendency to form spreading branches, and even in the much more favourable soil and climate of Japan, rarely, if ever, attains anything like the dimensions which the European larch does in Great Britain. Mayr’s opinion on the suitability of the tree for economic plantations in Europe is the same as my own, and he considers that though it may grow faster than the European larch for the first twenty years, yet that it will eventually be surpassed if planted under precisely similar conditions. He also agrees with me that though in selected positions and under careful cultivation it may not seem so liable as the European larch to the attacks of Peziza, yet that it is not immune, and the figures which he gives of its growth in Germany show that it has the same tendency to produce spreading branches there as in Great Britain. In a note on this tree by K. Kumé, chief of the Forestry Bureau in Japan, in ''Trans. Scot. Arb. Soc.'' xx. 28, January 1907, a yield table at various ages is given, which shows that on soils of medium quality in Japan the mean basal diameter at 100 years old is about a foot, the mean height 92 feet, and the stem volume per acre 6330 cubic feet. I will only note that what is meant by land of medium quality in Japan is very superior to what it is in this country. In Germany Mayr says that the seed falls in autumn from the cones, which are busily sought for by squirrels, and that self-sown seed has germinated freely at Grafrath under trees twenty-two years old. {{dhr}} {{c|{{sc|Remarkable Trees}}}} There are many specimens now of about 4o feet high in various parts of the country, but of those that I have seen the one figured, which is growing at Tort- worth (Plate 108), is perhaps the finest. It measured in 1904, 45 feet by 4 feet 7 inches, and was covered with cones. It is growing on red sandy soil, and Lord Ducie thinks it is one of the earliest introductions. At Hollycombe, Sussex, the seat of J.C. Hawkshaw, Esq., Mr. G. Marshall measured a tree 45 feet by 2 feet 4 inches in 1904. At Hildenley, Yorkshire, there is a fine tree about 4o feet high, which produces good seed. A clump of fine trees is reported® to be growing at Bothalhaugh, near Morpeth. There is also a fine specimen at Brook House, Haywards Heath, the residence of Mrs. Stephenson Clarke. {{nop}} 1 See note by Mr. Massee in ''Journ. Board Agriculture,'' 501 (1904). 2 ''Trans. Scot. Arb. Soc.'' xix. 77 (1906). 3 ''Gard. Chron.'' xxxix. 282 (1906).<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 8rtj9eu6bz0urlajrxrfws8bxo4n8eb Page:TheTreesOfGreatBritainAndIreland vol02B.djvu/315 104 4465946 14128438 14004604 2024-04-25T17:32:52Z Dick Bos 15954 italics proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Dick Bos" />{{RH||Larix|389}}</noinclude>(occasionally five) lines. In cultivated specimens, the leaves are fringed on each side with a very thin and narrow membranous translucent border. Staminate flowers, {{smaller|{{frac|3|8}}}} inch long, cylindrical, raised on short stout stalks, about {{smaller|{{frac|1|16}}}} inch long. Pistillate flowers ovoid; bracts reflected at their bases, with the mucros pointing downwards, oblong, truncate or slightly concave at the apex, the green midrib being prolonged into a mucro about {{smaller|{{frac|1|6}}}} inch long. Cones 3 to 4 inches long, cylindrical, tapering to a narrow, flattened apex, supported on a short stalk, glaucous green or purplish, with orange-brown bracts before ripening, composed of five spiral rows of scales, eighteen to twenty scales in each row, which, on the opening of the cone, stand almost at right angles to its axis, the bracts being exserted with their mucros directed upwards. Scales quadrangular, with a cuneate base, about {{smaller|{{frac|1|2}}}} inch in width and length; upper margin truncate and slightly emarginate ; outer surface radially furrowed, densely pubescent towards the base. Bract lanceolate, nearly as long or quite as long as the scale, the mucro, often incurved, projecting beyond the scale about {{smaller|{{frac|3|16}}}} inch. Seeds lying in slight depres- sions on the scale, their wings widely divergent and not extending to its upper margin. Seed, white on the inner side, shining dark brown on the outer side, about ¢ inch long; seed with wing about {{smaller|{{frac|7|16}}}} inch long; wing brownish, rather opaque, broadest about the middle. Cotyledons? five to six, which, in the seedling, are linear, pointed, and much longer than the succeeding leaves. {{float right|(A.H.){{gap}}}} The Sikkim larch is confined, so far as we know at present, to a rather narrow area in the Himalaya, from eastern Nepal to Bhutan, but very possibly will be found farther east. It was discovered by Griffith, but not distinguished until Sir Joseph Hooker found it in E, Nepal in December 1848.? Here it was only a small tree 20 to 40 feet high, differing from the European larch, in having very long, pensile, whip-like branches. It is called “Saar” by the Lepchas, and “Boargasella” by the Nepalese, who said that it was only found as far west as the sources of the Cosi river. In Sikkim it is common in the interior valleys of the Lachen, Lachoong, and their tributaries from about 8000 to 12,000 feet elevation, and here attains a larger size, but is not found in the forests of British Sikkim. In ''Illustrations of Himalayan Plants from Drawings by Cathcart,'' where it is beautifully figured, Sir Joseph states that it grows to a height of 60 feet in deep valleys, but prefers the dry rocky ancient moraines formed by glaciers, and also grows on grassy slopes where the drainage is good. On my journey to Tibet in 1870 I saw this tree in the Lachoong valley, but nowhere forming a forest, and usually scattered singly in rather open places, where it seemed to me to have a much less erect and regular growth, with branches more drooping in habit than any other larch. Sir Joseph Hooker says that the wood is soft and white, but a specimen from the Chumbi valley, authenticated by cones, is described by Gamble as having red heart-wood with a slow growth, twenty- one rings to the inch, and a weight of 32 lbs. to the foot. Though introduced by Sir Joseph Hooker, who sent seeds to Kew in 1848, this tree has, except in a few places in the south-west of England, failed to grow in Europe. He says that the seedlings raised from his seeds were 3 to 4 feet high in 1 Masters, ''loc. cit.'' * ''Himalayan Journals,'' i. 255.<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> auxb452qozx2rthc9kfiddrmqwpxj8m Page:TheTreesOfGreatBritainAndIreland vol02B.djvu/319 104 4465947 14131211 14004607 2024-04-26T07:58:31Z Dick Bos 15954 italics proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Dick Bos" />{{RH||Larix|391}}</noinclude>{{dhr}} {{c|{{larger|LARIX POTANINI, {{sc|Chinese Larch}}}}}} {{dhr}} {{fine block|:''Larix Potanini,'' Batalin, ''Act. Hort. Petrop.'' xiii. 385 (1894); Masters, ''Gard. Chron.'' xxxix. 178, f. 68 (1906). :''Larix thibetica,'' Franchet, ''Jour. de Bot.'' 1899, p. 262. :''Larix Griffithii,'' Masters, ''Jour. Linn. Soc.'' (''Bot.'') xxvi. 558 (1902). (Not Hooker.)}} {{dhr}} A tree attaining in western China a height of 70 feet and a girth of 6 feet. Young branchlets bright yellow, with a scattered pubescence, densest near the base of the shoot, which is girt by a sheath of the previous season’s bud-scales, showing within a ring of pubescence. Buds ovoid, with ciliate scales. Leaves slender, up to an inch in length, ending in a sharp cartilaginous point, tetragonal in section, keeled above and below, with two bands of stomata, each of two lines, on both the upper and lower surfaces. Staminate flowers, {{smaller|{{frac|1|4}}}} inch long, on a short but distinct stalk. Pistillate flowers ovoid, narrow and rounded at the apex ; bracts closely appressed, on one side of the young cone with their tips pointing towards its apex, on the other side reflected about their middle with their apices pointing towards the base of the cone, ovate or oblong, rounded and entire at the apex, which is prolonged into a short mucro. The bracts in the pistillate flower, described above as seen in herbarium specimens, are probably all reflected at first; and gradually by the growth of the scale assume the erect position. Cones cylindrical, rounded at the apex, 1{{smaller|{{frac|3|4}}}} inch long, with the scales and bracts pointing upwards and outwards, or more or less spreading. Scales small, about {{smaller|{{frac|1|3}}}} inch long, almost orbicular, reddish brown, pubescent on the lower part of the outer surface; upper margin rounded or truncate, entire, thin, slightly inflected, not bevelled. Bract extending beyond the scale, exserted with the mucro about {{smaller|{{frac|1|4}}}} inch. Seeds in slight depressions on the scale, with their wings widely divergent and not reaching to its upper margin. Seed about {{smaller|{{frac|1|8}}}} inch long; seed with wing {{smaller|{{frac|1|3}}}} inch long ; wing broadest just above the seed. ''Larix Potanini'' has been collected in western China by Potanin, Prince Henry of Orleans, Pratt, and Wilson, who found it in the neighbourhood of the Szechuan- Thibetan frontier near Tachienlu at 7500 to 11,000 feet above sea-level. The same species, according to Franchet, was probably collected by Père Delavay farther south on the Likiang range in Yunnan at 11,600 feet altitude. Mr. A. Hosie, Consul- General in Szechuan, informs me that forty miles north-east of Tachienlu, there is a pure forest of this larch between 11,000 and 12,000 feet elevation on the southern slope of the mountain range, and extending for about a mile. It consists of fine straight trees, which he estimated to be about 70 feet high. At lower altitudes the larch gives place to silver fir and birch. The tree is known to the Chinese as ‘“hung-sha,” red fir, and produces the most valuable coniferous timber in western China. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> ayg7dvkzvvirxd0m30pcl8xz2mgz77k Page:TheTreesOfGreatBritainAndIreland vol02B.djvu/321 104 4465955 14131255 14004653 2024-04-26T08:03:42Z Dick Bos 15954 italics proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Dick Bos" />{{RH||Larix|393}}</noinclude>Seeds lying on the scale in minute depressions, with their wings only slightly divergent and not reaching to its upper margin, {{smaller|{{frac|1|7}}}} inch long; wing {{smaller|{{frac|1|3}}}} inch long, broadest just above the seed. {{float right|(A.H.){{gap}}}} {{dhr}} {{c|{{sc|Distribution}}}} The American larch is found in the United States from North Pennsylvania, Northern Indiana and Illinois, and Central Minnesota through the New England States, where, however, it is only found in cold and swampy places. In Newfound- land, Labrador, and the eastern provinces of Canada it occupies swampy ground, and extends from York Factory on Hudson Bay as far as Fort Churchill, 67° 30’ N., and west to Athabasca and Peace river districts, and in Alberta where it has been found forty miles S.W. of Edmonton.!. Northwards it extends to the border of the barren lands. Mr. J.M. Macoun informs me that it was found by Mr. Camsell in the angle between the Snake river and the upper part of Peel river. This place is just within the Yukon district. He also states that it extends westward twenty-two miles up the Dease river, and northward along the upper Liard river to lat. 61° 30’. He has heard several people who have been on the Yukon speak of the larch, so that it must be quite common in some parts, though no definite data are as yet given. The tamarack, as it is called in most parts of N. America, is a tree which | know but little in a state of nature, and which never seems to have received the attention from foresters which it deserves; for though it nowhere attains the size of the common larch, it seems able to thrive in undrained and swampy ground where that would die; and though a slow-growing tree in comparison with the common larch, its timber has the same valuable qualities as others of the genus. Henry saw this species in Minnesota in 1906. On the Cass Lake Forest Reserve it occurs in the swampy ground between the pine-covered sand-dunes, in company with balsam fir, Thuya, black and white spruce, birch, and willow. The largest that he saw measured 81 feet by 4 feet 7 inches. The trees are remarkable for their buttressed roots, which branch and extend close to the surface and even above ground for as much as 6 feet. Seedlings were numerous in felled areas near Erskine, where the larch remaining uncut, occurs in swamps either pure or mixed only with birch. They grow very rapidly in the wet ground, taking root in mossy elevated patches and not in the water of the swamps; and averaged to feet high at seven years old, and were making leaders of 1 to 2 feet annually. He saw no stumps larger than 2 feet in diameter, and the tree in Minnesota rarely attains a greater size than 80 feet by 6 feet. In ''Garden and Forest,'' 1890, p. 60, there is, however, mention of a tamarack in Minnesota, which measured 7 feet 8 inches in girth and was estimated at 125 feet high. In most parts of New England and over the greater part of British North America the tamarack is a well-known tree, but rarely attains any great size. The average in the neighbourhood of Ottawa is not over 50 to 60 feet, but when the tree is planted on drier, better land it will grow faster and attain 80 feet or more. I noticed that though it seeds freely the seedlings require more light than Bell in ''Scottish Geogr. Mag.'' xi. 283.<noinclude>{{smallrefs}} {{RH|{{gap}}{{sc|ii}}||{{sc|2 c}}{{gap}}}}</noinclude> 19j530jdlxhfea6wpyjtes56ec697pi Page:TheTreesOfGreatBritainAndIreland vol02B.djvu/325 104 4465956 14131264 14004658 2024-04-26T08:07:03Z Dick Bos 15954 italics proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Dick Bos" />{{RH||Larix|395}}</noinclude>{{dhr}} {{c|{{larger|LARIX OCCIDENTALIS, {{sc|Western Larch}}}}}} {{dhr}} {{fine block|:''Larix occidentalis,'' Nuttall, ''Sylva,'' iii. 143, t. 120 (1849); Lyall, ''Journ. Linn. Soc.'' vii. 143 (1864); Sargent, ''Gard. Chron.'' xxv. 652, f. 145 (1886), ''Silva N. Amer.'' xii. 11, t. 594 (1898), and ''Trees N. Amer.'' 36 (1905); Kent, ''Veitch’s Man. Coniferæ,'' 400 (1900); Mayr, ''Fremdländ. Wald- u. Parkbäume,'' 306 (1906). :''Pinus Nuttalli,'' Parlatore, DC. ''Prod.'' xvi. 2, p. 412 (1868).}} {{dhr}} A tree attaining in America 200 feet in height and over 20 feet in girth ; narrowly pyramidal in habit, the branches being much shorter than in the other species. Bark of young stems thin, dark-coloured, and scaly ; becoming near the base of old trunks 6 inches thick and breaking into irregularly shaped oblong plates, often 2 feet in length and covered with thin reddish scales. Young branchlets covered with a minute dense pubescence intermixed with longer hairs in the grooves between the pulvini. In certain cultivated specimens the branchlets are glabrous from the first. Branchlets of the second year light brown, shining. Base of the shoot girt with a sheath of the previous season’s bud-scales, no ring of pubescence being visible. Short shoots chestnut brown, shining. Terminal buds globose, with pubescent and ciliate scales, the lowermost of which are subulately pointed. Lateral buds hemispherical with pubescent and ciliate scales. Apical buds of the short shoots broadly conical, reddish brown, pubescent. Leaves light green in colour, up to 1{{smaller|{{frac|3|4}}}} inch long, rounded on the back, deeply keeled beneath, with stomatic lines as in ''L. europea.'' Staminate flowers raised on short stalks at maturity. Pistillate flowers ovoid ; the bracts pointing upwards and outwards and not recurved, {{smaller|{{frac|1|4}}}} inch long, brownish in colour with a green midrib and mucro, oblong, emarginate at the apex; mucro {{smaller|{{frac|1|10}}}} inch long. Cones ovoid, 1{{smaller|{{frac|1|4}}}} to 2 inches long, with the bracts long-exserted and the scales opening early in the season to let out the seeds and then standing at right angles to the axis of the cone. Scales in six spiral rows, each row of nine to ten scales; orbicular, {{smaller|{{frac|1|3}}}} to {{smaller|{{frac|1|2}}}} inch long; upper margin entire or emarginate, thin, slightly recurved, not bevelled; outer surface densely pubescent. Bracts ovate- lanceolate, extending up to near the margin of the scale, beyond which the mucro projects {{smaller|{{frac|1|8}}}} to {{smaller|{{frac|1|2}}}} inch. Seeds lying in two deep depressions on the scale, their wings narrowly divergent and extending up to its upper margin; body of the seed {{smaller|{{frac|1|6}}}} inch long ; wing pale coloured, short and broad, widest at the base; seed with wing {{smaller|{{frac|1|4}}}} to {{smaller|{{frac|2|5}}}} inch long. {{dhr}} {{c|{{sc|Varieties}}}} In the wild state the tree shows little variation, except in the pubescence of the branchlets, which in rare cases is entirely absent; while in other cases, noticed occasionally at high elevations, the amount of pubescence becomes so dense as to be almost similar in character to the tomentum of ''Larix Lyallii.'' In the few cultivated<noinclude></noinclude> j5k5e9l0vbjwhvlfwbiqdufjmaedult Page:TheTreesOfGreatBritainAndIreland vol02B.djvu/327 104 4465959 14131269 14004663 2024-04-26T08:09:07Z Dick Bos 15954 italics proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Dick Bos" />{{RH||Larix|397}}</noinclude>Montana to the eastern slope of the Cascade Mountains in Washington and Oregon. In British Columbia it is abundant and large in the Kootenay and Columbia river valleys, reaching as far north as the head of Upper Columbia lake, and attaining its most westerly point, where it was found by Prof. Dawson, in long. 124° E., on a tributary of the Blackwater river. It grows sparingly about the Shuswap lake and in the Coldstream valley near the head of Okanagan lake. The tree, however, attains its greatest development in Montana, where it is abundant and constitutes a great part of the timber of the Flathead, Lewis and Clarke, and Bitter Root Forest Reserves ; and is met with east of Missoula on the Big Blackfoot river. The tree can be most conveniently seen by the traveller on different points of the Great Northern Railway between Nyack and Bonner’s Ferry. It attains also great perfection in Northern Idaho and North-East Washington, where it constitutes an important part of the timber of the Priest River Forest Reserve. It also occurs in Oregon, in the Blue Mountains, and on the foothills of the eastern side of the Cascade Mountains,’ as far south as Mount Jefferson. The western larch occurs between 2500 and 6000 feet altitude ; and attains its maximum height and is most abundant in mountain valleys and on alluvial flats, where the average elevation is 3000 to 3500 feet. On the sides of the mountains, owing to the lack of moisture in the soil, it rapidly diminishes in size and vigour. It requires a wetter soil than either ''Pinus ponderosa'' or Douglas fir, and is restricted in its distribution where the rainfall is slight. With regard to the opinion, prevalent even in America, that it grows in a semi- arid climate, my experience is entirely different. The meteorological stations are almost invariably in towns in the prairie regions, where the rainfall is small and trees only occur on the banks of streams; and the maps and statistics of the rainfall give on that account an imperfect picture of the climatic conditions which prevail in the forest regions between the Cascades and the Rocky Mountains. At Kalispell in the Flathead country, which is situated in a treeless plain, surrounded by densely forested mountains, the annual rainfall varies from 13 to 19 inches; whereas at Columbia Falls, placed on the edge of the plain and amidst the larch forests, the rainfall increases to from 20 to 29 inches; and in the mountain valleys, as at Lake Macdonald and Swan Lake, where ''Thuya plicata'' attains a large size, the rainfall must exceed 30 inches. The meteorological data of Columbia Falls, which is at 3100 feet elevation, give a fair idea of the climate in which ''Larix occidentalis'' thrives, though it is scarcely here at its best. The figures for 1905, which was a dry year, are:— {{nop}} 1 Mr. Cohoon, Forest Assistant in the Northern Division of the Cascade Forest Reserve, wrote to me in 1906 as follows: "The only locality in which larch came under my observation in the reserve was on the east slope of the Cascade Mountains about 15 miles west of Durfur, Oregon. It did not occur abundantly, but was more or less scattered, in mixture with yellow pine, red fir, and lodge-pole pine. It was found on moist but well-drained soil at an altitude of about 2500 to 3000 feet.” He adds that he never saw it west of the summit of the Cascades, which he has travelled over from Columbia river to California.<br />At Bridal Veil, Oregon, and other places on the Pacific slope, the term larch is erroneously applied to ''Abies nobilis.''<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> ex9oav8r16g0l12dmea74gaxbl9n9mj Page:TheTreesOfGreatBritainAndIreland vol02B.djvu/329 104 4465966 14131276 14004670 2024-04-26T08:11:58Z Dick Bos 15954 italics proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Dick Bos" />{{RH||Larix|399}}</noinclude>Thuya only attained about 110 by 7 feet, and had been overtopped by the larch, which ran from 140 to 150 feet high, and 7 to 14 in girth. The trees were extremely dense upon the ground, standing often only 12 feet apart, and averaging 200 to the acre. The ground was covered with seedlings of Thuya, 3 to 6 feet high, and more than thirty years old. The Thuya trees were being felled for telegraph and telephone poles, but never had clean stems, being covered with dead branches to 6 to 20 feet above the ground, and with living branches above this, and when of a large size were always decayed at the heart. The larch, as usual, was quite sound. A wood near Whitefish, on flat land in a moderately rainy district at 3000 feet altitude, was composed of about nine-tenths larch and one-tenth Douglas fir, ''Pinus ponderosa,'' and Engelmann’s spruce. The larch were 160 feet high by 6 to 9 feet in girth, overtopping the other trees, and with clean stems up to 80 or go feet. A stump, 40 inches in diameter, showed 585 annual rings, the sapwood with forty-two rings being only an inch in thickness, and the bark two inches. The largest tree which I saw was growing on a high bank beside the Stillwater Creek, some miles west of Whitefish. It measured 19 feet 4 inches in girth at 5 feet from the ground, but the top was blown off. Near it were many large trees, 12 feet to 15 feet in girth, but the tallest was only 151 feet in height. With regard to the height attained by the western larch, Sargent in his ''Report on the Forest Trees of North America,'' 216 (1884), states that it ranges from 100 to 150 feet, but in the ''Silva'' he gives the maximum height as 250 feet. I could find no confirmation of the latter figure either at the Arnold Arboretum or Washington, and I am of opinion that 180 feet is rarely if ever exceeded. The tallest tree recorded by any accurate observer is, I believe, the one cut down by Ayres' in the Whitefish Valley at 3500 feet altitude, which measured 181 feet high, with a diameter of 3 feet on the stump, and scaled 3500 feet board measure. He mentions’ also another tree growing on the middle fork of the Flathead river, which was 180 feet high by 4 feet in diameter. J.B. Leiberg states in his account of the Priest River Forest Reserve that the larch in the sub-alpine zone, above 4800 feet elevation, averaged 60 to 100 feet in height, 1 to 2 feet in diameter, and eighty to a hundred years old; while in the white pine zone, from 2400 to 4800 feet, the trees were 150 to 200 feet in height, 2 to 4 feet in diameter, and 175 to 420 years old. Here the heights are evidently estimates, and cannot be relied on implicitly. The western larch is rarely seen as pure forest, and then only as the result of forest fires. Mr. Langille in his account of the Cascade Forest Reserve, p. 36, says that the larch "has done more than any other species to restock the immense burns that have occurred on a part of the reserve. This is largely due to the fact that the thick bark of this tree resists fire better than any other species, and more trees are left to cast their seed on the clean loose soil and ashes immediately after a fire. The seeds are small and light, and are carried to remote places by the wind and covered deeply by the fall rains. In the spring a dense mass of seedlings covers the 1 ''U.S. Geol, Survey, Flathead Forest Reserve,'' 256, 314 (1900).<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> hl7fc28u8o9voo0rmcnh0uqytg6p5ye Page:TheTreesOfGreatBritainAndIreland vol02B.djvu/333 104 4466581 14131317 14007188 2024-04-26T08:36:49Z Dick Bos 15954 italics proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Dick Bos" />{{RH||Larix|401}}</noinclude>to how seeds could be procured, and Prof. Sargent was good enough to do his best for me. Mr. Leiberg, in 1901, went on purpose to the Flathead Lake country, but found all the seed shed as early as September, and could only send a few seed- lings by post. These heated on the way to England, and though I saved a few of them, they were always sickly, and most of them died before coming into leaf. Again I tried through the United States Forestry Bureau, who were also unable to get seed. In 1903, however, I procured a small parcel from Mr. Carl Purdy, and distributed the seed to many arboriculturists in England in 1904. These have germinated fairly well, and I hope that my efforts to make this grand tree better known may succeed. The seedlings raised in 1904, from the seed which I distributed, have grown in several places, best perhaps at Murthly, under the care of Mr. Lowrie, where in September 1906 I saw some hundreds thriving very well, though not so large as common larch of the same age. At Walcot, in rather dry soil, they were 6 to 9 inches high. At Colesborne they grew slowly, and many were killed or injured in the seedbed by the frost of May 1905; but I have just planted out a number which were raised for me by Messrs. Herd of Penrith, and which are 12 to 18 inches high. I visited Missoula in June 1904 on purpose to see the tree, and was fortunate enough to do so in company with Prof. Elrod of the Montana University, to whom I am greatly indebted for the excellent photographs of the tree here reproduced (Plate 111). They were taken on the Big Blackfoot river about twenty miles up the valley from Bonner, on the Northern Pacific Railway, where a large sawmill, managed by Mr. Kenneth Ross of the Big Blackfoot Lumber Company, has its headquarters. Guided by this gentleman we reached the logging camp in the Camas prairie and found the larch growing in deep bottom land at about 3500 feet, mixed with ''Pinus ponderosa'' and Douglas fir, but far exceeding both of them in size. The tree grows on slopes and in ravines where there is a good depth of soil not liable to dry up, and best on slopes with a north and east aspect, and on the rich detritus at their foot, and along the sides of the river. It differs strikingly from other larches in habit when adult, having very short branches, which are not produced singly or at regular intervals but grow in irregular groups of four or five, starting near together on the trunk. It forms a tall, very narrow column, and as it gets old loses many of its branches. It carries its girth to a great height and is, when grown in a thick forest, sometimes clear of branches for over 100 feet. The tallest tree I have heard of was figured in the ''Butte Miner'' of 29th February 1904, and was said to be the largest in Montana, 233 feet high and 24 feet in girth at or near the ground. This tree grew on the Upper Clearwater between Salmon and Seely lakes. It could be seen for miles above the surrounding trees, and must have contained over 2000 feet of timber. The best I saw, however, were from 150 to 180 feet in height, with a girth at 5 feet of 10 to 15 feet. Frank Vogel, a timber surveyor who has had much experience with this tree, told me that it grew up to 6000 feet elevation on the hills above the Blackfoot river, and that he saw no difference between these trees and those lower down except in<noinclude>{{smallrefs}} {{RH|{{gap}}{{sc|ii}}||{{sc|2 d}}{{gap}}}}</noinclude> 2rjk7w9syu8rv73o4kdq3yjhlolc702 Page:Agreement relating to Malaysia (1963).djvu/213 104 4467322 14127793 14009035 2024-04-25T13:06:49Z Cerevisae 221862 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Cerevisae" />{{rule}} {{RunningHeader|1970|''Nations Unies — Recueil des Traités''|219}} {{rule}} {{sidenotes begin|side=right}}</noinclude>entitled officer and who, in the opinion of the appropriate authority, would have had a reasonable expectation of becoming an entitled officer if no constitutional changes had been introduced, as if he were an entitled officer. :(2) An officer to whom this paragraph applies shall cease to be entitled to compensation under paragraph 2 of this Schedule, but if the amount of his annual pensionable emoluments immediately before his transfer exceeds the amount of the annual emoluments payable to him immediately after his transfer (being emoluments that may be taken into account for the purpose of his pension under the law or regulations relating to his service in that other public service) he shall be entitled to compensation equal to— ::(a) the amount of the excess multiplied by the appropriate factor ; or ::(b) the amount he would receive if he were entitled to compensation under paragraph 2 of this Schedule, having retired on the date of his transfer, whichever is the less. :(3) If the provisions of this paragraph become applicable to any officer, his compensation shall forthwith be re-assessed, and— ::(a) if the amount of compensation as so re-assessed exceeds the amount he has already received under paragraph 3 of this Schedule, the balance of compensation then outstanding shall be paid, together with any unpaid interest that has accrued under that paragraph before the re-assessment in the manner prescribed by paragraph 3(2) of this Schedule for the payment of compensation assessed under paragraph 2 of this Schedule; or ::(b) if the amount of compensation he has already received under that paragraph exceeds the amount of compensation to which he is entitled under this paragraph, the excess shall forthwith become repayable, but in any such case any interest received on account of the excess shall not be repayable. :(4) In this paragraph "the appropriate factor" in relation to an officer means the factor obtained from Table IV of the Annex to this Schedule that is appropriate to the age of the officer at the date of his transfer reckoned in completed years and completed months. {{right sidenote|<b>Penalties for breach of undertakings.</b>}} '''13.''' (1) If an entitled officer who has given an undertaking for the Penalties for purposes of head (a) of sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 3 of this Schedule breach of ceases to serve in accordance with the terms of that undertaking at any undertakings, time before the end of the period to which the undertaking relates otherwise than by reason of his death or his retirement in circumstances beyond his control, then the amount of compensation to which he would otherwise be entitled under paragraph 2 of this Schedule shall be reduced by one-half per cent for each month or part of a month during that period in which he has not served in accordance with the undertaking. :(2) If an entitled officer has been granted promotion in the public service (whether before or after the operative date) upon his giving an undertaking to serve upon such conditions as may be prescribed by the appropriate authority for any period ceases to serve in accordance with the terms of that undertaking at any time before the end of the period to which the under taking relates otherwise than by reason of his death or his retirement in circumstances beyond his control then the amount of compensation to which he is entitled under paragraph 2 of this Schedule shall be calculated as if his annual pensionable emoluments on the date taken for calculation were equal to his annual pensionable emoluments immediately before his promotion or were equal to the average of his annual pensionable emoluments during the three years immediately preceding his so ceasing to serve, whichever are the greater; and in determining the average of such pension able emoluments, the provisions of the appropriate law relating to the {{hws|deter|determination}}<noinclude>{{sidenotes end}} {{right|{{x-smaller|N* 10760}}}}</noinclude> 09nb0nxritua972kghc6c818jjn0oee 14127815 14127793 2024-04-25T13:28:34Z Cerevisae 221862 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Cerevisae" />{{rule}} {{RunningHeader|1970|''Nations Unies — Recueil des Traités''|219}} {{rule}} {{sidenotes begin|side=right}}</noinclude>entitled officer and who, in the opinion of the appropriate authority, would have had a reasonable expectation of becoming an entitled officer if no constitutional changes had been introduced, as if he were an entitled officer. :(2) An officer to whom this paragraph applies shall cease to be entitled to compensation under paragraph 2 of this Schedule, but if the amount of his annual pensionable emoluments immediately before his transfer exceeds the amount of the annual emoluments payable to him immediately after his transfer (being emoluments that may be taken into account for the purpose of his pension under the law or regulations relating to his service in that other public service) he shall be entitled to compensation equal to— ::(a) the amount of the excess multiplied by the appropriate factor; or ::(b) the amount he would receive if he were entitled to compensation under paragraph 2 of this Schedule, having retired on the date of his transfer, whichever is the less. :(3) If the provisions of this paragraph become applicable to any officer, his compensation shall forthwith be re-assessed, and— ::(a) if the amount of compensation as so re-assessed exceeds the amount he has already received under paragraph 3 of this Schedule, the balance of compensation then outstanding shall be paid, together with any unpaid interest that has accrued under that paragraph before the re-assessment in the manner prescribed by paragraph 3(2) of this Schedule for the payment of compensation assessed under paragraph 2 of this Schedule; or ::(b) if the amount of compensation he has already received under that paragraph exceeds the amount of compensation to which he is entitled under this paragraph, the excess shall forthwith become repayable, but in any such case any interest received on account of the excess shall not be repayable. :(4) In this paragraph "the appropriate factor" in relation to an officer means the factor obtained from Table IV of the Annex to this Schedule that is appropriate to the age of the officer at the date of his transfer reckoned in completed years and completed months. {{right sidenote|<b>Penalties for breach of undertakings.</b>}} '''13.''' (1) If an entitled officer who has given an undertaking for the for purposes of head (a) of sub-paragraph (1) of paragraph 3 of this Schedule ceases to serve in accordance with the terms of that undertaking at any time before the end of the period to which the undertaking relates otherwise than by reason of his death or his retirement in circumstances beyond his control, then the amount of compensation to which he would otherwise be entitled under paragraph 2 of this Schedule shall be reduced by one-half per cent for each month or part of a month during that period in which he has not served in accordance with the undertaking. :(2) If an entitled officer has been granted promotion in the public service (whether before or after the operative date) upon his giving an undertaking to serve upon such conditions as may be prescribed by the appropriate authority for any period ceases to serve in accordance with the terms of that undertaking at any time before the end of the period to which the under taking relates otherwise than by reason of his death or his retirement in circumstances beyond his control then the amount of compensation to which he is entitled under paragraph 2 of this Schedule shall be calculated as if his annual pensionable emoluments on the date taken for calculation were equal to his annual pensionable emoluments immediately before his promotion or were equal to the average of his annual pensionable emoluments during the three years immediately preceding his so ceasing to serve, whichever are the greater; and in determining the average of such pension able emoluments, the provisions of the appropriate law relating to the {{hws|deter|determination}}<noinclude>{{sidenotes end}} {{right|{{x-smaller|N* 10760}}}}</noinclude> 8cse4h4u6akspf8xw1mlf3kcc1kvtun Page:Agreement relating to Malaysia (1963).djvu/214 104 4467323 14130232 14011752 2024-04-25T22:58:28Z 103.18.0.195 proofread proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Cerevisae" />{{rule}} {{RunningHeader|220|''United Nations — Treaty Series''|1970}} {{rule}} {{sidenotes begin|side=left}}</noinclude>{{hwe|mination|determination}} of the average of annual pensionable emoluments for the purposes of pension shall be applied; and, in the case of officers to whom the Oversea Superannuation Scheme Regulations apply, in determining the average of such pensionable emoluments, the provisions of the Pensions Ordinance of North Borneo relating to the determination of the average of annual pensionable emoluments for the purposes of pension shall be applied. :(3) If any of the provisions of this paragraph becomes applicable to any entitled officer, his compensation shall be re-assessed accordingly and paid in accordance with paragraph 3 of this Schedule and if the amount of compensation he has already received under that paragraph exceeds the amount of compensation to which he is entitled under the re-assessment the excess shall forthwith become repayable, but in any such case any interest received on account of the excess shall not be repayable. {{left sidenote|<b>Disciplinary proceedings and dismissal.</b>}} '''14.''' (1) When disciplinary proceedings are taken, or are about to be taken, against any person who is serving as an entitled officer and those proceedings might lead to his dismissal, the payment of compensation under this Schedule and interest thereon shall be withheld pending the determination of those proceedings. :(2) Where any person who is serving as an entitled officer is dismissed, any compensation that he has not already received may, with the approval of the Public Service Commission, be withheld. {{left sidenote|<b>Place of payment and rate of exchange.</b>}} '''15.''' Any compensation or gratuity payable under this Schedule to an officer or to his personal representatives or dependants shall be paid, in accordance with any request made from time to time by such officer, his personal representatives or his dependants, as the case may be, in any of the following countries— ::(a) in the United Kingdom; ::(b) in any of the territories which will comprise the Federation of Malaysia; ::(c) in the territory from which the officer was recruited or where he intends to reside; ::(d) in the case of payment to the personal representatives of an officer or his dependants, in the territory in which the personal representatives or the dependants, as the case may be, reside; or ::(e) in such territory as the officer or his personal representatives or dependants may, with the concurrence of the State Secretary, select, in the currency of the territory in which payment is to be made; and, where payment is to be made in a territory other than a territory included in the Federation, the amount of the payment shall be such as would produce, at the official rate of exchange prevailing at the date of the payment, the amount in sterling of the compensation or gratuity as calculated at the official rate of exchange prevailing on the operative date. {{left sidenote|<b>Right to opt for abolition terms.</b>}} '''16.''' (1) An entitled officer may at his option (such option to be exercised within three months of the operative date or, in the case of an officer who was not an entitled officer on the operative date, within three months of the date on which he became an entitled officer) become an officer to whom this paragraph applies. :(2) An officer to whom this paragraph applies shall not be entitled to compensation under this Schedule or be granted a pension or gratuity under this Schedule but, subject to the provisions of paragraph 17 of this Schedule may, on his retirement under this Schedule, be granted such benefits as may be granted under the appropriate law to an officer whose office has been abolished. :(3) An officer to whom this paragraph applies shall repay the amount of any compensation that may have been paid to him. <br><br><noinclude>{{sidenotes end}} :{{x-smaller|No. 10760}}</noinclude> 1z9opxxiojthbh9xeyo0c9lqwxe9nb7 14130235 14130232 2024-04-25T22:58:58Z Cerevisae 221862 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Cerevisae" />{{rule}} {{RunningHeader|220|''United Nations — Treaty Series''|1970}} {{rule}} {{sidenotes begin|side=left}}</noinclude>{{hwe|mination|determination}} of the average of annual pensionable emoluments for the purposes of pension shall be applied; and, in the case of officers to whom the Oversea Superannuation Scheme Regulations apply, in determining the average of such pensionable emoluments, the provisions of the Pensions Ordinance of North Borneo relating to the determination of the average of annual pensionable emoluments for the purposes of pension shall be applied. :(3) If any of the provisions of this paragraph becomes applicable to any entitled officer, his compensation shall be re-assessed accordingly and paid in accordance with paragraph 3 of this Schedule and if the amount of compensation he has already received under that paragraph exceeds the amount of compensation to which he is entitled under the re-assessment the excess shall forthwith become repayable, but in any such case any interest received on account of the excess shall not be repayable. {{left sidenote|<b>Disciplinary proceedings and dismissal.</b>}} '''14.''' (1) When disciplinary proceedings are taken, or are about to be taken, against any person who is serving as an entitled officer and those proceedings might lead to his dismissal, the payment of compensation under this Schedule and interest thereon shall be withheld pending the determination of those proceedings. :(2) Where any person who is serving as an entitled officer is dismissed, any compensation that he has not already received may, with the approval of the Public Service Commission, be withheld. {{left sidenote|<b>Place of payment and rate of exchange.</b>}} '''15.''' Any compensation or gratuity payable under this Schedule to an officer or to his personal representatives or dependants shall be paid, in accordance with any request made from time to time by such officer, his personal representatives or his dependants, as the case may be, in any of the following countries— ::(a) in the United Kingdom; ::(b) in any of the territories which will comprise the Federation of Malaysia; ::(c) in the territory from which the officer was recruited or where he intends to reside; ::(d) in the case of payment to the personal representatives of an officer or his dependants, in the territory in which the personal representatives or the dependants, as the case may be, reside; or ::(e) in such territory as the officer or his personal representatives or dependants may, with the concurrence of the State Secretary, select, in the currency of the territory in which payment is to be made; and, where payment is to be made in a territory other than a territory included in the Federation, the amount of the payment shall be such as would produce, at the official rate of exchange prevailing at the date of the payment, the amount in sterling of the compensation or gratuity as calculated at the official rate of exchange prevailing on the operative date. {{left sidenote|<b>Right to opt for abolition terms.</b>}} '''16.''' (1) An entitled officer may at his option (such option to be exercised within three months of the operative date or, in the case of an officer who was not an entitled officer on the operative date, within three months of the date on which he became an entitled officer) become an officer to whom this paragraph applies. :(2) An officer to whom this paragraph applies shall not be entitled to compensation under this Schedule or be granted a pension or gratuity under this Schedule but, subject to the provisions of paragraph 17 of this Schedule may, on his retirement under this Schedule, be granted such benefits as may be granted under the appropriate law to an officer whose office has been abolished. :(3) An officer to whom this paragraph applies shall repay the amount of any compensation that may have been paid to him. <br><br><noinclude>{{sidenotes end}} :{{x-smaller|No. 10760}}</noinclude> ccp6ouvajvd3cz0uspxpnp0yxgxr0fx Index:Kohs-Block-Design tests-1920.pdf/styles.css 106 4468019 14127934 14016750 2024-04-25T14:32:16Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css ._valignb th, ._valignb tr td { vertical-align: bottom; } ._valign tr, ._valign tr td, ._valign tr th{ vertical-align:top; } /* borders around table/columns/<th>; centre <th>; <td> align left with padding */ ._tablecolhdborder { border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid; margin:0 auto 0 auto; } ._tablecolhdborder th { border-bottom: 1px solid; border-left: 1px solid; text-align: center; } ._tablecolhdborder td { border-left: 1px solid; padding-left: 5px; } ._table_p362{ border-bottom:1px solid black; text-align:center; font-size:83%; margin : 0 auto 0 auto; border-collapse:collapse; } ._table_p362 th{ border-top:3px double black; border-bottom:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black; } ._table_p362 td{ border-right:1px solid black; } ._table_p362 tr th:last-child, ._table_p362 tr td:last-child{ border-right:none; } 2u5anksk4o7o74lmsdzdz13jwf3kr2x Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/2024-03 4 4469530 14130495 14125358 2024-04-26T03:06:27Z SpBot 23107 archiving 1 section from [[Wikisource:Scriptorium]] (after section [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/2024-03#Disambiguating_encyclopedia_articles_from_works|Disambiguating_encyclopedia_articles_from_works]]) wikitext text/x-wiki {{Talkarchive}} == About annotations == Does it count as an annotation to add as a footnote/tooltip the meaning of a rare archaic foreign word? I know that according to [[WS:ANN]], this would count as a translation, and so require to create a separate new version of the text for a single word. I am thinking of "kahulla", present [[Page:Poems Osgood.djvu/73|here]]. According to the WP language reference desk people (discussion [[:w:en:Wikipedia:Reference desk/Language#Kahulla|there]]), it referred, in [[:w:en:Tongan_language|Tongan]], to a kind of fruit and flower garland. I get the point of trying to present truly original texts. I just feel like it would be useful to the reader to know what that is, for such obscure words that had to be looked for in the travels of Captain Cook, from languages with less than 200 000 speakers. A tooltip is, I think, quite clearly not part of the text, and so would not be too problematic regarding the "cleanness" of the text. Would that be fine? — [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] (<span style="font-size: 83%;{{#if:|{{{style}}};}}">[[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] and [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]</span>) 18:40, 2 March 2024 (UTC) :Creating the Wiktionary page for the word and then linking to it would be the best approach. {{ping|EncycloPetey}} would be the best person to advise on how to do this over there. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 18:47, 2 March 2024 (UTC) :: Adding Tongan words is outside my skill. You'd need someone familiar with that language to help. In particular, you'd need a documented example of the nominative form to serve as a main entry. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 19:25, 2 March 2024 (UTC) :::Why should the language change something? Tongan already has a few hundred entries on Wiktionary ([[:wikt:moli peli#Tongan|a randomly picked noun]]), I could just use the same format. Though, since I have only seen that word in english sources, it might have accents, like a lot of other Tongan words. Cook and the other explorers (and everyone else, who learned by them) might not have understood the correct spelling of the word. [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] (<span style="font-size: 83%;{{#if:|{{{style}}};}}">[[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] and [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]</span>) 19:42, 2 March 2024 (UTC) ::::Update: I found mention on wikt of the Churchward english-tongan dictionnary (1959, a century later, but it is the best I was able to find), which is available for borrow on IA (tongandictionary0000chur), and does not contain "kahulla" but "kahoa", which is said to mean necklace or garland, and is also listed as such on [[:wikt:necklace]]. I think that indeed cook had gotten it wrong (or mabe the word just changed over time, I don't know). I think I am going to create kahoa on wikt, and then link to that. What do you think? [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] (<span style="font-size: 83%;{{#if:|{{{style}}};}}">[[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] and [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]</span>) 19:58, 2 March 2024 (UTC) ::::This is starting to get complicated. In An Account of the Natives of the Tonga islands, from 1820, necklace is translated as "cáhooa". Moreover, it looks like Tonga did originally not have a writing system, and that it was the explorers/colonizers that invented one. I think I'll just link to the modern spelling. [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] (<span style="font-size: 83%;{{#if:|{{{style}}};}}">[[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] and [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]</span>) 13:19, 3 March 2024 (UTC) :::::It was the early missionaries to the Pacific who devised the various writing systems used in the Polynesian, Melansian, and Micronesian languages. They weren't consistent initially and it was only when the Bible books were translated and printed that the orthography for each language settled down. It didn't help when there were (and are) different dialects and the written version only covered one of them. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 04:44, 4 March 2024 (UTC) == Do you do something with signed books? == When the scanned copy of the book includes a handwritten signature, or a dedication, had anyone of you do something special with it? Like a little template, or a Category? [[User:Ignacio Rodríguez|Ignacio Rodríguez]] ([[User talk:Ignacio Rodríguez|talk]]) 18:41, 2 March 2024 (UTC) :Clean, name, and upload the image separately to Mediawiki commons, then insert it it wherever you need it. Post on my talk page if you need help.[[User:Ineuw|&#32;— ineuw]] ([[User talk:Ineuw|talk]]) 03:20, 4 March 2024 (UTC) == Political petitions and declarations == Tagged as having no license are these two petitions to the Amir of Bahrain: * [[1992 Petition for Reforms to Amir of Bahrain]] * [[1994 Popular Petition for Reforms to Amir of Bahrain]] <br> and these six declarations of the EZLN ([[w:Zapatista Army of National Liberation]]) : * [[First Declaration of the Lacandon Jungle]] * [[Second Declaration of the Lacandon Jungle]] * [[Third Declaration of the Lacandon Jungle]] * [[Fourth Declaration of the Lacandon Jungle]] * [[Fifth Declaration of the Lacandon Jungle]] * [[Sixth Declaration of the Lacandon Jungle]] Is there any reason why the originals could be PD ? Also, with the EZLN decarations, I don't see any indication of who translated them. -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 03:58, 4 March 2024 (UTC) :There is no indication that I see that the Voice of Bahrain makes their works freely licensed or that they are anything more notable than any other self-published source: https://vob.org/en/?page_id=1240 —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 04:19, 4 March 2024 (UTC) ::https://archive.org/details/zapatistasdocume00memb/page/48 claims to be an anti-copyright translation. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 00:37, 5 March 2024 (UTC) == Gadget importing information from Commons into Index page == When uploading books into Commons, I have recently changed from using the author name in the author field to using <nowiki>{{creator|wididata=QXXXX}}</nowiki>, as this seems to be preferred because it provides more information/links on the Commons page. However, using this form appears to upset the gadget that imports the information into the WS Index page, in that it wraps the author name in '[[author:' twice. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 09:46, 4 March 2024 (UTC) == Tech News: 2024-10 == <section begin="technews-2024-W10"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/10|Translations]] are available. '''Recent changes''' * The <bdi lang="zxx" dir="ltr"><code>Special:Book</code></bdi> page (as well as the associated "Create a book" functionality) provided by the old [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:Collection|Collection extension]] has been removed from all Wikisource wikis, as it was broken. This does not affect the ability to download normal books, which is provided by the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:Wikisource|Wikisource extension]]. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T358437] * [[m:Wikitech|Wikitech]] now uses the next-generation [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Parsoid|Parsoid]] wikitext parser by default to generate all pages in the Talk namespace. Report any problems on the [[mw:Talk:Parsoid/Parser_Unification/Known_Issues|Known Issues discussion page]]. You can use the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:ParserMigration|ParserMigration]] extension to control the use of Parsoid; see the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:ParserMigration|ParserMigration help documentation]] for more details. * Maintenance on [https://etherpad.wikimedia.org etherpad] is completed. If you encounter any issues, please indicate in [[phab:T316421|this ticket]]. * [[File:Octicons-tools.svg|12px|link=|alt=| Advanced item]] [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:Gadgets|Gadgets]] allow interface admins to create custom features with CSS and JavaScript. The <bdi lang="zxx" dir="ltr"><code>Gadget</code></bdi> and <bdi lang="zxx" dir="ltr"><code>Gadget_definition</code></bdi> namespaces and <bdi lang="zxx" dir="ltr"><code>gadgets-definition-edit</code></bdi> user right were reserved for an experiment in 2015, but were never used. These were visible on Special:Search and Special:ListGroupRights. The unused namespaces and user rights are now removed. No pages are moved, and no changes need to be made. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T31272] * A usability improvement to the "Add a citation" in Wikipedia workflow has been made, the insert button was moved to the popup header. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T354847] '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/wmf.21|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-03-05|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-03-06|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-03-07|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] '''Future changes''' * All wikis will be read-only for a few minutes on March 20. This is planned at 14:00 UTC. More information will be published in Tech News and will also be posted on individual wikis in the coming weeks. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T358233] * The HTML markup of headings and section edit links will be changed later this year to improve accessibility. See [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Heading_HTML_changes|Heading HTML changes]] for details. The new markup will be the same as in the new Parsoid wikitext parser. You can test your gadget or stylesheet with the new markup if you add <bdi lang="zxx" dir="ltr"><code>?useparsoid=1</code></bdi> to your URL ([[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:ParserMigration#Selecting_a_parser_using_a_URL_query_string|more info]]) or turn on Parsoid read views in your user options ([[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:ParserMigration#Enabling_via_user_preference|more info]]). * '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/10|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W10"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 19:47, 4 March 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:UOzurumba (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26329807 --> == Report of the U4C Charter ratification and U4C Call for Candidates now available == <section begin="announcement-content" /> :''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Election/2024/Announcement – call for candidates| You can find this message translated into additional languages on Meta-wiki.]] [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Election/2024/Announcement – call for candidates}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]'' Hello all, I am writing to you today with two important pieces of information. First, the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Charter/Vote results|report of the comments from the Universal Code of Conduct Coordinating Committee (U4C) Charter ratification]] is now available. Secondly, the call for candidates for the U4C is open now through April 1, 2024. The [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee|Universal Code of Conduct Coordinating Committee]] (U4C) is a global group dedicated to providing an equitable and consistent implementation of the UCoC. Community members are invited to submit their applications for the U4C. For more information and the responsibilities of the U4C, please [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Charter|review the U4C Charter]]. Per the charter, there are 16 seats on the U4C: eight community-at-large seats and eight regional seats to ensure the U4C represents the diversity of the movement. Read more and submit your application on [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Election/2024|Meta-wiki]]. On behalf of the UCoC project team,<section end="announcement-content" /> [[m:User:RamzyM (WMF)|RamzyM (WMF)]] 16:25, 5 March 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:RamzyM (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=26276337 --> == Wikimedia Canada survey == Hi! Wikimedia Canada invites contributors living in Canada to take part in our 2024 Community Survey. The survey takes approximately five minutes to complete and closes on March 31, 2024. It is available in both French and English. To learn more, please visit the [[wmca:Form2024| survey project page]] on Meta. [[User:Chelsea Chiovelli (WMCA)|Chelsea Chiovelli (WMCA)]] ([[User talk:Chelsea Chiovelli (WMCA)|talk]]) 00:18, 7 March 2024 (UTC) == <nowiki>{{dropinitial}}</nowiki>, <nowiki>{{initial}}</nowiki> and <nowiki>{{ppoem}}</nowiki> == Whilst the 'drop initial' template in its various forms works OK within 'ppoem' (i.e. images, floating qm's, etc.), I cannot get it to work with the text-indent option. It leaves the dropped initial at the LHS and then indents the following text (see [[Page:The Yellow Book - 03.djvu/183]] for example). The 'initial' template doesn't work properly within 'ppoem' either - it places the additional text over the dropped initial. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 09:34, 4 March 2024 (UTC) : There are many issues with {{tl|ppoem}}. I tend to avoid it because there's always a new issue causing a problem. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 19:40, 4 March 2024 (UTC) ::I [https://en.wikisource.org/w/index.php?title=Page%3AThe_Yellow_Book_-_03.djvu%2F183&diff=13943352&oldid=13940491 have tried] something, if it is not what you need, feel free to revert it. --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 18:15, 5 March 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan.Kamenicek]] @[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] Thanks, it seems to have done the job, but I have no idea why. What you've done doesn't seem to be a documented part of the template. [[User:Chrisguise|Chrisguise]] ([[User talk:Chrisguise|talk]]) 08:50, 7 March 2024 (UTC) ::::{{Re|Chrisguise}} It is documented (although not explained in much detail) in [[Template:Dropinitial#Margin examples]] for images, but it works for all dropped initials. --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 10:10, 7 March 2024 (UTC) == Lua error in Monthly Challenge March 2024 == There is a Lua error in the Monthly Challenge for March 2024. The following text is displayed on that page: {{larger|{{red|'''Lua error in Module:Monthly_Challenge_listing at line 122: attempt to index local 't' (a nil value).'''}}}} [[User:DraftSaturn15|DraftSaturn15]] ([[User talk:DraftSaturn15|talk]]) 03:51, 1 March 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|CalendulaAsteraceae|Xover}} [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 03:55, 1 March 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:DraftSaturn15|DraftSaturn15]], @[[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]], @[[User:Xover|Xover]], @[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]]. Sorry all, a curly brace in the wrong place did me in (in Module:MonthlyChallenge/data). Nothing to worry about. [[User:TeysaKarlov|TeysaKarlov]] ([[User talk:TeysaKarlov|talk]]) 05:06, 1 March 2024 (UTC) :::Thanks for fixing that! I took the opportunity to clean up the module a bit. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 05:31, 1 March 2024 (UTC) ::::There's now a Lua error in previous months ("Lua error in Module:Monthly_Challenge_listing at line 514: assign to undeclared variable 'lines'.") [[User:Arcorann|Arcorann]] ([[User talk:Arcorann|talk]]) 02:20, 8 March 2024 (UTC) :::::Good catch! Fixed. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 03:29, 8 March 2024 (UTC) == [[Portal:Pre-1945 State Roads in Florida]] == Many pages of Florida legislation governing specific state roads are linked here. As far as I can tell none is sourced. I'm confident there's no copyright issue. And if the labor already put into these pages -- which was clearly extensive -- had resulted in something that makes the sourcing clear to the reader (either via talk page templates or scan-backing), I would have no concerns. Any law passed by a government body, no matter how local or how granular, fits within the [[Wikisource:What Wikisource includes#Documentary sources|scope of Wikisource]]. But as it stands, I'm interested in perspectives on what should be done with these pages. Is there somebody who intends to do the work needed to link them up with source documents? If not, should they stay in Wikisource's corpus indefinitely? -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 21:14, 8 March 2024 (UTC) : Clarifying re: copyright: Of course the copyright status is important, and it's important to put proper tags on the pages. I'm confident these are public domain either via the general {{tl|PD-GovEdict}} or due to specific state law; clarifying which is more applicable would be useful, and could facilitate tagging these articles. But I am first interested in whether there is consensus that they should remain in Wikisource's main space. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 21:19, 8 March 2024 (UTC) == Many apparent typesetting errors in source document == Hi, while validating ''Silas Marner'' in [[The Works of George Eliot (Cabinet Edition)/Volume 23]]), I have encountered numerous "typos" in the source text. They mostly seem to be a typesetting problem, not spelling errors, sometimes 1 or 2 per page. I have been marking them with the SIC template, thus far. But, yesterday I encountered one page with MANY such errors: [[Page:The works of George Eliot (Volume 23).djvu/135]], where many lowercase o's are printed as lowercase c. I don't know much about 19th century printing, but assume the source text would have been printed with movable type. So it seems really unlikely that the typesetter would have repeatedly made the mistake of setting "c" characters instead of "o", and I'm at a loss to guess how the page was printed in this fashion. I tentatively decided to ''not'' markup this page with the SIC template, as I think they would be a distraction to the reader. And I'm tempted to go back and simply fix most of the existing SIC's (i.e. remove the template, leaving just the corrected word), as they all seem to be instances of the same printing problem in the source text. Is this an acceptable solution? [[User:Harris7|Harris7]] ([[User talk:Harris7|talk]]) 12:17, 8 March 2024 (UTC) :{{ping|Harris7}} Very strange. Maybe the typesetter had poor vision or lost all his lowercase o's. I agree that it would be distracting to highlight all of these errors since there are so many. I would reserve the SICs for clear spelling mistakes rather than these awkward character substitutions. [[User:Nosferattus|Nosferattus]] ([[User talk:Nosferattus|talk]]) 15:00, 8 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Harris7|Harris7]]: Looks like a DJVU error to me; cf https://ia801309.us.archive.org/BookReader/BookReaderImages.php?id=cu31924008065751&itemPath=%2F21%2Fitems%2Fcu31924008065751&server=ia801309.us.archive.org&page=n134.jpg —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 19:46, 8 March 2024 (UTC) ::@[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]]: I'm confused. I thought that I was looking at photographic images of physical (ink on paper) pages from a book. Are you saying DJVU processes (and alters) them somehow, resulting in the page images I see in the Wikisource edit screen? Why would it change all these characters from o to c? [[User:Harris7|Harris7]] ([[User talk:Harris7|talk]]) 19:56, 8 March 2024 (UTC) :::Oops. Sorry for my ignorance. Now that I've read about [[wikipedia:DjVu#Compression|how DjVu compresses images of text]], I see it is possible for it to save a single glyph of an "o" (for example) from the image, then use it everywhere it thinks there is an "o"; but in this case, its scanning for "exact" matches to the glyph is apparently not perfect, and it ends up replacing many c's with o's. And the Wikipedia article mentions a case like the one I have reported above. :::So - I tend to agree with your assessment @[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]]... [[User:Harris7|Harris7]] ([[User talk:Harris7|talk]]) 21:09, 8 March 2024 (UTC) ::::@[[User:Harris7|Harris7]]: I uploaded a fixed version. Old thumbnails may be cached for a while, but a hard purge should clear it. In any case, these were definitely compression artefacts and should not be tagged in the transcription. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 18:02, 9 March 2024 (UTC) :::::@[[User:Xover|Xover]]: Excellent, it looks great! Problem resolved, thanks! [[User:Harris7|Harris7]] ([[User talk:Harris7|talk]]) 22:24, 9 March 2024 (UTC) :To my eye these look like a type-founding problem and they are "o" with a small piece missing. Some of the "c" on the same page are distinct enough to be a different piece of type. So, I wouldn't mark any of these. It is also possible that the type compositor for the page was illiterate (many were) and just picked up a round letter to match. As a side note, I have a distinct preference for the {{tl|sic}} template over {{tl|SIC}} as I find the latter to be intrusive when I'm reading. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 20:03, 8 March 2024 (UTC) == Mother Jones == What would be the main Author page and what the redirect for [[w:Mother_Jones]] (and would we need the G.? All links in wp do not have it)? Thanks [[User:Mpaa|Mpaa]] ([[User talk:Mpaa|talk]]) 17:53, 9 March 2024 (UTC) :Per established practice the author page would be [[Author:Mary G. Harris Jones]] with a redirect to it from [[Author:Mother Jones]]. Hopefully we can figure out what the "G." stands for (not the mother's maiden name, she was a Cotter; unless the G. is a mispaleographed C. in the baptismal record), in which case the page would be at the expanded name with a redirect at [[Author:Mary G. Harris Jones]]. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 19:05, 9 March 2024 (UTC) == [[Template:IPA]] == What is this template good for? Do we need it? -- [[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 09:35, 10 March 2024 (UTC) :It's used by 33 pages, mainly for linguistics works that used these symbols. It looks like it does more or less nothing, apart from changing the font. I think we could just change these 33 pages and remove it. [[User:Alien333|Alien333]] (<span style="font-size: 83%;{{#if:|{{{style}}};}}">[[Special:Contributions/Alien333|what I did]] and [[User_talk:Alien333|why I did it wrong]]</span>) 10:20, 10 March 2024 (UTC) ::The fact it changes the font is the main reason why I am asking, as it is imo quite undesirable when the font is different from the font of the surrounding text. --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 10:22, 10 March 2024 (UTC) :IPA is ''supposed'' to look different from the surrounding text. It's deliberately printed to look different in most books to make it distinguishable from the rest of the text. We really do need a template that stabilizes IPA presentation. I say this from years of experience with the issue at Wiktionary. Without the stabilization of selecting an IPA-appropriate font, we run high risk of having the wrong characters, and thus the wrong sounds, presented to the reader. :It also potentially serves a function similr to our language wrapping templates, alerting assisted text-to-speech readers that the enclosed text is not the standard language. However, I do not know whether that functionality is in place for this particular template. In theory, it should be. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 10:55, 10 March 2024 (UTC) ::Well, if the original book used different typeface for IPA characters, then it would be OK, but whenever I saw it, the font looked the same as the font of the surrounding text, for example [[Page:Cambodian system of writing and beginning reader.pdf/9|here]] (first line of the new chapter). It does not look good when the font is changed. However, this could be solved by adjusting the template to change the font only when needed, e. g. by an additional parameter. As for the risk of using wrong characters, I am not sure how the template fixes it. If I use a wrong character, does the template correct me somehow? Besides we have the set of correct IPA characters in the Special characters above the editing box.) --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 11:10, 10 March 2024 (UTC) :::Hm, now I have realized that the example I linked above is actually not IPA, but it can still serve to illustrate the point. --[[User:Jan.Kamenicek|Jan Kameníček]] ([[User talk:Jan.Kamenicek|talk]]) 11:26, 10 March 2024 (UTC) The Wikipedia page has an entire section on this: [[w:International Phonetic Alphabet#Typefaces]]. Wikipedia's [[w:Template:IPA]] also includes a link to [[w:Help:IPA#Rendering issues]]. [[User:Fish bowl|Fish bowl]] ([[User talk:Fish bowl|talk]]) 00:24, 11 March 2024 (UTC) == Tech News: 2024-11 == <section begin="technews-2024-W11"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/11|Translations]] are available. '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/wmf.22|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-03-12|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-03-13|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-03-14|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] * After consulting with various communities, the line height of the text on the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Skin:Minerva Neue|Minerva skin]] will be increased to its previous value of 1.65. Different options for typography can also be set using the options in the menu, as needed. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T358498] *The active link color in [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Skin:Minerva Neue|Minerva]] will be changed to provide more consistency with our other platforms and best practices. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T358516] * [[c:Special:MyLanguage/Commons:Structured data|Structured data on Commons]] will no longer ask whether you want to leave the page without saving. This will prevent the “information you’ve entered may not be saved” popups from appearing when no information have been entered. It will also make file pages on Commons load faster in certain cases. However, the popups will be hidden even if information has indeed been entered. If you accidentally close the page before saving the structured data you entered, that data will be lost. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T312315] '''Future changes''' * All wikis will be read-only for a few minutes on March 20. This is planned at 14:00 UTC. More information will be published in Tech News and will also be posted on individual wikis in the coming weeks. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T358233][https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Tech/Server_switch] '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/11|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W11"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 23:04, 11 March 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:UOzurumba (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26374013 --> == Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees 2024 Selection == <section begin="announcement-content" /> : ''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2024/Announcement/Selection announcement| You can find this message translated into additional languages on Meta-wiki.]]'' : ''<div class="plainlinks">[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2024/Announcement/Selection announcement|{{int:interlanguage-link-mul}}]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Wikimedia Foundation elections/2024/Announcement/Selection announcement}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]</div>'' Dear all, This year, the term of 4 (four) Community- and Affiliate-selected Trustees on the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees will come to an end [1]. The Board invites the whole movement to participate in this year’s selection process and vote to fill those seats. The [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections committee|Elections Committee]] will oversee this process with support from Foundation staff [2]. The Board Governance Committee created a Board Selection Working Group from Trustees who cannot be candidates in the 2024 community- and affiliate-selected trustee selection process composed of Dariusz Jemielniak, Nataliia Tymkiv, Esra'a Al Shafei, Kathy Collins, and Shani Evenstein Sigalov [3]. The group is tasked with providing Board oversight for the 2024 trustee selection process, and for keeping the Board informed. More details on the roles of the Elections Committee, Board, and staff are here [4]. Here are the key planned dates: * May 2024: Call for candidates and call for questions * June 2024: Affiliates vote to shortlist 12 candidates (no shortlisting if 15 or less candidates apply) [5] * June-August 2024: Campaign period * End of August / beginning of September 2024: Two-week community voting period * October–November 2024: Background check of selected candidates * Board's Meeting in December 2024: New trustees seated Learn more about the 2024 selection process - including the detailed timeline, the candidacy process, the campaign rules, and the voter eligibility criteria - on [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2024|this Meta-wiki page]], and make your plan. '''Election Volunteers''' Another way to be involved with the 2024 selection process is to be an Election Volunteer. Election Volunteers are a bridge between the Elections Committee and their respective community. They help ensure their community is represented and mobilize them to vote. Learn more about the program and how to join on this [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2024/Election Volunteers|Meta-wiki page]]. Best regards, [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:Pundit|Dariusz Jemielniak]] (Governance Committee Chair, Board Selection Working Group) [1] https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia_Foundation_elections/2021/Results#Elected [2] https://foundation.wikimedia.org/wiki/Committee:Elections_Committee_Charter [3] https://foundation.wikimedia.org/wiki/Minutes:2023-08-15#Governance_Committee [4] https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Wikimedia_Foundation_elections_committee/Roles [5] Even though the ideal number is 12 candidates for 4 open seats, the shortlisting process will be triggered if there are more than 15 candidates because the 1-3 candidates that are removed might feel ostracized and it would be a lot of work for affiliates to carry out the shortlisting process to only eliminate 1-3 candidates from the candidate list.<section end="announcement-content" /> [[User:MPossoupe_(WMF)|MPossoupe_(WMF)]]19:57, 12 March 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:MPossoupe (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=26349432 --> == Global ban proposal for Slowking4 == Hello. This is to notify the community that there is an ongoing global ban proposal for [[User:Slowking4]] who has been active on this wiki. You are invited to participate at [[m:Requests for comment/Global ban for Slowking4 (2)]]. Thank you. [[User:Seawolf35|Seawolf35]] ([[User talk:Seawolf35|talk]]) 19:43, 14 March 2024 (UTC) == Your wiki will be in read-only soon == <section begin="server-switch"/><div class="plainlinks"> [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/Server switch|Read this message in another language]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-Tech%2FServer+switch&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}] The [[foundation:|Wikimedia Foundation]] will switch the traffic between its data centers. This will make sure that Wikipedia and the other Wikimedia wikis can stay online even after a disaster. All traffic will switch on '''{{#time:j xg|2024-03-20|en}}'''. The test will start at '''[https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/{{#time:U|2024-03-20T14:00|en}} {{#time:H:i e|2024-03-20T14:00}}]'''. Unfortunately, because of some limitations in [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:What is MediaWiki?|MediaWiki]], all editing must stop while the switch is made. We apologize for this disruption, and we are working to minimize it in the future. '''You will be able to read, but not edit, all wikis for a short period of time.''' *You will not be able to edit for up to an hour on {{#time:l j xg Y|2024-03-20|en}}. *If you try to edit or save during these times, you will see an error message. We hope that no edits will be lost during these minutes, but we can't guarantee it. If you see the error message, then please wait until everything is back to normal. Then you should be able to save your edit. But, we recommend that you make a copy of your changes first, just in case. ''Other effects'': *Background jobs will be slower and some may be dropped. Red links might not be updated as quickly as normal. If you create an article that is already linked somewhere else, the link will stay red longer than usual. Some long-running scripts will have to be stopped. * We expect the code deployments to happen as any other week. However, some case-by-case code freezes could punctually happen if the operation require them afterwards. * [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/GitLab|GitLab]] will be unavailable for about 90 minutes. This project may be postponed if necessary. You can [[wikitech:Switch_Datacenter|read the schedule at wikitech.wikimedia.org]]. Any changes will be announced in the schedule. There will be more notifications about this. A banner will be displayed on all wikis 30 minutes before this operation happens. '''Please share this information with your community.'''</div><section end="server-switch"/> [[user:Trizek (WMF)|Trizek (WMF)]], 00:00, 15 March 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Trizek (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Non-Technical_Village_Pumps_distribution_list&oldid=25636619 --> == Match And Split not running == Match and Split isn't running - is this due to the changes to bot requirements, or is it a temporary outage? —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 13:35, 13 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Xover|Xover]] Is this the grid migration ? [[User:Sohom Datta|Sohom]] ([[User talk:Sohom Datta|talk]]) 13:58, 13 March 2024 (UTC) ::It,s the Grid Engine Apocalypse, yes. It won’t be back up again until someone ports it to the Toolforge Jobs Framework. This applies to all phetools. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 18:16, 13 March 2024 (UTC) :::Lovely. :::Time to crack down on people who upload without scans? :D —[[User:Beleg Âlt|Beleg Âlt]] {{sup/s|class=}}[[User:Beleg Tâl|BT]]{{sup/e}} ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 18:22, 13 March 2024 (UTC) ::::Past time IMO. But, you know… [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:29, 14 March 2024 (UTC) :::::Would it be okay for [[User:SodiumBot]] (my bot) to take over some of the operations of [[User:Phe-bot]] (particularly the onwiki statistics update function for now) ? [[User:Sohom Datta|Sohom]] ([[User talk:Sohom Datta|talk]]) 14:55, 14 March 2024 (UTC) ::::::Permanent (automated / unattended) bot tasks need community approval at [[WS:S]], but I can't imagine anyone would object to you taking over that task temporarily while phe-bot is down. Our bot policy and attendant policies are also a decade plus out of date so the [[WS:Bots|bot policy]] must be seen as advisory rather than absolute. I say we figure out all the technical stuff first and when we arrive at a new status quo we can deal with the formalities. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 20:11, 14 March 2024 (UTC) ::::::: Hear hear @[[User:Xover|Xover]]! It's hard to imagine a working solution being met with objection. Working alternatives are important in a world where servers go down, users get pulled away for various reasons, etc. -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 17:53, 16 March 2024 (UTC) ::::::Please put a Bot approval request in that section near the top of this page. As a part of the request I suggest that six months would be the best period to cover the temporary outage of Phe-bot and we can re-assess the ongoing need at that point. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 22:19, 16 March 2024 (UTC) == Hi wikisource! == Hello Wikisource editors! Y'all might know me from English Wikipedia and Wikidata where I've been more active. To be fair I might be becoming the kind of editor who edits all the wikis indiscriminately (I've been also considering joining Wikivoyage and/or Wikifunctions) After having lurked here for awhile, I've found myself (somewhat accidentally) validating [[Index:Works of merit, in every department of literature.pdf]] (forcing myself to get familiar with <ins>[[Help:Tables]] and [[Help:Page breaks]] on the fly)</ins>. I also intend to work on [[Index:Taming of the Shrew (1921) Yale.djvu]] as my first real transcription project. Hopefully y'all will give me a warm welcome. [[User:Duckmather|Duckmather]] ([[User talk:Duckmather|talk]]) 04:38, 15 March 2024 (UTC)<ins>; amended 16:55, 15 March 2024 (UTC)</ins> : {{ping|Duckmather}} Yes, welcome to the project! We are a wiki that has always been quite lacking in contributors, compared to the ocean of texts we need transcribed, so we're certainly glad you stopped by! I left you our welcome template a while back, and the links there will help you understand how we do things here etc. Feel free to let us know if you need some help, by using [[WS:Scriptorium/Help]] if it's ever needed. I hope you enjoy your time here! [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 06:37, 15 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Duckmather|Duckmather]]: Also note that [[Index:Taming of the Shrew (1921) Yale.djvu]] is a part of the [[Portal:The Yale Shakespeare|Yale Shakespeare]] series, and as such there is a specific consistent style established for the whole series. The Yale Shakespeare is also quite technically challenging to format correctly, so it may not be the best starter project. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 07:01, 15 March 2024 (UTC) ::{{ping|Xover}} Yeah, I'm aware (I've looked at the source code of [[Page:Midsummer Night's Dream (1918) Yale.djvu/13]] and such). I've been thinking about simplifying the style using the <code><poem></code> syntax, plus a special div-based version of {{tl|pline}} for line numbers (as opposed to the current style of using {{tl|dent/s}} and {{tl|dent/e}}, plus a shit-ton of <code><br/></code>'s for the newlines). [[User:Duckmather|Duckmather]] ([[User talk:Duckmather|talk]]) 16:54, 15 March 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:Duckmather|Duckmather]]: That's why I warned you this text is part of a series, and you need to conform with the established conventions for it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 16:58, 15 March 2024 (UTC) ::::@[[User:Xover|Xover]]: Is there documentation more thorough than [[Portal talk:The Yale Shakespeare|this]]? I've been poking around for established conventions and that's all I found, maybe I missed something? -[[User:Peteforsyth|Pete]] ([[User talk:Peteforsyth|talk]]) 15:25, 16 March 2024 (UTC) :::::No, sorry, that's what there is. You'll need to look at the other volumes in the series for reference. As I said, not a good text for beginners, and not very well suited to dip in and out of even for experienced contributors. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 19:42, 16 March 2024 (UTC) :Hi {{ping|p=|Duckmather}}! I've seen you around at RfD (at least I used to). [[User:Cremastra|Cremastra]] ([[User talk:Cremastra|talk]]) 13:55, 15 March 2024 (UTC) == Header broken on all mainspace pages (urgent) == "bad argument #1 to 'fetchLanguageName' (string expected, got nil)." is appearing on every page across the site that invokes [[Template:Header]]. I've been trying to figure out what's causing the error to appear now to implement a temporary fix, but have been unsuccessful. {{ping|Xover|CalendulaAsteraceae}} any ideas? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 07:20, 17 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]]: I'm looking into it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 07:25, 17 March 2024 (UTC) ::Ok, pretty sure I see the problem. Working on a fix now. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 07:40, 17 March 2024 (UTC) ::: {{ping|Xover|CalendulaAsteraceae}} It appears to be fixed now per {{ping|Uzume}}'s suggestion [https://en.wikisource.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Xover&curid=1150336&diff=13974734&oldid=13974576 here]. Hopefully this change will apply every nook and cranny. What do you think Xover? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 07:50, 17 March 2024 (UTC) ::::It should indeed be fixed now. I'm watching the tracking category slowly tick down (around a 100k now), but it's going to take a while for all of them to clear. For any page where you're still seeing it, a regular purge should clear it. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 08:09, 17 March 2024 (UTC) :That is caused by [https://github.com/wikimedia/mediawiki-extensions-Scribunto/blob/076bcb2711e8fd120bb7ddd867c564bd67c1dab5/includes/Engines/LuaCommon/LanguageLibrary.php#L132 includes/Engines/LuaCommon/LanguageLibrary.php#132] which checks the arguments and requires first one to be a string type. I suggested a workaround in the sandbox. —[[User:Uzume|Uzume]] ([[User talk:Uzume|talk]]) 07:53, 17 March 2024 (UTC) == Tech News: 2024-12 == <section begin="technews-2024-W12"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/12|Translations]] are available. '''Recent changes''' * The notice "Language links are at the top of the page" that appears in the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Skin:Vector/2022|Vector 2022 skin]] main menu has been removed now that users have learned the new location of the Language switcher. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T353619] * [[File:Octicons-tools.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Advanced item]] [[m:Special:MyLanguage/IP_Editing:_Privacy_Enhancement_and_Abuse_Mitigation/IP_Info_feature|IP info feature]] displays data from Spur, an IP addresses database. Previously, the only data source for this feature was MaxMind. Now, IP info is more useful for patrollers. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T341395] * [[File:Octicons-tools.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Advanced item]] The Toolforge Grid Engine services have been shut down after the final migration process from Grid Engine to Kubernetes. [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Obsolete:Toolforge/Grid][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/News/Toolforge_Grid_Engine_deprecation][https://techblog.wikimedia.org/2022/03/14/toolforge-and-grid-engine/] * Communities can now customize the default reasons for undeleting a page by creating [[MediaWiki:Undelete-comment-dropdown]]. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T326746] '''Problems''' * [[m:Special:MyLanguage/WMDE_Technical_Wishes/RevisionSlider|RevisionSlider]] is an interface to interactively browse a page's history. Users in [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:RevisionSlider/Developing_a_RTL-accessible_feature_in_MediaWiki_-_what_we%27ve_learned_while_creating_the_RevisionSlider|right-to-left]] languages reported RevisionSlider reacting wrong to mouse clicks. This should be fixed now. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T352169] '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/wmf.23|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-03-19|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-03-20|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-03-21|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] * All wikis will be read-only for a few minutes on March 20. This is planned at [https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/1710943200 14:00 UTC]. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T358233][https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Tech/Server_switch] '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/12|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W12"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 17:39, 18 March 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:UOzurumba (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26410165 --> == Seeking to be enlightened about US copyright laws and the rest of the World == I am completely lost in the fine print of the international copyright laws. In reference to the 1920s' publication of the "Twelve Chairs" by the two Soviet/Russian satirists, Ilf and Petrov, are still copyrighted in the USA, but I am in Canada, and I think that they are in the public domain. I have no idea how to pursue the universal status of these books. [[User:Ineuw|&#32;— ineuw]] ([[User talk:Ineuw|talk]]) 03:14, 4 March 2024 (UTC) :[[commons:Commons:Copyright rules by territory]] is a good place to start. —[[User:CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|contribs]]) 03:57, 4 March 2024 (UTC) ::When was the English translation published , do you know ? --[[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 04:38, 4 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Ineuw|Ineuw]]: Copyright law is pretty arcane to begin with. International copyright and how it interacts with various Wikimedia policies is more or less dark magic.{{pbr}}You need to know whether the work was originally written in Russian and later translated to English, or whether it was originally written in English. If there's translation involved there are two copyrights to figure out, if originally in English there's just one.{{pbr}}Then you need to know ''where'' the work was ''first published'' and ''when'', and if first publication was not in the US you need to know whether the US publication happened ''within 30 days'' of the non-US publication.{{pbr}}For uploading scans to Commons you need to make sure a work is public domain in the US ''and'' in the country it was first published. For hosting a work on Wikisource it needs to be public domain in, at a minimum, the US. Canadian copyright is relevant only if first publication happened in Canada, or if you are in Canada you, like all contributors, must take into account your local jurisdiction's rules. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 06:33, 4 March 2024 (UTC) ::Thanks. Your note reminded me that I have been through this process before. This is a dead issue. This book was published first in Russian in 1928, and the latest English version was re-published in 2020.[[User:Ineuw|&#32;— ineuw]] ([[User talk:Ineuw|talk]]) 11:27, 4 March 2024 (UTC) :::But when was the earliest English version published ? -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 16:44, 4 March 2024 (UTC) ::::there is a 1961 vintage edition [https://archive.org/details/twelvechairs0000ilfp] but it was renewed in 1989 [https://cocatalog.loc.gov/cgi-bin/Pwebrecon.cgi?Search_Arg=The+twelve+chairs&Search_Code=TALL&PID=eDyljW1z-vkF86KePwTtfpleP&SEQ=20240304185752&CNT=25&HIST=1] --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 23:58, 4 March 2024 (UTC) ::::: {{ping|Beardo}}I read it in English before Mel Brooks' film. That is how I knew that the film is faithful to the book. Whether it was 1961 edition or earlier, I will find try to find out later this week, since the book still exists.P.S: I am old. [[User:Ineuw|&#32;— ineuw]] ([[User talk:Ineuw|talk]]) 03:00, 5 March 2024 (UTC) ::::::@[[User:Ineuw|Ineuw]] - I note that the were English-language films based on it (though with fewer chairs) in 1936 and 1945 - so I wonder if there was an English language version before those. -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 03:31, 5 March 2024 (UTC) ::::::::i'm seeing a 1928 1st russian edition,[https://www.ebay.com/itm/166525823423] and there is a 1953 russian Checkhov edition [https://www.abebooks.com/book-search/title/the-twelve-chairs/author/ilf-petrov/], but mainly Richardson translations. [https://search.worldcat.org/search?q=ti%3A%22The+twelve+chairs%22&inLanguage=eng&itemSubType=book-printbook%2Cbook-mss%2Cbook-largeprint%2Cbook-continuing&limit=10&offset=1&itemSubTypeModified=book-printbook%2Cbook-mss%2Cbook-largeprint%2Cbook-continuing] --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 15:41, 5 March 2024 (UTC) *According to [https://www.jstor.org/stable/j.ctv4cbhbg the 2011 translation’s introduction], the first English translation is from 1930 under the title ''Diamonds to Sit On''. [[User:Ineuw|Ineuw]]: I have ordered a copy through ILL, hopefully it will arrive soon. [[User:TE(æ)A,ea.|TE(æ)A,ea.]] ([[User talk:TE(æ)A,ea.|talk]]) 17:08, 5 March 2024 (UTC) *:Aha. There is a copy of a 1947 printing which says first published in England 1930 - https://archive.org/details/in.ernet.dli.2015.77089/page/n3/mode/2up -- [[User:Beardo|Beardo]] ([[User talk:Beardo|talk]]) 17:22, 5 March 2024 (UTC) *::https://search.worldcat.org/title/213519073 translator Elizabeth Hill, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Elizabeth_Hill_(linguist) ? --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 00:35, 6 March 2024 (UTC) :::: Thanks for the info, but none of this qualifies the book to be in the public domain and available for uploading to the commons, unless it depends on the publication date. The English translation which I read is still in existence and well preserved, including the sequel! I expect to receive a photo of the title and the colophon pages.[[User:Ineuw|&#32;— ineuw]] ([[User talk:Ineuw|talk]]) 03:16, 6 March 2024 (UTC) :::::US copyright term for this is very likely to be one calculated based on date of first publication plus 95 years. Anything published anywhere in the world more than 95 years ago (currently 1928) is in the public domain in the US, even if they are still in copyright in other jurisdictions. In other jurisdictions a work is most likely covered by a copyright term calculated from the death of the author, often 70 years (but can also be other durations, it varies from country to country). Works that are public domain in the US but still in copyright in other countries can be uploaded to English Wikisource, but might be incompatible with Commons' licensing policy (that depends on details of first publication, when, in what country, was it simultaneously published in the US, etc.). [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 15:27, 6 March 2024 (UTC) {{outdent talk}} The English language copy of "The Twelve Chairs" in my possession is a John B. C. Richardson translation, published by Vantage Books in 1961. Definitely not in Public Domain. [[User:Ineuw|&#32;— ineuw]] ([[User talk:Ineuw|talk]]) 10:08, 15 March 2024 (UTC) *[[User:Ineuw|Ineuw]]: The book just came in. The title page says “HARPER & BROTHERS/PUBLISHERS/NEW YORK AND LONDON/MCMXXX.” The publication in New York makes it public domain in the United States and a United States work, meaning that it can be uploaded at Commons. Do you want to use the PLI copy, or would you like me to scan my copy? [[User:TE(æ)A,ea.|TE(æ)A,ea.]] ([[User talk:TE(æ)A,ea.|talk]]) 18:03, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :: You are too kind. I don't know what PLI means. Also, is yours a hard copy? How would you scan it to share it? This is a subject about which I am ignorant, but I have no wish to burden you by imposing on your time. However, if you teach me to fish, . . . . . [[User:Ineuw|&#32;— ineuw]] ([[User talk:Ineuw|talk]]) 23:27, 21 March 2024 (UTC) ::*[[User:Ineuw|&#32;— ineuw]]: The copy Beardo identified ([https://archive.org/details/in.ernet.dli.2015.77089/page/n3/mode/2up here]) is from the Public Library of India (PLI). PLI is known for (1) a ''laissez-faire'' attitude to copyright law and (2) poor scans. For me, I just ordered the whole book (from ILL), so I could scan the entire book if you’d like. As for imposing, I’ve actually set up a system ([[User:TE(æ)A,ea./Requests|here]]) for scan requests, so it’s no big deal. [[User:TE(æ)A,ea.|TE(æ)A,ea.]] ([[User talk:TE(æ)A,ea.|talk]]) 15:40, 22 March 2024 (UTC) == Bug report == I left three bug reports at [[MediaWiki talk:Gadget-Fill Index.js]]. [[User:Ignacio Rodríguez|Ignacio Rodríguez]] ([[User talk:Ignacio Rodríguez|talk]]) 04:00, 20 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Ignacio Rodríguez|Ignacio Rodríguez]]: I've seen them, but not had time to look closely at them yet (and my backlog is pretty massive just now). Sorry. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 13:44, 23 March 2024 (UTC) == Easier import == It seems most book and newspaper scanning projects don't offer proofreading, so it's tempting to copy works to Wikisource for that purpose. But it is a lot of trouble downloading the right format (e.g. Internet Archive's zip archive of JP2 files), then creating the proper format (e.g. PDF or Djvu with OCR text), uploading it to Commons, and creating an Index page, before you can even start. Are there any examples where this has been automated or simplified? Back in 2010, I copied entire years (1836, 1837; 300 djvu files per year, one for each day) of [[:commons:Category:Post- och Inrikes Tidningar|the Swedish official gazette]] from the national library to Commons and started [[:sv:Post- och Inrikes Tidningar|proofreading in Swedish Wikisource]]. I thought that was a pioneer effort that would soon be automated, but it is just as complicated today as it was fourteen years ago. [[User:LA2|LA2]] ([[User talk:LA2|talk]]) 18:10, 15 March 2024 (UTC) : {{Ping|LA2}} Try https://ia-upload.toolforge.org/ <span class="vcard"><span class="fn">[[User:Pigsonthewing|Andy Mabbett]]</span> (<span class="nickname">Pigsonthewing</span>); [[User talk:Pigsonthewing|Talk to Andy]]; [[Special:Contributions/Pigsonthewing|Andy's edits]]</span> 22:00, 15 March 2024 (UTC) ::So that uploads PDF/Djvu files from IA to Commons. But doesn't create a Wikisource Index page? And there are no similar bots for taking files from other sources? Here's [https://data.kb.se/dark-17377523 an 1884 issue of a Swedish newspaper]. I'd like to proofread that, but I need to download 8 JP2 images, convert them into a PDF, upload that to Commons, and create an Index page on Swedish Wikisource. How do I get someone (the WMF) to develop (and then maintain) a bot to do that? It should not be a unique bot for this source, but a bot framework where I can easily add new sites, from where to download stuff, and what metadata to add. --[[User:LA2|LA2]] ([[User talk:LA2|talk]]) 20:34, 16 March 2024 (UTC) :::yeah, i wished for an text upload wizard, but it did not get taken. such is the technical support - tools keep breaking and being sunset. but a task flow from scan to IA to wikisource limps along. we have all the work we can do with printed books. newspapers and periodicals are a sideshow. --[[User:Slowking4|Slowking4]] ‽ <span style="font-family:UnifrakturMaguntia">[[User_talk:Slowking4|''digitaleffie's ghost'']]</span> 22:47, 16 March 2024 (UTC) :::@[[User:LA2|LA2]]: That particular site offers a IIIF manifest, and there are IIIF downloader utilities out there that can make the download part a bit easier. But solving this in the general case is impossible because every site is different. Not that we can't build a tool to streamline this process as much as possible, and there's lots of potential for improving things for users, but it's a lot of work both to make and to maintain and it would still not be anywhere near painless. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:05, 24 March 2024 (UTC) == Tech News: 2024-13 == <section begin="technews-2024-W13"/><div class="plainlinks"> Latest '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|tech news]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community. Please tell other users about these changes. Not all changes will affect you. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/13|Translations]] are available. '''Recent changes''' * [[File:Octicons-tools.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Advanced item]] An update was made on March 18th 2024 to how various projects load site, user JavaScript and CSS in [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Skin:Vector/2022|Vector 2022 skin]]. A [[phab:T360384|checklist]] is provided for site admins to follow. '''Changes later this week''' * [[File:Octicons-sync.svg|12px|link=|alt=|Recurrent item]] The [[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/wmf.24|new version]] of MediaWiki will be on test wikis and MediaWiki.org from {{#time:j xg|2024-03-26|en}}. It will be on non-Wikipedia wikis and some Wikipedias from {{#time:j xg|2024-03-27|en}}. It will be on all wikis from {{#time:j xg|2024-03-28|en}} ([[mw:MediaWiki 1.42/Roadmap|calendar]]). [https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Train][https://wikitech.wikimedia.org/wiki/Deployments/Yearly_calendar] '''''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/Writers|Tech News writers]] and posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|bot]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]]&nbsp;• [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News/2024/13|Translate]]&nbsp;• [[m:Tech|Get help]]&nbsp;• [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]]&nbsp;• [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Subscribe or unsubscribe]].'' </div><section end="technews-2024-W13"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 18:56, 25 March 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:UOzurumba (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/Tech_ambassadors&oldid=26446209 --> == Disambiguating encyclopedia articles from works == I have always had a significant issue with our common practice of including encyclopedia articles, such as those from EB1911, Nutall, NSRW, etc., in disambiguation pages alongside other works. Some quite poignant examples exist at [[Jalna]] and [[Surakarta]]. The crux of my argument is centered around the very concept of a disambiguation page itself. It's meant to disseminate confusion from works of the same title. And no one would '''ever''' confuse a novel with an unrelated encyclopedia article. Think about this in conversational form: <blockquote>A: "Hey, have you ever heard of 'Jalna'?" B: "Oh, yeah, I loved reading that, that was a great novel!" A: "No, I was talking about ''the 1911 Britannica article about a town in India''."</blockquote> Like what? Who would ''ever'' say this as a response? That is what you're implying when you put something on a disambiguation page—that it's reasonable to think that someone might confuse a ''popular novel'' with an ''obscure encyclopedia article''. I admit that I don't know exactly ''how'' you would technically classify an encyclopedia article, in the bibliographic sense, and it [[User_talk:Neo-Jay#Naming_and_disambiguation|has been noted]] that "a long encyclopedia article may even be regarded as an academic masterpiece". And this may be true—in fact, there are even (''very rare!'') instances where encyclopedia articles have been republished in some other form. But, we have to consider the ''context in which these articles exist''—whereas something like an essay, a paper, a speech, or even an article in a periodical or newspaper, would be intended to be found on its own and regarded as its own individual property, an encyclopedia is ''specifically '''designed''' to be searched''. In other words, you're ''never'' looking for the encyclopedia article for its own sake—you're looking for it because you want some specific information. You're ''using'' the broader work (''Britannica'') for the purpose of finding information ''about'' Jalna, and it never occurred to any reader that the article on it was even its own unique entity at all. I wouldn't want to include "Jalna" the encyclopedia article on a disambiguation page, for the same reason that I wouldn't want to include every magazine issue editorial titled "Editorial" in a disambiguation page called [[Editorial]]—the editorial is intended to be searched from the issue, the same as the encyclopedia article is meant to be searched from the encyclopedia. I do understand that in the case of [[Surakarta]] and many others, there is a counterargument some of you may make, in that encyclopedia articles have use in being disambiguated from ''each other''. But in this case, really we need more extensive portals, and perhaps a separate searching technology specifically for our dictionaries and encyclopedic works, (I'm not kidding, this would be ''extremely'' useful and I'd love to see something like this), but it just doesn't seem like disambiguation pages are the place to be doing this. Pinging {{ping|Beleg Tâl|Neo-Jay}} who I've talked with about this previously. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 14:14, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :As formulated, I disagree with this. But perhaps there is an underlying problem behind your reasoning for which one can find a solution that we agree on?{{pbr}}Encyclopedia entries are both practically and bibliographically stand-alone works (one can quibble about single-sentence entries and such, but one can't generally say that they are not in this context). And the purpose of disambiguation pages is to disambiguate among works with near identical titles. See [[Hamlet]], in particular the original, vs. Lamb's bowdlerized version, Hazlitt's commentary, the three encyclopedia articles, and the encyclopedia article for the opera.{{pbr}}I've also sometimes been annoyed by the need for dab pages when there are only two works listed, and one of them seems very incidental or insignificant. But over time I've come to the conclusion that this stems from assigning too much significance to wikipage names (that's why enWP has big fights about a term's main topic: do most people mean the type pf small settlement or the play?). Having dabs is good, even if sometimes annoying for Wikisourcerers running into naming collisions.{{pbr}}The flip side is long dab pages like [[Poems]]. Some of these are inevitable (they're the corner-cases like [[Poems]] specifically, for which there's no good solution), but for others the straightforward solution is to add some structure to the page. So, for example, perhaps split different types of works to separate subsections, so that encyclopaedia articles are in their own section? [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 15:33, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :: {{ping|Xover}} You say that "as formulated" you disagree with this, since you say that both practically and bibliographically they are stand-alone works, but could you elaborate on why and in what sense? I'd be interested to see the specific reasoning for this, and how it would refute that encyclopedias are functionally designed to be searched, with their articles existing more as "search''es''" than as individual works; while an essay or a poem are almost guaranteed to be published in multiple sources, to be clearly seen as standalone works in the sense that they are understood to be sought after in isolation? I am just saying it's misleading to treat encyclopedia articles as if they are sought after as the things themselves rather than the topics they represent. When I say the word "Elephant" in a sentence, how likely is it that I'm referring to the Wikipedia article on {{w|elephant}} if "Wikipedia" or "article" aren't in my sentence? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:48, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :: Addendum: One could also say, in exactly the same way, that forewords of novels are works in their own right (since some form of those very forewords might one day be found in a periodical, who knows!). And in some technical, academic sense maybe they are, but would this justify a 500,000-item disambiguation page at [[Foreword]]? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 15:54, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :::See [[Preface (Johnson)]]. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 16:16, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :::: {{ping|Xover}} {{smaller|Mmmh, this appears to be a rare edge case; it's a well-researched (and interesting!) versions page where the changes are noticeable, distinct, and span several different authors and publishers across eras. But to use this notable piece of Shakesperean literatary history that happens to manifest itself in the form of a preface, as a precedent for the rest of the millions of prefaces out there, is not a place I'd go with my lukewarm acceptance of it. And to be honest, I'm in the mindset that this belongs in another namespace or in some other structure, but I have no specific ideas and Versions makes sense within the confines of the little structure we have to work with.}} [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 16:59, 21 March 2024 (UTC) :I very strongly agree with this position. Consider the page [[Poems]] mentioned above. In my opinion, it would be inappropriate and rather ridiculous to include on that page every encyclopedia and dictionary that happens to contain an article about "Poems". I would argue, as [[User:Billinghurst|Billinghurst]] argued to me [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/2015-08#Famous passages as separate works|nearly a decade ago]], that to be considered as a separate work for enWS purposes, the "component will have been separately published and outside of the bible" (replacing the bible with the encyclopedia in this case). —[[User:Beleg Tâl|Beleg Tâl]] ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 16:58, 24 March 2024 (UTC) :: The examples in that older discussion focus on poems and passages included within a larger work, and I agree somewhat that those are edge cases and ''might'' be worthy of such treatment. But encyclopedia articles for most major encyclopedias have their own authors and citation information from specific editions. That is, whereas ''The Walrus and the Carpenter'' will appear in the same chapter of its containing work, it does not have set pagination nor a separate author from the author of its containing work. Encyclopedia articles typically do have their own separate authorship, and are as much a work in their own right as a poem included in an anthology. Also, to be clear, it is not an article ''about'' Poems that would be listed for disambiguation, but an article ''titled'' "Poems". --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 00:32, 25 March 2024 (UTC) :::Re articles in reference works being on their own they also frequently cross-reference each other, overlap with multiple different entries under the same header, have varying degrees of set clear pagination and are almost never independently reprinted. Multiple authorship also seems to be weird as a main deciding criterion to clue on IMO, e.g. when later editions add additional chapters to a book, now those original chapters have "own authors and citation information" and are now independent works but they weren't before? :::''Poems'' is a bit of an edge case as it goes into the Main / Portal linking issue as well and how ''[[Poems]],'' [[Portal:Poetry]] and Category:Poems all interact but that is its own separate specific rabbit hole. Note that ''The Walrus and the Carpenter'' is frequently anthologized as a separate work on its own with its own chapter, set pagination etc. which causes issues as well if we then version those but not the original publication... [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 00:02, 27 March 2024 (UTC) {{ping|SnowyCinema}} I concur with your sentiment that every ''Foreword'' and ''Editorial'' should not be listed on disambiguation pages, but not for the reasons you've given. A ''Foreword'' is a description of the item, and not its title. We would not list every "Chapter I" on a disambiguation page, because that is a label, and ''not'' a title. Likewise, an ''Editorial'' is a ''kind'' of work, not the title of a work, and disambiguation pages should list works with a given title, without listing works ''described'' or ''categorized'' using a given label. Having worked on Wiktionary, the equivalent language is: '''labels''' are common nouns, but '''titles''' are proper nouns. And "foreword", "index", "editorial" are identifying labels, but not titles. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 00:52, 25 March 2024 (UTC) :We have similar issues with things like [[Sonnet]] where they may be labeled by number as well by first line, and presumably Untitled or such some placeholder if we consider neither of those the actual title since not provided by the author. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 01:59, 25 March 2024 (UTC) :: Disambiguation pages are ''searching aids'' and ''title disseminators'', so to include an encyclopedia article in them is functionally useless. The way those titles are referred to, as I said, is always "Jalna in the ''Encyclopedia Britannica''" or the like. No one on earth has trouble telling the difference between a specific encyclopedia article about ''Moby Dick'' and ''Moby Dick'' itself. Whether or not they have different authors is beside the point, it's about the fact that encyclopedias are designed to be searched and not considered in their own right. Which is why, whether or not you want to say in some ''academic'' sense that they're "works" by some technical nitty-gritty classification, you can't say that they're standalone in any sense. The standalone work is the encyclopedia, is the dictionary. Any entries in them are just that, and they're meant to serve the purpose of the encyclopedia, not to be found on their own. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 06:58, 25 March 2024 (UTC) :::You keep asserting that, but it's just not true as a general statement. Most encyclopaedia entries, sure, they're short blurbs that are mostly interchangeable, like dictionary entries, and primarily have value as a part of the larger work they are contained in. But the EB1911, and ''Grove'', and a lot of others have entries that are ''long'', ''well researched'', ''with a distinct author'', ''can have multiple editions'', etc. In fact, in ''Grove'' (now owned and online at OUP) each entry gets its own DOI, and even has different DOIs for each edition of an entry. EB1911's entry authors are also often leading experts in their fields, and well-know and published outside EB1911 (see e.g. [[Author:Sidney Lee|Sidney Lee]], who is known today primarily as one of the leading Shakespearean scholars of his era). There's no practical difference between these an a short story in a short story collection, or a paper in a collection or ''festschrift''. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 07:15, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :::: {{ping|Xover}} The difference is that, and while Wikisource doesn't represent this often enough in practice, short stories ''and'' poems that appear in collections are almost ''guaranteed'' to have been published in multiple different sources, like periodicals, newspapers, or other collections, so they should ''categorically'' be considered as standalone works and ''categorically'' be assumed to exist in many versions. So the short story collections are effectively just collections of works, while an encyclopedia is more like a searchable database for information. I am aware that many encyclopedia articles are long and well-researched etc., but that's besides the point. I'm certain that many prized academics have also contributed a lot to Wikipedia's articles, but that doesn't make them standalone works in the same sense as a ''story''. I'm sure ''some'' of the entries in these old encyclopedias were reproduced in other works, but even then oftentimes they become something fundamentally different later by reference. So, it's no longer ''EB1911's article on Moby Dick'', it's now ''EB1922's update on Moby Dick'', or ''EB1936's article on Moby Dick'', you know? It's never ''just'' "Moby Dick: The Article". So these responses I'm getting don't address my primary concern, which is that while short stories are quite easy to categorically be considered in their own right and can be referred to explicitly by their titles without any adjacent context, the EB articles ''have'' to be referred to in the context of the encyclopedia or no one would ever understand what you were talking about. And that goes to the broader point as well: that no one would ever confuse ''Moby Dick'' the novel with an encyclopedia article about it, because it doesn't even make logical sense to lump the two together in this way as if they could be supposed to be the same. Also, no one has answered the hypothetical I gave before, which is if I used the word "Elephant" in a sentence, how likely is it that I'm referring to Wikipedia's article on the topic, if "Wikipedia" or "article" aren't in my sentence? [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 08:35, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :::::No, but that's a contrived example. Cf. below, "William Shakespeare" could refer to one of any number of works that are substantially similar in subject-matter (biographical information about him and his works), but where some are in the form of encyclopedia articles, some are essays from collections, some are scholarly monographs, some may be fictionalized retellings of his life. It is quite common in the literature to see footnotes citing ''Lee (1904)'', ''Chambers (1930)'' with the full reference to a encyclopedia entry and a monograph (respectively) appearing in the bibliography. Depending on citation style used, these can appear as "Lee, ''Shakespeare''" and "Chambers, ''Shakespeare''" or any number of other variations. The point being that these do not treat encyclopedia articles and monographs differently. Your point is a valid one that applies to a lot of encyclopedia articles, but you cannot generalise it to "all encyclopedia articles".{{pbr}}You'll also note that nobody (serious) cites ''Wikipedia''; they cite the article "William Shakespeare" on ''Wikipedia'' at a given date and time (or revision). "Wikipedia" as a work is somewhat meaningless; it's a tool for creating and a site for hosting the works it contains, which are the individual articles. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 09:04, 26 March 2024 (UTC) I will just comment that I see three intersecting questions: 1. Workflow. For example, on WP if I want to find out about "Shakespeare, New Mexico" I can search Shakespeare --> Main topic (William Shakespeare) --> disamb page --> article, but on WS do we want to mirror the same flow to find information or do we expect a different workflow? 2. Bibliography of subpages. Which subpages are "works" and merit specific indexing and which works aren't? Is a Chapter in a Novel entitled Shakespeare independent? Is [[The Common Reader/Jane Austen]] a separate work because it is non-fiction now? Or only if it is by a separate author? Or republished and excerpted outside with sufficient notoriety etc.? 3. The actual construction of the redirects / links to those works from Main. For example does that link from [[Jane Austen]], [[Jane Austen (1925)]], [[Jane Austen (Woolf)]] etc.? Do we have to create disambiguate pages at those points too? Do we merge "Shakespeare" and "Shakespere"? Do we consider encyclopedia articles by their titles like "Austen, Jane" / "Shakespeare, William" and disambiguate only under those names etc.? [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 01:52, 25 March 2024 (UTC) :I think only the second of those questions is really what is being addressed here. We don't have a workflow such that people would find "works about Shakespeare, NM" at [[Shakespeare]], only "works titled 'Shakespeare'". As for whether to list similar titles together or separately, that is generally done on a case-by-case basis, which is why [[Sonnet]] and [[Sonnets]] are separate pages while [[A Sonnet]] is not. —[[User:Beleg Tâl|Beleg Tâl]] ([[User talk:Beleg Tâl|talk]]) 01:58, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]]: [[The Common Reader/Jane Austen]], and the other essays in that collection, are stand-alone works, yes. In fact a number of them appeared stand-alone in ''The Times Literary Supplement'' before being collected there. Most fiction chapters (i.e. novels) will not fit this definition for the simple reason that each chapter does not stand alone, and the chapters are meant to be read in sequence (and are normally never published individually). But in collections of essays or short stories each individual piece is atomic. There are certainly edge cases out there, but the general rule is fairly clear.{{pbr}}All three of those redirects you list seem reasonable. But redirects are mainly about convenience or preserving links to an old title, and not so much about disambiguation.{{pbr}}Disambiguation pages are about distinguishing between works with an identical title, since we cannot let all works live on the same wikipage title otherwise, and as a finding aid to readers. Consider, for example, the Sherlock Holmes stories: most people will be looking for ''A Scandal in Bohemia'' with no idea that it was first published in [[The Strand Magazine/Volume 2/Issue 7/A Scandal in Bohemia|''The Strand Magazine'' in vol. 2, issue 7]]. What they need is [[A Scandal in Bohemia]], a versions page, to tell them we have two versions of that text. Readers looking for "William Shakespeare" may be looking for any one of [[Author:Sidney Lee|Sir Sidney Lee]]'s encyclopedia article [[Dictionary of National Biography, 1885-1900/Shakespeare, William|in the DNB]], [[Author:Edmund Kerchever Chambers|E. K. Chambers]]' seminal ''William Shakespeare: A Study of Facts and Problems'', Park Honan's ''Shakespeare: A Life'', or Stanley Well's ''Shakespeare: A Life in Drama'', or any one of a whole host of other works whose primary title is a permutation of "William Shakespeare". The same goes for "Hamlet", which may be any version of the play, the Bowdlerized editions by the Lambs, Hazlitt's commentary on the play (an essay published in a fixup collection, designed to be read sequentially), several operatic versions inspired by the play (and some independent inventions), and a bunch of poems. The main unanswered question there is the precise definition of "identical", and that's an issue on which reasonable people may disagree. I favour a fairly permissive "…and substantially similar" type definition, but you can't really say someone that argues for seeing "William Shakespeare" and "Shakespeare, William" as distinct is "wrong". [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 08:49, 26 March 2024 (UTC) ::Right, but do we make a distinction between "[[Moby-Dick]]" (novel) and "[[Moby Dick]]" (article), [[The Tempest]], [[Tempest]], [[Tempest, The]] and [[Tempest, Marie]], [[The Monk]], [[Monk]] and [[Monk, James Henry]], [[Kubla Khan]] and [[Kublai Khan]], etc. The original example might make a distinction between ''Surakarta'' articles about the place and ''The Surakarta'' the novel, for example. I mention redirects as that is ''how'' these are implemented, given we are talking about works in a containing work, we ''only'' encounter clashes between the main work and the redirect to the encyclopedia articles. Which is why I started with the first point, these exist as aids for the reader. Personally, I favor more disambiguation, more linking, more discovery, probably more portals to provide structure etc. If we want to through more illustrations, great. But that is my personal opinion. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 14:00, 26 March 2024 (UTC) :::It isn't obvious that if you want ''Shakespeare: A Life'' search for "Shakespeare" and ''William Shakespeare: A Study of Facts and Problems'' search for "William Shakespeare," as a position is wrong. I.e. that someone searching for "William Shakespeare" might be taken literally and not see the Honan or Well work. I think it is wrong because we should favor discoverability and "wikiness" over exact searching like a catalog, but YMMV. [[User:MarkLSteadman|MarkLSteadman]] ([[User talk:MarkLSteadman|talk]]) 14:10, 26 March 2024 (UTC) ::: I am not seeing the harm, at all, in listing encyclopedia article titles on a disambiguation page. [[User:BD2412|<span style="background:lightgreen">''BD2412''</span>]] [[User talk:BD2412|'''T''']] 19:56, 26 March 2024 (UTC) ll304ylwzk43mvusovehcrz2f0tk7a0 Page:The Works of H G Wells Volume 11.pdf/163 104 4470276 14127919 14018133 2024-04-25T14:25:52Z Tromaster 1013356 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Tromaster" />{{rh/1|ELIHU REPROVES JOB}}</noinclude>thought; when he asked himself, 'What have I been doing? What have I done? What has this world done for me? It has made me a murderer. It has tortured me and wasted me{{...|4}} And I meant well by it{{...|4}}' "Whether he thought at all about the making of the submarine, the numberless ingenuities and devices, the patience and devotion, that had gone to make that grim trap in which he had been caught at last, I cannot guess{{...|4}} Probably he took it as a matter of course{{...|4}} "So it was that our German youngster who dreamt dreams, who had ambitions, who wished to serve and do brave and honourable things, died{{...|4}} So five thousand men at least have died, English some of them as well as German, in lost submarines beneath the waters of the narrow seas{{...|4}} "There is a story and a true story. It is more striking than the fate of most men and women in the world, but is it, in its essence, different? Is not the whole life of our time in the vein of this story? Is not this story of youth and hope and possibility misled, marched step by step into a world misconceived, thrust into evil, and driven down to ugliness and death, only a more vivid rendering of what is now the common fate of great multitudes? Is there any one of us who is not in some fashion aboard a submarine, doing evil and driving towards an evil end?{{...}} "What are the businesses in which men engage? How many of them have any likeness to freighted ships that serve the good of mankind? Think of the<noinclude>{{c|135}}</noinclude> hskbbek4li5se3vyzga0xoj00uepard Page:Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World by Lemuel Gulliver First a Surgeon, and then a Captain of Several Ships.djvu/70 104 4470496 14130427 14018601 2024-04-26T01:25:11Z Arcorann 2060189 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Arcorann" /></noinclude>not observed the least resemblance of in any other Countrey of the old or the new World. The Emperor holds a Stick in his hands, both ends parallel to the Horizon, while the Candidates advancing one by one, sometimes leap over the Stick, sometimes creep under it backwards and forwards several times, according as the Stick is advanced or depressed. Sometimes the Emperor holds one end of the Stick, and his First Minister the other; sometimes the Minister has it entirely to himself Whoever performs his part with most Agility, and holds out the longest in leaping and creeping, is rewarded with the Purple coloured Silk; the Yellow is given to the next, and the White to the Third, which they all wear girt twice round about the middle; and you see few great Persons about this Court who are not adorned with one of these Girdles. {{sc|The}} Horses of the Army, and those of the Royal Stables, having been daily led before me, were no longer shy, but would come up to my very feet without starting. The Riders would leap them over my hand as I held it on the ground, and One of the Emperor's Huntsmen, upon a large Courser, took my Foot, Shoe and all; which was indeed a prodigious Leap. I had the good fortune to divert the Emperor One day after a very extraordinary manner. I desired he would order several Sticks of Two foot high, and the thickness of an ordinary Cane, to be brought me; whereupon his Majesty commanded the Master of his Woods to give directions accordingly; and the next morning Six Wood-men arrived with as many Carriages, drawn by Eight Horses to each. I took Nine of these Sticks, and fixing them firmly in the ground in a Quadrangular Figure, Two foot and a half square, I took four other Sticks, and tyed them parallel at each Corner, about Two foot from the ground; then I fastned{{sic}} my Handkerchief to the Nine Sticks that stood erect, and extended it on all sides till it was as tight as the top of a Drum; and the Four parallel Sticks rising about Five inches higher than the Handkerchief, served as Ledges on each side. When I had finished my Work, I desired the Emperor to let<noinclude></noinclude> 6jmh1gfocq4ebx5yr4l5dadc5qpdbmm User talk:Xover/Archives/2024 3 4471435 14130233 14057655 2024-04-25T22:58:29Z Wikisource-bot 1571978 Bot: Archiving 2 threads from [[User talk:Xover]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{archive header}} == Antigone DjVu == Would you be able to create a DjVu file from [https://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/006790522 this scan at Hathi]? It's a 1911 US publication and US author (who died in 1939), and thus solidly in PD. I've been looking for more translations of Sophocles' plays, and would greatly appreciate any help you can provide. Using a name like "Antigone (Harry)" or "Antigone (1911)" would be sufficient to distinguish the file from other similar ones. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 21:21, 2 January 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]]: [[:File:The Antigone of Sophocles (1911).djvu]] [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 08:59, 3 January 2024 (UTC) == Copyright violations discussion closure for [[Threats to the peaceful observance of the bicentennial]] == Why would this not be <code>PD-US-no notice</code> for the material as published within a <code>PD-USGov</code> work? The discussion only had two participants anyway, you and me, so I don’t think that it should be closed so quickly. By the way, thank you for work in closing up all of the discussions, that page was getting rather unwieldy. [[User:TE(æ)A,ea.|TE(æ)A,ea.]] ([[User talk:TE(æ)A,ea.|talk]]) 17:27, 6 January 2024 (UTC) :Well, the discussion ''had'' been open for well over a year so I'm not sure "so quickly" is the most apt description. :){{pbr}}This was a call based on the fact that it is a case of private individuals giving prepared statements to a Congressional committee. That the committee is required to keep transcripts of such evidence, or that they choose to print those transcripts "for use of the committee", does not amount to general publication. Apologies for what I now see is a pretty lame closing statement on that. As you say, the page was starting to get out of hand so I guess I can plead haste. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 17:39, 6 January 2024 (UTC) == Völsunga Saga (1888) == Hi, I have started to validate [[Index:Völsunga_Saga_(1888).djvu]], but as a result am wondering how to deal with eventual transclusion. Right now there appears to be two approaches started. The first appears for the TOC and Title and Introduction. The second appears in the TOC for the rest of the chapters. [[The Story of the Volsungs/Introduction]] <nowiki>[[The Story of the Volsungs/Introduction]]</nowiki> [[Völsunga Saga/Introduction]] <nowiki>[[Völsunga Saga/Introduction]]</nowiki> Since I am basically following your lead, it would be helpful if I could get a model that I could copy for the way you might like the header set up for the chapters of this work. Thank you for any assistance, [[User:PWidergren|PWidergren]] ([[User talk:PWidergren|talk]]) 12:35, 31 December 2023 (UTC) :@[[User:PWidergren|PWidergren]]: Thanks for your contributions. Much appreciated.{{pbr}}This text is one that was added many years ago without being scan-backed. I have used [[Help:Match and split|Match & Split]] to migrate it to the scan at [[Index:Völsunga Saga (1888).djvu]] and am now working to actually Proofread it against this scan. Since I am in any case going to need to put in a lot of work on it I am planning on taking the opportunity to correct the title used for the wikipage names to better match the printed title. As such I am going to move the existing pages at [[The Story of the Volsungs]] to [[Völsunga Saga]], fix up the subpage names to modern standards and matching the new structure from the printed table of contents, and then update all the transclusions to use automatic headers. But I am planning to finish Proofreading the text first so I can discover any needs for adjustments first (for example, I just found that I needed to tweak the page structure to account for the major section division for the "Songs from the Elder Edda" part of the book).{{pbr}}All of which is to say that for now I would suggest you stick to just Validating the Proofread pages so that there won't be too many cooks in the kitchen to make a mess. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 13:18, 31 December 2023 (UTC) ::Thank you for your response. Will do. ::[[User:PWidergren|PWidergren]] ([[User talk:PWidergren|talk]]) 13:26, 31 December 2023 (UTC) :::@[[User:PWidergren|PWidergren]]: May I direct your attention to this part of my previous message: {{tqi|… for now I would suggest you stick to just Validating the Proofread pages so that there won't be too many cooks in the kitchen to make a mess.|q=y}}? [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 09:55, 10 January 2024 (UTC) ::::I guess I could just elect to abandon this project. I do not like doing that though. ::::Too bad that you are hard to work with. I have no idea when you would get around to doing the trancluding yourself. ::::But I stop work on this volunteer project at this point. Have a good day. ::::[[User:PWidergren|PWidergren]] ([[User talk:PWidergren|talk]]) 11:57, 10 January 2024 (UTC) :::::@[[User:PWidergren|PWidergren]]: I am sorry you find me hard to work. I really try not to be.{{pbr}}However, I think you'll generally find that on this project contributors prefer not to have others wade in and start making big changes in a project they're working on. It's not that they do not appreciate assistance or do not want to collaborate, but a lot of the work we do here is somewhat complex and needs consistency at various levels, both of which are harder to achieve if multiple people start doing parts independently (especially if done without coordinating well the division of labour). It's a matter of the old adage "too many cooks spoil the broth."{{pbr}}The reason I suggested that you focus on Validation (your efforts there being very much appreciated, by the way!) is that that's a very safe division of labour: it conflicts with nothing else, and I have never seen anyone complain about someone Validating pages in the projects they're working on. We also overall have far too few contributors interested in or capable of doing Validation, so our progress there is falling way behind.{{pbr}}Transcluding pages, however, goes to the core structure of a text, and best leads to wasted effort and at worst creates extra work. I am planning to redo the transclusions, move pages, etc. but I am waiting until I have finished Proofreading all the pages for the simple reason that during proofreading I am finding out what the content and structure of the work is and that will inform how I ultimately end up doing the transclusions, how I set up the header templates, and so forth.{{pbr}}In this case that also includes a reassessment of what the best mainspace wikipage name would be for this text, which was something I was planning to ask for your input on. In bibliographic terms (what appears on the title page) the title is "Völsunga Saga" (and hence I've used that in the file name and as the base page in the links in the table of contents), but in the half-title it refers to itself as "The Story of the Volsungs", and while Proofreading [[Page:Völsunga Saga (1888).djvu/328|the bibliography]] I noticed that Magnússon himself refers to the 1870 edition as "The Story of the Volsungs and Niblungs". With three entirely different datums as input I was hoping someone with more familiarity with this field might know under what title or short title the work is usually referred to by others to help inform a final decision on what wikipage name to use. The wikipage, of course, need not be identical to the title of the work, but it is often convenient to not have it be more different than needed and at the very least to have it be recognisable as a variant of the title. In any case, since I have not yet settled on the final page structure, to now move pages around or creating a lot of subpages is actually going to create ''more'' work compared to waiting until those questions are settled. That was the main reason I suggested I would prefer it if you avoided doing that. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 13:52, 10 January 2024 (UTC) ::::::Thank you for your lengthy response and I understand your concerns. I will finish validating the rest of the work after the transclusion is complete, so that it can be the way you would like it to be. ::::::[[User:PWidergren|PWidergren]] ([[User talk:PWidergren|talk]]) 14:08, 10 January 2024 (UTC) :::::::Ok, the book should now be fully transcluded. Modulo any errors that may crop up and need fixing, this completes the work I was planning to do on this. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 16:18, 12 January 2024 (UTC) == [[:Page:Nicholas Gray Free Negro Bond.jpg ]] == Currently this has the last remaining content div-span flip, but I'm not sure how to repair it, as it's adding a border to content, I'm not sure that can be done using a span in the same way. [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) 09:11, 15 January 2024 (UTC) == Please undelete the introduction of Translation:Mishneh Torah == The introduction has been fully proofread at the Hebrew Wikisource. (Also, I would greatly appreciate if you (or [[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]]) can take a look at [[Page:משנה תורה דפוס ווארשא-ווילנא כרך ראשון 1.pdf/11]] and see why it's aligned from right-to-left). Thanks in advance, [[User:Sije|Sije]] ([[User talk:Sije|talk]]) 18:26, 20 December 2023 (UTC) :@[[User:Sije|Sije]]: The right-to-left text was caused by setting the "Language" field in the Index: page to "he" (Hebrew). I have to admit I had no idea that would cause MediaWiki / Proofread Page to automatically set <syntaxhighlight lang="css" inline>text-direction: rtl</syntaxhighlight> in the styles for Page: pages. I've changed it back to "en" (English) for now.{{pbr}}@[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]]: I am thinking we can undelete all the pages of the existing translation and move them into Sije's user space temporarily while they are working on the translation. Do you agree? [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 19:04, 20 December 2023 (UTC) :: That should be fine. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 19:07, 20 December 2023 (UTC) :::@[[User:Sije|Sije]]: Apologies for the late response (there was a rather large technical outage yesterday that stole my attention). I have temporarily undeleted all the pages that used to be at [[Translation:Mishneh Torah]] and moved them to [[User:Sije/Mishneh Torah]]. You can find all of them in the list at [[Special:PrefixIndex/User:Sije/Mishneh Torah]]. Feel free to copy what you want for these, but keep in mind that the new translation should followed the ''published'' version (i.e. what's in the scan)—including layout, structure, headings, formatting, and so forth—rather than what's in the old translation (or any other divergence). While we don't try for pixel perfect reproductions, the texts we host should be recognizable as the edition from which it is transcribed. Common-sense adaptations are permitted and encouraged, but not so much innovation and novel presentation, if that makes sense?{{pbr}}Also, we don't want the old version sitting around indefinitely in your user space. So while there's no particular hurry (really: work at whatever pace suits you), please do let us know when you are finished with those pages (don't need them any more) or if you decide to give up on the project so that we can delete them again. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 13:08, 21 December 2023 (UTC) ::::OK, thanks. [[User:Sije|Sije]] ([[User talk:Sije|talk]]) 19:23, 21 December 2023 (UTC) :::::@[[User:Sije|Sije]]: Please don't move (or directly transclude) incomplete and "Not proofread" content into mainspace. We don't necessarily need to wait until the whole book is finished before we start putting things into mainspace, but right now all you have are 4 pages none of which are Proofread yet. Work on the translation in the Index:/Page: namespace wikipages until more substantial parts are done. If you need to preview how it looks when transcluded you can do so on your user sandbox (commonly [[User:Sije/sandbox]] but you can reuse [[User:Sije/Scrap]] or create another user subpage if you prefer).{{pbr}}Regarding the extant pages it is hard to advice meaningfully since I do not read Hebrew, but a few… think of them as "questions to check whether we're the right track", I guess.{{pbr}}First, in the subheading on [[Page:משנה תורה דפוס ווארשא-ווילנא כרך ראשון 1.pdf/2]] I see the translation has "(Psalms 119:6)" which is not obviously present in the original. Is it there and I'm just not able to see it, or is this your own addition? In the latter case it would be considered an annotation, which we do not allow. There is at least one more such in the second paragraph that I can't find in the original text.{{pbr}}Second, there appears to be some kind of headings further down on the page in the original (centered text set off on its own line) that I can't see in the translated text. Have you omitted something here or is it just my lack of ability with Hebrew?{{pbr}}Finally, I see you've put some words in square brackets (a lot of "[it]"). Are these your way of marking a word that you have added but that is not present in the original? Perhaps because the language of the original is old-fashioned, or due to linguistic differences between Hebrew and English? If so then you should probably either omit these entirely, or just insert the word without the square brackets. A translation is never going to be word-for-word exact due to differences between languages, so some such necessary adjustments are within the purview of the translator. Whatever translation you feel best represents the original is fine, and no extra marking is necessary. Adding brackets though, would probably also be considered an annotation. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 20:07, 26 December 2023 (UTC) ::::::#The original contains many Biblical quotations without citing their sources (where in the Bible they are found). I thought that adding these sources would be considered a "common-sense adaptation". But if they're not allowed then I guess they'll have to be removed. ::::::#The headings further down on the page are 1. An introduction by [[w:Joseph Karo|Joseph Karo]] and 2. Karo's commentary to Maimonides' introduction. I think it should be OK for this Wikisource translation to contain the work of Maimonides only, without the lengthy commentaries by Karo and others found through out the scans. (If this is not OK, than I guess we might have to use scans of other editions, such as [https://www.google.com/books/edition/%D7%9E%D7%93%D7%A2_%D7%90%D7%94%D7%91%D7%94_%D7%96%D7%9E%D7%A0%D7%99%D7%9D/5H08AAAAcAAJ?hl this 1566 edition] (containing the first three "books" of Mishneh Torah) available at Google books.) ::::::#I will remove the brackets that are not present in the original. Thanks for your guidance, [[User:Sije|Sije]] ([[User talk:Sije|talk]]) 20:48, 26 December 2023 (UTC) ::::::#:@[[User:Sije|Sije]]: No, adding such citations would be an annotation in our parlance, and not permitted. In general, Wikisource transcribes and hosts texts ''as they were published'' by a reputable publisher. We don't add commentary, nor remove commentary that was present in that published edition. We don't attempt a pixel-perfect replication of formatting, but we do try to stick as close to it as is possible and reasonable. You'll want to pick an edition that you're mostly happy with as it is, but that you want to make available digitally and to translate.{{pbr}}I recommend investing some time into finding a scan of good quality for an edition that you're happy with, as that will make the job much easier for you. Google Books can be quite hit and miss in that regard, so I recommend searching [https://archive.org/details/texts the Internet Archive] and [https://www.hathitrust.org/ HathiTrust] preferentially. I don't know what their coverage of Hebrew books is (both are US-based, with the bias towards English-language works that implies) but I have usually found them to have more scans and more editions available than Google Books, and both are better about copyright issues and permitting downloads than Google. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 08:01, 27 December 2023 (UTC) ::::::#::OK. I searched both Internet Archive and HathiTrust, and I think I'll stick with the current scan and try to translate Joseph Karo's introduction and commentaries, although that means that I have much more work to do than I thought. [[User:Sije|Sije]] ([[User talk:Sije|talk]]) 20:32, 27 December 2023 (UTC) So far I have completed and proofread three pages, comprising the Introduction. Is there a minimum amount of proofread pages needed before they can be moved into mainspace? [[User:Sije|Sije]] ([[User talk:Sije|talk]]) 19:38, 19 January 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Sije|Sije]]: My apologies, I missed this question. There's no particular limit, but just looking now, since November you've done three pages out of 381 and at that rate the work won't be complete until 2045 some time. We don't want incomplete texts sitting in our main presentation spaces indefinitely, which is why I'm waiting for enough of the work to be completed that ''what remains'' seems likely to be completed in a reasonable amount of time.{{pbr}}But you really shouldn't stress about transcluding to mainspace. In the Index: and Page: namespaces you can take all the time you need, and if you want to see how it looks when transcluded you can transclude to a sandbox in your User: space. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 06:43, 26 January 2024 (UTC) ::Thanks for your response. I think I understand what you're saying that we don't want incomplete texts sitting in the mainspace. But I was thinking that since the "Introduction" is complete, at least the "Introduction" should be allowed to be moved to mainspace. Sincerely, [[User:Sije|Sije]] ([[User talk:Sije|talk]]) 20:21, 26 January 2024 (UTC) == Can u unlock this page == [[Special:MobileDiff/9813068]] [[User:Education for All Thai People|Education for All Thai People]] ([[User talk:Education for All Thai People|talk]]) 00:28, 17 January 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|Education for All Thai People}} Are you trying to reinstate an external scan link that was determined to be under copyright? This kind of reversion can't be done without community consensus anyway. You should try bringing that up at the [[WS:S|Scriptorium]] or [[WS:CV|our copyright discussion page]] before doing this. Thanks. [[User:PseudoSkull|PseudoSkull]] ([[User talk:PseudoSkull|talk]]) 00:55, 17 January 2024 (UTC) ::[[Special:Contributions/G(x)]] [[User:Education for All Thai People|Education for All Thai People]] ([[User talk:Education for All Thai People|talk]]) 05:14, 17 January 2024 (UTC) :@[[User:Education for All Thai People|Education for All Thai People]]: Wikisource is not for promoting causes or a particular person. [[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover#top|talk]]) 07:08, 17 January 2024 (UTC) ::He is Thai education reformer who founded schools for 4.35 millions Thai children from poor families in remote areas. ::Today his policies was reversed and Thai children had to ask for food on children day. ::Then his speech and ideas was not deleted for copyright reasons but for advertising. [[User:Education for All Thai People|Education for All Thai People]] ([[User talk:Education for All Thai People|talk]]) 11:28, 17 January 2024 (UTC) 4y3ihn3t2143cryoicmmejlbxytox6h Index:Yeats The tower.pdf 106 4471476 14128467 14096982 2024-04-25T17:35:38Z Shootmanng 3121446 proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=''[[The Tower (Yeats)|The Tower]]'' |Language=en |Volume= |Author=[[Author:William Butler Yeats|William Butler Yeats]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=Macmillan and Co. |Address=London |Year=1928 |Key=Tower, The |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=pdf |Image=1 |Progress=T |Transclusion=yes |Validation_date= |Pages=<pagelist 1="Cover" 2to6="—" 7="1" 7to12="roman" 13="1" 123to124="Ad" 125to127="—" 128="Cover" /> |Volumes= |Remarks={{Page:Yeats The tower.pdf/11}} {{Page:Yeats The tower.pdf/12}} |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} 2gmhnilryvjzf29nqkeh2xyol1h4grl Page:The National geographic magazine, volume 1.djvu/389 104 4472360 14131354 14024927 2024-04-26T09:24:20Z Sp1nd01 631214 /* Proofread */ Add image proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sp1nd01" /></noinclude>[[File:The National geographic magazine, volume 1 - p389.png|center|400px|PROFILE OF THE PANAMA CANAL.]] {{c|PROFILE OF THE PANAMA CANAL. Black indicates work executed; stipple, work to be executed to complete a lock-canal; white, additional work to be executed to complete a sea-level canal.}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> svnf79229hi6d1fnhvll7ylfos9lx9v Translation:Explanation of the Doctrine composed by Cardinal Bellarmine/Chapter 3 114 4473937 14130198 14058531 2024-04-25T22:34:37Z ColossalMemer 3095339 wikitext text/x-wiki {{translation header | title = Explanation of the Doctrine composed by [[Author:Robert_Bellarmine|Cardinal Bellarmine]] | author = Gregorio de Movilla | translator = | section = Of a child that pulled out of Purgatory the soul of his mother | previous = | next = | year = 1635 | language = tjm | original = | notes = This and several other [[w:en:Exemplum|exempla]] were published in [https://digitalcollections.nyhistory.org/islandora/object/nyhs:76474#page/341 ''Explicacion de la Doctrina que compuso el cardenal Belarmino'']. The Spanish translation is followed by the Timucua. }} <div style="text-align:justify;"> {{c|IIII.<br/>''Of a child that pulled out of Purgatory the soul of his mother.''}} {{italic block|As a Holy Bishop was in prayer, he was shown by God a child that was fishing in a well. The line with which he was fishing was of silver and the fishhook, of gold. Seeing this with much contentment, he saw that from the well was taken a most beautiful woman, and richly clothed. After this, the Bishop went to the Church, and found the child, who was there over the grave of his mother, in front of an image of Our Lady the Virgin Mary. The bishop asked the child what he was doing, and he responded that he was praying the Our Father and Hail Mary that his Mother taught him, and when she wanted to die, she prayed, and bade him to pray for her everyday. And so the Bishop realized that this child with his prayers pulled the soul of his mother out of Purgatory. May Fathers and Mothers learn of this, and go teach their boys and girls well, and make them go everyday to the Church to pray for them, and sprinkle holy water over their graves.}} A bishop was living there praying, and it was desired for him{{ref|1}} by God that this be so:{{ref|2}} He gave to him a child in a well. And from a string of white metal, and a gold{{ref|3}} fishhook as well, this was taken out: he took out a woman, living there and made very beautiful by the clothes she was wearing. He{{ref|4}} saw this and was very happy. That bishop, seeing it, marvelled, then he went into the house of God. Seeing that the small child's mother died and after that burial he sat there and prayed, he said to him, "Why are you sitting here?" That small child was sitting near the Blessed Mary, honored mother of God. What is said is the Our Father, and the short Holy Mary{{ref|5}} as well. "My mother had taught this to me, and feeling she was dying, she had told me, 'Every day, pray for me,' and I pray," he said. That bishop saw that the small child, by his prayer, brought out his mother's soul living in Purgatory, and they say{{ref|6}} as well, "What a great miracle!" Christians, when you have children: everyday, tell them and teach them to pray in the house of God. </div> ====Notes==== {{fine block/s}} :{{note|1|1}} {{lang|tjm|style=font-style:italic|mani-si-ni-qe}} (want-{{smaller|BEN-PASS-DS}}): This uses the passive, which also serves an honorific function toward God, the agent of the verb "desire".<ref name="Broadwell 2019, p. 286">{{cite web |url=https://people.clas.ufl.edu/broadwell/files/Broadwell-chapter-Honorific-Usage-in-timucua-exempla-from-Preaching-and-New-Worlds.pdf#page=7 |title=Honorific usage in Timucua exempla |last1=Broadwell |first1=G. |last2= |first2= |date=2019 |website= |publisher= |accessdate= |page=286 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20240408053032/https://people.clas.ufl.edu/broadwell/files/Broadwell-chapter-Honorific-Usage-in-timucua-exempla-from-Preaching-and-New-Worlds.pdf#page=7 | archive-date = 8 April 2024}}</ref> In addition, it keeps the bishop as the subject for this sentence. :{{note|2|2}} Due to the suffix {{lang|tjm|style=font-style:italic|-qe}}, the different-subject marker in the Timucua switch-reference system,<ref name="Broadwell and Dubcovsky 2022, p. 23">{{cite web |url=https://naajournal.org/wp-content/uploads/2022/09/Broadwell-Dubcovsky-Hearing-a-Faint-Voice.pdf#page=16 |title=Hearing a faint voice: Timucua words in a Catholic miracle story |last1=Broadwell |first1=G. |last2=Dubcovsky |first2=A. |date=2022 |website= |publisher= |accessdate= | page=23 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20240408053024/https://naajournal.org/wp-content/uploads/2022/09/Broadwell-Dubcovsky-Hearing-a-Faint-Voice.pdf#page=16 | archive-date=8 April 2024}}</ref> the next sentence should not have the bishop as the subject, but God, by context and comparing the Spanish. :{{note|3|3}} {{lang|tjm|style=font-style:italic|oro}} (gold): Spanish loanword. :{{note|4|4}} Due to the DS marker in {{lang|tjm|style=font-style:italic|aco-le-ta-qe}} (very-{{smaller|COP-PART-DS}}, corresponding to "very happy") and mentioning the bishop directly after, the subject here would be someone else, the boy. :{{note|5|5}} In {{lang|tjm|style=font-style:italic|[https://digitalcollections.nyhistory.org/islandora/object/nyhs%3A75632#page/97 Catechismo, y breue exposicion de la doctrina Christiana]}} (1612), the [[w:Ave Maria|Hail Mary]] and the [[w:Salve Regina|Hail, Holy Queen]] have a very similar incipit in Timucua: {{lang|tjm|style=font-style:italic|[[s:mul:Hail_Mary#Timucua|Sancta Maria Dios anohiocomo [pueno]nela]]}} (Holy Mary, God comes to greet you). Therefore, it is likely that {{lang|tjm|style=font-style:italic|huru}} (short) is used here to refer to the former, shorter prayer mentioned in the Spanish. :{{note|6|6}} {{lang|tjm|style=font-style:italic|mo-ta-ma-la}} (say-{{smaller|PART-PL:ERG-DECL}}): Despite the clear change in subject from {{lang|tjm|style=font-style:italic|ene-ta}} (see-{{smaller|PART}}), which is the bishop, {{lang|tjm|style=font-style:italic|-qe}} is not used. {{fine block/e}} {{reflist}} {{translation license|original={{PD-old-100}}|translation={{Cc-by-4.0}}}} [[mul:De vn niño que sacó de Purgatorio el anima de su madre]] 2134fou169jxt6xdnwz0y0txrdjgfsi The Strand Magazine/Volume 7/Issue 38 0 4474241 14129911 14032821 2024-04-25T20:12:27Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = Issue 38 - February 1894 | previous = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 37/|Issue 37]] | next = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 39/|Issue 39]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 7 }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 7. No. 38.||February 1894.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <!-- <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 7).djvu" include=3/> --> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC/s|title=Contents|width=500px}} * '''[[/Between the Acts/]]''', from the French of [[Author:M. Blowitz|M. Blowitz]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Crimes and Criminals/]]: I. Dynamite and Dynamiters'''. * '''[[/Giovanni/]]''' by [[Author:James D. Symon|James D. Symon]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:J. Finnemore|J. Finnemore]].}} * '''[[/Zig-Zags at the Zoo/]]''', No. XX. Zig-Zag Dasypidian by [[Author:Arthur Morrison|Arthur Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:William James Affleck Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]].}} * '''[[/Actors' Make-Up/]]'''.<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Horace Moreham|Horace Moreham]].}} * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Alexander Campbell Mackenzie * Augustus Legge * Henrik Ibsen * Isabel Burton * Alexandre Dumas, fils }}}} * '''[[/Stories from the Diary of a Doctor/]]''',<br/>No. VIII. Ten Years' Oblivion, by [[Author:L. T. Meade|L. T. Meade]] and [[Author:Clifford Halifax|Clifford Halifax]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''. No. XXX. Mr. Edward Lloyd, by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]]. * '''[[/Beauties/]]''' * '''[[/From Behind the Speaker's Chair/]]''' by [[Author:Henry W. Lucy|Henry W. Lucy]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:F. C. Gould|F. C. Gould]].}} * '''[[/Singing Bob/]]''' by [[Author:Alice Maud Meadows|Alice Maud Meadows]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:W. Christian Symons|W. Christian Symons]].}} * '''[[/How Composers Work/]]''' by [[Author:Francis Arthur Jones|Francis Arthur Jones]]. * '''[[/The Land of Youth/]]'''.<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/The Queer Side of Things/]]''' ** '''The Thinner-Out''', by [[Author:J. F. Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]]. ** '''Pal's Puzzle Page''' {{AuxTOC/e}} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] fx7rf85m85zmea8sv5cvphlmyzz3kft Tarka the Otter 0 4475802 14130351 14037673 2024-04-26T00:16:26Z HendrikWBK 3085207 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Tarka the Otter | author = Henry William Williamson | translator = | section = | previous = | next = [[/Introduction|Introduction]] | year = 1927 | wikipedia = Tarka the Otter | portal = | notes = }} <pages index="Tarka the Otter.djvu" include="3" /> {{ppb}} <pages index="Tarka the Otter.djvu" include="4" /> {{ppb}} <pages index="Tarka the Otter.djvu" include="5" /> {{ppb}} {{c|{{larger|CONTENTS}}}} {{c| [[/Introduction|Introduction]]<br> [[/Chapter_1|Chapter 1]]<br> [[/Chapter_2|Chapter 2]]<br> [[/Chapter_3|Chapter 3]]<br> [[/Chapter_4|Chapter 4]]<br> [[/Chapter_5|Chapter 5]]<br> [[/Chapter_6|Chapter 6]]<br> [[/Chapter_7|Chapter 7]]<br> [[/Chapter_8|Chapter 8]]<br> [[/Chapter_9|Chapter 9]]<br> [[/Chapter_10|Chapter 10]]<br> [[/Chapter_11|Chapter 11]]<br> [[/Chapter_12|Chapter 12]]<br> [[/Chapter_13|Chapter 13]]<br> [[/Chapter_14|Chapter 14]]<br> [[/Chapter_15|Chapter 15]]<br> [[/Chapter_16|Chapter 16]]<br> [[/Chapter_17|Chapter 17]]<br> [[/Chapter_18|Chapter 18]]<br> [[/Chapter_19|Chapter 19]]<br> [[/Last Chapter|Last Chapter]]<br> }} {{PD-US}} [[Category:American novels]] 8qe13vey6u0veyh6ot0g05xlgkis2my Page:Pericles, Prince of Tyre - Shakespeare (1609).djvu/25 104 4475878 14128144 14080720 2024-04-25T16:19:54Z Chrisguise 2855804 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{running header||''Pericles Prince of Tyre.''|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem|start=stanza|end=stanza|{{em}}1.{{em}}Die, ke-tha; now Gods forbid't, an I haue a Gowne heere, come put it on, keepe thee warme: now afore mee a handsome fellow: Come, thou shalt goe home, and wee'le haue Flesh for all day, Fish for fasting-dayes and more; or Puddinges and Flap-iackes, and thou shalt be welcome. {{em}}''Per''.{{em}}I thanke you sir. {{em}}2.{{em}}Harke you my friend: You sayd you could not beg? {{em}}''Per''.{{em}}I did but craue. {{em}}2.{{em}}But craue? Then Ile turne Crauer too, and so I shall scape whipping. {{em}}''Peri''.{{em}}Why, are your Beggers whipt then? {{em}}2.{{em}}Oh not all, my friend, not all: for if all your Beggers were whipt, I would wish no better office, then to be Beadle: But Maister, Ile goe draw vp the Net. {{em}}''Per''.{{em}}How well this honest mirth becomes their labour? {{em}}1.{{em}}Harke you sir; doe you know where yee are? {{em}}''Per''.{{em}}Not well. {{em}}1.{{em}}Why Ile tell you, this is cald ''Pantapolos'', And our King, the good ''Symonides''. {{em}}''Per''.{{em}}The good ''Symonides'', doe you call him? {{em}}1.{{em}}I sir, and he deserues so to be cal'd, For his peaceable raigne, and good gouermnent. {{em}}''Per''.{{em}}He is a happy King, since he gaines from His subiects the name of good, by his gouermnent. How farre is his Court distant from this shore? {{em}}1.{{em}}Mary sir, halfe a dayes iourney: And Ile tell you, He hath a faire Daughter, and to morrow is her birth-day, And there are Princes and Knights come from all partes of the World to Iust and Turney for her loue. {{em}}''Per''.{{em}}Were my fortunes equall to my desires, I could wish to make one there. {{em}}1.{{em}}O sir, things must be as they may: and what a man can not get, he may lawfully deale for his Wiues soule. <>''Enter the two Fisher-men, drawing up a Net''. {{anchor|Pioneersv2ch4}}{{em}}2.{{em}}Helpe Maister helpe; heere's a Fish hanges in the Net, Like a poore mans right in the law: t'will hardly come out. Ha bots on't, tis come at last; & tis turnd to a rusty Armour.}}<noinclude>{{continues|''Per''. An}}</noinclude> 4rmku6zce6cu4ysh529ddv1qe5u3q0u Page:The National geographic magazine, volume 1.djvu/279 104 4476268 14127804 14038325 2024-04-25T13:23:13Z Sp1nd01 631214 /* Proofread */ Add image proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sp1nd01" />{{rvh|223|''The Rivers and Valleys of Pennsylvania.''|''National Geographic Magazine''.}}</noinclude>[[File:The National geographic magazine, volume 1 - p279.png|center|400px|Fig. 21. Constructional Permian topography of Pennsylvania.]] {{c|{{sc|Fig. 21.}} Constructional Permian topography of Pennsylvania.}}<noinclude></noinclude> qym2ffyijb6l7umzsiq2u3enec7f66t The Strand Magazine/Volume 8 0 4477210 14131478 14039849 2024-04-26T11:32:19Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | section = Vol. 8. (Jul. - Dec. 1894) | previous = [[../Volume 7|Vol. 7. (Jan. - Jun. 1894)]] | next = [[../Volume 9|Vol. 9. (Jan. - Jun. 1895)]] | notes = {{small scan link|The Strand Magazine (Volume 8).djvu}} }} <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 1).djvu" include=1/> <!-- <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 7).djvu" include=2/> --> {{ppb}} {{AuxTOC|title=Issues| * [[/Issue 43/|No. 43. - July 1894]]. * [[/Issue 44/|No. 44. - August 1894]]. * [[/Issue 45/|No. 45. - September 1894]]. * [[/Issue 46/|No. 46. - October 1894]]. * [[/Issue 47/|No. 47. - November 1894]]. * [[/Issue 48/|No. 48. - December 1894]]. * [[/Index/|Index to Volume VII]]. }} 152gds6qygtvx1hpdld6tqbl3zrpq61 14131481 14131478 2024-04-26T11:32:34Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | section = Vol. 8. (Jul. - Dec. 1894) | previous = [[../Volume 7|Vol. 7. (Jan. - Jun. 1894)]] | next = [[../Volume 9|Vol. 9. (Jan. - Jun. 1895)]] | notes = {{small scan link|The Strand Magazine (Volume 8).djvu}} }} <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 1).djvu" include=1/> <!-- <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 7).djvu" include=2/> --> {{ppb}} {{AuxTOC|title=Issues| * [[/Issue 43/|No. 43. - July 1894]]. * [[/Issue 44/|No. 44. - August 1894]]. * [[/Issue 45/|No. 45. - September 1894]]. * [[/Issue 46/|No. 46. - October 1894]]. * [[/Issue 47/|No. 47. - November 1894]]. * [[/Issue 48/|No. 48. - December 1894]]. * [[/Index/|Index to Volume]]. }} 8oo57eb4vnw77r9twc25e5gn3jvhc6v Page:Brinkley - China - Volume 1.djvu/139 104 4477420 14127702 14040389 2024-04-25T12:02:50Z Slowking4 251604 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{c|PORCELAIN DECORATED }}</noinclude> their inferiority from an artistic point of view can scarcely be questioned. Brilliant and pure as is the colour of their decoration, and skilfully executed as are their miniature designs, they lack the dazzling contrast shown by the ''Kai-pien-yao’s'' snow-white waxy body and its deep but soft blue ornamentation. In the "TIllustrated Catalogue" of H’siang six specimens of ''Hsuan-¢é'' blue-and-white ware are depicted, under the name of ''Ming Hsuan-yao''. This method of distinguishing wares by the year-name of the period of their production came into general vogue among Chinese connoisseurs as far back as the fifteenth century, but the reader must understand that under the title H’suan-yao not blue-and-white porcelain alone but all the choice varieties of the reign are included. H’siang’s specimens are small pieces—an ink-pallet, 3½ inches long; a miniature vase, 2 or 3 inches high; a jar in the form of a goose, 6 inches long; an elephant-shaped jar, 6 inches long; a tea-cup, 2½ inches in diameter, and a lamp, 5 inches high and 4½ inches in diameter. The decorative designs on all these examples, the tea-cup excepted, are wholly subordinate to the shapes of the pieces. There is no attempt to convert the surface into a painter’s canvas. The brilliant tone of the blue, the pure white "mutton-fat-like" colour of the body, and the caligraphic excellence of the year-mark—these are things which constitute the important "points" of the specimens. The subject on the tea-cup—a gnarled pine-tree, with orchids and fungus springing from the grass beneath—is eulogised as being “evidently from the pencil of a celebrated landscape painter." But the remaining designs are essentially of the formal, mechanical type, as becomes<noinclude>{{c|113}}</noinclude> o53pv7km4n4f4bspgw4zhb4x6kojuy9 14127704 14127702 2024-04-25T12:04:02Z Slowking4 251604 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{c|PORCELAIN DECORATED }}</noinclude> their inferiority from an artistic point of view can scarcely be questioned. Brilliant and pure as is the colour of their decoration, and skilfully executed as are their miniature designs, they lack the dazzling contrast shown by the ''Kai-pien-yao’s'' snow-white waxy body and its deep but soft blue ornamentation. In the "Illustrated Catalogue" of H’siang six specimens of ''Hsuan-¢é'' blue-and-white ware are depicted, under the name of ''Ming Hsuan-yao''. This method of distinguishing wares by the year-name of the period of their production came into general vogue among Chinese connoisseurs as far back as the fifteenth century, but the reader must understand that under the title H’suan-yao not blue-and-white porcelain alone but all the choice varieties of the reign are included. H’siang’s specimens are small pieces—an ink-pallet, 3½ inches long; a miniature vase, 2 or 3 inches high; a jar in the form of a goose, 6 inches long; an elephant-shaped jar, 6 inches long; a tea cup, 2½ inches in diameter, and a lamp, 5 inches high and 4½ inches in diameter. The decorative designs on all these examples, the tea-cup excepted, are wholly subordinate to the shapes of the pieces. There is no attempt to convert the surface into a painter’s canvas. The brilliant tone of the blue, the pure white "mutton-fat-like" colour of the body, and the caligraphic excellence of the year-mark—these are things which constitute the important "points" of the specimens. The subject on the tea-cup—a gnarled pine-tree, with orchids and fungus springing from the grass beneath—is eulogised as being “evidently from the pencil of a celebrated landscape painter." But the remaining designs are essentially of the formal, mechanical type, as becomes<noinclude>{{c|113}}</noinclude> mpqw2k66cwnyuo6ectjfecj30p0jbz6 Page:Brinkley - China - Volume 1.djvu/140 104 4477423 14127713 14040393 2024-04-25T12:06:38Z Slowking4 251604 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{c|CHINA}}</noinclude> the pieces to which they are applied. Unfortunately the artist employed by H’siang to portray these specimens did not think it worth while to give representations of the under surfaces, showing the nature of the pate. Neither are his reproductions so accurate as to convey an exact idea of the surface. Were it known certainly either that the ''pâte'' was reddish brown, or that the glaze was crackled, these examples could be confidently classed with the soft-paste variety. The descriptions in the text indicate pretty clearly, however, that they do belong to that category. Concerning the tea-cup, which is from the collection of H’siang himself, the author says that it was one of a set of four, purchased from a collector at Wu-hsing for ten taels. It will presently be seen that the value put upon such specimens increased largely in later years. Among these six specimens there are two which H’siang describes as having millet-like elevations in the glaze. This feature, not without value in the eyes of Chinese connoisseurs, appears to have been produced by combined processes of insufflation and immersion. Glazing material of a certain consistency having been first blown over the biscuit through a tube covered with very thin gauze, and having been sun-dried for a time, the whole piece was afterwards covered with a thinner glaze by dipping. Such a strange and troublesome ''tour de force'' was only employed in exceptional cases and is not to be regarded as an essential mark of excellence. The resulting granulations, compared in China to millet seed, were known in Japan as ''mashihada'', or pear’s rind. At comparatively modern epochs they became larger, until finally the surface of the glaze assumed a lumpy<noinclude>{{c|114}}</noinclude> bmzhecsco68ay7y15yeaa3wl4wxhgyy 14127716 14127713 2024-04-25T12:07:27Z Slowking4 251604 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{c|CHINA}}</noinclude> the pieces to which they are applied. Unfortunately the artist employed by H’siang to portray these specimens did not think it worth while to give representations of the under surfaces, showing the nature of the pate. Neither are his reproductions so accurate as to convey an exact idea of the surface. Were it known certainly either that the ''pâte'' was reddish brown, or that the glaze was crackled, these examples could be confidently classed with the soft-paste variety. The descriptions in the text indicate pretty clearly, however, that they do belong to that category. Concerning the tea-cup, which is from the collection of H’siang himself, the author says that it was one of a set of four, purchased from a collector at Wu-hsing for ten taels. It will presently be seen that the value put upon such specimens increased largely in later years. Among these six specimens there are two which H’siang describes as having millet-like elevations in the glaze. This feature, not without value in the eyes of Chinese connoisseurs, appears to have been produced by combined processes of insufflation and immersion. Glazing material of a certain consistency having been first blown over the biscuit through a tube covered with very thin gauze, and having been sun-dried for a time, the whole piece was afterwards covered with a thinner glaze by dipping. Such a strange and troublesome ''tour de force'' was only employed in exceptional cases and is not to be regarded as an essential mark of excellence. The resulting granulations, compared in China to millet seed, were known in Japan as ''mashihada'', or pear’s rind. At comparatively modern epochs they became larger, until finally the surface of the glaze assumed a lumpy<noinclude>{{c|114}}</noinclude> mt6alpja7zqkhz64gpfgs06ixlnoiqj Page:Brinkley - China - Volume 1.djvu/141 104 4477426 14127724 14040397 2024-04-25T12:12:51Z Slowking4 251604 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{c|PORCELAIN DECORATED }}</noinclude> appearance, more curious than beautiful. This criticism, however, must not be understood as applicable to specimens of earlier date than the end of the last century. The granulated glazes of the ''Ming'' and principal ''Tsing'' factories were both interesting and attractive. In the ''Tao-lu'' it is nevertheless stated that this ''Tsung-yen-yao'', or ware ''à boutons d'Aralia'', which is the Chinese term for strongly chagrined glaze, was classed among ordinary porcelains and did not rise to the dignity of a really choice production. It was, in fact, hard-paste porcelain. Since Chinese connoisseurs place the ''Hsuan-té'' era at the head of blue-and-white porcelain epochs, it might be expected that the names of some of its distinguished keramists would have been handed down to posterity. But one only is mentioned, an artist called Lo, whose specialty was the delineation of fights between grasshoppers. Fashionable folks of Lo’s time are said to have amused themselves pitting these insects against each other. The year-mark of the ''Hsuan-té'' period is ''Hsuan-té nien chi'', "manufactured in the Hsuan-té" (era). Frequently in this, as in all the ''Ming'' periods, the year-mark was prefixed by the ideographs ''Ta-ming'', signifying "Great Ming." The three eras immediately following ''Hsuan-té'' were ''Chang-tung'', from 1436 to 1449; Chiang-tat, from 1450 to 1456, and ''Tien-shun'', from 1457 to 1464. They produced nothing specially worthy of note, and their year-marks are rarely found upon keramic specimens. No reference is made in Chinese works to the manufactures of this interval of nearly thirty years, though the nine years (1426-1435) of Hsuan-té’s reign receive extended and enthusiastic<noinclude>{{c|115}}</noinclude> itfxcwnn5bdxzrwp8jnk2i0g29lxn36 Page:Brinkley - China - Volume 1.djvu/142 104 4477429 14127731 14040400 2024-04-25T12:15:23Z Slowking4 251604 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{c|CHINA}}</noinclude> notice. It is not easy to account for this silence or for the comparative absence of specimens bearing the cachet of any of the three reigns. That fine pieces were manufactured there can be little doubt, and it is known that the supply of choice Mohammedan blue did not fail. Probably the most reasonable conclusion is that the Hsuan-té types being closely adhered to by keramists and recognised as standards of excellence by connoisseurs during the years immediately succeeding the celebrated era of their production, the works of those years failed to obtain distinctive recognition. The next era, ''Chéng-hwa'', which continued from 1465 to 1488, was in some respects even more remarkable than the ''Hsuan-té'' era. The supply of imported Mohammedan blue is said to have failed, and the potters were obliged to content themselves with native mineral. But whatever pigment they employed, it is certain that many pieces of great brilliancy and beauty were produced. The decoration differs from that of the ''Hsuan-té'' epoch in one important respect, namely, that whereas the latter conveys the impression of being engraved in the ''pâte'', the former is of a more superficial character. ‘Thus is furnished a suggestion as to the difference between the imported and the native mineral in the matter of behaviour during manufacture; a difference that may be independently gathered from the text of the records. The Mohammedan blue was capable of resisting the temperature of the open furnace; the Chékiang blue could not be used except on porcelain protected by muffles. The result was that, in the case of the former, the designs became, as it were, wedded to the ''pâte'', thus acquiring remarkable depth<noinclude>{{c|116}}</noinclude> efx5818tvh69kfsg5b4vm98ua2yzpr5 14127737 14127731 2024-04-25T12:16:32Z Slowking4 251604 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{c|CHINA}}</noinclude> notice. It is not easy to account for this silence or for the comparative absence of specimens bearing the cachet of any of the three reigns. That fine pieces were manufactured there can be little doubt, and it is known that the supply of choice Mohammedan blue did not fail. Probably the most reasonable conclusion is that the Hsuan-té types being closely adhered to by keramists and recognised as standards of excellence by connoisseurs during the years immediately succeeding the celebrated era of their production, the works of those years failed to obtain distinctive recognition. The next era, ''Chéng-hwa'', which continued from 1465 to 1488, was in some respects even more remarkable than the ''Hsuan-té'' era. The supply of imported Mohammedan blue is said to have failed, and the potters were obliged to content themselves with native mineral. But whatever pigment they employed, it is certain that many pieces of great brilliancy and beauty were produced. The decoration differs from that of the ''Hsuan-té'' epoch in one important respect, namely, that whereas the latter conveys the impression of being engraved in the ''pâte'', the former is of a more superficial character. ‘Thus is furnished a suggestion as to the difference between the imported and the native mineral in the matter of behaviour during manufacture; a difference that may be independently gathered from the text of the records. The Mohammedan blue was capable of resisting the temperature of the open furnace; the Chékiang blue could not be used except on porcelain protected by muffles. The result was that, in the case of the former, the designs became, as it were, wedded to the ''pâte'', thus acquiring remarkable depth<noinclude>{{c|116}}</noinclude> 0rn01e83wsdf14xjiv7033sgku8ku4d 14127739 14127737 2024-04-25T12:16:51Z Slowking4 251604 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{c|CHINA}}</noinclude> notice. It is not easy to account for this silence or for the comparative absence of specimens bearing the cachet of any of the three reigns. That fine pieces were manufactured there can be little doubt, and it is known that the supply of choice Mohammedan blue did not fail. Probably the most reasonable conclusion is that the Hsuan-té types being closely adhered to by keramists and recognised as standards of excellence by connoisseurs during the years immediately succeeding the celebrated era of their production, the works of those years failed to obtain distinctive recognition. The next era, ''Chéng-hwa'', which continued from 1465 to 1488, was in some respects even more remarkable than the ''Hsuan-té'' era. The supply of imported Mohammedan blue is said to have failed, and the potters were obliged to content themselves with native mineral. But whatever pigment they employed, it is certain that many pieces of great brilliancy and beauty were produced. The decoration differs from that of the ''Hsuan-té'' epoch in one important respect, namely, that whereas the latter conveys the impression of being engraved in the ''pâte'', the former is of a more superficial character. ‘Thus is furnished a suggestion as to the difference between the imported and the native mineral in the matter of behaviour during manufacture; a difference that may be independently gathered from the text of the records. The Mohammedan blue was capable of resisting the temperature of the open furnace; the Chékiang blue could not be used except on porcelain protected by muffles. The result was that, in the case of the former, the designs became, as it were, wedded to the ''pâte'', thus acquiring remarkable depth<noinclude>{{c|116}}</noinclude> qrt4umfhka4yore33v79juupij14itd Page:Brinkley - China - Volume 1.djvu/143 104 4477431 14127753 14040402 2024-04-25T12:21:46Z Slowking4 251604 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{c|PORCELAIN DECORATED }}</noinclude> and softness. With regard to general technique, how- ever, the ''Chéng-hwa'' blue-and-white ware is not at all inferior to that of ''Hsuan-tê''. Some connoisseurs, indeed, give the palm to the former, and all agree that the artistic skill shown by the ''Chéng-hwa'' decorators was distinctly superior to that of their predecessors. The ''Tao-lu'' says of the ''Chéng-hwa-yao'' ware: "As for the blue employed, it was of ordinary quality. In so far as this point is concerned, the ''Chén-hwa'' ware fell far below the ware of ''Hsuan-té''. But the former surpassed all antecedent and subsequent productions in regard to painting and coloured enamels. Its merit consisted in the skill of the painters and the fineness of the colouring matters. The author is here speaking chiefly of porcelain decorated with vitrifiable enamels over the glaze, a class of production that does not belong to this section of the subject. But his verdict as to the pictorial skill of the Chéng-hwa decorators certainly embraces blue-and-white porcelain also. It will be understood, of course, that allusion is here made to ''Kai-pien-yao'' (soft-paste porcelain). In all eras this ware stands at the head of blue-and-white specimens. Need it be said that genuine examples of soft-paste ''Hsuan-yao'' and ''Chéng-hwa-yao'' are well-nigh unprocurable? Their Chinese possessors set an almost prohibitive value on them. In judging their authenticity, what the connoisseur has to examine first is the colour and nature of the ''pâte''. It should be fine as pipe-clay and of distinctly reddish brown tinge. Sometimes in ''Chéng-hwa'' specimens the colour of the biscuit shows through its covering, and imparts a pearly grey tinge to the surface of the piece. Soft and beautiful as is the effect of this transmitted tone,<noinclude>{{c|117}}</noinclude> eqpgam3jksg4qnoh9bif0si6cc6saoq 14127755 14127753 2024-04-25T12:22:24Z Slowking4 251604 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{c|PORCELAIN DECORATED }}</noinclude> and softness. With regard to general technique, how- ever, the ''Chéng-hwa'' blue-and-white ware is not at all inferior to that of ''Hsuan-tê''. Some connoisseurs, indeed, give the palm to the former, and all agree that the artistic skill shown by the ''Chéng-hwa'' decorators was distinctly superior to that of their predecessors. The ''Tao-lu'' says of the ''Chéng-hwa-yao'' ware: "As for the blue employed, it was of ordinary quality. In so far as this point is concerned, the ''Chén-hwa'' ware fell far below the ware of ''Hsuan-té''. But the former surpassed all antecedent and subsequent productions in regard to painting and coloured enamels. Its merit consisted in the skill of the painters and the fineness of the colouring matters. The author is here speaking chiefly of porcelain decorated with vitrifiable enamels over the glaze, a class of production that does not belong to this section of the subject. But his verdict as to the pictorial skill of the Chéng-hwa decorators certainly embraces blue-and-white porcelain also. It will be understood, of course, that allusion is here made to ''Kai-pien-yao'' (soft-paste porcelain). In all eras this ware stands at the head of blue-and-white specimens. Need it be said that genuine examples of soft-paste ''Hsuan-yao'' and ''Chéng-hwa yao'' are well-nigh unprocurable? Their Chinese possessors set an almost prohibitive value on them. In judging their authenticity, what the connoisseur has to examine first is the colour and nature of the ''pâte''. It should be fine as pipe clay and of distinctly reddish brown tinge. Sometimes in ''Chéng-hwa'' specimens the colour of the biscuit shows through its covering, and imparts a pearly grey tinge to the surface of the piece. Soft and beautiful as is the effect of this transmitted tone,<noinclude>{{c|117}}</noinclude> s602c2373vcm7tz047d4bd6tis2ehho 14130006 14127755 2024-04-25T20:40:20Z Slowking4 251604 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{c|PORCELAIN DECORATED }}</noinclude> and softness. With regard to general technique, however, the ''Chéng-hwa'' blue-and-white ware is not at all inferior to that of ''Hsuan-tê''. Some connoisseurs, indeed, give the palm to the former, and all agree that the artistic skill shown by the ''Chéng-hwa'' decorators was distinctly superior to that of their predecessors. The ''Tao-lu'' says of the ''Chéng-hwa-yao'' ware: "As for the blue employed, it was of ordinary quality. In so far as this point is concerned, the ''Chén-hwa'' ware fell far below the ware of ''Hsuan-té''. But the former surpassed all antecedent and subsequent productions in regard to painting and coloured enamels. Its merit consisted in the skill of the painters and the fineness of the colouring matters. The author is here speaking chiefly of porcelain decorated with vitrifiable enamels over the glaze, a class of production that does not belong to this section of the subject. But his verdict as to the pictorial skill of the Chéng-hwa decorators certainly embraces blue-and-white porcelain also. It will be understood, of course, that allusion is here made to ''Kai-pien-yao'' (soft-paste porcelain). In all eras this ware stands at the head of blue-and-white specimens. Need it be said that genuine examples of soft-paste ''Hsuan-yao'' and ''Chéng-hwa yao'' are well-nigh unprocurable? Their Chinese possessors set an almost prohibitive value on them. In judging their authenticity, what the connoisseur has to examine first is the colour and nature of the ''pâte''. It should be fine as pipe clay and of distinctly reddish brown tinge. Sometimes in ''Chéng-hwa'' specimens the colour of the biscuit shows through its covering, and imparts a pearly grey tinge to the surface of the piece. Soft and beautiful as is the effect of this transmitted tone,<noinclude>{{c|117}}</noinclude> cldwbqz5a2v13rp2z2wi4qdo85lzq3u Page:Brinkley - China - Volume 1.djvu/144 104 4477434 14130014 14040407 2024-04-25T20:43:09Z Slowking4 251604 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{c|CHINA}}</noinclude> it scarcely ranks as high as the snowy wax-like white of the choicest ''Kai-pien''. The decoration should always be finely and strongly executed, and the closer the blue approximates to the typical brilliancy and purity of the Mohammedan mineral, the higher the rank of the specimen. The glaze should be as smooth as velvet to the touch, and the crackle must not be so strong as to constitute a striking feature. No large examples of soft-paste blue-and-white ''Hsuan-yao'' or ''Chéng-hwa-yao'' are known to exist. The pieces depicted in H’siang’s "Illustrated Catalogue" are of diminutive size, and the collector may safely regard them as typical. Of the ordinary hard-paste blue-and-white ''Chéng-hwa'' porcelain, there is not much to be said. It has virtually no place in the Western collector’s field, for the only surviving specimens of it are a few plates, bowls, censers, and so forth. It presents, however, one interesting feature. In its decoration white designs on a blue ground are found; the fore-runners of the celebrated "Hawthorn Pattern," so much prized in Europe and America to-day. The style may have existed before, but there is no evidence of the fact. It makes its first known appearance on undoubtedly genuine specimens af ''Chêng-hwa'' porcelain. Not yet, indeed, had the idea been developed of the "Hawthorn Pattern" proper—that is to say, branches and blossoms of white plum ina blue field. What appears is a clouded blue ground with floral subjects, birds and so forth, in white. Very soon, however, the typical "Hawthorn" was produced, as Japanese evidence shows. Within forty years of the expiration of the ''Chêng-hwa'' era, the potteries at Ching-té-chén were visited by a Japanese expert, Gorodayu<noinclude>{{c|118}}</noinclude> c6frxxkxaxepujpyz16i2d5c17n7igd 14130016 14130014 2024-04-25T20:43:58Z Slowking4 251604 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{c|CHINA}}</noinclude> it scarcely ranks as high as the snowy wax-like white of the choicest ''Kai-pien''. The decoration should always be finely and strongly executed, and the closer the blue approximates to the typical brilliancy and purity of the Mohammedan mineral, the higher the rank of the specimen. The glaze should be as smooth as velvet to the touch, and the crackle must not be so strong as to constitute a striking feature. No large examples of soft-paste blue-and-white ''Hsuan-yao'' or ''Chéng-hwa-yao'' are known to exist. The pieces depicted in H’siang’s "Illustrated Catalogue" are of diminutive size, and the collector may safely regard them as typical. Of the ordinary hard-paste blue-and-white ''Chéng-hwa'' porcelain, there is not much to be said. It has virtually no place in the Western collector’s field, for the only surviving specimens of it are a few plates, bowls, censers, and so forth. It presents, however, one interesting feature. In its decoration white designs on a blue ground are found; the fore-runners of the celebrated "Hawthorn Pattern," so much prized in Europe and America to-day. The style may have existed before, but there is no evidence of the fact. It makes its first known appearance on undoubtedly genuine specimens af ''Chêng-hwa'' porcelain. Not yet, indeed, had the idea been developed of the "Hawthorn Pattern" proper—that is to say, branches and blossoms of white plum ina blue field. What appears is a clouded blue ground with floral subjects, birds and so forth, in white. Very soon, however, the typical "Hawthorn" was produced, as Japanese evidence shows. Within forty years of the expiration of the ''Chêng-hwa'' era, the potteries at Ching-té-chén were visited by a Japanese expert, Gorodayu<noinclude>{{c|118}}</noinclude> 8olwk2ok81jca0tzcsaoav4xo8vqtki Page:Brinkley - China - Volume 1.djvu/145 104 4477436 14130036 14040409 2024-04-25T20:56:35Z Slowking4 251604 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{c|PORCELAIN DECORATED}}</noinclude> Shonzui, the originator of porcelain manufacture in his country. In his day the "Hawthorn" design was certainly employed by Chinese decorators, for it figured conspicuously on his own pieces, though not as a principal motive. The high reputation enjoyed by the ''Chéng-hwa'' ware led to its extensive imitation in later times. No mark, perhaps, has been more forged than that of ''Ta-Ming Chéng-hwa nien-chi''. Even the potters of the ''Kanghsi'' era (1661-1722), whose productions were well worthy to stand on their own merits, did not hesitate to manufacture imitations of the celebrated Ming wares. Reproductions by such experts were little, if at all, inferior to their originals. But the case is different in the present modern times, when a hopelessly deteriorated art endeavours to conceal its palpable shortcomings behind the cachet of famous periods. It may be well, therefore, to warn collectors against the delusion that large vases, big bowls, and imposing jars which bear the ''Chéng-hwa'' mark, really date from that era, or reproduce the fine qualities of its manufactures. The rare examples of genuine early ''Ming'' blue-and-white hard-paste porcelain that come into the market, are small pieces, not at all likely to strike the eye of an ordinary connoisseur, and generally commanding prices out of apparent proportion to their merits. On the other hand, it is difficult to furnish any written data whereon to base an accurate estimate of the period of a hard-paste specimen. The ''pâte'' of the ''Chéng-hwa'' porcelain, like that of all the ''Ming'' wares, is hard, heavy, and close grained, and the timbre remarkably sharp and clear. Occasionally one finds clinging to the bases of bowls and plates, fragments of the sand with which<noinclude>{{c|119}}</noinclude> 4t6pdjazfh69c5vvhos61kjcbdx8hdi Page:Brinkley - China - Volume 1.djvu/146 104 4477438 14130040 14040411 2024-04-25T20:58:48Z Slowking4 251604 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{c|CHINA}}</noinclude> the bottom of the oven was strewn before the stoving. This technical accident, although from its nature likely to occur in the case of inferior wares alone, is not uncommonly seen in pieces upon which great pains were evidently lavished. One peculiarity, which, though not confined to wares of the ''Chéng-hwa'' era, is perhaps more noticeable in them than in any other Chinese porcelains, is that within the circular base of the piece a number of hair lines radiate towards the centre, as though the glazing material had been laid on with a paint brush. Such, indeed, was probably the case. The base of a piece was always the last part which a Chinese potter finished. After the decoration and glaze had been applied to the body, the specimen was replaced on the wheel for the purpose of removing the superfluous clay which, adhering to the base, had hitherto served as a means of supporting the piece during the various processes of manufacture. The glazing of the base was then effected, and a brush would have been a convenient method of performing the operation. Why, however, evidences of such a process should be particularly visible in pieces manufactured during the first cycle of the ''Ming'' dynasty, and especially during the ''Chêng-hwa'' era, there is nothing to indicate, and perhaps it would be misleading to regard them as distinctive of such pieces, whatever some connoisseurs may allege. The next year-period after ''Chêng-hwa'' was ''Hung-chih'' (1488-1506). It was not remarkable for blue-and-white porcelains. ‘The supply of fine cobalt, from native and foreign sources alike, is said to have failed, and the manufacture of ware decorated with that mineral under the glaze consequently received a<noinclude>{{c|120}}</noinclude> 97lo15173unz5csol1i94yvjp6ub9lo Page:Brinkley - China - Volume 1.djvu/147 104 4477448 14130043 14040422 2024-04-25T21:03:25Z Slowking4 251604 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{c|PORCELAIN DECORATED }}</noinclude> check. The mark of the era—''Ta-Ming Hung-chih nien chi''—is rarely found on porcelains of the class now under consideration. The following period—''Chêng-té'' (1506-1522)—is more important. The Governor of Yunnan succeeded in procuring a fresh supply of the celebrated Mohammedan blue, and with it many beautiful porcelains were decorated. They are said to have been comparable with pieces of the ''Hsuan-té'' and ''Chéng-hwa'' eras. Few of them, however, appear to have survived, and they certainly possessed no features to distinguish them above their immediate predecessors. It is mentioned in the ''Tao-lu'' that during this era the workmen of the imperial factory dishonestly sold pieces of the precious Mohammedan blue to private potters, and that rules of great strictness were adopted by the superintendent of the kilns to put an end to the practice. Judging by the value set upon the im- ported mineral and by the details recorded with reference to the failure or renewal of the supply, one is inclined to suppose that its colour must have been exceptionally beautiful. But there is a strong probability that the reputation it enjoyed was partly due to the inexperience of Chinese keramists. Certainly in later times, when, being thrown on their own re- sources, necessity stimulated their inventive faculties, they succeeded in so preparing and employing their native cobalt as to obtain a colour scarcely, if at all, inferior to the finest ''Hsuan-té'' and ''Chéng-hwa'' blue. The mark of this period is ''Ta-Ming Chéng-té nien cht''. It is seldom found upon blue-and-white porcelain. Perhaps it will be wise to remind the reader that, though no repeated reference to the distinction 121<noinclude>{{c|121}}</noinclude> 5np93za6ujrlgkz545npawgl9d3ng77 14130044 14130043 2024-04-25T21:04:00Z Slowking4 251604 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{c|PORCELAIN DECORATED }}</noinclude> check. The mark of the era—''Ta-Ming Hung-chih nien chi''—is rarely found on porcelains of the class now under consideration. The following period—''Chêng-té'' (1506-1522)—is more important. The Governor of Yunnan succeeded in procuring a fresh supply of the celebrated Mohammedan blue, and with it many beautiful porcelains were decorated. They are said to have been comparable with pieces of the ''Hsuan-té'' and ''Chéng-hwa'' eras. Few of them, however, appear to have survived, and they certainly possessed no features to distinguish them above their immediate predecessors. It is mentioned in the ''Tao-lu'' that during this era the workmen of the imperial factory dishonestly sold pieces of the precious Mohammedan blue to private potters, and that rules of great strictness were adopted by the superintendent of the kilns to put an end to the practice. Judging by the value set upon the im- ported mineral and by the details recorded with reference to the failure or renewal of the supply, one is inclined to suppose that its colour must have been exceptionally beautiful. But there is a strong probability that the reputation it enjoyed was partly due to the inexperience of Chinese keramists. Certainly in later times, when, being thrown on their own re- sources, necessity stimulated their inventive faculties, they succeeded in so preparing and employing their native cobalt as to obtain a colour scarcely, if at all, inferior to the finest ''Hsuan-té'' and ''Chéng-hwa'' blue. The mark of this period is ''Ta-Ming Chéng-té nien cht''. It is seldom found upon blue-and-white porcelain. Perhaps it will be wise to remind the reader that, though no repeated reference to the distinction<noinclude>{{c|121}}</noinclude> mn0oupt07ft4wtecn88vqymu2xwl875 Page:Brinkley - China - Volume 1.djvu/148 104 4477450 14130048 14040426 2024-04-25T21:06:13Z Slowking4 251604 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{c|CHINA}}</noinclude> between soft-paste and hard-paste porcelain is here made in each account of the products of an era, the difference must never be lost sight of. Soft-paste blue-and-white ware stands always at the head of its class, and is separated by a long interval from every competitor. The Chéng-té period was followed by ''Chia-ching'' (1522-1567). The year-mark of this era—''Ta-Ming Chia-ching mien chi''—has been more abundantly forged than that of any other period except ''Chéng-hwa''. From this fact alone may be inferred the quantity and reputation of the porcelains manufactured by the Chza-ching keramists. This was indeed the last era of the Ming dynasty when Mohammedan blue was procurable. Another noteworthy fact is that the supply of porcelain required for the use of the Court had now become enormous. Pieces were ordered not by dozens, but by hundreds. Scores of thousands of vases, bowls, and other utensils went up every year to Peking, and the resources of the factories at ''Ching-té-chéng'' were subjected to an ever-increasing strain. Lists of the porcelains requisitioned by the Court during this and the two subsequent reigns are preserved in Chinese records and have been translated by Dr. Bushell. They are interesting not alone as a record of the nature of the pieces required for imperial use, but also as indicating the style of decoration then adopted. Dr. Bushell observes that “the designs are said to have been principally derived from brocaded satin and ancient embroidery," and that "most of the, subjects enumerated are still employed in ornamenting the imperial porcelain of the present day." The following is the portion of the list bearing upon our immediate<noinclude>{{c|122}}</noinclude> iuyz8762prr59nvvgdluux7rooxc836 14130049 14130048 2024-04-25T21:06:52Z Slowking4 251604 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{c|CHINA}}</noinclude> between soft-paste and hard-paste porcelain is here made in each account of the products of an era, the difference must never be lost sight of. Soft-paste blue-and-white ware stands always at the head of its class, and is separated by a long interval from every competitor. The Chéng-té period was followed by ''Chia-ching'' (1522-1567). The year-mark of this era—''Ta-Ming Chia-ching mien chi''—has been more abundantly forged than that of any other period except ''Chéng-hwa''. From this fact alone may be inferred the quantity and reputation of the porcelains manufactured by the Chza-ching keramists. This was indeed the last era of the Ming dynasty when Mohammedan blue was procurable. Another noteworthy fact is that the supply of porcelain required for the use of the Court had now become enormous. Pieces were ordered not by dozens, but by hundreds. Scores of thousands of vases, bowls, and other utensils went up every year to Peking, and the resources of the factories at ''Ching-té-chéng'' were subjected to an ever-increasing strain. Lists of the porcelains requisitioned by the Court during this and the two subsequent reigns are preserved in Chinese records and have been translated by Dr. Bushell. They are interesting not alone as a record of the nature of the pieces required for imperial use, but also as indicating the style of decoration then adopted. Dr. Bushell observes that “the designs are said to have been principally derived from brocaded satin and ancient embroidery," and that "most of the, subjects enumerated are still employed in ornamenting the imperial porcelain of the present day." The following is the portion of the list bearing upon our immediate<noinclude>{{c|122}}</noinclude> e1coq6qjagl2bte4zgkmnambompaxa5 Page:Brinkley - China - Volume 1.djvu/149 104 4477454 14130059 14040431 2024-04-25T21:12:46Z Slowking4 251604 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Slowking4" />{{c|PORCELAIN DECORATED }}</noinclude> subject, namely, porcelain decorated with blue under the glaze:— {{hi|LIST OF BLUE-AND-WHITE PORCELAINS REQUISITIONED FOR IMPERIAL USE IN THE 81rx YEAR OF THE ''CHIA-CHING'' ERA (1529). (TRANSLATED BY {{sc|Dr}}. S. W. BUSHELL.) }} ''Bowls'' decorated with dragons pursuing pearls; outside a balance weighing gold and playing children. ''Bowls'' with sprays of flowers completely covering the ground inside and out. Bowls with bamboo leaves and polyporus fungus, medallions containing dragons among clouds, dragons and phœnixes flying through flowers. ''Bowls'' decorated, outside, with sea-waves and eight dragons emerging therefrom holding up the mystical diagrams; inside, with the three Taoist alchemists compounding the ''elixir vila''. ''Bowls'' with dragons, phcenixes, and other birds, outside; dragons among clouds, inside. ''Bowls'' with four fishes, mackerel, carp, marbled perch and another, outside; birds flying in clouds, inside. ''Tall Cups'' with celestial flowers under the inscription ''shou shan fu hai'', "old as the hills, rich as the sea," two Taoist genii, ''inside''. ''Wine Cups'' with a pair of dragons among clouds, ''outside''; dragons mounting upwards, ''inside''. ''Wine Cups'' with antique dragons, and, ''inside'', storks flying in clouds. ''Tall Cups'' with a pair of dragons; a pair of phœnixes, inside. ''Tea Cups'' with playing boys and the flowers of the four seasons, peony, lotus, chrysanthemum, and plum, ''outside''; dragons soaring from waves into clouds, ''within''. ''Tea Cups'' with dragons emerging from water; with lions, inside. ''Wine Cups'' inscribed ''fu shou kang ning'', "happiness, longevity, health and peace." ''Tea Cups'' with a myriad flowers inside and out; also dragons grasping pearls, ''outside''. {{nop}}<noinclude>{{c|123}}</noinclude> s3phtfzajg7sagfyr6h8yd47vxhorhj Page:The National geographic magazine, volume 1.djvu/359 104 4478292 14131346 14042415 2024-04-26T09:14:32Z Sp1nd01 631214 /* Proofread */ Add image proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sp1nd01" /></noinclude>{{rh|{{c|U.S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY<br>J. W POWELL. DIRECTOR}}||{{c|NORTH CAROLINA-TENNESSEE<br>ASHEVILLE SHEET}}}} [[File:The National geographic magazine, volume 1 - p359.png|center|400px]] {{c|SECTION FROM THE CUMBERLAND PLATEAU TO THE BLUE RIDGE Natural Profiles}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 230a0qvn4zw1fgj2g792guy347dj9tg Page:The National geographic magazine, volume 1.djvu/327 104 4478994 14127853 14044271 2024-04-25T14:04:27Z Sp1nd01 631214 /* Proofread */ Add image proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sp1nd01" /></noinclude>{{c|FROM BUTLER'S COMPLETE GEOGRAPHY.}} [[File:The National geographic magazine, volume 1 - p327.png|center|400px]] {{c|{{sc|Copyright, 1888, By E. H. Butler & Co.}}}} Printed by permission. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> dklrypolda0c775eg8eosfeztmdiapu Page:The National geographic magazine, volume 1.djvu/325 104 4478996 14127831 14044273 2024-04-25T13:53:25Z Sp1nd01 631214 /* Without text */ add image proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="0" user="Sp1nd01" /></noinclude>{{c|Scale, 1 inch - 4 miles}} [[File:The National geographic magazine, volume 1 - p325.png|center|400px]] Hachure Es Contour- 200 ft. interval 500 ft. Scale, 1 inch = 1 mile Hachure. Contour-interval: 40 ft. Contour-interval: 80 ft. Contour-interval: 120 ft. {{c|{{l|HACHURED AND CONTOURED MAPS}} REPRESENTATION OF A HILL ACCORDING TO THE TWO SYSTEMS AND ON DIFFERENT SCALES. From Supplement to Enthoffer's Topographical Atlas by permission of Mr. Enthoffer.}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> h1m5qu98vhhvchdjrjppsbjqcr16bqh 14127832 14127831 2024-04-25T13:53:43Z Sp1nd01 631214 /* Proofread */ Add image proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sp1nd01" /></noinclude>{{c|Scale, 1 inch - 4 miles}} [[File:The National geographic magazine, volume 1 - p325.png|center|400px]] Hachure Es Contour- 200 ft. interval 500 ft. Scale, 1 inch = 1 mile Hachure. Contour-interval: 40 ft. Contour-interval: 80 ft. Contour-interval: 120 ft. {{c|{{l|HACHURED AND CONTOURED MAPS}} REPRESENTATION OF A HILL ACCORDING TO THE TWO SYSTEMS AND ON DIFFERENT SCALES. From Supplement to Enthoffer's Topographical Atlas by permission of Mr. Enthoffer.}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> jacaudlb5l35a8i0j0d9dissxinnzis Page:Yeats The tower.pdf/117 104 4479849 14128011 14057289 2024-04-25T15:12:15Z Klaufir216 3130230 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Klaufir216" /></noinclude>{{c|{{x-larger|NOTES}}}} {{c|SAILING TO BYZANTIUM {{sc|Stanza}} IV}} {{sc|I have}} read somewhere that in the Emperor's palace at Byzantium was a tree made of gold and silver, and artificial birds that sang. {{c|THE TOWER. {{sc|Part}} II}} The persons mentioned are associated by legend, story and tradition with the neighbourhood of Thoor Ballylee or Ballylee Castle, where the poem was written. Mrs. French lived at Peterswell in the eighteenth century and was related to Sir Jonah Barrington, who described the incident of the ear and the trouble that came of it. The peasant beauty and the blind poet are Mary Hynes and Raftery, and the incident of the man drowned in Cloone Bog is recorded in my ''Celtic Twilight''. Hanrahan's<noinclude>{{c|105}}</noinclude> etqwoidaj7ownz367m13u21fer7dnn2 Page:Yeats The tower.pdf/118 104 4479851 14128020 14049324 2024-04-25T15:15:13Z Klaufir216 3130230 /* Validated */ fix typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Klaufir216" />{{rh|106|NOTES|}}</noinclude>pursuit of the phantom hare and hounds is from my ''Stories of Red Hanrahan''. The ghosts have been seen at their game of dice in what is now my bedroom, and the old bankrupt man lived about a hundred years ago. According to one legend he could only leave the Castle upon a Sunday because of his creditors, and according to another he hid in the secret passage. {{c|THE TOWER. {{sc|Part}} III}} In the passage about the Swan I have unconsciously echoed one of the loveliest lyrics of our time—Mr. Sturge Moore's 'Dying Swan'. I often recited it during an American lecturing tour, which explains the theft. {{c|{{fine|THE DYING SWAN}}}} {{block center/s}}<poem> O silver-throated Swan Struck, struck! A golden dart Clean through thy breast has gone Home to thy heart. Thrill, thrill, O silver throat! O silver trumpet, pour Love for defiance back</poem><noinclude>{{block center/e}}</noinclude> rjgit919mqhv150aciroihjfkx7amah The Pima Indians/Technology/Artifacts 0 4479852 14128019 14123719 2024-04-25T15:14:56Z Sumiaz 638781 wikitext text/x-wiki {{incomplete}} {{header | title = [[The Pima Indians]] | author = Frank Russell | translator = | section = Artifacts | previous = [[../|Technology]] | next = [[../../Esthetic arts|Esthetic Arts]] | year = 1908 | notes = {{c|[[../#The Food Supply|The Food Supply]]{{nbsp}}([[../#Preparation of Food|Preparation of Food]] · [[../#Plants Used for Food|Plants Used for Food]] · [[../#Medicinal Plants|Medicinal Plants]] · [[../#Animals Used for Food|Animals Used for Food]]) - [[../#Domestication of Animals|Domestication of Animals]] - [[../#Agriculture|Agriculture]]{{nbsp}}([[../#Methods|Methods]] · [[../#Products|Products]]) - [[../#Trade|Trade]]{{nbsp}}([[../#Standards of Value|Standards of Value]] · [[../#Measures|Measures]] · [[../#Barter|Barter]]) - [[#Artifacts|Artifacts]]{{nbsp}}([[#Wood|Wood]] · [[#Stone|Stone]] · [[#Fiber and Leather|Fiber and Leather]] · [[#Pottery|Pottery]] · [[#Basketry|Basketry]] · [[#Textiles|Textiles]] · [[#Architecture|Architecture]] · [[#Clothing|Clothing]])}} }} {{c|TECHNOLOGY}} <pages index="The Pima Indians.pdf" from=100 to=103 /> {{FI | file = The Pima Indians - pg 98a.png | width = 500px | tstyle = font-size:83%; line-height:120% | caption = {{sc|Fig.}} 11. Wooden plow. }} <pages index="The Pima Indians.pdf" include=104 onlysection=104A/> {{FI | file = The Pima Indians - pg 98b.png | width = 500px | tstyle = font-size:83%; line-height:120% | caption = {{sc|Fig.}} 12. Yoke. }} <pages index="The Pima Indians.pdf" from=104 to=105 fromsection=104B tosection=105A/> <pages index="The Pima Indians.pdf" include=105 onlysection=105B/> <pages index="The Pima Indians.pdf" include=105 onlysection=105table/> <pages index="The Pima Indians.pdf" from=106 to=113 tosection=113A/> {{FI | file = The Pima Indians - pg 108b.png | width = 500px | tstyle = font-size:83%; line-height:120% | caption = {{sc|Fig.}} 27. Ceremonial wands. }} <pages index="The Pima Indians.pdf" from=113 to=114 fromsection=113B tosection=114A/> {{FI | file = The Pima Indians - pg 109a.png | width = 400px | tstyle = font-size:83%; line-height:120% | caption = {{sc|Fig.}} 28. Grinding wheat on metate. }} <pages index="The Pima Indians.pdf" from=114 to=118 fromsection=114B/> {{rule}} {{smallrefs}} kdib708io6knp59xw0ztq6rrghvz7rc Page:Yeats The tower.pdf/119 104 4479853 14128027 14049325 2024-04-25T15:18:37Z Klaufir216 3130230 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Klaufir216" />{{rh||NOTES|107}} {{block center/s}}</noinclude><poem>On him who smote! And brim, brim o'er With love; and ruby-dye thy track Down thy last living reach Of river, sail the golden light— Enter the sun's heart—even teach, O wondrous-gifted pain, teach thou The God to love, let him learn how!</poem> {{block center/e}} When I wrote the lines about Plato and Plotinus I forgot that it is something in our own eyes that makes us see them as all transcendence. Has not Plotinus written: 'Let every soul recall, then, at the outset the truth that soul is the author of all living things, that it has breathed the life into them all, whatever is nourished by earth and sea, all the creatures of the air, the divine stars in the sky; it is the maker of the sun; itself formed and ordered this vast heaven and conducts all that rhythmic motion—and it is a principle distinct from all these to which it gives law and movement and life, and it must of necessity be more honourable than they, for they gather or dissolve as soul brings them life or abandons them, but soul, since it never can abandon itself, is of eternal being'. {{dhr}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> pc7hvwk9xsgie8cqndidszcwiw2bjh9 Page:Yeats The tower.pdf/120 104 4479949 14128034 14049376 2024-04-25T15:21:39Z Klaufir216 3130230 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Klaufir216" />{{rh|108|NOTES|}}</noinclude>{{c|MEDITATIONS IN TIME OF CIVIL WAR}} These poems were written at Thoor Ballylee in 1922, during the civil war. Before they were finished the Republicans blew up our 'ancient bridge' one midnight. They forbade us to leave the house, but were otherwise polite, even saying at last 'Goodnight, thank you' as though we had given them the bridge. {{c|{{sc|Section Six}}}} In the West of Ireland we call a starling a stare, and during the civil war one built in a hole in the masonry by my bedroom window. {{c|{{sc|Section Seven, Stanza II}}}} The cry 'Vengeance on the murderers of Jacques Molay', Grand Master of the Templars, seems to me fit symbol for those who labour from hatred, and so for sterility in various kinds. It is said to have been incorporated in the ritual of certain Masonic societies of the eighteenth century, and to have fed class-hatred {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 38ykb06ny5jazaoff8nfl2jy1pishpn Page:Yeats The tower.pdf/121 104 4479951 14128037 14049375 2024-04-25T15:24:36Z Klaufir216 3130230 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Klaufir216" />{{rh||NOTES|109}}</noinclude>{{c|{{sc|Section Seven, Stanza IV}}}} I have a ring with a hawk and a butterfly upon it, to symbolise the straight road of logic, and so of mechanism, and the crooked road of intuition: 'For wisdom is a butterfly and not a gloomy bird of prey'. {{c|NINETEEN HUNDRED AND NINETEEN {{sc|Section Six}}}} The country people see at times certain apparitions whom they name now 'fallen angels', now 'ancient inhabitants of the country', and describe as riding at whiles 'with flowers upon the heads of the horses'. I have assumed in the sixth poem that these horsemen, now that the times worsen, give way to worse. My last symbol, Robert Artisson, was an evil spirit much run after in Kilkenny at the start of the fourteenth century. Are not those who travel in the whirling dust also in the Platonic Year? {{c|TWO SONGS FROM A PLAY}} These songs are sung by the Chorus in a play that has for its theme Christ's first appearance<noinclude></noinclude> mnjw9uehco6nep6tzjs001s0thwpzt9 Page:Latter-Day Psalms.pdf/46 104 4479990 14128711 14049601 2024-04-25T18:17:50Z Sp1nd01 631214 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Sp1nd01" />{{rh|34|''Latter-Day Psalms''}}</noinclude>{{ppoem|start=follow| They that mould peoples, and they that bring up sons to be noble. Master! Breathe into us thy spirit, that we may create beauty every day; That our lives may be as a song, that is sung in harmony with thee. }}<noinclude></noinclude> s7n47fxae5f1i52qpsygzedd9to7ogc Page:Latter-Day Psalms.pdf/45 104 4480008 14128706 14049635 2024-04-25T18:16:09Z Sp1nd01 631214 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Sp1nd01" />{{rh||''Apollo''|33}}</noinclude>{{ppoem|start=follow|end=follow| Therefore are the nations crushed, and all the creatures of life swept away. For thy universe is a great music; wherein is terror, darkness, and a singing melody of joy; Wherein is strife and victory; and a haunting despair; Wherein is love lyric, and love serene; wherein is love triumphant, and love overthrown by Time. Thou hast struck forth thy universe in an ecstasy that it may perfectly declare thy thought. Thou attainest the whole span of beauty, and the harmony thereof is passing sweet and wild. Thy sign is the sun, which burns upon the sea in his uprising, and emblazons the heaven with fire; Which kindles all dark things into splendour, and exalts a man to cry, "Hail, God, my brother!" For all who create are thy kin; and all men create; Both the makers of song and music, and they that speak through colour and form; They that contrive great books, and they that live fair lives; }}<noinclude></noinclude> kg4cus34jcpj1bjgl6ppdi4soimcd2s Page:The National geographic magazine, volume 1.djvu/305 104 4480417 14127814 14055198 2024-04-25T13:27:58Z Sp1nd01 631214 /* Proofread */ Add image proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sp1nd01" />{{rvh|249|''The Rivers and Valleys of Pennsylvania.''|''National Geographic Magazine''.}}</noinclude>40. ''Other examples of adjustments''.—Other examples of small adjustments are found around the Wyoming basin, fig. 26. [[File:The National geographic magazine, volume 1 - p305.png|center|300px|Fig. 26.]] {{c|{{sc|Fig. 26.}}}} Originally all these streams ran centripetally down the enclosing slopes, and in such locations they must have cut gullies and breaches in the hard Carboniferous beds and opened low back country on the weaker Devonians. Some of the existing streams still do so, and these are precisely the ones that are not easily reached by divertors. The Susquehanna in its course outside of the basin has sent out branches that have beheaded all the centripetal streams within reach; where the same river enters the basin, the centripetal streams have been shortened if not completely beheaded. A branch of the Delaware has captured the heads of some of the streams near the eastern end of the basin. Elsewhere, the centripetal streams still exist of good length. The contrast between the persistence of some of the centripetal streams here and their peripheral diversion around Broad Top is a consequence of the difference of altitude of the old lake bottoms in the two cases. It is not to be doubted that we shall become acquainted with many examples of this kind as our intimacy with rivers increases. 41. ''Events of the Quaternary cycle''.—The brief quaternary cycle does not offer many examples of the kind that we have considered, and all that are found are of small dimensions. The only capturing stream that need be mentioned has lately been described as a "river pirate;"<ref>[[Science (journal)|Science]], xiii, 1889, 108.</ref> but its conquest is only a Schles-<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> hj6nktc5cyltldxrvdtd22porrk2iwp Page:Yeats The tower.pdf/106 104 4480601 14127820 14057453 2024-04-25T13:34:43Z Klaufir216 3130230 /* Validated */ fix type proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Klaufir216" />{{rvh|94|GIFT OF HARUN AL-RASHID}}</noinclude>{{ppoem|start=stanza|end=follow| A dozen nights of natural sleep, and then When the full moon swam to its greatest height She rose, and with her eyes shut fast in sleep Walked through the house. Unnoticed and unfelt I wrapped her in a heavy hooded cloak, and she, Half running, dropped at the first ridge of the desert And there marked out those emblems on the sand That day by day I study and marvel at, With her white finger. I led her home asleep And once again she rose and swept the house In childish ignorance of all that passed. Even to-day, after some seven years When maybe thrice in every moon her mouth }}<noinclude></noinclude> 4391skhjnayabbti0b73obz4gf49zqm Page:Yeats The tower.pdf/107 104 4480610 14127990 14057470 2024-04-25T15:07:30Z Klaufir216 3130230 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Klaufir216" />{{rvh|95|GIFT OF HARUN AL-RASHID}}</noinclude>{{ppoem|start=follow|end=follow| Murmured the wisdom of the desert Djinns, She keeps that ignorance, nor has she now That first unnatural interest in my books. It seems enough that I am there; and yet Old fellow student, whose most patient ear Heard all the anxiety of my passionate youth, It seems I must buy knowledge with my peace. What if she lose her ignorance and so Dream that I love her only for the voice, That every gift and every word of praise Is but a payment for that midnight voice That is to age what milk is to a child! }}<noinclude></noinclude> 2c04a97ppd6z9hp2pkscwph4e2jvrk5 Page:Yeats The tower.pdf/108 104 4480618 14127995 14057485 2024-04-25T15:08:57Z Klaufir216 3130230 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Klaufir216" />{{rvh|96|GIFT OF HARUN AL-RASHID}}</noinclude>{{ppoem|start=follow|end=follow| Were she to lose her love, because she had lost Her confidence in mine, or even lose Its first simplicity, love, voice and all, All my fine feathers would be plucked away And I left shivering. The voice has drawn A quality of wisdom from her love's Particular quality. The signs and shapes; All those abstractions that you fancied were From the great treatise of Parmenides; All, all those gyres and cubes and midnight things Are but a new expression of her body Drunk with the bitter sweetness of her youth. And now my utmost mystery is out. A woman's beauty is a storm-tossed banner; Under it wisdom stands, and I alone— }}<noinclude></noinclude> ds9f70ez7ur0kw5x6vm0r8unyz9t82o Page:Yeats The tower.pdf/109 104 4480620 14127997 14057492 2024-04-25T15:09:38Z Klaufir216 3130230 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Klaufir216" />{{rvh|97|GIFT OF HARUN AL-RASHID}}</noinclude>{{ppoem|start=follow|end=stanza| Of all Arabia's lovers I alone— Nor dazzled by the embroidery, nor lost In the confusion of its night-dark folds, Can hear the armed man speak. :{{x-smaller|1923}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> 71kx5cpoqvxpv32dp9jg8y3b5f6oi6v Page:Yeats The tower.pdf/113 104 4480629 14128439 14124669 2024-04-25T17:33:16Z Shootmanng 3121446 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Shootmanng" />{{rvh|101|ALL SOULS' NIGHT}}</noinclude>{{ppoem|start=stanza|end=follow| On Florence Emery I call the next, Who finding the first wrinkles on a face Admired and beautiful, And knowing that the future would be vexed With 'minished beauty, multiplied commonplace, Preferred to teach a school, Away from neighbour or friend Among dark skins, and there Permit foul years to wear Hidden from eyesight to the unnoticed end. Before that end much had she ravelled out From a discourse in figurative speech By some learned Indian On the soul's journey. How it is whirled about, Wherever the orbit of the moon can reach, Until it plunge into the sun; }}<noinclude></noinclude> hhwwstqsap64cpp88f0lprg6togjtqx Page:Yeats The tower.pdf/114 104 4480630 14128445 14124671 2024-04-25T17:34:16Z Shootmanng 3121446 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Shootmanng" />{{rvh|102|ALL SOULS' NIGHT}}</noinclude>{{ppoem|start=follow|end=follow| And there, free and yet fast Being both Chance and Choice, Forget its broken toys And sink into its own delight at last. And I call up MacGregor from the grave, For in my first hard springtime we were friends, Although of late estranged. I thought him half a lunatic, half knave, And told him so, but friendship never ends; And what if mind seem changed, And it seem changed with the mind, When thoughts rise up unbid On generous things that he did And I grow half contented to be blind. He had much industry at setting out, Much boisterous courage, before loneliness }}<noinclude></noinclude> qzhth1quu80ichykyts45vn9rr51640 Page:Yeats The tower.pdf/116 104 4480632 14128452 14124675 2024-04-25T17:35:18Z Shootmanng 3121446 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Shootmanng" />{{rvh|104|ALL SOULS' NIGHT}}</noinclude>{{ppoem|start=follow| For maybe all that hear Should laugh and weep an hour upon the clock. Such thought—such thought have I that hold it tight Till meditation master all its parts, Nothing can stay my glance Until that glance run in the world's despite To where the damned have howled away their hearts, And where the blessed dance; Such thought, that in it bound I need no other thing Wound in mind's wandering, As mummies in the mummy-cloth are wound. }}<noinclude></noinclude> t9xodd25tnq45oulg6wevytxphswup3 Page:20 Hrs 40 Min (Earhart).pdf/299 104 4481790 14128365 14122533 2024-04-25T17:23:45Z Chrisguise 2855804 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Chrisguise" /></noinclude>[[File:Pg 297- 20 Hours 40 Min.jpg|500px|center]] {{c|{{asc|FROM PITTSBURGH TO ALTOONA}}}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> r1a19ad2e6jvmf8vsbhr8l4opugcdys Page:20 Hrs 40 Min (Earhart).pdf/300 104 4481798 14128381 14122534 2024-04-25T17:24:19Z Chrisguise 2855804 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Chrisguise" /></noinclude>[[File:Pg 298- 20 Hours 40 Min.jpg|500px|center]] {{c|{{asc|BEFORE THE FLIGHT IN BOSTON—A. E. AND G. P. P.}}}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> q3q8k24a6qp4tfixt4y2qzaitsqejvk Page:20 Hrs 40 Min (Earhart).pdf/307 104 4482533 14130597 14116775 2024-04-26T05:27:31Z FPTI 1513107 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="FPTI" /></noinclude>TWO CHARACTERISTIC PAGES FROM THE TRANS-ATLANTIC LOG BOOK. THE DIFFICULTY OF WRITING IN THE DARK IS EXEMPLIFIED BY THE PENMANSHIP OF THE SECOND PAGE {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> kvy1q0v9c2p414zdsob0aqhvsbvkslp Page:20 Hrs 40 Min (Earhart).pdf/308 104 4482534 14128684 14116767 2024-04-25T18:09:15Z Sp1nd01 631214 /* Proofread */ Add image proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sp1nd01" /></noinclude>[[File:Pg 306- 20 Hours 40 Min.jpg|center|400px]]<noinclude></noinclude> 10s4lte9rg2mahrsvql1hm32mbmtve7 14130596 14128684 2024-04-26T05:27:13Z FPTI 1513107 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="FPTI" /></noinclude>[[File:Pg 306- 20 Hours 40 Min.jpg|center|400px]]<noinclude></noinclude> pzoh8flwskkhxold93mo3yeno4ipt5v 14130753 14130596 2024-04-26T07:26:00Z Chrisguise 2855804 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="FPTI" /></noinclude>[[File:Pg 306- 20 Hours 40 Min.jpg|center|500px]]<noinclude></noinclude> j4fzyrnrlwh6swhbnfklt0lao6pm8wn Page:20 Hrs 40 Min (Earhart).pdf/309 104 4482535 14128686 14116762 2024-04-25T18:09:51Z Sp1nd01 631214 /* Proofread */ Add image proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sp1nd01" /></noinclude>[[File:Pg 307- 20 Hours 40 Min.jpg|center|400px]]<noinclude></noinclude> ef1lzo1twfkx16si4r8wq1nigpx8ip3 14130595 14128686 2024-04-26T05:27:02Z FPTI 1513107 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="FPTI" /></noinclude>[[File:Pg 307- 20 Hours 40 Min.jpg|center|400px]]<noinclude></noinclude> pjejsvoodpsiiodgtoi2aocgld0uiy1 14130754 14130595 2024-04-26T07:26:13Z Chrisguise 2855804 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="FPTI" /></noinclude>[[File:Pg 307- 20 Hours 40 Min.jpg|center|500px]]<noinclude></noinclude> q3ooe42djpg6ywlvy1bedexm7433l15 Page:A SEA Dyak Dictionary in alphabetical parts, with examples and quotations shewing the use and meaning of words.pdf/21 104 4482536 14130460 14119625 2024-04-26T02:14:19Z 103.18.0.195 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Cerevisae" />{{rh| {{c|ARI.}} | —9— | {{c|AU.}} }} {{rule}}</noinclude>'''Ari,''' from, Iya bejalai sa-hari-hari ari Lubok Antu lain ka Kumpang. He walked the whole day from Lubok Antu to Kumpang. '''Ari''' (v. f. ngari ; beari or bari), to work for money or goods, earn. Aku ka ngari padi song nuan. I am going to work for you for paddy. Iya ngari vuang di aku. He works for me for money. '''Aris''' (v. f. ngaris; bearis or AzHj), s. .a boundary, division, v. to make a boundary. Iya bumai ngeltti ka arts. He farmed beyond the boundary. '''Aroh''' (v. f. ngarbh; bearoh or baroh), s. way, place, spot, v. to put in the way of, .suggest. He seeks a way to quarrel. Tu aroh aku diau. This is .the place I inhabit. Tu aroh jako. This is .the right way to speak. Di aroh ati aku. It is exactly as I wish it. Iya ngar.oh ka aku bejako. He suggested to me how to speak. '''Arok''' (v. f. ngarok; bearok or AzzvZ), s. soot, the black stuff that adheres to the out­ side of a cooking-pot, v. to besmear with .soot. Labang sama labang, enggi orang dipukong arok enggi nuan lain labang. Both are white (fowls), the other man’s (fowl) is rubbed with soot but yours remains white, Iya nga­rok moa aku. He besmeared my face with soot. '''Arong''' (v. f. ngarong; bearong or barong), s. channel, course, direction, v. to be on both sides of a channel or stream. 7« arong sun­ gai. This is the channel of the river. Diarong menoa nuan I In which direction is your country? lit sigi arong jako, this argument is universally admitted. Iya bumai ngarongjalai. He farms on both sides of the road. '''Aru''' (v. f. ngaru; beam or bam), s. con­fusion, v. to confuse. Menoa am laban iya. The country is in a state of confusion on ac­count of him. Aida ngaru ka menoa. They put the country in a state of confusion. '''Arus''' {beams or barns), the current. '''Asa,''' an affectionate expression which must precede the name of the loved one (e. g. my dear, my sweetheart). Asa Ayah Liba. Aly sweetheart Uncle Liba. '''Asa-asa,''' disappointed. '''Asai''' (v. f. ngasai), s. taste, sensation, feeling, v. to taste, feci, experience. Aku sepi asai rian nya manis. 1 tried the taste of that durian and it is sweet, lya uda'i ngasai penyamai nyadi tuai. He had experienced the pleasure of becoming a chief. Asai ti udah aku bejako enggan iya. I had an idea (a feeling) I had spoken to him. '''Asai,''' origin, a person’s peculiarity or habit. Aanu salalu dipeda aku bejudi, orang sigi endang asai iya. So-and-so 1 often see gambling, people say it is his habit. '''Asam,''' sour, sulky. Asam moa iya. He looks sulky. '''Asap''' (beasap or basap), smoke. '''Asat,''' a moveable thwart of a boat. '''Asi''' (faw or basi), cooked rice, a victim, prey. AA/ nyau ka asi iya I have become his victim. '''Asi''' (v. f. M.gzzjf), to obey. Iya endangasi ka jako aku. He does not obey me. '''Asi,''' fair, right, proper. Enda asi nuan bejako munyi nya. It is not fair that you should speak like that. '''Asil''' (v. f. ngasil; beasil), s. tribute, revenue, reward, v. to reward, remunerate. Aku bedau mri asil. I have not yet given the tribute. Aku ka ngasil nuan enti nuan ka nulong aku bechara. I will reward you if you will assist me in my lawsuit. '''Asit''' (v. f. «^zjzZ), to reveal, shoot out. Mimit penyalah diasit ka iya. When there is the smallest fault he reveals it. Asit ka igi nya. Make that seed shoot out (of its skin). '''Asoh.''' (v. f. ngasoh; beasoh or basoh,) to order, permit, send. Enti aku ngasoh nuan enda tau enda nitih. If I order you (to do anything) you must obey. '''Asor''' (v. f. ngasor; beasor or basor), adj. good, of use, v. to push, push on. Bisi asor itai belajar. There is benefit in our learning. Dadai guna, nadai asor. There is no good, there is no benefit. Anangr ngasor ka papan­ nya. Do not push that plank. '''Asta,''' the measure of 1^ feet. '''Asu''' (v. f. ngasu ; beasu or basil), s. a dog, hound, v. to hunt with dogs. Laki aku ngasu kamari. My husband was hunting yesterday. Iiusa di pala tangga enda. ditunu, chit di tasi langit beknnda ngasu. The deer al the top of the staircase is not cooked (lit. burnt) but a rat on the horizon is hunted '''Atap''' (v. f. ngatap; beatap or batap), s. leaf rooting, shingles, v. to put on roofing, cover, supply. Atapdaun. A leaf roof. Atap papan. A shingle roof. Iya ngatap ka rumah aku. He puts a roof on my house. Enti sa pintu dua bulih padi enda tau ngatap kami maioh. If a door or two get paddy they can­ not supply us all. '''Atas,''' upon, above, over. Aku bepanggai atas nuan. 1 depend upon you. '''Atau''' {beatau or balau), tlie heart (anatomi­cally). '''Atau,''' see ''atas''. '''Ati''' (beati or bati), the heart (morally), mind. Ati aku tusa'i. My mind is troubled. Gagitati. Glad. '''Atih''' (v. f. ngatih), an exclamation, Oh I v. to make an exclamation. lya ngatih ka aku meda aku merjok. lie made an exclamation on seeing me jump. '''Atong''' (v. f. ngatong; beratong), to tie with a string and allow to float on the surface of the water. lya ngatong prauh iya samalam-malam. He tied his boat and let it float all night. '''Ator''' (v. f. ngator; bealor oi bator), s. arrangement, order, decision, v. to arrange, set in order, decider. Bala bam ngator kadiri angkat. The army has just made arrangcmeats to move. Ator iya enda tentu. His decision is all wrong. Ator laya nya. Decide that quarrel. '''Au''' (v. f. ngau), the affirmative, yes, indeed, v. to give assent. lya udak ngau ka aku. He said yes to me. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 1df05s8uskx0kbb5mpgtpyr8jljgwue Page:20 Hrs 40 Min (Earhart).pdf/310 104 4482537 14128690 14116732 2024-04-25T18:10:48Z Sp1nd01 631214 /* Proofread */ Add image proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sp1nd01" /></noinclude>[[File:Pg 308- 20 Hours 40 Min.jpg|center|400px|BOSTON, 1928]] {{center|BOSTON, 1928}}<noinclude></noinclude> jp68nqcgyxg027cj54locxzd0hh5acp 14128922 14128690 2024-04-25T18:26:07Z MER-C 141433 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="MER-C" /></noinclude>[[File:Pg 308- 20 Hours 40 Min.jpg|center|400px|BOSTON, 1928]] {{center|BOSTON, 1928}}<noinclude></noinclude> q19qbw8tgamiif2h3zcphec89nwrz13 14130752 14128922 2024-04-26T07:25:36Z Chrisguise 2855804 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="MER-C" /></noinclude>[[File:Pg 308- 20 Hours 40 Min.jpg|center|500px|BOSTON, 1928]] {{c|{{asc|BOSTON, 1928}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> 0ipf7db21w3y8y2oekpsofauuyzgote Page:20 Hrs 40 Min (Earhart).pdf/313 104 4482541 14130757 14116712 2024-04-26T07:27:48Z Chrisguise 2855804 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Chrisguise" /></noinclude>WILMER STULTZ—{{sc|Pilot}} Born April 11, 1900. He enlisted in 1917 for duration of the war. Joined the 634th Aero Squadron at San Antonio, Texas, and later served at Middletown, Pa. Discharged March, 1919. On August 4, 1919, married Mildred Potts, of Middletown. December 2, 1919, Stultz joined the Navy, being stationed at Hampton Roads, Virginia, until July, 1920. Then he went to Pensacola, Florida, to the flight school, where he received training with seaplanes, in the ground school, and in navigation, aerology, meteorology, radio, etc. Thereafter he returned to Hampton Roads until December 2, 1922, securing his discharge. In February, 1923, Stultz took a position with Curtiss Export Company, being sent to Rio de Janeiro to oversee the setting up of forty F5L and other types<noinclude>{{c|311}}</noinclude> rwbcraeu9eei2j194hwod3umbil4xe6 Page:The National geographic magazine, volume 1.djvu/289 104 4482778 14127810 14064080 2024-04-25T13:26:46Z Sp1nd01 631214 /* Proofread */ Add image proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sp1nd01" />{{rvh|233|''The Rivers and Valleys of Pennsylvania.''|''National Geographic Magazine''.}}</noinclude>[[File:The National geographic magazine, volume 1 - p289.png|center|400px|Fig. 25. General distribution of high and low land and drainage in early Jurassic time.]] {{c|{{sc|Fig. 25.}} General distribution of high and low land and drainage in early Jurassic time.}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> rflete5dkfrd14r5sjnf69jnq6gyir0 Page:The National geographic magazine, volume 1.djvu/284 104 4482784 14127806 14064096 2024-04-25T13:25:26Z Sp1nd01 631214 /* Proofread */ Add images proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Sp1nd01" />{{rvh|228|''text''|''National Geographic Magazine''.}}</noinclude>breaching of the slopes opened the softer Devonian rocks beneath and peripheral lowlands were opened on them. The process by which the Juniata departed from its original axial location, J, fig. 22, to a parallel course on the southeastern side of the syncline, J, fig. 23, has been described (fig. 18). The subsequent changes are manifest. Some lateral branch of the Juniata, like N, fig. 23, would work its way around the northern end of the Broad Top canoe on the soft underlying rocks and capture the axial stream, C, that came from the depression between Nittany and Kishicoquillas highlands; thus reënforced, capture would be made of a radial stream from the west, Tn, the existing Tyrone branch of the Juniata; in a later stage the other streams of the western side of the basin would be acquired, their divertor constituting the Little Juniata of to-day; and the end would be when the original Juniata, A, fig. 22, that once issued from the subordinate synclinal as a large stream, had lost all its western tributaries, and was but a shrunken beheaded remnant of a river, now seen in Aughwick creek, A, fig. 24. In the meantime, the [[File:The National geographic magazine, volume 1 - p284a.png|center|150px|Fig. 22.]] {{center|{{sc|Fig. 22.}}}} [[File:The National geographic magazine, volume 1 - p284b.png|center|150px|Fig. 23.]] {{center|{{sc|Fig. 23.}}}} [[File:The National geographic magazine, volume 1 - p284c.png|center|150px|Fig. 24.]] {{center|{{sc|Fig. 24.}}}} former lake basin was fast becoming a synclinal mountain of diminishing perimeter. The only really mysterious courses of the present streams are where the Little Juniata runs in and out of the western border of the Broad Top synclinal, and where the Frankstown (FT) branch of the Juniata maintains its independent gap across Tussey's mountain (Medina), although diverted to the Tyrone or main Juniata (Tn) by Warrior's ridge (Oriskany) just below. At the time of the early predatory growth of the initial divertor, N, its course lay by the very conditions of its growth<noinclude></noinclude> rpfabr2130g335w25y4ylc8w742yfon Page:พรบ ใช้ ปพพ ๒๕๑๙.pdf/8 104 4484263 14127901 14116979 2024-04-25T14:18:00Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=11|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>An engagement entered into by a minor without the said consent is voidable. {{lawth|s|1437}}Engagement gift is the property given on the part of the man to the part of the woman as evidence and guarantee of the marriage with the woman. The engagement gift shall become subject to the rights of the woman upon marriage. Bride price is the property given on the part of the man to the father, mother, or guardian of the woman in return for the woman’s agreement to marry him. The man may claim its return if no marriage takes place. {{lawth|s|1438}}No engagement shall ground an application for a court to enforce a marriage. If there is an agreement to pay a penalty for the breach of an engagement contract, such agreement is void. {{lawth|s|1439}}Upon engagement, if either party breaches the engagement contract, the other party has the right to claim compensation. In the event that there is engagement gift, if the engagement contract is breached on the part of the man, the engagement gift shall become subject to the rights of the woman, or if the engagement contract is breached on the part of the woman, the engagement gift shall be returned to the part of the man. {{lawth|s|1440}}Compensation may be claimed as follows: {{lawth|rb|1}}for compensating the injury to the body or reputation of the man or woman; {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> f099f5p5c2g5degzqsxdllb5180nulz 14127913 14127901 2024-04-25T14:22:15Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=11|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>An engagement entered into by a minor without the said consent is voidable. {{lawth|s|1437}}Engagement gift is the property given on the part of the man to the part of the woman as evidence and guarantee of the marriage with the woman. The engagement gift shall become subject to the rights of the woman upon marriage. Bride price is the property given on the part of the man to the father, mother, or guardian of the woman in return for the woman’s agreement to marry him. The man may claim its return if no marriage takes place. {{lawth|s|1438}}No engagement shall ground a request for a court to enforce a marriage. If there is an agreement to pay a penalty for the breach of an engagement contract, such agreement is void. {{lawth|s|1439}}Upon engagement, if either party breaches the engagement contract, the other party has the right to claim compensation. In the event that there is engagement gift, if the engagement contract is breached on the part of the man, the engagement gift shall become subject to the rights of the woman, or if the engagement contract is breached on the part of the woman, the engagement gift shall be returned to the part of the man. {{lawth|s|1440}}Compensation may be claimed as follows: {{lawth|rb|1}}for compensating the injury to the body or reputation of the man or woman; {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 6thrwu8a427r1lo394rkikhtq84c4a9 Page:พรบ ใช้ ปพพ ๒๕๑๙.pdf/13 104 4484748 14127902 14118126 2024-04-25T14:18:34Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=16|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1455}}Consent to a marriage can only be given— {{lawth|rb|1}}by signing the register during registration of the marriage; {{lawth|rb|2}}in writing specifying the names of both the persons who are to marry and signed by the consent giver; {{lawth|rb|3}}in oral form before at least two witnesses, if necessity arises. Once given, such consent shall be irrevocable. {{lawth|s|1456}}If there is no one having the power to give consent according section 1454 or there is one who, however, refuses to give consent or is not in a state of being able to give it, or if the minor is prevented by the circumstances from seeking such consent, the minor may apply to a court for permission to marry. {{lawth|s|1457}}A marriage under this Code shall exist only upon registration. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 6avbrqjzcf1y79koao7smtvaxwgdm4u 14127921 14127902 2024-04-25T14:26:48Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=16|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1455}}Consent to a marriage can only be given— {{lawth|rb|1}}by signing the register during registration of the marriage; {{lawth|rb|2}}in writing specifying the names of both the persons who are to marry and signed by the consent giver; {{lawth|rb|3}}in oral form before at least two witnesses, if necessity arises. Once given, such consent shall be irrevocable. {{lawth|s|1456}}If no person has the power to give consent according section 1454 or the person having such power refuses to give it or is not in a state of being able to give it, or the minor is prevented by the circumstances from requesting such consent, the minor may request a court for permission to marry. {{lawth|s|1457}}A marriage under this Code shall exist only upon registration. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> t7fi1jmuj4ifw4hrslwjn2nqlmi0b2i Loper v. Beto/Dissent Rehnquist 0 4484755 14128032 14102175 2024-04-25T15:19:17Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../]] | author = |contributor = William Rehnquist | section = Dissent Rehnquist | previous = | next = | year = | portal = Supreme Court of the United States | wikipedia = | notes = }} {{USSCcase2 |concurrence_author1 = White |dissent_author1 = Burger |dissent_author2 = Blackmun |dissent_author3 = Rehnquist }} <div class='courtopinion'> MR. JUSTICE REHNQUIST, with whom THE CHIEF JUSTICE, MR. JUSTICE BLACKMUN, and MR. JUSTICE POWELL join, dissenting. In reversing the judgment of the Court of Appeals, which affirmed denial of federal habeas corpus relief to petitioner, the plurality undertakes to apply the constitutional doctrine of ''Burgett v. Texas'', [[389 U.S. 109]] (1967), and ''United States v. Tucker'', [[404 U.S. 443]] (1972), to the case where the uncounseled conviction is used to impeach the criminal defendant when he takes the stand in his own defense at subsequent trial. In order to reach this question, of course, the plurality must conclude that the prior burglary convictions obtained many years ago in Tennessee and Mississippi were in fact uncounseled, and that the defendant had not waived the constitutional right to counsel that ''Gideon v. Wainwright'', [[372 U.S. 335]] (1963), accords him. Petitioner so testified with respect to the Mississippi convictions at the federal habeas hearing. But the habeas judge, a veteran of more than 20 years' experience as a federal district court judge, found as follows with respect to petitioner's assertions of constitutional error: <blockquote>"At the outset it might be stated that petitioner has made false statements under oath, and has testified to a set of facts so roundly and thoroughly shown to be false by unimpeachable evidence that little or no credence may be placed in his own testimony...." (App. 61.)</blockquote> On the basis of other factual inconsistencies that were resolved against the petitioner, the trial judge made the following general observation concerning petitioner's credibility: <blockquote>"As stated at the outset, petitioner has filed innumerable applications for relief. Pound for pound, '''[p498]''' he is probably the most prolific writer of writs to come before this Court. His applications, verified under oath, and his testimony in open court under oath, have been found repeatedly to be completely false." (App. 65.)</blockquote> It is therefore surprising, at least to first lush, to find the plurality reaching the constitutional question that it decides. I believe the procedural posture in which this case is presented calls for more attention than it receives in the plurality's opinion. In 1947, petitioner was convicted in a Texas state court of the crime of statutory rape of his eight-year-old stepdaughter. In the course of that trial, petitioner took the stand, and, as appropriate under Texas law, was cross-examined about four prior convictions for burglary, which had been obtained against him in the States of Mississippi and Tennessee during the period from 1931 to 1940. The jury convicted petitioner of the offense, and sentenced him to serve 50 years in the penitentiary. That conviction has long since become final, and indeed petitioner is now on parole. In the present habeas proceeding, petitioner sought to attack not only the 25-year-old Texas judgment of conviction under which he still serves, but also to challenge the constitutional validity of the Mississippi and Tennessee burglary convictions which vary in age from 30 to 40 years. He introduced certified copies of a 1940 Mississippi conviction, reciting appearances at the trial by the prosecutor and by "the defendant in his own proper person"; a certified copy of the indictment and judgment in a 1935 Tennessee burglary conviction reciting appearances by the prosecutor "and the defendant in person"; and a certified copy of an indictment, judgment, and sentence obtained in Mississippi in 1931, which were silent regarding the presence or absence of counsel. No documentary evidence whatever was introduced with '''[p499]''' respect to the 1932 Mississippi burglary conviction, which was the fourth such judgment about which he was interrogated in the course of the Texas rape trial. In addition to such documentary evidence, petitioner in the federal habeas proceeding took the stand himself and testified explicitly that he had not been advised of his right to counsel, nor had he been furnished counsel in the 1931 and 1940 Mississippi burglary convictions. But the testimony of the petitioner in this proceeding was found by the federal habeas judge to be false. (''Supra'', at 498.) In ''Johnson v. Zerbst'', [[304 U.S. 458]], 468-469 (1938), one of the landmark habeas corpus decisions of this Court, Mr. Justice Black said: <blockquote>"It must be remembered, however, that a judgment cannot be lightly set aside by collateral attack, even on ''habeas corpus''. When collaterally attacked, the judgment of a court carries with it a presumption of regularity. [Footnote omitted.] Where a defendant, without counsel, acquiesces in a trial resulting in his conviction and later seeks release by the extraordinary remedy of ''habeas corpus'', the burden of proof rests upon him to establish that he did not competently and intelligently waive his constitutional right to assistance of counsel. If in a ''habeas corpus'' hearing, he does meet this burden and convinces the court by a preponderance of evidence that he neither had counsel nor properly waived his constitutional right to counsel, it is the duty of the court to grant the writ."</blockquote> In addition to the very substantial interests in "a visible end to the litigable aspect of the criminal process...,"<ref name="ref1"/> this case presents other unique practical '''[p500]''' considerations for placing the traditional ''Johnson'' burden upon the petitioner to establish a substantial constitutional deprivation. In this case, unlike the normal habeas proceeding, not only the underlying state conviction is put into question, but also convictions of another era from other States. It is a sufficiently difficult task for a federal district court sitting in Texas to review a Texas state criminal proceeding for constitutional error; in that case the Texas state custodian himself is a defendant in the proceeding, all counsel and the district judge are familiar with local Texas criminal procedure, and the State and petitioner both have available such witnesses as may be necessary to augment the record pertaining to the judgment under attack. Whatever evidentiary hearing is held will take place in the general locale where those witnesses who have knowledge of the earlier state proceedings are available to testify. It is a good deal more difficult for the same Texas habeas court to make a second-level collateral review of judgments of conviction rendered in the state courts of Mississippi and Tennessee. The States that rendered the convictions are not parties to the Texas habeas proceeding, and, of course, have no interest whatever in sustaining the validity of sentences long since served. Neither the Texas District Court nor Texas counsel can be expected to have any familiarity with the vagaries of criminal procedure in Mississippi and Tennessee. If there are any surviving witnesses to the actual court proceedings, which took place from 30 to 40 years ago, they are sufficiently distance from the location of the Texas habeas court as to render their voluntary appearance unlikely, and their compulsion by process impossible. In ''Carnley v. Cochran'', [[369 U.S. 506]] (1962), a case that came here on certiorari to review a judgment of the '''[p501]''' Supreme Court of Florida, this Court held that, in the face of a record completely silent on the issue, there was a presumption against waiver of a fundamental constitutional right such as the right to counsel.<ref name="ref2"/> One need not quarrel with this principle, applied as it was in ''Carnley'' to the review of a state supreme court refusal to vacate a recent judgment of one of its lower courts, to believe that in the circumstances presented by the instant case the burden of proof prescribed for federal habeas actions in ''Johnson v. Zerbst, supra'', should remain on the habeas petitioner. This is consistent with the holding last Term in ''Kitchens v. Smith'', [[401 U.S. 847]], 848 (1971), in which a petitioner asserted in a state habeas proceeding with his Sixth Amendment rights under ''Gideon v. Wainwright'' had been violate because the State had failed to provide him with counsel in a 1944 proceeding at which time he alleged he was indigent. In reversing the denial of habeas relief, the Court said: "Of course, to establish his right to appointed counsel in 1944, petitioner had the burden of proving his inability at that time to hire an attorney." Under ''Gideon v. Wainwright'', the petitioner in the case before us was entitled to the assistance of counsel in each of the Mississippi and Tennessee burglary trials in which he was a defendant. However, even under ''Gideon'', the assignment of counsel to every criminal defendant is not mandatory; the defendant may, upon being advised of his right, determine that he does not wish to avail himself of it. Thus, the fact that the transcript of the judgment roll admitted from the Tennessee and Mississippi proceedings indicates in at least two of the four cases that petitioner did not have counsel '''[p502]''' is not conclusive on the issue of whether his rights under ''Gideon v. Wainwright'' were violated. Under ''Johnson v. Zerbst'', the burden in federal habeas corpus is upon him to prove to the satisfaction of the federal habeas judge that he did not waive the right to counsel. Here petitioner explicitly testified in a manner that, if the trial judge had chosen to believe him, would indeed have established that he did not waive his right to counsel in the Mississippi proceedings and thus those convictions were obtained in violation of ''Gideon v. Wainwright''. However, on the basis of his overall assessment of petitioner's credibility, the trial judge declined to believe these self-serving assertions. The uniform doctrine of the cases, both in this Court and elsewhere, is that the finder of fact is entitled to wholly disbelieve the testimony of an interested witness. ''NLRB v. Pittsburgh S.S. Co.'', [[337 U.S. 656]], 659 (1949). As I read the memorandum opinion of the District Judge, that is precisely what he chose to do here. It is true that our grant of certiorari in this case was limited to the question that is decided by the plurality in today's opinion. But the limited nature of the grant is not an advance guarantee that after reading briefs and hearing oral argument, we will be satisfied that the question is properly presented to us. Our duty to avoid constitutional adjudication when narrower grounds of decision are possible is clearly established by such authority as ''Ashwander v. TVA'', [[297 U.S. 288]], 345-349 (1936) (Brandeis, J., concurring), and ''Rescue Army v. Municipal Court of Los Angeles'', [[331 U.S. 549]] (1947). Concluding as I do that the necessary predicate for the plurality's constitutional decision is absent, I would dismiss the writ of certiorari as improvidently granted. Since the plurality addresses itself to the merits of the case, I do likewise. I would affirm the judgment of '''[p503]''' the Court of Appeals on the ground that petitioner has not satisfactorily met his burden of proof that the Mississippi and Tennessee convictions were obtained in violation of ''Gideon v. Wainwright'', and therefore that court was correct in affirming the District Court's judgment denying habeas relief. =={{smaller|Notes}}== {{smallrefs|refs= <ref name="ref1">''Mackey v. United States'', [[401 U.S. 667]], 690 (1971) (separate opinion of Harlan, J.).</ref> <ref name="ref2">Carnley was convicted and sentenced on September 19, 1958. On June 16, 1960, the Supreme Court of Florida granted a provisional writ of habeas corpus that was discharged on September 23, 1960. ''Carnley v. Cochran'', 123 So. 2d 249, 250 (1960).</ref> }} </div> 3zlu3d74lzxbut2icz8aalo42o6q955 Page:พรบ ใช้ ปพพ ๒๕๑๙.pdf/15 104 4484771 14127908 14123328 2024-04-25T14:20:10Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=18|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>a registrar, in respect of which the evidence is produced before the registrar, who then records in the marriage register the day, month, year, and place of the expression of the intention to apply for marriage, as well as the special circumstance, it shall be deemed that the day of their expression of the intention to apply for marriage is the day of registration of their marriage before the registrar. The dispositions of this section shall not apply if their marriage would be void should it take place on the day of their expression of the intention to apply for marriage. {{lawth|c1|3|Relationship between husband and wife|b5t1|120}} {{lawth|s|1461}}The husband and wife must cohabit as husband and wife. The husband and wife must support and maintain each other according to his or her ability and station in life. {{lawth|s|1462}}If living together would endanger the body or mind or would greatly destroy the peace of the husband or wife, the party to be endangered or injured may apply to a court for permitting him or her to live separately during the existence of such incident. In this event, the court may designate an amount of maintenance to be paid by one party to the other party as appropriate for the circumstances. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> nnc14f5uhvyoxgwlx6xf4yq4s02tjjz 14127926 14127908 2024-04-25T14:29:23Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=18|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>a registrar, in respect of which the evidence is produced before the registrar, who then records in the marriage register the day, month, year, and place of the expression of the intention to apply for marriage, as well as the special circumstance, it shall be deemed that the day of their expression of the intention to apply for marriage is the day of registration of their marriage before the registrar. The dispositions of this section shall not apply if their marriage would be void should it take place on the day of their expression of the intention to apply for marriage. {{lawth|c1|3|Relationship between husband and wife|b5t1|120}} {{lawth|s|1461}}The husband and wife must cohabit as husband and wife. The husband and wife must support and maintain each other according to his or her ability and station in life. {{lawth|s|1462}}If living together would endanger the body or mind or would much destroy the peace of the husband or wife, the party to be endangered or injured may request a court to permit him or her to live separately during the existence of such incident. In this event, the court may designate an amount of maintenance to be paid by one party to the other party as appropriate for the circumstances. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> jn73yrsqtmjl2sgoie2byyrwltgrfl1 Page:Yiddish Tales.djvu/15 104 4484772 14128097 14117949 2024-04-25T15:51:16Z Ineuw 114977 testing font-style and size inheritance proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Ineuw" /></noinclude><div {{ts|mc|ac|padding-top:5em|pb.5|bc|bgt}}> {{fs|130%|REUBEN ASHER BEAUDES}} </div> Born, 1851, in Wilna (Lithuania), White Russia; went to Roumania after the anti-Jewish riots of 1882, and published a Yiddish weekly, Yehudit, in the interest of Zionism; expelled from Roumania; published a Hebrew weekly, HaZeman, in Cracow, in 1891; then co-editor of the Yiddish edition of Die Welt, the official organ of Zionism; Hebrew critic, publicist, and novelist; contributor to Ha-Lebanon (at eighteen), Ha-Shahar, Ha-Boker Or, and other periodicals; chief work, the novel "Religion and Life."<noinclude></noinclude> nyuff3k5yknqdzic3y0ajj1dbvuqa5p Page:Yiddish Tales.djvu/20 104 4484776 14131417 14124894 2024-04-26T10:52:49Z JAM3SP196 3070032 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="JAM3SP196" />{{rh|16|BRAUDES}}</noinclude>all the other sacred books, Reb Nochumtzi had learned to know the world also. He knew that "Reuben's ox gores Simeon's cow," that "a spark from a smith's hammer can burn a wagon-load of hay," that "Reb Eliezer ben Charsum had a thousand towns on land and a thousand ships on the sea." Ha, that was a fortune! He must have been nearly as rich as Rothschild (they knew about Rothschild even in Pumpian!). "Yes, he was a rich Tano and no mistake!" he reflected, and was straightway sunk in the consideration of the subject of rich and poor. He knew from the holy books that to be rich is a pure misfortune. King Solomon, who was certainly a great sage, prayed to God: Resh wo-Osher al-titten li!—"Give me neither poverty nor ''riches!''" He said that "riches are stored to the hurt of their owner," and in the holy Gemoreh there is a passage which says, "Poverty becomes a Jew as scarlet reins become a white horse," and once a sage had been in Heaven for a short time and had come back again, and he said that he had seen poor people there occupying the principal seats in the Garden of Eden, and the rich pushed right away, back into a corner by the door. And as for the books of exhortation, there are things written that make you shudder in every limb. The punishments meted out to the rich by God in that world, the world of truth, are no joke. For what bit of merit they have, God rewards them in ''this'' poor world, the world of vanity, while yonder, in the world of truth, they arrive stript and naked, without so much as a taste of Kingdom-come!<noinclude></noinclude> 1r1j1ueiti35dhgk9gwdlwi7vmu0m6t Page:Yiddish Tales.djvu/21 104 4484778 14131388 14103255 2024-04-26T10:15:32Z JAM3SP196 3070032 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="JAM3SP196" />{{rh||THE MISFORTUNE|17}}</noinclude>"Consequently, the question is," thought Reb Nochumtzi, "why should they, the rich, want to keep this misfortune? Of what use is this misfortune to them? Who so mad as to take such a piece of misfortune into his house and keep it there? How can anyone take the world-to-come in both hands and lose it for the sake of such vanities?" He thought and thought, and thought it over again: "What is a poor creature to do when God sends him the misfortune of riches? He would certainly wish to get rid of them, only who would take his misfortune to please him? Who would free another from a curse and take it upon himself? “But, after all{{...}} ha?" the Evil Spirit muttered inside him. "What a fool you are!" thought Reb Nochumtzi again. "If" (and he described a half-circle downward in the air with his thumb), "if troubles come to us, such as an illness (may the Merciful protect us!), or some other misfortune of the kind, it is expressly stated in the Sacred Writings that it is an expiation for sin, a torment sent into the world, so that we may be purified by it, and made fit to go straight to Paradise. And because it is God who afflicts men with these things, we cannot give them away to anyone else, but have to bear with them. Now, such a misfortune as being rich, which is also a visitation of God, must certainly be borne with like the rest. "And, besides," he reflected further, "the fool who would take the misfortune to himself, doesn't exist!<noinclude></noinclude> saq0tdfipa0iz4kwb7k8q1ejdzw0qs3 14131389 14131388 2024-04-26T10:15:49Z JAM3SP196 3070032 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="JAM3SP196" />{{rh||THE MISFORTUNE|17}}</noinclude>"Consequently, the question is," thought Reb Nochumtzi, "why should they, the rich, want to keep this misfortune? Of what use is this misfortune to them? Who so mad as to take such a piece of misfortune into his house and keep it there? How can anyone take the world-to-come in both hands and lose it for the sake of such vanities?" He thought and thought, and thought it over again: "What is a poor creature to do when God sends him the misfortune of riches? He would certainly wish to get rid of them, only who would take his misfortune to please him? Who would free another from a curse and take it upon himself? “But, after all{{...}} ha?" the Evil Spirit muttered inside him. "What a fool you are!" thought Reb Nochumtzi again. "If" (and he described a half-circle downward in the air with his thumb), "if troubles come to us, such as an illness (may the Merciful protect us!), or some other misfortune of the kind, it is expressly stated in the Sacred Writings that it is an expiation for sin, a torment sent into the world, so that we may be purified by it, and made fit to go straight to Paradise. And because it is God who afflicts men with these things, we cannot give them away to anyone else, but have to bear with them. Now, such a misfortune as being rich, which is also a visitation of God, must certainly be borne with like the rest. "And, besides," he reflected further, "the fool who would take the misfortune to himself, doesn't exist!<noinclude></noinclude> 4gyyc9it6mudop7chirrolcjmmpm8hc Page:Yiddish Tales.djvu/22 104 4484779 14131386 14103261 2024-04-26T10:14:06Z JAM3SP196 3070032 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="JAM3SP196" />{{rh|18|BRAUDES}}</noinclude>What healthy man in his senses would get into a sick-bed?" He began to feel very sorry for Reb Eliezer ben Charsum with his thousand towns and his thousand ships. "To think that such a saint, such a Tano, one of the authors of the holy Mishnah, should incur such a severe punishment! "But he stood the trial! Despite this great misfortune, he remained a saint and a Tano to the end, and the holy Gemoreh says particularly that he thereby put to shame all the rich people, who go straight to Gehenna." Thus Reb Nochumtzi, the Pumpian Rav, sat over the Talmud and reflected continually on the problem of great riches. He knew the world through the Holy Scriptures, and was persuaded that riches were a terrible misfortune, which had to be borne, because no one would consent to taking it from another, and bearing it for him. Again many years passed, and Reb Nochumtzi gradually came to see that poverty also is a misfortune, and out of his own experience. His Sabbath cloak began to look threadbare (the weekday one was already patched on every side), he had six little children living, one or two of the girls were grown up, and it was time to think of settling them, and they hadn't a frock fit to put on. The five Polish gulden a week salary was not enough to keep them in bread, and the wife, poor thing, wept the whole day through: "Well, there, ich wie ich, it isn't for myself-but the poor children are naked and barefoot."<noinclude></noinclude> 78i88ufcm7u2g9h6qw6wnuayp7asce1 14131387 14131386 2024-04-26T10:14:28Z JAM3SP196 3070032 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="JAM3SP196" />{{rh|18|BRAUDES}}</noinclude>What healthy man in his senses would get into a sick-bed?" He began to feel very sorry for Reb Eliezer ben Charsum with his thousand towns and his thousand ships. "To think that such a saint, such a Tano, one of the authors of the holy Mishnah, should incur such a severe punishment! "But he stood the trial! Despite this great misfortune, he remained a saint and a Tano to the end, and the holy Gemoreh says particularly that he thereby put to shame all the rich people, who go straight to Gehenna." Thus Reb Nochumtzi, the Pumpian Rav, sat over the Talmud and reflected continually on the problem of great riches. He knew the world through the Holy Scriptures, and was persuaded that riches were a terrible misfortune, which had to be borne, because no one would consent to taking it from another, and bearing it for him. Again many years passed, and Reb Nochumtzi gradually came to see that poverty also is a misfortune, and out of his own experience. His Sabbath cloak began to look threadbare (the weekday one was already patched on every side), he had six little children living, one or two of the girls were grown up, and it was time to think of settling them, and they hadn't a frock fit to put on. The five Polish gulden a week salary was not enough to keep them in bread, and the wife, poor thing, wept the whole day through: "Well, there, ich wie ich, it isn't for myself—but the poor children are naked and barefoot."<noinclude></noinclude> s9xmmh1xx819aldntyjoltgxvaoo4dj Page:Yiddish Tales.djvu/24 104 4484781 14131385 14103270 2024-04-26T10:12:55Z JAM3SP196 3070032 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="JAM3SP196" />{{rh|20|BRAUDES}}</noinclude>head went round with them all as he thought. Suddenly he stood still in the middle of the room, and began talking to himself: "Aha! Perhaps I've discovered a plan after all! And a good plan, too, upon my word it is! Once more: it is quite certain that there will always be more poor than rich—lots more! Well, and it's quite certain that every rich man would like to be rid of his misfortune, only that there is no one willing to take it from him—no one, not any ''one'', of course not. Nobody would be so mad. But we have to find out a way by which ''lots and lots'' of people should rid him of his misfortune little by little. What do you say to that? Once more: that means that we must take his unfortunate riches and divide them among a quantity of poor! That will be a good thing for both parties: he will be easily rid of his great misfortune, and they would be helped, too, and the petition of King Solomon would be established, when he said, 'Give me neither poverty nor riches.' It would come true of them all, there would be no riches and no poverty. Ha? What do you think of it?. Isn't it really and truly an excellent idea?" Reb Nochumtzi was quite astonished himself at the plan he had invented, cold perspiration ran down his face, his eyes shone brighter, a happy smile played on his lips. "That's the thing to do!" he explained aloud, sat down by the table, blew his nose, wiped his face, and felt very glad. "There is only one difficulty about it," occurred to him, when he had quieted down a little from his excitement, "one thing that doesn't fit in. It says particu-<noinclude></noinclude> tscdql2xjmy00lcoz4zeykt8nx6974r Page:Yiddish Tales.djvu/33 104 4484785 14129852 14103299 2024-04-25T19:49:52Z Ineuw 114977 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Ineuw" /></noinclude><div {{ts|mc|ffs|ac|pt5|pb.5|bc|bgt}}> {{fs|120%|EARTH OF PALESTINE}} </div> As my readers know, I wanted to do a little stroke of business—to sell the world-to-come. I must tell you that I came out of it very badly, and might have fallen into some misfortune, if I had had the ware in stock. It fell on this wise: Nowadays everyone is squeezed and stifled; Parnosseh is gone to wrack and ruin, and there is no business—I mean, there is business, only not for us Jews. In such bitter times people snatch the bread out of each other's mouths; if it is known that someone has made a find, and started a business, they quickly imitate him; if that one opens a shop, a second does likewise, and a third, and a fourth; if this one makes a contract, the other runs and will do it for less—"Even if I earn nothing, no more will you!" When I gave out that I had the world-to-come to sell, lots of people gave a start, "Aha! a business!" and before they knew what sort of ware it was, and where it was to be had, they began thinking about a shop—and there was still greater interest shown on the part of certain philanthropists, party leaders, public workers, and suchlike. They knew that when I set up trading in the world-to-come, I had announced that my business was only with the poor. Well, they understood that it was likely to be profitable, and might give them the chance of licking a bone or two. There was very soon a great tararam in our little world, people began inquiring where my goods came from. They surrounded me with spies, who were to find out what I did at night, what I<noinclude></noinclude> 73hvumcnc5jsq38mqd1qmr5sclhpgza Page:Yiddish Tales.djvu/13 104 4484801 14129720 14123080 2024-04-25T19:17:14Z Ineuw 114977 table layout modification proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Ineuw" /></noinclude>{| {{ts|width:500px !important|mc|lh14|bc|bgt}} |- |colspan = 3 {{ts|pt5|tb1|ac|fs130}}|[[Yiddish Tales/CONTENTS|CONTENTS]] |- |colspan = 2|[[Yiddish Tales/Preface|Preface]] |width=60px {{ts|ar}}|{{spl|5|4}} |- |colspan = 2|[[Yiddish Tales/Acknowledgment|Acknowledgment]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|8|4}} |- |colspan=3 {{ts|sc}}|[[Yiddish Tales/Reuben Asher Braudes|Reuben Asher Braudes]] |- |colspan = 2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Reuben Asher Braudes/The Misfortune|The Misfortune]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|13|4}} |- |colspan=3 {{ts|sc}}|[[Yiddish Tales/Jehalel (Judah Löb Lewin)|Jehalel (Judah Löb Lewin)]] |- |colspan = 2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Jehalel (Judah Löb Lewin)/Earth Of Palestine|Earth Of Palestine]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|29|4}} |- |colspan=3 {{ts|sc}}|[[Yiddish Tales/Isaac Löb Perez|Isaac Löb Perez]] |- |colspan = 2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Isaac Löb Perez/A Woman's Wrath|A Woman's Wrath]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|55|4}} |- |colspan = 2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Isaac Löb Perez/The Treasure|The Treasure]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|62|4}} |- |colspan = 2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Isaac Löb Perez/It Is Well|It Is Well]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|67|4}} |- |colspan = 2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Isaac Löb Perez/Whence A Proverb|Whence A Proverb]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|73|4}} |- |colspan=3 {{ts|sc}}|[[Yiddish Tales/Mordecai Spektor|Mordecai Spektor]] |- |colspan = 2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Mordecai Spektor/An Original Strike|An Original Strike]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|83|4}} |- |colspan = 2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Mordecai Spektor/A Gloomy Wedding|A Gloomy Wedding]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|91|4}} |- |colspan = 2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Mordecai Spektor/Poverty|Poverty]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|107|4}} |- |colspan=3 {{ts|sc}}|[[Sholom-Alechem (Shalom Rabinovitz)|Sholom-Alechem (Shalom Rabinovitz)]] |- |colspan = 2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Sholom-Alechem (Shalom Rabinovitz)/The Clock|The Clock]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|115|4}} |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Sholom-Alechem (Shalom Rabinovitz)/Fishel The Teacher|Fishel The Teacher]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|125|4}} |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Sholom-Alechem (Shalom Rabinovitz)/An Easy Fast|An Easy Fast]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|143|4}} |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Sholom-Alechem (Shalom Rabinovitz)/The Passover Guest|The Passover Guest]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|153|4}} |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Sholom-Alechem (Shalom Rabinovitz)/Gymnasiye|Gymnasiye]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|162|4}} |- |colspan=3 {{ts|sc}}|[[Yiddish Tales/Eliezer David Rosenthal|Eliezer David Rosenthal]] |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Eliezer David Rosenthal/Sabbath|Sabbath]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|183|4}} |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Eliezer David Rosenthal/Yom Kippur|Yom Kippur]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|189|4}} |- |colspan=3 {{ts|sc}}|[[Yiddish Tales/Isaiah Lerner|Isaiah Lerner]] |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Isaiah Lerner/Bertzi Wasserführer|Bertzi Wasserführer]] |{{ts|ar}}| {{spl|211|4}} |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Isaiah Lerner/Ezrielk The Scribe|Ezrielk The Scribe]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|219|4}} |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Isaiah Lerner/Yitzchok-Yossel Broitgeber|Yitzchok-Yossel Broitgeber]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|236|4}} |- |colspan=3 {{ts|sc}}|[[Yiddish Tales/Judah Steinberg|Judah Steinberg]] |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Judah Steinberg/A Livelihood|A Livelihood]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|251|4}} |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Judah Steinberg/At The Matzes|At The Matzes]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|259|4}} |- |colspan=3 {{ts|sc}}|[[Yiddish Tales/David Frischmann|David Frischmann]] |- |colspan = 2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/David Frischmann/Three Who Ate|Three Who Ate]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|269|4}} |- |colspan=3 {{ts|sc}}|[[Yiddish Tales/Micha Joseph Berdyczewski|Micha Joseph Berdyczewski]] |- |colspan = 2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Micha Joseph Berdyczewski/Military Service|Military Service]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|281|4}}<noinclude>{{nop}} |- |}</noinclude> 9r60v15p5jqf26cn7u0uxi95z7copyr Page:Yiddish Tales.djvu/14 104 4484802 14129836 14118074 2024-04-25T19:46:26Z Ineuw 114977 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Ineuw" />{{fs90|{{rh|10|CONTENTS|}}}} {| {{ts|width:500px !important|mc|sm85|lh14|bc|bgt}} |- | | |width=60px|</noinclude>{{nop}} |- |colspan=3 {{ts|sc}}|[[Yiddish Tales/Isaiah Berschadski|Isaiah Berschadski]] |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Isaiah Berschadski/Forlorn and Forsaken|Forlorn and Forsaken]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|295|4}} |- |colspan=3 {{ts|sc}}|[[Yiddish Tales/Tashrak (Israel Joseph Zevin)|Tashrak (Israel Joseph Zevin)]] |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Tashrak (Israel Joseph Zevin)/The Hole in a Beigel|The Hole in a Beigel]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|309|4}} |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Tashrak (Israel Joseph Zevin)/As the Years Roll on|As the Years Roll on]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|312|4}} |- |colspan=3 {{ts|sc}}|[[Yiddish Tales/David Pinski|David Pinski]] |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Reb Shloimeh|Reb Shloimeh]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|319|4}} |- |colspan=3 {{ts|sc}}|[[Yiddish Tales/S. Libin (Israel Hurewitz)|S. Libin (Israel Hurewitz)]] |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/S. Libin (Israel Hurewitz)/A Picnic|A Picnic]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|357|4}} |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/S. Libin (Israel Hurewitz)/Manasseh|Manasseh]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|366|4}} |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/S. Libin (Israel Hurewitz)/Yohrzeit for Mother|Yohrzeit for Mother]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|371|4}} |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/S. Libin (Israel Hurewitz)/Slack Times They Sleep|Slack Times They Sleep]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|377|4}} |- |colspan=3 {{ts|sc}}|[[Yiddish Tales/Abraham Raisin|Abraham Raisin]] |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Abraham Raisin/Shut In|Shut In]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|385|4}} |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Abraham Raisin/The Charitable Loan|The Charitable Loan]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|389|4}} |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Abraham Raisin/The Two Brothers|The Two Brothers]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|397|4}} |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Abraham Raisin/Late|Late]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|405|4}} |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Abraham Raisin/Late|Late]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|415|4}} |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Abraham Raisin/The Kaddish|The Kaddish]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|421|4}} |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Abraham Raisin/Avrohom the Orchard-Keeper|Avrohom the Orchard-Keeper]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|427|4}} |- |colspan=3 {{ts|sc}}|[[Yiddish Tales/Hirsh David Naumberg|Hirsh David Naumberg]] |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Hirsh David Naumberg/The Rav and the Rav's Son|The Rav and the Rav's Son]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|435|4}} |- |colspan=3 {{ts|sc}}|[[Yiddish Tales/Meteb Blinkin|Meteb Blinkin]] |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Meteb Blinkin/Women|Women]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|449|4}} |- |colspan=3 {{ts|sc}}|[[Yiddish Tales/Löb Schapiro|Löb Schapiro]] |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Löb Schapiro/If It Was a Dream|If It Was a Dream]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|481|4}} |- |colspan=3 {{ts|sc}}|[[Yiddish Tales/Shalom Asch|Shalom Asch]] |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Shalom Asch/A Simple Story|A Simple Story]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|493|4}} |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Shalom Asch/A Jewish Child|A Jewish Child]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|506|4}} |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Shalom Asch/A Scholar's Mother|A Scholar's Mother]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|514|4}} |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Shalom Asch/The Sinner|The Sinner]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|529|4}} |- |colspan=3 {{ts|sc}}|[[Yiddish Tales/Isaac Dob Berkowitz|Isaac Dob Berkowitz]] |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Isaac Dob Berkowitz/Country Folk|Country Folk]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|543|4}} |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/Isaac Dob Berkowitz/The Last of Them|The Last of Them]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|566|4}} |- |colspan=3 {{ts|sc}}|[[Yiddish Tales/A Folk Tale|A Folk Tale]] |- |colspan=2|{{gap}}[[Yiddish Tales/The Clever Rabbi|The Clever Rabbi]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|581|4}} |- |colspan=2 {{ts|sc}}|[[Yiddish Tales/Glossary and Notes|Glossary and Notes]] |{{ts|ar}}|{{spl|589|4}} |}<noinclude></noinclude> g3jeo2ew4obxx8nn7hcsziwnsy7dmff Page:พรบ ใช้ ปพพ ๒๕๑๙.pdf/18 104 4484856 14127991 14118294 2024-04-25T15:07:59Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=21|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>If any term in the premarital contract is contrary to public order or good morals or specifies the application of a foreign law in regard to their property, such term is void. {{lawth|s|1466}}A premarital contract is void if the agreements forming it are not recorded in the marriage register at the same time as the registration of the marriage or are not made in writing signed by the spouses and by at least two witnesses and annexed to the marriage register with a note made in the marriage register at the same time as the registration of the marriage, indicating the annexation of the contract. {{lawth|s|1467}}After the marriage, the premarital contract shall not be modified or revoked, save where it is permitted by a court. Upon delivery by a court of a final order permitting the modification or revocation of a premarital contract, the court shall notify the marriage registrar to record it in the marriage register. {{lawth|s|1468}}No term in a premarital contract shall affect the rights of a third party who acts in good faith, regardless of whether or not it has been modified or revoked by a court order. {{lawth|s|1469}}Any contract on property made by a husband and wife whilst being husband and wife may be rescinded by either of them<noinclude></noinclude> onz9oj6r51qiicnxpywu7duouev7l2e Page:Yiddish Tales.djvu/28 104 4484873 14131383 14104772 2024-04-26T10:11:09Z JAM3SP196 3070032 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="JAM3SP196" />{{rh|24|BRAUDES}}</noinclude>He had made up his mind to go to the principal Jewish citizen in Wilna, only he must be a good scholar, so as to understand what Reb Nochumtzi had to say to him. They advised him to go to the president of the Congregation. Every street along which he passed astonished him separately, the houses, the pavements, the droshkis and carriages, and especially the people, so beautifully got up with gold watch—chains and rings he was quite bewildered, so that he was afraid he might lose his senses, and forget all his arguments and his reasonings. At last he arrived at the president's house. "He lives on the first floor." Another surprise! Reb Nochumtzi was unused to stairs. There was no storied house in all Pumpian! But when you must, you must! One way and another he managed to arrive at the first-floor landing, where he opened the door, and said, all in one breath: "I am the Pumpian Rav, and have something to say to the president." The president, a handsome old man, very busy just then with some merchants who had come on business, stood up, greeted him politely, and opening the door of the reception room said to him: "Please, Rabbi, come in here and wait a little. I shall soon have finished, and then I will come to you here." Expensive furniture, large mirrors, pictures, softly upholstered chairs, tables, cupboards with shelves full of great silver candlesticks, cups, knives and forks, a<noinclude></noinclude> f89siytpnh99v29oj9vde7po6vd8pn8 Page:Yiddish Tales.djvu/29 104 4484874 14131381 14104774 2024-04-26T10:10:27Z JAM3SP196 3070032 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="JAM3SP196" />{{rh|THE MISFORTUNE|25}}</noinclude>beautiful lamp, and many other small objects, all of solid silver, wardrobes with carving in different designs; then, painted walls, a great silver chandelier decorated with cut glass, fascinating to behold! Reb Nochumtzi actually had tears in his eyes, "To think of anyone's being so unfortunate—and to have to bear it!" "What can I do for you, Pumpian Rav?" inquired the president. And Reb Nochumtzi, overcome by amazement and enthusiasm, nearly shouted: "You are so unfortunate!" The president stared at him, shrugged his shoulders, and was silent. Then Reb Nochumtzi laid his whole plan before him, the object of his coming. "I will be frank with you," he said in concluding his long speech, "I had no idea of the extent of the misfortune! To the rescue, men, save yourselves! Take it to heart, think of what it means to have houses like these, and all these riches—it is a most terrible misfortune! Now I see what a reform of the whole world my plan amounts to, what deliverance it will bring to all men!" The president looked him straight in the face: he saw the man was not mad, but that he had the limited horizon of one born and bred in a small provincial town and in the atmosphere of the house-of-study. He also saw that it would be impossible to convince him by proofs that his idea was a mistaken one; for a little while he pitied him in silence, then he hit upon an expedient, and said:<noinclude></noinclude> k00xglaoyb65wmhkxy9apyc8k3y9g6p Page:Yiddish Tales.djvu/44 104 4484886 14131377 14104823 2024-04-26T10:07:20Z JAM3SP196 3070032 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="JAM3SP196" />{{rh|40|JEHALEL}}</noinclude>some more, but it will cost you two or three hundred rubles, because, since the good-for-nothings took to coming to Palestine, the earth has got very expensive. Believe me, I don't make much by it, it costs me nearly{{. . . .}}" "I don't understand you, my friend! What's this about bestrewing the body? What do you mean by it?" "How do you mean, 'what do you mean by it?' Bestrewing the body like that of all honest Jews, after death." "Ha? After death? To preserve it?" "Yes, what else?" "I don't want it for that, I don't mind what happens to my body after death. I want to buy Palestinian earth for my lifetime." "What do you mean? What good can it do you while you're alive? You are not talking to the point, or else you are making game of a poor Palestinian Jew?" "I am speaking seriously. I want it now, while I live! What is it you don't understand?" My Palestinian Jew was greatly perplexed, but he quickly collected himself, and took in the situation. I saw by his artful smile that he had detected a strain of madness in me, and what should he gain by leading me into the paths of reason? Rather let him profit by it! And this he proceeded to do, saying with winning conviction: "Yes, of course, you are right! How right you are! May I ever see the like! People are not wrong when they say, "The apple falls close to the tree'! You are<noinclude></noinclude> 9d95yidi89eszip9hrqom38byfgzro0 14131378 14131377 2024-04-26T10:07:36Z JAM3SP196 3070032 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="JAM3SP196" />{{rh|40|JEHALEL}}</noinclude>some more, but it will cost you two or three hundred rubles, because, since the good-for-nothings took to coming to Palestine, the earth has got very expensive. Believe me, I don't make much by it, it costs me nearly{{....}}" "I don't understand you, my friend! What's this about bestrewing the body? What do you mean by it?" "How do you mean, 'what do you mean by it?' Bestrewing the body like that of all honest Jews, after death." "Ha? After death? To preserve it?" "Yes, what else?" "I don't want it for that, I don't mind what happens to my body after death. I want to buy Palestinian earth for my lifetime." "What do you mean? What good can it do you while you're alive? You are not talking to the point, or else you are making game of a poor Palestinian Jew?" "I am speaking seriously. I want it now, while I live! What is it you don't understand?" My Palestinian Jew was greatly perplexed, but he quickly collected himself, and took in the situation. I saw by his artful smile that he had detected a strain of madness in me, and what should he gain by leading me into the paths of reason? Rather let him profit by it! And this he proceeded to do, saying with winning conviction: "Yes, of course, you are right! How right you are! May I ever see the like! People are not wrong when they say, "The apple falls close to the tree'! You are<noinclude></noinclude> ceo4r5ow76gg68pcu92zoiusx5zd35a Page:Yiddish Tales.djvu/49 104 4484891 14131379 14104858 2024-04-26T10:08:20Z JAM3SP196 3070032 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="JAM3SP196" />{{rh||EARTH OF PALESTINE|45}}</noinclude>"Tell me, Yüdel heart, how is it I have fallen into such bad repute among you that you will not even drink a drop of wine in my house? And why do you say that I am one of them,' and not pious? A little while ago you spoke differently of me." "Ett! It just slipped from my tongue, and the truth is you may be what you please, you are a good man." "No, Yüdel, don't try to get out of it! Tell me openly (it doesn't concern me, but I am curious to know), why this sudden revulsion of feeling about me, this change of opinion? Tell me, Yüdel, I beg of you, speak freely!" My gentle words and my friendliness gave Yüdel great encouragement. The poor fellow, with whom not one of "them" has as yet spoken kindly! When he saw that I meant it, he began to scratch his head; it seemed as if in that minute he forgave me all my "heresies," and he looked at me kindly, and as if with pity. Then, seeing that I awaited an answer, he gave a twist to his earlock, and said gently and sincerely: "You wish me to tell you the truth? You insist upon it? You will not be offended?" "You know that I never take offence at anything you say. Say anything you like, Yüdel heart, only speak." "Then I will tell you: the town and everyone else is very angry with you on account of your Palestinian earth: you want to do something new, buy earth and plough it and sow-and where? in our land of Israel, in our Holy Land of Israel!" "But why, Yüdel dear, when they thought I was buying Palestinian earth to bestrew me after death, was I looked upon almost like a saint?"<noinclude></noinclude> 7kosarrrsze5boyvca54dtoezwkskc6 Page:Yiddish Tales.djvu/66 104 4484907 14130089 14104950 2024-04-25T21:28:35Z Ineuw 114977 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Ineuw" /></noinclude><div {{ts|mc|ffs|ac|pt5|pb.5|bc|bgt}}> {{fs|120%|THE TREASURE}} </div> To sleep, in summer time, in a room four yards square, together with a wife and eight children, is anything but a pleasure, even on a Friday night—and Shmerel the woodcutter rises from his bed, though only half through with the night, hot and gasping, hastily pours some water over his finger-tips, flings on his dressing-gown, and escapes barefoot from the parched Gehenna of his dwelling. He steps into the street—all quiet, all the shutters closed, and over the sleeping town is a distant, serene, and starry sky. He feels as if he were all alone with God, blessed is He, and he says, looking up at the sky, "Now, Lord of the Universe, now is the time to hear me and to bless me with a treasure out of Thy treasure-house!" As he says this, he sees something like a little flame coming along out of the town, and he knows, That is it! He is about to pursue it, when he remembers it is Sabbath, when one mustn't turn. So he goes after it walking. And as he walks slowly along, the little flame begins to move slowly, too, so that the distance between them does not increase, though it does not shorten, either. He walks on. Now and then an inward voice calls to him: "Shmerel, don't be a fool! Take off the dressing-gown. Give a jump and throw it over the 'flame!' But he knows it is the Evil Inclination speaking. He throws off the dressing-gown onto his arm, but to spite the Evil Inclination he takes still smaller<noinclude></noinclude> p219jqa7qavgkjd8eae6geawuv12x81 Page:Yiddish Tales.djvu/71 104 4484912 14130121 14104976 2024-04-25T21:48:51Z Ineuw 114977 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Ineuw" /></noinclude><div {{ts|mc|ffs|ac|pt5|pb.5|bc|bgt}}> {{fs|120%|IT IS WELL}} </div> You ask how it is that I remained a Jew? Whose merit it is? Not through my own merits nor those of my ancestors. I was a six-year-old Cheder boy, my father a countryman outside Wilna, a householder in a small way. No, I remained a Jew thanks to the Schpol Grandfather. How do I come to mention the Schpol Grandfather? What has the Schpol Grandfather to do with it, you ask? The Schpol Grandfather was no Schpol Grandfather then. He was a young man, suffering exile from home and kindred, wandering with a troop of mendicants from congregation to congregation, from friendly inn to friendly inn, in all respects one of them. What difference his heart may have shown, who knows? And after these journeyman years, the time of revelation had not come even yet. He presented himself to the Rabbinical Board in Wilna, took out a certificate, and became a Shochet in a village. He roamed no more, but remained in the neighborhood of Wilna. The Misnagdim, however, have a wonderful flair, and they suspected something, began to worry and calumniate him, and finally they denounced him to the Rabbinical authorities as a transgressor of the Law, of the whole Law! What Misnagdim are capable of, to be sure! As I said, I was then six years old. He used to come to us to slaughter small cattle, or just to spend the<noinclude></noinclude> 3oigon701336g23d4bnqwam1hzp10js Page:Yiddish Tales.djvu/77 104 4484917 14130125 14104986 2024-04-25T21:50:56Z Ineuw 114977 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Ineuw" /></noinclude><div {{ts|mc|ffs|ac|pt5|pb.5|bc|bgt}}> {{fs|120%|WHENCE A PROVERB}} </div> "Drunk all the year round, sober at Purim," is a Jewish proverb, and people ought to know whence it comes. In the days of the famous scholar, Reb Chayyim Vital, there lived in Safed, in Palestine, a young man who (not of us be it spoken!) had not been married a year before he became a widower. God's ways are not to be understood. Such things will happen. But the young man was of the opinion that the world, in as far as he was concerned, had come to an end; that, as there is one sun in heaven, so his wife had been the one woman in the world. So he went and sold all the merchandise in his little shop and all the furniture of his room, and gave the proceeds to the head of the Safed Academy, the Rosh ha-Yeshiveh, on condition that he should be taken into the Yeshiveh and fed with the other scholars, and that he should have a room to himself, where he might sit and learn Torah. The Rosh ha-Yeshiveh took the money for the Academy, and they partitioned off a little room for the young man with some boards, in a corner of the attic of the house-of-study. They carried in a sack with straw, and vessels for washing, and the young man sat himself down to the Talmud. Except on Sabbaths and holidays, when the householders invited him to dinner, he never set eyes on a living creature. Food sufficient for the day, and a clean shirt in honor of Sabbaths and<noinclude></noinclude> lmyp6gqvo8znvppff1kgxk7o4qrcse4 Page:Yiddish Tales.djvu/78 104 4484918 14131402 14104987 2024-04-26T10:39:33Z JAM3SP196 3070032 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="JAM3SP196" />{{rh|74|PEREZ}}</noinclude>festivals, were carried up to him by the beadle, and whenever he heard steps on the stair, he used to turn away, and stand with his face to the wall, till whoever it was had gone out again and shut the door. In a word, he became a Porush, for he lived separate from the world. At first people thought he wouldn't persevere long, because he was a lively youth by nature; but as week after week went by, and the Porush sat and studied, and the tearful voice in which he intoned the Gemoreh was heard in the street half through the night, or else he was seen at the attic window, his pale face raised towards the sky, then they began to believe in him, and they hoped he might in time become a mighty man in Israel, and perhaps even a wonderworker. They said so to the Rebbe, Chayyim Vital, but he listened, shook his head, and replied, "God grant it may last." Meantime a little "wonder" really happened. The beadle's little daughter, who used sometimes to carry up the Porush's food for her father, took it into her head that she must have one look at the Porush. What does she? Takes off her shoes and stockings, and carries the food to him barefoot, so noiselessly that she heard her own heart beat. But the beating of her heart frightened her so much that she fell down half the stairs, and was laid up for more than a month in consequence. In her fever she told the whole story, and people began to believe in the Porush more firmly than ever and to wait with increasing impatience till he should become famous. They described the occurrence to Reb Chayyim Vital, and again he shook his head, and even sighed, and<noinclude></noinclude> 783tvv6cdmnjy5cqcnmasfn0b1d92rl Page:Yiddish Tales.djvu/79 104 4484919 14131404 14104989 2024-04-26T10:42:24Z JAM3SP196 3070032 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="JAM3SP196" />{{rh||WHENCE A PROVERB|75}}</noinclude>answered, "God grant he may be victorious !" And when they pressed him for an explanation of these words, Reb Chayyim answered, that as the Porush had left the world, not so much for the sake of Heaven as on account of his grief for his wife, it was to be feared that he would be sorely beset and tempted by the "Other Side," and God grant he might not stumble and fall. And Reb Chayyim Vital never spoke without good reason! One day the Porush was sitting deep in a book, when he heard something tapping at the door, and fear came over him. But as the tapping went on, he rose, forgetting to close his book, went and opened the door—and in walks a turkey. He lets it in, for it occurs to him that it would be nice to have a living thing in the room. The turkey walks past him, and goes and settles down quietly in a corner. And the Porush wonders what this may mean, and sits down again to his book. Sitting there, he remembers that it is going on for Purim. Has someone sent him a turkey out of regard for his study of the Torah? What shall he do with the turkey? Should anyone, he reflects, ask him to dinner, supposing it were to be a poor man, he would send him the turkey on the eve of Purim, and then he would satisfy himself with it also. He has not once tasted fowl-meat since he lost his wife. Thinking thus, he smacked his lips, and his mouth watered. He threw a glance at the turkey, and saw it looking at him in a friendly way, as though it had quite understood his intention, and was very glad to<noinclude></noinclude> mswsbrcvea9jql5eumjm6fezc6kdta0 Page:Yiddish Tales.djvu/80 104 4484920 14131405 14104990 2024-04-26T10:43:40Z JAM3SP196 3070032 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="JAM3SP196" />{{rh|76|PEREZ}}</noinclude> think it should have the honor of being eaten by a Porush. He could not restrain himself, but was continually lifting his eyes from his book to look at the turkey, till at last he began to fancy the turkey was smiling at him. This startled him a little, but all the same it made him happy to be smiled at by a living creature. The same thing happened at Minchah and Maariv. In the middle of the Eighteen Benedictions, he could not for the life of him help looking round every minute at the turkey, who continued to smile and smile. Suddenly it seemed to him, he knew that smile well—the Almighty, who had taken back his wife, had now sent him her smile to comfort him in his loneliness, and he began to love the turkey. He thought how much better it would be, if a ''rich'' man were to invite him at Purim, so that the turkey might live. And he thought it in a propitious moment, as we shall presently see, but meantime they brought him, as usual, a platter of groats with a piece of bread, and he washed his hands, and prepared to eat. No sooner, however, had he taken the bread into his hand, and was about to bite into it, than the turkey moved out of its corner, and began peck, peck, peck, towards the bread, by way of asking for some, and as though to say it was hungry, too, and came and stood before him near the table. The Porush thought, "He'd better have some, I don't want to be unkind to him, to tease him," and he took the bread and the platter of porridge, and set it down on the floor before the turkey, who pecked and supped away to its heart's content.<noinclude></noinclude> b34vgcgzaldhfw352s2yv9kv8xb2ke2 Page:Yiddish Tales.djvu/81 104 4484921 14131406 14104991 2024-04-26T10:44:51Z JAM3SP196 3070032 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="JAM3SP196" />{{rh||WHENCE A PROVERB|77}}</noinclude>Next day the Porush went over to the Rosh ha- Yeshiveh, and told him how he had come to have a fellow-lodger; he used always to leave some porridge over, and to-day he didn't seem to have had enough. The Rosh ha-Yeshiveh saw a hungry face before him. He said he would tell this to the Rebbe, Chayyim Vital, so that he might pray, and the evil spirit, if such indeed it was, might depart. Meantime he would give orders for two pieces of bread and two plates of porridge to be taken up to the attic, so that there should be enough for both, the Porush and the turkey. Reb Chayyim Vital, however, to whom the story was told in the name of the Rosh ha-Yeshiveh, shook his head, and declared with a deep sigh that this was only the beginning! Meanwhile the Porush received a double portion and was satisfied, and the turkey was satisfied, too. The turkey even grew fat. And in a couple of weeks or so the Porush had become so much attached to the turkey that he prayed every day to be invited for Purim by a rich man, so that he might not be tempted to destroy it. And, as we intimated, ''that'' temptation, anyhow, was spared him, for he was invited to dinner by one of the principal householders in the place, and there was not only turkey, but every kind of tasty dish, and wine fit for a king. And the best Purim-players came to entertain the rich man, his family, and the guests who had come to him after their feast at home. And our Porush gave himself up to enjoyment, and ate and drank. Perhaps he even drank rather more than he ate, for the wine was sweet and grateful to the taste, and the warmth of it made its way into every limb.<noinclude></noinclude> m3z548f23gxwzgnqiis09ut9zixb1x3 Page:Yiddish Tales.djvu/83 104 4484923 14131407 14104993 2024-04-26T10:45:42Z JAM3SP196 3070032 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="JAM3SP196" />{{rh||WHENCE A PROVERB|79}}</noinclude> They went to Reb Chayyim Vital, who told them to look for him along the bank of the river, and they found him in a swamp among the tall reeds, more dead than alive. They rescued him and brought him round, but from that day he took to drink. And Reb Chayyim Vital said, it all came from his great longing for the Queen of Sheba, that when he drank, he saw her; and they were to let him drink, only not at Purim, because at that time she would have great power over him. Hence the proverb, "Drunk all the year round, sober at Purim."<noinclude></noinclude> gvkw2ub36uefgwqmmyebzgryedmi2jn Page:Yiddish Tales.djvu/87 104 4484927 14130130 14104997 2024-04-25T21:53:53Z Ineuw 114977 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Ineuw" /></noinclude><div {{ts|mc|ffs|ac|pt5|pb.5|bc|bgt}}> {{fs|120%|AN ORIGINAL STRIKE}} </div> I was invited to a wedding. Not a wedding at which ladies wore low dress, and scattered powder as they walked, and the men were in frock-coats and white gloves, and had waxed moustaches. Not a wedding where you ate of dishes with outlandish names, according to a printed card, and drank wine dating, according to the label, from the reign of King Sobieski, out of bottles dingy with the dust of yesterday. No, but a Jewish wedding, where the men, women, and girls wore the Sabbath and holiday garments in which they went to Shool; a wedding where you whet your appetite with sweet-cakes and apple-tart, and sit down to Sabbath fish, with fresh rolls, golden soup, stuffed fowl, and roast duck, and the wine is in large, clear, white bottles; a wedding with a calling to the Reading of the Torah of the bridegroom, a party on the Sabbath preceding the wedding, a good-night-play performed by the musicians, and a bridegroom's-dinner in his native town, with a table spread for the poor. Reb Yitzchok-Aizik Berkover had made a feast for the poor at the wedding of each of his children, and now, on the occasion of the marriage of his youngest daughter, he had invited all the poor of the little town Lipovietz to his village home, where he had spent all his life. It is the day of the ceremony under the canopy, two o'clock in the afternoon, and the poor, sent for early<noinclude></noinclude> a4rcntiipsncrat2989lga8wx1fzz52 Page:Yiddish Tales.djvu/95 104 4484935 14130134 14105006 2024-04-25T21:55:31Z Ineuw 114977 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Ineuw" /></noinclude><div {{ts|mc|ffs|ac|pt5|pb.5|bc|bgt}}> {{fs|120%|A GLOOMY WEDDING}} </div> They handed Gittel a letter that had come by post, she put on her spectacles, sat down by the window, and began to read. She read, and her face began to shine, and the wrinkled skin took on a little color. It was plain that what she read delighted her beyond measure, she devoured the words, caught her breath, and wept aloud in the fulness of her joy. "At last, at last! Blessed be His dear Name, whom I am not worthy to mention! I do not know, Gottinyu, how to thank Thee for the mercy Thou hast shown me. Beile! Where is Beile? Where is Yossel? Children! Come, make haste and wish me joy, a great joy has befallen us! Send for Avremele, tell him to come with Zlatke and all the children." Thus Gittel, while she read the letter, never ceased calling every one into the room, never ceased reading and calling, calling and reading, and devouring the words as she-read. Every soul who happened to be at home came running. "Good luck to you! Good luck to us all! Moishehle has become engaged in Warsaw, and invites us all to the wedding," Gittel explained. "There, read the letter, Lord of the World, may it be in a propitious hour, may we all have comfort in one another, may we hear nothing but good news of one another and of AllIsrael! Read it, read it, children! He writes that he has a very beautiful bride, well-favored, with a large<noinclude></noinclude> 8nya5naxxy4qrgpksayiihhqycgsm1x Page:Yiddish Tales.djvu/111 104 4484951 14130136 14105023 2024-04-25T21:57:26Z Ineuw 114977 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Ineuw" /></noinclude><div {{ts|mc|ffs|ac|pt5|pb.5|bc|bgt}}> {{fs|120%|POVERTY}} </div> I was living in Mezkez at the time, and Seinwall Bookbinder lived there too. But Heaven only knows where he is now! Even then his continual pallor augured no long residence in Mezkez, and he was a Yadeschlever Jew with a wife and six small children, and he lived by binding books. Who knows what has become of him! But that is not the question—I only want to prove that Seinwill was a great liar. If he is already in the other world, may he forgive me—and not be very angry with me, if he is still living in Mezkez! He was an orthodox and pious Jew, but when you gave him a book to bind, he never kept his word. When he took a book and even the whole of his pay in advance, he would swear by beard and earlocks, by wife and children, and by the Messiah, that he would bring it back to you by Sabbath, but you had to be at him for weeks before the work was finished and sent in, Once, on a certain Friday, I remembered that next day, Sabbath, I should have a few hours to myself for reading. A fortnight before I had given Seinwill a new book to bind for me. It was just a question whether or not he would return it in time, so I set out for his home, with the intention of bringing back the book, finished or not. I had paid him his twenty kopeks in advance,<noinclude></noinclude> levtrc68lmhk8hm47h287lh82pv6hyr Translation:Likutei Moharan/21 114 4485275 14127803 14121673 2024-04-25T13:22:01Z Breslevjoy 3097078 /* 6 */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{translation header | title =[[../]] | author =Nachman of Breslov | previous =[[../20/]] | section =[[../21/]] | next =[[../22/]] | portal = Breslov | shortcut = | year = | language =he | original =ליקוטי מוהר"ן | notes = }} {{larger|The fourth chapter of ''Sifra De’ Tzniuta'' [states]: '''“''Atika Tamir V’satim'' (Atik is hidden and concealed); ''Z’er Anpin'' is revealed and not revealed.” {{smaller|(Zohar II, 178a)}}'''}} {{larger|'''“When you raise up the candles, [the seven candles shall shine toward the face of the menorah]” {{smaller|(Numbers 8:2)}}. Rashi explains: The flame shall rise up on its own.'''}}}} ==[You Formed Me]== It is written {{smaller|'''(Psalms 139:5)'''}}: “Back and front ''TZaRtani'' (You formed me).” < ''TZuRah'' (form) is the intellect>. <In other words,> there is an intellect which a person attains by means of numerous introductory explanations. This intellect is called “back.” And there is an intellect which comes to a person without any introductory explanation, but through a Godly influx. This is called “front,” the face. Now, inspiration of the heart is born out of the motion of the intellect. This is because it is the nature of motion to create heat; the heat created in the heart being commensurate with the swiftness of the intellect’s movements. Thus, due to the Godly influx—i.e. that the intellect is bestowed upon a person swiftly, for he has no need of any introductory explanations—as a result of this swiftness, the flame of the heart rises up continuously on its own. ==[Godly Influx]== But to arrive at this concept of Godly influx is impossible, unless one sanctifies his mouth, nose, eyes and ears. Precisely these are what radiate the Godly influx to him. In other words, a person should guard himself from allowing anything false to emerge from his mouth. <With this, he sanctifies his mouth.> And he should have fear of Heaven. <With this, he sanctifies the nose,> as in {{smaller|'''(Isaiah 11:3)'''}}, “He shall breathe of the fear of God.” And he should have faith in the sages. <With this, he sanctifies the ears,> as in {{smaller|'''(Proverbs 22:17)'''}}, “Hear the words of the wise.” And he should keep his eyes shut so as not to look at evil. <With this, he sanctifies his eyes.> For precisely these are what arouse the Godly influx to come. This is because the mouth and the nose and the eyes and the ears are contingent upon the mind. They waken the mind that it should be in the category of “front,” in the category of face. This is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Psalms 119:160)'''}}, “''Rosh devarkha'' (Your very first utterance) is truth”—the aspect of mind as it applies to the mouth. And this is {{smaller|'''(ibid. 111:10)'''}}, “''Reishit chokhmah'' (The beginning of wisdom) is the fear of God”—the aspect of mind as it applies to the nose. And this is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Proverbs 9:8)'''}}, “Rebuke the wise man and he will love you”—the aspect of mind as it applies to the ears, as in, “Hear the words of the wise.” And this is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Genesis 3:7)'''}}, “And the eyes of both of them were opened”—the aspect of mind as it applied to the eyes. And precisely these are the “seven candles.” For the mouth, the two nostrils, the two eyes, and the two ears correspond to the seven candles. The menorah is the head—the mind. And the face of the menorah is the Godly influx. ==[To Foresee]== Now, this Godly influx is synonymous with the ''sukkah''. This is because ''SuKkAH'' corresponds to “''SaKhAH'' (she foresaw) with the spirit of holiness.” For the spirit of holiness is the Godly influx. And this ''sukkah'' comes about through the “seven clouds,” which correspond to the seven candles. Through them, a person attains the face of the menorah—the ''sukkah'' /Godly influx. The spirit of holiness is so called because of the wisdom; it being the spirit of wisdom which comes from holiness, as is known. And this is the meaning of what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Sukkah 11b)'''}}: “From where do we know that one is permitted to cover the ''sukkah'' only with something that cannot be made impure and which grows from the earth? It is written {{smaller|'''(Genesis 2:6)'''}}, ‘A mist rose from the earth’—just as a mist cannot be made impure and it issues only from the earth….” The mist is the above mentioned clouds. They are synonymous with holiness. And which grows from the earth. For this would be receiver must be a sage, as the Holy One “gives wisdom to the wise” {{smaller|'''(Daniel 2:21)'''}}, as in, “I have placed wisdom in the heart of all those who are wise of heart” {{smaller|'''(Exodus 31:6)'''}}. ==[Transcendence]== Now, this ''sukkah'' /spirit of holiness/Godly influx is synonymous with the concept of ''makifin'' (encircling, transcendent). For this intellect is so very great that the mind is incapable of holding it. It does not enter the mind, but encircles <it from without>. In a similar sense, we see that there are a number of profound disciplines which the human mind is incapable of understanding clearly; such as the numerous paradoxes which perplex us, e. g. foreknowledge and free will. The human mind is incapable of understanding this principle. And this intellect is synonymous with the concept of encircling. It does not enter within the mind. Rather, it surrounds it from without, and the inner intellect receives its vitality from this transcendent intellect. And know! <principally, the power of free choice exists> as long as the intellect is not so great that it can understand foreknowledge and free will. Then the power of free choice is as it should be, for one has the power to choose life or its opposite. But when this transcendent intellect is <internalized in the mind> and the intellect then expands and reveals to man the [understanding of] foreknowledge and free will—then free will will be nullified. Because then, by virtue of an expansion of the intellect, he leaves the category of human and ascends to the category of angel. And then, free will is nullified. <Hence, this is> the essence of the power of free choice: <[it exists] as long as it remains unknown, as explained>. And this is what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Berakhot 17a)'''}}: “In the future, the tzaddikim will sit with their ''atarot'' (crowns) in their heads, [delighting in the radiance of the ''Shekhinah''].” It should have said “on their heads.” <However, this was their intention,> because in the future free choice will be nullified. Thus, “the tzaddikim will sit.” “Sitting” indicates an absence of free choice, as in {{smaller|'''(Psalms 2:4)'''}}, “He Who sits in heaven,” which indicates an absence of change. This is because motion indicates a change from one will to another, whereas sitting points to an absence of change—namely, the nullification of free choice. And this is due to “their ''ATaRot'' (crowns).” This alludes to the aspect of encircling, as in {{smaller|'''(1 Samuel 23:26)'''}}, “Shaul and his men ''OTRim'' (encircled) David.” “In their heads” and not “on their heads.” In other words, the transcendent intellects will be internalized in the mind. And then, all the profundities which <they were> incapable of understanding will be internalized, in the inner mind, and <they> will know and comprehend them. They will <truly> emerge from the category of man and <enter> the category of angel, and free choice will be nullified. ==[''Kiddushin'']== This is also the concept of ''KiDduShin'' (marriage), the concept of canopy. For the Godly influx corresponds to ''KoDeSh'' (holiness)/canopy—the aspect of transcendent/encircling. This is what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Bava Batra 75a)'''}}: “Each and every tzaddik will be singed by the canopy of his friend.” This is because the transcendent intellect of one is greater than the transcendent intellect of the other, and the intellect which is transcending to one is immanent to the other. This corresponds to the seven days of celebration which follow the wedding ceremony—i.e. the concept of the seven candles through which the transcendent intellect is internalized. It also corresponds to the seven days of mourning, God spare us. We mourn over a person whose soul has expired so that his soul will ascend to the light of the face by means of these seven days, <as is known>. ==[Levirate Ceremony]== This is the reason for the spittle of the levirate ceremony. It is written {{smaller|'''(Deuteronomy 25:9)'''}}, “She shall spit toward his face”—specifically his face. For this one [her first husband] remains without offspring. He did not leave a blessing after him that they might draw the intellect of the face into the world through their good deeds. And his brother does not want to perpetuate the name of his deceased brother and does not want to marry her. Because of this, “She shall spit toward his face.” For he does not want to draw the dead man’s soul into the world so that he might rectify the light of the face. And occasionally, in this spittle appears the face of the departed. The departed’s face —specifically. With this spittle he [the brother] is shamed, and embarrassment is mainly [exhibited] in the face. And this is because he did not want to establish the name of his deceased brother. '''{“This is not true of my servant Moshe. He is the most trusted of all My house. Face to face I speak with him… a true picture of God he beholds… Miriam became leprous… Let [Miriam] not be as one dead, who comes from the womb of his mother with half his flesh eaten away… Moshe prayed, ''El'', please heal her… If her father had spit in her face, would she not be embarrassed for seven days? … For seven days, Miriam remained quarantined outside the camp…” {{smaller|(Numbers 12:7-15)}}.}''' And this is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Numbers 12:14)'''}}, “If her father had spit in her face, would she not be embarrassed for seven days?” Specifically “seven days”—the seven clouds by which the face of the menorah shines. But he refused to establish the name of his deceased brother, and therefore “she shall spit toward his face”—i.e. shamefaced. This is what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Yevamot 52a)'''}}: “The levirate sister-in-law is taken [as a wife] through a proclamation.” This is the opposite of embarrassment, corresponding to {{smaller|'''(Psalms 29:9)'''}}, “All proclaim, ‘Glory!’”‘—the opposite of “embarrassed for seven days.” And Miriam, in blemishing the glory of Moshe—he being synonymous with the Godly influx, as in {{smaller|'''(Exodus 34:30)'''}}, “For the skin of his face shone brilliantly”—blemished the concept of the seven candles. This is because Moshe was humble, self-effacing and patient. His being shamed did not make him angry, which is the perfection of the aspect of nose. And it is written of him {{smaller|'''(Numbers 12:8)'''}}, “Face to face I speak with him”—this is <the perfect sanctification of> the aspect of mouth. And it is written of him {{smaller|'''(ibid.)'''}}, “A true picture of God he beholds”—this is <the perfection of> the aspect of eyes. And it is written of him {{smaller|'''(ibid.:7)'''}}, “He is the most trusted of all My house”—this is <the perfection of> the aspect of ears, corresponding to {{smaller|'''(Proverbs 11:13)'''}}, “A trustworthy spirit conceals the matter,” as brought in the Zohar. Because of this, she became leprous. “Leprosy is the ''SeGiRu'' (the containment) of the supernal light” {{smaller|'''(Zohar III, 49b)'''}} —i.e. the light of the face, mentioned above. And it is written of her {{smaller|'''(Numbers 12:15)'''}}, “For seven days, she remained ''SaGaR'' (quarantined) outside the camp.” And this is what Aharon requested {{smaller|'''(ibid. 12:12)'''}}: “Let [Miriam] not be as one dead, who comes from the womb of his mother with half his flesh eaten away.” Because of the containment of the supernal light, she is in the category of the dead, for “a leper is considered as dead” {{smaller|'''(Nedarim 64b)'''}}. “Who comes from the womb of his mother.” This is the concept of the levirate marriage. By means of the levirate marriage, his wife is his mother—his wife becomes his mother. “With half his flesh eaten away.” In other words, he has no mate. This is because “husband and wife are two halves of a body” {{smaller|'''(Zohar III, 109b)'''}}. But now that his wife is his mother, the result is that half his flesh has been eaten away and there is no marriage partner for him. {The explanation is as follows: When someone dies without children, his wife must undergo levirate marriage. As a result of this marriage, the dead man is reincarnated as the son born to his wife after she married his brother. As is explained in the ''Saba'' {{smaller|'''(Zohar II, 100b)'''}}, “His wife is his mother.” That is, it is great suffering and punishment for the deceased that his wife becomes his mother. For now he has to be born to his wife, who becomes his mother. Because of this, without great mercy [from Heaven], it is impossible for the son born to this woman, who has undergone levirate marriage, to find his marriage partner (as is brought in the ''Zohar'' I, 92a, that it is said of him: “Perhaps another will precede him—with mercy.” See there.) For this son of the woman who has undergone levirate marriage—who is in truth her husband, with his wife becoming his mother—has no marriage partner now that his mate has become his mother. This is what Rabbi Nachman explains: Aharon pleaded for Miriam who had blemished the intellect of the face, which is the blemish of the one who dies without offspring, that she should not, God forbid, be made to suffer the punishment of a levirate marriage. This is: “Let [Miriam] not be as one dead, who comes from the womb of his mother.” She should not be like one who dies without children, who must again emerge in reincarnation from his mother’s womb—i.e., his wife becomes his mother. That because of this: “half his flesh [is] eaten away”—namely, half his body is consumed. In other words, he has no marriage partner, for she is half his flesh, half his body, as explained.} ==7== ==8== ==9== ==10== ==11== ==12== ==13== ==14== ==15== ==16== ==17== ==18== kpayqnm6vbcnlqy7mibqdmob8fz5xgp 14127807 14127803 2024-04-25T13:25:37Z Breslevjoy 3097078 /* 7 */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{translation header | title =[[../]] | author =Nachman of Breslov | previous =[[../20/]] | section =[[../21/]] | next =[[../22/]] | portal = Breslov | shortcut = | year = | language =he | original =ליקוטי מוהר"ן | notes = }} {{larger|The fourth chapter of ''Sifra De’ Tzniuta'' [states]: '''“''Atika Tamir V’satim'' (Atik is hidden and concealed); ''Z’er Anpin'' is revealed and not revealed.” {{smaller|(Zohar II, 178a)}}'''}} {{larger|'''“When you raise up the candles, [the seven candles shall shine toward the face of the menorah]” {{smaller|(Numbers 8:2)}}. Rashi explains: The flame shall rise up on its own.'''}}}} ==[You Formed Me]== It is written {{smaller|'''(Psalms 139:5)'''}}: “Back and front ''TZaRtani'' (You formed me).” < ''TZuRah'' (form) is the intellect>. <In other words,> there is an intellect which a person attains by means of numerous introductory explanations. This intellect is called “back.” And there is an intellect which comes to a person without any introductory explanation, but through a Godly influx. This is called “front,” the face. Now, inspiration of the heart is born out of the motion of the intellect. This is because it is the nature of motion to create heat; the heat created in the heart being commensurate with the swiftness of the intellect’s movements. Thus, due to the Godly influx—i.e. that the intellect is bestowed upon a person swiftly, for he has no need of any introductory explanations—as a result of this swiftness, the flame of the heart rises up continuously on its own. ==[Godly Influx]== But to arrive at this concept of Godly influx is impossible, unless one sanctifies his mouth, nose, eyes and ears. Precisely these are what radiate the Godly influx to him. In other words, a person should guard himself from allowing anything false to emerge from his mouth. <With this, he sanctifies his mouth.> And he should have fear of Heaven. <With this, he sanctifies the nose,> as in {{smaller|'''(Isaiah 11:3)'''}}, “He shall breathe of the fear of God.” And he should have faith in the sages. <With this, he sanctifies the ears,> as in {{smaller|'''(Proverbs 22:17)'''}}, “Hear the words of the wise.” And he should keep his eyes shut so as not to look at evil. <With this, he sanctifies his eyes.> For precisely these are what arouse the Godly influx to come. This is because the mouth and the nose and the eyes and the ears are contingent upon the mind. They waken the mind that it should be in the category of “front,” in the category of face. This is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Psalms 119:160)'''}}, “''Rosh devarkha'' (Your very first utterance) is truth”—the aspect of mind as it applies to the mouth. And this is {{smaller|'''(ibid. 111:10)'''}}, “''Reishit chokhmah'' (The beginning of wisdom) is the fear of God”—the aspect of mind as it applies to the nose. And this is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Proverbs 9:8)'''}}, “Rebuke the wise man and he will love you”—the aspect of mind as it applies to the ears, as in, “Hear the words of the wise.” And this is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Genesis 3:7)'''}}, “And the eyes of both of them were opened”—the aspect of mind as it applied to the eyes. And precisely these are the “seven candles.” For the mouth, the two nostrils, the two eyes, and the two ears correspond to the seven candles. The menorah is the head—the mind. And the face of the menorah is the Godly influx. ==[To Foresee]== Now, this Godly influx is synonymous with the ''sukkah''. This is because ''SuKkAH'' corresponds to “''SaKhAH'' (she foresaw) with the spirit of holiness.” For the spirit of holiness is the Godly influx. And this ''sukkah'' comes about through the “seven clouds,” which correspond to the seven candles. Through them, a person attains the face of the menorah—the ''sukkah'' /Godly influx. The spirit of holiness is so called because of the wisdom; it being the spirit of wisdom which comes from holiness, as is known. And this is the meaning of what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Sukkah 11b)'''}}: “From where do we know that one is permitted to cover the ''sukkah'' only with something that cannot be made impure and which grows from the earth? It is written {{smaller|'''(Genesis 2:6)'''}}, ‘A mist rose from the earth’—just as a mist cannot be made impure and it issues only from the earth….” The mist is the above mentioned clouds. They are synonymous with holiness. And which grows from the earth. For this would be receiver must be a sage, as the Holy One “gives wisdom to the wise” {{smaller|'''(Daniel 2:21)'''}}, as in, “I have placed wisdom in the heart of all those who are wise of heart” {{smaller|'''(Exodus 31:6)'''}}. ==[Transcendence]== Now, this ''sukkah'' /spirit of holiness/Godly influx is synonymous with the concept of ''makifin'' (encircling, transcendent). For this intellect is so very great that the mind is incapable of holding it. It does not enter the mind, but encircles <it from without>. In a similar sense, we see that there are a number of profound disciplines which the human mind is incapable of understanding clearly; such as the numerous paradoxes which perplex us, e. g. foreknowledge and free will. The human mind is incapable of understanding this principle. And this intellect is synonymous with the concept of encircling. It does not enter within the mind. Rather, it surrounds it from without, and the inner intellect receives its vitality from this transcendent intellect. And know! <principally, the power of free choice exists> as long as the intellect is not so great that it can understand foreknowledge and free will. Then the power of free choice is as it should be, for one has the power to choose life or its opposite. But when this transcendent intellect is <internalized in the mind> and the intellect then expands and reveals to man the [understanding of] foreknowledge and free will—then free will will be nullified. Because then, by virtue of an expansion of the intellect, he leaves the category of human and ascends to the category of angel. And then, free will is nullified. <Hence, this is> the essence of the power of free choice: <[it exists] as long as it remains unknown, as explained>. And this is what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Berakhot 17a)'''}}: “In the future, the tzaddikim will sit with their ''atarot'' (crowns) in their heads, [delighting in the radiance of the ''Shekhinah''].” It should have said “on their heads.” <However, this was their intention,> because in the future free choice will be nullified. Thus, “the tzaddikim will sit.” “Sitting” indicates an absence of free choice, as in {{smaller|'''(Psalms 2:4)'''}}, “He Who sits in heaven,” which indicates an absence of change. This is because motion indicates a change from one will to another, whereas sitting points to an absence of change—namely, the nullification of free choice. And this is due to “their ''ATaRot'' (crowns).” This alludes to the aspect of encircling, as in {{smaller|'''(1 Samuel 23:26)'''}}, “Shaul and his men ''OTRim'' (encircled) David.” “In their heads” and not “on their heads.” In other words, the transcendent intellects will be internalized in the mind. And then, all the profundities which <they were> incapable of understanding will be internalized, in the inner mind, and <they> will know and comprehend them. They will <truly> emerge from the category of man and <enter> the category of angel, and free choice will be nullified. ==[''Kiddushin'']== This is also the concept of ''KiDduShin'' (marriage), the concept of canopy. For the Godly influx corresponds to ''KoDeSh'' (holiness)/canopy—the aspect of transcendent/encircling. This is what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Bava Batra 75a)'''}}: “Each and every tzaddik will be singed by the canopy of his friend.” This is because the transcendent intellect of one is greater than the transcendent intellect of the other, and the intellect which is transcending to one is immanent to the other. This corresponds to the seven days of celebration which follow the wedding ceremony—i.e. the concept of the seven candles through which the transcendent intellect is internalized. It also corresponds to the seven days of mourning, God spare us. We mourn over a person whose soul has expired so that his soul will ascend to the light of the face by means of these seven days, <as is known>. ==[Levirate Ceremony]== This is the reason for the spittle of the levirate ceremony. It is written {{smaller|'''(Deuteronomy 25:9)'''}}, “She shall spit toward his face”—specifically his face. For this one [her first husband] remains without offspring. He did not leave a blessing after him that they might draw the intellect of the face into the world through their good deeds. And his brother does not want to perpetuate the name of his deceased brother and does not want to marry her. Because of this, “She shall spit toward his face.” For he does not want to draw the dead man’s soul into the world so that he might rectify the light of the face. And occasionally, in this spittle appears the face of the departed. The departed’s face —specifically. With this spittle he [the brother] is shamed, and embarrassment is mainly [exhibited] in the face. And this is because he did not want to establish the name of his deceased brother. '''{“This is not true of my servant Moshe. He is the most trusted of all My house. Face to face I speak with him… a true picture of God he beholds… Miriam became leprous… Let [Miriam] not be as one dead, who comes from the womb of his mother with half his flesh eaten away… Moshe prayed, ''El'', please heal her… If her father had spit in her face, would she not be embarrassed for seven days? … For seven days, Miriam remained quarantined outside the camp…” {{smaller|(Numbers 12:7-15)}}.}''' And this is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Numbers 12:14)'''}}, “If her father had spit in her face, would she not be embarrassed for seven days?” Specifically “seven days”—the seven clouds by which the face of the menorah shines. But he refused to establish the name of his deceased brother, and therefore “she shall spit toward his face”—i.e. shamefaced. This is what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Yevamot 52a)'''}}: “The levirate sister-in-law is taken [as a wife] through a proclamation.” This is the opposite of embarrassment, corresponding to {{smaller|'''(Psalms 29:9)'''}}, “All proclaim, ‘Glory!’”‘—the opposite of “embarrassed for seven days.” And Miriam, in blemishing the glory of Moshe—he being synonymous with the Godly influx, as in {{smaller|'''(Exodus 34:30)'''}}, “For the skin of his face shone brilliantly”—blemished the concept of the seven candles. This is because Moshe was humble, self-effacing and patient. His being shamed did not make him angry, which is the perfection of the aspect of nose. And it is written of him {{smaller|'''(Numbers 12:8)'''}}, “Face to face I speak with him”—this is <the perfect sanctification of> the aspect of mouth. And it is written of him {{smaller|'''(ibid.)'''}}, “A true picture of God he beholds”—this is <the perfection of> the aspect of eyes. And it is written of him {{smaller|'''(ibid.:7)'''}}, “He is the most trusted of all My house”—this is <the perfection of> the aspect of ears, corresponding to {{smaller|'''(Proverbs 11:13)'''}}, “A trustworthy spirit conceals the matter,” as brought in the Zohar. Because of this, she became leprous. “Leprosy is the ''SeGiRu'' (the containment) of the supernal light” {{smaller|'''(Zohar III, 49b)'''}} —i.e. the light of the face, mentioned above. And it is written of her {{smaller|'''(Numbers 12:15)'''}}, “For seven days, she remained ''SaGaR'' (quarantined) outside the camp.” And this is what Aharon requested {{smaller|'''(ibid. 12:12)'''}}: “Let [Miriam] not be as one dead, who comes from the womb of his mother with half his flesh eaten away.” Because of the containment of the supernal light, she is in the category of the dead, for “a leper is considered as dead” {{smaller|'''(Nedarim 64b)'''}}. “Who comes from the womb of his mother.” This is the concept of the levirate marriage. By means of the levirate marriage, his wife is his mother—his wife becomes his mother. “With half his flesh eaten away.” In other words, he has no mate. This is because “husband and wife are two halves of a body” {{smaller|'''(Zohar III, 109b)'''}}. But now that his wife is his mother, the result is that half his flesh has been eaten away and there is no marriage partner for him. {The explanation is as follows: When someone dies without children, his wife must undergo levirate marriage. As a result of this marriage, the dead man is reincarnated as the son born to his wife after she married his brother. As is explained in the ''Saba'' {{smaller|'''(Zohar II, 100b)'''}}, “His wife is his mother.” That is, it is great suffering and punishment for the deceased that his wife becomes his mother. For now he has to be born to his wife, who becomes his mother. Because of this, without great mercy [from Heaven], it is impossible for the son born to this woman, who has undergone levirate marriage, to find his marriage partner (as is brought in the ''Zohar'' I, 92a, that it is said of him: “Perhaps another will precede him—with mercy.” See there.) For this son of the woman who has undergone levirate marriage—who is in truth her husband, with his wife becoming his mother—has no marriage partner now that his mate has become his mother. This is what Rabbi Nachman explains: Aharon pleaded for Miriam who had blemished the intellect of the face, which is the blemish of the one who dies without offspring, that she should not, God forbid, be made to suffer the punishment of a levirate marriage. This is: “Let [Miriam] not be as one dead, who comes from the womb of his mother.” She should not be like one who dies without children, who must again emerge in reincarnation from his mother’s womb—i.e., his wife becomes his mother. That because of this: “half his flesh [is] eaten away”—namely, half his body is consumed. In other words, he has no marriage partner, for she is half his flesh, half his body, as explained.} ==[Pregnancy]== Now, there are times when the “mentalities” and the Godly influx are concealed, in the aspect of pregnancy. Then, the most beneficial thing for a person is crying out—be it in prayer or Torah study. For concealment/pregnancy corresponds to {{smaller|'''(Deuteronomy 32:18)'''}}, “The Mighty One Who bore you, you exhausted,” as in {{smaller|'''(Isaiah 37:3)'''}}, “There is no strength to give birth”—like a woman who is too exhausted to give birth. When she crouches to deliver she screams seventy screams, equal to the number of words in Psalm [20], “May God answer,” and then gives birth {{smaller|'''(Zohar III, 249b)'''}}. These seventy screams correspond to the seven calls which David uttered over the water {{smaller|'''(Psalm 29)'''}}, with each one comprised of ten <as is known>. <These cries> which a person cries out during his prayer and Torah study, when his mentalities are <concealed> in the aspect of pregnancy, parallel the cries of the woman in labor. And the Holy One, who knows just how the mentalities are concealed, He hears our cries. These cries are in place of the cries of the Divine Presence—as though She were crying out—and then She gives birth to the mentalities. This corresponds to [the teaching] {{smaller|'''(Orach Chaim 61:4)'''}}: The voice arouses concentration—i.e. the mentalities. And this corresponds to, “… would she not be embarrassed for seven days?” Seven days is the aspect of the seven calls of David. They are the seventy calls which one must cry out in order to take the light of the face from concealment to revelation; and revelation is synonymous with birth. And then, after the birth, “the blood is decomposed and turned into milk” {{smaller|'''(Bekhorot 6b)'''}}. This is the aspect of “embarrassed,” because embarrassment is when “the redness [of the cheeks] disappears and is replaced with whiteness” {{smaller|'''(Bava Metzia 58b)'''}}. In other words, “the blood is decomposed and is turned into milk.” And this is: “''TZur Yeladekha Teshy''” (The Mighty One Who bore you, you exhausted); the first letters of which stand for “''TZaakateinu Yode’ah Taalumot''” ([Hear] our cries, Knower of mysteries). And this is ''TeShY'': an acronym for “''Tikaleim Shiv’at Yamim''” (she will be embarrassed for seven days). ==8== ==9== ==10== ==11== ==12== ==13== ==14== ==15== ==16== ==17== ==18== aylapx4twph6k6oscftyta64h5r64ow 14127817 14127807 2024-04-25T13:29:46Z Breslevjoy 3097078 /* 8 */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{translation header | title =[[../]] | author =Nachman of Breslov | previous =[[../20/]] | section =[[../21/]] | next =[[../22/]] | portal = Breslov | shortcut = | year = | language =he | original =ליקוטי מוהר"ן | notes = }} {{larger|The fourth chapter of ''Sifra De’ Tzniuta'' [states]: '''“''Atika Tamir V’satim'' (Atik is hidden and concealed); ''Z’er Anpin'' is revealed and not revealed.” {{smaller|(Zohar II, 178a)}}'''}} {{larger|'''“When you raise up the candles, [the seven candles shall shine toward the face of the menorah]” {{smaller|(Numbers 8:2)}}. Rashi explains: The flame shall rise up on its own.'''}}}} ==[You Formed Me]== It is written {{smaller|'''(Psalms 139:5)'''}}: “Back and front ''TZaRtani'' (You formed me).” < ''TZuRah'' (form) is the intellect>. <In other words,> there is an intellect which a person attains by means of numerous introductory explanations. This intellect is called “back.” And there is an intellect which comes to a person without any introductory explanation, but through a Godly influx. This is called “front,” the face. Now, inspiration of the heart is born out of the motion of the intellect. This is because it is the nature of motion to create heat; the heat created in the heart being commensurate with the swiftness of the intellect’s movements. Thus, due to the Godly influx—i.e. that the intellect is bestowed upon a person swiftly, for he has no need of any introductory explanations—as a result of this swiftness, the flame of the heart rises up continuously on its own. ==[Godly Influx]== But to arrive at this concept of Godly influx is impossible, unless one sanctifies his mouth, nose, eyes and ears. Precisely these are what radiate the Godly influx to him. In other words, a person should guard himself from allowing anything false to emerge from his mouth. <With this, he sanctifies his mouth.> And he should have fear of Heaven. <With this, he sanctifies the nose,> as in {{smaller|'''(Isaiah 11:3)'''}}, “He shall breathe of the fear of God.” And he should have faith in the sages. <With this, he sanctifies the ears,> as in {{smaller|'''(Proverbs 22:17)'''}}, “Hear the words of the wise.” And he should keep his eyes shut so as not to look at evil. <With this, he sanctifies his eyes.> For precisely these are what arouse the Godly influx to come. This is because the mouth and the nose and the eyes and the ears are contingent upon the mind. They waken the mind that it should be in the category of “front,” in the category of face. This is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Psalms 119:160)'''}}, “''Rosh devarkha'' (Your very first utterance) is truth”—the aspect of mind as it applies to the mouth. And this is {{smaller|'''(ibid. 111:10)'''}}, “''Reishit chokhmah'' (The beginning of wisdom) is the fear of God”—the aspect of mind as it applies to the nose. And this is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Proverbs 9:8)'''}}, “Rebuke the wise man and he will love you”—the aspect of mind as it applies to the ears, as in, “Hear the words of the wise.” And this is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Genesis 3:7)'''}}, “And the eyes of both of them were opened”—the aspect of mind as it applied to the eyes. And precisely these are the “seven candles.” For the mouth, the two nostrils, the two eyes, and the two ears correspond to the seven candles. The menorah is the head—the mind. And the face of the menorah is the Godly influx. ==[To Foresee]== Now, this Godly influx is synonymous with the ''sukkah''. This is because ''SuKkAH'' corresponds to “''SaKhAH'' (she foresaw) with the spirit of holiness.” For the spirit of holiness is the Godly influx. And this ''sukkah'' comes about through the “seven clouds,” which correspond to the seven candles. Through them, a person attains the face of the menorah—the ''sukkah'' /Godly influx. The spirit of holiness is so called because of the wisdom; it being the spirit of wisdom which comes from holiness, as is known. And this is the meaning of what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Sukkah 11b)'''}}: “From where do we know that one is permitted to cover the ''sukkah'' only with something that cannot be made impure and which grows from the earth? It is written {{smaller|'''(Genesis 2:6)'''}}, ‘A mist rose from the earth’—just as a mist cannot be made impure and it issues only from the earth….” The mist is the above mentioned clouds. They are synonymous with holiness. And which grows from the earth. For this would be receiver must be a sage, as the Holy One “gives wisdom to the wise” {{smaller|'''(Daniel 2:21)'''}}, as in, “I have placed wisdom in the heart of all those who are wise of heart” {{smaller|'''(Exodus 31:6)'''}}. ==[Transcendence]== Now, this ''sukkah'' /spirit of holiness/Godly influx is synonymous with the concept of ''makifin'' (encircling, transcendent). For this intellect is so very great that the mind is incapable of holding it. It does not enter the mind, but encircles <it from without>. In a similar sense, we see that there are a number of profound disciplines which the human mind is incapable of understanding clearly; such as the numerous paradoxes which perplex us, e. g. foreknowledge and free will. The human mind is incapable of understanding this principle. And this intellect is synonymous with the concept of encircling. It does not enter within the mind. Rather, it surrounds it from without, and the inner intellect receives its vitality from this transcendent intellect. And know! <principally, the power of free choice exists> as long as the intellect is not so great that it can understand foreknowledge and free will. Then the power of free choice is as it should be, for one has the power to choose life or its opposite. But when this transcendent intellect is <internalized in the mind> and the intellect then expands and reveals to man the [understanding of] foreknowledge and free will—then free will will be nullified. Because then, by virtue of an expansion of the intellect, he leaves the category of human and ascends to the category of angel. And then, free will is nullified. <Hence, this is> the essence of the power of free choice: <[it exists] as long as it remains unknown, as explained>. And this is what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Berakhot 17a)'''}}: “In the future, the tzaddikim will sit with their ''atarot'' (crowns) in their heads, [delighting in the radiance of the ''Shekhinah''].” It should have said “on their heads.” <However, this was their intention,> because in the future free choice will be nullified. Thus, “the tzaddikim will sit.” “Sitting” indicates an absence of free choice, as in {{smaller|'''(Psalms 2:4)'''}}, “He Who sits in heaven,” which indicates an absence of change. This is because motion indicates a change from one will to another, whereas sitting points to an absence of change—namely, the nullification of free choice. And this is due to “their ''ATaRot'' (crowns).” This alludes to the aspect of encircling, as in {{smaller|'''(1 Samuel 23:26)'''}}, “Shaul and his men ''OTRim'' (encircled) David.” “In their heads” and not “on their heads.” In other words, the transcendent intellects will be internalized in the mind. And then, all the profundities which <they were> incapable of understanding will be internalized, in the inner mind, and <they> will know and comprehend them. They will <truly> emerge from the category of man and <enter> the category of angel, and free choice will be nullified. ==[''Kiddushin'']== This is also the concept of ''KiDduShin'' (marriage), the concept of canopy. For the Godly influx corresponds to ''KoDeSh'' (holiness)/canopy—the aspect of transcendent/encircling. This is what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Bava Batra 75a)'''}}: “Each and every tzaddik will be singed by the canopy of his friend.” This is because the transcendent intellect of one is greater than the transcendent intellect of the other, and the intellect which is transcending to one is immanent to the other. This corresponds to the seven days of celebration which follow the wedding ceremony—i.e. the concept of the seven candles through which the transcendent intellect is internalized. It also corresponds to the seven days of mourning, God spare us. We mourn over a person whose soul has expired so that his soul will ascend to the light of the face by means of these seven days, <as is known>. ==[Levirate Ceremony]== This is the reason for the spittle of the levirate ceremony. It is written {{smaller|'''(Deuteronomy 25:9)'''}}, “She shall spit toward his face”—specifically his face. For this one [her first husband] remains without offspring. He did not leave a blessing after him that they might draw the intellect of the face into the world through their good deeds. And his brother does not want to perpetuate the name of his deceased brother and does not want to marry her. Because of this, “She shall spit toward his face.” For he does not want to draw the dead man’s soul into the world so that he might rectify the light of the face. And occasionally, in this spittle appears the face of the departed. The departed’s face —specifically. With this spittle he [the brother] is shamed, and embarrassment is mainly [exhibited] in the face. And this is because he did not want to establish the name of his deceased brother. '''{“This is not true of my servant Moshe. He is the most trusted of all My house. Face to face I speak with him… a true picture of God he beholds… Miriam became leprous… Let [Miriam] not be as one dead, who comes from the womb of his mother with half his flesh eaten away… Moshe prayed, ''El'', please heal her… If her father had spit in her face, would she not be embarrassed for seven days? … For seven days, Miriam remained quarantined outside the camp…” {{smaller|(Numbers 12:7-15)}}.}''' And this is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Numbers 12:14)'''}}, “If her father had spit in her face, would she not be embarrassed for seven days?” Specifically “seven days”—the seven clouds by which the face of the menorah shines. But he refused to establish the name of his deceased brother, and therefore “she shall spit toward his face”—i.e. shamefaced. This is what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Yevamot 52a)'''}}: “The levirate sister-in-law is taken [as a wife] through a proclamation.” This is the opposite of embarrassment, corresponding to {{smaller|'''(Psalms 29:9)'''}}, “All proclaim, ‘Glory!’”‘—the opposite of “embarrassed for seven days.” And Miriam, in blemishing the glory of Moshe—he being synonymous with the Godly influx, as in {{smaller|'''(Exodus 34:30)'''}}, “For the skin of his face shone brilliantly”—blemished the concept of the seven candles. This is because Moshe was humble, self-effacing and patient. His being shamed did not make him angry, which is the perfection of the aspect of nose. And it is written of him {{smaller|'''(Numbers 12:8)'''}}, “Face to face I speak with him”—this is <the perfect sanctification of> the aspect of mouth. And it is written of him {{smaller|'''(ibid.)'''}}, “A true picture of God he beholds”—this is <the perfection of> the aspect of eyes. And it is written of him {{smaller|'''(ibid.:7)'''}}, “He is the most trusted of all My house”—this is <the perfection of> the aspect of ears, corresponding to {{smaller|'''(Proverbs 11:13)'''}}, “A trustworthy spirit conceals the matter,” as brought in the Zohar. Because of this, she became leprous. “Leprosy is the ''SeGiRu'' (the containment) of the supernal light” {{smaller|'''(Zohar III, 49b)'''}} —i.e. the light of the face, mentioned above. And it is written of her {{smaller|'''(Numbers 12:15)'''}}, “For seven days, she remained ''SaGaR'' (quarantined) outside the camp.” And this is what Aharon requested {{smaller|'''(ibid. 12:12)'''}}: “Let [Miriam] not be as one dead, who comes from the womb of his mother with half his flesh eaten away.” Because of the containment of the supernal light, she is in the category of the dead, for “a leper is considered as dead” {{smaller|'''(Nedarim 64b)'''}}. “Who comes from the womb of his mother.” This is the concept of the levirate marriage. By means of the levirate marriage, his wife is his mother—his wife becomes his mother. “With half his flesh eaten away.” In other words, he has no mate. This is because “husband and wife are two halves of a body” {{smaller|'''(Zohar III, 109b)'''}}. But now that his wife is his mother, the result is that half his flesh has been eaten away and there is no marriage partner for him. {The explanation is as follows: When someone dies without children, his wife must undergo levirate marriage. As a result of this marriage, the dead man is reincarnated as the son born to his wife after she married his brother. As is explained in the ''Saba'' {{smaller|'''(Zohar II, 100b)'''}}, “His wife is his mother.” That is, it is great suffering and punishment for the deceased that his wife becomes his mother. For now he has to be born to his wife, who becomes his mother. Because of this, without great mercy [from Heaven], it is impossible for the son born to this woman, who has undergone levirate marriage, to find his marriage partner (as is brought in the ''Zohar'' I, 92a, that it is said of him: “Perhaps another will precede him—with mercy.” See there.) For this son of the woman who has undergone levirate marriage—who is in truth her husband, with his wife becoming his mother—has no marriage partner now that his mate has become his mother. This is what Rabbi Nachman explains: Aharon pleaded for Miriam who had blemished the intellect of the face, which is the blemish of the one who dies without offspring, that she should not, God forbid, be made to suffer the punishment of a levirate marriage. This is: “Let [Miriam] not be as one dead, who comes from the womb of his mother.” She should not be like one who dies without children, who must again emerge in reincarnation from his mother’s womb—i.e., his wife becomes his mother. That because of this: “half his flesh [is] eaten away”—namely, half his body is consumed. In other words, he has no marriage partner, for she is half his flesh, half his body, as explained.} ==[Pregnancy]== Now, there are times when the “mentalities” and the Godly influx are concealed, in the aspect of pregnancy. Then, the most beneficial thing for a person is crying out—be it in prayer or Torah study. For concealment/pregnancy corresponds to {{smaller|'''(Deuteronomy 32:18)'''}}, “The Mighty One Who bore you, you exhausted,” as in {{smaller|'''(Isaiah 37:3)'''}}, “There is no strength to give birth”—like a woman who is too exhausted to give birth. When she crouches to deliver she screams seventy screams, equal to the number of words in Psalm [20], “May God answer,” and then gives birth {{smaller|'''(Zohar III, 249b)'''}}. These seventy screams correspond to the seven calls which David uttered over the water {{smaller|'''(Psalm 29)'''}}, with each one comprised of ten <as is known>. <These cries> which a person cries out during his prayer and Torah study, when his mentalities are <concealed> in the aspect of pregnancy, parallel the cries of the woman in labor. And the Holy One, who knows just how the mentalities are concealed, He hears our cries. These cries are in place of the cries of the Divine Presence—as though She were crying out—and then She gives birth to the mentalities. This corresponds to [the teaching] {{smaller|'''(Orach Chaim 61:4)'''}}: The voice arouses concentration—i.e. the mentalities. And this corresponds to, “… would she not be embarrassed for seven days?” Seven days is the aspect of the seven calls of David. They are the seventy calls which one must cry out in order to take the light of the face from concealment to revelation; and revelation is synonymous with birth. And then, after the birth, “the blood is decomposed and turned into milk” {{smaller|'''(Bekhorot 6b)'''}}. This is the aspect of “embarrassed,” because embarrassment is when “the redness [of the cheeks] disappears and is replaced with whiteness” {{smaller|'''(Bava Metzia 58b)'''}}. In other words, “the blood is decomposed and is turned into milk.” And this is: “''TZur Yeladekha Teshy''” (The Mighty One Who bore you, you exhausted); the first letters of which stand for “''TZaakateinu Yode’ah Taalumot''” ([Hear] our cries, Knower of mysteries). And this is ''TeShY'': an acronym for “''Tikaleim Shiv’at Yamim''” (she will be embarrassed for seven days). ==[Yisrael]== Now, when a person studies Torah but is unable to understand it, this is because the mentalities and intellect of this Torah and study are in the aspect of pregnancy. It is referred to by the name Yaakov. For ''yAaKoV'' is the aspect of pregnancy, as in {{smaller|'''(Hosea 12:4)'''}}, “In the womb, he took his brother by the ''AKeV'' (the heel).” And then he must cry out the above mentioned calls. This corresponds to {{smaller|'''(Genesis 27:22)'''}}, “The call is the call of Yaakov.” When he is in the aspect of Yaakov, he must <cry out loud> in order to bring forth the mentalities in the aspect of birth. And, someone whose Torah study is without understanding and contains <no> new perception should not expound it [the Torah] in public. For this Torah, which is in the aspect of Yaakov/pregnancy—even though the Holy One delights in it, as in {{smaller|'''(Shir HaShirim Rabbah 2:3)'''}}, “‘''V’diglo'' (His banner) over me is love’ {{smaller|'''(Song of Songs 2:4)'''}}: do not read this ''v’DiGLo'', but <''v’DiLuGo''> (his stammering)”—should nevertheless not be expounded as is. For only things which are clear should be expounded. As <our Sages {{smaller|'''(Shabbat 145b)'''}} say of the verse>: “‘Say to wisdom: You are my sister’ {{smaller|'''(Proverbs 7:4)'''}} —if the thing is as clear to you as your sister’s impermissibility, say it; but if not, do not say it.” '''{“For God chose Yaakov as His own, Yisrael as His special one” {{smaller|(Psalms 135:4)}}.}''' And this is, “For God chose Yaakov as His own.” When it is in the aspect of Yaakov/pregnancy/without mentalities, this is the learning which the Holy One has chosen—in the aspect of “His banner over me was love.” This [learning] should not be expounded to the public. But, “Yisrael is His special one.” ''YiSRAeL'' is the letters ''LY RoASh'' (I have a head). This is the revelation of the mentalities, the drawing of the light of the face/Godly influx into the <inner part of the mind>, as above. And this is the concept of “Yisrael,” as in {{smaller|'''(Isaiah 49:3)'''}}, “Yisrael, in you I take pride.” Specifically “in you.” The “crown of splendor”—the transcending intellects mentioned above—should be drawn “in you”—internalized. “As His special one.” This is the Torah which he can expound to the public. ==9== ==10== ==11== ==12== ==13== ==14== ==15== ==16== ==17== ==18== kz65e3eqqh6ztrnb4fxvdwgwifwm0o4 14130549 14127817 2024-04-26T04:09:29Z Breslevjoy 3097078 /* 9 */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{translation header | title =[[../]] | author =Nachman of Breslov | previous =[[../20/]] | section =[[../21/]] | next =[[../22/]] | portal = Breslov | shortcut = | year = | language =he | original =ליקוטי מוהר"ן | notes = }} {{larger|The fourth chapter of ''Sifra De’ Tzniuta'' [states]: '''“''Atika Tamir V’satim'' (Atik is hidden and concealed); ''Z’er Anpin'' is revealed and not revealed.” {{smaller|(Zohar II, 178a)}}'''}} {{larger|'''“When you raise up the candles, [the seven candles shall shine toward the face of the menorah]” {{smaller|(Numbers 8:2)}}. Rashi explains: The flame shall rise up on its own.'''}}}} ==[You Formed Me]== It is written {{smaller|'''(Psalms 139:5)'''}}: “Back and front ''TZaRtani'' (You formed me).” < ''TZuRah'' (form) is the intellect>. <In other words,> there is an intellect which a person attains by means of numerous introductory explanations. This intellect is called “back.” And there is an intellect which comes to a person without any introductory explanation, but through a Godly influx. This is called “front,” the face. Now, inspiration of the heart is born out of the motion of the intellect. This is because it is the nature of motion to create heat; the heat created in the heart being commensurate with the swiftness of the intellect’s movements. Thus, due to the Godly influx—i.e. that the intellect is bestowed upon a person swiftly, for he has no need of any introductory explanations—as a result of this swiftness, the flame of the heart rises up continuously on its own. ==[Godly Influx]== But to arrive at this concept of Godly influx is impossible, unless one sanctifies his mouth, nose, eyes and ears. Precisely these are what radiate the Godly influx to him. In other words, a person should guard himself from allowing anything false to emerge from his mouth. <With this, he sanctifies his mouth.> And he should have fear of Heaven. <With this, he sanctifies the nose,> as in {{smaller|'''(Isaiah 11:3)'''}}, “He shall breathe of the fear of God.” And he should have faith in the sages. <With this, he sanctifies the ears,> as in {{smaller|'''(Proverbs 22:17)'''}}, “Hear the words of the wise.” And he should keep his eyes shut so as not to look at evil. <With this, he sanctifies his eyes.> For precisely these are what arouse the Godly influx to come. This is because the mouth and the nose and the eyes and the ears are contingent upon the mind. They waken the mind that it should be in the category of “front,” in the category of face. This is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Psalms 119:160)'''}}, “''Rosh devarkha'' (Your very first utterance) is truth”—the aspect of mind as it applies to the mouth. And this is {{smaller|'''(ibid. 111:10)'''}}, “''Reishit chokhmah'' (The beginning of wisdom) is the fear of God”—the aspect of mind as it applies to the nose. And this is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Proverbs 9:8)'''}}, “Rebuke the wise man and he will love you”—the aspect of mind as it applies to the ears, as in, “Hear the words of the wise.” And this is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Genesis 3:7)'''}}, “And the eyes of both of them were opened”—the aspect of mind as it applied to the eyes. And precisely these are the “seven candles.” For the mouth, the two nostrils, the two eyes, and the two ears correspond to the seven candles. The menorah is the head—the mind. And the face of the menorah is the Godly influx. ==[To Foresee]== Now, this Godly influx is synonymous with the ''sukkah''. This is because ''SuKkAH'' corresponds to “''SaKhAH'' (she foresaw) with the spirit of holiness.” For the spirit of holiness is the Godly influx. And this ''sukkah'' comes about through the “seven clouds,” which correspond to the seven candles. Through them, a person attains the face of the menorah—the ''sukkah'' /Godly influx. The spirit of holiness is so called because of the wisdom; it being the spirit of wisdom which comes from holiness, as is known. And this is the meaning of what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Sukkah 11b)'''}}: “From where do we know that one is permitted to cover the ''sukkah'' only with something that cannot be made impure and which grows from the earth? It is written {{smaller|'''(Genesis 2:6)'''}}, ‘A mist rose from the earth’—just as a mist cannot be made impure and it issues only from the earth….” The mist is the above mentioned clouds. They are synonymous with holiness. And which grows from the earth. For this would be receiver must be a sage, as the Holy One “gives wisdom to the wise” {{smaller|'''(Daniel 2:21)'''}}, as in, “I have placed wisdom in the heart of all those who are wise of heart” {{smaller|'''(Exodus 31:6)'''}}. ==[Transcendence]== Now, this ''sukkah'' /spirit of holiness/Godly influx is synonymous with the concept of ''makifin'' (encircling, transcendent). For this intellect is so very great that the mind is incapable of holding it. It does not enter the mind, but encircles <it from without>. In a similar sense, we see that there are a number of profound disciplines which the human mind is incapable of understanding clearly; such as the numerous paradoxes which perplex us, e. g. foreknowledge and free will. The human mind is incapable of understanding this principle. And this intellect is synonymous with the concept of encircling. It does not enter within the mind. Rather, it surrounds it from without, and the inner intellect receives its vitality from this transcendent intellect. And know! <principally, the power of free choice exists> as long as the intellect is not so great that it can understand foreknowledge and free will. Then the power of free choice is as it should be, for one has the power to choose life or its opposite. But when this transcendent intellect is <internalized in the mind> and the intellect then expands and reveals to man the [understanding of] foreknowledge and free will—then free will will be nullified. Because then, by virtue of an expansion of the intellect, he leaves the category of human and ascends to the category of angel. And then, free will is nullified. <Hence, this is> the essence of the power of free choice: <[it exists] as long as it remains unknown, as explained>. And this is what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Berakhot 17a)'''}}: “In the future, the tzaddikim will sit with their ''atarot'' (crowns) in their heads, [delighting in the radiance of the ''Shekhinah''].” It should have said “on their heads.” <However, this was their intention,> because in the future free choice will be nullified. Thus, “the tzaddikim will sit.” “Sitting” indicates an absence of free choice, as in {{smaller|'''(Psalms 2:4)'''}}, “He Who sits in heaven,” which indicates an absence of change. This is because motion indicates a change from one will to another, whereas sitting points to an absence of change—namely, the nullification of free choice. And this is due to “their ''ATaRot'' (crowns).” This alludes to the aspect of encircling, as in {{smaller|'''(1 Samuel 23:26)'''}}, “Shaul and his men ''OTRim'' (encircled) David.” “In their heads” and not “on their heads.” In other words, the transcendent intellects will be internalized in the mind. And then, all the profundities which <they were> incapable of understanding will be internalized, in the inner mind, and <they> will know and comprehend them. They will <truly> emerge from the category of man and <enter> the category of angel, and free choice will be nullified. ==[''Kiddushin'']== This is also the concept of ''KiDduShin'' (marriage), the concept of canopy. For the Godly influx corresponds to ''KoDeSh'' (holiness)/canopy—the aspect of transcendent/encircling. This is what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Bava Batra 75a)'''}}: “Each and every tzaddik will be singed by the canopy of his friend.” This is because the transcendent intellect of one is greater than the transcendent intellect of the other, and the intellect which is transcending to one is immanent to the other. This corresponds to the seven days of celebration which follow the wedding ceremony—i.e. the concept of the seven candles through which the transcendent intellect is internalized. It also corresponds to the seven days of mourning, God spare us. We mourn over a person whose soul has expired so that his soul will ascend to the light of the face by means of these seven days, <as is known>. ==[Levirate Ceremony]== This is the reason for the spittle of the levirate ceremony. It is written {{smaller|'''(Deuteronomy 25:9)'''}}, “She shall spit toward his face”—specifically his face. For this one [her first husband] remains without offspring. He did not leave a blessing after him that they might draw the intellect of the face into the world through their good deeds. And his brother does not want to perpetuate the name of his deceased brother and does not want to marry her. Because of this, “She shall spit toward his face.” For he does not want to draw the dead man’s soul into the world so that he might rectify the light of the face. And occasionally, in this spittle appears the face of the departed. The departed’s face —specifically. With this spittle he [the brother] is shamed, and embarrassment is mainly [exhibited] in the face. And this is because he did not want to establish the name of his deceased brother. '''{“This is not true of my servant Moshe. He is the most trusted of all My house. Face to face I speak with him… a true picture of God he beholds… Miriam became leprous… Let [Miriam] not be as one dead, who comes from the womb of his mother with half his flesh eaten away… Moshe prayed, ''El'', please heal her… If her father had spit in her face, would she not be embarrassed for seven days? … For seven days, Miriam remained quarantined outside the camp…” {{smaller|(Numbers 12:7-15)}}.}''' And this is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Numbers 12:14)'''}}, “If her father had spit in her face, would she not be embarrassed for seven days?” Specifically “seven days”—the seven clouds by which the face of the menorah shines. But he refused to establish the name of his deceased brother, and therefore “she shall spit toward his face”—i.e. shamefaced. This is what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Yevamot 52a)'''}}: “The levirate sister-in-law is taken [as a wife] through a proclamation.” This is the opposite of embarrassment, corresponding to {{smaller|'''(Psalms 29:9)'''}}, “All proclaim, ‘Glory!’”‘—the opposite of “embarrassed for seven days.” And Miriam, in blemishing the glory of Moshe—he being synonymous with the Godly influx, as in {{smaller|'''(Exodus 34:30)'''}}, “For the skin of his face shone brilliantly”—blemished the concept of the seven candles. This is because Moshe was humble, self-effacing and patient. His being shamed did not make him angry, which is the perfection of the aspect of nose. And it is written of him {{smaller|'''(Numbers 12:8)'''}}, “Face to face I speak with him”—this is <the perfect sanctification of> the aspect of mouth. And it is written of him {{smaller|'''(ibid.)'''}}, “A true picture of God he beholds”—this is <the perfection of> the aspect of eyes. And it is written of him {{smaller|'''(ibid.:7)'''}}, “He is the most trusted of all My house”—this is <the perfection of> the aspect of ears, corresponding to {{smaller|'''(Proverbs 11:13)'''}}, “A trustworthy spirit conceals the matter,” as brought in the Zohar. Because of this, she became leprous. “Leprosy is the ''SeGiRu'' (the containment) of the supernal light” {{smaller|'''(Zohar III, 49b)'''}} —i.e. the light of the face, mentioned above. And it is written of her {{smaller|'''(Numbers 12:15)'''}}, “For seven days, she remained ''SaGaR'' (quarantined) outside the camp.” And this is what Aharon requested {{smaller|'''(ibid. 12:12)'''}}: “Let [Miriam] not be as one dead, who comes from the womb of his mother with half his flesh eaten away.” Because of the containment of the supernal light, she is in the category of the dead, for “a leper is considered as dead” {{smaller|'''(Nedarim 64b)'''}}. “Who comes from the womb of his mother.” This is the concept of the levirate marriage. By means of the levirate marriage, his wife is his mother—his wife becomes his mother. “With half his flesh eaten away.” In other words, he has no mate. This is because “husband and wife are two halves of a body” {{smaller|'''(Zohar III, 109b)'''}}. But now that his wife is his mother, the result is that half his flesh has been eaten away and there is no marriage partner for him. {The explanation is as follows: When someone dies without children, his wife must undergo levirate marriage. As a result of this marriage, the dead man is reincarnated as the son born to his wife after she married his brother. As is explained in the ''Saba'' {{smaller|'''(Zohar II, 100b)'''}}, “His wife is his mother.” That is, it is great suffering and punishment for the deceased that his wife becomes his mother. For now he has to be born to his wife, who becomes his mother. Because of this, without great mercy [from Heaven], it is impossible for the son born to this woman, who has undergone levirate marriage, to find his marriage partner (as is brought in the ''Zohar'' I, 92a, that it is said of him: “Perhaps another will precede him—with mercy.” See there.) For this son of the woman who has undergone levirate marriage—who is in truth her husband, with his wife becoming his mother—has no marriage partner now that his mate has become his mother. This is what Rabbi Nachman explains: Aharon pleaded for Miriam who had blemished the intellect of the face, which is the blemish of the one who dies without offspring, that she should not, God forbid, be made to suffer the punishment of a levirate marriage. This is: “Let [Miriam] not be as one dead, who comes from the womb of his mother.” She should not be like one who dies without children, who must again emerge in reincarnation from his mother’s womb—i.e., his wife becomes his mother. That because of this: “half his flesh [is] eaten away”—namely, half his body is consumed. In other words, he has no marriage partner, for she is half his flesh, half his body, as explained.} ==[Pregnancy]== Now, there are times when the “mentalities” and the Godly influx are concealed, in the aspect of pregnancy. Then, the most beneficial thing for a person is crying out—be it in prayer or Torah study. For concealment/pregnancy corresponds to {{smaller|'''(Deuteronomy 32:18)'''}}, “The Mighty One Who bore you, you exhausted,” as in {{smaller|'''(Isaiah 37:3)'''}}, “There is no strength to give birth”—like a woman who is too exhausted to give birth. When she crouches to deliver she screams seventy screams, equal to the number of words in Psalm [20], “May God answer,” and then gives birth {{smaller|'''(Zohar III, 249b)'''}}. These seventy screams correspond to the seven calls which David uttered over the water {{smaller|'''(Psalm 29)'''}}, with each one comprised of ten <as is known>. <These cries> which a person cries out during his prayer and Torah study, when his mentalities are <concealed> in the aspect of pregnancy, parallel the cries of the woman in labor. And the Holy One, who knows just how the mentalities are concealed, He hears our cries. These cries are in place of the cries of the Divine Presence—as though She were crying out—and then She gives birth to the mentalities. This corresponds to [the teaching] {{smaller|'''(Orach Chaim 61:4)'''}}: The voice arouses concentration—i.e. the mentalities. And this corresponds to, “… would she not be embarrassed for seven days?” Seven days is the aspect of the seven calls of David. They are the seventy calls which one must cry out in order to take the light of the face from concealment to revelation; and revelation is synonymous with birth. And then, after the birth, “the blood is decomposed and turned into milk” {{smaller|'''(Bekhorot 6b)'''}}. This is the aspect of “embarrassed,” because embarrassment is when “the redness [of the cheeks] disappears and is replaced with whiteness” {{smaller|'''(Bava Metzia 58b)'''}}. In other words, “the blood is decomposed and is turned into milk.” And this is: “''TZur Yeladekha Teshy''” (The Mighty One Who bore you, you exhausted); the first letters of which stand for “''TZaakateinu Yode’ah Taalumot''” ([Hear] our cries, Knower of mysteries). And this is ''TeShY'': an acronym for “''Tikaleim Shiv’at Yamim''” (she will be embarrassed for seven days). ==[Yisrael]== Now, when a person studies Torah but is unable to understand it, this is because the mentalities and intellect of this Torah and study are in the aspect of pregnancy. It is referred to by the name Yaakov. For ''yAaKoV'' is the aspect of pregnancy, as in {{smaller|'''(Hosea 12:4)'''}}, “In the womb, he took his brother by the ''AKeV'' (the heel).” And then he must cry out the above mentioned calls. This corresponds to {{smaller|'''(Genesis 27:22)'''}}, “The call is the call of Yaakov.” When he is in the aspect of Yaakov, he must <cry out loud> in order to bring forth the mentalities in the aspect of birth. And, someone whose Torah study is without understanding and contains <no> new perception should not expound it [the Torah] in public. For this Torah, which is in the aspect of Yaakov/pregnancy—even though the Holy One delights in it, as in {{smaller|'''(Shir HaShirim Rabbah 2:3)'''}}, “‘''V’diglo'' (His banner) over me is love’ {{smaller|'''(Song of Songs 2:4)'''}}: do not read this ''v’DiGLo'', but <''v’DiLuGo''> (his stammering)”—should nevertheless not be expounded as is. For only things which are clear should be expounded. As <our Sages {{smaller|'''(Shabbat 145b)'''}} say of the verse>: “‘Say to wisdom: You are my sister’ {{smaller|'''(Proverbs 7:4)'''}} —if the thing is as clear to you as your sister’s impermissibility, say it; but if not, do not say it.” '''{“For God chose Yaakov as His own, Yisrael as His special one” {{smaller|(Psalms 135:4)}}.}''' And this is, “For God chose Yaakov as His own.” When it is in the aspect of Yaakov/pregnancy/without mentalities, this is the learning which the Holy One has chosen—in the aspect of “His banner over me was love.” This [learning] should not be expounded to the public. But, “Yisrael is His special one.” ''YiSRAeL'' is the letters ''LY RoASh'' (I have a head). This is the revelation of the mentalities, the drawing of the light of the face/Godly influx into the <inner part of the mind>, as above. And this is the concept of “Yisrael,” as in {{smaller|'''(Isaiah 49:3)'''}}, “Yisrael, in you I take pride.” Specifically “in you.” The “crown of splendor”—the transcending intellects mentioned above—should be drawn “in you”—internalized. “As His special one.” This is the Torah which he can expound to the public. ==''[Am Segulah]''== For we are called “''am segulah''” (a special nation) {{smaller|'''(Deuteronomy 7:6)'''}}. This is like a ''segulah'' used for healing. Even though the dictates of nature would not necessitate that this should induce healing, nevertheless, this thing is propitious for curing. It is supernatural, something which the human mind cannot fathom. <Israel, too, is in the category of ''segulah''. It cannot be understood why and how the Holy One chose us as “a special nation” from amongst the other nations.> As at the splitting of the Red Sea, when Judgment accused: “These serve idolatry [and these serve idolatry]” {{smaller|'''(Shemot Rabbah 21:7)'''}}, even so, the Holy One chose us as an <''am segulah''>. Thus, this thing [being chosen] is like a ''segulah''. It is supernatural and beyond human comprehension. This is the concept of encircling, explained above. And someone who has merited to these transcendent intellects, giving birth to them and internalizing them, will thus have merited to understand the ''segulah''. It is therefore only fitting that the “specialness” be revealed to the nation that is special. And so, each and every person, commensurate with his level, has an immanent and transcendent intellect. And commensurate with his level, that which God has granted him, to have the transcendent become immanent and to understand and originate something—it is only right that [every individual] reveal and give over this comprehension of “specialness.” That which was a ''segulah'' for him, he should disclose to the “special nation” and share his good with others. ==10== ==11== ==12== ==13== ==14== ==15== ==16== ==17== ==18== 9x40qjledayovozvsmkv4q9u0wdj780 14130553 14130549 2024-04-26T04:12:39Z Breslevjoy 3097078 /* 10 */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{translation header | title =[[../]] | author =Nachman of Breslov | previous =[[../20/]] | section =[[../21/]] | next =[[../22/]] | portal = Breslov | shortcut = | year = | language =he | original =ליקוטי מוהר"ן | notes = }} {{larger|The fourth chapter of ''Sifra De’ Tzniuta'' [states]: '''“''Atika Tamir V’satim'' (Atik is hidden and concealed); ''Z’er Anpin'' is revealed and not revealed.” {{smaller|(Zohar II, 178a)}}'''}} {{larger|'''“When you raise up the candles, [the seven candles shall shine toward the face of the menorah]” {{smaller|(Numbers 8:2)}}. Rashi explains: The flame shall rise up on its own.'''}}}} ==[You Formed Me]== It is written {{smaller|'''(Psalms 139:5)'''}}: “Back and front ''TZaRtani'' (You formed me).” < ''TZuRah'' (form) is the intellect>. <In other words,> there is an intellect which a person attains by means of numerous introductory explanations. This intellect is called “back.” And there is an intellect which comes to a person without any introductory explanation, but through a Godly influx. This is called “front,” the face. Now, inspiration of the heart is born out of the motion of the intellect. This is because it is the nature of motion to create heat; the heat created in the heart being commensurate with the swiftness of the intellect’s movements. Thus, due to the Godly influx—i.e. that the intellect is bestowed upon a person swiftly, for he has no need of any introductory explanations—as a result of this swiftness, the flame of the heart rises up continuously on its own. ==[Godly Influx]== But to arrive at this concept of Godly influx is impossible, unless one sanctifies his mouth, nose, eyes and ears. Precisely these are what radiate the Godly influx to him. In other words, a person should guard himself from allowing anything false to emerge from his mouth. <With this, he sanctifies his mouth.> And he should have fear of Heaven. <With this, he sanctifies the nose,> as in {{smaller|'''(Isaiah 11:3)'''}}, “He shall breathe of the fear of God.” And he should have faith in the sages. <With this, he sanctifies the ears,> as in {{smaller|'''(Proverbs 22:17)'''}}, “Hear the words of the wise.” And he should keep his eyes shut so as not to look at evil. <With this, he sanctifies his eyes.> For precisely these are what arouse the Godly influx to come. This is because the mouth and the nose and the eyes and the ears are contingent upon the mind. They waken the mind that it should be in the category of “front,” in the category of face. This is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Psalms 119:160)'''}}, “''Rosh devarkha'' (Your very first utterance) is truth”—the aspect of mind as it applies to the mouth. And this is {{smaller|'''(ibid. 111:10)'''}}, “''Reishit chokhmah'' (The beginning of wisdom) is the fear of God”—the aspect of mind as it applies to the nose. And this is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Proverbs 9:8)'''}}, “Rebuke the wise man and he will love you”—the aspect of mind as it applies to the ears, as in, “Hear the words of the wise.” And this is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Genesis 3:7)'''}}, “And the eyes of both of them were opened”—the aspect of mind as it applied to the eyes. And precisely these are the “seven candles.” For the mouth, the two nostrils, the two eyes, and the two ears correspond to the seven candles. The menorah is the head—the mind. And the face of the menorah is the Godly influx. ==[To Foresee]== Now, this Godly influx is synonymous with the ''sukkah''. This is because ''SuKkAH'' corresponds to “''SaKhAH'' (she foresaw) with the spirit of holiness.” For the spirit of holiness is the Godly influx. And this ''sukkah'' comes about through the “seven clouds,” which correspond to the seven candles. Through them, a person attains the face of the menorah—the ''sukkah'' /Godly influx. The spirit of holiness is so called because of the wisdom; it being the spirit of wisdom which comes from holiness, as is known. And this is the meaning of what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Sukkah 11b)'''}}: “From where do we know that one is permitted to cover the ''sukkah'' only with something that cannot be made impure and which grows from the earth? It is written {{smaller|'''(Genesis 2:6)'''}}, ‘A mist rose from the earth’—just as a mist cannot be made impure and it issues only from the earth….” The mist is the above mentioned clouds. They are synonymous with holiness. And which grows from the earth. For this would be receiver must be a sage, as the Holy One “gives wisdom to the wise” {{smaller|'''(Daniel 2:21)'''}}, as in, “I have placed wisdom in the heart of all those who are wise of heart” {{smaller|'''(Exodus 31:6)'''}}. ==[Transcendence]== Now, this ''sukkah'' /spirit of holiness/Godly influx is synonymous with the concept of ''makifin'' (encircling, transcendent). For this intellect is so very great that the mind is incapable of holding it. It does not enter the mind, but encircles <it from without>. In a similar sense, we see that there are a number of profound disciplines which the human mind is incapable of understanding clearly; such as the numerous paradoxes which perplex us, e. g. foreknowledge and free will. The human mind is incapable of understanding this principle. And this intellect is synonymous with the concept of encircling. It does not enter within the mind. Rather, it surrounds it from without, and the inner intellect receives its vitality from this transcendent intellect. And know! <principally, the power of free choice exists> as long as the intellect is not so great that it can understand foreknowledge and free will. Then the power of free choice is as it should be, for one has the power to choose life or its opposite. But when this transcendent intellect is <internalized in the mind> and the intellect then expands and reveals to man the [understanding of] foreknowledge and free will—then free will will be nullified. Because then, by virtue of an expansion of the intellect, he leaves the category of human and ascends to the category of angel. And then, free will is nullified. <Hence, this is> the essence of the power of free choice: <[it exists] as long as it remains unknown, as explained>. And this is what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Berakhot 17a)'''}}: “In the future, the tzaddikim will sit with their ''atarot'' (crowns) in their heads, [delighting in the radiance of the ''Shekhinah''].” It should have said “on their heads.” <However, this was their intention,> because in the future free choice will be nullified. Thus, “the tzaddikim will sit.” “Sitting” indicates an absence of free choice, as in {{smaller|'''(Psalms 2:4)'''}}, “He Who sits in heaven,” which indicates an absence of change. This is because motion indicates a change from one will to another, whereas sitting points to an absence of change—namely, the nullification of free choice. And this is due to “their ''ATaRot'' (crowns).” This alludes to the aspect of encircling, as in {{smaller|'''(1 Samuel 23:26)'''}}, “Shaul and his men ''OTRim'' (encircled) David.” “In their heads” and not “on their heads.” In other words, the transcendent intellects will be internalized in the mind. And then, all the profundities which <they were> incapable of understanding will be internalized, in the inner mind, and <they> will know and comprehend them. They will <truly> emerge from the category of man and <enter> the category of angel, and free choice will be nullified. ==[''Kiddushin'']== This is also the concept of ''KiDduShin'' (marriage), the concept of canopy. For the Godly influx corresponds to ''KoDeSh'' (holiness)/canopy—the aspect of transcendent/encircling. This is what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Bava Batra 75a)'''}}: “Each and every tzaddik will be singed by the canopy of his friend.” This is because the transcendent intellect of one is greater than the transcendent intellect of the other, and the intellect which is transcending to one is immanent to the other. This corresponds to the seven days of celebration which follow the wedding ceremony—i.e. the concept of the seven candles through which the transcendent intellect is internalized. It also corresponds to the seven days of mourning, God spare us. We mourn over a person whose soul has expired so that his soul will ascend to the light of the face by means of these seven days, <as is known>. ==[Levirate Ceremony]== This is the reason for the spittle of the levirate ceremony. It is written {{smaller|'''(Deuteronomy 25:9)'''}}, “She shall spit toward his face”—specifically his face. For this one [her first husband] remains without offspring. He did not leave a blessing after him that they might draw the intellect of the face into the world through their good deeds. And his brother does not want to perpetuate the name of his deceased brother and does not want to marry her. Because of this, “She shall spit toward his face.” For he does not want to draw the dead man’s soul into the world so that he might rectify the light of the face. And occasionally, in this spittle appears the face of the departed. The departed’s face —specifically. With this spittle he [the brother] is shamed, and embarrassment is mainly [exhibited] in the face. And this is because he did not want to establish the name of his deceased brother. '''{“This is not true of my servant Moshe. He is the most trusted of all My house. Face to face I speak with him… a true picture of God he beholds… Miriam became leprous… Let [Miriam] not be as one dead, who comes from the womb of his mother with half his flesh eaten away… Moshe prayed, ''El'', please heal her… If her father had spit in her face, would she not be embarrassed for seven days? … For seven days, Miriam remained quarantined outside the camp…” {{smaller|(Numbers 12:7-15)}}.}''' And this is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Numbers 12:14)'''}}, “If her father had spit in her face, would she not be embarrassed for seven days?” Specifically “seven days”—the seven clouds by which the face of the menorah shines. But he refused to establish the name of his deceased brother, and therefore “she shall spit toward his face”—i.e. shamefaced. This is what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Yevamot 52a)'''}}: “The levirate sister-in-law is taken [as a wife] through a proclamation.” This is the opposite of embarrassment, corresponding to {{smaller|'''(Psalms 29:9)'''}}, “All proclaim, ‘Glory!’”‘—the opposite of “embarrassed for seven days.” And Miriam, in blemishing the glory of Moshe—he being synonymous with the Godly influx, as in {{smaller|'''(Exodus 34:30)'''}}, “For the skin of his face shone brilliantly”—blemished the concept of the seven candles. This is because Moshe was humble, self-effacing and patient. His being shamed did not make him angry, which is the perfection of the aspect of nose. And it is written of him {{smaller|'''(Numbers 12:8)'''}}, “Face to face I speak with him”—this is <the perfect sanctification of> the aspect of mouth. And it is written of him {{smaller|'''(ibid.)'''}}, “A true picture of God he beholds”—this is <the perfection of> the aspect of eyes. And it is written of him {{smaller|'''(ibid.:7)'''}}, “He is the most trusted of all My house”—this is <the perfection of> the aspect of ears, corresponding to {{smaller|'''(Proverbs 11:13)'''}}, “A trustworthy spirit conceals the matter,” as brought in the Zohar. Because of this, she became leprous. “Leprosy is the ''SeGiRu'' (the containment) of the supernal light” {{smaller|'''(Zohar III, 49b)'''}} —i.e. the light of the face, mentioned above. And it is written of her {{smaller|'''(Numbers 12:15)'''}}, “For seven days, she remained ''SaGaR'' (quarantined) outside the camp.” And this is what Aharon requested {{smaller|'''(ibid. 12:12)'''}}: “Let [Miriam] not be as one dead, who comes from the womb of his mother with half his flesh eaten away.” Because of the containment of the supernal light, she is in the category of the dead, for “a leper is considered as dead” {{smaller|'''(Nedarim 64b)'''}}. “Who comes from the womb of his mother.” This is the concept of the levirate marriage. By means of the levirate marriage, his wife is his mother—his wife becomes his mother. “With half his flesh eaten away.” In other words, he has no mate. This is because “husband and wife are two halves of a body” {{smaller|'''(Zohar III, 109b)'''}}. But now that his wife is his mother, the result is that half his flesh has been eaten away and there is no marriage partner for him. {The explanation is as follows: When someone dies without children, his wife must undergo levirate marriage. As a result of this marriage, the dead man is reincarnated as the son born to his wife after she married his brother. As is explained in the ''Saba'' {{smaller|'''(Zohar II, 100b)'''}}, “His wife is his mother.” That is, it is great suffering and punishment for the deceased that his wife becomes his mother. For now he has to be born to his wife, who becomes his mother. Because of this, without great mercy [from Heaven], it is impossible for the son born to this woman, who has undergone levirate marriage, to find his marriage partner (as is brought in the ''Zohar'' I, 92a, that it is said of him: “Perhaps another will precede him—with mercy.” See there.) For this son of the woman who has undergone levirate marriage—who is in truth her husband, with his wife becoming his mother—has no marriage partner now that his mate has become his mother. This is what Rabbi Nachman explains: Aharon pleaded for Miriam who had blemished the intellect of the face, which is the blemish of the one who dies without offspring, that she should not, God forbid, be made to suffer the punishment of a levirate marriage. This is: “Let [Miriam] not be as one dead, who comes from the womb of his mother.” She should not be like one who dies without children, who must again emerge in reincarnation from his mother’s womb—i.e., his wife becomes his mother. That because of this: “half his flesh [is] eaten away”—namely, half his body is consumed. In other words, he has no marriage partner, for she is half his flesh, half his body, as explained.} ==[Pregnancy]== Now, there are times when the “mentalities” and the Godly influx are concealed, in the aspect of pregnancy. Then, the most beneficial thing for a person is crying out—be it in prayer or Torah study. For concealment/pregnancy corresponds to {{smaller|'''(Deuteronomy 32:18)'''}}, “The Mighty One Who bore you, you exhausted,” as in {{smaller|'''(Isaiah 37:3)'''}}, “There is no strength to give birth”—like a woman who is too exhausted to give birth. When she crouches to deliver she screams seventy screams, equal to the number of words in Psalm [20], “May God answer,” and then gives birth {{smaller|'''(Zohar III, 249b)'''}}. These seventy screams correspond to the seven calls which David uttered over the water {{smaller|'''(Psalm 29)'''}}, with each one comprised of ten <as is known>. <These cries> which a person cries out during his prayer and Torah study, when his mentalities are <concealed> in the aspect of pregnancy, parallel the cries of the woman in labor. And the Holy One, who knows just how the mentalities are concealed, He hears our cries. These cries are in place of the cries of the Divine Presence—as though She were crying out—and then She gives birth to the mentalities. This corresponds to [the teaching] {{smaller|'''(Orach Chaim 61:4)'''}}: The voice arouses concentration—i.e. the mentalities. And this corresponds to, “… would she not be embarrassed for seven days?” Seven days is the aspect of the seven calls of David. They are the seventy calls which one must cry out in order to take the light of the face from concealment to revelation; and revelation is synonymous with birth. And then, after the birth, “the blood is decomposed and turned into milk” {{smaller|'''(Bekhorot 6b)'''}}. This is the aspect of “embarrassed,” because embarrassment is when “the redness [of the cheeks] disappears and is replaced with whiteness” {{smaller|'''(Bava Metzia 58b)'''}}. In other words, “the blood is decomposed and is turned into milk.” And this is: “''TZur Yeladekha Teshy''” (The Mighty One Who bore you, you exhausted); the first letters of which stand for “''TZaakateinu Yode’ah Taalumot''” ([Hear] our cries, Knower of mysteries). And this is ''TeShY'': an acronym for “''Tikaleim Shiv’at Yamim''” (she will be embarrassed for seven days). ==[Yisrael]== Now, when a person studies Torah but is unable to understand it, this is because the mentalities and intellect of this Torah and study are in the aspect of pregnancy. It is referred to by the name Yaakov. For ''yAaKoV'' is the aspect of pregnancy, as in {{smaller|'''(Hosea 12:4)'''}}, “In the womb, he took his brother by the ''AKeV'' (the heel).” And then he must cry out the above mentioned calls. This corresponds to {{smaller|'''(Genesis 27:22)'''}}, “The call is the call of Yaakov.” When he is in the aspect of Yaakov, he must <cry out loud> in order to bring forth the mentalities in the aspect of birth. And, someone whose Torah study is without understanding and contains <no> new perception should not expound it [the Torah] in public. For this Torah, which is in the aspect of Yaakov/pregnancy—even though the Holy One delights in it, as in {{smaller|'''(Shir HaShirim Rabbah 2:3)'''}}, “‘''V’diglo'' (His banner) over me is love’ {{smaller|'''(Song of Songs 2:4)'''}}: do not read this ''v’DiGLo'', but <''v’DiLuGo''> (his stammering)”—should nevertheless not be expounded as is. For only things which are clear should be expounded. As <our Sages {{smaller|'''(Shabbat 145b)'''}} say of the verse>: “‘Say to wisdom: You are my sister’ {{smaller|'''(Proverbs 7:4)'''}} —if the thing is as clear to you as your sister’s impermissibility, say it; but if not, do not say it.” '''{“For God chose Yaakov as His own, Yisrael as His special one” {{smaller|(Psalms 135:4)}}.}''' And this is, “For God chose Yaakov as His own.” When it is in the aspect of Yaakov/pregnancy/without mentalities, this is the learning which the Holy One has chosen—in the aspect of “His banner over me was love.” This [learning] should not be expounded to the public. But, “Yisrael is His special one.” ''YiSRAeL'' is the letters ''LY RoASh'' (I have a head). This is the revelation of the mentalities, the drawing of the light of the face/Godly influx into the <inner part of the mind>, as above. And this is the concept of “Yisrael,” as in {{smaller|'''(Isaiah 49:3)'''}}, “Yisrael, in you I take pride.” Specifically “in you.” The “crown of splendor”—the transcending intellects mentioned above—should be drawn “in you”—internalized. “As His special one.” This is the Torah which he can expound to the public. ==''[Am Segulah]''== For we are called “''am segulah''” (a special nation) {{smaller|'''(Deuteronomy 7:6)'''}}. This is like a ''segulah'' used for healing. Even though the dictates of nature would not necessitate that this should induce healing, nevertheless, this thing is propitious for curing. It is supernatural, something which the human mind cannot fathom. <Israel, too, is in the category of ''segulah''. It cannot be understood why and how the Holy One chose us as “a special nation” from amongst the other nations.> As at the splitting of the Red Sea, when Judgment accused: “These serve idolatry [and these serve idolatry]” {{smaller|'''(Shemot Rabbah 21:7)'''}}, even so, the Holy One chose us as an <''am segulah''>. Thus, this thing [being chosen] is like a ''segulah''. It is supernatural and beyond human comprehension. This is the concept of encircling, explained above. And someone who has merited to these transcendent intellects, giving birth to them and internalizing them, will thus have merited to understand the ''segulah''. It is therefore only fitting that the “specialness” be revealed to the nation that is special. And so, each and every person, commensurate with his level, has an immanent and transcendent intellect. And commensurate with his level, that which God has granted him, to have the transcendent become immanent and to understand and originate something—it is only right that [every individual] reveal and give over this comprehension of “specialness.” That which was a ''segulah'' for him, he should disclose to the “special nation” and share his good with others. ==[Transcendent Intellects]== And this is the explanation of the fourth chapter of ''Sifra De’Tzniuta'': '''“''Atika'' is hidden and concealed; ''Z’er Anpin'' is revealed and not revealed.”''' '''''Atika''''' — This is the concept of the transcendent intellects. They are hidden and concealed from every side, for the entire duration of this world. They will only be revealed in the future world. But in '''''Z’er Anpin''''', in the human disciplines—those which man is capable of comprehending—there are also [the aspects of] immanent and transcendent. And every individual, commensurate with his level, has [the aspects of] immanent and transcendent. Now, those paradoxes which are impossible for the human mind to comprehend correspond to the aspect of ''Atika'', whereas all the disciplines which the human mind can comprehend correspond to the aspect of ''Z’er Anpin''. Though occasionally, they are concealed, in the aspect of pregnancy. This is: '''not revealed''' — However, when it is revealed to him, then <it> is in the category of revealed. And all the while that this thing remained “not revealed”/concealed from him, it was like a ''segulah'' for him, as above. It is beyond his comprehension. But afterwards, when it is revealed to him, he should share his good with others, as mentioned earlier. ==11== ==12== ==13== ==14== ==15== ==16== ==17== ==18== 1893l5relvl2ytfdtvg5rwwbxhpkb55 14130556 14130553 2024-04-26T04:14:26Z Breslevjoy 3097078 /* [Transcendent Intellects] */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{translation header | title =[[../]] | author =Nachman of Breslov | previous =[[../20/]] | section =[[../21/]] | next =[[../22/]] | portal = Breslov | shortcut = | year = | language =he | original =ליקוטי מוהר"ן | notes = }} {{larger|The fourth chapter of ''Sifra De’ Tzniuta'' [states]: '''“''Atika Tamir V’satim'' (Atik is hidden and concealed); ''Z’er Anpin'' is revealed and not revealed.” {{smaller|(Zohar II, 178a)}}'''}} {{larger|'''“When you raise up the candles, [the seven candles shall shine toward the face of the menorah]” {{smaller|(Numbers 8:2)}}. Rashi explains: The flame shall rise up on its own.'''}}}} ==[You Formed Me]== It is written {{smaller|'''(Psalms 139:5)'''}}: “Back and front ''TZaRtani'' (You formed me).” < ''TZuRah'' (form) is the intellect>. <In other words,> there is an intellect which a person attains by means of numerous introductory explanations. This intellect is called “back.” And there is an intellect which comes to a person without any introductory explanation, but through a Godly influx. This is called “front,” the face. Now, inspiration of the heart is born out of the motion of the intellect. This is because it is the nature of motion to create heat; the heat created in the heart being commensurate with the swiftness of the intellect’s movements. Thus, due to the Godly influx—i.e. that the intellect is bestowed upon a person swiftly, for he has no need of any introductory explanations—as a result of this swiftness, the flame of the heart rises up continuously on its own. ==[Godly Influx]== But to arrive at this concept of Godly influx is impossible, unless one sanctifies his mouth, nose, eyes and ears. Precisely these are what radiate the Godly influx to him. In other words, a person should guard himself from allowing anything false to emerge from his mouth. <With this, he sanctifies his mouth.> And he should have fear of Heaven. <With this, he sanctifies the nose,> as in {{smaller|'''(Isaiah 11:3)'''}}, “He shall breathe of the fear of God.” And he should have faith in the sages. <With this, he sanctifies the ears,> as in {{smaller|'''(Proverbs 22:17)'''}}, “Hear the words of the wise.” And he should keep his eyes shut so as not to look at evil. <With this, he sanctifies his eyes.> For precisely these are what arouse the Godly influx to come. This is because the mouth and the nose and the eyes and the ears are contingent upon the mind. They waken the mind that it should be in the category of “front,” in the category of face. This is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Psalms 119:160)'''}}, “''Rosh devarkha'' (Your very first utterance) is truth”—the aspect of mind as it applies to the mouth. And this is {{smaller|'''(ibid. 111:10)'''}}, “''Reishit chokhmah'' (The beginning of wisdom) is the fear of God”—the aspect of mind as it applies to the nose. And this is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Proverbs 9:8)'''}}, “Rebuke the wise man and he will love you”—the aspect of mind as it applies to the ears, as in, “Hear the words of the wise.” And this is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Genesis 3:7)'''}}, “And the eyes of both of them were opened”—the aspect of mind as it applied to the eyes. And precisely these are the “seven candles.” For the mouth, the two nostrils, the two eyes, and the two ears correspond to the seven candles. The menorah is the head—the mind. And the face of the menorah is the Godly influx. ==[To Foresee]== Now, this Godly influx is synonymous with the ''sukkah''. This is because ''SuKkAH'' corresponds to “''SaKhAH'' (she foresaw) with the spirit of holiness.” For the spirit of holiness is the Godly influx. And this ''sukkah'' comes about through the “seven clouds,” which correspond to the seven candles. Through them, a person attains the face of the menorah—the ''sukkah'' /Godly influx. The spirit of holiness is so called because of the wisdom; it being the spirit of wisdom which comes from holiness, as is known. And this is the meaning of what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Sukkah 11b)'''}}: “From where do we know that one is permitted to cover the ''sukkah'' only with something that cannot be made impure and which grows from the earth? It is written {{smaller|'''(Genesis 2:6)'''}}, ‘A mist rose from the earth’—just as a mist cannot be made impure and it issues only from the earth….” The mist is the above mentioned clouds. They are synonymous with holiness. And which grows from the earth. For this would be receiver must be a sage, as the Holy One “gives wisdom to the wise” {{smaller|'''(Daniel 2:21)'''}}, as in, “I have placed wisdom in the heart of all those who are wise of heart” {{smaller|'''(Exodus 31:6)'''}}. ==[Transcendence]== Now, this ''sukkah'' /spirit of holiness/Godly influx is synonymous with the concept of ''makifin'' (encircling, transcendent). For this intellect is so very great that the mind is incapable of holding it. It does not enter the mind, but encircles <it from without>. In a similar sense, we see that there are a number of profound disciplines which the human mind is incapable of understanding clearly; such as the numerous paradoxes which perplex us, e. g. foreknowledge and free will. The human mind is incapable of understanding this principle. And this intellect is synonymous with the concept of encircling. It does not enter within the mind. Rather, it surrounds it from without, and the inner intellect receives its vitality from this transcendent intellect. And know! <principally, the power of free choice exists> as long as the intellect is not so great that it can understand foreknowledge and free will. Then the power of free choice is as it should be, for one has the power to choose life or its opposite. But when this transcendent intellect is <internalized in the mind> and the intellect then expands and reveals to man the [understanding of] foreknowledge and free will—then free will will be nullified. Because then, by virtue of an expansion of the intellect, he leaves the category of human and ascends to the category of angel. And then, free will is nullified. <Hence, this is> the essence of the power of free choice: <[it exists] as long as it remains unknown, as explained>. And this is what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Berakhot 17a)'''}}: “In the future, the tzaddikim will sit with their ''atarot'' (crowns) in their heads, [delighting in the radiance of the ''Shekhinah''].” It should have said “on their heads.” <However, this was their intention,> because in the future free choice will be nullified. Thus, “the tzaddikim will sit.” “Sitting” indicates an absence of free choice, as in {{smaller|'''(Psalms 2:4)'''}}, “He Who sits in heaven,” which indicates an absence of change. This is because motion indicates a change from one will to another, whereas sitting points to an absence of change—namely, the nullification of free choice. And this is due to “their ''ATaRot'' (crowns).” This alludes to the aspect of encircling, as in {{smaller|'''(1 Samuel 23:26)'''}}, “Shaul and his men ''OTRim'' (encircled) David.” “In their heads” and not “on their heads.” In other words, the transcendent intellects will be internalized in the mind. And then, all the profundities which <they were> incapable of understanding will be internalized, in the inner mind, and <they> will know and comprehend them. They will <truly> emerge from the category of man and <enter> the category of angel, and free choice will be nullified. ==[''Kiddushin'']== This is also the concept of ''KiDduShin'' (marriage), the concept of canopy. For the Godly influx corresponds to ''KoDeSh'' (holiness)/canopy—the aspect of transcendent/encircling. This is what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Bava Batra 75a)'''}}: “Each and every tzaddik will be singed by the canopy of his friend.” This is because the transcendent intellect of one is greater than the transcendent intellect of the other, and the intellect which is transcending to one is immanent to the other. This corresponds to the seven days of celebration which follow the wedding ceremony—i.e. the concept of the seven candles through which the transcendent intellect is internalized. It also corresponds to the seven days of mourning, God spare us. We mourn over a person whose soul has expired so that his soul will ascend to the light of the face by means of these seven days, <as is known>. ==[Levirate Ceremony]== This is the reason for the spittle of the levirate ceremony. It is written {{smaller|'''(Deuteronomy 25:9)'''}}, “She shall spit toward his face”—specifically his face. For this one [her first husband] remains without offspring. He did not leave a blessing after him that they might draw the intellect of the face into the world through their good deeds. And his brother does not want to perpetuate the name of his deceased brother and does not want to marry her. Because of this, “She shall spit toward his face.” For he does not want to draw the dead man’s soul into the world so that he might rectify the light of the face. And occasionally, in this spittle appears the face of the departed. The departed’s face —specifically. With this spittle he [the brother] is shamed, and embarrassment is mainly [exhibited] in the face. And this is because he did not want to establish the name of his deceased brother. '''{“This is not true of my servant Moshe. He is the most trusted of all My house. Face to face I speak with him… a true picture of God he beholds… Miriam became leprous… Let [Miriam] not be as one dead, who comes from the womb of his mother with half his flesh eaten away… Moshe prayed, ''El'', please heal her… If her father had spit in her face, would she not be embarrassed for seven days? … For seven days, Miriam remained quarantined outside the camp…” {{smaller|(Numbers 12:7-15)}}.}''' And this is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Numbers 12:14)'''}}, “If her father had spit in her face, would she not be embarrassed for seven days?” Specifically “seven days”—the seven clouds by which the face of the menorah shines. But he refused to establish the name of his deceased brother, and therefore “she shall spit toward his face”—i.e. shamefaced. This is what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Yevamot 52a)'''}}: “The levirate sister-in-law is taken [as a wife] through a proclamation.” This is the opposite of embarrassment, corresponding to {{smaller|'''(Psalms 29:9)'''}}, “All proclaim, ‘Glory!’”‘—the opposite of “embarrassed for seven days.” And Miriam, in blemishing the glory of Moshe—he being synonymous with the Godly influx, as in {{smaller|'''(Exodus 34:30)'''}}, “For the skin of his face shone brilliantly”—blemished the concept of the seven candles. This is because Moshe was humble, self-effacing and patient. His being shamed did not make him angry, which is the perfection of the aspect of nose. And it is written of him {{smaller|'''(Numbers 12:8)'''}}, “Face to face I speak with him”—this is <the perfect sanctification of> the aspect of mouth. And it is written of him {{smaller|'''(ibid.)'''}}, “A true picture of God he beholds”—this is <the perfection of> the aspect of eyes. And it is written of him {{smaller|'''(ibid.:7)'''}}, “He is the most trusted of all My house”—this is <the perfection of> the aspect of ears, corresponding to {{smaller|'''(Proverbs 11:13)'''}}, “A trustworthy spirit conceals the matter,” as brought in the Zohar. Because of this, she became leprous. “Leprosy is the ''SeGiRu'' (the containment) of the supernal light” {{smaller|'''(Zohar III, 49b)'''}} —i.e. the light of the face, mentioned above. And it is written of her {{smaller|'''(Numbers 12:15)'''}}, “For seven days, she remained ''SaGaR'' (quarantined) outside the camp.” And this is what Aharon requested {{smaller|'''(ibid. 12:12)'''}}: “Let [Miriam] not be as one dead, who comes from the womb of his mother with half his flesh eaten away.” Because of the containment of the supernal light, she is in the category of the dead, for “a leper is considered as dead” {{smaller|'''(Nedarim 64b)'''}}. “Who comes from the womb of his mother.” This is the concept of the levirate marriage. By means of the levirate marriage, his wife is his mother—his wife becomes his mother. “With half his flesh eaten away.” In other words, he has no mate. This is because “husband and wife are two halves of a body” {{smaller|'''(Zohar III, 109b)'''}}. But now that his wife is his mother, the result is that half his flesh has been eaten away and there is no marriage partner for him. {The explanation is as follows: When someone dies without children, his wife must undergo levirate marriage. As a result of this marriage, the dead man is reincarnated as the son born to his wife after she married his brother. As is explained in the ''Saba'' {{smaller|'''(Zohar II, 100b)'''}}, “His wife is his mother.” That is, it is great suffering and punishment for the deceased that his wife becomes his mother. For now he has to be born to his wife, who becomes his mother. Because of this, without great mercy [from Heaven], it is impossible for the son born to this woman, who has undergone levirate marriage, to find his marriage partner (as is brought in the ''Zohar'' I, 92a, that it is said of him: “Perhaps another will precede him—with mercy.” See there.) For this son of the woman who has undergone levirate marriage—who is in truth her husband, with his wife becoming his mother—has no marriage partner now that his mate has become his mother. This is what Rabbi Nachman explains: Aharon pleaded for Miriam who had blemished the intellect of the face, which is the blemish of the one who dies without offspring, that she should not, God forbid, be made to suffer the punishment of a levirate marriage. This is: “Let [Miriam] not be as one dead, who comes from the womb of his mother.” She should not be like one who dies without children, who must again emerge in reincarnation from his mother’s womb—i.e., his wife becomes his mother. That because of this: “half his flesh [is] eaten away”—namely, half his body is consumed. In other words, he has no marriage partner, for she is half his flesh, half his body, as explained.} ==[Pregnancy]== Now, there are times when the “mentalities” and the Godly influx are concealed, in the aspect of pregnancy. Then, the most beneficial thing for a person is crying out—be it in prayer or Torah study. For concealment/pregnancy corresponds to {{smaller|'''(Deuteronomy 32:18)'''}}, “The Mighty One Who bore you, you exhausted,” as in {{smaller|'''(Isaiah 37:3)'''}}, “There is no strength to give birth”—like a woman who is too exhausted to give birth. When she crouches to deliver she screams seventy screams, equal to the number of words in Psalm [20], “May God answer,” and then gives birth {{smaller|'''(Zohar III, 249b)'''}}. These seventy screams correspond to the seven calls which David uttered over the water {{smaller|'''(Psalm 29)'''}}, with each one comprised of ten <as is known>. <These cries> which a person cries out during his prayer and Torah study, when his mentalities are <concealed> in the aspect of pregnancy, parallel the cries of the woman in labor. And the Holy One, who knows just how the mentalities are concealed, He hears our cries. These cries are in place of the cries of the Divine Presence—as though She were crying out—and then She gives birth to the mentalities. This corresponds to [the teaching] {{smaller|'''(Orach Chaim 61:4)'''}}: The voice arouses concentration—i.e. the mentalities. And this corresponds to, “… would she not be embarrassed for seven days?” Seven days is the aspect of the seven calls of David. They are the seventy calls which one must cry out in order to take the light of the face from concealment to revelation; and revelation is synonymous with birth. And then, after the birth, “the blood is decomposed and turned into milk” {{smaller|'''(Bekhorot 6b)'''}}. This is the aspect of “embarrassed,” because embarrassment is when “the redness [of the cheeks] disappears and is replaced with whiteness” {{smaller|'''(Bava Metzia 58b)'''}}. In other words, “the blood is decomposed and is turned into milk.” And this is: “''TZur Yeladekha Teshy''” (The Mighty One Who bore you, you exhausted); the first letters of which stand for “''TZaakateinu Yode’ah Taalumot''” ([Hear] our cries, Knower of mysteries). And this is ''TeShY'': an acronym for “''Tikaleim Shiv’at Yamim''” (she will be embarrassed for seven days). ==[Yisrael]== Now, when a person studies Torah but is unable to understand it, this is because the mentalities and intellect of this Torah and study are in the aspect of pregnancy. It is referred to by the name Yaakov. For ''yAaKoV'' is the aspect of pregnancy, as in {{smaller|'''(Hosea 12:4)'''}}, “In the womb, he took his brother by the ''AKeV'' (the heel).” And then he must cry out the above mentioned calls. This corresponds to {{smaller|'''(Genesis 27:22)'''}}, “The call is the call of Yaakov.” When he is in the aspect of Yaakov, he must <cry out loud> in order to bring forth the mentalities in the aspect of birth. And, someone whose Torah study is without understanding and contains <no> new perception should not expound it [the Torah] in public. For this Torah, which is in the aspect of Yaakov/pregnancy—even though the Holy One delights in it, as in {{smaller|'''(Shir HaShirim Rabbah 2:3)'''}}, “‘''V’diglo'' (His banner) over me is love’ {{smaller|'''(Song of Songs 2:4)'''}}: do not read this ''v’DiGLo'', but <''v’DiLuGo''> (his stammering)”—should nevertheless not be expounded as is. For only things which are clear should be expounded. As <our Sages {{smaller|'''(Shabbat 145b)'''}} say of the verse>: “‘Say to wisdom: You are my sister’ {{smaller|'''(Proverbs 7:4)'''}} —if the thing is as clear to you as your sister’s impermissibility, say it; but if not, do not say it.” '''{“For God chose Yaakov as His own, Yisrael as His special one” {{smaller|(Psalms 135:4)}}.}''' And this is, “For God chose Yaakov as His own.” When it is in the aspect of Yaakov/pregnancy/without mentalities, this is the learning which the Holy One has chosen—in the aspect of “His banner over me was love.” This [learning] should not be expounded to the public. But, “Yisrael is His special one.” ''YiSRAeL'' is the letters ''LY RoASh'' (I have a head). This is the revelation of the mentalities, the drawing of the light of the face/Godly influx into the <inner part of the mind>, as above. And this is the concept of “Yisrael,” as in {{smaller|'''(Isaiah 49:3)'''}}, “Yisrael, in you I take pride.” Specifically “in you.” The “crown of splendor”—the transcending intellects mentioned above—should be drawn “in you”—internalized. “As His special one.” This is the Torah which he can expound to the public. ==''[Am Segulah]''== For we are called “''am segulah''” (a special nation) {{smaller|'''(Deuteronomy 7:6)'''}}. This is like a ''segulah'' used for healing. Even though the dictates of nature would not necessitate that this should induce healing, nevertheless, this thing is propitious for curing. It is supernatural, something which the human mind cannot fathom. <Israel, too, is in the category of ''segulah''. It cannot be understood why and how the Holy One chose us as “a special nation” from amongst the other nations.> As at the splitting of the Red Sea, when Judgment accused: “These serve idolatry [and these serve idolatry]” {{smaller|'''(Shemot Rabbah 21:7)'''}}, even so, the Holy One chose us as an <''am segulah''>. Thus, this thing [being chosen] is like a ''segulah''. It is supernatural and beyond human comprehension. This is the concept of encircling, explained above. And someone who has merited to these transcendent intellects, giving birth to them and internalizing them, will thus have merited to understand the ''segulah''. It is therefore only fitting that the “specialness” be revealed to the nation that is special. And so, each and every person, commensurate with his level, has an immanent and transcendent intellect. And commensurate with his level, that which God has granted him, to have the transcendent become immanent and to understand and originate something—it is only right that [every individual] reveal and give over this comprehension of “specialness.” That which was a ''segulah'' for him, he should disclose to the “special nation” and share his good with others. ==[Comprehension]== And this is the explanation of the fourth chapter of ''Sifra De’Tzniuta'': '''“''Atika'' is hidden and concealed; ''Z’er Anpin'' is revealed and not revealed.”''' '''''Atika''''' — This is the concept of the transcendent intellects. They are hidden and concealed from every side, for the entire duration of this world. They will only be revealed in the future world. But in '''''Z’er Anpin''''', in the human disciplines—those which man is capable of comprehending—there are also [the aspects of] immanent and transcendent. And every individual, commensurate with his level, has [the aspects of] immanent and transcendent. Now, those paradoxes which are impossible for the human mind to comprehend correspond to the aspect of ''Atika'', whereas all the disciplines which the human mind can comprehend correspond to the aspect of ''Z’er Anpin''. Though occasionally, they are concealed, in the aspect of pregnancy. This is: '''not revealed''' — However, when it is revealed to him, then <it> is in the category of revealed. And all the while that this thing remained “not revealed”/concealed from him, it was like a ''segulah'' for him, as above. It is beyond his comprehension. But afterwards, when it is revealed to him, he should share his good with others, as mentioned earlier. ==11== ==12== ==13== ==14== ==15== ==16== ==17== ==18== 5ce98jako8hgh3xeh31w2jgg2ba298m 14130557 14130556 2024-04-26T04:16:38Z Breslevjoy 3097078 /* 11 */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{translation header | title =[[../]] | author =Nachman of Breslov | previous =[[../20/]] | section =[[../21/]] | next =[[../22/]] | portal = Breslov | shortcut = | year = | language =he | original =ליקוטי מוהר"ן | notes = }} {{larger|The fourth chapter of ''Sifra De’ Tzniuta'' [states]: '''“''Atika Tamir V’satim'' (Atik is hidden and concealed); ''Z’er Anpin'' is revealed and not revealed.” {{smaller|(Zohar II, 178a)}}'''}} {{larger|'''“When you raise up the candles, [the seven candles shall shine toward the face of the menorah]” {{smaller|(Numbers 8:2)}}. Rashi explains: The flame shall rise up on its own.'''}}}} ==[You Formed Me]== It is written {{smaller|'''(Psalms 139:5)'''}}: “Back and front ''TZaRtani'' (You formed me).” < ''TZuRah'' (form) is the intellect>. <In other words,> there is an intellect which a person attains by means of numerous introductory explanations. This intellect is called “back.” And there is an intellect which comes to a person without any introductory explanation, but through a Godly influx. This is called “front,” the face. Now, inspiration of the heart is born out of the motion of the intellect. This is because it is the nature of motion to create heat; the heat created in the heart being commensurate with the swiftness of the intellect’s movements. Thus, due to the Godly influx—i.e. that the intellect is bestowed upon a person swiftly, for he has no need of any introductory explanations—as a result of this swiftness, the flame of the heart rises up continuously on its own. ==[Godly Influx]== But to arrive at this concept of Godly influx is impossible, unless one sanctifies his mouth, nose, eyes and ears. Precisely these are what radiate the Godly influx to him. In other words, a person should guard himself from allowing anything false to emerge from his mouth. <With this, he sanctifies his mouth.> And he should have fear of Heaven. <With this, he sanctifies the nose,> as in {{smaller|'''(Isaiah 11:3)'''}}, “He shall breathe of the fear of God.” And he should have faith in the sages. <With this, he sanctifies the ears,> as in {{smaller|'''(Proverbs 22:17)'''}}, “Hear the words of the wise.” And he should keep his eyes shut so as not to look at evil. <With this, he sanctifies his eyes.> For precisely these are what arouse the Godly influx to come. This is because the mouth and the nose and the eyes and the ears are contingent upon the mind. They waken the mind that it should be in the category of “front,” in the category of face. This is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Psalms 119:160)'''}}, “''Rosh devarkha'' (Your very first utterance) is truth”—the aspect of mind as it applies to the mouth. And this is {{smaller|'''(ibid. 111:10)'''}}, “''Reishit chokhmah'' (The beginning of wisdom) is the fear of God”—the aspect of mind as it applies to the nose. And this is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Proverbs 9:8)'''}}, “Rebuke the wise man and he will love you”—the aspect of mind as it applies to the ears, as in, “Hear the words of the wise.” And this is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Genesis 3:7)'''}}, “And the eyes of both of them were opened”—the aspect of mind as it applied to the eyes. And precisely these are the “seven candles.” For the mouth, the two nostrils, the two eyes, and the two ears correspond to the seven candles. The menorah is the head—the mind. And the face of the menorah is the Godly influx. ==[To Foresee]== Now, this Godly influx is synonymous with the ''sukkah''. This is because ''SuKkAH'' corresponds to “''SaKhAH'' (she foresaw) with the spirit of holiness.” For the spirit of holiness is the Godly influx. And this ''sukkah'' comes about through the “seven clouds,” which correspond to the seven candles. Through them, a person attains the face of the menorah—the ''sukkah'' /Godly influx. The spirit of holiness is so called because of the wisdom; it being the spirit of wisdom which comes from holiness, as is known. And this is the meaning of what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Sukkah 11b)'''}}: “From where do we know that one is permitted to cover the ''sukkah'' only with something that cannot be made impure and which grows from the earth? It is written {{smaller|'''(Genesis 2:6)'''}}, ‘A mist rose from the earth’—just as a mist cannot be made impure and it issues only from the earth….” The mist is the above mentioned clouds. They are synonymous with holiness. And which grows from the earth. For this would be receiver must be a sage, as the Holy One “gives wisdom to the wise” {{smaller|'''(Daniel 2:21)'''}}, as in, “I have placed wisdom in the heart of all those who are wise of heart” {{smaller|'''(Exodus 31:6)'''}}. ==[Transcendence]== Now, this ''sukkah'' /spirit of holiness/Godly influx is synonymous with the concept of ''makifin'' (encircling, transcendent). For this intellect is so very great that the mind is incapable of holding it. It does not enter the mind, but encircles <it from without>. In a similar sense, we see that there are a number of profound disciplines which the human mind is incapable of understanding clearly; such as the numerous paradoxes which perplex us, e. g. foreknowledge and free will. The human mind is incapable of understanding this principle. And this intellect is synonymous with the concept of encircling. It does not enter within the mind. Rather, it surrounds it from without, and the inner intellect receives its vitality from this transcendent intellect. And know! <principally, the power of free choice exists> as long as the intellect is not so great that it can understand foreknowledge and free will. Then the power of free choice is as it should be, for one has the power to choose life or its opposite. But when this transcendent intellect is <internalized in the mind> and the intellect then expands and reveals to man the [understanding of] foreknowledge and free will—then free will will be nullified. Because then, by virtue of an expansion of the intellect, he leaves the category of human and ascends to the category of angel. And then, free will is nullified. <Hence, this is> the essence of the power of free choice: <[it exists] as long as it remains unknown, as explained>. And this is what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Berakhot 17a)'''}}: “In the future, the tzaddikim will sit with their ''atarot'' (crowns) in their heads, [delighting in the radiance of the ''Shekhinah''].” It should have said “on their heads.” <However, this was their intention,> because in the future free choice will be nullified. Thus, “the tzaddikim will sit.” “Sitting” indicates an absence of free choice, as in {{smaller|'''(Psalms 2:4)'''}}, “He Who sits in heaven,” which indicates an absence of change. This is because motion indicates a change from one will to another, whereas sitting points to an absence of change—namely, the nullification of free choice. And this is due to “their ''ATaRot'' (crowns).” This alludes to the aspect of encircling, as in {{smaller|'''(1 Samuel 23:26)'''}}, “Shaul and his men ''OTRim'' (encircled) David.” “In their heads” and not “on their heads.” In other words, the transcendent intellects will be internalized in the mind. And then, all the profundities which <they were> incapable of understanding will be internalized, in the inner mind, and <they> will know and comprehend them. They will <truly> emerge from the category of man and <enter> the category of angel, and free choice will be nullified. ==[''Kiddushin'']== This is also the concept of ''KiDduShin'' (marriage), the concept of canopy. For the Godly influx corresponds to ''KoDeSh'' (holiness)/canopy—the aspect of transcendent/encircling. This is what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Bava Batra 75a)'''}}: “Each and every tzaddik will be singed by the canopy of his friend.” This is because the transcendent intellect of one is greater than the transcendent intellect of the other, and the intellect which is transcending to one is immanent to the other. This corresponds to the seven days of celebration which follow the wedding ceremony—i.e. the concept of the seven candles through which the transcendent intellect is internalized. It also corresponds to the seven days of mourning, God spare us. We mourn over a person whose soul has expired so that his soul will ascend to the light of the face by means of these seven days, <as is known>. ==[Levirate Ceremony]== This is the reason for the spittle of the levirate ceremony. It is written {{smaller|'''(Deuteronomy 25:9)'''}}, “She shall spit toward his face”—specifically his face. For this one [her first husband] remains without offspring. He did not leave a blessing after him that they might draw the intellect of the face into the world through their good deeds. And his brother does not want to perpetuate the name of his deceased brother and does not want to marry her. Because of this, “She shall spit toward his face.” For he does not want to draw the dead man’s soul into the world so that he might rectify the light of the face. And occasionally, in this spittle appears the face of the departed. The departed’s face —specifically. With this spittle he [the brother] is shamed, and embarrassment is mainly [exhibited] in the face. And this is because he did not want to establish the name of his deceased brother. '''{“This is not true of my servant Moshe. He is the most trusted of all My house. Face to face I speak with him… a true picture of God he beholds… Miriam became leprous… Let [Miriam] not be as one dead, who comes from the womb of his mother with half his flesh eaten away… Moshe prayed, ''El'', please heal her… If her father had spit in her face, would she not be embarrassed for seven days? … For seven days, Miriam remained quarantined outside the camp…” {{smaller|(Numbers 12:7-15)}}.}''' And this is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Numbers 12:14)'''}}, “If her father had spit in her face, would she not be embarrassed for seven days?” Specifically “seven days”—the seven clouds by which the face of the menorah shines. But he refused to establish the name of his deceased brother, and therefore “she shall spit toward his face”—i.e. shamefaced. This is what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Yevamot 52a)'''}}: “The levirate sister-in-law is taken [as a wife] through a proclamation.” This is the opposite of embarrassment, corresponding to {{smaller|'''(Psalms 29:9)'''}}, “All proclaim, ‘Glory!’”‘—the opposite of “embarrassed for seven days.” And Miriam, in blemishing the glory of Moshe—he being synonymous with the Godly influx, as in {{smaller|'''(Exodus 34:30)'''}}, “For the skin of his face shone brilliantly”—blemished the concept of the seven candles. This is because Moshe was humble, self-effacing and patient. His being shamed did not make him angry, which is the perfection of the aspect of nose. And it is written of him {{smaller|'''(Numbers 12:8)'''}}, “Face to face I speak with him”—this is <the perfect sanctification of> the aspect of mouth. And it is written of him {{smaller|'''(ibid.)'''}}, “A true picture of God he beholds”—this is <the perfection of> the aspect of eyes. And it is written of him {{smaller|'''(ibid.:7)'''}}, “He is the most trusted of all My house”—this is <the perfection of> the aspect of ears, corresponding to {{smaller|'''(Proverbs 11:13)'''}}, “A trustworthy spirit conceals the matter,” as brought in the Zohar. Because of this, she became leprous. “Leprosy is the ''SeGiRu'' (the containment) of the supernal light” {{smaller|'''(Zohar III, 49b)'''}} —i.e. the light of the face, mentioned above. And it is written of her {{smaller|'''(Numbers 12:15)'''}}, “For seven days, she remained ''SaGaR'' (quarantined) outside the camp.” And this is what Aharon requested {{smaller|'''(ibid. 12:12)'''}}: “Let [Miriam] not be as one dead, who comes from the womb of his mother with half his flesh eaten away.” Because of the containment of the supernal light, she is in the category of the dead, for “a leper is considered as dead” {{smaller|'''(Nedarim 64b)'''}}. “Who comes from the womb of his mother.” This is the concept of the levirate marriage. By means of the levirate marriage, his wife is his mother—his wife becomes his mother. “With half his flesh eaten away.” In other words, he has no mate. This is because “husband and wife are two halves of a body” {{smaller|'''(Zohar III, 109b)'''}}. But now that his wife is his mother, the result is that half his flesh has been eaten away and there is no marriage partner for him. {The explanation is as follows: When someone dies without children, his wife must undergo levirate marriage. As a result of this marriage, the dead man is reincarnated as the son born to his wife after she married his brother. As is explained in the ''Saba'' {{smaller|'''(Zohar II, 100b)'''}}, “His wife is his mother.” That is, it is great suffering and punishment for the deceased that his wife becomes his mother. For now he has to be born to his wife, who becomes his mother. Because of this, without great mercy [from Heaven], it is impossible for the son born to this woman, who has undergone levirate marriage, to find his marriage partner (as is brought in the ''Zohar'' I, 92a, that it is said of him: “Perhaps another will precede him—with mercy.” See there.) For this son of the woman who has undergone levirate marriage—who is in truth her husband, with his wife becoming his mother—has no marriage partner now that his mate has become his mother. This is what Rabbi Nachman explains: Aharon pleaded for Miriam who had blemished the intellect of the face, which is the blemish of the one who dies without offspring, that she should not, God forbid, be made to suffer the punishment of a levirate marriage. This is: “Let [Miriam] not be as one dead, who comes from the womb of his mother.” She should not be like one who dies without children, who must again emerge in reincarnation from his mother’s womb—i.e., his wife becomes his mother. That because of this: “half his flesh [is] eaten away”—namely, half his body is consumed. In other words, he has no marriage partner, for she is half his flesh, half his body, as explained.} ==[Pregnancy]== Now, there are times when the “mentalities” and the Godly influx are concealed, in the aspect of pregnancy. Then, the most beneficial thing for a person is crying out—be it in prayer or Torah study. For concealment/pregnancy corresponds to {{smaller|'''(Deuteronomy 32:18)'''}}, “The Mighty One Who bore you, you exhausted,” as in {{smaller|'''(Isaiah 37:3)'''}}, “There is no strength to give birth”—like a woman who is too exhausted to give birth. When she crouches to deliver she screams seventy screams, equal to the number of words in Psalm [20], “May God answer,” and then gives birth {{smaller|'''(Zohar III, 249b)'''}}. These seventy screams correspond to the seven calls which David uttered over the water {{smaller|'''(Psalm 29)'''}}, with each one comprised of ten <as is known>. <These cries> which a person cries out during his prayer and Torah study, when his mentalities are <concealed> in the aspect of pregnancy, parallel the cries of the woman in labor. And the Holy One, who knows just how the mentalities are concealed, He hears our cries. These cries are in place of the cries of the Divine Presence—as though She were crying out—and then She gives birth to the mentalities. This corresponds to [the teaching] {{smaller|'''(Orach Chaim 61:4)'''}}: The voice arouses concentration—i.e. the mentalities. And this corresponds to, “… would she not be embarrassed for seven days?” Seven days is the aspect of the seven calls of David. They are the seventy calls which one must cry out in order to take the light of the face from concealment to revelation; and revelation is synonymous with birth. And then, after the birth, “the blood is decomposed and turned into milk” {{smaller|'''(Bekhorot 6b)'''}}. This is the aspect of “embarrassed,” because embarrassment is when “the redness [of the cheeks] disappears and is replaced with whiteness” {{smaller|'''(Bava Metzia 58b)'''}}. In other words, “the blood is decomposed and is turned into milk.” And this is: “''TZur Yeladekha Teshy''” (The Mighty One Who bore you, you exhausted); the first letters of which stand for “''TZaakateinu Yode’ah Taalumot''” ([Hear] our cries, Knower of mysteries). And this is ''TeShY'': an acronym for “''Tikaleim Shiv’at Yamim''” (she will be embarrassed for seven days). ==[Yisrael]== Now, when a person studies Torah but is unable to understand it, this is because the mentalities and intellect of this Torah and study are in the aspect of pregnancy. It is referred to by the name Yaakov. For ''yAaKoV'' is the aspect of pregnancy, as in {{smaller|'''(Hosea 12:4)'''}}, “In the womb, he took his brother by the ''AKeV'' (the heel).” And then he must cry out the above mentioned calls. This corresponds to {{smaller|'''(Genesis 27:22)'''}}, “The call is the call of Yaakov.” When he is in the aspect of Yaakov, he must <cry out loud> in order to bring forth the mentalities in the aspect of birth. And, someone whose Torah study is without understanding and contains <no> new perception should not expound it [the Torah] in public. For this Torah, which is in the aspect of Yaakov/pregnancy—even though the Holy One delights in it, as in {{smaller|'''(Shir HaShirim Rabbah 2:3)'''}}, “‘''V’diglo'' (His banner) over me is love’ {{smaller|'''(Song of Songs 2:4)'''}}: do not read this ''v’DiGLo'', but <''v’DiLuGo''> (his stammering)”—should nevertheless not be expounded as is. For only things which are clear should be expounded. As <our Sages {{smaller|'''(Shabbat 145b)'''}} say of the verse>: “‘Say to wisdom: You are my sister’ {{smaller|'''(Proverbs 7:4)'''}} —if the thing is as clear to you as your sister’s impermissibility, say it; but if not, do not say it.” '''{“For God chose Yaakov as His own, Yisrael as His special one” {{smaller|(Psalms 135:4)}}.}''' And this is, “For God chose Yaakov as His own.” When it is in the aspect of Yaakov/pregnancy/without mentalities, this is the learning which the Holy One has chosen—in the aspect of “His banner over me was love.” This [learning] should not be expounded to the public. But, “Yisrael is His special one.” ''YiSRAeL'' is the letters ''LY RoASh'' (I have a head). This is the revelation of the mentalities, the drawing of the light of the face/Godly influx into the <inner part of the mind>, as above. And this is the concept of “Yisrael,” as in {{smaller|'''(Isaiah 49:3)'''}}, “Yisrael, in you I take pride.” Specifically “in you.” The “crown of splendor”—the transcending intellects mentioned above—should be drawn “in you”—internalized. “As His special one.” This is the Torah which he can expound to the public. ==''[Am Segulah]''== For we are called “''am segulah''” (a special nation) {{smaller|'''(Deuteronomy 7:6)'''}}. This is like a ''segulah'' used for healing. Even though the dictates of nature would not necessitate that this should induce healing, nevertheless, this thing is propitious for curing. It is supernatural, something which the human mind cannot fathom. <Israel, too, is in the category of ''segulah''. It cannot be understood why and how the Holy One chose us as “a special nation” from amongst the other nations.> As at the splitting of the Red Sea, when Judgment accused: “These serve idolatry [and these serve idolatry]” {{smaller|'''(Shemot Rabbah 21:7)'''}}, even so, the Holy One chose us as an <''am segulah''>. Thus, this thing [being chosen] is like a ''segulah''. It is supernatural and beyond human comprehension. This is the concept of encircling, explained above. And someone who has merited to these transcendent intellects, giving birth to them and internalizing them, will thus have merited to understand the ''segulah''. It is therefore only fitting that the “specialness” be revealed to the nation that is special. And so, each and every person, commensurate with his level, has an immanent and transcendent intellect. And commensurate with his level, that which God has granted him, to have the transcendent become immanent and to understand and originate something—it is only right that [every individual] reveal and give over this comprehension of “specialness.” That which was a ''segulah'' for him, he should disclose to the “special nation” and share his good with others. ==[Comprehension]== And this is the explanation of the fourth chapter of ''Sifra De’Tzniuta'': '''“''Atika'' is hidden and concealed; ''Z’er Anpin'' is revealed and not revealed.”''' '''''Atika''''' — This is the concept of the transcendent intellects. They are hidden and concealed from every side, for the entire duration of this world. They will only be revealed in the future world. But in '''''Z’er Anpin''''', in the human disciplines—those which man is capable of comprehending—there are also [the aspects of] immanent and transcendent. And every individual, commensurate with his level, has [the aspects of] immanent and transcendent. Now, those paradoxes which are impossible for the human mind to comprehend correspond to the aspect of ''Atika'', whereas all the disciplines which the human mind can comprehend correspond to the aspect of ''Z’er Anpin''. Though occasionally, they are concealed, in the aspect of pregnancy. This is: '''not revealed''' — However, when it is revealed to him, then <it> is in the category of revealed. And all the while that this thing remained “not revealed”/concealed from him, it was like a ''segulah'' for him, as above. It is beyond his comprehension. But afterwards, when it is revealed to him, he should share his good with others, as mentioned earlier. ==11== “Nachamu, nachamu (Be consoled, be consoled) my people, says your God” (Isaiah 40:1). All the troubles, hardships and exile are only as [difficult as] one’s lack of knowledge. And when knowledge is made complete, then all that is lacking is made complete, as in (Vayikra Rabbah 1:6), “If you have acquired knowledge, what could possibly be lacking?” And it is written (Isaiah 5:13), “Therefore My nation has been exiled, for they have no knowledge.” And the quintessence of eternal life will be in the future world, because of the knowledge [that will predominate]. Knowledge will increase, with everyone knowing God. Through this knowledge they will be encompassed in His unity, then to live an eternal life as He does. For by means of the knowledge, they will be encompassed in Him, as in the statement of the wise man (Kuzari 5): “Were I to know Him, I would be Him.” And the quintessence of this knowing will be in the future, as in (Isaiah 11:9), “For the earth shall be filled with knowledge.” Because of this knowledge nothing good will be lacking, and it will be all good. As our Sages teach (Pesachim 50a): “Is He now not One?” To which they replied, “In the future, ‘Who is good and beneficent’ will be said at all times.” Even the gentiles will know, with increased knowledge, but not like us. They will also know that the greatness which was theirs and the lowliness which was ours during the exile, was all actually our greatness. And even though it is presently impossible to understand all this, for reality cannot be denied, nevertheless, there will be an increase of knowledge and everyone will understand that the greatness of the gentiles was actually our greatness. To them belonged the lowliness. And though apparently this is a great [level of] knowledge, for us, in light of the knowledge we will have, it will be a matter of derision and laughter. This is (Psalms 126:2,3), “Then our mouth will be filled with laughter…. Then they will declare among the nations, ‘God has done greatly with these.’ God has done greatly with us.” They will know and say: The greatness which He gave to us, i.e. to the gentiles, “God has done greatly with these”—this greatness was for the Jewish people. Even so, “Then our mouth will be filled with laughter.” In other words, we will laugh at and deride their knowledge and comprehension. For our knowledge will then be without termination or end. Now, knowledge has both the aspects of transcendent and transcendent of the transcendent, as is brought above concerning the verse, “When you raise up the candles.” This is the meaning of: Be consoled, be consoled — Namely, transcendent and transcendent of the transcendent. For knowledge is the consolation of all suffering. And how is it possible to achieve this knowledge? Through: says your God — This is “saying quietly” (Zohar II, 25b), the aspect of oil, corresponding to the “seven candles.” God [alludes to] “raises its call.” This corresponds to (Psalms 83:2), “God, do not hold Yourself silent”—the cries of the woman in labor, mentioned above. {The explanation is as follows: It is explained above that by means of crying out we merit bringing forth the mentalities from their concealment. And by sanctifying the seven candles, we merit internalizing the transcendent intellects. This is because two things are necessary in order to comprehend the holy knowledge. At first, it is necessary to bring forth the mentalities. There are times when the mentalities and the Godly influx are concealed, as above. For this, it is necessary to cry out in order to give birth to them. Afterwards, when the mentalities have been brought forth, they still have [the aspects of] immanent and transcendent. And for this, it is necessary to sanctify the seven candles, so as to make the encircling aspects and Godly influx internal—making the transcendent immanent. Study there and understand. And this is the explanation of the verse “Be consoled, be consoled.” It is meriting to comprehend the transcendent intellects, i.e. comprehending the knowledge [of God]. As explained, this is the main consolation. We merit this by means of two aspects: crying out, through which the transcendent intellects are brought forth; and sanctifying the seven candles, through which the transcendent intellects are internalized. And this is: “says your God.” “Says” alludes to “saying quietly.” It is the aspect of oil, which is “quietly,” as is written in the Zohar (III, 39a), “Wine raises its call, but oil [pours] quietly.” And oil is synonymous with the “seven candles,” which were of oil. “Your God”—God corresponds to “raises its call”/crying out. By virtue of these two aspects, we merit comprehending the transcendent intellects/the holy knowledge, which is the main consolation. This is the concept of “Be consoled, be consoled”—i.e. transcendent and transcendent of the transcendent, as explained above.} The above brief explanation of the verse “Be consoled, be consoled,” which is Rebbe Nachman’s own language, I heard from his holy lips in somewhat greater detail. I wrote it down for myself as I heard it, and I have therefore not refrained from publishing it. At fir st, he began by speaking about the subject of life and death. He said: “The difference between life and death is no more than the measure of a single cubit. Presently, a person dwells here; afterwards, he dwells there { pointing with his hand in the direction of the cemetery}.” Subsequently, he went on to discuss the subject of eternal life. That is, someone who merits true knowledge—to know Him—sees no difference between life and death. This is because, whether alive or dead, he is attached to and encompassed in the Holy One. The only thing is that now, while he is alive, he resides here; but afterwards, he resides there, as mentioned. And then, I heard all of this from his holy lips. As follows: ==12== ==13== ==14== ==15== ==16== ==17== ==18== as0ifr7bpsq3422176cos9ydh3j5g8o 14130559 14130557 2024-04-26T04:18:45Z Breslevjoy 3097078 /* 11 */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{translation header | title =[[../]] | author =Nachman of Breslov | previous =[[../20/]] | section =[[../21/]] | next =[[../22/]] | portal = Breslov | shortcut = | year = | language =he | original =ליקוטי מוהר"ן | notes = }} {{larger|The fourth chapter of ''Sifra De’ Tzniuta'' [states]: '''“''Atika Tamir V’satim'' (Atik is hidden and concealed); ''Z’er Anpin'' is revealed and not revealed.” {{smaller|(Zohar II, 178a)}}'''}} {{larger|'''“When you raise up the candles, [the seven candles shall shine toward the face of the menorah]” {{smaller|(Numbers 8:2)}}. Rashi explains: The flame shall rise up on its own.'''}}}} ==[You Formed Me]== It is written {{smaller|'''(Psalms 139:5)'''}}: “Back and front ''TZaRtani'' (You formed me).” < ''TZuRah'' (form) is the intellect>. <In other words,> there is an intellect which a person attains by means of numerous introductory explanations. This intellect is called “back.” And there is an intellect which comes to a person without any introductory explanation, but through a Godly influx. This is called “front,” the face. Now, inspiration of the heart is born out of the motion of the intellect. This is because it is the nature of motion to create heat; the heat created in the heart being commensurate with the swiftness of the intellect’s movements. Thus, due to the Godly influx—i.e. that the intellect is bestowed upon a person swiftly, for he has no need of any introductory explanations—as a result of this swiftness, the flame of the heart rises up continuously on its own. ==[Godly Influx]== But to arrive at this concept of Godly influx is impossible, unless one sanctifies his mouth, nose, eyes and ears. Precisely these are what radiate the Godly influx to him. In other words, a person should guard himself from allowing anything false to emerge from his mouth. <With this, he sanctifies his mouth.> And he should have fear of Heaven. <With this, he sanctifies the nose,> as in {{smaller|'''(Isaiah 11:3)'''}}, “He shall breathe of the fear of God.” And he should have faith in the sages. <With this, he sanctifies the ears,> as in {{smaller|'''(Proverbs 22:17)'''}}, “Hear the words of the wise.” And he should keep his eyes shut so as not to look at evil. <With this, he sanctifies his eyes.> For precisely these are what arouse the Godly influx to come. This is because the mouth and the nose and the eyes and the ears are contingent upon the mind. They waken the mind that it should be in the category of “front,” in the category of face. This is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Psalms 119:160)'''}}, “''Rosh devarkha'' (Your very first utterance) is truth”—the aspect of mind as it applies to the mouth. And this is {{smaller|'''(ibid. 111:10)'''}}, “''Reishit chokhmah'' (The beginning of wisdom) is the fear of God”—the aspect of mind as it applies to the nose. And this is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Proverbs 9:8)'''}}, “Rebuke the wise man and he will love you”—the aspect of mind as it applies to the ears, as in, “Hear the words of the wise.” And this is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Genesis 3:7)'''}}, “And the eyes of both of them were opened”—the aspect of mind as it applied to the eyes. And precisely these are the “seven candles.” For the mouth, the two nostrils, the two eyes, and the two ears correspond to the seven candles. The menorah is the head—the mind. And the face of the menorah is the Godly influx. ==[To Foresee]== Now, this Godly influx is synonymous with the ''sukkah''. This is because ''SuKkAH'' corresponds to “''SaKhAH'' (she foresaw) with the spirit of holiness.” For the spirit of holiness is the Godly influx. And this ''sukkah'' comes about through the “seven clouds,” which correspond to the seven candles. Through them, a person attains the face of the menorah—the ''sukkah'' /Godly influx. The spirit of holiness is so called because of the wisdom; it being the spirit of wisdom which comes from holiness, as is known. And this is the meaning of what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Sukkah 11b)'''}}: “From where do we know that one is permitted to cover the ''sukkah'' only with something that cannot be made impure and which grows from the earth? It is written {{smaller|'''(Genesis 2:6)'''}}, ‘A mist rose from the earth’—just as a mist cannot be made impure and it issues only from the earth….” The mist is the above mentioned clouds. They are synonymous with holiness. And which grows from the earth. For this would be receiver must be a sage, as the Holy One “gives wisdom to the wise” {{smaller|'''(Daniel 2:21)'''}}, as in, “I have placed wisdom in the heart of all those who are wise of heart” {{smaller|'''(Exodus 31:6)'''}}. ==[Transcendence]== Now, this ''sukkah'' /spirit of holiness/Godly influx is synonymous with the concept of ''makifin'' (encircling, transcendent). For this intellect is so very great that the mind is incapable of holding it. It does not enter the mind, but encircles <it from without>. In a similar sense, we see that there are a number of profound disciplines which the human mind is incapable of understanding clearly; such as the numerous paradoxes which perplex us, e. g. foreknowledge and free will. The human mind is incapable of understanding this principle. And this intellect is synonymous with the concept of encircling. It does not enter within the mind. Rather, it surrounds it from without, and the inner intellect receives its vitality from this transcendent intellect. And know! <principally, the power of free choice exists> as long as the intellect is not so great that it can understand foreknowledge and free will. Then the power of free choice is as it should be, for one has the power to choose life or its opposite. But when this transcendent intellect is <internalized in the mind> and the intellect then expands and reveals to man the [understanding of] foreknowledge and free will—then free will will be nullified. Because then, by virtue of an expansion of the intellect, he leaves the category of human and ascends to the category of angel. And then, free will is nullified. <Hence, this is> the essence of the power of free choice: <[it exists] as long as it remains unknown, as explained>. And this is what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Berakhot 17a)'''}}: “In the future, the tzaddikim will sit with their ''atarot'' (crowns) in their heads, [delighting in the radiance of the ''Shekhinah''].” It should have said “on their heads.” <However, this was their intention,> because in the future free choice will be nullified. Thus, “the tzaddikim will sit.” “Sitting” indicates an absence of free choice, as in {{smaller|'''(Psalms 2:4)'''}}, “He Who sits in heaven,” which indicates an absence of change. This is because motion indicates a change from one will to another, whereas sitting points to an absence of change—namely, the nullification of free choice. And this is due to “their ''ATaRot'' (crowns).” This alludes to the aspect of encircling, as in {{smaller|'''(1 Samuel 23:26)'''}}, “Shaul and his men ''OTRim'' (encircled) David.” “In their heads” and not “on their heads.” In other words, the transcendent intellects will be internalized in the mind. And then, all the profundities which <they were> incapable of understanding will be internalized, in the inner mind, and <they> will know and comprehend them. They will <truly> emerge from the category of man and <enter> the category of angel, and free choice will be nullified. ==[''Kiddushin'']== This is also the concept of ''KiDduShin'' (marriage), the concept of canopy. For the Godly influx corresponds to ''KoDeSh'' (holiness)/canopy—the aspect of transcendent/encircling. This is what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Bava Batra 75a)'''}}: “Each and every tzaddik will be singed by the canopy of his friend.” This is because the transcendent intellect of one is greater than the transcendent intellect of the other, and the intellect which is transcending to one is immanent to the other. This corresponds to the seven days of celebration which follow the wedding ceremony—i.e. the concept of the seven candles through which the transcendent intellect is internalized. It also corresponds to the seven days of mourning, God spare us. We mourn over a person whose soul has expired so that his soul will ascend to the light of the face by means of these seven days, <as is known>. ==[Levirate Ceremony]== This is the reason for the spittle of the levirate ceremony. It is written {{smaller|'''(Deuteronomy 25:9)'''}}, “She shall spit toward his face”—specifically his face. For this one [her first husband] remains without offspring. He did not leave a blessing after him that they might draw the intellect of the face into the world through their good deeds. And his brother does not want to perpetuate the name of his deceased brother and does not want to marry her. Because of this, “She shall spit toward his face.” For he does not want to draw the dead man’s soul into the world so that he might rectify the light of the face. And occasionally, in this spittle appears the face of the departed. The departed’s face —specifically. With this spittle he [the brother] is shamed, and embarrassment is mainly [exhibited] in the face. And this is because he did not want to establish the name of his deceased brother. '''{“This is not true of my servant Moshe. He is the most trusted of all My house. Face to face I speak with him… a true picture of God he beholds… Miriam became leprous… Let [Miriam] not be as one dead, who comes from the womb of his mother with half his flesh eaten away… Moshe prayed, ''El'', please heal her… If her father had spit in her face, would she not be embarrassed for seven days? … For seven days, Miriam remained quarantined outside the camp…” {{smaller|(Numbers 12:7-15)}}.}''' And this is the concept of {{smaller|'''(Numbers 12:14)'''}}, “If her father had spit in her face, would she not be embarrassed for seven days?” Specifically “seven days”—the seven clouds by which the face of the menorah shines. But he refused to establish the name of his deceased brother, and therefore “she shall spit toward his face”—i.e. shamefaced. This is what our Sages said {{smaller|'''(Yevamot 52a)'''}}: “The levirate sister-in-law is taken [as a wife] through a proclamation.” This is the opposite of embarrassment, corresponding to {{smaller|'''(Psalms 29:9)'''}}, “All proclaim, ‘Glory!’”‘—the opposite of “embarrassed for seven days.” And Miriam, in blemishing the glory of Moshe—he being synonymous with the Godly influx, as in {{smaller|'''(Exodus 34:30)'''}}, “For the skin of his face shone brilliantly”—blemished the concept of the seven candles. This is because Moshe was humble, self-effacing and patient. His being shamed did not make him angry, which is the perfection of the aspect of nose. And it is written of him {{smaller|'''(Numbers 12:8)'''}}, “Face to face I speak with him”—this is <the perfect sanctification of> the aspect of mouth. And it is written of him {{smaller|'''(ibid.)'''}}, “A true picture of God he beholds”—this is <the perfection of> the aspect of eyes. And it is written of him {{smaller|'''(ibid.:7)'''}}, “He is the most trusted of all My house”—this is <the perfection of> the aspect of ears, corresponding to {{smaller|'''(Proverbs 11:13)'''}}, “A trustworthy spirit conceals the matter,” as brought in the Zohar. Because of this, she became leprous. “Leprosy is the ''SeGiRu'' (the containment) of the supernal light” {{smaller|'''(Zohar III, 49b)'''}} —i.e. the light of the face, mentioned above. And it is written of her {{smaller|'''(Numbers 12:15)'''}}, “For seven days, she remained ''SaGaR'' (quarantined) outside the camp.” And this is what Aharon requested {{smaller|'''(ibid. 12:12)'''}}: “Let [Miriam] not be as one dead, who comes from the womb of his mother with half his flesh eaten away.” Because of the containment of the supernal light, she is in the category of the dead, for “a leper is considered as dead” {{smaller|'''(Nedarim 64b)'''}}. “Who comes from the womb of his mother.” This is the concept of the levirate marriage. By means of the levirate marriage, his wife is his mother—his wife becomes his mother. “With half his flesh eaten away.” In other words, he has no mate. This is because “husband and wife are two halves of a body” {{smaller|'''(Zohar III, 109b)'''}}. But now that his wife is his mother, the result is that half his flesh has been eaten away and there is no marriage partner for him. {The explanation is as follows: When someone dies without children, his wife must undergo levirate marriage. As a result of this marriage, the dead man is reincarnated as the son born to his wife after she married his brother. As is explained in the ''Saba'' {{smaller|'''(Zohar II, 100b)'''}}, “His wife is his mother.” That is, it is great suffering and punishment for the deceased that his wife becomes his mother. For now he has to be born to his wife, who becomes his mother. Because of this, without great mercy [from Heaven], it is impossible for the son born to this woman, who has undergone levirate marriage, to find his marriage partner (as is brought in the ''Zohar'' I, 92a, that it is said of him: “Perhaps another will precede him—with mercy.” See there.) For this son of the woman who has undergone levirate marriage—who is in truth her husband, with his wife becoming his mother—has no marriage partner now that his mate has become his mother. This is what Rabbi Nachman explains: Aharon pleaded for Miriam who had blemished the intellect of the face, which is the blemish of the one who dies without offspring, that she should not, God forbid, be made to suffer the punishment of a levirate marriage. This is: “Let [Miriam] not be as one dead, who comes from the womb of his mother.” She should not be like one who dies without children, who must again emerge in reincarnation from his mother’s womb—i.e., his wife becomes his mother. That because of this: “half his flesh [is] eaten away”—namely, half his body is consumed. In other words, he has no marriage partner, for she is half his flesh, half his body, as explained.} ==[Pregnancy]== Now, there are times when the “mentalities” and the Godly influx are concealed, in the aspect of pregnancy. Then, the most beneficial thing for a person is crying out—be it in prayer or Torah study. For concealment/pregnancy corresponds to {{smaller|'''(Deuteronomy 32:18)'''}}, “The Mighty One Who bore you, you exhausted,” as in {{smaller|'''(Isaiah 37:3)'''}}, “There is no strength to give birth”—like a woman who is too exhausted to give birth. When she crouches to deliver she screams seventy screams, equal to the number of words in Psalm [20], “May God answer,” and then gives birth {{smaller|'''(Zohar III, 249b)'''}}. These seventy screams correspond to the seven calls which David uttered over the water {{smaller|'''(Psalm 29)'''}}, with each one comprised of ten <as is known>. <These cries> which a person cries out during his prayer and Torah study, when his mentalities are <concealed> in the aspect of pregnancy, parallel the cries of the woman in labor. And the Holy One, who knows just how the mentalities are concealed, He hears our cries. These cries are in place of the cries of the Divine Presence—as though She were crying out—and then She gives birth to the mentalities. This corresponds to [the teaching] {{smaller|'''(Orach Chaim 61:4)'''}}: The voice arouses concentration—i.e. the mentalities. And this corresponds to, “… would she not be embarrassed for seven days?” Seven days is the aspect of the seven calls of David. They are the seventy calls which one must cry out in order to take the light of the face from concealment to revelation; and revelation is synonymous with birth. And then, after the birth, “the blood is decomposed and turned into milk” {{smaller|'''(Bekhorot 6b)'''}}. This is the aspect of “embarrassed,” because embarrassment is when “the redness [of the cheeks] disappears and is replaced with whiteness” {{smaller|'''(Bava Metzia 58b)'''}}. In other words, “the blood is decomposed and is turned into milk.” And this is: “''TZur Yeladekha Teshy''” (The Mighty One Who bore you, you exhausted); the first letters of which stand for “''TZaakateinu Yode’ah Taalumot''” ([Hear] our cries, Knower of mysteries). And this is ''TeShY'': an acronym for “''Tikaleim Shiv’at Yamim''” (she will be embarrassed for seven days). ==[Yisrael]== Now, when a person studies Torah but is unable to understand it, this is because the mentalities and intellect of this Torah and study are in the aspect of pregnancy. It is referred to by the name Yaakov. For ''yAaKoV'' is the aspect of pregnancy, as in {{smaller|'''(Hosea 12:4)'''}}, “In the womb, he took his brother by the ''AKeV'' (the heel).” And then he must cry out the above mentioned calls. This corresponds to {{smaller|'''(Genesis 27:22)'''}}, “The call is the call of Yaakov.” When he is in the aspect of Yaakov, he must <cry out loud> in order to bring forth the mentalities in the aspect of birth. And, someone whose Torah study is without understanding and contains <no> new perception should not expound it [the Torah] in public. For this Torah, which is in the aspect of Yaakov/pregnancy—even though the Holy One delights in it, as in {{smaller|'''(Shir HaShirim Rabbah 2:3)'''}}, “‘''V’diglo'' (His banner) over me is love’ {{smaller|'''(Song of Songs 2:4)'''}}: do not read this ''v’DiGLo'', but <''v’DiLuGo''> (his stammering)”—should nevertheless not be expounded as is. For only things which are clear should be expounded. As <our Sages {{smaller|'''(Shabbat 145b)'''}} say of the verse>: “‘Say to wisdom: You are my sister’ {{smaller|'''(Proverbs 7:4)'''}} —if the thing is as clear to you as your sister’s impermissibility, say it; but if not, do not say it.” '''{“For God chose Yaakov as His own, Yisrael as His special one” {{smaller|(Psalms 135:4)}}.}''' And this is, “For God chose Yaakov as His own.” When it is in the aspect of Yaakov/pregnancy/without mentalities, this is the learning which the Holy One has chosen—in the aspect of “His banner over me was love.” This [learning] should not be expounded to the public. But, “Yisrael is His special one.” ''YiSRAeL'' is the letters ''LY RoASh'' (I have a head). This is the revelation of the mentalities, the drawing of the light of the face/Godly influx into the <inner part of the mind>, as above. And this is the concept of “Yisrael,” as in {{smaller|'''(Isaiah 49:3)'''}}, “Yisrael, in you I take pride.” Specifically “in you.” The “crown of splendor”—the transcending intellects mentioned above—should be drawn “in you”—internalized. “As His special one.” This is the Torah which he can expound to the public. ==''[Am Segulah]''== For we are called “''am segulah''” (a special nation) {{smaller|'''(Deuteronomy 7:6)'''}}. This is like a ''segulah'' used for healing. Even though the dictates of nature would not necessitate that this should induce healing, nevertheless, this thing is propitious for curing. It is supernatural, something which the human mind cannot fathom. <Israel, too, is in the category of ''segulah''. It cannot be understood why and how the Holy One chose us as “a special nation” from amongst the other nations.> As at the splitting of the Red Sea, when Judgment accused: “These serve idolatry [and these serve idolatry]” {{smaller|'''(Shemot Rabbah 21:7)'''}}, even so, the Holy One chose us as an <''am segulah''>. Thus, this thing [being chosen] is like a ''segulah''. It is supernatural and beyond human comprehension. This is the concept of encircling, explained above. And someone who has merited to these transcendent intellects, giving birth to them and internalizing them, will thus have merited to understand the ''segulah''. It is therefore only fitting that the “specialness” be revealed to the nation that is special. And so, each and every person, commensurate with his level, has an immanent and transcendent intellect. And commensurate with his level, that which God has granted him, to have the transcendent become immanent and to understand and originate something—it is only right that [every individual] reveal and give over this comprehension of “specialness.” That which was a ''segulah'' for him, he should disclose to the “special nation” and share his good with others. ==[Comprehension]== And this is the explanation of the fourth chapter of ''Sifra De’Tzniuta'': '''“''Atika'' is hidden and concealed; ''Z’er Anpin'' is revealed and not revealed.”''' '''''Atika''''' — This is the concept of the transcendent intellects. They are hidden and concealed from every side, for the entire duration of this world. They will only be revealed in the future world. But in '''''Z’er Anpin''''', in the human disciplines—those which man is capable of comprehending—there are also [the aspects of] immanent and transcendent. And every individual, commensurate with his level, has [the aspects of] immanent and transcendent. Now, those paradoxes which are impossible for the human mind to comprehend correspond to the aspect of ''Atika'', whereas all the disciplines which the human mind can comprehend correspond to the aspect of ''Z’er Anpin''. Though occasionally, they are concealed, in the aspect of pregnancy. This is: '''not revealed''' — However, when it is revealed to him, then <it> is in the category of revealed. And all the while that this thing remained “not revealed”/concealed from him, it was like a ''segulah'' for him, as above. It is beyond his comprehension. But afterwards, when it is revealed to him, he should share his good with others, as mentioned earlier. ==11== '''“''Nachamu, nachamu'' (Be consoled, be consoled) my people, says your God” {{smaller|(Isaiah 40:1)}}.''' All the troubles, hardships and exile are only as [difficult as] one’s lack of knowledge. And when knowledge is made complete, then all that is lacking is made complete, as in {{smaller|'''(Vayikra Rabbah 1:6)'''}}, “If you have acquired knowledge, what could possibly be lacking?” And it is written {{smaller|'''(Isaiah 5:13)'''}}, “Therefore My nation has been exiled, for they have no knowledge.” And the quintessence of eternal life will be in the future world, because of the knowledge [that will predominate]. Knowledge will increase, with everyone knowing God. Through this knowledge they will be encompassed in His unity, then to live an eternal life as He does. For by means of the knowledge, they will be encompassed in Him, as in the statement of the wise man {{smaller|'''(Kuzari 5)'''}}: “Were I to know Him, I would be Him.” And the quintessence of this knowing will be in the future, as in (Isaiah 11:9), “For the earth shall be filled with knowledge.” Because of this knowledge nothing good will be lacking, and it will be all good. As our Sages teach (Pesachim 50a): “Is He now not One?” To which they replied, “In the future, ‘Who is good and beneficent’ will be said at all times.” Even the gentiles will know, with increased knowledge, but not like us. They will also know that the greatness which was theirs and the lowliness which was ours during the exile, was all actually our greatness. And even though it is presently impossible to understand all this, for reality cannot be denied, nevertheless, there will be an increase of knowledge and everyone will understand that the greatness of the gentiles was actually our greatness. To them belonged the lowliness. And though apparently this is a great [level of] knowledge, for us, in light of the knowledge we will have, it will be a matter of derision and laughter. This is (Psalms 126:2,3), “Then our mouth will be filled with laughter…. Then they will declare among the nations, ‘God has done greatly with these.’ God has done greatly with us.” They will know and say: The greatness which He gave to us, i.e. to the gentiles, “God has done greatly with these”—this greatness was for the Jewish people. Even so, “Then our mouth will be filled with laughter.” In other words, we will laugh at and deride their knowledge and comprehension. For our knowledge will then be without termination or end. Now, knowledge has both the aspects of transcendent and transcendent of the transcendent, as is brought above concerning the verse, “When you raise up the candles.” This is the meaning of: Be consoled, be consoled — Namely, transcendent and transcendent of the transcendent. For knowledge is the consolation of all suffering. And how is it possible to achieve this knowledge? Through: says your God — This is “saying quietly” (Zohar II, 25b), the aspect of oil, corresponding to the “seven candles.” God [alludes to] “raises its call.” This corresponds to (Psalms 83:2), “God, do not hold Yourself silent”—the cries of the woman in labor, mentioned above. {The explanation is as follows: It is explained above that by means of crying out we merit bringing forth the mentalities from their concealment. And by sanctifying the seven candles, we merit internalizing the transcendent intellects. This is because two things are necessary in order to comprehend the holy knowledge. At first, it is necessary to bring forth the mentalities. There are times when the mentalities and the Godly influx are concealed, as above. For this, it is necessary to cry out in order to give birth to them. Afterwards, when the mentalities have been brought forth, they still have [the aspects of] immanent and transcendent. And for this, it is necessary to sanctify the seven candles, so as to make the encircling aspects and Godly influx internal—making the transcendent immanent. Study there and understand. And this is the explanation of the verse “Be consoled, be consoled.” It is meriting to comprehend the transcendent intellects, i.e. comprehending the knowledge [of God]. As explained, this is the main consolation. We merit this by means of two aspects: crying out, through which the transcendent intellects are brought forth; and sanctifying the seven candles, through which the transcendent intellects are internalized. And this is: “says your God.” “Says” alludes to “saying quietly.” It is the aspect of oil, which is “quietly,” as is written in the Zohar (III, 39a), “Wine raises its call, but oil [pours] quietly.” And oil is synonymous with the “seven candles,” which were of oil. “Your God”—God corresponds to “raises its call”/crying out. By virtue of these two aspects, we merit comprehending the transcendent intellects/the holy knowledge, which is the main consolation. This is the concept of “Be consoled, be consoled”—i.e. transcendent and transcendent of the transcendent, as explained above.} The above brief explanation of the verse “Be consoled, be consoled,” which is Rebbe Nachman’s own language, I heard from his holy lips in somewhat greater detail. I wrote it down for myself as I heard it, and I have therefore not refrained from publishing it. At fir st, he began by speaking about the subject of life and death. He said: “The difference between life and death is no more than the measure of a single cubit. Presently, a person dwells here; afterwards, he dwells there { pointing with his hand in the direction of the cemetery}.” Subsequently, he went on to discuss the subject of eternal life. That is, someone who merits true knowledge—to know Him—sees no difference between life and death. This is because, whether alive or dead, he is attached to and encompassed in the Holy One. The only thing is that now, while he is alive, he resides here; but afterwards, he resides there, as mentioned. And then, I heard all of this from his holy lips. As follows: ==12== ==13== ==14== ==15== ==16== ==17== ==18== hiy60zubukzz9ezk9btwe67fk54m2h4 Page:Yiddish Tales.djvu/74 104 4485375 14131411 14106449 2024-04-26T10:47:30Z JAM3SP196 3070032 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Ineuw" />{{rh|70|PEREZ}}</noinclude>The second week after they fell upon us and led me away as a Cantonist, to be brought up among the Gentiles and turned into a soldier. Time passed, and I forgot everything, as he had foretold. They knocked it all out of my head. I served far away, deep in Russia, among snows and terrific frosts, and never set eyes on a Jew. There may have been hidden Jews about, but I knew nothing of them, I knew nothing of Sabbath and festival, nothing of any fast. I forgot everything. But I held fast to my name! I did not change my coin. The more I forgot, the more I was inclined to be quit of my torments and trials-to make an end of them by agreeing to a Christian name, but whenever the bad thought came into my head, he appeared before me, the same Shochet, and I heard his voice say to me, "Keep your name, remain a Jew!" And I knew for certain that it was no empty dream, because every time I saw him older and older, his beard and earlocks greyer, his face paler. Only his eyes remained the same kind eyes, and his voice, which sounded like a violin, never altered. Once they flogged me, and he stood by and wiped the cold sweat off my forehead, and stroked my face, and said softly: "Don't cry out! We ought to suffer! Remain a Jew," and I bore it without a cry, without a moan, as though they had been flogging not-me. Once, during the last year, I had to go as a sentry to a public house behind the town. It was evening,<noinclude></noinclude> c53ni7i7rvl7xurwxezf615agudcbvb Page:Yiddish Tales.djvu/585 104 4485843 14130114 14107194 2024-04-25T21:44:34Z Ineuw 114977 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Ineuw" /></noinclude><div {{ts|mc|ffs|ac|pt5|pb.5|bc|bgt}}> {{fs|120%|THE CLEVER RABBI}} </div> The power of man's imagination, said my Grandmother, is very great. Hereby hangs a tale, which, to our sorrow, is a true one, and as clear as daylight. Listen attentively, my dear child, it will interest you very much. Not far from this town of ours lived an old Count, who believed that Jews require blood at Passover, Christian blood, too, for their Passover cakes. The Count, in his brandy distillery, had a Jewish over seer, a very honest, respectable fellow. The Count loved him for his honesty, and was very kind to him, and the Jew, although he was a simple man and no scholar, was well-disposed, and served the Count with heart and soul. He would have gone through fire and water at the Count's bidding, for it is in the nature of a Jew to be faithful and to love good men. The Count often discussed business matters with him, and took pleasure in hearing about the customs and observances of the Jews. One day the Count said to him, "Tell me the truth, do you love me with your whole heart?" "Yes," replied the Jew, "I love you as myself." "Not true!" said the Count. "I shall prove to you that you hate me even unto death." "Fold!" cried the Jew. "Why does my lord say such terrible things?" The Count smiled and answered: "Let me tell you! I know quite well that Jews must have Christian blood for<noinclude></noinclude> s44xztpm65gdaq7v5tv1h053qpfwsoi Index:Merry Drollery Complete 1670.djvu 106 4485903 14130469 14116819 2024-04-26T02:32:17Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 phrasing proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=''[[Merry Drollery, Complete (1670)|Merry Drollery, Complete]]'' |Language=en |Volume= |Author= |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=Simon Miller |Address=London |Year=1670 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=djvu |Image=1 |Progress=C |Transclusion=no |Validation_date= |Pages={{printer errata | notes = 15, 16 skipped }} <pagelist 1="Cover" 2="—" 3=1 17=17 351=1 351to359=roman /> |Volumes={{flatlist| * [[Index:Merry Drollery Complete 1670.djvu|1670 version]] * [[Index:Merry Drollery Compleat 1691.djvu|1691 version]] * [[Index:Merry Drollery Compleat 1875.djvu|1875 version]] }} |Remarks= |Width= |Header={{rvh|{{{PAGENUM}}}|''Complete.''|''Merry Drollerie,''}} |Footer={{right|next}} |tmplver= }} s7ot1gcegaltf973a3l2x38v8eaj5lu Index:Merry Drollery Complete 1670.djvu/styles.css 106 4485927 14130507 14118297 2024-04-26T03:15:23Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 sanitized-css text/css .wst-heading { font-style:italic; line-height:1.4; } .wst-toc-table caption { font-size:144%; padding:0; } .wst-toc-row-2out-1 td:first-child { font-style:italic; } ckkh4cyvtbb5w1l7ecq1ygahepis6l9 14130508 14130507 2024-04-26T03:15:59Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 line height sanitized-css text/css .wst-heading { font-style:italic; line-height:1; } .wst-toc-table caption { font-size:144%; padding:0; } .wst-toc-row-2out-1 td:first-child { font-style:italic; } on7uh9e1bqdkvzpq5qmqj7vsdgrsupq Page:Lehrmann v Network Ten Pty Limited (Trial Judgment).pdf/216 104 4486093 14130623 14109535 2024-04-26T05:54:55Z DraftSaturn15 3002956 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="DraftSaturn15" />{{quote/s}} {{smaller block/s}}</noinclude>''Ms Wilkinson'': Because you're taking back ownership of your story and what happened to you to make sure that it can't happen to others. And it changes the culture as much as is possible. Because you're also riding on the back of the ''Four Corners'' story, as you know. ''Ms Higgins'': Yep, yep. ''Mr Sharaz'': Exactly. <nowiki>***</nowiki> ''Mr Sharaz'': And you can't prosecute the Liberal Party and the only, it's the court of public opinion that can get them. You can't get them in court. ''Ms Higgins'': Yeah, I know. No. No, I'm not going to, I just, yeah. <nowiki>***</nowiki> ''Mr Sharaz'': The twenty-first of Feb you could do that story, that's ahead of that sitting week. And the March is when estimates is. ''Ms Wilkinson'': Oh, right. So, we Mr Sharaz: So, I don't know if that's too soon for you. <nowiki>***</nowiki> ''Mr Llewellyn'': So, twenty-first of Feb would be the ideal broadcast date. ''Ms Higgins'': Yeah. ''Mr Llewellyn'': When–so, there's questions in that next week, and then what does the, that first sitting week in March, is that Senate estimates? ''Ms Higgins'': I think it's two weeks in, and I think it's mid-March is when Senate estimates is back. ''Mr Llewellyn'': {{nop}}<noinclude>{{smaller block/e}} {{quote/e}} {{rule|align=left|15em}}{{rh|Lehrmann v Network Ten Pty Limited (Trial Judgment) [2024] FCA 369||208}}</noinclude> cw3w61yef51uss81s8u4p1lkzxgdf7k Page:พรบ ใช้ ปพพ ๒๕๑๙.pdf/24 104 4486154 14128002 14120021 2024-04-25T15:10:26Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=27|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1485}}The husband or wife may request a court to permit him or her to administer any specific kind of marital property or to participate in such administration, if doing so would be more beneficial. {{lawth|s|1486}}In the event that there is a premarital contract, once a court has delivered a final judgment or order according to the dispositions of section 1483, section 1484, or section 1485 which is in favour of the requestor, or section 1491, the court shall notify the marriage registrar to record it in the marriage register. {{lawth|s|1487}}During the time of being husband and wife, neither of them may seize property of the other, save for outstanding maintenance and costs according to a court judgment. {{lawth|s|1488}}If the husband or wife is held personally liable for a debt created prior to or during the marriage, that debt shall be paid with his or her personal property first. When this is insufficient, it shall then be paid with the part of the marital property which belongs to him or her. {{lawth|s|1489}}If the husband and wife are joint debtors, the debts shall be paid with the marital property and personal property of both of them. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> ept16hy3fue5019zymygqdhgjwlye74 Page:Merry Drollery Complete 1670.djvu/353 104 4486781 14130463 14116953 2024-04-26T02:22:57Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{TOC begin}} <templatestyles src="Template:Normal/styles.css" /><!--workaround for templatestyles bug--> |+ The Contents.</noinclude>{{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Roome for the best of Poets Heroick|Roome for the be{{ls}}t of Poets Heroick]]|100}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/I tell thee Dick where I have been|I tell thee {{normal|Dick}} where I have been]]|101}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/How happy is the prisoner &c|How happy is the pri{{ls}}oner &c.]]|107}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/I met with the divel in the shape of a Ram|I met with the divel in the {{ls}}hape of a Ram]]|109}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/The world's a bubble &c|The world’s a bubble &c.]]|110}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/The Proctors are two and no more|The Proctors are two and no more]]|111}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/My Mistris whom in heart &c|My Mi{{ls}}tris whom in heart &c.]]|113}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Tis not the Silver nor Gold|Tis not the Silver nor Gold]]|115}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/After so many sad mishaps|After {{ls}}o many {{ls}}ad mi{{ls}}haps]]|118}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Come lets purge our brains|Come lets purge our brains]]|121}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/What though the times|What though the times]]|124}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/The Power of the Sword|Lay by your pleading]]|125}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/I am a bonny scot|I am a bonny {{ls}}cot]]|127}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/I'll tell the a story &c|I’ll tell the a {{ls}}tory {{normal|&c.}}]]|131}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/I'll go no more to the old Exchange|I'll go no more to the old Exchange]]|134}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Lets call and drink the Celler|Lets call and drink the Celler]]|138}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/There is lusty Liquor|There is lu{{ls}}ty Liquor]]|140}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Three merry lads met at the Rose|Three merry lads met at the Ro{{ls}}e]]|143}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Of all the Recreations which|Of all the Recreations which]]|130}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Tom and Will were shepherds|{{normal|Tom}} and {{normal|Will}} were {{ls}}hepherds]]|149}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Wake all you dead what O|Wake all you dead what O]]|131}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/There a certain idle kind of creature|There a certain idle kind of creature]]|155}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/The Bow Goose|The Bow Goo{{ls}}e]]|153}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/News while Bears &c|News while Bears {{normal|&c.}}]]|153}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/We seamen are the bonny boys|We {{ls}}eamen are the bonny boys]]|162}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/My Mistris is in Musick passing &c|My Mi{{ls}}tris is in Mu{{ls}}ick pa{{ls}}{{ls}}ing &c.]]|163}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/When the Chill charakoe blows|When the Chill charakoe blows]]|164}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Now thanks to the powers below|Now thanks to the powers below]]|166}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/A maiden of late &c|A maiden of late {{normal|&c.}}]]|170}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}} {{rh||''Z''|''After''}}</noinclude> m6vgwp3hm4digrlxi6oq6ca71twcvuo Page:Merry Drollery Complete 1670.djvu/355 104 4486783 14130479 14116955 2024-04-26T02:47:01Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 fix typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{TOC begin}} <templatestyles src="Template:Normal/styles.css" /><!--workaround for templatestyles bug--> |+ The Contents.</noinclude>{{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Ne'er trouble thy self at the times|Ne’er trouble thy {{ls}}elf at the times]]|219}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Three merry boys came out of the West|Three merry boys came out of the We{{ls}}t]]|220}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Calm was the Evening|Calm was the Evening]]|220}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/There's many a blinking Verse &c|There’s many a blinking Ver{{ls}}e {{normal|&c.}}]]|221}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/The Blacksmith|The Black{{ls}}mith]]|225}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Come my dainty doxes|Come my dainty doxes]]|230}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Come Imp Royal &c|Come Imp Royal {{normal|&c.}}]]|231}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/The Wisemen|The Wi{{ls}}emen]]|232}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/How poor is his spirit &c|How poor is his {{ls}}pirit {{normal|&c.}}]]|232}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/I am mad O noble Festus|I am mad O noble {{normal|Fe{{ls}}tus}}]]|234}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/I dote I dote but am a fool &c|I dote I dote but am a fool {{normal|&c.}}]]|237}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Ladies I do here present|Ladies I do here pre{{ls}}ent]]|240}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/The Combate of Cocks|The Combate of Cocks]]|242}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Come let's frolick fill some Sack|Come let’s frolick fill {{ls}}ome Sack]]|246}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/What is that you call a Maidenhead|What is that you call a Maidenhead]]|249}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/When Phœbus addrest &c|When {{normal|Phœbus}} addre{{ls}}t {{normal|&c.}}]]|250}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/A Brewer may be a Burgess grave|A Brewer may be a Burge{{ls}}s grave]]|252}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Oliver Oliver|{{normal|Oliver Oliver}}]]|254}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/When I do travell in the night|When I do travell in the night]]|255}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Sir Eglamore|Sir {{normal|Eglamore}}]]|257}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/If none be offended &c|If none be offended {{normal|&c.}}]]|259}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Come drawer and fill us &c|Come drawer and fill us &c.]]|263}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/The Bulls feather|The Bulls feather]]|264}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/You talk of new England|You talk of new {{normal|England}}]]|266}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Come drawer turn about the Bowle|Come drawer turn about the Bowle]]|268}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Pray why should any man complain|Pray why {{ls}}hould any man complain]]|270}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/What an ass is he|What an a{{ls}}s is he]]|273}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/My masters give audience|My ma{{ls}}ters give audience]]|275}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/The Aphorismes of Galen|The Aphori{{ls}}mes of {{normal|Galen}}]]|277}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}} {{rh||''Z'' 2|''Now''}}</noinclude> 6xlxv7ec4wvvpdnhwlqtql6rh7js5x0 Page:Merry Drollery Complete 1670.djvu/356 104 4486784 14130488 14116957 2024-04-26T02:56:29Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 fix typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{TOC begin}} <templatestyles src="Template:Normal/styles.css" /><!--workaround for templatestyles bug--> |+ The Contents.</noinclude>{{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Now I am merrier Sir John|Now I am merrier Sir {{normal|John}}]]|280}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/I have reason to fly thee|I have rea{{ls}}on to fly thee]]|281}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/I have the fairest Non-perel|I have the faire{{ls}}t Non-perel]]|283}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Are you grown so melancholly|Are you grown {{ls}}o melancholly]]|286}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Sublimest discretions have climb'd &c|Sublime{{ls}}t di{{ls}}cretions have climb’d &c.]]|288}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/A pox on the Jaylor|A pox on the Jaylor]]|289}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/My lodging is on the cold ground|My lodging is on the cold ground]]|290}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/From the fair Lavinian shore|From the fair Lavinian {{ls}}hore]]|291}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Fetch me Ben Johnsons scull &c|Fetch me {{normal|Ben John{{ls}}ons}} scull &c.]]|293}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Now that the spring &c|Now that the {{ls}}pring &c.]]|296}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Of all the sports in the world|Of all the {{ls}}ports in the world]]|296}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/The wily wily Fox|The wily wily Fox]]|300}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/She lay all naked &c|She lay all naked &c.]]|300}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Some wives are good &c|Some wives are good &c.]]|301}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Call George again|Call {{normal|George}} again]]|304}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Pox take your mistris|Pox take your mi{{ls}}tris]]|304}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/The Answer|The An{{ls}}wer]]|306}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/She that will eat her break fast|She that will heat her break fa{{ls}}t]]|308}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/St. George for England|St. {{normal|George}} for {{normal|England}}]]|309}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Arthur of Bradley|{{normal|Arthur}} of {{normal|Bradley}}]]|312}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/On the Oxford Jeasts|On the {{normal|Oxford}} Jea{{ls}}ts]]|317}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/There were three Cooks in Colebrook|There were three Cooks in {{normal|Colebrook}}]]|318}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/When Ise came first to London Town|When I{{ls}}e came fir{{ls}}t to {{normal|London}} Town]]|323}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/The merry good fellow|The merry good fellow]]|326}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/The Rebels Reign|The Rebels Reign]]|326}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Have you observ'd the wench in the street|Have you ob{{ls}}erv’d the wench in the {{ls}}treet]]|332}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/A new Medley|A new Medley]]|333}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Shew a Room shew a Room &c|Shew a Room {{ls}}hew a Room &c.]]|339}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}} {{right|''Why''}}</noinclude> 36un6031boh0b8h6k2oar8r7zja20i9 14130489 14130488 2024-04-26T02:57:45Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 fix typo proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{TOC begin}} <templatestyles src="Template:Normal/styles.css" /><!--workaround for templatestyles bug--> |+ The Contents.</noinclude>{{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Now I am merrier Sir John|Now I am merrier Sir {{normal|John}}]]|280}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/I have reason to fly thee|I have rea{{ls}}on to fly thee]]|281}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/I have the fairest Non-perel|I have the faire{{ls}}t Non-perel]]|283}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Are you grown so melancholly|Are you grown {{ls}}o melancholly]]|286}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Sublimest discretions have climb'd &c|Sublime{{ls}}t di{{ls}}cretions have climb’d &c.]]|288}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/A pox on the Jaylor|A pox on the Jaylor]]|289}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/My lodging is on the cold ground|My lodging is on the cold ground]]|290}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/From the fair Lavinian shore|From the fair Lavinian {{ls}}hore]]|291}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Fetch me Ben Johnsons scull &c|Fetch me {{normal|Ben John{{ls}}ons}} scull &c.]]|293}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Now that the spring &c|Now that the {{ls}}pring &c.]]|296}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Of all the sports in the world|Of all the {{ls}}ports in the world]]|296}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/The wily wily Fox|The wily wily Fox]]|300}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/She lay all naked &c|She lay all naked &c.]]|300}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Some wives are good &c|Some wives are good &c.]]|301}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Call George again|Call {{normal|George}} again]]|304}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Pox take your mistris|Pox take your mi{{ls}}tris]]|304}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/The Answer|The An{{ls}}wer]]|306}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/She that will eat her breakfast|She that will heat her break fa{{ls}}t]]|308}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/St. George for England|St. {{normal|George}} for {{normal|England}}]]|309}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Arthur of Bradley|{{normal|Arthur}} of {{normal|Bradley}}]]|312}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/On the Oxford Jeasts|On the {{normal|Oxford}} Jea{{ls}}ts]]|317}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/There were three Cooks in Colebrook|There were three Cooks in {{normal|Colebrook}}]]|318}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/When Ise came first to London Town|When I{{ls}}e came fir{{ls}}t to {{normal|London}} Town]]|323}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/The merry good fellow|The merry good fellow]]|326}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/The Rebels Reign|The Rebels Reign]]|326}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Have you observ'd the wench in the street|Have you ob{{ls}}erv’d the wench in the {{ls}}treet]]|332}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/A new Medley|A new Medley]]|333}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Shew a Room shew a Room &c|Shew a Room {{ls}}hew a Room &c.]]|339}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}} {{right|''Why''}}</noinclude> cqw190w95pmy2wi6o8hj8acbp50se6v 14130490 14130489 2024-04-26T02:59:27Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 + proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{TOC begin}} <templatestyles src="Template:Normal/styles.css" /><!--workaround for templatestyles bug--> |+ The Contents.</noinclude>{{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Now I am merrier Sir John|Now I am merrier Sir {{normal|John}}]]|280}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/I have reason to fly thee|I have rea{{ls}}on to fly thee]]|281}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/I have the fairest Non-perel|I have the faire{{ls}}t Non-perel]]|283}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Are you grown so melancholly|Are you grown {{ls}}o melancholly]]|286}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Sublimest discretions have climb'd &c|Sublime{{ls}}t di{{ls}}cretions have climb’d &c.]]|288}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/A pox on the Jaylor|A pox on the Jaylor]]|289}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/My lodging is on the cold ground|My lodging is on the cold ground]]|290}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/From the fair Lavinian shore|From the fair Lavinian {{ls}}hore]]|291}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Fetch me Ben Johnsons scull &c|Fetch me {{normal|Ben John{{ls}}ons}} scull &c.]]|293}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Now that the spring &c|Now that the {{ls}}pring &c.]]|296}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Of all the sports in the world|Of all the {{ls}}ports in the world]]|296}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/The wily wily Fox|The wily wily Fox]]|300}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/She lay all naked &c|She lay all naked &c.]]|300}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Some wives are good &c|Some wives are good &c.]]|301}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Call George again|Call {{normal|George}} again]]|304}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Pox take your mistris|Pox take your mi{{ls}}tris]]|304}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/The Answer|The An{{ls}}wer]]|306}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/She that will eat her breakfast|She that will heat her break fa{{ls}}t]]|308}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/St. George for England|St. {{normal|George}} for {{normal|England}}]]|309}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Arthur of Bradley|{{normal|Arthur}} of {{normal|Bradley}}]]|312}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/On the Oxford Jeasts|On the {{normal|Oxford}} Jea{{ls}}ts]]|317}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/There were three Cooks in Colebrook|There were three Cooks in {{normal|Colebrook}}]]|318}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/The Blacksmith|The Blacksmith]]|319}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/When Ise came first to London Town|When I{{ls}}e came fir{{ls}}t to {{normal|London}} Town]]|323}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/The merry good fellow|The merry good fellow]]|326}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/The Rebels Reign|The Rebels Reign]]|326}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Have you observ'd the wench in the street|Have you ob{{ls}}erv’d the wench in the {{ls}}treet]]|332}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/A new Medley|A new Medley]]|333}} {{TOC row 2out-1|[[/Shew a Room shew a Room &c|Shew a Room {{ls}}hew a Room &c.]]|339}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}} {{right|''Why''}}</noinclude> s2wdggqqvoh9c6t72dthje76d82qca0 Page:Merry Drollery Complete 1670.djvu/191 104 4487178 14130502 14116231 2024-04-26T03:12:29Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{rvh|191|''Complete.''|''Merry Drollerie,''}}</noinclude><section begin="rebel" />{{ppoem|start=follow| We’ll melt all their Bodkins the quicker :Into Sack, and {{ls}}o drink them away, We’ll {{ls}}pend the demeans o’th’ Bi{{ls}}hops & Deans, :And over the Presbyter {{ls}}way. The nimble St. ''Patrick'' is {{ls}}unk in a bog, :And his Country-men {{ls}}adly cry, ''Oh hone, Oh hone,'' St. ''Andrew'' and’s kirk-men are lo{{ls}}t in a fog, :And we are the Saints alone: Thus on our {{ls}}uperiours and equals we trample, :Whil{{ls}}t Jockie the {{ls}}tirrop {{ls}}hall hold, The Citie’s our Mule for example, :While we thus in plenty are roll’d, Each delicate Di{{ls}}h {{ls}}hall but an{{ls}}wer our wi{{ls}}h, :And our drink {{ls}}hall be cordial Gold. }} <section end="rebel" /> {{rule}} <section begin="love" /> {{ph/main|Love lies a bleeding: In Imitation of Law lies a bleeding.}} {{ppoem|end=follow| {{di|L}}{{uc|a}}y by your pleading, Love lies a bleeding, Burn all your Poetry, and throw away your reading. :Piety is painted, :And Truth is tainted, Love is a reprobate, and Schi{{ls}}m now is Sainted, :The Throne Love doth {{ls}}it on, :We dayly do {{ls}}pit on, }} <section end="love" /><noinclude>{{right|It}}</noinclude> p2hv2nrw1lrcws4yefc3nz90xq8u5fx 14130503 14130502 2024-04-26T03:13:22Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{rvh|191|''Complete.''|''Merry Drollerie,''}}</noinclude><section begin="rebel" />{{ppoem|start=follow| We’ll melt all their Bodkins the quicker :Into Sack, and {{ls}}o drink them away, We’ll {{ls}}pend the demeans o’ th’ Bi{{ls}}hops & Deans, :And over the Presbyter {{ls}}way. The nimble St. ''Patrick'' is {{ls}}unk in a bog, :And his Country-men {{ls}}adly cry, ''Oh hone, Oh hone,'' St. ''Andrew'' and ’s kirk-men are lo{{ls}}t in a fog, :And we are the Saints alone: Thus on our {{ls}}uperiours and equals we trample, :Whil{{ls}}t Jockie the {{ls}}tirrop {{ls}}hall hold, The Citie’s our Mule for example, :While we thus in plenty are roll’d, Each delicate Di{{ls}}h {{ls}}hall but an{{ls}}wer our wi{{ls}}h, :And our drink {{ls}}hall be cordial Gold. }} <section end="rebel" /> {{rule}} <section begin="love" /> {{ph/main|Love lies a bleeding: In Imitation of Law lies a bleeding.}} {{ppoem|end=follow| {{di|L}}{{uc|a}}y by your pleading, Love lies a bleeding, Burn all your Poetry, and throw away your reading. :Piety is painted, :And Truth is tainted, Love is a reprobate, and Schi{{ls}}m now is Sainted, :The Throne Love doth {{ls}}it on, :We dayly do {{ls}}pit on, }} <section end="love" /><noinclude>{{right|It}}</noinclude> e7492ruw6msl14hi3lxlvumbktt4xi5 14130506 14130503 2024-04-26T03:14:52Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{rvh|191|''Complete.''|''Merry Drollerie,''}}</noinclude><section begin="rebel" />{{ppoem|start=follow| We’ll melt all their Bodkins the quicker :Into Sack, and {{ls}}o drink them away, We’ll {{ls}}pend the demeans o’ th’ Bi{{ls}}hops & Deans, :And over the Presbyter {{ls}}way. The nimble St. ''Patrick'' is {{ls}}unk in a bog, :And his Country-men {{ls}}adly cry, ''Oh hone, Oh hone,'' St. ''Andrew'' and ’s kirk-men are lo{{ls}}t in a fog, :And we are the Saints alone: Thus on our {{ls}}uperiours and equals we trample, :Whil{{ls}}t Jockie the {{ls}}tirrop {{ls}}hall hold, The Citie’s our Mule for example, :While we thus in plenty are roll’d, Each delicate Di{{ls}}h {{ls}}hall but an{{ls}}wer our wi{{ls}}h, :And our drink {{ls}}hall be cordial Gold. }} <section end="rebel" /> {{rule}} <section begin="love" /> {{ph/main|Love lies a bleeding: In Imitation of<br/> Law lies a bleeding.}} {{ppoem|end=follow| {{di|L}}{{uc|a}}y by your pleading, Love lies a bleeding, Burn all your Poetry, and throw away your reading. :Piety is painted, :And Truth is tainted, Love is a reprobate, and Schi{{ls}}m now is Sainted, :The Throne Love doth {{ls}}it on, :We dayly do {{ls}}pit on, }} <section end="love" /><noinclude>{{right|It}}</noinclude> b55vyvrborq9k5h00q9hqvtdda3sq70 Page:Merry Drollery Complete 1670.djvu/192 104 4487208 14130509 14116275 2024-04-26T03:16:42Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 space proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{rvh|192|''Complete.''|''Merry Drollerie,''}}</noinclude>{{ppoem|start=follow|end=follow| It was not thus, I wis, when Betty rul’d in Britain. :But friend{{ls}}hip hath faultred, :Loves Altars are altered, And he that is the cau{{ls}}e, I would his neck were haltred. :When Love did nouri{{ls}}h :England did flouri{{ls}}h, Till holy hate came in and made us all {{ls}}o curri{{ls}}h. :Now every Widgeon :Talks of Religion, And doth as little good as Mahomet and his Pidgeon. :Each coxcombe is {{ls}}uiting :His words for confuting, But heaven is {{ls}}ooner gain’d by {{ls}}uffering than by di{{ls}}puting. :True friend{{ls}}hip we {{ls}}mother, :And {{ls}}trike at our Brother Apo{{ls}}tles never went to God by killing one another. :Let Love but warm ye :Nothing can harm ye, When Love is General, there’s Angels in the Army. :Love keeps his quarters, :And fears no tortures, The brave{{ls}}t fights are written in the Book of Martyrs. :Could we be {{ls}}o civill :As to do good for evill It were the only happy way to o’recome the divel. :The Flowers Love hath watred, }}<noinclude>{{right|Sedition}}</noinclude> mgcdgxkqd73cdpx5itstt9ln5sle8du 14130511 14130509 2024-04-26T03:17:00Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 italics proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{rvh|192|''Complete.''|''Merry Drollerie,''}}</noinclude>{{ppoem|start=follow|end=follow| It was not thus, I wis, when Betty rul’d in Britain. :But friend{{ls}}hip hath faultred, :Loves Altars are altered, And he that is the cau{{ls}}e, I would his neck were haltred. :When Love did nouri{{ls}}h :''England'' did flouri{{ls}}h, Till holy hate came in and made us all {{ls}}o curri{{ls}}h. :Now every Widgeon :Talks of Religion, And doth as little good as Mahomet and his Pidgeon. :Each coxcombe is {{ls}}uiting :His words for confuting, But heaven is {{ls}}ooner gain’d by {{ls}}uffering than by di{{ls}}puting. :True friend{{ls}}hip we {{ls}}mother, :And {{ls}}trike at our Brother Apo{{ls}}tles never went to God by killing one another. :Let Love but warm ye :Nothing can harm ye, When Love is General, there’s Angels in the Army. :Love keeps his quarters, :And fears no tortures, The brave{{ls}}t fights are written in the Book of Martyrs. :Could we be {{ls}}o civill :As to do good for evill It were the only happy way to o’recome the divel. :The Flowers Love hath watred, }}<noinclude>{{right|Sedition}}</noinclude> 7wnzq8t36cg8qpmbjg4fsz1dxuz6m3q 14130512 14130511 2024-04-26T03:17:20Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 italics proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{rvh|192|''Complete.''|''Merry Drollerie,''}}</noinclude>{{ppoem|start=follow|end=follow| It was not thus, I wis, when Betty rul’d in Britain. :But friend{{ls}}hip hath faultred, :Loves Altars are altered, And he that is the cau{{ls}}e, I would his neck were haltred. :When Love did nouri{{ls}}h :''England'' did flouri{{ls}}h, Till holy hate came in and made us all {{ls}}o curri{{ls}}h. :Now every Widgeon :Talks of Religion, And doth as little good as ''Mahomet'' and his Pidgeon. :Each coxcombe is {{ls}}uiting :His words for confuting, But heaven is {{ls}}ooner gain’d by {{ls}}uffering than by di{{ls}}puting. :True friend{{ls}}hip we {{ls}}mother, :And {{ls}}trike at our Brother Apo{{ls}}tles never went to God by killing one another. :Let Love but warm ye :Nothing can harm ye, When Love is General, there’s Angels in the Army. :Love keeps his quarters, :And fears no tortures, The brave{{ls}}t fights are written in the Book of Martyrs. :Could we be {{ls}}o civill :As to do good for evill It were the only happy way to o’recome the divel. :The Flowers Love hath watred, }}<noinclude>{{right|Sedition}}</noinclude> fzvfy9bxpggkreh3rapfifd3gn0693y Page:The genius - Carl Grosse tr Joseph Trapp 1796.djvu/378 104 4487209 14130143 14116281 2024-04-25T22:04:45Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Ostrea" /></noinclude>—"I think the count has seen, and waits for me." —"O! come with me!" pursued she, weeping and kneeling down at my feet. —'"Dear, dear," continued I highly alarmed, "what can ail you my lady? You seem to have lost your senses. Shall I call somebody?" She shook her head. —"You no doubt want to speak to me? But remember the unseasonable hour! the improper place! If you have something very particular to tell me, I promise to meet you to-morrow after midnight in the garden." —"O Carlos!" exclaimed she with impassionate rapture, "will you meet me indeed? Will you? Ah, I well knew there still remained a glimmering spark of your former fondness!" At these words she hastily flew to my bosom, and covered my face with ardent kisses. I startled, as if I heard some noise, got softly loose from her embraces, and conducting her to her drawing-room, silently retired. "To-morrow, after midnight, Car-<noinclude></noinclude> 1lerfwj3xgltffb846xbvad2zw40ggn Index:Merry Drollery Compleat 1691.djvu 106 4487253 14130467 14117520 2024-04-26T02:31:27Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=''[[Merry Drollery Compleat (1691)|Merry Drollery Compleat]]'' |Language=en |Volume= |Author= |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=William Miller |Address=London |Year=1691 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=djvu |Image=1 |Progress=C |Transclusion=no |Validation_date= |Pages={{printer errata | notes = 15, 16 missing }} <pagelist 1="Cover" 2="—" 3=1 17=17 351=1 351to359=roman 360to361="—" /> |Volumes=<!----> This work is a reprint; see [[Help:Facsimiles]]. {{flatlist| * [[Index:Merry Drollery Complete 1670.djvu|1670 version]] * [[Index:Merry Drollery Compleat 1691.djvu|1691 version]] * [[Index:Merry Drollery Compleat 1875.djvu|1875 version]] }} |Remarks= |Width= |Header={{rvh|{{{PAGENUM}}}|''Complete.''|''Merry Drollerie,''}} |Footer={{right|next}} |tmplver= }} 1vex6xfg6h8n8raxkcx60jpqesmh1fw 14130468 14130467 2024-04-26T02:31:59Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 phrasing proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=''[[Merry Drollery Compleat (1691)|Merry Drollery Compleat]]'' |Language=en |Volume= |Author= |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=William Miller |Address=London |Year=1691 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=djvu |Image=1 |Progress=C |Transclusion=no |Validation_date= |Pages={{printer errata | notes = 15, 16 skipped }} <pagelist 1="Cover" 2="—" 3=1 17=17 351=1 351to359=roman 360to361="—" /> |Volumes=<!----> This work is a reprint; see [[Help:Facsimiles]]. {{flatlist| * [[Index:Merry Drollery Complete 1670.djvu|1670 version]] * [[Index:Merry Drollery Compleat 1691.djvu|1691 version]] * [[Index:Merry Drollery Compleat 1875.djvu|1875 version]] }} |Remarks= |Width= |Header={{rvh|{{{PAGENUM}}}|''Complete.''|''Merry Drollerie,''}} |Footer={{right|next}} |tmplver= }} dlgfoxpsappefiz3k1isr7q0ry1ghbz Yiddish Tales/Reuben Asher Braudes 0 4487314 14128091 14118047 2024-04-25T15:49:52Z Ineuw 114977 main namespace page edit wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = Jewish Publication Society of America | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = | next = | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=15 to=15 /> {{Dhr}} {{rule|30%}} {{Dhr}} <div {{ts|mc|ac|pt5|pb.5|bc|bgt}}> {{fs|120%|CONTRIBUTIONS}} {{fs|120%|[[Yiddish Tales/Reuben Asher Braudes/The Misfortune|The Misfortune]]}} </div> 1hu7m59va4jgpi08tm3ya3v5qlgrnfi 14129881 14128091 2024-04-25T19:58:13Z Ineuw 114977 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = Jewish Publication Society of America | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../|Main page]] | next = [[../Jehalel (Judah Löb Lewin)|Jehalel (Judah Löb Lewin)]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=15 to=15 /> {{Dhr}} {{rule|30%}} {{Dhr}} <div {{ts|mc|ac|pt5|pb.5|bc|bgt}}> {{fs|120%|CONTRIBUTIONS}} {{fs|120%|[[Yiddish Tales/Reuben Asher Braudes/The Misfortune|The Misfortune]]}} </div> 8nxmdeck9gfprac9f1f2mtwuzptr1mu Page:The Pima Indians.pdf/349 104 4487499 14128049 14117702 2024-04-25T15:29:49Z Sumiaz 638781 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="2" user="Sumiaz" />{{rh|344|{{asc|THE PIMA INDIANS}}|{{smaller|[{{asc|ETH. ANN.}} 26}}}}</noinclude>the north; the east wind carried him to the west; the wind from the zenith carried him to the sky; all returned to throw him violently down. From his cigarette containing two kinds of roots Earth Doctor blew smoke upon the breast of Elder Brother, whereupon green leaves sprang forth and he gained consciousness. Earth Doctor cleared the ground for a council and then picked up Elder Brother as he would have taken up a child and put him in his house. Earth Doctor sent Gray Gopher up through the earth to emerge in the east by the white water where lay the eagle tail. He came out by the black water where lay the raven feathers. He came out by the {{rule}} {{lh|250%|{{ws|0.5em|{{transl|Am|There}} {{transl|tc{{sc|u}}m|he}} {{transl|ny{{sc|u}}ĭ|saw}} {{transl|k{{sc|u}}k|that}} {{transl|{{sc|u}}ta|in}} {{transl|am|there}} {{transl|k{{sc|u}}k|stand}} {{transl|stc{{sc|u}}-{{sc|u}}takĭ|blue}} {{transl|hâtaĭ|stone}} {{transl|tapĭnya.|smooth.}} {{transl|Kot|That}} {{transl|h{{sc|u}}k|that}} {{transl|w{{sc|u}}tcâ|under}} {{transl|am|there}} {{transl|maorsk|{{ws|0em|thrust in}}}} {{transl|am|there}} {{transl|takĭthâ|relinquish}} {{transl|h{{sc|u}}k|that}} {{transl|Â-âpsʽ|enemies'}} {{transl|kam|power}} {{transl|{{sc|u}}âmĭna.|{{ws|0em|short sticks.}}}} {{transl|Nyĭâkŭtam|Talking}} {{transl|os|tree}} {{transl|{{sc|u}}âmĭna|{{ws|0em|short sticks}}}} {{transl|viak|left}} {{transl|h{{sc|u}}k|that}} {{transl|rsa-ak|grasp}} {{transl|iâĭ.|{{ws|0em|he followed.}}}} {{transl|Âʌawot|{{ws|0em|It was}}}} {{transl|{{sc|u}}ta|in}} {{transl|katcĭm|laying}} {{transl|vâkĭtatc|trail}} {{transl|kotak|{{ws|0em|that he}}}} {{transl|iâĭ|follow}} {{transl|katcĭm|laying}} {{transl|takĭŏ|direction}} {{transl|vâkĭtatc|trail}} {{transl|w{{sc|u}}s|all}} {{transl|kas|over}} {{transl|payokatak|necklaces}} {{transl|w{{sc|u}}s|all}} {{transl|kas|over}} {{transl|nahakiâtak|earrings}} {{transl|a-an|feathers}} {{transl|kia-at{{sc|u}}ta|strings}} {{transl|hokĭtak|sides}} {{transl|vi-ĭk|down}} {{transl|kiat{{sc|u}}ta|strings}} {{transl|hokĭtvk|edge}} {{transl|os|tree}} {{transl|hiktcʽka|{{ws|0em|short sticks}}}} {{transl|hiâsĭtastcʽ|artificial}} {{transl|hokĭtvk|edge}} {{transl|kak|that}} {{transl|sivanĭtckovatc|jerks}} {{transl|sikopaȷ|{{ws|0em|face down}}}} {{transl|woĭhĭm.|thrown.}} {{transl|Na-ankiʽ|North}} {{transl|âĭt|field}} {{transl|takĭŏ|direction}} {{transl|vâkĭtatcʽ|trail}} {{transl|w{{sc|u}}s|all}} {{transl|kas|over}} {{transl|payokatak|necklaces}} {{transl|w{{sc|u}}s|all}} {{transl|kas|over}} {{transl|nahakĭâtak|earrings}} {{transl|a-an|feathers}} {{transl|kiat{{sc|u}}ta|strings}} {{transl|hokĭtvk|edge}} {{transl|vi-ĭk|down}} {{transl|kiat{{sc|u}}ta|strings}} {{transl|hokĭtvk|edge}} {{transl|os|tree}} {{transl|hikʽtcka|{{ws|0em|short cut}}}} {{transl|hiâsĭtastcʽ|artificial}} {{transl|hokĭtvk|edge}} {{transl|kak|that}} {{transl|sihopanytcʽ|uproot}} {{transl|sitc{{sc|u}}xhĭm|{{ws|0em|humping high}}}} {{transl|tcotahĭm.|going.}} {{transl|Kahupaĭ|Where}} {{transl|taha|sitting}} {{transl|k{{sc|u}}s|{{ws|0em|kind of}}}} {{transl|siakam|brave}} {{transl|â-âtam|man}} {{transl|kak|that}} {{transl|am|there}} {{transl|sitc{{sc|u}}xhĭm|{{ws|0em|jumping high}}}} {{transl|tcotahĭm.|going.}} {{transl|Ʌataʌa|Therefore}} {{transl|tc{{sc|u}}-{{sc|u}}mâ-â|reach}} {{transl|k{{sc|u}}|{{ws|0em|kind of}}}} {{transl|taɹs|sun}} {{transl|hotokot|{{ws|0em|every other<br>evening}}}} {{transl|ki-ĭk|four}} {{transl|ap|there}} {{transl|mâĭtam|groups}} {{transl|s{{sc|u}}tapĭonytc|smooth}} {{transl|katc|lay}} {{transl|kotak|that}} {{transl|âĭtkʽ|followed}} {{transl|ki-ĭkhâ itapĭonyĭk|{{ws|0em|four times slides}}}} {{transl|ĭmho|there}} {{transl|t{{sc|u}}ʌ{{sc|u}}tca|{{ws|0em|us under}}}} {{transl|sʽpapaki|slowly}} {{transl|tc{{sc|u}}|discover}} {{transl|k{{sc|u}}|{{ws|0em|kind of}}}} {{transl|sis|{{ws|0em|older<br>brother}}}} {{transl|makaĭ.|magician.}} {{transl|Woitcotkʽ|{{ws|0em|Straight to}}}} {{transl|pitcĭmkʽ|{{ws|0em|go around}}}} {{transl|woitcotkʽ|{{ws|0em|straight to}}}} {{transl|napatoʌak|{{ws|0em|sit flat}}}} {{transl|vi-ĭtckŭt|(?)}} {{transl|tcoi-ĭkʽtcʽ|resembles}} {{transl|tcivĭa.|came.}} {{transl|Hastco pŭĭhimûtʽkʽ|{{ws|0em|What do you wish to get}}}} {{transl|tcivĭa,|come,}} {{transl|hastco pŭĭhĭmûtʽkʽ|{{ws|0em|what do you with to get}}}} {{transl|tcivĭa,|come}} {{transl|hastco pŭĭhĭmŭtʽkʽ|{{ws|0em|what do you wish to get}}}} {{transl|tcivĭa,|come,}} {{transl|hastco pŭĭhĭmŭtʽkʽ|{{ws|0em|what do you wish to get}}}} {{transl|tcivĭak|came}} {{transl|vi-ĭtckŭt|(?)}} {{transl|tcoĭkʽtcʽ|resembles}} {{transl|tcivĭa.|came.}} {{transl|Hi-ĭks,|Yes,}} {{transl|nanypĭm|{{ws|0em|I thus}}}} {{transl|akĭt|told}} {{transl|spathâlĭtkʽ|{{ws|0em|think evil}}}} {{transl|tatcoa|desires}} {{transl|tc{{sc|u}}v{{sc|u}}ʇ|land}} {{transl|nytc{{sc|u}}kĭ|{{ws|0em|for me placed}}}} {{transl|h{{sc|u}}mata|people}} {{transl|tarsa|set}} {{transl|pʽata|{{ws|0em|he said}}}} {{transl|kaĭtam|noise}} {{transl|tc{{sc|u}}tcu.|said.}} {{transl|Ata-im|{{ws|0em|Far in}}}} {{transl|hoʇĭnyĭk|west}} {{transl|takĭŏ|direction}} {{transl|tc{{sc|u}}t|from}} {{transl|âĭtktc{{sc|u}}t|after}} {{transl|tcivĭa.|came.}}}}}} {{lh|250%|{{ws|0.5em|{{transl|Ĭm|}} {{transl|sialĭk|}} {{transl|woĭ|}} {{transl|tc{{sc|u}}xhĭmtcotkʽ|}} {{transl|sialĭk|}} {{transl|parsâĭnâtkĭtkʽ|}} {{transl|opam|}} {{transl|tarsowa|}} {{transl|ĭm|}} {{transl|katcĭm|}} {{transl|takĭŏtcŭt|}} {{transl|âĭtktc{{sc|u}}t|}} {{transl|tcivĭa.|}} {{transl|Na-ankĭ|}} {{transl|âĭt|}} {{transl|woĭ|}} {{transl|tcuxhĭmtcotkʽ|}} {{transl|na-ankĭʽ|}} {{transl|âĭt|}} {{transl|parsâĭpâtkĭtkʽ|}} {{transl|opam|}} {{transl|tarswoa.|}} {{transl|Ĭm|}} {{transl|sialĭk|}} {{transl|takĭŏtc{{sc|u}}t|}} {{transl|âĭtkʽtc{{sc|u}}t|}} {{transl|tcivĭa.|}} {{transl|Hoʇĭnyĭk|}} {{transl|woĭ|}} {{transl|tc{{sc|u}}xhĭmtcotkʽ|}} {{transl|hoʇinyĭk|}} {{transl|parsâinâtkĭtkʽ|}} {{transl|opam|}} {{transl|tarsoa.|}} {{transl|Ĭt|}} {{transl|tam{{sc|u}}tc{{sc|u}}t|}} {{transl|âĭtktc{{sc|u}}t|}} {{transl|tcivĭa.|}} {{transl|Tam|}} {{transl|atcĭm|}} {{transl|woĭ}}}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> f600vvvgr6uz7ss76axtodn2392k5a4 Public Law 113-287/Chapter 3041 0 4487575 14128041 14117807 2024-04-25T15:26:31Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 TE(æ)A,ea. moved page [[Public Law 113-287/Chapters 3041]] to [[Public Law 113-287/Chapter 3041]]: Misspelled title wikitext text/x-wiki {{header |title=Public Law 113-287 |author=|override_author=U.S. Congress |section= |previous=[[../Chapter 3039/]] |next=[[../Chapters 3051/]] |notes= }} <pages index="United States Statutes at Large Volume 128.pdf" from=3233 fromsection=s2 to=3239 tosection=s1 /> 1irhvp66erl71c5jhgl11yn7wtlhmtc 14128044 14128041 2024-04-25T15:26:56Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header |title=Public Law 113-287 |author=|override_author=U.S. Congress |section= |previous=[[../Chapter 3039/]] |next=[[../Chapter 3051/]] |notes= }} <pages index="United States Statutes at Large Volume 128.pdf" from=3233 fromsection=s2 to=3239 tosection=s1 /> ruy5izrasuo3qb9inrrjdtijv39jmwd Yiddish Tales/Reuben Asher Braudes/The Misfortune 0 4487688 14129718 14123155 2024-04-25T19:15:28Z Ineuw 114977 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../|Reuben Asher Braudes]] | next = | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=17 to=30 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {{smallrefs}} kids1dzaoj72fvtetdidw2xmfvz4aff 14129736 14129718 2024-04-25T19:22:26Z Ineuw 114977 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../|Reuben Asher Braudes]] | next = [[../Jehalel_(Judah_L%C3%B6b_Lewin)|Jehalel_(Judah_L%C3%B6b_Lewin)]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=17 to=30 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {{smallrefs}} 6hjllv973cxm7xy74ja46otf1jhoo0s Page:Merry Drollery Compleat 1875.djvu/407 104 4487862 14130462 14118409 2024-04-26T02:22:29Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{rh||The Contents.|[353]}} {| class="ws-summary __old-toc" <templatestyles src="Template:Largeinitial/styles.css" /><templatestyles src="Template:Normal/styles.css" /><!--workaround for templatestyles bug--></noinclude>|- |[[/Roome for the best of Poets Heroick/]] |colspan=2|100 |- |[[/I tell the Dick where I have been/]] |colspan=2|101 |- |[[/How happy is the prisoner &c/]] |colspan=2|107 |- |[[/I met with the divel in the shape of a Ram/]] |colspan=2|109 |- |[[/The world's a bubble &c/]] |colspan=2|110 |- |[[/The Proctors are two and no more/]] |colspan=2|111 |- |[[/My Mistris whom in heart &c/]] |colspan=2|113 |- |[[/Tis not the Silver nor Gold/]] |colspan=2|115 |- |[[/After so many sad mishaps/]] |colspan=2|118 |- |[[/Come lets purge our brains/]] |colspan=2|121 |- |[[/What though the times/]] |colspan=2|124 |- |[[/The Power of the Sword/]] |colspan=2|125 |- |[[/I am a bonny scot/]] |colspan=2|127 |- |[[/I'll tell the a story &c/]] |colspan=2|131 |- |[[/I'll go no more to the old Exchange/]] |colspan=2|134 |- |[[/Lets call and drink the Celler/]] |colspan=2|138 |- |[[/There is lusty Liquor/]] |colspan=2|140 |- |[[/Three merry lads met at the Rose/]] |colspan=2|143 |- |[[/Of all the Recreations which/]] |colspan=2|130 |- |[[/Tom and Will were shepherds/]] |colspan=2|149 |- |[[/Wake all you dead what O/]] |colspan=2|131 |- |[[/There a certain idle kind of creature/]] |colspan=2|155 |- |[[/The Bow Goose/]] |colspan=2|153 |- |[[/News while Bears &c/]] |colspan=2|153 |- |[[/We seamen are the bonny boys/]] |colspan=2|162 |- |[[/My Mistris is in Musick passing &c/]] |colspan=2|163 |- |[[/When the Chill charakoe blows/]] |colspan=2|164 |- |[[/Now thanks to the powers below/]] |colspan=2|166 |- |[[/A maiden of late &c/]] |colspan=2|170<noinclude>{{nopt}} |} {{rh||''Z''|''After''}}</noinclude> r32a5wq7alpqa3mem4m34bw96aq02w4 14130464 14130462 2024-04-26T02:26:23Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{rh||The Contents.|[353]}} {| class="ws-summary __old-toc" <templatestyles src="Template:Largeinitial/styles.css" /><templatestyles src="Template:Normal/styles.css" /><!--workaround for templatestyles bug--></noinclude>|- |[[/Roome for the best of Poets Heroick/]] |colspan=2|100 |- |[[/I tell thee Dick where I have been|I tell thee {{normal|Dick}} where I have been]] |colspan=2|101 |- |[[/How happy is the prisoner &c|How happy is the prisoner {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|107 |- |[[/I met with the divel in the shape of a Ram/]] |colspan=2|109 |- |[[/The world's a bubble &c|The world’s a bubble {{normal|&c}}]] |colspan=2|110 |- |[[/The Proctors are two and no more/]] |colspan=2|111 |- |[[/My Mistris whom in heart &c|My Mistris whom in heart {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|113 |- |[[/Tis not the Silver nor Gold/]] |colspan=2|115 |- |[[/After so many sad mishaps/]] |colspan=2|118 |- |[[/Come lets purge our brains/]] |colspan=2|121 |- |[[/What though the ill times|What though the {{normal|[}}ill{{normal|]}} times]] |colspan=2|124 |- |[[/The Power of the Sword|Lay by your pleading {{normal|[}}Law lies, {{normal|&c.]}}]] |colspan=2|125 |- |[[/I am a bonny scot/]] |colspan=2|127 |- |[[/I'll tell thee a story &c|I’ll tell thee a story {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|131 |- |[[/I'll go no more to the old Exchange|I’ll go no more to the old Exchange]] |colspan=2|134 |- |[[/Lets call and drink the Celler dry|Lets call and drink the Celler {{normal|[}}dry{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|138 |- |[[/There is a lusty Liquor|There is {{normal|[}}a{{normal|]}} lusty Liquor]] |colspan=2|140 |- |[[/Three merry lads met at the Rose/]] |colspan=2|143 |- |[[/Of all the Recreations which/]] |colspan=2|130 |- |[[/Tom and Will were shepherds/]] |colspan=2|149 |- |[[/Wake all you dead what O/]] |colspan=2|131 |- |[[/There a certain idle kind of creature/]] |colspan=2|155 |- |[[/The Bow Goose/]] |colspan=2|153 |- |[[/News while Bears &c/]] |colspan=2|153 |- |[[/We seamen are the bonny boys/]] |colspan=2|162 |- |[[/My Mistris is in Musick passing &c/]] |colspan=2|163 |- |[[/When the Chill charakoe blows/]] |colspan=2|164 |- |[[/Now thanks to the powers below/]] |colspan=2|166 |- |[[/A maiden of late &c/]] |colspan=2|170<noinclude>{{nopt}} |} {{rh||''Z''|''After''}}</noinclude> j5flo65pbgmudsrjyov8my7adhzkeux 14130465 14130464 2024-04-26T02:30:21Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{rh||The Contents.|[353]}} {| class="ws-summary __old-toc" <templatestyles src="Template:Largeinitial/styles.css" /><templatestyles src="Template:Normal/styles.css" /><!--workaround for templatestyles bug--></noinclude>|- |[[/Roome for the best of Poets Heroick/]] |colspan=2|100 |- |[[/I tell thee Dick where I have been|I tell thee {{normal|Dick}} where I have been]] |colspan=2|101 |- |[[/How happy is the prisoner &c|How happy is the prisoner {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|107 |- |[[/I met with the divel in the shape of a Ram/]] |colspan=2|109 |- |[[/The world's a bubble &c|The world’s a bubble {{normal|&c}}]] |colspan=2|110 |- |[[/The Proctors are two and no more/]] |colspan=2|111 |- |[[/My Mistris whom in heart &c|My Mistris whom in heart {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|113 |- |[[/Tis not the Silver nor Gold/]] |colspan=2|115 |- |[[/After so many sad mishaps/]] |colspan=2|118 |- |[[/Come lets purge our brains/]] |colspan=2|121 |- |[[/What though the ill times|What though the {{normal|[}}ill{{normal|]}} times]] |colspan=2|124 |- |[[/The Power of the Sword|Lay by your pleading {{normal|[}}Law lies, {{normal|&c.]}}]] |colspan=2|125 |- |[[/I am a bonny scot/]] |colspan=2|127 |- |[[/I'll tell thee a story &c|I’ll tell thee a story {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|131 |- |[[/I'll go no more to the old Exchange|I’ll go no more to the old Exchange]] |colspan=2|134 |- |[[/Lets call and drink the Celler dry|Lets call and drink the Celler {{normal|[}}dry{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|138 |- |[[/There is a lusty Liquor|There is {{normal|[}}a{{normal|]}} lusty Liquor]] |colspan=2|140 |- |[[/Three merry lads met at the Rose/]] |colspan=2|143 |- |[[/Of all the Recreations which/]] |[146] |130 |- |[[/Tom and Will were shepherds|{{normal|Tom}} and {{normal|Will}} were shepherds]] |colspan=2|149 |- |[[/Wake all you dead what O/]] |[151] |131 |- |[[/There is a certain idle kind of creature|There {{normal|[}}is{{normal|]}} a certain idle kind of creature]] |[152] |155 |- |[[/The Bow Goose: The best of Poets, &c|The Bow Goose{{normal|[}}: The best of Poets, {{normal|&c.]}}]] |colspan=2|153 |- |[[/News: White Bears, &c|News{{normal|[}}:{{normal|]}} White Bears, {{normal|&c}}]] |[159] |153 |- |[[/We seamen are the bonny boys/]] |colspan=2|162 |- |[[/My Mistris is in Musick passing, &c|My Mistris is in Musick passing, {{normal|&c}}]] |colspan=2|163 |- |[[/When the Chill charakoe blows/]] |colspan=2|164 |- |[[/Now thanks to the powers below/]] |colspan=2|166 |- |[[/A maiden of late &c|A maiden of late {{normal|&c}}]] |colspan=2|170<noinclude>{{nopt}} |} {{rh||''Z''|''After''}}</noinclude> ogl8u6n7sxuucw9fmle74bun14s1pw4 14130466 14130465 2024-04-26T02:30:32Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{rh||The Contents.|[353]}} {| class="ws-summary __old-toc" <templatestyles src="Template:Largeinitial/styles.css" /><templatestyles src="Template:Normal/styles.css" /><!--workaround for templatestyles bug--></noinclude>|- |[[/Roome for the best of Poets Heroick/]] |colspan=2|100 |- |[[/I tell thee Dick where I have been|I tell thee {{normal|Dick}} where I have been]] |colspan=2|101 |- |[[/How happy is the prisoner &c|How happy is the prisoner {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|107 |- |[[/I met with the divel in the shape of a Ram/]] |colspan=2|109 |- |[[/The world's a bubble &c|The world’s a bubble {{normal|&c}}]] |colspan=2|110 |- |[[/The Proctors are two and no more/]] |colspan=2|111 |- |[[/My Mistris whom in heart &c|My Mistris whom in heart {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|113 |- |[[/Tis not the Silver nor Gold/]] |colspan=2|115 |- |[[/After so many sad mishaps/]] |colspan=2|118 |- |[[/Come lets purge our brains/]] |colspan=2|121 |- |[[/What though the ill times|What though the {{normal|[}}ill{{normal|]}} times]] |colspan=2|124 |- |[[/The Power of the Sword|Lay by your pleading {{normal|[}}Law lies, {{normal|&c.]}}]] |colspan=2|125 |- |[[/I am a bonny scot/]] |colspan=2|127 |- |[[/I'll tell thee a story &c|I’ll tell thee a story {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|131 |- |[[/I'll go no more to the old Exchange|I’ll go no more to the old Exchange]] |colspan=2|134 |- |[[/Lets call and drink the Celler dry|Lets call and drink the Celler {{normal|[}}dry{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|138 |- |[[/There is a lusty Liquor|There is {{normal|[}}a{{normal|]}} lusty Liquor]] |colspan=2|140 |- |[[/Three merry lads met at the Rose/]] |colspan=2|143 |- |[[/Of all the Recreations which/]] |[146] |130 |- |[[/Tom and Will were shepherds|{{normal|Tom}} and {{normal|Will}} were shepherds]] |colspan=2|149 |- |[[/Wake all you dead what O/]] |[151] |131 |- |[[/There is a certain idle kind of creature|There {{normal|[}}is{{normal|]}} a certain idle kind of creature]] |[152] |155 |- |[[/The Bow Goose: The best of Poets, &c|The Bow Goose{{normal|[}}: The best of Poets, {{normal|&c.]}}]] |colspan=2|153 |- |[[/News: White Bears, &c|News{{normal|[}}:{{normal|]}} White Bears, {{normal|&c}}]] |[159] |153 |- |[[/We seamen are the bonny boys/]] |colspan=2|162 |- |[[/My Mistris is in Musick passing, &c|My Mistris is in Musick passing, {{normal|&c}}]] |colspan=2|163 |- |[[/When the Chill charakoe blows/]] |colspan=2|164 |- |[[/Now thanks to the powers below/]] |colspan=2|166 |- |[[/A maiden of late &c|A maiden of late {{normal|&c}}]] |colspan=2|170<noinclude>{{nopt}} |} {{rh||''Z''|''After''}}</noinclude> h3ghngi87thfqrhkikh2me2w317b4ti Page:Merry Drollery Compleat 1875.djvu/408 104 4487865 14130471 14118413 2024-04-26T02:35:53Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 + proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{rh|[354]|The Contents.|}} {| class="ws-summary __old-toc" <templatestyles src="Template:Largeinitial/styles.css" /><templatestyles src="Template:Normal/styles.css" /><!--workaround for templatestyles bug--></noinclude><section begin="first" /> |- |[[/After the pains of a desperate Lover/]] |colspan=2|171 |- |[[/Blind fortune if thou wants/]] |colspan=2|172 |- |[[/From Mahomet and Paganisme/]] |colspan=2|174 |- |[[/God bless my good Lord/]] |colspan=2|177 |- |[[/Of all the rare sciences/]] |colspan=2|178 |- |[[/Heard you not lately of a man/]] |colspan=2|180 |- |[[/The Medly of the Country man Citizen and souldier/]] |colspan=2|182 |- |[[/No man loves fiery passion can approve/]] |colspan=2|187 |- |[[/When blind God Cupid &c/]] |colspan=2|188 |- |[[/Come Drawer come fill us &c/]] |colspan=2|190 |- |[[/Love lies a bleeding/]] |colspan=2|191 |- |[[/Bring forth your Cunny skin/]] |colspan=2|196 |- |[[/From hunger and cold &c/]] |colspan=2|197 |- |[[/Roome for a Gamester/]] |colspan=2|197 |- |[[/Gather your Rose buds/]] |colspan=2|199 |- |[[/A story strange I will you tell/]] |colspan=2|200 |- |[[/I am a Rogue and a stout one/]] |colspan=2|204 |- |[[/Stay shut the Gate/]] |colspan=2|207 {{TOC end}} <section end="first" /> {{rule}} <section begin="second" /> {{TOC begin}} |+ ''The Second Part.'' |- |[[/Hold quaffe no more/]] |colspan=2|210 |- |[[/Had she not care enough/]] |colspan=2|211 |- |[[/Here's a Health to his Majesty/]] |colspan=2|212 |- |[[/But since it was enacted high Treason/]] |colspan=2|212 |- |[[/Cook Laurel by Ben Johnson/]] |colspan=2|214 |- |[[/A fig for care/]] |colspan=2|217 |- |[[/Let Souldiers fight for praise &c/]] |colspan=2|218 <section end="second" /><noinclude>{{nopt}} |} {{right|''Neer''}}</noinclude> ishcwbjpk7a3bdcqlzduk7dmgghwj9a 14130475 14130471 2024-04-26T02:42:07Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 + proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{rh|[354]|The Contents.|}} {| class="ws-summary __old-toc" <templatestyles src="Template:Largeinitial/styles.css" /><templatestyles src="Template:Normal/styles.css" /><!--workaround for templatestyles bug--></noinclude><section begin="first" /> |- |[[/After the pains of a desperate Lover/]] |colspan=2|171 |- |[[/Blind fortune if thou want st|Blind fortune if thou want s{{normal|[}}t{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|172 |- |[[/From Mahomet and Paganisme/]] |colspan=2|174 |- |[[/God bless my good Lord/]] |colspan=2|177 |- |[[/Of all the rare sciences/]] |colspan=2|178 |- |[[/Heard you not lately of a man/]] |colspan=2|180 |- |[[/The Medly of the Country man Citizen and souldier/]] |colspan=2|182 |- |[[/No man loves fiery passion can approve/]] |colspan=2|187 |- |[[/When blind God Cupid &c/]] |colspan=2|188 |- |[[/Come Drawer come fill us &c/]] |colspan=2|190 |- |[[/Love lies a bleeding/]] |colspan=2|191 |- |[[/Bring forth your Cunny skin/]] |colspan=2|196 |- |[[/From hunger and cold &c/]] |colspan=2|197 |- |[[/Roome for a Gamester/]] |colspan=2|197 |- |[[/Gather your Rose buds/]] |colspan=2|199 |- |[[/A story strange I will you tell/]] |colspan=2|200 |- |[[/I am a Rogue and a stout one/]] |colspan=2|204 |- |[[/Stay shut the Gate/]] |colspan=2|207 {{TOC end}} <section end="first" /> {{rule}} <section begin="second" /> {{TOC begin}} |+ ''The Second Part.'' |- |[[/Hold quaffe no more/]] |colspan=2|210 |- |[[/Had she not care enough/]] |colspan=2|211 |- |[[/Here's a Health to his Majesty|Here’s a Health to his Majesty]] |colspan=2|212 |- |[[/But since it was lately enacted high Treason|But since it was {{normal|[}}lately{{normal|]}} enacted high Treason]] |colspan=2|212 |- |[[/Cock Laurel would needs have: by Ben Johnson|Cock {{normal|Laurel}} {{normal|[}}would needs have:{{normal|]}} by {{normal|Ben Johnson}}]] |colspan=2|214 |- |[[/A fig for care why should we spare|A fig for care {{normal|[}}why should we spare{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|217 |- |[[/Let Souldiers fight for praise, &c|Let Souldiers fight for praise, {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|218 <section end="second" /><noinclude>{{nopt}} |} {{right|''Neer''}}</noinclude> meikfuk1kya0if9mfbwn373u4c6slca 14130476 14130475 2024-04-26T02:44:07Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{rh|[354]|The Contents.|}} {| class="ws-summary __old-toc" <templatestyles src="Template:Largeinitial/styles.css" /><templatestyles src="Template:Normal/styles.css" /><!--workaround for templatestyles bug--></noinclude><section begin="first" /> |- |[[/After the pains of a desperate Lover/]] |colspan=2|171 |- |[[/Blind fortune if thou want st|Blind fortune if thou want s{{normal|[}}t{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|172 |- |[[/From Mahomet and Paganisme/]] |colspan=2|174 |- |[[/God bless my good Lord Bishop|God bless my good Lord {{normal|[}}Bishop{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|177 |- |[[/Of all the rare sciences/]] |colspan=2|178 |- |[[/Heard you not lately of a man/]] |colspan=2|180 |- |[[/The Medly of the Country man Citizen and souldier/]] |colspan=2|182 |- |[[/No man loves fiery passion can approve/]] |colspan=2|187 |- |[[/When blind God Cupid &c|When blind God {{normal|Cupid &c.}}]] |colspan=2|188 |- |[[/Come Drawer come fill us &c|Come Drawer come fill us {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|190 |- |[[/Love lies a bleeding|Lay by your pleading {{normal|[}}Love lies, {{normal|&c.]}}]] |colspan=2|191 |- |[[/Bring forth your Cunny skin/]] |colspan=2|196 |- |[[/From hunger and cold &c|From hunger and cold {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|197 |- |[[/Roome for a Gamester/]] |colspan=2|197 |- |[[/Gather your Rose buds/]] |colspan=2|199 |- |[[/A story strange I will you tell/]] |colspan=2|200 |- |[[/I am a Rogue and a stout one/]] |colspan=2|204 |- |[[/Stay shut the Gate/]] |colspan=2|207 {{TOC end}} <section end="first" /> {{rule}} <section begin="second" /> {{TOC begin}} |+ ''The Second Part.'' |- |[[/Hold quaffe no more/]] |colspan=2|210 |- |[[/Had she not care enough/]] |colspan=2|211 |- |[[/Here's a Health to his Majesty|Here’s a Health to his Majesty]] |colspan=2|212 |- |[[/But since it was lately enacted high Treason|But since it was {{normal|[}}lately{{normal|]}} enacted high Treason]] |colspan=2|212 |- |[[/Cock Laurel would needs have: by Ben Johnson|Cock {{normal|Laurel}} {{normal|[}}would needs have:{{normal|]}} by {{normal|Ben Johnson}}]] |colspan=2|214 |- |[[/A fig for care why should we spare|A fig for care {{normal|[}}why should we spare{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|217 |- |[[/Let Souldiers fight for praise, &c|Let Souldiers fight for praise, {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|218 <section end="second" /><noinclude>{{nopt}} |} {{right|''Neer''}}</noinclude> 98aca7tavdbqy2p75oa7uyulzgwgjts 14130477 14130476 2024-04-26T02:45:19Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{rh|[354]|The Contents.|}} {| class="ws-summary __old-toc" <templatestyles src="Template:Largeinitial/styles.css" /><templatestyles src="Template:Normal/styles.css" /><!--workaround for templatestyles bug--></noinclude><section begin="first" /> |- |[[/After the pains of a desperate Lover/]] |colspan=2|171 |- |[[/Blind fortune if thou want st|Blind fortune if thou want s{{normal|[}}t{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|172 |- |[[/From Mahomet and Paganisme/]] |colspan=2|174 |- |[[/God bless my good Lord Bishop|God bless my good Lord {{normal|[}}Bishop{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|177 |- |[[/Of all the rare sciences/]] |colspan=2|178 |- |[[/Heard you not lately of a man/]] |colspan=2|180 |- |[[/The Medly of the Country man Citizen and souldier/]] |colspan=2|182 |- |[[/No man loves fiery passion can approve/]] |colspan=2|187 |- |[[/When blind God Cupid &c|When blind God {{normal|Cupid &c.}}]] |colspan=2|188 |- |[[/Come Drawer come fill us &c|Come Drawer come fill us {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|190 |- |[[/Love lies a bleeding|Lay by your pleading {{normal|[}}Love lies, {{normal|&c.]}}]] |colspan=2|191 |- |[[/Bring forth your Cunny skin/]] |colspan=2|196 |- |[[/From hunger and cold &c|From hunger and cold {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|197 |- |[[/Roome for a Gamester/]] |colspan=2|197 |- |[[/Gather your Rose buds/]] |colspan=2|199 |- |[[/A story strange I will you tell/]] |colspan=2|200 |- |[[/I am a Rogue and a stout one/]] |colspan=2|204 |- |[[/Stay shut the Gate/]] |colspan=2|207 {{TOC end}} <section end="first" /> {{rule}} <section begin="second" /> {| class="ws-summary __old-toc" |+ {{x-larger|''The Second Part.''}} |- |[[/Hold quaffe no more/]] |colspan=2|210 |- |[[/Had she not care enough/]] |colspan=2|211 |- |[[/Here's a Health to his Majesty|Here’s a Health to his Majesty]] |colspan=2|212 |- |[[/But since it was lately enacted high Treason|But since it was {{normal|[}}lately{{normal|]}} enacted high Treason]] |colspan=2|212 |- |[[/Cock Laurel would needs have: by Ben Johnson|Cock {{normal|Laurel}} {{normal|[}}would needs have:{{normal|]}} by {{normal|Ben Johnson}}]] |colspan=2|214 |- |[[/A fig for care why should we spare|A fig for care {{normal|[}}why should we spare{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|217 |- |[[/Let Souldiers fight for praise, &c|Let Souldiers fight for praise, {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|218 <section end="second" /><noinclude>{{nopt}} |} {{right|''Neer''}}</noinclude> 4ecby8q8ye0aa386h5jgmc02imw8dle 14130478 14130477 2024-04-26T02:45:56Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{rh|[354]|The Contents.|}} {| class="ws-summary __old-toc" <templatestyles src="Template:Largeinitial/styles.css" /><templatestyles src="Template:Normal/styles.css" /><!--workaround for templatestyles bug--></noinclude><section begin="first" /> |- |[[/After the pains of a desperate Lover/]] |colspan=2|171 |- |[[/Blind fortune if thou want st|Blind fortune if thou want s{{normal|[}}t{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|172 |- |[[/From Mahomet and Paganisme/]] |colspan=2|174 |- |[[/God bless my good Lord Bishop|God bless my good Lord {{normal|[}}Bishop{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|177 |- |[[/Of all the rare sciences/]] |colspan=2|178 |- |[[/Heard you not lately of a man/]] |colspan=2|180 |- |[[/The Medly of the Country man Citizen and souldier/]] |colspan=2|182 |- |[[/No man loves fiery passion can approve/]] |colspan=2|187 |- |[[/When blind God Cupid &c|When blind God {{normal|Cupid &c.}}]] |colspan=2|188 |- |[[/Come Drawer come fill us &c|Come Drawer come fill us {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|190 |- |[[/Love lies a bleeding|Lay by your pleading {{normal|[}}Love lies, {{normal|&c.]}}]] |colspan=2|191 |- |[[/Bring forth your Cunny skin/]] |colspan=2|196 |- |[[/From hunger and cold &c|From hunger and cold {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|197 |- |[[/Roome for a Gamester/]] |colspan=2|197 |- |[[/Gather your Rose buds/]] |colspan=2|199 |- |[[/A story strange I will you tell/]] |colspan=2|200 |- |[[/I am a Rogue and a stout one/]] |colspan=2|204 |- |[[/Stay shut the Gate/]] |colspan=2|207 |} <section end="first" /> {{rule}} <section begin="second" /> {| class="ws-summary __old-toc" |+ {{x-larger|''The Second Part.''}} |- |[[/Hold quaffe no more/]] |colspan=2|210 |- |[[/Had she not care enough/]] |colspan=2|211 |- |[[/Here's a Health to his Majesty|Here’s a Health to his Majesty]] |colspan=2|212 |- |[[/But since it was lately enacted high Treason|But since it was {{normal|[}}lately{{normal|]}} enacted high Treason]] |colspan=2|212 |- |[[/Cock Laurel would needs have: by Ben Johnson|Cock {{normal|Laurel}} {{normal|[}}would needs have:{{normal|]}} by {{normal|Ben Johnson}}]] |colspan=2|214 |- |[[/A fig for care why should we spare|A fig for care {{normal|[}}why should we spare{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|217 |- |[[/Let Souldiers fight for praise, &c|Let Souldiers fight for praise, {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|218 <section end="second" /><noinclude>{{nopt}} |} {{right|''Neer''}}</noinclude> tj7fnnyxy4qt6h1nxb9yp0llos5l9p0 Page:Merry Drollery Compleat 1875.djvu/409 104 4487868 14130473 14118417 2024-04-26T02:38:13Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 + proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{rh||The Contents.|[355]}} {| class="ws-summary __old-toc" <templatestyles src="Template:Largeinitial/styles.css" /><templatestyles src="Template:Normal/styles.css" /><!--workaround for templatestyles bug--></noinclude>|- |[[/Ne'er trouble thy self at the times/]] |colspan=2|219 |- |[[/Three merry boys came out of the West/]] |colspan=2|220 |- |[[/Calm was the Evening/]] |colspan=2|220 |- |[[/There's many a blinking Verse &c/]] |colspan=2|221 |- |[[/The Blacksmith/]] |colspan=2|223 |- |[[/Come my dainty doxes/]] |colspan=2|230 |- |[[/Come Imp Royal &c/]] |colspan=2|231 |- |[[/The Wisemen/]] |colspan=2|232 |- |[[/How poor is his spirit &c/]] |colspan=2|232 |- |[[/I am mad O noble Festus/]] |colspan=2|234 |- |[[/I dote I dote but am a fool &c/]] |colspan=2|237 |- |[[/Ladies I do here present/]] |colspan=2|240 |- |[[/The Combate of Cocks/]] |colspan=2|242 |- |[[/Come let's frolick fill some Sack/]] |colspan=2|246 |- |[[/What is that you call a Maidenhead/]] |colspan=2|249 |- |[[/When Phœbus addrest &c/]] |colspan=2|250 |- |[[/A Brewer may be a Burgess grave/]] |colspan=2|252 |- |[[/Oliver Oliver/]] |colspan=2|254 |- |[[/When I do travell in the night/]] |colspan=2|255 |- |[[/Sir Eglamore/]] |colspan=2|257 |- |[[/If none be offended &c/]] |colspan=2|259 |- |[[/Come drawer and fill us &c/]] |colspan=2|263 |- |[[/The Bulls feather/]] |colspan=2|264 |- |[[/You talk of new England/]] |colspan=2|266 |- |[[/Come drawer turn about the Bowle/]] |colspan=2|268 |- |[[/Pray why should any man complain/]] |colspan=2|270 |- |[[/What an ass is he/]] |colspan=2|273 |- |[[/My masters give audience/]] |colspan=2|275 |- |[[/The Aphorismes of Galen/]] |colspan=2|277<noinclude>{{nopt}} |} {{rh||''Z'' 2|''Now''}}</noinclude> 726f7yf8rigbvso04n9m8fnd4hw6d40 14130481 14130473 2024-04-26T02:49:31Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{rh||The Contents.|[355]}} {| class="ws-summary __old-toc" <templatestyles src="Template:Largeinitial/styles.css" /><templatestyles src="Template:Normal/styles.css" /><!--workaround for templatestyles bug--></noinclude>|- |[[/Ne'er trouble thy self at the times|Ne’er trouble thy self at the times]] |colspan=2|219 |- |[[/Three merry boys came out of the West/]] |colspan=2|220 |- |[[/Calm was the Evening/]] |colspan=2|220 |- |[[/There's many a blinking Verse &c|There’s many a blinking Verse {{normal|&c}}]] |colspan=2|221 |- |[[/The Blacksmith: Of all the Trades|The Blacksmith{{normal|[}}: Of all the Trades{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|225 |- |[[/Come my dainty doxes/]] |colspan=2|230 |- |[[/Come Imp Royal &c|Come Imp Royal {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|231 |- |[[/The Wisemen were but seven|The Wisemen {{normal|[}}were but seven{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|232 |- |[[/How poor is his spirit, &c|How poor is his spirit, {{normal|&c}}]] |colspan=2|232 |- |[[/I am mad O noble Festus/]] |colspan=2|234 |- |[[/I dote I dote but am a fool &c/]] |colspan=2|237 |- |[[/Ladies I do here present/]] |colspan=2|240 |- |[[/The Combate of Cocks/]] |colspan=2|242 |- |[[/Come let's frolick fill some Sack/]] |colspan=2|246 |- |[[/What is that you call a Maidenhead/]] |colspan=2|249 |- |[[/When Phœbus addrest &c/]] |colspan=2|250 |- |[[/A Brewer may be a Burgess grave/]] |colspan=2|252 |- |[[/Oliver Oliver/]] |colspan=2|254 |- |[[/When I do travell in the night/]] |colspan=2|255 |- |[[/Sir Eglamore/]] |colspan=2|257 |- |[[/If none be offended &c/]] |colspan=2|259 |- |[[/Come drawer and fill us &c/]] |colspan=2|263 |- |[[/The Bulls feather/]] |colspan=2|264 |- |[[/You talk of new England/]] |colspan=2|266 |- |[[/Come drawer turn about the Bowle/]] |colspan=2|268 |- |[[/Pray why should any man complain/]] |colspan=2|270 |- |[[/What an ass is he/]] |colspan=2|273 |- |[[/My masters give audience/]] |colspan=2|275 |- |[[/The Aphorismes of Galen/]] |colspan=2|277<noinclude>{{nopt}} |} {{rh||''Z'' 2|''Now''}}</noinclude> qz7wwap0cx48qkzw0vfboautvlaziel 14130483 14130481 2024-04-26T02:51:09Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 + proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{rh||The Contents.|[355]}} {| class="ws-summary __old-toc" <templatestyles src="Template:Largeinitial/styles.css" /><templatestyles src="Template:Normal/styles.css" /><!--workaround for templatestyles bug--></noinclude>|- |[[/Ne'er trouble thy self at the times|Ne’er trouble thy self at the times]] |colspan=2|219 |- |[[/Three merry boys came out of the West/]] |colspan=2|220 |- |[[/Calm was the Evening/]] |colspan=2|220 |- |[[/There's many a blinking Verse &c|There’s many a blinking Verse {{normal|&c}}]] |colspan=2|221 |- |[[/The Blacksmith: Of all the Trades|The Blacksmith{{normal|[}}: Of all the Trades{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|225 |- |[[/Come my dainty doxes/]] |colspan=2|230 |- |[[/Come Imp Royal &c|Come Imp Royal {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|231 |- |[[/The Wisemen were but seven|The Wisemen {{normal|[}}were but seven{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|232 |- |[[/How poor is his spirit, &c|How poor is his spirit, {{normal|&c}}]] |colspan=2|232 |- |[[/Am I mad O noble Festus|{{normal|[}}Am{{normal|]}} I am mad O noble {{normal|Festus}}]] |colspan=2|234 |- |[[/I dote I dote but am a fool &c|I dote I dote but am a fool {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|237 |- |[[/Ladies I do here present/]] |colspan=2|240 |- |[[/The Combate of Cocks/]] |colspan=2|242 |- |[[/Come let's frolick fill some Sack/]] |colspan=2|246 |- |[[/What is that you call a Maidenhead/]] |colspan=2|249 |- |[[/When Phœbus addrest &c/]] |colspan=2|250 |- |[[/A Brewer may be a Burgess grave/]] |colspan=2|252 |- |[[/Oliver Oliver/]] |colspan=2|254 |- |[[/When I do travell in the night/]] |colspan=2|255 |- |[[/Sir Eglamore/]] |colspan=2|257 |- |[[/If none be offended &c/]] |colspan=2|259 |- |[[/Come drawer and fill us &c/]] |colspan=2|263 |- |[[/The Bulls feather/]] |colspan=2|264 |- |[[/You talk of new England/]] |colspan=2|266 |- |[[/Come drawer turn about the Bowle/]] |colspan=2|268 |- |[[/Pray why should any man complain/]] |colspan=2|270 |- |[[/What an ass is he/]] |colspan=2|273 |- |[[/My masters give audience/]] |colspan=2|275 |- |[[/The Aphorismes of Galen/]] |colspan=2|277<noinclude>{{nopt}} |} {{rh||''Z'' 2|''Now''}}</noinclude> c6udkziqn25tp39bmeu5mi3qw68mv5b 14130485 14130483 2024-04-26T02:53:34Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 + proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{rh||The Contents.|[355]}} {| class="ws-summary __old-toc" <templatestyles src="Template:Largeinitial/styles.css" /><templatestyles src="Template:Normal/styles.css" /><!--workaround for templatestyles bug--></noinclude>|- |[[/Ne'er trouble thy self at the times|Ne’er trouble thy self at the times]] |colspan=2|219 |- |[[/Three merry boys came out of the West/]] |colspan=2|220 |- |[[/Calm was the Evening/]] |colspan=2|220 |- |[[/There's many a blinking Verse &c|There’s many a blinking Verse {{normal|&c}}]] |colspan=2|221 |- |[[/The Blacksmith: Of all the Trades|The Blacksmith{{normal|[}}: Of all the Trades{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|225 |- |[[/Come my dainty doxes/]] |colspan=2|230 |- |[[/Come Imp Royal &c|Come Imp Royal {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|231 |- |[[/The Wisemen were but seven|The Wisemen {{normal|[}}were but seven{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|232 |- |[[/How poor is his spirit, &c|How poor is his spirit, {{normal|&c}}]] |colspan=2|232 |- |[[/Am I mad O noble Festus|{{normal|[}}Am{{normal|]}} I am mad O noble {{normal|Festus}}]] |colspan=2|234 |- |[[/I dote I dote but am a fool &c|I dote I dote but am a fool {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|237 |- |[[/Ladies I do here present/]] |colspan=2|240 |- |[[/The Combate of Cocks: Go you tame Gallants|The Combate of Cocks{{normal|[}}: Go you tame Gallants{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|242 |- |[[/Come let's frolick fill some Sack|Come let’s frolick fill some Sack]] |colspan=2|246 |- |[[/What is that you call a Maidenhead/]] |colspan=2|249 |- |[[/When Phœbus addrest &c|When {{normal|Phœbus}} addrest {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|250 |- |[[/A Brewer may be a Burgess grave/]] |colspan=2|252 |- |[[/Oliver Oliver take up thy crown|Oliver Oliver {{normal|[}}take up thy crown{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|254 |- |[[/When I do travell in the night|When I do travell in the night.]] |colspan=2|255 |- |[[/Sir Eglamore that valiant Knight|Sir {{normal|Eglamore}} {{normal|[}}that valiant Knight{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|257 |- |[[/If none be offended &c|If none be offended {{normal|&c}}]] |colspan=2|259 |- |[[/Come drawer and fill us &c/]] |colspan=2|263 |- |[[/The Bulls feather/]] |colspan=2|264 |- |[[/You talk of new England/]] |colspan=2|266 |- |[[/Come drawer turn about the Bowle/]] |colspan=2|268 |- |[[/Pray why should any man complain/]] |colspan=2|270 |- |[[/What an ass is he/]] |colspan=2|273 |- |[[/My masters give audience/]] |colspan=2|275 |- |[[/The Aphorismes of Galen/]] |colspan=2|277<noinclude>{{nopt}} |} {{rh||''Z'' 2|''Now''}}</noinclude> fvin1p44mtfeufux2fgbhlgcjckzsq5 14130486 14130485 2024-04-26T02:54:49Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{rh||The Contents.|[355]}} {| class="ws-summary __old-toc" <templatestyles src="Template:Largeinitial/styles.css" /><templatestyles src="Template:Normal/styles.css" /><!--workaround for templatestyles bug--></noinclude>|- |[[/Ne'er trouble thy self at the times|Ne’er trouble thy self at the times]] |colspan=2|219 |- |[[/Three merry boys came out of the West/]] |colspan=2|220 |- |[[/Calm was the Evening/]] |colspan=2|220 |- |[[/There's many a blinking Verse &c|There’s many a blinking Verse {{normal|&c}}]] |colspan=2|221 |- |[[/The Blacksmith: Of all the Trades|The Blacksmith{{normal|[}}: Of all the Trades{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|225 |- |[[/Come my dainty doxes/]] |colspan=2|230 |- |[[/Come Imp Royal &c|Come Imp Royal {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|231 |- |[[/The Wisemen were but seven|The Wisemen {{normal|[}}were but seven{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|232 |- |[[/How poor is his spirit, &c|How poor is his spirit, {{normal|&c}}]] |colspan=2|232 |- |[[/Am I mad O noble Festus|{{normal|[}}Am{{normal|]}} I am mad O noble {{normal|Festus}}]] |colspan=2|234 |- |[[/I dote I dote but am a fool &c|I dote I dote but am a fool {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|237 |- |[[/Ladies I do here present/]] |colspan=2|240 |- |[[/The Combate of Cocks: Go you tame Gallants|The Combate of Cocks{{normal|[}}: Go you tame Gallants{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|242 |- |[[/Come let's frolick fill some Sack|Come let’s frolick fill some Sack]] |colspan=2|246 |- |[[/What is that you call a Maidenhead/]] |colspan=2|249 |- |[[/When Phœbus addrest &c|When {{normal|Phœbus}} addrest {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|250 |- |[[/A Brewer may be a Burgess grave/]] |colspan=2|252 |- |[[/Oliver Oliver take up thy crown|Oliver Oliver {{normal|[}}take up thy crown{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|254 |- |[[/When I do travell in the night|When I do travell in the night.]] |colspan=2|255 |- |[[/Sir Eglamore that valiant Knight|Sir {{normal|Eglamore [}}that valiant Knight{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|257 |- |[[/If none be offended &c|If none be offended {{normal|&c}}]] |colspan=2|259 |- |[[/Come drawer and fill us &c/]] |colspan=2|263 |- |[[/The Bulls feather: It chanced not long ago|The Bulls feather{{normal|[}}: It chanced not long ago{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|264 |- |[[/You talk of new England|You talk of new {{normal|England}}]] |colspan=2|266 |- |[[/Come drawer turn about the Bowle/]] |colspan=2|268 |- |[[/Pray why should any man complain/]] |colspan=2|270 |- |[[/What an ass is he/]] |colspan=2|273 |- |[[/My masters give audience/]] |colspan=2|275 |- |[[/The Aphorismes of Galen|The Aphorismes of {{normal|Galen}}]] |colspan=2|277<noinclude>{{nopt}} |} {{rh||''Z'' 2|''Now''}}</noinclude> bun3a8lvcwo75100u7czoe6kf25cn32 Page:Merry Drollery Compleat 1875.djvu/410 104 4487870 14130472 14118419 2024-04-26T02:36:17Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 + proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{rh|[356]|The Contents.|}} {| class="ws-summary __old-toc" <templatestyles src="Template:Largeinitial/styles.css" /><templatestyles src="Template:Normal/styles.css" /><!--workaround for templatestyles bug--></noinclude>|- |[[/Ne'er trouble thy self at the times/]] |colspan=2|219 |- |[[/Three merry boys came out of the West/]] |colspan=2|220 |- |[[/Calm was the Evening/]] |colspan=2|220 |- |[[/There's many a blinking Verse &c/]] |colspan=2|221 |- |[[/The Blacksmith/]] |colspan=2|223 |- |[[/Come my dainty doxes/]] |colspan=2|230 |- |[[/Come Imp Royal &c/]] |colspan=2|231 |- |[[/The Wisemen/]] |colspan=2|232 |- |[[/How poor is his spirit &c/]] |colspan=2|232 |- |[[/I am mad O noble Festus/]] |colspan=2|234 |- |[[/I dote I dote but am a fool &c/]] |colspan=2|237 |- |[[/Ladies I do here present/]] |colspan=2|240 |- |[[/The Combate of Cocks/]] |colspan=2|242 |- |[[/Come let's frolick fill some Sack/]] |colspan=2|246 |- |[[/What is that you call a Maidenhead/]] |colspan=2|249 |- |[[/When Phœbus addrest &c/]] |colspan=2|250 |- |[[/A Brewer may be a Burgess grave/]] |colspan=2|252 |- |[[/Oliver Oliver/]] |colspan=2|254 |- |[[/When I do travell in the night/]] |colspan=2|255 |- |[[/Sir Eglamore/]] |colspan=2|257 |- |[[/If none be offended &c/]] |colspan=2|259 |- |[[/Come drawer and fill us &c/]] |colspan=2|263 |- |[[/The Bulls feather/]] |colspan=2|264 |- |[[/You talk of new England/]] |colspan=2|266 |- |[[/Come drawer turn about the Bowle/]] |colspan=2|268 |- |[[/Pray why should any man complain/]] |colspan=2|270 |- |[[/What an ass is he/]] |colspan=2|273 |- |[[/My masters give audience/]] |colspan=2|275 |- |[[/The Aphorismes of Galen/]] |colspan=2|277<noinclude>{{nopt}} |} {{right|''Why''}}</noinclude> dhrq605zihazt029wyr7vcw0yd8jleg 14130487 14130472 2024-04-26T02:55:32Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 + proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{rh|[356]|The Contents.|}} {| class="ws-summary __old-toc" <templatestyles src="Template:Largeinitial/styles.css" /><templatestyles src="Template:Normal/styles.css" /><!--workaround for templatestyles bug--></noinclude>|- |[[/Now I am merrier Sir John/]] |colspan=2|280 |- |[[/I have reason to fly then/]] |colspan=2|281 |- |[[/I have the fairest Non-perel/]] |colspan=2|283 |- |[[/Are you grown so melancholly/]] |colspan=2|286 |- |[[/Sublimest discretions have climb'd &c/]] |colspan=2|288 |- |[[/A pox on the Jaylor/]] |colspan=2|289 |- |[[/My lodging is on the cold ground/]] |colspan=2|290 |- |[[/From the fair Lavinian shore/]] |colspan=2|291 |- |[[/Fetch me Ben Johnsons scull &c/]] |colspan=2|293 |- |[[/Now that the spring &c/]] |colspan=2|296 |- |[[/Of all the sports in the world/]] |colspan=2|296 |- |[[/The wily wily Fox/]] |colspan=2|300 |- |[[/She lay all naked &c/]] |colspan=2|300 |- |[[/Some wives are good &c/]] |colspan=2|301 |- |[[/Call George again/]] |colspan=2|304 |- |[[/Pox take your mistris/]] |colspan=2|304 |- |[[/The Answer/]] |colspan=2|306 |- |[[/She that will eat her break fast/]] |colspan=2|308 |- |[[/St. George for England/]] |colspan=2|309 |- |[[/Arthur of Bradley/]] |colspan=2|312 |- |[[/On the Oxford Jeasts/]] |colspan=2|317 |- |[[/There were three Cooks in Colebrook/]] |colspan=2|318 |- |[[/When Ise came first to London Town/]] |colspan=2|323 |- |[[/The merry good fellow/]] |colspan=2|326 |- |[[/The Rebels Reign/]] |colspan=2|326 |- |[[/Have you observ'd the wench in the street/]] |colspan=2|332 |- |[[/A new Medley/]] |colspan=2|333 |- |[[/Shew a Room shew a Room &c/]] |colspan=2|339<noinclude>{{nopt}} |} {{right|''Why''}}</noinclude> 3pp16rsf9a0fwk4hnaotoate3ikot5z 14130491 14130487 2024-04-26T02:59:49Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 + proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{rh|[356]|The Contents.|}} {| class="ws-summary __old-toc" <templatestyles src="Template:Largeinitial/styles.css" /><templatestyles src="Template:Normal/styles.css" /><!--workaround for templatestyles bug--></noinclude>|- |[[/Now I am merrier Sir John/]]<!----> |colspan=2|280 |- |[[/I have reason to fly thee/]] |colspan=2|281 |- |[[/I have the fairest Non-perel/]] |colspan=2|283 |- |[[/Are you grown so melancholly/]] |colspan=2|286 |- |[[/Sublimest discretions have climb'd &c/]]<!----> |colspan=2|288 |- |[[/A pox on the Jaylor/]] |colspan=2|289 |- |[[/My lodging is on the cold ground/]] |colspan=2|290 |- |[[/From the fair Lavinian shore/]] |colspan=2|291 |- |[[/Fetch me Ben Johnsons scull &c/]]<!----> |colspan=2|293 |- |[[/Now that the spring &c/]]<!----> |colspan=2|296 |- |[[/Of all the sports in the world/]] |colspan=2|296 |- |[[/The wily wily Fox/]] |colspan=2|300 |- |[[/She lay all naked &c/]]<!----> |colspan=2|300 |- |[[/Some wives are good &c/]]<!----> |colspan=2|301 |- |[[/Call George again/]]<!----> |colspan=2|304 |- |[[/Pox take your Mistris/]] |colspan=2|304 |- |[[/The Answer/]]<!----> |colspan=2|306 |- |[[/She that will eat her breakfast/]] |colspan=2|308 |- |[[/St. George for England/]]<!----> |colspan=2|309 |- |[[/Arthur of Bradley/]]<!----> |colspan=2|312 |- |[[/On the Oxford Jeasts/]]<!----> |colspan=2|317 |- |[[/There were three Cooks in Colebrook/]]<!----> |colspan=2|318 |- |[[/The Blacksmith: Of all the Sciences/]]<!----> |colspan=2|319 |- |[[/When Ise came first to London Town/]]<!----> |colspan=2|323 |- |[[/The merry good fellow/]]<!----> |colspan=2|326 |- |[[/The Rebels Reign/]]<!----> |colspan=2|326 |- |[[/Have you observ'd the wench in the street/]]<!----> |colspan=2|332 |- |[[/A new Medley/]]<!----> |colspan=2|333 |- |[[/Shew a Room shew a Room &c/]]<!----> |colspan=2|339<noinclude>{{nopt}} |} {{right|''Why''}}</noinclude> 97uzqh5x5vn8326r34yyujutarv5tqd 14130492 14130491 2024-04-26T03:02:51Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 + proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{rh|[356]|The Contents.|}} {| class="ws-summary __old-toc" <templatestyles src="Template:Largeinitial/styles.css" /><templatestyles src="Template:Normal/styles.css" /><!--workaround for templatestyles bug--></noinclude>|- |[[/Now I am merrier Sir John/]]<!----> |colspan=2|280 |- |[[/I have reason to fly thee/]] |colspan=2|281 |- |[[/I have the fairest Non-perel/]] |colspan=2|283 |- |[[/Are you grown so melancholly/]] |colspan=2|286 |- |[[/Sublimest discretions have climb'd &c|Sublimest discretions have climb’d {{normal|&c}}]] |colspan=2|288 |- |[[/A pox on the Jaylor/]] |colspan=2|289 |- |[[/My lodging is on the cold ground/]] |colspan=2|290 |- |[[/From the fair Lavinian shore/]] |colspan=2|291 |- |[[/Fetch me Ben Johnsons scull &c|Fetch me {{normal|Ben Johnsons}} scull {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|293 |- |[[/Now that the spring &c|Now that the spring {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|296 |- |[[/Of all the sports in the world/]] |colspan=2|296 |- |[[/The wily wily Fox/]] |colspan=2|300 |- |[[/She lay all naked &c|She lay all naked {{normal|&c}}]] |colspan=2|300 |- |[[/Some wives are good &c|Some wives are good {{normal|&c}}]] |colspan=2|301 |- |[[/Call George again|Call {{normal|George}} again]] |colspan=2|304 |- |[[/Pox take your Mistris/]] |colspan=2|304 |- |[[/The Answer/]]<!----> |colspan=2|306 |- |[[/She that will eat her breakfast/]] |colspan=2|308 |- |[[/St. George for England/]]<!----> |colspan=2|309 |- |[[/Arthur of Bradley/]]<!----> |colspan=2|312 |- |[[/On the Oxford Jeasts/]]<!----> |colspan=2|317 |- |[[/There were three Cooks in Colebrook|There were three Cooks in {{normal|Colebrook}}]] |colspan=2|318 |- |[[/The Blacksmith: Of all the Sciences/]]<!----> |colspan=2|319 |- |[[/When Ise came first to London Town|When Ise came first to {{normal|London}} Town]] |colspan=2|323 |- |[[/The merry good fellow/]]<!----> |colspan=2|326 |- |[[/The Rebels Reign/]]<!----> |colspan=2|326 |- |[[/Have you observ'd the wench in the street|Have you observ’d the wench in the street]] |colspan=2|332 |- |[[/A new Medley/]]<!----> |colspan=2|333 |- |[[/Shew a Room shew a Room &c|Shew a Room shew a Room {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|339<noinclude>{{nopt}} |} {{right|''Why''}}</noinclude> nlns3o1bfj1nqozpazkjrb6udyk394l 14130494 14130492 2024-04-26T03:06:23Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 + proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{rh|[356]|The Contents.|}} {| class="ws-summary __old-toc" <templatestyles src="Template:Largeinitial/styles.css" /><templatestyles src="Template:Normal/styles.css" /><!--workaround for templatestyles bug--></noinclude>|- |[[/Now I am married Sir John|Now I am merrier {{normal|[}}i.e. married{{normal|]}} Sir {{normal|John}}]] |colspan=2|280 |- |[[/I have reason to fly thee/]] |colspan=2|281 |- |[[/I have the fairest Non-perel/]] |colspan=2|283 |- |[[/Are you grown so melancholly/]] |colspan=2|286 |- |[[/Sublimest discretions have climb'd &c|Sublimest discretions have climb’d {{normal|&c}}]] |colspan=2|288 |- |[[/A pox on the Jaylor/]] |colspan=2|289 |- |[[/My lodging is on the cold ground/]] |colspan=2|290 |- |[[/From the fair Lavinian shore/]] |colspan=2|291 |- |[[/Fetch me Ben Johnsons scull &c|Fetch me {{normal|Ben Johnsons}} scull {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|293 |- |[[/Now that the spring &c|Now that the spring {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|296 |- |[[/Of all the sports in the world/]] |colspan=2|296 |- |[[/The wily wily Fox/]] |colspan=2|300 |- |[[/She lay all naked &c|She lay all naked {{normal|&c}}]] |colspan=2|300 |- |[[/Some wives are good &c|Some wives are good {{normal|&c}}]] |colspan=2|301 |- |[[/Call George again|Call {{normal|George}} again]] |colspan=2|304 |- |[[/Pox take your Mistris/]] |colspan=2|304 |- |[[/The Answer: I pray thee, Drunkard|The Answer{{normal|[}}: I pray thee, Drunkard,{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|306 |- |[[/She that will eat her breakfast/]] |colspan=2|308 |- |[[/St. George for England: Why should we, &c|St. {{normal|George}} for {{normal|England}} {{normal|[}}: Why should we, {{normal|&c.]}}]] |colspan=2|309 |- |[[/Arthur of Bradley|{{normal|Arthur}} of {{normal|Bradley [}} Saw you not {{normal|Pierce]}}]] |colspan=2|312 |- |[[/On the Oxford Jeasts|On the Oxford Jeasts]]<!----> |colspan=2|317 |- |[[/There were three Cooks in Colebrook|There were three Cooks in {{normal|Colebrook}}]] |colspan=2|318 |- |[[/The Blacksmith: Of all the Sciences|The Blacksmith: Of all the Sciences]]<!----> |colspan=2|319 |- |[[/When Ise came first to London Town|When Ise came first to {{normal|London}} Town]] |colspan=2|323 |- |[[/The merry good fellow|The merry good fellow]]<!----> |colspan=2|326 |- |[[/The Rebels Reign|The Rebels Reign]]<!----> |colspan=2|326 |- |[[/Have you observ'd the wench in the street|Have you observ’d the wench in the street]] |colspan=2|332 |- |[[/A new Medley|A new Medley]]<!----> |colspan=2|333 |- |[[/Shew a Room shew a Room &c|Shew a Room shew a Room {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|339<noinclude>{{nopt}} |} {{right|''Why''}}</noinclude> jptro1qtq34mg4lgjh2jo82m5opb5uv 14130499 14130494 2024-04-26T03:08:56Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 + proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{rh|[356]|The Contents.|}} {| class="ws-summary __old-toc" <templatestyles src="Template:Largeinitial/styles.css" /><templatestyles src="Template:Normal/styles.css" /><!--workaround for templatestyles bug--></noinclude>|- |[[/Now I am married Sir John|Now I am merrier {{normal|[}}i.e. married{{normal|]}} Sir {{normal|John}}]] |colspan=2|280 |- |[[/I have reason to fly thee/]] |colspan=2|281 |- |[[/I have the fairest Non-perel/]] |colspan=2|283 |- |[[/Are you grown so melancholly/]] |colspan=2|286 |- |[[/Sublimest discretions have climb'd &c|Sublimest discretions have climb’d {{normal|&c}}]] |colspan=2|288 |- |[[/A pox on the Jaylor/]] |colspan=2|289 |- |[[/My lodging is on the cold ground/]] |colspan=2|290 |- |[[/From the fair Lavinian shore/]] |colspan=2|291 |- |[[/Fetch me Ben Johnsons scull &c|Fetch me {{normal|Ben Johnsons}} scull {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|293 |- |[[/Now that the spring &c|Now that the spring {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|296 |- |[[/Of all the sports in the world/]] |colspan=2|296 |- |[[/The wily wily Fox/]] |colspan=2|300 |- |[[/She lay all naked &c|She lay all naked {{normal|&c}}]] |colspan=2|300 |- |[[/Some wives are good &c|Some wives are good {{normal|&c}}]] |colspan=2|301 |- |[[/Call George again|Call {{normal|George}} again]] |colspan=2|304 |- |[[/Pox take your Mistris/]] |colspan=2|304 |- |[[/The Answer: I pray thee, Drunkard|The Answer{{normal|[}}: I pray thee, Drunkard,{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|306 |- |[[/She that will eat her breakfast/]] |colspan=2|308 |- |[[/St. George for England: Why should we, &c|St. {{normal|George}} for {{normal|England}} {{normal|[}}: Why should we, {{normal|&c.]}}]] |colspan=2|309 |- |[[/Arthur of Bradley|{{normal|Arthur}} of {{normal|Bradley [}}Saw you not {{normal|Pierce]}}]] |colspan=2|312 |- |[[/On the Oxford Jeasts: I tell thee, Kit|On the {{normal|Oxford}} Jeasts {{normal|[}}: I tell thee, {{normal|Kit,]}}]] |colspan=2|317 |- |[[/There were three Cooks in Colebrook|There were three Cooks in {{normal|Colebrook}}]] |colspan=2|318 |- |[[/The Blacksmith: Of all the Sciences|The Blacksmith {{normal|[}}: Of all the Sciences{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|319 |- |[[/When Ise came first to London Town|When Ise came first to {{normal|London}} Town]] |colspan=2|323 |- |[[/The merry good fellow: Why should we not laugh|The merry good fellow {{normal|[}}: Why should we not laugh{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|326 |- |[[/The Rebels Reign: Now we are met|The Rebels Reign {{normal|[}}: Now we are met{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|326 |- |[[/Have you observ'd the wench in the street|Have you observ’d the wench in the street]] |colspan=2|332 |- |[[/A new Medley: Let the trumpet sound|A new Medley {{normal|[}}: Let the trumpet sound{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|333 |- |[[/Shew a Room shew a Room &c|Shew a Room shew a Room {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|339<noinclude>{{nopt}} |} {{right|''Why''}}</noinclude> 6urst2b12e27zy9ocm26tasr6u96u6t 14130500 14130499 2024-04-26T03:09:02Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{rh|[356]|The Contents.|}} {| class="ws-summary __old-toc" <templatestyles src="Template:Largeinitial/styles.css" /><templatestyles src="Template:Normal/styles.css" /><!--workaround for templatestyles bug--></noinclude>|- |[[/Now I am married Sir John|Now I am merrier {{normal|[}}i.e. married{{normal|]}} Sir {{normal|John}}]] |colspan=2|280 |- |[[/I have reason to fly thee/]] |colspan=2|281 |- |[[/I have the fairest Non-perel/]] |colspan=2|283 |- |[[/Are you grown so melancholly/]] |colspan=2|286 |- |[[/Sublimest discretions have climb'd &c|Sublimest discretions have climb’d {{normal|&c}}]] |colspan=2|288 |- |[[/A pox on the Jaylor/]] |colspan=2|289 |- |[[/My lodging is on the cold ground/]] |colspan=2|290 |- |[[/From the fair Lavinian shore/]] |colspan=2|291 |- |[[/Fetch me Ben Johnsons scull &c|Fetch me {{normal|Ben Johnsons}} scull {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|293 |- |[[/Now that the spring &c|Now that the spring {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|296 |- |[[/Of all the sports in the world/]] |colspan=2|296 |- |[[/The wily wily Fox/]] |colspan=2|300 |- |[[/She lay all naked &c|She lay all naked {{normal|&c}}]] |colspan=2|300 |- |[[/Some wives are good &c|Some wives are good {{normal|&c}}]] |colspan=2|301 |- |[[/Call George again|Call {{normal|George}} again]] |colspan=2|304 |- |[[/Pox take your Mistris/]] |colspan=2|304 |- |[[/The Answer: I pray thee, Drunkard|The Answer{{normal|[}}: I pray thee, Drunkard,{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|306 |- |[[/She that will eat her breakfast/]] |colspan=2|308 |- |[[/St. George for England: Why should we, &c|St. {{normal|George}} for {{normal|England}} {{normal|[}}: Why should we, {{normal|&c.]}}]] |colspan=2|309 |- |[[/Arthur of Bradley|{{normal|Arthur}} of {{normal|Bradley [}}Saw you not {{normal|Pierce]}}]] |colspan=2|312 |- |[[/On the Oxford Jeasts: I tell thee, Kit|On the {{normal|Oxford}} Jeasts {{normal|[}}: I tell thee, {{normal|Kit,]}}]] |colspan=2|317 |- |[[/There were three Cooks in Colebrook|There were three Cooks in {{normal|Colebrook}}]] |colspan=2|318 |- |[[/The Blacksmith: Of all the Sciences|The Blacksmith {{normal|[}}: Of all the Sciences{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|319 |- |[[/When Ise came first to London Town|When Ise came first to {{normal|London}} Town]] |colspan=2|323 |- |[[/The merry good fellow: Why should we not laugh|The merry good fellow {{normal|[}}: Why should we not laugh{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|326 |- |[[/The Rebels Reign: Now we are met|The Rebels Reign {{normal|[}}: Now we are met{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|326 |- |[[/Have you observ'd the wench in the street|Have you observ’d the wench in the street]] |colspan=2|332 |- |[[/A new Medley: Let the trumpet sound|A new Medley {{normal|[}}: Let the trumpet sound{{normal|]}}]] |colspan=2|333 |- |[[/Shew a Room shew a Room &c|Shew a Room shew a Room {{normal|&c.}}]] |colspan=2|339<noinclude>{{nopt}} |} {{right|''Why''}}</noinclude> 90ciiheuz3bbo5q08o67u6ckt5pzvvh Page:Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu/7 104 4487911 14130238 14125291 2024-04-25T23:05:05Z EncycloPetey 3239 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="EncycloPetey" /></noinclude>{{c|{{x-larger|CONTENTS}}}} {| class="work_TOC" | || {{x-smaller|PAGE}} |- | [[Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell)/Introduction|Introduction]] || 1 |- | [[Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell)/Chronological List|Chronological List of Anton Tchekoff’s Works]] || 11 |- | [[Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell)/Uncle Vanya|Uncle Vanya]] || 13 |- class="aux auxtoc auxtoc-pagenos wst-auxtoc wst-aux-content" | {{em|2}}[[Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell)/Uncle Vanya/Act 1|Act I]] || 15 |- class="aux auxtoc auxtoc-pagenos wst-auxtoc wst-aux-content" | {{em|2}}[[Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell)/Uncle Vanya/Act 2|Act II]] || 28 |- class="aux auxtoc auxtoc-pagenos wst-auxtoc wst-aux-content" | {{em|2}}[[Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell)/Uncle Vanya/Act 3|Act III]] || 44 |- class="aux auxtoc auxtoc-pagenos wst-auxtoc wst-aux-content" | {{em|2}}[[Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell)/Uncle Vanya/Act 4|Act IV]] || 61 |- | [[Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell)/Ivanoff|Ivanoff]] || 73 |- | [[Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell)/The Sea-Gull|The Sea-Gull]] || 155 |- | [[Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell)/The Swan Song|The Swan Song]] || 223 |} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> htjg0zgrqvw3fdsyy4phd8svczt2oy7 14130285 14130238 2024-04-25T23:38:26Z EncycloPetey 3239 + Acts proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="EncycloPetey" /></noinclude>{{c|{{x-larger|CONTENTS}}}} {| class="work_TOC" | || {{x-smaller|PAGE}} |- | [[Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell)/Introduction|Introduction]] || 1 |- | [[Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell)/Chronological List|Chronological List of Anton Tchekoff’s Works]] || 11 |- | [[Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell)/Uncle Vanya|Uncle Vanya]] || 13 |- class="aux auxtoc auxtoc-pagenos wst-auxtoc wst-aux-content" | {{em|2}}[[Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell)/Uncle Vanya/Act 1|Act I]] || 15 |- class="aux auxtoc auxtoc-pagenos wst-auxtoc wst-aux-content" | {{em|2}}[[Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell)/Uncle Vanya/Act 2|Act II]] || 28 |- class="aux auxtoc auxtoc-pagenos wst-auxtoc wst-aux-content" | {{em|2}}[[Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell)/Uncle Vanya/Act 3|Act III]] || 44 |- class="aux auxtoc auxtoc-pagenos wst-auxtoc wst-aux-content" | {{em|2}}[[Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell)/Uncle Vanya/Act 4|Act IV]] || 61 |- | [[Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell)/Ivanoff|Ivanoff]] || 73 |- | {{em|2}}[[Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell)/Ivanoff/Act 1|Act I]] || 75 |- | {{em|2}}[[Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell)/Ivanoff/Act 2|Act II]] || 93 |- | {{em|2}}[[Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell)/Ivanoff/Act 3|Act III]] || 115 |- | {{em|2}}[[Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell)/Ivanoff/Act 4|Act IV]] || 137 |- | [[Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell)/The Sea-Gull|The Sea-Gull]] || 155 |- | {{em|2}}[[Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell)/The Sea-Gull/Act 1|Act I]] || 157 |- | {{em|2}}[[Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell)/The Sea-Gull/Act 2|Act II]] || 176 |- | {{em|2}}[[Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell)/The Sea-Gull/Act 3|Act III]] || 190 |- | {{em|2}}[[Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell)/The Sea-Gull/Act 4|Act IV]] || 204 |- | [[Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell)/The Swan Song|The Swan Song]] || 223 |} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 0n3nzfnfy759gitegj72p57ab60hnbf Page:Colnett - Voyage to the South Pacific (IA cihm 33242).djvu/190 104 4488510 14128110 14121361 2024-04-25T15:56:10Z M-le-mot-dit 95366 Long s. proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="M-le-mot-dit" />{{running header|160|VOYAGE TO THE SOUTH SEAS.|}}</noinclude>{{Left margin|0|4=5.5em}} {{Pseudoheading/main|CHAPTER X.}} {{Pseudoheading|class=wst-hi_subheading|The Rattler leaves the Galapagoe Isles and Coast of Peru, for the Isles Saint Felix and Saint Ambrose, on the Coast of Chili: from thence she rounds Cape Horn, on her Passage to Isle Saint Helena, in the Atlantic Ocean.}} {{Rule|6em|height=2px}}{{Rule|6em}} {{MarginNote|margin=right|x-unit=em|margin-width=5.5|alley-width=.25|text-align=center|text=1794.<br />May 13.}}{{Largeinitial|O}}{{uc|n}} the thirteenth of May, having over-hauled the rigging, caulked, wooded, &c. we {{ls}}et {{ls}}ail with the intention to cruize for {{ls}}even days off Rock Rodondo, and then to proceed to the I{{ls}}les Saint Felix and Saint Ambro{{ls}}e, on the coa{{ls}}t of Chili. We accordingly hove to for the night, off the North end of Albemarle I{{ls}}le, and at break of day, {{ls}}aw {{ls}}everal {{ls}}permaceti whales, of which we killed two. The winds had {{ls}}et in from the Southward and Ea{{ls}}tward, with a {{ls}}trong Northerly current; {{ls}}o that all our endeavours were in vain to get to the We{{ls}}tward and round to the<noinclude>{{Left margin/e}}</noinclude> skhaq0lunasns3rf9c07rue2vjr8i5x User:SnowyCinema/B 2 4488572 14131213 14124958 2024-04-26T08:00:18Z SnowyCinema 2484340 wikitext text/x-wiki The relevancy game allows me to do the following works: ==Daily works allowed without relevancy== * 4/24 - [[The Doré Bible Gallery]] (1890) * 4/25 - [[The Witch of Endor, and Modern Spiritism]] (1872) ===Freebies spent=== * 4/23 - [[Spider Boy]] (1928) :* '''21''': 1F, 18C, 1A ==Relevancy scores== * 4/23 - [[Wireless Pictures and Television]] (1927) {{esl|1=https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id=wu.89061425047}} * 4/24 - [[Studies in Television]] (1925) by [[Author:Walter Frederick Kannenberg|Walter Frederick Kannenberg]] ===Relevancy spent=== ==System== * F: Front matter - 1 point * N: Prefaces/non-work chapter with title - 1 point * P: Part pages - 1 point * C: Chapters - 1 point * A: Advertisements (if done) - 2 points * S: Subworks - 3 points fh523i56cnp1t5865dhawdfn3eyg99t Spider Boy 0 4489030 14128258 14123416 2024-04-25T16:58:42Z SnowyCinema 2484340 removed [[Category:Works about film]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Spider Boy | author = Carl Van Vechten | section = | previous = | next = [[/Chapter 1/]] | year = 1928 | notes = }} <pages index="Spider Boy (1928).pdf" include=7 /> {{page break|label=}} <pages index="Spider Boy (1928).pdf" include=8 /> {{page break|label=}} <pages index="Spider Boy (1928).pdf" include=9 /> {{page break|label=}} <pages index="Spider Boy (1928).pdf" include=10 /> {{page break|label=}} <pages index="Spider Boy (1928).pdf" include=11 /> {{page break|label=}} <pages index="Spider Boy (1928).pdf" include=13 /> {{page break|label=}} <pages index="Spider Boy (1928).pdf" include=15 /> {{AuxTOC| * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 1|Chapter 1]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 2|Chapter 2]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 3|Chapter 3]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 4|Chapter 4]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 5|Chapter 5]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 6|Chapter 6]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 7|Chapter 7]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 8|Chapter 8]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 9|Chapter 9]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 10|Chapter 10]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 11|Chapter 11]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 12|Chapter 12]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 13|Chapter 13]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 14|Chapter 14]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 15|Chapter 15]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 16|Chapter 16]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 17|Chapter 17]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 18|Chapter 18]] }} {{hidden export TOC| * [[/Advertisements/]] }} {{authority control}} {{PD-US|1964}} [[Category:American novels]] [[Category:Modern works]] 3s1dq3coep8e67k5akcsy7zqgoid97r 14128260 14128258 2024-04-25T16:58:47Z SnowyCinema 2484340 added [[Category:Film industry in fiction]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Spider Boy | author = Carl Van Vechten | section = | previous = | next = [[/Chapter 1/]] | year = 1928 | notes = }} <pages index="Spider Boy (1928).pdf" include=7 /> {{page break|label=}} <pages index="Spider Boy (1928).pdf" include=8 /> {{page break|label=}} <pages index="Spider Boy (1928).pdf" include=9 /> {{page break|label=}} <pages index="Spider Boy (1928).pdf" include=10 /> {{page break|label=}} <pages index="Spider Boy (1928).pdf" include=11 /> {{page break|label=}} <pages index="Spider Boy (1928).pdf" include=13 /> {{page break|label=}} <pages index="Spider Boy (1928).pdf" include=15 /> {{AuxTOC| * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 1|Chapter 1]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 2|Chapter 2]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 3|Chapter 3]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 4|Chapter 4]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 5|Chapter 5]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 6|Chapter 6]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 7|Chapter 7]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 8|Chapter 8]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 9|Chapter 9]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 10|Chapter 10]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 11|Chapter 11]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 12|Chapter 12]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 13|Chapter 13]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 14|Chapter 14]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 15|Chapter 15]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 16|Chapter 16]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 17|Chapter 17]] * [[Spider Boy/Chapter 18|Chapter 18]] }} {{hidden export TOC| * [[/Advertisements/]] }} {{authority control}} {{PD-US|1964}} [[Category:American novels]] [[Category:Modern works]] [[Category:Film industry in fiction]] cqlldxzft9u02lj4mkhxeclgh1wx6nu Page:The American language; an inquiry into the development of English in the United States (IA americanlanguage00menc 0).pdf/230 104 4489163 14128018 14122961 2024-04-25T15:14:39Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Arcorann" />{{rvh|216|CHAPTER|THE AMERICAN LANGUAGE}}</noinclude>for the pronunciation of German is at least as clear as that of Spanish. Swedish would have supported his case far better: the Swedes debase their vowels and slide over their consonants even more markedly than the English. Marsh believed that there was a tendency among Southern peoples to throw the accent toward the ends of words, and that this helped to bring out all the syllables. A superficial examination shows a number of examples of that movement of accent in American: ''advertisement, paresis, pianist, primarily, telegrapher, temporarily''. The English accent all of these words on the first syllable except ''advertisement'', which is accented on the second; Americans usually accent ''primarily'' and ''telegrapher'' on the second, ''temporarily'' and ''advertisement'' on the third, and ''paresis'' and ''pianist'' on the second. Again there are ''frontier'' and ''harass''. The English accent the first syllables; we accent the second. Yet again there is the verb, ''to perfect''. Tucker says<ref>American English, p. 33.</ref> that its accentuation on the second syllable, "bringing it into harmony with ''perfume, cement, desert, present, produce, progress, project, rebel, record,'' and other words which are accented on the final syllable when used as verbs, originated in this country." But when all these examples have been marshalled, the fact remains that there are just as many examples, and perhaps many more, of an exactly contrary tendency. The chief movement in American, in truth, would seem to be toward throwing the accent upon the first syllable. I recall ''mamma, papa, inquiry, ally, recess, details, idea, alloy, deficit, armistice'' and ''adult''; I might add ''defect, excess, address, magazine, decoy'' and ''romance''. A factor which may have had a great deal to do with the establishment of precise habits of pronunciation in the United States is discussed at length by Henry Cecil Wyld, in his "History of Modern Colloquial English."<ref>London, 1920, p. 18 ''ff.''</ref> This factor, he says, has been responsible in England for many artificialities, including especially spelling pronunciations. It may be described briefly as the influence of a class but lately risen in the social scale and hence a bit unsure of itself—a class intensely eager to avoid giving away its vulgar origin by its speech habits. The great historical changes<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> i506scq83nnfe3ddvhxigcrtxfvy2fo Yiddish Tales/Preface 0 4489196 14128624 14123196 2024-04-25T18:01:28Z Ineuw 114977 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../|Main page]] | next = [[../Acknowledgement|Acknowledgement]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=9 to=11 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {{smallrefs}} r2gtxm2gi4dxl560hb40yx0plrw5ylk 14128665 14128624 2024-04-25T18:06:19Z Ineuw 114977 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../|Main page]] | next = [[../Acknowledgment|Acknowledgment]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=9 to=11 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {{smallrefs}} nf53shx2qpo7ev3nw6gmobq8zdeirio Yiddish Tales/Jehalel (Judah Löb Lewin) 0 4489228 14129762 14123323 2024-04-25T19:27:15Z Ineuw 114977 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../Reuben Asher Braudes|Reuben Asher Braudes]] | next = [[../Mordecai Spektor|Mordecai Spektor]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=31 to=31 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} 9fqwamdl5ch32fqul3dfufq6rsripcd Yiddish Tales/Isaac Löb Perez 0 4489231 14129917 14123329 2024-04-25T20:16:04Z Ineuw 114977 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../Jehalel (Judah Löb Lewin)|Jehalel (Judah Löb Lewin)]] | next = [[../Mordecai Spektor|Mordecai Spektor]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=57 to=57 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {{smallrefs}} i4seyrbe31g41kmf1lzdwqgc1gix2vp Yiddish Tales/Mordecai Spektor 0 4489232 14129933 14123334 2024-04-25T20:20:12Z Ineuw 114977 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../Isaac Löb Perez|Isaac Löb Perez]] | next = [[../Sholom-Alechem (Shalom Rabinovitz)|Sholom-Alechem (Shalom Rabinovitz)]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=85 to=85 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {{smallrefs}} 9apx2w2sd76x18tyox9ylwl5hatssjm Yiddish Tales/Sholom-Alechem (Shalom Rabinovitz) 0 4489233 14129927 14123339 2024-04-25T20:19:42Z Ineuw 114977 Ineuw moved page [[Sholom-Alechem (Shalom Rabinovitz)]] to [[Yiddish Tales/Sholom-Alechem (Shalom Rabinovitz)]]: added relation wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../|../]] | next = [[../|../]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=117 to=117 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {{smallrefs}} ez68urlbagy2huubz0ugv0spvqt26x3 14129943 14129927 2024-04-25T20:21:55Z Ineuw 114977 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../Mordecai Spektor|Mordecai Spektor]] | next = [[../Eliezer David Rosenthal|Eliezer David Rosenthal]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=117 to=117 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {{smallrefs}} 01seci0al9rbsdi0frlfe6gtco34y0c Yiddish Tales/Eliezer David Rosenthal 0 4489234 14129948 14123359 2024-04-25T20:23:30Z Ineuw 114977 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../Sholom-Alechem (Shalom Rabinovitz)|Sholom-Alechem (Shalom Rabinovitz)]] | next = [[../Isaiah Lerner|Isaiah Lerner]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=185 to=185 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {{smallrefs}} fcqcp2utc3ro511t26gqwj1rkgsiukb Yiddish Tales/Isaiah Lerner 0 4489235 14129961 14123382 2024-04-25T20:26:22Z Ineuw 114977 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../Eliezer David Rosenthal|Eliezer David Rosenthal]] | next = [[../Judah Steinberg|Judah Steinberg]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=213 to=213 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {{smallrefs}} 5hctp91yf2kzpvuluvm4tj8zmrxpcl6 Yiddish Tales/Judah Steinberg 0 4489236 14129966 14123392 2024-04-25T20:28:13Z Ineuw 114977 page navigation wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../Isaiah Lerner|Isaiah Lerner]] | next = [[../David Frischmann|David Frischmann]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=253 to=253 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {{smallrefs}} 3m6l118mm0sco6tp3l3q39pko700q08 Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/10 104 4489253 14128052 14123509 2024-04-25T15:32:16Z Klaufir216 3130230 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Klaufir216" />{{rh|6|PREFACE.|}}</noinclude>The gods themselves dwelt in Asgard. Some of them were of the mighty Asa-race: Valfather Odin, and Frigg his Queen; Thor, the master of Mjolner; Balder, the good; the one-handed Tyr; Brage, the song-smith. Idun having the youth-giving apples, and Heimdal, the watcher of Asgard. Others were mild and gentle vans: Njord, Frey, and Freyja, the goddess of love; but in the midst of Asgard in daily intercourse with the gods, the serpent Loke, the friend of the giants, winded his slimy coils. To these gods our Teutonic ancestors offered sacrifices, to them prayers ascended, and from them came such blessings as each god found it proper to bestow. Most of all were these gods worshiped on the battle-field, for ''there'' was the home of the Teuton. There he lived and there he hoped some day to die; for if the norns, the weavers of fate, permitted him to fall sword in hand, then would he not descend to the shades of Hel, but be carried in valkyrian arms up to Valhal, where a new life would be granted unto him, or better, where he would continue his earthly life in intercourse with the gods. Happy gatherings at the banquet, where the flowing mead-horn was passed freely round, and where words of wisdom and wit abounded, or martial games with sharp swords and spears, were the delight of the asas. Under the ash Ygdrasil they met in council, and if they ever appeared outside of the walls of Asgard, it was to go on errands of love, or to make war on the giants, their enemies from the beginning. Especially did Thor seldom sit still when he heard rumors of giants; with<noinclude></noinclude> 57xgzp3fxputjyhlsvjfrubt6mh4nlw Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/15 104 4489258 14129994 14123557 2024-04-25T20:36:28Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 lst proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>{{c|{{larger|CONTENTS.}}}} {{dhr}} {{rule|4em}} {{dhr}} {{TOC begin|width=100%}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|[[The Younger Edda (tr. Anderson)/Preface|Preface]]}}|5}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|[[The Younger Edda (tr. Anderson)/Introduction|Introduction]]}}|15}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|[[The Younger Edda (tr. Anderson)/Foreword|Foreword]]}}|33}} <section begin="Gylfaginning" />{{TOC row c|3|{{larger|[[The Younger Edda (tr. Anderson)/The Fooling of Gylfe|THE FOOLING OF GYLFE.]]}}}} {{TOC row c|3|CHAPTER I.}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|Gefjun's Plowing}}|49}} {{TOC row c|3|CHAPTER II.}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|Gylfe's Journey to Asgard}}|51}} {{TOC row c|3|CHAPTER III.}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|Of the Highest God}}|54}} {{TOC row c|3|CHAPTER IV.}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|The Creation of the World}}|56}} {{TOC row c|3|CHAPTER V.}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|The Creation (continued)}}|64}} {{TOC row c|3|CHAPTER VI.}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|The First Works of the Asas—The Golden Age}}|69}} {{TOC row c|3|CHAPTER VII.}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|On the Wonderful Things in Heaven}}|72}} <section end="Gylfaginning" /><noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> tuwxn3vnei7mtvp3m4zo125h2dljeni 14130003 14129994 2024-04-25T20:39:21Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>{{c|{{larger|CONTENTS.}}}} {{dhr}} {{rule|4em}} {{dhr}} {{TOC begin|width=100%}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|[[The Younger Edda (tr. Anderson)/Preface|Preface]]}}|5}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|[[The Younger Edda (tr. Anderson)/Introduction|Introduction]]}}|15}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|[[The Younger Edda (tr. Anderson)/Foreword|Foreword]]}}|33}} <section begin="Gylfaginning" />{{nopt}} {{TOC row c|3|{{larger|[[The Younger Edda (tr. Anderson)/The Fooling of Gylfe|THE FOOLING OF GYLFE.]]}}}} {{TOC row c|3|CHAPTER I.}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|Gefjun's Plowing}}|49}} {{TOC row c|3|CHAPTER II.}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|Gylfe's Journey to Asgard}}|51}} {{TOC row c|3|CHAPTER III.}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|Of the Highest God}}|54}} {{TOC row c|3|CHAPTER IV.}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|The Creation of the World}}|56}} {{TOC row c|3|CHAPTER V.}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|The Creation (continued)}}|64}} {{TOC row c|3|CHAPTER VI.}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|The First Works of the Asas—The Golden Age}}|69}} {{TOC row c|3|CHAPTER VII.}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|On the Wonderful Things in Heaven}}|72}} <section end="Gylfaginning" /><noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> rlt5getitne2g4nn1bwxceh2zb397ik Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/16 104 4489259 14129995 14123592 2024-04-25T20:36:50Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 lst proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Beleg Âlt" />{{TOC begin|width=100%}}</noinclude><section begin="Gylfaginning" />{{nopt}} {{TOC row c|3|CHAPTER VIII.}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|The Asas}}|79}} {{TOC row c|3|CHAPTER IX.}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|Loke and his Offspring}}|91}} {{TOC row c|3|CHAPTER X.}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|The Goddesses (Asynjes)}}|97}} {{TOC row c|3|CHAPTER XI.}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|The Giantess Gerd and Skirner's Journey}}|101}} {{TOC row c|3|CHAPTER XII.}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|Life in Valhal}}|104}} {{TOC row c|3|CHAPTER XIII.}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|Odin's Horse and Frey's Ship}}|109}} {{TOC row c|3|CHAPTER XIV.}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|Thor's Adventures}}|113}} {{TOC row c|3|CHAPTER XV.}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|The Death of Balder}}|131}} {{TOC row c|3|CHAPTER XVI.}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|Ragnarok}}|149}} {{TOC row c|3|CHAPTER XVII.}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|Regeneration}}|147}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{sc|Afterword to the Fooling of Gylfe}}|151}} <section end="Gylfaginning" /><noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> e0vwm5prz0qj12jki7wba8fmpighkyd Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu/18 104 4489276 14127907 14125263 2024-04-25T14:20:04Z GrooveCreator 2854703 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="M0ntenegro" />{{runningHeader|vi|{{c|CONTENTS}}}}</noinclude>{{dotted TOC page listing||{{sc|chapter}}|{{sc|page}}|symbol=&emsp;}} {{dtpl|XXIII.| {{sc|After The Mazurka}} |{{DJVU page link| 102|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXIV.| {{sc|In Bed}} |{{DJVU page link| 107|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXV.| {{sc|The Letter}} |{{DJVU page link| 110|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXVI.| {{sc|What Awaited Us in the Country}} |{{DJVU page link| 117|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXVII.| {{sc|Grief}} |{{DJVU page link| 121|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXVIII.| {{sc|The Last Sad Memories}} |{{DJVU page link| 127|32 }}}} <section begin="label" />{{c|BOYHOOD}} {{dtpl|I.| {{sc|At Easy Stages}} |{{DJVU page link| 141|32 }}}} {{dtpl|II.| {{sc|The Storm}} |{{DJVU page link| 149|36 }}}} {{dtpl|III.| {{sc|A New View}} |{{DJVU page link| 155|36 }}}} {{dtpl|IV.| {{sc|At Moscow}} |{{DJVU page link| 160|36 }}}} {{dtpl|V.| {{sc|My Elder Brother}} |{{DJVU page link| 162|36 }}}} {{dtpl|VI.| {{sc|Másha}} |{{DJVU page link| 166|36 }}}} {{dtpl|VII.| {{sc|Shot}} |{{DJVU page link| 169|36 }}}} {{dtpl|VIII.| {{sc|The History of Karl Ivánovich}} |{{DJVU page link| 173|36 }}}} {{dtpl|IX.| {{sc|Continuation}} |{{DJVU page link| 177|36 }}}} {{dtpl|X.| {{sc|Continuation}} |{{DJVU page link| 182|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XI.| {{sc|One}} |{{DJVU page link| 185|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XII.| {{sc|The Small Key}} |{{DJVU page link| 191|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XIII.| {{sc|The Traitress}} |{{DJVU page link| 194|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XIV.| {{sc|The Eclipse}} |{{DJVU page link| 197|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XV.| {{sc|Dreams}} |{{DJVU page link| 200|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XVI.| {{sc|After Grinding Comes Flour}} |{{DJVU page link| 205|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XVII.| {{sc|Hatred}} |{{DJVU page link| 210|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XVIII.| {{sc|The Maids' Chamber}} |{{DJVU page link| 213|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XIX.| {{sc|Boyhood}} |{{DJVU page link| 219|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XX.| {{sc|Volódya}} |{{DJVU page link| 223|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXI.| {{sc|Kátenka and Lyúbochka}} |{{DJVU page link| 227|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXII.| {{sc|Papa}} |{{DJVU page link| 230|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXIII.| {{sc|Grandmother}} |{{DJVU page link| 234|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXIV.| {{sc|I}} |{{DJVU page link| 237|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXV.| {{sc|Volódya's Friends}} |{{DJVU page link| 239|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXVI.| {{sc|Reflections}} |{{DJVU page link| 242|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXVII.| {{sc|The Beginning of the Friendship}} |{{DJVU page link| 247|36 }}}} <section end="label" /><noinclude></noinclude> go51fbafqz5djq4pb3mcv9hhxs5h45s 14127918 14127907 2024-04-25T14:25:33Z GrooveCreator 2854703 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="M0ntenegro" />{{runningHeader|vi|{{c|CONTENTS}}}}</noinclude>{{dotted TOC page listing||{{sc|chapter}}|{{sc|page}}|symbol=&emsp;}} {{dtpl|XXIII.| {{sc|After The Mazurka}} |{{DJVU page link| 102|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXIV.| {{sc|In Bed}} |{{DJVU page link| 107|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXV.| {{sc|The Letter}} |{{DJVU page link| 110|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXVI.| {{sc|What Awaited Us in the Country}} |{{DJVU page link| 117|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXVII.| {{sc|Grief}} |{{DJVU page link| 121|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXVIII.| {{sc|The Last Sad Memories}} |{{DJVU page link| 127|32 }}}} <section begin="boyhoodTOC" />{{c|BOYHOOD}} {{dtpl|I.| {{sc|At Easy Stages}} |{{DJVU page link| 141|32 }}}} {{dtpl|II.| {{sc|The Storm}} |{{DJVU page link| 149|36 }}}} {{dtpl|III.| {{sc|A New View}} |{{DJVU page link| 155|36 }}}} {{dtpl|IV.| {{sc|At Moscow}} |{{DJVU page link| 160|36 }}}} {{dtpl|V.| {{sc|My Elder Brother}} |{{DJVU page link| 162|36 }}}} {{dtpl|VI.| {{sc|Másha}} |{{DJVU page link| 166|36 }}}} {{dtpl|VII.| {{sc|Shot}} |{{DJVU page link| 169|36 }}}} {{dtpl|VIII.| {{sc|The History of Karl Ivánovich}} |{{DJVU page link| 173|36 }}}} {{dtpl|IX.| {{sc|Continuation}} |{{DJVU page link| 177|36 }}}} {{dtpl|X.| {{sc|Continuation}} |{{DJVU page link| 182|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XI.| {{sc|One}} |{{DJVU page link| 185|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XII.| {{sc|The Small Key}} |{{DJVU page link| 191|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XIII.| {{sc|The Traitress}} |{{DJVU page link| 194|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XIV.| {{sc|The Eclipse}} |{{DJVU page link| 197|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XV.| {{sc|Dreams}} |{{DJVU page link| 200|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XVI.| {{sc|After Grinding Comes Flour}} |{{DJVU page link| 205|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XVII.| {{sc|Hatred}} |{{DJVU page link| 210|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XVIII.| {{sc|The Maids' Chamber}} |{{DJVU page link| 213|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XIX.| {{sc|Boyhood}} |{{DJVU page link| 219|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XX.| {{sc|Volódya}} |{{DJVU page link| 223|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXI.| {{sc|Kátenka and Lyúbochka}} |{{DJVU page link| 227|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXII.| {{sc|Papa}} |{{DJVU page link| 230|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXIII.| {{sc|Grandmother}} |{{DJVU page link| 234|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXIV.| {{sc|I}} |{{DJVU page link| 237|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXV.| {{sc|Volódya's Friends}} |{{DJVU page link| 239|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXVI.| {{sc|Reflections}} |{{DJVU page link| 242|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXVII.| {{sc|The Beginning of the Friendship}} |{{DJVU page link| 247|36 }}}} <section end="boyhoodTOC" /><noinclude></noinclude> mv795w4polgb6u7sie13wli0i5cue2f 14127922 14127918 2024-04-25T14:27:43Z GrooveCreator 2854703 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="M0ntenegro" />{{runningHeader|vi|{{c|CONTENTS}}}}</noinclude><section begin="childhoodTOC" />{{dotted TOC page listing||{{sc|chapter}}|{{sc|page}}|symbol=&emsp;}} {{dtpl|XXIII.| {{sc|After The Mazurka}} |{{DJVU page link| 102|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXIV.| {{sc|In Bed}} |{{DJVU page link| 107|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXV.| {{sc|The Letter}} |{{DJVU page link| 110|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXVI.| {{sc|What Awaited Us in the Country}} |{{DJVU page link| 117|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXVII.| {{sc|Grief}} |{{DJVU page link| 121|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXVIII.| {{sc|The Last Sad Memories}} |{{DJVU page link| 127|32 }}}} <section end="childhoodTOC" /> <section begin="boyhoodTOC" />{{c|BOYHOOD}} {{dtpl|I.| {{sc|At Easy Stages}} |{{DJVU page link| 141|32 }}}} {{dtpl|II.| {{sc|The Storm}} |{{DJVU page link| 149|36 }}}} {{dtpl|III.| {{sc|A New View}} |{{DJVU page link| 155|36 }}}} {{dtpl|IV.| {{sc|At Moscow}} |{{DJVU page link| 160|36 }}}} {{dtpl|V.| {{sc|My Elder Brother}} |{{DJVU page link| 162|36 }}}} {{dtpl|VI.| {{sc|Másha}} |{{DJVU page link| 166|36 }}}} {{dtpl|VII.| {{sc|Shot}} |{{DJVU page link| 169|36 }}}} {{dtpl|VIII.| {{sc|The History of Karl Ivánovich}} |{{DJVU page link| 173|36 }}}} {{dtpl|IX.| {{sc|Continuation}} |{{DJVU page link| 177|36 }}}} {{dtpl|X.| {{sc|Continuation}} |{{DJVU page link| 182|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XI.| {{sc|One}} |{{DJVU page link| 185|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XII.| {{sc|The Small Key}} |{{DJVU page link| 191|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XIII.| {{sc|The Traitress}} |{{DJVU page link| 194|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XIV.| {{sc|The Eclipse}} |{{DJVU page link| 197|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XV.| {{sc|Dreams}} |{{DJVU page link| 200|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XVI.| {{sc|After Grinding Comes Flour}} |{{DJVU page link| 205|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XVII.| {{sc|Hatred}} |{{DJVU page link| 210|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XVIII.| {{sc|The Maids' Chamber}} |{{DJVU page link| 213|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XIX.| {{sc|Boyhood}} |{{DJVU page link| 219|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XX.| {{sc|Volódya}} |{{DJVU page link| 223|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXI.| {{sc|Kátenka and Lyúbochka}} |{{DJVU page link| 227|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXII.| {{sc|Papa}} |{{DJVU page link| 230|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXIII.| {{sc|Grandmother}} |{{DJVU page link| 234|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXIV.| {{sc|I}} |{{DJVU page link| 237|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXV.| {{sc|Volódya's Friends}} |{{DJVU page link| 239|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXVI.| {{sc|Reflections}} |{{DJVU page link| 242|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXVII.| {{sc|The Beginning of the Friendship}} |{{DJVU page link| 247|36 }}}} <section end="boyhoodTOC" /><noinclude></noinclude> g2fegba2t6qdjrw4i76b3miyru6zoxy 14127923 14127922 2024-04-25T14:28:43Z GrooveCreator 2854703 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="M0ntenegro" />{{runningHeader|vi|{{c|CONTENTS}}}}</noinclude>{{dotted TOC page listing||{{sc|chapter}}|{{sc|page}}|symbol=&emsp;}} <section begin="childhoodTOC" />{{dtpl|XXIII.| {{sc|After The Mazurka}} |{{DJVU page link| 102|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXIV.| {{sc|In Bed}} |{{DJVU page link| 107|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXV.| {{sc|The Letter}} |{{DJVU page link| 110|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXVI.| {{sc|What Awaited Us in the Country}} |{{DJVU page link| 117|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXVII.| {{sc|Grief}} |{{DJVU page link| 121|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXVIII.| {{sc|The Last Sad Memories}} |{{DJVU page link| 127|32 }}}} <section end="childhoodTOC" /> <section begin="boyhoodTOC" />{{c|BOYHOOD}} {{dtpl|I.| {{sc|At Easy Stages}} |{{DJVU page link| 141|32 }}}} {{dtpl|II.| {{sc|The Storm}} |{{DJVU page link| 149|36 }}}} {{dtpl|III.| {{sc|A New View}} |{{DJVU page link| 155|36 }}}} {{dtpl|IV.| {{sc|At Moscow}} |{{DJVU page link| 160|36 }}}} {{dtpl|V.| {{sc|My Elder Brother}} |{{DJVU page link| 162|36 }}}} {{dtpl|VI.| {{sc|Másha}} |{{DJVU page link| 166|36 }}}} {{dtpl|VII.| {{sc|Shot}} |{{DJVU page link| 169|36 }}}} {{dtpl|VIII.| {{sc|The History of Karl Ivánovich}} |{{DJVU page link| 173|36 }}}} {{dtpl|IX.| {{sc|Continuation}} |{{DJVU page link| 177|36 }}}} {{dtpl|X.| {{sc|Continuation}} |{{DJVU page link| 182|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XI.| {{sc|One}} |{{DJVU page link| 185|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XII.| {{sc|The Small Key}} |{{DJVU page link| 191|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XIII.| {{sc|The Traitress}} |{{DJVU page link| 194|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XIV.| {{sc|The Eclipse}} |{{DJVU page link| 197|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XV.| {{sc|Dreams}} |{{DJVU page link| 200|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XVI.| {{sc|After Grinding Comes Flour}} |{{DJVU page link| 205|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XVII.| {{sc|Hatred}} |{{DJVU page link| 210|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XVIII.| {{sc|The Maids' Chamber}} |{{DJVU page link| 213|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XIX.| {{sc|Boyhood}} |{{DJVU page link| 219|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XX.| {{sc|Volódya}} |{{DJVU page link| 223|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXI.| {{sc|Kátenka and Lyúbochka}} |{{DJVU page link| 227|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXII.| {{sc|Papa}} |{{DJVU page link| 230|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXIII.| {{sc|Grandmother}} |{{DJVU page link| 234|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXIV.| {{sc|I}} |{{DJVU page link| 237|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXV.| {{sc|Volódya's Friends}} |{{DJVU page link| 239|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXVI.| {{sc|Reflections}} |{{DJVU page link| 242|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXVII.| {{sc|The Beginning of the Friendship}} |{{DJVU page link| 247|36 }}}} <section end="boyhoodTOC" /><noinclude></noinclude> 0pg1s1ej2mj4tfl12u7svmk86j87cuk 14130419 14127923 2024-04-26T01:15:13Z GrooveCreator 2854703 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="M0ntenegro" />{{runningHeader|vi|{{c|CONTENTS}}}}</noinclude><section begin="IGNORE" />{{dotted TOC page listing||{{sc|chapter}}|{{sc|page}}|symbol=&emsp;}} <section end="IGNORE" /> <section begin="childhoodTOC" />{{dtpl|XXIII.| {{sc|After The Mazurka}} |{{DJVU page link| 102|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXIV.| {{sc|In Bed}} |{{DJVU page link| 107|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXV.| {{sc|The Letter}} |{{DJVU page link| 110|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXVI.| {{sc|What Awaited Us in the Country}} |{{DJVU page link| 117|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXVII.| {{sc|Grief}} |{{DJVU page link| 121|32 }}}} {{dtpl|XXVIII.| {{sc|The Last Sad Memories}} |{{DJVU page link| 127|32 }}}} <section end="childhoodTOC" /> <section begin="boyhoodTOC" />{{c|BOYHOOD}} {{dtpl|I.| {{sc|At Easy Stages}} |{{DJVU page link| 141|32 }}}} {{dtpl|II.| {{sc|The Storm}} |{{DJVU page link| 149|36 }}}} {{dtpl|III.| {{sc|A New View}} |{{DJVU page link| 155|36 }}}} {{dtpl|IV.| {{sc|At Moscow}} |{{DJVU page link| 160|36 }}}} {{dtpl|V.| {{sc|My Elder Brother}} |{{DJVU page link| 162|36 }}}} {{dtpl|VI.| {{sc|Másha}} |{{DJVU page link| 166|36 }}}} {{dtpl|VII.| {{sc|Shot}} |{{DJVU page link| 169|36 }}}} {{dtpl|VIII.| {{sc|The History of Karl Ivánovich}} |{{DJVU page link| 173|36 }}}} {{dtpl|IX.| {{sc|Continuation}} |{{DJVU page link| 177|36 }}}} {{dtpl|X.| {{sc|Continuation}} |{{DJVU page link| 182|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XI.| {{sc|One}} |{{DJVU page link| 185|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XII.| {{sc|The Small Key}} |{{DJVU page link| 191|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XIII.| {{sc|The Traitress}} |{{DJVU page link| 194|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XIV.| {{sc|The Eclipse}} |{{DJVU page link| 197|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XV.| {{sc|Dreams}} |{{DJVU page link| 200|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XVI.| {{sc|After Grinding Comes Flour}} |{{DJVU page link| 205|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XVII.| {{sc|Hatred}} |{{DJVU page link| 210|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XVIII.| {{sc|The Maids' Chamber}} |{{DJVU page link| 213|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XIX.| {{sc|Boyhood}} |{{DJVU page link| 219|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XX.| {{sc|Volódya}} |{{DJVU page link| 223|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXI.| {{sc|Kátenka and Lyúbochka}} |{{DJVU page link| 227|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXII.| {{sc|Papa}} |{{DJVU page link| 230|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXIII.| {{sc|Grandmother}} |{{DJVU page link| 234|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXIV.| {{sc|I}} |{{DJVU page link| 237|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXV.| {{sc|Volódya's Friends}} |{{DJVU page link| 239|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXVI.| {{sc|Reflections}} |{{DJVU page link| 242|36 }}}} {{dtpl|XXVII.| {{sc|The Beginning of the Friendship}} |{{DJVU page link| 247|36 }}}} <section end="boyhoodTOC" /><noinclude></noinclude> pwndbucflhxlzmadidv2r6fiq2ug3cu Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/55 104 4489287 14129991 14123652 2024-04-25T20:35:07Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>{{c|CHAPTER II. {{smaller|GYLFE'S JOURNEY TO ASGARD.}}}} 2. King Gylfe was a wise man and skilled in the black art. He wondered much that the asafolk was so mighty in knowledge, that all things went after their will. He thought to himself whether this could come from their own nature, or whether the cause must be sought for among the gods whom they worshiped. He therefore undertook a journey to Asgard. He went secretly, having assumed the likeness of an old man, and striving thus to disguise himself. But the asas were wiser, for they see into the future, and, foreseeing his journey before he came, they received him with an eye-deceit. So when he came into the burg he saw there a hall so high that he could hardly look over it. Its roof was thatched with golden shields as with shingles. Thus says Thjodolf of Hvin, that Valhal was thatched with shields: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Thinking thatchers<br> Thatched the roof;<br> The beams of the burg<br> Beamed with gold.<ref>Heimskringla: Harald Harfager's Saga, ch. xix.</ref> {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> mg8e2gc0r6828cicrpcn1a0v9h7ex6r Yiddish Tales/David Frischmann 0 4489296 14129972 14123684 2024-04-25T20:29:35Z Ineuw 114977 page navigation wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../Judah Steinberg|Judah Steinberg]] | next = [[../Micha Joseph Berdyczewski|Micha Joseph Berdyczewski]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=271 to=271 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {{smallrefs lmenh2on6wzs8suiltnhy72xhu4d0z5 Page:พรบ ใช้ ปพพ ๒๕๑๙.pdf/43 104 4489346 14128006 14127658 2024-04-25T15:11:17Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=46|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>The dispositions of paragraph 1 shall apply to a child born of a woman before the delivery by a court of a final judgment declaring her marriage void or within a period of three hundred and ten days from the day thereof. {{lawth|s|1537}}In the event that a woman remarries in a manner contravening section 1453 and she gives birth to a child within three hundred and ten days from the day of the end of the marriage, the child born of such woman shall be presumed to be a legitimate child of the man who is her new husband, and the presumption under section 1536, which states that the child is the legitimate child of the former husband, shall be inapplicable, save where a judgment of a court declares that the child is not a legitimate child of the new husband. {{lawth|s|1538}}In the event that a woman marries in a manner contravening section 1452 and she gives birth to a child within three hundred and ten days from the day of the marriage, the child shall be presumed to be a legitimate child of the new husband, and the presumption under section 1536, paragraph 1, which states that the child is a legitimate child of the former husband, shall be inapplicable, save where a judgment of a court declares that the child is not a legitimate child of the new husband. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> ggi1bawd62r15a0kwwi8f1gvtztuf24 Page:พรบ ใช้ ปพพ ๒๕๑๙.pdf/45 104 4489352 14127734 14127695 2024-04-25T12:16:11Z Librovore 3126709 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=48|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>The dispositions of paragraph 1 shall be inapplicable if it appears that the man who is the husband or former husband engaged in sexual intercourse with the mother of the child during the pregnancy period under section 1539. {{lawth|s|1541}}The man who is the husband or former husband shall be prohibited from instituting a child repudiation action according to section 1539 if it appears that, for registration of the birth, he notified the birth of the child as the father of the child or arranged for or allowed such notification. {{lawth|s|1542}}The man who is the husband or former husband must institute a child repudiation action within one year from the birthday of the child. If he institutes the action after that, he must prove that he has just known of the birth of the child for a period not yet exceeding three months from the day of such knowledge. However, the action shall not be instituted upon the passage of ten years from the birthday of the child. In the event that a court judgment declares that the child is not a legitimate child of the new husband according to section 1537 or section 1538, if the former husband who is presumed to be the legitimate father of the child according to section 1539 wants to institute an action for repudiation of the child, he shall institute the action within three months from the day he knows that the judgment becomes final. However, no action shall be instituted upon the passage of ten years from the birthday of the child. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> lz67i5pu1yk68k629kifuqaek3c5xbh Yiddish Tales/Micha Joseph Berdyczewski 0 4489368 14129977 14124693 2024-04-25T20:30:41Z Ineuw 114977 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../David Frischmann|David Frischmann]] | next = [[../Isaiah Berschadski|Isaiah Berschadski]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=283 to=283 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {{smallrefs}} ix4kj1q1837fjs2p8zcji098c7g5dkp User talk:Klaufir216 3 4489380 14131267 14124714 2024-04-26T08:07:29Z Klaufir216 3130230 /* Continuing paragraph */ new section wikitext text/x-wiki {{welcome}} [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 17:14, 24 April 2024 (UTC) == Continuing paragraph == {{Helpme}} I am trying to solve a paragraph continuation issue described at [[Page talk:Weird Tales v01n01 (1923-03).djvu/187]], can you please take a look? [[User:Klaufir216|Klaufir216]] ([[User talk:Klaufir216#top|talk]]) 08:07, 26 April 2024 (UTC) gyn4rrasgbr3wdqn0eovrklk8uktaf9 14131397 14131267 2024-04-26T10:33:07Z Xover 21450 /* Continuing paragraph */ onlysection is probably the simplest wikitext text/x-wiki {{welcome}} [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 17:14, 24 April 2024 (UTC) == Continuing paragraph == {{tlf|Helpme}} I am trying to solve a paragraph continuation issue described at [[Page talk:Weird Tales v01n01 (1923-03).djvu/187]], can you please take a look? [[User:Klaufir216|Klaufir216]] ([[User talk:Klaufir216#top|talk]]) 08:07, 26 April 2024 (UTC) :Between each use of <code><nowiki><pages … /></nowiki></code> you will always get a paragraph break. There are a couple of ways one could approach this, but the most straightforward is probably to wrap each bit of text belonging to this story in section markup ''with the same section name'' in the Page: namespace, and then transclude all of them with a single call like this: <syntaxhighlight lang="html" inline><pages index="Weird Tales v01n01 (1923-03).djvu" include="60-65,185,187-189,191-192" onlysection="The Ghost Guard" /></syntaxhighlight>. --[[User:Xover|Xover]] ([[User talk:Xover|talk]]) 10:32, 26 April 2024 (UTC) 2qcpqmyl6z9lzmi6b8itr4zjy7p12lo Gooding v. Wilson/Opinion of the Court 0 4489496 14127889 14125385 2024-04-25T14:15:00Z JoeSolo22 3028097 wikitext text/x-wiki {{incomplete}} {{header | title = [[../]] | author = |contributor = William J. Brennan | section = Opinion of the Court | previous = | next = | year = | portal = Supreme Court of the United States | wikipedia = | notes = }} {{USSCcase2 |dissent_author1 = Burger |dissent_author2 = Blackmun }} <div class='courtopinion'> MR. JUSTICE BRENNAN delivered the opinion of the Court. Appellee was convicted in Superior Court, Fulton County, Georgia, on two counts of using opprobrious words and abusive language in violation of Georgia Code '''[p519]''' Ann. § 26-6303, which provides: "Any person who shall, without provocation, use to or of another, and in his presence... opprobrious words or abusive language, tending to cause a breach of the peace... shall be guilty of a misdemeanor." Appellee appealed the conviction to the Supreme Court of Georgia on the ground, among others, that the statute violated the First and Fourteenth Amendments because vague and overbroad. The Georgia Supreme Court rejected that contention and sustained the conviction. ''Wilson v. State'', 223 Ga. 531, 156 S.E. 2d 446 (1967). Appellee then sought federal habeas corpus relief in the District Court for the Northern District of Georgia. The District Court found that, because appellee had failed to exhaust his available state remedies as to the other grounds he relied upon in attacking his conviction, only the contention that § 26-6303 was facially unconstitutional was ripe for decision.<ref name="ref1"/> 303 F. Supp. 952 (1969). On the merits '''[p520]''' of that question, the District Court, in disagreement with the Georgia Supreme Court, held that § 26-6303, on its face, was unconstitutionally vague and broad and set aside appellee's conviction. The Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit affirmed. 431 F. 2d 855 (1970). We noted probable jurisdiction of the State's appeal, 403 U.S. 930 (1971). We affirm. Section 26-6303 punishes only spoken words. It can therefore withstand appellee's attack upon its facial constitutionality only if, as authoritatively construed by the Georgia courts, it is not susceptible of application to speech, although vulgar or offensive, that is protected by the First and Fourteenth Amendments, ''Cohen v. California'', [[403 U.S. 15]], 18-22 (1971); ''Terminiello v. Chicago'', [[337 U.S. 1]], 4-5 (1949). Only the Georgia courts can supply the requisite construction, since of course "we lack jurisdiction authoritatively to construe state legislation." ''United States v. Thirty-seven Photographs'', [[402 U.S. 363]], 369 (1971). It matters not that the words appellee used might have been constitutionally prohibited under a narrowly and precisely drawn statute. At least when statutes regulate or proscribe '''[p521]''' speech and when "no readily apparent construction suggests itself as a vehicle for rehabilitating the statutes in a single prosecution," ''Dombrowski v. Pfister'', [[380 U.S. 479]], 491 (1965), the transcendent value to all society of constitutionally protected expression is deemed to justify allowing "attacks on overly broad statutes with no requirement that the person making the attack demonstrate that his own conduct could not be regulated by a statute drawn with the requisite narrow specificity," ''id.'', at 486; see also ''Baggett v. Bullitt'', [[377 U.S. 360]], 366 (1964); ''Coates v. City of Cincinnati'', [[402 U.S. 611]], 616 (1971); ''id.'', at 619-620 (WHITE, J., dissenting); ''United States v. Raines'', [[362 U.S. 17]], 21-22 (1960); ''NAACP v. Button'', [[371 U.S. 415]], 433 (1963). This is deemed necessary because persons whose expression is constitutionally protected may well refrain from exercising their rights for fear of criminal sanctions provided by a statute susceptible of application to protected expression. <blockquote>"Although a statute may be neither vague, overbroad, nor otherwise invalid as applied to the conduct charged against a particular defendant, he is permitted to raise its vagueness or unconstitutional overbreadth as applied to others. And if the law is found deficient in one of these respects, it may not be applied to him either, until and unless a satisfactory limiting construction is placed on the statute. The statute, in effect, is stricken down on its face. This result is deemed justified since the otherwise continued existence of the statute in unnarrowed form would tend to suppress constitutionally protected rights." ''Coates v. City of Cincinnati, supra'', at 619-620 (opinion of WHITE, J.) (citation omitted).</blockquote> The constitutional guarantees of freedom of speech forbid the States to punish the use of words or '''[p522]''' language not within "narrowly limited classes of speech." ''Chaplinsky v. New Hampshire'', [[315 U.S. 568]], 571 (1942). Even as to such a class, however, because "the line between speech unconditionally guaranteed and speech which may legitimately be regulated, suppressed, or punished is finely drawn," ''Speiser v. Randall'', [[357 U.S. 513]], 525 (1958), "[i]n every case the power to regulate must be so exercised as not, in attaining a permissible end, unduly to infringe the protected freedom," ''Cantwell v. Connecticut'', [[310 U.S. 296]], 304 (1940). In other words, the statute must be carefully drawn or be authoritatively construed to punish only unprotected speech and not be susceptible of application to protected expression. "Because First Amendment freedoms need breathing space to survive, government may regulate in the area only with narrow specificity." ''NAACP v. Button, supra'', at 433. Appellant does not challenge these principles that contends that the Georgia statute is narrowly drawn to apply only to a constitutionally unprotected class of words—"fighting" words—"those which by their very utterance inflict injury or tend to incite an immediate breach of the peace." ''Chaplinsky v. New Hampshire, supra'', at 572. In ''Chaplinsky'', we sustained a conviction under Chapter 378, § 2, of the Public Laws of New Hampshire, which provided: "No person shall address any offensive, derisive or annoying word to any other person who is lawfully in any street or other public place, nor call him by any offensive or derisive name...." Chaplinsky was convicted for addressing to another on a public sidewalk the words, "You are a God damned racketeer," and "a damned Fascist and the whole government of Rochester are Fascists or agents of Fascists." Chaplinsky challenged the constitutionality of the statute as inhibiting freedom of expression because it was vague and indefinite. The Supreme Court of New Hampshire, however, "long '''[p523]''' before the words for which Chaplinsky was convicted," sharply limited the statutory language "offensive, derisive or annoying word" to "fighting" words: <blockquote>"[N]o words were forbidden except such as have a direct tendency to cause acts of violence by the person to whom, individually, the remark is addressed.... "The test is what men of common intelligence would understand would be words likely to cause an average addressee to fight.... Derisive and annoying words can be taken as coming within the purview of the statute... only when they have this characteristic of plainly tending to excite the addressee to a breach of the peace.... "The statute, as construed, does no more than prohibit the face-to-face words plainly likely to cause a breach of the peace by the addressee...." 91 N.H. 310, 313, 320-321, 18 A. 2d 754, 758, 762 (1941). </blockquote> In view of that authoritative construction, this Court held: "We are unable to stay that the limited scope of the statute as thus construed contravenes the Constitutional right of free expression. It is a statute narrowly drawn and limited to define and punish specific conduct lying within the domain of state power, the use in a public place of words likely to cause a breach of the peace." 315 U.S., at 573. Our decisions since ''Chaplinsky'' have continued to recognize state power constitutionally to punish "fighting" words under carefully drawn statutes not also susceptible of application to protected expression, ''Cohen v. California'', 403 U.S., at 20; ''Bachellar v. Maryland'', [[397 U.S. 564]], 567 (1970); see ''Street v. New York'', [[394 U.S. 576]], 592 (1969). We reaffirm that proposition today. '''[p524]''' Appellant argues that the Georgia appellate courts have by construction limited the proscription of § 26-6303 to "fighting" words, as the New Hampshire Supreme Court limited the New Hampshire statute. "A consideration of the [Georgia] cases construing the elements of the offense makes it clear that the opprobrious words and abusive language which are thereby prohibited are those which as a matter of common knowledge and under ordinary circumstances will, when used to or of another person, and in his presence, naturally tend to provoke violent resentment. The statute under attack simply states in statutory language what this Court has previously denominated 'fighting words.'" Brief for Appellant 6. Neither the District Court nor the Court of Appeals so read the Georgia decisions. On the contrary, the District Court expressly stated, "Thus, in the decisions brought to this Court's attention, no meaningful attempt has been made to limit or properly define these terms." 303 F. Supp., at 955. The District Judge and one member of the unanimous Court of Appeals panel were Georgia practitioners before they ascended the bench.<ref name="ref2"/> Their views of Georgia law necessarily are persuasive with us. C. Wright, Law of Federal Courts § 58, pp. 240-241 (2d ed., 1970). We have, however, made our own examination of the Georgia cases, both those cited and others discovered in research. That examination brings us to the conclusion, in agreement with the courts below, that the Georgia appellate decisions have not construed § 26-6303 to be limited in application, as in ''Chaplinsky'', to words that "have a direct tendency to cause acts of violence by the person to whom, individually, the remark is addressed." '''[p525]''' The dictionary definition of "opprobrious" and "abusive" give them greater reach than "fighting" words. Webster's Third New International Dictionary (1961) defined "opprobrious" as "conveying or intended to convey disgrace," and "abusive" as including "harsh insulting language." Georgia appellate decisions have construed § 26-6303 to apply to utterances that, although within these definitions, are not "fighting" words as ''Chaplinsky'' defines them. In ''Lyons v. State'', 94 Ga. App. 570, 95 S.E. 2d 478 (1956), a conviction under the statute was sustained for awakening 10 women scout leaders on a camp-out by shouting "Boys, this is where we are going to spend the night." "Get the G-- d--- bed rolls out... let's see how close we can come to the G-- d--- tents." Again, in ''Fish v. State'', 124 Ga. 416, 52 S.E. 737 (1905), the Georgia Supreme Court held that a jury question was presented by the remark, "You swore a lie." Again, ''Jackson v. State'', 14 Ga. App. 19, 80 S.E. 20 (1913), held that a jury question was presented by the words addressed to another, "God damn you, why don't you get out of the road?" Plainly, although "conveying... disgrace" or "harsh insulting language," these were not words "which by their very utterance... tend to incite an immediate breach of the peace." ''Chaplinsky v. New Hampshire, supra'', at 572. Georgia appellate decisions construing the reach of "tending to cause a breach of the peace" underscore that § 26-6303 is not limited, as appellant argues, to words that "naturally tend to provoke violent resentment." ''Lyons v. State, supra; Fish v. State, supra''; and ''Jackson v. State, supra''. Indeed, the Georgia Court of Appeals<ref name="ref3/> in ''Elmore v. State'', 15 Ga. App. 461, 83 S.E. '''[p526]''' 799 (1914), construed "tending to cause a breach of the peace" as mere <blockquote>"words of description, indicating the kind or character of opprobrious or abusive language that is penalized, and the use of language of this character is a violation of the statute, even though it be addressed to one who, on account of circumstances or by virtue of the obligations of office, can not actually then and there resent the same by a breach of the peace.... "... Suppose that one, at a safe distance and out of hearing of any other than the person to whom he spoke, addressed such language to one locked in a prison cell or on the opposite bank of an impassable torrent, and hence without power to respond immediately to such verbal insults by physical retaliation, could it be reasonably contended that, because no breach of the peace could then follow, the statute would not be violated?... "... [T]hough, on account of circumstances or obligations imposed by office, one may not be able at the time to assault and beat another on account of such language, it might still tend to cause a breach of the peace at some future time, when the person to whom it was addressed might be no longer hampered by physical inability, present conditions, or official position. 15 Ga. App., at 461-463, 83 S.E., at 799-800.<ref name="ref4"/> </blockquote> '''[p527]''' Moreover, in ''Samuels v. State'', 103 Ga. App. 66, 67, 118 S.E. 2d 231, 232 (1961), the Court of Appeals, in applying another statute, adopted from a textbook the common-law definition of "breach of the peace." <blockquote>"The term 'breach of the peace' is generic, and includes all violations of the public peace or order, or decorum; in other words, it signifies the offense of disturbing the public peace or tranquility enjoyed by the citizens of a community.... By 'peace,' as used in this connection, is meant the tranquility enjoyed by the citizens of a municipality or a community where good order reigns among its members."</blockquote> This definition makes it a "breach of peace" merely to speak words offensive to some who hear them, and so sweeps too broadly. ''Street v. New York'', 394 U.S., at 592. "[H]ow infinitely more doubtful and uncertain are the boundaries of an offense including any 'diversion ''tending'' to a breach of the peace'...." ''Gregory v. Chicago'', [[394 U.S. 111]], 119 (1969) (Black, J., concurring) (emphasis supplied). Accordingly, we agree with the District Court that our decisions in ''Ashton v. Kentucky'', [[384 U.S. 195]] (1966), and ''Cox v. Louisiana'', [[379 U.S. 536]] (1965), compel the conclusion that § 26-6303, as construed, does not define the standard of responsibility with requisite narrow specificity. In ''Ashton'' we held that "to make an offense of conduct which is 'calculated to create disturbances of the peace' leaves wide open the standard of responsibility." 384 U.S., at 200. In ''Cox v. Louisiana'' the statute struck down included as an element congregating with others "with intent to provoke a breach of the peace, or under circumstances such that a breach of the pace may be occasioned thereby." As the District Court observed, "[a]s construed by the Georgia courts, especially in the instant case, the Georgia provision as to breach of the peace is even broader than the Louisiana statute." 303 F. Supp., at 956. '''[p528]''' We conclude that "[t]he separation of legitimate from illegitimate speech calls for more sensitive tools than [Georgia] has supplied." ''Speiser v. Randall'', 357 U.S., at 525. The most recent decision of the Georgia Supreme Court, ''Wilson v. State, supra'', in rejecting appellee's attack on the constitutionality of § 26-6303, stated that the statute "conveys a definite meaning as to the conduct forbidden, measured by common understanding and practice." 223 Ga., at 533, 156 S.E. 2d, at 448. Because earlier appellate decisions applied § 26-6303 to utterances where there was no likelihood that the person addressed would make an immediate violent response, it is clear that the standard allowing juries to determine guilt "measured by common understanding and practice" does not limit the application of § 26-6303 to "fighting" words defined by ''Chaplinsky''. Rather, that broad standard effectively "licenses the jury to create its own standard in each case." ''Herndon v. Lowry'', [[301 U.S. 242]], 263 (1937). Accordingly, we agree with the conclusion of the District Court, "[t]he fault of the statute is that it leaves wide open the standard of responsibility, so that it is easily susceptible to improper application." 303 F. Supp., at 955-956. Unlike the construction of the New Hampshire statute by the New Hampshire Supreme Court, the Georgia appellate courts have not construed § 26-6303 "so as to avoid all constitutional difficulties." ''United States v. Thirty-seven Photographs'', 402 U.S., at 369. ''Affirmed.'' =={{smaller|Notes}}== {{smallrefs|refs= <ref name="ref1">The District Court stated, "Accordingly, this order will not deal with the alleged unconstitutional application of this statute nor any of the other points raised in the writ, except for the facial unconstitutionality of Georgia Code § 26-6303." 303 F. Supp., at 953. The state conviction was upon two counts of assault and battery as well as upon two counts of using opprobrious and abusive language. Appellee was also convicted of federal offenses arising out of the same incident, and those convictions were affirmed by the Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit. ''Tillman v. United States'', 406 F. 2d 930 (1969). The facts giving rise to the prosecutions are stated in the opinion of the Supreme Court of Georgia as follows: <blockquote>"The defendant was one of a group of persons who, on August 18, 1966, picketed the building in which the 12th Corps Headquarters of the United States Army was located, carrying signs opposing the war in Viet Nam. When the inductees arrived at the building, these persons began to block the door so that the inductees could not enter. They were requested by police officers to move from the door, but refused to do so. The officers attempted to remove them from the door, and a scuffle ensued. There was ample evidence to show that the defendant committed assault and battery on the two police officers named in the defendant. There was also sufficient evidence of the use of the opprobrious and abusive words charged, and the jury was authorized to find from the circumstances shown by the evidence that the words were spoken without sufficient provocation, and tended to cause a breach of the peace." 223 Ga. 531, 535, 156 S.E. 2d 446, 449-450. "Count 3 of the indictment alleged that the accused 'did without provocation use to and of M.G. Redding and in his presence, the following abusive language and opprobrious words, tending to cause a breach of the peace: "White son of a bitch, I'll kill you." "You son of a bitch, I'll choke you to death."' Count 4 alleged that the defendant 'did without provocation use to and of T.L. Raborn, and in his presence, the following abusive language and opprobrious words, tending to cause a breach of the peace: "You son of a bitch, if you ever put your hands on me again, I'll cut you all to pieces."'" ''Id.'', at 534, 156 S.E. 2d, at 449. </blockquote> </ref> <ref name="ref2">Judge Sidney O. Smith, Jr., of Gainesville, Georgia, was the District Judge. Judge Lewis R. Morgan of Newnan, Georgia, a member of the Court of Appeals panel, sat as District Judge in Georgia before his appointment to the Court of Appeals.</ref> <ref name="ref3">We were informed in oral argument that the Court of Appeals of Georgia is a court of statewide jurisdiction, the decisions of which are binding upon all trial courts in the absence of a conflicting decision of the Supreme Court of Georgia. Federal courts therefore follow these holdings as to Georgia law. ''Fidelity Union Trust Co. v. Field'', [[311 U.S. 169]] (1940); ''Bernhardt v. Polygraphic Co. of America'', [[350 U.S. 198]], 205 (1956).</ref> <ref name="ref4">The dissents question reliance upon Georgia cases decided more than 50 years ago. But ''Fish v. State'', 124 Ga. 416, 52 S.E. 737 (1905), and ''Jackson v. State'', 14 Ga. App. 19, 80 S.E. 20 (1913), were cited by the Supreme Court of Georgia in 1967 in ''Wilson v. State'', 223 Ga. 531, 156 S.E. 2d 446, to support that holding. Thus, ''Fish'' and ''Jackson'' remain authoritative interpretations of § 26-6303 by the State's highest court.</ref> }} </div> jfgxnkwugxphw5pnv9e5c5kjlo9qxiv 14127890 14127889 2024-04-25T14:15:10Z JoeSolo22 3028097 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../]] | author = |contributor = William J. Brennan | section = Opinion of the Court | previous = | next = | year = | portal = Supreme Court of the United States | wikipedia = | notes = }} {{USSCcase2 |dissent_author1 = Burger |dissent_author2 = Blackmun }} <div class='courtopinion'> MR. JUSTICE BRENNAN delivered the opinion of the Court. Appellee was convicted in Superior Court, Fulton County, Georgia, on two counts of using opprobrious words and abusive language in violation of Georgia Code '''[p519]''' Ann. § 26-6303, which provides: "Any person who shall, without provocation, use to or of another, and in his presence... opprobrious words or abusive language, tending to cause a breach of the peace... shall be guilty of a misdemeanor." Appellee appealed the conviction to the Supreme Court of Georgia on the ground, among others, that the statute violated the First and Fourteenth Amendments because vague and overbroad. The Georgia Supreme Court rejected that contention and sustained the conviction. ''Wilson v. State'', 223 Ga. 531, 156 S.E. 2d 446 (1967). Appellee then sought federal habeas corpus relief in the District Court for the Northern District of Georgia. The District Court found that, because appellee had failed to exhaust his available state remedies as to the other grounds he relied upon in attacking his conviction, only the contention that § 26-6303 was facially unconstitutional was ripe for decision.<ref name="ref1"/> 303 F. Supp. 952 (1969). On the merits '''[p520]''' of that question, the District Court, in disagreement with the Georgia Supreme Court, held that § 26-6303, on its face, was unconstitutionally vague and broad and set aside appellee's conviction. The Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit affirmed. 431 F. 2d 855 (1970). We noted probable jurisdiction of the State's appeal, 403 U.S. 930 (1971). We affirm. Section 26-6303 punishes only spoken words. It can therefore withstand appellee's attack upon its facial constitutionality only if, as authoritatively construed by the Georgia courts, it is not susceptible of application to speech, although vulgar or offensive, that is protected by the First and Fourteenth Amendments, ''Cohen v. California'', [[403 U.S. 15]], 18-22 (1971); ''Terminiello v. Chicago'', [[337 U.S. 1]], 4-5 (1949). Only the Georgia courts can supply the requisite construction, since of course "we lack jurisdiction authoritatively to construe state legislation." ''United States v. Thirty-seven Photographs'', [[402 U.S. 363]], 369 (1971). It matters not that the words appellee used might have been constitutionally prohibited under a narrowly and precisely drawn statute. At least when statutes regulate or proscribe '''[p521]''' speech and when "no readily apparent construction suggests itself as a vehicle for rehabilitating the statutes in a single prosecution," ''Dombrowski v. Pfister'', [[380 U.S. 479]], 491 (1965), the transcendent value to all society of constitutionally protected expression is deemed to justify allowing "attacks on overly broad statutes with no requirement that the person making the attack demonstrate that his own conduct could not be regulated by a statute drawn with the requisite narrow specificity," ''id.'', at 486; see also ''Baggett v. Bullitt'', [[377 U.S. 360]], 366 (1964); ''Coates v. City of Cincinnati'', [[402 U.S. 611]], 616 (1971); ''id.'', at 619-620 (WHITE, J., dissenting); ''United States v. Raines'', [[362 U.S. 17]], 21-22 (1960); ''NAACP v. Button'', [[371 U.S. 415]], 433 (1963). This is deemed necessary because persons whose expression is constitutionally protected may well refrain from exercising their rights for fear of criminal sanctions provided by a statute susceptible of application to protected expression. <blockquote>"Although a statute may be neither vague, overbroad, nor otherwise invalid as applied to the conduct charged against a particular defendant, he is permitted to raise its vagueness or unconstitutional overbreadth as applied to others. And if the law is found deficient in one of these respects, it may not be applied to him either, until and unless a satisfactory limiting construction is placed on the statute. The statute, in effect, is stricken down on its face. This result is deemed justified since the otherwise continued existence of the statute in unnarrowed form would tend to suppress constitutionally protected rights." ''Coates v. City of Cincinnati, supra'', at 619-620 (opinion of WHITE, J.) (citation omitted).</blockquote> The constitutional guarantees of freedom of speech forbid the States to punish the use of words or '''[p522]''' language not within "narrowly limited classes of speech." ''Chaplinsky v. New Hampshire'', [[315 U.S. 568]], 571 (1942). Even as to such a class, however, because "the line between speech unconditionally guaranteed and speech which may legitimately be regulated, suppressed, or punished is finely drawn," ''Speiser v. Randall'', [[357 U.S. 513]], 525 (1958), "[i]n every case the power to regulate must be so exercised as not, in attaining a permissible end, unduly to infringe the protected freedom," ''Cantwell v. Connecticut'', [[310 U.S. 296]], 304 (1940). In other words, the statute must be carefully drawn or be authoritatively construed to punish only unprotected speech and not be susceptible of application to protected expression. "Because First Amendment freedoms need breathing space to survive, government may regulate in the area only with narrow specificity." ''NAACP v. Button, supra'', at 433. Appellant does not challenge these principles that contends that the Georgia statute is narrowly drawn to apply only to a constitutionally unprotected class of words—"fighting" words—"those which by their very utterance inflict injury or tend to incite an immediate breach of the peace." ''Chaplinsky v. New Hampshire, supra'', at 572. In ''Chaplinsky'', we sustained a conviction under Chapter 378, § 2, of the Public Laws of New Hampshire, which provided: "No person shall address any offensive, derisive or annoying word to any other person who is lawfully in any street or other public place, nor call him by any offensive or derisive name...." Chaplinsky was convicted for addressing to another on a public sidewalk the words, "You are a God damned racketeer," and "a damned Fascist and the whole government of Rochester are Fascists or agents of Fascists." Chaplinsky challenged the constitutionality of the statute as inhibiting freedom of expression because it was vague and indefinite. The Supreme Court of New Hampshire, however, "long '''[p523]''' before the words for which Chaplinsky was convicted," sharply limited the statutory language "offensive, derisive or annoying word" to "fighting" words: <blockquote>"[N]o words were forbidden except such as have a direct tendency to cause acts of violence by the person to whom, individually, the remark is addressed.... "The test is what men of common intelligence would understand would be words likely to cause an average addressee to fight.... Derisive and annoying words can be taken as coming within the purview of the statute... only when they have this characteristic of plainly tending to excite the addressee to a breach of the peace.... "The statute, as construed, does no more than prohibit the face-to-face words plainly likely to cause a breach of the peace by the addressee...." 91 N.H. 310, 313, 320-321, 18 A. 2d 754, 758, 762 (1941). </blockquote> In view of that authoritative construction, this Court held: "We are unable to stay that the limited scope of the statute as thus construed contravenes the Constitutional right of free expression. It is a statute narrowly drawn and limited to define and punish specific conduct lying within the domain of state power, the use in a public place of words likely to cause a breach of the peace." 315 U.S., at 573. Our decisions since ''Chaplinsky'' have continued to recognize state power constitutionally to punish "fighting" words under carefully drawn statutes not also susceptible of application to protected expression, ''Cohen v. California'', 403 U.S., at 20; ''Bachellar v. Maryland'', [[397 U.S. 564]], 567 (1970); see ''Street v. New York'', [[394 U.S. 576]], 592 (1969). We reaffirm that proposition today. '''[p524]''' Appellant argues that the Georgia appellate courts have by construction limited the proscription of § 26-6303 to "fighting" words, as the New Hampshire Supreme Court limited the New Hampshire statute. "A consideration of the [Georgia] cases construing the elements of the offense makes it clear that the opprobrious words and abusive language which are thereby prohibited are those which as a matter of common knowledge and under ordinary circumstances will, when used to or of another person, and in his presence, naturally tend to provoke violent resentment. The statute under attack simply states in statutory language what this Court has previously denominated 'fighting words.'" Brief for Appellant 6. Neither the District Court nor the Court of Appeals so read the Georgia decisions. On the contrary, the District Court expressly stated, "Thus, in the decisions brought to this Court's attention, no meaningful attempt has been made to limit or properly define these terms." 303 F. Supp., at 955. The District Judge and one member of the unanimous Court of Appeals panel were Georgia practitioners before they ascended the bench.<ref name="ref2"/> Their views of Georgia law necessarily are persuasive with us. C. Wright, Law of Federal Courts § 58, pp. 240-241 (2d ed., 1970). We have, however, made our own examination of the Georgia cases, both those cited and others discovered in research. That examination brings us to the conclusion, in agreement with the courts below, that the Georgia appellate decisions have not construed § 26-6303 to be limited in application, as in ''Chaplinsky'', to words that "have a direct tendency to cause acts of violence by the person to whom, individually, the remark is addressed." '''[p525]''' The dictionary definition of "opprobrious" and "abusive" give them greater reach than "fighting" words. Webster's Third New International Dictionary (1961) defined "opprobrious" as "conveying or intended to convey disgrace," and "abusive" as including "harsh insulting language." Georgia appellate decisions have construed § 26-6303 to apply to utterances that, although within these definitions, are not "fighting" words as ''Chaplinsky'' defines them. In ''Lyons v. State'', 94 Ga. App. 570, 95 S.E. 2d 478 (1956), a conviction under the statute was sustained for awakening 10 women scout leaders on a camp-out by shouting "Boys, this is where we are going to spend the night." "Get the G-- d--- bed rolls out... let's see how close we can come to the G-- d--- tents." Again, in ''Fish v. State'', 124 Ga. 416, 52 S.E. 737 (1905), the Georgia Supreme Court held that a jury question was presented by the remark, "You swore a lie." Again, ''Jackson v. State'', 14 Ga. App. 19, 80 S.E. 20 (1913), held that a jury question was presented by the words addressed to another, "God damn you, why don't you get out of the road?" Plainly, although "conveying... disgrace" or "harsh insulting language," these were not words "which by their very utterance... tend to incite an immediate breach of the peace." ''Chaplinsky v. New Hampshire, supra'', at 572. Georgia appellate decisions construing the reach of "tending to cause a breach of the peace" underscore that § 26-6303 is not limited, as appellant argues, to words that "naturally tend to provoke violent resentment." ''Lyons v. State, supra; Fish v. State, supra''; and ''Jackson v. State, supra''. Indeed, the Georgia Court of Appeals<ref name="ref3/> in ''Elmore v. State'', 15 Ga. App. 461, 83 S.E. '''[p526]''' 799 (1914), construed "tending to cause a breach of the peace" as mere <blockquote>"words of description, indicating the kind or character of opprobrious or abusive language that is penalized, and the use of language of this character is a violation of the statute, even though it be addressed to one who, on account of circumstances or by virtue of the obligations of office, can not actually then and there resent the same by a breach of the peace.... "... Suppose that one, at a safe distance and out of hearing of any other than the person to whom he spoke, addressed such language to one locked in a prison cell or on the opposite bank of an impassable torrent, and hence without power to respond immediately to such verbal insults by physical retaliation, could it be reasonably contended that, because no breach of the peace could then follow, the statute would not be violated?... "... [T]hough, on account of circumstances or obligations imposed by office, one may not be able at the time to assault and beat another on account of such language, it might still tend to cause a breach of the peace at some future time, when the person to whom it was addressed might be no longer hampered by physical inability, present conditions, or official position. 15 Ga. App., at 461-463, 83 S.E., at 799-800.<ref name="ref4"/> </blockquote> '''[p527]''' Moreover, in ''Samuels v. State'', 103 Ga. App. 66, 67, 118 S.E. 2d 231, 232 (1961), the Court of Appeals, in applying another statute, adopted from a textbook the common-law definition of "breach of the peace." <blockquote>"The term 'breach of the peace' is generic, and includes all violations of the public peace or order, or decorum; in other words, it signifies the offense of disturbing the public peace or tranquility enjoyed by the citizens of a community.... By 'peace,' as used in this connection, is meant the tranquility enjoyed by the citizens of a municipality or a community where good order reigns among its members."</blockquote> This definition makes it a "breach of peace" merely to speak words offensive to some who hear them, and so sweeps too broadly. ''Street v. New York'', 394 U.S., at 592. "[H]ow infinitely more doubtful and uncertain are the boundaries of an offense including any 'diversion ''tending'' to a breach of the peace'...." ''Gregory v. Chicago'', [[394 U.S. 111]], 119 (1969) (Black, J., concurring) (emphasis supplied). Accordingly, we agree with the District Court that our decisions in ''Ashton v. Kentucky'', [[384 U.S. 195]] (1966), and ''Cox v. Louisiana'', [[379 U.S. 536]] (1965), compel the conclusion that § 26-6303, as construed, does not define the standard of responsibility with requisite narrow specificity. In ''Ashton'' we held that "to make an offense of conduct which is 'calculated to create disturbances of the peace' leaves wide open the standard of responsibility." 384 U.S., at 200. In ''Cox v. Louisiana'' the statute struck down included as an element congregating with others "with intent to provoke a breach of the peace, or under circumstances such that a breach of the pace may be occasioned thereby." As the District Court observed, "[a]s construed by the Georgia courts, especially in the instant case, the Georgia provision as to breach of the peace is even broader than the Louisiana statute." 303 F. Supp., at 956. '''[p528]''' We conclude that "[t]he separation of legitimate from illegitimate speech calls for more sensitive tools than [Georgia] has supplied." ''Speiser v. Randall'', 357 U.S., at 525. The most recent decision of the Georgia Supreme Court, ''Wilson v. State, supra'', in rejecting appellee's attack on the constitutionality of § 26-6303, stated that the statute "conveys a definite meaning as to the conduct forbidden, measured by common understanding and practice." 223 Ga., at 533, 156 S.E. 2d, at 448. Because earlier appellate decisions applied § 26-6303 to utterances where there was no likelihood that the person addressed would make an immediate violent response, it is clear that the standard allowing juries to determine guilt "measured by common understanding and practice" does not limit the application of § 26-6303 to "fighting" words defined by ''Chaplinsky''. Rather, that broad standard effectively "licenses the jury to create its own standard in each case." ''Herndon v. Lowry'', [[301 U.S. 242]], 263 (1937). Accordingly, we agree with the conclusion of the District Court, "[t]he fault of the statute is that it leaves wide open the standard of responsibility, so that it is easily susceptible to improper application." 303 F. Supp., at 955-956. Unlike the construction of the New Hampshire statute by the New Hampshire Supreme Court, the Georgia appellate courts have not construed § 26-6303 "so as to avoid all constitutional difficulties." ''United States v. Thirty-seven Photographs'', 402 U.S., at 369. ''Affirmed.'' =={{smaller|Notes}}== {{smallrefs|refs= <ref name="ref1">The District Court stated, "Accordingly, this order will not deal with the alleged unconstitutional application of this statute nor any of the other points raised in the writ, except for the facial unconstitutionality of Georgia Code § 26-6303." 303 F. Supp., at 953. The state conviction was upon two counts of assault and battery as well as upon two counts of using opprobrious and abusive language. Appellee was also convicted of federal offenses arising out of the same incident, and those convictions were affirmed by the Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit. ''Tillman v. United States'', 406 F. 2d 930 (1969). The facts giving rise to the prosecutions are stated in the opinion of the Supreme Court of Georgia as follows: <blockquote>"The defendant was one of a group of persons who, on August 18, 1966, picketed the building in which the 12th Corps Headquarters of the United States Army was located, carrying signs opposing the war in Viet Nam. When the inductees arrived at the building, these persons began to block the door so that the inductees could not enter. They were requested by police officers to move from the door, but refused to do so. The officers attempted to remove them from the door, and a scuffle ensued. There was ample evidence to show that the defendant committed assault and battery on the two police officers named in the defendant. There was also sufficient evidence of the use of the opprobrious and abusive words charged, and the jury was authorized to find from the circumstances shown by the evidence that the words were spoken without sufficient provocation, and tended to cause a breach of the peace." 223 Ga. 531, 535, 156 S.E. 2d 446, 449-450. "Count 3 of the indictment alleged that the accused 'did without provocation use to and of M.G. Redding and in his presence, the following abusive language and opprobrious words, tending to cause a breach of the peace: "White son of a bitch, I'll kill you." "You son of a bitch, I'll choke you to death."' Count 4 alleged that the defendant 'did without provocation use to and of T.L. Raborn, and in his presence, the following abusive language and opprobrious words, tending to cause a breach of the peace: "You son of a bitch, if you ever put your hands on me again, I'll cut you all to pieces."'" ''Id.'', at 534, 156 S.E. 2d, at 449. </blockquote> </ref> <ref name="ref2">Judge Sidney O. Smith, Jr., of Gainesville, Georgia, was the District Judge. Judge Lewis R. Morgan of Newnan, Georgia, a member of the Court of Appeals panel, sat as District Judge in Georgia before his appointment to the Court of Appeals.</ref> <ref name="ref3">We were informed in oral argument that the Court of Appeals of Georgia is a court of statewide jurisdiction, the decisions of which are binding upon all trial courts in the absence of a conflicting decision of the Supreme Court of Georgia. Federal courts therefore follow these holdings as to Georgia law. ''Fidelity Union Trust Co. v. Field'', [[311 U.S. 169]] (1940); ''Bernhardt v. Polygraphic Co. of America'', [[350 U.S. 198]], 205 (1956).</ref> <ref name="ref4">The dissents question reliance upon Georgia cases decided more than 50 years ago. But ''Fish v. State'', 124 Ga. 416, 52 S.E. 737 (1905), and ''Jackson v. State'', 14 Ga. App. 19, 80 S.E. 20 (1913), were cited by the Supreme Court of Georgia in 1967 in ''Wilson v. State'', 223 Ga. 531, 156 S.E. 2d 446, to support that holding. Thus, ''Fish'' and ''Jackson'' remain authoritative interpretations of § 26-6303 by the State's highest court.</ref> }} </div> sv4layjg9qxxzjg7g30w49t76s3w6od 14127895 14127890 2024-04-25T14:16:15Z JoeSolo22 3028097 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../]] | author = |contributor = William J. Brennan | section = Opinion of the Court | previous = | next = | year = | portal = Supreme Court of the United States | wikipedia = | notes = }} {{USSCcase2 |dissent_author1 = Burger |dissent_author2 = Blackmun }} <div class='courtopinion'> MR. JUSTICE BRENNAN delivered the opinion of the Court. Appellee was convicted in Superior Court, Fulton County, Georgia, on two counts of using opprobrious words and abusive language in violation of Georgia Code '''[p519]''' Ann. § 26-6303, which provides: "Any person who shall, without provocation, use to or of another, and in his presence... opprobrious words or abusive language, tending to cause a breach of the peace... shall be guilty of a misdemeanor." Appellee appealed the conviction to the Supreme Court of Georgia on the ground, among others, that the statute violated the First and Fourteenth Amendments because vague and overbroad. The Georgia Supreme Court rejected that contention and sustained the conviction. ''Wilson v. State'', 223 Ga. 531, 156 S.E. 2d 446 (1967). Appellee then sought federal habeas corpus relief in the District Court for the Northern District of Georgia. The District Court found that, because appellee had failed to exhaust his available state remedies as to the other grounds he relied upon in attacking his conviction, only the contention that § 26-6303 was facially unconstitutional was ripe for decision.<ref name="ref1"/> 303 F. Supp. 952 (1969). On the merits '''[p520]''' of that question, the District Court, in disagreement with the Georgia Supreme Court, held that § 26-6303, on its face, was unconstitutionally vague and broad and set aside appellee's conviction. The Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit affirmed. 431 F. 2d 855 (1970). We noted probable jurisdiction of the State's appeal, 403 U.S. 930 (1971). We affirm. Section 26-6303 punishes only spoken words. It can therefore withstand appellee's attack upon its facial constitutionality only if, as authoritatively construed by the Georgia courts, it is not susceptible of application to speech, although vulgar or offensive, that is protected by the First and Fourteenth Amendments, ''Cohen v. California'', [[403 U.S. 15]], 18-22 (1971); ''Terminiello v. Chicago'', [[337 U.S. 1]], 4-5 (1949). Only the Georgia courts can supply the requisite construction, since of course "we lack jurisdiction authoritatively to construe state legislation." ''United States v. Thirty-seven Photographs'', [[402 U.S. 363]], 369 (1971). It matters not that the words appellee used might have been constitutionally prohibited under a narrowly and precisely drawn statute. At least when statutes regulate or proscribe '''[p521]''' speech and when "no readily apparent construction suggests itself as a vehicle for rehabilitating the statutes in a single prosecution," ''Dombrowski v. Pfister'', [[380 U.S. 479]], 491 (1965), the transcendent value to all society of constitutionally protected expression is deemed to justify allowing "attacks on overly broad statutes with no requirement that the person making the attack demonstrate that his own conduct could not be regulated by a statute drawn with the requisite narrow specificity," ''id.'', at 486; see also ''Baggett v. Bullitt'', [[377 U.S. 360]], 366 (1964); ''Coates v. City of Cincinnati'', [[402 U.S. 611]], 616 (1971); ''id.'', at 619-620 (WHITE, J., dissenting); ''United States v. Raines'', [[362 U.S. 17]], 21-22 (1960); ''NAACP v. Button'', [[371 U.S. 415]], 433 (1963). This is deemed necessary because persons whose expression is constitutionally protected may well refrain from exercising their rights for fear of criminal sanctions provided by a statute susceptible of application to protected expression. <blockquote>"Although a statute may be neither vague, overbroad, nor otherwise invalid as applied to the conduct charged against a particular defendant, he is permitted to raise its vagueness or unconstitutional overbreadth as applied to others. And if the law is found deficient in one of these respects, it may not be applied to him either, until and unless a satisfactory limiting construction is placed on the statute. The statute, in effect, is stricken down on its face. This result is deemed justified since the otherwise continued existence of the statute in unnarrowed form would tend to suppress constitutionally protected rights." ''Coates v. City of Cincinnati, supra'', at 619-620 (opinion of WHITE, J.) (citation omitted).</blockquote> The constitutional guarantees of freedom of speech forbid the States to punish the use of words or '''[p522]''' language not within "narrowly limited classes of speech." ''Chaplinsky v. New Hampshire'', [[315 U.S. 568]], 571 (1942). Even as to such a class, however, because "the line between speech unconditionally guaranteed and speech which may legitimately be regulated, suppressed, or punished is finely drawn," ''Speiser v. Randall'', [[357 U.S. 513]], 525 (1958), "[i]n every case the power to regulate must be so exercised as not, in attaining a permissible end, unduly to infringe the protected freedom," ''Cantwell v. Connecticut'', [[310 U.S. 296]], 304 (1940). In other words, the statute must be carefully drawn or be authoritatively construed to punish only unprotected speech and not be susceptible of application to protected expression. "Because First Amendment freedoms need breathing space to survive, government may regulate in the area only with narrow specificity." ''NAACP v. Button, supra'', at 433. Appellant does not challenge these principles that contends that the Georgia statute is narrowly drawn to apply only to a constitutionally unprotected class of words—"fighting" words—"those which by their very utterance inflict injury or tend to incite an immediate breach of the peace." ''Chaplinsky v. New Hampshire, supra'', at 572. In ''Chaplinsky'', we sustained a conviction under Chapter 378, § 2, of the Public Laws of New Hampshire, which provided: "No person shall address any offensive, derisive or annoying word to any other person who is lawfully in any street or other public place, nor call him by any offensive or derisive name...." Chaplinsky was convicted for addressing to another on a public sidewalk the words, "You are a God damned racketeer," and "a damned Fascist and the whole government of Rochester are Fascists or agents of Fascists." Chaplinsky challenged the constitutionality of the statute as inhibiting freedom of expression because it was vague and indefinite. The Supreme Court of New Hampshire, however, "long '''[p523]''' before the words for which Chaplinsky was convicted," sharply limited the statutory language "offensive, derisive or annoying word" to "fighting" words: <blockquote>"[N]o words were forbidden except such as have a direct tendency to cause acts of violence by the person to whom, individually, the remark is addressed.... "The test is what men of common intelligence would understand would be words likely to cause an average addressee to fight.... Derisive and annoying words can be taken as coming within the purview of the statute... only when they have this characteristic of plainly tending to excite the addressee to a breach of the peace.... "The statute, as construed, does no more than prohibit the face-to-face words plainly likely to cause a breach of the peace by the addressee...." 91 N.H. 310, 313, 320-321, 18 A. 2d 754, 758, 762 (1941). </blockquote> In view of that authoritative construction, this Court held: "We are unable to stay that the limited scope of the statute as thus construed contravenes the Constitutional right of free expression. It is a statute narrowly drawn and limited to define and punish specific conduct lying within the domain of state power, the use in a public place of words likely to cause a breach of the peace." 315 U.S., at 573. Our decisions since ''Chaplinsky'' have continued to recognize state power constitutionally to punish "fighting" words under carefully drawn statutes not also susceptible of application to protected expression, ''Cohen v. California'', 403 U.S., at 20; ''Bachellar v. Maryland'', [[397 U.S. 564]], 567 (1970); see ''Street v. New York'', [[394 U.S. 576]], 592 (1969). We reaffirm that proposition today. '''[p524]''' Appellant argues that the Georgia appellate courts have by construction limited the proscription of § 26-6303 to "fighting" words, as the New Hampshire Supreme Court limited the New Hampshire statute. "A consideration of the [Georgia] cases construing the elements of the offense makes it clear that the opprobrious words and abusive language which are thereby prohibited are those which as a matter of common knowledge and under ordinary circumstances will, when used to or of another person, and in his presence, naturally tend to provoke violent resentment. The statute under attack simply states in statutory language what this Court has previously denominated 'fighting words.'" Brief for Appellant 6. Neither the District Court nor the Court of Appeals so read the Georgia decisions. On the contrary, the District Court expressly stated, "Thus, in the decisions brought to this Court's attention, no meaningful attempt has been made to limit or properly define these terms." 303 F. Supp., at 955. The District Judge and one member of the unanimous Court of Appeals panel were Georgia practitioners before they ascended the bench.<ref name="ref2"/> Their views of Georgia law necessarily are persuasive with us. C. Wright, Law of Federal Courts § 58, pp. 240-241 (2d ed., 1970). We have, however, made our own examination of the Georgia cases, both those cited and others discovered in research. That examination brings us to the conclusion, in agreement with the courts below, that the Georgia appellate decisions have not construed § 26-6303 to be limited in application, as in ''Chaplinsky'', to words that "have a direct tendency to cause acts of violence by the person to whom, individually, the remark is addressed." '''[p525]''' The dictionary definition of "opprobrious" and "abusive" give them greater reach than "fighting" words. Webster's Third New International Dictionary (1961) defined "opprobrious" as "conveying or intended to convey disgrace," and "abusive" as including "harsh insulting language." Georgia appellate decisions have construed § 26-6303 to apply to utterances that, although within these definitions, are not "fighting" words as ''Chaplinsky'' defines them. In ''Lyons v. State'', 94 Ga. App. 570, 95 S.E. 2d 478 (1956), a conviction under the statute was sustained for awakening 10 women scout leaders on a camp-out by shouting "Boys, this is where we are going to spend the night." "Get the G-- d--- bed rolls out... let's see how close we can come to the G-- d--- tents." Again, in ''Fish v. State'', 124 Ga. 416, 52 S.E. 737 (1905), the Georgia Supreme Court held that a jury question was presented by the remark, "You swore a lie." Again, ''Jackson v. State'', 14 Ga. App. 19, 80 S.E. 20 (1913), held that a jury question was presented by the words addressed to another, "God damn you, why don't you get out of the road?" Plainly, although "conveying... disgrace" or "harsh insulting language," these were not words "which by their very utterance... tend to incite an immediate breach of the peace." ''Chaplinsky v. New Hampshire, supra'', at 572. Georgia appellate decisions construing the reach of "tending to cause a breach of the peace" underscore that § 26-6303 is not limited, as appellant argues, to words that "naturally tend to provoke violent resentment." ''Lyons v. State, supra; Fish v. State, supra''; and ''Jackson v. State, supra''. Indeed, the Georgia Court of Appeals<ref name="ref3/> in ''Elmore v. State'', 15 Ga. App. 461, 83 S.E. '''[p526]''' 799 (1914), construed "tending to cause a breach of the peace" as mere <blockquote>"words of description, indicating the kind or character of opprobrious or abusive language that is penalized, and the use of language of this character is a violation of the statute, even though it be addressed to one who, on account of circumstances or by virtue of the obligations of office, can not actually then and there resent the same by a breach of the peace.... "... Suppose that one, at a safe distance and out of hearing of any other than the person to whom he spoke, addressed such language to one locked in a prison cell or on the opposite bank of an impassable torrent, and hence without power to respond immediately to such verbal insults by physical retaliation, could it be reasonably contended that, because no breach of the peace could then follow, the statute would not be violated?... "... [T]hough, on account of circumstances or obligations imposed by office, one may not be able at the time to assault and beat another on account of such language, it might still tend to cause a breach of the peace at some future time, when the person to whom it was addressed might be no longer hampered by physical inability, present conditions, or official position. 15 Ga. App., at 461-463, 83 S.E., at 799-800.<ref name="ref4"/> </blockquote> '''[p527]''' Moreover, in ''Samuels v. State'', 103 Ga. App. 66, 67, 118 S.E. 2d 231, 232 (1961), the Court of Appeals, in applying another statute, adopted from a textbook the common-law definition of "breach of the peace." <blockquote>"The term 'breach of the peace' is generic, and includes all violations of the public peace or order, or decorum; in other words, it signifies the offense of disturbing the public peace or tranquility enjoyed by the citizens of a community.... By 'peace,' as used in this connection, is meant the tranquility enjoyed by the citizens of a municipality or a community where good order reigns among its members."</blockquote> This definition makes it a "breach of peace" merely to speak words offensive to some who hear them, and so sweeps too broadly. ''Street v. New York'', 394 U.S., at 592. "[H]ow infinitely more doubtful and uncertain are the boundaries of an offense including any 'diversion ''tending'' to a breach of the peace'...." ''Gregory v. Chicago'', [[394 U.S. 111]], 119 (1969) (Black, J., concurring) (emphasis supplied). Accordingly, we agree with the District Court that our decisions in ''Ashton v. Kentucky'', [[384 U.S. 195]] (1966), and ''Cox v. Louisiana'', [[379 U.S. 536]] (1965), compel the conclusion that § 26-6303, as construed, does not define the standard of responsibility with requisite narrow specificity. In ''Ashton'' we held that "to make an offense of conduct which is 'calculated to create disturbances of the peace' leaves wide open the standard of responsibility." 384 U.S., at 200. In ''Cox v. Louisiana'' the statute struck down included as an element congregating with others "with intent to provoke a breach of the peace, or under circumstances such that a breach of the pace may be occasioned thereby." As the District Court observed, "[a]s construed by the Georgia courts, especially in the instant case, the Georgia provision as to breach of the peace is even broader than the Louisiana statute." 303 F. Supp., at 956. '''[p528]''' We conclude that "[t]he separation of legitimate from illegitimate speech calls for more sensitive tools than [Georgia] has supplied." ''Speiser v. Randall'', 357 U.S., at 525. The most recent decision of the Georgia Supreme Court, ''Wilson v. State, supra'', in rejecting appellee's attack on the constitutionality of § 26-6303, stated that the statute "conveys a definite meaning as to the conduct forbidden, measured by common understanding and practice." 223 Ga., at 533, 156 S.E. 2d, at 448. Because earlier appellate decisions applied § 26-6303 to utterances where there was no likelihood that the person addressed would make an immediate violent response, it is clear that the standard allowing juries to determine guilt "measured by common understanding and practice" does not limit the application of § 26-6303 to "fighting" words defined by ''Chaplinsky''. Rather, that broad standard effectively "licenses the jury to create its own standard in each case." ''Herndon v. Lowry'', [[301 U.S. 242]], 263 (1937). Accordingly, we agree with the conclusion of the District Court, "[t]he fault of the statute is that it leaves wide open the standard of responsibility, so that it is easily susceptible to improper application." 303 F. Supp., at 955-956. Unlike the construction of the New Hampshire statute by the New Hampshire Supreme Court, the Georgia appellate courts have not construed § 26-6303 "so as to avoid all constitutional difficulties." ''United States v. Thirty-seven Photographs'', 402 U.S., at 369. ''Affirmed.'' MR. JUSTICE POWELL and MR. JUSTICE REHNQUIST took no part in the consideration or decision of this case. =={{smaller|Notes}}== {{smallrefs|refs= <ref name="ref1">The District Court stated, "Accordingly, this order will not deal with the alleged unconstitutional application of this statute nor any of the other points raised in the writ, except for the facial unconstitutionality of Georgia Code § 26-6303." 303 F. Supp., at 953. The state conviction was upon two counts of assault and battery as well as upon two counts of using opprobrious and abusive language. Appellee was also convicted of federal offenses arising out of the same incident, and those convictions were affirmed by the Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit. ''Tillman v. United States'', 406 F. 2d 930 (1969). The facts giving rise to the prosecutions are stated in the opinion of the Supreme Court of Georgia as follows: <blockquote>"The defendant was one of a group of persons who, on August 18, 1966, picketed the building in which the 12th Corps Headquarters of the United States Army was located, carrying signs opposing the war in Viet Nam. When the inductees arrived at the building, these persons began to block the door so that the inductees could not enter. They were requested by police officers to move from the door, but refused to do so. The officers attempted to remove them from the door, and a scuffle ensued. There was ample evidence to show that the defendant committed assault and battery on the two police officers named in the defendant. There was also sufficient evidence of the use of the opprobrious and abusive words charged, and the jury was authorized to find from the circumstances shown by the evidence that the words were spoken without sufficient provocation, and tended to cause a breach of the peace." 223 Ga. 531, 535, 156 S.E. 2d 446, 449-450. "Count 3 of the indictment alleged that the accused 'did without provocation use to and of M.G. Redding and in his presence, the following abusive language and opprobrious words, tending to cause a breach of the peace: "White son of a bitch, I'll kill you." "You son of a bitch, I'll choke you to death."' Count 4 alleged that the defendant 'did without provocation use to and of T.L. Raborn, and in his presence, the following abusive language and opprobrious words, tending to cause a breach of the peace: "You son of a bitch, if you ever put your hands on me again, I'll cut you all to pieces."'" ''Id.'', at 534, 156 S.E. 2d, at 449. </blockquote> </ref> <ref name="ref2">Judge Sidney O. Smith, Jr., of Gainesville, Georgia, was the District Judge. Judge Lewis R. Morgan of Newnan, Georgia, a member of the Court of Appeals panel, sat as District Judge in Georgia before his appointment to the Court of Appeals.</ref> <ref name="ref3">We were informed in oral argument that the Court of Appeals of Georgia is a court of statewide jurisdiction, the decisions of which are binding upon all trial courts in the absence of a conflicting decision of the Supreme Court of Georgia. Federal courts therefore follow these holdings as to Georgia law. ''Fidelity Union Trust Co. v. Field'', [[311 U.S. 169]] (1940); ''Bernhardt v. Polygraphic Co. of America'', [[350 U.S. 198]], 205 (1956).</ref> <ref name="ref4">The dissents question reliance upon Georgia cases decided more than 50 years ago. But ''Fish v. State'', 124 Ga. 416, 52 S.E. 737 (1905), and ''Jackson v. State'', 14 Ga. App. 19, 80 S.E. 20 (1913), were cited by the Supreme Court of Georgia in 1967 in ''Wilson v. State'', 223 Ga. 531, 156 S.E. 2d 446, to support that holding. Thus, ''Fish'' and ''Jackson'' remain authoritative interpretations of § 26-6303 by the State's highest court.</ref> }} </div> 9fmehvxbkqztwp7u4jl0yznyvzjjk4l Page:Midland naturalist (IA midlandnaturalis01lond).pdf/188 104 4489512 14130018 14125013 2024-04-25T20:44:14Z Pigsonthewing 24345 WiP proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Pigsonthewing" />{{running header|150|{{asc|Scientific Names—Form}}.|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>à{{uc|Nouns}}. {{Missing table}} <!-- Singular Nominative. Genitive. Ploral Nom, Genitive. It. -OD, te = -O, ~ Ili, “Md, 7. <mmatos. -nata. “maton. --> Examples are found in ''polyzoön'', plur. ''polyzoa'', and ''stoma'', plur. Ĥ''stomata'', the stem of which, as is the case in all Greek nouns ending in ''a'', is formed by adding ''t'' to the nominative. Having obtained the stem of a word, of whatever declension, if we wish to form a derivative, we add to it any termination which expresses the required idea. The only point of importance occurs when this termination begins with a consonant. In this case the letter '''i'' is generally inserted, if the word is of Latin, and the letter ''o'', if if is of Greek origin. Thus from the Latin ''heder-a'', "ivy." we get ''heder-aceus'' and ''hederi-folius''; but some botanists, wishing probably to retain the ''a'', write ''hederæfolius''. For this there seams to be no classical authority whatever, and it should therefore be avoided, as founded upon a mistaken idea. Other examples are ''Boragin-aceæ'', from borago, ''linarii-folius'', from linaria, ''anagallidi-folius'', from anagallis, ''formicæ-forme'', from formica. As before, some entomologists write ''formicæ-forme'', but the very same persons spell ''tipuliforme'', from tipula, without the ''a''. Similarly from the Greek we get ''chloro-phyll'', ''morpho-logy'', ''Gastero-poda'', &c. This inserted ''o'' generally serves as a mark that the roots from which the word is derived are Greek; I say generally, because some words, as Fungology, are hybrids, ''Fungus'' being a Latin, and ''logos'', a Greek word. There is one case where this ''o'' is inserted, which is seldom suspected. Thus ''hypnoides'' is compounded of ''hypn-um, a moss, and the termination -''ides'', meaning "resembling, similar to." This termination was used by the Greeks, but, since in very ancient times it began with a consonant having a sound like ''f'' or ''v'', it required the insertion of ''o'' before it. Thus we should get ''hypno-fides''. This consonant, (called the "lost" Digamma,) ceased to he used by the Greeks thousands of years ago, but they still retained the ''o'', and we follow their example. Thus the ''o'' and ''i'' in ''hypnoides'' belong to distinct syllables: the importance of this will be seen when we come to pronunciation. There are many words used in scientific English of the same kind, ''e.g.'', albuminoid, anthropoid, and botryoid. The same termination is sometimes used in the plural in the names of sections of the animal and vegetable kingdoms; thus Crinoidea, from ''crin-on'', "a lily," is really crino-ideu, and means "lily-like" animals, and Aroidem, from ar-iuk, the cuckoo-pint, means "arum-like" plants. There is another class of words, apparently similar, but really of a different origin, those ending in -ide or -fadi, which must net be confounded with those just mentioned. This latter termination was used to designate the children and remoter descendants of any person; thus the Pelopids were the descendants or family of Pelops, and the meaning with which it is employed now is, whether purposely or not, very similar. The Equidæ, for instance, are the descendants of some common original form, which existed in geologic times, to which indeed the name Equus could not be applied, but which was the typo and first foreshadowing of<noinclude></noinclude> 73o3q6fd6fzx0yvrxs9b8b73d3sstjj 14130020 14130018 2024-04-25T20:45:51Z Pigsonthewing 24345 c proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Pigsonthewing" />{{running header|150|{{asc|Scientific Names—Form}}.|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>{{uc|Nouns}}. {{Missing table}} <!-- Singular Nominative. Genitive. Ploral Nom, Genitive. It. -OD, te = -O, ~ Ili, “Md, 7. <mmatos. -nata. “maton. --> Examples are found in ''polyzoön'', plur. ''polyzoa'', and ''stoma'', plur. Ĥ''stomata'', the stem of which, as is the case in all Greek nouns ending in ''a'', is formed by adding ''t'' to the nominative. Having obtained the stem of a word, of whatever declension, if we wish to form a derivative, we add to it any termination which expresses the required idea. The only point of importance occurs when this termination begins with a consonant. In this case the letter '''i'' is generally inserted, if the word is of Latin, and the letter ''o'', if if is of Greek origin. Thus from the Latin ''heder-a'', "ivy." we get ''heder-aceus'' and ''hederi-folius''; but some botanists, wishing probably to retain the ''a'', write ''hederæfolius''. For this there seams to be no classical authority whatever, and it should therefore be avoided, as founded upon a mistaken idea. Other examples are ''Boragin-aceæ'', from borago, ''linarii-folius'', from linaria, ''anagallidi-folius'', from anagallis, ''formicæ-forme'', from formica. As before, some entomologists write ''formicæ-forme'', but the very same persons spell ''tipuliforme'', from tipula, without the ''a''. Similarly from the Greek we get ''chloro-phyll'', ''morpho-logy'', ''Gastero-poda'', &c. This inserted ''o'' generally serves as a mark that the roots from which the word is derived are Greek; I say generally, because some words, as Fungology, are hybrids, ''Fungus'' being a Latin, and ''logos'', a Greek word. There is one case where this ''o'' is inserted, which is seldom suspected. Thus ''hypnoides'' is compounded of ''hypn-um, a moss, and the termination -''ides'', meaning "resembling, similar to." This termination was used by the Greeks, but, since in very ancient times it began with a consonant having a sound like ''f'' or ''v'', it required the insertion of ''o'' before it. Thus we should get ''hypno-fides''. This consonant, (called the "lost" Digamma,) ceased to he used by the Greeks thousands of years ago, but they still retained the ''o'', and we follow their example. Thus the ''o'' and ''i'' in ''hypnoides'' belong to distinct syllables: the importance of this will be seen when we come to pronunciation. There are many words used in scientific English of the same kind, ''e.g.'', albuminoid, anthropoid, and botryoid. The same termination is sometimes used in the plural in the names of sections of the animal and vegetable kingdoms; thus Crinoidea, from ''crin-on'', "a lily," is really crino-ideu, and means "lily-like" animals, and Aroidem, from ar-iuk, the cuckoo-pint, means "arum-like" plants. There is another class of words, apparently similar, but really of a different origin, those ending in -ide or -fadi, which must net be confounded with those just mentioned. This latter termination was used to designate the children and remoter descendants of any person; thus the Pelopids were the descendants or family of Pelops, and the meaning with which it is employed now is, whether purposely or not, very similar. The Equidæ, for instance, are the descendants of some common original form, which existed in geologic times, to which indeed the name Equus could not be applied, but which was the typo and first foreshadowing of<noinclude></noinclude> a3iscoqisbdj1ojm1apqky3w0elw38k 14130028 14130020 2024-04-25T20:51:27Z Pigsonthewing 24345 /* Problematic */ Missing table proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="2" user="Pigsonthewing" />{{running header|150|{{asc|Scientific Names—Form}}.|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>{{uc|Nouns}}. {{Missing table}} <!-- Singular Nominative. Genitive. Ploral Nom, Genitive. It. -OD, te = -O, ~ Ili, “Md, 7. <mmatos. -nata. “maton. --> Examples are found in ''polyzoön'', plur. ''polyzoa'', and ''stoma'', plur. Ĥ''stomata'', the stem of which, as is the case in all Greek nouns ending in ''a'', is formed by adding ''t'' to the nominative. Having obtained the stem of a word, of whatever declension, if we wish to form a derivative, we add to it any termination which expresses the required idea. The only point of importance occurs when this termination begins with a consonant. In this case the letter '''i'' is generally inserted, if the word is of Latin, and the letter ''o'', if if is of Greek origin. Thus from the Latin ''heder-a'', "ivy." we get ''heder-aceus'' and ''hederi-folius''; but some botanists, wishing probably to retain the ''a'', write ''hederæfolius''. For this there seams to be no classical authority whatever, and it should therefore be avoided, as founded upon a mistaken idea. Other examples are ''Boragin-aceæ'', from borago, ''linarii-folius'', from linaria, ''anagallidi-folius'', from anagallis, ''formicæ-forme'', from formica. As before, some entomologists write ''formicæ-forme'', but the very same persons spell ''tipuliforme'', from tipula, without the ''a''. Similarly from the Greek we get ''chloro-phyll'', ''morpho-logy'', ''Gastero-poda'', &c. This inserted ''o'' generally serves as a mark that the roots from which the word is derived are Greek; I say generally, because some words, as Fungology, are hybrids, ''Fungus'' being a Latin, and ''logos'', a Greek word. There is one case where this ''o'' is inserted, which is seldom suspected. Thus ''hypnoides'' is compounded of ''hypn-um, a moss, and the termination -''ides'', meaning "resembling, similar to." This termination was used by the Greeks, but, since in very ancient times it began with a consonant having a sound like ''f'' or ''v'', it required the insertion of ''o'' before it. Thus we should get ''hypno-fides''. This consonant, (called the "lost" Digamma,) ceased to he used by the Greeks thousands of years ago, but they still retained the ''o'', and we follow their example. Thus the ''o'' and ''i'' in ''hypnoides'' belong to distinct syllables: the importance of this will be seen when we come to pronunciation. There are many words used in scientific English of the same kind, ''e.g.'', albuminoid, anthropoid, and botryoid. The same termination is sometimes used in the plural in the names of sections of the animal and vegetable kingdoms; thus Crinoidea, from ''crin-on'', "a lily," is really ''crino-idea'', and means "lily-like" animals, and Aroideæ, from ''ar-um'', the cuckoo-pint, means "arum-like" plants. There is another class of words, apparently similar, but really of a different origin, those ending in -''idæ'' or -''iadæ'', which must not be confounded with those just mentioned. This latter termination was used to designate the children and remoter descendants of any person; thus the Pelopids were the descendants or family of Pelops, and the meaning with which it is employed now is, whether purposely or not, very similar. The Equidæ, for instance, are the descendants of some common original form, which existed in geologic times, to which indeed the name Equus could not be applied, but which was the typo and first foreshadowing of<noinclude></noinclude> i2oknaf98qvdptpo78t0081rllyiqwt 14130030 14130028 2024-04-25T20:51:50Z Pigsonthewing 24345 c proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="2" user="Pigsonthewing" />{{running header|150|{{asc|Scientific Names—Form}}.|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>{{uc|Nouns}}. {{Missing table}} <!-- Singular Nominative. Genitive. Ploral Nom, Genitive. It. -OD, te = -O, ~ Ili, “Md, 7. <mmatos. -nata. “maton. --> Examples are found in ''polyzoön'', plur. ''polyzoa'', and ''stoma'', plur. Ĥ''stomata'', the stem of which, as is the case in all Greek nouns ending in ''a'', is formed by adding ''t'' to the nominative. Having obtained the stem of a word, of whatever declension, if we wish to form a derivative, we add to it any termination which expresses the required idea. The only point of importance occurs when this termination begins with a consonant. In this case the letter ''i'' is generally inserted, if the word is of Latin, and the letter ''o'', if if is of Greek origin. Thus from the Latin ''heder-a'', "ivy." we get ''heder-aceus'' and ''hederi-folius''; but some botanists, wishing probably to retain the ''a'', write ''hederæfolius''. For this there seams to be no classical authority whatever, and it should therefore be avoided, as founded upon a mistaken idea. Other examples are ''Boragin-aceæ'', from borago, ''linarii-folius'', from linaria, ''anagallidi-folius'', from anagallis, ''formicæ-forme'', from formica. As before, some entomologists write ''formicæ-forme'', but the very same persons spell ''tipuliforme'', from tipula, without the ''a''. Similarly from the Greek we get ''chloro-phyll'', ''morpho-logy'', ''Gastero-poda'', &c. This inserted ''o'' generally serves as a mark that the roots from which the word is derived are Greek; I say generally, because some words, as Fungology, are hybrids, ''Fungus'' being a Latin, and ''logos'', a Greek word. There is one case where this ''o'' is inserted, which is seldom suspected. Thus ''hypnoides'' is compounded of ''hypn-um, a moss, and the termination -''ides'', meaning "resembling, similar to." This termination was used by the Greeks, but, since in very ancient times it began with a consonant having a sound like ''f'' or ''v'', it required the insertion of ''o'' before it. Thus we should get ''hypno-fides''. This consonant, (called the "lost" Digamma,) ceased to he used by the Greeks thousands of years ago, but they still retained the ''o'', and we follow their example. Thus the ''o'' and ''i'' in ''hypnoides'' belong to distinct syllables: the importance of this will be seen when we come to pronunciation. There are many words used in scientific English of the same kind, ''e.g.'', albuminoid, anthropoid, and botryoid. The same termination is sometimes used in the plural in the names of sections of the animal and vegetable kingdoms; thus Crinoidea, from ''crin-on'', "a lily," is really ''crino-idea'', and means "lily-like" animals, and Aroideæ, from ''ar-um'', the cuckoo-pint, means "arum-like" plants. There is another class of words, apparently similar, but really of a different origin, those ending in -''idæ'' or -''iadæ'', which must not be confounded with those just mentioned. This latter termination was used to designate the children and remoter descendants of any person; thus the Pelopids were the descendants or family of Pelops, and the meaning with which it is employed now is, whether purposely or not, very similar. The Equidæ, for instance, are the descendants of some common original form, which existed in geologic times, to which indeed the name Equus could not be applied, but which was the typo and first foreshadowing of<noinclude></noinclude> qyczbhpiqs74j83ymcs4at3vrvig1wj 14130031 14130030 2024-04-25T20:52:10Z Pigsonthewing 24345 c proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="2" user="Pigsonthewing" />{{running header|150|{{asc|Scientific Names—Form}}.|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>{{uc|Nouns}}. {{Missing table}} <!-- Singular Nominative. Genitive. Ploral Nom, Genitive. It. -OD, te = -O, ~ Ili, “Md, 7. <mmatos. -nata. “maton. --> Examples are found in ''polyzoön'', plur. ''polyzoa'', and ''stoma'', plur. ''stomata'', the stem of which, as is the case in all Greek nouns ending in ''a'', is formed by adding ''t'' to the nominative. Having obtained the stem of a word, of whatever declension, if we wish to form a derivative, we add to it any termination which expresses the required idea. The only point of importance occurs when this termination begins with a consonant. In this case the letter ''i'' is generally inserted, if the word is of Latin, and the letter ''o'', if if is of Greek origin. Thus from the Latin ''heder-a'', "ivy." we get ''heder-aceus'' and ''hederi-folius''; but some botanists, wishing probably to retain the ''a'', write ''hederæfolius''. For this there seams to be no classical authority whatever, and it should therefore be avoided, as founded upon a mistaken idea. Other examples are ''Boragin-aceæ'', from borago, ''linarii-folius'', from linaria, ''anagallidi-folius'', from anagallis, ''formicæ-forme'', from formica. As before, some entomologists write ''formicæ-forme'', but the very same persons spell ''tipuliforme'', from tipula, without the ''a''. Similarly from the Greek we get ''chloro-phyll'', ''morpho-logy'', ''Gastero-poda'', &c. This inserted ''o'' generally serves as a mark that the roots from which the word is derived are Greek; I say generally, because some words, as Fungology, are hybrids, ''Fungus'' being a Latin, and ''logos'', a Greek word. There is one case where this ''o'' is inserted, which is seldom suspected. Thus ''hypnoides'' is compounded of ''hypn-um, a moss, and the termination -''ides'', meaning "resembling, similar to." This termination was used by the Greeks, but, since in very ancient times it began with a consonant having a sound like ''f'' or ''v'', it required the insertion of ''o'' before it. Thus we should get ''hypno-fides''. This consonant, (called the "lost" Digamma,) ceased to he used by the Greeks thousands of years ago, but they still retained the ''o'', and we follow their example. Thus the ''o'' and ''i'' in ''hypnoides'' belong to distinct syllables: the importance of this will be seen when we come to pronunciation. There are many words used in scientific English of the same kind, ''e.g.'', albuminoid, anthropoid, and botryoid. The same termination is sometimes used in the plural in the names of sections of the animal and vegetable kingdoms; thus Crinoidea, from ''crin-on'', "a lily," is really ''crino-idea'', and means "lily-like" animals, and Aroideæ, from ''ar-um'', the cuckoo-pint, means "arum-like" plants. There is another class of words, apparently similar, but really of a different origin, those ending in -''idæ'' or -''iadæ'', which must not be confounded with those just mentioned. This latter termination was used to designate the children and remoter descendants of any person; thus the Pelopids were the descendants or family of Pelops, and the meaning with which it is employed now is, whether purposely or not, very similar. The Equidæ, for instance, are the descendants of some common original form, which existed in geologic times, to which indeed the name Equus could not be applied, but which was the typo and first foreshadowing of<noinclude></noinclude> 47t0xds3unlsug0mdq04xza6pifozum 14130035 14130031 2024-04-25T20:55:03Z Pigsonthewing 24345 c proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="2" user="Pigsonthewing" />{{running header|150|{{asc|Scientific Names—Form}}.|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>{{uc|Nouns}}. {{Missing table}} <!-- Singular Nominative. Genitive. Ploral Nom, Genitive. It. -OD, te = -O, ~ Ili, “Md, 7. <mmatos. -nata. “maton. --> Examples are found in ''polyzoön'', plur. ''polyzoa'', and ''stoma'', plur. ''stomata'', the stem of which, as is the case in all Greek nouns ending in ''a'', is formed by adding ''t'' to the nominative. Having obtained the stem of a word, of whatever declension, if we wish to form a derivative, we add to it any termination which expresses the required idea. The only point of importance occurs when this termination begins with a consonant. In this case the letter ''i'' is generally inserted, if the word is of Latin, and the letter ''o'', if if is of Greek origin. Thus from the Latin ''heder-a'', "ivy." we get ''heder-aceus'' and ''hederi-folius''; but some botanists, wishing probably to retain the ''a'', write ''hederæfolius''. For this there seams to be no classical authority whatever, and it should therefore be avoided, as founded upon a mistaken idea. Other examples are ''Boragin-aceæ'', from borago, ''linarii-folius'', from linaria, ''anagallidi-folius'', from anagallis, ''formicæ-forme'', from formica. As before, some entomologists write ''formicæ-forme'', but the very same persons spell ''tipuliforme'', from tipula, without the ''a''. Similarly from the Greek we get ''chloro-phyll'', ''morpho-logy'', ''Gastero-poda'', &c. This inserted ''o'' generally serves as a mark that the roots from which the word is derived are Greek; I say generally, because some words, as Fungology, are hybrids, ''Fungus'' being a Latin, and ''logos'', a Greek word. There is one case where this ''o'' is inserted, which is seldom suspected. Thus ''hypnoides'' is compounded of ''hypn-um'', a moss, and the termination -''ides'', meaning "resembling, similar to." This termination was used by the Greeks, but, since in very ancient times it began with a consonant having a sound like ''f'' or ''v'', it required the insertion of ''o'' before it. Thus we should get ''hypno-fides''. This consonant, (called the "lost" Digamma,) ceased to he used by the Greeks thousands of years ago, but they still retained the ''o'', and we follow their example. Thus the ''o'' and ''i'' in ''hypnoides'' belong to distinct syllables: the importance of this will be seen when we come to pronunciation. There are many words used in scientific English of the same kind, ''e.g.'', albuminoid, anthropoid, and botryoid. The same termination is sometimes used in the plural in the names of sections of the animal and vegetable kingdoms; thus Crinoidea, from ''crin-on'', "a lily," is really ''crino-idea'', and means "lily-like" animals, and Aroideæ, from ''ar-um'', the cuckoo-pint, means "arum-like" plants. There is another class of words, apparently similar, but really of a different origin, those ending in -''idæ'' or -''iadæ'', which must not be confounded with those just mentioned. This latter termination was used to designate the children and remoter descendants of any person; thus the Pelopids were the descendants or family of Pelops, and the meaning with which it is employed now is, whether purposely or not, very similar. The Equidæ, for instance, are the descendants of some common original form, which existed in geologic times, to which indeed the name Equus could not be applied, but which was the typo and first foreshadowing of<noinclude></noinclude> 2tdhuokx3hs7omux4jlhtsge21g23q7 NWS Wichita Area Forecast Discussion on April 24, 2024 0 4489514 14127952 14125377 2024-04-25T14:42:48Z WeatherWriter 2983996 Removing extra spaces per discussion with Beeswaxcandle. Noting the original text and original format was the previous way, but the original text format is not standard Wikisource format. wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = NWS Wichita Area Forecast Discussion on April 24, 2024 | author1 = Kelly M. Butler | author2 = Andy D. Kleinsasser | author3 = James Cuellar | translator = | section = | previous = | next = | year = 2024 | notes = The [[w:National Weather Service|United States National Weather Service]] office in Wichita, Kansas Area Forecast Discussion on April 24, 2024. This publication mentioned the chance of "violent tornadoes" on Saturday, April 27, 2024. }} {{standardize}} 784<br/> FXUS63 KICT 242017<br/> AFDICT<br/> Area Forecast Discussion<br/> National Weather Service Wichita KS<br/> 317 PM CDT Wed Apr 24 2024<br/> .KEY MESSAGES... - Severe weather possible late tonight into early tomorrow morning. Severe weather is also possible tomorrow afternoon and evening, though there is some uncertainty in tomorrow afternoons activity. - Conditional severe chances east of the Flint Hills Friday afternoon/evening. - Potentially significant severe weather anticipated on Saturday. && .DISCUSSION...<br/> Issued at 256 PM CDT Wed Apr 24 2024 As warm moist advection continues atop an 800-700mb baroclinic zone, light showers will continue to try and develop through the afternoon. CAPE is minimal, less than 300 J/kg at best through early evening. Tonight, as enhanced moisture advection surges into southern KS, more significant 850-300mb MUCAPE (1500-2500J/kg) is progged along with 40-50kts of 1-6km bulk shear and steep mid level lapse rates. Thus strong to severe storms will be possible late tonight into tomorrow morning with large hail (quarter to golf ball sized) being the main concern along with isolated damaging wind gusts. As storms continue to regenerate, some localized flooding concerns could develop. Some solutions would suggest a line of storms/and or MCS may develop toward morning along and east of a line from Russell/Lincoln County to Harper County. We may remain grunged over on tomorrow as storms continue to regenerate. An outflow boundary may result from ongoing convection tomorrow which has the potential to limit the otherwise warm front/warm sector from moving into the area. In this scenario, the severe threat would be limited to elevated hailers primarily throughout the day. However, should the outflow boundary be more weak or washed out from early morning convection tomorrow, then the warm front/warm sector would be able to move into the area increasing the risk for sfc based storms. That said, the dryline is looking to set up across far western KS/far eastern CO, and with ample CIN it could be tough to initiate a sfc based storm across the CWA. However, any sfc based storm would be capable of all severe hazards, including storms that can survive the trek across western KS into central KS. For now, the best guidance and local thinking is the outflow scenario is most likely to play out. With time, the pacific front/washed out dryline will push east into central and south central KS, perhaps near/after 12z Friday morning. Some model solutions show a nearly uncapped environment across central and south central KS ahead of a PV anomaly. A similar setup to last weeks convection which involved a couple brief AM tornadoes amidst storm clusters looks to be in the cards, with low level SRH of nearly 300 and 3CAPE of near 100 J/kg. By Friday afternoon there could be time for a severe storm or two to develop along and east of the Flint Hills, however it will be a race against the large scale forcing for ascent which will be starting to exit the area. While standard severe ingredients appear to be in place, the dryline doesn't look as sharp with little in the way of sfc convergence to work with, aside from perhaps a lingering boundaries from morning convection. Saturday has the potential to bring significant severe weather to the area. Of course there is plenty of time for the forecast to change and there does remain some degree of uncertainty particularly in storm mode. A sfc low in the vicinity of SW KS is progged to deepen and move east/northeast potentially around central/south central KS by peak heating. Moderate to strong instability (2500-4000 J/kg) will combine with strong flow (60kts+ bulks shear), nicely curved hodographs/strong LL SRH, and strong 3CAPE (200j/kg). Any storm that can remain discrete or even semi-discrete in this type of environment will pose significant hazards from strong to potentially violent tornadoes, large to very large (2-3+ inch) hail, and damaging wind gusts. The upper trough will move northeastward on Sunday, making way for a warming trend as we go into the middle the next week. Quiet weather will prevail at least until middle of next week. && .AVIATION /18Z TAFS THROUGH 18Z THURSDAY/...<br/> Issued at 1248 PM CDT Wed Apr 24 2024 Shower/thunderstorm chances will gradually be on the increase tonight, persisting through at least Thursday morning, as 800-600mb warm/moist advection increases amidst increasing instability. The instability/shear combination should favor at least a handful of strong to severe storms capable of large hail, along with locally heavy rainfall. Covered this threat with PROB30 groups for now at all TAF sites. Additionally, the increasing low-level moisture will support widespread MVFR to possibly IFR ceilings later tonight through Thursday. && .FIRE WEATHER... Issued at 251 AM CDT Wed Apr 24 2024<br/> Friday: Very high grassland fire danger is expected Friday afternoon as dry air and windy conditions affect portions of central and south-central Kansas. && .ICT WATCHES/WARNINGS/ADVISORIES...<br/> None. && $$ DISCUSSION...KMB<br/> AVIATION...ADK<br/> FIRE WEATHER...JC [[Category:2024 works]] [[Category:PD-USGov-NOAA]] {{PD-USGov}} 2okmrm7l0jr1pi3d67mnsz4hrqg48jw Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell) 0 4489558 14130259 14125327 2024-04-25T23:17:43Z EncycloPetey 3239 wikitext text/x-wiki {{similar|Plays by Anton Tchekoff}} {{header | title = Plays by Anton Tchekoff | author = Anton Chekhov | translator = Marian Fell | year = 1916 | section = | previous = | next = [[/Introduction/]] | notes = This is the "first series" volume, first published in 1912. A "second series" volume was published in 1916, using a different translator. }}{{incomplete|scan=yes}} {{default layout|Layout 2}} <pages index="Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu" include=3 /> {{ppb}} <pages index="Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu" include=4 /> {{ppb}} <pages index="Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu" include=5 /> {{ppb}} <pages index="Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu" include=6 /> {{ppb}} <pages index="Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu" include=7 /> {{authority control}} {{PD/US|1935}} [[Category:19th-century plays]] [[Category:Russian plays]] 9qo5k1dxkgdnpj3jotxzqnxk66zacts User:SnowyCinema/P/The Doré Bible Gallery 2 4489601 14127950 14125354 2024-04-25T14:41:36Z SnowyCinema 2484340 wikitext text/x-wiki /conf// progress=hathi_files_downloaded f= y=1886 loc= pub= au=anon ill=Paul Gustave Doré ty= gen= ia=dorbiblegallery0000dorg htt=uva.x000528519 dl=ia beg=sc ch=rom //conf/ /chform// <nowiki> {{ph|class=chapter num|/cpre/ /cnum/}} {{ph|class=chapter title|/cnam/|level=2}} </nowiki> //chform/ /tocform// <nowiki> {{TOC row 1-1-1|/cnum/|/cnam/|/pnum/}} </nowiki> //tocform/ -cov /img/ {{ph|class=chapter|Preface.}} {{sc|This}} volume, as its title indicates, is a collection of engravings illustrative of the Bible—the designs being all from the pencil of the greatest of modern delineators, Gustave Doré. The original work, from which this collection has been made, met with an immediate and warm recognition and acceptance among those whose means admitted of its purchase, and its popularity has in no wise diminished since its first publication, but has even extended to those who could only enjoy it casually or in fragmentary parts. That work, however, in its entirety, was far too costly for the larger and ever-widening circle of M. Doré's admirers, and to meet the felt and often expressed want of this class, and to provide a volume of choice and valuable designs upon sacred subjects for art-loving Biblical students generally, this work was projected and has been carried forward. The aim has been to introduce subjects of general interest—that is, those relating to the most prominent events and personages of Scripture—those most familiar to all readers; the plates being chosen with special reference to the known taste of the American people. To each cut is prefixed a page of letter-press, in narrative form, and containing generally a brief analysis of the design. Aside from the labors of the editor and publishers, the work, while in progress, was under the painstaking and careful scrutiny of artists and scholars not directly interested in the undertaking, but still having a generous solicitude for its success. It is hoped, therefore, that its general plan and execution will render it acceptable both to the appreciative and friendly patrons of the great artist, and to those who would wish to possess such a work solely as a choice collection of illustrations upon sacred themes. - {{ph|class=chapter|Gustave Doré.}} {{sc|The}} subject of this sketch is, perhaps, the most original and variously gifted designer the world has ever known. At an age when most men have scarcely passed their novitiate in art, and are still under the direction and discipline of their masters and the schools, he had won a brilliant reputation, and readers and scholars everywhere were gazing on his work with ever-increasing wonder and delight at his fine fancy and multifarious gifts. He has raised illustrative art to a dignity and importance before unknown, and has developed capacities for the pencil before unsuspected. He has laid all subjects tribute to his genius, explored and embellished fields hitherto lying waste, and opened new and shining paths and vistas where none before had trod. To the works of the great he has added the lustre of his genius, bringing their beauties into clearer view and warming them to fuller life. His delineations of character, in the different phases of life, from the horrible to the grotesque, the grand to the comic, attest the versatility of his powers; and, whatever faults may be found by critics, the public will heartily render their quota of admiration to his magic touch, his rich and facile rendering of almost every thought that stirs, or lies yet dormant, in the human heart. It is useless to attempt a sketch of his various beauties; those who would know them best must seek them in the treasure-house that his genius is constantly augmenting with fresh gems of wealth. To one, however, of his most prominent traits we will refer—his wonderful rendering of the powers of Nature. His early wanderings in the wild and romantic passes of the Vosges doubtless developed this inherent tendency of his mind. There he wandered, and there, mayhap, imbibed that deep delight of wood and valley, mountain-pass and rich ravine, whose variety of form and detail seems endless to the enchanted eye. He has caught the very spell of the wilderness; she has laid her hand upon him and he has gone forth with her blessing. So bold and truthful and minute are his countless representations of forest scenery; so delicate the tracery of branch and stem; so patriarchal the giant boles of his woodland monarch, that the gazer is at once satisfied and entranced. His vistas lie slumbering with repose either in shadowy glade or fell ravine, either with glint of lake or the glad, long course of some rejoicing stream: and above all, supreme in a beauty all its own, he spreads a canopy of peerless sky, or a wilderness, perhaps, of angry storm, or peaceful stretches of soft, fleecy cloud, or heavens serene and fair—another kingdom to his teeming art after the earth has rendered all her gifts. Paul Gustave Doré was born in the city of Strasburg, January 10, 1833. Of his boyhood we have no very particular account. At eleven years of age, however, he essayed his first artistic creation—a set of lithographs, published in his native city. The following year found him in Paris, entered as a - student at the Charlemagne Lyceum. His first actual work began in 1848, when his fine series of sketches, the "[[Labors of Hercules (Doré)|Labors of Hercules]]," was given to the public, through the medium of an illustrated journal with which he was for a long time connected as designer. In 1856 were published the illustrations for Balzac's "[[Contes Drolatiques]]" and those for "[[The Wandering Jew]]"—the first humorous and grotesque in the highest degree—indeed, showing a perfect abandonment to fancy; the other weird and supernatural, with fierce battles, shipwrecks, turbulent mobs, and nature in her most forbidding and terrible aspects. Every incident or suggestion that could possibly make the story more effective or add to the horror of the scenes was seized upon and portrayed with wonderful power. These at once gave the young designer a great reputation, which was still more enhanced by his subsequent works. With all his love for nature and his power for interpreting her in her varying moods, Doré was a dreamer, and many of his finest achievements were in the realm of the imagination. But he was at home in the actual world also, as witness his designs for "Atala," "[[London—a Pilgrimage]]," and many of the scenes of "[[Don Quixote]]." When account is taken of the variety of his designs and the fact considered that in almost every task he attempted none had ventured before him, the amount of work he accomplished is fairly incredible. To enumerate the immense tasks he undertook—some single volumes alone containing hundreds of illustrations—will give some faint idea of his industry. Besides those already mentioned are Montaigne, Dante, the Bible, Milton, Rabelais, Tennyson's "[[Idyls of the King]]," "[[The Ancient Mariner]]," Shakespeare, "Legende de Croquemitaine," "[[La Fontaine's Fables]]," and others still. Take one of these works—the Dante, La Fontaine, or "Don Quixote"—and glance at the pictures. The mere hand labor involved in their production is surprising; but when the quality of the work is properly estimated, what he accomplished seems prodigious. No particular mention need be made of him as a painter or a sculptor, for his reputation rests solely upon his work as an illustrator. Doré's nature was exhuberant and buoyant, and he was youthful in appearance. He had a passion for music, and possessed rare skill as a violinist, and it is assumed that, had he failed to succeed with his pencil, he could have won a brilliant reputation as a musician. He was a bachelor, and lived a quiet, retired life with his mother—married, as he expressed it, to her and his art. His death occurred on January 23, 1883. - /toc/ — - <FILL> — - <FILL> — - <FILL> —t2 -1 /ch//THE CREATION "And the Lord God said, it is not good that the man should be alone; I will make him a helpmeet for him.;: And the Lord God caused a deep sleep to fall on Adam, and he slept, and he took one of his ribs, and closed up the flesh instead thereof; and the rib which the Lord God had taken from man, made he a woman, and brought her unto the man. And Adam said, This is now bone of my bone and flesh of my flesh: she shall be called Woman, because she was taken out of man. Therefore shall a man leave his father and mother, and shall cleave unto his wife, and they shall be one flesh."—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] ii, 18, 21–24.'' In these few words the Scriptures narrate the creation of the first mother of our race. In "Paradise Lost," the poetic genius of Milton, going more into detail, describes how Eve awoke to consciousness, and found herself reposing under a shade of flowers, much wondering what she was and whence she came. Wandering by the margin of a small lake, she sees her own form mirrored in the clear waters, at which she wonders more. But a voice is heard, leading her to him for whom she was made, who lies sleeping under a grateful shade. It is at this point the artist comes to interpret the poet's dream. Amid the varied and luxurious foliage of Eden, in the vague light of the early dawn, Eve is presented, coy and graceful, gazing on her sleeping Lord, while in the background is faintly outlined the mystic form of Him in whose image they were created, oa ay' r= - /ch//THE EXPULSION FROM THE GARDEN And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil; and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live forever: Therefore, the Lord God sent him forth from the garden of Eden, to till the ground from whence he was taken. So he drove out the man; and he placed at the east of the garden of Eden cherubims, and a flaming sword which turned every way, to keep the way of the tree of life.—Genesis 212, 22–24.' They, looking back, all the eastern side beheld Of Paradise, so late their happy seat, Waved over by that flaming brand; the gate, With dreadful forces thronged, and fiery arms: Some natural tears they dropped, but wiped them soon; The world was all before them, where to choose. Their place of rest, and Providence their guide; They, hand in hand, with wandering steps and slow, Through Eden took their solitary way. Paradise Lost, Book XTI. THE MURDER OF ABET And Adam knew Eve his wife; and she conceived, and bare Cain, and said, I have gotten a man from the Lord. And she again bare his brother Abel. And Abel was a keeper of sheep, but Cain was a tiller of the ground. And in process of time it came to pass, that Cain brought of the fruit of the ground an offering unto the Lord. And Abel, he also brought of the firstlings of his flock and of the fat thereof. And the Lord had respect unto Abel and to his offering: But unto Cain and to his offering he had not respect. And Cain was very wroth, and his countenance fell. And the Lord said unto Cain. Why art thou wroth? and why is thy, countenance fallen? If thou doest well, shalt thou not be accepted? and if thou doest not well, sin lieth at the door, and unto thee shall be his desire, and thou shalt rule over him. And Cain talked with Abel his brother: and it came to pass, when they were in the field, that Cain rose up against Abel his brother, and slew him. And the Lord said unto Cain, Where is Abel thy brother? And he said, I know not: Am I my brother's keeper? And he said. What hast thou done? the voice of thy brother's blood crieth unto me from the ground. And now art thou cursed from the earth, which hath opened her mouth to receive thy brother's blood from thy hand; When thou tillest the ground, it shall not henceforth yield unto thee her strength; a fugitive and a vagabond shalt thou be in the earth. And Cain said unto the Lord, My punishment is gveater than I can bear. Behold, thou hast driven me out this day from the face of the earth; and from thy face shall I be hid; and I shall be a fugitive and a vagabond in the earth; and it shall come to pass, that every one that findeth me shall slay me. And the Lord said unto him. Therefore whosoever slayeth Cain, vengeance shall be taken on him sevenfold. And the Lord set a mark upon Cain, lest any finding him should kill him. And Cain went out from the presence of the Lord, and dwelt in the land of Nod, on the east of Eden.—Genesis tv, 1–16 Wind very A. si an iy Phe DY a) THEADETEGE: In the six hundredth year of Noah's life, in the second month, the seventeenth day of the month, the same day were all the fountains of the great deep broken up, and the windows of heaven were opened. And the rain was upon the earth forty days and forty nights. In the self-same day entered Noah, and Shem, and Ham, and Japheth, the sons of Noah, and Noah's wife, and the three wives of his sons with them, into the ark; they, and every beast after his kind, and all the cattle after their kind, and every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth after his kind, and every fowl after his kind, every bird of every sort. And they went in unto Noah into the ark, two and—two of all flesh, wherein is the breath of life. And they that went in, went in male and female of all flesh, as God had commanded him: and the Lord shut him in. And the flood was forty days upon the earth; and the waters increased, and bare up the ark, and it was lift up above the earth. And the waters prevailed, and were increased, greatly upon the earth; and the ark went upon the face of the waters. And the waters prevailed exceedingly upon the earth; and all the high hills, that were under the whole heaven, were covered. Fifteen cubits upward did the waters prevail; and the mountains were covered. And all flesh died that moved upon the earth, both of fowl, and of cattle, and of beast, and of every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth, and every man; all in whose nostrils was the breath of life, of all that was in the dry land, died. And every living substance was destroyed which was upon the face of the ground, both man and cattle, and the creeping things, and the fowl of the heaven; and they were destroyed from the earth; and Noah only remained alive, and they that were with him in the ark. And the waters prevailed upon the earth an hundred and fifty days.—Genesis viz, rr 24. - /ch//NOAH CURSING HAM And the sons of Noah, that went forth of the ark, were Shem, and Ham, and Japheth; and Ham is the father of Canaan. These ave the three sons of Noah: and of them was the whole earth overspread. And Noah began to'be an husbandman, and he planted a vineyard: And he drank of the wine, and was drunken; and he was uncovered within his tent. And Ham, the father of Canaan, saw the nakedness of his father, and told his two brethren without. And Shem and Japheth took a garment, and laid it upon both their shoulders, and went backward, and covered the nakedness of their father; and their faces were backward, and they saw not their father's nakedness. And Noah awoke from his wine, and knew what his younger son had done unto him. And he said, Cursed be Canaan; a servant of servants shall he be unto his brethren. And he said, Blessed be the Lord God of Shem; and Canaan shall be his servant. God shall enlarge Japheth, and he shall dwell in the tents of Shem; and Canaan shall be his servant.—Genesis 1x, 18–27. - - /ch//THE TOWER OF BABEL And the whole earth was of one language, and of one speech. And it came to pass as they journeyed from the east, that they found a plain in the land of Shinar; and they dwelt there. And they said one to another, Go to, let us make brick, and burn them thoroughly. And they had brick for stone, and slime had they for mortar. And they said, Go to, let us build us a city and a tower, whose top may reach unto heaven; and let us make us a name, lest we be scattered abroad upon the face of the whole earth. And the Lord came down to see the city and the tower which the children of men builded. And the Lord said, Behold, the people is one, and they have all one language; and this they begin to do: and now nothing will be restrained from them, which they have imagined to do. Go to, let us go down, and there confound their language, that they may not understand one another's speech. So the Lord scattered them abroad from thence upon the face of all the earth: and they left off to build the city. Therefore is the name of it called Babel; because the Lord did there confound the language of all the earth: and from thence did the Lord scatter them abroad upon the face of all the earth.—Genesis x2, I-9, aN in y iva vi th ey eo, fe) - - /ch//ABRAHAM ENTERTAINS THREE STRANGERS In the self-same day was Abraham circumcised, and Ishmael his son. And all the men of his house, born in the house, and bought with money of the stranger, were circumcised with him. And the Lord appeared unto him in the plains of Mamre: and he sat in the tent door in the heat of the day; and he lift up his eyes and looked, and, lo, three men stood by him: and when he saw them, he ran to meet them from the tent door, and bowed himself toward the ground, and said, My Lord, if now I have found favour in thy sight, pass not away, I pray thee, from thy servant: let a little water,pray you, be fetched, and wash your feet, and rest yourselves under the tree: And I will fetch a morsel of bread, and comfort ye your hearts; after that ye shall pass on: for therefore are ye come to your servant. And they said, So do, as thou hast said. And Abraham hastened into the tent unto Sarah, and said, Make ready quickly three measures of fine meal, knead it, and make cakes upon the hearth. And Abraham ran unto the herd, and fetched a calf tender and good, and gave it unto a young man; and he hasted to dress it. And he took butter, and milk, and the calf which he had dressed, and set it before them; and he stood by them under the tree, and they did eat.—Genesis xviz, 26, 27, XV112, I-S. Be not forgetful to entertain strangers: for thereby some have entertained angels unawares. —Hebrews xitt, 2. = ae un an THE DESTRUCTION OF SODOM, and when the morning arose, then the angels hastened Lot, saying, Arise, take thy wife, and thy two daughters, which are here; lest thou be consumed in the iniquity of the city. And while he lingered, the men laid hold upon his hand, and upon the hand of his wife, and upon the hand of his two daughters; the Lord being merciful unto him: and they brought him forth, and set him without the city. And it came to pass, when they had brought them forth abroad, that he said, Escape for thy life; look not behind thee, neither stay thou in all the plain; escape to the mountain, lest thou be consumed. And Lot said unto them, Oh, not so, my Lord. Behold now, thy servant hath found grace in thy sight, and thou hast magnified thy mercy, which thou hast shewed unto me in saving my life; and I cannot escape to the mountain, lest some evil take me and I die. Behold now this city is near to flee unto, and it is a little one: Oh, let me escape thither (is it not a little one?) and my soul shall live. And he said unto him, See, I have accepted thee concerning this thing also, that I will not overthrow this city, for the which thou hast spoken. Haste thee, escape thither; for I cannot do anything till thou be come thither. Therefore the name of the city was called Zoar. The sun was risen upon the earth when Lot entered unto Zoar. Then the Lord rained upon Sodom and upon Gomorrah brimstone and fire from the Lord out of heaven; and he overthrew those cities, and all the plain, and all the inhabitants of the cities, and that which grew upon the ground. But his wife looked back from behind him, and she became a pillar of salt. And Abraham gat up early in the morning to the place where he stood before the Lord: and he looked toward Sodom and Gomorrah, and toward all the land of the plain, and beheld, and lo, the smoke of the country went up as the smoke of a furnace.—Genesis xix, 15–28. B fy THE—EXPULsiON-OF TIAGAR. And the Lord visited Sarah as he had said, and the Lord did unto Sarah as he had spoken. For Sarah conceived, and bare Abraham a son in his old age, at the set time of which God had spoken to him. And Abraham called the name of his son that was born unto him, whom Sarah bare to him, Isaac. And Abraham circumcised his son Isaac, being eight days old, as God had commanded him. And Abraham was an hundred years old, when his son Isaac was born unto him. And Sarah said, God hath made me to laugh, so that all that hear will laugh with me. And she said, who would have said unto Abraham, that Sarah should have given children suck? for I have born him a son in his old age. And the child grew, and was weaned: and Abraham made a great feast the same day that Isaac was weaned. And Sarah saw the son of Hagar, the Egyptian, which she had born unto Abraham, mocking. Wherefore she said unto Abraham, Cast out this bondwoman and her son: for the son of this bondwoman shall not be heir with my son, even with Isaac. And the thing was very grievous in Abraham's sight because of his son. And God said unto Abraham, Let it not be grievous in thy sight because of the lad, and because of thy bondwoman; in all that Sarah hath said unto thee, hearken unto her voice; for in Isaac shall thy seed be called. And also of the son of the bondwoman will I make a nation, because he is thy seed. And Abraham rose up early in the morning, and took bread, and a bottle of water, and gave it unto Hagar, putting it on her shoulder, and the child, and sent her away: and she departed, and wandered in the wilderness of Beer-sheba.—Genesis xx?, 7–14. NRK WN S - /ch//HAGAR IN THE WILDERNESS And Abraham rose up early in the morning, and took bread, and a bottle of water, and gave it unto Hagar, putting it on her shoulder, and the child, and sent her away; and she departed, and wandered in the wilderness of Beer-sheba. And the water was spent in the bottle, and: she cast the child under one of the shrubs. And she went and sat her down over against him a good way off, as it were a bow-shot: for she said, Let me not see the death of the child. And she sat over against him, and lifted up her voice and wept. And God heard the voice of the lad; and the angel of God called to Hagar out of heaven, and said unto her. What aileth thee, Hagar? fear not, for God hath heard the voice of the lad where he is. Arise, lift up the lad, and hold him in thine hand; for I will make him a great nation. And God opened her eyes, and she saw a well of water; and she went, and filled the bottle with water, and gave the lad drink. And God was with the lad; and he grew, and dwelt in the wilderness, and became an archer. And he dwelt in the wilderness of Paran: and his mother took him a wife out of the land of Egypt.—Genesis xxt. 14–21. - - /ch//THE TRIAL OF THE FAITH OF ABRAHAM And it came to pass after these things, that God did tempt Abraham, and said unto him, Abraham: and he said, Behold, here I am. And he said, Take now thy son, thine only son Isaac, whom thou lovest, and get thee into the land of Moriah; and offer him there for a burnt offering upon one of the mountains which I will tell thee of. And Abraham rose up early in the morning, and saddled his ass, and took two of his young men with him, and Isaac his son, and clave the wood for the burnt offering, and rose up and went unto the place of which God had told him. Then on the third day Abraham lifted up his eyes and saw the place afar off. And Abraham said unto his young men, Abide ye here with the ass; and I and the lad will go yonder and worship, and come again to you. And Abraham took the wood of the burnt offering and laid it upon Isaac his son; and he took the fire in his hand and a knife, and they went both of them together. And Isaac spake unto Abraham his father, and said, My father: and he said, Here am I, my son. And he said, Behold the fire and the wood: but where is the lamb for a burnt offering? And Abraham said, My son, God will provide himself a lamb for a burnt offering: so they went both of them together. And they came to the place which God had told him of; and Abraham built an altar there, and laid the wood in order, and bound Isaac his son, and laid him on the altar upon the wood. And Abraham stretched forth his hand and took the knife to slay his son. And the angel of the Lord called unto him out of heaven, and said, Abraham, Abraham: and he said, Here am I. And he said, Lay not thine hand upon the lad, neither do thou anything unto him: for now I know that thou fearest God, seeing thou hast not withheld thy son, thine only son, from me. And Abraham lifted up his eyes and looked, and behold behind him a ram caught in a thicket by his horns: and Abraham went and took the ram, and offered him up for a burnt offering in the stead of his son. And Abraham called the name of that place Jehovah-jireh: as it is to this day, In the mount of the Lord it shall be seen. And the angel of the Lord called unto Abraham out of heaven the second time, and said, By myself have I sworn, saith the Lord, for because thou hast done this thing, and hast not withheld thy son, thine only son, that in blessing I will bless thee, and in multiplying I will multiply thy seed as the stars of heaven, and as the sand which is upon the sea shore; and thy seed shall possess the gate of his enemies; and in thy seed shall all the nations of the earth be blessed, because thou hast obeyed my voice.—Genesis xx22. 1–18. - THE BURTAL{OFSSARALE And Sarah was an hundred and seven and twenty years old: these were the years of the life of Sarah. And Sarah died in Kirjath-arba; the same is Hebron in the land of Canaan: and Abraham came to mourn for Sarah, and to weep for her.;—And Abraham stood up from before his dead, and spake unto the sons of Heth, saying, I am a stranger and a sojourner with you: give me a possession of a buryingplace with you, that I may bury my dead out of my sight. And the children of Heth answered Abraham, saying unto him, Hear us, my lord: thou art a mighty prince among us: in the choice of our sepulchres bury thy dead; none of us shall withhold from thee his sepulchre, but that thou mayest bury thy dead. And Abraham stood up, and bowed himself to the people of the land, even to the children of Heth. And he communed with them, saying. If it be your mind that I should bury my dead out of my sight; hear me, and intreat for me to Ephron the son of Zohar, that he may give me the cave of Machpelah, which he hath, which is in the end of his field; for as much money as'it is worth he shall give it me for a possession of a buryingplace amongst you. And Ephron dwelt among the children of Heth: and Ephron the Hittite answered Abraham in the audience of the children of Heth, even of all that went in at the gate of his city, saying, Nay, my lord, hear me: the field give I thee, and the cave that is therein, I give it thee; in the presence of the sons of my people give I it thee: bury thy dead. And Abraham bowed down himself before the people of the land. And he spake unto Ephron in the audience of the people of the land, saying. But if thou wilt give it, I pray thee, hear me: I will give thee money for the field; take it of me, and I will bury my dead there. And Ephron answered Abraham, saying unto him, My lord, hearken unto me: the land is worth four hundred shekels of silver: what is that betwixt me and thee? bury therefore thy dead. And Abraham hearkened unto Ephron; and Abraham weighed to Ephron the silver, which he had named in the audience of the sons of Heth, four hundred shekels of silver, current money with the merchant. And the field of Ephron, which was in Machpelah, which was before Mamre, the field, and the cave which was therein, and all the trees that were in the field, that were in all the borders round about, were made sure unto Abraham for a possession in the presence of the children of Heth, before all that went in at the gate of his city. And after this, Abraham buried Sarah his wife in the cave of the field of Machpelah before Mamre; the same is Hebron in the land of Canaan. And the field, and the cave that is therein, were made sure unto Abraham for a possession of a buryingplace by the sons of Heth.—Genesis xxi2? - /ch//CECA H PISAN - /ch//ELIEZER AND REBEKAH And the servant put his hand under the thigh of Abraham his master, and sware to him concerning that matter. And the servant took ten camels of the camels of his master, and departed; for all the goods of his master were in his hand: and he arose and went to Mesopotamia, unto the city of Nahor. And he made his camels to kneel down, without the city by a well of water at the time of the evening, even the time that women go out to draw water. And he said, O Lord God of my master Abraham, I pray thee, send me good speed this day, and shew kindness unto my master Abraham. Behold, I stand here by the well of water; and the daughters of the men of the city come out to draw water: and let it come to pass, that the damsel to whom I shall say, Let down thy pitcher, I pray thee, that I may drink; and she shall say, Drink, and I will give thy camels drink also: let the same be she that thou hast appointed for thy servant Isaac; and thereby shall I know that thou hast shewed kindness unto my master. And it came to pass before he had done speaking, that, behold, Rebekah came out, who was born to Bethuel, son of Milcah, the wife of Nahor, Abraham's brother, with her pitcher upon her shoulder. And the damsel was very fair to look upon, a virgin, neither had any man known her: and she went down to the well, and filled her pitcher and came up. And the servant ran to meet her, and said, Let me, I pray thee, drink a little water of thy pitcher. And she said, Drink, my lord; and she hasted, and let down her pitcher upon her hand, and gave him drink. And when she had done giving him drink," she said, I will draw water for thy camels also, until they have done drinking. And she hasted and emptied her pitcher into the trough, and ran again unto the well to draw water, and drew for all his camels. And the man wondering at her held his peace, to wit whether the Lord had made his journey prosperous or not. And it came to pass, as the camels had done drinking, that the man took a golden earring of half a shekel weight, and two bracelets for her hands of ten shekels weight of gold: and said, whose daughter art thou? tell me, I pray thee; is there room in thy father's house for us to lodge in? And she said unto him, I am the daughter of Bethuel the son of Milcah, which she bare unto Nahor. She said moreover unto him, We have both straw and provender enough, and room to lodge in. And the man bowed down his head and worshiped the Lord. And he said, Blessed be the Lord God of my master Abraham, who hath not left destitute my master of his mercy and his truth: I being in the way, the Lord led me to the house of my master's brethren. And the damsel ran, and told them of her mother's house these things.—Genesis XXIV, 9–28. - - /ch//ISAAC BLESSING JACOB And it came to pass, that when Isaac was old, and his eyes were dim, so that he could not see, he called Esau, his eldest son, and said unto him, My son: and he said unto him, Behold, here am I. And he said, Behold now, I am old, I know not the day of my death: Now therefore take, I pray thee, thy weapons, thy quiver and thy bow, and go out to the field, and take me some venison; And make me savoury meat, such as I love, and bring it to me, that I may eat; that my soul may bless thee before I die. And Rebekah heard when Isaac spake to Esau his son. And Esau went to the field to hunt for venison, and to bring it. And Rebekah spake unto Jacob her son, saying, Behold, I heard thy father speak unto Esau thy brother, saying, Bring me venison, and make me savoury meat, that I may eat, and bless thee before the Lord before my death. Now therefore, my son, obey my voice according to that which I command thee. Go now to the flock, and fetch me from thence two good kids of the goats; and I will make them savoury meat for thy father such as he loveth; And thou shalt bring it to thy father, that he may eat, and that he may bless thee before his death. And Jacob said to Rebekah his mother, Behold, Esau my brother is a hairy man, and lama smooth man: My father peradventure will feel me, and I shall seem to him as a deceiver; and I shall bring a curse upon me, and not a blessing. And his mother said unto him, Upon me be thy curse, my son: only obey my voice, and go fetch me them. And he went, and fetched, and brought them to his mother: and his mother made savoury meat, such as his father loved. And Rebekah took goodly raiment of her eldest son Esau, which were with her in the house, and put them upon Jacob her younger son: And she put the skins of the kids of the goats upon his hands and upon the smooth of his neck: And she gave the savoury meat and the bread, which she had prepared, into the hand of her son Jacob. And he came unto his father, and said, My father: and he said, Here am I; who art thou, my son? And Jacob said unto his father, I am Esau thy first born; I have done according as thou badest me: arise, I pray thee, sit and eat of my venison, that thy soul may bless me. And Isaac said unto his son, How is it that thou hast found it so quickly, my son? And he said, Because the Lord thy God brought it to me. And Isaac said unto Jacob, Come near, I pray thee, that I may feel thee, my son, whether thou be my very son Esau or not. And Jacob went near unto Isaac his father; and he felt him, and said. The voice is Jacob's voice, but the hands are the hands of Esau. And he discerned him not, because his hands were hairy, as his brother Esau's hands: so he blessed him. And he said, Art thou my very son Esau? And he said, I am. And he said, Bring it near to me, and I will eat of my son's venison, that my soul may bless thee. And he brought it near to him, and he did eat; and he/brought him wine, and he drank. And his father Isaac said unto him, Come near now, and kiss me, my son. And he came near, and kissed him: and he smelled the smell of his raiment, and blessed him, and said, See, the smell of my son is as the smell of a field which the Lord hath blessed: Therefore God give thee of the dew of heaven, and the fatness of the earth, and plenty of corn and wine: Let people serve thee, and nations bow down to thee: be lord over thy brethren, and let thy mother's sons bow down to thee: cursed be every one that curseth thee, and blessed be he that blesseth thee.—Genesis xvit, 1–29. A AW ey Mi Nik ni j u: j Hf anh Hi: Kl i Ml 'i i "I HT AWH yi Aiti yn ii ii) Ht } " - JACOB. TENDING THE BLOCKS OF era ran: —And while he yet spake with them, Rachel came with her father's sheep: for she kept them. And it came to pass, when Jacob saw Rachel the daughter of Laban his mother's brother, and the sheep of Laban his mother's brother, that Jacob went near, and rolled the stone from the well's mouth, and watered the flock of Laban his mother's brother. And Jacob kissed Rachel, and lifted up his voice, and wept. And Jacob told Rachel that he was her father's brother, and that he was Rebekah's son: and she ran and told her father. And it came to pass, when Laban heard the tidings of Jacob his sister's son, that he ran to meet him, and embraced him, and kissed him, and brought him to his house. And he told Laban all these things. And Laban said to him, Surely thou art my bone and my flesh. And he abode with him the space of a month. And Laban said unto Jacob, Because thou art my brother, shouldest thou therefore serve me for naught? tell me, what shall thy wages be? And Laban had two daughters: the name of the elder was Leah, and the name of the younger was Rachel. Leah was tender eyed; but Rachel was beautiful and well favoured. And Jacob loved Rachel; and said, I will serve thee seven years for Rachel thy younger daughter. And Laban said. It is better that I give her to thee, than that I should give her to another man; abide with me. And Jacob served seven years tor Rachel; and they seemed unto him but a few days, for the love he had for her. And Jacob said unto Laban, Give me my wife, for my days are fulfilled, that I may go in unto her. And Laban gathered together all the men of the place, and made a feast. And it came to pass in the evening, that he took Leah his daughter, and brought her to him; and he went in unto her. And Laban gave unto his daughter Leah Zilpah his maid, for an handmaid. And it came to pass that in the morning, behold, it was Leah: and he said to Laban. What is this thou hast done unto me? did not I serve with thee for Rachel? wherefore then hast thou beguiled me? And Laban said. It must not be so done in our country, to give the younger before the firstborn. Fulfil her week, and we will give thee this also for the service which thou shalt serve with me yet seven other years. And Jacob did so, and fulfilled her week; and he gave him Rachel his daughter to wife also. And Laban gave to Rachel his daughter Bilhah his handmaid to be her maid. And he went in also unto Rachel, and he loved also Rachel more than Leah, and served with him yet seven other years.—Genesis xxtx, 9–30. JOSEPH SOL DUNT OS EGY Tle These are the generations of Jacob. Joseph, being seventeen years old, was feeding the flock with his brethren; and the lad was with the sons of Bilhah and with the sons of Zilpah, his father's wives; and Joseph brought unto his father their evil report. Now Israel loved Joseph more than all his children, because he was the son of his old age; and he made him a coat of many colors. And when his brethren saw that their father loved him more than all his brethren, they hated him, and could not speak peaceably unto him. And Joseph dreamed a dream, and he told it his brethren: and they hated him yet the more. And he said unto them, Hear, I pray you, this dream which I have dreamed. For, behold, we were binding sheaves in the field, and, lo, my sheaf arose, and also stood upright; and, behold, your sheaves stood round about, and made obeisance to my sheaf. And his brethren said to him, Shalt thou indeed reign over us? or shalt thou indeed have dominion over us? And they hated him yet the more for his dreams and for his words. And he dreamed yet another dream, and told it his brethren, and said, Behold, 1 have dreamed a dream more; and, behold, the sun and the moon and the eleven stars made obeisance to me. And he told it to his father and to his brethren; and his father rebuked him, and said unto him. What is this dream that thou hast dreamed? Shall I and thy mother and thy brethren indeed come to bow down ourselves to thee to the earth. And his brethren envied him; but his father observed the saying. And his brethren went to feed their father's flock in Shechem. And Joseph went after his brethren, and found them in Dothan. And when they saw him afar off, even before he came near unto them, they conspired against him to slay him. And they said one to another, Behold, this dreamer cometh. Come now, therefore, and let us slay him, and cast him into some pit, and we will say, Some evil beast hath devoured him; and we shall see what will become of his dreams. And Reuben heard it, and he delivered him out of their hands; and said, Let us not kill him. And Reuben said unto them, Shed no blood, but cast him into this pit that is in the wilderness, and lay no hand upon him; that he might rid him out of their hands to deliver him to his father again. And it came to pass, when Joseph was come unto his brethren, that they stript Joseph out of his coat, his coat of many colors that was on him; and they took him and cast him into a pit; and the pit was empty, there was no water in it. And they sat down to eat bread; and they lifted up their eyes and looked, and, behold, a company of Ishmaelites came from Gilead with their camels bearing spicery and balm and myrrh, going to carry it down to Egypt. And Judah said unto his brethren. What profit is it if we slay our brother, and conceal his blood? Come, and let us sell him to the Ishmaelites, and let not our hand be upon him, for he is our brother and our flesh. And his brethren were content. Then there passed by Midianites merchantmen; and they drew and lifted up Joseph out of the pit, and sold Joseph to the Ishmaelites for twenty pieces of silver; and they brought Joseph into Egypt. And the Midianites sold him into Egypt unto Potiphar, an officer of Pharaoh's, and captain of the guard.—Genesis xxxvit, 2–12, 17–28, 30. JOSEPH INTERPRETING PHARAOH'S DREAM. And it came to pass at the end of two full years, that Pharaoh dreamed: and, behold, he stood by the river. And, behold, there came up out of the river seven well favoured kine and fatfleshed; and they fed in a meadow. And, behold, seven other kine came up after them out of the river, ill favoured and leanfleshed; and stood by the other kine upon the brink of the river. And the ill favored and leanfleshed kine did eat up the seven well favoured and fat kine. So Pharaoh awoke. And he slept and dreamed the second time: and, behold, seven ears of corn came up upon one stalk, rank and good. And, behold, seven thin ears and blasted with the east wind sprung up after them. And the seven thin ears devoured the seven rank and full ears. And Pharaoh awoke, and, behold, it was a dream. And it came to pass in the morning that his spirit was troubled; and he sent and called for all the magicians of Egypt, and all the wise men thereof: and Pharaoh told them his dream; but there was none that could interpret them unto Pharaoh. [At the suggestion of his chief butler Pharaoh sends for Joseph and relates to him his dreams, which Joseph interprets as follows:| And Joseph said unto Pharaoh. The dream of Pharaoh is one: God hath shewed Pharaoh what he is about to do. The seven good kine are seven years; and the seven good ears are seven years: the dream is one. And the seven thin and ill favoured kine that came up after them are seven years; and the seven empty ears blasted with the east wind shall be seven years of famine. This is the thing which I have spoken unto Pharaoh: What God is about to do he sheweth unto Pharaoh. Behold, there come seven years of great plenty throughout all the land of Egypt: And there shall arise after them seven years of famine; and all the plenty shall be forgotten in the land of Egypt; and the famine shall consume the land; and the plenty shall not be known in the land by reason of that famine following; for it shall be very grievous. And for that the dream was doubled unto Pharaoh twice it is because the thing is established by God, and God will shortly bring it to pass. Now therefore let Pharaoh look out a man discreet and wise, and set him over the land of Egypt. Let Pharaoh do this, and let him appoint officers over the land, and take up the fifth part of the land of Egypt in the seven plenteous years. And let them gather all the food of those good years that come, and lay up corn under the hand of Pharaoh, and let them keep food in the cities. And that food shall be for store to the land against the seven years of famine, which shall be in the land of Egypt; that the land perish not through the famine.—Genesis alt, I-76. RRL RA HILAR An Ha a ili iM ie ee at ee Hr lg ¢ oun? Stay + aan 7: wis - /ch//JOSEPH MAKING HIMSELF KNOWN TO HIS BRETHREN Then Joseph could not refrain himself before all them that stood by him; and he cried, Cause every man to go out from me. And there stood no man with him, while Joseph made himself known unto his brethren. And he wept aloud: and the Egyptians and the house of Pharaoh heard. And Joseph said unto his brethren, 1 am Joseph; doth my father yet live? And his brethren could not answer him; for they were troubled at his presence. And Joseph said unto his brethren, Come near to me, I pray you. And they came near. And he said, I am Joseph your brother, whom ye sold into Egypt. Now therefore be not grieved, nor angry with yourselves, that ye sold me hither: for God did send me before you to preserve life. For these two years hath the famine been in the land: and yet there are five years, in which there shall neither be earing nor harvest. And God sent me before you to preserve you a posterity in the earth, and to save your lives by a great deliverance. So now it was not you that sent me hither, but God: and he hath made me a father to Pharaoh, and lord of all his house, and a ruler throughout all the land of Egypt. Haste ye, and go up to my father, and say unto him, Thus saith thy son Joseph, God hath made me lord of all Egypt: come down unto me, tarry not: And thou shalt dwell in the land of Goshen, and thou shalt be near unto me, thou, and thy children, and thy children's children, and thy flocks, and thy herds, and all that thou hast. And there will I nourish thee; for yet there are five years of famine; lest thou, and thy household, and all that thou hast, come to poverty. And, behold, your eyes see, and the eyes of my brother Benjamin, that it is my mouth that speaketh unto you. And ye shall tell my father of all my glory in Egypt, and of all that ye have seen; and ye shall haste and bring down my father hither. And he fell upon his brother Benjamin's neck, and wept; and Benjamin wept upon his neck. Moreover he kissed all his brethren, and wept upon them: and after that his brethren talked with him. And the fame there of was heard in Pharaoh's house, saying, Joseph's brethren are come: and it pleased Pharaoh well, and his servants. And Pharaoh said unto Joseph, say unto thy brethren, This do ye; lade your beasts, and go, get you unto the land of Canaan; and take your father and your households, and come unto me: and I will give you the good of the land of Egypt, and ye shall eat the fat of the land.—Genesis xlv, 1–18. BAN an - HUAUULEULIUL ma wi L SN ANN ( 'i vi MI i ail "nl el signi Se: mlty i. Gy Oe) SO ol (Ge a UN aie ee CTE att |i iil: HeAAI(a TTOVT ITT - /ch//MOSES IN THE BULRUSHES And there went a man of the house of Levi, and took to wife a daughter of Levi. And the woman conceived, and bare a son: and when she saw him that he was a goodly child, she hid him three months. And when she could not longer hide him, she took for him an ark of bulrushes, and daubed it with slime and with pitch, and put the child therein; and she laid it in the flags by the river's brink. And his sister stood afar off, to wit what would be done to him. And the daughter of Pharaoh came down to wash herself at the river; and her maidens walked along by the river's side; and when she saw the ark among the flags, she sent her maid to fetch it. And when she had opened it, she saw the child: and, behold, the babe wept. And she had compassion on him, and said, This is one of the Hebrews' chil© dren. Then said his sister to Pharaoh's daughter, Shall I go and call to thee a nurse of the Hebrew women, that she may nurse the child for thee? And Pharaoh's daughter said to her, Go. And the maid went and called the child's mother. And Pharaoh's daughter said unto her, Take this child away, and nurse it for me, and I will give thee thy wages. And the woman took the child and nursed it. And the child grew, and she brought him unto Pharaoh's daughter, and he became her son. And she called his name Moses: and she said, Because I drew him out of the water. —Hxodus tt, I-10. THE WAR—AGAINST GIBEON. Therefore the five kings of the Amorites, the king of Jerusalem, the king of Hebron, the king of Jarmuth, the king of Lachish, the king of Eglon, gathered themselves together, and went up, they and all their hosts, and encamped before Gibeon, and made war against it. And the men of Gibeon sent unto Joshua to the camp to Gilgal, saying, Slack not thy hand from thy servants; come up to us quickly, and save us and help us: for all the kings of the Amorites that dwell in the mountains are gathered together against us. So Joshua ascended from Gilgal, he, and all the people of war with him, and all the mighty men of valor. And the Lord said unto Joshua, Fear them not: for I have delivered them into thine hand; there shall not a man of them stand before thee. Joshua therefore came unto them suddenly, and went up from Gilgal all night. And the Lord discomfited them before Israel, and slew them with a great slaughter at Gibeon, and chased them along the way that goeth up to Beth-horon, and smote them to Azekah, and unto Makkedah. And it came to pass, as they fled from before Israel, and were in the going down to Beth-horon, that the Lord cast down great stones from heaven upon them unto Azekah, and they died: they were more which died with hailstones than they whom the children of Israel slew with the sword. Then spake Joshua to the Lord in the day when the Lord delivered up the Amorites before the children of Israel, and he said in the sight of Israel, Sun, stand thou still upon Gibeon; and thou, Moon, in the valley of Ajalon. And the sun stood still, and the moon stayed, until the people had avenged themselves upon their enemies. Is not this written in the book of Jasher? So the sun stood still in the midst of heaven, and hastened not to go down about a whole day. And there was no day like that before it or after it, that the Lord hearkened unto the voice of a man: for the Lord fought for Israel. And Joshua returned, and all Israel with him, unto the camp to Gilgal. But these five kings fled, and hid themselves in a cave at Makkedah. And it was told Joshua, saying. The five kings are found hid in a cave at Makkedah. And Joshua said, Roll great stones upon the mouth of the cave, and set men by it for to keep them: and stay ye not, but pursue after your enemies, and smite the hindmost of them; suffer them not to enter into their cities; for the Lord your God hath delivered them into your hand. And it came to pass, when Joshua and the children of Israel had made an end of slaying them with a very great slaughter, till they were consumed, that the rest which remained of them entered into fenced cities.—/oshua x, 5–20. - as SISERA*SEAING BY SARL Now Heber the Kenite, which was of the children of Hobab, the father-in-law of Moses, had severed himself from the Kenites, and pitched his tent unto the plain of Zaanaim, which is by Kedesh. And they shewed Sisera that Barak, the son of Abinoam, was gone up to Mount Tabor. "And Sisera gathered together all his chariots, even nine hundred chariots of iron, and all the people that were with him, from Harosheth of the Gentiles unto the river of Kishon. And Deborah said unto Barak, Up; for this is the day in which the Lord hath delivered Sisera into thine hand: is not the Lord gone out before thee? So Barak went down from Mount Tabor, and ten thousand men after him. And the Lord discomfited Sisera, and all his chariots and all his host, with the edge of the sword before Barak; so that Sisera lighted down off his chariot, and fled away on his feet. But Barak pursued after the chariots, and after the host, unto Harosheth of the Gentiles: and all the host of Sisera fell upon the edge of the sword; and there was not a man left. Howbeit Sisera fled away on his feet to the tent of Jael, the wife of Heber the Kenite; for there was peace between Jabin the king of Hazor and the house of Heber the Kenite. And Jael went out to meet Sisera, and said unto him, Turn in, my lord, turn in to me; fear not. And when he had turned in unto her into the tent, she covered him with a mantle. And he said unto her, Give me, I pray thee, a little water to drink; for I am thirsty. And she opened a bottle of milk, and gave him drink, and covered him. Again he said unto her, Stand in the door of the tent, and it shall be, when any man doth come and enquire of thee, and say. Is there any man here? that thou shalt say, No. Then Jael, Heber's wife, took a nail of the tent, and took an hammer in her hand, and went softly unto him, and smote the nail into his temples, and fastened it into the ground: for he was fast asleep and weary. So he died. And, behold, as Barak pursued Sisera, Jael came out to meet him, and said unto him, Come, and I will show thee the man whom thou seekest. And when he came into her tent, behold, Sisera lay dead, and the nail was in his temples.—/udges wv, 11–22. MK NN DEBORAH'S SONG OF TRIUMPH. Then sang Deborah and Barak, the son of Abinoam on that day, saying:— Praise ye the Lord for the avenging of Israel. When the people willingly offered themselves. Hear, O ye kings; give ear, O ye princes; I, even IJ, will sing unto the Lord; I will sing praise to the Lord God of Israel. Lord, when thou wentest out of Seir. When thou marchedst out of the field of Edom. The earth trembled, and the heavens dropped, the clouds also dropped water. The mountains melted from before the Lord. Even that Sinai from before the Lord God of Israel. " Blessed above women shall Jael the wife of Heber the Kenite be; Blessed shall she be above women in the tent. He asked water, and she gave him milk; She brought forth butter in a lordly dish. She put her hand to the nail, and her right hand to the workmen's hammer; And with the hammer she smote Sisera. She smote off his head, when she had pierced and stricken through his temples. At her feet he bowed, he fell, he lay down: At her—feet he bowed, he fell: Where he bowed, there he fell down dead. The mother of Sisera looked out at a window, and cried through the lattice. Why is his chariot so long in coming? Why tarry the wheels of his chariots? Her wise ladies answered her, yea, she returned answer to herself, Have they not sped? Have they not divided the prey; To every man a damsel or two; To Sisera a prey of divers colours, a prey of divers colours of needlework, Of divers colours of needlework on both sides, meet for the necks of them that take the spoil? So let all thine enemies perish, O Lord: But let them that love him be as the sun when he goeth forth in his might. Judges UV, 2–5, 24–71. HN a - Be/b2/(LA Dn - We oe! "Po ") gn - salt - /ch//JEPHTHAH MET BY HIS DAUGHTER Then the Spirit of the Lord came upon Jephthah, and he passed over Gilead, and Manasseh, and passed over Mizpeh of Gilead, and from Mizpeh of Gilead he passed over unto the children of Ammon. And Jephthah vowed a vow unto the Lord, and said. If thou shalt without fail deliver the children of Ammon into mine hands, then it shall be, that whatsoever cometh forth of the doors of my house to meet me, when I return in peace from the children of Ammon, shall surely be the Lord's, and I will offer it up for a burnt offering. So Jephthah passed over unto the children of Ammon to fight against them; and the Lord delivered them into his hands. And he smote them from Aroer, even till thou come to Minnith, even twenty cities, and unto the plain of the vineyards, with a very great slaughter. Thus the children of Ammon were subdued before the children of Israel. And Jephthah came to Mizpeh unto his house, and, behold, his daughter came out to meet him with timbrels and with dances: and she was his only child; beside her he had neither son nor daughter.—/udges x2, 29–34. SSS/b2//b2//b2/S Se. I Sa 1p SS) SS—S A SSS SS Bre Sy}: JEPHTHAH'S DAUGHTER AND HER COMPANIONS. And it came to pass, when he saw her, that he rent his clothes, and said, Alas, my daughter! thou hast brought me very low, and thou art one of them that trouble me: for I have opened my mouth unto the Lord, and I cannot go back. And she said unto him, My father, if thou hast opened thy mouth unto the Lord, do to me according to that which hath proceeded out of thy mouth; forasmuch as the Lord hath taken vengeance for thee of thine enemies, even of the children of Ammon. And she said unto her father, Let this thing be done for me: let me alone two months, that I may go up and down upon the mountains, and bewail my virginity, I and my fellows. And he said, Go. And he sent her away for two months: and she went with her companions, and bewailed her virginity upon the mountains. And it came to pass at the end of two months, that she returned unto her father, who did with her according to his vow which he had vowed: and she knew no man. And it was a custom in Israel, that the daughters of Israel went yearly to lament the daughter of Jephthah the Gileadite four days in a year.—/udges xt, 35–40. HH] HH] WH WHT} {| - /ch//SAMSON SLAYING THE LION Then went Samson down, and his father and his mother, to Timnath, and came to the vineyards of Timnath; and, behold, a young lion roared against him. And the Spirit of the Lord came mightily upon him, and he rent him as he would have rent a kid, and he had nothing in his hand; but he told not his father or his mother what he had done.—/udges xzv, 5–6, i er q Sy De Yj(|) i' - /ch//SAMSON AND DELILAH And it came to pass afterward, that he loved a woman in the valley of Sorek, whose name was Delilah. And the lords of the Philistines came up unto her, and said unto her, Entice him, and see wherein his great strength lieth, and by what means we may prevail against him, that we may bind him to afflict him; and we will give thee every one of us eleven hundred pieces of silver. And Delilah said to Samson, Tell me, I pray thee, wherein thy great strength lieth, and wherewith thou mightest be bound to afflict thee. And Samson said unto her. If they bind me with seven green withs that were never dried, then shall I be weak, and be as another man. Then the lords of the Philistines brought up to her seven green withs which had not been dried, and she bound him with them. Now there were men lying in wait, abiding with her in the chamber. And she said unto him. The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And he brake the withs, as a thread of tow is broken when it toucheth the fire. So his strength was not known. And Delilah said unto Samson, Behold, thou hast mocked me, and told me lies: now tell me, I pray thee, wherewith thou mightest be bound. And he said unto her. If they bind me fast with new ropes that never were occupied, then shall I be weak, and be as another man. Delilah therefore took new ropes, and bound him therewith, and said unto him. The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And there were liers in wait abiding in the chamber. And he brake them from off his arms like a thread. And Delilah said unto Samson, Hitherto thou hast mocked me, and told me lies: tell me wherewith thou mightest be bound. And he said unto her. If thou weavest the seven locks of my head with the web. And she fastened it with the pin, and said unto him. The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And he awaked out of his sleep, and went away with the pin of the beam and with the web. And she said unto him, How canst thou say, I love thee, when thine heart is not with me? thou hast mocked me these three times, and hast not told me wherein thy great strength lieth. And it came to pass, when she pressed him daily with her words, and urged him, so that his soul was vexed unto death; that he told her all his heart, and said unto her. There hath not come a razor upon mine head; for I have been a Nazarite unto God from my mother's womb: if I be shaven, then my strength will go from me, and I shall become weak, and be like any other man. And when Delilah saw that he had told her all his heart, she sent and called for the lords of the Philistines, saying, Come up this once, for he hath showed me all his heart. Then the lords of the Philistines came up unto her, and brought money in their hand. And she made him sleep upon her knees; and she called for a man, and she caused him to shave off the seven locks of his head; and she began to afflict him, and his strength went from him. And she said. The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And he awoke out of his sleep, and said, I will go out as at other times before, and shake myself. And he wist not that the Lord was departed from him.—/udges xvt, 4–20. TOTI TTY HTN - /ch//THE DEATH OF SAMSON But the Philistines took him, and put out his eyes, and brought him down to Gaza, and bound him with fetters of brass; and he did grind in the prison house. Howbeit the hair of his head began to grow again after he was shaven. Then the lords of the Philistines gathered them together for to offer a great sacrifice unto Dagon their god, and to rejoice: for they said, Our God hath delivered Samson our enemy into our hand. And when the people saw him, they praised their god: for they said, Our god hath delivered into our hands our enemy, and the destroyer of our country, which slew many of us. And it came to pass, when their hearts were merry, that they said, Call for Samson, that he may make us sport. And they called for Samson out of the prison house; and he made them sport: and they set him between the pillars. And Samson said unto the lad that held him by the hand, Suffer me that I may feel the pillars whereupon the house standeth, that I may lean upon them. Now the house was full of men and women; and all the lords of the Philistines were there; and there were upon the roof about three thousand men and women, that beheld while Samson made sport. And Samson called unto the Lord, and said, O Lord God, remember me, I pray thee, and strengthen me, I pray thee, only this once, O God, that I may be at once avenged of the Philistines for my two eyes. And Samson took hold of the two middle pillars upon which the house stood, and on which it was borne up, of the one with 'his right hand, and of the other with his left. And Samson said, Let me die with the Philistines. And he bowed himself with all his might; and the house fell upon the lords, and upon all the people that were therein. So the dead which he slew at his death were more than they which he slew in his life. Then his brethren and all the house of his father came down, and took him, and brought him up, and buried him between Zorah and Eshtaol in the buryingplace of Manoah his father. And he judged Israel twenty years.—/udges xvi, 21–71. WA, me TT NV! AURA Hi WN A It ani A. Nuhi i ZZs aeie >. 7 ie 2)" s Soe ae e "ps= - /ch//NAOMI AND HER DAUGHTERS IN LAW Now it came to pass in the days when the judges ruled, that there was a famine in the land. And acertain man of Beth-lehem-judah went to sojourn in the country of Moab, he, and his wife, and his two sons. And the name of the man was Elimelech, and the name of his wife Naomi, and the name of his two sons Mahlon and Chilion, Ephrathites of Beth-lehemjudah. And they came into the country of Moab, and continued there. And Elimelech Naomi's husband died; and she was left, and her two sons. And they took them wives of the women of Moab; the name of the one was Orpah, and the name of the other Ruth: and they dwelt there about ten years. And Mahlon and Chilion died also both of them; and the woman was left of her two sons and her husband. Then she arose with her daughters in law, that she might return from the country of Moab: for she had heard in the country of Moab how that the Lord had visited his people in giving them bread. Wherefore she went forth out of the place where she was, and her two daughters in law with her; and they went on the way to return unto the land of Judah. And Naomi said unto her two daughters in law, Go, return each to her mother's house: the Lord deal kindly with you, as ye have dealt with the dead, and with me. The Lord grant you that ye may find rest, each of you in the house of her husband. Then she kissed them; and they lifted up their voice, and wept. And they said unto her, Surely we will return with thee unto thy people. And Naomi said, Turn again, my daughters: why will ye go with me? are there yet any more sons in my womb, that they may be your husbands? Turn again, my daughters, go your way; for I am too old to have a husband. If I should say, I have hope, if I should have a husband also to night, and should also bear sons; would ye tarry for them till they were grown? would ye stay for them from having husbands? nay, my daughters; for it grieveth me much for your sakes that the hand of the Lord is gone out against me. And they lifted up their voice, and wept again: and Orpah kissed her mother in law; but Ruth clave unto her. And she said, Behold, thy sister in law is gone back unto her people, and unto her gods: return thou after thy sister in law. And Ruth said, Entreat me not to leave thee, or to return from following after thee: for whither thou goest, I will go; and where thou lodgest, I will lodge: thy people shall be my people, and thy God my God: Where thou diest, will I die, and there will I be buried: the Lord do so to me, and more also, if ought but death part thee and me. When she saw that she was steadfastly minded to go with her, then she left speaking unto her. So they two went until they came to Beth-lehem.—/uzh 2, 7–79. RUTH: AND—BOAZ,. And Naomi had a kinsman of her husband's, a mighty man of wealth, of the family of Elimelech; and his name was Boaz. And Ruth the Moabitess said unto Naomi, Let me now go to the field, and glean ears of corn after him in whose sight I shall find grace. And she said unto her, Go, my daughter. And she went, and came and gleaned in the field after the reapers; and her hap was to light on a part of the field belonging unto Boaz, who was of the kindred of Elimelech. And, behold, Boaz came from Bethlehem, and said unto the reapers. The Lord be with you. And they answered him. The Lord bless thee. Then said Boaz unto his servant that was set over the reapers, whose damsel is this? And the servant that was set over the reapers answered and said. It is the Moabitish damsel that came back with Naomi out of the country of Moab: and she said, I pray you, let me glean and gather after the reapers among the sheaves: so she came, and hath continued even from the morning until now, that she tarried a little in the house. Then said Boaz unto Ruth, Hearest thou not, my daughter? Go not to glean in another field, neither go from hence, but abide here fast by my maidens: let thine eyes be on the field that they do reap, and go thou after them: have I not charged the young men that they shall not touch thee? and when thou art athirst, go unto the vessels, and drink of that which the young men have drawn. Then she fell on her face and bowed herself to the ground, and said unto him. Why have I found grace in thine eyes, that thou shouldest take knowledge of me, seeing I am a stranger? And Boaz answered and said unto her. It hath fully been shewed me, all that thou hast done unto thy mother in law since the death of thine husband: and how thou hast left thy father and thy mother, and the land of thy nativity, and art come unto a people which thau knewest not heretofore. The Lord recompense thy work, and a full reward be given thee of the Lord God of Israel, under whose wings thou art come to trust. Then she said, Let me find favor in thy sight, my lord; for that thou hast comforted me, and for that thou hast spoken friendly unto thine handmaid, though I be not like unto one of thine handmaidens,. And Boaz said unto her, At mealtime come thou hither, and eat of the bread, and dip thy morsel in the vinegar. And she sat beside the reapers: and he reached her parched corn, and she did eat, and was sufficed, and left. And when she was risen up to glean, Boaz commanded his young men, saying, Let her glean even among the sheaves, and reproach her not: and let fall also some of the handfuls of purpose for her, and leave them, that she may glean them and rebuke her not. So she gleaned in the field until even, and beat out that she had gleaned: and it was about an ephah of barley.—Ruth 22, 2–177. TR SS ANS ANS A NY SSwee Ke AN oo RN we Nh A. LAY SY N WN SSS AIG NAKA WO KAN Ae COS AS WN WYN min Sue oy QI Garyy MN ANS ow AN N eR ee INE SERA ONS MAAR THE? RED UNS Pol ae And the ark of the Lord was in the country of the Philistines seven months. And the Philistines called for the priests and the diviners, saying. What shall we do to the ark of the Lord? tell us wherewith we shall send it to his place. And they said. If ye send away the ark of the God of Israel, send it not empty; but in any wise return him a trespass offering: then ye shall be healed, and it shall be known to you why his hand is not removed from you. Then said they. What shall be the trespass offering which we shall return to him? They answered, Five golden emerods, and five golden mice, according to the number of the lords of the Philistines: for one plague was on you all, and on your lords. Wherefore ye shall make images of your emerods, and images of your mice that mar the land; and ye shall give glory unto the God of Israel: peradventure he will lighten his hand from off you, and from off your gods, and from off your land. Wherefore then do ye harden your hearts, as the Egyptians and Pharaoh hardened their hearts? when he had wrought wonderfully among them, did they not let the people go, and they departed? Now hebre make a new cart, sine take two milch kine, on which there hath come no yoke, and tie the kine to the cart, and bring their calves home from them: and take the ark of the Lord, and lay it upon the cart; and put the jewels of gold, which ye return him for a trespass offering, in a coffer by the side thereof; and send it away, that it may go. And see, if it goeth up by the way of his own coast to Beth-shemesh, then he hath done us this great evil: but if not, then we shall know that it is not his hand that smote us; it was a chance that happened to us. And the men did so; and took two milch kine, and tied them to the cart, and shut up their calves at home: and they laid the ark of the Lord upon the cart, and the coffer with the mice of gold and the images of their emerods. And the kine took the straight way to the way of Beth-shemesh, and went along the highway, lowing as they went, and turned not aside to the right hand or to the left; and the lords of the Philistines went after them unto the border of Beth-shemesh. And they of Beth-shemesh were reaping their wheat harvest in the valley: and they lifted up their eyes, and saw the ark, and rejoiced to see it. And the cart came into the field of Joshua, a Beth-shemite, and stood there, where there was a great stone: and they clave the wood of the cart, and offered the kine a burnt offering unto the Lord. And the Levites took down the ark of the Lord, and the coffer that was with it, wherein the jewels of gold were, and put them on the great stone: and the men of Beth-shemesh offered burnt offerings and sacrificed sacrifices the same day unto the Lord.—r Samuel vz, 1–15. Ns . . . Ny i bie.:; 'ih Bie!hg es NIN ni - /ch//SAUL AND DAVID And it came to pass, when he had made an end of speaking unto Saul, that the soul of Jonathan was knit with the soul of David, and Jonathan loved him as his own soul. And Saul took him that day, and would let him go no more home to his father's house. Then Jonathan and David made a covenant, because he loved him as his own soul. And Jonathan stripped himself of the robe that was upon him, and gave it to David, and his garments, even to his sword, and to his bow, and to his girdle. And David went out withersoever Saul sent him, and behaved himself wisely: and Saul set him over the men of war, and he was accepted in the sight of all the people, and also in the sight of Saul's servants. And it came to pass as they came, when David was returned from the slaughter of the Philistine, that the women came out of all cities of Israel, singing and dancing, to meet king Saul, with tabrets, with joy, and with instruments of music. And the women answered one another as they played, and said, Saul hath slain his thousands, and David his ten thousands. And Saul was very wroth, and the saying displeased him; and he said. They have ascribed unto David ten thousands, and to me they have ascribed but thousands: and what can he have more but the kingdom? And Saul eyed David from that day and forward. And it came to pass on the morrow, that the evil spirit from God came upon Saul, and he prophesied in the midst of the house: and David played with his hand, as at other times: and there was a javelin in Saul's hand. And Saul cast the javelin; for he said, I will smite David even to the wall with it. And David avoided out of his presence twice.—z Samuel "UI, I-IT. TS: Thine DAVID. SPARRING @goAUL. —And it came to pass, when Saul was returned from following the Philistines, that it was told him, saying, Behold, David is in the wilderness of En-gedi. Then Saul took three thousand chosen men out of all Israel, and went to seek David and his men upon the rocks of the wild goats. And he came to the sheepcotes by the way, where was a cave; and Saul went in to cover his feet: and David and his men remained in the sides of the cave. And the men of David said unto him, Behold the day of which the Lord said unto thee, Behold, I will deliver thine enemy into thine hand, that thou mayest do to him as it shall seem good unto thee. Then David arose, and cut off the skirt of Saul's robe privily. And it came to pass afterward, that David's heart smote him, because he had cut off Saul's skirt. And he said unto his men. The Lord forbid that I should do this thing unto my master, the Lord's anointed, to stretch forth mine hand against him, seeing he is the anointed of the Lord. So David stayed his servants with these words, and suffered them not to rise against Saul. But Saul rose up out of the cave, and went on his way. David also arose afterward, and went out of the cave, and cried after Saul, saying, My lord the king. And when Saul looked behind him, David stooped with his face to the earth and bowed himself. And David said to Saul, Wherefore hearest thou men's words, saying, Behold, David seeketh thy hurt? Behold, this day thine eyes have seen how that the Lord had delivered thee to-day into mine hand in the cave: and some bade me kill thee; but mine eye spared thee; and I said, I will not put forth mine hand against my lord; for he is the Lord's anointed. Moreover, my father, see, yea, see the skirt of thy robe in my hand: for in that I cut off the skirt of thy robe, and killed thee not, know thou and see that there is neither evil nor transgression in mine hand, and I have not sinned against thee; yet thou huntest my soul to take it. The Lord judge between me and thee, and the Lord avenge me of thee: but mine hand shall not be upon thee. As saith the proverb of the ancients, Wickedness proceedeth from the wicked: but mine hand shall not be upon thee. After whom is the king of Israel come out? after whom dost thou pursue? after a dead dog, after a flea. The Lord therefore be judge, and judge between me and thee, and see, and plead my cause, and deliver me out of thine hand. And it came to pass, when David had made an end of speaking these words unto Saul, that Saul said. Is this thy voice, my son David? And Saul lifted up his voice, and wept. And he said to David, Thou art more righteous than I: for thou hast rewarded me good, whereas I have rewarded thee evil. And thou hast shewed this day how that thou hast dealt well with me: forasmuch as when the Lord had delivered me into thine hand, thou killedst me not. For if a man find his enemy, will he let him go well away? wherefore the Lord reward thee good for that thou hast done unto me this day. And now, behold, I know well that thou shalt surely be king, and that the kingdom of Israel shall be established in thine hand. Swear now therefore unto me by the Lord, that thou wilt not cut off my seed after me, and that thou wilt not destroy my name out of my father's house. And David sware unto Saul. And Saul went home; but David and his men gat them up unto the hold.—z Samuel xxiv, I-22. Ha mu iy ry ie ; of "s s, y 7 '14 Vi oh weal A - = 'Ry bs ae, Ext ng 7 is 4 se, a o <—a's 2":: vale ee 2a on/b2/; '% 5 "I .: 5 7 ¥ Ms =o) ': Ch PN = . F An 4; '7 . 7 ae DEATH: OF SAGIE Now the Philistines fought against Israel: and the men of Israel fled from before the Philistines, and fell down slain in mount Gilboa. And the Philistines followed hard upon Saul and upon his sons; and the Philistines slew Jonathan, and Abinadab, and Melch-shua, Saul's sons. And the battle went sore against Saul, and the archers hit him; and he was sore wounded of the archers. Then said Saul unto his armourbearer, Draw thy sword, and thrust me through therewith; lest these uncircumcised come and thrust me through, and abuse me. But his armourbearer would not; for he was sore afraid. Therefore Saul took a sword, and fell upon it. And when his armourbearer saw that Saul was dead, he fell likewise upon his sword, and died with him. So Saul died, and his three sons, and his armourbearer, and all his men, that same day together. And when the men of Israel that were on the other side of the valley, and they that were on the other side Jordan, saw that the men of Israel fled, and that Saul and his sons were dead, they forsook the cities, and fled; ard the Philistines came and dwelt in them. And it came to pass on the morrow, when the Philistines came to strip the slain, that they found Saul and his three sons fallen in mount Gilboa. And they cut off his head, and stripped off his armour, and sent into the land of the Philistines round about, to publish it in the house of their idols, and among the people. And they put his armour in the house of Ashtaroth: and they fastened his body to the wall of Beth-shan. And when the inhabitants of Jabesh-gilead heard of that which the Philistines had done to Saul; all the valiant men arose, and went all night, and took the body of Saul and the bodies of his sons from the wall of Beth-shan, and came to Jabesh, and burnt them there. And they took their bones, and buried them under a tree at Jabesh, and fasted seven days.— t Samuel xxx21. THE DEATH OF ABSALON: And David numbered the people that were with him, and set captains of thousands and captains of hundreds over them. And David set forth a third part of the people under the hand of Joab, and a third part under the hand of Abishai the son of Zeruiah, Joab's brother, and a third part under the hand of ittai the Gittite. And the king said unto the people, I will surely go forth with you myself also. But the people answered, Thou shalt not go forth: for if we flee away, they will not care for us; neither if half of us die, will they care for us: but now thou art worth ten thousand of us: therefore now it is better that thou succor us out of the city. And the king said unto them. What seemeth you best I will do. And the king stood by the gate side, and all the people came out by hundreds and by thousands. And the king commanded Joab and Abishai and ittai, saying, Deal gently for my sake with the young man, even with Absalom. And all the people heard when the king gave all the captains charge concerning Absalom. So the people went out into the field against Israel: and the battle was in the wood of Ephraim; where the people of Israel were slain before the servants of David, and there was there a great slaughter that day of twenty thousand men. For the battle was there scattered over the face of all the country: and the wood devoured more people that day than the sword devoured. And Absalom met the servants of David. And Absalom rode upon a mule, and the mule went under the thick boughs of a great oak, and his head caught hold of the oak, and he was taken up between the heaven and the earth; and the mule that was under him went away. And a certain man saw it, and told Joab, and said, Behold I saw Absalom hanged in an oak. And Joab said unto the man that told him. And, behold, thou sawest him, and why didst thou not smite him there to the ground? and I would have given thee ten shekels of silver, and a girdle. And the man said unto Joab, Though I should receive a thousand shekels of silver in mine hand, yet would I not put forth mine hand against the king's son: for in our hearing the king charged thee and Abishai and ittai, saying, Beware that none touch the young man Absalom. Otherwise I should have wrought falsehood against mine own life: for there is no matter hid from the king, and thou thyself wouldst have set thyself against me. Then said Joab, I may not tarry thus with thee. And he took three darts in his hand, and thrust them through the heart of Absalom, while he was yet alive in the midst of the oak. And ten young men that bare Joab's armor compassed about and smote Absalom, and slew him. And Joab blew the trumpet, and the people returned from pursuing after Israel: for Joab held back the people. And they took Absalom, and cast him into a great pit in the wood, and laid a very great heap of stones upon him: and all Israel fled every one to his tent.—2 Samuel xvnt, I-17. ZL 7 ¢] "Ah - /ch//DAVID MOURNING OVER ABSALOM Then said Ahimaaz the son of Zadok, Let me now run, and bear the king tidings, how that the Lord hath avenged him of his enemies. And Joab said unto him, Thou shalt not bear tidings this day, but thou shalt bear tidings another day: but this day thou shalt bear no tidings, because the king's son is dead. Then said Joab to Cushi, Go tell the king what thou hast seen. And Cushi bowed himself unto Joab, and ran. Then said Ahimaaz the son of Zadok yet again to Joab. But howsoever, let me, I pray thee, also run after Cushi. And Joab said, Wherefore wilt thou run, my son, seeing that thou hast no tidings ready? But howsoever, said he let me run. And he said unto him, Run. Then Ahimaaz ran by the way of the plain, and overran Cushi. And David sat between the two gates: and the watchman went up to the roof over the gate unto the wall, and lifted up his eyes, and looked, and behold a man running alone. And the watchman cried, and told the king. And the king said. If he be alone, there is tidings in his mouth. And he came apace, and drew near. And the watchman saw another man running: and the watchman called unto the porter, and said, Behold another man running alone. And the king said. He also bringeth tidings. And the watchman said, Me thinketh the running of the foremost is like the running of Ahimaaz the son of Zadok. And the king said. He is a good man, and cometh with good tidings. And Ahimaaz called, and said unto the king, All is well. And he fell down to the earth upon fe face before the king, and said, Blessed be the Lord thy God, which hath delivereth up the men that lifted up their hand against my lord the king. And the king said. Is the young man Absalom safe? And Ahimaaz answered, When Joab sent the king's servant, and me thy servant, I saw a great tumult, but I knew not what it was. And the king said unto him, Turn aside, and stand here. And he turned aside, and stood still. And, behold, Cushi came; and Cushi said, Tidings, my lord the king: for the Lord hath avenged thee this day of all them that rose up against thee. And the king said unto Cushi. Is the young man Absalom safe? And Cushi answered. The enemies of my lord the king, and all that rise against thee to do thee hurt, be as that young man is. And the king was much moved, and went up to the chamber over the gate, and wept: and as he went, thus he said, O my son Absalom, my son, my son Absalom! would God I had died for thee, O Absalom, my son, my son!; And it was told Joab, Behold the king weepeth and mourneth for Absalom. And the victory that day was turned into mourning unto all the people: for the people heard say that day how the king was grieved for his son. And the people gat them by stealth that day into the city, as people being ashamed steal away when they flee in battle. But the king covered his face, and the king cried with a loud voice, O my son Absalom, O Absalom, my son, my son!—2 Samuel xvnt, 19–33, xix, 1–4. S S S "il Mf ay/b2/" ie SERS a ser 2 Sees ar v - /ch//SOLOMON And David took him more concubines and wives out of Jerusalem, after he was come from Hebron: and there were yet sons and daughters born to David. And these be the names of those that were born unto him in Jerusalem; Shammuah, and Shobab, and Nathan, and Solomon, Ibhar also, and Elishua, and Nepheg, and Japhia, and Elishama, and Eliada, and Eliphalet.—2 Samuel v. 13–16. And David comforted Bath-sheba his wife, and went in unto her, and lay with her: and she bare a son, and he called his name Solomon: and the Lord loved him.—2 Samuel Lathe ys So David slept with his fathers, and was buried in the city of David. And the days that David reigned over Israel were forty years: seven years reigned he in Hebron, and thirty and three years reigned he in Jerusalem. Then sat Solomon upon the throne of David his father, and his kingdom was established greatly.—zr Kings 72, ro-r2. And God gave Solomon wisdom and understanding exceeding much, and largeness of heart, even as the sand that is on the sea shore. And Solomon's wisdom excelled the wisdom of all the children of the east country, and all the wisdom of Egypt. For he was wiser than all men: than Ethan the Ezrahite, and Heman, and Chalcol, and Darda, the sons of Mahol: and his fame was in all nations round about. And he spake three thousand proverbs: and his songs were a thousand and five. And he spake of trees, from the cedar tree that is in Lebanon even unto the hyssop that springeth out of the wall: he spake also of beasts, and of fowl, and of creeping things, and of fishes. And there came of all people to hear the wisdom of Solomon, from all kings of the earth, which had heard of his wisdom,—2 Kings tv, 29–34. Aa ie Al il MIhil p i il We is iB Nt Ve su nl a (leat tl Ml My (or ihe th Hi ! au SMITA Whi) aa gine i p i: i777 HCA, hi yt ff A. tren ATan ed oie - /ch//THE JUDGMENT OF SOLOMON Then came there two women, that were harlots, unto the king, and stood before him. And the one woman said, O my lord, I and this woman dwell in one house; and I was delivered of a child with her in the house. And it came to pass the third day after that I was delivered, that this woman was delivered also: and we were together; there was no stranger with us in the house, save we two in the house. And this woman's child died in the night; because she overlaid it. And she arose at midnight, and took my son from beside me, while thine handmaid slept, and laid it in her bosom, and laid her dead child in my bosom. And when I rose in the morning to give my child suck, behold, it was dead: but when I had considered it in the morning, behold, it was not my son, which I did bear. And the other woman said, Nay; but the living is my son, and the dead is thy son. And this said, No; but the dead is thy son, and the living is my son. Thus they spake before the king. Then said the king. The one saith, This is my son that liveth, and thy son is the dead: and the other saith, Nay; but thy son is the dead, and my son is the living. And the king said, Bring me a sword. And they brought a sword before the king. And the king said, Divide the living child in two, and give half to the one, and half to the other. Then spake the woman whose the living child was unto the king, for her bowels yearned upon her son, and she said, O my lord, give her the living child, and in no wise slay it.; But the other said, Let it be neither mine nor thine, but divide it. Then the king answered and said, Give her the living child, and in no wise slay it: she is the mother thereof. And all Israel heard of the judgment which the king had judged; and they feared the king: for they saw that the wisdom of God was in him, to do judgment.—7 Kengs 772, 16–28, i 4 aH bin mn UU ju un Niel: all cM) ie 'i a - i ay ni A. it!lWi el Ci AAAa cin a[ HL) Ney H Hy nein in A. ae Di ( mal aa has al it il)We ''is'' yl: ee'll ik Ml) Alhi UVM INCINSLIN i itl i lle ar) THE CEDARS DESTINED FOR THE TEMPLE: And Hiram king of Tyre sent his servants unto Solomon; for he had heard that they had anointed him king in the room of his father: for Hiram was ever a lover of David. And Solomon sent to Hiram, saying, Thou knowest how that David my father could not build a house unto the name of the Lord his God for the wars which were about him on every side, until the Lord put them under the soles of his feet. But now the Lord my God hath given me rest on every side, so that there is neither adversary nor evil occurrent. And, behold, I purpose to build a house unto the name of the Lord my God, as the Lord spake unto David my father, saying, Thy son, whom I will set upon thy throne in thy room, he shall build a house unto my name. Now therefore command thou that they hew me cedar trees out of Lebanon; and my servants shall be with thy servants: and unto thee will I give hire for thy servants according to all that thou shalt appoint: for thou knowest that there is not among us any that can skill to hew timber like unto the Sidonians. And it came to pass, when Hiram heard the words of Solomon, that he rejoiced greatly, and said, Blessed be the Lord this day, which hath given unto David a wise son over this great people. And Hiram sent to Solomon, saying, I have considered the things which thou sentest to me for: and I will do all thy desire concerning timber of cedar, and concerning timber of fir. My servants shall bring them down from Lebanon unto the sea; and I will convey them by sea in floats unto the place that thou shalt appoint me, and will cause them to be discharged there, and thou shalt receive them: and thou shalt accomplish my desire, in giving food for my household. So Hiram gave Solomon cedar trees and fir trees according to all his desire. And Solomon gave Hiram twenty thousand measures of wheat for food to his household, and twenty measures of pure oil: thus gave Solomon to Hiram year by year. And the Lord gave Solomon wisdom, as he promised him: and there was peace between Hiram and Solomon; and they two made a league together. And king Solomon raised a levy out of all Israel; and the levy was thirty thousand men. And he sent them to Lebanon, ten thousand a month by courses: a month they were in Lebanon, and two months at home: and Adoniram was over the levy. And Solomon had threescore and ten thousand that bare burdens,.and fourscore thousand hewers in the mountains; beside the chief of Solomon's officers which were over the work, three thousand and three hundred, which ruled over the people that wrought in the work. And the king commanded, and they brought great stones, costly stones, and hewed stones, to lay the foundation of the house. And Solomon's builders, and Hiram's builders did hew them, and the stone-squarers: so they prepared timber and stones to build the house.—z Azngs v. THE.—PROPH Boles Ne B Ye aoe. Now there dwelt an old prophet in Bethel; and his sons came and told him all the works that the man of God had done that day in Bethel: the words which he had spoken unto the king, them they told also to their father. And their father said unto them. What way went he? For his sons had seen what way the man of God went, which came from Judah. And he said unto his sons, Saddle me the ass. So they saddled him the ass: and he rode thereon, and went after the man of God, and found him sitting under an oak: and he said unto him, Art thou the man of God that camest from Judah? And he said, I am. Then he said unto him, Come home with me, and eat bread. And he said,may not return with thee, nor go in with thee: neither will I eat bread nor drink water with thee in this place: for it was said to me by the word of the Lord, Thou shalt eat no bread nor drink water there, nor turn again to go by the way that thou camest. He said unto him, I am a prophet also as thou art; and an angel spake unto me by the word of the Lord, saying, Bring him back with thee into thine house, that he may eat bread and drink water. But he lied unto him. So he went back with him, and did eat bread in his house, and drank water. And it came to pass, as they sat at the table, that the word of the Lord came unto the prophet that brought him back: and he cried unto the man of God that came from Judah, saying, Thus saith the Lord, Forasmuch as thou hast disobeyed the mouth of the Lord, and hast not kept the commandment which the Lord thy God commanded thee, but camest back, and hast eaten bread and drunk water in the place, of the which the Lord did say to thee, Eat no bread, and drink no water; thy carcass shall not come unto the sepulchre of thy fathers. And it came to pass, after he had eaten bread, and after he had drunk, that he saddled for him the ass, to wit, for the prophet whom he had brought back. And when he was gone, a lion met him by the way, and slew him: and his carcass was cast in the way, and the ass stood by it, the lion also stood by the carcass. And, behold, men passed by, and saw the carcass cast in the way, and the lion standing by the carcass: and they came and told it in the city where the old prophet dwelt. And when the prophet that brought him back from the way heard thereof," he said. It is the man of God, who was disobedient unto the word of the Lord: therefore the Lord hath delivered him unto the lion, which hath torn him, and slain him, according to the word of the Lord, which he spake unto him. And he spake to his sons, saying, Saddle me the ass. And they saddled him. And he went and found his carcass cast in the way, and the ass and the lion standing by the carcass: the lion had not eaten the carcass, nor torn the ass.—z Kengs xzzz, 11–28, ban D ae oe) ELIJAH DESTROYING Tite MESSENGERo=OPrsAnAZIAL: And Ahaziah fell down through a lattice in his upper chamber that was in Samaria, and was sick: and he sent messengers, and said unto them, Go, enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron whether I shall recover of this disease. But the angel of the Lord said to Elijah the Tishbite, Arise, go up to meet the messengers of the king of Samaria, and say unto them. Is it not because there is not a God in Israel, that ye go to enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron? Now therefore thus saith the Lord, Thou shalt not come down from that bed on which thou art gone up, but shalt surely die. And Elijah departed. And when the messengers turned back unto him," he said unto them. Why are ye now turned back? And they said unto him. There came a man up to meet us, and said unto us, Go, turn again unto the king that sent you, and say unto him, Thus saith the Lord. Is it not because there is not a God in Israel, that thou sendest to enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron? therefore thou shalt not come down from that bed on which thou art gone up, but shalt surely die. And he said unto them. What manner of man was he which came up to meet you, and told you these words? And they answered him. He was an hairy man, and girt with a girdle of leather about his loins. And he said. It is Elijah the Tishbite. Then the king sent unto him a captain of fifty with his fifty. And he went up to him: and, behold, he sat on the top of an hill. And he spake unto him, Thou man of God, the king hath said, Come down. And Elijah answered and said to the captain of fifty. If I be a man of God, then let fire come down from heaven, and consume thee and thy fifty. And there came down fire from heaven and consumed him and his fifty. Again also he sent unto him another captain of fifty with his fifty. And he answered and said unto him, O man of God, thus hath the king said, Come down quickly. And Elijah answered and said unto them. If I be a man of God, let fire come down from heaven, and consume thee and thy fifty. And the fire of God came down from heaven and consumed him and his fifty. And he sent again a captain of the third fifty with his fifty. And the third captain of fifty went up, and came and fell on his knees before Elijah, and besought him, and said unto him, O man of God, I pray thee, let my life, and the life of these fifty thy servants, be precious in thy sight. Behold, there came fire down from heaven, and burnt up the two captains of the former fifties with their fifties: therefore let my life now be precious in thy sight. And the angel of the lord said unto Elijah, Go down with him: be not afraid of him. And he arose, and went down with him unto the king. And he said unto him, Thus saith the Lord, Forasmuch as thou hast sent messengers to enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron, is it not because there is no God in Israel to enquire of his word? therefore thou shalt not come down off that bed on which thou art gone up, but shalt surely die. So he died according to the word of the Lord which Elijah had spoken.—2 Kzngs 2, 2–17, wail Ni iy 3 'Uda il es = r Foes "'T BELIJAH"S ASCENT MING ASG ATO) Teo reer it. "And it came to pass, when the Lord would take up Elijah into heaven by a whirlwind, that Elijah went with Elisha from Gilgal. And Elijah said unto Elisha, Tarry here, I pray thee; for the Lord hath sent me to Beth-el. And Elisha said unto him. As the Lord liveth, and as thy soul liveth, I will not leave thee. So they went down to Beth-el. And the sons of the prophets that were at Beth-el came forth to Elisha, and said unto him, Knowest thou that the Lord will take away thy master from thy head to-day? And he said, Yea, I know it; hold ye your peace. And Elijah said unto him, Elisha, tarry here, I pray thee; for the Lord hath sent me to Jericho. And he said. As the Lord liveth, and as thy soul liveth, I will not leave thee. So they came to Jericho. And the sons of the prophets that were at Jericho came to Elisha, and said unto him, Knowest thou that the Lord will take away thy master from thy head to-day? And he answered, Yea, I know it; hold ye your peace. And Elijah said unto him, Tarry, I pray thee, here; for the Lord hath sent me to Jordan. And he said. As the Lord liveth, and as thy soul liveth, I will not leave thee. And they two went on. 5 And fifty men of the sons of the prophets went, and stood to view afar off: and they two stood by Jordan. And Elijah took his mantle, and wrapped it together, and smote the waters, and they were divided hither and thither, so that they two went over on dry ground. And it came to pass, when they were gone over, that Elijah said unto Elisha, Ask what I shall do for thee, before I be taken away from thee. And Elisha said, I pray thee, let a double portion of thy spirit be upon me. And he said, Thou hast asked a hard thing: nevertheless, if thou see me when I am taken from thee, it shall be so unto thee; but if not, it shall not be so. And it came to pass, as they still went on, and talked, that, behold, there appeared a chariot of fire, and horses of fire, and parted them both asunder; and Elijah went up by a whirlwind into heaven.—z KA7ngs 22, 1–11. Wives j 4 oe ial M} Hi il ) YAN THE DEATH ORSEZEBEAS And when Jehu was come to Jezreel, Jezebel heard of it; and she painted her face, and tired her head, and looked out at a window. And as Jehu entered in at the gate," she said, Had Zimri peace, who slew his master? And he lifted up his face to the window, and said, who is on my side? who? And there looked out to him two or three eunuchs. And he said, Throw her down. So they threw her down: and some of her blood was sprinkled on the wall, and on the horses: and he trod her under foot. And when he was come in, he did eat and drink, and said, Go, see now this cursed woman, and bury her: for she is a king's daughter. And they went to bury her: but they found no more of her than the scull, and the feet, and the palms of her hands. Wherefore they came again, and told him. And he said, This is the word of the Lord, which he spake by his servant Elijah the Tishbite, saying, In the portion of Jezreel shall dogs eat the flesh of Jezebel: and the carcass of Jezebel shall be as dung upon the face of the field in the portion of Jezreel; so that they shall not say, This is Jezebel.—2 Azngs zx, 370–37. : Te aie ye We of re oe ¥ - - /ch//ESTHER CONFOUNDING HAMAN So the king and Haman came to banquet with Esther the queen. And the king said again unto Esther on the second day at the banquet of wine. What is thy petition, queen Esther? and it shall be granted thee: and what is thy request? and it shall be performed, even to the half of the kingdom. Then Esther the queen answered and said. If I have found favor in thy sight, O king, and if it please the king, let my life be given me at my petition, and my people at my request: for we are sold, I and my people, to be destroyed, to be slain, and to perish. But if we had been sold for bondmen and bondwomen, I had held my tongue, although the enemy could not countervail the king's damage. Then the king Ahasuerus answered and said unto Esther the queen, who is he, and where is he, that durst presume in his heart to do so? And Esther said. The adversary and enemy is this wicked Haman. Then Haman was afraid before the king and the queen. And the king arising from the banquet of wine in his wrath went into the palace garden: and Haman stood up to make request for his life to Esther the queen; for he saw that there was evil determined against him by the king. Then the king returned out of the palace garden into the place of the banquet of wine; and Haman was fallen upon the bed whereon Esther was. Then said the king, Will he force the queen also before me in the house? As the word went out of the king's mouth, they covered Haman's face. And Harbonah, one of the chamberlains, said before the king, Behold also, the gallows fifty cubits high, which Haman had made for Mordecai, who had spoken good for the king, standeth in the house of Haman. Then the king said, Hang him thereon. So they hanged Haman on the gallows that he had prepared for Mordecai. Then was the king's wrath pacified.—sther vaz. 7 - /ch//ISAIAH Isaiah (in Hebrew, Veshayahu, "Salvation of God"), the earliest and most sublime of the four greater Hebrew prophets, was the son of Amoz (2 Kings xix, 2–20; Isaiah xxxvil, 2), and he uttered his oracles during the reigns of Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah, kings of Judah. The dates of his birth and death are unknown, but he lived from about 760 B. to about 7�o B. C. He was married and had three sons—the children referred to in Isaiah viti, 18; and he appears to have resided near Jerusalem. But by most competent critics it is now held that the last twenty-seven chapters (40–66) of the book bearing his name were the work, not of the prophet, but of a later writer who is commonly styled the second or Deutero-Isaiah. In this portion of the book, Cyrus, who was not born till after 600 B. C., is mentioned by name (Isaiah, xliv, 28: xlv, 1); and events which did not take place till a century after the prophet's death are referred to as happening contemporaneously with the writer's account of them. The style of these last twenty-seven chapters, also, is different, and the tone is more elevated and spiritual. Dore's ideal portrait is more suited to the second or pseudo-Isaiah, than to the real one. =: L)) ae cp) ta! a 7 of ae DESTRUCTION OF SENNACHERIB'S HOST. Therefore thus saith the Lord concerning the king of Assyria. He shall not come into this city, nor shoot an arrow there, nor come before it with shield, nor cast a bank against it. By the way that he came, by the same shall he return, and shall not come into this city, saith the Lord. For I will defend this city, to save it, for mine own sake, and for my servant David's sake. And it came to pass that night that the angel of the Lord went out, and smote in the camp of the Assyrians an hundred fourscore and five thousand: and when they arose early in the morning, behold, they were all dead corpses. So Sennacherib king of Assyria departed, and went and returned, and dwelt at Nineveh. And it came to pass, as he was worshipping in the house of Nisroch his god, that Adrammelech and Sharezer his sons smote him with the sword: and they escaped into the land of Armenia. And Esar-haddon his son reigned in his stead.—2 K7zngs x7x, 32–37. - /ch//BARUCH And it came to pass in the fourth year of Jehoiakim the son of Josiah king of Judah, that this word came unto Jeremiah from the Lord, saying, Take thee a roll of a book, and write therein all the words that I have spoken unto thee against Israel, and against Judah, and against all the nations, from the day I spake unto thee, from the days of Josiah, even unto this day. It may be that the house of Judah will hear all the evil which I purpose to do unto them; that they may return every man from his evil way; that I may forgive their iniquity and their sin. Then Jeremiah called Baruch the son of Neriah: and Baruch wrote from the mouth of Jeremiah all the words of the Lord, which he had spoken unto him, upon a roll of a book.—Jeremiah xxxv2, I-4. } The word that Jeremiah the prophet spake unto Baruch the son of Neriah, when he had written these words in a book at the mouth of Jeremiah, in the fourth year of Jehoiakim the son of Josiah king of Judah, saying, Thus saith the Lord, the God of Israel, unto thee, O Baruch; thou didst say, Woe is me now! for the Lord hath added grief to my sorrow;fainted in my sighing, and I find no rest. Thus shalt thou say unto him. The Lord saith thus; Behold, that which I have built will I break down, and that which I have planted I will pluck up, even this whole land. And seekest thou great things for thyself? seek them not: for, behold, I will bring evil upon all flesh, saith the Lord: but thy life will I give unto thee for a prey in all places whither thou goest.—Jeremiah xlv, 1–5. : yia a, Tad oa sels ar yh eh r EZEKIEL: PROPHESYING; Ezekiel, the third of the great Hebrew prophets, was the son of the priest Buzi (Ezekiel i, 3). He was probably born about 620 or 630 years before Christ, and was consequently a contemporary of Jeremiah and Daniel, to the latter of whom he alludes in chapters xiv, 14–20 and xxvni, 3. When Jerusalem was taken by Nebuchadnezzar in 597 B. C. (2 Kings xxiv, 8–16; Jeremiah xxix, 1–2; Ezekiel xvii, 12; xix, 9), Ezekiel was carried captive along with Jehoiachin, or Jeconiah, king of Judah, and thousands of other Jewish prisoners, to Babylonia, or as he himself calls it, "the land of the Chaldeans." (Ezekiel i, 3). Here, along with his exiled fellow-countrymen, he lived on the banks of the river Chebar (Ezekiel i, 1–3), in a house of his own (vni, 1). Here also he married, and here, too, his wife, "the desire of his eyes," was taken from him with a stroke "(Ezekiel xxiv, 15–18). His-prophetic career extended over twenty-two years, from about 502 B. to about 570 B. C. The book bearing his name is written in a mystical and symbolical style, and abounds with visions and difficult allegories which indicate on the part of the author the possession of a vivid and sublime imagination. Ezekiel's authorship of it has been questioned. The Talmud attributes it to the Great Synagogue, of which Ezekiel was not a member. It is divisible into two portions. The first (chapters i-xxiv) was written before, and the second (chapters xxv-xlvni) after, the destruction of Jerusalem by Nebuchadnezzar in 586 B. C, the eleventh year of the prophet's captivity (Ezekiel xxvi, 1–2; xl, 1). The present text is very imperfect, being corrupted by the interpolation of glosses and other additions by later hands. Dore's picture represents the prophet uttering his oracles to his fellow-exiles ("them of the captivity"), or to the "elders of Judah," or "elders of Israel," on one of the occasions to which he himself alludes (vni, 1; xi, 25; xiv, 1; Xx, p. - - /ch//THE VISION OF EZEKIEL The hand of the Lord was upon me, and carried me out in the Spirit of the Lord, and set me down in the midst of the valley which was full of bones, and caused me to pass by them round about: and, behold, there were very many in the open valley; and, lo, they were very dry. And he said unto me, Son of man, can these bones live? And I answered, O Lord God, thou knowest. Again he said unto me, Prophesy upon these bones, and say unto them, O ye dry bones, hear the word of the Lord. Thus saith the Lord God unto these bones; Behold, I will cause breath to enter into you, and ye shall live: And I will lay sinews upon you, and will bring up flesh upon you, and cover you with skin, and put breath in you, and ye shall live; and ye shall know that I am the Lord. So I prophesied as I was commanded: and as I prophesied, there was a noise, and behold a shaking, and the bones came together, bone to his bone. And when I beheld, lo, g the sinews and the flesh came up upon them, and the skin covered them above: but there was no breath in them. Then said he unto me, Prophesy unto the wind, prophesy, son of man, and say to the wind, Thus saith the Lord God; Come from the four winds, O breath, and breathe upon these slain, that they may live. So I prophesied as he commanded me, and the breath came into them, and they lived, and stood up upon their feet, an exceeding great army. Then he said unto me, Son of man, these bones are the whole house of Israel: behold, they say, Our bones are dried, and our hope is lost: we are cut off for our parts. Therefore prophesy and say unto,them, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold,O my people, I will open your graves, and cause you to come up out of your graves, and bring you into the land of Israel. And ye shall know that I am the Lord, when I have opened your graves, O my people, and brought you up out of your graves, and shall put my Spirit in you, and ye shall live, and I shall place you in your own land: then shall ye know that I the Lord have spoken it, and performed it, saith the Lord.—Zzekzel xxxvi2, 1–14, pay bal; ys Yr r 7 eee ka cat en RA iM pe f/b2/}'s ee an Rk pe! c gn? 7 aC 5 . ~4 e. = . j aA Z 7 ce 4) x e aa ae 5 ie 7 7 "9 as ee eee oO a he I; e iS) 7 nYs Vine so ype m: a4 ar 4 (Ab a paalt *.) Ps <" te .;: en: 3 Ces PIC ae eT eg ite Loe ee ee a - /ch//DAN HEL Respecting the parentage or family of Daniel, the fourth of the great Hebrew prophets, nothing is known, though he appears to have been of noble if not of royal descent (Daniel i, 3). When, in the third year of the reign of King Jehoiakim (607, 606, 605, or 604 B. C.), Jerusalem was first taken by Nebuchadnezzar, Daniel, then a youth, was among the captives carried to Babylon. By the king's orders, he, with others of the Jewish youth, was educated for three years (Daniel i, 3–7). At this time Daniel acquired the power of interpreting dreams (i, 17), which he used with such advantage in expounding a dream of Nebuchadnezzar, that he was made ruler over the whole province of Babylon (Daniel ii, 46–48). Daniel's interpretation of Belshazzar's famous vision having been fulfilled by the capture of Babylon by Darius, that conqueror promoted Daniel to the highest office in the kingdom (Daniel vi, 1–3). The prophet also prospered greatly during the reign of Cyrus (Daniel vi, 28). The book of Daniel is written partly in Chaldaic or Syriac (the vernacular Aramaic language spoken by the people of Palestine), and partly in sacred Hebrew. It is manifestly divisible into two portions. The first (chapters i-vi) narrating the details of the prophet's life, and the second (chapters vii—xii) setting forth his apocalyptic visions. Much doubt has been cast upon the authenticity of the work. The evident reference in the eleventh chapter to the conquest of Persia by Alexander the Great, which took place about 330 B. C., or more than two hundred years after Daniel flourished, has led many modern critics to believe that the work was composed in the time of the Maccabees. Dore's picture appears to be intended to represent the prophet meditating over one of the many visions which came to him. SSS See Ez THE, FIERY. URNACE. Wherefore at that time certain Chaldeans came near, and accused the Jews. They spake and said to the king Nebuchadnezzar, O king, live forever. There are certain Jews whom thou hast set over the affairs of the province of Babylon, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego; these men, O king, have not regarded thee: they serve not thy gods, nor worship the golden image which thou hast set up. Then Nebuchadnezzar in his rage and fury commanded to bring Shadrach, Sees and Abed-nego. Then they brought these men before the king. Nebuchadnezzar spake and said unto them. Is it true, O Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego? do not—ye serve my gods, nor worship the golden image which I have set up? Now if ye be ready that at what time ye hear the sound of the cornet, flute, harp, sackbut, psaltery, and dulcimer, and all kinds of music, ye fall down and worship the image which I have made; well: but if ye worship not, ye shall be cast the same hour into the midst of a burning fiery furnace; and who is that God that shall deliver you out of my hands? Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, answered and said to the king, O Nebuchadnezzar, we are not careful to answer thee in this matter. If it be so, our God whom we serve is able to deliver us from the burning fiery furnace, and he will deliver us out of thine hand, O king. But if not, be it known unto thee, O king, that we will not serve thy gods, nor worship the golden image which thou hast set up. Then was Nebuchadnezzar full of fury, and the form of his visage was changed against Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego: therefore he spake, and commanded that they should heat"the furnace one seven times more tha it was wont to be heated. And he commanded the most mighty men that were in his army to bind Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, and to cast them into the burning fiery furnace. Then these men were bound in their coats, their hosen, and their hats, and their other garments, and were cast into the midst of the burning fiery furnace. Therefore because the king's commandment was urgent, and the furnace exceeding hot, the flame of the fire slew those men that took up Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego. And these three men, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego fell down bound into the midst of the burning fiery furnace. Then Nebuchadnezzar the king was astonished, and rose up in haste, and spake, and said unto his counselors, Did not we cast three men bound into the midst of the fire? They answered, and said unto the king, True, O king. He answered and said, Lo, I see four men loose, walking in the midst of the fire, and they have no hurt; and the form of the fourth is like the Son of God. Tien Nebuchadnezzar came near to the mouth of the burning fiery furnace, and spake, and said, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, ye servants of the most high God, come forth and come hither. Then Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, came forth of the midst of the fire. And the princes, governors, and captains, and the king's counselors, being gathered together, saw these men, upon whose bodies the fire had no power, nor was a hair of their head singed, neither were their coats changed, nor the smell of fire had passed on them,—Daniel nt, 5, 9, 12–27. DIU! TINY APU va OWEVN TN Tope A. VOPOUCAES TEE EDEL UE Cundunin TSS Samierreougs rae oe ft ore Sgt tanh a 7 Loe BELSHAZZAR'S FEAST. Belshazzar the king made a great feast to a thousand of his lords, and drank wine before the thousand. Belshazzar, whiles he tasted the wine, commanded to bring the golden and silver vessels which his father Nebuchadnezzar had taken out of the temple which was in Jerusalem; that the king, and his princes, his wives, and his concubines, might drink therein. Then they brought the golden vessels that were taken out of the temple of the house of God which was at Jerusalem; and the king, and his princes, his wives, and his concubines, drank in them. They drank wine and praised the gods of gold, and of silver, of brass, of iron, of wood, and of stone. "In the same hour came forth fingers of a man's hand, and wrote over against the candlestick upon the plaister of the wall of the king's palace: and the king saw the part of the hand that wrote. Then the king's countenance was changed, and his thoughts troubled him, so that the joints of his loins were loosed, and his knees smote one against another." [On the failure of his astrologers and soothsayers to interpret the writing, the king, at the suggestion of his queen, sends for Daniel, who interprets it as follows O thou king, the most high God gave Nebuchadnezzar thy father a kingdom, and majesty, and glory, and honor: and for the majesty that he gave him, all peoples, nations, and languages, trembled and feared before him: whom he would he slew; and whom he would he kept alive; and whom he would he set up; and whom he would he put down. But when his heart was lifted up, and his mind hardened in pride, he was deposed from his kingly throne, and they took his glory from him: and he was driven from the sons of men; and his heart was made like the beasts, and his dwelling was with the wild asses: they fed him with grass like oxen, and his body was wet with the dew of heaven; till he knew that the most high God ruled in the kingdom of men, and that he appointeth over it whomsoever he will. And thou his son, O Belshazzar, hast not humbled thine heart, though thou knewest all this; but hast lifted up thyself against the Lord of heaven; and they have brought the vessels of his house before thee, and thou, and thy lords, thy wives, and thy concubines, have drunk wine in them; and thou hast praised the gods of silver, and gold, of brass, iron, wood, and stone, which see not, nor hear, nor know: and the God in whose hand thy breath is, and whose are all thy ways, hast thou not glorified: Then was the part of the hand sent from him; and this writing was written. And this is the writing that was written, MENE, MENE, TEKEL, UPHARSIN. This is the interpretation of the thing: MENE; God hath numbered thy kingdom and finished it. TEKEL; Thou art weighed in the balances, and art found wanting. PERES; Thy kingdom is divided, and given to the Medes and Persians. In that night was Belshazzar the king of the Chaldeans slain. And Darius the Median took the kingdom.—Daniel v, s, as si , he Fu, ap fe aithgee Zw ee Ph nde ee <atsoMe 2 a ''is'' ag a a we ve DANIEL IN THE LIONS' DEN. Now when Daniel knew that the writing was signed, he went into his house; and his windows being open in his chamber toward Jerusalem, he kneeled upon his knees three times a day, and prayed, and gave thanks before his God, as he did aforetime.—Then these men assembled, and found Daniel praying and making supplication before his God. Then they came near, and spake before the king concerning the king's decree; Hast thou not signed a decree, that every man that shall ask a petition of any God or man within thirty days, save of thee, O king, shall be cast into the den of lions. The king answered and said. The thing is true, according to the law of the Medes and Persians, which altereth not. Then answered they and said before the king. That Daniel, which is of the children of the captivity of Judah, regardeth not thee, O king, nor the decree that thou hast signed, but maketh his petition three times a day. Then the king, when he heard these words, was sore displeased with himself, and set his heart on Daniel to deliver him: and he laboured till the going down of the sun to deliver him. Then these men assembled unto the king, and said unto the king, Know, O king, that the law of the Medes and Persians is. That no decree nor statute which the king establisheth may be changed. Then the king commanded, and they brought Daniel and cast him into the den of lions. Now the king spake and said unto Daniel, Thy God whom thou servest continually, he will deliver thee. And a stone was brought, and laid upon the mouth of the den; and the king sealed it with his own signet, and with the signet of his lords; that the purpose might not be changed concerning Daniel. Then the king went to his palace, and passed the night fasting: neither were instruments of musick brought before him: and his sleep went from him. Then the king arose very early in the morning, and went in haste unto the den of lions. And when he came to the den, he cried with a lamentable voice unto Daniel: and the king spake and said to Daniel, O Daniel, servant of the living God, is thy God, whom thou servest continually, able to deliver thee from the lions? Then said Daniel unto the King, O king, live forever. My God hath sent his angel, and hath shut the lions' mouths, that they have not hurt me: forasmuch as before him innocency was found in me; and also before thee, O king, have I done no hurt. Then was the king exceeding glad for him, and commanded that they should take Daniel up out of the den. So Daniel was taken up out of the den, and no manner of hurt was found upon him, because he believed in his God. And the king commanded, and they brought those men which had accused Daniel, and they cast them into the den of lions, them, their children, and their wives; and the lions had the mastery of them, and brake all their bones in pieces or ever they came at the bottom of the den.—Danzel vz, 10–24, oy x: oc. OM; 7 kit ie ea ie—eo a, 7 ais ed 7 Je er ba Avins) "I ." 4 et he ks ee OR a gt ee He; aS ''is'' fas et nl ena i THE—PROPEE EAM OS Amos, one of the earliest of the Hebrew prophets, flourished during the reign of Uzziah, about 790 B. C., and was consequently a contemporary of Hosea and Joel. In his youth he lived at Tekoa, about six miles south of Bethlehem, in Judzea, and was a herdsman and a gatherer of sycamore fruit (Amos i, 1; vii, 14). This occupation he gave up for that of prophet (vii, 15), and he came forward to denounce the idolatry then prevalent in Judah, Israel, and the surrounding kingdoms. The first six chapters of his book contain his denunciations of idolatry; the other three, his symbolical vision of the overthrow of the people of Israel, and a promise of their restoration. The style is remarkable for clearness and strength, and for its picturesque use of images drawn from the rural and pastoral life which the prophet had led in his youth. Z Vika x Z. Msp'll bt bo - YY J - /ch//JONAH CALLING NINEVEH TO REPENTANCE And the word of the Lord came unto Jonah the second time, saying, Arise, go unto Nineveh, that great city, and preach unto it the preaching that I bid thee. So Jonah arose, and went unto Nineveh, according to the word of the Lord. Now Nineveh was an exceeding great city of three days' journey. And Jonah began to enter into the city a day's journey, and he cried, and said, Yet forty days, and Nineveh shall be overthrown. So the people of Nineveh believed God, and proclaimed a fast, and put on sackcloth, from the greatest of them even to the least of them. For word came unto the king of Nineveh, and he arose from his throne, and he laid his robe from him, and covered him with sackcloth, and sat in ashes. And he caused it to be proclaimed and published through Nineveh by the decree of the king and his nobles, saying, Let neither man nor beast, herd nor flock taste anything: let them not feed, nor drink water: but let man and beast be covered with sackcloth, and cry mightily unto God: yea, let them turn every one from his evil way, and from the violence that is in their hands. Who can tell if God will turn and repent, and turn away from his fierce anger, that we perish not? And God saw their works, that they turned from their evil way; and God repented of the evil, that he had said that he would do unto them; and he did it not.—/onah zzz, a' / x i! tn - p jl II a Set ce A ui fu an = meeier BA.: rf i iv a4. = a ayer - /ch//DANIEL CONFOUNDING THE PRIESTS OF BEL Now the Babylonians had an idol called Bel: and there were spent upon him every day twelve great measures of fine flour, and forty sheep, and sixty vessels of wine. The king also worshipped him, and went every day to adore him: but Daniel adored his God. And the king said unto him: Why dost thou not adore Bel? And he answered, and said to him: Because I do not worship idols made with hands, but the living God, that created heaven and earth, and hath power over all flesh. And the king said to him: Doth not Bel seem to thee to be a living God? Seest thou not how much he eateth and drinketh every day? Then Daniel smiled and said: O king, be not deceived: for this is but clay within, and brass without, neither hath he eaten at any time. And the king being angry called for his priests, and said to them: If you tell me not, who it is that eateth up these expenses, you shall die. But if you can show that Bel eateth these things, Daniel shall die, because he hath blasphemed against Bel. And Daniel said to the king: Be it done according to thy word. Now the priests of Bel were seventy besides their wives and little ones and children. And they went with Daniel into the temple of Bel. And the priests of Bel said: Behold, we go out: and do thou, O king, set on the meats, and make ready, the wine, and shut the door fast, and seal it with thy own ring: and when thou comest in the morning, if thou findest not that Bel hath eaten all up, we will suffer death, or else Daniel that hath lied against us. And they little regarded it, because they had made under the table a secret entrance, and they always came in by it, and consumed those things. So it came to pass after they were gone out, the king set the meats before Bel: and Daniel commanded his servants, and they brought ashes, and he sifted them all over the temple before the king: and going forth they shut the door, and having sealed it with the king's ring, they departed. But the priests went in by night, according to their custom, with their wives and their children: and they eat and drank all up. And the king rose early in the morning, and Daniel with him. And the king said: Are the seals whole, Daniel? and he answered: They are whole, O king. And as soon as he had opened the door, the king looked upon the table, and cried out with a loud voice: Great art thou, O Bel, and there is not any deceit with thee. And Daniel laughed: and he held the king that he should not go in: and he said: Behold the pavement, mark whose footsteps these are. And the king said: I see the footsteps of men, and women, and children. And the king was angry. Then he took the priests, and their wives, and their children: and they showed him the private doors by which they came in, and consumed the things that were on the table. The king therefore put them to death, and delivered Bel into the power of Daniel: who destroyed him, and his temple.—Danzel xzv, 1–27 (Douay Version), iiT Il Hn = f Whi il He IO =A A sl iil HELIODORUS, PUNISHEDF INS DA ear. But Heliodorus executed that which he had resolved on, himself being present in the same place with his guard about the treasury. . . . But the spirit of the Almighty God gave a great evidence of his presence, so that all that had presumed to obey him, falling down by the power of God, were struck with fainting and dread. For there appeared to them a horse with a terrible rider upon him, adorned with a very rich covering: and he ran fiercely and struck Heliodorus with his fore-feet, and he that sat upon him seemed to have armor of gold. Moreover, there appeared two other young men, beautiful and strong, bright and glorious, and in comely apparel: who stood by him, on either side, and scourged him without ceasing with many stripes. And Heliodorus suddenly fell to the ground, and they took him up covered with great darkness, and having put him into a litter they carried him out. So he that came with many servants, and all his guard into the aforesaid treasury, was carried out, no one being able to help him, the manifest power of God being known. And he indeed by the power of God lay speechless, and without all hope of recovery.—2 Maccabees tz, 23–29, i TE hy i Cid Bean Py Tey And it came to pass in those days, that there went out a decree from Czesar Augustus, that all the world should be taxed. (And this taxing was first made when Cyrenius was governor of Syria.) And all went to be taxed, every one into his own city. And Joseph also went up from Galilee, out of the city of Nazareth, into Judea, unto the city of David, which is called Bethlehem; (because he was of the house and lineage of David:) to be taxed with Mary, his espoused wife, being great with child. And so it was, that, while they were there, the days were accomplished that she should be delivered. And she brought forth her firstborn son, and wrapped him in swaddling clothes, and laid him in a manger; because there was no room for them in the inn. And there were in the same country shepherds abiding in the field, keeping watch over their flock by night. And, lo, the angel of the Lord came upon them, and the glory of the Lord shone round about them: and they were sore afraid. And the angel said unto them, Fear not: for, behold, I bring you good tidings of great joy, which shall be to all people. For unto you is born this day in the city of David a Saviour, which is Christ the Lord. And this shall be a sign unto you; Ye shall find the babe wrapped in swaddling clothes, lying in a manger. And suddenly there was with the angel a multitude of the heavenly host praising God, and saying, Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good will toward men. And it came to pass, as the angels were gone away from them into heaven, the shepherds said one to another, Let us now go even unto Bethlehem, and see this thing which is come to pass, which the Lord hath made known unto us. And they came with haste, and found Mary, and Joseph, and the babe lying in a manger. And when they had seen it, they made known abroad the saying which was told them concerning this child. And all they that heard it, wondered at those things which were told them by the shepherds. But Mary kept all these things, and pondered them in her heart. And the shepherds returned, glorifying and praising God for all the things that they had heard and seen, as it was told unto them. And when eight days were accomplished for the circumcising of the child, his name was called Jesus, which was so named of the angel before he was conceived in the womb.—Lzke 22, 7–21. THESSTARG ING THE= EAST. Now when Jesus was born in Bethlehem of Judea in the days of Herod the king, behold, there came wise men from the east to Jerusalem, saying, Where is he that is born King of the Jews? for we have seen his star in the east, and are come to worship him. . . . When Herod the king had heard these things, he was troubled, and all Jerusalem with him. And when he had gathered all the chief priests and scribes of the people together, he demanded of them where Christ should be born. And they said unto him, In Bethlehem of Judzea: for thus it is written by the prophet. And thou Bethlehem, in the land of Juda, are not the least among the princes of Juda: for out of thee shall come a Governor, that shall rule my people Israel. Then Herod, when he had privily called the wise men, enquired of them diligently what time the star appeared. And he sent them to Bethlehem, and said, Go and search diligently for the young child; and when ye have found him, bring me word again, that I may come and worship him also. When they had heard the king, they departed; and, lo, the star, which they saw in the east, went before them, till it came and stood over where the young child was. When they saw the star, they rejoiced with exceeding great joy.—Matthew 122, I-10, ipl will VV hte Sioa Pe Ae ay ¥/b2/wee Cam Ru THE SBLIGH TINT OSCEGYE Tl: And when they were departed, behold, the angel of the Lord appeareth to Joseph in a dream, saying, Arise, and take the young child and his mother, and flee into Egypt, and be thou there until I bring thee word: for Herod will seek the young child to destroy him. When he arose, he took the young child and his mother by night, and departed into Egypt: and was there until the death of Herod: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken of the Lord by the prophet, saying, Out of Egypt have I called my son.—Matthew i, 13–15, ke ie ! "i". TH Re MASSACK BS Or CH EaINN OCENTS: Then Herod, when he saw that he was mocked of the wise men, was exceeding wroth, and sent forth, and slew all the children that were in Bethlehem, and in all the coasts thereof, from two years old and under, according to the time which he had diligently enquired of the wise men. Then was fulfilled that which was spoken by Jeremy the prophet, saying, In Rama was there a voice heard, lamentation, and weeping, and great mourning, Rachel weeping for her children, and would not be comforted, because they are not.—Matthew 77, 16–18, I've we "va 4s a" << ay JESUS OUESTIONING THE DOG LORS) Now his parents went to Jerusalem every year at the feast of the passover. And when he was twelve years old, they went up to Jerusalem after the custom of the feast. And when they had fulfilled the days, as they returned, the child Jesus tarried behind in Jerusalem; and Joseph and his mother knew not of it. But they, supposing him to have been in the company, went a day's journey; and they sought him among their kinsfolk and acquaintance. And when they found him not, they turned back again to Jerusalem, seeking him. And it came to pass, that after three days they found him in the temple, sitting in the midst of the doctors, both hearing them, and asking them questions. And all that heard him were astonished at his understanding and answers. And when they saw him, they were amazed: and his mother said unto him, Son, why hast thou thus dealt with us? behold, thy father and I have sought thee sorrowing. And he said unto them, How is it that ye sought me? wist ye not that I must be about my father's business? And they understood not the saying which he spake unto them. And he went down with them, and came to Nazareth, and was subject unto them: but his mother kept all these sayings in her heart. And Jesus increased in wisdom and stature, and in favor with God and man.— Luke tt, 4I-52, oe Ne eired JESUS "HEALING eoiCk. And Jesus went about all Galilee, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing all manner of sickness and all manner of disease among the people. And his fame went throughout all Syria: and they brought unto him all sick people that were taken with divers diseases and torments, and those which were possessed with devils, and those which were lunatic, and those that had the palsy; and he healed them.—Watthew 2v, 27–24, yy— TRU USSSA tips My dH li - /ch//SERMON ON THE MOUNT And there followed him great multitudes of people from Galilee, and from Decapolis, and from Jerusalem, and from Judea, and from beyond Jordan. And seeing the multitudes, he went up into a mountain: and when he was set, his disciples came unto him. And he opened his mouth and taught them. " And it came to pass, when Jesus had ended these sayings, the people were astonished at his doctrine: For he taught them as one having authority, and not as the scribes. When he was come down from the mountain, great multitudes followed him.—Matthew 2U, 25, UV, I-2, 28–29; vit, I, ey ~= iT wee a oe I ahing. Mare oa CHRIST ASTILLEINGSTHE TEMPERS tf And when he was entered into a ship, his disciples followed him. And, behold, there arose a great tempest in the sea, insomuch that the ship was covered with the waves: but he was asleep. And his disciples came to him, and awoke him, saying, Lord, save us: we perish. And he saith unto them. Why are ye fearful, O ye of little faith? Then he arose, and rebuked the winds and the sea; and there was a great calm. But the men marveled, saying. What manner of man is this, that even the winds and the sea obey him?—WMatthew vitt, 23–27. "i, ij THE DUMB MAN POSSESSED: As they went out, behold, they brought to him a dumb man possessed with a devil. And when the devil was cast out, the dumb spake: and the multitudes marveled, saying. It was never so seen in Israel. But the Pharisees said. He casteth out devils through the prince of the devils.—Matthew - Piel re ih '=o A : LA, o pa '=f A, a v oe) ''is'' a" by Rat 7 ae te CHRIS TAIN: TithssYNAGOGUE: And it came to pass, that when Jesus had finished these parables, he departed thence. And when he was come into his own country, he taught them in their synagogue, insomuch that they were astonished, and said, Whence hath this man this wisdom, and these mighty works? Is not this the carpenter's son? is not his mother called Mary? and his brethren, James, and Joses, and Simon, and Judas? And his sisters, are they not all with us? Whence then hath this man all these things? And they were offended in him. But Jesus said unto them. A prophet is not without honor, save in his own country, and in his own house. And he did not many mighty works there because of their unbelief JZatthew xizz, 53–58, saaniaeanmntea Zz Zz ee Pp i N WN THE DISCIPLES PLUCKING CORN ON. THE SABBATH. And it came to pass, that he went through the corn fields on the sabbath day; and his disciples began, as they went, to pluck the ears of corn. And the Pharisees said unto him, Behold, why do they on the sabbath day that which is not lawful? And he said unto them, Have ye never read what David did, when he had need, and was an hungered, he, and they that were with him? How he went into the house of God in the days of Abiathar the high priest, and did eat the shewbread, which is not lawful to eat but for the priests, and gave also to them which were with him? And he said unto them. The sabbath was made for man, and not man for the sabbath: Therefore the Son of man is Lord also of the sabbath/b2/Mark 77, 23–28, ey icc j N iH) UNL Ii ie ahs fi AS —a) 7 ae? a, a m= Bw - /ch//JESUS WALKING ON THE WATER And when he had sent them away, he departed into a mountain to pray. And when even was come, the ship was in the midst of the sea, and he alone on the land. And he saw them toiling in rowing; for the wind was contrary unto them: and about the fourth watch of the night he cometh unto them, walking upon the sea, and would have passed by them. But when they saw him walking upon the sea, they supposed it had been a spirit, and cried out: for they all saw him, and were troubled. And immediately he talked with them, and saith unto them, Be of good cheer: it is I; be not afraid. And he went up unto them into the ship; and the wind ceased: and they were sore amazed in themselves beyond measure, and wondered. For they considered not the miracle of the loaves; for their heart was hardened.—MVark vt, 40–52. WP TT, Yi) (One TMA —": HH WA Ai MN) 5 HEED) HI, 1] CHRIST Se ENTRY INTOS IER USAIN. And when they drew nigh unto Jerusalem, and were come to Bethphage, unto the mount of Olives, then sent Jesus two disciples, saying unto them, Go into the village over against you, and straightway ye shall find an ass tied, and a colt with her: loose them, and bring them unto me. And if any man say ought unto you, ye shall say. The Lord hath need of them; and straightway he will send them. All this was done that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophet, saying, Tell ye the daughter of Sion, Behold, thy King cometh unto thee, meek, and sitting upon an ass, and a colt the foal of an ass. And the disciples went, and did as Jesus commanded them, and brought the ass, and the colt, and put on them their clothes, and they set him thereon. And a very great multitude spread their garments in the way; others cut down branches from the trees, and strewed them in the way. And the multitudes that went before, and that followed, cried, saying, Hosanna to the son of David: Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord; Hosanna in the highest. And when he was come into Jerusalem, all the city was moved, saying, who is this? And the multitude said, This is Jesus the prophet of Nazareth of Galilee.—Matihew xx1, 1–11. JESUS—AND THE TRIBUTESNONEY. And they send unto him certain of the Pharisees and of the Herodians, to catch him in his words. And when they were come, they say unto him, Master, we know that thou art true, and carest for no man: for thou regardest not the person of men, but teachest the way of God in truth: Is it lawful to' give tribute to Cesar, or not? Shall we give, or shall we not give? But he, knowing their hypocrisy, said unto them. Why tempt ye me? bring me a penny, that I may see it. And they brought it. And he saith unto them, whose is this image and superscription? And they said unto him, Cesar's. And Jesus answering said unto them, Render to Cesar the things that are Cesar's, and to God the things that are God's. And they marveled at him.—Mark xz, 13–17. —= =/b2//b2/ - hs al wh il : HnSul A):: "m N N Y iN —Cli a: NGA, a i THE WIDOW'S MITE. And Jesus sat over against the treasury, and beheld how the people cast money into the treasury: and manyethat were rich cast in much. And there came a certain poor widow, and she threw in two mites, which make a farthing. And he called unto him his disciples, and saith unto them, Verily I say unto you. That this poor widow hath cast more in, than all they which have cast into the treasury: for all they did cast in of their abundance; but she of her want did cast in all that she had, even all her living.—Mark xit, 41–44. Ain ia ee); cs a ape tg. "AS, Ieee s i a ae - /ch//RAISING OB THE DAUGHTER OF JAIRUS And, behold, there cometh one of the rulers of the synagogue, Jairus by name; and when he saw him, he fell at his feet, and besought him greatly, saying, My little daughter lieth at the point of death: I pray thee, come and lay thy hands on her, that she may be healed; and she shall live. And Jesus went with him; and much people followed him, and thronged him. And a certain woman which had an issue of blood twelve years, and had suffered many things of many physicians, and had spent all that she had, and was nothing bettered, but rather grew worse, when she had heard of Jesus, came in the press behind, and touched his garment. For she said. If I may touch but his clothes, I shall be whole. And straightway the fountain of her blood was dried up; and she felt in her body that she was healed of that plague. And Jesus, immediately knowing in himself that virtue had gone out of him, turned him about in the press, and said, who touched my clothes? And his disciples said unto him, Thou seest the multitude thronging thee, and sayest thou, who touched me? And he looked round about to see her that had done this thing. But the woman fearing and trembling, knowing what was done in her, came and fell down before him, and told him all the truth. And he said unto her Daughter, thy faith hath made the whole; go in peace, and be whole of thy plague. While he yet spake, there came from the ruler of the synagogue's house certain which said, Thy daughter is dead: why troublest thou the Master any further? As soon as Jesus heard the word that was spoken, he saith unto the ruler of the synagogue, Be not afraid, only believe. And he suffered no man to follow him, save Peter, and James, and John the brother of James. And he cometh to the house of the ruler of the synagogue, and seeth the tumult, and them that wept and wailed greatly. And when he was come in, he saith unto them. Why make ye this ado, and weep? the damsel is not dead, but sleepeth. And they laughed him to scorn. But when he had put them all out, he taketh the father and the mother of the damsel, and them that were with him, and entereth in where the damsel was lying. And he took the damsel by the hand, and said unto her, Talitha cumi; which is, being interpreted, Damsel, I say unto thee, arise. And straightway the damsel arose, and walked; for she was of the age of twelve years. And they were astonished with a great astonishment. And he charged them straitly that no man should know it; and commanded that something should be given her to eat.—Mark v, 22–43. THE GOOD SAMARITAN: But he, willing to justify himself, said unto Jesus. And who is my neighbor? And Jesus answering said. A certain man went down from Jerusalem to Jericho, and fell among thieves, which stripped him of his raiment, and wounded him, and departed, leaving him half dead. And by chance there came down a certain priest that way: and when he saw him, he passed by on the other side. And likewise a Levite, when he was at the place, came and looked on him, and passed by on the other side. But a certain Samaritan, as he journeyed, came where he was: and when he saw him, he had compassion on him. And went to him, and bound up his wounds, pouring in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast, and brought him to an inn, and took care of him. And on the morrow when he departed, he took out two pence, and gave them to the host, and said unto him, Take care of him; and whatsoever thou spendest more, when I come again, I will repay thee. Which now of these three, thinkest thou, was neighbor unto him that fell among the thieves? And he said. He that shewed mercy on him. Then said Jesus unto him, Go, and do thou likewise.—Lwke x, 29–37, ci, we = - /ch//ARRIVAL OF THE SAMARITAN AT THE INN But a certain Samaritan, as he journeyed, came where he was; and when Le saw him, he had compassion on him, and went to him, and bound up his wounds, pouring in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast, and brought him to an inn, and took care of him.—Lake X, S34: THE PRODIGAL SON; Likewise, I say unto you, there is joy in the presence of the angels of God over one sinner that repenteth. And he said, a certain man had two sons: and the younger of them said to his father, Father, give me the portion of goods that falleth to me. And he divided unto them his living. And not many days after the younger son gathered all together, and took his journey into a far country, and there wasted his substance with riotous living. And when he had spent all, there arose a mighty famine in that land; and he began to be in want. And he went and joined himself to a citizen of that country; and he sent him into his fields to feed swine. And he would fain have filled his belly with the husks that the swine did eat: and no man gave unto him. And when he came to himself," he said, How many hired servants of my father's have bread enough and to spare, and I perish with hunger! I will arise and go to my father, and will say unto him, Father, I have sinned against heaven, and before thee, and am no more worthy to be called thy son: make me as one of thy hired servants. And he arose, and came to his father. But when he was yet a great way off, his father saw him, and had compassion, and ran, and fell on his neck, and kissed him. And the son said unto him, Father, I have sinned against heaven, and in thy sight, and am no more worthy to be called thy son. But the father said to his servants, Bring forth the best robe, and put it on him; and put a ring on his hand, and shoes on his feet: And bring hither the fatted calf, and kill it; and let us eat, and be merry: for this my son was dead, and is alive again; he was lost, and is found. And they began to be merry. Now his elder son was in the field: and as he came and drew nigh to the house, he heard music and dancing. And he called one of the servants, and asked what these things meant. And he said unto him, thy brother is come; and thy father hath killed the fatted calf, because he hath received him safe and sound. And he was angry, and would not go in: therefore came his father out, and intreated him. And he answering said to his father, Lo, these many years do I serve thee, neither transgressed I at any time thy commandment: and yet thou never gavest me a kid, that I might make merry with my friends: but as soon as this thy son was come, which hath devoured thy living with harlots, thou hast killed for him the fatted calf a And he said unto him, Son, thou art ever with me, and all that I have is thine. It was meet that we should make merry, and be glad: for this thy brother was dead, and is alive again; and was lost, and is found.—Lake xv, 10–32. - /ch//LAZARUS AND THE RICH MAN There was a certain rich man, which was clothed in purple and fine linen, and fared sumptuously every day: And there was a certain beggar named Lazarus, which was laid at his gate, full of sores, and desiring to be fed with the crumbs which fell from the rich man's table: moreover the dogs came and licked his sores. And it came to pass, that the beggar died, and was carried by the angels into Abraham's bosom: the rich man also died, and was buried; and in hell he lifted up his eyes, being in torments, and seeth Abraham afar off, and Lazarus in his bosom. And he cried and said, Father Abraham, have mercy on me, and send Lazarus, that he may dip the tip of his finger in water and cool my tongue; for I am tormented in this flame. But Abraham said, Son, remember that thou in thy lifetime receivedst thy good things, and likewise Lazarus evil things: but now he is comforted, and thou art tormented. And beside all this, between us and you there is a creat gulf fixed: so that they which would pass from hence to you cannot; neither can they pass to us, that would come from thence. Then he said, I pray thee therefore, father, that thou wouldest send him to my father's house: for I have five brethren; that he may testify unto them, lest they also come into this place of torment. Abraham saith unto him. They have Moses and the prophets; let them hear them. And he said, Nay, father Abraham: but if one went unto them from the dead, they will repent. And he said unto him. If they hear not Moses and the prophets, neither will they be persuaded, though one rose from the dead.—Luke xv? 9–31. I= ae cc oe ue 7 'i/b2/ ss 'is - /ch//THE PHARISEE AND THE PUBLICAN And he spake this parable unto certain which trusted in themselves that they were righteous, and despised others: Two men went up into the temple to pray; the one a Pharisee, and the other a publican. The Pharisee stood and prayed thus with himself, God, I thank thee, that I am not as other men are, extortioners, unjust, adulterers, or even as this publican. I fast twice in the week, I give tithes of all that I possess. And the publican, standing afar off, would not lift up so much as his eyes unto heaven, but smote upon his breast, saying, God be merciful to me a sinner. I tell you, this man went down to his house justified rather than the other: for every one that exalteth himself shall be abased; and he that humbleth himself shall be exalted.— Luke xvtit, 9–14. JESUS AND THE WOMAN OF SAMARIA: Then cometh he to a city of Samaria, which is called Sychar, near to the parcel of ground that Jacob gave to his son Joseph. Now Jacob's well was there. Jesus therefore, being wearied with his journey, sat thus on the well: and it was about the sixth hour. There cometh a woman of Samaria to draw water: Jesus saith unto her, Give me to drink. (For his disciples were gone away unto the city to buy meat.) Then saith the woman of Samaria unto him, How is it that thou, being a Jew, askest drink of me, which am a woman of Samaria? for the Jews have no dealings with the Samaritans. Jesus answered and said unto her. If thou knewest the gift of God, and who it is that saith to thee, Give me to drink; thou wouldest have asked of him, and he would have given thee living water. The woman saith unto him, Sir, thou hast nothing to draw with, and the well is deep: from whence then hast thou that living water? Art thou greater than our father Jacob, which gave us the well, and drank there of himself, and his children, and his cattle? Jesus answered and said unto her, whosoever drinketh of this water shall thirst again: but whosoever drinketh of the water that I shall give him shall never thirst; but the water that I shall give him shall be in him a well of water springing up into everlasting life. The woman saith unto him, Sir, give me this water, that I thirst not, neither come hither to draw. Jesus saith unto her, Go, call thy husband, and come hither. The woman answered and said, I have no husband. Jesus said unto her, Thou hast well said, I have no husband: for thou hast had five husbands; and he whom thou now hast is not thy husband: in that saidst thou truly. The woman saith unto him, Sir, I perceive that thou art a prophet. Our fathers worshiped in this mountain; and ye say, that in Jerusalem is the place where men ought to worship. Jesus saith unto her, Woman, believe me, the hour cometh, when ye shall neither in this mountain, nor yet at Jerusalem, worship the Father. Ye worship ye know not what: we know what we worship; for salvation is of the Jews. But the hour cometh, and now is, when the true worshipers shall worship the Father in spirit and in truth: for the Father seeketh such to worship him. God is a Spirit: and they that worship him must worship him in spirit and in truth. The woman saith unto him, I know that Messias cometh, which is called Christ: when he is come, he will tell us all things. Jesus saith unto her, I that speak unto thee am he. And upon this came his disciples, and marveled that he talked with the woman: yet no man said. What seekest thou? or. Why talkest thou with her? The woman then left her waterpot, and went her way into the city, and saith to the men, Come, see a man, which told me all things, that ever I did: is not this the Christ? Then they went out of the city, and came unto him.—/ohx 77, 5–30. Ht ly a Aan VALCO i! 'i i! J eit 'i Ny Mh - ! il l i Z(} ij thea! Wh i in RH ne le in! h {ly; ivan elit ey N A CERN WS i y, SS Ny AY CS wi y ss y (Witt) SN Maw 'SAK Wenn fg Ui - /ch//JESUS AND THE WOMAN TAKEN IN ADULTERY Jesus went unto the mount of Olives. And early in the morning he came again into the temple, and all the people came unto him; and he sat down, and taught them. And the scribes and Pharisees brought unto him a woman taken in adultery; and when they had set her in the midst, they say unto him, Master, this woman was taken in adultery, in the very act. Now Moses in the law commanded us, that such should be stoned: but what sayest thou? This they said, tempting him, that they might have to accuse him. But Jesus stooped down, and with his finger wrote on the ground, as though he heard them not. So when they continued asking him, he lifted up himself, and said unto them. He that is without sin among you, let him first cast a stone at her. And again he stooped down, and wrote on the ground. And they which heard it, being convicted by their own conscience, went out one by one, beginning at the eldest, even unto the last; and Jesus was left alone, and the woman standing in the midst. When Jesus had lifted up himself, and saw none but the woman," he said unto her, Woman where are those thine accusers? hath no man condemned thee? She said, No man, Lord. And Jesus said unto her, Neither do I condemn thee: go, and sin no more.—/ohn vzz22. YES hd be ". Fr: ee ee Re ps ss ch Be OA" FS ee ER Foe: St ea can aS:—, 4 x oe od rae, ns os Py Li a aC nS ngs;; i "oa;? = I oF s Bea a g "vt a (oP ee ¥ she F a THE—RESURKECT [ONS OPiS. Now Jesus was not yet come into the town, but was in that place where Martha met him. The Jews then which were with her in the house, and comforted her, when they saw Mary, that she rose up hastily and went out, followed her, saying. She goeth unto the grave to weep there. Then when Mary was come where Jesus was, and saw him, she fell down at his feet, saying unto him, Lord, if thou hadst been here, my brother had not died. When Jesus therefore saw her weeping, and the Jews also weeping which came with her, he groaned in the spirit, and was troubled, and said, Where have ye laid him? They said unto him, Lord, come and see. Jesus wept. Then said the Jews, Behold how he loved him! And some of them said, Could not this man, which opened the eyes of the blind, have caused that even this man should not have died? Jesus therefore again groaning in himself cometh to the grave. It was a cave and a stone lay upon it. Jesus said, Take ye away the stone. Martha, the sister of him that was dead, saith unto him, Lord, by this time he stinketh: for he hath been dead four days. Jesus saith unto her, Said I not unto thee, that, if thou wouldest believe, thou shouldest see the glory of God? Then they took away the stone from the place where the dead was laid. And Jesus lifted up his eyes, and said, Father, I thank thee that thou hast heard me. And I knew that thou hearest me always: but because of the people which stand by I said it, that they may believe that thou hast sent me. And when he thus had spoken, he cried with a loud voice, Lazarus, come forth. And he that was dead came forth, bound hand and foot with graveclothes: and his face was bound about with a napkin. Jesus saith unto them, Loose him, and let him go. Then many of the Jews which came to Mary, and had seen the things which Jesus did, believed on him.—/ohn x7, 30–45. SS SS - /ch//MARY MAGDALENE Of Mary "called Magdalene" (Luke vni, 2) but few particulars are recorded in scripture. We first hear of her as having been delivered by Jesus of seven devils (Luke vni, 1–3; Mark xvi, 9). Impelled, no doubt, by gratitude for her deliverance, she becomes one of his followers, accompanying him thenceforward in all his wanderings faithfully till his death. She was the first person to whom he appeared after his resurrection (Mark xvi, 9; John xx, 1, 11–18). The common belief that she was a fallen woman is destitute of the slightest foundation. On the contrary, the references to her as being in the company of such women as Joanna, the wife of Herod's steward, Salome, the mother of James and John, and Mary, the mother of Jesus (Luke vni, 3; Mark xvi, 40; John xix, 25), strongly discountenance such a supposition. The error, which had no other source than ecclesiastical tradition, has been fostered and perpetuated by the stupid blunder of the translators of the authorized version in identifying her with the "sinner" who is described in Luke vii, 37–50 as washing the feet of Jesus with her tears (see head-note to Luke vil). The Roman Catholic notion that this "sinner" was Mary the sister of Lazarus is almost equally groundless (see Douay Bible, head-note to Matthew xxvi, and the foot-note references to Luke vii, 37, found in most Catholic Bibles). The only reason for this identification is that the anointing by the "sinner" is described as taking place in the house of a Pharisee named Simon (Luke vii, 36, 39–40, 43–44); that the anointing by the unnamed woman, as described in Matthew xxvi, 6–13 and Mark xiv, 3–9, took place in the house of one 'Simon the leper, "in Bethany; and that Mary, the sister of Lazarus, is described in John xi, 2, and xii, 3–8, as anointing Jesus in a house (apparently that of Lazarus himself) in Bethany, when a conversation ensues altogether different from that recorded in Luke vii, but similar to that related in Matthew xxvi, and Mark xiv, save that the objection to the anointing of Jesus is made, not by "his disciples" (Matthew xxvi, 8), not by "some that had indignation" (Mark xiv, 4), but by "one of his disciples, Judas Iscariot, Simon's son" (John xii, 4). The demeanor of Mary, the sister of Lazarus, is, however, by no means that of a fallen and sinful though penitent woman, but that of a pious and good one (see Luke x, 39, 42; John xi, 28–33; xij, 3). Dore's illustration, which portrays Mary Magdalene as a heartbroken and despairing sin ner, shows that he has fallen into the common error, a ye TH ESCAS ToSsullrPER. Now the first day of the feast of unleavened bread the disciples came to Jesus, saying unto him, Where wilt thou that we prepare for thee to eat the passover? And he said, Go into the city to such a man, and say unto him. The Master saith, My time is at hand; I will keep the passover at thy house with my disciples. And the disciples did as Jesus had appointed them; and they made ready the passover. Now when the even was come, he sat down with the twelve. And as they did eat, "he said, Verily I say unto you, that one of you shall betray me. And they were exceeding sorrowful, and began every one of them to say unto him, Lord, is Italy. And he answered and said. He that dippeth his hand with me in the dish, the same shall betray me. The Son of man goeth as it is written of him: but woe unto that man by whom the Son of man is betrayed! it had been good for that man if he had not been born. Then Judas, which betrayed him, answered and said, Master, is it I? He said unto him, Thou hast said. And as they were eating, Jesus took bread, and blessed it, and brake it, and gave it to the disciples, and said, Take, eat; this is my body. And he took the cup, and gave thanks, and gave it to them, saying, Drink ye all of it; for this is my blood of the new testament, which is shed for many for the remission of sins. But I say unto you, I will not drink henceforth of this fruit of the vine, until that day when I drink it new with you in my Father's kingdom. And when they had sung an hymn, they went out into the mount of Olives—JJatthew XXV2, 17–70. /b2//b2/aS/b2//b2/Th (i h i a <7 ii ine l ti ; nt: 3 N; . Sw ne: N "I Ni Wy Mi iH! ma ih) ah i: i aw @ it = yI's jy 4 'win ve. 'aA ™: Dae: a Noa ia ys ald) a bf: Ly" i - /ch//THE AGONY IN THE GARDEN And he came out, and went, as he was wont, to the mount of Olives; and his discip-es also followed him. And when he was at the place," he said unto them, Pray that ye enter not into temptation. And he was withdrawn from them about a stone's cast, and kneeled down, and prayed. Saying, Father, if thou be willing, remove this cup from me: nevertheless not my will, but thine, be done. And there appeared an angel unto him from heaven, strengthening him. And being in an agony he prayed more earnestly: and his sweat was as it were great drops of blood falling down to the ground. And when he rose up from prayer, and was come to his disciples, he found them sleeping for sorrow, and said unto them. Why sleep ye? rise and pray, lest ye enter into temptation.—Luke "x12, 39–40. = SSS WHEMARE 11 stay PRAYER OFS ESUS IN = Ghee GARDE Ne Ol ansiy po. Then cometh Jesus with them unto a place called Gethsemane, and saith unto the disciples, Sit ye here, while I go and pray yonder. And he took with him Peter and the two sons of Zebedee, and began to be sorrowful and very heavy. Then saith he unto them, My soul is exceeding sorrowful, even unto death: tarry ye here, and watch with me. And he went a little farther, and fell on his face, and prayed, saying, O my Father, if it be possible, let this cup pass from me: nevertheless not as I will, but as thou wilt. And he cometh unto the disciples, and findeth them asleep, and saith unto Peter. What, could ye not watch with me one hour? Watch and pray, that ye enter not into temptation: the spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak. "He went away again the second time, and prayed, saying, O my Father, if this cup may not pass away from me, except I drink it, thy will be done. And he came and found them asleep again: for their eyes were heavy. And he left them, and went away again, and prayed the third time, saying the same words. Then cometh he to his disciples, and saith unto them, Sleep on now, and take your rest: behold, the hour is at hand, and the Son of man is betrayed into the hands of sinners. Rise, let us be going: behold, he is at hand that doth betray me.—MWatthew xxv7, 36–46. Fats eamene pet EES cats fr a AN a A SSA AAAS THE—BELRAYAL. And he cometh the third time, and saith unto them, Sleep on now, and take your rest: it is enough, the hour is come; behold, the Son of man is betrayed into the hands of sinners. Rise up, let us go; lo, he that betrayeth me is at hand. And immediately, while he yet spake, cometh Judas, one of the twelve, and with him a great multitude with swords and staves, from the chief priests and the scribes and the elders. And he that betrayed him had given them a token, saying, whomsoever I shall kiss, that same is he; take him, and lead him away safely. And as soon as he was come, he goeth straightway to him, and saith, Master, master; and kissed him. And they laid their hands on him, and took him. And one of them that stood by drew a sword, and smote a servant of the high priest, and cut off his ear. And Jesus answered and said unto them. Are ye come out, as against a thief, with swords and with staves to take me? I was daily with you in the temple teaching, and ye took me not: but the scriptures must be fulfilled. And they all forsook him, and fled—Mark x1, JI-50, pile gsr" MOO a Wy Hy) "Ly MY ; LY TTR by i (Gees ff ja vm Ly hi "i {/ Me ysyisivgs Uy Ye Li ely: Uh HY) ps i} fh) HH} AUN MI Cap: L564 Mj) ae, i wy Mi Cy Hy 'ii Hi iil Lp LLL RK omy MAKE - /ch//CHRIST FAINTING UNDER THE CROSS The incident depicted in this illustration seems to be as apocryphal as that embodied in the artist's picture of Mary Magdalene. There is absolutely no warrant in scripture for the notion that Christ fainted under the burden of the cross. The only foundation for such an idea to be found in the Bible is contained in the head note to Mark xv, which is quite unwarranted by the text. According to the three synoptic gospels the cross was borne not by Christ, but by Simon, a Cyrenian (see Matthew xxvil, 32; Mark xv, 21; Luke xxni, 26). According to the fourth evangelist, Jesus bore the cross without assistance the whole distance to the place of crucifixion (John xix, 16–18). In not one of the four narratives is there so much as a hint that he fainted under the burden. - /ch//THE FLAGEELATION Then released he Barabbas unto them: and when he had scourged Jesus, he delivered him to be crucified.—MWatthew xxv7i, 26. And so Pilate, willing to content the people, released Barabbas unto them, and delivered Jesus, when he had scourged him, to be crucified.—Mark xv, 15. Then Pilate therefore took Jesus, and scourged him.—/ohn xzx, I. AAA I'll ] i HI yee va WG x A. eile Rae? + i've 'WS Nie wth 6 OU A ry nthe GRU CTR ON: And when they were come unto a place called Golgotha, that is to say, a place of a skull, they gave him vinegar to drink mingled with gall: and when he had tasted thereof, he would not drink. And they crucified him, and parted his garments, casting lots: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophet. They parted my garments among them, and upon my vesture did they cast lots. And sitting down they watched him there; and set up over his head his accusation written, THIS IS JESUS THE KING OF THE JEWS. Then were there two thieves crucified with him, one on the right hand, and another on the left. And they that passed by reviled him, wagging their heads, and saying, Thou that destroyest the temple, and buildest it in three days, save thyself. If thou be the Son of God, come down from the cross. Likewise also the chief priests mocking him, with the scribes and elders, said. He saved others: himself he cannot save. If he be the King of Israel, let him now come down from the cross, and we will believe him. He trusted in God; let him deliver him now, if he will have him: for he said, I am the Son of God. The thieves also, which were crucified with him, cast the same in his teeth.—J/atthew XKUIL, 33–44. "Ju y ate Py) eee a at vi ee aa Mee, Ory Dele - /ch//CLOSE OF THE CRUCIFIXION Now from the sixth hour there was darkness over all the land unto the ninth hour. And about the ninth hour Jesus cried with a loud voice, saying, Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani? that is to say, My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me? Some of them that stood there, when they heard that, said, This man calleth for Elias. And straightway one of them ran, and took a spunge, and filled it with vinegar, and put it on a reed, and gave him to drink. The rest said, Let be, let us see whether Elias will come to save him. Jesus, when he had cried again with a loud voice, yielded up the ghost. And, behold, the veil of the temple was rent in twain from the top to the bottom; and the earth did quake, and the rocks rent; and the graves were opened; and many bodies of the saints which slept arose, and came out of the graves after his resurrection, and went into the holy city, and appeared unto many. Now when the centurion, and they that were with him, watching Jesus, saw the earthquake, and those things that were done, they feared greatly, saying, Truly this was the Son of God. And many women were there beholding afar off, which followed Jesus from Galilee, ministering unto him: among which was Mary Magdalene, and Mary the mother of James and Joses, and the mother of Zebedee's children,—Matthew xxvtt, 45–50. - wae j '> ne ) bj THREBURIALY® Pei Oe: When the even was come, there came a rich man of Arimathea, named Joseph, who also himself was Jesus' disciple: he went to Pilate, and begged the body of Jesus. Then Pilate commanded the body to be delivered. And when Joseph had taken the body, he wrapped it in a clean linen cloth, and laid it in his own new tomb, which he had hewn out in the rock: and he rolled a great stone to the door of the sepulchre, and departed. And there was Mary Magdalene, and the other Mary, sitting over against the sepulchre.—Matthew xxvit, 57–61. THE ANGEL A. THE SEEULCHERE: In the end of the sabbath, as it began to dawn toward the first day of the week, came Mary Magdalene and the other Mary to see the sepulchre. And, behold, there was a great earthquake: for the angel of the Lord descended from heaven, and came and rolled back the stone from the door, and sat upon it. His countenance was like lightning, and his raiment white as snow: and for fear of him the keepers did shake, and became as dead men. And the angel answered and said unto the women, Fear not ye: for I know that ye seek Jesus, which was crucified. He is not here: for he is risen, as he said. Come, see the place where the Lord lay. And go quickly, and tell his disciples that he is risen from the dead; and, behold, he goeth before you into Galilee; there shall ye see him: lo, I have told you. And they departed quickly from the sepulchre with fear and great joy; and did run to bring his disciples word.—Matthew xxvii2, 1–8. /b2//b2/ HE PISAN THEJOURNEY TO—EMMAUCS: And, behold, two of them went that same day to a village called Emmaus which was from Jerusalem about threescore furlongs. And they talked together of all these things which had happened. And it came to pass that, while they communed together and reasoned, Jesus himself drew near and went with them. But their eyes were holden that they should not know him. And he said unto them. What manner of communications are these that ye have one to another, as ye walk, and are sad? And the one of them, whose name was Cleopas, answering said unto him, Art thou only a stranger in Jerusalem, and hast not known the things which are come to pass there in these days? And he said unto them. What things? And they said unto him, Concerning Jesus of Nazareth, which was a prophet mighty in deed and word before God and all the people: And how the chief priests and our rulers delivered him to be condemned to death, and have crucified him. But we trusted that it had been he which should have redeemed Israel: and beside all this, to-day is the third day since these things were done. Yea, and certain women also of our company made us astonished, which were early at the sepulchre; and when they found not his body, they came, saying, that they had also seen a vision of angels, which said that he was alive. And certain of them which were with us went to the sepulchre, and found it even so as the women had said: but him they saw not. Then he said unto them, O fools, and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken: ought not Christ to have suffered these things, and to enter into his glory? And beginning at Moses and all the prophets, he expounded unto them in all the scriptures the things concerning himself. And they drew nigh unto the village, whither they went: and he made as though he would have gone further. But they constrained him, saying, Abide with us: for it is toward evening, and the day is far spent. And he went in to tarry with them. And it came to pass, as he sat at meat with them, he took bread, and blessed it, and brake, and gave to them. And their eyes were opened, and they knew him; and he vanished out of their sight. And they said one to another, Did not our heart burn within us, while he talked with us by the way, and while he opened to us the scriptures? And they rose up the same hour, and returned to Jerusalem, and found the eleven gathered together, and them that were with them, saying. The Lord is risen indeed, and hath appeared to Simon. And they told what things were done in the way, and how he was known of them in breaking of bread.—Luke xxiv, 17–75. THE ASCENSION: Now upon the first day of the week, very early in the morning, they came unto the sepulchre, bringing the spices which they had prepared, and certain others with them. And they found the stone rolled away from the sepulchre. '. = And they remembered his words. And returned from the sepulchre, and told all these things unto the eleven, and to all the rest ng M3 a And, behold, two of them went that same day to a village called Emmaus, which was from Jerusalem about threescore furlongs. And they talked together of all these things which had happened. '* And they rose up the same hour, and returned to Jerusalem, and found the eleven gathered together, and them that were with them, saying. The Lord is risen indeed, and hath appeared to Simon. And they told what things were done in the way, and how he was known of them in breaking of bread. And as they thus spake, Jesus himself stood in the midst of them, and saith unto them, Peace be unto you. ". And, behold, I send the promise of my Father upon you: but tarry ye in the city of Jerusalem, until ye be endued with power from on high. And he led them out as far as to Bethany, and he lifted up his hands, and—blessed them. And it came to pass, while he blessed them, he was parted from them, and carried up into heaven. And they worshiped him, and returned to Jerusalem with great joy.—Luke xxiv, 1–2, 8–9, 13–14, 33–36, 49–52. The former treatise have I made, O Theophilus, of all that Jesus began both to do and teach, until the day in which he was taken up, after that he through the Holy Ghost had given commandments unto the apostles whom he had chosen: to whom also he shewed himself alive after his passion by many infallible proofs, being seen of them forty days, and speaking of the things pertaining to the kingdom of God: and, being assembled together with them, commanded them that they should not depart from Jerusalem, but wait for the promise of the Father, which, saith he, ye have heard of me. For John truly baptized with water; but ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost not'many days hence. When they therefore were come together, they asked of him, saying, Lord, wilt thou at this time restore again the kingdom of Israel? And he said unto them. It is not for you to know the times or the seasons, which the Father hath put in his own power. But ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto me both in Jerusalem, and all Judzea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth. And when he had spoken these things, while they beheld, he was taken up: and a cloud received him out of their sight. And while they looked steadfastly toward heaven as he went up, behold, two men stood by them in white apparel.—A cts 2, 7–70. ™f-b< , ra Oe a aa io Cae + rm 4 y A. Lars 'ire y ."ll f iat atk My re leh: o y x ra ~4 a ike ed' 'j ta i} =, ¢".o 7 Py Ay od a; . s. Te = ik ba ad { ive;:; + srw ml f 4 "hits" y: 4s 'Ao 'agi ek ': '; eos A. 4 Ly 5; ge .% "Agr 'he (a. Ke; THE-MARTYRDOMPOR Siw over Ne And Stephen, full of faith and power, did great wonders and miracles among the people. Then there arose certain of the synagogue, which is called the synagogue of the Libertines, and Cyrenians, and Alexandrians, and of them of Cilicia and of Asia, disputing with Stephen. And they were not able to resist the wisdom and the spirit by which he spake. Then they suborned men, which said, We have heard him speak blasphemous words against Moses and against God. And they stirred up the people, and the elders, and the scribes, and came upon him, and caught him, and brought him to the council. And set up false witnesses, which said, This man ceaseth not to speak blasphemous words against this holy place, and the law: for we have heard him say, that this Jesus of Nazareth shall destroy this place, and shall change the customs which Moses delivered us. And all that sat in the council, looking steadfastly on him, saw his face as it had been the face of an angel. Then said the high priest. Are these things so? And he said, Men, brethren, and fathers, hearken: [Stephen here makes his defense, concluding with a terrible denunciation of the Jews as being stiffnecked and persecutors of their prophets, and as betrayers and murderers of their latest one, Jesus Christ. When they heard these things, they were cut to the heart, and they gnashed on him with their teeth. But he, being full of the Holy Ghost, looked up steadfastly into heaven, and saw the glory of God, and Jesus standing on the right hand of God, and said, Behold, I see the heavens opened, and the Son of man standing on the right hand of God. Then they cried out with a loud voice, and stopped their ears, and ran upon him with one accord, and cast him out of the city, and stoned him: and the witnesses laid down their clothes at a young man's feet, whose name was Saul. And they stoned Stephen, calling upon God, and saying, Lord Jesus, receive my spirit. And he kneeled down, and cried with a loud voice, Lord, lay not this sin to their charge. And when he had said this, he fell asleep. And Saul was consenting unto his death. Acts vz, 8–15; vit, 1–2, 54–56; v2z2, 1. XG Wr?] Uy Wy SG SW SG aye ae SAULIS' CONVERSION; And Saul, yet breathing out threatenings and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord, went unto the high priest, and desired of him letters to Damascus to the synagogues, that if he found any of this way, whether they were men or women, he might bring them bound unto Jerusalem. And as he journeyed, he came near Damascus: and suddenly there shined round about him a light from heaven: and he fell to the earth, and heard a voice saying unto him, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me? And he said, who art thou, Lord? And the Lord said, I am Jesus whom thou persecutest: it is hard for thee to kick against the pricks. And he trembling and astonished said, Lord, what wilt thou have me to do? And the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go into the city, and it shall be told thee what thou must do. And the men which journeyed with him stood speechless, hearing a voice, but seeing no man. And Saul arose from the earth; and when his eyes were opened, he saw no man: but they led him by the hand, and brought him into Damascus. And he was three days without sight, and neither did eat nor drink. And there was a certain disciple at Damascus, named Ananias; and to him said the Lord in a vision, Ananias. And he said, Behold, I am here, Lord. And the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go into the street which is called Straight, and enquire in the house of Judas for one called Saul, of Tarsus: for, behold, he prayeth, and hath seen in a vision a man named Ananias coming in, and putting his hand on him, that he might receive his sight. Then Ananias answered, Lord, I have heard by many of this man, how much evil he hath done to thy saints at Jerusalem: and here he hath authority from the chief priests to bind all that call on thy name. But the Lord said unto him, Go thy way: for he is a chosen vessel unto me, to bear my name before the Gentiles, and kings, and the children of Israel: for I will shew him how great things he must suffer for my name's sake. And Ananias went his way, and entered into the house; and putting his hands on him said, Brother Saul, the Lord, even Jesus, that appeared unto thee in the way as thou camest, hath sent me, that thou mightest receive thy sight, and be filled with the Holy Ghost. And immediately there fell from his eyes as it had been scales: and he received sight forthwith, and arose and was baptized. And when he had received meat, he was strengthened. Then was Saul certain days with the disciples which were at Damascus. And Straightway he preached Christ in the synagogues, that he is the Son of God.—Acts 2x, 1–20, ff, if Se SS THEDELIVERANCE Piss atte ans Now about that time Herod the king stretched forth his hands to vex certain of the church. And he killed James the brother of John with the sword. And because he saw it pleased the Jews, he proceeded further to take Peter also. (Then were the days of unleavened bread.) And when he had apprehended him, he put him in prison, and delivered him to four quarternions of soldiers to keep him; intending after Easter to bring him forth to the people. Peter therefore was kept in prison: but prayer was made without ceasing of the church unto God for him. And when Herod would have brought him forth, the same night Peter was sleeping between two soldiers, bound with two chains: and the keepers before the door kept the prison. And, behold, the angel of the Lord came upon him, and a light shined in the prison: and he smote Peter on the side, and raised him up, saying, Arise up quickly. And his chains fell off from his hands. And the angel said unto him, Gird thyself, and bind on thy sandals: And so he did. And he saith unto him, Cast thy garment about thee, and follow me. And he went out, and followed him; and wist not that it was true which was done by the angel; but thought he saw a vision. When they were past the first and the second ward, they came unto the iron gate that leadeth unto the city; which opened to them of his own accord: and they went out and passed on through one street; and forthwith the angel departed from him. And when Peter was come to himself," he said, Now I know of a surety, that the Lord hath sent his angel, and hath delivered me out of the hand of Herod, and from all the expec tation of the people of the Jews.—Aees x72, I-11. AY PLS AN - /ch//PAUL AT EPHESUS And it came to pass, that, while Apollos was at Corinth, Paul having passed through the upper coasts came to Ephesus; and finding certain disciples," he said unto them, Have ye received the Holy Ghost since ye believed? And they said unto him, We have not so muchas heard whether there be any Holy Ghost. And he said unto them, Unto what then were ye baptized? And they said, Unto John's baptism. Then said Paul, John verily baptized with the baptism of repentance, saying unto the people, that they should believe on him which should come after him, that is, on Christ Jesus. When they heard this, they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus. And when Paul had laid his hands upon them, the Holy Ghost came on them; and they spake with tongues, and prophesied. And all the men were about twelve. And he went into the synagogue, and spake boldly for the space of three months, disputing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God. But when divers were hardened, and believed not, but spake evil of that way before the multitude, he departed from them, and separated the disciples, disputing daily in the school of one Tyrannus. And this continued by the space of two years; so that all they which dwelk in Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus, both Jews and Greeks. And God wrought special miracles by the hands of Paul: so that from his body were brought unto the sick handkerchiefs or aprons, and the diseases departed from them, a id the evil spirits went out of them. Then certain of the vagabond Jews, exorcists, took upon them to call over them which had evil spirits the name of the Lord Jesus, saying, We adjure you by Jesus whom Paul preacheth. And there were seven sons of one Sceva, a Jew, and chief of the priests, which did so. And the evil spirit answered and said, Jesus I know, and Paul I know; but who are ye? And the man in whom the evil spirit was leaped on them, and overcame them, and prevailed against them, so that they fled out of that house naked and wounded. And this was known to all the Jews and Greeks also dwelling at Ephesus; and fear fell on them all, and the name of the Lord Jesus was magnified. And many that believed came, and confessed, and shewed their deeds. Many of them also which used curious arts brought their books together, and burned them before all men: and they counted the price of them, and found it fifty thousand pieces of silver. So mightily grew the word of God and prevailed.—A ets "7x, 1–20. PAUL MENACED=BY Tit ws. Do therefore this that we say to thee: We have four men which have a vow on them; them take, and purify thyself with them, and be at charges with them, that they may shave their heads: and all may know that those things, where of they were informed concerning thee, are nothing; but that thou thyself also walkest orderly, and keepest the law. = ig + Then Paul took the men, and the next day purifying himself with them entered into the temple, to signify the accomplishment of the days of purification, until that an offering should be offered for every one of them. And when the seven days were almost ended, the Jews which were of Asia, when they saw him in the temple, stirred up all the people, and laid hands on him, crying out, Men of Israel, help: this is the man, that teacheth all men every where against the people, and the law, and this place: and further brought Greeks also into the temple, and hath polluted this holy place. (For they had seen before with him in the city Trophimus an mee whom they supposed that Paul had brought into the temple.) And all the city was moved, and the people ran together: and fe took Paul, and drew him out of the temple: and forthwith the doors were shut. And as they went about to kill him, tidings came unto the chief captain of the band, that all Jerusalem was in an uproar: who immediately took soldiers and centurions, and ran down unto them: and when they saw the chief captain and the soldiers, they left beating of Paul. Then the chief captain came near, and took him, and commanded him to be bound with two chains; and demanded who he was, and what he had done. And some cried one thing, some another, among the multitude: and when he could not know the certainty for the tumult, he commanded him to be carried into the castle. And when he came upon the stairs, so it was, that he was borne of the soldiers for the violence of the people. For the multitude of the people followed after, crying, Away with him. And as Paul was to be led into the castle," he said unto the chief captain, May I speak unto thee? Who said, Canst thou speak Greek? Art not thou that Egyptian, which before these days madest an uproar, and leddest out into the wilderness four thousand men that were murderers? But Paul said, 1 am a man which am a Jew of Tarsus, a city in Cilicia, a citizen of no mean city: and, I beseech thee, suffer me to speak unto the people. And when he had given him license, Paul stood on the stairs, and beckoned with the hand unto the people. And when there was made a great silence, he spake unto them in the Hebrew tongue.—A cts xx2, 23–40, ba) PAUL'S SHIPWRECK. And while the day was coming on, Paul besought them all to take meat, saying, This day is the fourteenth day that ye have tarried and continued fasting, having taken nothing. Wherefore I pray you to take some meat; for this is for your health: for there shall not a hair fall from the head of any of you. And when he had thus spoken, he took bread, and gave thanks to God in presence of them all: and when he had broken it, he began to eat. Then were they all of good cheer, and they also took some meat. And we were in all in the ship two hundred threescore and sixteen souls. And when they had eaten enough, they lightened the ship, and cast out the wheat into the sea. And when it was day, they knew not the land: but they discovered a certain creek with a shore, into the which they were minded, if it were possible, to thrust in the ship. And when they had taken up the anchors, they committed themselves unto the sea, and loosed the rudder bands, and hoised up the mainsail to the wind, and made toward shore. And falling into a place where two seas met, they ran the ship aground; and the forepart stuck fast, and remained unmovable, but the hinder part was broken with the violence of the waves. And the soldiers' counsel was to kill the prisoners, lest any of them should swim out, and escape. But the centurion, willing to save Paul, kept them from their purpose; and commanded that they which could swim should cast themselves first into the sea, and get to land: and the rest, some on boards, and some on broken pieces of the ship. And so it came to pass, that they escaped all safe to land. And when they were escaped, then they knew that the island was called Melita. And the barbarous people shewed us no little kindness: for they kindled a fire, and received us every one, because of the present rain, and because of the cold.—Acts XLVI, 33–44, XXII, I-2. - DEA LEON "THE. PAGE HORSE. And when he had opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the fourth beast say, Come and see. And I looked, and behold a pale horse: and his name that sat on him was Death, and Hell followed with him. And power was given unto them over the fourth part of the earth, to kill with sword, and with hunger, and with death, and with the beasts of the earth.—[[Revelation (Bible)|Revelation]] vt, 7–8, ry ah, aera —cov g269q6cfh92vynnybrygshbjbnlsdue 14128118 14127950 2024-04-25T16:02:19Z SnowyCinema 2484340 wikitext text/x-wiki /conf// progress=hathi_files_downloaded f= y=1886 loc= pub= au=anon ill=Paul Gustave Doré ty= gen= ia=dorbiblegallery0000dorg htt=uva.x000528519 dl=ia beg=sc ch=rom //conf/ /chform// <nowiki> {{ph|class=chapter num|/cpre/ /cnum/}} {{ph|class=chapter title|/cnam/|level=2}} </nowiki> //chform/ /tocform// <nowiki> {{TOC row 1-1-1|/cnum/|/cnam/|/pnum/}} </nowiki> //tocform/ -cov /img/ {{ph|class=chapter|Preface.}} {{sc|This}} volume, as its title indicates, is a collection of engravings illustrative of the Bible—the designs being all from the pencil of the greatest of modern delineators, Gustave Doré. The original work, from which this collection has been made, met with an immediate and warm recognition and acceptance among those whose means admitted of its purchase, and its popularity has in no wise diminished since its first publication, but has even extended to those who could only enjoy it casually or in fragmentary parts. That work, however, in its entirety, was far too costly for the larger and ever-widening circle of M. Doré's admirers, and to meet the felt and often expressed want of this class, and to provide a volume of choice and valuable designs upon sacred subjects for art-loving Biblical students generally, this work was projected and has been carried forward. The aim has been to introduce subjects of general interest—that is, those relating to the most prominent events and personages of Scripture—those most familiar to all readers; the plates being chosen with special reference to the known taste of the American people. To each cut is prefixed a page of letter-press, in narrative form, and containing generally a brief analysis of the design. Aside from the labors of the editor and publishers, the work, while in progress, was under the painstaking and careful scrutiny of artists and scholars not directly interested in the undertaking, but still having a generous solicitude for its success. It is hoped, therefore, that its general plan and execution will render it acceptable both to the appreciative and friendly patrons of the great artist, and to those who would wish to possess such a work solely as a choice collection of illustrations upon sacred themes. - {{ph|class=chapter|Gustave Doré.}} {{sc|The}} subject of this sketch is, perhaps, the most original and variously gifted designer the world has ever known. At an age when most men have scarcely passed their novitiate in art, and are still under the direction and discipline of their masters and the schools, he had won a brilliant reputation, and readers and scholars everywhere were gazing on his work with ever-increasing wonder and delight at his fine fancy and multifarious gifts. He has raised illustrative art to a dignity and importance before unknown, and has developed capacities for the pencil before unsuspected. He has laid all subjects tribute to his genius, explored and embellished fields hitherto lying waste, and opened new and shining paths and vistas where none before had trod. To the works of the great he has added the lustre of his genius, bringing their beauties into clearer view and warming them to fuller life. His delineations of character, in the different phases of life, from the horrible to the grotesque, the grand to the comic, attest the versatility of his powers; and, whatever faults may be found by critics, the public will heartily render their quota of admiration to his magic touch, his rich and facile rendering of almost every thought that stirs, or lies yet dormant, in the human heart. It is useless to attempt a sketch of his various beauties; those who would know them best must seek them in the treasure-house that his genius is constantly augmenting with fresh gems of wealth. To one, however, of his most prominent traits we will refer—his wonderful rendering of the powers of Nature. His early wanderings in the wild and romantic passes of the Vosges doubtless developed this inherent tendency of his mind. There he wandered, and there, mayhap, imbibed that deep delight of wood and valley, mountain-pass and rich ravine, whose variety of form and detail seems endless to the enchanted eye. He has caught the very spell of the wilderness; she has laid her hand upon him and he has gone forth with her blessing. So bold and truthful and minute are his countless representations of forest scenery; so delicate the tracery of branch and stem; so patriarchal the giant boles of his woodland monarch, that the gazer is at once satisfied and entranced. His vistas lie slumbering with repose either in shadowy glade or fell ravine, either with glint of lake or the glad, long course of some rejoicing stream: and above all, supreme in a beauty all its own, he spreads a canopy of peerless sky, or a wilderness, perhaps, of angry storm, or peaceful stretches of soft, fleecy cloud, or heavens serene and fair—another kingdom to his teeming art after the earth has rendered all her gifts. Paul Gustave Doré was born in the city of Strasburg, January 10, 1833. Of his boyhood we have no very particular account. At eleven years of age, however, he essayed his first artistic creation—a set of lithographs, published in his native city. The following year found him in Paris, entered as a - student at the Charlemagne Lyceum. His first actual work began in 1848, when his fine series of sketches, the "[[Labors of Hercules (Doré)|Labors of Hercules]]," was given to the public, through the medium of an illustrated journal with which he was for a long time connected as designer. In 1856 were published the illustrations for Balzac's "Contes Drolatiques" and those for "[[The Wandering Jew]]"—the first humorous and grotesque in the highest degree—indeed, showing a perfect abandonment to fancy; the other weird and supernatural, with fierce battles, shipwrecks, turbulent mobs, and nature in her most forbidding and terrible aspects. Every incident or suggestion that could possibly make the story more effective or add to the horror of the scenes was seized upon and portrayed with wonderful power. These at once gave the young designer a great reputation, which was still more enhanced by his subsequent works. With all his love for nature and his power for interpreting her in her varying moods, Doré was a dreamer, and many of his finest achievements were in the realm of the imagination. But he was at home in the actual world also, as witness his designs for "Atala," "[[London—a Pilgrimage]]," and many of the scenes of "[[Don Quixote]]." When account is taken of the variety of his designs and the fact considered that in almost every task he attempted none had ventured before him, the amount of work he accomplished is fairly incredible. To enumerate the immense tasks he undertook—some single volumes alone containing hundreds of illustrations—will give some faint idea of his industry. Besides those already mentioned are Montaigne, Dante, the Bible, Milton, Rabelais, Tennyson's "[[Idylls of the King|{{SIC|Idyls|Idylls}} of the King]]," "[[The Ancient Mariner]]," Shakespeare, "Legende de Croquemitaine," "[[La Fontaine's Fables]]," and others still. Take one of these works—the Dante, La Fontaine, or "Don Quixote"—and glance at the pictures. The mere hand labor involved in their production is surprising; but when the quality of the work is properly estimated, what he accomplished seems prodigious. No particular mention need be made of him as a painter or a sculptor, for his reputation rests solely upon his work as an illustrator. Doré's nature was exhuberant and buoyant, and he was youthful in appearance. He had a passion for music, and possessed rare skill as a violinist, and it is assumed that, had he failed to succeed with his pencil, he could have won a brilliant reputation as a musician. He was a bachelor, and lived a quiet, retired life with his mother—married, as he expressed it, to her and his art. His death occurred on January 23, 1883. - /toc/ — - <FILL> — - <FILL> — - <FILL> —t2 -1 /ch//THE CREATION "And the Lord God said, it is not good that the man should be alone; I will make him a helpmeet for him.;: And the Lord God caused a deep sleep to fall on Adam, and he slept, and he took one of his ribs, and closed up the flesh instead thereof; and the rib which the Lord God had taken from man, made he a woman, and brought her unto the man. And Adam said, This is now bone of my bone and flesh of my flesh: she shall be called Woman, because she was taken out of man. Therefore shall a man leave his father and mother, and shall cleave unto his wife, and they shall be one flesh."—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] ii, 18, 21–24.'' In these few words the Scriptures narrate the creation of the first mother of our race. In "Paradise Lost," the poetic genius of Milton, going more into detail, describes how Eve awoke to consciousness, and found herself reposing under a shade of flowers, much wondering what she was and whence she came. Wandering by the margin of a small lake, she sees her own form mirrored in the clear waters, at which she wonders more. But a voice is heard, leading her to him for whom she was made, who lies sleeping under a grateful shade. It is at this point the artist comes to interpret the poet's dream. Amid the varied and luxurious foliage of Eden, in the vague light of the early dawn, Eve is presented, coy and graceful, gazing on her sleeping Lord, while in the background is faintly outlined the mystic form of Him in whose image they were created, oa ay' r= - /ch//THE EXPULSION FROM THE GARDEN And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil; and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live forever: Therefore, the Lord God sent him forth from the garden of Eden, to till the ground from whence he was taken. So he drove out the man; and he placed at the east of the garden of Eden cherubims, and a flaming sword which turned every way, to keep the way of the tree of life.—Genesis 212, 22–24.' They, looking back, all the eastern side beheld Of Paradise, so late their happy seat, Waved over by that flaming brand; the gate, With dreadful forces thronged, and fiery arms: Some natural tears they dropped, but wiped them soon; The world was all before them, where to choose. Their place of rest, and Providence their guide; They, hand in hand, with wandering steps and slow, Through Eden took their solitary way. Paradise Lost, Book XTI. THE MURDER OF ABET And Adam knew Eve his wife; and she conceived, and bare Cain, and said, I have gotten a man from the Lord. And she again bare his brother Abel. And Abel was a keeper of sheep, but Cain was a tiller of the ground. And in process of time it came to pass, that Cain brought of the fruit of the ground an offering unto the Lord. And Abel, he also brought of the firstlings of his flock and of the fat thereof. And the Lord had respect unto Abel and to his offering: But unto Cain and to his offering he had not respect. And Cain was very wroth, and his countenance fell. And the Lord said unto Cain. Why art thou wroth? and why is thy, countenance fallen? If thou doest well, shalt thou not be accepted? and if thou doest not well, sin lieth at the door, and unto thee shall be his desire, and thou shalt rule over him. And Cain talked with Abel his brother: and it came to pass, when they were in the field, that Cain rose up against Abel his brother, and slew him. And the Lord said unto Cain, Where is Abel thy brother? And he said, I know not: Am I my brother's keeper? And he said. What hast thou done? the voice of thy brother's blood crieth unto me from the ground. And now art thou cursed from the earth, which hath opened her mouth to receive thy brother's blood from thy hand; When thou tillest the ground, it shall not henceforth yield unto thee her strength; a fugitive and a vagabond shalt thou be in the earth. And Cain said unto the Lord, My punishment is gveater than I can bear. Behold, thou hast driven me out this day from the face of the earth; and from thy face shall I be hid; and I shall be a fugitive and a vagabond in the earth; and it shall come to pass, that every one that findeth me shall slay me. And the Lord said unto him. Therefore whosoever slayeth Cain, vengeance shall be taken on him sevenfold. And the Lord set a mark upon Cain, lest any finding him should kill him. And Cain went out from the presence of the Lord, and dwelt in the land of Nod, on the east of Eden.—Genesis tv, 1–16 Wind very A. si an iy Phe DY a) THEADETEGE: In the six hundredth year of Noah's life, in the second month, the seventeenth day of the month, the same day were all the fountains of the great deep broken up, and the windows of heaven were opened. And the rain was upon the earth forty days and forty nights. In the self-same day entered Noah, and Shem, and Ham, and Japheth, the sons of Noah, and Noah's wife, and the three wives of his sons with them, into the ark; they, and every beast after his kind, and all the cattle after their kind, and every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth after his kind, and every fowl after his kind, every bird of every sort. And they went in unto Noah into the ark, two and—two of all flesh, wherein is the breath of life. And they that went in, went in male and female of all flesh, as God had commanded him: and the Lord shut him in. And the flood was forty days upon the earth; and the waters increased, and bare up the ark, and it was lift up above the earth. And the waters prevailed, and were increased, greatly upon the earth; and the ark went upon the face of the waters. And the waters prevailed exceedingly upon the earth; and all the high hills, that were under the whole heaven, were covered. Fifteen cubits upward did the waters prevail; and the mountains were covered. And all flesh died that moved upon the earth, both of fowl, and of cattle, and of beast, and of every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth, and every man; all in whose nostrils was the breath of life, of all that was in the dry land, died. And every living substance was destroyed which was upon the face of the ground, both man and cattle, and the creeping things, and the fowl of the heaven; and they were destroyed from the earth; and Noah only remained alive, and they that were with him in the ark. And the waters prevailed upon the earth an hundred and fifty days.—Genesis viz, rr 24. - /ch//NOAH CURSING HAM And the sons of Noah, that went forth of the ark, were Shem, and Ham, and Japheth; and Ham is the father of Canaan. These ave the three sons of Noah: and of them was the whole earth overspread. And Noah began to'be an husbandman, and he planted a vineyard: And he drank of the wine, and was drunken; and he was uncovered within his tent. And Ham, the father of Canaan, saw the nakedness of his father, and told his two brethren without. And Shem and Japheth took a garment, and laid it upon both their shoulders, and went backward, and covered the nakedness of their father; and their faces were backward, and they saw not their father's nakedness. And Noah awoke from his wine, and knew what his younger son had done unto him. And he said, Cursed be Canaan; a servant of servants shall he be unto his brethren. And he said, Blessed be the Lord God of Shem; and Canaan shall be his servant. God shall enlarge Japheth, and he shall dwell in the tents of Shem; and Canaan shall be his servant.—Genesis 1x, 18–27. - - /ch//THE TOWER OF BABEL And the whole earth was of one language, and of one speech. And it came to pass as they journeyed from the east, that they found a plain in the land of Shinar; and they dwelt there. And they said one to another, Go to, let us make brick, and burn them thoroughly. And they had brick for stone, and slime had they for mortar. And they said, Go to, let us build us a city and a tower, whose top may reach unto heaven; and let us make us a name, lest we be scattered abroad upon the face of the whole earth. And the Lord came down to see the city and the tower which the children of men builded. And the Lord said, Behold, the people is one, and they have all one language; and this they begin to do: and now nothing will be restrained from them, which they have imagined to do. Go to, let us go down, and there confound their language, that they may not understand one another's speech. So the Lord scattered them abroad from thence upon the face of all the earth: and they left off to build the city. Therefore is the name of it called Babel; because the Lord did there confound the language of all the earth: and from thence did the Lord scatter them abroad upon the face of all the earth.—Genesis x2, I-9, aN in y iva vi th ey eo, fe) - - /ch//ABRAHAM ENTERTAINS THREE STRANGERS In the self-same day was Abraham circumcised, and Ishmael his son. And all the men of his house, born in the house, and bought with money of the stranger, were circumcised with him. And the Lord appeared unto him in the plains of Mamre: and he sat in the tent door in the heat of the day; and he lift up his eyes and looked, and, lo, three men stood by him: and when he saw them, he ran to meet them from the tent door, and bowed himself toward the ground, and said, My Lord, if now I have found favour in thy sight, pass not away, I pray thee, from thy servant: let a little water,pray you, be fetched, and wash your feet, and rest yourselves under the tree: And I will fetch a morsel of bread, and comfort ye your hearts; after that ye shall pass on: for therefore are ye come to your servant. And they said, So do, as thou hast said. And Abraham hastened into the tent unto Sarah, and said, Make ready quickly three measures of fine meal, knead it, and make cakes upon the hearth. And Abraham ran unto the herd, and fetched a calf tender and good, and gave it unto a young man; and he hasted to dress it. And he took butter, and milk, and the calf which he had dressed, and set it before them; and he stood by them under the tree, and they did eat.—Genesis xviz, 26, 27, XV112, I-S. Be not forgetful to entertain strangers: for thereby some have entertained angels unawares. —Hebrews xitt, 2. = ae un an THE DESTRUCTION OF SODOM, and when the morning arose, then the angels hastened Lot, saying, Arise, take thy wife, and thy two daughters, which are here; lest thou be consumed in the iniquity of the city. And while he lingered, the men laid hold upon his hand, and upon the hand of his wife, and upon the hand of his two daughters; the Lord being merciful unto him: and they brought him forth, and set him without the city. And it came to pass, when they had brought them forth abroad, that he said, Escape for thy life; look not behind thee, neither stay thou in all the plain; escape to the mountain, lest thou be consumed. And Lot said unto them, Oh, not so, my Lord. Behold now, thy servant hath found grace in thy sight, and thou hast magnified thy mercy, which thou hast shewed unto me in saving my life; and I cannot escape to the mountain, lest some evil take me and I die. Behold now this city is near to flee unto, and it is a little one: Oh, let me escape thither (is it not a little one?) and my soul shall live. And he said unto him, See, I have accepted thee concerning this thing also, that I will not overthrow this city, for the which thou hast spoken. Haste thee, escape thither; for I cannot do anything till thou be come thither. Therefore the name of the city was called Zoar. The sun was risen upon the earth when Lot entered unto Zoar. Then the Lord rained upon Sodom and upon Gomorrah brimstone and fire from the Lord out of heaven; and he overthrew those cities, and all the plain, and all the inhabitants of the cities, and that which grew upon the ground. But his wife looked back from behind him, and she became a pillar of salt. And Abraham gat up early in the morning to the place where he stood before the Lord: and he looked toward Sodom and Gomorrah, and toward all the land of the plain, and beheld, and lo, the smoke of the country went up as the smoke of a furnace.—Genesis xix, 15–28. B fy THE—EXPULsiON-OF TIAGAR. And the Lord visited Sarah as he had said, and the Lord did unto Sarah as he had spoken. For Sarah conceived, and bare Abraham a son in his old age, at the set time of which God had spoken to him. And Abraham called the name of his son that was born unto him, whom Sarah bare to him, Isaac. And Abraham circumcised his son Isaac, being eight days old, as God had commanded him. And Abraham was an hundred years old, when his son Isaac was born unto him. And Sarah said, God hath made me to laugh, so that all that hear will laugh with me. And she said, who would have said unto Abraham, that Sarah should have given children suck? for I have born him a son in his old age. And the child grew, and was weaned: and Abraham made a great feast the same day that Isaac was weaned. And Sarah saw the son of Hagar, the Egyptian, which she had born unto Abraham, mocking. Wherefore she said unto Abraham, Cast out this bondwoman and her son: for the son of this bondwoman shall not be heir with my son, even with Isaac. And the thing was very grievous in Abraham's sight because of his son. And God said unto Abraham, Let it not be grievous in thy sight because of the lad, and because of thy bondwoman; in all that Sarah hath said unto thee, hearken unto her voice; for in Isaac shall thy seed be called. And also of the son of the bondwoman will I make a nation, because he is thy seed. And Abraham rose up early in the morning, and took bread, and a bottle of water, and gave it unto Hagar, putting it on her shoulder, and the child, and sent her away: and she departed, and wandered in the wilderness of Beer-sheba.—Genesis xx?, 7–14. NRK WN S - /ch//HAGAR IN THE WILDERNESS And Abraham rose up early in the morning, and took bread, and a bottle of water, and gave it unto Hagar, putting it on her shoulder, and the child, and sent her away; and she departed, and wandered in the wilderness of Beer-sheba. And the water was spent in the bottle, and: she cast the child under one of the shrubs. And she went and sat her down over against him a good way off, as it were a bow-shot: for she said, Let me not see the death of the child. And she sat over against him, and lifted up her voice and wept. And God heard the voice of the lad; and the angel of God called to Hagar out of heaven, and said unto her. What aileth thee, Hagar? fear not, for God hath heard the voice of the lad where he is. Arise, lift up the lad, and hold him in thine hand; for I will make him a great nation. And God opened her eyes, and she saw a well of water; and she went, and filled the bottle with water, and gave the lad drink. And God was with the lad; and he grew, and dwelt in the wilderness, and became an archer. And he dwelt in the wilderness of Paran: and his mother took him a wife out of the land of Egypt.—Genesis xxt. 14–21. - - /ch//THE TRIAL OF THE FAITH OF ABRAHAM And it came to pass after these things, that God did tempt Abraham, and said unto him, Abraham: and he said, Behold, here I am. And he said, Take now thy son, thine only son Isaac, whom thou lovest, and get thee into the land of Moriah; and offer him there for a burnt offering upon one of the mountains which I will tell thee of. And Abraham rose up early in the morning, and saddled his ass, and took two of his young men with him, and Isaac his son, and clave the wood for the burnt offering, and rose up and went unto the place of which God had told him. Then on the third day Abraham lifted up his eyes and saw the place afar off. And Abraham said unto his young men, Abide ye here with the ass; and I and the lad will go yonder and worship, and come again to you. And Abraham took the wood of the burnt offering and laid it upon Isaac his son; and he took the fire in his hand and a knife, and they went both of them together. And Isaac spake unto Abraham his father, and said, My father: and he said, Here am I, my son. And he said, Behold the fire and the wood: but where is the lamb for a burnt offering? And Abraham said, My son, God will provide himself a lamb for a burnt offering: so they went both of them together. And they came to the place which God had told him of; and Abraham built an altar there, and laid the wood in order, and bound Isaac his son, and laid him on the altar upon the wood. And Abraham stretched forth his hand and took the knife to slay his son. And the angel of the Lord called unto him out of heaven, and said, Abraham, Abraham: and he said, Here am I. And he said, Lay not thine hand upon the lad, neither do thou anything unto him: for now I know that thou fearest God, seeing thou hast not withheld thy son, thine only son, from me. And Abraham lifted up his eyes and looked, and behold behind him a ram caught in a thicket by his horns: and Abraham went and took the ram, and offered him up for a burnt offering in the stead of his son. And Abraham called the name of that place Jehovah-jireh: as it is to this day, In the mount of the Lord it shall be seen. And the angel of the Lord called unto Abraham out of heaven the second time, and said, By myself have I sworn, saith the Lord, for because thou hast done this thing, and hast not withheld thy son, thine only son, that in blessing I will bless thee, and in multiplying I will multiply thy seed as the stars of heaven, and as the sand which is upon the sea shore; and thy seed shall possess the gate of his enemies; and in thy seed shall all the nations of the earth be blessed, because thou hast obeyed my voice.—Genesis xx22. 1–18. - THE BURTAL{OFSSARALE And Sarah was an hundred and seven and twenty years old: these were the years of the life of Sarah. And Sarah died in Kirjath-arba; the same is Hebron in the land of Canaan: and Abraham came to mourn for Sarah, and to weep for her.;—And Abraham stood up from before his dead, and spake unto the sons of Heth, saying, I am a stranger and a sojourner with you: give me a possession of a buryingplace with you, that I may bury my dead out of my sight. And the children of Heth answered Abraham, saying unto him, Hear us, my lord: thou art a mighty prince among us: in the choice of our sepulchres bury thy dead; none of us shall withhold from thee his sepulchre, but that thou mayest bury thy dead. And Abraham stood up, and bowed himself to the people of the land, even to the children of Heth. And he communed with them, saying. If it be your mind that I should bury my dead out of my sight; hear me, and intreat for me to Ephron the son of Zohar, that he may give me the cave of Machpelah, which he hath, which is in the end of his field; for as much money as'it is worth he shall give it me for a possession of a buryingplace amongst you. And Ephron dwelt among the children of Heth: and Ephron the Hittite answered Abraham in the audience of the children of Heth, even of all that went in at the gate of his city, saying, Nay, my lord, hear me: the field give I thee, and the cave that is therein, I give it thee; in the presence of the sons of my people give I it thee: bury thy dead. And Abraham bowed down himself before the people of the land. And he spake unto Ephron in the audience of the people of the land, saying. But if thou wilt give it, I pray thee, hear me: I will give thee money for the field; take it of me, and I will bury my dead there. And Ephron answered Abraham, saying unto him, My lord, hearken unto me: the land is worth four hundred shekels of silver: what is that betwixt me and thee? bury therefore thy dead. And Abraham hearkened unto Ephron; and Abraham weighed to Ephron the silver, which he had named in the audience of the sons of Heth, four hundred shekels of silver, current money with the merchant. And the field of Ephron, which was in Machpelah, which was before Mamre, the field, and the cave which was therein, and all the trees that were in the field, that were in all the borders round about, were made sure unto Abraham for a possession in the presence of the children of Heth, before all that went in at the gate of his city. And after this, Abraham buried Sarah his wife in the cave of the field of Machpelah before Mamre; the same is Hebron in the land of Canaan. And the field, and the cave that is therein, were made sure unto Abraham for a possession of a buryingplace by the sons of Heth.—Genesis xxi2? - /ch//CECA H PISAN - /ch//ELIEZER AND REBEKAH And the servant put his hand under the thigh of Abraham his master, and sware to him concerning that matter. And the servant took ten camels of the camels of his master, and departed; for all the goods of his master were in his hand: and he arose and went to Mesopotamia, unto the city of Nahor. And he made his camels to kneel down, without the city by a well of water at the time of the evening, even the time that women go out to draw water. And he said, O Lord God of my master Abraham, I pray thee, send me good speed this day, and shew kindness unto my master Abraham. Behold, I stand here by the well of water; and the daughters of the men of the city come out to draw water: and let it come to pass, that the damsel to whom I shall say, Let down thy pitcher, I pray thee, that I may drink; and she shall say, Drink, and I will give thy camels drink also: let the same be she that thou hast appointed for thy servant Isaac; and thereby shall I know that thou hast shewed kindness unto my master. And it came to pass before he had done speaking, that, behold, Rebekah came out, who was born to Bethuel, son of Milcah, the wife of Nahor, Abraham's brother, with her pitcher upon her shoulder. And the damsel was very fair to look upon, a virgin, neither had any man known her: and she went down to the well, and filled her pitcher and came up. And the servant ran to meet her, and said, Let me, I pray thee, drink a little water of thy pitcher. And she said, Drink, my lord; and she hasted, and let down her pitcher upon her hand, and gave him drink. And when she had done giving him drink," she said, I will draw water for thy camels also, until they have done drinking. And she hasted and emptied her pitcher into the trough, and ran again unto the well to draw water, and drew for all his camels. And the man wondering at her held his peace, to wit whether the Lord had made his journey prosperous or not. And it came to pass, as the camels had done drinking, that the man took a golden earring of half a shekel weight, and two bracelets for her hands of ten shekels weight of gold: and said, whose daughter art thou? tell me, I pray thee; is there room in thy father's house for us to lodge in? And she said unto him, I am the daughter of Bethuel the son of Milcah, which she bare unto Nahor. She said moreover unto him, We have both straw and provender enough, and room to lodge in. And the man bowed down his head and worshiped the Lord. And he said, Blessed be the Lord God of my master Abraham, who hath not left destitute my master of his mercy and his truth: I being in the way, the Lord led me to the house of my master's brethren. And the damsel ran, and told them of her mother's house these things.—Genesis XXIV, 9–28. - - /ch//ISAAC BLESSING JACOB And it came to pass, that when Isaac was old, and his eyes were dim, so that he could not see, he called Esau, his eldest son, and said unto him, My son: and he said unto him, Behold, here am I. And he said, Behold now, I am old, I know not the day of my death: Now therefore take, I pray thee, thy weapons, thy quiver and thy bow, and go out to the field, and take me some venison; And make me savoury meat, such as I love, and bring it to me, that I may eat; that my soul may bless thee before I die. And Rebekah heard when Isaac spake to Esau his son. And Esau went to the field to hunt for venison, and to bring it. And Rebekah spake unto Jacob her son, saying, Behold, I heard thy father speak unto Esau thy brother, saying, Bring me venison, and make me savoury meat, that I may eat, and bless thee before the Lord before my death. Now therefore, my son, obey my voice according to that which I command thee. Go now to the flock, and fetch me from thence two good kids of the goats; and I will make them savoury meat for thy father such as he loveth; And thou shalt bring it to thy father, that he may eat, and that he may bless thee before his death. And Jacob said to Rebekah his mother, Behold, Esau my brother is a hairy man, and lama smooth man: My father peradventure will feel me, and I shall seem to him as a deceiver; and I shall bring a curse upon me, and not a blessing. And his mother said unto him, Upon me be thy curse, my son: only obey my voice, and go fetch me them. And he went, and fetched, and brought them to his mother: and his mother made savoury meat, such as his father loved. And Rebekah took goodly raiment of her eldest son Esau, which were with her in the house, and put them upon Jacob her younger son: And she put the skins of the kids of the goats upon his hands and upon the smooth of his neck: And she gave the savoury meat and the bread, which she had prepared, into the hand of her son Jacob. And he came unto his father, and said, My father: and he said, Here am I; who art thou, my son? And Jacob said unto his father, I am Esau thy first born; I have done according as thou badest me: arise, I pray thee, sit and eat of my venison, that thy soul may bless me. And Isaac said unto his son, How is it that thou hast found it so quickly, my son? And he said, Because the Lord thy God brought it to me. And Isaac said unto Jacob, Come near, I pray thee, that I may feel thee, my son, whether thou be my very son Esau or not. And Jacob went near unto Isaac his father; and he felt him, and said. The voice is Jacob's voice, but the hands are the hands of Esau. And he discerned him not, because his hands were hairy, as his brother Esau's hands: so he blessed him. And he said, Art thou my very son Esau? And he said, I am. And he said, Bring it near to me, and I will eat of my son's venison, that my soul may bless thee. And he brought it near to him, and he did eat; and he/brought him wine, and he drank. And his father Isaac said unto him, Come near now, and kiss me, my son. And he came near, and kissed him: and he smelled the smell of his raiment, and blessed him, and said, See, the smell of my son is as the smell of a field which the Lord hath blessed: Therefore God give thee of the dew of heaven, and the fatness of the earth, and plenty of corn and wine: Let people serve thee, and nations bow down to thee: be lord over thy brethren, and let thy mother's sons bow down to thee: cursed be every one that curseth thee, and blessed be he that blesseth thee.—Genesis xvit, 1–29. A AW ey Mi Nik ni j u: j Hf anh Hi: Kl i Ml 'i i "I HT AWH yi Aiti yn ii ii) Ht } " - JACOB. TENDING THE BLOCKS OF era ran: —And while he yet spake with them, Rachel came with her father's sheep: for she kept them. And it came to pass, when Jacob saw Rachel the daughter of Laban his mother's brother, and the sheep of Laban his mother's brother, that Jacob went near, and rolled the stone from the well's mouth, and watered the flock of Laban his mother's brother. And Jacob kissed Rachel, and lifted up his voice, and wept. And Jacob told Rachel that he was her father's brother, and that he was Rebekah's son: and she ran and told her father. And it came to pass, when Laban heard the tidings of Jacob his sister's son, that he ran to meet him, and embraced him, and kissed him, and brought him to his house. And he told Laban all these things. And Laban said to him, Surely thou art my bone and my flesh. And he abode with him the space of a month. And Laban said unto Jacob, Because thou art my brother, shouldest thou therefore serve me for naught? tell me, what shall thy wages be? And Laban had two daughters: the name of the elder was Leah, and the name of the younger was Rachel. Leah was tender eyed; but Rachel was beautiful and well favoured. And Jacob loved Rachel; and said, I will serve thee seven years for Rachel thy younger daughter. And Laban said. It is better that I give her to thee, than that I should give her to another man; abide with me. And Jacob served seven years tor Rachel; and they seemed unto him but a few days, for the love he had for her. And Jacob said unto Laban, Give me my wife, for my days are fulfilled, that I may go in unto her. And Laban gathered together all the men of the place, and made a feast. And it came to pass in the evening, that he took Leah his daughter, and brought her to him; and he went in unto her. And Laban gave unto his daughter Leah Zilpah his maid, for an handmaid. And it came to pass that in the morning, behold, it was Leah: and he said to Laban. What is this thou hast done unto me? did not I serve with thee for Rachel? wherefore then hast thou beguiled me? And Laban said. It must not be so done in our country, to give the younger before the firstborn. Fulfil her week, and we will give thee this also for the service which thou shalt serve with me yet seven other years. And Jacob did so, and fulfilled her week; and he gave him Rachel his daughter to wife also. And Laban gave to Rachel his daughter Bilhah his handmaid to be her maid. And he went in also unto Rachel, and he loved also Rachel more than Leah, and served with him yet seven other years.—Genesis xxtx, 9–30. JOSEPH SOL DUNT OS EGY Tle These are the generations of Jacob. Joseph, being seventeen years old, was feeding the flock with his brethren; and the lad was with the sons of Bilhah and with the sons of Zilpah, his father's wives; and Joseph brought unto his father their evil report. Now Israel loved Joseph more than all his children, because he was the son of his old age; and he made him a coat of many colors. And when his brethren saw that their father loved him more than all his brethren, they hated him, and could not speak peaceably unto him. And Joseph dreamed a dream, and he told it his brethren: and they hated him yet the more. And he said unto them, Hear, I pray you, this dream which I have dreamed. For, behold, we were binding sheaves in the field, and, lo, my sheaf arose, and also stood upright; and, behold, your sheaves stood round about, and made obeisance to my sheaf. And his brethren said to him, Shalt thou indeed reign over us? or shalt thou indeed have dominion over us? And they hated him yet the more for his dreams and for his words. And he dreamed yet another dream, and told it his brethren, and said, Behold, 1 have dreamed a dream more; and, behold, the sun and the moon and the eleven stars made obeisance to me. And he told it to his father and to his brethren; and his father rebuked him, and said unto him. What is this dream that thou hast dreamed? Shall I and thy mother and thy brethren indeed come to bow down ourselves to thee to the earth. And his brethren envied him; but his father observed the saying. And his brethren went to feed their father's flock in Shechem. And Joseph went after his brethren, and found them in Dothan. And when they saw him afar off, even before he came near unto them, they conspired against him to slay him. And they said one to another, Behold, this dreamer cometh. Come now, therefore, and let us slay him, and cast him into some pit, and we will say, Some evil beast hath devoured him; and we shall see what will become of his dreams. And Reuben heard it, and he delivered him out of their hands; and said, Let us not kill him. And Reuben said unto them, Shed no blood, but cast him into this pit that is in the wilderness, and lay no hand upon him; that he might rid him out of their hands to deliver him to his father again. And it came to pass, when Joseph was come unto his brethren, that they stript Joseph out of his coat, his coat of many colors that was on him; and they took him and cast him into a pit; and the pit was empty, there was no water in it. And they sat down to eat bread; and they lifted up their eyes and looked, and, behold, a company of Ishmaelites came from Gilead with their camels bearing spicery and balm and myrrh, going to carry it down to Egypt. And Judah said unto his brethren. What profit is it if we slay our brother, and conceal his blood? Come, and let us sell him to the Ishmaelites, and let not our hand be upon him, for he is our brother and our flesh. And his brethren were content. Then there passed by Midianites merchantmen; and they drew and lifted up Joseph out of the pit, and sold Joseph to the Ishmaelites for twenty pieces of silver; and they brought Joseph into Egypt. And the Midianites sold him into Egypt unto Potiphar, an officer of Pharaoh's, and captain of the guard.—Genesis xxxvit, 2–12, 17–28, 30. JOSEPH INTERPRETING PHARAOH'S DREAM. And it came to pass at the end of two full years, that Pharaoh dreamed: and, behold, he stood by the river. And, behold, there came up out of the river seven well favoured kine and fatfleshed; and they fed in a meadow. And, behold, seven other kine came up after them out of the river, ill favoured and leanfleshed; and stood by the other kine upon the brink of the river. And the ill favored and leanfleshed kine did eat up the seven well favoured and fat kine. So Pharaoh awoke. And he slept and dreamed the second time: and, behold, seven ears of corn came up upon one stalk, rank and good. And, behold, seven thin ears and blasted with the east wind sprung up after them. And the seven thin ears devoured the seven rank and full ears. And Pharaoh awoke, and, behold, it was a dream. And it came to pass in the morning that his spirit was troubled; and he sent and called for all the magicians of Egypt, and all the wise men thereof: and Pharaoh told them his dream; but there was none that could interpret them unto Pharaoh. [At the suggestion of his chief butler Pharaoh sends for Joseph and relates to him his dreams, which Joseph interprets as follows:| And Joseph said unto Pharaoh. The dream of Pharaoh is one: God hath shewed Pharaoh what he is about to do. The seven good kine are seven years; and the seven good ears are seven years: the dream is one. And the seven thin and ill favoured kine that came up after them are seven years; and the seven empty ears blasted with the east wind shall be seven years of famine. This is the thing which I have spoken unto Pharaoh: What God is about to do he sheweth unto Pharaoh. Behold, there come seven years of great plenty throughout all the land of Egypt: And there shall arise after them seven years of famine; and all the plenty shall be forgotten in the land of Egypt; and the famine shall consume the land; and the plenty shall not be known in the land by reason of that famine following; for it shall be very grievous. And for that the dream was doubled unto Pharaoh twice it is because the thing is established by God, and God will shortly bring it to pass. Now therefore let Pharaoh look out a man discreet and wise, and set him over the land of Egypt. Let Pharaoh do this, and let him appoint officers over the land, and take up the fifth part of the land of Egypt in the seven plenteous years. And let them gather all the food of those good years that come, and lay up corn under the hand of Pharaoh, and let them keep food in the cities. And that food shall be for store to the land against the seven years of famine, which shall be in the land of Egypt; that the land perish not through the famine.—Genesis alt, I-76. RRL RA HILAR An Ha a ili iM ie ee at ee Hr lg ¢ oun? Stay + aan 7: wis - /ch//JOSEPH MAKING HIMSELF KNOWN TO HIS BRETHREN Then Joseph could not refrain himself before all them that stood by him; and he cried, Cause every man to go out from me. And there stood no man with him, while Joseph made himself known unto his brethren. And he wept aloud: and the Egyptians and the house of Pharaoh heard. And Joseph said unto his brethren, 1 am Joseph; doth my father yet live? And his brethren could not answer him; for they were troubled at his presence. And Joseph said unto his brethren, Come near to me, I pray you. And they came near. And he said, I am Joseph your brother, whom ye sold into Egypt. Now therefore be not grieved, nor angry with yourselves, that ye sold me hither: for God did send me before you to preserve life. For these two years hath the famine been in the land: and yet there are five years, in which there shall neither be earing nor harvest. And God sent me before you to preserve you a posterity in the earth, and to save your lives by a great deliverance. So now it was not you that sent me hither, but God: and he hath made me a father to Pharaoh, and lord of all his house, and a ruler throughout all the land of Egypt. Haste ye, and go up to my father, and say unto him, Thus saith thy son Joseph, God hath made me lord of all Egypt: come down unto me, tarry not: And thou shalt dwell in the land of Goshen, and thou shalt be near unto me, thou, and thy children, and thy children's children, and thy flocks, and thy herds, and all that thou hast. And there will I nourish thee; for yet there are five years of famine; lest thou, and thy household, and all that thou hast, come to poverty. And, behold, your eyes see, and the eyes of my brother Benjamin, that it is my mouth that speaketh unto you. And ye shall tell my father of all my glory in Egypt, and of all that ye have seen; and ye shall haste and bring down my father hither. And he fell upon his brother Benjamin's neck, and wept; and Benjamin wept upon his neck. Moreover he kissed all his brethren, and wept upon them: and after that his brethren talked with him. And the fame there of was heard in Pharaoh's house, saying, Joseph's brethren are come: and it pleased Pharaoh well, and his servants. And Pharaoh said unto Joseph, say unto thy brethren, This do ye; lade your beasts, and go, get you unto the land of Canaan; and take your father and your households, and come unto me: and I will give you the good of the land of Egypt, and ye shall eat the fat of the land.—Genesis xlv, 1–18. BAN an - HUAUULEULIUL ma wi L SN ANN ( 'i vi MI i ail "nl el signi Se: mlty i. Gy Oe) SO ol (Ge a UN aie ee CTE att |i iil: HeAAI(a TTOVT ITT - /ch//MOSES IN THE BULRUSHES And there went a man of the house of Levi, and took to wife a daughter of Levi. And the woman conceived, and bare a son: and when she saw him that he was a goodly child, she hid him three months. And when she could not longer hide him, she took for him an ark of bulrushes, and daubed it with slime and with pitch, and put the child therein; and she laid it in the flags by the river's brink. And his sister stood afar off, to wit what would be done to him. And the daughter of Pharaoh came down to wash herself at the river; and her maidens walked along by the river's side; and when she saw the ark among the flags, she sent her maid to fetch it. And when she had opened it, she saw the child: and, behold, the babe wept. And she had compassion on him, and said, This is one of the Hebrews' chil© dren. Then said his sister to Pharaoh's daughter, Shall I go and call to thee a nurse of the Hebrew women, that she may nurse the child for thee? And Pharaoh's daughter said to her, Go. And the maid went and called the child's mother. And Pharaoh's daughter said unto her, Take this child away, and nurse it for me, and I will give thee thy wages. And the woman took the child and nursed it. And the child grew, and she brought him unto Pharaoh's daughter, and he became her son. And she called his name Moses: and she said, Because I drew him out of the water. —Hxodus tt, I-10. THE WAR—AGAINST GIBEON. Therefore the five kings of the Amorites, the king of Jerusalem, the king of Hebron, the king of Jarmuth, the king of Lachish, the king of Eglon, gathered themselves together, and went up, they and all their hosts, and encamped before Gibeon, and made war against it. And the men of Gibeon sent unto Joshua to the camp to Gilgal, saying, Slack not thy hand from thy servants; come up to us quickly, and save us and help us: for all the kings of the Amorites that dwell in the mountains are gathered together against us. So Joshua ascended from Gilgal, he, and all the people of war with him, and all the mighty men of valor. And the Lord said unto Joshua, Fear them not: for I have delivered them into thine hand; there shall not a man of them stand before thee. Joshua therefore came unto them suddenly, and went up from Gilgal all night. And the Lord discomfited them before Israel, and slew them with a great slaughter at Gibeon, and chased them along the way that goeth up to Beth-horon, and smote them to Azekah, and unto Makkedah. And it came to pass, as they fled from before Israel, and were in the going down to Beth-horon, that the Lord cast down great stones from heaven upon them unto Azekah, and they died: they were more which died with hailstones than they whom the children of Israel slew with the sword. Then spake Joshua to the Lord in the day when the Lord delivered up the Amorites before the children of Israel, and he said in the sight of Israel, Sun, stand thou still upon Gibeon; and thou, Moon, in the valley of Ajalon. And the sun stood still, and the moon stayed, until the people had avenged themselves upon their enemies. Is not this written in the book of Jasher? So the sun stood still in the midst of heaven, and hastened not to go down about a whole day. And there was no day like that before it or after it, that the Lord hearkened unto the voice of a man: for the Lord fought for Israel. And Joshua returned, and all Israel with him, unto the camp to Gilgal. But these five kings fled, and hid themselves in a cave at Makkedah. And it was told Joshua, saying. The five kings are found hid in a cave at Makkedah. And Joshua said, Roll great stones upon the mouth of the cave, and set men by it for to keep them: and stay ye not, but pursue after your enemies, and smite the hindmost of them; suffer them not to enter into their cities; for the Lord your God hath delivered them into your hand. And it came to pass, when Joshua and the children of Israel had made an end of slaying them with a very great slaughter, till they were consumed, that the rest which remained of them entered into fenced cities.—/oshua x, 5–20. - as SISERA*SEAING BY SARL Now Heber the Kenite, which was of the children of Hobab, the father-in-law of Moses, had severed himself from the Kenites, and pitched his tent unto the plain of Zaanaim, which is by Kedesh. And they shewed Sisera that Barak, the son of Abinoam, was gone up to Mount Tabor. "And Sisera gathered together all his chariots, even nine hundred chariots of iron, and all the people that were with him, from Harosheth of the Gentiles unto the river of Kishon. And Deborah said unto Barak, Up; for this is the day in which the Lord hath delivered Sisera into thine hand: is not the Lord gone out before thee? So Barak went down from Mount Tabor, and ten thousand men after him. And the Lord discomfited Sisera, and all his chariots and all his host, with the edge of the sword before Barak; so that Sisera lighted down off his chariot, and fled away on his feet. But Barak pursued after the chariots, and after the host, unto Harosheth of the Gentiles: and all the host of Sisera fell upon the edge of the sword; and there was not a man left. Howbeit Sisera fled away on his feet to the tent of Jael, the wife of Heber the Kenite; for there was peace between Jabin the king of Hazor and the house of Heber the Kenite. And Jael went out to meet Sisera, and said unto him, Turn in, my lord, turn in to me; fear not. And when he had turned in unto her into the tent, she covered him with a mantle. And he said unto her, Give me, I pray thee, a little water to drink; for I am thirsty. And she opened a bottle of milk, and gave him drink, and covered him. Again he said unto her, Stand in the door of the tent, and it shall be, when any man doth come and enquire of thee, and say. Is there any man here? that thou shalt say, No. Then Jael, Heber's wife, took a nail of the tent, and took an hammer in her hand, and went softly unto him, and smote the nail into his temples, and fastened it into the ground: for he was fast asleep and weary. So he died. And, behold, as Barak pursued Sisera, Jael came out to meet him, and said unto him, Come, and I will show thee the man whom thou seekest. And when he came into her tent, behold, Sisera lay dead, and the nail was in his temples.—/udges wv, 11–22. MK NN DEBORAH'S SONG OF TRIUMPH. Then sang Deborah and Barak, the son of Abinoam on that day, saying:— Praise ye the Lord for the avenging of Israel. When the people willingly offered themselves. Hear, O ye kings; give ear, O ye princes; I, even IJ, will sing unto the Lord; I will sing praise to the Lord God of Israel. Lord, when thou wentest out of Seir. When thou marchedst out of the field of Edom. The earth trembled, and the heavens dropped, the clouds also dropped water. The mountains melted from before the Lord. Even that Sinai from before the Lord God of Israel. " Blessed above women shall Jael the wife of Heber the Kenite be; Blessed shall she be above women in the tent. He asked water, and she gave him milk; She brought forth butter in a lordly dish. She put her hand to the nail, and her right hand to the workmen's hammer; And with the hammer she smote Sisera. She smote off his head, when she had pierced and stricken through his temples. At her feet he bowed, he fell, he lay down: At her—feet he bowed, he fell: Where he bowed, there he fell down dead. The mother of Sisera looked out at a window, and cried through the lattice. Why is his chariot so long in coming? Why tarry the wheels of his chariots? Her wise ladies answered her, yea, she returned answer to herself, Have they not sped? Have they not divided the prey; To every man a damsel or two; To Sisera a prey of divers colours, a prey of divers colours of needlework, Of divers colours of needlework on both sides, meet for the necks of them that take the spoil? So let all thine enemies perish, O Lord: But let them that love him be as the sun when he goeth forth in his might. Judges UV, 2–5, 24–71. HN a - Be/b2/(LA Dn - We oe! "Po ") gn - salt - /ch//JEPHTHAH MET BY HIS DAUGHTER Then the Spirit of the Lord came upon Jephthah, and he passed over Gilead, and Manasseh, and passed over Mizpeh of Gilead, and from Mizpeh of Gilead he passed over unto the children of Ammon. And Jephthah vowed a vow unto the Lord, and said. If thou shalt without fail deliver the children of Ammon into mine hands, then it shall be, that whatsoever cometh forth of the doors of my house to meet me, when I return in peace from the children of Ammon, shall surely be the Lord's, and I will offer it up for a burnt offering. So Jephthah passed over unto the children of Ammon to fight against them; and the Lord delivered them into his hands. And he smote them from Aroer, even till thou come to Minnith, even twenty cities, and unto the plain of the vineyards, with a very great slaughter. Thus the children of Ammon were subdued before the children of Israel. And Jephthah came to Mizpeh unto his house, and, behold, his daughter came out to meet him with timbrels and with dances: and she was his only child; beside her he had neither son nor daughter.—/udges x2, 29–34. SSS/b2//b2//b2/S Se. I Sa 1p SS) SS—S A SSS SS Bre Sy}: JEPHTHAH'S DAUGHTER AND HER COMPANIONS. And it came to pass, when he saw her, that he rent his clothes, and said, Alas, my daughter! thou hast brought me very low, and thou art one of them that trouble me: for I have opened my mouth unto the Lord, and I cannot go back. And she said unto him, My father, if thou hast opened thy mouth unto the Lord, do to me according to that which hath proceeded out of thy mouth; forasmuch as the Lord hath taken vengeance for thee of thine enemies, even of the children of Ammon. And she said unto her father, Let this thing be done for me: let me alone two months, that I may go up and down upon the mountains, and bewail my virginity, I and my fellows. And he said, Go. And he sent her away for two months: and she went with her companions, and bewailed her virginity upon the mountains. And it came to pass at the end of two months, that she returned unto her father, who did with her according to his vow which he had vowed: and she knew no man. And it was a custom in Israel, that the daughters of Israel went yearly to lament the daughter of Jephthah the Gileadite four days in a year.—/udges xt, 35–40. HH] HH] WH WHT} {| - /ch//SAMSON SLAYING THE LION Then went Samson down, and his father and his mother, to Timnath, and came to the vineyards of Timnath; and, behold, a young lion roared against him. And the Spirit of the Lord came mightily upon him, and he rent him as he would have rent a kid, and he had nothing in his hand; but he told not his father or his mother what he had done.—/udges xzv, 5–6, i er q Sy De Yj(|) i' - /ch//SAMSON AND DELILAH And it came to pass afterward, that he loved a woman in the valley of Sorek, whose name was Delilah. And the lords of the Philistines came up unto her, and said unto her, Entice him, and see wherein his great strength lieth, and by what means we may prevail against him, that we may bind him to afflict him; and we will give thee every one of us eleven hundred pieces of silver. And Delilah said to Samson, Tell me, I pray thee, wherein thy great strength lieth, and wherewith thou mightest be bound to afflict thee. And Samson said unto her. If they bind me with seven green withs that were never dried, then shall I be weak, and be as another man. Then the lords of the Philistines brought up to her seven green withs which had not been dried, and she bound him with them. Now there were men lying in wait, abiding with her in the chamber. And she said unto him. The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And he brake the withs, as a thread of tow is broken when it toucheth the fire. So his strength was not known. And Delilah said unto Samson, Behold, thou hast mocked me, and told me lies: now tell me, I pray thee, wherewith thou mightest be bound. And he said unto her. If they bind me fast with new ropes that never were occupied, then shall I be weak, and be as another man. Delilah therefore took new ropes, and bound him therewith, and said unto him. The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And there were liers in wait abiding in the chamber. And he brake them from off his arms like a thread. And Delilah said unto Samson, Hitherto thou hast mocked me, and told me lies: tell me wherewith thou mightest be bound. And he said unto her. If thou weavest the seven locks of my head with the web. And she fastened it with the pin, and said unto him. The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And he awaked out of his sleep, and went away with the pin of the beam and with the web. And she said unto him, How canst thou say, I love thee, when thine heart is not with me? thou hast mocked me these three times, and hast not told me wherein thy great strength lieth. And it came to pass, when she pressed him daily with her words, and urged him, so that his soul was vexed unto death; that he told her all his heart, and said unto her. There hath not come a razor upon mine head; for I have been a Nazarite unto God from my mother's womb: if I be shaven, then my strength will go from me, and I shall become weak, and be like any other man. And when Delilah saw that he had told her all his heart, she sent and called for the lords of the Philistines, saying, Come up this once, for he hath showed me all his heart. Then the lords of the Philistines came up unto her, and brought money in their hand. And she made him sleep upon her knees; and she called for a man, and she caused him to shave off the seven locks of his head; and she began to afflict him, and his strength went from him. And she said. The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And he awoke out of his sleep, and said, I will go out as at other times before, and shake myself. And he wist not that the Lord was departed from him.—/udges xvt, 4–20. TOTI TTY HTN - /ch//THE DEATH OF SAMSON But the Philistines took him, and put out his eyes, and brought him down to Gaza, and bound him with fetters of brass; and he did grind in the prison house. Howbeit the hair of his head began to grow again after he was shaven. Then the lords of the Philistines gathered them together for to offer a great sacrifice unto Dagon their god, and to rejoice: for they said, Our God hath delivered Samson our enemy into our hand. And when the people saw him, they praised their god: for they said, Our god hath delivered into our hands our enemy, and the destroyer of our country, which slew many of us. And it came to pass, when their hearts were merry, that they said, Call for Samson, that he may make us sport. And they called for Samson out of the prison house; and he made them sport: and they set him between the pillars. And Samson said unto the lad that held him by the hand, Suffer me that I may feel the pillars whereupon the house standeth, that I may lean upon them. Now the house was full of men and women; and all the lords of the Philistines were there; and there were upon the roof about three thousand men and women, that beheld while Samson made sport. And Samson called unto the Lord, and said, O Lord God, remember me, I pray thee, and strengthen me, I pray thee, only this once, O God, that I may be at once avenged of the Philistines for my two eyes. And Samson took hold of the two middle pillars upon which the house stood, and on which it was borne up, of the one with 'his right hand, and of the other with his left. And Samson said, Let me die with the Philistines. And he bowed himself with all his might; and the house fell upon the lords, and upon all the people that were therein. So the dead which he slew at his death were more than they which he slew in his life. Then his brethren and all the house of his father came down, and took him, and brought him up, and buried him between Zorah and Eshtaol in the buryingplace of Manoah his father. And he judged Israel twenty years.—/udges xvi, 21–71. WA, me TT NV! AURA Hi WN A It ani A. Nuhi i ZZs aeie >. 7 ie 2)" s Soe ae e "ps= - /ch//NAOMI AND HER DAUGHTERS IN LAW Now it came to pass in the days when the judges ruled, that there was a famine in the land. And acertain man of Beth-lehem-judah went to sojourn in the country of Moab, he, and his wife, and his two sons. And the name of the man was Elimelech, and the name of his wife Naomi, and the name of his two sons Mahlon and Chilion, Ephrathites of Beth-lehemjudah. And they came into the country of Moab, and continued there. And Elimelech Naomi's husband died; and she was left, and her two sons. And they took them wives of the women of Moab; the name of the one was Orpah, and the name of the other Ruth: and they dwelt there about ten years. And Mahlon and Chilion died also both of them; and the woman was left of her two sons and her husband. Then she arose with her daughters in law, that she might return from the country of Moab: for she had heard in the country of Moab how that the Lord had visited his people in giving them bread. Wherefore she went forth out of the place where she was, and her two daughters in law with her; and they went on the way to return unto the land of Judah. And Naomi said unto her two daughters in law, Go, return each to her mother's house: the Lord deal kindly with you, as ye have dealt with the dead, and with me. The Lord grant you that ye may find rest, each of you in the house of her husband. Then she kissed them; and they lifted up their voice, and wept. And they said unto her, Surely we will return with thee unto thy people. And Naomi said, Turn again, my daughters: why will ye go with me? are there yet any more sons in my womb, that they may be your husbands? Turn again, my daughters, go your way; for I am too old to have a husband. If I should say, I have hope, if I should have a husband also to night, and should also bear sons; would ye tarry for them till they were grown? would ye stay for them from having husbands? nay, my daughters; for it grieveth me much for your sakes that the hand of the Lord is gone out against me. And they lifted up their voice, and wept again: and Orpah kissed her mother in law; but Ruth clave unto her. And she said, Behold, thy sister in law is gone back unto her people, and unto her gods: return thou after thy sister in law. And Ruth said, Entreat me not to leave thee, or to return from following after thee: for whither thou goest, I will go; and where thou lodgest, I will lodge: thy people shall be my people, and thy God my God: Where thou diest, will I die, and there will I be buried: the Lord do so to me, and more also, if ought but death part thee and me. When she saw that she was steadfastly minded to go with her, then she left speaking unto her. So they two went until they came to Beth-lehem.—/uzh 2, 7–79. RUTH: AND—BOAZ,. And Naomi had a kinsman of her husband's, a mighty man of wealth, of the family of Elimelech; and his name was Boaz. And Ruth the Moabitess said unto Naomi, Let me now go to the field, and glean ears of corn after him in whose sight I shall find grace. And she said unto her, Go, my daughter. And she went, and came and gleaned in the field after the reapers; and her hap was to light on a part of the field belonging unto Boaz, who was of the kindred of Elimelech. And, behold, Boaz came from Bethlehem, and said unto the reapers. The Lord be with you. And they answered him. The Lord bless thee. Then said Boaz unto his servant that was set over the reapers, whose damsel is this? And the servant that was set over the reapers answered and said. It is the Moabitish damsel that came back with Naomi out of the country of Moab: and she said, I pray you, let me glean and gather after the reapers among the sheaves: so she came, and hath continued even from the morning until now, that she tarried a little in the house. Then said Boaz unto Ruth, Hearest thou not, my daughter? Go not to glean in another field, neither go from hence, but abide here fast by my maidens: let thine eyes be on the field that they do reap, and go thou after them: have I not charged the young men that they shall not touch thee? and when thou art athirst, go unto the vessels, and drink of that which the young men have drawn. Then she fell on her face and bowed herself to the ground, and said unto him. Why have I found grace in thine eyes, that thou shouldest take knowledge of me, seeing I am a stranger? And Boaz answered and said unto her. It hath fully been shewed me, all that thou hast done unto thy mother in law since the death of thine husband: and how thou hast left thy father and thy mother, and the land of thy nativity, and art come unto a people which thau knewest not heretofore. The Lord recompense thy work, and a full reward be given thee of the Lord God of Israel, under whose wings thou art come to trust. Then she said, Let me find favor in thy sight, my lord; for that thou hast comforted me, and for that thou hast spoken friendly unto thine handmaid, though I be not like unto one of thine handmaidens,. And Boaz said unto her, At mealtime come thou hither, and eat of the bread, and dip thy morsel in the vinegar. And she sat beside the reapers: and he reached her parched corn, and she did eat, and was sufficed, and left. And when she was risen up to glean, Boaz commanded his young men, saying, Let her glean even among the sheaves, and reproach her not: and let fall also some of the handfuls of purpose for her, and leave them, that she may glean them and rebuke her not. So she gleaned in the field until even, and beat out that she had gleaned: and it was about an ephah of barley.—Ruth 22, 2–177. TR SS ANS ANS A NY SSwee Ke AN oo RN we Nh A. LAY SY N WN SSS AIG NAKA WO KAN Ae COS AS WN WYN min Sue oy QI Garyy MN ANS ow AN N eR ee INE SERA ONS MAAR THE? RED UNS Pol ae And the ark of the Lord was in the country of the Philistines seven months. And the Philistines called for the priests and the diviners, saying. What shall we do to the ark of the Lord? tell us wherewith we shall send it to his place. And they said. If ye send away the ark of the God of Israel, send it not empty; but in any wise return him a trespass offering: then ye shall be healed, and it shall be known to you why his hand is not removed from you. Then said they. What shall be the trespass offering which we shall return to him? They answered, Five golden emerods, and five golden mice, according to the number of the lords of the Philistines: for one plague was on you all, and on your lords. Wherefore ye shall make images of your emerods, and images of your mice that mar the land; and ye shall give glory unto the God of Israel: peradventure he will lighten his hand from off you, and from off your gods, and from off your land. Wherefore then do ye harden your hearts, as the Egyptians and Pharaoh hardened their hearts? when he had wrought wonderfully among them, did they not let the people go, and they departed? Now hebre make a new cart, sine take two milch kine, on which there hath come no yoke, and tie the kine to the cart, and bring their calves home from them: and take the ark of the Lord, and lay it upon the cart; and put the jewels of gold, which ye return him for a trespass offering, in a coffer by the side thereof; and send it away, that it may go. And see, if it goeth up by the way of his own coast to Beth-shemesh, then he hath done us this great evil: but if not, then we shall know that it is not his hand that smote us; it was a chance that happened to us. And the men did so; and took two milch kine, and tied them to the cart, and shut up their calves at home: and they laid the ark of the Lord upon the cart, and the coffer with the mice of gold and the images of their emerods. And the kine took the straight way to the way of Beth-shemesh, and went along the highway, lowing as they went, and turned not aside to the right hand or to the left; and the lords of the Philistines went after them unto the border of Beth-shemesh. And they of Beth-shemesh were reaping their wheat harvest in the valley: and they lifted up their eyes, and saw the ark, and rejoiced to see it. And the cart came into the field of Joshua, a Beth-shemite, and stood there, where there was a great stone: and they clave the wood of the cart, and offered the kine a burnt offering unto the Lord. And the Levites took down the ark of the Lord, and the coffer that was with it, wherein the jewels of gold were, and put them on the great stone: and the men of Beth-shemesh offered burnt offerings and sacrificed sacrifices the same day unto the Lord.—r Samuel vz, 1–15. Ns . . . Ny i bie.:; 'ih Bie!hg es NIN ni - /ch//SAUL AND DAVID And it came to pass, when he had made an end of speaking unto Saul, that the soul of Jonathan was knit with the soul of David, and Jonathan loved him as his own soul. And Saul took him that day, and would let him go no more home to his father's house. Then Jonathan and David made a covenant, because he loved him as his own soul. And Jonathan stripped himself of the robe that was upon him, and gave it to David, and his garments, even to his sword, and to his bow, and to his girdle. And David went out withersoever Saul sent him, and behaved himself wisely: and Saul set him over the men of war, and he was accepted in the sight of all the people, and also in the sight of Saul's servants. And it came to pass as they came, when David was returned from the slaughter of the Philistine, that the women came out of all cities of Israel, singing and dancing, to meet king Saul, with tabrets, with joy, and with instruments of music. And the women answered one another as they played, and said, Saul hath slain his thousands, and David his ten thousands. And Saul was very wroth, and the saying displeased him; and he said. They have ascribed unto David ten thousands, and to me they have ascribed but thousands: and what can he have more but the kingdom? And Saul eyed David from that day and forward. And it came to pass on the morrow, that the evil spirit from God came upon Saul, and he prophesied in the midst of the house: and David played with his hand, as at other times: and there was a javelin in Saul's hand. And Saul cast the javelin; for he said, I will smite David even to the wall with it. And David avoided out of his presence twice.—z Samuel "UI, I-IT. TS: Thine DAVID. SPARRING @goAUL. —And it came to pass, when Saul was returned from following the Philistines, that it was told him, saying, Behold, David is in the wilderness of En-gedi. Then Saul took three thousand chosen men out of all Israel, and went to seek David and his men upon the rocks of the wild goats. And he came to the sheepcotes by the way, where was a cave; and Saul went in to cover his feet: and David and his men remained in the sides of the cave. And the men of David said unto him, Behold the day of which the Lord said unto thee, Behold, I will deliver thine enemy into thine hand, that thou mayest do to him as it shall seem good unto thee. Then David arose, and cut off the skirt of Saul's robe privily. And it came to pass afterward, that David's heart smote him, because he had cut off Saul's skirt. And he said unto his men. The Lord forbid that I should do this thing unto my master, the Lord's anointed, to stretch forth mine hand against him, seeing he is the anointed of the Lord. So David stayed his servants with these words, and suffered them not to rise against Saul. But Saul rose up out of the cave, and went on his way. David also arose afterward, and went out of the cave, and cried after Saul, saying, My lord the king. And when Saul looked behind him, David stooped with his face to the earth and bowed himself. And David said to Saul, Wherefore hearest thou men's words, saying, Behold, David seeketh thy hurt? Behold, this day thine eyes have seen how that the Lord had delivered thee to-day into mine hand in the cave: and some bade me kill thee; but mine eye spared thee; and I said, I will not put forth mine hand against my lord; for he is the Lord's anointed. Moreover, my father, see, yea, see the skirt of thy robe in my hand: for in that I cut off the skirt of thy robe, and killed thee not, know thou and see that there is neither evil nor transgression in mine hand, and I have not sinned against thee; yet thou huntest my soul to take it. The Lord judge between me and thee, and the Lord avenge me of thee: but mine hand shall not be upon thee. As saith the proverb of the ancients, Wickedness proceedeth from the wicked: but mine hand shall not be upon thee. After whom is the king of Israel come out? after whom dost thou pursue? after a dead dog, after a flea. The Lord therefore be judge, and judge between me and thee, and see, and plead my cause, and deliver me out of thine hand. And it came to pass, when David had made an end of speaking these words unto Saul, that Saul said. Is this thy voice, my son David? And Saul lifted up his voice, and wept. And he said to David, Thou art more righteous than I: for thou hast rewarded me good, whereas I have rewarded thee evil. And thou hast shewed this day how that thou hast dealt well with me: forasmuch as when the Lord had delivered me into thine hand, thou killedst me not. For if a man find his enemy, will he let him go well away? wherefore the Lord reward thee good for that thou hast done unto me this day. And now, behold, I know well that thou shalt surely be king, and that the kingdom of Israel shall be established in thine hand. Swear now therefore unto me by the Lord, that thou wilt not cut off my seed after me, and that thou wilt not destroy my name out of my father's house. And David sware unto Saul. And Saul went home; but David and his men gat them up unto the hold.—z Samuel xxiv, I-22. Ha mu iy ry ie ; of "s s, y 7 '14 Vi oh weal A - = 'Ry bs ae, Ext ng 7 is 4 se, a o <—a's 2":: vale ee 2a on/b2/; '% 5 "I .: 5 7 ¥ Ms =o) ': Ch PN = . F An 4; '7 . 7 ae DEATH: OF SAGIE Now the Philistines fought against Israel: and the men of Israel fled from before the Philistines, and fell down slain in mount Gilboa. And the Philistines followed hard upon Saul and upon his sons; and the Philistines slew Jonathan, and Abinadab, and Melch-shua, Saul's sons. And the battle went sore against Saul, and the archers hit him; and he was sore wounded of the archers. Then said Saul unto his armourbearer, Draw thy sword, and thrust me through therewith; lest these uncircumcised come and thrust me through, and abuse me. But his armourbearer would not; for he was sore afraid. Therefore Saul took a sword, and fell upon it. And when his armourbearer saw that Saul was dead, he fell likewise upon his sword, and died with him. So Saul died, and his three sons, and his armourbearer, and all his men, that same day together. And when the men of Israel that were on the other side of the valley, and they that were on the other side Jordan, saw that the men of Israel fled, and that Saul and his sons were dead, they forsook the cities, and fled; ard the Philistines came and dwelt in them. And it came to pass on the morrow, when the Philistines came to strip the slain, that they found Saul and his three sons fallen in mount Gilboa. And they cut off his head, and stripped off his armour, and sent into the land of the Philistines round about, to publish it in the house of their idols, and among the people. And they put his armour in the house of Ashtaroth: and they fastened his body to the wall of Beth-shan. And when the inhabitants of Jabesh-gilead heard of that which the Philistines had done to Saul; all the valiant men arose, and went all night, and took the body of Saul and the bodies of his sons from the wall of Beth-shan, and came to Jabesh, and burnt them there. And they took their bones, and buried them under a tree at Jabesh, and fasted seven days.— t Samuel xxx21. THE DEATH OF ABSALON: And David numbered the people that were with him, and set captains of thousands and captains of hundreds over them. And David set forth a third part of the people under the hand of Joab, and a third part under the hand of Abishai the son of Zeruiah, Joab's brother, and a third part under the hand of ittai the Gittite. And the king said unto the people, I will surely go forth with you myself also. But the people answered, Thou shalt not go forth: for if we flee away, they will not care for us; neither if half of us die, will they care for us: but now thou art worth ten thousand of us: therefore now it is better that thou succor us out of the city. And the king said unto them. What seemeth you best I will do. And the king stood by the gate side, and all the people came out by hundreds and by thousands. And the king commanded Joab and Abishai and ittai, saying, Deal gently for my sake with the young man, even with Absalom. And all the people heard when the king gave all the captains charge concerning Absalom. So the people went out into the field against Israel: and the battle was in the wood of Ephraim; where the people of Israel were slain before the servants of David, and there was there a great slaughter that day of twenty thousand men. For the battle was there scattered over the face of all the country: and the wood devoured more people that day than the sword devoured. And Absalom met the servants of David. And Absalom rode upon a mule, and the mule went under the thick boughs of a great oak, and his head caught hold of the oak, and he was taken up between the heaven and the earth; and the mule that was under him went away. And a certain man saw it, and told Joab, and said, Behold I saw Absalom hanged in an oak. And Joab said unto the man that told him. And, behold, thou sawest him, and why didst thou not smite him there to the ground? and I would have given thee ten shekels of silver, and a girdle. And the man said unto Joab, Though I should receive a thousand shekels of silver in mine hand, yet would I not put forth mine hand against the king's son: for in our hearing the king charged thee and Abishai and ittai, saying, Beware that none touch the young man Absalom. Otherwise I should have wrought falsehood against mine own life: for there is no matter hid from the king, and thou thyself wouldst have set thyself against me. Then said Joab, I may not tarry thus with thee. And he took three darts in his hand, and thrust them through the heart of Absalom, while he was yet alive in the midst of the oak. And ten young men that bare Joab's armor compassed about and smote Absalom, and slew him. And Joab blew the trumpet, and the people returned from pursuing after Israel: for Joab held back the people. And they took Absalom, and cast him into a great pit in the wood, and laid a very great heap of stones upon him: and all Israel fled every one to his tent.—2 Samuel xvnt, I-17. ZL 7 ¢] "Ah - /ch//DAVID MOURNING OVER ABSALOM Then said Ahimaaz the son of Zadok, Let me now run, and bear the king tidings, how that the Lord hath avenged him of his enemies. And Joab said unto him, Thou shalt not bear tidings this day, but thou shalt bear tidings another day: but this day thou shalt bear no tidings, because the king's son is dead. Then said Joab to Cushi, Go tell the king what thou hast seen. And Cushi bowed himself unto Joab, and ran. Then said Ahimaaz the son of Zadok yet again to Joab. But howsoever, let me, I pray thee, also run after Cushi. And Joab said, Wherefore wilt thou run, my son, seeing that thou hast no tidings ready? But howsoever, said he let me run. And he said unto him, Run. Then Ahimaaz ran by the way of the plain, and overran Cushi. And David sat between the two gates: and the watchman went up to the roof over the gate unto the wall, and lifted up his eyes, and looked, and behold a man running alone. And the watchman cried, and told the king. And the king said. If he be alone, there is tidings in his mouth. And he came apace, and drew near. And the watchman saw another man running: and the watchman called unto the porter, and said, Behold another man running alone. And the king said. He also bringeth tidings. And the watchman said, Me thinketh the running of the foremost is like the running of Ahimaaz the son of Zadok. And the king said. He is a good man, and cometh with good tidings. And Ahimaaz called, and said unto the king, All is well. And he fell down to the earth upon fe face before the king, and said, Blessed be the Lord thy God, which hath delivereth up the men that lifted up their hand against my lord the king. And the king said. Is the young man Absalom safe? And Ahimaaz answered, When Joab sent the king's servant, and me thy servant, I saw a great tumult, but I knew not what it was. And the king said unto him, Turn aside, and stand here. And he turned aside, and stood still. And, behold, Cushi came; and Cushi said, Tidings, my lord the king: for the Lord hath avenged thee this day of all them that rose up against thee. And the king said unto Cushi. Is the young man Absalom safe? And Cushi answered. The enemies of my lord the king, and all that rise against thee to do thee hurt, be as that young man is. And the king was much moved, and went up to the chamber over the gate, and wept: and as he went, thus he said, O my son Absalom, my son, my son Absalom! would God I had died for thee, O Absalom, my son, my son!; And it was told Joab, Behold the king weepeth and mourneth for Absalom. And the victory that day was turned into mourning unto all the people: for the people heard say that day how the king was grieved for his son. And the people gat them by stealth that day into the city, as people being ashamed steal away when they flee in battle. But the king covered his face, and the king cried with a loud voice, O my son Absalom, O Absalom, my son, my son!—2 Samuel xvnt, 19–33, xix, 1–4. S S S "il Mf ay/b2/" ie SERS a ser 2 Sees ar v - /ch//SOLOMON And David took him more concubines and wives out of Jerusalem, after he was come from Hebron: and there were yet sons and daughters born to David. And these be the names of those that were born unto him in Jerusalem; Shammuah, and Shobab, and Nathan, and Solomon, Ibhar also, and Elishua, and Nepheg, and Japhia, and Elishama, and Eliada, and Eliphalet.—2 Samuel v. 13–16. And David comforted Bath-sheba his wife, and went in unto her, and lay with her: and she bare a son, and he called his name Solomon: and the Lord loved him.—2 Samuel Lathe ys So David slept with his fathers, and was buried in the city of David. And the days that David reigned over Israel were forty years: seven years reigned he in Hebron, and thirty and three years reigned he in Jerusalem. Then sat Solomon upon the throne of David his father, and his kingdom was established greatly.—zr Kings 72, ro-r2. And God gave Solomon wisdom and understanding exceeding much, and largeness of heart, even as the sand that is on the sea shore. And Solomon's wisdom excelled the wisdom of all the children of the east country, and all the wisdom of Egypt. For he was wiser than all men: than Ethan the Ezrahite, and Heman, and Chalcol, and Darda, the sons of Mahol: and his fame was in all nations round about. And he spake three thousand proverbs: and his songs were a thousand and five. And he spake of trees, from the cedar tree that is in Lebanon even unto the hyssop that springeth out of the wall: he spake also of beasts, and of fowl, and of creeping things, and of fishes. And there came of all people to hear the wisdom of Solomon, from all kings of the earth, which had heard of his wisdom,—2 Kings tv, 29–34. Aa ie Al il MIhil p i il We is iB Nt Ve su nl a (leat tl Ml My (or ihe th Hi ! au SMITA Whi) aa gine i p i: i777 HCA, hi yt ff A. tren ATan ed oie - /ch//THE JUDGMENT OF SOLOMON Then came there two women, that were harlots, unto the king, and stood before him. And the one woman said, O my lord, I and this woman dwell in one house; and I was delivered of a child with her in the house. And it came to pass the third day after that I was delivered, that this woman was delivered also: and we were together; there was no stranger with us in the house, save we two in the house. And this woman's child died in the night; because she overlaid it. And she arose at midnight, and took my son from beside me, while thine handmaid slept, and laid it in her bosom, and laid her dead child in my bosom. And when I rose in the morning to give my child suck, behold, it was dead: but when I had considered it in the morning, behold, it was not my son, which I did bear. And the other woman said, Nay; but the living is my son, and the dead is thy son. And this said, No; but the dead is thy son, and the living is my son. Thus they spake before the king. Then said the king. The one saith, This is my son that liveth, and thy son is the dead: and the other saith, Nay; but thy son is the dead, and my son is the living. And the king said, Bring me a sword. And they brought a sword before the king. And the king said, Divide the living child in two, and give half to the one, and half to the other. Then spake the woman whose the living child was unto the king, for her bowels yearned upon her son, and she said, O my lord, give her the living child, and in no wise slay it.; But the other said, Let it be neither mine nor thine, but divide it. Then the king answered and said, Give her the living child, and in no wise slay it: she is the mother thereof. And all Israel heard of the judgment which the king had judged; and they feared the king: for they saw that the wisdom of God was in him, to do judgment.—7 Kengs 772, 16–28, i 4 aH bin mn UU ju un Niel: all cM) ie 'i a - i ay ni A. it!lWi el Ci AAAa cin a[ HL) Ney H Hy nein in A. ae Di ( mal aa has al it il)We ''is'' yl: ee'll ik Ml) Alhi UVM INCINSLIN i itl i lle ar) THE CEDARS DESTINED FOR THE TEMPLE: And Hiram king of Tyre sent his servants unto Solomon; for he had heard that they had anointed him king in the room of his father: for Hiram was ever a lover of David. And Solomon sent to Hiram, saying, Thou knowest how that David my father could not build a house unto the name of the Lord his God for the wars which were about him on every side, until the Lord put them under the soles of his feet. But now the Lord my God hath given me rest on every side, so that there is neither adversary nor evil occurrent. And, behold, I purpose to build a house unto the name of the Lord my God, as the Lord spake unto David my father, saying, Thy son, whom I will set upon thy throne in thy room, he shall build a house unto my name. Now therefore command thou that they hew me cedar trees out of Lebanon; and my servants shall be with thy servants: and unto thee will I give hire for thy servants according to all that thou shalt appoint: for thou knowest that there is not among us any that can skill to hew timber like unto the Sidonians. And it came to pass, when Hiram heard the words of Solomon, that he rejoiced greatly, and said, Blessed be the Lord this day, which hath given unto David a wise son over this great people. And Hiram sent to Solomon, saying, I have considered the things which thou sentest to me for: and I will do all thy desire concerning timber of cedar, and concerning timber of fir. My servants shall bring them down from Lebanon unto the sea; and I will convey them by sea in floats unto the place that thou shalt appoint me, and will cause them to be discharged there, and thou shalt receive them: and thou shalt accomplish my desire, in giving food for my household. So Hiram gave Solomon cedar trees and fir trees according to all his desire. And Solomon gave Hiram twenty thousand measures of wheat for food to his household, and twenty measures of pure oil: thus gave Solomon to Hiram year by year. And the Lord gave Solomon wisdom, as he promised him: and there was peace between Hiram and Solomon; and they two made a league together. And king Solomon raised a levy out of all Israel; and the levy was thirty thousand men. And he sent them to Lebanon, ten thousand a month by courses: a month they were in Lebanon, and two months at home: and Adoniram was over the levy. And Solomon had threescore and ten thousand that bare burdens,.and fourscore thousand hewers in the mountains; beside the chief of Solomon's officers which were over the work, three thousand and three hundred, which ruled over the people that wrought in the work. And the king commanded, and they brought great stones, costly stones, and hewed stones, to lay the foundation of the house. And Solomon's builders, and Hiram's builders did hew them, and the stone-squarers: so they prepared timber and stones to build the house.—z Azngs v. THE.—PROPH Boles Ne B Ye aoe. Now there dwelt an old prophet in Bethel; and his sons came and told him all the works that the man of God had done that day in Bethel: the words which he had spoken unto the king, them they told also to their father. And their father said unto them. What way went he? For his sons had seen what way the man of God went, which came from Judah. And he said unto his sons, Saddle me the ass. So they saddled him the ass: and he rode thereon, and went after the man of God, and found him sitting under an oak: and he said unto him, Art thou the man of God that camest from Judah? And he said, I am. Then he said unto him, Come home with me, and eat bread. And he said,may not return with thee, nor go in with thee: neither will I eat bread nor drink water with thee in this place: for it was said to me by the word of the Lord, Thou shalt eat no bread nor drink water there, nor turn again to go by the way that thou camest. He said unto him, I am a prophet also as thou art; and an angel spake unto me by the word of the Lord, saying, Bring him back with thee into thine house, that he may eat bread and drink water. But he lied unto him. So he went back with him, and did eat bread in his house, and drank water. And it came to pass, as they sat at the table, that the word of the Lord came unto the prophet that brought him back: and he cried unto the man of God that came from Judah, saying, Thus saith the Lord, Forasmuch as thou hast disobeyed the mouth of the Lord, and hast not kept the commandment which the Lord thy God commanded thee, but camest back, and hast eaten bread and drunk water in the place, of the which the Lord did say to thee, Eat no bread, and drink no water; thy carcass shall not come unto the sepulchre of thy fathers. And it came to pass, after he had eaten bread, and after he had drunk, that he saddled for him the ass, to wit, for the prophet whom he had brought back. And when he was gone, a lion met him by the way, and slew him: and his carcass was cast in the way, and the ass stood by it, the lion also stood by the carcass. And, behold, men passed by, and saw the carcass cast in the way, and the lion standing by the carcass: and they came and told it in the city where the old prophet dwelt. And when the prophet that brought him back from the way heard thereof," he said. It is the man of God, who was disobedient unto the word of the Lord: therefore the Lord hath delivered him unto the lion, which hath torn him, and slain him, according to the word of the Lord, which he spake unto him. And he spake to his sons, saying, Saddle me the ass. And they saddled him. And he went and found his carcass cast in the way, and the ass and the lion standing by the carcass: the lion had not eaten the carcass, nor torn the ass.—z Kengs xzzz, 11–28, ban D ae oe) ELIJAH DESTROYING Tite MESSENGERo=OPrsAnAZIAL: And Ahaziah fell down through a lattice in his upper chamber that was in Samaria, and was sick: and he sent messengers, and said unto them, Go, enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron whether I shall recover of this disease. But the angel of the Lord said to Elijah the Tishbite, Arise, go up to meet the messengers of the king of Samaria, and say unto them. Is it not because there is not a God in Israel, that ye go to enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron? Now therefore thus saith the Lord, Thou shalt not come down from that bed on which thou art gone up, but shalt surely die. And Elijah departed. And when the messengers turned back unto him," he said unto them. Why are ye now turned back? And they said unto him. There came a man up to meet us, and said unto us, Go, turn again unto the king that sent you, and say unto him, Thus saith the Lord. Is it not because there is not a God in Israel, that thou sendest to enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron? therefore thou shalt not come down from that bed on which thou art gone up, but shalt surely die. And he said unto them. What manner of man was he which came up to meet you, and told you these words? And they answered him. He was an hairy man, and girt with a girdle of leather about his loins. And he said. It is Elijah the Tishbite. Then the king sent unto him a captain of fifty with his fifty. And he went up to him: and, behold, he sat on the top of an hill. And he spake unto him, Thou man of God, the king hath said, Come down. And Elijah answered and said to the captain of fifty. If I be a man of God, then let fire come down from heaven, and consume thee and thy fifty. And there came down fire from heaven and consumed him and his fifty. Again also he sent unto him another captain of fifty with his fifty. And he answered and said unto him, O man of God, thus hath the king said, Come down quickly. And Elijah answered and said unto them. If I be a man of God, let fire come down from heaven, and consume thee and thy fifty. And the fire of God came down from heaven and consumed him and his fifty. And he sent again a captain of the third fifty with his fifty. And the third captain of fifty went up, and came and fell on his knees before Elijah, and besought him, and said unto him, O man of God, I pray thee, let my life, and the life of these fifty thy servants, be precious in thy sight. Behold, there came fire down from heaven, and burnt up the two captains of the former fifties with their fifties: therefore let my life now be precious in thy sight. And the angel of the lord said unto Elijah, Go down with him: be not afraid of him. And he arose, and went down with him unto the king. And he said unto him, Thus saith the Lord, Forasmuch as thou hast sent messengers to enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron, is it not because there is no God in Israel to enquire of his word? therefore thou shalt not come down off that bed on which thou art gone up, but shalt surely die. So he died according to the word of the Lord which Elijah had spoken.—2 Kzngs 2, 2–17, wail Ni iy 3 'Uda il es = r Foes "'T BELIJAH"S ASCENT MING ASG ATO) Teo reer it. "And it came to pass, when the Lord would take up Elijah into heaven by a whirlwind, that Elijah went with Elisha from Gilgal. And Elijah said unto Elisha, Tarry here, I pray thee; for the Lord hath sent me to Beth-el. And Elisha said unto him. As the Lord liveth, and as thy soul liveth, I will not leave thee. So they went down to Beth-el. And the sons of the prophets that were at Beth-el came forth to Elisha, and said unto him, Knowest thou that the Lord will take away thy master from thy head to-day? And he said, Yea, I know it; hold ye your peace. And Elijah said unto him, Elisha, tarry here, I pray thee; for the Lord hath sent me to Jericho. And he said. As the Lord liveth, and as thy soul liveth, I will not leave thee. So they came to Jericho. And the sons of the prophets that were at Jericho came to Elisha, and said unto him, Knowest thou that the Lord will take away thy master from thy head to-day? And he answered, Yea, I know it; hold ye your peace. And Elijah said unto him, Tarry, I pray thee, here; for the Lord hath sent me to Jordan. And he said. As the Lord liveth, and as thy soul liveth, I will not leave thee. And they two went on. 5 And fifty men of the sons of the prophets went, and stood to view afar off: and they two stood by Jordan. And Elijah took his mantle, and wrapped it together, and smote the waters, and they were divided hither and thither, so that they two went over on dry ground. And it came to pass, when they were gone over, that Elijah said unto Elisha, Ask what I shall do for thee, before I be taken away from thee. And Elisha said, I pray thee, let a double portion of thy spirit be upon me. And he said, Thou hast asked a hard thing: nevertheless, if thou see me when I am taken from thee, it shall be so unto thee; but if not, it shall not be so. And it came to pass, as they still went on, and talked, that, behold, there appeared a chariot of fire, and horses of fire, and parted them both asunder; and Elijah went up by a whirlwind into heaven.—z KA7ngs 22, 1–11. Wives j 4 oe ial M} Hi il ) YAN THE DEATH ORSEZEBEAS And when Jehu was come to Jezreel, Jezebel heard of it; and she painted her face, and tired her head, and looked out at a window. And as Jehu entered in at the gate," she said, Had Zimri peace, who slew his master? And he lifted up his face to the window, and said, who is on my side? who? And there looked out to him two or three eunuchs. And he said, Throw her down. So they threw her down: and some of her blood was sprinkled on the wall, and on the horses: and he trod her under foot. And when he was come in, he did eat and drink, and said, Go, see now this cursed woman, and bury her: for she is a king's daughter. And they went to bury her: but they found no more of her than the scull, and the feet, and the palms of her hands. Wherefore they came again, and told him. And he said, This is the word of the Lord, which he spake by his servant Elijah the Tishbite, saying, In the portion of Jezreel shall dogs eat the flesh of Jezebel: and the carcass of Jezebel shall be as dung upon the face of the field in the portion of Jezreel; so that they shall not say, This is Jezebel.—2 Azngs zx, 370–37. : Te aie ye We of re oe ¥ - - /ch//ESTHER CONFOUNDING HAMAN So the king and Haman came to banquet with Esther the queen. And the king said again unto Esther on the second day at the banquet of wine. What is thy petition, queen Esther? and it shall be granted thee: and what is thy request? and it shall be performed, even to the half of the kingdom. Then Esther the queen answered and said. If I have found favor in thy sight, O king, and if it please the king, let my life be given me at my petition, and my people at my request: for we are sold, I and my people, to be destroyed, to be slain, and to perish. But if we had been sold for bondmen and bondwomen, I had held my tongue, although the enemy could not countervail the king's damage. Then the king Ahasuerus answered and said unto Esther the queen, who is he, and where is he, that durst presume in his heart to do so? And Esther said. The adversary and enemy is this wicked Haman. Then Haman was afraid before the king and the queen. And the king arising from the banquet of wine in his wrath went into the palace garden: and Haman stood up to make request for his life to Esther the queen; for he saw that there was evil determined against him by the king. Then the king returned out of the palace garden into the place of the banquet of wine; and Haman was fallen upon the bed whereon Esther was. Then said the king, Will he force the queen also before me in the house? As the word went out of the king's mouth, they covered Haman's face. And Harbonah, one of the chamberlains, said before the king, Behold also, the gallows fifty cubits high, which Haman had made for Mordecai, who had spoken good for the king, standeth in the house of Haman. Then the king said, Hang him thereon. So they hanged Haman on the gallows that he had prepared for Mordecai. Then was the king's wrath pacified.—sther vaz. 7 - /ch//ISAIAH Isaiah (in Hebrew, Veshayahu, "Salvation of God"), the earliest and most sublime of the four greater Hebrew prophets, was the son of Amoz (2 Kings xix, 2–20; Isaiah xxxvil, 2), and he uttered his oracles during the reigns of Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah, kings of Judah. The dates of his birth and death are unknown, but he lived from about 760 B. to about 7�o B. C. He was married and had three sons—the children referred to in Isaiah viti, 18; and he appears to have resided near Jerusalem. But by most competent critics it is now held that the last twenty-seven chapters (40–66) of the book bearing his name were the work, not of the prophet, but of a later writer who is commonly styled the second or Deutero-Isaiah. In this portion of the book, Cyrus, who was not born till after 600 B. C., is mentioned by name (Isaiah, xliv, 28: xlv, 1); and events which did not take place till a century after the prophet's death are referred to as happening contemporaneously with the writer's account of them. The style of these last twenty-seven chapters, also, is different, and the tone is more elevated and spiritual. Dore's ideal portrait is more suited to the second or pseudo-Isaiah, than to the real one. =: L)) ae cp) ta! a 7 of ae DESTRUCTION OF SENNACHERIB'S HOST. Therefore thus saith the Lord concerning the king of Assyria. He shall not come into this city, nor shoot an arrow there, nor come before it with shield, nor cast a bank against it. By the way that he came, by the same shall he return, and shall not come into this city, saith the Lord. For I will defend this city, to save it, for mine own sake, and for my servant David's sake. And it came to pass that night that the angel of the Lord went out, and smote in the camp of the Assyrians an hundred fourscore and five thousand: and when they arose early in the morning, behold, they were all dead corpses. So Sennacherib king of Assyria departed, and went and returned, and dwelt at Nineveh. And it came to pass, as he was worshipping in the house of Nisroch his god, that Adrammelech and Sharezer his sons smote him with the sword: and they escaped into the land of Armenia. And Esar-haddon his son reigned in his stead.—2 K7zngs x7x, 32–37. - /ch//BARUCH And it came to pass in the fourth year of Jehoiakim the son of Josiah king of Judah, that this word came unto Jeremiah from the Lord, saying, Take thee a roll of a book, and write therein all the words that I have spoken unto thee against Israel, and against Judah, and against all the nations, from the day I spake unto thee, from the days of Josiah, even unto this day. It may be that the house of Judah will hear all the evil which I purpose to do unto them; that they may return every man from his evil way; that I may forgive their iniquity and their sin. Then Jeremiah called Baruch the son of Neriah: and Baruch wrote from the mouth of Jeremiah all the words of the Lord, which he had spoken unto him, upon a roll of a book.—Jeremiah xxxv2, I-4. } The word that Jeremiah the prophet spake unto Baruch the son of Neriah, when he had written these words in a book at the mouth of Jeremiah, in the fourth year of Jehoiakim the son of Josiah king of Judah, saying, Thus saith the Lord, the God of Israel, unto thee, O Baruch; thou didst say, Woe is me now! for the Lord hath added grief to my sorrow;fainted in my sighing, and I find no rest. Thus shalt thou say unto him. The Lord saith thus; Behold, that which I have built will I break down, and that which I have planted I will pluck up, even this whole land. And seekest thou great things for thyself? seek them not: for, behold, I will bring evil upon all flesh, saith the Lord: but thy life will I give unto thee for a prey in all places whither thou goest.—Jeremiah xlv, 1–5. : yia a, Tad oa sels ar yh eh r EZEKIEL: PROPHESYING; Ezekiel, the third of the great Hebrew prophets, was the son of the priest Buzi (Ezekiel i, 3). He was probably born about 620 or 630 years before Christ, and was consequently a contemporary of Jeremiah and Daniel, to the latter of whom he alludes in chapters xiv, 14–20 and xxvni, 3. When Jerusalem was taken by Nebuchadnezzar in 597 B. C. (2 Kings xxiv, 8–16; Jeremiah xxix, 1–2; Ezekiel xvii, 12; xix, 9), Ezekiel was carried captive along with Jehoiachin, or Jeconiah, king of Judah, and thousands of other Jewish prisoners, to Babylonia, or as he himself calls it, "the land of the Chaldeans." (Ezekiel i, 3). Here, along with his exiled fellow-countrymen, he lived on the banks of the river Chebar (Ezekiel i, 1–3), in a house of his own (vni, 1). Here also he married, and here, too, his wife, "the desire of his eyes," was taken from him with a stroke "(Ezekiel xxiv, 15–18). His-prophetic career extended over twenty-two years, from about 502 B. to about 570 B. C. The book bearing his name is written in a mystical and symbolical style, and abounds with visions and difficult allegories which indicate on the part of the author the possession of a vivid and sublime imagination. Ezekiel's authorship of it has been questioned. The Talmud attributes it to the Great Synagogue, of which Ezekiel was not a member. It is divisible into two portions. The first (chapters i-xxiv) was written before, and the second (chapters xxv-xlvni) after, the destruction of Jerusalem by Nebuchadnezzar in 586 B. C, the eleventh year of the prophet's captivity (Ezekiel xxvi, 1–2; xl, 1). The present text is very imperfect, being corrupted by the interpolation of glosses and other additions by later hands. Dore's picture represents the prophet uttering his oracles to his fellow-exiles ("them of the captivity"), or to the "elders of Judah," or "elders of Israel," on one of the occasions to which he himself alludes (vni, 1; xi, 25; xiv, 1; Xx, p. - - /ch//THE VISION OF EZEKIEL The hand of the Lord was upon me, and carried me out in the Spirit of the Lord, and set me down in the midst of the valley which was full of bones, and caused me to pass by them round about: and, behold, there were very many in the open valley; and, lo, they were very dry. And he said unto me, Son of man, can these bones live? And I answered, O Lord God, thou knowest. Again he said unto me, Prophesy upon these bones, and say unto them, O ye dry bones, hear the word of the Lord. Thus saith the Lord God unto these bones; Behold, I will cause breath to enter into you, and ye shall live: And I will lay sinews upon you, and will bring up flesh upon you, and cover you with skin, and put breath in you, and ye shall live; and ye shall know that I am the Lord. So I prophesied as I was commanded: and as I prophesied, there was a noise, and behold a shaking, and the bones came together, bone to his bone. And when I beheld, lo, g the sinews and the flesh came up upon them, and the skin covered them above: but there was no breath in them. Then said he unto me, Prophesy unto the wind, prophesy, son of man, and say to the wind, Thus saith the Lord God; Come from the four winds, O breath, and breathe upon these slain, that they may live. So I prophesied as he commanded me, and the breath came into them, and they lived, and stood up upon their feet, an exceeding great army. Then he said unto me, Son of man, these bones are the whole house of Israel: behold, they say, Our bones are dried, and our hope is lost: we are cut off for our parts. Therefore prophesy and say unto,them, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold,O my people, I will open your graves, and cause you to come up out of your graves, and bring you into the land of Israel. And ye shall know that I am the Lord, when I have opened your graves, O my people, and brought you up out of your graves, and shall put my Spirit in you, and ye shall live, and I shall place you in your own land: then shall ye know that I the Lord have spoken it, and performed it, saith the Lord.—Zzekzel xxxvi2, 1–14, pay bal; ys Yr r 7 eee ka cat en RA iM pe f/b2/}'s ee an Rk pe! c gn? 7 aC 5 . ~4 e. = . j aA Z 7 ce 4) x e aa ae 5 ie 7 7 "9 as ee eee oO a he I; e iS) 7 nYs Vine so ype m: a4 ar 4 (Ab a paalt *.) Ps <" te .;: en: 3 Ces PIC ae eT eg ite Loe ee ee a - /ch//DAN HEL Respecting the parentage or family of Daniel, the fourth of the great Hebrew prophets, nothing is known, though he appears to have been of noble if not of royal descent (Daniel i, 3). When, in the third year of the reign of King Jehoiakim (607, 606, 605, or 604 B. C.), Jerusalem was first taken by Nebuchadnezzar, Daniel, then a youth, was among the captives carried to Babylon. By the king's orders, he, with others of the Jewish youth, was educated for three years (Daniel i, 3–7). At this time Daniel acquired the power of interpreting dreams (i, 17), which he used with such advantage in expounding a dream of Nebuchadnezzar, that he was made ruler over the whole province of Babylon (Daniel ii, 46–48). Daniel's interpretation of Belshazzar's famous vision having been fulfilled by the capture of Babylon by Darius, that conqueror promoted Daniel to the highest office in the kingdom (Daniel vi, 1–3). The prophet also prospered greatly during the reign of Cyrus (Daniel vi, 28). The book of Daniel is written partly in Chaldaic or Syriac (the vernacular Aramaic language spoken by the people of Palestine), and partly in sacred Hebrew. It is manifestly divisible into two portions. The first (chapters i-vi) narrating the details of the prophet's life, and the second (chapters vii—xii) setting forth his apocalyptic visions. Much doubt has been cast upon the authenticity of the work. The evident reference in the eleventh chapter to the conquest of Persia by Alexander the Great, which took place about 330 B. C., or more than two hundred years after Daniel flourished, has led many modern critics to believe that the work was composed in the time of the Maccabees. Dore's picture appears to be intended to represent the prophet meditating over one of the many visions which came to him. SSS See Ez THE, FIERY. URNACE. Wherefore at that time certain Chaldeans came near, and accused the Jews. They spake and said to the king Nebuchadnezzar, O king, live forever. There are certain Jews whom thou hast set over the affairs of the province of Babylon, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego; these men, O king, have not regarded thee: they serve not thy gods, nor worship the golden image which thou hast set up. Then Nebuchadnezzar in his rage and fury commanded to bring Shadrach, Sees and Abed-nego. Then they brought these men before the king. Nebuchadnezzar spake and said unto them. Is it true, O Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego? do not—ye serve my gods, nor worship the golden image which I have set up? Now if ye be ready that at what time ye hear the sound of the cornet, flute, harp, sackbut, psaltery, and dulcimer, and all kinds of music, ye fall down and worship the image which I have made; well: but if ye worship not, ye shall be cast the same hour into the midst of a burning fiery furnace; and who is that God that shall deliver you out of my hands? Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, answered and said to the king, O Nebuchadnezzar, we are not careful to answer thee in this matter. If it be so, our God whom we serve is able to deliver us from the burning fiery furnace, and he will deliver us out of thine hand, O king. But if not, be it known unto thee, O king, that we will not serve thy gods, nor worship the golden image which thou hast set up. Then was Nebuchadnezzar full of fury, and the form of his visage was changed against Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego: therefore he spake, and commanded that they should heat"the furnace one seven times more tha it was wont to be heated. And he commanded the most mighty men that were in his army to bind Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, and to cast them into the burning fiery furnace. Then these men were bound in their coats, their hosen, and their hats, and their other garments, and were cast into the midst of the burning fiery furnace. Therefore because the king's commandment was urgent, and the furnace exceeding hot, the flame of the fire slew those men that took up Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego. And these three men, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego fell down bound into the midst of the burning fiery furnace. Then Nebuchadnezzar the king was astonished, and rose up in haste, and spake, and said unto his counselors, Did not we cast three men bound into the midst of the fire? They answered, and said unto the king, True, O king. He answered and said, Lo, I see four men loose, walking in the midst of the fire, and they have no hurt; and the form of the fourth is like the Son of God. Tien Nebuchadnezzar came near to the mouth of the burning fiery furnace, and spake, and said, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, ye servants of the most high God, come forth and come hither. Then Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, came forth of the midst of the fire. And the princes, governors, and captains, and the king's counselors, being gathered together, saw these men, upon whose bodies the fire had no power, nor was a hair of their head singed, neither were their coats changed, nor the smell of fire had passed on them,—Daniel nt, 5, 9, 12–27. DIU! TINY APU va OWEVN TN Tope A. VOPOUCAES TEE EDEL UE Cundunin TSS Samierreougs rae oe ft ore Sgt tanh a 7 Loe BELSHAZZAR'S FEAST. Belshazzar the king made a great feast to a thousand of his lords, and drank wine before the thousand. Belshazzar, whiles he tasted the wine, commanded to bring the golden and silver vessels which his father Nebuchadnezzar had taken out of the temple which was in Jerusalem; that the king, and his princes, his wives, and his concubines, might drink therein. Then they brought the golden vessels that were taken out of the temple of the house of God which was at Jerusalem; and the king, and his princes, his wives, and his concubines, drank in them. They drank wine and praised the gods of gold, and of silver, of brass, of iron, of wood, and of stone. "In the same hour came forth fingers of a man's hand, and wrote over against the candlestick upon the plaister of the wall of the king's palace: and the king saw the part of the hand that wrote. Then the king's countenance was changed, and his thoughts troubled him, so that the joints of his loins were loosed, and his knees smote one against another." [On the failure of his astrologers and soothsayers to interpret the writing, the king, at the suggestion of his queen, sends for Daniel, who interprets it as follows O thou king, the most high God gave Nebuchadnezzar thy father a kingdom, and majesty, and glory, and honor: and for the majesty that he gave him, all peoples, nations, and languages, trembled and feared before him: whom he would he slew; and whom he would he kept alive; and whom he would he set up; and whom he would he put down. But when his heart was lifted up, and his mind hardened in pride, he was deposed from his kingly throne, and they took his glory from him: and he was driven from the sons of men; and his heart was made like the beasts, and his dwelling was with the wild asses: they fed him with grass like oxen, and his body was wet with the dew of heaven; till he knew that the most high God ruled in the kingdom of men, and that he appointeth over it whomsoever he will. And thou his son, O Belshazzar, hast not humbled thine heart, though thou knewest all this; but hast lifted up thyself against the Lord of heaven; and they have brought the vessels of his house before thee, and thou, and thy lords, thy wives, and thy concubines, have drunk wine in them; and thou hast praised the gods of silver, and gold, of brass, iron, wood, and stone, which see not, nor hear, nor know: and the God in whose hand thy breath is, and whose are all thy ways, hast thou not glorified: Then was the part of the hand sent from him; and this writing was written. And this is the writing that was written, MENE, MENE, TEKEL, UPHARSIN. This is the interpretation of the thing: MENE; God hath numbered thy kingdom and finished it. TEKEL; Thou art weighed in the balances, and art found wanting. PERES; Thy kingdom is divided, and given to the Medes and Persians. In that night was Belshazzar the king of the Chaldeans slain. And Darius the Median took the kingdom.—Daniel v, s, as si , he Fu, ap fe aithgee Zw ee Ph nde ee <atsoMe 2 a ''is'' ag a a we ve DANIEL IN THE LIONS' DEN. Now when Daniel knew that the writing was signed, he went into his house; and his windows being open in his chamber toward Jerusalem, he kneeled upon his knees three times a day, and prayed, and gave thanks before his God, as he did aforetime.—Then these men assembled, and found Daniel praying and making supplication before his God. Then they came near, and spake before the king concerning the king's decree; Hast thou not signed a decree, that every man that shall ask a petition of any God or man within thirty days, save of thee, O king, shall be cast into the den of lions. The king answered and said. The thing is true, according to the law of the Medes and Persians, which altereth not. Then answered they and said before the king. That Daniel, which is of the children of the captivity of Judah, regardeth not thee, O king, nor the decree that thou hast signed, but maketh his petition three times a day. Then the king, when he heard these words, was sore displeased with himself, and set his heart on Daniel to deliver him: and he laboured till the going down of the sun to deliver him. Then these men assembled unto the king, and said unto the king, Know, O king, that the law of the Medes and Persians is. That no decree nor statute which the king establisheth may be changed. Then the king commanded, and they brought Daniel and cast him into the den of lions. Now the king spake and said unto Daniel, Thy God whom thou servest continually, he will deliver thee. And a stone was brought, and laid upon the mouth of the den; and the king sealed it with his own signet, and with the signet of his lords; that the purpose might not be changed concerning Daniel. Then the king went to his palace, and passed the night fasting: neither were instruments of musick brought before him: and his sleep went from him. Then the king arose very early in the morning, and went in haste unto the den of lions. And when he came to the den, he cried with a lamentable voice unto Daniel: and the king spake and said to Daniel, O Daniel, servant of the living God, is thy God, whom thou servest continually, able to deliver thee from the lions? Then said Daniel unto the King, O king, live forever. My God hath sent his angel, and hath shut the lions' mouths, that they have not hurt me: forasmuch as before him innocency was found in me; and also before thee, O king, have I done no hurt. Then was the king exceeding glad for him, and commanded that they should take Daniel up out of the den. So Daniel was taken up out of the den, and no manner of hurt was found upon him, because he believed in his God. And the king commanded, and they brought those men which had accused Daniel, and they cast them into the den of lions, them, their children, and their wives; and the lions had the mastery of them, and brake all their bones in pieces or ever they came at the bottom of the den.—Danzel vz, 10–24, oy x: oc. OM; 7 kit ie ea ie—eo a, 7 ais ed 7 Je er ba Avins) "I ." 4 et he ks ee OR a gt ee He; aS ''is'' fas et nl ena i THE—PROPEE EAM OS Amos, one of the earliest of the Hebrew prophets, flourished during the reign of Uzziah, about 790 B. C., and was consequently a contemporary of Hosea and Joel. In his youth he lived at Tekoa, about six miles south of Bethlehem, in Judzea, and was a herdsman and a gatherer of sycamore fruit (Amos i, 1; vii, 14). This occupation he gave up for that of prophet (vii, 15), and he came forward to denounce the idolatry then prevalent in Judah, Israel, and the surrounding kingdoms. The first six chapters of his book contain his denunciations of idolatry; the other three, his symbolical vision of the overthrow of the people of Israel, and a promise of their restoration. The style is remarkable for clearness and strength, and for its picturesque use of images drawn from the rural and pastoral life which the prophet had led in his youth. Z Vika x Z. Msp'll bt bo - YY J - /ch//JONAH CALLING NINEVEH TO REPENTANCE And the word of the Lord came unto Jonah the second time, saying, Arise, go unto Nineveh, that great city, and preach unto it the preaching that I bid thee. So Jonah arose, and went unto Nineveh, according to the word of the Lord. Now Nineveh was an exceeding great city of three days' journey. And Jonah began to enter into the city a day's journey, and he cried, and said, Yet forty days, and Nineveh shall be overthrown. So the people of Nineveh believed God, and proclaimed a fast, and put on sackcloth, from the greatest of them even to the least of them. For word came unto the king of Nineveh, and he arose from his throne, and he laid his robe from him, and covered him with sackcloth, and sat in ashes. And he caused it to be proclaimed and published through Nineveh by the decree of the king and his nobles, saying, Let neither man nor beast, herd nor flock taste anything: let them not feed, nor drink water: but let man and beast be covered with sackcloth, and cry mightily unto God: yea, let them turn every one from his evil way, and from the violence that is in their hands. Who can tell if God will turn and repent, and turn away from his fierce anger, that we perish not? And God saw their works, that they turned from their evil way; and God repented of the evil, that he had said that he would do unto them; and he did it not.—/onah zzz, a' / x i! tn - p jl II a Set ce A ui fu an = meeier BA.: rf i iv a4. = a ayer - /ch//DANIEL CONFOUNDING THE PRIESTS OF BEL Now the Babylonians had an idol called Bel: and there were spent upon him every day twelve great measures of fine flour, and forty sheep, and sixty vessels of wine. The king also worshipped him, and went every day to adore him: but Daniel adored his God. And the king said unto him: Why dost thou not adore Bel? And he answered, and said to him: Because I do not worship idols made with hands, but the living God, that created heaven and earth, and hath power over all flesh. And the king said to him: Doth not Bel seem to thee to be a living God? Seest thou not how much he eateth and drinketh every day? Then Daniel smiled and said: O king, be not deceived: for this is but clay within, and brass without, neither hath he eaten at any time. And the king being angry called for his priests, and said to them: If you tell me not, who it is that eateth up these expenses, you shall die. But if you can show that Bel eateth these things, Daniel shall die, because he hath blasphemed against Bel. And Daniel said to the king: Be it done according to thy word. Now the priests of Bel were seventy besides their wives and little ones and children. And they went with Daniel into the temple of Bel. And the priests of Bel said: Behold, we go out: and do thou, O king, set on the meats, and make ready, the wine, and shut the door fast, and seal it with thy own ring: and when thou comest in the morning, if thou findest not that Bel hath eaten all up, we will suffer death, or else Daniel that hath lied against us. And they little regarded it, because they had made under the table a secret entrance, and they always came in by it, and consumed those things. So it came to pass after they were gone out, the king set the meats before Bel: and Daniel commanded his servants, and they brought ashes, and he sifted them all over the temple before the king: and going forth they shut the door, and having sealed it with the king's ring, they departed. But the priests went in by night, according to their custom, with their wives and their children: and they eat and drank all up. And the king rose early in the morning, and Daniel with him. And the king said: Are the seals whole, Daniel? and he answered: They are whole, O king. And as soon as he had opened the door, the king looked upon the table, and cried out with a loud voice: Great art thou, O Bel, and there is not any deceit with thee. And Daniel laughed: and he held the king that he should not go in: and he said: Behold the pavement, mark whose footsteps these are. And the king said: I see the footsteps of men, and women, and children. And the king was angry. Then he took the priests, and their wives, and their children: and they showed him the private doors by which they came in, and consumed the things that were on the table. The king therefore put them to death, and delivered Bel into the power of Daniel: who destroyed him, and his temple.—Danzel xzv, 1–27 (Douay Version), iiT Il Hn = f Whi il He IO =A A sl iil HELIODORUS, PUNISHEDF INS DA ear. But Heliodorus executed that which he had resolved on, himself being present in the same place with his guard about the treasury. . . . But the spirit of the Almighty God gave a great evidence of his presence, so that all that had presumed to obey him, falling down by the power of God, were struck with fainting and dread. For there appeared to them a horse with a terrible rider upon him, adorned with a very rich covering: and he ran fiercely and struck Heliodorus with his fore-feet, and he that sat upon him seemed to have armor of gold. Moreover, there appeared two other young men, beautiful and strong, bright and glorious, and in comely apparel: who stood by him, on either side, and scourged him without ceasing with many stripes. And Heliodorus suddenly fell to the ground, and they took him up covered with great darkness, and having put him into a litter they carried him out. So he that came with many servants, and all his guard into the aforesaid treasury, was carried out, no one being able to help him, the manifest power of God being known. And he indeed by the power of God lay speechless, and without all hope of recovery.—2 Maccabees tz, 23–29, i TE hy i Cid Bean Py Tey And it came to pass in those days, that there went out a decree from Czesar Augustus, that all the world should be taxed. (And this taxing was first made when Cyrenius was governor of Syria.) And all went to be taxed, every one into his own city. And Joseph also went up from Galilee, out of the city of Nazareth, into Judea, unto the city of David, which is called Bethlehem; (because he was of the house and lineage of David:) to be taxed with Mary, his espoused wife, being great with child. And so it was, that, while they were there, the days were accomplished that she should be delivered. And she brought forth her firstborn son, and wrapped him in swaddling clothes, and laid him in a manger; because there was no room for them in the inn. And there were in the same country shepherds abiding in the field, keeping watch over their flock by night. And, lo, the angel of the Lord came upon them, and the glory of the Lord shone round about them: and they were sore afraid. And the angel said unto them, Fear not: for, behold, I bring you good tidings of great joy, which shall be to all people. For unto you is born this day in the city of David a Saviour, which is Christ the Lord. And this shall be a sign unto you; Ye shall find the babe wrapped in swaddling clothes, lying in a manger. And suddenly there was with the angel a multitude of the heavenly host praising God, and saying, Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good will toward men. And it came to pass, as the angels were gone away from them into heaven, the shepherds said one to another, Let us now go even unto Bethlehem, and see this thing which is come to pass, which the Lord hath made known unto us. And they came with haste, and found Mary, and Joseph, and the babe lying in a manger. And when they had seen it, they made known abroad the saying which was told them concerning this child. And all they that heard it, wondered at those things which were told them by the shepherds. But Mary kept all these things, and pondered them in her heart. And the shepherds returned, glorifying and praising God for all the things that they had heard and seen, as it was told unto them. And when eight days were accomplished for the circumcising of the child, his name was called Jesus, which was so named of the angel before he was conceived in the womb.—Lzke 22, 7–21. THESSTARG ING THE= EAST. Now when Jesus was born in Bethlehem of Judea in the days of Herod the king, behold, there came wise men from the east to Jerusalem, saying, Where is he that is born King of the Jews? for we have seen his star in the east, and are come to worship him. . . . When Herod the king had heard these things, he was troubled, and all Jerusalem with him. And when he had gathered all the chief priests and scribes of the people together, he demanded of them where Christ should be born. And they said unto him, In Bethlehem of Judzea: for thus it is written by the prophet. And thou Bethlehem, in the land of Juda, are not the least among the princes of Juda: for out of thee shall come a Governor, that shall rule my people Israel. Then Herod, when he had privily called the wise men, enquired of them diligently what time the star appeared. And he sent them to Bethlehem, and said, Go and search diligently for the young child; and when ye have found him, bring me word again, that I may come and worship him also. When they had heard the king, they departed; and, lo, the star, which they saw in the east, went before them, till it came and stood over where the young child was. When they saw the star, they rejoiced with exceeding great joy.—Matthew 122, I-10, ipl will VV hte Sioa Pe Ae ay ¥/b2/wee Cam Ru THE SBLIGH TINT OSCEGYE Tl: And when they were departed, behold, the angel of the Lord appeareth to Joseph in a dream, saying, Arise, and take the young child and his mother, and flee into Egypt, and be thou there until I bring thee word: for Herod will seek the young child to destroy him. When he arose, he took the young child and his mother by night, and departed into Egypt: and was there until the death of Herod: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken of the Lord by the prophet, saying, Out of Egypt have I called my son.—Matthew i, 13–15, ke ie ! "i". TH Re MASSACK BS Or CH EaINN OCENTS: Then Herod, when he saw that he was mocked of the wise men, was exceeding wroth, and sent forth, and slew all the children that were in Bethlehem, and in all the coasts thereof, from two years old and under, according to the time which he had diligently enquired of the wise men. Then was fulfilled that which was spoken by Jeremy the prophet, saying, In Rama was there a voice heard, lamentation, and weeping, and great mourning, Rachel weeping for her children, and would not be comforted, because they are not.—Matthew 77, 16–18, I've we "va 4s a" << ay JESUS OUESTIONING THE DOG LORS) Now his parents went to Jerusalem every year at the feast of the passover. And when he was twelve years old, they went up to Jerusalem after the custom of the feast. And when they had fulfilled the days, as they returned, the child Jesus tarried behind in Jerusalem; and Joseph and his mother knew not of it. But they, supposing him to have been in the company, went a day's journey; and they sought him among their kinsfolk and acquaintance. And when they found him not, they turned back again to Jerusalem, seeking him. And it came to pass, that after three days they found him in the temple, sitting in the midst of the doctors, both hearing them, and asking them questions. And all that heard him were astonished at his understanding and answers. And when they saw him, they were amazed: and his mother said unto him, Son, why hast thou thus dealt with us? behold, thy father and I have sought thee sorrowing. And he said unto them, How is it that ye sought me? wist ye not that I must be about my father's business? And they understood not the saying which he spake unto them. And he went down with them, and came to Nazareth, and was subject unto them: but his mother kept all these sayings in her heart. And Jesus increased in wisdom and stature, and in favor with God and man.— Luke tt, 4I-52, oe Ne eired JESUS "HEALING eoiCk. And Jesus went about all Galilee, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing all manner of sickness and all manner of disease among the people. And his fame went throughout all Syria: and they brought unto him all sick people that were taken with divers diseases and torments, and those which were possessed with devils, and those which were lunatic, and those that had the palsy; and he healed them.—Watthew 2v, 27–24, yy— TRU USSSA tips My dH li - /ch//SERMON ON THE MOUNT And there followed him great multitudes of people from Galilee, and from Decapolis, and from Jerusalem, and from Judea, and from beyond Jordan. And seeing the multitudes, he went up into a mountain: and when he was set, his disciples came unto him. And he opened his mouth and taught them. " And it came to pass, when Jesus had ended these sayings, the people were astonished at his doctrine: For he taught them as one having authority, and not as the scribes. When he was come down from the mountain, great multitudes followed him.—Matthew 2U, 25, UV, I-2, 28–29; vit, I, ey ~= iT wee a oe I ahing. Mare oa CHRIST ASTILLEINGSTHE TEMPERS tf And when he was entered into a ship, his disciples followed him. And, behold, there arose a great tempest in the sea, insomuch that the ship was covered with the waves: but he was asleep. And his disciples came to him, and awoke him, saying, Lord, save us: we perish. And he saith unto them. Why are ye fearful, O ye of little faith? Then he arose, and rebuked the winds and the sea; and there was a great calm. But the men marveled, saying. What manner of man is this, that even the winds and the sea obey him?—WMatthew vitt, 23–27. "i, ij THE DUMB MAN POSSESSED: As they went out, behold, they brought to him a dumb man possessed with a devil. And when the devil was cast out, the dumb spake: and the multitudes marveled, saying. It was never so seen in Israel. But the Pharisees said. He casteth out devils through the prince of the devils.—Matthew - Piel re ih '=o A : LA, o pa '=f A, a v oe) ''is'' a" by Rat 7 ae te CHRIS TAIN: TithssYNAGOGUE: And it came to pass, that when Jesus had finished these parables, he departed thence. And when he was come into his own country, he taught them in their synagogue, insomuch that they were astonished, and said, Whence hath this man this wisdom, and these mighty works? Is not this the carpenter's son? is not his mother called Mary? and his brethren, James, and Joses, and Simon, and Judas? And his sisters, are they not all with us? Whence then hath this man all these things? And they were offended in him. But Jesus said unto them. A prophet is not without honor, save in his own country, and in his own house. And he did not many mighty works there because of their unbelief JZatthew xizz, 53–58, saaniaeanmntea Zz Zz ee Pp i N WN THE DISCIPLES PLUCKING CORN ON. THE SABBATH. And it came to pass, that he went through the corn fields on the sabbath day; and his disciples began, as they went, to pluck the ears of corn. And the Pharisees said unto him, Behold, why do they on the sabbath day that which is not lawful? And he said unto them, Have ye never read what David did, when he had need, and was an hungered, he, and they that were with him? How he went into the house of God in the days of Abiathar the high priest, and did eat the shewbread, which is not lawful to eat but for the priests, and gave also to them which were with him? And he said unto them. The sabbath was made for man, and not man for the sabbath: Therefore the Son of man is Lord also of the sabbath/b2/Mark 77, 23–28, ey icc j N iH) UNL Ii ie ahs fi AS —a) 7 ae? a, a m= Bw - /ch//JESUS WALKING ON THE WATER And when he had sent them away, he departed into a mountain to pray. And when even was come, the ship was in the midst of the sea, and he alone on the land. And he saw them toiling in rowing; for the wind was contrary unto them: and about the fourth watch of the night he cometh unto them, walking upon the sea, and would have passed by them. But when they saw him walking upon the sea, they supposed it had been a spirit, and cried out: for they all saw him, and were troubled. And immediately he talked with them, and saith unto them, Be of good cheer: it is I; be not afraid. And he went up unto them into the ship; and the wind ceased: and they were sore amazed in themselves beyond measure, and wondered. For they considered not the miracle of the loaves; for their heart was hardened.—MVark vt, 40–52. WP TT, Yi) (One TMA —": HH WA Ai MN) 5 HEED) HI, 1] CHRIST Se ENTRY INTOS IER USAIN. And when they drew nigh unto Jerusalem, and were come to Bethphage, unto the mount of Olives, then sent Jesus two disciples, saying unto them, Go into the village over against you, and straightway ye shall find an ass tied, and a colt with her: loose them, and bring them unto me. And if any man say ought unto you, ye shall say. The Lord hath need of them; and straightway he will send them. All this was done that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophet, saying, Tell ye the daughter of Sion, Behold, thy King cometh unto thee, meek, and sitting upon an ass, and a colt the foal of an ass. And the disciples went, and did as Jesus commanded them, and brought the ass, and the colt, and put on them their clothes, and they set him thereon. And a very great multitude spread their garments in the way; others cut down branches from the trees, and strewed them in the way. And the multitudes that went before, and that followed, cried, saying, Hosanna to the son of David: Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord; Hosanna in the highest. And when he was come into Jerusalem, all the city was moved, saying, who is this? And the multitude said, This is Jesus the prophet of Nazareth of Galilee.—Matihew xx1, 1–11. JESUS—AND THE TRIBUTESNONEY. And they send unto him certain of the Pharisees and of the Herodians, to catch him in his words. And when they were come, they say unto him, Master, we know that thou art true, and carest for no man: for thou regardest not the person of men, but teachest the way of God in truth: Is it lawful to' give tribute to Cesar, or not? Shall we give, or shall we not give? But he, knowing their hypocrisy, said unto them. Why tempt ye me? bring me a penny, that I may see it. And they brought it. And he saith unto them, whose is this image and superscription? And they said unto him, Cesar's. And Jesus answering said unto them, Render to Cesar the things that are Cesar's, and to God the things that are God's. And they marveled at him.—Mark xz, 13–17. —= =/b2//b2/ - hs al wh il : HnSul A):: "m N N Y iN —Cli a: NGA, a i THE WIDOW'S MITE. And Jesus sat over against the treasury, and beheld how the people cast money into the treasury: and manyethat were rich cast in much. And there came a certain poor widow, and she threw in two mites, which make a farthing. And he called unto him his disciples, and saith unto them, Verily I say unto you. That this poor widow hath cast more in, than all they which have cast into the treasury: for all they did cast in of their abundance; but she of her want did cast in all that she had, even all her living.—Mark xit, 41–44. Ain ia ee); cs a ape tg. "AS, Ieee s i a ae - /ch//RAISING OB THE DAUGHTER OF JAIRUS And, behold, there cometh one of the rulers of the synagogue, Jairus by name; and when he saw him, he fell at his feet, and besought him greatly, saying, My little daughter lieth at the point of death: I pray thee, come and lay thy hands on her, that she may be healed; and she shall live. And Jesus went with him; and much people followed him, and thronged him. And a certain woman which had an issue of blood twelve years, and had suffered many things of many physicians, and had spent all that she had, and was nothing bettered, but rather grew worse, when she had heard of Jesus, came in the press behind, and touched his garment. For she said. If I may touch but his clothes, I shall be whole. And straightway the fountain of her blood was dried up; and she felt in her body that she was healed of that plague. And Jesus, immediately knowing in himself that virtue had gone out of him, turned him about in the press, and said, who touched my clothes? And his disciples said unto him, Thou seest the multitude thronging thee, and sayest thou, who touched me? And he looked round about to see her that had done this thing. But the woman fearing and trembling, knowing what was done in her, came and fell down before him, and told him all the truth. And he said unto her Daughter, thy faith hath made the whole; go in peace, and be whole of thy plague. While he yet spake, there came from the ruler of the synagogue's house certain which said, Thy daughter is dead: why troublest thou the Master any further? As soon as Jesus heard the word that was spoken, he saith unto the ruler of the synagogue, Be not afraid, only believe. And he suffered no man to follow him, save Peter, and James, and John the brother of James. And he cometh to the house of the ruler of the synagogue, and seeth the tumult, and them that wept and wailed greatly. And when he was come in, he saith unto them. Why make ye this ado, and weep? the damsel is not dead, but sleepeth. And they laughed him to scorn. But when he had put them all out, he taketh the father and the mother of the damsel, and them that were with him, and entereth in where the damsel was lying. And he took the damsel by the hand, and said unto her, Talitha cumi; which is, being interpreted, Damsel, I say unto thee, arise. And straightway the damsel arose, and walked; for she was of the age of twelve years. And they were astonished with a great astonishment. And he charged them straitly that no man should know it; and commanded that something should be given her to eat.—Mark v, 22–43. THE GOOD SAMARITAN: But he, willing to justify himself, said unto Jesus. And who is my neighbor? And Jesus answering said. A certain man went down from Jerusalem to Jericho, and fell among thieves, which stripped him of his raiment, and wounded him, and departed, leaving him half dead. And by chance there came down a certain priest that way: and when he saw him, he passed by on the other side. And likewise a Levite, when he was at the place, came and looked on him, and passed by on the other side. But a certain Samaritan, as he journeyed, came where he was: and when he saw him, he had compassion on him. And went to him, and bound up his wounds, pouring in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast, and brought him to an inn, and took care of him. And on the morrow when he departed, he took out two pence, and gave them to the host, and said unto him, Take care of him; and whatsoever thou spendest more, when I come again, I will repay thee. Which now of these three, thinkest thou, was neighbor unto him that fell among the thieves? And he said. He that shewed mercy on him. Then said Jesus unto him, Go, and do thou likewise.—Lwke x, 29–37, ci, we = - /ch//ARRIVAL OF THE SAMARITAN AT THE INN But a certain Samaritan, as he journeyed, came where he was; and when Le saw him, he had compassion on him, and went to him, and bound up his wounds, pouring in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast, and brought him to an inn, and took care of him.—Lake X, S34: THE PRODIGAL SON; Likewise, I say unto you, there is joy in the presence of the angels of God over one sinner that repenteth. And he said, a certain man had two sons: and the younger of them said to his father, Father, give me the portion of goods that falleth to me. And he divided unto them his living. And not many days after the younger son gathered all together, and took his journey into a far country, and there wasted his substance with riotous living. And when he had spent all, there arose a mighty famine in that land; and he began to be in want. And he went and joined himself to a citizen of that country; and he sent him into his fields to feed swine. And he would fain have filled his belly with the husks that the swine did eat: and no man gave unto him. And when he came to himself," he said, How many hired servants of my father's have bread enough and to spare, and I perish with hunger! I will arise and go to my father, and will say unto him, Father, I have sinned against heaven, and before thee, and am no more worthy to be called thy son: make me as one of thy hired servants. And he arose, and came to his father. But when he was yet a great way off, his father saw him, and had compassion, and ran, and fell on his neck, and kissed him. And the son said unto him, Father, I have sinned against heaven, and in thy sight, and am no more worthy to be called thy son. But the father said to his servants, Bring forth the best robe, and put it on him; and put a ring on his hand, and shoes on his feet: And bring hither the fatted calf, and kill it; and let us eat, and be merry: for this my son was dead, and is alive again; he was lost, and is found. And they began to be merry. Now his elder son was in the field: and as he came and drew nigh to the house, he heard music and dancing. And he called one of the servants, and asked what these things meant. And he said unto him, thy brother is come; and thy father hath killed the fatted calf, because he hath received him safe and sound. And he was angry, and would not go in: therefore came his father out, and intreated him. And he answering said to his father, Lo, these many years do I serve thee, neither transgressed I at any time thy commandment: and yet thou never gavest me a kid, that I might make merry with my friends: but as soon as this thy son was come, which hath devoured thy living with harlots, thou hast killed for him the fatted calf a And he said unto him, Son, thou art ever with me, and all that I have is thine. It was meet that we should make merry, and be glad: for this thy brother was dead, and is alive again; and was lost, and is found.—Lake xv, 10–32. - /ch//LAZARUS AND THE RICH MAN There was a certain rich man, which was clothed in purple and fine linen, and fared sumptuously every day: And there was a certain beggar named Lazarus, which was laid at his gate, full of sores, and desiring to be fed with the crumbs which fell from the rich man's table: moreover the dogs came and licked his sores. And it came to pass, that the beggar died, and was carried by the angels into Abraham's bosom: the rich man also died, and was buried; and in hell he lifted up his eyes, being in torments, and seeth Abraham afar off, and Lazarus in his bosom. And he cried and said, Father Abraham, have mercy on me, and send Lazarus, that he may dip the tip of his finger in water and cool my tongue; for I am tormented in this flame. But Abraham said, Son, remember that thou in thy lifetime receivedst thy good things, and likewise Lazarus evil things: but now he is comforted, and thou art tormented. And beside all this, between us and you there is a creat gulf fixed: so that they which would pass from hence to you cannot; neither can they pass to us, that would come from thence. Then he said, I pray thee therefore, father, that thou wouldest send him to my father's house: for I have five brethren; that he may testify unto them, lest they also come into this place of torment. Abraham saith unto him. They have Moses and the prophets; let them hear them. And he said, Nay, father Abraham: but if one went unto them from the dead, they will repent. And he said unto him. If they hear not Moses and the prophets, neither will they be persuaded, though one rose from the dead.—Luke xv? 9–31. I= ae cc oe ue 7 'i/b2/ ss 'is - /ch//THE PHARISEE AND THE PUBLICAN And he spake this parable unto certain which trusted in themselves that they were righteous, and despised others: Two men went up into the temple to pray; the one a Pharisee, and the other a publican. The Pharisee stood and prayed thus with himself, God, I thank thee, that I am not as other men are, extortioners, unjust, adulterers, or even as this publican. I fast twice in the week, I give tithes of all that I possess. And the publican, standing afar off, would not lift up so much as his eyes unto heaven, but smote upon his breast, saying, God be merciful to me a sinner. I tell you, this man went down to his house justified rather than the other: for every one that exalteth himself shall be abased; and he that humbleth himself shall be exalted.— Luke xvtit, 9–14. JESUS AND THE WOMAN OF SAMARIA: Then cometh he to a city of Samaria, which is called Sychar, near to the parcel of ground that Jacob gave to his son Joseph. Now Jacob's well was there. Jesus therefore, being wearied with his journey, sat thus on the well: and it was about the sixth hour. There cometh a woman of Samaria to draw water: Jesus saith unto her, Give me to drink. (For his disciples were gone away unto the city to buy meat.) Then saith the woman of Samaria unto him, How is it that thou, being a Jew, askest drink of me, which am a woman of Samaria? for the Jews have no dealings with the Samaritans. Jesus answered and said unto her. If thou knewest the gift of God, and who it is that saith to thee, Give me to drink; thou wouldest have asked of him, and he would have given thee living water. The woman saith unto him, Sir, thou hast nothing to draw with, and the well is deep: from whence then hast thou that living water? Art thou greater than our father Jacob, which gave us the well, and drank there of himself, and his children, and his cattle? Jesus answered and said unto her, whosoever drinketh of this water shall thirst again: but whosoever drinketh of the water that I shall give him shall never thirst; but the water that I shall give him shall be in him a well of water springing up into everlasting life. The woman saith unto him, Sir, give me this water, that I thirst not, neither come hither to draw. Jesus saith unto her, Go, call thy husband, and come hither. The woman answered and said, I have no husband. Jesus said unto her, Thou hast well said, I have no husband: for thou hast had five husbands; and he whom thou now hast is not thy husband: in that saidst thou truly. The woman saith unto him, Sir, I perceive that thou art a prophet. Our fathers worshiped in this mountain; and ye say, that in Jerusalem is the place where men ought to worship. Jesus saith unto her, Woman, believe me, the hour cometh, when ye shall neither in this mountain, nor yet at Jerusalem, worship the Father. Ye worship ye know not what: we know what we worship; for salvation is of the Jews. But the hour cometh, and now is, when the true worshipers shall worship the Father in spirit and in truth: for the Father seeketh such to worship him. God is a Spirit: and they that worship him must worship him in spirit and in truth. The woman saith unto him, I know that Messias cometh, which is called Christ: when he is come, he will tell us all things. Jesus saith unto her, I that speak unto thee am he. And upon this came his disciples, and marveled that he talked with the woman: yet no man said. What seekest thou? or. Why talkest thou with her? The woman then left her waterpot, and went her way into the city, and saith to the men, Come, see a man, which told me all things, that ever I did: is not this the Christ? Then they went out of the city, and came unto him.—/ohx 77, 5–30. Ht ly a Aan VALCO i! 'i i! J eit 'i Ny Mh - ! il l i Z(} ij thea! Wh i in RH ne le in! h {ly; ivan elit ey N A CERN WS i y, SS Ny AY CS wi y ss y (Witt) SN Maw 'SAK Wenn fg Ui - /ch//JESUS AND THE WOMAN TAKEN IN ADULTERY Jesus went unto the mount of Olives. And early in the morning he came again into the temple, and all the people came unto him; and he sat down, and taught them. And the scribes and Pharisees brought unto him a woman taken in adultery; and when they had set her in the midst, they say unto him, Master, this woman was taken in adultery, in the very act. Now Moses in the law commanded us, that such should be stoned: but what sayest thou? This they said, tempting him, that they might have to accuse him. But Jesus stooped down, and with his finger wrote on the ground, as though he heard them not. So when they continued asking him, he lifted up himself, and said unto them. He that is without sin among you, let him first cast a stone at her. And again he stooped down, and wrote on the ground. And they which heard it, being convicted by their own conscience, went out one by one, beginning at the eldest, even unto the last; and Jesus was left alone, and the woman standing in the midst. When Jesus had lifted up himself, and saw none but the woman," he said unto her, Woman where are those thine accusers? hath no man condemned thee? She said, No man, Lord. And Jesus said unto her, Neither do I condemn thee: go, and sin no more.—/ohn vzz22. YES hd be ". Fr: ee ee Re ps ss ch Be OA" FS ee ER Foe: St ea can aS:—, 4 x oe od rae, ns os Py Li a aC nS ngs;; i "oa;? = I oF s Bea a g "vt a (oP ee ¥ she F a THE—RESURKECT [ONS OPiS. Now Jesus was not yet come into the town, but was in that place where Martha met him. The Jews then which were with her in the house, and comforted her, when they saw Mary, that she rose up hastily and went out, followed her, saying. She goeth unto the grave to weep there. Then when Mary was come where Jesus was, and saw him, she fell down at his feet, saying unto him, Lord, if thou hadst been here, my brother had not died. When Jesus therefore saw her weeping, and the Jews also weeping which came with her, he groaned in the spirit, and was troubled, and said, Where have ye laid him? They said unto him, Lord, come and see. Jesus wept. Then said the Jews, Behold how he loved him! And some of them said, Could not this man, which opened the eyes of the blind, have caused that even this man should not have died? Jesus therefore again groaning in himself cometh to the grave. It was a cave and a stone lay upon it. Jesus said, Take ye away the stone. Martha, the sister of him that was dead, saith unto him, Lord, by this time he stinketh: for he hath been dead four days. Jesus saith unto her, Said I not unto thee, that, if thou wouldest believe, thou shouldest see the glory of God? Then they took away the stone from the place where the dead was laid. And Jesus lifted up his eyes, and said, Father, I thank thee that thou hast heard me. And I knew that thou hearest me always: but because of the people which stand by I said it, that they may believe that thou hast sent me. And when he thus had spoken, he cried with a loud voice, Lazarus, come forth. And he that was dead came forth, bound hand and foot with graveclothes: and his face was bound about with a napkin. Jesus saith unto them, Loose him, and let him go. Then many of the Jews which came to Mary, and had seen the things which Jesus did, believed on him.—/ohn x7, 30–45. SS SS - /ch//MARY MAGDALENE Of Mary "called Magdalene" (Luke vni, 2) but few particulars are recorded in scripture. We first hear of her as having been delivered by Jesus of seven devils (Luke vni, 1–3; Mark xvi, 9). Impelled, no doubt, by gratitude for her deliverance, she becomes one of his followers, accompanying him thenceforward in all his wanderings faithfully till his death. She was the first person to whom he appeared after his resurrection (Mark xvi, 9; John xx, 1, 11–18). The common belief that she was a fallen woman is destitute of the slightest foundation. On the contrary, the references to her as being in the company of such women as Joanna, the wife of Herod's steward, Salome, the mother of James and John, and Mary, the mother of Jesus (Luke vni, 3; Mark xvi, 40; John xix, 25), strongly discountenance such a supposition. The error, which had no other source than ecclesiastical tradition, has been fostered and perpetuated by the stupid blunder of the translators of the authorized version in identifying her with the "sinner" who is described in Luke vii, 37–50 as washing the feet of Jesus with her tears (see head-note to Luke vil). The Roman Catholic notion that this "sinner" was Mary the sister of Lazarus is almost equally groundless (see Douay Bible, head-note to Matthew xxvi, and the foot-note references to Luke vii, 37, found in most Catholic Bibles). The only reason for this identification is that the anointing by the "sinner" is described as taking place in the house of a Pharisee named Simon (Luke vii, 36, 39–40, 43–44); that the anointing by the unnamed woman, as described in Matthew xxvi, 6–13 and Mark xiv, 3–9, took place in the house of one 'Simon the leper, "in Bethany; and that Mary, the sister of Lazarus, is described in John xi, 2, and xii, 3–8, as anointing Jesus in a house (apparently that of Lazarus himself) in Bethany, when a conversation ensues altogether different from that recorded in Luke vii, but similar to that related in Matthew xxvi, and Mark xiv, save that the objection to the anointing of Jesus is made, not by "his disciples" (Matthew xxvi, 8), not by "some that had indignation" (Mark xiv, 4), but by "one of his disciples, Judas Iscariot, Simon's son" (John xii, 4). The demeanor of Mary, the sister of Lazarus, is, however, by no means that of a fallen and sinful though penitent woman, but that of a pious and good one (see Luke x, 39, 42; John xi, 28–33; xij, 3). Dore's illustration, which portrays Mary Magdalene as a heartbroken and despairing sin ner, shows that he has fallen into the common error, a ye TH ESCAS ToSsullrPER. Now the first day of the feast of unleavened bread the disciples came to Jesus, saying unto him, Where wilt thou that we prepare for thee to eat the passover? And he said, Go into the city to such a man, and say unto him. The Master saith, My time is at hand; I will keep the passover at thy house with my disciples. And the disciples did as Jesus had appointed them; and they made ready the passover. Now when the even was come, he sat down with the twelve. And as they did eat, "he said, Verily I say unto you, that one of you shall betray me. And they were exceeding sorrowful, and began every one of them to say unto him, Lord, is Italy. And he answered and said. He that dippeth his hand with me in the dish, the same shall betray me. The Son of man goeth as it is written of him: but woe unto that man by whom the Son of man is betrayed! it had been good for that man if he had not been born. Then Judas, which betrayed him, answered and said, Master, is it I? He said unto him, Thou hast said. And as they were eating, Jesus took bread, and blessed it, and brake it, and gave it to the disciples, and said, Take, eat; this is my body. And he took the cup, and gave thanks, and gave it to them, saying, Drink ye all of it; for this is my blood of the new testament, which is shed for many for the remission of sins. But I say unto you, I will not drink henceforth of this fruit of the vine, until that day when I drink it new with you in my Father's kingdom. And when they had sung an hymn, they went out into the mount of Olives—JJatthew XXV2, 17–70. /b2//b2/aS/b2//b2/Th (i h i a <7 ii ine l ti ; nt: 3 N; . Sw ne: N "I Ni Wy Mi iH! ma ih) ah i: i aw @ it = yI's jy 4 'win ve. 'aA ™: Dae: a Noa ia ys ald) a bf: Ly" i - /ch//THE AGONY IN THE GARDEN And he came out, and went, as he was wont, to the mount of Olives; and his discip-es also followed him. And when he was at the place," he said unto them, Pray that ye enter not into temptation. And he was withdrawn from them about a stone's cast, and kneeled down, and prayed. Saying, Father, if thou be willing, remove this cup from me: nevertheless not my will, but thine, be done. And there appeared an angel unto him from heaven, strengthening him. And being in an agony he prayed more earnestly: and his sweat was as it were great drops of blood falling down to the ground. And when he rose up from prayer, and was come to his disciples, he found them sleeping for sorrow, and said unto them. Why sleep ye? rise and pray, lest ye enter into temptation.—Luke "x12, 39–40. = SSS WHEMARE 11 stay PRAYER OFS ESUS IN = Ghee GARDE Ne Ol ansiy po. Then cometh Jesus with them unto a place called Gethsemane, and saith unto the disciples, Sit ye here, while I go and pray yonder. And he took with him Peter and the two sons of Zebedee, and began to be sorrowful and very heavy. Then saith he unto them, My soul is exceeding sorrowful, even unto death: tarry ye here, and watch with me. And he went a little farther, and fell on his face, and prayed, saying, O my Father, if it be possible, let this cup pass from me: nevertheless not as I will, but as thou wilt. And he cometh unto the disciples, and findeth them asleep, and saith unto Peter. What, could ye not watch with me one hour? Watch and pray, that ye enter not into temptation: the spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak. "He went away again the second time, and prayed, saying, O my Father, if this cup may not pass away from me, except I drink it, thy will be done. And he came and found them asleep again: for their eyes were heavy. And he left them, and went away again, and prayed the third time, saying the same words. Then cometh he to his disciples, and saith unto them, Sleep on now, and take your rest: behold, the hour is at hand, and the Son of man is betrayed into the hands of sinners. Rise, let us be going: behold, he is at hand that doth betray me.—MWatthew xxv7, 36–46. Fats eamene pet EES cats fr a AN a A SSA AAAS THE—BELRAYAL. And he cometh the third time, and saith unto them, Sleep on now, and take your rest: it is enough, the hour is come; behold, the Son of man is betrayed into the hands of sinners. Rise up, let us go; lo, he that betrayeth me is at hand. And immediately, while he yet spake, cometh Judas, one of the twelve, and with him a great multitude with swords and staves, from the chief priests and the scribes and the elders. And he that betrayed him had given them a token, saying, whomsoever I shall kiss, that same is he; take him, and lead him away safely. And as soon as he was come, he goeth straightway to him, and saith, Master, master; and kissed him. And they laid their hands on him, and took him. And one of them that stood by drew a sword, and smote a servant of the high priest, and cut off his ear. And Jesus answered and said unto them. Are ye come out, as against a thief, with swords and with staves to take me? I was daily with you in the temple teaching, and ye took me not: but the scriptures must be fulfilled. And they all forsook him, and fled—Mark x1, JI-50, pile gsr" MOO a Wy Hy) "Ly MY ; LY TTR by i (Gees ff ja vm Ly hi "i {/ Me ysyisivgs Uy Ye Li ely: Uh HY) ps i} fh) HH} AUN MI Cap: L564 Mj) ae, i wy Mi Cy Hy 'ii Hi iil Lp LLL RK omy MAKE - /ch//CHRIST FAINTING UNDER THE CROSS The incident depicted in this illustration seems to be as apocryphal as that embodied in the artist's picture of Mary Magdalene. There is absolutely no warrant in scripture for the notion that Christ fainted under the burden of the cross. The only foundation for such an idea to be found in the Bible is contained in the head note to Mark xv, which is quite unwarranted by the text. According to the three synoptic gospels the cross was borne not by Christ, but by Simon, a Cyrenian (see Matthew xxvil, 32; Mark xv, 21; Luke xxni, 26). According to the fourth evangelist, Jesus bore the cross without assistance the whole distance to the place of crucifixion (John xix, 16–18). In not one of the four narratives is there so much as a hint that he fainted under the burden. - /ch//THE FLAGEELATION Then released he Barabbas unto them: and when he had scourged Jesus, he delivered him to be crucified.—MWatthew xxv7i, 26. And so Pilate, willing to content the people, released Barabbas unto them, and delivered Jesus, when he had scourged him, to be crucified.—Mark xv, 15. Then Pilate therefore took Jesus, and scourged him.—/ohn xzx, I. AAA I'll ] i HI yee va WG x A. eile Rae? + i've 'WS Nie wth 6 OU A ry nthe GRU CTR ON: And when they were come unto a place called Golgotha, that is to say, a place of a skull, they gave him vinegar to drink mingled with gall: and when he had tasted thereof, he would not drink. And they crucified him, and parted his garments, casting lots: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophet. They parted my garments among them, and upon my vesture did they cast lots. And sitting down they watched him there; and set up over his head his accusation written, THIS IS JESUS THE KING OF THE JEWS. Then were there two thieves crucified with him, one on the right hand, and another on the left. And they that passed by reviled him, wagging their heads, and saying, Thou that destroyest the temple, and buildest it in three days, save thyself. If thou be the Son of God, come down from the cross. Likewise also the chief priests mocking him, with the scribes and elders, said. He saved others: himself he cannot save. If he be the King of Israel, let him now come down from the cross, and we will believe him. He trusted in God; let him deliver him now, if he will have him: for he said, I am the Son of God. The thieves also, which were crucified with him, cast the same in his teeth.—J/atthew XKUIL, 33–44. "Ju y ate Py) eee a at vi ee aa Mee, Ory Dele - /ch//CLOSE OF THE CRUCIFIXION Now from the sixth hour there was darkness over all the land unto the ninth hour. And about the ninth hour Jesus cried with a loud voice, saying, Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani? that is to say, My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me? Some of them that stood there, when they heard that, said, This man calleth for Elias. And straightway one of them ran, and took a spunge, and filled it with vinegar, and put it on a reed, and gave him to drink. The rest said, Let be, let us see whether Elias will come to save him. Jesus, when he had cried again with a loud voice, yielded up the ghost. And, behold, the veil of the temple was rent in twain from the top to the bottom; and the earth did quake, and the rocks rent; and the graves were opened; and many bodies of the saints which slept arose, and came out of the graves after his resurrection, and went into the holy city, and appeared unto many. Now when the centurion, and they that were with him, watching Jesus, saw the earthquake, and those things that were done, they feared greatly, saying, Truly this was the Son of God. And many women were there beholding afar off, which followed Jesus from Galilee, ministering unto him: among which was Mary Magdalene, and Mary the mother of James and Joses, and the mother of Zebedee's children,—Matthew xxvtt, 45–50. - wae j '> ne ) bj THREBURIALY® Pei Oe: When the even was come, there came a rich man of Arimathea, named Joseph, who also himself was Jesus' disciple: he went to Pilate, and begged the body of Jesus. Then Pilate commanded the body to be delivered. And when Joseph had taken the body, he wrapped it in a clean linen cloth, and laid it in his own new tomb, which he had hewn out in the rock: and he rolled a great stone to the door of the sepulchre, and departed. And there was Mary Magdalene, and the other Mary, sitting over against the sepulchre.—Matthew xxvit, 57–61. THE ANGEL A. THE SEEULCHERE: In the end of the sabbath, as it began to dawn toward the first day of the week, came Mary Magdalene and the other Mary to see the sepulchre. And, behold, there was a great earthquake: for the angel of the Lord descended from heaven, and came and rolled back the stone from the door, and sat upon it. His countenance was like lightning, and his raiment white as snow: and for fear of him the keepers did shake, and became as dead men. And the angel answered and said unto the women, Fear not ye: for I know that ye seek Jesus, which was crucified. He is not here: for he is risen, as he said. Come, see the place where the Lord lay. And go quickly, and tell his disciples that he is risen from the dead; and, behold, he goeth before you into Galilee; there shall ye see him: lo, I have told you. And they departed quickly from the sepulchre with fear and great joy; and did run to bring his disciples word.—Matthew xxvii2, 1–8. /b2//b2/ HE PISAN THEJOURNEY TO—EMMAUCS: And, behold, two of them went that same day to a village called Emmaus which was from Jerusalem about threescore furlongs. And they talked together of all these things which had happened. And it came to pass that, while they communed together and reasoned, Jesus himself drew near and went with them. But their eyes were holden that they should not know him. And he said unto them. What manner of communications are these that ye have one to another, as ye walk, and are sad? And the one of them, whose name was Cleopas, answering said unto him, Art thou only a stranger in Jerusalem, and hast not known the things which are come to pass there in these days? And he said unto them. What things? And they said unto him, Concerning Jesus of Nazareth, which was a prophet mighty in deed and word before God and all the people: And how the chief priests and our rulers delivered him to be condemned to death, and have crucified him. But we trusted that it had been he which should have redeemed Israel: and beside all this, to-day is the third day since these things were done. Yea, and certain women also of our company made us astonished, which were early at the sepulchre; and when they found not his body, they came, saying, that they had also seen a vision of angels, which said that he was alive. And certain of them which were with us went to the sepulchre, and found it even so as the women had said: but him they saw not. Then he said unto them, O fools, and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken: ought not Christ to have suffered these things, and to enter into his glory? And beginning at Moses and all the prophets, he expounded unto them in all the scriptures the things concerning himself. And they drew nigh unto the village, whither they went: and he made as though he would have gone further. But they constrained him, saying, Abide with us: for it is toward evening, and the day is far spent. And he went in to tarry with them. And it came to pass, as he sat at meat with them, he took bread, and blessed it, and brake, and gave to them. And their eyes were opened, and they knew him; and he vanished out of their sight. And they said one to another, Did not our heart burn within us, while he talked with us by the way, and while he opened to us the scriptures? And they rose up the same hour, and returned to Jerusalem, and found the eleven gathered together, and them that were with them, saying. The Lord is risen indeed, and hath appeared to Simon. And they told what things were done in the way, and how he was known of them in breaking of bread.—Luke xxiv, 17–75. THE ASCENSION: Now upon the first day of the week, very early in the morning, they came unto the sepulchre, bringing the spices which they had prepared, and certain others with them. And they found the stone rolled away from the sepulchre. '. = And they remembered his words. And returned from the sepulchre, and told all these things unto the eleven, and to all the rest ng M3 a And, behold, two of them went that same day to a village called Emmaus, which was from Jerusalem about threescore furlongs. And they talked together of all these things which had happened. '* And they rose up the same hour, and returned to Jerusalem, and found the eleven gathered together, and them that were with them, saying. The Lord is risen indeed, and hath appeared to Simon. And they told what things were done in the way, and how he was known of them in breaking of bread. And as they thus spake, Jesus himself stood in the midst of them, and saith unto them, Peace be unto you. ". And, behold, I send the promise of my Father upon you: but tarry ye in the city of Jerusalem, until ye be endued with power from on high. And he led them out as far as to Bethany, and he lifted up his hands, and—blessed them. And it came to pass, while he blessed them, he was parted from them, and carried up into heaven. And they worshiped him, and returned to Jerusalem with great joy.—Luke xxiv, 1–2, 8–9, 13–14, 33–36, 49–52. The former treatise have I made, O Theophilus, of all that Jesus began both to do and teach, until the day in which he was taken up, after that he through the Holy Ghost had given commandments unto the apostles whom he had chosen: to whom also he shewed himself alive after his passion by many infallible proofs, being seen of them forty days, and speaking of the things pertaining to the kingdom of God: and, being assembled together with them, commanded them that they should not depart from Jerusalem, but wait for the promise of the Father, which, saith he, ye have heard of me. For John truly baptized with water; but ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost not'many days hence. When they therefore were come together, they asked of him, saying, Lord, wilt thou at this time restore again the kingdom of Israel? And he said unto them. It is not for you to know the times or the seasons, which the Father hath put in his own power. But ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto me both in Jerusalem, and all Judzea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth. And when he had spoken these things, while they beheld, he was taken up: and a cloud received him out of their sight. And while they looked steadfastly toward heaven as he went up, behold, two men stood by them in white apparel.—A cts 2, 7–70. ™f-b< , ra Oe a aa io Cae + rm 4 y A. Lars 'ire y ."ll f iat atk My re leh: o y x ra ~4 a ike ed' 'j ta i} =, ¢".o 7 Py Ay od a; . s. Te = ik ba ad { ive;:; + srw ml f 4 "hits" y: 4s 'Ao 'agi ek ': '; eos A. 4 Ly 5; ge .% "Agr 'he (a. Ke; THE-MARTYRDOMPOR Siw over Ne And Stephen, full of faith and power, did great wonders and miracles among the people. Then there arose certain of the synagogue, which is called the synagogue of the Libertines, and Cyrenians, and Alexandrians, and of them of Cilicia and of Asia, disputing with Stephen. And they were not able to resist the wisdom and the spirit by which he spake. Then they suborned men, which said, We have heard him speak blasphemous words against Moses and against God. And they stirred up the people, and the elders, and the scribes, and came upon him, and caught him, and brought him to the council. And set up false witnesses, which said, This man ceaseth not to speak blasphemous words against this holy place, and the law: for we have heard him say, that this Jesus of Nazareth shall destroy this place, and shall change the customs which Moses delivered us. And all that sat in the council, looking steadfastly on him, saw his face as it had been the face of an angel. Then said the high priest. Are these things so? And he said, Men, brethren, and fathers, hearken: [Stephen here makes his defense, concluding with a terrible denunciation of the Jews as being stiffnecked and persecutors of their prophets, and as betrayers and murderers of their latest one, Jesus Christ. When they heard these things, they were cut to the heart, and they gnashed on him with their teeth. But he, being full of the Holy Ghost, looked up steadfastly into heaven, and saw the glory of God, and Jesus standing on the right hand of God, and said, Behold, I see the heavens opened, and the Son of man standing on the right hand of God. Then they cried out with a loud voice, and stopped their ears, and ran upon him with one accord, and cast him out of the city, and stoned him: and the witnesses laid down their clothes at a young man's feet, whose name was Saul. And they stoned Stephen, calling upon God, and saying, Lord Jesus, receive my spirit. And he kneeled down, and cried with a loud voice, Lord, lay not this sin to their charge. And when he had said this, he fell asleep. And Saul was consenting unto his death. Acts vz, 8–15; vit, 1–2, 54–56; v2z2, 1. XG Wr?] Uy Wy SG SW SG aye ae SAULIS' CONVERSION; And Saul, yet breathing out threatenings and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord, went unto the high priest, and desired of him letters to Damascus to the synagogues, that if he found any of this way, whether they were men or women, he might bring them bound unto Jerusalem. And as he journeyed, he came near Damascus: and suddenly there shined round about him a light from heaven: and he fell to the earth, and heard a voice saying unto him, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me? And he said, who art thou, Lord? And the Lord said, I am Jesus whom thou persecutest: it is hard for thee to kick against the pricks. And he trembling and astonished said, Lord, what wilt thou have me to do? And the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go into the city, and it shall be told thee what thou must do. And the men which journeyed with him stood speechless, hearing a voice, but seeing no man. And Saul arose from the earth; and when his eyes were opened, he saw no man: but they led him by the hand, and brought him into Damascus. And he was three days without sight, and neither did eat nor drink. And there was a certain disciple at Damascus, named Ananias; and to him said the Lord in a vision, Ananias. And he said, Behold, I am here, Lord. And the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go into the street which is called Straight, and enquire in the house of Judas for one called Saul, of Tarsus: for, behold, he prayeth, and hath seen in a vision a man named Ananias coming in, and putting his hand on him, that he might receive his sight. Then Ananias answered, Lord, I have heard by many of this man, how much evil he hath done to thy saints at Jerusalem: and here he hath authority from the chief priests to bind all that call on thy name. But the Lord said unto him, Go thy way: for he is a chosen vessel unto me, to bear my name before the Gentiles, and kings, and the children of Israel: for I will shew him how great things he must suffer for my name's sake. And Ananias went his way, and entered into the house; and putting his hands on him said, Brother Saul, the Lord, even Jesus, that appeared unto thee in the way as thou camest, hath sent me, that thou mightest receive thy sight, and be filled with the Holy Ghost. And immediately there fell from his eyes as it had been scales: and he received sight forthwith, and arose and was baptized. And when he had received meat, he was strengthened. Then was Saul certain days with the disciples which were at Damascus. And Straightway he preached Christ in the synagogues, that he is the Son of God.—Acts 2x, 1–20, ff, if Se SS THEDELIVERANCE Piss atte ans Now about that time Herod the king stretched forth his hands to vex certain of the church. And he killed James the brother of John with the sword. And because he saw it pleased the Jews, he proceeded further to take Peter also. (Then were the days of unleavened bread.) And when he had apprehended him, he put him in prison, and delivered him to four quarternions of soldiers to keep him; intending after Easter to bring him forth to the people. Peter therefore was kept in prison: but prayer was made without ceasing of the church unto God for him. And when Herod would have brought him forth, the same night Peter was sleeping between two soldiers, bound with two chains: and the keepers before the door kept the prison. And, behold, the angel of the Lord came upon him, and a light shined in the prison: and he smote Peter on the side, and raised him up, saying, Arise up quickly. And his chains fell off from his hands. And the angel said unto him, Gird thyself, and bind on thy sandals: And so he did. And he saith unto him, Cast thy garment about thee, and follow me. And he went out, and followed him; and wist not that it was true which was done by the angel; but thought he saw a vision. When they were past the first and the second ward, they came unto the iron gate that leadeth unto the city; which opened to them of his own accord: and they went out and passed on through one street; and forthwith the angel departed from him. And when Peter was come to himself," he said, Now I know of a surety, that the Lord hath sent his angel, and hath delivered me out of the hand of Herod, and from all the expec tation of the people of the Jews.—Aees x72, I-11. AY PLS AN - /ch//PAUL AT EPHESUS And it came to pass, that, while Apollos was at Corinth, Paul having passed through the upper coasts came to Ephesus; and finding certain disciples," he said unto them, Have ye received the Holy Ghost since ye believed? And they said unto him, We have not so muchas heard whether there be any Holy Ghost. And he said unto them, Unto what then were ye baptized? And they said, Unto John's baptism. Then said Paul, John verily baptized with the baptism of repentance, saying unto the people, that they should believe on him which should come after him, that is, on Christ Jesus. When they heard this, they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus. And when Paul had laid his hands upon them, the Holy Ghost came on them; and they spake with tongues, and prophesied. And all the men were about twelve. And he went into the synagogue, and spake boldly for the space of three months, disputing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God. But when divers were hardened, and believed not, but spake evil of that way before the multitude, he departed from them, and separated the disciples, disputing daily in the school of one Tyrannus. And this continued by the space of two years; so that all they which dwelk in Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus, both Jews and Greeks. And God wrought special miracles by the hands of Paul: so that from his body were brought unto the sick handkerchiefs or aprons, and the diseases departed from them, a id the evil spirits went out of them. Then certain of the vagabond Jews, exorcists, took upon them to call over them which had evil spirits the name of the Lord Jesus, saying, We adjure you by Jesus whom Paul preacheth. And there were seven sons of one Sceva, a Jew, and chief of the priests, which did so. And the evil spirit answered and said, Jesus I know, and Paul I know; but who are ye? And the man in whom the evil spirit was leaped on them, and overcame them, and prevailed against them, so that they fled out of that house naked and wounded. And this was known to all the Jews and Greeks also dwelling at Ephesus; and fear fell on them all, and the name of the Lord Jesus was magnified. And many that believed came, and confessed, and shewed their deeds. Many of them also which used curious arts brought their books together, and burned them before all men: and they counted the price of them, and found it fifty thousand pieces of silver. So mightily grew the word of God and prevailed.—A ets "7x, 1–20. PAUL MENACED=BY Tit ws. Do therefore this that we say to thee: We have four men which have a vow on them; them take, and purify thyself with them, and be at charges with them, that they may shave their heads: and all may know that those things, where of they were informed concerning thee, are nothing; but that thou thyself also walkest orderly, and keepest the law. = ig + Then Paul took the men, and the next day purifying himself with them entered into the temple, to signify the accomplishment of the days of purification, until that an offering should be offered for every one of them. And when the seven days were almost ended, the Jews which were of Asia, when they saw him in the temple, stirred up all the people, and laid hands on him, crying out, Men of Israel, help: this is the man, that teacheth all men every where against the people, and the law, and this place: and further brought Greeks also into the temple, and hath polluted this holy place. (For they had seen before with him in the city Trophimus an mee whom they supposed that Paul had brought into the temple.) And all the city was moved, and the people ran together: and fe took Paul, and drew him out of the temple: and forthwith the doors were shut. And as they went about to kill him, tidings came unto the chief captain of the band, that all Jerusalem was in an uproar: who immediately took soldiers and centurions, and ran down unto them: and when they saw the chief captain and the soldiers, they left beating of Paul. Then the chief captain came near, and took him, and commanded him to be bound with two chains; and demanded who he was, and what he had done. And some cried one thing, some another, among the multitude: and when he could not know the certainty for the tumult, he commanded him to be carried into the castle. And when he came upon the stairs, so it was, that he was borne of the soldiers for the violence of the people. For the multitude of the people followed after, crying, Away with him. And as Paul was to be led into the castle," he said unto the chief captain, May I speak unto thee? Who said, Canst thou speak Greek? Art not thou that Egyptian, which before these days madest an uproar, and leddest out into the wilderness four thousand men that were murderers? But Paul said, 1 am a man which am a Jew of Tarsus, a city in Cilicia, a citizen of no mean city: and, I beseech thee, suffer me to speak unto the people. And when he had given him license, Paul stood on the stairs, and beckoned with the hand unto the people. And when there was made a great silence, he spake unto them in the Hebrew tongue.—A cts xx2, 23–40, ba) PAUL'S SHIPWRECK. And while the day was coming on, Paul besought them all to take meat, saying, This day is the fourteenth day that ye have tarried and continued fasting, having taken nothing. Wherefore I pray you to take some meat; for this is for your health: for there shall not a hair fall from the head of any of you. And when he had thus spoken, he took bread, and gave thanks to God in presence of them all: and when he had broken it, he began to eat. Then were they all of good cheer, and they also took some meat. And we were in all in the ship two hundred threescore and sixteen souls. And when they had eaten enough, they lightened the ship, and cast out the wheat into the sea. And when it was day, they knew not the land: but they discovered a certain creek with a shore, into the which they were minded, if it were possible, to thrust in the ship. And when they had taken up the anchors, they committed themselves unto the sea, and loosed the rudder bands, and hoised up the mainsail to the wind, and made toward shore. And falling into a place where two seas met, they ran the ship aground; and the forepart stuck fast, and remained unmovable, but the hinder part was broken with the violence of the waves. And the soldiers' counsel was to kill the prisoners, lest any of them should swim out, and escape. But the centurion, willing to save Paul, kept them from their purpose; and commanded that they which could swim should cast themselves first into the sea, and get to land: and the rest, some on boards, and some on broken pieces of the ship. And so it came to pass, that they escaped all safe to land. And when they were escaped, then they knew that the island was called Melita. And the barbarous people shewed us no little kindness: for they kindled a fire, and received us every one, because of the present rain, and because of the cold.—Acts XLVI, 33–44, XXII, I-2. - DEA LEON "THE. PAGE HORSE. And when he had opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the fourth beast say, Come and see. And I looked, and behold a pale horse: and his name that sat on him was Death, and Hell followed with him. And power was given unto them over the fourth part of the earth, to kill with sword, and with hunger, and with death, and with the beasts of the earth.—[[Revelation (Bible)|Revelation]] vt, 7–8, ry ah, aera —cov hdigheusmvxi4rty4tdrl1bjjeljdr3 14128155 14128118 2024-04-25T16:26:07Z SnowyCinema 2484340 wikitext text/x-wiki /conf// progress=hathi_files_downloaded f= y=1886 loc= pub= au=anon ill=Paul Gustave Doré ty= gen= ia=dorbiblegallery0000dorg htt=uva.x000528519 dl=ia beg=n ch=nam //conf/ /chform// <nowiki> {{ph|class=chapter num|/cpre/ /cnum/}} {{ph|class=chapter title|/cnam/|level=2}} </nowiki> //chform/ /tocform// <nowiki> {{TOC row 1-1-1|/cnum/|/cnam/|/pnum/}} </nowiki> //tocform/ -cov /img/ {{ph|class=chapter|Preface.}} {{sc|This}} volume, as its title indicates, is a collection of engravings illustrative of the Bible—the designs being all from the pencil of the greatest of modern delineators, Gustave Doré. The original work, from which this collection has been made, met with an immediate and warm recognition and acceptance among those whose means admitted of its purchase, and its popularity has in no wise diminished since its first publication, but has even extended to those who could only enjoy it casually or in fragmentary parts. That work, however, in its entirety, was far too costly for the larger and ever-widening circle of M. Doré's admirers, and to meet the felt and often expressed want of this class, and to provide a volume of choice and valuable designs upon sacred subjects for art-loving Biblical students generally, this work was projected and has been carried forward. The aim has been to introduce subjects of general interest—that is, those relating to the most prominent events and personages of Scripture—those most familiar to all readers; the plates being chosen with special reference to the known taste of the American people. To each cut is prefixed a page of letter-press, in narrative form, and containing generally a brief analysis of the design. Aside from the labors of the editor and publishers, the work, while in progress, was under the painstaking and careful scrutiny of artists and scholars not directly interested in the undertaking, but still having a generous solicitude for its success. It is hoped, therefore, that its general plan and execution will render it acceptable both to the appreciative and friendly patrons of the great artist, and to those who would wish to possess such a work solely as a choice collection of illustrations upon sacred themes. - {{ph|class=chapter|Gustave Doré.}} {{sc|The}} subject of this sketch is, perhaps, the most original and variously gifted designer the world has ever known. At an age when most men have scarcely passed their novitiate in art, and are still under the direction and discipline of their masters and the schools, he had won a brilliant reputation, and readers and scholars everywhere were gazing on his work with ever-increasing wonder and delight at his fine fancy and multifarious gifts. He has raised illustrative art to a dignity and importance before unknown, and has developed capacities for the pencil before unsuspected. He has laid all subjects tribute to his genius, explored and embellished fields hitherto lying waste, and opened new and shining paths and vistas where none before had trod. To the works of the great he has added the lustre of his genius, bringing their beauties into clearer view and warming them to fuller life. His delineations of character, in the different phases of life, from the horrible to the grotesque, the grand to the comic, attest the versatility of his powers; and, whatever faults may be found by critics, the public will heartily render their quota of admiration to his magic touch, his rich and facile rendering of almost every thought that stirs, or lies yet dormant, in the human heart. It is useless to attempt a sketch of his various beauties; those who would know them best must seek them in the treasure-house that his genius is constantly augmenting with fresh gems of wealth. To one, however, of his most prominent traits we will refer—his wonderful rendering of the powers of Nature. His early wanderings in the wild and romantic passes of the Vosges doubtless developed this inherent tendency of his mind. There he wandered, and there, mayhap, imbibed that deep delight of wood and valley, mountain-pass and rich ravine, whose variety of form and detail seems endless to the enchanted eye. He has caught the very spell of the wilderness; she has laid her hand upon him and he has gone forth with her blessing. So bold and truthful and minute are his countless representations of forest scenery; so delicate the tracery of branch and stem; so patriarchal the giant boles of his woodland monarch, that the gazer is at once satisfied and entranced. His vistas lie slumbering with repose either in shadowy glade or fell ravine, either with glint of lake or the glad, long course of some rejoicing stream: and above all, supreme in a beauty all its own, he spreads a canopy of peerless sky, or a wilderness, perhaps, of angry storm, or peaceful stretches of soft, fleecy cloud, or heavens serene and fair—another kingdom to his teeming art after the earth has rendered all her gifts. Paul Gustave Doré was born in the city of Strasburg, January 10, 1833. Of his boyhood we have no very particular account. At eleven years of age, however, he essayed his first artistic creation—a set of lithographs, published in his native city. The following year found him in Paris, entered as a - student at the Charlemagne Lyceum. His first actual work began in 1848, when his fine series of sketches, the "[[Labors of Hercules (Doré)|Labors of Hercules]]," was given to the public, through the medium of an illustrated journal with which he was for a long time connected as designer. In 1856 were published the illustrations for Balzac's "Contes Drolatiques" and those for "[[The Wandering Jew]]"—the first humorous and grotesque in the highest degree—indeed, showing a perfect abandonment to fancy; the other weird and supernatural, with fierce battles, shipwrecks, turbulent mobs, and nature in her most forbidding and terrible aspects. Every incident or suggestion that could possibly make the story more effective or add to the horror of the scenes was seized upon and portrayed with wonderful power. These at once gave the young designer a great reputation, which was still more enhanced by his subsequent works. With all his love for nature and his power for interpreting her in her varying moods, Doré was a dreamer, and many of his finest achievements were in the realm of the imagination. But he was at home in the actual world also, as witness his designs for "Atala," "[[London—a Pilgrimage]]," and many of the scenes of "[[Don Quixote]]." When account is taken of the variety of his designs and the fact considered that in almost every task he attempted none had ventured before him, the amount of work he accomplished is fairly incredible. To enumerate the immense tasks he undertook—some single volumes alone containing hundreds of illustrations—will give some faint idea of his industry. Besides those already mentioned are Montaigne, Dante, the Bible, Milton, Rabelais, Tennyson's "[[Idylls of the King|{{SIC|Idyls|Idylls}} of the King]]," "[[The Ancient Mariner]]," Shakespeare, "Legende de Croquemitaine," "[[La Fontaine's Fables]]," and others still. Take one of these works—the Dante, La Fontaine, or "Don Quixote"—and glance at the pictures. The mere hand labor involved in their production is surprising; but when the quality of the work is properly estimated, what he accomplished seems prodigious. No particular mention need be made of him as a painter or a sculptor, for his reputation rests solely upon his work as an illustrator. Doré's nature was exhuberant and buoyant, and he was youthful in appearance. He had a passion for music, and possessed rare skill as a violinist, and it is assumed that, had he failed to succeed with his pencil, he could have won a brilliant reputation as a musician. He was a bachelor, and lived a quiet, retired life with his mother—married, as he expressed it, to her and his art. His death occurred on January 23, 1883. - /toc/ — - <FILL> — - <FILL> — - <FILL> —t2 -1 /ch//THE CREATION "And the Lord God said, it is not good that the man should be alone; I will make him a helpmeet for him. . . . And the Lord God caused a deep sleep to fall on Adam, and he slept, and he took one of his ribs, and closed up the flesh instead thereof; and the rib which the Lord God had taken from man, made he a woman, and brought her unto the man. And Adam said, This is now bone of my bone and flesh of my flesh: she shall be called Woman, because she was taken out of man. Therefore shall a man leave his father and mother, and shall cleave unto his wife, and they shall be one flesh."—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] ii, 18, 21–24.'' In these few words the Scriptures narrate the creation of the first mother of our race. In "[[Paradise Lost]]," the poetic genius of Milton, going more into detail, describes how Eve awoke to consciousness, and found herself reposing under a shade of flowers, much wondering what she was and whence she came. Wandering by the margin of a small lake, she sees her own form mirrored in the clear waters, at which she wonders more. But a voice is heard, leading her to him for whom she was made, who lies sleeping under a grateful shade. It is at this point the artist comes to interpret the poet's dream. Amid the varied and luxurious foliage of Eden, in the vague light of the early dawn, Eve is presented, coy and graceful, gazing on her sleeping Lord, while in the background is faintly outlined the mystic form of Him in whose image they were created. -i -2 /ch//THE EXPULSION FROM THE GARDEN And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil; and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live forever: Therefore, the Lord God sent him forth from the garden of Eden, to till the ground from whence he was taken. So he drove out the man; and he placed at the east of the garden of Eden cherubims, and a flaming sword which turned every way, to keep the way of the tree of life.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] iii, 22–24.'' /po// They, looking back, all the eastern side beheld Of Paradise, so late their happy seat, Waved over by that flaming brand; the gate, With dreadful forces thronged, and fiery arms: Some natural tears they dropped, but wiped them soon; The world was all before them, where to choose Their place of rest, and Providence their guide; They, hand in hand, with wandering steps and slow, Through Eden took their solitary way. >>''[[Paradise Lost]], Book XII.'' //po/ -i -3 /ch//THE MURDER OF ABET And Adam knew Eve his wife; and she conceived, and bare Cain, and said, I have gotten a man from the Lord. And she again bare his brother Abel. And Abel was a keeper of sheep, but Cain was a tiller of the ground. And in process of time it came to pass, that Cain brought of the fruit of the ground an offering unto the Lord. And Abel, he also brought of the firstlings of his flock and of the fat thereof. And the Lord had respect unto Abel and to his offering: But unto Cain and to his offering he had not respect. And Cain was very wroth, and his countenance fell. And the Lord said unto Cain, Why art thou wroth? and why is thy, countenance fallen? If thou doest well, shalt thou not be accepted? and if thou doest not well, sin lieth at the door, and unto thee shall be his desire, and thou shalt rule over him. And Cain talked with Abel his brother: and it came to pass, when they were in the field, that Cain rose up against Abel his brother, and slew him. And the Lord said unto Cain, Where is Abel thy brother? And he said, I know not: Am I my brother's keeper? And he said. What hast thou done? the voice of thy brother's blood crieth unto me from the ground. And now art thou cursed from the earth, which hath opened her mouth to receive thy brother's blood from thy hand; When thou tillest the ground, it shall not henceforth yield unto thee her strength; a fugitive and a vagabond shalt thou be in the earth. And Cain said unto the Lord, My punishment is gveater than I can bear. Behold, thou hast driven me out this day from the face of the earth; and from thy face shall I be hid; and I shall be a fugitive and a vagabond in the earth; and it shall come to pass, that every one that findeth me shall slay me. And the Lord said unto him, Therefore whosoever slayeth Cain, vengeance shall be taken on him sevenfold. And the Lord set a mark upon Cain, lest any finding him should kill him. And Cain went out from the presence of the Lord, and dwelt in the land of Nod, on the east of Eden.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] iv, 1–16'' -i -4 /ch//THE DELUGE In the six hundredth year of Noah's life, in the second month, the seventeenth day of the month, the same day were all the fountains of the great deep broken up, and the windows of heaven were opened. And the rain was upon the earth forty days and forty nights. In the self-same day entered Noah, and Shem, and Ham, and Japheth, the sons of Noah, and Noah's wife, and the three wives of his sons with them, into the ark; they, and every beast after his kind, and all the cattle after their kind, and every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth after his kind, and every fowl after his kind, every bird of every sort. And they went in unto Noah into the ark, two and two of all flesh, wherein is the breath of life. And they that went in, went in male and female of all flesh, as God had commanded him: and the Lord shut him in. And the flood was forty days upon the earth; and the waters increased, and bare up the ark, and it was lift up above the earth. And the waters prevailed, and were increased, greatly upon the earth; and the ark went upon the face of the waters. And the waters prevailed exceedingly upon the earth; and all the high hills, that were under the whole heaven, were covered. Fifteen cubits upward did the waters prevail; and the mountains were covered. And all flesh died that moved upon the earth, both of fowl, and of cattle, and of beast, and of every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth, and every man; all in whose nostrils was the breath of life, of all that was in the dry land, died. And every living substance was destroyed which was upon the face of the ground, both man and cattle, and the creeping things, and the fowl of the heaven; and they were destroyed from the earth; and Noah only remained alive, and they that were with him in the ark. And the waters prevailed upon the earth an hundred and fifty days.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] vii, {{SIC|11 24|11–24}}.''' -i -5 /ch//NOAH CURSING HAM And the sons of Noah, that went forth of the ark, were Shem, and Ham, and Japheth; and Ham is the father of Canaan. These ar`e the three sons of Noah: and of them was the whole earth overspread. And Noah began to be an husbandman, and he planted a vineyard: And he drank of the wine, and was drunken; and he was uncovered within his tent. And Ham, the father of Canaan, saw the nakedness of his father, and told his two brethren without. And Shem and Japheth took a garment, and laid it upon both their shoulders, and went backward, and covered the nakedness of their father; and their faces were backward, and they saw not their father's nakedness. And Noah awoke from his wine, and knew what his younger son had done unto him. And he said, Cursed be Canaan; a servant of servants shall he be unto his brethren. And he said, Blessed be the Lord God of Shem; and Canaan shall be his servant. God shall enlarge Japheth, and he shall dwell in the tents of Shem; and Canaan shall be his servant.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] ix, 18–27.'' -i - /ch//THE TOWER OF BABEL And the whole earth was of one language, and of one speech. And it came to pass as they journeyed from the east, that they found a plain in the land of Shinar; and they dwelt there. And they said one to another, Go to, let us make brick, and burn them thoroughly. And they had brick for stone, and slime had they for mortar. And they said, Go to, let us build us a city and a tower, whose top may reach unto heaven; and let us make us a name, lest we be scattered abroad upon the face of the whole earth. And the Lord came down to see the city and the tower which the children of men builded. And the Lord said, Behold, the people is one, and they have all one language; and this they begin to do: and now nothing will be restrained from them, which they have imagined to do. Go to, let us go down, and there confound their language, that they may not understand one another's speech. So the Lord scattered them abroad from thence upon the face of all the earth: and they left off to build the city. Therefore is the name of it called Babel; because the Lord did there confound the language of all the earth: and from thence did the Lord scatter them abroad upon the face of all the earth.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xi, 1–9.'' -i - /ch//ABRAHAM ENTERTAINS THREE STRANGERS In the self-same day was Abraham circumcised, and Ishmael his son. And all the men of his house, born in the house, and bought with money of the stranger, were circumcised with him. And the Lord appeared unto him in the plains of Mamre: and he sat in the tent door in the heat of the day; and he lift up his eyes and looked, and, lo, three men stood by him: and when he saw them, he ran to meet them from the tent door, and bowed himself toward the ground, and said, My Lord, if now I have found favour in thy sight, pass not away, I pray thee, from thy servant: let a little water, pray you, be fetched, and wash your feet, and rest yourselves under the tree: And I will fetch a morsel of bread, and comfort ye your hearts; after that ye shall pass on: for therefore are ye come to your servant. And they said, So do, as thou hast said. And Abraham hastened into the tent unto Sarah, and said, Make ready quickly three measures of fine meal, knead it, and make cakes upon the hearth. And Abraham ran unto the herd, and fetched a calf tender and good, and gave it unto a young man; and he hasted to dress it. And he took butter, and milk, and the calf which he had dressed, and set it before them; and he stood by them under the tree, and they did eat.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xviii, 26, 27; xviii, 1–8.'' Be not forgetful to entertain strangers: for thereby some have entertained angels unawares.—''[[Hebrews (Bible)|Hebrews]]'' xiii, 2.'' -i - /ch//THE DESTRUCTION OF SODOM And when the morning arose, then the angels hastened Lot, saying, Arise, take thy wife, and thy two daughters, which are here; lest thou be consumed in the iniquity of the city. And while he lingered, the men laid hold upon his hand, and upon the hand of his wife, and upon the hand of his two daughters; the Lord being merciful unto him: and they brought him forth, and set him without the city. And it came to pass, when they had brought them forth abroad, that he said, Escape for thy life; look not behind thee, neither stay thou in all the plain; escape to the mountain, lest thou be consumed. And Lot said unto them, Oh, not so, my Lord. Behold now, thy servant hath found grace in thy sight, and thou hast magnified thy mercy, which thou hast shewed unto me in saving my life; and I cannot escape to the mountain, lest some evil take me and I die. Behold now this city is near to flee unto, and it is a little one: Oh, let me escape thither (is it not a little one?) and my soul shall live. And he said unto him, See, I have accepted thee concerning this thing also, that I will not overthrow this city, for the which thou hast spoken. Haste thee, escape thither; for I cannot do anything till thou be come thither. Therefore the name of the city was called Zoar. The sun was risen upon the earth when Lot entered unto Zoar. Then the Lord rained upon Sodom and upon Gomorrah brimstone and fire from the Lord out of heaven; and he overthrew those cities, and all the plain, and all the inhabitants of the cities, and that which grew upon the ground. But his wife looked back from behind him, and she became a pillar of salt. And Abraham gat up early in the morning to the place where he stood before the Lord: and he looked toward Sodom and Gomorrah, and toward all the land of the plain, and beheld, and lo, the smoke of the country went up as the smoke of a furnace.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xix, 15–28.'' -i - /ch//THE EXPULSION OF TIAGAR. And the Lord visited Sarah as he had said, and the Lord did unto Sarah as he had spoken. For Sarah conceived, and bare Abraham a son in his old age, at the set time of which God had spoken to him. And Abraham called the name of his son that was born unto him, whom Sarah bare to him, Isaac. And Abraham circumcised his son Isaac, being eight days old, as God had commanded him. And Abraham was an hundred years old, when his son Isaac was born unto him. And Sarah said, God hath made me to laugh, so that all that hear will laugh with me. And she said, who would have said unto Abraham, that Sarah should have given children suck? for I have born him a son in his old age. And the child grew, and was weaned: and Abraham made a great feast the same day that Isaac was weaned. And Sarah saw the son of Hagar, the Egyptian, which she had born unto Abraham, mocking. Wherefore she said unto Abraham, Cast out this bondwoman and her son: for the son of this bondwoman shall not be heir with my son, even with Isaac. And the thing was very grievous in Abraham's sight because of his son. And God said unto Abraham, Let it not be grievous in thy sight because of the lad, and because of thy bondwoman; in all that Sarah hath said unto thee, hearken unto her voice; for in Isaac shall thy seed be called. And also of the son of the bondwoman will I make a nation, because he is thy seed. And Abraham rose up early in the morning, and took bread, and a bottle of water, and gave it unto Hagar, putting it on her shoulder, and the child, and sent her away: and she departed, and wandered in the wilderness of Beer-sheba.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxi, 1–14.'' -i - /ch//HAGAR IN THE WILDERNESS And Abraham rose up early in the morning, and took bread, and a bottle of water, and gave it unto Hagar, putting it on her shoulder, and the child, and sent her away; and she departed, and wandered in the wilderness of Beer-sheba. And the water was spent in the bottle, and: she cast the child under one of the shrubs. And she went and sat her down over against him a good way off, as it were a bow-shot: for she said, Let me not see the death of the child. And she sat over against him, and lifted up her voice and wept. And God heard the voice of the lad; and the angel of God called to Hagar out of heaven, and said unto her, What aileth thee, Hagar? fear not, for God hath heard the voice of the lad where he is. Arise, lift up the lad, and hold him in thine hand; for I will make him a great nation. And God opened her eyes, and she saw a well of water; and she went, and filled the bottle with water, and gave the lad drink. And God was with the lad; and he grew, and dwelt in the wilderness, and became an archer. And he dwelt in the wilderness of Paran: and his mother took him a wife out of the land of Egypt.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxt. 14–21.'' - - /ch//THE TRIAL OF THE FAITH OF ABRAHAM And it came to pass after these things, that God did tempt Abraham, and said unto him, Abraham: and he said, Behold, here I am. And he said, Take now thy son, thine only son Isaac, whom thou lovest, and get thee into the land of Moriah; and offer him there for a burnt offering upon one of the mountains which I will tell thee of. And Abraham rose up early in the morning, and saddled his ass, and took two of his young men with him, and Isaac his son, and clave the wood for the burnt offering, and rose up and went unto the place of which God had told him. Then on the third day Abraham lifted up his eyes and saw the place afar off. And Abraham said unto his young men, Abide ye here with the ass; and I and the lad will go yonder and worship, and come again to you. And Abraham took the wood of the burnt offering and laid it upon Isaac his son; and he took the fire in his hand and a knife, and they went both of them together. And Isaac spake unto Abraham his father, and said, My father: and he said, Here am I, my son. And he said, Behold the fire and the wood: but where is the lamb for a burnt offering? And Abraham said, My son, God will provide himself a lamb for a burnt offering: so they went both of them together. And they came to the place which God had told him of; and Abraham built an altar there, and laid the wood in order, and bound Isaac his son, and laid him on the altar upon the wood. And Abraham stretched forth his hand and took the knife to slay his son. And the angel of the Lord called unto him out of heaven, and said, Abraham, Abraham: and he said, Here am I. And he said, Lay not thine hand upon the lad, neither do thou anything unto him: for now I know that thou fearest God, seeing thou hast not withheld thy son, thine only son, from me. And Abraham lifted up his eyes and looked, and behold behind him a ram caught in a thicket by his horns: and Abraham went and took the ram, and offered him up for a burnt offering in the stead of his son. And Abraham called the name of that place Jehovah-jireh: as it is to this day, In the mount of the Lord it shall be seen. And the angel of the Lord called unto Abraham out of heaven the second time, and said, By myself have I sworn, saith the Lord, for because thou hast done this thing, and hast not withheld thy son, thine only son, that in blessing I will bless thee, and in multiplying I will multiply thy seed as the stars of heaven, and as the sand which is upon the sea shore; and thy seed shall possess the gate of his enemies; and in thy seed shall all the nations of the earth be blessed, because thou hast obeyed my voice.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xx22. 1–18.'' - THE BURTAL{OFSSARALE And Sarah was an hundred and seven and twenty years old: these were the years of the life of Sarah. And Sarah died in Kirjath-arba; the same is Hebron in the land of Canaan: and Abraham came to mourn for Sarah, and to weep for her.;—And Abraham stood up from before his dead, and spake unto the sons of Heth, saying, I am a stranger and a sojourner with you: give me a possession of a buryingplace with you, that I may bury my dead out of my sight. And the children of Heth answered Abraham, saying unto him, Hear us, my lord: thou art a mighty prince among us: in the choice of our sepulchres bury thy dead; none of us shall withhold from thee his sepulchre, but that thou mayest bury thy dead. And Abraham stood up, and bowed himself to the people of the land, even to the children of Heth. And he communed with them, saying. If it be your mind that I should bury my dead out of my sight; hear me, and intreat for me to Ephron the son of Zohar, that he may give me the cave of Machpelah, which he hath, which is in the end of his field; for as much money as'it is worth he shall give it me for a possession of a buryingplace amongst you. And Ephron dwelt among the children of Heth: and Ephron the Hittite answered Abraham in the audience of the children of Heth, even of all that went in at the gate of his city, saying, Nay, my lord, hear me: the field give I thee, and the cave that is therein, I give it thee; in the presence of the sons of my people give I it thee: bury thy dead. And Abraham bowed down himself before the people of the land. And he spake unto Ephron in the audience of the people of the land, saying. But if thou wilt give it, I pray thee, hear me: I will give thee money for the field; take it of me, and I will bury my dead there. And Ephron answered Abraham, saying unto him, My lord, hearken unto me: the land is worth four hundred shekels of silver: what is that betwixt me and thee? bury therefore thy dead. And Abraham hearkened unto Ephron; and Abraham weighed to Ephron the silver, which he had named in the audience of the sons of Heth, four hundred shekels of silver, current money with the merchant. And the field of Ephron, which was in Machpelah, which was before Mamre, the field, and the cave which was therein, and all the trees that were in the field, that were in all the borders round about, were made sure unto Abraham for a possession in the presence of the children of Heth, before all that went in at the gate of his city. And after this, Abraham buried Sarah his wife in the cave of the field of Machpelah before Mamre; the same is Hebron in the land of Canaan. And the field, and the cave that is therein, were made sure unto Abraham for a possession of a buryingplace by the sons of Heth.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxi2?'' - /ch//CECA H PISAN - /ch//ELIEZER AND REBEKAH And the servant put his hand under the thigh of Abraham his master, and sware to him concerning that matter. And the servant took ten camels of the camels of his master, and departed; for all the goods of his master were in his hand: and he arose and went to Mesopotamia, unto the city of Nahor. And he made his camels to kneel down, without the city by a well of water at the time of the evening, even the time that women go out to draw water. And he said, O Lord God of my master Abraham, I pray thee, send me good speed this day, and shew kindness unto my master Abraham. Behold, I stand here by the well of water; and the daughters of the men of the city come out to draw water: and let it come to pass, that the damsel to whom I shall say, Let down thy pitcher, I pray thee, that I may drink; and she shall say, Drink, and I will give thy camels drink also: let the same be she that thou hast appointed for thy servant Isaac; and thereby shall I know that thou hast shewed kindness unto my master. And it came to pass before he had done speaking, that, behold, Rebekah came out, who was born to Bethuel, son of Milcah, the wife of Nahor, Abraham's brother, with her pitcher upon her shoulder. And the damsel was very fair to look upon, a virgin, neither had any man known her: and she went down to the well, and filled her pitcher and came up. And the servant ran to meet her, and said, Let me, I pray thee, drink a little water of thy pitcher. And she said, Drink, my lord; and she hasted, and let down her pitcher upon her hand, and gave him drink. And when she had done giving him drink," she said, I will draw water for thy camels also, until they have done drinking. And she hasted and emptied her pitcher into the trough, and ran again unto the well to draw water, and drew for all his camels. And the man wondering at her held his peace, to wit whether the Lord had made his journey prosperous or not. And it came to pass, as the camels had done drinking, that the man took a golden earring of half a shekel weight, and two bracelets for her hands of ten shekels weight of gold: and said, whose daughter art thou? tell me, I pray thee; is there room in thy father's house for us to lodge in? And she said unto him, I am the daughter of Bethuel the son of Milcah, which she bare unto Nahor. She said moreover unto him, We have both straw and provender enough, and room to lodge in. And the man bowed down his head and worshiped the Lord. And he said, Blessed be the Lord God of my master Abraham, who hath not left destitute my master of his mercy and his truth: I being in the way, the Lord led me to the house of my master's brethren. And the damsel ran, and told them of her mother's house these things.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] XXIV, 9–28.'' - - /ch//ISAAC BLESSING JACOB And it came to pass, that when Isaac was old, and his eyes were dim, so that he could not see, he called Esau, his eldest son, and said unto him, My son: and he said unto him, Behold, here am I. And he said, Behold now, I am old, I know not the day of my death: Now therefore take, I pray thee, thy weapons, thy quiver and thy bow, and go out to the field, and take me some venison; And make me savoury meat, such as I love, and bring it to me, that I may eat; that my soul may bless thee before I die. And Rebekah heard when Isaac spake to Esau his son. And Esau went to the field to hunt for venison, and to bring it. And Rebekah spake unto Jacob her son, saying, Behold, I heard thy father speak unto Esau thy brother, saying, Bring me venison, and make me savoury meat, that I may eat, and bless thee before the Lord before my death. Now therefore, my son, obey my voice according to that which I command thee. Go now to the flock, and fetch me from thence two good kids of the goats; and I will make them savoury meat for thy father such as he loveth; And thou shalt bring it to thy father, that he may eat, and that he may bless thee before his death. And Jacob said to Rebekah his mother, Behold, Esau my brother is a hairy man, and lama smooth man: My father peradventure will feel me, and I shall seem to him as a deceiver; and I shall bring a curse upon me, and not a blessing. And his mother said unto him, Upon me be thy curse, my son: only obey my voice, and go fetch me them. And he went, and fetched, and brought them to his mother: and his mother made savoury meat, such as his father loved. And Rebekah took goodly raiment of her eldest son Esau, which were with her in the house, and put them upon Jacob her younger son: And she put the skins of the kids of the goats upon his hands and upon the smooth of his neck: And she gave the savoury meat and the bread, which she had prepared, into the hand of her son Jacob. And he came unto his father, and said, My father: and he said, Here am I; who art thou, my son? And Jacob said unto his father, I am Esau thy first born; I have done according as thou badest me: arise, I pray thee, sit and eat of my venison, that thy soul may bless me. And Isaac said unto his son, How is it that thou hast found it so quickly, my son? And he said, Because the Lord thy God brought it to me. And Isaac said unto Jacob, Come near, I pray thee, that I may feel thee, my son, whether thou be my very son Esau or not. And Jacob went near unto Isaac his father; and he felt him, and said. The voice is Jacob's voice, but the hands are the hands of Esau. And he discerned him not, because his hands were hairy, as his brother Esau's hands: so he blessed him. And he said, Art thou my very son Esau? And he said, I am. And he said, Bring it near to me, and I will eat of my son's venison, that my soul may bless thee. And he brought it near to him, and he did eat; and he/brought him wine, and he drank. And his father Isaac said unto him, Come near now, and kiss me, my son. And he came near, and kissed him: and he smelled the smell of his raiment, and blessed him, and said, See, the smell of my son is as the smell of a field which the Lord hath blessed: Therefore God give thee of the dew of heaven, and the fatness of the earth, and plenty of corn and wine: Let people serve thee, and nations bow down to thee: be lord over thy brethren, and let thy mother's sons bow down to thee: cursed be every one that curseth thee, and blessed be he that blesseth thee.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xvit, 1–29.'' A AW ey Mi Nik ni j u: j Hf anh Hi: Kl i Ml 'i i "I HT AWH yi Aiti yn ii ii) Ht } " - JACOB. TENDING THE BLOCKS OF era ran: —And while he yet spake with them, Rachel came with her father's sheep: for she kept them. And it came to pass, when Jacob saw Rachel the daughter of Laban his mother's brother, and the sheep of Laban his mother's brother, that Jacob went near, and rolled the stone from the well's mouth, and watered the flock of Laban his mother's brother. And Jacob kissed Rachel, and lifted up his voice, and wept. And Jacob told Rachel that he was her father's brother, and that he was Rebekah's son: and she ran and told her father. And it came to pass, when Laban heard the tidings of Jacob his sister's son, that he ran to meet him, and embraced him, and kissed him, and brought him to his house. And he told Laban all these things. And Laban said to him, Surely thou art my bone and my flesh. And he abode with him the space of a month. And Laban said unto Jacob, Because thou art my brother, shouldest thou therefore serve me for naught? tell me, what shall thy wages be? And Laban had two daughters: the name of the elder was Leah, and the name of the younger was Rachel. Leah was tender eyed; but Rachel was beautiful and well favoured. And Jacob loved Rachel; and said, I will serve thee seven years for Rachel thy younger daughter. And Laban said. It is better that I give her to thee, than that I should give her to another man; abide with me. And Jacob served seven years tor Rachel; and they seemed unto him but a few days, for the love he had for her. And Jacob said unto Laban, Give me my wife, for my days are fulfilled, that I may go in unto her. And Laban gathered together all the men of the place, and made a feast. And it came to pass in the evening, that he took Leah his daughter, and brought her to him; and he went in unto her. And Laban gave unto his daughter Leah Zilpah his maid, for an handmaid. And it came to pass that in the morning, behold, it was Leah: and he said to Laban. What is this thou hast done unto me? did not I serve with thee for Rachel? wherefore then hast thou beguiled me? And Laban said. It must not be so done in our country, to give the younger before the firstborn. Fulfil her week, and we will give thee this also for the service which thou shalt serve with me yet seven other years. And Jacob did so, and fulfilled her week; and he gave him Rachel his daughter to wife also. And Laban gave to Rachel his daughter Bilhah his handmaid to be her maid. And he went in also unto Rachel, and he loved also Rachel more than Leah, and served with him yet seven other years.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxtx, 9–30.'' JOSEPH SOL DUNT OS EGY Tle These are the generations of Jacob. Joseph, being seventeen years old, was feeding the flock with his brethren; and the lad was with the sons of Bilhah and with the sons of Zilpah, his father's wives; and Joseph brought unto his father their evil report. Now Israel loved Joseph more than all his children, because he was the son of his old age; and he made him a coat of many colors. And when his brethren saw that their father loved him more than all his brethren, they hated him, and could not speak peaceably unto him. And Joseph dreamed a dream, and he told it his brethren: and they hated him yet the more. And he said unto them, Hear, I pray you, this dream which I have dreamed. For, behold, we were binding sheaves in the field, and, lo, my sheaf arose, and also stood upright; and, behold, your sheaves stood round about, and made obeisance to my sheaf. And his brethren said to him, Shalt thou indeed reign over us? or shalt thou indeed have dominion over us? And they hated him yet the more for his dreams and for his words. And he dreamed yet another dream, and told it his brethren, and said, Behold, 1 have dreamed a dream more; and, behold, the sun and the moon and the eleven stars made obeisance to me. And he told it to his father and to his brethren; and his father rebuked him, and said unto him, What is this dream that thou hast dreamed? Shall I and thy mother and thy brethren indeed come to bow down ourselves to thee to the earth. And his brethren envied him; but his father observed the saying. And his brethren went to feed their father's flock in Shechem. And Joseph went after his brethren, and found them in Dothan. And when they saw him afar off, even before he came near unto them, they conspired against him to slay him. And they said one to another, Behold, this dreamer cometh. Come now, therefore, and let us slay him, and cast him into some pit, and we will say, Some evil beast hath devoured him; and we shall see what will become of his dreams. And Reuben heard it, and he delivered him out of their hands; and said, Let us not kill him. And Reuben said unto them, Shed no blood, but cast him into this pit that is in the wilderness, and lay no hand upon him; that he might rid him out of their hands to deliver him to his father again. And it came to pass, when Joseph was come unto his brethren, that they stript Joseph out of his coat, his coat of many colors that was on him; and they took him and cast him into a pit; and the pit was empty, there was no water in it. And they sat down to eat bread; and they lifted up their eyes and looked, and, behold, a company of Ishmaelites came from Gilead with their camels bearing spicery and balm and myrrh, going to carry it down to Egypt. And Judah said unto his brethren. What profit is it if we slay our brother, and conceal his blood? Come, and let us sell him to the Ishmaelites, and let not our hand be upon him, for he is our brother and our flesh. And his brethren were content. Then there passed by Midianites merchantmen; and they drew and lifted up Joseph out of the pit, and sold Joseph to the Ishmaelites for twenty pieces of silver; and they brought Joseph into Egypt. And the Midianites sold him into Egypt unto Potiphar, an officer of Pharaoh's, and captain of the guard.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxxvit, 2–12, 17–28, 30.'' JOSEPH INTERPRETING PHARAOH'S DREAM. And it came to pass at the end of two full years, that Pharaoh dreamed: and, behold, he stood by the river. And, behold, there came up out of the river seven well favoured kine and fatfleshed; and they fed in a meadow. And, behold, seven other kine came up after them out of the river, ill favoured and leanfleshed; and stood by the other kine upon the brink of the river. And the ill favored and leanfleshed kine did eat up the seven well favoured and fat kine. So Pharaoh awoke. And he slept and dreamed the second time: and, behold, seven ears of corn came up upon one stalk, rank and good. And, behold, seven thin ears and blasted with the east wind sprung up after them. And the seven thin ears devoured the seven rank and full ears. And Pharaoh awoke, and, behold, it was a dream. And it came to pass in the morning that his spirit was troubled; and he sent and called for all the magicians of Egypt, and all the wise men thereof: and Pharaoh told them his dream; but there was none that could interpret them unto Pharaoh. [At the suggestion of his chief butler Pharaoh sends for Joseph and relates to him his dreams, which Joseph interprets as follows:| And Joseph said unto Pharaoh, The dream of Pharaoh is one: God hath shewed Pharaoh what he is about to do. The seven good kine are seven years; and the seven good ears are seven years: the dream is one. And the seven thin and ill favoured kine that came up after them are seven years; and the seven empty ears blasted with the east wind shall be seven years of famine. This is the thing which I have spoken unto Pharaoh: What God is about to do he sheweth unto Pharaoh. Behold, there come seven years of great plenty throughout all the land of Egypt: And there shall arise after them seven years of famine; and all the plenty shall be forgotten in the land of Egypt; and the famine shall consume the land; and the plenty shall not be known in the land by reason of that famine following; for it shall be very grievous. And for that the dream was doubled unto Pharaoh twice it is because the thing is established by God, and God will shortly bring it to pass. Now therefore let Pharaoh look out a man discreet and wise, and set him over the land of Egypt. Let Pharaoh do this, and let him appoint officers over the land, and take up the fifth part of the land of Egypt in the seven plenteous years. And let them gather all the food of those good years that come, and lay up corn under the hand of Pharaoh, and let them keep food in the cities. And that food shall be for store to the land against the seven years of famine, which shall be in the land of Egypt; that the land perish not through the famine.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] alt, I-76.'' RRL RA HILAR An Ha a ili iM ie ee at ee Hr lg ¢ oun? Stay + aan 7: wis - /ch//JOSEPH MAKING HIMSELF KNOWN TO HIS BRETHREN Then Joseph could not refrain himself before all them that stood by him; and he cried, Cause every man to go out from me. And there stood no man with him, while Joseph made himself known unto his brethren. And he wept aloud: and the Egyptians and the house of Pharaoh heard. And Joseph said unto his brethren, 1 am Joseph; doth my father yet live? And his brethren could not answer him; for they were troubled at his presence. And Joseph said unto his brethren, Come near to me, I pray you. And they came near. And he said, I am Joseph your brother, whom ye sold into Egypt. Now therefore be not grieved, nor angry with yourselves, that ye sold me hither: for God did send me before you to preserve life. For these two years hath the famine been in the land: and yet there are five years, in which there shall neither be earing nor harvest. And God sent me before you to preserve you a posterity in the earth, and to save your lives by a great deliverance. So now it was not you that sent me hither, but God: and he hath made me a father to Pharaoh, and lord of all his house, and a ruler throughout all the land of Egypt. Haste ye, and go up to my father, and say unto him, Thus saith thy son Joseph, God hath made me lord of all Egypt: come down unto me, tarry not: And thou shalt dwell in the land of Goshen, and thou shalt be near unto me, thou, and thy children, and thy children's children, and thy flocks, and thy herds, and all that thou hast. And there will I nourish thee; for yet there are five years of famine; lest thou, and thy household, and all that thou hast, come to poverty. And, behold, your eyes see, and the eyes of my brother Benjamin, that it is my mouth that speaketh unto you. And ye shall tell my father of all my glory in Egypt, and of all that ye have seen; and ye shall haste and bring down my father hither. And he fell upon his brother Benjamin's neck, and wept; and Benjamin wept upon his neck. Moreover he kissed all his brethren, and wept upon them: and after that his brethren talked with him. And the fame there of was heard in Pharaoh's house, saying, Joseph's brethren are come: and it pleased Pharaoh well, and his servants. And Pharaoh said unto Joseph, say unto thy brethren, This do ye; lade your beasts, and go, get you unto the land of Canaan; and take your father and your households, and come unto me: and I will give you the good of the land of Egypt, and ye shall eat the fat of the land.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xlv, 1–18.'' BAN an - HUAUULEULIUL ma wi L SN ANN ( 'i vi MI i ail "nl el signi Se: mlty i. Gy Oe) SO ol (Ge a UN aie ee CTE att |i iil: HeAAI(a TTOVT ITT - /ch//MOSES IN THE BULRUSHES And there went a man of the house of Levi, and took to wife a daughter of Levi. And the woman conceived, and bare a son: and when she saw him that he was a goodly child, she hid him three months. And when she could not longer hide him, she took for him an ark of bulrushes, and daubed it with slime and with pitch, and put the child therein; and she laid it in the flags by the river's brink. And his sister stood afar off, to wit what would be done to him. And the daughter of Pharaoh came down to wash herself at the river; and her maidens walked along by the river's side; and when she saw the ark among the flags, she sent her maid to fetch it. And when she had opened it, she saw the child: and, behold, the babe wept. And she had compassion on him, and said, This is one of the Hebrews' chil© dren. Then said his sister to Pharaoh's daughter, Shall I go and call to thee a nurse of the Hebrew women, that she may nurse the child for thee? And Pharaoh's daughter said to her, Go. And the maid went and called the child's mother. And Pharaoh's daughter said unto her, Take this child away, and nurse it for me, and I will give thee thy wages. And the woman took the child and nursed it. And the child grew, and she brought him unto Pharaoh's daughter, and he became her son. And she called his name Moses: and she said, Because I drew him out of the water. —''Hxodus tt, I-10.'' THE WAR—''AGAINST GIBEON.'' Therefore the five kings of the Amorites, the king of Jerusalem, the king of Hebron, the king of Jarmuth, the king of Lachish, the king of Eglon, gathered themselves together, and went up, they and all their hosts, and encamped before Gibeon, and made war against it. And the men of Gibeon sent unto Joshua to the camp to Gilgal, saying, Slack not thy hand from thy servants; come up to us quickly, and save us and help us: for all the kings of the Amorites that dwell in the mountains are gathered together against us. So Joshua ascended from Gilgal, he, and all the people of war with him, and all the mighty men of valor. And the Lord said unto Joshua, Fear them not: for I have delivered them into thine hand; there shall not a man of them stand before thee. Joshua therefore came unto them suddenly, and went up from Gilgal all night. And the Lord discomfited them before Israel, and slew them with a great slaughter at Gibeon, and chased them along the way that goeth up to Beth-horon, and smote them to Azekah, and unto Makkedah. And it came to pass, as they fled from before Israel, and were in the going down to Beth-horon, that the Lord cast down great stones from heaven upon them unto Azekah, and they died: they were more which died with hailstones than they whom the children of Israel slew with the sword. Then spake Joshua to the Lord in the day when the Lord delivered up the Amorites before the children of Israel, and he said in the sight of Israel, Sun, stand thou still upon Gibeon; and thou, Moon, in the valley of Ajalon. And the sun stood still, and the moon stayed, until the people had avenged themselves upon their enemies. Is not this written in the book of Jasher? So the sun stood still in the midst of heaven, and hastened not to go down about a whole day. And there was no day like that before it or after it, that the Lord hearkened unto the voice of a man: for the Lord fought for Israel. And Joshua returned, and all Israel with him, unto the camp to Gilgal. But these five kings fled, and hid themselves in a cave at Makkedah. And it was told Joshua, saying. The five kings are found hid in a cave at Makkedah. And Joshua said, Roll great stones upon the mouth of the cave, and set men by it for to keep them: and stay ye not, but pursue after your enemies, and smite the hindmost of them; suffer them not to enter into their cities; for the Lord your God hath delivered them into your hand. And it came to pass, when Joshua and the children of Israel had made an end of slaying them with a very great slaughter, till they were consumed, that the rest which remained of them entered into fenced cities.—''[[Joshua (Bible)|Joshua]] x, 5–20.'' - as SISERA*SEAING BY SARL Now Heber the Kenite, which was of the children of Hobab, the father-in-law of Moses, had severed himself from the Kenites, and pitched his tent unto the plain of Zaanaim, which is by Kedesh. And they shewed Sisera that Barak, the son of Abinoam, was gone up to Mount Tabor. "And Sisera gathered together all his chariots, even nine hundred chariots of iron, and all the people that were with him, from Harosheth of the Gentiles unto the river of Kishon. And Deborah said unto Barak, Up; for this is the day in which the Lord hath delivered Sisera into thine hand: is not the Lord gone out before thee? So Barak went down from Mount Tabor, and ten thousand men after him. And the Lord discomfited Sisera, and all his chariots and all his host, with the edge of the sword before Barak; so that Sisera lighted down off his chariot, and fled away on his feet. But Barak pursued after the chariots, and after the host, unto Harosheth of the Gentiles: and all the host of Sisera fell upon the edge of the sword; and there was not a man left. Howbeit Sisera fled away on his feet to the tent of Jael, the wife of Heber the Kenite; for there was peace between Jabin the king of Hazor and the house of Heber the Kenite. And Jael went out to meet Sisera, and said unto him, Turn in, my lord, turn in to me; fear not. And when he had turned in unto her into the tent, she covered him with a mantle. And he said unto her, Give me, I pray thee, a little water to drink; for I am thirsty. And she opened a bottle of milk, and gave him drink, and covered him. Again he said unto her, Stand in the door of the tent, and it shall be, when any man doth come and enquire of thee, and say. Is there any man here? that thou shalt say, No. Then Jael, Heber's wife, took a nail of the tent, and took an hammer in her hand, and went softly unto him, and smote the nail into his temples, and fastened it into the ground: for he was fast asleep and weary. So he died. And, behold, as Barak pursued Sisera, Jael came out to meet him, and said unto him, Come, and I will show thee the man whom thou seekest. And when he came into her tent, behold, Sisera lay dead, and the nail was in his temples.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] wv, 11–22.'' MK NN DEBORAH'S SONG OF TRIUMPH. Then sang Deborah and Barak, the son of Abinoam on that day, saying:— Praise ye the Lord for the avenging of Israel. When the people willingly offered themselves. Hear, O ye kings; give ear, O ye princes; I, even IJ, will sing unto the Lord; I will sing praise to the Lord God of Israel. Lord, when thou wentest out of Seir. When thou marchedst out of the field of Edom. The earth trembled, and the heavens dropped, the clouds also dropped water. The mountains melted from before the Lord. Even that Sinai from before the Lord God of Israel. " Blessed above women shall Jael the wife of Heber the Kenite be; Blessed shall she be above women in the tent. He asked water, and she gave him milk; She brought forth butter in a lordly dish. She put her hand to the nail, and her right hand to the workmen's hammer; And with the hammer she smote Sisera. She smote off his head, when she had pierced and stricken through his temples. At her feet he bowed, he fell, he lay down: At her—feet he bowed, he fell: Where he bowed, there he fell down dead. The mother of Sisera looked out at a window, and cried through the lattice. Why is his chariot so long in coming? Why tarry the wheels of his chariots? Her wise ladies answered her, yea, she returned answer to herself, Have they not sped? Have they not divided the prey; To every man a damsel or two; To Sisera a prey of divers colours, a prey of divers colours of needlework, Of divers colours of needlework on both sides, meet for the necks of them that take the spoil? So let all thine enemies perish, O Lord: But let them that love him be as the sun when he goeth forth in his might.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] UV, 2–5, 24–71.'' HN a - Be/b2/(LA Dn - We oe! "Po ") gn - salt - /ch//JEPHTHAH MET BY HIS DAUGHTER Then the Spirit of the Lord came upon Jephthah, and he passed over Gilead, and Manasseh, and passed over Mizpeh of Gilead, and from Mizpeh of Gilead he passed over unto the children of Ammon. And Jephthah vowed a vow unto the Lord, and said. If thou shalt without fail deliver the children of Ammon into mine hands, then it shall be, that whatsoever cometh forth of the doors of my house to meet me, when I return in peace from the children of Ammon, shall surely be the Lord's, and I will offer it up for a burnt offering. So Jephthah passed over unto the children of Ammon to fight against them; and the Lord delivered them into his hands. And he smote them from Aroer, even till thou come to Minnith, even twenty cities, and unto the plain of the vineyards, with a very great slaughter. Thus the children of Ammon were subdued before the children of Israel. And Jephthah came to Mizpeh unto his house, and, behold, his daughter came out to meet him with timbrels and with dances: and she was his only child; beside her he had neither son nor daughter.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] x2, 29–34.'' -i - JEPHTHAH'S DAUGHTER AND HER COMPANIONS. And it came to pass, when he saw her, that he rent his clothes, and said, Alas, my daughter! thou hast brought me very low, and thou art one of them that trouble me: for I have opened my mouth unto the Lord, and I cannot go back. And she said unto him, My father, if thou hast opened thy mouth unto the Lord, do to me according to that which hath proceeded out of thy mouth; forasmuch as the Lord hath taken vengeance for thee of thine enemies, even of the children of Ammon. And she said unto her father, Let this thing be done for me: let me alone two months, that I may go up and down upon the mountains, and bewail my virginity, I and my fellows. And he said, Go. And he sent her away for two months: and she went with her companions, and bewailed her virginity upon the mountains. And it came to pass at the end of two months, that she returned unto her father, who did with her according to his vow which he had vowed: and she knew no man. And it was a custom in Israel, that the daughters of Israel went yearly to lament the daughter of Jephthah the Gileadite four days in a year.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] xt, 35–40.'' -i - /ch//SAMSON SLAYING THE LION Then went Samson down, and his father and his mother, to Timnath, and came to the vineyards of Timnath; and, behold, a young lion roared against him. And the Spirit of the Lord came mightily upon him, and he rent him as he would have rent a kid, and he had nothing in his hand; but he told not his father or his mother what he had done.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] xzv, 5–6.'' -i - /ch//SAMSON AND DELILAH And it came to pass afterward, that he loved a woman in the valley of Sorek, whose name was Delilah. And the lords of the Philistines came up unto her, and said unto her, Entice him, and see wherein his great strength lieth, and by what means we may prevail against him, that we may bind him to afflict him; and we will give thee every one of us eleven hundred pieces of silver. And Delilah said to Samson, Tell me, I pray thee, wherein thy great strength lieth, and wherewith thou mightest be bound to afflict thee. And Samson said unto her, If they bind me with seven green withs that were never dried, then shall I be weak, and be as another man. Then the lords of the Philistines brought up to her seven green withs which had not been dried, and she bound him with them. Now there were men lying in wait, abiding with her in the chamber. And she said unto him, The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And he brake the withs, as a thread of tow is broken when it toucheth the fire. So his strength was not known. And Delilah said unto Samson, Behold, thou hast mocked me, and told me lies: now tell me, I pray thee, wherewith thou mightest be bound. And he said unto her, If they bind me fast with new ropes that never were occupied, then shall I be weak, and be as another man. Delilah therefore took new ropes, and bound him therewith, and said unto him, The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And there were liers in wait abiding in the chamber. And he brake them from off his arms like a thread. And Delilah said unto Samson, Hitherto thou hast mocked me, and told me lies: tell me wherewith thou mightest be bound. And he said unto her, If thou weavest the seven locks of my head with the web. And she fastened it with the pin, and said unto him, The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And he awaked out of his sleep, and went away with the pin of the beam and with the web. And she said unto him, How canst thou say, I love thee, when thine heart is not with me? thou hast mocked me these three times, and hast not told me wherein thy great strength lieth. And it came to pass, when she pressed him daily with her words, and urged him, so that his soul was vexed unto death; that he told her all his heart, and said unto her, There hath not come a razor upon mine head; for I have been a Nazarite unto God from my mother's womb: if I be shaven, then my strength will go from me, and I shall become weak, and be like any other man. And when Delilah saw that he had told her all his heart, she sent and called for the lords of the Philistines, saying, Come up this once, for he hath showed me all his heart. Then the lords of the Philistines came up unto her, and brought money in their hand. And she made him sleep upon her knees; and she called for a man, and she caused him to shave off the seven locks of his head; and she began to afflict him, and his strength went from him. And she said. The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And he awoke out of his sleep, and said, I will go out as at other times before, and shake myself. And he wist not that the Lord was departed from him.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] xvt, 4–20.'' -i - /ch//THE DEATH OF SAMSON But the Philistines took him, and put out his eyes, and brought him down to Gaza, and bound him with fetters of brass; and he did grind in the prison house. Howbeit the hair of his head began to grow again after he was shaven. Then the lords of the Philistines gathered them together for to offer a great sacrifice unto Dagon their god, and to rejoice: for they said, Our God hath delivered Samson our enemy into our hand. And when the people saw him, they praised their god: for they said, Our god hath delivered into our hands our enemy, and the destroyer of our country, which slew many of us. And it came to pass, when their hearts were merry, that they said, Call for Samson, that he may make us sport. And they called for Samson out of the prison house; and he made them sport: and they set him between the pillars. And Samson said unto the lad that held him by the hand, Suffer me that I may feel the pillars whereupon the house standeth, that I may lean upon them. Now the house was full of men and women; and all the lords of the Philistines were there; and there were upon the roof about three thousand men and women, that beheld while Samson made sport. And Samson called unto the Lord, and said, O Lord God, remember me, I pray thee, and strengthen me, I pray thee, only this once, O God, that I may be at once avenged of the Philistines for my two eyes. And Samson took hold of the two middle pillars upon which the house stood, and on which it was borne up, of the one with 'his right hand, and of the other with his left. And Samson said, Let me die with the Philistines. And he bowed himself with all his might; and the house fell upon the lords, and upon all the people that were therein. So the dead which he slew at his death were more than they which he slew in his life. Then his brethren and all the house of his father came down, and took him, and brought him up, and buried him between Zorah and Eshtaol in the buryingplace of Manoah his father. And he judged Israel twenty years.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] xvi, 21–71.'' -i - /ch//NAOMI AND HER DAUGHTERS IN LAW Now it came to pass in the days when the judges ruled, that there was a famine in the land. And acertain man of Beth-lehem-judah went to sojourn in the country of Moab, he, and his wife, and his two sons. And the name of the man was Elimelech, and the name of his wife Naomi, and the name of his two sons Mahlon and Chilion, Ephrathites of Beth-lehemjudah. And they came into the country of Moab, and continued there. And Elimelech Naomi's husband died; and she was left, and her two sons. And they took them wives of the women of Moab; the name of the one was Orpah, and the name of the other Ruth: and they dwelt there about ten years. And Mahlon and Chilion died also both of them; and the woman was left of her two sons and her husband. Then she arose with her daughters in law, that she might return from the country of Moab: for she had heard in the country of Moab how that the Lord had visited his people in giving them bread. Wherefore she went forth out of the place where she was, and her two daughters in law with her; and they went on the way to return unto the land of Judah. And Naomi said unto her two daughters in law, Go, return each to her mother's house: the Lord deal kindly with you, as ye have dealt with the dead, and with me. The Lord grant you that ye may find rest, each of you in the house of her husband. Then she kissed them; and they lifted up their voice, and wept. And they said unto her, Surely we will return with thee unto thy people. And Naomi said, Turn again, my daughters: why will ye go with me? are there yet any more sons in my womb, that they may be your husbands? Turn again, my daughters, go your way; for I am too old to have a husband. If I should say, I have hope, if I should have a husband also to night, and should also bear sons; would ye tarry for them till they were grown? would ye stay for them from having husbands? nay, my daughters; for it grieveth me much for your sakes that the hand of the Lord is gone out against me. And they lifted up their voice, and wept again: and Orpah kissed her mother in law; but Ruth clave unto her. And she said, Behold, thy sister in law is gone back unto her people, and unto her gods: return thou after thy sister in law. And Ruth said, Entreat me not to leave thee, or to return from following after thee: for whither thou goest, I will go; and where thou lodgest, I will lodge: thy people shall be my people, and thy God my God: Where thou diest, will I die, and there will I be buried: the Lord do so to me, and more also, if ought but death part thee and me. When she saw that she was steadfastly minded to go with her, then she left speaking unto her. So they two went until they came to Beth-lehem.—''/uzh 2, 7–79.'' RUTH: AND—''BOAZ,.'' And Naomi had a kinsman of her husband's, a mighty man of wealth, of the family of Elimelech; and his name was Boaz. And Ruth the Moabitess said unto Naomi, Let me now go to the field, and glean ears of corn after him in whose sight I shall find grace. And she said unto her, Go, my daughter. And she went, and came and gleaned in the field after the reapers; and her hap was to light on a part of the field belonging unto Boaz, who was of the kindred of Elimelech. And, behold, Boaz came from Bethlehem, and said unto the reapers. The Lord be with you. And they answered him. The Lord bless thee. Then said Boaz unto his servant that was set over the reapers, whose damsel is this? And the servant that was set over the reapers answered and said. It is the Moabitish damsel that came back with Naomi out of the country of Moab: and she said, I pray you, let me glean and gather after the reapers among the sheaves: so she came, and hath continued even from the morning until now, that she tarried a little in the house. Then said Boaz unto Ruth, Hearest thou not, my daughter? Go not to glean in another field, neither go from hence, but abide here fast by my maidens: let thine eyes be on the field that they do reap, and go thou after them: have I not charged the young men that they shall not touch thee? and when thou art athirst, go unto the vessels, and drink of that which the young men have drawn. Then she fell on her face and bowed herself to the ground, and said unto him, Why have I found grace in thine eyes, that thou shouldest take knowledge of me, seeing I am a stranger? And Boaz answered and said unto her, It hath fully been shewed me, all that thou hast done unto thy mother in law since the death of thine husband: and how thou hast left thy father and thy mother, and the land of thy nativity, and art come unto a people which thau knewest not heretofore. The Lord recompense thy work, and a full reward be given thee of the Lord God of Israel, under whose wings thou art come to trust. Then she said, Let me find favor in thy sight, my lord; for that thou hast comforted me, and for that thou hast spoken friendly unto thine handmaid, though I be not like unto one of thine handmaidens,. And Boaz said unto her, At mealtime come thou hither, and eat of the bread, and dip thy morsel in the vinegar. And she sat beside the reapers: and he reached her parched corn, and she did eat, and was sufficed, and left. And when she was risen up to glean, Boaz commanded his young men, saying, Let her glean even among the sheaves, and reproach her not: and let fall also some of the handfuls of purpose for her, and leave them, that she may glean them and rebuke her not. So she gleaned in the field until even, and beat out that she had gleaned: and it was about an ephah of barley.—''Ruth 22, 2–177.'' TR SS ANS ANS A NY SSwee Ke AN oo RN we Nh A. LAY SY N WN SSS AIG NAKA WO KAN Ae COS AS WN WYN min Sue oy QI Garyy MN ANS ow AN N eR ee INE SERA ONS MAAR THE? RED UNS Pol ae And the ark of the Lord was in the country of the Philistines seven months. And the Philistines called for the priests and the diviners, saying. What shall we do to the ark of the Lord? tell us wherewith we shall send it to his place. And they said. If ye send away the ark of the God of Israel, send it not empty; but in any wise return him a trespass offering: then ye shall be healed, and it shall be known to you why his hand is not removed from you. Then said they. What shall be the trespass offering which we shall return to him? They answered, Five golden emerods, and five golden mice, according to the number of the lords of the Philistines: for one plague was on you all, and on your lords. Wherefore ye shall make images of your emerods, and images of your mice that mar the land; and ye shall give glory unto the God of Israel: peradventure he will lighten his hand from off you, and from off your gods, and from off your land. Wherefore then do ye harden your hearts, as the Egyptians and Pharaoh hardened their hearts? when he had wrought wonderfully among them, did they not let the people go, and they departed? Now hebre make a new cart, sine take two milch kine, on which there hath come no yoke, and tie the kine to the cart, and bring their calves home from them: and take the ark of the Lord, and lay it upon the cart; and put the jewels of gold, which ye return him for a trespass offering, in a coffer by the side thereof; and send it away, that it may go. And see, if it goeth up by the way of his own coast to Beth-shemesh, then he hath done us this great evil: but if not, then we shall know that it is not his hand that smote us; it was a chance that happened to us. And the men did so; and took two milch kine, and tied them to the cart, and shut up their calves at home: and they laid the ark of the Lord upon the cart, and the coffer with the mice of gold and the images of their emerods. And the kine took the straight way to the way of Beth-shemesh, and went along the highway, lowing as they went, and turned not aside to the right hand or to the left; and the lords of the Philistines went after them unto the border of Beth-shemesh. And they of Beth-shemesh were reaping their wheat harvest in the valley: and they lifted up their eyes, and saw the ark, and rejoiced to see it. And the cart came into the field of Joshua, a Beth-shemite, and stood there, where there was a great stone: and they clave the wood of the cart, and offered the kine a burnt offering unto the Lord. And the Levites took down the ark of the Lord, and the coffer that was with it, wherein the jewels of gold were, and put them on the great stone: and the men of Beth-shemesh offered burnt offerings and sacrificed sacrifices the same day unto the Lord.—''[[Samuel (Bible)|Samuel]] vi, 1–15.'' -i - /ch//SAUL AND DAVID And it came to pass, when he had made an end of speaking unto Saul, that the soul of Jonathan was knit with the soul of David, and Jonathan loved him as his own soul. And Saul took him that day, and would let him go no more home to his father's house. Then Jonathan and David made a covenant, because he loved him as his own soul. And Jonathan stripped himself of the robe that was upon him, and gave it to David, and his garments, even to his sword, and to his bow, and to his girdle. And David went out withersoever Saul sent him, and behaved himself wisely: and Saul set him over the men of war, and he was accepted in the sight of all the people, and also in the sight of Saul's servants. And it came to pass as they came, when David was returned from the slaughter of the Philistine, that the women came out of all cities of Israel, singing and dancing, to meet king Saul, with tabrets, with joy, and with instruments of music. And the women answered one another as they played, and said, Saul hath slain his thousands, and David his ten thousands. And Saul was very wroth, and the saying displeased him; and he said. They have ascribed unto David ten thousands, and to me they have ascribed but thousands: and what can he have more but the kingdom? And Saul eyed David from that day and forward. And it came to pass on the morrow, that the evil spirit from God came upon Saul, and he prophesied in the midst of the house: and David played with his hand, as at other times: and there was a javelin in Saul's hand. And Saul cast the javelin; for he said, I will smite David even to the wall with it. And David avoided out of his presence twice.—''z Samuel "UI, I-IT.'' TS: Thine DAVID. SPARRING @goAUL. —And it came to pass, when Saul was returned from following the Philistines, that it was told him, saying, Behold, David is in the wilderness of En-gedi. Then Saul took three thousand chosen men out of all Israel, and went to seek David and his men upon the rocks of the wild goats. And he came to the sheepcotes by the way, where was a cave; and Saul went in to cover his feet: and David and his men remained in the sides of the cave. And the men of David said unto him, Behold the day of which the Lord said unto thee, Behold, I will deliver thine enemy into thine hand, that thou mayest do to him as it shall seem good unto thee. Then David arose, and cut off the skirt of Saul's robe privily. And it came to pass afterward, that David's heart smote him, because he had cut off Saul's skirt. And he said unto his men. The Lord forbid that I should do this thing unto my master, the Lord's anointed, to stretch forth mine hand against him, seeing he is the anointed of the Lord. So David stayed his servants with these words, and suffered them not to rise against Saul. But Saul rose up out of the cave, and went on his way. David also arose afterward, and went out of the cave, and cried after Saul, saying, My lord the king. And when Saul looked behind him, David stooped with his face to the earth and bowed himself. And David said to Saul, Wherefore hearest thou men's words, saying, Behold, David seeketh thy hurt? Behold, this day thine eyes have seen how that the Lord had delivered thee to-day into mine hand in the cave: and some bade me kill thee; but mine eye spared thee; and I said, I will not put forth mine hand against my lord; for he is the Lord's anointed. Moreover, my father, see, yea, see the skirt of thy robe in my hand: for in that I cut off the skirt of thy robe, and killed thee not, know thou and see that there is neither evil nor transgression in mine hand, and I have not sinned against thee; yet thou huntest my soul to take it. The Lord judge between me and thee, and the Lord avenge me of thee: but mine hand shall not be upon thee. As saith the proverb of the ancients, Wickedness proceedeth from the wicked: but mine hand shall not be upon thee. After whom is the king of Israel come out? after whom dost thou pursue? after a dead dog, after a flea. The Lord therefore be judge, and judge between me and thee, and see, and plead my cause, and deliver me out of thine hand. And it came to pass, when David had made an end of speaking these words unto Saul, that Saul said. Is this thy voice, my son David? And Saul lifted up his voice, and wept. And he said to David, Thou art more righteous than I: for thou hast rewarded me good, whereas I have rewarded thee evil. And thou hast shewed this day how that thou hast dealt well with me: forasmuch as when the Lord had delivered me into thine hand, thou killedst me not. For if a man find his enemy, will he let him go well away? wherefore the Lord reward thee good for that thou hast done unto me this day. And now, behold, I know well that thou shalt surely be king, and that the kingdom of Israel shall be established in thine hand. Swear now therefore unto me by the Lord, that thou wilt not cut off my seed after me, and that thou wilt not destroy my name out of my father's house. And David sware unto Saul. And Saul went home; but David and his men gat them up unto the hold.—''z Samuel xxiv, I-22.'' Ha mu iy ry ie ; of "s s, y 7 '14 Vi oh weal A - = 'Ry bs ae, Ext ng 7 is 4 se, a o <—a's 2":: vale ee 2a on/b2/; '% 5 "I .: 5 7 ¥ Ms =o) ': Ch PN = . F An 4; '7 . 7 ae DEATH: OF SAGIE Now the Philistines fought against Israel: and the men of Israel fled from before the Philistines, and fell down slain in mount Gilboa. And the Philistines followed hard upon Saul and upon his sons; and the Philistines slew Jonathan, and Abinadab, and Melch-shua, Saul's sons. And the battle went sore against Saul, and the archers hit him; and he was sore wounded of the archers. Then said Saul unto his armourbearer, Draw thy sword, and thrust me through therewith; lest these uncircumcised come and thrust me through, and abuse me. But his armourbearer would not; for he was sore afraid. Therefore Saul took a sword, and fell upon it. And when his armourbearer saw that Saul was dead, he fell likewise upon his sword, and died with him. So Saul died, and his three sons, and his armourbearer, and all his men, that same day together. And when the men of Israel that were on the other side of the valley, and they that were on the other side Jordan, saw that the men of Israel fled, and that Saul and his sons were dead, they forsook the cities, and fled; ard the Philistines came and dwelt in them. And it came to pass on the morrow, when the Philistines came to strip the slain, that they found Saul and his three sons fallen in mount Gilboa. And they cut off his head, and stripped off his armour, and sent into the land of the Philistines round about, to publish it in the house of their idols, and among the people. And they put his armour in the house of Ashtaroth: and they fastened his body to the wall of Beth-shan. And when the inhabitants of Jabesh-gilead heard of that which the Philistines had done to Saul; all the valiant men arose, and went all night, and took the body of Saul and the bodies of his sons from the wall of Beth-shan, and came to Jabesh, and burnt them there. And they took their bones, and buried them under a tree at Jabesh, and fasted seven days.— t Samuel xxx21. THE DEATH OF ABSALON: And David numbered the people that were with him, and set captains of thousands and captains of hundreds over them. And David set forth a third part of the people under the hand of Joab, and a third part under the hand of Abishai the son of Zeruiah, Joab's brother, and a third part under the hand of ittai the Gittite. And the king said unto the people, I will surely go forth with you myself also. But the people answered, Thou shalt not go forth: for if we flee away, they will not care for us; neither if half of us die, will they care for us: but now thou art worth ten thousand of us: therefore now it is better that thou succor us out of the city. And the king said unto them, What seemeth you best I will do. And the king stood by the gate side, and all the people came out by hundreds and by thousands. And the king commanded Joab and Abishai and ittai, saying, Deal gently for my sake with the young man, even with Absalom. And all the people heard when the king gave all the captains charge concerning Absalom. So the people went out into the field against Israel: and the battle was in the wood of Ephraim; where the people of Israel were slain before the servants of David, and there was there a great slaughter that day of twenty thousand men. For the battle was there scattered over the face of all the country: and the wood devoured more people that day than the sword devoured. And Absalom met the servants of David. And Absalom rode upon a mule, and the mule went under the thick boughs of a great oak, and his head caught hold of the oak, and he was taken up between the heaven and the earth; and the mule that was under him went away. And a certain man saw it, and told Joab, and said, Behold I saw Absalom hanged in an oak. And Joab said unto the man that told him. And, behold, thou sawest him, and why didst thou not smite him there to the ground? and I would have given thee ten shekels of silver, and a girdle. And the man said unto Joab, Though I should receive a thousand shekels of silver in mine hand, yet would I not put forth mine hand against the king's son: for in our hearing the king charged thee and Abishai and ittai, saying, Beware that none touch the young man Absalom. Otherwise I should have wrought falsehood against mine own life: for there is no matter hid from the king, and thou thyself wouldst have set thyself against me. Then said Joab, I may not tarry thus with thee. And he took three darts in his hand, and thrust them through the heart of Absalom, while he was yet alive in the midst of the oak. And ten young men that bare Joab's armor compassed about and smote Absalom, and slew him. And Joab blew the trumpet, and the people returned from pursuing after Israel: for Joab held back the people. And they took Absalom, and cast him into a great pit in the wood, and laid a very great heap of stones upon him: and all Israel fled every one to his tent.—''2 Samuel xvnt, I-17.'' ZL 7 ¢] "Ah - /ch//DAVID MOURNING OVER ABSALOM Then said Ahimaaz the son of Zadok, Let me now run, and bear the king tidings, how that the Lord hath avenged him of his enemies. And Joab said unto him, Thou shalt not bear tidings this day, but thou shalt bear tidings another day: but this day thou shalt bear no tidings, because the king's son is dead. Then said Joab to Cushi, Go tell the king what thou hast seen. And Cushi bowed himself unto Joab, and ran. Then said Ahimaaz the son of Zadok yet again to Joab. But howsoever, let me, I pray thee, also run after Cushi. And Joab said, Wherefore wilt thou run, my son, seeing that thou hast no tidings ready? But howsoever, said he let me run. And he said unto him, Run. Then Ahimaaz ran by the way of the plain, and overran Cushi. And David sat between the two gates: and the watchman went up to the roof over the gate unto the wall, and lifted up his eyes, and looked, and behold a man running alone. And the watchman cried, and told the king. And the king said. If he be alone, there is tidings in his mouth. And he came apace, and drew near. And the watchman saw another man running: and the watchman called unto the porter, and said, Behold another man running alone. And the king said. He also bringeth tidings. And the watchman said, Me thinketh the running of the foremost is like the running of Ahimaaz the son of Zadok. And the king said. He is a good man, and cometh with good tidings. And Ahimaaz called, and said unto the king, All is well. And he fell down to the earth upon fe face before the king, and said, Blessed be the Lord thy God, which hath delivereth up the men that lifted up their hand against my lord the king. And the king said. Is the young man Absalom safe? And Ahimaaz answered, When Joab sent the king's servant, and me thy servant, I saw a great tumult, but I knew not what it was. And the king said unto him, Turn aside, and stand here. And he turned aside, and stood still. And, behold, Cushi came; and Cushi said, Tidings, my lord the king: for the Lord hath avenged thee this day of all them that rose up against thee. And the king said unto Cushi, Is the young man Absalom safe? And Cushi answered. The enemies of my lord the king, and all that rise against thee to do thee hurt, be as that young man is. And the king was much moved, and went up to the chamber over the gate, and wept: and as he went, thus he said, O my son Absalom, my son, my son Absalom! would God I had died for thee, O Absalom, my son, my son!; And it was told Joab, Behold the king weepeth and mourneth for Absalom. And the victory that day was turned into mourning unto all the people: for the people heard say that day how the king was grieved for his son. And the people gat them by stealth that day into the city, as people being ashamed steal away when they flee in battle. But the king covered his face, and the king cried with a loud voice, O my son Absalom, O Absalom, my son, my son!—2 Samuel xvnt, 19–33, xix, 1–4. S S S "il Mf ay/b2/" ie SERS a ser 2 Sees ar v - /ch//SOLOMON And David took him more concubines and wives out of Jerusalem, after he was come from Hebron: and there were yet sons and daughters born to David. And these be the names of those that were born unto him in Jerusalem; Shammuah, and Shobab, and Nathan, and Solomon, Ibhar also, and Elishua, and Nepheg, and Japhia, and Elishama, and Eliada, and Eliphalet.—''2 Samuel v. 13–16.'' And David comforted Bath-sheba his wife, and went in unto her, and lay with her: and she bare a son, and he called his name Solomon: and the Lord loved him.—''2 Samuel Lathe ys'' So David slept with his fathers, and was buried in the city of David. And the days that David reigned over Israel were forty years: seven years reigned he in Hebron, and thirty and three years reigned he in Jerusalem. Then sat Solomon upon the throne of David his father, and his kingdom was established greatly.—''zr Kings 72, ro-r2.'' And God gave Solomon wisdom and understanding exceeding much, and largeness of heart, even as the sand that is on the sea shore. And Solomon's wisdom excelled the wisdom of all the children of the east country, and all the wisdom of Egypt. For he was wiser than all men: than Ethan the Ezrahite, and Heman, and Chalcol, and Darda, the sons of Mahol: and his fame was in all nations round about. And he spake three thousand proverbs: and his songs were a thousand and five. And he spake of trees, from the cedar tree that is in Lebanon even unto the hyssop that springeth out of the wall: he spake also of beasts, and of fowl, and of creeping things, and of fishes. And there came of all people to hear the wisdom of Solomon, from all kings of the earth, which had heard of his wisdom,—''2 Kings tv, 29–34.'' Aa ie Al il MIhil p i il We is iB Nt Ve su nl a (leat tl Ml My (or ihe th Hi ! au SMITA Whi) aa gine i p i: i777 HCA, hi yt ff A. tren ATan ed oie - /ch//THE JUDGMENT OF SOLOMON Then came there two women, that were harlots, unto the king, and stood before him. And the one woman said, O my lord, I and this woman dwell in one house; and I was delivered of a child with her in the house. And it came to pass the third day after that I was delivered, that this woman was delivered also: and we were together; there was no stranger with us in the house, save we two in the house. And this woman's child died in the night; because she overlaid it. And she arose at midnight, and took my son from beside me, while thine handmaid slept, and laid it in her bosom, and laid her dead child in my bosom. And when I rose in the morning to give my child suck, behold, it was dead: but when I had considered it in the morning, behold, it was not my son, which I did bear. And the other woman said, Nay; but the living is my son, and the dead is thy son. And this said, No; but the dead is thy son, and the living is my son. Thus they spake before the king. Then said the king. The one saith, This is my son that liveth, and thy son is the dead: and the other saith, Nay; but thy son is the dead, and my son is the living. And the king said, Bring me a sword. And they brought a sword before the king. And the king said, Divide the living child in two, and give half to the one, and half to the other. Then spake the woman whose the living child was unto the king, for her bowels yearned upon her son, and she said, O my lord, give her the living child, and in no wise slay it.; But the other said, Let it be neither mine nor thine, but divide it. Then the king answered and said, Give her the living child, and in no wise slay it: she is the mother thereof. And all Israel heard of the judgment which the king had judged; and they feared the king: for they saw that the wisdom of God was in him, to do judgment.—7 Kengs 772, 16–28, i 4 aH bin mn UU ju un Niel: all cM) ie 'i a - i ay ni A. it!lWi el Ci AAAa cin a[ HL) Ney H Hy nein in A. ae Di ( mal aa has al it il)We ''is'' yl: ee'll ik Ml) Alhi UVM INCINSLIN i itl i lle ar) THE CEDARS DESTINED FOR THE TEMPLE: And Hiram king of Tyre sent his servants unto Solomon; for he had heard that they had anointed him king in the room of his father: for Hiram was ever a lover of David. And Solomon sent to Hiram, saying, Thou knowest how that David my father could not build a house unto the name of the Lord his God for the wars which were about him on every side, until the Lord put them under the soles of his feet. But now the Lord my God hath given me rest on every side, so that there is neither adversary nor evil occurrent. And, behold, I purpose to build a house unto the name of the Lord my God, as the Lord spake unto David my father, saying, Thy son, whom I will set upon thy throne in thy room, he shall build a house unto my name. Now therefore command thou that they hew me cedar trees out of Lebanon; and my servants shall be with thy servants: and unto thee will I give hire for thy servants according to all that thou shalt appoint: for thou knowest that there is not among us any that can skill to hew timber like unto the Sidonians. And it came to pass, when Hiram heard the words of Solomon, that he rejoiced greatly, and said, Blessed be the Lord this day, which hath given unto David a wise son over this great people. And Hiram sent to Solomon, saying, I have considered the things which thou sentest to me for: and I will do all thy desire concerning timber of cedar, and concerning timber of fir. My servants shall bring them down from Lebanon unto the sea; and I will convey them by sea in floats unto the place that thou shalt appoint me, and will cause them to be discharged there, and thou shalt receive them: and thou shalt accomplish my desire, in giving food for my household. So Hiram gave Solomon cedar trees and fir trees according to all his desire. And Solomon gave Hiram twenty thousand measures of wheat for food to his household, and twenty measures of pure oil: thus gave Solomon to Hiram year by year. And the Lord gave Solomon wisdom, as he promised him: and there was peace between Hiram and Solomon; and they two made a league together. And king Solomon raised a levy out of all Israel; and the levy was thirty thousand men. And he sent them to Lebanon, ten thousand a month by courses: a month they were in Lebanon, and two months at home: and Adoniram was over the levy. And Solomon had threescore and ten thousand that bare burdens,.and fourscore thousand hewers in the mountains; beside the chief of Solomon's officers which were over the work, three thousand and three hundred, which ruled over the people that wrought in the work. And the king commanded, and they brought great stones, costly stones, and hewed stones, to lay the foundation of the house. And Solomon's builders, and Hiram's builders did hew them, and the stone-squarers: so they prepared timber and stones to build the house.—''z Azngs v.'' THE.—''PROPH Boles Ne B Ye aoe.'' Now there dwelt an old prophet in Bethel; and his sons came and told him all the works that the man of God had done that day in Bethel: the words which he had spoken unto the king, them they told also to their father. And their father said unto them, What way went he? For his sons had seen what way the man of God went, which came from Judah. And he said unto his sons, Saddle me the ass. So they saddled him the ass: and he rode thereon, and went after the man of God, and found him sitting under an oak: and he said unto him, Art thou the man of God that camest from Judah? And he said, I am. Then he said unto him, Come home with me, and eat bread. And he said,may not return with thee, nor go in with thee: neither will I eat bread nor drink water with thee in this place: for it was said to me by the word of the Lord, Thou shalt eat no bread nor drink water there, nor turn again to go by the way that thou camest. He said unto him, I am a prophet also as thou art; and an angel spake unto me by the word of the Lord, saying, Bring him back with thee into thine house, that he may eat bread and drink water. But he lied unto him. So he went back with him, and did eat bread in his house, and drank water. And it came to pass, as they sat at the table, that the word of the Lord came unto the prophet that brought him back: and he cried unto the man of God that came from Judah, saying, Thus saith the Lord, Forasmuch as thou hast disobeyed the mouth of the Lord, and hast not kept the commandment which the Lord thy God commanded thee, but camest back, and hast eaten bread and drunk water in the place, of the which the Lord did say to thee, Eat no bread, and drink no water; thy carcass shall not come unto the sepulchre of thy fathers. And it came to pass, after he had eaten bread, and after he had drunk, that he saddled for him the ass, to wit, for the prophet whom he had brought back. And when he was gone, a lion met him by the way, and slew him: and his carcass was cast in the way, and the ass stood by it, the lion also stood by the carcass. And, behold, men passed by, and saw the carcass cast in the way, and the lion standing by the carcass: and they came and told it in the city where the old prophet dwelt. And when the prophet that brought him back from the way heard thereof," he said. It is the man of God, who was disobedient unto the word of the Lord: therefore the Lord hath delivered him unto the lion, which hath torn him, and slain him, according to the word of the Lord, which he spake unto him. And he spake to his sons, saying, Saddle me the ass. And they saddled him. And he went and found his carcass cast in the way, and the ass and the lion standing by the carcass: the lion had not eaten the carcass, nor torn the ass.—''z Kengs xzzz, 11–28, ban D'' ae oe) ELIJAH DESTROYING Tite MESSENGERo=OPrsAnAZIAL: And Ahaziah fell down through a lattice in his upper chamber that was in Samaria, and was sick: and he sent messengers, and said unto them, Go, enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron whether I shall recover of this disease. But the angel of the Lord said to Elijah the Tishbite, Arise, go up to meet the messengers of the king of Samaria, and say unto them. Is it not because there is not a God in Israel, that ye go to enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron? Now therefore thus saith the Lord, Thou shalt not come down from that bed on which thou art gone up, but shalt surely die. And Elijah departed. And when the messengers turned back unto him," he said unto them, Why are ye now turned back? And they said unto him, There came a man up to meet us, and said unto us, Go, turn again unto the king that sent you, and say unto him, Thus saith the Lord. Is it not because there is not a God in Israel, that thou sendest to enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron? therefore thou shalt not come down from that bed on which thou art gone up, but shalt surely die. And he said unto them, What manner of man was he which came up to meet you, and told you these words? And they answered him. He was an hairy man, and girt with a girdle of leather about his loins. And he said. It is Elijah the Tishbite. Then the king sent unto him a captain of fifty with his fifty. And he went up to him: and, behold, he sat on the top of an hill. And he spake unto him, Thou man of God, the king hath said, Come down. And Elijah answered and said to the captain of fifty. If I be a man of God, then let fire come down from heaven, and consume thee and thy fifty. And there came down fire from heaven and consumed him and his fifty. Again also he sent unto him another captain of fifty with his fifty. And he answered and said unto him, O man of God, thus hath the king said, Come down quickly. And Elijah answered and said unto them, If I be a man of God, let fire come down from heaven, and consume thee and thy fifty. And the fire of God came down from heaven and consumed him and his fifty. And he sent again a captain of the third fifty with his fifty. And the third captain of fifty went up, and came and fell on his knees before Elijah, and besought him, and said unto him, O man of God, I pray thee, let my life, and the life of these fifty thy servants, be precious in thy sight. Behold, there came fire down from heaven, and burnt up the two captains of the former fifties with their fifties: therefore let my life now be precious in thy sight. And the angel of the lord said unto Elijah, Go down with him: be not afraid of him. And he arose, and went down with him unto the king. And he said unto him, Thus saith the Lord, Forasmuch as thou hast sent messengers to enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron, is it not because there is no God in Israel to enquire of his word? therefore thou shalt not come down off that bed on which thou art gone up, but shalt surely die. So he died according to the word of the Lord which Elijah had spoken.—2 Kzngs 2, 2–17, wail Ni iy 3 'Uda il es = r Foes "'T BELIJAH"S ASCENT MING ASG ATO) Teo reer it. "And it came to pass, when the Lord would take up Elijah into heaven by a whirlwind, that Elijah went with Elisha from Gilgal. And Elijah said unto Elisha, Tarry here, I pray thee; for the Lord hath sent me to Beth-el. And Elisha said unto him, As the Lord liveth, and as thy soul liveth, I will not leave thee. So they went down to Beth-el. And the sons of the prophets that were at Beth-el came forth to Elisha, and said unto him, Knowest thou that the Lord will take away thy master from thy head to-day? And he said, Yea, I know it; hold ye your peace. And Elijah said unto him, Elisha, tarry here, I pray thee; for the Lord hath sent me to Jericho. And he said. As the Lord liveth, and as thy soul liveth, I will not leave thee. So they came to Jericho. And the sons of the prophets that were at Jericho came to Elisha, and said unto him, Knowest thou that the Lord will take away thy master from thy head to-day? And he answered, Yea, I know it; hold ye your peace. And Elijah said unto him, Tarry, I pray thee, here; for the Lord hath sent me to Jordan. And he said. As the Lord liveth, and as thy soul liveth, I will not leave thee. And they two went on. 5 And fifty men of the sons of the prophets went, and stood to view afar off: and they two stood by Jordan. And Elijah took his mantle, and wrapped it together, and smote the waters, and they were divided hither and thither, so that they two went over on dry ground. And it came to pass, when they were gone over, that Elijah said unto Elisha, Ask what I shall do for thee, before I be taken away from thee. And Elisha said, I pray thee, let a double portion of thy spirit be upon me. And he said, Thou hast asked a hard thing: nevertheless, if thou see me when I am taken from thee, it shall be so unto thee; but if not, it shall not be so. And it came to pass, as they still went on, and talked, that, behold, there appeared a chariot of fire, and horses of fire, and parted them both asunder; and Elijah went up by a whirlwind into heaven.—''z KA7ngs 22, 1–11.'' Wives j 4 oe ial M} Hi il ) YAN THE DEATH ORSEZEBEAS And when Jehu was come to Jezreel, Jezebel heard of it; and she painted her face, and tired her head, and looked out at a window. And as Jehu entered in at the gate," she said, Had Zimri peace, who slew his master? And he lifted up his face to the window, and said, who is on my side? who? And there looked out to him two or three eunuchs. And he said, Throw her down. So they threw her down: and some of her blood was sprinkled on the wall, and on the horses: and he trod her under foot. And when he was come in, he did eat and drink, and said, Go, see now this cursed woman, and bury her: for she is a king's daughter. And they went to bury her: but they found no more of her than the scull, and the feet, and the palms of her hands. Wherefore they came again, and told him. And he said, This is the word of the Lord, which he spake by his servant Elijah the Tishbite, saying, In the portion of Jezreel shall dogs eat the flesh of Jezebel: and the carcass of Jezebel shall be as dung upon the face of the field in the portion of Jezreel; so that they shall not say, This is Jezebel.—''2 Azngs zx, 370–37.'' : Te aie ye We of re oe ¥ - - /ch//ESTHER CONFOUNDING HAMAN So the king and Haman came to banquet with Esther the queen. And the king said again unto Esther on the second day at the banquet of wine. What is thy petition, queen Esther? and it shall be granted thee: and what is thy request? and it shall be performed, even to the half of the kingdom. Then Esther the queen answered and said. If I have found favor in thy sight, O king, and if it please the king, let my life be given me at my petition, and my people at my request: for we are sold, I and my people, to be destroyed, to be slain, and to perish. But if we had been sold for bondmen and bondwomen, I had held my tongue, although the enemy could not countervail the king's damage. Then the king Ahasuerus answered and said unto Esther the queen, who is he, and where is he, that durst presume in his heart to do so? And Esther said. The adversary and enemy is this wicked Haman. Then Haman was afraid before the king and the queen. And the king arising from the banquet of wine in his wrath went into the palace garden: and Haman stood up to make request for his life to Esther the queen; for he saw that there was evil determined against him by the king. Then the king returned out of the palace garden into the place of the banquet of wine; and Haman was fallen upon the bed whereon Esther was. Then said the king, Will he force the queen also before me in the house? As the word went out of the king's mouth, they covered Haman's face. And Harbonah, one of the chamberlains, said before the king, Behold also, the gallows fifty cubits high, which Haman had made for Mordecai, who had spoken good for the king, standeth in the house of Haman. Then the king said, Hang him thereon. So they hanged Haman on the gallows that he had prepared for Mordecai. Then was the king's wrath pacified.—''sther vaz. 7'' - /ch//ISAIAH Isaiah (in Hebrew, Veshayahu, "Salvation of God"), the earliest and most sublime of the four greater Hebrew prophets, was the son of Amoz (2 Kings xix, 2–20; Isaiah xxxvil, 2), and he uttered his oracles during the reigns of Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah, kings of Judah. The dates of his birth and death are unknown, but he lived from about 760 B. to about 7�o B. C. He was married and had three sons—the children referred to in Isaiah viti, 18; and he appears to have resided near Jerusalem. But by most competent critics it is now held that the last twenty-seven chapters (40–66) of the book bearing his name were the work, not of the prophet, but of a later writer who is commonly styled the second or Deutero-Isaiah. In this portion of the book, Cyrus, who was not born till after 600 B. C., is mentioned by name (Isaiah, xliv, 28: xlv, 1); and events which did not take place till a century after the prophet's death are referred to as happening contemporaneously with the writer's account of them. The style of these last twenty-seven chapters, also, is different, and the tone is more elevated and spiritual. Dore's ideal portrait is more suited to the second or pseudo-Isaiah, than to the real one. =: L)) ae cp) ta! a 7 of ae DESTRUCTION OF SENNACHERIB'S HOST. Therefore thus saith the Lord concerning the king of Assyria. He shall not come into this city, nor shoot an arrow there, nor come before it with shield, nor cast a bank against it. By the way that he came, by the same shall he return, and shall not come into this city, saith the Lord. For I will defend this city, to save it, for mine own sake, and for my servant David's sake. And it came to pass that night that the angel of the Lord went out, and smote in the camp of the Assyrians an hundred fourscore and five thousand: and when they arose early in the morning, behold, they were all dead corpses. So Sennacherib king of Assyria departed, and went and returned, and dwelt at Nineveh. And it came to pass, as he was worshipping in the house of Nisroch his god, that Adrammelech and Sharezer his sons smote him with the sword: and they escaped into the land of Armenia. And Esar-haddon his son reigned in his stead.—''2 K7zngs x7x, 32–37.'' - /ch//BARUCH And it came to pass in the fourth year of Jehoiakim the son of Josiah king of Judah, that this word came unto Jeremiah from the Lord, saying, Take thee a roll of a book, and write therein all the words that I have spoken unto thee against Israel, and against Judah, and against all the nations, from the day I spake unto thee, from the days of Josiah, even unto this day. It may be that the house of Judah will hear all the evil which I purpose to do unto them; that they may return every man from his evil way; that I may forgive their iniquity and their sin. Then Jeremiah called Baruch the son of Neriah: and Baruch wrote from the mouth of Jeremiah all the words of the Lord, which he had spoken unto him, upon a roll of a book.—''Jeremiah xxxv2, I-4.'' } The word that Jeremiah the prophet spake unto Baruch the son of Neriah, when he had written these words in a book at the mouth of Jeremiah, in the fourth year of Jehoiakim the son of Josiah king of Judah, saying, Thus saith the Lord, the God of Israel, unto thee, O Baruch; thou didst say, Woe is me now! for the Lord hath added grief to my sorrow;fainted in my sighing, and I find no rest. Thus shalt thou say unto him. The Lord saith thus; Behold, that which I have built will I break down, and that which I have planted I will pluck up, even this whole land. And seekest thou great things for thyself? seek them not: for, behold, I will bring evil upon all flesh, saith the Lord: but thy life will I give unto thee for a prey in all places whither thou goest.—''Jeremiah xlv, 1–5.'' : yia a, Tad oa sels ar yh eh r EZEKIEL: PROPHESYING; Ezekiel, the third of the great Hebrew prophets, was the son of the priest Buzi (Ezekiel i, 3). He was probably born about 620 or 630 years before Christ, and was consequently a contemporary of Jeremiah and Daniel, to the latter of whom he alludes in chapters xiv, 14–20 and xxvni, 3. When Jerusalem was taken by Nebuchadnezzar in 597 B. C. (2 Kings xxiv, 8–16; Jeremiah xxix, 1–2; Ezekiel xvii, 12; xix, 9), Ezekiel was carried captive along with Jehoiachin, or Jeconiah, king of Judah, and thousands of other Jewish prisoners, to Babylonia, or as he himself calls it, "the land of the Chaldeans." (Ezekiel i, 3). Here, along with his exiled fellow-countrymen, he lived on the banks of the river Chebar (Ezekiel i, 1–3), in a house of his own (vni, 1). Here also he married, and here, too, his wife, "the desire of his eyes," was taken from him with a stroke "(Ezekiel xxiv, 15–18). His-prophetic career extended over twenty-two years, from about 502 B. to about 570 B. C. The book bearing his name is written in a mystical and symbolical style, and abounds with visions and difficult allegories which indicate on the part of the author the possession of a vivid and sublime imagination. Ezekiel's authorship of it has been questioned. The Talmud attributes it to the Great Synagogue, of which Ezekiel was not a member. It is divisible into two portions. The first (chapters i-xxiv) was written before, and the second (chapters xxv-xlvni) after, the destruction of Jerusalem by Nebuchadnezzar in 586 B. C, the eleventh year of the prophet's captivity (Ezekiel xxvi, 1–2; xl, 1). The present text is very imperfect, being corrupted by the interpolation of glosses and other additions by later hands. Dore's picture represents the prophet uttering his oracles to his fellow-exiles ("them of the captivity"), or to the "elders of Judah," or "elders of Israel," on one of the occasions to which he himself alludes (vni, 1; xi, 25; xiv, 1; Xx, p. - - /ch//THE VISION OF EZEKIEL The hand of the Lord was upon me, and carried me out in the Spirit of the Lord, and set me down in the midst of the valley which was full of bones, and caused me to pass by them round about: and, behold, there were very many in the open valley; and, lo, they were very dry. And he said unto me, Son of man, can these bones live? And I answered, O Lord God, thou knowest. Again he said unto me, Prophesy upon these bones, and say unto them, O ye dry bones, hear the word of the Lord. Thus saith the Lord God unto these bones; Behold, I will cause breath to enter into you, and ye shall live: And I will lay sinews upon you, and will bring up flesh upon you, and cover you with skin, and put breath in you, and ye shall live; and ye shall know that I am the Lord. So I prophesied as I was commanded: and as I prophesied, there was a noise, and behold a shaking, and the bones came together, bone to his bone. And when I beheld, lo, g the sinews and the flesh came up upon them, and the skin covered them above: but there was no breath in them. Then said he unto me, Prophesy unto the wind, prophesy, son of man, and say to the wind, Thus saith the Lord God; Come from the four winds, O breath, and breathe upon these slain, that they may live. So I prophesied as he commanded me, and the breath came into them, and they lived, and stood up upon their feet, an exceeding great army. Then he said unto me, Son of man, these bones are the whole house of Israel: behold, they say, Our bones are dried, and our hope is lost: we are cut off for our parts. Therefore prophesy and say unto,them, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold,O my people, I will open your graves, and cause you to come up out of your graves, and bring you into the land of Israel. And ye shall know that I am the Lord, when I have opened your graves, O my people, and brought you up out of your graves, and shall put my Spirit in you, and ye shall live, and I shall place you in your own land: then shall ye know that I the Lord have spoken it, and performed it, saith the Lord.—''Zzekzel xxxvi2, 1–14, pay bal;'' ys Yr r 7 eee ka cat en RA iM pe f/b2/}'s ee an Rk pe! c gn? 7 aC 5 . ~4 e. = . j aA Z 7 ce 4) x e aa ae 5 ie 7 7 "9 as ee eee oO a he I; e iS) 7 nYs Vine so ype m: a4 ar 4 (Ab a paalt *.) Ps <" te .;: en: 3 Ces PIC ae eT eg ite Loe ee ee a - /ch//DAN HEL Respecting the parentage or family of Daniel, the fourth of the great Hebrew prophets, nothing is known, though he appears to have been of noble if not of royal descent (Daniel i, 3). When, in the third year of the reign of King Jehoiakim (607, 606, 605, or 604 B. C.), Jerusalem was first taken by Nebuchadnezzar, Daniel, then a youth, was among the captives carried to Babylon. By the king's orders, he, with others of the Jewish youth, was educated for three years (Daniel i, 3–7). At this time Daniel acquired the power of interpreting dreams (i, 17), which he used with such advantage in expounding a dream of Nebuchadnezzar, that he was made ruler over the whole province of Babylon (Daniel ii, 46–48). Daniel's interpretation of Belshazzar's famous vision having been fulfilled by the capture of Babylon by Darius, that conqueror promoted Daniel to the highest office in the kingdom (Daniel vi, 1–3). The prophet also prospered greatly during the reign of Cyrus (Daniel vi, 28). The book of Daniel is written partly in Chaldaic or Syriac (the vernacular Aramaic language spoken by the people of Palestine), and partly in sacred Hebrew. It is manifestly divisible into two portions. The first (chapters i-vi) narrating the details of the prophet's life, and the second (chapters vii—xii) setting forth his apocalyptic visions. Much doubt has been cast upon the authenticity of the work. The evident reference in the eleventh chapter to the conquest of Persia by Alexander the Great, which took place about 330 B. C., or more than two hundred years after Daniel flourished, has led many modern critics to believe that the work was composed in the time of the Maccabees. Dore's picture appears to be intended to represent the prophet meditating over one of the many visions which came to him. SSS See Ez THE, FIERY. URNACE. Wherefore at that time certain Chaldeans came near, and accused the Jews. They spake and said to the king Nebuchadnezzar, O king, live forever. There are certain Jews whom thou hast set over the affairs of the province of Babylon, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego; these men, O king, have not regarded thee: they serve not thy gods, nor worship the golden image which thou hast set up. Then Nebuchadnezzar in his rage and fury commanded to bring Shadrach, Sees and Abed-nego. Then they brought these men before the king. Nebuchadnezzar spake and said unto them, Is it true, O Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego? do not—ye serve my gods, nor worship the golden image which I have set up? Now if ye be ready that at what time ye hear the sound of the cornet, flute, harp, sackbut, psaltery, and dulcimer, and all kinds of music, ye fall down and worship the image which I have made; well: but if ye worship not, ye shall be cast the same hour into the midst of a burning fiery furnace; and who is that God that shall deliver you out of my hands? Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, answered and said to the king, O Nebuchadnezzar, we are not careful to answer thee in this matter. If it be so, our God whom we serve is able to deliver us from the burning fiery furnace, and he will deliver us out of thine hand, O king. But if not, be it known unto thee, O king, that we will not serve thy gods, nor worship the golden image which thou hast set up. Then was Nebuchadnezzar full of fury, and the form of his visage was changed against Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego: therefore he spake, and commanded that they should heat"the furnace one seven times more tha it was wont to be heated. And he commanded the most mighty men that were in his army to bind Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, and to cast them into the burning fiery furnace. Then these men were bound in their coats, their hosen, and their hats, and their other garments, and were cast into the midst of the burning fiery furnace. Therefore because the king's commandment was urgent, and the furnace exceeding hot, the flame of the fire slew those men that took up Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego. And these three men, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego fell down bound into the midst of the burning fiery furnace. Then Nebuchadnezzar the king was astonished, and rose up in haste, and spake, and said unto his counselors, Did not we cast three men bound into the midst of the fire? They answered, and said unto the king, True, O king. He answered and said, Lo, I see four men loose, walking in the midst of the fire, and they have no hurt; and the form of the fourth is like the Son of God. Tien Nebuchadnezzar came near to the mouth of the burning fiery furnace, and spake, and said, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, ye servants of the most high God, come forth and come hither. Then Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, came forth of the midst of the fire. And the princes, governors, and captains, and the king's counselors, being gathered together, saw these men, upon whose bodies the fire had no power, nor was a hair of their head singed, neither were their coats changed, nor the smell of fire had passed on them,—''Daniel nt, 5, 9, 12–27.'' DIU! TINY APU va OWEVN TN Tope A. VOPOUCAES TEE EDEL UE Cundunin TSS Samierreougs rae oe ft ore Sgt tanh a 7 Loe BELSHAZZAR'S FEAST. Belshazzar the king made a great feast to a thousand of his lords, and drank wine before the thousand. Belshazzar, whiles he tasted the wine, commanded to bring the golden and silver vessels which his father Nebuchadnezzar had taken out of the temple which was in Jerusalem; that the king, and his princes, his wives, and his concubines, might drink therein. Then they brought the golden vessels that were taken out of the temple of the house of God which was at Jerusalem; and the king, and his princes, his wives, and his concubines, drank in them. They drank wine and praised the gods of gold, and of silver, of brass, of iron, of wood, and of stone. "In the same hour came forth fingers of a man's hand, and wrote over against the candlestick upon the plaister of the wall of the king's palace: and the king saw the part of the hand that wrote. Then the king's countenance was changed, and his thoughts troubled him, so that the joints of his loins were loosed, and his knees smote one against another." [On the failure of his astrologers and soothsayers to interpret the writing, the king, at the suggestion of his queen, sends for Daniel, who interprets it as follows O thou king, the most high God gave Nebuchadnezzar thy father a kingdom, and majesty, and glory, and honor: and for the majesty that he gave him, all peoples, nations, and languages, trembled and feared before him: whom he would he slew; and whom he would he kept alive; and whom he would he set up; and whom he would he put down. But when his heart was lifted up, and his mind hardened in pride, he was deposed from his kingly throne, and they took his glory from him: and he was driven from the sons of men; and his heart was made like the beasts, and his dwelling was with the wild asses: they fed him with grass like oxen, and his body was wet with the dew of heaven; till he knew that the most high God ruled in the kingdom of men, and that he appointeth over it whomsoever he will. And thou his son, O Belshazzar, hast not humbled thine heart, though thou knewest all this; but hast lifted up thyself against the Lord of heaven; and they have brought the vessels of his house before thee, and thou, and thy lords, thy wives, and thy concubines, have drunk wine in them; and thou hast praised the gods of silver, and gold, of brass, iron, wood, and stone, which see not, nor hear, nor know: and the God in whose hand thy breath is, and whose are all thy ways, hast thou not glorified: Then was the part of the hand sent from him; and this writing was written. And this is the writing that was written, MENE, MENE, TEKEL, UPHARSIN. This is the interpretation of the thing: MENE; God hath numbered thy kingdom and finished it. TEKEL; Thou art weighed in the balances, and art found wanting. PERES; Thy kingdom is divided, and given to the Medes and Persians. In that night was Belshazzar the king of the Chaldeans slain. And Darius the Median took the kingdom.—''Daniel v, s, as si'' , he Fu, ap fe aithgee Zw ee Ph nde ee <atsoMe 2 a ''is'' ag a a we ve DANIEL IN THE LIONS' DEN. Now when Daniel knew that the writing was signed, he went into his house; and his windows being open in his chamber toward Jerusalem, he kneeled upon his knees three times a day, and prayed, and gave thanks before his God, as he did aforetime.—Then these men assembled, and found Daniel praying and making supplication before his God. Then they came near, and spake before the king concerning the king's decree; Hast thou not signed a decree, that every man that shall ask a petition of any God or man within thirty days, save of thee, O king, shall be cast into the den of lions. The king answered and said. The thing is true, according to the law of the Medes and Persians, which altereth not. Then answered they and said before the king. That Daniel, which is of the children of the captivity of Judah, regardeth not thee, O king, nor the decree that thou hast signed, but maketh his petition three times a day. Then the king, when he heard these words, was sore displeased with himself, and set his heart on Daniel to deliver him: and he laboured till the going down of the sun to deliver him. Then these men assembled unto the king, and said unto the king, Know, O king, that the law of the Medes and Persians is. That no decree nor statute which the king establisheth may be changed. Then the king commanded, and they brought Daniel and cast him into the den of lions. Now the king spake and said unto Daniel, Thy God whom thou servest continually, he will deliver thee. And a stone was brought, and laid upon the mouth of the den; and the king sealed it with his own signet, and with the signet of his lords; that the purpose might not be changed concerning Daniel. Then the king went to his palace, and passed the night fasting: neither were instruments of musick brought before him: and his sleep went from him. Then the king arose very early in the morning, and went in haste unto the den of lions. And when he came to the den, he cried with a lamentable voice unto Daniel: and the king spake and said to Daniel, O Daniel, servant of the living God, is thy God, whom thou servest continually, able to deliver thee from the lions? Then said Daniel unto the King, O king, live forever. My God hath sent his angel, and hath shut the lions' mouths, that they have not hurt me: forasmuch as before him innocency was found in me; and also before thee, O king, have I done no hurt. Then was the king exceeding glad for him, and commanded that they should take Daniel up out of the den. So Daniel was taken up out of the den, and no manner of hurt was found upon him, because he believed in his God. And the king commanded, and they brought those men which had accused Daniel, and they cast them into the den of lions, them, their children, and their wives; and the lions had the mastery of them, and brake all their bones in pieces or ever they came at the bottom of the den.—Danzel vz, 10–24, oy x: oc. OM; 7 kit ie ea ie—eo a, 7 ais ed 7 Je er ba Avins) "I ." 4 et he ks ee OR a gt ee He; aS ''is'' fas et nl ena i THE—''PROPEE EAM OS'' Amos, one of the earliest of the Hebrew prophets, flourished during the reign of Uzziah, about 790 B. C., and was consequently a contemporary of Hosea and Joel. In his youth he lived at Tekoa, about six miles south of Bethlehem, in Judzea, and was a herdsman and a gatherer of sycamore fruit (Amos i, 1; vii, 14). This occupation he gave up for that of prophet (vii, 15), and he came forward to denounce the idolatry then prevalent in Judah, Israel, and the surrounding kingdoms. The first six chapters of his book contain his denunciations of idolatry; the other three, his symbolical vision of the overthrow of the people of Israel, and a promise of their restoration. The style is remarkable for clearness and strength, and for its picturesque use of images drawn from the rural and pastoral life which the prophet had led in his youth. Z Vika x Z. Msp'll bt bo - YY J - /ch//JONAH CALLING NINEVEH TO REPENTANCE And the word of the Lord came unto Jonah the second time, saying, Arise, go unto Nineveh, that great city, and preach unto it the preaching that I bid thee. So Jonah arose, and went unto Nineveh, according to the word of the Lord. Now Nineveh was an exceeding great city of three days' journey. And Jonah began to enter into the city a day's journey, and he cried, and said, Yet forty days, and Nineveh shall be overthrown. So the people of Nineveh believed God, and proclaimed a fast, and put on sackcloth, from the greatest of them even to the least of them. For word came unto the king of Nineveh, and he arose from his throne, and he laid his robe from him, and covered him with sackcloth, and sat in ashes. And he caused it to be proclaimed and published through Nineveh by the decree of the king and his nobles, saying, Let neither man nor beast, herd nor flock taste anything: let them not feed, nor drink water: but let man and beast be covered with sackcloth, and cry mightily unto God: yea, let them turn every one from his evil way, and from the violence that is in their hands. Who can tell if God will turn and repent, and turn away from his fierce anger, that we perish not? And God saw their works, that they turned from their evil way; and God repented of the evil, that he had said that he would do unto them; and he did it not.—''/onah zzz, a''' / x i! tn - p jl II a Set ce A ui fu an = meeier BA.: rf i iv a4. = a ayer - /ch//DANIEL CONFOUNDING THE PRIESTS OF BEL Now the Babylonians had an idol called Bel: and there were spent upon him every day twelve great measures of fine flour, and forty sheep, and sixty vessels of wine. The king also worshipped him, and went every day to adore him: but Daniel adored his God. And the king said unto him: Why dost thou not adore Bel? And he answered, and said to him: Because I do not worship idols made with hands, but the living God, that created heaven and earth, and hath power over all flesh. And the king said to him: Doth not Bel seem to thee to be a living God? Seest thou not how much he eateth and drinketh every day? Then Daniel smiled and said: O king, be not deceived: for this is but clay within, and brass without, neither hath he eaten at any time. And the king being angry called for his priests, and said to them: If you tell me not, who it is that eateth up these expenses, you shall die. But if you can show that Bel eateth these things, Daniel shall die, because he hath blasphemed against Bel. And Daniel said to the king: Be it done according to thy word. Now the priests of Bel were seventy besides their wives and little ones and children. And they went with Daniel into the temple of Bel. And the priests of Bel said: Behold, we go out: and do thou, O king, set on the meats, and make ready, the wine, and shut the door fast, and seal it with thy own ring: and when thou comest in the morning, if thou findest not that Bel hath eaten all up, we will suffer death, or else Daniel that hath lied against us. And they little regarded it, because they had made under the table a secret entrance, and they always came in by it, and consumed those things. So it came to pass after they were gone out, the king set the meats before Bel: and Daniel commanded his servants, and they brought ashes, and he sifted them all over the temple before the king: and going forth they shut the door, and having sealed it with the king's ring, they departed. But the priests went in by night, according to their custom, with their wives and their children: and they eat and drank all up. And the king rose early in the morning, and Daniel with him. And the king said: Are the seals whole, Daniel? and he answered: They are whole, O king. And as soon as he had opened the door, the king looked upon the table, and cried out with a loud voice: Great art thou, O Bel, and there is not any deceit with thee. And Daniel laughed: and he held the king that he should not go in: and he said: Behold the pavement, mark whose footsteps these are. And the king said: I see the footsteps of men, and women, and children. And the king was angry. Then he took the priests, and their wives, and their children: and they showed him the private doors by which they came in, and consumed the things that were on the table. The king therefore put them to death, and delivered Bel into the power of Daniel: who destroyed him, and his temple.—Danzel xzv, 1–27 (Douay Version), iiT Il Hn = f Whi il He IO =A A sl iil HELIODORUS, PUNISHEDF INS DA ear. But Heliodorus executed that which he had resolved on, himself being present in the same place with his guard about the treasury. . . . But the spirit of the Almighty God gave a great evidence of his presence, so that all that had presumed to obey him, falling down by the power of God, were struck with fainting and dread. For there appeared to them a horse with a terrible rider upon him, adorned with a very rich covering: and he ran fiercely and struck Heliodorus with his fore-feet, and he that sat upon him seemed to have armor of gold. Moreover, there appeared two other young men, beautiful and strong, bright and glorious, and in comely apparel: who stood by him, on either side, and scourged him without ceasing with many stripes. And Heliodorus suddenly fell to the ground, and they took him up covered with great darkness, and having put him into a litter they carried him out. So he that came with many servants, and all his guard into the aforesaid treasury, was carried out, no one being able to help him, the manifest power of God being known. And he indeed by the power of God lay speechless, and without all hope of recovery.—''2 Maccabees tz, 23–29, i TE'' hy i Cid Bean Py Tey And it came to pass in those days, that there went out a decree from Czesar Augustus, that all the world should be taxed. (And this taxing was first made when Cyrenius was governor of Syria.) And all went to be taxed, every one into his own city. And Joseph also went up from Galilee, out of the city of Nazareth, into Judea, unto the city of David, which is called Bethlehem; (because he was of the house and lineage of David:) to be taxed with Mary, his espoused wife, being great with child. And so it was, that, while they were there, the days were accomplished that she should be delivered. And she brought forth her firstborn son, and wrapped him in swaddling clothes, and laid him in a manger; because there was no room for them in the inn. And there were in the same country shepherds abiding in the field, keeping watch over their flock by night. And, lo, the angel of the Lord came upon them, and the glory of the Lord shone round about them: and they were sore afraid. And the angel said unto them, Fear not: for, behold, I bring you good tidings of great joy, which shall be to all people. For unto you is born this day in the city of David a Saviour, which is Christ the Lord. And this shall be a sign unto you; Ye shall find the babe wrapped in swaddling clothes, lying in a manger. And suddenly there was with the angel a multitude of the heavenly host praising God, and saying, Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good will toward men. And it came to pass, as the angels were gone away from them into heaven, the shepherds said one to another, Let us now go even unto Bethlehem, and see this thing which is come to pass, which the Lord hath made known unto us. And they came with haste, and found Mary, and Joseph, and the babe lying in a manger. And when they had seen it, they made known abroad the saying which was told them concerning this child. And all they that heard it, wondered at those things which were told them by the shepherds. But Mary kept all these things, and pondered them in her heart. And the shepherds returned, glorifying and praising God for all the things that they had heard and seen, as it was told unto them. And when eight days were accomplished for the circumcising of the child, his name was called Jesus, which was so named of the angel before he was conceived in the womb.—''Lzke 22, 7–21.'' THESSTARG ING THE= EAST. Now when Jesus was born in Bethlehem of Judea in the days of Herod the king, behold, there came wise men from the east to Jerusalem, saying, Where is he that is born King of the Jews? for we have seen his star in the east, and are come to worship him. . . . When Herod the king had heard these things, he was troubled, and all Jerusalem with him. And when he had gathered all the chief priests and scribes of the people together, he demanded of them where Christ should be born. And they said unto him, In Bethlehem of Judzea: for thus it is written by the prophet. And thou Bethlehem, in the land of Juda, are not the least among the princes of Juda: for out of thee shall come a Governor, that shall rule my people Israel. Then Herod, when he had privily called the wise men, enquired of them diligently what time the star appeared. And he sent them to Bethlehem, and said, Go and search diligently for the young child; and when ye have found him, bring me word again, that I may come and worship him also. When they had heard the king, they departed; and, lo, the star, which they saw in the east, went before them, till it came and stood over where the young child was. When they saw the star, they rejoiced with exceeding great joy.—''Matthew 122, I-10, ipl will'' VV hte Sioa Pe Ae ay ¥/b2/wee Cam Ru THE SBLIGH TINT OSCEGYE Tl: And when they were departed, behold, the angel of the Lord appeareth to Joseph in a dream, saying, Arise, and take the young child and his mother, and flee into Egypt, and be thou there until I bring thee word: for Herod will seek the young child to destroy him. When he arose, he took the young child and his mother by night, and departed into Egypt: and was there until the death of Herod: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken of the Lord by the prophet, saying, Out of Egypt have I called my son.—''Matthew i, 13–15, ke ie'' ! "i". TH Re MASSACK BS Or CH EaINN OCENTS: Then Herod, when he saw that he was mocked of the wise men, was exceeding wroth, and sent forth, and slew all the children that were in Bethlehem, and in all the coasts thereof, from two years old and under, according to the time which he had diligently enquired of the wise men. Then was fulfilled that which was spoken by Jeremy the prophet, saying, In Rama was there a voice heard, lamentation, and weeping, and great mourning, Rachel weeping for her children, and would not be comforted, because they are not.—''Matthew 77, 16–18, I've we'' "va 4s a" << ay JESUS OUESTIONING THE DOG LORS) Now his parents went to Jerusalem every year at the feast of the passover. And when he was twelve years old, they went up to Jerusalem after the custom of the feast. And when they had fulfilled the days, as they returned, the child Jesus tarried behind in Jerusalem; and Joseph and his mother knew not of it. But they, supposing him to have been in the company, went a day's journey; and they sought him among their kinsfolk and acquaintance. And when they found him not, they turned back again to Jerusalem, seeking him. And it came to pass, that after three days they found him in the temple, sitting in the midst of the doctors, both hearing them, and asking them questions. And all that heard him were astonished at his understanding and answers. And when they saw him, they were amazed: and his mother said unto him, Son, why hast thou thus dealt with us? behold, thy father and I have sought thee sorrowing. And he said unto them, How is it that ye sought me? wist ye not that I must be about my father's business? And they understood not the saying which he spake unto them. And he went down with them, and came to Nazareth, and was subject unto them: but his mother kept all these sayings in her heart. And Jesus increased in wisdom and stature, and in favor with God and man.— Luke tt, 4I-52, oe Ne eired JESUS "HEALING eoiCk. And Jesus went about all Galilee, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing all manner of sickness and all manner of disease among the people. And his fame went throughout all Syria: and they brought unto him all sick people that were taken with divers diseases and torments, and those which were possessed with devils, and those which were lunatic, and those that had the palsy; and he healed them.—''Watthew 2v, 27–24, yy—'' TRU USSSA tips My dH li - /ch//SERMON ON THE MOUNT And there followed him great multitudes of people from Galilee, and from Decapolis, and from Jerusalem, and from Judea, and from beyond Jordan. And seeing the multitudes, he went up into a mountain: and when he was set, his disciples came unto him. And he opened his mouth and taught them. " And it came to pass, when Jesus had ended these sayings, the people were astonished at his doctrine: For he taught them as one having authority, and not as the scribes. When he was come down from the mountain, great multitudes followed him.—Matthew 2U, 25, UV, I-2, 28–29; vit, I, ey ~= iT wee a oe I ahing. Mare oa CHRIST ASTILLEINGSTHE TEMPERS tf And when he was entered into a ship, his disciples followed him. And, behold, there arose a great tempest in the sea, insomuch that the ship was covered with the waves: but he was asleep. And his disciples came to him, and awoke him, saying, Lord, save us: we perish. And he saith unto them. Why are ye fearful, O ye of little faith? Then he arose, and rebuked the winds and the sea; and there was a great calm. But the men marveled, saying. What manner of man is this, that even the winds and the sea obey him?—''WMatthew vitt, 23–27.'' "i, ij THE DUMB MAN POSSESSED: As they went out, behold, they brought to him a dumb man possessed with a devil. And when the devil was cast out, the dumb spake: and the multitudes marveled, saying. It was never so seen in Israel. But the Pharisees said. He casteth out devils through the prince of the devils.—''Matthew'' - Piel re ih '=o A : LA, o pa '=f A, a v oe) ''is'' a" by Rat 7 ae te CHRIS TAIN: TithssYNAGOGUE: And it came to pass, that when Jesus had finished these parables, he departed thence. And when he was come into his own country, he taught them in their synagogue, insomuch that they were astonished, and said, Whence hath this man this wisdom, and these mighty works? Is not this the carpenter's son? is not his mother called Mary? and his brethren, James, and Joses, and Simon, and Judas? And his sisters, are they not all with us? Whence then hath this man all these things? And they were offended in him. But Jesus said unto them, A prophet is not without honor, save in his own country, and in his own house. And he did not many mighty works there because of their unbelief JZatthew xizz, 53–58, saaniaeanmntea Zz Zz ee Pp i N WN THE DISCIPLES PLUCKING CORN ON. THE SABBATH. And it came to pass, that he went through the corn fields on the sabbath day; and his disciples began, as they went, to pluck the ears of corn. And the Pharisees said unto him, Behold, why do they on the sabbath day that which is not lawful? And he said unto them, Have ye never read what David did, when he had need, and was an hungered, he, and they that were with him? How he went into the house of God in the days of Abiathar the high priest, and did eat the shewbread, which is not lawful to eat but for the priests, and gave also to them which were with him? And he said unto them, The sabbath was made for man, and not man for the sabbath: Therefore the Son of man is Lord also of the sabbath/b2/Mark 77, 23–28, ey icc j N iH) UNL Ii ie ahs fi AS —''a) 7 ae? a, a m= Bw'' - /ch//JESUS WALKING ON THE WATER And when he had sent them away, he departed into a mountain to pray. And when even was come, the ship was in the midst of the sea, and he alone on the land. And he saw them toiling in rowing; for the wind was contrary unto them: and about the fourth watch of the night he cometh unto them, walking upon the sea, and would have passed by them. But when they saw him walking upon the sea, they supposed it had been a spirit, and cried out: for they all saw him, and were troubled. And immediately he talked with them, and saith unto them, Be of good cheer: it is I; be not afraid. And he went up unto them into the ship; and the wind ceased: and they were sore amazed in themselves beyond measure, and wondered. For they considered not the miracle of the loaves; for their heart was hardened.—''MVark vt, 40–52.'' WP TT, Yi) (One TMA —": HH WA Ai MN) 5 HEED) HI, 1] CHRIST Se ENTRY INTOS IER USAIN. And when they drew nigh unto Jerusalem, and were come to Bethphage, unto the mount of Olives, then sent Jesus two disciples, saying unto them, Go into the village over against you, and straightway ye shall find an ass tied, and a colt with her: loose them, and bring them unto me. And if any man say ought unto you, ye shall say. The Lord hath need of them; and straightway he will send them. All this was done that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophet, saying, Tell ye the daughter of Sion, Behold, thy King cometh unto thee, meek, and sitting upon an ass, and a colt the foal of an ass. And the disciples went, and did as Jesus commanded them, and brought the ass, and the colt, and put on them their clothes, and they set him thereon. And a very great multitude spread their garments in the way; others cut down branches from the trees, and strewed them in the way. And the multitudes that went before, and that followed, cried, saying, Hosanna to the son of David: Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord; Hosanna in the highest. And when he was come into Jerusalem, all the city was moved, saying, who is this? And the multitude said, This is Jesus the prophet of Nazareth of Galilee.—''Matihew xx1, 1–11.'' JESUS—''AND THE TRIBUTESNONEY.'' And they send unto him certain of the Pharisees and of the Herodians, to catch him in his words. And when they were come, they say unto him, Master, we know that thou art true, and carest for no man: for thou regardest not the person of men, but teachest the way of God in truth: Is it lawful to' give tribute to Cesar, or not? Shall we give, or shall we not give? But he, knowing their hypocrisy, said unto them, Why tempt ye me? bring me a penny, that I may see it. And they brought it. And he saith unto them, whose is this image and superscription? And they said unto him, Cesar's. And Jesus answering said unto them, Render to Cesar the things that are Cesar's, and to God the things that are God's. And they marveled at him.—''Mark xz, 13–17.'' —''= =/b2//b2/'' - hs al wh il : HnSul A):: "m N N Y iN —''Cli a: NGA, a i'' THE WIDOW'S MITE. And Jesus sat over against the treasury, and beheld how the people cast money into the treasury: and manyethat were rich cast in much. And there came a certain poor widow, and she threw in two mites, which make a farthing. And he called unto him his disciples, and saith unto them, Verily I say unto you. That this poor widow hath cast more in, than all they which have cast into the treasury: for all they did cast in of their abundance; but she of her want did cast in all that she had, even all her living.—''Mark xit, 41–44.'' Ain ia ee); cs a ape tg. "AS, Ieee s i a ae - /ch//RAISING OB THE DAUGHTER OF JAIRUS And, behold, there cometh one of the rulers of the synagogue, Jairus by name; and when he saw him, he fell at his feet, and besought him greatly, saying, My little daughter lieth at the point of death: I pray thee, come and lay thy hands on her, that she may be healed; and she shall live. And Jesus went with him; and much people followed him, and thronged him. And a certain woman which had an issue of blood twelve years, and had suffered many things of many physicians, and had spent all that she had, and was nothing bettered, but rather grew worse, when she had heard of Jesus, came in the press behind, and touched his garment. For she said. If I may touch but his clothes, I shall be whole. And straightway the fountain of her blood was dried up; and she felt in her body that she was healed of that plague. And Jesus, immediately knowing in himself that virtue had gone out of him, turned him about in the press, and said, who touched my clothes? And his disciples said unto him, Thou seest the multitude thronging thee, and sayest thou, who touched me? And he looked round about to see her that had done this thing. But the woman fearing and trembling, knowing what was done in her, came and fell down before him, and told him all the truth. And he said unto her Daughter, thy faith hath made the whole; go in peace, and be whole of thy plague. While he yet spake, there came from the ruler of the synagogue's house certain which said, Thy daughter is dead: why troublest thou the Master any further? As soon as Jesus heard the word that was spoken, he saith unto the ruler of the synagogue, Be not afraid, only believe. And he suffered no man to follow him, save Peter, and James, and John the brother of James. And he cometh to the house of the ruler of the synagogue, and seeth the tumult, and them that wept and wailed greatly. And when he was come in, he saith unto them. Why make ye this ado, and weep? the damsel is not dead, but sleepeth. And they laughed him to scorn. But when he had put them all out, he taketh the father and the mother of the damsel, and them that were with him, and entereth in where the damsel was lying. And he took the damsel by the hand, and said unto her, Talitha cumi; which is, being interpreted, Damsel, I say unto thee, arise. And straightway the damsel arose, and walked; for she was of the age of twelve years. And they were astonished with a great astonishment. And he charged them straitly that no man should know it; and commanded that something should be given her to eat.—''Mark v, 22–43.'' THE GOOD SAMARITAN: But he, willing to justify himself, said unto Jesus, And who is my neighbor? And Jesus answering said. A certain man went down from Jerusalem to Jericho, and fell among thieves, which stripped him of his raiment, and wounded him, and departed, leaving him half dead. And by chance there came down a certain priest that way: and when he saw him, he passed by on the other side. And likewise a Levite, when he was at the place, came and looked on him, and passed by on the other side. But a certain Samaritan, as he journeyed, came where he was: and when he saw him, he had compassion on him. And went to him, and bound up his wounds, pouring in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast, and brought him to an inn, and took care of him. And on the morrow when he departed, he took out two pence, and gave them to the host, and said unto him, Take care of him; and whatsoever thou spendest more, when I come again, I will repay thee. Which now of these three, thinkest thou, was neighbor unto him that fell among the thieves? And he said. He that shewed mercy on him. Then said Jesus unto him, Go, and do thou likewise.—''Lwke x, 29–37, ci, we'' = - /ch//ARRIVAL OF THE SAMARITAN AT THE INN But a certain Samaritan, as he journeyed, came where he was; and when Le saw him, he had compassion on him, and went to him, and bound up his wounds, pouring in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast, and brought him to an inn, and took care of him.—Lake X, S34: THE PRODIGAL SON; Likewise, I say unto you, there is joy in the presence of the angels of God over one sinner that repenteth. And he said, a certain man had two sons: and the younger of them said to his father, Father, give me the portion of goods that falleth to me. And he divided unto them his living. And not many days after the younger son gathered all together, and took his journey into a far country, and there wasted his substance with riotous living. And when he had spent all, there arose a mighty famine in that land; and he began to be in want. And he went and joined himself to a citizen of that country; and he sent him into his fields to feed swine. And he would fain have filled his belly with the husks that the swine did eat: and no man gave unto him. And when he came to himself," he said, How many hired servants of my father's have bread enough and to spare, and I perish with hunger! I will arise and go to my father, and will say unto him, Father, I have sinned against heaven, and before thee, and am no more worthy to be called thy son: make me as one of thy hired servants. And he arose, and came to his father. But when he was yet a great way off, his father saw him, and had compassion, and ran, and fell on his neck, and kissed him. And the son said unto him, Father, I have sinned against heaven, and in thy sight, and am no more worthy to be called thy son. But the father said to his servants, Bring forth the best robe, and put it on him; and put a ring on his hand, and shoes on his feet: And bring hither the fatted calf, and kill it; and let us eat, and be merry: for this my son was dead, and is alive again; he was lost, and is found. And they began to be merry. Now his elder son was in the field: and as he came and drew nigh to the house, he heard music and dancing. And he called one of the servants, and asked what these things meant. And he said unto him, thy brother is come; and thy father hath killed the fatted calf, because he hath received him safe and sound. And he was angry, and would not go in: therefore came his father out, and intreated him. And he answering said to his father, Lo, these many years do I serve thee, neither transgressed I at any time thy commandment: and yet thou never gavest me a kid, that I might make merry with my friends: but as soon as this thy son was come, which hath devoured thy living with harlots, thou hast killed for him the fatted calf a And he said unto him, Son, thou art ever with me, and all that I have is thine. It was meet that we should make merry, and be glad: for this thy brother was dead, and is alive again; and was lost, and is found.—''Lake xv, 10–32.'' - /ch//LAZARUS AND THE RICH MAN There was a certain rich man, which was clothed in purple and fine linen, and fared sumptuously every day: And there was a certain beggar named Lazarus, which was laid at his gate, full of sores, and desiring to be fed with the crumbs which fell from the rich man's table: moreover the dogs came and licked his sores. And it came to pass, that the beggar died, and was carried by the angels into Abraham's bosom: the rich man also died, and was buried; and in hell he lifted up his eyes, being in torments, and seeth Abraham afar off, and Lazarus in his bosom. And he cried and said, Father Abraham, have mercy on me, and send Lazarus, that he may dip the tip of his finger in water and cool my tongue; for I am tormented in this flame. But Abraham said, Son, remember that thou in thy lifetime receivedst thy good things, and likewise Lazarus evil things: but now he is comforted, and thou art tormented. And beside all this, between us and you there is a creat gulf fixed: so that they which would pass from hence to you cannot; neither can they pass to us, that would come from thence. Then he said, I pray thee therefore, father, that thou wouldest send him to my father's house: for I have five brethren; that he may testify unto them, lest they also come into this place of torment. Abraham saith unto him. They have Moses and the prophets; let them hear them. And he said, Nay, father Abraham: but if one went unto them from the dead, they will repent. And he said unto him, If they hear not Moses and the prophets, neither will they be persuaded, though one rose from the dead.—''Luke xv? 9–31.'' I= ae cc oe ue 7 'i/b2/ ss 'is - /ch//THE PHARISEE AND THE PUBLICAN And he spake this parable unto certain which trusted in themselves that they were righteous, and despised others: Two men went up into the temple to pray; the one a Pharisee, and the other a publican. The Pharisee stood and prayed thus with himself, God, I thank thee, that I am not as other men are, extortioners, unjust, adulterers, or even as this publican. I fast twice in the week, I give tithes of all that I possess. And the publican, standing afar off, would not lift up so much as his eyes unto heaven, but smote upon his breast, saying, God be merciful to me a sinner. I tell you, this man went down to his house justified rather than the other: for every one that exalteth himself shall be abased; and he that humbleth himself shall be exalted.— Luke xvtit, 9–14. JESUS AND THE WOMAN OF SAMARIA: Then cometh he to a city of Samaria, which is called Sychar, near to the parcel of ground that Jacob gave to his son Joseph. Now Jacob's well was there. Jesus therefore, being wearied with his journey, sat thus on the well: and it was about the sixth hour. There cometh a woman of Samaria to draw water: Jesus saith unto her, Give me to drink. (For his disciples were gone away unto the city to buy meat.) Then saith the woman of Samaria unto him, How is it that thou, being a Jew, askest drink of me, which am a woman of Samaria? for the Jews have no dealings with the Samaritans. Jesus answered and said unto her, If thou knewest the gift of God, and who it is that saith to thee, Give me to drink; thou wouldest have asked of him, and he would have given thee living water. The woman saith unto him, Sir, thou hast nothing to draw with, and the well is deep: from whence then hast thou that living water? Art thou greater than our father Jacob, which gave us the well, and drank there of himself, and his children, and his cattle? Jesus answered and said unto her, whosoever drinketh of this water shall thirst again: but whosoever drinketh of the water that I shall give him shall never thirst; but the water that I shall give him shall be in him a well of water springing up into everlasting life. The woman saith unto him, Sir, give me this water, that I thirst not, neither come hither to draw. Jesus saith unto her, Go, call thy husband, and come hither. The woman answered and said, I have no husband. Jesus said unto her, Thou hast well said, I have no husband: for thou hast had five husbands; and he whom thou now hast is not thy husband: in that saidst thou truly. The woman saith unto him, Sir, I perceive that thou art a prophet. Our fathers worshiped in this mountain; and ye say, that in Jerusalem is the place where men ought to worship. Jesus saith unto her, Woman, believe me, the hour cometh, when ye shall neither in this mountain, nor yet at Jerusalem, worship the Father. Ye worship ye know not what: we know what we worship; for salvation is of the Jews. But the hour cometh, and now is, when the true worshipers shall worship the Father in spirit and in truth: for the Father seeketh such to worship him. God is a Spirit: and they that worship him must worship him in spirit and in truth. The woman saith unto him, I know that Messias cometh, which is called Christ: when he is come, he will tell us all things. Jesus saith unto her, I that speak unto thee am he. And upon this came his disciples, and marveled that he talked with the woman: yet no man said. What seekest thou? or. Why talkest thou with her? The woman then left her waterpot, and went her way into the city, and saith to the men, Come, see a man, which told me all things, that ever I did: is not this the Christ? Then they went out of the city, and came unto him.—''/ohx 77, 5–30.'' Ht ly a Aan VALCO i! 'i i! J eit 'i Ny Mh - ! il l i Z(} ij thea! Wh i in RH ne le in! h {ly; ivan elit ey N A CERN WS i y, SS Ny AY CS wi y ss y (Witt) SN Maw 'SAK Wenn fg Ui - /ch//JESUS AND THE WOMAN TAKEN IN ADULTERY Jesus went unto the mount of Olives. And early in the morning he came again into the temple, and all the people came unto him; and he sat down, and taught them. And the scribes and Pharisees brought unto him a woman taken in adultery; and when they had set her in the midst, they say unto him, Master, this woman was taken in adultery, in the very act. Now Moses in the law commanded us, that such should be stoned: but what sayest thou? This they said, tempting him, that they might have to accuse him. But Jesus stooped down, and with his finger wrote on the ground, as though he heard them not. So when they continued asking him, he lifted up himself, and said unto them, He that is without sin among you, let him first cast a stone at her. And again he stooped down, and wrote on the ground. And they which heard it, being convicted by their own conscience, went out one by one, beginning at the eldest, even unto the last; and Jesus was left alone, and the woman standing in the midst. When Jesus had lifted up himself, and saw none but the woman," he said unto her, Woman where are those thine accusers? hath no man condemned thee? She said, No man, Lord. And Jesus said unto her, Neither do I condemn thee: go, and sin no more.—''/ohn vzz22.'' YES hd be ". Fr: ee ee Re ps ss ch Be OA" FS ee ER Foe: St ea can aS:—, 4 x oe od rae, ns os Py Li a aC nS ngs;; i "oa;? = I oF s Bea a g "vt a (oP ee ¥ she F a THE—''RESURKECT [ONS OPiS.'' Now Jesus was not yet come into the town, but was in that place where Martha met him. The Jews then which were with her in the house, and comforted her, when they saw Mary, that she rose up hastily and went out, followed her, saying. She goeth unto the grave to weep there. Then when Mary was come where Jesus was, and saw him, she fell down at his feet, saying unto him, Lord, if thou hadst been here, my brother had not died. When Jesus therefore saw her weeping, and the Jews also weeping which came with her, he groaned in the spirit, and was troubled, and said, Where have ye laid him? They said unto him, Lord, come and see. Jesus wept. Then said the Jews, Behold how he loved him! And some of them said, Could not this man, which opened the eyes of the blind, have caused that even this man should not have died? Jesus therefore again groaning in himself cometh to the grave. It was a cave and a stone lay upon it. Jesus said, Take ye away the stone. Martha, the sister of him that was dead, saith unto him, Lord, by this time he stinketh: for he hath been dead four days. Jesus saith unto her, Said I not unto thee, that, if thou wouldest believe, thou shouldest see the glory of God? Then they took away the stone from the place where the dead was laid. And Jesus lifted up his eyes, and said, Father, I thank thee that thou hast heard me. And I knew that thou hearest me always: but because of the people which stand by I said it, that they may believe that thou hast sent me. And when he thus had spoken, he cried with a loud voice, Lazarus, come forth. And he that was dead came forth, bound hand and foot with graveclothes: and his face was bound about with a napkin. Jesus saith unto them, Loose him, and let him go. Then many of the Jews which came to Mary, and had seen the things which Jesus did, believed on him.—''/ohn x7, 30–45.'' SS SS - /ch//MARY MAGDALENE Of Mary "called Magdalene" (Luke vni, 2) but few particulars are recorded in scripture. We first hear of her as having been delivered by Jesus of seven devils (Luke vni, 1–3; Mark xvi, 9). Impelled, no doubt, by gratitude for her deliverance, she becomes one of his followers, accompanying him thenceforward in all his wanderings faithfully till his death. She was the first person to whom he appeared after his resurrection (Mark xvi, 9; John xx, 1, 11–18). The common belief that she was a fallen woman is destitute of the slightest foundation. On the contrary, the references to her as being in the company of such women as Joanna, the wife of Herod's steward, Salome, the mother of James and John, and Mary, the mother of Jesus (Luke vni, 3; Mark xvi, 40; John xix, 25), strongly discountenance such a supposition. The error, which had no other source than ecclesiastical tradition, has been fostered and perpetuated by the stupid blunder of the translators of the authorized version in identifying her with the "sinner" who is described in Luke vii, 37–50 as washing the feet of Jesus with her tears (see head-note to Luke vil). The Roman Catholic notion that this "sinner" was Mary the sister of Lazarus is almost equally groundless (see Douay Bible, head-note to Matthew xxvi, and the foot-note references to Luke vii, 37, found in most Catholic Bibles). The only reason for this identification is that the anointing by the "sinner" is described as taking place in the house of a Pharisee named Simon (Luke vii, 36, 39–40, 43–44); that the anointing by the unnamed woman, as described in Matthew xxvi, 6–13 and Mark xiv, 3–9, took place in the house of one 'Simon the leper, "in Bethany; and that Mary, the sister of Lazarus, is described in John xi, 2, and xii, 3–8, as anointing Jesus in a house (apparently that of Lazarus himself) in Bethany, when a conversation ensues altogether different from that recorded in Luke vii, but similar to that related in Matthew xxvi, and Mark xiv, save that the objection to the anointing of Jesus is made, not by "his disciples" (Matthew xxvi, 8), not by "some that had indignation" (Mark xiv, 4), but by "one of his disciples, Judas Iscariot, Simon's son" (John xii, 4). The demeanor of Mary, the sister of Lazarus, is, however, by no means that of a fallen and sinful though penitent woman, but that of a pious and good one (see Luke x, 39, 42; John xi, 28–33; xij, 3). Dore's illustration, which portrays Mary Magdalene as a heartbroken and despairing sin ner, shows that he has fallen into the common error, a ye TH ESCAS ToSsullrPER. Now the first day of the feast of unleavened bread the disciples came to Jesus, saying unto him, Where wilt thou that we prepare for thee to eat the passover? And he said, Go into the city to such a man, and say unto him. The Master saith, My time is at hand; I will keep the passover at thy house with my disciples. And the disciples did as Jesus had appointed them; and they made ready the passover. Now when the even was come, he sat down with the twelve. And as they did eat, "he said, Verily I say unto you, that one of you shall betray me. And they were exceeding sorrowful, and began every one of them to say unto him, Lord, is Italy. And he answered and said. He that dippeth his hand with me in the dish, the same shall betray me. The Son of man goeth as it is written of him: but woe unto that man by whom the Son of man is betrayed! it had been good for that man if he had not been born. Then Judas, which betrayed him, answered and said, Master, is it I? He said unto him, Thou hast said. And as they were eating, Jesus took bread, and blessed it, and brake it, and gave it to the disciples, and said, Take, eat; this is my body. And he took the cup, and gave thanks, and gave it to them, saying, Drink ye all of it; for this is my blood of the new testament, which is shed for many for the remission of sins. But I say unto you, I will not drink henceforth of this fruit of the vine, until that day when I drink it new with you in my Father's kingdom. And when they had sung an hymn, they went out into the mount of Olives—''JJatthew'' XXV2, 17–70. /b2//b2/aS/b2//b2/Th (i h i a <7 ii ine l ti ; nt: 3 N; . Sw ne: N "I Ni Wy Mi iH! ma ih) ah i: i aw @ it = yI's jy 4 'win ve. 'aA ™: Dae: a Noa ia ys ald) a bf: Ly" i - /ch//THE AGONY IN THE GARDEN And he came out, and went, as he was wont, to the mount of Olives; and his discip-es also followed him. And when he was at the place," he said unto them, Pray that ye enter not into temptation. And he was withdrawn from them about a stone's cast, and kneeled down, and prayed. Saying, Father, if thou be willing, remove this cup from me: nevertheless not my will, but thine, be done. And there appeared an angel unto him from heaven, strengthening him. And being in an agony he prayed more earnestly: and his sweat was as it were great drops of blood falling down to the ground. And when he rose up from prayer, and was come to his disciples, he found them sleeping for sorrow, and said unto them, Why sleep ye? rise and pray, lest ye enter into temptation.—''Luke "x12, 39–40.'' = SSS WHEMARE 11 stay PRAYER OFS ESUS IN = Ghee GARDE Ne Ol ansiy po. Then cometh Jesus with them unto a place called Gethsemane, and saith unto the disciples, Sit ye here, while I go and pray yonder. And he took with him Peter and the two sons of Zebedee, and began to be sorrowful and very heavy. Then saith he unto them, My soul is exceeding sorrowful, even unto death: tarry ye here, and watch with me. And he went a little farther, and fell on his face, and prayed, saying, O my Father, if it be possible, let this cup pass from me: nevertheless not as I will, but as thou wilt. And he cometh unto the disciples, and findeth them asleep, and saith unto Peter. What, could ye not watch with me one hour? Watch and pray, that ye enter not into temptation: the spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak. "He went away again the second time, and prayed, saying, O my Father, if this cup may not pass away from me, except I drink it, thy will be done. And he came and found them asleep again: for their eyes were heavy. And he left them, and went away again, and prayed the third time, saying the same words. Then cometh he to his disciples, and saith unto them, Sleep on now, and take your rest: behold, the hour is at hand, and the Son of man is betrayed into the hands of sinners. Rise, let us be going: behold, he is at hand that doth betray me.—''MWatthew xxv7, 36–46.'' Fats eamene pet EES cats fr a AN a A SSA AAAS THE—''BELRAYAL.'' And he cometh the third time, and saith unto them, Sleep on now, and take your rest: it is enough, the hour is come; behold, the Son of man is betrayed into the hands of sinners. Rise up, let us go; lo, he that betrayeth me is at hand. And immediately, while he yet spake, cometh Judas, one of the twelve, and with him a great multitude with swords and staves, from the chief priests and the scribes and the elders. And he that betrayed him had given them a token, saying, whomsoever I shall kiss, that same is he; take him, and lead him away safely. And as soon as he was come, he goeth straightway to him, and saith, Master, master; and kissed him. And they laid their hands on him, and took him. And one of them that stood by drew a sword, and smote a servant of the high priest, and cut off his ear. And Jesus answered and said unto them, Are ye come out, as against a thief, with swords and with staves to take me? I was daily with you in the temple teaching, and ye took me not: but the scriptures must be fulfilled. And they all forsook him, and fled—Mark x1, JI-50, pile gsr" MOO a Wy Hy) "Ly MY ; LY TTR by i (Gees ff ja vm Ly hi "i {/ Me ysyisivgs Uy Ye Li ely: Uh HY) ps i} fh) HH} AUN MI Cap: L564 Mj) ae, i wy Mi Cy Hy 'ii Hi iil Lp LLL RK omy MAKE - /ch//CHRIST FAINTING UNDER THE CROSS The incident depicted in this illustration seems to be as apocryphal as that embodied in the artist's picture of Mary Magdalene. There is absolutely no warrant in scripture for the notion that Christ fainted under the burden of the cross. The only foundation for such an idea to be found in the Bible is contained in the head note to Mark xv, which is quite unwarranted by the text. According to the three synoptic gospels the cross was borne not by Christ, but by Simon, a Cyrenian (see Matthew xxvil, 32; Mark xv, 21; Luke xxni, 26). According to the fourth evangelist, Jesus bore the cross without assistance the whole distance to the place of crucifixion (John xix, 16–18). In not one of the four narratives is there so much as a hint that he fainted under the burden. - /ch//THE FLAGEELATION Then released he Barabbas unto them: and when he had scourged Jesus, he delivered him to be crucified.—''MWatthew xxv7i, 26.'' And so Pilate, willing to content the people, released Barabbas unto them, and delivered Jesus, when he had scourged him, to be crucified.—''Mark xv, 15.'' Then Pilate therefore took Jesus, and scourged him.—''/ohn xzx, I.'' AAA I'll ] i HI yee va WG x A. eile Rae? + i've 'WS Nie wth 6 OU A ry nthe GRU CTR ON: And when they were come unto a place called Golgotha, that is to say, a place of a skull, they gave him vinegar to drink mingled with gall: and when he had tasted thereof, he would not drink. And they crucified him, and parted his garments, casting lots: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophet. They parted my garments among them, and upon my vesture did they cast lots. And sitting down they watched him there; and set up over his head his accusation written, THIS IS JESUS THE KING OF THE JEWS. Then were there two thieves crucified with him, one on the right hand, and another on the left. And they that passed by reviled him, wagging their heads, and saying, Thou that destroyest the temple, and buildest it in three days, save thyself. If thou be the Son of God, come down from the cross. Likewise also the chief priests mocking him, with the scribes and elders, said. He saved others: himself he cannot save. If he be the King of Israel, let him now come down from the cross, and we will believe him. He trusted in God; let him deliver him now, if he will have him: for he said, I am the Son of God. The thieves also, which were crucified with him, cast the same in his teeth.—''J/atthew'' XKUIL, 33–44. "Ju y ate Py) eee a at vi ee aa Mee, Ory Dele - /ch//CLOSE OF THE CRUCIFIXION Now from the sixth hour there was darkness over all the land unto the ninth hour. And about the ninth hour Jesus cried with a loud voice, saying, Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani? that is to say, My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me? Some of them that stood there, when they heard that, said, This man calleth for Elias. And straightway one of them ran, and took a spunge, and filled it with vinegar, and put it on a reed, and gave him to drink. The rest said, Let be, let us see whether Elias will come to save him. Jesus, when he had cried again with a loud voice, yielded up the ghost. And, behold, the veil of the temple was rent in twain from the top to the bottom; and the earth did quake, and the rocks rent; and the graves were opened; and many bodies of the saints which slept arose, and came out of the graves after his resurrection, and went into the holy city, and appeared unto many. Now when the centurion, and they that were with him, watching Jesus, saw the earthquake, and those things that were done, they feared greatly, saying, Truly this was the Son of God. And many women were there beholding afar off, which followed Jesus from Galilee, ministering unto him: among which was Mary Magdalene, and Mary the mother of James and Joses, and the mother of Zebedee's children,—''Matthew xxvtt, 45–50.'' - wae j '> ne ) bj THREBURIALY® Pei Oe: When the even was come, there came a rich man of Arimathea, named Joseph, who also himself was Jesus' disciple: he went to Pilate, and begged the body of Jesus. Then Pilate commanded the body to be delivered. And when Joseph had taken the body, he wrapped it in a clean linen cloth, and laid it in his own new tomb, which he had hewn out in the rock: and he rolled a great stone to the door of the sepulchre, and departed. And there was Mary Magdalene, and the other Mary, sitting over against the sepulchre.—''Matthew xxvit, 57–61.'' THE ANGEL A. THE SEEULCHERE: In the end of the sabbath, as it began to dawn toward the first day of the week, came Mary Magdalene and the other Mary to see the sepulchre. And, behold, there was a great earthquake: for the angel of the Lord descended from heaven, and came and rolled back the stone from the door, and sat upon it. His countenance was like lightning, and his raiment white as snow: and for fear of him the keepers did shake, and became as dead men. And the angel answered and said unto the women, Fear not ye: for I know that ye seek Jesus, which was crucified. He is not here: for he is risen, as he said. Come, see the place where the Lord lay. And go quickly, and tell his disciples that he is risen from the dead; and, behold, he goeth before you into Galilee; there shall ye see him: lo, I have told you. And they departed quickly from the sepulchre with fear and great joy; and did run to bring his disciples word.—''Matthew xxvii2, 1–8.'' /b2//b2/ HE PISAN THEJOURNEY TO—''EMMAUCS:'' And, behold, two of them went that same day to a village called Emmaus which was from Jerusalem about threescore furlongs. And they talked together of all these things which had happened. And it came to pass that, while they communed together and reasoned, Jesus himself drew near and went with them. But their eyes were holden that they should not know him. And he said unto them, What manner of communications are these that ye have one to another, as ye walk, and are sad? And the one of them, whose name was Cleopas, answering said unto him, Art thou only a stranger in Jerusalem, and hast not known the things which are come to pass there in these days? And he said unto them, What things? And they said unto him, Concerning Jesus of Nazareth, which was a prophet mighty in deed and word before God and all the people: And how the chief priests and our rulers delivered him to be condemned to death, and have crucified him. But we trusted that it had been he which should have redeemed Israel: and beside all this, to-day is the third day since these things were done. Yea, and certain women also of our company made us astonished, which were early at the sepulchre; and when they found not his body, they came, saying, that they had also seen a vision of angels, which said that he was alive. And certain of them which were with us went to the sepulchre, and found it even so as the women had said: but him they saw not. Then he said unto them, O fools, and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken: ought not Christ to have suffered these things, and to enter into his glory? And beginning at Moses and all the prophets, he expounded unto them in all the scriptures the things concerning himself. And they drew nigh unto the village, whither they went: and he made as though he would have gone further. But they constrained him, saying, Abide with us: for it is toward evening, and the day is far spent. And he went in to tarry with them. And it came to pass, as he sat at meat with them, he took bread, and blessed it, and brake, and gave to them. And their eyes were opened, and they knew him; and he vanished out of their sight. And they said one to another, Did not our heart burn within us, while he talked with us by the way, and while he opened to us the scriptures? And they rose up the same hour, and returned to Jerusalem, and found the eleven gathered together, and them that were with them, saying. The Lord is risen indeed, and hath appeared to Simon. And they told what things were done in the way, and how he was known of them in breaking of bread.—''Luke xxiv, 17–75.'' THE ASCENSION: Now upon the first day of the week, very early in the morning, they came unto the sepulchre, bringing the spices which they had prepared, and certain others with them. And they found the stone rolled away from the sepulchre. '. = And they remembered his words. And returned from the sepulchre, and told all these things unto the eleven, and to all the rest ng M3 a And, behold, two of them went that same day to a village called Emmaus, which was from Jerusalem about threescore furlongs. And they talked together of all these things which had happened. '* And they rose up the same hour, and returned to Jerusalem, and found the eleven gathered together, and them that were with them, saying. The Lord is risen indeed, and hath appeared to Simon. And they told what things were done in the way, and how he was known of them in breaking of bread. And as they thus spake, Jesus himself stood in the midst of them, and saith unto them, Peace be unto you. ". And, behold, I send the promise of my Father upon you: but tarry ye in the city of Jerusalem, until ye be endued with power from on high. And he led them out as far as to Bethany, and he lifted up his hands, and—blessed them. And it came to pass, while he blessed them, he was parted from them, and carried up into heaven. And they worshiped him, and returned to Jerusalem with great joy.—Luke xxiv, 1–2, 8–9, 13–14, 33–36, 49–52. The former treatise have I made, O Theophilus, of all that Jesus began both to do and teach, until the day in which he was taken up, after that he through the Holy Ghost had given commandments unto the apostles whom he had chosen: to whom also he shewed himself alive after his passion by many infallible proofs, being seen of them forty days, and speaking of the things pertaining to the kingdom of God: and, being assembled together with them, commanded them that they should not depart from Jerusalem, but wait for the promise of the Father, which, saith he, ye have heard of me. For John truly baptized with water; but ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost not'many days hence. When they therefore were come together, they asked of him, saying, Lord, wilt thou at this time restore again the kingdom of Israel? And he said unto them, It is not for you to know the times or the seasons, which the Father hath put in his own power. But ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto me both in Jerusalem, and all Judzea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth. And when he had spoken these things, while they beheld, he was taken up: and a cloud received him out of their sight. And while they looked steadfastly toward heaven as he went up, behold, two men stood by them in white apparel.—''A cts 2, 7–70.'' ™f-b< , ra Oe a aa io Cae + rm 4 y A. Lars 'ire y ."ll f iat atk My re leh: o y x ra ~4 a ike ed' 'j ta i} =, ¢".o 7 Py Ay od a; . s. Te = ik ba ad { ive;:; + srw ml f 4 "hits" y: 4s 'Ao 'agi ek ': '; eos A. 4 Ly 5; ge .% "Agr 'he (a. Ke; THE-MARTYRDOMPOR Siw over Ne And Stephen, full of faith and power, did great wonders and miracles among the people. Then there arose certain of the synagogue, which is called the synagogue of the Libertines, and Cyrenians, and Alexandrians, and of them of Cilicia and of Asia, disputing with Stephen. And they were not able to resist the wisdom and the spirit by which he spake. Then they suborned men, which said, We have heard him speak blasphemous words against Moses and against God. And they stirred up the people, and the elders, and the scribes, and came upon him, and caught him, and brought him to the council. And set up false witnesses, which said, This man ceaseth not to speak blasphemous words against this holy place, and the law: for we have heard him say, that this Jesus of Nazareth shall destroy this place, and shall change the customs which Moses delivered us. And all that sat in the council, looking steadfastly on him, saw his face as it had been the face of an angel. Then said the high priest. Are these things so? And he said, Men, brethren, and fathers, hearken: [Stephen here makes his defense, concluding with a terrible denunciation of the Jews as being stiffnecked and persecutors of their prophets, and as betrayers and murderers of their latest one, Jesus Christ. When they heard these things, they were cut to the heart, and they gnashed on him with their teeth. But he, being full of the Holy Ghost, looked up steadfastly into heaven, and saw the glory of God, and Jesus standing on the right hand of God, and said, Behold, I see the heavens opened, and the Son of man standing on the right hand of God. Then they cried out with a loud voice, and stopped their ears, and ran upon him with one accord, and cast him out of the city, and stoned him: and the witnesses laid down their clothes at a young man's feet, whose name was Saul. And they stoned Stephen, calling upon God, and saying, Lord Jesus, receive my spirit. And he kneeled down, and cried with a loud voice, Lord, lay not this sin to their charge. And when he had said this, he fell asleep. And Saul was consenting unto his death. Acts vz, 8–15; vit, 1–2, 54–56; v2z2, 1. XG Wr?] Uy Wy SG SW SG aye ae SAULIS' CONVERSION; And Saul, yet breathing out threatenings and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord, went unto the high priest, and desired of him letters to Damascus to the synagogues, that if he found any of this way, whether they were men or women, he might bring them bound unto Jerusalem. And as he journeyed, he came near Damascus: and suddenly there shined round about him a light from heaven: and he fell to the earth, and heard a voice saying unto him, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me? And he said, who art thou, Lord? And the Lord said, I am Jesus whom thou persecutest: it is hard for thee to kick against the pricks. And he trembling and astonished said, Lord, what wilt thou have me to do? And the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go into the city, and it shall be told thee what thou must do. And the men which journeyed with him stood speechless, hearing a voice, but seeing no man. And Saul arose from the earth; and when his eyes were opened, he saw no man: but they led him by the hand, and brought him into Damascus. And he was three days without sight, and neither did eat nor drink. And there was a certain disciple at Damascus, named Ananias; and to him said the Lord in a vision, Ananias. And he said, Behold, I am here, Lord. And the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go into the street which is called Straight, and enquire in the house of Judas for one called Saul, of Tarsus: for, behold, he prayeth, and hath seen in a vision a man named Ananias coming in, and putting his hand on him, that he might receive his sight. Then Ananias answered, Lord, I have heard by many of this man, how much evil he hath done to thy saints at Jerusalem: and here he hath authority from the chief priests to bind all that call on thy name. But the Lord said unto him, Go thy way: for he is a chosen vessel unto me, to bear my name before the Gentiles, and kings, and the children of Israel: for I will shew him how great things he must suffer for my name's sake. And Ananias went his way, and entered into the house; and putting his hands on him said, Brother Saul, the Lord, even Jesus, that appeared unto thee in the way as thou camest, hath sent me, that thou mightest receive thy sight, and be filled with the Holy Ghost. And immediately there fell from his eyes as it had been scales: and he received sight forthwith, and arose and was baptized. And when he had received meat, he was strengthened. Then was Saul certain days with the disciples which were at Damascus. And Straightway he preached Christ in the synagogues, that he is the Son of God.—''Acts 2x, 1–20, ff, if'' Se SS THEDELIVERANCE Piss atte ans Now about that time Herod the king stretched forth his hands to vex certain of the church. And he killed James the brother of John with the sword. And because he saw it pleased the Jews, he proceeded further to take Peter also. (Then were the days of unleavened bread.) And when he had apprehended him, he put him in prison, and delivered him to four quarternions of soldiers to keep him; intending after Easter to bring him forth to the people. Peter therefore was kept in prison: but prayer was made without ceasing of the church unto God for him. And when Herod would have brought him forth, the same night Peter was sleeping between two soldiers, bound with two chains: and the keepers before the door kept the prison. And, behold, the angel of the Lord came upon him, and a light shined in the prison: and he smote Peter on the side, and raised him up, saying, Arise up quickly. And his chains fell off from his hands. And the angel said unto him, Gird thyself, and bind on thy sandals: And so he did. And he saith unto him, Cast thy garment about thee, and follow me. And he went out, and followed him; and wist not that it was true which was done by the angel; but thought he saw a vision. When they were past the first and the second ward, they came unto the iron gate that leadeth unto the city; which opened to them of his own accord: and they went out and passed on through one street; and forthwith the angel departed from him. And when Peter was come to himself," he said, Now I know of a surety, that the Lord hath sent his angel, and hath delivered me out of the hand of Herod, and from all the expec tation of the people of the Jews.—''Aees x72, I-11.'' AY PLS AN - /ch//PAUL AT EPHESUS And it came to pass, that, while Apollos was at Corinth, Paul having passed through the upper coasts came to Ephesus; and finding certain disciples," he said unto them, Have ye received the Holy Ghost since ye believed? And they said unto him, We have not so muchas heard whether there be any Holy Ghost. And he said unto them, Unto what then were ye baptized? And they said, Unto John's baptism. Then said Paul, John verily baptized with the baptism of repentance, saying unto the people, that they should believe on him which should come after him, that is, on Christ Jesus. When they heard this, they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus. And when Paul had laid his hands upon them, the Holy Ghost came on them; and they spake with tongues, and prophesied. And all the men were about twelve. And he went into the synagogue, and spake boldly for the space of three months, disputing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God. But when divers were hardened, and believed not, but spake evil of that way before the multitude, he departed from them, and separated the disciples, disputing daily in the school of one Tyrannus. And this continued by the space of two years; so that all they which dwelk in Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus, both Jews and Greeks. And God wrought special miracles by the hands of Paul: so that from his body were brought unto the sick handkerchiefs or aprons, and the diseases departed from them, a id the evil spirits went out of them. Then certain of the vagabond Jews, exorcists, took upon them to call over them which had evil spirits the name of the Lord Jesus, saying, We adjure you by Jesus whom Paul preacheth. And there were seven sons of one Sceva, a Jew, and chief of the priests, which did so. And the evil spirit answered and said, Jesus I know, and Paul I know; but who are ye? And the man in whom the evil spirit was leaped on them, and overcame them, and prevailed against them, so that they fled out of that house naked and wounded. And this was known to all the Jews and Greeks also dwelling at Ephesus; and fear fell on them all, and the name of the Lord Jesus was magnified. And many that believed came, and confessed, and shewed their deeds. Many of them also which used curious arts brought their books together, and burned them before all men: and they counted the price of them, and found it fifty thousand pieces of silver. So mightily grew the word of God and prevailed.—''A ets "7x, 1–20.'' PAUL MENACED=BY Tit ws. Do therefore this that we say to thee: We have four men which have a vow on them; them take, and purify thyself with them, and be at charges with them, that they may shave their heads: and all may know that those things, where of they were informed concerning thee, are nothing; but that thou thyself also walkest orderly, and keepest the law. = ig + Then Paul took the men, and the next day purifying himself with them entered into the temple, to signify the accomplishment of the days of purification, until that an offering should be offered for every one of them. And when the seven days were almost ended, the Jews which were of Asia, when they saw him in the temple, stirred up all the people, and laid hands on him, crying out, Men of Israel, help: this is the man, that teacheth all men every where against the people, and the law, and this place: and further brought Greeks also into the temple, and hath polluted this holy place. (For they had seen before with him in the city Trophimus an mee whom they supposed that Paul had brought into the temple.) And all the city was moved, and the people ran together: and fe took Paul, and drew him out of the temple: and forthwith the doors were shut. And as they went about to kill him, tidings came unto the chief captain of the band, that all Jerusalem was in an uproar: who immediately took soldiers and centurions, and ran down unto them: and when they saw the chief captain and the soldiers, they left beating of Paul. Then the chief captain came near, and took him, and commanded him to be bound with two chains; and demanded who he was, and what he had done. And some cried one thing, some another, among the multitude: and when he could not know the certainty for the tumult, he commanded him to be carried into the castle. And when he came upon the stairs, so it was, that he was borne of the soldiers for the violence of the people. For the multitude of the people followed after, crying, Away with him. And as Paul was to be led into the castle," he said unto the chief captain, May I speak unto thee? Who said, Canst thou speak Greek? Art not thou that Egyptian, which before these days madest an uproar, and leddest out into the wilderness four thousand men that were murderers? But Paul said, 1 am a man which am a Jew of Tarsus, a city in Cilicia, a citizen of no mean city: and, I beseech thee, suffer me to speak unto the people. And when he had given him license, Paul stood on the stairs, and beckoned with the hand unto the people. And when there was made a great silence, he spake unto them in the Hebrew tongue.—''A cts xx2, 23–40, ba)'' PAUL'S SHIPWRECK. And while the day was coming on, Paul besought them all to take meat, saying, This day is the fourteenth day that ye have tarried and continued fasting, having taken nothing. Wherefore I pray you to take some meat; for this is for your health: for there shall not a hair fall from the head of any of you. And when he had thus spoken, he took bread, and gave thanks to God in presence of them all: and when he had broken it, he began to eat. Then were they all of good cheer, and they also took some meat. And we were in all in the ship two hundred threescore and sixteen souls. And when they had eaten enough, they lightened the ship, and cast out the wheat into the sea. And when it was day, they knew not the land: but they discovered a certain creek with a shore, into the which they were minded, if it were possible, to thrust in the ship. And when they had taken up the anchors, they committed themselves unto the sea, and loosed the rudder bands, and hoised up the mainsail to the wind, and made toward shore. And falling into a place where two seas met, they ran the ship aground; and the forepart stuck fast, and remained unmovable, but the hinder part was broken with the violence of the waves. And the soldiers' counsel was to kill the prisoners, lest any of them should swim out, and escape. But the centurion, willing to save Paul, kept them from their purpose; and commanded that they which could swim should cast themselves first into the sea, and get to land: and the rest, some on boards, and some on broken pieces of the ship. And so it came to pass, that they escaped all safe to land. And when they were escaped, then they knew that the island was called Melita. And the barbarous people shewed us no little kindness: for they kindled a fire, and received us every one, because of the present rain, and because of the cold.—''Acts XLVI, 33–44, XXII, I-2.'' - DEA LEON "THE. PAGE HORSE. And when he had opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the fourth beast say, Come and see. And I looked, and behold a pale horse: and his name that sat on him was Death, and Hell followed with him. And power was given unto them over the fourth part of the earth, to kill with sword, and with hunger, and with death, and with the beasts of the earth.—''[[Revelation (Bible)|Revelation]] vt, 7–8, ry ah, aera'' —cov 26vvfnt2it1j2guxewkybnrp4tfv4y0 14128160 14128155 2024-04-25T16:30:04Z SnowyCinema 2484340 wikitext text/x-wiki /conf// progress=hathi_files_downloaded f= y=1886 loc= pub= au=anon ill=Paul Gustave Doré ty= gen= ia=dorbiblegallery0000dorg htt=uva.x000528519 dl=ia beg=n ch=nam //conf/ /chform// <nowiki> {{ph|class=chapter num|/cpre/ /cnum/}} {{ph|class=chapter title|/cnam/|level=2}} </nowiki> //chform/ /tocform// <nowiki> {{TOC row 1-1-1|/cnum/|/cnam/|/pnum/}} </nowiki> //tocform/ -cov /img/ {{ph|class=chapter|Preface.}} {{sc|This}} volume, as its title indicates, is a collection of engravings illustrative of the Bible—the designs being all from the pencil of the greatest of modern delineators, Gustave Doré. The original work, from which this collection has been made, met with an immediate and warm recognition and acceptance among those whose means admitted of its purchase, and its popularity has in no wise diminished since its first publication, but has even extended to those who could only enjoy it casually or in fragmentary parts. That work, however, in its entirety, was far too costly for the larger and ever-widening circle of M. Doré's admirers, and to meet the felt and often expressed want of this class, and to provide a volume of choice and valuable designs upon sacred subjects for art-loving Biblical students generally, this work was projected and has been carried forward. The aim has been to introduce subjects of general interest—that is, those relating to the most prominent events and personages of Scripture—those most familiar to all readers; the plates being chosen with special reference to the known taste of the American people. To each cut is prefixed a page of letter-press, in narrative form, and containing generally a brief analysis of the design. Aside from the labors of the editor and publishers, the work, while in progress, was under the painstaking and careful scrutiny of artists and scholars not directly interested in the undertaking, but still having a generous solicitude for its success. It is hoped, therefore, that its general plan and execution will render it acceptable both to the appreciative and friendly patrons of the great artist, and to those who would wish to possess such a work solely as a choice collection of illustrations upon sacred themes. - {{ph|class=chapter|Gustave Doré.}} {{sc|The}} subject of this sketch is, perhaps, the most original and variously gifted designer the world has ever known. At an age when most men have scarcely passed their novitiate in art, and are still under the direction and discipline of their masters and the schools, he had won a brilliant reputation, and readers and scholars everywhere were gazing on his work with ever-increasing wonder and delight at his fine fancy and multifarious gifts. He has raised illustrative art to a dignity and importance before unknown, and has developed capacities for the pencil before unsuspected. He has laid all subjects tribute to his genius, explored and embellished fields hitherto lying waste, and opened new and shining paths and vistas where none before had trod. To the works of the great he has added the lustre of his genius, bringing their beauties into clearer view and warming them to fuller life. His delineations of character, in the different phases of life, from the horrible to the grotesque, the grand to the comic, attest the versatility of his powers; and, whatever faults may be found by critics, the public will heartily render their quota of admiration to his magic touch, his rich and facile rendering of almost every thought that stirs, or lies yet dormant, in the human heart. It is useless to attempt a sketch of his various beauties; those who would know them best must seek them in the treasure-house that his genius is constantly augmenting with fresh gems of wealth. To one, however, of his most prominent traits we will refer—his wonderful rendering of the powers of Nature. His early wanderings in the wild and romantic passes of the Vosges doubtless developed this inherent tendency of his mind. There he wandered, and there, mayhap, imbibed that deep delight of wood and valley, mountain-pass and rich ravine, whose variety of form and detail seems endless to the enchanted eye. He has caught the very spell of the wilderness; she has laid her hand upon him and he has gone forth with her blessing. So bold and truthful and minute are his countless representations of forest scenery; so delicate the tracery of branch and stem; so patriarchal the giant boles of his woodland monarch, that the gazer is at once satisfied and entranced. His vistas lie slumbering with repose either in shadowy glade or fell ravine, either with glint of lake or the glad, long course of some rejoicing stream: and above all, supreme in a beauty all its own, he spreads a canopy of peerless sky, or a wilderness, perhaps, of angry storm, or peaceful stretches of soft, fleecy cloud, or heavens serene and fair—another kingdom to his teeming art after the earth has rendered all her gifts. Paul Gustave Doré was born in the city of Strasburg, January 10, 1833. Of his boyhood we have no very particular account. At eleven years of age, however, he essayed his first artistic creation—a set of lithographs, published in his native city. The following year found him in Paris, entered as a - student at the Charlemagne Lyceum. His first actual work began in 1848, when his fine series of sketches, the "[[Labors of Hercules (Doré)|Labors of Hercules]]," was given to the public, through the medium of an illustrated journal with which he was for a long time connected as designer. In 1856 were published the illustrations for Balzac's "Contes Drolatiques" and those for "[[The Wandering Jew]]"—the first humorous and grotesque in the highest degree—indeed, showing a perfect abandonment to fancy; the other weird and supernatural, with fierce battles, shipwrecks, turbulent mobs, and nature in her most forbidding and terrible aspects. Every incident or suggestion that could possibly make the story more effective or add to the horror of the scenes was seized upon and portrayed with wonderful power. These at once gave the young designer a great reputation, which was still more enhanced by his subsequent works. With all his love for nature and his power for interpreting her in her varying moods, Doré was a dreamer, and many of his finest achievements were in the realm of the imagination. But he was at home in the actual world also, as witness his designs for "Atala," "[[London—a Pilgrimage]]," and many of the scenes of "[[Don Quixote]]." When account is taken of the variety of his designs and the fact considered that in almost every task he attempted none had ventured before him, the amount of work he accomplished is fairly incredible. To enumerate the immense tasks he undertook—some single volumes alone containing hundreds of illustrations—will give some faint idea of his industry. Besides those already mentioned are Montaigne, Dante, the Bible, Milton, Rabelais, Tennyson's "[[Idylls of the King|{{SIC|Idyls|Idylls}} of the King]]," "[[The Ancient Mariner]]," Shakespeare, "Legende de Croquemitaine," "[[La Fontaine's Fables]]," and others still. Take one of these works—the Dante, La Fontaine, or "Don Quixote"—and glance at the pictures. The mere hand labor involved in their production is surprising; but when the quality of the work is properly estimated, what he accomplished seems prodigious. No particular mention need be made of him as a painter or a sculptor, for his reputation rests solely upon his work as an illustrator. Doré's nature was exhuberant and buoyant, and he was youthful in appearance. He had a passion for music, and possessed rare skill as a violinist, and it is assumed that, had he failed to succeed with his pencil, he could have won a brilliant reputation as a musician. He was a bachelor, and lived a quiet, retired life with his mother—married, as he expressed it, to her and his art. His death occurred on January 23, 1883. - /toc/ — - <FILL> — - <FILL> — - <FILL> —t2 -1 /ch//THE CREATION "And the Lord God said, it is not good that the man should be alone; I will make him a helpmeet for him. . . . And the Lord God caused a deep sleep to fall on Adam, and he slept, and he took one of his ribs, and closed up the flesh instead thereof; and the rib which the Lord God had taken from man, made he a woman, and brought her unto the man. And Adam said, This is now bone of my bone and flesh of my flesh: she shall be called Woman, because she was taken out of man. Therefore shall a man leave his father and mother, and shall cleave unto his wife, and they shall be one flesh."—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] ii, 18, 21–24.'' In these few words the Scriptures narrate the creation of the first mother of our race. In "[[Paradise Lost]]," the poetic genius of Milton, going more into detail, describes how Eve awoke to consciousness, and found herself reposing under a shade of flowers, much wondering what she was and whence she came. Wandering by the margin of a small lake, she sees her own form mirrored in the clear waters, at which she wonders more. But a voice is heard, leading her to him for whom she was made, who lies sleeping under a grateful shade. It is at this point the artist comes to interpret the poet's dream. Amid the varied and luxurious foliage of Eden, in the vague light of the early dawn, Eve is presented, coy and graceful, gazing on her sleeping Lord, while in the background is faintly outlined the mystic form of Him in whose image they were created. -i -2 /ch//THE EXPULSION FROM THE GARDEN And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil; and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live forever: Therefore, the Lord God sent him forth from the garden of Eden, to till the ground from whence he was taken. So he drove out the man; and he placed at the east of the garden of Eden cherubims, and a flaming sword which turned every way, to keep the way of the tree of life.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] iii, 22–24.'' /po// They, looking back, all the eastern side beheld Of Paradise, so late their happy seat, Waved over by that flaming brand; the gate, With dreadful forces thronged, and fiery arms: Some natural tears they dropped, but wiped them soon; The world was all before them, where to choose Their place of rest, and Providence their guide; They, hand in hand, with wandering steps and slow, Through Eden took their solitary way. >>''[[Paradise Lost]], Book XII.'' //po/ -i -3 /ch//THE MURDER OF ABET And Adam knew Eve his wife; and she conceived, and bare Cain, and said, I have gotten a man from the Lord. And she again bare his brother Abel. And Abel was a keeper of sheep, but Cain was a tiller of the ground. And in process of time it came to pass, that Cain brought of the fruit of the ground an offering unto the Lord. And Abel, he also brought of the firstlings of his flock and of the fat thereof. And the Lord had respect unto Abel and to his offering: But unto Cain and to his offering he had not respect. And Cain was very wroth, and his countenance fell. And the Lord said unto Cain, Why art thou wroth? and why is thy, countenance fallen? If thou doest well, shalt thou not be accepted? and if thou doest not well, sin lieth at the door, and unto thee shall be his desire, and thou shalt rule over him. And Cain talked with Abel his brother: and it came to pass, when they were in the field, that Cain rose up against Abel his brother, and slew him. And the Lord said unto Cain, Where is Abel thy brother? And he said, I know not: Am I my brother's keeper? And he said, What hast thou done? the voice of thy brother's blood crieth unto me from the ground. And now art thou cursed from the earth, which hath opened her mouth to receive thy brother's blood from thy hand; When thou tillest the ground, it shall not henceforth yield unto thee her strength; a fugitive and a vagabond shalt thou be in the earth. And Cain said unto the Lord, My punishment is gveater than I can bear. Behold, thou hast driven me out this day from the face of the earth; and from thy face shall I be hid; and I shall be a fugitive and a vagabond in the earth; and it shall come to pass, that every one that findeth me shall slay me. And the Lord said unto him, Therefore whosoever slayeth Cain, vengeance shall be taken on him sevenfold. And the Lord set a mark upon Cain, lest any finding him should kill him. And Cain went out from the presence of the Lord, and dwelt in the land of Nod, on the east of Eden.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] iv, 1–16'' -i -4 /ch//THE DELUGE In the six hundredth year of Noah's life, in the second month, the seventeenth day of the month, the same day were all the fountains of the great deep broken up, and the windows of heaven were opened. And the rain was upon the earth forty days and forty nights. In the self-same day entered Noah, and Shem, and Ham, and Japheth, the sons of Noah, and Noah's wife, and the three wives of his sons with them, into the ark; they, and every beast after his kind, and all the cattle after their kind, and every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth after his kind, and every fowl after his kind, every bird of every sort. And they went in unto Noah into the ark, two and two of all flesh, wherein is the breath of life. And they that went in, went in male and female of all flesh, as God had commanded him: and the Lord shut him in. And the flood was forty days upon the earth; and the waters increased, and bare up the ark, and it was lift up above the earth. And the waters prevailed, and were increased, greatly upon the earth; and the ark went upon the face of the waters. And the waters prevailed exceedingly upon the earth; and all the high hills, that were under the whole heaven, were covered. Fifteen cubits upward did the waters prevail; and the mountains were covered. And all flesh died that moved upon the earth, both of fowl, and of cattle, and of beast, and of every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth, and every man; all in whose nostrils was the breath of life, of all that was in the dry land, died. And every living substance was destroyed which was upon the face of the ground, both man and cattle, and the creeping things, and the fowl of the heaven; and they were destroyed from the earth; and Noah only remained alive, and they that were with him in the ark. And the waters prevailed upon the earth an hundred and fifty days.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] vii, {{SIC|11 24|11–24}}.''' -i -5 /ch//NOAH CURSING HAM And the sons of Noah, that went forth of the ark, were Shem, and Ham, and Japheth; and Ham is the father of Canaan. These ar`e the three sons of Noah: and of them was the whole earth overspread. And Noah began to be an husbandman, and he planted a vineyard: And he drank of the wine, and was drunken; and he was uncovered within his tent. And Ham, the father of Canaan, saw the nakedness of his father, and told his two brethren without. And Shem and Japheth took a garment, and laid it upon both their shoulders, and went backward, and covered the nakedness of their father; and their faces were backward, and they saw not their father's nakedness. And Noah awoke from his wine, and knew what his younger son had done unto him. And he said, Cursed be Canaan; a servant of servants shall he be unto his brethren. And he said, Blessed be the Lord God of Shem; and Canaan shall be his servant. God shall enlarge Japheth, and he shall dwell in the tents of Shem; and Canaan shall be his servant.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] ix, 18–27.'' -i - /ch//THE TOWER OF BABEL And the whole earth was of one language, and of one speech. And it came to pass as they journeyed from the east, that they found a plain in the land of Shinar; and they dwelt there. And they said one to another, Go to, let us make brick, and burn them thoroughly. And they had brick for stone, and slime had they for mortar. And they said, Go to, let us build us a city and a tower, whose top may reach unto heaven; and let us make us a name, lest we be scattered abroad upon the face of the whole earth. And the Lord came down to see the city and the tower which the children of men builded. And the Lord said, Behold, the people is one, and they have all one language; and this they begin to do: and now nothing will be restrained from them, which they have imagined to do. Go to, let us go down, and there confound their language, that they may not understand one another's speech. So the Lord scattered them abroad from thence upon the face of all the earth: and they left off to build the city. Therefore is the name of it called Babel; because the Lord did there confound the language of all the earth: and from thence did the Lord scatter them abroad upon the face of all the earth.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xi, 1–9.'' -i - /ch//ABRAHAM ENTERTAINS THREE STRANGERS In the self-same day was Abraham circumcised, and Ishmael his son. And all the men of his house, born in the house, and bought with money of the stranger, were circumcised with him. And the Lord appeared unto him in the plains of Mamre: and he sat in the tent door in the heat of the day; and he lift up his eyes and looked, and, lo, three men stood by him: and when he saw them, he ran to meet them from the tent door, and bowed himself toward the ground, and said, My Lord, if now I have found favour in thy sight, pass not away, I pray thee, from thy servant: let a little water, pray you, be fetched, and wash your feet, and rest yourselves under the tree: And I will fetch a morsel of bread, and comfort ye your hearts; after that ye shall pass on: for therefore are ye come to your servant. And they said, So do, as thou hast said. And Abraham hastened into the tent unto Sarah, and said, Make ready quickly three measures of fine meal, knead it, and make cakes upon the hearth. And Abraham ran unto the herd, and fetched a calf tender and good, and gave it unto a young man; and he hasted to dress it. And he took butter, and milk, and the calf which he had dressed, and set it before them; and he stood by them under the tree, and they did eat.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xviii, 26, 27; xviii, 1–8.'' Be not forgetful to entertain strangers: for thereby some have entertained angels unawares.—''[[Hebrews (Bible)|Hebrews]]'' xiii, 2.'' -i - /ch//THE DESTRUCTION OF SODOM And when the morning arose, then the angels hastened Lot, saying, Arise, take thy wife, and thy two daughters, which are here; lest thou be consumed in the iniquity of the city. And while he lingered, the men laid hold upon his hand, and upon the hand of his wife, and upon the hand of his two daughters; the Lord being merciful unto him: and they brought him forth, and set him without the city. And it came to pass, when they had brought them forth abroad, that he said, Escape for thy life; look not behind thee, neither stay thou in all the plain; escape to the mountain, lest thou be consumed. And Lot said unto them, Oh, not so, my Lord. Behold now, thy servant hath found grace in thy sight, and thou hast magnified thy mercy, which thou hast shewed unto me in saving my life; and I cannot escape to the mountain, lest some evil take me and I die. Behold now this city is near to flee unto, and it is a little one: Oh, let me escape thither (is it not a little one?) and my soul shall live. And he said unto him, See, I have accepted thee concerning this thing also, that I will not overthrow this city, for the which thou hast spoken. Haste thee, escape thither; for I cannot do anything till thou be come thither. Therefore the name of the city was called Zoar. The sun was risen upon the earth when Lot entered unto Zoar. Then the Lord rained upon Sodom and upon Gomorrah brimstone and fire from the Lord out of heaven; and he overthrew those cities, and all the plain, and all the inhabitants of the cities, and that which grew upon the ground. But his wife looked back from behind him, and she became a pillar of salt. And Abraham gat up early in the morning to the place where he stood before the Lord: and he looked toward Sodom and Gomorrah, and toward all the land of the plain, and beheld, and lo, the smoke of the country went up as the smoke of a furnace.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xix, 15–28.'' -i - /ch//THE EXPULSION OF TIAGAR. And the Lord visited Sarah as he had said, and the Lord did unto Sarah as he had spoken. For Sarah conceived, and bare Abraham a son in his old age, at the set time of which God had spoken to him. And Abraham called the name of his son that was born unto him, whom Sarah bare to him, Isaac. And Abraham circumcised his son Isaac, being eight days old, as God had commanded him. And Abraham was an hundred years old, when his son Isaac was born unto him. And Sarah said, God hath made me to laugh, so that all that hear will laugh with me. And she said, who would have said unto Abraham, that Sarah should have given children suck? for I have born him a son in his old age. And the child grew, and was weaned: and Abraham made a great feast the same day that Isaac was weaned. And Sarah saw the son of Hagar, the Egyptian, which she had born unto Abraham, mocking. Wherefore she said unto Abraham, Cast out this bondwoman and her son: for the son of this bondwoman shall not be heir with my son, even with Isaac. And the thing was very grievous in Abraham's sight because of his son. And God said unto Abraham, Let it not be grievous in thy sight because of the lad, and because of thy bondwoman; in all that Sarah hath said unto thee, hearken unto her voice; for in Isaac shall thy seed be called. And also of the son of the bondwoman will I make a nation, because he is thy seed. And Abraham rose up early in the morning, and took bread, and a bottle of water, and gave it unto Hagar, putting it on her shoulder, and the child, and sent her away: and she departed, and wandered in the wilderness of Beer-sheba.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxi, 1–14.'' -i - /ch//HAGAR IN THE WILDERNESS And Abraham rose up early in the morning, and took bread, and a bottle of water, and gave it unto Hagar, putting it on her shoulder, and the child, and sent her away; and she departed, and wandered in the wilderness of Beer-sheba. And the water was spent in the bottle, and: she cast the child under one of the shrubs. And she went and sat her down over against him a good way off, as it were a bow-shot: for she said, Let me not see the death of the child. And she sat over against him, and lifted up her voice and wept. And God heard the voice of the lad; and the angel of God called to Hagar out of heaven, and said unto her, What aileth thee, Hagar? fear not, for God hath heard the voice of the lad where he is. Arise, lift up the lad, and hold him in thine hand; for I will make him a great nation. And God opened her eyes, and she saw a well of water; and she went, and filled the bottle with water, and gave the lad drink. And God was with the lad; and he grew, and dwelt in the wilderness, and became an archer. And he dwelt in the wilderness of Paran: and his mother took him a wife out of the land of Egypt.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxt. 14–21.'' - - /ch//THE TRIAL OF THE FAITH OF ABRAHAM And it came to pass after these things, that God did tempt Abraham, and said unto him, Abraham: and he said, Behold, here I am. And he said, Take now thy son, thine only son Isaac, whom thou lovest, and get thee into the land of Moriah; and offer him there for a burnt offering upon one of the mountains which I will tell thee of. And Abraham rose up early in the morning, and saddled his ass, and took two of his young men with him, and Isaac his son, and clave the wood for the burnt offering, and rose up and went unto the place of which God had told him. Then on the third day Abraham lifted up his eyes and saw the place afar off. And Abraham said unto his young men, Abide ye here with the ass; and I and the lad will go yonder and worship, and come again to you. And Abraham took the wood of the burnt offering and laid it upon Isaac his son; and he took the fire in his hand and a knife, and they went both of them together. And Isaac spake unto Abraham his father, and said, My father: and he said, Here am I, my son. And he said, Behold the fire and the wood: but where is the lamb for a burnt offering? And Abraham said, My son, God will provide himself a lamb for a burnt offering: so they went both of them together. And they came to the place which God had told him of; and Abraham built an altar there, and laid the wood in order, and bound Isaac his son, and laid him on the altar upon the wood. And Abraham stretched forth his hand and took the knife to slay his son. And the angel of the Lord called unto him out of heaven, and said, Abraham, Abraham: and he said, Here am I. And he said, Lay not thine hand upon the lad, neither do thou anything unto him: for now I know that thou fearest God, seeing thou hast not withheld thy son, thine only son, from me. And Abraham lifted up his eyes and looked, and behold behind him a ram caught in a thicket by his horns: and Abraham went and took the ram, and offered him up for a burnt offering in the stead of his son. And Abraham called the name of that place Jehovah-jireh: as it is to this day, In the mount of the Lord it shall be seen. And the angel of the Lord called unto Abraham out of heaven the second time, and said, By myself have I sworn, saith the Lord, for because thou hast done this thing, and hast not withheld thy son, thine only son, that in blessing I will bless thee, and in multiplying I will multiply thy seed as the stars of heaven, and as the sand which is upon the sea shore; and thy seed shall possess the gate of his enemies; and in thy seed shall all the nations of the earth be blessed, because thou hast obeyed my voice.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xx22. 1–18.'' - THE BURTAL{OFSSARALE And Sarah was an hundred and seven and twenty years old: these were the years of the life of Sarah. And Sarah died in Kirjath-arba; the same is Hebron in the land of Canaan: and Abraham came to mourn for Sarah, and to weep for her.;—And Abraham stood up from before his dead, and spake unto the sons of Heth, saying, I am a stranger and a sojourner with you: give me a possession of a buryingplace with you, that I may bury my dead out of my sight. And the children of Heth answered Abraham, saying unto him, Hear us, my lord: thou art a mighty prince among us: in the choice of our sepulchres bury thy dead; none of us shall withhold from thee his sepulchre, but that thou mayest bury thy dead. And Abraham stood up, and bowed himself to the people of the land, even to the children of Heth. And he communed with them, saying. If it be your mind that I should bury my dead out of my sight; hear me, and intreat for me to Ephron the son of Zohar, that he may give me the cave of Machpelah, which he hath, which is in the end of his field; for as much money as'it is worth he shall give it me for a possession of a buryingplace amongst you. And Ephron dwelt among the children of Heth: and Ephron the Hittite answered Abraham in the audience of the children of Heth, even of all that went in at the gate of his city, saying, Nay, my lord, hear me: the field give I thee, and the cave that is therein, I give it thee; in the presence of the sons of my people give I it thee: bury thy dead. And Abraham bowed down himself before the people of the land. And he spake unto Ephron in the audience of the people of the land, saying. But if thou wilt give it, I pray thee, hear me: I will give thee money for the field; take it of me, and I will bury my dead there. And Ephron answered Abraham, saying unto him, My lord, hearken unto me: the land is worth four hundred shekels of silver: what is that betwixt me and thee? bury therefore thy dead. And Abraham hearkened unto Ephron; and Abraham weighed to Ephron the silver, which he had named in the audience of the sons of Heth, four hundred shekels of silver, current money with the merchant. And the field of Ephron, which was in Machpelah, which was before Mamre, the field, and the cave which was therein, and all the trees that were in the field, that were in all the borders round about, were made sure unto Abraham for a possession in the presence of the children of Heth, before all that went in at the gate of his city. And after this, Abraham buried Sarah his wife in the cave of the field of Machpelah before Mamre; the same is Hebron in the land of Canaan. And the field, and the cave that is therein, were made sure unto Abraham for a possession of a buryingplace by the sons of Heth.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxi2?'' - /ch//CECA H PISAN - /ch//ELIEZER AND REBEKAH And the servant put his hand under the thigh of Abraham his master, and sware to him concerning that matter. And the servant took ten camels of the camels of his master, and departed; for all the goods of his master were in his hand: and he arose and went to Mesopotamia, unto the city of Nahor. And he made his camels to kneel down, without the city by a well of water at the time of the evening, even the time that women go out to draw water. And he said, O Lord God of my master Abraham, I pray thee, send me good speed this day, and shew kindness unto my master Abraham. Behold, I stand here by the well of water; and the daughters of the men of the city come out to draw water: and let it come to pass, that the damsel to whom I shall say, Let down thy pitcher, I pray thee, that I may drink; and she shall say, Drink, and I will give thy camels drink also: let the same be she that thou hast appointed for thy servant Isaac; and thereby shall I know that thou hast shewed kindness unto my master. And it came to pass before he had done speaking, that, behold, Rebekah came out, who was born to Bethuel, son of Milcah, the wife of Nahor, Abraham's brother, with her pitcher upon her shoulder. And the damsel was very fair to look upon, a virgin, neither had any man known her: and she went down to the well, and filled her pitcher and came up. And the servant ran to meet her, and said, Let me, I pray thee, drink a little water of thy pitcher. And she said, Drink, my lord; and she hasted, and let down her pitcher upon her hand, and gave him drink. And when she had done giving him drink," she said, I will draw water for thy camels also, until they have done drinking. And she hasted and emptied her pitcher into the trough, and ran again unto the well to draw water, and drew for all his camels. And the man wondering at her held his peace, to wit whether the Lord had made his journey prosperous or not. And it came to pass, as the camels had done drinking, that the man took a golden earring of half a shekel weight, and two bracelets for her hands of ten shekels weight of gold: and said, whose daughter art thou? tell me, I pray thee; is there room in thy father's house for us to lodge in? And she said unto him, I am the daughter of Bethuel the son of Milcah, which she bare unto Nahor. She said moreover unto him, We have both straw and provender enough, and room to lodge in. And the man bowed down his head and worshiped the Lord. And he said, Blessed be the Lord God of my master Abraham, who hath not left destitute my master of his mercy and his truth: I being in the way, the Lord led me to the house of my master's brethren. And the damsel ran, and told them of her mother's house these things.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] XXIV, 9–28.'' - - /ch//ISAAC BLESSING JACOB And it came to pass, that when Isaac was old, and his eyes were dim, so that he could not see, he called Esau, his eldest son, and said unto him, My son: and he said unto him, Behold, here am I. And he said, Behold now, I am old, I know not the day of my death: Now therefore take, I pray thee, thy weapons, thy quiver and thy bow, and go out to the field, and take me some venison; And make me savoury meat, such as I love, and bring it to me, that I may eat; that my soul may bless thee before I die. And Rebekah heard when Isaac spake to Esau his son. And Esau went to the field to hunt for venison, and to bring it. And Rebekah spake unto Jacob her son, saying, Behold, I heard thy father speak unto Esau thy brother, saying, Bring me venison, and make me savoury meat, that I may eat, and bless thee before the Lord before my death. Now therefore, my son, obey my voice according to that which I command thee. Go now to the flock, and fetch me from thence two good kids of the goats; and I will make them savoury meat for thy father such as he loveth; And thou shalt bring it to thy father, that he may eat, and that he may bless thee before his death. And Jacob said to Rebekah his mother, Behold, Esau my brother is a hairy man, and lama smooth man: My father peradventure will feel me, and I shall seem to him as a deceiver; and I shall bring a curse upon me, and not a blessing. And his mother said unto him, Upon me be thy curse, my son: only obey my voice, and go fetch me them. And he went, and fetched, and brought them to his mother: and his mother made savoury meat, such as his father loved. And Rebekah took goodly raiment of her eldest son Esau, which were with her in the house, and put them upon Jacob her younger son: And she put the skins of the kids of the goats upon his hands and upon the smooth of his neck: And she gave the savoury meat and the bread, which she had prepared, into the hand of her son Jacob. And he came unto his father, and said, My father: and he said, Here am I; who art thou, my son? And Jacob said unto his father, I am Esau thy first born; I have done according as thou badest me: arise, I pray thee, sit and eat of my venison, that thy soul may bless me. And Isaac said unto his son, How is it that thou hast found it so quickly, my son? And he said, Because the Lord thy God brought it to me. And Isaac said unto Jacob, Come near, I pray thee, that I may feel thee, my son, whether thou be my very son Esau or not. And Jacob went near unto Isaac his father; and he felt him, and said, The voice is Jacob's voice, but the hands are the hands of Esau. And he discerned him not, because his hands were hairy, as his brother Esau's hands: so he blessed him. And he said, Art thou my very son Esau? And he said, I am. And he said, Bring it near to me, and I will eat of my son's venison, that my soul may bless thee. And he brought it near to him, and he did eat; and he/brought him wine, and he drank. And his father Isaac said unto him, Come near now, and kiss me, my son. And he came near, and kissed him: and he smelled the smell of his raiment, and blessed him, and said, See, the smell of my son is as the smell of a field which the Lord hath blessed: Therefore God give thee of the dew of heaven, and the fatness of the earth, and plenty of corn and wine: Let people serve thee, and nations bow down to thee: be lord over thy brethren, and let thy mother's sons bow down to thee: cursed be every one that curseth thee, and blessed be he that blesseth thee.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xvit, 1–29.'' A AW ey Mi Nik ni j u: j Hf anh Hi: Kl i Ml 'i i "I HT AWH yi Aiti yn ii ii) Ht } " - JACOB. TENDING THE BLOCKS OF era ran: —And while he yet spake with them, Rachel came with her father's sheep: for she kept them. And it came to pass, when Jacob saw Rachel the daughter of Laban his mother's brother, and the sheep of Laban his mother's brother, that Jacob went near, and rolled the stone from the well's mouth, and watered the flock of Laban his mother's brother. And Jacob kissed Rachel, and lifted up his voice, and wept. And Jacob told Rachel that he was her father's brother, and that he was Rebekah's son: and she ran and told her father. And it came to pass, when Laban heard the tidings of Jacob his sister's son, that he ran to meet him, and embraced him, and kissed him, and brought him to his house. And he told Laban all these things. And Laban said to him, Surely thou art my bone and my flesh. And he abode with him the space of a month. And Laban said unto Jacob, Because thou art my brother, shouldest thou therefore serve me for naught? tell me, what shall thy wages be? And Laban had two daughters: the name of the elder was Leah, and the name of the younger was Rachel. Leah was tender eyed; but Rachel was beautiful and well favoured. And Jacob loved Rachel; and said, I will serve thee seven years for Rachel thy younger daughter. And Laban said, It is better that I give her to thee, than that I should give her to another man; abide with me. And Jacob served seven years tor Rachel; and they seemed unto him but a few days, for the love he had for her. And Jacob said unto Laban, Give me my wife, for my days are fulfilled, that I may go in unto her. And Laban gathered together all the men of the place, and made a feast. And it came to pass in the evening, that he took Leah his daughter, and brought her to him; and he went in unto her. And Laban gave unto his daughter Leah Zilpah his maid, for an handmaid. And it came to pass that in the morning, behold, it was Leah: and he said to Laban. What is this thou hast done unto me? did not I serve with thee for Rachel? wherefore then hast thou beguiled me? And Laban said, It must not be so done in our country, to give the younger before the firstborn. Fulfil her week, and we will give thee this also for the service which thou shalt serve with me yet seven other years. And Jacob did so, and fulfilled her week; and he gave him Rachel his daughter to wife also. And Laban gave to Rachel his daughter Bilhah his handmaid to be her maid. And he went in also unto Rachel, and he loved also Rachel more than Leah, and served with him yet seven other years.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxtx, 9–30.'' JOSEPH SOL DUNT OS EGY Tle These are the generations of Jacob. Joseph, being seventeen years old, was feeding the flock with his brethren; and the lad was with the sons of Bilhah and with the sons of Zilpah, his father's wives; and Joseph brought unto his father their evil report. Now Israel loved Joseph more than all his children, because he was the son of his old age; and he made him a coat of many colors. And when his brethren saw that their father loved him more than all his brethren, they hated him, and could not speak peaceably unto him. And Joseph dreamed a dream, and he told it his brethren: and they hated him yet the more. And he said unto them, Hear, I pray you, this dream which I have dreamed. For, behold, we were binding sheaves in the field, and, lo, my sheaf arose, and also stood upright; and, behold, your sheaves stood round about, and made obeisance to my sheaf. And his brethren said to him, Shalt thou indeed reign over us? or shalt thou indeed have dominion over us? And they hated him yet the more for his dreams and for his words. And he dreamed yet another dream, and told it his brethren, and said, Behold, 1 have dreamed a dream more; and, behold, the sun and the moon and the eleven stars made obeisance to me. And he told it to his father and to his brethren; and his father rebuked him, and said unto him, What is this dream that thou hast dreamed? Shall I and thy mother and thy brethren indeed come to bow down ourselves to thee to the earth. And his brethren envied him; but his father observed the saying. And his brethren went to feed their father's flock in Shechem. And Joseph went after his brethren, and found them in Dothan. And when they saw him afar off, even before he came near unto them, they conspired against him to slay him. And they said one to another, Behold, this dreamer cometh. Come now, therefore, and let us slay him, and cast him into some pit, and we will say, Some evil beast hath devoured him; and we shall see what will become of his dreams. And Reuben heard it, and he delivered him out of their hands; and said, Let us not kill him. And Reuben said unto them, Shed no blood, but cast him into this pit that is in the wilderness, and lay no hand upon him; that he might rid him out of their hands to deliver him to his father again. And it came to pass, when Joseph was come unto his brethren, that they stript Joseph out of his coat, his coat of many colors that was on him; and they took him and cast him into a pit; and the pit was empty, there was no water in it. And they sat down to eat bread; and they lifted up their eyes and looked, and, behold, a company of Ishmaelites came from Gilead with their camels bearing spicery and balm and myrrh, going to carry it down to Egypt. And Judah said unto his brethren. What profit is it if we slay our brother, and conceal his blood? Come, and let us sell him to the Ishmaelites, and let not our hand be upon him, for he is our brother and our flesh. And his brethren were content. Then there passed by Midianites merchantmen; and they drew and lifted up Joseph out of the pit, and sold Joseph to the Ishmaelites for twenty pieces of silver; and they brought Joseph into Egypt. And the Midianites sold him into Egypt unto Potiphar, an officer of Pharaoh's, and captain of the guard.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxxvit, 2–12, 17–28, 30.'' JOSEPH INTERPRETING PHARAOH'S DREAM. And it came to pass at the end of two full years, that Pharaoh dreamed: and, behold, he stood by the river. And, behold, there came up out of the river seven well favoured kine and fatfleshed; and they fed in a meadow. And, behold, seven other kine came up after them out of the river, ill favoured and leanfleshed; and stood by the other kine upon the brink of the river. And the ill favored and leanfleshed kine did eat up the seven well favoured and fat kine. So Pharaoh awoke. And he slept and dreamed the second time: and, behold, seven ears of corn came up upon one stalk, rank and good. And, behold, seven thin ears and blasted with the east wind sprung up after them. And the seven thin ears devoured the seven rank and full ears. And Pharaoh awoke, and, behold, it was a dream. And it came to pass in the morning that his spirit was troubled; and he sent and called for all the magicians of Egypt, and all the wise men thereof: and Pharaoh told them his dream; but there was none that could interpret them unto Pharaoh. [At the suggestion of his chief butler Pharaoh sends for Joseph and relates to him his dreams, which Joseph interprets as follows:| And Joseph said unto Pharaoh, The dream of Pharaoh is one: God hath shewed Pharaoh what he is about to do. The seven good kine are seven years; and the seven good ears are seven years: the dream is one. And the seven thin and ill favoured kine that came up after them are seven years; and the seven empty ears blasted with the east wind shall be seven years of famine. This is the thing which I have spoken unto Pharaoh: What God is about to do he sheweth unto Pharaoh. Behold, there come seven years of great plenty throughout all the land of Egypt: And there shall arise after them seven years of famine; and all the plenty shall be forgotten in the land of Egypt; and the famine shall consume the land; and the plenty shall not be known in the land by reason of that famine following; for it shall be very grievous. And for that the dream was doubled unto Pharaoh twice it is because the thing is established by God, and God will shortly bring it to pass. Now therefore let Pharaoh look out a man discreet and wise, and set him over the land of Egypt. Let Pharaoh do this, and let him appoint officers over the land, and take up the fifth part of the land of Egypt in the seven plenteous years. And let them gather all the food of those good years that come, and lay up corn under the hand of Pharaoh, and let them keep food in the cities. And that food shall be for store to the land against the seven years of famine, which shall be in the land of Egypt; that the land perish not through the famine.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] alt, I-76.'' RRL RA HILAR An Ha a ili iM ie ee at ee Hr lg ¢ oun? Stay + aan 7: wis - /ch//JOSEPH MAKING HIMSELF KNOWN TO HIS BRETHREN Then Joseph could not refrain himself before all them that stood by him; and he cried, Cause every man to go out from me. And there stood no man with him, while Joseph made himself known unto his brethren. And he wept aloud: and the Egyptians and the house of Pharaoh heard. And Joseph said unto his brethren, 1 am Joseph; doth my father yet live? And his brethren could not answer him; for they were troubled at his presence. And Joseph said unto his brethren, Come near to me, I pray you. And they came near. And he said, I am Joseph your brother, whom ye sold into Egypt. Now therefore be not grieved, nor angry with yourselves, that ye sold me hither: for God did send me before you to preserve life. For these two years hath the famine been in the land: and yet there are five years, in which there shall neither be earing nor harvest. And God sent me before you to preserve you a posterity in the earth, and to save your lives by a great deliverance. So now it was not you that sent me hither, but God: and he hath made me a father to Pharaoh, and lord of all his house, and a ruler throughout all the land of Egypt. Haste ye, and go up to my father, and say unto him, Thus saith thy son Joseph, God hath made me lord of all Egypt: come down unto me, tarry not: And thou shalt dwell in the land of Goshen, and thou shalt be near unto me, thou, and thy children, and thy children's children, and thy flocks, and thy herds, and all that thou hast. And there will I nourish thee; for yet there are five years of famine; lest thou, and thy household, and all that thou hast, come to poverty. And, behold, your eyes see, and the eyes of my brother Benjamin, that it is my mouth that speaketh unto you. And ye shall tell my father of all my glory in Egypt, and of all that ye have seen; and ye shall haste and bring down my father hither. And he fell upon his brother Benjamin's neck, and wept; and Benjamin wept upon his neck. Moreover he kissed all his brethren, and wept upon them: and after that his brethren talked with him. And the fame there of was heard in Pharaoh's house, saying, Joseph's brethren are come: and it pleased Pharaoh well, and his servants. And Pharaoh said unto Joseph, say unto thy brethren, This do ye; lade your beasts, and go, get you unto the land of Canaan; and take your father and your households, and come unto me: and I will give you the good of the land of Egypt, and ye shall eat the fat of the land.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xlv, 1–18.'' BAN an - HUAUULEULIUL ma wi L SN ANN ( 'i vi MI i ail "nl el signi Se: mlty i. Gy Oe) SO ol (Ge a UN aie ee CTE att |i iil: HeAAI(a TTOVT ITT - /ch//MOSES IN THE BULRUSHES And there went a man of the house of Levi, and took to wife a daughter of Levi. And the woman conceived, and bare a son: and when she saw him that he was a goodly child, she hid him three months. And when she could not longer hide him, she took for him an ark of bulrushes, and daubed it with slime and with pitch, and put the child therein; and she laid it in the flags by the river's brink. And his sister stood afar off, to wit what would be done to him. And the daughter of Pharaoh came down to wash herself at the river; and her maidens walked along by the river's side; and when she saw the ark among the flags, she sent her maid to fetch it. And when she had opened it, she saw the child: and, behold, the babe wept. And she had compassion on him, and said, This is one of the Hebrews' chil© dren. Then said his sister to Pharaoh's daughter, Shall I go and call to thee a nurse of the Hebrew women, that she may nurse the child for thee? And Pharaoh's daughter said to her, Go. And the maid went and called the child's mother. And Pharaoh's daughter said unto her, Take this child away, and nurse it for me, and I will give thee thy wages. And the woman took the child and nursed it. And the child grew, and she brought him unto Pharaoh's daughter, and he became her son. And she called his name Moses: and she said, Because I drew him out of the water. —''Hxodus tt, I-10.'' THE WAR—''AGAINST GIBEON.'' Therefore the five kings of the Amorites, the king of Jerusalem, the king of Hebron, the king of Jarmuth, the king of Lachish, the king of Eglon, gathered themselves together, and went up, they and all their hosts, and encamped before Gibeon, and made war against it. And the men of Gibeon sent unto Joshua to the camp to Gilgal, saying, Slack not thy hand from thy servants; come up to us quickly, and save us and help us: for all the kings of the Amorites that dwell in the mountains are gathered together against us. So Joshua ascended from Gilgal, he, and all the people of war with him, and all the mighty men of valor. And the Lord said unto Joshua, Fear them not: for I have delivered them into thine hand; there shall not a man of them stand before thee. Joshua therefore came unto them suddenly, and went up from Gilgal all night. And the Lord discomfited them before Israel, and slew them with a great slaughter at Gibeon, and chased them along the way that goeth up to Beth-horon, and smote them to Azekah, and unto Makkedah. And it came to pass, as they fled from before Israel, and were in the going down to Beth-horon, that the Lord cast down great stones from heaven upon them unto Azekah, and they died: they were more which died with hailstones than they whom the children of Israel slew with the sword. Then spake Joshua to the Lord in the day when the Lord delivered up the Amorites before the children of Israel, and he said in the sight of Israel, Sun, stand thou still upon Gibeon; and thou, Moon, in the valley of Ajalon. And the sun stood still, and the moon stayed, until the people had avenged themselves upon their enemies. Is not this written in the book of Jasher? So the sun stood still in the midst of heaven, and hastened not to go down about a whole day. And there was no day like that before it or after it, that the Lord hearkened unto the voice of a man: for the Lord fought for Israel. And Joshua returned, and all Israel with him, unto the camp to Gilgal. But these five kings fled, and hid themselves in a cave at Makkedah. And it was told Joshua, saying. The five kings are found hid in a cave at Makkedah. And Joshua said, Roll great stones upon the mouth of the cave, and set men by it for to keep them: and stay ye not, but pursue after your enemies, and smite the hindmost of them; suffer them not to enter into their cities; for the Lord your God hath delivered them into your hand. And it came to pass, when Joshua and the children of Israel had made an end of slaying them with a very great slaughter, till they were consumed, that the rest which remained of them entered into fenced cities.—''[[Joshua (Bible)|Joshua]] x, 5–20.'' - as SISERA*SEAING BY SARL Now Heber the Kenite, which was of the children of Hobab, the father-in-law of Moses, had severed himself from the Kenites, and pitched his tent unto the plain of Zaanaim, which is by Kedesh. And they shewed Sisera that Barak, the son of Abinoam, was gone up to Mount Tabor. "And Sisera gathered together all his chariots, even nine hundred chariots of iron, and all the people that were with him, from Harosheth of the Gentiles unto the river of Kishon. And Deborah said unto Barak, Up; for this is the day in which the Lord hath delivered Sisera into thine hand: is not the Lord gone out before thee? So Barak went down from Mount Tabor, and ten thousand men after him. And the Lord discomfited Sisera, and all his chariots and all his host, with the edge of the sword before Barak; so that Sisera lighted down off his chariot, and fled away on his feet. But Barak pursued after the chariots, and after the host, unto Harosheth of the Gentiles: and all the host of Sisera fell upon the edge of the sword; and there was not a man left. Howbeit Sisera fled away on his feet to the tent of Jael, the wife of Heber the Kenite; for there was peace between Jabin the king of Hazor and the house of Heber the Kenite. And Jael went out to meet Sisera, and said unto him, Turn in, my lord, turn in to me; fear not. And when he had turned in unto her into the tent, she covered him with a mantle. And he said unto her, Give me, I pray thee, a little water to drink; for I am thirsty. And she opened a bottle of milk, and gave him drink, and covered him. Again he said unto her, Stand in the door of the tent, and it shall be, when any man doth come and enquire of thee, and say. Is there any man here? that thou shalt say, No. Then Jael, Heber's wife, took a nail of the tent, and took an hammer in her hand, and went softly unto him, and smote the nail into his temples, and fastened it into the ground: for he was fast asleep and weary. So he died. And, behold, as Barak pursued Sisera, Jael came out to meet him, and said unto him, Come, and I will show thee the man whom thou seekest. And when he came into her tent, behold, Sisera lay dead, and the nail was in his temples.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] wv, 11–22.'' MK NN DEBORAH'S SONG OF TRIUMPH. Then sang Deborah and Barak, the son of Abinoam on that day, saying:— Praise ye the Lord for the avenging of Israel. When the people willingly offered themselves. Hear, O ye kings; give ear, O ye princes; I, even IJ, will sing unto the Lord; I will sing praise to the Lord God of Israel. Lord, when thou wentest out of Seir. When thou marchedst out of the field of Edom. The earth trembled, and the heavens dropped, the clouds also dropped water. The mountains melted from before the Lord. Even that Sinai from before the Lord God of Israel. " Blessed above women shall Jael the wife of Heber the Kenite be; Blessed shall she be above women in the tent. He asked water, and she gave him milk; She brought forth butter in a lordly dish. She put her hand to the nail, and her right hand to the workmen's hammer; And with the hammer she smote Sisera. She smote off his head, when she had pierced and stricken through his temples. At her feet he bowed, he fell, he lay down: At her—feet he bowed, he fell: Where he bowed, there he fell down dead. The mother of Sisera looked out at a window, and cried through the lattice. Why is his chariot so long in coming? Why tarry the wheels of his chariots? Her wise ladies answered her, yea, she returned answer to herself, Have they not sped? Have they not divided the prey; To every man a damsel or two; To Sisera a prey of divers colours, a prey of divers colours of needlework, Of divers colours of needlework on both sides, meet for the necks of them that take the spoil? So let all thine enemies perish, O Lord: But let them that love him be as the sun when he goeth forth in his might.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] UV, 2–5, 24–71.'' HN a - Be/b2/(LA Dn - We oe! "Po ") gn - salt - /ch//JEPHTHAH MET BY HIS DAUGHTER Then the Spirit of the Lord came upon Jephthah, and he passed over Gilead, and Manasseh, and passed over Mizpeh of Gilead, and from Mizpeh of Gilead he passed over unto the children of Ammon. And Jephthah vowed a vow unto the Lord, and said, If thou shalt without fail deliver the children of Ammon into mine hands, then it shall be, that whatsoever cometh forth of the doors of my house to meet me, when I return in peace from the children of Ammon, shall surely be the Lord's, and I will offer it up for a burnt offering. So Jephthah passed over unto the children of Ammon to fight against them; and the Lord delivered them into his hands. And he smote them from Aroer, even till thou come to Minnith, even twenty cities, and unto the plain of the vineyards, with a very great slaughter. Thus the children of Ammon were subdued before the children of Israel. And Jephthah came to Mizpeh unto his house, and, behold, his daughter came out to meet him with timbrels and with dances: and she was his only child; beside her he had neither son nor daughter.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] x2, 29–34.'' -i - JEPHTHAH'S DAUGHTER AND HER COMPANIONS. And it came to pass, when he saw her, that he rent his clothes, and said, Alas, my daughter! thou hast brought me very low, and thou art one of them that trouble me: for I have opened my mouth unto the Lord, and I cannot go back. And she said unto him, My father, if thou hast opened thy mouth unto the Lord, do to me according to that which hath proceeded out of thy mouth; forasmuch as the Lord hath taken vengeance for thee of thine enemies, even of the children of Ammon. And she said unto her father, Let this thing be done for me: let me alone two months, that I may go up and down upon the mountains, and bewail my virginity, I and my fellows. And he said, Go. And he sent her away for two months: and she went with her companions, and bewailed her virginity upon the mountains. And it came to pass at the end of two months, that she returned unto her father, who did with her according to his vow which he had vowed: and she knew no man. And it was a custom in Israel, that the daughters of Israel went yearly to lament the daughter of Jephthah the Gileadite four days in a year.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] xt, 35–40.'' -i - /ch//SAMSON SLAYING THE LION Then went Samson down, and his father and his mother, to Timnath, and came to the vineyards of Timnath; and, behold, a young lion roared against him. And the Spirit of the Lord came mightily upon him, and he rent him as he would have rent a kid, and he had nothing in his hand; but he told not his father or his mother what he had done.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] xzv, 5–6.'' -i - /ch//SAMSON AND DELILAH And it came to pass afterward, that he loved a woman in the valley of Sorek, whose name was Delilah. And the lords of the Philistines came up unto her, and said unto her, Entice him, and see wherein his great strength lieth, and by what means we may prevail against him, that we may bind him to afflict him; and we will give thee every one of us eleven hundred pieces of silver. And Delilah said to Samson, Tell me, I pray thee, wherein thy great strength lieth, and wherewith thou mightest be bound to afflict thee. And Samson said unto her, If they bind me with seven green withs that were never dried, then shall I be weak, and be as another man. Then the lords of the Philistines brought up to her seven green withs which had not been dried, and she bound him with them. Now there were men lying in wait, abiding with her in the chamber. And she said unto him, The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And he brake the withs, as a thread of tow is broken when it toucheth the fire. So his strength was not known. And Delilah said unto Samson, Behold, thou hast mocked me, and told me lies: now tell me, I pray thee, wherewith thou mightest be bound. And he said unto her, If they bind me fast with new ropes that never were occupied, then shall I be weak, and be as another man. Delilah therefore took new ropes, and bound him therewith, and said unto him, The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And there were liers in wait abiding in the chamber. And he brake them from off his arms like a thread. And Delilah said unto Samson, Hitherto thou hast mocked me, and told me lies: tell me wherewith thou mightest be bound. And he said unto her, If thou weavest the seven locks of my head with the web. And she fastened it with the pin, and said unto him, The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And he awaked out of his sleep, and went away with the pin of the beam and with the web. And she said unto him, How canst thou say, I love thee, when thine heart is not with me? thou hast mocked me these three times, and hast not told me wherein thy great strength lieth. And it came to pass, when she pressed him daily with her words, and urged him, so that his soul was vexed unto death; that he told her all his heart, and said unto her, There hath not come a razor upon mine head; for I have been a Nazarite unto God from my mother's womb: if I be shaven, then my strength will go from me, and I shall become weak, and be like any other man. And when Delilah saw that he had told her all his heart, she sent and called for the lords of the Philistines, saying, Come up this once, for he hath showed me all his heart. Then the lords of the Philistines came up unto her, and brought money in their hand. And she made him sleep upon her knees; and she called for a man, and she caused him to shave off the seven locks of his head; and she began to afflict him, and his strength went from him. And she said, The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And he awoke out of his sleep, and said, I will go out as at other times before, and shake myself. And he wist not that the Lord was departed from him.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] xvt, 4–20.'' -i - /ch//THE DEATH OF SAMSON But the Philistines took him, and put out his eyes, and brought him down to Gaza, and bound him with fetters of brass; and he did grind in the prison house. Howbeit the hair of his head began to grow again after he was shaven. Then the lords of the Philistines gathered them together for to offer a great sacrifice unto Dagon their god, and to rejoice: for they said, Our God hath delivered Samson our enemy into our hand. And when the people saw him, they praised their god: for they said, Our god hath delivered into our hands our enemy, and the destroyer of our country, which slew many of us. And it came to pass, when their hearts were merry, that they said, Call for Samson, that he may make us sport. And they called for Samson out of the prison house; and he made them sport: and they set him between the pillars. And Samson said unto the lad that held him by the hand, Suffer me that I may feel the pillars whereupon the house standeth, that I may lean upon them. Now the house was full of men and women; and all the lords of the Philistines were there; and there were upon the roof about three thousand men and women, that beheld while Samson made sport. And Samson called unto the Lord, and said, O Lord God, remember me, I pray thee, and strengthen me, I pray thee, only this once, O God, that I may be at once avenged of the Philistines for my two eyes. And Samson took hold of the two middle pillars upon which the house stood, and on which it was borne up, of the one with 'his right hand, and of the other with his left. And Samson said, Let me die with the Philistines. And he bowed himself with all his might; and the house fell upon the lords, and upon all the people that were therein. So the dead which he slew at his death were more than they which he slew in his life. Then his brethren and all the house of his father came down, and took him, and brought him up, and buried him between Zorah and Eshtaol in the buryingplace of Manoah his father. And he judged Israel twenty years.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] xvi, 21–71.'' -i - /ch//NAOMI AND HER DAUGHTERS IN LAW Now it came to pass in the days when the judges ruled, that there was a famine in the land. And acertain man of Beth-lehem-judah went to sojourn in the country of Moab, he, and his wife, and his two sons. And the name of the man was Elimelech, and the name of his wife Naomi, and the name of his two sons Mahlon and Chilion, Ephrathites of Beth-lehemjudah. And they came into the country of Moab, and continued there. And Elimelech Naomi's husband died; and she was left, and her two sons. And they took them wives of the women of Moab; the name of the one was Orpah, and the name of the other Ruth: and they dwelt there about ten years. And Mahlon and Chilion died also both of them; and the woman was left of her two sons and her husband. Then she arose with her daughters in law, that she might return from the country of Moab: for she had heard in the country of Moab how that the Lord had visited his people in giving them bread. Wherefore she went forth out of the place where she was, and her two daughters in law with her; and they went on the way to return unto the land of Judah. And Naomi said unto her two daughters in law, Go, return each to her mother's house: the Lord deal kindly with you, as ye have dealt with the dead, and with me. The Lord grant you that ye may find rest, each of you in the house of her husband. Then she kissed them; and they lifted up their voice, and wept. And they said unto her, Surely we will return with thee unto thy people. And Naomi said, Turn again, my daughters: why will ye go with me? are there yet any more sons in my womb, that they may be your husbands? Turn again, my daughters, go your way; for I am too old to have a husband. If I should say, I have hope, if I should have a husband also to night, and should also bear sons; would ye tarry for them till they were grown? would ye stay for them from having husbands? nay, my daughters; for it grieveth me much for your sakes that the hand of the Lord is gone out against me. And they lifted up their voice, and wept again: and Orpah kissed her mother in law; but Ruth clave unto her. And she said, Behold, thy sister in law is gone back unto her people, and unto her gods: return thou after thy sister in law. And Ruth said, Entreat me not to leave thee, or to return from following after thee: for whither thou goest, I will go; and where thou lodgest, I will lodge: thy people shall be my people, and thy God my God: Where thou diest, will I die, and there will I be buried: the Lord do so to me, and more also, if ought but death part thee and me. When she saw that she was steadfastly minded to go with her, then she left speaking unto her. So they two went until they came to Beth-lehem.—''/uzh 2, 7–79.'' RUTH: AND—''BOAZ,.'' And Naomi had a kinsman of her husband's, a mighty man of wealth, of the family of Elimelech; and his name was Boaz. And Ruth the Moabitess said unto Naomi, Let me now go to the field, and glean ears of corn after him in whose sight I shall find grace. And she said unto her, Go, my daughter. And she went, and came and gleaned in the field after the reapers; and her hap was to light on a part of the field belonging unto Boaz, who was of the kindred of Elimelech. And, behold, Boaz came from Bethlehem, and said unto the reapers. The Lord be with you. And they answered him. The Lord bless thee. Then said Boaz unto his servant that was set over the reapers, whose damsel is this? And the servant that was set over the reapers answered and said, It is the Moabitish damsel that came back with Naomi out of the country of Moab: and she said, I pray you, let me glean and gather after the reapers among the sheaves: so she came, and hath continued even from the morning until now, that she tarried a little in the house. Then said Boaz unto Ruth, Hearest thou not, my daughter? Go not to glean in another field, neither go from hence, but abide here fast by my maidens: let thine eyes be on the field that they do reap, and go thou after them: have I not charged the young men that they shall not touch thee? and when thou art athirst, go unto the vessels, and drink of that which the young men have drawn. Then she fell on her face and bowed herself to the ground, and said unto him, Why have I found grace in thine eyes, that thou shouldest take knowledge of me, seeing I am a stranger? And Boaz answered and said unto her, It hath fully been shewed me, all that thou hast done unto thy mother in law since the death of thine husband: and how thou hast left thy father and thy mother, and the land of thy nativity, and art come unto a people which thau knewest not heretofore. The Lord recompense thy work, and a full reward be given thee of the Lord God of Israel, under whose wings thou art come to trust. Then she said, Let me find favor in thy sight, my lord; for that thou hast comforted me, and for that thou hast spoken friendly unto thine handmaid, though I be not like unto one of thine handmaidens,. And Boaz said unto her, At mealtime come thou hither, and eat of the bread, and dip thy morsel in the vinegar. And she sat beside the reapers: and he reached her parched corn, and she did eat, and was sufficed, and left. And when she was risen up to glean, Boaz commanded his young men, saying, Let her glean even among the sheaves, and reproach her not: and let fall also some of the handfuls of purpose for her, and leave them, that she may glean them and rebuke her not. So she gleaned in the field until even, and beat out that she had gleaned: and it was about an ephah of barley.—''Ruth 22, 2–177.'' TR SS ANS ANS A NY SSwee Ke AN oo RN we Nh A. LAY SY N WN SSS AIG NAKA WO KAN Ae COS AS WN WYN min Sue oy QI Garyy MN ANS ow AN N eR ee INE SERA ONS MAAR THE? RED UNS Pol ae And the ark of the Lord was in the country of the Philistines seven months. And the Philistines called for the priests and the diviners, saying. What shall we do to the ark of the Lord? tell us wherewith we shall send it to his place. And they said, If ye send away the ark of the God of Israel, send it not empty; but in any wise return him a trespass offering: then ye shall be healed, and it shall be known to you why his hand is not removed from you. Then said they. What shall be the trespass offering which we shall return to him? They answered, Five golden emerods, and five golden mice, according to the number of the lords of the Philistines: for one plague was on you all, and on your lords. Wherefore ye shall make images of your emerods, and images of your mice that mar the land; and ye shall give glory unto the God of Israel: peradventure he will lighten his hand from off you, and from off your gods, and from off your land. Wherefore then do ye harden your hearts, as the Egyptians and Pharaoh hardened their hearts? when he had wrought wonderfully among them, did they not let the people go, and they departed? Now hebre make a new cart, sine take two milch kine, on which there hath come no yoke, and tie the kine to the cart, and bring their calves home from them: and take the ark of the Lord, and lay it upon the cart; and put the jewels of gold, which ye return him for a trespass offering, in a coffer by the side thereof; and send it away, that it may go. And see, if it goeth up by the way of his own coast to Beth-shemesh, then he hath done us this great evil: but if not, then we shall know that it is not his hand that smote us; it was a chance that happened to us. And the men did so; and took two milch kine, and tied them to the cart, and shut up their calves at home: and they laid the ark of the Lord upon the cart, and the coffer with the mice of gold and the images of their emerods. And the kine took the straight way to the way of Beth-shemesh, and went along the highway, lowing as they went, and turned not aside to the right hand or to the left; and the lords of the Philistines went after them unto the border of Beth-shemesh. And they of Beth-shemesh were reaping their wheat harvest in the valley: and they lifted up their eyes, and saw the ark, and rejoiced to see it. And the cart came into the field of Joshua, a Beth-shemite, and stood there, where there was a great stone: and they clave the wood of the cart, and offered the kine a burnt offering unto the Lord. And the Levites took down the ark of the Lord, and the coffer that was with it, wherein the jewels of gold were, and put them on the great stone: and the men of Beth-shemesh offered burnt offerings and sacrificed sacrifices the same day unto the Lord.—''[[Samuel (Bible)|Samuel]] vi, 1–15.'' -i - /ch//SAUL AND DAVID And it came to pass, when he had made an end of speaking unto Saul, that the soul of Jonathan was knit with the soul of David, and Jonathan loved him as his own soul. And Saul took him that day, and would let him go no more home to his father's house. Then Jonathan and David made a covenant, because he loved him as his own soul. And Jonathan stripped himself of the robe that was upon him, and gave it to David, and his garments, even to his sword, and to his bow, and to his girdle. And David went out withersoever Saul sent him, and behaved himself wisely: and Saul set him over the men of war, and he was accepted in the sight of all the people, and also in the sight of Saul's servants. And it came to pass as they came, when David was returned from the slaughter of the Philistine, that the women came out of all cities of Israel, singing and dancing, to meet king Saul, with tabrets, with joy, and with instruments of music. And the women answered one another as they played, and said, Saul hath slain his thousands, and David his ten thousands. And Saul was very wroth, and the saying displeased him; and he said, They have ascribed unto David ten thousands, and to me they have ascribed but thousands: and what can he have more but the kingdom? And Saul eyed David from that day and forward. And it came to pass on the morrow, that the evil spirit from God came upon Saul, and he prophesied in the midst of the house: and David played with his hand, as at other times: and there was a javelin in Saul's hand. And Saul cast the javelin; for he said, I will smite David even to the wall with it. And David avoided out of his presence twice.—''z Samuel "UI, I-IT.'' TS: Thine DAVID. SPARRING @goAUL. —And it came to pass, when Saul was returned from following the Philistines, that it was told him, saying, Behold, David is in the wilderness of En-gedi. Then Saul took three thousand chosen men out of all Israel, and went to seek David and his men upon the rocks of the wild goats. And he came to the sheepcotes by the way, where was a cave; and Saul went in to cover his feet: and David and his men remained in the sides of the cave. And the men of David said unto him, Behold the day of which the Lord said unto thee, Behold, I will deliver thine enemy into thine hand, that thou mayest do to him as it shall seem good unto thee. Then David arose, and cut off the skirt of Saul's robe privily. And it came to pass afterward, that David's heart smote him, because he had cut off Saul's skirt. And he said unto his men. The Lord forbid that I should do this thing unto my master, the Lord's anointed, to stretch forth mine hand against him, seeing he is the anointed of the Lord. So David stayed his servants with these words, and suffered them not to rise against Saul. But Saul rose up out of the cave, and went on his way. David also arose afterward, and went out of the cave, and cried after Saul, saying, My lord the king. And when Saul looked behind him, David stooped with his face to the earth and bowed himself. And David said to Saul, Wherefore hearest thou men's words, saying, Behold, David seeketh thy hurt? Behold, this day thine eyes have seen how that the Lord had delivered thee to-day into mine hand in the cave: and some bade me kill thee; but mine eye spared thee; and I said, I will not put forth mine hand against my lord; for he is the Lord's anointed. Moreover, my father, see, yea, see the skirt of thy robe in my hand: for in that I cut off the skirt of thy robe, and killed thee not, know thou and see that there is neither evil nor transgression in mine hand, and I have not sinned against thee; yet thou huntest my soul to take it. The Lord judge between me and thee, and the Lord avenge me of thee: but mine hand shall not be upon thee. As saith the proverb of the ancients, Wickedness proceedeth from the wicked: but mine hand shall not be upon thee. After whom is the king of Israel come out? after whom dost thou pursue? after a dead dog, after a flea. The Lord therefore be judge, and judge between me and thee, and see, and plead my cause, and deliver me out of thine hand. And it came to pass, when David had made an end of speaking these words unto Saul, that Saul said, Is this thy voice, my son David? And Saul lifted up his voice, and wept. And he said to David, Thou art more righteous than I: for thou hast rewarded me good, whereas I have rewarded thee evil. And thou hast shewed this day how that thou hast dealt well with me: forasmuch as when the Lord had delivered me into thine hand, thou killedst me not. For if a man find his enemy, will he let him go well away? wherefore the Lord reward thee good for that thou hast done unto me this day. And now, behold, I know well that thou shalt surely be king, and that the kingdom of Israel shall be established in thine hand. Swear now therefore unto me by the Lord, that thou wilt not cut off my seed after me, and that thou wilt not destroy my name out of my father's house. And David sware unto Saul. And Saul went home; but David and his men gat them up unto the hold.—''z Samuel xxiv, I-22.'' Ha mu iy ry ie ; of "s s, y 7 '14 Vi oh weal A - = 'Ry bs ae, Ext ng 7 is 4 se, a o <—a's 2":: vale ee 2a on/b2/; '% 5 "I .: 5 7 ¥ Ms =o) ': Ch PN = . F An 4; '7 . 7 ae DEATH: OF SAGIE Now the Philistines fought against Israel: and the men of Israel fled from before the Philistines, and fell down slain in mount Gilboa. And the Philistines followed hard upon Saul and upon his sons; and the Philistines slew Jonathan, and Abinadab, and Melch-shua, Saul's sons. And the battle went sore against Saul, and the archers hit him; and he was sore wounded of the archers. Then said Saul unto his armourbearer, Draw thy sword, and thrust me through therewith; lest these uncircumcised come and thrust me through, and abuse me. But his armourbearer would not; for he was sore afraid. Therefore Saul took a sword, and fell upon it. And when his armourbearer saw that Saul was dead, he fell likewise upon his sword, and died with him. So Saul died, and his three sons, and his armourbearer, and all his men, that same day together. And when the men of Israel that were on the other side of the valley, and they that were on the other side Jordan, saw that the men of Israel fled, and that Saul and his sons were dead, they forsook the cities, and fled; ard the Philistines came and dwelt in them. And it came to pass on the morrow, when the Philistines came to strip the slain, that they found Saul and his three sons fallen in mount Gilboa. And they cut off his head, and stripped off his armour, and sent into the land of the Philistines round about, to publish it in the house of their idols, and among the people. And they put his armour in the house of Ashtaroth: and they fastened his body to the wall of Beth-shan. And when the inhabitants of Jabesh-gilead heard of that which the Philistines had done to Saul; all the valiant men arose, and went all night, and took the body of Saul and the bodies of his sons from the wall of Beth-shan, and came to Jabesh, and burnt them there. And they took their bones, and buried them under a tree at Jabesh, and fasted seven days.— t Samuel xxx21. THE DEATH OF ABSALON: And David numbered the people that were with him, and set captains of thousands and captains of hundreds over them. And David set forth a third part of the people under the hand of Joab, and a third part under the hand of Abishai the son of Zeruiah, Joab's brother, and a third part under the hand of ittai the Gittite. And the king said unto the people, I will surely go forth with you myself also. But the people answered, Thou shalt not go forth: for if we flee away, they will not care for us; neither if half of us die, will they care for us: but now thou art worth ten thousand of us: therefore now it is better that thou succor us out of the city. And the king said unto them, What seemeth you best I will do. And the king stood by the gate side, and all the people came out by hundreds and by thousands. And the king commanded Joab and Abishai and ittai, saying, Deal gently for my sake with the young man, even with Absalom. And all the people heard when the king gave all the captains charge concerning Absalom. So the people went out into the field against Israel: and the battle was in the wood of Ephraim; where the people of Israel were slain before the servants of David, and there was there a great slaughter that day of twenty thousand men. For the battle was there scattered over the face of all the country: and the wood devoured more people that day than the sword devoured. And Absalom met the servants of David. And Absalom rode upon a mule, and the mule went under the thick boughs of a great oak, and his head caught hold of the oak, and he was taken up between the heaven and the earth; and the mule that was under him went away. And a certain man saw it, and told Joab, and said, Behold I saw Absalom hanged in an oak. And Joab said unto the man that told him. And, behold, thou sawest him, and why didst thou not smite him there to the ground? and I would have given thee ten shekels of silver, and a girdle. And the man said unto Joab, Though I should receive a thousand shekels of silver in mine hand, yet would I not put forth mine hand against the king's son: for in our hearing the king charged thee and Abishai and ittai, saying, Beware that none touch the young man Absalom. Otherwise I should have wrought falsehood against mine own life: for there is no matter hid from the king, and thou thyself wouldst have set thyself against me. Then said Joab, I may not tarry thus with thee. And he took three darts in his hand, and thrust them through the heart of Absalom, while he was yet alive in the midst of the oak. And ten young men that bare Joab's armor compassed about and smote Absalom, and slew him. And Joab blew the trumpet, and the people returned from pursuing after Israel: for Joab held back the people. And they took Absalom, and cast him into a great pit in the wood, and laid a very great heap of stones upon him: and all Israel fled every one to his tent.—''2 Samuel xvnt, I-17.'' ZL 7 ¢] "Ah - /ch//DAVID MOURNING OVER ABSALOM Then said Ahimaaz the son of Zadok, Let me now run, and bear the king tidings, how that the Lord hath avenged him of his enemies. And Joab said unto him, Thou shalt not bear tidings this day, but thou shalt bear tidings another day: but this day thou shalt bear no tidings, because the king's son is dead. Then said Joab to Cushi, Go tell the king what thou hast seen. And Cushi bowed himself unto Joab, and ran. Then said Ahimaaz the son of Zadok yet again to Joab. But howsoever, let me, I pray thee, also run after Cushi. And Joab said, Wherefore wilt thou run, my son, seeing that thou hast no tidings ready? But howsoever, said he let me run. And he said unto him, Run. Then Ahimaaz ran by the way of the plain, and overran Cushi. And David sat between the two gates: and the watchman went up to the roof over the gate unto the wall, and lifted up his eyes, and looked, and behold a man running alone. And the watchman cried, and told the king. And the king said, If he be alone, there is tidings in his mouth. And he came apace, and drew near. And the watchman saw another man running: and the watchman called unto the porter, and said, Behold another man running alone. And the king said, He also bringeth tidings. And the watchman said, Me thinketh the running of the foremost is like the running of Ahimaaz the son of Zadok. And the king said, He is a good man, and cometh with good tidings. And Ahimaaz called, and said unto the king, All is well. And he fell down to the earth upon fe face before the king, and said, Blessed be the Lord thy God, which hath delivereth up the men that lifted up their hand against my lord the king. And the king said, Is the young man Absalom safe? And Ahimaaz answered, When Joab sent the king's servant, and me thy servant, I saw a great tumult, but I knew not what it was. And the king said unto him, Turn aside, and stand here. And he turned aside, and stood still. And, behold, Cushi came; and Cushi said, Tidings, my lord the king: for the Lord hath avenged thee this day of all them that rose up against thee. And the king said unto Cushi, Is the young man Absalom safe? And Cushi answered, The enemies of my lord the king, and all that rise against thee to do thee hurt, be as that young man is. And the king was much moved, and went up to the chamber over the gate, and wept: and as he went, thus he said, O my son Absalom, my son, my son Absalom! would God I had died for thee, O Absalom, my son, my son!; And it was told Joab, Behold the king weepeth and mourneth for Absalom. And the victory that day was turned into mourning unto all the people: for the people heard say that day how the king was grieved for his son. And the people gat them by stealth that day into the city, as people being ashamed steal away when they flee in battle. But the king covered his face, and the king cried with a loud voice, O my son Absalom, O Absalom, my son, my son!—2 Samuel xvnt, 19–33, xix, 1–4. S S S "il Mf ay/b2/" ie SERS a ser 2 Sees ar v - /ch//SOLOMON And David took him more concubines and wives out of Jerusalem, after he was come from Hebron: and there were yet sons and daughters born to David. And these be the names of those that were born unto him in Jerusalem; Shammuah, and Shobab, and Nathan, and Solomon, Ibhar also, and Elishua, and Nepheg, and Japhia, and Elishama, and Eliada, and Eliphalet.—''2 Samuel v. 13–16.'' And David comforted Bath-sheba his wife, and went in unto her, and lay with her: and she bare a son, and he called his name Solomon: and the Lord loved him.—''2 Samuel Lathe ys'' So David slept with his fathers, and was buried in the city of David. And the days that David reigned over Israel were forty years: seven years reigned he in Hebron, and thirty and three years reigned he in Jerusalem. Then sat Solomon upon the throne of David his father, and his kingdom was established greatly.—''zr Kings 72, ro-r2.'' And God gave Solomon wisdom and understanding exceeding much, and largeness of heart, even as the sand that is on the sea shore. And Solomon's wisdom excelled the wisdom of all the children of the east country, and all the wisdom of Egypt. For he was wiser than all men: than Ethan the Ezrahite, and Heman, and Chalcol, and Darda, the sons of Mahol: and his fame was in all nations round about. And he spake three thousand proverbs: and his songs were a thousand and five. And he spake of trees, from the cedar tree that is in Lebanon even unto the hyssop that springeth out of the wall: he spake also of beasts, and of fowl, and of creeping things, and of fishes. And there came of all people to hear the wisdom of Solomon, from all kings of the earth, which had heard of his wisdom,—''2 Kings tv, 29–34.'' Aa ie Al il MIhil p i il We is iB Nt Ve su nl a (leat tl Ml My (or ihe th Hi ! au SMITA Whi) aa gine i p i: i777 HCA, hi yt ff A. tren ATan ed oie - /ch//THE JUDGMENT OF SOLOMON Then came there two women, that were harlots, unto the king, and stood before him. And the one woman said, O my lord, I and this woman dwell in one house; and I was delivered of a child with her in the house. And it came to pass the third day after that I was delivered, that this woman was delivered also: and we were together; there was no stranger with us in the house, save we two in the house. And this woman's child died in the night; because she overlaid it. And she arose at midnight, and took my son from beside me, while thine handmaid slept, and laid it in her bosom, and laid her dead child in my bosom. And when I rose in the morning to give my child suck, behold, it was dead: but when I had considered it in the morning, behold, it was not my son, which I did bear. And the other woman said, Nay; but the living is my son, and the dead is thy son. And this said, No; but the dead is thy son, and the living is my son. Thus they spake before the king. Then said the king. The one saith, This is my son that liveth, and thy son is the dead: and the other saith, Nay; but thy son is the dead, and my son is the living. And the king said, Bring me a sword. And they brought a sword before the king. And the king said, Divide the living child in two, and give half to the one, and half to the other. Then spake the woman whose the living child was unto the king, for her bowels yearned upon her son, and she said, O my lord, give her the living child, and in no wise slay it.; But the other said, Let it be neither mine nor thine, but divide it. Then the king answered and said, Give her the living child, and in no wise slay it: she is the mother thereof. And all Israel heard of the judgment which the king had judged; and they feared the king: for they saw that the wisdom of God was in him, to do judgment.—7 Kengs 772, 16–28, i 4 aH bin mn UU ju un Niel: all cM) ie 'i a - i ay ni A. it!lWi el Ci AAAa cin a[ HL) Ney H Hy nein in A. ae Di ( mal aa has al it il)We ''is'' yl: ee'll ik Ml) Alhi UVM INCINSLIN i itl i lle ar) THE CEDARS DESTINED FOR THE TEMPLE: And Hiram king of Tyre sent his servants unto Solomon; for he had heard that they had anointed him king in the room of his father: for Hiram was ever a lover of David. And Solomon sent to Hiram, saying, Thou knowest how that David my father could not build a house unto the name of the Lord his God for the wars which were about him on every side, until the Lord put them under the soles of his feet. But now the Lord my God hath given me rest on every side, so that there is neither adversary nor evil occurrent. And, behold, I purpose to build a house unto the name of the Lord my God, as the Lord spake unto David my father, saying, Thy son, whom I will set upon thy throne in thy room, he shall build a house unto my name. Now therefore command thou that they hew me cedar trees out of Lebanon; and my servants shall be with thy servants: and unto thee will I give hire for thy servants according to all that thou shalt appoint: for thou knowest that there is not among us any that can skill to hew timber like unto the Sidonians. And it came to pass, when Hiram heard the words of Solomon, that he rejoiced greatly, and said, Blessed be the Lord this day, which hath given unto David a wise son over this great people. And Hiram sent to Solomon, saying, I have considered the things which thou sentest to me for: and I will do all thy desire concerning timber of cedar, and concerning timber of fir. My servants shall bring them down from Lebanon unto the sea; and I will convey them by sea in floats unto the place that thou shalt appoint me, and will cause them to be discharged there, and thou shalt receive them: and thou shalt accomplish my desire, in giving food for my household. So Hiram gave Solomon cedar trees and fir trees according to all his desire. And Solomon gave Hiram twenty thousand measures of wheat for food to his household, and twenty measures of pure oil: thus gave Solomon to Hiram year by year. And the Lord gave Solomon wisdom, as he promised him: and there was peace between Hiram and Solomon; and they two made a league together. And king Solomon raised a levy out of all Israel; and the levy was thirty thousand men. And he sent them to Lebanon, ten thousand a month by courses: a month they were in Lebanon, and two months at home: and Adoniram was over the levy. And Solomon had threescore and ten thousand that bare burdens,.and fourscore thousand hewers in the mountains; beside the chief of Solomon's officers which were over the work, three thousand and three hundred, which ruled over the people that wrought in the work. And the king commanded, and they brought great stones, costly stones, and hewed stones, to lay the foundation of the house. And Solomon's builders, and Hiram's builders did hew them, and the stone-squarers: so they prepared timber and stones to build the house.—''z Azngs v.'' THE.—''PROPH Boles Ne B Ye aoe.'' Now there dwelt an old prophet in Bethel; and his sons came and told him all the works that the man of God had done that day in Bethel: the words which he had spoken unto the king, them they told also to their father. And their father said unto them, What way went he? For his sons had seen what way the man of God went, which came from Judah. And he said unto his sons, Saddle me the ass. So they saddled him the ass: and he rode thereon, and went after the man of God, and found him sitting under an oak: and he said unto him, Art thou the man of God that camest from Judah? And he said, I am. Then he said unto him, Come home with me, and eat bread. And he said,may not return with thee, nor go in with thee: neither will I eat bread nor drink water with thee in this place: for it was said to me by the word of the Lord, Thou shalt eat no bread nor drink water there, nor turn again to go by the way that thou camest. He said unto him, I am a prophet also as thou art; and an angel spake unto me by the word of the Lord, saying, Bring him back with thee into thine house, that he may eat bread and drink water. But he lied unto him. So he went back with him, and did eat bread in his house, and drank water. And it came to pass, as they sat at the table, that the word of the Lord came unto the prophet that brought him back: and he cried unto the man of God that came from Judah, saying, Thus saith the Lord, Forasmuch as thou hast disobeyed the mouth of the Lord, and hast not kept the commandment which the Lord thy God commanded thee, but camest back, and hast eaten bread and drunk water in the place, of the which the Lord did say to thee, Eat no bread, and drink no water; thy carcass shall not come unto the sepulchre of thy fathers. And it came to pass, after he had eaten bread, and after he had drunk, that he saddled for him the ass, to wit, for the prophet whom he had brought back. And when he was gone, a lion met him by the way, and slew him: and his carcass was cast in the way, and the ass stood by it, the lion also stood by the carcass. And, behold, men passed by, and saw the carcass cast in the way, and the lion standing by the carcass: and they came and told it in the city where the old prophet dwelt. And when the prophet that brought him back from the way heard thereof," he said, It is the man of God, who was disobedient unto the word of the Lord: therefore the Lord hath delivered him unto the lion, which hath torn him, and slain him, according to the word of the Lord, which he spake unto him. And he spake to his sons, saying, Saddle me the ass. And they saddled him. And he went and found his carcass cast in the way, and the ass and the lion standing by the carcass: the lion had not eaten the carcass, nor torn the ass.—''z Kengs xzzz, 11–28, ban D'' ae oe) ELIJAH DESTROYING Tite MESSENGERo=OPrsAnAZIAL: And Ahaziah fell down through a lattice in his upper chamber that was in Samaria, and was sick: and he sent messengers, and said unto them, Go, enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron whether I shall recover of this disease. But the angel of the Lord said to Elijah the Tishbite, Arise, go up to meet the messengers of the king of Samaria, and say unto them. Is it not because there is not a God in Israel, that ye go to enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron? Now therefore thus saith the Lord, Thou shalt not come down from that bed on which thou art gone up, but shalt surely die. And Elijah departed. And when the messengers turned back unto him," he said unto them, Why are ye now turned back? And they said unto him, There came a man up to meet us, and said unto us, Go, turn again unto the king that sent you, and say unto him, Thus saith the Lord. Is it not because there is not a God in Israel, that thou sendest to enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron? therefore thou shalt not come down from that bed on which thou art gone up, but shalt surely die. And he said unto them, What manner of man was he which came up to meet you, and told you these words? And they answered him. He was an hairy man, and girt with a girdle of leather about his loins. And he said, It is Elijah the Tishbite. Then the king sent unto him a captain of fifty with his fifty. And he went up to him: and, behold, he sat on the top of an hill. And he spake unto him, Thou man of God, the king hath said, Come down. And Elijah answered and said to the captain of fifty. If I be a man of God, then let fire come down from heaven, and consume thee and thy fifty. And there came down fire from heaven and consumed him and his fifty. Again also he sent unto him another captain of fifty with his fifty. And he answered and said unto him, O man of God, thus hath the king said, Come down quickly. And Elijah answered and said unto them, If I be a man of God, let fire come down from heaven, and consume thee and thy fifty. And the fire of God came down from heaven and consumed him and his fifty. And he sent again a captain of the third fifty with his fifty. And the third captain of fifty went up, and came and fell on his knees before Elijah, and besought him, and said unto him, O man of God, I pray thee, let my life, and the life of these fifty thy servants, be precious in thy sight. Behold, there came fire down from heaven, and burnt up the two captains of the former fifties with their fifties: therefore let my life now be precious in thy sight. And the angel of the lord said unto Elijah, Go down with him: be not afraid of him. And he arose, and went down with him unto the king. And he said unto him, Thus saith the Lord, Forasmuch as thou hast sent messengers to enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron, is it not because there is no God in Israel to enquire of his word? therefore thou shalt not come down off that bed on which thou art gone up, but shalt surely die. So he died according to the word of the Lord which Elijah had spoken.—2 Kzngs 2, 2–17, wail Ni iy 3 'Uda il es = r Foes "'T BELIJAH"S ASCENT MING ASG ATO) Teo reer it. "And it came to pass, when the Lord would take up Elijah into heaven by a whirlwind, that Elijah went with Elisha from Gilgal. And Elijah said unto Elisha, Tarry here, I pray thee; for the Lord hath sent me to Beth-el. And Elisha said unto him, As the Lord liveth, and as thy soul liveth, I will not leave thee. So they went down to Beth-el. And the sons of the prophets that were at Beth-el came forth to Elisha, and said unto him, Knowest thou that the Lord will take away thy master from thy head to-day? And he said, Yea, I know it; hold ye your peace. And Elijah said unto him, Elisha, tarry here, I pray thee; for the Lord hath sent me to Jericho. And he said, As the Lord liveth, and as thy soul liveth, I will not leave thee. So they came to Jericho. And the sons of the prophets that were at Jericho came to Elisha, and said unto him, Knowest thou that the Lord will take away thy master from thy head to-day? And he answered, Yea, I know it; hold ye your peace. And Elijah said unto him, Tarry, I pray thee, here; for the Lord hath sent me to Jordan. And he said, As the Lord liveth, and as thy soul liveth, I will not leave thee. And they two went on. 5 And fifty men of the sons of the prophets went, and stood to view afar off: and they two stood by Jordan. And Elijah took his mantle, and wrapped it together, and smote the waters, and they were divided hither and thither, so that they two went over on dry ground. And it came to pass, when they were gone over, that Elijah said unto Elisha, Ask what I shall do for thee, before I be taken away from thee. And Elisha said, I pray thee, let a double portion of thy spirit be upon me. And he said, Thou hast asked a hard thing: nevertheless, if thou see me when I am taken from thee, it shall be so unto thee; but if not, it shall not be so. And it came to pass, as they still went on, and talked, that, behold, there appeared a chariot of fire, and horses of fire, and parted them both asunder; and Elijah went up by a whirlwind into heaven.—''z KA7ngs 22, 1–11.'' Wives j 4 oe ial M} Hi il ) YAN THE DEATH ORSEZEBEAS And when Jehu was come to Jezreel, Jezebel heard of it; and she painted her face, and tired her head, and looked out at a window. And as Jehu entered in at the gate," she said, Had Zimri peace, who slew his master? And he lifted up his face to the window, and said, who is on my side? who? And there looked out to him two or three eunuchs. And he said, Throw her down. So they threw her down: and some of her blood was sprinkled on the wall, and on the horses: and he trod her under foot. And when he was come in, he did eat and drink, and said, Go, see now this cursed woman, and bury her: for she is a king's daughter. And they went to bury her: but they found no more of her than the scull, and the feet, and the palms of her hands. Wherefore they came again, and told him. And he said, This is the word of the Lord, which he spake by his servant Elijah the Tishbite, saying, In the portion of Jezreel shall dogs eat the flesh of Jezebel: and the carcass of Jezebel shall be as dung upon the face of the field in the portion of Jezreel; so that they shall not say, This is Jezebel.—''2 Azngs zx, 370–37.'' : Te aie ye We of re oe ¥ - - /ch//ESTHER CONFOUNDING HAMAN So the king and Haman came to banquet with Esther the queen. And the king said again unto Esther on the second day at the banquet of wine. What is thy petition, queen Esther? and it shall be granted thee: and what is thy request? and it shall be performed, even to the half of the kingdom. Then Esther the queen answered and said, If I have found favor in thy sight, O king, and if it please the king, let my life be given me at my petition, and my people at my request: for we are sold, I and my people, to be destroyed, to be slain, and to perish. But if we had been sold for bondmen and bondwomen, I had held my tongue, although the enemy could not countervail the king's damage. Then the king Ahasuerus answered and said unto Esther the queen, who is he, and where is he, that durst presume in his heart to do so? And Esther said, The adversary and enemy is this wicked Haman. Then Haman was afraid before the king and the queen. And the king arising from the banquet of wine in his wrath went into the palace garden: and Haman stood up to make request for his life to Esther the queen; for he saw that there was evil determined against him by the king. Then the king returned out of the palace garden into the place of the banquet of wine; and Haman was fallen upon the bed whereon Esther was. Then said the king, Will he force the queen also before me in the house? As the word went out of the king's mouth, they covered Haman's face. And Harbonah, one of the chamberlains, said before the king, Behold also, the gallows fifty cubits high, which Haman had made for Mordecai, who had spoken good for the king, standeth in the house of Haman. Then the king said, Hang him thereon. So they hanged Haman on the gallows that he had prepared for Mordecai. Then was the king's wrath pacified.—''[[Esther (Bible)|Esther]] vaz. 7'' - /ch//ISAIAH Isaiah (in Hebrew, Veshayahu, "Salvation of God"), the earliest and most sublime of the four greater Hebrew prophets, was the son of Amoz (2 Kings xix, 2–20; Isaiah xxxvil, 2), and he uttered his oracles during the reigns of Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah, kings of Judah. The dates of his birth and death are unknown, but he lived from about 760 B. to about 7�o B. C. He was married and had three sons—the children referred to in Isaiah viti, 18; and he appears to have resided near Jerusalem. But by most competent critics it is now held that the last twenty-seven chapters (40–66) of the book bearing his name were the work, not of the prophet, but of a later writer who is commonly styled the second or Deutero-Isaiah. In this portion of the book, Cyrus, who was not born till after 600 B. C., is mentioned by name (Isaiah, xliv, 28: xlv, 1); and events which did not take place till a century after the prophet's death are referred to as happening contemporaneously with the writer's account of them. The style of these last twenty-seven chapters, also, is different, and the tone is more elevated and spiritual. Dore's ideal portrait is more suited to the second or pseudo-Isaiah, than to the real one. =: L)) ae cp) ta! a 7 of ae DESTRUCTION OF SENNACHERIB'S HOST. Therefore thus saith the Lord concerning the king of Assyria. He shall not come into this city, nor shoot an arrow there, nor come before it with shield, nor cast a bank against it. By the way that he came, by the same shall he return, and shall not come into this city, saith the Lord. For I will defend this city, to save it, for mine own sake, and for my servant David's sake. And it came to pass that night that the angel of the Lord went out, and smote in the camp of the Assyrians an hundred fourscore and five thousand: and when they arose early in the morning, behold, they were all dead corpses. So Sennacherib king of Assyria departed, and went and returned, and dwelt at Nineveh. And it came to pass, as he was worshipping in the house of Nisroch his god, that Adrammelech and Sharezer his sons smote him with the sword: and they escaped into the land of Armenia. And Esar-haddon his son reigned in his stead.—''2 K7zngs x7x, 32–37.'' - /ch//BARUCH And it came to pass in the fourth year of Jehoiakim the son of Josiah king of Judah, that this word came unto Jeremiah from the Lord, saying, Take thee a roll of a book, and write therein all the words that I have spoken unto thee against Israel, and against Judah, and against all the nations, from the day I spake unto thee, from the days of Josiah, even unto this day. It may be that the house of Judah will hear all the evil which I purpose to do unto them; that they may return every man from his evil way; that I may forgive their iniquity and their sin. Then Jeremiah called Baruch the son of Neriah: and Baruch wrote from the mouth of Jeremiah all the words of the Lord, which he had spoken unto him, upon a roll of a book.—''Jeremiah xxxv2, I-4.'' } The word that Jeremiah the prophet spake unto Baruch the son of Neriah, when he had written these words in a book at the mouth of Jeremiah, in the fourth year of Jehoiakim the son of Josiah king of Judah, saying, Thus saith the Lord, the God of Israel, unto thee, O Baruch; thou didst say, Woe is me now! for the Lord hath added grief to my sorrow;fainted in my sighing, and I find no rest. Thus shalt thou say unto him. The Lord saith thus; Behold, that which I have built will I break down, and that which I have planted I will pluck up, even this whole land. And seekest thou great things for thyself? seek them not: for, behold, I will bring evil upon all flesh, saith the Lord: but thy life will I give unto thee for a prey in all places whither thou goest.—''Jeremiah xlv, 1–5.'' : yia a, Tad oa sels ar yh eh r EZEKIEL: PROPHESYING; Ezekiel, the third of the great Hebrew prophets, was the son of the priest Buzi (Ezekiel i, 3). He was probably born about 620 or 630 years before Christ, and was consequently a contemporary of Jeremiah and Daniel, to the latter of whom he alludes in chapters xiv, 14–20 and xxvni, 3. When Jerusalem was taken by Nebuchadnezzar in 597 B. C. (2 Kings xxiv, 8–16; Jeremiah xxix, 1–2; Ezekiel xvii, 12; xix, 9), Ezekiel was carried captive along with Jehoiachin, or Jeconiah, king of Judah, and thousands of other Jewish prisoners, to Babylonia, or as he himself calls it, "the land of the Chaldeans." (Ezekiel i, 3). Here, along with his exiled fellow-countrymen, he lived on the banks of the river Chebar (Ezekiel i, 1–3), in a house of his own (vni, 1). Here also he married, and here, too, his wife, "the desire of his eyes," was taken from him with a stroke "(Ezekiel xxiv, 15–18). His-prophetic career extended over twenty-two years, from about 502 B. to about 570 B. C. The book bearing his name is written in a mystical and symbolical style, and abounds with visions and difficult allegories which indicate on the part of the author the possession of a vivid and sublime imagination. Ezekiel's authorship of it has been questioned. The Talmud attributes it to the Great Synagogue, of which Ezekiel was not a member. It is divisible into two portions. The first (chapters i-xxiv) was written before, and the second (chapters xxv-xlvni) after, the destruction of Jerusalem by Nebuchadnezzar in 586 B. C, the eleventh year of the prophet's captivity (Ezekiel xxvi, 1–2; xl, 1). The present text is very imperfect, being corrupted by the interpolation of glosses and other additions by later hands. Dore's picture represents the prophet uttering his oracles to his fellow-exiles ("them of the captivity"), or to the "elders of Judah," or "elders of Israel," on one of the occasions to which he himself alludes (vni, 1; xi, 25; xiv, 1; Xx, p. - - /ch//THE VISION OF EZEKIEL The hand of the Lord was upon me, and carried me out in the Spirit of the Lord, and set me down in the midst of the valley which was full of bones, and caused me to pass by them round about: and, behold, there were very many in the open valley; and, lo, they were very dry. And he said unto me, Son of man, can these bones live? And I answered, O Lord God, thou knowest. Again he said unto me, Prophesy upon these bones, and say unto them, O ye dry bones, hear the word of the Lord. Thus saith the Lord God unto these bones; Behold, I will cause breath to enter into you, and ye shall live: And I will lay sinews upon you, and will bring up flesh upon you, and cover you with skin, and put breath in you, and ye shall live; and ye shall know that I am the Lord. So I prophesied as I was commanded: and as I prophesied, there was a noise, and behold a shaking, and the bones came together, bone to his bone. And when I beheld, lo, g the sinews and the flesh came up upon them, and the skin covered them above: but there was no breath in them. Then said he unto me, Prophesy unto the wind, prophesy, son of man, and say to the wind, Thus saith the Lord God; Come from the four winds, O breath, and breathe upon these slain, that they may live. So I prophesied as he commanded me, and the breath came into them, and they lived, and stood up upon their feet, an exceeding great army. Then he said unto me, Son of man, these bones are the whole house of Israel: behold, they say, Our bones are dried, and our hope is lost: we are cut off for our parts. Therefore prophesy and say unto,them, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold,O my people, I will open your graves, and cause you to come up out of your graves, and bring you into the land of Israel. And ye shall know that I am the Lord, when I have opened your graves, O my people, and brought you up out of your graves, and shall put my Spirit in you, and ye shall live, and I shall place you in your own land: then shall ye know that I the Lord have spoken it, and performed it, saith the Lord.—''Zzekzel xxxvi2, 1–14, pay bal;'' ys Yr r 7 eee ka cat en RA iM pe f/b2/}'s ee an Rk pe! c gn? 7 aC 5 . ~4 e. = . j aA Z 7 ce 4) x e aa ae 5 ie 7 7 "9 as ee eee oO a he I; e iS) 7 nYs Vine so ype m: a4 ar 4 (Ab a paalt *.) Ps <" te .;: en: 3 Ces PIC ae eT eg ite Loe ee ee a - /ch//DAN HEL Respecting the parentage or family of Daniel, the fourth of the great Hebrew prophets, nothing is known, though he appears to have been of noble if not of royal descent (Daniel i, 3). When, in the third year of the reign of King Jehoiakim (607, 606, 605, or 604 B. C.), Jerusalem was first taken by Nebuchadnezzar, Daniel, then a youth, was among the captives carried to Babylon. By the king's orders, he, with others of the Jewish youth, was educated for three years (Daniel i, 3–7). At this time Daniel acquired the power of interpreting dreams (i, 17), which he used with such advantage in expounding a dream of Nebuchadnezzar, that he was made ruler over the whole province of Babylon (Daniel ii, 46–48). Daniel's interpretation of Belshazzar's famous vision having been fulfilled by the capture of Babylon by Darius, that conqueror promoted Daniel to the highest office in the kingdom (Daniel vi, 1–3). The prophet also prospered greatly during the reign of Cyrus (Daniel vi, 28). The book of Daniel is written partly in Chaldaic or Syriac (the vernacular Aramaic language spoken by the people of Palestine), and partly in sacred Hebrew. It is manifestly divisible into two portions. The first (chapters i-vi) narrating the details of the prophet's life, and the second (chapters vii—xii) setting forth his apocalyptic visions. Much doubt has been cast upon the authenticity of the work. The evident reference in the eleventh chapter to the conquest of Persia by Alexander the Great, which took place about 330 B. C., or more than two hundred years after Daniel flourished, has led many modern critics to believe that the work was composed in the time of the Maccabees. Dore's picture appears to be intended to represent the prophet meditating over one of the many visions which came to him. SSS See Ez THE, FIERY. URNACE. Wherefore at that time certain Chaldeans came near, and accused the Jews. They spake and said to the king Nebuchadnezzar, O king, live forever. There are certain Jews whom thou hast set over the affairs of the province of Babylon, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego; these men, O king, have not regarded thee: they serve not thy gods, nor worship the golden image which thou hast set up. Then Nebuchadnezzar in his rage and fury commanded to bring Shadrach, Sees and Abed-nego. Then they brought these men before the king. Nebuchadnezzar spake and said unto them, Is it true, O Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego? do not—ye serve my gods, nor worship the golden image which I have set up? Now if ye be ready that at what time ye hear the sound of the cornet, flute, harp, sackbut, psaltery, and dulcimer, and all kinds of music, ye fall down and worship the image which I have made; well: but if ye worship not, ye shall be cast the same hour into the midst of a burning fiery furnace; and who is that God that shall deliver you out of my hands? Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, answered and said to the king, O Nebuchadnezzar, we are not careful to answer thee in this matter. If it be so, our God whom we serve is able to deliver us from the burning fiery furnace, and he will deliver us out of thine hand, O king. But if not, be it known unto thee, O king, that we will not serve thy gods, nor worship the golden image which thou hast set up. Then was Nebuchadnezzar full of fury, and the form of his visage was changed against Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego: therefore he spake, and commanded that they should heat"the furnace one seven times more tha it was wont to be heated. And he commanded the most mighty men that were in his army to bind Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, and to cast them into the burning fiery furnace. Then these men were bound in their coats, their hosen, and their hats, and their other garments, and were cast into the midst of the burning fiery furnace. Therefore because the king's commandment was urgent, and the furnace exceeding hot, the flame of the fire slew those men that took up Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego. And these three men, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego fell down bound into the midst of the burning fiery furnace. Then Nebuchadnezzar the king was astonished, and rose up in haste, and spake, and said unto his counselors, Did not we cast three men bound into the midst of the fire? They answered, and said unto the king, True, O king. He answered and said, Lo, I see four men loose, walking in the midst of the fire, and they have no hurt; and the form of the fourth is like the Son of God. Tien Nebuchadnezzar came near to the mouth of the burning fiery furnace, and spake, and said, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, ye servants of the most high God, come forth and come hither. Then Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, came forth of the midst of the fire. And the princes, governors, and captains, and the king's counselors, being gathered together, saw these men, upon whose bodies the fire had no power, nor was a hair of their head singed, neither were their coats changed, nor the smell of fire had passed on them,—''Daniel nt, 5, 9, 12–27.'' DIU! TINY APU va OWEVN TN Tope A. VOPOUCAES TEE EDEL UE Cundunin TSS Samierreougs rae oe ft ore Sgt tanh a 7 Loe BELSHAZZAR'S FEAST. Belshazzar the king made a great feast to a thousand of his lords, and drank wine before the thousand. Belshazzar, whiles he tasted the wine, commanded to bring the golden and silver vessels which his father Nebuchadnezzar had taken out of the temple which was in Jerusalem; that the king, and his princes, his wives, and his concubines, might drink therein. Then they brought the golden vessels that were taken out of the temple of the house of God which was at Jerusalem; and the king, and his princes, his wives, and his concubines, drank in them. They drank wine and praised the gods of gold, and of silver, of brass, of iron, of wood, and of stone. "In the same hour came forth fingers of a man's hand, and wrote over against the candlestick upon the plaister of the wall of the king's palace: and the king saw the part of the hand that wrote. Then the king's countenance was changed, and his thoughts troubled him, so that the joints of his loins were loosed, and his knees smote one against another." [On the failure of his astrologers and soothsayers to interpret the writing, the king, at the suggestion of his queen, sends for Daniel, who interprets it as follows O thou king, the most high God gave Nebuchadnezzar thy father a kingdom, and majesty, and glory, and honor: and for the majesty that he gave him, all peoples, nations, and languages, trembled and feared before him: whom he would he slew; and whom he would he kept alive; and whom he would he set up; and whom he would he put down. But when his heart was lifted up, and his mind hardened in pride, he was deposed from his kingly throne, and they took his glory from him: and he was driven from the sons of men; and his heart was made like the beasts, and his dwelling was with the wild asses: they fed him with grass like oxen, and his body was wet with the dew of heaven; till he knew that the most high God ruled in the kingdom of men, and that he appointeth over it whomsoever he will. And thou his son, O Belshazzar, hast not humbled thine heart, though thou knewest all this; but hast lifted up thyself against the Lord of heaven; and they have brought the vessels of his house before thee, and thou, and thy lords, thy wives, and thy concubines, have drunk wine in them; and thou hast praised the gods of silver, and gold, of brass, iron, wood, and stone, which see not, nor hear, nor know: and the God in whose hand thy breath is, and whose are all thy ways, hast thou not glorified: Then was the part of the hand sent from him; and this writing was written. And this is the writing that was written, MENE, MENE, TEKEL, UPHARSIN. This is the interpretation of the thing: MENE; God hath numbered thy kingdom and finished it. TEKEL; Thou art weighed in the balances, and art found wanting. PERES; Thy kingdom is divided, and given to the Medes and Persians. In that night was Belshazzar the king of the Chaldeans slain. And Darius the Median took the kingdom.—''Daniel v, s, as si'' , he Fu, ap fe aithgee Zw ee Ph nde ee <atsoMe 2 a ''is'' ag a a we ve DANIEL IN THE LIONS' DEN. Now when Daniel knew that the writing was signed, he went into his house; and his windows being open in his chamber toward Jerusalem, he kneeled upon his knees three times a day, and prayed, and gave thanks before his God, as he did aforetime.—Then these men assembled, and found Daniel praying and making supplication before his God. Then they came near, and spake before the king concerning the king's decree; Hast thou not signed a decree, that every man that shall ask a petition of any God or man within thirty days, save of thee, O king, shall be cast into the den of lions. The king answered and said, The thing is true, according to the law of the Medes and Persians, which altereth not. Then answered they and said before the king. That Daniel, which is of the children of the captivity of Judah, regardeth not thee, O king, nor the decree that thou hast signed, but maketh his petition three times a day. Then the king, when he heard these words, was sore displeased with himself, and set his heart on Daniel to deliver him: and he laboured till the going down of the sun to deliver him. Then these men assembled unto the king, and said unto the king, Know, O king, that the law of the Medes and Persians is. That no decree nor statute which the king establisheth may be changed. Then the king commanded, and they brought Daniel and cast him into the den of lions. Now the king spake and said unto Daniel, Thy God whom thou servest continually, he will deliver thee. And a stone was brought, and laid upon the mouth of the den; and the king sealed it with his own signet, and with the signet of his lords; that the purpose might not be changed concerning Daniel. Then the king went to his palace, and passed the night fasting: neither were instruments of musick brought before him: and his sleep went from him. Then the king arose very early in the morning, and went in haste unto the den of lions. And when he came to the den, he cried with a lamentable voice unto Daniel: and the king spake and said to Daniel, O Daniel, servant of the living God, is thy God, whom thou servest continually, able to deliver thee from the lions? Then said Daniel unto the King, O king, live forever. My God hath sent his angel, and hath shut the lions' mouths, that they have not hurt me: forasmuch as before him innocency was found in me; and also before thee, O king, have I done no hurt. Then was the king exceeding glad for him, and commanded that they should take Daniel up out of the den. So Daniel was taken up out of the den, and no manner of hurt was found upon him, because he believed in his God. And the king commanded, and they brought those men which had accused Daniel, and they cast them into the den of lions, them, their children, and their wives; and the lions had the mastery of them, and brake all their bones in pieces or ever they came at the bottom of the den.—Danzel vz, 10–24, oy x: oc. OM; 7 kit ie ea ie—eo a, 7 ais ed 7 Je er ba Avins) "I ." 4 et he ks ee OR a gt ee He; aS ''is'' fas et nl ena i THE—''PROPEE EAM OS'' Amos, one of the earliest of the Hebrew prophets, flourished during the reign of Uzziah, about 790 B. C., and was consequently a contemporary of Hosea and Joel. In his youth he lived at Tekoa, about six miles south of Bethlehem, in Judzea, and was a herdsman and a gatherer of sycamore fruit (Amos i, 1; vii, 14). This occupation he gave up for that of prophet (vii, 15), and he came forward to denounce the idolatry then prevalent in Judah, Israel, and the surrounding kingdoms. The first six chapters of his book contain his denunciations of idolatry; the other three, his symbolical vision of the overthrow of the people of Israel, and a promise of their restoration. The style is remarkable for clearness and strength, and for its picturesque use of images drawn from the rural and pastoral life which the prophet had led in his youth. Z Vika x Z. Msp'll bt bo - YY J - /ch//JONAH CALLING NINEVEH TO REPENTANCE And the word of the Lord came unto Jonah the second time, saying, Arise, go unto Nineveh, that great city, and preach unto it the preaching that I bid thee. So Jonah arose, and went unto Nineveh, according to the word of the Lord. Now Nineveh was an exceeding great city of three days' journey. And Jonah began to enter into the city a day's journey, and he cried, and said, Yet forty days, and Nineveh shall be overthrown. So the people of Nineveh believed God, and proclaimed a fast, and put on sackcloth, from the greatest of them even to the least of them. For word came unto the king of Nineveh, and he arose from his throne, and he laid his robe from him, and covered him with sackcloth, and sat in ashes. And he caused it to be proclaimed and published through Nineveh by the decree of the king and his nobles, saying, Let neither man nor beast, herd nor flock taste anything: let them not feed, nor drink water: but let man and beast be covered with sackcloth, and cry mightily unto God: yea, let them turn every one from his evil way, and from the violence that is in their hands. Who can tell if God will turn and repent, and turn away from his fierce anger, that we perish not? And God saw their works, that they turned from their evil way; and God repented of the evil, that he had said that he would do unto them; and he did it not.—''/onah zzz, a''' / x i! tn - p jl II a Set ce A ui fu an = meeier BA.: rf i iv a4. = a ayer - /ch//DANIEL CONFOUNDING THE PRIESTS OF BEL Now the Babylonians had an idol called Bel: and there were spent upon him every day twelve great measures of fine flour, and forty sheep, and sixty vessels of wine. The king also worshipped him, and went every day to adore him: but Daniel adored his God. And the king said unto him: Why dost thou not adore Bel? And he answered, and said to him: Because I do not worship idols made with hands, but the living God, that created heaven and earth, and hath power over all flesh. And the king said to him: Doth not Bel seem to thee to be a living God? Seest thou not how much he eateth and drinketh every day? Then Daniel smiled and said: O king, be not deceived: for this is but clay within, and brass without, neither hath he eaten at any time. And the king being angry called for his priests, and said to them: If you tell me not, who it is that eateth up these expenses, you shall die. But if you can show that Bel eateth these things, Daniel shall die, because he hath blasphemed against Bel. And Daniel said to the king: Be it done according to thy word. Now the priests of Bel were seventy besides their wives and little ones and children. And they went with Daniel into the temple of Bel. And the priests of Bel said: Behold, we go out: and do thou, O king, set on the meats, and make ready, the wine, and shut the door fast, and seal it with thy own ring: and when thou comest in the morning, if thou findest not that Bel hath eaten all up, we will suffer death, or else Daniel that hath lied against us. And they little regarded it, because they had made under the table a secret entrance, and they always came in by it, and consumed those things. So it came to pass after they were gone out, the king set the meats before Bel: and Daniel commanded his servants, and they brought ashes, and he sifted them all over the temple before the king: and going forth they shut the door, and having sealed it with the king's ring, they departed. But the priests went in by night, according to their custom, with their wives and their children: and they eat and drank all up. And the king rose early in the morning, and Daniel with him. And the king said: Are the seals whole, Daniel? and he answered: They are whole, O king. And as soon as he had opened the door, the king looked upon the table, and cried out with a loud voice: Great art thou, O Bel, and there is not any deceit with thee. And Daniel laughed: and he held the king that he should not go in: and he said: Behold the pavement, mark whose footsteps these are. And the king said: I see the footsteps of men, and women, and children. And the king was angry. Then he took the priests, and their wives, and their children: and they showed him the private doors by which they came in, and consumed the things that were on the table. The king therefore put them to death, and delivered Bel into the power of Daniel: who destroyed him, and his temple.—Danzel xzv, 1–27 (Douay Version), iiT Il Hn = f Whi il He IO =A A sl iil HELIODORUS, PUNISHEDF INS DA ear. But Heliodorus executed that which he had resolved on, himself being present in the same place with his guard about the treasury. . . . But the spirit of the Almighty God gave a great evidence of his presence, so that all that had presumed to obey him, falling down by the power of God, were struck with fainting and dread. For there appeared to them a horse with a terrible rider upon him, adorned with a very rich covering: and he ran fiercely and struck Heliodorus with his fore-feet, and he that sat upon him seemed to have armor of gold. Moreover, there appeared two other young men, beautiful and strong, bright and glorious, and in comely apparel: who stood by him, on either side, and scourged him without ceasing with many stripes. And Heliodorus suddenly fell to the ground, and they took him up covered with great darkness, and having put him into a litter they carried him out. So he that came with many servants, and all his guard into the aforesaid treasury, was carried out, no one being able to help him, the manifest power of God being known. And he indeed by the power of God lay speechless, and without all hope of recovery.—''2 Maccabees tz, 23–29, i TE'' hy i Cid Bean Py Tey And it came to pass in those days, that there went out a decree from Czesar Augustus, that all the world should be taxed. (And this taxing was first made when Cyrenius was governor of Syria.) And all went to be taxed, every one into his own city. And Joseph also went up from Galilee, out of the city of Nazareth, into Judea, unto the city of David, which is called Bethlehem; (because he was of the house and lineage of David:) to be taxed with Mary, his espoused wife, being great with child. And so it was, that, while they were there, the days were accomplished that she should be delivered. And she brought forth her firstborn son, and wrapped him in swaddling clothes, and laid him in a manger; because there was no room for them in the inn. And there were in the same country shepherds abiding in the field, keeping watch over their flock by night. And, lo, the angel of the Lord came upon them, and the glory of the Lord shone round about them: and they were sore afraid. And the angel said unto them, Fear not: for, behold, I bring you good tidings of great joy, which shall be to all people. For unto you is born this day in the city of David a Saviour, which is Christ the Lord. And this shall be a sign unto you; Ye shall find the babe wrapped in swaddling clothes, lying in a manger. And suddenly there was with the angel a multitude of the heavenly host praising God, and saying, Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good will toward men. And it came to pass, as the angels were gone away from them into heaven, the shepherds said one to another, Let us now go even unto Bethlehem, and see this thing which is come to pass, which the Lord hath made known unto us. And they came with haste, and found Mary, and Joseph, and the babe lying in a manger. And when they had seen it, they made known abroad the saying which was told them concerning this child. And all they that heard it, wondered at those things which were told them by the shepherds. But Mary kept all these things, and pondered them in her heart. And the shepherds returned, glorifying and praising God for all the things that they had heard and seen, as it was told unto them. And when eight days were accomplished for the circumcising of the child, his name was called Jesus, which was so named of the angel before he was conceived in the womb.—''Lzke 22, 7–21.'' THESSTARG ING THE= EAST. Now when Jesus was born in Bethlehem of Judea in the days of Herod the king, behold, there came wise men from the east to Jerusalem, saying, Where is he that is born King of the Jews? for we have seen his star in the east, and are come to worship him. . . . When Herod the king had heard these things, he was troubled, and all Jerusalem with him. And when he had gathered all the chief priests and scribes of the people together, he demanded of them where Christ should be born. And they said unto him, In Bethlehem of Judzea: for thus it is written by the prophet. And thou Bethlehem, in the land of Juda, are not the least among the princes of Juda: for out of thee shall come a Governor, that shall rule my people Israel. Then Herod, when he had privily called the wise men, enquired of them diligently what time the star appeared. And he sent them to Bethlehem, and said, Go and search diligently for the young child; and when ye have found him, bring me word again, that I may come and worship him also. When they had heard the king, they departed; and, lo, the star, which they saw in the east, went before them, till it came and stood over where the young child was. When they saw the star, they rejoiced with exceeding great joy.—''Matthew 122, I-10, ipl will'' VV hte Sioa Pe Ae ay ¥/b2/wee Cam Ru THE SBLIGH TINT OSCEGYE Tl: And when they were departed, behold, the angel of the Lord appeareth to Joseph in a dream, saying, Arise, and take the young child and his mother, and flee into Egypt, and be thou there until I bring thee word: for Herod will seek the young child to destroy him. When he arose, he took the young child and his mother by night, and departed into Egypt: and was there until the death of Herod: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken of the Lord by the prophet, saying, Out of Egypt have I called my son.—''Matthew i, 13–15, ke ie'' ! "i". TH Re MASSACK BS Or CH EaINN OCENTS: Then Herod, when he saw that he was mocked of the wise men, was exceeding wroth, and sent forth, and slew all the children that were in Bethlehem, and in all the coasts thereof, from two years old and under, according to the time which he had diligently enquired of the wise men. Then was fulfilled that which was spoken by Jeremy the prophet, saying, In Rama was there a voice heard, lamentation, and weeping, and great mourning, Rachel weeping for her children, and would not be comforted, because they are not.—''Matthew 77, 16–18, I've we'' "va 4s a" << ay JESUS OUESTIONING THE DOG LORS) Now his parents went to Jerusalem every year at the feast of the passover. And when he was twelve years old, they went up to Jerusalem after the custom of the feast. And when they had fulfilled the days, as they returned, the child Jesus tarried behind in Jerusalem; and Joseph and his mother knew not of it. But they, supposing him to have been in the company, went a day's journey; and they sought him among their kinsfolk and acquaintance. And when they found him not, they turned back again to Jerusalem, seeking him. And it came to pass, that after three days they found him in the temple, sitting in the midst of the doctors, both hearing them, and asking them questions. And all that heard him were astonished at his understanding and answers. And when they saw him, they were amazed: and his mother said unto him, Son, why hast thou thus dealt with us? behold, thy father and I have sought thee sorrowing. And he said unto them, How is it that ye sought me? wist ye not that I must be about my father's business? And they understood not the saying which he spake unto them. And he went down with them, and came to Nazareth, and was subject unto them: but his mother kept all these sayings in her heart. And Jesus increased in wisdom and stature, and in favor with God and man.— Luke tt, 4I-52, oe Ne eired JESUS "HEALING eoiCk. And Jesus went about all Galilee, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing all manner of sickness and all manner of disease among the people. And his fame went throughout all Syria: and they brought unto him all sick people that were taken with divers diseases and torments, and those which were possessed with devils, and those which were lunatic, and those that had the palsy; and he healed them.—''Watthew 2v, 27–24, yy—'' TRU USSSA tips My dH li - /ch//SERMON ON THE MOUNT And there followed him great multitudes of people from Galilee, and from Decapolis, and from Jerusalem, and from Judea, and from beyond Jordan. And seeing the multitudes, he went up into a mountain: and when he was set, his disciples came unto him. And he opened his mouth and taught them. " And it came to pass, when Jesus had ended these sayings, the people were astonished at his doctrine: For he taught them as one having authority, and not as the scribes. When he was come down from the mountain, great multitudes followed him.—Matthew 2U, 25, UV, I-2, 28–29; vit, I, ey ~= iT wee a oe I ahing. Mare oa CHRIST ASTILLEINGSTHE TEMPERS tf And when he was entered into a ship, his disciples followed him. And, behold, there arose a great tempest in the sea, insomuch that the ship was covered with the waves: but he was asleep. And his disciples came to him, and awoke him, saying, Lord, save us: we perish. And he saith unto them. Why are ye fearful, O ye of little faith? Then he arose, and rebuked the winds and the sea; and there was a great calm. But the men marveled, saying. What manner of man is this, that even the winds and the sea obey him?—''WMatthew vitt, 23–27.'' "i, ij THE DUMB MAN POSSESSED: As they went out, behold, they brought to him a dumb man possessed with a devil. And when the devil was cast out, the dumb spake: and the multitudes marveled, saying. It was never so seen in Israel. But the Pharisees said, He casteth out devils through the prince of the devils.—''Matthew'' - Piel re ih '=o A : LA, o pa '=f A, a v oe) ''is'' a" by Rat 7 ae te CHRIS TAIN: TithssYNAGOGUE: And it came to pass, that when Jesus had finished these parables, he departed thence. And when he was come into his own country, he taught them in their synagogue, insomuch that they were astonished, and said, Whence hath this man this wisdom, and these mighty works? Is not this the carpenter's son? is not his mother called Mary? and his brethren, James, and Joses, and Simon, and Judas? And his sisters, are they not all with us? Whence then hath this man all these things? And they were offended in him. But Jesus said unto them, A prophet is not without honor, save in his own country, and in his own house. And he did not many mighty works there because of their unbelief JZatthew xizz, 53–58, saaniaeanmntea Zz Zz ee Pp i N WN THE DISCIPLES PLUCKING CORN ON. THE SABBATH. And it came to pass, that he went through the corn fields on the sabbath day; and his disciples began, as they went, to pluck the ears of corn. And the Pharisees said unto him, Behold, why do they on the sabbath day that which is not lawful? And he said unto them, Have ye never read what David did, when he had need, and was an hungered, he, and they that were with him? How he went into the house of God in the days of Abiathar the high priest, and did eat the shewbread, which is not lawful to eat but for the priests, and gave also to them which were with him? And he said unto them, The sabbath was made for man, and not man for the sabbath: Therefore the Son of man is Lord also of the sabbath/b2/Mark 77, 23–28, ey icc j N iH) UNL Ii ie ahs fi AS —''a) 7 ae? a, a m= Bw'' - /ch//JESUS WALKING ON THE WATER And when he had sent them away, he departed into a mountain to pray. And when even was come, the ship was in the midst of the sea, and he alone on the land. And he saw them toiling in rowing; for the wind was contrary unto them: and about the fourth watch of the night he cometh unto them, walking upon the sea, and would have passed by them. But when they saw him walking upon the sea, they supposed it had been a spirit, and cried out: for they all saw him, and were troubled. And immediately he talked with them, and saith unto them, Be of good cheer: it is I; be not afraid. And he went up unto them into the ship; and the wind ceased: and they were sore amazed in themselves beyond measure, and wondered. For they considered not the miracle of the loaves; for their heart was hardened.—''MVark vt, 40–52.'' WP TT, Yi) (One TMA —": HH WA Ai MN) 5 HEED) HI, 1] CHRIST Se ENTRY INTOS IER USAIN. And when they drew nigh unto Jerusalem, and were come to Bethphage, unto the mount of Olives, then sent Jesus two disciples, saying unto them, Go into the village over against you, and straightway ye shall find an ass tied, and a colt with her: loose them, and bring them unto me. And if any man say ought unto you, ye shall say. The Lord hath need of them; and straightway he will send them. All this was done that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophet, saying, Tell ye the daughter of Sion, Behold, thy King cometh unto thee, meek, and sitting upon an ass, and a colt the foal of an ass. And the disciples went, and did as Jesus commanded them, and brought the ass, and the colt, and put on them their clothes, and they set him thereon. And a very great multitude spread their garments in the way; others cut down branches from the trees, and strewed them in the way. And the multitudes that went before, and that followed, cried, saying, Hosanna to the son of David: Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord; Hosanna in the highest. And when he was come into Jerusalem, all the city was moved, saying, who is this? And the multitude said, This is Jesus the prophet of Nazareth of Galilee.—''Matihew xx1, 1–11.'' JESUS—''AND THE TRIBUTESNONEY.'' And they send unto him certain of the Pharisees and of the Herodians, to catch him in his words. And when they were come, they say unto him, Master, we know that thou art true, and carest for no man: for thou regardest not the person of men, but teachest the way of God in truth: Is it lawful to' give tribute to Cesar, or not? Shall we give, or shall we not give? But he, knowing their hypocrisy, said unto them, Why tempt ye me? bring me a penny, that I may see it. And they brought it. And he saith unto them, whose is this image and superscription? And they said unto him, Cesar's. And Jesus answering said unto them, Render to Cesar the things that are Cesar's, and to God the things that are God's. And they marveled at him.—''Mark xz, 13–17.'' —''= =/b2//b2/'' - hs al wh il : HnSul A):: "m N N Y iN —''Cli a: NGA, a i'' THE WIDOW'S MITE. And Jesus sat over against the treasury, and beheld how the people cast money into the treasury: and manyethat were rich cast in much. And there came a certain poor widow, and she threw in two mites, which make a farthing. And he called unto him his disciples, and saith unto them, Verily I say unto you. That this poor widow hath cast more in, than all they which have cast into the treasury: for all they did cast in of their abundance; but she of her want did cast in all that she had, even all her living.—''Mark xit, 41–44.'' Ain ia ee); cs a ape tg. "AS, Ieee s i a ae - /ch//RAISING OB THE DAUGHTER OF JAIRUS And, behold, there cometh one of the rulers of the synagogue, Jairus by name; and when he saw him, he fell at his feet, and besought him greatly, saying, My little daughter lieth at the point of death: I pray thee, come and lay thy hands on her, that she may be healed; and she shall live. And Jesus went with him; and much people followed him, and thronged him. And a certain woman which had an issue of blood twelve years, and had suffered many things of many physicians, and had spent all that she had, and was nothing bettered, but rather grew worse, when she had heard of Jesus, came in the press behind, and touched his garment. For she said, If I may touch but his clothes, I shall be whole. And straightway the fountain of her blood was dried up; and she felt in her body that she was healed of that plague. And Jesus, immediately knowing in himself that virtue had gone out of him, turned him about in the press, and said, who touched my clothes? And his disciples said unto him, Thou seest the multitude thronging thee, and sayest thou, who touched me? And he looked round about to see her that had done this thing. But the woman fearing and trembling, knowing what was done in her, came and fell down before him, and told him all the truth. And he said unto her Daughter, thy faith hath made the whole; go in peace, and be whole of thy plague. While he yet spake, there came from the ruler of the synagogue's house certain which said, Thy daughter is dead: why troublest thou the Master any further? As soon as Jesus heard the word that was spoken, he saith unto the ruler of the synagogue, Be not afraid, only believe. And he suffered no man to follow him, save Peter, and James, and John the brother of James. And he cometh to the house of the ruler of the synagogue, and seeth the tumult, and them that wept and wailed greatly. And when he was come in, he saith unto them. Why make ye this ado, and weep? the damsel is not dead, but sleepeth. And they laughed him to scorn. But when he had put them all out, he taketh the father and the mother of the damsel, and them that were with him, and entereth in where the damsel was lying. And he took the damsel by the hand, and said unto her, Talitha cumi; which is, being interpreted, Damsel, I say unto thee, arise. And straightway the damsel arose, and walked; for she was of the age of twelve years. And they were astonished with a great astonishment. And he charged them straitly that no man should know it; and commanded that something should be given her to eat.—''Mark v, 22–43.'' THE GOOD SAMARITAN: But he, willing to justify himself, said unto Jesus, And who is my neighbor? And Jesus answering said, A certain man went down from Jerusalem to Jericho, and fell among thieves, which stripped him of his raiment, and wounded him, and departed, leaving him half dead. And by chance there came down a certain priest that way: and when he saw him, he passed by on the other side. And likewise a Levite, when he was at the place, came and looked on him, and passed by on the other side. But a certain Samaritan, as he journeyed, came where he was: and when he saw him, he had compassion on him. And went to him, and bound up his wounds, pouring in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast, and brought him to an inn, and took care of him. And on the morrow when he departed, he took out two pence, and gave them to the host, and said unto him, Take care of him; and whatsoever thou spendest more, when I come again, I will repay thee. Which now of these three, thinkest thou, was neighbor unto him that fell among the thieves? And he said, He that shewed mercy on him. Then said Jesus unto him, Go, and do thou likewise.—''Lwke x, 29–37, ci, we'' = - /ch//ARRIVAL OF THE SAMARITAN AT THE INN But a certain Samaritan, as he journeyed, came where he was; and when Le saw him, he had compassion on him, and went to him, and bound up his wounds, pouring in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast, and brought him to an inn, and took care of him.—Lake X, S34: THE PRODIGAL SON; Likewise, I say unto you, there is joy in the presence of the angels of God over one sinner that repenteth. And he said, a certain man had two sons: and the younger of them said to his father, Father, give me the portion of goods that falleth to me. And he divided unto them his living. And not many days after the younger son gathered all together, and took his journey into a far country, and there wasted his substance with riotous living. And when he had spent all, there arose a mighty famine in that land; and he began to be in want. And he went and joined himself to a citizen of that country; and he sent him into his fields to feed swine. And he would fain have filled his belly with the husks that the swine did eat: and no man gave unto him. And when he came to himself," he said, How many hired servants of my father's have bread enough and to spare, and I perish with hunger! I will arise and go to my father, and will say unto him, Father, I have sinned against heaven, and before thee, and am no more worthy to be called thy son: make me as one of thy hired servants. And he arose, and came to his father. But when he was yet a great way off, his father saw him, and had compassion, and ran, and fell on his neck, and kissed him. And the son said unto him, Father, I have sinned against heaven, and in thy sight, and am no more worthy to be called thy son. But the father said to his servants, Bring forth the best robe, and put it on him; and put a ring on his hand, and shoes on his feet: And bring hither the fatted calf, and kill it; and let us eat, and be merry: for this my son was dead, and is alive again; he was lost, and is found. And they began to be merry. Now his elder son was in the field: and as he came and drew nigh to the house, he heard music and dancing. And he called one of the servants, and asked what these things meant. And he said unto him, thy brother is come; and thy father hath killed the fatted calf, because he hath received him safe and sound. And he was angry, and would not go in: therefore came his father out, and intreated him. And he answering said to his father, Lo, these many years do I serve thee, neither transgressed I at any time thy commandment: and yet thou never gavest me a kid, that I might make merry with my friends: but as soon as this thy son was come, which hath devoured thy living with harlots, thou hast killed for him the fatted calf a And he said unto him, Son, thou art ever with me, and all that I have is thine. It was meet that we should make merry, and be glad: for this thy brother was dead, and is alive again; and was lost, and is found.—''Lake xv, 10–32.'' - /ch//LAZARUS AND THE RICH MAN There was a certain rich man, which was clothed in purple and fine linen, and fared sumptuously every day: And there was a certain beggar named Lazarus, which was laid at his gate, full of sores, and desiring to be fed with the crumbs which fell from the rich man's table: moreover the dogs came and licked his sores. And it came to pass, that the beggar died, and was carried by the angels into Abraham's bosom: the rich man also died, and was buried; and in hell he lifted up his eyes, being in torments, and seeth Abraham afar off, and Lazarus in his bosom. And he cried and said, Father Abraham, have mercy on me, and send Lazarus, that he may dip the tip of his finger in water and cool my tongue; for I am tormented in this flame. But Abraham said, Son, remember that thou in thy lifetime receivedst thy good things, and likewise Lazarus evil things: but now he is comforted, and thou art tormented. And beside all this, between us and you there is a creat gulf fixed: so that they which would pass from hence to you cannot; neither can they pass to us, that would come from thence. Then he said, I pray thee therefore, father, that thou wouldest send him to my father's house: for I have five brethren; that he may testify unto them, lest they also come into this place of torment. Abraham saith unto him. They have Moses and the prophets; let them hear them. And he said, Nay, father Abraham: but if one went unto them from the dead, they will repent. And he said unto him, If they hear not Moses and the prophets, neither will they be persuaded, though one rose from the dead.—''Luke xv? 9–31.'' I= ae cc oe ue 7 'i/b2/ ss 'is - /ch//THE PHARISEE AND THE PUBLICAN And he spake this parable unto certain which trusted in themselves that they were righteous, and despised others: Two men went up into the temple to pray; the one a Pharisee, and the other a publican. The Pharisee stood and prayed thus with himself, God, I thank thee, that I am not as other men are, extortioners, unjust, adulterers, or even as this publican. I fast twice in the week, I give tithes of all that I possess. And the publican, standing afar off, would not lift up so much as his eyes unto heaven, but smote upon his breast, saying, God be merciful to me a sinner. I tell you, this man went down to his house justified rather than the other: for every one that exalteth himself shall be abased; and he that humbleth himself shall be exalted.— Luke xvtit, 9–14. JESUS AND THE WOMAN OF SAMARIA: Then cometh he to a city of Samaria, which is called Sychar, near to the parcel of ground that Jacob gave to his son Joseph. Now Jacob's well was there. Jesus therefore, being wearied with his journey, sat thus on the well: and it was about the sixth hour. There cometh a woman of Samaria to draw water: Jesus saith unto her, Give me to drink. (For his disciples were gone away unto the city to buy meat.) Then saith the woman of Samaria unto him, How is it that thou, being a Jew, askest drink of me, which am a woman of Samaria? for the Jews have no dealings with the Samaritans. Jesus answered and said unto her, If thou knewest the gift of God, and who it is that saith to thee, Give me to drink; thou wouldest have asked of him, and he would have given thee living water. The woman saith unto him, Sir, thou hast nothing to draw with, and the well is deep: from whence then hast thou that living water? Art thou greater than our father Jacob, which gave us the well, and drank there of himself, and his children, and his cattle? Jesus answered and said unto her, whosoever drinketh of this water shall thirst again: but whosoever drinketh of the water that I shall give him shall never thirst; but the water that I shall give him shall be in him a well of water springing up into everlasting life. The woman saith unto him, Sir, give me this water, that I thirst not, neither come hither to draw. Jesus saith unto her, Go, call thy husband, and come hither. The woman answered and said, I have no husband. Jesus said unto her, Thou hast well said, I have no husband: for thou hast had five husbands; and he whom thou now hast is not thy husband: in that saidst thou truly. The woman saith unto him, Sir, I perceive that thou art a prophet. Our fathers worshiped in this mountain; and ye say, that in Jerusalem is the place where men ought to worship. Jesus saith unto her, Woman, believe me, the hour cometh, when ye shall neither in this mountain, nor yet at Jerusalem, worship the Father. Ye worship ye know not what: we know what we worship; for salvation is of the Jews. But the hour cometh, and now is, when the true worshipers shall worship the Father in spirit and in truth: for the Father seeketh such to worship him. God is a Spirit: and they that worship him must worship him in spirit and in truth. The woman saith unto him, I know that Messias cometh, which is called Christ: when he is come, he will tell us all things. Jesus saith unto her, I that speak unto thee am he. And upon this came his disciples, and marveled that he talked with the woman: yet no man said, What seekest thou? or. Why talkest thou with her? The woman then left her waterpot, and went her way into the city, and saith to the men, Come, see a man, which told me all things, that ever I did: is not this the Christ? Then they went out of the city, and came unto him.—''/ohx 77, 5–30.'' Ht ly a Aan VALCO i! 'i i! J eit 'i Ny Mh - ! il l i Z(} ij thea! Wh i in RH ne le in! h {ly; ivan elit ey N A CERN WS i y, SS Ny AY CS wi y ss y (Witt) SN Maw 'SAK Wenn fg Ui - /ch//JESUS AND THE WOMAN TAKEN IN ADULTERY Jesus went unto the mount of Olives. And early in the morning he came again into the temple, and all the people came unto him; and he sat down, and taught them. And the scribes and Pharisees brought unto him a woman taken in adultery; and when they had set her in the midst, they say unto him, Master, this woman was taken in adultery, in the very act. Now Moses in the law commanded us, that such should be stoned: but what sayest thou? This they said, tempting him, that they might have to accuse him. But Jesus stooped down, and with his finger wrote on the ground, as though he heard them not. So when they continued asking him, he lifted up himself, and said unto them, He that is without sin among you, let him first cast a stone at her. And again he stooped down, and wrote on the ground. And they which heard it, being convicted by their own conscience, went out one by one, beginning at the eldest, even unto the last; and Jesus was left alone, and the woman standing in the midst. When Jesus had lifted up himself, and saw none but the woman," he said unto her, Woman where are those thine accusers? hath no man condemned thee? She said, No man, Lord. And Jesus said unto her, Neither do I condemn thee: go, and sin no more.—''/ohn vzz22.'' YES hd be ". Fr: ee ee Re ps ss ch Be OA" FS ee ER Foe: St ea can aS:—, 4 x oe od rae, ns os Py Li a aC nS ngs;; i "oa;? = I oF s Bea a g "vt a (oP ee ¥ she F a THE—''RESURKECT [ONS OPiS.'' Now Jesus was not yet come into the town, but was in that place where Martha met him. The Jews then which were with her in the house, and comforted her, when they saw Mary, that she rose up hastily and went out, followed her, saying. She goeth unto the grave to weep there. Then when Mary was come where Jesus was, and saw him, she fell down at his feet, saying unto him, Lord, if thou hadst been here, my brother had not died. When Jesus therefore saw her weeping, and the Jews also weeping which came with her, he groaned in the spirit, and was troubled, and said, Where have ye laid him? They said unto him, Lord, come and see. Jesus wept. Then said the Jews, Behold how he loved him! And some of them said, Could not this man, which opened the eyes of the blind, have caused that even this man should not have died? Jesus therefore again groaning in himself cometh to the grave. It was a cave and a stone lay upon it. Jesus said, Take ye away the stone. Martha, the sister of him that was dead, saith unto him, Lord, by this time he stinketh: for he hath been dead four days. Jesus saith unto her, Said I not unto thee, that, if thou wouldest believe, thou shouldest see the glory of God? Then they took away the stone from the place where the dead was laid. And Jesus lifted up his eyes, and said, Father, I thank thee that thou hast heard me. And I knew that thou hearest me always: but because of the people which stand by I said it, that they may believe that thou hast sent me. And when he thus had spoken, he cried with a loud voice, Lazarus, come forth. And he that was dead came forth, bound hand and foot with graveclothes: and his face was bound about with a napkin. Jesus saith unto them, Loose him, and let him go. Then many of the Jews which came to Mary, and had seen the things which Jesus did, believed on him.—''/ohn x7, 30–45.'' SS SS - /ch//MARY MAGDALENE Of Mary "called Magdalene" (Luke vni, 2) but few particulars are recorded in scripture. We first hear of her as having been delivered by Jesus of seven devils (Luke vni, 1–3; Mark xvi, 9). Impelled, no doubt, by gratitude for her deliverance, she becomes one of his followers, accompanying him thenceforward in all his wanderings faithfully till his death. She was the first person to whom he appeared after his resurrection (Mark xvi, 9; John xx, 1, 11–18). The common belief that she was a fallen woman is destitute of the slightest foundation. On the contrary, the references to her as being in the company of such women as Joanna, the wife of Herod's steward, Salome, the mother of James and John, and Mary, the mother of Jesus (Luke vni, 3; Mark xvi, 40; John xix, 25), strongly discountenance such a supposition. The error, which had no other source than ecclesiastical tradition, has been fostered and perpetuated by the stupid blunder of the translators of the authorized version in identifying her with the "sinner" who is described in Luke vii, 37–50 as washing the feet of Jesus with her tears (see head-note to Luke vil). The Roman Catholic notion that this "sinner" was Mary the sister of Lazarus is almost equally groundless (see Douay Bible, head-note to Matthew xxvi, and the foot-note references to Luke vii, 37, found in most Catholic Bibles). The only reason for this identification is that the anointing by the "sinner" is described as taking place in the house of a Pharisee named Simon (Luke vii, 36, 39–40, 43–44); that the anointing by the unnamed woman, as described in Matthew xxvi, 6–13 and Mark xiv, 3–9, took place in the house of one 'Simon the leper, "in Bethany; and that Mary, the sister of Lazarus, is described in John xi, 2, and xii, 3–8, as anointing Jesus in a house (apparently that of Lazarus himself) in Bethany, when a conversation ensues altogether different from that recorded in Luke vii, but similar to that related in Matthew xxvi, and Mark xiv, save that the objection to the anointing of Jesus is made, not by "his disciples" (Matthew xxvi, 8), not by "some that had indignation" (Mark xiv, 4), but by "one of his disciples, Judas Iscariot, Simon's son" (John xii, 4). The demeanor of Mary, the sister of Lazarus, is, however, by no means that of a fallen and sinful though penitent woman, but that of a pious and good one (see Luke x, 39, 42; John xi, 28–33; xij, 3). Dore's illustration, which portrays Mary Magdalene as a heartbroken and despairing sin ner, shows that he has fallen into the common error, a ye TH ESCAS ToSsullrPER. Now the first day of the feast of unleavened bread the disciples came to Jesus, saying unto him, Where wilt thou that we prepare for thee to eat the passover? And he said, Go into the city to such a man, and say unto him. The Master saith, My time is at hand; I will keep the passover at thy house with my disciples. And the disciples did as Jesus had appointed them; and they made ready the passover. Now when the even was come, he sat down with the twelve. And as they did eat, "he said, Verily I say unto you, that one of you shall betray me. And they were exceeding sorrowful, and began every one of them to say unto him, Lord, is Italy. And he answered and said, He that dippeth his hand with me in the dish, the same shall betray me. The Son of man goeth as it is written of him: but woe unto that man by whom the Son of man is betrayed! it had been good for that man if he had not been born. Then Judas, which betrayed him, answered and said, Master, is it I? He said unto him, Thou hast said. And as they were eating, Jesus took bread, and blessed it, and brake it, and gave it to the disciples, and said, Take, eat; this is my body. And he took the cup, and gave thanks, and gave it to them, saying, Drink ye all of it; for this is my blood of the new testament, which is shed for many for the remission of sins. But I say unto you, I will not drink henceforth of this fruit of the vine, until that day when I drink it new with you in my Father's kingdom. And when they had sung an hymn, they went out into the mount of Olives—''JJatthew'' XXV2, 17–70. /b2//b2/aS/b2//b2/Th (i h i a <7 ii ine l ti ; nt: 3 N; . Sw ne: N "I Ni Wy Mi iH! ma ih) ah i: i aw @ it = yI's jy 4 'win ve. 'aA ™: Dae: a Noa ia ys ald) a bf: Ly" i - /ch//THE AGONY IN THE GARDEN And he came out, and went, as he was wont, to the mount of Olives; and his discip-es also followed him. And when he was at the place," he said unto them, Pray that ye enter not into temptation. And he was withdrawn from them about a stone's cast, and kneeled down, and prayed. Saying, Father, if thou be willing, remove this cup from me: nevertheless not my will, but thine, be done. And there appeared an angel unto him from heaven, strengthening him. And being in an agony he prayed more earnestly: and his sweat was as it were great drops of blood falling down to the ground. And when he rose up from prayer, and was come to his disciples, he found them sleeping for sorrow, and said unto them, Why sleep ye? rise and pray, lest ye enter into temptation.—''Luke "x12, 39–40.'' = SSS WHEMARE 11 stay PRAYER OFS ESUS IN = Ghee GARDE Ne Ol ansiy po. Then cometh Jesus with them unto a place called Gethsemane, and saith unto the disciples, Sit ye here, while I go and pray yonder. And he took with him Peter and the two sons of Zebedee, and began to be sorrowful and very heavy. Then saith he unto them, My soul is exceeding sorrowful, even unto death: tarry ye here, and watch with me. And he went a little farther, and fell on his face, and prayed, saying, O my Father, if it be possible, let this cup pass from me: nevertheless not as I will, but as thou wilt. And he cometh unto the disciples, and findeth them asleep, and saith unto Peter. What, could ye not watch with me one hour? Watch and pray, that ye enter not into temptation: the spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak. "He went away again the second time, and prayed, saying, O my Father, if this cup may not pass away from me, except I drink it, thy will be done. And he came and found them asleep again: for their eyes were heavy. And he left them, and went away again, and prayed the third time, saying the same words. Then cometh he to his disciples, and saith unto them, Sleep on now, and take your rest: behold, the hour is at hand, and the Son of man is betrayed into the hands of sinners. Rise, let us be going: behold, he is at hand that doth betray me.—''MWatthew xxv7, 36–46.'' Fats eamene pet EES cats fr a AN a A SSA AAAS THE—''BELRAYAL.'' And he cometh the third time, and saith unto them, Sleep on now, and take your rest: it is enough, the hour is come; behold, the Son of man is betrayed into the hands of sinners. Rise up, let us go; lo, he that betrayeth me is at hand. And immediately, while he yet spake, cometh Judas, one of the twelve, and with him a great multitude with swords and staves, from the chief priests and the scribes and the elders. And he that betrayed him had given them a token, saying, whomsoever I shall kiss, that same is he; take him, and lead him away safely. And as soon as he was come, he goeth straightway to him, and saith, Master, master; and kissed him. And they laid their hands on him, and took him. And one of them that stood by drew a sword, and smote a servant of the high priest, and cut off his ear. And Jesus answered and said unto them, Are ye come out, as against a thief, with swords and with staves to take me? I was daily with you in the temple teaching, and ye took me not: but the scriptures must be fulfilled. And they all forsook him, and fled—Mark x1, JI-50, pile gsr" MOO a Wy Hy) "Ly MY ; LY TTR by i (Gees ff ja vm Ly hi "i {/ Me ysyisivgs Uy Ye Li ely: Uh HY) ps i} fh) HH} AUN MI Cap: L564 Mj) ae, i wy Mi Cy Hy 'ii Hi iil Lp LLL RK omy MAKE - /ch//CHRIST FAINTING UNDER THE CROSS The incident depicted in this illustration seems to be as apocryphal as that embodied in the artist's picture of Mary Magdalene. There is absolutely no warrant in scripture for the notion that Christ fainted under the burden of the cross. The only foundation for such an idea to be found in the Bible is contained in the head note to Mark xv, which is quite unwarranted by the text. According to the three synoptic gospels the cross was borne not by Christ, but by Simon, a Cyrenian (see Matthew xxvil, 32; Mark xv, 21; Luke xxni, 26). According to the fourth evangelist, Jesus bore the cross without assistance the whole distance to the place of crucifixion (John xix, 16–18). In not one of the four narratives is there so much as a hint that he fainted under the burden. - /ch//THE FLAGEELATION Then released he Barabbas unto them: and when he had scourged Jesus, he delivered him to be crucified.—''MWatthew xxv7i, 26.'' And so Pilate, willing to content the people, released Barabbas unto them, and delivered Jesus, when he had scourged him, to be crucified.—''Mark xv, 15.'' Then Pilate therefore took Jesus, and scourged him.—''/ohn xzx, I.'' AAA I'll ] i HI yee va WG x A. eile Rae? + i've 'WS Nie wth 6 OU A ry nthe GRU CTR ON: And when they were come unto a place called Golgotha, that is to say, a place of a skull, they gave him vinegar to drink mingled with gall: and when he had tasted thereof, he would not drink. And they crucified him, and parted his garments, casting lots: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophet. They parted my garments among them, and upon my vesture did they cast lots. And sitting down they watched him there; and set up over his head his accusation written, THIS IS JESUS THE KING OF THE JEWS. Then were there two thieves crucified with him, one on the right hand, and another on the left. And they that passed by reviled him, wagging their heads, and saying, Thou that destroyest the temple, and buildest it in three days, save thyself. If thou be the Son of God, come down from the cross. Likewise also the chief priests mocking him, with the scribes and elders, said, He saved others: himself he cannot save. If he be the King of Israel, let him now come down from the cross, and we will believe him. He trusted in God; let him deliver him now, if he will have him: for he said, I am the Son of God. The thieves also, which were crucified with him, cast the same in his teeth.—''J/atthew'' XKUIL, 33–44. "Ju y ate Py) eee a at vi ee aa Mee, Ory Dele - /ch//CLOSE OF THE CRUCIFIXION Now from the sixth hour there was darkness over all the land unto the ninth hour. And about the ninth hour Jesus cried with a loud voice, saying, Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani? that is to say, My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me? Some of them that stood there, when they heard that, said, This man calleth for Elias. And straightway one of them ran, and took a spunge, and filled it with vinegar, and put it on a reed, and gave him to drink. The rest said, Let be, let us see whether Elias will come to save him. Jesus, when he had cried again with a loud voice, yielded up the ghost. And, behold, the veil of the temple was rent in twain from the top to the bottom; and the earth did quake, and the rocks rent; and the graves were opened; and many bodies of the saints which slept arose, and came out of the graves after his resurrection, and went into the holy city, and appeared unto many. Now when the centurion, and they that were with him, watching Jesus, saw the earthquake, and those things that were done, they feared greatly, saying, Truly this was the Son of God. And many women were there beholding afar off, which followed Jesus from Galilee, ministering unto him: among which was Mary Magdalene, and Mary the mother of James and Joses, and the mother of Zebedee's children,—''Matthew xxvtt, 45–50.'' - wae j '> ne ) bj THREBURIALY® Pei Oe: When the even was come, there came a rich man of Arimathea, named Joseph, who also himself was Jesus' disciple: he went to Pilate, and begged the body of Jesus. Then Pilate commanded the body to be delivered. And when Joseph had taken the body, he wrapped it in a clean linen cloth, and laid it in his own new tomb, which he had hewn out in the rock: and he rolled a great stone to the door of the sepulchre, and departed. And there was Mary Magdalene, and the other Mary, sitting over against the sepulchre.—''Matthew xxvit, 57–61.'' THE ANGEL A. THE SEEULCHERE: In the end of the sabbath, as it began to dawn toward the first day of the week, came Mary Magdalene and the other Mary to see the sepulchre. And, behold, there was a great earthquake: for the angel of the Lord descended from heaven, and came and rolled back the stone from the door, and sat upon it. His countenance was like lightning, and his raiment white as snow: and for fear of him the keepers did shake, and became as dead men. And the angel answered and said unto the women, Fear not ye: for I know that ye seek Jesus, which was crucified. He is not here: for he is risen, as he said, Come, see the place where the Lord lay. And go quickly, and tell his disciples that he is risen from the dead; and, behold, he goeth before you into Galilee; there shall ye see him: lo, I have told you. And they departed quickly from the sepulchre with fear and great joy; and did run to bring his disciples word.—''Matthew xxvii2, 1–8.'' /b2//b2/ HE PISAN THEJOURNEY TO—''EMMAUCS:'' And, behold, two of them went that same day to a village called Emmaus which was from Jerusalem about threescore furlongs. And they talked together of all these things which had happened. And it came to pass that, while they communed together and reasoned, Jesus himself drew near and went with them. But their eyes were holden that they should not know him. And he said unto them, What manner of communications are these that ye have one to another, as ye walk, and are sad? And the one of them, whose name was Cleopas, answering said unto him, Art thou only a stranger in Jerusalem, and hast not known the things which are come to pass there in these days? And he said unto them, What things? And they said unto him, Concerning Jesus of Nazareth, which was a prophet mighty in deed and word before God and all the people: And how the chief priests and our rulers delivered him to be condemned to death, and have crucified him. But we trusted that it had been he which should have redeemed Israel: and beside all this, to-day is the third day since these things were done. Yea, and certain women also of our company made us astonished, which were early at the sepulchre; and when they found not his body, they came, saying, that they had also seen a vision of angels, which said that he was alive. And certain of them which were with us went to the sepulchre, and found it even so as the women had said: but him they saw not. Then he said unto them, O fools, and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken: ought not Christ to have suffered these things, and to enter into his glory? And beginning at Moses and all the prophets, he expounded unto them in all the scriptures the things concerning himself. And they drew nigh unto the village, whither they went: and he made as though he would have gone further. But they constrained him, saying, Abide with us: for it is toward evening, and the day is far spent. And he went in to tarry with them. And it came to pass, as he sat at meat with them, he took bread, and blessed it, and brake, and gave to them. And their eyes were opened, and they knew him; and he vanished out of their sight. And they said one to another, Did not our heart burn within us, while he talked with us by the way, and while he opened to us the scriptures? And they rose up the same hour, and returned to Jerusalem, and found the eleven gathered together, and them that were with them, saying. The Lord is risen indeed, and hath appeared to Simon. And they told what things were done in the way, and how he was known of them in breaking of bread.—''Luke xxiv, 17–75.'' THE ASCENSION: Now upon the first day of the week, very early in the morning, they came unto the sepulchre, bringing the spices which they had prepared, and certain others with them. And they found the stone rolled away from the sepulchre. '. = And they remembered his words. And returned from the sepulchre, and told all these things unto the eleven, and to all the rest ng M3 a And, behold, two of them went that same day to a village called Emmaus, which was from Jerusalem about threescore furlongs. And they talked together of all these things which had happened. '* And they rose up the same hour, and returned to Jerusalem, and found the eleven gathered together, and them that were with them, saying. The Lord is risen indeed, and hath appeared to Simon. And they told what things were done in the way, and how he was known of them in breaking of bread. And as they thus spake, Jesus himself stood in the midst of them, and saith unto them, Peace be unto you. ". And, behold, I send the promise of my Father upon you: but tarry ye in the city of Jerusalem, until ye be endued with power from on high. And he led them out as far as to Bethany, and he lifted up his hands, and—blessed them. And it came to pass, while he blessed them, he was parted from them, and carried up into heaven. And they worshiped him, and returned to Jerusalem with great joy.—Luke xxiv, 1–2, 8–9, 13–14, 33–36, 49–52. The former treatise have I made, O Theophilus, of all that Jesus began both to do and teach, until the day in which he was taken up, after that he through the Holy Ghost had given commandments unto the apostles whom he had chosen: to whom also he shewed himself alive after his passion by many infallible proofs, being seen of them forty days, and speaking of the things pertaining to the kingdom of God: and, being assembled together with them, commanded them that they should not depart from Jerusalem, but wait for the promise of the Father, which, saith he, ye have heard of me. For John truly baptized with water; but ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost not'many days hence. When they therefore were come together, they asked of him, saying, Lord, wilt thou at this time restore again the kingdom of Israel? And he said unto them, It is not for you to know the times or the seasons, which the Father hath put in his own power. But ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto me both in Jerusalem, and all Judzea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth. And when he had spoken these things, while they beheld, he was taken up: and a cloud received him out of their sight. And while they looked steadfastly toward heaven as he went up, behold, two men stood by them in white apparel.—''A cts 2, 7–70.'' ™f-b< , ra Oe a aa io Cae + rm 4 y A. Lars 'ire y ."ll f iat atk My re leh: o y x ra ~4 a ike ed' 'j ta i} =, ¢".o 7 Py Ay od a; . s. Te = ik ba ad { ive;:; + srw ml f 4 "hits" y: 4s 'Ao 'agi ek ': '; eos A. 4 Ly 5; ge .% "Agr 'he (a. Ke; THE-MARTYRDOMPOR Siw over Ne And Stephen, full of faith and power, did great wonders and miracles among the people. Then there arose certain of the synagogue, which is called the synagogue of the Libertines, and Cyrenians, and Alexandrians, and of them of Cilicia and of Asia, disputing with Stephen. And they were not able to resist the wisdom and the spirit by which he spake. Then they suborned men, which said, We have heard him speak blasphemous words against Moses and against God. And they stirred up the people, and the elders, and the scribes, and came upon him, and caught him, and brought him to the council. And set up false witnesses, which said, This man ceaseth not to speak blasphemous words against this holy place, and the law: for we have heard him say, that this Jesus of Nazareth shall destroy this place, and shall change the customs which Moses delivered us. And all that sat in the council, looking steadfastly on him, saw his face as it had been the face of an angel. Then said the high priest. Are these things so? And he said, Men, brethren, and fathers, hearken: [Stephen here makes his defense, concluding with a terrible denunciation of the Jews as being stiffnecked and persecutors of their prophets, and as betrayers and murderers of their latest one, Jesus Christ. When they heard these things, they were cut to the heart, and they gnashed on him with their teeth. But he, being full of the Holy Ghost, looked up steadfastly into heaven, and saw the glory of God, and Jesus standing on the right hand of God, and said, Behold, I see the heavens opened, and the Son of man standing on the right hand of God. Then they cried out with a loud voice, and stopped their ears, and ran upon him with one accord, and cast him out of the city, and stoned him: and the witnesses laid down their clothes at a young man's feet, whose name was Saul. And they stoned Stephen, calling upon God, and saying, Lord Jesus, receive my spirit. And he kneeled down, and cried with a loud voice, Lord, lay not this sin to their charge. And when he had said this, he fell asleep. And Saul was consenting unto his death. Acts vz, 8–15; vit, 1–2, 54–56; v2z2, 1. XG Wr?] Uy Wy SG SW SG aye ae SAULIS' CONVERSION; And Saul, yet breathing out threatenings and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord, went unto the high priest, and desired of him letters to Damascus to the synagogues, that if he found any of this way, whether they were men or women, he might bring them bound unto Jerusalem. And as he journeyed, he came near Damascus: and suddenly there shined round about him a light from heaven: and he fell to the earth, and heard a voice saying unto him, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me? And he said, who art thou, Lord? And the Lord said, I am Jesus whom thou persecutest: it is hard for thee to kick against the pricks. And he trembling and astonished said, Lord, what wilt thou have me to do? And the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go into the city, and it shall be told thee what thou must do. And the men which journeyed with him stood speechless, hearing a voice, but seeing no man. And Saul arose from the earth; and when his eyes were opened, he saw no man: but they led him by the hand, and brought him into Damascus. And he was three days without sight, and neither did eat nor drink. And there was a certain disciple at Damascus, named Ananias; and to him said the Lord in a vision, Ananias. And he said, Behold, I am here, Lord. And the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go into the street which is called Straight, and enquire in the house of Judas for one called Saul, of Tarsus: for, behold, he prayeth, and hath seen in a vision a man named Ananias coming in, and putting his hand on him, that he might receive his sight. Then Ananias answered, Lord, I have heard by many of this man, how much evil he hath done to thy saints at Jerusalem: and here he hath authority from the chief priests to bind all that call on thy name. But the Lord said unto him, Go thy way: for he is a chosen vessel unto me, to bear my name before the Gentiles, and kings, and the children of Israel: for I will shew him how great things he must suffer for my name's sake. And Ananias went his way, and entered into the house; and putting his hands on him said, Brother Saul, the Lord, even Jesus, that appeared unto thee in the way as thou camest, hath sent me, that thou mightest receive thy sight, and be filled with the Holy Ghost. And immediately there fell from his eyes as it had been scales: and he received sight forthwith, and arose and was baptized. And when he had received meat, he was strengthened. Then was Saul certain days with the disciples which were at Damascus. And Straightway he preached Christ in the synagogues, that he is the Son of God.—''Acts 2x, 1–20, ff, if'' Se SS THEDELIVERANCE Piss atte ans Now about that time Herod the king stretched forth his hands to vex certain of the church. And he killed James the brother of John with the sword. And because he saw it pleased the Jews, he proceeded further to take Peter also. (Then were the days of unleavened bread.) And when he had apprehended him, he put him in prison, and delivered him to four quarternions of soldiers to keep him; intending after Easter to bring him forth to the people. Peter therefore was kept in prison: but prayer was made without ceasing of the church unto God for him. And when Herod would have brought him forth, the same night Peter was sleeping between two soldiers, bound with two chains: and the keepers before the door kept the prison. And, behold, the angel of the Lord came upon him, and a light shined in the prison: and he smote Peter on the side, and raised him up, saying, Arise up quickly. And his chains fell off from his hands. And the angel said unto him, Gird thyself, and bind on thy sandals: And so he did. And he saith unto him, Cast thy garment about thee, and follow me. And he went out, and followed him; and wist not that it was true which was done by the angel; but thought he saw a vision. When they were past the first and the second ward, they came unto the iron gate that leadeth unto the city; which opened to them of his own accord: and they went out and passed on through one street; and forthwith the angel departed from him. And when Peter was come to himself," he said, Now I know of a surety, that the Lord hath sent his angel, and hath delivered me out of the hand of Herod, and from all the expec tation of the people of the Jews.—''Aees x72, I-11.'' AY PLS AN - /ch//PAUL AT EPHESUS And it came to pass, that, while Apollos was at Corinth, Paul having passed through the upper coasts came to Ephesus; and finding certain disciples," he said unto them, Have ye received the Holy Ghost since ye believed? And they said unto him, We have not so muchas heard whether there be any Holy Ghost. And he said unto them, Unto what then were ye baptized? And they said, Unto John's baptism. Then said Paul, John verily baptized with the baptism of repentance, saying unto the people, that they should believe on him which should come after him, that is, on Christ Jesus. When they heard this, they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus. And when Paul had laid his hands upon them, the Holy Ghost came on them; and they spake with tongues, and prophesied. And all the men were about twelve. And he went into the synagogue, and spake boldly for the space of three months, disputing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God. But when divers were hardened, and believed not, but spake evil of that way before the multitude, he departed from them, and separated the disciples, disputing daily in the school of one Tyrannus. And this continued by the space of two years; so that all they which dwelk in Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus, both Jews and Greeks. And God wrought special miracles by the hands of Paul: so that from his body were brought unto the sick handkerchiefs or aprons, and the diseases departed from them, a id the evil spirits went out of them. Then certain of the vagabond Jews, exorcists, took upon them to call over them which had evil spirits the name of the Lord Jesus, saying, We adjure you by Jesus whom Paul preacheth. And there were seven sons of one Sceva, a Jew, and chief of the priests, which did so. And the evil spirit answered and said, Jesus I know, and Paul I know; but who are ye? And the man in whom the evil spirit was leaped on them, and overcame them, and prevailed against them, so that they fled out of that house naked and wounded. And this was known to all the Jews and Greeks also dwelling at Ephesus; and fear fell on them all, and the name of the Lord Jesus was magnified. And many that believed came, and confessed, and shewed their deeds. Many of them also which used curious arts brought their books together, and burned them before all men: and they counted the price of them, and found it fifty thousand pieces of silver. So mightily grew the word of God and prevailed.—''A ets "7x, 1–20.'' PAUL MENACED=BY Tit ws. Do therefore this that we say to thee: We have four men which have a vow on them; them take, and purify thyself with them, and be at charges with them, that they may shave their heads: and all may know that those things, where of they were informed concerning thee, are nothing; but that thou thyself also walkest orderly, and keepest the law. = ig + Then Paul took the men, and the next day purifying himself with them entered into the temple, to signify the accomplishment of the days of purification, until that an offering should be offered for every one of them. And when the seven days were almost ended, the Jews which were of Asia, when they saw him in the temple, stirred up all the people, and laid hands on him, crying out, Men of Israel, help: this is the man, that teacheth all men every where against the people, and the law, and this place: and further brought Greeks also into the temple, and hath polluted this holy place. (For they had seen before with him in the city Trophimus an mee whom they supposed that Paul had brought into the temple.) And all the city was moved, and the people ran together: and fe took Paul, and drew him out of the temple: and forthwith the doors were shut. And as they went about to kill him, tidings came unto the chief captain of the band, that all Jerusalem was in an uproar: who immediately took soldiers and centurions, and ran down unto them: and when they saw the chief captain and the soldiers, they left beating of Paul. Then the chief captain came near, and took him, and commanded him to be bound with two chains; and demanded who he was, and what he had done. And some cried one thing, some another, among the multitude: and when he could not know the certainty for the tumult, he commanded him to be carried into the castle. And when he came upon the stairs, so it was, that he was borne of the soldiers for the violence of the people. For the multitude of the people followed after, crying, Away with him. And as Paul was to be led into the castle," he said unto the chief captain, May I speak unto thee? Who said, Canst thou speak Greek? Art not thou that Egyptian, which before these days madest an uproar, and leddest out into the wilderness four thousand men that were murderers? But Paul said, 1 am a man which am a Jew of Tarsus, a city in Cilicia, a citizen of no mean city: and, I beseech thee, suffer me to speak unto the people. And when he had given him license, Paul stood on the stairs, and beckoned with the hand unto the people. And when there was made a great silence, he spake unto them in the Hebrew tongue.—''A cts xx2, 23–40, ba)'' PAUL'S SHIPWRECK. And while the day was coming on, Paul besought them all to take meat, saying, This day is the fourteenth day that ye have tarried and continued fasting, having taken nothing. Wherefore I pray you to take some meat; for this is for your health: for there shall not a hair fall from the head of any of you. And when he had thus spoken, he took bread, and gave thanks to God in presence of them all: and when he had broken it, he began to eat. Then were they all of good cheer, and they also took some meat. And we were in all in the ship two hundred threescore and sixteen souls. And when they had eaten enough, they lightened the ship, and cast out the wheat into the sea. And when it was day, they knew not the land: but they discovered a certain creek with a shore, into the which they were minded, if it were possible, to thrust in the ship. And when they had taken up the anchors, they committed themselves unto the sea, and loosed the rudder bands, and hoised up the mainsail to the wind, and made toward shore. And falling into a place where two seas met, they ran the ship aground; and the forepart stuck fast, and remained unmovable, but the hinder part was broken with the violence of the waves. And the soldiers' counsel was to kill the prisoners, lest any of them should swim out, and escape. But the centurion, willing to save Paul, kept them from their purpose; and commanded that they which could swim should cast themselves first into the sea, and get to land: and the rest, some on boards, and some on broken pieces of the ship. And so it came to pass, that they escaped all safe to land. And when they were escaped, then they knew that the island was called Melita. And the barbarous people shewed us no little kindness: for they kindled a fire, and received us every one, because of the present rain, and because of the cold.—''Acts XLVI, 33–44, XXII, I-2.'' - DEA LEON "THE. PAGE HORSE. And when he had opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the fourth beast say, Come and see. And I looked, and behold a pale horse: and his name that sat on him was Death, and Hell followed with him. And power was given unto them over the fourth part of the earth, to kill with sword, and with hunger, and with death, and with the beasts of the earth.—''[[Revelation (Bible)|Revelation]] vt, 7–8, ry ah, aera'' —cov o1wn9hvrjwl69x98hztrt1pezra6ovb 14128165 14128160 2024-04-25T16:31:14Z SnowyCinema 2484340 wikitext text/x-wiki /conf// progress=hathi_files_downloaded f= y=1886 loc= pub= au=anon ill=Paul Gustave Doré ty= gen= ia=dorbiblegallery0000dorg htt=uva.x000528519 dl=ia beg=n ch=nam //conf/ /chform// <nowiki> {{ph|class=chapter num|/cpre/ /cnum/}} {{ph|class=chapter title|/cnam/|level=2}} </nowiki> //chform/ /tocform// <nowiki> {{TOC row 1-1-1|/cnum/|/cnam/|/pnum/}} </nowiki> //tocform/ -cov /img/ {{ph|class=chapter|Preface.}} {{sc|This}} volume, as its title indicates, is a collection of engravings illustrative of the Bible—the designs being all from the pencil of the greatest of modern delineators, Gustave Doré. The original work, from which this collection has been made, met with an immediate and warm recognition and acceptance among those whose means admitted of its purchase, and its popularity has in no wise diminished since its first publication, but has even extended to those who could only enjoy it casually or in fragmentary parts. That work, however, in its entirety, was far too costly for the larger and ever-widening circle of M. Doré's admirers, and to meet the felt and often expressed want of this class, and to provide a volume of choice and valuable designs upon sacred subjects for art-loving Biblical students generally, this work was projected and has been carried forward. The aim has been to introduce subjects of general interest—that is, those relating to the most prominent events and personages of Scripture—those most familiar to all readers; the plates being chosen with special reference to the known taste of the American people. To each cut is prefixed a page of letter-press, in narrative form, and containing generally a brief analysis of the design. Aside from the labors of the editor and publishers, the work, while in progress, was under the painstaking and careful scrutiny of artists and scholars not directly interested in the undertaking, but still having a generous solicitude for its success. It is hoped, therefore, that its general plan and execution will render it acceptable both to the appreciative and friendly patrons of the great artist, and to those who would wish to possess such a work solely as a choice collection of illustrations upon sacred themes. - {{ph|class=chapter|Gustave Doré.}} {{sc|The}} subject of this sketch is, perhaps, the most original and variously gifted designer the world has ever known. At an age when most men have scarcely passed their novitiate in art, and are still under the direction and discipline of their masters and the schools, he had won a brilliant reputation, and readers and scholars everywhere were gazing on his work with ever-increasing wonder and delight at his fine fancy and multifarious gifts. He has raised illustrative art to a dignity and importance before unknown, and has developed capacities for the pencil before unsuspected. He has laid all subjects tribute to his genius, explored and embellished fields hitherto lying waste, and opened new and shining paths and vistas where none before had trod. To the works of the great he has added the lustre of his genius, bringing their beauties into clearer view and warming them to fuller life. His delineations of character, in the different phases of life, from the horrible to the grotesque, the grand to the comic, attest the versatility of his powers; and, whatever faults may be found by critics, the public will heartily render their quota of admiration to his magic touch, his rich and facile rendering of almost every thought that stirs, or lies yet dormant, in the human heart. It is useless to attempt a sketch of his various beauties; those who would know them best must seek them in the treasure-house that his genius is constantly augmenting with fresh gems of wealth. To one, however, of his most prominent traits we will refer—his wonderful rendering of the powers of Nature. His early wanderings in the wild and romantic passes of the Vosges doubtless developed this inherent tendency of his mind. There he wandered, and there, mayhap, imbibed that deep delight of wood and valley, mountain-pass and rich ravine, whose variety of form and detail seems endless to the enchanted eye. He has caught the very spell of the wilderness; she has laid her hand upon him and he has gone forth with her blessing. So bold and truthful and minute are his countless representations of forest scenery; so delicate the tracery of branch and stem; so patriarchal the giant boles of his woodland monarch, that the gazer is at once satisfied and entranced. His vistas lie slumbering with repose either in shadowy glade or fell ravine, either with glint of lake or the glad, long course of some rejoicing stream: and above all, supreme in a beauty all its own, he spreads a canopy of peerless sky, or a wilderness, perhaps, of angry storm, or peaceful stretches of soft, fleecy cloud, or heavens serene and fair—another kingdom to his teeming art after the earth has rendered all her gifts. Paul Gustave Doré was born in the city of Strasburg, January 10, 1833. Of his boyhood we have no very particular account. At eleven years of age, however, he essayed his first artistic creation—a set of lithographs, published in his native city. The following year found him in Paris, entered as a - student at the Charlemagne Lyceum. His first actual work began in 1848, when his fine series of sketches, the "[[Labors of Hercules (Doré)|Labors of Hercules]]," was given to the public, through the medium of an illustrated journal with which he was for a long time connected as designer. In 1856 were published the illustrations for Balzac's "Contes Drolatiques" and those for "[[The Wandering Jew]]"—the first humorous and grotesque in the highest degree—indeed, showing a perfect abandonment to fancy; the other weird and supernatural, with fierce battles, shipwrecks, turbulent mobs, and nature in her most forbidding and terrible aspects. Every incident or suggestion that could possibly make the story more effective or add to the horror of the scenes was seized upon and portrayed with wonderful power. These at once gave the young designer a great reputation, which was still more enhanced by his subsequent works. With all his love for nature and his power for interpreting her in her varying moods, Doré was a dreamer, and many of his finest achievements were in the realm of the imagination. But he was at home in the actual world also, as witness his designs for "Atala," "[[London—a Pilgrimage]]," and many of the scenes of "[[Don Quixote]]." When account is taken of the variety of his designs and the fact considered that in almost every task he attempted none had ventured before him, the amount of work he accomplished is fairly incredible. To enumerate the immense tasks he undertook—some single volumes alone containing hundreds of illustrations—will give some faint idea of his industry. Besides those already mentioned are Montaigne, Dante, the Bible, Milton, Rabelais, Tennyson's "[[Idylls of the King|{{SIC|Idyls|Idylls}} of the King]]," "[[The Ancient Mariner]]," Shakespeare, "Legende de Croquemitaine," "[[La Fontaine's Fables]]," and others still. Take one of these works—the Dante, La Fontaine, or "Don Quixote"—and glance at the pictures. The mere hand labor involved in their production is surprising; but when the quality of the work is properly estimated, what he accomplished seems prodigious. No particular mention need be made of him as a painter or a sculptor, for his reputation rests solely upon his work as an illustrator. Doré's nature was exhuberant and buoyant, and he was youthful in appearance. He had a passion for music, and possessed rare skill as a violinist, and it is assumed that, had he failed to succeed with his pencil, he could have won a brilliant reputation as a musician. He was a bachelor, and lived a quiet, retired life with his mother—married, as he expressed it, to her and his art. His death occurred on January 23, 1883. - /toc/ — - <FILL> — - <FILL> — - <FILL> —t2 -1 /ch//THE CREATION "And the Lord God said, it is not good that the man should be alone; I will make him a helpmeet for him. . . . And the Lord God caused a deep sleep to fall on Adam, and he slept, and he took one of his ribs, and closed up the flesh instead thereof; and the rib which the Lord God had taken from man, made he a woman, and brought her unto the man. And Adam said, This is now bone of my bone and flesh of my flesh: she shall be called Woman, because she was taken out of man. Therefore shall a man leave his father and mother, and shall cleave unto his wife, and they shall be one flesh."—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] ii, 18, 21–24.'' In these few words the Scriptures narrate the creation of the first mother of our race. In "[[Paradise Lost]]," the poetic genius of Milton, going more into detail, describes how Eve awoke to consciousness, and found herself reposing under a shade of flowers, much wondering what she was and whence she came. Wandering by the margin of a small lake, she sees her own form mirrored in the clear waters, at which she wonders more. But a voice is heard, leading her to him for whom she was made, who lies sleeping under a grateful shade. It is at this point the artist comes to interpret the poet's dream. Amid the varied and luxurious foliage of Eden, in the vague light of the early dawn, Eve is presented, coy and graceful, gazing on her sleeping Lord, while in the background is faintly outlined the mystic form of Him in whose image they were created. -i -2 /ch//THE EXPULSION FROM THE GARDEN And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil; and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live forever: Therefore, the Lord God sent him forth from the garden of Eden, to till the ground from whence he was taken. So he drove out the man; and he placed at the east of the garden of Eden cherubims, and a flaming sword which turned every way, to keep the way of the tree of life.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] iii, 22–24.'' /po// They, looking back, all the eastern side beheld Of Paradise, so late their happy seat, Waved over by that flaming brand; the gate, With dreadful forces thronged, and fiery arms: Some natural tears they dropped, but wiped them soon; The world was all before them, where to choose Their place of rest, and Providence their guide; They, hand in hand, with wandering steps and slow, Through Eden took their solitary way. >>''[[Paradise Lost]], Book XII.'' //po/ -i -3 /ch//THE MURDER OF ABET And Adam knew Eve his wife; and she conceived, and bare Cain, and said, I have gotten a man from the Lord. And she again bare his brother Abel. And Abel was a keeper of sheep, but Cain was a tiller of the ground. And in process of time it came to pass, that Cain brought of the fruit of the ground an offering unto the Lord. And Abel, he also brought of the firstlings of his flock and of the fat thereof. And the Lord had respect unto Abel and to his offering: But unto Cain and to his offering he had not respect. And Cain was very wroth, and his countenance fell. And the Lord said unto Cain, Why art thou wroth? and why is thy, countenance fallen? If thou doest well, shalt thou not be accepted? and if thou doest not well, sin lieth at the door, and unto thee shall be his desire, and thou shalt rule over him. And Cain talked with Abel his brother: and it came to pass, when they were in the field, that Cain rose up against Abel his brother, and slew him. And the Lord said unto Cain, Where is Abel thy brother? And he said, I know not: Am I my brother's keeper? And he said, What hast thou done? the voice of thy brother's blood crieth unto me from the ground. And now art thou cursed from the earth, which hath opened her mouth to receive thy brother's blood from thy hand; When thou tillest the ground, it shall not henceforth yield unto thee her strength; a fugitive and a vagabond shalt thou be in the earth. And Cain said unto the Lord, My punishment is gveater than I can bear. Behold, thou hast driven me out this day from the face of the earth; and from thy face shall I be hid; and I shall be a fugitive and a vagabond in the earth; and it shall come to pass, that every one that findeth me shall slay me. And the Lord said unto him, Therefore whosoever slayeth Cain, vengeance shall be taken on him sevenfold. And the Lord set a mark upon Cain, lest any finding him should kill him. And Cain went out from the presence of the Lord, and dwelt in the land of Nod, on the east of Eden.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] iv, 1–16'' -i -4 /ch//THE DELUGE In the six hundredth year of Noah's life, in the second month, the seventeenth day of the month, the same day were all the fountains of the great deep broken up, and the windows of heaven were opened. And the rain was upon the earth forty days and forty nights. In the self-same day entered Noah, and Shem, and Ham, and Japheth, the sons of Noah, and Noah's wife, and the three wives of his sons with them, into the ark; they, and every beast after his kind, and all the cattle after their kind, and every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth after his kind, and every fowl after his kind, every bird of every sort. And they went in unto Noah into the ark, two and two of all flesh, wherein is the breath of life. And they that went in, went in male and female of all flesh, as God had commanded him: and the Lord shut him in. And the flood was forty days upon the earth; and the waters increased, and bare up the ark, and it was lift up above the earth. And the waters prevailed, and were increased, greatly upon the earth; and the ark went upon the face of the waters. And the waters prevailed exceedingly upon the earth; and all the high hills, that were under the whole heaven, were covered. Fifteen cubits upward did the waters prevail; and the mountains were covered. And all flesh died that moved upon the earth, both of fowl, and of cattle, and of beast, and of every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth, and every man; all in whose nostrils was the breath of life, of all that was in the dry land, died. And every living substance was destroyed which was upon the face of the ground, both man and cattle, and the creeping things, and the fowl of the heaven; and they were destroyed from the earth; and Noah only remained alive, and they that were with him in the ark. And the waters prevailed upon the earth an hundred and fifty days.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] vii, {{SIC|11 24|11–24}}.''' -i -5 /ch//NOAH CURSING HAM And the sons of Noah, that went forth of the ark, were Shem, and Ham, and Japheth; and Ham is the father of Canaan. These ar`e the three sons of Noah: and of them was the whole earth overspread. And Noah began to be an husbandman, and he planted a vineyard: And he drank of the wine, and was drunken; and he was uncovered within his tent. And Ham, the father of Canaan, saw the nakedness of his father, and told his two brethren without. And Shem and Japheth took a garment, and laid it upon both their shoulders, and went backward, and covered the nakedness of their father; and their faces were backward, and they saw not their father's nakedness. And Noah awoke from his wine, and knew what his younger son had done unto him. And he said, Cursed be Canaan; a servant of servants shall he be unto his brethren. And he said, Blessed be the Lord God of Shem; and Canaan shall be his servant. God shall enlarge Japheth, and he shall dwell in the tents of Shem; and Canaan shall be his servant.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] ix, 18–27.'' -i - /ch//THE TOWER OF BABEL And the whole earth was of one language, and of one speech. And it came to pass as they journeyed from the east, that they found a plain in the land of Shinar; and they dwelt there. And they said one to another, Go to, let us make brick, and burn them thoroughly. And they had brick for stone, and slime had they for mortar. And they said, Go to, let us build us a city and a tower, whose top may reach unto heaven; and let us make us a name, lest we be scattered abroad upon the face of the whole earth. And the Lord came down to see the city and the tower which the children of men builded. And the Lord said, Behold, the people is one, and they have all one language; and this they begin to do: and now nothing will be restrained from them, which they have imagined to do. Go to, let us go down, and there confound their language, that they may not understand one another's speech. So the Lord scattered them abroad from thence upon the face of all the earth: and they left off to build the city. Therefore is the name of it called Babel; because the Lord did there confound the language of all the earth: and from thence did the Lord scatter them abroad upon the face of all the earth.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xi, 1–9.'' -i - /ch//ABRAHAM ENTERTAINS THREE STRANGERS In the self-same day was Abraham circumcised, and Ishmael his son. And all the men of his house, born in the house, and bought with money of the stranger, were circumcised with him. And the Lord appeared unto him in the plains of Mamre: and he sat in the tent door in the heat of the day; and he lift up his eyes and looked, and, lo, three men stood by him: and when he saw them, he ran to meet them from the tent door, and bowed himself toward the ground, and said, My Lord, if now I have found favour in thy sight, pass not away, I pray thee, from thy servant: let a little water, pray you, be fetched, and wash your feet, and rest yourselves under the tree: And I will fetch a morsel of bread, and comfort ye your hearts; after that ye shall pass on: for therefore are ye come to your servant. And they said, So do, as thou hast said. And Abraham hastened into the tent unto Sarah, and said, Make ready quickly three measures of fine meal, knead it, and make cakes upon the hearth. And Abraham ran unto the herd, and fetched a calf tender and good, and gave it unto a young man; and he hasted to dress it. And he took butter, and milk, and the calf which he had dressed, and set it before them; and he stood by them under the tree, and they did eat.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xviii, 26, 27; xviii, 1–8.'' Be not forgetful to entertain strangers: for thereby some have entertained angels unawares.—''[[Hebrews (Bible)|Hebrews]]'' xiii, 2.'' -i - /ch//THE DESTRUCTION OF SODOM And when the morning arose, then the angels hastened Lot, saying, Arise, take thy wife, and thy two daughters, which are here; lest thou be consumed in the iniquity of the city. And while he lingered, the men laid hold upon his hand, and upon the hand of his wife, and upon the hand of his two daughters; the Lord being merciful unto him: and they brought him forth, and set him without the city. And it came to pass, when they had brought them forth abroad, that he said, Escape for thy life; look not behind thee, neither stay thou in all the plain; escape to the mountain, lest thou be consumed. And Lot said unto them, Oh, not so, my Lord. Behold now, thy servant hath found grace in thy sight, and thou hast magnified thy mercy, which thou hast shewed unto me in saving my life; and I cannot escape to the mountain, lest some evil take me and I die. Behold now this city is near to flee unto, and it is a little one: Oh, let me escape thither (is it not a little one?) and my soul shall live. And he said unto him, See, I have accepted thee concerning this thing also, that I will not overthrow this city, for the which thou hast spoken. Haste thee, escape thither; for I cannot do anything till thou be come thither. Therefore the name of the city was called Zoar. The sun was risen upon the earth when Lot entered unto Zoar. Then the Lord rained upon Sodom and upon Gomorrah brimstone and fire from the Lord out of heaven; and he overthrew those cities, and all the plain, and all the inhabitants of the cities, and that which grew upon the ground. But his wife looked back from behind him, and she became a pillar of salt. And Abraham gat up early in the morning to the place where he stood before the Lord: and he looked toward Sodom and Gomorrah, and toward all the land of the plain, and beheld, and lo, the smoke of the country went up as the smoke of a furnace.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xix, 15–28.'' -i - /ch//THE EXPULSION OF TIAGAR. And the Lord visited Sarah as he had said, and the Lord did unto Sarah as he had spoken. For Sarah conceived, and bare Abraham a son in his old age, at the set time of which God had spoken to him. And Abraham called the name of his son that was born unto him, whom Sarah bare to him, Isaac. And Abraham circumcised his son Isaac, being eight days old, as God had commanded him. And Abraham was an hundred years old, when his son Isaac was born unto him. And Sarah said, God hath made me to laugh, so that all that hear will laugh with me. And she said, who would have said unto Abraham, that Sarah should have given children suck? for I have born him a son in his old age. And the child grew, and was weaned: and Abraham made a great feast the same day that Isaac was weaned. And Sarah saw the son of Hagar, the Egyptian, which she had born unto Abraham, mocking. Wherefore she said unto Abraham, Cast out this bondwoman and her son: for the son of this bondwoman shall not be heir with my son, even with Isaac. And the thing was very grievous in Abraham's sight because of his son. And God said unto Abraham, Let it not be grievous in thy sight because of the lad, and because of thy bondwoman; in all that Sarah hath said unto thee, hearken unto her voice; for in Isaac shall thy seed be called. And also of the son of the bondwoman will I make a nation, because he is thy seed. And Abraham rose up early in the morning, and took bread, and a bottle of water, and gave it unto Hagar, putting it on her shoulder, and the child, and sent her away: and she departed, and wandered in the wilderness of Beer-sheba.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxi, 1–14.'' -i - /ch//HAGAR IN THE WILDERNESS And Abraham rose up early in the morning, and took bread, and a bottle of water, and gave it unto Hagar, putting it on her shoulder, and the child, and sent her away; and she departed, and wandered in the wilderness of Beer-sheba. And the water was spent in the bottle, and: she cast the child under one of the shrubs. And she went and sat her down over against him a good way off, as it were a bow-shot: for she said, Let me not see the death of the child. And she sat over against him, and lifted up her voice and wept. And God heard the voice of the lad; and the angel of God called to Hagar out of heaven, and said unto her, What aileth thee, Hagar? fear not, for God hath heard the voice of the lad where he is. Arise, lift up the lad, and hold him in thine hand; for I will make him a great nation. And God opened her eyes, and she saw a well of water; and she went, and filled the bottle with water, and gave the lad drink. And God was with the lad; and he grew, and dwelt in the wilderness, and became an archer. And he dwelt in the wilderness of Paran: and his mother took him a wife out of the land of Egypt.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxt. 14–21.'' - - /ch//THE TRIAL OF THE FAITH OF ABRAHAM And it came to pass after these things, that God did tempt Abraham, and said unto him, Abraham: and he said, Behold, here I am. And he said, Take now thy son, thine only son Isaac, whom thou lovest, and get thee into the land of Moriah; and offer him there for a burnt offering upon one of the mountains which I will tell thee of. And Abraham rose up early in the morning, and saddled his ass, and took two of his young men with him, and Isaac his son, and clave the wood for the burnt offering, and rose up and went unto the place of which God had told him. Then on the third day Abraham lifted up his eyes and saw the place afar off. And Abraham said unto his young men, Abide ye here with the ass; and I and the lad will go yonder and worship, and come again to you. And Abraham took the wood of the burnt offering and laid it upon Isaac his son; and he took the fire in his hand and a knife, and they went both of them together. And Isaac spake unto Abraham his father, and said, My father: and he said, Here am I, my son. And he said, Behold the fire and the wood: but where is the lamb for a burnt offering? And Abraham said, My son, God will provide himself a lamb for a burnt offering: so they went both of them together. And they came to the place which God had told him of; and Abraham built an altar there, and laid the wood in order, and bound Isaac his son, and laid him on the altar upon the wood. And Abraham stretched forth his hand and took the knife to slay his son. And the angel of the Lord called unto him out of heaven, and said, Abraham, Abraham: and he said, Here am I. And he said, Lay not thine hand upon the lad, neither do thou anything unto him: for now I know that thou fearest God, seeing thou hast not withheld thy son, thine only son, from me. And Abraham lifted up his eyes and looked, and behold behind him a ram caught in a thicket by his horns: and Abraham went and took the ram, and offered him up for a burnt offering in the stead of his son. And Abraham called the name of that place Jehovah-jireh: as it is to this day, In the mount of the Lord it shall be seen. And the angel of the Lord called unto Abraham out of heaven the second time, and said, By myself have I sworn, saith the Lord, for because thou hast done this thing, and hast not withheld thy son, thine only son, that in blessing I will bless thee, and in multiplying I will multiply thy seed as the stars of heaven, and as the sand which is upon the sea shore; and thy seed shall possess the gate of his enemies; and in thy seed shall all the nations of the earth be blessed, because thou hast obeyed my voice.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xx22. 1–18.'' - THE BURTAL{OFSSARALE And Sarah was an hundred and seven and twenty years old: these were the years of the life of Sarah. And Sarah died in Kirjath-arba; the same is Hebron in the land of Canaan: and Abraham came to mourn for Sarah, and to weep for her.;—And Abraham stood up from before his dead, and spake unto the sons of Heth, saying, I am a stranger and a sojourner with you: give me a possession of a buryingplace with you, that I may bury my dead out of my sight. And the children of Heth answered Abraham, saying unto him, Hear us, my lord: thou art a mighty prince among us: in the choice of our sepulchres bury thy dead; none of us shall withhold from thee his sepulchre, but that thou mayest bury thy dead. And Abraham stood up, and bowed himself to the people of the land, even to the children of Heth. And he communed with them, saying. If it be your mind that I should bury my dead out of my sight; hear me, and intreat for me to Ephron the son of Zohar, that he may give me the cave of Machpelah, which he hath, which is in the end of his field; for as much money as'it is worth he shall give it me for a possession of a buryingplace amongst you. And Ephron dwelt among the children of Heth: and Ephron the Hittite answered Abraham in the audience of the children of Heth, even of all that went in at the gate of his city, saying, Nay, my lord, hear me: the field give I thee, and the cave that is therein, I give it thee; in the presence of the sons of my people give I it thee: bury thy dead. And Abraham bowed down himself before the people of the land. And he spake unto Ephron in the audience of the people of the land, saying. But if thou wilt give it, I pray thee, hear me: I will give thee money for the field; take it of me, and I will bury my dead there. And Ephron answered Abraham, saying unto him, My lord, hearken unto me: the land is worth four hundred shekels of silver: what is that betwixt me and thee? bury therefore thy dead. And Abraham hearkened unto Ephron; and Abraham weighed to Ephron the silver, which he had named in the audience of the sons of Heth, four hundred shekels of silver, current money with the merchant. And the field of Ephron, which was in Machpelah, which was before Mamre, the field, and the cave which was therein, and all the trees that were in the field, that were in all the borders round about, were made sure unto Abraham for a possession in the presence of the children of Heth, before all that went in at the gate of his city. And after this, Abraham buried Sarah his wife in the cave of the field of Machpelah before Mamre; the same is Hebron in the land of Canaan. And the field, and the cave that is therein, were made sure unto Abraham for a possession of a buryingplace by the sons of Heth.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxi2?'' - /ch//CECA H PISAN - /ch//ELIEZER AND REBEKAH And the servant put his hand under the thigh of Abraham his master, and sware to him concerning that matter. And the servant took ten camels of the camels of his master, and departed; for all the goods of his master were in his hand: and he arose and went to Mesopotamia, unto the city of Nahor. And he made his camels to kneel down, without the city by a well of water at the time of the evening, even the time that women go out to draw water. And he said, O Lord God of my master Abraham, I pray thee, send me good speed this day, and shew kindness unto my master Abraham. Behold, I stand here by the well of water; and the daughters of the men of the city come out to draw water: and let it come to pass, that the damsel to whom I shall say, Let down thy pitcher, I pray thee, that I may drink; and she shall say, Drink, and I will give thy camels drink also: let the same be she that thou hast appointed for thy servant Isaac; and thereby shall I know that thou hast shewed kindness unto my master. And it came to pass before he had done speaking, that, behold, Rebekah came out, who was born to Bethuel, son of Milcah, the wife of Nahor, Abraham's brother, with her pitcher upon her shoulder. And the damsel was very fair to look upon, a virgin, neither had any man known her: and she went down to the well, and filled her pitcher and came up. And the servant ran to meet her, and said, Let me, I pray thee, drink a little water of thy pitcher. And she said, Drink, my lord; and she hasted, and let down her pitcher upon her hand, and gave him drink. And when she had done giving him drink, she said, I will draw water for thy camels also, until they have done drinking. And she hasted and emptied her pitcher into the trough, and ran again unto the well to draw water, and drew for all his camels. And the man wondering at her held his peace, to wit whether the Lord had made his journey prosperous or not. And it came to pass, as the camels had done drinking, that the man took a golden earring of half a shekel weight, and two bracelets for her hands of ten shekels weight of gold: and said, whose daughter art thou? tell me, I pray thee; is there room in thy father's house for us to lodge in? And she said unto him, I am the daughter of Bethuel the son of Milcah, which she bare unto Nahor. She said moreover unto him, We have both straw and provender enough, and room to lodge in. And the man bowed down his head and worshiped the Lord. And he said, Blessed be the Lord God of my master Abraham, who hath not left destitute my master of his mercy and his truth: I being in the way, the Lord led me to the house of my master's brethren. And the damsel ran, and told them of her mother's house these things.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] XXIV, 9–28.'' - - /ch//ISAAC BLESSING JACOB And it came to pass, that when Isaac was old, and his eyes were dim, so that he could not see, he called Esau, his eldest son, and said unto him, My son: and he said unto him, Behold, here am I. And he said, Behold now, I am old, I know not the day of my death: Now therefore take, I pray thee, thy weapons, thy quiver and thy bow, and go out to the field, and take me some venison; And make me savoury meat, such as I love, and bring it to me, that I may eat; that my soul may bless thee before I die. And Rebekah heard when Isaac spake to Esau his son. And Esau went to the field to hunt for venison, and to bring it. And Rebekah spake unto Jacob her son, saying, Behold, I heard thy father speak unto Esau thy brother, saying, Bring me venison, and make me savoury meat, that I may eat, and bless thee before the Lord before my death. Now therefore, my son, obey my voice according to that which I command thee. Go now to the flock, and fetch me from thence two good kids of the goats; and I will make them savoury meat for thy father such as he loveth; And thou shalt bring it to thy father, that he may eat, and that he may bless thee before his death. And Jacob said to Rebekah his mother, Behold, Esau my brother is a hairy man, and lama smooth man: My father peradventure will feel me, and I shall seem to him as a deceiver; and I shall bring a curse upon me, and not a blessing. And his mother said unto him, Upon me be thy curse, my son: only obey my voice, and go fetch me them. And he went, and fetched, and brought them to his mother: and his mother made savoury meat, such as his father loved. And Rebekah took goodly raiment of her eldest son Esau, which were with her in the house, and put them upon Jacob her younger son: And she put the skins of the kids of the goats upon his hands and upon the smooth of his neck: And she gave the savoury meat and the bread, which she had prepared, into the hand of her son Jacob. And he came unto his father, and said, My father: and he said, Here am I; who art thou, my son? And Jacob said unto his father, I am Esau thy first born; I have done according as thou badest me: arise, I pray thee, sit and eat of my venison, that thy soul may bless me. And Isaac said unto his son, How is it that thou hast found it so quickly, my son? And he said, Because the Lord thy God brought it to me. And Isaac said unto Jacob, Come near, I pray thee, that I may feel thee, my son, whether thou be my very son Esau or not. And Jacob went near unto Isaac his father; and he felt him, and said, The voice is Jacob's voice, but the hands are the hands of Esau. And he discerned him not, because his hands were hairy, as his brother Esau's hands: so he blessed him. And he said, Art thou my very son Esau? And he said, I am. And he said, Bring it near to me, and I will eat of my son's venison, that my soul may bless thee. And he brought it near to him, and he did eat; and he/brought him wine, and he drank. And his father Isaac said unto him, Come near now, and kiss me, my son. And he came near, and kissed him: and he smelled the smell of his raiment, and blessed him, and said, See, the smell of my son is as the smell of a field which the Lord hath blessed: Therefore God give thee of the dew of heaven, and the fatness of the earth, and plenty of corn and wine: Let people serve thee, and nations bow down to thee: be lord over thy brethren, and let thy mother's sons bow down to thee: cursed be every one that curseth thee, and blessed be he that blesseth thee.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xvit, 1–29.'' A AW ey Mi Nik ni j u: j Hf anh Hi: Kl i Ml 'i i "I HT AWH yi Aiti yn ii ii) Ht } " - JACOB. TENDING THE BLOCKS OF era ran: —And while he yet spake with them, Rachel came with her father's sheep: for she kept them. And it came to pass, when Jacob saw Rachel the daughter of Laban his mother's brother, and the sheep of Laban his mother's brother, that Jacob went near, and rolled the stone from the well's mouth, and watered the flock of Laban his mother's brother. And Jacob kissed Rachel, and lifted up his voice, and wept. And Jacob told Rachel that he was her father's brother, and that he was Rebekah's son: and she ran and told her father. And it came to pass, when Laban heard the tidings of Jacob his sister's son, that he ran to meet him, and embraced him, and kissed him, and brought him to his house. And he told Laban all these things. And Laban said to him, Surely thou art my bone and my flesh. And he abode with him the space of a month. And Laban said unto Jacob, Because thou art my brother, shouldest thou therefore serve me for naught? tell me, what shall thy wages be? And Laban had two daughters: the name of the elder was Leah, and the name of the younger was Rachel. Leah was tender eyed; but Rachel was beautiful and well favoured. And Jacob loved Rachel; and said, I will serve thee seven years for Rachel thy younger daughter. And Laban said, It is better that I give her to thee, than that I should give her to another man; abide with me. And Jacob served seven years tor Rachel; and they seemed unto him but a few days, for the love he had for her. And Jacob said unto Laban, Give me my wife, for my days are fulfilled, that I may go in unto her. And Laban gathered together all the men of the place, and made a feast. And it came to pass in the evening, that he took Leah his daughter, and brought her to him; and he went in unto her. And Laban gave unto his daughter Leah Zilpah his maid, for an handmaid. And it came to pass that in the morning, behold, it was Leah: and he said to Laban. What is this thou hast done unto me? did not I serve with thee for Rachel? wherefore then hast thou beguiled me? And Laban said, It must not be so done in our country, to give the younger before the firstborn. Fulfil her week, and we will give thee this also for the service which thou shalt serve with me yet seven other years. And Jacob did so, and fulfilled her week; and he gave him Rachel his daughter to wife also. And Laban gave to Rachel his daughter Bilhah his handmaid to be her maid. And he went in also unto Rachel, and he loved also Rachel more than Leah, and served with him yet seven other years.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxtx, 9–30.'' JOSEPH SOL DUNT OS EGY Tle These are the generations of Jacob. Joseph, being seventeen years old, was feeding the flock with his brethren; and the lad was with the sons of Bilhah and with the sons of Zilpah, his father's wives; and Joseph brought unto his father their evil report. Now Israel loved Joseph more than all his children, because he was the son of his old age; and he made him a coat of many colors. And when his brethren saw that their father loved him more than all his brethren, they hated him, and could not speak peaceably unto him. And Joseph dreamed a dream, and he told it his brethren: and they hated him yet the more. And he said unto them, Hear, I pray you, this dream which I have dreamed. For, behold, we were binding sheaves in the field, and, lo, my sheaf arose, and also stood upright; and, behold, your sheaves stood round about, and made obeisance to my sheaf. And his brethren said to him, Shalt thou indeed reign over us? or shalt thou indeed have dominion over us? And they hated him yet the more for his dreams and for his words. And he dreamed yet another dream, and told it his brethren, and said, Behold, 1 have dreamed a dream more; and, behold, the sun and the moon and the eleven stars made obeisance to me. And he told it to his father and to his brethren; and his father rebuked him, and said unto him, What is this dream that thou hast dreamed? Shall I and thy mother and thy brethren indeed come to bow down ourselves to thee to the earth. And his brethren envied him; but his father observed the saying. And his brethren went to feed their father's flock in Shechem. And Joseph went after his brethren, and found them in Dothan. And when they saw him afar off, even before he came near unto them, they conspired against him to slay him. And they said one to another, Behold, this dreamer cometh. Come now, therefore, and let us slay him, and cast him into some pit, and we will say, Some evil beast hath devoured him; and we shall see what will become of his dreams. And Reuben heard it, and he delivered him out of their hands; and said, Let us not kill him. And Reuben said unto them, Shed no blood, but cast him into this pit that is in the wilderness, and lay no hand upon him; that he might rid him out of their hands to deliver him to his father again. And it came to pass, when Joseph was come unto his brethren, that they stript Joseph out of his coat, his coat of many colors that was on him; and they took him and cast him into a pit; and the pit was empty, there was no water in it. And they sat down to eat bread; and they lifted up their eyes and looked, and, behold, a company of Ishmaelites came from Gilead with their camels bearing spicery and balm and myrrh, going to carry it down to Egypt. And Judah said unto his brethren. What profit is it if we slay our brother, and conceal his blood? Come, and let us sell him to the Ishmaelites, and let not our hand be upon him, for he is our brother and our flesh. And his brethren were content. Then there passed by Midianites merchantmen; and they drew and lifted up Joseph out of the pit, and sold Joseph to the Ishmaelites for twenty pieces of silver; and they brought Joseph into Egypt. And the Midianites sold him into Egypt unto Potiphar, an officer of Pharaoh's, and captain of the guard.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxxvit, 2–12, 17–28, 30.'' JOSEPH INTERPRETING PHARAOH'S DREAM. And it came to pass at the end of two full years, that Pharaoh dreamed: and, behold, he stood by the river. And, behold, there came up out of the river seven well favoured kine and fatfleshed; and they fed in a meadow. And, behold, seven other kine came up after them out of the river, ill favoured and leanfleshed; and stood by the other kine upon the brink of the river. And the ill favored and leanfleshed kine did eat up the seven well favoured and fat kine. So Pharaoh awoke. And he slept and dreamed the second time: and, behold, seven ears of corn came up upon one stalk, rank and good. And, behold, seven thin ears and blasted with the east wind sprung up after them. And the seven thin ears devoured the seven rank and full ears. And Pharaoh awoke, and, behold, it was a dream. And it came to pass in the morning that his spirit was troubled; and he sent and called for all the magicians of Egypt, and all the wise men thereof: and Pharaoh told them his dream; but there was none that could interpret them unto Pharaoh. [At the suggestion of his chief butler Pharaoh sends for Joseph and relates to him his dreams, which Joseph interprets as follows:| And Joseph said unto Pharaoh, The dream of Pharaoh is one: God hath shewed Pharaoh what he is about to do. The seven good kine are seven years; and the seven good ears are seven years: the dream is one. And the seven thin and ill favoured kine that came up after them are seven years; and the seven empty ears blasted with the east wind shall be seven years of famine. This is the thing which I have spoken unto Pharaoh: What God is about to do he sheweth unto Pharaoh. Behold, there come seven years of great plenty throughout all the land of Egypt: And there shall arise after them seven years of famine; and all the plenty shall be forgotten in the land of Egypt; and the famine shall consume the land; and the plenty shall not be known in the land by reason of that famine following; for it shall be very grievous. And for that the dream was doubled unto Pharaoh twice it is because the thing is established by God, and God will shortly bring it to pass. Now therefore let Pharaoh look out a man discreet and wise, and set him over the land of Egypt. Let Pharaoh do this, and let him appoint officers over the land, and take up the fifth part of the land of Egypt in the seven plenteous years. And let them gather all the food of those good years that come, and lay up corn under the hand of Pharaoh, and let them keep food in the cities. And that food shall be for store to the land against the seven years of famine, which shall be in the land of Egypt; that the land perish not through the famine.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] alt, I-76.'' RRL RA HILAR An Ha a ili iM ie ee at ee Hr lg ¢ oun? Stay + aan 7: wis - /ch//JOSEPH MAKING HIMSELF KNOWN TO HIS BRETHREN Then Joseph could not refrain himself before all them that stood by him; and he cried, Cause every man to go out from me. And there stood no man with him, while Joseph made himself known unto his brethren. And he wept aloud: and the Egyptians and the house of Pharaoh heard. And Joseph said unto his brethren, 1 am Joseph; doth my father yet live? And his brethren could not answer him; for they were troubled at his presence. And Joseph said unto his brethren, Come near to me, I pray you. And they came near. And he said, I am Joseph your brother, whom ye sold into Egypt. Now therefore be not grieved, nor angry with yourselves, that ye sold me hither: for God did send me before you to preserve life. For these two years hath the famine been in the land: and yet there are five years, in which there shall neither be earing nor harvest. And God sent me before you to preserve you a posterity in the earth, and to save your lives by a great deliverance. So now it was not you that sent me hither, but God: and he hath made me a father to Pharaoh, and lord of all his house, and a ruler throughout all the land of Egypt. Haste ye, and go up to my father, and say unto him, Thus saith thy son Joseph, God hath made me lord of all Egypt: come down unto me, tarry not: And thou shalt dwell in the land of Goshen, and thou shalt be near unto me, thou, and thy children, and thy children's children, and thy flocks, and thy herds, and all that thou hast. And there will I nourish thee; for yet there are five years of famine; lest thou, and thy household, and all that thou hast, come to poverty. And, behold, your eyes see, and the eyes of my brother Benjamin, that it is my mouth that speaketh unto you. And ye shall tell my father of all my glory in Egypt, and of all that ye have seen; and ye shall haste and bring down my father hither. And he fell upon his brother Benjamin's neck, and wept; and Benjamin wept upon his neck. Moreover he kissed all his brethren, and wept upon them: and after that his brethren talked with him. And the fame there of was heard in Pharaoh's house, saying, Joseph's brethren are come: and it pleased Pharaoh well, and his servants. And Pharaoh said unto Joseph, say unto thy brethren, This do ye; lade your beasts, and go, get you unto the land of Canaan; and take your father and your households, and come unto me: and I will give you the good of the land of Egypt, and ye shall eat the fat of the land.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xlv, 1–18.'' BAN an - HUAUULEULIUL ma wi L SN ANN ( 'i vi MI i ail "nl el signi Se: mlty i. Gy Oe) SO ol (Ge a UN aie ee CTE att |i iil: HeAAI(a TTOVT ITT - /ch//MOSES IN THE BULRUSHES And there went a man of the house of Levi, and took to wife a daughter of Levi. And the woman conceived, and bare a son: and when she saw him that he was a goodly child, she hid him three months. And when she could not longer hide him, she took for him an ark of bulrushes, and daubed it with slime and with pitch, and put the child therein; and she laid it in the flags by the river's brink. And his sister stood afar off, to wit what would be done to him. And the daughter of Pharaoh came down to wash herself at the river; and her maidens walked along by the river's side; and when she saw the ark among the flags, she sent her maid to fetch it. And when she had opened it, she saw the child: and, behold, the babe wept. And she had compassion on him, and said, This is one of the Hebrews' chil© dren. Then said his sister to Pharaoh's daughter, Shall I go and call to thee a nurse of the Hebrew women, that she may nurse the child for thee? And Pharaoh's daughter said to her, Go. And the maid went and called the child's mother. And Pharaoh's daughter said unto her, Take this child away, and nurse it for me, and I will give thee thy wages. And the woman took the child and nursed it. And the child grew, and she brought him unto Pharaoh's daughter, and he became her son. And she called his name Moses: and she said, Because I drew him out of the water. —''Hxodus tt, I-10.'' THE WAR—''AGAINST GIBEON.'' Therefore the five kings of the Amorites, the king of Jerusalem, the king of Hebron, the king of Jarmuth, the king of Lachish, the king of Eglon, gathered themselves together, and went up, they and all their hosts, and encamped before Gibeon, and made war against it. And the men of Gibeon sent unto Joshua to the camp to Gilgal, saying, Slack not thy hand from thy servants; come up to us quickly, and save us and help us: for all the kings of the Amorites that dwell in the mountains are gathered together against us. So Joshua ascended from Gilgal, he, and all the people of war with him, and all the mighty men of valor. And the Lord said unto Joshua, Fear them not: for I have delivered them into thine hand; there shall not a man of them stand before thee. Joshua therefore came unto them suddenly, and went up from Gilgal all night. And the Lord discomfited them before Israel, and slew them with a great slaughter at Gibeon, and chased them along the way that goeth up to Beth-horon, and smote them to Azekah, and unto Makkedah. And it came to pass, as they fled from before Israel, and were in the going down to Beth-horon, that the Lord cast down great stones from heaven upon them unto Azekah, and they died: they were more which died with hailstones than they whom the children of Israel slew with the sword. Then spake Joshua to the Lord in the day when the Lord delivered up the Amorites before the children of Israel, and he said in the sight of Israel, Sun, stand thou still upon Gibeon; and thou, Moon, in the valley of Ajalon. And the sun stood still, and the moon stayed, until the people had avenged themselves upon their enemies. Is not this written in the book of Jasher? So the sun stood still in the midst of heaven, and hastened not to go down about a whole day. And there was no day like that before it or after it, that the Lord hearkened unto the voice of a man: for the Lord fought for Israel. And Joshua returned, and all Israel with him, unto the camp to Gilgal. But these five kings fled, and hid themselves in a cave at Makkedah. And it was told Joshua, saying. The five kings are found hid in a cave at Makkedah. And Joshua said, Roll great stones upon the mouth of the cave, and set men by it for to keep them: and stay ye not, but pursue after your enemies, and smite the hindmost of them; suffer them not to enter into their cities; for the Lord your God hath delivered them into your hand. And it came to pass, when Joshua and the children of Israel had made an end of slaying them with a very great slaughter, till they were consumed, that the rest which remained of them entered into fenced cities.—''[[Joshua (Bible)|Joshua]] x, 5–20.'' - as SISERA*SEAING BY SARL Now Heber the Kenite, which was of the children of Hobab, the father-in-law of Moses, had severed himself from the Kenites, and pitched his tent unto the plain of Zaanaim, which is by Kedesh. And they shewed Sisera that Barak, the son of Abinoam, was gone up to Mount Tabor. "And Sisera gathered together all his chariots, even nine hundred chariots of iron, and all the people that were with him, from Harosheth of the Gentiles unto the river of Kishon. And Deborah said unto Barak, Up; for this is the day in which the Lord hath delivered Sisera into thine hand: is not the Lord gone out before thee? So Barak went down from Mount Tabor, and ten thousand men after him. And the Lord discomfited Sisera, and all his chariots and all his host, with the edge of the sword before Barak; so that Sisera lighted down off his chariot, and fled away on his feet. But Barak pursued after the chariots, and after the host, unto Harosheth of the Gentiles: and all the host of Sisera fell upon the edge of the sword; and there was not a man left. Howbeit Sisera fled away on his feet to the tent of Jael, the wife of Heber the Kenite; for there was peace between Jabin the king of Hazor and the house of Heber the Kenite. And Jael went out to meet Sisera, and said unto him, Turn in, my lord, turn in to me; fear not. And when he had turned in unto her into the tent, she covered him with a mantle. And he said unto her, Give me, I pray thee, a little water to drink; for I am thirsty. And she opened a bottle of milk, and gave him drink, and covered him. Again he said unto her, Stand in the door of the tent, and it shall be, when any man doth come and enquire of thee, and say. Is there any man here? that thou shalt say, No. Then Jael, Heber's wife, took a nail of the tent, and took an hammer in her hand, and went softly unto him, and smote the nail into his temples, and fastened it into the ground: for he was fast asleep and weary. So he died. And, behold, as Barak pursued Sisera, Jael came out to meet him, and said unto him, Come, and I will show thee the man whom thou seekest. And when he came into her tent, behold, Sisera lay dead, and the nail was in his temples.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] wv, 11–22.'' MK NN DEBORAH'S SONG OF TRIUMPH. Then sang Deborah and Barak, the son of Abinoam on that day, saying:— Praise ye the Lord for the avenging of Israel. When the people willingly offered themselves. Hear, O ye kings; give ear, O ye princes; I, even IJ, will sing unto the Lord; I will sing praise to the Lord God of Israel. Lord, when thou wentest out of Seir. When thou marchedst out of the field of Edom. The earth trembled, and the heavens dropped, the clouds also dropped water. The mountains melted from before the Lord. Even that Sinai from before the Lord God of Israel. " Blessed above women shall Jael the wife of Heber the Kenite be; Blessed shall she be above women in the tent. He asked water, and she gave him milk; She brought forth butter in a lordly dish. She put her hand to the nail, and her right hand to the workmen's hammer; And with the hammer she smote Sisera. She smote off his head, when she had pierced and stricken through his temples. At her feet he bowed, he fell, he lay down: At her—feet he bowed, he fell: Where he bowed, there he fell down dead. The mother of Sisera looked out at a window, and cried through the lattice. Why is his chariot so long in coming? Why tarry the wheels of his chariots? Her wise ladies answered her, yea, she returned answer to herself, Have they not sped? Have they not divided the prey; To every man a damsel or two; To Sisera a prey of divers colours, a prey of divers colours of needlework, Of divers colours of needlework on both sides, meet for the necks of them that take the spoil? So let all thine enemies perish, O Lord: But let them that love him be as the sun when he goeth forth in his might.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] UV, 2–5, 24–71.'' HN a - Be/b2/(LA Dn - We oe! "Po ") gn - salt - /ch//JEPHTHAH MET BY HIS DAUGHTER Then the Spirit of the Lord came upon Jephthah, and he passed over Gilead, and Manasseh, and passed over Mizpeh of Gilead, and from Mizpeh of Gilead he passed over unto the children of Ammon. And Jephthah vowed a vow unto the Lord, and said, If thou shalt without fail deliver the children of Ammon into mine hands, then it shall be, that whatsoever cometh forth of the doors of my house to meet me, when I return in peace from the children of Ammon, shall surely be the Lord's, and I will offer it up for a burnt offering. So Jephthah passed over unto the children of Ammon to fight against them; and the Lord delivered them into his hands. And he smote them from Aroer, even till thou come to Minnith, even twenty cities, and unto the plain of the vineyards, with a very great slaughter. Thus the children of Ammon were subdued before the children of Israel. And Jephthah came to Mizpeh unto his house, and, behold, his daughter came out to meet him with timbrels and with dances: and she was his only child; beside her he had neither son nor daughter.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] x2, 29–34.'' -i - JEPHTHAH'S DAUGHTER AND HER COMPANIONS. And it came to pass, when he saw her, that he rent his clothes, and said, Alas, my daughter! thou hast brought me very low, and thou art one of them that trouble me: for I have opened my mouth unto the Lord, and I cannot go back. And she said unto him, My father, if thou hast opened thy mouth unto the Lord, do to me according to that which hath proceeded out of thy mouth; forasmuch as the Lord hath taken vengeance for thee of thine enemies, even of the children of Ammon. And she said unto her father, Let this thing be done for me: let me alone two months, that I may go up and down upon the mountains, and bewail my virginity, I and my fellows. And he said, Go. And he sent her away for two months: and she went with her companions, and bewailed her virginity upon the mountains. And it came to pass at the end of two months, that she returned unto her father, who did with her according to his vow which he had vowed: and she knew no man. And it was a custom in Israel, that the daughters of Israel went yearly to lament the daughter of Jephthah the Gileadite four days in a year.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] xt, 35–40.'' -i - /ch//SAMSON SLAYING THE LION Then went Samson down, and his father and his mother, to Timnath, and came to the vineyards of Timnath; and, behold, a young lion roared against him. And the Spirit of the Lord came mightily upon him, and he rent him as he would have rent a kid, and he had nothing in his hand; but he told not his father or his mother what he had done.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] xzv, 5–6.'' -i - /ch//SAMSON AND DELILAH And it came to pass afterward, that he loved a woman in the valley of Sorek, whose name was Delilah. And the lords of the Philistines came up unto her, and said unto her, Entice him, and see wherein his great strength lieth, and by what means we may prevail against him, that we may bind him to afflict him; and we will give thee every one of us eleven hundred pieces of silver. And Delilah said to Samson, Tell me, I pray thee, wherein thy great strength lieth, and wherewith thou mightest be bound to afflict thee. And Samson said unto her, If they bind me with seven green withs that were never dried, then shall I be weak, and be as another man. Then the lords of the Philistines brought up to her seven green withs which had not been dried, and she bound him with them. Now there were men lying in wait, abiding with her in the chamber. And she said unto him, The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And he brake the withs, as a thread of tow is broken when it toucheth the fire. So his strength was not known. And Delilah said unto Samson, Behold, thou hast mocked me, and told me lies: now tell me, I pray thee, wherewith thou mightest be bound. And he said unto her, If they bind me fast with new ropes that never were occupied, then shall I be weak, and be as another man. Delilah therefore took new ropes, and bound him therewith, and said unto him, The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And there were liers in wait abiding in the chamber. And he brake them from off his arms like a thread. And Delilah said unto Samson, Hitherto thou hast mocked me, and told me lies: tell me wherewith thou mightest be bound. And he said unto her, If thou weavest the seven locks of my head with the web. And she fastened it with the pin, and said unto him, The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And he awaked out of his sleep, and went away with the pin of the beam and with the web. And she said unto him, How canst thou say, I love thee, when thine heart is not with me? thou hast mocked me these three times, and hast not told me wherein thy great strength lieth. And it came to pass, when she pressed him daily with her words, and urged him, so that his soul was vexed unto death; that he told her all his heart, and said unto her, There hath not come a razor upon mine head; for I have been a Nazarite unto God from my mother's womb: if I be shaven, then my strength will go from me, and I shall become weak, and be like any other man. And when Delilah saw that he had told her all his heart, she sent and called for the lords of the Philistines, saying, Come up this once, for he hath showed me all his heart. Then the lords of the Philistines came up unto her, and brought money in their hand. And she made him sleep upon her knees; and she called for a man, and she caused him to shave off the seven locks of his head; and she began to afflict him, and his strength went from him. And she said, The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And he awoke out of his sleep, and said, I will go out as at other times before, and shake myself. And he wist not that the Lord was departed from him.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] xvt, 4–20.'' -i - /ch//THE DEATH OF SAMSON But the Philistines took him, and put out his eyes, and brought him down to Gaza, and bound him with fetters of brass; and he did grind in the prison house. Howbeit the hair of his head began to grow again after he was shaven. Then the lords of the Philistines gathered them together for to offer a great sacrifice unto Dagon their god, and to rejoice: for they said, Our God hath delivered Samson our enemy into our hand. And when the people saw him, they praised their god: for they said, Our god hath delivered into our hands our enemy, and the destroyer of our country, which slew many of us. And it came to pass, when their hearts were merry, that they said, Call for Samson, that he may make us sport. And they called for Samson out of the prison house; and he made them sport: and they set him between the pillars. And Samson said unto the lad that held him by the hand, Suffer me that I may feel the pillars whereupon the house standeth, that I may lean upon them. Now the house was full of men and women; and all the lords of the Philistines were there; and there were upon the roof about three thousand men and women, that beheld while Samson made sport. And Samson called unto the Lord, and said, O Lord God, remember me, I pray thee, and strengthen me, I pray thee, only this once, O God, that I may be at once avenged of the Philistines for my two eyes. And Samson took hold of the two middle pillars upon which the house stood, and on which it was borne up, of the one with 'his right hand, and of the other with his left. And Samson said, Let me die with the Philistines. And he bowed himself with all his might; and the house fell upon the lords, and upon all the people that were therein. So the dead which he slew at his death were more than they which he slew in his life. Then his brethren and all the house of his father came down, and took him, and brought him up, and buried him between Zorah and Eshtaol in the buryingplace of Manoah his father. And he judged Israel twenty years.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] xvi, 21–71.'' -i - /ch//NAOMI AND HER DAUGHTERS IN LAW Now it came to pass in the days when the judges ruled, that there was a famine in the land. And acertain man of Beth-lehem-judah went to sojourn in the country of Moab, he, and his wife, and his two sons. And the name of the man was Elimelech, and the name of his wife Naomi, and the name of his two sons Mahlon and Chilion, Ephrathites of Beth-lehemjudah. And they came into the country of Moab, and continued there. And Elimelech Naomi's husband died; and she was left, and her two sons. And they took them wives of the women of Moab; the name of the one was Orpah, and the name of the other Ruth: and they dwelt there about ten years. And Mahlon and Chilion died also both of them; and the woman was left of her two sons and her husband. Then she arose with her daughters in law, that she might return from the country of Moab: for she had heard in the country of Moab how that the Lord had visited his people in giving them bread. Wherefore she went forth out of the place where she was, and her two daughters in law with her; and they went on the way to return unto the land of Judah. And Naomi said unto her two daughters in law, Go, return each to her mother's house: the Lord deal kindly with you, as ye have dealt with the dead, and with me. The Lord grant you that ye may find rest, each of you in the house of her husband. Then she kissed them; and they lifted up their voice, and wept. And they said unto her, Surely we will return with thee unto thy people. And Naomi said, Turn again, my daughters: why will ye go with me? are there yet any more sons in my womb, that they may be your husbands? Turn again, my daughters, go your way; for I am too old to have a husband. If I should say, I have hope, if I should have a husband also to night, and should also bear sons; would ye tarry for them till they were grown? would ye stay for them from having husbands? nay, my daughters; for it grieveth me much for your sakes that the hand of the Lord is gone out against me. And they lifted up their voice, and wept again: and Orpah kissed her mother in law; but Ruth clave unto her. And she said, Behold, thy sister in law is gone back unto her people, and unto her gods: return thou after thy sister in law. And Ruth said, Entreat me not to leave thee, or to return from following after thee: for whither thou goest, I will go; and where thou lodgest, I will lodge: thy people shall be my people, and thy God my God: Where thou diest, will I die, and there will I be buried: the Lord do so to me, and more also, if ought but death part thee and me. When she saw that she was steadfastly minded to go with her, then she left speaking unto her. So they two went until they came to Beth-lehem.—''/uzh 2, 7–79.'' RUTH: AND—''BOAZ,.'' And Naomi had a kinsman of her husband's, a mighty man of wealth, of the family of Elimelech; and his name was Boaz. And Ruth the Moabitess said unto Naomi, Let me now go to the field, and glean ears of corn after him in whose sight I shall find grace. And she said unto her, Go, my daughter. And she went, and came and gleaned in the field after the reapers; and her hap was to light on a part of the field belonging unto Boaz, who was of the kindred of Elimelech. And, behold, Boaz came from Bethlehem, and said unto the reapers. The Lord be with you. And they answered him. The Lord bless thee. Then said Boaz unto his servant that was set over the reapers, whose damsel is this? And the servant that was set over the reapers answered and said, It is the Moabitish damsel that came back with Naomi out of the country of Moab: and she said, I pray you, let me glean and gather after the reapers among the sheaves: so she came, and hath continued even from the morning until now, that she tarried a little in the house. Then said Boaz unto Ruth, Hearest thou not, my daughter? Go not to glean in another field, neither go from hence, but abide here fast by my maidens: let thine eyes be on the field that they do reap, and go thou after them: have I not charged the young men that they shall not touch thee? and when thou art athirst, go unto the vessels, and drink of that which the young men have drawn. Then she fell on her face and bowed herself to the ground, and said unto him, Why have I found grace in thine eyes, that thou shouldest take knowledge of me, seeing I am a stranger? And Boaz answered and said unto her, It hath fully been shewed me, all that thou hast done unto thy mother in law since the death of thine husband: and how thou hast left thy father and thy mother, and the land of thy nativity, and art come unto a people which thau knewest not heretofore. The Lord recompense thy work, and a full reward be given thee of the Lord God of Israel, under whose wings thou art come to trust. Then she said, Let me find favor in thy sight, my lord; for that thou hast comforted me, and for that thou hast spoken friendly unto thine handmaid, though I be not like unto one of thine handmaidens,. And Boaz said unto her, At mealtime come thou hither, and eat of the bread, and dip thy morsel in the vinegar. And she sat beside the reapers: and he reached her parched corn, and she did eat, and was sufficed, and left. And when she was risen up to glean, Boaz commanded his young men, saying, Let her glean even among the sheaves, and reproach her not: and let fall also some of the handfuls of purpose for her, and leave them, that she may glean them and rebuke her not. So she gleaned in the field until even, and beat out that she had gleaned: and it was about an ephah of barley.—''Ruth 22, 2–177.'' TR SS ANS ANS A NY SSwee Ke AN oo RN we Nh A. LAY SY N WN SSS AIG NAKA WO KAN Ae COS AS WN WYN min Sue oy QI Garyy MN ANS ow AN N eR ee INE SERA ONS MAAR THE? RED UNS Pol ae And the ark of the Lord was in the country of the Philistines seven months. And the Philistines called for the priests and the diviners, saying. What shall we do to the ark of the Lord? tell us wherewith we shall send it to his place. And they said, If ye send away the ark of the God of Israel, send it not empty; but in any wise return him a trespass offering: then ye shall be healed, and it shall be known to you why his hand is not removed from you. Then said they. What shall be the trespass offering which we shall return to him? They answered, Five golden emerods, and five golden mice, according to the number of the lords of the Philistines: for one plague was on you all, and on your lords. Wherefore ye shall make images of your emerods, and images of your mice that mar the land; and ye shall give glory unto the God of Israel: peradventure he will lighten his hand from off you, and from off your gods, and from off your land. Wherefore then do ye harden your hearts, as the Egyptians and Pharaoh hardened their hearts? when he had wrought wonderfully among them, did they not let the people go, and they departed? Now hebre make a new cart, sine take two milch kine, on which there hath come no yoke, and tie the kine to the cart, and bring their calves home from them: and take the ark of the Lord, and lay it upon the cart; and put the jewels of gold, which ye return him for a trespass offering, in a coffer by the side thereof; and send it away, that it may go. And see, if it goeth up by the way of his own coast to Beth-shemesh, then he hath done us this great evil: but if not, then we shall know that it is not his hand that smote us; it was a chance that happened to us. And the men did so; and took two milch kine, and tied them to the cart, and shut up their calves at home: and they laid the ark of the Lord upon the cart, and the coffer with the mice of gold and the images of their emerods. And the kine took the straight way to the way of Beth-shemesh, and went along the highway, lowing as they went, and turned not aside to the right hand or to the left; and the lords of the Philistines went after them unto the border of Beth-shemesh. And they of Beth-shemesh were reaping their wheat harvest in the valley: and they lifted up their eyes, and saw the ark, and rejoiced to see it. And the cart came into the field of Joshua, a Beth-shemite, and stood there, where there was a great stone: and they clave the wood of the cart, and offered the kine a burnt offering unto the Lord. And the Levites took down the ark of the Lord, and the coffer that was with it, wherein the jewels of gold were, and put them on the great stone: and the men of Beth-shemesh offered burnt offerings and sacrificed sacrifices the same day unto the Lord.—''[[Samuel (Bible)|Samuel]] vi, 1–15.'' -i - /ch//SAUL AND DAVID And it came to pass, when he had made an end of speaking unto Saul, that the soul of Jonathan was knit with the soul of David, and Jonathan loved him as his own soul. And Saul took him that day, and would let him go no more home to his father's house. Then Jonathan and David made a covenant, because he loved him as his own soul. And Jonathan stripped himself of the robe that was upon him, and gave it to David, and his garments, even to his sword, and to his bow, and to his girdle. And David went out withersoever Saul sent him, and behaved himself wisely: and Saul set him over the men of war, and he was accepted in the sight of all the people, and also in the sight of Saul's servants. And it came to pass as they came, when David was returned from the slaughter of the Philistine, that the women came out of all cities of Israel, singing and dancing, to meet king Saul, with tabrets, with joy, and with instruments of music. And the women answered one another as they played, and said, Saul hath slain his thousands, and David his ten thousands. And Saul was very wroth, and the saying displeased him; and he said, They have ascribed unto David ten thousands, and to me they have ascribed but thousands: and what can he have more but the kingdom? And Saul eyed David from that day and forward. And it came to pass on the morrow, that the evil spirit from God came upon Saul, and he prophesied in the midst of the house: and David played with his hand, as at other times: and there was a javelin in Saul's hand. And Saul cast the javelin; for he said, I will smite David even to the wall with it. And David avoided out of his presence twice.—''z Samuel "UI, I-IT.'' TS: Thine DAVID. SPARRING @goAUL. —And it came to pass, when Saul was returned from following the Philistines, that it was told him, saying, Behold, David is in the wilderness of En-gedi. Then Saul took three thousand chosen men out of all Israel, and went to seek David and his men upon the rocks of the wild goats. And he came to the sheepcotes by the way, where was a cave; and Saul went in to cover his feet: and David and his men remained in the sides of the cave. And the men of David said unto him, Behold the day of which the Lord said unto thee, Behold, I will deliver thine enemy into thine hand, that thou mayest do to him as it shall seem good unto thee. Then David arose, and cut off the skirt of Saul's robe privily. And it came to pass afterward, that David's heart smote him, because he had cut off Saul's skirt. And he said unto his men. The Lord forbid that I should do this thing unto my master, the Lord's anointed, to stretch forth mine hand against him, seeing he is the anointed of the Lord. So David stayed his servants with these words, and suffered them not to rise against Saul. But Saul rose up out of the cave, and went on his way. David also arose afterward, and went out of the cave, and cried after Saul, saying, My lord the king. And when Saul looked behind him, David stooped with his face to the earth and bowed himself. And David said to Saul, Wherefore hearest thou men's words, saying, Behold, David seeketh thy hurt? Behold, this day thine eyes have seen how that the Lord had delivered thee to-day into mine hand in the cave: and some bade me kill thee; but mine eye spared thee; and I said, I will not put forth mine hand against my lord; for he is the Lord's anointed. Moreover, my father, see, yea, see the skirt of thy robe in my hand: for in that I cut off the skirt of thy robe, and killed thee not, know thou and see that there is neither evil nor transgression in mine hand, and I have not sinned against thee; yet thou huntest my soul to take it. The Lord judge between me and thee, and the Lord avenge me of thee: but mine hand shall not be upon thee. As saith the proverb of the ancients, Wickedness proceedeth from the wicked: but mine hand shall not be upon thee. After whom is the king of Israel come out? after whom dost thou pursue? after a dead dog, after a flea. The Lord therefore be judge, and judge between me and thee, and see, and plead my cause, and deliver me out of thine hand. And it came to pass, when David had made an end of speaking these words unto Saul, that Saul said, Is this thy voice, my son David? And Saul lifted up his voice, and wept. And he said to David, Thou art more righteous than I: for thou hast rewarded me good, whereas I have rewarded thee evil. And thou hast shewed this day how that thou hast dealt well with me: forasmuch as when the Lord had delivered me into thine hand, thou killedst me not. For if a man find his enemy, will he let him go well away? wherefore the Lord reward thee good for that thou hast done unto me this day. And now, behold, I know well that thou shalt surely be king, and that the kingdom of Israel shall be established in thine hand. Swear now therefore unto me by the Lord, that thou wilt not cut off my seed after me, and that thou wilt not destroy my name out of my father's house. And David sware unto Saul. And Saul went home; but David and his men gat them up unto the hold.—''z Samuel xxiv, I-22.'' Ha mu iy ry ie ; of "s s, y 7 '14 Vi oh weal A - = 'Ry bs ae, Ext ng 7 is 4 se, a o <—a's 2":: vale ee 2a on/b2/; '% 5 "I .: 5 7 ¥ Ms =o) ': Ch PN = . F An 4; '7 . 7 ae DEATH: OF SAGIE Now the Philistines fought against Israel: and the men of Israel fled from before the Philistines, and fell down slain in mount Gilboa. And the Philistines followed hard upon Saul and upon his sons; and the Philistines slew Jonathan, and Abinadab, and Melch-shua, Saul's sons. And the battle went sore against Saul, and the archers hit him; and he was sore wounded of the archers. Then said Saul unto his armourbearer, Draw thy sword, and thrust me through therewith; lest these uncircumcised come and thrust me through, and abuse me. But his armourbearer would not; for he was sore afraid. Therefore Saul took a sword, and fell upon it. And when his armourbearer saw that Saul was dead, he fell likewise upon his sword, and died with him. So Saul died, and his three sons, and his armourbearer, and all his men, that same day together. And when the men of Israel that were on the other side of the valley, and they that were on the other side Jordan, saw that the men of Israel fled, and that Saul and his sons were dead, they forsook the cities, and fled; ard the Philistines came and dwelt in them. And it came to pass on the morrow, when the Philistines came to strip the slain, that they found Saul and his three sons fallen in mount Gilboa. And they cut off his head, and stripped off his armour, and sent into the land of the Philistines round about, to publish it in the house of their idols, and among the people. And they put his armour in the house of Ashtaroth: and they fastened his body to the wall of Beth-shan. And when the inhabitants of Jabesh-gilead heard of that which the Philistines had done to Saul; all the valiant men arose, and went all night, and took the body of Saul and the bodies of his sons from the wall of Beth-shan, and came to Jabesh, and burnt them there. And they took their bones, and buried them under a tree at Jabesh, and fasted seven days.— t Samuel xxx21. THE DEATH OF ABSALON: And David numbered the people that were with him, and set captains of thousands and captains of hundreds over them. And David set forth a third part of the people under the hand of Joab, and a third part under the hand of Abishai the son of Zeruiah, Joab's brother, and a third part under the hand of ittai the Gittite. And the king said unto the people, I will surely go forth with you myself also. But the people answered, Thou shalt not go forth: for if we flee away, they will not care for us; neither if half of us die, will they care for us: but now thou art worth ten thousand of us: therefore now it is better that thou succor us out of the city. And the king said unto them, What seemeth you best I will do. And the king stood by the gate side, and all the people came out by hundreds and by thousands. And the king commanded Joab and Abishai and ittai, saying, Deal gently for my sake with the young man, even with Absalom. And all the people heard when the king gave all the captains charge concerning Absalom. So the people went out into the field against Israel: and the battle was in the wood of Ephraim; where the people of Israel were slain before the servants of David, and there was there a great slaughter that day of twenty thousand men. For the battle was there scattered over the face of all the country: and the wood devoured more people that day than the sword devoured. And Absalom met the servants of David. And Absalom rode upon a mule, and the mule went under the thick boughs of a great oak, and his head caught hold of the oak, and he was taken up between the heaven and the earth; and the mule that was under him went away. And a certain man saw it, and told Joab, and said, Behold I saw Absalom hanged in an oak. And Joab said unto the man that told him. And, behold, thou sawest him, and why didst thou not smite him there to the ground? and I would have given thee ten shekels of silver, and a girdle. And the man said unto Joab, Though I should receive a thousand shekels of silver in mine hand, yet would I not put forth mine hand against the king's son: for in our hearing the king charged thee and Abishai and ittai, saying, Beware that none touch the young man Absalom. Otherwise I should have wrought falsehood against mine own life: for there is no matter hid from the king, and thou thyself wouldst have set thyself against me. Then said Joab, I may not tarry thus with thee. And he took three darts in his hand, and thrust them through the heart of Absalom, while he was yet alive in the midst of the oak. And ten young men that bare Joab's armor compassed about and smote Absalom, and slew him. And Joab blew the trumpet, and the people returned from pursuing after Israel: for Joab held back the people. And they took Absalom, and cast him into a great pit in the wood, and laid a very great heap of stones upon him: and all Israel fled every one to his tent.—''2 Samuel xvnt, I-17.'' ZL 7 ¢] "Ah - /ch//DAVID MOURNING OVER ABSALOM Then said Ahimaaz the son of Zadok, Let me now run, and bear the king tidings, how that the Lord hath avenged him of his enemies. And Joab said unto him, Thou shalt not bear tidings this day, but thou shalt bear tidings another day: but this day thou shalt bear no tidings, because the king's son is dead. Then said Joab to Cushi, Go tell the king what thou hast seen. And Cushi bowed himself unto Joab, and ran. Then said Ahimaaz the son of Zadok yet again to Joab. But howsoever, let me, I pray thee, also run after Cushi. And Joab said, Wherefore wilt thou run, my son, seeing that thou hast no tidings ready? But howsoever, said he let me run. And he said unto him, Run. Then Ahimaaz ran by the way of the plain, and overran Cushi. And David sat between the two gates: and the watchman went up to the roof over the gate unto the wall, and lifted up his eyes, and looked, and behold a man running alone. And the watchman cried, and told the king. And the king said, If he be alone, there is tidings in his mouth. And he came apace, and drew near. And the watchman saw another man running: and the watchman called unto the porter, and said, Behold another man running alone. And the king said, He also bringeth tidings. And the watchman said, Me thinketh the running of the foremost is like the running of Ahimaaz the son of Zadok. And the king said, He is a good man, and cometh with good tidings. And Ahimaaz called, and said unto the king, All is well. And he fell down to the earth upon fe face before the king, and said, Blessed be the Lord thy God, which hath delivereth up the men that lifted up their hand against my lord the king. And the king said, Is the young man Absalom safe? And Ahimaaz answered, When Joab sent the king's servant, and me thy servant, I saw a great tumult, but I knew not what it was. And the king said unto him, Turn aside, and stand here. And he turned aside, and stood still. And, behold, Cushi came; and Cushi said, Tidings, my lord the king: for the Lord hath avenged thee this day of all them that rose up against thee. And the king said unto Cushi, Is the young man Absalom safe? And Cushi answered, The enemies of my lord the king, and all that rise against thee to do thee hurt, be as that young man is. And the king was much moved, and went up to the chamber over the gate, and wept: and as he went, thus he said, O my son Absalom, my son, my son Absalom! would God I had died for thee, O Absalom, my son, my son!; And it was told Joab, Behold the king weepeth and mourneth for Absalom. And the victory that day was turned into mourning unto all the people: for the people heard say that day how the king was grieved for his son. And the people gat them by stealth that day into the city, as people being ashamed steal away when they flee in battle. But the king covered his face, and the king cried with a loud voice, O my son Absalom, O Absalom, my son, my son!—2 Samuel xvnt, 19–33, xix, 1–4. S S S "il Mf ay/b2/" ie SERS a ser 2 Sees ar v - /ch//SOLOMON And David took him more concubines and wives out of Jerusalem, after he was come from Hebron: and there were yet sons and daughters born to David. And these be the names of those that were born unto him in Jerusalem; Shammuah, and Shobab, and Nathan, and Solomon, Ibhar also, and Elishua, and Nepheg, and Japhia, and Elishama, and Eliada, and Eliphalet.—''2 Samuel v. 13–16.'' And David comforted Bath-sheba his wife, and went in unto her, and lay with her: and she bare a son, and he called his name Solomon: and the Lord loved him.—''2 Samuel Lathe ys'' So David slept with his fathers, and was buried in the city of David. And the days that David reigned over Israel were forty years: seven years reigned he in Hebron, and thirty and three years reigned he in Jerusalem. Then sat Solomon upon the throne of David his father, and his kingdom was established greatly.—''zr Kings 72, ro-r2.'' And God gave Solomon wisdom and understanding exceeding much, and largeness of heart, even as the sand that is on the sea shore. And Solomon's wisdom excelled the wisdom of all the children of the east country, and all the wisdom of Egypt. For he was wiser than all men: than Ethan the Ezrahite, and Heman, and Chalcol, and Darda, the sons of Mahol: and his fame was in all nations round about. And he spake three thousand proverbs: and his songs were a thousand and five. And he spake of trees, from the cedar tree that is in Lebanon even unto the hyssop that springeth out of the wall: he spake also of beasts, and of fowl, and of creeping things, and of fishes. And there came of all people to hear the wisdom of Solomon, from all kings of the earth, which had heard of his wisdom,—''2 Kings tv, 29–34.'' Aa ie Al il MIhil p i il We is iB Nt Ve su nl a (leat tl Ml My (or ihe th Hi ! au SMITA Whi) aa gine i p i: i777 HCA, hi yt ff A. tren ATan ed oie - /ch//THE JUDGMENT OF SOLOMON Then came there two women, that were harlots, unto the king, and stood before him. And the one woman said, O my lord, I and this woman dwell in one house; and I was delivered of a child with her in the house. And it came to pass the third day after that I was delivered, that this woman was delivered also: and we were together; there was no stranger with us in the house, save we two in the house. And this woman's child died in the night; because she overlaid it. And she arose at midnight, and took my son from beside me, while thine handmaid slept, and laid it in her bosom, and laid her dead child in my bosom. And when I rose in the morning to give my child suck, behold, it was dead: but when I had considered it in the morning, behold, it was not my son, which I did bear. And the other woman said, Nay; but the living is my son, and the dead is thy son. And this said, No; but the dead is thy son, and the living is my son. Thus they spake before the king. Then said the king. The one saith, This is my son that liveth, and thy son is the dead: and the other saith, Nay; but thy son is the dead, and my son is the living. And the king said, Bring me a sword. And they brought a sword before the king. And the king said, Divide the living child in two, and give half to the one, and half to the other. Then spake the woman whose the living child was unto the king, for her bowels yearned upon her son, and she said, O my lord, give her the living child, and in no wise slay it.; But the other said, Let it be neither mine nor thine, but divide it. Then the king answered and said, Give her the living child, and in no wise slay it: she is the mother thereof. And all Israel heard of the judgment which the king had judged; and they feared the king: for they saw that the wisdom of God was in him, to do judgment.—7 Kengs 772, 16–28, i 4 aH bin mn UU ju un Niel: all cM) ie 'i a - i ay ni A. it!lWi el Ci AAAa cin a[ HL) Ney H Hy nein in A. ae Di ( mal aa has al it il)We ''is'' yl: ee'll ik Ml) Alhi UVM INCINSLIN i itl i lle ar) THE CEDARS DESTINED FOR THE TEMPLE: And Hiram king of Tyre sent his servants unto Solomon; for he had heard that they had anointed him king in the room of his father: for Hiram was ever a lover of David. And Solomon sent to Hiram, saying, Thou knowest how that David my father could not build a house unto the name of the Lord his God for the wars which were about him on every side, until the Lord put them under the soles of his feet. But now the Lord my God hath given me rest on every side, so that there is neither adversary nor evil occurrent. And, behold, I purpose to build a house unto the name of the Lord my God, as the Lord spake unto David my father, saying, Thy son, whom I will set upon thy throne in thy room, he shall build a house unto my name. Now therefore command thou that they hew me cedar trees out of Lebanon; and my servants shall be with thy servants: and unto thee will I give hire for thy servants according to all that thou shalt appoint: for thou knowest that there is not among us any that can skill to hew timber like unto the Sidonians. And it came to pass, when Hiram heard the words of Solomon, that he rejoiced greatly, and said, Blessed be the Lord this day, which hath given unto David a wise son over this great people. And Hiram sent to Solomon, saying, I have considered the things which thou sentest to me for: and I will do all thy desire concerning timber of cedar, and concerning timber of fir. My servants shall bring them down from Lebanon unto the sea; and I will convey them by sea in floats unto the place that thou shalt appoint me, and will cause them to be discharged there, and thou shalt receive them: and thou shalt accomplish my desire, in giving food for my household. So Hiram gave Solomon cedar trees and fir trees according to all his desire. And Solomon gave Hiram twenty thousand measures of wheat for food to his household, and twenty measures of pure oil: thus gave Solomon to Hiram year by year. And the Lord gave Solomon wisdom, as he promised him: and there was peace between Hiram and Solomon; and they two made a league together. And king Solomon raised a levy out of all Israel; and the levy was thirty thousand men. And he sent them to Lebanon, ten thousand a month by courses: a month they were in Lebanon, and two months at home: and Adoniram was over the levy. And Solomon had threescore and ten thousand that bare burdens,.and fourscore thousand hewers in the mountains; beside the chief of Solomon's officers which were over the work, three thousand and three hundred, which ruled over the people that wrought in the work. And the king commanded, and they brought great stones, costly stones, and hewed stones, to lay the foundation of the house. And Solomon's builders, and Hiram's builders did hew them, and the stone-squarers: so they prepared timber and stones to build the house.—''z Azngs v.'' THE.—''PROPH Boles Ne B Ye aoe.'' Now there dwelt an old prophet in Bethel; and his sons came and told him all the works that the man of God had done that day in Bethel: the words which he had spoken unto the king, them they told also to their father. And their father said unto them, What way went he? For his sons had seen what way the man of God went, which came from Judah. And he said unto his sons, Saddle me the ass. So they saddled him the ass: and he rode thereon, and went after the man of God, and found him sitting under an oak: and he said unto him, Art thou the man of God that camest from Judah? And he said, I am. Then he said unto him, Come home with me, and eat bread. And he said,may not return with thee, nor go in with thee: neither will I eat bread nor drink water with thee in this place: for it was said to me by the word of the Lord, Thou shalt eat no bread nor drink water there, nor turn again to go by the way that thou camest. He said unto him, I am a prophet also as thou art; and an angel spake unto me by the word of the Lord, saying, Bring him back with thee into thine house, that he may eat bread and drink water. But he lied unto him. So he went back with him, and did eat bread in his house, and drank water. And it came to pass, as they sat at the table, that the word of the Lord came unto the prophet that brought him back: and he cried unto the man of God that came from Judah, saying, Thus saith the Lord, Forasmuch as thou hast disobeyed the mouth of the Lord, and hast not kept the commandment which the Lord thy God commanded thee, but camest back, and hast eaten bread and drunk water in the place, of the which the Lord did say to thee, Eat no bread, and drink no water; thy carcass shall not come unto the sepulchre of thy fathers. And it came to pass, after he had eaten bread, and after he had drunk, that he saddled for him the ass, to wit, for the prophet whom he had brought back. And when he was gone, a lion met him by the way, and slew him: and his carcass was cast in the way, and the ass stood by it, the lion also stood by the carcass. And, behold, men passed by, and saw the carcass cast in the way, and the lion standing by the carcass: and they came and told it in the city where the old prophet dwelt. And when the prophet that brought him back from the way heard thereof, he said, It is the man of God, who was disobedient unto the word of the Lord: therefore the Lord hath delivered him unto the lion, which hath torn him, and slain him, according to the word of the Lord, which he spake unto him. And he spake to his sons, saying, Saddle me the ass. And they saddled him. And he went and found his carcass cast in the way, and the ass and the lion standing by the carcass: the lion had not eaten the carcass, nor torn the ass.—''z Kengs xzzz, 11–28, ban D'' ae oe) ELIJAH DESTROYING Tite MESSENGERo=OPrsAnAZIAL: And Ahaziah fell down through a lattice in his upper chamber that was in Samaria, and was sick: and he sent messengers, and said unto them, Go, enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron whether I shall recover of this disease. But the angel of the Lord said to Elijah the Tishbite, Arise, go up to meet the messengers of the king of Samaria, and say unto them. Is it not because there is not a God in Israel, that ye go to enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron? Now therefore thus saith the Lord, Thou shalt not come down from that bed on which thou art gone up, but shalt surely die. And Elijah departed. And when the messengers turned back unto him, he said unto them, Why are ye now turned back? And they said unto him, There came a man up to meet us, and said unto us, Go, turn again unto the king that sent you, and say unto him, Thus saith the Lord. Is it not because there is not a God in Israel, that thou sendest to enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron? therefore thou shalt not come down from that bed on which thou art gone up, but shalt surely die. And he said unto them, What manner of man was he which came up to meet you, and told you these words? And they answered him. He was an hairy man, and girt with a girdle of leather about his loins. And he said, It is Elijah the Tishbite. Then the king sent unto him a captain of fifty with his fifty. And he went up to him: and, behold, he sat on the top of an hill. And he spake unto him, Thou man of God, the king hath said, Come down. And Elijah answered and said to the captain of fifty. If I be a man of God, then let fire come down from heaven, and consume thee and thy fifty. And there came down fire from heaven and consumed him and his fifty. Again also he sent unto him another captain of fifty with his fifty. And he answered and said unto him, O man of God, thus hath the king said, Come down quickly. And Elijah answered and said unto them, If I be a man of God, let fire come down from heaven, and consume thee and thy fifty. And the fire of God came down from heaven and consumed him and his fifty. And he sent again a captain of the third fifty with his fifty. And the third captain of fifty went up, and came and fell on his knees before Elijah, and besought him, and said unto him, O man of God, I pray thee, let my life, and the life of these fifty thy servants, be precious in thy sight. Behold, there came fire down from heaven, and burnt up the two captains of the former fifties with their fifties: therefore let my life now be precious in thy sight. And the angel of the lord said unto Elijah, Go down with him: be not afraid of him. And he arose, and went down with him unto the king. And he said unto him, Thus saith the Lord, Forasmuch as thou hast sent messengers to enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron, is it not because there is no God in Israel to enquire of his word? therefore thou shalt not come down off that bed on which thou art gone up, but shalt surely die. So he died according to the word of the Lord which Elijah had spoken.—2 Kzngs 2, 2–17, wail Ni iy 3 'Uda il es = r Foes "'T BELIJAH"S ASCENT MING ASG ATO) Teo reer it. "And it came to pass, when the Lord would take up Elijah into heaven by a whirlwind, that Elijah went with Elisha from Gilgal. And Elijah said unto Elisha, Tarry here, I pray thee; for the Lord hath sent me to Beth-el. And Elisha said unto him, As the Lord liveth, and as thy soul liveth, I will not leave thee. So they went down to Beth-el. And the sons of the prophets that were at Beth-el came forth to Elisha, and said unto him, Knowest thou that the Lord will take away thy master from thy head to-day? And he said, Yea, I know it; hold ye your peace. And Elijah said unto him, Elisha, tarry here, I pray thee; for the Lord hath sent me to Jericho. And he said, As the Lord liveth, and as thy soul liveth, I will not leave thee. So they came to Jericho. And the sons of the prophets that were at Jericho came to Elisha, and said unto him, Knowest thou that the Lord will take away thy master from thy head to-day? And he answered, Yea, I know it; hold ye your peace. And Elijah said unto him, Tarry, I pray thee, here; for the Lord hath sent me to Jordan. And he said, As the Lord liveth, and as thy soul liveth, I will not leave thee. And they two went on. 5 And fifty men of the sons of the prophets went, and stood to view afar off: and they two stood by Jordan. And Elijah took his mantle, and wrapped it together, and smote the waters, and they were divided hither and thither, so that they two went over on dry ground. And it came to pass, when they were gone over, that Elijah said unto Elisha, Ask what I shall do for thee, before I be taken away from thee. And Elisha said, I pray thee, let a double portion of thy spirit be upon me. And he said, Thou hast asked a hard thing: nevertheless, if thou see me when I am taken from thee, it shall be so unto thee; but if not, it shall not be so. And it came to pass, as they still went on, and talked, that, behold, there appeared a chariot of fire, and horses of fire, and parted them both asunder; and Elijah went up by a whirlwind into heaven.—''z KA7ngs 22, 1–11.'' -i - /ch//THE DEATH ORSEZEBEAS And when Jehu was come to Jezreel, Jezebel heard of it; and she painted her face, and tired her head, and looked out at a window. And as Jehu entered in at the gate, she said, Had Zimri peace, who slew his master? And he lifted up his face to the window, and said, who is on my side? who? And there looked out to him two or three eunuchs. And he said, Throw her down. So they threw her down: and some of her blood was sprinkled on the wall, and on the horses: and he trod her under foot. And when he was come in, he did eat and drink, and said, Go, see now this cursed woman, and bury her: for she is a king's daughter. And they went to bury her: but they found no more of her than the scull, and the feet, and the palms of her hands. Wherefore they came again, and told him. And he said, This is the word of the Lord, which he spake by his servant Elijah the Tishbite, saying, In the portion of Jezreel shall dogs eat the flesh of Jezebel: and the carcass of Jezebel shall be as dung upon the face of the field in the portion of Jezreel; so that they shall not say, This is Jezebel.—''2 Azngs zx, 370–37.'' : Te aie ye We of re oe ¥ - - /ch//ESTHER CONFOUNDING HAMAN So the king and Haman came to banquet with Esther the queen. And the king said again unto Esther on the second day at the banquet of wine. What is thy petition, queen Esther? and it shall be granted thee: and what is thy request? and it shall be performed, even to the half of the kingdom. Then Esther the queen answered and said, If I have found favor in thy sight, O king, and if it please the king, let my life be given me at my petition, and my people at my request: for we are sold, I and my people, to be destroyed, to be slain, and to perish. But if we had been sold for bondmen and bondwomen, I had held my tongue, although the enemy could not countervail the king's damage. Then the king Ahasuerus answered and said unto Esther the queen, who is he, and where is he, that durst presume in his heart to do so? And Esther said, The adversary and enemy is this wicked Haman. Then Haman was afraid before the king and the queen. And the king arising from the banquet of wine in his wrath went into the palace garden: and Haman stood up to make request for his life to Esther the queen; for he saw that there was evil determined against him by the king. Then the king returned out of the palace garden into the place of the banquet of wine; and Haman was fallen upon the bed whereon Esther was. Then said the king, Will he force the queen also before me in the house? As the word went out of the king's mouth, they covered Haman's face. And Harbonah, one of the chamberlains, said before the king, Behold also, the gallows fifty cubits high, which Haman had made for Mordecai, who had spoken good for the king, standeth in the house of Haman. Then the king said, Hang him thereon. So they hanged Haman on the gallows that he had prepared for Mordecai. Then was the king's wrath pacified.—''[[Esther (Bible)|Esther]] vaz. 7'' - /ch//ISAIAH Isaiah (in Hebrew, Veshayahu, "Salvation of God"), the earliest and most sublime of the four greater Hebrew prophets, was the son of Amoz (2 Kings xix, 2–20; Isaiah xxxvil, 2), and he uttered his oracles during the reigns of Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah, kings of Judah. The dates of his birth and death are unknown, but he lived from about 760 B. to about 7�o B. C. He was married and had three sons—the children referred to in Isaiah viti, 18; and he appears to have resided near Jerusalem. But by most competent critics it is now held that the last twenty-seven chapters (40–66) of the book bearing his name were the work, not of the prophet, but of a later writer who is commonly styled the second or Deutero-Isaiah. In this portion of the book, Cyrus, who was not born till after 600 B. C., is mentioned by name (Isaiah, xliv, 28: xlv, 1); and events which did not take place till a century after the prophet's death are referred to as happening contemporaneously with the writer's account of them. The style of these last twenty-seven chapters, also, is different, and the tone is more elevated and spiritual. Dore's ideal portrait is more suited to the second or pseudo-Isaiah, than to the real one. =: L)) ae cp) ta! a 7 of ae DESTRUCTION OF SENNACHERIB'S HOST. Therefore thus saith the Lord concerning the king of Assyria. He shall not come into this city, nor shoot an arrow there, nor come before it with shield, nor cast a bank against it. By the way that he came, by the same shall he return, and shall not come into this city, saith the Lord. For I will defend this city, to save it, for mine own sake, and for my servant David's sake. And it came to pass that night that the angel of the Lord went out, and smote in the camp of the Assyrians an hundred fourscore and five thousand: and when they arose early in the morning, behold, they were all dead corpses. So Sennacherib king of Assyria departed, and went and returned, and dwelt at Nineveh. And it came to pass, as he was worshipping in the house of Nisroch his god, that Adrammelech and Sharezer his sons smote him with the sword: and they escaped into the land of Armenia. And Esar-haddon his son reigned in his stead.—''2 K7zngs x7x, 32–37.'' - /ch//BARUCH And it came to pass in the fourth year of Jehoiakim the son of Josiah king of Judah, that this word came unto Jeremiah from the Lord, saying, Take thee a roll of a book, and write therein all the words that I have spoken unto thee against Israel, and against Judah, and against all the nations, from the day I spake unto thee, from the days of Josiah, even unto this day. It may be that the house of Judah will hear all the evil which I purpose to do unto them; that they may return every man from his evil way; that I may forgive their iniquity and their sin. Then Jeremiah called Baruch the son of Neriah: and Baruch wrote from the mouth of Jeremiah all the words of the Lord, which he had spoken unto him, upon a roll of a book.—''Jeremiah xxxv2, I-4.'' } The word that Jeremiah the prophet spake unto Baruch the son of Neriah, when he had written these words in a book at the mouth of Jeremiah, in the fourth year of Jehoiakim the son of Josiah king of Judah, saying, Thus saith the Lord, the God of Israel, unto thee, O Baruch; thou didst say, Woe is me now! for the Lord hath added grief to my sorrow;fainted in my sighing, and I find no rest. Thus shalt thou say unto him. The Lord saith thus; Behold, that which I have built will I break down, and that which I have planted I will pluck up, even this whole land. And seekest thou great things for thyself? seek them not: for, behold, I will bring evil upon all flesh, saith the Lord: but thy life will I give unto thee for a prey in all places whither thou goest.—''Jeremiah xlv, 1–5.'' : yia a, Tad oa sels ar yh eh r EZEKIEL: PROPHESYING; Ezekiel, the third of the great Hebrew prophets, was the son of the priest Buzi (Ezekiel i, 3). He was probably born about 620 or 630 years before Christ, and was consequently a contemporary of Jeremiah and Daniel, to the latter of whom he alludes in chapters xiv, 14–20 and xxvni, 3. When Jerusalem was taken by Nebuchadnezzar in 597 B. C. (2 Kings xxiv, 8–16; Jeremiah xxix, 1–2; Ezekiel xvii, 12; xix, 9), Ezekiel was carried captive along with Jehoiachin, or Jeconiah, king of Judah, and thousands of other Jewish prisoners, to Babylonia, or as he himself calls it, "the land of the Chaldeans." (Ezekiel i, 3). Here, along with his exiled fellow-countrymen, he lived on the banks of the river Chebar (Ezekiel i, 1–3), in a house of his own (vni, 1). Here also he married, and here, too, his wife, "the desire of his eyes," was taken from him with a stroke "(Ezekiel xxiv, 15–18). His-prophetic career extended over twenty-two years, from about 502 B. to about 570 B. C. The book bearing his name is written in a mystical and symbolical style, and abounds with visions and difficult allegories which indicate on the part of the author the possession of a vivid and sublime imagination. Ezekiel's authorship of it has been questioned. The Talmud attributes it to the Great Synagogue, of which Ezekiel was not a member. It is divisible into two portions. The first (chapters i-xxiv) was written before, and the second (chapters xxv-xlvni) after, the destruction of Jerusalem by Nebuchadnezzar in 586 B. C, the eleventh year of the prophet's captivity (Ezekiel xxvi, 1–2; xl, 1). The present text is very imperfect, being corrupted by the interpolation of glosses and other additions by later hands. Dore's picture represents the prophet uttering his oracles to his fellow-exiles ("them of the captivity"), or to the "elders of Judah," or "elders of Israel," on one of the occasions to which he himself alludes (vni, 1; xi, 25; xiv, 1; Xx, p. - - /ch//THE VISION OF EZEKIEL The hand of the Lord was upon me, and carried me out in the Spirit of the Lord, and set me down in the midst of the valley which was full of bones, and caused me to pass by them round about: and, behold, there were very many in the open valley; and, lo, they were very dry. And he said unto me, Son of man, can these bones live? And I answered, O Lord God, thou knowest. Again he said unto me, Prophesy upon these bones, and say unto them, O ye dry bones, hear the word of the Lord. Thus saith the Lord God unto these bones; Behold, I will cause breath to enter into you, and ye shall live: And I will lay sinews upon you, and will bring up flesh upon you, and cover you with skin, and put breath in you, and ye shall live; and ye shall know that I am the Lord. So I prophesied as I was commanded: and as I prophesied, there was a noise, and behold a shaking, and the bones came together, bone to his bone. And when I beheld, lo, g the sinews and the flesh came up upon them, and the skin covered them above: but there was no breath in them. Then said he unto me, Prophesy unto the wind, prophesy, son of man, and say to the wind, Thus saith the Lord God; Come from the four winds, O breath, and breathe upon these slain, that they may live. So I prophesied as he commanded me, and the breath came into them, and they lived, and stood up upon their feet, an exceeding great army. Then he said unto me, Son of man, these bones are the whole house of Israel: behold, they say, Our bones are dried, and our hope is lost: we are cut off for our parts. Therefore prophesy and say unto,them, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold,O my people, I will open your graves, and cause you to come up out of your graves, and bring you into the land of Israel. And ye shall know that I am the Lord, when I have opened your graves, O my people, and brought you up out of your graves, and shall put my Spirit in you, and ye shall live, and I shall place you in your own land: then shall ye know that I the Lord have spoken it, and performed it, saith the Lord.—''Zzekzel xxxvi2, 1–14, pay bal;'' ys Yr r 7 eee ka cat en RA iM pe f/b2/}'s ee an Rk pe! c gn? 7 aC 5 . ~4 e. = . j aA Z 7 ce 4) x e aa ae 5 ie 7 7 "9 as ee eee oO a he I; e iS) 7 nYs Vine so ype m: a4 ar 4 (Ab a paalt *.) Ps <" te .;: en: 3 Ces PIC ae eT eg ite Loe ee ee a - /ch//DAN HEL Respecting the parentage or family of Daniel, the fourth of the great Hebrew prophets, nothing is known, though he appears to have been of noble if not of royal descent (Daniel i, 3). When, in the third year of the reign of King Jehoiakim (607, 606, 605, or 604 B. C.), Jerusalem was first taken by Nebuchadnezzar, Daniel, then a youth, was among the captives carried to Babylon. By the king's orders, he, with others of the Jewish youth, was educated for three years (Daniel i, 3–7). At this time Daniel acquired the power of interpreting dreams (i, 17), which he used with such advantage in expounding a dream of Nebuchadnezzar, that he was made ruler over the whole province of Babylon (Daniel ii, 46–48). Daniel's interpretation of Belshazzar's famous vision having been fulfilled by the capture of Babylon by Darius, that conqueror promoted Daniel to the highest office in the kingdom (Daniel vi, 1–3). The prophet also prospered greatly during the reign of Cyrus (Daniel vi, 28). The book of Daniel is written partly in Chaldaic or Syriac (the vernacular Aramaic language spoken by the people of Palestine), and partly in sacred Hebrew. It is manifestly divisible into two portions. The first (chapters i-vi) narrating the details of the prophet's life, and the second (chapters vii—xii) setting forth his apocalyptic visions. Much doubt has been cast upon the authenticity of the work. The evident reference in the eleventh chapter to the conquest of Persia by Alexander the Great, which took place about 330 B. C., or more than two hundred years after Daniel flourished, has led many modern critics to believe that the work was composed in the time of the Maccabees. Dore's picture appears to be intended to represent the prophet meditating over one of the many visions which came to him. SSS See Ez THE, FIERY. URNACE. Wherefore at that time certain Chaldeans came near, and accused the Jews. They spake and said to the king Nebuchadnezzar, O king, live forever. There are certain Jews whom thou hast set over the affairs of the province of Babylon, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego; these men, O king, have not regarded thee: they serve not thy gods, nor worship the golden image which thou hast set up. Then Nebuchadnezzar in his rage and fury commanded to bring Shadrach, Sees and Abed-nego. Then they brought these men before the king. Nebuchadnezzar spake and said unto them, Is it true, O Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego? do not—ye serve my gods, nor worship the golden image which I have set up? Now if ye be ready that at what time ye hear the sound of the cornet, flute, harp, sackbut, psaltery, and dulcimer, and all kinds of music, ye fall down and worship the image which I have made; well: but if ye worship not, ye shall be cast the same hour into the midst of a burning fiery furnace; and who is that God that shall deliver you out of my hands? Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, answered and said to the king, O Nebuchadnezzar, we are not careful to answer thee in this matter. If it be so, our God whom we serve is able to deliver us from the burning fiery furnace, and he will deliver us out of thine hand, O king. But if not, be it known unto thee, O king, that we will not serve thy gods, nor worship the golden image which thou hast set up. Then was Nebuchadnezzar full of fury, and the form of his visage was changed against Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego: therefore he spake, and commanded that they should heat"the furnace one seven times more tha it was wont to be heated. And he commanded the most mighty men that were in his army to bind Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, and to cast them into the burning fiery furnace. Then these men were bound in their coats, their hosen, and their hats, and their other garments, and were cast into the midst of the burning fiery furnace. Therefore because the king's commandment was urgent, and the furnace exceeding hot, the flame of the fire slew those men that took up Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego. And these three men, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego fell down bound into the midst of the burning fiery furnace. Then Nebuchadnezzar the king was astonished, and rose up in haste, and spake, and said unto his counselors, Did not we cast three men bound into the midst of the fire? They answered, and said unto the king, True, O king. He answered and said, Lo, I see four men loose, walking in the midst of the fire, and they have no hurt; and the form of the fourth is like the Son of God. Tien Nebuchadnezzar came near to the mouth of the burning fiery furnace, and spake, and said, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, ye servants of the most high God, come forth and come hither. Then Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, came forth of the midst of the fire. And the princes, governors, and captains, and the king's counselors, being gathered together, saw these men, upon whose bodies the fire had no power, nor was a hair of their head singed, neither were their coats changed, nor the smell of fire had passed on them,—''Daniel nt, 5, 9, 12–27.'' DIU! TINY APU va OWEVN TN Tope A. VOPOUCAES TEE EDEL UE Cundunin TSS Samierreougs rae oe ft ore Sgt tanh a 7 Loe BELSHAZZAR'S FEAST. Belshazzar the king made a great feast to a thousand of his lords, and drank wine before the thousand. Belshazzar, whiles he tasted the wine, commanded to bring the golden and silver vessels which his father Nebuchadnezzar had taken out of the temple which was in Jerusalem; that the king, and his princes, his wives, and his concubines, might drink therein. Then they brought the golden vessels that were taken out of the temple of the house of God which was at Jerusalem; and the king, and his princes, his wives, and his concubines, drank in them. They drank wine and praised the gods of gold, and of silver, of brass, of iron, of wood, and of stone. "In the same hour came forth fingers of a man's hand, and wrote over against the candlestick upon the plaister of the wall of the king's palace: and the king saw the part of the hand that wrote. Then the king's countenance was changed, and his thoughts troubled him, so that the joints of his loins were loosed, and his knees smote one against another." [On the failure of his astrologers and soothsayers to interpret the writing, the king, at the suggestion of his queen, sends for Daniel, who interprets it as follows O thou king, the most high God gave Nebuchadnezzar thy father a kingdom, and majesty, and glory, and honor: and for the majesty that he gave him, all peoples, nations, and languages, trembled and feared before him: whom he would he slew; and whom he would he kept alive; and whom he would he set up; and whom he would he put down. But when his heart was lifted up, and his mind hardened in pride, he was deposed from his kingly throne, and they took his glory from him: and he was driven from the sons of men; and his heart was made like the beasts, and his dwelling was with the wild asses: they fed him with grass like oxen, and his body was wet with the dew of heaven; till he knew that the most high God ruled in the kingdom of men, and that he appointeth over it whomsoever he will. And thou his son, O Belshazzar, hast not humbled thine heart, though thou knewest all this; but hast lifted up thyself against the Lord of heaven; and they have brought the vessels of his house before thee, and thou, and thy lords, thy wives, and thy concubines, have drunk wine in them; and thou hast praised the gods of silver, and gold, of brass, iron, wood, and stone, which see not, nor hear, nor know: and the God in whose hand thy breath is, and whose are all thy ways, hast thou not glorified: Then was the part of the hand sent from him; and this writing was written. And this is the writing that was written, MENE, MENE, TEKEL, UPHARSIN. This is the interpretation of the thing: MENE; God hath numbered thy kingdom and finished it. TEKEL; Thou art weighed in the balances, and art found wanting. PERES; Thy kingdom is divided, and given to the Medes and Persians. In that night was Belshazzar the king of the Chaldeans slain. And Darius the Median took the kingdom.—''Daniel v, s, as si'' , he Fu, ap fe aithgee Zw ee Ph nde ee <atsoMe 2 a ''is'' ag a a we ve DANIEL IN THE LIONS' DEN. Now when Daniel knew that the writing was signed, he went into his house; and his windows being open in his chamber toward Jerusalem, he kneeled upon his knees three times a day, and prayed, and gave thanks before his God, as he did aforetime.—Then these men assembled, and found Daniel praying and making supplication before his God. Then they came near, and spake before the king concerning the king's decree; Hast thou not signed a decree, that every man that shall ask a petition of any God or man within thirty days, save of thee, O king, shall be cast into the den of lions. The king answered and said, The thing is true, according to the law of the Medes and Persians, which altereth not. Then answered they and said before the king. That Daniel, which is of the children of the captivity of Judah, regardeth not thee, O king, nor the decree that thou hast signed, but maketh his petition three times a day. Then the king, when he heard these words, was sore displeased with himself, and set his heart on Daniel to deliver him: and he laboured till the going down of the sun to deliver him. Then these men assembled unto the king, and said unto the king, Know, O king, that the law of the Medes and Persians is. That no decree nor statute which the king establisheth may be changed. Then the king commanded, and they brought Daniel and cast him into the den of lions. Now the king spake and said unto Daniel, Thy God whom thou servest continually, he will deliver thee. And a stone was brought, and laid upon the mouth of the den; and the king sealed it with his own signet, and with the signet of his lords; that the purpose might not be changed concerning Daniel. Then the king went to his palace, and passed the night fasting: neither were instruments of musick brought before him: and his sleep went from him. Then the king arose very early in the morning, and went in haste unto the den of lions. And when he came to the den, he cried with a lamentable voice unto Daniel: and the king spake and said to Daniel, O Daniel, servant of the living God, is thy God, whom thou servest continually, able to deliver thee from the lions? Then said Daniel unto the King, O king, live forever. My God hath sent his angel, and hath shut the lions' mouths, that they have not hurt me: forasmuch as before him innocency was found in me; and also before thee, O king, have I done no hurt. Then was the king exceeding glad for him, and commanded that they should take Daniel up out of the den. So Daniel was taken up out of the den, and no manner of hurt was found upon him, because he believed in his God. And the king commanded, and they brought those men which had accused Daniel, and they cast them into the den of lions, them, their children, and their wives; and the lions had the mastery of them, and brake all their bones in pieces or ever they came at the bottom of the den.—Danzel vz, 10–24, oy x: oc. OM; 7 kit ie ea ie—eo a, 7 ais ed 7 Je er ba Avins) "I ." 4 et he ks ee OR a gt ee He; aS ''is'' fas et nl ena i THE—''PROPEE EAM OS'' Amos, one of the earliest of the Hebrew prophets, flourished during the reign of Uzziah, about 790 B. C., and was consequently a contemporary of Hosea and Joel. In his youth he lived at Tekoa, about six miles south of Bethlehem, in Judzea, and was a herdsman and a gatherer of sycamore fruit (Amos i, 1; vii, 14). This occupation he gave up for that of prophet (vii, 15), and he came forward to denounce the idolatry then prevalent in Judah, Israel, and the surrounding kingdoms. The first six chapters of his book contain his denunciations of idolatry; the other three, his symbolical vision of the overthrow of the people of Israel, and a promise of their restoration. The style is remarkable for clearness and strength, and for its picturesque use of images drawn from the rural and pastoral life which the prophet had led in his youth. Z Vika x Z. Msp'll bt bo - YY J - /ch//JONAH CALLING NINEVEH TO REPENTANCE And the word of the Lord came unto Jonah the second time, saying, Arise, go unto Nineveh, that great city, and preach unto it the preaching that I bid thee. So Jonah arose, and went unto Nineveh, according to the word of the Lord. Now Nineveh was an exceeding great city of three days' journey. And Jonah began to enter into the city a day's journey, and he cried, and said, Yet forty days, and Nineveh shall be overthrown. So the people of Nineveh believed God, and proclaimed a fast, and put on sackcloth, from the greatest of them even to the least of them. For word came unto the king of Nineveh, and he arose from his throne, and he laid his robe from him, and covered him with sackcloth, and sat in ashes. And he caused it to be proclaimed and published through Nineveh by the decree of the king and his nobles, saying, Let neither man nor beast, herd nor flock taste anything: let them not feed, nor drink water: but let man and beast be covered with sackcloth, and cry mightily unto God: yea, let them turn every one from his evil way, and from the violence that is in their hands. Who can tell if God will turn and repent, and turn away from his fierce anger, that we perish not? And God saw their works, that they turned from their evil way; and God repented of the evil, that he had said that he would do unto them; and he did it not.—''/onah zzz, a''' / x i! tn - p jl II a Set ce A ui fu an = meeier BA.: rf i iv a4. = a ayer - /ch//DANIEL CONFOUNDING THE PRIESTS OF BEL Now the Babylonians had an idol called Bel: and there were spent upon him every day twelve great measures of fine flour, and forty sheep, and sixty vessels of wine. The king also worshipped him, and went every day to adore him: but Daniel adored his God. And the king said unto him: Why dost thou not adore Bel? And he answered, and said to him: Because I do not worship idols made with hands, but the living God, that created heaven and earth, and hath power over all flesh. And the king said to him: Doth not Bel seem to thee to be a living God? Seest thou not how much he eateth and drinketh every day? Then Daniel smiled and said: O king, be not deceived: for this is but clay within, and brass without, neither hath he eaten at any time. And the king being angry called for his priests, and said to them: If you tell me not, who it is that eateth up these expenses, you shall die. But if you can show that Bel eateth these things, Daniel shall die, because he hath blasphemed against Bel. And Daniel said to the king: Be it done according to thy word. Now the priests of Bel were seventy besides their wives and little ones and children. And they went with Daniel into the temple of Bel. And the priests of Bel said: Behold, we go out: and do thou, O king, set on the meats, and make ready, the wine, and shut the door fast, and seal it with thy own ring: and when thou comest in the morning, if thou findest not that Bel hath eaten all up, we will suffer death, or else Daniel that hath lied against us. And they little regarded it, because they had made under the table a secret entrance, and they always came in by it, and consumed those things. So it came to pass after they were gone out, the king set the meats before Bel: and Daniel commanded his servants, and they brought ashes, and he sifted them all over the temple before the king: and going forth they shut the door, and having sealed it with the king's ring, they departed. But the priests went in by night, according to their custom, with their wives and their children: and they eat and drank all up. And the king rose early in the morning, and Daniel with him. And the king said: Are the seals whole, Daniel? and he answered: They are whole, O king. And as soon as he had opened the door, the king looked upon the table, and cried out with a loud voice: Great art thou, O Bel, and there is not any deceit with thee. And Daniel laughed: and he held the king that he should not go in: and he said: Behold the pavement, mark whose footsteps these are. And the king said: I see the footsteps of men, and women, and children. And the king was angry. Then he took the priests, and their wives, and their children: and they showed him the private doors by which they came in, and consumed the things that were on the table. The king therefore put them to death, and delivered Bel into the power of Daniel: who destroyed him, and his temple.—Danzel xzv, 1–27 (Douay Version), iiT Il Hn = f Whi il He IO =A A sl iil HELIODORUS, PUNISHEDF INS DA ear. But Heliodorus executed that which he had resolved on, himself being present in the same place with his guard about the treasury. . . . But the spirit of the Almighty God gave a great evidence of his presence, so that all that had presumed to obey him, falling down by the power of God, were struck with fainting and dread. For there appeared to them a horse with a terrible rider upon him, adorned with a very rich covering: and he ran fiercely and struck Heliodorus with his fore-feet, and he that sat upon him seemed to have armor of gold. Moreover, there appeared two other young men, beautiful and strong, bright and glorious, and in comely apparel: who stood by him, on either side, and scourged him without ceasing with many stripes. And Heliodorus suddenly fell to the ground, and they took him up covered with great darkness, and having put him into a litter they carried him out. So he that came with many servants, and all his guard into the aforesaid treasury, was carried out, no one being able to help him, the manifest power of God being known. And he indeed by the power of God lay speechless, and without all hope of recovery.—''2 Maccabees tz, 23–29, i TE'' hy i Cid Bean Py Tey And it came to pass in those days, that there went out a decree from Czesar Augustus, that all the world should be taxed. (And this taxing was first made when Cyrenius was governor of Syria.) And all went to be taxed, every one into his own city. And Joseph also went up from Galilee, out of the city of Nazareth, into Judea, unto the city of David, which is called Bethlehem; (because he was of the house and lineage of David:) to be taxed with Mary, his espoused wife, being great with child. And so it was, that, while they were there, the days were accomplished that she should be delivered. And she brought forth her firstborn son, and wrapped him in swaddling clothes, and laid him in a manger; because there was no room for them in the inn. And there were in the same country shepherds abiding in the field, keeping watch over their flock by night. And, lo, the angel of the Lord came upon them, and the glory of the Lord shone round about them: and they were sore afraid. And the angel said unto them, Fear not: for, behold, I bring you good tidings of great joy, which shall be to all people. For unto you is born this day in the city of David a Saviour, which is Christ the Lord. And this shall be a sign unto you; Ye shall find the babe wrapped in swaddling clothes, lying in a manger. And suddenly there was with the angel a multitude of the heavenly host praising God, and saying, Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good will toward men. And it came to pass, as the angels were gone away from them into heaven, the shepherds said one to another, Let us now go even unto Bethlehem, and see this thing which is come to pass, which the Lord hath made known unto us. And they came with haste, and found Mary, and Joseph, and the babe lying in a manger. And when they had seen it, they made known abroad the saying which was told them concerning this child. And all they that heard it, wondered at those things which were told them by the shepherds. But Mary kept all these things, and pondered them in her heart. And the shepherds returned, glorifying and praising God for all the things that they had heard and seen, as it was told unto them. And when eight days were accomplished for the circumcising of the child, his name was called Jesus, which was so named of the angel before he was conceived in the womb.—''Lzke 22, 7–21.'' THESSTARG ING THE= EAST. Now when Jesus was born in Bethlehem of Judea in the days of Herod the king, behold, there came wise men from the east to Jerusalem, saying, Where is he that is born King of the Jews? for we have seen his star in the east, and are come to worship him. . . . When Herod the king had heard these things, he was troubled, and all Jerusalem with him. And when he had gathered all the chief priests and scribes of the people together, he demanded of them where Christ should be born. And they said unto him, In Bethlehem of Judzea: for thus it is written by the prophet. And thou Bethlehem, in the land of Juda, are not the least among the princes of Juda: for out of thee shall come a Governor, that shall rule my people Israel. Then Herod, when he had privily called the wise men, enquired of them diligently what time the star appeared. And he sent them to Bethlehem, and said, Go and search diligently for the young child; and when ye have found him, bring me word again, that I may come and worship him also. When they had heard the king, they departed; and, lo, the star, which they saw in the east, went before them, till it came and stood over where the young child was. When they saw the star, they rejoiced with exceeding great joy.—''Matthew 122, I-10, ipl will'' VV hte Sioa Pe Ae ay ¥/b2/wee Cam Ru THE SBLIGH TINT OSCEGYE Tl: And when they were departed, behold, the angel of the Lord appeareth to Joseph in a dream, saying, Arise, and take the young child and his mother, and flee into Egypt, and be thou there until I bring thee word: for Herod will seek the young child to destroy him. When he arose, he took the young child and his mother by night, and departed into Egypt: and was there until the death of Herod: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken of the Lord by the prophet, saying, Out of Egypt have I called my son.—''Matthew i, 13–15, ke ie'' ! "i". TH Re MASSACK BS Or CH EaINN OCENTS: Then Herod, when he saw that he was mocked of the wise men, was exceeding wroth, and sent forth, and slew all the children that were in Bethlehem, and in all the coasts thereof, from two years old and under, according to the time which he had diligently enquired of the wise men. Then was fulfilled that which was spoken by Jeremy the prophet, saying, In Rama was there a voice heard, lamentation, and weeping, and great mourning, Rachel weeping for her children, and would not be comforted, because they are not.—''Matthew 77, 16–18, I've we'' "va 4s a" << ay JESUS OUESTIONING THE DOG LORS) Now his parents went to Jerusalem every year at the feast of the passover. And when he was twelve years old, they went up to Jerusalem after the custom of the feast. And when they had fulfilled the days, as they returned, the child Jesus tarried behind in Jerusalem; and Joseph and his mother knew not of it. But they, supposing him to have been in the company, went a day's journey; and they sought him among their kinsfolk and acquaintance. And when they found him not, they turned back again to Jerusalem, seeking him. And it came to pass, that after three days they found him in the temple, sitting in the midst of the doctors, both hearing them, and asking them questions. And all that heard him were astonished at his understanding and answers. And when they saw him, they were amazed: and his mother said unto him, Son, why hast thou thus dealt with us? behold, thy father and I have sought thee sorrowing. And he said unto them, How is it that ye sought me? wist ye not that I must be about my father's business? And they understood not the saying which he spake unto them. And he went down with them, and came to Nazareth, and was subject unto them: but his mother kept all these sayings in her heart. And Jesus increased in wisdom and stature, and in favor with God and man.— Luke tt, 4I-52, oe Ne eired JESUS "HEALING eoiCk. And Jesus went about all Galilee, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing all manner of sickness and all manner of disease among the people. And his fame went throughout all Syria: and they brought unto him all sick people that were taken with divers diseases and torments, and those which were possessed with devils, and those which were lunatic, and those that had the palsy; and he healed them.—''Watthew 2v, 27–24, yy—'' TRU USSSA tips My dH li - /ch//SERMON ON THE MOUNT And there followed him great multitudes of people from Galilee, and from Decapolis, and from Jerusalem, and from Judea, and from beyond Jordan. And seeing the multitudes, he went up into a mountain: and when he was set, his disciples came unto him. And he opened his mouth and taught them. " And it came to pass, when Jesus had ended these sayings, the people were astonished at his doctrine: For he taught them as one having authority, and not as the scribes. When he was come down from the mountain, great multitudes followed him.—Matthew 2U, 25, UV, I-2, 28–29; vit, I, ey ~= iT wee a oe I ahing. Mare oa CHRIST ASTILLEINGSTHE TEMPERS tf And when he was entered into a ship, his disciples followed him. And, behold, there arose a great tempest in the sea, insomuch that the ship was covered with the waves: but he was asleep. And his disciples came to him, and awoke him, saying, Lord, save us: we perish. And he saith unto them. Why are ye fearful, O ye of little faith? Then he arose, and rebuked the winds and the sea; and there was a great calm. But the men marveled, saying. What manner of man is this, that even the winds and the sea obey him?—''WMatthew vitt, 23–27.'' "i, ij THE DUMB MAN POSSESSED: As they went out, behold, they brought to him a dumb man possessed with a devil. And when the devil was cast out, the dumb spake: and the multitudes marveled, saying. It was never so seen in Israel. But the Pharisees said, He casteth out devils through the prince of the devils.—''Matthew'' - Piel re ih '=o A : LA, o pa '=f A, a v oe) ''is'' a" by Rat 7 ae te CHRIS TAIN: TithssYNAGOGUE: And it came to pass, that when Jesus had finished these parables, he departed thence. And when he was come into his own country, he taught them in their synagogue, insomuch that they were astonished, and said, Whence hath this man this wisdom, and these mighty works? Is not this the carpenter's son? is not his mother called Mary? and his brethren, James, and Joses, and Simon, and Judas? And his sisters, are they not all with us? Whence then hath this man all these things? And they were offended in him. But Jesus said unto them, A prophet is not without honor, save in his own country, and in his own house. And he did not many mighty works there because of their unbelief JZatthew xizz, 53–58, saaniaeanmntea Zz Zz ee Pp i N WN THE DISCIPLES PLUCKING CORN ON. THE SABBATH. And it came to pass, that he went through the corn fields on the sabbath day; and his disciples began, as they went, to pluck the ears of corn. And the Pharisees said unto him, Behold, why do they on the sabbath day that which is not lawful? And he said unto them, Have ye never read what David did, when he had need, and was an hungered, he, and they that were with him? How he went into the house of God in the days of Abiathar the high priest, and did eat the shewbread, which is not lawful to eat but for the priests, and gave also to them which were with him? And he said unto them, The sabbath was made for man, and not man for the sabbath: Therefore the Son of man is Lord also of the sabbath/b2/Mark 77, 23–28, ey icc j N iH) UNL Ii ie ahs fi AS —''a) 7 ae? a, a m= Bw'' - /ch//JESUS WALKING ON THE WATER And when he had sent them away, he departed into a mountain to pray. And when even was come, the ship was in the midst of the sea, and he alone on the land. And he saw them toiling in rowing; for the wind was contrary unto them: and about the fourth watch of the night he cometh unto them, walking upon the sea, and would have passed by them. But when they saw him walking upon the sea, they supposed it had been a spirit, and cried out: for they all saw him, and were troubled. And immediately he talked with them, and saith unto them, Be of good cheer: it is I; be not afraid. And he went up unto them into the ship; and the wind ceased: and they were sore amazed in themselves beyond measure, and wondered. For they considered not the miracle of the loaves; for their heart was hardened.—''MVark vt, 40–52.'' WP TT, Yi) (One TMA —": HH WA Ai MN) 5 HEED) HI, 1] CHRIST Se ENTRY INTOS IER USAIN. And when they drew nigh unto Jerusalem, and were come to Bethphage, unto the mount of Olives, then sent Jesus two disciples, saying unto them, Go into the village over against you, and straightway ye shall find an ass tied, and a colt with her: loose them, and bring them unto me. And if any man say ought unto you, ye shall say. The Lord hath need of them; and straightway he will send them. All this was done that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophet, saying, Tell ye the daughter of Sion, Behold, thy King cometh unto thee, meek, and sitting upon an ass, and a colt the foal of an ass. And the disciples went, and did as Jesus commanded them, and brought the ass, and the colt, and put on them their clothes, and they set him thereon. And a very great multitude spread their garments in the way; others cut down branches from the trees, and strewed them in the way. And the multitudes that went before, and that followed, cried, saying, Hosanna to the son of David: Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord; Hosanna in the highest. And when he was come into Jerusalem, all the city was moved, saying, who is this? And the multitude said, This is Jesus the prophet of Nazareth of Galilee.—''Matihew xx1, 1–11.'' JESUS—''AND THE TRIBUTESNONEY.'' And they send unto him certain of the Pharisees and of the Herodians, to catch him in his words. And when they were come, they say unto him, Master, we know that thou art true, and carest for no man: for thou regardest not the person of men, but teachest the way of God in truth: Is it lawful to' give tribute to Cesar, or not? Shall we give, or shall we not give? But he, knowing their hypocrisy, said unto them, Why tempt ye me? bring me a penny, that I may see it. And they brought it. And he saith unto them, whose is this image and superscription? And they said unto him, Cesar's. And Jesus answering said unto them, Render to Cesar the things that are Cesar's, and to God the things that are God's. And they marveled at him.—''Mark xz, 13–17.'' —''= =/b2//b2/'' - hs al wh il : HnSul A):: "m N N Y iN —''Cli a: NGA, a i'' THE WIDOW'S MITE. And Jesus sat over against the treasury, and beheld how the people cast money into the treasury: and manyethat were rich cast in much. And there came a certain poor widow, and she threw in two mites, which make a farthing. And he called unto him his disciples, and saith unto them, Verily I say unto you. That this poor widow hath cast more in, than all they which have cast into the treasury: for all they did cast in of their abundance; but she of her want did cast in all that she had, even all her living.—''Mark xit, 41–44.'' Ain ia ee); cs a ape tg. "AS, Ieee s i a ae - /ch//RAISING OB THE DAUGHTER OF JAIRUS And, behold, there cometh one of the rulers of the synagogue, Jairus by name; and when he saw him, he fell at his feet, and besought him greatly, saying, My little daughter lieth at the point of death: I pray thee, come and lay thy hands on her, that she may be healed; and she shall live. And Jesus went with him; and much people followed him, and thronged him. And a certain woman which had an issue of blood twelve years, and had suffered many things of many physicians, and had spent all that she had, and was nothing bettered, but rather grew worse, when she had heard of Jesus, came in the press behind, and touched his garment. For she said, If I may touch but his clothes, I shall be whole. And straightway the fountain of her blood was dried up; and she felt in her body that she was healed of that plague. And Jesus, immediately knowing in himself that virtue had gone out of him, turned him about in the press, and said, who touched my clothes? And his disciples said unto him, Thou seest the multitude thronging thee, and sayest thou, who touched me? And he looked round about to see her that had done this thing. But the woman fearing and trembling, knowing what was done in her, came and fell down before him, and told him all the truth. And he said unto her Daughter, thy faith hath made the whole; go in peace, and be whole of thy plague. While he yet spake, there came from the ruler of the synagogue's house certain which said, Thy daughter is dead: why troublest thou the Master any further? As soon as Jesus heard the word that was spoken, he saith unto the ruler of the synagogue, Be not afraid, only believe. And he suffered no man to follow him, save Peter, and James, and John the brother of James. And he cometh to the house of the ruler of the synagogue, and seeth the tumult, and them that wept and wailed greatly. And when he was come in, he saith unto them. Why make ye this ado, and weep? the damsel is not dead, but sleepeth. And they laughed him to scorn. But when he had put them all out, he taketh the father and the mother of the damsel, and them that were with him, and entereth in where the damsel was lying. And he took the damsel by the hand, and said unto her, Talitha cumi; which is, being interpreted, Damsel, I say unto thee, arise. And straightway the damsel arose, and walked; for she was of the age of twelve years. And they were astonished with a great astonishment. And he charged them straitly that no man should know it; and commanded that something should be given her to eat.—''Mark v, 22–43.'' THE GOOD SAMARITAN: But he, willing to justify himself, said unto Jesus, And who is my neighbor? And Jesus answering said, A certain man went down from Jerusalem to Jericho, and fell among thieves, which stripped him of his raiment, and wounded him, and departed, leaving him half dead. And by chance there came down a certain priest that way: and when he saw him, he passed by on the other side. And likewise a Levite, when he was at the place, came and looked on him, and passed by on the other side. But a certain Samaritan, as he journeyed, came where he was: and when he saw him, he had compassion on him. And went to him, and bound up his wounds, pouring in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast, and brought him to an inn, and took care of him. And on the morrow when he departed, he took out two pence, and gave them to the host, and said unto him, Take care of him; and whatsoever thou spendest more, when I come again, I will repay thee. Which now of these three, thinkest thou, was neighbor unto him that fell among the thieves? And he said, He that shewed mercy on him. Then said Jesus unto him, Go, and do thou likewise.—''Lwke x, 29–37, ci, we'' = - /ch//ARRIVAL OF THE SAMARITAN AT THE INN But a certain Samaritan, as he journeyed, came where he was; and when Le saw him, he had compassion on him, and went to him, and bound up his wounds, pouring in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast, and brought him to an inn, and took care of him.—Lake X, S34: THE PRODIGAL SON; Likewise, I say unto you, there is joy in the presence of the angels of God over one sinner that repenteth. And he said, a certain man had two sons: and the younger of them said to his father, Father, give me the portion of goods that falleth to me. And he divided unto them his living. And not many days after the younger son gathered all together, and took his journey into a far country, and there wasted his substance with riotous living. And when he had spent all, there arose a mighty famine in that land; and he began to be in want. And he went and joined himself to a citizen of that country; and he sent him into his fields to feed swine. And he would fain have filled his belly with the husks that the swine did eat: and no man gave unto him. And when he came to himself, he said, How many hired servants of my father's have bread enough and to spare, and I perish with hunger! I will arise and go to my father, and will say unto him, Father, I have sinned against heaven, and before thee, and am no more worthy to be called thy son: make me as one of thy hired servants. And he arose, and came to his father. But when he was yet a great way off, his father saw him, and had compassion, and ran, and fell on his neck, and kissed him. And the son said unto him, Father, I have sinned against heaven, and in thy sight, and am no more worthy to be called thy son. But the father said to his servants, Bring forth the best robe, and put it on him; and put a ring on his hand, and shoes on his feet: And bring hither the fatted calf, and kill it; and let us eat, and be merry: for this my son was dead, and is alive again; he was lost, and is found. And they began to be merry. Now his elder son was in the field: and as he came and drew nigh to the house, he heard music and dancing. And he called one of the servants, and asked what these things meant. And he said unto him, thy brother is come; and thy father hath killed the fatted calf, because he hath received him safe and sound. And he was angry, and would not go in: therefore came his father out, and intreated him. And he answering said to his father, Lo, these many years do I serve thee, neither transgressed I at any time thy commandment: and yet thou never gavest me a kid, that I might make merry with my friends: but as soon as this thy son was come, which hath devoured thy living with harlots, thou hast killed for him the fatted calf a And he said unto him, Son, thou art ever with me, and all that I have is thine. It was meet that we should make merry, and be glad: for this thy brother was dead, and is alive again; and was lost, and is found.—''Lake xv, 10–32.'' - /ch//LAZARUS AND THE RICH MAN There was a certain rich man, which was clothed in purple and fine linen, and fared sumptuously every day: And there was a certain beggar named Lazarus, which was laid at his gate, full of sores, and desiring to be fed with the crumbs which fell from the rich man's table: moreover the dogs came and licked his sores. And it came to pass, that the beggar died, and was carried by the angels into Abraham's bosom: the rich man also died, and was buried; and in hell he lifted up his eyes, being in torments, and seeth Abraham afar off, and Lazarus in his bosom. And he cried and said, Father Abraham, have mercy on me, and send Lazarus, that he may dip the tip of his finger in water and cool my tongue; for I am tormented in this flame. But Abraham said, Son, remember that thou in thy lifetime receivedst thy good things, and likewise Lazarus evil things: but now he is comforted, and thou art tormented. And beside all this, between us and you there is a creat gulf fixed: so that they which would pass from hence to you cannot; neither can they pass to us, that would come from thence. Then he said, I pray thee therefore, father, that thou wouldest send him to my father's house: for I have five brethren; that he may testify unto them, lest they also come into this place of torment. Abraham saith unto him. They have Moses and the prophets; let them hear them. And he said, Nay, father Abraham: but if one went unto them from the dead, they will repent. And he said unto him, If they hear not Moses and the prophets, neither will they be persuaded, though one rose from the dead.—''Luke xv? 9–31.'' I= ae cc oe ue 7 'i/b2/ ss 'is - /ch//THE PHARISEE AND THE PUBLICAN And he spake this parable unto certain which trusted in themselves that they were righteous, and despised others: Two men went up into the temple to pray; the one a Pharisee, and the other a publican. The Pharisee stood and prayed thus with himself, God, I thank thee, that I am not as other men are, extortioners, unjust, adulterers, or even as this publican. I fast twice in the week, I give tithes of all that I possess. And the publican, standing afar off, would not lift up so much as his eyes unto heaven, but smote upon his breast, saying, God be merciful to me a sinner. I tell you, this man went down to his house justified rather than the other: for every one that exalteth himself shall be abased; and he that humbleth himself shall be exalted.— Luke xvtit, 9–14. JESUS AND THE WOMAN OF SAMARIA: Then cometh he to a city of Samaria, which is called Sychar, near to the parcel of ground that Jacob gave to his son Joseph. Now Jacob's well was there. Jesus therefore, being wearied with his journey, sat thus on the well: and it was about the sixth hour. There cometh a woman of Samaria to draw water: Jesus saith unto her, Give me to drink. (For his disciples were gone away unto the city to buy meat.) Then saith the woman of Samaria unto him, How is it that thou, being a Jew, askest drink of me, which am a woman of Samaria? for the Jews have no dealings with the Samaritans. Jesus answered and said unto her, If thou knewest the gift of God, and who it is that saith to thee, Give me to drink; thou wouldest have asked of him, and he would have given thee living water. The woman saith unto him, Sir, thou hast nothing to draw with, and the well is deep: from whence then hast thou that living water? Art thou greater than our father Jacob, which gave us the well, and drank there of himself, and his children, and his cattle? Jesus answered and said unto her, whosoever drinketh of this water shall thirst again: but whosoever drinketh of the water that I shall give him shall never thirst; but the water that I shall give him shall be in him a well of water springing up into everlasting life. The woman saith unto him, Sir, give me this water, that I thirst not, neither come hither to draw. Jesus saith unto her, Go, call thy husband, and come hither. The woman answered and said, I have no husband. Jesus said unto her, Thou hast well said, I have no husband: for thou hast had five husbands; and he whom thou now hast is not thy husband: in that saidst thou truly. The woman saith unto him, Sir, I perceive that thou art a prophet. Our fathers worshiped in this mountain; and ye say, that in Jerusalem is the place where men ought to worship. Jesus saith unto her, Woman, believe me, the hour cometh, when ye shall neither in this mountain, nor yet at Jerusalem, worship the Father. Ye worship ye know not what: we know what we worship; for salvation is of the Jews. But the hour cometh, and now is, when the true worshipers shall worship the Father in spirit and in truth: for the Father seeketh such to worship him. God is a Spirit: and they that worship him must worship him in spirit and in truth. The woman saith unto him, I know that Messias cometh, which is called Christ: when he is come, he will tell us all things. Jesus saith unto her, I that speak unto thee am he. And upon this came his disciples, and marveled that he talked with the woman: yet no man said, What seekest thou? or. Why talkest thou with her? The woman then left her waterpot, and went her way into the city, and saith to the men, Come, see a man, which told me all things, that ever I did: is not this the Christ? Then they went out of the city, and came unto him.—''/ohx 77, 5–30.'' Ht ly a Aan VALCO i! 'i i! J eit 'i Ny Mh - ! il l i Z(} ij thea! Wh i in RH ne le in! h {ly; ivan elit ey N A CERN WS i y, SS Ny AY CS wi y ss y (Witt) SN Maw 'SAK Wenn fg Ui - /ch//JESUS AND THE WOMAN TAKEN IN ADULTERY Jesus went unto the mount of Olives. And early in the morning he came again into the temple, and all the people came unto him; and he sat down, and taught them. And the scribes and Pharisees brought unto him a woman taken in adultery; and when they had set her in the midst, they say unto him, Master, this woman was taken in adultery, in the very act. Now Moses in the law commanded us, that such should be stoned: but what sayest thou? This they said, tempting him, that they might have to accuse him. But Jesus stooped down, and with his finger wrote on the ground, as though he heard them not. So when they continued asking him, he lifted up himself, and said unto them, He that is without sin among you, let him first cast a stone at her. And again he stooped down, and wrote on the ground. And they which heard it, being convicted by their own conscience, went out one by one, beginning at the eldest, even unto the last; and Jesus was left alone, and the woman standing in the midst. When Jesus had lifted up himself, and saw none but the woman, he said unto her, Woman where are those thine accusers? hath no man condemned thee? She said, No man, Lord. And Jesus said unto her, Neither do I condemn thee: go, and sin no more.—''/ohn vzz22.'' YES hd be ". Fr: ee ee Re ps ss ch Be OA" FS ee ER Foe: St ea can aS:—, 4 x oe od rae, ns os Py Li a aC nS ngs;; i "oa;? = I oF s Bea a g "vt a (oP ee ¥ she F a THE—''RESURKECT [ONS OPiS.'' Now Jesus was not yet come into the town, but was in that place where Martha met him. The Jews then which were with her in the house, and comforted her, when they saw Mary, that she rose up hastily and went out, followed her, saying. She goeth unto the grave to weep there. Then when Mary was come where Jesus was, and saw him, she fell down at his feet, saying unto him, Lord, if thou hadst been here, my brother had not died. When Jesus therefore saw her weeping, and the Jews also weeping which came with her, he groaned in the spirit, and was troubled, and said, Where have ye laid him? They said unto him, Lord, come and see. Jesus wept. Then said the Jews, Behold how he loved him! And some of them said, Could not this man, which opened the eyes of the blind, have caused that even this man should not have died? Jesus therefore again groaning in himself cometh to the grave. It was a cave and a stone lay upon it. Jesus said, Take ye away the stone. Martha, the sister of him that was dead, saith unto him, Lord, by this time he stinketh: for he hath been dead four days. Jesus saith unto her, Said I not unto thee, that, if thou wouldest believe, thou shouldest see the glory of God? Then they took away the stone from the place where the dead was laid. And Jesus lifted up his eyes, and said, Father, I thank thee that thou hast heard me. And I knew that thou hearest me always: but because of the people which stand by I said it, that they may believe that thou hast sent me. And when he thus had spoken, he cried with a loud voice, Lazarus, come forth. And he that was dead came forth, bound hand and foot with graveclothes: and his face was bound about with a napkin. Jesus saith unto them, Loose him, and let him go. Then many of the Jews which came to Mary, and had seen the things which Jesus did, believed on him.—''/ohn x7, 30–45.'' SS SS - /ch//MARY MAGDALENE Of Mary "called Magdalene" (Luke vni, 2) but few particulars are recorded in scripture. We first hear of her as having been delivered by Jesus of seven devils (Luke vni, 1–3; Mark xvi, 9). Impelled, no doubt, by gratitude for her deliverance, she becomes one of his followers, accompanying him thenceforward in all his wanderings faithfully till his death. She was the first person to whom he appeared after his resurrection (Mark xvi, 9; John xx, 1, 11–18). The common belief that she was a fallen woman is destitute of the slightest foundation. On the contrary, the references to her as being in the company of such women as Joanna, the wife of Herod's steward, Salome, the mother of James and John, and Mary, the mother of Jesus (Luke vni, 3; Mark xvi, 40; John xix, 25), strongly discountenance such a supposition. The error, which had no other source than ecclesiastical tradition, has been fostered and perpetuated by the stupid blunder of the translators of the authorized version in identifying her with the "sinner" who is described in Luke vii, 37–50 as washing the feet of Jesus with her tears (see head-note to Luke vil). The Roman Catholic notion that this "sinner" was Mary the sister of Lazarus is almost equally groundless (see Douay Bible, head-note to Matthew xxvi, and the foot-note references to Luke vii, 37, found in most Catholic Bibles). The only reason for this identification is that the anointing by the "sinner" is described as taking place in the house of a Pharisee named Simon (Luke vii, 36, 39–40, 43–44); that the anointing by the unnamed woman, as described in Matthew xxvi, 6–13 and Mark xiv, 3–9, took place in the house of one 'Simon the leper, "in Bethany; and that Mary, the sister of Lazarus, is described in John xi, 2, and xii, 3–8, as anointing Jesus in a house (apparently that of Lazarus himself) in Bethany, when a conversation ensues altogether different from that recorded in Luke vii, but similar to that related in Matthew xxvi, and Mark xiv, save that the objection to the anointing of Jesus is made, not by "his disciples" (Matthew xxvi, 8), not by "some that had indignation" (Mark xiv, 4), but by "one of his disciples, Judas Iscariot, Simon's son" (John xii, 4). The demeanor of Mary, the sister of Lazarus, is, however, by no means that of a fallen and sinful though penitent woman, but that of a pious and good one (see Luke x, 39, 42; John xi, 28–33; xij, 3). Dore's illustration, which portrays Mary Magdalene as a heartbroken and despairing sin ner, shows that he has fallen into the common error, a ye TH ESCAS ToSsullrPER. Now the first day of the feast of unleavened bread the disciples came to Jesus, saying unto him, Where wilt thou that we prepare for thee to eat the passover? And he said, Go into the city to such a man, and say unto him. The Master saith, My time is at hand; I will keep the passover at thy house with my disciples. And the disciples did as Jesus had appointed them; and they made ready the passover. Now when the even was come, he sat down with the twelve. And as they did eat, "he said, Verily I say unto you, that one of you shall betray me. And they were exceeding sorrowful, and began every one of them to say unto him, Lord, is Italy. And he answered and said, He that dippeth his hand with me in the dish, the same shall betray me. The Son of man goeth as it is written of him: but woe unto that man by whom the Son of man is betrayed! it had been good for that man if he had not been born. Then Judas, which betrayed him, answered and said, Master, is it I? He said unto him, Thou hast said. And as they were eating, Jesus took bread, and blessed it, and brake it, and gave it to the disciples, and said, Take, eat; this is my body. And he took the cup, and gave thanks, and gave it to them, saying, Drink ye all of it; for this is my blood of the new testament, which is shed for many for the remission of sins. But I say unto you, I will not drink henceforth of this fruit of the vine, until that day when I drink it new with you in my Father's kingdom. And when they had sung an hymn, they went out into the mount of Olives—''JJatthew'' XXV2, 17–70. /b2//b2/aS/b2//b2/Th (i h i a <7 ii ine l ti ; nt: 3 N; . Sw ne: N "I Ni Wy Mi iH! ma ih) ah i: i aw @ it = yI's jy 4 'win ve. 'aA ™: Dae: a Noa ia ys ald) a bf: Ly" i - /ch//THE AGONY IN THE GARDEN And he came out, and went, as he was wont, to the mount of Olives; and his discip-es also followed him. And when he was at the place, he said unto them, Pray that ye enter not into temptation. And he was withdrawn from them about a stone's cast, and kneeled down, and prayed. Saying, Father, if thou be willing, remove this cup from me: nevertheless not my will, but thine, be done. And there appeared an angel unto him from heaven, strengthening him. And being in an agony he prayed more earnestly: and his sweat was as it were great drops of blood falling down to the ground. And when he rose up from prayer, and was come to his disciples, he found them sleeping for sorrow, and said unto them, Why sleep ye? rise and pray, lest ye enter into temptation.—''Luke "x12, 39–40.'' = SSS WHEMARE 11 stay PRAYER OFS ESUS IN = Ghee GARDE Ne Ol ansiy po. Then cometh Jesus with them unto a place called Gethsemane, and saith unto the disciples, Sit ye here, while I go and pray yonder. And he took with him Peter and the two sons of Zebedee, and began to be sorrowful and very heavy. Then saith he unto them, My soul is exceeding sorrowful, even unto death: tarry ye here, and watch with me. And he went a little farther, and fell on his face, and prayed, saying, O my Father, if it be possible, let this cup pass from me: nevertheless not as I will, but as thou wilt. And he cometh unto the disciples, and findeth them asleep, and saith unto Peter. What, could ye not watch with me one hour? Watch and pray, that ye enter not into temptation: the spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak. "He went away again the second time, and prayed, saying, O my Father, if this cup may not pass away from me, except I drink it, thy will be done. And he came and found them asleep again: for their eyes were heavy. And he left them, and went away again, and prayed the third time, saying the same words. Then cometh he to his disciples, and saith unto them, Sleep on now, and take your rest: behold, the hour is at hand, and the Son of man is betrayed into the hands of sinners. Rise, let us be going: behold, he is at hand that doth betray me.—''MWatthew xxv7, 36–46.'' Fats eamene pet EES cats fr a AN a A SSA AAAS THE—''BELRAYAL.'' And he cometh the third time, and saith unto them, Sleep on now, and take your rest: it is enough, the hour is come; behold, the Son of man is betrayed into the hands of sinners. Rise up, let us go; lo, he that betrayeth me is at hand. And immediately, while he yet spake, cometh Judas, one of the twelve, and with him a great multitude with swords and staves, from the chief priests and the scribes and the elders. And he that betrayed him had given them a token, saying, whomsoever I shall kiss, that same is he; take him, and lead him away safely. And as soon as he was come, he goeth straightway to him, and saith, Master, master; and kissed him. And they laid their hands on him, and took him. And one of them that stood by drew a sword, and smote a servant of the high priest, and cut off his ear. And Jesus answered and said unto them, Are ye come out, as against a thief, with swords and with staves to take me? I was daily with you in the temple teaching, and ye took me not: but the scriptures must be fulfilled. And they all forsook him, and fled—Mark x1, JI-50, pile gsr" MOO a Wy Hy) "Ly MY ; LY TTR by i (Gees ff ja vm Ly hi "i {/ Me ysyisivgs Uy Ye Li ely: Uh HY) ps i} fh) HH} AUN MI Cap: L564 Mj) ae, i wy Mi Cy Hy 'ii Hi iil Lp LLL RK omy MAKE - /ch//CHRIST FAINTING UNDER THE CROSS The incident depicted in this illustration seems to be as apocryphal as that embodied in the artist's picture of Mary Magdalene. There is absolutely no warrant in scripture for the notion that Christ fainted under the burden of the cross. The only foundation for such an idea to be found in the Bible is contained in the head note to Mark xv, which is quite unwarranted by the text. According to the three synoptic gospels the cross was borne not by Christ, but by Simon, a Cyrenian (see Matthew xxvil, 32; Mark xv, 21; Luke xxni, 26). According to the fourth evangelist, Jesus bore the cross without assistance the whole distance to the place of crucifixion (John xix, 16–18). In not one of the four narratives is there so much as a hint that he fainted under the burden. - /ch//THE FLAGEELATION Then released he Barabbas unto them: and when he had scourged Jesus, he delivered him to be crucified.—''MWatthew xxv7i, 26.'' And so Pilate, willing to content the people, released Barabbas unto them, and delivered Jesus, when he had scourged him, to be crucified.—''Mark xv, 15.'' Then Pilate therefore took Jesus, and scourged him.—''/ohn xzx, I.'' AAA I'll ] i HI yee va WG x A. eile Rae? + i've 'WS Nie wth 6 OU A ry nthe GRU CTR ON: And when they were come unto a place called Golgotha, that is to say, a place of a skull, they gave him vinegar to drink mingled with gall: and when he had tasted thereof, he would not drink. And they crucified him, and parted his garments, casting lots: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophet. They parted my garments among them, and upon my vesture did they cast lots. And sitting down they watched him there; and set up over his head his accusation written, THIS IS JESUS THE KING OF THE JEWS. Then were there two thieves crucified with him, one on the right hand, and another on the left. And they that passed by reviled him, wagging their heads, and saying, Thou that destroyest the temple, and buildest it in three days, save thyself. If thou be the Son of God, come down from the cross. Likewise also the chief priests mocking him, with the scribes and elders, said, He saved others: himself he cannot save. If he be the King of Israel, let him now come down from the cross, and we will believe him. He trusted in God; let him deliver him now, if he will have him: for he said, I am the Son of God. The thieves also, which were crucified with him, cast the same in his teeth.—''J/atthew'' XKUIL, 33–44. "Ju y ate Py) eee a at vi ee aa Mee, Ory Dele - /ch//CLOSE OF THE CRUCIFIXION Now from the sixth hour there was darkness over all the land unto the ninth hour. And about the ninth hour Jesus cried with a loud voice, saying, Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani? that is to say, My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me? Some of them that stood there, when they heard that, said, This man calleth for Elias. And straightway one of them ran, and took a spunge, and filled it with vinegar, and put it on a reed, and gave him to drink. The rest said, Let be, let us see whether Elias will come to save him. Jesus, when he had cried again with a loud voice, yielded up the ghost. And, behold, the veil of the temple was rent in twain from the top to the bottom; and the earth did quake, and the rocks rent; and the graves were opened; and many bodies of the saints which slept arose, and came out of the graves after his resurrection, and went into the holy city, and appeared unto many. Now when the centurion, and they that were with him, watching Jesus, saw the earthquake, and those things that were done, they feared greatly, saying, Truly this was the Son of God. And many women were there beholding afar off, which followed Jesus from Galilee, ministering unto him: among which was Mary Magdalene, and Mary the mother of James and Joses, and the mother of Zebedee's children,—''Matthew xxvtt, 45–50.'' - wae j '> ne ) bj THREBURIALY® Pei Oe: When the even was come, there came a rich man of Arimathea, named Joseph, who also himself was Jesus' disciple: he went to Pilate, and begged the body of Jesus. Then Pilate commanded the body to be delivered. And when Joseph had taken the body, he wrapped it in a clean linen cloth, and laid it in his own new tomb, which he had hewn out in the rock: and he rolled a great stone to the door of the sepulchre, and departed. And there was Mary Magdalene, and the other Mary, sitting over against the sepulchre.—''Matthew xxvit, 57–61.'' THE ANGEL A. THE SEEULCHERE: In the end of the sabbath, as it began to dawn toward the first day of the week, came Mary Magdalene and the other Mary to see the sepulchre. And, behold, there was a great earthquake: for the angel of the Lord descended from heaven, and came and rolled back the stone from the door, and sat upon it. His countenance was like lightning, and his raiment white as snow: and for fear of him the keepers did shake, and became as dead men. And the angel answered and said unto the women, Fear not ye: for I know that ye seek Jesus, which was crucified. He is not here: for he is risen, as he said, Come, see the place where the Lord lay. And go quickly, and tell his disciples that he is risen from the dead; and, behold, he goeth before you into Galilee; there shall ye see him: lo, I have told you. And they departed quickly from the sepulchre with fear and great joy; and did run to bring his disciples word.—''Matthew xxvii2, 1–8.'' /b2//b2/ HE PISAN THEJOURNEY TO—''EMMAUCS:'' And, behold, two of them went that same day to a village called Emmaus which was from Jerusalem about threescore furlongs. And they talked together of all these things which had happened. And it came to pass that, while they communed together and reasoned, Jesus himself drew near and went with them. But their eyes were holden that they should not know him. And he said unto them, What manner of communications are these that ye have one to another, as ye walk, and are sad? And the one of them, whose name was Cleopas, answering said unto him, Art thou only a stranger in Jerusalem, and hast not known the things which are come to pass there in these days? And he said unto them, What things? And they said unto him, Concerning Jesus of Nazareth, which was a prophet mighty in deed and word before God and all the people: And how the chief priests and our rulers delivered him to be condemned to death, and have crucified him. But we trusted that it had been he which should have redeemed Israel: and beside all this, to-day is the third day since these things were done. Yea, and certain women also of our company made us astonished, which were early at the sepulchre; and when they found not his body, they came, saying, that they had also seen a vision of angels, which said that he was alive. And certain of them which were with us went to the sepulchre, and found it even so as the women had said: but him they saw not. Then he said unto them, O fools, and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken: ought not Christ to have suffered these things, and to enter into his glory? And beginning at Moses and all the prophets, he expounded unto them in all the scriptures the things concerning himself. And they drew nigh unto the village, whither they went: and he made as though he would have gone further. But they constrained him, saying, Abide with us: for it is toward evening, and the day is far spent. And he went in to tarry with them. And it came to pass, as he sat at meat with them, he took bread, and blessed it, and brake, and gave to them. And their eyes were opened, and they knew him; and he vanished out of their sight. And they said one to another, Did not our heart burn within us, while he talked with us by the way, and while he opened to us the scriptures? And they rose up the same hour, and returned to Jerusalem, and found the eleven gathered together, and them that were with them, saying. The Lord is risen indeed, and hath appeared to Simon. And they told what things were done in the way, and how he was known of them in breaking of bread.—''Luke xxiv, 17–75.'' THE ASCENSION: Now upon the first day of the week, very early in the morning, they came unto the sepulchre, bringing the spices which they had prepared, and certain others with them. And they found the stone rolled away from the sepulchre. '. = And they remembered his words. And returned from the sepulchre, and told all these things unto the eleven, and to all the rest ng M3 a And, behold, two of them went that same day to a village called Emmaus, which was from Jerusalem about threescore furlongs. And they talked together of all these things which had happened. '* And they rose up the same hour, and returned to Jerusalem, and found the eleven gathered together, and them that were with them, saying. The Lord is risen indeed, and hath appeared to Simon. And they told what things were done in the way, and how he was known of them in breaking of bread. And as they thus spake, Jesus himself stood in the midst of them, and saith unto them, Peace be unto you. ". And, behold, I send the promise of my Father upon you: but tarry ye in the city of Jerusalem, until ye be endued with power from on high. And he led them out as far as to Bethany, and he lifted up his hands, and—blessed them. And it came to pass, while he blessed them, he was parted from them, and carried up into heaven. And they worshiped him, and returned to Jerusalem with great joy.—Luke xxiv, 1–2, 8–9, 13–14, 33–36, 49–52. The former treatise have I made, O Theophilus, of all that Jesus began both to do and teach, until the day in which he was taken up, after that he through the Holy Ghost had given commandments unto the apostles whom he had chosen: to whom also he shewed himself alive after his passion by many infallible proofs, being seen of them forty days, and speaking of the things pertaining to the kingdom of God: and, being assembled together with them, commanded them that they should not depart from Jerusalem, but wait for the promise of the Father, which, saith he, ye have heard of me. For John truly baptized with water; but ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost not'many days hence. When they therefore were come together, they asked of him, saying, Lord, wilt thou at this time restore again the kingdom of Israel? And he said unto them, It is not for you to know the times or the seasons, which the Father hath put in his own power. But ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto me both in Jerusalem, and all Judzea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth. And when he had spoken these things, while they beheld, he was taken up: and a cloud received him out of their sight. And while they looked steadfastly toward heaven as he went up, behold, two men stood by them in white apparel.—''A cts 2, 7–70.'' ™f-b< , ra Oe a aa io Cae + rm 4 y A. Lars 'ire y ."ll f iat atk My re leh: o y x ra ~4 a ike ed' 'j ta i} =, ¢".o 7 Py Ay od a; . s. Te = ik ba ad { ive;:; + srw ml f 4 "hits" y: 4s 'Ao 'agi ek ': '; eos A. 4 Ly 5; ge .% "Agr 'he (a. Ke; THE-MARTYRDOMPOR Siw over Ne And Stephen, full of faith and power, did great wonders and miracles among the people. Then there arose certain of the synagogue, which is called the synagogue of the Libertines, and Cyrenians, and Alexandrians, and of them of Cilicia and of Asia, disputing with Stephen. And they were not able to resist the wisdom and the spirit by which he spake. Then they suborned men, which said, We have heard him speak blasphemous words against Moses and against God. And they stirred up the people, and the elders, and the scribes, and came upon him, and caught him, and brought him to the council. And set up false witnesses, which said, This man ceaseth not to speak blasphemous words against this holy place, and the law: for we have heard him say, that this Jesus of Nazareth shall destroy this place, and shall change the customs which Moses delivered us. And all that sat in the council, looking steadfastly on him, saw his face as it had been the face of an angel. Then said the high priest. Are these things so? And he said, Men, brethren, and fathers, hearken: [Stephen here makes his defense, concluding with a terrible denunciation of the Jews as being stiffnecked and persecutors of their prophets, and as betrayers and murderers of their latest one, Jesus Christ. When they heard these things, they were cut to the heart, and they gnashed on him with their teeth. But he, being full of the Holy Ghost, looked up steadfastly into heaven, and saw the glory of God, and Jesus standing on the right hand of God, and said, Behold, I see the heavens opened, and the Son of man standing on the right hand of God. Then they cried out with a loud voice, and stopped their ears, and ran upon him with one accord, and cast him out of the city, and stoned him: and the witnesses laid down their clothes at a young man's feet, whose name was Saul. And they stoned Stephen, calling upon God, and saying, Lord Jesus, receive my spirit. And he kneeled down, and cried with a loud voice, Lord, lay not this sin to their charge. And when he had said this, he fell asleep. And Saul was consenting unto his death. Acts vz, 8–15; vit, 1–2, 54–56; v2z2, 1. XG Wr?] Uy Wy SG SW SG aye ae SAULIS' CONVERSION; And Saul, yet breathing out threatenings and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord, went unto the high priest, and desired of him letters to Damascus to the synagogues, that if he found any of this way, whether they were men or women, he might bring them bound unto Jerusalem. And as he journeyed, he came near Damascus: and suddenly there shined round about him a light from heaven: and he fell to the earth, and heard a voice saying unto him, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me? And he said, who art thou, Lord? And the Lord said, I am Jesus whom thou persecutest: it is hard for thee to kick against the pricks. And he trembling and astonished said, Lord, what wilt thou have me to do? And the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go into the city, and it shall be told thee what thou must do. And the men which journeyed with him stood speechless, hearing a voice, but seeing no man. And Saul arose from the earth; and when his eyes were opened, he saw no man: but they led him by the hand, and brought him into Damascus. And he was three days without sight, and neither did eat nor drink. And there was a certain disciple at Damascus, named Ananias; and to him said the Lord in a vision, Ananias. And he said, Behold, I am here, Lord. And the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go into the street which is called Straight, and enquire in the house of Judas for one called Saul, of Tarsus: for, behold, he prayeth, and hath seen in a vision a man named Ananias coming in, and putting his hand on him, that he might receive his sight. Then Ananias answered, Lord, I have heard by many of this man, how much evil he hath done to thy saints at Jerusalem: and here he hath authority from the chief priests to bind all that call on thy name. But the Lord said unto him, Go thy way: for he is a chosen vessel unto me, to bear my name before the Gentiles, and kings, and the children of Israel: for I will shew him how great things he must suffer for my name's sake. And Ananias went his way, and entered into the house; and putting his hands on him said, Brother Saul, the Lord, even Jesus, that appeared unto thee in the way as thou camest, hath sent me, that thou mightest receive thy sight, and be filled with the Holy Ghost. And immediately there fell from his eyes as it had been scales: and he received sight forthwith, and arose and was baptized. And when he had received meat, he was strengthened. Then was Saul certain days with the disciples which were at Damascus. And Straightway he preached Christ in the synagogues, that he is the Son of God.—''Acts 2x, 1–20, ff, if'' Se SS THEDELIVERANCE Piss atte ans Now about that time Herod the king stretched forth his hands to vex certain of the church. And he killed James the brother of John with the sword. And because he saw it pleased the Jews, he proceeded further to take Peter also. (Then were the days of unleavened bread.) And when he had apprehended him, he put him in prison, and delivered him to four quarternions of soldiers to keep him; intending after Easter to bring him forth to the people. Peter therefore was kept in prison: but prayer was made without ceasing of the church unto God for him. And when Herod would have brought him forth, the same night Peter was sleeping between two soldiers, bound with two chains: and the keepers before the door kept the prison. And, behold, the angel of the Lord came upon him, and a light shined in the prison: and he smote Peter on the side, and raised him up, saying, Arise up quickly. And his chains fell off from his hands. And the angel said unto him, Gird thyself, and bind on thy sandals: And so he did. And he saith unto him, Cast thy garment about thee, and follow me. And he went out, and followed him; and wist not that it was true which was done by the angel; but thought he saw a vision. When they were past the first and the second ward, they came unto the iron gate that leadeth unto the city; which opened to them of his own accord: and they went out and passed on through one street; and forthwith the angel departed from him. And when Peter was come to himself, he said, Now I know of a surety, that the Lord hath sent his angel, and hath delivered me out of the hand of Herod, and from all the expec tation of the people of the Jews.—''Aees x72, I-11.'' AY PLS AN - /ch//PAUL AT EPHESUS And it came to pass, that, while Apollos was at Corinth, Paul having passed through the upper coasts came to Ephesus; and finding certain disciples, he said unto them, Have ye received the Holy Ghost since ye believed? And they said unto him, We have not so muchas heard whether there be any Holy Ghost. And he said unto them, Unto what then were ye baptized? And they said, Unto John's baptism. Then said Paul, John verily baptized with the baptism of repentance, saying unto the people, that they should believe on him which should come after him, that is, on Christ Jesus. When they heard this, they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus. And when Paul had laid his hands upon them, the Holy Ghost came on them; and they spake with tongues, and prophesied. And all the men were about twelve. And he went into the synagogue, and spake boldly for the space of three months, disputing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God. But when divers were hardened, and believed not, but spake evil of that way before the multitude, he departed from them, and separated the disciples, disputing daily in the school of one Tyrannus. And this continued by the space of two years; so that all they which dwelk in Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus, both Jews and Greeks. And God wrought special miracles by the hands of Paul: so that from his body were brought unto the sick handkerchiefs or aprons, and the diseases departed from them, a id the evil spirits went out of them. Then certain of the vagabond Jews, exorcists, took upon them to call over them which had evil spirits the name of the Lord Jesus, saying, We adjure you by Jesus whom Paul preacheth. And there were seven sons of one Sceva, a Jew, and chief of the priests, which did so. And the evil spirit answered and said, Jesus I know, and Paul I know; but who are ye? And the man in whom the evil spirit was leaped on them, and overcame them, and prevailed against them, so that they fled out of that house naked and wounded. And this was known to all the Jews and Greeks also dwelling at Ephesus; and fear fell on them all, and the name of the Lord Jesus was magnified. And many that believed came, and confessed, and shewed their deeds. Many of them also which used curious arts brought their books together, and burned them before all men: and they counted the price of them, and found it fifty thousand pieces of silver. So mightily grew the word of God and prevailed.—''A ets "7x, 1–20.'' PAUL MENACED=BY Tit ws. Do therefore this that we say to thee: We have four men which have a vow on them; them take, and purify thyself with them, and be at charges with them, that they may shave their heads: and all may know that those things, where of they were informed concerning thee, are nothing; but that thou thyself also walkest orderly, and keepest the law. = ig + Then Paul took the men, and the next day purifying himself with them entered into the temple, to signify the accomplishment of the days of purification, until that an offering should be offered for every one of them. And when the seven days were almost ended, the Jews which were of Asia, when they saw him in the temple, stirred up all the people, and laid hands on him, crying out, Men of Israel, help: this is the man, that teacheth all men every where against the people, and the law, and this place: and further brought Greeks also into the temple, and hath polluted this holy place. (For they had seen before with him in the city Trophimus an mee whom they supposed that Paul had brought into the temple.) And all the city was moved, and the people ran together: and fe took Paul, and drew him out of the temple: and forthwith the doors were shut. And as they went about to kill him, tidings came unto the chief captain of the band, that all Jerusalem was in an uproar: who immediately took soldiers and centurions, and ran down unto them: and when they saw the chief captain and the soldiers, they left beating of Paul. Then the chief captain came near, and took him, and commanded him to be bound with two chains; and demanded who he was, and what he had done. And some cried one thing, some another, among the multitude: and when he could not know the certainty for the tumult, he commanded him to be carried into the castle. And when he came upon the stairs, so it was, that he was borne of the soldiers for the violence of the people. For the multitude of the people followed after, crying, Away with him. And as Paul was to be led into the castle, he said unto the chief captain, May I speak unto thee? Who said, Canst thou speak Greek? Art not thou that Egyptian, which before these days madest an uproar, and leddest out into the wilderness four thousand men that were murderers? But Paul said, 1 am a man which am a Jew of Tarsus, a city in Cilicia, a citizen of no mean city: and, I beseech thee, suffer me to speak unto the people. And when he had given him license, Paul stood on the stairs, and beckoned with the hand unto the people. And when there was made a great silence, he spake unto them in the Hebrew tongue.—''A cts xx2, 23–40, ba)'' PAUL'S SHIPWRECK. And while the day was coming on, Paul besought them all to take meat, saying, This day is the fourteenth day that ye have tarried and continued fasting, having taken nothing. Wherefore I pray you to take some meat; for this is for your health: for there shall not a hair fall from the head of any of you. And when he had thus spoken, he took bread, and gave thanks to God in presence of them all: and when he had broken it, he began to eat. Then were they all of good cheer, and they also took some meat. And we were in all in the ship two hundred threescore and sixteen souls. And when they had eaten enough, they lightened the ship, and cast out the wheat into the sea. And when it was day, they knew not the land: but they discovered a certain creek with a shore, into the which they were minded, if it were possible, to thrust in the ship. And when they had taken up the anchors, they committed themselves unto the sea, and loosed the rudder bands, and hoised up the mainsail to the wind, and made toward shore. And falling into a place where two seas met, they ran the ship aground; and the forepart stuck fast, and remained unmovable, but the hinder part was broken with the violence of the waves. And the soldiers' counsel was to kill the prisoners, lest any of them should swim out, and escape. But the centurion, willing to save Paul, kept them from their purpose; and commanded that they which could swim should cast themselves first into the sea, and get to land: and the rest, some on boards, and some on broken pieces of the ship. And so it came to pass, that they escaped all safe to land. And when they were escaped, then they knew that the island was called Melita. And the barbarous people shewed us no little kindness: for they kindled a fire, and received us every one, because of the present rain, and because of the cold.—''Acts XLVI, 33–44, XXII, I-2.'' - DEA LEON "THE. PAGE HORSE. And when he had opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the fourth beast say, Come and see. And I looked, and behold a pale horse: and his name that sat on him was Death, and Hell followed with him. And power was given unto them over the fourth part of the earth, to kill with sword, and with hunger, and with death, and with the beasts of the earth.—''[[Revelation (Bible)|Revelation]] vt, 7–8, ry ah, aera'' —cov 9ql0bz994kbfc0m6ri0kf8z6r6v8s44 14128213 14128165 2024-04-25T16:43:47Z SnowyCinema 2484340 wikitext text/x-wiki /conf// progress=hathi_files_downloaded f= y=1886 loc= pub= au=anon ill=Paul Gustave Doré ty= gen= ia=dorbiblegallery0000dorg htt=uva.x000528519 dl=ia beg=n ch=nam //conf/ /chform// <nowiki> {{ph|class=chapter num|/cpre/ /cnum/}} {{ph|class=chapter title|/cnam/|level=2}} </nowiki> //chform/ /tocform// <nowiki> {{TOC row 1-1-1|/cnum/|/cnam/|/pnum/}} </nowiki> //tocform/ -cov /img/ {{ph|class=chapter|Preface.}} {{sc|This}} volume, as its title indicates, is a collection of engravings illustrative of the Bible—the designs being all from the pencil of the greatest of modern delineators, Gustave Doré. The original work, from which this collection has been made, met with an immediate and warm recognition and acceptance among those whose means admitted of its purchase, and its popularity has in no wise diminished since its first publication, but has even extended to those who could only enjoy it casually or in fragmentary parts. That work, however, in its entirety, was far too costly for the larger and ever-widening circle of M. Doré's admirers, and to meet the felt and often expressed want of this class, and to provide a volume of choice and valuable designs upon sacred subjects for art-loving Biblical students generally, this work was projected and has been carried forward. The aim has been to introduce subjects of general interest—that is, those relating to the most prominent events and personages of Scripture—those most familiar to all readers; the plates being chosen with special reference to the known taste of the American people. To each cut is prefixed a page of letter-press, in narrative form, and containing generally a brief analysis of the design. Aside from the labors of the editor and publishers, the work, while in progress, was under the painstaking and careful scrutiny of artists and scholars not directly interested in the undertaking, but still having a generous solicitude for its success. It is hoped, therefore, that its general plan and execution will render it acceptable both to the appreciative and friendly patrons of the great artist, and to those who would wish to possess such a work solely as a choice collection of illustrations upon sacred themes. - {{ph|class=chapter|Gustave Doré.}} {{sc|The}} subject of this sketch is, perhaps, the most original and variously gifted designer the world has ever known. At an age when most men have scarcely passed their novitiate in art, and are still under the direction and discipline of their masters and the schools, he had won a brilliant reputation, and readers and scholars everywhere were gazing on his work with ever-increasing wonder and delight at his fine fancy and multifarious gifts. He has raised illustrative art to a dignity and importance before unknown, and has developed capacities for the pencil before unsuspected. He has laid all subjects tribute to his genius, explored and embellished fields hitherto lying waste, and opened new and shining paths and vistas where none before had trod. To the works of the great he has added the lustre of his genius, bringing their beauties into clearer view and warming them to fuller life. His delineations of character, in the different phases of life, from the horrible to the grotesque, the grand to the comic, attest the versatility of his powers; and, whatever faults may be found by critics, the public will heartily render their quota of admiration to his magic touch, his rich and facile rendering of almost every thought that stirs, or lies yet dormant, in the human heart. It is useless to attempt a sketch of his various beauties; those who would know them best must seek them in the treasure-house that his genius is constantly augmenting with fresh gems of wealth. To one, however, of his most prominent traits we will refer—his wonderful rendering of the powers of Nature. His early wanderings in the wild and romantic passes of the Vosges doubtless developed this inherent tendency of his mind. There he wandered, and there, mayhap, imbibed that deep delight of wood and valley, mountain-pass and rich ravine, whose variety of form and detail seems endless to the enchanted eye. He has caught the very spell of the wilderness; she has laid her hand upon him and he has gone forth with her blessing. So bold and truthful and minute are his countless representations of forest scenery; so delicate the tracery of branch and stem; so patriarchal the giant boles of his woodland monarch, that the gazer is at once satisfied and entranced. His vistas lie slumbering with repose either in shadowy glade or fell ravine, either with glint of lake or the glad, long course of some rejoicing stream: and above all, supreme in a beauty all its own, he spreads a canopy of peerless sky, or a wilderness, perhaps, of angry storm, or peaceful stretches of soft, fleecy cloud, or heavens serene and fair—another kingdom to his teeming art after the earth has rendered all her gifts. Paul Gustave Doré was born in the city of Strasburg, January 10, 1833. Of his boyhood we have no very particular account. At eleven years of age, however, he essayed his first artistic creation—a set of lithographs, published in his native city. The following year found him in Paris, entered as a - student at the Charlemagne Lyceum. His first actual work began in 1848, when his fine series of sketches, the "[[Labors of Hercules (Doré)|Labors of Hercules]]," was given to the public, through the medium of an illustrated journal with which he was for a long time connected as designer. In 1856 were published the illustrations for Balzac's "Contes Drolatiques" and those for "[[The Wandering Jew]]"—the first humorous and grotesque in the highest degree—indeed, showing a perfect abandonment to fancy; the other weird and supernatural, with fierce battles, shipwrecks, turbulent mobs, and nature in her most forbidding and terrible aspects. Every incident or suggestion that could possibly make the story more effective or add to the horror of the scenes was seized upon and portrayed with wonderful power. These at once gave the young designer a great reputation, which was still more enhanced by his subsequent works. With all his love for nature and his power for interpreting her in her varying moods, Doré was a dreamer, and many of his finest achievements were in the realm of the imagination. But he was at home in the actual world also, as witness his designs for "Atala," "[[London—a Pilgrimage]]," and many of the scenes of "[[Don Quixote]]." When account is taken of the variety of his designs and the fact considered that in almost every task he attempted none had ventured before him, the amount of work he accomplished is fairly incredible. To enumerate the immense tasks he undertook—some single volumes alone containing hundreds of illustrations—will give some faint idea of his industry. Besides those already mentioned are Montaigne, Dante, the Bible, Milton, Rabelais, Tennyson's "[[Idylls of the King|{{SIC|Idyls|Idylls}} of the King]]," "[[The Ancient Mariner]]," Shakespeare, "Legende de Croquemitaine," "[[La Fontaine's Fables]]," and others still. Take one of these works—the Dante, La Fontaine, or "Don Quixote"—and glance at the pictures. The mere hand labor involved in their production is surprising; but when the quality of the work is properly estimated, what he accomplished seems prodigious. No particular mention need be made of him as a painter or a sculptor, for his reputation rests solely upon his work as an illustrator. Doré's nature was exhuberant and buoyant, and he was youthful in appearance. He had a passion for music, and possessed rare skill as a violinist, and it is assumed that, had he failed to succeed with his pencil, he could have won a brilliant reputation as a musician. He was a bachelor, and lived a quiet, retired life with his mother—married, as he expressed it, to her and his art. His death occurred on January 23, 1883. - /toc/ — - <FILL> — - <FILL> — - <FILL> —t2 -1 /ch//THE CREATION "And the Lord God said, it is not good that the man should be alone; I will make him a helpmeet for him. . . . And the Lord God caused a deep sleep to fall on Adam, and he slept, and he took one of his ribs, and closed up the flesh instead thereof; and the rib which the Lord God had taken from man, made he a woman, and brought her unto the man. And Adam said, This is now bone of my bone and flesh of my flesh: she shall be called Woman, because she was taken out of man. Therefore shall a man leave his father and mother, and shall cleave unto his wife, and they shall be one flesh."—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] ii, 18, 21–24.'' In these few words the Scriptures narrate the creation of the first mother of our race. In "[[Paradise Lost]]," the poetic genius of Milton, going more into detail, describes how Eve awoke to consciousness, and found herself reposing under a shade of flowers, much wondering what she was and whence she came. Wandering by the margin of a small lake, she sees her own form mirrored in the clear waters, at which she wonders more. But a voice is heard, leading her to him for whom she was made, who lies sleeping under a grateful shade. It is at this point the artist comes to interpret the poet's dream. Amid the varied and luxurious foliage of Eden, in the vague light of the early dawn, Eve is presented, coy and graceful, gazing on her sleeping Lord, while in the background is faintly outlined the mystic form of Him in whose image they were created. -i -2 /ch//THE EXPULSION FROM THE GARDEN And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil; and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live forever: Therefore, the Lord God sent him forth from the garden of Eden, to till the ground from whence he was taken. So he drove out the man; and he placed at the east of the garden of Eden cherubims, and a flaming sword which turned every way, to keep the way of the tree of life.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] iii, 22–24.'' /po// They, looking back, all the eastern side beheld Of Paradise, so late their happy seat, Waved over by that flaming brand; the gate, With dreadful forces thronged, and fiery arms: Some natural tears they dropped, but wiped them soon; The world was all before them, where to choose Their place of rest, and Providence their guide; They, hand in hand, with wandering steps and slow, Through Eden took their solitary way. >>''[[Paradise Lost]], Book XII.'' //po/ -i -3 /ch//THE MURDER OF ABET And Adam knew Eve his wife; and she conceived, and bare Cain, and said, I have gotten a man from the Lord. And she again bare his brother Abel. And Abel was a keeper of sheep, but Cain was a tiller of the ground. And in process of time it came to pass, that Cain brought of the fruit of the ground an offering unto the Lord. And Abel, he also brought of the firstlings of his flock and of the fat thereof. And the Lord had respect unto Abel and to his offering: But unto Cain and to his offering he had not respect. And Cain was very wroth, and his countenance fell. And the Lord said unto Cain, Why art thou wroth? and why is thy, countenance fallen? If thou doest well, shalt thou not be accepted? and if thou doest not well, sin lieth at the door, and unto thee shall be his desire, and thou shalt rule over him. And Cain talked with Abel his brother: and it came to pass, when they were in the field, that Cain rose up against Abel his brother, and slew him. And the Lord said unto Cain, Where is Abel thy brother? And he said, I know not: Am I my brother's keeper? And he said, What hast thou done? the voice of thy brother's blood crieth unto me from the ground. And now art thou cursed from the earth, which hath opened her mouth to receive thy brother's blood from thy hand; When thou tillest the ground, it shall not henceforth yield unto thee her strength; a fugitive and a vagabond shalt thou be in the earth. And Cain said unto the Lord, My punishment is gveater than I can bear. Behold, thou hast driven me out this day from the face of the earth; and from thy face shall I be hid; and I shall be a fugitive and a vagabond in the earth; and it shall come to pass, that every one that findeth me shall slay me. And the Lord said unto him, Therefore whosoever slayeth Cain, vengeance shall be taken on him sevenfold. And the Lord set a mark upon Cain, lest any finding him should kill him. And Cain went out from the presence of the Lord, and dwelt in the land of Nod, on the east of Eden.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] iv, 1–16'' -i -4 /ch//THE DELUGE In the six hundredth year of Noah's life, in the second month, the seventeenth day of the month, the same day were all the fountains of the great deep broken up, and the windows of heaven were opened. And the rain was upon the earth forty days and forty nights. In the self-same day entered Noah, and Shem, and Ham, and Japheth, the sons of Noah, and Noah's wife, and the three wives of his sons with them, into the ark; they, and every beast after his kind, and all the cattle after their kind, and every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth after his kind, and every fowl after his kind, every bird of every sort. And they went in unto Noah into the ark, two and two of all flesh, wherein is the breath of life. And they that went in, went in male and female of all flesh, as God had commanded him: and the Lord shut him in. And the flood was forty days upon the earth; and the waters increased, and bare up the ark, and it was lift up above the earth. And the waters prevailed, and were increased, greatly upon the earth; and the ark went upon the face of the waters. And the waters prevailed exceedingly upon the earth; and all the high hills, that were under the whole heaven, were covered. Fifteen cubits upward did the waters prevail; and the mountains were covered. And all flesh died that moved upon the earth, both of fowl, and of cattle, and of beast, and of every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth, and every man; all in whose nostrils was the breath of life, of all that was in the dry land, died. And every living substance was destroyed which was upon the face of the ground, both man and cattle, and the creeping things, and the fowl of the heaven; and they were destroyed from the earth; and Noah only remained alive, and they that were with him in the ark. And the waters prevailed upon the earth an hundred and fifty days.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] vii, {{SIC|11 24|11–24}}.''' -i -5 /ch//NOAH CURSING HAM And the sons of Noah, that went forth of the ark, were Shem, and Ham, and Japheth; and Ham is the father of Canaan. These ar`e the three sons of Noah: and of them was the whole earth overspread. And Noah began to be an husbandman, and he planted a vineyard: And he drank of the wine, and was drunken; and he was uncovered within his tent. And Ham, the father of Canaan, saw the nakedness of his father, and told his two brethren without. And Shem and Japheth took a garment, and laid it upon both their shoulders, and went backward, and covered the nakedness of their father; and their faces were backward, and they saw not their father's nakedness. And Noah awoke from his wine, and knew what his younger son had done unto him. And he said, Cursed be Canaan; a servant of servants shall he be unto his brethren. And he said, Blessed be the Lord God of Shem; and Canaan shall be his servant. God shall enlarge Japheth, and he shall dwell in the tents of Shem; and Canaan shall be his servant.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] ix, 18–27.'' -i - /ch//THE TOWER OF BABEL And the whole earth was of one language, and of one speech. And it came to pass as they journeyed from the east, that they found a plain in the land of Shinar; and they dwelt there. And they said one to another, Go to, let us make brick, and burn them thoroughly. And they had brick for stone, and slime had they for mortar. And they said, Go to, let us build us a city and a tower, whose top may reach unto heaven; and let us make us a name, lest we be scattered abroad upon the face of the whole earth. And the Lord came down to see the city and the tower which the children of men builded. And the Lord said, Behold, the people is one, and they have all one language; and this they begin to do: and now nothing will be restrained from them, which they have imagined to do. Go to, let us go down, and there confound their language, that they may not understand one another's speech. So the Lord scattered them abroad from thence upon the face of all the earth: and they left off to build the city. Therefore is the name of it called Babel; because the Lord did there confound the language of all the earth: and from thence did the Lord scatter them abroad upon the face of all the earth.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xi, 1–9.'' -i - /ch//ABRAHAM ENTERTAINS THREE STRANGERS In the self-same day was Abraham circumcised, and Ishmael his son. And all the men of his house, born in the house, and bought with money of the stranger, were circumcised with him. And the Lord appeared unto him in the plains of Mamre: and he sat in the tent door in the heat of the day; and he lift up his eyes and looked, and, lo, three men stood by him: and when he saw them, he ran to meet them from the tent door, and bowed himself toward the ground, and said, My Lord, if now I have found favour in thy sight, pass not away, I pray thee, from thy servant: let a little water, pray you, be fetched, and wash your feet, and rest yourselves under the tree: And I will fetch a morsel of bread, and comfort ye your hearts; after that ye shall pass on: for therefore are ye come to your servant. And they said, So do, as thou hast said. And Abraham hastened into the tent unto Sarah, and said, Make ready quickly three measures of fine meal, knead it, and make cakes upon the hearth. And Abraham ran unto the herd, and fetched a calf tender and good, and gave it unto a young man; and he hasted to dress it. And he took butter, and milk, and the calf which he had dressed, and set it before them; and he stood by them under the tree, and they did eat.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xviii, 26, 27; xviii, 1–8.'' Be not forgetful to entertain strangers: for thereby some have entertained angels unawares.—''[[Hebrews (Bible)|Hebrews]] xiii, 2.'' -i - /ch//THE DESTRUCTION OF SODOM And when the morning arose, then the angels hastened Lot, saying, Arise, take thy wife, and thy two daughters, which are here; lest thou be consumed in the iniquity of the city. And while he lingered, the men laid hold upon his hand, and upon the hand of his wife, and upon the hand of his two daughters; the Lord being merciful unto him: and they brought him forth, and set him without the city. And it came to pass, when they had brought them forth abroad, that he said, Escape for thy life; look not behind thee, neither stay thou in all the plain; escape to the mountain, lest thou be consumed. And Lot said unto them, Oh, not so, my Lord. Behold now, thy servant hath found grace in thy sight, and thou hast magnified thy mercy, which thou hast shewed unto me in saving my life; and I cannot escape to the mountain, lest some evil take me and I die. Behold now this city is near to flee unto, and it is a little one: Oh, let me escape thither (is it not a little one?) and my soul shall live. And he said unto him, See, I have accepted thee concerning this thing also, that I will not overthrow this city, for the which thou hast spoken. Haste thee, escape thither; for I cannot do anything till thou be come thither. Therefore the name of the city was called Zoar. The sun was risen upon the earth when Lot entered unto Zoar. Then the Lord rained upon Sodom and upon Gomorrah brimstone and fire from the Lord out of heaven; and he overthrew those cities, and all the plain, and all the inhabitants of the cities, and that which grew upon the ground. But his wife looked back from behind him, and she became a pillar of salt. And Abraham gat up early in the morning to the place where he stood before the Lord: and he looked toward Sodom and Gomorrah, and toward all the land of the plain, and beheld, and lo, the smoke of the country went up as the smoke of a furnace.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xix, 15–28.'' -i - /ch//THE EXPULSION OF TIAGAR. And the Lord visited Sarah as he had said, and the Lord did unto Sarah as he had spoken. For Sarah conceived, and bare Abraham a son in his old age, at the set time of which God had spoken to him. And Abraham called the name of his son that was born unto him, whom Sarah bare to him, Isaac. And Abraham circumcised his son Isaac, being eight days old, as God had commanded him. And Abraham was an hundred years old, when his son Isaac was born unto him. And Sarah said, God hath made me to laugh, so that all that hear will laugh with me. And she said, who would have said unto Abraham, that Sarah should have given children suck? for I have born him a son in his old age. And the child grew, and was weaned: and Abraham made a great feast the same day that Isaac was weaned. And Sarah saw the son of Hagar, the Egyptian, which she had born unto Abraham, mocking. Wherefore she said unto Abraham, Cast out this bondwoman and her son: for the son of this bondwoman shall not be heir with my son, even with Isaac. And the thing was very grievous in Abraham's sight because of his son. And God said unto Abraham, Let it not be grievous in thy sight because of the lad, and because of thy bondwoman; in all that Sarah hath said unto thee, hearken unto her voice; for in Isaac shall thy seed be called. And also of the son of the bondwoman will I make a nation, because he is thy seed. And Abraham rose up early in the morning, and took bread, and a bottle of water, and gave it unto Hagar, putting it on her shoulder, and the child, and sent her away: and she departed, and wandered in the wilderness of Beer-sheba.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxi, 1–14.'' -i - /ch//HAGAR IN THE WILDERNESS And Abraham rose up early in the morning, and took bread, and a bottle of water, and gave it unto Hagar, putting it on her shoulder, and the child, and sent her away; and she departed, and wandered in the wilderness of Beer-sheba. And the water was spent in the bottle, and: she cast the child under one of the shrubs. And she went and sat her down over against him a good way off, as it were a bow-shot: for she said, Let me not see the death of the child. And she sat over against him, and lifted up her voice and wept. And God heard the voice of the lad; and the angel of God called to Hagar out of heaven, and said unto her, What aileth thee, Hagar? fear not, for God hath heard the voice of the lad where he is. Arise, lift up the lad, and hold him in thine hand; for I will make him a great nation. And God opened her eyes, and she saw a well of water; and she went, and filled the bottle with water, and gave the lad drink. And God was with the lad; and he grew, and dwelt in the wilderness, and became an archer. And he dwelt in the wilderness of Paran: and his mother took him a wife out of the land of Egypt.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxt. 14–21.'' - - /ch//THE TRIAL OF THE FAITH OF ABRAHAM And it came to pass after these things, that God did tempt Abraham, and said unto him, Abraham: and he said, Behold, here I am. And he said, Take now thy son, thine only son Isaac, whom thou lovest, and get thee into the land of Moriah; and offer him there for a burnt offering upon one of the mountains which I will tell thee of. And Abraham rose up early in the morning, and saddled his ass, and took two of his young men with him, and Isaac his son, and clave the wood for the burnt offering, and rose up and went unto the place of which God had told him. Then on the third day Abraham lifted up his eyes and saw the place afar off. And Abraham said unto his young men, Abide ye here with the ass; and I and the lad will go yonder and worship, and come again to you. And Abraham took the wood of the burnt offering and laid it upon Isaac his son; and he took the fire in his hand and a knife, and they went both of them together. And Isaac spake unto Abraham his father, and said, My father: and he said, Here am I, my son. And he said, Behold the fire and the wood: but where is the lamb for a burnt offering? And Abraham said, My son, God will provide himself a lamb for a burnt offering: so they went both of them together. And they came to the place which God had told him of; and Abraham built an altar there, and laid the wood in order, and bound Isaac his son, and laid him on the altar upon the wood. And Abraham stretched forth his hand and took the knife to slay his son. And the angel of the Lord called unto him out of heaven, and said, Abraham, Abraham: and he said, Here am I. And he said, Lay not thine hand upon the lad, neither do thou anything unto him: for now I know that thou fearest God, seeing thou hast not withheld thy son, thine only son, from me. And Abraham lifted up his eyes and looked, and behold behind him a ram caught in a thicket by his horns: and Abraham went and took the ram, and offered him up for a burnt offering in the stead of his son. And Abraham called the name of that place Jehovah-jireh: as it is to this day, In the mount of the Lord it shall be seen. And the angel of the Lord called unto Abraham out of heaven the second time, and said, By myself have I sworn, saith the Lord, for because thou hast done this thing, and hast not withheld thy son, thine only son, that in blessing I will bless thee, and in multiplying I will multiply thy seed as the stars of heaven, and as the sand which is upon the sea shore; and thy seed shall possess the gate of his enemies; and in thy seed shall all the nations of the earth be blessed, because thou hast obeyed my voice.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xx22. 1–18.'' - THE BURTAL{OFSSARALE And Sarah was an hundred and seven and twenty years old: these were the years of the life of Sarah. And Sarah died in Kirjath-arba; the same is Hebron in the land of Canaan: and Abraham came to mourn for Sarah, and to weep for her.;—And Abraham stood up from before his dead, and spake unto the sons of Heth, saying, I am a stranger and a sojourner with you: give me a possession of a buryingplace with you, that I may bury my dead out of my sight. And the children of Heth answered Abraham, saying unto him, Hear us, my lord: thou art a mighty prince among us: in the choice of our sepulchres bury thy dead; none of us shall withhold from thee his sepulchre, but that thou mayest bury thy dead. And Abraham stood up, and bowed himself to the people of the land, even to the children of Heth. And he communed with them, saying. If it be your mind that I should bury my dead out of my sight; hear me, and intreat for me to Ephron the son of Zohar, that he may give me the cave of Machpelah, which he hath, which is in the end of his field; for as much money as'it is worth he shall give it me for a possession of a buryingplace amongst you. And Ephron dwelt among the children of Heth: and Ephron the Hittite answered Abraham in the audience of the children of Heth, even of all that went in at the gate of his city, saying, Nay, my lord, hear me: the field give I thee, and the cave that is therein, I give it thee; in the presence of the sons of my people give I it thee: bury thy dead. And Abraham bowed down himself before the people of the land. And he spake unto Ephron in the audience of the people of the land, saying. But if thou wilt give it, I pray thee, hear me: I will give thee money for the field; take it of me, and I will bury my dead there. And Ephron answered Abraham, saying unto him, My lord, hearken unto me: the land is worth four hundred shekels of silver: what is that betwixt me and thee? bury therefore thy dead. And Abraham hearkened unto Ephron; and Abraham weighed to Ephron the silver, which he had named in the audience of the sons of Heth, four hundred shekels of silver, current money with the merchant. And the field of Ephron, which was in Machpelah, which was before Mamre, the field, and the cave which was therein, and all the trees that were in the field, that were in all the borders round about, were made sure unto Abraham for a possession in the presence of the children of Heth, before all that went in at the gate of his city. And after this, Abraham buried Sarah his wife in the cave of the field of Machpelah before Mamre; the same is Hebron in the land of Canaan. And the field, and the cave that is therein, were made sure unto Abraham for a possession of a buryingplace by the sons of Heth.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxi2?'' - /ch//CECA H PISAN - /ch//ELIEZER AND REBEKAH And the servant put his hand under the thigh of Abraham his master, and sware to him concerning that matter. And the servant took ten camels of the camels of his master, and departed; for all the goods of his master were in his hand: and he arose and went to Mesopotamia, unto the city of Nahor. And he made his camels to kneel down, without the city by a well of water at the time of the evening, even the time that women go out to draw water. And he said, O Lord God of my master Abraham, I pray thee, send me good speed this day, and shew kindness unto my master Abraham. Behold, I stand here by the well of water; and the daughters of the men of the city come out to draw water: and let it come to pass, that the damsel to whom I shall say, Let down thy pitcher, I pray thee, that I may drink; and she shall say, Drink, and I will give thy camels drink also: let the same be she that thou hast appointed for thy servant Isaac; and thereby shall I know that thou hast shewed kindness unto my master. And it came to pass before he had done speaking, that, behold, Rebekah came out, who was born to Bethuel, son of Milcah, the wife of Nahor, Abraham's brother, with her pitcher upon her shoulder. And the damsel was very fair to look upon, a virgin, neither had any man known her: and she went down to the well, and filled her pitcher and came up. And the servant ran to meet her, and said, Let me, I pray thee, drink a little water of thy pitcher. And she said, Drink, my lord; and she hasted, and let down her pitcher upon her hand, and gave him drink. And when she had done giving him drink, she said, I will draw water for thy camels also, until they have done drinking. And she hasted and emptied her pitcher into the trough, and ran again unto the well to draw water, and drew for all his camels. And the man wondering at her held his peace, to wit whether the Lord had made his journey prosperous or not. And it came to pass, as the camels had done drinking, that the man took a golden earring of half a shekel weight, and two bracelets for her hands of ten shekels weight of gold: and said, whose daughter art thou? tell me, I pray thee; is there room in thy father's house for us to lodge in? And she said unto him, I am the daughter of Bethuel the son of Milcah, which she bare unto Nahor. She said moreover unto him, We have both straw and provender enough, and room to lodge in. And the man bowed down his head and worshiped the Lord. And he said, Blessed be the Lord God of my master Abraham, who hath not left destitute my master of his mercy and his truth: I being in the way, the Lord led me to the house of my master's brethren. And the damsel ran, and told them of her mother's house these things.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] XXIV, 9–28.'' - - /ch//ISAAC BLESSING JACOB And it came to pass, that when Isaac was old, and his eyes were dim, so that he could not see, he called Esau, his eldest son, and said unto him, My son: and he said unto him, Behold, here am I. And he said, Behold now, I am old, I know not the day of my death: Now therefore take, I pray thee, thy weapons, thy quiver and thy bow, and go out to the field, and take me some venison; And make me savoury meat, such as I love, and bring it to me, that I may eat; that my soul may bless thee before I die. And Rebekah heard when Isaac spake to Esau his son. And Esau went to the field to hunt for venison, and to bring it. And Rebekah spake unto Jacob her son, saying, Behold, I heard thy father speak unto Esau thy brother, saying, Bring me venison, and make me savoury meat, that I may eat, and bless thee before the Lord before my death. Now therefore, my son, obey my voice according to that which I command thee. Go now to the flock, and fetch me from thence two good kids of the goats; and I will make them savoury meat for thy father such as he loveth; And thou shalt bring it to thy father, that he may eat, and that he may bless thee before his death. And Jacob said to Rebekah his mother, Behold, Esau my brother is a hairy man, and lama smooth man: My father peradventure will feel me, and I shall seem to him as a deceiver; and I shall bring a curse upon me, and not a blessing. And his mother said unto him, Upon me be thy curse, my son: only obey my voice, and go fetch me them. And he went, and fetched, and brought them to his mother: and his mother made savoury meat, such as his father loved. And Rebekah took goodly raiment of her eldest son Esau, which were with her in the house, and put them upon Jacob her younger son: And she put the skins of the kids of the goats upon his hands and upon the smooth of his neck: And she gave the savoury meat and the bread, which she had prepared, into the hand of her son Jacob. And he came unto his father, and said, My father: and he said, Here am I; who art thou, my son? And Jacob said unto his father, I am Esau thy first born; I have done according as thou badest me: arise, I pray thee, sit and eat of my venison, that thy soul may bless me. And Isaac said unto his son, How is it that thou hast found it so quickly, my son? And he said, Because the Lord thy God brought it to me. And Isaac said unto Jacob, Come near, I pray thee, that I may feel thee, my son, whether thou be my very son Esau or not. And Jacob went near unto Isaac his father; and he felt him, and said, The voice is Jacob's voice, but the hands are the hands of Esau. And he discerned him not, because his hands were hairy, as his brother Esau's hands: so he blessed him. And he said, Art thou my very son Esau? And he said, I am. And he said, Bring it near to me, and I will eat of my son's venison, that my soul may bless thee. And he brought it near to him, and he did eat; and he/brought him wine, and he drank. And his father Isaac said unto him, Come near now, and kiss me, my son. And he came near, and kissed him: and he smelled the smell of his raiment, and blessed him, and said, See, the smell of my son is as the smell of a field which the Lord hath blessed: Therefore God give thee of the dew of heaven, and the fatness of the earth, and plenty of corn and wine: Let people serve thee, and nations bow down to thee: be lord over thy brethren, and let thy mother's sons bow down to thee: cursed be every one that curseth thee, and blessed be he that blesseth thee.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xvit, 1–29.'' A AW ey Mi Nik ni j u: j Hf anh Hi: Kl i Ml 'i i "I HT AWH yi Aiti yn ii ii) Ht } " - JACOB. TENDING THE BLOCKS OF era ran: —And while he yet spake with them, Rachel came with her father's sheep: for she kept them. And it came to pass, when Jacob saw Rachel the daughter of Laban his mother's brother, and the sheep of Laban his mother's brother, that Jacob went near, and rolled the stone from the well's mouth, and watered the flock of Laban his mother's brother. And Jacob kissed Rachel, and lifted up his voice, and wept. And Jacob told Rachel that he was her father's brother, and that he was Rebekah's son: and she ran and told her father. And it came to pass, when Laban heard the tidings of Jacob his sister's son, that he ran to meet him, and embraced him, and kissed him, and brought him to his house. And he told Laban all these things. And Laban said to him, Surely thou art my bone and my flesh. And he abode with him the space of a month. And Laban said unto Jacob, Because thou art my brother, shouldest thou therefore serve me for naught? tell me, what shall thy wages be? And Laban had two daughters: the name of the elder was Leah, and the name of the younger was Rachel. Leah was tender eyed; but Rachel was beautiful and well favoured. And Jacob loved Rachel; and said, I will serve thee seven years for Rachel thy younger daughter. And Laban said, It is better that I give her to thee, than that I should give her to another man; abide with me. And Jacob served seven years tor Rachel; and they seemed unto him but a few days, for the love he had for her. And Jacob said unto Laban, Give me my wife, for my days are fulfilled, that I may go in unto her. And Laban gathered together all the men of the place, and made a feast. And it came to pass in the evening, that he took Leah his daughter, and brought her to him; and he went in unto her. And Laban gave unto his daughter Leah Zilpah his maid, for an handmaid. And it came to pass that in the morning, behold, it was Leah: and he said to Laban. What is this thou hast done unto me? did not I serve with thee for Rachel? wherefore then hast thou beguiled me? And Laban said, It must not be so done in our country, to give the younger before the firstborn. Fulfil her week, and we will give thee this also for the service which thou shalt serve with me yet seven other years. And Jacob did so, and fulfilled her week; and he gave him Rachel his daughter to wife also. And Laban gave to Rachel his daughter Bilhah his handmaid to be her maid. And he went in also unto Rachel, and he loved also Rachel more than Leah, and served with him yet seven other years.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxtx, 9–30.'' JOSEPH SOL DUNT OS EGY Tle These are the generations of Jacob. Joseph, being seventeen years old, was feeding the flock with his brethren; and the lad was with the sons of Bilhah and with the sons of Zilpah, his father's wives; and Joseph brought unto his father their evil report. Now Israel loved Joseph more than all his children, because he was the son of his old age; and he made him a coat of many colors. And when his brethren saw that their father loved him more than all his brethren, they hated him, and could not speak peaceably unto him. And Joseph dreamed a dream, and he told it his brethren: and they hated him yet the more. And he said unto them, Hear, I pray you, this dream which I have dreamed. For, behold, we were binding sheaves in the field, and, lo, my sheaf arose, and also stood upright; and, behold, your sheaves stood round about, and made obeisance to my sheaf. And his brethren said to him, Shalt thou indeed reign over us? or shalt thou indeed have dominion over us? And they hated him yet the more for his dreams and for his words. And he dreamed yet another dream, and told it his brethren, and said, Behold, 1 have dreamed a dream more; and, behold, the sun and the moon and the eleven stars made obeisance to me. And he told it to his father and to his brethren; and his father rebuked him, and said unto him, What is this dream that thou hast dreamed? Shall I and thy mother and thy brethren indeed come to bow down ourselves to thee to the earth. And his brethren envied him; but his father observed the saying. And his brethren went to feed their father's flock in Shechem. And Joseph went after his brethren, and found them in Dothan. And when they saw him afar off, even before he came near unto them, they conspired against him to slay him. And they said one to another, Behold, this dreamer cometh. Come now, therefore, and let us slay him, and cast him into some pit, and we will say, Some evil beast hath devoured him; and we shall see what will become of his dreams. And Reuben heard it, and he delivered him out of their hands; and said, Let us not kill him. And Reuben said unto them, Shed no blood, but cast him into this pit that is in the wilderness, and lay no hand upon him; that he might rid him out of their hands to deliver him to his father again. And it came to pass, when Joseph was come unto his brethren, that they stript Joseph out of his coat, his coat of many colors that was on him; and they took him and cast him into a pit; and the pit was empty, there was no water in it. And they sat down to eat bread; and they lifted up their eyes and looked, and, behold, a company of Ishmaelites came from Gilead with their camels bearing spicery and balm and myrrh, going to carry it down to Egypt. And Judah said unto his brethren. What profit is it if we slay our brother, and conceal his blood? Come, and let us sell him to the Ishmaelites, and let not our hand be upon him, for he is our brother and our flesh. And his brethren were content. Then there passed by Midianites merchantmen; and they drew and lifted up Joseph out of the pit, and sold Joseph to the Ishmaelites for twenty pieces of silver; and they brought Joseph into Egypt. And the Midianites sold him into Egypt unto Potiphar, an officer of Pharaoh's, and captain of the guard.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxxvit, 2–12, 17–28, 30.'' JOSEPH INTERPRETING PHARAOH'S DREAM. And it came to pass at the end of two full years, that Pharaoh dreamed: and, behold, he stood by the river. And, behold, there came up out of the river seven well favoured kine and fatfleshed; and they fed in a meadow. And, behold, seven other kine came up after them out of the river, ill favoured and leanfleshed; and stood by the other kine upon the brink of the river. And the ill favored and leanfleshed kine did eat up the seven well favoured and fat kine. So Pharaoh awoke. And he slept and dreamed the second time: and, behold, seven ears of corn came up upon one stalk, rank and good. And, behold, seven thin ears and blasted with the east wind sprung up after them. And the seven thin ears devoured the seven rank and full ears. And Pharaoh awoke, and, behold, it was a dream. And it came to pass in the morning that his spirit was troubled; and he sent and called for all the magicians of Egypt, and all the wise men thereof: and Pharaoh told them his dream; but there was none that could interpret them unto Pharaoh. [At the suggestion of his chief butler Pharaoh sends for Joseph and relates to him his dreams, which Joseph interprets as follows:| And Joseph said unto Pharaoh, The dream of Pharaoh is one: God hath shewed Pharaoh what he is about to do. The seven good kine are seven years; and the seven good ears are seven years: the dream is one. And the seven thin and ill favoured kine that came up after them are seven years; and the seven empty ears blasted with the east wind shall be seven years of famine. This is the thing which I have spoken unto Pharaoh: What God is about to do he sheweth unto Pharaoh. Behold, there come seven years of great plenty throughout all the land of Egypt: And there shall arise after them seven years of famine; and all the plenty shall be forgotten in the land of Egypt; and the famine shall consume the land; and the plenty shall not be known in the land by reason of that famine following; for it shall be very grievous. And for that the dream was doubled unto Pharaoh twice it is because the thing is established by God, and God will shortly bring it to pass. Now therefore let Pharaoh look out a man discreet and wise, and set him over the land of Egypt. Let Pharaoh do this, and let him appoint officers over the land, and take up the fifth part of the land of Egypt in the seven plenteous years. And let them gather all the food of those good years that come, and lay up corn under the hand of Pharaoh, and let them keep food in the cities. And that food shall be for store to the land against the seven years of famine, which shall be in the land of Egypt; that the land perish not through the famine.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] alt, I-76.'' RRL RA HILAR An Ha a ili iM ie ee at ee Hr lg ¢ oun? Stay + aan 7: wis - /ch//JOSEPH MAKING HIMSELF KNOWN TO HIS BRETHREN Then Joseph could not refrain himself before all them that stood by him; and he cried, Cause every man to go out from me. And there stood no man with him, while Joseph made himself known unto his brethren. And he wept aloud: and the Egyptians and the house of Pharaoh heard. And Joseph said unto his brethren, 1 am Joseph; doth my father yet live? And his brethren could not answer him; for they were troubled at his presence. And Joseph said unto his brethren, Come near to me, I pray you. And they came near. And he said, I am Joseph your brother, whom ye sold into Egypt. Now therefore be not grieved, nor angry with yourselves, that ye sold me hither: for God did send me before you to preserve life. For these two years hath the famine been in the land: and yet there are five years, in which there shall neither be earing nor harvest. And God sent me before you to preserve you a posterity in the earth, and to save your lives by a great deliverance. So now it was not you that sent me hither, but God: and he hath made me a father to Pharaoh, and lord of all his house, and a ruler throughout all the land of Egypt. Haste ye, and go up to my father, and say unto him, Thus saith thy son Joseph, God hath made me lord of all Egypt: come down unto me, tarry not: And thou shalt dwell in the land of Goshen, and thou shalt be near unto me, thou, and thy children, and thy children's children, and thy flocks, and thy herds, and all that thou hast. And there will I nourish thee; for yet there are five years of famine; lest thou, and thy household, and all that thou hast, come to poverty. And, behold, your eyes see, and the eyes of my brother Benjamin, that it is my mouth that speaketh unto you. And ye shall tell my father of all my glory in Egypt, and of all that ye have seen; and ye shall haste and bring down my father hither. And he fell upon his brother Benjamin's neck, and wept; and Benjamin wept upon his neck. Moreover he kissed all his brethren, and wept upon them: and after that his brethren talked with him. And the fame there of was heard in Pharaoh's house, saying, Joseph's brethren are come: and it pleased Pharaoh well, and his servants. And Pharaoh said unto Joseph, say unto thy brethren, This do ye; lade your beasts, and go, get you unto the land of Canaan; and take your father and your households, and come unto me: and I will give you the good of the land of Egypt, and ye shall eat the fat of the land.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xlv, 1–18.'' BAN an - HUAUULEULIUL ma wi L SN ANN ( 'i vi MI i ail "nl el signi Se: mlty i. Gy Oe) SO ol (Ge a UN aie ee CTE att |i iil: HeAAI(a TTOVT ITT - /ch//MOSES IN THE BULRUSHES And there went a man of the house of Levi, and took to wife a daughter of Levi. And the woman conceived, and bare a son: and when she saw him that he was a goodly child, she hid him three months. And when she could not longer hide him, she took for him an ark of bulrushes, and daubed it with slime and with pitch, and put the child therein; and she laid it in the flags by the river's brink. And his sister stood afar off, to wit what would be done to him. And the daughter of Pharaoh came down to wash herself at the river; and her maidens walked along by the river's side; and when she saw the ark among the flags, she sent her maid to fetch it. And when she had opened it, she saw the child: and, behold, the babe wept. And she had compassion on him, and said, This is one of the Hebrews' chil© dren. Then said his sister to Pharaoh's daughter, Shall I go and call to thee a nurse of the Hebrew women, that she may nurse the child for thee? And Pharaoh's daughter said to her, Go. And the maid went and called the child's mother. And Pharaoh's daughter said unto her, Take this child away, and nurse it for me, and I will give thee thy wages. And the woman took the child and nursed it. And the child grew, and she brought him unto Pharaoh's daughter, and he became her son. And she called his name Moses: and she said, Because I drew him out of the water. —''Hxodus tt, I-10.'' THE WAR—''AGAINST GIBEON.'' Therefore the five kings of the Amorites, the king of Jerusalem, the king of Hebron, the king of Jarmuth, the king of Lachish, the king of Eglon, gathered themselves together, and went up, they and all their hosts, and encamped before Gibeon, and made war against it. And the men of Gibeon sent unto Joshua to the camp to Gilgal, saying, Slack not thy hand from thy servants; come up to us quickly, and save us and help us: for all the kings of the Amorites that dwell in the mountains are gathered together against us. So Joshua ascended from Gilgal, he, and all the people of war with him, and all the mighty men of valor. And the Lord said unto Joshua, Fear them not: for I have delivered them into thine hand; there shall not a man of them stand before thee. Joshua therefore came unto them suddenly, and went up from Gilgal all night. And the Lord discomfited them before Israel, and slew them with a great slaughter at Gibeon, and chased them along the way that goeth up to Beth-horon, and smote them to Azekah, and unto Makkedah. And it came to pass, as they fled from before Israel, and were in the going down to Beth-horon, that the Lord cast down great stones from heaven upon them unto Azekah, and they died: they were more which died with hailstones than they whom the children of Israel slew with the sword. Then spake Joshua to the Lord in the day when the Lord delivered up the Amorites before the children of Israel, and he said in the sight of Israel, Sun, stand thou still upon Gibeon; and thou, Moon, in the valley of Ajalon. And the sun stood still, and the moon stayed, until the people had avenged themselves upon their enemies. Is not this written in the book of Jasher? So the sun stood still in the midst of heaven, and hastened not to go down about a whole day. And there was no day like that before it or after it, that the Lord hearkened unto the voice of a man: for the Lord fought for Israel. And Joshua returned, and all Israel with him, unto the camp to Gilgal. But these five kings fled, and hid themselves in a cave at Makkedah. And it was told Joshua, saying. The five kings are found hid in a cave at Makkedah. And Joshua said, Roll great stones upon the mouth of the cave, and set men by it for to keep them: and stay ye not, but pursue after your enemies, and smite the hindmost of them; suffer them not to enter into their cities; for the Lord your God hath delivered them into your hand. And it came to pass, when Joshua and the children of Israel had made an end of slaying them with a very great slaughter, till they were consumed, that the rest which remained of them entered into fenced cities.—''[[Joshua (Bible)|Joshua]] x, 5–20.'' - as SISERA*SEAING BY SARL Now Heber the Kenite, which was of the children of Hobab, the father-in-law of Moses, had severed himself from the Kenites, and pitched his tent unto the plain of Zaanaim, which is by Kedesh. And they shewed Sisera that Barak, the son of Abinoam, was gone up to Mount Tabor. "And Sisera gathered together all his chariots, even nine hundred chariots of iron, and all the people that were with him, from Harosheth of the Gentiles unto the river of Kishon. And Deborah said unto Barak, Up; for this is the day in which the Lord hath delivered Sisera into thine hand: is not the Lord gone out before thee? So Barak went down from Mount Tabor, and ten thousand men after him. And the Lord discomfited Sisera, and all his chariots and all his host, with the edge of the sword before Barak; so that Sisera lighted down off his chariot, and fled away on his feet. But Barak pursued after the chariots, and after the host, unto Harosheth of the Gentiles: and all the host of Sisera fell upon the edge of the sword; and there was not a man left. Howbeit Sisera fled away on his feet to the tent of Jael, the wife of Heber the Kenite; for there was peace between Jabin the king of Hazor and the house of Heber the Kenite. And Jael went out to meet Sisera, and said unto him, Turn in, my lord, turn in to me; fear not. And when he had turned in unto her into the tent, she covered him with a mantle. And he said unto her, Give me, I pray thee, a little water to drink; for I am thirsty. And she opened a bottle of milk, and gave him drink, and covered him. Again he said unto her, Stand in the door of the tent, and it shall be, when any man doth come and enquire of thee, and say. Is there any man here? that thou shalt say, No. Then Jael, Heber's wife, took a nail of the tent, and took an hammer in her hand, and went softly unto him, and smote the nail into his temples, and fastened it into the ground: for he was fast asleep and weary. So he died. And, behold, as Barak pursued Sisera, Jael came out to meet him, and said unto him, Come, and I will show thee the man whom thou seekest. And when he came into her tent, behold, Sisera lay dead, and the nail was in his temples.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] wv, 11–22.'' MK NN DEBORAH'S SONG OF TRIUMPH. Then sang Deborah and Barak, the son of Abinoam on that day, saying:— Praise ye the Lord for the avenging of Israel. When the people willingly offered themselves. Hear, O ye kings; give ear, O ye princes; I, even IJ, will sing unto the Lord; I will sing praise to the Lord God of Israel. Lord, when thou wentest out of Seir. When thou marchedst out of the field of Edom. The earth trembled, and the heavens dropped, the clouds also dropped water. The mountains melted from before the Lord. Even that Sinai from before the Lord God of Israel. " Blessed above women shall Jael the wife of Heber the Kenite be; Blessed shall she be above women in the tent. He asked water, and she gave him milk; She brought forth butter in a lordly dish. She put her hand to the nail, and her right hand to the workmen's hammer; And with the hammer she smote Sisera. She smote off his head, when she had pierced and stricken through his temples. At her feet he bowed, he fell, he lay down: At her—feet he bowed, he fell: Where he bowed, there he fell down dead. The mother of Sisera looked out at a window, and cried through the lattice. Why is his chariot so long in coming? Why tarry the wheels of his chariots? Her wise ladies answered her, yea, she returned answer to herself, Have they not sped? Have they not divided the prey; To every man a damsel or two; To Sisera a prey of divers colours, a prey of divers colours of needlework, Of divers colours of needlework on both sides, meet for the necks of them that take the spoil? So let all thine enemies perish, O Lord: But let them that love him be as the sun when he goeth forth in his might.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] UV, 2–5, 24–71.'' HN a - Be/b2/(LA Dn - We oe! "Po ") gn - salt - /ch//JEPHTHAH MET BY HIS DAUGHTER Then the Spirit of the Lord came upon Jephthah, and he passed over Gilead, and Manasseh, and passed over Mizpeh of Gilead, and from Mizpeh of Gilead he passed over unto the children of Ammon. And Jephthah vowed a vow unto the Lord, and said, If thou shalt without fail deliver the children of Ammon into mine hands, then it shall be, that whatsoever cometh forth of the doors of my house to meet me, when I return in peace from the children of Ammon, shall surely be the Lord's, and I will offer it up for a burnt offering. So Jephthah passed over unto the children of Ammon to fight against them; and the Lord delivered them into his hands. And he smote them from Aroer, even till thou come to Minnith, even twenty cities, and unto the plain of the vineyards, with a very great slaughter. Thus the children of Ammon were subdued before the children of Israel. And Jephthah came to Mizpeh unto his house, and, behold, his daughter came out to meet him with timbrels and with dances: and she was his only child; beside her he had neither son nor daughter.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] x2, 29–34.'' -i - JEPHTHAH'S DAUGHTER AND HER COMPANIONS. And it came to pass, when he saw her, that he rent his clothes, and said, Alas, my daughter! thou hast brought me very low, and thou art one of them that trouble me: for I have opened my mouth unto the Lord, and I cannot go back. And she said unto him, My father, if thou hast opened thy mouth unto the Lord, do to me according to that which hath proceeded out of thy mouth; forasmuch as the Lord hath taken vengeance for thee of thine enemies, even of the children of Ammon. And she said unto her father, Let this thing be done for me: let me alone two months, that I may go up and down upon the mountains, and bewail my virginity, I and my fellows. And he said, Go. And he sent her away for two months: and she went with her companions, and bewailed her virginity upon the mountains. And it came to pass at the end of two months, that she returned unto her father, who did with her according to his vow which he had vowed: and she knew no man. And it was a custom in Israel, that the daughters of Israel went yearly to lament the daughter of Jephthah the Gileadite four days in a year.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] xt, 35–40.'' -i - /ch//SAMSON SLAYING THE LION Then went Samson down, and his father and his mother, to Timnath, and came to the vineyards of Timnath; and, behold, a young lion roared against him. And the Spirit of the Lord came mightily upon him, and he rent him as he would have rent a kid, and he had nothing in his hand; but he told not his father or his mother what he had done.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] xzv, 5–6.'' -i - /ch//SAMSON AND DELILAH And it came to pass afterward, that he loved a woman in the valley of Sorek, whose name was Delilah. And the lords of the Philistines came up unto her, and said unto her, Entice him, and see wherein his great strength lieth, and by what means we may prevail against him, that we may bind him to afflict him; and we will give thee every one of us eleven hundred pieces of silver. And Delilah said to Samson, Tell me, I pray thee, wherein thy great strength lieth, and wherewith thou mightest be bound to afflict thee. And Samson said unto her, If they bind me with seven green withs that were never dried, then shall I be weak, and be as another man. Then the lords of the Philistines brought up to her seven green withs which had not been dried, and she bound him with them. Now there were men lying in wait, abiding with her in the chamber. And she said unto him, The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And he brake the withs, as a thread of tow is broken when it toucheth the fire. So his strength was not known. And Delilah said unto Samson, Behold, thou hast mocked me, and told me lies: now tell me, I pray thee, wherewith thou mightest be bound. And he said unto her, If they bind me fast with new ropes that never were occupied, then shall I be weak, and be as another man. Delilah therefore took new ropes, and bound him therewith, and said unto him, The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And there were liers in wait abiding in the chamber. And he brake them from off his arms like a thread. And Delilah said unto Samson, Hitherto thou hast mocked me, and told me lies: tell me wherewith thou mightest be bound. And he said unto her, If thou weavest the seven locks of my head with the web. And she fastened it with the pin, and said unto him, The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And he awaked out of his sleep, and went away with the pin of the beam and with the web. And she said unto him, How canst thou say, I love thee, when thine heart is not with me? thou hast mocked me these three times, and hast not told me wherein thy great strength lieth. And it came to pass, when she pressed him daily with her words, and urged him, so that his soul was vexed unto death; that he told her all his heart, and said unto her, There hath not come a razor upon mine head; for I have been a Nazarite unto God from my mother's womb: if I be shaven, then my strength will go from me, and I shall become weak, and be like any other man. And when Delilah saw that he had told her all his heart, she sent and called for the lords of the Philistines, saying, Come up this once, for he hath showed me all his heart. Then the lords of the Philistines came up unto her, and brought money in their hand. And she made him sleep upon her knees; and she called for a man, and she caused him to shave off the seven locks of his head; and she began to afflict him, and his strength went from him. And she said, The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And he awoke out of his sleep, and said, I will go out as at other times before, and shake myself. And he wist not that the Lord was departed from him.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] xvt, 4–20.'' -i - /ch//THE DEATH OF SAMSON But the Philistines took him, and put out his eyes, and brought him down to Gaza, and bound him with fetters of brass; and he did grind in the prison house. Howbeit the hair of his head began to grow again after he was shaven. Then the lords of the Philistines gathered them together for to offer a great sacrifice unto Dagon their god, and to rejoice: for they said, Our God hath delivered Samson our enemy into our hand. And when the people saw him, they praised their god: for they said, Our god hath delivered into our hands our enemy, and the destroyer of our country, which slew many of us. And it came to pass, when their hearts were merry, that they said, Call for Samson, that he may make us sport. And they called for Samson out of the prison house; and he made them sport: and they set him between the pillars. And Samson said unto the lad that held him by the hand, Suffer me that I may feel the pillars whereupon the house standeth, that I may lean upon them. Now the house was full of men and women; and all the lords of the Philistines were there; and there were upon the roof about three thousand men and women, that beheld while Samson made sport. And Samson called unto the Lord, and said, O Lord God, remember me, I pray thee, and strengthen me, I pray thee, only this once, O God, that I may be at once avenged of the Philistines for my two eyes. And Samson took hold of the two middle pillars upon which the house stood, and on which it was borne up, of the one with 'his right hand, and of the other with his left. And Samson said, Let me die with the Philistines. And he bowed himself with all his might; and the house fell upon the lords, and upon all the people that were therein. So the dead which he slew at his death were more than they which he slew in his life. Then his brethren and all the house of his father came down, and took him, and brought him up, and buried him between Zorah and Eshtaol in the buryingplace of Manoah his father. And he judged Israel twenty years.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] xvi, 21–71.'' -i - /ch//NAOMI AND HER DAUGHTERS IN LAW Now it came to pass in the days when the judges ruled, that there was a famine in the land. And acertain man of Beth-lehem-judah went to sojourn in the country of Moab, he, and his wife, and his two sons. And the name of the man was Elimelech, and the name of his wife Naomi, and the name of his two sons Mahlon and Chilion, Ephrathites of Beth-lehemjudah. And they came into the country of Moab, and continued there. And Elimelech Naomi's husband died; and she was left, and her two sons. And they took them wives of the women of Moab; the name of the one was Orpah, and the name of the other Ruth: and they dwelt there about ten years. And Mahlon and Chilion died also both of them; and the woman was left of her two sons and her husband. Then she arose with her daughters in law, that she might return from the country of Moab: for she had heard in the country of Moab how that the Lord had visited his people in giving them bread. Wherefore she went forth out of the place where she was, and her two daughters in law with her; and they went on the way to return unto the land of Judah. And Naomi said unto her two daughters in law, Go, return each to her mother's house: the Lord deal kindly with you, as ye have dealt with the dead, and with me. The Lord grant you that ye may find rest, each of you in the house of her husband. Then she kissed them; and they lifted up their voice, and wept. And they said unto her, Surely we will return with thee unto thy people. And Naomi said, Turn again, my daughters: why will ye go with me? are there yet any more sons in my womb, that they may be your husbands? Turn again, my daughters, go your way; for I am too old to have a husband. If I should say, I have hope, if I should have a husband also to night, and should also bear sons; would ye tarry for them till they were grown? would ye stay for them from having husbands? nay, my daughters; for it grieveth me much for your sakes that the hand of the Lord is gone out against me. And they lifted up their voice, and wept again: and Orpah kissed her mother in law; but Ruth clave unto her. And she said, Behold, thy sister in law is gone back unto her people, and unto her gods: return thou after thy sister in law. And Ruth said, Entreat me not to leave thee, or to return from following after thee: for whither thou goest, I will go; and where thou lodgest, I will lodge: thy people shall be my people, and thy God my God: Where thou diest, will I die, and there will I be buried: the Lord do so to me, and more also, if ought but death part thee and me. When she saw that she was steadfastly minded to go with her, then she left speaking unto her. So they two went until they came to Beth-lehem.—''/uzh 2, 7–79.'' RUTH: AND—''BOAZ,.'' And Naomi had a kinsman of her husband's, a mighty man of wealth, of the family of Elimelech; and his name was Boaz. And Ruth the Moabitess said unto Naomi, Let me now go to the field, and glean ears of corn after him in whose sight I shall find grace. And she said unto her, Go, my daughter. And she went, and came and gleaned in the field after the reapers; and her hap was to light on a part of the field belonging unto Boaz, who was of the kindred of Elimelech. And, behold, Boaz came from Bethlehem, and said unto the reapers. The Lord be with you. And they answered him. The Lord bless thee. Then said Boaz unto his servant that was set over the reapers, whose damsel is this? And the servant that was set over the reapers answered and said, It is the Moabitish damsel that came back with Naomi out of the country of Moab: and she said, I pray you, let me glean and gather after the reapers among the sheaves: so she came, and hath continued even from the morning until now, that she tarried a little in the house. Then said Boaz unto Ruth, Hearest thou not, my daughter? Go not to glean in another field, neither go from hence, but abide here fast by my maidens: let thine eyes be on the field that they do reap, and go thou after them: have I not charged the young men that they shall not touch thee? and when thou art athirst, go unto the vessels, and drink of that which the young men have drawn. Then she fell on her face and bowed herself to the ground, and said unto him, Why have I found grace in thine eyes, that thou shouldest take knowledge of me, seeing I am a stranger? And Boaz answered and said unto her, It hath fully been shewed me, all that thou hast done unto thy mother in law since the death of thine husband: and how thou hast left thy father and thy mother, and the land of thy nativity, and art come unto a people which thau knewest not heretofore. The Lord recompense thy work, and a full reward be given thee of the Lord God of Israel, under whose wings thou art come to trust. Then she said, Let me find favor in thy sight, my lord; for that thou hast comforted me, and for that thou hast spoken friendly unto thine handmaid, though I be not like unto one of thine handmaidens,. And Boaz said unto her, At mealtime come thou hither, and eat of the bread, and dip thy morsel in the vinegar. And she sat beside the reapers: and he reached her parched corn, and she did eat, and was sufficed, and left. And when she was risen up to glean, Boaz commanded his young men, saying, Let her glean even among the sheaves, and reproach her not: and let fall also some of the handfuls of purpose for her, and leave them, that she may glean them and rebuke her not. So she gleaned in the field until even, and beat out that she had gleaned: and it was about an ephah of barley.—''Ruth 22, 2–177.'' TR SS ANS ANS A NY SSwee Ke AN oo RN we Nh A. LAY SY N WN SSS AIG NAKA WO KAN Ae COS AS WN WYN min Sue oy QI Garyy MN ANS ow AN N eR ee INE SERA ONS MAAR THE? RED UNS Pol ae And the ark of the Lord was in the country of the Philistines seven months. And the Philistines called for the priests and the diviners, saying. What shall we do to the ark of the Lord? tell us wherewith we shall send it to his place. And they said, If ye send away the ark of the God of Israel, send it not empty; but in any wise return him a trespass offering: then ye shall be healed, and it shall be known to you why his hand is not removed from you. Then said they. What shall be the trespass offering which we shall return to him? They answered, Five golden emerods, and five golden mice, according to the number of the lords of the Philistines: for one plague was on you all, and on your lords. Wherefore ye shall make images of your emerods, and images of your mice that mar the land; and ye shall give glory unto the God of Israel: peradventure he will lighten his hand from off you, and from off your gods, and from off your land. Wherefore then do ye harden your hearts, as the Egyptians and Pharaoh hardened their hearts? when he had wrought wonderfully among them, did they not let the people go, and they departed? Now hebre make a new cart, sine take two milch kine, on which there hath come no yoke, and tie the kine to the cart, and bring their calves home from them: and take the ark of the Lord, and lay it upon the cart; and put the jewels of gold, which ye return him for a trespass offering, in a coffer by the side thereof; and send it away, that it may go. And see, if it goeth up by the way of his own coast to Beth-shemesh, then he hath done us this great evil: but if not, then we shall know that it is not his hand that smote us; it was a chance that happened to us. And the men did so; and took two milch kine, and tied them to the cart, and shut up their calves at home: and they laid the ark of the Lord upon the cart, and the coffer with the mice of gold and the images of their emerods. And the kine took the straight way to the way of Beth-shemesh, and went along the highway, lowing as they went, and turned not aside to the right hand or to the left; and the lords of the Philistines went after them unto the border of Beth-shemesh. And they of Beth-shemesh were reaping their wheat harvest in the valley: and they lifted up their eyes, and saw the ark, and rejoiced to see it. And the cart came into the field of Joshua, a Beth-shemite, and stood there, where there was a great stone: and they clave the wood of the cart, and offered the kine a burnt offering unto the Lord. And the Levites took down the ark of the Lord, and the coffer that was with it, wherein the jewels of gold were, and put them on the great stone: and the men of Beth-shemesh offered burnt offerings and sacrificed sacrifices the same day unto the Lord.—''[[Samuel (Bible)|Samuel]] vi, 1–15.'' -i - /ch//SAUL AND DAVID And it came to pass, when he had made an end of speaking unto Saul, that the soul of Jonathan was knit with the soul of David, and Jonathan loved him as his own soul. And Saul took him that day, and would let him go no more home to his father's house. Then Jonathan and David made a covenant, because he loved him as his own soul. And Jonathan stripped himself of the robe that was upon him, and gave it to David, and his garments, even to his sword, and to his bow, and to his girdle. And David went out withersoever Saul sent him, and behaved himself wisely: and Saul set him over the men of war, and he was accepted in the sight of all the people, and also in the sight of Saul's servants. And it came to pass as they came, when David was returned from the slaughter of the Philistine, that the women came out of all cities of Israel, singing and dancing, to meet king Saul, with tabrets, with joy, and with instruments of music. And the women answered one another as they played, and said, Saul hath slain his thousands, and David his ten thousands. And Saul was very wroth, and the saying displeased him; and he said, They have ascribed unto David ten thousands, and to me they have ascribed but thousands: and what can he have more but the kingdom? And Saul eyed David from that day and forward. And it came to pass on the morrow, that the evil spirit from God came upon Saul, and he prophesied in the midst of the house: and David played with his hand, as at other times: and there was a javelin in Saul's hand. And Saul cast the javelin; for he said, I will smite David even to the wall with it. And David avoided out of his presence twice.—''z Samuel "UI, I-IT.'' TS: Thine DAVID. SPARRING @goAUL. —And it came to pass, when Saul was returned from following the Philistines, that it was told him, saying, Behold, David is in the wilderness of En-gedi. Then Saul took three thousand chosen men out of all Israel, and went to seek David and his men upon the rocks of the wild goats. And he came to the sheepcotes by the way, where was a cave; and Saul went in to cover his feet: and David and his men remained in the sides of the cave. And the men of David said unto him, Behold the day of which the Lord said unto thee, Behold, I will deliver thine enemy into thine hand, that thou mayest do to him as it shall seem good unto thee. Then David arose, and cut off the skirt of Saul's robe privily. And it came to pass afterward, that David's heart smote him, because he had cut off Saul's skirt. And he said unto his men. The Lord forbid that I should do this thing unto my master, the Lord's anointed, to stretch forth mine hand against him, seeing he is the anointed of the Lord. So David stayed his servants with these words, and suffered them not to rise against Saul. But Saul rose up out of the cave, and went on his way. David also arose afterward, and went out of the cave, and cried after Saul, saying, My lord the king. And when Saul looked behind him, David stooped with his face to the earth and bowed himself. And David said to Saul, Wherefore hearest thou men's words, saying, Behold, David seeketh thy hurt? Behold, this day thine eyes have seen how that the Lord had delivered thee to-day into mine hand in the cave: and some bade me kill thee; but mine eye spared thee; and I said, I will not put forth mine hand against my lord; for he is the Lord's anointed. Moreover, my father, see, yea, see the skirt of thy robe in my hand: for in that I cut off the skirt of thy robe, and killed thee not, know thou and see that there is neither evil nor transgression in mine hand, and I have not sinned against thee; yet thou huntest my soul to take it. The Lord judge between me and thee, and the Lord avenge me of thee: but mine hand shall not be upon thee. As saith the proverb of the ancients, Wickedness proceedeth from the wicked: but mine hand shall not be upon thee. After whom is the king of Israel come out? after whom dost thou pursue? after a dead dog, after a flea. The Lord therefore be judge, and judge between me and thee, and see, and plead my cause, and deliver me out of thine hand. And it came to pass, when David had made an end of speaking these words unto Saul, that Saul said, Is this thy voice, my son David? And Saul lifted up his voice, and wept. And he said to David, Thou art more righteous than I: for thou hast rewarded me good, whereas I have rewarded thee evil. And thou hast shewed this day how that thou hast dealt well with me: forasmuch as when the Lord had delivered me into thine hand, thou killedst me not. For if a man find his enemy, will he let him go well away? wherefore the Lord reward thee good for that thou hast done unto me this day. And now, behold, I know well that thou shalt surely be king, and that the kingdom of Israel shall be established in thine hand. Swear now therefore unto me by the Lord, that thou wilt not cut off my seed after me, and that thou wilt not destroy my name out of my father's house. And David sware unto Saul. And Saul went home; but David and his men gat them up unto the hold.—''z Samuel xxiv, I-22.'' Ha mu iy ry ie ; of "s s, y 7 '14 Vi oh weal A - = 'Ry bs ae, Ext ng 7 is 4 se, a o <—a's 2":: vale ee 2a on/b2/; '% 5 "I .: 5 7 ¥ Ms =o) ': Ch PN = . F An 4; '7 . 7 ae DEATH: OF SAGIE Now the Philistines fought against Israel: and the men of Israel fled from before the Philistines, and fell down slain in mount Gilboa. And the Philistines followed hard upon Saul and upon his sons; and the Philistines slew Jonathan, and Abinadab, and Melch-shua, Saul's sons. And the battle went sore against Saul, and the archers hit him; and he was sore wounded of the archers. Then said Saul unto his armourbearer, Draw thy sword, and thrust me through therewith; lest these uncircumcised come and thrust me through, and abuse me. But his armourbearer would not; for he was sore afraid. Therefore Saul took a sword, and fell upon it. And when his armourbearer saw that Saul was dead, he fell likewise upon his sword, and died with him. So Saul died, and his three sons, and his armourbearer, and all his men, that same day together. And when the men of Israel that were on the other side of the valley, and they that were on the other side Jordan, saw that the men of Israel fled, and that Saul and his sons were dead, they forsook the cities, and fled; ard the Philistines came and dwelt in them. And it came to pass on the morrow, when the Philistines came to strip the slain, that they found Saul and his three sons fallen in mount Gilboa. And they cut off his head, and stripped off his armour, and sent into the land of the Philistines round about, to publish it in the house of their idols, and among the people. And they put his armour in the house of Ashtaroth: and they fastened his body to the wall of Beth-shan. And when the inhabitants of Jabesh-gilead heard of that which the Philistines had done to Saul; all the valiant men arose, and went all night, and took the body of Saul and the bodies of his sons from the wall of Beth-shan, and came to Jabesh, and burnt them there. And they took their bones, and buried them under a tree at Jabesh, and fasted seven days.— t Samuel xxx21. THE DEATH OF ABSALON: And David numbered the people that were with him, and set captains of thousands and captains of hundreds over them. And David set forth a third part of the people under the hand of Joab, and a third part under the hand of Abishai the son of Zeruiah, Joab's brother, and a third part under the hand of ittai the Gittite. And the king said unto the people, I will surely go forth with you myself also. But the people answered, Thou shalt not go forth: for if we flee away, they will not care for us; neither if half of us die, will they care for us: but now thou art worth ten thousand of us: therefore now it is better that thou succor us out of the city. And the king said unto them, What seemeth you best I will do. And the king stood by the gate side, and all the people came out by hundreds and by thousands. And the king commanded Joab and Abishai and ittai, saying, Deal gently for my sake with the young man, even with Absalom. And all the people heard when the king gave all the captains charge concerning Absalom. So the people went out into the field against Israel: and the battle was in the wood of Ephraim; where the people of Israel were slain before the servants of David, and there was there a great slaughter that day of twenty thousand men. For the battle was there scattered over the face of all the country: and the wood devoured more people that day than the sword devoured. And Absalom met the servants of David. And Absalom rode upon a mule, and the mule went under the thick boughs of a great oak, and his head caught hold of the oak, and he was taken up between the heaven and the earth; and the mule that was under him went away. And a certain man saw it, and told Joab, and said, Behold I saw Absalom hanged in an oak. And Joab said unto the man that told him. And, behold, thou sawest him, and why didst thou not smite him there to the ground? and I would have given thee ten shekels of silver, and a girdle. And the man said unto Joab, Though I should receive a thousand shekels of silver in mine hand, yet would I not put forth mine hand against the king's son: for in our hearing the king charged thee and Abishai and ittai, saying, Beware that none touch the young man Absalom. Otherwise I should have wrought falsehood against mine own life: for there is no matter hid from the king, and thou thyself wouldst have set thyself against me. Then said Joab, I may not tarry thus with thee. And he took three darts in his hand, and thrust them through the heart of Absalom, while he was yet alive in the midst of the oak. And ten young men that bare Joab's armor compassed about and smote Absalom, and slew him. And Joab blew the trumpet, and the people returned from pursuing after Israel: for Joab held back the people. And they took Absalom, and cast him into a great pit in the wood, and laid a very great heap of stones upon him: and all Israel fled every one to his tent.—''2 Samuel xvnt, I-17.'' ZL 7 ¢] "Ah - /ch//DAVID MOURNING OVER ABSALOM Then said Ahimaaz the son of Zadok, Let me now run, and bear the king tidings, how that the Lord hath avenged him of his enemies. And Joab said unto him, Thou shalt not bear tidings this day, but thou shalt bear tidings another day: but this day thou shalt bear no tidings, because the king's son is dead. Then said Joab to Cushi, Go tell the king what thou hast seen. And Cushi bowed himself unto Joab, and ran. Then said Ahimaaz the son of Zadok yet again to Joab. But howsoever, let me, I pray thee, also run after Cushi. And Joab said, Wherefore wilt thou run, my son, seeing that thou hast no tidings ready? But howsoever, said he let me run. And he said unto him, Run. Then Ahimaaz ran by the way of the plain, and overran Cushi. And David sat between the two gates: and the watchman went up to the roof over the gate unto the wall, and lifted up his eyes, and looked, and behold a man running alone. And the watchman cried, and told the king. And the king said, If he be alone, there is tidings in his mouth. And he came apace, and drew near. And the watchman saw another man running: and the watchman called unto the porter, and said, Behold another man running alone. And the king said, He also bringeth tidings. And the watchman said, Me thinketh the running of the foremost is like the running of Ahimaaz the son of Zadok. And the king said, He is a good man, and cometh with good tidings. And Ahimaaz called, and said unto the king, All is well. And he fell down to the earth upon fe face before the king, and said, Blessed be the Lord thy God, which hath delivereth up the men that lifted up their hand against my lord the king. And the king said, Is the young man Absalom safe? And Ahimaaz answered, When Joab sent the king's servant, and me thy servant, I saw a great tumult, but I knew not what it was. And the king said unto him, Turn aside, and stand here. And he turned aside, and stood still. And, behold, Cushi came; and Cushi said, Tidings, my lord the king: for the Lord hath avenged thee this day of all them that rose up against thee. And the king said unto Cushi, Is the young man Absalom safe? And Cushi answered, The enemies of my lord the king, and all that rise against thee to do thee hurt, be as that young man is. And the king was much moved, and went up to the chamber over the gate, and wept: and as he went, thus he said, O my son Absalom, my son, my son Absalom! would God I had died for thee, O Absalom, my son, my son!; And it was told Joab, Behold the king weepeth and mourneth for Absalom. And the victory that day was turned into mourning unto all the people: for the people heard say that day how the king was grieved for his son. And the people gat them by stealth that day into the city, as people being ashamed steal away when they flee in battle. But the king covered his face, and the king cried with a loud voice, O my son Absalom, O Absalom, my son, my son!—2 Samuel xvnt, 19–33, xix, 1–4. S S S "il Mf ay/b2/" ie SERS a ser 2 Sees ar v - /ch//SOLOMON And David took him more concubines and wives out of Jerusalem, after he was come from Hebron: and there were yet sons and daughters born to David. And these be the names of those that were born unto him in Jerusalem; Shammuah, and Shobab, and Nathan, and Solomon, Ibhar also, and Elishua, and Nepheg, and Japhia, and Elishama, and Eliada, and Eliphalet.—''2 Samuel v. 13–16.'' And David comforted Bath-sheba his wife, and went in unto her, and lay with her: and she bare a son, and he called his name Solomon: and the Lord loved him.—''2 Samuel Lathe ys'' So David slept with his fathers, and was buried in the city of David. And the days that David reigned over Israel were forty years: seven years reigned he in Hebron, and thirty and three years reigned he in Jerusalem. Then sat Solomon upon the throne of David his father, and his kingdom was established greatly.—''zr Kings 72, ro-r2.'' And God gave Solomon wisdom and understanding exceeding much, and largeness of heart, even as the sand that is on the sea shore. And Solomon's wisdom excelled the wisdom of all the children of the east country, and all the wisdom of Egypt. For he was wiser than all men: than Ethan the Ezrahite, and Heman, and Chalcol, and Darda, the sons of Mahol: and his fame was in all nations round about. And he spake three thousand proverbs: and his songs were a thousand and five. And he spake of trees, from the cedar tree that is in Lebanon even unto the hyssop that springeth out of the wall: he spake also of beasts, and of fowl, and of creeping things, and of fishes. And there came of all people to hear the wisdom of Solomon, from all kings of the earth, which had heard of his wisdom,—''2 Kings tv, 29–34.'' Aa ie Al il MIhil p i il We is iB Nt Ve su nl a (leat tl Ml My (or ihe th Hi ! au SMITA Whi) aa gine i p i: i777 HCA, hi yt ff A. tren ATan ed oie - /ch//THE JUDGMENT OF SOLOMON Then came there two women, that were harlots, unto the king, and stood before him. And the one woman said, O my lord, I and this woman dwell in one house; and I was delivered of a child with her in the house. And it came to pass the third day after that I was delivered, that this woman was delivered also: and we were together; there was no stranger with us in the house, save we two in the house. And this woman's child died in the night; because she overlaid it. And she arose at midnight, and took my son from beside me, while thine handmaid slept, and laid it in her bosom, and laid her dead child in my bosom. And when I rose in the morning to give my child suck, behold, it was dead: but when I had considered it in the morning, behold, it was not my son, which I did bear. And the other woman said, Nay; but the living is my son, and the dead is thy son. And this said, No; but the dead is thy son, and the living is my son. Thus they spake before the king. Then said the king. The one saith, This is my son that liveth, and thy son is the dead: and the other saith, Nay; but thy son is the dead, and my son is the living. And the king said, Bring me a sword. And they brought a sword before the king. And the king said, Divide the living child in two, and give half to the one, and half to the other. Then spake the woman whose the living child was unto the king, for her bowels yearned upon her son, and she said, O my lord, give her the living child, and in no wise slay it.; But the other said, Let it be neither mine nor thine, but divide it. Then the king answered and said, Give her the living child, and in no wise slay it: she is the mother thereof. And all Israel heard of the judgment which the king had judged; and they feared the king: for they saw that the wisdom of God was in him, to do judgment.—7 Kengs 772, 16–28, i 4 aH bin mn UU ju un Niel: all cM) ie 'i a - i ay ni A. it!lWi el Ci AAAa cin a[ HL) Ney H Hy nein in A. ae Di ( mal aa has al it il)We ''is'' yl: ee'll ik Ml) Alhi UVM INCINSLIN i itl i lle ar) THE CEDARS DESTINED FOR THE TEMPLE: And Hiram king of Tyre sent his servants unto Solomon; for he had heard that they had anointed him king in the room of his father: for Hiram was ever a lover of David. And Solomon sent to Hiram, saying, Thou knowest how that David my father could not build a house unto the name of the Lord his God for the wars which were about him on every side, until the Lord put them under the soles of his feet. But now the Lord my God hath given me rest on every side, so that there is neither adversary nor evil occurrent. And, behold, I purpose to build a house unto the name of the Lord my God, as the Lord spake unto David my father, saying, Thy son, whom I will set upon thy throne in thy room, he shall build a house unto my name. Now therefore command thou that they hew me cedar trees out of Lebanon; and my servants shall be with thy servants: and unto thee will I give hire for thy servants according to all that thou shalt appoint: for thou knowest that there is not among us any that can skill to hew timber like unto the Sidonians. And it came to pass, when Hiram heard the words of Solomon, that he rejoiced greatly, and said, Blessed be the Lord this day, which hath given unto David a wise son over this great people. And Hiram sent to Solomon, saying, I have considered the things which thou sentest to me for: and I will do all thy desire concerning timber of cedar, and concerning timber of fir. My servants shall bring them down from Lebanon unto the sea; and I will convey them by sea in floats unto the place that thou shalt appoint me, and will cause them to be discharged there, and thou shalt receive them: and thou shalt accomplish my desire, in giving food for my household. So Hiram gave Solomon cedar trees and fir trees according to all his desire. And Solomon gave Hiram twenty thousand measures of wheat for food to his household, and twenty measures of pure oil: thus gave Solomon to Hiram year by year. And the Lord gave Solomon wisdom, as he promised him: and there was peace between Hiram and Solomon; and they two made a league together. And king Solomon raised a levy out of all Israel; and the levy was thirty thousand men. And he sent them to Lebanon, ten thousand a month by courses: a month they were in Lebanon, and two months at home: and Adoniram was over the levy. And Solomon had threescore and ten thousand that bare burdens,.and fourscore thousand hewers in the mountains; beside the chief of Solomon's officers which were over the work, three thousand and three hundred, which ruled over the people that wrought in the work. And the king commanded, and they brought great stones, costly stones, and hewed stones, to lay the foundation of the house. And Solomon's builders, and Hiram's builders did hew them, and the stone-squarers: so they prepared timber and stones to build the house.—''z Azngs v.'' THE.—''PROPH Boles Ne B Ye aoe.'' Now there dwelt an old prophet in Bethel; and his sons came and told him all the works that the man of God had done that day in Bethel: the words which he had spoken unto the king, them they told also to their father. And their father said unto them, What way went he? For his sons had seen what way the man of God went, which came from Judah. And he said unto his sons, Saddle me the ass. So they saddled him the ass: and he rode thereon, and went after the man of God, and found him sitting under an oak: and he said unto him, Art thou the man of God that camest from Judah? And he said, I am. Then he said unto him, Come home with me, and eat bread. And he said,may not return with thee, nor go in with thee: neither will I eat bread nor drink water with thee in this place: for it was said to me by the word of the Lord, Thou shalt eat no bread nor drink water there, nor turn again to go by the way that thou camest. He said unto him, I am a prophet also as thou art; and an angel spake unto me by the word of the Lord, saying, Bring him back with thee into thine house, that he may eat bread and drink water. But he lied unto him. So he went back with him, and did eat bread in his house, and drank water. And it came to pass, as they sat at the table, that the word of the Lord came unto the prophet that brought him back: and he cried unto the man of God that came from Judah, saying, Thus saith the Lord, Forasmuch as thou hast disobeyed the mouth of the Lord, and hast not kept the commandment which the Lord thy God commanded thee, but camest back, and hast eaten bread and drunk water in the place, of the which the Lord did say to thee, Eat no bread, and drink no water; thy carcass shall not come unto the sepulchre of thy fathers. And it came to pass, after he had eaten bread, and after he had drunk, that he saddled for him the ass, to wit, for the prophet whom he had brought back. And when he was gone, a lion met him by the way, and slew him: and his carcass was cast in the way, and the ass stood by it, the lion also stood by the carcass. And, behold, men passed by, and saw the carcass cast in the way, and the lion standing by the carcass: and they came and told it in the city where the old prophet dwelt. And when the prophet that brought him back from the way heard thereof, he said, It is the man of God, who was disobedient unto the word of the Lord: therefore the Lord hath delivered him unto the lion, which hath torn him, and slain him, according to the word of the Lord, which he spake unto him. And he spake to his sons, saying, Saddle me the ass. And they saddled him. And he went and found his carcass cast in the way, and the ass and the lion standing by the carcass: the lion had not eaten the carcass, nor torn the ass.—''z Kengs xzzz, 11–28, ban D'' ae oe) ELIJAH DESTROYING Tite MESSENGERo=OPrsAnAZIAL: And Ahaziah fell down through a lattice in his upper chamber that was in Samaria, and was sick: and he sent messengers, and said unto them, Go, enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron whether I shall recover of this disease. But the angel of the Lord said to Elijah the Tishbite, Arise, go up to meet the messengers of the king of Samaria, and say unto them. Is it not because there is not a God in Israel, that ye go to enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron? Now therefore thus saith the Lord, Thou shalt not come down from that bed on which thou art gone up, but shalt surely die. And Elijah departed. And when the messengers turned back unto him, he said unto them, Why are ye now turned back? And they said unto him, There came a man up to meet us, and said unto us, Go, turn again unto the king that sent you, and say unto him, Thus saith the Lord. Is it not because there is not a God in Israel, that thou sendest to enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron? therefore thou shalt not come down from that bed on which thou art gone up, but shalt surely die. And he said unto them, What manner of man was he which came up to meet you, and told you these words? And they answered him. He was an hairy man, and girt with a girdle of leather about his loins. And he said, It is Elijah the Tishbite. Then the king sent unto him a captain of fifty with his fifty. And he went up to him: and, behold, he sat on the top of an hill. And he spake unto him, Thou man of God, the king hath said, Come down. And Elijah answered and said to the captain of fifty. If I be a man of God, then let fire come down from heaven, and consume thee and thy fifty. And there came down fire from heaven and consumed him and his fifty. Again also he sent unto him another captain of fifty with his fifty. And he answered and said unto him, O man of God, thus hath the king said, Come down quickly. And Elijah answered and said unto them, If I be a man of God, let fire come down from heaven, and consume thee and thy fifty. And the fire of God came down from heaven and consumed him and his fifty. And he sent again a captain of the third fifty with his fifty. And the third captain of fifty went up, and came and fell on his knees before Elijah, and besought him, and said unto him, O man of God, I pray thee, let my life, and the life of these fifty thy servants, be precious in thy sight. Behold, there came fire down from heaven, and burnt up the two captains of the former fifties with their fifties: therefore let my life now be precious in thy sight. And the angel of the lord said unto Elijah, Go down with him: be not afraid of him. And he arose, and went down with him unto the king. And he said unto him, Thus saith the Lord, Forasmuch as thou hast sent messengers to enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron, is it not because there is no God in Israel to enquire of his word? therefore thou shalt not come down off that bed on which thou art gone up, but shalt surely die. So he died according to the word of the Lord which Elijah had spoken.—2 Kzngs 2, 2–17, wail Ni iy 3 'Uda il es = r Foes "'T BELIJAH"S ASCENT MING ASG ATO) Teo reer it. "And it came to pass, when the Lord would take up Elijah into heaven by a whirlwind, that Elijah went with Elisha from Gilgal. And Elijah said unto Elisha, Tarry here, I pray thee; for the Lord hath sent me to Beth-el. And Elisha said unto him, As the Lord liveth, and as thy soul liveth, I will not leave thee. So they went down to Beth-el. And the sons of the prophets that were at Beth-el came forth to Elisha, and said unto him, Knowest thou that the Lord will take away thy master from thy head to-day? And he said, Yea, I know it; hold ye your peace. And Elijah said unto him, Elisha, tarry here, I pray thee; for the Lord hath sent me to Jericho. And he said, As the Lord liveth, and as thy soul liveth, I will not leave thee. So they came to Jericho. And the sons of the prophets that were at Jericho came to Elisha, and said unto him, Knowest thou that the Lord will take away thy master from thy head to-day? And he answered, Yea, I know it; hold ye your peace. And Elijah said unto him, Tarry, I pray thee, here; for the Lord hath sent me to Jordan. And he said, As the Lord liveth, and as thy soul liveth, I will not leave thee. And they two went on. 5 And fifty men of the sons of the prophets went, and stood to view afar off: and they two stood by Jordan. And Elijah took his mantle, and wrapped it together, and smote the waters, and they were divided hither and thither, so that they two went over on dry ground. And it came to pass, when they were gone over, that Elijah said unto Elisha, Ask what I shall do for thee, before I be taken away from thee. And Elisha said, I pray thee, let a double portion of thy spirit be upon me. And he said, Thou hast asked a hard thing: nevertheless, if thou see me when I am taken from thee, it shall be so unto thee; but if not, it shall not be so. And it came to pass, as they still went on, and talked, that, behold, there appeared a chariot of fire, and horses of fire, and parted them both asunder; and Elijah went up by a whirlwind into heaven.—''z KA7ngs 22, 1–11.'' -i - /ch//THE DEATH ORSEZEBEAS And when Jehu was come to Jezreel, Jezebel heard of it; and she painted her face, and tired her head, and looked out at a window. And as Jehu entered in at the gate, she said, Had Zimri peace, who slew his master? And he lifted up his face to the window, and said, who is on my side? who? And there looked out to him two or three eunuchs. And he said, Throw her down. So they threw her down: and some of her blood was sprinkled on the wall, and on the horses: and he trod her under foot. And when he was come in, he did eat and drink, and said, Go, see now this cursed woman, and bury her: for she is a king's daughter. And they went to bury her: but they found no more of her than the scull, and the feet, and the palms of her hands. Wherefore they came again, and told him. And he said, This is the word of the Lord, which he spake by his servant Elijah the Tishbite, saying, In the portion of Jezreel shall dogs eat the flesh of Jezebel: and the carcass of Jezebel shall be as dung upon the face of the field in the portion of Jezreel; so that they shall not say, This is Jezebel.—''2 Azngs zx, 370–37.'' : Te aie ye We of re oe ¥ - - /ch//ESTHER CONFOUNDING HAMAN So the king and Haman came to banquet with Esther the queen. And the king said again unto Esther on the second day at the banquet of wine. What is thy petition, queen Esther? and it shall be granted thee: and what is thy request? and it shall be performed, even to the half of the kingdom. Then Esther the queen answered and said, If I have found favor in thy sight, O king, and if it please the king, let my life be given me at my petition, and my people at my request: for we are sold, I and my people, to be destroyed, to be slain, and to perish. But if we had been sold for bondmen and bondwomen, I had held my tongue, although the enemy could not countervail the king's damage. Then the king Ahasuerus answered and said unto Esther the queen, who is he, and where is he, that durst presume in his heart to do so? And Esther said, The adversary and enemy is this wicked Haman. Then Haman was afraid before the king and the queen. And the king arising from the banquet of wine in his wrath went into the palace garden: and Haman stood up to make request for his life to Esther the queen; for he saw that there was evil determined against him by the king. Then the king returned out of the palace garden into the place of the banquet of wine; and Haman was fallen upon the bed whereon Esther was. Then said the king, Will he force the queen also before me in the house? As the word went out of the king's mouth, they covered Haman's face. And Harbonah, one of the chamberlains, said before the king, Behold also, the gallows fifty cubits high, which Haman had made for Mordecai, who had spoken good for the king, standeth in the house of Haman. Then the king said, Hang him thereon. So they hanged Haman on the gallows that he had prepared for Mordecai. Then was the king's wrath pacified.—''[[Esther (Bible)|Esther]] vaz. 7'' - /ch//ISAIAH Isaiah (in Hebrew, Veshayahu, "Salvation of God"), the earliest and most sublime of the four greater Hebrew prophets, was the son of Amoz (2 Kings xix, 2–20; Isaiah xxxvil, 2), and he uttered his oracles during the reigns of Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah, kings of Judah. The dates of his birth and death are unknown, but he lived from about 760 B. to about 7�o B. C. He was married and had three sons—the children referred to in Isaiah viti, 18; and he appears to have resided near Jerusalem. But by most competent critics it is now held that the last twenty-seven chapters (40–66) of the book bearing his name were the work, not of the prophet, but of a later writer who is commonly styled the second or Deutero-Isaiah. In this portion of the book, Cyrus, who was not born till after 600 B. C., is mentioned by name (Isaiah, xliv, 28: xlv, 1); and events which did not take place till a century after the prophet's death are referred to as happening contemporaneously with the writer's account of them. The style of these last twenty-seven chapters, also, is different, and the tone is more elevated and spiritual. Dore's ideal portrait is more suited to the second or pseudo-Isaiah, than to the real one. =: L)) ae cp) ta! a 7 of ae DESTRUCTION OF SENNACHERIB'S HOST. Therefore thus saith the Lord concerning the king of Assyria. He shall not come into this city, nor shoot an arrow there, nor come before it with shield, nor cast a bank against it. By the way that he came, by the same shall he return, and shall not come into this city, saith the Lord. For I will defend this city, to save it, for mine own sake, and for my servant David's sake. And it came to pass that night that the angel of the Lord went out, and smote in the camp of the Assyrians an hundred fourscore and five thousand: and when they arose early in the morning, behold, they were all dead corpses. So Sennacherib king of Assyria departed, and went and returned, and dwelt at Nineveh. And it came to pass, as he was worshipping in the house of Nisroch his god, that Adrammelech and Sharezer his sons smote him with the sword: and they escaped into the land of Armenia. And Esar-haddon his son reigned in his stead.—''2 K7zngs x7x, 32–37.'' - /ch//BARUCH And it came to pass in the fourth year of Jehoiakim the son of Josiah king of Judah, that this word came unto Jeremiah from the Lord, saying, Take thee a roll of a book, and write therein all the words that I have spoken unto thee against Israel, and against Judah, and against all the nations, from the day I spake unto thee, from the days of Josiah, even unto this day. It may be that the house of Judah will hear all the evil which I purpose to do unto them; that they may return every man from his evil way; that I may forgive their iniquity and their sin. Then Jeremiah called Baruch the son of Neriah: and Baruch wrote from the mouth of Jeremiah all the words of the Lord, which he had spoken unto him, upon a roll of a book.—''Jeremiah xxxv2, I-4.'' } The word that Jeremiah the prophet spake unto Baruch the son of Neriah, when he had written these words in a book at the mouth of Jeremiah, in the fourth year of Jehoiakim the son of Josiah king of Judah, saying, Thus saith the Lord, the God of Israel, unto thee, O Baruch; thou didst say, Woe is me now! for the Lord hath added grief to my sorrow;fainted in my sighing, and I find no rest. Thus shalt thou say unto him. The Lord saith thus; Behold, that which I have built will I break down, and that which I have planted I will pluck up, even this whole land. And seekest thou great things for thyself? seek them not: for, behold, I will bring evil upon all flesh, saith the Lord: but thy life will I give unto thee for a prey in all places whither thou goest.—''Jeremiah xlv, 1–5.'' : yia a, Tad oa sels ar yh eh r EZEKIEL: PROPHESYING; Ezekiel, the third of the great Hebrew prophets, was the son of the priest Buzi (Ezekiel i, 3). He was probably born about 620 or 630 years before Christ, and was consequently a contemporary of Jeremiah and Daniel, to the latter of whom he alludes in chapters xiv, 14–20 and xxvni, 3. When Jerusalem was taken by Nebuchadnezzar in 597 B. C. (2 Kings xxiv, 8–16; Jeremiah xxix, 1–2; Ezekiel xvii, 12; xix, 9), Ezekiel was carried captive along with Jehoiachin, or Jeconiah, king of Judah, and thousands of other Jewish prisoners, to Babylonia, or as he himself calls it, "the land of the Chaldeans." (Ezekiel i, 3). Here, along with his exiled fellow-countrymen, he lived on the banks of the river Chebar (Ezekiel i, 1–3), in a house of his own (vni, 1). Here also he married, and here, too, his wife, "the desire of his eyes," was taken from him with a stroke "(Ezekiel xxiv, 15–18). His-prophetic career extended over twenty-two years, from about 502 B. to about 570 B. C. The book bearing his name is written in a mystical and symbolical style, and abounds with visions and difficult allegories which indicate on the part of the author the possession of a vivid and sublime imagination. Ezekiel's authorship of it has been questioned. The Talmud attributes it to the Great Synagogue, of which Ezekiel was not a member. It is divisible into two portions. The first (chapters i-xxiv) was written before, and the second (chapters xxv-xlvni) after, the destruction of Jerusalem by Nebuchadnezzar in 586 B. C, the eleventh year of the prophet's captivity (Ezekiel xxvi, 1–2; xl, 1). The present text is very imperfect, being corrupted by the interpolation of glosses and other additions by later hands. Dore's picture represents the prophet uttering his oracles to his fellow-exiles ("them of the captivity"), or to the "elders of Judah," or "elders of Israel," on one of the occasions to which he himself alludes (vni, 1; xi, 25; xiv, 1; Xx, p. - - /ch//THE VISION OF EZEKIEL The hand of the Lord was upon me, and carried me out in the Spirit of the Lord, and set me down in the midst of the valley which was full of bones, and caused me to pass by them round about: and, behold, there were very many in the open valley; and, lo, they were very dry. And he said unto me, Son of man, can these bones live? And I answered, O Lord God, thou knowest. Again he said unto me, Prophesy upon these bones, and say unto them, O ye dry bones, hear the word of the Lord. Thus saith the Lord God unto these bones; Behold, I will cause breath to enter into you, and ye shall live: And I will lay sinews upon you, and will bring up flesh upon you, and cover you with skin, and put breath in you, and ye shall live; and ye shall know that I am the Lord. So I prophesied as I was commanded: and as I prophesied, there was a noise, and behold a shaking, and the bones came together, bone to his bone. And when I beheld, lo, g the sinews and the flesh came up upon them, and the skin covered them above: but there was no breath in them. Then said he unto me, Prophesy unto the wind, prophesy, son of man, and say to the wind, Thus saith the Lord God; Come from the four winds, O breath, and breathe upon these slain, that they may live. So I prophesied as he commanded me, and the breath came into them, and they lived, and stood up upon their feet, an exceeding great army. Then he said unto me, Son of man, these bones are the whole house of Israel: behold, they say, Our bones are dried, and our hope is lost: we are cut off for our parts. Therefore prophesy and say unto,them, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold,O my people, I will open your graves, and cause you to come up out of your graves, and bring you into the land of Israel. And ye shall know that I am the Lord, when I have opened your graves, O my people, and brought you up out of your graves, and shall put my Spirit in you, and ye shall live, and I shall place you in your own land: then shall ye know that I the Lord have spoken it, and performed it, saith the Lord.—''Zzekzel xxxvi2, 1–14, pay bal;'' ys Yr r 7 eee ka cat en RA iM pe f/b2/}'s ee an Rk pe! c gn? 7 aC 5 . ~4 e. = . j aA Z 7 ce 4) x e aa ae 5 ie 7 7 "9 as ee eee oO a he I; e iS) 7 nYs Vine so ype m: a4 ar 4 (Ab a paalt *.) Ps <" te .;: en: 3 Ces PIC ae eT eg ite Loe ee ee a - /ch//DAN HEL Respecting the parentage or family of Daniel, the fourth of the great Hebrew prophets, nothing is known, though he appears to have been of noble if not of royal descent (Daniel i, 3). When, in the third year of the reign of King Jehoiakim (607, 606, 605, or 604 B. C.), Jerusalem was first taken by Nebuchadnezzar, Daniel, then a youth, was among the captives carried to Babylon. By the king's orders, he, with others of the Jewish youth, was educated for three years (Daniel i, 3–7). At this time Daniel acquired the power of interpreting dreams (i, 17), which he used with such advantage in expounding a dream of Nebuchadnezzar, that he was made ruler over the whole province of Babylon (Daniel ii, 46–48). Daniel's interpretation of Belshazzar's famous vision having been fulfilled by the capture of Babylon by Darius, that conqueror promoted Daniel to the highest office in the kingdom (Daniel vi, 1–3). The prophet also prospered greatly during the reign of Cyrus (Daniel vi, 28). The book of Daniel is written partly in Chaldaic or Syriac (the vernacular Aramaic language spoken by the people of Palestine), and partly in sacred Hebrew. It is manifestly divisible into two portions. The first (chapters i-vi) narrating the details of the prophet's life, and the second (chapters vii—xii) setting forth his apocalyptic visions. Much doubt has been cast upon the authenticity of the work. The evident reference in the eleventh chapter to the conquest of Persia by Alexander the Great, which took place about 330 B. C., or more than two hundred years after Daniel flourished, has led many modern critics to believe that the work was composed in the time of the Maccabees. Dore's picture appears to be intended to represent the prophet meditating over one of the many visions which came to him. SSS See Ez THE, FIERY. URNACE. Wherefore at that time certain Chaldeans came near, and accused the Jews. They spake and said to the king Nebuchadnezzar, O king, live forever. There are certain Jews whom thou hast set over the affairs of the province of Babylon, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego; these men, O king, have not regarded thee: they serve not thy gods, nor worship the golden image which thou hast set up. Then Nebuchadnezzar in his rage and fury commanded to bring Shadrach, Sees and Abed-nego. Then they brought these men before the king. Nebuchadnezzar spake and said unto them, Is it true, O Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego? do not—ye serve my gods, nor worship the golden image which I have set up? Now if ye be ready that at what time ye hear the sound of the cornet, flute, harp, sackbut, psaltery, and dulcimer, and all kinds of music, ye fall down and worship the image which I have made; well: but if ye worship not, ye shall be cast the same hour into the midst of a burning fiery furnace; and who is that God that shall deliver you out of my hands? Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, answered and said to the king, O Nebuchadnezzar, we are not careful to answer thee in this matter. If it be so, our God whom we serve is able to deliver us from the burning fiery furnace, and he will deliver us out of thine hand, O king. But if not, be it known unto thee, O king, that we will not serve thy gods, nor worship the golden image which thou hast set up. Then was Nebuchadnezzar full of fury, and the form of his visage was changed against Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego: therefore he spake, and commanded that they should heat"the furnace one seven times more tha it was wont to be heated. And he commanded the most mighty men that were in his army to bind Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, and to cast them into the burning fiery furnace. Then these men were bound in their coats, their hosen, and their hats, and their other garments, and were cast into the midst of the burning fiery furnace. Therefore because the king's commandment was urgent, and the furnace exceeding hot, the flame of the fire slew those men that took up Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego. And these three men, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego fell down bound into the midst of the burning fiery furnace. Then Nebuchadnezzar the king was astonished, and rose up in haste, and spake, and said unto his counselors, Did not we cast three men bound into the midst of the fire? They answered, and said unto the king, True, O king. He answered and said, Lo, I see four men loose, walking in the midst of the fire, and they have no hurt; and the form of the fourth is like the Son of God. Tien Nebuchadnezzar came near to the mouth of the burning fiery furnace, and spake, and said, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, ye servants of the most high God, come forth and come hither. Then Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, came forth of the midst of the fire. And the princes, governors, and captains, and the king's counselors, being gathered together, saw these men, upon whose bodies the fire had no power, nor was a hair of their head singed, neither were their coats changed, nor the smell of fire had passed on them,—''Daniel nt, 5, 9, 12–27.'' DIU! TINY APU va OWEVN TN Tope A. VOPOUCAES TEE EDEL UE Cundunin TSS Samierreougs rae oe ft ore Sgt tanh a 7 Loe BELSHAZZAR'S FEAST. Belshazzar the king made a great feast to a thousand of his lords, and drank wine before the thousand. Belshazzar, whiles he tasted the wine, commanded to bring the golden and silver vessels which his father Nebuchadnezzar had taken out of the temple which was in Jerusalem; that the king, and his princes, his wives, and his concubines, might drink therein. Then they brought the golden vessels that were taken out of the temple of the house of God which was at Jerusalem; and the king, and his princes, his wives, and his concubines, drank in them. They drank wine and praised the gods of gold, and of silver, of brass, of iron, of wood, and of stone. "In the same hour came forth fingers of a man's hand, and wrote over against the candlestick upon the plaister of the wall of the king's palace: and the king saw the part of the hand that wrote. Then the king's countenance was changed, and his thoughts troubled him, so that the joints of his loins were loosed, and his knees smote one against another." [On the failure of his astrologers and soothsayers to interpret the writing, the king, at the suggestion of his queen, sends for Daniel, who interprets it as follows O thou king, the most high God gave Nebuchadnezzar thy father a kingdom, and majesty, and glory, and honor: and for the majesty that he gave him, all peoples, nations, and languages, trembled and feared before him: whom he would he slew; and whom he would he kept alive; and whom he would he set up; and whom he would he put down. But when his heart was lifted up, and his mind hardened in pride, he was deposed from his kingly throne, and they took his glory from him: and he was driven from the sons of men; and his heart was made like the beasts, and his dwelling was with the wild asses: they fed him with grass like oxen, and his body was wet with the dew of heaven; till he knew that the most high God ruled in the kingdom of men, and that he appointeth over it whomsoever he will. And thou his son, O Belshazzar, hast not humbled thine heart, though thou knewest all this; but hast lifted up thyself against the Lord of heaven; and they have brought the vessels of his house before thee, and thou, and thy lords, thy wives, and thy concubines, have drunk wine in them; and thou hast praised the gods of silver, and gold, of brass, iron, wood, and stone, which see not, nor hear, nor know: and the God in whose hand thy breath is, and whose are all thy ways, hast thou not glorified: Then was the part of the hand sent from him; and this writing was written. And this is the writing that was written, MENE, MENE, TEKEL, UPHARSIN. This is the interpretation of the thing: MENE; God hath numbered thy kingdom and finished it. TEKEL; Thou art weighed in the balances, and art found wanting. PERES; Thy kingdom is divided, and given to the Medes and Persians. In that night was Belshazzar the king of the Chaldeans slain. And Darius the Median took the kingdom.—''Daniel v, s, as si'' , he Fu, ap fe aithgee Zw ee Ph nde ee <atsoMe 2 a ''is'' ag a a we ve DANIEL IN THE LIONS' DEN. Now when Daniel knew that the writing was signed, he went into his house; and his windows being open in his chamber toward Jerusalem, he kneeled upon his knees three times a day, and prayed, and gave thanks before his God, as he did aforetime.—Then these men assembled, and found Daniel praying and making supplication before his God. Then they came near, and spake before the king concerning the king's decree; Hast thou not signed a decree, that every man that shall ask a petition of any God or man within thirty days, save of thee, O king, shall be cast into the den of lions. The king answered and said, The thing is true, according to the law of the Medes and Persians, which altereth not. Then answered they and said before the king. That Daniel, which is of the children of the captivity of Judah, regardeth not thee, O king, nor the decree that thou hast signed, but maketh his petition three times a day. Then the king, when he heard these words, was sore displeased with himself, and set his heart on Daniel to deliver him: and he laboured till the going down of the sun to deliver him. Then these men assembled unto the king, and said unto the king, Know, O king, that the law of the Medes and Persians is. That no decree nor statute which the king establisheth may be changed. Then the king commanded, and they brought Daniel and cast him into the den of lions. Now the king spake and said unto Daniel, Thy God whom thou servest continually, he will deliver thee. And a stone was brought, and laid upon the mouth of the den; and the king sealed it with his own signet, and with the signet of his lords; that the purpose might not be changed concerning Daniel. Then the king went to his palace, and passed the night fasting: neither were instruments of musick brought before him: and his sleep went from him. Then the king arose very early in the morning, and went in haste unto the den of lions. And when he came to the den, he cried with a lamentable voice unto Daniel: and the king spake and said to Daniel, O Daniel, servant of the living God, is thy God, whom thou servest continually, able to deliver thee from the lions? Then said Daniel unto the King, O king, live forever. My God hath sent his angel, and hath shut the lions' mouths, that they have not hurt me: forasmuch as before him innocency was found in me; and also before thee, O king, have I done no hurt. Then was the king exceeding glad for him, and commanded that they should take Daniel up out of the den. So Daniel was taken up out of the den, and no manner of hurt was found upon him, because he believed in his God. And the king commanded, and they brought those men which had accused Daniel, and they cast them into the den of lions, them, their children, and their wives; and the lions had the mastery of them, and brake all their bones in pieces or ever they came at the bottom of the den.—Danzel vz, 10–24, oy x: oc. OM; 7 kit ie ea ie—eo a, 7 ais ed 7 Je er ba Avins) "I ." 4 et he ks ee OR a gt ee He; aS ''is'' fas et nl ena i THE—''PROPEE EAM OS'' Amos, one of the earliest of the Hebrew prophets, flourished during the reign of Uzziah, about 790 B. C., and was consequently a contemporary of Hosea and Joel. In his youth he lived at Tekoa, about six miles south of Bethlehem, in Judzea, and was a herdsman and a gatherer of sycamore fruit (Amos i, 1; vii, 14). This occupation he gave up for that of prophet (vii, 15), and he came forward to denounce the idolatry then prevalent in Judah, Israel, and the surrounding kingdoms. The first six chapters of his book contain his denunciations of idolatry; the other three, his symbolical vision of the overthrow of the people of Israel, and a promise of their restoration. The style is remarkable for clearness and strength, and for its picturesque use of images drawn from the rural and pastoral life which the prophet had led in his youth. Z Vika x Z. Msp'll bt bo - YY J - /ch//JONAH CALLING NINEVEH TO REPENTANCE And the word of the Lord came unto Jonah the second time, saying, Arise, go unto Nineveh, that great city, and preach unto it the preaching that I bid thee. So Jonah arose, and went unto Nineveh, according to the word of the Lord. Now Nineveh was an exceeding great city of three days' journey. And Jonah began to enter into the city a day's journey, and he cried, and said, Yet forty days, and Nineveh shall be overthrown. So the people of Nineveh believed God, and proclaimed a fast, and put on sackcloth, from the greatest of them even to the least of them. For word came unto the king of Nineveh, and he arose from his throne, and he laid his robe from him, and covered him with sackcloth, and sat in ashes. And he caused it to be proclaimed and published through Nineveh by the decree of the king and his nobles, saying, Let neither man nor beast, herd nor flock taste anything: let them not feed, nor drink water: but let man and beast be covered with sackcloth, and cry mightily unto God: yea, let them turn every one from his evil way, and from the violence that is in their hands. Who can tell if God will turn and repent, and turn away from his fierce anger, that we perish not? And God saw their works, that they turned from their evil way; and God repented of the evil, that he had said that he would do unto them; and he did it not.—''/onah zzz, a''' / x i! tn - p jl II a Set ce A ui fu an = meeier BA.: rf i iv a4. = a ayer - /ch//DANIEL CONFOUNDING THE PRIESTS OF BEL Now the Babylonians had an idol called Bel: and there were spent upon him every day twelve great measures of fine flour, and forty sheep, and sixty vessels of wine. The king also worshipped him, and went every day to adore him: but Daniel adored his God. And the king said unto him: Why dost thou not adore Bel? And he answered, and said to him: Because I do not worship idols made with hands, but the living God, that created heaven and earth, and hath power over all flesh. And the king said to him: Doth not Bel seem to thee to be a living God? Seest thou not how much he eateth and drinketh every day? Then Daniel smiled and said: O king, be not deceived: for this is but clay within, and brass without, neither hath he eaten at any time. And the king being angry called for his priests, and said to them: If you tell me not, who it is that eateth up these expenses, you shall die. But if you can show that Bel eateth these things, Daniel shall die, because he hath blasphemed against Bel. And Daniel said to the king: Be it done according to thy word. Now the priests of Bel were seventy besides their wives and little ones and children. And they went with Daniel into the temple of Bel. And the priests of Bel said: Behold, we go out: and do thou, O king, set on the meats, and make ready, the wine, and shut the door fast, and seal it with thy own ring: and when thou comest in the morning, if thou findest not that Bel hath eaten all up, we will suffer death, or else Daniel that hath lied against us. And they little regarded it, because they had made under the table a secret entrance, and they always came in by it, and consumed those things. So it came to pass after they were gone out, the king set the meats before Bel: and Daniel commanded his servants, and they brought ashes, and he sifted them all over the temple before the king: and going forth they shut the door, and having sealed it with the king's ring, they departed. But the priests went in by night, according to their custom, with their wives and their children: and they eat and drank all up. And the king rose early in the morning, and Daniel with him. And the king said: Are the seals whole, Daniel? and he answered: They are whole, O king. And as soon as he had opened the door, the king looked upon the table, and cried out with a loud voice: Great art thou, O Bel, and there is not any deceit with thee. And Daniel laughed: and he held the king that he should not go in: and he said: Behold the pavement, mark whose footsteps these are. And the king said: I see the footsteps of men, and women, and children. And the king was angry. Then he took the priests, and their wives, and their children: and they showed him the private doors by which they came in, and consumed the things that were on the table. The king therefore put them to death, and delivered Bel into the power of Daniel: who destroyed him, and his temple.—Danzel xzv, 1–27 (Douay Version), iiT Il Hn = f Whi il He IO =A A sl iil HELIODORUS, PUNISHEDF INS DA ear. But Heliodorus executed that which he had resolved on, himself being present in the same place with his guard about the treasury. . . . But the spirit of the Almighty God gave a great evidence of his presence, so that all that had presumed to obey him, falling down by the power of God, were struck with fainting and dread. For there appeared to them a horse with a terrible rider upon him, adorned with a very rich covering: and he ran fiercely and struck Heliodorus with his fore-feet, and he that sat upon him seemed to have armor of gold. Moreover, there appeared two other young men, beautiful and strong, bright and glorious, and in comely apparel: who stood by him, on either side, and scourged him without ceasing with many stripes. And Heliodorus suddenly fell to the ground, and they took him up covered with great darkness, and having put him into a litter they carried him out. So he that came with many servants, and all his guard into the aforesaid treasury, was carried out, no one being able to help him, the manifest power of God being known. And he indeed by the power of God lay speechless, and without all hope of recovery.—''2 Maccabees tz, 23–29, i TE'' hy i Cid Bean Py Tey And it came to pass in those days, that there went out a decree from Czesar Augustus, that all the world should be taxed. (And this taxing was first made when Cyrenius was governor of Syria.) And all went to be taxed, every one into his own city. And Joseph also went up from Galilee, out of the city of Nazareth, into Judea, unto the city of David, which is called Bethlehem; (because he was of the house and lineage of David:) to be taxed with Mary, his espoused wife, being great with child. And so it was, that, while they were there, the days were accomplished that she should be delivered. And she brought forth her firstborn son, and wrapped him in swaddling clothes, and laid him in a manger; because there was no room for them in the inn. And there were in the same country shepherds abiding in the field, keeping watch over their flock by night. And, lo, the angel of the Lord came upon them, and the glory of the Lord shone round about them: and they were sore afraid. And the angel said unto them, Fear not: for, behold, I bring you good tidings of great joy, which shall be to all people. For unto you is born this day in the city of David a Saviour, which is Christ the Lord. And this shall be a sign unto you; Ye shall find the babe wrapped in swaddling clothes, lying in a manger. And suddenly there was with the angel a multitude of the heavenly host praising God, and saying, Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good will toward men. And it came to pass, as the angels were gone away from them into heaven, the shepherds said one to another, Let us now go even unto Bethlehem, and see this thing which is come to pass, which the Lord hath made known unto us. And they came with haste, and found Mary, and Joseph, and the babe lying in a manger. And when they had seen it, they made known abroad the saying which was told them concerning this child. And all they that heard it, wondered at those things which were told them by the shepherds. But Mary kept all these things, and pondered them in her heart. And the shepherds returned, glorifying and praising God for all the things that they had heard and seen, as it was told unto them. And when eight days were accomplished for the circumcising of the child, his name was called Jesus, which was so named of the angel before he was conceived in the womb.—''Lzke 22, 7–21.'' THESSTARG ING THE= EAST. Now when Jesus was born in Bethlehem of Judea in the days of Herod the king, behold, there came wise men from the east to Jerusalem, saying, Where is he that is born King of the Jews? for we have seen his star in the east, and are come to worship him. . . . When Herod the king had heard these things, he was troubled, and all Jerusalem with him. And when he had gathered all the chief priests and scribes of the people together, he demanded of them where Christ should be born. And they said unto him, In Bethlehem of Judzea: for thus it is written by the prophet. And thou Bethlehem, in the land of Juda, are not the least among the princes of Juda: for out of thee shall come a Governor, that shall rule my people Israel. Then Herod, when he had privily called the wise men, enquired of them diligently what time the star appeared. And he sent them to Bethlehem, and said, Go and search diligently for the young child; and when ye have found him, bring me word again, that I may come and worship him also. When they had heard the king, they departed; and, lo, the star, which they saw in the east, went before them, till it came and stood over where the young child was. When they saw the star, they rejoiced with exceeding great joy.—''Matthew 122, I-10, ipl will'' VV hte Sioa Pe Ae ay ¥/b2/wee Cam Ru THE SBLIGH TINT OSCEGYE Tl: And when they were departed, behold, the angel of the Lord appeareth to Joseph in a dream, saying, Arise, and take the young child and his mother, and flee into Egypt, and be thou there until I bring thee word: for Herod will seek the young child to destroy him. When he arose, he took the young child and his mother by night, and departed into Egypt: and was there until the death of Herod: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken of the Lord by the prophet, saying, Out of Egypt have I called my son.—''Matthew i, 13–15, ke ie'' ! "i". TH Re MASSACK BS Or CH EaINN OCENTS: Then Herod, when he saw that he was mocked of the wise men, was exceeding wroth, and sent forth, and slew all the children that were in Bethlehem, and in all the coasts thereof, from two years old and under, according to the time which he had diligently enquired of the wise men. Then was fulfilled that which was spoken by Jeremy the prophet, saying, In Rama was there a voice heard, lamentation, and weeping, and great mourning, Rachel weeping for her children, and would not be comforted, because they are not.—''Matthew 77, 16–18, I've we'' "va 4s a" << ay JESUS OUESTIONING THE DOG LORS) Now his parents went to Jerusalem every year at the feast of the passover. And when he was twelve years old, they went up to Jerusalem after the custom of the feast. And when they had fulfilled the days, as they returned, the child Jesus tarried behind in Jerusalem; and Joseph and his mother knew not of it. But they, supposing him to have been in the company, went a day's journey; and they sought him among their kinsfolk and acquaintance. And when they found him not, they turned back again to Jerusalem, seeking him. And it came to pass, that after three days they found him in the temple, sitting in the midst of the doctors, both hearing them, and asking them questions. And all that heard him were astonished at his understanding and answers. And when they saw him, they were amazed: and his mother said unto him, Son, why hast thou thus dealt with us? behold, thy father and I have sought thee sorrowing. And he said unto them, How is it that ye sought me? wist ye not that I must be about my father's business? And they understood not the saying which he spake unto them. And he went down with them, and came to Nazareth, and was subject unto them: but his mother kept all these sayings in her heart. And Jesus increased in wisdom and stature, and in favor with God and man.— Luke tt, 4I-52, oe Ne eired JESUS "HEALING eoiCk. And Jesus went about all Galilee, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing all manner of sickness and all manner of disease among the people. And his fame went throughout all Syria: and they brought unto him all sick people that were taken with divers diseases and torments, and those which were possessed with devils, and those which were lunatic, and those that had the palsy; and he healed them.—''Watthew 2v, 27–24, yy—'' TRU USSSA tips My dH li - /ch//SERMON ON THE MOUNT And there followed him great multitudes of people from Galilee, and from Decapolis, and from Jerusalem, and from Judea, and from beyond Jordan. And seeing the multitudes, he went up into a mountain: and when he was set, his disciples came unto him. And he opened his mouth and taught them. " And it came to pass, when Jesus had ended these sayings, the people were astonished at his doctrine: For he taught them as one having authority, and not as the scribes. When he was come down from the mountain, great multitudes followed him.—Matthew 2U, 25, UV, I-2, 28–29; vit, I, ey ~= iT wee a oe I ahing. Mare oa CHRIST ASTILLEINGSTHE TEMPERS tf And when he was entered into a ship, his disciples followed him. And, behold, there arose a great tempest in the sea, insomuch that the ship was covered with the waves: but he was asleep. And his disciples came to him, and awoke him, saying, Lord, save us: we perish. And he saith unto them. Why are ye fearful, O ye of little faith? Then he arose, and rebuked the winds and the sea; and there was a great calm. But the men marveled, saying. What manner of man is this, that even the winds and the sea obey him?—''WMatthew vitt, 23–27.'' "i, ij THE DUMB MAN POSSESSED: As they went out, behold, they brought to him a dumb man possessed with a devil. And when the devil was cast out, the dumb spake: and the multitudes marveled, saying. It was never so seen in Israel. But the Pharisees said, He casteth out devils through the prince of the devils.—''Matthew'' - Piel re ih '=o A : LA, o pa '=f A, a v oe) ''is'' a" by Rat 7 ae te CHRIS TAIN: TithssYNAGOGUE: And it came to pass, that when Jesus had finished these parables, he departed thence. And when he was come into his own country, he taught them in their synagogue, insomuch that they were astonished, and said, Whence hath this man this wisdom, and these mighty works? Is not this the carpenter's son? is not his mother called Mary? and his brethren, James, and Joses, and Simon, and Judas? And his sisters, are they not all with us? Whence then hath this man all these things? And they were offended in him. But Jesus said unto them, A prophet is not without honor, save in his own country, and in his own house. And he did not many mighty works there because of their unbelief JZatthew xizz, 53–58, saaniaeanmntea Zz Zz ee Pp i N WN THE DISCIPLES PLUCKING CORN ON. THE SABBATH. And it came to pass, that he went through the corn fields on the sabbath day; and his disciples began, as they went, to pluck the ears of corn. And the Pharisees said unto him, Behold, why do they on the sabbath day that which is not lawful? And he said unto them, Have ye never read what David did, when he had need, and was an hungered, he, and they that were with him? How he went into the house of God in the days of Abiathar the high priest, and did eat the shewbread, which is not lawful to eat but for the priests, and gave also to them which were with him? And he said unto them, The sabbath was made for man, and not man for the sabbath: Therefore the Son of man is Lord also of the sabbath/b2/Mark 77, 23–28, ey icc j N iH) UNL Ii ie ahs fi AS —''a) 7 ae? a, a m= Bw'' - /ch//JESUS WALKING ON THE WATER And when he had sent them away, he departed into a mountain to pray. And when even was come, the ship was in the midst of the sea, and he alone on the land. And he saw them toiling in rowing; for the wind was contrary unto them: and about the fourth watch of the night he cometh unto them, walking upon the sea, and would have passed by them. But when they saw him walking upon the sea, they supposed it had been a spirit, and cried out: for they all saw him, and were troubled. And immediately he talked with them, and saith unto them, Be of good cheer: it is I; be not afraid. And he went up unto them into the ship; and the wind ceased: and they were sore amazed in themselves beyond measure, and wondered. For they considered not the miracle of the loaves; for their heart was hardened.—''MVark vt, 40–52.'' WP TT, Yi) (One TMA —": HH WA Ai MN) 5 HEED) HI, 1] CHRIST Se ENTRY INTOS IER USAIN. And when they drew nigh unto Jerusalem, and were come to Bethphage, unto the mount of Olives, then sent Jesus two disciples, saying unto them, Go into the village over against you, and straightway ye shall find an ass tied, and a colt with her: loose them, and bring them unto me. And if any man say ought unto you, ye shall say. The Lord hath need of them; and straightway he will send them. All this was done that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophet, saying, Tell ye the daughter of Sion, Behold, thy King cometh unto thee, meek, and sitting upon an ass, and a colt the foal of an ass. And the disciples went, and did as Jesus commanded them, and brought the ass, and the colt, and put on them their clothes, and they set him thereon. And a very great multitude spread their garments in the way; others cut down branches from the trees, and strewed them in the way. And the multitudes that went before, and that followed, cried, saying, Hosanna to the son of David: Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord; Hosanna in the highest. And when he was come into Jerusalem, all the city was moved, saying, who is this? And the multitude said, This is Jesus the prophet of Nazareth of Galilee.—''Matihew xx1, 1–11.'' JESUS—''AND THE TRIBUTESNONEY.'' And they send unto him certain of the Pharisees and of the Herodians, to catch him in his words. And when they were come, they say unto him, Master, we know that thou art true, and carest for no man: for thou regardest not the person of men, but teachest the way of God in truth: Is it lawful to' give tribute to Cesar, or not? Shall we give, or shall we not give? But he, knowing their hypocrisy, said unto them, Why tempt ye me? bring me a penny, that I may see it. And they brought it. And he saith unto them, whose is this image and superscription? And they said unto him, Cesar's. And Jesus answering said unto them, Render to Cesar the things that are Cesar's, and to God the things that are God's. And they marveled at him.—''Mark xz, 13–17.'' —''= =/b2//b2/'' - hs al wh il : HnSul A):: "m N N Y iN —''Cli a: NGA, a i'' THE WIDOW'S MITE. And Jesus sat over against the treasury, and beheld how the people cast money into the treasury: and manyethat were rich cast in much. And there came a certain poor widow, and she threw in two mites, which make a farthing. And he called unto him his disciples, and saith unto them, Verily I say unto you. That this poor widow hath cast more in, than all they which have cast into the treasury: for all they did cast in of their abundance; but she of her want did cast in all that she had, even all her living.—''Mark xit, 41–44.'' Ain ia ee); cs a ape tg. "AS, Ieee s i a ae - /ch//RAISING OB THE DAUGHTER OF JAIRUS And, behold, there cometh one of the rulers of the synagogue, Jairus by name; and when he saw him, he fell at his feet, and besought him greatly, saying, My little daughter lieth at the point of death: I pray thee, come and lay thy hands on her, that she may be healed; and she shall live. And Jesus went with him; and much people followed him, and thronged him. And a certain woman which had an issue of blood twelve years, and had suffered many things of many physicians, and had spent all that she had, and was nothing bettered, but rather grew worse, when she had heard of Jesus, came in the press behind, and touched his garment. For she said, If I may touch but his clothes, I shall be whole. And straightway the fountain of her blood was dried up; and she felt in her body that she was healed of that plague. And Jesus, immediately knowing in himself that virtue had gone out of him, turned him about in the press, and said, who touched my clothes? And his disciples said unto him, Thou seest the multitude thronging thee, and sayest thou, who touched me? And he looked round about to see her that had done this thing. But the woman fearing and trembling, knowing what was done in her, came and fell down before him, and told him all the truth. And he said unto her Daughter, thy faith hath made the whole; go in peace, and be whole of thy plague. While he yet spake, there came from the ruler of the synagogue's house certain which said, Thy daughter is dead: why troublest thou the Master any further? As soon as Jesus heard the word that was spoken, he saith unto the ruler of the synagogue, Be not afraid, only believe. And he suffered no man to follow him, save Peter, and James, and John the brother of James. And he cometh to the house of the ruler of the synagogue, and seeth the tumult, and them that wept and wailed greatly. And when he was come in, he saith unto them. Why make ye this ado, and weep? the damsel is not dead, but sleepeth. And they laughed him to scorn. But when he had put them all out, he taketh the father and the mother of the damsel, and them that were with him, and entereth in where the damsel was lying. And he took the damsel by the hand, and said unto her, Talitha cumi; which is, being interpreted, Damsel, I say unto thee, arise. And straightway the damsel arose, and walked; for she was of the age of twelve years. And they were astonished with a great astonishment. And he charged them straitly that no man should know it; and commanded that something should be given her to eat.—''Mark v, 22–43.'' THE GOOD SAMARITAN: But he, willing to justify himself, said unto Jesus, And who is my neighbor? And Jesus answering said, A certain man went down from Jerusalem to Jericho, and fell among thieves, which stripped him of his raiment, and wounded him, and departed, leaving him half dead. And by chance there came down a certain priest that way: and when he saw him, he passed by on the other side. And likewise a Levite, when he was at the place, came and looked on him, and passed by on the other side. But a certain Samaritan, as he journeyed, came where he was: and when he saw him, he had compassion on him. And went to him, and bound up his wounds, pouring in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast, and brought him to an inn, and took care of him. And on the morrow when he departed, he took out two pence, and gave them to the host, and said unto him, Take care of him; and whatsoever thou spendest more, when I come again, I will repay thee. Which now of these three, thinkest thou, was neighbor unto him that fell among the thieves? And he said, He that shewed mercy on him. Then said Jesus unto him, Go, and do thou likewise.—''Lwke x, 29–37, ci, we'' = - /ch//ARRIVAL OF THE SAMARITAN AT THE INN But a certain Samaritan, as he journeyed, came where he was; and when Le saw him, he had compassion on him, and went to him, and bound up his wounds, pouring in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast, and brought him to an inn, and took care of him.—Lake X, S34: THE PRODIGAL SON; Likewise, I say unto you, there is joy in the presence of the angels of God over one sinner that repenteth. And he said, a certain man had two sons: and the younger of them said to his father, Father, give me the portion of goods that falleth to me. And he divided unto them his living. And not many days after the younger son gathered all together, and took his journey into a far country, and there wasted his substance with riotous living. And when he had spent all, there arose a mighty famine in that land; and he began to be in want. And he went and joined himself to a citizen of that country; and he sent him into his fields to feed swine. And he would fain have filled his belly with the husks that the swine did eat: and no man gave unto him. And when he came to himself, he said, How many hired servants of my father's have bread enough and to spare, and I perish with hunger! I will arise and go to my father, and will say unto him, Father, I have sinned against heaven, and before thee, and am no more worthy to be called thy son: make me as one of thy hired servants. And he arose, and came to his father. But when he was yet a great way off, his father saw him, and had compassion, and ran, and fell on his neck, and kissed him. And the son said unto him, Father, I have sinned against heaven, and in thy sight, and am no more worthy to be called thy son. But the father said to his servants, Bring forth the best robe, and put it on him; and put a ring on his hand, and shoes on his feet: And bring hither the fatted calf, and kill it; and let us eat, and be merry: for this my son was dead, and is alive again; he was lost, and is found. And they began to be merry. Now his elder son was in the field: and as he came and drew nigh to the house, he heard music and dancing. And he called one of the servants, and asked what these things meant. And he said unto him, thy brother is come; and thy father hath killed the fatted calf, because he hath received him safe and sound. And he was angry, and would not go in: therefore came his father out, and intreated him. And he answering said to his father, Lo, these many years do I serve thee, neither transgressed I at any time thy commandment: and yet thou never gavest me a kid, that I might make merry with my friends: but as soon as this thy son was come, which hath devoured thy living with harlots, thou hast killed for him the fatted calf a And he said unto him, Son, thou art ever with me, and all that I have is thine. It was meet that we should make merry, and be glad: for this thy brother was dead, and is alive again; and was lost, and is found.—''Lake xv, 10–32.'' - /ch//LAZARUS AND THE RICH MAN There was a certain rich man, which was clothed in purple and fine linen, and fared sumptuously every day: And there was a certain beggar named Lazarus, which was laid at his gate, full of sores, and desiring to be fed with the crumbs which fell from the rich man's table: moreover the dogs came and licked his sores. And it came to pass, that the beggar died, and was carried by the angels into Abraham's bosom: the rich man also died, and was buried; and in hell he lifted up his eyes, being in torments, and seeth Abraham afar off, and Lazarus in his bosom. And he cried and said, Father Abraham, have mercy on me, and send Lazarus, that he may dip the tip of his finger in water and cool my tongue; for I am tormented in this flame. But Abraham said, Son, remember that thou in thy lifetime receivedst thy good things, and likewise Lazarus evil things: but now he is comforted, and thou art tormented. And beside all this, between us and you there is a creat gulf fixed: so that they which would pass from hence to you cannot; neither can they pass to us, that would come from thence. Then he said, I pray thee therefore, father, that thou wouldest send him to my father's house: for I have five brethren; that he may testify unto them, lest they also come into this place of torment. Abraham saith unto him. They have Moses and the prophets; let them hear them. And he said, Nay, father Abraham: but if one went unto them from the dead, they will repent. And he said unto him, If they hear not Moses and the prophets, neither will they be persuaded, though one rose from the dead.—''Luke xv? 9–31.'' I= ae cc oe ue 7 'i/b2/ ss 'is - /ch//THE PHARISEE AND THE PUBLICAN And he spake this parable unto certain which trusted in themselves that they were righteous, and despised others: Two men went up into the temple to pray; the one a Pharisee, and the other a publican. The Pharisee stood and prayed thus with himself, God, I thank thee, that I am not as other men are, extortioners, unjust, adulterers, or even as this publican. I fast twice in the week, I give tithes of all that I possess. And the publican, standing afar off, would not lift up so much as his eyes unto heaven, but smote upon his breast, saying, God be merciful to me a sinner. I tell you, this man went down to his house justified rather than the other: for every one that exalteth himself shall be abased; and he that humbleth himself shall be exalted.— Luke xvtit, 9–14. JESUS AND THE WOMAN OF SAMARIA: Then cometh he to a city of Samaria, which is called Sychar, near to the parcel of ground that Jacob gave to his son Joseph. Now Jacob's well was there. Jesus therefore, being wearied with his journey, sat thus on the well: and it was about the sixth hour. There cometh a woman of Samaria to draw water: Jesus saith unto her, Give me to drink. (For his disciples were gone away unto the city to buy meat.) Then saith the woman of Samaria unto him, How is it that thou, being a Jew, askest drink of me, which am a woman of Samaria? for the Jews have no dealings with the Samaritans. Jesus answered and said unto her, If thou knewest the gift of God, and who it is that saith to thee, Give me to drink; thou wouldest have asked of him, and he would have given thee living water. The woman saith unto him, Sir, thou hast nothing to draw with, and the well is deep: from whence then hast thou that living water? Art thou greater than our father Jacob, which gave us the well, and drank there of himself, and his children, and his cattle? Jesus answered and said unto her, whosoever drinketh of this water shall thirst again: but whosoever drinketh of the water that I shall give him shall never thirst; but the water that I shall give him shall be in him a well of water springing up into everlasting life. The woman saith unto him, Sir, give me this water, that I thirst not, neither come hither to draw. Jesus saith unto her, Go, call thy husband, and come hither. The woman answered and said, I have no husband. Jesus said unto her, Thou hast well said, I have no husband: for thou hast had five husbands; and he whom thou now hast is not thy husband: in that saidst thou truly. The woman saith unto him, Sir, I perceive that thou art a prophet. Our fathers worshiped in this mountain; and ye say, that in Jerusalem is the place where men ought to worship. Jesus saith unto her, Woman, believe me, the hour cometh, when ye shall neither in this mountain, nor yet at Jerusalem, worship the Father. Ye worship ye know not what: we know what we worship; for salvation is of the Jews. But the hour cometh, and now is, when the true worshipers shall worship the Father in spirit and in truth: for the Father seeketh such to worship him. God is a Spirit: and they that worship him must worship him in spirit and in truth. The woman saith unto him, I know that Messias cometh, which is called Christ: when he is come, he will tell us all things. Jesus saith unto her, I that speak unto thee am he. And upon this came his disciples, and marveled that he talked with the woman: yet no man said, What seekest thou? or. Why talkest thou with her? The woman then left her waterpot, and went her way into the city, and saith to the men, Come, see a man, which told me all things, that ever I did: is not this the Christ? Then they went out of the city, and came unto him.—''/ohx 77, 5–30.'' Ht ly a Aan VALCO i! 'i i! J eit 'i Ny Mh - ! il l i Z(} ij thea! Wh i in RH ne le in! h {ly; ivan elit ey N A CERN WS i y, SS Ny AY CS wi y ss y (Witt) SN Maw 'SAK Wenn fg Ui - /ch//JESUS AND THE WOMAN TAKEN IN ADULTERY Jesus went unto the mount of Olives. And early in the morning he came again into the temple, and all the people came unto him; and he sat down, and taught them. And the scribes and Pharisees brought unto him a woman taken in adultery; and when they had set her in the midst, they say unto him, Master, this woman was taken in adultery, in the very act. Now Moses in the law commanded us, that such should be stoned: but what sayest thou? This they said, tempting him, that they might have to accuse him. But Jesus stooped down, and with his finger wrote on the ground, as though he heard them not. So when they continued asking him, he lifted up himself, and said unto them, He that is without sin among you, let him first cast a stone at her. And again he stooped down, and wrote on the ground. And they which heard it, being convicted by their own conscience, went out one by one, beginning at the eldest, even unto the last; and Jesus was left alone, and the woman standing in the midst. When Jesus had lifted up himself, and saw none but the woman, he said unto her, Woman where are those thine accusers? hath no man condemned thee? She said, No man, Lord. And Jesus said unto her, Neither do I condemn thee: go, and sin no more.—''/ohn vzz22.'' YES hd be ". Fr: ee ee Re ps ss ch Be OA" FS ee ER Foe: St ea can aS:—, 4 x oe od rae, ns os Py Li a aC nS ngs;; i "oa;? = I oF s Bea a g "vt a (oP ee ¥ she F a THE—''RESURKECT [ONS OPiS.'' Now Jesus was not yet come into the town, but was in that place where Martha met him. The Jews then which were with her in the house, and comforted her, when they saw Mary, that she rose up hastily and went out, followed her, saying. She goeth unto the grave to weep there. Then when Mary was come where Jesus was, and saw him, she fell down at his feet, saying unto him, Lord, if thou hadst been here, my brother had not died. When Jesus therefore saw her weeping, and the Jews also weeping which came with her, he groaned in the spirit, and was troubled, and said, Where have ye laid him? They said unto him, Lord, come and see. Jesus wept. Then said the Jews, Behold how he loved him! And some of them said, Could not this man, which opened the eyes of the blind, have caused that even this man should not have died? Jesus therefore again groaning in himself cometh to the grave. It was a cave and a stone lay upon it. Jesus said, Take ye away the stone. Martha, the sister of him that was dead, saith unto him, Lord, by this time he stinketh: for he hath been dead four days. Jesus saith unto her, Said I not unto thee, that, if thou wouldest believe, thou shouldest see the glory of God? Then they took away the stone from the place where the dead was laid. And Jesus lifted up his eyes, and said, Father, I thank thee that thou hast heard me. And I knew that thou hearest me always: but because of the people which stand by I said it, that they may believe that thou hast sent me. And when he thus had spoken, he cried with a loud voice, Lazarus, come forth. And he that was dead came forth, bound hand and foot with graveclothes: and his face was bound about with a napkin. Jesus saith unto them, Loose him, and let him go. Then many of the Jews which came to Mary, and had seen the things which Jesus did, believed on him.—''/ohn x7, 30–45.'' SS SS - /ch//MARY MAGDALENE Of Mary "called Magdalene" (Luke vni, 2) but few particulars are recorded in scripture. We first hear of her as having been delivered by Jesus of seven devils (Luke vni, 1–3; Mark xvi, 9). Impelled, no doubt, by gratitude for her deliverance, she becomes one of his followers, accompanying him thenceforward in all his wanderings faithfully till his death. She was the first person to whom he appeared after his resurrection (Mark xvi, 9; John xx, 1, 11–18). The common belief that she was a fallen woman is destitute of the slightest foundation. On the contrary, the references to her as being in the company of such women as Joanna, the wife of Herod's steward, Salome, the mother of James and John, and Mary, the mother of Jesus (Luke vni, 3; Mark xvi, 40; John xix, 25), strongly discountenance such a supposition. The error, which had no other source than ecclesiastical tradition, has been fostered and perpetuated by the stupid blunder of the translators of the authorized version in identifying her with the "sinner" who is described in Luke vii, 37–50 as washing the feet of Jesus with her tears (see head-note to Luke vil). The Roman Catholic notion that this "sinner" was Mary the sister of Lazarus is almost equally groundless (see Douay Bible, head-note to Matthew xxvi, and the foot-note references to Luke vii, 37, found in most Catholic Bibles). The only reason for this identification is that the anointing by the "sinner" is described as taking place in the house of a Pharisee named Simon (Luke vii, 36, 39–40, 43–44); that the anointing by the unnamed woman, as described in Matthew xxvi, 6–13 and Mark xiv, 3–9, took place in the house of one 'Simon the leper, "in Bethany; and that Mary, the sister of Lazarus, is described in John xi, 2, and xii, 3–8, as anointing Jesus in a house (apparently that of Lazarus himself) in Bethany, when a conversation ensues altogether different from that recorded in Luke vii, but similar to that related in Matthew xxvi, and Mark xiv, save that the objection to the anointing of Jesus is made, not by "his disciples" (Matthew xxvi, 8), not by "some that had indignation" (Mark xiv, 4), but by "one of his disciples, Judas Iscariot, Simon's son" (John xii, 4). The demeanor of Mary, the sister of Lazarus, is, however, by no means that of a fallen and sinful though penitent woman, but that of a pious and good one (see Luke x, 39, 42; John xi, 28–33; xij, 3). Dore's illustration, which portrays Mary Magdalene as a heartbroken and despairing sin ner, shows that he has fallen into the common error, a ye TH ESCAS ToSsullrPER. Now the first day of the feast of unleavened bread the disciples came to Jesus, saying unto him, Where wilt thou that we prepare for thee to eat the passover? And he said, Go into the city to such a man, and say unto him. The Master saith, My time is at hand; I will keep the passover at thy house with my disciples. And the disciples did as Jesus had appointed them; and they made ready the passover. Now when the even was come, he sat down with the twelve. And as they did eat, "he said, Verily I say unto you, that one of you shall betray me. And they were exceeding sorrowful, and began every one of them to say unto him, Lord, is Italy. And he answered and said, He that dippeth his hand with me in the dish, the same shall betray me. The Son of man goeth as it is written of him: but woe unto that man by whom the Son of man is betrayed! it had been good for that man if he had not been born. Then Judas, which betrayed him, answered and said, Master, is it I? He said unto him, Thou hast said. And as they were eating, Jesus took bread, and blessed it, and brake it, and gave it to the disciples, and said, Take, eat; this is my body. And he took the cup, and gave thanks, and gave it to them, saying, Drink ye all of it; for this is my blood of the new testament, which is shed for many for the remission of sins. But I say unto you, I will not drink henceforth of this fruit of the vine, until that day when I drink it new with you in my Father's kingdom. And when they had sung an hymn, they went out into the mount of Olives—''JJatthew'' XXV2, 17–70. /b2//b2/aS/b2//b2/Th (i h i a <7 ii ine l ti ; nt: 3 N; . Sw ne: N "I Ni Wy Mi iH! ma ih) ah i: i aw @ it = yI's jy 4 'win ve. 'aA ™: Dae: a Noa ia ys ald) a bf: Ly" i - /ch//THE AGONY IN THE GARDEN And he came out, and went, as he was wont, to the mount of Olives; and his discip-es also followed him. And when he was at the place, he said unto them, Pray that ye enter not into temptation. And he was withdrawn from them about a stone's cast, and kneeled down, and prayed. Saying, Father, if thou be willing, remove this cup from me: nevertheless not my will, but thine, be done. And there appeared an angel unto him from heaven, strengthening him. And being in an agony he prayed more earnestly: and his sweat was as it were great drops of blood falling down to the ground. And when he rose up from prayer, and was come to his disciples, he found them sleeping for sorrow, and said unto them, Why sleep ye? rise and pray, lest ye enter into temptation.—''Luke "x12, 39–40.'' = SSS WHEMARE 11 stay PRAYER OFS ESUS IN = Ghee GARDE Ne Ol ansiy po. Then cometh Jesus with them unto a place called Gethsemane, and saith unto the disciples, Sit ye here, while I go and pray yonder. And he took with him Peter and the two sons of Zebedee, and began to be sorrowful and very heavy. Then saith he unto them, My soul is exceeding sorrowful, even unto death: tarry ye here, and watch with me. And he went a little farther, and fell on his face, and prayed, saying, O my Father, if it be possible, let this cup pass from me: nevertheless not as I will, but as thou wilt. And he cometh unto the disciples, and findeth them asleep, and saith unto Peter. What, could ye not watch with me one hour? Watch and pray, that ye enter not into temptation: the spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak. "He went away again the second time, and prayed, saying, O my Father, if this cup may not pass away from me, except I drink it, thy will be done. And he came and found them asleep again: for their eyes were heavy. And he left them, and went away again, and prayed the third time, saying the same words. Then cometh he to his disciples, and saith unto them, Sleep on now, and take your rest: behold, the hour is at hand, and the Son of man is betrayed into the hands of sinners. Rise, let us be going: behold, he is at hand that doth betray me.—''MWatthew xxv7, 36–46.'' Fats eamene pet EES cats fr a AN a A SSA AAAS THE—''BELRAYAL.'' And he cometh the third time, and saith unto them, Sleep on now, and take your rest: it is enough, the hour is come; behold, the Son of man is betrayed into the hands of sinners. Rise up, let us go; lo, he that betrayeth me is at hand. And immediately, while he yet spake, cometh Judas, one of the twelve, and with him a great multitude with swords and staves, from the chief priests and the scribes and the elders. And he that betrayed him had given them a token, saying, whomsoever I shall kiss, that same is he; take him, and lead him away safely. And as soon as he was come, he goeth straightway to him, and saith, Master, master; and kissed him. And they laid their hands on him, and took him. And one of them that stood by drew a sword, and smote a servant of the high priest, and cut off his ear. And Jesus answered and said unto them, Are ye come out, as against a thief, with swords and with staves to take me? I was daily with you in the temple teaching, and ye took me not: but the scriptures must be fulfilled. And they all forsook him, and fled—Mark x1, JI-50, pile gsr" MOO a Wy Hy) "Ly MY ; LY TTR by i (Gees ff ja vm Ly hi "i {/ Me ysyisivgs Uy Ye Li ely: Uh HY) ps i} fh) HH} AUN MI Cap: L564 Mj) ae, i wy Mi Cy Hy 'ii Hi iil Lp LLL RK omy MAKE - /ch//CHRIST FAINTING UNDER THE CROSS The incident depicted in this illustration seems to be as apocryphal as that embodied in the artist's picture of Mary Magdalene. There is absolutely no warrant in scripture for the notion that Christ fainted under the burden of the cross. The only foundation for such an idea to be found in the Bible is contained in the head note to Mark xv, which is quite unwarranted by the text. According to the three synoptic gospels the cross was borne not by Christ, but by Simon, a Cyrenian (see Matthew xxvil, 32; Mark xv, 21; Luke xxni, 26). According to the fourth evangelist, Jesus bore the cross without assistance the whole distance to the place of crucifixion (John xix, 16–18). In not one of the four narratives is there so much as a hint that he fainted under the burden. - /ch//THE FLAGEELATION Then released he Barabbas unto them: and when he had scourged Jesus, he delivered him to be crucified.—''MWatthew xxv7i, 26.'' And so Pilate, willing to content the people, released Barabbas unto them, and delivered Jesus, when he had scourged him, to be crucified.—''Mark xv, 15.'' Then Pilate therefore took Jesus, and scourged him.—''/ohn xzx, I.'' AAA I'll ] i HI yee va WG x A. eile Rae? + i've 'WS Nie wth 6 OU A ry nthe GRU CTR ON: And when they were come unto a place called Golgotha, that is to say, a place of a skull, they gave him vinegar to drink mingled with gall: and when he had tasted thereof, he would not drink. And they crucified him, and parted his garments, casting lots: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophet. They parted my garments among them, and upon my vesture did they cast lots. And sitting down they watched him there; and set up over his head his accusation written, THIS IS JESUS THE KING OF THE JEWS. Then were there two thieves crucified with him, one on the right hand, and another on the left. And they that passed by reviled him, wagging their heads, and saying, Thou that destroyest the temple, and buildest it in three days, save thyself. If thou be the Son of God, come down from the cross. Likewise also the chief priests mocking him, with the scribes and elders, said, He saved others: himself he cannot save. If he be the King of Israel, let him now come down from the cross, and we will believe him. He trusted in God; let him deliver him now, if he will have him: for he said, I am the Son of God. The thieves also, which were crucified with him, cast the same in his teeth.—''J/atthew'' XKUIL, 33–44. "Ju y ate Py) eee a at vi ee aa Mee, Ory Dele - /ch//CLOSE OF THE CRUCIFIXION Now from the sixth hour there was darkness over all the land unto the ninth hour. And about the ninth hour Jesus cried with a loud voice, saying, Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani? that is to say, My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me? Some of them that stood there, when they heard that, said, This man calleth for Elias. And straightway one of them ran, and took a spunge, and filled it with vinegar, and put it on a reed, and gave him to drink. The rest said, Let be, let us see whether Elias will come to save him. Jesus, when he had cried again with a loud voice, yielded up the ghost. And, behold, the veil of the temple was rent in twain from the top to the bottom; and the earth did quake, and the rocks rent; and the graves were opened; and many bodies of the saints which slept arose, and came out of the graves after his resurrection, and went into the holy city, and appeared unto many. Now when the centurion, and they that were with him, watching Jesus, saw the earthquake, and those things that were done, they feared greatly, saying, Truly this was the Son of God. And many women were there beholding afar off, which followed Jesus from Galilee, ministering unto him: among which was Mary Magdalene, and Mary the mother of James and Joses, and the mother of Zebedee's children,—''Matthew xxvtt, 45–50.'' - wae j '> ne ) bj THREBURIALY® Pei Oe: When the even was come, there came a rich man of Arimathea, named Joseph, who also himself was Jesus' disciple: he went to Pilate, and begged the body of Jesus. Then Pilate commanded the body to be delivered. And when Joseph had taken the body, he wrapped it in a clean linen cloth, and laid it in his own new tomb, which he had hewn out in the rock: and he rolled a great stone to the door of the sepulchre, and departed. And there was Mary Magdalene, and the other Mary, sitting over against the sepulchre.—''Matthew xxvit, 57–61.'' THE ANGEL A. THE SEEULCHERE: In the end of the sabbath, as it began to dawn toward the first day of the week, came Mary Magdalene and the other Mary to see the sepulchre. And, behold, there was a great earthquake: for the angel of the Lord descended from heaven, and came and rolled back the stone from the door, and sat upon it. His countenance was like lightning, and his raiment white as snow: and for fear of him the keepers did shake, and became as dead men. And the angel answered and said unto the women, Fear not ye: for I know that ye seek Jesus, which was crucified. He is not here: for he is risen, as he said, Come, see the place where the Lord lay. And go quickly, and tell his disciples that he is risen from the dead; and, behold, he goeth before you into Galilee; there shall ye see him: lo, I have told you. And they departed quickly from the sepulchre with fear and great joy; and did run to bring his disciples word.—''Matthew xxvii2, 1–8.'' /b2//b2/ HE PISAN THEJOURNEY TO—''EMMAUCS:'' And, behold, two of them went that same day to a village called Emmaus which was from Jerusalem about threescore furlongs. And they talked together of all these things which had happened. And it came to pass that, while they communed together and reasoned, Jesus himself drew near and went with them. But their eyes were holden that they should not know him. And he said unto them, What manner of communications are these that ye have one to another, as ye walk, and are sad? And the one of them, whose name was Cleopas, answering said unto him, Art thou only a stranger in Jerusalem, and hast not known the things which are come to pass there in these days? And he said unto them, What things? And they said unto him, Concerning Jesus of Nazareth, which was a prophet mighty in deed and word before God and all the people: And how the chief priests and our rulers delivered him to be condemned to death, and have crucified him. But we trusted that it had been he which should have redeemed Israel: and beside all this, to-day is the third day since these things were done. Yea, and certain women also of our company made us astonished, which were early at the sepulchre; and when they found not his body, they came, saying, that they had also seen a vision of angels, which said that he was alive. And certain of them which were with us went to the sepulchre, and found it even so as the women had said: but him they saw not. Then he said unto them, O fools, and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken: ought not Christ to have suffered these things, and to enter into his glory? And beginning at Moses and all the prophets, he expounded unto them in all the scriptures the things concerning himself. And they drew nigh unto the village, whither they went: and he made as though he would have gone further. But they constrained him, saying, Abide with us: for it is toward evening, and the day is far spent. And he went in to tarry with them. And it came to pass, as he sat at meat with them, he took bread, and blessed it, and brake, and gave to them. And their eyes were opened, and they knew him; and he vanished out of their sight. And they said one to another, Did not our heart burn within us, while he talked with us by the way, and while he opened to us the scriptures? And they rose up the same hour, and returned to Jerusalem, and found the eleven gathered together, and them that were with them, saying. The Lord is risen indeed, and hath appeared to Simon. And they told what things were done in the way, and how he was known of them in breaking of bread.—''Luke xxiv, 17–75.'' THE ASCENSION: Now upon the first day of the week, very early in the morning, they came unto the sepulchre, bringing the spices which they had prepared, and certain others with them. And they found the stone rolled away from the sepulchre. '. = And they remembered his words. And returned from the sepulchre, and told all these things unto the eleven, and to all the rest ng M3 a And, behold, two of them went that same day to a village called Emmaus, which was from Jerusalem about threescore furlongs. And they talked together of all these things which had happened. '* And they rose up the same hour, and returned to Jerusalem, and found the eleven gathered together, and them that were with them, saying. The Lord is risen indeed, and hath appeared to Simon. And they told what things were done in the way, and how he was known of them in breaking of bread. And as they thus spake, Jesus himself stood in the midst of them, and saith unto them, Peace be unto you. ". And, behold, I send the promise of my Father upon you: but tarry ye in the city of Jerusalem, until ye be endued with power from on high. And he led them out as far as to Bethany, and he lifted up his hands, and—blessed them. And it came to pass, while he blessed them, he was parted from them, and carried up into heaven. And they worshiped him, and returned to Jerusalem with great joy.—Luke xxiv, 1–2, 8–9, 13–14, 33–36, 49–52. The former treatise have I made, O Theophilus, of all that Jesus began both to do and teach, until the day in which he was taken up, after that he through the Holy Ghost had given commandments unto the apostles whom he had chosen: to whom also he shewed himself alive after his passion by many infallible proofs, being seen of them forty days, and speaking of the things pertaining to the kingdom of God: and, being assembled together with them, commanded them that they should not depart from Jerusalem, but wait for the promise of the Father, which, saith he, ye have heard of me. For John truly baptized with water; but ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost not'many days hence. When they therefore were come together, they asked of him, saying, Lord, wilt thou at this time restore again the kingdom of Israel? And he said unto them, It is not for you to know the times or the seasons, which the Father hath put in his own power. But ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto me both in Jerusalem, and all Judzea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth. And when he had spoken these things, while they beheld, he was taken up: and a cloud received him out of their sight. And while they looked steadfastly toward heaven as he went up, behold, two men stood by them in white apparel.—''A cts 2, 7–70.'' ™f-b< , ra Oe a aa io Cae + rm 4 y A. Lars 'ire y ."ll f iat atk My re leh: o y x ra ~4 a ike ed' 'j ta i} =, ¢".o 7 Py Ay od a; . s. Te = ik ba ad { ive;:; + srw ml f 4 "hits" y: 4s 'Ao 'agi ek ': '; eos A. 4 Ly 5; ge .% "Agr 'he (a. Ke; THE-MARTYRDOMPOR Siw over Ne And Stephen, full of faith and power, did great wonders and miracles among the people. Then there arose certain of the synagogue, which is called the synagogue of the Libertines, and Cyrenians, and Alexandrians, and of them of Cilicia and of Asia, disputing with Stephen. And they were not able to resist the wisdom and the spirit by which he spake. Then they suborned men, which said, We have heard him speak blasphemous words against Moses and against God. And they stirred up the people, and the elders, and the scribes, and came upon him, and caught him, and brought him to the council. And set up false witnesses, which said, This man ceaseth not to speak blasphemous words against this holy place, and the law: for we have heard him say, that this Jesus of Nazareth shall destroy this place, and shall change the customs which Moses delivered us. And all that sat in the council, looking steadfastly on him, saw his face as it had been the face of an angel. Then said the high priest. Are these things so? And he said, Men, brethren, and fathers, hearken: [Stephen here makes his defense, concluding with a terrible denunciation of the Jews as being stiffnecked and persecutors of their prophets, and as betrayers and murderers of their latest one, Jesus Christ. When they heard these things, they were cut to the heart, and they gnashed on him with their teeth. But he, being full of the Holy Ghost, looked up steadfastly into heaven, and saw the glory of God, and Jesus standing on the right hand of God, and said, Behold, I see the heavens opened, and the Son of man standing on the right hand of God. Then they cried out with a loud voice, and stopped their ears, and ran upon him with one accord, and cast him out of the city, and stoned him: and the witnesses laid down their clothes at a young man's feet, whose name was Saul. And they stoned Stephen, calling upon God, and saying, Lord Jesus, receive my spirit. And he kneeled down, and cried with a loud voice, Lord, lay not this sin to their charge. And when he had said this, he fell asleep. And Saul was consenting unto his death. Acts vz, 8–15; vit, 1–2, 54–56; v2z2, 1. XG Wr?] Uy Wy SG SW SG aye ae SAULIS' CONVERSION; And Saul, yet breathing out threatenings and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord, went unto the high priest, and desired of him letters to Damascus to the synagogues, that if he found any of this way, whether they were men or women, he might bring them bound unto Jerusalem. And as he journeyed, he came near Damascus: and suddenly there shined round about him a light from heaven: and he fell to the earth, and heard a voice saying unto him, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me? And he said, who art thou, Lord? And the Lord said, I am Jesus whom thou persecutest: it is hard for thee to kick against the pricks. And he trembling and astonished said, Lord, what wilt thou have me to do? And the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go into the city, and it shall be told thee what thou must do. And the men which journeyed with him stood speechless, hearing a voice, but seeing no man. And Saul arose from the earth; and when his eyes were opened, he saw no man: but they led him by the hand, and brought him into Damascus. And he was three days without sight, and neither did eat nor drink. And there was a certain disciple at Damascus, named Ananias; and to him said the Lord in a vision, Ananias. And he said, Behold, I am here, Lord. And the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go into the street which is called Straight, and enquire in the house of Judas for one called Saul, of Tarsus: for, behold, he prayeth, and hath seen in a vision a man named Ananias coming in, and putting his hand on him, that he might receive his sight. Then Ananias answered, Lord, I have heard by many of this man, how much evil he hath done to thy saints at Jerusalem: and here he hath authority from the chief priests to bind all that call on thy name. But the Lord said unto him, Go thy way: for he is a chosen vessel unto me, to bear my name before the Gentiles, and kings, and the children of Israel: for I will shew him how great things he must suffer for my name's sake. And Ananias went his way, and entered into the house; and putting his hands on him said, Brother Saul, the Lord, even Jesus, that appeared unto thee in the way as thou camest, hath sent me, that thou mightest receive thy sight, and be filled with the Holy Ghost. And immediately there fell from his eyes as it had been scales: and he received sight forthwith, and arose and was baptized. And when he had received meat, he was strengthened. Then was Saul certain days with the disciples which were at Damascus. And Straightway he preached Christ in the synagogues, that he is the Son of God.—''Acts 2x, 1–20, ff, if'' Se SS THEDELIVERANCE Piss atte ans Now about that time Herod the king stretched forth his hands to vex certain of the church. And he killed James the brother of John with the sword. And because he saw it pleased the Jews, he proceeded further to take Peter also. (Then were the days of unleavened bread.) And when he had apprehended him, he put him in prison, and delivered him to four quarternions of soldiers to keep him; intending after Easter to bring him forth to the people. Peter therefore was kept in prison: but prayer was made without ceasing of the church unto God for him. And when Herod would have brought him forth, the same night Peter was sleeping between two soldiers, bound with two chains: and the keepers before the door kept the prison. And, behold, the angel of the Lord came upon him, and a light shined in the prison: and he smote Peter on the side, and raised him up, saying, Arise up quickly. And his chains fell off from his hands. And the angel said unto him, Gird thyself, and bind on thy sandals: And so he did. And he saith unto him, Cast thy garment about thee, and follow me. And he went out, and followed him; and wist not that it was true which was done by the angel; but thought he saw a vision. When they were past the first and the second ward, they came unto the iron gate that leadeth unto the city; which opened to them of his own accord: and they went out and passed on through one street; and forthwith the angel departed from him. And when Peter was come to himself, he said, Now I know of a surety, that the Lord hath sent his angel, and hath delivered me out of the hand of Herod, and from all the expec tation of the people of the Jews.—''Aees x72, I-11.'' AY PLS AN - /ch//PAUL AT EPHESUS And it came to pass, that, while Apollos was at Corinth, Paul having passed through the upper coasts came to Ephesus; and finding certain disciples, he said unto them, Have ye received the Holy Ghost since ye believed? And they said unto him, We have not so muchas heard whether there be any Holy Ghost. And he said unto them, Unto what then were ye baptized? And they said, Unto John's baptism. Then said Paul, John verily baptized with the baptism of repentance, saying unto the people, that they should believe on him which should come after him, that is, on Christ Jesus. When they heard this, they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus. And when Paul had laid his hands upon them, the Holy Ghost came on them; and they spake with tongues, and prophesied. And all the men were about twelve. And he went into the synagogue, and spake boldly for the space of three months, disputing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God. But when divers were hardened, and believed not, but spake evil of that way before the multitude, he departed from them, and separated the disciples, disputing daily in the school of one Tyrannus. And this continued by the space of two years; so that all they which dwelk in Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus, both Jews and Greeks. And God wrought special miracles by the hands of Paul: so that from his body were brought unto the sick handkerchiefs or aprons, and the diseases departed from them, a id the evil spirits went out of them. Then certain of the vagabond Jews, exorcists, took upon them to call over them which had evil spirits the name of the Lord Jesus, saying, We adjure you by Jesus whom Paul preacheth. And there were seven sons of one Sceva, a Jew, and chief of the priests, which did so. And the evil spirit answered and said, Jesus I know, and Paul I know; but who are ye? And the man in whom the evil spirit was leaped on them, and overcame them, and prevailed against them, so that they fled out of that house naked and wounded. And this was known to all the Jews and Greeks also dwelling at Ephesus; and fear fell on them all, and the name of the Lord Jesus was magnified. And many that believed came, and confessed, and shewed their deeds. Many of them also which used curious arts brought their books together, and burned them before all men: and they counted the price of them, and found it fifty thousand pieces of silver. So mightily grew the word of God and prevailed.—''A ets "7x, 1–20.'' PAUL MENACED=BY Tit ws. Do therefore this that we say to thee: We have four men which have a vow on them; them take, and purify thyself with them, and be at charges with them, that they may shave their heads: and all may know that those things, where of they were informed concerning thee, are nothing; but that thou thyself also walkest orderly, and keepest the law. = ig + Then Paul took the men, and the next day purifying himself with them entered into the temple, to signify the accomplishment of the days of purification, until that an offering should be offered for every one of them. And when the seven days were almost ended, the Jews which were of Asia, when they saw him in the temple, stirred up all the people, and laid hands on him, crying out, Men of Israel, help: this is the man, that teacheth all men every where against the people, and the law, and this place: and further brought Greeks also into the temple, and hath polluted this holy place. (For they had seen before with him in the city Trophimus an mee whom they supposed that Paul had brought into the temple.) And all the city was moved, and the people ran together: and fe took Paul, and drew him out of the temple: and forthwith the doors were shut. And as they went about to kill him, tidings came unto the chief captain of the band, that all Jerusalem was in an uproar: who immediately took soldiers and centurions, and ran down unto them: and when they saw the chief captain and the soldiers, they left beating of Paul. Then the chief captain came near, and took him, and commanded him to be bound with two chains; and demanded who he was, and what he had done. And some cried one thing, some another, among the multitude: and when he could not know the certainty for the tumult, he commanded him to be carried into the castle. And when he came upon the stairs, so it was, that he was borne of the soldiers for the violence of the people. For the multitude of the people followed after, crying, Away with him. And as Paul was to be led into the castle, he said unto the chief captain, May I speak unto thee? Who said, Canst thou speak Greek? Art not thou that Egyptian, which before these days madest an uproar, and leddest out into the wilderness four thousand men that were murderers? But Paul said, 1 am a man which am a Jew of Tarsus, a city in Cilicia, a citizen of no mean city: and, I beseech thee, suffer me to speak unto the people. And when he had given him license, Paul stood on the stairs, and beckoned with the hand unto the people. And when there was made a great silence, he spake unto them in the Hebrew tongue.—''A cts xx2, 23–40, ba)'' PAUL'S SHIPWRECK. And while the day was coming on, Paul besought them all to take meat, saying, This day is the fourteenth day that ye have tarried and continued fasting, having taken nothing. Wherefore I pray you to take some meat; for this is for your health: for there shall not a hair fall from the head of any of you. And when he had thus spoken, he took bread, and gave thanks to God in presence of them all: and when he had broken it, he began to eat. Then were they all of good cheer, and they also took some meat. And we were in all in the ship two hundred threescore and sixteen souls. And when they had eaten enough, they lightened the ship, and cast out the wheat into the sea. And when it was day, they knew not the land: but they discovered a certain creek with a shore, into the which they were minded, if it were possible, to thrust in the ship. And when they had taken up the anchors, they committed themselves unto the sea, and loosed the rudder bands, and hoised up the mainsail to the wind, and made toward shore. And falling into a place where two seas met, they ran the ship aground; and the forepart stuck fast, and remained unmovable, but the hinder part was broken with the violence of the waves. And the soldiers' counsel was to kill the prisoners, lest any of them should swim out, and escape. But the centurion, willing to save Paul, kept them from their purpose; and commanded that they which could swim should cast themselves first into the sea, and get to land: and the rest, some on boards, and some on broken pieces of the ship. And so it came to pass, that they escaped all safe to land. And when they were escaped, then they knew that the island was called Melita. And the barbarous people shewed us no little kindness: for they kindled a fire, and received us every one, because of the present rain, and because of the cold.—''Acts XLVI, 33–44, XXII, I-2.'' - DEA LEON "THE. PAGE HORSE. And when he had opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the fourth beast say, Come and see. And I looked, and behold a pale horse: and his name that sat on him was Death, and Hell followed with him. And power was given unto them over the fourth part of the earth, to kill with sword, and with hunger, and with death, and with the beasts of the earth.—''[[Revelation (Bible)|Revelation]] vt, 7–8, ry ah, aera'' —cov 1w0pyx13m982z5q2f6cpshuaejxqu2i 14128216 14128213 2024-04-25T16:44:22Z SnowyCinema 2484340 wikitext text/x-wiki /conf// progress=hathi_files_downloaded f= y=1886 loc= pub= au=anon ill=Paul Gustave Doré ty= gen= ia=dorbiblegallery0000dorg htt=uva.x000528519 dl=ia beg=n ch=nam //conf/ /chform// <nowiki> {{ph|class=chapter num|/cpre/ /cnum/}} {{ph|class=chapter title|/cnam/|level=2}} </nowiki> //chform/ /tocform// <nowiki> {{TOC row 1-1-1|/cnum/|/cnam/|/pnum/}} </nowiki> //tocform/ -cov /img/ {{ph|class=chapter|Preface.}} {{sc|This}} volume, as its title indicates, is a collection of engravings illustrative of the Bible—the designs being all from the pencil of the greatest of modern delineators, Gustave Doré. The original work, from which this collection has been made, met with an immediate and warm recognition and acceptance among those whose means admitted of its purchase, and its popularity has in no wise diminished since its first publication, but has even extended to those who could only enjoy it casually or in fragmentary parts. That work, however, in its entirety, was far too costly for the larger and ever-widening circle of M. Doré's admirers, and to meet the felt and often expressed want of this class, and to provide a volume of choice and valuable designs upon sacred subjects for art-loving Biblical students generally, this work was projected and has been carried forward. The aim has been to introduce subjects of general interest—that is, those relating to the most prominent events and personages of Scripture—those most familiar to all readers; the plates being chosen with special reference to the known taste of the American people. To each cut is prefixed a page of letter-press, in narrative form, and containing generally a brief analysis of the design. Aside from the labors of the editor and publishers, the work, while in progress, was under the painstaking and careful scrutiny of artists and scholars not directly interested in the undertaking, but still having a generous solicitude for its success. It is hoped, therefore, that its general plan and execution will render it acceptable both to the appreciative and friendly patrons of the great artist, and to those who would wish to possess such a work solely as a choice collection of illustrations upon sacred themes. - {{ph|class=chapter|Gustave Doré.}} {{sc|The}} subject of this sketch is, perhaps, the most original and variously gifted designer the world has ever known. At an age when most men have scarcely passed their novitiate in art, and are still under the direction and discipline of their masters and the schools, he had won a brilliant reputation, and readers and scholars everywhere were gazing on his work with ever-increasing wonder and delight at his fine fancy and multifarious gifts. He has raised illustrative art to a dignity and importance before unknown, and has developed capacities for the pencil before unsuspected. He has laid all subjects tribute to his genius, explored and embellished fields hitherto lying waste, and opened new and shining paths and vistas where none before had trod. To the works of the great he has added the lustre of his genius, bringing their beauties into clearer view and warming them to fuller life. His delineations of character, in the different phases of life, from the horrible to the grotesque, the grand to the comic, attest the versatility of his powers; and, whatever faults may be found by critics, the public will heartily render their quota of admiration to his magic touch, his rich and facile rendering of almost every thought that stirs, or lies yet dormant, in the human heart. It is useless to attempt a sketch of his various beauties; those who would know them best must seek them in the treasure-house that his genius is constantly augmenting with fresh gems of wealth. To one, however, of his most prominent traits we will refer—his wonderful rendering of the powers of Nature. His early wanderings in the wild and romantic passes of the Vosges doubtless developed this inherent tendency of his mind. There he wandered, and there, mayhap, imbibed that deep delight of wood and valley, mountain-pass and rich ravine, whose variety of form and detail seems endless to the enchanted eye. He has caught the very spell of the wilderness; she has laid her hand upon him and he has gone forth with her blessing. So bold and truthful and minute are his countless representations of forest scenery; so delicate the tracery of branch and stem; so patriarchal the giant boles of his woodland monarch, that the gazer is at once satisfied and entranced. His vistas lie slumbering with repose either in shadowy glade or fell ravine, either with glint of lake or the glad, long course of some rejoicing stream: and above all, supreme in a beauty all its own, he spreads a canopy of peerless sky, or a wilderness, perhaps, of angry storm, or peaceful stretches of soft, fleecy cloud, or heavens serene and fair—another kingdom to his teeming art after the earth has rendered all her gifts. Paul Gustave Doré was born in the city of Strasburg, January 10, 1833. Of his boyhood we have no very particular account. At eleven years of age, however, he essayed his first artistic creation—a set of lithographs, published in his native city. The following year found him in Paris, entered as a - student at the Charlemagne Lyceum. His first actual work began in 1848, when his fine series of sketches, the "[[Labors of Hercules (Doré)|Labors of Hercules]]," was given to the public, through the medium of an illustrated journal with which he was for a long time connected as designer. In 1856 were published the illustrations for Balzac's "Contes Drolatiques" and those for "[[The Wandering Jew]]"—the first humorous and grotesque in the highest degree—indeed, showing a perfect abandonment to fancy; the other weird and supernatural, with fierce battles, shipwrecks, turbulent mobs, and nature in her most forbidding and terrible aspects. Every incident or suggestion that could possibly make the story more effective or add to the horror of the scenes was seized upon and portrayed with wonderful power. These at once gave the young designer a great reputation, which was still more enhanced by his subsequent works. With all his love for nature and his power for interpreting her in her varying moods, Doré was a dreamer, and many of his finest achievements were in the realm of the imagination. But he was at home in the actual world also, as witness his designs for "Atala," "[[London—a Pilgrimage]]," and many of the scenes of "[[Don Quixote]]." When account is taken of the variety of his designs and the fact considered that in almost every task he attempted none had ventured before him, the amount of work he accomplished is fairly incredible. To enumerate the immense tasks he undertook—some single volumes alone containing hundreds of illustrations—will give some faint idea of his industry. Besides those already mentioned are Montaigne, Dante, the Bible, Milton, Rabelais, Tennyson's "[[Idylls of the King|{{SIC|Idyls|Idylls}} of the King]]," "[[The Ancient Mariner]]," Shakespeare, "Legende de Croquemitaine," "[[La Fontaine's Fables]]," and others still. Take one of these works—the Dante, La Fontaine, or "Don Quixote"—and glance at the pictures. The mere hand labor involved in their production is surprising; but when the quality of the work is properly estimated, what he accomplished seems prodigious. No particular mention need be made of him as a painter or a sculptor, for his reputation rests solely upon his work as an illustrator. Doré's nature was exhuberant and buoyant, and he was youthful in appearance. He had a passion for music, and possessed rare skill as a violinist, and it is assumed that, had he failed to succeed with his pencil, he could have won a brilliant reputation as a musician. He was a bachelor, and lived a quiet, retired life with his mother—married, as he expressed it, to her and his art. His death occurred on January 23, 1883. - /toc/ — - <FILL> — - <FILL> — - <FILL> —t2 -1 /ch//THE CREATION "And the Lord God said, it is not good that the man should be alone; I will make him a helpmeet for him. . . . And the Lord God caused a deep sleep to fall on Adam, and he slept, and he took one of his ribs, and closed up the flesh instead thereof; and the rib which the Lord God had taken from man, made he a woman, and brought her unto the man. And Adam said, This is now bone of my bone and flesh of my flesh: she shall be called Woman, because she was taken out of man. Therefore shall a man leave his father and mother, and shall cleave unto his wife, and they shall be one flesh."—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] ii, 18, 21–24.'' In these few words the Scriptures narrate the creation of the first mother of our race. In "[[Paradise Lost]]," the poetic genius of Milton, going more into detail, describes how Eve awoke to consciousness, and found herself reposing under a shade of flowers, much wondering what she was and whence she came. Wandering by the margin of a small lake, she sees her own form mirrored in the clear waters, at which she wonders more. But a voice is heard, leading her to him for whom she was made, who lies sleeping under a grateful shade. It is at this point the artist comes to interpret the poet's dream. Amid the varied and luxurious foliage of Eden, in the vague light of the early dawn, Eve is presented, coy and graceful, gazing on her sleeping Lord, while in the background is faintly outlined the mystic form of Him in whose image they were created. -i -2 /ch//THE EXPULSION FROM THE GARDEN And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil; and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live forever: Therefore, the Lord God sent him forth from the garden of Eden, to till the ground from whence he was taken. So he drove out the man; and he placed at the east of the garden of Eden cherubims, and a flaming sword which turned every way, to keep the way of the tree of life.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] iii, 22–24.'' /po// They, looking back, all the eastern side beheld Of Paradise, so late their happy seat, Waved over by that flaming brand; the gate, With dreadful forces thronged, and fiery arms: Some natural tears they dropped, but wiped them soon; The world was all before them, where to choose Their place of rest, and Providence their guide; They, hand in hand, with wandering steps and slow, Through Eden took their solitary way. >>''[[Paradise Lost]], Book XII.'' //po/ -i -3 /ch//THE MURDER OF ABET And Adam knew Eve his wife; and she conceived, and bare Cain, and said, I have gotten a man from the Lord. And she again bare his brother Abel. And Abel was a keeper of sheep, but Cain was a tiller of the ground. And in process of time it came to pass, that Cain brought of the fruit of the ground an offering unto the Lord. And Abel, he also brought of the firstlings of his flock and of the fat thereof. And the Lord had respect unto Abel and to his offering: But unto Cain and to his offering he had not respect. And Cain was very wroth, and his countenance fell. And the Lord said unto Cain, Why art thou wroth? and why is thy, countenance fallen? If thou doest well, shalt thou not be accepted? and if thou doest not well, sin lieth at the door, and unto thee shall be his desire, and thou shalt rule over him. And Cain talked with Abel his brother: and it came to pass, when they were in the field, that Cain rose up against Abel his brother, and slew him. And the Lord said unto Cain, Where is Abel thy brother? And he said, I know not: Am I my brother's keeper? And he said, What hast thou done? the voice of thy brother's blood crieth unto me from the ground. And now art thou cursed from the earth, which hath opened her mouth to receive thy brother's blood from thy hand; When thou tillest the ground, it shall not henceforth yield unto thee her strength; a fugitive and a vagabond shalt thou be in the earth. And Cain said unto the Lord, My punishment is gveater than I can bear. Behold, thou hast driven me out this day from the face of the earth; and from thy face shall I be hid; and I shall be a fugitive and a vagabond in the earth; and it shall come to pass, that every one that findeth me shall slay me. And the Lord said unto him, Therefore whosoever slayeth Cain, vengeance shall be taken on him sevenfold. And the Lord set a mark upon Cain, lest any finding him should kill him. And Cain went out from the presence of the Lord, and dwelt in the land of Nod, on the east of Eden.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] iv, 1–16'' -i -4 /ch//THE DELUGE In the six hundredth year of Noah's life, in the second month, the seventeenth day of the month, the same day were all the fountains of the great deep broken up, and the windows of heaven were opened. And the rain was upon the earth forty days and forty nights. In the self-same day entered Noah, and Shem, and Ham, and Japheth, the sons of Noah, and Noah's wife, and the three wives of his sons with them, into the ark; they, and every beast after his kind, and all the cattle after their kind, and every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth after his kind, and every fowl after his kind, every bird of every sort. And they went in unto Noah into the ark, two and two of all flesh, wherein is the breath of life. And they that went in, went in male and female of all flesh, as God had commanded him: and the Lord shut him in. And the flood was forty days upon the earth; and the waters increased, and bare up the ark, and it was lift up above the earth. And the waters prevailed, and were increased, greatly upon the earth; and the ark went upon the face of the waters. And the waters prevailed exceedingly upon the earth; and all the high hills, that were under the whole heaven, were covered. Fifteen cubits upward did the waters prevail; and the mountains were covered. And all flesh died that moved upon the earth, both of fowl, and of cattle, and of beast, and of every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth, and every man; all in whose nostrils was the breath of life, of all that was in the dry land, died. And every living substance was destroyed which was upon the face of the ground, both man and cattle, and the creeping things, and the fowl of the heaven; and they were destroyed from the earth; and Noah only remained alive, and they that were with him in the ark. And the waters prevailed upon the earth an hundred and fifty days.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] vii, {{SIC|11 24|11–24}}.'' -i -5 /ch//NOAH CURSING HAM And the sons of Noah, that went forth of the ark, were Shem, and Ham, and Japheth; and Ham is the father of Canaan. These ar`e the three sons of Noah: and of them was the whole earth overspread. And Noah began to be an husbandman, and he planted a vineyard: And he drank of the wine, and was drunken; and he was uncovered within his tent. And Ham, the father of Canaan, saw the nakedness of his father, and told his two brethren without. And Shem and Japheth took a garment, and laid it upon both their shoulders, and went backward, and covered the nakedness of their father; and their faces were backward, and they saw not their father's nakedness. And Noah awoke from his wine, and knew what his younger son had done unto him. And he said, Cursed be Canaan; a servant of servants shall he be unto his brethren. And he said, Blessed be the Lord God of Shem; and Canaan shall be his servant. God shall enlarge Japheth, and he shall dwell in the tents of Shem; and Canaan shall be his servant.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] ix, 18–27.'' -i - /ch//THE TOWER OF BABEL And the whole earth was of one language, and of one speech. And it came to pass as they journeyed from the east, that they found a plain in the land of Shinar; and they dwelt there. And they said one to another, Go to, let us make brick, and burn them thoroughly. And they had brick for stone, and slime had they for mortar. And they said, Go to, let us build us a city and a tower, whose top may reach unto heaven; and let us make us a name, lest we be scattered abroad upon the face of the whole earth. And the Lord came down to see the city and the tower which the children of men builded. And the Lord said, Behold, the people is one, and they have all one language; and this they begin to do: and now nothing will be restrained from them, which they have imagined to do. Go to, let us go down, and there confound their language, that they may not understand one another's speech. So the Lord scattered them abroad from thence upon the face of all the earth: and they left off to build the city. Therefore is the name of it called Babel; because the Lord did there confound the language of all the earth: and from thence did the Lord scatter them abroad upon the face of all the earth.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xi, 1–9.'' -i - /ch//ABRAHAM ENTERTAINS THREE STRANGERS In the self-same day was Abraham circumcised, and Ishmael his son. And all the men of his house, born in the house, and bought with money of the stranger, were circumcised with him. And the Lord appeared unto him in the plains of Mamre: and he sat in the tent door in the heat of the day; and he lift up his eyes and looked, and, lo, three men stood by him: and when he saw them, he ran to meet them from the tent door, and bowed himself toward the ground, and said, My Lord, if now I have found favour in thy sight, pass not away, I pray thee, from thy servant: let a little water, pray you, be fetched, and wash your feet, and rest yourselves under the tree: And I will fetch a morsel of bread, and comfort ye your hearts; after that ye shall pass on: for therefore are ye come to your servant. And they said, So do, as thou hast said. And Abraham hastened into the tent unto Sarah, and said, Make ready quickly three measures of fine meal, knead it, and make cakes upon the hearth. And Abraham ran unto the herd, and fetched a calf tender and good, and gave it unto a young man; and he hasted to dress it. And he took butter, and milk, and the calf which he had dressed, and set it before them; and he stood by them under the tree, and they did eat.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xviii, 26, 27; xviii, 1–8.'' Be not forgetful to entertain strangers: for thereby some have entertained angels unawares.—''[[Hebrews (Bible)|Hebrews]] xiii, 2.'' -i - /ch//THE DESTRUCTION OF SODOM And when the morning arose, then the angels hastened Lot, saying, Arise, take thy wife, and thy two daughters, which are here; lest thou be consumed in the iniquity of the city. And while he lingered, the men laid hold upon his hand, and upon the hand of his wife, and upon the hand of his two daughters; the Lord being merciful unto him: and they brought him forth, and set him without the city. And it came to pass, when they had brought them forth abroad, that he said, Escape for thy life; look not behind thee, neither stay thou in all the plain; escape to the mountain, lest thou be consumed. And Lot said unto them, Oh, not so, my Lord. Behold now, thy servant hath found grace in thy sight, and thou hast magnified thy mercy, which thou hast shewed unto me in saving my life; and I cannot escape to the mountain, lest some evil take me and I die. Behold now this city is near to flee unto, and it is a little one: Oh, let me escape thither (is it not a little one?) and my soul shall live. And he said unto him, See, I have accepted thee concerning this thing also, that I will not overthrow this city, for the which thou hast spoken. Haste thee, escape thither; for I cannot do anything till thou be come thither. Therefore the name of the city was called Zoar. The sun was risen upon the earth when Lot entered unto Zoar. Then the Lord rained upon Sodom and upon Gomorrah brimstone and fire from the Lord out of heaven; and he overthrew those cities, and all the plain, and all the inhabitants of the cities, and that which grew upon the ground. But his wife looked back from behind him, and she became a pillar of salt. And Abraham gat up early in the morning to the place where he stood before the Lord: and he looked toward Sodom and Gomorrah, and toward all the land of the plain, and beheld, and lo, the smoke of the country went up as the smoke of a furnace.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xix, 15–28.'' -i - /ch//THE EXPULSION OF TIAGAR. And the Lord visited Sarah as he had said, and the Lord did unto Sarah as he had spoken. For Sarah conceived, and bare Abraham a son in his old age, at the set time of which God had spoken to him. And Abraham called the name of his son that was born unto him, whom Sarah bare to him, Isaac. And Abraham circumcised his son Isaac, being eight days old, as God had commanded him. And Abraham was an hundred years old, when his son Isaac was born unto him. And Sarah said, God hath made me to laugh, so that all that hear will laugh with me. And she said, who would have said unto Abraham, that Sarah should have given children suck? for I have born him a son in his old age. And the child grew, and was weaned: and Abraham made a great feast the same day that Isaac was weaned. And Sarah saw the son of Hagar, the Egyptian, which she had born unto Abraham, mocking. Wherefore she said unto Abraham, Cast out this bondwoman and her son: for the son of this bondwoman shall not be heir with my son, even with Isaac. And the thing was very grievous in Abraham's sight because of his son. And God said unto Abraham, Let it not be grievous in thy sight because of the lad, and because of thy bondwoman; in all that Sarah hath said unto thee, hearken unto her voice; for in Isaac shall thy seed be called. And also of the son of the bondwoman will I make a nation, because he is thy seed. And Abraham rose up early in the morning, and took bread, and a bottle of water, and gave it unto Hagar, putting it on her shoulder, and the child, and sent her away: and she departed, and wandered in the wilderness of Beer-sheba.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxi, 1–14.'' -i - /ch//HAGAR IN THE WILDERNESS And Abraham rose up early in the morning, and took bread, and a bottle of water, and gave it unto Hagar, putting it on her shoulder, and the child, and sent her away; and she departed, and wandered in the wilderness of Beer-sheba. And the water was spent in the bottle, and: she cast the child under one of the shrubs. And she went and sat her down over against him a good way off, as it were a bow-shot: for she said, Let me not see the death of the child. And she sat over against him, and lifted up her voice and wept. And God heard the voice of the lad; and the angel of God called to Hagar out of heaven, and said unto her, What aileth thee, Hagar? fear not, for God hath heard the voice of the lad where he is. Arise, lift up the lad, and hold him in thine hand; for I will make him a great nation. And God opened her eyes, and she saw a well of water; and she went, and filled the bottle with water, and gave the lad drink. And God was with the lad; and he grew, and dwelt in the wilderness, and became an archer. And he dwelt in the wilderness of Paran: and his mother took him a wife out of the land of Egypt.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxt. 14–21.'' - - /ch//THE TRIAL OF THE FAITH OF ABRAHAM And it came to pass after these things, that God did tempt Abraham, and said unto him, Abraham: and he said, Behold, here I am. And he said, Take now thy son, thine only son Isaac, whom thou lovest, and get thee into the land of Moriah; and offer him there for a burnt offering upon one of the mountains which I will tell thee of. And Abraham rose up early in the morning, and saddled his ass, and took two of his young men with him, and Isaac his son, and clave the wood for the burnt offering, and rose up and went unto the place of which God had told him. Then on the third day Abraham lifted up his eyes and saw the place afar off. And Abraham said unto his young men, Abide ye here with the ass; and I and the lad will go yonder and worship, and come again to you. And Abraham took the wood of the burnt offering and laid it upon Isaac his son; and he took the fire in his hand and a knife, and they went both of them together. And Isaac spake unto Abraham his father, and said, My father: and he said, Here am I, my son. And he said, Behold the fire and the wood: but where is the lamb for a burnt offering? And Abraham said, My son, God will provide himself a lamb for a burnt offering: so they went both of them together. And they came to the place which God had told him of; and Abraham built an altar there, and laid the wood in order, and bound Isaac his son, and laid him on the altar upon the wood. And Abraham stretched forth his hand and took the knife to slay his son. And the angel of the Lord called unto him out of heaven, and said, Abraham, Abraham: and he said, Here am I. And he said, Lay not thine hand upon the lad, neither do thou anything unto him: for now I know that thou fearest God, seeing thou hast not withheld thy son, thine only son, from me. And Abraham lifted up his eyes and looked, and behold behind him a ram caught in a thicket by his horns: and Abraham went and took the ram, and offered him up for a burnt offering in the stead of his son. And Abraham called the name of that place Jehovah-jireh: as it is to this day, In the mount of the Lord it shall be seen. And the angel of the Lord called unto Abraham out of heaven the second time, and said, By myself have I sworn, saith the Lord, for because thou hast done this thing, and hast not withheld thy son, thine only son, that in blessing I will bless thee, and in multiplying I will multiply thy seed as the stars of heaven, and as the sand which is upon the sea shore; and thy seed shall possess the gate of his enemies; and in thy seed shall all the nations of the earth be blessed, because thou hast obeyed my voice.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xx22. 1–18.'' - THE BURTAL{OFSSARALE And Sarah was an hundred and seven and twenty years old: these were the years of the life of Sarah. And Sarah died in Kirjath-arba; the same is Hebron in the land of Canaan: and Abraham came to mourn for Sarah, and to weep for her.;—And Abraham stood up from before his dead, and spake unto the sons of Heth, saying, I am a stranger and a sojourner with you: give me a possession of a buryingplace with you, that I may bury my dead out of my sight. And the children of Heth answered Abraham, saying unto him, Hear us, my lord: thou art a mighty prince among us: in the choice of our sepulchres bury thy dead; none of us shall withhold from thee his sepulchre, but that thou mayest bury thy dead. And Abraham stood up, and bowed himself to the people of the land, even to the children of Heth. And he communed with them, saying. If it be your mind that I should bury my dead out of my sight; hear me, and intreat for me to Ephron the son of Zohar, that he may give me the cave of Machpelah, which he hath, which is in the end of his field; for as much money as'it is worth he shall give it me for a possession of a buryingplace amongst you. And Ephron dwelt among the children of Heth: and Ephron the Hittite answered Abraham in the audience of the children of Heth, even of all that went in at the gate of his city, saying, Nay, my lord, hear me: the field give I thee, and the cave that is therein, I give it thee; in the presence of the sons of my people give I it thee: bury thy dead. And Abraham bowed down himself before the people of the land. And he spake unto Ephron in the audience of the people of the land, saying. But if thou wilt give it, I pray thee, hear me: I will give thee money for the field; take it of me, and I will bury my dead there. And Ephron answered Abraham, saying unto him, My lord, hearken unto me: the land is worth four hundred shekels of silver: what is that betwixt me and thee? bury therefore thy dead. And Abraham hearkened unto Ephron; and Abraham weighed to Ephron the silver, which he had named in the audience of the sons of Heth, four hundred shekels of silver, current money with the merchant. And the field of Ephron, which was in Machpelah, which was before Mamre, the field, and the cave which was therein, and all the trees that were in the field, that were in all the borders round about, were made sure unto Abraham for a possession in the presence of the children of Heth, before all that went in at the gate of his city. And after this, Abraham buried Sarah his wife in the cave of the field of Machpelah before Mamre; the same is Hebron in the land of Canaan. And the field, and the cave that is therein, were made sure unto Abraham for a possession of a buryingplace by the sons of Heth.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxi2?'' - /ch//CECA H PISAN - /ch//ELIEZER AND REBEKAH And the servant put his hand under the thigh of Abraham his master, and sware to him concerning that matter. And the servant took ten camels of the camels of his master, and departed; for all the goods of his master were in his hand: and he arose and went to Mesopotamia, unto the city of Nahor. And he made his camels to kneel down, without the city by a well of water at the time of the evening, even the time that women go out to draw water. And he said, O Lord God of my master Abraham, I pray thee, send me good speed this day, and shew kindness unto my master Abraham. Behold, I stand here by the well of water; and the daughters of the men of the city come out to draw water: and let it come to pass, that the damsel to whom I shall say, Let down thy pitcher, I pray thee, that I may drink; and she shall say, Drink, and I will give thy camels drink also: let the same be she that thou hast appointed for thy servant Isaac; and thereby shall I know that thou hast shewed kindness unto my master. And it came to pass before he had done speaking, that, behold, Rebekah came out, who was born to Bethuel, son of Milcah, the wife of Nahor, Abraham's brother, with her pitcher upon her shoulder. And the damsel was very fair to look upon, a virgin, neither had any man known her: and she went down to the well, and filled her pitcher and came up. And the servant ran to meet her, and said, Let me, I pray thee, drink a little water of thy pitcher. And she said, Drink, my lord; and she hasted, and let down her pitcher upon her hand, and gave him drink. And when she had done giving him drink, she said, I will draw water for thy camels also, until they have done drinking. And she hasted and emptied her pitcher into the trough, and ran again unto the well to draw water, and drew for all his camels. And the man wondering at her held his peace, to wit whether the Lord had made his journey prosperous or not. And it came to pass, as the camels had done drinking, that the man took a golden earring of half a shekel weight, and two bracelets for her hands of ten shekels weight of gold: and said, whose daughter art thou? tell me, I pray thee; is there room in thy father's house for us to lodge in? And she said unto him, I am the daughter of Bethuel the son of Milcah, which she bare unto Nahor. She said moreover unto him, We have both straw and provender enough, and room to lodge in. And the man bowed down his head and worshiped the Lord. And he said, Blessed be the Lord God of my master Abraham, who hath not left destitute my master of his mercy and his truth: I being in the way, the Lord led me to the house of my master's brethren. And the damsel ran, and told them of her mother's house these things.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] XXIV, 9–28.'' - - /ch//ISAAC BLESSING JACOB And it came to pass, that when Isaac was old, and his eyes were dim, so that he could not see, he called Esau, his eldest son, and said unto him, My son: and he said unto him, Behold, here am I. And he said, Behold now, I am old, I know not the day of my death: Now therefore take, I pray thee, thy weapons, thy quiver and thy bow, and go out to the field, and take me some venison; And make me savoury meat, such as I love, and bring it to me, that I may eat; that my soul may bless thee before I die. And Rebekah heard when Isaac spake to Esau his son. And Esau went to the field to hunt for venison, and to bring it. And Rebekah spake unto Jacob her son, saying, Behold, I heard thy father speak unto Esau thy brother, saying, Bring me venison, and make me savoury meat, that I may eat, and bless thee before the Lord before my death. Now therefore, my son, obey my voice according to that which I command thee. Go now to the flock, and fetch me from thence two good kids of the goats; and I will make them savoury meat for thy father such as he loveth; And thou shalt bring it to thy father, that he may eat, and that he may bless thee before his death. And Jacob said to Rebekah his mother, Behold, Esau my brother is a hairy man, and lama smooth man: My father peradventure will feel me, and I shall seem to him as a deceiver; and I shall bring a curse upon me, and not a blessing. And his mother said unto him, Upon me be thy curse, my son: only obey my voice, and go fetch me them. And he went, and fetched, and brought them to his mother: and his mother made savoury meat, such as his father loved. And Rebekah took goodly raiment of her eldest son Esau, which were with her in the house, and put them upon Jacob her younger son: And she put the skins of the kids of the goats upon his hands and upon the smooth of his neck: And she gave the savoury meat and the bread, which she had prepared, into the hand of her son Jacob. And he came unto his father, and said, My father: and he said, Here am I; who art thou, my son? And Jacob said unto his father, I am Esau thy first born; I have done according as thou badest me: arise, I pray thee, sit and eat of my venison, that thy soul may bless me. And Isaac said unto his son, How is it that thou hast found it so quickly, my son? And he said, Because the Lord thy God brought it to me. And Isaac said unto Jacob, Come near, I pray thee, that I may feel thee, my son, whether thou be my very son Esau or not. And Jacob went near unto Isaac his father; and he felt him, and said, The voice is Jacob's voice, but the hands are the hands of Esau. And he discerned him not, because his hands were hairy, as his brother Esau's hands: so he blessed him. And he said, Art thou my very son Esau? And he said, I am. And he said, Bring it near to me, and I will eat of my son's venison, that my soul may bless thee. And he brought it near to him, and he did eat; and he/brought him wine, and he drank. And his father Isaac said unto him, Come near now, and kiss me, my son. And he came near, and kissed him: and he smelled the smell of his raiment, and blessed him, and said, See, the smell of my son is as the smell of a field which the Lord hath blessed: Therefore God give thee of the dew of heaven, and the fatness of the earth, and plenty of corn and wine: Let people serve thee, and nations bow down to thee: be lord over thy brethren, and let thy mother's sons bow down to thee: cursed be every one that curseth thee, and blessed be he that blesseth thee.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xvit, 1–29.'' A AW ey Mi Nik ni j u: j Hf anh Hi: Kl i Ml 'i i "I HT AWH yi Aiti yn ii ii) Ht } " - JACOB. TENDING THE BLOCKS OF era ran: —And while he yet spake with them, Rachel came with her father's sheep: for she kept them. And it came to pass, when Jacob saw Rachel the daughter of Laban his mother's brother, and the sheep of Laban his mother's brother, that Jacob went near, and rolled the stone from the well's mouth, and watered the flock of Laban his mother's brother. And Jacob kissed Rachel, and lifted up his voice, and wept. And Jacob told Rachel that he was her father's brother, and that he was Rebekah's son: and she ran and told her father. And it came to pass, when Laban heard the tidings of Jacob his sister's son, that he ran to meet him, and embraced him, and kissed him, and brought him to his house. And he told Laban all these things. And Laban said to him, Surely thou art my bone and my flesh. And he abode with him the space of a month. And Laban said unto Jacob, Because thou art my brother, shouldest thou therefore serve me for naught? tell me, what shall thy wages be? And Laban had two daughters: the name of the elder was Leah, and the name of the younger was Rachel. Leah was tender eyed; but Rachel was beautiful and well favoured. And Jacob loved Rachel; and said, I will serve thee seven years for Rachel thy younger daughter. And Laban said, It is better that I give her to thee, than that I should give her to another man; abide with me. And Jacob served seven years tor Rachel; and they seemed unto him but a few days, for the love he had for her. And Jacob said unto Laban, Give me my wife, for my days are fulfilled, that I may go in unto her. And Laban gathered together all the men of the place, and made a feast. And it came to pass in the evening, that he took Leah his daughter, and brought her to him; and he went in unto her. And Laban gave unto his daughter Leah Zilpah his maid, for an handmaid. And it came to pass that in the morning, behold, it was Leah: and he said to Laban. What is this thou hast done unto me? did not I serve with thee for Rachel? wherefore then hast thou beguiled me? And Laban said, It must not be so done in our country, to give the younger before the firstborn. Fulfil her week, and we will give thee this also for the service which thou shalt serve with me yet seven other years. And Jacob did so, and fulfilled her week; and he gave him Rachel his daughter to wife also. And Laban gave to Rachel his daughter Bilhah his handmaid to be her maid. And he went in also unto Rachel, and he loved also Rachel more than Leah, and served with him yet seven other years.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxtx, 9–30.'' JOSEPH SOL DUNT OS EGY Tle These are the generations of Jacob. Joseph, being seventeen years old, was feeding the flock with his brethren; and the lad was with the sons of Bilhah and with the sons of Zilpah, his father's wives; and Joseph brought unto his father their evil report. Now Israel loved Joseph more than all his children, because he was the son of his old age; and he made him a coat of many colors. And when his brethren saw that their father loved him more than all his brethren, they hated him, and could not speak peaceably unto him. And Joseph dreamed a dream, and he told it his brethren: and they hated him yet the more. And he said unto them, Hear, I pray you, this dream which I have dreamed. For, behold, we were binding sheaves in the field, and, lo, my sheaf arose, and also stood upright; and, behold, your sheaves stood round about, and made obeisance to my sheaf. And his brethren said to him, Shalt thou indeed reign over us? or shalt thou indeed have dominion over us? And they hated him yet the more for his dreams and for his words. And he dreamed yet another dream, and told it his brethren, and said, Behold, 1 have dreamed a dream more; and, behold, the sun and the moon and the eleven stars made obeisance to me. And he told it to his father and to his brethren; and his father rebuked him, and said unto him, What is this dream that thou hast dreamed? Shall I and thy mother and thy brethren indeed come to bow down ourselves to thee to the earth. And his brethren envied him; but his father observed the saying. And his brethren went to feed their father's flock in Shechem. And Joseph went after his brethren, and found them in Dothan. And when they saw him afar off, even before he came near unto them, they conspired against him to slay him. And they said one to another, Behold, this dreamer cometh. Come now, therefore, and let us slay him, and cast him into some pit, and we will say, Some evil beast hath devoured him; and we shall see what will become of his dreams. And Reuben heard it, and he delivered him out of their hands; and said, Let us not kill him. And Reuben said unto them, Shed no blood, but cast him into this pit that is in the wilderness, and lay no hand upon him; that he might rid him out of their hands to deliver him to his father again. And it came to pass, when Joseph was come unto his brethren, that they stript Joseph out of his coat, his coat of many colors that was on him; and they took him and cast him into a pit; and the pit was empty, there was no water in it. And they sat down to eat bread; and they lifted up their eyes and looked, and, behold, a company of Ishmaelites came from Gilead with their camels bearing spicery and balm and myrrh, going to carry it down to Egypt. And Judah said unto his brethren. What profit is it if we slay our brother, and conceal his blood? Come, and let us sell him to the Ishmaelites, and let not our hand be upon him, for he is our brother and our flesh. And his brethren were content. Then there passed by Midianites merchantmen; and they drew and lifted up Joseph out of the pit, and sold Joseph to the Ishmaelites for twenty pieces of silver; and they brought Joseph into Egypt. And the Midianites sold him into Egypt unto Potiphar, an officer of Pharaoh's, and captain of the guard.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxxvit, 2–12, 17–28, 30.'' JOSEPH INTERPRETING PHARAOH'S DREAM. And it came to pass at the end of two full years, that Pharaoh dreamed: and, behold, he stood by the river. And, behold, there came up out of the river seven well favoured kine and fatfleshed; and they fed in a meadow. And, behold, seven other kine came up after them out of the river, ill favoured and leanfleshed; and stood by the other kine upon the brink of the river. And the ill favored and leanfleshed kine did eat up the seven well favoured and fat kine. So Pharaoh awoke. And he slept and dreamed the second time: and, behold, seven ears of corn came up upon one stalk, rank and good. And, behold, seven thin ears and blasted with the east wind sprung up after them. And the seven thin ears devoured the seven rank and full ears. And Pharaoh awoke, and, behold, it was a dream. And it came to pass in the morning that his spirit was troubled; and he sent and called for all the magicians of Egypt, and all the wise men thereof: and Pharaoh told them his dream; but there was none that could interpret them unto Pharaoh. [At the suggestion of his chief butler Pharaoh sends for Joseph and relates to him his dreams, which Joseph interprets as follows:| And Joseph said unto Pharaoh, The dream of Pharaoh is one: God hath shewed Pharaoh what he is about to do. The seven good kine are seven years; and the seven good ears are seven years: the dream is one. And the seven thin and ill favoured kine that came up after them are seven years; and the seven empty ears blasted with the east wind shall be seven years of famine. This is the thing which I have spoken unto Pharaoh: What God is about to do he sheweth unto Pharaoh. Behold, there come seven years of great plenty throughout all the land of Egypt: And there shall arise after them seven years of famine; and all the plenty shall be forgotten in the land of Egypt; and the famine shall consume the land; and the plenty shall not be known in the land by reason of that famine following; for it shall be very grievous. And for that the dream was doubled unto Pharaoh twice it is because the thing is established by God, and God will shortly bring it to pass. Now therefore let Pharaoh look out a man discreet and wise, and set him over the land of Egypt. Let Pharaoh do this, and let him appoint officers over the land, and take up the fifth part of the land of Egypt in the seven plenteous years. And let them gather all the food of those good years that come, and lay up corn under the hand of Pharaoh, and let them keep food in the cities. And that food shall be for store to the land against the seven years of famine, which shall be in the land of Egypt; that the land perish not through the famine.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] alt, I-76.'' RRL RA HILAR An Ha a ili iM ie ee at ee Hr lg ¢ oun? Stay + aan 7: wis - /ch//JOSEPH MAKING HIMSELF KNOWN TO HIS BRETHREN Then Joseph could not refrain himself before all them that stood by him; and he cried, Cause every man to go out from me. And there stood no man with him, while Joseph made himself known unto his brethren. And he wept aloud: and the Egyptians and the house of Pharaoh heard. And Joseph said unto his brethren, 1 am Joseph; doth my father yet live? And his brethren could not answer him; for they were troubled at his presence. And Joseph said unto his brethren, Come near to me, I pray you. And they came near. And he said, I am Joseph your brother, whom ye sold into Egypt. Now therefore be not grieved, nor angry with yourselves, that ye sold me hither: for God did send me before you to preserve life. For these two years hath the famine been in the land: and yet there are five years, in which there shall neither be earing nor harvest. And God sent me before you to preserve you a posterity in the earth, and to save your lives by a great deliverance. So now it was not you that sent me hither, but God: and he hath made me a father to Pharaoh, and lord of all his house, and a ruler throughout all the land of Egypt. Haste ye, and go up to my father, and say unto him, Thus saith thy son Joseph, God hath made me lord of all Egypt: come down unto me, tarry not: And thou shalt dwell in the land of Goshen, and thou shalt be near unto me, thou, and thy children, and thy children's children, and thy flocks, and thy herds, and all that thou hast. And there will I nourish thee; for yet there are five years of famine; lest thou, and thy household, and all that thou hast, come to poverty. And, behold, your eyes see, and the eyes of my brother Benjamin, that it is my mouth that speaketh unto you. And ye shall tell my father of all my glory in Egypt, and of all that ye have seen; and ye shall haste and bring down my father hither. And he fell upon his brother Benjamin's neck, and wept; and Benjamin wept upon his neck. Moreover he kissed all his brethren, and wept upon them: and after that his brethren talked with him. And the fame there of was heard in Pharaoh's house, saying, Joseph's brethren are come: and it pleased Pharaoh well, and his servants. And Pharaoh said unto Joseph, say unto thy brethren, This do ye; lade your beasts, and go, get you unto the land of Canaan; and take your father and your households, and come unto me: and I will give you the good of the land of Egypt, and ye shall eat the fat of the land.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xlv, 1–18.'' BAN an - HUAUULEULIUL ma wi L SN ANN ( 'i vi MI i ail "nl el signi Se: mlty i. Gy Oe) SO ol (Ge a UN aie ee CTE att |i iil: HeAAI(a TTOVT ITT - /ch//MOSES IN THE BULRUSHES And there went a man of the house of Levi, and took to wife a daughter of Levi. And the woman conceived, and bare a son: and when she saw him that he was a goodly child, she hid him three months. And when she could not longer hide him, she took for him an ark of bulrushes, and daubed it with slime and with pitch, and put the child therein; and she laid it in the flags by the river's brink. And his sister stood afar off, to wit what would be done to him. And the daughter of Pharaoh came down to wash herself at the river; and her maidens walked along by the river's side; and when she saw the ark among the flags, she sent her maid to fetch it. And when she had opened it, she saw the child: and, behold, the babe wept. And she had compassion on him, and said, This is one of the Hebrews' chil© dren. Then said his sister to Pharaoh's daughter, Shall I go and call to thee a nurse of the Hebrew women, that she may nurse the child for thee? And Pharaoh's daughter said to her, Go. And the maid went and called the child's mother. And Pharaoh's daughter said unto her, Take this child away, and nurse it for me, and I will give thee thy wages. And the woman took the child and nursed it. And the child grew, and she brought him unto Pharaoh's daughter, and he became her son. And she called his name Moses: and she said, Because I drew him out of the water. —''Hxodus tt, I-10.'' THE WAR—''AGAINST GIBEON.'' Therefore the five kings of the Amorites, the king of Jerusalem, the king of Hebron, the king of Jarmuth, the king of Lachish, the king of Eglon, gathered themselves together, and went up, they and all their hosts, and encamped before Gibeon, and made war against it. And the men of Gibeon sent unto Joshua to the camp to Gilgal, saying, Slack not thy hand from thy servants; come up to us quickly, and save us and help us: for all the kings of the Amorites that dwell in the mountains are gathered together against us. So Joshua ascended from Gilgal, he, and all the people of war with him, and all the mighty men of valor. And the Lord said unto Joshua, Fear them not: for I have delivered them into thine hand; there shall not a man of them stand before thee. Joshua therefore came unto them suddenly, and went up from Gilgal all night. And the Lord discomfited them before Israel, and slew them with a great slaughter at Gibeon, and chased them along the way that goeth up to Beth-horon, and smote them to Azekah, and unto Makkedah. And it came to pass, as they fled from before Israel, and were in the going down to Beth-horon, that the Lord cast down great stones from heaven upon them unto Azekah, and they died: they were more which died with hailstones than they whom the children of Israel slew with the sword. Then spake Joshua to the Lord in the day when the Lord delivered up the Amorites before the children of Israel, and he said in the sight of Israel, Sun, stand thou still upon Gibeon; and thou, Moon, in the valley of Ajalon. And the sun stood still, and the moon stayed, until the people had avenged themselves upon their enemies. Is not this written in the book of Jasher? So the sun stood still in the midst of heaven, and hastened not to go down about a whole day. And there was no day like that before it or after it, that the Lord hearkened unto the voice of a man: for the Lord fought for Israel. And Joshua returned, and all Israel with him, unto the camp to Gilgal. But these five kings fled, and hid themselves in a cave at Makkedah. And it was told Joshua, saying. The five kings are found hid in a cave at Makkedah. And Joshua said, Roll great stones upon the mouth of the cave, and set men by it for to keep them: and stay ye not, but pursue after your enemies, and smite the hindmost of them; suffer them not to enter into their cities; for the Lord your God hath delivered them into your hand. And it came to pass, when Joshua and the children of Israel had made an end of slaying them with a very great slaughter, till they were consumed, that the rest which remained of them entered into fenced cities.—''[[Joshua (Bible)|Joshua]] x, 5–20.'' - as SISERA*SEAING BY SARL Now Heber the Kenite, which was of the children of Hobab, the father-in-law of Moses, had severed himself from the Kenites, and pitched his tent unto the plain of Zaanaim, which is by Kedesh. And they shewed Sisera that Barak, the son of Abinoam, was gone up to Mount Tabor. "And Sisera gathered together all his chariots, even nine hundred chariots of iron, and all the people that were with him, from Harosheth of the Gentiles unto the river of Kishon. And Deborah said unto Barak, Up; for this is the day in which the Lord hath delivered Sisera into thine hand: is not the Lord gone out before thee? So Barak went down from Mount Tabor, and ten thousand men after him. And the Lord discomfited Sisera, and all his chariots and all his host, with the edge of the sword before Barak; so that Sisera lighted down off his chariot, and fled away on his feet. But Barak pursued after the chariots, and after the host, unto Harosheth of the Gentiles: and all the host of Sisera fell upon the edge of the sword; and there was not a man left. Howbeit Sisera fled away on his feet to the tent of Jael, the wife of Heber the Kenite; for there was peace between Jabin the king of Hazor and the house of Heber the Kenite. And Jael went out to meet Sisera, and said unto him, Turn in, my lord, turn in to me; fear not. And when he had turned in unto her into the tent, she covered him with a mantle. And he said unto her, Give me, I pray thee, a little water to drink; for I am thirsty. And she opened a bottle of milk, and gave him drink, and covered him. Again he said unto her, Stand in the door of the tent, and it shall be, when any man doth come and enquire of thee, and say. Is there any man here? that thou shalt say, No. Then Jael, Heber's wife, took a nail of the tent, and took an hammer in her hand, and went softly unto him, and smote the nail into his temples, and fastened it into the ground: for he was fast asleep and weary. So he died. And, behold, as Barak pursued Sisera, Jael came out to meet him, and said unto him, Come, and I will show thee the man whom thou seekest. And when he came into her tent, behold, Sisera lay dead, and the nail was in his temples.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] wv, 11–22.'' MK NN DEBORAH'S SONG OF TRIUMPH. Then sang Deborah and Barak, the son of Abinoam on that day, saying:— Praise ye the Lord for the avenging of Israel. When the people willingly offered themselves. Hear, O ye kings; give ear, O ye princes; I, even IJ, will sing unto the Lord; I will sing praise to the Lord God of Israel. Lord, when thou wentest out of Seir. When thou marchedst out of the field of Edom. The earth trembled, and the heavens dropped, the clouds also dropped water. The mountains melted from before the Lord. Even that Sinai from before the Lord God of Israel. " Blessed above women shall Jael the wife of Heber the Kenite be; Blessed shall she be above women in the tent. He asked water, and she gave him milk; She brought forth butter in a lordly dish. She put her hand to the nail, and her right hand to the workmen's hammer; And with the hammer she smote Sisera. She smote off his head, when she had pierced and stricken through his temples. At her feet he bowed, he fell, he lay down: At her—feet he bowed, he fell: Where he bowed, there he fell down dead. The mother of Sisera looked out at a window, and cried through the lattice. Why is his chariot so long in coming? Why tarry the wheels of his chariots? Her wise ladies answered her, yea, she returned answer to herself, Have they not sped? Have they not divided the prey; To every man a damsel or two; To Sisera a prey of divers colours, a prey of divers colours of needlework, Of divers colours of needlework on both sides, meet for the necks of them that take the spoil? So let all thine enemies perish, O Lord: But let them that love him be as the sun when he goeth forth in his might.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] UV, 2–5, 24–71.'' HN a - Be/b2/(LA Dn - We oe! "Po ") gn - salt - /ch//JEPHTHAH MET BY HIS DAUGHTER Then the Spirit of the Lord came upon Jephthah, and he passed over Gilead, and Manasseh, and passed over Mizpeh of Gilead, and from Mizpeh of Gilead he passed over unto the children of Ammon. And Jephthah vowed a vow unto the Lord, and said, If thou shalt without fail deliver the children of Ammon into mine hands, then it shall be, that whatsoever cometh forth of the doors of my house to meet me, when I return in peace from the children of Ammon, shall surely be the Lord's, and I will offer it up for a burnt offering. So Jephthah passed over unto the children of Ammon to fight against them; and the Lord delivered them into his hands. And he smote them from Aroer, even till thou come to Minnith, even twenty cities, and unto the plain of the vineyards, with a very great slaughter. Thus the children of Ammon were subdued before the children of Israel. And Jephthah came to Mizpeh unto his house, and, behold, his daughter came out to meet him with timbrels and with dances: and she was his only child; beside her he had neither son nor daughter.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] x2, 29–34.'' -i - JEPHTHAH'S DAUGHTER AND HER COMPANIONS. And it came to pass, when he saw her, that he rent his clothes, and said, Alas, my daughter! thou hast brought me very low, and thou art one of them that trouble me: for I have opened my mouth unto the Lord, and I cannot go back. And she said unto him, My father, if thou hast opened thy mouth unto the Lord, do to me according to that which hath proceeded out of thy mouth; forasmuch as the Lord hath taken vengeance for thee of thine enemies, even of the children of Ammon. And she said unto her father, Let this thing be done for me: let me alone two months, that I may go up and down upon the mountains, and bewail my virginity, I and my fellows. And he said, Go. And he sent her away for two months: and she went with her companions, and bewailed her virginity upon the mountains. And it came to pass at the end of two months, that she returned unto her father, who did with her according to his vow which he had vowed: and she knew no man. And it was a custom in Israel, that the daughters of Israel went yearly to lament the daughter of Jephthah the Gileadite four days in a year.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] xt, 35–40.'' -i - /ch//SAMSON SLAYING THE LION Then went Samson down, and his father and his mother, to Timnath, and came to the vineyards of Timnath; and, behold, a young lion roared against him. And the Spirit of the Lord came mightily upon him, and he rent him as he would have rent a kid, and he had nothing in his hand; but he told not his father or his mother what he had done.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] xzv, 5–6.'' -i - /ch//SAMSON AND DELILAH And it came to pass afterward, that he loved a woman in the valley of Sorek, whose name was Delilah. And the lords of the Philistines came up unto her, and said unto her, Entice him, and see wherein his great strength lieth, and by what means we may prevail against him, that we may bind him to afflict him; and we will give thee every one of us eleven hundred pieces of silver. And Delilah said to Samson, Tell me, I pray thee, wherein thy great strength lieth, and wherewith thou mightest be bound to afflict thee. And Samson said unto her, If they bind me with seven green withs that were never dried, then shall I be weak, and be as another man. Then the lords of the Philistines brought up to her seven green withs which had not been dried, and she bound him with them. Now there were men lying in wait, abiding with her in the chamber. And she said unto him, The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And he brake the withs, as a thread of tow is broken when it toucheth the fire. So his strength was not known. And Delilah said unto Samson, Behold, thou hast mocked me, and told me lies: now tell me, I pray thee, wherewith thou mightest be bound. And he said unto her, If they bind me fast with new ropes that never were occupied, then shall I be weak, and be as another man. Delilah therefore took new ropes, and bound him therewith, and said unto him, The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And there were liers in wait abiding in the chamber. And he brake them from off his arms like a thread. And Delilah said unto Samson, Hitherto thou hast mocked me, and told me lies: tell me wherewith thou mightest be bound. And he said unto her, If thou weavest the seven locks of my head with the web. And she fastened it with the pin, and said unto him, The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And he awaked out of his sleep, and went away with the pin of the beam and with the web. And she said unto him, How canst thou say, I love thee, when thine heart is not with me? thou hast mocked me these three times, and hast not told me wherein thy great strength lieth. And it came to pass, when she pressed him daily with her words, and urged him, so that his soul was vexed unto death; that he told her all his heart, and said unto her, There hath not come a razor upon mine head; for I have been a Nazarite unto God from my mother's womb: if I be shaven, then my strength will go from me, and I shall become weak, and be like any other man. And when Delilah saw that he had told her all his heart, she sent and called for the lords of the Philistines, saying, Come up this once, for he hath showed me all his heart. Then the lords of the Philistines came up unto her, and brought money in their hand. And she made him sleep upon her knees; and she called for a man, and she caused him to shave off the seven locks of his head; and she began to afflict him, and his strength went from him. And she said, The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And he awoke out of his sleep, and said, I will go out as at other times before, and shake myself. And he wist not that the Lord was departed from him.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] xvt, 4–20.'' -i - /ch//THE DEATH OF SAMSON But the Philistines took him, and put out his eyes, and brought him down to Gaza, and bound him with fetters of brass; and he did grind in the prison house. Howbeit the hair of his head began to grow again after he was shaven. Then the lords of the Philistines gathered them together for to offer a great sacrifice unto Dagon their god, and to rejoice: for they said, Our God hath delivered Samson our enemy into our hand. And when the people saw him, they praised their god: for they said, Our god hath delivered into our hands our enemy, and the destroyer of our country, which slew many of us. And it came to pass, when their hearts were merry, that they said, Call for Samson, that he may make us sport. And they called for Samson out of the prison house; and he made them sport: and they set him between the pillars. And Samson said unto the lad that held him by the hand, Suffer me that I may feel the pillars whereupon the house standeth, that I may lean upon them. Now the house was full of men and women; and all the lords of the Philistines were there; and there were upon the roof about three thousand men and women, that beheld while Samson made sport. And Samson called unto the Lord, and said, O Lord God, remember me, I pray thee, and strengthen me, I pray thee, only this once, O God, that I may be at once avenged of the Philistines for my two eyes. And Samson took hold of the two middle pillars upon which the house stood, and on which it was borne up, of the one with 'his right hand, and of the other with his left. And Samson said, Let me die with the Philistines. And he bowed himself with all his might; and the house fell upon the lords, and upon all the people that were therein. So the dead which he slew at his death were more than they which he slew in his life. Then his brethren and all the house of his father came down, and took him, and brought him up, and buried him between Zorah and Eshtaol in the buryingplace of Manoah his father. And he judged Israel twenty years.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] xvi, 21–71.'' -i - /ch//NAOMI AND HER DAUGHTERS IN LAW Now it came to pass in the days when the judges ruled, that there was a famine in the land. And acertain man of Beth-lehem-judah went to sojourn in the country of Moab, he, and his wife, and his two sons. And the name of the man was Elimelech, and the name of his wife Naomi, and the name of his two sons Mahlon and Chilion, Ephrathites of Beth-lehemjudah. And they came into the country of Moab, and continued there. And Elimelech Naomi's husband died; and she was left, and her two sons. And they took them wives of the women of Moab; the name of the one was Orpah, and the name of the other Ruth: and they dwelt there about ten years. And Mahlon and Chilion died also both of them; and the woman was left of her two sons and her husband. Then she arose with her daughters in law, that she might return from the country of Moab: for she had heard in the country of Moab how that the Lord had visited his people in giving them bread. Wherefore she went forth out of the place where she was, and her two daughters in law with her; and they went on the way to return unto the land of Judah. And Naomi said unto her two daughters in law, Go, return each to her mother's house: the Lord deal kindly with you, as ye have dealt with the dead, and with me. The Lord grant you that ye may find rest, each of you in the house of her husband. Then she kissed them; and they lifted up their voice, and wept. And they said unto her, Surely we will return with thee unto thy people. And Naomi said, Turn again, my daughters: why will ye go with me? are there yet any more sons in my womb, that they may be your husbands? Turn again, my daughters, go your way; for I am too old to have a husband. If I should say, I have hope, if I should have a husband also to night, and should also bear sons; would ye tarry for them till they were grown? would ye stay for them from having husbands? nay, my daughters; for it grieveth me much for your sakes that the hand of the Lord is gone out against me. And they lifted up their voice, and wept again: and Orpah kissed her mother in law; but Ruth clave unto her. And she said, Behold, thy sister in law is gone back unto her people, and unto her gods: return thou after thy sister in law. And Ruth said, Entreat me not to leave thee, or to return from following after thee: for whither thou goest, I will go; and where thou lodgest, I will lodge: thy people shall be my people, and thy God my God: Where thou diest, will I die, and there will I be buried: the Lord do so to me, and more also, if ought but death part thee and me. When she saw that she was steadfastly minded to go with her, then she left speaking unto her. So they two went until they came to Beth-lehem.—''/uzh 2, 7–79.'' RUTH: AND—''BOAZ,.'' And Naomi had a kinsman of her husband's, a mighty man of wealth, of the family of Elimelech; and his name was Boaz. And Ruth the Moabitess said unto Naomi, Let me now go to the field, and glean ears of corn after him in whose sight I shall find grace. And she said unto her, Go, my daughter. And she went, and came and gleaned in the field after the reapers; and her hap was to light on a part of the field belonging unto Boaz, who was of the kindred of Elimelech. And, behold, Boaz came from Bethlehem, and said unto the reapers. The Lord be with you. And they answered him. The Lord bless thee. Then said Boaz unto his servant that was set over the reapers, whose damsel is this? And the servant that was set over the reapers answered and said, It is the Moabitish damsel that came back with Naomi out of the country of Moab: and she said, I pray you, let me glean and gather after the reapers among the sheaves: so she came, and hath continued even from the morning until now, that she tarried a little in the house. Then said Boaz unto Ruth, Hearest thou not, my daughter? Go not to glean in another field, neither go from hence, but abide here fast by my maidens: let thine eyes be on the field that they do reap, and go thou after them: have I not charged the young men that they shall not touch thee? and when thou art athirst, go unto the vessels, and drink of that which the young men have drawn. Then she fell on her face and bowed herself to the ground, and said unto him, Why have I found grace in thine eyes, that thou shouldest take knowledge of me, seeing I am a stranger? And Boaz answered and said unto her, It hath fully been shewed me, all that thou hast done unto thy mother in law since the death of thine husband: and how thou hast left thy father and thy mother, and the land of thy nativity, and art come unto a people which thau knewest not heretofore. The Lord recompense thy work, and a full reward be given thee of the Lord God of Israel, under whose wings thou art come to trust. Then she said, Let me find favor in thy sight, my lord; for that thou hast comforted me, and for that thou hast spoken friendly unto thine handmaid, though I be not like unto one of thine handmaidens,. And Boaz said unto her, At mealtime come thou hither, and eat of the bread, and dip thy morsel in the vinegar. And she sat beside the reapers: and he reached her parched corn, and she did eat, and was sufficed, and left. And when she was risen up to glean, Boaz commanded his young men, saying, Let her glean even among the sheaves, and reproach her not: and let fall also some of the handfuls of purpose for her, and leave them, that she may glean them and rebuke her not. So she gleaned in the field until even, and beat out that she had gleaned: and it was about an ephah of barley.—''Ruth 22, 2–177.'' TR SS ANS ANS A NY SSwee Ke AN oo RN we Nh A. LAY SY N WN SSS AIG NAKA WO KAN Ae COS AS WN WYN min Sue oy QI Garyy MN ANS ow AN N eR ee INE SERA ONS MAAR THE? RED UNS Pol ae And the ark of the Lord was in the country of the Philistines seven months. And the Philistines called for the priests and the diviners, saying. What shall we do to the ark of the Lord? tell us wherewith we shall send it to his place. And they said, If ye send away the ark of the God of Israel, send it not empty; but in any wise return him a trespass offering: then ye shall be healed, and it shall be known to you why his hand is not removed from you. Then said they. What shall be the trespass offering which we shall return to him? They answered, Five golden emerods, and five golden mice, according to the number of the lords of the Philistines: for one plague was on you all, and on your lords. Wherefore ye shall make images of your emerods, and images of your mice that mar the land; and ye shall give glory unto the God of Israel: peradventure he will lighten his hand from off you, and from off your gods, and from off your land. Wherefore then do ye harden your hearts, as the Egyptians and Pharaoh hardened their hearts? when he had wrought wonderfully among them, did they not let the people go, and they departed? Now hebre make a new cart, sine take two milch kine, on which there hath come no yoke, and tie the kine to the cart, and bring their calves home from them: and take the ark of the Lord, and lay it upon the cart; and put the jewels of gold, which ye return him for a trespass offering, in a coffer by the side thereof; and send it away, that it may go. And see, if it goeth up by the way of his own coast to Beth-shemesh, then he hath done us this great evil: but if not, then we shall know that it is not his hand that smote us; it was a chance that happened to us. And the men did so; and took two milch kine, and tied them to the cart, and shut up their calves at home: and they laid the ark of the Lord upon the cart, and the coffer with the mice of gold and the images of their emerods. And the kine took the straight way to the way of Beth-shemesh, and went along the highway, lowing as they went, and turned not aside to the right hand or to the left; and the lords of the Philistines went after them unto the border of Beth-shemesh. And they of Beth-shemesh were reaping their wheat harvest in the valley: and they lifted up their eyes, and saw the ark, and rejoiced to see it. And the cart came into the field of Joshua, a Beth-shemite, and stood there, where there was a great stone: and they clave the wood of the cart, and offered the kine a burnt offering unto the Lord. And the Levites took down the ark of the Lord, and the coffer that was with it, wherein the jewels of gold were, and put them on the great stone: and the men of Beth-shemesh offered burnt offerings and sacrificed sacrifices the same day unto the Lord.—''[[Samuel (Bible)|Samuel]] vi, 1–15.'' -i - /ch//SAUL AND DAVID And it came to pass, when he had made an end of speaking unto Saul, that the soul of Jonathan was knit with the soul of David, and Jonathan loved him as his own soul. And Saul took him that day, and would let him go no more home to his father's house. Then Jonathan and David made a covenant, because he loved him as his own soul. And Jonathan stripped himself of the robe that was upon him, and gave it to David, and his garments, even to his sword, and to his bow, and to his girdle. And David went out withersoever Saul sent him, and behaved himself wisely: and Saul set him over the men of war, and he was accepted in the sight of all the people, and also in the sight of Saul's servants. And it came to pass as they came, when David was returned from the slaughter of the Philistine, that the women came out of all cities of Israel, singing and dancing, to meet king Saul, with tabrets, with joy, and with instruments of music. And the women answered one another as they played, and said, Saul hath slain his thousands, and David his ten thousands. And Saul was very wroth, and the saying displeased him; and he said, They have ascribed unto David ten thousands, and to me they have ascribed but thousands: and what can he have more but the kingdom? And Saul eyed David from that day and forward. And it came to pass on the morrow, that the evil spirit from God came upon Saul, and he prophesied in the midst of the house: and David played with his hand, as at other times: and there was a javelin in Saul's hand. And Saul cast the javelin; for he said, I will smite David even to the wall with it. And David avoided out of his presence twice.—''z Samuel "UI, I-IT.'' TS: Thine DAVID. SPARRING @goAUL. —And it came to pass, when Saul was returned from following the Philistines, that it was told him, saying, Behold, David is in the wilderness of En-gedi. Then Saul took three thousand chosen men out of all Israel, and went to seek David and his men upon the rocks of the wild goats. And he came to the sheepcotes by the way, where was a cave; and Saul went in to cover his feet: and David and his men remained in the sides of the cave. And the men of David said unto him, Behold the day of which the Lord said unto thee, Behold, I will deliver thine enemy into thine hand, that thou mayest do to him as it shall seem good unto thee. Then David arose, and cut off the skirt of Saul's robe privily. And it came to pass afterward, that David's heart smote him, because he had cut off Saul's skirt. And he said unto his men. The Lord forbid that I should do this thing unto my master, the Lord's anointed, to stretch forth mine hand against him, seeing he is the anointed of the Lord. So David stayed his servants with these words, and suffered them not to rise against Saul. But Saul rose up out of the cave, and went on his way. David also arose afterward, and went out of the cave, and cried after Saul, saying, My lord the king. And when Saul looked behind him, David stooped with his face to the earth and bowed himself. And David said to Saul, Wherefore hearest thou men's words, saying, Behold, David seeketh thy hurt? Behold, this day thine eyes have seen how that the Lord had delivered thee to-day into mine hand in the cave: and some bade me kill thee; but mine eye spared thee; and I said, I will not put forth mine hand against my lord; for he is the Lord's anointed. Moreover, my father, see, yea, see the skirt of thy robe in my hand: for in that I cut off the skirt of thy robe, and killed thee not, know thou and see that there is neither evil nor transgression in mine hand, and I have not sinned against thee; yet thou huntest my soul to take it. The Lord judge between me and thee, and the Lord avenge me of thee: but mine hand shall not be upon thee. As saith the proverb of the ancients, Wickedness proceedeth from the wicked: but mine hand shall not be upon thee. After whom is the king of Israel come out? after whom dost thou pursue? after a dead dog, after a flea. The Lord therefore be judge, and judge between me and thee, and see, and plead my cause, and deliver me out of thine hand. And it came to pass, when David had made an end of speaking these words unto Saul, that Saul said, Is this thy voice, my son David? And Saul lifted up his voice, and wept. And he said to David, Thou art more righteous than I: for thou hast rewarded me good, whereas I have rewarded thee evil. And thou hast shewed this day how that thou hast dealt well with me: forasmuch as when the Lord had delivered me into thine hand, thou killedst me not. For if a man find his enemy, will he let him go well away? wherefore the Lord reward thee good for that thou hast done unto me this day. And now, behold, I know well that thou shalt surely be king, and that the kingdom of Israel shall be established in thine hand. Swear now therefore unto me by the Lord, that thou wilt not cut off my seed after me, and that thou wilt not destroy my name out of my father's house. And David sware unto Saul. And Saul went home; but David and his men gat them up unto the hold.—''z Samuel xxiv, I-22.'' Ha mu iy ry ie ; of "s s, y 7 '14 Vi oh weal A - = 'Ry bs ae, Ext ng 7 is 4 se, a o <—a's 2":: vale ee 2a on/b2/; '% 5 "I .: 5 7 ¥ Ms =o) ': Ch PN = . F An 4; '7 . 7 ae DEATH: OF SAGIE Now the Philistines fought against Israel: and the men of Israel fled from before the Philistines, and fell down slain in mount Gilboa. And the Philistines followed hard upon Saul and upon his sons; and the Philistines slew Jonathan, and Abinadab, and Melch-shua, Saul's sons. And the battle went sore against Saul, and the archers hit him; and he was sore wounded of the archers. Then said Saul unto his armourbearer, Draw thy sword, and thrust me through therewith; lest these uncircumcised come and thrust me through, and abuse me. But his armourbearer would not; for he was sore afraid. Therefore Saul took a sword, and fell upon it. And when his armourbearer saw that Saul was dead, he fell likewise upon his sword, and died with him. So Saul died, and his three sons, and his armourbearer, and all his men, that same day together. And when the men of Israel that were on the other side of the valley, and they that were on the other side Jordan, saw that the men of Israel fled, and that Saul and his sons were dead, they forsook the cities, and fled; ard the Philistines came and dwelt in them. And it came to pass on the morrow, when the Philistines came to strip the slain, that they found Saul and his three sons fallen in mount Gilboa. And they cut off his head, and stripped off his armour, and sent into the land of the Philistines round about, to publish it in the house of their idols, and among the people. And they put his armour in the house of Ashtaroth: and they fastened his body to the wall of Beth-shan. And when the inhabitants of Jabesh-gilead heard of that which the Philistines had done to Saul; all the valiant men arose, and went all night, and took the body of Saul and the bodies of his sons from the wall of Beth-shan, and came to Jabesh, and burnt them there. And they took their bones, and buried them under a tree at Jabesh, and fasted seven days.— t Samuel xxx21. THE DEATH OF ABSALON: And David numbered the people that were with him, and set captains of thousands and captains of hundreds over them. And David set forth a third part of the people under the hand of Joab, and a third part under the hand of Abishai the son of Zeruiah, Joab's brother, and a third part under the hand of ittai the Gittite. And the king said unto the people, I will surely go forth with you myself also. But the people answered, Thou shalt not go forth: for if we flee away, they will not care for us; neither if half of us die, will they care for us: but now thou art worth ten thousand of us: therefore now it is better that thou succor us out of the city. And the king said unto them, What seemeth you best I will do. And the king stood by the gate side, and all the people came out by hundreds and by thousands. And the king commanded Joab and Abishai and ittai, saying, Deal gently for my sake with the young man, even with Absalom. And all the people heard when the king gave all the captains charge concerning Absalom. So the people went out into the field against Israel: and the battle was in the wood of Ephraim; where the people of Israel were slain before the servants of David, and there was there a great slaughter that day of twenty thousand men. For the battle was there scattered over the face of all the country: and the wood devoured more people that day than the sword devoured. And Absalom met the servants of David. And Absalom rode upon a mule, and the mule went under the thick boughs of a great oak, and his head caught hold of the oak, and he was taken up between the heaven and the earth; and the mule that was under him went away. And a certain man saw it, and told Joab, and said, Behold I saw Absalom hanged in an oak. And Joab said unto the man that told him. And, behold, thou sawest him, and why didst thou not smite him there to the ground? and I would have given thee ten shekels of silver, and a girdle. And the man said unto Joab, Though I should receive a thousand shekels of silver in mine hand, yet would I not put forth mine hand against the king's son: for in our hearing the king charged thee and Abishai and ittai, saying, Beware that none touch the young man Absalom. Otherwise I should have wrought falsehood against mine own life: for there is no matter hid from the king, and thou thyself wouldst have set thyself against me. Then said Joab, I may not tarry thus with thee. And he took three darts in his hand, and thrust them through the heart of Absalom, while he was yet alive in the midst of the oak. And ten young men that bare Joab's armor compassed about and smote Absalom, and slew him. And Joab blew the trumpet, and the people returned from pursuing after Israel: for Joab held back the people. And they took Absalom, and cast him into a great pit in the wood, and laid a very great heap of stones upon him: and all Israel fled every one to his tent.—''2 Samuel xvnt, I-17.'' ZL 7 ¢] "Ah - /ch//DAVID MOURNING OVER ABSALOM Then said Ahimaaz the son of Zadok, Let me now run, and bear the king tidings, how that the Lord hath avenged him of his enemies. And Joab said unto him, Thou shalt not bear tidings this day, but thou shalt bear tidings another day: but this day thou shalt bear no tidings, because the king's son is dead. Then said Joab to Cushi, Go tell the king what thou hast seen. And Cushi bowed himself unto Joab, and ran. Then said Ahimaaz the son of Zadok yet again to Joab. But howsoever, let me, I pray thee, also run after Cushi. And Joab said, Wherefore wilt thou run, my son, seeing that thou hast no tidings ready? But howsoever, said he let me run. And he said unto him, Run. Then Ahimaaz ran by the way of the plain, and overran Cushi. And David sat between the two gates: and the watchman went up to the roof over the gate unto the wall, and lifted up his eyes, and looked, and behold a man running alone. And the watchman cried, and told the king. And the king said, If he be alone, there is tidings in his mouth. And he came apace, and drew near. And the watchman saw another man running: and the watchman called unto the porter, and said, Behold another man running alone. And the king said, He also bringeth tidings. And the watchman said, Me thinketh the running of the foremost is like the running of Ahimaaz the son of Zadok. And the king said, He is a good man, and cometh with good tidings. And Ahimaaz called, and said unto the king, All is well. And he fell down to the earth upon fe face before the king, and said, Blessed be the Lord thy God, which hath delivereth up the men that lifted up their hand against my lord the king. And the king said, Is the young man Absalom safe? And Ahimaaz answered, When Joab sent the king's servant, and me thy servant, I saw a great tumult, but I knew not what it was. And the king said unto him, Turn aside, and stand here. And he turned aside, and stood still. And, behold, Cushi came; and Cushi said, Tidings, my lord the king: for the Lord hath avenged thee this day of all them that rose up against thee. And the king said unto Cushi, Is the young man Absalom safe? And Cushi answered, The enemies of my lord the king, and all that rise against thee to do thee hurt, be as that young man is. And the king was much moved, and went up to the chamber over the gate, and wept: and as he went, thus he said, O my son Absalom, my son, my son Absalom! would God I had died for thee, O Absalom, my son, my son!; And it was told Joab, Behold the king weepeth and mourneth for Absalom. And the victory that day was turned into mourning unto all the people: for the people heard say that day how the king was grieved for his son. And the people gat them by stealth that day into the city, as people being ashamed steal away when they flee in battle. But the king covered his face, and the king cried with a loud voice, O my son Absalom, O Absalom, my son, my son!—2 Samuel xvnt, 19–33, xix, 1–4. S S S "il Mf ay/b2/" ie SERS a ser 2 Sees ar v - /ch//SOLOMON And David took him more concubines and wives out of Jerusalem, after he was come from Hebron: and there were yet sons and daughters born to David. And these be the names of those that were born unto him in Jerusalem; Shammuah, and Shobab, and Nathan, and Solomon, Ibhar also, and Elishua, and Nepheg, and Japhia, and Elishama, and Eliada, and Eliphalet.—''2 Samuel v. 13–16.'' And David comforted Bath-sheba his wife, and went in unto her, and lay with her: and she bare a son, and he called his name Solomon: and the Lord loved him.—''2 Samuel Lathe ys'' So David slept with his fathers, and was buried in the city of David. And the days that David reigned over Israel were forty years: seven years reigned he in Hebron, and thirty and three years reigned he in Jerusalem. Then sat Solomon upon the throne of David his father, and his kingdom was established greatly.—''zr Kings 72, ro-r2.'' And God gave Solomon wisdom and understanding exceeding much, and largeness of heart, even as the sand that is on the sea shore. And Solomon's wisdom excelled the wisdom of all the children of the east country, and all the wisdom of Egypt. For he was wiser than all men: than Ethan the Ezrahite, and Heman, and Chalcol, and Darda, the sons of Mahol: and his fame was in all nations round about. And he spake three thousand proverbs: and his songs were a thousand and five. And he spake of trees, from the cedar tree that is in Lebanon even unto the hyssop that springeth out of the wall: he spake also of beasts, and of fowl, and of creeping things, and of fishes. And there came of all people to hear the wisdom of Solomon, from all kings of the earth, which had heard of his wisdom,—''2 Kings tv, 29–34.'' Aa ie Al il MIhil p i il We is iB Nt Ve su nl a (leat tl Ml My (or ihe th Hi ! au SMITA Whi) aa gine i p i: i777 HCA, hi yt ff A. tren ATan ed oie - /ch//THE JUDGMENT OF SOLOMON Then came there two women, that were harlots, unto the king, and stood before him. And the one woman said, O my lord, I and this woman dwell in one house; and I was delivered of a child with her in the house. And it came to pass the third day after that I was delivered, that this woman was delivered also: and we were together; there was no stranger with us in the house, save we two in the house. And this woman's child died in the night; because she overlaid it. And she arose at midnight, and took my son from beside me, while thine handmaid slept, and laid it in her bosom, and laid her dead child in my bosom. And when I rose in the morning to give my child suck, behold, it was dead: but when I had considered it in the morning, behold, it was not my son, which I did bear. And the other woman said, Nay; but the living is my son, and the dead is thy son. And this said, No; but the dead is thy son, and the living is my son. Thus they spake before the king. Then said the king. The one saith, This is my son that liveth, and thy son is the dead: and the other saith, Nay; but thy son is the dead, and my son is the living. And the king said, Bring me a sword. And they brought a sword before the king. And the king said, Divide the living child in two, and give half to the one, and half to the other. Then spake the woman whose the living child was unto the king, for her bowels yearned upon her son, and she said, O my lord, give her the living child, and in no wise slay it.; But the other said, Let it be neither mine nor thine, but divide it. Then the king answered and said, Give her the living child, and in no wise slay it: she is the mother thereof. And all Israel heard of the judgment which the king had judged; and they feared the king: for they saw that the wisdom of God was in him, to do judgment.—7 Kengs 772, 16–28, i 4 aH bin mn UU ju un Niel: all cM) ie 'i a - i ay ni A. it!lWi el Ci AAAa cin a[ HL) Ney H Hy nein in A. ae Di ( mal aa has al it il)We ''is'' yl: ee'll ik Ml) Alhi UVM INCINSLIN i itl i lle ar) THE CEDARS DESTINED FOR THE TEMPLE: And Hiram king of Tyre sent his servants unto Solomon; for he had heard that they had anointed him king in the room of his father: for Hiram was ever a lover of David. And Solomon sent to Hiram, saying, Thou knowest how that David my father could not build a house unto the name of the Lord his God for the wars which were about him on every side, until the Lord put them under the soles of his feet. But now the Lord my God hath given me rest on every side, so that there is neither adversary nor evil occurrent. And, behold, I purpose to build a house unto the name of the Lord my God, as the Lord spake unto David my father, saying, Thy son, whom I will set upon thy throne in thy room, he shall build a house unto my name. Now therefore command thou that they hew me cedar trees out of Lebanon; and my servants shall be with thy servants: and unto thee will I give hire for thy servants according to all that thou shalt appoint: for thou knowest that there is not among us any that can skill to hew timber like unto the Sidonians. And it came to pass, when Hiram heard the words of Solomon, that he rejoiced greatly, and said, Blessed be the Lord this day, which hath given unto David a wise son over this great people. And Hiram sent to Solomon, saying, I have considered the things which thou sentest to me for: and I will do all thy desire concerning timber of cedar, and concerning timber of fir. My servants shall bring them down from Lebanon unto the sea; and I will convey them by sea in floats unto the place that thou shalt appoint me, and will cause them to be discharged there, and thou shalt receive them: and thou shalt accomplish my desire, in giving food for my household. So Hiram gave Solomon cedar trees and fir trees according to all his desire. And Solomon gave Hiram twenty thousand measures of wheat for food to his household, and twenty measures of pure oil: thus gave Solomon to Hiram year by year. And the Lord gave Solomon wisdom, as he promised him: and there was peace between Hiram and Solomon; and they two made a league together. And king Solomon raised a levy out of all Israel; and the levy was thirty thousand men. And he sent them to Lebanon, ten thousand a month by courses: a month they were in Lebanon, and two months at home: and Adoniram was over the levy. And Solomon had threescore and ten thousand that bare burdens,.and fourscore thousand hewers in the mountains; beside the chief of Solomon's officers which were over the work, three thousand and three hundred, which ruled over the people that wrought in the work. And the king commanded, and they brought great stones, costly stones, and hewed stones, to lay the foundation of the house. And Solomon's builders, and Hiram's builders did hew them, and the stone-squarers: so they prepared timber and stones to build the house.—''z Azngs v.'' THE.—''PROPH Boles Ne B Ye aoe.'' Now there dwelt an old prophet in Bethel; and his sons came and told him all the works that the man of God had done that day in Bethel: the words which he had spoken unto the king, them they told also to their father. And their father said unto them, What way went he? For his sons had seen what way the man of God went, which came from Judah. And he said unto his sons, Saddle me the ass. So they saddled him the ass: and he rode thereon, and went after the man of God, and found him sitting under an oak: and he said unto him, Art thou the man of God that camest from Judah? And he said, I am. Then he said unto him, Come home with me, and eat bread. And he said,may not return with thee, nor go in with thee: neither will I eat bread nor drink water with thee in this place: for it was said to me by the word of the Lord, Thou shalt eat no bread nor drink water there, nor turn again to go by the way that thou camest. He said unto him, I am a prophet also as thou art; and an angel spake unto me by the word of the Lord, saying, Bring him back with thee into thine house, that he may eat bread and drink water. But he lied unto him. So he went back with him, and did eat bread in his house, and drank water. And it came to pass, as they sat at the table, that the word of the Lord came unto the prophet that brought him back: and he cried unto the man of God that came from Judah, saying, Thus saith the Lord, Forasmuch as thou hast disobeyed the mouth of the Lord, and hast not kept the commandment which the Lord thy God commanded thee, but camest back, and hast eaten bread and drunk water in the place, of the which the Lord did say to thee, Eat no bread, and drink no water; thy carcass shall not come unto the sepulchre of thy fathers. And it came to pass, after he had eaten bread, and after he had drunk, that he saddled for him the ass, to wit, for the prophet whom he had brought back. And when he was gone, a lion met him by the way, and slew him: and his carcass was cast in the way, and the ass stood by it, the lion also stood by the carcass. And, behold, men passed by, and saw the carcass cast in the way, and the lion standing by the carcass: and they came and told it in the city where the old prophet dwelt. And when the prophet that brought him back from the way heard thereof, he said, It is the man of God, who was disobedient unto the word of the Lord: therefore the Lord hath delivered him unto the lion, which hath torn him, and slain him, according to the word of the Lord, which he spake unto him. And he spake to his sons, saying, Saddle me the ass. And they saddled him. And he went and found his carcass cast in the way, and the ass and the lion standing by the carcass: the lion had not eaten the carcass, nor torn the ass.—''z Kengs xzzz, 11–28, ban D'' ae oe) ELIJAH DESTROYING Tite MESSENGERo=OPrsAnAZIAL: And Ahaziah fell down through a lattice in his upper chamber that was in Samaria, and was sick: and he sent messengers, and said unto them, Go, enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron whether I shall recover of this disease. But the angel of the Lord said to Elijah the Tishbite, Arise, go up to meet the messengers of the king of Samaria, and say unto them. Is it not because there is not a God in Israel, that ye go to enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron? Now therefore thus saith the Lord, Thou shalt not come down from that bed on which thou art gone up, but shalt surely die. And Elijah departed. And when the messengers turned back unto him, he said unto them, Why are ye now turned back? And they said unto him, There came a man up to meet us, and said unto us, Go, turn again unto the king that sent you, and say unto him, Thus saith the Lord. Is it not because there is not a God in Israel, that thou sendest to enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron? therefore thou shalt not come down from that bed on which thou art gone up, but shalt surely die. And he said unto them, What manner of man was he which came up to meet you, and told you these words? And they answered him. He was an hairy man, and girt with a girdle of leather about his loins. And he said, It is Elijah the Tishbite. Then the king sent unto him a captain of fifty with his fifty. And he went up to him: and, behold, he sat on the top of an hill. And he spake unto him, Thou man of God, the king hath said, Come down. And Elijah answered and said to the captain of fifty. If I be a man of God, then let fire come down from heaven, and consume thee and thy fifty. And there came down fire from heaven and consumed him and his fifty. Again also he sent unto him another captain of fifty with his fifty. And he answered and said unto him, O man of God, thus hath the king said, Come down quickly. And Elijah answered and said unto them, If I be a man of God, let fire come down from heaven, and consume thee and thy fifty. And the fire of God came down from heaven and consumed him and his fifty. And he sent again a captain of the third fifty with his fifty. And the third captain of fifty went up, and came and fell on his knees before Elijah, and besought him, and said unto him, O man of God, I pray thee, let my life, and the life of these fifty thy servants, be precious in thy sight. Behold, there came fire down from heaven, and burnt up the two captains of the former fifties with their fifties: therefore let my life now be precious in thy sight. And the angel of the lord said unto Elijah, Go down with him: be not afraid of him. And he arose, and went down with him unto the king. And he said unto him, Thus saith the Lord, Forasmuch as thou hast sent messengers to enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron, is it not because there is no God in Israel to enquire of his word? therefore thou shalt not come down off that bed on which thou art gone up, but shalt surely die. So he died according to the word of the Lord which Elijah had spoken.—2 Kzngs 2, 2–17, wail Ni iy 3 'Uda il es = r Foes "'T BELIJAH"S ASCENT MING ASG ATO) Teo reer it. "And it came to pass, when the Lord would take up Elijah into heaven by a whirlwind, that Elijah went with Elisha from Gilgal. And Elijah said unto Elisha, Tarry here, I pray thee; for the Lord hath sent me to Beth-el. And Elisha said unto him, As the Lord liveth, and as thy soul liveth, I will not leave thee. So they went down to Beth-el. And the sons of the prophets that were at Beth-el came forth to Elisha, and said unto him, Knowest thou that the Lord will take away thy master from thy head to-day? And he said, Yea, I know it; hold ye your peace. And Elijah said unto him, Elisha, tarry here, I pray thee; for the Lord hath sent me to Jericho. And he said, As the Lord liveth, and as thy soul liveth, I will not leave thee. So they came to Jericho. And the sons of the prophets that were at Jericho came to Elisha, and said unto him, Knowest thou that the Lord will take away thy master from thy head to-day? And he answered, Yea, I know it; hold ye your peace. And Elijah said unto him, Tarry, I pray thee, here; for the Lord hath sent me to Jordan. And he said, As the Lord liveth, and as thy soul liveth, I will not leave thee. And they two went on. 5 And fifty men of the sons of the prophets went, and stood to view afar off: and they two stood by Jordan. And Elijah took his mantle, and wrapped it together, and smote the waters, and they were divided hither and thither, so that they two went over on dry ground. And it came to pass, when they were gone over, that Elijah said unto Elisha, Ask what I shall do for thee, before I be taken away from thee. And Elisha said, I pray thee, let a double portion of thy spirit be upon me. And he said, Thou hast asked a hard thing: nevertheless, if thou see me when I am taken from thee, it shall be so unto thee; but if not, it shall not be so. And it came to pass, as they still went on, and talked, that, behold, there appeared a chariot of fire, and horses of fire, and parted them both asunder; and Elijah went up by a whirlwind into heaven.—''z KA7ngs 22, 1–11.'' -i - /ch//THE DEATH ORSEZEBEAS And when Jehu was come to Jezreel, Jezebel heard of it; and she painted her face, and tired her head, and looked out at a window. And as Jehu entered in at the gate, she said, Had Zimri peace, who slew his master? And he lifted up his face to the window, and said, who is on my side? who? And there looked out to him two or three eunuchs. And he said, Throw her down. So they threw her down: and some of her blood was sprinkled on the wall, and on the horses: and he trod her under foot. And when he was come in, he did eat and drink, and said, Go, see now this cursed woman, and bury her: for she is a king's daughter. And they went to bury her: but they found no more of her than the scull, and the feet, and the palms of her hands. Wherefore they came again, and told him. And he said, This is the word of the Lord, which he spake by his servant Elijah the Tishbite, saying, In the portion of Jezreel shall dogs eat the flesh of Jezebel: and the carcass of Jezebel shall be as dung upon the face of the field in the portion of Jezreel; so that they shall not say, This is Jezebel.—''2 Azngs zx, 370–37.'' : Te aie ye We of re oe ¥ - - /ch//ESTHER CONFOUNDING HAMAN So the king and Haman came to banquet with Esther the queen. And the king said again unto Esther on the second day at the banquet of wine. What is thy petition, queen Esther? and it shall be granted thee: and what is thy request? and it shall be performed, even to the half of the kingdom. Then Esther the queen answered and said, If I have found favor in thy sight, O king, and if it please the king, let my life be given me at my petition, and my people at my request: for we are sold, I and my people, to be destroyed, to be slain, and to perish. But if we had been sold for bondmen and bondwomen, I had held my tongue, although the enemy could not countervail the king's damage. Then the king Ahasuerus answered and said unto Esther the queen, who is he, and where is he, that durst presume in his heart to do so? And Esther said, The adversary and enemy is this wicked Haman. Then Haman was afraid before the king and the queen. And the king arising from the banquet of wine in his wrath went into the palace garden: and Haman stood up to make request for his life to Esther the queen; for he saw that there was evil determined against him by the king. Then the king returned out of the palace garden into the place of the banquet of wine; and Haman was fallen upon the bed whereon Esther was. Then said the king, Will he force the queen also before me in the house? As the word went out of the king's mouth, they covered Haman's face. And Harbonah, one of the chamberlains, said before the king, Behold also, the gallows fifty cubits high, which Haman had made for Mordecai, who had spoken good for the king, standeth in the house of Haman. Then the king said, Hang him thereon. So they hanged Haman on the gallows that he had prepared for Mordecai. Then was the king's wrath pacified.—''[[Esther (Bible)|Esther]] vaz. 7'' - /ch//ISAIAH Isaiah (in Hebrew, Veshayahu, "Salvation of God"), the earliest and most sublime of the four greater Hebrew prophets, was the son of Amoz (2 Kings xix, 2–20; Isaiah xxxvil, 2), and he uttered his oracles during the reigns of Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah, kings of Judah. The dates of his birth and death are unknown, but he lived from about 760 B. to about 7�o B. C. He was married and had three sons—the children referred to in Isaiah viti, 18; and he appears to have resided near Jerusalem. But by most competent critics it is now held that the last twenty-seven chapters (40–66) of the book bearing his name were the work, not of the prophet, but of a later writer who is commonly styled the second or Deutero-Isaiah. In this portion of the book, Cyrus, who was not born till after 600 B. C., is mentioned by name (Isaiah, xliv, 28: xlv, 1); and events which did not take place till a century after the prophet's death are referred to as happening contemporaneously with the writer's account of them. The style of these last twenty-seven chapters, also, is different, and the tone is more elevated and spiritual. Dore's ideal portrait is more suited to the second or pseudo-Isaiah, than to the real one. =: L)) ae cp) ta! a 7 of ae DESTRUCTION OF SENNACHERIB'S HOST. Therefore thus saith the Lord concerning the king of Assyria. He shall not come into this city, nor shoot an arrow there, nor come before it with shield, nor cast a bank against it. By the way that he came, by the same shall he return, and shall not come into this city, saith the Lord. For I will defend this city, to save it, for mine own sake, and for my servant David's sake. And it came to pass that night that the angel of the Lord went out, and smote in the camp of the Assyrians an hundred fourscore and five thousand: and when they arose early in the morning, behold, they were all dead corpses. So Sennacherib king of Assyria departed, and went and returned, and dwelt at Nineveh. And it came to pass, as he was worshipping in the house of Nisroch his god, that Adrammelech and Sharezer his sons smote him with the sword: and they escaped into the land of Armenia. And Esar-haddon his son reigned in his stead.—''2 K7zngs x7x, 32–37.'' - /ch//BARUCH And it came to pass in the fourth year of Jehoiakim the son of Josiah king of Judah, that this word came unto Jeremiah from the Lord, saying, Take thee a roll of a book, and write therein all the words that I have spoken unto thee against Israel, and against Judah, and against all the nations, from the day I spake unto thee, from the days of Josiah, even unto this day. It may be that the house of Judah will hear all the evil which I purpose to do unto them; that they may return every man from his evil way; that I may forgive their iniquity and their sin. Then Jeremiah called Baruch the son of Neriah: and Baruch wrote from the mouth of Jeremiah all the words of the Lord, which he had spoken unto him, upon a roll of a book.—''Jeremiah xxxv2, I-4.'' } The word that Jeremiah the prophet spake unto Baruch the son of Neriah, when he had written these words in a book at the mouth of Jeremiah, in the fourth year of Jehoiakim the son of Josiah king of Judah, saying, Thus saith the Lord, the God of Israel, unto thee, O Baruch; thou didst say, Woe is me now! for the Lord hath added grief to my sorrow;fainted in my sighing, and I find no rest. Thus shalt thou say unto him. The Lord saith thus; Behold, that which I have built will I break down, and that which I have planted I will pluck up, even this whole land. And seekest thou great things for thyself? seek them not: for, behold, I will bring evil upon all flesh, saith the Lord: but thy life will I give unto thee for a prey in all places whither thou goest.—''Jeremiah xlv, 1–5.'' : yia a, Tad oa sels ar yh eh r EZEKIEL: PROPHESYING; Ezekiel, the third of the great Hebrew prophets, was the son of the priest Buzi (Ezekiel i, 3). He was probably born about 620 or 630 years before Christ, and was consequently a contemporary of Jeremiah and Daniel, to the latter of whom he alludes in chapters xiv, 14–20 and xxvni, 3. When Jerusalem was taken by Nebuchadnezzar in 597 B. C. (2 Kings xxiv, 8–16; Jeremiah xxix, 1–2; Ezekiel xvii, 12; xix, 9), Ezekiel was carried captive along with Jehoiachin, or Jeconiah, king of Judah, and thousands of other Jewish prisoners, to Babylonia, or as he himself calls it, "the land of the Chaldeans." (Ezekiel i, 3). Here, along with his exiled fellow-countrymen, he lived on the banks of the river Chebar (Ezekiel i, 1–3), in a house of his own (vni, 1). Here also he married, and here, too, his wife, "the desire of his eyes," was taken from him with a stroke "(Ezekiel xxiv, 15–18). His-prophetic career extended over twenty-two years, from about 502 B. to about 570 B. C. The book bearing his name is written in a mystical and symbolical style, and abounds with visions and difficult allegories which indicate on the part of the author the possession of a vivid and sublime imagination. Ezekiel's authorship of it has been questioned. The Talmud attributes it to the Great Synagogue, of which Ezekiel was not a member. It is divisible into two portions. The first (chapters i-xxiv) was written before, and the second (chapters xxv-xlvni) after, the destruction of Jerusalem by Nebuchadnezzar in 586 B. C, the eleventh year of the prophet's captivity (Ezekiel xxvi, 1–2; xl, 1). The present text is very imperfect, being corrupted by the interpolation of glosses and other additions by later hands. Dore's picture represents the prophet uttering his oracles to his fellow-exiles ("them of the captivity"), or to the "elders of Judah," or "elders of Israel," on one of the occasions to which he himself alludes (vni, 1; xi, 25; xiv, 1; Xx, p. - - /ch//THE VISION OF EZEKIEL The hand of the Lord was upon me, and carried me out in the Spirit of the Lord, and set me down in the midst of the valley which was full of bones, and caused me to pass by them round about: and, behold, there were very many in the open valley; and, lo, they were very dry. And he said unto me, Son of man, can these bones live? And I answered, O Lord God, thou knowest. Again he said unto me, Prophesy upon these bones, and say unto them, O ye dry bones, hear the word of the Lord. Thus saith the Lord God unto these bones; Behold, I will cause breath to enter into you, and ye shall live: And I will lay sinews upon you, and will bring up flesh upon you, and cover you with skin, and put breath in you, and ye shall live; and ye shall know that I am the Lord. So I prophesied as I was commanded: and as I prophesied, there was a noise, and behold a shaking, and the bones came together, bone to his bone. And when I beheld, lo, g the sinews and the flesh came up upon them, and the skin covered them above: but there was no breath in them. Then said he unto me, Prophesy unto the wind, prophesy, son of man, and say to the wind, Thus saith the Lord God; Come from the four winds, O breath, and breathe upon these slain, that they may live. So I prophesied as he commanded me, and the breath came into them, and they lived, and stood up upon their feet, an exceeding great army. Then he said unto me, Son of man, these bones are the whole house of Israel: behold, they say, Our bones are dried, and our hope is lost: we are cut off for our parts. Therefore prophesy and say unto,them, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold,O my people, I will open your graves, and cause you to come up out of your graves, and bring you into the land of Israel. And ye shall know that I am the Lord, when I have opened your graves, O my people, and brought you up out of your graves, and shall put my Spirit in you, and ye shall live, and I shall place you in your own land: then shall ye know that I the Lord have spoken it, and performed it, saith the Lord.—''Zzekzel xxxvi2, 1–14, pay bal;'' ys Yr r 7 eee ka cat en RA iM pe f/b2/}'s ee an Rk pe! c gn? 7 aC 5 . ~4 e. = . j aA Z 7 ce 4) x e aa ae 5 ie 7 7 "9 as ee eee oO a he I; e iS) 7 nYs Vine so ype m: a4 ar 4 (Ab a paalt *.) Ps <" te .;: en: 3 Ces PIC ae eT eg ite Loe ee ee a - /ch//DAN HEL Respecting the parentage or family of Daniel, the fourth of the great Hebrew prophets, nothing is known, though he appears to have been of noble if not of royal descent (Daniel i, 3). When, in the third year of the reign of King Jehoiakim (607, 606, 605, or 604 B. C.), Jerusalem was first taken by Nebuchadnezzar, Daniel, then a youth, was among the captives carried to Babylon. By the king's orders, he, with others of the Jewish youth, was educated for three years (Daniel i, 3–7). At this time Daniel acquired the power of interpreting dreams (i, 17), which he used with such advantage in expounding a dream of Nebuchadnezzar, that he was made ruler over the whole province of Babylon (Daniel ii, 46–48). Daniel's interpretation of Belshazzar's famous vision having been fulfilled by the capture of Babylon by Darius, that conqueror promoted Daniel to the highest office in the kingdom (Daniel vi, 1–3). The prophet also prospered greatly during the reign of Cyrus (Daniel vi, 28). The book of Daniel is written partly in Chaldaic or Syriac (the vernacular Aramaic language spoken by the people of Palestine), and partly in sacred Hebrew. It is manifestly divisible into two portions. The first (chapters i-vi) narrating the details of the prophet's life, and the second (chapters vii—xii) setting forth his apocalyptic visions. Much doubt has been cast upon the authenticity of the work. The evident reference in the eleventh chapter to the conquest of Persia by Alexander the Great, which took place about 330 B. C., or more than two hundred years after Daniel flourished, has led many modern critics to believe that the work was composed in the time of the Maccabees. Dore's picture appears to be intended to represent the prophet meditating over one of the many visions which came to him. SSS See Ez THE, FIERY. URNACE. Wherefore at that time certain Chaldeans came near, and accused the Jews. They spake and said to the king Nebuchadnezzar, O king, live forever. There are certain Jews whom thou hast set over the affairs of the province of Babylon, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego; these men, O king, have not regarded thee: they serve not thy gods, nor worship the golden image which thou hast set up. Then Nebuchadnezzar in his rage and fury commanded to bring Shadrach, Sees and Abed-nego. Then they brought these men before the king. Nebuchadnezzar spake and said unto them, Is it true, O Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego? do not—ye serve my gods, nor worship the golden image which I have set up? Now if ye be ready that at what time ye hear the sound of the cornet, flute, harp, sackbut, psaltery, and dulcimer, and all kinds of music, ye fall down and worship the image which I have made; well: but if ye worship not, ye shall be cast the same hour into the midst of a burning fiery furnace; and who is that God that shall deliver you out of my hands? Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, answered and said to the king, O Nebuchadnezzar, we are not careful to answer thee in this matter. If it be so, our God whom we serve is able to deliver us from the burning fiery furnace, and he will deliver us out of thine hand, O king. But if not, be it known unto thee, O king, that we will not serve thy gods, nor worship the golden image which thou hast set up. Then was Nebuchadnezzar full of fury, and the form of his visage was changed against Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego: therefore he spake, and commanded that they should heat"the furnace one seven times more tha it was wont to be heated. And he commanded the most mighty men that were in his army to bind Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, and to cast them into the burning fiery furnace. Then these men were bound in their coats, their hosen, and their hats, and their other garments, and were cast into the midst of the burning fiery furnace. Therefore because the king's commandment was urgent, and the furnace exceeding hot, the flame of the fire slew those men that took up Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego. And these three men, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego fell down bound into the midst of the burning fiery furnace. Then Nebuchadnezzar the king was astonished, and rose up in haste, and spake, and said unto his counselors, Did not we cast three men bound into the midst of the fire? They answered, and said unto the king, True, O king. He answered and said, Lo, I see four men loose, walking in the midst of the fire, and they have no hurt; and the form of the fourth is like the Son of God. Tien Nebuchadnezzar came near to the mouth of the burning fiery furnace, and spake, and said, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, ye servants of the most high God, come forth and come hither. Then Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, came forth of the midst of the fire. And the princes, governors, and captains, and the king's counselors, being gathered together, saw these men, upon whose bodies the fire had no power, nor was a hair of their head singed, neither were their coats changed, nor the smell of fire had passed on them,—''Daniel nt, 5, 9, 12–27.'' DIU! TINY APU va OWEVN TN Tope A. VOPOUCAES TEE EDEL UE Cundunin TSS Samierreougs rae oe ft ore Sgt tanh a 7 Loe BELSHAZZAR'S FEAST. Belshazzar the king made a great feast to a thousand of his lords, and drank wine before the thousand. Belshazzar, whiles he tasted the wine, commanded to bring the golden and silver vessels which his father Nebuchadnezzar had taken out of the temple which was in Jerusalem; that the king, and his princes, his wives, and his concubines, might drink therein. Then they brought the golden vessels that were taken out of the temple of the house of God which was at Jerusalem; and the king, and his princes, his wives, and his concubines, drank in them. They drank wine and praised the gods of gold, and of silver, of brass, of iron, of wood, and of stone. "In the same hour came forth fingers of a man's hand, and wrote over against the candlestick upon the plaister of the wall of the king's palace: and the king saw the part of the hand that wrote. Then the king's countenance was changed, and his thoughts troubled him, so that the joints of his loins were loosed, and his knees smote one against another." [On the failure of his astrologers and soothsayers to interpret the writing, the king, at the suggestion of his queen, sends for Daniel, who interprets it as follows O thou king, the most high God gave Nebuchadnezzar thy father a kingdom, and majesty, and glory, and honor: and for the majesty that he gave him, all peoples, nations, and languages, trembled and feared before him: whom he would he slew; and whom he would he kept alive; and whom he would he set up; and whom he would he put down. But when his heart was lifted up, and his mind hardened in pride, he was deposed from his kingly throne, and they took his glory from him: and he was driven from the sons of men; and his heart was made like the beasts, and his dwelling was with the wild asses: they fed him with grass like oxen, and his body was wet with the dew of heaven; till he knew that the most high God ruled in the kingdom of men, and that he appointeth over it whomsoever he will. And thou his son, O Belshazzar, hast not humbled thine heart, though thou knewest all this; but hast lifted up thyself against the Lord of heaven; and they have brought the vessels of his house before thee, and thou, and thy lords, thy wives, and thy concubines, have drunk wine in them; and thou hast praised the gods of silver, and gold, of brass, iron, wood, and stone, which see not, nor hear, nor know: and the God in whose hand thy breath is, and whose are all thy ways, hast thou not glorified: Then was the part of the hand sent from him; and this writing was written. And this is the writing that was written, MENE, MENE, TEKEL, UPHARSIN. This is the interpretation of the thing: MENE; God hath numbered thy kingdom and finished it. TEKEL; Thou art weighed in the balances, and art found wanting. PERES; Thy kingdom is divided, and given to the Medes and Persians. In that night was Belshazzar the king of the Chaldeans slain. And Darius the Median took the kingdom.—''Daniel v, s, as si'' , he Fu, ap fe aithgee Zw ee Ph nde ee <atsoMe 2 a ''is'' ag a a we ve DANIEL IN THE LIONS' DEN. Now when Daniel knew that the writing was signed, he went into his house; and his windows being open in his chamber toward Jerusalem, he kneeled upon his knees three times a day, and prayed, and gave thanks before his God, as he did aforetime.—Then these men assembled, and found Daniel praying and making supplication before his God. Then they came near, and spake before the king concerning the king's decree; Hast thou not signed a decree, that every man that shall ask a petition of any God or man within thirty days, save of thee, O king, shall be cast into the den of lions. The king answered and said, The thing is true, according to the law of the Medes and Persians, which altereth not. Then answered they and said before the king. That Daniel, which is of the children of the captivity of Judah, regardeth not thee, O king, nor the decree that thou hast signed, but maketh his petition three times a day. Then the king, when he heard these words, was sore displeased with himself, and set his heart on Daniel to deliver him: and he laboured till the going down of the sun to deliver him. Then these men assembled unto the king, and said unto the king, Know, O king, that the law of the Medes and Persians is. That no decree nor statute which the king establisheth may be changed. Then the king commanded, and they brought Daniel and cast him into the den of lions. Now the king spake and said unto Daniel, Thy God whom thou servest continually, he will deliver thee. And a stone was brought, and laid upon the mouth of the den; and the king sealed it with his own signet, and with the signet of his lords; that the purpose might not be changed concerning Daniel. Then the king went to his palace, and passed the night fasting: neither were instruments of musick brought before him: and his sleep went from him. Then the king arose very early in the morning, and went in haste unto the den of lions. And when he came to the den, he cried with a lamentable voice unto Daniel: and the king spake and said to Daniel, O Daniel, servant of the living God, is thy God, whom thou servest continually, able to deliver thee from the lions? Then said Daniel unto the King, O king, live forever. My God hath sent his angel, and hath shut the lions' mouths, that they have not hurt me: forasmuch as before him innocency was found in me; and also before thee, O king, have I done no hurt. Then was the king exceeding glad for him, and commanded that they should take Daniel up out of the den. So Daniel was taken up out of the den, and no manner of hurt was found upon him, because he believed in his God. And the king commanded, and they brought those men which had accused Daniel, and they cast them into the den of lions, them, their children, and their wives; and the lions had the mastery of them, and brake all their bones in pieces or ever they came at the bottom of the den.—Danzel vz, 10–24, oy x: oc. OM; 7 kit ie ea ie—eo a, 7 ais ed 7 Je er ba Avins) "I ." 4 et he ks ee OR a gt ee He; aS ''is'' fas et nl ena i THE—''PROPEE EAM OS'' Amos, one of the earliest of the Hebrew prophets, flourished during the reign of Uzziah, about 790 B. C., and was consequently a contemporary of Hosea and Joel. In his youth he lived at Tekoa, about six miles south of Bethlehem, in Judzea, and was a herdsman and a gatherer of sycamore fruit (Amos i, 1; vii, 14). This occupation he gave up for that of prophet (vii, 15), and he came forward to denounce the idolatry then prevalent in Judah, Israel, and the surrounding kingdoms. The first six chapters of his book contain his denunciations of idolatry; the other three, his symbolical vision of the overthrow of the people of Israel, and a promise of their restoration. The style is remarkable for clearness and strength, and for its picturesque use of images drawn from the rural and pastoral life which the prophet had led in his youth. Z Vika x Z. Msp'll bt bo - YY J - /ch//JONAH CALLING NINEVEH TO REPENTANCE And the word of the Lord came unto Jonah the second time, saying, Arise, go unto Nineveh, that great city, and preach unto it the preaching that I bid thee. So Jonah arose, and went unto Nineveh, according to the word of the Lord. Now Nineveh was an exceeding great city of three days' journey. And Jonah began to enter into the city a day's journey, and he cried, and said, Yet forty days, and Nineveh shall be overthrown. So the people of Nineveh believed God, and proclaimed a fast, and put on sackcloth, from the greatest of them even to the least of them. For word came unto the king of Nineveh, and he arose from his throne, and he laid his robe from him, and covered him with sackcloth, and sat in ashes. And he caused it to be proclaimed and published through Nineveh by the decree of the king and his nobles, saying, Let neither man nor beast, herd nor flock taste anything: let them not feed, nor drink water: but let man and beast be covered with sackcloth, and cry mightily unto God: yea, let them turn every one from his evil way, and from the violence that is in their hands. Who can tell if God will turn and repent, and turn away from his fierce anger, that we perish not? And God saw their works, that they turned from their evil way; and God repented of the evil, that he had said that he would do unto them; and he did it not.—''/onah zzz, a'' / x i! tn - p jl II a Set ce A ui fu an = meeier BA.: rf i iv a4. = a ayer - /ch//DANIEL CONFOUNDING THE PRIESTS OF BEL Now the Babylonians had an idol called Bel: and there were spent upon him every day twelve great measures of fine flour, and forty sheep, and sixty vessels of wine. The king also worshipped him, and went every day to adore him: but Daniel adored his God. And the king said unto him: Why dost thou not adore Bel? And he answered, and said to him: Because I do not worship idols made with hands, but the living God, that created heaven and earth, and hath power over all flesh. And the king said to him: Doth not Bel seem to thee to be a living God? Seest thou not how much he eateth and drinketh every day? Then Daniel smiled and said: O king, be not deceived: for this is but clay within, and brass without, neither hath he eaten at any time. And the king being angry called for his priests, and said to them: If you tell me not, who it is that eateth up these expenses, you shall die. But if you can show that Bel eateth these things, Daniel shall die, because he hath blasphemed against Bel. And Daniel said to the king: Be it done according to thy word. Now the priests of Bel were seventy besides their wives and little ones and children. And they went with Daniel into the temple of Bel. And the priests of Bel said: Behold, we go out: and do thou, O king, set on the meats, and make ready, the wine, and shut the door fast, and seal it with thy own ring: and when thou comest in the morning, if thou findest not that Bel hath eaten all up, we will suffer death, or else Daniel that hath lied against us. And they little regarded it, because they had made under the table a secret entrance, and they always came in by it, and consumed those things. So it came to pass after they were gone out, the king set the meats before Bel: and Daniel commanded his servants, and they brought ashes, and he sifted them all over the temple before the king: and going forth they shut the door, and having sealed it with the king's ring, they departed. But the priests went in by night, according to their custom, with their wives and their children: and they eat and drank all up. And the king rose early in the morning, and Daniel with him. And the king said: Are the seals whole, Daniel? and he answered: They are whole, O king. And as soon as he had opened the door, the king looked upon the table, and cried out with a loud voice: Great art thou, O Bel, and there is not any deceit with thee. And Daniel laughed: and he held the king that he should not go in: and he said: Behold the pavement, mark whose footsteps these are. And the king said: I see the footsteps of men, and women, and children. And the king was angry. Then he took the priests, and their wives, and their children: and they showed him the private doors by which they came in, and consumed the things that were on the table. The king therefore put them to death, and delivered Bel into the power of Daniel: who destroyed him, and his temple.—Danzel xzv, 1–27 (Douay Version), iiT Il Hn = f Whi il He IO =A A sl iil HELIODORUS, PUNISHEDF INS DA ear. But Heliodorus executed that which he had resolved on, himself being present in the same place with his guard about the treasury. . . . But the spirit of the Almighty God gave a great evidence of his presence, so that all that had presumed to obey him, falling down by the power of God, were struck with fainting and dread. For there appeared to them a horse with a terrible rider upon him, adorned with a very rich covering: and he ran fiercely and struck Heliodorus with his fore-feet, and he that sat upon him seemed to have armor of gold. Moreover, there appeared two other young men, beautiful and strong, bright and glorious, and in comely apparel: who stood by him, on either side, and scourged him without ceasing with many stripes. And Heliodorus suddenly fell to the ground, and they took him up covered with great darkness, and having put him into a litter they carried him out. So he that came with many servants, and all his guard into the aforesaid treasury, was carried out, no one being able to help him, the manifest power of God being known. And he indeed by the power of God lay speechless, and without all hope of recovery.—''2 Maccabees tz, 23–29, i TE'' hy i Cid Bean Py Tey And it came to pass in those days, that there went out a decree from Czesar Augustus, that all the world should be taxed. (And this taxing was first made when Cyrenius was governor of Syria.) And all went to be taxed, every one into his own city. And Joseph also went up from Galilee, out of the city of Nazareth, into Judea, unto the city of David, which is called Bethlehem; (because he was of the house and lineage of David:) to be taxed with Mary, his espoused wife, being great with child. And so it was, that, while they were there, the days were accomplished that she should be delivered. And she brought forth her firstborn son, and wrapped him in swaddling clothes, and laid him in a manger; because there was no room for them in the inn. And there were in the same country shepherds abiding in the field, keeping watch over their flock by night. And, lo, the angel of the Lord came upon them, and the glory of the Lord shone round about them: and they were sore afraid. And the angel said unto them, Fear not: for, behold, I bring you good tidings of great joy, which shall be to all people. For unto you is born this day in the city of David a Saviour, which is Christ the Lord. And this shall be a sign unto you; Ye shall find the babe wrapped in swaddling clothes, lying in a manger. And suddenly there was with the angel a multitude of the heavenly host praising God, and saying, Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good will toward men. And it came to pass, as the angels were gone away from them into heaven, the shepherds said one to another, Let us now go even unto Bethlehem, and see this thing which is come to pass, which the Lord hath made known unto us. And they came with haste, and found Mary, and Joseph, and the babe lying in a manger. And when they had seen it, they made known abroad the saying which was told them concerning this child. And all they that heard it, wondered at those things which were told them by the shepherds. But Mary kept all these things, and pondered them in her heart. And the shepherds returned, glorifying and praising God for all the things that they had heard and seen, as it was told unto them. And when eight days were accomplished for the circumcising of the child, his name was called Jesus, which was so named of the angel before he was conceived in the womb.—''Lzke 22, 7–21.'' THESSTARG ING THE= EAST. Now when Jesus was born in Bethlehem of Judea in the days of Herod the king, behold, there came wise men from the east to Jerusalem, saying, Where is he that is born King of the Jews? for we have seen his star in the east, and are come to worship him. . . . When Herod the king had heard these things, he was troubled, and all Jerusalem with him. And when he had gathered all the chief priests and scribes of the people together, he demanded of them where Christ should be born. And they said unto him, In Bethlehem of Judzea: for thus it is written by the prophet. And thou Bethlehem, in the land of Juda, are not the least among the princes of Juda: for out of thee shall come a Governor, that shall rule my people Israel. Then Herod, when he had privily called the wise men, enquired of them diligently what time the star appeared. And he sent them to Bethlehem, and said, Go and search diligently for the young child; and when ye have found him, bring me word again, that I may come and worship him also. When they had heard the king, they departed; and, lo, the star, which they saw in the east, went before them, till it came and stood over where the young child was. When they saw the star, they rejoiced with exceeding great joy.—''Matthew 122, I-10, ipl will'' VV hte Sioa Pe Ae ay ¥/b2/wee Cam Ru THE SBLIGH TINT OSCEGYE Tl: And when they were departed, behold, the angel of the Lord appeareth to Joseph in a dream, saying, Arise, and take the young child and his mother, and flee into Egypt, and be thou there until I bring thee word: for Herod will seek the young child to destroy him. When he arose, he took the young child and his mother by night, and departed into Egypt: and was there until the death of Herod: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken of the Lord by the prophet, saying, Out of Egypt have I called my son.—''Matthew i, 13–15, ke ie'' ! "i". TH Re MASSACK BS Or CH EaINN OCENTS: Then Herod, when he saw that he was mocked of the wise men, was exceeding wroth, and sent forth, and slew all the children that were in Bethlehem, and in all the coasts thereof, from two years old and under, according to the time which he had diligently enquired of the wise men. Then was fulfilled that which was spoken by Jeremy the prophet, saying, In Rama was there a voice heard, lamentation, and weeping, and great mourning, Rachel weeping for her children, and would not be comforted, because they are not.—''Matthew 77, 16–18, I've we'' "va 4s a" << ay JESUS OUESTIONING THE DOG LORS) Now his parents went to Jerusalem every year at the feast of the passover. And when he was twelve years old, they went up to Jerusalem after the custom of the feast. And when they had fulfilled the days, as they returned, the child Jesus tarried behind in Jerusalem; and Joseph and his mother knew not of it. But they, supposing him to have been in the company, went a day's journey; and they sought him among their kinsfolk and acquaintance. And when they found him not, they turned back again to Jerusalem, seeking him. And it came to pass, that after three days they found him in the temple, sitting in the midst of the doctors, both hearing them, and asking them questions. And all that heard him were astonished at his understanding and answers. And when they saw him, they were amazed: and his mother said unto him, Son, why hast thou thus dealt with us? behold, thy father and I have sought thee sorrowing. And he said unto them, How is it that ye sought me? wist ye not that I must be about my father's business? And they understood not the saying which he spake unto them. And he went down with them, and came to Nazareth, and was subject unto them: but his mother kept all these sayings in her heart. And Jesus increased in wisdom and stature, and in favor with God and man.— Luke tt, 4I-52, oe Ne eired JESUS "HEALING eoiCk. And Jesus went about all Galilee, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing all manner of sickness and all manner of disease among the people. And his fame went throughout all Syria: and they brought unto him all sick people that were taken with divers diseases and torments, and those which were possessed with devils, and those which were lunatic, and those that had the palsy; and he healed them.—''Watthew 2v, 27–24, yy—'' TRU USSSA tips My dH li - /ch//SERMON ON THE MOUNT And there followed him great multitudes of people from Galilee, and from Decapolis, and from Jerusalem, and from Judea, and from beyond Jordan. And seeing the multitudes, he went up into a mountain: and when he was set, his disciples came unto him. And he opened his mouth and taught them. " And it came to pass, when Jesus had ended these sayings, the people were astonished at his doctrine: For he taught them as one having authority, and not as the scribes. When he was come down from the mountain, great multitudes followed him.—Matthew 2U, 25, UV, I-2, 28–29; vit, I, ey ~= iT wee a oe I ahing. Mare oa CHRIST ASTILLEINGSTHE TEMPERS tf And when he was entered into a ship, his disciples followed him. And, behold, there arose a great tempest in the sea, insomuch that the ship was covered with the waves: but he was asleep. And his disciples came to him, and awoke him, saying, Lord, save us: we perish. And he saith unto them. Why are ye fearful, O ye of little faith? Then he arose, and rebuked the winds and the sea; and there was a great calm. But the men marveled, saying. What manner of man is this, that even the winds and the sea obey him?—''WMatthew vitt, 23–27.'' "i, ij THE DUMB MAN POSSESSED: As they went out, behold, they brought to him a dumb man possessed with a devil. And when the devil was cast out, the dumb spake: and the multitudes marveled, saying. It was never so seen in Israel. But the Pharisees said, He casteth out devils through the prince of the devils.—''Matthew'' - Piel re ih '=o A : LA, o pa '=f A, a v oe) ''is'' a" by Rat 7 ae te CHRIS TAIN: TithssYNAGOGUE: And it came to pass, that when Jesus had finished these parables, he departed thence. And when he was come into his own country, he taught them in their synagogue, insomuch that they were astonished, and said, Whence hath this man this wisdom, and these mighty works? Is not this the carpenter's son? is not his mother called Mary? and his brethren, James, and Joses, and Simon, and Judas? And his sisters, are they not all with us? Whence then hath this man all these things? And they were offended in him. But Jesus said unto them, A prophet is not without honor, save in his own country, and in his own house. And he did not many mighty works there because of their unbelief JZatthew xizz, 53–58, saaniaeanmntea Zz Zz ee Pp i N WN THE DISCIPLES PLUCKING CORN ON. THE SABBATH. And it came to pass, that he went through the corn fields on the sabbath day; and his disciples began, as they went, to pluck the ears of corn. And the Pharisees said unto him, Behold, why do they on the sabbath day that which is not lawful? And he said unto them, Have ye never read what David did, when he had need, and was an hungered, he, and they that were with him? How he went into the house of God in the days of Abiathar the high priest, and did eat the shewbread, which is not lawful to eat but for the priests, and gave also to them which were with him? And he said unto them, The sabbath was made for man, and not man for the sabbath: Therefore the Son of man is Lord also of the sabbath/b2/Mark 77, 23–28, ey icc j N iH) UNL Ii ie ahs fi AS —''a) 7 ae? a, a m= Bw'' - /ch//JESUS WALKING ON THE WATER And when he had sent them away, he departed into a mountain to pray. And when even was come, the ship was in the midst of the sea, and he alone on the land. And he saw them toiling in rowing; for the wind was contrary unto them: and about the fourth watch of the night he cometh unto them, walking upon the sea, and would have passed by them. But when they saw him walking upon the sea, they supposed it had been a spirit, and cried out: for they all saw him, and were troubled. And immediately he talked with them, and saith unto them, Be of good cheer: it is I; be not afraid. And he went up unto them into the ship; and the wind ceased: and they were sore amazed in themselves beyond measure, and wondered. For they considered not the miracle of the loaves; for their heart was hardened.—''MVark vt, 40–52.'' WP TT, Yi) (One TMA —": HH WA Ai MN) 5 HEED) HI, 1] CHRIST Se ENTRY INTOS IER USAIN. And when they drew nigh unto Jerusalem, and were come to Bethphage, unto the mount of Olives, then sent Jesus two disciples, saying unto them, Go into the village over against you, and straightway ye shall find an ass tied, and a colt with her: loose them, and bring them unto me. And if any man say ought unto you, ye shall say. The Lord hath need of them; and straightway he will send them. All this was done that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophet, saying, Tell ye the daughter of Sion, Behold, thy King cometh unto thee, meek, and sitting upon an ass, and a colt the foal of an ass. And the disciples went, and did as Jesus commanded them, and brought the ass, and the colt, and put on them their clothes, and they set him thereon. And a very great multitude spread their garments in the way; others cut down branches from the trees, and strewed them in the way. And the multitudes that went before, and that followed, cried, saying, Hosanna to the son of David: Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord; Hosanna in the highest. And when he was come into Jerusalem, all the city was moved, saying, who is this? And the multitude said, This is Jesus the prophet of Nazareth of Galilee.—''Matihew xx1, 1–11.'' JESUS—''AND THE TRIBUTESNONEY.'' And they send unto him certain of the Pharisees and of the Herodians, to catch him in his words. And when they were come, they say unto him, Master, we know that thou art true, and carest for no man: for thou regardest not the person of men, but teachest the way of God in truth: Is it lawful to' give tribute to Cesar, or not? Shall we give, or shall we not give? But he, knowing their hypocrisy, said unto them, Why tempt ye me? bring me a penny, that I may see it. And they brought it. And he saith unto them, whose is this image and superscription? And they said unto him, Cesar's. And Jesus answering said unto them, Render to Cesar the things that are Cesar's, and to God the things that are God's. And they marveled at him.—''Mark xz, 13–17.'' —''= =/b2//b2/'' - hs al wh il : HnSul A):: "m N N Y iN —''Cli a: NGA, a i'' THE WIDOW'S MITE. And Jesus sat over against the treasury, and beheld how the people cast money into the treasury: and manyethat were rich cast in much. And there came a certain poor widow, and she threw in two mites, which make a farthing. And he called unto him his disciples, and saith unto them, Verily I say unto you. That this poor widow hath cast more in, than all they which have cast into the treasury: for all they did cast in of their abundance; but she of her want did cast in all that she had, even all her living.—''Mark xit, 41–44.'' Ain ia ee); cs a ape tg. "AS, Ieee s i a ae - /ch//RAISING OB THE DAUGHTER OF JAIRUS And, behold, there cometh one of the rulers of the synagogue, Jairus by name; and when he saw him, he fell at his feet, and besought him greatly, saying, My little daughter lieth at the point of death: I pray thee, come and lay thy hands on her, that she may be healed; and she shall live. And Jesus went with him; and much people followed him, and thronged him. And a certain woman which had an issue of blood twelve years, and had suffered many things of many physicians, and had spent all that she had, and was nothing bettered, but rather grew worse, when she had heard of Jesus, came in the press behind, and touched his garment. For she said, If I may touch but his clothes, I shall be whole. And straightway the fountain of her blood was dried up; and she felt in her body that she was healed of that plague. And Jesus, immediately knowing in himself that virtue had gone out of him, turned him about in the press, and said, who touched my clothes? And his disciples said unto him, Thou seest the multitude thronging thee, and sayest thou, who touched me? And he looked round about to see her that had done this thing. But the woman fearing and trembling, knowing what was done in her, came and fell down before him, and told him all the truth. And he said unto her Daughter, thy faith hath made the whole; go in peace, and be whole of thy plague. While he yet spake, there came from the ruler of the synagogue's house certain which said, Thy daughter is dead: why troublest thou the Master any further? As soon as Jesus heard the word that was spoken, he saith unto the ruler of the synagogue, Be not afraid, only believe. And he suffered no man to follow him, save Peter, and James, and John the brother of James. And he cometh to the house of the ruler of the synagogue, and seeth the tumult, and them that wept and wailed greatly. And when he was come in, he saith unto them. Why make ye this ado, and weep? the damsel is not dead, but sleepeth. And they laughed him to scorn. But when he had put them all out, he taketh the father and the mother of the damsel, and them that were with him, and entereth in where the damsel was lying. And he took the damsel by the hand, and said unto her, Talitha cumi; which is, being interpreted, Damsel, I say unto thee, arise. And straightway the damsel arose, and walked; for she was of the age of twelve years. And they were astonished with a great astonishment. And he charged them straitly that no man should know it; and commanded that something should be given her to eat.—''Mark v, 22–43.'' THE GOOD SAMARITAN: But he, willing to justify himself, said unto Jesus, And who is my neighbor? And Jesus answering said, A certain man went down from Jerusalem to Jericho, and fell among thieves, which stripped him of his raiment, and wounded him, and departed, leaving him half dead. And by chance there came down a certain priest that way: and when he saw him, he passed by on the other side. And likewise a Levite, when he was at the place, came and looked on him, and passed by on the other side. But a certain Samaritan, as he journeyed, came where he was: and when he saw him, he had compassion on him. And went to him, and bound up his wounds, pouring in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast, and brought him to an inn, and took care of him. And on the morrow when he departed, he took out two pence, and gave them to the host, and said unto him, Take care of him; and whatsoever thou spendest more, when I come again, I will repay thee. Which now of these three, thinkest thou, was neighbor unto him that fell among the thieves? And he said, He that shewed mercy on him. Then said Jesus unto him, Go, and do thou likewise.—''Lwke x, 29–37, ci, we'' = - /ch//ARRIVAL OF THE SAMARITAN AT THE INN But a certain Samaritan, as he journeyed, came where he was; and when Le saw him, he had compassion on him, and went to him, and bound up his wounds, pouring in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast, and brought him to an inn, and took care of him.—Lake X, S34: THE PRODIGAL SON; Likewise, I say unto you, there is joy in the presence of the angels of God over one sinner that repenteth. And he said, a certain man had two sons: and the younger of them said to his father, Father, give me the portion of goods that falleth to me. And he divided unto them his living. And not many days after the younger son gathered all together, and took his journey into a far country, and there wasted his substance with riotous living. And when he had spent all, there arose a mighty famine in that land; and he began to be in want. And he went and joined himself to a citizen of that country; and he sent him into his fields to feed swine. And he would fain have filled his belly with the husks that the swine did eat: and no man gave unto him. And when he came to himself, he said, How many hired servants of my father's have bread enough and to spare, and I perish with hunger! I will arise and go to my father, and will say unto him, Father, I have sinned against heaven, and before thee, and am no more worthy to be called thy son: make me as one of thy hired servants. And he arose, and came to his father. But when he was yet a great way off, his father saw him, and had compassion, and ran, and fell on his neck, and kissed him. And the son said unto him, Father, I have sinned against heaven, and in thy sight, and am no more worthy to be called thy son. But the father said to his servants, Bring forth the best robe, and put it on him; and put a ring on his hand, and shoes on his feet: And bring hither the fatted calf, and kill it; and let us eat, and be merry: for this my son was dead, and is alive again; he was lost, and is found. And they began to be merry. Now his elder son was in the field: and as he came and drew nigh to the house, he heard music and dancing. And he called one of the servants, and asked what these things meant. And he said unto him, thy brother is come; and thy father hath killed the fatted calf, because he hath received him safe and sound. And he was angry, and would not go in: therefore came his father out, and intreated him. And he answering said to his father, Lo, these many years do I serve thee, neither transgressed I at any time thy commandment: and yet thou never gavest me a kid, that I might make merry with my friends: but as soon as this thy son was come, which hath devoured thy living with harlots, thou hast killed for him the fatted calf a And he said unto him, Son, thou art ever with me, and all that I have is thine. It was meet that we should make merry, and be glad: for this thy brother was dead, and is alive again; and was lost, and is found.—''Lake xv, 10–32.'' - /ch//LAZARUS AND THE RICH MAN There was a certain rich man, which was clothed in purple and fine linen, and fared sumptuously every day: And there was a certain beggar named Lazarus, which was laid at his gate, full of sores, and desiring to be fed with the crumbs which fell from the rich man's table: moreover the dogs came and licked his sores. And it came to pass, that the beggar died, and was carried by the angels into Abraham's bosom: the rich man also died, and was buried; and in hell he lifted up his eyes, being in torments, and seeth Abraham afar off, and Lazarus in his bosom. And he cried and said, Father Abraham, have mercy on me, and send Lazarus, that he may dip the tip of his finger in water and cool my tongue; for I am tormented in this flame. But Abraham said, Son, remember that thou in thy lifetime receivedst thy good things, and likewise Lazarus evil things: but now he is comforted, and thou art tormented. And beside all this, between us and you there is a creat gulf fixed: so that they which would pass from hence to you cannot; neither can they pass to us, that would come from thence. Then he said, I pray thee therefore, father, that thou wouldest send him to my father's house: for I have five brethren; that he may testify unto them, lest they also come into this place of torment. Abraham saith unto him. They have Moses and the prophets; let them hear them. And he said, Nay, father Abraham: but if one went unto them from the dead, they will repent. And he said unto him, If they hear not Moses and the prophets, neither will they be persuaded, though one rose from the dead.—''Luke xv? 9–31.'' I= ae cc oe ue 7 'i/b2/ ss 'is - /ch//THE PHARISEE AND THE PUBLICAN And he spake this parable unto certain which trusted in themselves that they were righteous, and despised others: Two men went up into the temple to pray; the one a Pharisee, and the other a publican. The Pharisee stood and prayed thus with himself, God, I thank thee, that I am not as other men are, extortioners, unjust, adulterers, or even as this publican. I fast twice in the week, I give tithes of all that I possess. And the publican, standing afar off, would not lift up so much as his eyes unto heaven, but smote upon his breast, saying, God be merciful to me a sinner. I tell you, this man went down to his house justified rather than the other: for every one that exalteth himself shall be abased; and he that humbleth himself shall be exalted.— Luke xvtit, 9–14. JESUS AND THE WOMAN OF SAMARIA: Then cometh he to a city of Samaria, which is called Sychar, near to the parcel of ground that Jacob gave to his son Joseph. Now Jacob's well was there. Jesus therefore, being wearied with his journey, sat thus on the well: and it was about the sixth hour. There cometh a woman of Samaria to draw water: Jesus saith unto her, Give me to drink. (For his disciples were gone away unto the city to buy meat.) Then saith the woman of Samaria unto him, How is it that thou, being a Jew, askest drink of me, which am a woman of Samaria? for the Jews have no dealings with the Samaritans. Jesus answered and said unto her, If thou knewest the gift of God, and who it is that saith to thee, Give me to drink; thou wouldest have asked of him, and he would have given thee living water. The woman saith unto him, Sir, thou hast nothing to draw with, and the well is deep: from whence then hast thou that living water? Art thou greater than our father Jacob, which gave us the well, and drank there of himself, and his children, and his cattle? Jesus answered and said unto her, whosoever drinketh of this water shall thirst again: but whosoever drinketh of the water that I shall give him shall never thirst; but the water that I shall give him shall be in him a well of water springing up into everlasting life. The woman saith unto him, Sir, give me this water, that I thirst not, neither come hither to draw. Jesus saith unto her, Go, call thy husband, and come hither. The woman answered and said, I have no husband. Jesus said unto her, Thou hast well said, I have no husband: for thou hast had five husbands; and he whom thou now hast is not thy husband: in that saidst thou truly. The woman saith unto him, Sir, I perceive that thou art a prophet. Our fathers worshiped in this mountain; and ye say, that in Jerusalem is the place where men ought to worship. Jesus saith unto her, Woman, believe me, the hour cometh, when ye shall neither in this mountain, nor yet at Jerusalem, worship the Father. Ye worship ye know not what: we know what we worship; for salvation is of the Jews. But the hour cometh, and now is, when the true worshipers shall worship the Father in spirit and in truth: for the Father seeketh such to worship him. God is a Spirit: and they that worship him must worship him in spirit and in truth. The woman saith unto him, I know that Messias cometh, which is called Christ: when he is come, he will tell us all things. Jesus saith unto her, I that speak unto thee am he. And upon this came his disciples, and marveled that he talked with the woman: yet no man said, What seekest thou? or. Why talkest thou with her? The woman then left her waterpot, and went her way into the city, and saith to the men, Come, see a man, which told me all things, that ever I did: is not this the Christ? Then they went out of the city, and came unto him.—''/ohx 77, 5–30.'' Ht ly a Aan VALCO i! 'i i! J eit 'i Ny Mh - ! il l i Z(} ij thea! Wh i in RH ne le in! h {ly; ivan elit ey N A CERN WS i y, SS Ny AY CS wi y ss y (Witt) SN Maw 'SAK Wenn fg Ui - /ch//JESUS AND THE WOMAN TAKEN IN ADULTERY Jesus went unto the mount of Olives. And early in the morning he came again into the temple, and all the people came unto him; and he sat down, and taught them. And the scribes and Pharisees brought unto him a woman taken in adultery; and when they had set her in the midst, they say unto him, Master, this woman was taken in adultery, in the very act. Now Moses in the law commanded us, that such should be stoned: but what sayest thou? This they said, tempting him, that they might have to accuse him. But Jesus stooped down, and with his finger wrote on the ground, as though he heard them not. So when they continued asking him, he lifted up himself, and said unto them, He that is without sin among you, let him first cast a stone at her. And again he stooped down, and wrote on the ground. And they which heard it, being convicted by their own conscience, went out one by one, beginning at the eldest, even unto the last; and Jesus was left alone, and the woman standing in the midst. When Jesus had lifted up himself, and saw none but the woman, he said unto her, Woman where are those thine accusers? hath no man condemned thee? She said, No man, Lord. And Jesus said unto her, Neither do I condemn thee: go, and sin no more.—''/ohn vzz22.'' YES hd be ". Fr: ee ee Re ps ss ch Be OA" FS ee ER Foe: St ea can aS:—, 4 x oe od rae, ns os Py Li a aC nS ngs;; i "oa;? = I oF s Bea a g "vt a (oP ee ¥ she F a THE—''RESURKECT [ONS OPiS.'' Now Jesus was not yet come into the town, but was in that place where Martha met him. The Jews then which were with her in the house, and comforted her, when they saw Mary, that she rose up hastily and went out, followed her, saying. She goeth unto the grave to weep there. Then when Mary was come where Jesus was, and saw him, she fell down at his feet, saying unto him, Lord, if thou hadst been here, my brother had not died. When Jesus therefore saw her weeping, and the Jews also weeping which came with her, he groaned in the spirit, and was troubled, and said, Where have ye laid him? They said unto him, Lord, come and see. Jesus wept. Then said the Jews, Behold how he loved him! And some of them said, Could not this man, which opened the eyes of the blind, have caused that even this man should not have died? Jesus therefore again groaning in himself cometh to the grave. It was a cave and a stone lay upon it. Jesus said, Take ye away the stone. Martha, the sister of him that was dead, saith unto him, Lord, by this time he stinketh: for he hath been dead four days. Jesus saith unto her, Said I not unto thee, that, if thou wouldest believe, thou shouldest see the glory of God? Then they took away the stone from the place where the dead was laid. And Jesus lifted up his eyes, and said, Father, I thank thee that thou hast heard me. And I knew that thou hearest me always: but because of the people which stand by I said it, that they may believe that thou hast sent me. And when he thus had spoken, he cried with a loud voice, Lazarus, come forth. And he that was dead came forth, bound hand and foot with graveclothes: and his face was bound about with a napkin. Jesus saith unto them, Loose him, and let him go. Then many of the Jews which came to Mary, and had seen the things which Jesus did, believed on him.—''/ohn x7, 30–45.'' SS SS - /ch//MARY MAGDALENE Of Mary "called Magdalene" (Luke vni, 2) but few particulars are recorded in scripture. We first hear of her as having been delivered by Jesus of seven devils (Luke vni, 1–3; Mark xvi, 9). Impelled, no doubt, by gratitude for her deliverance, she becomes one of his followers, accompanying him thenceforward in all his wanderings faithfully till his death. She was the first person to whom he appeared after his resurrection (Mark xvi, 9; John xx, 1, 11–18). The common belief that she was a fallen woman is destitute of the slightest foundation. On the contrary, the references to her as being in the company of such women as Joanna, the wife of Herod's steward, Salome, the mother of James and John, and Mary, the mother of Jesus (Luke vni, 3; Mark xvi, 40; John xix, 25), strongly discountenance such a supposition. The error, which had no other source than ecclesiastical tradition, has been fostered and perpetuated by the stupid blunder of the translators of the authorized version in identifying her with the "sinner" who is described in Luke vii, 37–50 as washing the feet of Jesus with her tears (see head-note to Luke vil). The Roman Catholic notion that this "sinner" was Mary the sister of Lazarus is almost equally groundless (see Douay Bible, head-note to Matthew xxvi, and the foot-note references to Luke vii, 37, found in most Catholic Bibles). The only reason for this identification is that the anointing by the "sinner" is described as taking place in the house of a Pharisee named Simon (Luke vii, 36, 39–40, 43–44); that the anointing by the unnamed woman, as described in Matthew xxvi, 6–13 and Mark xiv, 3–9, took place in the house of one 'Simon the leper, "in Bethany; and that Mary, the sister of Lazarus, is described in John xi, 2, and xii, 3–8, as anointing Jesus in a house (apparently that of Lazarus himself) in Bethany, when a conversation ensues altogether different from that recorded in Luke vii, but similar to that related in Matthew xxvi, and Mark xiv, save that the objection to the anointing of Jesus is made, not by "his disciples" (Matthew xxvi, 8), not by "some that had indignation" (Mark xiv, 4), but by "one of his disciples, Judas Iscariot, Simon's son" (John xii, 4). The demeanor of Mary, the sister of Lazarus, is, however, by no means that of a fallen and sinful though penitent woman, but that of a pious and good one (see Luke x, 39, 42; John xi, 28–33; xij, 3). Dore's illustration, which portrays Mary Magdalene as a heartbroken and despairing sin ner, shows that he has fallen into the common error, a ye TH ESCAS ToSsullrPER. Now the first day of the feast of unleavened bread the disciples came to Jesus, saying unto him, Where wilt thou that we prepare for thee to eat the passover? And he said, Go into the city to such a man, and say unto him. The Master saith, My time is at hand; I will keep the passover at thy house with my disciples. And the disciples did as Jesus had appointed them; and they made ready the passover. Now when the even was come, he sat down with the twelve. And as they did eat, "he said, Verily I say unto you, that one of you shall betray me. And they were exceeding sorrowful, and began every one of them to say unto him, Lord, is Italy. And he answered and said, He that dippeth his hand with me in the dish, the same shall betray me. The Son of man goeth as it is written of him: but woe unto that man by whom the Son of man is betrayed! it had been good for that man if he had not been born. Then Judas, which betrayed him, answered and said, Master, is it I? He said unto him, Thou hast said. And as they were eating, Jesus took bread, and blessed it, and brake it, and gave it to the disciples, and said, Take, eat; this is my body. And he took the cup, and gave thanks, and gave it to them, saying, Drink ye all of it; for this is my blood of the new testament, which is shed for many for the remission of sins. But I say unto you, I will not drink henceforth of this fruit of the vine, until that day when I drink it new with you in my Father's kingdom. And when they had sung an hymn, they went out into the mount of Olives—''JJatthew'' XXV2, 17–70. /b2//b2/aS/b2//b2/Th (i h i a <7 ii ine l ti ; nt: 3 N; . Sw ne: N "I Ni Wy Mi iH! ma ih) ah i: i aw @ it = yI's jy 4 'win ve. 'aA ™: Dae: a Noa ia ys ald) a bf: Ly" i - /ch//THE AGONY IN THE GARDEN And he came out, and went, as he was wont, to the mount of Olives; and his discip-es also followed him. And when he was at the place, he said unto them, Pray that ye enter not into temptation. And he was withdrawn from them about a stone's cast, and kneeled down, and prayed. Saying, Father, if thou be willing, remove this cup from me: nevertheless not my will, but thine, be done. And there appeared an angel unto him from heaven, strengthening him. And being in an agony he prayed more earnestly: and his sweat was as it were great drops of blood falling down to the ground. And when he rose up from prayer, and was come to his disciples, he found them sleeping for sorrow, and said unto them, Why sleep ye? rise and pray, lest ye enter into temptation.—''Luke "x12, 39–40.'' = SSS WHEMARE 11 stay PRAYER OFS ESUS IN = Ghee GARDE Ne Ol ansiy po. Then cometh Jesus with them unto a place called Gethsemane, and saith unto the disciples, Sit ye here, while I go and pray yonder. And he took with him Peter and the two sons of Zebedee, and began to be sorrowful and very heavy. Then saith he unto them, My soul is exceeding sorrowful, even unto death: tarry ye here, and watch with me. And he went a little farther, and fell on his face, and prayed, saying, O my Father, if it be possible, let this cup pass from me: nevertheless not as I will, but as thou wilt. And he cometh unto the disciples, and findeth them asleep, and saith unto Peter. What, could ye not watch with me one hour? Watch and pray, that ye enter not into temptation: the spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak. "He went away again the second time, and prayed, saying, O my Father, if this cup may not pass away from me, except I drink it, thy will be done. And he came and found them asleep again: for their eyes were heavy. And he left them, and went away again, and prayed the third time, saying the same words. Then cometh he to his disciples, and saith unto them, Sleep on now, and take your rest: behold, the hour is at hand, and the Son of man is betrayed into the hands of sinners. Rise, let us be going: behold, he is at hand that doth betray me.—''MWatthew xxv7, 36–46.'' Fats eamene pet EES cats fr a AN a A SSA AAAS THE—''BELRAYAL.'' And he cometh the third time, and saith unto them, Sleep on now, and take your rest: it is enough, the hour is come; behold, the Son of man is betrayed into the hands of sinners. Rise up, let us go; lo, he that betrayeth me is at hand. And immediately, while he yet spake, cometh Judas, one of the twelve, and with him a great multitude with swords and staves, from the chief priests and the scribes and the elders. And he that betrayed him had given them a token, saying, whomsoever I shall kiss, that same is he; take him, and lead him away safely. And as soon as he was come, he goeth straightway to him, and saith, Master, master; and kissed him. And they laid their hands on him, and took him. And one of them that stood by drew a sword, and smote a servant of the high priest, and cut off his ear. And Jesus answered and said unto them, Are ye come out, as against a thief, with swords and with staves to take me? I was daily with you in the temple teaching, and ye took me not: but the scriptures must be fulfilled. And they all forsook him, and fled—Mark x1, JI-50, pile gsr" MOO a Wy Hy) "Ly MY ; LY TTR by i (Gees ff ja vm Ly hi "i {/ Me ysyisivgs Uy Ye Li ely: Uh HY) ps i} fh) HH} AUN MI Cap: L564 Mj) ae, i wy Mi Cy Hy 'ii Hi iil Lp LLL RK omy MAKE - /ch//CHRIST FAINTING UNDER THE CROSS The incident depicted in this illustration seems to be as apocryphal as that embodied in the artist's picture of Mary Magdalene. There is absolutely no warrant in scripture for the notion that Christ fainted under the burden of the cross. The only foundation for such an idea to be found in the Bible is contained in the head note to Mark xv, which is quite unwarranted by the text. According to the three synoptic gospels the cross was borne not by Christ, but by Simon, a Cyrenian (see Matthew xxvil, 32; Mark xv, 21; Luke xxni, 26). According to the fourth evangelist, Jesus bore the cross without assistance the whole distance to the place of crucifixion (John xix, 16–18). In not one of the four narratives is there so much as a hint that he fainted under the burden. - /ch//THE FLAGEELATION Then released he Barabbas unto them: and when he had scourged Jesus, he delivered him to be crucified.—''MWatthew xxv7i, 26.'' And so Pilate, willing to content the people, released Barabbas unto them, and delivered Jesus, when he had scourged him, to be crucified.—''Mark xv, 15.'' Then Pilate therefore took Jesus, and scourged him.—''/ohn xzx, I.'' AAA I'll ] i HI yee va WG x A. eile Rae? + i've 'WS Nie wth 6 OU A ry nthe GRU CTR ON: And when they were come unto a place called Golgotha, that is to say, a place of a skull, they gave him vinegar to drink mingled with gall: and when he had tasted thereof, he would not drink. And they crucified him, and parted his garments, casting lots: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophet. They parted my garments among them, and upon my vesture did they cast lots. And sitting down they watched him there; and set up over his head his accusation written, THIS IS JESUS THE KING OF THE JEWS. Then were there two thieves crucified with him, one on the right hand, and another on the left. And they that passed by reviled him, wagging their heads, and saying, Thou that destroyest the temple, and buildest it in three days, save thyself. If thou be the Son of God, come down from the cross. Likewise also the chief priests mocking him, with the scribes and elders, said, He saved others: himself he cannot save. If he be the King of Israel, let him now come down from the cross, and we will believe him. He trusted in God; let him deliver him now, if he will have him: for he said, I am the Son of God. The thieves also, which were crucified with him, cast the same in his teeth.—''J/atthew'' XKUIL, 33–44. "Ju y ate Py) eee a at vi ee aa Mee, Ory Dele - /ch//CLOSE OF THE CRUCIFIXION Now from the sixth hour there was darkness over all the land unto the ninth hour. And about the ninth hour Jesus cried with a loud voice, saying, Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani? that is to say, My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me? Some of them that stood there, when they heard that, said, This man calleth for Elias. And straightway one of them ran, and took a spunge, and filled it with vinegar, and put it on a reed, and gave him to drink. The rest said, Let be, let us see whether Elias will come to save him. Jesus, when he had cried again with a loud voice, yielded up the ghost. And, behold, the veil of the temple was rent in twain from the top to the bottom; and the earth did quake, and the rocks rent; and the graves were opened; and many bodies of the saints which slept arose, and came out of the graves after his resurrection, and went into the holy city, and appeared unto many. Now when the centurion, and they that were with him, watching Jesus, saw the earthquake, and those things that were done, they feared greatly, saying, Truly this was the Son of God. And many women were there beholding afar off, which followed Jesus from Galilee, ministering unto him: among which was Mary Magdalene, and Mary the mother of James and Joses, and the mother of Zebedee's children,—''Matthew xxvtt, 45–50.'' - wae j '> ne ) bj THREBURIALY® Pei Oe: When the even was come, there came a rich man of Arimathea, named Joseph, who also himself was Jesus' disciple: he went to Pilate, and begged the body of Jesus. Then Pilate commanded the body to be delivered. And when Joseph had taken the body, he wrapped it in a clean linen cloth, and laid it in his own new tomb, which he had hewn out in the rock: and he rolled a great stone to the door of the sepulchre, and departed. And there was Mary Magdalene, and the other Mary, sitting over against the sepulchre.—''Matthew xxvit, 57–61.'' THE ANGEL A. THE SEEULCHERE: In the end of the sabbath, as it began to dawn toward the first day of the week, came Mary Magdalene and the other Mary to see the sepulchre. And, behold, there was a great earthquake: for the angel of the Lord descended from heaven, and came and rolled back the stone from the door, and sat upon it. His countenance was like lightning, and his raiment white as snow: and for fear of him the keepers did shake, and became as dead men. And the angel answered and said unto the women, Fear not ye: for I know that ye seek Jesus, which was crucified. He is not here: for he is risen, as he said, Come, see the place where the Lord lay. And go quickly, and tell his disciples that he is risen from the dead; and, behold, he goeth before you into Galilee; there shall ye see him: lo, I have told you. And they departed quickly from the sepulchre with fear and great joy; and did run to bring his disciples word.—''Matthew xxvii2, 1–8.'' /b2//b2/ HE PISAN THEJOURNEY TO—''EMMAUCS:'' And, behold, two of them went that same day to a village called Emmaus which was from Jerusalem about threescore furlongs. And they talked together of all these things which had happened. And it came to pass that, while they communed together and reasoned, Jesus himself drew near and went with them. But their eyes were holden that they should not know him. And he said unto them, What manner of communications are these that ye have one to another, as ye walk, and are sad? And the one of them, whose name was Cleopas, answering said unto him, Art thou only a stranger in Jerusalem, and hast not known the things which are come to pass there in these days? And he said unto them, What things? And they said unto him, Concerning Jesus of Nazareth, which was a prophet mighty in deed and word before God and all the people: And how the chief priests and our rulers delivered him to be condemned to death, and have crucified him. But we trusted that it had been he which should have redeemed Israel: and beside all this, to-day is the third day since these things were done. Yea, and certain women also of our company made us astonished, which were early at the sepulchre; and when they found not his body, they came, saying, that they had also seen a vision of angels, which said that he was alive. And certain of them which were with us went to the sepulchre, and found it even so as the women had said: but him they saw not. Then he said unto them, O fools, and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken: ought not Christ to have suffered these things, and to enter into his glory? And beginning at Moses and all the prophets, he expounded unto them in all the scriptures the things concerning himself. And they drew nigh unto the village, whither they went: and he made as though he would have gone further. But they constrained him, saying, Abide with us: for it is toward evening, and the day is far spent. And he went in to tarry with them. And it came to pass, as he sat at meat with them, he took bread, and blessed it, and brake, and gave to them. And their eyes were opened, and they knew him; and he vanished out of their sight. And they said one to another, Did not our heart burn within us, while he talked with us by the way, and while he opened to us the scriptures? And they rose up the same hour, and returned to Jerusalem, and found the eleven gathered together, and them that were with them, saying. The Lord is risen indeed, and hath appeared to Simon. And they told what things were done in the way, and how he was known of them in breaking of bread.—''Luke xxiv, 17–75.'' THE ASCENSION: Now upon the first day of the week, very early in the morning, they came unto the sepulchre, bringing the spices which they had prepared, and certain others with them. And they found the stone rolled away from the sepulchre. '. = And they remembered his words. And returned from the sepulchre, and told all these things unto the eleven, and to all the rest ng M3 a And, behold, two of them went that same day to a village called Emmaus, which was from Jerusalem about threescore furlongs. And they talked together of all these things which had happened. '* And they rose up the same hour, and returned to Jerusalem, and found the eleven gathered together, and them that were with them, saying. The Lord is risen indeed, and hath appeared to Simon. And they told what things were done in the way, and how he was known of them in breaking of bread. And as they thus spake, Jesus himself stood in the midst of them, and saith unto them, Peace be unto you. ". And, behold, I send the promise of my Father upon you: but tarry ye in the city of Jerusalem, until ye be endued with power from on high. And he led them out as far as to Bethany, and he lifted up his hands, and—blessed them. And it came to pass, while he blessed them, he was parted from them, and carried up into heaven. And they worshiped him, and returned to Jerusalem with great joy.—Luke xxiv, 1–2, 8–9, 13–14, 33–36, 49–52. The former treatise have I made, O Theophilus, of all that Jesus began both to do and teach, until the day in which he was taken up, after that he through the Holy Ghost had given commandments unto the apostles whom he had chosen: to whom also he shewed himself alive after his passion by many infallible proofs, being seen of them forty days, and speaking of the things pertaining to the kingdom of God: and, being assembled together with them, commanded them that they should not depart from Jerusalem, but wait for the promise of the Father, which, saith he, ye have heard of me. For John truly baptized with water; but ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost not'many days hence. When they therefore were come together, they asked of him, saying, Lord, wilt thou at this time restore again the kingdom of Israel? And he said unto them, It is not for you to know the times or the seasons, which the Father hath put in his own power. But ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto me both in Jerusalem, and all Judzea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth. And when he had spoken these things, while they beheld, he was taken up: and a cloud received him out of their sight. And while they looked steadfastly toward heaven as he went up, behold, two men stood by them in white apparel.—''A cts 2, 7–70.'' ™f-b< , ra Oe a aa io Cae + rm 4 y A. Lars 'ire y ."ll f iat atk My re leh: o y x ra ~4 a ike ed' 'j ta i} =, ¢".o 7 Py Ay od a; . s. Te = ik ba ad { ive;:; + srw ml f 4 "hits" y: 4s 'Ao 'agi ek ': '; eos A. 4 Ly 5; ge .% "Agr 'he (a. Ke; THE-MARTYRDOMPOR Siw over Ne And Stephen, full of faith and power, did great wonders and miracles among the people. Then there arose certain of the synagogue, which is called the synagogue of the Libertines, and Cyrenians, and Alexandrians, and of them of Cilicia and of Asia, disputing with Stephen. And they were not able to resist the wisdom and the spirit by which he spake. Then they suborned men, which said, We have heard him speak blasphemous words against Moses and against God. And they stirred up the people, and the elders, and the scribes, and came upon him, and caught him, and brought him to the council. And set up false witnesses, which said, This man ceaseth not to speak blasphemous words against this holy place, and the law: for we have heard him say, that this Jesus of Nazareth shall destroy this place, and shall change the customs which Moses delivered us. And all that sat in the council, looking steadfastly on him, saw his face as it had been the face of an angel. Then said the high priest. Are these things so? And he said, Men, brethren, and fathers, hearken: [Stephen here makes his defense, concluding with a terrible denunciation of the Jews as being stiffnecked and persecutors of their prophets, and as betrayers and murderers of their latest one, Jesus Christ. When they heard these things, they were cut to the heart, and they gnashed on him with their teeth. But he, being full of the Holy Ghost, looked up steadfastly into heaven, and saw the glory of God, and Jesus standing on the right hand of God, and said, Behold, I see the heavens opened, and the Son of man standing on the right hand of God. Then they cried out with a loud voice, and stopped their ears, and ran upon him with one accord, and cast him out of the city, and stoned him: and the witnesses laid down their clothes at a young man's feet, whose name was Saul. And they stoned Stephen, calling upon God, and saying, Lord Jesus, receive my spirit. And he kneeled down, and cried with a loud voice, Lord, lay not this sin to their charge. And when he had said this, he fell asleep. And Saul was consenting unto his death. Acts vz, 8–15; vit, 1–2, 54–56; v2z2, 1. XG Wr?] Uy Wy SG SW SG aye ae SAULIS' CONVERSION; And Saul, yet breathing out threatenings and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord, went unto the high priest, and desired of him letters to Damascus to the synagogues, that if he found any of this way, whether they were men or women, he might bring them bound unto Jerusalem. And as he journeyed, he came near Damascus: and suddenly there shined round about him a light from heaven: and he fell to the earth, and heard a voice saying unto him, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me? And he said, who art thou, Lord? And the Lord said, I am Jesus whom thou persecutest: it is hard for thee to kick against the pricks. And he trembling and astonished said, Lord, what wilt thou have me to do? And the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go into the city, and it shall be told thee what thou must do. And the men which journeyed with him stood speechless, hearing a voice, but seeing no man. And Saul arose from the earth; and when his eyes were opened, he saw no man: but they led him by the hand, and brought him into Damascus. And he was three days without sight, and neither did eat nor drink. And there was a certain disciple at Damascus, named Ananias; and to him said the Lord in a vision, Ananias. And he said, Behold, I am here, Lord. And the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go into the street which is called Straight, and enquire in the house of Judas for one called Saul, of Tarsus: for, behold, he prayeth, and hath seen in a vision a man named Ananias coming in, and putting his hand on him, that he might receive his sight. Then Ananias answered, Lord, I have heard by many of this man, how much evil he hath done to thy saints at Jerusalem: and here he hath authority from the chief priests to bind all that call on thy name. But the Lord said unto him, Go thy way: for he is a chosen vessel unto me, to bear my name before the Gentiles, and kings, and the children of Israel: for I will shew him how great things he must suffer for my name's sake. And Ananias went his way, and entered into the house; and putting his hands on him said, Brother Saul, the Lord, even Jesus, that appeared unto thee in the way as thou camest, hath sent me, that thou mightest receive thy sight, and be filled with the Holy Ghost. And immediately there fell from his eyes as it had been scales: and he received sight forthwith, and arose and was baptized. And when he had received meat, he was strengthened. Then was Saul certain days with the disciples which were at Damascus. And Straightway he preached Christ in the synagogues, that he is the Son of God.—''Acts 2x, 1–20, ff, if'' Se SS THEDELIVERANCE Piss atte ans Now about that time Herod the king stretched forth his hands to vex certain of the church. And he killed James the brother of John with the sword. And because he saw it pleased the Jews, he proceeded further to take Peter also. (Then were the days of unleavened bread.) And when he had apprehended him, he put him in prison, and delivered him to four quarternions of soldiers to keep him; intending after Easter to bring him forth to the people. Peter therefore was kept in prison: but prayer was made without ceasing of the church unto God for him. And when Herod would have brought him forth, the same night Peter was sleeping between two soldiers, bound with two chains: and the keepers before the door kept the prison. And, behold, the angel of the Lord came upon him, and a light shined in the prison: and he smote Peter on the side, and raised him up, saying, Arise up quickly. And his chains fell off from his hands. And the angel said unto him, Gird thyself, and bind on thy sandals: And so he did. And he saith unto him, Cast thy garment about thee, and follow me. And he went out, and followed him; and wist not that it was true which was done by the angel; but thought he saw a vision. When they were past the first and the second ward, they came unto the iron gate that leadeth unto the city; which opened to them of his own accord: and they went out and passed on through one street; and forthwith the angel departed from him. And when Peter was come to himself, he said, Now I know of a surety, that the Lord hath sent his angel, and hath delivered me out of the hand of Herod, and from all the expec tation of the people of the Jews.—''Aees x72, I-11.'' AY PLS AN - /ch//PAUL AT EPHESUS And it came to pass, that, while Apollos was at Corinth, Paul having passed through the upper coasts came to Ephesus; and finding certain disciples, he said unto them, Have ye received the Holy Ghost since ye believed? And they said unto him, We have not so muchas heard whether there be any Holy Ghost. And he said unto them, Unto what then were ye baptized? And they said, Unto John's baptism. Then said Paul, John verily baptized with the baptism of repentance, saying unto the people, that they should believe on him which should come after him, that is, on Christ Jesus. When they heard this, they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus. And when Paul had laid his hands upon them, the Holy Ghost came on them; and they spake with tongues, and prophesied. And all the men were about twelve. And he went into the synagogue, and spake boldly for the space of three months, disputing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God. But when divers were hardened, and believed not, but spake evil of that way before the multitude, he departed from them, and separated the disciples, disputing daily in the school of one Tyrannus. And this continued by the space of two years; so that all they which dwelk in Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus, both Jews and Greeks. And God wrought special miracles by the hands of Paul: so that from his body were brought unto the sick handkerchiefs or aprons, and the diseases departed from them, a id the evil spirits went out of them. Then certain of the vagabond Jews, exorcists, took upon them to call over them which had evil spirits the name of the Lord Jesus, saying, We adjure you by Jesus whom Paul preacheth. And there were seven sons of one Sceva, a Jew, and chief of the priests, which did so. And the evil spirit answered and said, Jesus I know, and Paul I know; but who are ye? And the man in whom the evil spirit was leaped on them, and overcame them, and prevailed against them, so that they fled out of that house naked and wounded. And this was known to all the Jews and Greeks also dwelling at Ephesus; and fear fell on them all, and the name of the Lord Jesus was magnified. And many that believed came, and confessed, and shewed their deeds. Many of them also which used curious arts brought their books together, and burned them before all men: and they counted the price of them, and found it fifty thousand pieces of silver. So mightily grew the word of God and prevailed.—''A ets "7x, 1–20.'' PAUL MENACED=BY Tit ws. Do therefore this that we say to thee: We have four men which have a vow on them; them take, and purify thyself with them, and be at charges with them, that they may shave their heads: and all may know that those things, where of they were informed concerning thee, are nothing; but that thou thyself also walkest orderly, and keepest the law. = ig + Then Paul took the men, and the next day purifying himself with them entered into the temple, to signify the accomplishment of the days of purification, until that an offering should be offered for every one of them. And when the seven days were almost ended, the Jews which were of Asia, when they saw him in the temple, stirred up all the people, and laid hands on him, crying out, Men of Israel, help: this is the man, that teacheth all men every where against the people, and the law, and this place: and further brought Greeks also into the temple, and hath polluted this holy place. (For they had seen before with him in the city Trophimus an mee whom they supposed that Paul had brought into the temple.) And all the city was moved, and the people ran together: and fe took Paul, and drew him out of the temple: and forthwith the doors were shut. And as they went about to kill him, tidings came unto the chief captain of the band, that all Jerusalem was in an uproar: who immediately took soldiers and centurions, and ran down unto them: and when they saw the chief captain and the soldiers, they left beating of Paul. Then the chief captain came near, and took him, and commanded him to be bound with two chains; and demanded who he was, and what he had done. And some cried one thing, some another, among the multitude: and when he could not know the certainty for the tumult, he commanded him to be carried into the castle. And when he came upon the stairs, so it was, that he was borne of the soldiers for the violence of the people. For the multitude of the people followed after, crying, Away with him. And as Paul was to be led into the castle, he said unto the chief captain, May I speak unto thee? Who said, Canst thou speak Greek? Art not thou that Egyptian, which before these days madest an uproar, and leddest out into the wilderness four thousand men that were murderers? But Paul said, 1 am a man which am a Jew of Tarsus, a city in Cilicia, a citizen of no mean city: and, I beseech thee, suffer me to speak unto the people. And when he had given him license, Paul stood on the stairs, and beckoned with the hand unto the people. And when there was made a great silence, he spake unto them in the Hebrew tongue.—''A cts xx2, 23–40, ba)'' PAUL'S SHIPWRECK. And while the day was coming on, Paul besought them all to take meat, saying, This day is the fourteenth day that ye have tarried and continued fasting, having taken nothing. Wherefore I pray you to take some meat; for this is for your health: for there shall not a hair fall from the head of any of you. And when he had thus spoken, he took bread, and gave thanks to God in presence of them all: and when he had broken it, he began to eat. Then were they all of good cheer, and they also took some meat. And we were in all in the ship two hundred threescore and sixteen souls. And when they had eaten enough, they lightened the ship, and cast out the wheat into the sea. And when it was day, they knew not the land: but they discovered a certain creek with a shore, into the which they were minded, if it were possible, to thrust in the ship. And when they had taken up the anchors, they committed themselves unto the sea, and loosed the rudder bands, and hoised up the mainsail to the wind, and made toward shore. And falling into a place where two seas met, they ran the ship aground; and the forepart stuck fast, and remained unmovable, but the hinder part was broken with the violence of the waves. And the soldiers' counsel was to kill the prisoners, lest any of them should swim out, and escape. But the centurion, willing to save Paul, kept them from their purpose; and commanded that they which could swim should cast themselves first into the sea, and get to land: and the rest, some on boards, and some on broken pieces of the ship. And so it came to pass, that they escaped all safe to land. And when they were escaped, then they knew that the island was called Melita. And the barbarous people shewed us no little kindness: for they kindled a fire, and received us every one, because of the present rain, and because of the cold.—''Acts XLVI, 33–44, XXII, I-2.'' - DEA LEON "THE. PAGE HORSE. And when he had opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the fourth beast say, Come and see. And I looked, and behold a pale horse: and his name that sat on him was Death, and Hell followed with him. And power was given unto them over the fourth part of the earth, to kill with sword, and with hunger, and with death, and with the beasts of the earth.—''[[Revelation (Bible)|Revelation]] vt, 7–8, ry ah, aera'' —cov m05r6oiu2709ta6194rzh6tf96w4sz6 14129683 14128216 2024-04-25T19:00:43Z SnowyCinema 2484340 wikitext text/x-wiki /conf// progress=hathi_files_downloaded f= y=1886 loc= pub= au=anon ill=Paul Gustave Doré ty= gen= ia=dorbiblegallery0000dorg htt=uva.x000528519 dl=ia beg=n ch=nam //conf/ /chform// <nowiki> {{ph|class=chapter num|/cpre/ /cnum/}} {{ph|class=chapter title|/cnam/|level=2}} </nowiki> //chform/ /tocform// <nowiki> {{TOC row 1-1-1|/cnum/|/cnam/|/pnum/}} </nowiki> //tocform/ -cov /img/ {{ph|class=chapter|Preface.}} {{sc|This}} volume, as its title indicates, is a collection of engravings illustrative of the Bible—the designs being all from the pencil of the greatest of modern delineators, Gustave Doré. The original work, from which this collection has been made, met with an immediate and warm recognition and acceptance among those whose means admitted of its purchase, and its popularity has in no wise diminished since its first publication, but has even extended to those who could only enjoy it casually or in fragmentary parts. That work, however, in its entirety, was far too costly for the larger and ever-widening circle of M. Doré's admirers, and to meet the felt and often expressed want of this class, and to provide a volume of choice and valuable designs upon sacred subjects for art-loving Biblical students generally, this work was projected and has been carried forward. The aim has been to introduce subjects of general interest—that is, those relating to the most prominent events and personages of Scripture—those most familiar to all readers; the plates being chosen with special reference to the known taste of the American people. To each cut is prefixed a page of letter-press, in narrative form, and containing generally a brief analysis of the design. Aside from the labors of the editor and publishers, the work, while in progress, was under the painstaking and careful scrutiny of artists and scholars not directly interested in the undertaking, but still having a generous solicitude for its success. It is hoped, therefore, that its general plan and execution will render it acceptable both to the appreciative and friendly patrons of the great artist, and to those who would wish to possess such a work solely as a choice collection of illustrations upon sacred themes. - {{ph|class=chapter|Gustave Doré.}} {{sc|The}} subject of this sketch is, perhaps, the most original and variously gifted designer the world has ever known. At an age when most men have scarcely passed their novitiate in art, and are still under the direction and discipline of their masters and the schools, he had won a brilliant reputation, and readers and scholars everywhere were gazing on his work with ever-increasing wonder and delight at his fine fancy and multifarious gifts. He has raised illustrative art to a dignity and importance before unknown, and has developed capacities for the pencil before unsuspected. He has laid all subjects tribute to his genius, explored and embellished fields hitherto lying waste, and opened new and shining paths and vistas where none before had trod. To the works of the great he has added the lustre of his genius, bringing their beauties into clearer view and warming them to fuller life. His delineations of character, in the different phases of life, from the horrible to the grotesque, the grand to the comic, attest the versatility of his powers; and, whatever faults may be found by critics, the public will heartily render their quota of admiration to his magic touch, his rich and facile rendering of almost every thought that stirs, or lies yet dormant, in the human heart. It is useless to attempt a sketch of his various beauties; those who would know them best must seek them in the treasure-house that his genius is constantly augmenting with fresh gems of wealth. To one, however, of his most prominent traits we will refer—his wonderful rendering of the powers of Nature. His early wanderings in the wild and romantic passes of the Vosges doubtless developed this inherent tendency of his mind. There he wandered, and there, mayhap, imbibed that deep delight of wood and valley, mountain-pass and rich ravine, whose variety of form and detail seems endless to the enchanted eye. He has caught the very spell of the wilderness; she has laid her hand upon him and he has gone forth with her blessing. So bold and truthful and minute are his countless representations of forest scenery; so delicate the tracery of branch and stem; so patriarchal the giant boles of his woodland monarch, that the gazer is at once satisfied and entranced. His vistas lie slumbering with repose either in shadowy glade or fell ravine, either with glint of lake or the glad, long course of some rejoicing stream: and above all, supreme in a beauty all its own, he spreads a canopy of peerless sky, or a wilderness, perhaps, of angry storm, or peaceful stretches of soft, fleecy cloud, or heavens serene and fair—another kingdom to his teeming art after the earth has rendered all her gifts. Paul Gustave Doré was born in the city of Strasburg, January 10, 1833. Of his boyhood we have no very particular account. At eleven years of age, however, he essayed his first artistic creation—a set of lithographs, published in his native city. The following year found him in Paris, entered as a - student at the Charlemagne Lyceum. His first actual work began in 1848, when his fine series of sketches, the "[[Labors of Hercules (Doré)|Labors of Hercules]]," was given to the public, through the medium of an illustrated journal with which he was for a long time connected as designer. In 1856 were published the illustrations for Balzac's "Contes Drolatiques" and those for "[[The Wandering Jew]]"—the first humorous and grotesque in the highest degree—indeed, showing a perfect abandonment to fancy; the other weird and supernatural, with fierce battles, shipwrecks, turbulent mobs, and nature in her most forbidding and terrible aspects. Every incident or suggestion that could possibly make the story more effective or add to the horror of the scenes was seized upon and portrayed with wonderful power. These at once gave the young designer a great reputation, which was still more enhanced by his subsequent works. With all his love for nature and his power for interpreting her in her varying moods, Doré was a dreamer, and many of his finest achievements were in the realm of the imagination. But he was at home in the actual world also, as witness his designs for "Atala," "[[London—a Pilgrimage]]," and many of the scenes of "[[Don Quixote]]." When account is taken of the variety of his designs and the fact considered that in almost every task he attempted none had ventured before him, the amount of work he accomplished is fairly incredible. To enumerate the immense tasks he undertook—some single volumes alone containing hundreds of illustrations—will give some faint idea of his industry. Besides those already mentioned are Montaigne, Dante, the Bible, Milton, Rabelais, Tennyson's "[[Idylls of the King|{{SIC|Idyls|Idylls}} of the King]]," "[[The Ancient Mariner]]," Shakespeare, "Legende de Croquemitaine," "[[La Fontaine's Fables]]," and others still. Take one of these works—the Dante, La Fontaine, or "Don Quixote"—and glance at the pictures. The mere hand labor involved in their production is surprising; but when the quality of the work is properly estimated, what he accomplished seems prodigious. No particular mention need be made of him as a painter or a sculptor, for his reputation rests solely upon his work as an illustrator. Doré's nature was exhuberant and buoyant, and he was youthful in appearance. He had a passion for music, and possessed rare skill as a violinist, and it is assumed that, had he failed to succeed with his pencil, he could have won a brilliant reputation as a musician. He was a bachelor, and lived a quiet, retired life with his mother—married, as he expressed it, to her and his art. His death occurred on January 23, 1883. - /toc/ — - <FILL> — - <FILL> — - <FILL> —t2 -1 /ch//THE CREATION "And the Lord God said, it is not good that the man should be alone; I will make him a helpmeet for him. . . . And the Lord God caused a deep sleep to fall on Adam, and he slept, and he took one of his ribs, and closed up the flesh instead thereof; and the rib which the Lord God had taken from man, made he a woman, and brought her unto the man. And Adam said, This is now bone of my bone and flesh of my flesh: she shall be called Woman, because she was taken out of man. Therefore shall a man leave his father and mother, and shall cleave unto his wife, and they shall be one flesh."—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] ii, 18, 21–24.'' In these few words the Scriptures narrate the creation of the first mother of our race. In "[[Paradise Lost]]," the poetic genius of Milton, going more into detail, describes how Eve awoke to consciousness, and found herself reposing under a shade of flowers, much wondering what she was and whence she came. Wandering by the margin of a small lake, she sees her own form mirrored in the clear waters, at which she wonders more. But a voice is heard, leading her to him for whom she was made, who lies sleeping under a grateful shade. It is at this point the artist comes to interpret the poet's dream. Amid the varied and luxurious foliage of Eden, in the vague light of the early dawn, Eve is presented, coy and graceful, gazing on her sleeping Lord, while in the background is faintly outlined the mystic form of Him in whose image they were created. -i -2 /ch//THE EXPULSION FROM THE GARDEN And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil; and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live forever: Therefore, the Lord God sent him forth from the garden of Eden, to till the ground from whence he was taken. So he drove out the man; and he placed at the east of the garden of Eden cherubims, and a flaming sword which turned every way, to keep the way of the tree of life.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] iii, 22–24.'' /po// They, looking back, all the eastern side beheld Of Paradise, so late their happy seat, Waved over by that flaming brand; the gate, With dreadful forces thronged, and fiery arms: Some natural tears they dropped, but wiped them soon; The world was all before them, where to choose Their place of rest, and Providence their guide; They, hand in hand, with wandering steps and slow, Through Eden took their solitary way. >>''[[Paradise Lost]], Book XII.'' //po/ -i -3 /ch//THE MURDER OF ABET And Adam knew Eve his wife; and she conceived, and bare Cain, and said, I have gotten a man from the Lord. And she again bare his brother Abel. And Abel was a keeper of sheep, but Cain was a tiller of the ground. And in process of time it came to pass, that Cain brought of the fruit of the ground an offering unto the Lord. And Abel, he also brought of the firstlings of his flock and of the fat thereof. And the Lord had respect unto Abel and to his offering: But unto Cain and to his offering he had not respect. And Cain was very wroth, and his countenance fell. And the Lord said unto Cain, Why art thou wroth? and why is thy, countenance fallen? If thou doest well, shalt thou not be accepted? and if thou doest not well, sin lieth at the door, and unto thee shall be his desire, and thou shalt rule over him. And Cain talked with Abel his brother: and it came to pass, when they were in the field, that Cain rose up against Abel his brother, and slew him. And the Lord said unto Cain, Where is Abel thy brother? And he said, I know not: Am I my brother's keeper? And he said, What hast thou done? the voice of thy brother's blood crieth unto me from the ground. And now art thou cursed from the earth, which hath opened her mouth to receive thy brother's blood from thy hand; When thou tillest the ground, it shall not henceforth yield unto thee her strength; a fugitive and a vagabond shalt thou be in the earth. And Cain said unto the Lord, My punishment is gveater than I can bear. Behold, thou hast driven me out this day from the face of the earth; and from thy face shall I be hid; and I shall be a fugitive and a vagabond in the earth; and it shall come to pass, that every one that findeth me shall slay me. And the Lord said unto him, Therefore whosoever slayeth Cain, vengeance shall be taken on him sevenfold. And the Lord set a mark upon Cain, lest any finding him should kill him. And Cain went out from the presence of the Lord, and dwelt in the land of Nod, on the east of Eden.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] iv, 1–16'' -i -4 /ch//THE DELUGE In the six hundredth year of Noah's life, in the second month, the seventeenth day of the month, the same day were all the fountains of the great deep broken up, and the windows of heaven were opened. And the rain was upon the earth forty days and forty nights. In the self-same day entered Noah, and Shem, and Ham, and Japheth, the sons of Noah, and Noah's wife, and the three wives of his sons with them, into the ark; they, and every beast after his kind, and all the cattle after their kind, and every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth after his kind, and every fowl after his kind, every bird of every sort. And they went in unto Noah into the ark, two and two of all flesh, wherein is the breath of life. And they that went in, went in male and female of all flesh, as God had commanded him: and the Lord shut him in. And the flood was forty days upon the earth; and the waters increased, and bare up the ark, and it was lift up above the earth. And the waters prevailed, and were increased, greatly upon the earth; and the ark went upon the face of the waters. And the waters prevailed exceedingly upon the earth; and all the high hills, that were under the whole heaven, were covered. Fifteen cubits upward did the waters prevail; and the mountains were covered. And all flesh died that moved upon the earth, both of fowl, and of cattle, and of beast, and of every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth, and every man; all in whose nostrils was the breath of life, of all that was in the dry land, died. And every living substance was destroyed which was upon the face of the ground, both man and cattle, and the creeping things, and the fowl of the heaven; and they were destroyed from the earth; and Noah only remained alive, and they that were with him in the ark. And the waters prevailed upon the earth an hundred and fifty days.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] vii, {{SIC|11 24|11–24}}.'' -i -5 /ch//NOAH CURSING HAM And the sons of Noah, that went forth of the ark, were Shem, and Ham, and Japheth; and Ham is the father of Canaan. These ar`e the three sons of Noah: and of them was the whole earth overspread. And Noah began to be an husbandman, and he planted a vineyard: And he drank of the wine, and was drunken; and he was uncovered within his tent. And Ham, the father of Canaan, saw the nakedness of his father, and told his two brethren without. And Shem and Japheth took a garment, and laid it upon both their shoulders, and went backward, and covered the nakedness of their father; and their faces were backward, and they saw not their father's nakedness. And Noah awoke from his wine, and knew what his younger son had done unto him. And he said, Cursed be Canaan; a servant of servants shall he be unto his brethren. And he said, Blessed be the Lord God of Shem; and Canaan shall be his servant. God shall enlarge Japheth, and he shall dwell in the tents of Shem; and Canaan shall be his servant.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] ix, 18–27.'' -i - /ch//THE TOWER OF BABEL And the whole earth was of one language, and of one speech. And it came to pass as they journeyed from the east, that they found a plain in the land of Shinar; and they dwelt there. And they said one to another, Go to, let us make brick, and burn them thoroughly. And they had brick for stone, and slime had they for mortar. And they said, Go to, let us build us a city and a tower, whose top may reach unto heaven; and let us make us a name, lest we be scattered abroad upon the face of the whole earth. And the Lord came down to see the city and the tower which the children of men builded. And the Lord said, Behold, the people is one, and they have all one language; and this they begin to do: and now nothing will be restrained from them, which they have imagined to do. Go to, let us go down, and there confound their language, that they may not understand one another's speech. So the Lord scattered them abroad from thence upon the face of all the earth: and they left off to build the city. Therefore is the name of it called Babel; because the Lord did there confound the language of all the earth: and from thence did the Lord scatter them abroad upon the face of all the earth.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xi, 1–9.'' -i - /ch//ABRAHAM ENTERTAINS THREE STRANGERS In the self-same day was Abraham circumcised, and Ishmael his son. And all the men of his house, born in the house, and bought with money of the stranger, were circumcised with him. And the Lord appeared unto him in the plains of Mamre: and he sat in the tent door in the heat of the day; and he lift up his eyes and looked, and, lo, three men stood by him: and when he saw them, he ran to meet them from the tent door, and bowed himself toward the ground, and said, My Lord, if now I have found favour in thy sight, pass not away, I pray thee, from thy servant: let a little water, pray you, be fetched, and wash your feet, and rest yourselves under the tree: And I will fetch a morsel of bread, and comfort ye your hearts; after that ye shall pass on: for therefore are ye come to your servant. And they said, So do, as thou hast said. And Abraham hastened into the tent unto Sarah, and said, Make ready quickly three measures of fine meal, knead it, and make cakes upon the hearth. And Abraham ran unto the herd, and fetched a calf tender and good, and gave it unto a young man; and he hasted to dress it. And he took butter, and milk, and the calf which he had dressed, and set it before them; and he stood by them under the tree, and they did eat.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xviii, 26, 27; xviii, 1–8.'' Be not forgetful to entertain strangers: for thereby some have entertained angels unawares.—''[[Hebrews (Bible)|Hebrews]] xiii, 2.'' -i - /ch//THE DESTRUCTION OF SODOM And when the morning arose, then the angels hastened Lot, saying, Arise, take thy wife, and thy two daughters, which are here; lest thou be consumed in the iniquity of the city. And while he lingered, the men laid hold upon his hand, and upon the hand of his wife, and upon the hand of his two daughters; the Lord being merciful unto him: and they brought him forth, and set him without the city. And it came to pass, when they had brought them forth abroad, that he said, Escape for thy life; look not behind thee, neither stay thou in all the plain; escape to the mountain, lest thou be consumed. And Lot said unto them, Oh, not so, my Lord. Behold now, thy servant hath found grace in thy sight, and thou hast magnified thy mercy, which thou hast shewed unto me in saving my life; and I cannot escape to the mountain, lest some evil take me and I die. Behold now this city is near to flee unto, and it is a little one: Oh, let me escape thither (is it not a little one?) and my soul shall live. And he said unto him, See, I have accepted thee concerning this thing also, that I will not overthrow this city, for the which thou hast spoken. Haste thee, escape thither; for I cannot do anything till thou be come thither. Therefore the name of the city was called Zoar. The sun was risen upon the earth when Lot entered unto Zoar. Then the Lord rained upon Sodom and upon Gomorrah brimstone and fire from the Lord out of heaven; and he overthrew those cities, and all the plain, and all the inhabitants of the cities, and that which grew upon the ground. But his wife looked back from behind him, and she became a pillar of salt. And Abraham gat up early in the morning to the place where he stood before the Lord: and he looked toward Sodom and Gomorrah, and toward all the land of the plain, and beheld, and lo, the smoke of the country went up as the smoke of a furnace.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xix, 15–28.'' -i - /ch//THE EXPULSION OF TIAGAR. And the Lord visited Sarah as he had said, and the Lord did unto Sarah as he had spoken. For Sarah conceived, and bare Abraham a son in his old age, at the set time of which God had spoken to him. And Abraham called the name of his son that was born unto him, whom Sarah bare to him, Isaac. And Abraham circumcised his son Isaac, being eight days old, as God had commanded him. And Abraham was an hundred years old, when his son Isaac was born unto him. And Sarah said, God hath made me to laugh, so that all that hear will laugh with me. And she said, who would have said unto Abraham, that Sarah should have given children suck? for I have born him a son in his old age. And the child grew, and was weaned: and Abraham made a great feast the same day that Isaac was weaned. And Sarah saw the son of Hagar, the Egyptian, which she had born unto Abraham, mocking. Wherefore she said unto Abraham, Cast out this bondwoman and her son: for the son of this bondwoman shall not be heir with my son, even with Isaac. And the thing was very grievous in Abraham's sight because of his son. And God said unto Abraham, Let it not be grievous in thy sight because of the lad, and because of thy bondwoman; in all that Sarah hath said unto thee, hearken unto her voice; for in Isaac shall thy seed be called. And also of the son of the bondwoman will I make a nation, because he is thy seed. And Abraham rose up early in the morning, and took bread, and a bottle of water, and gave it unto Hagar, putting it on her shoulder, and the child, and sent her away: and she departed, and wandered in the wilderness of Beer-sheba.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxi, 1–14.'' -i - /ch//HAGAR IN THE WILDERNESS And Abraham rose up early in the morning, and took bread, and a bottle of water, and gave it unto Hagar, putting it on her shoulder, and the child, and sent her away; and she departed, and wandered in the wilderness of Beer-sheba. And the water was spent in the bottle, and: she cast the child under one of the shrubs. And she went and sat her down over against him a good way off, as it were a bow-shot: for she said, Let me not see the death of the child. And she sat over against him, and lifted up her voice and wept. And God heard the voice of the lad; and the angel of God called to Hagar out of heaven, and said unto her, What aileth thee, Hagar? fear not, for God hath heard the voice of the lad where he is. Arise, lift up the lad, and hold him in thine hand; for I will make him a great nation. And God opened her eyes, and she saw a well of water; and she went, and filled the bottle with water, and gave the lad drink. And God was with the lad; and he grew, and dwelt in the wilderness, and became an archer. And he dwelt in the wilderness of Paran: and his mother took him a wife out of the land of Egypt.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] {{SIC|xxi.|xxi,}} 14–21.'' -i - /ch//THE TRIAL OF THE FAITH OF ABRAHAM And it came to pass after these things, that God did tempt Abraham, and said unto him, Abraham: and he said, Behold, here I am. And he said, Take now thy son, thine only son Isaac, whom thou lovest, and get thee into the land of Moriah; and offer him there for a burnt offering upon one of the mountains which I will tell thee of. And Abraham rose up early in the morning, and saddled his ass, and took two of his young men with him, and Isaac his son, and clave the wood for the burnt offering, and rose up and went unto the place of which God had told him. Then on the third day Abraham lifted up his eyes and saw the place afar off. And Abraham said unto his young men, Abide ye here with the ass; and I and the lad will go yonder and worship, and come again to you. And Abraham took the wood of the burnt offering and laid it upon Isaac his son; and he took the fire in his hand and a knife, and they went both of them together. And Isaac spake unto Abraham his father, and said, My father: and he said, Here am I, my son. And he said, Behold the fire and the wood: but where is the lamb for a burnt offering? And Abraham said, My son, God will provide himself a lamb for a burnt offering: so they went both of them together. And they came to the place which God had told him of; and Abraham built an altar there, and laid the wood in order, and bound Isaac his son, and laid him on the altar upon the wood. And Abraham stretched forth his hand and took the knife to slay his son. And the angel of the Lord called unto him out of heaven, and said, Abraham, Abraham: and he said, Here am I. And he said, Lay not thine hand upon the lad, neither do thou anything unto him: for now I know that thou fearest God, seeing thou hast not withheld thy son, thine only son, from me. And Abraham lifted up his eyes and looked, and behold behind him a ram caught in a thicket by his horns: and Abraham went and took the ram, and offered him up for a burnt offering in the stead of his son. And Abraham called the name of that place Jehovah-jireh: as it is to this day, In the mount of the Lord it shall be seen. And the angel of the Lord called unto Abraham out of heaven the second time, and said, By myself have I sworn, saith the Lord, for because thou hast done this thing, and hast not withheld thy son, thine only son, that in blessing I will bless thee, and in multiplying I will multiply thy seed as the stars of heaven, and as the sand which is upon the sea shore; and thy seed shall possess the gate of his enemies; and in thy seed shall all the nations of the earth be blessed, because thou hast obeyed my voice.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxii. 1–18.'' -i - THE BURTAL{OFSSARALE And Sarah was an hundred and seven and twenty years old: these were the years of the life of Sarah. And Sarah died in Kirjath-arba; the same is Hebron in the land of Canaan: and Abraham came to mourn for Sarah, and to weep for her. And Abraham stood up from before his dead, and spake unto the sons of Heth, saying, I am a stranger and a sojourner with you: give me a possession of a buryingplace with you, that I may bury my dead out of my sight. And the children of Heth answered Abraham, saying unto him, Hear us, my lord: thou art a mighty prince among us: in the choice of our sepulchres bury thy dead; none of us shall withhold from thee his sepulchre, but that thou mayest bury thy dead. And Abraham stood up, and bowed himself to the people of the land, even to the children of Heth. And he communed with them, saying, If it be your mind that I should bury my dead out of my sight; hear me, and intreat for me to Ephron the son of Zohar, that he may give me the cave of Machpelah, which he hath, which is in the end of his field; for as much money as it is worth he shall give it me for a possession of a buryingplace amongst you. And Ephron dwelt among the children of Heth: and Ephron the Hittite answered Abraham in the audience of the children of Heth, even of all that went in at the gate of his city, saying, Nay, my lord, hear me: the field give I thee, and the cave that is therein, I give it thee; in the presence of the sons of my people give I it thee: bury thy dead. And Abraham bowed down himself before the people of the land. And he spake unto Ephron in the audience of the people of the land, saying, But if thou wilt give it, I pray thee, hear me: I will give thee money for the field; take it of me, and I will bury my dead there. And Ephron answered Abraham, saying unto him, My lord, hearken unto me: the land is worth four hundred shekels of silver: what is that betwixt me and thee? bury therefore thy dead. And Abraham hearkened unto Ephron; and Abraham weighed to Ephron the silver, which he had named in the audience of the sons of Heth, four hundred shekels of silver, current money with the merchant. And the field of Ephron, which was in Machpelah, which was before Mamre, the field, and the cave which was therein, and all the trees that were in the field, that were in all the borders round about, were made sure unto Abraham for a possession in the presence of the children of Heth, before all that went in at the gate of his city. And after this, Abraham buried Sarah his wife in the cave of the field of Machpelah before Mamre; the same is Hebron in the land of Canaan. And the field, and the cave that is therein, were made sure unto Abraham for a possession of a buryingplace by the sons of Heth.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxiii.'' -i - /ch//ELIEZER AND REBEKAH And the servant put his hand under the thigh of Abraham his master, and sware to him concerning that matter. And the servant took ten camels of the camels of his master, and departed; for all the goods of his master were in his hand: and he arose and went to Mesopotamia, unto the city of Nahor. And he made his camels to kneel down, without the city by a well of water at the time of the evening, even the time that women go out to draw water. And he said, O Lord God of my master Abraham, I pray thee, send me good speed this day, and shew kindness unto my master Abraham. Behold, I stand here by the well of water; and the daughters of the men of the city come out to draw water: and let it come to pass, that the damsel to whom I shall say, Let down thy pitcher, I pray thee, that I may drink; and she shall say, Drink, and I will give thy camels drink also: let the same be she that thou hast appointed for thy servant Isaac; and thereby shall I know that thou hast shewed kindness unto my master. And it came to pass before he had done speaking, that, behold, Rebekah came out, who was born to Bethuel, son of Milcah, the wife of Nahor, Abraham's brother, with her pitcher upon her shoulder. And the damsel was very fair to look upon, a virgin, neither had any man known her: and she went down to the well, and filled her pitcher and came up. And the servant ran to meet her, and said, Let me, I pray thee, drink a little water of thy pitcher. And she said, Drink, my lord; and she hasted, and let down her pitcher upon her hand, and gave him drink. And when she had done giving him drink, she said, I will draw water for thy camels also, until they have done drinking. And she hasted and emptied her pitcher into the trough, and ran again unto the well to draw water, and drew for all his camels. And the man wondering at her held his peace, to wit whether the Lord had made his journey prosperous or not. And it came to pass, as the camels had done drinking, that the man took a golden earring of half a shekel weight, and two bracelets for her hands of ten shekels weight of gold: and said, whose daughter art thou? tell me, I pray thee; is there room in thy father's house for us to lodge in? And she said unto him, I am the daughter of Bethuel the son of Milcah, which she bare unto Nahor. She said moreover unto him, We have both straw and provender enough, and room to lodge in. And the man bowed down his head and worshiped the Lord. And he said, Blessed be the Lord God of my master Abraham, who hath not left destitute my master of his mercy and his truth: I being in the way, the Lord led me to the house of my master's brethren. And the damsel ran, and told them of her mother's house these things.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxiv, 9–28.'' -i - /ch//ISAAC BLESSING JACOB And it came to pass, that when Isaac was old, and his eyes were dim, so that he could not see, he called Esau, his eldest son, and said unto him, My son: and he said unto him, Behold, here am I. And he said, Behold now, I am old, I know not the day of my death: Now therefore take, I pray thee, thy weapons, thy quiver and thy bow, and go out to the field, and take me some venison; And make me savoury meat, such as I love, and bring it to me, that I may eat; that my soul may bless thee before I die. And Rebekah heard when Isaac spake to Esau his son. And Esau went to the field to hunt for venison, and to bring it. And Rebekah spake unto Jacob her son, saying, Behold, I heard thy father speak unto Esau thy brother, saying, Bring me venison, and make me savoury meat, that I may eat, and bless thee before the Lord before my death. Now therefore, my son, obey my voice according to that which I command thee. Go now to the flock, and fetch me from thence two good kids of the goats; and I will make them savoury meat for thy father such as he loveth; And thou shalt bring it to thy father, that he may eat, and that he may bless thee before his death. And Jacob said to Rebekah his mother, Behold, Esau my brother is a hairy man, and lama smooth man: My father peradventure will feel me, and I shall seem to him as a deceiver; and I shall bring a curse upon me, and not a blessing. And his mother said unto him, Upon me be thy curse, my son: only obey my voice, and go fetch me them. And he went, and fetched, and brought them to his mother: and his mother made savoury meat, such as his father loved. And Rebekah took goodly raiment of her eldest son Esau, which were with her in the house, and put them upon Jacob her younger son: And she put the skins of the kids of the goats upon his hands and upon the smooth of his neck: And she gave the savoury meat and the bread, which she had prepared, into the hand of her son Jacob. And he came unto his father, and said, My father: and he said, Here am I; who art thou, my son? And Jacob said unto his father, I am Esau thy first born; I have done according as thou badest me: arise, I pray thee, sit and eat of my venison, that thy soul may bless me. And Isaac said unto his son, How is it that thou hast found it so quickly, my son? And he said, Because the Lord thy God brought it to me. And Isaac said unto Jacob, Come near, I pray thee, that I may feel thee, my son, whether thou be my very son Esau or not. And Jacob went near unto Isaac his father; and he felt him, and said, The voice is Jacob's voice, but the hands are the hands of Esau. And he discerned him not, because his hands were hairy, as his brother Esau's hands: so he blessed him. And he said, Art thou my very son Esau? And he said, I am. And he said, Bring it near to me, and I will eat of my son's venison, that my soul may bless thee. And he brought it near to him, and he did eat; and he/brought him wine, and he drank. And his father Isaac said unto him, Come near now, and kiss me, my son. And he came near, and kissed him: and he smelled the smell of his raiment, and blessed him, and said, See, the smell of my son is as the smell of a field which the Lord hath blessed: Therefore God give thee of the dew of heaven, and the fatness of the earth, and plenty of corn and wine: Let people serve thee, and nations bow down to thee: be lord over thy brethren, and let thy mother's sons bow down to thee: cursed be every one that curseth thee, and blessed be he that blesseth thee.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxvii, 1–29.'' -i - /ch//JACOB TENDING THE BLOCKS OF LABAN And while he yet spake with them, Rachel came with her father's sheep: for she kept them. And it came to pass, when Jacob saw Rachel the daughter of Laban his mother's brother, and the sheep of Laban his mother's brother, that Jacob went near, and rolled the stone from the well's mouth, and watered the flock of Laban his mother's brother. And Jacob kissed Rachel, and lifted up his voice, and wept. And Jacob told Rachel that he was her father's brother, and that he was Rebekah's son: and she ran and told her father. And it came to pass, when Laban heard the tidings of Jacob his sister's son, that he ran to meet him, and embraced him, and kissed him, and brought him to his house. And he told Laban all these things. And Laban said to him, Surely thou art my bone and my flesh. And he abode with him the space of a month. And Laban said unto Jacob, Because thou art my brother, shouldest thou therefore serve me for naught? tell me, what shall thy wages be? And Laban had two daughters: the name of the elder was Leah, and the name of the younger was Rachel. Leah was tender eyed; but Rachel was beautiful and well favoured. And Jacob loved Rachel; and said, I will serve thee seven years for Rachel thy younger daughter. And Laban said, It is better that I give her to thee, than that I should give her to another man; abide with me. And Jacob served seven years tor Rachel; and they seemed unto him but a few days, for the love he had for her. And Jacob said unto Laban, Give me my wife, for my days are fulfilled, that I may go in unto her. And Laban gathered together all the men of the place, and made a feast. And it came to pass in the evening, that he took Leah his daughter, and brought her to him; and he went in unto her. And Laban gave unto his daughter Leah Zilpah his maid, for an handmaid. And it came to pass that in the morning, behold, it was Leah: and he said to Laban. What is this thou hast done unto me? did not I serve with thee for Rachel? wherefore then hast thou beguiled me? And Laban said, It must not be so done in our country, to give the younger before the firstborn. Fulfil her week, and we will give thee this also for the service which thou shalt serve with me yet seven other years. And Jacob did so, and fulfilled her week; and he gave him Rachel his daughter to wife also. And Laban gave to Rachel his daughter Bilhah his handmaid to be her maid. And he went in also unto Rachel, and he loved also Rachel more than Leah, and served with him yet seven other years.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxix, 9–30.'' -i - /ch//JOSEPH SOLD INTO EGYPT These are the generations of Jacob. Joseph, being seventeen years old, was feeding the flock with his brethren; and the lad was with the sons of Bilhah and with the sons of Zilpah, his father's wives; and Joseph brought unto his father their evil report. Now Israel loved Joseph more than all his children, because he was the son of his old age; and he made him a coat of many colors. And when his brethren saw that their father loved him more than all his brethren, they hated him, and could not speak peaceably unto him. And Joseph dreamed a dream, and he told it his brethren: and they hated him yet the more. And he said unto them, Hear, I pray you, this dream which I have dreamed. For, behold, we were binding sheaves in the field, and, lo, my sheaf arose, and also stood upright; and, behold, your sheaves stood round about, and made obeisance to my sheaf. And his brethren said to him, Shalt thou indeed reign over us? or shalt thou indeed have dominion over us? And they hated him yet the more for his dreams and for his words. And he dreamed yet another dream, and told it his brethren, and said, Behold, I have dreamed a dream more; and, behold, the sun and the moon and the eleven stars made obeisance to me. And he told it to his father and to his brethren; and his father rebuked him, and said unto him, What is this dream that thou hast dreamed? Shall I and thy mother and thy brethren indeed come to bow down ourselves to thee to the earth. And his brethren envied him; but his father observed the saying. And his brethren went to feed their father's flock in Shechem. And Joseph went after his brethren, and found them in Dothan. And when they saw him afar off, even before he came near unto them, they conspired against him to slay him. And they said one to another, Behold, this dreamer cometh. Come now, therefore, and let us slay him, and cast him into some pit, and we will say, Some evil beast hath devoured him; and we shall see what will become of his dreams. And Reuben heard it, and he delivered him out of their hands; and said, Let us not kill him. And Reuben said unto them, Shed no blood, but cast him into this pit that is in the wilderness, and lay no hand upon him; that he might rid him out of their hands to deliver him to his father again. And it came to pass, when Joseph was come unto his brethren, that they stript Joseph out of his coat, his coat of many colors that was on him; and they took him and cast him into a pit; and the pit was empty, there was no water in it. And they sat down to eat bread; and they lifted up their eyes and looked, and, behold, a company of Ishmaelites came from Gilead with their camels bearing spicery and balm and myrrh, going to carry it down to Egypt. And Judah said unto his brethren. What profit is it if we slay our brother, and conceal his blood? Come, and let us sell him to the Ishmaelites, and let not our hand be upon him, for he is our brother and our flesh. And his brethren were content. Then there passed by Midianites merchantmen; and they drew and lifted up Joseph out of the pit, and sold Joseph to the Ishmaelites for twenty pieces of silver; and they brought Joseph into Egypt. And the Midianites sold him into Egypt unto Potiphar, an officer of Pharaoh's, and captain of the guard.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xxxvii, 2–12, 17–28, 30.'' -i - /ch//JOSEPH INTERPRETING PHARAOH'S DREAM. And it came to pass at the end of two full years, that Pharaoh dreamed: and, behold, he stood by the river. And, behold, there came up out of the river seven well favoured kine and fatfleshed; and they fed in a meadow. And, behold, seven other kine came up after them out of the river, ill favoured and leanfleshed; and stood by the other kine upon the brink of the river. And the ill favored and leanfleshed kine did eat up the seven well favoured and fat kine. So Pharaoh awoke. And he slept and dreamed the second time: and, behold, seven ears of corn came up upon one stalk, rank and good. And, behold, seven thin ears and blasted with the east wind sprung up after them. And the seven thin ears devoured the seven rank and full ears. And Pharaoh awoke, and, behold, it was a dream. And it came to pass in the morning that his spirit was troubled; and he sent and called for all the magicians of Egypt, and all the wise men thereof: and Pharaoh told them his dream; but there was none that could interpret them unto Pharaoh. [At the suggestion of his chief butler Pharaoh sends for Joseph and relates to him his dreams, which Joseph interprets as follows:] And Joseph said unto Pharaoh, The dream of Pharaoh is one: God hath shewed Pharaoh what he is about to do. The seven good kine are seven years; and the seven good ears are seven years: the dream is one. And the seven thin and ill favoured kine that came up after them are seven years; and the seven empty ears blasted with the east wind shall be seven years of famine. This is the thing which I have spoken unto Pharaoh: What God is about to do he sheweth unto Pharaoh. Behold, there come seven years of great plenty throughout all the land of Egypt: And there shall arise after them seven years of famine; and all the plenty shall be forgotten in the land of Egypt; and the famine shall consume the land; and the plenty shall not be known in the land by reason of that famine following; for it shall be very grievous. And for that the dream was doubled unto Pharaoh twice it is because the thing is established by God, and God will shortly bring it to pass. Now therefore let Pharaoh look out a man discreet and wise, and set him over the land of Egypt. Let Pharaoh do this, and let him appoint officers over the land, and take up the fifth part of the land of Egypt in the seven plenteous years. And let them gather all the food of those good years that come, and lay up corn under the hand of Pharaoh, and let them keep food in the cities. And that food shall be for store to the land against the seven years of famine, which shall be in the land of Egypt; that the land perish not through the famine.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xli, 1–36.'' -i - /ch//JOSEPH MAKING HIMSELF KNOWN TO HIS BRETHREN Then Joseph could not refrain himself before all them that stood by him; and he cried, Cause every man to go out from me. And there stood no man with him, while Joseph made himself known unto his brethren. And he wept aloud: and the Egyptians and the house of Pharaoh heard. And Joseph said unto his brethren, I am Joseph; doth my father yet live? And his brethren could not answer him; for they were troubled at his presence. And Joseph said unto his brethren, Come near to me, I pray you. And they came near. And he said, I am Joseph your brother, whom ye sold into Egypt. Now therefore be not grieved, nor angry with yourselves, that ye sold me hither: for God did send me before you to preserve life. For these two years hath the famine been in the land: and yet there are five years, in which there shall neither be earing nor harvest. And God sent me before you to preserve you a posterity in the earth, and to save your lives by a great deliverance. So now it was not you that sent me hither, but God: and he hath made me a father to Pharaoh, and lord of all his house, and a ruler throughout all the land of Egypt. Haste ye, and go up to my father, and say unto him, Thus saith thy son Joseph, God hath made me lord of all Egypt: come down unto me, tarry not: And thou shalt dwell in the land of Goshen, and thou shalt be near unto me, thou, and thy children, and thy children's children, and thy flocks, and thy herds, and all that thou hast. And there will I nourish thee; for yet there are five years of famine; lest thou, and thy household, and all that thou hast, come to poverty. And, behold, your eyes see, and the eyes of my brother Benjamin, that it is my mouth that speaketh unto you. And ye shall tell my father of all my glory in Egypt, and of all that ye have seen; and ye shall haste and bring down my father hither. And he fell upon his brother Benjamin's neck, and wept; and Benjamin wept upon his neck. Moreover he kissed all his brethren, and wept upon them: and after that his brethren talked with him. And the fame there of was heard in Pharaoh's house, saying, Joseph's brethren are come: and it pleased Pharaoh well, and his servants. And Pharaoh said unto Joseph, say unto thy brethren, This do ye; lade your beasts, and go, get you unto the land of Canaan; and take your father and your households, and come unto me: and I will give you the good of the land of Egypt, and ye shall eat the fat of the land.—''[[Genesis (Bible)|Genesis]] xlv, 1–18.'' -i - /ch//MOSES IN THE BULRUSHES And there went a man of the house of Levi, and took to wife a daughter of Levi. And the woman conceived, and bare a son: and when she saw him that he was a goodly child, she hid him three months. And when she could not longer hide him, she took for him an ark of bulrushes, and daubed it with slime and with pitch, and put the child therein; and she laid it in the flags by the river's brink. And his sister stood afar off, to wit what would be done to him. And the daughter of Pharaoh came down to wash herself at the river; and her maidens walked along by the river's side; and when she saw the ark among the flags, she sent her maid to fetch it. And when she had opened it, she saw the child: and, behold, the babe wept. And she had compassion on him, and said, This is one of the Hebrews' children. Then said his sister to Pharaoh's daughter, Shall I go and call to thee a nurse of the Hebrew women, that she may nurse the child for thee? And Pharaoh's daughter said to her, Go. And the maid went and called the child's mother. And Pharaoh's daughter said unto her, Take this child away, and nurse it for me, and I will give thee thy wages. And the woman took the child and nursed it. And the child grew, and she brought him unto Pharaoh's daughter, and he became her son. And she called his name Moses: and she said, Because I drew him out of the water.—''[[Exodus (Bible)|Exodus]] ii, 1–10.'' -i - /ch//THE WAR AGAINST GIBEON Therefore the five kings of the Amorites, the king of Jerusalem, the king of Hebron, the king of Jarmuth, the king of Lachish, the king of Eglon, gathered themselves together, and went up, they and all their hosts, and encamped before Gibeon, and made war against it. And the men of Gibeon sent unto Joshua to the camp to Gilgal, saying, Slack not thy hand from thy servants; come up to us quickly, and save us and help us: for all the kings of the Amorites that dwell in the mountains are gathered together against us. So Joshua ascended from Gilgal, he, and all the people of war with him, and all the mighty men of valor. And the Lord said unto Joshua, Fear them not: for I have delivered them into thine hand; there shall not a man of them stand before thee. Joshua therefore came unto them suddenly, and went up from Gilgal all night. And the Lord discomfited them before Israel, and slew them with a great slaughter at Gibeon, and chased them along the way that goeth up to Beth-horon, and smote them to Azekah, and unto Makkedah. And it came to pass, as they fled from before Israel, and were in the going down to Beth-horon, that the Lord cast down great stones from heaven upon them unto Azekah, and they died: they were more which died with hailstones than they whom the children of Israel slew with the sword. Then spake Joshua to the Lord in the day when the Lord delivered up the Amorites before the children of Israel, and he said in the sight of Israel, Sun, stand thou still upon Gibeon; and thou, Moon, in the valley of Ajalon. And the sun stood still, and the moon stayed, until the people had avenged themselves upon their enemies. Is not this written in the book of Jasher? So the sun stood still in the midst of heaven, and hastened not to go down about a whole day. And there was no day like that before it or after it, that the Lord hearkened unto the voice of a man: for the Lord fought for Israel. And Joshua returned, and all Israel with him, unto the camp to Gilgal. But these five kings fled, and hid themselves in a cave at Makkedah. And it was told Joshua, saying, The five kings are found hid in a cave at Makkedah. And Joshua said, Roll great stones upon the mouth of the cave, and set men by it for to keep them: and stay ye not, but pursue after your enemies, and smite the hindmost of them; suffer them not to enter into their cities; for the Lord your God hath delivered them into your hand. And it came to pass, when Joshua and the children of Israel had made an end of slaying them with a very great slaughter, till they were consumed, that the rest which remained of them entered into fenced cities.—''[[Joshua (Bible)|Joshua]] x, 5–20.'' -i - /ch//SISERA SLAIN BY JAEL Now Heber the Kenite, which was of the children of Hobab, the father-in-law of Moses, had severed himself from the Kenites, and pitched his tent unto the plain of Zaanaim, which is by Kedesh. And they shewed Sisera that Barak, the son of Abinoam, was gone up to Mount Tabor. "And Sisera gathered together all his chariots, even nine hundred chariots of iron, and all the people that were with him, from Harosheth of the Gentiles unto the river of Kishon. And Deborah said unto Barak, Up; for this is the day in which the Lord hath delivered Sisera into thine hand: is not the Lord gone out before thee? So Barak went down from Mount Tabor, and ten thousand men after him. And the Lord discomfited Sisera, and all his chariots and all his host, with the edge of the sword before Barak; so that Sisera lighted down off his chariot, and fled away on his feet. But Barak pursued after the chariots, and after the host, unto Harosheth of the Gentiles: and all the host of Sisera fell upon the edge of the sword; and there was not a man left. Howbeit Sisera fled away on his feet to the tent of Jael, the wife of Heber the Kenite; for there was peace between Jabin the king of Hazor and the house of Heber the Kenite. And Jael went out to meet Sisera, and said unto him, Turn in, my lord, turn in to me; fear not. And when he had turned in unto her into the tent, she covered him with a mantle. And he said unto her, Give me, I pray thee, a little water to drink; for I am thirsty. And she opened a bottle of milk, and gave him drink, and covered him. Again he said unto her, Stand in the door of the tent, and it shall be, when any man doth come and enquire of thee, and say. Is there any man here? that thou shalt say, No. Then Jael, Heber's wife, took a nail of the tent, and took an hammer in her hand, and went softly unto him, and smote the nail into his temples, and fastened it into the ground: for he was fast asleep and weary. So he died. And, behold, as Barak pursued Sisera, Jael came out to meet him, and said unto him, Come, and I will show thee the man whom thou seekest. And when he came into her tent, behold, Sisera lay dead, and the nail was in his temples.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] iv, 11–22.'' -i - /ch//DEBORAH'S SONG OF TRIUMPH. Then sang Deborah and Barak, the son of Abinoam on that day, saying:— /po// Praise ye the Lord for the avenging of Israel, When the people willingly offered themselves. Hear, O ye kings; give ear, O ye princes; I, even I, will sing unto the Lord; I will sing praise to the Lord God of Israel. Lord, when thou wentest out of Seir, When thou marchedst out of the field of Edom, The earth trembled, and the heavens dropped, the clouds also dropped water. The mountains melted from before the Lord, Even that Sinai from before the Lord God of Israel. /st/6/ Blessed above women shall Jael the wife of Heber the Kenite be; Blessed shall she be above women in the tent. He asked water, and she gave him milk; She brought forth butter in a lordly dish. She put her hand to the nail, and her right hand to the workmen's hammer; And with the hammer she smote Sisera, She smote off his head, when she had pierced and stricken through his temples. At her feet he bowed, he fell, he lay down: At her feet he bowed, he fell: Where he bowed, there he fell down dead. The mother of Sisera looked out at a window, and cried through the lattice, Why is his chariot so long in coming? Why tarry the wheels of his chariots? Her wise ladies answered her, yea, she returned answer to herself, Have they not sped? Have they not divided the prey; To every man a damsel or two; To Sisera a prey of divers colours, a prey of divers colours of needlework, Of divers colours of needlework on both sides, meet for the necks of them that take the spoil? So let all thine enemies perish, O Lord: But let them that love him be as the sun when he goeth forth in his might. >>—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] v, 2–5, 24–31.'' //po/ -i - /ch//JEPHTHAH MET BY HIS DAUGHTER Then the Spirit of the Lord came upon Jephthah, and he passed over Gilead, and Manasseh, and passed over Mizpeh of Gilead, and from Mizpeh of Gilead he passed over unto the children of Ammon. And Jephthah vowed a vow unto the Lord, and said, If thou shalt without fail deliver the children of Ammon into mine hands, then it shall be, that whatsoever cometh forth of the doors of my house to meet me, when I return in peace from the children of Ammon, shall surely be the Lord's, and I will offer it up for a burnt offering. So Jephthah passed over unto the children of Ammon to fight against them; and the Lord delivered them into his hands. And he smote them from Aroer, even till thou come to Minnith, even twenty cities, and unto the plain of the vineyards, with a very great slaughter. Thus the children of Ammon were subdued before the children of Israel. And Jephthah came to Mizpeh unto his house, and, behold, his daughter came out to meet him with timbrels and with dances: and she was his only child; beside her he had neither son nor daughter.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] xi, 29–34.'' -i - /ch//JEPHTHAH'S DAUGHTER AND HER COMPANIONS And it came to pass, when he saw her, that he rent his clothes, and said, Alas, my daughter! thou hast brought me very low, and thou art one of them that trouble me: for I have opened my mouth unto the Lord, and I cannot go back. And she said unto him, My father, if thou hast opened thy mouth unto the Lord, do to me according to that which hath proceeded out of thy mouth; forasmuch as the Lord hath taken vengeance for thee of thine enemies, even of the children of Ammon. And she said unto her father, Let this thing be done for me: let me alone two months, that I may go up and down upon the mountains, and bewail my virginity, I and my fellows. And he said, Go. And he sent her away for two months: and she went with her companions, and bewailed her virginity upon the mountains. And it came to pass at the end of two months, that she returned unto her father, who did with her according to his vow which he had vowed: and she knew no man. And it was a custom in Israel, that the daughters of Israel went yearly to lament the daughter of Jephthah the Gileadite four days in a year.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] xi, 35–40.'' -ih - /ch//SAMSON SLAYING THE LION Then went Samson down, and his father and his mother, to Timnath, and came to the vineyards of Timnath; and, behold, a young lion roared against him. And the Spirit of the Lord came mightily upon him, and he rent him as he would have rent a kid, and he had nothing in his hand; but he told not his father or his mother what he had done.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] xiv, 5–6.'' -i - /ch//SAMSON AND DELILAH And it came to pass afterward, that he loved a woman in the valley of Sorek, whose name was Delilah. And the lords of the Philistines came up unto her, and said unto her, Entice him, and see wherein his great strength lieth, and by what means we may prevail against him, that we may bind him to afflict him; and we will give thee every one of us eleven hundred pieces of silver. And Delilah said to Samson, Tell me, I pray thee, wherein thy great strength lieth, and wherewith thou mightest be bound to afflict thee. And Samson said unto her, If they bind me with seven green withs that were never dried, then shall I be weak, and be as another man. Then the lords of the Philistines brought up to her seven green withs which had not been dried, and she bound him with them. Now there were men lying in wait, abiding with her in the chamber. And she said unto him, The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And he brake the withs, as a thread of tow is broken when it toucheth the fire. So his strength was not known. And Delilah said unto Samson, Behold, thou hast mocked me, and told me lies: now tell me, I pray thee, wherewith thou mightest be bound. And he said unto her, If they bind me fast with new ropes that never were occupied, then shall I be weak, and be as another man. Delilah therefore took new ropes, and bound him therewith, and said unto him, The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And there were liers in wait abiding in the chamber. And he brake them from off his arms like a thread. And Delilah said unto Samson, Hitherto thou hast mocked me, and told me lies: tell me wherewith thou mightest be bound. And he said unto her, If thou weavest the seven locks of my head with the web. And she fastened it with the pin, and said unto him, The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And he awaked out of his sleep, and went away with the pin of the beam and with the web. And she said unto him, How canst thou say, I love thee, when thine heart is not with me? thou hast mocked me these three times, and hast not told me wherein thy great strength lieth. And it came to pass, when she pressed him daily with her words, and urged him, so that his soul was vexed unto death; that he told her all his heart, and said unto her, There hath not come a razor upon mine head; for I have been a Nazarite unto God from my mother's womb: if I be shaven, then my strength will go from me, and I shall become weak, and be like any other man. And when Delilah saw that he had told her all his heart, she sent and called for the lords of the Philistines, saying, Come up this once, for he hath showed me all his heart. Then the lords of the Philistines came up unto her, and brought money in their hand. And she made him sleep upon her knees; and she called for a man, and she caused him to shave off the seven locks of his head; and she began to afflict him, and his strength went from him. And she said, The Philistines be upon thee, Samson. And he awoke out of his sleep, and said, I will go out as at other times before, and shake myself. And he wist not that the Lord was departed from him.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] xvt, 4–20.'' -i - /ch//THE DEATH OF SAMSON But the Philistines took him, and put out his eyes, and brought him down to Gaza, and bound him with fetters of brass; and he did grind in the prison house. Howbeit the hair of his head began to grow again after he was shaven. Then the lords of the Philistines gathered them together for to offer a great sacrifice unto Dagon their god, and to rejoice: for they said, Our God hath delivered Samson our enemy into our hand. And when the people saw him, they praised their god: for they said, Our god hath delivered into our hands our enemy, and the destroyer of our country, which slew many of us. And it came to pass, when their hearts were merry, that they said, Call for Samson, that he may make us sport. And they called for Samson out of the prison house; and he made them sport: and they set him between the pillars. And Samson said unto the lad that held him by the hand, Suffer me that I may feel the pillars whereupon the house standeth, that I may lean upon them. Now the house was full of men and women; and all the lords of the Philistines were there; and there were upon the roof about three thousand men and women, that beheld while Samson made sport. And Samson called unto the Lord, and said, O Lord God, remember me, I pray thee, and strengthen me, I pray thee, only this once, O God, that I may be at once avenged of the Philistines for my two eyes. And Samson took hold of the two middle pillars upon which the house stood, and on which it was borne up, of the one with his right hand, and of the other with his left. And Samson said, Let me die with the Philistines. And he bowed himself with all his might; and the house fell upon the lords, and upon all the people that were therein. So the dead which he slew at his death were more than they which he slew in his life. Then his brethren and all the house of his father came down, and took him, and brought him up, and buried him between Zorah and Eshtaol in the buryingplace of Manoah his father. And he judged Israel twenty years.—''[[Judges (Bible)|Judges]] xvi, 21–71.'' -i - /ch//NAOMI AND HER DAUGHTERS IN LAW Now it came to pass in the days when the judges ruled, that there was a famine in the land. And acertain man of Beth-lehem-judah went to sojourn in the country of Moab, he, and his wife, and his two sons. And the name of the man was Elimelech, and the name of his wife Naomi, and the name of his two sons Mahlon and Chilion, Ephrathites of Beth-lehem-judah. And they came into the country of Moab, and continued there. And Elimelech Naomi's husband died; and she was left, and her two sons. And they took them wives of the women of Moab; the name of the one was Orpah, and the name of the other Ruth: and they dwelt there about ten years. And Mahlon and Chilion died also both of them; and the woman was left of her two sons and her husband. Then she arose with her daughters in law, that she might return from the country of Moab: for she had heard in the country of Moab how that the Lord had visited his people in giving them bread. Wherefore she went forth out of the place where she was, and her two daughters in law with her; and they went on the way to return unto the land of Judah. And Naomi said unto her two daughters in law, Go, return each to her mother's house: the Lord deal kindly with you, as ye have dealt with the dead, and with me. The Lord grant you that ye may find rest, each of you in the house of her husband. Then she kissed them; and they lifted up their voice, and wept. And they said unto her, Surely we will return with thee unto thy people. And Naomi said, Turn again, my daughters: why will ye go with me? are there yet any more sons in my womb, that they may be your husbands? Turn again, my daughters, go your way; for I am too old to have a husband. If I should say, I have hope, if I should have a husband also to night, and should also bear sons; would ye tarry for them till they were grown? would ye stay for them from having husbands? nay, my daughters; for it grieveth me much for your sakes that the hand of the Lord is gone out against me. And they lifted up their voice, and wept again: and Orpah kissed her mother in law; but Ruth clave unto her. And she said, Behold, thy sister in law is gone back unto her people, and unto her gods: return thou after thy sister in law. And Ruth said, Entreat me not to leave thee, or to return from following after thee: for whither thou goest, I will go; and where thou lodgest, I will lodge: thy people shall be my people, and thy God my God: Where thou diest, will I die, and there will I be buried: the Lord do so to me, and more also, if ought but death part thee and me. When she saw that she was steadfastly minded to go with her, then she left speaking unto her. So they two went until they came to Beth-lehem.—''[[Ruth (Bible)|Ruth]]'' i, 1–19.'' -i - /ch//RUTH AND BOAZ And Naomi had a kinsman of her husband's, a mighty man of wealth, of the family of Elimelech; and his name was Boaz. And Ruth the Moabitess said unto Naomi, Let me now go to the field, and glean ears of corn after him in whose sight I shall find grace. And she said unto her, Go, my daughter. And she went, and came and gleaned in the field after the reapers; and her hap was to light on a part of the field belonging unto Boaz, who was of the kindred of Elimelech. And, behold, Boaz came from Bethlehem, and said unto the reapers. The Lord be with you. And they answered him, The Lord bless thee. Then said Boaz unto his servant that was set over the reapers, whose damsel is this? And the servant that was set over the reapers answered and said, It is the Moabitish damsel that came back with Naomi out of the country of Moab: and she said, I pray you, let me glean and gather after the reapers among the sheaves: so she came, and hath continued even from the morning until now, that she tarried a little in the house. Then said Boaz unto Ruth, Hearest thou not, my daughter? Go not to glean in another field, neither go from hence, but abide here fast by my maidens: let thine eyes be on the field that they do reap, and go thou after them: have I not charged the young men that they shall not touch thee? and when thou art athirst, go unto the vessels, and drink of that which the young men have drawn. Then she fell on her face and bowed herself to the ground, and said unto him, Why have I found grace in thine eyes, that thou shouldest take knowledge of me, seeing I am a stranger? And Boaz answered and said unto her, It hath fully been shewed me, all that thou hast done unto thy mother in law since the death of thine husband: and how thou hast left thy father and thy mother, and the land of thy nativity, and art come unto a people which thau knewest not heretofore. The Lord recompense thy work, and a full reward be given thee of the Lord God of Israel, under whose wings thou art come to trust. Then she said, Let me find favor in thy sight, my lord; for that thou hast comforted me, and for that thou hast spoken friendly unto thine handmaid, though I be not like unto one of thine handmaidens,. And Boaz said unto her, At mealtime come thou hither, and eat of the bread, and dip thy morsel in the vinegar. And she sat beside the reapers: and he reached her parched corn, and she did eat, and was sufficed, and left. And when she was risen up to glean, Boaz commanded his young men, saying, Let her glean even among the sheaves, and reproach her not: and let fall also some of the handfuls of purpose for her, and leave them, that she may glean them and rebuke her not. So she gleaned in the field until even, and beat out that she had gleaned: and it was about an ephah of barley.—''Ruth 22, 2–177.'' TR SS ANS ANS A NY SSwee Ke AN oo RN we Nh A. LAY SY N WN SSS AIG NAKA WO KAN Ae COS AS WN WYN min Sue oy QI Garyy MN ANS ow AN N eR ee INE SERA ONS MAAR THE? RED UNS Pol ae And the ark of the Lord was in the country of the Philistines seven months. And the Philistines called for the priests and the diviners, saying, What shall we do to the ark of the Lord? tell us wherewith we shall send it to his place. And they said, If ye send away the ark of the God of Israel, send it not empty; but in any wise return him a trespass offering: then ye shall be healed, and it shall be known to you why his hand is not removed from you. Then said they. What shall be the trespass offering which we shall return to him? They answered, Five golden emerods, and five golden mice, according to the number of the lords of the Philistines: for one plague was on you all, and on your lords. Wherefore ye shall make images of your emerods, and images of your mice that mar the land; and ye shall give glory unto the God of Israel: peradventure he will lighten his hand from off you, and from off your gods, and from off your land. Wherefore then do ye harden your hearts, as the Egyptians and Pharaoh hardened their hearts? when he had wrought wonderfully among them, did they not let the people go, and they departed? Now hebre make a new cart, sine take two milch kine, on which there hath come no yoke, and tie the kine to the cart, and bring their calves home from them: and take the ark of the Lord, and lay it upon the cart; and put the jewels of gold, which ye return him for a trespass offering, in a coffer by the side thereof; and send it away, that it may go. And see, if it goeth up by the way of his own coast to Beth-shemesh, then he hath done us this great evil: but if not, then we shall know that it is not his hand that smote us; it was a chance that happened to us. And the men did so; and took two milch kine, and tied them to the cart, and shut up their calves at home: and they laid the ark of the Lord upon the cart, and the coffer with the mice of gold and the images of their emerods. And the kine took the straight way to the way of Beth-shemesh, and went along the highway, lowing as they went, and turned not aside to the right hand or to the left; and the lords of the Philistines went after them unto the border of Beth-shemesh. And they of Beth-shemesh were reaping their wheat harvest in the valley: and they lifted up their eyes, and saw the ark, and rejoiced to see it. And the cart came into the field of Joshua, a Beth-shemite, and stood there, where there was a great stone: and they clave the wood of the cart, and offered the kine a burnt offering unto the Lord. And the Levites took down the ark of the Lord, and the coffer that was with it, wherein the jewels of gold were, and put them on the great stone: and the men of Beth-shemesh offered burnt offerings and sacrificed sacrifices the same day unto the Lord.—''[[Samuel (Bible)|Samuel]] vi, 1–15.'' -i - /ch//SAUL AND DAVID And it came to pass, when he had made an end of speaking unto Saul, that the soul of Jonathan was knit with the soul of David, and Jonathan loved him as his own soul. And Saul took him that day, and would let him go no more home to his father's house. Then Jonathan and David made a covenant, because he loved him as his own soul. And Jonathan stripped himself of the robe that was upon him, and gave it to David, and his garments, even to his sword, and to his bow, and to his girdle. And David went out withersoever Saul sent him, and behaved himself wisely: and Saul set him over the men of war, and he was accepted in the sight of all the people, and also in the sight of Saul's servants. And it came to pass as they came, when David was returned from the slaughter of the Philistine, that the women came out of all cities of Israel, singing and dancing, to meet king Saul, with tabrets, with joy, and with instruments of music. And the women answered one another as they played, and said, Saul hath slain his thousands, and David his ten thousands. And Saul was very wroth, and the saying displeased him; and he said, They have ascribed unto David ten thousands, and to me they have ascribed but thousands: and what can he have more but the kingdom? And Saul eyed David from that day and forward. And it came to pass on the morrow, that the evil spirit from God came upon Saul, and he prophesied in the midst of the house: and David played with his hand, as at other times: and there was a javelin in Saul's hand. And Saul cast the javelin; for he said, I will smite David even to the wall with it. And David avoided out of his presence twice.—''[[Samuel (Bible)|Samuel]] "UI, 1–IT.'' -i - DAVID. SPARRING @goAUL. —And it came to pass, when Saul was returned from following the Philistines, that it was told him, saying, Behold, David is in the wilderness of En-gedi. Then Saul took three thousand chosen men out of all Israel, and went to seek David and his men upon the rocks of the wild goats. And he came to the sheepcotes by the way, where was a cave; and Saul went in to cover his feet: and David and his men remained in the sides of the cave. And the men of David said unto him, Behold the day of which the Lord said unto thee, Behold, I will deliver thine enemy into thine hand, that thou mayest do to him as it shall seem good unto thee. Then David arose, and cut off the skirt of Saul's robe privily. And it came to pass afterward, that David's heart smote him, because he had cut off Saul's skirt. And he said unto his men. The Lord forbid that I should do this thing unto my master, the Lord's anointed, to stretch forth mine hand against him, seeing he is the anointed of the Lord. So David stayed his servants with these words, and suffered them not to rise against Saul. But Saul rose up out of the cave, and went on his way. David also arose afterward, and went out of the cave, and cried after Saul, saying, My lord the king. And when Saul looked behind him, David stooped with his face to the earth and bowed himself. And David said to Saul, Wherefore hearest thou men's words, saying, Behold, David seeketh thy hurt? Behold, this day thine eyes have seen how that the Lord had delivered thee to-day into mine hand in the cave: and some bade me kill thee; but mine eye spared thee; and I said, I will not put forth mine hand against my lord; for he is the Lord's anointed. Moreover, my father, see, yea, see the skirt of thy robe in my hand: for in that I cut off the skirt of thy robe, and killed thee not, know thou and see that there is neither evil nor transgression in mine hand, and I have not sinned against thee; yet thou huntest my soul to take it. The Lord judge between me and thee, and the Lord avenge me of thee: but mine hand shall not be upon thee. As saith the proverb of the ancients, Wickedness proceedeth from the wicked: but mine hand shall not be upon thee. After whom is the king of Israel come out? after whom dost thou pursue? after a dead dog, after a flea. The Lord therefore be judge, and judge between me and thee, and see, and plead my cause, and deliver me out of thine hand. And it came to pass, when David had made an end of speaking these words unto Saul, that Saul said, Is this thy voice, my son David? And Saul lifted up his voice, and wept. And he said to David, Thou art more righteous than I: for thou hast rewarded me good, whereas I have rewarded thee evil. And thou hast shewed this day how that thou hast dealt well with me: forasmuch as when the Lord had delivered me into thine hand, thou killedst me not. For if a man find his enemy, will he let him go well away? wherefore the Lord reward thee good for that thou hast done unto me this day. And now, behold, I know well that thou shalt surely be king, and that the kingdom of Israel shall be established in thine hand. Swear now therefore unto me by the Lord, that thou wilt not cut off my seed after me, and that thou wilt not destroy my name out of my father's house. And David sware unto Saul. And Saul went home; but David and his men gat them up unto the hold.—''z Samuel xxiv, 1–22.'' Ha mu iy ry ie ; of "s s, y 7 '14 Vi oh weal A - = 'Ry bs ae, Ext ng 7 is 4 se, a o <—a's 2":: vale ee 2a on/b2/; '% 5 "I .: 5 7 ¥ Ms =o) ': Ch PN = . F An 4; '7 . 7 ae DEATH: OF SAGIE Now the Philistines fought against Israel: and the men of Israel fled from before the Philistines, and fell down slain in mount Gilboa. And the Philistines followed hard upon Saul and upon his sons; and the Philistines slew Jonathan, and Abinadab, and Melch-shua, Saul's sons. And the battle went sore against Saul, and the archers hit him; and he was sore wounded of the archers. Then said Saul unto his armourbearer, Draw thy sword, and thrust me through therewith; lest these uncircumcised come and thrust me through, and abuse me. But his armourbearer would not; for he was sore afraid. Therefore Saul took a sword, and fell upon it. And when his armourbearer saw that Saul was dead, he fell likewise upon his sword, and died with him. So Saul died, and his three sons, and his armourbearer, and all his men, that same day together. And when the men of Israel that were on the other side of the valley, and they that were on the other side Jordan, saw that the men of Israel fled, and that Saul and his sons were dead, they forsook the cities, and fled; ard the Philistines came and dwelt in them. And it came to pass on the morrow, when the Philistines came to strip the slain, that they found Saul and his three sons fallen in mount Gilboa. And they cut off his head, and stripped off his armour, and sent into the land of the Philistines round about, to publish it in the house of their idols, and among the people. And they put his armour in the house of Ashtaroth: and they fastened his body to the wall of Beth-shan. And when the inhabitants of Jabesh-gilead heard of that which the Philistines had done to Saul; all the valiant men arose, and went all night, and took the body of Saul and the bodies of his sons from the wall of Beth-shan, and came to Jabesh, and burnt them there. And they took their bones, and buried them under a tree at Jabesh, and fasted seven days.— t Samuel xxx21. THE DEATH OF ABSALON: And David numbered the people that were with him, and set captains of thousands and captains of hundreds over them. And David set forth a third part of the people under the hand of Joab, and a third part under the hand of Abishai the son of Zeruiah, Joab's brother, and a third part under the hand of ittai the Gittite. And the king said unto the people, I will surely go forth with you myself also. But the people answered, Thou shalt not go forth: for if we flee away, they will not care for us; neither if half of us die, will they care for us: but now thou art worth ten thousand of us: therefore now it is better that thou succor us out of the city. And the king said unto them, What seemeth you best I will do. And the king stood by the gate side, and all the people came out by hundreds and by thousands. And the king commanded Joab and Abishai and ittai, saying, Deal gently for my sake with the young man, even with Absalom. And all the people heard when the king gave all the captains charge concerning Absalom. So the people went out into the field against Israel: and the battle was in the wood of Ephraim; where the people of Israel were slain before the servants of David, and there was there a great slaughter that day of twenty thousand men. For the battle was there scattered over the face of all the country: and the wood devoured more people that day than the sword devoured. And Absalom met the servants of David. And Absalom rode upon a mule, and the mule went under the thick boughs of a great oak, and his head caught hold of the oak, and he was taken up between the heaven and the earth; and the mule that was under him went away. And a certain man saw it, and told Joab, and said, Behold I saw Absalom hanged in an oak. And Joab said unto the man that told him. And, behold, thou sawest him, and why didst thou not smite him there to the ground? and I would have given thee ten shekels of silver, and a girdle. And the man said unto Joab, Though I should receive a thousand shekels of silver in mine hand, yet would I not put forth mine hand against the king's son: for in our hearing the king charged thee and Abishai and ittai, saying, Beware that none touch the young man Absalom. Otherwise I should have wrought falsehood against mine own life: for there is no matter hid from the king, and thou thyself wouldst have set thyself against me. Then said Joab, I may not tarry thus with thee. And he took three darts in his hand, and thrust them through the heart of Absalom, while he was yet alive in the midst of the oak. And ten young men that bare Joab's armor compassed about and smote Absalom, and slew him. And Joab blew the trumpet, and the people returned from pursuing after Israel: for Joab held back the people. And they took Absalom, and cast him into a great pit in the wood, and laid a very great heap of stones upon him: and all Israel fled every one to his tent.—''2 Samuel xvnt, 1–17.'' ZL 7 ¢] "Ah - /ch//DAVID MOURNING OVER ABSALOM Then said Ahimaaz the son of Zadok, Let me now run, and bear the king tidings, how that the Lord hath avenged him of his enemies. And Joab said unto him, Thou shalt not bear tidings this day, but thou shalt bear tidings another day: but this day thou shalt bear no tidings, because the king's son is dead. Then said Joab to Cushi, Go tell the king what thou hast seen. And Cushi bowed himself unto Joab, and ran. Then said Ahimaaz the son of Zadok yet again to Joab. But howsoever, let me, I pray thee, also run after Cushi. And Joab said, Wherefore wilt thou run, my son, seeing that thou hast no tidings ready? But howsoever, said he let me run. And he said unto him, Run. Then Ahimaaz ran by the way of the plain, and overran Cushi. And David sat between the two gates: and the watchman went up to the roof over the gate unto the wall, and lifted up his eyes, and looked, and behold a man running alone. And the watchman cried, and told the king. And the king said, If he be alone, there is tidings in his mouth. And he came apace, and drew near. And the watchman saw another man running: and the watchman called unto the porter, and said, Behold another man running alone. And the king said, He also bringeth tidings. And the watchman said, Me thinketh the running of the foremost is like the running of Ahimaaz the son of Zadok. And the king said, He is a good man, and cometh with good tidings. And Ahimaaz called, and said unto the king, All is well. And he fell down to the earth upon fe face before the king, and said, Blessed be the Lord thy God, which hath delivereth up the men that lifted up their hand against my lord the king. And the king said, Is the young man Absalom safe? And Ahimaaz answered, When Joab sent the king's servant, and me thy servant, I saw a great tumult, but I knew not what it was. And the king said unto him, Turn aside, and stand here. And he turned aside, and stood still. And, behold, Cushi came; and Cushi said, Tidings, my lord the king: for the Lord hath avenged thee this day of all them that rose up against thee. And the king said unto Cushi, Is the young man Absalom safe? And Cushi answered, The enemies of my lord the king, and all that rise against thee to do thee hurt, be as that young man is. And the king was much moved, and went up to the chamber over the gate, and wept: and as he went, thus he said, O my son Absalom, my son, my son Absalom! would God I had died for thee, O Absalom, my son, my son!; And it was told Joab, Behold the king weepeth and mourneth for Absalom. And the victory that day was turned into mourning unto all the people: for the people heard say that day how the king was grieved for his son. And the people gat them by stealth that day into the city, as people being ashamed steal away when they flee in battle. But the king covered his face, and the king cried with a loud voice, O my son Absalom, O Absalom, my son, my son!—2 Samuel xvnt, 19–33, xix, 1–4. S S S "il Mf ay/b2/" ie SERS a ser 2 Sees ar v - /ch//SOLOMON And David took him more concubines and wives out of Jerusalem, after he was come from Hebron: and there were yet sons and daughters born to David. And these be the names of those that were born unto him in Jerusalem; Shammuah, and Shobab, and Nathan, and Solomon, Ibhar also, and Elishua, and Nepheg, and Japhia, and Elishama, and Eliada, and Eliphalet.—''2 Samuel v. 13–16.'' And David comforted Bath-sheba his wife, and went in unto her, and lay with her: and she bare a son, and he called his name Solomon: and the Lord loved him.—''2 Samuel Lathe ys'' So David slept with his fathers, and was buried in the city of David. And the days that David reigned over Israel were forty years: seven years reigned he in Hebron, and thirty and three years reigned he in Jerusalem. Then sat Solomon upon the throne of David his father, and his kingdom was established greatly.—''zr Kings 72, ro-r2.'' And God gave Solomon wisdom and understanding exceeding much, and largeness of heart, even as the sand that is on the sea shore. And Solomon's wisdom excelled the wisdom of all the children of the east country, and all the wisdom of Egypt. For he was wiser than all men: than Ethan the Ezrahite, and Heman, and Chalcol, and Darda, the sons of Mahol: and his fame was in all nations round about. And he spake three thousand proverbs: and his songs were a thousand and five. And he spake of trees, from the cedar tree that is in Lebanon even unto the hyssop that springeth out of the wall: he spake also of beasts, and of fowl, and of creeping things, and of fishes. And there came of all people to hear the wisdom of Solomon, from all kings of the earth, which had heard of his wisdom,—''2 Kings tv, 29–34.'' Aa ie Al il MIhil p i il We is iB Nt Ve su nl a (leat tl Ml My (or ihe th Hi ! au SMITA Whi) aa gine i p i: i777 HCA, hi yt ff A. tren ATan ed oie - /ch//THE JUDGMENT OF SOLOMON Then came there two women, that were harlots, unto the king, and stood before him. And the one woman said, O my lord, I and this woman dwell in one house; and I was delivered of a child with her in the house. And it came to pass the third day after that I was delivered, that this woman was delivered also: and we were together; there was no stranger with us in the house, save we two in the house. And this woman's child died in the night; because she overlaid it. And she arose at midnight, and took my son from beside me, while thine handmaid slept, and laid it in her bosom, and laid her dead child in my bosom. And when I rose in the morning to give my child suck, behold, it was dead: but when I had considered it in the morning, behold, it was not my son, which I did bear. And the other woman said, Nay; but the living is my son, and the dead is thy son. And this said, No; but the dead is thy son, and the living is my son. Thus they spake before the king. Then said the king. The one saith, This is my son that liveth, and thy son is the dead: and the other saith, Nay; but thy son is the dead, and my son is the living. And the king said, Bring me a sword. And they brought a sword before the king. And the king said, Divide the living child in two, and give half to the one, and half to the other. Then spake the woman whose the living child was unto the king, for her bowels yearned upon her son, and she said, O my lord, give her the living child, and in no wise slay it.; But the other said, Let it be neither mine nor thine, but divide it. Then the king answered and said, Give her the living child, and in no wise slay it: she is the mother thereof. And all Israel heard of the judgment which the king had judged; and they feared the king: for they saw that the wisdom of God was in him, to do judgment.—7 Kengs 772, 16–28, i 4 aH bin mn UU ju un Niel: all cM) ie 'i a - i ay ni A. it!lWi el Ci AAAa cin a[ HL) Ney H Hy nein in A. ae Di ( mal aa has al it il)We ''is'' yl: ee'll ik Ml) Alhi UVM INCINSLIN i itl i lle ar) THE CEDARS DESTINED FOR THE TEMPLE: And Hiram king of Tyre sent his servants unto Solomon; for he had heard that they had anointed him king in the room of his father: for Hiram was ever a lover of David. And Solomon sent to Hiram, saying, Thou knowest how that David my father could not build a house unto the name of the Lord his God for the wars which were about him on every side, until the Lord put them under the soles of his feet. But now the Lord my God hath given me rest on every side, so that there is neither adversary nor evil occurrent. And, behold, I purpose to build a house unto the name of the Lord my God, as the Lord spake unto David my father, saying, Thy son, whom I will set upon thy throne in thy room, he shall build a house unto my name. Now therefore command thou that they hew me cedar trees out of Lebanon; and my servants shall be with thy servants: and unto thee will I give hire for thy servants according to all that thou shalt appoint: for thou knowest that there is not among us any that can skill to hew timber like unto the Sidonians. And it came to pass, when Hiram heard the words of Solomon, that he rejoiced greatly, and said, Blessed be the Lord this day, which hath given unto David a wise son over this great people. And Hiram sent to Solomon, saying, I have considered the things which thou sentest to me for: and I will do all thy desire concerning timber of cedar, and concerning timber of fir. My servants shall bring them down from Lebanon unto the sea; and I will convey them by sea in floats unto the place that thou shalt appoint me, and will cause them to be discharged there, and thou shalt receive them: and thou shalt accomplish my desire, in giving food for my household. So Hiram gave Solomon cedar trees and fir trees according to all his desire. And Solomon gave Hiram twenty thousand measures of wheat for food to his household, and twenty measures of pure oil: thus gave Solomon to Hiram year by year. And the Lord gave Solomon wisdom, as he promised him: and there was peace between Hiram and Solomon; and they two made a league together. And king Solomon raised a levy out of all Israel; and the levy was thirty thousand men. And he sent them to Lebanon, ten thousand a month by courses: a month they were in Lebanon, and two months at home: and Adoniram was over the levy. And Solomon had threescore and ten thousand that bare burdens,.and fourscore thousand hewers in the mountains; beside the chief of Solomon's officers which were over the work, three thousand and three hundred, which ruled over the people that wrought in the work. And the king commanded, and they brought great stones, costly stones, and hewed stones, to lay the foundation of the house. And Solomon's builders, and Hiram's builders did hew them, and the stone-squarers: so they prepared timber and stones to build the house.—''z Azngs v.'' THE.—''PROPH Boles Ne B Ye aoe.'' Now there dwelt an old prophet in Bethel; and his sons came and told him all the works that the man of God had done that day in Bethel: the words which he had spoken unto the king, them they told also to their father. And their father said unto them, What way went he? For his sons had seen what way the man of God went, which came from Judah. And he said unto his sons, Saddle me the ass. So they saddled him the ass: and he rode thereon, and went after the man of God, and found him sitting under an oak: and he said unto him, Art thou the man of God that camest from Judah? And he said, I am. Then he said unto him, Come home with me, and eat bread. And he said,may not return with thee, nor go in with thee: neither will I eat bread nor drink water with thee in this place: for it was said to me by the word of the Lord, Thou shalt eat no bread nor drink water there, nor turn again to go by the way that thou camest. He said unto him, I am a prophet also as thou art; and an angel spake unto me by the word of the Lord, saying, Bring him back with thee into thine house, that he may eat bread and drink water. But he lied unto him. So he went back with him, and did eat bread in his house, and drank water. And it came to pass, as they sat at the table, that the word of the Lord came unto the prophet that brought him back: and he cried unto the man of God that came from Judah, saying, Thus saith the Lord, Forasmuch as thou hast disobeyed the mouth of the Lord, and hast not kept the commandment which the Lord thy God commanded thee, but camest back, and hast eaten bread and drunk water in the place, of the which the Lord did say to thee, Eat no bread, and drink no water; thy carcass shall not come unto the sepulchre of thy fathers. And it came to pass, after he had eaten bread, and after he had drunk, that he saddled for him the ass, to wit, for the prophet whom he had brought back. And when he was gone, a lion met him by the way, and slew him: and his carcass was cast in the way, and the ass stood by it, the lion also stood by the carcass. And, behold, men passed by, and saw the carcass cast in the way, and the lion standing by the carcass: and they came and told it in the city where the old prophet dwelt. And when the prophet that brought him back from the way heard thereof, he said, It is the man of God, who was disobedient unto the word of the Lord: therefore the Lord hath delivered him unto the lion, which hath torn him, and slain him, according to the word of the Lord, which he spake unto him. And he spake to his sons, saying, Saddle me the ass. And they saddled him. And he went and found his carcass cast in the way, and the ass and the lion standing by the carcass: the lion had not eaten the carcass, nor torn the ass.—''z Kengs xzzz, 11–28, ban D'' ae oe) ELIJAH DESTROYING Tite MESSENGERo=OPrsAnAZIAL: And Ahaziah fell down through a lattice in his upper chamber that was in Samaria, and was sick: and he sent messengers, and said unto them, Go, enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron whether I shall recover of this disease. But the angel of the Lord said to Elijah the Tishbite, Arise, go up to meet the messengers of the king of Samaria, and say unto them. Is it not because there is not a God in Israel, that ye go to enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron? Now therefore thus saith the Lord, Thou shalt not come down from that bed on which thou art gone up, but shalt surely die. And Elijah departed. And when the messengers turned back unto him, he said unto them, Why are ye now turned back? And they said unto him, There came a man up to meet us, and said unto us, Go, turn again unto the king that sent you, and say unto him, Thus saith the Lord. Is it not because there is not a God in Israel, that thou sendest to enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron? therefore thou shalt not come down from that bed on which thou art gone up, but shalt surely die. And he said unto them, What manner of man was he which came up to meet you, and told you these words? And they answered him, He was an hairy man, and girt with a girdle of leather about his loins. And he said, It is Elijah the Tishbite. Then the king sent unto him a captain of fifty with his fifty. And he went up to him: and, behold, he sat on the top of an hill. And he spake unto him, Thou man of God, the king hath said, Come down. And Elijah answered and said to the captain of fifty. If I be a man of God, then let fire come down from heaven, and consume thee and thy fifty. And there came down fire from heaven and consumed him and his fifty. Again also he sent unto him another captain of fifty with his fifty. And he answered and said unto him, O man of God, thus hath the king said, Come down quickly. And Elijah answered and said unto them, If I be a man of God, let fire come down from heaven, and consume thee and thy fifty. And the fire of God came down from heaven and consumed him and his fifty. And he sent again a captain of the third fifty with his fifty. And the third captain of fifty went up, and came and fell on his knees before Elijah, and besought him, and said unto him, O man of God, I pray thee, let my life, and the life of these fifty thy servants, be precious in thy sight. Behold, there came fire down from heaven, and burnt up the two captains of the former fifties with their fifties: therefore let my life now be precious in thy sight. And the angel of the lord said unto Elijah, Go down with him: be not afraid of him. And he arose, and went down with him unto the king. And he said unto him, Thus saith the Lord, Forasmuch as thou hast sent messengers to enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekron, is it not because there is no God in Israel to enquire of his word? therefore thou shalt not come down off that bed on which thou art gone up, but shalt surely die. So he died according to the word of the Lord which Elijah had spoken.—2 Kzngs 2, 2–17, wail Ni iy 3 'Uda il es = r Foes "'T BELIJAH"S ASCENT MING ASG ATO) Teo reer it. "And it came to pass, when the Lord would take up Elijah into heaven by a whirlwind, that Elijah went with Elisha from Gilgal. And Elijah said unto Elisha, Tarry here, I pray thee; for the Lord hath sent me to Beth-el. And Elisha said unto him, As the Lord liveth, and as thy soul liveth, I will not leave thee. So they went down to Beth-el. And the sons of the prophets that were at Beth-el came forth to Elisha, and said unto him, Knowest thou that the Lord will take away thy master from thy head to-day? And he said, Yea, I know it; hold ye your peace. And Elijah said unto him, Elisha, tarry here, I pray thee; for the Lord hath sent me to Jericho. And he said, As the Lord liveth, and as thy soul liveth, I will not leave thee. So they came to Jericho. And the sons of the prophets that were at Jericho came to Elisha, and said unto him, Knowest thou that the Lord will take away thy master from thy head to-day? And he answered, Yea, I know it; hold ye your peace. And Elijah said unto him, Tarry, I pray thee, here; for the Lord hath sent me to Jordan. And he said, As the Lord liveth, and as thy soul liveth, I will not leave thee. And they two went on. 5 And fifty men of the sons of the prophets went, and stood to view afar off: and they two stood by Jordan. And Elijah took his mantle, and wrapped it together, and smote the waters, and they were divided hither and thither, so that they two went over on dry ground. And it came to pass, when they were gone over, that Elijah said unto Elisha, Ask what I shall do for thee, before I be taken away from thee. And Elisha said, I pray thee, let a double portion of thy spirit be upon me. And he said, Thou hast asked a hard thing: nevertheless, if thou see me when I am taken from thee, it shall be so unto thee; but if not, it shall not be so. And it came to pass, as they still went on, and talked, that, behold, there appeared a chariot of fire, and horses of fire, and parted them both asunder; and Elijah went up by a whirlwind into heaven.—''z KA7ngs 22, 1–11.'' -i - /ch//THE DEATH ORSEZEBEAS And when Jehu was come to Jezreel, Jezebel heard of it; and she painted her face, and tired her head, and looked out at a window. And as Jehu entered in at the gate, she said, Had Zimri peace, who slew his master? And he lifted up his face to the window, and said, who is on my side? who? And there looked out to him two or three eunuchs. And he said, Throw her down. So they threw her down: and some of her blood was sprinkled on the wall, and on the horses: and he trod her under foot. And when he was come in, he did eat and drink, and said, Go, see now this cursed woman, and bury her: for she is a king's daughter. And they went to bury her: but they found no more of her than the scull, and the feet, and the palms of her hands. Wherefore they came again, and told him. And he said, This is the word of the Lord, which he spake by his servant Elijah the Tishbite, saying, In the portion of Jezreel shall dogs eat the flesh of Jezebel: and the carcass of Jezebel shall be as dung upon the face of the field in the portion of Jezreel; so that they shall not say, This is Jezebel.—''2 Azngs zx, 370–37.'' : Te aie ye We of re oe ¥ - - /ch//ESTHER CONFOUNDING HAMAN So the king and Haman came to banquet with Esther the queen. And the king said again unto Esther on the second day at the banquet of wine. What is thy petition, queen Esther? and it shall be granted thee: and what is thy request? and it shall be performed, even to the half of the kingdom. Then Esther the queen answered and said, If I have found favor in thy sight, O king, and if it please the king, let my life be given me at my petition, and my people at my request: for we are sold, I and my people, to be destroyed, to be slain, and to perish. But if we had been sold for bondmen and bondwomen, I had held my tongue, although the enemy could not countervail the king's damage. Then the king Ahasuerus answered and said unto Esther the queen, who is he, and where is he, that durst presume in his heart to do so? And Esther said, The adversary and enemy is this wicked Haman. Then Haman was afraid before the king and the queen. And the king arising from the banquet of wine in his wrath went into the palace garden: and Haman stood up to make request for his life to Esther the queen; for he saw that there was evil determined against him by the king. Then the king returned out of the palace garden into the place of the banquet of wine; and Haman was fallen upon the bed whereon Esther was. Then said the king, Will he force the queen also before me in the house? As the word went out of the king's mouth, they covered Haman's face. And Harbonah, one of the chamberlains, said before the king, Behold also, the gallows fifty cubits high, which Haman had made for Mordecai, who had spoken good for the king, standeth in the house of Haman. Then the king said, Hang him thereon. So they hanged Haman on the gallows that he had prepared for Mordecai. Then was the king's wrath pacified.—''[[Esther (Bible)|Esther]] vaz. 7'' - /ch//ISAIAH Isaiah (in Hebrew, Veshayahu, "Salvation of God"), the earliest and most sublime of the four greater Hebrew prophets, was the son of Amoz (2 Kings xix, 2–20; Isaiah xxxvil, 2), and he uttered his oracles during the reigns of Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah, kings of Judah. The dates of his birth and death are unknown, but he lived from about 760 B. to about 7�o B. C. He was married and had three sons—the children referred to in Isaiah viti, 18; and he appears to have resided near Jerusalem. But by most competent critics it is now held that the last twenty-seven chapters (40–66) of the book bearing his name were the work, not of the prophet, but of a later writer who is commonly styled the second or Deutero-Isaiah. In this portion of the book, Cyrus, who was not born till after 600 B. C., is mentioned by name (Isaiah, xliv, 28: xlv, 1); and events which did not take place till a century after the prophet's death are referred to as happening contemporaneously with the writer's account of them. The style of these last twenty-seven chapters, also, is different, and the tone is more elevated and spiritual. Dore's ideal portrait is more suited to the second or pseudo-Isaiah, than to the real one. =: L)) ae cp) ta! a 7 of ae DESTRUCTION OF SENNACHERIB'S HOST. Therefore thus saith the Lord concerning the king of Assyria. He shall not come into this city, nor shoot an arrow there, nor come before it with shield, nor cast a bank against it. By the way that he came, by the same shall he return, and shall not come into this city, saith the Lord. For I will defend this city, to save it, for mine own sake, and for my servant David's sake. And it came to pass that night that the angel of the Lord went out, and smote in the camp of the Assyrians an hundred fourscore and five thousand: and when they arose early in the morning, behold, they were all dead corpses. So Sennacherib king of Assyria departed, and went and returned, and dwelt at Nineveh. And it came to pass, as he was worshipping in the house of Nisroch his god, that Adrammelech and Sharezer his sons smote him with the sword: and they escaped into the land of Armenia. And Esar-haddon his son reigned in his stead.—''2 K7zngs x7x, 32–37.'' - /ch//BARUCH And it came to pass in the fourth year of Jehoiakim the son of Josiah king of Judah, that this word came unto Jeremiah from the Lord, saying, Take thee a roll of a book, and write therein all the words that I have spoken unto thee against Israel, and against Judah, and against all the nations, from the day I spake unto thee, from the days of Josiah, even unto this day. It may be that the house of Judah will hear all the evil which I purpose to do unto them; that they may return every man from his evil way; that I may forgive their iniquity and their sin. Then Jeremiah called Baruch the son of Neriah: and Baruch wrote from the mouth of Jeremiah all the words of the Lord, which he had spoken unto him, upon a roll of a book.—''Jeremiah xxxv2, 1–4.'' } The word that Jeremiah the prophet spake unto Baruch the son of Neriah, when he had written these words in a book at the mouth of Jeremiah, in the fourth year of Jehoiakim the son of Josiah king of Judah, saying, Thus saith the Lord, the God of Israel, unto thee, O Baruch; thou didst say, Woe is me now! for the Lord hath added grief to my sorrow;fainted in my sighing, and I find no rest. Thus shalt thou say unto him. The Lord saith thus; Behold, that which I have built will I break down, and that which I have planted I will pluck up, even this whole land. And seekest thou great things for thyself? seek them not: for, behold, I will bring evil upon all flesh, saith the Lord: but thy life will I give unto thee for a prey in all places whither thou goest.—''Jeremiah xlv, 1–5.'' : yia a, Tad oa sels ar yh eh r EZEKIEL: PROPHESYING; Ezekiel, the third of the great Hebrew prophets, was the son of the priest Buzi (Ezekiel i, 3). He was probably born about 620 or 630 years before Christ, and was consequently a contemporary of Jeremiah and Daniel, to the latter of whom he alludes in chapters xiv, 14–20 and xxvni, 3. When Jerusalem was taken by Nebuchadnezzar in 597 B. C. (2 Kings xxiv, 8–16; Jeremiah xxix, 1–2; Ezekiel xvii, 12; xix, 9), Ezekiel was carried captive along with Jehoiachin, or Jeconiah, king of Judah, and thousands of other Jewish prisoners, to Babylonia, or as he himself calls it, "the land of the Chaldeans." (Ezekiel i, 3). Here, along with his exiled fellow-countrymen, he lived on the banks of the river Chebar (Ezekiel i, 1–3), in a house of his own (vni, 1). Here also he married, and here, too, his wife, "the desire of his eyes," was taken from him with a stroke "(Ezekiel xxiv, 15–18). His-prophetic career extended over twenty-two years, from about 502 B. to about 570 B. C. The book bearing his name is written in a mystical and symbolical style, and abounds with visions and difficult allegories which indicate on the part of the author the possession of a vivid and sublime imagination. Ezekiel's authorship of it has been questioned. The Talmud attributes it to the Great Synagogue, of which Ezekiel was not a member. It is divisible into two portions. The first (chapters i-xxiv) was written before, and the second (chapters xxv-xlvni) after, the destruction of Jerusalem by Nebuchadnezzar in 586 B. C, the eleventh year of the prophet's captivity (Ezekiel xxvi, 1–2; xl, 1). The present text is very imperfect, being corrupted by the interpolation of glosses and other additions by later hands. Dore's picture represents the prophet uttering his oracles to his fellow-exiles ("them of the captivity"), or to the "elders of Judah," or "elders of Israel," on one of the occasions to which he himself alludes (vni, 1; xi, 25; xiv, 1; Xx, p. - - /ch//THE VISION OF EZEKIEL The hand of the Lord was upon me, and carried me out in the Spirit of the Lord, and set me down in the midst of the valley which was full of bones, and caused me to pass by them round about: and, behold, there were very many in the open valley; and, lo, they were very dry. And he said unto me, Son of man, can these bones live? And I answered, O Lord God, thou knowest. Again he said unto me, Prophesy upon these bones, and say unto them, O ye dry bones, hear the word of the Lord. Thus saith the Lord God unto these bones; Behold, I will cause breath to enter into you, and ye shall live: And I will lay sinews upon you, and will bring up flesh upon you, and cover you with skin, and put breath in you, and ye shall live; and ye shall know that I am the Lord. So I prophesied as I was commanded: and as I prophesied, there was a noise, and behold a shaking, and the bones came together, bone to his bone. And when I beheld, lo, g the sinews and the flesh came up upon them, and the skin covered them above: but there was no breath in them. Then said he unto me, Prophesy unto the wind, prophesy, son of man, and say to the wind, Thus saith the Lord God; Come from the four winds, O breath, and breathe upon these slain, that they may live. So I prophesied as he commanded me, and the breath came into them, and they lived, and stood up upon their feet, an exceeding great army. Then he said unto me, Son of man, these bones are the whole house of Israel: behold, they say, Our bones are dried, and our hope is lost: we are cut off for our parts. Therefore prophesy and say unto,them, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold,O my people, I will open your graves, and cause you to come up out of your graves, and bring you into the land of Israel. And ye shall know that I am the Lord, when I have opened your graves, O my people, and brought you up out of your graves, and shall put my Spirit in you, and ye shall live, and I shall place you in your own land: then shall ye know that I the Lord have spoken it, and performed it, saith the Lord.—''Zzekzel xxxvi2, 1–14, pay bal;'' ys Yr r 7 eee ka cat en RA iM pe f/b2/}'s ee an Rk pe! c gn? 7 aC 5 . ~4 e. = . j aA Z 7 ce 4) x e aa ae 5 ie 7 7 "9 as ee eee oO a he I; e iS) 7 nYs Vine so ype m: a4 ar 4 (Ab a paalt *.) Ps <" te .;: en: 3 Ces PIC ae eT eg ite Loe ee ee a - /ch//DAN HEL Respecting the parentage or family of Daniel, the fourth of the great Hebrew prophets, nothing is known, though he appears to have been of noble if not of royal descent (Daniel i, 3). When, in the third year of the reign of King Jehoiakim (607, 606, 605, or 604 B. C.), Jerusalem was first taken by Nebuchadnezzar, Daniel, then a youth, was among the captives carried to Babylon. By the king's orders, he, with others of the Jewish youth, was educated for three years (Daniel i, 3–7). At this time Daniel acquired the power of interpreting dreams (i, 17), which he used with such advantage in expounding a dream of Nebuchadnezzar, that he was made ruler over the whole province of Babylon (Daniel ii, 46–48). Daniel's interpretation of Belshazzar's famous vision having been fulfilled by the capture of Babylon by Darius, that conqueror promoted Daniel to the highest office in the kingdom (Daniel vi, 1–3). The prophet also prospered greatly during the reign of Cyrus (Daniel vi, 28). The book of Daniel is written partly in Chaldaic or Syriac (the vernacular Aramaic language spoken by the people of Palestine), and partly in sacred Hebrew. It is manifestly divisible into two portions. The first (chapters i-vi) narrating the details of the prophet's life, and the second (chapters vii—xii) setting forth his apocalyptic visions. Much doubt has been cast upon the authenticity of the work. The evident reference in the eleventh chapter to the conquest of Persia by Alexander the Great, which took place about 330 B. C., or more than two hundred years after Daniel flourished, has led many modern critics to believe that the work was composed in the time of the Maccabees. Dore's picture appears to be intended to represent the prophet meditating over one of the many visions which came to him. SSS See Ez THE, FIERY. URNACE. Wherefore at that time certain Chaldeans came near, and accused the Jews. They spake and said to the king Nebuchadnezzar, O king, live forever. There are certain Jews whom thou hast set over the affairs of the province of Babylon, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego; these men, O king, have not regarded thee: they serve not thy gods, nor worship the golden image which thou hast set up. Then Nebuchadnezzar in his rage and fury commanded to bring Shadrach, Sees and Abed-nego. Then they brought these men before the king. Nebuchadnezzar spake and said unto them, Is it true, O Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego? do not—ye serve my gods, nor worship the golden image which I have set up? Now if ye be ready that at what time ye hear the sound of the cornet, flute, harp, sackbut, psaltery, and dulcimer, and all kinds of music, ye fall down and worship the image which I have made; well: but if ye worship not, ye shall be cast the same hour into the midst of a burning fiery furnace; and who is that God that shall deliver you out of my hands? Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, answered and said to the king, O Nebuchadnezzar, we are not careful to answer thee in this matter. If it be so, our God whom we serve is able to deliver us from the burning fiery furnace, and he will deliver us out of thine hand, O king. But if not, be it known unto thee, O king, that we will not serve thy gods, nor worship the golden image which thou hast set up. Then was Nebuchadnezzar full of fury, and the form of his visage was changed against Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego: therefore he spake, and commanded that they should heat"the furnace one seven times more tha it was wont to be heated. And he commanded the most mighty men that were in his army to bind Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, and to cast them into the burning fiery furnace. Then these men were bound in their coats, their hosen, and their hats, and their other garments, and were cast into the midst of the burning fiery furnace. Therefore because the king's commandment was urgent, and the furnace exceeding hot, the flame of the fire slew those men that took up Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego. And these three men, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego fell down bound into the midst of the burning fiery furnace. Then Nebuchadnezzar the king was astonished, and rose up in haste, and spake, and said unto his counselors, Did not we cast three men bound into the midst of the fire? They answered, and said unto the king, True, O king. He answered and said, Lo, I see four men loose, walking in the midst of the fire, and they have no hurt; and the form of the fourth is like the Son of God. Tien Nebuchadnezzar came near to the mouth of the burning fiery furnace, and spake, and said, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, ye servants of the most high God, come forth and come hither. Then Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, came forth of the midst of the fire. And the princes, governors, and captains, and the king's counselors, being gathered together, saw these men, upon whose bodies the fire had no power, nor was a hair of their head singed, neither were their coats changed, nor the smell of fire had passed on them,—''Daniel nt, 5, 9, 12–27.'' DIU! TINY APU va OWEVN TN Tope A. VOPOUCAES TEE EDEL UE Cundunin TSS Samierreougs rae oe ft ore Sgt tanh a 7 Loe BELSHAZZAR'S FEAST. Belshazzar the king made a great feast to a thousand of his lords, and drank wine before the thousand. Belshazzar, whiles he tasted the wine, commanded to bring the golden and silver vessels which his father Nebuchadnezzar had taken out of the temple which was in Jerusalem; that the king, and his princes, his wives, and his concubines, might drink therein. Then they brought the golden vessels that were taken out of the temple of the house of God which was at Jerusalem; and the king, and his princes, his wives, and his concubines, drank in them. They drank wine and praised the gods of gold, and of silver, of brass, of iron, of wood, and of stone. "In the same hour came forth fingers of a man's hand, and wrote over against the candlestick upon the plaister of the wall of the king's palace: and the king saw the part of the hand that wrote. Then the king's countenance was changed, and his thoughts troubled him, so that the joints of his loins were loosed, and his knees smote one against another." [On the failure of his astrologers and soothsayers to interpret the writing, the king, at the suggestion of his queen, sends for Daniel, who interprets it as follows O thou king, the most high God gave Nebuchadnezzar thy father a kingdom, and majesty, and glory, and honor: and for the majesty that he gave him, all peoples, nations, and languages, trembled and feared before him: whom he would he slew; and whom he would he kept alive; and whom he would he set up; and whom he would he put down. But when his heart was lifted up, and his mind hardened in pride, he was deposed from his kingly throne, and they took his glory from him: and he was driven from the sons of men; and his heart was made like the beasts, and his dwelling was with the wild asses: they fed him with grass like oxen, and his body was wet with the dew of heaven; till he knew that the most high God ruled in the kingdom of men, and that he appointeth over it whomsoever he will. And thou his son, O Belshazzar, hast not humbled thine heart, though thou knewest all this; but hast lifted up thyself against the Lord of heaven; and they have brought the vessels of his house before thee, and thou, and thy lords, thy wives, and thy concubines, have drunk wine in them; and thou hast praised the gods of silver, and gold, of brass, iron, wood, and stone, which see not, nor hear, nor know: and the God in whose hand thy breath is, and whose are all thy ways, hast thou not glorified: Then was the part of the hand sent from him; and this writing was written. And this is the writing that was written, MENE, MENE, TEKEL, UPHARSIN. This is the interpretation of the thing: MENE; God hath numbered thy kingdom and finished it. TEKEL; Thou art weighed in the balances, and art found wanting. PERES; Thy kingdom is divided, and given to the Medes and Persians. In that night was Belshazzar the king of the Chaldeans slain. And Darius the Median took the kingdom.—''Daniel v, s, as si'' , he Fu, ap fe aithgee Zw ee Ph nde ee <atsoMe 2 a ''is'' ag a a we ve DANIEL IN THE LIONS' DEN. Now when Daniel knew that the writing was signed, he went into his house; and his windows being open in his chamber toward Jerusalem, he kneeled upon his knees three times a day, and prayed, and gave thanks before his God, as he did aforetime.—Then these men assembled, and found Daniel praying and making supplication before his God. Then they came near, and spake before the king concerning the king's decree; Hast thou not signed a decree, that every man that shall ask a petition of any God or man within thirty days, save of thee, O king, shall be cast into the den of lions. The king answered and said, The thing is true, according to the law of the Medes and Persians, which altereth not. Then answered they and said before the king. That Daniel, which is of the children of the captivity of Judah, regardeth not thee, O king, nor the decree that thou hast signed, but maketh his petition three times a day. Then the king, when he heard these words, was sore displeased with himself, and set his heart on Daniel to deliver him: and he laboured till the going down of the sun to deliver him. Then these men assembled unto the king, and said unto the king, Know, O king, that the law of the Medes and Persians is. That no decree nor statute which the king establisheth may be changed. Then the king commanded, and they brought Daniel and cast him into the den of lions. Now the king spake and said unto Daniel, Thy God whom thou servest continually, he will deliver thee. And a stone was brought, and laid upon the mouth of the den; and the king sealed it with his own signet, and with the signet of his lords; that the purpose might not be changed concerning Daniel. Then the king went to his palace, and passed the night fasting: neither were instruments of musick brought before him: and his sleep went from him. Then the king arose very early in the morning, and went in haste unto the den of lions. And when he came to the den, he cried with a lamentable voice unto Daniel: and the king spake and said to Daniel, O Daniel, servant of the living God, is thy God, whom thou servest continually, able to deliver thee from the lions? Then said Daniel unto the King, O king, live forever. My God hath sent his angel, and hath shut the lions' mouths, that they have not hurt me: forasmuch as before him innocency was found in me; and also before thee, O king, have I done no hurt. Then was the king exceeding glad for him, and commanded that they should take Daniel up out of the den. So Daniel was taken up out of the den, and no manner of hurt was found upon him, because he believed in his God. And the king commanded, and they brought those men which had accused Daniel, and they cast them into the den of lions, them, their children, and their wives; and the lions had the mastery of them, and brake all their bones in pieces or ever they came at the bottom of the den.—Danzel vz, 10–24, oy x: oc. OM; 7 kit ie ea ie—eo a, 7 ais ed 7 Je er ba Avins) "I ." 4 et he ks ee OR a gt ee He; aS ''is'' fas et nl ena i THE—''PROPEE EAM OS'' Amos, one of the earliest of the Hebrew prophets, flourished during the reign of Uzziah, about 790 B. C., and was consequently a contemporary of Hosea and Joel. In his youth he lived at Tekoa, about six miles south of Bethlehem, in Judzea, and was a herdsman and a gatherer of sycamore fruit (Amos i, 1; vii, 14). This occupation he gave up for that of prophet (vii, 15), and he came forward to denounce the idolatry then prevalent in Judah, Israel, and the surrounding kingdoms. The first six chapters of his book contain his denunciations of idolatry; the other three, his symbolical vision of the overthrow of the people of Israel, and a promise of their restoration. The style is remarkable for clearness and strength, and for its picturesque use of images drawn from the rural and pastoral life which the prophet had led in his youth. Z Vika x Z. Msp'll bt bo - YY J - /ch//JONAH CALLING NINEVEH TO REPENTANCE And the word of the Lord came unto Jonah the second time, saying, Arise, go unto Nineveh, that great city, and preach unto it the preaching that I bid thee. So Jonah arose, and went unto Nineveh, according to the word of the Lord. Now Nineveh was an exceeding great city of three days' journey. And Jonah began to enter into the city a day's journey, and he cried, and said, Yet forty days, and Nineveh shall be overthrown. So the people of Nineveh believed God, and proclaimed a fast, and put on sackcloth, from the greatest of them even to the least of them. For word came unto the king of Nineveh, and he arose from his throne, and he laid his robe from him, and covered him with sackcloth, and sat in ashes. And he caused it to be proclaimed and published through Nineveh by the decree of the king and his nobles, saying, Let neither man nor beast, herd nor flock taste anything: let them not feed, nor drink water: but let man and beast be covered with sackcloth, and cry mightily unto God: yea, let them turn every one from his evil way, and from the violence that is in their hands. Who can tell if God will turn and repent, and turn away from his fierce anger, that we perish not? And God saw their works, that they turned from their evil way; and God repented of the evil, that he had said that he would do unto them; and he did it not.—''/onah zzz, a'' / x i! tn - p jl II a Set ce A ui fu an = meeier BA.: rf i iv a4. = a ayer - /ch//DANIEL CONFOUNDING THE PRIESTS OF BEL Now the Babylonians had an idol called Bel: and there were spent upon him every day twelve great measures of fine flour, and forty sheep, and sixty vessels of wine. The king also worshipped him, and went every day to adore him: but Daniel adored his God. And the king said unto him: Why dost thou not adore Bel? And he answered, and said to him: Because I do not worship idols made with hands, but the living God, that created heaven and earth, and hath power over all flesh. And the king said to him: Doth not Bel seem to thee to be a living God? Seest thou not how much he eateth and drinketh every day? Then Daniel smiled and said: O king, be not deceived: for this is but clay within, and brass without, neither hath he eaten at any time. And the king being angry called for his priests, and said to them: If you tell me not, who it is that eateth up these expenses, you shall die. But if you can show that Bel eateth these things, Daniel shall die, because he hath blasphemed against Bel. And Daniel said to the king: Be it done according to thy word. Now the priests of Bel were seventy besides their wives and little ones and children. And they went with Daniel into the temple of Bel. And the priests of Bel said: Behold, we go out: and do thou, O king, set on the meats, and make ready, the wine, and shut the door fast, and seal it with thy own ring: and when thou comest in the morning, if thou findest not that Bel hath eaten all up, we will suffer death, or else Daniel that hath lied against us. And they little regarded it, because they had made under the table a secret entrance, and they always came in by it, and consumed those things. So it came to pass after they were gone out, the king set the meats before Bel: and Daniel commanded his servants, and they brought ashes, and he sifted them all over the temple before the king: and going forth they shut the door, and having sealed it with the king's ring, they departed. But the priests went in by night, according to their custom, with their wives and their children: and they eat and drank all up. And the king rose early in the morning, and Daniel with him. And the king said: Are the seals whole, Daniel? and he answered: They are whole, O king. And as soon as he had opened the door, the king looked upon the table, and cried out with a loud voice: Great art thou, O Bel, and there is not any deceit with thee. And Daniel laughed: and he held the king that he should not go in: and he said: Behold the pavement, mark whose footsteps these are. And the king said: I see the footsteps of men, and women, and children. And the king was angry. Then he took the priests, and their wives, and their children: and they showed him the private doors by which they came in, and consumed the things that were on the table. The king therefore put them to death, and delivered Bel into the power of Daniel: who destroyed him, and his temple.—Danzel xzv, 1–27 (Douay Version), iiT Il Hn = f Whi il He IO =A A sl iil HELIODORUS, PUNISHEDF INS DA ear. But Heliodorus executed that which he had resolved on, himself being present in the same place with his guard about the treasury. . . . But the spirit of the Almighty God gave a great evidence of his presence, so that all that had presumed to obey him, falling down by the power of God, were struck with fainting and dread. For there appeared to them a horse with a terrible rider upon him, adorned with a very rich covering: and he ran fiercely and struck Heliodorus with his fore-feet, and he that sat upon him seemed to have armor of gold. Moreover, there appeared two other young men, beautiful and strong, bright and glorious, and in comely apparel: who stood by him, on either side, and scourged him without ceasing with many stripes. And Heliodorus suddenly fell to the ground, and they took him up covered with great darkness, and having put him into a litter they carried him out. So he that came with many servants, and all his guard into the aforesaid treasury, was carried out, no one being able to help him, the manifest power of God being known. And he indeed by the power of God lay speechless, and without all hope of recovery.—''2 Maccabees tz, 23–29, i TE'' hy i Cid Bean Py Tey And it came to pass in those days, that there went out a decree from Czesar Augustus, that all the world should be taxed. (And this taxing was first made when Cyrenius was governor of Syria.) And all went to be taxed, every one into his own city. And Joseph also went up from Galilee, out of the city of Nazareth, into Judea, unto the city of David, which is called Bethlehem; (because he was of the house and lineage of David:) to be taxed with Mary, his espoused wife, being great with child. And so it was, that, while they were there, the days were accomplished that she should be delivered. And she brought forth her firstborn son, and wrapped him in swaddling clothes, and laid him in a manger; because there was no room for them in the inn. And there were in the same country shepherds abiding in the field, keeping watch over their flock by night. And, lo, the angel of the Lord came upon them, and the glory of the Lord shone round about them: and they were sore afraid. And the angel said unto them, Fear not: for, behold, I bring you good tidings of great joy, which shall be to all people. For unto you is born this day in the city of David a Saviour, which is Christ the Lord. And this shall be a sign unto you; Ye shall find the babe wrapped in swaddling clothes, lying in a manger. And suddenly there was with the angel a multitude of the heavenly host praising God, and saying, Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good will toward men. And it came to pass, as the angels were gone away from them into heaven, the shepherds said one to another, Let us now go even unto Bethlehem, and see this thing which is come to pass, which the Lord hath made known unto us. And they came with haste, and found Mary, and Joseph, and the babe lying in a manger. And when they had seen it, they made known abroad the saying which was told them concerning this child. And all they that heard it, wondered at those things which were told them by the shepherds. But Mary kept all these things, and pondered them in her heart. And the shepherds returned, glorifying and praising God for all the things that they had heard and seen, as it was told unto them. And when eight days were accomplished for the circumcising of the child, his name was called Jesus, which was so named of the angel before he was conceived in the womb.—''Lzke 22, 7–21.'' THESSTARG ING THE= EAST. Now when Jesus was born in Bethlehem of Judea in the days of Herod the king, behold, there came wise men from the east to Jerusalem, saying, Where is he that is born King of the Jews? for we have seen his star in the east, and are come to worship him. . . . When Herod the king had heard these things, he was troubled, and all Jerusalem with him. And when he had gathered all the chief priests and scribes of the people together, he demanded of them where Christ should be born. And they said unto him, In Bethlehem of Judzea: for thus it is written by the prophet. And thou Bethlehem, in the land of Juda, are not the least among the princes of Juda: for out of thee shall come a Governor, that shall rule my people Israel. Then Herod, when he had privily called the wise men, enquired of them diligently what time the star appeared. And he sent them to Bethlehem, and said, Go and search diligently for the young child; and when ye have found him, bring me word again, that I may come and worship him also. When they had heard the king, they departed; and, lo, the star, which they saw in the east, went before them, till it came and stood over where the young child was. When they saw the star, they rejoiced with exceeding great joy.—''Matthew 122, 1–10, ipl will'' VV hte Sioa Pe Ae ay ¥/b2/wee Cam Ru THE SBLIGH TINT OSCEGYE Tl: And when they were departed, behold, the angel of the Lord appeareth to Joseph in a dream, saying, Arise, and take the young child and his mother, and flee into Egypt, and be thou there until I bring thee word: for Herod will seek the young child to destroy him. When he arose, he took the young child and his mother by night, and departed into Egypt: and was there until the death of Herod: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken of the Lord by the prophet, saying, Out of Egypt have I called my son.—''Matthew i, 13–15, ke ie'' ! "i". TH Re MASSACK BS Or CH EaINN OCENTS: Then Herod, when he saw that he was mocked of the wise men, was exceeding wroth, and sent forth, and slew all the children that were in Bethlehem, and in all the coasts thereof, from two years old and under, according to the time which he had diligently enquired of the wise men. Then was fulfilled that which was spoken by Jeremy the prophet, saying, In Rama was there a voice heard, lamentation, and weeping, and great mourning, Rachel weeping for her children, and would not be comforted, because they are not.—''Matthew 77, 16–18, I've we'' "va 4s a" << ay JESUS OUESTIONING THE DOG LORS) Now his parents went to Jerusalem every year at the feast of the passover. And when he was twelve years old, they went up to Jerusalem after the custom of the feast. And when they had fulfilled the days, as they returned, the child Jesus tarried behind in Jerusalem; and Joseph and his mother knew not of it. But they, supposing him to have been in the company, went a day's journey; and they sought him among their kinsfolk and acquaintance. And when they found him not, they turned back again to Jerusalem, seeking him. And it came to pass, that after three days they found him in the temple, sitting in the midst of the doctors, both hearing them, and asking them questions. And all that heard him were astonished at his understanding and answers. And when they saw him, they were amazed: and his mother said unto him, Son, why hast thou thus dealt with us? behold, thy father and I have sought thee sorrowing. And he said unto them, How is it that ye sought me? wist ye not that I must be about my father's business? And they understood not the saying which he spake unto them. And he went down with them, and came to Nazareth, and was subject unto them: but his mother kept all these sayings in her heart. And Jesus increased in wisdom and stature, and in favor with God and man.—[[Luke (Bible)|Luke]] tt, 41–52, oe Ne eired JESUS "HEALING eoiCk. And Jesus went about all Galilee, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing all manner of sickness and all manner of disease among the people. And his fame went throughout all Syria: and they brought unto him all sick people that were taken with divers diseases and torments, and those which were possessed with devils, and those which were lunatic, and those that had the palsy; and he healed them.—''Watthew 2v, 27–24, yy—'' TRU USSSA tips My dH li - /ch//SERMON ON THE MOUNT And there followed him great multitudes of people from Galilee, and from Decapolis, and from Jerusalem, and from Judea, and from beyond Jordan. And seeing the multitudes, he went up into a mountain: and when he was set, his disciples came unto him. And he opened his mouth and taught them. " And it came to pass, when Jesus had ended these sayings, the people were astonished at his doctrine: For he taught them as one having authority, and not as the scribes. When he was come down from the mountain, great multitudes followed him.—Matthew 2U, 25, UV, 1–2, 28–29; vit, I, ey ~= iT wee a oe I ahing. Mare oa CHRIST ASTILLEINGSTHE TEMPERS tf And when he was entered into a ship, his disciples followed him. And, behold, there arose a great tempest in the sea, insomuch that the ship was covered with the waves: but he was asleep. And his disciples came to him, and awoke him, saying, Lord, save us: we perish. And he saith unto them. Why are ye fearful, O ye of little faith? Then he arose, and rebuked the winds and the sea; and there was a great calm. But the men marveled, saying, What manner of man is this, that even the winds and the sea obey him?—''WMatthew vitt, 23–27.'' "i, ij THE DUMB MAN POSSESSED: As they went out, behold, they brought to him a dumb man possessed with a devil. And when the devil was cast out, the dumb spake: and the multitudes marveled, saying, It was never so seen in Israel. But the Pharisees said, He casteth out devils through the prince of the devils.—''Matthew'' - Piel re ih '=o A : LA, o pa '=f A, a v oe) ''is'' a" by Rat 7 ae te CHRIS TAIN: TithssYNAGOGUE: And it came to pass, that when Jesus had finished these parables, he departed thence. And when he was come into his own country, he taught them in their synagogue, insomuch that they were astonished, and said, Whence hath this man this wisdom, and these mighty works? Is not this the carpenter's son? is not his mother called Mary? and his brethren, James, and Joses, and Simon, and Judas? And his sisters, are they not all with us? Whence then hath this man all these things? And they were offended in him. But Jesus said unto them, A prophet is not without honor, save in his own country, and in his own house. And he did not many mighty works there because of their unbelief JZatthew xizz, 53–58, saaniaeanmntea Zz Zz ee Pp i N WN THE DISCIPLES PLUCKING CORN ON. THE SABBATH. And it came to pass, that he went through the corn fields on the sabbath day; and his disciples began, as they went, to pluck the ears of corn. And the Pharisees said unto him, Behold, why do they on the sabbath day that which is not lawful? And he said unto them, Have ye never read what David did, when he had need, and was an hungered, he, and they that were with him? How he went into the house of God in the days of Abiathar the high priest, and did eat the shewbread, which is not lawful to eat but for the priests, and gave also to them which were with him? And he said unto them, The sabbath was made for man, and not man for the sabbath: Therefore the Son of man is Lord also of the sabbath/b2/Mark 77, 23–28, ey icc j N iH) UNL Ii ie ahs fi AS —''a) 7 ae? a, a m= Bw'' - /ch//JESUS WALKING ON THE WATER And when he had sent them away, he departed into a mountain to pray. And when even was come, the ship was in the midst of the sea, and he alone on the land. And he saw them toiling in rowing; for the wind was contrary unto them: and about the fourth watch of the night he cometh unto them, walking upon the sea, and would have passed by them. But when they saw him walking upon the sea, they supposed it had been a spirit, and cried out: for they all saw him, and were troubled. And immediately he talked with them, and saith unto them, Be of good cheer: it is I; be not afraid. And he went up unto them into the ship; and the wind ceased: and they were sore amazed in themselves beyond measure, and wondered. For they considered not the miracle of the loaves; for their heart was hardened.—''MVark vt, 40–52.'' WP TT, Yi) (One TMA —": HH WA Ai MN) 5 HEED) HI, 1] CHRIST Se ENTRY INTOS IER USAIN. And when they drew nigh unto Jerusalem, and were come to Bethphage, unto the mount of Olives, then sent Jesus two disciples, saying unto them, Go into the village over against you, and straightway ye shall find an ass tied, and a colt with her: loose them, and bring them unto me. And if any man say ought unto you, ye shall say. The Lord hath need of them; and straightway he will send them. All this was done that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophet, saying, Tell ye the daughter of Sion, Behold, thy King cometh unto thee, meek, and sitting upon an ass, and a colt the foal of an ass. And the disciples went, and did as Jesus commanded them, and brought the ass, and the colt, and put on them their clothes, and they set him thereon. And a very great multitude spread their garments in the way; others cut down branches from the trees, and strewed them in the way. And the multitudes that went before, and that followed, cried, saying, Hosanna to the son of David: Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord; Hosanna in the highest. And when he was come into Jerusalem, all the city was moved, saying, who is this? And the multitude said, This is Jesus the prophet of Nazareth of Galilee.—''Matihew xx1, 1–11.'' JESUS—''AND THE TRIBUTESNONEY.'' And they send unto him certain of the Pharisees and of the Herodians, to catch him in his words. And when they were come, they say unto him, Master, we know that thou art true, and carest for no man: for thou regardest not the person of men, but teachest the way of God in truth: Is it lawful to' give tribute to Cesar, or not? Shall we give, or shall we not give? But he, knowing their hypocrisy, said unto them, Why tempt ye me? bring me a penny, that I may see it. And they brought it. And he saith unto them, whose is this image and superscription? And they said unto him, Cesar's. And Jesus answering said unto them, Render to Cesar the things that are Cesar's, and to God the things that are God's. And they marveled at him.—''Mark xz, 13–17.'' —''= =/b2//b2/'' - hs al wh il : HnSul A):: "m N N Y iN —''Cli a: NGA, a i'' THE WIDOW'S MITE. And Jesus sat over against the treasury, and beheld how the people cast money into the treasury: and manyethat were rich cast in much. And there came a certain poor widow, and she threw in two mites, which make a farthing. And he called unto him his disciples, and saith unto them, Verily I say unto you. That this poor widow hath cast more in, than all they which have cast into the treasury: for all they did cast in of their abundance; but she of her want did cast in all that she had, even all her living.—''Mark xit, 41–44.'' Ain ia ee); cs a ape tg. "AS, Ieee s i a ae - /ch//RAISING OB THE DAUGHTER OF JAIRUS And, behold, there cometh one of the rulers of the synagogue, Jairus by name; and when he saw him, he fell at his feet, and besought him greatly, saying, My little daughter lieth at the point of death: I pray thee, come and lay thy hands on her, that she may be healed; and she shall live. And Jesus went with him; and much people followed him, and thronged him. And a certain woman which had an issue of blood twelve years, and had suffered many things of many physicians, and had spent all that she had, and was nothing bettered, but rather grew worse, when she had heard of Jesus, came in the press behind, and touched his garment. For she said, If I may touch but his clothes, I shall be whole. And straightway the fountain of her blood was dried up; and she felt in her body that she was healed of that plague. And Jesus, immediately knowing in himself that virtue had gone out of him, turned him about in the press, and said, who touched my clothes? And his disciples said unto him, Thou seest the multitude thronging thee, and sayest thou, who touched me? And he looked round about to see her that had done this thing. But the woman fearing and trembling, knowing what was done in her, came and fell down before him, and told him all the truth. And he said unto her Daughter, thy faith hath made the whole; go in peace, and be whole of thy plague. While he yet spake, there came from the ruler of the synagogue's house certain which said, Thy daughter is dead: why troublest thou the Master any further? As soon as Jesus heard the word that was spoken, he saith unto the ruler of the synagogue, Be not afraid, only believe. And he suffered no man to follow him, save Peter, and James, and John the brother of James. And he cometh to the house of the ruler of the synagogue, and seeth the tumult, and them that wept and wailed greatly. And when he was come in, he saith unto them. Why make ye this ado, and weep? the damsel is not dead, but sleepeth. And they laughed him to scorn. But when he had put them all out, he taketh the father and the mother of the damsel, and them that were with him, and entereth in where the damsel was lying. And he took the damsel by the hand, and said unto her, Talitha cumi; which is, being interpreted, Damsel, I say unto thee, arise. And straightway the damsel arose, and walked; for she was of the age of twelve years. And they were astonished with a great astonishment. And he charged them straitly that no man should know it; and commanded that something should be given her to eat.—''Mark v, 22–43.'' THE GOOD SAMARITAN: But he, willing to justify himself, said unto Jesus, And who is my neighbor? And Jesus answering said, A certain man went down from Jerusalem to Jericho, and fell among thieves, which stripped him of his raiment, and wounded him, and departed, leaving him half dead. And by chance there came down a certain priest that way: and when he saw him, he passed by on the other side. And likewise a Levite, when he was at the place, came and looked on him, and passed by on the other side. But a certain Samaritan, as he journeyed, came where he was: and when he saw him, he had compassion on him. And went to him, and bound up his wounds, pouring in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast, and brought him to an inn, and took care of him. And on the morrow when he departed, he took out two pence, and gave them to the host, and said unto him, Take care of him; and whatsoever thou spendest more, when I come again, I will repay thee. Which now of these three, thinkest thou, was neighbor unto him that fell among the thieves? And he said, He that shewed mercy on him. Then said Jesus unto him, Go, and do thou likewise.—''Lwke x, 29–37, ci, we'' = - /ch//ARRIVAL OF THE SAMARITAN AT THE INN But a certain Samaritan, as he journeyed, came where he was; and when Le saw him, he had compassion on him, and went to him, and bound up his wounds, pouring in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast, and brought him to an inn, and took care of him.—Lake X, S34: THE PRODIGAL SON; Likewise, I say unto you, there is joy in the presence of the angels of God over one sinner that repenteth. And he said, a certain man had two sons: and the younger of them said to his father, Father, give me the portion of goods that falleth to me. And he divided unto them his living. And not many days after the younger son gathered all together, and took his journey into a far country, and there wasted his substance with riotous living. And when he had spent all, there arose a mighty famine in that land; and he began to be in want. And he went and joined himself to a citizen of that country; and he sent him into his fields to feed swine. And he would fain have filled his belly with the husks that the swine did eat: and no man gave unto him. And when he came to himself, he said, How many hired servants of my father's have bread enough and to spare, and I perish with hunger! I will arise and go to my father, and will say unto him, Father, I have sinned against heaven, and before thee, and am no more worthy to be called thy son: make me as one of thy hired servants. And he arose, and came to his father. But when he was yet a great way off, his father saw him, and had compassion, and ran, and fell on his neck, and kissed him. And the son said unto him, Father, I have sinned against heaven, and in thy sight, and am no more worthy to be called thy son. But the father said to his servants, Bring forth the best robe, and put it on him; and put a ring on his hand, and shoes on his feet: And bring hither the fatted calf, and kill it; and let us eat, and be merry: for this my son was dead, and is alive again; he was lost, and is found. And they began to be merry. Now his elder son was in the field: and as he came and drew nigh to the house, he heard music and dancing. And he called one of the servants, and asked what these things meant. And he said unto him, thy brother is come; and thy father hath killed the fatted calf, because he hath received him safe and sound. And he was angry, and would not go in: therefore came his father out, and intreated him. And he answering said to his father, Lo, these many years do I serve thee, neither transgressed I at any time thy commandment: and yet thou never gavest me a kid, that I might make merry with my friends: but as soon as this thy son was come, which hath devoured thy living with harlots, thou hast killed for him the fatted calf a And he said unto him, Son, thou art ever with me, and all that I have is thine. It was meet that we should make merry, and be glad: for this thy brother was dead, and is alive again; and was lost, and is found.—''Lake xv, 10–32.'' - /ch//LAZARUS AND THE RICH MAN There was a certain rich man, which was clothed in purple and fine linen, and fared sumptuously every day: And there was a certain beggar named Lazarus, which was laid at his gate, full of sores, and desiring to be fed with the crumbs which fell from the rich man's table: moreover the dogs came and licked his sores. And it came to pass, that the beggar died, and was carried by the angels into Abraham's bosom: the rich man also died, and was buried; and in hell he lifted up his eyes, being in torments, and seeth Abraham afar off, and Lazarus in his bosom. And he cried and said, Father Abraham, have mercy on me, and send Lazarus, that he may dip the tip of his finger in water and cool my tongue; for I am tormented in this flame. But Abraham said, Son, remember that thou in thy lifetime receivedst thy good things, and likewise Lazarus evil things: but now he is comforted, and thou art tormented. And beside all this, between us and you there is a creat gulf fixed: so that they which would pass from hence to you cannot; neither can they pass to us, that would come from thence. Then he said, I pray thee therefore, father, that thou wouldest send him to my father's house: for I have five brethren; that he may testify unto them, lest they also come into this place of torment. Abraham saith unto him. They have Moses and the prophets; let them hear them. And he said, Nay, father Abraham: but if one went unto them from the dead, they will repent. And he said unto him, If they hear not Moses and the prophets, neither will they be persuaded, though one rose from the dead.—''Luke xv? 9–31.'' I= ae cc oe ue 7 'i/b2/ ss 'is - /ch//THE PHARISEE AND THE PUBLICAN And he spake this parable unto certain which trusted in themselves that they were righteous, and despised others: Two men went up into the temple to pray; the one a Pharisee, and the other a publican. The Pharisee stood and prayed thus with himself, God, I thank thee, that I am not as other men are, extortioners, unjust, adulterers, or even as this publican. I fast twice in the week, I give tithes of all that I possess. And the publican, standing afar off, would not lift up so much as his eyes unto heaven, but smote upon his breast, saying, God be merciful to me a sinner. I tell you, this man went down to his house justified rather than the other: for every one that exalteth himself shall be abased; and he that humbleth himself shall be exalted.— Luke xvtit, 9–14. JESUS AND THE WOMAN OF SAMARIA: Then cometh he to a city of Samaria, which is called Sychar, near to the parcel of ground that Jacob gave to his son Joseph. Now Jacob's well was there. Jesus therefore, being wearied with his journey, sat thus on the well: and it was about the sixth hour. There cometh a woman of Samaria to draw water: Jesus saith unto her, Give me to drink. (For his disciples were gone away unto the city to buy meat.) Then saith the woman of Samaria unto him, How is it that thou, being a Jew, askest drink of me, which am a woman of Samaria? for the Jews have no dealings with the Samaritans. Jesus answered and said unto her, If thou knewest the gift of God, and who it is that saith to thee, Give me to drink; thou wouldest have asked of him, and he would have given thee living water. The woman saith unto him, Sir, thou hast nothing to draw with, and the well is deep: from whence then hast thou that living water? Art thou greater than our father Jacob, which gave us the well, and drank there of himself, and his children, and his cattle? Jesus answered and said unto her, whosoever drinketh of this water shall thirst again: but whosoever drinketh of the water that I shall give him shall never thirst; but the water that I shall give him shall be in him a well of water springing up into everlasting life. The woman saith unto him, Sir, give me this water, that I thirst not, neither come hither to draw. Jesus saith unto her, Go, call thy husband, and come hither. The woman answered and said, I have no husband. Jesus said unto her, Thou hast well said, I have no husband: for thou hast had five husbands; and he whom thou now hast is not thy husband: in that saidst thou truly. The woman saith unto him, Sir, I perceive that thou art a prophet. Our fathers worshiped in this mountain; and ye say, that in Jerusalem is the place where men ought to worship. Jesus saith unto her, Woman, believe me, the hour cometh, when ye shall neither in this mountain, nor yet at Jerusalem, worship the Father. Ye worship ye know not what: we know what we worship; for salvation is of the Jews. But the hour cometh, and now is, when the true worshipers shall worship the Father in spirit and in truth: for the Father seeketh such to worship him. God is a Spirit: and they that worship him must worship him in spirit and in truth. The woman saith unto him, I know that Messias cometh, which is called Christ: when he is come, he will tell us all things. Jesus saith unto her, I that speak unto thee am he. And upon this came his disciples, and marveled that he talked with the woman: yet no man said, What seekest thou? or. Why talkest thou with her? The woman then left her waterpot, and went her way into the city, and saith to the men, Come, see a man, which told me all things, that ever I did: is not this the Christ? Then they went out of the city, and came unto him.—''/ohx 77, 5–30.'' Ht ly a Aan VALCO i! 'i i! J eit 'i Ny Mh - ! il l i Z(} ij thea! Wh i in RH ne le in! h {ly; ivan elit ey N A CERN WS i y, SS Ny AY CS wi y ss y (Witt) SN Maw 'SAK Wenn fg Ui - /ch//JESUS AND THE WOMAN TAKEN IN ADULTERY Jesus went unto the mount of Olives. And early in the morning he came again into the temple, and all the people came unto him; and he sat down, and taught them. And the scribes and Pharisees brought unto him a woman taken in adultery; and when they had set her in the midst, they say unto him, Master, this woman was taken in adultery, in the very act. Now Moses in the law commanded us, that such should be stoned: but what sayest thou? This they said, tempting him, that they might have to accuse him. But Jesus stooped down, and with his finger wrote on the ground, as though he heard them not. So when they continued asking him, he lifted up himself, and said unto them, He that is without sin among you, let him first cast a stone at her. And again he stooped down, and wrote on the ground. And they which heard it, being convicted by their own conscience, went out one by one, beginning at the eldest, even unto the last; and Jesus was left alone, and the woman standing in the midst. When Jesus had lifted up himself, and saw none but the woman, he said unto her, Woman where are those thine accusers? hath no man condemned thee? She said, No man, Lord. And Jesus said unto her, Neither do I condemn thee: go, and sin no more.—''/ohn vzz22.'' YES hd be ". Fr: ee ee Re ps ss ch Be OA" FS ee ER Foe: St ea can aS:—, 4 x oe od rae, ns os Py Li a aC nS ngs;; i "oa;? = I oF s Bea a g "vt a (oP ee ¥ she F a THE—''RESURKECT [ONS OPiS.'' Now Jesus was not yet come into the town, but was in that place where Martha met him. The Jews then which were with her in the house, and comforted her, when they saw Mary, that she rose up hastily and went out, followed her, saying, She goeth unto the grave to weep there. Then when Mary was come where Jesus was, and saw him, she fell down at his feet, saying unto him, Lord, if thou hadst been here, my brother had not died. When Jesus therefore saw her weeping, and the Jews also weeping which came with her, he groaned in the spirit, and was troubled, and said, Where have ye laid him? They said unto him, Lord, come and see. Jesus wept. Then said the Jews, Behold how he loved him! And some of them said, Could not this man, which opened the eyes of the blind, have caused that even this man should not have died? Jesus therefore again groaning in himself cometh to the grave. It was a cave and a stone lay upon it. Jesus said, Take ye away the stone. Martha, the sister of him that was dead, saith unto him, Lord, by this time he stinketh: for he hath been dead four days. Jesus saith unto her, Said I not unto thee, that, if thou wouldest believe, thou shouldest see the glory of God? Then they took away the stone from the place where the dead was laid. And Jesus lifted up his eyes, and said, Father, I thank thee that thou hast heard me. And I knew that thou hearest me always: but because of the people which stand by I said it, that they may believe that thou hast sent me. And when he thus had spoken, he cried with a loud voice, Lazarus, come forth. And he that was dead came forth, bound hand and foot with graveclothes: and his face was bound about with a napkin. Jesus saith unto them, Loose him, and let him go. Then many of the Jews which came to Mary, and had seen the things which Jesus did, believed on him.—''/ohn x7, 30–45.'' SS SS - /ch//MARY MAGDALENE Of Mary "called Magdalene" (Luke vni, 2) but few particulars are recorded in scripture. We first hear of her as having been delivered by Jesus of seven devils (Luke vni, 1–3; Mark xvi, 9). Impelled, no doubt, by gratitude for her deliverance, she becomes one of his followers, accompanying him thenceforward in all his wanderings faithfully till his death. She was the first person to whom he appeared after his resurrection (Mark xvi, 9; John xx, 1, 11–18). The common belief that she was a fallen woman is destitute of the slightest foundation. On the contrary, the references to her as being in the company of such women as Joanna, the wife of Herod's steward, Salome, the mother of James and John, and Mary, the mother of Jesus (Luke vni, 3; Mark xvi, 40; John xix, 25), strongly discountenance such a supposition. The error, which had no other source than ecclesiastical tradition, has been fostered and perpetuated by the stupid blunder of the translators of the authorized version in identifying her with the "sinner" who is described in Luke vii, 37–50 as washing the feet of Jesus with her tears (see head-note to Luke vil). The Roman Catholic notion that this "sinner" was Mary the sister of Lazarus is almost equally groundless (see Douay Bible, head-note to Matthew xxvi, and the foot-note references to Luke vii, 37, found in most Catholic Bibles). The only reason for this identification is that the anointing by the "sinner" is described as taking place in the house of a Pharisee named Simon (Luke vii, 36, 39–40, 43–44); that the anointing by the unnamed woman, as described in Matthew xxvi, 6–13 and Mark xiv, 3–9, took place in the house of one 'Simon the leper, "in Bethany; and that Mary, the sister of Lazarus, is described in John xi, 2, and xii, 3–8, as anointing Jesus in a house (apparently that of Lazarus himself) in Bethany, when a conversation ensues altogether different from that recorded in Luke vii, but similar to that related in Matthew xxvi, and Mark xiv, save that the objection to the anointing of Jesus is made, not by "his disciples" (Matthew xxvi, 8), not by "some that had indignation" (Mark xiv, 4), but by "one of his disciples, Judas Iscariot, Simon's son" (John xii, 4). The demeanor of Mary, the sister of Lazarus, is, however, by no means that of a fallen and sinful though penitent woman, but that of a pious and good one (see Luke x, 39, 42; John xi, 28–33; xij, 3). Dore's illustration, which portrays Mary Magdalene as a heartbroken and despairing sin ner, shows that he has fallen into the common error, a ye TH ESCAS ToSsullrPER. Now the first day of the feast of unleavened bread the disciples came to Jesus, saying unto him, Where wilt thou that we prepare for thee to eat the passover? And he said, Go into the city to such a man, and say unto him. The Master saith, My time is at hand; I will keep the passover at thy house with my disciples. And the disciples did as Jesus had appointed them; and they made ready the passover. Now when the even was come, he sat down with the twelve. And as they did eat, "he said, Verily I say unto you, that one of you shall betray me. And they were exceeding sorrowful, and began every one of them to say unto him, Lord, is Italy. And he answered and said, He that dippeth his hand with me in the dish, the same shall betray me. The Son of man goeth as it is written of him: but woe unto that man by whom the Son of man is betrayed! it had been good for that man if he had not been born. Then Judas, which betrayed him, answered and said, Master, is it I? He said unto him, Thou hast said. And as they were eating, Jesus took bread, and blessed it, and brake it, and gave it to the disciples, and said, Take, eat; this is my body. And he took the cup, and gave thanks, and gave it to them, saying, Drink ye all of it; for this is my blood of the new testament, which is shed for many for the remission of sins. But I say unto you, I will not drink henceforth of this fruit of the vine, until that day when I drink it new with you in my Father's kingdom. And when they had sung an hymn, they went out into the mount of Olives—''JJatthew'' XXV2, 17–70. /b2//b2/aS/b2//b2/Th (i h i a <7 ii ine l ti ; nt: 3 N; . Sw ne: N "I Ni Wy Mi iH! ma ih) ah i: i aw @ it = yI's jy 4 'win ve. 'aA ™: Dae: a Noa ia ys ald) a bf: Ly" i - /ch//THE AGONY IN THE GARDEN And he came out, and went, as he was wont, to the mount of Olives; and his discip-es also followed him. And when he was at the place, he said unto them, Pray that ye enter not into temptation. And he was withdrawn from them about a stone's cast, and kneeled down, and prayed. Saying, Father, if thou be willing, remove this cup from me: nevertheless not my will, but thine, be done. And there appeared an angel unto him from heaven, strengthening him. And being in an agony he prayed more earnestly: and his sweat was as it were great drops of blood falling down to the ground. And when he rose up from prayer, and was come to his disciples, he found them sleeping for sorrow, and said unto them, Why sleep ye? rise and pray, lest ye enter into temptation.—''Luke "x12, 39–40.'' = SSS WHEMARE 11 stay PRAYER OFS ESUS IN = Ghee GARDE Ne Ol ansiy po. Then cometh Jesus with them unto a place called Gethsemane, and saith unto the disciples, Sit ye here, while I go and pray yonder. And he took with him Peter and the two sons of Zebedee, and began to be sorrowful and very heavy. Then saith he unto them, My soul is exceeding sorrowful, even unto death: tarry ye here, and watch with me. And he went a little farther, and fell on his face, and prayed, saying, O my Father, if it be possible, let this cup pass from me: nevertheless not as I will, but as thou wilt. And he cometh unto the disciples, and findeth them asleep, and saith unto Peter. What, could ye not watch with me one hour? Watch and pray, that ye enter not into temptation: the spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak. "He went away again the second time, and prayed, saying, O my Father, if this cup may not pass away from me, except I drink it, thy will be done. And he came and found them asleep again: for their eyes were heavy. And he left them, and went away again, and prayed the third time, saying the same words. Then cometh he to his disciples, and saith unto them, Sleep on now, and take your rest: behold, the hour is at hand, and the Son of man is betrayed into the hands of sinners. Rise, let us be going: behold, he is at hand that doth betray me.—''MWatthew xxv7, 36–46.'' Fats eamene pet EES cats fr a AN a A SSA AAAS THE—''BELRAYAL.'' And he cometh the third time, and saith unto them, Sleep on now, and take your rest: it is enough, the hour is come; behold, the Son of man is betrayed into the hands of sinners. Rise up, let us go; lo, he that betrayeth me is at hand. And immediately, while he yet spake, cometh Judas, one of the twelve, and with him a great multitude with swords and staves, from the chief priests and the scribes and the elders. And he that betrayed him had given them a token, saying, whomsoever I shall kiss, that same is he; take him, and lead him away safely. And as soon as he was come, he goeth straightway to him, and saith, Master, master; and kissed him. And they laid their hands on him, and took him. And one of them that stood by drew a sword, and smote a servant of the high priest, and cut off his ear. And Jesus answered and said unto them, Are ye come out, as against a thief, with swords and with staves to take me? I was daily with you in the temple teaching, and ye took me not: but the scriptures must be fulfilled. And they all forsook him, and fled—Mark x1, J1–50, pile gsr" MOO a Wy Hy) "Ly MY ; LY TTR by i (Gees ff ja vm Ly hi "i {/ Me ysyisivgs Uy Ye Li ely: Uh HY) ps i} fh) HH} AUN MI Cap: L564 Mj) ae, i wy Mi Cy Hy 'ii Hi iil Lp LLL RK omy MAKE - /ch//CHRIST FAINTING UNDER THE CROSS The incident depicted in this illustration seems to be as apocryphal as that embodied in the artist's picture of Mary Magdalene. There is absolutely no warrant in scripture for the notion that Christ fainted under the burden of the cross. The only foundation for such an idea to be found in the Bible is contained in the head note to Mark xv, which is quite unwarranted by the text. According to the three synoptic gospels the cross was borne not by Christ, but by Simon, a Cyrenian (see Matthew xxvil, 32; Mark xv, 21; Luke xxni, 26). According to the fourth evangelist, Jesus bore the cross without assistance the whole distance to the place of crucifixion (John xix, 16–18). In not one of the four narratives is there so much as a hint that he fainted under the burden. - /ch//THE FLAGEELATION Then released he Barabbas unto them: and when he had scourged Jesus, he delivered him to be crucified.—''MWatthew xxv7i, 26.'' And so Pilate, willing to content the people, released Barabbas unto them, and delivered Jesus, when he had scourged him, to be crucified.—''Mark xv, 15.'' Then Pilate therefore took Jesus, and scourged him.—''/ohn xzx, I.'' AAA I'll ] i HI yee va WG x A. eile Rae? + i've 'WS Nie wth 6 OU A ry nthe GRU CTR ON: And when they were come unto a place called Golgotha, that is to say, a place of a skull, they gave him vinegar to drink mingled with gall: and when he had tasted thereof, he would not drink. And they crucified him, and parted his garments, casting lots: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophet. They parted my garments among them, and upon my vesture did they cast lots. And sitting down they watched him there; and set up over his head his accusation written, THIS IS JESUS THE KING OF THE JEWS. Then were there two thieves crucified with him, one on the right hand, and another on the left. And they that passed by reviled him, wagging their heads, and saying, Thou that destroyest the temple, and buildest it in three days, save thyself. If thou be the Son of God, come down from the cross. Likewise also the chief priests mocking him, with the scribes and elders, said, He saved others: himself he cannot save. If he be the King of Israel, let him now come down from the cross, and we will believe him. He trusted in God; let him deliver him now, if he will have him: for he said, I am the Son of God. The thieves also, which were crucified with him, cast the same in his teeth.—''J/atthew'' XKUIL, 33–44. "Ju y ate Py) eee a at vi ee aa Mee, Ory Dele - /ch//CLOSE OF THE CRUCIFIXION Now from the sixth hour there was darkness over all the land unto the ninth hour. And about the ninth hour Jesus cried with a loud voice, saying, Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani? that is to say, My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me? Some of them that stood there, when they heard that, said, This man calleth for Elias. And straightway one of them ran, and took a spunge, and filled it with vinegar, and put it on a reed, and gave him to drink. The rest said, Let be, let us see whether Elias will come to save him. Jesus, when he had cried again with a loud voice, yielded up the ghost. And, behold, the veil of the temple was rent in twain from the top to the bottom; and the earth did quake, and the rocks rent; and the graves were opened; and many bodies of the saints which slept arose, and came out of the graves after his resurrection, and went into the holy city, and appeared unto many. Now when the centurion, and they that were with him, watching Jesus, saw the earthquake, and those things that were done, they feared greatly, saying, Truly this was the Son of God. And many women were there beholding afar off, which followed Jesus from Galilee, ministering unto him: among which was Mary Magdalene, and Mary the mother of James and Joses, and the mother of Zebedee's children,—''Matthew xxvtt, 45–50.'' - wae j '> ne ) bj THREBURIALY® Pei Oe: When the even was come, there came a rich man of Arimathea, named Joseph, who also himself was Jesus' disciple: he went to Pilate, and begged the body of Jesus. Then Pilate commanded the body to be delivered. And when Joseph had taken the body, he wrapped it in a clean linen cloth, and laid it in his own new tomb, which he had hewn out in the rock: and he rolled a great stone to the door of the sepulchre, and departed. And there was Mary Magdalene, and the other Mary, sitting over against the sepulchre.—''Matthew xxvit, 57–61.'' THE ANGEL A. THE SEEULCHERE: In the end of the sabbath, as it began to dawn toward the first day of the week, came Mary Magdalene and the other Mary to see the sepulchre. And, behold, there was a great earthquake: for the angel of the Lord descended from heaven, and came and rolled back the stone from the door, and sat upon it. His countenance was like lightning, and his raiment white as snow: and for fear of him the keepers did shake, and became as dead men. And the angel answered and said unto the women, Fear not ye: for I know that ye seek Jesus, which was crucified. He is not here: for he is risen, as he said, Come, see the place where the Lord lay. And go quickly, and tell his disciples that he is risen from the dead; and, behold, he goeth before you into Galilee; there shall ye see him: lo, I have told you. And they departed quickly from the sepulchre with fear and great joy; and did run to bring his disciples word.—''Matthew xxvii2, 1–8.'' /b2//b2/ HE PISAN THEJOURNEY TO—''EMMAUCS:'' And, behold, two of them went that same day to a village called Emmaus which was from Jerusalem about threescore furlongs. And they talked together of all these things which had happened. And it came to pass that, while they communed together and reasoned, Jesus himself drew near and went with them. But their eyes were holden that they should not know him. And he said unto them, What manner of communications are these that ye have one to another, as ye walk, and are sad? And the one of them, whose name was Cleopas, answering said unto him, Art thou only a stranger in Jerusalem, and hast not known the things which are come to pass there in these days? And he said unto them, What things? And they said unto him, Concerning Jesus of Nazareth, which was a prophet mighty in deed and word before God and all the people: And how the chief priests and our rulers delivered him to be condemned to death, and have crucified him. But we trusted that it had been he which should have redeemed Israel: and beside all this, to-day is the third day since these things were done. Yea, and certain women also of our company made us astonished, which were early at the sepulchre; and when they found not his body, they came, saying, that they had also seen a vision of angels, which said that he was alive. And certain of them which were with us went to the sepulchre, and found it even so as the women had said: but him they saw not. Then he said unto them, O fools, and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken: ought not Christ to have suffered these things, and to enter into his glory? And beginning at Moses and all the prophets, he expounded unto them in all the scriptures the things concerning himself. And they drew nigh unto the village, whither they went: and he made as though he would have gone further. But they constrained him, saying, Abide with us: for it is toward evening, and the day is far spent. And he went in to tarry with them. And it came to pass, as he sat at meat with them, he took bread, and blessed it, and brake, and gave to them. And their eyes were opened, and they knew him; and he vanished out of their sight. And they said one to another, Did not our heart burn within us, while he talked with us by the way, and while he opened to us the scriptures? And they rose up the same hour, and returned to Jerusalem, and found the eleven gathered together, and them that were with them, saying, The Lord is risen indeed, and hath appeared to Simon. And they told what things were done in the way, and how he was known of them in breaking of bread.—''Luke xxiv, 17–75.'' THE ASCENSION: Now upon the first day of the week, very early in the morning, they came unto the sepulchre, bringing the spices which they had prepared, and certain others with them. And they found the stone rolled away from the sepulchre. '. = And they remembered his words. And returned from the sepulchre, and told all these things unto the eleven, and to all the rest ng M3 a And, behold, two of them went that same day to a village called Emmaus, which was from Jerusalem about threescore furlongs. And they talked together of all these things which had happened. '* And they rose up the same hour, and returned to Jerusalem, and found the eleven gathered together, and them that were with them, saying, The Lord is risen indeed, and hath appeared to Simon. And they told what things were done in the way, and how he was known of them in breaking of bread. And as they thus spake, Jesus himself stood in the midst of them, and saith unto them, Peace be unto you. ". And, behold, I send the promise of my Father upon you: but tarry ye in the city of Jerusalem, until ye be endued with power from on high. And he led them out as far as to Bethany, and he lifted up his hands, and—blessed them. And it came to pass, while he blessed them, he was parted from them, and carried up into heaven. And they worshiped him, and returned to Jerusalem with great joy.—Luke xxiv, 1–2, 8–9, 13–14, 33–36, 49–52. The former treatise have I made, O Theophilus, of all that Jesus began both to do and teach, until the day in which he was taken up, after that he through the Holy Ghost had given commandments unto the apostles whom he had chosen: to whom also he shewed himself alive after his passion by many infallible proofs, being seen of them forty days, and speaking of the things pertaining to the kingdom of God: and, being assembled together with them, commanded them that they should not depart from Jerusalem, but wait for the promise of the Father, which, saith he, ye have heard of me. For John truly baptized with water; but ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost not'many days hence. When they therefore were come together, they asked of him, saying, Lord, wilt thou at this time restore again the kingdom of Israel? And he said unto them, It is not for you to know the times or the seasons, which the Father hath put in his own power. But ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto me both in Jerusalem, and all Judzea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth. And when he had spoken these things, while they beheld, he was taken up: and a cloud received him out of their sight. And while they looked steadfastly toward heaven as he went up, behold, two men stood by them in white apparel.—''A cts 2, 7–70.'' ™f-b< , ra Oe a aa io Cae + rm 4 y A. Lars 'ire y ."ll f iat atk My re leh: o y x ra ~4 a ike ed' 'j ta i} =, ¢".o 7 Py Ay od a; . s. Te = ik ba ad { ive;:; + srw ml f 4 "hits" y: 4s 'Ao 'agi ek ': '; eos A. 4 Ly 5; ge .% "Agr 'he (a. Ke; THE-MARTYRDOMPOR Siw over Ne And Stephen, full of faith and power, did great wonders and miracles among the people. Then there arose certain of the synagogue, which is called the synagogue of the Libertines, and Cyrenians, and Alexandrians, and of them of Cilicia and of Asia, disputing with Stephen. And they were not able to resist the wisdom and the spirit by which he spake. Then they suborned men, which said, We have heard him speak blasphemous words against Moses and against God. And they stirred up the people, and the elders, and the scribes, and came upon him, and caught him, and brought him to the council. And set up false witnesses, which said, This man ceaseth not to speak blasphemous words against this holy place, and the law: for we have heard him say, that this Jesus of Nazareth shall destroy this place, and shall change the customs which Moses delivered us. And all that sat in the council, looking steadfastly on him, saw his face as it had been the face of an angel. Then said the high priest. Are these things so? And he said, Men, brethren, and fathers, hearken: [Stephen here makes his defense, concluding with a terrible denunciation of the Jews as being stiffnecked and persecutors of their prophets, and as betrayers and murderers of their latest one, Jesus Christ. When they heard these things, they were cut to the heart, and they gnashed on him with their teeth. But he, being full of the Holy Ghost, looked up steadfastly into heaven, and saw the glory of God, and Jesus standing on the right hand of God, and said, Behold, I see the heavens opened, and the Son of man standing on the right hand of God. Then they cried out with a loud voice, and stopped their ears, and ran upon him with one accord, and cast him out of the city, and stoned him: and the witnesses laid down their clothes at a young man's feet, whose name was Saul. And they stoned Stephen, calling upon God, and saying, Lord Jesus, receive my spirit. And he kneeled down, and cried with a loud voice, Lord, lay not this sin to their charge. And when he had said this, he fell asleep. And Saul was consenting unto his death. Acts vz, 8–15; vit, 1–2, 54–56; v2z2, 1. XG Wr?] Uy Wy SG SW SG aye ae SAULIS' CONVERSION; And Saul, yet breathing out threatenings and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord, went unto the high priest, and desired of him letters to Damascus to the synagogues, that if he found any of this way, whether they were men or women, he might bring them bound unto Jerusalem. And as he journeyed, he came near Damascus: and suddenly there shined round about him a light from heaven: and he fell to the earth, and heard a voice saying unto him, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me? And he said, who art thou, Lord? And the Lord said, I am Jesus whom thou persecutest: it is hard for thee to kick against the pricks. And he trembling and astonished said, Lord, what wilt thou have me to do? And the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go into the city, and it shall be told thee what thou must do. And the men which journeyed with him stood speechless, hearing a voice, but seeing no man. And Saul arose from the earth; and when his eyes were opened, he saw no man: but they led him by the hand, and brought him into Damascus. And he was three days without sight, and neither did eat nor drink. And there was a certain disciple at Damascus, named Ananias; and to him said the Lord in a vision, Ananias. And he said, Behold, I am here, Lord. And the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go into the street which is called Straight, and enquire in the house of Judas for one called Saul, of Tarsus: for, behold, he prayeth, and hath seen in a vision a man named Ananias coming in, and putting his hand on him, that he might receive his sight. Then Ananias answered, Lord, I have heard by many of this man, how much evil he hath done to thy saints at Jerusalem: and here he hath authority from the chief priests to bind all that call on thy name. But the Lord said unto him, Go thy way: for he is a chosen vessel unto me, to bear my name before the Gentiles, and kings, and the children of Israel: for I will shew him how great things he must suffer for my name's sake. And Ananias went his way, and entered into the house; and putting his hands on him said, Brother Saul, the Lord, even Jesus, that appeared unto thee in the way as thou camest, hath sent me, that thou mightest receive thy sight, and be filled with the Holy Ghost. And immediately there fell from his eyes as it had been scales: and he received sight forthwith, and arose and was baptized. And when he had received meat, he was strengthened. Then was Saul certain days with the disciples which were at Damascus. And Straightway he preached Christ in the synagogues, that he is the Son of God.—''Acts 2x, 1–20, ff, if'' Se SS THEDELIVERANCE Piss atte ans Now about that time Herod the king stretched forth his hands to vex certain of the church. And he killed James the brother of John with the sword. And because he saw it pleased the Jews, he proceeded further to take Peter also. (Then were the days of unleavened bread.) And when he had apprehended him, he put him in prison, and delivered him to four quarternions of soldiers to keep him; intending after Easter to bring him forth to the people. Peter therefore was kept in prison: but prayer was made without ceasing of the church unto God for him. And when Herod would have brought him forth, the same night Peter was sleeping between two soldiers, bound with two chains: and the keepers before the door kept the prison. And, behold, the angel of the Lord came upon him, and a light shined in the prison: and he smote Peter on the side, and raised him up, saying, Arise up quickly. And his chains fell off from his hands. And the angel said unto him, Gird thyself, and bind on thy sandals: And so he did. And he saith unto him, Cast thy garment about thee, and follow me. And he went out, and followed him; and wist not that it was true which was done by the angel; but thought he saw a vision. When they were past the first and the second ward, they came unto the iron gate that leadeth unto the city; which opened to them of his own accord: and they went out and passed on through one street; and forthwith the angel departed from him. And when Peter was come to himself, he said, Now I know of a surety, that the Lord hath sent his angel, and hath delivered me out of the hand of Herod, and from all the expec tation of the people of the Jews.—''Aees x72, 1–11.'' AY PLS AN - /ch//PAUL AT EPHESUS And it came to pass, that, while Apollos was at Corinth, Paul having passed through the upper coasts came to Ephesus; and finding certain disciples, he said unto them, Have ye received the Holy Ghost since ye believed? And they said unto him, We have not so muchas heard whether there be any Holy Ghost. And he said unto them, Unto what then were ye baptized? And they said, Unto John's baptism. Then said Paul, John verily baptized with the baptism of repentance, saying unto the people, that they should believe on him which should come after him, that is, on Christ Jesus. When they heard this, they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus. And when Paul had laid his hands upon them, the Holy Ghost came on them; and they spake with tongues, and prophesied. And all the men were about twelve. And he went into the synagogue, and spake boldly for the space of three months, disputing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God. But when divers were hardened, and believed not, but spake evil of that way before the multitude, he departed from them, and separated the disciples, disputing daily in the school of one Tyrannus. And this continued by the space of two years; so that all they which dwelk in Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus, both Jews and Greeks. And God wrought special miracles by the hands of Paul: so that from his body were brought unto the sick handkerchiefs or aprons, and the diseases departed from them, a id the evil spirits went out of them. Then certain of the vagabond Jews, exorcists, took upon them to call over them which had evil spirits the name of the Lord Jesus, saying, We adjure you by Jesus whom Paul preacheth. And there were seven sons of one Sceva, a Jew, and chief of the priests, which did so. And the evil spirit answered and said, Jesus I know, and Paul I know; but who are ye? And the man in whom the evil spirit was leaped on them, and overcame them, and prevailed against them, so that they fled out of that house naked and wounded. And this was known to all the Jews and Greeks also dwelling at Ephesus; and fear fell on them all, and the name of the Lord Jesus was magnified. And many that believed came, and confessed, and shewed their deeds. Many of them also which used curious arts brought their books together, and burned them before all men: and they counted the price of them, and found it fifty thousand pieces of silver. So mightily grew the word of God and prevailed.—''A ets "7x, 1–20.'' PAUL MENACED=BY Tit ws. Do therefore this that we say to thee: We have four men which have a vow on them; them take, and purify thyself with them, and be at charges with them, that they may shave their heads: and all may know that those things, where of they were informed concerning thee, are nothing; but that thou thyself also walkest orderly, and keepest the law. = ig + Then Paul took the men, and the next day purifying himself with them entered into the temple, to signify the accomplishment of the days of purification, until that an offering should be offered for every one of them. And when the seven days were almost ended, the Jews which were of Asia, when they saw him in the temple, stirred up all the people, and laid hands on him, crying out, Men of Israel, help: this is the man, that teacheth all men every where against the people, and the law, and this place: and further brought Greeks also into the temple, and hath polluted this holy place. (For they had seen before with him in the city Trophimus an mee whom they supposed that Paul had brought into the temple.) And all the city was moved, and the people ran together: and fe took Paul, and drew him out of the temple: and forthwith the doors were shut. And as they went about to kill him, tidings came unto the chief captain of the band, that all Jerusalem was in an uproar: who immediately took soldiers and centurions, and ran down unto them: and when they saw the chief captain and the soldiers, they left beating of Paul. Then the chief captain came near, and took him, and commanded him to be bound with two chains; and demanded who he was, and what he had done. And some cried one thing, some another, among the multitude: and when he could not know the certainty for the tumult, he commanded him to be carried into the castle. And when he came upon the stairs, so it was, that he was borne of the soldiers for the violence of the people. For the multitude of the people followed after, crying, Away with him. And as Paul was to be led into the castle, he said unto the chief captain, May I speak unto thee? Who said, Canst thou speak Greek? Art not thou that Egyptian, which before these days madest an uproar, and leddest out into the wilderness four thousand men that were murderers? But Paul said, I am a man which am a Jew of Tarsus, a city in Cilicia, a citizen of no mean city: and, I beseech thee, suffer me to speak unto the people. And when he had given him license, Paul stood on the stairs, and beckoned with the hand unto the people. And when there was made a great silence, he spake unto them in the Hebrew tongue.—''A cts xx2, 23–40, ba)'' -i - /ch//PAUL'S SHIPWRECK And while the day was coming on, Paul besought them all to take meat, saying, This day is the fourteenth day that ye have tarried and continued fasting, having taken nothing. Wherefore I pray you to take some meat; for this is for your health: for there shall not a hair fall from the head of any of you. And when he had thus spoken, he took bread, and gave thanks to God in presence of them all: and when he had broken it, he began to eat. Then were they all of good cheer, and they also took some meat. And we were in all in the ship two hundred threescore and sixteen souls. And when they had eaten enough, they lightened the ship, and cast out the wheat into the sea. And when it was day, they knew not the land: but they discovered a certain creek with a shore, into the which they were minded, if it were possible, to thrust in the ship. And when they had taken up the anchors, they committed themselves unto the sea, and loosed the rudder bands, and hoised up the mainsail to the wind, and made toward shore. And falling into a place where two seas met, they ran the ship aground; and the forepart stuck fast, and remained unmovable, but the hinder part was broken with the violence of the waves. And the soldiers' counsel was to kill the prisoners, lest any of them should swim out, and escape. But the centurion, willing to save Paul, kept them from their purpose; and commanded that they which could swim should cast themselves first into the sea, and get to land: and the rest, some on boards, and some on broken pieces of the ship. And so it came to pass, that they escaped all safe to land. And when they were escaped, then they knew that the island was called Melita. And the barbarous people shewed us no little kindness: for they kindled a fire, and received us every one, because of the present rain, and because of the cold.—''Acts XLVI, 33–44, XXII, 1–2.'' - DEA LEON "THE. PAGE HORSE. And when he had opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the fourth beast say, Come and see. And I looked, and behold a pale horse: and his name that sat on him was Death, and Hell followed with him. And power was given unto them over the fourth part of the earth, to kill with sword, and with hunger, and with death, and with the beasts of the earth.—''[[Revelation (Bible)|Revelation]] vt, 7–8, ry ah, aera'' —cov 5xwd9crhet4z4n0jj56lcs8o4znu92x Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu/26 104 4489604 14127896 14125270 2024-04-25T14:16:17Z GrooveCreator 2854703 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="M0ntenegro" />{{rh|2|CHILDHOOD}}</noinclude>that's why he is tormenting me. All he is thinking about," whispered I, "is how to cause me annoyance. He knows quite well that he has waked and frightened me, but he acts as though he did not notice it. He is a contemptible fellow! And his dressing-gown, and cap, and tassel,— they are all contemptible!" While I thus expressed in thought my disgust with Karl Ivánovich, he walked up to his bed, took a look at the watch which was hanging above it in a hand-made shoe of glass beads, hung the flap on a nail, and, evidently in the pleasantest mood, turned to us. ''"Auf, Kinder, auf! 's ist Zeit. Die Mutter ist schon im Saal,"'' he cried out in his good German voice, then came up to me, seated himself at my feet, and took his snuff-box out of his pocket. I pretended I was asleep. Karl Ivánovich at first took a snuff, wiped his nose, snapped his fingers, and then turned his attention to me. He smiled and began to tickle the soles of my feet. ''"Nun, nun, Faulenzer!"'' said he. Though I was very much afraid of tickling, I did not jump up from bed and did not answer him, but only hid my head farther under the pillows, kicked my feet with all my might, and made all possible efforts to keep from laughing. "What a good man he is, and how he loves us, and how could I have thought so ill of him?" I was angry at myself and at Karl Ivánovich, and I wanted to laugh and cry at the same time; my nerves were shattered. ''"Ach, lassen Sie,'' Karl Ivánovich!" cried I, with tears in my eyes, and stuck my head out of my pillows. Karl Ivánovich was surprised, left my soles in peace, and with a disturbed mien began to ask what the matter was with me, and whether I had not had a bad dream. His good German face and the interest which he evinced in trying to ascertain the cause of my tears made them<noinclude></noinclude> eklfbn7rv4lllfh4wlc7r73lto8653p Page:Sarawak Gazette 4 January 1907 Issue No 492.pdf/9 104 4489611 14130237 14125406 2024-04-25T23:05:02Z 103.18.0.195 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="103.18.0.195" />{{rh| |THE SARAWAK GAZETTE, JANUARY 4, 1907.| 9 }} {{rule}}</noinclude>{{c|{{x-larger block|<b>OUR NOTES.</b>}}}} {{rule}} {{c|<b>''December.''</b>}} {{sc|On}} the 1st the p. s. ''Kaka'' sailed for Brooketon, Limbang, etc. and on the 3rd p. s. ''Adeh'' left for Sibu. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|The}} s. s. ''Rajah of Sarawak'' sailed for Singapore on the 4th. No European passengers. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|On}} the 6th the s. s. ''Kuching'' arrived from Singapore with passengers, Messrs. R. Pawle, A. C. Vivian and the Revd. J. Oss. The same day the s. s. ''Sarawak'' came in from Muka with passenger, Miss Dobson. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|The}} p. s. ''Kaka'' returned from the North on the 7th, and s. s. ''Sarawak'' sailed for Bintulu on the 9th. {{sc|On}} the 11th s. s. ''Kuching'' sailed for Singapore with passenger, Miss Dobson, Mr. and Mrs. A. G. Butler. The same day the p. s. ''Adel'' returned from Sibu. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|On}} the 13th the s. s. ''Rajah of Sarawak'' arrived from Singapore. Passenger, Mr. G. Malcolm of Messrs. Ellis and Co., American Agents of Singapore. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|On}} the 16th p. s. ''Kaka'' sailed for Brooketon and Limbang. Passenger, Mr. G. Dalton. The same day the s. s. ''Sarawak'' returned from Bintulu. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|Early on}} Sunday morning, the 16th, H.M.S. ''Clio'' arrived from North Borneo Ports and came up river. She dropped anchor just above H. H. S. ''Zahora'', off Ban Hok's Wharf. H. M. S. ''Clio'' is a Screw Sloop of 1070 tons and is attached to the China Squadron. Her full list of Officers is as follows:— {|{{ts|mc}} |- {{ts|pl3}} | Commander. || {{ts|pl3}}|Cecil D. S. Raikes |- {{ts|pl3}} | Lieutenant. || {{ts|pl3}}|R. H. B. Hammond Chambers |- {{ts|pl3}} | Do (N) || {{ts|pl3}}|Neville B. C. Brock |- {{ts|pl3}} | Do || {{ts|pl3}}|J. S. Morrell |- {{ts|pl3}} | Staff Surgeon || {{ts|pl3}}|R. L. Dickinson |- {{ts|pl3}} | Paymaster || {{ts|pl3}}|A. W. B. Messenger |- {{ts|pl3}} | Chief Art. Engr. || {{ts|pl3}}| S. J. Venning |- {{ts|pl3}} | Gunner || {{ts|pl3}}| W. Taylor. |} On the afternoon of the 17th a party of bluejackets landed from H. M. S. Clio and indulged in a game of football on the Mission ground. Owing to the rain which has fallen every day for weeks the ground was very sodden and in places there were pools of water which, however, failed to damp the enthusiasm of the players. The same evening the Acting Commandant, to an excellent dinner, one of the principal Mr. Stuart Cunynghame, invited everyone to items of the menu being "Snipe," which had witness some Dyak dancing, etc. on the parade been shot a couple of days previously by the ground at the Fort. The Hon'ble the Resident, with Commander Raikes and a small party from the Residency arrived about 9.30 P. M. when the proceedings commenced with dances by some of the Sarawak Rangers. A torchlight tattoo by Sepoys proved very effective, but required a little more rehearsing, and another turn by a Sepoy, who whirled fire at the two ends of a cord round in circles so rapidly until there was one complete circle of blaze, called forth much applause. Amongst those present at the entertainment we noticed the Hon'ble the Resident, Commander Raikes, R. N. and Officers of H. M. S. Clio, Mr. and Mrs. Ellis, Dr. and Mrs. Wellington, Mrs. Grove, Dr. J. White Hopkins, Messrs. Lewis, Stilwell, Bryan, Slade, Allman, Gillan, Harington, Etheridge and many others. Fortunately the evening was fine so that it was possible to sit outside and appreciate the Acting Commandant's hospitality. {{sc|On}} the 18th the s. s. Rajah of Sarawak sailed for Singapore with passengers, Messrs. Malcolm and J. H. Johnston. This afternoon the S. P. G. Old Boys' team played a football match against a scratch team from H. M. S. Clio and won by 4 goals to nil. The heavy rain during the day made the Mission ground worse, than it had been the day before, and it was a perfect swamp. In the evening Mr. J. M. Bryan entertained the Officers of H. M. S. Clio at dinner at B. M. K. H. M. S. Clio sailed for Singapore to rejoin the Fleet on the morning of the 19th instant, and we understand that she may return here again about the end of January. On the 19th the s. s. Sarawak sailed for Rejang, Bintulu and other ports. Passengers, Mr. V. Harington and Revd. J. Oss for Sibu. On the morning of the 20th Mr. Grove laid the second lot of the Matang Water pipes in the bed of the river from bank to bank. The first lot were laid on the 14th; there are now two lines of pipes in position under the water, so that in the event of anything going wrong with one, the other can be used. Some in- teresting photos of the operation were taken by Mr. Reutens. S. S. Kuching arrived from Singapore on the 20th but brought no European passengers. On the 22nd the p. s. Adeh returned from Limbang and Brooketon. Passengers, Mr. and Mrs. T. Nicoll and Mr. G. Dalton. TUESDAY the 25th, being Christmas Day, the Hon'ble the Resident, Sir Percy Cunyng- hame, Bart., entertained a large number of guests at dinner in the new Outstation Officers' Rest House. A party of 27 sat down Resident and Mr. Lewis and kept in the ice house. The table was tastefully decorated, and the gorgeous display of crackers of all sorts and sizes gave the "Christmassy" appearance necessary to the occasion. After dinner dancing and music were indulged in,<noinclude></noinclude> blrxgth0h2086c575m4ena23qktrowh 14130239 14130237 2024-04-25T23:05:30Z 103.18.0.195 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="103.18.0.195" />{{rh| |THE SARAWAK GAZETTE, JANUARY 4, 1907.| 9 }} {{rule}}</noinclude>{{c|{{x-larger block|<b>OUR NOTES.</b>}}}} {{rule}} {{c|<b>''December.''</b>}} {{sc|On}} the 1st the p. s. ''Kaka'' sailed for Brooketon, Limbang, etc. and on the 3rd p. s. ''Adeh'' left for Sibu. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|The}} s. s. ''Rajah of Sarawak'' sailed for Singapore on the 4th. No European passengers. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|On}} the 6th the s. s. ''Kuching'' arrived from Singapore with passengers, Messrs. R. Pawle, A. C. Vivian and the Revd. J. Oss. The same day the s. s. ''Sarawak'' came in from Muka with passenger, Miss Dobson. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|The}} p. s. ''Kaka'' returned from the North on the 7th, and s. s. ''Sarawak'' sailed for Bintulu on the 9th. {{sc|On}} the 11th s. s. ''Kuching'' sailed for Singapore with passenger, Miss Dobson, Mr. and Mrs. A. G. Butler. The same day the p. s. ''Adel'' returned from Sibu. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|On}} the 13th the s. s. ''Rajah of Sarawak'' arrived from Singapore. Passenger, Mr. G. Malcolm of Messrs. Ellis and Co., American Agents of Singapore. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|On}} the 16th p. s. ''Kaka'' sailed for Brooketon and Limbang. Passenger, Mr. G. Dalton. The same day the s. s. ''Sarawak'' returned from Bintulu. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|Early on}} Sunday morning, the 16th, H.M.S. ''Clio'' arrived from North Borneo Ports and came up river. She dropped anchor just above H. H. S. ''Zahora'', off Ban Hok's Wharf. H. M. S. ''Clio'' is a Screw Sloop of 1070 tons and is attached to the China Squadron. Her full list of Officers is as follows:— {|{{ts|mc}} |- {{ts|pl3}} | Commander. || {{ts|pl3}}|Cecil D. S. Raikes |- {{ts|pl3}} | Lieutenant. || {{ts|pl3}}|R. H. B. Hammond Chambers |- {{ts|pl3}} | Do (N) || {{ts|pl3}}|Neville B. C. Brock |- {{ts|pl3}} | Do || {{ts|pl3}}|J. S. Morrell |- {{ts|pl3}} | Staff Surgeon || {{ts|pl3}}|R. L. Dickinson |- {{ts|pl3}} | Paymaster || {{ts|pl3}}|A. W. B. Messenger |- {{ts|pl3}} | Chief Art. Engr. || {{ts|pl3}}| S. J. Venning |- {{ts|pl3}} | Gunner || {{ts|pl3}}| W. Taylor. |} {{sc|On}} the afternoon of the 17th a party of bluejackets landed from H. M. S. Clio and indulged in a game of football on the Mission ground. Owing to the rain which has fallen every day for weeks the ground was very sodden and in places there were pools of water which, however, failed to damp the enthusiasm of the players. The same evening the Acting Commandant, to an excellent dinner, one of the principal Mr. Stuart Cunynghame, invited everyone to items of the menu being "Snipe," which had witness some Dyak dancing, etc. on the parade been shot a couple of days previously by the ground at the Fort. The Hon'ble the Resident, with Commander Raikes and a small party from the Residency arrived about 9.30 P. M. when the proceedings commenced with dances by some of the Sarawak Rangers. A torchlight tattoo by Sepoys proved very effective, but required a little more rehearsing, and another turn by a Sepoy, who whirled fire at the two ends of a cord round in circles so rapidly until there was one complete circle of blaze, called forth much applause. Amongst those present at the entertainment we noticed the Hon'ble the Resident, Commander Raikes, R. N. and Officers of H. M. S. Clio, Mr. and Mrs. Ellis, Dr. and Mrs. Wellington, Mrs. Grove, Dr. J. White Hopkins, Messrs. Lewis, Stilwell, Bryan, Slade, Allman, Gillan, Harington, Etheridge and many others. Fortunately the evening was fine so that it was possible to sit outside and appreciate the Acting Commandant's hospitality. {{sc|On}} the 18th the s. s. Rajah of Sarawak sailed for Singapore with passengers, Messrs. Malcolm and J. H. Johnston. This afternoon the S. P. G. Old Boys' team played a football match against a scratch team from H. M. S. Clio and won by 4 goals to nil. The heavy rain during the day made the Mission ground worse, than it had been the day before, and it was a perfect swamp. In the evening Mr. J. M. Bryan entertained the Officers of H. M. S. Clio at dinner at B. M. K. H. M. S. Clio sailed for Singapore to rejoin the Fleet on the morning of the 19th instant, and we understand that she may return here again about the end of January. On the 19th the s. s. Sarawak sailed for Rejang, Bintulu and other ports. Passengers, Mr. V. Harington and Revd. J. Oss for Sibu. On the morning of the 20th Mr. Grove laid the second lot of the Matang Water pipes in the bed of the river from bank to bank. The first lot were laid on the 14th; there are now two lines of pipes in position under the water, so that in the event of anything going wrong with one, the other can be used. Some in- teresting photos of the operation were taken by Mr. Reutens. S. S. Kuching arrived from Singapore on the 20th but brought no European passengers. On the 22nd the p. s. Adeh returned from Limbang and Brooketon. Passengers, Mr. and Mrs. T. Nicoll and Mr. G. Dalton. TUESDAY the 25th, being Christmas Day, the Hon'ble the Resident, Sir Percy Cunyng- hame, Bart., entertained a large number of guests at dinner in the new Outstation Officers' Rest House. A party of 27 sat down Resident and Mr. Lewis and kept in the ice house. The table was tastefully decorated, and the gorgeous display of crackers of all sorts and sizes gave the "Christmassy" appearance necessary to the occasion. After dinner dancing and music were indulged in,<noinclude></noinclude> ltyy7l30n3hd69eo896tgghg5v4xhy1 14130356 14130239 2024-04-26T00:23:08Z 103.18.0.195 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="103.18.0.195" />{{rh| |THE SARAWAK GAZETTE, JANUARY 4, 1907.| 9 }} {{rule}}</noinclude>{{c|{{x-larger block|<b>OUR NOTES.</b>}}}} {{rule}} {{c|<b>''December.''</b>}} {{sc|On}} the 1st the p. s. ''Kaka'' sailed for Brooketon, Limbang, etc. and on the 3rd p. s. ''Adeh'' left for Sibu. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|The}} s. s. ''Rajah of Sarawak'' sailed for Singapore on the 4th. No European passengers. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|On}} the 6th the s. s. ''Kuching'' arrived from Singapore with passengers, Messrs. R. Pawle, A. C. Vivian and the Revd. J. Oss. The same day the s. s. ''Sarawak'' came in from Muka with passenger, Miss Dobson. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|The}} p. s. ''Kaka'' returned from the North on the 7th, and s. s. ''Sarawak'' sailed for Bintulu on the 9th. {{sc|On}} the 11th s. s. ''Kuching'' sailed for Singapore with passenger, Miss Dobson, Mr. and Mrs. A. G. Butler. The same day the p. s. ''Adel'' returned from Sibu. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|On}} the 13th the s. s. ''Rajah of Sarawak'' arrived from Singapore. Passenger, Mr. G. Malcolm of Messrs. Ellis and Co., American Agents of Singapore. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|On}} the 16th p. s. ''Kaka'' sailed for Brooketon and Limbang. Passenger, Mr. G. Dalton. The same day the s. s. ''Sarawak'' returned from Bintulu. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|Early on}} Sunday morning, the 16th, H.M.S. ''Clio'' arrived from North Borneo Ports and came up river. She dropped anchor just above H. H. S. ''Zahora'', off Ban Hok's Wharf. H. M. S. ''Clio'' is a Screw Sloop of 1070 tons and is attached to the China Squadron. Her full list of Officers is as follows:— {|{{ts|mc}} |- {{ts|pl3}} | Commander. || {{ts|pl3}}|Cecil D. S. Raikes |- {{ts|pl3}} | Lieutenant. || {{ts|pl3}}|R. H. B. Hammond Chambers |- {{ts|pl3}} | Do (N) || {{ts|pl3}}|Neville B. C. Brock |- {{ts|pl3}} | Do || {{ts|pl3}}|J. S. Morrell |- {{ts|pl3}} | Staff Surgeon || {{ts|pl3}}|R. L. Dickinson |- {{ts|pl3}} | Paymaster || {{ts|pl3}}|A. W. B. Messenger |- {{ts|pl3}} | Chief Art. Engr. || {{ts|pl3}}| S. J. Venning |- {{ts|pl3}} | Gunner || {{ts|pl3}}| W. Taylor. |} {{sc|On}} the afternoon of the 17th a party of bluejackets landed from H. M. S. Clio and indulged in a game of football on the Mission ground. Owing to the rain which has fallen every day for weeks the ground was very sodden and in places there were pools of water which, however, failed to damp the enthusiasm of the players. The same evening the Acting Commandant, to an excellent dinner, one of the principal Mr. Stuart Cunynghame, invited everyone to items of the menu being "Snipe," which had witness some Dyak dancing, etc. on the parade been shot a couple of days previously by the ground at the Fort. The Hon'ble the Resident, with Commander Raikes and a small party from the Residency arrived about 9.30 P. M. when the proceedings commenced with dances by some of the Sarawak Rangers. A torchlight tattoo by Sepoys proved very effective, but required a little more rehearsing, and another turn by a Sepoy, who whirled fire at the two ends of a cord round in circles so rapidly until there was one complete circle of blaze, called forth much applause. Amongst those present at the entertainment we noticed the Hon'ble the Resident, Commander Raikes, R. N. and Officers of H. M. S. Clio, Mr. and Mrs. Ellis, Dr. and Mrs. Wellington, Mrs. Grove, Dr. J. White Hopkins, Messrs. Lewis, Stilwell, Bryan, Slade, Allman, Gillan, Harington, Etheridge and many others. Fortunately the evening was fine so that it was possible to sit outside and appreciate the Acting Commandant's hospitality. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|On}} the 18th the s. s. ''Rajah of Sarawak'' sailed for Singapore with passengers, Messrs. Malcolm and J. H. Johnston. This afternoon the S. P. G. Old Boys' team played a football match against a scratch team from H. M. S. Clio and won by 4 goals to nil. The heavy rain during the day made the Mission ground worse, than it had been the day before, and it was a perfect swamp. In the evening Mr. J. M. Bryan entertained the Officers of H. M. S. Clio at dinner at B. M. K. {{rule|5em}} H. M. S. Clio sailed for Singapore to rejoin the Fleet on the morning of the 19th instant, and we understand that she may return here again about the end of January. On the 19th the s. s. Sarawak sailed for Rejang, Bintulu and other ports. Passengers, Mr. V. Harington and Revd. J. Oss for Sibu. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|On}} the morning of the 20th Mr. Grove laid the second lot of the Matang Water pipes in the bed of the river from bank to bank. The first lot were laid on the 14th; there are now two lines of pipes in position under the water, so that in the event of anything going wrong with one, the other can be used. Some in- teresting photos of the operation were taken by Mr. Reutens. S. S. Kuching arrived from Singapore on the 20th but brought no European passengers. On the 22nd the p. s. Adeh returned from Limbang and Brooketon. Passengers, Mr. and Mrs. T. Nicoll and Mr. G. Dalton. TUESDAY the 25th, being Christmas Day, the Hon'ble the Resident, Sir Percy Cunyng- hame, Bart., entertained a large number of guests at dinner in the new Outstation Officers' Rest House. A party of 27 sat down Resident and Mr. Lewis and kept in the ice house. The table was tastefully decorated, and the gorgeous display of crackers of all sorts and sizes gave the "Christmassy" appearance necessary to the occasion. After dinner dancing and music were indulged in,<noinclude></noinclude> 2l17ts4ofs00mgy6gazv73m75xrjrkf 14130387 14130356 2024-04-26T00:46:04Z 103.18.0.195 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="103.18.0.195" />{{rh| |THE SARAWAK GAZETTE, JANUARY 4, 1907.| 9 }} {{rule}}</noinclude>{{c|{{x-larger block|<b>OUR NOTES.</b>}}}} {{rule}} {{c|<b>''December.''</b>}} {{sc|On}} the 1st the p. s. ''Kaka'' sailed for Brooketon, Limbang, etc. and on the 3rd p. s. ''Adeh'' left for Sibu. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|The}} s. s. ''Rajah of Sarawak'' sailed for Singapore on the 4th. No European passengers. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|On}} the 6th the s. s. ''Kuching'' arrived from Singapore with passengers, Messrs. R. Pawle, A. C. Vivian and the Revd. J. Oss. The same day the s. s. ''Sarawak'' came in from Muka with passenger, Miss Dobson. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|The}} p. s. ''Kaka'' returned from the North on the 7th, and s. s. ''Sarawak'' sailed for Bintulu on the 9th. {{sc|On}} the 11th s. s. ''Kuching'' sailed for Singapore with passenger, Miss Dobson, Mr. and Mrs. A. G. Butler. The same day the p. s. ''Adel'' returned from Sibu. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|On}} the 13th the s. s. ''Rajah of Sarawak'' arrived from Singapore. Passenger, Mr. G. Malcolm of Messrs. Ellis and Co., American Agents of Singapore. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|On}} the 16th p. s. ''Kaka'' sailed for Brooketon and Limbang. Passenger, Mr. G. Dalton. The same day the s. s. ''Sarawak'' returned from Bintulu. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|Early on}} Sunday morning, the 16th, H.M.S. ''Clio'' arrived from North Borneo Ports and came up river. She dropped anchor just above H. H. S. ''Zahora'', off Ban Hok's Wharf. H. M. S. ''Clio'' is a Screw Sloop of 1070 tons and is attached to the China Squadron. Her full list of Officers is as follows:— {|{{ts|mc}} |- {{ts|pl3}} | Commander. || {{ts|pl3}}|Cecil D. S. Raikes |- {{ts|pl3}} | Lieutenant. || {{ts|pl3}}|R. H. B. Hammond Chambers |- {{ts|pl3}} | Do (N) || {{ts|pl3}}|Neville B. C. Brock |- {{ts|pl3}} | Do || {{ts|pl3}}|J. S. Morrell |- {{ts|pl3}} | Staff Surgeon || {{ts|pl3}}|R. L. Dickinson |- {{ts|pl3}} | Paymaster || {{ts|pl3}}|A. W. B. Messenger |- {{ts|pl3}} | Chief Art. Engr. || {{ts|pl3}}| S. J. Venning |- {{ts|pl3}} | Gunner || {{ts|pl3}}| W. Taylor. |} {{sc|On}} the afternoon of the 17th a party of bluejackets landed from H. M. S. Clio and indulged in a game of football on the Mission ground. Owing to the rain which has fallen every day for weeks the ground was very sodden and in places there were pools of water which, however, failed to damp the enthusiasm of the players. The same evening the Acting Commandant, Mr. Stuart Cunynghame, invited everyone to witness some Dyak dancing, etc. on the parade ground at the Fort. The Hon'ble the Resident, with Commander Raikes and a small party from the Residency arrived about 9.30 P. M. when the proceedings commenced with dances by some of the Sarawak Rangers. A torchlight tattoo by Sepoys proved very effective, but required a little more rehearsing, and another turn by a Sepoy, who whirled fire at the two ends of a cord round in circles so rapidly until there was one complete circle of blaze, called forth much applause. Amongst those present at the entertainment we noticed the Hon'ble the Resident, Commander Raikes, R. N. and Officers of H. M. S. Clio, Mr. and Mrs. Ellis, Dr. and Mrs. Wellington, Mrs. Grove, Dr. J. White Hopkins, Messrs. Lewis, Stilwell, Bryan, Slade, Allman, Gillan, Harington, Etheridge and many others. Fortunately the evening was fine so that it was possible to sit outside and appreciate the Acting Commandant's hospitality. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|On}} the 18th the s. s. ''Rajah of Sarawak'' sailed for Singapore with passengers, Messrs. Malcolm and J. H. Johnston. This afternoon the S. P. G. Old Boys' team played a football match against a scratch team from H. M. S. Clio and won by 4 goals to nil. The heavy rain during the day made the Mission ground worse, than it had been the day before, and it was a perfect swamp. In the evening Mr. J. M. Bryan entertained the Officers of H. M. S. Clio at dinner at B. M. K. {{rule|5em}} H. M. S. Clio sailed for Singapore to rejoin the Fleet on the morning of the 19th instant, and we understand that she may return here again about the end of January. On the 19th the s. s. Sarawak sailed for Rejang, Bintulu and other ports. Passengers, Mr. V. Harington and Revd. J. Oss for Sibu. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|On}} the morning of the 20th Mr. Grove laid the second lot of the Matang Water pipes in the bed of the river from bank to bank. The first lot were laid on the 14th; there are now two lines of pipes in position under the water, so that in the event of anything going wrong with one, the other can be used. Some interesting photos of the operation were taken by Mr. Reutens. {{rule|5em}} ''S. S. Kuching'' arrived from Singapore on the 20th but brought no European passengers. On the 22nd the p. s. ''Adeh'' returned from Limbang and Brooketon. Passengers, Mr. and Mrs. T. Nicoll and Mr. G. Dalton. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|Tuesday}} the 25th, being Christmas Day, the Hon'ble the Resident, Sir Percy Cunyng- hame, Bart., entertained a large number of guests at dinner in the new Outstation Officers' Rest House. A party of 27 sat down to an excellent dinner, one of the principal items of the menu being "Snipe," which had been shot a couple of days previously by the Resident and Mr. Lewis and kept in the ice house. The table was tastefully decorated, and the gorgeous display of crackers of all sorts and sizes gave the "Christmassy" appearance necessary to the occasion. After dinner dancing and music were indulged in,<noinclude></noinclude> pq2i05waaf8kxl2p1hh1oc8leb40rbs User:GrooveCreator 2 4489612 14128357 14125250 2024-04-25T17:19:51Z Kadı 2968817 Kadı moved page [[User:M0ntenegro]] to [[User:GrooveCreator]]: Automatically moved page while renaming the user "[[Special:CentralAuth/M0ntenegro|M0ntenegro]]" to "[[Special:CentralAuth/GrooveCreator|GrooveCreator]]" wikitext text/x-wiki Hi there! {{Infobox user | name = Wyatt McGregor (he/him) | gender = Male | country = United States }} 0a999q07mp82v7e284hmdiq2jtm1pzs 14129658 14128357 2024-04-25T18:50:25Z GrooveCreator 2854703 wikitext text/x-wiki Hi there! {{Infobox user <!-- INFOBOX FORMATTING --------> | abovecolor = | color = | fontcolor = | abovefontcolor = | headerfontcolor = | tablecolor = | nocat = <!-- if set to anything other than "false", will hide categorization of location and gender--> <!-- LEAD INFORMATION ----------> | title = <!-- optional, defaults to {{BASEPAGENAME}} --> | status = | image = | image_caption = | image_width = | name = Wyatt McGregor | birthname = | real_name = | gender = Male | custom_gender = <!-- used to display "Gender" field in list --> | pronoun = He/him | languages = English | birthdate = | birthplace = | location = Raleigh, NC | country = United States | timezone = Eastern | current_time = {{current-time|UTC-5}} | nationality = | ethnicity = | race = | height = | weight = | hair = | eyes = | handedness = Right | blood_type = | sexuality = | iq = | personality_type = | alignment = <!-- FAMILY & FRIENDS ----------> | marital status = | spouse = | girlfriend = | boyfriend = | children = | siblings = | parents = | pets = <!-- EDUCATION & EMPLOYMENT ----> | occupation = | employer = | education = | primaryschool = | intschool = | highschool = | college = | university = | classes = <!-- For use with Wikipedia Campus Ambassadors --> <!-- INTERESTS & BELIEFS -------> | hobbies = Music (I play guitar, drums, and French horn!) | religion = Agnostic | politics = | aliases = | movies = Pulp Fiction, Goodfellas, WALL-E | shows = The Good Place, The Office | books = Scott Pilgrim | music = Jimi Hendrix, Led Zeppelin, Steely Dan | interests = <!-- CONTACT INFO --------------> | website = <!-- {{URL|example.com}} --> | blog = <!-- {{URL|example.com}} --> | email = <!-- {{no spam|account|example.com}} --> | icq = | aim = | gtalk = | jabber = | skype = | msn = | yahoo = | mac = | irc = | facebook = | instagram = | linkedin = | myspace = | pinterest = | twitter = | youtube = | flickr = <!-- SUBPAGES -----------------> | subpages = <!-- ACCOUNT STATISTICS -------> | joined_date = | first_edit = | autoconfirmed = <!-- overrides confirmed parameter --> | confirmed = <!-- may be used in place of autoconfirmed parameter (displays "Confirmed" as label) --> | extended_confirmed = | account_creator = | autopatrolled = | file_mover = | mass_message_sender = | new_page_reviewer = | page_mover = | reviewer = | rollbacker = | template_editor = | admin = | edit_filter_manager = | bureaucrat = | check_user = | overseer = | edit_count = | permissions = | signature = <!-- USERBOXES ----------------> | userboxes = <!-- separate multiple userboxes with regular line-breaks, but not <br /> tags --> <!-- CUSTOM FIELDS ------------> | custom_header = | custom_data = Awesomeness factor | custom_label1 = 9.001E3 | custom_data1 = | custom_label2 = | custom_data2 = | custom_label3 = | custom_data3 = | custom_label4 = | custom_data4 = | custom_label5 = | custom_data5 = | custom_label6 = | custom_data6 = | custom_label7 = | custom_data7 = | custom_label8 = | custom_data8 = | custom_label9 = | custom_data9 = }} 84274dduy09kne867xbsv1nzicq0eoa Page:Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu/22 104 4489620 14128669 14125294 2024-04-25T18:07:18Z EncycloPetey 3239 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="EncycloPetey" /></noinclude>{{c|{{larger|CHARACTERS}}}} {{block center|{{hi/s}} {{sc|Alexander Serebrakoff}}, ''a retired professor'' {{sc|Helena}}, ''his wife, twenty-seven years old'' {{sc|Sonia}}, ''his daughter by a former marriage'' {{sc|Mme. Voitskaya}}, ''widow of a privy councilor, and mother of Serebrakoff’s first wife'' {{sc|Ivan (Vanya) Voitski}}, ''her son'' {{sc|Michael Astroff}}, ''a doctor'' {{sc|Ilia (Waffles) Telegin}}, ''an impoverished landowner'' {{sc|Marina}}, ''an old nurse'' {{sc|A Workman}} {{hi/e}}}} {{c|''The scene is laid on'' {{sc|Serebrakoff’s}} ''country place''}}<noinclude></noinclude> tefo701we5z56hp2at7240uf0kp8xyx Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell)/Uncle Vanya 0 4489627 14130253 14125311 2024-04-25T23:13:59Z EncycloPetey 3239 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../|Plays by Anton Tchekoff]] | author = Anton Chekhov | translator = Marian Fell | year = 1916 | section = Uncle Vanya | previous = [[../Chronological List/]] | next = [[/Act 1/|Uncle Vanya, Act I]] | notes = }}{{incomplete|scan=yes}} {{default layout|Layout 2}} <pages index="Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu" include=21 /> {{ppb}} <pages index="Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu" include=22 /> {{ppb}} {{Auxiliary Table of Contents|Title=Acts| * [[/Act 1|Act I]] * [[/Act 2|Act II]] * [[/Act 3|Act III]] * [[/Act 4|Act IV]] }} ig8ryps4z7lse45xuup2mn8g7pc6zyq 14130257 14130253 2024-04-25T23:17:13Z EncycloPetey 3239 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../|Plays by Anton Tchekoff]] | author = Anton Chekhov | translator = Marian Fell | year = 1916 | section = Uncle Vanya | previous = [[../Chronological List/]] | next = [[/Act 1/|Uncle Vanya, Act I]] | notes = }}{{incomplete|scan=yes}} {{default layout|Layout 2}} <pages index="Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu" include=21 /> {{ppb}} <pages index="Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu" include=22 /> {{ppb}} {{Auxiliary Table of Contents|title=Acts| * [[/Act 1|Act I]] * [[/Act 2|Act II]] * [[/Act 3|Act III]] * [[/Act 4|Act IV]] }} dkadvo7dilpqc72u0a0gsusrrqdg3y6 14130258 14130257 2024-04-25T23:17:36Z EncycloPetey 3239 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../|Plays by Anton Tchekoff]] | author = Anton Chekhov | translator = Marian Fell | year = 1916 | section = Uncle Vanya | previous = [[../Chronological List/]] | next = [[/Act 1/|Uncle Vanya, Act I]] | notes = }} {{default layout|Layout 2}} <pages index="Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu" include=21 /> {{ppb}} <pages index="Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu" include=22 /> {{ppb}} {{Auxiliary Table of Contents|title=Acts| * [[/Act 1|Act I]] * [[/Act 2|Act II]] * [[/Act 3|Act III]] * [[/Act 4|Act IV]] }} 8032jspz7n0avzg428bjtmli62x0j1o User talk:GrooveCreator 3 4489639 14128356 14125340 2024-04-25T17:19:51Z Kadı 2968817 Kadı moved page [[User talk:M0ntenegro]] to [[User talk:GrooveCreator]]: Automatically moved page while renaming the user "[[Special:CentralAuth/M0ntenegro|M0ntenegro]]" to "[[Special:CentralAuth/GrooveCreator|GrooveCreator]]" wikitext text/x-wiki {{welcome}} --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 02:09, 25 April 2024 (UTC) 8hvimkfredlosjwey9rg9xbi8mpb259 Index:Reminiscences of Earliest Canterbury 1915.pdf 106 4489701 14130534 14127476 2024-04-26T03:55:20Z David Nind 1530872 Fix pages - last page cover is 220 proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=''[[Reminiscences of Earliest Canterbury]]'' |Language=en |Volume= |Author=[[Author:James Hay|James Hay]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher= |Address= |Year=1915 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=pdf |Image=1 |Progress=OCR |Transclusion=no |Validation_date= |Pages=<pagelist 1="Cvr" 2to3=- 4=1 220="Cvr" /> |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} 4tt2sdwh9u8l42cvvulgazpkebh0cw4 Index talk:Reminiscences of Earliest Canterbury 1915.pdf 107 4489704 14130538 14125605 2024-04-26T04:00:33Z David Nind 1530872 Information about a PDF version with a text layer wikitext text/x-wiki ==General== * Use curly quotes. * Markup for chapter headings: To do. <code><nowiki> </nowiki></code> * Rules: none yet ==Wikidata items== * {{Q|Q125590537}} * {{Q|Q125573333}} * {{Q|Q125573360}} ==Commons category== [[c:Category:Reminiscences_of_Earliest_Canterbury_(1915)|Category:Reminiscences_of_Earliest_Canterbury_]] ==Text layer version== I have created a version of the PDF with a text layer (using Abbyy FineReader OCR Editor v 15). I spent a bit of time tidying up the text, so I think it should be reasonably free of errors and issues. I presume I will need to add it as a new version in Commons and purge the cache. Let me know if you want me to do this, or if it should be done differently. [[User:David Nind|David Nind]] ([[User talk:David Nind|talk]]) 03:59, 26 April 2024 (UTC) coto4ovo8qs130z14ffezl36ozdteds Michael Joseph Savage speech on 5 September 1939 0 4489705 14128220 14125973 2024-04-25T16:47:45Z EncycloPetey 3239 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Michael Joseph Savage speech on 5 September 1939 | author = Michael Joseph Savage | section = | previous = | next = | portal = | notes = }}{{no source}} Good evening everybody. In this critical hour of our own and the world's history, I feel that I should abuse my privilege of addressing you if I were to speak of matters affecting myself personally. For that reason, and that reason only, I say no more of a certain recent experience that I have had than this, that it has taught me as nothing else could have done how quick to kindness the people of this country can be, and how easily political and other differences are extinguished by sympathy and goodwill. Tonight I feel that I can say to all of you with a sense of certainty that I have never quite felt before, thank you friends for your kindness that you have so generously shown to me. To my colleagues who have so loyally in these anxious times carried on the work of government in my absence, performing without complaint my tasks as well as theirs, I express my sincere gratitude and I concur wholeheartedly in every decision they have made for the safety and well-being of the state. It is not my purpose tonight to state at length the issues involved in the conflict that has now begun, but I should like to tell you in a few sentences just how I see them. The war on which we are entering may be a demanding from us heavy and continuous sacrifice. It is essential that we realize from the beginning that our cause is worth the sacrifice. I believe in all sincerity that it is. None of us has any hatred of the German people. For the old culture of the Germans, their songs, their poetry and their music, we have nothing but admiration and affection. We believe that there are many millions of German people who want to live in peace and quietness as we do, threatening no one and seeking to dominate no one. But we know, alas, that such a way of life is despised and rejected by the men who have seized and hold power in Germany. We know that those who have done and are doing incalculable harm to the true interests of their country, and that they are wasting and destroying the intellectual, artistic, moral and spiritual resources that their people have built up throughout the centuries. In doing this, they have, for the time being, cowed the spirit of a vast number of their best people. This work of destruction they have already carried into other countries and, despite denial, now intend to carry into Poland. If they succeed there, they will next attempt the overthrow of France and Britain. Let us make no mistake about that. Of course they repudiate any such intention, but fortunately for the world we know now what it has taken us a long time to learn, that their promises are worthless, are made only to gain an advantage for the time being, and are broken as soon as that advantage has been secured. Not a moment too soon have Britain and France taken up arms against so faceless and unscrupulous an adversary. The fight on which we are now engaged is one whose issue concerns all nations of the world, whether as yet they realize it or not. We are fighting a doctrine that springs from a contempt of human nature, a doctrine that government is the affair only of a self-selected elite who, without consulting the people, may irrevocably determine what the people shall do and shall not do. The masses are to be used as instruments of power in the hands of their masters. They are to be given slogans and directed towards this or that objective approved by their masters, but never are they to be treated as free men, as individual and responsible souls. The individual man is submerged and forgotten, the intrinsic worthiness of his personality contemptuously ignored. Freedom of action and expression is denied to him. Dissent or criticism is brutally repressed. These are a few of the incidents of the Nazi philosophy that is seeking to thrust itself everywhere over Europe today and the rest of the world tomorrow. Nazism is militant and insatiable paganism. In short but terrible history, it has caused incalculable suffering. If permitted to continue, it will spread misery and desolation throughout the world. It cannot be appeased or conciliated. Either it or civilization must disappear. To destroy it, but not the great nation which it has so cruelly cheated, is the task of those who have taken up arms against Nazism. May God prosper those arms. I am satisfied that nowhere will the issue be more clearly understood than in New Zealand, where for almost a century, behind the sure shield of Britain, we have enjoyed and cherished freedom and self-government. Both with gratitude for the past and with confidence in the future, we arrange ourselves without fear beside Britain. Where she goes, we go. Where she stands, we stand. We are only a small and young nation, but we are one and all a band of brothers, and we march forward with a union of hearts and wills to a common destiny. {{PD-1996}} 5ub0uvrbo4rnw9caw5j0p89brdb27vy Page:Historic Landmarks of the Deccan.djvu/72 104 4489730 14130141 14127397 2024-04-25T22:02:42Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Rajasekhar1961" />60</noinclude>course of which he overcame and expelled a renegade Musalman named Shitab Khan, who had made common cause with the infidels. He also engaged in a campaign against Ismail Adil Shah of Bijapur. He was murdered on September 3, 1543, in the ninety-eighth year of his age, at the instigation of his second surviving son Jamshid. Sultan Quli is buried in a small and unpretentious tomb near the south-western corner of the whole group of buildings, and beyond the garden in which the later tombs now stand. He is described in his epitaph as *' the prince who has received pardon for his sins, the fortu- nate, the martyr, the warrior for the sake of God, the striver in the way of God, Malik Sultan Quli, entitled Qutb-ul-Mulk, known as Bare Malik," the last being evidently a familiar Indian nickname. The absence of the royal title distinguishes his epitaph from those of his successors, for the word Sultan is not here part of the royal title as some English historians have erroneously taken it to be. ''Quli'' is a Turki word meaning "servant" or "slave," and Sultan Quli ("servant of the king ") was the personal name of the founder of the Qutb Shahi dynasty. 1 hose who regard the word Sultan in this case as a royal title and call him as one historian does King Quli, do but call him King "Coolie." Jamshid Qutb Shah, who ascended the throne on his father's death, was a warlike ruler who interfered far more than was the custom of the Qutb Shahi kings in the quarrels between the other independent Sultans of the Deccan. He was also a poet of respectable ability. Towards the end of his reign he sank into debauchery, possibly with the object of deadening the severe pain caused by a cancer from which he suffered, and which so inflamed a temper naturally fierce that he became a terror to all about him. Jamshid Qutb Shah died early in 1550 and was buried in a high and narrow tomb, of no architectural meiit near that of his father. On the death of Jamshid his son, a boy of seven years of age, was raised to the throne as Subhan Quli Qutb Shah, but was not permitted to enjoy his kingdom long in peace. At the time of Jamshid Qutb Shah's accession his younger brother Ibrahim, alarmed for his safety, fled to Vijayanagar, where he hved for seven years under the protection of Sadashivaraya, the ruler of that kingdom. After Jamshid's death Saif Klian Ain-ul-Mulk, the prime minister of the kingdom, formed the<noinclude></noinclude> l5ey7ue4s9uhbfxg5804wa641y8kuzh Index:The Measure of a Man (Duncan, 1911).djvu 106 4489741 14130024 14127473 2024-04-25T20:48:00Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Replaced content with "" proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Footer= |tmplver= }} 0412ulgzpnfmg4xwd88146kfzrcr36p 14130026 14130024 2024-04-25T20:48:47Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Undo revision [[Special:Diff/14130024|14130024]] by [[Special:Contributions/ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=''[[The Measure of a Man]]: a Tale of the Big Woods'' |Language=en |Volume= |Author=[[Author:Norman Duncan|Norman Duncan]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=Flemming H. Revell |Address=New York; Toronto |Year=1911 |Key=Measure of a man: a tale of the big woods, The |ISBN= |OCLC=1049643034 |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=djvu |Image=11 |Progress=C |Transclusion=no |Validation_date= |Pages=<pagelist /> |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header={[rvh{{!}}{{{pagenum}}} |Footer= |tmplver= }} tp71vd2jbnhdjqyp1ioj3hzmug1d94q 14130029 14130026 2024-04-25T20:51:43Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=''[[The Measure of a Man]]: a Tale of the Big Woods'' |Language=en |Volume= |Author=[[Author:Norman Duncan|Norman Duncan]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=Flemming H. Revell |Address=New York; Toronto |Year=1911 |Key=Measure of a man: a tale of the big woods, The |ISBN= |OCLC=1049643034 |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=djvu |Image=11 |Progress=C |Transclusion=no |Validation_date= |Pages=<pagelist 1="Cover" 2to4="–" 5=1 9to10="–" 11=5 363to365="–" 366="Cover" 367to370="–" /> |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header={[rvh{{!}}{{{pagenum}}} |Footer= |tmplver= }} g6tdzyd9nnd0nw3uwjsje1gpb60hw2q 14130039 14130029 2024-04-25T20:58:10Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=''[[The Measure of a Man]]: a Tale of the Big Woods'' |Language=en |Volume= |Author=[[Author:Norman Duncan|Norman Duncan]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=Flemming H. Revell |Address=New York; Toronto |Year=1911 |Key=Measure of a man: a tale of the big woods, The |ISBN= |OCLC=1049643034 |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=djvu |Image=11 |Progress=L |Transclusion=no |Validation_date= |Pages=<pagelist 1="Cover" 2to4="–" 5=1 9to10="–" 11=5 17=13 363to365="–" 366="Cover" 367to370="–" /> |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header={[rvh{{!}}{{{pagenum}}} |Footer= |tmplver= }} 1ckmjbhrhb2689lvexdkozxb8capfg4 14130042 14130039 2024-04-25T21:02:16Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=''[[The Measure of a Man]]: a Tale of the Big Woods'' |Language=en |Volume= |Author=[[Author:Norman Duncan|Norman Duncan]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=Flemming H. Revell |Address=New York; Toronto |Year=1911 |Key=Measure of a man: a tale of the big woods, The |ISBN= |OCLC=1049643034 |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=djvu |Image=11 |Progress=L |Transclusion=no |Validation_date= |Pages={{missing pages|pages=pp. 11,12}} <pagelist 1="Cover" 2to4="–" 5=1 9to10="–" 11=5 17=13 187="img" 188="–" 189=183 363to365="–" 366="Cover" 367to370="–" /> |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header={[rvh{{!}}{{{pagenum}}} |Footer= |tmplver= }} 5ztlxmteea5vgnwvfdetgsy60u7yk0d Author:Amelia Welby 102 4489747 14128209 14127560 2024-04-25T16:41:37Z Alien333 3086116 wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = Amelia | lastname = Welby | last_initial = We | description = American poet }} ==Works== *''[[Poems (Welby)|Poems]]'' (1846) {{ssl|Poems Welby.djvu}} ==Works about== *''[[Woman of the Century/Amelia B. Coppuck Welby|Amelia B. Coppuck Welby]]'', in ''[[Woman of the Century]]'' *''[[A Cyclopaedia of Female Biography/Welby, Amelia B.|Welby, Amelia B.]]'', in ''[[A Cyclopaedia of Female Biography]]'' {{PD-old}} mvag618nkh498f2pv12r1ev8z530wmp 14131414 14128209 2024-04-26T10:48:18Z Alien333 3086116 wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = Amelia | lastname = Welby | last_initial = We | description = American poet }} ==Works== *''[[Poems (Welby)|Poems]]'' (1846) ==Works about== *''[[Woman of the Century/Amelia B. Coppuck Welby|Amelia B. Coppuck Welby]]'', in ''[[Woman of the Century]]'' *''[[A Cyclopaedia of Female Biography/Welby, Amelia B.|Welby, Amelia B.]]'', in ''[[A Cyclopaedia of Female Biography]]'' {{PD-old}} 67ifh5k8qw8lfa85kl7970ih1azt763 Index:Poems Welby.djvu 106 4489749 14128221 14127574 2024-04-25T16:48:46Z Alien333 3086116 proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=''[[Poems (Welby)|Poems]]'' |Language=en |Volume= |Author=[[Author:Amelia Welby|Amelia Welby]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=D. Appleton & Company |Address=New York |Year=1846 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=djvu |Image=7 |Progress=C |Transclusion=no |Validation_date= |Pages=<pagelist 1to6=- 7=Half 8=- 9=Title 10=- 11=Dedication 12=- 13=v 13to15=roman 16=- 17=9 209=- 210=- 211to214=Ad 215to218=- /> |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} lf39uyut477x0tspnassuh8rekayzh5 14131412 14128221 2024-04-26T10:47:35Z Alien333 3086116 proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=''[[Poems (Welby)|Poems]]'' |Language=en |Volume= |Author=[[Author:Amelia Welby|Amelia Welby]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=D. Appleton & Company |Address=New York |Year=1846 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=djvu |Image=7 |Progress=V |Transclusion=no |Validation_date= |Pages=<pagelist 1to6=- 7=Half 8=- 9=Title 10=- 11=Dedication 12=- 13=v 13to15=roman 16=- 17=9 209=- 210=- 211to214=Ad 215to218=- /> |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} 6w0jh0mlyyux0awrupts9tskjf6lzwp Page:Poems Welby.djvu/211 104 4489763 14130140 14127595 2024-04-25T22:01:21Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>Appletons' Catalogue of Valuable Publications. POETRY. AMERICAN POETS.—GEMS FROM AMERICAN POETS. Contains selections from nearly one hundred writers, among which are—Bryant, Halleck, Longfellow, Percival, Whittier, Sprague, Brainerd, Dana, Willis, Pinck- ney, AUston, Hillhouse, Mrs. Sigoumey, L. M . Davidson, Lucy Hooper, Mrs. Em- bury, Mrs. Hale, etc, etc. One vol , 32mo., frontispiece, gilt leaves, 37i cts. Form- ing one of the series of '* Miniature Classical Library." BURNS,—THE COMPLETE POETICAL WORKS Of Robert Bums, with Explanatory and Glossarial Notes, and a Life of the Author. By James Currie, M-D. Illustrated with six Steel Engravings. 16mo., $1,25. Forming one of the series of "Cabinet Edition of Standard British Poets." This is the most complete American edition of Burns. It contains the whole of the poetry comprised in the edition lately edited by Cunningham, as well as some additional pieces; and such notes have been added as are calculated to illustrate the manners and customs of Scotland, so as to render the whole more intelligible to the English reader. " He owes nothing to the poetry of other lands—he is the offspring of the soil: he is as natural to Scotland as the heath is to her hills—his variety is equal to his originality; his humor, his gaiety, his tenderness and his pathos, come all m a breath; they come freely, for they come of their own accord; the contrast is never offensive; the comic slides easily into the serious, the serious into the tender, and the tender into the pathetic." — Mian Cunningham. COWPER.—THE COMPLETE POETICAL WORKS Of William Cowper, Esq., including the Hymns and Translations from Mad. Guion, Milton, etc., and Adam, a Sacred Drama, from the Italian of Battista Andreini, with a Memoir of the Author. By the Rev. Henry Stebbing, A.M . One vol., 16mo., 800 pages, $1,50, or in 2 vols. $1,75. Forming one of the series of " Cabinet Edition of Standard British Poets." " Morality never found in genius a more devoted advocate than Cowper, nor has moral wisdom, in its plain and severe precepts, been ever more successfully combined with the delicate spirit of poetry than in his works. He was endowed with all the powers which a poet could want who was to be the moralist of the world—the reprover, but not the satirist, of men—the teacher of simple truths, which were to be rendered gracious without endangering their simplicity." DANTE—THE VISION OF HELL, PURGATORY, AND PARADISE, of Daxte Alighieri. Translated by the Rev. Henry Cary, A.M . With a Life of Dante, Chronological View of his Age, Additional Notes and Index. Illustrated with Twelve Steel Engravings, from Designs by John Flaxman, R.A., and a finely engraved Portrait. One elegantly printed volume, 16mo., $1,50. " Gary's Translation of the Vision of Dante is among the few immortal works destined to sur- vive through all time, which are little known to our reading public. The Messrs. Appleton have therefore done good service in reproducing it here for the first time, in a style worthy of its intrinsic merit. It is an elegant copy of the latest corrected London edition, including Flaxman's famous outline illustrations, numerous explanatory notes, a memoir of the author, with a copy of the ' lost portrait,' a useful chronological index, and an index of the proper names used in the text. The portrait is a study of intellectual beauty and grace, and the volume is altogether an exceedingly beautiful specimen of American typography." Dante was the first to sing of Heaven and Hell, not as mythological fictions, but as the ob- jects of a real faith. In his Visions of the world of spirits, everything wears the air of stern reality. Heaven and Hell were no fictions to him. As he depicts the awful horrors of the regions of wo, every stanza glows with the intensity of agony, and nothing imaginable can ever exceed the serene beatitude of his visions of Paradise. We rise from the perusal with the same feehngs as when we shake from us the influence of some overpowering enchantment. The unearthly splen- dour of a } Tighter world lingers on our vision. But it is little less than presumption to comment upon a w jrk which has been the text-book of Italian Literature for more than 500 years—the great mv -or, in fact, wherein all later poets have toiletted for their appearance before the public. "The Visions have been translated into every language of Europe, and several times into English; but the translation before us, by Rev. H . F . Cary, as revised last year for the fourth time, is confessedly the best that has been made. That it was originally approved by Coleridge, who has himself given us the best translation in the English tongue, would itself be sufficient testimony of its excellence, Mr. Cary has not attempted to transfer the flowing and sonorous, but diflicult ' rima,' but has wisely chosen to give us this highest Itahan conception m tho highest En^'lish form—the form of Shakspeare and Milton. ^ -n ,.u" That he has succeeded at least in giving to the world a fine and vigorous English poem,:r. - Btead of an attempted imitation of incommunicable beauties, none will doubt who h^je the un- derstanding and cultivation necessary to the appreciation of the great poem of the Middle Ages, or an ear and imagination—we had almost said a heart—attuned to the harmonies of that flexible and stately metre that well deserves to be called, by way of eminence, ' English verse. —. Yeso- ark Advertiser. 5<noinclude></noinclude> e45kcb095ri1nyc6aziq25lzthdb0fs 14131396 14130140 2024-04-26T10:31:44Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{c|''Appletons' Catalogue of Valuable Publications.''}} {{rule}} {{c|'''POETRY.'''}} AMERICAN POETS.—GEMS FROM AMERICAN POETS. Contains selections from nearly one hundred writers, among which are—Bryant, Halleck, Longfellow, Percival, Whittier, Sprague, Brainerd, Dana, Willis, Pinckney, AUston, Hillhouse, Mrs. Sigoumey, L. M . Davidson, Lucy Hooper, Mrs. Embury, Mrs. Hale, etc, etc. One vol, 32mo., frontispiece, gilt leaves, 37 cts. Forming one of the series of "Miniature Classical Library." BURNS,—THE COMPLETE POETICAL WORKS Of Robert Bums, with Explanatory and Glossarial Notes, and a Life of the Author. By James Currie, M-D. Illustrated with six Steel Engravings. 16mo., $1,25. Forming one of the series of "Cabinet Edition of Standard British Poets." This is the most complete American edition of Burns. It contains the whole of the poetry comprised in the edition lately edited by Cunningham, as well as some additional pieces; and such notes have been added as are calculated to illustrate the manners and customs of Scotland, so as to render the whole more intelligible to the English reader. "He owes nothing to the poetry of other lands—he is the offspring of the soil: he is as natural to Scotland as the heath is to her hills—his variety is equal to his originality; his humor, his gaiety, his tenderness and his pathos, come all m a breath; they come freely, for they come of their own accord; the contrast is never offensive; the comic slides easily into the serious, the serious into the tender, and the tender into the pathetic."—''Allan Cunningham.'' COWPER.—THE COMPLETE POETICAL WORKS Of William Cowper, Esq., including the Hymns and Translations from Mad. Guion, Milton, etc., and Adam, a Sacred Drama, from the Italian of Battista Andreini, with a Memoir of the Author. By the Rev. Henry Stebbing, A.M . One vol., 16mo., 800 pages, $1,50, or in 2 vols. $1,75. Forming one of the series of " Cabinet Edition of Standard British Poets." "Morality never found in genius a more devoted advocate than Cowper, nor has moral wisdom, in its plain and severe precepts, been ever more successfully combined with the delicate spirit of poetry than in his works. He was endowed with all the powers which a poet could want who was to be the moralist of the world—the reprover, but not the satirist, of men—the teacher of simple truths, which were to be rendered gracious without endangering their simplicity." DANTE—THE VISION OF HELL, PURGATORY, AND PARADISE, of Dante Alighieri. Translated by the Rev. Henry Cary, A.M . With a Life of Dante, Chronological View of his Age, Additional Notes and Index. Illustrated with Twelve Steel Engravings, from Designs by John Flaxman, R.A., and a finely engraved Portrait. One elegantly printed volume, 16mo., $1,50. "Cary's Translation of the Vision of Dante is among the few immortal works destined to survive through all time, which are little known to our reading public. The Messrs. Appleton have therefore done good service in reproducing it here for the first time, in a style worthy of its intrinsic merit. It is an elegant copy of the latest corrected London edition, including Flaxman's famous outline illustrations, numerous explanatory notes, a memoir of the author, with a copy of the 'lost portrait,' a useful chronological index, and an index of the proper names used in the text. The portrait is a study of intellectual beauty and grace, and the volume is altogether an exceedingly beautiful specimen of American typography." Dante was the first to sing of Heaven and Hell, not as mythological fictions, but as the objects of a real faith. In his Visions of the world of spirits, everything wears the air of stern reality. Heaven and Hell were no fictions to him. As he depicts the awful horrors of the regions of wo, every stanza glows with the intensity of agony, and nothing imaginable can ever exceed the serene beatitude of his visions of Paradise. We rise from the perusal with the same feelings as when we shake from us the influence of some overpowering enchantment. The unearthly splendour of a Bighter world lingers on our vision. But it is little less than presumption to comment upon a work which has been the text-book of Italian Literature for more than 500 years—the great mirror, in fact, wherein all later poets have toiletted for their appearance before the public. "The Visions have been translated into every language of Europe, and several times into English; but the translation before us, by Rev. H . F . Cary, as revised last year for the fourth time, is confessedly the best that has been made. That it was originally approved by Coleridge, who has himself given us the best translation in the English tongue, would itself be sufficient testimony of its excellence, Mr. Cary has not attempted to transfer the flowing and sonorous, but diflicult 'rima,' but has wisely chosen to give us this highest Italian conception m tho highest English form—the form of Shakspeare and Milton. That he has succeeded at least in giving to the world a fine and vigorous English poem, instead of an attempted imitation of incommunicable beauties, none will doubt who have the understanding and cultivation necessary to the appreciation of the great poem of the Middle Ages, or an ear and imagination—we had almost said a heart—attuned to the harmonies of that flexible and stately metre that well deserves to be called, by way of eminence, 'English verse.'"—''New-York Advertiser.'' {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 6zafwhsswlcgao4jz3r5wjqklwt28ns Page:Poems Welby.djvu/212 104 4489765 14131400 14127597 2024-04-26T10:37:56Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{c|''Appletons' Catalogue of Valuable Publications.''}} {{rule}} {{c|'''POETRY'''—{{sc|Continued}}}} CAMPBELL.—THE COMPLETE POETICAL WORKS Of Thomas Campbell. Illustrated with a fine Portrait and several hansome Steel Engravings. One vol., 16mo. (In Press.) Homer.—THE ILIAD AND ODYSSEY OF HOMER. Translated by Alexander Pope. Embellished with numerous Engravings from Flaxman's Designs. One elegant printed vol , 16mo. (In press.) This will be the only American edition of this standard classic published in a handsome style. The typography and illustrations are of the best description. {{uc|hemans.—the complete poetical works}} Of Felicia Hemans, printed from the last English edition, edited by her Sister. Illustrated with six Steel Engravings. Two beautifully-printed and portable volumes, 16mo., $2,50. "Of this highly accomplished poetess it has been truly said, that of all her sex 'few have written so much and so well.' Although her writings possess an energy equal to their high-toned beauty, yet are they so pure and so refined, that not a line of them could feeling spare or delicacy blot from her pages. Her imagination was rich, chaste, and glowing. Her chosen themes are the cradle, the hearth-stone, and the death-bed. In her poems of Coeur de Lion, Ferdinand of Aragon, and Bernard del Carpio, we see beneath the glowing colors with which she clothes her ideas, the feelings of a woman's heart. Her earlier poems. Records of Woman and Forest Sanctuary, stand unrivalled. In short, her works will ever be read by a pious and enlightened community." HEMANS.—SONGS OF THE AFFECTIONS. By Felicia Hemans. One vol., 32mo., gilt, 31 cts. Forming one of the series of "Miniature Classical Library." {{uc|lewis.—records of the heart.}} By Sarah Anna Lewis. One volume, 12mo., $1,00. "We have read some of the pieces with much pleasure. They indicate poetic genius of no ordinary kind, and are imbued with much feeling and pathos. We welcome the volume as a creditable accession to the poetic literature of the country.—''Boston Traveller.'' LORD.—POEMS. By William W. Lord. 12mo., illuminated cover, 75 cts. ''Extract of a late private Letter from Mr. Wordsworth, the venerable Poet-laureate of England, to the Rt. Rev. Bishop Doane, of New-Jersey:''— "I have to thank you for several specimens of the abilities of a young poet, (Mr. Lord,) which seem to me of high promise. They are full of deep emotion, and not wanting in vigorous and harmonious versification." MOORE.—THE COMPLETE POETICAL WORKS Of Thomas Moore, beautifully printed in clear legible type, in exact imitation of the recent corrected London Edition. Illustrated with numerous fine Steel Engravings and an elegantly-engraved Portrait of the Author. One volume, 8vo. This is the first complete American edition of this standard poet, published in a handsome and enduring form. "Happiness of nature arid felicity of genius are the pre-eminent characteristics of the bard of Erin. Everything lives, moves, and speaks in his poetry. His thoughts are as many and as bright as the insects that people the sun's beam. He exhausts by being inexhaustible."—''Hazlitt'' "Thomas Moore has unquestionably attained the highest reputation as a lyric poet. In grace, both of thought and diction, in easy fluent wit, in melody, in brilliancy of fancy, in warmth and depth of sentiment, no one is superior to Moore; his celebrated oriental romance "Lalla Rookh," the four tales to which and the frame-work which unites them have been compared, in the 'Edinburgh Review,' to four beautiful pearls joined together by a thread of silk and gold." MOORE.—IRISH MELODIES. By Thomas Moore, with the original prefatory Letter on Music, from the 13th London edition. Miniature volume, price 38 cts. Forming a portion of the uniform series of "Miniature Classical Library." MOORE.—LALLA ROOKH; An Original Romance. By Thomas Moore. One volume, 32mo., frontispiece, cloth gilt. 38 cts. Forming a portion of the series of "Miniature Classical Library." This exquisite Poem has long been the admiration of readers of all classes. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> bmvdp36eairnjgd7bs4hrhhf24w79n2 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/213 104 4489766 14131403 14127598 2024-04-26T10:42:08Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{c|''Appletons' Catalogue of Valuable Publications.''}} {{c|'''POETRY'''—{{sc|Continued.}}}} MILTON—THE COMPLETE POETICAL WORKS Of John Milton, with Explanatory Notes and a Life of the Author, by the Rev. Henry Stebbing, A.M . Illustrated with six Steel Engravings. One volume, 16mo., $1,25. Forming one of the series of "Cabinet Edition of Standard Poets." The Latin and Italian Poems are included in this edition. Mr. Stebbing's Notes will be found very useful in elucidating the learned allusions with which the text abounds, and they are also valuable for the correct appreciation with which the writer directs attention to the beauties of the author. MILTON—PARADISE LOST. By John Milton. With Notes, by Rev. H . Stebbing. One volume, 18mo., cloth 33 cts., gilt leaves 50 cents. MILTON.—PARADISE REGAINED. By John Milton. With Notes, by Rev. H . Stebbing, One volume, 18mo., cloth 25 cts., gilt leaves 38 cents. POPE—THE COURSE OF TIME. By Robert Pollok. With a Life of the Author, and complete Analytical Index, prepared expressly for this edition. 32mo., frontispiece, 38 cts. Forming one of the series of "Miniature Classical Library." Few modern Poems exist which at once attained such acceptance and celebrity as this. POPE.—THE complete POETICAL WORKS Of Alexander Pope, elegantly printed. Illustrated with a fine Portrait and numerous Engravings. One volume, 16mo. (In press.) "As a poet, it may be said of him, that no English writer has carried farther correctness of versification, strength and splendour of diction, and the truly poetical quality of adorning every subject that he touched."—''Edinburgh Review.'' POPE.—HOMER'S ILIAD AND ODYSSEY. The Iliad and Odyssey of Homer. Translated by Alexander Pope. A beautitifully-printed edition, illustrated with Engravings from Flaxman's designs, 16mo (In press) Criticism has long awarded Pope's version of "The Iliad and Odyssey" to be the best ever given of this immortal work. SCOTT—THE POETICAL WORKS Of Sir Walter Scott, Bart. Containing Lay of the Last Minstrel, Marmion, Lady of the Lake, Don Roderick, Rokeby, Ballads, Lyrics, and Songs, with a Life of the Author. Illustrated with six Steel Engravings. One volume, 16mo., $1,25. SCOTT.—lady of the LAKE: A Poem. By Sir Walter Scott. One volume, 18mo., frontispiece, cloth 38 cents, gilt edges 50 cents. SCOTT.—MARMION: A Tale of Flodden Field. By Sir Walter Scott. One volume, IBmo., frontispiece, cloth 33 cents, gilt edges 50 cents. SCOTT—LAY OF THE LAST MINSTREL: A Poem. By Sir Walter Scott. One volume, ISmo., frontispiece, cloth 25 cts. , gilt edges 38 cents. "Walter Scott is the most popular of all the poets of the present day, and deservedly so. He describes that which is most easily and generally understood with more vivacity and effect than any other writer. His style is clear, flowing, and transparent; his sentiments, of which his style is an easy and natural medium, are common to him with his readers."—''Hazlitt.'' THOMSON.—THE SEASONS: A Poem. By James Thomsox One volume, 32mo., cloth, gilt leaves, 38 cents Forming one of the series of "Miniature Classical Library." "Place 'The Seasons' in any light, and the poem appears faultless."—''S. C. Hall '' {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> ha62fjrjuttonft298vpyjwgn19hs5j Page:Poems Welby.djvu/214 104 4489767 14131409 14127599 2024-04-26T10:47:12Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{c|''Appletons' Catalogue of Valuable Publications.''}} {{rule}} {{C|''POETRY'''—{{SC|Continued.}}}} SOUTHEY.—THE COMPLETE POETICAL WORKS Of Robert Southey, Esq., LL. D. The ten volume London edition, in one elegant volume, royal 8vo. Illustrated with a Portrait and several fine Steel Engravings. This edition, which the author has arranged and revised with the same care as if it were intended for posthumous publication, includes many pieces which either have never before been collected, or have hitherto remained unpublished. Preliminary notices are affixed to the long poems, the whole of the notes retained, and such additional ones incorporated as the author, since the first publication, has seen occasion to insert. Contents.—Joan of Arc, Juvenile and Minor Poems, Thalaba the Destroyer, Madoc, Ballads and Metrical Tales, The Curse of Kehama, Roderick the last of the Goths, The Poet's Pilgrimage to Waterloo, Lay of the Laureate, Vision of Judgment, &c. "At the age of sixty-three I have undertaken to collect and edit my poetical works, with the last corrections that I can expect to bestow upon them. They have obtained a reputation equal to my wishes. Thus to collect and revise them is a duty which I owe to that part of the public by whom they have been auspiciously received, and to those who will take a lively concern in my good name when I shall have departed."—''Extract from Author's Preface.'' "The beauties of Mr. Southey's poetry are such, that this edition can hardly fail to find a place in the library of every man fond of elegant literature."—''Eclectic Review,'' THOUGHTS IN PAST YEARS: A collection of Poetry, chiefly Devotional, by the author of "The Cathedral." One volume, 16mo., elegantly printed, $1,25 . TASSO.—THE JERUSALEM DELIVERED, Of ToRQUATO Tasso. Translated into English Spenserian verse, with a Life of the Author, by J. H . Wiffen. Two volumes of the last London edition, reprinted in one elegant 16mo. volume, illustrated with a finely-engraved Portrait and several beautiful Steel Engravings. "This elegant Poem abounds with all the pleasing description of tender scenes, the animated representation of battles, and the majestic flow of language, which so much captivate and overpower the reader in the pages of Homer and Virgil. "Mr. Wiffen's version has long since been conceded to be the best evergiven of the great Poet; he catches and portrays the spirit of the author with a feeling the most kindred and congenial." TOKEN OF AFFECTION. One volume, 32mo., frontispiece, cloth, gilt leaves, 31 cents. TOKEN OF FRIENDSHIP. One volume, 32mo., frontispiece, cloth, gilt leaves, 31 cents. TOKEN OF LOVE. One volume, 32mo., frontispiece, cloth, gilt leaves, 31 cents. TOKEN OF REMEMBRANCE. One volume, 32mo., frontispiece, cloth, gilt leaves, 31 cents. TOKEN OF THE HEART. One volume, 32mo., frontispiece, cloth, gilt leaves, 31 cents. Forming a portion of the series of "Miniature Classical Library." "Each volume consists of nearly one hundred appropriate extracts from the best Poetical writers of England and America. YOUNG.—NIGHT THOUGHTS. The Complaint, or Night Thoughts. By Edward Young, D.D. Miniature size volume, elegantly printed, 33 cents. Forming a portion of the series of "Miniature Classic Library." "In his 'Night Thoughts,' Young exhibits entire originality of style, elevation of sentiment, grandeur of diction, and beauty of imagery, accompanied with an extensive knowledge of men and things, and a profound acquaintance with the feelings of the human heart"—''Monthly Magazine.''<noinclude></noinclude> 2jbh5kgitc6boehmq13s1ioug97dkyp 14131410 14131409 2024-04-26T10:47:20Z Alien333 3086116 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{c|''Appletons' Catalogue of Valuable Publications.''}} {{rule}} {{C|'''POETRY'''—{{SC|Continued.}}}} SOUTHEY.—THE COMPLETE POETICAL WORKS Of Robert Southey, Esq., LL. D. The ten volume London edition, in one elegant volume, royal 8vo. Illustrated with a Portrait and several fine Steel Engravings. This edition, which the author has arranged and revised with the same care as if it were intended for posthumous publication, includes many pieces which either have never before been collected, or have hitherto remained unpublished. Preliminary notices are affixed to the long poems, the whole of the notes retained, and such additional ones incorporated as the author, since the first publication, has seen occasion to insert. Contents.—Joan of Arc, Juvenile and Minor Poems, Thalaba the Destroyer, Madoc, Ballads and Metrical Tales, The Curse of Kehama, Roderick the last of the Goths, The Poet's Pilgrimage to Waterloo, Lay of the Laureate, Vision of Judgment, &c. "At the age of sixty-three I have undertaken to collect and edit my poetical works, with the last corrections that I can expect to bestow upon them. They have obtained a reputation equal to my wishes. Thus to collect and revise them is a duty which I owe to that part of the public by whom they have been auspiciously received, and to those who will take a lively concern in my good name when I shall have departed."—''Extract from Author's Preface.'' "The beauties of Mr. Southey's poetry are such, that this edition can hardly fail to find a place in the library of every man fond of elegant literature."—''Eclectic Review,'' THOUGHTS IN PAST YEARS: A collection of Poetry, chiefly Devotional, by the author of "The Cathedral." One volume, 16mo., elegantly printed, $1,25 . TASSO.—THE JERUSALEM DELIVERED, Of ToRQUATO Tasso. Translated into English Spenserian verse, with a Life of the Author, by J. H . Wiffen. Two volumes of the last London edition, reprinted in one elegant 16mo. volume, illustrated with a finely-engraved Portrait and several beautiful Steel Engravings. "This elegant Poem abounds with all the pleasing description of tender scenes, the animated representation of battles, and the majestic flow of language, which so much captivate and overpower the reader in the pages of Homer and Virgil. "Mr. Wiffen's version has long since been conceded to be the best evergiven of the great Poet; he catches and portrays the spirit of the author with a feeling the most kindred and congenial." TOKEN OF AFFECTION. One volume, 32mo., frontispiece, cloth, gilt leaves, 31 cents. TOKEN OF FRIENDSHIP. One volume, 32mo., frontispiece, cloth, gilt leaves, 31 cents. TOKEN OF LOVE. One volume, 32mo., frontispiece, cloth, gilt leaves, 31 cents. TOKEN OF REMEMBRANCE. One volume, 32mo., frontispiece, cloth, gilt leaves, 31 cents. TOKEN OF THE HEART. One volume, 32mo., frontispiece, cloth, gilt leaves, 31 cents. Forming a portion of the series of "Miniature Classical Library." "Each volume consists of nearly one hundred appropriate extracts from the best Poetical writers of England and America. YOUNG.—NIGHT THOUGHTS. The Complaint, or Night Thoughts. By Edward Young, D.D. Miniature size volume, elegantly printed, 33 cents. Forming a portion of the series of "Miniature Classic Library." "In his 'Night Thoughts,' Young exhibits entire originality of style, elevation of sentiment, grandeur of diction, and beauty of imagery, accompanied with an extensive knowledge of men and things, and a profound acquaintance with the feelings of the human heart"—''Monthly Magazine.''<noinclude></noinclude> ls685x73uw4hb94z2p2r2vmxe5p03mh Index:Constitution of the Republic of South Africa 1996 from Government Gazette.djvu/styles.css 106 4489782 14127839 14127691 2024-04-25T13:58:32Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css .__table_p18{ border:2px solid black; margin: 0 auto 0 auto; border-collapse:collapse; } .__table_p18 th{ border:1px solid black; border-bottom:2px solid black; padding:5px; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; } .__table_p18 td{ border:1px solid black; padding:5px; vertical-align:top; } .__table_p18 tr td:first-child{ text-align:center; } .__table_p18.__Schedule7 td{ border-bottom:none; } hbmxtus4dm8re4ljkym0ss5yvvbnsu9 14127849 14127839 2024-04-25T14:03:26Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css .__table_p18, __Schedule7{ border:2px solid black; margin: 0 auto 0 auto; border-collapse:collapse; } .__table_p18, __Schedule7 th{ border:1px solid black; border-bottom:2px solid black; padding:5px; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; } .__table_p18 td{ border:1px solid black; padding:5px; vertical-align:top; } .__table_p18 tr td:first-child{ text-align:center; } .__Schedule7 td{ border-left:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black; border-bottom:none; padding:5px; vertical-align:top; } 5nyuysznr33cg9k4xf2l6pe4zc4m0bz 14127851 14127849 2024-04-25T14:04:06Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css .__table_p18, .__Schedule7{ border:2px solid black; margin: 0 auto 0 auto; border-collapse:collapse; } .__table_p18, .__Schedule7 th{ border:1px solid black; border-bottom:2px solid black; padding:5px; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; } .__table_p18 td{ border:1px solid black; padding:5px; vertical-align:top; } .__table_p18 tr td:first-child{ text-align:center; } .__Schedule7 td{ border-left:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black; border-bottom:none; padding:5px; vertical-align:top; } 3swlvw02b8g1gcoyzjc0tn8jryrkuzm 14127856 14127851 2024-04-25T14:05:28Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css .__table_p18, .__Schedule7{ border:2px solid black; margin: 0 auto 0 auto; border-collapse:collapse; } .__table_p18, .__Schedule7 th{ border:1px solid black; border-bottom:2px solid black; padding:0.5em; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; } .__table_p18 td{ border:1px solid black; padding:0.5em; vertical-align:top; } .__table_p18 tr td:first-child{ text-align:center; } .__Schedule7 td{ border-left:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black; border-bottom:none; padding:0.5em; vertical-align:top; } e6q1m2rs3dvg8hcnm3n62cej3imw575 Index:Copyright Act 1978 from Government Gazette.djvu/styles.css 106 4489784 14127705 2024-04-25T12:04:07Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Created page with ".__schedule{ width:100%; border-top:1px solid black; border-bottom:1px solid black; margin: 0 auto 0 auto; font-size:smaller; border-collapse:collapse; } .__schedule th{ text-align:center; padding:0.5em; border-bottom:1px solid black; font-weight:normal; } .__schedule th:nth-child(2), .__schedule td:nth-child(2){ border-left:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black; }" sanitized-css text/css .__schedule{ width:100%; border-top:1px solid black; border-bottom:1px solid black; margin: 0 auto 0 auto; font-size:smaller; border-collapse:collapse; } .__schedule th{ text-align:center; padding:0.5em; border-bottom:1px solid black; font-weight:normal; } .__schedule th:nth-child(2), .__schedule td:nth-child(2){ border-left:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black; } k779at75cwba683hgcwyxzjszr2y3au 14127708 14127705 2024-04-25T12:05:14Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css .__schedule{ width:100%; border-top:1px solid black; border-bottom:1px solid black; margin: 0 auto 0 auto; font-size:smaller; border-collapse:collapse; } .__schedule th{ text-align:center; padding:0.5em; border-bottom:1px solid black; font-weight:normal; } .__schedule td{ vertical-align:top; padding-left:0.5em; padding-right:0.5em; } .__schedule th:nth-child(2), .__schedule td:nth-child(2){ border-left:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black; } om3cfbi8y303jm2tdphwcdn8m4n9xj0 Index:Non-Fatal Offences Against the Person Act, 1997.pdf/styles.css 106 4489785 14127717 2024-04-25T12:08:22Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Created page with ".__schedule{ width:100%; border-top:1px solid black; border-bottom:1px solid black; margin: 0 auto 0 auto; font-size:smaller; border-collapse:collapse; } .__schedule th{ text-align:center; padding:0.5em; border-bottom:1px solid black; font-weight:normal; } .__schedule td{ vertical-align:top; padding-left:0.5em; padding-right:0.5em; } .__schedule th:nth-child(2), .__schedule td:nth-child(2){ border:1px solid black; }" sanitized-css text/css .__schedule{ width:100%; border-top:1px solid black; border-bottom:1px solid black; margin: 0 auto 0 auto; font-size:smaller; border-collapse:collapse; } .__schedule th{ text-align:center; padding:0.5em; border-bottom:1px solid black; font-weight:normal; } .__schedule td{ vertical-align:top; padding-left:0.5em; padding-right:0.5em; } .__schedule th:nth-child(2), .__schedule td:nth-child(2){ border:1px solid black; } pkjryzjecjie9b6qizhkzvgcim5p21a 14127718 14127717 2024-04-25T12:10:02Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css .__schedule{ width:100%; border-top:1px solid black; border-bottom:1px solid black; margin: 0 auto 0 auto; font-size:smaller; border-collapse:collapse; } .__schedule th{ text-align:center; padding:0.5em; border-bottom:1px solid black; font-weight:normal; } .__schedule td{ vertical-align:top; padding-left:0.5em; padding-right:0.5em; border:1px solid black; } 595t7gn04d1nlvm38akvrxw6yw8ugkf 14127719 14127718 2024-04-25T12:11:13Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Undo revision [[Special:Diff/14127718|14127718]] by [[Special:Contributions/ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] ([[User talk:ShakespeareFan00|talk]]) sanitized-css text/css .__schedule{ width:100%; border-top:1px solid black; border-bottom:1px solid black; margin: 0 auto 0 auto; font-size:smaller; border-collapse:collapse; } .__schedule th{ text-align:center; padding:0.5em; border-bottom:1px solid black; font-weight:normal; } .__schedule td{ vertical-align:top; padding-left:0.5em; padding-right:0.5em; } .__schedule th:nth-child(2), .__schedule td:nth-child(2){ border-left:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black; } om3cfbi8y303jm2tdphwcdn8m4n9xj0 14127721 14127719 2024-04-25T12:11:49Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css .__schedule{ width:100%; border-top:1px solid black; border-bottom:1px solid black; margin: 0 auto 0 auto; font-size:smaller; border-collapse:collapse; } .__schedule th{ text-align:center; padding:0.5em; border-bottom:1px solid black; font-weight:normal; } .__schedule td{ vertical-align:top; border-bottom:1px solid black; padding-left:0.5em; padding-right:0.5em; } .__schedule th:nth-child(2), .__schedule td:nth-child(2){ border-left:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black; } oln0v26w81sg9ms8zy831cblckizzu8 Page:พรบ ใช้ ปพพ ๒๕๑๙.pdf/46 104 4489786 14127742 2024-04-25T12:17:36Z Librovore 3126709 /* Not proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=49|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1543}} {{lawth|s|1544}} {{lawth|s|1545}}<noinclude></noinclude> 3vpkbspxc4o5iboibglzvkkk5rayf8e 14127746 14127742 2024-04-25T12:18:02Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=49|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1543}} {{lawth|s|1544}} {{lawth|rb|1}} {{lawth|rb|2}} {{lawth|s|1545}}<noinclude></noinclude> ptskrxq5a4xaizp7ldxhg8w5yd37kg1 14127757 14127746 2024-04-25T12:24:18Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=49|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1543}}In the event that the husband or former husband institutes a child repudiation action and dies before the action becomes final, the person who has the right to succeed to his estate together with the child or the person who is to lose the right to succeed to his estate because of the birth of the child may request permission to replace or may be summoned to replace the husband or former husband as a substitute party. {{lawth|s|1544}} {{lawth|rb|1}} {{lawth|rb|2}} {{lawth|s|1545}}<noinclude></noinclude> r4qaqhq6t90885x1jilhhnra9axg2t2 14127759 14127757 2024-04-25T12:27:06Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=49|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1543}}In the event that the husband or former husband institutes a child repudiation action and dies before the action becomes final, a person who has the right to succeed to his estate together with the child or a person who is to lose the right to succeed to his estate because of the birth of the child may request permission to replace or may be summoned to replace the husband or former husband as a substitute party. {{lawth|s|1544}}As regards an action for repudiation of a child, a person who has the right to succeed to estate together with the child or a person who is to lose the right to succeed to estate because of the birth of the child may institute it in the following events: {{lawth|rb|1}} {{lawth|rb|2}} {{lawth|s|1545}}<noinclude></noinclude> 3tdi11qb4zovphrloxceforidqwtoo9 14127760 14127759 2024-04-25T12:29:05Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=49|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1543}}In the event that the husband or former husband institutes a child repudiation action and dies before the action becomes final, a person who has the right to succeed to his estate together with the child or a person who is to lose the right to succeed to his estate because of the birth of the child may request permission to replace or may be summoned to replace the husband or former husband as a substitute party. {{lawth|s|1544}}As regards an action for repudiation of a child, a person who has the right to succeed to estate together with the child or a person who is to lose the right to succeed to estate because of the birth of the child may institute it in the following events: {{lawth|rb|1}}the husband or former husband dies prior to the passage of the time period during which he may institute an action; {{lawth|rb|2}}the child is born after the death of the husband or former husband. {{lawth|s|1545}}<noinclude></noinclude> 1wte4q1ghiyo9ocede3745p2j6ttwpe 14127763 14127760 2024-04-25T12:30:53Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=49|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1543}}In the event that the husband or former husband institutes a child repudiation action and dies before the action becomes final, a person who has the right to succeed to his estate together with the child or a person who is to lose the right to succeed to his estate because of the birth of the child may request permission to replace or may be summoned to replace the husband or former husband as a substitute party. {{lawth|s|1544}}As regards an action for repudiation of a child, a person who has the right to succeed to estate together with the child or a person who is to lose the right to succeed to estate because of the birth of the child may institute it in the following events: {{lawth|rb|1}}the husband or former husband dies prior to the passage of the time period during which he may institute an action; {{lawth|rb|2}}the child is born after the death of the husband or former husband. In the event under (1), the child repudiation action must be instituted within six months from the day of the death of the husband or former husband. In the event under (3), the child repudiation action must be instituted within six months from the day of the birth of the child. {{lawth|s|1545}}<noinclude></noinclude> aqq813wv9tprsaby28w6pm8ddk9iudg 14127769 14127763 2024-04-25T12:37:14Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=49|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1543}}In the event that the husband or former husband institutes a child repudiation action and dies before the action becomes final, a person who has the right to succeed to his estate together with the child or a person who is to lose the right to succeed to his estate because of the birth of the child may request permission to replace or may be summoned to replace the husband or former husband as a substitute party. {{lawth|s|1544}}As regards an action for repudiation of a child, a person who has the right to succeed to estate together with the child or a person who is to lose the right to succeed to estate because of the birth of the child may institute it in the following events: {{lawth|rb|1}}the husband or former husband dies prior to the passage of the time period during which he may institute an action; {{lawth|rb|2}}the child is born after the death of the husband or former husband. In the event under (1), the child repudiation action must be instituted within six months from the day of the death of the husband or former husband. In the event under (3), the child repudiation action must be instituted within six months from the day of the birth of the child. {{lawth|s|1545}}A child may request a public prosecutor to take up an action for repudiation of the status of being a legitimate child under section 1536 of<noinclude></noinclude> ecxylitn8aejrw52qmpwpa2n4475syq 14127808 14127769 2024-04-25T13:25:41Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=49|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1543}}In the event that the husband or former husband institutes a child repudiation action and dies before the action becomes final, a person who has the right to succeed to his estate together with the child or a person who is to lose the right to succeed to his estate because of the birth of the child may request permission to replace or may be summoned to replace the husband or former husband as a substitute party. {{lawth|s|1544}}As regards an action for repudiation of a child, a person who has the right to succeed to estate together with the child or a person who is to lose the right to succeed to estate because of the birth of the child may institute it in the following events: {{lawth|rb|1}}the husband or former husband dies prior to the passage of the time period during which he may institute an action; {{lawth|rb|2}}the child is born after the death of the husband or former husband. In the event under (1), the child repudiation action must be instituted within six months from the day of the death of the husband or former husband. In the event under (3), the child repudiation action must be instituted within six months from the day of the birth of the child. {{lawth|s|1545}}A child may request a public prosecutor to take up an action for repudiation of the status as a legitimate child under section 1536 of<noinclude></noinclude> lchou8066p80zi9g4ireijda69ld5w1 14127812 14127808 2024-04-25T13:27:25Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=49|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1543}}In the event that the husband or former husband institutes a child repudiation action and dies before the action becomes final, a person who has the right to succeed to his estate together with the child or a person who is to lose the right to succeed to the estate because of the birth of the child may request permission to replace or may be summoned to replace the husband or former husband as a substitute party. {{lawth|s|1544}}As regards an action for repudiation of a child, a person who has the right to succeed to estate together with the child or a person who is to lose the right to succeed to estate because of the birth of the child may institute it in the following events: {{lawth|rb|1}}the husband or former husband dies prior to the passage of the time period during which he may institute an action; {{lawth|rb|2}}the child is born after the death of the husband or former husband. In the event under (1), the child repudiation action must be instituted within six months from the day of the death of the husband or former husband. In the event under (3), the child repudiation action must be instituted within six months from the day of the birth of the child. {{lawth|s|1545}}A child may request a public prosecutor to take up an action for repudiation of the status of being a legitimate child under section 1536 of<noinclude></noinclude> 1ev4lyxz8uz9igme9kbpwfvt6hahzqv 14127813 14127812 2024-04-25T13:27:34Z Librovore 3126709 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=49|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1543}}In the event that the husband or former husband institutes a child repudiation action and dies before the action becomes final, a person who has the right to succeed to his estate together with the child or a person who is to lose the right to succeed to the estate because of the birth of the child may request permission to replace or may be summoned to replace the husband or former husband as a substitute party. {{lawth|s|1544}}As regards an action for repudiation of a child, a person who has the right to succeed to estate together with the child or a person who is to lose the right to succeed to estate because of the birth of the child may institute it in the following events: {{lawth|rb|1}}the husband or former husband dies prior to the passage of the time period during which he may institute an action; {{lawth|rb|2}}the child is born after the death of the husband or former husband. In the event under (1), the child repudiation action must be instituted within six months from the day of the death of the husband or former husband. In the event under (3), the child repudiation action must be instituted within six months from the day of the birth of the child. {{lawth|s|1545}}A child may request a public prosecutor to take up an action for repudiation of the status of being a legitimate child under section 1536 of<noinclude></noinclude> 0avdqg7j650sjhhv397gceakab1wcr3 14128250 14127813 2024-04-25T16:57:38Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=49|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1543}}In the event that the husband or former husband institutes a child repudiation action and dies before the action becomes final, a person who has the right to succeed to his estate together with the child or a person who is to lose the right to succeed to the estate because of the birth of the child may request permission to replace or may be summoned to replace the husband or former husband as a substitute party. {{lawth|s|1544}}As regards an action for repudiation of a child, a person who has the right to succeed to estate together with the child or a person who is to lose the right to succeed to estate because of the birth of the child may institute it in the following events: {{lawth|rb|1}}the husband or former husband dies prior to the passage of the time period during which he may institute an action; {{lawth|rb|2}}the child is born after the death of the husband or former husband. In the event under (1), the child repudiation action must be instituted within six months from the day of the death of the husband or former husband. In the event under (3), the child repudiation action must be instituted within six months from the day of the birth of the child. {{lawth|s|1545}}A child may request a public prosecutor to take on an action for repudiation of the status of being a legitimate child under section 1536 of<noinclude></noinclude> 864p7z8n17r43escn4rsmzg8lyx00vg Index:Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Amendment Act 2003 from Government Gazette.djvu/styles.css 106 4489787 14127751 2024-04-25T12:20:27Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Created page with ".__schedule{ width:100%; border-top:1px solid black; border-bottom:1px solid black; margin: 0 auto 0 auto; font-size:smaller; border-collapse:collapse; } .__schedule th{ text-align:center; padding:0.5em; border:1px solid black; font-weight:normal; } .__schedule td{ vertical-align:top; padding-left:0.5em; padding-right:0.5em; border:1px solid black; } .__schedule th:nth-child(2), .__schedule td:nth-child(2){ border-left:1px solid black; border-right:1px..." sanitized-css text/css .__schedule{ width:100%; border-top:1px solid black; border-bottom:1px solid black; margin: 0 auto 0 auto; font-size:smaller; border-collapse:collapse; } .__schedule th{ text-align:center; padding:0.5em; border:1px solid black; font-weight:normal; } .__schedule td{ vertical-align:top; padding-left:0.5em; padding-right:0.5em; border:1px solid black; } .__schedule th:nth-child(2), .__schedule td:nth-child(2){ border-left:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black; } kh29t37sryo1wxb35sijqxwhrdywrq3 Index:Matrimonial Property Act 1984.djvu/styles.css 106 4489788 14127765 2024-04-25T12:32:05Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Created page with ".__schedule{ width:100%; border-top:1px solid black; border-bottom:1px solid black; margin: 0 auto 0 auto; font-size:smaller; border-collapse:collapse; } .__schedule th{ text-align:center; padding:0.5em; border-bottom:1px solid black; font-weight:normal; } .__schedule td{ vertical-align:top; text-indent:-1.5em; padding-right:0.5em; padding-left:2em } .__schedule tr td:nth-child(1){ padding-left:1.5em } .__schedule tr td:nth-child(2){ border-left:1px..." sanitized-css text/css .__schedule{ width:100%; border-top:1px solid black; border-bottom:1px solid black; margin: 0 auto 0 auto; font-size:smaller; border-collapse:collapse; } .__schedule th{ text-align:center; padding:0.5em; border-bottom:1px solid black; font-weight:normal; } .__schedule td{ vertical-align:top; text-indent:-1.5em; padding-right:0.5em; padding-left:2em } .__schedule tr td:nth-child(1){ padding-left:1.5em } .__schedule tr td:nth-child(2){ border-left:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black; } 1hhmlcy27ets5qgx6p455wknlcd9bzi 14127766 14127765 2024-04-25T12:32:35Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css .__schedule{ width:100%; border-top:1px solid black; border-bottom:1px solid black; margin: 0 auto 0 auto; font-size:smaller; border-collapse:collapse; } .__schedule th{ text-align:center; padding:0.5em; border-bottom:1px solid black; font-weight:normal; } .__schedule td{ vertical-align:top; text-indent:-1.5em; padding-right:0.5em; padding-left:2em } .__schedule tr td:nth-child(1){ padding-left:1.5em } .__schedule tr th:nth-child(2), .__schedule tr td:nth-child(2){ border-left:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black; } bkghrytg85p6y9zmf08a9w9ifob7b3u Page:พรบ ใช้ ปพพ ๒๕๑๙.pdf/47 104 4489789 14127771 2024-04-25T12:39:00Z Librovore 3126709 /* Not proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=50|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>the man who is the husband of his or her mother, if he or she is not a biological child of the husband of the mother and— {{lawth|rb|1}} {{lawth|rb|2}} {{lawth|rb|3}} {{lawth|rb|4}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> b12vlkantam6asq7siak1ung3un5dxd 14127776 14127771 2024-04-25T12:44:10Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=50|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>the man who is the husband of his or her mother, if he or she is not a biological child of the husband of the mother and— {{lawth|rb|1}}the husband of the mother has died or is deemed to have died following a court order declaring him missing, and, at the time that he died or is deemed to have died, he still had the right to institute a child repudiation action according to section 1542; {{lawth|rb|2}} {{lawth|rb|3}} {{lawth|rb|4}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> o6hmeynw31tdt5g1olspyfknzaf7ac9 14127779 14127776 2024-04-25T12:47:56Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=50|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>the man who is the husband of his or her mother, if he or she is not a biological child of the husband of the mother and— {{lawth|rb|1}}the husband of the mother has died or is deemed to have died following a court order declaring him missing, and, at the time that he died or is deemed to have died, he still had the right to institute a child repudiation action according to section 1542; {{lawth|rb|2}}the marriage of the husband of the mother and the mother has ended in divorce, has been revoked by a court judgment, or has been declared void by a court judgment; {{lawth|rb|3}}the husband of the mother and the mother have not cohabited as husband and wife for more than three years and are not expected to return to live together as husband and wife again; but this shall not apply in the event that the husband of the mother and the mother live apart because of a court order according to section 1462; {{lawth|rb|4}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 6oldi6n93ahr66abq87xasnvv7hbg3o 14127788 14127779 2024-04-25T13:04:32Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=50|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>the man who is the husband of his or her mother, if he or she is not a biological child of the husband of the mother and— {{lawth|rb|1}}the husband of the mother has died or is deemed to have died following a court order declaring him missing, and, at the time that he died or is deemed to have died, he still had the right to institute a child repudiation action according to section 1542; {{lawth|rb|2}}the marriage of the husband of the mother and the mother has ended in divorce, has been revoked by a court judgment, or has been declared void by a court judgment; {{lawth|rb|3}}the husband of the mother and the mother have not cohabited as husband and wife for more than three years and are not expected to return to live together as husband and wife again; but this shall not apply in the event that the husband of the mother and the mother live apart because of a court order according to section 1462; {{lawth|rb|4}}the mother has married the man of whom the child is a biological child; {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 3dfrjysnnn82jo1u3djodop20lgbtya Index:Biodiversity Assessment of the Fishes of Saba Bank Atoll, Netherlands Antilles.pdf/styles.css 106 4489790 14127782 2024-04-25T12:51:42Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Created page with ".__table2{ width:100%; font-size: 85%; border-collapse:collapse; } .__table2 tr:nth-child(2n+1) { background-color:lightgrey; } .__table2 tr:nth-child(1) { background-color:transparent; } .__table2 th{ vertical-align:top; text-align:left; border-top:1px solid black; border-bottom:1px solid black; background-color:white; } .__table2 td{ vertical-align:top; text-align:left; }" sanitized-css text/css .__table2{ width:100%; font-size: 85%; border-collapse:collapse; } .__table2 tr:nth-child(2n+1) { background-color:lightgrey; } .__table2 tr:nth-child(1) { background-color:transparent; } .__table2 th{ vertical-align:top; text-align:left; border-top:1px solid black; border-bottom:1px solid black; background-color:white; } .__table2 td{ vertical-align:top; text-align:left; } sdn16zct2kytbkeyj7rzudhvlwttqot Page:พรบ ใช้ ปพพ ๒๕๑๙.pdf/48 104 4489791 14127789 2024-04-25T13:05:13Z Librovore 3126709 /* Not proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=51|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|5}} {{lawth|rb|6}} {{lawth|rb|7}} {{lawth|s|1546}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 3d95th9mzrggq16noe5mf30a2kido0d 14127794 14127789 2024-04-25T13:10:57Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=51|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|5}}the husband of the mother breaches the duty as a father, which causes considerable injury to the child to the extent that the child is entitled to repudiate the relationship as a child and father with the husband of the mother; {{lawth|rb|6}} {{lawth|rb|7}} {{lawth|s|1546}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> mimudzilo74h77hlgke4x15kmxo6ecx 14127796 14127794 2024-04-25T13:12:44Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=51|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|5}}the husband of the mother breaches the duty as a father, which causes considerable injury to the child to the extent that the child is entitled to repudiate the relationship as a child and father with the husband of the mother; {{lawth|rb|6}}the husband of the mother commits serious misconduct or lives a dishonourable or immoral life, which is considerable to the extent that the child is entitled to repudiate the relationship as a child and father with the husband of the mother; or {{lawth|rb|7}} {{lawth|s|1546}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> hviupznjp5n4dl0mvqazppkzpznkj8i 14127800 14127796 2024-04-25T13:21:04Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=51|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|5}}the husband of the mother breaches the duty as a father, which causes considerable injury to the child to the extent that entitles the child to repudiate the relationship as a child and father with the husband of the mother; {{lawth|rb|6}}the husband of the mother commits serious misconduct or lives a dishonourable or immoral life, which is considerable to the extent that entitles the child to repudiate the relationship as a child and father with the husband of the mother; or {{lawth|rb|7}}the husband of the mother has a serious genetic disorder and there is an appropriate reason to consider that the husband of the mother having such a serious disorder would bring considerable injury to the child to the extent that entitles the child to repudiate the relationship as a child and father with the husband of the mother. {{lawth|s|1546}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> n8o7107pav9a4bdr0hr5edpig86ff5y 14127802 14127800 2024-04-25T13:21:58Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=51|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|5}}the husband of the mother breaches the duty as a father, which causes considerable injury to the child to the extent that entitles the child to repudiate the relationship as a child and father with the husband of the mother; {{lawth|rb|6}}the husband of the mother commits serious misconduct or lives a dishonourable or immoral life, which is considerable to the extent that entitles the child to repudiate the relationship as a child and father with the husband of the mother; or {{lawth|rb|7}}the husband of the mother has a serious hereditary disease and there is an appropriate reason to consider that the husband of the mother having such a serious disease would bring considerable injury to the child to the extent that entitles the child to repudiate the relationship as a child and father with the husband of the mother. {{lawth|s|1546}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 9m8smpq9r3y0fissicczujnbewifogi 14127805 14127802 2024-04-25T13:25:12Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=51|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|5}}the husband of the mother breaches the duty as a father, which causes considerable injury to the child to the extent that entitles the child to repudiate the relationship as a child and father with the husband of the mother; {{lawth|rb|6}}the husband of the mother commits serious misconduct or lives a dishonourable or immoral life, which is considerable to the extent that entitles the child to repudiate the relationship as a child and father with the husband of the mother; or {{lawth|rb|7}}the husband of the mother has a serious hereditary disease and there is an appropriate reason to consider that the husband of the mother having such a serious disease would bring considerable injury to the child to the extent that entitles the child to repudiate the relationship as a child and father with the husband of the mother. In the event under (1), (2), (4), (5), or (6), the action for repudiation of the status as a legitimate child must be instituted within two years from the day the child knows that he or she is not a biological child of the husband of his or her mother and the child must have already learnt of the fact mentioned in (1), (2), (4), (5), or (6). {{lawth|s|1546}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> qwg5ahdsgd7cis76e21s2uebz60d75p 14127816 14127805 2024-04-25T13:29:45Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=51|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|5}}the husband of the mother breaches the duty as a father, which causes considerable injury to the child to the extent that entitles the child to repudiate the relationship as a child and father with the husband of the mother; {{lawth|rb|6}}the husband of the mother commits serious misconduct or lives a dishonourable or immoral life, which is considerable to the extent that entitles the child to repudiate the relationship as a child and father with the husband of the mother; or {{lawth|rb|7}}the husband of the mother has a serious hereditary disease and there is an appropriate reason to consider that the husband of the mother having such a serious disease would bring considerable injury to the child to the extent that entitles the child to repudiate the relationship as a child and father with the husband of the mother. In the event under (1), (2), (4), (5), or (6), the action for repudiation of the status as a legitimate child must be instituted within two years from the day the child knows that he or she is not a biological child of the husband of his or her mother and the child must have already learnt of the fact mentioned in (1), (2), (4), (5), or (6). {{lawth|s|1546}}A child born of a woman who has not married a man shall be deemed to be a legitimate child of such woman. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> dshqczalzdnjt8eibooqd5cxa1069x8 Index:Anti-Torture Act, 2017.pdf/styles.css 106 4489793 14127792 2024-04-25T13:06:36Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Created page with ".__schedule{ width:100%; border-top:1px solid black; border-bottom:1px solid black; margin: 0 auto 0 auto; font-size:smaller; border-collapse:collapse; } .__schedule th{ text-align:center; padding:0.5em; border-bottom:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black; font-weight:normal; } .__schedule td{ vertical-align:top; padding-left:0.5em; padding-right:0.5em; border-right:1px solid black; } .__schedule th:last-child, .__schedule td:last-child{ border..." sanitized-css text/css .__schedule{ width:100%; border-top:1px solid black; border-bottom:1px solid black; margin: 0 auto 0 auto; font-size:smaller; border-collapse:collapse; } .__schedule th{ text-align:center; padding:0.5em; border-bottom:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black; font-weight:normal; } .__schedule td{ vertical-align:top; padding-left:0.5em; padding-right:0.5em; border-right:1px solid black; } .__schedule th:last-child, .__schedule td:last-child{ border-right:none; } e9ch9uuuzt6gp1alc8ohclgqgte7xi0 Page:Chronologies and calendars (IA chronologiescale00macdrich).pdf/54 104 4489794 14127798 2024-04-25T13:16:16Z Arcorann 2060189 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Arcorann" />{{rvh|42|ODD|CHRONOLOGIES AND CALENDARS.}}</noinclude>Thus taking 1313: 3 per cent to be deducted gives 40: 40 from 1313=1272: then add 622, and that makes 1895. The other month I was reading a well-known Moslem journal, and on reciting a certain edict, the journal stated that it has been signed at the Mosque 'the 10th day of Shawall, 1313, which the Christians, in their ignorance, call the 24th March, 1896.'<ref>The Christians, even by the Mussulman's criterion, canneot be more ignorant chronologically than Jewish, Buddhists, or Chinese.</ref> In all my researches I have not met with any data so strikingly egotistical as this chronological memoranda. It calls for no comment. {{pn|65}}. {{sc|Months.}}—The names of the months (so far as used in Christendom) call for some notice in this chapter:— January: this month was sacred to Janus, the god of the sun and the year. February: the Roman festival of Purification was held on the 15th of February. March, Mars month:— {{ppoem|{{fqm|"}}The stormy March has come at last With wind, and cloud, and changing skies."<ref>William Cullen Bryant; he died in 1878.</ref>}} April: there was no god attached to this month. May: the name of a goddess christened this month. June: some have accorded to Juno (the goddess) and others to Junius (the tribe name), the honour of giving a name to this month, July: this month was called Quintilis (the fifth month according to the {{SIC|pre-Ceasarian|pre-Cæsarian}} Calendar), but in honour to Julius Cæsar it was named after him, more especially as he was born in this month,<ref>The exact year A.U.C. and B.C. of Cæsar's birth is still in dispute 100 B.C. is usually given.</ref> August: in like manner, this word was adopted in honour of Augustus Cæsar, (''a'') on account of his victories and (''b'') because he had entered upon<noinclude></noinclude> bzyn9wf41sn628r45976ctwkjwpe543 14130399 14127798 2024-04-26T01:05:54Z Arcorann 2060189 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Arcorann" />{{rvh|42|ODD|CHRONOLOGIES AND CALENDARS.}}</noinclude>Thus taking 1313: 3 per cent to be deducted gives 40: 40 from 1313=1272: then add 622, and that makes 1895. The other month I was reading a well-known Moslem journal, and on reciting a certain edict, the journal stated that it has been signed at the Mosque 'the 10th day of Shawall, 1313, which the Christians, in their ignorance, call the 24th March, 1896.'<ref>The Christians, even by the Mussulman's criterion, canneot be more ignorant chronologically than Jewish, Buddhists, or Chinese.</ref> In all my researches I have not met with any data so strikingly egotistical as this chronological memoranda. It calls for no comment. {{pn|65}}. {{sc|Months.}}—The names of the months (so far as used in Christendom) call for some notice in this chapter:— January: this month was sacred to Janus, the god of the sun and the year. February: the Roman festival of Purification was held on the 15th of February. March, Mars month:— {{ppoem|{{fqm|"}}The stormy March has come at last With wind, and cloud, and changing skies."<ref>William Cullen Bryant; he died in 1878.</ref>}} April: there was no god attached to this month. May: the name of a goddess christened this month. June: some have accorded to Juno (the goddess) and others to Junius (the tribe name), the honour of giving a name to this month, July: this month was called Quintilis (the fifth month according to the {{SIC|pre-Ceasarian|pre-Cæsarian}} Calendar), but in honour to Julius Cæsar it was named after him, more especially as he was born in this month,<ref>The exact year A.U.C. and B.C. of Cæsar's birth is still in dispute 100 B.C. is usually given.</ref> August: in like manner, this word was adopted in honour of Augustus Cæsar, (''a'') on account of his victories and (''b'') because he had entered upon<noinclude></noinclude> evdh84clhtud10ho34x4px3g9jcbsvm Page:พรบ ใช้ ปพพ ๒๕๑๙.pdf/49 104 4489795 14127821 2024-04-25T13:34:44Z Librovore 3126709 /* Not proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=52|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1547}} {{lawth|s|1548}} {{lawth|s|1549}}<noinclude></noinclude> 4bnf17nkf0n7l74hvcd0r6wdbsyjfww 14127823 14127821 2024-04-25T13:39:58Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=52|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1547}}A child born out of wedlock shall be deemed to be a legitimate child only upon subsequent marriage of the father and mother, or registration by the father, or a judgment of a court. {{lawth|s|1548}} {{lawth|s|1549}}<noinclude></noinclude> 021zwe2ejalqtauzdjpvf9wxj9ogwc1 14127825 14127823 2024-04-25T13:43:45Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=52|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1547}}A child born out of wedlock shall be deemed to be a legitimate child only upon subsequent marriage of the father and mother, or registration by the father, or a judgment of a court. {{lawth|s|1548}}A father may register a child as his legitimate child only when the child or the mother of the child has not objected to his fatherhood. Upon such objection, the registration of the child requires a judgment of a court. {{lawth|s|1549}}<noinclude></noinclude> guqn07gp4knnp4nsk0qbtpythtbkl61 14127829 14127825 2024-04-25T13:49:34Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=52|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1547}}A child born out of wedlock shall be deemed to be a legitimate child only upon subsequent marriage of the father and mother, or registration by the father, or a judgment of a court. {{lawth|s|1548}}A father may register a child as his legitimate child only when the child or the mother of the child has no objection to his fatherhood. Upon such objection, the registration of the child requires a judgment of a court. Once an authority has notified the child and the mother of the child of the request for registration, if no objection to the fatherhood of the requestor is not made within sixty days from the day such notification reaches the child or the mother of the child, it shall be deemed that the child or mother of the child has no objection. If the child or mother of the child is outside Thailand, such time shall be extended to one hundred and eighty days. {{lawth|s|1549}}<noinclude></noinclude> gdkhmca1sfaqddzy2hmuopoyy6ttf24 14127843 14127829 2024-04-25T13:59:52Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=52|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1547}}A child born out of wedlock shall be deemed to be a legitimate child only upon subsequent marriage of the father and mother, or registration by the father, or a judgment of a court. {{lawth|s|1548}}A father may register a child as his legitimate child only when the child or the mother of the child has no objection to his fatherhood. Upon such objection, the registration of the child requires a judgment of a court. Once an authority has notified the child and the mother of the child of the request for registration, if no objection to the fatherhood of the requestor is not made within sixty days from the day such notification reaches the child or the mother of the child, it shall be deemed that the child or mother of the child has no objection. If the child or mother of the child is outside Thailand, such time shall be extended to one hundred and eighty days. {{lawth|s|1549}}Once the registrar has notified the child and the mother of the child of a request for registration of legitimacy according to section 1548, regardless of whether or not the child or the mother of the child has objected to a request for child registration according section 1577.<noinclude></noinclude> 4x7evna3d6le41mvrpw9f5x491afvf1 14127845 14127843 2024-04-25T14:01:26Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=52|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1547}}A child born out of wedlock shall be deemed to be a legitimate child only upon subsequent marriage of the father and mother, or registration by the father, or a judgment of a court. {{lawth|s|1548}}A father may register a child as his legitimate child only when the child or the mother of the child has no objection to his fatherhood. Upon such objection, the registration of the child requires a judgment of a court. Once an authority has notified the child and the mother of the child of the request for registration, if no objection to the fatherhood of the requestor is not made within sixty days from the day such notification reaches the child or the mother of the child, it shall be deemed that the child or mother of the child has no objection. If the child or mother of the child is outside Thailand, such time shall be extended to one hundred and eighty days. {{lawth|s|1549}}Once the registrar has notified the child and the mother of the child of a request for registration of legitimacy according to section 1548, regardless of whether or not the child or the mother of the child has objected to a request for child registration according section 1548.<noinclude></noinclude> ism9n3hbylt0fb6s4sz2pdupv8hr81u 14127848 14127845 2024-04-25T14:02:56Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=52|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1547}}A child born out of wedlock shall be deemed to be a legitimate child only upon subsequent marriage of the father and mother, or registration by the father, or a judgment of a court. {{lawth|s|1548}}A father may register a child as his legitimate child only when the child or the mother of the child has no objection to his fatherhood. Upon such objection, the registration of the child requires a judgment of a court. Once an authority has notified the child and the mother of the child of the request for registration, if no objection to the fatherhood of the requestor is not made within sixty days from the day such notification reaches the child or the mother of the child, it shall be deemed that the child or mother of the child has no objection. If the child or mother of the child is outside Thailand, such time shall be extended to one hundred and eighty days. {{lawth|s|1549}}Once the registrar has notified the child and the mother of the child of a request for registration of legitimacy according to section 1548, regardless of whether or not the child or the mother of the child has objected to a request for child registration according section 1548. Within a time limit of not more than ninety days from the day the notification of the registration request reaches the child or the mother of the child, the child or the mother of the child may notify the registrar<noinclude></noinclude> e2d1cg7yitlo7u2svzpg4aq909we9ac 14127931 14127848 2024-04-25T14:31:45Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=52|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1547}}A child born out of wedlock shall be deemed to be a legitimate child only upon subsequent marriage of the father and mother, or registration by the father, or a judgment of a court. {{lawth|s|1548}}A father may register a child as his legitimate child only when the child or the mother of the child has no objection to his fatherhood. Upon such objection, the registration of the child requires a judgment of a court. Once an authority has notified the child and the mother of the child of the request for registration, if no objection to the fatherhood of the requestor is not made within sixty days from the day such notification reaches the child or the mother of the child, it shall be deemed that the child or mother of the child has no objection. If the child or mother of the child is outside Thailand, such time shall be extended to one hundred and eighty days. {{lawth|s|1549}}Once the registrar has notified the child and the mother of the child of a request for registration of the child as a legitimate child according to section 1548, regardless of whether or not the child or mother of the child has objected to the request for registration according section 1548. Within a time limit of not more than ninety days from the day the notification of the request for registration reaches the child or mother of the child, the child or mother of the child may notify the registrar<noinclude></noinclude> 7mdzc6fwwy2b85jytggpjabgfv2yysc Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/113 104 4489796 14127827 2024-04-25T13:47:51Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "{{c|CHAPTER XIII. {{smaller|ODIN'S HORSE AND FREY'S SHIP.}}}} 43. Ganglere asked: Whose is that horse Sleipner, and what is there to say about it? Har answered: You have no knowledge of Sleipner, nor do you know the circumstances attending his birth; but it must seem to you worth the telling. In the beginning, when the town of the gods was building, when the gods had established Midgard and made Valhal, there came a certain builder and offered to make... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>{{c|CHAPTER XIII. {{smaller|ODIN'S HORSE AND FREY'S SHIP.}}}} 43. Ganglere asked: Whose is that horse Sleipner, and what is there to say about it? Har answered: You have no knowledge of Sleipner, nor do you know the circumstances attending his birth; but it must seem to you worth the telling. In the beginning, when the town of the gods was building, when the gods had established Midgard and made Valhal, there came a certain builder and offered to make them a burg, in three half years, so excellent that it should be perfectly safe against the mountain giants and frost-giants, even though they should get within Midgard. But he demanded as his reward, that he should have Freyja, and he wanted the sun and moon besides. Then the asas came together and held counsel, and the bargain was made with the builder that he should get what he demanded if he could get the burg done in one winter; but if on the first day of summer any part of the burg was unfinished, then the contract would be void. It was also agreed that no man should help him with the work. When they told him these terms, he re-<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> l18p7astpd438ts5nm3ivmwv2bba5mm Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu/36 104 4489797 14127828 2024-04-25T13:48:15Z GrooveCreator 2854703 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="M0ntenegro" /></noinclude>{{c|{{larger|II.}} {{asc|MAMMA}}}} {{sc|Mother}} was sitting in the drawing-room and pouring out tea. With one hand she held the teapot, with the other the faucet of the samovár, from which the water ran over the teapot to the tray. Though she was looking fixedly at it, she did not notice it, nor that we had entered. So many memories of the past rise before one, trying to resurrect in imagination the features of a beloved being, that one sees them dimly through these recollections as through tears. When I try to recall my mother as she was at that time, I can think only of her brown eyes, which always expressed the same kindness and love, of a birthmark upon her neck, a little below the place where the small hairs curled, of her white linen collar, of her tender dry hand which had so often fondled me, and which I had so often kissed; her general expression escapes me. To the left of the sofa stood an old English grand piano. At the piano was seated my swarthy sister Lyúbochka, who with her rosy fingers that had just been washed in cold water was playing with evident expression Clementi's Etudes. She was eleven years old. She wore a short gingham dress and white, lace-bordered pantalets, and she could encompass octaves only by arpeggio. Near her, and half turned around, sat Márya Ivánovna, in a cap with rose-coloured ribbons, and wearing a blue jersey.<noinclude>{{c|{{fine|8}}}}</noinclude> sg9z35twnvd6nqngeiun9a9vpd6b3e6 Page:The Strand Magazine (Volume 5).djvu/87 104 4489798 14127834 2024-04-25T13:54:17Z Qq1122qq 1889140 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Qq1122qq" />{{rvh|86|THE STRAND MAGAZINE.}}</noinclude>return. At last my heart began to be sick within me, and I feared I should never again behold the lovely maiden who had bewitched my soul, when on the fourth day I saw two females approaching, and I recognised that the slighter of the two was she. I had provided myself with several gold pieces, and was ready to give them all, if necessary, to make the attendant my friend. As soon as they had entered, and I had brought forth my silks, I drew this woman aside, and slipping one of the gold pieces into her hand, disclosed to her my passion for her mistress, and begged her to tell me who she was. The woman seemed inclined to laugh at first, but when I had finished became grave and said in a low voice, 'My young mistress looks upon you with favour; but, alas! her father, the Sheikh Abdu Hassan, is so mean that he cannot bear the thought of his daughter marrying, on account of the dowry he would be expected to give with her, and he will not even allow her to see any visitors, lest her beauty should become known, and he tells all who ask for her that she is very ugly and ill-tempered, so no one will marry her on that account; but if you love Khadijah, my mistress, go to the Sheikh and say that you will take her without any dowry, and then he will, perhaps, be tempted to give her to you.' "When she had told me this, she went back to her mistress, and they both hastily departed. "I shut my shop an hour earlier that day, and, on arriving home, told my mother all that had happened. She was very much astonished, and could not understand why, after refusing to have a wife for so long, I was now so anxious to have one without a dowry. She tried to dissuade me, but I paid no heed to her words, and went that same evening to the Sheikh, whom I fortunately found alone. I told him who I was and what my possessions were, and that I wanted a wife; but, as I had no one to speak for me my father being dead—I had come myself to ask him for his daughter. He listened quietly, with his eyes fixed on my face, and when I had finished, said:— {{" '}}Alas! my son, the girl Khadijah is ugly, and has the temper of a mule.' {{" '}}For these things, O Sheikh,' I replied, 'I care not.' {{" '}}You think you will get a heavy dowry with her,' he said, coldly; 'it is for that you have come.' {{" '}}I swear by the holy Prophet,' I cried, 'that I want the girl and not the money. Nay, I will even take her without a single piastre, to prove it.' {{img float | file = The Strand Magazine vol. 5, no. 25, pg. 86 - A Sharp-Faced, Ugly Woman.png | width = 300px | align = right | cap = {{smaller|{{asc|"A sharp-faced, ugly woman."}}}} }} "At these words his eye brightened, and on my promising that no one should know that I was not to receive a dowry with her, he embraced me, saying, 'She is yours, my son,' and the matter was settled. "Of course, I did not see my bride till we were married, which we were in seven days. What was my horror when, after the ceremonies were over and my wife unveiled, I beheld, instead of the lovely girl who had come to my shop, a sharp-faced, ugly woman with a sour expression. I was dumb with amazement; but, by a great effort, I controlled my temper, and pretending to seem satisfied with my bargain, inwardly resolved to find out why I had thus been duped. My wife soon showed her temper, and quarrelled with my mother the very first day. She seemed to think she had married beneath her, and to show her superiority, began<noinclude></noinclude> 6x0hm17zg3jmxd3m91yeoaoamryu5ym Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu/37 104 4489799 14127836 2024-04-25T13:56:23Z GrooveCreator 2854703 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="M0ntenegro" />{{rh|center=MAMMA|right=9}}</noinclude>Her angry red face assumed a sterner expression the moment Karl Ivánovich entered. She looked angrily at him and, without answering his greeting, continued to stamp her foot and to count: ''un'', ''deux'', ''trois'', ''un'', ''deux'', ''trois'', louder and more commandingly than before. Karl Ivánovich paid no attention whatsoever to it, and, as was his custom, with German politeness went straight up to take my mother's hand. She awoke from her reverie, shook her head, as if wishing to dispel her gloomy thoughts with that motion, gave her hand to Karl Ivánovich, and kissed his furrowed temple, while he was kissing her hand. "''Ich danke, lieber'' Karl Ivánovich!" and continuing to speak German, she asked him whether the children had slept well. Karl Ivánovich was deaf in one ear, and just then he could hear nothing because of the noise at the piano. He bent lower down to the sofa, leaned with one arm against the table, while standing on one foot, and with a smile, which then appeared to me the acme of refinement, lifted his cap on his head and said: "Excuse me, Natálya Nikoláevna!" Not to catch a cold, Karl Ivánovich never took off his red cap, but every time he entered the sitting-room, he asked permission to keep it on. "Put it on, Karl Ivánovich. I am asking you whether the children have slept well," said mamma, quite aloud, as she moved up to him. But he again had not heard anything. He covered his bald head with his red cap, and smiled even more sweetly. "Stop a minute, Mimi," said mamma to Márya Ivánovna, smiling. "One can't hear a thing." Whenever mother smiled, her face, which was very pretty, became even more beautiful, and everything around her seemed to grow happier. If, in the heavy moments of my life, I had been able to see that smile,<noinclude></noinclude> ppxuncrre03exn2mekj5rbsyq2w192o Page:The Strand Magazine (Volume 5).djvu/86 104 4489800 14127837 2024-04-25T13:57:06Z Qq1122qq 1889140 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Qq1122qq" />{{rvh|85|THE STRAND MAGAZINE.}}</noinclude>I was encouraged in these ideas by an old man named Mahran Effendi, who had been a great friend of my father, and who still came in the evening to my house to smoke a nargileh with me. He had two wives, who gave him much trouble with their quarrels, and he used to say that women were created as a punishment for the sins of men, and to prevent them from being so much attached to this world as to be unwilling to leave it even for the joys of paradise, which, he said, would certainly be the case if there were no women. He repeated to me a sentence which he said was out of the Koran, though I have not seen it there myself. It was, 'Long is the hair of woman, but short is her understanding.' "I was much struck with this, and repeated it to my mother with great pleasure, who was not so much pleased with it as I was. Indeed, she was quite angry, and said that Mahran was an old donkey, and the son of a donkey. I, however, had a higher opinion of the wisdom of my old friend, and, acting upon his advice, I determined to adopt this as my motto, and to paint it over my shop instead of the proverb which had been put there by my father. My motto made quite a stir in the bazaar for the first few days, and caused a good deal of amusement amongst the other shopkeepers and the passers-by. I have no doubt it was repeated in many of the harems also, for some of the women, who may have been teased about it by their husbands, reviled me as they passed. {{img float | file = The Strand Magazine vol. 5, no. 25, pg. 85 - She Gave Me a Glance Out of her Dark Eyes.png | width = 400px | align = center | cap = {{smaller|{{asc|"She gave me a glance out of her dark eyes."}}}} }} "One day, not long after this, two women entered my shop and asked to be shown some of my finest silks; so I took them into the inner part, where I keep the most costly of my goods. While they were examining them I noticed that one of them had eyes that shone like stars, and which she kept fixed on me even while she laughed and chatted with her companion. Then, in stooping to pick up one of the shawls, her veil by some means became detached and fell to the ground, and I saw the face of what I thought to be surely the loveliest houri ever seen by mortal man. She gave a little scream and called to her companion, who seemed to be her servant, to assist her to refasten it, but at the same time gave me a smile and a glance out of her dark eyes, which swallowed up all my dislike to women as the light of a taper is swallowed up in that of the noonday sun. I was so confused by the new emotions which possessed my soul, that when they departed, saying they would come again shortly to decide about the silk, I could not utter a word to detain them. Nay, by the beard of the Prophet, I could do nothing but gaze the houri till she was out of my sight. For three long days I waited in vain for their<noinclude></noinclude> 90q14zai4ub688abopzt788awy20am3 Page:Dostoyevsky - The Eternal Husband and Other Stories, Collected Edition, 1917.djvu/120 104 4489801 14127838 2024-04-25T13:57:06Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|108|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>Velchaninov began to grasp the position; something seemed to be dawning on Pavel Pavlovitch too. There was a look of uneasiness in his face; but he stood his ground. "Not having the honour of your acquaintance," he answered majestically, "I imagine that you cannot have business of any sort with me." "You had better hear me first and then give your opinion," the young man admonished him self-confidently, and, taking out a tortoiseshell lorgnette hanging on a cord, he examined through it the bottle of champagne standing on the table. When he had calmly completed his scrutiny of the bottle, he folded up the lorgnette and turned to Pavel Pavlovitch again. "Alexandr Lobov." "What do you mean by Alexandr Lobov?" "That's me. Haven't you heard of me?" "No." "How should you, though? I've come on important business that chiefly concerns you. Allow me to sit down; I'm tired." "Sit down," Velchaninov urged him; but the young man succeeded in sitting down before being invited to do so. In spite of the increasing pain in his chest Velchaninov was interested in this impudent youth. In his pretty, childlike and rosy face, he fancied a remote resemblance to Nadya. "You sit down too," the lad suggested to Pavel Pavlovitch, motioning him with a careless nod of the head to a seat opposite. "Don't trouble; I'll stand." "You'll be tired. You needn't go away, M. Velchaninov, if you like to stay." "I've nowhere to go; I'm at home." "As you please. I must confess I should prefer you to be present while I have an explanation with this gentleman. Nadyezhda Fedosyevna gave me rather a flattering account of you." "Bah! When had she time to do that?" "Why, just now. after you left; I've just come from there, too. I've something to tell you, M. Trusotsky." He turned round to Pavel Pavlovitch, who was standing, "We—that is, Nadyezhda Fedosyevna and I," he went on, letting his words drop one by one as he lolled carelessly in the armchair; "we've cared for each other for ever so long, and have given each other our promise. You are in our way now; I've come to suggest<noinclude></noinclude> spl79seyivygulwqqpxyt0roxbfq480 Page:The Strand Magazine (Volume 5).djvu/85 104 4489802 14127844 2024-04-25T14:01:09Z Qq1122qq 1889140 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Qq1122qq" />{{rvh|84|THE STRAND MAGAZINE.}}</noinclude>{{img float | file = The Strand Magazine vol. 5, no. 25, pg. 84.png | width = 500px | align = center }} {{c|By A. E. Burn.}} {{Strand di|W}}HEN I went out to Egypt some years ago, I determined to devote myself to the study of Arabic, and not to rest till I could speak and write it like an educated native. This rash resolve, however, was made in ignorance of the sublime difficulties of this language, and after plodding at it with great vigour for a year, and acquiring some facility in speaking it, and the ability to read a sentence so as to sometimes get a faint glimpse into the meaning hidden behind the hieroglyphs which the Arabs call letters, I came to the conclusion that I had better rest on my laurels. While my enthusiasm lasted I used to seize every possible opportunity of talking Arabic with any native I came across, and great was my disgust when, as sometimes happened, an Arab would persist in airing his English on me. As a rule, however, they were rather flattered by my evident desire to know their tongue, and some of the shopkeepers with whom I dealt would take a pleasure in teaching me new phrases. One of these, by name Halil, who sold silks, shawls, etc., etc., and whose respect I had gained by some considerable purchases for friends in England, became quite intimate with me, and related to me a considerable portion of his own history and that of his family, and it was from him that I heard the following story of his courtship, which is not quite so prosaic and business-like as such affairs usually are in Mohammedan countries. His shop was in the silk bazaar at Cairo, and what first led to the subject was a sentence in Arabic written over it, which I had puzzled my brains in trying to read for some time before I at last managed to translate it. It ran as follows: "Long is the hair of woman, and long also is her understanding." This motto rather surprised me, as the Arabs have not, as a rule, that high opinion of the fair sex's understanding which it expressed, and I thought I could see the reason for a certain reluctance to assist me in translating it in the usually obliging Halil. After some evasive answers to my questions he took me into his confidence, and told me the following story in explanation of it:— "I have already told you, Effendi, that my father died when I was eighteen years old, and that, being the only son, I became proprietor of this shop and the head of our household. "I was not married, and had no wish to be, as I looked upon women with aversion and contempt, and was angry with my mother when she wished to get me a wife.<noinclude></noinclude> p4t7mwz80bjiqz9acggnydut65cdihq Page:Dostoyevsky - The Eternal Husband and Other Stories, Collected Edition, 1917.djvu/121 104 4489803 14127847 2024-04-25T14:02:31Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|109|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>that you should clear out. Will it suit you to act on my suggestion?" Pavel Pavlovitch positively reeled; he turned pale, but a diabolical smile came on to his lips at once. "No, it won't suit me at all," he rapped out laconically. "You don't say so!" The young man turned round in the armchair and crossed one leg over the other. "I don't know who it is I'm speaking to," added Pavel Pavlovitch. "I believe, indeed, that there's no object in continuing our conversation." Uttering this, he too thought fit to sit down. "I told you you would be tired," the youth observed casually "I told you just now that my name is Alexandr Lobov, and that, Nadyezhda and I are pledged to one another; consequently you can't say, as you did just now, that you don't know who it is you have to deal with; you can't imagine, either, that I have nothing more to say to you; putting myself aside, it concerns Nadyezhda Fedosyevna, whom you persist in pestering so insolently. And that alone is sufficient reason for an explanation." All this he let drop, word by word, through his closed lips, with the air of a coxcomb who did not deign to articulate his words; he even drew out his lorgnette again and turned it upon something while he was talking. "Excuse me, young man!" Pavel Pavlovitch exclaimed irritably; but the young man instantly snubbed him. "At any other time I should certainly forbid your calling me 'young man,' but now you will admit that my youth is my chief advantage over you, and that you would have been jolly glad, this morning, for instance, when you presented your bracelet, to be a tiny bit younger." "Ah, you sprat!" murmured Velchaninov. "In any case, sir," Pavel Pavlovitch corrected himself with dignity, "I do not consider the reasons you have advanced—most unseemly and dubious reasons—sufficient to continue discussing them. I see that this is all a foolish and childish business. To-morrow I'll make inquiries of my highly respected friend, Fedosey Semyonovitch; and now I beg you to retire." "Do you see the sort of man he is?" the youth cried at once, unable to sustain his previous tone, and turning hotly to Velchaninov. "It's not enough for him that they've put out their tongues at him to-day and kicked him out—he'll go<noinclude></noinclude> grzw5kdj35snxn22q8owl3z29pwyu18 The Strand Magazine/Volume 5/Issue 25/The Courtship of Halil 0 4489804 14127850 2024-04-25T14:03:27Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Created page with "{{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | section_author = A. E. Burn | editor = | section = The Courtship of Halil | previous = [[../Peculiar Playing Cards/]] | next = [[../From Behind the Speaker's Chair/]] | notes = }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 5).djvu" from=85 to=89 />" wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | section_author = A. E. Burn | editor = | section = The Courtship of Halil | previous = [[../Peculiar Playing Cards/]] | next = [[../From Behind the Speaker's Chair/]] | notes = }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 5).djvu" from=85 to=89 /> imhl8lhld51feza899s49mofkopdsoh Author:A. E. Burn 102 4489805 14127852 2024-04-25T14:04:08Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Redirected page to [[Author:Andrew Ewbank Burn]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Author:Andrew Ewbank Burn]] qggt4jq1xywbzlvw48t9ky6molhgdl6 Page:พรบ ใช้ ปพพ ๒๕๑๙.pdf/50 104 4489806 14127855 2024-04-25T14:05:15Z Librovore 3126709 /* Not proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=53|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>to record that the requestor is not appropriate for the exercise of the custodial power, whether in whole or in part.<noinclude></noinclude> tnrdch9v2u06oikgqg25ww0tp37s4tt 14127875 14127855 2024-04-25T14:12:10Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=53|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>to record that the applicant for registration is not appropriate for exercising the custodial power, whether in whole or in part. Upon the notification of the child or mother of the child as said in paragraph 1, even though the registration of the child has already taken place according to section 1548, the father of the child still cannot exercise the custodial power for which he is not appropriate according to the notification of the child or mother of the child, whether in whole or in part, until a court adjudges him appropriate for exercising the custodial power, whether in whole or in part, or a time limit of ninety days from the day the child or mother of the child notifies the registrar that the applicant for registration is not appropriate for exercising the custodial power, whether in whole or in part, has passed without the child or mother of the child having applied to a court for adjudging the applicant for registration inappropriate for exercising the custodial power, whether in whole or in part.<noinclude></noinclude> nq4f7q0lf04ghz3xwnitbmjnnmj2xup 14127886 14127875 2024-04-25T14:14:36Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=53|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>to record that the applicant for registration is not appropriate for the exercise of the custodial power, whether in whole or in part. Upon the notification of the child or mother of the child as said in paragraph 1, even though the registration of the child has already taken place according to section 1548, the father of the child still cannot exercise the custodial power for which he is not appropriate according to the notification of the child or mother of the child, whether in whole or in part, until a court adjudges him appropriate for the exercise of the custodial power, whether in whole or in part, or a time limit of ninety days from the day the child or mother of the child notifies the registrar that the applicant for registration is not appropriate for the exercise of the custodial power, whether in whole or in part, has passed without the child or mother of the child having applied to a court for adjudging the applicant for registration inappropriate for the exercise of the custodial power, whether in whole or in part. In the case where the court adjudges the applicant for registration inappropriate for the exercise of the custodial power, whether in whole or in part, the court may give a judgment upon the same case directing any person to exercise the custodial power, whether in whole or in part.<noinclude></noinclude> ipr8aj9gk5x7veqoofw9uh5pafo7llz 14127888 14127886 2024-04-25T14:14:55Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=53|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>to record that the applicant for registration is not appropriate for the exercise of the custodial power, whether in whole or in part. Upon the notification of the child or mother of the child as said in paragraph 1, even though the registration of the child has already taken place according to section 1548, the father of the child still cannot exercise the custodial power for which he is not appropriate according to the notification of the child or mother of the child, whether in whole or in part, until a court adjudges him appropriate for the exercise of the custodial power, whether in whole or in part, or a time limit of ninety days from the day the child or mother of the child notifies the registrar that the applicant for registration is not appropriate for the exercise of the custodial power, whether in whole or in part, has passed without the child or mother of the child having applied to a court for adjudging the applicant for registration inappropriate for the exercise of the custodial power, whether in whole or in part. In the case where the court adjudges the applicant for registration inappropriate for the exercise of the custodial power, whether in whole or in part, the court may give a judgment upon the same case directing any person to exercise the custodial power, whether in whole or in part. {{lawth|s|1550}}<noinclude></noinclude> 47n5o8fmsayhf23hngd614ahm6nq0n1 14127938 14127888 2024-04-25T14:33:00Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=53|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>to record that the requestor for registration is not appropriate for the exercise of the custodial power, whether in whole or in part. Upon the notification of the child or mother of the child as said in paragraph 1, even though the registration of the child has already taken place according to section 1548, the father of the child still cannot exercise the custodial power for which he is not appropriate according to the notification of the child or mother of the child, whether in whole or in part, until a court adjudges him appropriate for the exercise of the custodial power, whether in whole or in part, or a time limit of ninety days from the day the child or mother of the child notifies the registrar that the requestor for registration is not appropriate for the exercise of the custodial power, whether in whole or in part, has passed without the child or mother of the child having requested a court to adjudge the requestor for registration inappropriate for the exercise of the custodial power, whether in whole or in part. In the case where the court adjudges the requestor for registration inappropriate for the exercise of the custodial power, whether in whole or in part, the court may give a judgment upon the same case directing any person to exercise the custodial power, whether in whole or in part. {{lawth|s|1550}}<noinclude></noinclude> dfpnushrx5vwbx5wkv61v4cx23hofvk 14127941 14127938 2024-04-25T14:36:24Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=53|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>to record that the requestor for registration is not appropriate for the exercise of the custodial power, whether in whole or in part. Upon the notification of the child or mother of the child as said in paragraph 1, even though the registration of the child has already taken place according to section 1548, the father of the child still cannot exercise the custodial power for which he is not appropriate according to the notification of the child or mother of the child, whether in whole or in part, until a court adjudges him appropriate for the exercise of the custodial power, whether in whole or in part, or a time limit of ninety days from the day the child or mother of the child notifies the registrar that the requestor for registration is not appropriate for the exercise of the custodial power, whether in whole or in part, has passed without the child or mother of the child having requested a court to adjudge the requestor for registration inappropriate for the exercise of the custodial power, whether in whole or in part. In the case where the court adjudges the requestor for registration inappropriate for the exercise of the custodial power, whether in whole or in part, the court may give a judgment upon the same case directing any person to exercise the custodial power, whether in whole or in part. {{lawth|s|1550}}In objecting to the fatherhood of the requestor for child registration according to section 1548 or notifying the regis-<noinclude></noinclude> kbk1wo8xmjlf8hr5ol7g16hnmyn1ik9 Index:Southern ideas of liberty LCCN2008661271.jpg 106 4489807 14127863 2024-04-25T14:07:22Z VGPaleontologist 2995910 Created page with "" proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=''[[Southern Ideas of Liberty]]'' |Language=en |Volume= |Author=unknown |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator=unknown |School= |Publisher= |Address= |Year=1835 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC=cph.3b38594 |DOI= |Source=jpg |Image=1 |Progress=C |Transclusion=no |Validation_date= |Pages=<pagelist /> |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} jzjwf682ddep3mxlfbcx4kax03t1q5u Page:Dostoyevsky - The Eternal Husband and Other Stories, Collected Edition, 1917.djvu/122 104 4489808 14127865 2024-04-25T14:07:37Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|110|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>to-morrow to tell tales of us to the old man! Won't you prove by that, you obstinate man, that you want to take the girl by force, that you want to buy her of people in their dotage who in our barbarous state of society retain authority over her? I should have thought it would have been enough for you that she’s shown you how she despises you; why, she gave you back your indecent present to-day, your bracelet. What more do you want?" "No one has returned me a bracelet, and it's utterly out of the question!" Pavel Pavlovitch said, startled. "Out of the question? Do you mean to say M. Velchaninov has not given it you?" Damnation take you!" thought Velchaninov. "Nadyezhda Fedosyevna did commission me," he said, frowning, "to give you this case, Pavel Pavlovitch. I refused to take it, but she begged me . . . here it is . . . I'm annoyed. . . ." He took out the case and, much embarrassed, laid it before Pavel Pavlovitch, who was struck dumb. "Why didn't you give it to him before?" said the young gentleman, addressing Velchaninov severely. "As you see, I hadn't managed to do so yet," the latter replied, frowning. "That's queer." "Wha-a-at?" "You must admit it's queer, anyway. Though I am ready to allow there may be a misunderstanding." Velchaninov felt a great inclination to get up at once and pull the saucy urchin's ears, but he could not refrain from bursting out laughing in his face; the boy promptly laughed too. It was very different with Pavel Pavlovitch; if Velchaninov could have observed the terrible look he turned upon him when Velchaninov was laughing at Lobov, he would have realized that at that instant the man was passing through a momentous crisis. . . . But though Velchaninov did not see that glance, he felt that he must stand by Pavel Pavlovitch. "Listen, M. Lobov," he began in a friendly tone; "without entering into discussion of other reasons upon which I don't care to touch, I would only point out to you that, in paying his addresses to Nadyezhda Fedosyevna, Pavel Pavlovitch can in any case boast of certain qualifications: in the first place, the fact that everything about him is known to that estimable family; in the second place, his excellent and highly respectable<noinclude></noinclude> 2vcrwlmjrzbend70632dg9k4r1i5usd Page:Southern ideas of liberty LCCN2008661271.jpg 104 4489809 14127871 2024-04-25T14:10:16Z VGPaleontologist 2995910 /* Problematic */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="2" user="VGPaleontologist" /></noinclude>{{c|SOUTHERN IDEAS OF LIBERTY.}} {{missing image}} Sentence ''passed upon one for supporting that clause of our [[United States Declaration of Independence|Declaration]] viz. All men are born free & equal. “Strip him to the skin! give him a coat of Tar & Feathers!! Hang him by the neck, between the Heavens and the Earth!!! as a beacon to warn the'' Northern Fanatics ''of their danger!!!!”''<noinclude></noinclude> glq3m2c5w4kln0wxp29i6a7efeu5ljp Page:Dostoyevsky - The Eternal Husband and Other Stories, Collected Edition, 1917.djvu/123 104 4489810 14127879 2024-04-25T14:13:04Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|111|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>position; finally, his fortune, and consequently he must naturally be surprised at the sight of a rival like you—a man, perhaps, of great merit, but so exceedingly young that he can hardly take you for a serious suitor . . . and so he is justified in asking you to retire." "What do you mean by 'exceedingly young'? I was nineteen last month. By law I could have been married long ago. That's all I can say." "But what father could bring himself to give you his daughter now—even if you were to be a millionaire in the future or some benefactor of mankind? At nineteen a man cannot even answer for himself, and you are ready to take the responsibility of another person's future, that is, the future of another child like yourself! Why, do you think it's quite honourable? I have ventured to speak frankly to you because you appealed to me just now as an intermediary between you and Pavel Pavlovitch." "Ah, to be sure, his name's Pavel Pavlovitch!" observed the boy; "how is it I kept fancying that he was Vassily Petrovitch? Well," he went on, addressing Velchaninov, "you haven't surprised me in the least; I knew you were all like that! It's odd, though, that they talked of you as a man rather new in a way. But that's all nonsense, though; far from there being anything dishonourable on my part, as you so freely expressed it, it's the very opposite, as I hope to make you see: to begin with, we've pledged our word to each other, and, what's more, I've promised her, before two witnesses, that if she ever falls in love with some one else, or simply regrets having married me and wants to separate, I will at once give her a formal declaration of my infidelity—and so will support her petition for divorce. What's more, in ease I should later on go back upon my word and refuse to give her that declaration, I will give her as security on our wedding-day an I O U for a hundred thousand roubles, so that if I should be perverse about the declaration she can at once charge my I O U and me into the bargain! In that way everything will be secured and I shouldn't be risking anybody's future. That's the first point." "I bet that fellow—What's-his-name?—Predposylov invented that for you!" cried Velchaninov. "He, he, he!" chuckled Pavel Pavlovitch viciously. "What's that gentleman sniggering about? You guessed right, it was Predposylov's idea; and you must admit it was<noinclude></noinclude> 2r0fvvr9p8ak6q20wh28ch6ys1tvhqq Index:Internal Security Act 1982 South Africa.pdf/styles.css 106 4489811 14127882 2024-04-25T14:13:33Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Created page with ".__schedule{ width:100%; border-top:1px solid black; border-bottom:1px solid black; margin: 0 auto 0 auto; font-size:smaller; border-collapse:collapse; } .__schedule th{ text-align:center; padding:0.5em; border-bottom:1px solid black; font-weight:normal; } .__schedule td{ vertical-align:top; padding-left:0.5em; padding-right:0.5em; } .__schedule th:nth-child(2), .__schedule td:nth-child(2){ border-left:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black; }" sanitized-css text/css .__schedule{ width:100%; border-top:1px solid black; border-bottom:1px solid black; margin: 0 auto 0 auto; font-size:smaller; border-collapse:collapse; } .__schedule th{ text-align:center; padding:0.5em; border-bottom:1px solid black; font-weight:normal; } .__schedule td{ vertical-align:top; padding-left:0.5em; padding-right:0.5em; } .__schedule th:nth-child(2), .__schedule td:nth-child(2){ border-left:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black; } om3cfbi8y303jm2tdphwcdn8m4n9xj0 14127884 14127882 2024-04-25T14:14:04Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css .__schedule{ width:100%; border-top:1px solid black; border-bottom:1px solid black; margin: 0 auto 0 auto; font-size:smaller; border-collapse:collapse; } .__schedule th{ vertical-align:bottom; text-align:center; padding:0.5em; border-bottom:1px solid black; font-weight:normal; } .__schedule td{ vertical-align:top; padding-left:0.5em; padding-right:0.5em; } .__schedule th:nth-child(2), .__schedule td:nth-child(2){ border-left:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black; } t2fn1c1jgztb7dvcdtz15uug153etev Page:Dostoyevsky - The Eternal Husband and Other Stories, Collected Edition, 1917.djvu/124 104 4489812 14127900 2024-04-25T14:17:44Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|112|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>a shrewd one. The absurd law is completely paralysed by it. Of course, I intend to love her for ever, and she laughs tremendously; at the same time it's ingenious, and you must admit that it's honourable, and that it's not every man who would consent to do it." "To my thinking, so far from being honourable, it's positively disgusting." The young man shrugged his shoulders. "Again you don't surprise me," he observed, after a brief silence. "I have given up being surprised at that sort of thing long ago. Predposylov would tell you flatly that your lack of comprehension of the most natural things is due to the corruption of your most ordinary feelings and ideas by a long life spent idly and absurdly. But possibly we don't understand one another; they spoke well of you, anyway . . . you're fifty, I suppose, aren't you?" "Kindly keep to the point." "Excuse my indiscretion and don't be annoyed; I didn't mean anything. I will continue: I'm by no means a future millionaire, as you expressed it (and what an idea!); I have nothing but what I stand up in, but I have complete confidence in my future. I shan't be a hero or a benefactor of mankind either, but I shall keep myself and my wife. Of course, I've nothing now; I was brought up in their house, you see, from childhood. . . ." "How was that?" "Well, you see, I'm the son of a distant relation of Zahlebinin's wife, and when all my people died and left me at eight years old, the old man took me in and afterwards sent me to the high school. He's really a good-natured man, if you care to know. . . ." "I know that." "Yes; a bit antiquated in his ideas, but kind-hearted. It's a long time now, of course, since I was under his guardianship; I want to earn my own living, and to owe no one anything." "How long have you been independent?" Velchaninov inquired. "Why, four months." "Oh, well, one can understand it then: you've been friends from childhood! Well, have you a situation, then?" "Yes, a private situation, in a notary's office, for twenty-five roubles a month. Of course, only for the time, but when I<noinclude></noinclude> pv73dlch85plhbxci0ge0imyzlpyq59 Index:Citation of Constitutional Laws Act 2005 from Government Gazette.djvu/styles.css 106 4489813 14127904 2024-04-25T14:18:55Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Created page with ".__schedule{ width:100%; border:1px solid black; border-collapse:collapse; } .__schedule td{ border:1px solid black; padding:0.5em; vertical-align:top; }" sanitized-css text/css .__schedule{ width:100%; border:1px solid black; border-collapse:collapse; } .__schedule td{ border:1px solid black; padding:0.5em; vertical-align:top; } lo6ygxpk8k7710ysqk2e11engfy5k31 The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood/Chapter 1 0 4489814 14127905 2024-04-25T14:18:58Z GrooveCreator 2854703 Created page with "{{header | title = Childhood | author = Leo Tolstoy | translator = Leo Wiener | section = Karl Ivánovich, Our Teacher | previous = [[../]] | next = [[../Chapter 2]] | year = 1852 | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" from=25 to=30 include=35/>" wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Childhood | author = Leo Tolstoy | translator = Leo Wiener | section = Karl Ivánovich, Our Teacher | previous = [[../]] | next = [[../Chapter 2]] | year = 1852 | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" from=25 to=30 include=35/> 0457uyhkyyyrsgwosqkbo2ujjv61gg1 14127930 14127905 2024-04-25T14:31:13Z GrooveCreator 2854703 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Childhood | author = Leo Tolstoy | translator = Leo Wiener | section = Karl Ivánovich, Our Teacher | previous = [[../|Childhood]] | next = [[../Chapter 2|Mamma]] | year = 1852 | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" from=25 to=30 include=35/> m5251zld34jrh9pjfi159j2kjz3yivm 14127939 14127930 2024-04-25T14:33:03Z GrooveCreator 2854703 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Childhood | author = Leo Tolstoy | translator = Leo Wiener | section = Karl Ivánovich, Our Teacher | previous = [[../|Childhood]] | next = [[../Chapter 2|Mamma]] | year = 1904 | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" from=25 to=30 include=35/> rtt32nfrqgig5dhfsu3zv8t8r6ae7ba 14130408 14127939 2024-04-26T01:12:13Z GrooveCreator 2854703 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../|Childhood]] | author = Leo Tolstoy | translator = Leo Wiener | section = Karl Ivánovich, Our Teacher | previous = [[../|Childhood]] | next = [[../Chapter 2|Mamma]] | year = 1904 | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" from=25 to=30 include=35/> 67rp5e0eq1g87n4ob6uxchp68tbq7xn Southern Ideas of Liberty 0 4489815 14127909 2024-04-25T14:20:29Z VGPaleontologist 2995910 Created page with "{{header | title = Southern Ideas of Liberty | author = Anonymous | translator = | section = | previous = | next = | year = 1835 | notes = }} <pages index="Southern ideas of liberty LCCN2008661271.jpg" from="Southern ideas of liberty LCCN2008661271.jpg" to="Southern ideas of liberty LCCN2008661271.jpg" /> [[Category:Cartoons]] [[Category:Political cartoons]] [[Category:Slavery in the United States]]" wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Southern Ideas of Liberty | author = Anonymous | translator = | section = | previous = | next = | year = 1835 | notes = }} <pages index="Southern ideas of liberty LCCN2008661271.jpg" from="Southern ideas of liberty LCCN2008661271.jpg" to="Southern ideas of liberty LCCN2008661271.jpg" /> [[Category:Cartoons]] [[Category:Political cartoons]] [[Category:Slavery in the United States]] 9j21swg0vpivx2mscy1zt0ra04wwjh6 Page:Dostoyevsky - The Eternal Husband and Other Stories, Collected Edition, 1917.djvu/125 104 4489816 14127914 2024-04-25T14:23:15Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|113|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>made my offer I hadn't even that. I was serving on the railway then for ten roubles a month, but only for the time." "Do you mean to say you've made an offer of marriage?" "Yes, a formal offer, and ever so long ago—over three weeks." "Well, and what happened?" "The old man laughed awfully at first, and then was awfully angry, and locked her up upstairs. But Nadya held out heroically* But that was all because he was a bit crusty with me before, for throwing up the berth in his department which he had got me into four months ago, before I went to the railway. He's a capital old chap, I tell you again, simple and jolly at home, but you can't fancy what he's like as soon as he's in his office! He's like a Jove enthroned! I naturally let him know that I was not attracted by his manners there, but the chief trouble was through the head clerk's assistant: that gentleman took it into his head that I had been 'rude' to him, and all that I said to him was that he was undeveloped. I threw them all up, and now I'm at a notary's." "And did you get much in the department?" "Oh, I was not on the regular staff! The old man used to give me an allowance too; I tell you he's a good sort, but we shan't give in, all the same. Of course, twenty-five roubles is not enough to support a wife, but I hope soon to have a share in the management of Count Zavileysky's neglected estates, and then to rise to three thousand straight off, or else I shall become a lawyer. People are always going to law nowadays. . . . Bah! What a clap of thunder! There'll be a storm; it's a good thing I managed to get here before it; I came on foot, I ran almost all the way." "But, excuse me, if so, when did you manage to talk things over with Nadyezhda Fedosyevna, especially if they refuse you admittance?" "Why, one can talk over the fence! Did you notice that red-haired girl?" he laughed. "She's very active on our side, and Marie Nikititchna too; ah, she's a serpent, that Marie Nikititchna! . . . Why do you wince? Are you afraid of the thunder?" "No, I'm unwell, very unwell. . . ." Velchaninov, in positive agony from the pain in his chest, got up and tried to walk about the room. "Oh, then, of course, I'm in your way. . . . Don't be uneasy, I'm just going! {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 7s3l99rrquouozio3cwjj8bpjvwtkmf The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood 0 4489817 14127924 2024-04-25T14:29:19Z GrooveCreator 2854703 Created page with "{{header | title = Childhood | author = Leo Tolstoy | translator = Leo Wiener | section = | previous = [[../]] | next = [[/Chapter 1|Karl Ivánovich, Our Teacher]] | year = 1852 | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" from=17 to=18 tosection=childhoodTOC />" wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Childhood | author = Leo Tolstoy | translator = Leo Wiener | section = | previous = [[../]] | next = [[/Chapter 1|Karl Ivánovich, Our Teacher]] | year = 1852 | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" from=17 to=18 tosection=childhoodTOC /> 8fvhfxvl30hxx4hhtrqfuwkkc3igu1e 14127937 14127924 2024-04-25T14:32:49Z GrooveCreator 2854703 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Childhood | author = Leo Tolstoy | translator = Leo Wiener | section = | previous = [[../]] | next = [[/Chapter 1|Karl Ivánovich, Our Teacher]] | year = 1904 | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" from=17 to=18 tosection=childhoodTOC /> fem2h72vq190zekcsw4z4sm55u6j1f3 14130092 14127937 2024-04-25T21:31:13Z GrooveCreator 2854703 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Childhood | author = Leo Tolstoy | translator = Leo Wiener | section = | previous = [[../Volume 1|Title Page]] | next = [[/Chapter 1|Karl Ivánovich, Our Teacher]] | year = 1904 | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" from=17 to=18 tosection=childhoodTOC /> hzdalvht1ms6laug58iyqk7urptt8ef 14130098 14130092 2024-04-25T21:35:02Z GrooveCreator 2854703 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Childhood | author = Leo Tolstoy | translator = Leo Wiener | section = | previous = [[../Volume 1|Title Page]] | next = [[/Chapter 1|Karl Ivánovich, Our Teacher]] | year = 1904 | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" include=23/> {{page break|label=}} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" from=17 to=18 tosection=childhoodTOC /> gd89nbgy15f8bg6vfo81m2ikdt8h18k 14130421 14130098 2024-04-26T01:17:35Z GrooveCreator 2854703 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Childhood | author = Leo Tolstoy | translator = Leo Wiener | section = | previous = [[../Volume 1|Title Page]] | next = [[/Chapter 1|Karl Ivánovich, Our Teacher]] | year = 1904 | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" include=23/> {{page break|label=}} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" include=17/> <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" include=18 fromsection=childhoodTOC tosection=childhoodTOC/> mw4x03dhddh3x5jyv783w3zsb2ttcrs Page:Dostoyevsky - The Eternal Husband and Other Stories, Collected Edition, 1917.djvu/126 104 4489818 14127927 2024-04-25T14:29:46Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|114|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>And the youth jumped up from his seat. "You're not in the way; it's no matter," said Velchaninov courteously. "How can it be no matter? 'When Kobylnikov had a stomach-ache' . . . do you remember in Shtchedrin? Are you fond of Shtchedrin?" "Yes." "So am I. Well, Vassily . . . oh, hang it, Pavel Pavlovitch, let's finish!" He turned, almost laughing, to Pavel Pavlovitch. "I will once more for your comprehension formulate the question: do you consent to make a formal withdrawal of all pretensions in regard to Nadyezhda Fedosyevna to the old people to-morrow, in my presence?" "I certainly do not." Pavel Pavlovitch, too, got up from his seat with an impatient and exasperated air. "And I beg you once more to spare me . . . for all this is childish and silly." "You had better look out." The youth held up a warning finger with a supercilious smile. "Don't make a mistake in your calculations! Do you know what such a mistake leads to? I warn you that in nine months' time, when you have had all your expense and trouble, and you come back here, you'll be forced to give up Nadyezhda Fedosyevna, or if you don't give her up it will be the worse for you; that's what will be the end of it! I must warn you that you're like the dog in the manger—excuse me, it's only a comparison—getting nothing yourself and preventing others. From motives of humanity I tell you again: reflect upon it, force yourself for once in your life to reflect rationally." "I beg you to spare me your sermonizing!" cried Pavel Pavlovitch furiously; "and as for your nasty insinuations, I shall take measures to-morrow, severe measures!" "Nasty insinuations? What do you mean by that? You're nasty yourself, if that's what you've got in your head. However, I agree to wait till to-morrow, but if . . . Ah, thunder again! Good-bye; very glad to make your acquaintance"—he nodded to Velchaninov and ran off, apparently in haste to get back before the storm and not to get caught in the rain. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> kaa31kue12i7od594frxtebub83css0 Page:Scott's Last Expedition, Volume 1.djvu/232 104 4489819 14127936 2024-04-25T14:32:41Z PG 1913842 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="PG" />{{rh|130|SCOTT'S LAST EXPEDITION|{{smaller|{{sc|[January}}}}}}</noinclude>The wind has been boisterous all day, to advantage after the last snow fall, as it has been drifting the loose snow along and hardening the surfaces. The horses don't like it, naturally, but it wouldn't do to pamper them so soon before our journey. I think the hardening process must be good for animals though not for men; nature replies to it in the former by growing a thick coat with wonderful promptitude. It seems to me that the shaggy coats of our ponies are already improving. The dogs seem to feel the cold little so far, but they are not so exposed. A milder situation might be found for the ponies if only we could picket them off the snow. Bowers has completed his southern storeroom and brought the wing across the porch on the windward side, connecting the roofing with that of the porch. The improvement is enormous and will make the greatest difference to those who dwell near the door. The carpenter has been setting up standards and roof beams for the stables, which will be completed in a few days. Internal affairs have been straightening out as rapidly as before, and every hour seems to add some new touch for the better. This morning I overhauled all the fur sleeping-bags and found them in splendid order—on the whole the skins are excellent. Since that I have been trying to work out sledge details, but my head doesn't seem half as clear on the subject as it ought to be. I have fixed the 25th as the date for our departure. P.O. Evans is to get all the sledges and gear ready whilst Bowers superintends the filling of provision bags.<noinclude></noinclude> g2cn9wrvnoju836mu0ejw7ky43m3dab Index:EB1922 - Volume 32.djvu/styles.css 106 4489820 14127944 2024-04-25T14:38:00Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Created page with ".__frame_border{ border:1px solid black; border-collapse:collapse; } .rules_cols th, .rules_cols td{ border-right:1px solid black; } .rules_cols tr th:last-child, .rules_cols tr td:last-child{ border-right:none; }" sanitized-css text/css .__frame_border{ border:1px solid black; border-collapse:collapse; } .rules_cols th, .rules_cols td{ border-right:1px solid black; } .rules_cols tr th:last-child, .rules_cols tr td:last-child{ border-right:none; } pdkvys014kddd4key5j5nr1569jeq7c Page:พรบ ใช้ ปพพ ๒๕๑๙.pdf/51 104 4489821 14127947 2024-04-25T14:40:18Z Librovore 3126709 /* Not proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=54|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>trar to record that the requestor for child registration is not appropriate for the exercise of the custodial power in whole or in part according to section 1548, the objector or notifier, if being a child aged lower than fifteen years, must have obtained the prior consent of the person exercising the custodial power or guardian for the making of such objection or notification.<noinclude></noinclude> ngjnumnmweblicv86acxwiyqfj28igk 14127954 14127947 2024-04-25T14:44:37Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=54|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>trar to record that the requestor for child registration is not appropriate for the exercise of the custodial power in whole or in part according to section 1548, the objector or notifier, if being a child aged lower than fifteen years, must have obtained the prior consent of the person exercising the custodial power or guardian for the making of such objection or notification. {{lawth|s|1551}}In the event that a requestor for registration of a child meets an objection as to his fatherhood, when the requestor for registration presents the case before a court with a request for a judgment declaring him the father of the child, the child or mother of the child may request the court to give a judgment upon the same case declaring that the requestor for registration is not appropriate for the exercise of the custodial power in whole or in part, despite being the father of the child. In this event, the dispositions of paragraph 3 of section 1549 shall apply ''mutatis mutandis''.<noinclude></noinclude> rt4ey8h722zwlsw26yzg5ft7tvtvtkn 14127958 14127954 2024-04-25T14:47:30Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=54|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>trar to record that the requestor for child registration is not appropriate for the exercise of the custodial power in whole or in part according to section 1548, the objector or notifier, if being a child aged lower than fifteen years, must have obtained the prior consent of the person exercising the custodial power or guardian for the making of such objection or notification. {{lawth|s|1551}}In the event that a requestor for registration of a child meets an objection as to his fatherhood over the child, when the requestor for registration presents the case before a court with a request for a judgment declaring him the father of the child, the child or mother of the child may request the court to give a judgment upon the same case declaring that the requestor for registration is not appropriate for the exercise of the custodial power in whole or in part, despite being the father of the child. In this event, the dispositions of paragraph 3 of section 1549 shall apply ''mutatis mutandis''.<noinclude></noinclude> 78o8gi3jyi08qu9w3zutlt76wjfhdeq 14127963 14127958 2024-04-25T14:54:34Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=54|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>trar to record that the requestor for child registration is not appropriate for the exercise of the custodial power in whole or in part according to section 1548, the objector or notifier, if being a child aged lower than fifteen years, must have obtained the prior consent of the person exercising the custodial power or guardian for the making of such objection or notification. {{lawth|s|1551}}In the event that a requestor for registration of a child meets an objection as to his fatherhood over the child, when the requestor for registration presents the case before a court with a request for a judgment declaring him the father of the child, the child or mother of the child may request the court to give a judgment upon the same case declaring that the requestor for registration is not appropriate for the exercise of the custodial power in whole or in part, despite being the father of the child. In this event, the dispositions of paragraph 3 of section 1549 shall apply ''mutatis mutandis''. {{lawth|s|1552}}In the event that a child has no mother or has one who, however, has been deprived of the custodial power in whole or in part since before a request for registration of the child is made and has been replaced for the exercise of the custodial power in whole or in part by another person appointed by a court, if the requestor for registration finds that, for the benefit of the child, the requestor himself or herself should be the person exercising<noinclude></noinclude> h3mcwldlcnutoeg4yf3u3advc2ctzar 14127967 14127963 2024-04-25T14:59:05Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=54|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>trar to record that the requestor for child registration is not appropriate for the exercise of the custodial power in whole or in part according to section 1548, the objector or notifier, if being a child aged lower than fifteen years, must have obtained the prior consent of the person exercising the custodial power or guardian for the making of such objection or notification. {{lawth|s|1551}}In the event that a requestor for registration of a child meets an objection as to his fatherhood over the child, when the requestor for registration presents the case before a court with a request for a judgment declaring him the father of the child, the child or mother of the child may request the court to give a judgment upon the same case declaring that the requestor for registration is not appropriate for the exercise of the custodial power in whole or in part, despite being the father of the child. In this event, the dispositions of paragraph 3 of section 1549 shall apply ''mutatis mutandis''. {{lawth|s|1552}}In the event that a child has no mother or has one who, however, has been deprived of the custodial power in whole or in part since before a request for registration of the child is made and in place of whom a court has appointed another person to exercise guardianship in whole or in part, if the requestor for registration finds that, for the benefit of the child, the requestor himself or herself should be the person exercising<noinclude></noinclude> 74hsdbjsbrg3zlzpvjnfkoc34so3ubm The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood/Chapter 2 0 4489822 14127948 2024-04-25T14:40:52Z GrooveCreator 2854703 Created page with "{{header | title = Childhood | author = Leo Tolstoy | translator = Leo Wiener | section = Mamma | previous = [[../Chapter 1|Karl Ivánovich, Our Teacher]] | next = [[../Chapter 3|Papa]] | year = 1904 | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" from=36 to=38/>" wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Childhood | author = Leo Tolstoy | translator = Leo Wiener | section = Mamma | previous = [[../Chapter 1|Karl Ivánovich, Our Teacher]] | next = [[../Chapter 3|Papa]] | year = 1904 | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" from=36 to=38/> 64grc8ecj5undu9uh2jaucgzh32bha3 14130410 14127948 2024-04-26T01:12:22Z GrooveCreator 2854703 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../|Childhood]] | author = Leo Tolstoy | translator = Leo Wiener | section = Mamma | previous = [[../Chapter 1|Karl Ivánovich, Our Teacher]] | next = [[../Chapter 3|Papa]] | year = 1904 | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" from=36 to=38/> op35s5b95pwpqqcj1pcmddfh5m42pcy Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu/39 104 4489823 14127953 2024-04-25T14:44:03Z GrooveCreator 2854703 incomplete proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="M0ntenegro" /></noinclude>{{c|{{larger|III.}} {{asc|PAPA}}}} {{sc|He}} was standing near the writing-table and, pointing to some envelopes, papers, and heaps of money, was speaking excitedly about something to steward Yákov Mikháylovich, who was standing in his customary place, between the door and the barometer, with his hands behind his back, rapidly moving his fingers in all directions. The more excitedly father spoke, the more rapidly his fingers twitched, and, again, when father stopped speaking, his fingers ceased moving; but when Yákov himself began to speak his fingers came into the greatest commotion and desperately jumped on all sides. It seems to me one could have guessed Yakov's secret thoughts by their motion. But his face was quiet, and expressed the consciousness of his dignity and at the same time of his subserviency, as much as to say : " I am right ; however, as you may wish it ! " When papa saw us, he only said : " Wait a moment." With a motion of his head he pointed to the door, which he wanted some one of us to close. " Oh, merciful Lord ! What is the matter with you to-day, Yakov ? " continued he to the steward, twitching his shoulders, which was a habit of his. " This envelope with the enclosed eight hundred roubles — " Yakov moved up the abacus, cast 800 upon it, and 11<noinclude></noinclude> 09gepgzju0qh3chnhy0xuymi5t0vq63 14129688 14127953 2024-04-25T19:03:33Z GrooveCreator 2854703 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="GrooveCreator" /></noinclude>{{c|{{larger|III.}} {{asc|PAPA}}}} {{sc|He}} was standing near the writing-table and, pointing to some envelopes, papers, and heaps of money, was speaking excitedly about something to steward Yákov Mikháylovich, who was standing in his customary place, between the door and the barometer, with his hands behind his back, rapidly moving his fingers in all directions. The more excitedly father spoke, the more rapidly his fingers twitched, and, again, when father stopped speaking, his fingers ceased moving; but when Yákov himself began to speak his fingers came into the greatest commotion and desperately jumped on all sides. It seems to me one could have guessed Yákov's secret thoughts by their motion. But his face was quiet, and expressed the consciousness of his dignity and at the same time of his subserviency, as much as to say: "I am right; however, as you may wish it!" When papa saw us, he only said: "Wait a moment." With a motion of his head he pointed to the door, which he wanted some one of us to close. "Oh, merciful Lord! What is the matter with you to-day, Yákov?" continued he to the steward, twitching his shoulders, which was a habit of his. "This envelope with the enclosed eight hundred roubles—" Yákov moved up the abacus, cast 800 upon it, and<noinclude>{{c|{{fine|11}}}}</noinclude> crhrgy2r5sfur3y3rlpsfv2nyren1xz Page:Tarka the Otter.djvu/251 104 4489824 14127962 2024-04-25T14:52:33Z HendrikWBK 3085207 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="HendrikWBK" />{{right|''Beam Pool''}}</noinclude>Then the murmur of voices ceased with footfalls along the bank, coming nearer, and stopping above. A man climbed down the bank and slid feet first into the water; the chalky light was reflected in at the opening. An arm was thrust in, and the wrist-jerk sent a handful of small pieces of rock into the holt. The pieces hissed when they met the water, and gave off streams of bubbles. The otters gazed down at them. The man moved away from the holt, and his friends hauled him to the top of the bank. Silence, except for the hissing and bubbling in the holt. The otters were immobile in curiosity. Neither Tarka nor Tarquol thought of the strange bubbling as an act of the man. Often they had seen bubbles arising from the holes of eels and ragworms in mud. Sometimes in solitary underwater play they had blown bubbles, and tried to bite them before they broke at the surface. Tarka and Tarquol moved lower along a root to be nearer the strange bubbles. Tarka was lower than the cub, near the water, when he started and sprang as though trapped, gave a retching cough, and tumbled into the water. Tarquol hissed with fright, gaped when he breathed the acetylene gas, and followed Tarka out of the holt. He saw Tarka’s chain rising bright before him. He turned upstream and was alone. Seventy yards from the holt he rose imder the bank to rest, and heard the baying of hounds. He dived again and went on upstream at his greatest speed. At his next vent he knew that the terrible beasts were following him. He swam<noinclude>{{c|241}}</noinclude> klcawg4jipooobi0yj2ygdpq8q4f6ni Page:Tarka the Otter.djvu/252 104 4489825 14127964 2024-04-25T14:55:09Z HendrikWBK 3085207 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="HendrikWBK" />{{left|''Granfer Goad’s Garden''}}</noinclude>out of the pool, turned back again, saw their heads in the water from bank to bank, became scared, and left the river. Galloping across the meadow faster than he had ever run in his life, with the hunting cries behind him and the thudding hooves of bullocks cantering away from hounds on his left, Tarquol came to sheds where farm machines were stored, and going through a yard, he ran through a gap in a hedge into a garden, where an old man was picking oft the tops of his broad beans in a row, muttering about the black-fly on them. Tarquol passed him so near and so swiftly that the granfer’s short clay pipe dropped from between his gums. He muttered in the sunshine and pondered nearly a minute. Hardly had he stooped to pick up his pipe when a great black and white hound crashed through the hedge and ran over his tetties and sun-dried shallots, followed by three more hounds, and after them a couple, and then his garden was filled with them. ''Git’oom!'' The hounds were gone, leaving him staring at his broken beans. Tarquol had run round the walls of the cottage and into a farmyard, scattering fowls in terror before him. One of the hens, who was broody, ran at him and leapt at his back, pecking and flapping. Tarquol kicked a little dust behind his straight rudder. At full speed he ran into a pigsty, where a sow was lying on her side with a farrow of eleven tugging at her. Seeing him, they stopped tugging, stared together, squeaked together, and sccimpered away into comers. The<noinclude>{{c|242}}</noinclude> hun6q2r3mdfc99vekpa4qf1z0mcbcjy Page:พรบ ใช้ ปพพ ๒๕๑๙.pdf/52 104 4489826 14127972 2024-04-25T15:01:55Z Librovore 3126709 /* Not proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=55|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>the custodial power in whole or in part, the requestor for registration may request a court to remove the guardianship in whole or in part and permit the requestor for registration to exercise the custodial power instead. However, this request must be made to the court within ninety days from the day of the registration or the day of delivery by the court of the final order granting the registration.<noinclude></noinclude> 77pkhtujus7wusnfbj0yw7bxzgjflxc 14128013 14127972 2024-04-25T15:12:58Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=55|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>the custodial power in whole or in part, the requestor for registration may request a court to remove the guardianship in whole or in part and permit the requestor for registration to exercise the custodial power instead. However, this request must be made to the court within ninety days from the day of the registration or the day of delivery by the court of the final order granting the registration. {{lawth|s|1553}} {{lawth|s|1554}} {{lawth|s|1555}} {{lawth|rb|1}}<noinclude></noinclude> 3civ493ywiyufgb4b3dlls0jsdj5j00 14128016 14128013 2024-04-25T15:13:47Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=55|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>the custodial power in whole or in part, the requestor for registration may request a court to remove the guardianship in whole or in part and permit the requestor for registration to exercise the custodial power instead. However, this request must be made to the court within ninety days from the day of the registration or the day of delivery by the court of the final order granting the registration. {{lawth|s|1553}} {{lawth|s|1554}} {{lawth|s|1555}}An action for legitimation of a child may be instituted only in the following events: {{lawth|rb|1}}<noinclude></noinclude> brylbzo85cggdeeyeoxfpvm15yvzr72 14128031 14128016 2024-04-25T15:19:13Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=55|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>the custodial power in whole or in part, the requestor for registration may request a court to remove the guardianship in whole or in part and permit the requestor for registration to exercise the custodial power instead. However, this request must be made to the court within ninety days from the day of the registration or the day of delivery by the court of the final order granting the registration. {{lawth|s|1553}} {{lawth|s|1554}} {{lawth|s|1555}}An action for legitimation of a child may be instituted only in the following events: {{lawth|rb|1}}when the mother was raped, abducted, or unlawfully detained or restrained during a period in which she could get pregnant; {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> b64m765uf76y0ilfivlogg5cwsk8ldi 14128036 14128031 2024-04-25T15:22:12Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=55|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>the custodial power in whole or in part, the requestor for registration may request a court to remove the guardianship in whole or in part and permit the requestor for registration to exercise the custodial power instead. However, this request must be made to the court within ninety days from the day of the registration or the day of delivery by the court of the final order granting the registration. {{lawth|s|1553}} {{lawth|s|1554}}An interested person may request a court to revoke the registration of a child for the reason that the requestor for such registration is not the father, but this must be instituted within three months from the day he knows of the registration. In addition, it shall not be instituted upon the passage of ten years from the day of the registration. {{lawth|s|1555}}An action for legitimation of a child may be instituted only in the following events: {{lawth|rb|1}}when the mother was raped, abducted, or unlawfully detained or restrained during a time period in which she could get pregnant; {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> cb6urf8lpa3kq5i3olshy0cin8eavpa 14128038 14128036 2024-04-25T15:25:26Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=55|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>the custodial power in whole or in part, the requestor for registration may request a court to remove the guardianship in whole or in part and permit the requestor for registration to exercise the custodial power instead. However, this request must be made to the court within ninety days from the day of the registration or the day of delivery by the court of the final order granting the registration. {{lawth|s|1553}}In the event that adoption of a child has been registered since before a request for registration of the child is made, if the requestor for registration of the child finds that, for the benefit of the child, the requestor himself or herself should be the person existing the custodial power in whole or in part, section 1552 shall apply ''mutatis mutandis''. {{lawth|s|1554}}An interested person may request a court to revoke the registration of a child for the reason that the requestor for such registration is not the father, but this must be instituted within three months from the day he knows of the registration. In addition, it shall not be instituted upon the passage of ten years from the day of the registration. {{lawth|s|1555}}An action for legitimation of a child may be instituted only in the following events: {{lawth|rb|1}}when the mother was raped, abducted, or unlawfully detained or restrained during a time period in which she could get pregnant; {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 1la0j7ury1p7drvjf40e9mhkbgfvf79 14128048 14128038 2024-04-25T15:29:43Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=55|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>the custodial power in whole or in part, the requestor for registration may request a court to remove the guardianship in whole or in part and permit the requestor for registration to exercise the custodial power instead. However, this request must be made to the court within ninety days from the day of the registration or the day of delivery by the court of the final order granting the registration. {{lawth|s|1553}}In the event that adoption of a child has been registered since before a request for registration of the child is made, if the requestor for registration of the child finds that, for the benefit of the child, the requestor himself or herself should be the person existing the custodial power in whole or in part, section 1552 shall apply ''mutatis mutandis''. {{lawth|s|1554}}An interested person may request a court to revoke the registration of a child for the reason that the requestor for such registration is not the father, but this must be instituted within three months from the day he knows of the registration. In addition, it shall not be instituted upon the passage of ten years from the day of the registration. {{lawth|s|1555}}An action for legitimation of a child may be instituted only in the following events: {{lawth|rb|1}}when the mother was raped, carried off, or unlawfully detained or restrained during a time period in which she could get pregnant; {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 131uhsqh7fikyqeg7cq0irdfykihjld 14128051 14128048 2024-04-25T15:31:02Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=55|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>the custodial power in whole or in part, the requestor for registration may request a court to remove the guardianship in whole or in part and permit the requestor for registration to exercise the custodial power instead. However, this request must be made to the court within ninety days from the day of the registration or the day of delivery by the court of the final order granting the registration. {{lawth|s|1553}}In the event that adoption of a child has been registered since before a request for registration of the child is made, if the requestor for registration of the child finds that, for the benefit of the child, the requestor himself or herself should be the person existing the custodial power in whole or in part, section 1552 shall apply ''mutatis mutandis''. {{lawth|s|1554}}An interested person may request a court to revoke the registration of a child for the reason that the requestor for such registration is not the father, but this must be instituted within three months from the day he knows of the registration. In addition, it shall not be instituted upon the passage of ten years from the day of the registration. {{lawth|s|1555}}An action for legitimation of a child may be instituted only in the following events: {{lawth|rb|1}}when the woman who is his or her mother was raped, carried off, or unlawfully detained or restrained during a period in which she could get pregnant; {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 7nylvhvh4yqexbrrwyy18dz0kee78in 14128056 14128051 2024-04-25T15:35:46Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=55|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>the custodial power in whole or in part, the requestor for registration may request a court to remove the guardianship in whole or in part and permit the requestor for registration to exercise the custodial power instead. However, this request must be made to the court within ninety days from the day of the registration or the day of delivery by the court of the final order granting the registration. {{lawth|s|1553}}In the event that adoption of a child has been registered since before a request for registration of the child is made, if the requestor for registration of the child finds that, for the benefit of the child, the requestor himself or herself should be the person existing the custodial power in whole or in part, section 1552 shall apply ''mutatis mutandis''. {{lawth|s|1554}}An interested person may request a court to revoke the registration of a child for the reason that the requestor for such registration is not the father, but this must be instituted within three months from the day he knows of the registration. In addition, it shall not be instituted upon the passage of ten years from the day of the registration. {{lawth|s|1555}}An action for legitimation of a child may be instituted only in the following events: {{lawth|rb|1}}when the woman who is his or her mother was raped, carried off, or unlawfully detained or restrained during the period in which she could get pregnant; {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> jafze2m7vke8zbz1u66xb5o7xcty51t Page:The Strand Magazine (Volume 5).djvu/102 104 4489827 14127973 2024-04-25T15:02:20Z Qq1122qq 1889140 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Qq1122qq" />{{rvh|101|THE STRAND MAGAZINE.}}</noinclude>year agone, blest if I didn't do—ah, double thet there little 'eap in the day's work—and yet, blame me if I feel a bit weaker nor I used ter! You mark my words, Reuben, boy; the hours is a-gettin' shorter every day—thet's what they're a-doin', and you put it down at thet!" {{img float | file = The Strand Magazine vol. 5, no. 25, pg. 101 - Young Reuben Laughed.png | width = 350px | align = right | cap = {{smaller|{{asc|"Young Reuben laughed."}}}} }} Young Reuben laughed incredulously. "You're a-gittin' lazy, old 'un—that's about the size of it," he said. "I hain't a-gettin' nothink o' the kind nor discripshen!" said old Reuben, starting up indignantly; "and you put it down at thet." "Well, lazy or not lazy, I ken show ye a stone as you ain't industrous enough fer to break. Found it in a furrer, I did; an' talk about 'ard! And a fair rum 'un he be, too." They plodded to the field young Reuben had just left; and young Reuben, with some difficulty, lifted the "stone" for inspection. It was a bowl, very ancient by the look of it, laboriously carved and ground out from a piece of rock that seemed as hard as steel. "A rum 'un he be, too, and right you are," said old Reuben. "A wash bowl, likely." "What be that 'ole in the bottom fer, then?" said young Reuben. "Why, fer to empty him, that be, as a pig might see with 'is eyes shet." They carried the bowl home, and a pretty good weight they found it. Old Jim Pedler came along that evening to have a pipe. Jim Pedler had been about a deal here and there, and he knew a lot. "Why, whatee got theer?" said he. "Mebbe ye'll know that better ner us," replied old Reuben. "Some kind o' wash-basin, so we seem to reckon it be." "Wash-basin," said old Jim Pedler. "That's jest what it been't. I tellee now, I do think as it's some kind of old sort of water-clock, an' that's what I think. Why, see here now, if there ain't bin lines 'ere inside fer to mark the hours or somethin'. That's it—it be a water-clock. S'pose we gits some water an' tries it." They cleared out the hole at the bottom and filled the bowl with water up to the first hour mark; and, old Jim Pedler having a watch, they sat and looked on as the water dripped out; but when they had sat and smoked for two hours the bowl was still far from empty. "'Twern't never meant to reckon hours by, that's a moral," said young Reuben. "Thet's more ner ''you'' knows," replied old Reuben. "What der ''you'' know about folks's hours as lived ages ago? You jest let other folks's hours alone, as p'raps knowed better ner you. Mebbe their hours was longer—what did I say this wery day about the hours a-bein' shorter now than wot they was thirty year agone? But I tell yer wot: it 'ud make a notionable kind of clock if we was to bore the 'ole a bit bigger and jest manage to git it right for the hours." So they drilled and filed and tried to chip; and after much labour they made the hole large enough to let out the water from one mark to the next in sixty minutes. And all the while there hovered around them, invisible, the spirit of him that fashioned the bowl, longing to speak what it knew; but its time for returning to the flesh was not yet—but it was coming. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> j7x2cyeq34suopjj1k2u6b66ipou2nj Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/114 104 4489828 14127979 2024-04-25T15:03:57Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "quested that they should allow him to have the help of his horse, called Svadilfare, and at the suggestion of Loke this was granted him. On the first day of winter he began to build the burg, but by night he hauled stone for it with his horse. But it seemed a great wonder to the asas what great rocks the horse drew, and the horse did one half more of the mighty task than the builder. The bargain was firmly established with witnesses and oaths, for the g... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>quested that they should allow him to have the help of his horse, called Svadilfare, and at the suggestion of Loke this was granted him. On the first day of winter he began to build the burg, but by night he hauled stone for it with his horse. But it seemed a great wonder to the asas what great rocks the horse drew, and the horse did one half more of the mighty task than the builder. The bargain was firmly established with witnesses and oaths, for the giant did not deem it safe to be among the asas without truce if Thor should come home, who now was on a journey to the east fighting trolls. Toward the end of winter the burg was far built, and it was so high and strong that it could in nowise be taken. When there were three days left before summer, the work was all completed excepting the burg gate. Then went the gods to their judgment-seats and held counsel, and asked each other who could have advised to give Freyja in marriage in Jotunheim, or to plunge the air and the heavens in darkness by taking away the sun and the moon and giving them to the giant; and all agreed that this must have been advised by him who gives the most bad counsels, namely, Loke, son of Laufey, and they threatened him with a cruel death if he could not contrive some way of preventing the builder from fulfilling his part of the bargain, and they pro-<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> smhmmns4ykt7uw7kp9mda6vygjm1fc2 Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/115 104 4489829 14127981 2024-04-25T15:04:34Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "ceeded to lay hands on Loke. He in his fright promised with an oath that he should so manage that the builder should lose his wages, let it cost him what it would. And the same evening, when the builder drove out after stone with his horse Svadilfare, a mare suddenly ran out of the woods to the horse and began to neigh at him. The steed, knowing what sort of horse this was, grew excited, burst the reins asunder and ran after the mare, but she ran from hi... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>ceeded to lay hands on Loke. He in his fright promised with an oath that he should so manage that the builder should lose his wages, let it cost him what it would. And the same evening, when the builder drove out after stone with his horse Svadilfare, a mare suddenly ran out of the woods to the horse and began to neigh at him. The steed, knowing what sort of horse this was, grew excited, burst the reins asunder and ran after the mare, but she ran from him into the woods. The builder hurried after them with all his might, and wanted to catch the steed, but these horses kept running all night, and thus the time was lost, and at dawn the work had not made the usual progress. When the builder saw that his work was not going to be completed, he resumed his giant form. {{Anchor|Niflhel}}When the asas thus became sure that it was really a mountain-giant that had come among them, they did not heed their oaths, but called on Thor. He came straightaway, swung his hammer, Mjolner, and paid the workman his wages,—not with the sun and moon, but rather by preventing him from dwelling in Jotunheim; and this was easily done with the first blow of the hammer, which broke his skull into small pieces and sent him down to Niflhel. But Loke had run such a race with Svadilfare that he some time after bore a foal. It was gray, and had eight feet, and this is the<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> qidq1nest4flasl9h7pxnopk9dvx4ed Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/116 104 4489830 14127982 2024-04-25T15:04:58Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "best horse among gods and men. Thus it is said in the Vala's Prophecy: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Then went the gods,<br> The most holy gods,<br> Onto their judgment-seats,<br> And counseled together<br> Who all the air<br> With guile had blended<br> Or to the giant race<br> Oder's may had given.<br> Broken were oaths,<br> And words and promises,—<br> All mighty speech<br> That had passed between them.<br> Thor alone did this,<br> Swollen with a... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>best horse among gods and men. Thus it is said in the Vala's Prophecy: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Then went the gods,<br> The most holy gods,<br> Onto their judgment-seats,<br> And counseled together<br> Who all the air<br> With guile had blended<br> Or to the giant race<br> Oder's may had given.<br> Broken were oaths,<br> And words and promises,—<br> All mighty speech<br> That had passed between them.<br> Thor alone did this,<br> Swollen with anger.<br> Seldom sits he still<br> When such things he hears. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} 44. Then asked Ganglere: What is there to be said of Skidbladner, which you say is the best of ships? Is there no ship equally good, or equally great? Made answer Har: Skidbladner is the best of ships, and is made with the finest workmanship; but Naglfare, which is in Muspel, is the largest. Some dwarfs, the sons of Ivalde, made Skidbladner and gave it to Frey. It is so large that all the asas, with their weapons and war-gear, can find room on board it, and as soon as the sails are hoisted it has fair wind, no matter whither it is going. When it is not wanted for a voyage, it is made of so many pieces and with so much skill, that Frey can fold it together like a napkin and carry it in his pocket.<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> s5n5dilketaxogpf4dz99ua7kvka90h Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/117 104 4489831 14127983 2024-04-25T15:05:41Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "{{c|CHAPTER XIV. {{smaller|THOR'S ADVENTURES}}}} Then said Ganglere: A good ship is Skidbladner, but much black art must have been resorted to ere it was so fashioned. Has Thor never come where he has found anything so strong and mighty that it has been superior to him either in strength or in the black art? Har answered: Few men, I know, are able to tell thereof, but still he has often been in difficult straits. But though there have been things so mi... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>{{c|CHAPTER XIV. {{smaller|THOR'S ADVENTURES}}}} Then said Ganglere: A good ship is Skidbladner, but much black art must have been resorted to ere it was so fashioned. Has Thor never come where he has found anything so strong and mighty that it has been superior to him either in strength or in the black art? Har answered: Few men, I know, are able to tell thereof, but still he has often been in difficult straits. But though there have been things so mighty and strong that Thor has not been able to gain the victory, they are such as ought not to be spoken of; for there are many proofs which all must accept that Thor is the mightiest. Then said Ganglere: It seems to me that I have now asked about something that no one can answer. Said Jafnhar: We have heard tell of adventure that seem to us incredible, but here sits one near who is able to tell true tidings thereof, and you may believe that he will not lie for the first time now, who never told a lie before: Then said Ganglere: I will stand here and listen, to see if any answer is to be had to this question. But if you cannot<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> dlei3qxgtgawndth3qqv7fa8vt7baiw Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/118 104 4489832 14127985 2024-04-25T15:06:07Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "answer my question I declare you to be defeated. Then answered Thride: It is evident that he now is bound to know, though it does not seem proper for us to speak thereof. The beginning of this adventure is that Oku-Thor went on a journey with his goats and chariot, and with him went the asa who is called Loke. In the evening they came to a bonde (1) and got there lodgings for the night. In the evening Thor took his goats and killed them both, whereupon h... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>answer my question I declare you to be defeated. Then answered Thride: It is evident that he now is bound to know, though it does not seem proper for us to speak thereof. The beginning of this adventure is that Oku-Thor went on a journey with his goats and chariot, and with him went the asa who is called Loke. In the evening they came to a bonde (1) and got there lodgings for the night. In the evening Thor took his goats and killed them both, whereupon he had them flayed and borne into a kettle. When the flesh was boiled, Thor and his companion sat down to supper. Thor invited the bonde, his wife and their children, a son by name Thjalfe, and a daughter by name Roskva, to eat with them. Then Thor laid goat-skins away from the fireplace, and requested the bonde and his household to cast the bones onto the skins. Thjalfe, the bonde's son, had the thigh of one of the goats, which he broke asunder with his knife, in order to get at the marrow. Thor remained there over night. In the morning, just before daybreak, he arose, dressed himself, took the hammer Mjolner, lifted it and hallowed the goat-skins. Then the goats arose, but one of them limped on one of his hind legs. When Thor saw this he said the either the bonde of one of his folk had not dealt skillfully with the goat's bones, for he noticed that<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> jh75sn5v7wqr2qtr3xbdm2t2bf2l5or 14127986 14127985 2024-04-25T15:06:31Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>answer my question I declare you to be defeated. Then answered Thride: It is evident that he now is bound to know, though it does not seem proper for us to speak thereof. The beginning of this adventure is that Oku-Thor went on a journey with his goats and chariot, and with him went the asa who is called Loke. In the evening they came to a bonde<ref>Bonde = peasant.</ref> and got there lodgings for the night. In the evening Thor took his goats and killed them both, whereupon he had them flayed and borne into a kettle. When the flesh was boiled, Thor and his companion sat down to supper. Thor invited the bonde, his wife and their children, a son by name Thjalfe, and a daughter by name Roskva, to eat with them. Then Thor laid goat-skins away from the fireplace, and requested the bonde and his household to cast the bones onto the skins. Thjalfe, the bonde's son, had the thigh of one of the goats, which he broke asunder with his knife, in order to get at the marrow. Thor remained there over night. In the morning, just before daybreak, he arose, dressed himself, took the hammer Mjolner, lifted it and hallowed the goat-skins. Then the goats arose, but one of them limped on one of his hind legs. When Thor saw this he said the either the bonde of one of his folk had not dealt skillfully with the goat's bones, for he noticed that<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> seouq182ywqj04iw6qtc8wvqgmqafhe Page:United States Statutes at Large Volume 128.pdf/3241 104 4489833 14127988 2024-04-25T15:07:12Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="TE(æ)A,ea." />{{rh||[[Public Law 113-287|PUBLIC LAW 113–287]]—DEC. 19, 2014|[[United States Statutes at Large/Volume 128|128 STAT.]] 3217}}</noinclude>:(2) {{sc|Historic light station located within a system unit or a refuge within national wildlife refuge system.}}— ::(A) {{sc|Approval of secretary required.}}—A historic light station located within the exterior boundaries of a System unit or a refuge within the National Wildlife Refuge System shall be conveyed or sold only with the approval of the Secretary. ::(B) {{sc|Conditions of conveyance.}}—If the Secretary approves the conveyance of a historic light station described in subparagraph (A), the conveyance shall be subject to the conditions set forth in [[#305104|section 305104]] of this title and any other terms or conditions that the Secretary considers necessary to protect the resources of the System unit or wildlife refuge. ::(C) {{sc|Conditions of sale.}}—If the Secretary approves the sale of a historic light station described in subparagraph (A), the sale shall be subject to the conditions set forth in paragraphs (1) to (4) and (8) of subsection (a), and subsection (b), of [[#305104|section 305104]] of this title and any other terms or conditions that the Secretary considers necessary to protect the resources of the System unit or wildlife refuge. ::(D) {{sc|Cooperative agreements.}}—The Secretary is encouraged to enter into cooperative agreements with appropriate eligible entities with respect to historic light stations described in subparagraph (A), as provided in this division, to the extent that the cooperative agreements are consistent with the Secretary’s responsibilities to manage and administer the System unit or wildlife refuge. {{div|305104}}'''§ 305104. Terms of conveyance''' (a) {{sc|In General.}}—The conveyance of a historic light station shall be made subject to any conditions, including the reservation of easements and other rights on behalf of the United States, that the Administrator considers necessary to ensure that— :(1) the Federal aids to navigation located at the historic light station in operation on the date of conveyance remain the personal property of the United States and continue to be operated and maintained by the United States for as long as needed for navigational purposes; :(2) there is reserved to the United States the right to remove, replace, or install any Federal aid to navigation located at the historic light station as may be necessary for navigational purposes; :(3) the eligible entity to which the historic light station is conveyed shall not interfere or allow interference in any manner with any Federal aid to navigation or hinder activities required for the operation and maintenance of any Federal aid to navigation without the express written permission of the head of the agency responsible for maintaining the Federal aid to navigation; :(4)(A) the eligible entity to which the historic light station is conveyed shall, at its own cost and expense, use and maintain the historic light station in accordance with this division, the Secretary of the Interior’s Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties contained in part 68 of title 36, Code of Federal Regulations, and other applicable laws; and<noinclude></noinclude> m52upp582ctiegsz93hd0gpc1i6en5l Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/119 104 4489834 14127989 2024-04-25T15:07:25Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "the thigh was broken. It is not necessary to dwell on this part of the story. All can understand how frightened the bonde became when he saw that Thor let his brows sink down over his eyes. When he saw his eyes he thought he must fall down at the sight of them alone. Thor took hold of the handle of his hammer so hard that his knuckles grew white. As might be expected, the bonde and all his household cried aloud and sued for peace, offering him as an aton... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>the thigh was broken. It is not necessary to dwell on this part of the story. All can understand how frightened the bonde became when he saw that Thor let his brows sink down over his eyes. When he saw his eyes he thought he must fall down at the sight of them alone. Thor took hold of the handle of his hammer so hard that his knuckles grew white. As might be expected, the bonde and all his household cried aloud and sued for peace, offering him as an atonement all that they possessed. When he saw their fear, his wrath left him. He was appeased, and took as a ransom the bonde's children, Thjalfe and Roskva. They became his servants, and have always accompanied him since that time. 45. He left his goats there and went on his way east into Jotunheim, clear to the sea, and then he went on across the deep ocean, and went ashore on the other side, together with Loke and Thjalfe and Roskva. When they had proceeded a short distance, there stood before them a great wood, through which they kept going the whole day until dark. Thjalfe, who was of all men the fleetest of foot, bore Thor's bag, but the wood was no good place for provisions. When it had become dark, they sought a place for their night lodging, and found a very large hall. At the end of it was a door as wide as the<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> aw4br5fo8xqqycjg1z83ubjsytwdogz 14128003 14127989 2024-04-25T15:10:34Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>the thigh was broken. It is not necessary to dwell on this part of the story. All can understand how frightened the bonde became when he saw that Thor let his brows sink down over his eyes. When he saw his eyes he thought he must fall down at the sight of them alone. Thor took hold of the handle of his hammer so hard that his knuckles grew white. As might be expected, the bonde and all his household cried aloud and sued for peace, offering him as an atonement all that they possessed. When he saw their fear, his wrath left him. He was appeased, and took as a ransom the bonde's children, Thjalfe and Roskva. They became his servants, and have always accompanied him since that time. 46. He left his goats there and went on his way east into Jotunheim, clear to the sea, and then he went on across the deep ocean, and went ashore on the other side, together with Loke and Thjalfe and Roskva. When they had proceeded a short distance, there stood before them a great wood, through which they kept going the whole day until dark. Thjalfe, who was of all men the fleetest of foot, bore Thor's bag, but the wood was no good place for provisions. When it had become dark, they sought a place for their night lodging, and found a very large hall. At the end of it was a door as wide as the<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> omxbcdhm89fd0typwzeweorg5nv4e4m Page:The Strand Magazine (Volume 5).djvu/101 104 4489835 14127992 2024-04-25T15:08:05Z Qq1122qq 1889140 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Qq1122qq" />{{rvh|100|THE STRAND MAGAZINE.}}</noinclude>Egypt, even they that lay in the cavern, cried, saying, Behold, is it not even as we said, saying, The water will abide in the bowl between one mark and another for the space of of more than an hour; and hath it not abode there the space of three hours? But he that was wise among them said unto them, Nay, but for a certainty these marks that are in the bowl were made for the marking of the space of an hour; howbeit the hours that were at the time of the making of this bowl, were they not of the space of three hours, even of three of the hours of the present time? {{img float | file = The Strand Magazine vol. 5, no. 25, pg. 100.png | width = 500px | align = center | cap = {{smaller|{{asc|Honour to thee, King Ammon, mighty as Pthah the god, son of Osiris, to whom libations! A bowl wrought of hard stone set up at the temple of Isis marking the time.}}}} }} Then they that were aged and well stricken in years among them that lay in the cavern in the heat of the day, these communed with themselves for a space; and they spake, saying, Verily thus, and thus it seemeth unto us; that the space of the passing of the hours that behold the whiteness of our beards is verily shorter than the space of the passing of the hours that did behold the increasing of our statures in the tents of our fathers! And it seemed unto them even so, that this saying was true. But they that were young among them, even the young men, scoffed, saying, The hole that is at the bottom of the bowl is clogged by reason of dirt that is within the hole: shall we not, therefore, bore out the hole, to the end that the water that is within the bowl shall drip faster, even three times as fast; and shall set forth the hours? So they that were young did according to that saying; and they bored the hole round about, until the water that was within the bowl dripped out three times as fast. And they rejoiced, saying, Behold, now it is a good and useful clock! And they bore the bowl with them into the land of Egypt; four wives and an ass carried the bowl in their turns—the four women for a space, and the ass for a space—until they came to the land of Egypt; and the clock was set up in the land of Egypt. And this was in the days before the First Dynasty; yea, many thousands of years before. And behold, the spirit of him that had wrought the bowl followed after the bowl, even unto the land Egypt; for the spirit was filled with a great and exceeding desire to speak those things that were known unto it; yet the time of its speaking was not yet. {{c|III.}} {{sc|In}} the days of Amun-Ta-Ra, in the Fifth Dynasty, in the year of the Altering of the Clock. Glory to thee, Amun. In that year, after his return from the war with many captives, did Amun-Ta-Ra order the greater hollowing of the hole at bottom of the clock set up before the temple of Isis telling the hours. The clock too slowly dripping, the hole being in part stopped, showing the hours too long, was altered. One hour in the space of two did it count. Let Amun-ta-Ra live! {{c|IV.}} {{sc|Young}} Reuben scraped off his boots the worst of the mud from the furrows against the gate-post, shut the gate, and trudged homewards from his labour; as he turned into the road from the end of the lane he came in sight of old Reuben, sitting as usual on his heap of stones by the roadside; his hammer lay idly in his hand, its head on the heap of larger flints before him; the old gentleman was slowly shaking his head—not that he was such a very old gentleman; sixty, maybe; and still hale and strong. "What be amiss, father?" said young Reuben. "Ye've bin a-settin' there shakin' yer head like a old owl since I turned into the road. It be time to knock off." "Amiss, Reuben? Why, thet's where you have me, like. What I know is, there be a somethin' amiss; and it be either me or the time, and so I tell ye. Am I a-gettin' old an' weak, boy; or is it the hours a-goin' quicker? Lookee here, Reuben, it do seem to me as I can do less in the time every blessed day as follers t'other! Why, thirty<noinclude></noinclude> dj0dh3vgqt3hvnwnz3ozfyew0og72bc Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/120 104 4489836 14127993 2024-04-25T15:08:21Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "hall. Here they remained through the night. About midnight there was a great earthquake; the ground trembled beneath them, and the house shook. Then Thor stood up and called his companions. They looked about them and found an adjoining room to the right, in the midst of the hall, and they went in. Thor seated himself in the door; the others went farther in and were very much frightened. Thor held his hammer by the handle, ready to defend himself. Then th... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>hall. Here they remained through the night. About midnight there was a great earthquake; the ground trembled beneath them, and the house shook. Then Thor stood up and called his companions. They looked about them and found an adjoining room to the right, in the midst of the hall, and they went in. Thor seated himself in the door; the others went farther in and were very much frightened. Thor held his hammer by the handle, ready to defend himself. Then they heard a great groaning and roaring. When it began to dawn, Thor went out and saw a man lying not far from him in the wood. He was very large, lay sleeping, and snored loudly. Then Thor thought he had found out what noise it was that they had heard in the night. He girded himself with his Megingjarder, whereby his asa-might increased. Meanwhile the man woke, and immediately arose. It is said that Thor this once forbore to strike him with the hammer, and asked him for his name. He called himself Skrymer; but, said he, I do not need to ask you what your name is,—I know that you are Asa-Thor. But what have you done with my glove? He stretched out his hand and picked up his glove. Then Thor saw that the glove was the hall in which he had spent the night, and that the adjoining room was the thumb of the glove. Skrymer asked whether<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> gysmkocwgm9778l438km8uwblgur8my Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/121 104 4489837 14127994 2024-04-25T15:08:54Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "they would accept of his company. Thor said yes. Skrymer took and loosed his provision-sack and began to eat his breakfast; but Thor and his fellows did the same in another place. Skrymer proposed that they should lay their store of provisions together, to which Thor consented. Then Skrymer bound all their provisions into one bag, laid it on his back, and led the way all the day, taking gigantic strides. Late in the evening he sought out a place for thei... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>they would accept of his company. Thor said yes. Skrymer took and loosed his provision-sack and began to eat his breakfast; but Thor and his fellows did the same in another place. Skrymer proposed that they should lay their store of provisions together, to which Thor consented. Then Skrymer bound all their provisions into one bag, laid it on his back, and led the way all the day, taking gigantic strides. Late in the evening he sought out a place for their night quarters under a large oak. Then Skrymer said to Thor that he wanted to lie down to sleep; they might take the provision-sack and make ready their supper. Then Skrymer fell asleep and snored tremendously. When Thor took the provision-sack and was to open it, then happened what seems incredibile, but still it must be told,—that he could not get one knot loosened, nor could he stir a single end of the strings so that it was looser than before. When he saw that all his efforts were in vein he became wroth, seized his hammer Mjolner with both hands, stepped with one foot forward to where Skrymer was lying and dashed the hammer at his head. Skrymer awoke and asked whether some leaf had fallen on his head; whether they had taken their supper, and were they ready to go to sleep. Thor answered that they were just going to sleep. Then they went under another oak. But the<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> efweok3uz1xizaj473qg3dxuio455i3 Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/122 104 4489838 14127996 2024-04-25T15:09:17Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "truth must be told, that there was no fearless sleeping. About midnight Thor heard that Skrymer was snoring and sleeping so fast that it thundered in the wood. He arose and went over to him, clutched the hammer tight and hard, and gave him a blow in the middle of the crown, so that he knew that the head of the hammer sank deep into his head. But just then Skrymer awoke and asked: What is that? Did an acorn fall onto my head? How is it with you, Thor? Tho... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>truth must be told, that there was no fearless sleeping. About midnight Thor heard that Skrymer was snoring and sleeping so fast that it thundered in the wood. He arose and went over to him, clutched the hammer tight and hard, and gave him a blow in the middle of the crown, so that he knew that the head of the hammer sank deep into his head. But just then Skrymer awoke and asked: What is that? Did an acorn fall onto my head? How is it with you, Thor? Thor hastened back, answered that he had just waked up, and said that it was midnight and still time to sleep. Then Thor made up his mind that if he could get a chance to give him the third blow, he would never see him again, and he now lay watching for Skrymer to sleep fast. Shortly before daybreak he heard that Skrymer had fallen asleep. So he arose and ran over to him. He clutched the hammer with all his might and dashed it at his temples, which he saw uppermost. The hammer sank up to the handle. Skrymer sat up, stroked his temples, and said: Are there any birds sitting in the tree above me? Methought, as I awoke, that some moss from the branches fell on my head. What! are you awake, Thor? It is now time to get up and dress; but you have not far left to the burg that is called Utgard. I have heard that you have been whispering among yourselves that I<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> dhlzim8crsmjvp7ggxecdmr3euykfpg Page:United States Statutes at Large Volume 128.pdf/3242 104 4489839 14127998 2024-04-25T15:09:47Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="TE(æ)A,ea." />{{rh|[[United States Statutes at Large/Volume 128|128 STAT.]] 3218|[[Public Law 113-287|PUBLIC LAW 113–287]]—DEC. 19, 2014}}</noinclude>:(B) any proposed changes to the historic light station shall be reviewed and approved by the Secretary in consultation with the State Historic Preservation Officer of the State in which the historic light station is located, for consistency with section 800.5(a)(2)(vii) of title 36, Code of Federal Regulations and the Secretary’s Standards for Rehabilitation contained in section 67.7 of title 36, Code of Federal Regulations; :(5) the eligible entity to which the historic light station is conveyed shall make the historic light station available for education, park, recreation, cultural, or historic preservation purposes for the general public at reasonable times and under reasonable conditions; :(6) the eligible entity to which the historic light station is conveyed shall not sell, convey, assign, exchange, or encumber the historic light station, any part of the historic light station, or any associated historic artifact conveyed to the eligible entity in conjunction with the historic light station conveyance, including any lens or lantern, unless the sale, conveyance, assignment, exchange, or encumbrance is approved by the Secretary; :(7) the eligible entity to which the historic light station is conveyed shall not conduct any commercial activity at the historic light station, at any part of the historic light station, or in connection with any associated historic artifact conveyed to the eligible entity in conjunction with the historic light station conveyance, in any manner, unless the commercial activity is approved by the Secretary; and :(8) the United States shall have the right, at any time, to enter the historic light station without notice, for purposes of operating, maintaining, and inspecting any aid to navigation and for the purpose of ensuring compliance with this section, to the extent that it is not possible to provide advance notice. (b) {{sc|Maintenance of Aid to Navigation.}}—Any eligible entity to which a historic light station is conveyed shall not be required to maintain any Federal aid to navigation associated with a historic light station, except any private aid to navigation permitted to the eligible entity under section 83 of title 14. (c) {{sc|Reversion.}}—In addition to any term or condition established pursuant to this section, the conveyance of a historic light station shall include a condition that the historic light station, or any associated historic artifact conveyed to the eligible entity in conjunction with the historic light station conveyance, including any lens or lantern, at the option of the Administrator, shall revert to the United States and be placed under the administrative control of the Administrator, if— :(1) the historic light station, any part of the historic light station, or any associated historic artifact ceases to be available for education, park, recreation, cultural, or historic preservation purposes for the general public at reasonable times and under reasonable conditions that shall be set forth in the eligible entity’s application; :(2) the historic light station or any part of the historic light station ceases to be maintained in a manner that ensures its present or future use as a site for a Federal aid to navigation; :(3) the historic light station, any part of the historic light station, or any associated historic artifact ceases to be maintained in compliance with this division, the Secretary of the<noinclude></noinclude> 89q6slxhpvzy9xj82lbjseknb279f1q Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/Archives/A Message from President Donald J. Trump 4 4489840 14127999 2024-04-25T15:10:03Z VGPaleontologist 2995910 Created page with "User: VGPaleontologist File: A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm Author: Donald John Trump Publisher: Executive Office of the President of the United States Year: 2021-01-07 PD: PD-USGov-POTUS Note: A message delivered on January 7th, 2021; a day after the January 6th attack on the capital. Cat: Speeches ---- 0:00:00 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|I would like to begin by addressing the heinous attack on the United States capital.}}..." wikitext text/x-wiki User: VGPaleontologist File: A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm Author: Donald John Trump Publisher: Executive Office of the President of the United States Year: 2021-01-07 PD: PD-USGov-POTUS Note: A message delivered on January 7th, 2021; a day after the January 6th attack on the capital. Cat: Speeches ---- 0:00:00 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|I would like to begin by addressing the heinous attack on the United States capital.}} }} ---- 0:00:05 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|Like all Americans, I am outraged by the violence, lawlessness and mayhem.}} }} ---- 0:00:11 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|I immediately deployed the National Guard and federal law enforcement to secure the building and expel the intruders.}} }} ---- 0:00:20 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|America is and must always be a nation of law and order.}} }} ---- 0:00:25 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|The demonstrators who infiltrated the capital have defiled the seat of American democracy.}} }} ---- 0:00:32 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|To those who engaged in the acts of violence and destruction, you do not represent our country.}} }} ---- 0:00:38 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|And to those who broke the law, you will pay.}} }} ---- 0:00:42 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|We have just been through an intense election and emotions are high.}} }} ---- 0:00:46 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|But now tempers must be cooled and calm restored.}} }} ---- 0:00:51 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|We must get on with the business of America.}} }} ---- 0:00:55 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|My campaign vigorously pursued every legal avenue to contest the election results.}} }} cdd37u79xnv2j2kt7x3rtsxgnks87zh 14128047 14127999 2024-04-25T15:28:43Z VGPaleontologist 2995910 wikitext text/x-wiki User: VGPaleontologist File: A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm Author: Donald John Trump Publisher: Executive Office of the President of the United States Year: 2021-01-07 PD: PD-USGov-POTUS Note: A message delivered on January 7th, 2021; a day after the January 6th attack on the capital. Cat: Speeches ---- 0:00:00 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|I would like to begin by addressing the heinous attack on the United States capital.}} }} ---- 0:00:05 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|Like all Americans, I am outraged by the violence, lawlessness and mayhem.}} }} ---- 0:00:11 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|I immediately deployed the National Guard and federal law enforcement to secure the building and expel the intruders.}} }} ---- 0:00:20 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|America is and must always be a nation of law and order.}} }} ---- 0:00:25 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|The demonstrators who infiltrated the capital have defiled the seat of American democracy.}} }} ---- 0:00:32 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|To those who engaged in the acts of violence and destruction, you do not represent our country.}} }} ---- 0:00:38 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|And to those who broke the law, you will pay.}} }} ---- 0:00:42 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|We have just been through an intense election and emotions are high.}} }} ---- 0:00:46 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|But now tempers must be cooled and calm restored.}} }} ---- 0:00:51 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|We must get on with the business of America.}} }} ---- 0:00:55 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|My campaign vigorously pursued every legal avenue to contest the election results.}} }} ---- 0:01:02 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|My only goal was to ensure the integrity of the vote.}} }} ---- 0:01:06 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|In so doing, I was fighting to defend American democracy.}} }} ---- 0:01:10 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|I continue to strongly believe that we must reform our election laws to verify the identity and eligibility of all voters and to ensure faith and confidence in all future elections.}} }} ---- 0:01:25 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|Now Congress has certified the results.}} }} ---- 0:01:27 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|A new administration will be inaugurated on January 20th.}} }} ---- 0:01:31 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|My focus now turns to ensuring a smooth, orderly and seamless transition of power.}} }} ---- 0:01:31 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|My focus now turns to ensuring a smooth, orderly and seamless transition of power.}} }} ---- 0:01:38 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|This moment calls for healing and reconciliation.}} }} ---- 0:01:41 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|2020 has been a challenging time for our people.}} }} ---- 0:01:41 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|A menacing pandemic has upended the lives of our citizens, isolated millions in their homes, damaged our economy, and claimed countless lives.}} }} ---- 0:01:55 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|Defeating this pandemic and rebuilding the greatest economy on Earth will require all of us working together.}} }} ---- 0:02:03 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|It will require a renewed emphasis on the civic values of patriotism, faith, charity, community and family.}} }} ---- 0:02:11 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|We must revitalize the sacred bonds of love and loyalty that bind us together as one national family.}} }} ---- 0:02:20 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|To the citizens of our country, serving as your president has been the honor of my lifetime, and to all of my wonderful supporters, I know you are disappointed, but I also want you to know that our incredible journey is only just beginning.}} }} ---- 0:02:37 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|Thank you, God bless you, and God bless America.}} }} 8pdpp6p8wvzo3tne4o4k37mkewox23t 14128166 14128047 2024-04-25T16:33:27Z SnowyCinema 2484340 wikitext text/x-wiki User: VGPaleontologist File: A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm Author: Donald John Trump Publisher: Executive Office of the President of the United States Year: 2021 PD: PD-USGov-POTUS Note: A message delivered on January 7th, 2021; a day after the January 6th attack on the capital. Cat: Speeches ---- 0:00:00 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|I would like to begin by addressing the heinous attack on the United States capital.}} }} ---- 0:00:05 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|Like all Americans, I am outraged by the violence, lawlessness and mayhem.}} }} ---- 0:00:11 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|I immediately deployed the National Guard and federal law enforcement to secure the building and expel the intruders.}} }} ---- 0:00:20 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|America is and must always be a nation of law and order.}} }} ---- 0:00:25 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|The demonstrators who infiltrated the capital have defiled the seat of American democracy.}} }} ---- 0:00:32 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|To those who engaged in the acts of violence and destruction, you do not represent our country.}} }} ---- 0:00:38 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|And to those who broke the law, you will pay.}} }} ---- 0:00:42 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|We have just been through an intense election and emotions are high.}} }} ---- 0:00:46 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|But now tempers must be cooled and calm restored.}} }} ---- 0:00:51 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|We must get on with the business of America.}} }} ---- 0:00:55 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|My campaign vigorously pursued every legal avenue to contest the election results.}} }} ---- 0:01:02 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|My only goal was to ensure the integrity of the vote.}} }} ---- 0:01:06 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|In so doing, I was fighting to defend American democracy.}} }} ---- 0:01:10 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|I continue to strongly believe that we must reform our election laws to verify the identity and eligibility of all voters and to ensure faith and confidence in all future elections.}} }} ---- 0:01:25 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|Now Congress has certified the results.}} }} ---- 0:01:27 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|A new administration will be inaugurated on January 20th.}} }} ---- 0:01:31 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|My focus now turns to ensuring a smooth, orderly and seamless transition of power.}} }} ---- 0:01:31 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|My focus now turns to ensuring a smooth, orderly and seamless transition of power.}} }} ---- 0:01:38 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|This moment calls for healing and reconciliation.}} }} ---- 0:01:41 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|2020 has been a challenging time for our people.}} }} ---- 0:01:41 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|A menacing pandemic has upended the lives of our citizens, isolated millions in their homes, damaged our economy, and claimed countless lives.}} }} ---- 0:01:55 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|Defeating this pandemic and rebuilding the greatest economy on Earth will require all of us working together.}} }} ---- 0:02:03 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|It will require a renewed emphasis on the civic values of patriotism, faith, charity, community and family.}} }} ---- 0:02:11 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|We must revitalize the sacred bonds of love and loyalty that bind us together as one national family.}} }} ---- 0:02:20 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|To the citizens of our country, serving as your president has been the honor of my lifetime, and to all of my wonderful supporters, I know you are disappointed, but I also want you to know that our incredible journey is only just beginning.}} }} ---- 0:02:37 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|Thank you, God bless you, and God bless America.}} }} kqg97f6nyknpk7718y8ep7sv3xhy0e9 14128201 14128166 2024-04-25T16:38:53Z SnowyCinema 2484340 SnowyCinema moved page [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]] to [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/Archives/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]]: Archiving draft page... wikitext text/x-wiki User: VGPaleontologist File: A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm Author: Donald John Trump Publisher: Executive Office of the President of the United States Year: 2021 PD: PD-USGov-POTUS Note: A message delivered on January 7th, 2021; a day after the January 6th attack on the capital. Cat: Speeches ---- 0:00:00 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|I would like to begin by addressing the heinous attack on the United States capital.}} }} ---- 0:00:05 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|Like all Americans, I am outraged by the violence, lawlessness and mayhem.}} }} ---- 0:00:11 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|I immediately deployed the National Guard and federal law enforcement to secure the building and expel the intruders.}} }} ---- 0:00:20 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|America is and must always be a nation of law and order.}} }} ---- 0:00:25 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|The demonstrators who infiltrated the capital have defiled the seat of American democracy.}} }} ---- 0:00:32 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|To those who engaged in the acts of violence and destruction, you do not represent our country.}} }} ---- 0:00:38 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|And to those who broke the law, you will pay.}} }} ---- 0:00:42 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|We have just been through an intense election and emotions are high.}} }} ---- 0:00:46 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|But now tempers must be cooled and calm restored.}} }} ---- 0:00:51 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|We must get on with the business of America.}} }} ---- 0:00:55 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|My campaign vigorously pursued every legal avenue to contest the election results.}} }} ---- 0:01:02 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|My only goal was to ensure the integrity of the vote.}} }} ---- 0:01:06 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|In so doing, I was fighting to defend American democracy.}} }} ---- 0:01:10 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|I continue to strongly believe that we must reform our election laws to verify the identity and eligibility of all voters and to ensure faith and confidence in all future elections.}} }} ---- 0:01:25 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|Now Congress has certified the results.}} }} ---- 0:01:27 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|A new administration will be inaugurated on January 20th.}} }} ---- 0:01:31 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|My focus now turns to ensuring a smooth, orderly and seamless transition of power.}} }} ---- 0:01:31 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|My focus now turns to ensuring a smooth, orderly and seamless transition of power.}} }} ---- 0:01:38 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|This moment calls for healing and reconciliation.}} }} ---- 0:01:41 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|2020 has been a challenging time for our people.}} }} ---- 0:01:41 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|A menacing pandemic has upended the lives of our citizens, isolated millions in their homes, damaged our economy, and claimed countless lives.}} }} ---- 0:01:55 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|Defeating this pandemic and rebuilding the greatest economy on Earth will require all of us working together.}} }} ---- 0:02:03 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|It will require a renewed emphasis on the civic values of patriotism, faith, charity, community and family.}} }} ---- 0:02:11 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|We must revitalize the sacred bonds of love and loyalty that bind us together as one national family.}} }} ---- 0:02:20 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|To the citizens of our country, serving as your president has been the honor of my lifetime, and to all of my wonderful supporters, I know you are disappointed, but I also want you to know that our incredible journey is only just beginning.}} }} ---- 0:02:37 {{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|Thank you, God bless you, and God bless America.}} }} kqg97f6nyknpk7718y8ep7sv3xhy0e9 Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/123 104 4489841 14128001 2024-04-25T15:10:19Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "am not small of stature, but you will see greater men when you come to Utgard. Now I will give you wholesome advice. Do not brag too much of yourselves, for Utgard-Loke's thanes will not brook the boasting of such insignificant little fellows as you are; otherwise turn back, and that is, in fact, the best thing for you to do. But if you are bound to continue your journey, then keep straight on eastward; my way lies to the north, to those mountains that y... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>am not small of stature, but you will see greater men when you come to Utgard. Now I will give you wholesome advice. Do not brag too much of yourselves, for Utgard-Loke's thanes will not brook the boasting of such insignificant little fellows as you are; otherwise turn back, and that is, in fact, the best thing for you to do. But if you are bound to continue your journey, then keep straight on eastward; my way lies to the north, to those mountains that you there see. Skrymer then took the provision-sack and threw it on his back, and, leaving them, turned into the wood, and it has not been learned whether the asas wished to meet him again in health. 47. Thor and his companions went their way and continued their journey until noon. Then they saw a burg standing on a plain, and it was so high that they had to bend their necks clear back before they could look over it. They drew nearer and came to the burg-gate, which was closed. Thor finding himself unable to open it, and being anxious to get within the burg, they crept between the bars and so came in. They discovered a large hall and went to it. Finding the door open they entered, and saw there many men, the most of whom were immensly large, sitting on two benches. Thereupon they approached the king, Utgard-Loke, and greeted him. He scarcely deigned to look at them, smiled scornfully and<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 44j7nv7u89ct5ol05gnt8h27k453zsj Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/124 104 4489842 14128004 2024-04-25T15:11:05Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "showed his teeth, saying: It is late to ask for tidings of a long journey, but if am not mistaken this stripling is Oku-Thor, is it not? It may be, however, that you are really bigger than you look. For what feats are you and your companions prepared? No one can stay with us here, unless he is skilled in some craft or accomplishment beyond the most of men. Then answered he who came in last, namely Loke: I know the feat of which I am prepared to give proo... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>showed his teeth, saying: It is late to ask for tidings of a long journey, but if am not mistaken this stripling is Oku-Thor, is it not? It may be, however, that you are really bigger than you look. For what feats are you and your companions prepared? No one can stay with us here, unless he is skilled in some craft or accomplishment beyond the most of men. Then answered he who came in last, namely Loke: I know the feat of which I am prepared to give proof, that there is no one present who can eat his food faster than I. Then said Utgard-Loke: That is a feat, indeed, if you can keep your word, and you shall try it immediately. He then summoned from the bench a man by the name Loge, and requested him to come out on the floor and try his strength against Loke. They took a trough full of meat and set it on the floor, whereupon Loke seated himself at one end and Loge at the other. Both ate as fast as they could, and met at the middle of the trough. Loke had eaten all the flesh off from the bones, but Loge had consumed both the flesh and the bones, and the trough too. All agreed that Loke had lost the wager. Then Utgard-Loke asked what game that young man knew? Thjalfe answered that he would try to run a race with anyone that Utgard-Loke might designate. Utgard-Loke said this was a good feat, and added that it was to be<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> o3kxj70exvb6y3mdcy4w7q60fccw4a0 Page:The Strand Magazine (Volume 5).djvu/100 104 4489843 14128009 2024-04-25T15:12:06Z Qq1122qq 1889140 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Qq1122qq" />{{rvh|99|THE STRAND MAGAZINE.}}</noinclude>And they that journeyed toward the land of Egypt spake, saying, Shall we not lay down our burthens, and shall we not take the burthens from off our camels and from off our asses in this place, and abide for the day in this place, even here? And they lay down their burthens even as they had spoken, saying, Shall we not lay them down? Also they took the burthens from off their camels and from off the backs of their asses, yea, and even from off the backs of their wives; and did tether them, even their camels and their asses and their wives, round about the cavern; and the men that journeyed toward the land of Egypt entered in unto the cavern, where there was shade, and washed their feet, and rested in the heat of the day. {{img float | file = The Strand Magazine vol. 5, no. 25, pg. 99 - They Marvelled at the Bowl.png | width = 350px | align = left | cap = {{smaller|{{asc|"The marvelled at the bowl."}}}} }} And it came to pass, while they that journeyed toward the land of Egypt rested in the cavern in the heat of the day, that they found a bowl in the cavern, and the bowl was of hard stone; even hewn from the hardest rock; and in the base of the bowl was a hole; and they that journeyed toward the land of Egypt marvelled at the bowl. And behold, a certain man of them that was a wise man spake, saying, This is a clock at which ye marvel; for hath it not marks upon the inner side, even on the inward surface thereof, and were these marks not made to show the hours, by the dripping of the water from the hole that is at the bottom of the bowl, even the under side thereof? But they cried out upon him, saying, This is no true thing that you speak, neither is it the fact: for the water would abide in the bowl, between one mark and another, for the space of more than an hour; yea, even more than two or three hours! Then they cried out all together that the bowl should be filled with water; howbeit they said, Behold there is not in this cavern water sufficient to fill the bowl; for have we not emptied the water-skins that the women did fill at the well and did carry here; and is not the well distant from this place, even many paces of a camel? And there was none among them that would arise and go in the heat of the day to fetch the water that was in the well; but he that was wise among them spake, saying:— Shall not our wives, even those that are tethered outside the cavern round about it—shall not one of these go unto the well and fill the bowl at the well, and bring it hither filled with the water that is in the well? So they that journeyed toward the land of Egypt called out to the wives that they should enter in and fetch the bowl; and should fill it at the well, even as they had spoken. And it came to pass when the bowl was filled and set in their midst, that the water that was in the bowl, by reason of its dripping so slowly from the hole that was at the bottom of the bowl, abode in the bowl between one mark and another the space of three hours by the shadow of a spear that was set up outside the cavern. So they that journeyed toward the land of<noinclude></noinclude> crkv5nnlarxgoanxydzjsgicr2fmxcg Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/125 104 4489844 14128012 2024-04-25T15:12:39Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "hoped that he excelled in swiftness if he expected to win in this game, but he would soon have the matter decided. He arose and went out. There was an excellent race-course along the flat plain. Utgard-Loke then summoned a young man, whose name was Huge, and bade him run a race with Thjalfe. Then they took the first heat, and Huge was so much ahead that when he turned at the goal he met Thjalfe. Said Utgard-Loke: You must lay yourself more forward, Thjal... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>hoped that he excelled in swiftness if he expected to win in this game, but he would soon have the matter decided. He arose and went out. There was an excellent race-course along the flat plain. Utgard-Loke then summoned a young man, whose name was Huge, and bade him run a race with Thjalfe. Then they took the first heat, and Huge was so much ahead that when he turned at the goal he met Thjalfe. Said Utgard-Loke: You must lay yourself more forward, Thjalfe, if you want to win the race; but this I confess, that there has never before come anyone hither who was swifter of foot than you. Then they took a second heat, and when Huge came to the goal and turned, there was a long bolt-shot to Thjalfe. Then said Utgard-Loke: Thjalfe seems to me to run well; still I scarcely think he will win the race, but this will be proven when they run the third heat. Then they took one more heat. Huge ran to the goal and turned back, but Thjalfe had not yet gotten to the middle of the course. Then all said that this game had been tried sufficiently. Utgard-Loke now asked Thor what feats there were that he would be willing to exhibit before them, corresponding to the tales that men tell of his great works. Thor replied that he preferred to compete with someone in drinking. Utgard-Loke said there would be no objection to this. He went into the hall,<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 1rxza2nuax3yabvjklgnwwkubyrshz8 Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/126 104 4489845 14128014 2024-04-25T15:13:15Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "called his cup-bearer, and requested him to take the sconce-horn that his thanes were wont to drink from. The cup-bearer immediately brought forward the horn and handed it to Thor. Said Utgard-Loke: From this horn it is thought to be well drunk if it is emptied in one draught, some men empty it in two draughts, but there is no drinker so wretched that he cannot exhaust it in three. Thor looked at the horn and did not think it was very large, though it se... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>called his cup-bearer, and requested him to take the sconce-horn that his thanes were wont to drink from. The cup-bearer immediately brought forward the horn and handed it to Thor. Said Utgard-Loke: From this horn it is thought to be well drunk if it is emptied in one draught, some men empty it in two draughts, but there is no drinker so wretched that he cannot exhaust it in three. Thor looked at the horn and did not think it was very large, though it seemed pretty long, but he was very thirsty. He put it to his lips and swallowed with all his might, thinking that he should not have to bend over the horn a second time. But when his breath gave out, and he looked into the horn to see how it had gone with his drinking, it seemed to him difficult to determine whether there was less in it than before. Then said Utgard-Loke: That is well drunk, still it is not very much. I could never have believed it, if anyone had told me, that Asa-Thor could not drink more, but I know you will be able to empty it in a second draught. Thor did not answer, but set the horn to his lips, thinking that he would now take a larger draught. He drank as long as he could and drank deep, as he was wont, but still he could not make the tip of the horn come up as much as he would like. And when he set the horn away and looked into it, it seemed to him that he had drunk less than<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> cfn57ajn0osljoc3ekp7vk22lxj6vwt Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/127 104 4489846 14128015 2024-04-25T15:13:36Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "the first time; but the horn could now be born without spilling. Then said Utgard-Loke: How now, Thor! Are you not leaving more for the third draught than befits your skill? It seems to me that if you are to empty the horn with the third draught, then this will be the greatest. You will not be deemed so great a man here among us as the asas call you, if you do not distinguish yourself more in other feats than you seem to me to have done in this. Then Tho... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>the first time; but the horn could now be born without spilling. Then said Utgard-Loke: How now, Thor! Are you not leaving more for the third draught than befits your skill? It seems to me that if you are to empty the horn with the third draught, then this will be the greatest. You will not be deemed so great a man here among us as the asas call you, if you do not distinguish yourself more in other feats than you seem to me to have done in this. Then Thor became wroth, set the horn to his mouth and drank with all his might and kept on as long as he could, and when he looked into it its contents had indeed visibly diminished, but he gave back the horn and would not drink any more. Said Utgard-Loke: It is clear that your might is not so great as we thought. Would you like to try other games? It is evident that you gained nothing by the first. Answered Thor: I should like to try other games, but I should be surprised if such a drink at home among the asas would be called small. What game will you now offer me? Answered Utgard-Loke: Young lads here think it nothing but play to lift my cat up from the ground, and I should never have dared to offer such a thing to Asa-Thor had I not already seen that you are much less of a man than I thought. Then there sprang forth on the floor a gray cat, and it was rather large. Thor went over to it,<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 12l5ndb8y1w6m3hk4fletv26w0uzyue Page:United States Statutes at Large Volume 128.pdf/3243 104 4489847 14128024 2024-04-25T15:16:45Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="TE(æ)A,ea." />{{rh||[[Public Law 113-287|PUBLIC LAW 113–287]]—DEC. 19, 2014|[[United States Statutes at Large/Volume 128|128 STAT.]] 3219}}</noinclude><noinclude>:</noinclude>Interior’s Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties contained in part 68 of title 36, Code of Federal Regulations, and other applicable laws; :(4) the eligible entity to which the historic light station is conveyed sells, conveys, assigns, exchanges, or encumbers the historic light station, any part of the historic light fixture, or any associated historic artifact, without approval of the Secretary; :(5) the eligible entity to which the historic light station is conveyed conducts any commercial activity at the historic light station, at any part of the historic light station, or in conjunction with any associated historic artifact, without approval of the Secretary; or :(6) at least 30 days before the reversion, the Administrator provides written notice to the owner that the historic light station or any part of the historic light station is needed for national security purposes. (d) {{sc|Light Stations Originally Conveyed Under Other Authority.}}—On receiving notice of an executed or intended conveyance by an owner that received from the Federal Government under authority other than this division a historic light station in which the United States retains a reversionary or other interest and that is conveying it to another person by sale, gift, or any other manner, the Secretary shall review the terms of the executed or proposed conveyance to ensure that any new owner is capable of or is complying with any and all conditions of the original conveyance. The Secretary may require the parties to the conveyance and relevant Federal agencies to provide information as is necessary to complete the review. If the Secretary determines that the new owner has not complied or is unable to comply with those conditions, the Secretary shall immediately advise the Administrator, who shall invoke any reversionary interest or take other action as may be necessary to protect the interests of the United States. {{div|305105}}'''§ 305105. Description of property''' (a) {{sc|In General.}}—The Administrator shall prepare the legal description of any historic light station conveyed under this chapter. The Administrator, in consultation with the Secretary of Homeland Security and the Secretary, may retain all right, title, and interest of the United States in and to any historical artifact, including any lens or lantern, that is associated with the historic light station and located at the historic light station at the time of conveyance. Wherever possible, the historical artifacts should be used in interpreting the historic light station. In cases where there is no method for preserving lenses and other artifacts and equipment in situ, priority should be given to preservation or museum entities most closely associated with the historic light station, if they meet loan requirements. (b) {{sc|Artifacts.}}—Artifacts associated with, but not located at, a historic light station at the time of conveyance shall remain the property of the United States under the administrative control of the Secretary of Homeland Security. (c) {{sc|Covenants.}}—All conditions placed with the quitclaim deed of title to the historic light station shall be construed as covenants running with the land. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> p2mytqohpqjscang242sy8wuzcn8c4g Page:The Strand Magazine (Volume 5).djvu/99 104 4489848 14128028 2024-04-25T15:18:51Z Qq1122qq 1889140 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Qq1122qq" />{{rvh|98|THE STRAND MAGAZINE.}}</noinclude>{{c|{{x-larger|''The Queer Side of Things.''}}<br/> {{larger|THE DRIMDLING HOUR.}}<br/> {{sc|A Story of Impression and Convision; being, possibly, a true word spoken in jest.}} }} {{c|I.}} {{di|image=The Strand Magazine vol. 5, no. 25, pg. 98.png|imgsize=150px}}N an hour," sang the minstrel to his harp, whose frame was the curved black horn of a deer―"in an hour thy forefather strode from this spot whereon we sit to the summit of yon blue hill; and there, as the sinking sun would bend to caress his feet (as grovels a vanquished foe), he would touch its face with his hand in token of friendliness. 'Twixt dawning of day and noon would thy great forefather slay three hundred red-eyed wolves―one hundred shuffling bears! "In a day did he carve and hew this bowl from the hardest rock, and fashion and form it thus; and bore a hole in its base for the water to trickle and ooze, and number the hours that sped!" Then up rose the hunter to whom he sang; and broad was his chest, and active his limb; and he cried aloud, "What my forefather did that will I do; in an hour will I stride from here to the summit of yon blue hill." And those that sat around, listening, laughed from their deep chests, shouting in mockery; for the blue hill was a day's journey away. Then in anger the chief clutched his spear of flint; and he cried to them, "Fill up the bowl to the mark that marks an hour, and fill it up again till the two hours mark is reached; and ere the last drop is out will I stand on yon blue hill; and moisten my hand in the bowl." Then turned he his face to the West, and, striding, stood on the cairn that capped the blue hill; and, returning, plunged his hand in the bowl: and, lo! his finger was moistened by the last drop ere it dripped from the hole at the base! Then those that sat around sent up a shout of mockery; and they said, "Lo, since you strode away hath the red sun set on the hill, and hath risen again from the lake; and is stooping to set once more!" "Then," cried he, "your words are a lie; for the clock but marks two hours." But the others cried in their turn, "The marks in the bowl were made to number, not hours, but ''days''!" But the minstrel answered them, "Nay; they were made to number the hours―the hours of the distant past; the hours that were long as days." Then the younger among them laughed. and held it a minstrel's myth; but the elders, pondering, cried, "These words of the singer are sooth; for the days that whiten our beards are passing in greater haste than the days that lengthened our limbs!" But the younger among them said, "The hole in the bowl is clogged; it should run twelve times as fast." And they bored the hole in the base till the water dripped more fast―twelve drops to the former one―and numbered the hours that passed. And, wreathed in the grey of the mist that crept from the breast of the lake, the soul of the hero of old, of him who had fashioned the clock, looked down on them while they wrought and vainly it strove to speak, and tell of the truth it knew; but voice and a tongue to speak would it lack for ages to come, for never a voice or tongue would it have till its hour arrived to dwell in the flesh once more; and then, and never till then, should it tell of the truth it knew. {{c|II.}} {{sc|And}}, behold, on a day certain men journeyed toward Egypt, and this was that land of Egypt that should thereafter be mighty exceedingly; for these were the days before the First Dynasty―yea, many thousands of years before. And, it being nigh unto the time of the setting of the sun, they happened, by adventure, upon a cavern. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> myxz2mg6lth205xv9l31mhwpxwe3xae 14128030 14128028 2024-04-25T15:19:10Z Qq1122qq 1889140 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Qq1122qq" />{{rvh|98|THE STRAND MAGAZINE.}}</noinclude>{{c|{{x-larger|''The Queer Side of Things.''}}<br/> {{larger|THE DWINDLING HOUR.}}<br/> {{sc|A Story of Impression and Convision; being, possibly, a true word spoken in jest.}} }} {{c|I.}} {{di|image=The Strand Magazine vol. 5, no. 25, pg. 98.png|imgsize=150px}}N an hour," sang the minstrel to his harp, whose frame was the curved black horn of a deer―"in an hour thy forefather strode from this spot whereon we sit to the summit of yon blue hill; and there, as the sinking sun would bend to caress his feet (as grovels a vanquished foe), he would touch its face with his hand in token of friendliness. 'Twixt dawning of day and noon would thy great forefather slay three hundred red-eyed wolves―one hundred shuffling bears! "In a day did he carve and hew this bowl from the hardest rock, and fashion and form it thus; and bore a hole in its base for the water to trickle and ooze, and number the hours that sped!" Then up rose the hunter to whom he sang; and broad was his chest, and active his limb; and he cried aloud, "What my forefather did that will I do; in an hour will I stride from here to the summit of yon blue hill." And those that sat around, listening, laughed from their deep chests, shouting in mockery; for the blue hill was a day's journey away. Then in anger the chief clutched his spear of flint; and he cried to them, "Fill up the bowl to the mark that marks an hour, and fill it up again till the two hours mark is reached; and ere the last drop is out will I stand on yon blue hill; and moisten my hand in the bowl." Then turned he his face to the West, and, striding, stood on the cairn that capped the blue hill; and, returning, plunged his hand in the bowl: and, lo! his finger was moistened by the last drop ere it dripped from the hole at the base! Then those that sat around sent up a shout of mockery; and they said, "Lo, since you strode away hath the red sun set on the hill, and hath risen again from the lake; and is stooping to set once more!" "Then," cried he, "your words are a lie; for the clock but marks two hours." But the others cried in their turn, "The marks in the bowl were made to number, not hours, but ''days''!" But the minstrel answered them, "Nay; they were made to number the hours―the hours of the distant past; the hours that were long as days." Then the younger among them laughed. and held it a minstrel's myth; but the elders, pondering, cried, "These words of the singer are sooth; for the days that whiten our beards are passing in greater haste than the days that lengthened our limbs!" But the younger among them said, "The hole in the bowl is clogged; it should run twelve times as fast." And they bored the hole in the base till the water dripped more fast―twelve drops to the former one―and numbered the hours that passed. And, wreathed in the grey of the mist that crept from the breast of the lake, the soul of the hero of old, of him who had fashioned the clock, looked down on them while they wrought and vainly it strove to speak, and tell of the truth it knew; but voice and a tongue to speak would it lack for ages to come, for never a voice or tongue would it have till its hour arrived to dwell in the flesh once more; and then, and never till then, should it tell of the truth it knew. {{c|II.}} {{sc|And}}, behold, on a day certain men journeyed toward Egypt, and this was that land of Egypt that should thereafter be mighty exceedingly; for these were the days before the First Dynasty―yea, many thousands of years before. And, it being nigh unto the time of the setting of the sun, they happened, by adventure, upon a cavern. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 5hi4r28eek9ys6ur7fhjzscee6081pk Page:United States Statutes at Large Volume 128.pdf/3244 104 4489849 14128040 2024-04-25T15:26:01Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="TE(æ)A,ea." />{{rh|[[United States Statutes at Large/Volume 128|128 STAT.]] 3220|[[Public Law 113-287|PUBLIC LAW 113–287]]—DEC. 19, 2014}}</noinclude><section begin="s1" />(d) {{sc|Submerged Land.}}—No submerged land shall be conveyed under this chapter. {{div|305106}}'''§ 305106. Historic light station sales''' (a) {{sc|In General.}}— :(1) {{sc|When sale may occur.}}—If no applicant is approved for the conveyance of a historic light station pursuant to sections 305101 through 305105 of this title, the historic light station shall be offered for sale. :(2) {{sc|Terms of sale.}}—Terms of the sales— ::(A) shall be developed by the Administrator; and ::(B) shall be consistent with the requirements of paragraphs (1) to (4) and (8) of subsection (a), and subsection (b), of {{nsl2|section 305104|#305104}} of this title. :(3) {{sc|Covenants to be included in conveyance documents.}}—Conveyance documents shall include all necessary covenants to protect the historical integrity of the historic light station and ensure that any Federal aid to navigation located at the historic light station is operated and maintained by the United States for as long as needed for that purpose. (b) {{sc|Net Sale Proceeds.}}— :(1) {{sc|Disposition and use of funds.}}—Net sale proceeds from the disposal of a historic light station— ::(A) located on public domain land shall be transferred to the National Maritime Heritage Grants Program established under {{nsl2|chapter 3087|../Chapter 3087}} in the Department of the Interior; and ::(B) under the administrative control of the Secretary of Homeland Security— :::(i) shall be credited to the Coast Guard’s Operating Expenses appropriation account; and :::(ii) shall be available for obligation and expenditure for the maintenance of light stations remaining under the administrative control of the Secretary of Homeland Security. :(2) {{sc|Availability of funds.}}—The funds referred to in paragraph (1)(B) shall remain available until expended and shall be available in addition to funds available in the Coast Guard’s Operating Expense appropriation for that purpose. <section end="s1" /> <section begin="s2" />{{c|{{larger block|'''Chapter 3053—National Center for<br />Preservation Technology and Training'''}}}} {{smaller block|{{plainlist|*Sec. *305301. [[#305301|Definitions.]] *305302. {{nsl2|National Center for Preservation Technology and Training.|#305302}} *305303. {{nsl2|Preservation Technology and Training Board.|#305303}} *305304. {{nsl2|Preservation grants.|#305304}} *305305. {{nsl2|General provisions.|#305305}} *305306. {{nsl2|Service preservation centers and offices.|#305306}}}}}} {{div|305301}}'''§ 305301. Definitions''' In this chapter: :(1) {{sc|Board.}}—The term “Board” means the Preservation Technology and Training Board established pursuant to {{nsl2|section 305303|#305303}} of this title.<section end="s2" /><noinclude></noinclude> qqlveq5l1oyelai59jtmhvoqn6ewrck Public Law 113-287/Chapters 3041 0 4489850 14128042 2024-04-25T15:26:32Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 TE(æ)A,ea. moved page [[Public Law 113-287/Chapters 3041]] to [[Public Law 113-287/Chapter 3041]]: Misspelled title wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Public Law 113-287/Chapter 3041]] cr49184e5rjr5j4myg5a1gus2p5grqv 14128043 14128042 2024-04-25T15:26:39Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 Removed redirect to [[Public Law 113-287/Chapter 3041]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{sdelete}} o4o52jmirdyidn62vkjoi34v7lba7wm Public Law 113-287/Chapter 3051 0 4489851 14128046 2024-04-25T15:27:32Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 Created page with "{{header |title=Public Law 113-287 |author=|override_author=U.S. Congress |section= |previous=[[../Chapter 3041/]] |next=[[../Chapter 3053/]] |notes= }} <pages index="United States Statutes at Large Volume 128.pdf" from=3239 fromsection=s2 to=3244 tosection=s1 />" wikitext text/x-wiki {{header |title=Public Law 113-287 |author=|override_author=U.S. Congress |section= |previous=[[../Chapter 3041/]] |next=[[../Chapter 3053/]] |notes= }} <pages index="United States Statutes at Large Volume 128.pdf" from=3239 fromsection=s2 to=3244 tosection=s1 /> cnmi0tlhdtcy2z32xdnvyq3booehjow Page:พรบ ใช้ ปพพ ๒๕๑๙.pdf/53 104 4489852 14128053 2024-04-25T15:33:00Z Librovore 3126709 /* Not proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=56|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|2}} {{lawth|rb|3}} {{lawth|rb|4}} {{lawth|rb|5}} {{lawth|rb|6}} {{lawth|rb|7}}<noinclude></noinclude> b9o69g5j9874dxenn3x819etb8d1orl 14128054 14128053 2024-04-25T15:35:02Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=56|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|2}}when the woman who is his or her mother was sexually abducted or deceived into having sexual intercourse during a period in which she could get pregnant; {{lawth|rb|3}}when a document from the father declares that the child is his own child; {{lawth|rb|4}} {{lawth|rb|5}} {{lawth|rb|6}} {{lawth|rb|7}}<noinclude></noinclude> tkas1o4kvzboanzen7dun9mihtyk68i 14128055 14128054 2024-04-25T15:35:28Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=56|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|2}}when the woman who is his or her mother was sexually abducted or deceived into having sexual intercourse during the period in which she could get pregnant; {{lawth|rb|3}}when a document from the father declares that the child is his own child; {{lawth|rb|4}} {{lawth|rb|5}} {{lawth|rb|6}} {{lawth|rb|7}}<noinclude></noinclude> 8df7saphw12kvhpwfzwe9bv7cjv1px0 14128060 14128055 2024-04-25T15:40:09Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=56|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|2}}when the woman who is his or her mother was sexually abducted or deceived into having sexual intercourse during the period in which she could get pregnant; {{lawth|rb|3}}when a document from the father shows that the child is his own child; {{lawth|rb|4}}when an entry in the birth register, made at the request of the father, shows that the child is his child, or such entry was made with the knowledge or consent of the father; {{lawth|rb|5}} {{lawth|rb|6}} {{lawth|rb|7}}<noinclude></noinclude> 9v4frj7uoy34xmtws88buc2jhoms9wp 14128068 14128060 2024-04-25T15:43:41Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=56|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|2}}when the mother was sexually abducted or deceived into having sexual intercourse during the period in which she could get pregnant; {{lawth|rb|3}}when a document from the father shows that the child is his own child; {{lawth|rb|4}}when an entry in the birth register, made at the request of the father, shows that the child is his child, or such an entry was made with the knowledge or consent of the father; {{lawth|rb|5}}when the father and mother openly cohabited during the period in which she could get pregnant; {{lawth|rb|6}}when there was sexual intercourse with the mother during the period in which she could get pregnant and there is no appropriate reason to believe that the child was fathered by another man; {{lawth|rb|7}}<noinclude></noinclude> 9e0xn6s449bea1f4exyj5tbr0uedied 14128092 14128068 2024-04-25T15:50:08Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=56|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|2}}when the mother was sexually abducted or deceived into having sexual intercourse during the period in which she could get pregnant; {{lawth|rb|3}}when a document from the father shows that the child is his own child; {{lawth|rb|4}}when an entry in the birth register, made at the request of the father, shows that the child is his child, or such an entry was made with the knowledge or consent of the father; {{lawth|rb|5}}when the father and mother openly cohabited during the period in which she could get pregnant; {{lawth|rb|6}}when there was sexual intercourse with the mother during the period in which she could get pregnant and there is no appropriate reason to believe that the child was fathered by another man; {{lawth|rb|7}}when generally known circumstances show the status of being a child.<noinclude></noinclude> jkdzmjbavy5tciz0uoq5jj108aa9jx2 14128106 14128092 2024-04-25T15:54:05Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=56|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|2}}when the mother was sexually abducted or deceived into having sexual intercourse during the period in which she could get pregnant; {{lawth|rb|3}}when a document from the father shows that the child is his own child; {{lawth|rb|4}}when an entry in the birth register, made at the request of the father, shows that the child is his child, or such an entry was made with the knowledge or consent of the father; {{lawth|rb|5}}when the father and mother openly cohabited during the period in which she could get pregnant; {{lawth|rb|6}}when there was sexual intercourse with the mother during the period in which she could get pregnant and there is no appropriate reason to believe that the child was fathered by another man; {{lawth|rb|7}}when a generally known constant circumstance shows the status of being a child.<noinclude></noinclude> gsdjb8cnbsuisp7al18ukfh6tujmxu2 14128108 14128106 2024-04-25T15:55:39Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=56|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|2}}when the mother was sexually abducted or deceived into having sexual intercourse during the period in which she could get pregnant; {{lawth|rb|3}}when a document from the father shows that the child is his own child; {{lawth|rb|4}}when an entry in the birth register, made at the request of the father, shows that the child is his child, or such an entry was made with the knowledge or consent of the father; {{lawth|rb|5}}when the father and mother openly cohabited during the period in which she could get pregnant; {{lawth|rb|6}}when there was sexual intercourse with the mother during the period in which she could get pregnant and there is no appropriate reason to believe that the child was fathered by another man; {{lawth|rb|7}}when a generally known constant circumstance shows the status of being a child. The generally known constant circumstance which shows the status of being a child shall be determined by the facts which show the relationship as a father and child found<noinclude></noinclude> n9767fzs7x8lg0hcjvfvut9zgfqzh05 Page:Colnett - Voyage to the South Pacific (IA cihm 33242).djvu/191 104 4489853 14128057 2024-04-25T15:36:19Z M-le-mot-dit 95366 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="M-le-mot-dit" />{{running header||VOYAGE TO THE SOUTH SEAS.|161}} {{Left margin|0|4=5.5em}}</noinclude>South, without wa{{ls}}ting us much time as we had before done, to get to the Ea{{ls}}tward, when we wanted to reach James's I{{ls}}le. From the South the current {{ls}}et from three to four miles an hour, due North, and we had in general, thick, foggy weather. We frenquently {{ls}}aw whales; and on {{MarginNote|margin=right|x-unit=em|margin-width=5.5|alley-width=.25|text-align=center|text=May 16.}}the 16th of May, got {{ls}}ight of Wenam's I{{ls}}le, bearing We{{ls}}t North We{{ls}}t, {{ls}}even or eight Leagues. It is {{ls}}mall, but of con{{ls}}iderable height, like Culpepper's I{{ls}}le, and I make it in Latitude {{Nowrap|1° 21′}} North, and Longitude {{Nowrap|91° 45′}} We{{ls}}t. The time of our propo{{ls}}ed cruize off the{{ls}}e i{{ls}}les was expired, and the winds obliged me to {{ls}}tand away to the Ea{{ls}}tward and Northward, with the {{ls}}trong current {{ls}}etting again{{ls}}t me, to the We{{ls}}tward and Northward; {{ls}}o that I was fifteen days making Cape Blanco, the South Cape of the Gulf of Guiaquil, a di{{ls}}tance we had run before in four days. Half way over we fell in with a body of {{ls}}permaceti whales, we got up with them, though not without {{ls}}ome difficulty, and killed three, but were {{ls}}o unfortunate as to have two boats {{ls}}tove in the {{ls}}truggle. Within Cape Blanco, we {{ls}}aw a {{ls}}ail crouding every thing from us, which induced us to conjecture that it was no longer peace between Great Britain and Spain. But this ve{{ls}}{{ls}}el was too far up the Gulf, as well as in<noinclude>{{Left margin/e}}</noinclude> la0qntvgca7j2xmxi965ezkutc1yekx Index:Pentagon-Papers-Part I.djvu/styles.css 106 4489854 14128059 2024-04-25T15:39:25Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Created page with ".__timeline{ margin:0 auto 0 auto; border-spacing:1px; border-bottom:1px solid black; } .__timeline td{ padding:10px; border-bottom:1px; }" sanitized-css text/css .__timeline{ margin:0 auto 0 auto; border-spacing:1px; border-bottom:1px solid black; } .__timeline td{ padding:10px; border-bottom:1px; } juhrd27v8s7s7m02npzl1n7kk8ndndc 14128061 14128059 2024-04-25T15:40:18Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css .__timeline{ margin:0 auto 0 auto; border-spacing:1px; border-bottom:1px solid black; } .__timeline td{ padding:10px; border-bottom:1px solid black; vertical-align:top; } 4gvr9tdcow2cnzfq4b0v1v4py8yyprt 14128064 14128061 2024-04-25T15:41:32Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css .__timeline{ margin:0 auto 0 auto; border-collapse:collapse; border-bottom:1px solid black; } .__timeline td{ padding:10px; border-bottom:1px solid black; vertical-align:top; } l9sklo7f8f8xk4cqbe45uvc2rfoc3tu 14128065 14128064 2024-04-25T15:42:36Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css .__timeline{ margin:0 auto 0 auto; border-collapse:collapse; border-bottom:1px solid black; } .__timeline th{ padding:10px; border-bottom:1px solid black; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; } .__timeline td{ padding:10px; border-bottom:1px solid black; vertical-align:top; } os89u31cj4xt1sdb65iecz0txs2nfuc 14128066 14128065 2024-04-25T15:43:03Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css .__timeline{ margin:0 auto 0 auto; border-collapse:collapse; border-bottom:1px solid black; } .__timeline th{ padding:10px; border-bottom:1px solid black; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; font-weight:normal; } .__timeline td{ padding:10px; border-bottom:1px solid black; vertical-align:top; } pehnsv31byd2wd0sxej8zgw7oklwxlt Page:Colnett - Voyage to the South Pacific (IA cihm 33242).djvu/192 104 4489855 14128063 2024-04-25T15:40:31Z M-le-mot-dit 95366 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="M-le-mot-dit" />{{running header|162|VOYAGE TO THE SOUTH SEAS.|}} {{Left margin|0|4=5.5em}}</noinclude>too {{ls}}hallow water for us to follow her. On the following morning, being {{MarginNote|margin=right|x-unit=em|margin-width=5.5|alley-width=.25|text-align=center|text=June 5.}}the fifth of June, we got a {{ls}}teady wind from the South We{{ls}}t, but as we di{{ls}}tanced the {{ls}}hore and Southerd our Latitude, it hauled to the South Ea{{ls}}t, encrea{{ls}}ing daily in {{ls}}trength, with an heavy {{ls}}ea. The weather was {{ls}}ometimes {{ls}}qually, with frequent {{ls}}howers of rain; and when we got into Latitude 17° South, and Longitude 90° We{{ls}}t, the wind hauled well to the Ea{{ls}}t. {{MarginNote|margin=right|x-unit=em|margin-width=5.5|alley-width=.25|text-align=center|text=19.}}On the 19th of June, when we were in Latitude 24°, and Longitude {{Nowrap|90° 30′}}, an heavy gale of wind blew from the Northward. From the time of our leaving Cape Blanco the {{ls}}hip had made water, which now began to gain on us: and in the afternoon of the twenty-fir{{ls}}t, in a violent {{ls}}quall of wind and rain, our fair weather top-{{ls}}ails and cour{{ls}}es were blown to pieces, and having neither canvas or twine to repair them, we were under the nece{{ls}}{{ls}}ity of bending our be{{ls}}t and only {{ls}}uit. At night, being in the {{ls}}uppo{{ls}}ed {{ls}}ituation of Saint Felix and Saint Ambro{{ls}}e I{{ls}}les by different navigators, we hove to till day-light, and then {{ls}}cudded till night and again hove to, as we did, on the {{ls}}ucceeding night, at which time the weather moderated. Having now run down both to the<noinclude>{{Left margin/e}}</noinclude> dut1bcs3cwvkvkh613rllz1vukq4wvl Category:Albums 14 4489856 14128072 2024-04-25T15:45:45Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Created page with "A base category for works that are compilations of images. <!-- Category:Photobooks to go here when we have works of this nature --> [[Category:Collections]] [[Category:Images]]" wikitext text/x-wiki A base category for works that are compilations of images. <!-- Category:Photobooks to go here when we have works of this nature --> [[Category:Collections]] [[Category:Images]] rjf1i1zpu8gzk32hdn4pvrnn65bbvth Category:Albums of illustrations 14 4489857 14128076 2024-04-25T15:46:31Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Created page with "Works that are compilations of drawn images. [[Category:Albums]]" wikitext text/x-wiki Works that are compilations of drawn images. [[Category:Albums]] qi6z5riwmb84xnbrbhwbtvuf44bf4dz Page:Colnett - Voyage to the South Pacific (IA cihm 33242).djvu/193 104 4489858 14128077 2024-04-25T15:47:04Z M-le-mot-dit 95366 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="M-le-mot-dit" />{{running header||VOYAGE TO THE SOUTH SEAS.|163}} {{Left margin|0|4=5.5em}}</noinclude>Ea{{ls}}t and We{{ls}}t in the {{ls}}uppo{{ls}}ed Latitude of the{{ls}}e i{{ls}}les. I am convinced that there are no other near this {{ls}}ituation than tho{{ls}}e I vi{{ls}}ited in my outward-bound pa{{ls}}{{ls}}age; and where I was at this time determined to land a party for the purpo{{ls}}e of {{ls}}alting and drying {{ls}}eal-{{ls}}kins; intending then to proceed to the Ea{{ls}}tward as far as Ea{{ls}}ter I{{ls}}le, to {{ls}}earch for i{{ls}}les mentioned in the following extract of a letter in the po{{ls}}{{ls}}e{{ls}}{{ls}}ion of Philip Stephens, E{{ls}}q., and of who{{ls}}e exi{{ls}}tence I entertain not the lea{{ls}}t doubt, as in their de{{ls}}cription they differ much from Ea{{ls}}ter I{{ls}}le, which I vi{{ls}}ited with Captain Cook, there not being a tree on it. {{Center|{{asc|Extract.}}}} {{Right|{{Smaller|16th September, 1773.}}}} "The Achilles left Calloa the {{ls}}eventh of April, and arrived at Cadiz the tenth, by which we learn that the frigate Le {{SIC|Lievre|Lièvre|nodash}} (the Hare) had di{{ls}}covered five i{{ls}}lands in the South {{ls}}ea, in about 27° of South Latitude; that one of them was con{{ls}}iderably large, and inhabited by Indians {{ls}}omewhat tractable, and governed by a chief. They have hatchets and other uten{{ls}}ils, which they {{ls}}ay the Engli{{ls}}h left there three months before the Lievre arrived there." {{Center|{{asc|Extract.}}}} {{Right|{{Smaller|27th September, 1773.}}}} "The tenth in{{ls}}tant came into Cadiz, the merchant {{ls}}hip Achilles, which left Calloa off Lima, the {{ls}}eventh of<noinclude>{{Left margin/e}}</noinclude> 9byq47pldmtgpkiqm3d854fte3efb1k Page:Colnett - Voyage to the South Pacific (IA cihm 33242).djvu/194 104 4489859 14128090 2024-04-25T15:49:51Z M-le-mot-dit 95366 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="M-le-mot-dit" />{{running header|164|VOYAGE TO THE SOUTH SEAS.|}} {{Left margin|0|4=5.5em}}</noinclude>April la{{ls}}t. This ve{{ls}}{{ls}}el brought news to the court of the di{{ls}}covery, and the taking po{{ls}}{{ls}}e{{ls}}{{ls}}ion, in the name of the King, of {{ls}}everal {{ls}}mall i{{ls}}lands in the South {{ls}}eas, to 27° of Latitude South of Lima. There is one i{{ls}}land rather large, and has an excellent harbour. This i{{ls}}land they have called Saint Charles; and the di{{ls}}covery was made by the King's frigate the Eagle, which the Viceroy of Peru {{ls}}ent upon that expedition. They {{ls}}ay that the{{ls}}e i{{ls}}lands are inhabited by {{ls}}avage Indians, but that they were very well di{{ls}}po{{ls}}ed; and that the country abounded with wood, fowls, hogs, and certain roots of which they made bread, perhaps ca{{ls}}{{ls}}ada." "It would appear that the court means to make u{{ls}}e of this di{{ls}}covery; and that they mean to build forts thereon, and to e{{ls}}tabli{{ls}}h a communication between the{{ls}}e i{{ls}}lands, and the continent of South America. It is probable that the famous Mr. Hud{{ls}}on had di{{ls}}covered the{{ls}}e i{{ls}}les in his voyage round the world, and that the large{{ls}}t of them are called Davis's land. What renders this conjecture more probable is, that they found the interior inhabitants po{{ls}}{{ls}}e{{ls}}{{ls}}ed of hatchets, {{ls}}pades and hoes." {{Dhr|.5em}} {{Nop}}<noinclude>{{Left margin/e}}</noinclude> si2qo7sra55fwpoq6ylujn2o63z6fao User:SulphurEel/vector-2022.css 2 4489860 14128096 2024-04-25T15:50:56Z SulphurEel 3130695 Created page with "/* for vector 2022 */ .mw-body { margin-left: 1em; } .vector-menu-tabs li { background-color:transparent; background-color:#272822 !important } #vector-main-menu { background-color:#272822 !important; color:#3366cc; } .vector-dropdown-content{ background-color:#272822 !important; color:#3366cc; } #p-search { margin-right: 20px; margin-top: 0px; } .cdx-button:enabled.cdx-button--weight-quiet, .cdx-button.cdx-button--fake-button--enabled.cdx-b..." css text/css /* for vector 2022 */ .mw-body { margin-left: 1em; } .vector-menu-tabs li { background-color:transparent; background-color:#272822 !important } #vector-main-menu { background-color:#272822 !important; color:#3366cc; } .vector-dropdown-content{ background-color:#272822 !important; color:#3366cc; } #p-search { margin-right: 20px; margin-top: 0px; } .cdx-button:enabled.cdx-button--weight-quiet, .cdx-button.cdx-button--fake-button--enabled.cdx-button--weight-quiet { background-color: #272822 !important; background-color: transparent !important; } .cdx-button.cdx-button--fake-button--enabled.cdx-button--weight-quiet { background-color: #272822 !important; color:#F0F; color:#3366cc; } #p-search input{ padding-left: 34px !important; } .vector-dropdown .vector-dropdown-label { padding: inherit; } #ca-unwatch{ padding-bottom: 1.5px; } #ca-watch{ padding-bottom: 1.5px; } #ca-unwatch a{ padding-top: 4px; } #ca-watch a{ padding-top: 4px; } .vector-icon mw-ui-icon-wikimedia-unStar:after{ content: 'Unwatch'; } #p-variants-label{ padding: 0px 14px; } #vector-main-menu{ font-size: .7em; } .vector-user-links { margin-left: 1em; } .mw-ui-icon-wikimedia-search{ border: 3px solid #F00; } #mw-panel{ max-width:220px } #left-navigation { float: left; margin-left: 0px; } .vector-menu-content .cdx-button:enabled.cdx-button--weight-quiet{ border: 0px; } .cdx-button.cdx-button--fake-button--enabled.cdx-button--weight-quiet { border: 0px; } .vector-sticky-header-start { padding-left: 30px; } .vector-feature-zebra-design-enabled .vector-pinnable-header-label { color: #54595d; color: #333; } .vector-feature-zebra-design-enabled .mw-page-container-inner { grid-template-columns: none !important; } .vector-dropdown label{ color:#3366cc; } #ca-watch > a > span.vector-icon.mw-ui-icon-star.mw-ui-icon-wikimedia-star:after{ color:#3366cc; } .vector-feature-zebra-design-enabled .vector-pinned-container { background-color: #555; color:#000; } .vector-header-container .vector-sticky-header { background-color: #555; color:#000; } .vector-header-container .mw-header, .vector-header-container .vector-sticky-header { background-color: #333; } .mw-message-box { background-color: transparent; border: 1px solid #CCC; } .cdx-button.cdx-button--fake-button--enabled.cdx-button--weight-quiet { background-color: transparent !important; } .vector-menu-tabs li { border: 1px solid #333; } .vector-feature-zebra-design-enabled .mw-page-container, .vector-feature-zebra-design-enabled .vector-header-container .mw-header, .vector-feature-zebra-design-enabled .vector-header-container .vector-sticky-header { background-color: #333; } .mw-logo-icon { mix-blend-mode: overlay; filter: hue-rotate(150deg); filter: sepia(1); filter: drop-shadow(5px 5px 5px #000); } .mw-logo-container img { width: 100%; mix-blend-mode: overlay; filter: hue-rotate(150deg); filter: sepia(1); -webkit-filter: drop-shadow(5px 5px 5px #000); filter: drop-shadow(5px 5px 5px #000); } #vector-page-tools-dropdown { min-width: 90px; padding-left: 0px; border: 1px solid #CCC; } #ca-unwatch a:after { margin-bottom: -10px; } .client-js .mw-editform .wikiEditor-ui-text { background: #777; } .cdx-button:enabled, .cdx-button.cdx-button--fake-button--enabled { background-color: #777; } #p-search input { background: #333333; color:#CCC; } .cdx-text-input__input:enabled { background: #333333; color:#CCC; } .cdx-icon svg { fill: #aaa; } .cdx-menu-item--enabled, .cdx-menu-item--enabled .cdx-menu-item__content { color: #bbb; background-color: #333; } .vector-feature-zebra-design-enabled .vector-sticky-pinned-container::after { background: transparent; } .mw-header .vector-header-start, .mw-header .vector-header-end { display: block; } .vector-feature-zebra-design-enabled .vector-dropdown .vector-dropdown-content { background-color: #878787; } .vector-feature-zebra-design-enabled .vector-pinnable-header-toggle-button { background-color: #878787; } .vector-icon { background-size: 18px; width: 2em; height: 2em; background-color: #9e9e9e; border-radius: 10px; border: 1px solid #666; } .mw-header .vector-header-start, .mw-header .vector-header-end { display: flex; } .cdx-button:enabled, .cdx-button.cdx-button--fake-button--enabled { background-color: transparent; } .vector-user-menu-logged-in .vector-dropdown-label::after { background-color: #CCC; } .vector-feature-zebra-design-enabled .vector-dropdown .vector-dropdown-label:not(.cdx-button--icon-only)::after { background-color: #CCC; } .vector-feature-zebra-design-enabled .vector-dropdown .vector-dropdown-content { background-color: #3b444b; } vector-menu-tabs li { border: 0px; border-top: 1px solid #6c6c6c; } .cdx-button:enabled.cdx-button--weight-quiet, .cdx-button.cdx-button--fake-button--enabled.cdx-button--weight-quiet { border: 0px; } .cdx-button:enabled, .cdx-button.cdx-button--fake-button--enabled { background-color: #72777d; } .vector-feature-zebra-design-enabled .vector-toc .vector-toc-text { padding-left: 12px; } .vector-page-toolbar-container .vector-icon { display: contents; } @media screen and (min-width: 1200px) .vector-feature-zebra-design-enabled .mw-header .vector-header-end { float: right; } .mw-header .vector-header-start, .mw-header .vector-header-end { margin-left: 0%; } .vector-user-links { margin-left: 40%; } .vector-user-menu-logged-in .vector-dropdown-label::after { background-position-x: 50%; padding: 2px; border-radius: 10px; } .vector-feature-zebra-design-enabled .vector-dropdown .vector-dropdown-label:not(.cdx-button--icon-only)::after { background-position-x: 50%; padding: 2px; border-radius: 10px; } .vector-feature-zebra-design-enabled .vector-dropdown .vector-dropdown-label:not(.cdx-button--icon-only)::after { background-color: #799dff; } #vector-page-tools-dropdown { border: 1px solid #333; } #ca-unwatch > a > span.vector-icon.mw-ui-icon-unStar.mw-ui-icon-wikimedia-unStar:after { padding-left: 0px; position: relative; top: 2px; left: 10px; color: #3366cc; } .vector-icon.mw-ui-icon-wikimedia-star:after { padding-left: 0px; position: relative; top: 4px; left: 10px; color: #3366cc; } #ca-watch{ padding-bottom:2px } #ca-watch > a > span.vector-icon.mw-ui-icon-star.mw-ui-icon-wikimedia-star:after { padding-left: 0px; position: relative; top: 4px; left: 10px; color: #3366cc; } .mw-watchlink{ display:inline-block; border-bottom: 4px solid #F33; } .vector-feature-zebra-design-enabled body { background-color: #000; } .skin-vector-2022 .vector-menu-tabs .mw-list-item, .skin-vector-2022 .vector-page-toolbar-container .vector-dropdown { display: inline-block; } .oo-ui-dropdownWidget.oo-ui-widget-enabled .oo-ui-dropdownWidget-handle { background-color: #3572af; color: #202122; } .vector-feature-zebra-design-enabled.client-js.vector-sticky-header-enabled .vector-sticky-pinned-container { max-width: 220px; margin-left: 0px; border-top: 2px solid #000; } body > div.mw-page-container > div > div.vector-column-start > div.vector-main-menu-container{ max-width: 260px; } .vector-header-container .vector-sticky-header { color: #ccc; } #vector-page-tools-dropdown-checkbox{ border-left:2px solid #F00; } #vector-page-tools-dropdown .vector-dropdown-label-text{ margin-top: -2px; } #vector-page-tools-dropdown { padding-left: 10px; margin-left: 0px; } #simpleSearch .cdx-button:enabled, #simpleSearch .cdx-button.cdx-button--fake-button--enabled{ background:transparent; display:contents } #vector-page-tools-dropdown { background: #272822 !important; } #vector-page-tools-dropdown { height: 34px; } .vector-feature-zebra-design-enabled .vector-dropdown .vector-dropdown-label:not(.cdx-button--icon-only)::after { background-position-x: 47%; padding: 2.5px; border-radius: 10px; background-position-y: 62%; margin-left:10px; } .vector-dropdown-content { filter: drop-shadow(5px 5px 5px #000); } #mw-panel { background: #272822 !important; } .vector-pinned-container { background: #272822 !important; } #mw-panel-toc-list{ background: #272822 !important; } .vector-column-start .vector-sticky-pinned-container { margin-left: 0; } .vector-sticky-pinned-container { max-width: 220px; } .vector-toc .vector-toc-toggle { margin-left: -7px; scale: 60%; } .vector-toc .vector-toc-link { font-size: 12px; line-height:16px; } 7t7u9ktfxteov0w73bicqcoocgn86yp 14128098 14128096 2024-04-25T15:51:24Z SulphurEel 3130695 Blanked the page css text/css phoiac9h4m842xq45sp7s6u21eteeq1 14128103 14128098 2024-04-25T15:52:37Z SulphurEel 3130695 css text/css @import url("https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:DavidL/darktheme.css&ctype=text/css&action=raw") screen; 8m2ttdttsvcxp7qumpcjp3hvk0aq6rm 14128104 14128103 2024-04-25T15:53:22Z SulphurEel 3130695 Blanked the page css text/css phoiac9h4m842xq45sp7s6u21eteeq1 Page:Colnett - Voyage to the South Pacific (IA cihm 33242).djvu/195 104 4489861 14128102 2024-04-25T15:52:34Z M-le-mot-dit 95366 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="M-le-mot-dit" />{{running header||VOYAGE TO THE SOUTH SEAS.|165}} {{Left margin|0|4=5.5em}}</noinclude>Roggewein's account of an i{{ls}}le in this Latitude, differs {{ls}}o much trom Ea{{ls}}ter I{{ls}}le, that I cannot {{ls}}uppo{{ls}}e it to be the {{ls}}ame. Mr. Wafer, who was {{ls}}urgeon with Captain Davis, in 1685, and after whom land in this Latitude is named, differs very widely from Roggewein's account, and al{{ls}}o Captain Cook. If I had not found the{{ls}}e i{{ls}}les, the potatoes which I entertained the hopes of procuring at Ea{{ls}}ter I{{ls}}le, would have enabled me to lengthen my voyage, and to double Cape Horn in the {{ls}}ummer {{ls}}ea{{ls}}on. {{MarginNote|margin=right|x-unit=em|margin-width=5.5|alley-width=.25|text-align=center|text=June 22.}}On the twenty-{{ls}}econd at noon, we made the I{{ls}}les Saint Ambro{{ls}}e and Saint Felix, and prepared every thing for landing. During the la{{ls}}t twenty-four hours, the wind had hauled to the Southward, and we had to beat up again{{ls}}t it. Throughout the night it blew very {{ls}}trong in {{ls}}qualls, while the {{ls}}hip laboured very much, and the leak increa{{ls}}ed {{ls}}o as to keep both pumps employed. By the quantity of water perceived in the hold, we {{ls}}u{{ls}}pected that it ru{{ls}}hed in forward, and that part of the wooding ends were {{ls}}tarted. {{Nop}}<noinclude>{{Left margin/e}}</noinclude> q9kdfpasc4at9yozjx2ey9qe9jr0y9e Page:Colnett - Voyage to the South Pacific (IA cihm 33242).djvu/196 104 4489862 14128107 2024-04-25T15:55:01Z M-le-mot-dit 95366 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="M-le-mot-dit" />{{running header|166|VOYAGE TO THE SOUTH SEAS.|}} {{Left margin|0|4=5.5em}}</noinclude>On the North {{ls}}ide of the We{{ls}}ternmo{{ls}}t i{{ls}}le, at half a mile di{{ls}}tance from the {{ls}}hore, there was {{ls}}afe anchorage, with a {{ls}}outherly wind, which now blew: but as we had {{ls}}o lately experienced an heavy Northerly gale, which is the prevailing wind in winter, and blows directly into the anchoring birth, the general opinion was to make {{ls}}ail back to the Northward, to get into better weather or in with the main land, and endeavour to {{ls}}top the leak.—In {{ls}}hort, any {{ls}}ituation however inconvenient, or even dangerous, was preferred by the whole crew, to the putting into a Spani{{ls}}h port, and tru{{ls}}ting to the tender mercies we might find there. It becomes an act of ju{{ls}}tice in me to declare that, in every awkward and unplea{{ls}}ant circum{{ls}}tance, in which we {{ls}}ometimes found our{{ls}}elves, every per{{ls}}on on board, from the whaling-ma{{ls}}ter to the lowe{{ls}}t {{ls}}eaman, manife{{ls}}ted a perfect confidence in me, and paid an implicit obedience to my opinion.—But the {{ls}}uper{{ls}}tition of a {{ls}}ailor's mind is not ea{{ls}}ily {{ls}}ubdued, and it was with {{ls}}ome difficulty that I could pre{{ls}}erve an hen who had been hatched and bred on board, and who at this time was accompanied by a {{ls}}mall brood of chickens, from being de{{ls}}troyed, in order to quit the ill omen that had been occa{{ls}}ioned by the unexpected crowing of the animal during the preceding night. {{Nop}}<noinclude>{{Left margin/e}}</noinclude> 1othkks1n7ute47i3mcmckynbajz3xy The Strand Magazine/Volume 7/Issue 39 0 4489864 14128113 2024-04-25T16:00:30Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Created page with "{{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = Issue 39 - February 1894 | previous = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 38/|Issue 38]] | next = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 40/|Issue 40]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 7 }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 7. No. 39.||March 1893.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the is..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = Issue 39 - February 1894 | previous = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 38/|Issue 38]] | next = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 40/|Issue 40]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 7 }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 7. No. 39.||March 1893.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <!-- <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 7).djvu" include=3/> --> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC/s|title=Contents|width=500px}} * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''. No. XXXI. Mr. T. Sidney Cooper, R.A., by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:T. Sidney Cooper|T. Sidney Cooper]].}} * '''[[/That Stout German/]]''' by [[Author:F. Bayford Harrison|F. Bayford Harrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Zig-Zags at the Zoo/]]''', No. XXI. Zig-Zag Scansorial by [[Author:Arthur Morrison|Arthur Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:William James Affleck Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]].}} * '''[[/Stories from the Diary of a Doctor/]]''',<br/>No. IX. An Oak Coffin, by [[Author:L. T. Meade|L. T. Meade]] and [[Author:Clifford Halifax|Clifford Halifax]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/Beauties/]]''': Children * '''[[/Crimes and Criminals/]]: I. Burglars and Burgling'''. * '''[[/Lost in a Blizzard/]]''' by [[Author:G. H. Lees|G. H. Lees]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:W. Christian Symons|W. Christian Symons]].}} * '''[[/The British Embassy at Paris/]]''' by [[Author:Mary Spencer-Warren|Mary Spencer-Watten]]. * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Anthony Thorold, Bishop of Winchester * Czar Alexander III of Russia * Henry Wellesley * The Hon. Sir William Rann Kennedy * Dan Godfrey }}}} * '''[[/The Birth of a Smile/]]'''. * '''[[/Martin Hewitt, Investigator/]]''',<br/>The Lenton Croft Robberies, by [[Author:A. G. Morrison|A. G. Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/The Palace of Vanity/]]''' by [[Author:Emile de Girardin|Emile de Girardin]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/The Queer Side of Things/]]''' ** '''The Master of Grange''', by [[Author:J. F. Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]]. {{AuxTOC/e}} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] id7cnu3khanw2pl2mh95k4o1h7mm2lh 14128125 14128113 2024-04-25T16:05:49Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = Issue 39 - February 1894 | previous = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 38/|Issue 38]] | next = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 40/|Issue 40]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 7 }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 7. No. 39.||March 1893.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <!-- <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 7).djvu" include=3/> --> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC/s|title=Contents|width=500px}} * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''. No. XXXI. Mr. T. Sidney Cooper, R.A., by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:T. Sidney Cooper|T. Sidney Cooper]].}} * '''[[/That Stout German/]]''' by [[Author:F. Bayford Harrison|F. Bayford Harrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Zig-Zags at the Zoo/]]''', No. XXI. Zig-Zag Scansorial by [[Author:Arthur Morrison|Arthur Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:William James Affleck Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]].}} * '''[[/Stories from the Diary of a Doctor/]]''',<br/>No. IX. An Oak Coffin, by [[Author:L. T. Meade|L. T. Meade]] and [[Author:Clifford Halifax|Clifford Halifax]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/Beauties/]]''': Children * '''[[/Crimes and Criminals/]]: II. Burglars and Burgling'''. * '''[[/Lost in a Blizzard/]]''' by [[Author:G. H. Lees|G. H. Lees]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:W. Christian Symons|W. Christian Symons]].}} * '''[[/The British Embassy at Paris/]]''' by [[Author:Mary Spencer-Warren|Mary Spencer-Watten]]. * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Anthony Thorold, Bishop of Winchester * Czar Alexander III of Russia * Henry Wellesley * The Hon. Sir William Rann Kennedy * Dan Godfrey }}}} * '''[[/The Birth of a Smile/]]'''. * '''[[/Martin Hewitt, Investigator/]]''',<br/>The Lenton Croft Robberies, by [[Author:A. G. Morrison|A. G. Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/The Palace of Vanity/]]''' by [[Author:Emile de Girardin|Emile de Girardin]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/The Queer Side of Things/]]''' ** '''The Master of Grange''', by [[Author:J. F. Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]]. {{AuxTOC/e}} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] 2ntdxqljpa5sny95mb76550epwjmaic 14129850 14128125 2024-04-25T19:49:24Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = Issue 39 - March 1894 | previous = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 38/|Issue 38]] | next = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 40/|Issue 40]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 7 }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 7. No. 39.||March 1893.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <!-- <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 7).djvu" include=3/> --> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC/s|title=Contents|width=500px}} * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''. No. XXXI. Mr. T. Sidney Cooper, R.A., by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:T. Sidney Cooper|T. Sidney Cooper]].}} * '''[[/That Stout German/]]''' by [[Author:F. Bayford Harrison|F. Bayford Harrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Zig-Zags at the Zoo/]]''', No. XXI. Zig-Zag Scansorial by [[Author:Arthur Morrison|Arthur Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:William James Affleck Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]].}} * '''[[/Stories from the Diary of a Doctor/]]''',<br/>No. IX. An Oak Coffin, by [[Author:L. T. Meade|L. T. Meade]] and [[Author:Clifford Halifax|Clifford Halifax]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/Beauties/]]''': Children * '''[[/Crimes and Criminals/]]: II. Burglars and Burgling'''. * '''[[/Lost in a Blizzard/]]''' by [[Author:G. H. Lees|G. H. Lees]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:W. Christian Symons|W. Christian Symons]].}} * '''[[/The British Embassy at Paris/]]''' by [[Author:Mary Spencer-Warren|Mary Spencer-Watten]]. * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Anthony Thorold, Bishop of Winchester * Czar Alexander III of Russia * Henry Wellesley * The Hon. Sir William Rann Kennedy * Dan Godfrey }}}} * '''[[/The Birth of a Smile/]]'''. * '''[[/Martin Hewitt, Investigator/]]''',<br/>The Lenton Croft Robberies, by [[Author:A. G. Morrison|A. G. Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/The Palace of Vanity/]]''' by [[Author:Emile de Girardin|Emile de Girardin]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/The Queer Side of Things/]]''' ** '''The Master of Grange''', by [[Author:J. F. Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]]. {{AuxTOC/e}} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] 98isgqz2ohn9fryv08x7qic9k1dkah7 14129909 14129850 2024-04-25T20:12:08Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = Issue 39 - March 1894 | previous = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 38/|Issue 38]] | next = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 40/|Issue 40]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 7 }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 7. No. 39.||March 1894.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <!-- <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 7).djvu" include=3/> --> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC/s|title=Contents|width=500px}} * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''. No. XXXI. Mr. T. Sidney Cooper, R.A., by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:T. Sidney Cooper|T. Sidney Cooper]].}} * '''[[/That Stout German/]]''' by [[Author:F. Bayford Harrison|F. Bayford Harrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Zig-Zags at the Zoo/]]''', No. XXI. Zig-Zag Scansorial by [[Author:Arthur Morrison|Arthur Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:William James Affleck Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]].}} * '''[[/Stories from the Diary of a Doctor/]]''',<br/>No. IX. An Oak Coffin, by [[Author:L. T. Meade|L. T. Meade]] and [[Author:Clifford Halifax|Clifford Halifax]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/Beauties/]]''': Children * '''[[/Crimes and Criminals/]]: II. Burglars and Burgling'''. * '''[[/Lost in a Blizzard/]]''' by [[Author:G. H. Lees|G. H. Lees]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:W. Christian Symons|W. Christian Symons]].}} * '''[[/The British Embassy at Paris/]]''' by [[Author:Mary Spencer-Warren|Mary Spencer-Watten]]. * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Anthony Thorold, Bishop of Winchester * Czar Alexander III of Russia * Henry Wellesley * The Hon. Sir William Rann Kennedy * Dan Godfrey }}}} * '''[[/The Birth of a Smile/]]'''. * '''[[/Martin Hewitt, Investigator/]]''',<br/>The Lenton Croft Robberies, by [[Author:A. G. Morrison|A. G. Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/The Palace of Vanity/]]''' by [[Author:Emile de Girardin|Emile de Girardin]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/The Queer Side of Things/]]''' ** '''The Master of Grange''', by [[Author:J. F. Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]]. {{AuxTOC/e}} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] hwifxxwlxb54e0vtcamukmzkaqlqfst Author:A. G. Morrison 102 4489865 14128116 2024-04-25T16:01:03Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Redirected page to [[Author:Arthur George Morrison]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Author:Arthur George Morrison]] hatlkezx8heti80r0a99gnz1piazpac Index:Constitution of the Republic of South Africa 1993 from Government Gazette.djvu/styles.css 106 4489866 14128117 2024-04-25T16:01:45Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Created page with ".__schedule{ font-size:83%; border-bottom:1px solid black; border-top:1px solid black; margin:0 auto 0 auto; width:100%; } .__schedule th{ padding-left:0.5em; padding-right:0.5em; vertical-align:top; } .__schedule td{ padding-left:0.5em; padding-right:0.5em; vertical-align:top; } .__schedule tr:nth-child(2), .__schedule td:nth-child(2){ border-left:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black; }" sanitized-css text/css .__schedule{ font-size:83%; border-bottom:1px solid black; border-top:1px solid black; margin:0 auto 0 auto; width:100%; } .__schedule th{ padding-left:0.5em; padding-right:0.5em; vertical-align:top; } .__schedule td{ padding-left:0.5em; padding-right:0.5em; vertical-align:top; } .__schedule tr:nth-child(2), .__schedule td:nth-child(2){ border-left:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black; } rs6socgnfczusudw9zrn3i8xubf18dq 14128129 14128117 2024-04-25T16:08:25Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css .__schedule{ font-size:83%; border-bottom:1px solid black; border-top:1px solid black; border-collapse:collapse; margin:0 auto 0 auto; width:100%; } .__schedule th{ padding-left:0.5em; padding-right:0.5em; vertical-align:top; } .__schedule td{ padding-left:0.5em; padding-right:0.5em; vertical-align:top; } .__schedule th:nth-child(2), .__schedule td:nth-child(2){ border-left:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black; } oglfy8i900pcw1z7swcsld0a8zh1tml 14128130 14128129 2024-04-25T16:09:06Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css .__schedule{ font-size:83%; border-bottom:1px solid black; border-top:1px solid black; border-collapse:collapse; margin:0 auto 0 auto; width:100%; } .__schedule th{ padding-left:0.5em; padding-right:0.5em; vertical-align:top; border-bottom:1px solid black; } .__schedule td{ padding-left:0.5em; padding-right:0.5em; vertical-align:top; } .__schedule th:nth-child(2), .__schedule td:nth-child(2){ border-left:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black; } 5eusmdkr3pv84cphcy0kbmjmik6zqt9 Page:พรบ ใช้ ปพพ ๒๕๑๙.pdf/54 104 4489867 14128119 2024-04-25T16:03:11Z Librovore 3126709 /* Not proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=57|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>between the child and the family to which the child claims to belong, such as the fact that the father provides education or maintenance to the child or allows the child to use his family name, or any other fact.<noinclude></noinclude> 07aqdaecs4lfmz886x0g334s3hajvyi 14128122 14128119 2024-04-25T16:05:10Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=57|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>between the child and the family to which the child claims to belong, such as the fact that the father provides education or maintenance to the child or allows the child to use his family name, or any other fact. In any of the events mentioned above, if it appears that the man cannot be the father of the child, the action shall be dismissed.<noinclude></noinclude> 4wv80t19o37ie73vrkazo5hwqz8xojj 14128128 14128122 2024-04-25T16:07:41Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=57|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>between the child and the family to which the child claims to belong, such as the fact that the father provides education or maintenance to the child or allows the child to use his family name, or any other fact. In any of the events mentioned above, if it appears that the man cannot be the father of the child, the action shall be dismissed. {{lawth|s|1556}}As regards an action for legitimation of a child during the minority of the child, if the child has not yet attained the age of full fifteen years, the statutory representative of the child shall institute it on his or her behalf. In the event that the child has no statutory representative or has one who, however, is unable to perform the duty, a close relative of the child or a public prosecutor may request a court to appoint a representative ''ad litem'' to perform the duty of instituting the action on behalf of the child.<noinclude></noinclude> gdttxrc0ov3ouod5ht4imb6b4ep62ah 14128131 14128128 2024-04-25T16:10:17Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=57|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>between the child and the family to which the child claims to belong, such as the fact that the father provides education or maintenance to the child or allows the child to use his family name, or any other fact. In any of the events mentioned above, if it appears that the man cannot be the father of the child, the action shall be dismissed. {{lawth|s|1556}}As regards an action for legitimation of a child during the minority of the child, if the child has not yet attained the age of full fifteen years, the statutory representative of the child shall institute it on his or her behalf. In the event that the child has no statutory representative or has one who, however, is unable to perform the duty, a close relative of the child or a public prosecutor may request a court to appoint a representative ''ad litem'' to perform the duty of instituting the action on behalf of the child. Once the child has attained the age of full fifteen years, the child must institute the action himself or herself, in respect of which he or she is not required to obtain the consent of the statutory representative.<noinclude></noinclude> 5vlm40k8zah6l7cy9awj3iplt0hoceu 14128133 14128131 2024-04-25T16:11:26Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=57|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>between the child and the family to which the child claims to belong, such as the fact that the father provides education or maintenance to the child or allows the child to use his family name, or any other fact. In any of the events mentioned above, if it appears that the man cannot be the father of the child, the action shall be dismissed. {{lawth|s|1556}}As regards an action for legitimation of a child during the minority of the child, if the child has not yet attained the age of full fifteen years, the statutory representative of the child shall institute it on his or her behalf. In the event that the child has no statutory representative or has one who, however, is unable to perform the duty, a close relative of the child or a public prosecutor may request a court to appoint a representative ''ad litem'' to perform the duty of instituting the action on behalf of the child. Once the child has attained the age of full fifteen years, the child must institute the action himself or herself, in respect of which he or she is not required to obtain the consent of the statutory representative. In the event that the child has already attained majority, he or she must institute the action within one year of the day he or she attained majority.<noinclude></noinclude> syehgel2u6kc91mzmd9dmdwvrfhlghh 14128137 14128133 2024-04-25T16:14:49Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=57|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>between the child and the family to which the child claims to belong, such as the fact that the father provides education or maintenance to the child or allows the child to use his family name, or any other fact. In any of the events mentioned above, if it appears that the man cannot be the father of the child, the action shall be dismissed. {{lawth|s|1556}}As regards an action for legitimation of a child during the minority of the child, if the child has not yet attained the age of full fifteen years, the statutory representative of the child shall institute it on his or her behalf. In the event that the child has no statutory representative or has one who, however, is unable to perform the duty, a close relative of the child or a public prosecutor may request a court to appoint a representative ''ad litem'' to perform the duty of instituting the action on behalf of the child. Once the child has attained the age of full fifteen years, the child must institute the action himself or herself, in respect of which he or she is not required to obtain the consent of the statutory representative. In the event that the child has already attained majority, he or she must institute the action within one year of the day he or she attained majority. In the event that the child has died during the time he or she still had the right to institute an action for legitimation, his or her descendant may institute the action for legitimation of the child. If the descendant of the child has known of the ground<noinclude></noinclude> hqnhtsbch9f1ws8w82en510z5yyhagy 14128138 14128137 2024-04-25T16:15:16Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=57|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>between the child and the family to which the child claims to belong, such as the fact that the father provides education or maintenance to the child or allows the child to use his family name, or any other fact. In any of the events mentioned above, if it appears that the man cannot be the father of the child, the action shall be dismissed. {{lawth|s|1556}}As regards an action for legitimation of a child during the minority of the child, if the child has not yet attained the age of full fifteen years, the statutory representative of the child shall institute it on his or her behalf. In the event that the child has no statutory representative or has one who, however, is unable to perform the duty, a close relative of the child or a public prosecutor may request a court to appoint a representative ''ad litem'' to perform the duty of instituting the action on behalf of the child. Once the child has attained the age of full fifteen years, the child must institute the action himself or herself, in respect of which he or she is not required to obtain the consent of the statutory representative. In the event that the child has already attained majority, he or she must institute the action within one year of the day he or she attained majority. In the event that the child has died during the time he or she still had the right to institute an action for legitimation, his or her descendant may institute the action for legitimation of the child. If the descendant of the child has known of the grounds for which<noinclude></noinclude> gdaej0ioecmvm36un2gu5vnrb6kd0av 14128150 14128138 2024-04-25T16:23:31Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=57|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>between the child and the family to which the child claims to belong, such as the fact that the father provides education or maintenance to the child or allows the child to use his family name, or any other fact. In any of the events mentioned above, if it appears that the man cannot be the father of the child, the action shall be dismissed. {{lawth|s|1556}}As regards an action for legitimation of a child during the minority of the child, if the child has not yet attained the age of full fifteen years, the statutory representative of the child shall institute it on his or her behalf. In the event that the child has no statutory representative or has one who, however, is unable to perform the duty, a close relative of the child or a public prosecutor may request a court to appoint a representative ''ad litem'' to perform the duty of instituting the action on behalf of the child. Once the child has attained the age of full fifteen years, the child must institute the action himself or herself, in respect of which he or she is not required to obtain the consent of the statutory representative. In the event that the child has already attained majority, he or she must institute the action within one year of the day he or she attained majority. In the event that the child has died during the time he or she still had the right to institute an action for legitimation, his or her descendant may institute the action for legitimation of the child. If the descendant of the child has known of the ground for which<noinclude></noinclude> bqyc1wkt0g6lndd6d1wk830x6pmal53 Author:Emile de Girardin 102 4489868 14128120 2024-04-25T16:03:27Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Redirected page to [[Author:Delphine de Girardin]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Author:Delphine de Girardin]] s5upfv2ht0pxnkymcbptjpscj2o6fbp Author:G. H. Lees 102 4489869 14128121 2024-04-25T16:04:38Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Created page with "{{author | firstname = G. H. | lastname = Lees | last_initial = Le | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Contributor of a story to The Strand Magazine in 1894. }} ==Works==" wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = G. H. | lastname = Lees | last_initial = Le | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Contributor of a story to The Strand Magazine in 1894. }} ==Works== a1mou6bkuzaxhj8pdw8nwf0t2yd9j2e Author:W. Christian Symons 102 4489870 14128123 2024-04-25T16:05:19Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Redirected page to [[Author:William Christian Symons]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Author:William Christian Symons]] bny5hwup8ksm975e5ubqf5j0tskonsw Page:Colnett - Voyage to the South Pacific (IA cihm 33242).djvu/197 104 4489871 14128127 2024-04-25T16:06:57Z M-le-mot-dit 95366 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="M-le-mot-dit" />{{running header||VOYAGE TO THE SOUTH SEAS.|167}} {{Left margin|0|4=5.5em}}</noinclude>{{MarginNote|margin=right|x-unit=em|margin-width=5.5|alley-width=.25|text-align=center|text=June 23.}}On the twenty-third, Latitude {{Nowrap|26° 0′}}, the weather moderated {{ls}}o much as to afford an opportunity of examining the leak, when we found the lower cheek of the head loo{{ls}}ened, and the wa{{ls}}h-boards of the {{ls}}tarboard cheek, entirely wa{{ls}}hed away; the oakum worked out of the wooden ends, {{ls}}o as to admit an arm-full to be {{ls}}tuffed in by hand, and no one was yet convinced but that the plank had {{ls}}tarted from the {{ls}}tem. We made our utmo{{ls}}t exertions to get every thing aft, in order to rai{{ls}}e the leak above water: and here, to add to our di{{ls}}appointment, it became nece{{ls}}{{ls}}ary, for want of food to {{ls}}u{{ls}}tain them, to kill our {{ls}}mall flock of pigs which had been re{{ls}}erved to regale us on our homeward pa{{ls}}{{ls}}age round Cape Horn. {{MarginNote|margin=right|x-unit=em|margin-width=5.5|alley-width=.25|text-align=center|text=27.}}By the twenty-{{ls}}eventh we had returned again to the Northward as far as 18° South, when we fini{{ls}}hed caulking and leading over the leak, the only method we had of {{ls}}ecuring it, having neither pitch, tar, or ro{{ls}}in on board, for marine {{ls}}tores being all expended. Our bread was not fit to eat, and our other provi{{ls}}ions {{ls}}o {{ls}}hort, that owing to its bad qualities we could {{ls}}carce exi{{ls}}t on it: thus {{ls}}ituated, we propo{{ls}}ed, as our la{{ls}}t trial in the{{ls}}e {{ls}}eas, to continue on to the Northward till we made the land, in hopes to fall in<noinclude>{{Left margin/e}}</noinclude> 9wlyw7pfdey3tgqt6a2c2vha64ktnus Page:Colnett - Voyage to the South Pacific (IA cihm 33242).djvu/198 104 4489872 14128135 2024-04-25T16:13:36Z M-le-mot-dit 95366 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="M-le-mot-dit" />{{running header|168|VOYAGE TO THE SOUTH SEAS.|}} {{Left margin|0|4=5.5em}}</noinclude>with {{ls}}ome European ve{{ls}}{{ls}}el to obtain {{ls}}upplies to enable us to wait for a more favourable period to round Cape Horn. How far I may be right in my conjecture mu{{ls}}t be decided by future trials, but I am very much di{{ls}}po{{ls}}ed to believe, that the tar we had on board was of a bad quality, and de{{ls}}troyed not only the copper but iron, and was, in {{ls}}ome degree, the cau{{ls}}e of our leak: for the copper, wherever it was paid with it, was become as thin as paper, and the copper-headed nails, as well as tho{{ls}}e of iron, had received con{{ls}}iderable injury. {{MarginNote|margin=right|x-unit=em|margin-width=5.5|alley-width=.25|text-align=center|text=June 29.}}On the twenty-ninth we reached as far Northward as {{Nowrap|16° 50′}} South, and made the coa{{ls}}t of Peru; {{MarginNote|margin=right|x-unit=em|margin-width=5.5|alley-width=.25|text-align=center|text=30.}}on the thirtieth at noon we were within a few miles of the {{ls}}hore, and not {{ls}}eeing any {{ls}}hips, we conceived our opinion of a war with Spain was confirmed, and the only rational alternative left us, was to brave all the difficulties that we experienced and was further threatened with; and force our{{ls}}elves as {{ls}}oon as po{{ls}}{{ls}}ible out of them, by lo{{ls}}ing no time in getting round the Cape into the Atlantic; this being determined we took our departure for England. As we {{ls}}tretched to the Southward, the wind hung more to the Ea{{ls}}tward of South, than on the former part of our voyage. {{Nop}}<noinclude>{{Left margin/e}}</noinclude> khnlkzwdxcype1lo15r1u3zhn8ckrpu Page:พรบ ใช้ ปพพ ๒๕๑๙.pdf/55 104 4489873 14128139 2024-04-25T16:15:58Z Librovore 3126709 /* Not proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=58|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>the legitimation could be requested since before the day of the death of the child, the descendant of the child must institute the action within one year from the day of the death of the child.<noinclude></noinclude> tsmlg1ut642nyf8znxifrwolmytppyn 14128149 14128139 2024-04-25T16:23:24Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=58|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>the legitimation might be requested since before the day of the death of the child, the descendant of the child must institute the action within one year from the day of the death of the child. If the descendant of the child knows of the ground for which the legitimation might be requested after the death of the child, the descendant of the child must institute the action within one year from the day he or she knows of the said ground, but not later than ten years from the day of the death of the child.<noinclude></noinclude> nkdkt27t70cdt8tnaby33xc9dbepz3g 14128152 14128149 2024-04-25T16:25:20Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=58|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>the legitimation might be requested since before the day of the death of the child, he or she must institute the action within one year from the day of the death of the child. If the descendant of the child knows of the ground for which the legitimation might be requested after the death of the child, he or she must institute the action within one year from the day he or she knows of the said ground, but not later than ten years from the day of the death of the child. The dispositions of paragraph 1 and paragraph 2 shall apply ''mutatis mutandis'' to the institution of an action for legitimation of a child whilst a descendant of the child is a minor.<noinclude></noinclude> 4cquq9o72lmeumrxslial6412juzh52 14128154 14128152 2024-04-25T16:25:57Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=58|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>the legitimation might be requested since before the day of the death of the child, he or she must institute the action within one year from the day of the death of the child. If the descendant of the child knows of the ground for which the legitimation might be requested after the death of the child, he or she must institute the action within one year from the day he or she knows of the said ground, but not later than ten years from the day of the death of the child. The dispositions of paragraph 1 and paragraph 2 shall apply ''mutatis mutandis'' to the institution of an action for legitimation of a child during the minority of his or her a descendant. {{lawth|s|1557}}<noinclude></noinclude> 6zrfd9fywxvod1o35luggtd60fmnx7w 14128156 14128154 2024-04-25T16:27:50Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=58|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>the legitimation might be requested since before the day of the death of the child, he or she must institute the action within one year from the day of the death of the child. If the descendant of the child knows of the ground for which the legitimation might be requested after the death of the child, he or she must institute the action within one year from the day he or she knows of the said ground, but not later than ten years from the day of the death of the child. The dispositions of paragraph 1 and paragraph 2 shall apply ''mutatis mutandis'' to the institution of an action for legitimation of a child during the minority of his or her a descendant. {{lawth|s|1557}}Legitimacy of the child under section 1547 takes effect— {{lawth|rb|1}} {{lawth|rb|2}} {{lawth|rb|3}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 1hli8alavlj0xyz8ikgmyddj7c7tf59 14128175 14128156 2024-04-25T16:34:50Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=58|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>the legitimation might be requested since before the day of the death of the child, he or she must institute the action within one year from the day of the death of the child. If the descendant of the child knows of the ground for which the legitimation might be requested after the death of the child, he or she must institute the action within one year from the day he or she knows of the said ground, but not later than ten years from the day of the death of the child. The dispositions of paragraph 1 and paragraph 2 shall apply ''mutatis mutandis'' to the institution of an action for legitimation of a child during the minority of his or her a descendant. {{lawth|s|1557}}Legitimacy of the child under section 1547 takes effect— {{lawth|rb|1}}from the day of the marriage, in the event that the father and mother subsequently marry; {{lawth|rb|2}}from the day of the registration, in the event that the father registers the child as his child; {{lawth|rb|3}}from the day of delivery of the final judgment, the event that the status of being a child is adjudged by a court; however, this cannot be invoked to the prejudice of the rights of a third party who acts in good faith, save where the status of being a child according to the judgment has already been registered. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> sj7ae828gp90927iebcn1js6p3rcqm9 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/7 104 4489874 14128140 2024-04-25T16:17:22Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{overfloat image |image=[[File:Half-Title Poems Welby.jpg]] |item1={{ppoem|style=font-size:60%| {{fqm}}As I threw back my tresses to catch the cool breeze, That scattered the rain-drops and dimpled the seas, Far up the blue sky a fair rainbow unrolled Its soft-tinted pinions of purple and gold. 'T was born in a moment, yet, quick as its birth, It had stretched to the uttermost ends of the earth, And fair as an angel, it floated as free, With a wing on the earth and a wing on the sea." >>''"{{asc|the rainbow}}''"}} |x1=0 |y1=890 |width1=613 }}<noinclude></noinclude> 3lvslthyopn2n7c0l1wf56rye8ke1l2 14128141 14128140 2024-04-25T16:17:40Z Alien333 3086116 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{center|{{overfloat image |image=[[File:Half-Title Poems Welby.jpg]] |item1={{ppoem|style=font-size:60%| {{fqm}}As I threw back my tresses to catch the cool breeze, That scattered the rain-drops and dimpled the seas, Far up the blue sky a fair rainbow unrolled Its soft-tinted pinions of purple and gold. 'T was born in a moment, yet, quick as its birth, It had stretched to the uttermost ends of the earth, And fair as an angel, it floated as free, With a wing on the earth and a wing on the sea." >>''"{{asc|the rainbow}}''"}} |x1=0 |y1=890 |width1=613 }}}}<noinclude></noinclude> ckkbrnlsv7109ebnfi8zcf8do5nd1at 14128142 14128141 2024-04-25T16:18:30Z Alien333 3086116 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{cblock|{{overfloat image |image=[[File:Half-Title Poems Welby.jpg]] |item1={{ppoem|style=font-size:60%| {{fqm}}As I threw back my tresses to catch the cool breeze, That scattered the rain-drops and dimpled the seas, Far up the blue sky a fair rainbow unrolled Its soft-tinted pinions of purple and gold. 'T was born in a moment, yet, quick as its birth, It had stretched to the uttermost ends of the earth, And fair as an angel, it floated as free, With a wing on the earth and a wing on the sea." >>''"{{asc|the rainbow}}''"}} |x1=0 |y1=890 |width1=613 }}}}<noinclude></noinclude> l8dgdbppca427dfpvp6ksf289vwka8a Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/Bavon Beach series: The Northeastern Beach Tiger Beetle 4 4489875 14128146 2024-04-25T16:22:09Z VGPaleontologist 2995910 Created page with "User: VGPaleontologist File: Bavon Beach series- The Northeastern Beach Tiger Beetle.webm Author: United States Fish and Wildlife Service Publisher: United States Fish and Wildlife Service Year: 2011 PD: PD-USGov-USFWS Note: Cat: Documentaries ---- 0:03 {{ft/s|{{Transcript|1=|2=Partnering to Conserve Virginia's Coast</br></br>[[File:Seal of the United States Fish and Wildlife Service.svg|center|100px]] ''Bavon Beach series: The Northeastern Beach Tiger Beetle..." wikitext text/x-wiki User: VGPaleontologist File: Bavon Beach series- The Northeastern Beach Tiger Beetle.webm Author: United States Fish and Wildlife Service Publisher: United States Fish and Wildlife Service Year: 2011 PD: PD-USGov-USFWS Note: Cat: Documentaries ---- 0:03 {{ft/s|{{Transcript|1=|2=Partnering to Conserve Virginia's Coast</br></br>[[File:Seal of the United States Fish and Wildlife Service.svg|center|100px]] ''Bavon Beach series: The Northeastern Beach Tiger Beetle''}} }} ---- 0:09 {{ft/d|{{Transcript|1=Mike Drummond|2=And the northeastern beach tiger beetle is listed, uh, mainly because of, uh, low numbers lost through the Atlantic seaboard area.}} }} 0:10 {|style="margin:0 auto 0 auto" |- |rowspan="3"|[[File:Seal of the United States Fish and Wildlife Service.svg|center|50px]] |rowspan="3" style="width:7px"|{{gap}} |{{x-larger|'''MIKE DRUMMOND'''}} |- |{{rule|height=4px|width=100%}} |- |U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service |} ---- 0:18 {{ft/d|{{Transcript|1=Mike Drummond|2=Um, its range is from Massachusetts to Virginia.}} }} ---- 0:22 {{ft/d|{{Transcript|1=Mike Drummond|2=Uh, currently it's only found in two populations in Massachusetts, uh, and majority of its, uh, existing populations are here in Virginia on the Chesapeake Bay.}} }} {{ft/s|{{Border|bgcolor=white|align=center|{{x-larger|Northeastern Beach Tiger Beetle}}</br>{{larger|''(Cicindela dorsalis dorsalis)''}}</br>{{x-larger|Maryland & Virginia Distribution}} {{Border|align=center|width=0 auto 0 auto|{{color|#b336e8|████}} Occupied Shoreline}}}} {{c|Calvert County Saint Mary's County Somerset County MARYLAND VIRGINIA Northumberland County Accomack County Lancaster County Middlesex County Matthews County Northhampton County {{larger|{{color|#5f9bdf|'''CHESAPEAKE BAY'''}}}}}} {{border|bgcolor=#ddddae|align=center|Bavon Beach}} {{c|Poquoson City}} }} 0r0mhr3zkdw6ufu6isj8mbpna3iszff 14128157 14128146 2024-04-25T16:28:27Z VGPaleontologist 2995910 wikitext text/x-wiki User: VGPaleontologist File: Bavon Beach series- The Northeastern Beach Tiger Beetle.webm Author: United States Fish and Wildlife Service Publisher: United States Fish and Wildlife Service Year: 2011 PD: PD-USGov-USFWS Note: Cat: Documentaries ---- 0:03 {{ft/s|{{Transcript|1=|2=Partnering to Conserve Virginia's Coast</br></br>[[File:Seal of the United States Fish and Wildlife Service.svg|center|100px]] ''Bavon Beach series: The Northeastern Beach Tiger Beetle''}} }} ---- 0:09 {{ft/d|{{Transcript|1=Mike Drummond|2=And the northeastern beach tiger beetle is listed, uh, mainly because of, uh, low numbers lost through the Atlantic seaboard area.}} }} 0:10 {|style="margin:0 auto 0 auto" |- |rowspan="3"|[[File:Seal of the United States Fish and Wildlife Service.svg|center|50px]] |rowspan="3" style="width:7px"|{{gap}} |{{x-larger|'''MIKE DRUMMOND'''}} |- |{{rule|height=4px|width=100%}} |- |U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service |} ---- 0:18 {{ft/d|{{Transcript|1=Mike Drummond|2=Um, its range is from Massachusetts to Virginia.}} }} ---- 0:22 {{ft/d|{{Transcript|1=Mike Drummond|2=Uh, currently it's only found in two populations in Massachusetts, uh, and majority of its, uh, existing populations are here in Virginia on the Chesapeake Bay.}} }} {{ft/s|{{Border|bgcolor=white|align=center|{{x-larger|Northeastern Beach Tiger Beetle}}</br>{{larger|''(Cicindela dorsalis dorsalis)''}}</br>{{x-larger|Maryland & Virginia Distribution}} {{Border|align=center|width=0 auto 0 auto|{{color|#b336e8|████}} Occupied Shoreline}}}} {{c|Calvert County Saint Mary's County Somerset County MARYLAND VIRGINIA Northumberland County Accomack County Lancaster County Middlesex County Matthews County Northampton County {{larger|{{color|#5f9bdf|'''CHESAPEAKE BAY'''}}}}}} {{border|bgcolor=#ddddae|align=center|Bavon Beach}} {{c|Poquoson City}} }} rp99ws569nsun6x4cr0ukjvwrn9kgb9 14128270 14128157 2024-04-25T17:01:01Z VGPaleontologist 2995910 wikitext text/x-wiki User: VGPaleontologist File: Bavon Beach series- The Northeastern Beach Tiger Beetle.webm Author: United States Fish and Wildlife Service Publisher: United States Fish and Wildlife Service Year: 2011 PD: PD-USGov-USFWS Note: Cat: Documentaries ---- 0:03 {{ft/s|{{Transcript|1=|2=Partnering to Conserve Virginia's Coast</br></br>[[File:Seal of the United States Fish and Wildlife Service.svg|center|100px]] ''Bavon Beach series: The Northeastern Beach Tiger Beetle''}} }} ---- 0:09 {{ft/d|{{Transcript|1=Mike Drummond|2=And the northeastern beach tiger beetle is listed, uh, mainly because of, uh, low numbers lost through the Atlantic seaboard area.}} }} 0:10 {|style="margin:0 auto 0 auto" |- |rowspan="3"|[[File:Seal of the United States Fish and Wildlife Service.svg|center|50px]] |rowspan="3" style="width:7px"|{{gap}} |{{x-larger|'''MIKE DRUMMOND'''}} |- |{{rule|height=4px|width=100%}} |- |U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service |} ---- 0:18 {{ft/d|{{Transcript|1=Mike Drummond|2=Um, its range is from Massachusetts to Virginia.}} }} ---- 0:22 {{ft/d|{{Transcript|1=Mike Drummond|2=Uh, currently it's only found in two populations in Massachusetts, uh, and majority of its, uh, existing populations are here in Virginia on the Chesapeake Bay.}} }} {{ft/s|{{Border|bgcolor=white|align=center|{{x-larger|Northeastern Beach Tiger Beetle}}</br>{{larger|''(Cicindela dorsalis dorsalis)''}}</br>{{x-larger|Maryland & Virginia Distribution}} {{Border|align=center|width=0 auto 0 auto|{{color|#b336e8|████}} Occupied Shoreline}}}} {{c|Calvert County Saint Mary's County Somerset County MARYLAND VIRGINIA Northumberland County Accomack County Lancaster County Middlesex County Matthews County Northampton County {{larger|{{color|#5f9bdf|'''CHESAPEAKE BAY'''}}}}}} {{border|bgcolor=#ddddae|align=center|Bavon Beach}} {{c|Poquoson City}} }} ---- 0:33 {{ft/d|{{Transcript|Mike Drummond|So this site, it is very significant to us, um, and it also lies adjacent to the uh, the uh, Newpoint Comfort, uh, Preserve Area, which is state property, and that's another important beetle population to us.}}}} ---- 0:50 {{ft/d|{{Transcript|Mike Drummond|The northeastern beach tiger beetle's only as an adult out basically from about mid-June to, uh, into August.}}}} ---- 1:00 {{ft/d|{{Transcript|Mike Drummond|Um, it lives primarily—its- most of its life as a larval stage in the inner tidal zone.}}}} ---- 1:07 {{ft/d|{{Transcript|Mike Drummond|Uh, {{SIC|its|it}} exists there from two to three years, uh, hence the reason why it's prone to, uh, severe loss due to any type of storm events or things like that.}}}} ---- 1:18 {{ft/d|{{Transcript|Mike Drummond|The adult's kind of a sandish color, uh, it has some markings on its back, uh, it's pretty well set-up to blend in with the sand environment it's on.}}}} ---- 1:30 {{ft/d|{{Transcript|Mike Drummond|The adults are probably no more than about an inch in length.}}}} ---- 1:34 {{ft/d|{{Transcript|Mike Drummond|One of the things we're looking at here is {{SIC|it}}, we can't stem the increasing levels here in the Chesapeake Bay, which is basically increasing higher than even the Atlantic Ocean is.}}}} ---- 1:46 {{ft/d|{{Transcript|Mike Drummond|So, we've gotta slow down the erosion rates, give the beetle a chance to, uh, adjust and move to new habitats that will be created over time as others basically disappear.}}}} ---- 2:01 {{ft/s|{{c|Learn more about this beetle at www.fws.gov/northeast/endangered/tiger_beetle.}}}} ih4aak8otzy3haig2kpetrqvf0znq6o Page:Colnett - Voyage to the South Pacific (IA cihm 33242).djvu/199 104 4489876 14128147 2024-04-25T16:22:37Z M-le-mot-dit 95366 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="M-le-mot-dit" />{{running header||VOYAGE TO THE SOUTH SEAS.|169}} {{Left margin|0|4=5.5em}}</noinclude>When we were in Latitude 24°, a very {{ls}}ingular circum{{ls}}tance happened, which as it {{ls}}pread {{ls}}ome alarm among my people, and awakened their {{ls}}uper{{ls}}titious apprehen{{ls}}ions, I {{ls}}hall beg leave to mention. About eight o'clock in the evening an animal ro{{ls}}e along{{ls}}ide the {{ls}}hip, and uttered {{ls}}uch {{ls}}hrieks and tones of lamentation {{ls}}o like tho{{ls}}e produced by the female human voice, when expre{{ls}}{{ls}}ing the deepe{{ls}}t di{{ls}}tre{{ls}}s, as to occa{{ls}}ion no {{ls}}mall degree of alarm among tho{{ls}}e who fir{{ls}}t heard it. The{{ls}}e cries continued for upwards of three hours, and {{ls}}eemed to increa{{ls}}e as the {{ls}}hip {{ls}}ailed from it: I conjectured it to be a female {{ls}}eal that had lo{{ls}}t its cub, or a cub that had lo{{ls}}t its dam; but I never heard any noi{{ls}}e whatever that approached {{ls}}o near tho{{ls}}e {{ls}}ounds which proceed from the organs of utterance in the human {{ls}}pecies. The crew con{{ls}}idered this as another evil omen, and the difficulties of our {{ls}}ituation were {{ls}}ufficient, without the additional inconvenience of the{{ls}}e accidental events, to cau{{ls}}e any temporary depre{{ls}}{{ls}}ion of tho{{ls}}e {{ls}}pirits which were {{ls}}o nece{{ls}}{{ls}}ary to meet the di{{ls}}tre{{ls}}{{ls}}es we might be obliged to encounter. As we {{ls}}ailed up the coa{{ls}}t of Chili and Peru, from the Latitude 38° South, we never had occa{{ls}}ion to reef from the {{ls}}trength of the wind; while the barometer, from that<noinclude>{{Left margin/e}}</noinclude> 0txqzjcdgf8dim279ybsnlz3b7a6es7 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/9 104 4489877 14128151 2024-04-25T16:24:33Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{c/s}} {{xxxl|{{sp|POEMS.}}}} {{dhr|3}} {{asc|BY}} {{dhr|3}} {{l|AMELIA.}} {{dhr|3}} SECOND EDITION, ENLARGED. {{dhr|4}} NEW-YORK: D. APPLETON & COMPANY, 200 BROADWAY. PHILADELPHIA: GEORGE. APPLETON, 148 CHESNUT-STREET. {{asc|MDCCCXLVI.}} {{c/e}}<noinclude></noinclude> akdjqbpddh7sfvvq79w7mh8kfhuuxh6 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/11 104 4489878 14128153 2024-04-25T16:25:33Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{c/s}} TO {{l|MY BELOVED FATHER}} {{asc|THIS LITTLE VOLUME IS DEDICATED}} AS A SLIGHT TRIBUTE OF LOVE {{sc|by his}} AFFECTIONATE DAUGHTER {{l|AMELIA.}} {{c/e}}<noinclude></noinclude> 46gboptv3pwpw133nvezncmk6bmmy2s Page:Poems Welby.djvu/13 104 4489879 14128159 2024-04-25T16:28:55Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{c|{{l|CONTENTS.}}}} {{dhr}} {{rule|6em}} {{dhr}} {{TOC begin}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The Rainbow}},|9}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|Melodia}},|12}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The Freed Bird}},|15}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The Sea-Shell}},|18}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|On Seeing an Infant Sleeping on its Mother's Bosom}},|21}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The Green Mossy Bank}},|23}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|Musings}},|25}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|To the Sky-Lark}},|29}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|To a Lovely Girl}},|33}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|Lines to a Lady}},|35}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|I Weep Not}},|38}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|Lines Written on a Miniature}},|41}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|I Know that thy Spirit}},|43}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|When Shines the Star}},|45}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|My Sisters}},|48}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The First Death of the Household}},|51}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The Maiden's First Love}},|54}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> eetkd2d0rmtv88bmcfvxqztszjec81m Giving and Taking 0 4489880 14128162 2024-04-25T16:30:51Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 TE(æ)A,ea. moved page [[Giving and Taking]] to [[The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier/Giving and Taking]]: Move within/to containing work wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier/Giving and Taking]] m7npkuqhjyom7wb7gjurw75her1j3q4 Page:Colnett - Voyage to the South Pacific (IA cihm 33242).djvu/200 104 4489881 14128163 2024-04-25T16:30:58Z M-le-mot-dit 95366 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="M-le-mot-dit" />{{running header|170|VOYAGE TO THE SOUTH SEAS.|}} {{Left margin|0|4=5.5em}}</noinclude>Latitude, {{ls}}tood mo{{ls}}tly at {{Nowrap|29-9}}, and the thermometer at 60, ri{{ls}}ing gradually till in the Latitude of {{Nowrap|1° 30′}} South, till it reached 72; but in the evening, it was generally below {{ls}}ummer heat in England. Along the whole of this coa{{ls}}t, the dews were very heavy during the night: and in proportion as they were heavier, the {{ls}}ucceeding day was more or le{{ls}}s clear. At the full and change of the moon we perceived no dew, which appeared to be {{ls}}upplied by a heavy drizzling rain and mi{{ls}}ty weather. The morning, evening, and night, were always cloudy, but the middle of the day was generally clear, {{ls}}o that I {{ls}}eldom enjoyed a di{{ls}}tinct view of the Cordileras des Andes. The mi{{ls}}tine{{ls}}s of the early part of the day, proceeded from the {{ls}}un ri{{ls}}ing behind the Andes, and the clearne{{ls}}s of the noon was occa{{ls}}ioned by the {{ls}}un, which had then over-topped the mountains; but I am yet to learn the cau{{ls}}e of the hazine{{ls}}s of the evening. The currents on this coa{{ls}}t are very irregular. I tried them {{ls}}everal times, and found that they {{ls}}et as often one way as the other, and generally from half a mile to two miles an hour. The {{ls}}et, may at all times be di{{ls}}covered by ob{{ls}}erving the direction of large beds of {{ls}}mall blubber, with which this coa{{ls}}t abounds, and from whence the water<noinclude>{{Left margin/e}}</noinclude> 8fve9ykj5m97n3gh6efjoa1w8sg2ot8 Index:A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm 106 4489882 14128167 2024-04-25T16:33:41Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Entering transcription of a film that's generations older than the Internet, on the Internet itself (proofread by VGPaleontologist from [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]]) proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=''[[A Message from President Donald J. Trump]]'' |Language=en |Volume= |Author=[[Author:Donald John Trump|Donald John Trump]] |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=[[Portal:Executive Office of the President of the United States|Executive Office of the President of the United States]] |Address= |Year=2021 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |Source=webm |Image=1 |Progress=V |Pages={{time|1|t=0:00:00}} {{time|2|t=0:00:05}} {{time|3|t=0:00:11}} {{time|4|t=0:00:20}} {{time|5|t=0:00:25}} {{time|6|t=0:00:32}} {{time|7|t=0:00:38}} {{time|8|t=0:00:42}} {{time|9|t=0:00:46}} {{time|10|t=0:00:51}} {{time|11|t=0:00:55}} {{time|12|t=0:01:02}} {{time|13|t=0:01:06}} {{time|14|t=0:01:10}} {{time|15|t=0:01:25}} {{time|16|t=0:01:27}} {{time|17|t=0:01:31}} {{time|17|t=0:01:31}} {{time|19|t=0:01:38}} {{time|20|t=0:01:41}} {{time|21|t=0:01:41}} {{time|22|t=0:01:55}} {{time|23|t=0:02:03}} {{time|24|t=0:02:11}} {{time|25|t=0:02:20}} {{time|26|t=0:02:37}} |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Css= |Header= |Footer= |Transclusion=yes }} lxoxghpzpm4mn19gc132ea2u4fjsoxo Page:A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/1 104 4489883 14128168 2024-04-25T16:33:53Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Entering transcription of a film that's generations older than the Internet, on the Internet itself (proofread by VGPaleontologist from [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="VGPaleontologist" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|I would like to begin by addressing the heinous attack on the United States capital.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> 6r7d3cgmfs780tpjlwupax3tel9t6lb Page:A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/2 104 4489884 14128169 2024-04-25T16:34:04Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Entering transcription of a film that's generations older than the Internet, on the Internet itself (proofread by VGPaleontologist from [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="VGPaleontologist" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|Like all Americans, I am outraged by the violence, lawlessness and mayhem.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> q2piy76j19db8ofgrab2grbap7a5tns Page:Poems Welby.djvu/14 104 4489885 14128170 2024-04-25T16:34:06Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{rh|vi|{{sc|contents.}}|}} {{TOC begin}}</noinclude>{{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The Stars}},|56}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|Stanzas}},|60}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|Time}},|64}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The Summer Birds}},|67}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The Captive Sailor-Boy}},|70}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The Golden Ringlet}},|73}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The Cottage Band}},|76}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The Little Step-Son}},|79}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|To a Humming-Bird}},|81}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The Broken-Hearted}},|83}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The Young Lovers}},|86}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The Blind Girl's Lament}},|89}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|[[Poems (Welby)/To———|To {{ld}}]],|92}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|He Came too Late}},|94}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The American Sword}},|97}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|Viola}},|99}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|To the Evening Star}},|101}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|Breathe Not a Sigh}},|103}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The Dying Girl}},|105}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The Neglected Harp}},|110}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The Stars}},|112}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The Dew-Drop}},|114}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The Sleeping Maiden}},|116}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|My Own Native Land}},|118}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|[[Poems (Welby)/To Mrs. S. J. P———|To Mrs. S. J. P{{ld}}]],|119}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The Dying Mother}},|121}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|Sweet be Thy Dreams}},|125}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The Violet's Song to the Lost Fairy}},|127}}<noinclude>{{TOC end}}</noinclude> 0tahqv6e2i6hhash517q3cmdvt0ic5b Page:A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/3 104 4489886 14128171 2024-04-25T16:34:16Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Entering transcription of a film that's generations older than the Internet, on the Internet itself (proofread by VGPaleontologist from [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="VGPaleontologist" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|I immediately deployed the National Guard and federal law enforcement to secure the building and expel the intruders.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> 5egzlow1q29utqerxpwhtn15wnkw50c Page:A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/4 104 4489887 14128172 2024-04-25T16:34:27Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Entering transcription of a film that's generations older than the Internet, on the Internet itself (proofread by VGPaleontologist from [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="VGPaleontologist" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|America is and must always be a nation of law and order.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> mhusvv8y9ub6u0mjodaxq17h9dpepqp Page:A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/5 104 4489888 14128173 2024-04-25T16:34:38Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Entering transcription of a film that's generations older than the Internet, on the Internet itself (proofread by VGPaleontologist from [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="VGPaleontologist" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|The demonstrators who infiltrated the capital have defiled the seat of American democracy.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> rkn2swlg0jg1cq3um2ri53g9mta3rsh Page:A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/6 104 4489889 14128174 2024-04-25T16:34:49Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Entering transcription of a film that's generations older than the Internet, on the Internet itself (proofread by VGPaleontologist from [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="VGPaleontologist" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|To those who engaged in the acts of violence and destruction, you do not represent our country.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> hsckvwdnhfyjg10g538w9awilwy3kjz Page:A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/7 104 4489890 14128176 2024-04-25T16:35:00Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Entering transcription of a film that's generations older than the Internet, on the Internet itself (proofread by VGPaleontologist from [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="VGPaleontologist" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|And to those who broke the law, you will pay.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> mtlnnev5dsa34nei86wbmly6skes122 Page:A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/8 104 4489891 14128177 2024-04-25T16:35:12Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Entering transcription of a film that's generations older than the Internet, on the Internet itself (proofread by VGPaleontologist from [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="VGPaleontologist" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|We have just been through an intense election and emotions are high.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> oez5p62dvg5ftdf0u1hyyv6rtzs5qga Page:Colnett - Voyage to the South Pacific (IA cihm 33242).djvu/201 104 4489892 14128178 2024-04-25T16:35:14Z M-le-mot-dit 95366 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="M-le-mot-dit" />{{running header||VOYAGE TO THE SOUTH SEAS.|171}} {{Left margin|0|4=5.5em}}</noinclude>derives a colour like that of blood; I have {{ls}}ometimes been engaged for a whole day in pa{{ls}}{{ls}}ing through the various {{ls}}ets of them. The fi{{ls}}h, common to this coa{{ls}}t, are dolphins, and all tho{{ls}}e which inhabit tropical Latitudes; and in calm nights, there are {{ls}}een large {{ls}}hoals of {{ls}}mall fi{{ls}}h which have the appearance of breakers. Of turtle, we {{ls}}aw none till we were North of Lima, they were of that kind called the loggerhead, and North of the Equator we found the hump-backed {{ls}}pecies on the {{ls}}urface of the water in great numbers. We frequently took out of the {{ls}}eals and porpoi{{ls}}es large quantities of {{ls}}quid, which is the food of the {{ls}}permaceti whales, and at times we {{ls}}aw many devil-fi{{ls}}h and {{ls}}un-fi{{ls}}h, the latter of which proved an agreeable and whole{{ls}}ome addition to our daily fare. All the birds which are u{{ls}}ually {{ls}}een at {{ls}}ea in {{ls}}imilar Latitudes are to be found on this coa{{ls}}t. There are al{{ls}}o the Port Egmont hen and albatro{{ls}}s, which are generally {{ls}}uppo{{ls}}ed to be the con{{ls}}tant inhabitants of colder climates. {{Nop}}<noinclude>{{Left margin/e}}</noinclude> pzv2qsy25q0y2wb6m40hnu9c2p6ykjb Page:A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/9 104 4489893 14128180 2024-04-25T16:35:23Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Entering transcription of a film that's generations older than the Internet, on the Internet itself (proofread by VGPaleontologist from [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="VGPaleontologist" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|But now tempers must be cooled and calm restored.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> 4eg6kwcl7yhlidnmdkbj9agny22i1oi Page:A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/10 104 4489894 14128181 2024-04-25T16:35:34Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Entering transcription of a film that's generations older than the Internet, on the Internet itself (proofread by VGPaleontologist from [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="VGPaleontologist" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|We must get on with the business of America.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> ski6qyi5u2jq65cy07apm6y7276gst1 Page:A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/11 104 4489895 14128182 2024-04-25T16:35:46Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Entering transcription of a film that's generations older than the Internet, on the Internet itself (proofread by VGPaleontologist from [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="VGPaleontologist" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|My campaign vigorously pursued every legal avenue to contest the election results.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> bmpptp8ig5pqz47tjowr8mbs2rotzhz Page:A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/12 104 4489896 14128183 2024-04-25T16:35:57Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Entering transcription of a film that's generations older than the Internet, on the Internet itself (proofread by VGPaleontologist from [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="VGPaleontologist" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|My only goal was to ensure the integrity of the vote.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> 2wzy58w2orrlencfbpmtxz00xwnf714 Page:A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/13 104 4489897 14128184 2024-04-25T16:36:08Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Entering transcription of a film that's generations older than the Internet, on the Internet itself (proofread by VGPaleontologist from [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="VGPaleontologist" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|In so doing, I was fighting to defend American democracy.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> ecs1kdv6ooj1shsq6q2b0530gozbrcf Page:A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/14 104 4489898 14128185 2024-04-25T16:36:20Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Entering transcription of a film that's generations older than the Internet, on the Internet itself (proofread by VGPaleontologist from [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="VGPaleontologist" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|I continue to strongly believe that we must reform our election laws to verify the identity and eligibility of all voters and to ensure faith and confidence in all future elections.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> ja478ztls9ulvoar45n9m0qkfsuup46 Page:A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/15 104 4489899 14128186 2024-04-25T16:36:31Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Entering transcription of a film that's generations older than the Internet, on the Internet itself (proofread by VGPaleontologist from [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="VGPaleontologist" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|Now Congress has certified the results.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> f9df14btgzgmzf9dysunlpk94iik0s0 Page:A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/16 104 4489900 14128187 2024-04-25T16:36:42Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Entering transcription of a film that's generations older than the Internet, on the Internet itself (proofread by VGPaleontologist from [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="VGPaleontologist" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|A new administration will be inaugurated on January 20th.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> raow4px11m9p4qj2engaq6fdb6pt4au Page:A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/17 104 4489901 14128188 2024-04-25T16:36:53Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Entering transcription of a film that's generations older than the Internet, on the Internet itself (proofread by VGPaleontologist from [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="VGPaleontologist" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|My focus now turns to ensuring a smooth, orderly and seamless transition of power.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> lsyikjgd157ig4dfxmrccssz6aapri3 Page:A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/18 104 4489902 14128189 2024-04-25T16:37:04Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Entering transcription of a film that's generations older than the Internet, on the Internet itself (proofread by VGPaleontologist from [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="VGPaleontologist" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|My focus now turns to ensuring a smooth, orderly and seamless transition of power.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> lsyikjgd157ig4dfxmrccssz6aapri3 Page:A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/19 104 4489903 14128191 2024-04-25T16:37:15Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Entering transcription of a film that's generations older than the Internet, on the Internet itself (proofread by VGPaleontologist from [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="VGPaleontologist" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|This moment calls for healing and reconciliation.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> nhuup67zqho4rx6847nb6465rfshzy0 Page:A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/20 104 4489904 14128192 2024-04-25T16:37:26Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Entering transcription of a film that's generations older than the Internet, on the Internet itself (proofread by VGPaleontologist from [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="VGPaleontologist" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|2020 has been a challenging time for our people.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> hlly8v7p3lio77i2uke2bdhzk52mdlw Page:A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/21 104 4489905 14128193 2024-04-25T16:37:37Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Entering transcription of a film that's generations older than the Internet, on the Internet itself (proofread by VGPaleontologist from [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="VGPaleontologist" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|A menacing pandemic has upended the lives of our citizens, isolated millions in their homes, damaged our economy, and claimed countless lives.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> 25mx1wgehgl59iorwg0q5r882mz62da Page:A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/22 104 4489906 14128194 2024-04-25T16:37:49Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Entering transcription of a film that's generations older than the Internet, on the Internet itself (proofread by VGPaleontologist from [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="VGPaleontologist" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|Defeating this pandemic and rebuilding the greatest economy on Earth will require all of us working together.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> 7nhaz4y88629dxc7hbehk94h35x039w Page:A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/23 104 4489907 14128196 2024-04-25T16:38:00Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Entering transcription of a film that's generations older than the Internet, on the Internet itself (proofread by VGPaleontologist from [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="VGPaleontologist" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|It will require a renewed emphasis on the civic values of patriotism, faith, charity, community and family.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> eyipcoobllp8khnszfqtfr4hnj942nx Page:A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/24 104 4489908 14128197 2024-04-25T16:38:11Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Entering transcription of a film that's generations older than the Internet, on the Internet itself (proofread by VGPaleontologist from [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="VGPaleontologist" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|We must revitalize the sacred bonds of love and loyalty that bind us together as one national family.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> mn67zvirwwr8stkdaigrdr5hnhqe0ke Page:A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/25 104 4489909 14128198 2024-04-25T16:38:22Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Entering transcription of a film that's generations older than the Internet, on the Internet itself (proofread by VGPaleontologist from [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="VGPaleontologist" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|To the citizens of our country, serving as your president has been the honor of my lifetime, and to all of my wonderful supporters, I know you are disappointed, but I also want you to know that our incredible journey is only just beginning.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> 6xrn57w2asgidpw3v6ythu7v5c063m1 Page:A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/26 104 4489910 14128199 2024-04-25T16:38:33Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Entering transcription of a film that's generations older than the Internet, on the Internet itself (proofread by VGPaleontologist from [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]]) proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="VGPaleontologist" /></noinclude>{{ft/d| {{Transcript|Donald John Trump|Thank you, God bless you, and God bless America.}} }}<noinclude></noinclude> q0yqm29yfu6smn95h7zp2ykzivustst A Message from President Donald J. Trump 0 4489911 14128200 2024-04-25T16:38:43Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Entering transcription of a film that's generations older than the Internet, on the Internet itself (proofread by VGPaleontologist from [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]]) wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = A Message from President Donald J. Trump | director = Donald John Trump | translator = | section = | previous = | next = | year = 2021 | portal = Sound film/Speeches | notes = A message delivered on January 7th, 2021; a day after the January 6th attack on the capital. {{Film|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm|thumbtime=2|size=400px}} }} {{Film transclusion| {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/1|num=0:00:00}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/2|num=0:00:05}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/3|num=0:00:11}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/4|num=0:00:20}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/5|num=0:00:25}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/6|num=0:00:32}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/7|num=0:00:38}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/8|num=0:00:42}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/9|num=0:00:46}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/10|num=0:00:51}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/11|num=0:00:55}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/12|num=0:01:02}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/13|num=0:01:06}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/14|num=0:01:10}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/15|num=0:01:25}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/16|num=0:01:27}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/17|num=0:01:31}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/17|num=0:01:31}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/19|num=0:01:38}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/20|num=0:01:41}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/21|num=0:01:41}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/22|num=0:01:55}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/23|num=0:02:03}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/24|num=0:02:11}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/25|num=0:02:20}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/26|num=0:02:37}} }} {{PD-USGov-POTUS}} {{authority control}} [[Category:Sound film]] [[Category:Speeches]] d3jriv07tgki75xohgw4qhro3dwtpzf 14128208 14128200 2024-04-25T16:39:55Z SnowyCinema 2484340 until intended template is found wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = A Message from President Donald J. Trump | director = Donald John Trump | translator = | section = | previous = | next = | year = 2021 | portal = Sound film/Speeches | notes = A message delivered on January 7th, 2021; a day after the January 6th attack on the capital. {{Film|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm|thumbtime=2|size=400px}} }} {{Film transclusion| {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/1|num=0:00:00}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/2|num=0:00:05}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/3|num=0:00:11}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/4|num=0:00:20}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/5|num=0:00:25}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/6|num=0:00:32}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/7|num=0:00:38}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/8|num=0:00:42}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/9|num=0:00:46}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/10|num=0:00:51}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/11|num=0:00:55}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/12|num=0:01:02}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/13|num=0:01:06}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/14|num=0:01:10}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/15|num=0:01:25}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/16|num=0:01:27}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/17|num=0:01:31}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/17|num=0:01:31}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/19|num=0:01:38}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/20|num=0:01:41}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/21|num=0:01:41}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/22|num=0:01:55}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/23|num=0:02:03}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/24|num=0:02:11}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/25|num=0:02:20}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/26|num=0:02:37}} }} {{PD-USGov}} {{authority control}} [[Category:Sound film]] [[Category:Speeches]] ehquuzagq14vw2k84fghk2hqenhcxv0 14128275 14128208 2024-04-25T17:02:45Z VGPaleontologist 2995910 added [[Category:2021 storming of the United States Capitol]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = A Message from President Donald J. Trump | director = Donald John Trump | translator = | section = | previous = | next = | year = 2021 | portal = Sound film/Speeches | notes = A message delivered on January 7th, 2021; a day after the January 6th attack on the capital. {{Film|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm|thumbtime=2|size=400px}} }} {{Film transclusion| {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/1|num=0:00:00}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/2|num=0:00:05}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/3|num=0:00:11}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/4|num=0:00:20}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/5|num=0:00:25}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/6|num=0:00:32}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/7|num=0:00:38}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/8|num=0:00:42}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/9|num=0:00:46}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/10|num=0:00:51}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/11|num=0:00:55}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/12|num=0:01:02}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/13|num=0:01:06}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/14|num=0:01:10}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/15|num=0:01:25}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/16|num=0:01:27}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/17|num=0:01:31}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/17|num=0:01:31}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/19|num=0:01:38}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/20|num=0:01:41}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/21|num=0:01:41}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/22|num=0:01:55}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/23|num=0:02:03}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/24|num=0:02:11}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/25|num=0:02:20}} {{page|A Message from President Donald J. Trump Jan 7 2021.webm/26|num=0:02:37}} }} {{PD-USGov}} {{authority control}} [[Category:Sound film]] [[Category:Speeches]] [[Category:2021 storming of the United States Capitol]] fho9k6brkgqr67b23n0qqeiqjb23tah Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/A Message from President Donald J. Trump 4 4489912 14128202 2024-04-25T16:38:54Z SnowyCinema 2484340 SnowyCinema moved page [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]] to [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/Archives/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]]: Archiving draft page... wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Wikisource:WikiProject Film/Drafts/Archives/A Message from President Donald J. Trump]] i6uqhyldempce8hckg9ocajnrjx7z96 Page:พรบ ใช้ ปพพ ๒๕๑๙.pdf/56 104 4489913 14128204 2024-04-25T16:39:04Z Librovore 3126709 /* Not proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=59|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1558}} {{lawth|s|1559}} {{lawth|s|1560}} {{lawth|s|1561}} {{lawth|s|1562}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 6tauoubij5cplcql2ldiw726kjkq43g 14128207 14128204 2024-04-25T16:39:55Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=59|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1558}} {{lawth|s|1559}} {{lawth|s|1560}} {{lawth|c1|2|xxx|b5t2|120}} {{lawth|s|1561}} {{lawth|s|1562}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 8c6vztntq1phtyy2m8tjpb61ydgvuqf 14128211 14128207 2024-04-25T16:42:15Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=59|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1558}}As regards an action for legitimation of a child of a dead person which has been instituted during the limitation period governing succession, if the court adjudges the child to be a legitimate child of the dead person, the child has the right to succeed to his or her estate as a statutory heir. {{lawth|s|1559}} {{lawth|s|1560}} {{lawth|c1|2|xxx|b5t2|120}} {{lawth|s|1561}} {{lawth|s|1562}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> nkcb6l1vkp9zlyyzml88i9q1g7smxki 14128212 14128211 2024-04-25T16:43:17Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=59|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1558}}As regards an action for legitimation of a child of a dead person which has been instituted during the limitation period governing succession, if the court adjudges the child to be a legitimate child of the dead person, the child has the right to succeed to his or her estate as a statutory heir. In the event that the estate has already been distributed, the provisions of this Code on unjust enrichment shall apply ''mutatis mutandis''. {{lawth|s|1559}} {{lawth|s|1560}} {{lawth|c1|2|xxx|b5t2|120}} {{lawth|s|1561}} {{lawth|s|1562}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 3xczw6ysoayp8ycmkmwxv4m08sq3vf3 14128217 14128212 2024-04-25T16:44:48Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=59|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1558}}As regards an action for legitimation of a child of a dead person which has been instituted during the limitation period governing succession, if the court adjudges the child to be a legitimate child of the dead person, the child has the right to succeed to his or her estate as a statutory heir. In the event that the estate has already been distributed, the provisions of this Code on unjust enrichment shall apply ''mutatis mutandis''. {{lawth|s|1559}}Once registered, the status of being a child shall be irrevocable. {{lawth|s|1560}} {{lawth|c1|2|xxx|b5t2|120}} {{lawth|s|1561}} {{lawth|s|1562}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 7wjotqzm59t6gteevwaon857o8afvkx 14128222 14128217 2024-04-25T16:49:19Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=59|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1558}}As regards an action for legitimation of a child of a dead person which has been instituted during the limitation period governing succession, if the court adjudges the child to be a legitimate child of the dead person, the child has the right to succeed to his or her estate as a statutory heir. In the event that the estate has already been distributed, the provisions of this Code on unjust enrichment shall apply ''mutatis mutandis''. {{lawth|s|1559}}Once registered, the status of being a child shall be irrevocable. {{lawth|s|1560}}A child born during the marriage subsequently revoked by a judgment of a court shall be deemed to be a legitimate child. {{lawth|c1|2|xxx|b5t2|120}} {{lawth|s|1561}} {{lawth|s|1562}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> ivxz2zbn48hvja92lg9tr2v2mk17nly 14128226 14128222 2024-04-25T16:51:21Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=59|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1558}}As regards an action for legitimation of a child of a dead person which has been instituted during the limitation period governing succession, if the court adjudges the child to be a legitimate child of the dead person, the child has the right to succeed to his or her estate as a statutory heir. In the event that the estate has already been distributed, the provisions of this Code on unjust enrichment shall apply ''mutatis mutandis''. {{lawth|s|1559}}Once registered, the status of being a child shall be irrevocable. {{lawth|s|1560}}A child born during the marriage subsequently revoked by a judgment of a court shall be deemed to be a legitimate child. {{lawth|c1|2|Rights and duties of father, mother, and child|b5t2|120}} {{lawth|s|1561}} {{lawth|s|1562}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> keqpe68w30bgqz0t3z4fmadz3p01s32 14128229 14128226 2024-04-25T16:52:20Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=59|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1558}}As regards an action for legitimation of a child of a dead person which has been instituted during the limitation period governing succession, if the court adjudges the child to be a legitimate child of the dead person, the child has the right to succeed to his or her estate as a statutory heir. In the event that the estate has already been distributed, the provisions of this Code on unjust enrichment shall apply ''mutatis mutandis''. {{lawth|s|1559}}Once registered, the status of being a child shall be irrevocable. {{lawth|s|1560}}A child born during the marriage subsequently revoked by a judgment of a court shall be deemed to be a legitimate child. {{lawth|c1|2|Rights and duties of father, mother, and child|b5t2|120}} {{lawth|s|1561}}A child has the right to use the family name of the father. In the event that the father is not known, the child has the right to use the family name of the mother. {{lawth|s|1562}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> pume5orrg46ek6tbtfgel7at531zzyd 14128240 14128229 2024-04-25T16:56:23Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=59|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1558}}As regards an action for legitimation of a child of a dead person which has been instituted during the limitation period governing succession, if the court adjudges the child to be a legitimate child of the dead person, the child has the right to succeed to his or her estate as a statutory heir. In the event that the estate has already been distributed, the provisions of this Code on unjust enrichment shall apply ''mutatis mutandis''. {{lawth|s|1559}}Once registered, the status of being a child shall be irrevocable. {{lawth|s|1560}}A child born during the marriage subsequently revoked by a judgment of a court shall be deemed to be a legitimate child. {{lawth|c1|2|Rights and duties of father, mother, and child|b5t2|120}} {{lawth|s|1561}}A child has the right to use the family name of the father. In the event that the father is not known, the child has the right to use the family name of the mother. {{lawth|s|1562}}No person shall institute a civil or criminal case against his or her own ascendants. But when that person or his or her close relative makes a request, a public prosecutor may take on the case. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> pymmnyb1xpoki28bfl92aas8ykh68vd Message from President Donald J. Trump 0 4489914 14128206 2024-04-25T16:39:23Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Creating redirect for the title without 'The'/'A'/'An' at the beginning wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[A Message from President Donald J. Trump]] steox0u4ssacgt8djnuwwxtyzgula81 Page:Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier (1895).djvu/488 104 4489915 14128210 2024-04-25T16:41:42Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="TE(æ)A,ea." />{{rh|456|RELIGIOUS POEMS}} {{rule}} {{block center/s}}</noinclude><section begin="s1" /><poem>Through wish, resolve, and act, our will Is moved by undreamed forces still; And no man measures in advance His strength with untried circumstance. As streams take hue from shade and sun, As runs the life the song must run; But, glad or sad, to His good end God grant the varying notes may tend!</poem>{{center block/e}} <section end="s1" /> <section begin="s2" />{{c|HYMN OF THE DUNKERS {{fine|KLOSTER KEDAR, EPHRATA, PENNSYLVANIA (1738)}} {{asc|Sister Maria Christina}} {{sm|''sings''.}}}} {{bc|<poem>{{sc|Wake}}, sisters, wake! the day-star shines; Above Ephrata’s eastern pines The dawn is breaking, cool and calm. Wake, sisters, wake to prayer and psalm! Praised be the Lord for shade and light, For toil by day, for rest by night! Praised be His name who deigns to bless Our Kedar of the wilderness! Our refuge when the spoiler’s hand Was heavy on our native land; And freedom, to her children due, The wolf and vulture only knew. We praised Him when to prison led, We owned Him when the stake blazed red; We knew, whatever might befall, His love and power were over all. He heard our prayers; with outstretched arm He led us forth from cruel harm; Still, wheresoe’er our steps were bent, His cloud and fire before us went! The watch of faith and prayer He set, We kept it then, we keep it yet. At midnight, crow of cock, or noon, He cometh sure, He cometh soon. He comes to chasten, not destroy, To purge the earth from sin’s alloy. At last, at last shall all confess His mercy as His righteousness. The dead shall live, the sick be whole, The scarlet sin be white as wool; No discord mar below, above, The music of eternal love! Sound, welcome trump, the last alarm! Lord God of hosts, make bare thine arm, Fulfil this day our long desire, Make sweet and clean the world with fire! Sweep, flaming besom, sweep from sight The lies of time; be swift to smite, Sharp sword of God, all idols down, Genevan creed and Roman crown. Quake, earth, through all thy zones, till all The fanes of pride and priestcraft fall And lift thou up in place of them Thy gates of pearl, Jerusalem. Lo! rising from baptismal flame, Transfigured, glorious, yet the same, Within the heavenly city’s bound Our Kloster Kedar shall be found. He cometh soon! at dawn or noon Or set of sun, He cometh soon. Our prayers shall meet Him on His way; Wake, sisters, wake! arise and pray!</poem>}} <section end="s2" /> <section begin="s3" />{{c|GIVING AND TAKING}} {{fine block|I have attempted to put in English verse a prose translation of a poem by Tinnevaluva, a Hindoo poet of the third century of our era.}} {{block center/s}} <poem>{{sc|Who}} gives and hides the giving hand, :Nor counts on favor, fame, or praise, :Shall find his smallest gift outweighs The burden of the sea and land. Who gives to whom hath naught been given, :His gift in need, though small indeed :As is the grass-blade’s wind-blown seed, Is large as earth and rich as heaven. Forget it not, O man, to whom :A gift shall fall, while yet on earth; :Yea, even to thy seven-fold birth Recall it in the lives to come. Who broods above a wrong in thought :Sins much; but greater sin is his :Who, fed and clothed with kindnesses, Shall count the holy alms as naught. {{nop}}</poem><section end="s3" /><noinclude>{{center block/e}}</noinclude> 09lyn2byb0lpsjuplr4sghxlgwpebk7 User talk:Kiwiz1338 3 4489916 14128218 2024-04-25T16:47:22Z EncycloPetey 3239 Created page with "==Michael Joseph Savage speech== All works hosted on Wikisource should indicate the source of the text. This means the book, website, or document from which the text was found. That information must be present on all works here. --~~~~" wikitext text/x-wiki ==Michael Joseph Savage speech== All works hosted on Wikisource should indicate the source of the text. This means the book, website, or document from which the text was found. That information must be present on all works here. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 16:47, 25 April 2024 (UTC) lebkt7erbj0xws4n1t7dcs4y75e4dzy 14130584 14128218 2024-04-26T05:07:04Z Kiwiz1338 3098132 /* Michael Joseph Savage speech */ Reply wikitext text/x-wiki ==Michael Joseph Savage speech== All works hosted on Wikisource should indicate the source of the text. This means the book, website, or document from which the text was found. That information must be present on all works here. --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 16:47, 25 April 2024 (UTC) :I got it from https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Michael_Joseph_Savage_speech_on_5_September_1939.wav [[User:Kiwiz1338|Kiwiz1338]] ([[User talk:Kiwiz1338#top|talk]]) 05:07, 26 April 2024 (UTC) alg6s7qe6wppu2j9zmmmlcsl3u0gm3k Page:Poems Welby.djvu/15 104 4489917 14128219 2024-04-25T16:47:23Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{rh||{{sc|contents.}}|vii}} {{TOC begin}}</noinclude>{{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|I Have a Fair and Gentle Friend}},|129}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|[[Poems (Welby)/To Mrs. L———|To Mrs. L{{ld}}]],|132}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|Lines on Seeing a Beautiful Little Girl Gathering Flowers}},|133}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The Dreamers}},|136}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|May}},|139}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|Pulpit Eloquence}},|142}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The Last Interview}},|147}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|When Soft Stars}},|150}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|O! Had We Only Met}},|152}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|To Amanda}},|154}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|Music}},|156}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The Bride}},|158}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The Mournful Heart}},|161}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The Parted Year}},|163}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|I Never Have Loved Thee}},|167}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|O! Dark is the Gloom}},|169}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The Presence of God}},|170}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|I Know Thee Not}},|174}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|Thou Canst Not Forget Me}},|176}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|Hopeless Love}},|178}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The Bereaved}},|181}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|To Lucy During Her Absence}},|183}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|On Entering the Mammoth Cave}},|185}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|Sudden Death}},|190}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|I Saw Thee but a Moment}},|193}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The Evening Skies}},|196}} {{TOC row 2dot-1|{{subpage|Poems (Welby)|The Old Maid}},|198}} {{TOC end}}<noinclude></noinclude> 300kvxcq9ktg53yah1s7vh2ye2ba7nn Page:Poems Welby.djvu/17 104 4489918 14128223 2024-04-25T16:49:29Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{c|{{l|POEMS.}}}} {{dhr}} {{rule|6em}} {{dhr}} {{tpp|THE RAINBOW.| I sometimes have thoughts, in my loneliest hours. That lie on my heart like the dew on the flowers, Of a ramble I took one bright afternoon When my heart was as light as a blossom in June; The green earth was moist with the late fallen showers, The breeze fluttered down and blew open the flowers. While a single white cloud, to its haven of rest On the white-wing of peace, floated off in the west. As I threw back my tresses to catch the cool breeze, That scattered the rain-drops and dimpled the seas, Far up the blue sky a fair rainbow unrolled Its soft- tinted pinions of purple and gold. 'T was born in a moment, yet, quick as its birth It had stretched to the uttermost ends of the earth, And, fair as an angel, it floated as free, With a wing on the earth and a wing on the sea. |e=stanza}}<noinclude></noinclude> srsrs9wbe81gbg1h0g4w49po7t1ifdm 14128261 14128223 2024-04-25T16:58:57Z Alien333 3086116 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{c|{{l|POEMS.}}}} {{dhr}} {{rule|6em}} {{dhr}} {{tpp|THE RAINBOW.| I sometimes have thoughts, in my loneliest hours, That lie on my heart like the dew on the flowers, Of a ramble I took one bright afternoon When my heart was as light as a blossom in June; The green earth was moist with the late fallen showers, The breeze fluttered down and blew open the flowers. While a single white cloud, to its haven of rest On the white-wing of peace, floated off in the west. As I threw back my tresses to catch the cool breeze, That scattered the rain-drops and dimpled the seas, Far up the blue sky a fair rainbow unrolled Its soft- tinted pinions of purple and gold. 'T was born in a moment, yet, quick as its birth It had stretched to the uttermost ends of the earth, And, fair as an angel, it floated as free, With a wing on the earth and a wing on the sea. |e=stanza}}<noinclude></noinclude> 2mbr6wyeph2s3id1ydag6br1abu15yg Page:Poems Welby.djvu/18 104 4489919 14128224 2024-04-25T16:50:07Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{rh||10|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| How calm was the ocean! how gentle its swell! Like a woman's soft bosom it rose and it fell; While its light sparkling waves, stealing laughingly o'er, When they saw the fair rainbow, knelt down on the shore. No sweet hymn ascended, no murmur of prayer. Yet I felt that the spirit of worship was there. And bent my young head, in devotion and love, ^Neath the form of the angel, that floated above. How wide was the sweep of its beautiful wings! How boundless its circle! how radiant its rings! If I looked on the sky, 't was suspended in air; If I looked on the ocean, the rainbow was there; Thus forming a girdle, as brilliant and whole As the thoughts of the rainbow, that circled my soul. Like the wing of the Deity, calmly unfurled, It bent from the cloud and encircled the world. There are moments, I think, when the spirit receives Whole volumes of thought on its unwritten leaves. When the folds of the heart in a moment unclose Like the innermost leaves from the heart of a rose. And thus, when the rainbow had passed from the sky. The thoughts it awoke were too deep to pass by; It left my full soul, like the wing of a dove. All fluttering with pleasure, and fluttering with love. I know that each moment of rapture or pain But shortens the links in life's mystical chain; |start=stanza|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> bpwv3lqwkobzc1zuwygjsignamphmce 14128259 14128224 2024-04-25T16:58:43Z Alien333 3086116 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{rh||10|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| How calm was the ocean! how gentle its swell! Like a woman's soft bosom it rose and it fell; While its light sparkling waves, stealing laughingly o'er, When they saw the fair rainbow, knelt down on the shore. No sweet hymn ascended, no murmur of prayer, Yet I felt that the spirit of worship was there, And bent my young head, in devotion and love, ^Neath the form of the angel, that floated above. How wide was the sweep of its beautiful wings! How boundless its circle! how radiant its rings! If I looked on the sky, 't was suspended in air; If I looked on the ocean, the rainbow was there; Thus forming a girdle, as brilliant and whole As the thoughts of the rainbow, that circled my soul. Like the wing of the Deity, calmly unfurled, It bent from the cloud and encircled the world. There are moments, I think, when the spirit receives Whole volumes of thought on its unwritten leaves, When the folds of the heart in a moment unclose Like the innermost leaves from the heart of a rose. And thus, when the rainbow had passed from the sky, The thoughts it awoke were too deep to pass by; It left my full soul, like the wing of a dove. All fluttering with pleasure, and fluttering with love. I know that each moment of rapture or pain But shortens the links in life's mystical chain; |start=stanza|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> jb5c6bqbsqz0mt8qr4xv0rqtw1oe3yb Page:Poems Welby.djvu/19 104 4489920 14128225 2024-04-25T16:50:38Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{rh||11|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| I know that my form, like that bow from the wave, Must pass from the earth, and lie cold in the grave; Yet O! when death's shadows my bosom encloud, When I shrink at the thought of the coffin and shroud, May Hope, like the rainbow, my spirit enfold In her beautiful pinions of purple and gold. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 6der9r8bxol8sfupu48by6vokyw9j15 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/20 104 4489921 14128227 2024-04-25T16:51:25Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|MELODIA.| I met, once in my girlish hours, :A creature, soft and warm; Her cottage bonnet, filled with flowers, :Hung swinging on her arm; Her voice was sweet as the voice of Love, :And her teeth were pure as pearls. While her forehead lay, like a snow-white dove. :In a nest of nut-brown curls; She was a thing unknown to fame— Melodia was her strange sweet name. I never saw an eye so bright :And yet so soft as hers; It sometimes swam in liquid light. :And sometimes swam in tears; It seemed a beauty, set apart :For softness and for sighs; But O! Melodia's melting heart :Was softer than her eyes— For they were only formed to spread The softness, from her spirit shed. |e=stanza}}<noinclude></noinclude> nrp0ie175bx9w43hq462lekwblsufpj 14128254 14128227 2024-04-25T16:58:16Z Alien333 3086116 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|MELODIA.| I met, once in my girlish hours, :A creature, soft and warm; Her cottage bonnet, filled with flowers, :Hung swinging on her arm; Her voice was sweet as the voice of Love, :And her teeth were pure as pearls. While her forehead lay, like a snow-white dove. :In a nest of nut-brown curls; She was a thing unknown to fame— Melodia was her strange sweet name. I never saw an eye so bright :And yet so soft as hers; It sometimes swam in liquid light, :And sometimes swam in tears; It seemed a beauty, set apart :For softness and for sighs; But O! Melodia's melting heart :Was softer than her eyes— For they were only formed to spread The softness, from her spirit shed. |e=stanza}}<noinclude></noinclude> 87vpj2uytzj2okao3vg3tv049bnum9b Page:Poems Welby.djvu/21 104 4489922 14128228 2024-04-25T16:52:00Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||13|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| I've gazed on many a brighter face, :But ne'er on one for years, Where beauty left so soft a trace :As it had left on hers. But who can paint the spell, that wove :A brightness round the whole? 'T would take an angel from above :To paint the immortal soul— To trace the light, the inborn grace, The spirit, sparkling o'er her face. Her bosom was a soft retreat :For love, and love alone, And yet her heart had never beat :To Love's delicious tone. It dwelt within its circle free :From tender thoughts like these, Waiting the little deity. :As the blossom waits the breeze Before it throws the leaves apart And trembles, like the love-touched heart, She was a creature, strange as fair, :First mournful and then wild— Now laughing on the clear bright air :As merry as a child. Then, melting down, as soft as even :Beneath some new control. She'd throw her hazel eyes to heaven :And sing with all her soul, |start=stanza|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> sjyl51p1xazp12fk89ta1bmby9p6jv4 14128252 14128228 2024-04-25T16:58:02Z Alien333 3086116 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||13|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| I've gazed on many a brighter face, :But ne'er on one for years, Where beauty left so soft a trace :As it had left on hers. But who can paint the spell, that wove :A brightness round the whole? 'T would take an angel from above :To paint the immortal soul— To trace the light, the inborn grace, The spirit, sparkling o'er her face. Her bosom was a soft retreat :For love, and love alone, And yet her heart had never beat :To Love's delicious tone. It dwelt within its circle free :From tender thoughts like these, Waiting the little deity, :As the blossom waits the breeze Before it throws the leaves apart And trembles, like the love-touched heart, She was a creature, strange as fair, :First mournful and then wild— Now laughing on the clear bright air :As merry as a child, Then, melting down, as soft as even :Beneath some new control, She'd throw her hazel eyes to heaven :And sing with all her soul, |start=stanza|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> jeelbbhaan2zuk4vd0090j9w9gqiy4t Page:Poems Welby.djvu/22 104 4489923 14128230 2024-04-25T16:52:44Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||14|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| In tones, as rich as some young bird's, Warbling her own delightful words. Melodia! O how soft thy darts, :How tender and how sweet! Thy song enchained a thousand hearts :And drew them to thy feet; And, as thy bright lips sang, they caught :So beautiful a ray. That, as I gazed, I almost thought :The spirit of thy lay Had left, while melting on the air, Its sweet expression painted there. Sweet vision of that starry even! :Thy virgin beauty yet, Next to the blessed hope of heaven. :Is in my spirit set. It is a something, shrined apart, :A light from memory, shed, To live until this tender heart. :On which it lives, is dead- Reminding me of brighter hours, Of summer eves and summer flowers. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> hi7isawxt6mxgly0t8763umiwabqedr 14128249 14128230 2024-04-25T16:57:36Z Alien333 3086116 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||14|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| In tones, as rich as some young bird's, Warbling her own delightful words. Melodia! O how soft thy darts, :How tender and how sweet! Thy song enchained a thousand hearts :And drew them to thy feet; And, as thy bright lips sang, they caught :So beautiful a ray. That, as I gazed, I almost thought :The spirit of thy lay Had left, while melting on the air, Its sweet expression painted there. Sweet vision of that starry even! :Thy virgin beauty yet, Next to the blessed hope of heaven. :Is in my spirit set. It is a something, shrined apart, :A light from memory, shed, To live until this tender heart. :On which it lives, is dead— Reminding me of brighter hours, Of summer eves and summer flowers. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> nna5ahfz423vv1n6br2zbafyinr9e1q Page:Poems Welby.djvu/23 104 4489924 14128231 2024-04-25T16:53:14Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THE FREED BIRD.| Thy cage is opened, bird! too well I love thee :To bar the sunny things of earth from thee; A whole broad heaven of blue lies calm above thee, :The green-wood waves beneath, and thou art free; These slender wires shall prison thee no more— Up, bird! and 'mid the clouds thy thrilling music pour. Away! away! the laughing waters, playing, :Break on the fragrant shore in ripples blue. And the green leaves unto the breeze are laying :Their shining edges, fringed with drops of dew; And, here and there, a wild flower lifts its head Refreshed with sudden life from many a sunbeam shed. How sweet thy voice will sound! for o'er yon river :The wing of silence, like a dream, is laid. And nought is heard save where the wood-boughs quiver, :Making rich spots of trembling light and shade. And a new rapture thy wild spirit fills. For joy is on the breeze, and morn upon the hills. Now, like the aspen, plays each quivering feather :Of thy swift pinion, bearing thee along, |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> shucugkb4z9f9tan4h151ilpuscccnz 14128248 14128231 2024-04-25T16:57:18Z Alien333 3086116 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THE FREED BIRD.| Thy cage is opened, bird! too well I love thee :To bar the sunny things of earth from thee; A whole broad heaven of blue lies calm above thee, :The green-wood waves beneath, and thou art free; These slender wires shall prison thee no more— Up, bird! and 'mid the clouds thy thrilling music pour. Away! away! the laughing waters, playing, :Break on the fragrant shore in ripples blue, And the green leaves unto the breeze are laying :Their shining edges, fringed with drops of dew; And, here and there, a wild flower lifts its head Refreshed with sudden life from many a sunbeam shed. How sweet thy voice will sound! for o'er yon river :The wing of silence, like a dream, is laid, And nought is heard save where the wood-boughs quiver, :Making rich spots of trembling light and shade. And a new rapture thy wild spirit fills, For joy is on the breeze, and morn upon the hills. Now, like the aspen, plays each quivering feather :Of thy swift pinion, bearing thee along, |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> sbq0ctdm3g4cpk1cwv8gxcryvdexphe Page:Poems Welby.djvu/24 104 4489925 14128232 2024-04-25T16:53:49Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||16|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Up, where the morning stars once sang together, :To pour the fullness of thine own rich song; And now thou'rt mirrored to my dazzled view, A little dusky speck amid a world of blue. Yet I will shade mine eye and still pursue thee, :As thou dost melt in soft ethereal air. Till angel-ones, sweet bird, will bend to view thee, :And cease their hymns awhile thine own to share; And there thou art, with light clouds round thee furled, Just poised beneath yon vault, that arches o'er the world. A free wild spirit unto thee is given. :Bright minstrel of the blue celestial dome! For thou wilt wander to yon upper heaven. :And bathe thy plumage in the sunbeam's home; And, soaring upward from thy dizzy height On free and fearless wing, be lost to human sight. Lute of the summer clouds! whilst thou art singing :Unto thy Maker thy soft matin hymn, My own mild spirit, from its temple springing. :Would freely join thee in the distance dim; But I can only gaze on thee and sigh With heart upon my lip, bright minstrel of the sky! And yet, sweet bird! bright thoughts to me are given :As many as the clustering leaves of June; And my young heart is like a harp of heaven, :For ever strung unto some pleasant tune; |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> kgjxiigt07oxwkpdujd9n8mxvthgb8i 14128246 14128232 2024-04-25T16:57:02Z Alien333 3086116 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||16|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Up, where the morning stars once sang together, :To pour the fullness of thine own rich song; And now thou'rt mirrored to my dazzled view, A little dusky speck amid a world of blue. Yet I will shade mine eye and still pursue thee, :As thou dost melt in soft ethereal air. Till angel-ones, sweet bird, will bend to view thee, :And cease their hymns awhile thine own to share; And there thou art, with light clouds round thee furled, Just poised beneath yon vault, that arches o'er the world. A free wild spirit unto thee is given, :Bright minstrel of the blue celestial dome! For thou wilt wander to yon upper heaven, :And bathe thy plumage in the sunbeam's home; And, soaring upward from thy dizzy height On free and fearless wing, be lost to human sight. Lute of the summer clouds! whilst thou art singing :Unto thy Maker thy soft matin hymn, My own mild spirit, from its temple springing, :Would freely join thee in the distance dim; But I can only gaze on thee and sigh With heart upon my lip, bright minstrel of the sky! And yet, sweet bird! bright thoughts to me are given :As many as the clustering leaves of June; And my young heart is like a harp of heaven, :For ever strung unto some pleasant tune; |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 3ks7vqcu3i6zhph95a1gnf8fbqaxf79 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/25 104 4489926 14128234 2024-04-25T16:54:08Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||17|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| And my soul burns with wild poetic fire, Though simple are my strains, and simpler still my lyre. And now, farewell! the wild wind of the mountain :And the blue streams alone my strains have heard; And it is well, for from my heart's deep fountain :They flow, uncultured, as thine own, sweet bird! For my free thoughts have ever spurned control, Since this heart held a wish, and this frail form a soul! |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> iwq486sf3itr1nfa7x57gtvzo7g1ozu Page:Poems Welby.djvu/26 104 4489927 14128235 2024-04-25T16:54:31Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|TO A SEA-SHELL.| ::Shell of the bright sea-waves! What is it, that we hear in thy sad moan? Is this unceasing music all thine own? ::Lute of the ocean-caves! ::Or does some spirit dwell In the deep windings of thy chambers dim. Breathing for ever, in its mournful hymn, ::Of ocean's anthem swell? ::Wert thou a murmurer long In crystal palaces beneath the seas. Ere from the blue sky thou hadst heard the breeze ::Pour its full tide of song? ::Another thing with thee— Are there not gorgeous cities in the deep. Buried with flashing gems that brightly sleep. ::Hid by the mighty sea? ::And say, O lone sea-shell! Are there not costly things and sweet perfumes |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> ela7au6azw4p8lfmkvei4u3ys5qayc8 14128245 14128235 2024-04-25T16:56:43Z Alien333 3086116 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|TO A SEA-SHELL.| ::Shell of the bright sea-waves! What is it, that we hear in thy sad moan? Is this unceasing music all thine own? ::Lute of the ocean-caves! ::Or does some spirit dwell In the deep windings of thy chambers dim, Breathing for ever, in its mournful hymn, ::Of ocean's anthem swell? ::Wert thou a murmurer long In crystal palaces beneath the seas, Ere from the blue sky thou hadst heard the breeze ::Pour its full tide of song? ::Another thing with thee— Are there not gorgeous cities in the deep, Buried with flashing gems that brightly sleep, ::Hid by the mighty sea? ::And say, O lone sea-shell! Are there not costly things and sweet perfumes |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> gjccptnnp1yb9xiucsgisy1tdfm2han Page:Poems Welby.djvu/27 104 4489928 14128236 2024-04-25T16:55:10Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||19|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Scattered in waste o'er that sea-gulf of tombs? ::Hush thy low moan and tell. ::But yet, and more than all— Has not each foaming wave in fury tost O'er earth's most beautiful, the brave, the lost, ::Like a dark funeral pall? ::'T is vain—thou answerest not? Thou hast no voice to whisper of the dead; 'T is ours alone, with sighs like odors shed. ::To hold them unforgot! ::Thine is as sad a strain, As if the spirit in thy hidden cell Pined to be with the many things, that dwell ::In the wild restless main. ::And yet there is no sound Upon the waters, whispered by the waves, But seemeth like a wail from many graves, ::Thrilling the air around. ::The earth, O moaning shell! The earth hath melodies more sweet than these— The music gush of rills, the hum of bees ::Heard in each blossom's bell. ::Are not these tones of earth, The rustling forest, with its shivering leaves, |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> adk066t8f5lupcf1s09h3rgqh6xep0s 14128241 14128236 2024-04-25T16:56:25Z Alien333 3086116 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||19|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Scattered in waste o'er that sea-gulf of tombs? ::Hush thy low moan and tell. ::But yet, and more than all— Has not each foaming wave in fury tost O'er earth's most beautiful, the brave, the lost, ::Like a dark funeral pall? ::'T is vain—thou answerest not? Thou hast no voice to whisper of the dead; 'T is ours alone, with sighs like odors shed, ::To hold them unforgot! ::Thine is as sad a strain, As if the spirit in thy hidden cell Pined to be with the many things, that dwell ::In the wild restless main. ::And yet there is no sound Upon the waters, whispered by the waves, But seemeth like a wail from many graves, ::Thrilling the air around. ::The earth, O moaning shell! The earth hath melodies more sweet than these— The music gush of rills, the hum of bees ::Heard in each blossom's bell. ::Are not these tones of earth, The rustling forest, with its shivering leaves, |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> bsii4akabj9axk2gpacc8s9t11ge766 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/28 104 4489929 14128237 2024-04-25T16:55:32Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||20|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Sweeter than sounds that e'en in moonlit eves ::Upon the seas have birth? ::Alas! thou still wilt moan— Thou 'rt like the heart that wastes itself in sighs E'en when amid bewildering melodies, ::If parted from its own. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> th96xu7gvo86614kfcknlz59d4al8xt Page:Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier (1895).djvu/489 104 4489930 14128238 2024-04-25T16:55:44Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="TE(æ)A,ea." />{{rh||THE VISION OF ECHARD|457}} {{rule}} {{block center/s}}</noinclude><section begin="s1" /><poem>Who dares to curse the hands that bless :Shall know of sin the deadliest cost; :The patience of the heavens is lost Beholding man’s unthankfulness. For he who breaks all laws may still :In Sivam’s mercy be forgiven; :But none cane save, in earth or heaven, The wretch who answers good with ill.</poem>{{center block/e}} <section end="s1" /> <section begin="s2" />{{c|THE VISION OF ECHARD}} {{block center/s}} <poem>{{sc|The}} Benedictine Echard :Sat by the wayside well, Where Marsberg sees the bridal :Of the Sarre and the Moselle. Fair with its sloping vineyards :And tawny chestnut bloom, The happy vale Ausonius sung :For holy Treves made room. On the shrine Helena builded :To keep the Christ coat well, On minster tower and kloster cross, :The westering sunshine fell. There, where the rock-hewn circles :O’erlooked the Roman’s game, The veil of sleep fell on him, :And his thought a dream became. He felt the heart of silence :Throb with a soundless word, And by the inward ear alone :A spirit’s voice he heard. And the spoken word seemed written :On air and wave and sod, And the bending walls of sapphire :Blazed with the thought of God: {{fqm|“}}What lack I, O my children? :All things are in my hand; The vast earth and the awful stars :I hold as grains of sand. {{fqm|“}}Need I your alms? The silver :And gold are mine alone; The gifts ye bring before me :Were evermore my own. {{fqm|“}}Heed I the noise of viols, :Your pomp of masque and show? Have I not dawns and sunsets? :Have I not winds that blow? {{fqm|“}}Do I smell your gums of incense? :Is my ear with chantings fed? Taste I your wine of worship, :Or eat your holy bread? {{fqm|“}}Of rank and name and honors :Am I vain as ye are vain? What can Eternal Fulness :From your lip-service gain? {{fqm|“}}Ye make me not your debtor :Who serve yourselves alone; Ye boast to me of homage :Whose gain is all your own. {{fqm|“}}For you I gave the prophets, :For you the Psalmist’s lay: For you the law’s stone tables, :And holy book and day. {{fqm|“}}Ye change to weary burdens :The helps that should uplift; Ye lose in form the spirit, :The Giver in the gift. {{fqm|“}}Who called ye to self-torment, :To fast and penance vain? Dream ye Eternal Goodness :Has joy in mortal pain? {{fqm|“}}For the death in life of Nitria, :For your Chartreuse ever dumb, What better is the neighbor, :Or happier the home? {{fqm|“}}Who counts his brother’s welfare :As sacred as his own, And loves, forgives and pities, :He serveth me alone. {{fqm|“}}I note each gracious purpose, :Each kindly word and deed; Are ye not all my children? :Shall not the Father heed? {{fqm|“}}No prayer for light and guidance :Is lost upon mine ear: The child’s cry in the darkness :Shall not the Father hear? {{fqm|“}}I loathe your wrangling councils, :I tread upon your creeds;</poem><section end="s2" /><noinclude>{{center block/e}}</noinclude> b2fwcpj8wgk5lr49jzi7ddu3ow4bs2g Hymn of the Dunkers 0 4489931 14128243 2024-04-25T16:56:29Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 TE(æ)A,ea. moved page [[Hymn of the Dunkers]] to [[The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier/Hymn of the Dunkers]]: Move within/to containing work wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier/Hymn of the Dunkers]] b62prh3owne15dphucd55afjkevj7p3 Page:Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu/24 104 4489932 14128244 2024-04-25T16:56:29Z EncycloPetey 3239 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="EncycloPetey" />{{rh|16|UNCLE VANYA|{{smaller|ACT I}}}} {{dent/s|0|1em}}</noinclude>{{sc|Astroff}}. Yes, ten years have made me another man. And why? Because I am overworked. Nurse, I am on my feet from dawn till dusk. I know no rest; at night I tremble under my blankets for fear of being dragged out to visit some one who is sick; I have toiled without repose or a day’s freedom since I have known you; could I help growing old? And then, existence is tedious, anyway; it is a senseless, dirty business, this life, and goes heavily. Every one about here is silly, and after living with them for two or three years one grows silly oneself. It is inevitable. [''Twisting his moustache''] See what a long moustache I have grown. A foolish, long moustache. Yes, I am as silly as the rest, nurse, but not as stupid; no, I have not grown stupid. Thank God, my brain is not addled yet, though my feelings have grown numb. I ask nothing, I need nothing, I love no one, unless it is yourself alone. [''He kisses her head''] I had a nurse just like you when I was a child. {{sc|Marina}}. Don’t you want a bite of something to eat? {{sc|Astroff}}. No. During the third week of Lent I went to the epidemic at Malitskoi. It was eruptive typhoid. The peasants were all lying side by side in their huts, and the calves and pigs were running about the floor among the sick. Such dirt there was, and smoke! Unspeakable! I slaved among those people all day, not a crumb passed my lips, but when I got home there was still no rest for me; a switchman was carried in from the railroad; I laid him on the operating table and he went and died in my arms under chloroform, and then my feelings that should have been deadened awoke again, my conscience tortured me as if I had killed the man. I sat down and closed my eyes—like this—and thought: will our descendants two hundred years from now, for whom we are breaking the road, remember to give us a kind word? No, nurse, they will forget. {{nop}}<noinclude>{{dent/e}}</noinclude> g1se8y9n69emp0s48yb54hmklt1wqcg Category:Film industry in fiction 14 4489933 14128256 2024-04-25T16:58:31Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Created page with "[[Category:Works about film]]" wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Works about film]] oc6hp87lrg5xyw1ku8ietw5fn8fb2vp Page:พรบ ใช้ ปพพ ๒๕๑๙.pdf/57 104 4489934 14128257 2024-04-25T16:58:36Z Librovore 3126709 /* Not proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=60|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1563}} {{lawth|s|1564}} {{lawth|s|1565}} {{lawth|s|1566}} {{lawth|rb|1}} {{lawth|rb|2}} {{lawth|rb|3}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> kuzhlh705g87nsx0u9bjakftodjkvkm 14128272 14128257 2024-04-25T17:01:10Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=60|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1563}}A child is required to maintain the father and mother. {{lawth|s|1564}}The father and mother are required to provide appropriate maintenance and education to their child during his or her minority. {{lawth|s|1565}} {{lawth|s|1566}} {{lawth|rb|1}} {{lawth|rb|2}} {{lawth|rb|3}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> ewi6w8rfguhssqsrtxuxz78svjgnb6x 14128280 14128272 2024-04-25T17:04:20Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=60|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1563}}A child is required to maintain the father and mother. {{lawth|s|1564}}The father and mother are required to provide appropriate maintenance and education to a child during his or her minority. The father and mother are required to maintain a child who has already attained majority only when he or she has infirmity and cannot earn his or her own living. {{lawth|s|1565}} {{lawth|s|1566}} {{lawth|rb|1}} {{lawth|rb|2}} {{lawth|rb|3}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 1wju7178g6z19as6clbx13uc6vbmknu 14128287 14128280 2024-04-25T17:06:53Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=60|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1563}}A child is required to maintain the father and mother. {{lawth|s|1564}}The father and mother are required to provide appropriate maintenance and education to a child during his or her minority. The father and mother are required to maintain a child who has already attained majority only when he or she has infirmity and cannot earn his or her own living. {{lawth|s|1565}}A child who has not yet attained majority must be subject to the custodial power of the father and mother. The custodial power is vested in the father or mother in the following cases: {{lawth|s|1566}} {{lawth|rb|1}} {{lawth|rb|2}} {{lawth|rb|3}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> k95h1410y37cmc0iwhrhbzyei2wke8o 14128290 14128287 2024-04-25T17:07:42Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=60|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1563}}A child is required to maintain the father and mother. {{lawth|s|1564}}The father and mother are required to provide appropriate maintenance and education to a child during his or her minority. The father and mother are required to maintain a child who has already attained majority only when he or she has infirmity and cannot earn his or her own living. {{lawth|s|1565} {{lawth|s|1566}}}A child who has not yet attained majority must be subject to the custodial power of the father and mother. The custodial power is vested in the father or mother in the following cases: {{lawth|rb|1}} {{lawth|rb|2}} {{lawth|rb|3}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> hj26siza5h3etj2dg2aluuqvc6v3fjv 14128295 14128290 2024-04-25T17:09:39Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=60|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1563}}A child is required to maintain the father and mother. {{lawth|s|1564}}The father and mother are required to provide appropriate maintenance and education to a child during his or her minority. The father and mother are required to maintain a child who has already attained majority only when he or she has infirmity and cannot earn his or her own living. {{lawth|s|1565}} {{lawth|s|1566}}A child who has not yet attained majority must be subject to the custodial power of the father and mother. The custodial power is vested in the father or mother in the following cases: {{lawth|rb|1}} {{lawth|rb|2}} {{lawth|rb|3}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 56axkz7evuiuumy2234sx3snkfud78m 14128338 14128295 2024-04-25T17:13:21Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=60|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1563}}A child is required to maintain the father and mother. {{lawth|s|1564}}The father and mother are required to provide appropriate maintenance and education to a child during his or her minority. The father and mother are required to maintain a child who has already attained majority only when he or she has infirmity and cannot earn his or her own living. {{lawth|s|1565}}Apart from a public prosecutor according to section 1562, the father or mother may take on an action for monetary maintenance of a child or for other maintenance of a child. {{lawth|s|1566}}A child who has not yet attained majority must be subject to the custodial power of the father and mother. The custodial power is vested in the father or mother in the following cases: {{lawth|rb|1}} {{lawth|rb|2}} {{lawth|rb|3}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> ieafdr8sd2kjs2ozy0a2pz6dhi7wmpk 14128344 14128338 2024-04-25T17:15:22Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=60|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1563}}A child is required to maintain the father and mother. {{lawth|s|1564}}The father and mother are required to provide appropriate maintenance and education to a child during his or her minority. The father and mother are required to maintain a child who has already attained majority only when he or she has infirmity and cannot earn his or her own living. {{lawth|s|1565}}Apart from a public prosecutor according to section 1562, the father or mother may take on an action for monetary maintenance of a child or for other maintenance of a child. {{lawth|s|1566}}A child who has not yet attained majority must be subject to the custodial power of the father and mother. The custodial power is vested in the father or mother in the following cases: {{lawth|rb|1}}the father or mother has died; {{lawth|rb|2}}it is not certain whether the father or mother is still alive or has died; {{lawth|rb|3}}the father or mother has been adjudged incompetent or quasi-incompetent by a court; {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> e3gwz2fp79rr06ezax6c9cq20ihxxub Page:Poems Welby.djvu/29 104 4489935 14128262 2024-04-25T16:59:16Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|LINES WRITTEN ON SEEING AN INFANT SLEEPING ON ITS MOTHER'S BOSOM.| It lay upon its mother's breast, a thing :Bright as a dew-drop when it first descends, Or as the plumage of an angel's wing :Where every tint of rainbow beauty blends; It had soft violet eyes, that, 'neath each lid :Half-closed upon them, like bright waters shone; While its small dimpled hands were slily hid :In the warm bosom that it nestled on. There was a beam in that young mother's eye, :Lit by the feelings that she could not speak, As from her lips a plaintive lullaby :Stirred the bright tresses on her infant's cheek; While now and then, with melting heart, she prest :Soft kisses on its red and smiling lips, Lips, sweet as rose-buds in fresh beauty drest :Ere the young murmuring bee their honey sips. It was a fragrant eve, the sky was full :Of burning stars, that, tremulously clear, Shone on those lovely ones, while the low lull :Of falling waters fell upon the ear; |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> hzpg3fssc1j9qjgzsvqz34docnlf6bj Page:Poems Welby.djvu/30 104 4489936 14128263 2024-04-25T16:59:39Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||22|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| And the new moon, like a pure shell of pearl :Encircled by the blue waves of the deep, Lay 'mid the fleecy clouds, that love to curl :Around the stars when they their vigils keep. My heart grew softer, as I gazed upon :That youthful mother as she soothed to rest, With a low song, her loved and cherished one, :The bud of promise, on her gentle breast; For 't is a sight, that angel-ones above :May stoop to gaze on from their bowers of bliss, When Innocence upon the breast of love :Is cradled, in a sinful world like this. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> icirnfff3m9u0lq8qx9rg1k8vwatwwq Page:Castle of Wolfenbach - Parsons (1793, volume 1).djvu/78 104 4489937 14128264 2024-04-25T16:59:57Z Chrisguise 2855804 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{rvh|74|{{asc|Castle of Wolfenbach.}}}}</noinclude>ous crimes must have been perpetrated in this castle; how great is my curiosity to know more of the unhappy Victoria so recently the cause of joy and sorrow, and her unfortunate attendant, but their fate is enveloped in mystery and horror, what mine may be, heaven only knows." When it grew near dark she went up stairs, but so altered by the agitations of her mind, that Bertha started and exclaimed, "Dear, my lady, are you ill." "I am not very well, (replied Matilda;) I shall take an early supper, and retire to bed." The poor women, with great nimbleness prepared her supper, of which her guest eat but sparingly, and after sending for Albert, who appeared very sorrowful for her indisposition; she comforted him by an assurance of its being very trifling, and that she should be better after a night's rest; which was indeed verified; for having commended herself to the protection of the Father to the fatherless, she droped into a<noinclude>{{continues|soft}}</noinclude> 95t1xjch4gur05y304wo6u7ecr07cqf Page:Poems Welby.djvu/31 104 4489938 14128265 2024-04-25T17:00:16Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THE GREEN MOSSY BANK WHERE THE BUTTERCUPS GREW.| O my thoughts are away where my infancy flew, Near the green mossy bank where the buttercups grew, Where the bright silver fountain eternally played, First laughing in sunshine, then singing in shade; There oft in my childhood I've wandered in play, Flinging up the cool drops of the light falling spray, Till my small naked feet were all bathed in bright dew, As I played on the bank where the buttercups grew. How softly that green bank sloped down from the hill To the spot where the fountain grew suddenly still! How cool was the shadow, the long branches gave, As they hung from the willow and dipped in the wave! And then, each pale lily, that slept on the stream, Rose and fell with the wave, as if stirred by a dream! While my home 'mid the vine-leaves rose soft on my view, As I played on the bank where the buttercups grew. The beautiful things! how I watched them unfold, Till they lifted their delicate vases of gold! O, never a spot since those days have I seen With leaves of such freshness and flowers of such sheen! |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> s3qvadiv77c55q55nt4a5re7qpxf2j9 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/32 104 4489939 14128267 2024-04-25T17:00:38Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||24|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| How glad was my spirit! for then there was nought To burthen its wing, save some beautiful thought Breaking up from its depths with each wild wind, that blew O'er the green mossy bank where the buttercups grew. The paths I have trod I would quickly retrace, Could I win back the gladness, that looked from my face As I cooled my warm lip in that fountain, I love With a spirit as pure as the wing of a dove— Could I wander again where my forehead was starred With the beauty that dwelt in my bosom unmarred, And, calm as a child in the starlight and dew, Fall asleep on the bank where the buttercups grew. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> hq0psvaz8dpztjak9yy1c1cktmylhl2 Godspeed 0 4489940 14128269 2024-04-25T17:00:53Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 TE(æ)A,ea. moved page [[Godspeed]] to [[The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier/Godspeed]]: Move within/to containing work wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier/Godspeed]] 3oh97nh4qe1jltzjny31zamsvtjz8gx Page:Poems Welby.djvu/33 104 4489941 14128271 2024-04-25T17:01:09Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|MUSINGS.| I wandered out one summer-night, :'T was when my years were few, The wind was singing in the light, :And I was singing too; The sunshine lay upon the hill, :The shadow in the vale, And here and there a leaping rill :Was laughing on the gale. One fleecy cloud upon the air :Was all that met my eyes; It floated like an angel there :Between me and the skies; I clapped my hands and warbled wild, :As here and there I flew, For I was but a careless child :And did as children do. The waves came dancing o'er the sea :In bright and glittering bands; Like little children, wild with glee. :They linked their dimpled hands— |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> 5m9efb9f3elfvl1gwqcmais1rssfjf8 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/34 104 4489942 14128274 2024-04-25T17:02:21Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||26|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| They linked their hands, but, ere I caught :Their sprinkled drops of dew, They kissed my feet, and, quick as thought, :Away the ripples flew. The twilight hours, like birds, flew by, :As lightly and as free; Ten thousand stars were in the sky, :Ten thousand on the sea; For every wave with dimpled face, :That leaped upon the air, Had caught a star in its embrace :And held it trembling there. The young moon too with upturned sides :Her mirrored beauty gave, And, as a bark at anchor rides, :She rode upon the wave; The sea was like the heaven above, :As perfect and as whole, Save that it seemed to thrill with love :As thrills the immortal soul. The leaves, by spirit-voices stirred, :Made murmurs on the air, Low murmurs, that my spirit heard :And answered with a prayer; For 't was upon that dewy sod, :Beside the moaning seas, |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> rtet688c5r26lhvaiddd49u1for2rcd Page:Poems Welby.djvu/35 104 4489943 14128276 2024-04-25T17:03:04Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||27|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| I learned at first to worship God :And sing such strains as these. The flowers, all folded to their dreams, :Were bowed in slumber free By breezy hills and murmuring streams, :Where'er they chanced to be; No guilty tears had they to weep, :No sins to be forgiven; They closed their leaves and went to sleep :'Neath the blue eye of heaven. No costly robes upon them shone, :No jewels from the seas, Yet Solomon, upon his throne, :Was ne'er arrayed like these; And just as free from guilt and art :Were lovely human flowers, Ere sorrow set her bleeding heart :On this fair world of ours. I heard the laughing wind behind :A-playing with my hair; The breezy fingers of the wind— :How cool and moist they were! I heard the night-bird warbling o'er :Its soft enchanting strain; I never heard such sounds before, :And never shall again. |start=follow|end=stanza }}<noinclude></noinclude> mrm73x2oai7fmp751ixbonrn6mp8o8f Page:Poems Welby.djvu/36 104 4489944 14128277 2024-04-25T17:03:21Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||28|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Then wherefore weave such strains as these :And sing them day by day, When every bird upon the breeze :Can sing a sweeter lay! I'd give the world for their sweet art, :The simple, the divine— I'd give the world to melt one heart :As they have melted mine. |start=stanza }}<noinclude></noinclude> 9r47wgvov45er7u1u3e4lgyn5bfrfph Page:Castle of Wolfenbach - Parsons (1793, volume 1).djvu/79 104 4489945 14128278 2024-04-25T17:03:47Z Chrisguise 2855804 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{rvh|75|{{asc|Castle of Wolfenbach.}}}}</noinclude>soft slumber, and arose the following morning quite refreshed and composed. For several days nothing particular occurred; her friends at the cottage called often to see her; Joseph visited the deserted apartments every day, all remained quiet; the uncertainty of the lady's fate gave them great disquietude, but there was no hope of obtaining any information of an event which seemed buried in obscurity. One day when Joseph returned from town, he whispered the lady to go into the garden; she walked thither it directly, he soon followed, and delivered to her the expected letter from the Marchioness; she made no scruple of opening it. After lamenting the unhappy situation of her sister, and expressing her wishes that he would quit her gloomy abode, she thanks her most cordially for her recommendation of the young lady, whose company will be highly acceptable to her, and assures her sister she will endeavour, by every<noinclude>{{continues|kind-}}</noinclude> jqbixq9y39woiioro0kmgx63nz400xr Page:Poems Welby.djvu/37 104 4489946 14128279 2024-04-25T17:04:20Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|TO THE SKY-LARK.| Thou little bird, thou lov'st to dwell :Beneath the summer leaves! The sunlight round thy mossy cell :A golden halo weaves; And the sweet dews, where'er we pass, Like living diamonds gem the grass, :And round the mossy eaves The twittering swallow circling flies, As happy as the laughing skies. Soft as a bride, the rosy dawn :From dewy sleep doth rise, And, bathed in blushes, hath withdrawn :The mantle from her eyes; And, with her orbs dissolved in dew, Bends like an angel softly through, :The blue-pavilioned skies. Then up, and pour thy mellow lay, To greet the young and radiant day! Hark! now with low and fluttering start, :The sky-lark soars above, |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> 7han3qe4ik9zv65m8v20gy3hxmr3wgr Page:Poems Welby.djvu/38 104 4489947 14128282 2024-04-25T17:05:08Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||30|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| And from her full melodious heart :She pours her strains of love; And now her quivering wings fling back The golden light, that floods her track, :Now scarcely seems to move, But floats awhile on waveless wings, Then soars away, and, soaring, sings. Bird of the pure and dewy morn! :How soft thy heavenward lay Floats up, where light and life are born :Around the rosy day! And, as the balm that fills the hour Lies soft upon each waving flower, :The happy wind at play Tells, as its voice goes laughing by, The lark is singing in the sky. When shall thy fearless wing find rest, :Bird of the dewy hours? When wilt thou seek thy little nest, :Close hid among the flowers? Not till the bright clouds, one by one, Are marshalled round the setting sun, :In heaven's celestial bowers, Shall the old forest round thee fling Its mournful shades, O lonely thing! Lonely! and did I call thee lone? :'T was but a careless word: |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 338x7z7yx95rm6b6e4a9409ollp9xzt Page:Poems Welby.djvu/39 104 4489948 14128283 2024-04-25T17:06:02Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||31|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| The round blue heaven is all thine own, :O free and happy bird! Wherever laughs a singing rill, Or points to heaven a verdant hill, :Thy waving wing hath stirred; For all sweet things, where'er they be, Are like familiar friends to thee. Could I, O living lute of heaven! :But learn to act thy part, And use the gift so freely given, :That floods my inmost heart; Each morn, my melting strains of love Should rise like thine to Him above, :Who made thee what thou art, And spread abroad each waving tree, For thee, O little bird! for thee. And shall the poet envy thee, :Bird of the quivering wing, Whose soul immortal, swift, and free, :Should ever soar and sing? Predestined for a loftier flight, The spirit, filled with heavenly light, :From this cold earth shall spring, And soar where thou canst never roam, Bird of the blue and breezy dome! O! if our hearts were never stirred, :By harsher sounds than these— |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 2cyi9plu0ujjqwl4oztssuqgi8s0uwp Page:Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu/25 104 4489949 14128284 2024-04-25T17:06:06Z EncycloPetey 3239 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="EncycloPetey" />{{rh|{{smaller|ACT I}}|UNCLE VANYA|NN}} {{dent/s|0|1em}}</noinclude>{{sc|Marina}}. Man is forgetful, but God remembers. {{sc|Astroff}}. Thank you for that. You have spoken the truth. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|4em|-1em}} ''Enter'' {{sc|Voitski}} ''from the house. He has been asleep after dinner and looks rather dishevelled. He sits down on the bench and straightens his collar''. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} {{sc|Voitski}}. H’m. Yes. [''A pause''] Yes. {{sc|Astroff}}. Have you been asleep? {{sc|Voitski}}. Yes, very much so. [''He yawns''] Ever since the Professor and his wife have come, our daily life seems to have jumped the track. I sleep at the wrong time, drink wine, and eat all sorts of messes for luncheon and dinner, It isn’t wholesome. Sonia and I used to work together and never had an idle moment, but now Sonia works alone and I only eat and drink and sleep. Something is wrong. {{sc|Marina}}. [''Shaking her head''] Such a confusion in the house! The Professor gets up at twelve, the samovar is kept boiling all the morning, and everything has to wait for him. Before they came we used to have dinner at one o’clock, like everybody else, but now we have it at seven. The Professor sits up all night writing and reading, and suddenly, at two o’clock, there goes the bell! Heavens, what is that? The Professor wants some tea! Wake the servants, light the samovar! Lord, what disorder! {{sc|Astroff}}. Will they be here long? {{sc|Voitski}}. A hundred years! The Professor has decided to make his home here. {{sc|Marina}}. Look at this now! The samovar has been on the table for two hours, and they are all out walking! {{sc|Voitski}}. All right, don’t get excited; here they come. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|4em|-1em}} ''Voices are heard approaching''. {{sc|Serebrakoff}}, {{sc|Helena}}, {{sc|Sonia}}, ''and'' {{sc|Telegin}} ''come in from the depths of the garden, returning from their walk''. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} {{sc|Serebrakoff}}. Superb! Superb! What beautiful views! {{nop}}<noinclude>{{dent/e}}</noinclude> d0g1jkynp59zkw4g3m3bu4bi2qjc61n 14128285 14128284 2024-04-25T17:06:17Z EncycloPetey 3239 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="EncycloPetey" />{{rh|{{smaller|ACT I}}|UNCLE VANYA|17}} {{dent/s|0|1em}}</noinclude>{{sc|Marina}}. Man is forgetful, but God remembers. {{sc|Astroff}}. Thank you for that. You have spoken the truth. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|4em|-1em}} ''Enter'' {{sc|Voitski}} ''from the house. He has been asleep after dinner and looks rather dishevelled. He sits down on the bench and straightens his collar''. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} {{sc|Voitski}}. H’m. Yes. [''A pause''] Yes. {{sc|Astroff}}. Have you been asleep? {{sc|Voitski}}. Yes, very much so. [''He yawns''] Ever since the Professor and his wife have come, our daily life seems to have jumped the track. I sleep at the wrong time, drink wine, and eat all sorts of messes for luncheon and dinner, It isn’t wholesome. Sonia and I used to work together and never had an idle moment, but now Sonia works alone and I only eat and drink and sleep. Something is wrong. {{sc|Marina}}. [''Shaking her head''] Such a confusion in the house! The Professor gets up at twelve, the samovar is kept boiling all the morning, and everything has to wait for him. Before they came we used to have dinner at one o’clock, like everybody else, but now we have it at seven. The Professor sits up all night writing and reading, and suddenly, at two o’clock, there goes the bell! Heavens, what is that? The Professor wants some tea! Wake the servants, light the samovar! Lord, what disorder! {{sc|Astroff}}. Will they be here long? {{sc|Voitski}}. A hundred years! The Professor has decided to make his home here. {{sc|Marina}}. Look at this now! The samovar has been on the table for two hours, and they are all out walking! {{sc|Voitski}}. All right, don’t get excited; here they come. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|4em|-1em}} ''Voices are heard approaching''. {{sc|Serebrakoff}}, {{sc|Helena}}, {{sc|Sonia}}, ''and'' {{sc|Telegin}} ''come in from the depths of the garden, returning from their walk''. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} {{sc|Serebrakoff}}. Superb! Superb! What beautiful views! {{nop}}<noinclude>{{dent/e}}</noinclude> cw8exjnl97lbk4d33ipq1n5zhd1ljrq Page:Poems Welby.djvu/40 104 4489950 14128286 2024-04-25T17:06:28Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||32|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| The low sweet singing of a bird, :The murmur of the breeze,— How soft would glide our fleeting hours, Blest as the sunshine and the flowers, :And calm as summer seas! Linked hand in hand with Love and Hope We'd wander down life's flowery slope. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 9xql29a0rwt1xxza2n5v4969g4otoxo Page:Poems Welby.djvu/41 104 4489951 14128288 2024-04-25T17:07:01Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||33|}}</noinclude>{{tpp|TO A LOVELY GIRL.| Thou art not beautiful, yet thy young face Makes up in sweetness, what it lacks in grace; Thou art not beautiful, yet thy blue eyes Steal o'er the heart like sunshine o'er the skies; Theirs is the mild and intellectual ray, That to the inmost spirit wins its way; Theirs are the beams, that full upon you roll, Surprising all the senses and the soul; For O, when, pure as heaven's serenest skies, Thy timid soul sits pleading in thine eyes, The humid beams that 'neath thine eyelids steal Can softly teach the coldest heart to feel; For Heaven, that gives to thee each mental grace, Hath stamped the angel on thy sweet young face. O! while the pearl of peace securely dwells Deep in thy tender heart's ambrosial cells, While virtue sheds around thy virgin name A light more lovely than the light of fame, Thy sweet simplicity, thy graceful ease, Shall please even more than beauty e'er can please; Thy heart of softness and thy soul refined Shall charm and win the most fastidious mind; |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> 943e2eclzw4j5xhtx8ka5yruyieh5yz 14128289 14128288 2024-04-25T17:07:07Z Alien333 3086116 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|TO A LOVELY GIRL.| Thou art not beautiful, yet thy young face Makes up in sweetness, what it lacks in grace; Thou art not beautiful, yet thy blue eyes Steal o'er the heart like sunshine o'er the skies; Theirs is the mild and intellectual ray, That to the inmost spirit wins its way; Theirs are the beams, that full upon you roll, Surprising all the senses and the soul; For O, when, pure as heaven's serenest skies, Thy timid soul sits pleading in thine eyes, The humid beams that 'neath thine eyelids steal Can softly teach the coldest heart to feel; For Heaven, that gives to thee each mental grace, Hath stamped the angel on thy sweet young face. O! while the pearl of peace securely dwells Deep in thy tender heart's ambrosial cells, While virtue sheds around thy virgin name A light more lovely than the light of fame, Thy sweet simplicity, thy graceful ease, Shall please even more than beauty e'er can please; Thy heart of softness and thy soul refined Shall charm and win the most fastidious mind; |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> jpjnqi8vkddlnza7auhbicloludm7mp Page:Poems Welby.djvu/42 104 4489952 14128291 2024-04-25T17:07:50Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||34|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| And, as for me, where'er my footsteps wend. My heart brim full of thee, my happy friend! Shall pine, when musing on thy sweet young face. Thine airy footstep, and thy breezy grace. To lay a soft hand 'mid thy trembling curls And bless thee as the loveliest of girls. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 9ahvqv2nefpp9gy85zn6aosx6vvoqu6 14128293 14128291 2024-04-25T17:08:48Z Alien333 3086116 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||34|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| And, as for me, where'er my footsteps wend, My heart brim full of thee, my happy friend! Shall pine, when musing on thy sweet young face, Thine airy footstep, and thy breezy grace, To lay a soft hand 'mid thy trembling curls And bless thee as the loveliest of girls. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> nkwmyfb347gl3zadoeuz0nsht69ttr3 Page:Castle of Wolfenbach - Parsons (1793, volume 1).djvu/80 104 4489953 14128292 2024-04-25T17:07:54Z Chrisguise 2855804 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{rvh|76|{{asc|Castle of Wolfenbach.}}}}</noinclude>kindness and attention in her power, to make the young lady's situation agreeable, and shall esteem her acceptance of their protection as a very particular favor. She admires her resolution in visiting the apartments in the castle, and is only sorry her sister cannot participate in the pleasures of society. She concludes with requesting the young lady may join them at Paris, soon as possible, within a fortnight; and assure herself that her old and faithful servant will be received and retained in the family with kindness and ease to himself. This letter, so gratifying to the wishes of Matilda, was read with transport; she determined to set forwards on her journey within two or three days. Joseph undertook to procure her a carriage from the next town, and she intended leaving the horse for his use, and take Albert in the chaise with her. The next consideration was in what manner to account to the latter for her sudden intention of going to Paris, and his reception in the family of the Marquis: after some deliberation,<noinclude>{{continues|she}}</noinclude> cce6lx5qsq1vs936zvvvzt1icvucq12 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/43 104 4489954 14128294 2024-04-25T17:09:27Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|LINES—TO A LADY.| Lady! my mountain-pathway wends :Where thou wilt never dwell; And now to thee, and all my friends, :I wave a last farewell! Far in the dim and distant West :On fair Kentucky's shore, Still dwell the friends who love me best :And one, whom I adore; And there, where fairy footsteps rove, :Entombed among the flowers Still sleeps the friend I used to love :In my young happy hours. Ask you if she was young and fair? :Her charms can ne'er be told; The trembling lustre of her hair :Was radiant, radiant gold. Her mouth was like a rose-bud, wet :In summer's softest showers; Her eyes among the stars seemed set, :Her feet among the flowers; |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> jmuu9ructpqa4ps38orayl5lbztle9p Page:Poems Welby.djvu/44 104 4489955 14128308 2024-04-25T17:10:25Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||36|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Her voice was like the softest flow :Of some melodious breeze; Yes, she was young and fair, but O! :Her charms were more than these. O, how I loved her! yet, methinks, :Should friendship's glittering chain Unite in bliss its broken links, :Around my heart again, Those soft and melting orbs of thine, :That sparkle as they burn, From this too tender heart of mine :Would meet a soft return; For, lady! till that first sweet even, :You stole within my view, My melting heart to her had given :The softest throbs it drew. O, could thy glowing fancy trace :The form, my fancy sees— The ringlets lifted from her face :By every passing breeze; The clearness of her ample brow, :Her orbs of hazel hue Soft melting on thee—even thou :Would st love and mourn her too! She lived as lives a peaceful dove; :She died as blossoms die; |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> fs7dfu70e5gnl1oll8u9t9e960neyja Page:Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu/26 104 4489956 14128312 2024-04-25T17:10:30Z EncycloPetey 3239 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="EncycloPetey" />{{rh|18|UNCLE VANYA|{{smaller|ACT I}}}} {{dent/s|0|1em}}</noinclude>{{sc|Telegin}}. They are wonderful, your Excellency. {{sc|Sonia}}. To-morrow we shall go into the woods, shall we, papa? {{sc|Voitski}}. Ladies and gentlemen, tea is ready. {{sc|Serebrakoff}}. Won’t you please be good enough to send my tea into the library? I still have some work to finish. {{sc|Sonia}}. I am sure you will love the woods. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|4em|-1em}} {{sc|Helena}}, {{sc|Serebrakoff}}, ''and'' {{sc|Sonia}} ''go into the house''. {{sc|Telegin}} ''sits down at the table beside'' {{sc|Marina}}. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} {{sc|Voitski}}. There goes our learned scholar on a hot, sultry day like this, in his overcoat and goloshes and carrying an umbrella! {{sc|Astroff}}. He is trying to take good care of his health. {{sc|Voitski}}. How lovely she is! How lovely! I have never in my life seen a more beautiful woman. {{sc|Telegin}}. Do you know, Marina, that as I walk in the fields or in the shady garden, as I look at this table here, my heart swells with unbounded happiness. The weather is enchanting, the birds are singing, we are all living in peace and contentment—what more could the soul desire? {{right|[''Takes a glass of tea''.}} {{sc|Voitski}}. [''Dreaming''] Such eyes—a glorious woman! {{sc|Astroff}}. Come, Ivan, tell us something. {{sc|Voitski}}. [''Indolently''] What shall I tell you? {{sc|Astroff}}. Haven’t you any news for us? {{sc|Voitski}}. No, it is all stale. I am just the same as usual, or perhaps worse, because I have become lazy. I don’t do anything now but croak like an old raven. My mother, the old magpie, is still chattering about the emancipation of woman, with one eye on her grave and the other on her learned books, in which she is always looking for the dawn of a new life. {{nop}}<noinclude>{{dent/e}}</noinclude> 3v314fjrye9v9wmr07digna3tyq5le7 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/45 104 4489957 14128326 2024-04-25T17:10:56Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||37|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| And now her spirit floats above, :A seraph in the sky. Farewell! I ask no vow of thine, :I feel no foolish fears; For if thy heart be formed, like mine, :For softness and for tears, Each whisper of the twilight breeze, :Each murmur of the sea, Will fill thy heart with thoughts like these— :Will fill it full of me; Each floating cloud, each trembling star, :Will tell a tale of one, Who dwells, from thee and thine afar, :Beneath the setting sun. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> lxecyeabwb8pf1w5q5ly2g54i1w55nu Page:Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier (1895).djvu/270 104 4489958 14128327 2024-04-25T17:10:56Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="TE(æ)A,ea." />{{rh|238|OCCASIONAL POEMS}} {{rule}} {{block center/s}}</noinclude><section begin="s1" /><poem>To her who, in our evil time, Dragged into light the nation’s crime With strength beyond the strength of men, And, mightier than their swords, her pen! To her who world-wide entrance gave To the log-cabin of the slave; Made all his wrongs and sorrows known, And all earth’s languages his own,— North, South, and East and West, made all The common air electrical, Until the o’ercharged bolts of heaven Blazed down, and every chain was riven! :Welcome from each and all to her Whose Wooing of the Minister Revealed the warm heart of the man Beneath the creed-bound Puritan, And taught the kinship of the love Of man below and God above; To her whose vigorous pencil-strokes Sketched into life her Oldtown Folks; Whose fireside stories, grave or gay, In quaint Sam Lawson’s vagrant way, With old New England’s flavor rife, Waifs from her rude idyllic life, Are racy as the legends old By Chaucer or Boccaccio told; To her who keeps, through change of place And time, her native strength and grace, Alike where warm Sorrento smiles, Or where, by birchen-shaded isles, Whose summer winds have shivered o’er The icy drift of Labrador, She lifts to light the priceless Pearl Of Harpswell’s angel-beckoned girl! To her at threescore years and ten Be tributes of the tongue and pen; Be honor, praise, and heart-thanks given, The loves of earth, the hopes of heaven! :Ah, dearer than the praise that stirs The air to-day, our love is hers! She needs no guaranty of fame Whose own is linked with Freedom’s name. Long ages after ours shall keep Her memory living while we sleep; The waves that wash our gray coast lines, The winds that rock the Southern pines, Shall sing of her; the unending years Shall tell her tale in unborn ears. And when, with sins and follies past, Are numbered color-hate and caste, White, black, and red shall own as one The noblest work by woman done.</poem>{{center block/e}} <section end="s1" /> <section begin="s2" />{{c|GODSPEED}} {{fine block|Written on the occasion of a voyage made by my friends Annie Fields and Sarah Orne Jewett.}} {{bc|<poem>{{sc|Outbound}}, your bark awaits you. Were I one :Whose prayer availeth much, my wish should be :Your favoring trade-wind and consenting sea. By sail or steed was never love outrun, And, here or there, love follows her in whom :All graces and sweet charities unite, :The old Greek beauty set in holier light; And her for whom New England’s byways bloom, Who walks among us welcome as the Spring, :Calling up blossoms where her light feet stray. :God keep you both, make beautiful your way, Comfort, console, and bless; and safely bring, Ere yet I make upon a vaster sea The unreturning voyage, my friends to me.</poem>}} <section end="s2" /> <section begin="s3" />{{c|WINTER ROSES}} {{fine block|In reply to a flower gift from Mrs. Putnam’s school at Jamaica Plain.}} {{block center/s}} <poem>{{sc|My}} garden roses long ago :Have perished from the leaf-strewn walks; Their pale, fair sisters smile no more :Upon the sweet-brier stalks. Gone with the flower-time of my life, :Spring’s violets, summer’s blooming pride, And Nature’s winter and my own :Stand, flowerless, side by side. So might I yesterday have sung; :To-day, in bleak December’s noon, Come sweetest fragrance, shapes, and hues, :The rosy wealth of June! {{nop}}</poem><section end="s3" /><noinclude>{{center block/e}}</noinclude> b2jvqkpmjv3gxmqgsd9aih1hwx3o612 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/46 104 4489959 14128335 2024-04-25T17:11:48Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|"I WEEP NOT."| ::I weep not as I wept ::When first they laid thee low; My sorrow all too deep is kept ::To melt like common wo; ::Nor do my lips e'er part ::With whispers of thy name, But thou art shrined in this hushed heart, ::And that is all the same. ::I could be happy now, ::Had memory flown with thee, But I still hear a whisper low, ::And memory will not flee; ::A whisper that doth tell ::Of thee, and thee alone, A memory, like the ocean-shell, ::For ever making moan. ::For how can I forget ::Thine eye of softest brown, With its pale lid, just touched with jet, ::And always drooping down; |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> thp8ebw6vxvuznslc2zwb2v3zqnv0u7 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/47 104 4489960 14128337 2024-04-25T17:12:50Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||39|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| ::And thy sweet form of grace, ::That went to rest too soon, And the turning up of thy young face ::Beneath the placid moon! ::I sometimes think thy hand ::Is on my forehead prest, And almost feel thy tresses, fanned ::Across my beating breast, ::And catch the sunny flow ::Of thy mantle on the air, And turn to see if it is so— ::Alas! thou art not there! ::And I wander out alone ::Beside the singing rills, When nothing but the wind's low tone ::Comes stealing down the hills; ::And while along the deep ::The moonbeams softly shine, My silent soul goes forth to keep ::Its blessed tryste with thine. ::I weep not though thou'rt laid ::In such a lone dark place, Thou, who didst live without a shade, ::To cloud thy sweet young face; ::For now thy spirit sings ::Where angel-ones have trod, |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> c2rvcnhfkj2ilvjmhgh408kt1isi931 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/48 104 4489961 14128339 2024-04-25T17:13:22Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||40|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Veiling their faces 'neath their wings ::Around the throne of God. ::Thy faults were slight and few ::As human faults could be, And thy virtues were as many too, ::As gems beneath the sea; ::And thy thoughts did heavenward roam ::Until, like links of gold, They drew thee up to thy blue home ::Within the Saviour's fold. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> s5inor136wnae3pcvuuddrn2xxyltpt Page:Scott's Last Expedition, Volume 1.djvu/236 104 4489962 14128340 2024-04-25T17:13:48Z PG 1913842 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="PG" />{{rh|132|SCOTT'S LAST EXPEDITION|{{smaller|{{sc|[January}}}}}}</noinclude>pre-arranged projection on the S.E. corner, so that on all sides the main building has thrown out limbs. Simpson has almost completed his ice cavern, light-tight lining, niches, floor and all. Wright and Forde have almost completed the absolute hut, a patchwork building for which the framework only was brought—but it will be very well adapted for our needs. Gran has been putting ‘record’ on the ski runners. Record is a mixture of vegetable tar, paraffin, soft soap, and linseed oil, with some patent addition which prevents freezing—this according to Gran. P.O. Evans and Crean have been preparing sledges; Evans shows himself wonderfully capable, and I haven't a doubt as to the working of the sledges he has fitted up. We have been serving out some sledging gear and wintering boots. We are delighted with everything. First the felt boots and felt slippers made by Jaeger and then summer wind clothes and fur mits—nothing could be better than these articles. Finally to-night we have overhauled and served out two pairs of finnesko (fur boots) to each traveller. They are excellent in quality. At first I thought they seemed small, but a stiffness due to cold and dryness misled me—a little stretching and all was well. They are very good indeed. I have an idea to use putties to secure our wind trousers to the finnesko. But indeed the whole time we are thinking of devices to make our travelling work easier. ‘We have now tried most of our stores, and so far we have not found a single article that is not perfectly excellent in quality and preservation. We are well repaid<noinclude></noinclude> aqjdoaezkmv6dokib2pnb0w3e608ze7 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/49 104 4489963 14128341 2024-04-25T17:14:04Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|LINES WRITTEN ON A MINIATURE.| This is the pictured likeness of my love! How true to life! it seems to breathe and move! Fire, love, and sweetness o'er each feature melt, The face expressing all the spirit felt! Here, while I gaze within those large dark eyes, I almost see the living spirit rise; While lights and shadows, all harmonious, glow, And heavenly radiance settles on the brow. And then, that mouth! how tranquil its repose! Sleeping in fragrance like a slumbering rose, It seems the ruby gate of love and bliss, Just formed to murmur sighs, to smile, and kiss. To what a lofty height can art arrive! This glorious face, though lifeless, seems alive; The lifted lash, the shining chestnut hair, Like nature, trembling on the ambient air, When o'er his task the painter sat apart, On this loved face exhausting all his art, What were his thoughts, when, in the magic strife, He saw each feature struggling into life, When every kindling glance, and manly grace, |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> fw5hb8dhzyz860lycvru9kklis5h6fa Page:Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu/27 104 4489964 14128342 2024-04-25T17:14:30Z EncycloPetey 3239 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="EncycloPetey" />{{rh|{{smaller|ACT I}}|UNCLE VANYA|19}} {{dent/s|0|1em}}</noinclude>{{sc|Astroff}}. And the Professor? {{sc|Voitski}}. The Professor sits in his library from morning till night, as usual— {{dent/e}} {{block center|<poem> {{fqm|“}}Straining the mind, wrinkling the brow, We write, write, write, Without respite Or hope of praise in the future or now.”</poem>}} Poor paper! He ought to write his autobiography; he would make a really splendid subject for a book! Imagine it, the life of a retired professor, as stale as a piece of hardtack, tortured by gout, headaches, and rheumatism, his liver bursting with jealousy and envy, living on the estate of his first wife, although he hates it, because he can’t afford to live in town. He is everlastingly whining about his hard lot, though, as a matter of fact, he is extraordinarily lucky. He is the son of a common deacon and has attained the professor’s chair, become the son-in-law of a senator, is called “your Excellency,” and so on. But I’ll tell you something; the man has been writing on art for twenty-five years, and he doesn’t know the very first thing about it. For twenty-five years he has been chewing on other men’s thoughts about realism, naturalism, and all such foolishness; for twenty-five years he has been reading and writing things that clever men have long known and stupid ones are not interested in; for twenty-five years he has been making his imaginary mountains out of molehills. And just think of the man’s self-conceit and presumption all this time! For twenty-five years he has been masquerading in false clothes and has now retired, absolutely unknown to any living soul; and yet see him! stalking across the earth like a demi-god! {{dent/s|0|1em}} {{sc|Astroff}}. I believe you envy him. {{sc|Voitski}}. Yes, I do. Look at the success he has had with<noinclude> {{dent/e}}</noinclude> 9n1sidt7r4w7zserk0mriqk2ltvtsw6 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/50 104 4489965 14128343 2024-04-25T17:14:38Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||42|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Caught from the moving form, and breathing face. Beneath his touch, like soft enchantment stole, And on the ivory smiled the living soul! Flushed with delight, in that triumphant hour, His heart expanded like an opening flower; His hopes on airy wings were lightly raised, And all his soul exulted as he gazed. But ah! such thrilling joys are known to few, They are the painter's meed, the poet's due. And O! how sweet the bliss such joys impart, Although their very raptures break the heart! What, though the poet, bending o'er his lyre, Like his own songs, in sweetness may expire! Who would not, swan-like, waste his sweetest breath, To taste such rapture—die so sweet a death? Flushed, faint, and trembling at his own success, Such joys as these, the lonely painter bless. As some fair face his silent toil repays, And bursts in beauty on his raptured gaze, His thoughts, too sweet for mortal hearts to share, Float up to heaven, and find an echo there, While on his heart descends immortal fire, And his own soul becomes his funeral pyre. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> e8zkmkgzk77klwl21g8bg04a3tbufnd Page:Poems Welby.djvu/51 104 4489966 14128345 2024-04-25T17:15:30Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|"I KNOW THAT THY SPIRIT."| I know that thy spirit looks radiantly down, :From yon beautiful orb of the blest, For a sound and a sign have been set in my own, :That tell of the place of thy rest; For I gaze on the star that we talked of so oft, :As our glances would heavenward rove, When thy step was on earth, and thy bosom was soft :With a sense of delight and of love. The dreams, that were laid on thy shadowless brow, :Were pure as a feeling unborn, And the tone of thy voice was as pleasant and low :As a bird's in a pleasant spring morn; Such a heaven of purity dwelt in thy breast, :Such a world of bright thoughts in thy soul, That nought could have made thee more lovely or blest, :So bright was the beautiful whole. But now o'er thy breast in the hush of the tomb :Are folded thy pale graceful arms, While the midnight of death, like a garment of gloom, :Hangs over that bosom's young charms! |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> j62ex51516lwqdgg8kaan25g2msxuyi Page:Poems Welby.djvu/52 104 4489967 14128346 2024-04-25T17:16:21Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||44|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| And pale, pale, alas! is thy rosy lip now, :Its melody broken and gone, And cold is the young heart, whose sweet dreams below :Were of summer, of summer alone. Yet the rise and the fall of thine eyelids of snow :O'er their blue orbs so mournfully meek, And the delicate blush that would vanish and glow :Through the light of thy transparent cheek, And thy tresses all put from thy forehead away— :These, these on my memory rise, As I gaze on yon bright orb, whose beautiful ray :Hath so often been blest by thine eyes. The blue-girdled stars and the soft dreamy air, :Divide thy fair spirit and mine; Yet I look in my heart, and a something is there, :That links it in feeling to thine: The glow of the sunset, the voice of the breeze, :As it cradles itself on the sea, Are dear to my bosom, for moments like these :Are sacred to memory and thee. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> g5wd9lv84z5mugkgl6pjv9ezl242jev Page:Poems Welby.djvu/53 104 4489968 14128347 2024-04-25T17:16:58Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|"WHEN SHINES THE STAR."| When shines the star by thee loved best, :Upon those soft delicious eves, Lighting the ring-dove to her nest :Where tremblings stir the darkling leaves; When flings the wave its crest of foam :Above the shadowy-mantled seas, A softness o'er my heart doth come, :Linking thy memory with these; For if, amid those orbs, that roll, :Thou hast at times a thought of me, For every one, that stirs thy soul, :A thousand stir my own of thee. Even now thy dear remembered eyes, :Filled up with floods of radiant light, Seem bending from the twilight skies, :Outshining all the stars of night; And thy young face, divinely fair, :Like a bright cloud seems melting through, While low sweet whispers fill the air, :Making my own lips whisper too; |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> ir81puzkditmqecxj0vm2o4yf3njrv1 Page:Scott's Last Expedition, Volume 1.djvu/237 104 4489969 14128348 2024-04-25T17:17:04Z PG 1913842 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="PG" />{{rh|{{smaller|1911]}}|THE PIANOLA: SEAL RISSOLES|133}}</noinclude>for all the trouble which was taken in selecting the food list and the firms from which the various articles could best be obtained, and we are showering blessings on Mr. Wyatt's head for so strictly safeguarding our interests in these particulars. ‘Our clothing is as good as good. In fact first and last, running through the whole extent of our outfit, I can say with some pride that there is not a single arrangement which I would have had altered.’ An Emperor penguin was found on the Cape well advanced in moult, a good specimen skin. Atkinson found cysts formed by a tapeworm in the intestines. It seems clear that this parasite is not transferred from another host, and that its history is unlike that of any other known tapeworm—in fact, Atkinson scores a discovery in parasitology of no little importance. The wind has turned to the north to-night and is blowing quite fresh. I don't much like the position of the ship as the ice is breaking away all the time. The sky is quite clear and I don't think the wind often lasts long under such conditions. The pianola has been erected by Rennick. He is a good fellow and one feels for him much at such a time—it must be rather dreadful for him to be returning when he remembers that he was once practically one of the shore party.{{sup|[[Scott's Last Expedition/Volume 1/Appendix#note11|11]]}} The pianola has been his special care, and it shows well that he should give so much pains in putting it right for us. Day has been explaining the manner in which he hopes to be able to cope with the motor sledge difficulty. He is<noinclude></noinclude> dhgqabkl11s5ocp442sj2izod4lk8cg Page:พรบ ใช้ ปพพ ๒๕๑๙.pdf/58 104 4489970 14128349 2024-04-25T17:17:18Z Librovore 3126709 /* Not proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=61|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|4}} {{lawth|rb|5}} {{lawth|s|1567}} {{lawth|rb|1}} {{lawth|rb|2}} {{lawth|rb|3}} {{lawth|rb|4}} {{lawth|s|1568}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> rxj7t15imd7d4za4g1ju041ugfenhrj 14130100 14128349 2024-04-25T21:38:03Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=61|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|4}}the father or mother has to be hospitalised because of a mental disorder; {{lawth|rb|5}}the court orders that the custodial power be vested in the father or mother. {{lawth|s|1567}} {{lawth|rb|1}} {{lawth|rb|2}} {{lawth|rb|3}} {{lawth|rb|4}} {{lawth|s|1568}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> f6vxdim7yn7xukb8plwwtmsgyhd41rc 14130108 14130100 2024-04-25T21:40:19Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=61|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|4}}the father or mother has to be hospitalised because of a mental disorder; {{lawth|rb|5}}a court orders that the custodial power be vested in the father or mother. The custodial power is vested in the mother in the event that the child was born out of wedlock and has not yet been legitimated according to section 1547. {{lawth|s|1567}} {{lawth|rb|1}} {{lawth|rb|2}} {{lawth|rb|3}} {{lawth|rb|4}} {{lawth|s|1568}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> hhpq99snp5k37hdtynabe8546dr4gr6 14130111 14130108 2024-04-25T21:41:39Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=61|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|4}}the father or mother has to be hospitalised because of a mental disorder; {{lawth|rb|5}}a court orders that the custodial power be vested in the father or mother. The custodial power is vested in the mother in the event that the child was born out of wedlock and has not yet been legitimated according to section 1547. {{lawth|s|1567}}The person exercising the custodial power has the right— {{lawth|rb|1}} {{lawth|rb|2}} {{lawth|rb|3}} {{lawth|rb|4}} {{lawth|s|1568}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 3ytexos5pk7o8wk5hdas35icqmsb1d2 14130118 14130111 2024-04-25T21:46:53Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=61|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|4}}the father or mother has to be hospitalised because of a mental disorder; {{lawth|rb|5}}a court orders that the custodial power be vested in the father or mother. The custodial power is vested in the mother in the event that the child was born out of wedlock and has not yet been legitimated according to section 1547. {{lawth|s|1567}}The person exercising the custodial power has the right— {{lawth|rb|1}}to designate the residence of the child; {{lawth|rb|2}}to impose upon the child appropriate punishments for the purposes of admonition and instruction; {{lawth|rb|3}} {{lawth|rb|4}} {{lawth|s|1568}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> p42puu4wfkhc1o34olet1uk4kqoykpi 14130124 14130118 2024-04-25T21:50:35Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=61|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|4}}the father or mother has to be hospitalised because of a mental disorder; {{lawth|rb|5}}a court orders that the custodial power be vested in the father or mother. The custodial power is vested in the mother in the event that the child was born out of wedlock and has not yet been legitimated according to section 1547. {{lawth|s|1567}}The person exercising the custodial power has the right— {{lawth|rb|1}}to designate the residence of the child; {{lawth|rb|2}}to impose upon the child appropriate punishments for the purposes of admonition and instruction; {{lawth|rb|3}}to put the child to work as appropriate for his or her ability and {{lawth|rb|4}} {{lawth|s|1568}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 18sf2rybbfusn3zxxh1gtts2h5o903k 14130144 14130124 2024-04-25T22:05:27Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=61|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|4}}the father or mother has to be hospitalised because of a mental disorder; {{lawth|rb|5}}a court orders that the custodial power be vested in the father or mother. The custodial power is vested in the mother in the event that the child was born out of wedlock and has not yet been legitimated according to section 1547. {{lawth|s|1567}}The person exercising the custodial power has the right— {{lawth|rb|1}}to designate the residence of the child; {{lawth|rb|2}}to impose upon the child appropriate punishments for the purposes of admonition and instruction; {{lawth|rb|3}}to put the child to work as appropriate for his or her ability and station in life; {{lawth|rb|4}}to demand the return of the child from another person who unlawfully detains him or her. {{lawth|s|1568}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> hkdnta3pwfk5u9hobszn2qonndgzvvi 14130149 14130144 2024-04-25T22:10:09Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=61|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|4}}the father or mother has to be hospitalised because of a mental disorder; {{lawth|rb|5}}a court orders that the custodial power be vested in the father or mother. The custodial power is vested in the mother in the event that the child was born out of wedlock and has not yet been legitimated according to section 1547. {{lawth|s|1567}}The person exercising the custodial power has the right— {{lawth|rb|1}}to designate the residence of the child; {{lawth|rb|2}}to impose upon the child appropriate punishments for the purposes of admonition and instruction; {{lawth|rb|3}}to put the child to work as appropriate for his or her ability and station in life; {{lawth|rb|4}}to demand the return of the child from another person who unlawfully detains him or her. {{lawth|s|1568}}When any person who has a child marries another person, the custodial power over the child is vested in the former person. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 0hd5m5pn0ecn0anuq8w34nfkscyf0o1 Page:Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu/28 104 4489971 14128350 2024-04-25T17:17:40Z EncycloPetey 3239 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="EncycloPetey" />{{rh|20|UNCLE VANYA|{{smaller|ACT I}}}} {{dent/s|0|0em}}<!-- dummy header line for transclusion continuity --></noinclude>women! Don Juan himself was not more favoured. His first wife, who was my sister, was a beautiful, gentle being, as pure as the blue heaven there above us, noble, great-hearted, with more admirers than he has pupils, and she loved him as only beings of angelic purity can love those who are as pure and beautiful as themselves. His mother-in-law, my mother, adores him to this day, and he still inspires a sort of worshipful awe in her. His second wife is, as you see, a brilliant beauty; she married him in his old age and has surrendered all the glory of her beauty and freedom to him. Why? What for? {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} {{sc|Astroff}}. Is she faithful to him? {{sc|Voitski}}. Yes, unfortunately she is. {{sc|Astroff}}. Why “unfortunately”? {{sc|Voitski}}. Because such fidelity is false and unnatural, root and branch. It sounds well, but there is no logic in it. It is thought immoral for a woman to deceive an old husband whom she hates, but quite moral for her to strangle her poor youth in her breast and banish every vital desire from her heart. {{sc|Telegin}}. [''In a tearful voice''] Vanya, I don’t like to hear you talk so. Listen, Vanya; every one who betrays husband or wife is faithless, and could also betray his country. {{sc|Voitski}}. [''Crossly''] Turn off the tap, Waffles. {{sc|Telegin}}. No, allow me, Vanya. My wife ran away with a lover on the day after our wedding, because my exterior was unprepossessing. I have never failed in my duty since then. I love her and am true to her to this day. I help her all I can and have given my fortune to educate the daughter of herself and her lover. I have forfeited my happiness, but I have kept my pride. And she? Her youth has fled, her beauty has faded according to the laws of nature, and her lover is dead. What has she kept? {{dent/e}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> n7u311y7nu1k0ks2jyp2z7y5q1hnoje Page:Poems Welby.djvu/54 104 4489972 14128351 2024-04-25T17:17:44Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||46|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| For never does the soft south wind :Steal o^er the hushed and lonely sea, But it awakens in my mind :A thousand memories of thee. O! could I,—while these hours of dreams :Are gathering o'er the silent hills, While every breeze a minstrel seems, :And every leaf a harp, that thrills— Steal all unseen to some hushed place, :And kneeling 'neath those burning orbs, For ever gaze on thy sweet face :Till seeing every sense absorbs, And, singling out each blessed even :The star, that earliest lights the sea, Forget another shines in heaven :While shines the one beloved by thee! Lost one! companion of the blest! :Thou who in purer air dost dwell, Ere froze the life-drops in thy breast, :Or fled thy soul its mystic cell, We passed on earth such hours of bliss :As none but kindred hearts can know, And, happy in a world like this, :But dreamed of that, to which we go, Till thou wert called in thy young years :To wander o'er that shoreless sea, |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 1e83gimdpn2d10myr9x29jlr3h3g1rw 14128352 14128351 2024-04-25T17:17:52Z Alien333 3086116 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||46|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| For never does the soft south wind :Steal o'er the hushed and lonely sea, But it awakens in my mind :A thousand memories of thee. O! could I,—while these hours of dreams :Are gathering o'er the silent hills, While every breeze a minstrel seems, :And every leaf a harp, that thrills— Steal all unseen to some hushed place, :And kneeling 'neath those burning orbs, For ever gaze on thy sweet face :Till seeing every sense absorbs, And, singling out each blessed even :The star, that earliest lights the sea, Forget another shines in heaven :While shines the one beloved by thee! Lost one! companion of the blest! :Thou who in purer air dost dwell, Ere froze the life-drops in thy breast, :Or fled thy soul its mystic cell, We passed on earth such hours of bliss :As none but kindred hearts can know, And, happy in a world like this, :But dreamed of that, to which we go, Till thou wert called in thy young years :To wander o'er that shoreless sea, |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> eon9qs548bx4sngor3gx06z8wklfn22 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/55 104 4489973 14128353 2024-04-25T17:18:38Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||47|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Where, like a mist, Time disappears, :Melting into Eternity. I 'm thinking of some sunny hours, :That shone out goldenly in June, When birds were singing 'mong the flowers :With wild sweet voices all in tune; When o'er thy locks of paly gold :Flowed thy transparent veil away, Till 'neath each snow-white trembling fold :The Eden of thy bosom lay; And sheltered 'neath its dark-fringed lid, :Till raised from thence in girlish glee, How modestly thy glance lay hid :From the fond glances bent on thee. There are some hours, that pass so soon, :Our spell-touched hearts scarce know they end; And so it was with that sweet June, :Ere thou wert lost, my gentle friend! O! how I '11 watch each flower that closes :Through autumn's soft and breezy reign, Till summer-blooms restore the roses, :And merry June shall come again! But, ah! while float its sunny hours :O'er fragrant shore and trembling sea, Missing thy face among the flowers, :How my full heart will mourn for thee! |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> nf830r9hvujlkuwuaht3bqvz9878wyo Page:Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier (1895).djvu/269 104 4489974 14128354 2024-04-25T17:19:10Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="TE(æ)A,ea." />{{rh||A GREETING|237}} {{rule}} {{block center/s}}</noinclude><section begin="s1" /><poem>Woe to thee, when men shall search Vainly for the Old South Church; When from Neck to Boston Stone, All thy pride of place is gone; When from Bay and railroad car, Stretched before them wide and far, Men shall only see a great Wilderness of brick and slate, Every holy spot o’erlaid By the commonplace of trade! City of our love! to thee Duty is but destiny. True to all thy record saith, Keep with thy traditions faith; Ere occasion ’s overpast, Hold its flowing forelock fast; Honor still the precedents Of a grand munificence; In thy old historic way Give, as thou didst yesterday At the South-land’s call, or on Need’s demand from fired St. John. Set thy Church’s muffled bell Free the generous deed to tell. Let thy loyal hearts rejoice In the glad, sonorous voice, Ringing from the brazen mouth Of the bell of the Old South,— Ringing clearly, with a will, “What she was is Boston still!”</poem>{{center block/e}} <section end="s1" /> <section begin="s2" />{{c|GARDEN}} {{fine block|A hymn for the American Horticultural Society, 1882. [Originally written to be sung at an agricultural and horticultural fair in Amesbury in 1853. It was translated into Portuguese by Dom Pedro, Emperor of Brazil, and read at a harvest festival. It has been translated into Italian also and sung by peasants at the gathering of the vintage.]}} {{bc|<poem>{{sc|O Painter}} of the fruits and flowers, :We own Thy wise design, Whereby these human hands of ours :May share the work of Thine! Apart from Thee we plant in vain :The root and sow the seed; Thy early and Thy later rain, :Thy sun and dew we need. Our toil is sweet with thankfulness, :Our burden is our boon; The curse of Earth’s gray morning is :The blessing of its noon. Why search the wide world everywhere :For Eden’s unknown ground? That garden of the primal pair :May nevermore be found. But, blest by Thee, our patient toil :May right the ancient wrong, And give to every clime and soil :The beauty lost so long. Our homestead flowers and fruited trees :May Eden’s orchard shame; We taste the tempting sweets of these :Like Eve, without her blame. And, North and South and East and West, :The pride of every zone, The fairest, rarest, and the best :May all be made our own. Its earliest shrines the young world sought :In hill-groves and in bowers, The fittest offerings thither brought :Were Thy own fruits and flowers. And still with reverent hands we cull :Thy gifts each year renewed; The good is always beautiful, :The beautiful is good.</poem>}} <section end="s2" /> <section begin="s3" />{{c|A GREETING}} {{fine block|Read at Harriet Beecher Stowe’s seventieth anniversary, June 14, 1882, at a garden party at ex-Governor Claflin’s in Newtonville, Mass.}} {{block center/s}} <poem>{{sc|Thrice}} welcome from the Land of Flowers And golden-fruited orange bowers To this sweet, green-turfed June of ours!</poem><section end="s3" /><noinclude>{{center block/e}}</noinclude> itgjnamhv9ou8ahevr1tae5lx46ow80 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/56 104 4489975 14128355 2024-04-25T17:19:40Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|MY SISTERS.| Like flowers that softly bloom together :Upon one fair and fragile stem, Mingling their sweets in sunny weather :Ere strange rude hands have parted them, So were we linked unto each other, :Sweet Sisters, in our childish hours, For then one fond and gentle mother :To us was like the stem to flowers; She was the golden thread, that bound us :In one bright chain together here, Till Death unloosed the cord around us :And we were severed far and near. The floweret's stem, when broke or shattered, :Must cast its blossoms to the wind, Yet, round the buds, though widely scattered :The same soft perfume still we find; And thus, although the tie is broken, :That linked us round our mother's knee, The memory of words we've spoken, :When we were children light and free, |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> hho31ma0wxmgln4ryzk8zakpik3fvjz User talk:M0ntenegro 3 4489976 14128358 2024-04-25T17:19:51Z Kadı 2968817 Kadı moved page [[User talk:M0ntenegro]] to [[User talk:GrooveCreator]]: Automatically moved page while renaming the user "[[Special:CentralAuth/M0ntenegro|M0ntenegro]]" to "[[Special:CentralAuth/GrooveCreator|GrooveCreator]]" wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[User talk:GrooveCreator]] bbgf30k205qm5rgmzxwch2o5wm894ur User:M0ntenegro 2 4489977 14128359 2024-04-25T17:19:51Z Kadı 2968817 Kadı moved page [[User:M0ntenegro]] to [[User:GrooveCreator]]: Automatically moved page while renaming the user "[[Special:CentralAuth/M0ntenegro|M0ntenegro]]" to "[[Special:CentralAuth/GrooveCreator|GrooveCreator]]" wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[User:GrooveCreator]] dbkghdjp613uadyal8cgo2p0bhnt8jq The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier/A Greeting 0 4489978 14128360 2024-04-25T17:20:08Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 Created page with "{{other versions|A Greeting}}{{header | title = [[../]] | author = John Greenleaf Whittier | section = A Greeting | previous = [[../Garden/]] | next = [[../Godspeed/]] | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier (1895).djvu" from=269 fromsection=s3 to=270 tosection=s1 />" wikitext text/x-wiki {{other versions|A Greeting}}{{header | title = [[../]] | author = John Greenleaf Whittier | section = A Greeting | previous = [[../Garden/]] | next = [[../Godspeed/]] | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier (1895).djvu" from=269 fromsection=s3 to=270 tosection=s1 /> i475scsa10efq0eh98oxiu0qcyun42k 14128395 14128360 2024-04-25T17:25:33Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 wikitext text/x-wiki {{similar|A Greeting}}{{header | title = [[../]] | author = John Greenleaf Whittier | section = A Greeting | previous = [[../Garden/]] | next = [[../Godspeed/]] | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier (1895).djvu" from=269 fromsection=s3 to=270 tosection=s1 /> pp0mpk549znsdddubepox4mx87x8dqz Page:Poems Welby.djvu/57 104 4489979 14128362 2024-04-25T17:20:54Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||49|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Will, like the perfume of each blossom, :Live in our hearts where'er we roam, As when we slept on one fond bosom, :And dwelt within one happy home. I know that changes have come o'er us; :Sweet Sisters! we are not the same, For different paths now lie before us :And all three have a different name; And yet, if sorrow's dimming fingers :Have shadowed o'er each youthful brow, So much of light around them lingers :I cannot trace those shadows now. Ye both have those, who love ye only, :Whose dearest hopes are round you thrown, While, like a stream that wanders lonely, :Am I, the youngest, wildest one. My heart is like the wind, that beareth :Sweet scents upon its unseen wing— The wind! that for no creature careth, :Yet stealeth sweets from every thing; It hath rich thoughts for ever leaping :Up, like the waves of flashing seas, That with their music still are keeping :Soft time with every fitful breeze; Each leaf that in the bright air quivers, :The sounds from hidden solitudes, |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> n02kvydjcie6ytr69zov4tsj2imul6r Page:Poems Welby.djvu/58 104 4489980 14128363 2024-04-25T17:21:36Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||50|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| And the deep flow of far-off rivers, :And the loud rush of many floods; All these, and more, stir in my bosom :Feelings that make my spirit glad, Like dew-drops shaken in a blossom; :And, yet there is a something sad Mixed with those thoughts, like clouds, that hover :Above us in the quiet air, Veiling the moon's pale beauty over, :Like a dark spirit brooding there. But, Sisters! those wild thoughts were never :Yours! ye would not love, like me, To gaze upon the stars for ever, :To hear the wind's wild melody. Ye 'd rather look on smiling faces, :And linger round a cheerful hearth, Than mark the stars' bright hiding-places :As they peep out upon the earth. But, Sisters! as the stars of even :Shrink from day's golden flashing eye. And, melting in the depths of heaven, :Veil their soft beams within the sky; So shall we pass, the joyous-hearted, :The fond, the young, like stars that wane, Till every link of earth be parted, :To form in heaven ''one mystic chain.'' |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 6qcmarqkuhsb54wjcaflv2qs3dudeus The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier/Garden 0 4489981 14128364 2024-04-25T17:22:02Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 Created page with "{{other versions|Garden (Whittier)}}{{header | title = [[../]] | author = John Greenleaf Whittier | section = Garden | previous = [[../The Landmarks/]] | next = [[../A Greeting/]] | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier (1895).djvu" include=269 onlysection=s2 />" wikitext text/x-wiki {{other versions|Garden (Whittier)}}{{header | title = [[../]] | author = John Greenleaf Whittier | section = Garden | previous = [[../The Landmarks/]] | next = [[../A Greeting/]] | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier (1895).djvu" include=269 onlysection=s2 /> rd0b27fm98kvqdlqs0jzo3rg6rk10hx Garden (Whittier) 0 4489982 14128382 2024-04-25T17:24:35Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 Created page with "{{similar|Garden}}{{versions|title=Garden|author=John Greenleaf Whittier}} *“[[The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier/Garden|Garden]],” in ''[[The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier]]'' (1895) *“[[Oklahoma Arbor and Bird Day, Friday, March Twelfth, 1909/Part One: Arbor Day/Blessing for the Tree Planter|Blessing for the Tree Planter]],” in ''[[Oklahoma Arbor and Bird Day, Friday, March Twelfth, 1909]]''" wikitext text/x-wiki {{similar|Garden}}{{versions|title=Garden|author=John Greenleaf Whittier}} *“[[The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier/Garden|Garden]],” in ''[[The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier]]'' (1895) *“[[Oklahoma Arbor and Bird Day, Friday, March Twelfth, 1909/Part One: Arbor Day/Blessing for the Tree Planter|Blessing for the Tree Planter]],” in ''[[Oklahoma Arbor and Bird Day, Friday, March Twelfth, 1909]]'' sqd7i8pnj5zmjjfpn3xgpxnz0s6lhst Page:Poems Welby.djvu/59 104 4489983 14128383 2024-04-25T17:24:38Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THE FIRST DEATH OF THE HOUSEHOLD.| O! many a mournful year hath flown :Since first amid our family-band Death came and stole our loveliest one, :And bore her to the spirit-land; Yet shrined with many a sweet sad thought, :That loved one's memory lingers still, For O! she left a void, that nought :But mournful thoughts could fill. Years have passed by, I said, and yet :It only seems the other day, Since round her dying bed we met :With breaking hearts to weep and pray. Her gentle soul we strove to think :Would linger yet 'mid earthly flowers, Even when 't was trembling on the brink :Of lovelier worlds than ours. Yes! there e'en when all hope had flown, :We wept away each lingering hour, Until the shades of death came down :And closed at last the shutting flower; |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> is34vy9mz3z32y0xdzh4iwyatvp2j4r Page:Poems Welby.djvu/60 104 4489984 14128390 2024-04-25T17:25:29Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||52|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| And yet it seemed like sin to grieve :For one so patient and resigned; For, if she mourned, 't was but to leave :Such breaking hearts behind. She died—yet death could scarcely chill :Her smiling beauties, though she lay With cold extended limbs, for still :Her face looked fairer than the day. Those eyes, once eloquent with bliss, :Were closed as soft as shutting flowers. O! few could bear a sight like this, :Yet such a sight was ours. How slowly wore that long, long day! :Like spirits in some haunted place We 'd sit and sigh, then steal away :To look once more on that pale face; We could not think her soul had past :The awful bounds of mortal strife, That the warm heart was cold at last, :That loved us more than life. And when the funeral rite was said, :They bore her from our happy home, And left her with the silent dead, :A pale-faced tenant of the tomb, They reared no marble 'mid the flowers :Above her grave to mark the spot, |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> bavg9z5x3lue2sm1dsiq2skazyce6g7 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/61 104 4489985 14128413 2024-04-25T17:26:06Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||53|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Yet many a heart as fond as ours :Still holds her unforgot. Months passed, yet still our sorrow gushed, :The free glad laugh no more was heard, And many a little voice was hushed, :That used to warble like a bird. And though at times we strove to smile :Serenely for each other's sake, We wept in secret all the while :As if our hearts would break. Yet why should death be linked with fear? :A single breath, a low-drawn sigh, Can break the ties, that bind us here, :And waft the spirit to the sky. Such was her end, a calm release, :No clingings to this mortal clod; She closed her eyes, and stood in peace :Before a smiling God. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> h511o9pa83yvy6k4cjj2v6pu10v52xd Page:Poems Welby.djvu/62 104 4489986 14128431 2024-04-25T17:32:23Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THE MAIDEN'S FIRST LOVE.| Her dove-like spirit through her mournful eyes Looks softly upward to its native heaven; For a love-spell upon her being lies, Whose many mystic links may not be riven. Love breathed into her girlish heart, perchance, On some sweet eve, beside a pleasant stream, Poured from the lightning of a radiant glance, Till love's wild passion kindled passion's dream. For love at first is but a dreamy thing, That slily nestles in the human heart, A morning lark, that never plumes its wing Till hopes and fears, like lights and shadows, part: And thus unconscious as she looks above She breathes his blessed name in murmurs low, Yet never for a moment thinks of love, And almost wonders why she murmurs so. Ah! mournful one! the thoughts, thou wilt not speak, Their trembling music at thy heart-strings play, Till the bright blood, that mantles to thy cheek, In faint and fainter blushes melts away. |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> aidxvb9ynpvm9bmmjokphzgzyzd3i8j Index:Notes on the State of Virginia (1802).djvu/styles.css 106 4489987 14128434 2024-04-25T17:32:33Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Created page with ".__rules_all td{ border:1px solid black; } ._rules_all tr:first-child td:first-child{ border-left:none; border-top:none; } ._rules_all tr:first-child td:last-child{ border-right:none; border-top:none; } ._rules_all tr:last-child td:first-child{ border-left:none; border-bottom:none; } ._rules_all tr:last-child td:last-child{ border-right:none; border-bottom:none; } ._cellpadding0 td{ padding:0; } td._cellspacing0{ border-spacing:0; }" sanitized-css text/css .__rules_all td{ border:1px solid black; } ._rules_all tr:first-child td:first-child{ border-left:none; border-top:none; } ._rules_all tr:first-child td:last-child{ border-right:none; border-top:none; } ._rules_all tr:last-child td:first-child{ border-left:none; border-bottom:none; } ._rules_all tr:last-child td:last-child{ border-right:none; border-bottom:none; } ._cellpadding0 td{ padding:0; } td._cellspacing0{ border-spacing:0; } srdw0m5qyiuftc8nlr04szydemaevif 14128443 14128434 2024-04-25T17:33:55Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css ._rules_all td{ border:1px solid black; } ._rules_all tr:first-child td:first-child{ border-left:none; border-top:none; } ._rules_all tr:first-child td:last-child{ border-right:none; border-top:none; } ._rules_all tr:last-child td:first-child{ border-left:none; border-bottom:none; } ._rules_all tr:last-child td:last-child{ border-right:none; border-bottom:none; } ._cellpadding0 td{ padding:0; } td._cellspacing0{ border-spacing:0; } bx821wqz4kif4acnos8yauybqskpeit 14128447 14128443 2024-04-25T17:34:48Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css ._rules_all td{ border:1px solid black; } ._rules_all tr:first-child td:first-child{ border-left:none; border-top:none; } ._rules_all tr:first-child td:last-child{ border-right:none; border-top:none; } ._rules_all tr:last-child td:first-child{ border-left:none; border-bottom:none; } ._rules_all tr:last-child td:last-child{ border-right:none; border-bottom:none; } ._cellpadding0 td{ padding:0; } td._cellspacing0{ border-spacing:0; border-collapse:collapse; } 1kq0kddu17u3fm25ubu8zg87d06m91w 14128476 14128447 2024-04-25T17:36:20Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css ._rules_all td{ border:1px solid black; } ._rules_all tr:first-child td:first-child{ border-left:none; border-top:none; } ._rules_all tr:first-child td:last-child{ border-right:none; border-top:none; } ._rules_all tr:last-child td:first-child{ border-left:none; border-bottom:none; } ._rules_all tr:last-child td:last-child{ border-right:none; border-bottom:none; } ._cellpadding0 td{ padding:0; } ._cellspacing0{ border-spacing:0; border-collapse:collapse; } h1bxn246b6gwq3e9e0k96wwppfo9xqu 14128489 14128476 2024-04-25T17:38:23Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css ._rules_all td{ border:1px solid black; } ._rules_all tr:first-child td{ border-top:none; } ._rules_all tr:last-child td{ border-bottom:none; } ._rules_all tr:first-child td:first-child{ border-left:none; } ._rules_all tr:first-child td:last-child{ border-right:none; } ._rules_all tr:last-child td:first-child{ border-left:none; } ._rules_all tr:last-child td:last-child{ border-right:none; } ._cellpadding0 td{ padding:0; } ._cellspacing0{ border-spacing:0; border-collapse:collapse; } iqitlrmekwuseand4sht5pz0c6e4mja 14128521 14128489 2024-04-25T17:44:45Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css ._rules_all td{ border:1px solid black;} ._rules_all tr:first-child td{border-top:none;} ._rules_all tr:last-child td{border-bottom:none;} ._rules_all tr td:first-child{border-left:none;} ._rules_all tr:last-child td:last-child{ border-right:none;} ._cellpadding0 td{padding:0;} ._cellspacing0{ border-spacing:0;border-collapse:collapse;} q6btcq0k6zj9bq6y09znf11mr1sbfhy 14128523 14128521 2024-04-25T17:45:29Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css ._rules_all td{ border:1px solid black;} ._rules_all tr:first-child td{border-top:none;} ._rules_all tr:last-child td{border-bottom:none;} ._rules_all tr td:first-child{border-left:none;} ._rules_all td:last-child{ border-right:none;} ._cellpadding0 td{padding:0;} ._cellspacing0{ border-spacing:0;border-collapse:collapse;} 05maggjnjtpqblhrceme7iii674ngy9 14128524 14128523 2024-04-25T17:47:01Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css ._rules_all td{ border:0.1em solid black;} ._rules_all tr:first-child td{border-top:none;} ._rules_all tr:last-child td{border-bottom:none;} ._rules_all tr td:first-child{border-left:none;} ._rules_all td:last-child{ border-right:none;} ._cellpadding0 td{padding:0;} ._cellspacing0{ border-spacing:0;border-collapse:collapse;} 76mhmrdv5antnf5qbgb6eupcwr79ul4 14128534 14128524 2024-04-25T17:54:07Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css ._rules-cols ._rules_all td{ border:0.1em solid black;} ._rules-cols td { border-top:none;border-bottom:none} ._rules_all tr:first-child td{border-top:none;} ._rules_all tr:last-child td{border-bottom:none;} .rules_cols tr td:first-child, ._rules_all tr td:first-child{border-left:none;} .rules_cols tr td:last-child,._rules_all td:last-child{ border-right:none;} ._cellpadding0 td{padding:0;} ._cellspacing0{ border-spacing:0;border-collapse:collapse;} liai8hruw77z7lqzi2x0etwyjc5wxll 14128544 14128534 2024-04-25T17:56:11Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css ._rules-cols ._rules_all td{ border:0.1em solid black;} ._rules-cols td { border-top:none;border-bottom:none} ._rules_all tr:first-child td{border-top:none;} ._rules_all tr:last-child td{border-bottom:none;} ._rules_cols tr td:first-child, ._rules_all tr td:first-child{border-left:none;} ._rules_cols tr td:last-child,._rules_all td:last-child{ border-right:none;} ._cellpadding0 td{padding:0;} ._cellspacing0{ border-spacing:0;border-collapse:collapse;} 4v3r2a6cwlxbqm0ahjswd07ekcbms21 14128553 14128544 2024-04-25T17:56:56Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css ._rules-cols, ._rules_all td{ border:0.1em solid black;} ._rules-cols td { border-top:none;border-bottom:none} ._rules_all tr:first-child td{border-top:none;} ._rules_all tr:last-child td{border-bottom:none;} ._rules_cols tr td:first-child, ._rules_all tr td:first-child{border-left:none;} ._rules_cols tr td:last-child,._rules_all td:last-child{ border-right:none;} ._cellpadding0 td{padding:0;} ._cellspacing0{ border-spacing:0;border-collapse:collapse;} 3sqwhqlsldlui0bqfesr2vi114yl17h 14128647 14128553 2024-04-25T18:03:38Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 I should NOT have to write EACH block out longhand... If CSS specficity is that dumb (sigh) sanitized-css text/css ._rules_all td{ border:1px solid black;} ._rules-cols td { border-left:1px solid black;border-right:1px solid black; } ._rules_all tr:first-child td{border-top:none; border-left:1px solid black;border-right:1px solid black;} ._rules_all tr:last-child td{border-bottom:none; border-left:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black;} ._rules_cols tr td:first-child, ._rules_all tr td:first-child{border-left:none; border-right:1px solid black;} ._rules_cols tr td:last-child,._rules_all td:last-child{ border-right:none; border-left:1px solid black;} /* ._cellpadding0 td{padding:0;} ._cellspacing0{ border-spacing:0;border-collapse:collapse;} */ qp14v89pi0uim0ce2u65nbhsjyi06r2 14128670 14128647 2024-04-25T18:07:26Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css ._rules_all td{ border:1px solid black;} ._rules-cols td { border-left:1px solid black;border-right:1px solid black; } ._rules_all tr:first-child td{border-top:none; border-left:1px solid black;border-right:1px solid black;} ._rules_all tr:last-child td{border-bottom:none; border-left:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black;} ._rules_cols tr td:first-child{border-left:none;} ._rules_all tr td:first-child{border-left:none; border-right:1px solid black;} ._rules_cols tr td:last-child{border-right:none;} ._rules_all td:last-child{ border-right:none; border-left:1px solid black;} ._cellpadding0 td{padding:0;} ._cellspacing0{ border-spacing:0;border-collapse:collapse;} b1d719ss9irtooweuifapdj3cryi956 14128671 14128670 2024-04-25T18:07:59Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css ._rules_all td{ border:1px solid black;} ._rules-cols td { border-left:1px solid black;border-right:1px solid black; } ._rules_all tr:first-child>td{border-top:none; border-left:1px solid black;border-right:1px solid black;} ._rules_all tr:last-child>td{border-bottom:none; border-left:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black;} ._rules_cols tr>td:first-child{border-left:none;} ._rules_all tr>td:first-child{border-left:none; border-right:1px solid black;} ._rules_cols tr>td:last-child{border-right:none;} ._rules_all tr>td:last-child{ border-right:none; border-left:1px solid black;} ._cellpadding0 td{padding:0;} ._cellspacing0{ border-spacing:0;border-collapse:collapse;} 6buzlazybwmq2uzxymktelz9okpu06f 14128679 14128671 2024-04-25T18:08:52Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css ._rules_all td{ border:1px solid black;} ._rules-cols td { border-left:1px solid black;border-right:1px solid black; } ._rules_all tr:first-child>td{border-top:none; border-left:1px solid black;border-right:1px solid black;} ._rules_all tr:last-child>td{border-bottom:none; border-left:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black;} ._rules_cols tr>td:first-child{border-left:none; border-right:1px solid black;} ._rules_all tr>td:first-child{border-left:none; border-right:1px solid black;} ._rules_cols tr>td:last-child{border-right:none; border-left:1px solid black;} ._rules_all tr>td:last-child{ border-right:none; border-left:1px solid black;} ._cellpadding0 td{padding:0;} ._cellspacing0{ border-spacing:0;border-collapse:collapse;} hrx7sxdyvckhqjn97e6qx7icsduujd0 14128687 14128679 2024-04-25T18:09:56Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css ._rules_all>td{ border:1px solid black;} ._rules-cols>td { border-left:1px solid black;border-right:1px solid black; } ._rules_all>tr:first-child>td{border-top:none; border-left:1px solid black;border-right:1px solid black;} ._rules_all>tr:last-child>td{border-bottom:none; border-left:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black;} ._rules_cols>tr>td:first-child{border-left:none; border-right:1px solid black;} ._rules_all>tr>td:first-child{border-left:none; border-right:1px solid black;} ._rules_cols>tr>td:last-child{border-right:none; border-left:1px solid black;} ._rules_all>tr>td:last-child{ border-right:none; border-left:1px solid black;} ._cellpadding0 td{padding:0;} ._cellspacing0{ border-spacing:0;border-collapse:collapse;} atvam775ucmng38pcqhiel7g0kdarbj 14128696 14128687 2024-04-25T18:13:35Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css ._rules_all tbody td{ border:1px solid black;} ._rules-cols tbody td { border-left:1px solid black;border-right:1px solid black; } ._rules_all tbody tr:first-child td{border-top:none; border-left:1px solid black;border-right:1px solid black;} ._rules_all tbody tr:last-child td{border-bottom:none; border-left:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black;} ._rules_cols tbody tr td:first-child{border-left:none; border-right:1px solid black;} ._rules_all tbody tr td:first-child{border-left:none; border-right:1px solid black;} ._rules_cols tbody tr td:last-child{border-right:none; border-left:1px solid black;} ._rules_all tbody tr td:last-child{ border-right:none; border-left:1px solid black;} ._cellpadding0 td{padding:0;} ._cellspacing0{ border-spacing:0;border-collapse:collapse;} is6pp6wkzdqeea8r8jjs85l3vh4ivtm Greeting 0 4489988 14128502 2024-04-25T17:40:38Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 TE(æ)A,ea. moved page [[Greeting]] to [[The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier/Greeting]]: Move within/to containing work wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier/Greeting]] tlv99k9j1puq4tefoaoni09gibf0xgt Page:Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu/29 104 4489989 14128527 2024-04-25T17:50:19Z EncycloPetey 3239 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="EncycloPetey" />{{rh|{{smaller|ACT I}}|UNCLE VANYA|21}}</noinclude>{{dent/s|4em|-1em}} {{sc|Helena}} and {{sc|Sonia}} ''come in; after them comes'' {{sc|Mme. Voitskaya}} ''carrying a book. She sits down and begins to read. Some one hands her a glass of tea which she drinks without looking up''. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} {{sc|Sonia}}. [''Hurriedly, to the nurse''] There are some peasants waiting out there. Go and see what they want. I shall pour the tea. {{right|[''Pours out some glasses of tea''.}} {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|4em|-1em}} {{sc|Marina}} ''goes out''. {{sc|Helena}} ''takes a glass and sits drinking in the hammock''. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} {{sc|Astroff}}. I have come to see your husband. You wrote me that he had rheumatism and I know not what else, and that he was very ill, but he appears to be as lively as a cricket. {{sc|Helena}}. He had a fit of the blues yesterday evening and complained of pains in his legs, but he seems all right again to-day. {{sc|Astroff}}. And I galloped over here twenty miles at break-neck speed! No matter, though, it is not the first time. Once here, however, I am going to stay until to-morrow, and at any rate sleep ''quantum satis''. {{sc|Sonia}}. Oh, splendid! You so seldom spend the night with us. Have you had dinner yet? {{sc|Astroff}}. No. {{sc|Sonia}}. Good. So you will have it with us. We dine at seven now. [''Drinks her tea''] This tea is cold! {{sc|Telegin}}. Yes, the samovar has grown cold. {{sc|Helena}}. Don’t mind, Monsieur Ivan, we will drink cold tea, then. {{sc|Telegin}}. I beg your pardon, my name is not Ivan, but Ilia, ma’am—Ilia Telegin, or Waffles, as I am sometimes called on account of my pock-marked face. I am Sonia’s godfather, and his Excellency, your husband, knows me very well, I now live with you, ma’am, on this estate, and per-<noinclude> {{dent/e}}</noinclude> mja25uo1tqop8eke3nztdfma9uxuxhw Page:Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier (1895).djvu/444 104 4489990 14128528 2024-04-25T17:50:38Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="TE(æ)A,ea." />{{rh|412|POEMS SUBJECTIVE AND REMINISCENT}} {{rule}}</noinclude><section begin="s1" />{{c|A NAME}} {{fine block|Addressed to my grand-nephew, Greenleaf Whittier Pickard. Jonathan Greenleaf, in ''A Genealogy of the Greenleaf Family'', says briefly: “From all that can be gathered, it is believed that the ancestors of the Greenleaf family were Huguenots, who left France on account of their religious principles some time in the course of the sixteenth century, and settled in England. The name was probably translated from the French Feuillevert.”}} {{bc|<poem>{{sc|The}} name the Gallic exile bore, :St. Malo! from thy ancient mart, Became upon our Western shore :Greenleaf for Feuillevert. A name to hear in soft accord :Of leaves by light winds overrun, Or read, upon the greening sward :Of May, in shade and sun. The name my infant ear first heard :Breathed softly with a mother’s kiss; His mother’s own, no tenderer word :My father spake than this. No child have I to bear it on; :Be thou its keeper; let it take From gifts well used and duty done :New beauty for thy sake. The fair ideals that outran :My halting footsteps seek and find— The flawless symmetry of man, :The poise of heart and mind. Stand firmly where I felt the sway :Of every wing that fancy flew, See clearly where I groped my way, :Nor real from seeming knew. And wisely choose, and bravely hold :Thy faith unswerved by cross or crown, Like the stout Huguenot of old :Whose name to thee comes down. As Marot’s songs made glad the heart :Of that lone exile, haply mine May in life’s heavy hours impart :Some strength and hope to thine. Yet when did Age transfer to Youth :The hard-gained lessons of its day? Each lip must learn the taste of truth, :Each foot must feel its way. We cannot hold the hands of choice :That touch or shun life’s fateful keys; The whisper of the inward voice :Is more than homilies. Dear boy! for whom the flowers are born, :Stars shine, and happy song-birds sing, What can my evening give to morn, :My winter to thy spring! A life not void of pure intent, :With small desert of praise or blame, The love I felt, the good I meant, :I leave thee with my name.</poem>}} <section end="s1" /> <section begin="s2" />{{c|GREETING}} {{fine block|Originally prefixed to the volume, ''The King’s Missive and other Poems''. [Entitled there, ''The Prelude''.]}} {{block center/s}} <poem>{{sc|I spread}} a scanty board too late; The old-time guests for whom I wait :Come few and slow, methinks, to-day. Ah! who could hear my messages Across the dim unsounded seas :On which so many have sailed away! Come, then, old friends, who linger yet, And let us meet, as we have met, :Once more beneath this low sunshine; And grateful for the good we ’ve known, The riddles solved, the ills outgrown, :Shake hands upon the border line. The favor, asked too oft before, From your indulgent ears, once more :I crave, and, if belated lays To slower, feebler measures move, The silent sympathy of love :To me is dearer now than praise. And ye, O younger friends, for whom My hearth and heart keep open room, :Come smiling through the shadows long. Be with me while the sun goes down, And with your cheerful voices drown :The minor of my even-song. For, equal through the day and night, The wise Eternal oversight :And love and power and righteous will</poem><section end="s2" /><noinclude>{{center block/e}}</noinclude> 67clkfxw37j7zcsdujkocbv4dze78nr Page:Kangaroo, 1923.pdf/69 104 4489991 14128529 2024-04-25T17:50:52Z R. J. Mathar 339383 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|59|JACK AND JAZ|KANGAROO}}</noinclude>minutes the women came running in with the sweets, to see if the men didn't want a macaroon. On Sunday morning Jack asked Somers to walk with him across to the Trewhellas. That is, they walked to one of the ferry stations, and took the ferry steamer to Mosman's Bay. Jack was a late riser on Sunday morning. The Somers, who were ordinary half-past seven people, rarely saw any signs of life in Wyewurk before half-past ten on the Sabbath—then it was Jack in trousers and shirt, with his shirt-sleeves rolled up, having a look at his dahlias while Vicky prepared breakfast. So the two men did not get a start till eleven o'clock. Jack rolled along easily beside the smaller, quieter Somers. They were an odd couple, ill-assorted. In a colonial way, Jack was handsome, well-built, with strong, heavy limbs. He filled out his expensively tailored suit and looked a man who might be worth anything from five hundred to five thousand a year. The only lean, delicate part about him was his face. See him from behind, his broad shoulders and loose erect carriage and brown nape of the neck, and you expected a good square face to match. He turned, and his long lean, rather pallid face really didn't seem to belong to his strongly animal body. For the face wasn't animal at all, except perhaps in a certain slow, dark, lingering look of the eyes, which reminded one of some animal or other, some patient, enduring animal with an indomitable but naturally passive courage. Somers, in a light suit of thin cloth, made by an Italian tailor, and an Italian hat, just looked a foreign sort of little bloke—but a gentleman. The chief difference was that he looked sensitive all over, his body, even its clothing, and his feet, even his brown shoes, all equally sensitive with his face. Whereas Jack seemed strong and insensitive in the body, only his face vulnerable. His feet might have have been made of leather all the way through, tramping with an insentient tread. Whereas Somers put down his feet delicately, as if they had a life of their own, mindful of each step of contact with the earth. Jack strode along: Somers seemed to hover along. There was decision in both of them, but oh, of such different quality. And each had a certain admiration of the other, and a very definite tolerance. Jack just barely tolerated the quiet finesse of<noinclude></noinclude> 9yo2sqjr69b7dj9jauj71xdv28nrt2f Page:Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu/30 104 4489992 14128531 2024-04-25T17:53:09Z EncycloPetey 3239 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="EncycloPetey" />{{rh|22|UNCLE VANYA|{{smaller|ACT I}}}} {{dent/s|0|0em}}<!-- dummy header line for transclusion continuity --></noinclude>haps you will be so good as to notice that I dine with you every day. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} {{sc|Sonia}}. He is our great help, our right-hand man. [''Ten- derly''] Dear godfather, let me pour you some tea. {{sc|Mme. Voitskaya}}. Oh! Oh! {{sc|Sonia}}. What is it, grandmother? {{sc|Mme. Voitskaya}}. I forgot to tell Alexander—I have lost my memory—I received a letter to-day from Paul Alexevitch in Kharkoff. He has sent me a new pamphlet. {{sc|Astroff}}. Is it interesting? {{sc|Mme. Voitskaya}}. Yes, but strange. He refutes the very theories which he defended seven years ago. It is appalling! {{sc|Voitski}}. There is nothing appalling about it. Drink your tea, mamma. {{sc|Mme. Voitskaya}}. It seems you never want to listen to what I have to say. Pardon me, Jean, but you have changed so in the last year that I hardly know you. You used to be a man of settled convictions and had an illuminating personality{{longdash}} {{sc|Voitski}}. Oh, yes. I had an illuminating personality, which illuminated no one. [''A pause''] I had an illuminating personality! You couldn’t say anything more biting. I am forty-seven years old. Until last year I endeavoured, as you do now, to blind my eyes by your pedantry to the truths of life. But now— Oh, if you only knew! If you knew how I lie awake at night, heartsick and angry, to think how stupidly I have wasted my time when I might have been winning from life everything which my old age now forbids. {{sc|Sonia}}. Uncle Vanya, how dreary! {{sc|Mme. Voitskaya}}. [''To her son''] You speak as if your former convictions were somehow to blame, but you yourself, not they, were at fault. You have forgotten that a conviction,<noinclude> {{dent/e}}</noinclude> iwixr6o47eueqk721wfsooxucaj8134 Page:Kangaroo, 1923.pdf/70 104 4489993 14128533 2024-04-25T17:53:54Z R. J. Mathar 339383 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|60|<!-- chapter -->|KANGAROO}}</noinclude>Somers, and Somers tolerated with difficulty Jack's facetious familiarity and heartiness. Callcott met quite a number of people he knew, and greeted them all heartily. "Hello Bill, old man, how's things?" "New boots pinchin' yet, Ant'ny? Hoppy sort of look about you this morning. Right 'o! So long, Ant'ny!" "Different girl again, boy! go on, Sydney's full of yer sisters. All right, good-bye, old chap." The same breezy intimacy with all of them, and the moment they had passed by, they didn't exist for him any more than the gull that had curved across in the air. They seemed to appear like phantoms, and disappear in the same instant, like phantoms. Like so many Flying Dutchmen the Australian's acquaintances seemed to steer slap through his consciousness, and were gone on the wind. What was the consecutive thread in the man's feelings? Not his feeling for any particular human beings, that was evident. His friends, even his loves, were just a series of disconnected, isolated moments in his life. Somers always came again upon this gap in the other man's continuity. He felt that if he knew Jack for twenty years, and then went away, Jack would say: "Friend o' mine, English-man, rum sort of bloke, but not a bad sort. Dunno where he's hanging out just now. Somewhere on the surface of the old humming-top, I suppose." The only consecutive thing was that facetious attitude, which was the attitude of taking things as they come, perfected. A sort of ironical stoicism. Yet the man had a sort of passion, and a passionate identity. But not what Somers called human. And threaded on this ironical stoicism. They found Trewhella dressed and expecting them. Trewhella was a coal and wood merchant, on the north side. He lived quite near the wharf, had his sheds at the side of the house, and in the front a bit of garden running down to the practically tideless bay of the harbour. Across the bit of blue water were many red houses, and new, wide streets of single cottages, seaside-like, disappearing rather forlorn over the brow of the low hill. William James, or Jas, Jaz, as Jack called him, was as quiet as ever. The three men sat on a bench just above the brown rocks of the water's edge, in the lovely sun-<noinclude></noinclude> ar2c7vohqt2xhgw37yrvlyz36plr0yt Page:Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu/31 104 4489994 14128569 2024-04-25T17:58:13Z EncycloPetey 3239 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="EncycloPetey" />{{rh|{{smaller|ACT I}}|UNCLE VANYA|23}} {{dent/s|0|0em}}<!-- dummy header line for transclusion continuity --></noinclude>in itself, is nothing but a dead letter. You should have done something. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} {{sc|Voitski}}. Done something! Not every man is capable of being a writer ''perpetuum mobile'' like your Herr Professor. {{sc|Mme. Voitskaya}}. What do you mean by that? {{sc|Sonia}}. [''Imploringly''] Mother! Uncle Vanya! I entreat you! {{sc|Voitski}}. I am silent. I apologise and am silent. {{float right|[''A pause''.}} {{sc|Helena}}. What a fine day! Not too hot. {{float right|[''A pause''.}} {{sc|Voitski}}. A fine day to hang oneself. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|4em|-1em}} {{sc|Telegin}} ''tunes the guitar''. {{sc|Marina}} ''appears near the house, calling the chickens''. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} {{sc|Marina}}. Chick, chick, chick! {{sc|Sonia}}. What did the peasants want, nurse? {{sc|Marina}}. The same old thing, the same old nonsense. Chick, chick, chick! {{sc|Sonia}}. Why are you calling the chickens? {{sc|Marina}}. The speckled hen has disappeared with her chicks. I am afraid the crows have got her. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|4em|-1em}} {{sc|Telegin}} ''plays a polka. All listen in silence. Enter'' {{sc|Workman}}. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} {{sc|Workman}}. Is the doctor here? [''To'' {{sc|Astroff}}] Excuse me, sir, but I have been sent to fetch you. {{sc|Astroff}}. Where are you from? {{sc|Workman}}. The factory. {{sc|Astroff}}. [''Annoyed''] Thank you. There is nothing for it, then, but to go. [''Looking around him for his cap''] Damn it, this is annoying! {{sc|Sonia}}. Yes, it is too bad, really. You must come back to dinner from the factory. {{sc|Astroff}}. No, I won’t be able to do that. It will be too late. Now where, where— [''To the'' {{sc|Workman}}] Look here, my man, get me a glass of vodka, will you? [''The'' {{sc|Workman}}<noinclude> {{dent/e}}</noinclude> 1ounqicwkzrxoop5nw9rr7bpr8x9w6q Page:Moonfleet - John Meade Falkner.pdf/80 104 4489995 14128605 2024-04-25T18:00:54Z Chrisguise 2855804 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{rvh|72|<!--Chapter-->|MOONFLEET.}}</noinclude>"O Elzevir, save me, save me; I am not come to spy." But he, with a kind look on his face, put his hand on my shoulder, and pushed me gently back, saying,— "Lie still, lad—there is none here will hurt thee—and drink this." He held out to me a bowl of steaming broth, that filled the room with a savour sweeter ten thousand times to me than every rose and lily of the world, yet would not let me drink it at a gulp, but made me sip it with a spoon like any baby. Thus while I drank he told me where I was—namely, in an attic at the Why Not—but would not say more then, bidding me get to sleep again, and I should know all afterwards. And so it was ten days or more before youth and health had their way, and I was strong again; and all that time Elzevir Block sat by my bed, and nursed me tenderly as a woman. So piece by piece I learned the story of how they found me. 'Twas Mr. Glennie who first moved to seek me; for when the second day came that I was not at school he thought that I was ill, and went to my aunt's to ask how I did, as was his wont when any ailed. But Aunt Jane answered him stiffly that she could not say how I did. "For," says she, "he is run off I know not where, but as he makes his bed, must he lie on't; and if he run away for his pleasure, may stay away for mine. have been pestered with this lot too long, and only bore with him for poor sister Martha's sake; but 'tis after his father that the graceless lad takes, and thus rewards me." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> f2d28wcw8dx5bfwxhz8fcz4pfrdncsc Page:Kangaroo, 1923.pdf/71 104 4489996 14128608 2024-04-25T18:01:01Z R. J. Mathar 339383 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|61|JACK AND JAZ|KANGAROO}}</noinclude>shine, and watched the big ferry steamer slip in and discharge its stream of summer-dressed passengers, and embark another stream: watched the shipping of the middle harbour away to the right, and the boats loitering on the little bay in front. A motor-boat was sweeping at a terrific speed, like some broom sweeping the water, past the little round fort away in the open harbour, and two tall white sailing boats, all wing and no body, were tacking across the pale blue mouth of the bay. The inland sea of the harbour was all bustling with Sunday morning animation: and yet there seemed space, and loneliness. The low, coffee-brown cliffs opposite, too low for cliffs, looked as silent and as aboriginal as if white men had never come. The little girl Gladys came out shyly. Somers now noticed that she wore spectacles. "Hello kiddie!" said Jack. "Come here and make a footstool of your uncle, and see what your Aunt Vicky's been thinking of. Come on then, amble up this road." He took her on his knee, and fished out of his pocket a fine sort of hat-band that Victoria had contrived with ribbon and artificial flowers and wooden beads. Gladys sat for a moment or two shyly on her uncle's knee, and he held her there as if she were a big pillow he was scarcely conscious of holding. Her stepfather sat exactly as if the child did not exist, or were not present. It was neutrality brought to a remarkable pitch. Only Somers seemed actually aware that the child was a little human being—and to him she seemed so absent that he didn't know what to make of her. Rose came out bringing beer and sausage rolls, and the girl vanished away again, seemed to evaporate. Somers felt uncomfortable, and wondered what he had been brought for. "You know Cornwall, do you?" said William James, the Cornish singsong still evident in his Australian speech. He looked with his light-grey, inscrutable eyes at Somers. "I lived for a time near [[w:Padstow|Padstow]]," said Somers. "Padstow! Ay, I've been to Padstow," said William James. And they talked for a while of the bleak, lonely northern coast of Cornwall, the black huge cliffs with the gulls flying away below, and the sea boiling, and the wind<noinclude></noinclude> r1cx3jqznv250g12docnnuql0mtly7p Page:Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu/32 104 4489997 14128611 2024-04-25T18:01:06Z EncycloPetey 3239 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="EncycloPetey" />{{rh|24|UNCLE VANYA|{{smaller|ACT I}}}} {{dent/s|0|0em}}<!-- dummy header line for transclusion continuity --></noinclude>''goes out''] Where—where— [''Finds his cap''] One of the characters in Ostroff’s plays is a man with a long moustache and short wits, like me. However, let me bid you good-bye, ladies and gentlemen. [''To'' {{sc|Helena}}] I should be really delighted if you would come to see me some day with Miss Sonia. My estate is small, but if you are interested in such things I should like to show you a nursery and seed-bed whose like you will not find within a thousand miles of here. My place is surrounded by government forests. The forester is old and always ailing, so I superintend almost all the work myself. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} {{sc|Helena}}. I have always heard that you were very fond of the woods. Of course one can do a great deal of good by helping to preserve them, but does not that work interfere with your real calling? {{sc|Astroff}}. God alone knows what a man’s real calling is. {{sc|Helena}}. And do you find it interesting? {{sc|Astroff}}. Yes, very. {{sc|Voitski}}. [''Sarcastically''] Oh, extremely! {{sc|Helena}}. You are still young, not over thirty-six or seven, I should say, and I suspect that the woods do not interest you as much as you say they do. I should think you would find them monotonous. {{sc|Sonia}}. No, the work is thrilling. Dr. Astroff watches over the old woods and sets out new plantations every year, and he has already received a diploma and a bronze medal. If you will listen to what he can tell you, you will agree with him entirely. He says that forests are the ornaments of the earth, that they teach mankind to understand beauty and attune his mind to lofty sentiments. Forests temper a stern climate, and in countries where the climate is milder, less strength is wasted in the battle with nature, and the people are kind and gentle. The inhabitants of such countries are<noinclude> {{dent/e}}</noinclude> r41ormwry45g9jogprdpnz3c3pxv08h Page:Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu/33 104 4489999 14128648 2024-04-25T18:03:45Z EncycloPetey 3239 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="EncycloPetey" />{{rh|{{smaller|ACT I}}|UNCLE VANYA|NN}} {{dent/s|0|0em}}<!-- dummy header line for transclusion continuity --></noinclude>handsome, tractable, sensitive, graceful in speech and gesture. Their philosophy is joyous, art and science blossom among them, their treatment of women is full of exquisite nobility{{longdash}} {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} {{sc|Voitski}}. [''Laughing''] Bravo! Bravo! All that is very pretty, but it is also unconvincing. So, my friend [''To'' {{sc|Astroff}}] you must let me go on burning firewood in my stoves and building my sheds of planks. {{sc|Astroff}}. You can burn peat in your stoves and build your sheds of stone. Oh, I don’t object, of course, to cutting wood from necessity, but why destroy the forests? The woods of Russia are trembling under the blows of the axe. Millions of trees have perished. The homes of the wild animals and birds have been desolated; the rivers are shrinking, and many beautiful landscapes are gone forever. And why? Because men are too lazy and stupid to stoop down and pick up their fuel from the ground. [''To ''{{sc|Helena}}] Am I not right, Madame? Who but a stupid barbarian could burn so much beauty in his stove and destroy that which he cannot make? Man is endowed with reason and the power to create, so that he may increase that which has been given him, but until now he has not created, but demolished. The forests are disappearing, the rivers are running dry, the game is exterminated, the climate is spoiled, and the earth becomes poorer and uglier every day. [''To'' {{sc|Voitski}}] I read irony in your eye; you do not take what I am saying seriously, and—and—after all, it may very well be nonsense. But when I pass peasant-forests that I have preserved from the axe, or hear the rustling of the young plantations set out with my own hands, I feel as if I had had some small share in improving the climate, and that if mankind is happy a thousand years from now I will have been a little bit responsible for their happiness. When I plant a little birch<noinclude> {{dent/e}}</noinclude> lbn4gj27gclvg68xk1xqskbjiw8al89 14128651 14128648 2024-04-25T18:03:56Z EncycloPetey 3239 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="EncycloPetey" />{{rh|{{smaller|ACT I}}|UNCLE VANYA|25}} {{dent/s|0|0em}}<!-- dummy header line for transclusion continuity --></noinclude>handsome, tractable, sensitive, graceful in speech and gesture. Their philosophy is joyous, art and science blossom among them, their treatment of women is full of exquisite nobility{{longdash}} {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} {{sc|Voitski}}. [''Laughing''] Bravo! Bravo! All that is very pretty, but it is also unconvincing. So, my friend [''To'' {{sc|Astroff}}] you must let me go on burning firewood in my stoves and building my sheds of planks. {{sc|Astroff}}. You can burn peat in your stoves and build your sheds of stone. Oh, I don’t object, of course, to cutting wood from necessity, but why destroy the forests? The woods of Russia are trembling under the blows of the axe. Millions of trees have perished. The homes of the wild animals and birds have been desolated; the rivers are shrinking, and many beautiful landscapes are gone forever. And why? Because men are too lazy and stupid to stoop down and pick up their fuel from the ground. [''To ''{{sc|Helena}}] Am I not right, Madame? Who but a stupid barbarian could burn so much beauty in his stove and destroy that which he cannot make? Man is endowed with reason and the power to create, so that he may increase that which has been given him, but until now he has not created, but demolished. The forests are disappearing, the rivers are running dry, the game is exterminated, the climate is spoiled, and the earth becomes poorer and uglier every day. [''To'' {{sc|Voitski}}] I read irony in your eye; you do not take what I am saying seriously, and—and—after all, it may very well be nonsense. But when I pass peasant-forests that I have preserved from the axe, or hear the rustling of the young plantations set out with my own hands, I feel as if I had had some small share in improving the climate, and that if mankind is happy a thousand years from now I will have been a little bit responsible for their happiness. When I plant a little birch<noinclude> {{dent/e}}</noinclude> 83yqj828wbombgaoy3b1htjwvutqbhi Page:Moonfleet - John Meade Falkner.pdf/81 104 4490000 14128649 2024-04-25T18:03:47Z Chrisguise 2855804 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{rvh|73|THE RESCUE.|MOONFLEET.}}</noinclude>With that she bangs the door in the parson's face, and off he goes to Ratsey, but can learn nothing there, and so concludes that I have run away to sea, and am seeking ship at Poole or Weymouth. But that same day came Sam Tewkesbury to the Why Not about nightfall, and begged a glass of rum, being, as he said, "all of a shake," and telling a tale of how he passed the churchyard wall on his return from work, and in the dusk heard screams and wailing voices, and knew 'twas Blackbeard piping his lost Mohunes to hunt for treasure. So, though he saw nothing, he turned tail, and never stopped running till he stood at the inn door. Then, forthwith, Elzevir leaves Sam to drink at the Why Not alone, and himself sets off running up the street to call for Master Ratsey; and they two make straight across the seameadows in the dark. "For as soon as I heard Tewkesbury tell of screams and wailings in the air, and no one to be seen," said Elzevir, "I guessed that some poor soul had got shut in the vault, and was there crying for his life. And to this I was not guided by mother wit, but by a surer and a sadder token. Thou wilt have heard how thirteen years ago a daft body we called Cracky Jones was found one morning in the churchyard dead. He was gone missing for a week before, and twice within that week I had sat through the night upon the hill behind the church watching to warn the lugger with a flare she could not put in for the surf upon the beach. And on those nights, the air being still though a heavy swell was running, I heard thrice or more a throttled scream come shivering across the meadows from the grave-<noinclude></noinclude> fjelo8os4wqj8qu0eovcd90b6xwvohf Category:Film legislation 14 4490001 14128657 2024-04-25T18:04:45Z SnowyCinema 2484340 Created page with "[[Category:Laws]] [[Category:Works about film]]" wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Laws]] [[Category:Works about film]] ji7xzs2yu1ft8n97uwmf3x6yiibfg14 Page:Kangaroo, 1923.pdf/72 104 4490002 14128658 2024-04-25T18:05:00Z R. J. Mathar 339383 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|62|<!-- chapter -->|KANGAROO}}</noinclude>blowing in huge volleys: and the black Cornish nights, with nothing but the violent weather outside. "Oh, I remember it, I remember it," said William James. "Though I was a half-starved youngster on a bit of a farm out there, you know, for everlasting chasing half a dozen heifers from the cliffs, where the beggars wanted to fall over and kill themselves, and hunting for a dozen sheep among the [[w:Ulex|gorse]]-bushes, and wading up to my knees in mud most part of the year, and then in summer, in the dry times, having to haul water for a mile over the rocks in a wagon, because the well had run dry. And at the end of it my father gave me one new suit in two years, and sixpence a week. Ay, that was a life for you. I suppose if I was there still he'd be giving me my keep and five shillin' a week—if he could open his heart as wide as two half-crowns, which I'm doubting very much." "You have money out here, at least," said Somers. "But there was a great fascination for me, in Cornwall." "Fascination! And where do you find the fascination? In a little Wesleyan chapel of a Sunday night, and a girl with her father waiting for her with a strap if she's not in by nine o'clock? Fascination, did you say?" "It had a great fascination for me—magic—a magic in the atmosphere." "All the fairy tales they'll tell you?" said William James, looking at the other man with a smile of slow ridicule. "Why ye didn't go and believe them, did ye?" "More or less. I could more easily have believed them there than anywhere else I've been." "Ay, no doubt. And that shows what sort of a place it be. Lot of dum silly nonsense." He stirred on his seat impatiently. "At any rate, you're well out of it. You're set up all right here," said Somers, who was secretly amused. The other man did not answer for some time. "Maybe I am," he said at last. "I'm not pining to go back and work for my father, I tell you, on a couple of pasties and a lot of abuse. No, after that, I'd like you to tell me what's wrong with Australia." "I'm sure I don't know," said Somers. "Probably nothing at all." Again William James was silent. He was a short, thick<noinclude></noinclude> ge7mth9ywo38qbu5rkkvuuaa7x1e01g Page:Moonfleet - John Meade Falkner.pdf/82 104 4490003 14128667 2024-04-25T18:06:43Z Chrisguise 2855804 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{rvh|74|<!--Chapter-->|MOONFLEET.}}</noinclude>yard. Yet beyond turning my blood cold for a moment, it gave me little trouble, for evil tales have hung about the church; and though I did not set much store by the old yarns of Blackbeard piping up his crew, yet I thought strange things might well go on among the graves at night. And so I never budged, nor stirred hand or foot to save a fellow-creature in his agony. "But when the surf fell enough for the boats to get ashore, and Greening held a lantern for me to jump down into the passage, after we had got the side out of the tomb, the first thing the light fell on at the bottom was a white face turned skyward. I have not forgot that, lad, for 'twas Cracky Jones lay there, with his face thin and shrunk, yet all the doited look gone out of it. We tried to force some brandy in his mouth, but he was stark and dead, with knees drawn up towards his head, so stiff we had to lift him doubled as he was, and lay him by the churchyard wall for some of us to find next day. We never knew how he got there, but guessed that he had hung about the landers some night when they ran a cargo, and slipped in when the watchman's back was turned. Thus when Sam Tewkesbury spoke of screams and wailings, and no one to be seen, I knew what 'twas, but never guessed who might be shut in there, not knowing thou wert gone amissing. So ran to Ratsey to get his help to slip the side stone off, for by myself I cannot stir it now, though once I did when I was younger; and from him learned that thou wert lost, and knew whom we should find before we got there." I shuddered while Elzevir talked, for I thought how<noinclude></noinclude> qolytshymfmrwvwdnmalmyrpjz2xfoj Page:Dostoyevsky - The Eternal Husband and Other Stories, Collected Edition, 1917.djvu/127 104 4490004 14128674 2024-04-25T18:08:13Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|115|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>{{c|CHAPTER XV {{asc|The Account is Settled}} }} "You see? You see?" Pavel Pavlovitch skipped up to Velchaninov as soon as the youth had departed. "Yes; you've no luck!" said Velchaninov carelessly. He would not have said those words had he not been tortured and exasperated by the pain in his chest, which was growing more and more acute. "It was because you felt for me, you didn't give me back the bracelet, wasn't it?" "I hadn't time . . ." "You felt for me from your heart, like a true friend?" "Oh yes, I felt for you," said Velchaninov, in exasperation. He told him briefly, however, how the bracelet had been returned to him, and how Nadyezhda Fedosyevna had almost forced him to assist in returning it. . . . "You understand that nothing else would have induced me to take it; I've had unpleasantness enough apart from that!" "You were fascinated and took it?" sniggered Pavel Pavlovitch. "That's stupid on your part; however, I must excuse you. You saw for yourself just now that I'm not the leading person, that there are others in this affair." "At the same time you were fascinated." Pavel Pavlovitch sat down and filled up his glass. "Do you imagine I'd give way to that wretched boy? I'll make mincemeat of him, so there! I'll go over to-morrow and polish him off. We'll smoke out that spirit from the nursery." He emptied his glass almost at a gulp and filled it again; he began, in fact, to behave in an unusually free and easy way. "Ah, Nadenka and Sashenka, the sweet little darlings, he—he—he!" He was beside himself with anger. There came another louder clap of thunder, followed by a blinding flash of lightning, and the rain began streaming in bucketfuls. Pavel Pavlovitch got up and closed the open window. "He asked you whether you were afraid of the thunder, he—he. Velchaninov afraid of thunder! Kobylnikov—what was it—Kobylnikov . . . and what about being fifty too—eh? Do you remember?" Pavel Pavlovitch sneered diabolically. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> s645l0epghf9cx7pv6htn5z8pcy2k2a Page:Kangaroo, 1923.pdf/73 104 4490005 14128675 2024-04-25T18:08:17Z R. J. Mathar 339383 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|63|JACK AND JAZ|KANGAROO}}</noinclude>man, with a little felt hat that sat over his brow with a half humorous flap. He had his knees wide apart, and his hands clasped between them. And he looked for the most part down at the ground. When he did cock up his eye at Somers, it was with a look of suspicion marked with humour and troubled with a certain desire. The man was restless, desirous, craving something—heaven knows what. "You thinking of settling out here then, are you?" he asked. "No," said Somers. "But I don't say I won't. It depends." William James fidgetted, tapping his feet rapidly on the ground, though his body was silent. He was not like Jack. He, too, was sensitive all over, though his body looked so thick it was silently alive, and his feet were still uneasy. He was young too, with a youth that troubled him. And his nature was secretive, maybe treacherous. It was evident Jack only half liked him. "You've got the money, you can live where you like and go where you like," said William James, looking up at Somers. "Well, I might do the same. If I cared to do it, I could live quietly on what I've got, whether here or in England." Somers recognised the Cornishman in this. "You could very easily have as much as I've got," he said laughing. "The thing is, what's the good of a life of idleness?" said William James. "What's the good of a life of work?" laughed Somers. Shrewdly, with quick grey eye, Trewhella looked at the other man to see if he were laughing at him. "Yet I expect you've got some purpose in coming to Australia," said William James, a trifle challenging. "Maybe I had—or have—maybe it was just whim." Again the other man looked shrewdly, to see if it were the truth. "You aren't investing money out here, are you?": "No, I've none to invest." "Because if you was, I'd advise you not to." And he spat into the distance, and kept his hands clasped tight. All this time Jack sat silent and as if unconcerned, but listening attentively. "Australians have always been croakers," he said now.<noinclude></noinclude> 2n5eu761kuhz60uvgk9kbmf736yq0d3 14128677 14128675 2024-04-25T18:08:45Z R. J. Mathar 339383 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|63|JACK AND JAZ|KANGAROO}}</noinclude>man, with a little felt hat that sat over his brow with a half humorous flap. He had his knees wide apart, and his hands clasped between them. And he looked for the most part down at the ground. When he did cock up his eye at Somers, it was with a look of suspicion marked with humour and troubled with a certain desire. The man was restless, desirous, craving something—heaven knows what. "You thinking of settling out here then, are you?" he asked. "No," said Somers. "But I don't say I won't. It depends." William James fidgetted, tapping his feet rapidly on the ground, though his body was silent. He was not like Jack. He, too, was sensitive all over, though his body looked so thick it was silently alive, and his feet were still uneasy. He was young too, with a youth that troubled him. And his nature was secretive, maybe treacherous. It was evident Jack only half liked him. "You've got the money, you can live where you like and go where you like," said William James, looking up at Somers. "Well, I might do the same. If I cared to do it, I could live quietly on what I've got, whether here or in England." Somers recognised the Cornishman in this. "You could very easily have as much as I've got," he said laughing. "The thing is, what's the good of a life of idleness?" said William James. "What's the good of a life of work?" laughed Somers. Shrewdly, with quick grey eye, Trewhella looked at the other man to see if he were laughing at him. "Yet I expect you've got some purpose in coming to Australia," said William James, a trifle challenging. "Maybe I had—or have—maybe it was just whim." Again the other man looked shrewdly, to see if it were the truth. "You aren't investing money out here, are you?": "No, I've none to invest." "Because if you was, I'd advise you not to." And he spat into the distance, and kept his hands clasped tight. All this time Jack sat silent and as if unconcerned, but listening attentively. "Australians have always been croakers," he said now. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 6cj37l7cqdx4sada8r1dc1o8y8oc7z0 Page:Moonfleet - John Meade Falkner.pdf/83 104 4490006 14128676 2024-04-25T18:08:42Z Chrisguise 2855804 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{rvh|75|<!--Chapter-->|MOONFLEET.}}</noinclude>Cracky Jones had perhaps hidden behind the selfsame coffin that sheltered me, and how narrowly I had escaped his fate. And that old story came back into my mind, how, years ago, there once arose so terrible a cry from the vault at service-time that parson and people fled from the church; and I doubted not now that some other poor soul had got shut in that awful place, and was then calling for help to those whose fears would not let them listen. "There we found thee," Elzevir went on, "stretched out on the sand, senseless and far gone; and there was something in thy, face that made me think of David when he lay stretched out in his last sleep. And so I put thee on my shoulder and bare thee back, and here thou art in David's room, and shalt find board and bed with me as long as thou hast mind to." We spoke much together during the days when I was getting stronger, and I grew to like Elzevir well, finding his grimness was but on the outside, and that never was a kinder man. Indeed, I think that my being with him did him good; for he felt that there was once more some one to love him, and his heart went out to me as to his son David. Never once did he ask me to keep my counsel as to the vault and what I had seen there, knowing, perhaps, he had no need, for I would have died rather than tell the secret to any. Only one day Master Ratsey, who often came to see me, said,— "John, there is only Elzevir and I who know that you have seen the inside of our bond-cellar; and 'tis well, for if some of the landers guessed, they might have ugly ways to stop all chance of prating. So keep.<noinclude></noinclude> tr0aa8lgnien350hflnl29zj4jiv6j5 14128682 14128676 2024-04-25T18:08:59Z Chrisguise 2855804 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{rvh|75|THE RESCUE|MOONFLEET.}}</noinclude>Cracky Jones had perhaps hidden behind the selfsame coffin that sheltered me, and how narrowly I had escaped his fate. And that old story came back into my mind, how, years ago, there once arose so terrible a cry from the vault at service-time that parson and people fled from the church; and I doubted not now that some other poor soul had got shut in that awful place, and was then calling for help to those whose fears would not let them listen. "There we found thee," Elzevir went on, "stretched out on the sand, senseless and far gone; and there was something in thy, face that made me think of David when he lay stretched out in his last sleep. And so I put thee on my shoulder and bare thee back, and here thou art in David's room, and shalt find board and bed with me as long as thou hast mind to." We spoke much together during the days when I was getting stronger, and I grew to like Elzevir well, finding his grimness was but on the outside, and that never was a kinder man. Indeed, I think that my being with him did him good; for he felt that there was once more some one to love him, and his heart went out to me as to his son David. Never once did he ask me to keep my counsel as to the vault and what I had seen there, knowing, perhaps, he had no need, for I would have died rather than tell the secret to any. Only one day Master Ratsey, who often came to see me, said,— "John, there is only Elzevir and I who know that you have seen the inside of our bond-cellar; and 'tis well, for if some of the landers guessed, they might have ugly ways to stop all chance of prating. So keep.<noinclude></noinclude> kcmhas32jigci4uy4mibw3yf4gcyahg Page:Dostoyevsky - The Eternal Husband and Other Stories, Collected Edition, 1917.djvu/128 104 4490007 14128692 2024-04-25T18:11:13Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Not proofread */ Created page with ""You;ve established yourself here, it seems!" observed Velchaninov, hardly able to articulate the words for the pain in his chest. "I'll lie down, you can do what you like." "Why, you couldn't turn a dog out in weather like this!" Pavel Pavlovitch retorted in an aggrieved tone, seeming almost pleased, however, at having an excuse for feeling aggrieved. "All right, sit down, drink . . . stay the night, if you like!" muttered Velchaninov. He stretched hi... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|116|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>"You;ve established yourself here, it seems!" observed Velchaninov, hardly able to articulate the words for the pain in his chest. "I'll lie down, you can do what you like." "Why, you couldn't turn a dog out in weather like this!" Pavel Pavlovitch retorted in an aggrieved tone, seeming almost pleased, however, at having an excuse for feeling aggrieved. "All right, sit down, drink . . . stay the night, if you like!" muttered Velchaninov. He stretched himself on the sofa and uttered a faint groan. "Stay the night? And you won't be afraid?" "What of?" said Velchaninov, suddenly raising his head. "Oh, nothing. Last time you were so frightened, or was it my fancy . . ." "You're stupid!" Velchaninov could not help saying. He turned his head to the wall angrily. "All right," responded Pavel Pavlovitch. The sick man fell asleep suddenly, a minute after lying down. The unnatural strain upon him that day in the shattered state of his health had brought on a sudden crisis, and he was as weak as a child. But the pain asserted itself again and got the upper hand of sleep and weariness; an hour later he woke up and painfully got up from the sofa. The storm had subsided; the room was full of tobacco smoke, on the table stood an empty bottle, and Pavel Pavlovitch was asleep on another sofa. He was lying on his back, with his head on the sofa cushion, fully dressed and with his boots on. His lorgnette had slipped out of his pocket and was hanging down almost to the floor. His hat was lying on the ground beside it. Velchaninov looked at him morosely and did not attempt to wake him. Writhing with pain and pacing about the room, for he could no longer bear to lie down, he moaned and brooded over his agonies? He was afraid of that pain in his chest, and not without reason. He had been liable to these attacks for a very long time, but they had only occurred at intervals of a year or two. He knew that they came from the liver. At first a dull, not acute, but irritating feeling of oppression was, as it were, con¬ centrated at some point in the chest, under the shoulder-blade or higher up. Continually increasing, sometimes for ten hours at a stretch, the pain at last would reach such a pitch, the oppression would become so insupportable, that the sufferer began to have visions of dying. On his last attack, a year before, he was, when the pain ceased after ten hours of suffering, Digitized by Google Original from UNIVERSITY OF GEORGIA<noinclude></noinclude> f311q9yoe8wg878wguq9yf4zeo21pep 14128695 14128692 2024-04-25T18:13:05Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|116|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>"You;ve established yourself here, it seems!" observed Velchaninov, hardly able to articulate the words for the pain in his chest. "I'll lie down, you can do what you like." "Why, you couldn't turn a dog out in weather like this!" Pavel Pavlovitch retorted in an aggrieved tone, seeming almost pleased, however, at having an excuse for feeling aggrieved. "All right, sit down, drink . . . stay the night, if you like!" muttered Velchaninov. He stretched himself on the sofa and uttered a faint groan. "Stay the night? And you won't be afraid?" "What of?" said Velchaninov, suddenly raising his head. "Oh, nothing. Last time you were so frightened, or was it my fancy . . ." "You're stupid!" Velchaninov could not help saying. He turned his head to the wall angrily. "All right," responded Pavel Pavlovitch. The sick man fell asleep suddenly, a minute after lying down. The unnatural strain upon him that day in the shattered state of his health had brought on a sudden crisis, and he was as weak as a child. But the pain asserted itself again and got the upper hand of sleep and weariness; an hour later he woke up and painfully got up from the sofa. The storm had subsided; the room was full of tobacco smoke, on the table stood an empty bottle, and Pavel Pavlovitch was asleep on another sofa. He was lying on his back, with his head on the sofa cushion, fully dressed and with his boots on. His lorgnette had slipped out of his pocket and was hanging down almost to the floor. His hat was lying on the ground beside it. Velchaninov looked at him morosely and did not attempt to wake him. Writhing with pain and pacing about the room, for he could no longer bear to lie down, he moaned and brooded over his agonies. He was afraid of that pain in his chest, and not without reason. He had been liable to these attacks for a very long time, but they had only occurred at intervals of a year or two. He knew that they came from the liver. At first a dull, not acute, but irritating feeling of oppression was, as it were, concentrated at some point in the chest, under the shoulder-blade or higher up. Continually increasing, sometimes for ten hours at a stretch, the pain at last would reach such a pitch, the oppression would become so insupportable, that the sufferer began to have visions of dying. On his last attack, a year before, he was, when the pain ceased after ten hours of suffering,<noinclude></noinclude> c6qogue89m0ad3cps65krjorp9d3mx6 14130401 14128695 2024-04-26T01:06:14Z Cremastra 3085872 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|116|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>"You've established yourself here, it seems!" observed Velchaninov, hardly able to articulate the words for the pain in his chest. "I'll lie down, you can do what you like." "Why, you couldn't turn a dog out in weather like this!" Pavel Pavlovitch retorted in an aggrieved tone, seeming almost pleased, however, at having an excuse for feeling aggrieved. "All right, sit down, drink . . . stay the night, if you like!" muttered Velchaninov. He stretched himself on the sofa and uttered a faint groan. "Stay the night? And you won't be afraid?" "What of?" said Velchaninov, suddenly raising his head. "Oh, nothing. Last time you were so frightened, or was it my fancy . . ." "You're stupid!" Velchaninov could not help saying. He turned his head to the wall angrily. "All right," responded Pavel Pavlovitch. The sick man fell asleep suddenly, a minute after lying down. The unnatural strain upon him that day in the shattered state of his health had brought on a sudden crisis, and he was as weak as a child. But the pain asserted itself again and got the upper hand of sleep and weariness; an hour later he woke up and painfully got up from the sofa. The storm had subsided; the room was full of tobacco smoke, on the table stood an empty bottle, and Pavel Pavlovitch was asleep on another sofa. He was lying on his back, with his head on the sofa cushion, fully dressed and with his boots on. His lorgnette had slipped out of his pocket and was hanging down almost to the floor. His hat was lying on the ground beside it. Velchaninov looked at him morosely and did not attempt to wake him. Writhing with pain and pacing about the room, for he could no longer bear to lie down, he moaned and brooded over his agonies. He was afraid of that pain in his chest, and not without reason. He had been liable to these attacks for a very long time, but they had only occurred at intervals of a year or two. He knew that they came from the liver. At first a dull, not acute, but irritating feeling of oppression was, as it were, concentrated at some point in the chest, under the shoulder-blade or higher up. Continually increasing, sometimes for ten hours at a stretch, the pain at last would reach such a pitch, the oppression would become so insupportable, that the sufferer began to have visions of dying. On his last attack, a year before, he was, when the pain ceased after ten hours of suffering,<noinclude></noinclude> 4ijqw0yu90z4ywjbpsmrahlz4jgid3l Page:Kangaroo, 1923.pdf/74 104 4490008 14128693 2024-04-25T18:11:38Z R. J. Mathar 339383 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|64|<!-- chapter -->|KANGAROO}}</noinclude>"What do you think of this Irish business?" asked William James. "I? I really don't think much at all. I don't feel Ireland is my job, personally. If I had to say, offhand, what I'd do myself, why, if I could I'd just leave the Irish to themselves, as they want, and let them wipe each other out or kiss and make friends as they please. They bore me rather." "And what about the Empire?" "That again isn't my job. I'm only one man, and I know it. But personally, I'd say to India and Australia and all of them the same—if you want to stay in the Empire, stay; if you want to go out, go." "And suppose they went out?" "That's their affair." "Supposing Australia said she was coming out of the Empire and governing herself, and only keeping a sort of entente with Britain. What do you think she'd make of it?" "By the looks of things, I think she'd make a howling mess of it. Yet it might do her good if she were thrown entirely on her own resources. You've got to have something to keep you steady. England has really kept the world steady so far—as steady as it's been. That's my opinion. Now she's not keeping it very steady, and the world's sick of being bossed, anyhow. Seems to me you may as well sink or swim on your own resources." "Perhaps we're too likely to find ourselves sinking." "Then you'll come to your senses, after you've sunk for the third time." "What, about England? Cling to England again, you mean?" "No, I don't. I mean you can't put the brotherhood of man on a wage basis." "That's what a good many people say here," put in Jack. "You don't trust socialism then?" said Jaz, in a quiet voice. "What sort of socialism? Trades unionism? Soviet?" "Yes, any." "I really don't care about politics. Politics is no more than your country's housekeeping. If I had to swallow my<noinclude></noinclude> r2kf71uycdbc07bho11aq3x4kxatyl2 Page:Kangaroo, 1923.pdf/75 104 4490009 14128697 2024-04-25T18:14:30Z R. J. Mathar 339383 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|65|JACK AND JAZ|KANGAROO}}</noinclude>whole life up in housekeeping, I wouldn't keep house at all; I'd sleep under a hedge. Same with a country and politics. I'd rather have no country than be gulfed in politics and social stuff. I'd rather have the moon for a motherland." Jaz was silent for a time, contemplating his knuckles. "And that," he said, "is how the big majority of Australians feel, and that's why they care nothing about Australia. It's cruel to the country." "Anyhow, no sort of politics will help the country," said Somers. "If it won't, then nothing will," retorted Jaz. "So you'd advise us all to be like seven-tenths of us here, not care a blooming hang about anything except your dinner and which horse gets in?" asked Jack, not without sarcasm. Now Richard was silent, driven into a corner. "Why," he said, "there's just this difference. The bulk of Australians don't care about Australia—that is, you say they don't. And why don't they? Because they care about nothing at all, neither in earth below or heaven above. They just blankly don't care about anything, and they live in defiance, a sort of slovenly defiance of care of any sort, human or inhuman, good or bad. If they've got one belief left, now the war's safely over, it's a dull, rock-bottom belief in obstinately not caring, not caring about anything. It seems to me they think it manly, the only manliness, not to care, not to think, not to attend to life at all, but just to tramp blankly on from moment to moment, and over the edge of death without caring a straw. The final manliness." The other two men listened in silence, the distant, colonial silence that hears the voice of the old country passionately speaking against them. "But if they're not to care about politics, what are they to care about?" asked Jaz, in his small, insinuating voice. There was a moment's pause. Then Jack added his question: "Do you yourself really care about anything, Mr Somers?" Richard turned and looked him for a moment in the<noinclude></noinclude> 60jb0pcoasp115za1eaynq085e1owgl Page:Dostoyevsky - The Eternal Husband and Other Stories, Collected Edition, 1917.djvu/129 104 4490010 14128709 2024-04-25T18:17:14Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|117|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>so weak that he could scarcely move his hands as he lay in bed, and the doctor had allowed him to take nothing for the whole day but a few teaspoonfuls of weak tea and of bread soaked in broth, like a tiny baby. The attacks were brought on by different things, but never occurred except when his nerves were out of order. It was strange, too, how the attack passed off; sometimes it was possible to arrest it at the very beginning, during the first half-hour, by simple compresses, and it would pass away completely at once; sometimes, as on his last attack, nothing was of any use, and the pain only subsided after numerous and continually recurring paroxysms of vomiting. The doctor confessed afterwards that he believed it to be a case of poisoning. It was a long time to wait till morning, and he didn't want to send for the doctor at night; besides, he didn't like doctors. At last he could not control himself and began moaning aloud. His groans waked Pavel Pavlovitch; he sat up on the sofa, and for some time listened with alarm and bewilderment, watching Velchaninov, who was almost running backwards and forwards through the two rooms. The bottle of champagne had had a great effect upon him, evidently more than usual, and it was some time before he could collect himself. At last he grasped the position and rushed to Velchaninov, who mumbled something in. reply to him. "It's the liver, I know it!" cried Pavel Pavlovitch, becoming extremely animated all at once. "Pyotr Kuzmitch Polosuhin used to suffer just the same from liver. You ought to have compresses. Pyotr Kuzmitch always had compresses. . . . One may die of it! Shall I run for Mavra?" "No need, no need!" Velchaninov waved him off irritably. "I want nothing." But Pavel Pavlovitch, goodness knows why, seemed beside himself, as though it were a question of saving his own son. Without heeding Velchaninov's protests, he insisted on the necessity of compresses and also of two or three cups of weak tea to be drunk on the spot, "and not simply hot, but boiling!" He ran to Mavra, without waiting for permission, with her laid a fire in the kitchen, which always stood empty, and blew up the samovar; at the same time he succeeded in getting the sick man to bed, took off his clothes, wrapped him up in a quilt, and within twenty minutes had prepared tea and compresses. "This is a hot plate, scalding hot!" he said, almost ecstatically applying the heated plate, wrapped up in a napkin, on<noinclude></noinclude> ig9jxz0mkbwtadmpn4j48dqc59949ip Page:Kangaroo, 1923.pdf/76 104 4490011 14128719 2024-04-25T18:19:29Z R. J. Mathar 339383 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|66|<!-- chapter -->|KANGAROO}}</noinclude>eyes. And then, knowing the two men were trying to corner him, he said coolly: "Why, yes. I care supremely." "About what?" Jack's question was soft as a drop of water falling into water, and Richard sat struggling with himself. "That," he answered, "you either know or don't know. And if you don't know, it would only be words my trying to tell." There was a silence of check-mate. "I'm afraid, for myself, I don't know," said Jack. But Somers did not answer, and the talk, rather lamely, was turned off to other things. The two men went back to Murdoch Street rather silent, thinking their own thoughts. Jack only blurted once: "What do you make of Jaz, then?" "I like him. He lives by himself and keeps himself pretty dark—which is his nature." "He's a cleverer man than you'd take him for—figures things out in a way that surprises me. And he's better than a detective for getting to know things. He's got one or two Cornish pals down town, you see—and they tip one another the wink. They're like the Irish in many ways. And they're not uncommonly unlike a Chink. I always feel as if Jaz had got a bit of Chinese blood in him. That's what makes the women like him, I suppose." "But do the women like him?" "Rose does. I believe he'd make any woman like him, if he laid himself out to do it. Got that quiet way with him, you know, and a sly sort of touch-the-harp-gently, that's what they like on the quiet. But he's the sort of chap I don't exactly fancy mixing my broth with, and drinking of the same can with." Somers laughed at the avowal of antipathy between the two men. They were not home till two o'clock. Somers found Harriet looking rather plaintive. "You've been a long time," she said. "What did you do?" "Just talked." "What about?" "Politics." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> kxtht5j3a828f01zsgo2slfszjyhu7e Page:Dostoyevsky - The Eternal Husband and Other Stories, Collected Edition, 1917.djvu/130 104 4490012 14128846 2024-04-25T18:22:43Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|118|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>Velchaninov’s aching chest. "There are no other compresses, and plates, I swear on my honour, will be even better: they were laid on Pyotr Kuzmitch, I saw it with my own eyes, and did it with my own hands. One may die of it, you know. Drink your tea, swallow it; never mind about scalding yourself; life is too precious . . . for one to be squeamish." He quite flustered Mavra, who was half asleep; the plates were changed every three or four minutes. After the third plate and the second cup of tea, swallowed at a gulp, Velchaninov felt a sudden relief "If once they've shifted the pain, thank God, it's a good sign!" cried Pavel Pavlovitch, and he ran joyfully to fetch a fresh plate and a fresh cup of tea. "If only we can ease the pain. If only we can keep it under!" he kept repeating. Half an hour later the pain was much less, but the sick man was so exhausted that in spite of Pavel Pavlovitch's entreaties he refused to "put up with just one more nice little plate." He was so weak that everything was dark before his eyes. "Sleep, sleep," he repeated in a faint voice. "To be sure," Pavel Pavlovitch assented. "You'll stay the night. . . . What time is it?" "It’s nearly two o'clock, it's a quarter to." "You'll stay the night." "I will, I will." A minute later the sick man called Pavel Pavlovitch again. "You, you," he muttered, when the latter had run up and was bending over him; "you are better than I am ! I understand it all, all. . . . Thank you." "Sleep, sleep," whispered Pavel Pavlovitch, and he hastened on tiptoe to his sofa. As he fell asleep the invalid heard Pavel Pavlovitch noiselessly making up a bed for himself and taking off his clothes. Finally, putting out the candle, and almost holding his breath for fear of waking the patient, he stretched himself on his sofa. There is no doubt that Velchaninov did sleep and that he fell asleep very soon after the candle was put out; he remembered this clearly afterwards. But all the time he was asleep, up to the very moment that he woke up, he dreamed that he was not asleep, and that in spite of his exhaustion he could not get to sleep. At last he began to dream that he was in a sort of waking delirium, and that he could not drive away the phan {{upe}}<noinclude></noinclude> 9wfpyk35ff93pkwka9s7ehiv2tktgs9 Page:Kangaroo, 1923.pdf/77 104 4490013 14128850 2024-04-25T18:22:46Z R. J. Mathar 339383 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|67|JACK AND JAZ|KANGAROO}}</noinclude>"And did you like them?" "Yes, quite well." "And have you promised to see them again to-day?" "Who?" "Why, any of them—the Callcotts." "No." "Oh. They're becoming rather an institution." "You like them too?" "Yes, they're all right. But I don't want to spend my life with them. After all, that sort of people isn't exactly my sort—and I thought you used to pretend it wasn't yours." "It isn't. But then no sort of people is my sort." "Yes, it is. Any sort of people, so long as they make a fuss of you." "Surely they make an even greater fuss of you." "Do they! It's you they want, not me. And you go as usual, like a lamb to the slaughter." "Baa!" he said. "Yes, baa! You should hear yourself bleat." "I'll listen," he said. But Harriet was becoming discontented. They had been in their house only six weeks: and she had had enough of it. Yet it was paid for for three months: at four guineas a week. And they were pretty short of money, and would be for the rest of the year. He had already overdrawn. Yet she began to suggest going away: away from Sydney. She felt humiliated in that beastly little Murdoch Street. "What did I tell you?" he retorted. "The very look of it humiliated me. Yet you wanted it, and you said you liked it." "I did like it—for the fun of it. But now there's all this intimacy and neighbouring. I just can't stand it. I just can't." "But you began it." "No, I didn't; you began it. And your beastly sweetness and gentleness with such people. I wish you kept a bit of it for me." He went away in silence, knowing the uselessness of argument. And to tell the truth he was feeling also a revulsion from all this neighbouring, as Harriet called<noinclude></noinclude> a9lb3tav976fo6oly5x5e2i7v8h520p Page:Dostoyevsky - The Eternal Husband and Other Stories, Collected Edition, 1917.djvu/131 104 4490014 14128964 2024-04-25T18:27:31Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|119|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>toms that crowded about him, although he was fully conscious that it was only delirium and not reality. The phantoms were all familiar figures; his room seemed to be full of people; and the door into the passage stood open; people were coming in in crowds and thronging the stairs. At the table, which was set in the middle of the room, there was sitting one man—exactly as in the similar dream he had had a month before. Just as in that dream, this man sat with his elbows on the table and would not speak; but this time he was wearing a round hat with crape on it. "What! could it have been Pavel Pavlovitch that time too?" Velchaninov thought, but, glancing at the face of the silent man, he convinced himself that it was some one quite different. "Why has he got crape on," Velchaninov wondered. The noise, the talking and the shouting of the people crowding round the table, was awful. These people seemed to be even more intensely exasperated against Velchaninov than in the previous dream; they shook their fists at him, and shouted something to him with all their might, but what it was exactly he could not make out. "But it's delirium, of course, I know it's delirium!" he thought; "I know I couldn't get to sleep and that I've got up now, because it made me too wretched to go on lying down. . . ." But the shouts, the people, their gestures were so lifelike, so real, that sometimes he was seized by doubt: "Can this be really delirium? Good Heavens! What do these people want of me? But . . . if it were not an hallucination, would it be possible that such a clamour should not have waked Pavel Pavlovitch ah this time? There he is asleep on the sofa!" At last something suddenly happened again, just as in that other dream; all of them made a rush for the stairs and they were closely packed in the doorway, for there was another crowd forcing its way into the room. These people were bringing something in with them, something big and heavy; he could hear how heavily the steps of those carrying it sounded on the stairs and how hurriedly their panting voices called to one another. All the people in the room shouted: "They're bringing it, they're bringing it"—all eyes were flashing and fixed on Velchaninov; all of them pointed towards the stairs, menacing and triumphant. Feeling no further doubt that it was reality and not hallucination, he stood on tiptoe so as to peep over the people's heads and find out as soon as possible what they were bringing up the stairs. His heart was beating, beating, beating, and suddenly, exactly as in that first<noinclude></noinclude> aws0d2ouo4nvpzxr92y6w12e6olfgdb Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 18.djvu/507 104 4490015 14128967 2024-04-25T18:28:42Z MER-C 141433 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MER-C" />{{rvh|485|ON THE RELATION BETWEEN THE SEXES}}</noinclude>difficulty of the migration and of the new establishment. It is above their strength, and every building which is reared with labour caves in. I know, you will say that there is no need of living with the family: Leave your wife and children, as Christ has said; but I believe that this may be done only by mutual consent, and there is another saying of Christ, and one which is more obligatory: Man and wife are not twain, but one flesh, and that those whom God has united man cannot sever. People like you and other happy and strong men must not get married, but if they have married and have children, they must not violate what has been done, must not wipe out the sin, but bear its consequences. I think that it is a great sin to ask or advise husbands to abandon their wives. It is true, it seems that God's work will gain from it, that without a wife I shall do a great deal more than now, but frequently it only seems so. If I could be absolutely pure, absolutely without sin, it would be so. We must not ask and advise this for this other reason, that with such a view people who have sinned, that is, married people, would appear to themselves and to others as people who are done for, and that is not good. I think that sinners and weak people can also serve God. Having once come to sin through marriage, we must bear the consequences of our sin in the best, most Christian manner, and not free ourselves from it, by committing a new sin, and we must in this situation serve God with all our strength. {{dhr}} You understand the words of the Gospel, Leave father and mother, and wife, and children, and follow me, in too literal a sense. In respect to the meaning of these words,—especially as to how we ought to solve those conflicts and contradictions which take place between domestic ties and the demands of Christ, that is, of truth,—I think that the solution of these questions cannot be from with-<noinclude></noinclude> er7zp25b2gx8rj106lm6r9fa66fl52m Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 18.djvu/508 104 4490016 14129025 2024-04-25T18:29:52Z MER-C 141433 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MER-C" />{{rvh|486|ON THE RELATION BETWEEN THE SEXES}}</noinclude>out, by means of rules and prescriptions, and each person solves it according to his powers. The ideal, of course, always remains one and the same, and is expressed in the Gospel: Leave your wife, and follow me. But to what extent a man may do so, that only he and God know. You ask what is meant by the words, Leave your wife. Does it mean to go away from her or to stop sleeping with her and begetting children? Of course, "to leave" means to do this, that your wife should not be as a wife, but as any other woman, as a sister. In this does the ideal lie. And this ought to be done in such a way as not to irritate the wife, not to offend her, not to subject her to anger and to temptation. And that is terribly hard to do. A married man who strives after the Christian life feels within his heart the whole difficulty of healing the wound which he himself has inflicted. This one thing I think and say {{...}} and that is, being married, one should strain all one's life and all one's forces to become unmarried without increasing the sin. {{dhr}} Yes, Christ's ideal of serving the Father is a service which first of all excludes the care both of life and of the continuation of the species. So far an attempt at renouncing these cares has not put a stop to the human race. What will happen in the future, I do not know. {{dhr}} I do not like to speak of the peculiarity of our time, but, in the relations of husbands and wives, of men and women, amidst the rich and the poor, there is in every country something peculiar. Thus the relations of husbands and wives, it seems to me, are spoiled by that spirit, not only of insubmission, but even of animosity of the women against the men, of rancour, of a desire to show that they are not worse than the men, that they can do the same as the men, and at the same time by the absence of that moral, religious feeling which, if it existed<noinclude></noinclude> 8dtefcfa08bazmqr6oocw3s2s4lzr8r Page:Dostoyevsky - The Eternal Husband and Other Stories, Collected Edition, 1917.djvu/132 104 4490017 14129121 2024-04-25T18:32:12Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|120|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>dream, he heard three violent rings at the bell. And again it was so distinct, so real, so unmistakable a ring at the bell, that it could not be only a dream. . . . But he did not rush to the door as he had done on awaking then. What idea guided his first movement and whether he had any idea at the moment it is impossible to say, but some one seemed to prompt him what he must do: he leaped out of bed and, with his hands stretched out before him as though to defend himself and ward off an attack, rushed straight towards the place where Pavel Pavlovitch was asleep. His hands instantly came into contact with other hands, stretched out above him, and he clutched them tight; so, some one already stood bending over him. The curtains were drawn, but it was not quite dark, for a faint light came from the other room where there were no such curtains. Suddenly, with an acute pain, something cut the palm and fingers of his left hand, and he instantly realized that he had clutched the blade of a knife or razor and was grasping it tight in his hand. . . . And at the same moment something fell heavily on the floor with a thud. Velchaninov was perhaps three times as strong as Pavel Pavlovitch, yet the struggle between them lasted a long while, fully three minutes. He soon got him down on the floor and bent his arms back behind him, but for some reason he felt he must tie his hands behind him. Holding the murderer with his wounded left hand, he began with his right fumbling for the cord of the window curtain and for a long time could not find it, but at last got bold of it and tore it from the window. He wondered himself afterwards at the immense effort required to do this. During those three minutes neither of them uttered a word; nothing was audible but their heavy breathing and the muffled sounds of their struggling. Having at last twisted Pavel Pavlovitch's arms behind him and tied them together, Velchaninov left him on the floor, got up, drew the curtain from the window and pulled up the blind. It was already light in the deserted street, Opening the window, he stood for some moments drawing in deep breaths of fresh air. It was a little past four. Shutting the window, he went hurriedly to the cupboard, took out a clean towel and bound it tightly round his left hand to stop the bleeding. At his feet an open razor was lying on the carpet: he picked it up, shut it, put it in the razor-case, which had been left forgotten since the morning on the little table beside Pavel Pavlovitch's sofa, and locked it up<noinclude></noinclude> efc95ae6gcy7cwy86rfiov8fj858o6m Page:Kangaroo, 1923.pdf/78 104 4490018 14129123 2024-04-25T18:33:41Z R. J. Mathar 339383 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|68|<!-- chapter -->|KANGAROO}}</noinclude>it, and all this talk. It was usually the same. He started by holding himself aloof, then gradually he let himself get mixed in, and then he had revulsions. And to-day was one of his revulsions. Coming home from [[w:Mosman Bay|Mosman's Bay]], he had felt himself dwindle to a cipher in Jack's consciousness. Then, last evening, there had been all this fervour and protestation. And this morning all the cross-examination by Trewhella. And he, Somers, had plainly said all he thought. And now, as he walked home with Jack, Jack had no more use for him than for the stump of cigar which he chewed between his lips merely because he forgot to spit it away. Which state of affairs did not go at all well with ''our'' friend's sense of self-importance. Therefore, when he got home, his eyes opened once more to the delicacy of Harriet's real beauty, which he knew as none else knew it, after twelve years of marriage. And once more he realised her gay, undying courage, her wonderful fresh zest in front of life. And all these other little people seemed so common in comparison, so common. He stood still with astonishment, wondering how he could have come to betray the essential reality of his life and Harriet's to the common use of these other people with their watchful, vulgar wills. That scene of last evening: what right had a fellow like Callccott to be saying these things to him? What right had he to put his arm round his, Richard's shoulder, and give him a tight hug? Somers winced to think of it. And now Callcott had gone off with his Victoria in Sunday clothes to some other outing. Anything was as good as anything else; why not! A gulf there was between them, really, between the Somers and the Callcotts. And yet the easy way Callcott flung a flimsy rope of intimacy across the gulf, and was embracing the pair of his neighbours in mid-air, as it were, without a grain of common foothold. And Somers let himself be embraced. So he sat pale and silent and mortified in the kitchen that evening thinking of it all, and wishing himself far away, in Europe. "Oh, how I detest this treacly democratic Australia," he said. "It swamps one with a sort of common emotion like treacle, and before one knows where one is, one is caught like a fly on a flypaper, in one mess with all the other buzzers. How I hate it! I want to go away." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 429fld8dz5gm7iq1qx0x2tzdadnvcgz Page:Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier (1895).djvu/445 104 4490019 14129124 2024-04-25T18:34:10Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="TE(æ)A,ea." />{{rh||ABRAM MORRISON|413}} {{rule}} {{block center/s}}</noinclude><section begin="s1" /><poem>Remain: the law of destiny, The best for each and all must be, :And life its promise shall fulfil.</poem>{{center block/e}} <section end="s1" /> <section begin="s2" />{{c|AN AUTOGRAPH}} {{bc|<poem>{{sc|I write}} my name as one, On sands by waves o’errun Or winter’s frosted pane, Traces a record vain. Oblivion’s blankness claims Wiser and better names, And well my own may pass As from the strand or glass. Wash on, O waves of time! Melt, noons, the frosty rime! Welcome the shadow vast, The silence that shall last! When I and all who know And love me vanish so, What harm to them or me Will the lost memory be? If any words of mine, Through right of life divine, Remain, what matters it Whose hand the message writ? Why should the “crowner’s quest” Sit on my worst or best? Why should the showman claim The poor ghost of my name? Yet, as when dies a sound Its spectre lingers round, Haply my spent life will Leave some faint echo still. A whisper giving breath Of praise or blame to death, Soothing or saddening such As loved the living much. Therefore with yearnings vain And fond I still would fain A kindly judgment seek, A tender thought bespeak. And, while my words are read, Let this at least be said: {{fqm|“}}Whate’er his life’s defeatures, He loved his fellow-creatures. {{fqm|“}}If, of the Law’s stone table, To hold he scarce was able The first great precept fast, He kept for man the last. {{fqm|“}}Through mortal lapse and dulness What lacks the Eternal Fulness, If still our weakness can Love Him in loving man? {{fqm|“}}Age brought him no despairing Of the world’s future faring; In human nature still He found more good than ill. {{fqm|“}}To all who dumbly suffered, His tongue and pen he offered; His life was not his own, Nor lived for self alone. {{fqm|“}}Hater of din and riot He lived in days unquiet; And, lover of all beauty, Trod the hard ways of duty. {{fqm|“}}He meant no wrong to any He sought the good of many, Yet knew both sin and folly,— May God forgive him wholly!”</poem>}} <section end="s2" /> <section begin="s3" />{{c|ABRAM MORRISON}} {{block center/s}} <poem>{{sc|’Midst}} the men and things which will Haunt an old man’s memory still, Drollest, quaintest of them all, With a boy’s laugh I recall ::Good old Abram Morrison. When the Grist and Rolling Mill Ground and rumbled by Po Hill, And the old red school-house stood Midway in the Powow’s flood, ::Here dwelt Abram Morrison. From the Beach to far beyond Bear-Hill, Lion’s Mouth and Pond, Marvellous to our tough old stock, Chips o’ the Anglo-Saxon block, ::Seemed the Celtic Morrison. Mudknock, Balmawhistle, all Only knew the Yankee drawl, Never brogue was heard till when,</poem><section end="s3" /><noinclude>{{center block/e}}</noinclude> qsbwb86nwhg32n8nsv3gmt19rwpdz6b Page:Dostoyevsky - The Eternal Husband and Other Stories, Collected Edition, 1917.djvu/133 104 4490020 14129128 2024-04-25T18:35:48Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|121|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>in his bureau. And, only when he had done all that, he went up to Pavel Pavlovitch and began to examine him. Meantime, the latter had with an effort got up from the floor, and seated himself in an armchair. He had nothing on but his shirt, not even his boots. The back and the sleeves of his shirt were soaked with blood; but the blood was not his own, it came from Velchaninov's wounded hand. Of course it was Pavel Pavlovitch, but any one meeting him by chance might almost have failed to recognize him at the minute, so changed was his whole appearance. He was sitting awkwardly upright in the armchair, owing to his hands being tied behind his back, his face looked distorted, exhausted and greenish, and he quivered all over from time to time. He looked at Velchaninov fixedly, but with lustreless, unseeing eyes. All at once he smiled vacantly, and, nodding towards a bottle of water that stood on the table, he said in a meek half-whisper— "Water, I should like some water." Velchaninov filled a glass and began holding it for him to drink. Pavel Pavlovitch bent down greedily to the water; after three gulps he raised his head and looked intently into the face of Velchaninov, who was standing beside him with the glass in his hand, but without uttering a word he fell to drinking again. When he had finished he sighed deeply. Velchaninov took his pillow, seized his outer garments and went into the other room, locking Pavel Pavlovitch into the first room. The pain had passed off completely, but he was conscious of extreme weakness again after the momentary effort in which he had displayed an unaccountable strength. He tried to reflect upon what had happened, but his thoughts were hardly coherent, the shock had been too great. Sometimes there was a dimness before his eyes lasting for ten minutes or so, then he would start, wake up, recollect everything, remember his smarting hand bound up in a bloodstained towel, and would fall to thinking greedily, feverishly. He came to one distinct conclusion—that is, that Pavel Pavlovitch certainly had meant to cut his throat, but that perhaps only a quarter of an hour before had not known that he would do it. The razor-case had perhaps merely caught his eye the evening before, and, without arousing any thought of it at the time, had remained in his memory. (The razors were always locked up in the bureau, and only the morning before Velchaninov had taken them out to shave round his moustache and whiskers, as he sometimes did.) {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> fv4uz0snlh8dwnvqzrz5gox87s5kid3 A Name (Whittier) 0 4490021 14129132 2024-04-25T18:36:54Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 TE(æ)A,ea. moved page [[A Name (Whittier)]] to [[The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier/A Name]]: Move within/to containing work wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier/A Name]] 4u27tjewbz13ftugfoxsi61waenh20k Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 18.djvu/509 104 4490022 14129134 2024-04-25T18:37:30Z MER-C 141433 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MER-C" />{{rvh|487|ON THE RELATION BETWEEN THE SEXES}}</noinclude>before in the women, is replaced by the maternal feeling. I believe that women are absolutely equal with men, but the moment they marry and become mothers, there naturally takes place a division of labour in the conjugal pair. The maternal feelings absorb so much energy that there is little of it left for moral guidance, and the moral guidance naturally passes over to the husband. So it has been ever since we have known the world. Now, since this natural order of things has been misused,—since the guidance of man has been asserted through rude force, and women were liberated by Christianity,—woman has ceased to obey man from fear, or to delegate to him the guidance of life from a consciousness that it is better so; and there began a tangle and disorganization of life, which is noticeable in all layers of society and under all conditions. {{dhr}} The mental fashion of lauding the women, of asserting that they are spiritually not only equal, but even superior to men, is a very bad and harmful fashion. There can be no doubt as to this, that women ought not to be limited in their rights, that we must treat a woman with the same deference and love as men, that she is legally man's equal; but to assert that the average woman is endowed with the same spiritual power as man, to expect to find in every woman what you expect to find in every man, means intentionally to deceive oneself, and—to deceive oneself to the injury of woman. If we expect from woman the same as from man, we shall be demanding it; and if we do not find what we demand, we shall become irritated, shall ascribe to ill-will what is due to impossibility. Thus it is not a cruelty to woman to recognize that she is what she is,—a spiritually weaker being; it is a cruelty to recognize her as equal. What I call weakness or lesser spiritual power is the<noinclude></noinclude> hqqvcurocirw61wbs6mxoxa3nr9ncw9 Page:Kangaroo, 1923.pdf/79 104 4490023 14129137 2024-04-25T18:39:04Z R. J. Mathar 339383 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|69|JACK AND JAZ|KANGAROO}}</noinclude>"It isn't Australia," said Harriet. "Australia's lonely. It's just the people. And it isn't even the people—if you would only keep your proper distance, and not make yourself cheap to them and get into messes." "No, it's the country. It's in the air. I want to leave it." But he was not very emphatic. Harriet wanted to go down to the South Coast, of which she had heard from Victoria. "Think,' she said, "it must be lovely there—with the mountain behind, and steep hills, and blackberries, and lovely little bays with sand." "There'll be no blackberries. It's end of June—which is their mid-winter." "But there'll be the other things. Let's do that, and never mind the beastly money for this pokey Torestin." "They've asked us to go with them to Mullumbimby in a fortnight. Shall we wait till then and look?" Harriet sat in silence for some moments. "We might," she said reluctantly. She didn't want to wait. But what Victoria had told her of Mullumbimby, the township on the South Coast, so appealed to her that she decided to abide by her opportunity. And then curiously enough, for the next week the neighbours hardly saw one another. It was as if the same wave of revulsion had passed over both sides of the fence. They had fleeting glimpses of Victoria as she went about the house. And when he could, Jack put in an hour at his garden in the evening, tidying it up finally for the winter. But the weather was bad, it rained a good deal; there were fogs in the morning, and foghorns on the harbour; and the Somers kept their doors continually blank and shut. Somers went round to the shipping agents and found out about boats to San Francisco, and talked of sailing in July, and of stopping at Tahiti or at Fiji on the way, and of cabling for money for the fares. He figured it all out. And Harriet mildly agreed. Her revulsion from Australia had passed quicker than his, now that she saw herself escaping from town and from neighbours to the quiet of a house by the sea, alone with him. Still she let him talk. Verbal agreement and silent opposition is perhaps the best weapon on such occasions. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> m9y09nk269po7txdunvhfrg9kv1ldy6 Page:Dostoyevsky - The Eternal Husband and Other Stories, Collected Edition, 1917.djvu/134 104 4490024 14129168 2024-04-25T18:39:53Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" /></noinclude>"If he had long been intending to murder me he would have got a knife or pistol ready; he would not have reckoned on my razor, which he had never seen till yesterday evening," was one reflection he made among others. It struck six o'clock at last; Velchaninov roused himself, dressed, and went in to Pavel Pavlovitch. Opening the door, he could not understand why he had locked Pavel Pavlovitch in, instead of turning him out of the house. To his surprise, the criminal was fully dressed; most likely he had found some way of untying his hands. He was sitting in the armchair, but got up at once when Velchaninov went in. His hat was already in his hand. His uneasy eyes seemed in haste to say— "Don't begin talking; it's no use beginning; there's no need to talk." "Go," said Velchaninov. "Take your bracelet," he added, calling after him. Pavel Pavlovitch turned back from the door, took the case with the bracelet from the table, put it in his pocket and went out on the stairs. Velchaninov stood at the door to lock it behind him. Their eyes met for the last time; Pavel Pavlovitch stopped suddenly, for five seconds the two looked into each other's eyes—as though hesitating; finally Velchaninov waved his hand faintly. "Well, go!" he said in a low voice, and locked the door. {{c|CHAPTER XVI {{asc|Analysis}} }} A {{asc|feeling}} of immense, extraordinary relief took possession of him; something was over, was settled; an awful weight of depression had vanished and was dissipated for ever. So it seemed to him. It had lasted for five weeks. He raised his hand, looked at the towel soaked with blood and muttered to himself: "Yes, now everything is absolutely at an end!" And all that morning, for the first time in three weeks, he scarcely thought of Liza—as though that blood from his cut fingers could "settle his account" even with that misery. He recognized clearly that he had escaped a terrible danger. "These people," he thought, "just these people who don't know a minute beforehand whether they'll murder a man or<noinclude></noinclude> 4rphdphhdvm5xtispwh1h62mgch6qcd 14129726 14129168 2024-04-25T19:20:22Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 header proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|122|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>"If he had long been intending to murder me he would have got a knife or pistol ready; he would not have reckoned on my razor, which he had never seen till yesterday evening," was one reflection he made among others. It struck six o'clock at last; Velchaninov roused himself, dressed, and went in to Pavel Pavlovitch. Opening the door, he could not understand why he had locked Pavel Pavlovitch in, instead of turning him out of the house. To his surprise, the criminal was fully dressed; most likely he had found some way of untying his hands. He was sitting in the armchair, but got up at once when Velchaninov went in. His hat was already in his hand. His uneasy eyes seemed in haste to say— "Don't begin talking; it's no use beginning; there's no need to talk." "Go," said Velchaninov. "Take your bracelet," he added, calling after him. Pavel Pavlovitch turned back from the door, took the case with the bracelet from the table, put it in his pocket and went out on the stairs. Velchaninov stood at the door to lock it behind him. Their eyes met for the last time; Pavel Pavlovitch stopped suddenly, for five seconds the two looked into each other's eyes—as though hesitating; finally Velchaninov waved his hand faintly. "Well, go!" he said in a low voice, and locked the door. {{c|CHAPTER XVI {{asc|Analysis}} }} A {{asc|feeling}} of immense, extraordinary relief took possession of him; something was over, was settled; an awful weight of depression had vanished and was dissipated for ever. So it seemed to him. It had lasted for five weeks. He raised his hand, looked at the towel soaked with blood and muttered to himself: "Yes, now everything is absolutely at an end!" And all that morning, for the first time in three weeks, he scarcely thought of Liza—as though that blood from his cut fingers could "settle his account" even with that misery. He recognized clearly that he had escaped a terrible danger. "These people," he thought, "just these people who don't know a minute beforehand whether they'll murder a man or<noinclude></noinclude> 5yk46qwir3d2i02urobej2bi823erw0 Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 18.djvu/510 104 4490025 14129187 2024-04-25T18:40:11Z MER-C 141433 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MER-C" />{{rvh|488|ON THE RELATION BETWEEN THE SEXES}}</noinclude>lesser submission of the flesh to the spirit, especially—woman's chief characteristic—a lesser faith in the commands of reason. {{dhr}} The greatest number of sufferings which result from the intercourse of men and women result from the absolute misunderstanding of one sex by the other. Very few men understand what children mean to a woman, what place they occupy in her life; and still fewer women understand what the duty of honour, the social duty, the religious duty, mean to a man. {{dhr}} A man may understand, though he has never been pregnant or borne a child, that it is hard and painful to be pregnant and to bear a child, and that it is an important matter; but there are extremely few women who will understand that spiritually to carry and bring forth a new conception of life is a hard and an important matter. They will understand it for a minute, but immediately forget it. And the moment their cares, even if it be of their household, of their attire, appear on the scene, they can no longer remember the reality of men's convictions, and all that appears to them as an unreal invention in comparison with cakes and pieces of chintz. {{dhr}} I have been struck by the thought that one of the chief causes of an inimical feeling between husbands and wives is their rivalry in the matter of conducting their family. The wife must not recognize her husband as sensible and practical, because, if she did so, she would have to do his will, and vice versa. If I were now writing the ''[[Kreutzer Sonata]]'', I would bring this out. {{dhr}} The insipidity of our life is due to the power of the women; but the power of the women is due to the in-<noinclude></noinclude> bnexlnl3h8sle6xj36ynvya0hefnrk0 Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 18.djvu/511 104 4490026 14129256 2024-04-25T18:41:13Z MER-C 141433 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MER-C" />{{rvh|489|ON THE RELATION BETWEEN THE SEXES}}</noinclude>continence of the men; thus the cause of the monstrosity of life is due to the incontinence of the men. {{dhr}} An attractive woman says to herself: "He is clever, he is learned, he is famous, he is rich, he is great, he is moral, holy; but he surrenders himself to me, a foolish, ignorant, poor, insignificant, immoral woman; consequently reason and learning and everything are nonsense." This undoes them and makes them bad. {{dhr}} After all, it is always those against whom violence is used that rule, that is, those who fulfil the law of non-resistance. Thus women try to obtain their rights, but they rule us for the very reason that they have been subjected by force. The institutions are in the hands of men, but public opinion is in the hands of women. And public opinion is a million times more powerful than all the laws and the army. As a proof that public opinion is in the hands of women, may serve this, that not only the arrangement of the house, the food, is determined by the women, but that the women spend the wealth, consequently guide the labours of men; the success of the productions of art and of books, and even the appointment of rulers, is determined by public opinion, but public opinion is determined by the women. Somebody has well said that it is the men who need to seek their emancipation from the women, and not vice versa. {{dhr}} It is proper for women to sustain life by childbirth, the education of their children, the furnishing of new forces in place of those used up; it is proper for men to direct these forces, that is, life itself. Either can do both; but this is proper. {{dhr}} What can there be more stupid and more harmful for the women than the modern talk about the equality<noinclude></noinclude> 078rd978dbdrdwg26a8npto2zi7uspt Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 18.djvu/512 104 4490027 14129394 2024-04-25T18:42:28Z MER-C 141433 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MER-C" />{{rvh|490|ON THE RELATION BETWEEN THE SEXES}}</noinclude>of the sexes, or even about the superiority of the women over the men. For a man with a Christian world conception there can naturally be no question about giving any rights exclusively to men, or about not respecting and loving a woman like any other person; but to assert that woman has the same spiritual forces as man, especially that woman can just as much be guided by reason and can believe in the same way as man, is to demand of woman what she cannot give (I do not speak of exceptions), and to provoke in her irritation, which is based on the supposition that she does not want to do what she cannot do, without having for it a categorical imperative in reason. {{dhr}} If the question is about being removed by man from those cares and labours which result from education, or rather from tending on little children,—from putting them to bed, washing their linen and, in general, all linen, from preparing food for them and, in general, for all, from making clothes for them, and so forth,—this is in the highest degree not only un-Christian and not good, but also unjust. Woman, as it is, bears the greater labour of carrying and nursing the children, and so, it would seem, it is natural that all the other cares ought to be taken over by man as much as it is possible without interfering with his work, which is also necessary for the family. And so it would be by all means, if the barbarous habit of throwing the whole burden of work on the weaker, and, therefore, on the oppressed, had not taken such firm root in our society. This has so permeated our habits that, in spite of the equality of woman as recognized by men, the most liberal man, as well as the most chivalrous, will warmly defend a woman's right to be a professor, a preacher, or will at the risk of his life rush to lift up a handkerchief which a woman has dropped, and so forth,<noinclude></noinclude> jdcb8zv30om94qd1ggwuxpztmji5xl5 Page:Kangaroo, 1923.pdf/80 104 4490028 14129403 2024-04-25T18:42:35Z R. J. Mathar 339383 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|70|<!-- chapter -->|KANGAROO}}</noinclude>Harriet would look at him sometimes wistfully, as he sat with his brow clouded. She had a real instinctive mistrust of other people—all other people. In her heart of hearts she said she wanted to live alone with Somers, and know nobody, all the rest of her life. In Australia, where one can be lonely, and where the land almost calls to one to be lonely—and then drives one back again on one's fellow-men in a kind of frenzy. Harriet would be quite happy, by the sea, with a house and a little garden and as much space to herself as possible, knowing nobody, but having Lovat always there. And he could write, and it would be perfect. But he wouldn't be happy—and he said so—and she knew it. She saw it like a doom on his brow. "And why couldn't we be happy in this wonderful new country, living to ourselves. We could have a cow, and chickens—and then the Pacific, and this marvellous new country. Surely that is enough for any man. Why must you have more?" "Because I feel I must fight out something with mankind yet. I haven't finished with my fellow-men. I've got a struggle with them yet." "But what struggle? What's the good? What's the point of your struggle? And what's your struggle for?" "I don't know. But it's inside me, and I haven't finished yet. To make some kind of an opening—some kind of a way for the afterwards." "Ha, the afterwards will make its own way, it won't wait for you. It's a kind of nervous obstinacy and self-importance in you. You don't like people. You always turn away from them and hate them. Yet like a dog to his vomit you always turn back. And it will be the same old game here again as everywhere else. What are these people after all? Quite nice, but just common and—and not in your line at all. But there you are. You stick your head into a bush like an ostrich, and think you're doing wonders." "I intend to move with men and get men to move with me before I die," he said. Then he added hastily: "Or at any rate I'll try a bit longer yet. When I make up my mind that it's really no good, I'll go with you and we'll live alone somewhere together, and forget the world. And<noinclude></noinclude> 5i6iz8d39ul0sbigmkc8psseepyww9j An Autograph 0 4490029 14129413 2024-04-25T18:42:42Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 TE(æ)A,ea. moved page [[An Autograph]] to [[The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier/An Autograph]]: Move within/to containing work wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier/An Autograph]] dcsuwxwzvkro287ua5fhj7q7suax8kf Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 18.djvu/513 104 4490030 14129464 2024-04-25T18:43:39Z MER-C 141433 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MER-C" />{{rvh|491|ON THE RELATION BETWEEN THE SEXES}}</noinclude>but will never fall upon the idea of washing the diapers which their common child has soiled, or of making a pair of trousers for his son, when his wife is pregnant, or is nursing, or simply tired, or simply wants to read or think awhile to make up for the time lost in carrying and nursing. Public opinion is so distorted in this respect that such acts would be found ''ridicules'', and it would take great courage to do them. {{dhr}} Here is the real emancipation of woman: Not to consider any work woman's work such as it would be a disgrace to touch, and to aid them with all our strength, for the very reason that they are physically weaker, and to take away from them all the work which we can take upon ourselves. The same in the education of the girls, having in view the fact that they will probably have to bring forth children, and so will have less leisure; in view of this fact the schools ought to be arranged, not worse, but even better than those for men, so that they may in advance gain strength and knowledge. They are capable of that. {{dhr}} It is quite true that in relation to women and their labour there exist many very harmful prejudices which have taken strong root since antiquity, and it is still more true that it is necessary to struggle against them. But I do not think that a society which will establish reading-rooms and apartments for women will be a means for the struggle. I am not provoked by the fact that women receive smaller wages than men,—wages are established according to the worth of the labour,—but by this, that the woman who bears, nurses, brings up little children is also burdened with the work of the kitchen, that she has to broil at the stove, wash the dishes and the linen, make the clothes, and wash the tables, floors, and windows.<noinclude></noinclude> smvz8ldkmj25f22b71rkt4gmwmunasw Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 18.djvu/514 104 4490031 14129465 2024-04-25T18:44:32Z MER-C 141433 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MER-C" />{{rvh|492|ON THE RELATION BETWEEN THE SEXES}}</noinclude>Why is this dreadfully hard labour thrown on woman's shoulders? A peasant, factory hand, official, and any other man may have nothing to do, but he will be lying and smoking, leaving it to a woman (and the woman submits to it), who is frequently pregnant, or sick, or with children, to broil at the stove or to bear the terrible labour of washing the linen, or of tending her sick babe at night. And all this is due to the superstition that there is such a thing as woman's work. It is a terrible evil, and from this come numerous diseases of women, premature aging, death, dulling of the women themselves and of their children. {{dhr}} For the agreement of the conjugal pair it is necessary that in their views on the world and on life, if they do not coincide, the one who thinks less should submit to the one who thinks more. {{dhr}} Women have always recognized men's power over them. It could not have been otherwise in the non-Christian world. Man is strong, and so man exerted power. Thus it has been in the whole world (excluding the doubtful amazons and the law of maternity), and thus it is even now among nine hundred and ninety-nine thousandths of the human race. But in order that the freedom of the slaves and of woman may not be a misfortune, it is necessary that the emancipated should be Christians, that is, should use their lives in serving God and men, and not themselves. What, then, is to be done? This one thing is to be done: it is necessary to draw men to Christianity, to convert them to Christianity. But this can be done only by doing in life Christ's law. {{dhr}} I have, among other things, thought a great deal about women, about marriage, and I should like to tell about it, of course, not about the modern little idols, the univer-<noinclude></noinclude> c8118owq24dr0w5cy8m8qyun7irkl9g A Greeting (Whittier) 0 4490032 14129466 2024-04-25T18:44:38Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 Redirected page to [[The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier/A Greeting]] wikitext text/x-wiki #redirect[[The Complete Poetical Works of John Greenleaf Whittier/A Greeting]] nklrygnm4mbjyp1zwz2f9nt45ipln64 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/63 104 4490033 14129467 2024-04-25T18:45:00Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||55|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Thine is the mournful joy, that in the dawn Of early love upon the spirit broods, Till the young heart, grown timid as a fawn, Seeks the still star-light and the shadowy woods. Yes, by the chastened light of those soft eyes, That never swam in sorrowing tears before, By the low breathing of those mournful sighs, That, like a mist-wreath, cloud thy spirit o'er, And by the color that doth come and go, Making more lovely thy bewildering charms— Maiden! ' t is love that fills thy breast of snow, Heaving with tender fears and soft alarms. My bosom trembles at the love intense, Breathed eloquently from thine earnest eyes, The love that is to thee a new-born sense, Waking sweet thoughts and gentle sympathies; O! for the sake of all thou wert, and art, May Love's soft Eden-winds, that seem to kiss The very foldings of thy love-toned heart, Be but the prelude to some deeper bliss. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 0p7kkjeu5dx712bo862zgp4i83zttz5 A Greeting (Davies) 0 4490034 14129468 2024-04-25T18:45:06Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 Redirected page to [[Foliage/A Greeting]] wikitext text/x-wiki #redirect[[Foliage/A Greeting]] emqe539quwvkm92bb2v0cytguwio8v0 Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 18.djvu/515 104 4490035 14129470 2024-04-25T18:45:33Z MER-C 141433 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MER-C" />{{rvh|493|ON THE RELATION BETWEEN THE SEXES}}</noinclude>sity courses, but about woman's great eternal destination. Many perverse things in this respect are preached precisely in the circles of intelligent women, and namely this: for example, they preach that woman ought not to be exclusive,—that she must not love her children more than any one else. They preach many misty, obscure things about evolution, about her equality with man; but this proposition, that woman must not love her children more than strangers, is preached everywhere, at all times, is considered an axiom, and as a practical rule includes in itself the essence of the doctrine; but this very proposition is quite false. {{dhr}} It is the destiny of every man, both man and woman, to serve men. With this general proposition, I believe agree all men who are not immoral. The difference between men and women in the fulfilment of this destiny is great, according to the means with which they serve men. A man serves men with physical, and mental, and moral labour. The means of his ministration are very varied. The whole activity of humanity, with the exception of childbirth and nuising, forms the arena of his ministration to men. But woman, in addition to her ability to serve men with all the same sides of her being as man, is by her constitution destined and inevitably drawn to that ministration which alone is excluded from the sphere of man's ministration. The ministration to humanity is naturally divided into two parts: one—the increase of the good in existing humanity, the other—the continuation of humanity itself. Men are preëminently destined for the first, for they are deprived of the possibility of serving the second. Women are preeminently destined for the second, because they are exclusively adapted for it. It is impossible, wrong, and sinful (that is, a mistake) to forget and to wipe out the second, as people try to do. From this distinction result<noinclude></noinclude> 9lfn8cff2wa6v179epkjpvckt2kjffp 14129681 14129470 2024-04-25T18:59:59Z MER-C 141433 SIC proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MER-C" />{{rvh|493|ON THE RELATION BETWEEN THE SEXES}}</noinclude>sity courses, but about woman's great eternal destination. Many perverse things in this respect are preached precisely in the circles of intelligent women, and namely this: for example, they preach that woman ought not to be exclusive,—that she must not love her children more than any one else. They preach many misty, obscure things about evolution, about her equality with man; but this proposition, that woman must not love her children more than strangers, is preached everywhere, at all times, is considered an axiom, and as a practical rule includes in itself the essence of the doctrine; but this very proposition is quite false. {{dhr}} It is the destiny of every man, both man and woman, to serve men. With this general proposition, I believe agree all men who are not immoral. The difference between men and women in the fulfilment of this destiny is great, according to the means with which they serve men. A man serves men with physical, and mental, and moral labour. The means of his ministration are very varied. The whole activity of humanity, with the exception of childbirth and nuising, forms the arena of his ministration to men. But woman, in addition to her ability to serve men with all the same sides of her being as man, is by her constitution destined and inevitably drawn to that ministration which alone is excluded from the sphere of man's ministration. The ministration to humanity is naturally divided into two parts: one—the increase of the good in existing humanity, the other—the continuation of humanity itself. Men are preëminently destined for the first, for they are deprived of the possibility of serving the second. Women are {{SIC|preeminently|preëminently}} destined for the second, because they are exclusively adapted for it. It is impossible, wrong, and sinful (that is, a mistake) to forget and to wipe out the second, as people try to do. From this distinction result<noinclude></noinclude> 7mfsz2hpev9d26245ulhaty55kcj699 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/64 104 4490036 14129471 2024-04-25T18:45:41Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THE STARS.| Ye snow-white clouds, whose fleecy wings enfold :The stars, that light yon boundless breadth of blue, Roll back your edges, tinged with deepest gold, :And softly let the peaceful wanderers through, Till, one by one, they burst upon my eyes, O'ertaking my young heart, with sudden sweet surprise. Celestial lights, lit by the power divine, :That bids you roll through yonder azure plain, Ye startle thoughts within this heart of mine, :That I must breathe, or it will break in twain! Companions of the twilight and the dew, Smile on the Minstrel-Girl, who strings her harp anew. I am not one whose eagle-eye can reach :The mystic things, within your golden spheres, Yet better thoughts than science e'er can teach :Are softly brimming my young eyes with tears; For e'en the simplest heart at times may scan What years can scarce unfold, or wisdom teach to man. How oft, when but a child, in wildest glee, :I've climbed the summit of some breezy hill, |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> c13r425wxei3oy6qocug28sytkawkww Page:Poems Welby.djvu/65 104 4490037 14129477 2024-04-25T18:46:31Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||57|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Whose mossy sides went sloping to the sea :Where slept another heaven serenely still, While, from the mighty strong-hold of the seas, The dead sent up their dirge upon the twilight breeze. And there beneath a fringe of dewy leaves, :That drooped away from many a bended bough, I used to lie on summer's golden eves, :And gaze above as I am gazing now, Thinking each lustrous star a heavenly shrine For an immortal soul, and wondered which was mine. But now the moon, beside yon lonely hill, :Lifts high her trembling cup of paly gold, And all the planets, following slow and still, :Along the deep their solemn marches hold, While here and there some meteor's startling ray Shoots streaks of arrowy fire far down the milky-way. The milky-way! ah! fair, illumined path, :That leadest upward to the gate of heaven, My spirit soaring from this world of scath, :Is lost with thee amid the clouds of even, And there, upborne on Fancy's glittering wing, Floats by the golden gate, and hears the angels sing. O! who can lift above a careless look, :While such bright scenes as these his thoughts engage, And doubt, while reading from so fair a book, :That God's own finger traced the glowing page, |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 1z6i3lcmoupc4xcqljbpq12n8bx3h8d Page:Kangaroo, 1923.pdf/81 104 4490038 14129482 2024-04-25T18:47:07Z R. J. Mathar 339383 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|71|JACK AND JAZ|KANGAROO}}</noinclude>in Australia too. Just like a business man retiring. I'll retire away from the world, and forget it. But not yet. Not till I feel I've finished. I've got to struggle with men and the world of men for a time yet. When it's over I'll do as you say." "Ah, you and your men, men! What do these Callcotts and these little Trewhella people mean to you after all? Are they men? They are only something you delude yourself about. And then you'll come a cropper, and fall back on me. Just as it always is. You fall back on me, and I'm expected to like it. I'm good enough to fall back on, when you've made a fool of yourself with a lot of tuppenny little people, imagining you're doing something in the world of ''men.'' Much men there is about it. Common little street-people, that's all." He was silent. He heard all she had to say: and he knew that as far as the past went, it was all quite true. He had started off on his fiery courses: always, as she said, to fall back rather the worse for the attempt, on her. She had no use at all for fiery courses and efforts with the world of men. Let all that rubbish go. "Well," he said. "It's my need to make these tries, yet. Wait till I've exhausted the need, and we'll have a little place of our own and forget the world, really. I know I can do it. I could almost do it now: and here in Australia. The country appeals to me that way: to lose oneself and have done with this side of life. But wait a bit longer." "Ah, I suppose I shall have to," she said recklessly. "You'll have to go on making a fool of yourself till you're tired. Wives are ''supposed'' to have to take their husbands back a little damaged and repentant from their ''love affairs'' with other women. And I'm hanged if it wouldn't be more fun than this business of seeing you come back once more fooled from your attempts with ''men''—the world of men, as you call it. If they were real men I wouldn't mind. But look at your Jack Callcott. Really, and you're supposed to have had some experience in life. 'Clip in, old man!' She imitated Jack's voice and manner. "And you stand it all and think it's wonderful! Nay, men are too foolish for me to understand them; I give them up." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> g398i3f6pcgionzttcyyd6lpmy9ix9x Page:Kangaroo, 1923.pdf/87 104 4490039 14129664 2024-04-25T18:50:45Z R. J. Mathar 339383 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|77|JACK AND JAZ|KANGAROO}}</noinclude>excuse me for stopping talking like this, over things that's no business of mine," he added. "It's awfully good of you," said Harriet. "Well, it's not often I interfere with people's doings. But there was just something about you and Mr Somers—" "Awfully good of you." He had taken his little black felt hat. He had an almost Italian or Spanish look about him—from one of the big towns, Barcelona or even Palermo. "I suppose I'll have to be getting along," he said. She held out her hand to him to bid him good-bye. But he shook hands in a loose, slack way, and was gone, leaving Harriet uneasy as if she had received warning of a hidden danger. She hastened to show Somers the persimmons when he came home, and to tell of her visitor. "And he's queer, Lovat, he's awfully queer—nice too. He told me we were superior people, and that we made a mistake coming here, because they'd bring us down to their level." "Not if we don't let them." "He says we can't help it." "Why did he come to tell you that, I wonder." They were going down to Mullumbimby in two days' time—and they had hardly seen anything of Jack and Victoria since the Sunday at Mosman's Bay. But Victoria called across the fence, rather hesitatingly: "You're going with us on Saturday, aren't you, Mrs Somers?" "Oh yes, we're looking forward to it immensely—if it really suits you." "I'm so glad. I thought perhaps you didn't want to go." That same evening Jack and Victoria came across for a few minutes. "Look at the lovely ''cacchi,''" said Harriet, giving the persimmons their Italian name. "William James brought them me this morning." "William James brought them!" cried Victoria and Jack in a breath. "Why, whatever have you done to him?" "Nothing," laughed Harriet. "I hope not, I'm sure." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 9iyae2kk2e8u5q889w6onsfizczugc5 Page:Kangaroo, 1923.pdf/82 104 4490040 14129670 2024-04-25T18:54:40Z R. J. Mathar 339383 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|72|<!-- chapter -->|KANGAROO}}</noinclude>He laughed, realising that most of what she said was true. "You see," he said, "I have the roots of my life with you. But I want if possible to send out a new shoot in the life of mankind—the effort man makes forever, to grow into new forms." She looked at him. And somehow she wanted to cry, because he was so silly in refusing to be finally disappointed in his efforts with mankind, and yet his silliness was pathetic, in a way beautiful. But then it ''was'' so silly—she wanted to shake him. "Send out a new shoot then. Send it out. You do it in your writing already!" she cried. "But getting yourself mixed up with these impudent little people won't send any shoots, don't you think it. They'll nip you in the bud again, as they always do." He pondered this also, stubbornly, and knew it was true. But he had set his will on something, and wasn't going to give way. "I want to do something with living people, somewhere, somehow, while I live on the earth. I write, but I write alone. And I live alone. Without any connection whatever with the rest of men." "Don't swank, you don't live alone. You've got ''me'' there safe enough, to support you. Don't swank to me about being alone, because it insults me, you see. I know how much alone you are, with me always there keeping you together." And again he sulked and swallowed it, and obstinately held out. "None the less," he retorted, "I do want to do something along with men. I ''am'' alone and cut off. As a man among men, I just have no place. I have my life with you, I know: ''et preterea nihil.''" "''Et preterea nihil!'' And what more do you want? Besides, you liar, haven't you your writing? Isn't that all you want, isn't that ''doing'' all there is to be done? Men! Much ''men'' there is about them! Bah, when it comes to that, I have to be even the only man as well as the only woman." "That's the whole trouble," said he bitingly. "Bah, you creature, you ought to be grateful," cried Harriet. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 956fdryhja2ai0ynlwao8plc648hkqk Page:The Lady of the Lake - Scott (1810).djvu/366 104 4490041 14129672 2024-04-25T18:55:32Z Matyáš Niedermeier 3061884 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "the place of worship for the parish of Buchanan, but scarce any vestiges of it now remain. The burial ground continues to be used, and contains the family places of sepulture of several neighbouring clans. The monuments of the lairds of Macgregor, and of other families, claiming a descent from the old Scottish King Alpine, are most remarkable. The Highlanders are as jealous of their rights of sepulchre, as may be expected from a people whose whole l... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Matyáš Niedermeier" />{{rvh|350|NOTES TO CANTO THIRD.}}</noinclude>the place of worship for the parish of Buchanan, but scarce any vestiges of it now remain. The burial ground continues to be used, and contains the family places of sepulture of several neighbouring clans. The monuments of the lairds of Macgregor, and of other families, claiming a descent from the old Scottish King Alpine, are most remarkable. The Highlanders are as jealous of their rights of sepulchre, as may be expected from a people whose whole laws and government, if clan-ship can be called so, turned upon the single principle of family descent. " May his ashes be scattered on the water," was one of the deepest and most solemn imprecations which they used against an enemy. {{dhr}} {{c|Note IX.}} {{ppoem|''The dun deer's hide'' ''On fleeter foot was neved tied''.—St. XIII. p. 113.}} The present brogue of the Highlanders is made of half-dried leather, with holes to admit and let out the water ; for walking the moors dry-shod, is a matter altogether out of question. The ancient buskin was still ruder, being made of the undress'd deer's hide, with the hair outwards, a circumstance which procured the Highlanders the well-known epithet of Red-shanks. The process is very accurately described by one Eldar (himself a Highlander) in the project for a union between England and Scotland, addressed to Henry VIII. "We go a hunting, and after that we have slain red-deer, we flay off the skin by and by, and setting of our bare-foot on the inside thereof, for<noinclude></noinclude> 3h1khio5v2y9s5ykd88kduoe3077nu9 Page:Kangaroo, 1923.pdf/83 104 4490042 14129677 2024-04-25T18:57:46Z R. J. Mathar 339383 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|73|JACK AND JAZ|KANGAROO}}</noinclude>William James arrived one morning when the Callcotts were both out, and brought a little basket of persimmons and passion fruits for Harriet. As it happened, Somers also was out. "I remember you said you like these date-plums, Mrs Somers. Over at our place we don't care for them, so if you like to have them you're welcome. And these are about the last of the passion fruit, seemingly." The persimmons were good big ones, of that lovely suave orange-red colour which is perhaps their chief attraction, and they were just beginning to go soft. Harriet of course was enchanted. William James came in and sat down for a few minutes, wondering what had become of Victoria. He looked round the room curiously. Harriet had, of course, arranged it to her own liking, taken away all the pictures and ornaments, hung a Tunis curtain behind the couch, stood two tall red lacquer candlesticks on the mantelpiece, and altogether given the room that air of pleasant distinction which a woman who knows how to do it finds so easy, especially if she has a few shawls and cushion-covers and bits of interesting brass or china. Harriet insisted on travelling with a few such things. She was prepared to camp in a furnished bungalow or cottage on any continent, but a few of her own things she must have about her. Also she wore a dress of Bavarian peasant stuff, very thin black woollen material, sprinkled all over with tiny pink roses with green leaves. And on her feet she had heelless sandals of plaited strips of leather, from Colombo. William James noticed every one of these things. They had a glamour like magic for him. "This is quite a pleasant room you have here," he said in his Cornish voice, with the alert, subtle, faintly smiling look of wonder on his face. "It isn't bad," said Harriet. "But a bit poky." "Poky you call it? Do you remember the little stone holes they have for rooms in those old stone Cornish cottages?" "Yes—but we had a lovely one. And the great thick granite walls and the low ceilings." "Walls always letting the damp in, can't keep it out, because all the chinks and spaces are just stuffed with plain earth, and a bit of mortar smeared over the outside<noinclude></noinclude> 6gnxw7jbze7duq2vc4snnkb889du257 Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 18.djvu/516 104 4490043 14129680 2024-04-25T18:59:41Z MER-C 141433 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MER-C" />{{rvh|494|ON THE RELATION BETWEEN THE SEXES}}</noinclude>the duties of either, duties which are not invented by men, but lie in the nature of things. From this same difference results the valuation of man's and woman's virtue and vice,—a valuation which has existed through all the ages and which can never cease to exist, so long as men have reason. It has always been so, and it will always be so, that a man who has passed his life in his manifold male labour, and a woman who has passed her life in bearing, nursing, and bringing up her children, will feel that they are doing what is right, and they will evoke men's respect and love, because both have fulfilled their indubitable destiny. Man's destiny is more varied and broader, woman's destiny is more uniform and narrower, but deeper, and so it has always been and it always will be so that a man, who has hundreds of duties and has been false to one or ten of them, will not be a bad or harmful man, so long as he has performed nine-tenths of his destiny. But a woman, who has three duties, will, by becoming untrue to one of them, perform only two-thirds of them, and, having become untrue to two, becomes negative, harmful. Public opinion has always been such and always will be such, because such is the essence of the matter. A man, to do God's will, must serve Him in the sphere of physical labour, and of thought, and of morality; with all these works is he able to accomplish his destiny; for woman the means for serving God are preëminently and almost exclusively (because no one but her can do it) the children. Man is called to serve God only through his works; woman is called to serve only through her children. And so the love of her children, which is inherent in woman, the exclusive love, with which it is quite vain to struggle by means of reason, will always be, and always must be, peculiar to the woman as mother. This love for the child in babyhood is not at all egoism, as we are falsely taught to believe, but the love of the labourer for<noinclude></noinclude> gcduk9enq3ixph733olz0cn0ksj22oe Page:Kangaroo, 1923.pdf/84 104 4490044 14129682 2024-04-25T19:00:28Z R. J. Mathar 339383 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|74|<!-- chapter -->|KANGAROO}}</noinclude>like butter scraped on bread. Don't I remember it! I should think I do." "Cornwall had a great charm for me." "Well, I don't know where you found it, I'm sure. But I suppose you've got a way of your own with a place, let it be Cornwall or where it may, to make it look well. It all depends where you're born and where you come from." "Perhaps," said Harriet. "I've never seen an Australian cottage looking like this, now. And yet it isn't the number of things you've put into it." "The number I've taken out," laughed Harriet. William James sat there with his quiet, slumberous-seeming body, watching her: watching the quick radiance of her fair face, and the charm of her bearing. There was something quick and sure and, as it were, beyond the ordinary clay, about her, that exercised a spell over him. She was his real Cornish idea of a lady: simple, living among people as if one of themselves, and yet not one of themselves: a sort of magic about her. He could almost see a glow in the air around her. And he could see that for her he was just a nice fellow who lived in another world and on another plane than herself, and that he could never come up or she come down. She was the queen that slumbers somewhere in every Cornish imagination, the queen ungrudged. And perhaps, in the true Celtic imagination slumbers the glamorous king as well. The Celt needs the mystic glow of real kingliness. Hence his loneliness in the democratic world of industry, and his social perversity. "I don't suppose Rose could ever learn to do this with a room, could she now?" he asked, making a slight gesture with his hand. He sat with his clear, queer, light grey eyes fixed on Harriet's face. ""I think so," cried Harriet; then she met the watchful eyes. "In her own way she could. Every woman has her own way, you know." "Yes, I do know," he answered. "And you see," said Harriet, "we're more or less lazy people who have no regular work in the world. If we had, perhaps we should live in a different way." William James shook his head. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> f3kxh8aj8m8cqwxsrvfk8vn1u0qljgt Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 18.djvu/517 104 4490045 14129684 2024-04-25T19:00:51Z MER-C 141433 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MER-C" />{{rvh|495|ON THE RELATION BETWEEN THE SEXES}}</noinclude>the work which he is doing, when it is in his hands. Take this love for the object of his work away from him, and the work is impossible. So long as I am making a boot I love it more than anything, just as a mother loves her child; if they spoil it for me, I shall be in despair; but I love it so long as I am working at it. When I am done with it, there is left an attachment, a feeble and illegitimate predilection; even so it is with the mother. Man is called to serve men by means of varied labours, and he loves these labours so long as he is at work over them; woman is called to serve men through her children while she is making them, that is, rearing and bringing them up. In this do I see a complete equality of man and woman,—in their common destiny to serve God and men, in spite of the difference of the form of this service. This equality is manifested in this also, that one is as important as the other, that one is as unthinkable as the other, that one conditions the other, and that in order to attain their destiny, the knowledge of the truth is indispensable to both, and that without this knowledge the activity both of the man and the woman becomes, not useful, but harmful, to humanity. Man is called to fulfil his varied work, but his work is only then useful, and his work (to plough the field or make cannon), and his mental activity (to make men's life easier or to count out money), and his religious activity (to bring men closer together or sing a mass) are only then fruitful, when they are done in the name of the highest truth accessible to man. The same is true of woman's destiny: her bringing forth, nursing, and rearing of children will be useful to humanity when she will bring up children, not simply for her pleasure, but as future servants of humanity, when the education of these children will be accom-<noinclude></noinclude> 5sk6vhsy2kxzttdkr1pwc2unf4hf6ve Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 18.djvu/518 104 4490046 14129686 2024-04-25T19:01:53Z MER-C 141433 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MER-C" />{{rvh|496|ON THE RELATION BETWEEN THE SEXES}}</noinclude>plished in the name of the highest truth accessible to her, that is, when she will educate her children in such a way that they may be able to take as little as possible from men and give them as much as possible. The ideal woman will, in my opinion, be she who, having acquired the highest world conception,—the faith which will be accessible to her,—will abandon herself to her feminine calling, which is invincibly inherent in her, of bringing forth, nursing, and educating the largest number of children capable of working for men according to the world conception which she has made her own. But this world conception is not drawn from university courses, but is acquired only by not closing eyes and ears, and by meekness of heart. Well, and those who have no children, who have not married, widows? They will do well, if they will take part in man's varied work. And every woman who is through bearing children will, if she has strength, be able to busy herself with this aid to man in his work, and this aid is very precious{{...|4}} {{dhr}} A good domestic life is possible only with the conscious conviction, educated in woman, of the necessity of permanent submission to man. I have said that this is proved by the fact that this has been so as far back as we know the life of man, and by this, that domestic life with children is a voyage in a frail boat, which is possible only if all submit to one man. Such they have always recognized man to be, because, since he does not bear children or nurse them, he is able to be a better guide to his wife than the wife can be to her husband. But are women really always inferior to men? Not at all. The moment both are chaste, they are equal. But what is meant by this, that women now demand, not only equality, but also supremacy? Only this, that the<noinclude></noinclude> fe8h4p62z5ovax5xkx073bt6obg9t48 Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 18.djvu/519 104 4490047 14129687 2024-04-25T19:03:21Z MER-C 141433 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MER-C" />{{rvh|497|ON THE RELATION BETWEEN THE SEXES}}</noinclude>family is evolving, and so the older form is falling to pieces. The relations of the sexes are looking for new forms, and the old form is decomposing. It is impossible to tell what the new form will be, though many things may be noticed. Maybe a greater number of men observing chastity; there may be temporary marriages, coming to an end after the birth of children, so that the conjugal pair separates after the birth of children and remains chaste; maybe the children will be brought up by society. It is impossible to foresee the new forms. But what is unquestionable is this, that the old form is decomposing, and that the existence of the old form is possible only with the submission of wife to husband, as it has always and everywhere been, and as happens there where the family is still preserved. {{dhr}} Yesterday I read ''[[Without Dogma]]''. There is a very delicate description of love of woman,—tenderly, much more delicately done than with the French, where it is sensual, or with the English, where it is Pharisaical, or with the Germans, where it is inflated; and I thought I might write a novel of chaste love, {{...}} for which the transition to sensuality is impossible, which forms the best defence against sensuality. Yes, is this not the only salvation from sensuality? Yes, yes, it is. It is for this that man was created as man and woman. Only with woman can one lose his chastity, and only with her can one keep it. It is good to make a note of it{{...|4}} {{dhr}} Man, like any animal, submits to the law of the struggle and to the sexual instinct for the strengthening of the species; as a rational, loving, divine being, he submits to the reverse law, not that of the struggle with his rivals and enemies, but that of meekness, endurance of insults, and of love for them, and not that of the sexual instinct, but that of chastity. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> kym7vdr1ajtbeu23rshcnr56d8rs4q1 Page:Kangaroo, 1923.pdf/85 104 4490048 14129689 2024-04-25T19:03:40Z R. J. Mathar 339383 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|75|JACK AND JAZ|KANGAROO}}</noinclude>"It's what's bred into you," he said, that comes out. Now if I was a really rich man, I think I could learn to carry it off with the best of them, out here. But when it comes to being the real thing, why, I know it would be beyond me, so there you are." "But can one be sure?" she cried. "I think I can. I can see the difference between common and uncommon. I can do more than that. I can see the difference between gentlemen who haven't got the gift, and those that have. Take Lord Washburn, for example. He's a gentleman all right—he comes of an old family, they tell me. But I doubt very much if he's any better than I am." "Why should he be?" cried Harriet. "What I mean is," said William James, "he hasn't got the gift, you know." "The gift of what? " said Harriet, puzzled. "How shall I put it? The gift that you've got, now: and that Mr Somers has as well: and that people out here don't have." "But that may only be manner," said Harriet. "No, it's more than manner. It's the gift of being superior, there now: better than most folks. You understand me, I don't mean swank and money. That'l] never give it you. Neither is it ''thinking'' yourself superior. The people that are superior don't think it, and don't even seem to feel it, in a way. And yet in a way they know it. But there aren't many of them out here. And what there are go away. This place is meant for all one dead level sort of people." He spoke with curious sarcasm. "But," said Harriet, "you are Australian yourself now, aren't you? Or don't you feel it?" "Oh yes, I suppose I feel it," he said, shifting uneasily on his seat. "I ''am'' Australian. And I'm Australian partly because I know that in Australia there ''won't'' be anybody any better than me. There now." "But," laughed Harriet, "aren't you glad then?" "Glad?" he said. "It's not a matter for gladness. It's a fact. But I'm not one of the fools who think there's nobody any better than me in the world, I know there are." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 99pvtx41fooe3pacqek5gj92est7f98 Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 18.djvu/520 104 4490049 14129691 2024-04-25T19:04:17Z MER-C 141433 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MER-C" />{{rvh|498|ON THE RELATION BETWEEN THE SEXES}}</noinclude>One of the most important works of humanity consists in the education of a chaste woman. {{dhr}} Woman, so a legend tells, is the instrument of the devil. She is in general stupid, but the devil gives her his intellect for her support, when she is working for him. You behold, she has done wonders of the mind, of farsightedness, or constancy, in order to do abominable things; but the moment it is not a question of an abomination, she is unable to understand the simplest thing, does not reflect beyond the present moment, and has no endurance, no patience (except in childbirth and the bringing up of children). All this has reference to the non-Christian, the unchaste woman{{...|4}} Oh, how I should like to show to woman the whole meaning of the chaste woman. The chaste woman (the legend about Mary is not given without good reason) will save the world. {{dhr}} Woman's destiny is above all else and preëminently man's destiny, of which I have spoken before. Marriage and children in comparison with celibacy is the same as the conditions of village life as compared with the luxurious life of the city: the conditions of life, celibacy or the family, cannot in themselves influence man. There may be a holy and a sinful celibacy, and there may be a sinful and a holy family. Every girl, and you in particular, the same as a man in whom an inner spiritual life is beginning, I advise as much as possible to keep away from everything which in our society supports in the girl the idea of the necessity, the desirability, of marriage, and predisposes to it,—novels, music, idle prattle, dances, games, cards, even attire. Truly, it is more pleasant to wash one's own shirt (and for the soul it is so much more useful) than to play secretary all evening, even with the most clever of<noinclude></noinclude> anrfnpcm5nn3f06zbx1qxujjz25u7rm Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 18.djvu/521 104 4490050 14129692 2024-04-25T19:06:28Z MER-C 141433 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="MER-C" />{{rvh|499|ON THE RELATION BETWEEN THE SEXES}}</noinclude>men. Above all else, that conception, so universal in the world, that it is shameful not to marry and to remain an old maid, is just as contrary to truth as all worldly opinions in regard to questions of life. Celibate life, filled with good works, celibate, because the works which fill this life are all above marriage (and such works are all works of love for your neighbour, of giving a cup of water to drink), are an infinite number of times higher than all domestic life. (Matt. xix. 11.) All men cannot receive this saying, save they to whom it is given. Thus all men of all nations and of all ages have always looked with the greatest {{SIC|repect|respect}} and emotion upon the men and women who remained celibate, not from compulsion, but for the sake of God. But in our society they are the most ridiculous of people. Indeed, they are just like those who are poor for the sake of God, and those who did not know how to make money. But to every girl, and to you, I give the advice to set before you as an ideal the service of God, that is, the keeping and increasing in yourself of the divine spark, and so—celibacy, if marriage hinders this ministration; but if it should happen that, submitting to your selfish feeling for one man, you should get married, do not rejoice and become proud, as generally happens, of your position as wife and mother, but, without losing sight of the chief aim of life, the service of God, see to it with all your strength that your exclusive and egoistical attachment for the family does not interfere with your serving God. {{dhr}} I have always thought that one of the surest signs of the seriousness of relations to moral questions is strictness to oneself in the sexual question{{...|4}} The offence into which N{{longdash}} has fallen is has fallen is very intelligible and peculiar to precisely such honest and truthful natures as I imagine him to be. The relations were established, and he wanted not to conceal anything, but openly<noinclude></noinclude> tp1ptsrrie4ez0z5m4sqz0f176q9lt9 Page:Kangaroo, 1923.pdf/86 104 4490051 14129694 2024-04-25T19:07:03Z R. J. Mathar 339383 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="R. J. Mathar" />{{rvh|76|<!-- chapter -->|KANGAROO}}</noinclude>"How queer to hear you say so?" "But this isn't the place for them. Here in Australia we don't want them. We want the new-fashioned sort of people who are all dead-level as good as one another. You're going to Mullumbimby this week-end with Jack and Victoria, aren't you?" "Yes. And I thought if we liked it we might stay down there for a while—by the sea—away from the town." "You please yourselves, of course. Perhaps better there than here. But—it's no business of mine, you know that"—he shrugged his shoulders. "But there's something comes over me when I see Mr Somers thinking he can live out here, and work with the Australians. I think he's wrong—I really do. They'll drag him down to their level, and make what use they can of him—and—well, in my opinion you'd both be sorry for it." "How strange that you should say so, you who are one of them." "I am one of them, and I'm not. I'm not one of anybody. But I haven't got only just the two eyes in my head that can tell the kettle from the teapot. I've got another set of eyes inside me somewhere that can tell real differences, when there are any. And that's what these people don't seem to have at all. They've only got the outside eyes." Harriet looked at him in wonder. And he looked at her—at her queer, rather large, but thin-skinned, soft hands. "You need a thick skin to live out here," he said. But still she sat with her hands folded, lost in meditation. "But Lovat wants so much to do something in the world, with other men," she said at last. "It's not ''my'' urging, I assure you." "He's making a mistake. He's making a mistake to come out here, tell him from me. They'll take him at their own level, not at his." "But perhaps he wants to be taken at their level," said Harriet, rather bitterly, almost loving the short, thick man opposite for his quiet, Cornish voice and his uncanny grey eyes, and his warning. "If he does he makes the mistake of his life, tell him from me." And William James rose to his feet, "You'll<noinclude></noinclude> 8dwbd01l77fgslyvyyz1a6w3vgzjd6o Kangaroo/Chapter 4 0 4490052 14129700 2024-04-25T19:09:27Z R. J. Mathar 339383 Created page with "{{header | title = [[../]] | author = D. H. Lawrence | translator = | section = Jack and Jaz | previous = [[../Chapter 3|Larboard Watch Ahoy!]] | next = [[../Chapter 5|Coo-ee]] | notes = }} <pages index="Kangaroo, 1923.pdf" from=61 to=88 />" wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../]] | author = D. H. Lawrence | translator = | section = Jack and Jaz | previous = [[../Chapter 3|Larboard Watch Ahoy!]] | next = [[../Chapter 5|Coo-ee]] | notes = }} <pages index="Kangaroo, 1923.pdf" from=61 to=88 /> hr1lljl7cvqdsgj7tci3d6nnyvvjxgg Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu/40 104 4490053 14129702 2024-04-25T19:09:56Z GrooveCreator 2854703 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="GrooveCreator" />{{rh|12|CHILDHOOD}}</noinclude>fixed his eyes upon an indefinite point, waiting for things to follow. "— are for farm expenses during my absence. You understand? For the mill you are to get one thousand roubles — is it not so? You will get back deposits from the treasury, eight thousand roubles; for the hay, of which, according to your own calculation, we ought to sell seven thousand puds, — let me say at forty-five kopeks, — you will receive three thousand roubles; consequently, how much money will you have in all? Twelve thousand, — am I not right?" "Just so, sir," said Yákov. But I noticed by the rapidity with which his fingers moved that he was about to retort something. Papa interrupted him. "Well, from these moneys you will send ten thousand to the Council for the Petróvskoe estate. Now, the money which is in the office," continued papa (Yákov had disturbed the former 12,000, and now cast 21,000 on his abacus), "you will bring to me, and you will write it down among the expenses of this date." (Yákov mixed up the accounts and turned over the abacus, no doubt wishing to say by this that the 21,000 would be equally lost.) "But this envelope with the enclosed money you will deliver in my name according to the address." I was standing near the table and looked at the inscription. It ran: "To Karl Iványch Mauer." Evidently noticing that I had read what I ought not to know, papa placed his hand upon my shoulder, and with a slight motion indicated a direction away from the table. I did not understand whether that was a favour or a reprimand, but in any case kissed his large venous hand which lay upon my shoulder. "At your service, sir," said Yákov. "And what is your order in regard to the Khabárovka money?" Khabárovka was mother's estate. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> jtns98cbs7tw8nzf7rljpo60a5dmn03 Page:The family kitchen gardener - containing plain and accurate descriptions of all the different species and varieties of culinary vegetables (IA familykitchengar56buis).pdf/90 104 4490054 14129714 2024-04-25T19:13:25Z Matyáš Niedermeier 3061884 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "They are then planted out in drills for a full crop as above. {{sc|Onions}} may be grown from the seed in one season, fully large enough for culinary purposes, and where the soil is of a deep mellow loam, on a dry bottom, which is most genial to the growth of this bulb, they will grow equally as fine as those that have taken two seasons to mature. Tor this purpose, sow the seed very thinly, (half an inch apart is thick enough, and an ounce of seed will h... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Matyáš Niedermeier" />{{rvh2|86|{{asc|<!-- -->}}|{{asc|BUIST’S FAMILY KITCHEN GARDENER.}}|86}}{{rule}}</noinclude>They are then planted out in drills for a full crop as above. {{sc|Onions}} may be grown from the seed in one season, fully large enough for culinary purposes, and where the soil is of a deep mellow loam, on a dry bottom, which is most genial to the growth of this bulb, they will grow equally as fine as those that have taken two seasons to mature. Tor this purpose, sow the seed very thinly, (half an inch apart is thick enough, and an ounce of seed will he ample supply for a family)—in drills nine inches apart, and as shallow as they possibly can be drawn. read the seed in with the foot, to make it firm. Sprinkle a yery small portion of fine earth over the seed, and finish by raking it evenly. Within three weeks the Onions will make their appearance, when, if many weeds rise among them, they must be cleared with a small hoe, observing not to hoe deep, for the more the Onion rises out of the ground, it is the finer, and keeps better. As soon as the plants are three inches high, thin them out to two inches apart. If the weather is moist, the thinnings may be transplanted into ether ground. They too will attain a full size, but observe, in planting, to put the roots only under ground, ‘The plants being now two inches apart, as they grow, every alternate one should be pulled for immediate use, either for soups or salads, leaving the crop four inches apart in the row. Nothing further will be required until they are pulled up for drying, except the keeping down of weeds, which must be strictly attended to. In moist seasons, Onions are apt to grow (what is termed} thick-necked ; in such eases they should, about the end of July, be gently bent down with the handle of the hoe, or the head of a wooden rake, which will check their rapid growth, and cause them to bulb sooner. About the middle of September, sow a row or two of Onion-seed for early Spring use, before ~ any other green salading or seasoning can be obtained; the plants will be four inches high before Winter sets in severely, when they should have a little rough litter thrown over them, or a row of Spruce branches stuck among them for protection.<noinclude></noinclude> d6cpcx7gech0e5v6iexde2qsgfwsga7 Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu/42 104 4490055 14129721 2024-04-25T19:18:12Z GrooveCreator 2854703 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="GrooveCreator" />{{rh|14|CHILDHOOD}}</noinclude>the receipt would not be delivered for two months yet. In regard to the hay you have deigned to remark, suppose even we shall get three thousand roubles—" He cast 3,000 on the abacus and kept silent for about a minute, looking now at the abacus, now into father's eyes, as much as to say: "You see yourself how little that is! And the hay, again, will have to be sold first; if we were to sell it now, you can see for yourself—" He evidently had still a great supply of proofs; it was, no doubt, for this reason that papa interrupted him. "I sha'n't change my order," said he; "but if there will really be a delay in the receipt of the money, then we can't help ourselves, and you will take as much money of the Khabárovka estate as will be necessary." "Your servant, sir!" By Yákov's expression of face and by his fingers one could tell that this latter order afforded him a great pleasure. Yákov was a serf, but a very zealous and devoted man. Like all good stewards, he was extremely close-fisted for his master, and had the strangest conceptions about his master's advantages. He eternally schemed for the increase of his master's property at the expense of that of his mistress, and tried to prove that it was necessary to use all the income from her estates for the Petróvskoe village, where we were living. He was triumphant at this moment, because he had been completely successful. Having bid us good morning, papa told us that we had been long enough frittering our time away in the village, that we were no longer babies, and that it was time for us to begin studying in earnest. "I think you know already that I am this very evening going to Moscow, and that I shall take you with me," said he. "You will be living with grandmother, and mamma will stay here with the girls. And remember<noinclude></noinclude> dpesgv9ofi7ae4vf4ajrht8g7uuaaju Page:Poems Welby.djvu/66 104 4490056 14129725 2024-04-25T19:20:17Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||58|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Or deem the radiance of yon blue expanse, With all its starry hosts, the careless work of Chance? O blessed stars! whene'er ye softly fling :A silvery trembling down by lake and hill, 'T is then that sweet Religion's holy wing :Broods o'er the spirit, and doth softly fill Its silent depths with that pure heavenly bliss, That we so seldom feel, save at an hour like this. For ne'er since love's sweet raptures o'er me stole. :As first its young existence dawned in sighs, Have I e'er felt such fullness in my soul, :Such depth of softness at my heart and eyes, As I now feel upon this dewy sod. Pondering with holy awe the wondrous works of God. Ye bring the time when happy lovers meet :In some lone spot, when not a sound is heard Save their own sighs, or the unequal beat :Of their young hearts to tender wishes stirred, As hand seeks hand, and meeting glances tell The unuttered tale of love, too sweetly, and too well. But all in vain to thought's tumultuous flow :I strive to give the strength of glowing words; The waves of feeling, tossing to and fro :In broken music o'er my harp's loose chords, Give but their fainting echoes from my soul, As through its silent depths, their wild swift currents roll. |start=follow|end=stanza }}<noinclude></noinclude> cktm9dl2fb7stxs4pu54iwqxbeme11q Page:Poems Welby.djvu/67 104 4490057 14129727 2024-04-25T19:20:35Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||59|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Yet, thou, who art mine inspiration, thou, :For whose sweet praises still I strive to sing, I will not murmur once, when, bending low, :At thy dear feet my broken harp I fling. Well pleased if others think this song I send, Though all unworthy praise, too simple to offend. |start=stanza }}<noinclude></noinclude> kjrb1vns43m8a70c573uofq2p1g56j2 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/68 104 4490058 14129733 2024-04-25T19:21:32Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|STANZAS.| Pale star, that, with thy soft sad light, :Came out upon my bridal eve, I have a song to sing to-night :Before thou tak'st thy mournful leave. Since then, so softly time hath stirred, :That months have almost seemed like hours, And I am like some little bird, :That 's slept too long among the flowers, And, waking, sits with waveless wing, :Soft-singing, 'mid the shades of even; But O! with sadder heart I sing— :I sing of one who dwells in heaven. The winds are soft, the clouds are few, :And tenderest thought my heart beguiles, As, floating up through mist and dew, :The pale young moon comes out and smiles; And to the green resounding shore, :In silvery troops the ripples crowd, Till all the ocean, dimpled o'er, :Lifts up its voice and laughs aloud; |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> iqrt25urlszi1r68qua4qpm5lbtb0dl Page:Poems Welby.djvu/69 104 4490059 14129735 2024-04-25T19:22:19Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||61|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| And star on star, all soft and calm, :Floats up yon arch serenely blue, And lost to earth, and steeped in balm, :My spirit floats in ether too. Loved one! though lost to human sight, :I feel thy spirit lingering near, As softly as I feel the light :That trembles through the atmosphere; As in some temple's holy shades, :Though mute the hymn, and hushed the prayer, A solemn awe the soul pervades, :Which tells that worship has been there; A breath of incense left alone, :Where many a censer swung around, Will thrill the wanderer like a tone, :Who treads on consecrated ground. I know thy soul, from worlds of bliss, :That stoops awhile to dwell with me, Hath caught the prayer I breathed in this, :That I at last might dwell with thee. I hear a murmur from the seas :That thrills me like thy spirit's sighs; I hear a voice on every breeze; :That makes to mine its low replies— A voice, all low and sweet, like thine, :It gives an answer to my prayer, |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 5cpare16867lajdjyygo9qto6mvtu1y Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu/43 104 4490060 14129738 2024-04-25T19:22:47Z GrooveCreator 2854703 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="GrooveCreator" />{{rh||PAPA|15}}</noinclude>this: her only consolation will be to hear that you are studying well and that people are satisfied with you." Although from the preparations which had been going on for several days we expected something unusual, yet this news gave us a terrible shock. Volódya blushed and with a trembling voice gave him mother's message. "So this is what my dream foreboded!" thought I. "God grant only that nothing worse may happen." I was very sorry for mother; at the same time the thought that we were now grown gave me pleasure. "If we are to travel to-day, there will be no classes: that is glorious!" thought I. "However, I am sorry for Karl Ivánovich. He will, no doubt, be dismissed, or else they would not have fixed an envelope for him. It would be better, after all, to study all our lives and not to go away, not to leave mother, and not to offend poor Karl Ivánovich. He is unfortunate enough without it!" These thoughts flashed through my head: I did not budge from the spot, and fixed my eyes on the black ribbons of my shoes. My father said a few words to Karl Ivánovich about the falling of the barometer, and ordered Yákov not to feed the dogs, so that before his leave-taking he might go out in the afternoon and listen to the baying of the young hounds. Contrary to my expectation he sent us back to study, consoling us, however, with a promise to take us out on the hunt. On my way up-stairs I ran out on the terrace. At the door lay father's favourite greyhound, Mílka, blinking her eyes in the sun. "Dear Mílka," said I, patting her and kissing her mouth, "we are going away to-day. Good-bye! We shall never see each other again." I was agitated, and I began to weep.<noinclude></noinclude> jyacsrhzfagb6upark9it3sdr7nydv5 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/70 104 4490061 14129742 2024-04-25T19:23:30Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||62|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| And brings my soul from heaven a sign :That it shall know and meet thee there. I'll know thee there by that sweet face, :Round which a tender halo plays, Still touched with that expressive grace :That made thee lovely all thy days; By that sweet smile, that o'er it shed :A beauty like the light of even, Whose soft expression never fled, :Even when its soul had flown to heaven; I'll know thee by the starry crown, :That glitters in thy golden hair: O! by these blessed signs alone :I'll know thee there—I'll know thee there. For thy soft eye, within whose sphere, :The sweets of youth and beauty met, That swam in love and softness here, :Must swim in love and softness yet; For O! its dark and liquid beams, :Though saddened by a thousand sighs, Were holier than the light that streams :Down from the gates of paradise— Were bright and radiant like the morn, :Yet soft and dewy as the eve— Too sad for eyes where smiles are born— :Too young for eyes, that learn to grieve. |start=follow|end=stanza }}<noinclude></noinclude> stg8fzbx9d21d6986h4j6zsi5xkvig2 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/71 104 4490062 14129744 2024-04-25T19:23:48Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||63|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| I wonder if this cool, sweet breeze :Hath touched thy lips and fanned thy brow; For all my spirit hears and sees :Recalls thee to my memory now; For every hour we breathe apart :Will but increase, if that can be, The love, that fills this mournful heart :Already filled so full of thee; Yet many a tear these eyes must weep, :And many a sin must be forgiven, Ere these pale lids shall sink to sleep— :Ere thou and I shall meet in heaven. |start=stanza }}<noinclude></noinclude> 65ob47fgct11p6qnf1whodrclbzlyv4 The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood/Chapter 3 0 4490063 14129747 2024-04-25T19:24:40Z GrooveCreator 2854703 Created page with "{{header | title = Childhood | author = Leo Tolstoy | translator = Leo Wiener | section = Papa | previous = [[../Chapter 2|Mamma]] | next = [[../Chapter 4|The Lessons]] | year = 1904 | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" from=39 to=43/>" wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Childhood | author = Leo Tolstoy | translator = Leo Wiener | section = Papa | previous = [[../Chapter 2|Mamma]] | next = [[../Chapter 4|The Lessons]] | year = 1904 | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" from=39 to=43/> fpftptf2g5duqygqdpw85f3z561hj7v 14130411 14129747 2024-04-26T01:12:29Z GrooveCreator 2854703 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../|Childhood]] | author = Leo Tolstoy | translator = Leo Wiener | section = Papa | previous = [[../Chapter 2|Mamma]] | next = [[../Chapter 4|The Lessons]] | year = 1904 | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" from=39 to=43/> hdic113s1ic43lz3171pzuhh10w2quz Page:Poems Welby.djvu/72 104 4490064 14129749 2024-04-25T19:24:55Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|TIME.| All hail, thou viewless one, whose lonely wings :Sweep o'er the earth, unwearied and sublime! Mysterious agent of the King of kings, :Whom conquerors obey, and man calls Time! Compared with thee, even centuries in their might :Seem but like atoms in the sun's broad ray; Thou sweep'st them on in thy majestic flight, :Scattering them from thy plumes like drops of spray :Cast from the ocean in its scornful play. Shrined as thou art in my sublimest thought, :How shall my spirit hail thee? O'er the earth Thou, with ten thousand worlds that sprang from nought, :Began'st thy wanderings at creation's birth! Musing on thee, the expanding spirit, filled :With thoughts too vast for human eloquence, Shrinks trembling, like a woman's heart when thrilled :With love's delicious throes—till thought intense :Is lost amid its own magnificence. Thou floatest imperceptible to sight, :God-like, diffusing life and death around; |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> 3u2w3c0p8flfb2rexi464prnfxhf75o Page:Dostoyevsky - The Eternal Husband and Other Stories, Collected Edition, 1917.djvu/135 104 4490065 14129751 2024-04-25T19:25:12Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|123|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>not—as soon as they take a knife in their trembling hands and feel the hot spurt of blood on their fingers don't stick at cutting your throat, but cut off your head, 'clean off,' as convicts express it. That is so." He could not remain at home and went out into the street, feeling convinced that he must do something, or something would happen to him at once; he walked about the streets and waited. He had an intense longing to meet some one, to talk to some one, even to a stranger, and it was only that which led him at last to think of a doctor and of the necessity of binding up his hand properly. The doctor, an old acquaintance of his, examined the wound, and inquired with interest how it could have happened. Velchaninov laughed and was on the point of telling him all about it, but restrained himself. The doctor was obliged to feel his pulse and, hearing of his attack the night before, persuaded him to take some soothing medicine he had at hand. He was reassuring about the cuts: "They could have no particularly disagreeable results." Velchaninov laughed and began to assure him that they had already had the most agreeable results. An almost irresistible desire to tell the whole story came over him twice again during that day, on one occasion to a total stranger with whom he entered into conversation at a tea-shop. He had never been able to endure entering into conversation with strangers in public places before. He went into a shop to buy a newspaper; he went to his tailor's and ordered a suit. The idea of visiting the Pogoryeltsevs was still distasteful to him, and he did not think of them, and indeed he could not have gone to their villa: he kept expecting something here in the town. He dined with enjoyment, he talked to the waiter and to his fellow-diners, and drank half a bottle of wine. The possibility of the return of his illness of the day before did not occur to him; he was convinced that the illness had passed off completely at the moment when, after falling asleep so exhausted, he had, an hour and a half later, sprung out of bed and thrown his assailant on the floor with such strength. Towards evening he began to feel giddy, and at moments was overcome by something like the delirium he had had in his sleep. It was dusk when he returned home, and he was almost afraid of his room when he went into it. It seemed dreadful and uncanny in his flat. He walked up and down it several times, and even went into his kitchen, where he had scarcely ever been before. "Here they were heating plates<noinclude></noinclude> bsdyvxzg3q7hzpvaw992lcsl0w57vfe Page:Poems Welby.djvu/73 104 4490066 14129755 2024-04-25T19:26:01Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||65|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Swift stars shoot round thee in thy rapid flight, :Dropping like gems from midnight's blue profound; Swept on with thee, through vast immensity, :Each blazing sphere in its swift course revolves, The sunny streams go singing to the sea, :And the blue wave upon the beach dissolves :Like woman's hopes, and manhood's high resolves. Even every heart-beat in the bosom's cell :Steals o'er the spirit like a funeral toll; Each solemn stroke is like a passing-bell, :Heard 'mid the hushes of the startled soul. The waves of feeling, tossing to and fro :Like ocean-billows restless and sublime, The crimson life-drops as they ebb and flow, :And the quick pulse with its unequal chime, :All beat with muffled strokes the march of Time. Each year, that seems so long to us, to thee :Is but one sweep of thy majestic plume, Bearing pale millions to the eternal sea, :Through the dim pathway of the midnight tomb; Thou touch'st the young and beautiful, and lo! :Gone are the charms thou never canst restore, The fair and glossy tress turns white as snow, :And the young voice, that warbles o'er and o'er, :Drops its low bird-like note, and sings no more. Yet, in the rosy dawn of childhood's day, :How swift the joyous moments seem to flee! |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 3rbn1yqt3jmeq7g4k2yd7jy74a56kn8 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/74 104 4490067 14129758 2024-04-25T19:26:26Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||66|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| They waft themselves like happy thoughts away, :Or melt like snow-flakes dropping on the sea; 'T is pastime then to laugh away the hours, :That lightly mingle in thy circling race, Like dancing-girls, all linked with wreaths of flowers, :Or like swift ripples, that each other chase, :Or deepening dimples o'er a laughing face. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> eq3as06xl7n5m60yduoa1htcc61lgdn Page:Poems Welby.djvu/75 104 4490068 14129760 2024-04-25T19:27:05Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THE SUMMER BIRDS.| Sweet warblers of the sunny hours, :Forever on the wing— I love them as I love the flowers, :The sunlight and the spring. They come like pleasant memories :In summer's joyous time, And sing their gushing melodies :As I would sing a rhyme. In the green and quiet places, :Where the golden sunlight falls, We sit with smiling faces :To list their silver calls. And when their holy anthems :Come pealing through the air, Our hearts leap forth to meet them :With a blessing and a prayer. Amid the morning's fragrant dew, :Amid the mists of even, They warble on as if they drew :Their music down from heaven. |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> m4nxjlu3eoeu5l1zx7eb76pgjuqqq94 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/76 104 4490069 14129765 2024-04-25T19:27:45Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||68|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| How sweetly sounds each mellow note :Beneath the moon's pale ray, When dying zephyrs rise and float :Like lovers' sighs away! Like shadowy spirits seen at eve, :Among the tombs they glide, Where sweet pale forms, for which we grieve, :Lie sleeping side by side. They break with song the solemn hush :Where peace reclines her head, And link their lays with mournful thoughts, :That cluster round the dead. For never can my soul forget :The loved of other years; Their memories fill my spirit yet— :I've kept them green with tears; And their singing greets my heart at times, :As in the days of yore, Though their music and their loveliness :Is ever o'er—for ever o'er. And often when the mournful night :Comes with a low sweet tune, And sets a star on every height :And one beside the moon, When not a sound of wind or wave :The holy stillness mars, |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 7bfsa7huvi4pq5l6imq1dutsbnbwatn Page:Poems Welby.djvu/77 104 4490070 14129766 2024-04-25T19:28:17Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||69|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| I look above and strive to trace :Their dwellings in the stars. The birds of summer hours— :They bring a gush of glee To the child among the dewy flowers, :To the sailor on the sea. We hear their thrilling voices :In their swift and airy flight, And the inmost heart rejoices :With a calm and pure delight. In the stillness of the starlight hours, :When I am with the dead, O! may they flutter mid the flowers, :That blossom o'er my head, And pour their songs of gladness forth :In one melodious strain, O'er lips, whose broken melody :Shall never sing again. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 7cviaiu90465ee15pkd4dtfj7plbkbk Index talk:The Calling - Rickie (2021).webm 107 4490071 14129768 2024-04-25T19:28:49Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Additional timestamp at 2:00? */ new section wikitext text/x-wiki == Additional timestamp at 2:00? == {{ping|SnowyCinema}} In my opinion, at 2:00, a new in-scene item should be added: <code><nowiki>{{ft/i| {{c|{{smaller|PLAISIR{{gap|4em}}U.S. ARMY}}}} }}</nowiki></code> However, as I'm not an expert with regard to what is considered worth inclusion in WikiProject Film, I hesitate to include it myself.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous|talk]]) 19:28, 25 April 2024 (UTC) abih4zd7i6r6wprxo4wjaqpjjicfzqx 14130385 14129768 2024-04-26T00:42:45Z SnowyCinema 2484340 re wikitext text/x-wiki == Additional timestamp at 2:00? == {{ping|SnowyCinema}} In my opinion, at 2:00, a new in-scene item should be added: <code><nowiki>{{ft/i| {{c|{{smaller|PLAISIR{{gap|4em}}U.S. ARMY}}}} }}</nowiki></code> However, as I'm not an expert with regard to what is considered worth inclusion in WikiProject Film, I hesitate to include it myself.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous|talk]]) 19:28, 25 April 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|Tylopous}} {{done}} Didn't notice that it was in animation at first, despite it not being in the non-animated transition. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 00:42, 26 April 2024 (UTC) s5z94f2g932tj1q2yt9eci2enai40q7 14130527 14130385 2024-04-26T03:48:27Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Additional timestamp at 2:00? */ Reply wikitext text/x-wiki == Additional timestamp at 2:00? == {{ping|SnowyCinema}} In my opinion, at 2:00, a new in-scene item should be added: <code><nowiki>{{ft/i| {{c|{{smaller|PLAISIR{{gap|4em}}U.S. ARMY}}}} }}</nowiki></code> However, as I'm not an expert with regard to what is considered worth inclusion in WikiProject Film, I hesitate to include it myself.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous|talk]]) 19:28, 25 April 2024 (UTC) : {{ping|Tylopous}} {{done}} Didn't notice that it was in animation at first, despite it not being in the non-animated transition. [[User:SnowyCinema|SnowyCinema]] ([[User talk:SnowyCinema|talk]]) 00:42, 26 April 2024 (UTC) ::Thanks! Validation done.--[[User:Tylopous|Tylopous]] ([[User talk:Tylopous|talk]]) 03:48, 26 April 2024 (UTC) h35o0h4nbsso3er8mzta0jjc531v7v2 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/78 104 4490072 14129770 2024-04-25T19:29:06Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THE CAPTIVE SAILOR BOY.| ::The light of many stars Quivers in tremulous softness on the air, And the night-breeze is singing here and there, ::Yet from my prison-bars A narrow strip of sky is all I see— O! that some kindly hand would set me free! ::The bright new moon is hung Up 'mid the softness of the fleecy clouds, And the far ocean 'neath its foamy shrouds ::Thrills like a harp fresh strung, And the wild sea-birds on quick pinions flee— O! for one glance upon the deep blue sea! ::Why should the young and brave Be fettered thus upon the fresh green earth? Give me one hour beside my mother's hearth, ::And then for ocean's wave! Free as the laughing billows I would toss— O! for the swift wing of the albatros! |e=stanza}}<noinclude></noinclude> r5an84done52s3j4hl6yy1udqtvk8v7 Page:Dostoyevsky - The Eternal Husband and Other Stories, Collected Edition, 1917.djvu/136 104 4490073 14129772 2024-04-25T19:29:18Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|124|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>yesterday," he thought. He locked the door securely and lighted the candles earlier than usual. As he locked the door he remembered, half an hour before, passing the porter's lodge, he had called Mavra and asked her whether Pavel Pavlovitch had come in his absence, as though he could possibly have come. After locking himself in carefully, he opened the bureau, took out the razor-case and opened the razor to look at it again. On the white bone handle there were still faint traces of blood. He put the razor back in the case and locked it up in the bureau again. He felt sleepy; he felt that he must go to bed at once—or "he would not be fit for to-morrow." He pictured the next day for some reason as a momentous and "decisive" day. But the same thoughts that had haunted him all day in the street kept incessantly and persistently crowding and jostling in his sick brain, and he kept thinking, thinking, thinking, and for a long time could not get to sleep. "If it is settled that he tried to murder me ''accidentally''," he went on pondering, "had the idea ever entered his head before, if only as a dream in a vindictive moment?" He decided that question strangely—that "Pavel Pavlovitch did want to kill him, but the thought of the murder had never entered his head." In short: "Pavel Pavlovitch wanted to kill him, but didn't know he wanted to kill him. It's senseless, but that's the truth," thought Velchaninov. "It was not to get a post and it was not on Bagautov's account he came here, though he did try to get a post here, and did run to see Bagautov and was furious when he died; he thought no more of him than a chip. He came here on my account and he came here with Liza . . ." "And did I expect that he . . . would murder me?" He decided that he did, that he had expected it from the moment when he saw him in the carriage following Bagautov's funeral. "I began, as it were, to expect something . . . but, of course, not that; but, of course, not that he would murder me! . . ." "And can it be that all that was true?" he exclaimed again, suddenly raising his head from the pillow and opening his eyes. "All that that . . . madman told me yesterday about his love for me, when his chin quivered and he thumped himself on the breast with his fist?" "It was the absolute truth," he decided, still pondering and analysing, "that Quasimodo from T{{ld}} quite sufficiently<noinclude></noinclude> ef1xor3ynomo2k6jnem3phlljcyvah4 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/79 104 4490074 14129773 2024-04-25T19:29:47Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||71|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| ::When slumber waves her wand Over my brow, I wander in my dreams Close by the ripples of our soft blue streams ::Far in my native land, And lovely visions o'er my eye-lids play! that I could but dream my life away! ::I see my mother then; A pleasant smile sleeps on her features fair, And the low cadence of her whispered prayer ::Steals on my ear again, As when I knelt beside her blessed knee— Mother, sweet Mother, dost thou pray for me? ::Upon the summer rose Nature's faint pencilings are softly seen, Laid on with cunning hand, and bright and green, ::Where the wood-branches close The honey-suckle wreathes our cottage eaves— Alas! I may not sit beneath its leaves! ::Before I sought the sea, 1 used to wander with my sister sweet, And many a winding path our little feet ::Made round the old oak tree, Where in the sunshine we were wont to play— And they are there—but I am far away! ::O! could I only ride Upon the ocean where the wild winds meet, |start=stanza|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> nn06qn81az0ky9l51pnh75thh72w78a Page:Poems Welby.djvu/80 104 4490075 14129775 2024-04-25T19:30:17Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||72|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| And where the sea-shell singeth passing sweet ::Under the trembling tide, The demon of the storms I would not fear— But O! I am a fettered captive here! ::O! could I see my home If but to kiss my sister's cheek once more, And hear thee, Mother, bless me o'er and o'er! ::For then not e'en my doom Could dim thy truant's laughter-loving eye— Alas! without thy blessing I must die! ::Die in this dreary cell, With no fond ear to catch my parting breath; In bondage I must wrestle here with death, ::Without one sweet farewell From lips, that oft have smiled on me in joy— Alas! sweet Mother, for thy captive boy! |start=stanza }}<noinclude></noinclude> 3wo815ed6u1idc4xiqjzuvx4sz1tvq4 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/81 104 4490076 14129780 2024-04-25T19:30:58Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THE GOLDEN RINGLET.| Here is a little golden tress :Of soft unbraided hair, The all that's left of loveliness, :That once was thought so fair; And yet though time hath dimmed its sheen, :Though all beside hath fled, I hold it here, a link between :My spirit and the dead. Yes! from this shining ringlet still :A mournful memory springs, That melts my heart and sends a thrill :Through all its trembling strings. I think of her, the loved, the wept, :Upon whose forehead fair, For eighteen years, like sunshine, slept :This golden curl of hair. O sunny tress! the joyous brow, :Where thou didst lightly wave, With all thy sister-tresses now :Lies cold within the grave; |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> pu895cg3ip8exe5il7ck1i0z43gqk89 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/82 104 4490077 14129787 2024-04-25T19:32:16Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||74|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| That cheek is of its bloom bereft, :That eye no more is gay; Of all her beauties thou art left, :A solitary ray. Four years have past, this very June, :Since last we fondly met— Four years! and yet it seems too soon :To let the heart forget— Too soon to let that lovely face :From our sad thoughts depart, And to another give the place :She held within the heart. Her memory still within my mind :Retains its sweetest power; It is the perfume left behind :To whisper of the flower; Each blossom, that in moments gone :Bound up this sunny curl, Recalls the form, the look, the tone :Of that enchanting girl. Her step was like an April rain :O'er beds of violets flung, Her voice the prelude to a strain :Before the song is sung; Her life—'t was like a half-brown flower :Closed ere the shades of even, |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> d98w85ugaaqmsxujwgpnbuf6qa1erqa Page:Poems Welby.djvu/83 104 4490078 14129792 2024-04-25T19:33:09Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||75|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Her death, the dawn, the blushing hour, :That opes the gate of heaven. A single tress! how slight a thing :To sway such magic art, And bid each soft remembrance spring :Like blossoms in the heart! It leads me back to days of old, :To her I loved so long, Whose locks outshone pellucid gold, :Whose lips o'erflowed with song. Since then I've heard a thousand lays :From lips as sweet as hers, Yet when I strove to give them praise, :I only gave them tears; I could not bear, amid the throng :Where jest and laughter rung, To hear another sing the song, :That trembled on her tongue. A single shining tress of hair :To bid such memories start! But tears are on its lustre—there :I lay it on my heart: O! when in Death's cold arms I sink, :Who then, with gentle care, Will keep for me a dark-brown link— :A ringlet of my hair? |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 7vw4z1om0b7v5du45gwwmypuvbks7tp Page:Poems Welby.djvu/84 104 4490079 14129795 2024-04-25T19:34:06Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THE COTTAGE BAND.| I know a neat white cot, that peeps out brightly From its repose amid green wavy trees, ::That murmur to the breeze, Round which young feet are heard to fall as lightly As summer rain-drops on the sighing rose, ::Lulling it to repose. There, when the joyous lark is upward springing, With his sweet song to greet the early morn, ::Unto the ear is borne The silvery laugh of childhood, wildly ringing Upon the stillness of the soft blue air, ::For happy hearts are there. Hearts that are filled from love's eternal fountain Till each is like a deep o'erflowing well, ::Or a wild flowret's bell, Hid 'neath the brow of some o'erhanging mountain. Giving its perfume to each wind it meets, ::Yet losing not its sweets. |e=stanza}}<noinclude></noinclude> 36d9pzjnyv4nprf5m91n24v5ufjtwcp Page:Poems Welby.djvu/85 104 4490080 14129800 2024-04-25T19:35:06Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||77|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| And there at noon-tide, mid the trembling glances Of the sweet starry jasmine gleaming out, ::Is heard a young boy's shout, Clear as the singing of a stream, that dances Unto the breeze in all its boundless glee— ::As clear, but O! more free. And near his side a fairy creature lingers, His little sister with her moss-rose cheek, ::And eye so softly meek, Parting the clustering vines with dimpled fingers, And seizing from their long and wiry stems, ::Their pale and quivering gems. And there at eve, beneath the starlight gleamings. Sits their young mother in soft pensive grace. ::With sweetly smiling face, Hushing her babe unto its heavenly dreamings, And, with bent listening ear and graceful head, ::Waiting her husband's tread. And, when his step his heard among the flowers, Sweet lips are wreathed in smiles, and ready feet ::Fly forth his own to meet; And the calm stillness of the twilight hours Is broken by soft whispered words of love, ::Stirring the air above. |start=stanza|end=stanza }}<noinclude></noinclude> 1wm0dlb3wg8tliekkkdwk7zal65ix7i Page:Poems Welby.djvu/86 104 4490081 14129802 2024-04-25T19:35:30Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||78|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| And this is all! yet oft my fancy painteth That quiet lovely spot unto my view, ::Where the warm sun looks through The leafy boughs, and where the white rose fainteth Upon the breeze, that oft its leaves hath fanned— ::Blest be that cottage-band! |start=stanza }}<noinclude></noinclude> i3g626k52rdens72ovmyo0kbrkxorka The Strand Magazine/Volume 7/Issue 40 0 4490082 14129804 2024-04-25T19:35:51Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Created page with "{{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = Issue 40 - April 1894 | previous = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 39/|Issue 39]] | next = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 41/|Issue 41]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 7 }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 7. No. 40.||April 1893.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = Issue 40 - April 1894 | previous = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 39/|Issue 39]] | next = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 41/|Issue 41]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 7 }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 7. No. 40.||April 1893.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <!-- <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 7).djvu" include=3/> --> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC/s|title=Contents|width=500px}} * '''[[/An Anarchist/]]''' by [[Author:Eugène Moret|Eugène Moret]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''. No. XXXII. The Baroness Burdett-Coutts, by [[Author:Mary Spencer-Warre|Mary Spencer-Warre]]. * '''[[/Martin Hewitt, Investigator/]]''',<br/>The Loss of Sammy Crockett, by [[Author:A. G. Morrison|A. G. Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/Zig-Zags at the Zoo/]]''', No. XXII. Zig-Zag Saurian by [[Author:Arthur Morrison|Arthur Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:William James Affleck Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]].}} * '''[[/My Diving-Dress/]]'''.<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Harold Piffard|Harold Piffard]].}} * '''[[/From Behind the Speaker's Chair/]]''' by [[Author:Henry W. Lucy|Henry W. Lucy]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:F. C. Gould|F. C. Gould]].}} * '''[[/Stories from the Diary of a Doctor/]]''',<br/>No. X. Without Witnesses, by [[Author:L. T. Meade|L. T. Meade]] and [[Author:Clifford Halifax|Clifford Halifax]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Sir Henry Charles Lopes * Ernest Louis, Grand Duke of Hesse * Victoria Melita of Saxe-Coburg and Edinburgh * John James Stewart Perowne * The Right Hon. Henry Campbell-Bannerman }}}} * '''[[/Crimes and Criminals/]]: III. Coiners and Coining'''. * '''[[/Beauties/]]'''. * '''[[/How Composers Work/]]''' Part 2, by [[Author:Francis Arthur Jones|Francis Arthur Jones]]. * '''[[/The Zealous Sentinel/]]''', from the French.<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/The Queer Side of Things/]]''' ** '''The Unbelievers' Club''', by [[Author:J. F. Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]]. ** '''Pal's Puzzle Page''', by [[Author:Jean de Paléologue|Jean de Paléologue]]. {{AuxTOC/e}} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] hlp3mn3daeb5roq2nhj3zzps6hlw147 14129808 14129804 2024-04-25T19:36:27Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = Issue 40 - April 1894 | previous = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 39/|Issue 39]] | next = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 41/|Issue 41]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 7 }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 7. No. 40.||April 1893.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <!-- <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 7).djvu" include=3/> --> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC/s|title=Contents|width=500px}} * '''[[/An Anarchist/]]''' by [[Author:Eugène Moret|Eugène Moret]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''. No. XXXII. The Baroness Burdett-Coutts, by [[Author:Mary Spencer-Warren|Mary Spencer-Warren]]. * '''[[/Martin Hewitt, Investigator/]]''',<br/>The Loss of Sammy Crockett, by [[Author:A. G. Morrison|A. G. Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/Zig-Zags at the Zoo/]]''', No. XXII. Zig-Zag Saurian by [[Author:Arthur Morrison|Arthur Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:William James Affleck Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]].}} * '''[[/My Diving-Dress/]]'''.<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Harold Piffard|Harold Piffard]].}} * '''[[/From Behind the Speaker's Chair/]]''' by [[Author:Henry W. Lucy|Henry W. Lucy]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:F. C. Gould|F. C. Gould]].}} * '''[[/Stories from the Diary of a Doctor/]]''',<br/>No. X. Without Witnesses, by [[Author:L. T. Meade|L. T. Meade]] and [[Author:Clifford Halifax|Clifford Halifax]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Sir Henry Charles Lopes * Ernest Louis, Grand Duke of Hesse * Victoria Melita of Saxe-Coburg and Edinburgh * John James Stewart Perowne * The Right Hon. Henry Campbell-Bannerman }}}} * '''[[/Crimes and Criminals/]]: III. Coiners and Coining'''. * '''[[/Beauties/]]'''. * '''[[/How Composers Work/]]''' Part 2, by [[Author:Francis Arthur Jones|Francis Arthur Jones]]. * '''[[/The Zealous Sentinel/]]''', from the French.<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/The Queer Side of Things/]]''' ** '''The Unbelievers' Club''', by [[Author:J. F. Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]]. ** '''Pal's Puzzle Page''', by [[Author:Jean de Paléologue|Jean de Paléologue]]. {{AuxTOC/e}} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] m2v3stqn7evax1g9qqhsodya7zflxn5 14129907 14129808 2024-04-25T20:11:53Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = Issue 40 - April 1894 | previous = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 39/|Issue 39]] | next = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 41/|Issue 41]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 7 }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 7. No. 40.||April 1894.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <!-- <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 7).djvu" include=3/> --> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC/s|title=Contents|width=500px}} * '''[[/An Anarchist/]]''' by [[Author:Eugène Moret|Eugène Moret]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''. No. XXXII. The Baroness Burdett-Coutts, by [[Author:Mary Spencer-Warren|Mary Spencer-Warren]]. * '''[[/Martin Hewitt, Investigator/]]''',<br/>The Loss of Sammy Crockett, by [[Author:A. G. Morrison|A. G. Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/Zig-Zags at the Zoo/]]''', No. XXII. Zig-Zag Saurian by [[Author:Arthur Morrison|Arthur Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:William James Affleck Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]].}} * '''[[/My Diving-Dress/]]'''.<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Harold Piffard|Harold Piffard]].}} * '''[[/From Behind the Speaker's Chair/]]''' by [[Author:Henry W. Lucy|Henry W. Lucy]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:F. C. Gould|F. C. Gould]].}} * '''[[/Stories from the Diary of a Doctor/]]''',<br/>No. X. Without Witnesses, by [[Author:L. T. Meade|L. T. Meade]] and [[Author:Clifford Halifax|Clifford Halifax]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Sir Henry Charles Lopes * Ernest Louis, Grand Duke of Hesse * Victoria Melita of Saxe-Coburg and Edinburgh * John James Stewart Perowne * The Right Hon. Henry Campbell-Bannerman }}}} * '''[[/Crimes and Criminals/]]: III. Coiners and Coining'''. * '''[[/Beauties/]]'''. * '''[[/How Composers Work/]]''' Part 2, by [[Author:Francis Arthur Jones|Francis Arthur Jones]]. * '''[[/The Zealous Sentinel/]]''', from the French.<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/The Queer Side of Things/]]''' ** '''The Unbelievers' Club''', by [[Author:J. F. Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]]. ** '''Pal's Puzzle Page''', by [[Author:Jean de Paléologue|Jean de Paléologue]]. {{AuxTOC/e}} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] 5qj978qa477n2jzqnjwzntiuxqngxjb Page:Dostoyevsky - The Eternal Husband and Other Stories, Collected Edition, 1917.djvu/137 104 4490083 14129805 2024-04-25T19:35:53Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|125|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>stupid and noble to fall in love with the lover of his wife, about whom he noticed nothing suspicious in twenty years! He had been thinking of me with respect, cherishing my memory and brooding over my "utterances" for nine years. Good Heavens! and I had no notion of it! He could not have been lying yesterday! But did he love me yesterday when he declared his feeling and said 'Let us settle our account?' Yes, it was from hatred that he loved me; that's the strongest of all loves . . ." "Of course it may have happened, of course it must have happened that I made a tremendous impression on him at T{{ld}}. Tremendous and 'gratifying' is just what it was, and it's just with a Schiller like that, in the outer form of a Quasimodo, that such a thing could happen! He magnified me a hundredfold because I impressed him too much in his philosophic solitude. . . . It would be interesting to know by what I impressed him? Perhaps by my clean gloves and my knowing how to put them on. Quasimodos are fond of all that is æsthetic. Ough! aren't they fond of it! A glove is often quite enough for a noble heart, and especially one of these 'eternal husbands.' The rest they supply themselves a thousand times, and are ready to fight for you, to satisfy your slightest wish. What an opinion he had of my powers of fascination! Perhaps it was just my powers of fascination that made the most impression on him. And his cry then, 'If that one, too . . . whom can one trust!' After that cry one may well become a wild beast! . . . "H'm! He comes here 'to embrace me and weep,' as he expressed it in the most abject way—that is, he came here to murder me and thought he came 'to embrace me and to weep.' . . . He brought Liza too. But, who knows? if I had wept with him, perhaps, really, he would have forgiven me, for he had a terrible longing to forgive me! . . . At the first shock all that was changed into drunken antics and caricature, and into loathsome, womanish whining over his wrongs. (Those horns! those horns he made on his forehead!) He came drunk on purpose to speak out, though he was playing the fool; if he had not been drunk, even he could not have done it. . . . And how he liked playing the fool, didn't he like it! Ough! wasn't he pleased, too, when he made me kiss him! Only he didn't know then whether he would end by embracing me or murdering me. Of course, it's turned out that the best<noinclude></noinclude> alrvi2qe1jdqcwx4y06fmimrmybvm2d Page:Poems Welby.djvu/87 104 4490084 14129809 2024-04-25T19:36:47Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THE LITTLE STEP-SON.| I have a little step-son, the loveliest thing alive; A noble sturdy boy is he, and yet he's only five; His smooth cheek hath a blooming glow, his eyes are black as jet, And his lips are like two rose-buds, all tremulous and wet; His days pass off in sunshine, in laughter, and in song, As careless as a summer rill, that sings itself along; For like a pretty fairy tale, that's all too quickly told, Is the young life of a little one, that's only five years old. He's dreaming on his happy couch, before the day grows dark. He's up with morning's rosy ray a-singing with the lark; Where'er the flowers are freshest, where'er the grass is green, With light locks waving on the wind his fairy form is seen, Amid the whistling March winds, amid the April showers; He warbles with the singing birds and blossoms with the flowers; He cares not for the summer heat, he cares not for the cold— My sturdy little step-son, that's only five years old. |e=stanza}}<noinclude></noinclude> rpk2aggcvpyhw1363tnbk0gsa80k0sg Page:Poems Welby.djvu/88 104 4490085 14129813 2024-04-25T19:37:35Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||80|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| How touching 't is to see him clasp his dimpled hands in prayer, And raise his little rosy face with reverential air! How simple is his eloquence! how soft his accents fall When pleading, with the King of kings to love and bless us all; And when from prayer he bounds away in innocence and joy, The blessing of a smiling God goes with the sinless boy; A little lambkin of the flock, within the Savior's fold, Is he my lovely step-son, that's only five years old. I have not told you of our home, that in the summer hours, Stands in its simple modesty half hid among the flowers; I have not said a single word about our mines of wealth— Our treasures are this little boy, contentment, peace and health; For even a lordly hall to us would be a voiceless place Without the gush of his glad voice, the gleams of his bright face: And many a courtly pair, I ween, would give their gems and gold For a noble happy boy like ours, some four or five years old. |start=stanza }}<noinclude></noinclude> ozsdh8j1byuhy0nvt3qfkklx8va4mno Page:Poems Welby.djvu/89 104 4490086 14129814 2024-04-25T19:38:22Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|TO A HUMMING-BIRD.| A merry welcome to thee, glittering bird! :Lover of summer flowers and sunny things! A night hath past since my young buds have heard :The music of thy rainbow-colored wings— Wings, that flash sparkles out where'er they quiver, Like sudden sunlight rushing o'er a river. A merry welcome and a treat for thee! :Here are fresh blossoms opening bright and new, Ready to yield thee, for thy melody, :Their first rich sighs and drops of honey-dew, Opening their blushing petals to the glances Of silvery sheen, that round thy light form dances. Methinks thou 'rt early out—the queenly night :Her star-gemmed curtain scarce has folded back; And now the glorious sun, a monarch bright, :Bursts forth into his gold-pavilioned track, Kissing from dew-bent flowers the tears of even, And scattering the bright mists from earth and heaven. How fair is all around! and thou, bright thing. :Though but a speck, a brilliant one thou art; |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> htsbktdc1rtv77b573csolfpqy9rhyd Page:Poems Welby.djvu/90 104 4490087 14129815 2024-04-25T19:38:51Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||82|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| I almost think the humming of thy wing :Must be the merry echoes of thy heart; For what if other birds have happier voices? Thou need'st not care—thy very wing rejoices. Child of the sunshine! bird of summer hours! :Brief is thy life, yet happy as 't is brief, For thou wilt pass away when bloom-touched flowers :Are fading from the green earth, leaf by leaf; I envy thee, for when the things we cherish Are withering round, 't is meet with them to perish. Here thou may'st banquet till the first faint gleams :Of twilight wander o'er the face of day, Wooing our spirits to the land of dreams; :Then on a sunbeam thou wilt flit away; But, at the earliest dawn of morning's hour, I'll welcome thee again unto my bower. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> a1y9ijqnr0r2zfzs66t9er0zz0kvkyt Page:Poems Welby.djvu/91 104 4490088 14129817 2024-04-25T19:40:20Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THE BROKEN-HEARTED.| She faded slowly 'mid unwithering roses; :In the first flush of youth, her heart had been Bright as a full bud when it first discloses :Its summer tints beneath its hood of green; For there was one to whom her heart she'd given, :Yet she had won no vow of love from him, And shadows gathered o'er her sunny heaven :Till e'en the lingering star of hope grew dim. Life had to her been sweet as music measures, :That steal forth from a lute on some faint breeze, And her sweet thoughts were like uncounted treasures, :That cluster in the depths of trembling seas; There played around her lip a smile so winning, :And in her eye there shone such tenderness, That none could look on her and dream of sinning, :She was so pure in virgin loveliness. 'T was when soft summer winds were lightly stirring, :One golden eve in bright mid-summer time, That first, with honeyed words and looks endearing, :He stole within her path in manhood's prime; |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> pz39isqjtx6c9zca8j254nzrepszefc Page:Dostoyevsky - The Eternal Husband and Other Stories, Collected Edition, 1917.djvu/138 104 4490089 14129818 2024-04-25T19:40:39Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|126|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>thing was to do both. A most natural solution! Yes, indeed, nature dislikes monstrosities and destroys them with natural solutions. The most monstrous monster is the monster with noble feelings; I know that by personal experience, Pavel Pavlovitch! Nature is not a tender mother, but a stepmother to the monster. Nature gives birth to the deformed, but instead of pitying him she punishes him, and with good reason. Even decent people have to pay for embraces and tears of forgiveness, nowadays, to say nothing of men like you and me, Pavel Pavlovitch! "Yes, he was stupid enough to take me to see his future bride. Good Heavens! His future bride! Only a Quasimodo like that could have conceived the notion of 'rising again to a new life’ by means of the innocence of Mademoiselle Zahlebinin! But it was not your fault, Pavel Pavlovitch, it was not your fault: you're a monster, so everything about you is bound to be monstrous, your dreams and your hopes. But, though he was a monster, he had doubts of his dream, and that was why he needed the high sanction of Velchaninov whom he so revered. He wanted Velchaninov to approve, he wanted him to reassure him that the dream was not a dream, but something real. He took me there from a devout respect for me and faith in the nobility of my feelings, believing, perhaps, that there, under a bush, we should embrace and shed tears near all that youthful innocence. Yes! That 'eternal husband' was obliged, sooner or later, to punish himself for everything, and to punish himself he snatched up the razor—by accident, it is true, still he did snatch it up! 'And yet he stuck him with a knife, and yet he ended by stabbing him in the presence of the Governor.' And, by the way, had he any idea of that sort in his mind when he told me that anecdote about the best man? And was there really anything that night when he got out of bed and stood in the middle of the room? H’m! . . . No, he stood there then ''as a joke''. He got up for other reasons, and when he saw that I was frightened of him he did not answer me for ten minutes because he was very much pleased that I was frightened of him. . . . It was at that moment, perhaps, when he stood there in the dark, that some idea of this sort first dawned upon him. . . . "Yet if I had not forgotten that razor on the table yesterday—maybe nothing would have happened. Is that so? Is that so? To be sure he had been avoiding me before—why, he had<noinclude></noinclude> j5o4iq09ntezncmubqthcfx6fxx3vew Page:Poems Welby.djvu/92 104 4490090 14129819 2024-04-25T19:40:53Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||84|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| And when sweet jasmine vines their wreaths were looping :Around her bower, beneath their fragrant shade With her fair head upon his bosom drooping, :She'd list entranced to all the loved one said. And at the hour, when silvery dew-drops slumbered :Upon the whispering grass and young rose-leaves, With restless heart each quiet star she numbered, :For he would seek her side at starry eves; And though beneath his glance her heart would quiver, :And her voice, when to him she spoke or sung, Seemed like the sad moan of a low-voiced river, :Still in his presence tremblingly she hung. But when she found he loved her as a brother :Would love a gentle sister, with deep art She tried each wild and wayward thought to smother, :But 't was a bitter task—it broke her heart; For, though her red lips woke a strain of sadness, :A tear into her hazel eye would spring, And in its depths there shone a dreamy sadness, :That told of deep distress and sorrowing. But, when far, far away o'er dell and mountain, :He left her side to seek a distant land, Love still hung weeping over Memory's fountain, :And her young brow drooped on her pale thin hand; |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> eot7wr30pdjz7dy8wczgtad1b7orlss Page:Poems Welby.djvu/93 104 4490091 14129820 2024-04-25T19:41:12Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||85|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| And when the peeping flowers of spring were wreathing, :And the soft air was burdened with perfume, Life's last sad music on her lip was breathing, :And she was lightly gathered to the tomb. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 6zt52k11vygiegz03uzwc34ywaq2cry Page:Poems Welby.djvu/94 104 4490092 14129822 2024-04-25T19:41:48Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THE YOUNG LOVERS.| She was a witching creature, o'er whose head :Scarce eighteen summers on bright wings had flown, Into whose spirit poetry had shed :Her sweetest odors, breathed fresh from her own; Pure modesty around her light form spread :Her spotless drapery, and, like a zone, Beauty encircled her, for her wild glances Spell-bound all hearts in sweet bewildering trances. Her beauty was of a mysterious kind, :Baffling the pencil, that its charms would trace, For the rich depths of her illumined mind :Such flitting gleams gave to her love-toned face, That the spell-taken eye could ever find :Some charm unseen before; a willowy grace Played in the movements of her form, just moulded Into soft roundness, like a rose unfolded. Her step was lighter than the wanton breeze, :That breathes its love-sighs to the dreamy hours, And graceful as light vapors o'er the seas, :Melting away in soft and dewy showers, |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> j3ozexipa8zz1lfmz3qtybasalwqemz Page:Poems Welby.djvu/95 104 4490093 14129823 2024-04-25T19:42:42Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||87|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| While, with a simple grace and natural ease, :She half reclined upon a bed of flowers, And o'er her shoulder, rainbow like, there bended A youth, whose sighs with her warm breathings blended, He was a being e'en more glorious still; :The seal of genius on his brow was seen, With thoughts bright as the dews that flowers distil, :When leaves dance in the starlight fresh and green; His was a voice rich as a harp's deep thrill, :A large dark eagle-eye, and noble mien, Yet with a heart so tuned to softest measures, His very face beamed forth bewildering pleasures. As o'er her drooping form he softly bent, :The pressure of his lip was on her brow, While to her cheek the warm blood came and went, :Varying each moment with her rich thoughts' flow, For each, within her heaving bosom pent, :Seemed struggling on her up-turned face to glow, While tell-tale dimples, in her cheeks appearing, Told that a sweet love-thought her heart was stirring. For closely round that young and happy pair :Passion had wove her softest, sweetest ties, While, like two spirits fresh from heaven, there :They sat beneath their own blue native skies, |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 8jh9j3nbs5roqgb1t77ejz2b0bdyufw Page:Poems Welby.djvu/96 104 4490094 14129824 2024-04-25T19:43:03Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||88|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| He playing with some stray-tress of her hair :And gazing mutely in her melting eyes, While from their glowing glances both were drinking The passionate love that in their hearts was sinking. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> ptvo617a9df0mnoep4n86wtebuvt9wq Page:Poems Welby.djvu/97 104 4490095 14129826 2024-04-25T19:43:39Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THE BLIND GIRL'S LAMENT.| I sit beneath the grape-vine, that o'ercreepeth :The humble arch above our cottage door, While on its purple clusters softly sleepeth :The holy radiance that the moonbeams pour; The joyous song-bird in the starlight singeth :Unto the dreaming buds its vesper hymn, But not a single ray of gladness springeth :Within my heart—alas! my eye is dim. I know the hour when silent-footed even :Puts on her shadowy mantle light and fair, When, as she waves her wand o'er earth and heaven, :The stars float up within the soft blue air; 'T is then I fling aside my long loose tresses :Unto the kisses of the wanton wind, And strive to sing and smile, but ah! there presses :A gloomy pall upon me—I am blind. O! could I steal forth, when the daylight fadeth :From rock and tree, to greet the summer eves, To watch the primrose, that from sunlight shadeth :Its golden cup, unfold its twilight leaves, |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> lpslu4qhl1qgh1tqbu49k64tbubsrp1 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/98 104 4490096 14129828 2024-04-25T19:44:45Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||90|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| To lay my warm brow to the breeze that wooeth :The wild sea-ripples to the sounding shore— The soft south breeze that perfume round us streweth— :But ah! 't is vain—my eye is shaded o'er. My little sister often softy layeth :Her velvet cheek to mine, and bids me go Where the young moss-rose its soft bloom displayeth, :And the wild daisies in their brightness glow; I hear her small feet as she lightly dances :Like a winged fairy o'er the emerald grass, She thinks not of her sister's clouded glances, :For where she trips the blind girl may not pass. When my young brother in his beauty boundeth :Up with the lark to greet the morning sky, While through the forest-aisles his laugh resoundeth, :The tear drops gather to my darkened eye; And when, with rosy cheek and bright eye burning, :He seeks my side in all his boyish glee, My heart is troubled with a secret yearning :To meet his glance—but ah! I cannot see. My meek fond mother tells me I am brighter :Than the sweet flowers she twines amid my hair; She thinks her praise will make my spirit lighter, :But O! I pine not to be bright or fair; I may be lovelier than the violet flower, :That shines, they say, beneath its broad leaves hid, |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> c62ndf22tc1hsmf0cmq5lctec40qmg0 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/99 104 4490097 14129829 2024-04-25T19:45:14Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||91|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| But beauty is to me a worthless dower. :While darkly rolls mine eye beneath its lid. I cannot gaze upon their pleasant faces, :Where the soft light of beauty ever beams, Yet on my mind their fair forms Fancy traces, :And their deep looks pierce through my nightly dreams; I feel my mother's soft eye as it flashes :Like a lone star that looks down from the sky, Trembling so softly 'neath its silky lashes, :Yet, when I wake, 't is with a darkened eye. Ah! little know they of the dreamy sadness :That shadows o'er my spirit's viewless urn, For they can look out on the free world's gladness, :Where blossoms blow, and stars shoot out and burn, While I must sit, a fair yet darkened flower, :Amid the bright band gathered round our hearth, The only sad thing in our sweet home bower— :O! for one glance upon the fresh green earth! |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> ge02yj3ajnwmxmdv7voluv4zmopfku4 Author:Eugène Moret 102 4490098 14129831 2024-04-25T19:45:27Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Created page with "{{author | firstname = Eugène | lastname = Moret | last_initial = Mo | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Contributor of a short story to The Strand Magazine in 1894. }} ==Works==" wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = Eugène | lastname = Moret | last_initial = Mo | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Contributor of a short story to The Strand Magazine in 1894. }} ==Works== 8ja8muzs46zrdtdceicg5i8543djcyg 14129837 14129831 2024-04-25T19:46:50Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = Eugène | lastname = Moret | last_initial = Mo | birthyear = 1835 | deathyear = 1890 | description = Contributor of a short story to The Strand Magazine in 1894. }} ==Works== {{PD-US|1890}} 3tjjwscmt9z493f24deko8rf2oz1ymw Page:Dostoyevsky - The Eternal Husband and Other Stories, Collected Edition, 1917.djvu/139 104 4490099 14129832 2024-04-25T19:45:49Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|127|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>not been to see me for a fortnight: he had been hiding from me to ''spare'' me! Of course, he picked out Bagautov first, not me! Why, he rushed to heat plates for me in the night, thinking to create a diversion—from the knife to pity and tenderness! . . . He wanted to save himself and me, too—with his hot plates! . . ." And for a long time the sick brain of this "man of the world" went on working in this way, going round and round in a circle, till he grew calmer. He woke up next morning with the same headache, but with a quite ''new'' and quite unexpected terror in his heart. . . . This new terror came from the positive conviction, which suddenly grew strong within him that he, Velchaninov (a man of the world) would end it all that day by going of his own free will to Pavel Pavlovitch. Why? What for? He had no idea and, with repugnance, refused to know; all that he knew was that, for some reason, he would go to him. This madness, however—he could give it no other name—did, as it developed, take a rational form and fasten upon a fairly legitimate pretext: he had even, the day before, been haunted by the idea that Pavel Pavlovitch would go back to his lodging and hang himself, like the clerk about whom Marya Sysoevna had told him. This notion of the day before had passed by degrees into an unreasoning but persistent conviction. "Why should the fool hang himself?" he kept protesting to himself every half-minute. He remembered Liza's words . . . "Yet in his place, perhaps, I should hang myself" . . . he reflected once. It ended by his turning towards Pavel Pavlovitch instead of going to dinner. "I shall simply inquire of Marya Sysoevna," he decided. But before he had come out into the street he stopped short in the gateway: "Can it be, can it be?" he cried, turning crimson with shame. "Can it be that I'm crawling there, to 'embrace and shed tears'? That senseless abjectness was all that was needed to complete the ignominy!" But from that "senseless abjectness" he was saved by the providence that watches over all decent and well-bred people. He had no sooner stepped into the street when he stumbled upon Alexandr Lobov. The young man was in breathless haste and excitement. "I was coming to see you! What do you think of our friend, Pavel Pavlovitch, now?" "He's hanged himself!" Velchaninov muttered wildly. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 2dnmwzx78dtf8nqxge330gie53nu4d8 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/100 104 4490100 14129833 2024-04-25T19:45:53Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|TO {{ld}}.| Wilt thou not think of me with mournful heart, When our warm lips and clasping hands shall part? :::And in thy soul's deep cell Will not my memory be treasured up, Fresh as the dews that in the lily's cup :::In sweetness dwell? And, as those dropping dews upon the flowers Sweeten their leaves through all the dreamy hours :::When weary eyelids close, So may my memory, in thine hours of gloom, Be to thy soul a balm, a soft perfume, :::To soothe thy woes. I'd have thee think of me when thou art gone, As one round whom a fairy spell is thrown :::Of bright poetic dreams, Whose sweet wild thoughts, from their unfathomed fount, The heart, like flashing waters, upward mount :::In sparkling gleams. And, when thy wandering feet are roaming o'er The golden sands of some bright, distant shore, |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> glxa2o2bzgenmm8ydyubm8lochz8mrz Page:Poems Welby.djvu/101 104 4490101 14129838 2024-04-25T19:46:57Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||93|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| :::Where the soft-chanting waves Murmur their dirge-like music low and deep Over the depths where wild, wild spirits sleep :::In their dark caves— Then think of her whose heart, 'mid scenes like these, Would thrill and echo to each passing breeze :::And to the water's chime— Into whose eyes unbidden tears would rush, Till from her heart her feelings all would gush :::In untaught rhyme. And when Night spreads o'er all her sable shroud, The time when sweet emotions softly crowd :::Within the human breast, Will not the memory of these thoughts of love, Scarce owned by us, yet registered above, :::Make thee more blest! By the love-links that round our young hearts wreathe, By all we feel, but cannot, dare not breathe, :::Whate'er may be our lot, And by thy fond glance melting into mine, I ask of thee, where'er that glance may shine, :::Forget me not! |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> tqg9mndhlw3rhduq0ubqh9q3mcz0ag7 Author talk:Eugène Moret 103 4490102 14129839 2024-04-25T19:47:06Z Qq1122qq 1889140 /* Evidence of dates. */ new section wikitext text/x-wiki == Evidence of dates. == https://data.bnf.fr/en/14564249/eugene_moret/ [[User:Qq1122qq|Qq1122qq]] ([[User talk:Qq1122qq|talk]]) 19:47, 25 April 2024 (UTC) 9aw1ddjyncpnmpj4pdubhuiw8zrzv6b Page:Poems Welby.djvu/102 104 4490103 14129842 2024-04-25T19:47:54Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|HE CAME TOO LATE.| He came too late—he came too late :To soothe her spirit's silent anguish, So deep her love, so sad her fate, :So sweetly lost, she seemed to languish; His gift of love, the ring of gold, :Had fallen from her wasted finger, Her lips were pale, where smiles of old, :In dimpling sweetness, loved to linger; Yet still she kept his broken vow, :Still hoarded up his every token; But death the lone one, claims her now— :He came too late, her heart was broken. I saw her once—her locks of gold, :Intwined with many a radiant blossom, Back from her snow-white forehead rolled, :And floated o'er her swelling bosom, Around her slight and matchless form :A thousand graces seemed to hover: 'T was moulded to a perfect charm, :Yet pining for a faithless lover; |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> o71lrq00dvp2pcdn5j4fc6ao0t6ylpb 14129847 14129842 2024-04-25T19:49:09Z Alien333 3086116 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|HE CAME TOO LATE.| He came too late—he came too late :To soothe her spirit's silent anguish, So deep her love, so sad her fate, :So sweetly lost, she seemed to languish; His gift of love, the ring of gold, :Had fallen from her wasted finger, Her lips were pale, where smiles of old, :In dimpling sweetness, loved to linger; Yet still she kept his broken vow, :Still hoarded up his every token; But death the lone one, claims her now— :He came too late, her heart was broken. I saw her once—her locks of gold, :Intwined with many a radiant blossom, Back from her snow-white forehead rolled, :And floated o'er her swelling bosom. Around her slight and matchless form :A thousand graces seemed to hover: 'T was moulded to a perfect charm, :Yet pining for a faithless lover; |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> ahrepmmly9toqol4ss66gvk4e2c00x7 Author:Francis Arthur Jones 102 4490104 14129843 2024-04-25T19:48:20Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Created page with "{{author | firstname = Francis Arthur | lastname = Jones | last_initial = Jo | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Irregular contributor of articles to The Strand Magazine from the 1890s to the 1920s. }} ==Works==" wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = Francis Arthur | lastname = Jones | last_initial = Jo | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Irregular contributor of articles to The Strand Magazine from the 1890s to the 1920s. }} ==Works== 656egr63d5sui30d1ee3z7zm1ul3oh9 Author talk:Francis Arthur Jones 103 4490105 14129846 2024-04-25T19:48:56Z Qq1122qq 1889140 /* Contributed works from the FictionMags index */ new section wikitext text/x-wiki == Contributed works from the FictionMags index == http://www.philsp.com/homeville/FMI/n05/n05120.htm#A150 [[User:Qq1122qq|Qq1122qq]] ([[User talk:Qq1122qq|talk]]) 19:48, 25 April 2024 (UTC) 627ho7lec2frcrif3cd0beljmc3bxfy Page:Poems Welby.djvu/103 104 4490106 14129848 2024-04-25T19:49:16Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||95|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| I passed her by, yet on my ear :Her bird-like voice came ringing after; I little thought, a struggling tear, :Was lost amid its silvery laughter. He came too late—in days of old, :When by her side he loved to wander, And time that makes the heart grow cold, :But served to make his bosom fonder, That heart, in which he seemed to live, :Was yielded up with bashful pleasure, And though 't was all she had to give, :That heart was in itself, a treasure; He left her—'mid the vain and great :He never found so fair a blossom; He came at last, but O! too late— :She slept within her Saviour's bosom. Strange that the love-lorn heart will beat :With rapture wild amid its folly— No grief so soft, no pain so sweet :As love's delicious melancholy. And thus, though life and hope grew dim, :She nursed the flame she could not smother; It seemed more sweet to die for him :Than live the worshipped of another. And did Contentment fold its wing :Around his heart while hers was riven? |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 6z7teoi4dfz5d2mt2usrogvhcwdlxkx Page:Poems Welby.djvu/104 104 4490107 14129853 2024-04-25T19:50:04Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||96|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| No! in his bosom lurked the sting— :He came, but she had flown to heaven. He came too late—once, sweetly blest, :She reigned amid earth's radiant creatures; No smiling nymph had e'er possest :A fairer form, or lovelier features. Joy lit her eye's delighted beam, :Love dwelt in its impassioned glances, Yet filled it with that heavenly gleam, :That sweetly awes while it entrances; Yet, as the ring-dove mourns its mate, :She pined for him the faithless-hearted; He came, but O! he came too late, :For she, the loved one, had departed. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 8yl6fdh2h7zcbqerh04lcx9xkax8d5r Page:Dostoyevsky - The Eternal Husband and Other Stories, Collected Edition, 1917.djvu/140 104 4490108 14129857 2024-04-25T19:51:14Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|128|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>"Who's hanged himself? What for?" cried Lobov, with wide-open eyes. "Never mind. I didn't mean anything; go on." "Foo! damn it all! what funny ideas you have, though. He's not hanged himself at all (why should he hang himself?). On the contrary—he's gone away. I've only just put him into the train and seen him off. Foo! how he drinks, I tell you! We drank three bottles, Predposylov with us but how he drinks, how he drinks! He was singing songs in the train. He remembered you, blew kisses, sent you his greetings. But he is a scoundrel, don't you think so?" The young man certainly was a little tipsy; his flushed face, his shining eyes and faltering tongue betrayed it unmistakably. Velchaninov laughed loudly. "So in the end they finished up with Brüderschaft! Ha-ha! They embraced and shed tears! Ah, you Schilleresque poets!" "Don't call me names, please. Do you know he's given it all up over ''there''? He was there yesterday, and he's been there to-day. He sneaked horribly. They locked Nadya up—she's sitting in a room upstairs. There were tears and lamentations, but we stood firm! But how he does drink, I say, doesn't he drink! And, I say, isn't he ''mauvais ton'', at least not ''mauvais ton'' exactly, what shall I call it? . . . He kept talking of you, but there's no comparison between you! You're a gentleman anyway, and really did move in decent society at one time and have only been forced to come down now through poverty or something. . . . Goodness knows what, I couldn't quite understand him." "Ah, so he spoke to you of me in those terms?" "He did, he did; don't be angry. To be a good citizen is better than being in aristocratic society. I say that because in Russia, nowadays, one doesn't know whom to respect. You'll agree that it's a serious malady of the age, when people don't know whom to respect, isn't it?" ""It is, it is; what did he say?" "He? Who? Ah, to be sure! Why did he keep saying 'Velchaninov fifty, but a rake,' why ''but'' a rake and not ''and'' a rake; he laughed and repeated it a thousand times over. He got into the train, sang a song and burst out crying—it was simply revolting, pitiful, in fact—from drunkenness. Oh! I don't like fools! He fell to throwing money to the beggars for the peace of the soul of Lizaveta—his wife, is that?"<noinclude></noinclude> ijvso7ry9p60o517zt3dslolhhkses6 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/105 104 4490109 14129858 2024-04-25T19:51:14Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THE AMERICAN SWORD.| Sword of our gallant fathers, defender of the brave, Of Washington upon the field and Perry on the wave! Well might Columbia's foemen beneath thy death-strokes reel, For each hand was firm that drew thee, and each heart as true as steel; There's not a tarnish on thy sheen, a rust upon thy blade; Though the noble hands that drew thee are in dust and ashes laid, Thou'rt still the scourge of tyrants, the safeguard of the free, And may God desert our banner when we surrender thee! Sword of a thousand victories! thy splendors led the way, When our warriors trod the battle-field in terrible array; Thou wert seen amid the carnage, like an angel in thy wrath; The vanquished and the vanquisher bestrewed thy gory path; The life-blood of the haughty foe made red the slippery sod Where thy crimson blade descended like the lightning glance of God! They poured their ranks like autumn leaves, their life-blood as the sea, But they battled for a tyrant—we battled to be free! |e=stanza}}<noinclude></noinclude> ikmbdynxa1ih7dtle84tq7lh7bcbhyz SPC Mesoscale Discussion 513 (2024) 0 4490110 14129860 2024-04-25T19:51:39Z WeatherWriter 2983996 Created page with "{{header | title = SPC Mesoscale Discussion 513 (2024) | author1 = Ryan Jewell | author2 = John Hart | translator = | section = | previous = | next = | year = 2024 | notes = The [[w:Storm Prediction Center|United States Storm Prediction Center]]'s (SPC) Mesoscale Discussion #513 in 2024. This mesoscale discussion and forecast was issued on April 25, 2024. }} Mesoscale Discussion 0513<br/> NWS Storm Prediction Center Norman O..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = SPC Mesoscale Discussion 513 (2024) | author1 = Ryan Jewell | author2 = John Hart | translator = | section = | previous = | next = | year = 2024 | notes = The [[w:Storm Prediction Center|United States Storm Prediction Center]]'s (SPC) Mesoscale Discussion #513 in 2024. This mesoscale discussion and forecast was issued on April 25, 2024. }} Mesoscale Discussion 0513<br/> NWS Storm Prediction Center Norman OK<br/> 0223 PM CDT Thu Apr 25 2024<br/> Areas affected...northeast Colorado into much of northwest Kansas Concerning...Severe potential...Watch likely Valid 251923Z - 252200Z Probability of Watch Issuance...95 percent SUMMARY...Storms are expected to rapidly develop along the boundary from northeast Colorado into northwest Kansas, and far southwest Nebraska. Very large hail is likely, along with a few tornadoes and damaging gusts. DISCUSSION...Strong heating persists across the region, now on both sides of a stationary front extending from northeast CO into northwest KS. Southeasterly surface winds have brought 50s F dewpoints westward into CO, which is contributing to up to 2000 J/kg MUCAPE within the narrow moist plume. Moderate southwest flow aloft atop the backed low-level southeasterlies is further aiding shear near the boundary which strongly favors long-lived severe storms. Supercells or bows will be possible producing very large hail, a few tornadoes and damaging gusts. ..Jewell/Hart.. 04/25/2024 ...Please see www.spc.noaa.gov for graphic product... ATTN...WFO...LBF...DDC...GLD...BOU... LAT...LON 38840054 38690063 38620074 38550110 38870201 39380281 39530324 39720340 39990338 40240327 40400311 40480274 40470196 40420132 40240087 39970060 39580042 39020048 38840054 [[Category:2024 works]] [[Category:PD-USGov-NOAA]] {{PD-USGov}} c6wq2km9e2bykyo6t3tsryxb5uzgka7 14129882 14129860 2024-04-25T19:58:25Z WeatherWriter 2983996 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = SPC Mesoscale Discussion 513 (2024) | author1 = Ryan Jewell | author2 = John Hart | translator = | section = | previous = | next = | year = 2024 | notes = The [[w:Storm Prediction Center|United States Storm Prediction Center]]'s (SPC) Mesoscale Discussion #513 in 2024. This mesoscale discussion and forecast was issued on April 25, 2024. }} [[File:SPC Mesoscale Discussion 513 (2024).png|400px]] Mesoscale Discussion 0513<br/> NWS Storm Prediction Center Norman OK<br/> 0223 PM CDT Thu Apr 25 2024<br/> Areas affected...northeast Colorado into much of northwest Kansas Concerning...Severe potential...Watch likely Valid 251923Z - 252200Z Probability of Watch Issuance...95 percent SUMMARY...Storms are expected to rapidly develop along the boundary from northeast Colorado into northwest Kansas, and far southwest Nebraska. Very large hail is likely, along with a few tornadoes and damaging gusts. DISCUSSION...Strong heating persists across the region, now on both sides of a stationary front extending from northeast CO into northwest KS. Southeasterly surface winds have brought 50s F dewpoints westward into CO, which is contributing to up to 2000 J/kg MUCAPE within the narrow moist plume. Moderate southwest flow aloft atop the backed low-level southeasterlies is further aiding shear near the boundary which strongly favors long-lived severe storms. Supercells or bows will be possible producing very large hail, a few tornadoes and damaging gusts. ..Jewell/Hart.. 04/25/2024 ...Please see www.spc.noaa.gov for graphic product... ATTN...WFO...LBF...DDC...GLD...BOU... LAT...LON 38840054 38690063 38620074 38550110 38870201 39380281 39530324 39720340 39990338 40240327 40400311 40480274 40470196 40420132 40240087 39970060 39580042 39020048 38840054 [[Category:2024 works]] [[Category:PD-USGov-NOAA]] {{PD-USGov}} f7p5u07y1s7vdxsb4s5cmqqztuhursw 14129883 14129882 2024-04-25T19:58:43Z WeatherWriter 2983996 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = SPC Mesoscale Discussion 513 (2024) | author1 = Ryan Jewell | author2 = John Hart | translator = | section = | previous = | next = | year = | notes = The [[w:Storm Prediction Center|United States Storm Prediction Center]]'s (SPC) Mesoscale Discussion #513 in 2024. This mesoscale discussion and forecast was issued on April 25, 2024. }} [[File:SPC Mesoscale Discussion 513 (2024).png|400px]] Mesoscale Discussion 0513<br/> NWS Storm Prediction Center Norman OK<br/> 0223 PM CDT Thu Apr 25 2024<br/> Areas affected...northeast Colorado into much of northwest Kansas Concerning...Severe potential...Watch likely Valid 251923Z - 252200Z Probability of Watch Issuance...95 percent SUMMARY...Storms are expected to rapidly develop along the boundary from northeast Colorado into northwest Kansas, and far southwest Nebraska. Very large hail is likely, along with a few tornadoes and damaging gusts. DISCUSSION...Strong heating persists across the region, now on both sides of a stationary front extending from northeast CO into northwest KS. Southeasterly surface winds have brought 50s F dewpoints westward into CO, which is contributing to up to 2000 J/kg MUCAPE within the narrow moist plume. Moderate southwest flow aloft atop the backed low-level southeasterlies is further aiding shear near the boundary which strongly favors long-lived severe storms. Supercells or bows will be possible producing very large hail, a few tornadoes and damaging gusts. ..Jewell/Hart.. 04/25/2024 ...Please see www.spc.noaa.gov for graphic product... ATTN...WFO...LBF...DDC...GLD...BOU... LAT...LON 38840054 38690063 38620074 38550110 38870201 39380281 39530324 39720340 39990338 40240327 40400311 40480274 40470196 40420132 40240087 39970060 39580042 39020048 38840054 [[Category:2024 works]] [[Category:PD-USGov-NOAA]] {{PD-USGov}} 4h0ncd23zmnbzzplljgmtadfst4d5kl Page:Poems Welby.djvu/106 104 4490111 14129861 2024-04-25T19:51:57Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||98|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Sword of a thousand heroes, how holy is thy blade, So often drawn by Valor's arm, by gentle Pity's stayed! The warrior breathes his vow by thee, and seals it with a kiss, He never gives a holier pledge, he asks no more than this; And, when he girds thee to his side with battle in his face, He feels within his single arm the strength of all his race; He shrines thee in his noble breast, with all things bright and free; And may God desert his standard, when he surrenders thee! Sword of our country's battles! forever may'st thou prove, Amid Columbia's freemen, the thunder-bolt of Jove; Where like a youthful victress, with her holy flag unfurled, She sits amid the nations, the empress of the world. Behold the heaven-born goddess, in her glory and increase, Extending in her lovely hands the olive-branch of peace, Thy glittering steel is girded on, the safeguard of the free, And may God desert her standard when she surrenders thee! |start=stanza }}<noinclude></noinclude> oaqgd64viwsbemshswpikz1zzoyqt25 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/107 104 4490112 14129862 2024-04-25T19:52:29Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|VIOLA.| She hath passed like a bird from the minstrel throng, She has gone to the land where the lovely belong! Her place is hushed by her lover's side, Yet his heart is full of his fair young bride; The hopes of his spirit are crushed and bowed As he thinks of his love in her long white shroud; For the fragrant sighs of her perfumed breath Were kissed from her lips by his rival—Death. Cold is her bosom, her thin white arms All mutely crossed o'er its icy charms, As she lies, like a statue of Grecian art, With a marble brow and a cold hushed heart. Her locks were bright, but their gloss is hid, Her eye is sunk 'neath its waxen lid: And thus she lies in her narrow hall— Our fair young minstrel—the loved of all. Light as a bird's were her springing feet, Her heart as joyous, her song as sweet; Yet never again shall that heart be stirred With its glad wild songs like a singing bird; |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> 99ll0x4u8ezvfuk9d68xmi9sjsx3ab8 Talk:SPC Mesoscale Discussion 513 (2024) 1 4490113 14129863 2024-04-25T19:52:42Z WeatherWriter 2983996 Created page with "{{textinfo | edition = | source = https://www.spc.noaa.gov/products/md/md0513.html | contributors = Ryan Jewell and John Hart with the [[w:Storm Prediction Center|United States Storm Prediction Center]], a branch of the [[w:National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration|United States National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration]] | progress = | notes = | proofreaders = ~~~~ }}" wikitext text/x-wiki {{textinfo | edition = | source = https://www.spc.noaa.gov/products/md/md0513.html | contributors = Ryan Jewell and John Hart with the [[w:Storm Prediction Center|United States Storm Prediction Center]], a branch of the [[w:National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration|United States National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration]] | progress = | notes = | proofreaders = [[User:WeatherWriter|WeatherWriter]] ([[User talk:WeatherWriter|talk]]) 19:52, 25 April 2024 (UTC) }} r7hgm37u304r8bshbu81l58millviw4 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/108 104 4490114 14129864 2024-04-25T19:52:51Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||100|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Never again shall the strains be sung, That in sweetness dropped from her silver tongue; The music is over, and Death's cold dart Hath broken the spell of that free glad heart. Often at eve when the breeze is still, And the moon floats up by the distant hill, As I wander alone 'mid the summer bowers, And wreathe my locks with the sweet wild flowers, I will think of the time when she lingered there With her mild blue eyes, and her long fair hair; I will treasure her name in my bosom-core; But my heart is sad—I can sing no more. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> bp3aw61wptvy4lwbw1sqjpq0uz6tgu2 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/109 104 4490115 14129865 2024-04-25T19:53:40Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|TO THE EVENING STAR.| If all those bright stars, in yon azure-arched heaven, Are the mansions of rest for the pure ones of earth, I hope I may dwell in yon bright star of even, For they say that it smiled o'er the place of my birth. When all the sweet voices are mute that have blest me, And my form from the green earth is fading away, O! then in that pure star how sweetly I'll rest me And linger forever within its mild ray. Soft star, when around me the weary are sleeping, And all the bright blossoms their velvet leaves close, If thou art above me thy silent watch keeping, My bosom is calm as I sink to repose. I feel 'neath thy soft beam a holy devotion, That hushes my light tones of laughter and glee; Mine eyelids are wet with a tearful emotion, For my warm heart is melting while gazing on thee. As the long dreamy hours the lone captive numbers, From his iron-bound casement he looks on thy beam, Till, losing his sorrows, he sinks to his slumbers While o'er his wild spirit there steals a sweet dream. |e=stanza}}<noinclude></noinclude> l1dp9xgjld9acj6brq4f5d582ejiapl Author:Ryan Jewell 102 4490116 14129866 2024-04-25T19:53:52Z WeatherWriter 2983996 Created page with "{{author | firstname = Ryan | lastname = Jewell | last_initial = Je | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = A Mesoscale/Outlook Forecaster at the [[w:Storm Prediction Center|United States Storm Prediction Center]], a branch of the w:National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration|United State..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = Ryan | lastname = Jewell | last_initial = Je | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = A Mesoscale/Outlook Forecaster at the [[w:Storm Prediction Center|United States Storm Prediction Center]], a branch of the [[w:National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration|United States National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration]] }} ==Works== *[[SPC Mesoscale Discussion 513 (2024)]] {{PD-USGov}} {{authority control}} qs92l7zdgtq1jkbq4pt49fuwaa0unfm Page:Poems Welby.djvu/110 104 4490117 14129867 2024-04-25T19:54:16Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||102|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| When the sailor-boy roams o'er the tempest-tost ocean, And thinks of the fond ones, he never may see, He'll murmur a prayer 'mid the billows' commotion For the loved and the absent, while gazing on thee. How sweet to my bosom the soothing reflection, That, should some rude blight all my earthly hopes mar, From the depths of my heart the pure waves of affection May gush in their sweetness to thee, gentle star. When all the wild faults of my youth are forgiven, And the light of thy pale beam no longer I see, And the last earthly link from my spirit is riven, With an angel's light pinion I'll waft me to thee. |start=stanza }}<noinclude></noinclude> 3o6q0i9hfpwvlzrfwsxylvkdnr1weil Author:John Hart 102 4490118 14129868 2024-04-25T19:54:30Z WeatherWriter 2983996 Created page with "{{author | firstname = John | lastname = Hart | last_initial = Ha | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = A Lead Forecaster at the [[w:Storm Prediction Center|United States Storm Prediction Center]], a branch of the w:National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration|United States National Ocea..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = John | lastname = Hart | last_initial = Ha | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = A Lead Forecaster at the [[w:Storm Prediction Center|United States Storm Prediction Center]], a branch of the [[w:National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration|United States National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration]] }} ==Works== *[[SPC Mesoscale Discussion 513 (2024)]] {{PD-USGov}} {{authority control}} 3thrb3kjkkvix7ivceh81f7cciuznt1 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/111 104 4490119 14129870 2024-04-25T19:55:09Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|BREATHE NOT A SIGH WHEN WE ARE PARTING.| Breathe not a sigh when we are parting— ::::'T is vain to sigh: Nor let a single tear be starting ::::In thy soft eye. I know 't is sad for hearts like ours, ::::So warm and true, To pine for loving smiles, as flowers ::::Languish for dew. Yet I shall have sweet thoughts to cheer me ::::When thou art gone, For, in my dreams, will linger near me ::::The absent one. And, as those dreams at pensive even ::::Steal over me, I'll lift my melting heart to heaven ::::In prayer for thee. Through the deep gloom that darkens o'er thee, ::::The star of fame Shines like a beacon light before thee— ::::Go! win a name. |e=stanza }}<noinclude></noinclude> gif6jfeiugagsqryra7k94147zty5fl Page:Poems Welby.djvu/112 104 4490120 14129871 2024-04-25T19:55:39Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||104|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| And then if thou shouldst woo another ::::To be thy bride, Although my thoughts I cannot smother, ::::I will not chide. But should'st thou hear that grief is paling ::::My young cheek's bloom, That Death my slender form is veiling ::::For the dark tomb— Then let thy lip be softly sighing ::::Like a low lute, Breathing its music o'er the dying ::::For sweet lips mute. And when these hands thou 'st clasped so often ::::Are cold and chill, And this warm heart no tone can soften ::::To love's sweet thrill— Then, though light airy forms assemble ::::Where thine will be, I know thy heart will softly tremble ::::Still true to me. |start=stanza }}<noinclude></noinclude> rkgtfoikvn54lvfs6z4209rxadajkuz Page:Poems Welby.djvu/113 104 4490121 14129872 2024-04-25T19:56:34Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THE DYING GIRL.| The fitful breeze, that, through the sultry day, Had fanned the fainting blossoms with its breath, Stole through the open lattice, where there lay A pale young girl upon the couch of death; Her glance was fixed upon the moon, that rolled Through blue and starlight in the vaulted sky, As if she knew her fleeting hours were told, And wished to take one lingering look and die. Beside that humble couch, there dropped one form, The gentle mother of the dying one, For grief had bowed her spirit, as the storm Bends the soft rose upon its emerald throne; There lay her child, the beautiful, the young, The breath just sighing on her lip of snow, And her soft ringlets, all disheveled, flung Back from the whiteness of her deathly brow. Sadly she bent above her; though her look Was tearless as she sought her daughter's eye, Yet her lip quivered like a bright leaf, shook By the strong tempest as it sweeps the sky; |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> r6k9ebhiw0hog2nfujrf5zb3myth76y Yiddish Tales/Jehalel (Judah Löb Lewin)/Earth Of Palestine 0 4490122 14129873 2024-04-25T19:56:42Z Ineuw 114977 linking wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../../Reuben Asher Braudes|Reuben Asher Braudes]] | next = [[../../Isaac Löb Perez|Isaac Löb Perez]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=33 to=55 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {{smallrefs}} g4d0ek94qmhbhx2pellkrqy08463ykz Page:Dostoyevsky - The Eternal Husband and Other Stories, Collected Edition, 1917.djvu/141 104 4490123 14129874 2024-04-25T19:56:44Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|129|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>"His daughter." "What's the matter with your hand?" "I cut it." "Never mind, it will get better. Damn him, you know, it's a good thing he's gone, but I bet anything that he'll get married directly he arrives—he will—won't he?" "Why, but you want to get married, too, don't you?" "Me? That's a different matter. What a man you are, really! If you are fifty, he must be sixty you must look at it logically, my dear sir! And do you know I used, long ago, to be a pure Slavophil by conviction, but now we look for dawn from the West. . . . But, good-bye; I'm glad I met you without going in; I won't come in, don't ask me, I've no time to spare! . . ." And he was just running off. "Oh, by the way," he cried, turning back; "why he sent me to you with a letter! Here is the letter. Why didn't youcome to see him off?" "Velchaninov returned home and opened the envelope addressed to him. There was not one line from Pavel Pavlovitch in it, but there was a different letter. Velchaninov recognized the handwriting. It was an old letter, written on paper yellow with age, with ink that had changed colour. It had been written to him ten years before, two months after he had left T{{ld}} and returned to Petersburg. But the letter had never reached him; he had received a different one instead of it; this was clear from the contents of this old yellow letter. In this letter Natalya Vassilyevna took leave of him for ever, and confessed that she loved some one else, just as in the letter he had actually received; but she also did not conceal from him that she was going to have a child. On the contrary, to comfort him, she held out hopes that she might find a possibility of handing over the future child to him, declared henceforth that they had other duties—in short, there was little logic, but the object was clear: that he should no longer trouble her with his love. She even sanctioned his coming to T{{ld}} in a year's time to have a look at the child. God knows why she changed her mind and sent the other letter instead. Velchaninov was pale as he read it, but he pictured to himself Pavel Pavlovitch finding that letter and reading it for the first time, before the opened ebony box inlaid with mother-of-pearl which was an heirloom in the family.<noinclude></noinclude> ixgfebszivwif51548m404sp6gugzx8 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/114 104 4490124 14129877 2024-04-25T19:57:29Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||106|}}</noinclude>{{tpp| "Daughter!" she murmured, and the maiden turned Unto her mother's face her mournful glance, In which life's flickering taper wildly burned, For she was startled as if from a trance. And, at that voice so thrilling to her ear, A thousand tender thoughts her heart opprest, Till to her blue eye tear-drop followed tear, And the white linen heaved above her breast; About her mother's neck she softly threw Her pale thin arms, nestling her young head Within her sheltering bosom, dashed the dew From her soft cheek, and in low accents said— >><< ::Mother, my hour is come, The wing of death is o'er me, for my brow Is damp and chill—sweet mother, I must go ::Down to the silent tomb. ::Yet not for this I grieve; It is to think that I am leaving thee Poor and unfriended—mother, thou wilt be ::Alone at morn and eve. ::And through the long, long day, Thou 'It sit with breaking heart above thy task, Earning thy daily bread, while others bask ::In fortune's sunny ray. |start=follow|end=stanza}}<noinclude></noinclude> lzmu3g6fxb10eq151qtkpec0p379jnk 14129880 14129877 2024-04-25T19:58:08Z Alien333 3086116 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||106|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| "Daughter!" she murmured, and the maiden turned Unto her mother's face her mournful glance, In which life's flickering taper wildly burned, For she was startled as if from a trance. And, at that voice so thrilling to her ear, A thousand tender thoughts her heart opprest, Till to her blue eye tear-drop followed tear, And the white linen heaved above her breast; About her mother's neck she softly threw Her pale thin arms, nestling her young head Within her sheltering bosom, dashed the dew From her soft cheek, and in low accents said— ::Mother, my hour is come, The wing of death is o'er me, for my brow Is damp and chill—sweet mother, I must go ::Down to the silent tomb. ::Yet not for this I grieve; It is to think that I am leaving thee Poor and unfriended—mother, thou wilt be ::Alone at morn and eve. ::And through the long, long day, Thou 'It sit with breaking heart above thy task, Earning thy daily bread, while others bask ::In fortune's sunny ray. |start=follow|end=stanza}}<noinclude></noinclude> 9pj8j3ppphxrzuzhhj6hmbblsmk8x99 Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/128 104 4490125 14129887 2024-04-25T20:03:27Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "put his hand under the middle of its body and tried to lift it up, but the cat bent its back in the same degree as Thor raised his hands; and when he had stretched them up as far as he was able the cat lifted one foot, and Thor did not carry the game any further. Then said Utgard-Loke: This game ended as I expected. The cat is rather large, and Thor is small, and little compared with the great men that are here with us. Said Thor: Little as you call me,... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>put his hand under the middle of its body and tried to lift it up, but the cat bent its back in the same degree as Thor raised his hands; and when he had stretched them up as far as he was able the cat lifted one foot, and Thor did not carry the game any further. Then said Utgard-Loke: This game ended as I expected. The cat is rather large, and Thor is small, and little compared with the great men that are here with us. Said Thor: Little as you call me, let anyone who likes come hither and wrestle with me, for now I am wroth. Answered Utgard-Loke, looking about him on the benches: I do not see anyone here who would not think it a trifle to wrestle with you. And again he said: Let me see first! Call hither that old woman, Elle, my foster-mother, and let Thor wrestle with her if he wants to. She has thrown to the ground men who have seemed to me no less strong than Thor. Then there came into the hall an old woman. Utgard-Loke bade her take a wrestle with Asa-Thor. The tale is not long. The result of the grapple was, that the more Thor tightened his grasp, the firmer she stood. Then the woman began to bestir herself, and Thor lost his footing. THey had some very hard tussles, and before long Thor was brought down on one knee. Then Utgard-Loke stepped forward, bade them cease the wrestling, and added that Thor did not need to chal-<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> cql0vc400pk8dp1gygk3aouv1kw8yo1 Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/129 104 4490126 14129888 2024-04-25T20:03:54Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "lenge anybody else to wrestle with him in his hall, besides it was now getting late. He showed Thor, and his companions to seats, and they spent the night there enjoying the best of hospitality. 48. At daybreak the next day Thor and his companions arose, dressed themselves and were ready to depart. Then came Utgard-Loke and had the table spread for them, and there was no lack of feasting both in food and in drink. When they had breakfasted, they immedia... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>lenge anybody else to wrestle with him in his hall, besides it was now getting late. He showed Thor, and his companions to seats, and they spent the night there enjoying the best of hospitality. 48. At daybreak the next day Thor and his companions arose, dressed themselves and were ready to depart. Then came Utgard-Loke and had the table spread for them, and there was no lack of feasting both in food and in drink. When they had breakfasted, they immediately departed from the burg. Utgard-Loke went with them out of the burg, but at parting he spoke to Thor and asked him how he thought his journey had turned out, or whether he ever met a mightier man than himself. Thor answered that he could not deny that he had been greatly disgraced in this meeting; and this I know, he added, that you will call me a man of little account, whereat I am much mortified. Then said Utgard-Loke: Now I will tell you the truth, since you have come out of the burg, that if I live, and may have my way, you shall never enter it again; and this I know, forsooth, that you should never have come into it had I before known that you were so strong, and that you had come so near bringing us into great misfortune. Know, then, that I have deceived you with illusions. When I first found you in the woods I came to meet you, and when you were<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> prahrg2w4h59tur9malpgtv2ua2gtnp Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/130 104 4490127 14129889 2024-04-25T20:04:22Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "to loose the provision-sack I had bound it with iron threads, but you did not find where it was to be untied. In the next place, you struck me three times with the hammer. The first blow was the least, and still it was so severe that it would have been my death if it had hit me. You saw near my burg a mountain cloven at the top into three square dales, of which one was the deepest,— these were the dints made by your hammer. The mountain I brought before... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>to loose the provision-sack I had bound it with iron threads, but you did not find where it was to be untied. In the next place, you struck me three times with the hammer. The first blow was the least, and still it was so severe that it would have been my death if it had hit me. You saw near my burg a mountain cloven at the top into three square dales, of which one was the deepest,— these were the dints made by your hammer. The mountain I brought before the blows without you seeing it. In like manner I deceived you in your contests with my courtiers. In regard to the first, in which Loke took part, the facts were as follows: He was very hungry and ate fast; but he whose name was Loge was wildfire, and he burned the trough no less rapidly than the meat. When Thjalfe ran a race with him whose name was Huge, that was my thought, and it was impossible for him to keep pace with its swiftness. When you drank from the horn, and thought that it diminished so little, then, by my troth, it was a great wonder, which I never could have deemed possible. One end of the horn stood in the sea, but that you did not see. When you come to the sea-shore you will discover how much the sea has sunk by your drinking; that is now called the ebb. Furthermore he said: Nor did it seem less wonderful to me that you lifted up the cat; and, to tell you the truth, all<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> huvlhdrfr7aaf4701zesppexbs7w296 Template:Babel list of languages/styles.css 10 4490128 14129897 2024-04-25T20:08:52Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Created page with ".__babellist{ font-size:95%; border-collapse:collapse; border:1px solid black; } .__babellist th, .__babellist td{ padding:2px; }" sanitized-css text/css .__babellist{ font-size:95%; border-collapse:collapse; border:1px solid black; } .__babellist th, .__babellist td{ padding:2px; } b0v0p7508bts7sedj3p8et00qtytrr0 14129899 14129897 2024-04-25T20:10:02Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css .__babellist{ font-size:95%; border-collapse:collapse; border:1px solid black; } .__babellist td{ padding:2px; } .__babellist th{ padding:2px; text-align:center; background-color:#6EB4EB; } lwwvyqjaf7d2t3r1gku75c94ygce21u 14130291 14129899 2024-04-25T23:42:20Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css .__babellist{ font-size:95%; border-collapse:collapse; border:1px solid black; } .__babellist td{ padding:2px; border:1px solid black; } .__babellist th{ padding:2px; text-align:center; background-color:#6EB4EB; border:1px solid black; } nn3ax8fsy9opwb9epq894rs9fu2neqy Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Preface 0 4490129 14129900 2024-04-25T20:10:22Z TeysaKarlov 3017537 Created page with "{{header | title = [[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846]], [[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1|Volume I]] | author = Reuben Gold Thwaites | translator = | section = | previous = | next = [[../Introductory Note (1)|Introductory Note]] | year = 1904 | notes = }}{{default layout|Layout 2}} <pages index="Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu" from=17 to=20/>" wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846]], [[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1|Volume I]] | author = Reuben Gold Thwaites | translator = | section = | previous = | next = [[../Introductory Note (1)|Introductory Note]] | year = 1904 | notes = }}{{default layout|Layout 2}} <pages index="Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu" from=17 to=20/> ai7r4ylki5r8o8lbsasi85lv7x0naqz The Strand Magazine/Volume 7/Issue 41 0 4490130 14129901 2024-04-25T20:10:42Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Created page with "{{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = Issue 41 - May 1894 | previous = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 40/|Issue 40]] | next = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 42/|Issue 42]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 7 }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 7. No. 41.||May 1893.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue -->..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = Issue 41 - May 1894 | previous = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 40/|Issue 40]] | next = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 42/|Issue 42]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 7 }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 7. No. 41.||May 1893.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <!-- <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 7).djvu" include=3/> --> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC/s|title=Contents|width=500px}} * '''[[/Antonio's Englishman/]]''' by [[Author:W. L. Alden|W. L. Alden]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Zig-Zags at the Zoo/]]''', No. XXIII. Zig-Zag Simian by [[Author:Arthur Morrison|Arthur Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:William James Affleck Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]].}} * '''[[/Stories from the Diary of a Doctor/]]''',<br/>No. XI. Trapped, by [[Author:L. T. Meade|L. T. Meade]] and [[Author:Clifford Halifax|Clifford Halifax]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/From Behind the Speaker's Chair/]]''' by [[Author:Henry W. Lucy|Henry W. Lucy]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:F. C. Gould|F. C. Gould]].}} * '''[[/A Bohemian Artist's Club/]]''', by [[Author:Alfred T. Story|Alfred T. Story]]. * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| & Canon H. Scott Holland * Archibald Primrose * Alfred Wills * Sir Charles Dilke * Lady Emilia Dilke }}}} * '''The Oxfrod and Cambridge Union Societies''' ** I. '''[[/Oxford/]]''', by [[Author:J. B. Harris-Burland|J. B. Harris-Burland]]. ** II. '''[[/Cambridge/]]''', by [[Author:St. J. Basil Wynne Willson|St. J. Basil Wynne Willson]]. * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''. No. XXXIII. Mr. Charles Wyndham, by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]]. * '''[[/Martin Hewitt, Investigator/]]''',<br/>III. The Case of Mr. Foggatt, by [[Author:A. G. Morrison|A. G. Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/Beauties/]]''': Children. * '''[[/Löie Fuller/]]: The Inventor of the Serpentine Dance''' by [[Author:Mrs. M. Griffith|Mrs. M. Griffith]]. * '''[[/The Three Gold Hairs of Old Vsevede/]]''', from the Serbian. <br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/The Queer Side of Things/]]''' ** '''Mr. Hay''', by [[Author:J. F. Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]]. ** '''Off to the Station''', by [[Author:J. A. Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]]. {{AuxTOC/e}} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] kiv0py9402ur8hdg2u539er3eunfveb 14129906 14129901 2024-04-25T20:11:35Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = Issue 41 - May 1894 | previous = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 40/|Issue 40]] | next = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 42/|Issue 42]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 7 }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 7. No. 41.||May 1894.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <!-- <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 7).djvu" include=3/> --> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC/s|title=Contents|width=500px}} * '''[[/Antonio's Englishman/]]''' by [[Author:W. L. Alden|W. L. Alden]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Zig-Zags at the Zoo/]]''', No. XXIII. Zig-Zag Simian by [[Author:Arthur Morrison|Arthur Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:William James Affleck Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]].}} * '''[[/Stories from the Diary of a Doctor/]]''',<br/>No. XI. Trapped, by [[Author:L. T. Meade|L. T. Meade]] and [[Author:Clifford Halifax|Clifford Halifax]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/From Behind the Speaker's Chair/]]''' by [[Author:Henry W. Lucy|Henry W. Lucy]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:F. C. Gould|F. C. Gould]].}} * '''[[/A Bohemian Artist's Club/]]''', by [[Author:Alfred T. Story|Alfred T. Story]]. * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| & Canon H. Scott Holland * Archibald Primrose * Alfred Wills * Sir Charles Dilke * Lady Emilia Dilke }}}} * '''The Oxfrod and Cambridge Union Societies''' ** I. '''[[/Oxford/]]''', by [[Author:J. B. Harris-Burland|J. B. Harris-Burland]]. ** II. '''[[/Cambridge/]]''', by [[Author:St. J. Basil Wynne Willson|St. J. Basil Wynne Willson]]. * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''. No. XXXIII. Mr. Charles Wyndham, by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]]. * '''[[/Martin Hewitt, Investigator/]]''',<br/>III. The Case of Mr. Foggatt, by [[Author:A. G. Morrison|A. G. Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/Beauties/]]''': Children. * '''[[/Löie Fuller/]]: The Inventor of the Serpentine Dance''' by [[Author:Mrs. M. Griffith|Mrs. M. Griffith]]. * '''[[/The Three Gold Hairs of Old Vsevede/]]''', from the Serbian. <br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/The Queer Side of Things/]]''' ** '''Mr. Hay''', by [[Author:J. F. Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]]. ** '''Off to the Station''', by [[Author:J. A. Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]]. {{AuxTOC/e}} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] rlxkjiic9txmhc3bdtcjho43g4impyw 14129912 14129906 2024-04-25T20:13:00Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = Issue 41 - May 1894 | previous = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 40/|Issue 40]] | next = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 42/|Issue 42]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 7 }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 7. No. 41.||May 1894.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <!-- <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 7).djvu" include=3/> --> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC/s|title=Contents|width=500px}} * '''[[/Antonio's Englishman/]]''' by [[Author:W. L. Alden|W. L. Alden]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Zig-Zags at the Zoo/]]''', No. XXIII. Zig-Zag Simian by [[Author:Arthur Morrison|Arthur Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:William James Affleck Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]].}} * '''[[/Stories from the Diary of a Doctor/]]''',<br/>No. XI. Trapped, by [[Author:L. T. Meade|L. T. Meade]] and [[Author:Clifford Halifax|Clifford Halifax]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/From Behind the Speaker's Chair/]]''' by [[Author:Henry W. Lucy|Henry W. Lucy]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:F. C. Gould|F. C. Gould]].}} * '''[[/A Bohemian Artist's Club/]]''', by [[Author:Alfred T. Story|Alfred T. Story]]. * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| & Canon H. Scott Holland * Archibald Primrose * Alfred Wills * Sir Charles Dilke * Lady Emilia Dilke }}}} * '''The Oxford and Cambridge Union Societies''' ** I. '''[[/Oxford/]]''', by [[Author:J. B. Harris-Burland|J. B. Harris-Burland]]. ** II. '''[[/Cambridge/]]''', by [[Author:St. J. Basil Wynne Willson|St. J. Basil Wynne Willson]]. * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''. No. XXXIII. Mr. Charles Wyndham, by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]]. * '''[[/Martin Hewitt, Investigator/]]''',<br/>III. The Case of Mr. Foggatt, by [[Author:A. G. Morrison|A. G. Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/Beauties/]]''': Children. * '''[[/Löie Fuller/]]: The Inventor of the Serpentine Dance''' by [[Author:Mrs. M. Griffith|Mrs. M. Griffith]]. * '''[[/The Three Gold Hairs of Old Vsevede/]]''', from the Serbian. <br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/The Queer Side of Things/]]''' ** '''Mr. Hay''', by [[Author:J. F. Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]]. ** '''Off to the Station''', by [[Author:J. A. Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]]. {{AuxTOC/e}} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] 7m3utpufopduoog3145pwxgivmkco6a Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Introductory Note (1) 0 4490131 14129903 2024-04-25T20:11:01Z TeysaKarlov 3017537 Created page with "{{header | title = [[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846]], [[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1|Volume I]] | author = Reuben Gold Thwaites | translator = | section = | previous = [[../Preface/]] | next = [[../Journal of a Tour to the Ohio/]] | year = 1904 | notes = }}{{default layout|Layout 2}} <pages index="Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu" from=21 to=21/>" wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846]], [[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1|Volume I]] | author = Reuben Gold Thwaites | translator = | section = | previous = [[../Preface/]] | next = [[../Journal of a Tour to the Ohio/]] | year = 1904 | notes = }}{{default layout|Layout 2}} <pages index="Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu" from=21 to=21/> h4wfayjg8oz0lu2qhftcw0nuq3d5g0f 14129914 14129903 2024-04-25T20:14:57Z TeysaKarlov 3017537 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846]], [[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1|Volume I]] | author = Reuben Gold Thwaites | translator = | section = | previous = [[../Preface/]] | next = [[../Journal of a Tour to the Ohio/]] | year = 1904 | notes = }}{{default layout|Layout 2}} <pages index="Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu" from=21 to=21/> {{ppb}} <pages index="Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu" from=22 to=26/> {{smallrefs}} 0v7aayfvcm0y66pm6nrd9hy6wne9hop SPC Mesoscale Discussion 513 (2024)/Annotation 0 4490132 14129904 2024-04-25T20:11:15Z WeatherWriter 2983996 Created page with "{{header | title = SPC Mesoscale Discussion 513 (2024) | author1 = Ryan Jewell | author2 = John Hart | translator = | section = | previous = | next = | year = | notes = The [[w:Storm Prediction Center|United States Storm Prediction Center]]'s (SPC) Mesoscale Discussion #513 in 2024. This mesoscale discussion and forecast was issued on April 25, 2024. }} [[File:SPC Mesoscale Discussion 513 (2024).png|400px]] Mesoscale Discuss..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = SPC Mesoscale Discussion 513 (2024) | author1 = Ryan Jewell | author2 = John Hart | translator = | section = | previous = | next = | year = | notes = The [[w:Storm Prediction Center|United States Storm Prediction Center]]'s (SPC) Mesoscale Discussion #513 in 2024. This mesoscale discussion and forecast was issued on April 25, 2024. }} [[File:SPC Mesoscale Discussion 513 (2024).png|400px]] Mesoscale Discussion 0513<br/> NWS Storm Prediction Center Norman OK<br/> 0223 PM CDT Thu Apr 25 2024<br/> Areas affected...northeast Colorado into much of northwest Kansas Concerning...Severe potential...Watch likely Valid 251923Z - 252200Z Probability of Watch Issuance...95 percent SUMMARY...Storms are expected to rapidly develop along the boundary from northeast Colorado into northwest Kansas, and far southwest Nebraska. Very large hail is likely, along with a few tornadoes and damaging gusts. DISCUSSION...Strong heating persists across the region, now on both sides of a stationary front extending from northeast CO into northwest KS. Southeasterly surface winds have brought 50s F dewpoints westward into CO, which is contributing to up to 2000 J/kg MUCAPE within the narrow moist plume. Moderate southwest flow aloft atop the backed low-level southeasterlies is further aiding shear near the boundary which strongly favors long-lived severe storms. Supercells or bows will be possible producing very large hail, a few tornadoes and damaging gusts. ..Jewell/Hart.. 04/25/2024 ...Please see www.spc.noaa.gov for graphic product... ATTN...WFO...LBF...DDC...GLD...BOU...<ref>WFO means "Warning Forecast Office". The offices listed here is the National Weather Service (NWS) office in North Platte, Nebraska (NWS LBF), Dodge City, Kansas (NWS DDC), Goodland, Kansas (NWS GLD), and Boulder, Colorado (NWS BOU) {{user annotation}}</ref> LAT...LON 38840054 38690063 38620074 38550110 38870201 39380281 39530324 39720340 39990338 40240327 40400311 40480274 40470196 40420132 40240087 39970060 39580042 39020048 38840054 {{smallrefs}} [[Category:2024 works]] [[Category:PD-USGov-NOAA]] [[Category:Wikisource annotations]] {{PD-USGov}} sc0vidao1hba8tpxgax5d0gps05ife5 Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Journal of a Tour to the Ohio 0 4490133 14129918 2024-04-25T20:16:24Z TeysaKarlov 3017537 Created page with "{{header | title = [[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846]], [[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1|Volume I]] | author = Reuben Gold Thwaites | translator = | section = | previous = [[../Introductory Note (1)|Introductory Note]] | next = [[../Introductory Note (2)|Introductory Note]] | year = 1904 | notes = }}{{default layout|Layout 2}} <pages index="Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu" from=27 to=50/> {..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846]], [[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1|Volume I]] | author = Reuben Gold Thwaites | translator = | section = | previous = [[../Introductory Note (1)|Introductory Note]] | next = [[../Introductory Note (2)|Introductory Note]] | year = 1904 | notes = }}{{default layout|Layout 2}} <pages index="Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu" from=27 to=50/> {{smallrefs}} s7nyxzx2rmyhhgjdtil5a6blj5vqklk Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu/44 104 4490134 14129919 2024-04-25T20:17:15Z GrooveCreator 2854703 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="GrooveCreator" /></noinclude>{{c|{{larger|IV.}} {{asc|The Lessons}}}} {{sc|Karl Ivánovich}} was not at all in humour. That was evident from his knit brow, from the manner with which he threw his coat into the drawer, from his girding himself angrily, and from his making a deep mark with his thumb in the book of Dialogues, in order to indicate the place to which we were to memorize. Volódya studied pretty well, but I was so disconcerted that I could do absolutely nothing. I looked for a long time senselessly into the book of Dialogues, but I could not read through the tears which had gathered in my eyes at the thought of the impending departure. But when the time came to recite the Dialogues to Karl Ivánovich, who listened to me with half-closed eyes (that was a bad sign), — particularly when I reached the place where one says, "''Wo kommen Sie her?''" and the other answers: "''Ich komme vom Kaffeehause''," I could no longer restrain my tears, and through my sobs could not pronounce: "''Haben Sie die Zeitung nicht gelesen?''" When we reached penmanship, my tears that fell on the paper made blotches as if I were writing on wrapping-paper. Karl Ivánovich grew angry, put me on my knees, insisted that it was nothing but stubbornness and a puppet-show (that was his favourite expression), threatened me with the ruler, and demanded that I should ask forgiveness, though I could not pronounce a word through my tears. In the end, he evidently felt that he was unjust<noinclude>{{c|{{fine|16}}}}</noinclude> 2s8wftvrd4ufcwn72pso1ayb64gebvq Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/131 104 4490135 14129921 2024-04-25T20:17:30Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "who saw it were frightened when they saw that you raised one of its feet from the ground, for it was not such a cat as you thought. It was in reality the Midgard-serpent, which surrounds all lands. It was scarcely long enough to touch the earth with its tail and head, and you raised it so high that your hand nearly reached to heaven. It was also a most astonishing feat when you wrestled with Elle, for none has ever been, and none shall ever be, that Elle... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>who saw it were frightened when they saw that you raised one of its feet from the ground, for it was not such a cat as you thought. It was in reality the Midgard-serpent, which surrounds all lands. It was scarcely long enough to touch the earth with its tail and head, and you raised it so high that your hand nearly reached to heaven. It was also a most astonishing feat when you wrestled with Elle, for none has ever been, and none shall ever be, that Elle (eld, old age) will not get the better of him, though he gets to be old enough to abide her coming. And now the truth is that we must part; and it will be better for us both that you do not visit me again. I will again defend my burg with similar or other delusions, so that you will get no power over me. When Thor heard this tale he seized his hammer and lifted it into the air, but when he was about to strike he saw Utgard-Loke nowhere; and when he turned back to the burg and was going to dash that to pieces, he saw a beautiful and large plain, but no burg. So he turned and went his way back to Thrudvang. But it is truthfully asserted that he then resolved in his own mind to seek that meeting with the Midgard-serpent which afterward took place. And now I think that no one can tell you truer tidings of this journey of Thor. 49. Then said Ganglere: A most powerful<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 7f0ruzsl5bf4199osr0jagc594elpsv Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/132 104 4490136 14129923 2024-04-25T20:18:06Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "man is Utgard-Loke, though he deals much with delusions and sorcery. His power is also proven by the fact that he had thanes who were so mighty. But has not Thor avenged himself for this? Made answer Har: It is not unknown, though no wise men tell thereof, how Thor made amends for the journey that has now been spoken of. He did not remain long at home, before he busked himself so suddenly for a new journey, that he took neither chariot, nor goats nor any... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>man is Utgard-Loke, though he deals much with delusions and sorcery. His power is also proven by the fact that he had thanes who were so mighty. But has not Thor avenged himself for this? Made answer Har: It is not unknown, though no wise men tell thereof, how Thor made amends for the journey that has now been spoken of. He did not remain long at home, before he busked himself so suddenly for a new journey, that he took neither chariot, nor goats nor any companions with him. He went out of Midgard in the guise of a young man, and came in the evening to a giant by the name Hymer.<ref>Called Ymer in the Younger Edda, but the Elder Edda calls him Hymer.</ref> Thor tarried there as a guest through the night. In the morning Hymer arose, dressed himself, and busked himself to row out upon the sea to fish. Thor also sprang up, got ready in a hurry and asked Hymer whether he might row out with him. Hymer answered that he would get but little help from Thor, as he was so small and young; and he added, you will get cold if I row as far out and remain as long as I am wont. Thor said that he might row as far from the shore as he pleased, for all that, and it was yet to be seen who would be the first to ask to row back to land. And Thor grew so wroth at the giant that he came near letting the hammer ring on<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> lkxwiibg7mrpic89oc9kxobd9vnnbm6 Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/133 104 4490137 14129924 2024-04-25T20:18:54Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "his head straightway, but he restrained himself, for he intended to try his strength elsewhere. He asked Hymer what they were to have for bait, but Hymer replied that he would have to find his own bait. Then Thor turned away to where he saw a herd of oxen, that belonged to Hymer. He took the largest ox, which was called Himinbrjot, twisted his head off and brought it down to the sea-strand. Hymer had then shoved the boat off. Thor went on board and seate... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>his head straightway, but he restrained himself, for he intended to try his strength elsewhere. He asked Hymer what they were to have for bait, but Hymer replied that he would have to find his own bait. Then Thor turned away to where he saw a herd of oxen, that belonged to Hymer. He took the largest ox, which was called Himinbrjot, twisted his head off and brought it down to the sea-strand. Hymer had then shoved the boat off. Thor went on board and seated himself in the stern; he took two oars and rowed so that Hymer had to confess that the boat sped fast from his rowing. Hymer plied the oars in the bow, and thus the rowing soon ended. Then said Hymer that they had come to the place where he was wont to sit and catch flat-fish, but Thor said he would like to row much farther out, and so they made another swift pull. Then said Hymer that they had come so far out that it was dangerous to stay there, for the Midgard-serpent. Thor said he wished to row a while longer, and so he did; but Hymer was by no means in a happy mood. Thor took in the oars, got ready a very strong line, and the hook was neither less nor weaker. When he had put on the ox-head for bait, he cast it overboard and it sank to the bottom. It must be admitted that Thor now beguiled the Midgard-serpent not a whit less than {{hws|Utgard|Utgard-Loke}}<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> khei417uiyvg5732y7gcqav7pzjfep8 Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/134 104 4490138 14129926 2024-04-25T20:19:16Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "{{hwe|Loke|Utgard-Loke}} mocked him when he was to lift the serpent with his hand. The Midgard-serpent took the ox-head into his mouth, whereby the hook entered his palate, but when the serpent perceived this he tugged so hard that both Thor's hands were dashed against the gunwale. Now Thor became angry, assumed his asa-might and spurned so hard that both his feet went through the boat and he stood on the bottom of the sea. He pulled the serpent up to th... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>{{hwe|Loke|Utgard-Loke}} mocked him when he was to lift the serpent with his hand. The Midgard-serpent took the ox-head into his mouth, whereby the hook entered his palate, but when the serpent perceived this he tugged so hard that both Thor's hands were dashed against the gunwale. Now Thor became angry, assumed his asa-might and spurned so hard that both his feet went through the boat and he stood on the bottom of the sea. He pulled the serpent up to the gunwale; and in truth no one has ever seen a more terrible sight than when Thor whet his eyes on the serpent, and the latter stared at him and spouted venom. It is said that the giant Hymer changed hue and grew pale from fear when he saw the serpent and beheld the water flowing into the boat; but just at the moment when Thor grasped the hammer and lifted it in the air, the giant fumbled for his fishing-knife and cut off Thor's line at the gunwale, whereby the serpent sank back into the sea. Thor threw the hammer after it, and it is even said that he struck off his head at the bottom, but I think the truth is that the Midgard-serpent still lives and lies in the ocean. Thor clenched his fist and gave the giant a box on the ear so that he fell backward into the sea, and he saw his heels last, but Thor waded ashore. {{nop}}<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 8pf3twov5vzumjv0ninjd29y72c7d2d Sholom-Alechem (Shalom Rabinovitz) 0 4490139 14129928 2024-04-25T20:19:43Z Ineuw 114977 Ineuw moved page [[Sholom-Alechem (Shalom Rabinovitz)]] to [[Yiddish Tales/Sholom-Alechem (Shalom Rabinovitz)]]: added relation wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Yiddish Tales/Sholom-Alechem (Shalom Rabinovitz)]] 8v17777m3x7ic1o98eolbm20ks3u705 Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/135 104 4490140 14129931 2024-04-25T20:19:51Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "{{c|CHAPTER XV. {{smaller|THE DEATH OF BALDER.}}}} 50. Then asked Ganglere: Have there happened any other remarkable things among the ases? A great deed it was, forsooth, that Thor wrought on this journey. Har answered: Yes, indeed, there are tidings to be told that seemed of far greater importance to the asas. The beginning of this tale is, that Balder dreamed dreams great and dangerous to his life. When he told these dreams to the asas they took coun... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>{{c|CHAPTER XV. {{smaller|THE DEATH OF BALDER.}}}} 50. Then asked Ganglere: Have there happened any other remarkable things among the ases? A great deed it was, forsooth, that Thor wrought on this journey. Har answered: Yes, indeed, there are tidings to be told that seemed of far greater importance to the asas. The beginning of this tale is, that Balder dreamed dreams great and dangerous to his life. When he told these dreams to the asas they took counsel together, and it was decided that they should seek peace for Balder against all kinds of harm. So Frigg exacted an oath from fire, water, iron and all kinds of metal, stones, earth, trees, sicknesses, beasts and birds and creeping things, that they should not hurt Balder. When this was done and made known, it became the pastime of Balder and the asas that he should stand up at their meetings while some of them should shoot at him, others should hew at him, while others should throw stones at him; but no matter what they did, no harm came to him, and this seemed to all a great honor. When Loke, Laufey's son, saw this, it<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 19f7723axsfoeyjsukjjwwl5avulut2 Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/136 104 4490141 14129935 2024-04-25T20:20:34Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "displeased him very much that Balder was not scathed. So he went to Frigg, in Fensal, having taken on himself the likeness of a woman. Frigg asked this woman whether she knew what the asas were doing at their meeting. She answered that all were shooting at Balder, but that he was not scathed thereby. Then said Frigg: Neither weapon nor tree can hurt Balder, I have taken an oath from them all. Then asked the woman: Have all things taken an oath to spare B... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>displeased him very much that Balder was not scathed. So he went to Frigg, in Fensal, having taken on himself the likeness of a woman. Frigg asked this woman whether she knew what the asas were doing at their meeting. She answered that all were shooting at Balder, but that he was not scathed thereby. Then said Frigg: Neither weapon nor tree can hurt Balder, I have taken an oath from them all. Then asked the woman: Have all things taken an oath to spare Balder? Frigg answered: West of Valhal there grows a little shrub that is called the mistletoe, that seemed to me too young to exact an oath from. Then the woman suddenly disappeared. Loke went and pulled up the mistletoe and proceeded to the meeting. Hoder stood far to one side in the ring of men, because he was blind. Loke addressed himself to him, and asked: Why do you not shoot at Balder? He answered: Because I do not see where he is, and furthermore I have no weapons. Then said Loke: Do like the others and show honor to Balder; I will show you where he stands; shoot at him with this wand. Hoder took the mistletoe and shot at Balder under the guidance of Loke. The dart pierced him and he fell dead to the ground. This is the greatest misfortune that has ever happened to the gods and men. When Balder had fallen, the asas were struck speechless with horror, and their hands<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 5g183oubj3mwuthty1bc44kii7aqc4h Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/137 104 4490142 14129937 2024-04-25T20:21:01Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "failed them to lay hold of the corpse. One looked at the other, and all were of one mind toward him who had done the deed, but being assembled in a holy peace-stead, no one could take vengeance. When the asas at length, tried to speak, the wailing so choked their voices that one could not describe to the other his sorrow. Odin took this misfortune most to heart, since he best comprehended how great a loss and injury the fall of Balder was to the asas. Wh... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>failed them to lay hold of the corpse. One looked at the other, and all were of one mind toward him who had done the deed, but being assembled in a holy peace-stead, no one could take vengeance. When the asas at length, tried to speak, the wailing so choked their voices that one could not describe to the other his sorrow. Odin took this misfortune most to heart, since he best comprehended how great a loss and injury the fall of Balder was to the asas. When the gods came to their senses, Frigg spoke and asked who there might be among the asas who desired to win all her love and good will by riding the way to Hel and trying to find Balder, and offering Hel a ransom if she would allow Balder to return home again to Asgard. But he is called Hermod, the Nimble, Odin's swain, who undertook this journey. Odin's steed, Sleipner, was led forth. Hermod mounted him and galloped away. 51. The asas took the corpse of Balder and brought it to the sea-shore. Hringhorn was the name of Balder's ship, and it was the largest of all ships. The gods wanted to launch it and make Balder's bale-fire thereon, but they could not move it. Then they sent to Jotunheim after the giantess whose name is Hyrrokken. She came riding on a wolf, and had twisted serpents for reins. When she alighted, Odin appointed four berserks to take care of her steed, but they<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> p6ymfzdsa7c0kvd3g9r7lg32k0uhjti Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/138 104 4490143 14129938 2024-04-25T20:21:17Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "were unable to hold him except by throwing him down on the ground. Hyrrokken went to the prow and launched the ship with one single push, but the motion was so violent that fire sprang from the underlaid rollers and all the earth shook. Then Thor became wroth, grasped his hammer, and would forthwith have crushed her skull, had not all the gods asked peace for her. Balder's corspe was borne out on the ship; and when his wife, Nanna, daughter of Nep, saw t... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>were unable to hold him except by throwing him down on the ground. Hyrrokken went to the prow and launched the ship with one single push, but the motion was so violent that fire sprang from the underlaid rollers and all the earth shook. Then Thor became wroth, grasped his hammer, and would forthwith have crushed her skull, had not all the gods asked peace for her. Balder's corspe was borne out on the ship; and when his wife, Nanna, daughter of Nep, saw this, her heart was broken with grief and she died. She was borne to the funeral-pile and cast on the fire. Thor stood by and hallowed the pile with Mjolner. Before his feet ran a dwarf, whose name is Lit. Him Thor kicked with his foot and dashed him into the fire, and he, too, was burned. But this funeral-pile was attended by many kinds of folk. First of all came Odin, accompanied by Frigg and the valkyries and his ravens. Frey came riding in his chariot drawn by the boar called Gullinburste or Slidrugtanne. Heimdal rode his steed Gulltop and Freyja drove her cats. There was a large number of frost-giants and mountain-giants. Odin laid on the funeral-pile his gold ring, Draupner, which had the property of producing, every ninth night, eight gold rings of equal weight. Balder's horse, fully caparisoned, was led to his master's pile. {{nop}}<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> gaq5arhjfpj6miqccr51d83i5ihhxgr Page:Midland naturalist (IA midlandnaturalis01lond).pdf/189 104 4490144 14129940 2024-04-25T20:21:44Z Pigsonthewing 24345 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Pigsonthewing" />{{running header||{{asc|Scientific Names—Form}}.|151}} {{rule}}</noinclude>the group of animals to which we now restrict the name, and so far the idea suggested by these terminations is applicable to the ease. It may be noticed that it is customary to use -''iadæ'' for all words ending in -''ia'', as Crania, Craniadæ, and for all others to affix -''idæ'' to the true stem, as Mactra, Mactridæ; Helix, Helicidæ; Bos, Bovidæ. As usual this rule is sometimes, though without reason, infringed, as in Cerithium, Cerithiadæ; Arca, Arcadæ. Something, also, must be said about specific names, which are not adjectives. First among these are the so-called complimentary names, used in the genitive case. When the name of a modern man or woman is to be Latinised, the usual plan is to add -''us'' of -''ius'', as may be most euphonious, for the one, and -''a'' or -''ia'' for the other, with the ordinary genitives. This, of course, does not apply to complimentary generic names, ''e.g.'', Linnæa, Hookeria, which are always feminine. Thus, ''Rafflesia Arnoldi'' means "Arnold's Rafflesia," and commemorates not only Dr.&nbsp;{{AQID|Q3184535|Joseph Arnold}}, its discoverer, but also Sir [[Author:Thomas Stamford Raffles|Stamford Raffles]], the Governor of Sumatra at the time of its discovery; in ''Lepidium Smithii'' two ''i'''s are used to produce a smoother sound; ''Nitophyllum Hutchinsiæ'' is Miss Hutchins' Nitophyllum. These should always be spelled with a capital letter, as also should adjectives derived from proper names, but in this latter respect practice differs. Both ''Siiene Angiica'' and ''S.&nbsp;anglica'' are found, and some hare even ventured to write ''hookerianus''. It may be presumed that this license, so foreign to both the English and the classical tongues, has been imported from the Continent, as it is in accordance with the usage of the French and other languages. Still another class of specific names should he written with a capital initial, those which are nouns in the nominative case, which have been for the most part originally the names of genera, as in ''Potentilla Tormentilla'', ''Poterium Sanguisorba'', ''Hipparchia Tithonus''. The last two instances show pointedly that these, not being adjectives, do not necessarily agree in gender with the generic name. There is, finally, the class represented by ''Pieris brassicæ'', which means the Pieris "of the cabbage," because the larva of that butterfly feeds upon the cabbage. These should, properly, not be spelled with a capital, (though this is sometimes done,) and are in the genitive case, either singular or plural, They are most common among the names of Lepidoptera, as ''Anthocharis cardamines'', ''Sphinx convolvuli'', ''Thecla quercus'', but are not wanting in other places. Thus ''Rosa dumetorum'' means the rose "of the thickets;" ''Æeidium compositarum'', the Æeidium "of the Compositæ;" and, to take an example from the "Midland Naturalist" of March, ''Amphistoma hominis'', the Amphistoma "of man." In order to find out the meaning of a scientific term, it is necessary for one not accustomed to the search to form first some idea of the kind of word he has in hand, in doing which it is hoped the previous observations will be of use. The word should then be looked out in the dictionary as a whole; if it he not found, as will very often be the case, it must next he considered what are its probable component parts. In this the inserted ''i'' or ''o'' is of great assistance, nor should the help which<noinclude></noinclude> qpppuf6568dbhhprf4t3wmaccdfz6nv 14130139 14129940 2024-04-25T22:00:44Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Pigsonthewing" />{{running header||{{asc|Scientific Names—Form}}.|151}} {{rule}}</noinclude>the group of animals to which we now restrict the name, and so far the idea suggested by these terminations is applicable to the ease. It may be noticed that it is customary to use -''iadæ'' for all words ending in -''ia'', as Crania, Craniadæ, and for all others to affix -''idæ'' to the true stem, as Mactra, Mactridæ; Helix, Helicidæ; Bos, Bovidæ. As usual this rule is sometimes, though without reason, infringed, as in Cerithium, Cerithiadæ; Arca, Arcadæ. Something, also, must be said about specific names, which are not adjectives. First among these are the so-called complimentary names, used in the genitive case. When the name of a modern man or woman is to be Latinised, the usual plan is to add -''us'' of -''ius'', as may be most euphonious, for the one, and -''a'' or -''ia'' for the other, with the ordinary genitives. This, of course, does not apply to complimentary generic names, ''e.g.'', Linnæa, Hookeria, which are always feminine. Thus, ''Rafflesia Arnoldi'' means "Arnold's Rafflesia," and commemorates not only Dr.&nbsp;{{AQID|Q3184535|Joseph Arnold}}, its discoverer, but also Sir [[Author:Thomas Stamford Raffles|Stamford Raffles]], the Governor of Sumatra at the time of its discovery; in ''Lepidium Smithii'' two ''i'''s are used to produce a smoother sound; ''Nitophyllum Hutchinsiæ'' is Miss Hutchins' Nitophyllum. These should always be spelled with a capital letter, as also should adjectives derived from proper names, but in this latter respect practice differs. Both ''Siiene Angiica'' and ''S.&nbsp;anglica'' are found, and some hare even ventured to write ''hookerianus''. It may be presumed that this license, so foreign to both the English and the classical tongues, has been imported from the Continent, as it is in accordance with the usage of the French and other languages. Still another class of specific names should he written with a capital initial, those which are nouns in the nominative case, which have been for the most part originally the names of genera, as in ''Potentilla Tormentilla'', ''Poterium Sanguisorba'', ''Hipparchia Tithonus''. The last two instances show pointedly that these, not being adjectives, do not necessarily agree in gender with the generic name. There is, finally, the class represented by ''Pieris brassicæ'', which means the Pieris "of the cabbage," because the larva of that butterfly feeds upon the cabbage. These should, properly, not be spelled with a capital, (though this is sometimes done,) and are in the genitive case, either singular or plural, They are most common among the names of Lepidoptera, as ''Anthocharis cardamines'', ''Sphinx convolvuli'', ''Thecla quercus'', but are not wanting in other places. Thus ''Rosa dumetorum'' means the rose "of the thickets;" ''Æeidium compositarum'', the Æeidium "of the Compositæ;" and, to take an example from the "Midland Naturalist" of March, ''Amphistoma hominis'', the Amphistoma "of man." In order to find out the meaning of a scientific term, it is necessary for one not accustomed to the search to form first some idea of the kind of word he has in hand, in doing which it is hoped the previous observations will be of use. The word should then be looked out in the dictionary as a whole; if it he not found, as will very often be the case, it must next he considered what are its probable component parts. In this the inserted ''i'' or ''o'' is of great assistance, nor should the help which<noinclude></noinclude> 23kid9h553qdrauna5jmrfnf63msj4m Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/139 104 4490145 14129942 2024-04-25T20:21:55Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "52. But of Hermod it is to be told that he rode nine nights through deep and dark valleys, and did not see light until he came to the Gjallar-river and rode on the Gjallar-bridge, which is thatched with shining gold. Modgud is the name of the may who guards the bridge. She asked him for his name, and of what kin he was, saying that the day before there rode five fylkes (kingdoms, bands) of dead men over the bridge; but she added, it does not shake less u... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>52. But of Hermod it is to be told that he rode nine nights through deep and dark valleys, and did not see light until he came to the Gjallar-river and rode on the Gjallar-bridge, which is thatched with shining gold. Modgud is the name of the may who guards the bridge. She asked him for his name, and of what kin he was, saying that the day before there rode five fylkes (kingdoms, bands) of dead men over the bridge; but she added, it does not shake less under you alone, and you do not have the hue of dead men. Why do you ride the way to Hel? He answered: I am to ride to Hel to find Balder. Have you seen him pass this way? She answered that Balder had ridden over the Gjallar-bridge; adding: But downward and northward lies the way to Hel. Then Hermod rode on till he came to Hel's gate. He alighted from his horse, drew the girths tighter, remounted him, claped the spurs into him, and the horse leaped over the gate with so much force that he never touched it. Thereupon Hermod proceeded to the hall and alighted from his steed. He went in, and saw there sitting on the foremost seat his brother Balder. He tarried there over night. In the morning he asked Hel whether Balder might ride home with him, and told how great weeping there was among the asas. But Hel replied that it should now be tried whether Balder was so<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> lkew6ilz4777imcnqymjwd865a8q43s Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/140 104 4490146 14129944 2024-04-25T20:22:31Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "much beloved as was said. If all things, said she, both quick and dead, will weep for him, then he shall go back to the asas, but if anything refuses to shed tears, then he shall remain with Hel. Hermod arose, and Balder accompanied him out of the hall. He took the ring Draupner and sent it as a keepsake to Odin. Nanna sent Frigg a kerchief and other gifts, and to Fulla she sent a ring. Thereupon Hermod rode back and came to Asgard, where he reported the... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>much beloved as was said. If all things, said she, both quick and dead, will weep for him, then he shall go back to the asas, but if anything refuses to shed tears, then he shall remain with Hel. Hermod arose, and Balder accompanied him out of the hall. He took the ring Draupner and sent it as a keepsake to Odin. Nanna sent Frigg a kerchief and other gifts, and to Fulla she sent a ring. Thereupon Hermod rode back and came to Asgard, where he reported the tidings he had seen and heard. 53. Then the asas sent messengers over all the world, praying that Balder might be wept out of Hel's power. All things did so,—men and beasts, the earth, stones, trees and all metals, just as you must have seen these things weep when they come out of frost and into heat. When the messengers returned home and had done their errand well, they found a certain cave wherein sat a giantess (gygr=ogress) whose name was Thok. They requested her to weep Balder from Hel; but she answered: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Thok will weep<br> With dry tears<br> For Balder's burial;<br> Neither in life nor in death<br> Gave he me gladness.<br> Let Hel keep what she has! {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} {{nop}}<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> ldtadz6ri5zkwvgrddn7pg9hfjlgibn Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/141 104 4490147 14129945 2024-04-25T20:23:09Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "It is generally believed that this Thok was Loke, Laufey's son, who has wrought most evil among the asas. 54. Then said Ganglere: A very great wrong did Loke perpetrate; first of all in casing Balder's death, and next in standing in the way of his being loosed from Hel. Did he get no punishment for this misdeed? Har answered: Yes, he was repaid for this in a way that he will long remember. The gods became exceedingly wroth, as might be expected. So he r... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>It is generally believed that this Thok was Loke, Laufey's son, who has wrought most evil among the asas. 54. Then said Ganglere: A very great wrong did Loke perpetrate; first of all in casing Balder's death, and next in standing in the way of his being loosed from Hel. Did he get no punishment for this misdeed? Har answered: Yes, he was repaid for this in a way that he will long remember. The gods became exceedingly wroth, as might be expected. So he ran away and hid himself in a rock. Here he built a house with four doors, so that he might keep an outlook on all sides. Oftentimes in the daytime he took on him the likeness of a salmon and concealed himself in Frananger Force. Then he thought to himself what stratagems the asas might have recourse to in order to catch him. Now, as he was sitting in his house, he took flax and yarn and worked them into meshes, in the manner that nets have since been made; but a fire was burning before him. Then he saw that the asas were not far distant. Odin had seen from Hlidskjalf where Loke kept himself. Loke immediately sprang up, cast the net on the fire and leaped into the river. When the asas came to the house, he entered first who was wisest of them all, and whose name was Kvaser; and when he saw in the fire the ashes of the net that had<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> nvocvcvmfx9nyttqupkjouk12znam5p Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/142 104 4490148 14129947 2024-04-25T20:23:28Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "been burned, he understood that this must be a contrivance for catching fish, and this he told to the asas. Thereupon they took flax and made themselves a net after the pattern of that which they saw in the ashes and which Loke had made. When the net was made, the asas went to the river and cast it into the force. Thor held one end of the net, and all the other asas laid hold on the other, thus jointly drawing it along the stream. Loke went before it and... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>been burned, he understood that this must be a contrivance for catching fish, and this he told to the asas. Thereupon they took flax and made themselves a net after the pattern of that which they saw in the ashes and which Loke had made. When the net was made, the asas went to the river and cast it into the force. Thor held one end of the net, and all the other asas laid hold on the other, thus jointly drawing it along the stream. Loke went before it and laid himself down between two stones, so that they drew the net over him, although they perceived that some living thing touched the meshes. They went up to the force again and cast out the net a second time. This time they hung a great weight to it, making it so heavy that nothing could possibly pass under it. Loke swam before the net, but when he saw that he was near the sea he sprang over the top of the net and hastened back to the force. When the asas saw whither he went they proceeded up to the force, dividing themselves into two bands, but Thor waded in the middle of the stream, and so they dragged the net along to the sea. Loke saw that he now had only two chances of escape,—either to risk his life and swim out to sea, or to leap again over the net. He chose the latter, and made a tremendous leap over the top line of the net. Thor grasped after him and caught him, but he slipped in his hand so that<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> ku6efx6uaxknjxmzh2wmkut9v19wxd9 Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/143 104 4490149 14129950 2024-04-25T20:23:43Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "Thor did not get a firm hold before he got to the tail, and this is the reason why the salmon has so slim a tail. Now Loke was taken without truce and was brought to a cave. The gods took three rocks and set them up on edge, and bored a hole through each rock. Then they took Loke's sons, Vale and Nare or Narfe. Vale they changed into the likeness of a wolf, whereupon he tore his brother Narfe to pieces, with whose intestines the asas bound Loke over the... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>Thor did not get a firm hold before he got to the tail, and this is the reason why the salmon has so slim a tail. Now Loke was taken without truce and was brought to a cave. The gods took three rocks and set them up on edge, and bored a hole through each rock. Then they took Loke's sons, Vale and Nare or Narfe. Vale they changed into the likeness of a wolf, whereupon he tore his brother Narfe to pieces, with whose intestines the asas bound Loke over the three rocks. One stood under his shoulders, another under his loins, and the third under his hams, and the fetters became iron. Skade took a serpent and fastened up over him, so that the venom should drop from the serpent into his face. But Sigyn, his wife, stands by him, and holds a dish under the venomdrops. Whenever the dish becomes full, she goes and pours away the venom, and meanwhile the venom drops onto Loke's face. Then he twists his body so violently that the whole earth shakes, and this you call earthquakes. There he will lie bound until Ragnarok. {{nop}}<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> e1egsw5kql434qzf2l7rm2yu9h02iru Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Introductory Note (2) 0 4490150 14129951 2024-04-25T20:23:46Z TeysaKarlov 3017537 Created page with "{{header | title = [[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846]], [[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1|Volume I]] | author = Reuben Gold Thwaites | translator = | section = | previous = [[../Journal of a Tour to the Ohio/]] | next = [[../A Selection of Letters and Journals relating to Tours into the Western Country/]] | year = 1904 | notes = }}{{default layout|Layout 2}} <pages index="Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846]], [[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1|Volume I]] | author = Reuben Gold Thwaites | translator = | section = | previous = [[../Journal of a Tour to the Ohio/]] | next = [[../A Selection of Letters and Journals relating to Tours into the Western Country/]] | year = 1904 | notes = }}{{default layout|Layout 2}} <pages index="Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu" from=51 to=51/> {{ppb}} <pages index="Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu" from=53 to=58/> {{smallrefs}} 3k0n2du4jhsevw7w5om9da3q11znhph Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/144 104 4490151 14129954 2024-04-25T20:24:26Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "{{c|CHAPTER XVI. {{smaller|RAGNAROK.}}}} 55. Then said Ganglere: What tidings are to be told of Ragnarok? Of this I have never heard before. Har answered: Great things are to be said thereof. First, there is a winter called the Fimbul-winter, when snow drives from all quarters, the frosts are so severe, the winds so keen and piercing, that there is no joy in the sun. There are three such winters in succession, without any intervening summer. But before... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>{{c|CHAPTER XVI. {{smaller|RAGNAROK.}}}} 55. Then said Ganglere: What tidings are to be told of Ragnarok? Of this I have never heard before. Har answered: Great things are to be said thereof. First, there is a winter called the Fimbul-winter, when snow drives from all quarters, the frosts are so severe, the winds so keen and piercing, that there is no joy in the sun. There are three such winters in succession, without any intervening summer. But before these there are three other winters, during which great wars rage over all the world. Brothers slay each other for the sake of gain, and no one spares his father or mother in that manslaughter and adultery. Thus says the Vala's Prophecy: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Brothers will fight together<br> And become each other's bane;<br> Sisters' children<br> Their sib shall spoil.<br> Hard is the world,<br> Sensual sins grow huge.<br> There are ax-ages, sword-ages—<br> Shields are cleft in twain,—<br> There are wind-ages, wolf-ages,<br> Ere the world falls dead. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} {{nop}}<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> bl1hl3usxt8povj63laplo7gzfvgbtm Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu/45 104 4490152 14129955 2024-04-25T20:24:32Z GrooveCreator 2854703 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="GrooveCreator" />{{rh||THE LESSONS|17}}</noinclude>and went away into Nikoláy's room, slamming the door after him. In the class-room we could hear the conversation in the valet's room. "Have you heard, Nikoláy, that the children are going to Moscow?" said Karl Ivánovich, as he entered the room. "Indeed, I have." Nikoláy, it seems, was on the point of rising, because Karl Ivánovich said: "Keep your seat, Nikoláy!" and immediately after closed the door. I left my corner and went to the door to listen. "No matter how much good you may do to people, no matter how attached you may be, you evidently cannot expect any gratitude, Nikoláy?" said Karl Ivánovich, with feeling. Nikoláy, who was sitting at the window, cobbling away at a boot, nodded his head in affirmation. "I have been living in this house these fifteen years, and I can say before God, Nikoláy," continued Karl Ivánovich, raising his eyes and his snuff-box toward the ceiling, "that I have loved them and have worked with them more than if they were my own children. You remember, Nikoláy, when Volódenka had the fever, how I sat for nine days by his bed, without closing my eyes. Yes! when I was good, dear Karl Ivánovich, I was needed, but now," added he, smiling ironically, "now ''the children have grown, and they must study in earnest.'' As if they were not studying here, Nikoláy!" "I should say they were, it seems!" said Nikolay, putting down the awl, and pulling through the waxed thread with both his hands. "Yes, I am superfluous now, so I am sent away; but where are the promises? where is the gratitude? I respect and love Natálya Nikoláevna, Nikoláy," said he, putting his hand on his breast, "but what is she? Her<noinclude></noinclude> k4u9ovz8sjbofuez5iml6mqfqdytpns Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/145 104 4490153 14129956 2024-04-25T20:25:02Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "Then happens what will seem a great miracle, that the wolf devours the sun, and this will seem a great loss. The other wolf will devour the moon, and this too will cause great mischief. The stars shall be hurled from heaven. Then it shall come to pass that the earth and the mountains will shake so violently that trees will be torn up by the roots, the mountains will topple down, and all bonds and fetters will be broken and snapped. The Fenris-wolf gets l... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>Then happens what will seem a great miracle, that the wolf devours the sun, and this will seem a great loss. The other wolf will devour the moon, and this too will cause great mischief. The stars shall be hurled from heaven. Then it shall come to pass that the earth and the mountains will shake so violently that trees will be torn up by the roots, the mountains will topple down, and all bonds and fetters will be broken and snapped. The Fenris-wolf gets loose. The sea rushes over the earth, for the Midgard-serpent writhes in giant rage and seeks to gain the land. The ship that is called Naglfar also becomes loose. It is made of the nails of dead men; wherefore it is worth warning that, when a man dies with unpared nails, he supplies a large amount of materials for the building of this ship, which both gods and men wish may be finished as late as possible. But in this flood Naglfar gets afloat. The Fenris-wolf advances with wide open mouth; the upper jaw reaches to heaven and the lower jaw is on the earth. He would open it still wider had he room. Fire flashes from his eyes and nostrils. The Midgard-serpent vomits forth venom, defiling all the air and the sea; he is very terrible, and places himself by the side of the wolf. In the midst of this clash and din<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> qfu9xozbc1vmq2639ezoeo0iffuwt2n Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/146 104 4490154 14129958 2024-04-25T20:25:35Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "the heavens are rent in twain, and the sons of Muspel come riding through the opening. Surt rides first, and before him and after him flames burning fire. He has a very good sword, which shines brighter than the sun. As they ride over Bifrost it breaks to pieces, as has before been stated. The sons of Muspel direct their course to the plain which is called Vigrid. Thither repair also the Fenris-wolf and the Midgard-serpent. To this place have also come L... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>the heavens are rent in twain, and the sons of Muspel come riding through the opening. Surt rides first, and before him and after him flames burning fire. He has a very good sword, which shines brighter than the sun. As they ride over Bifrost it breaks to pieces, as has before been stated. The sons of Muspel direct their course to the plain which is called Vigrid. Thither repair also the Fenris-wolf and the Midgard-serpent. To this place have also come Loke and Hrym,. and with him all the frost-giants. In Loke's company are all the friends of Hel. The sons of Muspel have there effulgent bands alone by themselves. The plain Vigrid is one hundred miles (rasts) on each side. 56. While these things are happening, Heimdal stands up, blows with all his might in the Gjallar-horn and awakens all the gods, who thereupon hold counsel. Odin rides to Mimer's well to ask advice of Mimer for himself and his folk. Then quivers the ash Ygdrasil, and all things in heaven and earth fear and tremble. The asas and the einherjes arm themselves and speed forth to the battlefield. Odin rides first; with his golden helmet, resplendent byrnie, and his spear Gungner, he advances against the Fenris-wolf. Thor stands by his side, but can give him no assistance, for he has his hands full in his struggle with the Midgard-serpent. Frey encounters<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> a27ecjit2i37wz9ezu5sgruu8e252kq Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/147 104 4490155 14129959 2024-04-25T20:26:00Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "Surt, and heavy blows are exchanged ere Frey falls. The cause of his death is that he has not that good sword which he gave to Skirner. Even the dog Garm, that was bound before the Gnipa-cave, gets loose. He is the greatest plague. He contends with Tyr, and they kill each other. Thor gets great renown by slaying the Midgard-serpent, but retreats only nine paces when he falls to the earth dead, poisoned by the venom that the serpent blows on him. The wolf... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>Surt, and heavy blows are exchanged ere Frey falls. The cause of his death is that he has not that good sword which he gave to Skirner. Even the dog Garm, that was bound before the Gnipa-cave, gets loose. He is the greatest plague. He contends with Tyr, and they kill each other. Thor gets great renown by slaying the Midgard-serpent, but retreats only nine paces when he falls to the earth dead, poisoned by the venom that the serpent blows on him. The wolf swallows Odin, and thus causes his death; but Vidar immediately turns and rushes at the wolf, placing one foot on his nether jaw. On this foot he has the shoe for which materials have been gathering through all ages, namely, the strips of leather which men cut off for the toes and heels of shoes; wherefore he who wishes to render assistance to the ases must cast these strips away. With one hand Vidar seizes the upper jaw of the wolf, and thus rends asunder his mouth. Thus the wolf perishes. Loke fights with Heimdal, and they kill each other. Thereupon Surt flings fire over the earth and burns up all the world. Thus it is said in the Vala's Prophecy: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Loud blows Heimdal<br> His uplifted horn.<br> Odin speaks<br> With Mimer's head.<br> The straight-standing ash<br> Ygdrasil quivers,<br><noinclude>{{fine block/e}}{{smaller block/e}}{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> t0hvavrl28j276oq4nfjrzhux0p81lj Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/148 104 4490156 14129962 2024-04-25T20:26:53Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "The old tree groans,<br> And the giant gets loose. How fare the ases?<br> How fare the elves?<br> All Jotunheim roars.<br> The asas hold counsel;<br> Before their stone-doors<br> Groan the dwarfs,<br> The guides of the wedge-rock.<br> Know you now more or not? From the east drives Hrym,<br> Bears his shield before him.<br> Jormungand welters<br> In giant rage<br> And smites the waves.<br> The eagle screams,<br> And with pale beak tears corpses<br> Nagl... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>The old tree groans,<br> And the giant gets loose. How fare the ases?<br> How fare the elves?<br> All Jotunheim roars.<br> The asas hold counsel;<br> Before their stone-doors<br> Groan the dwarfs,<br> The guides of the wedge-rock.<br> Know you now more or not? From the east drives Hrym,<br> Bears his shield before him.<br> Jormungand welters<br> In giant rage<br> And smites the waves.<br> The eagle screams,<br> And with pale beak tears corpses<br> Naglfar gets loose. A ship comes from the east,<br> The host of Muspel<br> Come o'er the main.<br> And Loke is steersman.<br> All the fell powers<br> Are with the wolf;<br> Along with them<br> Is Byleist's brother. From the south comes Surt<br> With blazing fire-brand,—<br> The sun of the war-god<br> Shines from his sword.<br> Mountains dash together,<br> Giant maids are frightened,<br> Heroes go the way to Hel,<br> And heaven is rent in twain. {{nop}}<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 1rkbyi0mzc9v1tjpqvl9r6qyz28id2r 14129963 14129962 2024-04-25T20:27:15Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" />{{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}}</noinclude>The old tree groans,<br> And the giant gets loose. How fare the ases?<br> How fare the elves?<br> All Jotunheim roars.<br> The asas hold counsel;<br> Before their stone-doors<br> Groan the dwarfs,<br> The guides of the wedge-rock.<br> Know you now more or not? From the east drives Hrym,<br> Bears his shield before him.<br> Jormungand welters<br> In giant rage<br> And smites the waves.<br> The eagle screams,<br> And with pale beak tears corpses<br> Naglfar gets loose. A ship comes from the east,<br> The host of Muspel<br> Come o'er the main.<br> And Loke is steersman.<br> All the fell powers<br> Are with the wolf;<br> Along with them<br> Is Byleist's brother. From the south comes Surt<br> With blazing fire-brand,—<br> The sun of the war-god<br> Shines from his sword.<br> Mountains dash together,<br> Giant maids are frightened,<br> Heroes go the way to Hel,<br> And heaven is rent in twain. {{nop}}<noinclude>{{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}}{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> iw9upmwn7y3ykkubpilnhwhs0j9ms22 Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/149 104 4490157 14129964 2024-04-25T20:27:54Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "Then comes to Hlin<br> Another woe,<br> When Odin goes<br> With the wolf to fight,<br> And Bele's bright slayer<br> To contend with Surt.<br> There will fall<br> Frigg's beloved. Odin's son goes<br> To fight with the wolf,<br> And Vidar goes on his way<br> To the wild beast.<br> With his hand he thrusts<br> His sword to the heart<br> Of the giant's child,<br> And avenges his father. Then goes the famous<br> Son of Hlodyn<br> To fight with the serpent.<... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" />{{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}}</noinclude>Then comes to Hlin<br> Another woe,<br> When Odin goes<br> With the wolf to fight,<br> And Bele's bright slayer<br> To contend with Surt.<br> There will fall<br> Frigg's beloved. Odin's son goes<br> To fight with the wolf,<br> And Vidar goes on his way<br> To the wild beast.<br> With his hand he thrusts<br> His sword to the heart<br> Of the giant's child,<br> And avenges his father. Then goes the famous<br> Son of Hlodyn<br> To fight with the serpent.<br> Though about to die,<br> He fears not the contest;<br> All men<br> Abandon their homesteads<br> When the warder of Midgard<br> In wrath slays the serpent. The sun grows dark,<br> The earth sinks into the sea,<br> The bright stars<br> From heaven vanish;<br> Fire rages,<br> Heat blazes,<br> And high flames play<br> 'Gainst heaven itself. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} {{nop}}<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 64blfnq59zmw6lvbn8cshkiewpq645m Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/150 104 4490158 14129965 2024-04-25T20:28:11Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "And again it is said as follows: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Vigrid is the name of the plain<br> Where in fight shall meet<br> Surt and the gentle god.<br> A hundred miles<br> It is every way.<br> This field is marked out for them. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} {{nop}}" proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>And again it is said as follows: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Vigrid is the name of the plain<br> Where in fight shall meet<br> Surt and the gentle god.<br> A hundred miles<br> It is every way.<br> This field is marked out for them. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} {{nop}}<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> ngvk4t1uveb8352x9kferbf7clk2f8d Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/151 104 4490159 14129969 2024-04-25T20:28:56Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "{{c|CHAPTER XVII. {{smaller|REGENERATION.}}}} 57. Then asked Ganglere: What happens when heaven and earth and all the worlds are consumed in flames, and when all the gods and all the einherjes and all men are dead? You have already said that all men shall live in some world through all ages. Har answered: There are many and many bad abodes. Best it is to be in Gimle, in heaven. Plenty is there of good drink for those who deem this a joy in the hall cal... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>{{c|CHAPTER XVII. {{smaller|REGENERATION.}}}} 57. Then asked Ganglere: What happens when heaven and earth and all the worlds are consumed in flames, and when all the gods and all the einherjes and all men are dead? You have already said that all men shall live in some world through all ages. Har answered: There are many and many bad abodes. Best it is to be in Gimle, in heaven. Plenty is there of good drink for those who deem this a joy in the hall called Brimer. That is also in heaven. There is also an excellent hall which stands on the Nida mountains. It is built of red gold, and is called Sindre. In this hall good and well-minded men shall dwell. Nastrand is a large and terrible hall, and its doors open to the north. It is built of serpents wattled together, and all the heads of the serpents turn into the hall and vomit forth venom that flows in streams along the hall, and in these streams wade perjurers and murderers. So it is here said: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} A hall I know standing<br> Far from the sun<br> On the strand of dead bodies.<br><noinclude>{{center block/e}}{{fine block/e}}{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> jn53yyy1vzf9s6uv0a8drsqxp44uuvh Index:Microcosmographia, Crooke, 1615.jpg/styles.css 106 4490160 14129970 2024-04-25T20:29:18Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Created page with ".__pagetable td{ padding:4px; }" sanitized-css text/css .__pagetable td{ padding:4px; } 1tuo8ctks4f0rn83w55hyxunqjz0gew Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1/Croghan to the Governor of Pennsylvania 0 4490161 14129971 2024-04-25T20:29:22Z TeysaKarlov 3017537 Created page with "{{header | title = [[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846]], [[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1|Volume I]] | author = Reuben Gold Thwaites | translator = | section = | previous = [[../Introductory Note (2)|Introductory Note]] | next = [[../Proceedings of Croghan and Andrew Montour|Proceedings of Croghan and Andrew Montour at [the] Ohio]] | year = 1904 | notes = }}{{default layout|Layout 2}} <pages index="Early weste..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846]], [[Early Western Travels, 1748-1846/Volume 1|Volume I]] | author = Reuben Gold Thwaites | translator = | section = | previous = [[../Introductory Note (2)|Introductory Note]] | next = [[../Proceedings of Croghan and Andrew Montour|Proceedings of Croghan and Andrew Montour at [the] Ohio]] | year = 1904 | notes = }}{{default layout|Layout 2}} <pages index="Early western travels, 1748-1846 (Vol 1 1904).djvu" from=59 to=63/> {{smallrefs}} qbo0pgkw7xe2yskcdhcrxnufw6o1co2 Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/152 104 4490162 14129973 2024-04-25T20:29:36Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "Drops of venom<br> Fall through the loop-holes.<br> Of serpents' backs<br> The hall is made. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} There shall wade<br> Through heavy streams<br> Perjurers<br> And murderers. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} But in Hvergelmer it is worst. There tortures Nidhug<br> The bodies of the dead. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} 58. Then said Ganglere: Do any gods live then? Is there an... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" />{{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}}</noinclude>Drops of venom<br> Fall through the loop-holes.<br> Of serpents' backs<br> The hall is made. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} There shall wade<br> Through heavy streams<br> Perjurers<br> And murderers. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} But in Hvergelmer it is worst. There tortures Nidhug<br> The bodies of the dead. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} 58. Then said Ganglere: Do any gods live then? Is there any earth or heaven? Har answered: The earth rises again from the sea, and is green and fair. The fields unsown produce their harvests. Vidar and Vale live. Neither the sea nor Surt's fire has harmed them, and they dwell on the plains of Ida, where Asgard was before. Thither come also the sons of Thor, Mode and Magne, and they have Mjolner. Then come Balder and Hoder from Hel. They all sit together and talk about the things that happened aforetime,—about the Midgard-serpent and the Fenris-wolf. They find in the grass those golden tables which the asas once had. Thus it is said: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Vidar and Vale<br> Dwell in the house of the gods,<br> When quenched is the fire of Surt.<br><noinclude>{{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}}{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> r54ofjwm3qa4n81b7zkuoa934c48zwp 14129974 14129973 2024-04-25T20:29:52Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" />{{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}}</noinclude>Drops of venom<br> Fall through the loop-holes.<br> Of serpents' backs<br> The hall is made. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} There shall wade<br> Through heavy streams<br> Perjurers<br> And murderers. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} But in Hvergelmer it is worst. {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} There tortures Nidhug<br> The bodies of the dead. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} 58. Then said Ganglere: Do any gods live then? Is there any earth or heaven? Har answered: The earth rises again from the sea, and is green and fair. The fields unsown produce their harvests. Vidar and Vale live. Neither the sea nor Surt's fire has harmed them, and they dwell on the plains of Ida, where Asgard was before. Thither come also the sons of Thor, Mode and Magne, and they have Mjolner. Then come Balder and Hoder from Hel. They all sit together and talk about the things that happened aforetime,—about the Midgard-serpent and the Fenris-wolf. They find in the grass those golden tables which the asas once had. Thus it is said: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Vidar and Vale<br> Dwell in the house of the gods,<br> When quenched is the fire of Surt.<br><noinclude>{{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}}{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> dfwkcur5sb6qbokenocvwzol5gsrpys 14129976 14129974 2024-04-25T20:30:01Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" />{{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}}</noinclude>Drops of venom<br> Fall through the loop-holes.<br> Of serpents' backs<br> The hall is made. There shall wade<br> Through heavy streams<br> Perjurers<br> And murderers. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} But in Hvergelmer it is worst. {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} There tortures Nidhug<br> The bodies of the dead. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} 58. Then said Ganglere: Do any gods live then? Is there any earth or heaven? Har answered: The earth rises again from the sea, and is green and fair. The fields unsown produce their harvests. Vidar and Vale live. Neither the sea nor Surt's fire has harmed them, and they dwell on the plains of Ida, where Asgard was before. Thither come also the sons of Thor, Mode and Magne, and they have Mjolner. Then come Balder and Hoder from Hel. They all sit together and talk about the things that happened aforetime,—about the Midgard-serpent and the Fenris-wolf. They find in the grass those golden tables which the asas once had. Thus it is said: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Vidar and Vale<br> Dwell in the house of the gods,<br> When quenched is the fire of Surt.<br><noinclude>{{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}}{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 0oqhquk5kkmjw34olgrveth1hpla797 Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/153 104 4490163 14129978 2024-04-25T20:30:57Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "Mode and Magne<br> Vingner's Mjolner shall have<br> When the fight is ended. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} In a place called Hodmimer's-holt are concealed two persons during Surt's fire, called Lif and Lifthraser. They feed on the morning dew. From these so numerous a race is descended that they fill the whole world with people, as is here said: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Lif and Lifthraser<br> Will lie hid<br> In Hodmimer's-holt.<br> The... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" />{{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}}</noinclude>Mode and Magne<br> Vingner's Mjolner shall have<br> When the fight is ended. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} In a place called Hodmimer's-holt are concealed two persons during Surt's fire, called Lif and Lifthraser. They feed on the morning dew. From these so numerous a race is descended that they fill the whole world with people, as is here said: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} Lif and Lifthraser<br> Will lie hid<br> In Hodmimer's-holt.<br> The morning dew<br> They have for food.<br> From them are the races descended. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} But what will seem wonderful to you is that the sun has brought forth a daughter not less fair than herself, and she rides in the heavenly course of her mother, as is here said: {{center block/s}}{{fine block/s}} A daughter<br> Is born of the sun<br> Ere Fenrer takes her.<br> In her mother's course<br> When the gods are dead<br> This maid shall ride. {{fine block/e}}{{center block/e}} And if you now can ask more questions, said Har to Ganglere, I know not whence that power came to you. I have never heard any one tell<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 0lvd6s8985ofknso2a6xu72ea9wr1xa Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/154 104 4490164 14129980 2024-04-25T20:31:20Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "further the fate of the world. Make now the best use you can of what has been told you. 59. Then Ganglere heard a terrible noise on all sides, and when he looked about him he stood out-doors on a level plain. He saw neither hall nor burg. He went his way and came back to his kingdom, and told the tidings which he had seen and heard, and ever since those tidings have been handed down from man to man. {{nop}}" proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>further the fate of the world. Make now the best use you can of what has been told you. 59. Then Ganglere heard a terrible noise on all sides, and when he looked about him he stood out-doors on a level plain. He saw neither hall nor burg. He went his way and came back to his kingdom, and told the tidings which he had seen and heard, and ever since those tidings have been handed down from man to man. {{nop}}<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> ak3734l78zro6t5pd8gk34texdj179z Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/155 104 4490165 14129982 2024-04-25T20:31:51Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "{{c|AFTERWORD {{smaller|TO THE FOOLING OF GYLFE.}}}} The asas now sat down to talk, and held their counsel, and remembered all the tales that were told to Gylfe. They gave the very same names that had been named before to the men and places that were there. This they did for the reason that, when a long time has elapsed, men should not doubt that those asas of whom these tales were now told and those to whom the same names were given were all identical... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude>{{c|AFTERWORD {{smaller|TO THE FOOLING OF GYLFE.}}}} The asas now sat down to talk, and held their counsel, and remembered all the tales that were told to Gylfe. They gave the very same names that had been named before to the men and places that were there. This they did for the reason that, when a long time has elapsed, men should not doubt that those asas of whom these tales were now told and those to whom the same names were given were all identical. There was one who is called Thor, and he is Asa-Thor, the old. He is Oku-Thor, and to him are ascribed the great deeds done by Hektor in Troy. But men think that the Turks have told of Ulysses, and have called him Loke, for the Turks were his greatest enemies.<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 4a8qguosqv8rb7e5cryo9k3ct6rmlel Page:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/156 104 4490166 14129983 2024-04-25T20:31:57Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 /* Without text */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="0" user="Beleg Âlt" /></noinclude><noinclude></noinclude> 2je6yeqq8xt7f7z9mrzch4p9q377c2u Yiddish Tales/Isaiah Berschadski 0 4490167 14129986 2024-04-25T20:33:37Z Ineuw 114977 Created page with "{{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../Micha Joseph Berdyczewski|Micha Joseph Berdyczewski]] | next = [[../Tashrak (Israel Joseph Zevin)|Tashrak (Israel Joseph Zevin)]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index=..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../Micha Joseph Berdyczewski|Micha Joseph Berdyczewski]] | next = [[../Tashrak (Israel Joseph Zevin)|Tashrak (Israel Joseph Zevin)]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from= to= /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {{smallrefs}} 357aswnub6osot0gn8t0ofkp7uh3fv7 14129989 14129986 2024-04-25T20:34:41Z Ineuw 114977 main namespace page created wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../Micha Joseph Berdyczewski|Micha Joseph Berdyczewski]] | next = [[../Tashrak (Israel Joseph Zevin)|Tashrak (Israel Joseph Zevin)]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=297 to=297 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {{smallrefs}} 24r7jcei2ul9rxbov8m5ua1utucsnjq Index:A certificate for the electoral vote for Rutherford B. Hayes and William A. Wheeler for the State of Louisiana dated 1876/styles.css 106 4490168 14129993 2024-04-25T20:36:26Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Created page with ".__pagetable{border:none; border-spacing:2px;} .__pagetable td, .__pagetable th {padding:4px;}" sanitized-css text/css .__pagetable{border:none; border-spacing:2px;} .__pagetable td, .__pagetable th {padding:4px;} 5pqlafethslhhyingq3v74l5jxa57l0 Index:H.R. Rep. No. 94-1476/styles.css 106 4490169 14129996 2024-04-25T20:37:44Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Created page with ".__pagetable{border:none; border-spacing:2px;} .__pagetable td, .__pagetable th {padding:4px;}" sanitized-css text/css .__pagetable{border:none; border-spacing:2px;} .__pagetable td, .__pagetable th {padding:4px;} 5pqlafethslhhyingq3v74l5jxa57l0 Yiddish Tales/Tashrak (Israel Joseph Zevin) 0 4490170 14129997 2024-04-25T20:37:47Z Ineuw 114977 Created page with "{{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = | next = | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from= to= /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = | next = | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from= to= /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {{smallrefs}} dcrjzuk6iaezj0sxitr408vf4thv0dc 14129998 14129997 2024-04-25T20:38:05Z Ineuw 114977 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../Isaiah Berschadski|Isaiah Berschadski]] | next = [[../David Pinski|David Pinski]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from= to= /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {{smallrefs}} bfdy2dvlif50i1j06udvcj5ttzly39z 14130004 14129998 2024-04-25T20:39:36Z Ineuw 114977 main namespace page edit wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../Isaiah Berschadski|Isaiah Berschadski]] | next = [[../David Pinski|David Pinski]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=311 to=311 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {{smallrefs}} 0rsqq05t23ypq14b0z2as36m7zvkjwt Index:Ladys Realm v 13 pp 274-278/styles.css 106 4490171 14130002 2024-04-25T20:39:10Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Created page with ".__pagetable{border:none; border-spacing:2px;} .__pagetable td, .__pagetable th {padding:4px;}" sanitized-css text/css .__pagetable{border:none; border-spacing:2px;} .__pagetable td, .__pagetable th {padding:4px;} 5pqlafethslhhyingq3v74l5jxa57l0 Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu/46 104 4490172 14130009 2024-04-25T20:40:52Z GrooveCreator 2854703 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="GrooveCreator" />{{rh|18|CHILDHOOD}}</noinclude>will has as much power in this house as this!" saying which, he with an expressive mien threw upon the floor a chip of leather. "I know whose tricks they are, and why I am superfluous now; it is because I do not flatter and approve everything, as ''other people'' do. I am in the habit of speaking the truth at all times and to everybody," said he, proudly. "God be with them! They will not grow rich by not having me here, and I, God is merciful, will find a piece of bread somewhere. Am I right, Nikoláy?" Nikoláy raised his head and looked at Karl Ivánovich, as if he wanted to assure himself that he would really be able to find a piece of bread, but he did not say anything. Karl Ivánovich spoke much and long in that strain; he told of how his services had been much better appreciated at some general's, where he used to live (that pained me very much), he told of Saxony, of his parents, of his friend, tailor Schönheit, and so forth. I sympathized with his sorrow, and I felt pained because my father and Karl Ivánovich, whom I respected about equally, did not understand each other; I again betook myself to my corner, sat down on my heels, and began to consider how to restore the right understanding between them. When Karl Ivánovich returned to the class-room, he ordered me to get up, and to prepare the copy-book for dictation. When everything was ready, he majestically fell back into his chair, and in a voice which seemed to issue from some depth began to dictate as follows: "'‏‏‎‏‏‎‏‏‎ ''Von al-len Lei-den-schaf-ten die grau-sam-ste ist' — haben Sie geschrieben?''" Here he stopped, slowly snuffed some tobacco, and continued with renewed strength: "' ''Die grausamste ist, die Un-dank-bar-keit' — ein grosses U.''" Having finished the last word, and in expectation of something to follow, I looked at him. "''Punctum''," said he, with a barely perceptible smile,<noinclude></noinclude> 1grsnoii6qczom7w5vogvhkycelrpyt Yiddish Tales/David Pinski 0 4490173 14130011 2024-04-25T20:41:18Z Ineuw 114977 Created page with "{{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../Tashrak (Israel Joseph Zevin)|Tashrak (Israel Joseph Zevin)]] | next = [[../S. Libin (Israel Hurewitz)|S. Libin (Israel Hurewitz)]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../Tashrak (Israel Joseph Zevin)|Tashrak (Israel Joseph Zevin)]] | next = [[../S. Libin (Israel Hurewitz)|S. Libin (Israel Hurewitz)]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=321 to=321 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {{smallrefs}} gzjbqtyy2hygtw0zvlifaa433yq5aw4 Index:Grammatical Notices of the Burmese Language/styles.css 106 4490174 14130012 2024-04-25T20:41:36Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Created page with ".__pagetable{border:none; border-spacing:2px;} .__pagetable td, .__pagetable th {padding:4px;}" sanitized-css text/css .__pagetable{border:none; border-spacing:2px;} .__pagetable td, .__pagetable th {padding:4px;} 5pqlafethslhhyingq3v74l5jxa57l0 Yiddish Tales/S. Libin (Israel Hurewitz) 0 4490175 14130017 2024-04-25T20:44:02Z Ineuw 114977 Created page with "{{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../David Pinski|David Pinski]] | next = [[../Abraham Raisin|Abraham Raisin]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=359 to=359 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../David Pinski|David Pinski]] | next = [[../Abraham Raisin|Abraham Raisin]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=359 to=359 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {{smallrefs}} extzh9l4xqm819l7d5zdf3kaiz9vyd4 The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood/Chapter 4 0 4490176 14130019 2024-04-25T20:45:22Z GrooveCreator 2854703 Created page with "{{header | title = Childhood | author = Leo Tolstoy | translator = Leo Wiener | section = The Lessons | previous = [[../Chapter 3|Papa]] | next = [[../Chapter 5|The Saintly Fool]] | year = 1904 | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" from=44 to=47/>" wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Childhood | author = Leo Tolstoy | translator = Leo Wiener | section = The Lessons | previous = [[../Chapter 3|Papa]] | next = [[../Chapter 5|The Saintly Fool]] | year = 1904 | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" from=44 to=47/> hhjcw26nfwduqse87mzwa7r1tv12f3s 14130412 14130019 2024-04-26T01:12:36Z GrooveCreator 2854703 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../|Childhood]] | author = Leo Tolstoy | translator = Leo Wiener | section = The Lessons | previous = [[../Chapter 3|Papa]] | next = [[../Chapter 5|The Saintly Fool]] | year = 1904 | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" from=44 to=47/> d60el1t909brbqcbq53upyj9is1knaz Yiddish Tales/Abraham Raisin 0 4490177 14130022 2024-04-25T20:46:25Z Ineuw 114977 Created page with "{{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../S. Libin (Israel Hurewitz)|S. Libin (Israel Hurewitz)]] | next = [[../Hirsh David Naumberg|Hirsh David Naumberg]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.dj..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../S. Libin (Israel Hurewitz)|S. Libin (Israel Hurewitz)]] | next = [[../Hirsh David Naumberg|Hirsh David Naumberg]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=387 to=387 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {{smallrefs}} f21gsm2jdm9u7yfcu2ud8btlfnurdsx Index:Younger Edda (Anderson, 1880).djvu/styles.css 106 4490178 14130023 2024-04-25T20:47:16Z Beleg Âlt 3101950 Created page with ".wst-aux-content .wst-toc-dot-bg { background:#E6F2E6; }" sanitized-css text/css .wst-aux-content .wst-toc-dot-bg { background:#E6F2E6; } 8o63w4wdbyo1t3yirwjhuxuoj9bu0j9 Yiddish Tales/Hirsh David Naumberg 0 4490179 14130025 2024-04-25T20:48:35Z Ineuw 114977 main namespace page created wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../Abraham Raisin|Abraham Raisin]] | next = [[../Meteb Blinkin|Meteb Blinkin]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=437 to=437 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {{smallrefs}} n9q98lddmkwhbdcmq9paw96a0jb4y6d Yiddish Tales/Meyer Blinkin 0 4490180 14130027 2024-04-25T20:50:59Z Ineuw 114977 main namespace page created wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../Hirsh David Naumberg|Hirsh David Naumberg]] | next = [[../Löb Schapiro|Löb Schapiro]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=451 to=451 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {{smallrefs}} oxvcvl12ly0pkbqkpekrfd5hb58dhsc Page:The Measure of a Man (Duncan, 1911).djvu/16 104 4490181 14130032 2024-04-25T20:52:11Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 /* Without text */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="0" user="ShakespeareFan00" /></noinclude><noinclude></noinclude> mqzeu57ggg0w03f75unfxcp52y8jk20 Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu/48 104 4490182 14130033 2024-04-25T20:52:39Z GrooveCreator 2854703 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="GrooveCreator" /></noinclude>{{c|{{larger|V.}} {{asc|The Saintly Fool}}}} {{sc|Into}} the room entered a man of about fifty years of age, with a pale, pock-marked, oval face, long gray hair, and a scanty reddish beard. He was so tall that, in order to enter, he had to bend not only his head, but his whole body. He was dressed in something torn that resembled a caftan and a cassock; in his hand he held a huge staff. As he entered the room, he with all his might struck the floor with it, and, furrowing his brow and opening his mouth beyond measure, laughed out in a most terrible and unnatural manner. One of his eyes was maimed, and the white pupil of that eye kept on leaping about and giving to his otherwise ugly face a more disgusting expression. "Aha, caught!" he cried out, running up to Volódya with mincing steps, getting hold of his head, and beginning carefully to examine his crown. Then he walked away from him with an entirely solemn expression on his face, stepped to the table, and began to blow under the oilcloth and to make the sign of the cross over it. "Oh, a pity! Oh, painful! Dear ones — will fly away," said he then, in a voice quivering with tears, feelingly looking at Volódya, and beginning with his sleeves to wipe off the tears which had really started to fall. His voice was rough and hoarse, his motions hasty and uneven, his speech senseless and incoherent (he never used any pronouns), but the accents were so touching, and his yellow, maimed face at times assumed such an expres-<noinclude>{{c|{{fine|20}}}}</noinclude> lrb7pyyojkp99qs7sjndhgc5wn7jiwd Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu/49 104 4490183 14130038 2024-04-25T20:58:10Z GrooveCreator 2854703 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="GrooveCreator" />{{rh||THE SAINTLY FOOL|21}}</noinclude>sion of sincere sorrow, that, hearing him, it was not possible to abstain from a certain mingled feeling of pity, fear, and sadness. That was the saintly fool and pilgrim, Grísha. Whence did he come? Who were his parents? What had incited him to choose the pilgrim's life which he was leading? Nobody knew that. I only know that he had been known as a saintly fool ever since his fifteenth year, that he walked barefoot in summer and winter, that he visited monasteries, presented images to those he took a fancy to, and spoke mysterious words which some regarded as prophecies, that no one had ever known him otherwise, that he at times called on grandmother, and that some said that he was the unfortunate son of rich parents, but a pure soul, while others maintained that he was simply a peasant and a lazy man. At last long-wished-for and punctual Fóka appeared, and we went down-stairs. Grísha, sobbing and continuing to utter incoherent words, went down after us, and struck the steps with his staff. Papa and mamma were walking hand in hand in the living-room, and discussing something. Márya Ivánovna sat stiffly in an armchair, which symmetrically adjoined the sofa at right angles, and in a stern, though reserved voice, gave instructions to the girls, who were sitting near her. The moment Karl Ivánovich entered the room, she glanced at him, immediately turned away, and her face assumed an expression which may be rendered by, "I do not notice you, Karl Ivánovich." We could read in the eyes of the girls that they were anxious to transmit to us some very important information, but it would have been a transgression of Mimi's rules to jump up from their seats and come to us. We had first to walk up to her, to say "''Bonjour'', Mimi!" to scuff, and then only we were permitted to enter into a conversation. What an intolerable person that Mimi was! In her<noinclude></noinclude> 3apfpriae890boow7mpcy44xmpjvvko Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu/50 104 4490184 14130045 2024-04-25T21:04:27Z GrooveCreator 2854703 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="GrooveCreator" />{{rh|22|CHILDHOOD}}</noinclude>presence it was not possible to speak about anything; she found everything improper. Besides, she continually nagged us, "''Parlez donc français''," every time we, as if to spite her, wanted to chat in Russian; or, at dinner, we would just get the taste of some dish and would not want to be interrupted by any one, when she would burst in with "''Mangez donc avec du pain''," or "''Comment-ce que vous tenez voire fourchette?''" "What business has she with us?" we would think. "Let her teach the girls; we have Karl Ivánovich for that." I absolutely shared his hatred of ''other people''. "Ask mamma to take us out to the hunt," said Kátenka, in a whisper, stopping me by my blouse, when the grown people had entered the dining-room. "All right, we shall try." Grísha dined in the dining-room, but at a separate table. He did not raise his eyes from his plate, but now and then sobbed, made terrible grimaces, and kept on saying, as if to himself, "A pity! flown away — the dove has flown to heaven — Oh, there is a stone on the grave!" and so on. Mamma had been out of humour since morning: the presence, words and acts of Grísha perceptibly intensified that feeling in her. "Oh, yes, I almost forgot to ask you for one thing," said she, as she passed a plate of soup to father. "What is it?" "Please have your awful dogs locked up; they almost bit poor Grísha to death as he crossed the yard. They might attack the children some day." When Grísha heard them speaking about him, he turned toward the table, began to show the torn corners of his garment, and munching, said: "Wanted to kill. God did not let. A sin to hunt with dogs, a great sin! Strike no big ones, why strike? God will forgive, different days." "What is he talking about?" asked papa, sharply<noinclude></noinclude> huvulybgag4cbzxutob5g4w558rz7n3 Index:To regulate the conduct and to maintain the freedom and purity of elections/styles.css 106 4490185 14130046 2024-04-25T21:04:35Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Created page with ".__pagetable{border:none; border-spacing:2px;} .__pagetable td, .__pagetable th {padding:4px;}" sanitized-css text/css .__pagetable{border:none; border-spacing:2px;} .__pagetable td, .__pagetable th {padding:4px;} 5pqlafethslhhyingq3v74l5jxa57l0 Index:Rusk note of 1951/styles.css 106 4490186 14130051 2024-04-25T21:07:40Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Created page with ".__pagetable{border:none; border-spacing:2px;} .__pagetable td, .__pagetable th {padding:4px;}" sanitized-css text/css .__pagetable{border:none; border-spacing:2px;} .__pagetable td, .__pagetable th {padding:4px;} 5pqlafethslhhyingq3v74l5jxa57l0 Index:Irving Berlin Michigan/styles.css 106 4490187 14130053 2024-04-25T21:09:32Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Created page with ".__pagetable{border:none; border-spacing:2px;} .__pagetable td, .__pagetable th {padding:4px;}" sanitized-css text/css .__pagetable{border:none; border-spacing:2px;} .__pagetable td, .__pagetable th {padding:4px;} 5pqlafethslhhyingq3v74l5jxa57l0 Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu/51 104 4490188 14130054 2024-04-25T21:10:01Z GrooveCreator 2854703 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="GrooveCreator" />{{rh||THE SAINTLY FOOL|23}}</noinclude>and severely surveying him. "I do not understand a word." "But I understand," answered mamma. "He is telling me that a certain hunter had on purpose urged the dogs against him, and so he says, 'Wanted to kill but God did not let,' and he is asking you not to punish the hunter." "Oh, that's it?" said papa. "But how does he know that I had intended to punish the hunter? You know, I am not at all fond of these gentlemen," he continued in French, "but this one is especially objectionable to me, and, no doubt — " "Oh, do not say that, my dear," mamma interrupted him, as if frightened at something, "how do you know?" "It seems to me I have had occasion to become acquainted with his tribe, — there are a lot of them coming to see you, they are all of the same pattern. Always one and the same story." It was evident mamma was of an entirely different opinion in regard to that matter, and did not wish to discuss it. "Hand me that pasty, if you please," said she. "Are they good to-day?" "No, I am angry," continued papa, taking the pasty in his hand, but holding it at such a distance that mamma could not reach it, "no, I am angry whenever I see intelligent and cultivated people given to such deception." And he struck the table with his fork. "I have asked you to hand me the pasty," repeated she, extending her hand. "They are doing just right," continued papa, moving his hand away, "when they put them in jail. The only good they do is to destroy the otherwise weak nerves of certain persons," added he, with a smile, as he noticed that this conversation did not please mamma. Then he handed her the pasty. "I shall reply only this much to you: it is hard to be-<noinclude></noinclude> 63vlcd58qasd5xpt08dqv5wir7yt8rj Index:A Welsh Grammar, Historical and Comparative/styles.css 106 4490189 14130055 2024-04-25T21:10:25Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Created page with ".__pagetable{border:none; border-spacing:2px;} .__pagetable td, .__pagetable th {padding:4px;}" sanitized-css text/css .__pagetable{border:none; border-spacing:2px;} .__pagetable td, .__pagetable th {padding:4px;} 5pqlafethslhhyingq3v74l5jxa57l0 Index:How and Why Library/styles.css 106 4490190 14130060 2024-04-25T21:12:49Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Created page with ".__pagetable{border:none; border-spacing:2px;} .__pagetable td, .__pagetable th {padding:4px;}" sanitized-css text/css .__pagetable{border:none; border-spacing:2px;} .__pagetable td, .__pagetable th {padding:4px;} 5pqlafethslhhyingq3v74l5jxa57l0 Yiddish Tales/Löb Schapiro 0 4490191 14130061 2024-04-25T21:13:38Z Ineuw 114977 main namespace page created wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../Meteb Blinkin|Meteb Blinkin]] | next = [[../Shalom Asch|Shalom Asch]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=483 to=483 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {{smallrefs}} 0ioqiegpvowvmh8be07fauhe8guac4e Index:The Chronicles of England, Scotland and Ireland, Holinshed, 1587.jpg/styles.css 106 4490192 14130062 2024-04-25T21:14:07Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Created page with ".__pagetable{border:none; border-spacing:2px;} .__pagetable td, .__pagetable th {padding:3px;}" sanitized-css text/css .__pagetable{border:none; border-spacing:2px;} .__pagetable td, .__pagetable th {padding:3px;} t44xvws77lg4ddt2uy1jwpqlcfvke0f Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu/52 104 4490193 14130063 2024-04-25T21:14:12Z GrooveCreator 2854703 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="GrooveCreator" />{{rh|24|CHILDHOOD}}</noinclude>lieve that a man who, in spite of his sixty years, in summer and winter walks barefoot, and uninterruptedly wears under his garments chains of two puds in weight, and who more than once has declined the proposition to live in peace and contentment, — it is hard to believe that such a man should be doing it all out of laziness. As to the prophecies," she added, with a sigh and after a short silence, "''je suis payée pour у croire'', it seems to me, I have told you how Kiryúsha foretold papa's death to him to the very hour and day." "Oh, what have you done with me?" said papa, smiling and placing his hand to his mouth on the side where Mimi was sitting. (Whenever he did so, I listened with redoubled attention, expecting something funny.) "Why did you remind me of his feet? I have looked at them, and now I sha'n't eat anything." The dinner was coming to an end. Lyúbochka and Kátenka kept on winking to us, moving restlessly in their chairs, and, in general, showing great anxiety. This winking meant, "Why do you not ask to take us to the hunt?" I nudged Volódya with my elbow. Volódya nudged me, and finally took courage; at first speaking in a timid voice, then more firmly and loudly, he declared that, as we were to depart to-day, we should like to have the girls go with us to the hunt, in the carriage. After a short consultation between the grown people, the question was decided in our favour, and, what was even more agreeable, mamma said she would herself go with us.<noinclude></noinclude> jlck7br2iwbf6qpy3xjxzovao20wx1q Yiddish Tales/Shalom Asch 0 4490194 14130065 2024-04-25T21:15:23Z Ineuw 114977 Created page with "{{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../Löb Schapiro|Löb Schapiro]] | next = [[../Isaac Dob Berkowitz|Isaac Dob Berkowitz]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=495 to=495 /> {{Dh..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../Löb Schapiro|Löb Schapiro]] | next = [[../Isaac Dob Berkowitz|Isaac Dob Berkowitz]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=495 to=495 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {{smallrefs}} 810ixxjeobavtqi9x2dzi8f23xt92ol The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood/Chapter 5 0 4490195 14130067 2024-04-25T21:16:27Z GrooveCreator 2854703 Created page with "{{header | title = Childhood | author = Leo Tolstoy | translator = Leo Wiener | section = The Saintly Fool | previous = [[../Chapter 4|The Lessons]] | next = [[../Chapter 6|Preparation for the Hunt]] | year = 1904 | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" from=48 to=52/>" wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Childhood | author = Leo Tolstoy | translator = Leo Wiener | section = The Saintly Fool | previous = [[../Chapter 4|The Lessons]] | next = [[../Chapter 6|Preparation for the Hunt]] | year = 1904 | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" from=48 to=52/> 79snl7i6osj5jvtaamau9omj5gkh4mn 14130413 14130067 2024-04-26T01:12:42Z GrooveCreator 2854703 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../|Childhood]] | author = Leo Tolstoy | translator = Leo Wiener | section = The Saintly Fool | previous = [[../Chapter 4|The Lessons]] | next = [[../Chapter 6|Preparation for the Hunt]] | year = 1904 | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" from=48 to=52/> 6jsv1j7008qn9ofxpnwrb4iq50wb43q Yiddish Tales/Isaac Dob Berkowitz 0 4490196 14130069 2024-04-25T21:17:14Z Ineuw 114977 Created page with "{{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../Shalom Asch|Shalom Asch]] | next = [[../A Folk Tale|A Folk Tale]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=545 to=545 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|la..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../Shalom Asch|Shalom Asch]] | next = [[../A Folk Tale|A Folk Tale]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=545 to=545 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {{smallrefs}} hlbfy1ix24shkbmhv03qy98fel5fvps Yiddish Tales/A Folk Tale 0 4490197 14130075 2024-04-25T21:20:41Z Ineuw 114977 main namespace page created wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../Isaac Dob Berkowitz|Isaac Dob Berkowitz]] | next = [[../Glossary and Notes|Glossary and Notes]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=585 to=591 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {{smallrefs}} cn8zanp3qvfkmuwrhnb7ho9d67pu8ry Page:Midland naturalist (IA midlandnaturalis01lond).pdf/190 104 4490198 14130078 2024-04-25T21:23:27Z Pigsonthewing 24345 WiP proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Pigsonthewing" />{{running header|152|{{asc|Scientific Names—Form}}.|}} {{rule}}</noinclude>can be obtained from comparison with other words be neglected. Thus the common adjectival terminations, -osws, -iife, -iaus, nus, -ariue, -atne, &c., can be recognised, and their meaning arrived at by the consideration of English words of a similar ending. Moreover, if one or more syllables are found to occur in many different words, it may be presumed that they form a root; compare Cardium, Cardita, Cardiomerpha, and with the latter Gallimorpha; Apteryx, Sileropterys, and Microspore; Diplacenthus, aud Acanthotiles. These parts should then be looked out separately; but there will often be a considerable amount of search required, and after all there will remain some, the derivation and meaning of which none but a practised investigator could discover, not to mention these which are incorrectly formed, and have in their present shape no meaning whatever. The chief difficulty lies in the Greek roots, for investigating which it is necessary to be acquainted not only with the value of the letters of the Greek alphabet, but also with the conventional changes which are made in expressing a Greek word in English letters. The chief ave given below:—{{greek missing}} is generally represented by ''c'', {{greek missing}} by ''y'', {{greek missing}} by ''u'', {{greek missing}} by tar {{greek missing}} by ''æ'', and {{greek missing}} by ''æ''. The last two are often further degraded into ''e'', as the word becomes more Anglicised, ''e.g.'' palæozoic, paleozoic. Here again, of late years, innovations have been made, the result partly of carelessness, partly of a desire to keep more nearly the supposed ancient pronunciation. Thus diccious and monoecious are sometimes written dicicous and monoicous, the or being represented by of, instead of by @; similarly the first syllable of Cainozeia is really the same as the last syllable of Hocene. It may, perhaps, illustrate the analytic process of finding the derivation of a given word, if we show the reverse, synthetic method of forming a word to represent a given idea. Thus, suppose we wish to invent a generic name which shalt mean "cleft-tooth," we find the Latin for "cleft" is ''fuss-us'', for "tooth" dens, As the ''dens'' is to go last, we shall use, not the true stem ''dent''-, but the nominative case; placing the two syllables together, and inserting ''i'', we get ''Fissidens'', the name of a genus of mosses which has the peristome-teeth cleft halfway down. Then comes the question, what is to be the gender of Fissidens. On this point the rule is clear and precise: it must have the same gender as the last component, ''i.e.'', since ''dens'' is masculine, Fissidens is masculine also. If, however, any termination is added, which generally ends in -''us'', -''a'', or -''um'', it is masculine, feminine, or neuter accordingly. For instance, from the same word ''dens'' we get Dentaria, which is feminine. There are too many words in scientific language which are not formed according to these principles, bet still the vast majority obeys them, and it is for this reason that they concern all students of science, for upon them in great measure depends the pronunciation, as has been already pointed out in one case, and will be further illustrated in the following papers. In conclusion, it may be added that the rules have been founded in every case upon the practice of the best authorities, and, though many pots have been omitted for want of space, it is believed that all the chief variations of usage have been included. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> tdfyrj1p7h4tsfvtitb614ugcs3quqx Yiddish Tales/Glossary and Notes 0 4490199 14130080 2024-04-25T21:25:03Z Ineuw 114977 Created page with "{{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../Isaac Dob Berkowitz|Isaac Dob Berkowitz]] | next = [[../|Main mage]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=593 to=603 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../Isaac Dob Berkowitz|Isaac Dob Berkowitz]] | next = [[../|Main mage]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=593 to=603 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {{smallrefs}} cslci1u8ggsb6jzgf56vzwhu2bi848m Author:J. B. Harris-Burland 102 4490200 14130085 2024-04-25T21:26:30Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Redirected page to [[Author:John Burland Harris-Burland]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Author:John Burland Harris-Burland]] n8b1a1vc879yucunflx5179flx7gfiq Author:St. J. Basil Wynne Willson 102 4490201 14130086 2024-04-25T21:27:22Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Created page with "{{author | firstname = St. J. Basil Wynne | lastname = Willson | last_initial = Wi | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Contributor of an article on the Cambridge Union to the Strand Magazine in 1894. }} ==Works==" wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = St. J. Basil Wynne | lastname = Willson | last_initial = Wi | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Contributor of an article on the Cambridge Union to the Strand Magazine in 1894. }} ==Works== hfa5krqslk9kvyobrm3xr2z8mh33bjp Author:Mrs. M. Griffith 102 4490202 14130087 2024-04-25T21:28:00Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Redirected page to [[Author:Margaret Dinorben Griffith]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Author:Margaret Dinorben Griffith]] 56l3btzw4yodb1xuowrliaaso7moprw Template:Mikraot Gedolot chart/styles.css 10 4490203 14130088 2024-04-25T21:28:33Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Created page with ".__cellpadding {border:5px solid black;} .__cellpadding td {padding:2px}" sanitized-css text/css .__cellpadding {border:5px solid black;} .__cellpadding td {padding:2px} 3fx9qye6fpot6l604q5tvqiyu8xhd5m 14130093 14130088 2024-04-25T21:31:51Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css .__cellpadding {border-spacing:5px} .__cellpadding td {padding:2px} qc0p6tevw052e1fdrkk1wo4pa68v0ds 14130095 14130093 2024-04-25T21:33:50Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css .__cellpadding {border-spacing:5px; border:1px solid black;} .__cellpadding td {padding:2px} nb26ncsjehcsvp0fu234fk1b63w3fr4 14130102 14130095 2024-04-25T21:38:23Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css .__cellpadding {border-spacing:5px; border:5px solid black;} .__cellpadding td {padding:2px} 3ewyzcaes8f5gtxj7f56zpkwhc8yqf0 Author:Margaret Dinorben Griffith 102 4490204 14130090 2024-04-25T21:29:00Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Created page with "{{author | firstname = Margaret Dinorben | lastname = Griffith | last_initial = Gr | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Writer of articles for British periodicals in the 1890s and 1900s. }} ==Works==" wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = Margaret Dinorben | lastname = Griffith | last_initial = Gr | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Writer of articles for British periodicals in the 1890s and 1900s. }} ==Works== c9wdor6o9r8lq37efcjc8dph0g42869 The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Volume 1 0 4490205 14130091 2024-04-25T21:30:31Z GrooveCreator 2854703 Created page with "{{header | title = The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy | author = Leo Tolstoy | translator = Leo Wiener | section = Volume 1 | previous = [[../]] | next = | year = 1904 | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" from=15 to=16 include=13/> {{page break|label=}} {{Auxiliary Table of Contents|title=Contained within this volume|<poem> [[../Childhood|Childhood]] [[../Boyhood|Boyhood]] [[../Youth|Youth]] ../..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy | author = Leo Tolstoy | translator = Leo Wiener | section = Volume 1 | previous = [[../]] | next = | year = 1904 | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" from=15 to=16 include=13/> {{page break|label=}} {{Auxiliary Table of Contents|title=Contained within this volume|<poem> [[../Childhood|Childhood]] [[../Boyhood|Boyhood]] [[../Youth|Youth]] [[../The Raid|The Incursion: Story of a Volunteer]] </poem> }} {{page break|label=}} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" include=14/> cccobiltle9ybxgm3um5jah76w8c746 Yiddish Tales/Isaac Löb Perez/A Woman's Wrath 0 4490206 14130094 2024-04-25T21:33:12Z Ineuw 114977 main namespace page created wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../../Jehalel (Judah Löb Lewin)|Jehalel (Judah Löb Lewin)]] | next = [[../../Mordecai Spektor|Mordecai Spektor]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=59 to=65 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {{smallrefs}} 9rc2h21wh5850ykhwdh3cqqrajrq2os The Strand Magazine/Volume 7/Issue 42 0 4490207 14130103 2024-04-25T21:39:00Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Created page with "{{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = Issue 42 - June 1894 | previous = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 41/|Issue 41]] | next = [[../../Volume 8/Issue 43/|Issue 43]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 7 }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 7. No. 42.||June 1894.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue -..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = Issue 42 - June 1894 | previous = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 41/|Issue 41]] | next = [[../../Volume 8/Issue 43/|Issue 43]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 7 }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 7. No. 42.||June 1894.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <!-- <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 7).djvu" include=3/> --> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC/s|title=Contents|width=500px}} * '''[[/Martin Hewitt, Investigator/]]''',<br/>IV. The Case of the Dixon Torpedo, by [[Author:A. G. Morrison|A. G. Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''. No. XXXIV. Sir Francis and Lady Jeune, by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]]. * '''[[/The Queen's Yacht/]]''' by [[Author:Mrs. M. Griffith|Mrs. M. Griffith]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Light/]]: A London Idyll''' by [[Author:E. M. Hewitt|E. M. Hewitt]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Zig-Zags at the Zoo/]]''', No. XXIV. Zig-Zag Rodoporcine by [[Author:Arthur Morrison|Arthur Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:William James Affleck Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]].}} * '''[[/Stories from the Diary of a Doctor/]]''',<br/>No. XII. The Ponsonby Diamonds, by [[Author:L. T. Meade|L. T. Meade]] and [[Author:Clifford Halifax|Clifford Halifax]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Sir Charles Tupper * G. W. Leitner * Madame Canziani * Andrew Ernest Stoddart * Sir John Astley }}}} * '''[[/Crimes and Criminals/]], No. IV. Forgers and Begging-Letter Writers'''. * '''[[/Beauties/]] * '''[[/Count Ferdinand de Lesseps/]]'''. * '''[[/From Behind the Speaker's Chair/]]''' by [[Author:Henry W. Lucy|Henry W. Lucy]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:F. C. Gould|F. C. Gould]].}} * '''[[/The Iron Casket/]]''', from the German. <br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/The Queer Side of Things/]]''' ** '''The Beauty-College Company''', by [[Author:J. F. Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]]. ** '''Watches of All Times''', by [[Author:George Cruikshank|George Cruickshank]]. ** '''Pal’s Puzzle Page''', by [[Author:Jean de Paléologue|Jean de Paléologue]] {{AuxTOC/e}} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] 02k59ni47ziglqafjs8ydz17n0tp6qu 14130138 14130103 2024-04-25T21:59:56Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = Issue 42 - June 1894 | previous = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 41/|Issue 41]] | next = [[../../Volume 8/Issue 43/|Issue 43]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 7 }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 7. No. 42.||June 1894.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <!-- <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 7).djvu" include=3/> --> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC/s|title=Contents|width=500px}} * '''[[/Martin Hewitt, Investigator/]]''',<br/>IV. The Case of the Dixon Torpedo, by [[Author:A. G. Morrison|A. G. Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''. No. XXXIV. Sir Francis and Lady Jeune, by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]]. * '''[[/The Queen's Yacht/]]''' by [[Author:Mrs. M. Griffith|Mrs. M. Griffith]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Light/]]: A London Idyll''' by [[Author:E. M. Hewitt|E. M. Hewitt]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Zig-Zags at the Zoo/]]''', No. XXIV. Zig-Zag Rodoporcine by [[Author:Arthur Morrison|Arthur Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:William James Affleck Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]].}} * '''[[/Stories from the Diary of a Doctor/]]''',<br/>No. XII. The Ponsonby Diamonds, by [[Author:L. T. Meade|L. T. Meade]] and [[Author:Clifford Halifax|Clifford Halifax]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Sir Charles Tupper * G. W. Leitner * Madame Canziani * Andrew Ernest Stoddart * Sir John Astley }}}} * '''[[/Crimes and Criminals/]], No. IV. Forgers and Begging-Letter Writers'''. * '''[[/Beauties/]]''' * '''[[/Count Ferdinand de Lesseps/]]'''. * '''[[/From Behind the Speaker's Chair/]]''' by [[Author:Henry W. Lucy|Henry W. Lucy]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:F. C. Gould|F. C. Gould]].}} * '''[[/The Iron Casket/]]''', from the German. <br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/The Queer Side of Things/]]''' ** '''The Beauty-College Company''', by [[Author:J. F. Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]]. ** '''Watches of All Times''', by [[Author:George Cruikshank|George Cruickshank]]. ** '''Pal’s Puzzle Page''', by [[Author:Jean de Paléologue|Jean de Paléologue]] {{AuxTOC/e}} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] 18vuhlhlraa82qusgwh0z8vxmurjnhq 14131408 14130138 2024-04-26T10:46:30Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = Issue 42 - June 1894 | previous = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 41/|Issue 41]] | next = [[../../Volume 8/Issue 43/|Issue 43]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 7 }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 7. No. 42.||June 1894.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <!-- <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 7).djvu" include=3/> --> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC/s|title=Contents|width=500px}} * '''[[/Martin Hewitt, Investigator/]]'''.<br/>'''IV. The Case of the Dixon Torpedo''' by [[Author:A. G. Morrison|A. G. Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''.<br/>'''No. XXXIV. Sir Francis and Lady Jeune''', by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]]. * '''[[/The Queen's Yacht/]]''' by [[Author:Mrs. M. Griffith|Mrs. M. Griffith]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Light/]]: A London Idyll''' by [[Author:E. M. Hewitt|E. M. Hewitt]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Zig-Zags at the Zoo/]]'''.<br/>'''No. XXIV. Zig-Zag Rodoporcine''', by [[Author:Arthur Morrison|Arthur Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:William James Affleck Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]].}} * '''[[/Stories from the Diary of a Doctor/]]''',<br/>'''No. XII. The Ponsonby Diamonds''', by [[Author:L. T. Meade|L. T. Meade]] and [[Author:Clifford Halifax|Clifford Halifax]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Sir Charles Tupper * G. W. Leitner * Madame Canziani * Andrew Ernest Stoddart * Sir John Astley }}}} * '''[[/Crimes and Criminals/]], No. IV. Forgers and Begging-Letter Writers'''. * '''[[/Beauties/]]''' * '''[[/Count Ferdinand de Lesseps/]]'''. * '''[[/From Behind the Speaker's Chair/]]''' by [[Author:Henry W. Lucy|Henry W. Lucy]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:F. C. Gould|F. C. Gould]].}} * '''[[/The Iron Casket/]]''', from the German. <br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/The Queer Side of Things/]]''' ** '''The Beauty-College Company''', by [[Author:J. F. Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]]. ** '''Watches of All Times''', by [[Author:George Cruikshank|George Cruickshank]]. ** '''Pal’s Puzzle Page''', by [[Author:Jean de Paléologue|Jean de Paléologue]] {{AuxTOC/e}} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] 8aa7l10agpgprpw4q0cylafc90upqpm 14131413 14131408 2024-04-26T10:47:51Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = Issue 42 - June 1894 | previous = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 41/|Issue 41]] | next = [[../../Volume 8/Issue 43/|Issue 43]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 7 }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 7. No. 42.||June 1894.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <!-- <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 7).djvu" include=3/> --> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC/s|title=Contents|width=500px}} * '''[[/Martin Hewitt, Investigator/]]'''.<br/>'''IV. The Case of the Dixon Torpedo''' by [[Author:A. G. Morrison|A. G. Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''.<br/>'''No. XXXIV. Sir Francis and Lady Jeune''', by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]]. * '''[[/The Queen's Yacht/]]''' by [[Author:Mrs. M. Griffith|Mrs. M. Griffith]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Light/]]: A London Idyll''' by [[Author:E. M. Hewitt|E. M. Hewitt]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Zig-Zags at the Zoo/]]'''.<br/>'''No. XXIV. Zig-Zag Rodoporcine''', by [[Author:Arthur Morrison|Arthur Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:William James Affleck Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]].}} * '''[[/Stories from the Diary of a Doctor/]]''',<br/>'''No. XII. The Ponsonby Diamonds''', by [[Author:L. T. Meade|L. T. Meade]] and [[Author:Clifford Halifax|Clifford Halifax]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:A. Pearse|A. Pearse]].}} * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Sir Charles Tupper * G. W. Leitner * Madame Canziani * Andrew Ernest Stoddart * Sir John Astley }}}} * '''[[/Crimes and Criminals/]]'''.<br/>'''No. IV. Forgers and Begging-Letter Writers'''. * '''[[/Beauties/]]''' * '''[[/Count Ferdinand de Lesseps/]]'''. * '''[[/From Behind the Speaker's Chair/]]''' by [[Author:Henry W. Lucy|Henry W. Lucy]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:F. C. Gould|F. C. Gould]].}} * '''[[/The Iron Casket/]]''', from the German. <br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/The Queer Side of Things/]]''' ** '''The Beauty-College Company''', by [[Author:J. F. Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]]. ** '''Watches of All Times''', by [[Author:George Cruikshank|George Cruickshank]]. ** '''Pal’s Puzzle Page''', by [[Author:Jean de Paléologue|Jean de Paléologue]] {{AuxTOC/e}} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] 5gizpzs849e3hwu3a8l4uhh3sm9do9w Yiddish Tales/Isaac Löb Perez/The Treasure 0 4490208 14130104 2024-04-25T21:39:31Z Ineuw 114977 main namespace page created wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] | author = | year = 1912 | override_editor = [[Portal:Jewish Publication Society of America|The Jewish Publication Society of America]] | translator = | section = {{SUBPAGENAME}} | previous = [[../../Jehalel (Judah Löb Lewin)|Jehalel (Judah Löb Lewin)]] | next = [[../../Mordecai Spektor|Mordecai Spektor]] | notes = {{c|[[{{ROOTPAGENAME}}#Contents|Contents]]}} }} {{Dhr}} <pages index="Yiddish Tales.djvu" from=66 to=70 /> {{Dhr}} {{Page break|label=|border-width=2px|border-style=solid|border-color=#6479FF}} {{smallrefs}} czm86j322rwpfugc0t4a6mpnok8kzg1 Author:E. M. Hewitt 102 4490209 14130105 2024-04-25T21:39:42Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Redirected page to [[Author:Ethel M. Hewitt]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Author:Ethel M. Hewitt]] omn5e5nonax2ay68z0svga6yt3pb22v Page:The natural history of insects (IA b28755741).pdf/17 104 4490210 14130120 2024-04-25T21:48:17Z Reboot01 2805164 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "{{c|{{x-larger|{{lsp||NATURAL HISTORY}}}} {{lsp||OF}} {{xx-larger|{{lsp||INSECTS}}}} {{rule|15em}} {{rule|15em}} {{lsp||CHAP. |I.}} ''Of In{{ls}}ects in general.''}} {{di|A}}N In{{ls}}ect is a {{ls}}mall Their {{ls}}mallne{{ls}}s renders" proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Reboot01" /></noinclude>{{c|{{x-larger|{{lsp||NATURAL HISTORY}}}} {{lsp||OF}} {{xx-larger|{{lsp||INSECTS}}}} {{rule|15em}} {{rule|15em}} {{lsp||CHAP. |I.}} ''Of In{{ls}}ects in general.''}} {{di|A}}N In{{ls}}ect is a {{ls}}mall Their {{ls}}mallne{{ls}}s renders<noinclude>{{right|They}}</noinclude> kbvsm4j1lguvfxcr1uwyy2hbjelromj Page:Dostoyevsky - The Eternal Husband and Other Stories, Collected Edition, 1917.djvu/142 104 4490211 14130132 2024-04-25T21:54:02Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|130|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>"He, too, must have turned pale as a corpse," he thought, catching a glimpse of his own face in the looking-glass. "He must have read it and closed his eyes, and opened them again hoping that the letter would have changed into plain white paper. . . . Most likely he had done that a second time and a third! . ." {{c|CHAPTER XVII {{asc|The Eternal Husband}} }} {{sc|Almost}} exactly two years had passed since the incidents we have described. We meet Velchaninov again on a beautiful summer day, in the train on one of our newly opened railways. He was going to Odessa for his own pleasure, to see one of his friends, and also with a view to something else of an agreeable nature. He hoped through that friend to arrange a meeting with an extremely interesting woman whose acquaintance he had long been eager to make. Without going into details we will confine ourselves to observing that he had become entirely transformed, or rather reformed, during those two years. Of his old hypochondria scarcely a trace remained. Of the various "reminiscences" and anxiety—the result of illness which had beset him two years before in Petersburg at the time of his unsuccessful lawsuit, nothing remained but a certain secret shame at the consciousness of his faintheartedness. What partly made up for it was the conviction that it would never happen again, and that no one would ever know of it. It was true that at that time he had given up all society, had even begun to be slovenly in his dress, had crept away out of sight of every one—and that, of course, must have been noticed by all. But he so readily acknowledged his transgressions, and at the same time with such a self-confident air of new life and vigour, that "every one" immediately forgave his momentary falling away; in fact, those whom he had given up greeting were the first to recognize him and hold out their hands, and without any tiresome questions—just as though he had been absent on his own personal affairs, which were no business of theirs, and had only just come back from a distance. The cause of all these salutary changes for the better was, of course, the winning of his lawsuit. Velchaninov gained in all sixty thousand roubles—no great sum, of course, but of extreme importance to him; to<noinclude></noinclude> pe65us0dyvwpskse4lwfh3yn7qm3sls Page:Dostoyevsky - The Eternal Husband and Other Stories, Collected Edition, 1917.djvu/143 104 4490212 14130137 2024-04-25T21:58:56Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|131|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>begin with, he felt himself on firm ground again, and so he felt satisfied at heart; he knew for certain now that he would not, "like a fool," squander this money, as he had squandered his first two fortunes, and that he had enough for his whole life. "However the social edifice may totter, whatever trumpet call they're sounding," he thought sometimes, as he watched and heard all the marvellous and incredible things that were being done around him and all over Russia; "whatever shape people and ideas may take, I shall always have just such a delicate, dainty dinner as I am sitting down to now, and so I'm ready to face anything." This voluptuous, comfortable thought by degrees gained complete possession of him and produced a transformation in his physical, to say nothing of his moral, nature. He looked quite a different man from the "sluggard" whom we have described two years before and to whom such unseemly incidents had befallen—he looked cheerful, serene and dignified. Even the ill-humoured wrinkles that had begun to appear under his eyes and on his forehead had almost been smoothed away; the very tint of his face had changed, his skin was whiter and ruddier. At the moment he was sitting comfortably in a first-class carriage and a charming idea was suggesting itself to his mind. The next station was a junction and there was a new branch line going off to the right. He asked himself, "How would it be to give up the direct way for the moment and turn off to the right? There, only two stations away, he could visit another lady of his acquaintance who had only just returned from abroad, and was now living in a provincial isolation, very tedious for her, but favourable for him; and so it would be possible to spend his time no less agreeably than at Odessa, especially as he would not miss his visit there either." But he was still hesitating and could not quite make up his mind; he was waiting for something to decide him. Meanwhile, the station was approaching and that something was not far off. At this station the train stopped forty minutes, and the passengers had the chance of having dinner. At the entrance to the dining-room for the passengers of the first and second class there was, as there usually is, a crowd of impatient and hurried people, and as is also usual, perhaps, a scandalous scene took place. A lady from a second-class carriage, who was remarkably pretty but somewhat too gorgeously dressed for travelling, was dragging after her an Uhlan, a very young and<noinclude></noinclude> 4cjjk1plhusqax0a5fzo4vrao70wrjl Page:Dostoyevsky - The Eternal Husband and Other Stories, Collected Edition, 1917.djvu/144 104 4490213 14130142 2024-04-25T22:04:08Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|132|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>handsome officer, who was trying to tear himself out of her hands. The youthful officer was extremely drunk, and the lady, to all appearance some elder relative, would not let him go, probably apprehending that he would make a dash for the refreshment bar. Meanwhile, in the crush, the Uhlan was jostled by a young merchant who was also disgracefully intoxicated. He had been hanging about the station for the last two days, drinking and scattering his money among the companions who surrounded him, without succeeding in getting into the train to continue his journey. A scuffle followed; the officer shouted; the merchant swore; the lady was in despair, and, trying to draw the Uhlan away from the, conflict, kept exclaiming in an imploring voice, "Mitenka! Mitenka!" This seemed to strike the young merchant as too scandalous; every one laughed, indeed, but the merchant was more offended than ever at the outrage, as he conceived it, on propriety. "Oh, I say: Mitenka!" he pronounced reproachfully, mimicking the shrill voice of the lady. "And not ashamed before folks!" He went staggering up to the lady, who had rushed to the first chair and succeeded in making the Uhlan sit down beside her, stared at them both contemptuously and drawled in a sing-song voice— "You're a trollop, you are, dragging your tail in the dirt!" The lady uttered a shriek and looked about her piteously for some means of escape. She was both ashamed and frightened, and, to put the finishing touch, the officer sprang up from the chair and, with a yell, made a dash at the merchant, but, slipping, fell back into the chair with a flop. The laughter grew louder around them, and no one dreamed of helping her; but Velchaninov came to the rescue; he seized the merchant by the collar and, turning him round, thrust him five paces away from the frightened lady. And with that the scene ended; the merchant was overwhelmed by the shock and by Velchaninov's impressive figure; his companions led him away. The dignified countenance of the elegantly dressed gentleman produced a strong effect on the jeering crowd: the laughter subsided. The lady flushed and, almost in tears, was overflowing with expressions of gratitude. The Uhlan mumbled: "Fanks, fanks!" and made as though to hold out his hand to Velchaninov, but instead of doing so suddenly took it into his head to recline at full length with his feet on the chairs.<noinclude></noinclude> fw314vd2ii9hn8d6gje2vopyjio1ta5 Page:Dostoyevsky - The Eternal Husband and Other Stories, Collected Edition, 1917.djvu/145 104 4490214 14130147 2024-04-25T22:09:17Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|133|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>"Mitenka!" the lady moaned reproachfully, clasping her hands in horror. Velchaninov was pleased with the adventure and with the whole situation. The lady attracted him; she was evidently a wealthy provincial, gorgeously but tastelessly dressed, and with rather ridiculous manners—in fact, she combined all the characteristics that guarantee success to a Petersburg gallant with designs on the fair sex. A conversation sprang up; the lady bitterly complained of her husband, who "had disappeared as soon as he had got out of the carriage and so was the cause of it all, for whenever he is wanted he runs off somewhere." "Naturally," the Uhlan muttered. "Ah, Mitenka!" She clasped her hands again. "Well, the husband will catch it," thought Velchaninov. "What is his name? I will go and look for him," he suggested. "Pal Palitch," responded the Uhlan. "Your husband's name is Pavel Pavlovitch?" Velchaninov asked, with curiosity, and suddenly a familiar bald head was thrust between him and the lady. In a flash he had a vision of the Zahlebinins' garden, the innocent games and a tiresome bald head being incessantly thrust between him and Nadyezhda Fedosyevna. "Here you are at last!" cried his wife hysterically. It was Pavel Pavlovitch himself; he gazed in wonder and alarm at Velchaninov, as panic-stricken at the sight of him as though he had been a ghost. His stupefaction was such that he evidently could not for some minutes take in what his offended spouse was explaining in a rapid and irritable flow of words. At last, with a start, he grasped all the horror of his position: his own guilt, and Mitenka's behaviour, "and that this monsieur" (this was how the lady for some reason described Velchaninov) "has been a saviour and guardian angel to us, while you your are always out of the way when you are wanted. . ." Velchaninov suddenly burst out laughing. "Why, we are friends, we've been friends since childhood!" he exclaimed to the astonished lady. Putting his right arm with patronizing familiarity round the shoulders of Pavel Pavlovitch, who smiled a pale smile, "Hasn't he talked to you of Velchaninov?" "No, he never has," the lady responded, somewhat disconcerted. "You might introduce me to your wife, you faithless friend!"<noinclude></noinclude> 1abaw9qa17vjhwg4w1zcdkcoo3exmj8 14130151 14130147 2024-04-25T22:10:42Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 nop proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|133|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>"Mitenka!" the lady moaned reproachfully, clasping her hands in horror. Velchaninov was pleased with the adventure and with the whole situation. The lady attracted him; she was evidently a wealthy provincial, gorgeously but tastelessly dressed, and with rather ridiculous manners—in fact, she combined all the characteristics that guarantee success to a Petersburg gallant with designs on the fair sex. A conversation sprang up; the lady bitterly complained of her husband, who "had disappeared as soon as he had got out of the carriage and so was the cause of it all, for whenever he is wanted he runs off somewhere." "Naturally," the Uhlan muttered. "Ah, Mitenka!" She clasped her hands again. "Well, the husband will catch it," thought Velchaninov. "What is his name? I will go and look for him," he suggested. "Pal Palitch," responded the Uhlan. "Your husband's name is Pavel Pavlovitch?" Velchaninov asked, with curiosity, and suddenly a familiar bald head was thrust between him and the lady. In a flash he had a vision of the Zahlebinins' garden, the innocent games and a tiresome bald head being incessantly thrust between him and Nadyezhda Fedosyevna. "Here you are at last!" cried his wife hysterically. It was Pavel Pavlovitch himself; he gazed in wonder and alarm at Velchaninov, as panic-stricken at the sight of him as though he had been a ghost. His stupefaction was such that he evidently could not for some minutes take in what his offended spouse was explaining in a rapid and irritable flow of words. At last, with a start, he grasped all the horror of his position: his own guilt, and Mitenka's behaviour, "and that this monsieur" (this was how the lady for some reason described Velchaninov) "has been a saviour and guardian angel to us, while you your are always out of the way when you are wanted. . ." Velchaninov suddenly burst out laughing. "Why, we are friends, we've been friends since childhood!" he exclaimed to the astonished lady. Putting his right arm with patronizing familiarity round the shoulders of Pavel Pavlovitch, who smiled a pale smile, "Hasn't he talked to you of Velchaninov?" "No, he never has," the lady responded, somewhat disconcerted. "You might introduce me to your wife, you faithless friend!" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> lojggioeysw8fx0g80j9ieipmdhkabc Page:พรบ ใช้ ปพพ ๒๕๑๙.pdf/59 104 4490215 14130153 2024-04-25T22:11:54Z Librovore 3126709 /* Not proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=62|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1569}} {{lawth|s|1570}} {{lawth|s|1571}} {{lawth|s|1572}} {{lawth|s|1573}}<noinclude></noinclude> a4awpnzpn3dkiugymuka2576xayblka 14130155 14130153 2024-04-25T22:13:08Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=62|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1569}}The person exercising the custodial power is the statutory representative of the child. In the event that the child has been adjudged incompetent or quasi-incompetent by a court, the person exercising the custodial power is his or her custodian or curator, as the case may be. {{lawth|s|1570}} {{lawth|s|1571}} {{lawth|s|1572}} {{lawth|s|1573}}<noinclude></noinclude> 1z1ovw7bd9hrvxloh35cny1x3c73qon 14130156 14130155 2024-04-25T22:15:01Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=62|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1569}}The person exercising the custodial power is the statutory representative of the child. In the event that the child has been adjudged incompetent or quasi-incompetent by a court, the person exercising the custodial power is his or her custodian or curator, as the case may be. {{lawth|s|1570}}A notice given or received by the person exercising the custodial power according to section 1566 or section 1568 shall be deemed to be a notice given or received by the child. {{lawth|s|1571}} {{lawth|s|1572}} {{lawth|s|1573}}<noinclude></noinclude> o2cmjkvmc9yg7ohkpmjcxw24s17p26v 14130160 14130156 2024-04-25T22:17:12Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=62|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1569}}The person exercising the custodial power is the statutory representative of the child. In the event that the child has been adjudged incompetent or quasi-incompetent by a court, the person exercising the custodial power is his or her custodian or curator, as the case may be. {{lawth|s|1570}}A notice given or received by the person exercising the custodial power according to section 1566 or section 1568 shall be deemed to be a notice given or received by the child. {{lawth|s|1571}}The custodian power covers the administration of the property of the child, which shall be carried out with such care as a person of ordinary prudence would exercise. {{lawth|s|1572}} {{lawth|s|1573}}<noinclude></noinclude> ke8t9hd5fru4oq5iymetg6qu14ykufr 14130163 14130160 2024-04-25T22:21:28Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=62|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1569}}The person exercising the custodial power is the statutory representative of the child. In the event that the child has been adjudged incompetent or quasi-incompetent by a court, the person exercising the custodial power is his or her custodian or curator, as the case may be. {{lawth|s|1570}}A notice given or received by the person exercising the custodial power according to section 1566 or section 1568 shall be deemed to be a notice given or received by the child. {{lawth|s|1571}}The custodial power covers the administration of the property of the child, which shall be carried out with such care as a person of ordinary prudence would exercise. {{lawth|s|1572}}Without the consent of the child, the person exercising the custodial power cannot create an obligation which the child has to perform in person. {{lawth|s|1573}}<noinclude></noinclude> c1zltkh4qfr2mdb8vl6g8t28rba7i0d 14130170 14130163 2024-04-25T22:24:43Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=62|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1569}}The person exercising the custodial power is the statutory representative of the child. In the event that the child has been adjudged incompetent or quasi-incompetent by a court, the person exercising the custodial power is his or her custodian or curator, as the case may be. {{lawth|s|1570}}A notice given or received by the person exercising the custodial power according to section 1566 or section 1568 shall be deemed to be a notice given or received by the child. {{lawth|s|1571}}The custodial power covers the administration of the property of the child, which shall be carried out with such care as a person of ordinary prudence would exercise. {{lawth|s|1572}}Without the consent of the child, the person exercising the custodial power cannot create an obligation which the child has to perform in person. {{lawth|s|1573}}If the child has income, such income shall be spent for his or her maintenance and education first. The remainder shall be kept by the person exercising the custodial power to further be delivered to the child.<noinclude></noinclude> ac7vlcoa3hznn466cqyb7vaem42nmo5 14130173 14130170 2024-04-25T22:25:20Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=62|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1569}}The person exercising the custodial power is the statutory representative of the child. In the event that the child has been adjudged incompetent or quasi-incompetent by a court, the person exercising the custodial power is his or her custodian or curator, as the case may be. {{lawth|s|1570}}A notice given or received by the person exercising the custodial power according to section 1566 or section 1568 shall be deemed to be a notice given or received by the child. {{lawth|s|1571}}The custodial power covers the administration of the property of the child, which shall be carried out with such care as a person of ordinary prudence would exercise. {{lawth|s|1572}}Without the consent of the child, the person exercising the custodial power cannot create an obligation which the child has to perform in person. {{lawth|s|1573}}If the child has income, such income shall be spent for his or her maintenance and education first and the remainder must be kept by the person exercising the custodial power to further be delivered to the child.<noinclude></noinclude> jhm9bm04g8xydmqbr0ufb86hizcerdq 14130188 14130173 2024-04-25T22:29:47Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=62|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|s|1569}}The person exercising the custodial power is the statutory representative of the child. In the event that the child has been adjudged incompetent or quasi-incompetent by a court, the person exercising the custodial power is his or her custodian or curator, as the case may be. {{lawth|s|1570}}A notice given or received by the person exercising the custodial power according to section 1566 or section 1568 shall be deemed to be a notice given or received by the child. {{lawth|s|1571}}The custodial power covers the administration of the property of the child, which shall be carried out with such care as a person of ordinary prudence would exercise. {{lawth|s|1572}}Without the consent of the child, the person exercising the custodial power cannot create an obligation which the child has to perform in person. {{lawth|s|1573}}If the child has income, such income shall be spent for his or her maintenance and education first and the remainder must be kept by the person exercising the custodial power to further be delivered to the child. But if the person exercising the custodial power has no sufficient income for living in a manner appropriate for his or her station in life, he or she may spend such money as appropriate, save where<noinclude></noinclude> etrjhzxsxc0cxonyprn93f6jwyu8fok Page:Dostoyevsky - The Eternal Husband and Other Stories, Collected Edition, 1917.djvu/146 104 4490216 14130158 2024-04-25T22:16:21Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|134|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>"Lipotchka . . . it really is M. Velchaninov," Pavel Pavlovitch was beginning, but he broke off abashed. His wife turned crimson and flashed an angry look at him, probably for the "Lipotchka." "And, only fancy, he never let me know he was married, and never invited me to the wedding, but you, Olimpiada . . ." "Semyonovna," Pavel Pavlovitch prompted. "Semyonovna," the Uhlan, who had dropped asleep, echoed suddenly. "You must forgive him, Olimpiada Semyonovna, for my sake, in honour of our meeting . . . he's a good husband." "And Velchaninov gave Pavel Pavlovitch a friendly slap on the shoulder. "I was . . . I was only away for a minute, my love," Pavel Pavlovitch was beginning to say. "And left your wife to be insulted," Lipotchka put in at once. "When you're wanted there's no finding you, when you're not wanted you're always at hand . . ." "Where you're not wanted, where you're not wanted, where you're not wanted . . ." the Uhlan chimed in. Lipotchka was almost breathless with excitement; she knew it was not seemly before Velchaninov, and flushed but could not restrain herself. "Where you shouldn't be you are too attentive, too attentive!" she burst out. "Under the bed . . . he looks for a lover under the bed—where he shouldn't . . . where he shouldn't " muttered Mitenka, suddenly growing extremely excited. But there was no doing anything with Mitenka by now. all ended pleasantly, however, and they got upon quite friendly terms. Pavel Pavlovitch was sent to fetch coffee and soup. Olimpiada Semyonovna explained to Velchaninov that they were on their way from O{{ld}}, where her husband had a post in the service, to spend two months at their country place, that it was not far off, only thirty miles from that station, that they had a lovely house and garden there, that they always had the house full of visitors, that they had neighbours too, and if Alexey Ivanovitch would be so good as to come and stay with them "in their rustic solitude" she would welcome him "as their guardian angel," for she could not recall without horror what would have happened, if . . . and so on, and so on—in fact, he was "her guardian angel . . ." {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> tlrbjuktbq0l7vm4hzih4zchxej7uq1 Page:Dostoyevsky - The Eternal Husband and Other Stories, Collected Edition, 1917.djvu/147 104 4490217 14130162 2024-04-25T22:20:03Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|135|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>"And saviour, and saviour," the Uhlan insisted, with heat. Velchaninov thanked her politely, and replied that he was always at her service, that he was an absolutely idle man with no duties of any sort, and that Olimpiada Semyonovna's invitation was most flattering. He followed this at once with sprightly conversation, successfully introducing two or three compliments. Lipotchka blushed with pleasure, and as soon as Pavel Pavlovitch returned she told him enthusiastically that Alexey Ivanovitch had been so kind as to accept her invitation to spend a whole month with them in the country, and had promised to come in a week. Pavel Pavlovitch smiled in mute despair. Olimpiada Semyonovna shrugged her shoulders at him, and turned her eyes up to the ceiling. At last they got up: again a gush of gratitude, again the "guardian angel," guardian angel," again "Mitenka," and Pavel Pavlovitch at last escorted his wife and the Uhlan to their compartment. Velchaninov lighted a cigar and began pacing to and fro on the balcony in front of the station; he knew that Pavel Pavlovitch would run out again at once to talk to him till the bell rang. And so it happened. Pavel Pavlovitch promptly appeared before him with an uneasy expression in his face and whole figure. Velchaninov laughed, took him by the elbow in a friendly way, led him to the nearest bench, sat down himself, and made him sit down beside him. He remained silent; he wanted Pavel Pavlovitch to be the first to speak. "So you are coming to us?" faltered the latter, going straight to the point. "I knew that would be it! You haven't changed in the least!" laughed Velchaninov. "Why, do you mean to say"—he slapped him again on the shoulder—"do you mean to say you could seriously imagine for a moment that I could actually come and stay with you, and for a whole month too—ha—ha?" Pavel Pavlovitch was all of a twitter. "So you—are not coming!" he cried, not in the least disguising his relief. "I'm not coming, I'm not coming!" Velchaninov laughed complacently. He could not have said himself, however, why he felt so particularly amused, but he was more and more amused as time went on. "Do you really . . . do you really mean it?" "And saying this, Pavel Pavlovitch actually jumped up from his seat in a flutter of suspense. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 2lr7g6pn5vugrk2prllfpi0yrmykcza Index:The World Factbook (1990).djvu/styles.css 106 4490218 14130165 2024-04-25T22:23:10Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Created page with ".__orgtable td{ border-bottom:0.1em solid black; }" sanitized-css text/css .__orgtable td{ border-bottom:0.1em solid black; } 4ap98m2gj98cs481idchuyokhplvxwo Page:Scott's Last Expedition, Volume 1.djvu/324 104 4490219 14130166 2024-04-25T22:23:22Z McGhiever 1938594 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="McGhiever" />{{rh|204|SCOTT'S LAST EXPEDITION|{{smaller|{{sc|[March}}}}}}</noinclude>Debenham has become principal cook, and evidently enjoys the task. Taylor is full of good spirits and anecdote, an addition to the party. Yesterday after a beautifully fine morning we got a strong northerly wind which blew till the middle of the night, crowding the young ice up the Strait. Then the wind suddenly shifted to the south, and I thought we were in for a blizzard; but this morning the wind has gone to the S.E.—the stratus cloud formed by the north wind is dissipating, and the damp snow deposited in the night is drifting. It looks like a fine evening. Steadily we are increasing the comforts of the hut. The stove has been improved out of all recognition; with extra stove-pipes we get no back draughts, no smoke inside, whilst the economy of fuel is much increased. Insulation inside and out is the subject we are now attacking. The young ice is going to and fro, but the sea refuses to freeze over so far—except in the region of Pram Point, where a bay has remained for some four days holding some pieces of Barrier in its grip. These pieces have come from the edge of the Barrier and some are crumbling already, showing a deep and rapid surface deposit of snow and therefore the probability that they are drifted sea ice not more than a year or two old, the depth of the drift being due to proximity to an old Barrier edge. I have just taken to pyjama trousers and shall don an extra shirt—I have been astonished at the warmth which I have felt throughout in light clothing. So far I have<noinclude></noinclude> 5ecw875zrkyaku1tgmuirlpcz1tvwzx Page:Dostoyevsky - The Eternal Husband and Other Stories, Collected Edition, 1917.djvu/148 104 4490220 14130168 2024-04-25T22:24:12Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|136|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>"Yes, I've told you already that I'm not coming, you queer fellow." "If that's so, what am I to say to Olimpiada Semyonovna a week hence, when she will be expecting you and you don't come?" "What a difficulty! Tell her I've broken my leg or something of that sort." "She won't believe it," Pavel Pavlovitch drawled plaintively. "And you'll catch it?" Velchaninov went on laughing. "But I observe, my poor friend, that you tremble before your delightful wife—don't you?" Pavel Pavlovitch tried to smile, but it did not come off. That Velchaninov had refused to visit them was a good thing, of course, but that he should be over-familiar to him about his wife was disagreeable. Pavel Pavlovitch winced; Velchaninov noticed it. Meanwhile the second bell rang; they heard a shrill voice from the train anxiously calling Pavel Pavlovitch. The latter moved, fidgeted in his chair, but did not rise at the first summons, evidently expecting something more from Velchaninov, no doubt another assurance that he would not come and stay with them. "What was your wife's maiden name?" Velchaninov inquired, as though unaware of Pavel Pavlovitch's anxiety. "She is our priest's daughter," replied the latter in uneasy trepidation, listening and looking towards the train. "Ah, I understand, you married her for her beauty." Pavel Pavlovitch winced again. "And who's this Mitenka with you?" "Oh, he's a distant relation of ours—that is, of mine; the son of my deceased cousin. His name's Golubtchikov, he was degraded for disorderly behaviour in the army, but now he has been promoted again and we have been getting his equipment. . . . He's an unfortunate young man . . ." "To be sure, the regular thing; the party's complete," thought Velchaninov. "Pavel Pavlovitch!" the call came again from the train, and by now with a marked tone of irritation in the voice. "Pal Palitch!" they heard in another thick voice. Pavel Pavlovitch fidgeted and moved restlessly again, but Velchaninov took him by the elbow and detained him. "How would you like me to go this minute and tell your wife how you tried to cut my throat?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> gl11lkdm6kmps80b3ws43khd1z6cfzh Page:Scott's Last Expedition, Volume 1.djvu/438 104 4490221 14130174 2024-04-25T22:25:56Z McGhiever 1938594 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="McGhiever" />{{rh|278|SCOTT'S LAST EXPEDITION|{{smaller|{{sc|[May}}}}}}</noinclude>with his hind leg, and that he had been put under shelter. This morning the poor brute was found dead. I'm afraid we can place but little reliance on our dog teams and reflect ruefully on the misplaced confidence with which I regarded the provision of our transport. Well, one must suffer for errors of judgment. This afternoon Wilson held a post-mortem on the dog; he could find no sufficient cause of death. This is the third animal that has died at winter quarters without apparent cause. Wilson, who is nettled, proposes to examine the brain of this animal to-morrow. Went up the Ramp this morning. There was light enough to see our camp, and it looked homely, as it does from all sides. Somehow we loom larger here than at Cape Armitage. We seem to be more significant. It must be from contrast of size; the larger hills tend to dwarf the petty human element. To-night the wind has gone back to the north and is now blowing fresh. This sudden and continued complete change of direction is new to our experience. Oates has just given us an excellent little lecture on the management of horses. He explained his plan of feeding our animals 'soft' during the winter, and hardening them up during the spring. He pointed out that the horse's natural food being grass and hay, he would naturally employ a great number of hours in the day filling a stomach of small capacity with food from which he could derive only a small percentage of nutriment. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> h6pd2tq2jb6y151l9pj5145d892uxrq Page:Dostoyevsky - The Eternal Husband and Other Stories, Collected Edition, 1917.djvu/149 104 4490222 14130182 2024-04-25T22:28:22Z Thebiguglyalien 2913136 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Thebiguglyalien" />{{rvh|137|THE ETERNAL HUSBAND}}</noinclude>"What, what!" Pavel Pavlovitch was terribly alarmed. "God forbid!" "Pavel Pavlovitch! Pavel Pavlovitch!" voices were heard calling again. "Well, be off now!" said Velchaninov, letting him go at last, and still laughing genially. "So you won't come?" Pavel Pavlovitch whispered for the last time, almost in despair, and even put his hands before him with the palms together in his old style. "Why, I swear I won't come! Run, there'll be trouble, you know." And with a flourish he held out his hand to him—and was startled at the result: Pavel Pavlovitch did not take his hand, he even drew his own hand back. The third bell rang. In one instant something strange happened to both of them: both seemed transformed. omething, as it were, quivered and burst out in Velchaninov, who had been laughing only just before. He clutched Pavel Pavlovitch by the shoulder and held him in a tight and furious grip. "If I—''I'' hold out this hand to you," showing the palm of his left hand, where a big scar from the cut was still distinct, "you certainly might take it!" he whispered, with pale and trembling lips. Pavel Pavlovitch, too, turned pale, and his lips trembled too; a convulsive quiver ran over his face. "And Liza?" he murmured in a rapid whisper, and suddenly his lips, his cheeks and his chin began to twitch and tears gushed from his eyes. Velchaninov stood before him stupefied. "Pavel Pavlovitch! Pavel Pavlovitch!" they heard a scream from the train as though some one were being murdered—and suddenly the whistle sounded. Pavel Pavlovitch roused himself, flung up his hands and ran full speed to the train; the train was already in motion, but he managed to hang on somehow, and went flying to his compartment. Velchaninov remained at the station and only in the evening set off on his original route in another train. He did not turn off to the right to see his fair friend—he felt too much out of humour. And how he regretted it afterwards.<noinclude></noinclude> hanv2ybaj3016vsnl3jz8tlqcyu0dpc Page:พรบ ใช้ ปพพ ๒๕๑๙.pdf/60 104 4490223 14130196 2024-04-25T22:33:21Z Librovore 3126709 /* Not proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=63|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>the money accrues from the property acquired through a gratuitous gift or will which has a condition prohibiting the person exercising the custodial power from deriving benefit from such property.<noinclude></noinclude> lhsymlzfvl9kcztnix8cbgn9htlf4br 14130199 14130196 2024-04-25T22:34:56Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=63|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>the money accrues from the property acquired through a gratuitous gift or will which has a condition prohibiting the person exercising the custodial power from deriving benefit from such property. {{lawth|s|1574}} {{lawth|rb|1}} {{lawth|rb|2}} {{lawth|rb|3}} {{lawth|rb|4}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 118ctfkmf9scfj2lwqgdttispsp25hl 14130202 14130199 2024-04-25T22:36:25Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=63|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>the money accrues from the property acquired through a gratuitous gift or will which has a condition prohibiting the person exercising the custodial power from deriving benefit from such property. {{lawth|s|1574}}The person exercising the custodial power cannot do any of the following juristic acts in relation to the property of the minor, save where it is permitted by a court: {{lawth|rb|1}} {{lawth|rb|2}} {{lawth|rb|3}} {{lawth|rb|4}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 6888vr19y49iu5z2wmcvgoqoju7uydo 14131448 14130202 2024-04-26T11:14:34Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=63|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>the money accrues from the property acquired through a gratuitous gift or will which has a condition prohibiting the person exercising the custodial power from deriving benefit from such property. {{lawth|s|1574}}The person exercising the custodial power cannot do any of the following juristic acts in relation to the property of the minor, save where it is permitted by a court: {{lawth|rb|1}}selling, exchanging, selling with right of redemption, mortgaging, discharging from mortgage in favour of the mortgager, or transferring the right to mortgage immovable property or mortgageable movable property; {{lawth|rb|2}}creating or terminating in whole or in part a real right relating to immovable property according to this Code or other law; {{lawth|rb|3}} {{lawth|rb|4}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 13yhwnf3gddhy94dfigw1xqw70qb8oz 14131454 14131448 2024-04-26T11:19:16Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=63|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>the money accrues from the property acquired through a gratuitous gift or will which has a condition prohibiting the person exercising the custodial power from deriving benefit from such property. {{lawth|s|1574}}The person exercising the custodial power cannot do any of the following juristic acts in relation to the property of the minor, save where it is permitted by a court: {{lawth|rb|1}}selling, exchanging, selling with right of redemption, mortgaging, discharging from mortgage in favour of the mortgager, or transferring the right to mortgage immovable property or mortgageable movable property; {{lawth|rb|2}}creating or terminating in whole or in part a real right relating to immovable property according to this Code or other law; {{lawth|rb|3}}disposing of or creating an obligation which requires the disposal of a claim intended for the creation or transfer of a real right over land, or which requires the discharge of land from the said claim; {{lawth|rb|4}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> bfzspehdfb5mf4xvhniwniofbg81tvw 14131458 14131454 2024-04-26T11:21:57Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=63|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>the money accrues from the property acquired through a gratuitous gift or will which has a condition prohibiting the person exercising the custodial power from deriving benefit from such property. {{lawth|s|1574}}The person exercising the custodial power cannot do any of the following juristic acts in relation to the property of the minor, save where it is permitted by a court: {{lawth|rb|1}}selling, exchanging, selling with right of redemption, mortgaging, discharging from mortgage in favour of the mortgager, or transferring the right to mortgage immovable property or mortgageable movable property; {{lawth|rb|2}}creating or terminating in whole or in part a real right relating to immovable property according to this Code or other law; {{lawth|rb|3}}disposing of or creating an obligation which requires the disposal of a claim intended for the creation or transfer of a real right over land, or which requires the discharge of land from the said claim; {{lawth|rb|4}}leasing immovable property out for more than three years, or selling immovable property on hire purchase; {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> covmtm05qx5p29wsageyuznisz11ky9 14131515 14131458 2024-04-26T11:48:26Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=63|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>the money accrues from the property acquired through a gratuitous gift or will which has a condition prohibiting the person exercising the custodial power from deriving benefit from such property. {{lawth|s|1574}}The person exercising the custodial power cannot do any of the following juristic acts in relation to the property of the minor, save where it is permitted by a court: {{lawth|rb|1}}putting to sale, exchange, sale with right of redemption, or mortgage, discharging from mortgage in favour of the mortgagor, or transferring the right of mortgage over any immovable property or mortgageable movable property; {{lawth|rb|2}}creating or terminating in whole or in part a real right relating to immovable property according to this Code or other law; {{lawth|rb|3}}disposing of or creating an obligation which requires the disposal of a claim intended for the creation or transfer of a real right over land, or which requires the discharge of land from the said claim; {{lawth|rb|4}}leasing immovable property out for more than three years, or selling immovable property on hire purchase; {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> ngq9xw70quz9sb6x58txd91v91rtu9u 14131528 14131515 2024-04-26T11:55:31Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=63|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>the money accrues from the property acquired through a gratuitous gift or will which has a condition prohibiting the person exercising the custodial power from deriving benefit from such property. {{lawth|s|1574}}The person exercising the custodial power cannot do any of the following juristic acts in relation to the property of the minor, save where it is permitted by a court: {{lawth|rb|1}}putting to sale, exchange, sale with right of redemption, or mortgage, discharging from mortgage in favour of the mortgagor, or transferring the right of mortgage over immovable property or mortgageable movable property; {{lawth|rb|2}}creating or terminating in whole or in part a real right relating to immovable property according to this Code or other law; {{lawth|rb|3}}disposing of or creating an obligation which requires the disposal of a claim intended for the creation or transfer of a real right over land, or which requires the discharge of land from the said claim; {{lawth|rb|4}}leasing immovable property out for more than three years or selling immovable property on hire purchase; {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> cs3i42qq8nxqr828v1rxs2vjcoc6z99 14131530 14131528 2024-04-26T11:56:28Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=63|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>the money accrues from the property acquired through a gratuitous gift or will which has a condition prohibiting the person exercising the custodial power from deriving benefit from such property. {{lawth|s|1574}}The person exercising the custodial power cannot do any of the following juristic acts in relation to the property of the minor, save where it is permitted by a court: {{lawth|rb|1}}putting to sale, exchange, sale with right of redemption, or mortgage, discharging from mortgage in favour of the mortgagor, or transferring the right of mortgage over immovable property or mortgageable movable property; {{lawth|rb|2}}creating or terminating in whole or in part a real right relating to immovable property according to this Code or other law; {{lawth|rb|3}}disposing of or creating an obligation which requires the disposal of a claim intended for the creation or transfer of a real right over land, or which requires the discharge of land from the said claim; {{lawth|rb|4}}leasing immovable property out for more than three years or letting immovable property out on hire purchase; {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> nq6jen4r6he1ynxghcr4cpdiz52fo4j Index:Project Longshot - Advanced Design Program Project Report.pdf/styles.css 106 4490224 14130206 2024-04-25T22:38:41Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Created page with "_rules_all td{ border:1px solid black; }" sanitized-css text/css _rules_all td{ border:1px solid black; } 1t8f16nnqqb9xpjv1qlqyzhjo82vbgz 14130207 14130206 2024-04-25T22:38:58Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css ._rules_all td{ border:1px solid black; } rwp0v9qfxf8yknxy9i5qxlvt6itqtg8 Page:พรบ ใช้ ปพพ ๒๕๑๙.pdf/61 104 4490225 14130210 2024-04-25T22:41:32Z Librovore 3126709 /* Not proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=64|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|8}} {{lawth|rb|6}} {{lawth|rb|7}} {{lawth|rb|8}} {{lawth|rb|9}} {{lawth|rb|10}} {{lawth|rb|11}} {{lawth|rb|12}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> hijqdu8znh8r06ou1llu2h3b4gwkwqw 14130212 14130210 2024-04-25T22:42:11Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=64|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|5}} {{lawth|rb|6}} {{lawth|rb|7}} {{lawth|rb|8}} {{lawth|rb|9}} {{lawth|rb|10}} {{lawth|rb|11}} {{lawth|rb|12}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> c60rjq5rt0cf0ngccvbwoywng2qt8dg 14130216 14130212 2024-04-25T22:43:34Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=64|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|5}} {{lawth|rb|6}} {{lawth|rb|7}} {{lawth|rb|8}} {{lawth|rb|9}} {{lawth|rb|10}} {{lawth|rb|11}} {{lawth|rb|12}}submission of a dispute to an arbitrator for an award. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 7qtik0y459b2vqy0bja3cu2ip2ddg79 14130217 14130216 2024-04-25T22:47:27Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=64|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|5}} {{lawth|rb|6}} {{lawth|rb|7}} {{lawth|rb|8}} {{lawth|rb|9}} {{lawth|rb|10}} {{lawth|rb|11}}acceptance or refusal of estate or gratuitous gift encumbered with conditions or charges; {{lawth|rb|12}}submission of a dispute to an arbitrator for an award. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> tg3huwdwquvii43dvzxqlslwkichbit 14130220 14130217 2024-04-25T22:50:55Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=64|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|5}} {{lawth|rb|6}} {{lawth|rb|7}} {{lawth|rb|8}} {{lawth|rb|9}} {{lawth|rb|10}}refusal of estate or gratuitous gift free of conditions or charges; {{lawth|rb|11}}acceptance or refusal of estate or gratuitous gift encumbered with conditions or charges; {{lawth|rb|12}}submission of a dispute to an arbitrator for an award. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 5z7ptrhukp0pdrswgd9wsu72if5l5lu 14130223 14130220 2024-04-25T22:52:35Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=64|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|5}} {{lawth|rb|6}} {{lawth|rb|7}} {{lawth|rb|8}} {{lawth|rb|9}} {{lawth|rb|10}}refusal of estate or gratuitous gift free of conditions or charges; {{lawth|rb|11}}acceptance or refusal of estate or gratuitous gift encumbered with conditions or charges; {{lawth|rb|12}}submission of a dispute to an arbitrator for an award; {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 14b1syobhpyw13qv5517ayuoh5ubuc8 14131485 14130223 2024-04-26T11:34:41Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=64|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|5}}selling or exchanging immovable property accompanied by a register or document showing the ownership acquired by the minor through succession or through a gratuitous gift from another person than the father or mother; {{lawth|rb|6}}providing loans; {{lawth|rb|7}} {{lawth|rb|8}} {{lawth|rb|9}} {{lawth|rb|10}}refusal of estate or gratuitous gift free of conditions or charges; {{lawth|rb|11}}acceptance or refusal of estate or gratuitous gift encumbered with conditions or charges; {{lawth|rb|12}}submission of a dispute to an arbitrator for an award; {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 17jgieorrjxsssh9yy6mwouvuxe2oxx 14131502 14131485 2024-04-26T11:41:51Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=64|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|5}}selling or exchanging immovable property accompanied by a register or document showing the ownership acquired by the minor through succession or through a gratuitous gift from another person than the father or mother; {{lawth|rb|6}}providing loans; {{lawth|rb|7}}seeking benefits from property in any other event than that provided in section 1598/4(1), (2), or (3); {{lawth|rb|8}}adopting a compromise; {{lawth|rb|9}}making a gratuitous gift, save the giving away of the income of the minor on behalf of the minor for a public charity or social activity which is appropriate for the station in life of the minor; {{lawth|rb|10}}refusal of estate or gratuitous gift free of conditions or charges; {{lawth|rb|11}}acceptance or refusal of estate or gratuitous gift encumbered with conditions or charges; {{lawth|rb|12}}submission of a dispute to an arbitrator for an award; {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 0019zk4tknauwod6v8yje7hgpdzwggj 14131507 14131502 2024-04-26T11:44:47Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=64|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|5}}selling or exchanging immovable property accompanied by a register or document showing the ownership acquired by the minor through succession or through a gratuitous gift from another person than the father or mother; {{lawth|rb|6}}providing loans; {{lawth|rb|7}}seeking benefits from property in any other event than that provided in section 1598/4(1), (2), or (3); {{lawth|rb|8}}adopting a compromise; {{lawth|rb|9}}making a gratuitous gift, save the giving away of the income of the minor on behalf of the minor for a public charity or social activity which is appropriate for the station in life of the minor; {{lawth|rb|10}}refusing estate or a gratuitous gift free of conditions or charges; {{lawth|rb|11}}accepting or refusing estate or a gratuitous gift encumbered with conditions or charges; {{lawth|rb|12}}submitting a dispute to an arbitrator for an award; {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> e7bkz6dcy8uz023ivd7c94cyio4ss21 14131513 14131507 2024-04-26T11:47:00Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=64|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|5}}putting to sale or exchange any immovable property which is accompanied by a register or document showing the ownership acquired by the minor through succession or through a gratuitous gift from another person than the father or mother; {{lawth|rb|6}}providing loans; {{lawth|rb|7}}seeking benefits from property in any other event than that provided in section 1598/4(1), (2), or (3); {{lawth|rb|8}}adopting a compromise; {{lawth|rb|9}}making a gratuitous gift, save the giving away of the income of the minor on behalf of the minor for a public charity or social activity which is appropriate for the station in life of the minor; {{lawth|rb|10}}refusing estate or a gratuitous gift free of conditions or charges; {{lawth|rb|11}}accepting or refusing estate or a gratuitous gift encumbered with conditions or charges; {{lawth|rb|12}}submitting a dispute to an arbitrator for an award; {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> pkqbxoitfqydb70lvi1mog54mx2bwyc Page:Tarka the Otter.djvu/253 104 4490226 14130211 2024-04-25T22:41:36Z HendrikWBK 3085207 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="HendrikWBK" />{{right|''Furzebeam Hill''}}</noinclude>sow, too fat to get up quickly, tried to bite Tarquol as he rippled from comer to comer. The baying of the pack grew terribly loud, and still Tarquol darted about the sty, seeking a way of escape. The sow, after many grunts, flung herself on her trotters and bundled her flabby mass to the door, unlocking her dirty teeth to bite Deadlock, who had just arrived. Squealing with rage, her bristly, mud-caked ears flapping on her chaps, she chased him out of the sty, followed him back into the yard, and scattered the rest of the pack. Tarquol had run out behind the sow. He gained three hundred yards before hounds found his line again. He ran with the sun behind him for two hundred yards over grass, then he turned and went through a thorn hedge, climbed the railway embankment, and ran up over Furzebeam Hill, leaving an irregular trail. He ran for three miles on land, hiding among the dry spikes of gorse, and under branches. Sometimes he mewed in his misery. Hounds ran far ahead of the men and women. Eventually the pack{{--}}with the exception of Pitiful, who was lost{{--}}hunted him back to the railway line, to where he was crouching low in the thorn hedge. A bird with a loud rasping voice, and a beak like a bent iron nail, clacked and chattered on a briar rising out of the hedge. It was a bird of property, or red-backed shrike, and Tarquol was quatting by its larder of bumble-bees, grasshoppers, and young harvest mice impaled on thorns. The mice were dead, but the bees still moved their legs. Tarquol ran out of the thorns just before<noinclude>{{c|243}}</noinclude> pns079xyh212n20bm9huwb4n5m3wrm5 Page:พรบ ใช้ ปพพ ๒๕๑๙.pdf/62 104 4490227 14130222 2024-04-25T22:52:21Z Librovore 3126709 /* Not proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=65|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|13}} {{lawth|rb|1}} {{lawth|rb|2}}<noinclude></noinclude> rgog5ppyzq9xubja61yyoc0g8qokara 14130224 14130222 2024-04-25T22:53:02Z Librovore 3126709 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Librovore" />{{rtggh|1=5|page=65|volume=93|issue=129|date=15 October 2519}}</noinclude>{{lawth|rb|13}} {{lawth|s|1575}} {{lawth|s|1576}} {{lawth|rb|1}} {{lawth|rb|2}} {{lawth|s|1577}}<noinclude></noinclude> hmvsop4wb05j5yptjn844faco8a6wkg Page:Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu/34 104 4490228 14130226 2024-04-25T22:54:02Z EncycloPetey 3239 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="EncycloPetey" />{{rh|26|UNCLE VANYA|{{smaller|ACT I}}}} {{dent/s|0|0em}}<!-- dummy header line for transclusion continuity --></noinclude>tree and then see it budding into young green and swaying in the wind, my heart swells with pride and I— [''Sees the'' {{sc|Workman}}, ''who is bringing him a glass of vodka on a tray''] however— [''He drinks''] I must be off. Probably it is all nonsense, anyway. Good-bye. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|4em|-1em}} ''He goes toward the house''. {{sc|Sonia}} ''takes his arm and goes with him''. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} {{sc|Sonia}}. When are you coming to see us again? {{sc|Astroff}}. I can’t say. {{sc|Sonia}}. In a month? {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|4em|-1em}} {{sc|Astroff}} ''and'' {{sc|Sonia}} ''go into the house''. {{sc|Helena}} ''and'' {{sc|Voitski}} ''walk over to the terrace''. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} {{sc|Helena}}. You have behaved shockingly again. Ivan, what sense was there in teasing your mother and talking about ''perpetuum mobile?'' And at breakfast you quarreled with Alexander again. Really, your behaviour is too petty. {{sc|Voitski}}. But if I hate him? {{sc|Helena}}. You hate Alexander without reason; he is like every one else, and no worse than you are. {{sc|Voitski}}. If you could only see your face, your gestures! Oh, how tedious your life must be. {{sc|Helena}}. It is tedious, yes, and dreary! You all abuse my husband and look on me with compassion; you think, “Poor woman, she is married to an old man.” How well I understand your compassion! As Astroff said just now, see how you thoughtlessly destroy the forests, so that there will soon be none left. So you also destroy mankind, and soon fidelity and purity and self-sacrifice will have vanished with the woods. Why cannot you look calmly at a woman unless she is yours? Because, the doctor was right, you are all possessed by a devil of destruction; you have no mercy on the woods or the birds or on women or on one another. {{sc|Voitski}}. I don’t like your philosophy. {{nop}}<noinclude>{{dent/e}}</noinclude> b5uhq7yygq77u5iwpw8pal7gjy62i6a Page:Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu/35 104 4490229 14130229 2024-04-25T22:57:01Z EncycloPetey 3239 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="EncycloPetey" />{{rh|{{smaller|ACT I}}|UNCLE VANYA|27}} {{dent/s|0|1em}}</noinclude>{{sc|Helena}}. That doctor has a sensitive, weary face—an interesting face. Sonia evidently likes him, and she is in love with him, and I can understand it. This is the third time he has been here since I have come, and I have not had a real talk with him yet or made much of him. He thinks I am disagreeable. Do you know, Ivan, the reason you and I are such friends? I think it is because we are both lonely and unfortunate. Yes, unfortunate. Don’t look at me in that way, I don’t like it. {{sc|Voitski}}. How can I look at you otherwise when I love you? You are my joy, my life, and my youth. I know that my chances of being loved in return are infinitely small, do not exist, but I ask nothing of you. Only let me look at you, listen to your voice{{longdash}} {{sc|Helena}}. Hush, some one will overhear you. {{right|[''They go toward the house''.}} {{sc|Voitski}}. [''Following her''] Let me speak to you of my love, do not drive me away, and this alone will be my greatest happiness! {{sc|Helena}}. Ah! This is agony! {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|4em|-1em}} {{sc|Telegin}} ''strikes the strings of his guitar and plays a polka''. {{sc|Mme. Voitskaya}} ''writes something on the leaves of her pamphlet''. {{dent/e}} {{c|''The curtain falls''.}} {{dhr}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> fz5bc1sd8z9cby8blwzwy7bfqweop24 Page:Tarka the Otter.djvu/254 104 4490230 14130230 2024-04-25T22:57:03Z HendrikWBK 3085207 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="HendrikWBK" />{{left|''Shrike Hedge''}}</noinclude>Render’s muzzle pushed into his hiding place; but hounds leapt the low hedge and overtook him, before he had gone very far on his short, tired legs. Deadlock seized him and shook him and threw him into the air. Tarquol sprang up as soon as he fell, snapping and writhing as more jaws bit on his body, crushed his head, cracked his ribs, his paws, and his rudder. Among the brilliant hawkbits{{--}}little sunflowers of the meadow{{--}}he was picked up and dropped again, trodden on and wrenched and broken, while the screaming cheers and whoops of sportsmen mingled with the growling rumble of hounds at worry. Tarquol fought them until he was blinded, and his jaws were smashed. {{nop}}<noinclude>{{c|244}}</noinclude> imkvg7qj8yol4f19wmiarya5xvguigq Page:Tarka the Otter.djvu/255 104 4490231 14130236 2024-04-25T23:00:49Z HendrikWBK 3085207 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="HendrikWBK" /></noinclude>{{c|LAST CHAPTER}} {{sc|{{di|W}}hen}} he had swum out of the sycamore holt, Tarka had turned to deeper water and gone under the railway bridge twenty yards below{{--}}the line with its embankment and three bridges cut the S from south to north. He kept close to the left bank, in the margin of shade. The copse ended at the bridge; below was a meadow. He rose to breathe, heard the hounds, and swam on under water. He passed a run of peal, which flashed aside when they saw him, and sped above the bridge at many times the pace of a travelling otter. Sixty yards below the bridge, by the roots of a thrown alder, Tarka rose to listen. Looking around, he saw neither hound nor man, and knew he was not being followed. He thought of the holt under the oak tree above the next railway bridge, and swam on down. Where the river’s bend began to straighten again, the right bank lay under oak trees growing on the hill-slope to the sky. Tarka dived and swam across the river to the holt he had remembered as he left the roots of the sycamore. This holt had a sunken opening, where no terrier could enter. Here Tarka’s sire had been asleep when hounds had found him two years before. Tarka swung up, coming into a dark cavern lit by a small hole above, and stinking of the paraffin poured there the previous afternoon. He sniffed the oil film on the water, and turned back into the weir-pool. Again he made a hidden crossing, to listen under cover of flag-lilies for more than a minute. The river was quiet. He heard the sound of<noinclude>{{c|245}}</noinclude> lr0gnflj5fadyi06bzi0gf1nmxg6lc0 Page:William Z. Foster - Wrecking the Labor Banks (1927).djvu/8 104 4490232 14130240 2024-04-25T23:05:59Z DraftSaturn15 3002956 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="DraftSaturn15" /></noinclude>{{c| {{smaller block| PRINTED IN THE U. S. A. ''First Edition–November 15, 1927'' NEW YORK, N. Y. }}}}<noinclude></noinclude> 04ylbyhts3a4olxsdpnnoocfjj8hcn3 Page:William Z. Foster - Wrecking the Labor Banks (1927).djvu/9 104 4490233 14130242 2024-04-25T23:07:48Z DraftSaturn15 3002956 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="DraftSaturn15" /></noinclude>{{c| CHAPTER I {{sc|A Golden Dream}} }} {{di|A}}BOUT 1920 the trade unions began to go into business on a large scale. From then on for five years there was organized by them an imposing array of labor banks, labor investment companies, trade union life insurance companies, etc. At present writing there are 36 labor banks, 11 investment corporations, 3 trade union life insurance companies, and various other concerns, with combined assets, at least on paper, of about $150,000,000. The basis of this movement is the assembling by the trade union leaders of such meager savings as the workers are able to make out of their slim wages and then to invest them in industry. Although calling itself a cooperative movement, trade union capitalism is in reality nothing of the kind. The control of the various financial institutions rests entirely in the hands of the reactionary officialdom of the unions who, in the name of the unions, vote a majority of the stock. Similarly, the business practices and ideals of the movement have nothing in common with real cooperation. The whole thing is saturated from top to bottom with capitalistic aims and methods. The present writer dubbed the system "trade union capitalism," and that describes it correctly. The spectacular rise of trade union capitalism was accompanied by a whole series of illusions, which the bureaucrats spread widely among the workers. The essence of these is that struggle against the employers, by strikes and aggressive political action, is unnecessary—all that the workers have to do is to save their pennies, invest them in industry, and thereby become capitalists. The slogan of the movement is "Labor is becoming Capital." Professor Carver of Harvard gave<noinclude>{{c|7}}</noinclude> tkwo68c6gatswb9rqve8eeeiax413sc Page:William Z. Foster - Wrecking the Labor Banks (1927).djvu/2 104 4490234 14130243 2024-04-25T23:08:25Z DraftSaturn15 3002956 /* Without text */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="0" user="DraftSaturn15" /></noinclude><noinclude></noinclude> iu7n5u4bnutugkxtr7d7hwbxy1f2br4 Page:Tarka the Otter.djvu/256 104 4490235 14130244 2024-04-25T23:09:10Z HendrikWBK 3085207 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="HendrikWBK" />{{left|''Beam Weir''}}</noinclude>falling water, and swam slowly down, often touching under the bank. He passed under the middle arch of the railway bridge, and reached the weir slanting across the river. The summer water tumbled down the fish-pass, but glided thin as a snail’s shell over the top end of the concrete sill. The lower end, by the fender at the head of the leat, was dry. Tarka walked along the sill, nearly to the end, which was two inches above the level of the pool. He stretched his weary back on the warm concrete and sprawled in the sun. He lay basking for more than an hour, enjoying the sound of water tumbling in the pass and sliding down the face of the weir. Swallows dipped in the pool, and sometimes a peal leapt in the shadow of the bridge. Tarka’s head was always raised before the fish fell back, but he did not leave the sill. Warm and brilliant sun-flickers on the shallows below dazed his eyes, and made him drowsy. But when a hound, working alone down the left bank, climbed on the sill by the pass and shook itself, he was instantly alert. Half lying down, he remained quite still, while the hound lifted its muzzle to sniff. Something moved on the bridge—otter and hound turned their heads together, seeing a man behind the railing. At first the man saw only the hound, but when it walked along the sill and ran down the face of the weir, he saw the otter it was following. The man had come along the railway to see if many fish were in the pool; he was a poacher nicknamed Shiner, and the top of one of his fingers was missing. He had no love for otters. Along<noinclude>{{c|246}}</noinclude> k1tef603qob94re4z02qdadwcwh3mg4 Page:William Z. Foster - Wrecking the Labor Banks (1927).djvu/3 104 4490236 14130245 2024-04-25T23:09:19Z DraftSaturn15 3002956 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="DraftSaturn15" /></noinclude>{{c| WRECKING THE LABOR BANKS ''Labor Herald Library'' No. 20 }}<noinclude></noinclude> 5ny26akl6f6xy6uzxxpklp64yo76l8z Page:William Z. Foster - Wrecking the Labor Banks (1927).djvu/4 104 4490237 14130246 2024-04-25T23:09:26Z DraftSaturn15 3002956 /* Without text */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="0" user="DraftSaturn15" /></noinclude><noinclude></noinclude> iu7n5u4bnutugkxtr7d7hwbxy1f2br4 Page:William Z. Foster - Wrecking the Labor Banks (1927).djvu/6 104 4490238 14130248 2024-04-25T23:10:31Z DraftSaturn15 3002956 /* Problematic */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="2" user="DraftSaturn15" /></noinclude>{{c|{{smaller|COMPOSED AND PRINTED BY UNION LABOR}}}} {{missing image}}<noinclude></noinclude> gq163kcnh86ftatvb0pyihcmwoggafz Page:Tarka the Otter.djvu/257 104 4490239 14130249 2024-04-25T23:10:36Z HendrikWBK 3085207 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="HendrikWBK" />{{right|''Sunken Tree Pool''}}</noinclude>the railway line he hastened, and shouted to the otter-hunters. Followed in silence by the hound Pitiful, Tarka swam leisurely. He watched, from under a tree, a single enemy working down the shallow, crossing to deeper water to seek his scent along the banks. He let it come within a few feet of his head, then dived and swam away. Pitiful never saw him, or the chain of bubbles. Often she followed the wash carried down with the current; and when it grew weak, she would amble along the banks until she found where the otter had touched. Tarka felt neither fear nor rage against the hound. He wanted to be left alone. After several hidden swims from bank to bank, and finding no holding where he might lie up and sleep until evening, he walked out by a cattle-trodden groove in the right bank, and ran away over land. He followed the otter-path across a quarter of a mile of meadow, and came to the river again by the third oak above Canal Bridge. Tarka drifted under the high lime-spiky arches of the bridge, and the white owl, roosting on a ledge below the parapet, beside the briars of a dog-rose growing there with hawkweeds, saw him going downstream. Bees came to the wild roses, crammed more pollen into their laden thigh-bags, and burred away over the bridge. A petal dropped, a swallow played with it as it fell, clipping it with first one wing and then the other, until it dropped into the water, and was carried away, past the gap in the bank where the Owlery Oak, Tarka’s birthplace, had been held by its roots two years before. {{nop}}<noinclude>{{c|247}}</noinclude> ol932xhnesufcrvvth3ndu9kerc77qx Page:The American Magazine volume LXIV.djvu/170 104 4490240 14130250 2024-04-25T23:11:34Z Jumper4677 46730 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Jumper4677" />{{rh|156|LETITIA, NURSERY CORPS, U. S. A.}}</noinclude>"Mamma!" And Letty dropped mamma's hand, and flew back to Mrs. Bill. In the army, you have to cling with ardor to the temporary objects of your adoration while you have 'em, before fate removes them, or you. And now they must leave Mrs. Billy! "The battery is to march overland with the guns," explained mamma. "Your father wants you and me to stop off on the way north to see Aunt Emma, Letty. She isn't enthusiastic over me, but she'll overlook that to get you, though I'm sure I'm more grateful to her than I ever dreamed I could be to any one." The eyes of Mrs. Bill were filling, for she was new to this thing of losing your friends just about the time you have really made them. But here were orders, and besides, to the ones ordered, there is the allurement of the unknown ahead, and Letty dropped Mrs. Bill's pretty hand, and with her own in mamma's went home. But with orders, calamity fell upon the battery barracks. Private Garr took it hardest, gnawing his finger-nails in perplexity, they said, as he hunted a way out of the situation, for Garr, having brought the goat at a rope's end into camp back there in Cuba, stood in the place of a parent to Sylvanus, and on a march overland the dogs may ride on the caissons, but you can't, so to speak, take your goat on the guns! Of course the post carpenter may be relied on to loot enough lumber to crate him for shipping, but crating isn't all; it costs to ship a crated goat with sides like barrels, and there is not always a large showing of velvet on hand by the middle of the stretch between pay-days, even when all available cash be produced and lumped together and the results added up. Yet to become separated from your goat is a thing no soldier-man is willing to contemplate. At the mere threatening of such a possibility, man after man went out and boxed a round or two with Sylly that he might be reassured. That is, all went but Garr; they left ''him'' chewing his nails and hunting a way out of it. In course of time he joined the ring of boxers, too. With a sanguine coloring often goes an inventive spirit, and on seeing the lips of Private Garr amiably pursed, and the eyes of him innocently bland, the hearts of his messmates cheered. Reading the signs in the countenance of Private Garr, the inference they deduced was, that since ''they'' were going, Sylvanus, the goat, was evidently going too. If you impress around the necessity of keeping news of orders to march from spreading outside of post, you can confidently rely upon the ol' man hearing about it before night, just as you want him to. And when there is scarce money by the time you've squared with washerwoman, tailor, post exchange, and your friends, to send your mascot goat ahead, why, it is the graceful act to bequeath him to your cavalry brother-soldiers in Troop B left behind. And by sufficiently impressing the secrecy of ''this'' around barracks too, you can depend upon ''it'' getting to the ol' man by sundown also. Nor would it increase the ol' man's affection for the goat to hear it. Letitia did not learn of these things until afterward, by which time the story was about the garrison and the occasion of wide, if unofficial rejoicing, but she did supply the details to Mrs. Billy at the last. According to Letty, the night following that on which the news leaked out to the ol' man, something got into that person's yard by starlight, and, according to his telling, ate up his seedling tomato plants even to the tin cans in which they had been sprouted. Moreover, this same demolishing something had danced with a satyr-like capering and ecstasy on window-sash hot-beds to the demolishment of cabbage and sweet potato plants within. And the next morning it spread over post, at least in the battery's quarters, that the ol' man had cunningly risen to the extent of four dollars to a murderous proposition made him by a hitherto model soldier-man, named Garr, not at all given to frequenting ''him'', that Sylvanus be secretly delivered to him just before the planned bequeathal of him to Troop B, thereupon mysteriously and forever to disappear. The same day this news of the ol' man's generosity spread abroad. Private Garr went over to town. His report to his mates on return was that the express clerk estimated that it would cost eight dollars for Sylly to disappear. Whereupon it spread about barracks again, how important it was that news of the moving of the battery being even nearer at hand than had been understood, should<noinclude></noinclude> 5jrcq8t0x24qh8dyinqloye33gkjy74 Page:William Z. Foster - Wrecking the Labor Banks (1927).djvu/10 104 4490241 14130252 2024-04-25T23:13:22Z DraftSaturn15 3002956 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="DraftSaturn15" />{{rh|8|WRECKING THE LABOR BANKS|}}</noinclude>authentic voice to the whole movement in his recent book, ''The Present Economic Revolution in the United States''. He says (p. 118): {{sm|"The saving power of American workingmen is so great that if they would save and carefully invest their savings ''in ten years they would be one of the dominating financial powers of the world''."}} As for the railroad workers, says Carver (p. 124): {{sm|"If the railroad workers would save merely the increase which they have recently received in their wages … (and) if they bought railroad stocks at par, they could … buy $3,490,000,000 in five years. This would give them a substantial majority of all the outstanding stock."}} The most extravagant estimates were made on all sides regarding the future of labor banking and other phases of trade union capitalism. In the ''Saturday Evening Post'' of Nov. 6, 1926, Frank Stockbridge, in an article directly inspired by B. of L. E. officials, says typically: {{sm|"New labor banks are being projected and organized at the rate of dozens a year. I was told in one place of fifty which are expected to be in operation before the end of 1927."}} {{c|''The B. of L. E. Leads the Way''}} Undisputed leader in this capitalistic banking movement was the Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers. Its vast financial structure and dizzy array of banks and investment companies dwarfed all the rest. Its officials set the pace for the whole movement. It was a pioneer in every branch. Its word on labor banking was gospel to the trade union officialdom. The question of establishing a labor bank was first proposed to the B. of L. E. at its convention in 1912, but it was voted<noinclude></noinclude> mdg7mxsk7wg3y4jkcv77hwlcme7hu5v Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell)/Uncle Vanya/Act 1 0 4490242 14130254 2024-04-25T23:15:33Z EncycloPetey 3239 Created page with "{{header | title = [[../../|Plays by Anton Tchekoff]] | author = Anton Chekhov | translator = Marian Fell | year = 1916 | section = [[../Uncle Vanya/]], Act I | previous = [[../|Uncle Vanya]] | next = [[../Act 2/|Uncle Vanya, Act II]] | notes = }} {{default layout|Layout 2}} <pages index="Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu" from=23 to=35 />" wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../../|Plays by Anton Tchekoff]] | author = Anton Chekhov | translator = Marian Fell | year = 1916 | section = [[../Uncle Vanya/]], Act I | previous = [[../|Uncle Vanya]] | next = [[../Act 2/|Uncle Vanya, Act II]] | notes = }} {{default layout|Layout 2}} <pages index="Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu" from=23 to=35 /> rhs52pc59t44ilm5tksy2xt8dyam798 14130255 14130254 2024-04-25T23:16:29Z EncycloPetey 3239 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../../|Plays by Anton Tchekoff]] | author = Anton Chekhov | translator = Marian Fell | year = 1916 | section = [[../|Uncle Vanya]], '''Act I''' | previous = [[../|Uncle Vanya]] | next = [[../Act 2/|Uncle Vanya, Act II]] | notes = }} {{default layout|Layout 2}} <pages index="Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu" from=23 to=35 /> 9p2gw2bwtios16f6fo1e4prut4x9fs1 14130362 14130255 2024-04-26T00:28:01Z EncycloPetey 3239 + audio wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../../|Plays by Anton Tchekoff]] | author = Anton Chekhov | translator = Marian Fell | year = 1916 | section = [[../|Uncle Vanya]], '''Act I''' | previous = [[../|Uncle Vanya]] | next = [[../Act 2/|Uncle Vanya, Act II]] | notes = {{listen | title = Listen to this text, read for LibriVox (Act I) | filename = Uncle Vanya (Fell) LibriVox-EN Act-1.ogg | filesize = 17.3 MB }} }} {{default layout|Layout 2}} <pages index="Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu" from=23 to=35 /> qk5dibw6xgn8jq041bx32r8prv86lwp Plays by Anton Tchekoff (Fell)/Uncle Vanya/Act 2 0 4490243 14130261 2024-04-25T23:20:42Z EncycloPetey 3239 Created page with "{{header | title = [[../../|Plays by Anton Tchekoff]] | author = Anton Chekhov | translator = Marian Fell | year = 1916 | section = [[../|Uncle Vanya]], '''Act II''' | previous = [[../Act 1/|Uncle Vanya, Act I]] | next = [[../Act 3/|Uncle Vanya, Act III]] | notes = }} {{default layout|Layout 2}} <pages index="Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu" from=36 to=51 />" wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../../|Plays by Anton Tchekoff]] | author = Anton Chekhov | translator = Marian Fell | year = 1916 | section = [[../|Uncle Vanya]], '''Act II''' | previous = [[../Act 1/|Uncle Vanya, Act I]] | next = [[../Act 3/|Uncle Vanya, Act III]] | notes = }} {{default layout|Layout 2}} <pages index="Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu" from=36 to=51 /> 5uj4s2e5ccvmjhy3lcvowngqcvsye25 14130364 14130261 2024-04-26T00:28:40Z EncycloPetey 3239 + audio wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../../|Plays by Anton Tchekoff]] | author = Anton Chekhov | translator = Marian Fell | year = 1916 | section = [[../|Uncle Vanya]], '''Act II''' | previous = [[../Act 1/|Uncle Vanya, Act I]] | next = [[../Act 3/|Uncle Vanya, Act III]] | notes = {{listen | title = Listen to this text, read for LibriVox (Act II) | filename = Uncle Vanya (Fell) LibriVox-EN Act-2.ogg | filesize = 20.45 MB }} }} {{default layout|Layout 2}} <pages index="Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu" from=36 to=51 /> hlm7ovpydhflia269bgn295zb99lrun Page:The American Magazine volume LXIV.djvu/169 104 4490244 14130262 2024-04-25T23:20:54Z Jumper4677 46730 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Jumper4677" />{{rh||GEORGE MADDEN MARTIN|155}}</noinclude>that spread over post that an enlisted man should do so terrible a thing! Letty did her young best to set Mrs. Bill right. What Smith, under ordinary conditions, according to Letitia, would have done, was ask his squad-leader, or, better still, ask his sergeant direct, for leave to speak to his captain. She even went into grave and minute particulars. "What in—" well, it wasn't a pretty word, mamma wouldn't like her to say it, even for Mrs. Billy, "do you want to report to him now?" would have been Private Smith's likeliest reception from Sergeant O'Grady. To which Letitia thought Smith most likely would have said, "What is it to you what I want to report?" And here Mrs. Bill broke in, pardonably curious to know what it was Private Smith wished to report. But Letty didn't know that. She only knew he had been turned down and was kicking. Later everybody knew about it, for when Smith ended in trouble, he told his chaplain, who told it in his turn. Up to then Smith had had an unreasoning and crooked prejudice against chaplains, and also a notion his officers were all against him. There's many a Smith gets a distorted idea so. "You can't make easy fools like Garr and Barker and Batts understand," he explained. "Things have been glossed over in our part of barracks too long. Batts went to Bayard seven months ago, and Barker followed Batts. I've been here long enough to know what ought to've been done, and if that rowing big medico sent to Manila last year had a been here, would of been done. I don't care who detailed who, or what, to be done about it; I know it ''wasn't'' done. And now Garr's hacking. And you couldn't expect an O'Grady who don't want enemies above, to report a thing like that, now, could you?" But Smith told all of this to his chaplain ''later''. Right now O'Grady had turned him down for the third time, and he was kicking. It was the afternoon when Letitia was telling Mrs. Billy all this, as they sat together on the steps of that lady's front porch, that mamma came over cross yards, and reaching the porch steps, stopped, portentous news in her eyes. Letitia left Mrs. Bill's side, and hurried down to slip her fingers in her mother's while that lady told it. "Now, Mrs. Bill," said mamma, smiling half-heartedly, for when you are just getting on your feet financially, you see it's discouraging to have to move in just eleven months from the time it cost to move ''here''—"now, Mrs. Army Bride, you'll begin to better understand why we older women haven't your array of pretty breakables. Such things won't stand too many cratings. We've our orders, Letty."<noinclude>''Smith . . . was kicking''</noinclude> 5cwjcimjjsa28f7wykpi0oadkjhe5n0 14130263 14130262 2024-04-25T23:21:40Z Jumper4677 46730 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Jumper4677" />{{rh||GEORGE MADDEN MARTIN|155}}</noinclude>that spread over post that an enlisted man should do so terrible a thing! Letty did her young best to set Mrs. Bill right. What Smith, under ordinary conditions, according to Letitia, would have done, was ask his squad-leader, or, better still, ask his sergeant direct, for leave to speak to his captain. She even went into grave and minute particulars. "What in—" well, it wasn't a pretty word, mamma wouldn't like her to say it, even for Mrs. Billy, "do you want to report to him now?" would have been Private Smith's likeliest reception from Sergeant O'Grady. To which Letitia thought Smith most likely would have said, "What is it to you what I want to report?" And here Mrs. Bill broke in, pardonably curious to know what it was Private Smith wished to report. But Letty didn't know that. She only knew he had been turned down and was kicking. Later everybody knew about it, for when Smith ended in trouble, he told his chaplain, who told it in his turn. Up to then Smith had had an unreasoning and crooked prejudice against chaplains, and also a notion his officers were all against him. There's many a Smith gets a distorted idea so. "You can't make easy fools like Garr and Barker and Batts understand," he explained. "Things have been glossed over in our part of barracks too long. Batts went to Bayard seven months ago, and Barker followed Batts. I've been here long enough to know what ought to've been done, and if that rowing big medico sent to Manila last year had a been here, would of been done. I don't care who detailed who, or what, to be done about it; I know it ''wasn't'' done. And now Garr's hacking. And you couldn't expect an O'Grady who don't want enemies above, to report a thing like that, now, could you?" But Smith told all of this to his chaplain ''later''. Right now O'Grady had turned him down for the third time, and he was kicking. It was the afternoon when Letitia was telling Mrs. Billy all this, as they sat together on the steps of that lady's front porch, that mamma came over cross yards, and reaching the porch steps, stopped, portentous news in her eyes. Letitia left Mrs. Bill's side, and hurried down to slip her fingers in her mother's while that lady told it. "Now, Mrs. Bill," said mamma, smiling half-heartedly, for when you are just getting on your feet financially, you see it's discouraging to have to move in just eleven months from the time it cost to move ''here''—"now, Mrs. Army Bride, you'll begin to better understand why we older women haven't your array of pretty breakables. Such things won't stand too many cratings. We've our orders, Letty."<noinclude>{{c|''Smith . . . was kicking''}}</noinclude> 98e7hpvabyyvi2tps2wsoukqsg5kqtc Page:Tarka the Otter.djvu/258 104 4490245 14130265 2024-04-25T23:23:59Z HendrikWBK 3085207 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="HendrikWBK" />{{left|''The Kelt Pool''}}</noinclude>Then Pitiful swam under Canal Bridge, and after her the pack came down, and many men, and the owl was driven into wavy flight down the river. It pitched in the tree of Leaning Willow Island, as a dull clamour broke out half a mile up the river. Hounds had marked the otter under a hover, and driven him out. The water of the pool was swimming-deep from the shallow above Canal Bridge to the shallow above Leaning Willow Island. The surface above Tarka mirrored the bed of the river{{--}}the dark rocks, the weed, the sodden branches, with the legs and bodies of hounds{{--}}until ripples broke the mirror into shards of light. In this underwater realm, where sounds were so distinct{{--}}the crush of nailed boots on stones, the tip-tap of poles, the thresh of hounds’ legs, and even the flip of cyclops and water-flea{{--}}Tarka swam until he was forced to vent, which he did at the river verge, under the banks, or by clumps of yellow flags. Sometimes he crept on the stones, hiding himself under over-hanging roots as he sought a refuge, until dreading the nearness of hounds he slipped into the river again, covered with a silver skin of air. As he swam, twin streams of bubbles came out of his nostrils, raced over his head and neck, and shook off his back to lie on the surface in a chain, watched by many eyes. Up and down the pool he went, swimming in midstream or near the banks, crossing from side to side and varying his depth of swimming as he tried to get away from his pursuers. Passing under the legs of hounds, he saw them joined to their broken surface-images.<noinclude>{{c|248}}</noinclude> eanp6623tzu5nb8xrkr5ccdnpusg76o 14130275 14130265 2024-04-25T23:30:49Z HendrikWBK 3085207 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="HendrikWBK" />{{left|''The Kelt Pool''}}</noinclude>Then Pitiful swam under Canal Bridge, and after her the pack came down, and many men, and the owl was driven into wavy flight down the river. It pitched in the tree of Leaning Willow Island, as a dull clamour broke out half a mile up the river. Hounds had marked the otter under a hover, and driven him out. The water of the pool was swimming-deep from the shallow above Canal Bridge to the shallow above Leaning Willow Island. The surface above Tarka mirrored the bed of the river{{--}}the dark rocks, the weed, the sodden branches, with the legs and bodies of hounds{{--}}until ripples broke the mirror into shards of light. In this underwater realm, where sounds were so distinct{{--}}the crush of nailed boots on stones, the tip-tap of poles, the thresh of hounds’ legs, and even the flip of cyclops and water-flea{{--}}Tarka swam until he was forced to vent, which he did at the river verge, under the banks, or by clumps of yellow flags. Sometimes he crept on the stones, hiding himself under over-hanging roots as he sought a refuge, until dreading the nearness of hounds he slipped into the river again, covered with a silver skin of air. As he swam, twin streams of bubbles came out of his nostrils, raced over his head and neck, and shook off his back to lie on the surface in a chain, watched by many eyes. Up and down the pool he went, swimming in midstream or near the banks, crossing from side to side and varying his depth of swimming as he tried to get away from his pursuers. Passing under the legs of hounds, he saw them joined to their broken surface-images. From under water he saw men and women, {{hws|point|pointing}}<noinclude>{{c|248}}</noinclude> cr4sngcxec9utl6lcapbvq5341bpi16 Page:Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu/36 104 4490246 14130266 2024-04-25T23:24:26Z EncycloPetey 3239 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="EncycloPetey" /></noinclude>{{c|{{x-larger|ACT II}}}} {{dent/s|2em|-2em}}''The dining-room of'' {{sc|Serebrakoff’s}} ''house. It ts night. The tapping of the'' {{sc|Watchman’s}} ''rattle is heard in the garden''. {{sc|Serebrakoff}} ''is dozing in an arm-chair by an open window and'' {{sc|Helena}} ''is sitting beside him, also half asleep''. {{sent/e}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} {{sc|Serebrakoff}}. [''Rousing himself''] Who is here? Is it you, Sonia? {{sc|Helena}}. It is I. {{sc|Serebrakoff}}. Oh, it is you, Nelly. This pain is intolerable. {{sc|Helena}}. Your shawl has slipped down. [''She wraps up his legs in the shawl''] Let me shut the window. {{sc|Serebrakoff}}. No, leave it open; I am suffocating. I dreamt just now that my left leg belonged to some one else, and it hurt so that I woke. I don’t believe this is gout, it is more like rheumatism. What time is it? {{sc|Helena}}. Half past twelve. {{float right|[''A pause''.}} {{sc|Serebrakoff}}. I want you to look for Batushka’s works in the library to-morrow. I think we have him. {{sc|Helena}}. What is that? {{sc|Serebrakoff}}. Look for Batushka to-morrow morning; we used to have him, I remember. Why do I find it so hard to breathe? {{sc|Helena}}. You are tired; this is the second night you have had no sleep. {{sc|Serebrakoff}}. They say that Turgenieff got angina of the heart from gout. I am afraid I am getting angina too. Oh, damn this horrible, accursed old age! Ever since I have<noinclude> {{dent/e}} {{c|28}}</noinclude> k0x3lo015zjax2w1355i741lxh1rg0n 14130267 14130266 2024-04-25T23:24:35Z EncycloPetey 3239 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="EncycloPetey" /></noinclude>{{c|{{x-larger|ACT II}}}} {{dent/s|2em|-2em}}''The dining-room of'' {{sc|Serebrakoff’s}} ''house. It ts night. The tapping of the'' {{sc|Watchman’s}} ''rattle is heard in the garden''. {{sc|Serebrakoff}} ''is dozing in an arm-chair by an open window and'' {{sc|Helena}} ''is sitting beside him, also half asleep''. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} {{sc|Serebrakoff}}. [''Rousing himself''] Who is here? Is it you, Sonia? {{sc|Helena}}. It is I. {{sc|Serebrakoff}}. Oh, it is you, Nelly. This pain is intolerable. {{sc|Helena}}. Your shawl has slipped down. [''She wraps up his legs in the shawl''] Let me shut the window. {{sc|Serebrakoff}}. No, leave it open; I am suffocating. I dreamt just now that my left leg belonged to some one else, and it hurt so that I woke. I don’t believe this is gout, it is more like rheumatism. What time is it? {{sc|Helena}}. Half past twelve. {{float right|[''A pause''.}} {{sc|Serebrakoff}}. I want you to look for Batushka’s works in the library to-morrow. I think we have him. {{sc|Helena}}. What is that? {{sc|Serebrakoff}}. Look for Batushka to-morrow morning; we used to have him, I remember. Why do I find it so hard to breathe? {{sc|Helena}}. You are tired; this is the second night you have had no sleep. {{sc|Serebrakoff}}. They say that Turgenieff got angina of the heart from gout. I am afraid I am getting angina too. Oh, damn this horrible, accursed old age! Ever since I have<noinclude> {{dent/e}} {{c|28}}</noinclude> 7x6u5u752gcl5585hfrmk7jqx25fzou Page:Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu/37 104 4490247 14130271 2024-04-25T23:27:47Z EncycloPetey 3239 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="EncycloPetey" />{{rh|{{smaller|ACT II}}|UNCLE VANYA|29}} {{dent/s|0|0em}}<!-- dummy header line for transclusion continuity --></noinclude>been old I have been hateful to myself, and I am sure, hateful to you all as well. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} {{sc|Helena}}. You speak as if we were to blame for your being old. {{sc|Serebrakoff}}. I am more hateful to you than to any one. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|4em|-1em}} {{sc|Helena}} ''gets up and walks away from him, sitting down at a distance''. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} {{sc|Serebrakoff}}. You are quite right, of course. I am not an idiot; I can understand you. You are young and healthy and beautiful, and longing for life, and I am an old dotard, almost a dead man already. Don’t I know it? Of course I see that it is foolish for me to live so long, but wait! I shall soon set you all free. My life cannot drag on much longer. {{sc|Helena}}. You are overtaxing my powers of endurance. Be quiet, for God’s sake! {{sc|Serebrakoff}}. It appears that, thanks to me, everybody’s power of endurance is being overtaxed; everybody is miserable, only I am blissfully triumphant. Oh, yes, of course? {{sc|Helena}}. Be quiet! You are torturing me. {{sc|Serebrakoff}}. I torture everybody. Of course. {{sc|Helena}}. [''Weeping''] This is unbearable! Tell me, what is it you want me to do? {{sc|Serebrakoff}}. Nothing. {{sc|Helena}}. Then be quiet, please. {{sc|Serebrakoff}}. It is funny that everybody listens to Ivan and his old idiot of a mother, but the moment I open my lips you all begin to feel ill-treated. You can’t even stand the sound of my voice. Even if I am hateful, even if I am a selfish tyrant, haven’t I the right to be one at my age? Haven’t I deserved it? Haven’t I, I ask you, the right to be respected, now that I am old? {{sc|Helena}}. No one is disputing your rights. [''The window slams in the wind''] The wind is rising, I must shut the window.<noinclude> {{dent/e}}</noinclude> 7z67267w5cv3q08i2sd971bkudhuh51 Page:The Everlasting Man.pdf/28 104 4490248 14130273 2024-04-25T23:29:35Z Rourken49 3130566 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rourken49" />THE EVERLASTING MAN</noinclude>pose to strike wherever possible this note of what is new and strange, and for that reason the style even on so serious a subject may sometimes be deliberately grotesque and fanciful. I do desire to help the reader to see Christendom from the outside in the sense of seeing it as a whole, against the background of other historic things; fast as I desire him to see humanity as a whole against the background of natural things. And I say that in both cases, when seen thus, they stand out from their background like supernatural things. They do ''not'' fade into the rest with the colours of impressionism; they stand out from the rest with the colours of heraldry; as vivid as a red cross on a white shield or a black lion on a ground of gold. So stands the Red Clay against the green field of nature, or the White Christ against the red clay of his race. But in order to see them clearly we have to see them as a whole. We have to see how they developed as well as how they began; for the most incredible part of the story is that things which began thus should have developed thus. Anyone who chooses to indulge in mere imagination can imagine that other things might have happened or other entities evolved. Anyone thinking of what might have happened may conceive a sore of evolutionary equality; but anyone facing what did happen must face an exception and a prodigy. If there was ever a moment when man was only an animal, we can if we choose make a fancy picture of his career transferred to some other animal. An entertaining fantasia might be made in which elephants built in elephantine architecture, with towers and turrets like tusks and trunks, cities beyond the scale of any colossus. A pleasant fable<noinclude>xxiv</noinclude> pe57edfp2azsvutd3qm4sk0i1k7dsne 14130274 14130273 2024-04-25T23:30:11Z Rourken49 3130566 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rourken49" />{{c|THE EVERLASTING MAN}}</noinclude>pose to strike wherever possible this note of what is new and strange, and for that reason the style even on so serious a subject may sometimes be deliberately grotesque and fanciful. I do desire to help the reader to see Christendom from the outside in the sense of seeing it as a whole, against the background of other historic things; fast as I desire him to see humanity as a whole against the background of natural things. And I say that in both cases, when seen thus, they stand out from their background like supernatural things. They do ''not'' fade into the rest with the colours of impressionism; they stand out from the rest with the colours of heraldry; as vivid as a red cross on a white shield or a black lion on a ground of gold. So stands the Red Clay against the green field of nature, or the White Christ against the red clay of his race. But in order to see them clearly we have to see them as a whole. We have to see how they developed as well as how they began; for the most incredible part of the story is that things which began thus should have developed thus. Anyone who chooses to indulge in mere imagination can imagine that other things might have happened or other entities evolved. Anyone thinking of what might have happened may conceive a sore of evolutionary equality; but anyone facing what did happen must face an exception and a prodigy. If there was ever a moment when man was only an animal, we can if we choose make a fancy picture of his career transferred to some other animal. An entertaining fantasia might be made in which elephants built in elephantine architecture, with towers and turrets like tusks and trunks, cities beyond the scale of any colossus. A pleasant fable<noinclude>{{c|xxiv}}</noinclude> jzxxt8m6ddobeix3x57ejlnycfq7sup 14130277 14130274 2024-04-25T23:31:34Z Rourken49 3130566 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rourken49" />{{c|THE EVERLASTING MAN}}</noinclude>pose to strike wherever possible this note of what is new and strange, and for that reason the style even on so serious a subject may sometimes be deliberately grotesque and fanciful. I do desire to help the reader to see Christendom from the outside in the sense of seeing it as a whole, against the background of other historic things; fast as I desire him to see humanity as a whole against the background of natural things. And I say that in both cases, when seen thus, they stand out from their background like supernatural things. They do ''not'' fade into the rest with the colours of impressionism; they stand out from the rest with the colours of heraldry; as vivid as a red cross on a white shield or a black lion on a ground of gold. So stands the Red Clay against the green field of nature, or the White Christ against the red clay of his race. But in order to see them clearly we have to see them as a whole. We have to see how they developed as well as how they began; for the most incredible part of the story is that things which began thus should have developed thus. Anyone who chooses to indulge in mere imagination can imagine that other things might have happened or other entities evolved. Anyone thinking of what might have happened may conceive a sore of evolutionary equality; but anyone facing what did happen must face an exception and a prodigy. If there was ever a moment when man was only an animal, we can if we choose make a fancy picture of his career transferred to some other animal. An entertaining fantasia might be made in which elephants built in elephantine architecture, with towers and turrets like tusks and trunks, cities beyond the scale of any colossus. A pleasant fable<noinclude>{{c|xxiv}}</noinclude> gt0lbxnfq0njari45xkbnzjid9z8371 Page:Plays by Anton Tchekoff (1916).djvu/38 104 4490249 14130276 2024-04-25T23:31:02Z EncycloPetey 3239 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="EncycloPetey" />{{rh|30|UNCLE VANYA|{{smaller|ACT II}}}} {{dent/s|0|0em}}<!-- dummy header line for transclusion continuity --></noinclude>[''She shuts it''] We shall have rain in a moment. Your rights have never been questioned by anybody. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|4em|-1em}} ''The'' {{sc|Watchman}} ''in the garden sounds his rattle''. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} {{sc|Serebrakoff}}. I have spent my life working in the interests of learning. I am used to my library and the lecture hall and to the esteem and admiration of my colleagues. Now I suddenly find myself plunged in this wilderness, condemned to see the same stupid people from morning till night and listen to their futile conversation. I want to live; I long for success and fame and the stir of the world, and here I am in exile! Oh, it is dreadful to spend every moment grieving for the lost past, to see the success of others and sit here with nothing to do but to fear death. I cannot stand it! It is more than I can bear. And you will not even forgive me for being old! {{sc|Helena}}. Wait, have patience; I shall be old myself in four or five years. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|4em|-1em}} {{sc|Sonia}} ''comes in''. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} {{sc|Sonia}}. Father, you sent for Dr. Astroff, and now when he comes you refuse to see him. It is not nice to give a man so much trouble for nothing. {{sc|Serebrakoff}}. What do I care about your Astroff? He understands medicine about as well as I understand astronomy. {{sc|Sonia}}. We can’t send for the whole medical faculty, can we, to treat your gout? {{sc|Serebrakoff}}. I won’t talk to that madman! {{sc|Sonia}}. Do as you please. It’s all the same to me. {{right|[''She sits down''.}} {{sc|Serebrakoff}}. What time is it? {{sc|Helena}}. One o'clock. {{sc|Serebrakoff}}. It is stifling in here. Sonia, hand me that bottle on the table. {{nop}}<noinclude>{{dent/e}}</noinclude> ride04eg2o2zpvw0f68v2197r9p3lbl Page:Tarka the Otter.djvu/259 104 4490250 14130278 2024-04-25T23:32:17Z HendrikWBK 3085207 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="HendrikWBK" />{{right|''The Kelt Pool''}}</noinclude>{{hwe|ing|pointing}} with hand and pole, as palsied and distorted shapes on the bank. However hard he swam with his three and a half webs, always he heard the hounds, as they spoke to his scent lying in burst bubble, in seal on muddy scour, on leaf and twig. Once in mid-river, while on his way to a clump of flags, his breath gave out, and he bobbed up to breathe a yard from Deadlock. He stared into the eyes of his old enemy; and dived. During forty seconds he swam a distance of seventy yards, to a bed of reeds, where he breathed and rested. No one saw him; but they saw the chain. Up the river again, past the Peal Rock, and under the middle arch of Canal Bridge to the shallow, crossed by a line of men and women, white and blue and green and red and grey, standing close together. ''Tally Ho!'' He turned and reached covering water just before hounds. ''Get on to’m! Leu-on, leu-on! Wind him, old fellars!'' The huntsman was wading up to his waist in the water, scooping the air with his grey hat. Bellman, a small-footed hairy black-and-tan, cross between a drafted harrier and a Dumfries-shire rough otter-hound, yelped his impatience, seeming to snap the water as he swam. Sometimes the huntsman gave an encouraging spit-note on his horn. Tarka went down river, but a blurred and brilliant colour band stretched from bank to bank above Leaning Willow Island. He tried to get through the stickle, but stocking’d leg was pressed to stocking’d leg, a fixed barrier<noinclude>{{c|249}}</noinclude> hg654p4e2cru0kfmfli0o0n933iw044 Page:Tarka the Otter.djvu/260 104 4490251 14130280 2024-04-25T23:33:36Z HendrikWBK 3085207 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="HendrikWBK" />{{left|''The Kelt Pool''}}</noinclude>behind plying poles. The owl flew out of the willow, miserable in the sunlight with small birds pursuing it. Tarka turned and swam upstream again, leaving hounds behind. For five minutes he rested under a thorn bush. Deadlock found him, and on he went, to Canal Bridge once more, where he lay in the water, weary after the long chase. At the beginning of the sixth hour he tried to pass the higher stickle, but his enemies stood firm on the stones. The tongues swelled under the bridge. He was nearly picked up by Hurricane, the Irish staghound, but the blunted canine teeth could not hold him. The chain became shorter. Tarka was too weary to seek a holding in the banks. He breathed in view of his enemies. Seven and a half couples of hounds swam in the pool, their stems throwing behind them arc-lines of drops on the surface. Others splashed in the shallows under the banks. The huntsman let them work by themselves. During the sixth hour the otter disappeared. The river grew quiet. People not in uniform sat down on the grass. The huntsman was wading slowly upstream, feeling foothold with his pole and keeping an eye on Deadlock. Stickles stood slack, but ready to bar the way with pole-strokes. Look-outs gazed at the water before them. It was known that the otter might leave the river at any moment. The boy with the warped pole, on whose cheeks were two patches of dried otter-blood, was already opening his knife, ready to cut another notch on the handle, in the form of a cross. {{nop}}<noinclude>{{c|250}}</noinclude> dazjcyssbudjbymlf53aaejb3nkiwsb Page:The Everlasting Man.pdf/29 104 4490252 14130282 2024-04-25T23:35:44Z Rourken49 3130566 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Rourken49" />{{c|INTRODUCTION}}</noinclude>might be conceived in which a cow developed a costume, and put on four boots and two pairs of trousers. We could imagine a Supermonkey more marvellous than any Superman, a quadrumanous creature carving and painting with his hands and cooking and carpentering with his feet. But if we are considering what did happen, we shall certainly decide that man has distanced everything else with a distance like that of the astronomical spaces and a speed like that of the still thunderbolt of the light. And in the same fashion, while we can if we choose see the Church amid a mob of Mithraic or Manichean superstitions squabbling and killing each other at the end of the Empire, while we can if we choose imagine the Church killed in the struggle and some other chance cult taking its place, we shall be the more surprised (and possibly puzzled) if we meet it two thousand years afterwards rushing through the ages as the winged thunderbolt of thought and everlasting enthusiasm; a thing without rival or resemblance; and still as new as it is old.<noinclude>{{c|xxv}}</noinclude> laodek4yvxx7j16kzycrs0ixjgsnwkw Page:Tarka the Otter.djvu/261 104 4490253 14130283 2024-04-25T23:36:16Z HendrikWBK 3085207 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="HendrikWBK" />{{right|''The Kelt Pool''}}</noinclude>But more than an hour the sun-thongs flickered across the placid water; and in softening light the owl returned, flying high over the bridge, to the mouse runs in the quiet meadow beyond. <hr> A fallen bough of willow lay in the pool near one bank, and Tarka lay beside it. His rudder held a sunken branch. Only his wide upper nostrils were above water. He never moved. Every yard of the banks between the stickles was searched again. Poles were thrust into branches, roots, and clumps of flag-lilies. The wading huntsman prodded Peal Rock and the rock above it. Hounds sat on the banks, shivering, and watching Deadlock, Render, and Harper working the banks. The crack of a whip, a harsh voice rating{{--}}Rufus had turned a rabbit out of a bramble and was chasing it across the meadow. He returned to the river in a wide circle, eyeing the whip. At the beginning of the eighth hour a scarlet dragonfly whirred and darted over the willow snag, watched by a girl sitting on the bank. Her father, an old man lank and humped as a heron, was looking out near her. She watched the dragonfly settle on what looked like a piece of bark beside the snag; she heard a sneeze, and saw the otter’s whiskers scratch the water. Glancing round, she realized that she alone had seen the otter. She flushed, and hid her grey eyes with her lashes. Since childhood she had walked the Devon rivers with her father, looking for flowers and the nests of birds, passing some rocks and trees as old friends, seeing a Spirit everywhere, gentle in thought to all her eyes beheld. {{nop}}<noinclude>{{c|251}}</noinclude> t19sme0pp78kzvl1uqlko966nueutgw Page:Tarka the Otter.djvu/262 104 4490254 14130299 2024-04-25T23:49:52Z HendrikWBK 3085207 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="HendrikWBK" />{{left|''Grassy Islet''}}</noinclude>For two minutes the maid sat silent, hardly daring to look at the river. The dragonfly flew over the pool, seizing flies and tearing them apart in its horny jaws. Her father watched it as it settled on the snag, rose up, circled, and lit on the water, it seemed. Tarka sneezed again, and the dragonfly flew away. A grunt of satisfaction from the old man, a brown hand and wrist holding aloft a hat, a slow intaken breath, and, ''Tally Ho!'' Tarka dived when the hounds came down, and the chain showed where he had swum. Many saw his dark sleek form as he walked by the edge of a grassy islet by the twelve trees. The hounds ran to him, and Tarka turned and faced them, squatting on his short hindlegs, his paws close against his round and sturdy chest. He bit Render in the nose, making his teeth meet. In an instant he drew back, tissing, and bit Deadlock in the flews. The narrow lower jaw snapped again and again, until the press of hounds hid him from sight. He squirmed away through legs and under bellies, biting and writhing a way to the water; and the chain drew out on the surface of the pool while hounds were still seeking him on the stones where he had sat and faced them. ''Leu-on, then! Leu-on! Ov-ov-ov-ov-over!'' Tarka’s pace was slow, and his dives were short. In the water by the Peal Rock he lay, glancing at the faces along the banks, across the river, and in the river. His small dark eyes showed no feeling. He turned away from the human faces, to watch the coming of hounds. He was calm and fearless and fatigued. When<noinclude>{{c|252}}</noinclude> m9bipof0rdrmdgwqtd7oc83vosmkfvv Page:Researches on Irritability of Plants.djvu/156 104 4490255 14130303 2024-04-25T23:53:51Z DraftSaturn15 3002956 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="DraftSaturn15" />{{running header||VELOCITY OF TRANSMITTED IMPULSE|133}}</noinclude>any tissue analogous to the nerve, then it is in the fibrovascular bundle that we must look for it. In a nerve-and-muscle preparation the transmitted excitation is detected by the contraction of the terminal muscle. Even in the absence of any terminal contractile organ, we can detect the passage of excitation by an electrical method. It is known that the excitation of a living tissue is attended by a concomitant electrical change of galvanometric negativity. If we make suitable galvanometric connections with two points on a nerve, and we stimulate the nerve at a distant point, we shall find that the arrival of excitation from the distant stimulated point is at a proper moment signalised in the galvanometer by a deflection of a definite sign. Similarly, I have found that the excitatory change of galvanometric negativity is transmitted to a distance through certain plant-organs. Tissues containing fibrovascular elements, such as stems and petioles, are found to be good conductors of excitation. Indifferent tissues in leaves and tubers possess little power of conduction; in such cases excitation remains more or less localised. The parenchyma in the leaf is thus an indifferent conductor, whereas the midrib and veins are good conductors of excitation. In stems also great difference is found, as regards power of conduction, between the fibro-vascular strands and the ground tissue. The results of electrical investigation thus give strong support to the conclusion that plants possess conducting-tissues by means of which the excitatory state may be transmitted to a distance. The prevailing opinion, however, up to the present has been that in plants like ''Mimosa'' there is merely a transmission of hydro-mechanical disturbance and no transmission of true excitation comparable with that of animal nerve. That this conclusion is erroneous will be shown from the results of varous inquiries fully described in the next chapter. In all these investigations it is necessary to determine the velocity of transmission with the highest accuracy; and in<noinclude></noinclude> tpe769pbcaypfi38sq8g0itcg127g7k Page:Researches on Irritability of Plants.djvu/157 104 4490256 14130306 2024-04-25T23:54:38Z DraftSaturn15 3002956 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="DraftSaturn15" />{{running header|134|RESEARCHES ON IRRITABILITY OF PLANTS|}}</noinclude>order to eliminate the errors that might be inherent in personal observation, it is desirable that all the data for this determination should be furnished automatically in records made by the plant itself. Successive records, therefore, should enable us to determine with equal accuracy not only the normal velocity but also its variation under given changed conditions. And here the preliminary questions arise: With what degree of accuracy can we determine the normal velocity of transmission? And how far may we depend on the constancy of this velocity, in successive experiments, under normal conditions? As regards these points, some mis-givings might naturally arise. For the factors calculated to interfere with this constancy will in all probability prove to be numerous. First, we may have the variation of excitability at the point of application induced by the stimulus itself. We have, therefore, to find out what is the maximum intensity of stimulus that may be employed without causing fatigue or other deleterious changes in the tissue. Another point to be remembered is the question already discussed in previous chapters of our ability to apply stimuli, in successive experiments, of identical intensity and duration. Unless this can be secured we cannot look for consistent results, inasmuch as the velocity of transmission may to some extent be dependent on the intensity of stimulus. Likewise, if the transmission of excitation should prove to be due to the transmission of a protoplasmic change, it is easy to see that we must allow the tissue a definite time for protoplasmic recovery after each application of stimulus, without which interval consistency of results could hardly be expected. It was only after a long course of investigations—some of which will be described in the course of the present chapter—that I was able to analyse and provide against these several sources of variation. But even after this, I was by no means prepared for the very great consistency of the results which it has been my good fortune to obtain,<noinclude></noinclude> ghzaro6qr5avd04rjzawxufaxxzt49m 14130309 14130306 2024-04-25T23:55:22Z DraftSaturn15 3002956 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="DraftSaturn15" />{{running header|134|RESEARCHES ON IRRITABILITY OF PLANTS|}}</noinclude>order to eliminate the errors that might be inherent in personal observation, it is desirable that all the data for this determination should be furnished automatically in records made by the plant itself. Successive records, therefore, should enable us to determine with equal accuracy not only the normal velocity but also its variation under given changed conditions. And here the preliminary questions arise: With what degree of accuracy can we determine the normal velocity of transmission? And how far may we depend on the constancy of this velocity, in successive experiments, under normal conditions? As regards these points, some mis-givings might naturally arise. For the factors calculated to interfere with this constancy will in all probability prove to be numerous. First, we may have the variation of excitability at the point of application induced by the stimulus itself. We have, therefore, to find out what is the maximum intensity of stimulus that may be employed without causing fatigue or other deleterious changes in the tissue. Another point to be remembered is the question already discussed in previous chapters of our ability to apply stimuli, in successive experiments, of identical intensity and duration. Unless this can be secured we cannot look for consistent results, inasmuch as the velocity of transmission may to some extent be dependent on the intensity of stimulus. Likewise, if the transmission of excitation should prove to be due to the transmission of a protoplasmic change, it is easy to see that we must allow the tissue a definite time for protoplasmic recovery after each application of stimulus, without which interval consistency of results could hardly be expected. It was only after a long course of investigations—some of which will be described in the course of the present chapter—that I was able to analyse and provide against these several sources of variation. But even after this, I was by no means prepared for the very great consistency of the results which it has been my good fortune to obtain.<noinclude></noinclude> ht5ikrfxg4ofoxtjulw8j8c0eicvl99 Page:Tarka the Otter.djvu/263 104 4490257 14130321 2024-04-25T23:59:15Z HendrikWBK 3085207 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="HendrikWBK" />{{right|''The Island Run''}}</noinclude>they were his length away, he swung under, showing the middle of his smooth back level with the surface, and swimming past their legs. He saw the huntsman’s legs before him joined to the image of legs, and above the inverted image a flattened and uncertain head and shoulders. Up and down he swam, slower and slower. At the beginning of the ninth hour an immense fatigue came over him, greater than his fatigue when in the long hard winter he had lived for over a month on seaweed and shellfish in the estuary. He was swimming up from the lower stickle when the water seemed to thicken at each thrust of his webs. He ceased to swim, and drifted backwards. Barbrook touched his neck as he dived. He reappeared two poles’ length away, and lay still, looking at the huntsman wading nearer. For ten minutes he rested, between dives of a few yards only, and then he rolled from Deadlock’s bite and went downstream. He swam with his last strength, for upon him had come the penultimate desire of the hunted otter, the desire that comes when water ceases to be a refuge, the desire to tread again the land-tracks of his ancestors. He crawled half up the bank, but turned back at the thudding of many feet, and swam down to the stickle. The sideway ply of a pole in a turmoil of water struck him on the head. He pushed past the iron point, but it was brought down on his shoulder, to hold him against the shillets. Hounds were fifteen yards away, urged on by hat and horn and the yarring cheers of the whippers-in. Thrice Tarka’s teeth clicked on the<noinclude>{{c|253}}</noinclude> ny2cyyuj9nex3xv6w07yx2f8f6ftstz Page:Researches on Irritability of Plants.djvu/158 104 4490258 14130322 2024-04-25T23:59:49Z DraftSaturn15 3002956 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="DraftSaturn15" />{{running header||VELOCITY OF TRANSMITTED IMPULSE|135}}</noinclude>For successive determinations, with the same specimen, of the periods required for the transmission of excitation through a given length of conducting-tissue, did not differ from each other by so much as one-twentieth of a second and were often actually identical. {{c|{{sc|Determination of Velocity of Transmission}}}} For the purpose of these experiments I used by preference the petiole of ''Mimosa'', for the reason that in this the conducting-strands situated in the fibro-vascular bundle would be more continuous and evenly distributed than in a branching specimen. In order to determine the velocity of transmission, the stimulus of induction-shock is applied to the petiole at a distance ''d'' from the responding pulvinus. Let us suppose ''t'' to be the true time taken by the excitation to reach the pulvinus; the initiation of the responsive movement will however be further delayed by the latent period of the pulvinus L. The total time-interval T observed to elapse between the application of stimulus and the initiation of response will therefore be the true time ''t'' plus the latent period L. To obtain the true time we have to subtract the latent period L from the observed interval T, thus {{Wikimath|''t'' {{=}} T − L}}. The velocity of transmission is then found by dividing the distance by the true time. The necessary data are therefore the distance between the stimulated point and the pulvinus, the time-interval between the application of stimulus and the initiation of response, and the latent period of the individual pulvinus. In making these determinations the apparatus employed is the same as that for the determination of the latent period. As in these experiments we have to measure time which may be several seconds in duration, the recording-plate is made to travel at the relatively slow rate of 2 cm. each second or thereabouts. The vibrating recorder must be selected according to the degree of accuracy that<noinclude></noinclude> 9tpts2nzncu2abmesco1zkm6gj8i679 Page:Tarka the Otter.djvu/264 104 4490259 14130324 2024-04-26T00:00:55Z HendrikWBK 3085207 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="HendrikWBK" />{{left|''Weare Giffard Water''}}</noinclude>iron pressing his shoulder as he strove against the weight of the sportsman trying to lift him back. A second pole was brought down from the other flank, crossing with the first. The wooden pincers held him; he twisted like an eel and bit into a leg. With furious strength he writhed from the crossed poles, and through the stickle, as Deadlock bore down upon him and pulled him back by the rudder. Amidst the harsh cries of men and women and the heavy tongues of hounds Tarka was overborne by the pack. The Master looked at his watch—eight hours and forty-five minutes from the find in the Dark Pool. Then the screeching, yarring yell of one of the honorary whips: ''Yaa-aa-ee-io! Leu-in on'im! Yaa-ee-oo!'' for again Tarka had escaped from the worry, and had merged into the narrow stream of water that hurried to Leaning Willow Island. Below the island the river widened, smooth with the sky. Tarka swam down slowly, bleeding from many wounds. Sometimes he paddled with three legs, sometimes with one, in the water darkening so strangely before his eyes. Not always did he hear the hounds baying around him. At the beginning of the tenth hour he passed the banks faced with stone to keep the sea from the village, and drifted into deeper water, whereon sticks and froth were floating. Hounds were called off by the horn, for the tide was at flood. But as they were about to leave, Tarka was seen again, moving with the tide, his mouth open. The flow took him near the bank; he kicked feebly, and rolled over. ''Tally Ho!''<noinclude>{{c|254}}</noinclude> jyjysk5t2qzm03h41clwuvzc7ku9vq4 14130325 14130324 2024-04-26T00:01:29Z HendrikWBK 3085207 Adding trailing {{nop}} to break paragraph at the page boundary. proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="HendrikWBK" />{{left|''Weare Giffard Water''}}</noinclude>iron pressing his shoulder as he strove against the weight of the sportsman trying to lift him back. A second pole was brought down from the other flank, crossing with the first. The wooden pincers held him; he twisted like an eel and bit into a leg. With furious strength he writhed from the crossed poles, and through the stickle, as Deadlock bore down upon him and pulled him back by the rudder. Amidst the harsh cries of men and women and the heavy tongues of hounds Tarka was overborne by the pack. The Master looked at his watch—eight hours and forty-five minutes from the find in the Dark Pool. Then the screeching, yarring yell of one of the honorary whips: ''Yaa-aa-ee-io! Leu-in on'im! Yaa-ee-oo!'' for again Tarka had escaped from the worry, and had merged into the narrow stream of water that hurried to Leaning Willow Island. Below the island the river widened, smooth with the sky. Tarka swam down slowly, bleeding from many wounds. Sometimes he paddled with three legs, sometimes with one, in the water darkening so strangely before his eyes. Not always did he hear the hounds baying around him. At the beginning of the tenth hour he passed the banks faced with stone to keep the sea from the village, and drifted into deeper water, whereon sticks and froth were floating. Hounds were called off by the horn, for the tide was at flood. But as they were about to leave, Tarka was seen again, moving with the tide, his mouth open. The flow took him near the bank; he kicked feebly, and rolled over. ''Tally Ho!'' {{nop}}<noinclude>{{c|254}}</noinclude> 5vwjv6o3e0gvskzozgtxp6opdcd0xxf Page:Tarka the Otter.djvu/265 104 4490260 14130327 2024-04-26T00:03:51Z HendrikWBK 3085207 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="HendrikWBK" />{{right|''The ebb-tide''}}</noinclude>Deadlock saw the small brown head, and threw his tongue in triumph as he jumped down the bank. He seized it, and lifted the otter high, flung him about, and fell into the water with him. They saw the broken head look up beside Deadlock, heard the cry of ''Ic-yang!'' as Tarka bit into his throat, an4 then the hound was sinking with the otter into the deep water. Oak-leaves, black and rotting in the mud of the unseen bed, arose and swirled and sank again. And the tide slowed still, and began to move back, and they waited and watched, until the body of Deadlock arose, drowned and heavy, and floated away amidst the froth on the waters. They pulled the body out of the river and carried it to the bank, laying it on the grass, and looking down at the dead hound in sad wonder. And while they stood there silently, a great bubble rose out of the depths, and broke, and as they watched, another bubble shook to the surface, and broke; and there was a third bubble in the sea-going waters, and nothing more.<noinclude>{{c|255}}</noinclude> 8zr3xsnxga4zltphv29eb8695wec9ku Page:Tarka the Otter.djvu/266 104 4490261 14130329 2024-04-26T00:04:56Z HendrikWBK 3085207 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="HendrikWBK" /></noinclude>{{c|{{larger|HERE ENDS TARKA THE OTTER BY HENRY<br> WILLIAMSON, BEGUN IN JUNE 1923<br> AND FINISHED IN FEBRUARY 1927 IN<br> THE VILLAGE OF HAM IN DEVON, AND<br> PRINTED AT THE CHISWICK PRESS<br> OF TOOKS COURT<br> IN LONDON}}}}<noinclude></noinclude> t7l5h2qyv5xdh27yvac6q0ymfiethgk Page:The Everlasting Man.pdf/78 104 4490262 14130330 2024-04-26T00:05:11Z Rourken49 3130566 /* Not proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Rourken49" /></noinclude>{{c|CHAPTER III.}} {{c|THE ANTIQUITY OF CIVILISATION}} The modern man looking at the most ancient origins has been like a man watching for daybreak in a strange land; and expecting to see that dawn breaking behind bare uplands or solitary peaks. But that dawn is breaking behind the black bulk of great cities long builded and lost for us in the original night; colossal cities like the houses of giants, in which even the carved ornamental animals are taller than the palm-trees; in which the painted portrait can be twelve times the size of the man; with tombs like mountains of man set four-square and pointing to the stars; with winged and bearded bulls standing and staring enormous at the gates of temples; standing still eternally as if a stamp would shake the world. The dawn of history reveals a humanity already civilised. Perhaps it reveals a civilisation already old. And among other more important things, it reveals the folly of most of the generalisations about the previous and unknown period when it was really young. The two first human societies of which we have any reliable and detailed record are Babylon and Egypt. It so happens that these two vast and splendid achievements of the genius of the ancients bear witness against two of the commonest and crudest assumptions of the culture of the moderns. If we want to get rid of half the non-<noinclude>{{c|46}}</noinclude> m6aybdfz49kyaldeael3e614ygz87a3 Tarka the Otter/Chapter 11 0 4490263 14130336 2024-04-26T00:06:48Z HendrikWBK 3085207 Created page with "{{header | title = [[../]] | author = Henry William Williamson | translator = | section = {{sc|Chapter 11}} | previous = [[../Chapter_10|Chapter 10]] | next = [[../Chapter_12|Chapter 12]] | notes = }} <pages index="Tarka the Otter.djvu" from="139" to="149"/>" wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../]] | author = Henry William Williamson | translator = | section = {{sc|Chapter 11}} | previous = [[../Chapter_10|Chapter 10]] | next = [[../Chapter_12|Chapter 12]] | notes = }} <pages index="Tarka the Otter.djvu" from="139" to="149"/> 60n3toqxj3bfiecisx9ebac27a2qiob Tarka the Otter/Chapter 12 0 4490264 14130337 2024-04-26T00:07:29Z HendrikWBK 3085207 Created page with "{{header | title = [[../]] | author = Henry William Williamson | translator = | section = {{sc|Chapter 12}} | previous = [[../Chapter_11|Chapter 11]] | next = [[../Chapter_13|Chapter 13]] | notes = }} <pages index="Tarka the Otter.djvu" from="150" to="166"/>" wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../]] | author = Henry William Williamson | translator = | section = {{sc|Chapter 12}} | previous = [[../Chapter_11|Chapter 11]] | next = [[../Chapter_13|Chapter 13]] | notes = }} <pages index="Tarka the Otter.djvu" from="150" to="166"/> qzc9d6mb6csooanhzjn36kwqj0x1w3o Tarka the Otter/Chapter 13 0 4490265 14130338 2024-04-26T00:08:22Z HendrikWBK 3085207 Created page with "{{header | title = [[../]] | author = Henry William Williamson | translator = | section = {{sc|Chapter 12}} | previous = [[../Chapter_12|Chapter 12]] | next = [[../Chapter_13|Chapter 13]] | notes = }} <pages index="Tarka the Otter.djvu" from="167" to="181"/>" wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../]] | author = Henry William Williamson | translator = | section = {{sc|Chapter 12}} | previous = [[../Chapter_12|Chapter 12]] | next = [[../Chapter_13|Chapter 13]] | notes = }} <pages index="Tarka the Otter.djvu" from="167" to="181"/> ku897p4kox9kfr2d9ciq3q05mmy7dct 14130339 14130338 2024-04-26T00:09:01Z HendrikWBK 3085207 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../]] | author = Henry William Williamson | translator = | section = {{sc|Chapter 13}} | previous = [[../Chapter_13|Chapter 13]] | next = [[../Chapter_14|Chapter 14]] | notes = }} <pages index="Tarka the Otter.djvu" from="167" to="181"/> bplbt1nzn2nvyyy6q547f2aoqqiwo05 14130366 14130339 2024-04-26T00:30:43Z EncycloPetey 3239 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../]] | author = Henry William Williamson | translator = | section = {{sc|Chapter 13}} | previous = [[../Chapter 12/]] | next = [[../Chapter 14/]] | notes = }} <pages index="Tarka the Otter.djvu" from="167" to="181"/> 6iy9h7tewtv4g6hco8s61lzsk1ptklw Tarka the Otter/Chapter 14 0 4490266 14130340 2024-04-26T00:09:44Z HendrikWBK 3085207 Created page with "{{header | title = [[../]] | author = Henry William Williamson | translator = | section = {{sc|Chapter 14}} | previous = [[../Chapter_13|Chapter 13]] | next = [[../Chapter_15|Chapter 15]] | notes = }} <pages index="Tarka the Otter.djvu" from="182" to="189"/>" wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../]] | author = Henry William Williamson | translator = | section = {{sc|Chapter 14}} | previous = [[../Chapter_13|Chapter 13]] | next = [[../Chapter_15|Chapter 15]] | notes = }} <pages index="Tarka the Otter.djvu" from="182" to="189"/> sr4pagu9sgmjk95ilyjbk1xpkg7sb2f Tarka the Otter/Chapter 15 0 4490267 14130341 2024-04-26T00:10:34Z HendrikWBK 3085207 Created page with "{{header | title = [[../]] | author = Henry William Williamson | translator = | section = {{sc|Chapter 15}} | previous = [[../Chapter_14|Chapter 14]] | next = [[../Chapter_16|Chapter 16]] | notes = }} <pages index="Tarka the Otter.djvu" from="190" to="200"/>" wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../]] | author = Henry William Williamson | translator = | section = {{sc|Chapter 15}} | previous = [[../Chapter_14|Chapter 14]] | next = [[../Chapter_16|Chapter 16]] | notes = }} <pages index="Tarka the Otter.djvu" from="190" to="200"/> mihtxrpnqxnk76tpdxypvujkyvdkzxv Tarka the Otter/Chapter 16 0 4490268 14130343 2024-04-26T00:11:20Z HendrikWBK 3085207 Created page with "{{header | title = [[../]] | author = Henry William Williamson | translator = | section = {{sc|Chapter 16}} | previous = [[../Chapter_16|Chapter 16]] | next = [[../Chapter_17|Chapter 17]] | notes = }} <pages index="Tarka the Otter.djvu" from="201" to="211"/>" wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../]] | author = Henry William Williamson | translator = | section = {{sc|Chapter 16}} | previous = [[../Chapter_16|Chapter 16]] | next = [[../Chapter_17|Chapter 17]] | notes = }} <pages index="Tarka the Otter.djvu" from="201" to="211"/> iohamaue1l6q06guhsxy3fnlu6w9voy 14130345 14130343 2024-04-26T00:12:33Z HendrikWBK 3085207 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../]] | author = Henry William Williamson | translator = | section = {{sc|Chapter 16}} | previous = [[../Chapter_15|Chapter 15]] | next = [[../Chapter_17|Chapter 17]] | notes = }} <pages index="Tarka the Otter.djvu" from="201" to="211"/> bzfzc76kjqqwn9hcibqloct7zwqw7nb Tarka the Otter/Chapter 17 0 4490269 14130344 2024-04-26T00:12:16Z HendrikWBK 3085207 Created page with "{{header | title = [[../]] | author = Henry William Williamson | translator = | section = {{sc|Chapter 17}} | previous = [[../Chapter_16|Chapter 16]] | next = [[../Chapter_18|Chapter 18]] | notes = }} <pages index="Tarka the Otter.djvu" from="212" to="229"/>" wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../]] | author = Henry William Williamson | translator = | section = {{sc|Chapter 17}} | previous = [[../Chapter_16|Chapter 16]] | next = [[../Chapter_18|Chapter 18]] | notes = }} <pages index="Tarka the Otter.djvu" from="212" to="229"/> 7kd1peyfj7v2dkkgjmfdmlzupajelqp Tarka the Otter/Chapter 18 0 4490270 14130346 2024-04-26T00:13:33Z HendrikWBK 3085207 Created page with "{{header | title = [[../]] | author = Henry William Williamson | translator = | section = {{sc|Chapter 18}} | previous = [[../Chapter_17|Chapter 17]] | next = [[../Chapter_19|Chapter 19]] | notes = }} <pages index="Tarka the Otter.djvu" from="230" to="241"/>" wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../]] | author = Henry William Williamson | translator = | section = {{sc|Chapter 18}} | previous = [[../Chapter_17|Chapter 17]] | next = [[../Chapter_19|Chapter 19]] | notes = }} <pages index="Tarka the Otter.djvu" from="230" to="241"/> e0xhpowgbf4u6cnsmgdn79wyn8gjnga Page:Books from the Biodiversity Heritage Library (IA mobot31753000820123).pdf/82 104 4490271 14130347 2024-04-26T00:14:46Z McGhiever 1938594 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="McGhiever" />{{rule}} {{rh|{{x-larger|lxviii}}|{{x-larger|''The Introduction.''}}}} {{rule}} {{sidenotes begin}}</noinclude>not only devour'd and took at Bay the Cows, but Asses, Colts, ''&c.'' did much mischief in the night. On the first Discovery of the ''West Indies'', Dogs were very much used by the ''Spaniards'' to hunt the poor ''Indians'', who had escap'd them over Rivers or into Woods; and their Voyages or Relations tell us there was a certain share of Booty due to the Master of the Dog, upon such Excursions, I think about half of what was given to a Man. Ants are said to have killed the ''Spanish'' Children by eating their Eyes when they were left in their Cradles in this part of the Island: this is given as one Reason why the ''Spaniards'' left this part of the Country, where they had first settled, and built the Towns of ''Sevilla'' and ''Melilla''. Sir ''Thomas Lynch'', when Governour of ''Jamaica'', sent to the old ''Spanish'' Inhabitants of it on ''Cuba'', to know what Reason they had to leave it, and go to the South-side; the answer they made was, that they left it because their Children died there, that there were abundance of Ants, that there was no good Port, and that it was out of the Road for the Trade of ''Cartagena'', and ''Santo Domingo''. How troublesome Ants may be to Men and Women, much more to Children, may be seen in the Relations of ''Africa'', particularly by ''Denys'' and ''Carli'', who tell us that when the Ants set upon a House, the Inhabitants are forc'd to run for it. I once went to visit Mr. ''Rowe'', a sick Person at St. ''Jago de la Vega'' in ''Jamaica'' in a morning, and found him more than ordinarily discompos'd, for that the Ants by eating in the night some of the joints of his Bedstead, his Bed of a sudden had fallen to the ground; but of this and their wonderful Actions, I shall have occasion to Discourse hereafter. In the Northern side one tried to kill them with a Train of Gun-Powder, but could not. If you thrust an ''Animals'' Thigh Bone into one of their Nests, they will be all kill'd by the Wood-Ants for love of the Bone. Ginger is planted in this North-side of the Island in holes four Inches deep, made with Houghs in clear'd Ground, six Inches asunder one Root from another. They put into each hole a small piece of a Root, and cover it with Earth, in twelve Months it covers the Ground, so that a Hough cannot be put where the Races or Roots are not. At twelve months end, when the Stalks and Leaves are withered, 'tis Hough'd up, clear'd of its Fibrils, Stalks and Strings, by a Knife, or the Hand, then wash'd in fair water, put in a Basket about a hundred Pound at a time, and boil'd in a Kettle for a quarter of an hour, then expos'd to the Sun and dried. Though Rain comes, it hurts it not; this is the Black Ginger. Fresh Roots must be boil'd in fresh water. {{nop}}<noinclude>{{continues|The}} {{sidenotes end}}</noinclude> f9v3yvuhea4uk4o0wzbd1cl37btha95 Tarka the Otter/Chapter 19 0 4490272 14130349 2024-04-26T00:15:05Z HendrikWBK 3085207 Created page with "{{header | title = [[../]] | author = Henry William Williamson | translator = | section = {{sc|Chapter 19}} | previous = [[../Chapter_18|Chapter 18]] | next = [[../Last Chapter|Last Chapter]] | notes = }} <pages index="Tarka the Otter.djvu" from="242" to="254"/>" wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../]] | author = Henry William Williamson | translator = | section = {{sc|Chapter 19}} | previous = [[../Chapter_18|Chapter 18]] | next = [[../Last Chapter|Last Chapter]] | notes = }} <pages index="Tarka the Otter.djvu" from="242" to="254"/> de0bgamys5zfdec1nj9flnlydwzmoqy Tarka the Otter/Last Chapter 0 4490273 14130350 2024-04-26T00:16:00Z HendrikWBK 3085207 Created page with "{{header | title = [[../]] | author = Henry William Williamson | translator = | section = {{sc|Last Chapter}} | previous = [[../Chapter_19|Chapter 19]] | next = | notes = }} <pages index="Tarka the Otter.djvu" from="255" to="265"/>" wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../]] | author = Henry William Williamson | translator = | section = {{sc|Last Chapter}} | previous = [[../Chapter_19|Chapter 19]] | next = | notes = }} <pages index="Tarka the Otter.djvu" from="255" to="265"/> 0d3p7vl4221ubqfnzik3mdbn7qhtv2z User talk:Jstoryhead 3 4490274 14130371 2024-04-26T00:33:39Z EncycloPetey 3239 Created page with "{{welcome}} --~~~~" wikitext text/x-wiki {{welcome}} --[[User:EncycloPetey|EncycloPetey]] ([[User talk:EncycloPetey|talk]]) 00:33, 26 April 2024 (UTC) 7ty0fgm73nxu24certor7l7l7v57r2b Page:The Calling - Rickie (2021).webm/7 104 4490275 14130383 2024-04-26T00:41:22Z SnowyCinema 2484340 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="SnowyCinema" /></noinclude>{{ft/i| {{c|{{smaller|{{uc|Plaisir{{gap|4em}}U.S. Army}}}} }}}}<noinclude></noinclude> t486nrvzlhkv30m77x5ss16mxnnnefc 14130526 14130383 2024-04-26T03:47:56Z Tylopous 3013532 /* Validated */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Tylopous" /></noinclude>{{ft/i| {{c|{{smaller|{{uc|Plaisir{{gap|4em}}U.S. Army}}}} }}}}<noinclude></noinclude> 6vopcitzww1k12xoptcutbezcujugeg Page:Sarawak Gazette 4 January 1907 Issue No 492.pdf/10 104 4490276 14130388 2024-04-26T00:47:25Z 103.18.0.195 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "the last of the guests not departing until the early hours of the morning. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|On}} the 26th the s. s. ''Kuching'' sailed for Singapore. Passengers, Mr. and Mrs. T. Nicoll. The same day s. s. Sarawak returned from Bintulu. On the 28th the s. s. Rajah of Sarawak arrived from Singapore with passengers-Dr. A. J. G. Barker, Dr. Bruce Low, Dr. Schlech- ter, Messrs. J. S. Geikie, J. H. Johnston, H. la Chard and Miss Hastie. Dr. Barker and Mr. Ge... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="103.18.0.195" />{{rh| 10 |THE SARAWAK GAZETTE, JANUARY 4, 1907.| }} {{rule}}</noinclude>the last of the guests not departing until the early hours of the morning. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|On}} the 26th the s. s. ''Kuching'' sailed for Singapore. Passengers, Mr. and Mrs. T. Nicoll. The same day s. s. Sarawak returned from Bintulu. On the 28th the s. s. Rajah of Sarawak arrived from Singapore with passengers-Dr. A. J. G. Barker, Dr. Bruce Low, Dr. Schlech- ter, Messrs. J. S. Geikie, J. H. Johnston, H. la Chard and Miss Hastie. Dr. Barker and Mr. Geikie have returned from home leave, Dr. Bruce Low and Miss Hastie join the Medical Department, and Mr. la Chard has come out as a Cadet in the Government Service. We understand that the puport of Dr. Schlechter's visit to Sarawak was to obtain permission to enlist Dyaks to work gutta, etc. in New Guinea and to teach the Natives there to work it. Ox the 29th the p. s. Adeh returned from Sibu with the Revd. Father Halder on board and p. s. Kaka sailed for Sadong with Mr. P. Stewart. The Kaka returned on the 30th, Mr. Stewart returning with her. MR. J. M. Bryan, Manager of the Borneo Company in Kuching, gave his usual dinner on New Year's Eve at which some 36 guests were present, of whom six only were ladies. Music, dancing and cards helped to pass the time pleasantly until mid-night when a gun from the Fort announced the birth of the New Year, and all joined hands and sung "Auld Lang Syne". IT will interest the many friends in this Country of Mr. G. Hourant to hear that he has entered the bonds of matrimony. Mr. Hourant was married on the 6th November last at Algiers, to Malle Camille Neyret, daughter of Monsieur Neyret, Chevalier of the Legion of Honour. Contragulations. As old iron gun, which looks as if it were made of a piece of piping, was found by a Malay named Bakri while working silver ore at Simbri, ulu Pansi. The gun still bears the faintly legible inscription in Chinese "General of the Sam Tiow Kew Kongsi". This is the Bau Kongsi which attacked Kuching during the Chinese insurrection. IT is with the greatest regret that we have to announce the death on the 10th November from pneumonia of Mr. B. Bettington. The news reached us indirectly two mails ago and we have no further particulars. Mr. Bettington only retired from the Government Service in November 1904; he was 41 years of age at the time of his death. MONTHLY REPORTS. MUKA. October, 1906. Court. There have been fewer cases in the Police Court during the month, the Court of Requests how- ever has been fairly busy. Fines and fees amounted to $245.28. Trade. The export of raw sago amounted to 258 coyans as compared with 252 coyans for the corres- ponding month last year. Of jelutong gutta 50 piculs were exported, and of gutta percha 3 piculs. Twelve schooners arrived from Kuching and thirteen cleared. P. W. D. The prisoners (average 28.2) have been employed during the month on the usual up- keep of roads, and cleaning the cattle ground of enkudoe weed. Highness The Ranee of Sarawak, was observed as General. The 9th, being the birthday of Her a Court Holiday. I returned from Oya on the 3rd by Government barong," doing the journey in under four hours. Having found "Tuah Kampong" Bakal of Judan so unsatisfactory, he has been dismissed: a meeting of the Judan people was held in the Fort and one M'tair appointed in his place. On the evening of the 15th the usual salute of 7 guns was fired to usher in the Mohomedan fasting month. On the 27th the p. 5. Adeh arrived at 10 a. m. with mails for this station and Oya; she left again at 11.30 a. m. Penghulu Sama arrived from up-river on the 29th and reported all quiet among his people. been very rough, and a great deal of rain has fallen. During the greater part of the mouth the zea bas I have nothing further to report on this occasion. November, 1906. Court. There have been the usual number of cases in both the Police Court and Court of Re- quests, the principal of which have been reported in my official diary for the current month. Fines and fees amounted to $284.53. month, as, on account of high sens no schooners Trade. There have been no exports during the have been able to get away. Three schooners arrived from Kuching and also the s. s. Sarawak. P. W. D. The prisoners (average 24.2) have been employed nearly the whole of the month in making a new section of road, alongside the Petanak river, which had been washed away. The Judan and P'tian bridges have been put in good order and the approaches cleared. General. On the 1st three schooners, in attempt- ing to clear for Kuching, were driven on to the lust sand spit by a sudden squall of wind: two of them were got off next day; the third, by name Kim Chin Eng, nakoda Haji Usin, becoming a total wreck. At the same time a house in Kampong Lintong was blown over, and a child very nearly killed in the ruins. A fire occurred at Kampong Tegar up-river on the 8th in which five houses were burnt down: this occurred between 3 and 4 a. m.; no lives were lost, but all the property was burnt; the fire originated in a kitchen. river and reported all quiet amongst his people. The same day Penghulu Intin arrived from up- Another severe gale of wind prevailed on the 7th, I one of the smail Government boat sheds being<noinclude></noinclude> j0qyfssqf1q633lme1u9mv63ujoy356 14130449 14130388 2024-04-26T02:04:40Z 103.18.0.195 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="103.18.0.195" />{{rh| 10 |THE SARAWAK GAZETTE, JANUARY 4, 1907.| }} {{rule}}</noinclude>the last of the guests not departing until the early hours of the morning. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|On}} the 26th the s. s. ''Kuching'' sailed for Singapore. Passengers, Mr. and Mrs. T. Nicoll. The same day s. s. ''Sarawak'' returned from Bintulu. On the 28th the s. s. ''Rajah of Sarawak'' arrived from Singapore with passengers―Dr. A. J. G. Barker, Dr. Bruce Low, Dr. Schlechter, Messrs. J. S. Geikie, J. H. Johnston, H. la Chard and Miss Hastie. Dr. Barker and Mr. Geikie have returned from home leave, Dr. Bruce Low and Miss Hastie join the Medical Department, and Mr. la Chard has come out as a Cadet in the Government Service. We understand that the puport of Dr. Schlechter's visit to Sarawak was to obtain permission to enlist Dyaks to work gutta, etc. in New Guinea and to teach the Natives there to work it. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|On}} the 29th the p. s. ''Adeh'' returned from Sibu with the Revd. Father Halder on board and p. s. ''Kaka'' sailed for Sadong with Mr. P. Stewart. The Kaka returned on the 30th, Mr. Stewart returning with her. {{rule|5em}} MR. J. M. Bryan, Manager of the Borneo Company in Kuching, gave his usual dinner on New Year's Eve at which some 36 guests were present, of whom six only were ladies. Music, dancing and cards helped to pass the time pleasantly until mid-night when a gun from the Fort announced the birth of the New Year, and all joined hands and sung "Auld Lang Syne". {{rule|5em}} {{sc|It}} will interest the many friends in this Country of Mr. G. Hourant to hear that he has entered the bonds of matrimony. Mr. Hourant was married on the 6th November last at Algiers, to Malle Camille Neyret, daughter of Monsieur Neyret, Chevalier of the Legion of Honour. Contragulations. As old iron gun, which looks as if it were made of a piece of piping, was found by a Malay named Bakri while working silver ore at Simbri, ulu Pansi. The gun still bears the faintly legible inscription in Chinese "General of the Sam Tiow Kew Kongsi". This is the Bau Kongsi which attacked Kuching during the Chinese insurrection. IT is with the greatest regret that we have to announce the death on the 10th November from pneumonia of Mr. B. Bettington. The news reached us indirectly two mails ago and we have no further particulars. Mr. Bettington only retired from the Government Service in November 1904; he was 41 years of age at the time of his death. MONTHLY REPORTS. MUKA. October, 1906. Court. There have been fewer cases in the Police Court during the month, the Court of Requests how- ever has been fairly busy. Fines and fees amounted to $245.28. Trade. The export of raw sago amounted to 258 coyans as compared with 252 coyans for the corres- ponding month last year. Of jelutong gutta 50 piculs were exported, and of gutta percha 3 piculs. Twelve schooners arrived from Kuching and thirteen cleared. P. W. D. The prisoners (average 28.2) have been employed during the month on the usual up- keep of roads, and cleaning the cattle ground of enkudoe weed. Highness The Ranee of Sarawak, was observed as General. The 9th, being the birthday of Her a Court Holiday. I returned from Oya on the 3rd by Government barong," doing the journey in under four hours. Having found "Tuah Kampong" Bakal of Judan so unsatisfactory, he has been dismissed: a meeting of the Judan people was held in the Fort and one M'tair appointed in his place. On the evening of the 15th the usual salute of 7 guns was fired to usher in the Mohomedan fasting month. On the 27th the p. 5. Adeh arrived at 10 a. m. with mails for this station and Oya; she left again at 11.30 a. m. Penghulu Sama arrived from up-river on the 29th and reported all quiet among his people. been very rough, and a great deal of rain has fallen. During the greater part of the mouth the zea bas I have nothing further to report on this occasion. November, 1906. Court. There have been the usual number of cases in both the Police Court and Court of Re- quests, the principal of which have been reported in my official diary for the current month. Fines and fees amounted to $284.53. month, as, on account of high sens no schooners Trade. There have been no exports during the have been able to get away. Three schooners arrived from Kuching and also the s. s. Sarawak. P. W. D. The prisoners (average 24.2) have been employed nearly the whole of the month in making a new section of road, alongside the Petanak river, which had been washed away. The Judan and P'tian bridges have been put in good order and the approaches cleared. General. On the 1st three schooners, in attempt- ing to clear for Kuching, were driven on to the lust sand spit by a sudden squall of wind: two of them were got off next day; the third, by name Kim Chin Eng, nakoda Haji Usin, becoming a total wreck. At the same time a house in Kampong Lintong was blown over, and a child very nearly killed in the ruins. A fire occurred at Kampong Tegar up-river on the 8th in which five houses were burnt down: this occurred between 3 and 4 a. m.; no lives were lost, but all the property was burnt; the fire originated in a kitchen. river and reported all quiet amongst his people. The same day Penghulu Intin arrived from up- Another severe gale of wind prevailed on the 7th, I one of the smail Government boat sheds being<noinclude></noinclude> 7u65bp00r15c7gh15fo0iscafpsyzow 14130453 14130449 2024-04-26T02:06:19Z 103.18.0.195 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="103.18.0.195" />{{rh| 10 |THE SARAWAK GAZETTE, JANUARY 4, 1907.| }} {{rule}}</noinclude>the last of the guests not departing until the early hours of the morning. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|On}} the 26th the s. s. ''Kuching'' sailed for Singapore. Passengers, Mr. and Mrs. T. Nicoll. The same day s. s. ''Sarawak'' returned from Bintulu. On the 28th the s. s. ''Rajah of Sarawak'' arrived from Singapore with passengers―Dr. A. J. G. Barker, Dr. Bruce Low, Dr. Schlechter, Messrs. J. S. Geikie, J. H. Johnston, H. la Chard and Miss Hastie. Dr. Barker and Mr. Geikie have returned from home leave, Dr. Bruce Low and Miss Hastie join the Medical Department, and Mr. la Chard has come out as a Cadet in the Government Service. We understand that the puport of Dr. Schlechter's visit to Sarawak was to obtain permission to enlist Dyaks to work gutta, etc. in New Guinea and to teach the Natives there to work it. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|On}} the 29th the p. s. ''Adeh'' returned from Sibu with the Revd. Father Halder on board and p. s. ''Kaka'' sailed for Sadong with Mr. P. Stewart. The Kaka returned on the 30th, Mr. Stewart returning with her. {{rule|5em}} MR. J. M. Bryan, Manager of the Borneo Company in Kuching, gave his usual dinner on New Year's Eve at which some 36 guests were present, of whom six only were ladies. Music, dancing and cards helped to pass the time pleasantly until mid-night when a gun from the Fort announced the birth of the New Year, and all joined hands and sung "Auld Lang Syne". {{rule|5em}} {{sc|It}} will interest the many friends in this Country of Mr. G. Hourant to hear that he has entered the bonds of matrimony. Mr. Hourant was married on the 6th November last at Algiers, to Malle Camille Neyret, daughter of Monsieur Neyret, Chevalier of the Legion of Honour. Contragulations. As old iron gun, which looks as if it were made of a piece of piping, was found by a Malay named Bakri while working silver ore at Simbri, ulu Pansi. The gun still bears the faintly legible inscription in Chinese "General of the Sam Tiow Kew Kongsi". This is the Bau Kongsi which attacked Kuching during the Chinese insurrection. IT is with the greatest regret that we have to announce the death on the 10th November from pneumonia of Mr. B. Bettington. The news reached us indirectly two mails ago and we have no further particulars. Mr. Bettington only retired from the Government Service in November 1904; he was 41 years of age at the time of his death. {{c|{{x-larger block|<b>MONTHLY REPORTS.</b>}}}} {{rule}} {{c|<b>MUKA.</b>}} October, 1906. Court. There have been fewer cases in the Police Court during the month, the Court of Requests how- ever has been fairly busy. Fines and fees amounted to $245.28. Trade. The export of raw sago amounted to 258 coyans as compared with 252 coyans for the corres- ponding month last year. Of jelutong gutta 50 piculs were exported, and of gutta percha 3 piculs. Twelve schooners arrived from Kuching and thirteen cleared. P. W. D. The prisoners (average 28.2) have been employed during the month on the usual up- keep of roads, and cleaning the cattle ground of enkudoe weed. Highness The Ranee of Sarawak, was observed as General. The 9th, being the birthday of Her a Court Holiday. I returned from Oya on the 3rd by Government barong," doing the journey in under four hours. Having found "Tuah Kampong" Bakal of Judan so unsatisfactory, he has been dismissed: a meeting of the Judan people was held in the Fort and one M'tair appointed in his place. On the evening of the 15th the usual salute of 7 guns was fired to usher in the Mohomedan fasting month. On the 27th the p. 5. Adeh arrived at 10 a. m. with mails for this station and Oya; she left again at 11.30 a. m. Penghulu Sama arrived from up-river on the 29th and reported all quiet among his people. been very rough, and a great deal of rain has fallen. During the greater part of the mouth the zea bas I have nothing further to report on this occasion. November, 1906. Court. There have been the usual number of cases in both the Police Court and Court of Re- quests, the principal of which have been reported in my official diary for the current month. Fines and fees amounted to $284.53. month, as, on account of high sens no schooners Trade. There have been no exports during the have been able to get away. Three schooners arrived from Kuching and also the s. s. Sarawak. P. W. D. The prisoners (average 24.2) have been employed nearly the whole of the month in making a new section of road, alongside the Petanak river, which had been washed away. The Judan and P'tian bridges have been put in good order and the approaches cleared. General. On the 1st three schooners, in attempt- ing to clear for Kuching, were driven on to the lust sand spit by a sudden squall of wind: two of them were got off next day; the third, by name Kim Chin Eng, nakoda Haji Usin, becoming a total wreck. At the same time a house in Kampong Lintong was blown over, and a child very nearly killed in the ruins. A fire occurred at Kampong Tegar up-river on the 8th in which five houses were burnt down: this occurred between 3 and 4 a. m.; no lives were lost, but all the property was burnt; the fire originated in a kitchen. river and reported all quiet amongst his people. The same day Penghulu Intin arrived from up- Another severe gale of wind prevailed on the 7th, I one of the smail Government boat sheds being<noinclude></noinclude> o4jh4b8b8hlcou3f24jsmh6exd7gbq2 14130456 14130453 2024-04-26T02:07:51Z 103.18.0.195 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="103.18.0.195" />{{rh| 10 |THE SARAWAK GAZETTE, JANUARY 4, 1907.| }} {{rule}}</noinclude>the last of the guests not departing until the early hours of the morning. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|On}} the 26th the s. s. ''Kuching'' sailed for Singapore. Passengers, Mr. and Mrs. T. Nicoll. The same day s. s. ''Sarawak'' returned from Bintulu. On the 28th the s. s. ''Rajah of Sarawak'' arrived from Singapore with passengers―Dr. A. J. G. Barker, Dr. Bruce Low, Dr. Schlechter, Messrs. J. S. Geikie, J. H. Johnston, H. la Chard and Miss Hastie. Dr. Barker and Mr. Geikie have returned from home leave, Dr. Bruce Low and Miss Hastie join the Medical Department, and Mr. la Chard has come out as a Cadet in the Government Service. We understand that the puport of Dr. Schlechter's visit to Sarawak was to obtain permission to enlist Dyaks to work gutta, etc. in New Guinea and to teach the Natives there to work it. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|On}} the 29th the p. s. ''Adeh'' returned from Sibu with the Revd. Father Halder on board and p. s. ''Kaka'' sailed for Sadong with Mr. P. Stewart. The Kaka returned on the 30th, Mr. Stewart returning with her. {{rule|5em}} MR. J. M. Bryan, Manager of the Borneo Company in Kuching, gave his usual dinner on New Year's Eve at which some 36 guests were present, of whom six only were ladies. Music, dancing and cards helped to pass the time pleasantly until mid-night when a gun from the Fort announced the birth of the New Year, and all joined hands and sung "Auld Lang Syne". {{rule|5em}} {{sc|It}} will interest the many friends in this Country of Mr. G. Hourant to hear that he has entered the bonds of matrimony. Mr. Hourant was married on the 6th November last at Algiers, to Malle Camille Neyret, daughter of Monsieur Neyret, Chevalier of the Legion of Honour. Contragulations. As old iron gun, which looks as if it were made of a piece of piping, was found by a Malay named Bakri while working silver ore at Simbri, ulu Pansi. The gun still bears the faintly legible inscription in Chinese "General of the Sam Tiow Kew Kongsi". This is the Bau Kongsi which attacked Kuching during the Chinese insurrection. IT is with the greatest regret that we have to announce the death on the 10th November from pneumonia of Mr. B. Bettington. The news reached us indirectly two mails ago and we have no further particulars. Mr. Bettington only retired from the Government Service in November 1904; he was 41 years of age at the time of his death. {{c|{{x-larger block|<b>MONTHLY REPORTS.</b>}}}} {{rule}} {{c|<b>MUKA.</b>}} {{Custom rule|lzt|40}} {{c|''October, 1906.''}} Court. There have been fewer cases in the Police Court during the month, the Court of Requests how- ever has been fairly busy. Fines and fees amounted to $245.28. Trade. The export of raw sago amounted to 258 coyans as compared with 252 coyans for the corres- ponding month last year. Of jelutong gutta 50 piculs were exported, and of gutta percha 3 piculs. Twelve schooners arrived from Kuching and thirteen cleared. P. W. D. The prisoners (average 28.2) have been employed during the month on the usual up- keep of roads, and cleaning the cattle ground of enkudoe weed. Highness The Ranee of Sarawak, was observed as General. The 9th, being the birthday of Her a Court Holiday. I returned from Oya on the 3rd by Government barong," doing the journey in under four hours. Having found "Tuah Kampong" Bakal of Judan so unsatisfactory, he has been dismissed: a meeting of the Judan people was held in the Fort and one M'tair appointed in his place. On the evening of the 15th the usual salute of 7 guns was fired to usher in the Mohomedan fasting month. On the 27th the p. 5. Adeh arrived at 10 a. m. with mails for this station and Oya; she left again at 11.30 a. m. Penghulu Sama arrived from up-river on the 29th and reported all quiet among his people. been very rough, and a great deal of rain has fallen. During the greater part of the mouth the zea bas I have nothing further to report on this occasion. November, 1906. Court. There have been the usual number of cases in both the Police Court and Court of Re- quests, the principal of which have been reported in my official diary for the current month. Fines and fees amounted to $284.53. month, as, on account of high sens no schooners Trade. There have been no exports during the have been able to get away. Three schooners arrived from Kuching and also the s. s. Sarawak. P. W. D. The prisoners (average 24.2) have been employed nearly the whole of the month in making a new section of road, alongside the Petanak river, which had been washed away. The Judan and P'tian bridges have been put in good order and the approaches cleared. General. On the 1st three schooners, in attempt- ing to clear for Kuching, were driven on to the lust sand spit by a sudden squall of wind: two of them were got off next day; the third, by name Kim Chin Eng, nakoda Haji Usin, becoming a total wreck. At the same time a house in Kampong Lintong was blown over, and a child very nearly killed in the ruins. A fire occurred at Kampong Tegar up-river on the 8th in which five houses were burnt down: this occurred between 3 and 4 a. m.; no lives were lost, but all the property was burnt; the fire originated in a kitchen. river and reported all quiet amongst his people. The same day Penghulu Intin arrived from up- Another severe gale of wind prevailed on the 7th, I one of the smail Government boat sheds being<noinclude></noinclude> jkjts0ofbfujwxtu29tbsc1t15w8pv3 14130457 14130456 2024-04-26T02:08:21Z 103.18.0.195 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="103.18.0.195" />{{rh| 10 |THE SARAWAK GAZETTE, JANUARY 4, 1907.| }} {{rule}}</noinclude>the last of the guests not departing until the early hours of the morning. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|On}} the 26th the s. s. ''Kuching'' sailed for Singapore. Passengers, Mr. and Mrs. T. Nicoll. The same day s. s. ''Sarawak'' returned from Bintulu. On the 28th the s. s. ''Rajah of Sarawak'' arrived from Singapore with passengers―Dr. A. J. G. Barker, Dr. Bruce Low, Dr. Schlechter, Messrs. J. S. Geikie, J. H. Johnston, H. la Chard and Miss Hastie. Dr. Barker and Mr. Geikie have returned from home leave, Dr. Bruce Low and Miss Hastie join the Medical Department, and Mr. la Chard has come out as a Cadet in the Government Service. We understand that the puport of Dr. Schlechter's visit to Sarawak was to obtain permission to enlist Dyaks to work gutta, etc. in New Guinea and to teach the Natives there to work it. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|On}} the 29th the p. s. ''Adeh'' returned from Sibu with the Revd. Father Halder on board and p. s. ''Kaka'' sailed for Sadong with Mr. P. Stewart. The Kaka returned on the 30th, Mr. Stewart returning with her. {{rule|5em}} MR. J. M. Bryan, Manager of the Borneo Company in Kuching, gave his usual dinner on New Year's Eve at which some 36 guests were present, of whom six only were ladies. Music, dancing and cards helped to pass the time pleasantly until mid-night when a gun from the Fort announced the birth of the New Year, and all joined hands and sung "Auld Lang Syne". {{rule|5em}} {{sc|It}} will interest the many friends in this Country of Mr. G. Hourant to hear that he has entered the bonds of matrimony. Mr. Hourant was married on the 6th November last at Algiers, to Malle Camille Neyret, daughter of Monsieur Neyret, Chevalier of the Legion of Honour. Contragulations. As old iron gun, which looks as if it were made of a piece of piping, was found by a Malay named Bakri while working silver ore at Simbri, ulu Pansi. The gun still bears the faintly legible inscription in Chinese "General of the Sam Tiow Kew Kongsi". This is the Bau Kongsi which attacked Kuching during the Chinese insurrection. IT is with the greatest regret that we have to announce the death on the 10th November from pneumonia of Mr. B. Bettington. The news reached us indirectly two mails ago and we have no further particulars. Mr. Bettington only retired from the Government Service in November 1904; he was 41 years of age at the time of his death. {{rule}} {{c|{{x-larger block|<b>MONTHLY REPORTS.</b>}}}} {{rule}} {{c|<b>MUKA.</b>}} {{Custom rule|lzt|40}} {{c|''October, 1906.''}} Court. There have been fewer cases in the Police Court during the month, the Court of Requests how- ever has been fairly busy. Fines and fees amounted to $245.28. Trade. The export of raw sago amounted to 258 coyans as compared with 252 coyans for the corres- ponding month last year. Of jelutong gutta 50 piculs were exported, and of gutta percha 3 piculs. Twelve schooners arrived from Kuching and thirteen cleared. P. W. D. The prisoners (average 28.2) have been employed during the month on the usual up- keep of roads, and cleaning the cattle ground of enkudoe weed. Highness The Ranee of Sarawak, was observed as General. The 9th, being the birthday of Her a Court Holiday. I returned from Oya on the 3rd by Government barong," doing the journey in under four hours. Having found "Tuah Kampong" Bakal of Judan so unsatisfactory, he has been dismissed: a meeting of the Judan people was held in the Fort and one M'tair appointed in his place. On the evening of the 15th the usual salute of 7 guns was fired to usher in the Mohomedan fasting month. On the 27th the p. 5. Adeh arrived at 10 a. m. with mails for this station and Oya; she left again at 11.30 a. m. Penghulu Sama arrived from up-river on the 29th and reported all quiet among his people. been very rough, and a great deal of rain has fallen. During the greater part of the mouth the zea bas I have nothing further to report on this occasion. November, 1906. Court. There have been the usual number of cases in both the Police Court and Court of Re- quests, the principal of which have been reported in my official diary for the current month. Fines and fees amounted to $284.53. month, as, on account of high sens no schooners Trade. There have been no exports during the have been able to get away. Three schooners arrived from Kuching and also the s. s. Sarawak. P. W. D. The prisoners (average 24.2) have been employed nearly the whole of the month in making a new section of road, alongside the Petanak river, which had been washed away. The Judan and P'tian bridges have been put in good order and the approaches cleared. General. On the 1st three schooners, in attempt- ing to clear for Kuching, were driven on to the lust sand spit by a sudden squall of wind: two of them were got off next day; the third, by name Kim Chin Eng, nakoda Haji Usin, becoming a total wreck. At the same time a house in Kampong Lintong was blown over, and a child very nearly killed in the ruins. A fire occurred at Kampong Tegar up-river on the 8th in which five houses were burnt down: this occurred between 3 and 4 a. m.; no lives were lost, but all the property was burnt; the fire originated in a kitchen. river and reported all quiet amongst his people. The same day Penghulu Intin arrived from up- Another severe gale of wind prevailed on the 7th, I one of the smail Government boat sheds being<noinclude></noinclude> 84lyhnbty68n1antf9j5xlbdlixvsps 14130458 14130457 2024-04-26T02:10:24Z 103.18.0.195 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="103.18.0.195" />{{rh| 10 |THE SARAWAK GAZETTE, JANUARY 4, 1907.| }} {{rule}}</noinclude>the last of the guests not departing until the early hours of the morning. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|On}} the 26th the s. s. ''Kuching'' sailed for Singapore. Passengers, Mr. and Mrs. T. Nicoll. The same day s. s. ''Sarawak'' returned from Bintulu. On the 28th the s. s. ''Rajah of Sarawak'' arrived from Singapore with passengers―Dr. A. J. G. Barker, Dr. Bruce Low, Dr. Schlechter, Messrs. J. S. Geikie, J. H. Johnston, H. la Chard and Miss Hastie. Dr. Barker and Mr. Geikie have returned from home leave, Dr. Bruce Low and Miss Hastie join the Medical Department, and Mr. la Chard has come out as a Cadet in the Government Service. We understand that the puport of Dr. Schlechter's visit to Sarawak was to obtain permission to enlist Dyaks to work gutta, etc. in New Guinea and to teach the Natives there to work it. {{rule|5em}} {{sc|On}} the 29th the p. s. ''Adeh'' returned from Sibu with the Revd. Father Halder on board and p. s. ''Kaka'' sailed for Sadong with Mr. P. Stewart. The Kaka returned on the 30th, Mr. Stewart returning with her. {{rule|5em}} MR. J. M. Bryan, Manager of the Borneo Company in Kuching, gave his usual dinner on New Year's Eve at which some 36 guests were present, of whom six only were ladies. Music, dancing and cards helped to pass the time pleasantly until mid-night when a gun from the Fort announced the birth of the New Year, and all joined hands and sung "Auld Lang Syne". {{rule|5em}} {{sc|It}} will interest the many friends in this Country of Mr. G. Hourant to hear that he has entered the bonds of matrimony. Mr. Hourant was married on the 6th November last at Algiers, to Malle Camille Neyret, daughter of Monsieur Neyret, Chevalier of the Legion of Honour. Contragulations. As old iron gun, which looks as if it were made of a piece of piping, was found by a Malay named Bakri while working silver ore at Simbri, ulu Pansi. The gun still bears the faintly legible inscription in Chinese "General of the Sam Tiow Kew Kongsi". This is the Bau Kongsi which attacked Kuching during the Chinese insurrection. IT is with the greatest regret that we have to announce the death on the 10th November from pneumonia of Mr. B. Bettington. The news reached us indirectly two mails ago and we have no further particulars. Mr. Bettington only retired from the Government Service in November 1904; he was 41 years of age at the time of his death. {{rule}} {{c|{{x-larger block|<b>MONTHLY REPORTS.</b>}}}} {{rule}} {{c|{{larger block|<b>MUKA.</b>}}}} {{Custom rule|lzt|40}} {{c|''October, 1906.''}} Court. There have been fewer cases in the Police Court during the month, the Court of Requests how- ever has been fairly busy. Fines and fees amounted to $245.28. Trade. The export of raw sago amounted to 258 coyans as compared with 252 coyans for the corres- ponding month last year. Of jelutong gutta 50 piculs were exported, and of gutta percha 3 piculs. Twelve schooners arrived from Kuching and thirteen cleared. P. W. D. The prisoners (average 28.2) have been employed during the month on the usual up- keep of roads, and cleaning the cattle ground of enkudoe weed. Highness The Ranee of Sarawak, was observed as General. The 9th, being the birthday of Her a Court Holiday. I returned from Oya on the 3rd by Government barong," doing the journey in under four hours. Having found "Tuah Kampong" Bakal of Judan so unsatisfactory, he has been dismissed: a meeting of the Judan people was held in the Fort and one M'tair appointed in his place. On the evening of the 15th the usual salute of 7 guns was fired to usher in the Mohomedan fasting month. On the 27th the p. 5. Adeh arrived at 10 a. m. with mails for this station and Oya; she left again at 11.30 a. m. Penghulu Sama arrived from up-river on the 29th and reported all quiet among his people. been very rough, and a great deal of rain has fallen. During the greater part of the mouth the zea bas I have nothing further to report on this occasion. November, 1906. Court. There have been the usual number of cases in both the Police Court and Court of Re- quests, the principal of which have been reported in my official diary for the current month. Fines and fees amounted to $284.53. month, as, on account of high sens no schooners Trade. There have been no exports during the have been able to get away. Three schooners arrived from Kuching and also the s. s. Sarawak. P. W. D. The prisoners (average 24.2) have been employed nearly the whole of the month in making a new section of road, alongside the Petanak river, which had been washed away. The Judan and P'tian bridges have been put in good order and the approaches cleared. General. On the 1st three schooners, in attempt- ing to clear for Kuching, were driven on to the lust sand spit by a sudden squall of wind: two of them were got off next day; the third, by name Kim Chin Eng, nakoda Haji Usin, becoming a total wreck. At the same time a house in Kampong Lintong was blown over, and a child very nearly killed in the ruins. A fire occurred at Kampong Tegar up-river on the 8th in which five houses were burnt down: this occurred between 3 and 4 a. m.; no lives were lost, but all the property was burnt; the fire originated in a kitchen. river and reported all quiet amongst his people. The same day Penghulu Intin arrived from up- Another severe gale of wind prevailed on the 7th, I one of the smail Government boat sheds being<noinclude></noinclude> 8onhe5u7gy6wckgykynumnvizhy6k63 Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu/53 104 4490277 14130396 2024-04-26T01:00:29Z GrooveCreator 2854703 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="GrooveCreator" /></noinclude>{{c|{{larger|VI.}} {{asc|Preparation for the Hunt}}}} {{sc|Yákov}} was called during the dessert and orders were given in regard to the carriage, the dogs, and the saddle-horses, — all this with the minutest details, calling each horse by its name. As Volódya's horse was lame, papa ordered a hunter's horse to be saddled for him. This word, "hunter's horse," somehow sounded strange in mamma's ears; it seemed to her that a hunter's horse must be some kind of a ferocious animal, which must by all means run away with and kill Volódya. In spite of the assurance of papa and of Volódya, who said with remarkable pluck that it was all nothing and that he was very fond of being carried rapidly by a horse, poor mamma continued saying that she should be worrying during the whole picnic. The dinner came to an end. The grown people went into the cabinet to drink coffee, and we ran into the garden, to scuff along the paths, which were covered with fallen yellow leaves, and to have a chat. We began to talk about Volódya's riding on a hunter's horse, about its being a shame that Lyúbochka did not run so fast as Kátenka, about its being interesting to get a look at Grísha's chains, and so on, but not a word was said of our departure. Our conversation was interrupted by the rattle of the approaching carriage, on each spring of which a village boy was seated. Behind the carriage followed the hunters with their dogs, and behind the hunters, coachman<noinclude>{{c|{{fine|25}}}}</noinclude> qntpx1hy5m1oxyzp76yl2mfc9icsq4r Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu/54 104 4490278 14130400 2024-04-26T01:05:55Z GrooveCreator 2854703 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="GrooveCreator" />{{rh|26|CHILDHOOD}}</noinclude>Ignát, riding on the horse which was intended for Volódya, and leading my old nag by the hand. At first we all rushed to the fence, from which all these interesting things could be seen, and then we all ran up-stairs shouting and rattling, to get dressed, and to get dressed in such a manner as to resemble hunters most. One of the chief means for obtaining that end was to tuck our pantaloons into our boots. We betook ourselves to that work without any loss of time, hastening to get done as soon as possible and to run out on the veranda, to enjoy the sight of the dogs and of the horses, and to have a chat with the hunters. It was a hot day. White, fantastic clouds had appeared in the horizon early in the morning; then a soft breeze began to drive them nearer and nearer, so that at times they shrouded the sun. Though the clouds moved about and grew dark, it was, evidently, not fated that they should gather into a storm-cloud and break up our last enjoyment. Toward evening they again began to scatter: they grew paler, lengthened out, and ran down to the horizon; others, above our very heads, changed into white, transparent scales; only one large, black cloud hovered somewhere in the east. Karl Ivánovich always knew whither each cloud went. He announced that that cloud would go to Máslovka, that there would be no rain, and that the weather would be fine. Fóka, in spite of his declining years, very nimbly and rapidly ran down-stairs, called out, "Drive up!" and, spreading his feet, planted himself in the middle of the driveway, between the place where the coachman was to drive up the carriage and the threshold, in the attitude of a man who need not be reminded of his duties. The ladies came down, and after a short discussion where each one was to sit, and to whom each one was to hold on (though, it seemed to me, there was no need at all to hold on), they seated themselves, opened their parasols, and started. As the carriage moved off, mamma pointed to the<noinclude></noinclude> lqxtfuhctk4j6ejgmyrqpsl669gusd8 Page:Chronologies and calendars (IA chronologiescale00macdrich).pdf/56 104 4490279 14130403 2024-04-26T01:09:02Z Arcorann 2060189 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Arcorann" />{{rvh|44|ODD|CHRONOLOGIES AND CALENDARS.}}</noinclude>calculations founded thereon point to the year 747, B.C. (February 24th) as the year and month in which Nabonassar ascended the throne. It was the style adopted by the Alexandrian Greeks and also by some otber peoples. It was a great public fact, and hence became a convenient terminus from which to start computations for events. {{pn|63}}. {{sc|Palmyra}}. A recent traveller has mentioned facts regarding inscriptions in this famous ruined city which, in my opinion, indicate that the era of Seleucidae was current to the latter part of the third century A.D.<ref>Palmyra is distant from Jerusalem 315 miles, according to the caravan route.</ref> He discovered a statue, erected by certain generals, that bore the inscription, which he translates as follows: 'To their sovereign, in the month of Ab, the year 582.' This, in the anno domini reckoning, is August, 271. Half a decade later the Romans conquered the district. {{pn|64}}. {{sc|Russian Style}}. This era (the era of Constantinople) was, Nicolas states, adopted in Constantinople 'before the middle of the seventh century.' It begins as from the year 5508 B.C. This year is the date of the creation according to the Greek Church, whence the Russians adopted the reckoning, and followed the same till the reign of Peter the Great. Writing in 1727, Voltaire has some delicate raillery about the Russians' inability to give reasons for their Mundane era. Pointing out that they (believing that the creation occurred in autumn had begun their year then) he ridicules the idea for 'autumn in Russia, he says, 'was spring in countries at the Antipodes.'<ref name="p44n93" /> But Peter the Great, as Brockmann points out, 'ordained that the year should begin with 1st January.'<noinclude></noinclude> lipggfoj2sjh0tra0wqropqsrjd6ydn 14130407 14130403 2024-04-26T01:12:10Z Arcorann 2060189 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Arcorann" />{{rvh|44|ODD|CHRONOLOGIES AND CALENDARS.}}</noinclude>calculations founded thereon point to the year 747, B.C. (February 24th) as the year and month in which Nabonassar ascended the throne. It was the style adopted by the Alexandrian Greeks and also by some otber peoples. It was a great public fact, and hence became a convenient terminus from which to start computations for events. {{pn|63}}. {{sc|Palmyra}}. A recent traveller has mentioned facts regarding inscriptions in this famous ruined city which, in my opinion, indicate that the era of Seleucidae was current to the latter part of the third century A.D.<ref>Palmyra is distant from Jerusalem 315 miles, according to the caravan route.</ref> He discovered a statue, erected by certain generals, that bore the inscription, which he translates as follows: 'To their sovereign, in the month of Ab, the year 582.' This, in the anno domini reckoning, is August, 271. Half a decade later the Romans conquered the district. {{pn|64}}. {{sc|Russian Style}}. This era (the era of Constantinople) was, Nicolas states, adopted in Constantinople 'before the middle of the seventh century.' It begins as from the year 5508 B.C. This year is the date of the creation according to the Greek Church, whence the Russians adopted the reckoning, and followed the same till the reign of Peter the Great. Writing in 1727, Voltaire has some delicate raillery about the Russians' inability to give reasons for their Mundane era. Pointing out that they (believing that the creation occurred in autumn had begun their year then) he ridicules the idea for 'autumn in Russia, he says, 'was spring in countries at the Antipodes.'<ref name="p44n93" /> But Peter the Great, as Brockmann points out, 'ordained that the year should begin with 1st January.'<noinclude><ref follow="p44n93">.</ref></noinclude> 1tn9mcyihokrosc8h210dwoy9vc3d6m Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu/55 104 4490280 14130404 2024-04-26T01:10:01Z GrooveCreator 2854703 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="GrooveCreator" />{{rh||PREPARATION FOR THE HUNT|27}}</noinclude>"hunter's horse" and asked the coachman with a quivering voice: "Is this horse for Vladímir Petróvich?" When the coachman answered in the affirmative, she waved her hand and turned away. I was in great impatience. I mounted my pony, looked between its ears, and made all kinds of evolutions in the yard. "Please not to crush the dogs," said a hunter to me. "Have no fear, this is not my first time," answered I, proudly. Volódya seated himself on the "hunter's horse" not without a certain trembling, in spite of the firmness of his character, and, patting it, asked several times: "Is it a gentle horse?" He looked very well on a horse, just like a grown person. His tightly stretched thighs lay so well on the saddle that I was envious, because, as far as I could judge by the shadow, I did not make such a fine appearance. Then papa's steps were heard on the staircase. The dog-keeper collected the hounds that had run ahead. The hunters with their greyhounds called up their dogs, and all mounted their horses. The groom led a horse up to the veranda. The dogs of father's leash, that had been lying before in various artistic positions near the horse, now rushed up to him. Mílka ran out after him, in a beaded collar, tinkling her iron clapper. Whenever she came out, she greeted the dogs of the kennel; with some of them she played, others she scented or growled at, and on others, again, she looked for fleas. Papa mounted his horse, and we started.<noinclude></noinclude> f8kavj6baz2kcy1phdgu3cjkfdbvb90 The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood/Chapter 6 0 4490281 14130406 2024-04-26T01:11:40Z GrooveCreator 2854703 Created page with "{{header | title = Childhood | author = Leo Tolstoy | translator = Leo Wiener | section = Preparation for the Hunt | previous = [[../Chapter 5|The Saintly Fool]] | next = [[../Chapter 7|The Hunt]] | year = 1904 | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" from=53 to=55/>" wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Childhood | author = Leo Tolstoy | translator = Leo Wiener | section = Preparation for the Hunt | previous = [[../Chapter 5|The Saintly Fool]] | next = [[../Chapter 7|The Hunt]] | year = 1904 | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" from=53 to=55/> 6tfpaae6vlh16pe4q9jrhrk60c9tcnt 14130414 14130406 2024-04-26T01:12:47Z GrooveCreator 2854703 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../|Childhood]] | author = Leo Tolstoy | translator = Leo Wiener | section = Preparation for the Hunt | previous = [[../Chapter 5|The Saintly Fool]] | next = [[../Chapter 7|The Hunt]] | year = 1904 | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" from=53 to=55/> ktjns5m14azz7mt6mwbx4eue0tgsbap Page:Chronologies and calendars (IA chronologiescale00macdrich).pdf/57 104 4490282 14130409 2024-04-26T01:12:21Z Arcorann 2060189 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Arcorann" />{{rvh|45|SUNDRY CYCLES AND CHRONOLOGICAL DETAILS.|CHRONOLOGIES AND CALENDARS.}}</noinclude><ref follow=p44n93>Histoire de Charles XII., p. 17, 'L'ère des Moscovites commencait á la creation du monde; ils comptaient 7,207 ans au commencement du siècle passé, sans pouvoir rendre raison de cette date: le premier jour de leur année venait au 13 de notre mois de Septembre.'</ref>In that unique decree he gave a reason for this in the words, 'Because not only in many {{SIC|maratime}} regions of Christian Europe, but also with the Slavs (which on all things agree with the orthodox Church), in Wallachia (now Roumania), Moldavia (now North Roumania}, Servia, Dalmatia, Bulgaria, and Greece, the year begins to be counted from 1st January. This imperial ukase, having been issued on 20th December, 1699, the then ensuing first day of January began the 1700th year A.D. Of course this was still the old style so far as regards the leap years; and accordingly, as they observed not only 1700 but also 1800 erroneously as leap terms, it follows that to-day their and our reckonings are out of touch by twelve days—two days more than the ten corrected by Pope Gregory at 1582. Further, this necessitates the affixing of two dates in international letters, instruments, or declarations; and this is done either January {{sfrac|1|13|font-size=60%}}, 1895, or 1st January (13th January)—the former date (1st) being the old, and the latter (13th) the new style. This is not only cumbrous, but costly. A very good object-lesson on the international inconvenience arising from the forced use of two styles will frequently be found in the advertising columns of (say) ''The Times''. There, for instance, on the 16th September, 1895, is a notice pertaining to the Russian Loan, A drawing had taken place 'on 20th August (1st September), 1895, reimbursable from the 19th November (1st December), 1895, at Saint Petersburg.' Indeed, in this single official notice of<noinclude></noinclude> mulwxw4vk7xe851fi8p8a72xibwn5a9 Page:The Most Excellent and Lamentable Tragedie of Romeo and Iuliet (1623).djvu/17 104 4490283 14130416 2024-04-26T01:14:08Z Jstoryhead 3130759 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Jstoryhead" />{{c|''of Romeo and Iuliet.''}} {{dent/s|0|0}}</noinclude>{{dent/e}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} ''Rom.'' Bid a ſicke man in ſadneſſe make his will: <br/> A word ill vrgd to one that is ſo ill: <br/> In ſadneſſe Couzen, I doe loue a woman. <br/> ''Ben.'' I aymd ſo neare, when I ſuppos'd you lou'd. <br/> ''Rom.'' A right good marke-man, and ſhee's faire I loue.<br/> ''Ben.'' A right faire marke, faire Coze is ſooneſt hit. <br/> ''Romeo'' Well, in that it you miſſe, ſheel not be hit <br/> With ''Cupids'' arrow, ſhe hath ''Dians'' wit: <br/> And in ſtrong proofe of chaſtitie well armd, <br/> From loues weake childiſh Bow ſhe liues vncharmed.<br/> Shee will not ſtay the ſiege of louing tearmes,<br/> Nor bide th' incounter of aſſailing eyes.<br/> Nor ope her lap to Sainct-ſeducing gold,<br/> O ſhe is rich in beautie, onely poore,<br/> That when dyes, with beautie dyes her ſtore. <br/> ''Ben.'' Then ſhe hath ſworne, that ſhe will ſtill liue chaſt? <br/> ''Rom.'' She hath, and in that ſparing makes huge waſt: <br/> For beautie ſteru'd with her ſeueritie,<br/> Cuts beautie off from all poſterietie.<br/> She is to faire, too wiſe, wiſely too faire, <br/> To merit bliſſe, by making me deſpaire:<br/> She hath forſworne to loue, and in that vow,<br/> Doe I liue dead, that liue to tell it now.<br/> ''Ben.'' Be rulde by me, forget to thinke of her. <br/> ''Rom.'' O teach me how I ſhould forget to thinke. <br/> ''Ro.'' By giuing liberty vnto thine eyes, <br/> Examine other beauties. <br/> ''Ro.'' T'is the way to call hers (exquiſite) in queſtion more, <br/> Theſe happie Maskes that kiſſe faire Ladies browes,<br/> Being blacke, puts vs in minde they hide the faire:<br/> He that is ſtrooken blind, cannot forget<br/> The precious teaſure of his eye-ſight loſt,<br/> Shew me a Miſtris that is paſſing faire,<br/> What doth her beautie ſerue but as a note,<br/> Where I may reade who paſt that paſſing faire:<br/> Farewell thou canſt not teach me to forget,<br/> ''Ben.'' Ile pay that doctrine, or ele dye in debt.<br/> {{right| ''Exeunt.''}} {{nop}}<noinclude>{{center|B}} {{right| ''Enter''}}</noinclude> ipq15wra5an5hphz3v5sluh6nmsl4sq Page:Chronologies and calendars (IA chronologiescale00macdrich).pdf/58 104 4490284 14130417 2024-04-26T01:14:41Z Arcorann 2060189 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Arcorann" />{{rvh|46|ODD|CHRONOLOGIES AND CALENDARS.}}</noinclude>130 lines, one hundred dates in duplicate have to be inserted; and seeing that a double number of brackets are necessarily used, the extra expenses of printing must be considerable. And to think that one touch of the new style, imperially allowed, could soon make the whole of Christendom chronologically akin! See section 27 ''supra'' on Russia's intention of adopting the N.S. {{pn|65}}. {{sc|Solar Cycle}}.<ref>Or the cycle of the sun.</ref>—The first year of the first cycle hereof corresponds with g B.C. on the Julian Calendar; it means a period of twenty-eight years, at the expiry whereof the days of a month fit once again into the same calends, nones, and ides, or week-days, according to the century in question, as at the first day of the cycle. Thus the new years of 1866 and 1894 (being twenty-eight years apart) fell both on a Monday. {{pn|66}}. {{sc|Sunday or Dominical Letter}}, is one of seven letters—A to G inclusive—used in almanacs to denote the Sunday; ''dies dominica'', the Lord's day of later Latinists. In leap years, January and February have one letter, and March to December a new one; otherwise one letter runs for one twelvemonth, and the succession of the letters is in backward order. Thus, 1894 had G, and 1895 had F. The moveable feasts of the Church are found (not fixed) by referring to the Sunday letter and relative tables, includthe ''golden number'' which shows the year of the Metonic or lunar cycle.<ref>See section 57 ''supra''.</ref> {{pn|67}}. {{U.S.A. Reckoning}}.—Before the 1st of January, 1752, the colonies in America having been British possessions, the calendar of the old country was circulated; and, after the date in question, the New 'Style' prevailed in<noinclude></noinclude> 9ctk0vy5baqsnge1nrg3yw6jwn3a497 14130418 14130417 2024-04-26T01:14:50Z Arcorann 2060189 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Arcorann" />{{rvh|46|ODD|CHRONOLOGIES AND CALENDARS.}}</noinclude>130 lines, one hundred dates in duplicate have to be inserted; and seeing that a double number of brackets are necessarily used, the extra expenses of printing must be considerable. And to think that one touch of the new style, imperially allowed, could soon make the whole of Christendom chronologically akin! See section 27 ''supra'' on Russia's intention of adopting the N.S. {{pn|65}}. {{sc|Solar Cycle}}.<ref>Or the cycle of the sun.</ref>—The first year of the first cycle hereof corresponds with g B.C. on the Julian Calendar; it means a period of twenty-eight years, at the expiry whereof the days of a month fit once again into the same calends, nones, and ides, or week-days, according to the century in question, as at the first day of the cycle. Thus the new years of 1866 and 1894 (being twenty-eight years apart) fell both on a Monday. {{pn|66}}. {{sc|Sunday or Dominical Letter}}, is one of seven letters—A to G inclusive—used in almanacs to denote the Sunday; ''dies dominica'', the Lord's day of later Latinists. In leap years, January and February have one letter, and March to December a new one; otherwise one letter runs for one twelvemonth, and the succession of the letters is in backward order. Thus, 1894 had G, and 1895 had F. The moveable feasts of the Church are found (not fixed) by referring to the Sunday letter and relative tables, includthe ''golden number'' which shows the year of the Metonic or lunar cycle.<ref>See section 57 ''supra''.</ref> {{pn|67}}. {{sc|U.S.A. Reckoning}}.—Before the 1st of January, 1752, the colonies in America having been British possessions, the calendar of the old country was circulated; and, after the date in question, the New 'Style' prevailed in<noinclude></noinclude> 8lwcbxz5z21ntvvrapv7oqysbfnqk7e Page:The family kitchen gardener - containing plain and accurate descriptions of all the different species and varieties of culinary vegetables (IA familykitchengar56buis).pdf/91 104 4490285 14130424 2024-04-26T01:22:03Z 82.167.150.211 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "They will come very acceptably into use in March and April ; or a few of the large Onions can be planted in September; they will divide into several roots or scallions, and can be drawn for use as above, and a few more can be planted early in Spring, to draw for the same purpose. {{sc|Seed Saving}}.—It is very important to have good seed, therefore, select the most uniform roots in September, and plant them fully under ground, in rows one foot apart, an... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="82.167.150.211" />{{rvh2|87|{{asc|ONION.}}|{{asc|BUIST’S FAMILY KITCHEN GARDENER.}}|87}}{{rule}}</noinclude>They will come very acceptably into use in March and April ; or a few of the large Onions can be planted in September; they will divide into several roots or scallions, and can be drawn for use as above, and a few more can be planted early in Spring, to draw for the same purpose. {{sc|Seed Saving}}.—It is very important to have good seed, therefore, select the most uniform roots in September, and plant them fully under ground, in rows one foot apart, and two feet from row to row. Let the ground be in excellent condition, for the stronger the plants, the finer the seed, which will be ripe in July or August, according to the weather. As soon as the heads begin to open and show the black seeds, they must be cut off and put into a sheet to dry. Clean it out well when perfectly dry—all seeds keep best in bags hanging in an airy room, and Onion seed will be perfectly good for three years. To grow Onions for ''pickling'', sow the seed thinly in a bed in March or April, at the same time that the general crop is planted. No further culture is required, except hand-weeding, as their thickness in the bed will prevent their growing large,and will cause them to come to maturity sooner. They should be lifted in clear sunshine weather, as it improves their color. The White or Silver-skinned is the sort usually grown for this purpose. The Onion crop is an interesting portion of gardening to every good housewife. She is ever solicitous that it should be full and certain. As it requires to be powerfully manured, we throw out the following hints for her special use. As we have intimated, Onions will grow on the same soil year after year, without any deterioration, provided it is liberally supplied with nutrition; for this purpose the following ingredients, always plentiful about every house, and generally thrown to waste, can be most beneficially applied. Soot spread over the ground, either before or after the crop, or thinly over the young plants—urine thrown over the ground during the Winter<noinclude></noinclude> 6iz36eygfmu1s4c03ed1ox32hr5hj6y Page:The Everlasting Man.pdf/79 104 4490286 14130425 2024-04-26T01:23:14Z Rourken49 3130566 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "sense about nomads and cave-men and the old man of the forest, we need only look steadily at the two solid and stupendous facts called Egypt and Babylon. Of course most of these speculators who are talking about primitive men are thinking about modern savages. They prove their progressive evolution by assuming that a great part of the human race has not progressed or evolved; or even changed in any way at all. I do not agree with their theory of change;... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Rourken49" />{{rh||THE ANTIQUITY OF CIVILISATION|47}}</noinclude>sense about nomads and cave-men and the old man of the forest, we need only look steadily at the two solid and stupendous facts called Egypt and Babylon. Of course most of these speculators who are talking about primitive men are thinking about modern savages. They prove their progressive evolution by assuming that a great part of the human race has not progressed or evolved; or even changed in any way at all. I do not agree with their theory of change; nor do I agree with their dogma of things unchangeable. I may not believe that civilised man has had so rapid and recent a progress; but I cannot quite understand why uncivilised man should be so mystically immortal and immutable. A somewhat simpler mode of thought and speech seems to me to be needed throughout this enquiry. Modern savages cannot be exactly like primitive man, because they are not primitive. Modern savages are not ancient because they are modern. Something has happened to their race as much as to ours, during the thousands of years of our existence and endurance on the earth. They have had some experiences, and have presumably acted on them if not profited by them, like the rest of us. They have had some environment, and even some change of environment, and have presumably adapted themselves to it in a proper and decorous evolutionary manner. This would be true even if the experiences were mild or the environment dreary; for there is an effect in mere time when it takes the moral form of monotony. But it has appeared to a good many intelligent and well-in formed people quite as probable that the experience of the savages has been that of a decline from civilisation. Most of those who criticise this view do not seem to have<noinclude></noinclude> s0wbums7bb1r0iwo5g2enb0jttudloe Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu/56 104 4490287 14130426 2024-04-26T01:23:22Z GrooveCreator 2854703 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="GrooveCreator" /></noinclude>{{c|{{larger|VII.}} {{asc|The Hunt}}}} {{sc|Túrka}}, the Chief Hunter, rode ahead of us, on a gray, hook-nosed horse. He wore a shaggy cap, and had a huge horn on his shoulders and a hunting-knife in his belt. From the gloomy and ferocious exterior of that man one would have concluded that he was going to a mortal conflict rather than to a hunt. At the hind feet of his horse ran, in a motley, wavering mass, the hounds, in close pack. It was a pity to see what fate befell the unfortunate hound that took it into his head to drop behind. In order to do so, he had to pull his companion with all his might, and whenever he accomplished it, one of the dog-keepers who rode behind struck him with his hunting-whip, calling out, "Back to the pack!" When he rode out of the gate, papa ordered the hunters and us to ride on the road, but he himself turned into the rye-field. The harvesting was in full blast. The immeasurable, bright yellow field was closed in only on one side by a tall, bluish forest which then appeared to me as a most distant and mysterious place, beyond which either the world came to an end, or uninhabitable countries began. The whole field was filled with sheaves and men. Here and there, in the high, thick rye, could be seen, in a reaped swath, the bent form of a reaping woman, the swinging of the ears as she drew them through her<noinclude>{{c|{{fine|28}}}}</noinclude> oeqq5h3e6hxp2tckjhjn96u3qqpibvf Page:Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World by Lemuel Gulliver First a Surgeon, and then a Captain of Several Ships.djvu/71 104 4490288 14130428 2024-04-26T01:26:07Z Arcorann 2060189 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Arcorann" /></noinclude>a Troop of his best Horse, Twenty-four in number, come and exercise upon this Plain. His Majesty approved of the Proposal, and I took them up one by one in my hands, ready mounted and armed, with the proper Officers to exercise them. As soon as they got into order, they divided into Two Parties, performed mock Skirmishes, discharged blunt Arrows, drew their Swords, fled and pursued, attacked and retired, and in short discovered the best Military Discipline I ever beheld. The parallel Sticks secured them and their Horses from falling over the Stage; and the Emperor was so much delighted, that he ordered this Entertainment to be repeated several days, and once was pleased to be lifted up, and give the word of Command; and, with great difficulty, persuaded even the Empress herself to let me hold her in her close Chair within Two yards of the Stage, from whence she was able to take a full view of the whole performance. It was my good fortune that no ill Accident happened in these Entertainments, only once a fiery Horse that belonged to one of the Captains pawing with his Hoof struck a hole in my Handkerchief, and his Foot slipping, he overthrew his Rider and himself; but I immediately relieved them both, and covering the Hole with one hand, I set down the Troop with the other, in the same manner as I took them up. The Horse that fell was strained in the Left shoulder, but the Rider got no hurt, and I repaired my Handkerchief as well as I could; however, I would not trust to the strength of it any more in such dangerous Enterprizes. {{sc|About}} Two or Three days before I was set at liberty, as I was entertaining the Court with these kind of Feats, there arrived an Express to inform his Majesty that some of his Subjects riding near the place where I was first taken up, had seen a great black Substance lying on the ground, very odly{{sic}} shaped, extending its Edges round as wide as his Majesty's Bed-chamber, and rising up in the middle as high as a Man; that it was no living Creature, as they at first apprehended, for it lay on the grass without motion, and some of them had walked round it several times: That by mounting upon each<noinclude></noinclude> 6fkm4lj34p4attbmgvcvn2t1edp8cvw Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu/57 104 4490289 14130429 2024-04-26T01:27:37Z GrooveCreator 2854703 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="GrooveCreator" />{{rh||THE HUNT|29}}</noinclude>fingers; a woman in the shade, bending over a cradle; and scattered stacks in the stubble-field that was overgrown with bluebottles. Elsewhere peasants in nothing but shirts, standing on carts, were loading the sheaves, and raising the dust on the dry, heated field. The village elder, in boots and with a camel-hair coat over his shoulders, and notched sticks in his hand, having noticed us in the distance, doffed his lambskin cap, wiped off his red-haired head and beard with a towel, and called out loud to the women. The sorrel horse on which papa was riding went at a light, playful canter, now and then dropping his head to his breast, drawing out his reins, and switching off with his heavy tail the horseflies and gnats that eagerly clung to him. Two greyhounds, bending their tails tensely in the shape of a sickle and lifting their legs high, gracefully leaped over the high stubble, behind the feet of the horse; Mílka ran in front and, bending her head, waited to be fed. The conversation of the people, the tramp of the horses, the rattle of the carts, the merry piping of the quails, the buzzing of the insects that hovered in the air in immovable clouds, the odour of wormwood, of straw, and of horses' sweat, thousands of various flowers and of shadows which the burning sun spread over the light-yellow stubble-field, over the blue distance of the forest, and over the light, lilac clouds, the white cobwebs that were borne in the air or that lodged upon the stubbles, — all that I saw, heard, and felt. When we reached the Viburnum Forest, we found the carriage there and, above all expectation, another one-horse vehicle, in the midst of which sat the butler. Through the hay peeped a samovár, a pail with an ice-cream freezer, and a few attractive bundles and boxes. There was no mistaking; we were to have tea, ice-cream, and fruit in the open. At the sight of the vehicle we expressed a noisy delight, because it was regarded as a<noinclude></noinclude> colk2r0ez14rem96x5grx8gi22k9aiu Page:Travels into several remote nations of the world. In four parts (1726 Volume 1).djvu/42 104 4490290 14130430 2024-04-26T01:28:13Z Arcorann 2060189 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Arcorann" />{{rvh|20|''to'' LILLIPUT.|''A'' {{sc|Voyage}}}}</noinclude>parallel to me as I lay. But the principal Difficulty was to rai{{ls}}e and place me in this Vehicle. Eighty Poles, each of one Foot high, were erected for this purpo{{ls}}e, and very {{ls}}lrong Cords of the bigne{{ls}}s of Packthread were fa{{ls}}tned by Hooks to many Bandages, which the Workmen had girt round my Neck, my Hands, my Body, and my Legs. Nine hundred of the {{ls}}tronge{{ls}}t Men were employed to draw up the{{ls}}e Cords by many Pulleys fa{{ls}}tned on the Poles, and thus, in le{{ls}}s than three Hours, I was rai{{ls}}ed and flung into the Engine, and there tyed fa{{ls}}t. All this I was told, for while the whole Operation was performing, I lay in a profound {{ls}}leep, by the force of that {{ls}}oporiferous Medicine infu{{ls}}ed into my Liquor. Fifteen Hundred of the Emperor's large{{ls}}t Hor{{ls}}es, each about four Inches and an half high, were employed to draw me towards the Metropolis, which, as I {{ls}}aid, was half a Mile di{{ls}}tant. {{nop}}<noinclude>{{continues|{{sc|About}}}}</noinclude> 6b34hihvfjvmr8jfch6q8q0goncafb9 Page:A thousand years hence. Being personal experiences (IA thousandyearshen00gree).djvu/235 104 4490291 14130431 2024-04-26T01:29:35Z Arcorann 2060189 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Arcorann" />{{rvh|217|{{asc|A THOUSAND YEARS HENCE.}}}}</noinclude>characteristic international rivalry. When the one country sent forth its choicest youth of the one sex, it could not be long ere the other country would, as matter of course, feel impelled to meet the implied challenge by some equivalent encountering display of the other sex. And thus a practice obtained of the visited country having in readiness a number of the opposite sex about equal to that of the visitors, and selected, as we need hardly add, with due diligence and adequate discrimination. At official receptions, arranged for the purpose, these ''élite'' of the two sexes were mutually introduced; and, as might have been expected, the end of it was that, in most cases, the young men did not fail to find wives to their taste, nor the young maids husbands. But the curious result alluded to was more particularly this, that any who might happen to return unmated had presumably failed to encounter excellence equal to their own, and were thus enabled to bring their superiorities safely back for the good of their own kith and kin. When the female sex entered these lists, of course this view of the case was still further enforced by considerations of gallantry. There was, therefore, always the greater triumph to their country, the larger the proportion of its fair ones who came back unsatisfied and unwed. History has told us that of this famous, and, in all senses of the word, virgin French expedition, not one fair member returned as she came, and thus certain expectations of French triumph were signally disappointed. This, however, was by no means the uniform result; for after the first novelty wore off, and this kind of marital adventure became quite a<noinclude></noinclude> hr9flmpyk5rn12f8v5efnwwu77dyc9b Page:The Everlasting Man.pdf/80 104 4490292 14130432 2024-04-26T01:30:02Z Rourken49 3130566 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "any very clear notion of what a decline from civilisation would be like. Heaven help them, it is likely enough that they will soon find out. They seem to be content if cave-men and cannibal islanders have some things in common, such as certain particular implements. But it is obvious on the face of it that any peoples reduced for any reason to a ruder life would have some things in common. If we lost all our firearms we should make bows and arrows; but w... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Rourken49" />{{rh|48|THE EVERLASTING MAN|}}</noinclude>any very clear notion of what a decline from civilisation would be like. Heaven help them, it is likely enough that they will soon find out. They seem to be content if cave-men and cannibal islanders have some things in common, such as certain particular implements. But it is obvious on the face of it that any peoples reduced for any reason to a ruder life would have some things in common. If we lost all our firearms we should make bows and arrows; but we should not necessarily resemble in every way the first men who made bows and arrows. It is said that the Russians in their great retreat were so short of armament that they fought with clubs cut in the wood. But a professor of the future would err in supposing that the Russian army of 1916 was a naked Scythian tribe that had never been out of the wood. It is like saying that a man in his second childhood must exactly copy his first. A baby is bald like an old man; but it would be an error for one ignorant of infancy to infer that the baby had a long white beard. Both a baby and an old man walk with difficulty; but he who shall expect the old gentleman to lie on his back, and kick joyfully instead, will be disappointed. It is therefore absurd to argue that the first pioneers of humanity must have been identical with some of the last and most stagnant leavings of it. There were almost certainly some things, there were probably many things, in which the two were widely different or flatly contrary. An example of the way in which this distinction works, and an example essential to our argument here, is that of the nature and origin of government. I have already alluded to Mr. H. G. Wells and the Old Man, with whom he appears to be on<noinclude></noinclude> ir6i8kbhox7xlldz13w5vhez47c27dv Page:A thousand years hence. Being personal experiences (IA thousandyearshen00gree).djvu/236 104 4490293 14130433 2024-04-26T01:30:19Z Arcorann 2060189 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Arcorann" />{{rvh|218|{{asc|A THOUSAND YEARS HENCE.}}}}</noinclude>common occurrence, even amongst the fair sex, considerable bands would return with still uncaptured hearts, to be welcomed with triumphant acclamation by their compatriots, and afterwards, most likely, to be eagerly sought after at home as the proud possessors of unmatchable superiorities. But there was one remarkable instance of the same complete result, which happened not very long after this first case, and which comprised such exceptional and stirring features, as to be not unworthy also of a place in our record. The case in question concerned Italy, which country had not yet sent forth its first army of fair and foraging maidens, even after most other countries, including our own, had repeatedly set the example. We, for instance, had already thus invaded this same backward Italy, in common with other places. There was something not entirely explicable in the matter; for a long roll of Italian beauty was understood to be both ready and willing, and seemed restrained only by a mysterious official pressure. But no one outside had suspected the real cause and motive, until early one fine Italian morning our ambassador at Rome telephoned our Government in haste and alarm, to the effect that he had just then, reliably, albeit surreptitiously, ascertained, that we were almost on the very eve of being visited by such unprecedented numbers, and such a strictly selected excellence of Italian maidenhood, as made it utterly impossible for us, with mere ordinary preparation, to escape grievous national defeat. The surface, to all appearance, indicated nothing unusual. The Italian Government had already trans-<noinclude></noinclude> 61z3zrk2kl7ihq9ivhszzlwyvclexl0 Page:A thousand years hence. Being personal experiences (IA thousandyearshen00gree).djvu/237 104 4490294 14130435 2024-04-26T01:31:08Z Arcorann 2060189 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Arcorann" />{{rvh|219|{{asc|A THOUSAND YEARS HENCE.}}}}</noinclude>mitted to ours the usual courtesy notice, as though for quite an ordinary visitation; and they had done this with an ostensible calmness, even almost indifference, as though nothing in particular were in the wind; while, instead of that, a furious tornado was already well-nigh at our very doors. But our measures were instantly taken; and as Italy had so successfully kept her own counsel, so did we, and even with still more success. We had out, at once, agencies everywhere over the country, to gather in the ''élite'' of our youth. We decided upon our tactical course. So soon as we could learn the exact number of the enemy, we draughted off an exactly equal force, the very choicest of the choice, and thus, in readiness and full confidence, our authorities awaited battle. We completely hoodwinked the watchful expectancy of the Italian ambassador in London, so that no warning whatever had passed to his masters outside. As the day of departure drew on, the Italian authorities were hardly troubled to conceal their approaching triumph; for it seemed to them now impossible for England, in the brief remaining interval, to be duly prepared. Venerable old Rome, with all its millions of population, was in high ''fête'' on that memorable day, as the long and crowded trains carried off Italy's choicest flowers to what was deemed certain victory. The bright and joyous, laughing and joking occupants, had, however, many a serious exhortation, parental and general, to reject with becoming pride all inferiority, and to assure their country's triumph by returning, in the largest possible proportions, with uncaptured hearts. This famous journey was one continuous succession<noinclude></noinclude> gfd65cbu5qrx1hf8zmt2d848inja5ka Page:The Most Excellent and Lamentable Tragedie of Romeo and Iuliet (1623).djvu/18 104 4490295 14130436 2024-04-26T01:33:56Z Jstoryhead 3130759 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Jstoryhead" />{{c|''The mo{{ls}}t Lamentable Tragedie''}} {{dent/s|0|0}}</noinclude>{{dent/e}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} {{c|''Enter'' Capulet, ''Countie'' Paris, ''and the Clowne.''}} ''Capu.'' And ''Mountague'' is bound as well as I, <br/> In penalty alike, and 'tis not hard I thinke, <br/> For men ſo old as we to keepe the peace.<br/> ''Par.'' Of honourable reckoning are you both,<br/> And pittie tis you liu'd at ods ſo long:<br/> But now my Lord, what ſay you to my ſute?<br/> ''Capu.'' But ſaying ore what I haue ſaid before,<br/> My child is yet a ſtranger in the World,<br/> Shee hath not ſeene the change of fourteene yeares,<br/> Let two more Summers wither in their pride<br/> Ere we may thinke her ripe to be a Bride.<br/> ''Pari.'' Younger than ſhe, are happie Mothers made. <br/> ''Capu.'' And too ſoone mard are thoſe ſo early made:<br/> The earth hath ſwallowed all my hopes but ſhe,<br/> She is the hopefull Lady of my earth:<br/> But wooe her gentle ''Paris'', get her heart,<br/> My will to her conſent, is but a part,<br/> And ſhe agree, within her ſcope of choiſe,<br/> Lyes my conſent, and faire according voice:<br/> This night I hold, an old accuſtomed Feaſt,<br/> Whereto I haue inuited many a gueſt,<br/> Such as loue, and you among the ſtore,<br/> One more (moſt welcome) makes my number more:<br/> At my poore houſe, looke to behold this night,<br/> Earth treading ſtarres, that make darke heauen light,<br/> Such comfort as doe luſtie yong men feele,<br/> When well appareld ''APrill'' on the heele <br/> Of limping winter treads, euen ſuch delight<br/> Among freſh Fennell buds ſhall you this night <br/> Inherit at her houſe, heare all, all ſee;<br/> And like her moſt, whoſe merit moſt ſhall be:<br/> Which on more view of many, mine being one,<br/> May ſtand in number, though in reckning none.<br/> Come goe with me, goe ſirrah trudge about,<br/> Through faire ''Verona'', find thoſe perſons out,<br/> Whoſe names are written there, and to them ſay, <br/><noinclude>{{r|My}}</noinclude> 2mjue11hbj0918pnvhbe4nzlo5c3fdc Page:The family kitchen gardener - containing plain and accurate descriptions of all the different species and varieties of culinary vegetables (IA familykitchengar56buis).pdf/92 104 4490296 14130438 2024-04-26T01:35:47Z 82.167.150.211 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "season—soap-suds, any time in the Fall or Winter, in like manner. These are not mere theoretic ideas; they are practical facts, which can be illustrated by any person who has the materials at command. I have seen Guano used to this crop, both with bad and beneficial results. At the rate of four hundred pounds to the acre, the Onions were greatly improved in size, though not in their keeping qualities. Applied at the rate of eight hundred pounds to the ac... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="82.167.150.211" />{{rvh2|88|{{asc|<!-- -->}}|{{asc|BUIST’S FAMILY KITCHEN GARDENER.}}|88}}{{rule}}</noinclude>season—soap-suds, any time in the Fall or Winter, in like manner. These are not mere theoretic ideas; they are practical facts, which can be illustrated by any person who has the materials at command. I have seen Guano used to this crop, both with bad and beneficial results. At the rate of four hundred pounds to the acre, the Onions were greatly improved in size, though not in their keeping qualities. Applied at the rate of eight hundred pounds to the acre, the roots of the crop suffered, the plants got yellow, and did not fully recover their appearance. This manure should always be used in a liquid state, and about the strength of twenty-five pounds to a hogshead of water, to be applied after having stood twenty-four to forty-eight hours—urine can be used in the same manner, after being reduced with six parts of water. Every good householder who cultivates a garden, should have a large cask, in some retired corner, to form a deposit for the refuse of the wash-house, which can be reduced with a part of water, and applied to all vegetable crops in time of need; or where the soil is not rich enough, the plants can be fully watered with it, in the evening, once a week while they are in a growing state. {{dhr}} {{rule|4em}} {{c|{{lg|OKRA, OR OCHRO.}}}} {{c|''Hibíscus esculéntus''.—''Gombo'', Fr.}} {{sc|This}} plant has been introduced to our notice and table from the West Indies, where it is cultivated to some extent as a vegetable. The green seed pods are put into soups, or stewed and served up with butter. It is becoming very popular with us, and grown to a great extent by some gardeners for supplying the market. {{sc|Culture}}.—The seeds are sown thinly, on dry, warm soil, in shallow drills two feet apart, about the same time as the Lima Bean. Cover the seeds lightly. Sometimes they come up<noinclude></noinclude> rerg2kxnd1xsq0r6dvfdxi0m6rgy5fe Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu/60 104 4490297 14130439 2024-04-26T01:39:27Z GrooveCreator 2854703 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="GrooveCreator" />{{rh|32|CHILDHOOD}}</noinclude>observations by a butterfly with yellow wings that enticingly circled about me. The moment I directed my attention to it, it flew away some two steps from me, hovered above an almost withered white flower of wild clover, and alighted upon it. I do not know whether the sun warmed the butterfly, or whether it was drinking the juice of that flower, — in any case, it was evidently happy there. It now and then flapped its wings and pressed close to the flower; finally it remained perfectly quiet. I put my head on both my hands, and looked with delight at the butterfly. Suddenly Zhirán began to whine, and he tugged with such strength that I almost fell down. I looked around. At the edge of the forest leaped a hare, one of his ears lying flat and the other standing erect. The blood rushed to my head and I, forgetting myself for the moment, cried something in an unnatural voice, let the dog go, and started to run myself. No sooner had I done that, than I began to feel remorse; the hare squatted, took a leap, and I never saw him again. But what was my shame when Túrka appeared from behind a bush, in the wake of the hounds that with one voice made for the open! He had seen my mistake (which was that I ''did not hold out''), and, looking contemptuously at me, he said only: "Ah, master!" But you should have heard how he said it! I should have felt better if he had hung me from his saddle like a hare. I stood long in the same spot in great despair, did not call the dog back, and only kept on repeating, striking my thighs: "O Lord, what have I done!" I heard the hounds coursing away; I heard them beating at the other end of the grove, and driving the hare, and Túrka blowing his huge horn and calling the dogs, — but I did not budge.<noinclude></noinclude> m8aatltp4pqq9sdc4kj8nd7jgkm3tub Page:The Everlasting Man.pdf/81 104 4490298 14130440 2024-04-26T01:41:06Z Rourken49 3130566 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "such intimate terms. If we considered the cold facts of prehistoric evidence for this portrait of the prehistoric chief of the tribe, we could only excuse it by saying that its brilliant and versatile author simply forgot for a moment that he was supposed to be writing a history, and dreamed he was writing one of his own very wonderful and imaginative romances. At least I cannot imagine how he can possibly know that the prehistoric ruler was called the O... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Rourken49" />{{rh||THE ANTIQUITY OF CIVILISATION|49}}</noinclude>such intimate terms. If we considered the cold facts of prehistoric evidence for this portrait of the prehistoric chief of the tribe, we could only excuse it by saying that its brilliant and versatile author simply forgot for a moment that he was supposed to be writing a history, and dreamed he was writing one of his own very wonderful and imaginative romances. At least I cannot imagine how he can possibly know that the prehistoric ruler was called the Old Man or that court etiquette requires it to be spelt with capital letters. He says of the same potentate, 'No one was allowed to touch his spear or to sit in his seat.' I have difficulty in believing that anybody has dug up a prehistoric spear with a prehistoric label, 'Visitors are Requested not to Touch,' or a complete throne with the inscription, 'Reserved for the Old Man.' But it may be presumed that the writer, who can hardly be supposed to be merely making up things out of his own head, was merely taking for granted this very dubious parallel between the prehistoric and the decivilised man. It may be that in certain savage tribes the chief is called the Old Man and nobody is allowed to touch his spear or sit on his seat. It may be that in those cases he is surrounded with superstitious and traditional terrors; and it may be that in those cases, for all I know, he is despotic and tyrannical. But there is not a grain of evidence that primitive government was despotic and tyrannical. It may have been, of course, for it may have been anything or even nothing; it may not have existed at all. But the despotism in certain dingy and decayed tribes in the twentieth century does not prove that the first men were ruled despotically. It does not even suggest<noinclude></noinclude> o3dcuyqjrl56ujxa5h1o5ouz6mq00dh The Complete Works of Count Tolstoy/Childhood/Chapter 7 0 4490299 14130441 2024-04-26T01:41:20Z GrooveCreator 2854703 Created page with "{{header | title = [[../|Childhood]] | author = Leo Tolstoy | translator = Leo Wiener | section = The Hunt | previous = [[../Chapter 6|Preparation for the Hunt]] | next = [[../Chapter 8|Games]] | year = 1904 | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" from=56 to=60/>" wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../|Childhood]] | author = Leo Tolstoy | translator = Leo Wiener | section = The Hunt | previous = [[../Chapter 6|Preparation for the Hunt]] | next = [[../Chapter 8|Games]] | year = 1904 | notes = }} <pages index="Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu" from=56 to=60/> ntg7ha7ewkrydcyss8ulgt725yen2yz Page:The Most Excellent and Lamentable Tragedie of Romeo and Iuliet (1623).djvu/19 104 4490300 14130443 2024-04-26T01:49:00Z Jstoryhead 3130759 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Jstoryhead" />{{c|''of Romeo and Iuliet.''}} {{dent/s|0|0}}</noinclude>My houſe and welcome, on their pleaſure ſtay. {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} {{r|''Exit.''}} ''Ser.''Find them out whoſe names are written. Here it is written, that the Shoo-maker ſhould meddle with his yard, and the Tayler with his Laſt, the Fiſher with his Penſill, and the Painter with his Nets. But I am ſent to find thoſe perſons whoſe names are heee writ, and can neuer find what names the writing perſon hath here writ (I muſt to the Learned) in good time. {{c|''Enter'' Benuoilio, ''and'' Romeo.}} ''Ben.'' Tut man one fire burnes out anothers burning,<br/> One paine is leſned by anothers anguiſh:<br/> Turne giddie, and be holpe by backward turning:<br/> One deſperate griefe, cures with an others languiſh:<br/> Take thou ſome new infection to the eye,<br/> And the ranke poyſon of the old will dye.<br/> ''Romeo.'' Your Plantan leafe is excellent for that.<br/> ''Ben.'' For what I pray thee?<br/> ''Rom.'' For your broken ſhin.<br/> ''Ben.'' Why ''Romeo'' art thou mad?<br/> ''Rom.'' Not mad, but bound more than a mad man is:<br/> Shut vp in Priſon, kept without my food,<br/> Whipt and tormented: and Godden good fellow,<br/> ''Ser.'' Godgigoden, I pray ſir can you reade?<br/> ''Rom.'' I mine own fortune in my miſerie.<br/> ''Ser.'' Perhaps you haue learned it without booke:<br/> But I pray can you reade any thing you ſee?<br/> ''Rom.'' I if I know the Letters and the Language. ''Ser.'' Ye ſay honeſtly, reſt you merry. ''Rom.'' Stay fellow, I can reade. {{c|He reades the Letter}} {{di|S}}''Eigneur'' Martino, ''and his wife and daughters: County'' Anſelme'' and his beauteous ſisters: the Lady widdow of'' Vtruuio, ''Seigneur'' Placentio, ''and his louely Neeces:'' Mercutio ''and his brother'' Valentine: ''mine Uncle'' Capulet ''his wife and daughters: my faire Neece'' Roſaline, Liuia, ''Seigneur'' Valentio, ''and his Coſen'' Tybalt: Lucio ''and the liuely'' Helenda, <br/> A faire Aſſembly, whither ſhould they come? {{nop}}<noinclude>{{c|B 2}} {{r|''Ser.''}}</noinclude> izai031w99ki7sxh5g2f849wvi3sp6a Page:Weird Tales Volume 4 Number 2 (1924-05-07).djvu/72 104 4490301 14130444 2024-04-26T01:50:27Z Hilohello 2345291 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Hilohello" />{{rvh|70|{{uc|THE SUNKEN LAND}}}}</noinclude>The next morning we began the climb of the low range, following a little valley we slowly ascended until we came to where it flattened out; we had reached the top. In front and below stretched a panorama of broken country, low hills alternating everywhere with plains, but the astonishing thing was that the whole country sloped downwards. As far as the eye could reach the hills continued. "The whole land seems to have sunk," said Tom. "That hill on the horizon line must be thousands of feet below us." I took out my field glasses and focused them on the horizon line. "I can't see any sign of the lake," I said as I handed them to the Doctor. "I don't suppose you can," he remarked, "if that diary is correct it's one hundred and fifty miles from here." All day we traveled carefully, warily, expecting every moment to have to defend our lives against some hidden peril, but nothing out of the ordinary occurred. During the past weeks we had often discussed the fate of the men who had preceded us into this land, but the subject was baffling, as we had no clue as to the manner of their death. Now that we had actually seen the country spread out before us, a feeling of vague alarm had taken hold of us—none of us could explain why. The country looked so very peaceful, but I could not help thinking of a story I had read, where ants the size of rats and of unparalleled ferocity inhabited a tract of barren rolling country somewhere on the borders of Afghanistan, and devoured all that came in their path. No animals could escape as they could run with incredible swiftness; consequently the country was entirely denuded of game. I told this tale to my companions, and though they appeared to treat it as a joke, I noticed that their watchfulness increased. Sometimes we climbed the rounded hills, at others we descended their farther slopes, but always the descent was longer than the ascent. Towards the end of the second day we noticed a distinct change in the temperature. The country was getting warmer, vegetation too, began to increase, scattered pine, tamarack and birch trees became more numerous and game became abundant, (thus exploding the ant theory). Rabbits in particular seemed to overrun the whole country, while deer were quite plentiful. But the face of the country was undergoing a steady change, woods were appearing, taking the place of scattered trees, alder and ash also became abundant and finally I noticed a stunted elm. "I say, by Jove, this is interesting," said Tom. "See the squirrels and small birds. Why, the country is simply crawling with game." Being interested in forestry I found this change in forest conditions fascinating in the extreme. The country was, in fact, a paradise; nothing untoward had yet happened, and all sense of approaching disaster seemed to have vanished. The very air seemed clearer. In fact, we acted as if the danger were behind, rather than in front of us; unless the diary lied. {{di|T}}{{uc|hat}} night we camped by a small stream, and rising early the next morning, had been on the march for a couple of hours when Tom suddenly stopped. "Do you fellows notice anything?" We stood still and listened. "I can't say I hear anything," said I. "Nor I," said the Doctor. "That's it," Tom replied. "There's nothing to hear; the game's gone. I haven't seen a rabbit or heard a bird for the last hour." We looked at each other. "That's true," I said. "I wonder what's the trouble." We looked carefully on every side; the country seemed the same. "Nothing's changed from yesterday," said Tom finally. "The trees are larger," I remarked. "And there seem to be more creepers," added the Doctor. "There's something queer about this," sputtered Tom. "Keep your rifles ready." At noon we stopped in a little grassy clearing. "Look, there's a rabbit!" I cried. "See the way it's running; something's chasing it." We sprang to our feet, seizing our rifles. The creature tore past us without even noticing our presence, squealing as if in the most mortal terror, and disappeared in the opposite direction. Then all was still again. Not a sound broke the stillness. "I don't know," said the Doctor. "I feel as if something were watching us." "Yes, I feel that same way," said Tom, "but it's only natural. Fear is catching, even a rabbit’s. It was probably only a weasel." We agreed heartily, too heartily perhaps. "Let's be moving," I suggested. Before us the forest appeared much thicker, and the trees much larger, and I pointed out some oak and beech, as well as a few very large elms. The temperature was almost oppressively hot. That night when we camped we chose an open space and lit a large fire, taking turns to keep watch, but nothing tangible occurred. The night was oppressively still, yet all through the night there were vague sounds of rustling and faint whisperings, now louder, now fainter; that was all. There was an uncanny strangeness about it which made us distinctly uneasy. The next morning we talked it over, and the Doctor's opinion was that if at any time we were out at night, it would be a good plan to carry torches. This suggestion met with approval, so we spent an hour before starting out in making a few for each of us, and fastened them to our pack sacks. All next day the temperature kept rising, and as we progressed, the vegetation became more and more tropical. We were now progressing in single file along a trail, made in all probability by the ill fated party which had preceded us, as the forest growth had not yet had time to obliterate the recent traces of man's handiwork. As night approached we began to look around for an open clearing, for the prospect of spending the night in the thick undergrowth among these giant trees in the presence of an unknown peril, was far from reassuring. To make matters worse the ground was becoming swampy; little stagnant pools and rotting vegetation appeared on every side, making the going more and more difficult. Suddenly Tom, who was leading, stopped and remarked: "It's no use going on. This may get worse and worse instead of better, and we can't camp here, so I think we'd better go back to the last clearing we passed. How far do you think it is, Doc?" "Two miles, I should think." "All right then, about turn and we'll have to hurry. The sun's just setting." {{di|T}}{{uc|he}} darkness came on quickly, the great trees shutting out the afterglow, and we were soon straggling along in a very uneven manner, the Doctor now leading, and Tom bringing up the rear. The uneasy feeling of the previous night began to take hold of us and at the same time our resolution about torches flashed into my mind. Without a moment's pause I stopped and calling to the others, pulled out a torch and lit it. The others did the same. "That's better." said Tom. "Now we can at least see where we're going." But the flare and flicker of the smoky torches only seemed to accentuate the<noinclude></noinclude> kfgt6s77yl5k1auy9mizqrmhcluh75t Page:Complete Works of Count Tolstoy - 01.djvu/13 104 4490302 14130445 2024-04-26T01:50:53Z GrooveCreator 2854703 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="GrooveCreator" /></noinclude>{{border/s|maxwidth=100%|color=red|bthickness=5px|bstyle=double|style=padding:20px}} {{border/s|maxwidth=100%|}} {{c| {{xxxl|{{red|CHILDHOOD}} [[File:Complete Works of Tolstoy (1904, Volume 13) - title page decoration 1.png|20px]]{{red|BOYHOOD}}<br>{{red|YOUTH}}[[File:Complete Works of Tolstoy (1904, Volume 13) - title page decoration 1.png|20px]]{{red|THE INCURSION}}}} {{rule|margin_tb=2em}} {{sp|{{xl|By COUNT [[Author:Lev Nikolayevich Tolstoy|LEV N. TOLSTÓY]]}}}} {{sm|Translated from the Original Russian and Edited by}} {{sp|{{xl|[[Author:Leo Wiener|LEO WIENER]]}}}} {{sm|Assistant Professor of Slavic Languages at Harvard University}} {{rule|margin_tb=2em}} [[File:Complete Works of Tolstoy (1904, Volume 13) - title page portrait.png|center|150px]] {{rule|margin_tb=2em}} {{sp|BOSTON [[File:Complete Works of Tolstoy (1904, Volume 13) - title page decoration 2.png|12px]] {{red|DANA ESTES &}}<br> {{red|COMPANY}} [[File:Complete Works of Tolstoy (1904, Volume 13) - title page decoration 2.png|12px]] PUBLISHERS}} }} {{border/e}}{{border/e}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> eo5p2mx56ymr4lxto8zkf25hvepu46g Page:The Smart Set (Volume 1).djvu/451 104 4490303 14130446 2024-04-26T01:53:36Z Hilohello 2345291 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Hilohello" /></noinclude>{{c|{{xx-larger|HABELAIS}} {{larger|By [[Author:John Regnault Ellyson|John Regnault Ellyson]]}}}} {{di|I}} {{uc|was}} one day telling my cousin of an adventure that happened in the forest of Fontainebleau, and I mentioned by chance the profession of my companion. "Oh, my dear," murmured the lady, "you should have felt seriously compromised in the company of a common vagabond." "Very true, I dare say, madam," said I, "but, in fact, I felt very much honored." And here my adventure ended. The friend of whom I had spoken was Habelais, the famous Parisian snake-charmer. He was no more a vagabond than my good cousin, and assuredly he was the most uncommon being conceivable. I doubt if you could have found anywhere another singular genius like Habelais. Let me say that he was no mere snake-charmer, though as such he had won his first laurels, and so he was pleased to call himself, even after he became the true prince of all jugglers. Early in his career he mastered the secrets of legerdemain and magic. He sought out novelties; he put by the dull tricks, the worn trappings, the old methods, and grew skilled in a new order of sorceries by which the keen wits of the ingenious were confounded; he performed unheard-of marvels with incredible ease and dexterity. In time, too, he did what few idols of the people have ever done: he abandoned the stage in the midst of his triumphs, and afterward he astonished the world with only one of his mysterious entertainments—the last of his performances—his remarkable disappearance, which completely baffled his comrades as well as the public and the police. Most Parisians, knowing little about Habelais's real personality, regarded him purely in his character as a magician; they were dazzled and amused, and so were satisfied. His friends were attached to him, however, because of his fraternal and more subtle qualities and rare gifts. In the intimacy of social intercourse he appeared at his best. He was very affable and very engaging, always an excellent companion, but a fellow of whimsical humor and infinite caprice. So much imbued was he with the spirit of gaiety, and so much a lover of the art he followed, that none of us at times could claim to be exactly himself in the presence of Habelais. Indeed, he frequently played with his friends as in days gone by he had played with his favorite reptiles, indulging in all kinds of vagaries and curious manifestations—a feature that just now may as well be more fully described. One evening, while last in Paris, I dined with Habelais at his own apartments, where I admired again the familiar surroundings—the walls covered with seca-green leather, the elegant arches, the Moresque vases in the angles, the portraits, the buffet with its crystals and the tall ebony pedestal, on which rested the clock, much like a monk's head, capped with a pigmy-figure of Harlequin sitting astride. We dined alone, and the repast was unexcelled. Habelais ate lightly, but, as usual, he lingered over the wines. I am sure he was never in a livelier mood; his pale round face wrinkled<noinclude></noinclude> 7chi13c5quofe1ns6u2iyj3zpbrphhp Page:The Smart Set (Volume 1).djvu/452 104 4490304 14130447 2024-04-26T01:58:46Z Hilohello 2345291 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Hilohello" />{{rh|120|''THE SMART SET''|}}</noinclude>in smiles, and his little black eyes sparkled as he pressed the glass against his lips with sly grace, or prattled deliciously, and ever and anon he turned some piquant episode into vivid pantomime. He laughed and jested, gave me glimpses of the past, and made those naïve personal confessions that so invariably beguiled his intimate friends; but he also talked of other matters, of small affairs and great crimes, of women and art, of fresh scandals and old comedies. It was then, I think, that he spoke of Madame de Mussan, who went everywhere and enchanted everyone, and whom I had met in Florence and in Vienna. Truly he had here an unending theme, and he touched upon it with delicacy, with fervor, with characteristic charm. And while he sounded her praises like a lover, I hung upon his syllables and breathed softly, lest I might mar the pleasure I received. But he concluded abruptly by saying: "And now you are happy, since the divinity is among us once more!" "How?" I questioned; "in Paris?" "What, and the high priest has had no hint of this?" "No jesting, my good Habelais; be serious." "Seriously, then. Shall we go to Madame's shrine and offer our vows?" "Ah, with all my heart," said I. "But why not first see the new play and Coquelin?" "I had forgotten that—but, doubtless, she will be there." "Doubtless." "Then let it be as you wish," I answered; ‘"just as you say." I looked up as I spoke and noted the time by the clock on the pedestal in front of me. My host, looking around and seeing that it lacked a few minutes of eight, tapped upon the bell at his side. The valet, a nimble lad, came in and took orders as Habelais delighted in giving them—by a glance of the eye or a wave of his hand. The lad went through his services and got us ready without delay. In leaving the rooms, if I am not deceived, we were still chatting of Madame de Mussan and Coquelin and the new play. On the street I felt at first confused by the glare and the noise. It was Carnival season, and the people quaintly attired and in masks were numerous and frolicsome. Before we had gone far on our way I thought I recognized two wags, who called us by name and rallied us, and I questioned my companion, but he put his finger on his lips and took my arm at the same time, and we walked on in silence. The night was fine, perhaps, if anything, somewhat too cool, but I enjoyed the freshness of the air as much as the animation and brisk gambols of the revelers. These pleasantries were diverting, undoubtedly. When I glanced again at the countenance of my friend, I observed that his brow had contracted, his round chin had grown pointed anc his eyes had prodigiously enlarged. It was nothing but one of his little illusions, however, and I saw at once, of course, that my whimsical friend was seeking to amuse himself at my expense; so, determined to turn the game in my own favor, I quietly affected to be in nowise surprised. Habelais drew his hand across his features, which soon lost their unnatural outlines. We passed into the Rue de St. Honoré and under the arcade of the Théâtre Français. Certainly this was my impression, and yet, after we entered, the interior, I perceived, could scarcely be that of the famous playhouse; it resembled in the main the auditorium of the Opéra, though it seemed even more brilliant and more spacious. Every recess was filled; I do not remember to have seen people in equal numbers, a gathering more attractive, such abundance of color, so many rare costumes or so much beauty. The whole of the vast space hummed with human voices; the fragrance of a garden pervaded the warm air, that quivered with a thousand lights. Nor was it long before the orchestra<noinclude></noinclude> pb81blk8iegvc9qa92metbc4h2ievs8 Page:The Everlasting Man.pdf/82 104 4490305 14130448 2024-04-26T02:01:20Z Rourken49 3130566 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "it; it does not even begin to hint at it. If there is one fact we really can prove, from the history that we really do know, that despotism can be development, often a late development and very often indeed the end of societies that have been highly democratic. A despotism may almost be defined as a tired democracy. As fatigue falls on a community, the citizens are less inclined for that eternal vigilance which has truly been called the price of liberty;... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Rourken49" />{{rh|50|THE EVERLASTING MAN|}}</noinclude>it; it does not even begin to hint at it. If there is one fact we really can prove, from the history that we really do know, that despotism can be development, often a late development and very often indeed the end of societies that have been highly democratic. A despotism may almost be defined as a tired democracy. As fatigue falls on a community, the citizens are less inclined for that eternal vigilance which has truly been called the price of liberty; and they prefer to arm only one single sentinel to watch the city while they sleep. It is also true that they sometimes needed him for some sudden and militant act of reform; it is equally true that he often took advantage of being the strong man armed to be a tyrant like some of the Sultans of the east. But I cannot see why the Sultan should have appeared any earlier in history than many other human figures. On the contrary, the strong man armed obviously depends upon the superiority of his armour; and armament of that sort comes with more complex civilisation. One man may kill twenty with a machine-gun; it is obviously less likely that he could do it with a piece of flint. As for the current cant about the strongest man ruling by force and fear, it is simply a nursery fairy-tale about a giant with a hundred hands. Twenty men could hold down the strongest strong man in any society, ancient or modern. Undoubtedly they might ''admire,'' in a romantic and poetical sense, the man who was really the strongest; but that is quite different thing, and is as purely moral and even mystical as the admiration for the purest or the wisest. But the spirit that endures the mere cruelties and caprices of an established despot is the spirit of an ancient and settled and<noinclude></noinclude> 2u0sgpehqzbft9a1abaosgpes5hk5tf Page:The Most Excellent and Lamentable Tragedie of Romeo and Iuliet (1623).djvu/20 104 4490306 14130454 2024-04-26T02:07:14Z Jstoryhead 3130759 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Jstoryhead" />{{c|''The mo{{ls}}t Lamentable Tragedie''}} {{dent/s|0|0}}</noinclude>{{dent/e}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} ''Ser'' Vp. ''Ro.'' Whither to ſupper. ''Ser.'' To our houſe. ''Ro.'' Whoſe houſe? ''Ser.'' My Maiſters. ''Ro.'' Indeede I ſhould haue askt you that before. ''Ser.'' Now Ile tell you without a king. My Maiſter is the great rich ''Capulet'', & if you be not of the houſe of ''Mountagues'', I pray come and cruſh a cup of wine. Reſt you merry. ''Ben.'' At this ſame auncient feaſt of ''Capulets'', <br/> Sups the fare ''Roſaline'' whom thou ſo loues: <br/> With all the admired beauties of ''Verona'',<br/> Goe thither and with vnattainted eye, <br/> Compare her face with ſome that I ſhall ſhew, <br/> And I will make thee thinke thy ſwan a crow. ''Ro.'' When the deuout religion of mine eye, <br/> Maintaines ſuch ſalſhood, then turne teares to fire: <br/> And theſe who often drownd, could neuer die, <br/> Tranſparent Heretiques be burnt for liers. <br/> One fairer then my loue? the all ſeeing Sun <br/> Nere ſaw her match, ſince firſt the world begun. ''Ben.'' Tut, you ſaw her faire none elſe byeing by,<br/> Her ſelfe poyſde with her ſelfe in eyther eye:<br/> But in that Chriſtall ſcales let there be waid,<br/> Your Ladies loue againſt ſome other maid,<br/> That I will ſhew you ſhiuing at this feaſt,<br/> And ſhe ſhall ſhew well, that now ſhewes beſt. ''Ro.'' Ile goe along no ſuch ſight to be ſhowne,<br/> But to reioyce in ſplendor of mine owne. {{c|''Enter'' Capulets ''Wife and Nurſe.''}} ''Wife.'' Nurſe wher's my daughter? call her forth to me. Nurſe, ''Now by my maidenhead, at twelve years old I had her,''<br/> ''come, what Lamb, what Lady-bird, God forbid,''<br/> ''Wheres this Girle? what'' Iuliet {{c|''Enter'' Iuliet}} ''Iuliet.'' How now who calls? Nur. ''Your mother.''<noinclude>{{dent/e}} {{r|''Iuli''}}</noinclude> 8rihkaogdvhnazfj33mmwrmelajcrma 14130455 14130454 2024-04-26T02:07:50Z Jstoryhead 3130759 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Jstoryhead" />{{c|''The mo{{ls}}t Lamentable Tragedie''}} {{dent/s|0|0}}</noinclude>{{dent/e}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} ''Ser'' Vp. ''Ro.'' Whither to ſupper. ''Ser.'' To our houſe. ''Ro.'' Whoſe houſe? ''Ser.'' My Maiſters. ''Ro.'' Indeede I ſhould haue askt you that before. ''Ser.'' Now Ile tell you without a king. My Maiſter is the great rich ''Capulet'', & if you be not of the houſe of ''Mountagues'', I pray come and cruſh a cup of wine. Reſt you merry. ''Ben.'' At this ſame auncient feaſt of ''Capulets'', <br/> Sups the fare ''Roſaline'' whom thou ſo loues: <br/> With all the admired beauties of ''Verona'',<br/> Goe thither and with vnattainted eye, <br/> Compare her face with ſome that I ſhall ſhew, <br/> And I will make thee thinke thy ſwan a crow. ''Ro.'' When the deuout religion of mine eye, <br/> Maintaines ſuch ſalſhood, then turne teares to fire: <br/> And theſe who often drownd, could neuer die, <br/> Tranſparent Heretiques be burnt for liers. <br/> One fairer then my loue? the all ſeeing Sun <br/> Nere ſaw her match, ſince firſt the world begun. ''Ben.'' Tut, you ſaw her faire none elſe byeing by,<br/> Her ſelfe poyſde with her ſelfe in eyther eye:<br/> But in that Chriſtall ſcales let there be waid,<br/> Your Ladies loue againſt ſome other maid,<br/> That I will ſhew you ſhiuing at this feaſt,<br/> And ſhe ſhall ſhew well, that now ſhewes beſt. ''Ro.'' Ile goe along no ſuch ſight to be ſhowne,<br/> But to reioyce in ſplendor of mine owne. {{c|''Enter'' Capulets ''Wife and Nurſe.''}} ''Wife.'' Nurſe wher's my daughter? call her forth to me. Nurſe, ''Now by my maidenhead, at twelve years old I had her,''<br/> ''come, what Lamb, what Lady-bird, God forbid,''<br/> ''Wheres this Girle? what'' Iuliet {{c|''Enter'' Iuliet}} ''Iuliet.'' How now who calls? Nur. ''Your mother.'' {{nop}}<noinclude>{{dent/e}} {{r|''Iuli''}}</noinclude> spruwm54df7g8a49h697t67hs133xto Page:A SEA Dyak Dictionary in alphabetical parts, with examples and quotations shewing the use and meaning of words.pdf/22 104 4490307 14130461 2024-04-26T02:17:28Z 103.18.0.195 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "'''Au,''' to have a great longing for some­ thing to eat. '''Auh,''' echo, sound, noise, hum, murmur. Auh bala. The hum of an army. Auh ribut. The noise of the wind. '''Aum''' (v. f. ngaum; beaum or baitm), s. a council, agreement, v. to meet in council, reckon with, include, appease. Nama aum kiiat What is your agreement ? Aum mega sida enggau kitai. Reckon them also with us. Samoa sida sa ratus enda ngaum indu anembiak. All of them number one hundred... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="103.18.0.195" />{{rh| {{c|AU.}} | —10— | {{c|BABAK.}} }} {{rule}}</noinclude>'''Au,''' to have a great longing for some­ thing to eat. '''Auh,''' echo, sound, noise, hum, murmur. Auh bala. The hum of an army. Auh ribut. The noise of the wind. '''Aum''' (v. f. ngaum; beaum or baitm), s. a council, agreement, v. to meet in council, reckon with, include, appease. Nama aum kiiat What is your agreement ? Aum mega sida enggau kitai. Reckon them also with us. Samoa sida sa ratus enda ngaum indu anembiak. All of them number one hundred not reckoning women and children. Iya nga um anak iya ti nyabak. She appeases her child who cries. '''Aur''' (beater or baur), a large species of bamboo. '''Aus''' (v. f. ngatts), s. thirst, adj. thirsty, athirst, v. to be athirst. Ai enggau madam ka aus. Water is used to satiate thirst. Aku aus. I am thirsty Ikan masin ngaus ka nyawa. Salt fish makes one thirsty. '''Awa,''' a proper name, Eve. Awa-awa, empty-handed, disappointed. Nyau ka awa-awa iya datai di rumah, siko orang pen nadai dia. He was disappointed when he got to the house; there was not a soul there. Awak (v. f. ngawak), s. space, room, v. to give room, allow, suffer, let, let be, never mind, don’t trouble. Nadai bisi awak endor dudok di bilik iya. There is no space to sit in his room. Iva enggai ngawak ka aku bejako. He will not suffer me to speak. Dudok unggal Aw.ak ! Sit down, friend. Nevermind! Awak ka, in order that, so that. Awan {beawan- or bawan) a cloud ; a pro­ per name, m. Awi {beawi or bawi}, a coverlet, counter­ pane. Ayah, {beayah or bayah), uncle, step­ father. Ayah (v. f. ngayah; beayah or bayah, to hurt, tease, persecute, have improper inter­ course with anyone. Iya ngayah ka aku. He teased me. Ayak, a short form of bayak {beayak or bayak), the iguana. Sarah tua nunda ayak melaki bini. Let us be divorced after the B—(bc-,bel-,ber-), the inseparable prefix which expresses a state or condition of being and thereby denotes the intransitive state of the verb. [It is impossible in a limited space to give all those words that may assume this verbal prefix and their equivalents in English]. Bubat (or beubat). To have poison. Bebacha. To be in the act of reading. Belai. To have a leak. Berasu. To be in the act of hunting. Ba, a note of exclamation to direct atten­ tion. Ba (short form of baroh), under, below. Di ba rumah. Below the house. BABAK. fashion of the iguana (i. e. without ceremony). Ayatn (v. f. ngayam; beayam or Azyaw), s; a toy, pet, v. to make a toy or pet of any­ thing, play, examine. Aku ngaga ayam ka anak aku. I am making a toy for my child. Anang ngayam manok. Do not pet fowls. Ayam ribut {beayam ribut or bayam rib­ ut') a weather-cock. Ayan (v. f. ngayan ; beayan or bayan), to leave anything so that it may be seen, be visible, come into sight, leave anything care­ lessly. Aku ngayan ka padi sa gantang- di bilik. I left a gantang of paddy uncovered in the room. Ayap, vanished. Ayap dalam lubok. Van­ ished in (the water of) the bay. Ayas, vanished, obscure. Aku nchtu lang agi ayas. I know but the matter is still ob­ scure. Ayong (v. f. ngayong; beayong ox bayong), to overshadow, put under cover, choke with weeds. Ayong ka paong kopi nya; anang iya kena panas. Cover up the coffee plants ; do not let them feel the heat. Panggoi ngayonglangit, kalambi ninding kulit. A sun-hat covers one from the sky (or sun), a jacket pro­ tects the skin. Ayu, the negative, not (used by Bugau Dyaks). Ayu (v. f. ngayu; beayu), s. the soul, the representative or kindred soul in Hades (ac­ cording to Dyak belief every person in «this world has a kindred soul in Hades, if that soul sickens then the person in this world gets ill), v. to warn, prognosticate. Ilanyi mansa umai ngayu ka bulihpadi. A swarm of beespasses the paddy field and prognosticates a good crop. Ayun (v. f. ngayun ; bcayun or bayun), s. a swing, the equivalent in plates, etc., of a money fine, v. to swing to and fro, pay in plates, etc., the equivalent of a money fine.. Tti avim anak aku. This is my child’s swing. Pinggai tu ayun sa ringgit. These plates are the equivalent of the dollar fine. Anginngayun ka dan kayu kin kitu. The wind sways the branches to and fro. Iya ngayitn ka sa ringgit enggaupinggai. He paid the dollar fine with plates. ; Ba, prep, to, on, at, in. Iva. bejako ba aku»j He talked to me. JVaiig diengkah iya ba i meja- He put the money on the table. Iya i naroh utai ba bilik. She put the things in the room. Bisi kra ba umai. There arc monI keys at the farm. Baas, or boat, (bebaas), bars to support ' a cooking-pot. Aku mH dua lumpong baja ka baas. I bought two pieces of steci for sup­ porting the cooking-pot. Baas kava enda tan. Wooden bars to support a cooking-pot can' not last. Babak (v. f. mabak ; bebabak), to take off, undo, tear away, pull out, pull up by the;<noinclude></noinclude> bnifhwe2coz36yciw88iuhu7c4x4ct5 14130582 14130461 2024-04-26T05:05:39Z 103.18.0.195 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="103.18.0.195" />{{rh| {{c|AU.}} | —10— | {{c|BABAK.}} }} {{rule}}</noinclude>'''Au,''' to have a great longing for some­ thing to eat. '''Auh,''' echo, sound, noise, hum, murmur. Auh bala. The hum of an army. Auh ribut. The noise of the wind. '''Aum''' (v. f. ngaum; beaum or baitm), s. a council, agreement, v. to meet in council, reckon with, include, appease. Nama aum kiiat What is your agreement ? Aum mega sida enggau kitai. Reckon them also with us. Samoa sida sa ratus enda ngaum indu anembiak. All of them number one hundred not reckoning women and children. Iya nga um anak iya ti nyabak. She appeases her child who cries. '''Aur''' (beater or baur), a large species of bamboo. '''Aus''' (v. f. ngatts), s. thirst, adj. thirsty, athirst, v. to be athirst. Ai enggau madam ka aus. Water is used to satiate thirst. Aku aus. I am thirsty Ikan masin ngaus ka nyawa. Salt fish makes one thirsty. '''Awa,''' a proper name, Eve. '''Awa-awa,''' empty-handed, disappointed. Nyau ka awa-awa iya datai di rumah, siko orang pen nadai dia. He was disappointed when he got to the house; there was not a soul there. '''Awak''' (v. f. ngawak), s. space, room, v. to give room, allow, suffer, let, let be, never mind, don’t trouble. Nadai bisi awak endor dudok di bilik iya. There is no space to sit in his room. Iva enggai ngawak ka aku bejako. He will not suffer me to speak. Dudok unggal Awak ! Sit down, friend. Nevermind! '''Awak ka,''' in order that, so that. '''Awan''' (beawan- or bawan) a cloud ; a pro­per name, m. '''Awi''' {beawi or bawi}, a coverlet, counterpane. Ayah, {beayah or bayah), uncle, step­ father. Ayah (v. f. ngayah; beayah or bayah, to hurt, tease, persecute, have improper inter­ course with anyone. Iya ngayah ka aku. He teased me. Ayak, a short form of bayak {beayak or bayak), the iguana. Sarah tua nunda ayak melaki bini. Let us be divorced after the B—(bc-,bel-,ber-), the inseparable prefix which expresses a state or condition of being and thereby denotes the intransitive state of the verb. [It is impossible in a limited space to give all those words that may assume this verbal prefix and their equivalents in English]. Bubat (or beubat). To have poison. Bebacha. To be in the act of reading. Belai. To have a leak. Berasu. To be in the act of hunting. Ba, a note of exclamation to direct atten­ tion. Ba (short form of baroh), under, below. Di ba rumah. Below the house. BABAK. fashion of the iguana (i. e. without ceremony). Ayatn (v. f. ngayam; beayam or Azyaw), s; a toy, pet, v. to make a toy or pet of any­ thing, play, examine. Aku ngaga ayam ka anak aku. I am making a toy for my child. Anang ngayam manok. Do not pet fowls. Ayam ribut {beayam ribut or bayam rib­ ut') a weather-cock. Ayan (v. f. ngayan ; beayan or bayan), to leave anything so that it may be seen, be visible, come into sight, leave anything care­ lessly. Aku ngayan ka padi sa gantang- di bilik. I left a gantang of paddy uncovered in the room. Ayap, vanished. Ayap dalam lubok. Van­ ished in (the water of) the bay. Ayas, vanished, obscure. Aku nchtu lang agi ayas. I know but the matter is still ob­ scure. Ayong (v. f. ngayong; beayong ox bayong), to overshadow, put under cover, choke with weeds. Ayong ka paong kopi nya; anang iya kena panas. Cover up the coffee plants ; do not let them feel the heat. Panggoi ngayonglangit, kalambi ninding kulit. A sun-hat covers one from the sky (or sun), a jacket pro­ tects the skin. Ayu, the negative, not (used by Bugau Dyaks). Ayu (v. f. ngayu; beayu), s. the soul, the representative or kindred soul in Hades (ac­ cording to Dyak belief every person in «this world has a kindred soul in Hades, if that soul sickens then the person in this world gets ill), v. to warn, prognosticate. Ilanyi mansa umai ngayu ka bulihpadi. A swarm of beespasses the paddy field and prognosticates a good crop. Ayun (v. f. ngayun ; bcayun or bayun), s. a swing, the equivalent in plates, etc., of a money fine, v. to swing to and fro, pay in plates, etc., the equivalent of a money fine.. Tti avim anak aku. This is my child’s swing. Pinggai tu ayun sa ringgit. These plates are the equivalent of the dollar fine. Anginngayun ka dan kayu kin kitu. The wind sways the branches to and fro. Iya ngayitn ka sa ringgit enggaupinggai. He paid the dollar fine with plates. ; Ba, prep, to, on, at, in. Iva. bejako ba aku»j He talked to me. JVaiig diengkah iya ba i meja- He put the money on the table. Iya i naroh utai ba bilik. She put the things in the room. Bisi kra ba umai. There arc monI keys at the farm. Baas, or boat, (bebaas), bars to support ' a cooking-pot. Aku mH dua lumpong baja ka baas. I bought two pieces of steci for sup­ porting the cooking-pot. Baas kava enda tan. Wooden bars to support a cooking-pot can' not last. Babak (v. f. mabak ; bebabak), to take off, undo, tear away, pull out, pull up by the;<noinclude></noinclude> 08tia8pfcq2vjieua68xsqrlf1eptgx 14130598 14130582 2024-04-26T05:27:32Z 103.18.0.195 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="103.18.0.195" />{{rh| {{c|AU.}} | —10— | {{c|BABAK.}} }} {{rule}}</noinclude>'''Au,''' to have a great longing for some­ thing to eat. '''Auh,''' echo, sound, noise, hum, murmur. Auh bala. The hum of an army. Auh ribut. The noise of the wind. '''Aum''' (v. f. ngaum; beaum or baitm), s. a council, agreement, v. to meet in council, reckon with, include, appease. Nama aum kiiat What is your agreement ? Aum mega sida enggau kitai. Reckon them also with us. Samoa sida sa ratus enda ngaum indu anembiak. All of them number one hundred not reckoning women and children. Iya nga um anak iya ti nyabak. She appeases her child who cries. '''Aur''' (beater or baur), a large species of bamboo. '''Aus''' (v. f. ngatts), s. thirst, adj. thirsty, athirst, v. to be athirst. Ai enggau madam ka aus. Water is used to satiate thirst. Aku aus. I am thirsty Ikan masin ngaus ka nyawa. Salt fish makes one thirsty. '''Awa,''' a proper name, Eve. '''Awa-awa,''' empty-handed, disappointed. Nyau ka awa-awa iya datai di rumah, siko orang pen nadai dia. He was disappointed when he got to the house; there was not a soul there. '''Awak''' (v. f. ngawak), s. space, room, v. to give room, allow, suffer, let, let be, never mind, don’t trouble. Nadai bisi awak endor dudok di bilik iya. There is no space to sit in his room. Iva enggai ngawak ka aku bejako. He will not suffer me to speak. Dudok unggal Awak ! Sit down, friend. Nevermind! '''Awak ka,''' in order that, so that. '''Awan''' (beawan- or bawan) a cloud ; a pro­per name, m. '''Awi''' {beawi or bawi}, a coverlet, counterpane. '''Ayah''' (beayah or bayah), uncle, step­ father. '''Ayah''' (v. f. ngayah; beayah or bayah, to hurt, tease, persecute, have improper inter­ course with anyone. Iya ngayah ka aku. He teased me. '''Ayak,''' a short form of bayak (beayak or bayak), the iguana. Sarah tua nunda ayak melaki bini. Let us be divorced after the B—(bc-,bel-,ber-), the inseparable prefix which expresses a state or condition of being and thereby denotes the intransitive state of the verb. [It is impossible in a limited space to give all those words that may assume this verbal prefix and their equivalents in English]. Bubat (or beubat). To have poison. Bebacha. To be in the act of reading. Belai. To have a leak. Berasu. To be in the act of hunting. Ba, a note of exclamation to direct atten­ tion. Ba (short form of baroh), under, below. Di ba rumah. Below the house. BABAK. fashion of the iguana (i. e. without ceremony). Ayatn (v. f. ngayam; beayam or Azyaw), s; a toy, pet, v. to make a toy or pet of any­ thing, play, examine. Aku ngaga ayam ka anak aku. I am making a toy for my child. Anang ngayam manok. Do not pet fowls. Ayam ribut {beayam ribut or bayam rib­ ut') a weather-cock. Ayan (v. f. ngayan ; beayan or bayan), to leave anything so that it may be seen, be visible, come into sight, leave anything care­ lessly. Aku ngayan ka padi sa gantang- di bilik. I left a gantang of paddy uncovered in the room. Ayap, vanished. Ayap dalam lubok. Van­ ished in (the water of) the bay. Ayas, vanished, obscure. Aku nchtu lang agi ayas. I know but the matter is still ob­ scure. Ayong (v. f. ngayong; beayong ox bayong), to overshadow, put under cover, choke with weeds. Ayong ka paong kopi nya; anang iya kena panas. Cover up the coffee plants ; do not let them feel the heat. Panggoi ngayonglangit, kalambi ninding kulit. A sun-hat covers one from the sky (or sun), a jacket pro­ tects the skin. Ayu, the negative, not (used by Bugau Dyaks). Ayu (v. f. ngayu; beayu), s. the soul, the representative or kindred soul in Hades (ac­ cording to Dyak belief every person in «this world has a kindred soul in Hades, if that soul sickens then the person in this world gets ill), v. to warn, prognosticate. Ilanyi mansa umai ngayu ka bulihpadi. A swarm of beespasses the paddy field and prognosticates a good crop. Ayun (v. f. ngayun ; bcayun or bayun), s. a swing, the equivalent in plates, etc., of a money fine, v. to swing to and fro, pay in plates, etc., the equivalent of a money fine.. Tti avim anak aku. This is my child’s swing. Pinggai tu ayun sa ringgit. These plates are the equivalent of the dollar fine. Anginngayun ka dan kayu kin kitu. The wind sways the branches to and fro. Iya ngayitn ka sa ringgit enggaupinggai. He paid the dollar fine with plates. ; Ba, prep, to, on, at, in. Iva. bejako ba aku»j He talked to me. JVaiig diengkah iya ba i meja- He put the money on the table. Iya i naroh utai ba bilik. She put the things in the room. Bisi kra ba umai. There arc monI keys at the farm. Baas, or boat, (bebaas), bars to support ' a cooking-pot. Aku mH dua lumpong baja ka baas. I bought two pieces of steci for sup­ porting the cooking-pot. Baas kava enda tan. Wooden bars to support a cooking-pot can' not last. Babak (v. f. mabak ; bebabak), to take off, undo, tear away, pull out, pull up by the;<noinclude></noinclude> 87rpy431g5hubjhk21mmbralus6nhb1 14130605 14130598 2024-04-26T05:32:24Z 103.18.0.195 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="103.18.0.195" />{{rh| {{c|AU.}} | —10— | {{c|BABAK.}} }} {{rule}}</noinclude>'''Au,''' to have a great longing for some­ thing to eat. '''Auh,''' echo, sound, noise, hum, murmur. Auh bala. The hum of an army. Auh ribut. The noise of the wind. '''Aum''' (v. f. ngaum; beaum or baitm), s. a council, agreement, v. to meet in council, reckon with, include, appease. Nama aum kiiat What is your agreement ? Aum mega sida enggau kitai. Reckon them also with us. Samoa sida sa ratus enda ngaum indu anembiak. All of them number one hundred not reckoning women and children. Iya nga um anak iya ti nyabak. She appeases her child who cries. '''Aur''' (beater or baur), a large species of bamboo. '''Aus''' (v. f. ngatts), s. thirst, adj. thirsty, athirst, v. to be athirst. Ai enggau madam ka aus. Water is used to satiate thirst. Aku aus. I am thirsty Ikan masin ngaus ka nyawa. Salt fish makes one thirsty. '''Awa,''' a proper name, Eve. '''Awa-awa,''' empty-handed, disappointed. Nyau ka awa-awa iya datai di rumah, siko orang pen nadai dia. He was disappointed when he got to the house; there was not a soul there. '''Awak''' (v. f. ngawak), s. space, room, v. to give room, allow, suffer, let, let be, never mind, don’t trouble. Nadai bisi awak endor dudok di bilik iya. There is no space to sit in his room. Iva enggai ngawak ka aku bejako. He will not suffer me to speak. Dudok unggal Awak ! Sit down, friend. Nevermind! '''Awak ka,''' in order that, so that. '''Awan''' (beawan- or bawan) a cloud ; a pro­per name, m. '''Awi''' {beawi or bawi}, a coverlet, counterpane. '''Ayah''' (beayah or bayah), uncle, step­ father. '''Ayah''' (v. f. ngayah; beayah or bayah, to hurt, tease, persecute, have improper inter­ course with anyone. Iya ngayah ka aku. He teased me. '''Ayak,''' a short form of bayak (beayak or bayak), the iguana. Sarah tua nunda ayak melaki bini. Let us be divorced after the fashion of the iguana (i. e. without ceremony). '''Ayam''' (v. f. ngayam; beayam or Azyaw), s; a toy, pet, v. to make a toy or pet of any­ thing, play, examine. Aku ngaga ayam ka anak aku. I am making a toy for my child. Anang ngayam manok. Do not pet fowls. '''Ayam ribut''' (beayam ribut or bayam rib­ut') a weather-cock. Ayan (v. f. ngayan ; beayan or bayan), to leave anything so that it may be seen, be visible, come into sight, leave anything care­ lessly. Aku ngayan ka padi sa gantang- di bilik. I left a gantang of paddy uncovered in the room. Ayap, vanished. Ayap dalam lubok. Van­ ished in (the water of) the bay. Ayas, vanished, obscure. Aku nchtu lang agi ayas. I know but the matter is still ob­ scure. Ayong (v. f. ngayong; beayong ox bayong), to overshadow, put under cover, choke with weeds. Ayong ka paong kopi nya; anang iya kena panas. Cover up the coffee plants ; do not let them feel the heat. Panggoi ngayonglangit, kalambi ninding kulit. A sun-hat covers one from the sky (or sun), a jacket pro­ tects the skin. Ayu, the negative, not (used by Bugau Dyaks). Ayu (v. f. ngayu; beayu), s. the soul, the representative or kindred soul in Hades (ac­ cording to Dyak belief every person in «this world has a kindred soul in Hades, if that soul sickens then the person in this world gets ill), v. to warn, prognosticate. Ilanyi mansa umai ngayu ka bulihpadi. A swarm of beespasses the paddy field and prognosticates a good crop. Ayun (v. f. ngayun ; bcayun or bayun), s. a swing, the equivalent in plates, etc., of a money fine, v. to swing to and fro, pay in plates, etc., the equivalent of a money fine.. Tti avim anak aku. This is my child’s swing. Pinggai tu ayun sa ringgit. These plates are the equivalent of the dollar fine. Anginngayun ka dan kayu kin kitu. The wind sways the branches to and fro. Iya ngayitn ka sa ringgit enggaupinggai. He paid the dollar fine with plates. {{c|{{xx-larger block|B}}}} B—(''bc-,bel-,ber-''), the inseparable prefix which expresses a state or condition of being and thereby denotes the intransitive state of the verb. [It is impossible in a limited space to give all those words that may assume this verbal prefix and their equivalents in English]. Bubat (or beubat). To have poison. Bebacha. To be in the act of reading. Belai. To have a leak. Berasu. To be in the act of hunting. '''Ba,''' a note of exclamation to direct atten­tion. '''Ba''' (short form of baroh), under, below. Di ba rumah. Below the house. Ba, prep, to, on, at, in. Iva. bejako ba aku»j He talked to me. JVaiig diengkah iya ba i meja- He put the money on the table. Iya i naroh utai ba bilik. She put the things in the room. Bisi kra ba umai. There arc monI keys at the farm. Baas, or boat, (bebaas), bars to support ' a cooking-pot. Aku mH dua lumpong baja ka baas. I bought two pieces of steci for sup­ porting the cooking-pot. Baas kava enda tan. Wooden bars to support a cooking-pot can' not last. Babak (v. f. mabak ; bebabak), to take off, undo, tear away, pull out, pull up by the;<noinclude></noinclude> 9u03okx0oh672roezruipit13a1q15c 14130610 14130605 2024-04-26T05:37:30Z 103.18.0.195 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="103.18.0.195" />{{rh| {{c|AU.}} | —10— | {{c|BABAK.}} }} {{rule}}</noinclude>'''Au,''' to have a great longing for some­ thing to eat. '''Auh,''' echo, sound, noise, hum, murmur. Auh bala. The hum of an army. Auh ribut. The noise of the wind. '''Aum''' (v. f. ngaum; beaum or baitm), s. a council, agreement, v. to meet in council, reckon with, include, appease. Nama aum kiiat What is your agreement ? Aum mega sida enggau kitai. Reckon them also with us. Samoa sida sa ratus enda ngaum indu anembiak. All of them number one hundred not reckoning women and children. Iya nga um anak iya ti nyabak. She appeases her child who cries. '''Aur''' (beater or baur), a large species of bamboo. '''Aus''' (v. f. ngatts), s. thirst, adj. thirsty, athirst, v. to be athirst. Ai enggau madam ka aus. Water is used to satiate thirst. Aku aus. I am thirsty Ikan masin ngaus ka nyawa. Salt fish makes one thirsty. '''Awa,''' a proper name, Eve. '''Awa-awa,''' empty-handed, disappointed. Nyau ka awa-awa iya datai di rumah, siko orang pen nadai dia. He was disappointed when he got to the house; there was not a soul there. '''Awak''' (v. f. ngawak), s. space, room, v. to give room, allow, suffer, let, let be, never mind, don’t trouble. Nadai bisi awak endor dudok di bilik iya. There is no space to sit in his room. Iva enggai ngawak ka aku bejako. He will not suffer me to speak. Dudok unggal Awak ! Sit down, friend. Nevermind! '''Awak ka,''' in order that, so that. '''Awan''' (beawan- or bawan) a cloud ; a pro­per name, m. '''Awi''' {beawi or bawi}, a coverlet, counterpane. '''Ayah''' (beayah or bayah), uncle, step­ father. '''Ayah''' (v. f. ngayah; beayah or bayah, to hurt, tease, persecute, have improper inter­ course with anyone. Iya ngayah ka aku. He teased me. '''Ayak,''' a short form of bayak (beayak or bayak), the iguana. Sarah tua nunda ayak melaki bini. Let us be divorced after the fashion of the iguana (i. e. without ceremony). '''Ayam''' (v. f. ngayam; beayam or Azyaw), s; a toy, pet, v. to make a toy or pet of any­ thing, play, examine. Aku ngaga ayam ka anak aku. I am making a toy for my child. Anang ngayam manok. Do not pet fowls. '''Ayam ribut''' (beayam ribut or bayam rib­ut') a weather-cock. '''Ayan''' (v. f. ngayan ; beayan or bayan), to leave anything so that it may be seen, be visible, come into sight, leave anything care­lessly. Aku ngayan ka padi sa gantang- di bilik. I left a gantang of paddy uncovered in the room. '''Ayap,''' vanished. Ayap dalam lubok. Van­ished in (the water of) the bay. '''Ayas,''' vanished, obscure. Aku nchtu lang agi ayas. I know but the matter is still ob­ scure. Ayong (v. f. ngayong; beayong ox bayong), to overshadow, put under cover, choke with weeds. Ayong ka paong kopi nya; anang iya kena panas. Cover up the coffee plants ; do not let them feel the heat. Panggoi ngayonglangit, kalambi ninding kulit. A sun-hat covers one from the sky (or sun), a jacket pro­ tects the skin. Ayu, the negative, not (used by Bugau Dyaks). Ayu (v. f. ngayu; beayu), s. the soul, the representative or kindred soul in Hades (ac­ cording to Dyak belief every person in «this world has a kindred soul in Hades, if that soul sickens then the person in this world gets ill), v. to warn, prognosticate. Ilanyi mansa umai ngayu ka bulihpadi. A swarm of beespasses the paddy field and prognosticates a good crop. Ayun (v. f. ngayun ; bcayun or bayun), s. a swing, the equivalent in plates, etc., of a money fine, v. to swing to and fro, pay in plates, etc., the equivalent of a money fine.. Tti avim anak aku. This is my child’s swing. Pinggai tu ayun sa ringgit. These plates are the equivalent of the dollar fine. Anginngayun ka dan kayu kin kitu. The wind sways the branches to and fro. Iya ngayitn ka sa ringgit enggaupinggai. He paid the dollar fine with plates. {{c|{{xx-larger block|B}}}} B—(''bc-,bel-,ber-''), the inseparable prefix which expresses a state or condition of being and thereby denotes the intransitive state of the verb. [It is impossible in a limited space to give all those words that may assume this verbal prefix and their equivalents in English]. Bubat (or beubat). To have poison. Bebacha. To be in the act of reading. Belai. To have a leak. Berasu. To be in the act of hunting. '''Ba,''' a note of exclamation to direct atten­tion. '''Ba''' (short form of baroh), under, below. Di ba rumah. Below the house. Ba, prep, to, on, at, in. Iva. bejako ba aku»j He talked to me. JVaiig diengkah iya ba i meja- He put the money on the table. Iya i naroh utai ba bilik. She put the things in the room. Bisi kra ba umai. There arc monI keys at the farm. Baas, or boat, (bebaas), bars to support ' a cooking-pot. Aku mH dua lumpong baja ka baas. I bought two pieces of steci for sup­ porting the cooking-pot. Baas kava enda tan. Wooden bars to support a cooking-pot can' not last. Babak (v. f. mabak ; bebabak), to take off, undo, tear away, pull out, pull up by the;<noinclude></noinclude> j2t1alatukq4tc1uaf59in6jocrean6 14130639 14130610 2024-04-26T06:08:52Z 103.18.0.195 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="103.18.0.195" />{{rh| {{c|AU.}} | —10— | {{c|BABAK.}} }} {{rule}}</noinclude>'''Au,''' to have a great longing for some­ thing to eat. '''Auh,''' echo, sound, noise, hum, murmur. Auh bala. The hum of an army. Auh ribut. The noise of the wind. '''Aum''' (v. f. ngaum; beaum or baitm), s. a council, agreement, v. to meet in council, reckon with, include, appease. Nama aum kiiat What is your agreement ? Aum mega sida enggau kitai. Reckon them also with us. Samoa sida sa ratus enda ngaum indu anembiak. All of them number one hundred not reckoning women and children. Iya nga um anak iya ti nyabak. She appeases her child who cries. '''Aur''' (beater or baur), a large species of bamboo. '''Aus''' (v. f. ngatts), s. thirst, adj. thirsty, athirst, v. to be athirst. Ai enggau madam ka aus. Water is used to satiate thirst. Aku aus. I am thirsty Ikan masin ngaus ka nyawa. Salt fish makes one thirsty. '''Awa,''' a proper name, Eve. '''Awa-awa,''' empty-handed, disappointed. Nyau ka awa-awa iya datai di rumah, siko orang pen nadai dia. He was disappointed when he got to the house; there was not a soul there. '''Awak''' (v. f. ngawak), s. space, room, v. to give room, allow, suffer, let, let be, never mind, don’t trouble. Nadai bisi awak endor dudok di bilik iya. There is no space to sit in his room. Iva enggai ngawak ka aku bejako. He will not suffer me to speak. Dudok unggal Awak ! Sit down, friend. Nevermind! '''Awak ka,''' in order that, so that. '''Awan''' (beawan- or bawan) a cloud ; a pro­per name, m. '''Awi''' {beawi or bawi}, a coverlet, counterpane. '''Ayah''' (beayah or bayah), uncle, step­ father. '''Ayah''' (v. f. ngayah; beayah or bayah, to hurt, tease, persecute, have improper inter­ course with anyone. Iya ngayah ka aku. He teased me. '''Ayak,''' a short form of bayak (beayak or bayak), the iguana. Sarah tua nunda ayak melaki bini. Let us be divorced after the fashion of the iguana (i. e. without ceremony). '''Ayam''' (v. f. ngayam; beayam or Azyaw), s; a toy, pet, v. to make a toy or pet of any­ thing, play, examine. Aku ngaga ayam ka anak aku. I am making a toy for my child. Anang ngayam manok. Do not pet fowls. '''Ayam ribut''' (beayam ribut or bayam rib­ut') a weather-cock. '''Ayan''' (v. f. ngayan ; beayan or bayan), to leave anything so that it may be seen, be visible, come into sight, leave anything care­lessly. Aku ngayan ka padi sa gantang- di bilik. I left a gantang of paddy uncovered in the room. '''Ayap,''' vanished. Ayap dalam lubok. Van­ished in (the water of) the bay. '''Ayas,''' vanished, obscure. Aku nchtu lang agi ayas. I know but the matter is still ob­ scure. '''Ayong''' (v. f. ngayong; beayong ox bayong), to overshadow, put under cover, choke with weeds. Ayong ka paong kopi nya; anang iya kena panas. Cover up the coffee plants; do not let them feel the heat. Panggoi ngayonglangit, kalambi ninding kulit. A sun-hat covers one from the sky (or sun), a jacket pro­tects the skin. '''Ayu,''' the negative, not (used by Bugau Dyaks). '''Ayu''' (v. f. ngayu; beayu), s. the soul, the representative or kindred soul in Hades (ac­cording to Dyak belief every person in this world has a kindred soul in Hades, if that soul sickens then the person in this world gets ill), v. to warn, prognosticate. Ilanyi mansa umai ngayu ka bulihpadi. A swarm of beespasses the paddy field and prognosticates a good crop. Ayun (v. f. ngayun ; bcayun or bayun), s. a swing, the equivalent in plates, etc., of a money fine, v. to swing to and fro, pay in plates, etc., the equivalent of a money fine.. Tti avim anak aku. This is my child’s swing. Pinggai tu ayun sa ringgit. These plates are the equivalent of the dollar fine. Anginngayun ka dan kayu kin kitu. The wind sways the branches to and fro. Iya ngayitn ka sa ringgit enggaupinggai. He paid the dollar fine with plates. {{c|{{xx-larger block|B}}}} B—(''bc-,bel-,ber-''), the inseparable prefix which expresses a state or condition of being and thereby denotes the intransitive state of the verb. [It is impossible in a limited space to give all those words that may assume this verbal prefix and their equivalents in English]. Bubat (or beubat). To have poison. Bebacha. To be in the act of reading. Belai. To have a leak. Berasu. To be in the act of hunting. '''Ba,''' a note of exclamation to direct atten­tion. '''Ba''' (short form of baroh), under, below. Di ba rumah. Below the house. Ba, prep, to, on, at, in. Iva. bejako ba aku»j He talked to me. JVaiig diengkah iya ba i meja- He put the money on the table. Iya i naroh utai ba bilik. She put the things in the room. Bisi kra ba umai. There arc monI keys at the farm. Baas, or boat, (bebaas), bars to support ' a cooking-pot. Aku mH dua lumpong baja ka baas. I bought two pieces of steci for sup­ porting the cooking-pot. Baas kava enda tan. Wooden bars to support a cooking-pot can' not last. Babak (v. f. mabak ; bebabak), to take off, undo, tear away, pull out, pull up by the;<noinclude></noinclude> 1mux3k3w4v4ady0v3lc6th9hjofiy00 14130692 14130639 2024-04-26T06:55:42Z 103.18.0.195 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="103.18.0.195" />{{rh| {{c|AU.}} | —10— | {{c|BABAK.}} }} {{rule}}</noinclude>'''Au,''' to have a great longing for some­ thing to eat. '''Auh,''' echo, sound, noise, hum, murmur. Auh bala. The hum of an army. Auh ribut. The noise of the wind. '''Aum''' (v. f. ngaum; beaum or baitm), s. a council, agreement, v. to meet in council, reckon with, include, appease. Nama aum kiiat What is your agreement ? Aum mega sida enggau kitai. Reckon them also with us. Samoa sida sa ratus enda ngaum indu anembiak. All of them number one hundred not reckoning women and children. Iya nga um anak iya ti nyabak. She appeases her child who cries. '''Aur''' (beater or baur), a large species of bamboo. '''Aus''' (v. f. ngatts), s. thirst, adj. thirsty, athirst, v. to be athirst. Ai enggau madam ka aus. Water is used to satiate thirst. Aku aus. I am thirsty Ikan masin ngaus ka nyawa. Salt fish makes one thirsty. '''Awa,''' a proper name, Eve. '''Awa-awa,''' empty-handed, disappointed. Nyau ka awa-awa iya datai di rumah, siko orang pen nadai dia. He was disappointed when he got to the house; there was not a soul there. '''Awak''' (v. f. ngawak), s. space, room, v. to give room, allow, suffer, let, let be, never mind, don’t trouble. Nadai bisi awak endor dudok di bilik iya. There is no space to sit in his room. Iva enggai ngawak ka aku bejako. He will not suffer me to speak. Dudok unggal Awak ! Sit down, friend. Nevermind! '''Awak ka,''' in order that, so that. '''Awan''' (beawan- or bawan) a cloud ; a pro­per name, m. '''Awi''' {beawi or bawi}, a coverlet, counterpane. '''Ayah''' (beayah or bayah), uncle, step­ father. '''Ayah''' (v. f. ngayah; beayah or bayah, to hurt, tease, persecute, have improper inter­ course with anyone. Iya ngayah ka aku. He teased me. '''Ayak,''' a short form of bayak (beayak or bayak), the iguana. Sarah tua nunda ayak melaki bini. Let us be divorced after the fashion of the iguana (i. e. without ceremony). '''Ayam''' (v. f. ngayam; beayam or Azyaw), s; a toy, pet, v. to make a toy or pet of any­ thing, play, examine. Aku ngaga ayam ka anak aku. I am making a toy for my child. Anang ngayam manok. Do not pet fowls. '''Ayam ribut''' (beayam ribut or bayam rib­ut') a weather-cock. '''Ayan''' (v. f. ngayan ; beayan or bayan), to leave anything so that it may be seen, be visible, come into sight, leave anything care­lessly. Aku ngayan ka padi sa gantang- di bilik. I left a gantang of paddy uncovered in the room. '''Ayap,''' vanished. Ayap dalam lubok. Van­ished in (the water of) the bay. '''Ayas,''' vanished, obscure. Aku nchtu lang agi ayas. I know but the matter is still ob­ scure. '''Ayong''' (v. f. ngayong; beayong ox bayong), to overshadow, put under cover, choke with weeds. Ayong ka paong kopi nya; anang iya kena panas. Cover up the coffee plants; do not let them feel the heat. Panggoi ngayonglangit, kalambi ninding kulit. A sun-hat covers one from the sky (or sun), a jacket pro­tects the skin. '''Ayu,''' the negative, not (used by Bugau Dyaks). '''Ayu''' (v. f. ngayu; beayu), s. the soul, the representative or kindred soul in Hades (ac­cording to Dyak belief every person in this world has a kindred soul in Hades, if that soul sickens then the person in this world gets ill), v. to warn, prognosticate. Ilanyi mansa umai ngayu ka bulihpadi. A swarm of beespasses the paddy field and prognosticates a good crop. '''Ayun''' (v. f. ngayun ; bcayun or bayun), s. a swing, the equivalent in plates, etc., of a money fine, v. to swing to and fro, pay in plates, etc., the equivalent of a money fine. Tti avim anak aku. This is my child’s swing. Pinggai tu ayun sa ringgit. These plates are the equivalent of the dollar fine. Anginngayun ka dan kayu kin kitu. The wind sways the branches to and fro. Iya ngayitn ka sa ringgit enggaupinggai. He paid the dollar fine with plates. {{c|{{xx-larger block|B}}}} B—(''bc-,bel-,ber-''), the inseparable prefix which expresses a state or condition of being and thereby denotes the intransitive state of the verb. [It is impossible in a limited space to give all those words that may assume this verbal prefix and their equivalents in English]. Bubat (or beubat). To have poison. Bebacha. To be in the act of reading. Belai. To have a leak. Berasu. To be in the act of hunting. '''Ba,''' a note of exclamation to direct atten­tion. '''Ba''' (short form of baroh), under, below. Di ba rumah. Below the house. '''Ba,''' prep, to, on, at, in. Iva. bejako ba aku»j He talked to me. Wang diengkah iya ba i meja- He put the money on the table. Iya i naroh utai ba bilik. She put the things in the room. Bisi kra ba umai. There arc monI keys at the farm. '''Baas,''' or boat, (bebaas), bars to support ' a cooking-pot. Aku mH dua lumpong baja ka baas. I bought two pieces of steci for sup­porting the cooking-pot. Baas kava enda tan. Wooden bars to support a cooking-pot can' not last. '''Babak''' (v. f. mabak ; bebabak), to take off, undo, tear away, pull out, pull up by the<noinclude></noinclude> q9qg0rqm8era5wvzegq1lhei3cdxbfw Page:The Most Excellent and Lamentable Tragedie of Romeo and Iuliet (1623).djvu/21 104 4490308 14130474 2024-04-26T02:40:22Z Jstoryhead 3130759 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Jstoryhead" />{{c|''of Romeo and Iuliet.''}} {{dent/s|0|0}}</noinclude>{{dent/e}} ''Iuli.'' Madam I am here, what is your will? {{dent/s|0|1em}} ''Wife.'' This is the matter. Nurſe giue leaue a while, we muſt talke in ſecret. Nurſe come back againe, I haue remembred me, thou'ſe heare our counſell. Thou knoweſt my daughter's of a pretty age. Nurſe. ''Faith I can tell her Age vnto an houre.'' ''Wife.'' Shees not fourteene. Nurſe. ''Ile lay fourteene of my teeth, & yet to my teene be it ſpoken, I haue but foure, shees not fourteene.'' <br/> ''How long is it now to'' Lammas tide? ''Wife.'' A fortnight and odde dayes. Nurſe. ''Euen or odd, of all daies in the yeere come'' Lammas'' Eue at night ſhall ſhe be fourteene.'' Suſan ''and ſhe, God rest all Chriſtian fouls, were of an age. Well'' Suſan ''is with God, ſhee was to good for me. But as I ſaid on'' Lammas ''Eue at night ſhall ſhee bee fourteene, then ſhall ſhee marrie, I remember it well. Tis ſince the Earth-quake now eleuen yeares, and ſhe was weand I never ſhall forget it, of all the daies of the yeare vpon that day: for I had then laid worme-wood to my dug ſitting in the Sunne vnder the Doue houſe wall. My Lord and you were then at'' Mantua, ''nay I doe beare a braine. But as i ſaide, when it did taſt the worme-wood on the nipple of my Dugge, and felt it bitter, pretty foole, to ſee it teachie and fall out with the Dug, Shake quoth the Doue-houſe, twas no neede I trow to bid mee trudge: and ſince that time it is a leuen yeares, for then ſhee could ſtand alone, nay bi'throode ſhe could haue runne and wadled all about: for euen the day before ſhe broke her brow, and then my Huſband, God by with his ſoule, a was a merry man, tooke vp the child, yea quote hee, doeſt thou fall vpon thy face? thou wilt fall backeward when thou haſt more wit, wilt thou not'' Iule? ''And by my holy dam, the pretty wretch left crying, and ſaid I: to ſee now how a Ieſt ſhall come about. I warrant, and I ſhall liue a thouſand yeares, I neuer ſhould forget it: wilt thou not'' Iule ''quoth he? and pretty foole it ſtinted, and ſaid I.'' ''Old La.'' Inough of this, I pray thee hold thy peace. Nurſe. ''Yes Madam, yet I cannot chuſe but laugh, to thinke it ſhould leaue crying and ſay I: and yet I warrant it had vpon it brow, a bumpe as big as a young Cockrels ſtone? a perilous knock, and it cried bitterly. Yea quote my huſband, faliſt vpon they face, thou wilt fall''<noinclude>{{dent/e}} {{c|B 3}} {{r|backword}}</noinclude> 7lwy5o4kkw7n1bmm0vpcnmwgwteu2hc Page:The Most Excellent and Lamentable Tragedie of Romeo and Iuliet (1623).djvu/22 104 4490309 14130482 2024-04-26T02:50:40Z Jstoryhead 3130759 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Jstoryhead" />{{c|''The mo{{ls}}t Lamentable Tragedie''}} {{dent/s|0|0}}</noinclude>''backward when thou commeſt to age: wilt thou not'' Iule? ''It ſtinted, and ſaid I.'' {{dent/e}} {{dent/s|0|1em}} ''Iuli.'' And ſtint thou too, I pray thee Nurſe, ſay I. Nurſe. ''Peace I haue done: God marke thee too his grace, thou waſt the prettiest Babe that ere I nurſt, and I might liue to ſee thee marryed once. I haue my wiſh.'' ''Old La.'' Marry that marry is the very Theame <br/> I came to talke of, tell me daughter ''Iuliet'',<br/> How ſtands your diſpoſitions to be marryed? ''Iuli.'' It is an houre that I dreame not of. Nurſe. ''An houre, were not I onle Nurſe, I would ſay thou thou hadſt ſuckt they wiſdome from thy teat.'' ''Old La.'' Well thinke of Marriage now, younger than you<br/> Here in ''Verona'', Ladies of eſteeme,<br/> Are made already mothers by my count,<br/> I was your mother, much vpon theſe yeares<br/> That you are now a Maide, thus then in briefe:<br/> The valiant ''Paris'' ſeekes you for his Loue. Nurſe. ''A man yong Lady, Lady, ſuch a man as all the world. Why hees a man of waxe. ''Old La.'' ''Veronas'' Summer hath not ſuch a flower, Nurſe. ''Nay, hees a flower, in faith a very flower,'' ''Old La.'' What ſay you, can you loue the Gentleman?<br/> This night you ſhall behold him at our Feaſt,<br/> Read ore the volume of yong ''Paris'' face, <br/> And find delight, writ there with beauties Pen,<br/> Examine euery ſeuerall liniament,<br/> And ſee how one an other lends content:<br/> And what obſcurde in this faire Volume lyes,<br/> Find written in the margeant of his eyes.<br/> This precious Booke of Loue, this vnbound Louer,<br/> To beautifie him, onely lackes a Couer.<br/> The fiſh liues in the Sea, and tis much pride<br/> For faire without, the faire within to hide:<br/> That Booke in maines eyes doth ſhare the glorie,<br/> That in gold clapſes, locks in the golden ſtorie:<br/> So ſhall you ſhare all that he doth poſſeſſe,<noinclude>{{dent/e}} {{r|By}}</noinclude> nvj3gfk908prhm48ktvkaquq7n3nqjb Author:Augusta Frederika Frere 102 4490310 14130498 2024-04-26T03:08:34Z Yodin 174939 Yodin moved page [[Author:Augusta Frederika Frere]] to [[Author:Augusta Frederica Frere]]: more frequently used spelling in sources wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Author:Augusta Frederica Frere]] t3v419yk4p7qtxj8i7yvd6eyi588gxr Page:Merry Drollery Compleat 1875.djvu/245 104 4490311 14130504 2024-04-26T03:14:15Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{rvh|191|''Complete.''|''Merry Drollerie,''}}</noinclude><section begin="rebel" />{{ppoem|start=follow| We’ll melt all their Bodkins the quicker :Into Sack, and so drink them away, We’ll spend the demeans o’ th’ Bishops & Deans, :And over the Presbyter sway. The nimble St. ''Patrick'' is sunk in a bog, :And his Country-men sadly cry, ''Oh hone, Oh hone,'' St. ''Andrew'' and ’s kirk-men are lost in a fog, :And we are the Saints alone: Thus on our superiours and equals we trample, :Whilst Jockie the stirrop shall hold, The Citie’s our Mule for example, :While we thus in plenty are roll’d, Each delicate Dish shall but answer our wish, :And our drink shall be cordial Gold. }} <section end="rebel" /> {{rule}} <section begin="love" /> {{ph/main|Love lies a bleeding: In Imitation of Law lies a bleeding.}} {{ppoem|end=follow| {{di|L}}{{uc|a}}y by your pleading, Love lies a bleeding, Burn all your Poetry, and throw away your reading. :Piety is painted, :And Truth is tainted, Love is a reprobate, and Schism now is Sainted, :The Throne Love doth sit on, :We dayly do spit on, }} <section end="love" /><noinclude>{{right|It}}</noinclude> 4ctuddijrqmvouz0rviheg8g5ny6g7h 14130505 14130504 2024-04-26T03:14:38Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 formatting fix proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{rvh|191|''Complete.''|''Merry Drollerie,''}}</noinclude><section begin="rebel" />{{ppoem|start=follow| We’ll melt all their Bodkins the quicker :Into Sack, and so drink them away, We’ll spend the demeans o’ th’ Bishops & Deans, :And over the Presbyter sway. The nimble St. ''Patrick'' is sunk in a bog, :And his Country-men sadly cry, ''Oh hone, Oh hone,'' St. ''Andrew'' and ’s kirk-men are lost in a fog, :And we are the Saints alone: Thus on our superiours and equals we trample, :Whilst Jockie the stirrop shall hold, The Citie’s our Mule for example, :While we thus in plenty are roll’d, Each delicate Dish shall but answer our wish, :And our drink shall be cordial Gold. }} <section end="rebel" /> {{rule}} <section begin="love" /> {{c|''Love lies a bleeding: In Imitation of<br/>Law lies a bleeding.''}} {{ppoem|end=follow| {{di|L}}{{uc|a}}y by your pleading, Love lies a bleeding, Burn all your Poetry, and throw away your reading. :Piety is painted, :And Truth is tainted, Love is a reprobate, and Schism now is Sainted, :The Throne Love doth sit on, :We dayly do spit on, }} <section end="love" /><noinclude>{{right|It}}</noinclude> 4mihicf9d91twrl0ohlmn5sbjol42tt Page:Merry Drollery Compleat 1875.djvu/246 104 4490312 14130513 2024-04-26T03:18:05Z CalendulaAsteraceae 2973212 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="CalendulaAsteraceae" />{{rvh|192|''Complete.''|''Merry Drollerie,''}}</noinclude>{{ppoem|start=follow|end=follow| It was not thus, I wis, when Betty rul’d in Britain. :But friendship hath faultred, :Loves Altars are altered, And he that is the cause, I would his neck were haltred. :When Love did nourish :''England'' did flourish, Till holy hate came in and made us all so currish. :Now every Widgeon :Talks of Religion, And doth as little good as ''Mahomet'' and his Pidgeon. :Each coxcombe is suiting :His words for confuting, But heaven is sooner gain’d by suffering than by disputing. :True friendship we smother, :And strike at our Brother&emsp;[:] Apostles never went to God by killing one another. :Let Love but warm ye :Nothing can harm ye, When Love is General, there’s Angels in the Army. :Love keeps his quarters, :And fears no tortures, The bravest fights are written in the Book of Martyrs. :Could we be so civill :As to do good for evill It were the only happy way to o’recome the divel. :The Flowers Love hath watred, }}<noinclude>{{right|Sedition}}</noinclude> su4lk3oioytiwjq9c7as93lcoqpq9i4 Index:Safety of Rwanda (Asylum and Immigration) Act 2024.pdf 106 4490313 14130520 2024-04-26T03:28:07Z 廣九直通車 2256060 new index proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=[[Safety of Rwanda (Asylum and Immigration) Act 2024]] |Language=en |Volume= |Author=Parliament of the United Kingdom |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher=Stationary Office |Address=London |Year=2024 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=pdf |Image=1 |Progress=C |Transclusion=no |Validation_date= |Pages=<pagelist /> |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} 5b609ggfgo6hwmc1sjic36m97l06rt8 Page:Safety of Rwanda (Asylum and Immigration) Act 2024.pdf/2 104 4490314 14130521 2024-04-26T03:28:17Z 廣九直通車 2256060 /* Without text */ 2 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="0" user="廣九直通車" /></noinclude><noinclude></noinclude> 1oyhgd4cpfl7bxps4f3qc9y6esdbxpm Page:Safety of Rwanda (Asylum and Immigration) Act 2024.pdf/4 104 4490315 14130522 2024-04-26T03:28:20Z 廣九直通車 2256060 /* Without text */ 4 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="0" user="廣九直通車" /></noinclude><noinclude></noinclude> 1oyhgd4cpfl7bxps4f3qc9y6esdbxpm Page:The history of Tom Jones (1749 Volume 2).pdf/176 104 4490316 14130525 2024-04-26T03:44:27Z Piney5000 3117232 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Piney5000" />{{running header|Ch. 7.|''a'' {{uc|Foundling.}}|167}}</noinclude><div class="chapter-wrapper"><p class="chapter-title">{{sp|CHA|P.}}{{sp| |VII.}}</p> <p class="chapter-subtitle">''In which Mr. ''Allworthy'' appears ona Sick-Bed.</p></div> {{di|M}}{{uc|R.}} ''We{{ls}}tern'' was become {{ls}}o fond of ''Jones'', that he was unwilling to part with him, tho’ his Arm had been long {{ls}}ince cured; and ''Jones'', either from his Love of Sport, or from {{ls}}ome other Rea{{ls}}on, was ea{{ls}}ily per{{ls}}uaded to continue at his Hou{{ls}}e, which he did {{ls}}ometimes for a Fortnight together without paying a {{ls}}ingle Vi{{ls}}it at Mr. ''Allworthy''’s; nay, without ever hearing from thence. Mr. ''Allworthy'' had been for {{ls}}ome Days indi{{ls}}po{{ls}}ed with a Cold, which had been attended with a little Fever. This he had, however, neglected, as it was u{{ls}}ual with him to do all Manner of Di{{ls}}orders which did not confine him to his Bed, or prevent his {{ls}}everal Faculties from performing their ordinary Functions. A Conduct which we would by no Means be thought to approve or recommend to Imitation: For {{ls}}urely the Gentlemen of the ''Æ{{ls}}culapian'' Art are in the Right in advi{{ls}}ing, that the<noinclude>{{continues|Moment}}</noinclude> di91oc4fxytxuw5upeh21impo9et7bo Page:The history of Tom Jones (1749 Volume 2).pdf/177 104 4490317 14130528 2024-04-26T03:49:08Z Piney5000 3117232 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Piney5000" />{{running header|168|''The'' {{sc|History}} ''of''|Book V.}}</noinclude>Moment the Di{{ls}}ea{{ls}}e is entered at one Door, the Phy{{ls}}ician {{ls}}hould be introduced at the other; what el{{ls}}e is meant by that old Adage: ''Venienti occurrite Morbo''? “Oppo{{ls}}e a Di{{ls}}temper at its fir{{ls}}t Approach.” Thus the Doctor and the Di{{ls}}ea{{ls}}e meet in a fair and equal Conflict; whereas, by giving Time to the latter, we often {{ls}}uffer him to fortify and entrench him{{ls}}elf, like a ''French'' Army; {{ls}}o that the learned Gentleman finds it very difficult, and {{ls}}ometimes impo{{ls}}{{ls}}ible to come at the Enemy. Nay {{ls}}ometimes by gaining Time, the Di{{ls}}ea{{ls}}e applies to the ''French'' military Politics, and corrupts Nature over to his Side, and then all the Powers of Phy{{ls}}ick mu{{ls}}t arrive too late. Agreeable to the{{ls}}e Ob{{ls}}ervations was, I remember, the Complaint of the [[w:John Misaubin|great Doctor ''Mi{{ls}}aubin'']], who u{{ls}}ed very pathetically to lament the late Applications which were made to his Skill: Saying, ‘Bygar, me believe my Pation take me for de Undertaker: For dey never {{ls}}end for me till de Phy{{ls}}icion have kill dem.’ Mr. ''Allworthy''’s Di{{ls}}temper, by Means of this Neglect, gained {{ls}}uch Ground, that when the Increa{{ls}}e of his Fever obliged him to {{ls}}end for A{{ls}}{{ls}}i{{ls}}tance, the Doctor at his fir{{ls}}t Arrival {{ls}}hook his Head, wi{{ls}}hed he had<noinclude>{{continues|been}}</noinclude> o1bn3n8bhjn8xi38v0mcu9wcaqgcbpr Author talk:Augusta Frederica Frere 103 4490318 14130530 2024-04-26T03:51:49Z Yodin 174939 Created page with "==Edward FitzGerald letter== She is mentioned in [https://archive.org/details/lettersofedwardf0002fitz/page/512 a letter] from [[w:Edward FitzGerald (poet)|]] to Frere's brother-in-law Stephen Spring Rice of 8 February 1864: :"I heard of you some Days ago from Augusta Frere, who was writing to me about a poor Woman at Aldbro." ~~~~ ==Watercolours== [https://archive.org/details/illustrated-times/1871/Illustrated%20Times%20%230829%20%281871-02-04%29%20%28BNA%29/page/74/mo..." wikitext text/x-wiki ==Edward FitzGerald letter== She is mentioned in [https://archive.org/details/lettersofedwardf0002fitz/page/512 a letter] from [[w:Edward FitzGerald (poet)|Edward FitzGerald]] to Frere's brother-in-law Stephen Spring Rice of 8 February 1864: :"I heard of you some Days ago from Augusta Frere, who was writing to me about a poor Woman at Aldbro." --<span style="text-shadow:grey 0.15em 0.15em 0.1em">[[User:Yodin|Yodin]]</span><span style="text-shadow:grey 0.25em 0.25em 0.12em"><sup>[[User talk:Yodin|T]]</sup></span> 03:51, 26 April 2024 (UTC) ==Watercolours== [https://archive.org/details/illustrated-times/1871/Illustrated%20Times%20%230829%20%281871-02-04%29%20%28BNA%29/page/74/mode/2up?q=%22augusta+frere%22 The Illustrated Times of 4 February 1871] mentions that Frere exhibited a painting in the "seventh exhibition of water-colour drawings" at the Dudley Gallery of the [[w:Egyptian Hall|Egyptian Hall]] in Piccadilly, London. : "In sea and water subjects the gallery is very rich, and it has one or two admirable street scenes. Among the latter we must at once mention 'Old Houses at Rye' (9), by Miss Augusta Frere, as fine in colour and intensity of tone as anything of the sort we have seen this season." --<span style="text-shadow:grey 0.15em 0.15em 0.1em">[[User:Yodin|Yodin]]</span><span style="text-shadow:grey 0.25em 0.25em 0.12em"><sup>[[User talk:Yodin|T]]</sup></span> 03:51, 26 April 2024 (UTC) rki2wjztyio1sk6x9voajbxuxhg12he Page:The history of Tom Jones (1749 Volume 2).pdf/178 104 4490319 14130535 2024-04-26T03:57:05Z Piney5000 3117232 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Piney5000" />{{running header|Ch. 7.|''a'' {{uc|Foundling.}}|169}}</noinclude>been {{ls}}ent for {{ls}}ooner, and intimated that he thought him in very imminent Danger. Mr. ''Allworthy'', who had {{ls}}ettled all his Affairs in this World, and was as well prepared, as it is po{{ls}}{{ls}}ible for human Nature to be, for the other, received this Information with the utmo{{ls}}t Calmne{{ls}}s and Unconcern. He could, indeed, whenever he laid him{{ls}}elf down to Re{{ls}}t, {{ls}}ay with ''Cato'' in the [[Cato, a Tragedy/Act V#54|tragical Poem]], {{center block|{{bar|4}}''Let Guilt or Fear''<br /> ''Di{{ls}}turb Man’s Re{{ls}}t, ''Cato'' knows neither of them;''<br /> ''Indifferent in his Choice, to {{ls}}leep or die.}} In Reality, he could {{ls}}ay this with ten times more Rea{{ls}}on and Confidence than ''Cato'', or any other proud Fellow among the ancient or modern Heroes: For he was not only devoid of Fear; but might be con{{ls}}idered as a faithful Labourer, when at the End of Harve{{ls}}t, he is {{ls}}ummoned to receive his Reward at the Hands of a bountiful Ma{{ls}}ter. The good Man gave immediate Orders for all his Family to be {{ls}}ummoned round him. None of the{{ls}}e were then abroad, but Mrs.<noinclude>{{continues|''Blifil''}}</noinclude> igl4wpdg1zzns1iejpnh9lss0k47yao Index:See v. Durang.pdf 106 4490320 14130545 2024-04-26T04:06:33Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 Created page with "" proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title=[[See v. Durang]] |Language=en |Volume= |Author= |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher= |Address= |Year=1983 |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=pdf |Image=1 |Progress=C |Transclusion=no |Validation_date= |Pages=<pagelist 1=141 /> |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header={{#ifexpr:{{{pagenum}}} mod 2|{{rh||'''SEE v. DURANG'''<br />{{sm|'''Cite as 711 F.2d 141 (1983)'''}}|{{larger|'''{{{pagenum}}}'''}}}}|{{rh|{{larger|'''{{{pagenum}}}'''}}|'''711 FEDERAL REPORTER, 2d SERIES'''}}}} |Footer= |tmplver= }} ghbefp1xhntqnnlka1qbomzx7ivdas1 Page:See v. Durang.pdf/1 104 4490321 14130551 2024-04-26T04:12:03Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="TE(æ)A,ea." />{{#ifexpr:141 mod 2|{{rh||'''SEE v. DURANG'''<br />{{sm|'''Cite as 711 F.2d 141 (1983)'''}}|{{larger|'''141'''}}}}|{{rh|{{larger|'''141'''}}|'''711 FEDERAL REPORTER, 2d SERIES'''}}}}</noinclude><section begin="s1" />that questions relating to the definitional sections of the PMPA are substantive rather than jurisdictional might be analogized to holdings that the failure of certain interests to comport with the definition of securities set forth in the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is a failure going to the merits of a case, and not to the jurisdiction of the federal courts. ''See'' ''Williamson v. Tucker'', 645 F.2d 404, 416 (5th Cir.), ''cert. denied'', 454 U.S. 897, 102 S.Ct. 396, 70 L.Ed.2d 212 (1981); ''Black v. Payne'', 591 F.2d 83, 86 n. 1 (9th Cir.), ''cert. denied'', 444 U.S. 867, 100 S.Ct. 139, 62 L.Ed.2d 90 (1979). Since the court below should have rejected Ernst’s suggestion of lack of subject-matter jurisdiction, the PMPA counts must be returned to that court for a determination on the merits. We do not exclude the possibility that these claims may be suitable for Rule 56 disposition. At this point, we need not review the lower court’s legal finding that branding authority is essential to the existence of a franchise relationship under the PMPA. ''Compare'' ''Lasko v. Consumers Petroleum of Connecticut, Inc.'', 547 F.Supp. 211, 219 (D.Conn.1981) (implying necessity of branding authority), ''and'' ''Blackwell v. Power Test Corp.'', 540 F.Supp. 802, 807 (D.N.J.1981) (same), ''aff’d mem.'', 688 F.2d 818 (3d Cir.1982), ''with'' ''Bsales v. Texaco, Inc.'', 516 F.Supp. 655, 661 (D.N.J.1981) (implying existence of “extraordinary situation” where branding authority not essential). REVERSED and REMANDED. <section end="s1" /> <section begin="s2" />{{c|'''John William SEE, Plaintiff-Appellant,''' '''v.''' '''Christopher DURANG and L.A. Stage Company, Defendants-Appellees.''' '''No. 82–6102.''' United States Court of Appeals,<br />Ninth Circuit. Argued and Submitted June 7, 1983. Decided July 22, 1983.}}<section end="s2" /><noinclude></noinclude> dxhtlk95dqkpqvhx6yupqr8cs7792cc Page:See v. Durang.pdf/2 104 4490322 14130574 2024-04-26T04:52:11Z TE(æ)A,ea. 2831151 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="TE(æ)A,ea." />{{#ifexpr:142 mod 2|{{rh||'''SEE v. DURANG'''<br />{{sm|'''Cite as 711 F.2d 141 (1983)'''}}|{{larger|'''142'''}}}}|{{rh|{{larger|'''142'''}}|'''711 FEDERAL REPORTER, 2d SERIES'''}}}}</noinclude>{{rule|4em}} John R. Fuchs, Mulryan & Fuchs, Santa Monica, Cal., for plaintiff-appellant. Edmund S. Schaffer, Beverly Hills, Cal., Stern & Miller, Santa Monica, Cal., for defendants-appellees. Appeal from the United States District Court for the Central District of California. Before BROWNING, Chief Judge, CHOY and FERGUSON, Circuit Judges. PER CURIAM: The district court granted summary judgment for defendants-appellees on the ground that no reasonable person could find any substantial similarity of expression between plaintiff’s “Fear of Acting” and defendant’s “The Actor’s Nightmare.” We affirm. {{c|I.}} <!--'''[1]''' -->Summary judgment was appropriate. Plaintiff has cited no authority for the contention that the court must always view a production of the play, rather than relying solely on the script. That course might be desirable where the question of substantial similarity is close, but here it is not. In any event, it was not alleged that defendant copied his play from the revised version of plaintiff’s play, which plaintiff wished to have performed for comparison, but instead from plaintiff’s first draft, which was before the court. <!--'''[2]''' -->The court properly concluded that judgment should not be deferred to afford plaintiff an opportunity to present evidence at trial that defendant had previously copied another author’s play, which defendant denied. Had the case been tried, the court could have excluded such evidence as minimally relevant and presenting serious problems of delay and confusion. Summary judgment did not preclude reasonable discovery. The only discovery plaintiff suggests is the production of early drafts of defendant’s play on the theory they might reflect copying from plaintiff’s play that was disguised or deleted in later drafts. Copying deleted or so disguised as to be unrecognizable is not copying. {{c|II.}} <!--'''[3]''' -->No special standard is applied in determining whether summary judgment is appropriate on the issue of substantial similarity of expression in a copyright case.<noinclude></noinclude> 5n3l22phy2cst1vhtgogfnlx3j6zxup Page:The family kitchen gardener - containing plain and accurate descriptions of all the different species and varieties of culinary vegetables (IA familykitchengar56buis).pdf/93 104 4490323 14130576 2024-04-26T04:53:45Z 82.167.150.211 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "and are cut off with the frost; if so, plant again. An ounce of seed will supply any family. After the plants are up, thin them out to nine inches apart; hoe freely, and draw a little earth to the stems as they continue to grow. They will reach the height of five feet in good soil. The pods must be gathered when about an inch and a half long and quite green. As soon as they become brown and hard, they are useless for the kitchen. {{dhr}} {{rule|4em}} {{c... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="82.167.150.211" />{{rvh2|89|{{asc|PARSLEY.}}|{{asc|BUIST’S FAMILY KITCHEN GARDENER.}}|89}}{{rule}}</noinclude>and are cut off with the frost; if so, plant again. An ounce of seed will supply any family. After the plants are up, thin them out to nine inches apart; hoe freely, and draw a little earth to the stems as they continue to grow. They will reach the height of five feet in good soil. The pods must be gathered when about an inch and a half long and quite green. As soon as they become brown and hard, they are useless for the kitchen. {{dhr}} {{rule|4em}} {{c|{{lg|PARSLEY.}}}} {{c|''A’pium Petroselinum''.—''Persil'', Fr.—''Petersilie'', Ger.}} {{sc|The}} Garden Parsley is a biennial plant, a native of Sardinia, and is a very useful and pleasant vegetable; esteemed for many qualities besides that of garnishing. Its seasoning flavor, for soups and stews, is very agreeable to many. It also counteracts the smell of the breath after eating Onions. It may be preserved for seasoning, by drying it till crisp, in Summer; then rub it up fine between the hands, and put it away in a bottle for Winter use. {{sc|Culture}}.—The Curled variety only should be cultivated. It is more beautiful as a garnish than the plain, and requires very little more attention to keep it pure. Seed growers are not generally particular enough with this simple article; they ought, before the plants go to seed, to pull up all those that offer to be plain, reserving only those that are beautifully curled. Sow it in drills half an inch deep, early in April. These drills may form an edging round any compartments of vegetables, or along the walks. It will remain from four to six weeks before it vegetates, and, what is rather remarkable, seed four years old will vegetate sooner than seed of the preceding year. As soon as the plants get three or four inches high, thin them to six inches apart; cut down about a third<noinclude></noinclude> jton64x8pb9l2yqwyl7tva8k9zwg5u0 Page:On Chronology and the Construction of the Calendar.pdf/33 104 4490324 14130590 2024-04-26T05:19:49Z Arcorann 2060189 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "The even tzie-khi, corresponding to the European signs of the zodiac, are called by the Chinese chung-k'hi. The time, in which the sun passes over two tsie-khi is on an average throughout the year 30,44 days, whilst the interval between one New-moon and the next is only 29,53 mean solar days. For that reason, there must be one lunation, during which the sun does not enter into an even tsie-khi i.e. into one of the twelve signs of the zodiac. This month... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Arcorann" />{{rh||23}}</noinclude>The even tzie-khi, corresponding to the European signs of the zodiac, are called by the Chinese chung-k'hi. The time, in which the sun passes over two tsie-khi is on an average throughout the year 30,44 days, whilst the interval between one New-moon and the next is only 29,53 mean solar days. For that reason, there must be one lunation, during which the sun does not enter into an even tsie-khi i.e. into one of the twelve signs of the zodiac. This month is the intercalary month and called djun yüő, not having its own number, but that of the previous month. This intercalary month happens about the time when the sun is far_ therot from the earth, or near the aphelium, between April and September (between the Chinese 3th and 8th month), because, when near the aphelium, the sun's motion is slow and it passes over two tsie-Khi or 30 degrees of longitude in 31,5 mean solar days, whilst when near the perihelium, in January (the Chinese 12th month ) the sun makes 30 degrees in 29,4 days. In consequence of this arrangement the entrance of the sun in the four cardinal-points of the ecliptic, the Vernal equinox, the Summer solstice, the Autumnal equinox and the Wintersolstice must always occur respectively within the second, the 5th,the 8th and the 11th Chinese month. In the chapter on the Lunar cycle it is stated, that 19 tropical solar years are equal to 235 synodical months (Lunation) and that 235 = 12.12 + 7.13. Therefore the lunar year of the Chinese can be rectified . and brought into accordance with the solaryear, when in the course of 19 solar years, 12 years consist of 12 Lunations and 7 years of 13 Lunations, or, if in the course of 19 years, there are 12 common and I leap years. The Chinese leap years are, since some hundred years ago always the third, the 6th, the 8th, the 11th, the 14th, the 14th and the 19th year of the Chinese lunar cycle, which is one behind the European, not being the remainder of {{sfrac|year A.D. + 1|19}}, as the European, but the remainder of {{sfrac|year A.D|19}}. Hence the Chinese leapyears are the 4th,7th, 9th, 12th,15th,18th and 1th year of the European Lunar cycle, or, which is the same thing, the Chinese golden numbers of the leap years are 3, 6, 8, 11, 14, 17, 19 and the European golden numbers 4, 7, 9, 12, 15, 18, 1. There have been only two exceptions to this rule viz. in the years 1795 A.D. and 1814 A.D., which were leap years with the Chinese golden number 9 instead 8. For instance the year 1879 A.D., if divided by 19, gives the remainder 17, therefore the Chinese year, corresponding to 1879 A.D., i.e. commencing about Jan.-Fbr. 1879 A.D., is a leap year of 13 Lunations; the next Chinese year, about 1880 A.D., is a common year of 12 Lunations and the following Chinese year, about<noinclude></noinclude> 7roadb83qyut7lapv8wqv3nacciw3x6 Page:Principlesofpoli00malt.djvu/484 104 4490325 14130592 2024-04-26T05:21:50Z Arcorann 2060189 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Arcorann" />{{rvh|422|ODD|ON THE PROGRESS OF WEALTH.|SEC. #.]|[CH. I.}}</noinclude>things, which now allows them to accumulate capital, without which no state can permanently increase in wealth. But in those countries, where the pressure of the war found great powers of production, and seemed to create greater; where accumulation, instead of being checked, was accelerated, and where the vast consumption of commodities was followed by supplies which occasioned a more rapid increase of wealth than before, the effect of peace would be very different. In such countries it is natural to suppose that a great diminution of the demand compared with the supply, would decidedly check the progress of wealth, and occasion very general and severe distress, both to capitalists and the labouring classes. England and America come the nearest to the countries of this latter description. They suffered the least by the war, or rather were enriched by it, and they are now suffering the most by the peace. It is certainly a very unfortunate circumstance that any period should ever have occurred in which peace should appear to have been, in so marked a manner, connected with distress; but it should always be recollected that it was owing to the very peculiar circumstances attending the late war that the contrast has been so striking. In the American and former wars it was very different; and, if the same exertions had been attempted, without the same powers of supporting them, that is, without the command of the greatest part of the commerce of the world, and a more rapid and successful progress in the use of machinery than was ever before known, we might have been in a state to have felt the greatest relief at the cessation of hostilities. When Hume and Adam Smith prophesied that a little increase of national debt beyond the then amount of it, would probably occasion bankruptcy; the main cause of their error was the very natural one, of not being able to see the vast increase of productive power to which the nation would subsequently attain. An expenditure, which would have absolutely crushed the country in 1770,<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 256anao5ecbyewlpjv5yhyb4k2y3orr Page:Poems Welby.djvu/115 104 4490326 14130618 2024-04-26T05:52:27Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||107|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| ::For on thy heart will press A thousand memories of thy buried child, And thou wilt pour thy weepings long and wild, ::In utter loneliness. ::And, in the time of sleep, Thou'lt turn to kiss me as thou oft hast done, But memory will whisper "she is gone," ::And thou wilt wake and weep. ::Before my father died, We dwelt beneath our own bright stately halls, Round which blue streams and silver fountain- falls ::Were seen to glide. ::There, on the evening breeze In summer-time, no harsher sound was heard Than the low flutter of some singing bird, ::Startled among the trees. ::And there, beside our hearth, Thou 'st often knelt and offered up to God My infant spirit, pure as snow untrod, ::And free from taint of earth. ::But now, how changed thy lot! Strangers are dwelling in our once bright home, While thou art pent within this close dark room, ::Unaided and forgot. |start=stanza|end=stanza }}<noinclude></noinclude> qgehhz1f4ld6de6xapw3j68wij9p0pn Page:Poems Welby.djvu/116 104 4490327 14130620 2024-04-26T05:53:22Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||108|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| ::I have been like a spell, Binding thee unto earth, but death hath prest His cold and heavy hand upon my breast— ::Mother, I go—farewell! Slowly her arms unwound their wreathing clasp Around her mother's neck, and her fair head Fell heavy back, while a low lengthened gasp Stirred her cold marble bosom—she was dead. Silent that mother gazed, the mighty flood Of grief within her breast she strove to hide, For it seemed sin to weep, while thus she stood Above the holy dead, the sanctified. It was no time to mourn, for she had vet A bitter mournful duty to fulfil, To press the eyelids o'er the blue orbs set, To close the sweet lips smiling on her still; She laid the ringlets round the lifeless face, And wrapped the loose shroud round the slender form, That lay in mute and melancholy grace As if spell-bound in slumber soft and warm. And when the stars of night began to wane, And the warm sun had chased away the gloom, Strange forms were seen around the lattice-pane, That looked into that dim and dreary room; And as they crossed the threshold of the door, They found her drooping by her daughter's bed, |start=stanza|end=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> sf6mbqaqezwh8d4slo0covc574kcrfo Page:Poems Welby.djvu/117 104 4490328 14130621 2024-04-26T05:53:55Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||109|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Her raven tresses streaming o'er the floor And her dark glassy eye fixed on the dead. O! 't was indeed a sadly touching sight, For her white hand lay pressed upon her heart, As if to quell within the spirit's might, And her cold purple lips were half apart: They raised her from the spot where she had knelt In the meek attitude of holy prayer, And with the nicest touch her bosom felt, Seeking for life and warmth—but death was there! |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> lx61l5p20tnrtn30f86e2bb8rkyhbkq Page:Poems Welby.djvu/118 104 4490329 14130624 2024-04-26T05:56:08Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THE NEGLECTED HARP.| O! why art thou left, thou lone harp, here, :With none to awake thy slumbers, Save the minstrel wind as it lingers near :To call forth thy plaintive numbers! O sadly sweet is the wild, wild strain, :That over thy light chords lingers; For ne'er will those light chords breathe again :To the touch of a mortal's fingers. The hand, that once caused thy chords to thrill, :A lovelier harp may awaken, But the spirit of music will haunt thee still, :Although by that hand forsaken. And she, who around thee roses flung, :May wreathe them in brighter bowers; Yet sweetness around thy chords hath clung, :And perfume around thy flowers. I pity thee for each altered tone, :That once gushed forth in gladness, |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> d3g0kxdkfz7sb2iplkqns8unp1o0z3z Page:Poems Welby.djvu/119 104 4490330 14130625 2024-04-26T05:56:49Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||111|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| For now, like a charmless thing, thou 'rt thrown :To breathe out those tones in sadness. I pity thee for each music-sigh, :Lost on the winds of heaven, For the wasted flow of thy melody, :To the wandering zephyrs given. Ah! thus it is with fond woman's heart, :When love comes o'er it stealing; To each thrilling touch its chords impart :The music of every feeling. Sorrow may o'er her spirit come, :Her brightest dreams dispelling, Yet still, like a flower, her heart will bloom :If love in its depths is swelling. And e'en should the spell, round her warm heart wove, :Be broke by the being that bound it, Still memory will sweep o'er its chords of love, :And sweetness will linger around it. I mourn, thou harp, for no touch may bring :Back thy sweet tones departed, Yet more do I mourn, thou wailing thing, :O'er the lost and the broken-hearted. |start=stanza }}<noinclude></noinclude> kbqbao5i7no1amiwsgbowxjg28rqsbk Page:Poems Welby.djvu/120 104 4490331 14130626 2024-04-26T05:57:42Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THE STARS.| Love ye the blossoms, whose rosy tints, blending, :Glow bright as the hues of our own sunny sky, When their young buds unfolding, with fresh dew-drops bending, :Fling forth their rich breathings on each passer-by? Love ye the winds round our fragrant paths stealing, :The soft winds, that sigh through the long summer hours, As they wake in the bosom, some long slumbered feeling, :Then nestle away to the hearts of the flowers? Love ye those dreams, that so often steal o'er us, :When no sigh in the breast its tranquillity mars, When visions of beauty dance gayly before us? :Yet love ye not better the stars, the bright stars? Give, give me the orbs, that in brightness are beaming, :When twilight her soft silver drapery lowers; For, when stars are shining, who, who would be dreaming, :Or listening to wild winds, or gazing on flowers! 'T is not that the blossoms have failed to awaken :Within my young bosom sweet feelings of love, |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> h8jwc41zd91p05lu4q0hx8qi6rxyai1 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/121 104 4490332 14130627 2024-04-26T05:58:23Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||113|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| That so oft by my glance their soft hues are forsaken :For those bright things, that glitter in radiance above. For I know that our hearts would be dreary without them, :Those sweet buds of hope 'mid the thorns of despair; And may all the beauty and perfume about them :Still brighten the green earth and sweeten the air. Yet still I have thought, when misfortunes o'ertook us, :And those, we had cherished, have laughed at our doom, That the flowers were emblems of those, who forsook us, :For they smile in the sunshine, but shrink from the gloom. But the stars, the soft stars, when they glitter above us, :I gaze on their beams with a feeling divine, For, as true friends in sorrow more tenderly love us, :The darker the hour the brighter they shine. Give, give me the hour when the day-god reposing :Has sunk in the far west behind his gold bars, For when shades gather round us and flowers are closing, :They burst forth in glory, the stars, the bright stars! |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> e48io9njg1x6t0opp3nci4ygmdh1rsm Page:Poems Welby.djvu/122 104 4490333 14130628 2024-04-26T05:59:23Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THE DEW-DROP.| I am a sparkling drop of dew, :Just wept from yon silver star, But drops of dew have very few :To care for what they are; For little ye dream, who dwell below, :Of all I've wandered through; Ye only know I sparkle so, :Because I'm a drop of dew. I flashed at first with waves, that whirl :O'er the blue, blue, tossing sea; Where eddies curl o'er beds of pearl :I wandered wild and free, Till I chanced to spy an elfin king, :And I danced before his view, When the merry thing, with his glittering wing, :Whisked off the drop of dew. The evening air with sweets was fraught, :And away we flitted far, When, quick as thought, I was upward caught :To yon lovely vesper star; |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> gr6qmtdn4m293hgp177xu6cabogtpn0 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/123 104 4490334 14130629 2024-04-26T06:00:55Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||115|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| And I'm very sure a gentle charm :That bright thing round me threw, For an angel form, in her bosom warm, :Enfolded the drop of dew. But I slept not long in yon starry bower, :In the bosom of my love, For, in a shower, to this primrose flower, :She sent me from above; And soon its moonlight leaves will close, :But they hide me not from view, For the wind, that flows o'er the young primrose, :Will kiss off the drop of dew. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> f1q3xtjoz9wv4i438zo1c9qru7k930l Page:Poems Welby.djvu/124 104 4490335 14130630 2024-04-26T06:01:47Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THE SLEEPING MAIDEN.| Bright as the spell of loveliness, :Cast round thee, maiden, here, Are the sweet dreams, that angels now :Are whispering in thy ear; Yes, very bright and very sweet :Those dreamings all must be, Or else they would not flit around :A creature fair as thee. O! beautiful indeed thou art :As some pure spirit blest, With thy gold tresses gleaming soft, :Like sunbeams, o'er thy breast; And thy rose-tinted cheek, now bright :As the first blush of day, Now faint as if a zephyr's sigh :Could brush its bloom away— And thy bright glances, gathered all :Beneath each snowy lid, That, silken-fringed, rests lightly o'er :The beauty they have hid, |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> 9v3ecgyl6lujc3xbg6949k6x9a6p6gf Page:Poems Welby.djvu/125 104 4490336 14130631 2024-04-26T06:02:20Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||117|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Giving unto thy lovely face :A pensive twilight ray, Like that, which tints the summer sky :When sunbeams fade away. Sweetly from thy deep dreaming breast, :Thy thoughts are gushing now, Like perfume up to Him, who threw :Such beauty o'er thy brow; Thoughts, lovelier, holier far than those :That haunt thy waking hours, And fresh as dew-drops on the leaves :Of odor-breathing flowers. I would that thou should'st ever be :Thus free from weary care, That thy young brow its holy calm :On earth may ever wear, But, as such perfect happiness :To mortals is not given, I 'd have thee dream thy life away, :And only wake in heaven. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 174y689g495jac56xl5xa3wovw9zc0b 14130632 14130631 2024-04-26T06:02:25Z Alien333 3086116 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||117|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Giving unto thy lovely face :A pensive twilight ray, Like that, which tints the summer sky :When sunbeams fade away. Sweetly from thy deep dreaming breast, :Thy thoughts are gushing now, Like perfume up to Him, who threw :Such beauty o'er thy brow; Thoughts, lovelier, holier far than those :That haunt thy waking hours, And fresh as dew-drops on the leaves :Of odor-breathing flowers. I would that thou should'st ever be :Thus free from weary care, That thy young brow its holy calm :On earth may ever wear, But, as such perfect happiness :To mortals is not given, I'd have thee dream thy life away, :And only wake in heaven. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> d5y169lzre8k47grfckyo2x1ypus1rt Page:Poems Welby.djvu/126 104 4490337 14130633 2024-04-26T06:03:21Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|MY OWN NATIVE LAND.| O! talk not to me of fair Italy's sky, Of the soft perfumed gales, that through Araby sigh; I know there is not on this wide-spreading earth A land bright and free as this land of my birth; We have our mild zephyrs and bright sunny beams, Our fruits and our flowers, fair valleys and streams; Thy rocks and thy mountains are lofty and grand, And brave are thy children, my own native land. If cowards and tyrants e'er seek to enchain, And bring to the dust our proud spirits again; Thy sons, still united, will rally for thee, And die, as they've lived, the exalted and free! O! had I the strength of my heart in my hand, I'd fight for thy freedom, my own native land; Amid thy oppressors undaunted I'd fly, And fling forth our banner in triumph on high! }}<noinclude></noinclude> p9ybt9eo7eronxqlvsx8mss1gt9hclh Page:Poems Welby.djvu/127 104 4490338 14130636 2024-04-26T06:06:18Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|TO MRS. S. J. P{{ld}}.| Lady, the last lay of thy muse's lyre :Hath stirred the deep tides of my youthful soul; The strain hath lulled to rest each wild desire, :And soothed my feelings with its soft control; Canst thou to me thy magic power impart, The power to please the ear, and melt the heart? 'T is with an untaught hand I sweep the chords, :Which yield to thee their softest, sweetest tone; The only melody my touch affords :Is wild and mournful as a wind-harp's moan; But lyre and song are both too weak to tell The thoughts, that in my throbbing bosom swell. But thou hast bid me learn to quell and hush :My thrilling feelings in my bosom deep, To bid them all, when forth they fain would rush, :Back to their cells, in silence there to sleep; Ah! I have long since learned that bitter task, To hide my feelings 'neath a different mask. |e=stanza}}<noinclude></noinclude> ilz3w8xpwou8ym3220zvac5pwetnhop Page:Poems Welby.djvu/128 104 4490339 14130637 2024-04-26T06:07:08Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{rh||120|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| I know thee not, and yet our spirits seem :Together linked by sympathy and love, And, like the mingled waters of a stream, :Our thoughts and fancies all united rove; Our hands were never clasped, our lips ne'er met, Yet still thine image on my mind is set. I think of thee, sweet lady, as of one :Too pure to mix with others, like some star Shining in pensive beauty all alone, :Kindred with those around, yet brighter far; O! if I have one wish, it is to be Such as my glowing fancy pictures thee! |start=stanza }}<noinclude></noinclude> juywiof5cuw65lhxfxztbhyxky4xd3o Page:Poems Welby.djvu/129 104 4490340 14130638 2024-04-26T06:07:52Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THE DYING MOTHER.| On breezy pinion, mournful eve came singing :Over the silent hills, and to the glades And violet-beds a stream of odors bringing, :And waking music in the forest shades; For 't was the time, when the lone cotter, wending :His silent way along the footpaths dim, Sought his loved home, where gentle voices blending :Sent up the music of an evening hymn. A lovely length of moonlit waters lightly :Broke into sudden brightness on the strand, While through the sky's soft fleecy fret-work brightly :The stars looked out upon the stilly land; But sadly 'neath them gleamed two lovely faces, :(O! fearful things and sad the stars do see,) For they were strangers roaming through strange places— :A mother with her boy beside her knee. Her only shelter was the blue-arched heaven, :As to her child's she bent her earnest face, For well she knew another whispering even :Would find her form a thing for Death's embrace; |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> kywic6kpzsurqzhpg06pfcch6dejq8g Page:Poems Welby.djvu/130 104 4490341 14130640 2024-04-26T06:09:12Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||122|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| And, as she saw the quivering tear-drop springing :Into his eyes, and heard him ask for bread, Swift thoughts, like lightning, through her brain went wing. :And thus she poured them o'er his fair young head. Boy! I would fain return thy fond caresses. But I must put thee from my heart away :::On the cold earth to lay; And though upon thee Hunger harshly presses, Planting within thee deep its gnawing fangs, :::I cannot stay thy pangs. For I have wandered till I'm worn and weary, Seeking a shelter for thy little head, :::Or a spare crust of bread; But have found none, and now, heart-sick and dreary, I lay me down beneath the quiet sky :::To bless thee, boy, and die. It is, alas! a mounful thing to leave thee In this cold world to thy young thoughts alone; :::For O! when I am gone, No smiling mother will at eve receive thee, Bending o'er thy hushed lip and folded eye— :::Alas, that I must die! But thou wilt think upon the prayer I taught thee, When life with us flowed smoothly as a song :::Our native hills among, |start=follow|end=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> nxgmcu0jln8ksmoe1ar41y5rho86k6u Page:Poems Welby.djvu/131 104 4490342 14130642 2024-04-26T06:10:30Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||123|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| And how at noon-tide I have often brought thee, In thy young beauty, to thy father's side, :::With all a mother's pride. And when for rest thou seek'st the rich man's dwelling, Should he from his bright mansion bid thee flee, :::Speaking harsh things to thee, Let not thy heart with dark despair be swelling, For soft to thee will be the velvet sod, :::If thou wilt trust in God. And each pale lily, o'er the waters stooping From its pure alabaster vase will shed :::A gleam about thy head; And the rich berries in red clusters drooping From many a bended bough in this dark wood, :::Will be thy fragrant food. For thou must wander by each low- voiced river, And school thy timid heart to be alone :::When the night-winds make moan; And, when the forest leaves above thee shiver, To calmly lay thee 'neath their solemn shade, :::And not to be afraid. For He, who, in his glory dwells above thee, Who tempereth the wind to the shorn lamb, :::With a deep Sabbath calm |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> bo61ywuc9bbhrab1h1opoxj599zqwhk Page:Poems Welby.djvu/132 104 4490343 14130644 2024-04-26T06:10:56Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||124|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Will fill thy heart, and in his mercy love thee, And on thy weakness bend a pitying eye, :::And in thy need draw nigh. And now, farewell! the early morn will wake thee Unto a fearful sight, thy mother, child, :::Dead in a forest-wild; And sudden sorrow, like a storm will shake thee, But God will still the tempest in thy breast— :::A blessing on thee rest! |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 0t5d1fb92wpdtds9ub9643c9nsgzy6w Page:Poems Welby.djvu/133 104 4490344 14130645 2024-04-26T06:11:34Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|SWEET BE THY DREAMS.| Sweet be thy dreams when balmy sleep :Her soothing influence round thee throws? What if my faded eyes should weep? :Thine will be folded to repose. I know thou wilt not dream of me; :Some lovelier one will haunt thy rest; I care not what those dreams may be, :So they are sweet and thou art blest. Bright be thy hopes! why should one cloud :Of sorrow dim thy radiant eye? Go! mingle with the gay and proud :And learn to smile, though I may sigh; Go! climb the loftiest steep of fame. :And wreathe a laurel round thy brow; And when thou 'st won a glorious name, :Low at the shrine of beauty bow. Light be thy heart! why should'st thou keep :Sadness within its secret cells? Let not thine eye one tear-drop weep, :Unless that tear of rapture tells; |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> g3p39xs087ap6tk7k8bsnko1y6x0q3t Page:Poems Welby.djvu/134 104 4490345 14130646 2024-04-26T06:11:55Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||126|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Go! shed on all thy brightest beams; :I would, but must not, bid thee stay; Sweet vision of my sweetest dreams! :In dream-like beauty pass away. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> em3kjgnfosni5wfms8s2kfk47p86eog Page:Poems Welby.djvu/135 104 4490346 14130647 2024-04-26T06:12:31Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THE VIOLET'S SONG TO THE LOST FAIRY.| Come to me, fairy queen, :Stars o'er thee, lightly Floating in dazzling sheen, :Glimmer out brightly; Moonbeams are glittering :On each pure blossom— Fold up thy weary wing, :Come to my bosom. Sleep, like a dewy cloud, :On thy brow presses; Round thy form, like a shroud, :Droop thy fair tresses; Heavy thine eyelids close :O'er thy glance shaded; I '11 give thee soft repose, :Thou lost and faded. Each lily's pearly cup :Sheds out pale gleamings; Roses are folded up :To their sweet dreamings; |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> lvaa1rzuuniwdzj6zjtglsn0msjld4i Page:Poems Welby.djvu/136 104 4490347 14130648 2024-04-26T06:13:21Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||128|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Hark! how the night-winds pass, :Mournfully sighing, Through the down-trailing grass— :Where art thou flying? Where the young willow-boughs :Greenly are waving, Where the blue streamlet flows :Sunny banks laving, There sit thy fairy few, :Their glances veiling 'Neath tears that fall like dew, :Thy loss bewailing. I've oped my azure bell :Wide to receive thee, Where if thou 'lt ever dwell :None may deceive thee; I'll breathe my faint perfume :On thy lip only— Love thee through joy and gloom, :Thou fair and lonely. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> dj1ov6aao1pgnkr6444jvkiq4p53yi1 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/137 104 4490348 14130649 2024-04-26T06:13:51Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|I HAVE A FAIR AND GENTLE FRIEND.| I have a fair and gentle friend, :Whose heart is pure, I ween, As ever was a maiden's heart :At joyous seventeen; She dwells among us like a star, :That, from its bower of bliss, Looks down, yet gathers not a stain :From aught it sees in this. I do not mean that flattery :Has never reached her ear; I only say its syren song :Has no effect on her; For she is all simplicity, :A creature soft and mild— Though on the eve of womanhood, :In heart a very child. And yet, within the misty depths :Of her dark dreamy eyes, A shadowy something, like deep thought, :In tender sadness lies; |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> 1v8wn47klu57agfvmztmmod2jvpe478 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/138 104 4490349 14130650 2024-04-26T06:14:33Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||130|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| For though her glance still shines as bright, :As in her childish years, Its wildness and its lustre, now, :Are softened down by tears:— Tears, that steal not from hidden springs :Or sorrow and regret, For none but lovely feelings :In her gentle breast have met, For every tear, that gems her eye, :From her young bosom flows, Like dew-drops from a golden star, :Or perfume from a rose. For e'en in life's delicious spring, :We oft have memories, That throw around our sunny hearts :A transient cloud of sighs; For a wondrous change within the heart :At that sweet time is wrought, When on the heart is softly laid :A spell of deeper thought. And she has reached that lovely time, :That sweet poetic age, When to the eye each floweret's leaf :Seems like a glowing page; For a beauty and a mystery, :About the heart are thrown, |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 1vxsh0e2qwzxm210poupwozx0x1yc1w Page:Poems Welby.djvu/139 104 4490350 14130651 2024-04-26T06:14:57Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||131|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| When childhood's merry laughter yields :To girlhood's softer tone. I do not know if round her heart :Love yet hath thrown his wing, I rather think she's like myself :An April-hearted thing; I only know that she is fair, :And loves me passing well; But who this gentle maiden is :I feel not free to tell. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> apwjfr2dlrak07jh0ujfz8ey4nvxfru Page:Poems Welby.djvu/140 104 4490351 14130652 2024-04-26T06:15:39Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|TO MRS. L{{ld}}.| Lady, if hope's bright ray :Deceive thee with its beam, If life's joys melt away :Like love's first witching dream, If all earth's tender ties :Have from thy heart been riven, Look up beyond the skies— :To tenderer ties in heaven. If all the buds of earth, :That promised early bloom, Have perished in their birth :Like beauty in the tomb, If love hath seared thy heart, :A glorious hope is given, Which soothes affliction's smart— :There's purer love in heaven. }}<noinclude></noinclude> pxrbyt4cbkewyenb8ckajc6ipumzmzv Page:Poems Welby.djvu/141 104 4490352 14130653 2024-04-26T06:16:39Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|LINES WRITTEN WHILE GAZING ON A BEAUTIFUL LITTLE GIRL GATHERING FLOWERS.| I love to gaze on thy face, fair child, :For thou seemest too bright for earth; There's a music-tone in thy laughter wild, :As it breaks from thy heart of mirth. Affection speaks in thy soft blue eye. :As its restless glances rove, Thy voice of glee comes ringing by— :Alas! for thy heart of love. Ah! many a bright and airy dream :Hath over thy spirit past, Like sunshine o'er a laughing stream, :Too beautiful to last. I sigh to think of the transient joy, :That illumines thy gladsome youth, Of the guile and deceit, that will soon destroy :Thy feelings of warmth and truth. Thou 'rt plucking away from their slender stems, :The rose and the lily fair, |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> 6edyvt1bjvp6961j1lgo2ygmk6wagv6 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/142 104 4490353 14130654 2024-04-26T06:17:28Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||134|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Their bright leaves glittering with dewy gems, :To wreathe in thy golden hair. And now thou 'rt crowned, like a fairy queen, :With flowerets of many a hue, Thy brow 'neath their velvet leaves is seen :Like a snow-flake shining through. The rose, with its softest, richest dyes, :Scarce rivals thy downy cheek, Thy dewy lip with each blossom vies, :And thine eyes with the violets meek. Thou seemest to me but a brighter flower :Just budding with beauty rife, And deeming the world all a fairy-bower— :Ah! this is thy dream of life. But childhood will flee, and with riper years :Thy thoughts will be borne away; With a bosom thrilling with hopes and fears, :Thou wilt move mid the fair and gay. The feelings, that now in thy bosom sleep, :Will burst from their dreamy thrall; Alas! that love like a blight should creep, :And wither those feelings all. Ah! then thou wilt taste of the cup of wo :If thy pure deep love be spurned, |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 7bk6cj9dmwy20f3x7djr31cyyvn2jdq Page:Poems Welby.djvu/143 104 4490354 14130655 2024-04-26T06:17:46Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||135|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| For hearts, that like thine with affection glow, :Have seldom their love returned. Alas! that one care of earth should mar :The beauty that seems divine— That thine eye, like a softly gleaming star, :Should e'er through a tear-drop shine. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> l11k0gqcd5owkuxewbhqf0zs7tyeph4 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/144 104 4490355 14130656 2024-04-26T06:18:56Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THE DREAMERS.| Countless as the stars, whose numbers :Mock us where their brightness glows, Are the dreams, that haunt our slumbers :When we're gathered to repose; And, as each soft starry peeper :Bursts forth in its own bright beam, So it is with every sleeper— :Each one hath a separate dream. Mother, on thy couch reclining :With thy pale cheek wet with tears, Sleep around thy heart is twining :Buried hopes of former years; Dream'st thou of each faded blossom, :Folded once upon thy breast? Mourn not, for within his bosom :They have found a safer rest. Maiden, whose warm cheek is glowing :With the spirit of thy dreams, Each wild bud of fancy blowing :To thy mind as real seems; |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> 5bmpo7eya2i6h48bvvzzm36q9bw1uxj Page:Poems Welby.djvu/145 104 4490356 14130657 2024-04-26T06:19:34Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||137|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Honeyed words by sweet lips spoken :Round thee have their witchery cast; May the charm remain unbroken :When thy nightly dream is past. Child of gladness, thou art sinking :To thy sweet rest soft and deep, For the thirsty flowers are drinking :Every tear the bright stars weep; As the silvery light of even :Gathers round the parting day, So do gentle dreams of heaven :Flit about thee—dream away. Weary warrior, lately grasping :In thy hand the flashing blade, In sweet dreams thou 'rt fondly clasping :Lovely forms now lowly laid; Rosy lips thine own are pressing, :Fairy children round thee play, But with every transient blessing :Melts that soothing dream away. Lonely captive, sleep is flinging :Round thee many a witching spell; Low sweet tones are round thee ringing. :Tones, that lately breathed farewell; Clanking chains thy limbs encumber— :Hush! ye wild winds, peaceful be— |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> sw05cb653egwu1idggxl9z4pcun5o6g Page:Poems Welby.djvu/146 104 4490357 14130658 2024-04-26T06:20:01Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||138|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Break not yet the captive's slumber— :Rosy sleep hath set him free! Mortals, when those dreams are over, :Praise His name, who round us flings Visions bright, and bids us hover :'Neath the shadow of His wings. Soon that deep sleep will o'ertake us, :Sleep, that passeth not away, Till the last trump shall awake us :To one bright eternal day. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> tga7jnvfhp8ekm0jsue9aex3278yrhi Page:Poems Welby.djvu/147 104 4490358 14130659 2024-04-26T06:20:45Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|MAY.| O, this is the beautiful month of May, :The season of birds and of flowers; The young and the lovely are out and away, Mid the up-springing grass and the blossoms, at play; And many a heart will be happy to-day, :In this beautiful region of ours. Sweet April, the frail, the capriciously bright, :Hath passed like the lovely away, Yet we mourn not her absence, for swift at her flight Sprang forth, her young sister, an angel of light, And fair as a sunbeam that dazzles the sight, :Is beautiful, beautiful May. What scenes of delight, what sweet visions she brings :Of freshness, of gladness, and mirth, Of fair sunny glades where the buttercup springs, Of cool gushing fountains, of rose-tinted wings, Of birds, bees, and blossoms, all beautiful things, :Whose brightness rejoices the earth. How fair is the landscape! o'er hill-top and glade, :What swift-varying colors are rolled— |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> evyleedixfj3vdlsbt6cuvs357hsx03 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/148 104 4490359 14130660 2024-04-26T06:21:42Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||140|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| The shadow now sunshine, the sunshine now shade; Their light-shifting hues for the green earth have made A garment resplendent with dew-gems o'erlaid— :A light-woven tissue of gold! O yes! lovely May, the enchantingly fair, :Is here with her beams and her flowers; Their rainbow-like garments the blossoms now wear, And all in their health-giving odors may share, For the breath of their sweetness is out on the air, :Those children of sunbeams and showers. The fragrant magnolia in loveliness dressed, :The lilac's more delicate hue, The violet half opening its azure-hued vest, Just kissed by a sunbeam, its innocent guest, The light floating cloudlets like spirits at rest, :All pictured in motionless blue— These brighten the landscape, and softly unroll :Their splendors by land and by sea; They steal o'er the heart with a magic control. That lightens the bosom and freshens the soul— O! this is the charm, that enhances the whole, :And makes them so lovely to me. How sweet, when the month 's in the flush of its prime, :To hear, as we wander alone, Some bird's sudden song from the sweet-scented lime, |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> a8dg24d01sr5ke73929qrrpji8jbwsv Page:Poems Welby.djvu/149 104 4490360 14130661 2024-04-26T06:22:24Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||141|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| And catch the low gush of its exquisite chime, And set it to music, and turn it to rhyme, :With a spirit as light as its own. And sweet to recline 'neath the emerald-robed trees, :Where fairy-like footsteps have trod, With the lull of the waters, the hum of the bees, Melting into the spirit delicious degrees Of exquisite softness! in moments like these, :I have walked with the angels of God. Sweet season of love, when the fairy-queen trips :At eve through the star-lighted grove— What vows are now breathed where the honey-bee sips! What cheeks, whose bright beauties the roses eclipse, Are crimsoned with blushes! what rose-tinted lips :Are moist with the kisses of love! Yet, loveliest of months! with the praises I sing, :Thy glories are passing away With the dew from the blossom, the bird on the wing, Yet round thee a garland poetic I fling, Sweet sister of April! young child of the Spring! :O beautiful, beautiful May! |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> pj4i3xkhn8u25ww08b79joum5lgmpyt Stray Feathers/Volume 1/November 1872/The Skylarks of India 0 4490361 14130662 2024-04-26T06:30:56Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 Created page with "{{header | title = [[../../../]] | author = Allan Octavian Hume | translator = | section = The Skylarks of India | previous = | next = | notes = }} <pages index="Stray feathers. Journal of ornithology for India and its dependencies (IA strayfeathersjou11873hume).pdf" from=55 fromsection="B55" to=67 tosection="A67" /> [[Category:Birds]] [[Category:India]] {{dhr}} {{smallrefs}}" wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../../../]] | author = Allan Octavian Hume | translator = | section = The Skylarks of India | previous = | next = | notes = }} <pages index="Stray feathers. Journal of ornithology for India and its dependencies (IA strayfeathersjou11873hume).pdf" from=55 fromsection="B55" to=67 tosection="A67" /> [[Category:Birds]] [[Category:India]] {{dhr}} {{smallrefs}} 8fg71kuln0zkbzf6ke1cwih7l3ipz72 14130663 14130662 2024-04-26T06:31:54Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../../../]] | author = Allan Octavian Hume | translator = | section = The Skylarks of India | previous = | next = | notes = }} <pages index="Stray feathers. Journal of ornithology for India and its dependencies (IA strayfeathersjou11873hume).pdf" from=54 fromsection="B54" to=67 tosection="A67" /> [[Category:Birds]] [[Category:India]] {{dhr}} {{smallrefs}} 2fw86bq9qxnusi60e8hhaophhopr6tb 14130664 14130663 2024-04-26T06:32:56Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../../../]] | author = Allan Octavian Hume | translator = | section = The Skylarks of India | previous = | next = | notes = }} <pages index="Stray feathers. Journal of ornithology for India and its dependencies (IA strayfeathersjou11873hume).pdf" from=54 fromsection="B54" to=57 tosection="A57" /> [[Category:Birds]] [[Category:India]] {{dhr}} {{smallrefs}} jnisxz1wrvs83xb5jrfsty365639ekr Page:Poems Welby.djvu/150 104 4490362 14130666 2024-04-26T06:34:19Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|PULPIT ELOQUENCE.| The day was declining—the breeze in its glee Had left the fair blossoms to sing on the sea, As the sun in its gorgeousness, radiant and still, Dropped down like a gem from the brow of the hill; One tremulous star, in the glory of June, Came out with a smile and sat down by the moon, As she graced her blue throne with the pride of a queen, The smiles of her loveliness gladdening the scene. The scene was enchanting! in distance away Rolled the foam-crested waves of the Chesapeake bay, While bathed in the moonlight, the village was seen, With the church in the distance, that stood on the green, The soft-sloping meadows lay brightly unrolled With their mantles of verdure and blossoms of gold, And the earth in her beauty, forgetting to grieve, Lay asleep in her bloom on the bosom of eve. A light-hearted child, I had wandered away From the spot where my footsteps had gamboled all day, And free, as a bird's, was the song of my soul, As I heard the wild waters exultingly roll, |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> lx07te1x8ngv3ak9yt7gbc0ectt1jnt Page:Poems Welby.djvu/151 104 4490363 14130667 2024-04-26T06:34:57Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||143|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| While, lightening my heart as I sported along With bursts of low laughter and snatches of song, I struck in the pathway half- worn o'er the sod By the feet that went up to the worship of God. As I traced its green windings a murmur of prayer With the hymn of the worshipers rose on the air; And, drawn by the links of its sweetness along, I stood unobserved in the midst of the throng, For awhile my young spirit still wandered about With the birds, and the winds, that were singing without, But birds, waves, and zephyrs, were quickly forgot In one angel-like being that brightened the spot. In stature majestic, apart from the throng He stood in his beauty, the theme of my song! His cheek pale with fervor—the blue orbs above Lit up with the splendors of youth and of love; Yet the heart-glowing raptures, that beamed from those eyes, Seemed saddened by sorrows, and chastened by sighs, As if the young heart in its bloom had grown cold With its loves unrequited, its sorrows untold. Such language as his I may never recall; But his theme was salvation—salvation to all; And the souls of a thousand in ecstacy hung On the manna-like sweetness, that dropped from his tongue; Not alone on the ear his wild eloquence stole; Enforced by each gesture it sank to the soul, |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 5p9awrbty51yuy94ijfx42q2hfld5wl Page:Poems Welby.djvu/152 104 4490364 14130669 2024-04-26T06:36:32Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||144|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Till it seemed that an angel had brightened the sod And brought to each bosom a message from God. He spoke of the Saviour—what pictures he drew! The scene of His sufferings rose clear on my view— The cross—the rude cross where he suffered and died, The gush of bright crimson that flowed from His side, The cup of his sorrows, the wormwood and gall, The darkness that mantled the earth as a pall, The garland of thorns, and the demon-like crews. Who knelt as they scoffed Him—"Hail King of the Jews!" He spake, and it seemed that his statue-like form Expanded and glowed as his spirit grew warm— His tone so impassioned, so melting his air, As touched with compassion, he ended in prayer, His hands clasped above him, his blue orbs upthrown, Still pleading for sins that were never his own. While that mouth, where such sweetness ineffable clung, Still spoke, though expression had died on his tongue. O God! what emotions the speaker awoke! A mortal he seemed—yet a deity spoke; A man—yet so far from humanity riven! On earth—yet so closely connected with heaven! How oft in my fancy I've pictured him there. As he stood in that triumph of passion and prayer. With his eyes closed in rapture—their transient eclipse Made bright by the smiles, that illumined his lips. |start=follow|end=stanza }}<noinclude></noinclude> nqwakc9ubz4ebxitibstdypw1w5tc8y Page:Poems Welby.djvu/153 104 4490365 14130671 2024-04-26T06:37:24Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||145|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| There 's a charm in delivery, a magical art, That thrills, like a kiss, from the lip to the heart; 'T is the glance—the expression—the well-chosen word, By whose magic the depths of the spirit are stirred, The smile—the mute gesture—^the soul-startling pause, The eye's sweet expression—that melts while it awes, The lip's soft persuasion—its musical tone— such was the charm of that eloquent one! The time is long past, yet how clearly defined That bay, church, and village, float up on my mind! 1 see amid azure the moon in her pride, With the sweet little trembler, that sat by her side, I hear the blue waves, as she wanders along, Leap up in their gladness and sing her a song, And I tread in the pathway half-worn o'er the sod By the feet that went up to the worship of God. The time is long past, yet what visions I see! The past, the dim past, is the present to me; I am standing once more mid that heart-stricken throng, A vision floats up—'t is the theme of my song— All glorious and bright as a spirit of air, The light like a halo encircling his hair— As I catch the same accents of sweetness and love, He whispers of Jesus—and points us above. How sweet to my heart is the picture I've traced! Its chain of bright fancies seemed almost effaced, |start=stanza|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> e85x7be2q8s37jg91bn3aumxc0yudwk Page:Poems Welby.djvu/154 104 4490366 14130672 2024-04-26T06:37:48Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||146|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Till memory, the fond one, that sits in the soul, Took up the frail links, and connected the whole; As the dew to the blossom, the bud to the bee, As the scent to the rose, are those memories to me; Round the chords of my heart they have tremblingly clung, And the echo it gives is the song I have sung. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> nvu4h23dxvv9e2su8gw0lm94oviwts6 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/155 104 4490367 14130673 2024-04-26T06:38:54Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THE LAST INTERVIEW.| Here, in this lonely bower where first I won thee, :I come, beloved, beneath the moon's pale ray, To gaze, once more, through struggling tears upon thee, :And then to bear my broken heart away; I dare not linger near thee as a brother, :I feel my burning heart would still be thine; How could I hope my passionate thoughts to smother; While yielding all the sweetness to another, ::::::That should be mine! But fate hath willed it; the decree is spoken; :Now life may lengthen out its weary chain; For, reft of thee, its loveliest links are broken; :May we but clasp them all in Heaven again! Yes, thou wilt there be mine; in yon blue heaven :There are sweet meetings of the pure and fond; O joys unspeakable to such are given, When the sweet ties of love, that here are riven, ::::::Unite beyond. A glorious charm from Heaven thou dost inherit; :The gift of angels unto thee belongs; |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> og3nq8pqhprmiy4kfop59317ik2xyu4 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/156 104 4490368 14130674 2024-04-26T06:39:57Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||148|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Then breathe thy love in music, that thy spirit :May whisper to me through thine own sweet songs; And though my coming life may soon resemble :The desert-spots through which my steps will flee, Though round thee then wild worshipers assemble, My heart will triumph if thine own but tremble ::::::Still true to me. Yet, not when on our bower the light reposes :In golden glory, wilt .thou sigh for me, Not when the young bee seeks the crimson roses :And the far sunbeams tremble o'er the sea; But when at eve the tender heart grows fonder, :And the full soul with pensive love is fraught, Then with wet lids o'er these sweet paths thou 'lt wander, And, thrilled with love, upon my memory ponder ::::::With tender thought. And when at times thy bird-like voice entrances :The listening throng with some enchanting lay, If I am near thee, let thy heavenly glances :One gentle message to my heart convey; I ask but this—a happier one has taken :From my lone life the charm that made it dear; I ask but this, and promise thee unshaken To meet that look of love—but O! 't will waken ::::::Such raptures here! And now farewell! farewell! I dare not lengthen :These sweet sad moments out; to gaze on thee |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> f11k9nmeq68n0h3d3bogf05w5ejwlae Page:Poems Welby.djvu/157 104 4490369 14130675 2024-04-26T06:40:31Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||149|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Is bliss indeed, yet it but serves to strengthen :The love that now amounts to agony; This is our last farewell, our last fond meeting; :The world is wide, and we must dwell apart; My spirit gives thee, now, its last wild greeting, With lip to lip, while pulse to pulse is beating, ::::::And heart to heart. Farewell! farewell! our dream of bliss is over, :All, save the memory of our plighted love; I now must yield thee to thy happier lover, :Yet, O remember, thou art mine above! 'T is a sweet thought, and, when by distance parted, :^T will lie upon our hearts a holy spell; But the sad tears beneath thy lids have started, And I—alas! we both are broken-hearted— ::::::Dearest, farewell! |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> d77kp07n514jyepcu3o26s3yrxy58hf Page:Poems Welby.djvu/158 104 4490370 14130676 2024-04-26T06:42:52Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|WHEN SOFT STARS.| When soft stars are peeping :Through the pure azure sky And southern gales sweeping :Their warm breathings by, Like sweet music pealing :Far o'er the blue sea There comes o'er me stealing :Sweet memories of thee. The bright rose when faded :Flings forth o'er its tomb Its velvet leaves laded :With silent perfume: Thus round me will hover :In grief, or in glee, Till Life's dream be over, :Sweet memories of thee. As a sweet lute, that lingers :In silence alone, Unswept by light finger, :Scarce murmurs a tone, |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> kq21ptc1o6kh58mnx2tyto8g70a27ge Page:Poems Welby.djvu/159 104 4490371 14130677 2024-04-26T06:44:00Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||151|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| My young heart resembled :That lute light and free, Till o'er its chords trembled :Those memories of thee. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> d7arrv0pq8oo6jr2lvo5pzjgis4euuh Page:Poems Welby.djvu/160 104 4490372 14130678 2024-04-26T06:45:34Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|O! HAD WE ONLY MET.| O! had we only met, :When life and hope were new, When love, unmingled with regret, :Lay on our hearts like dew, 1 had not heaved a sigh :When wrapt in that sweet trance, I raised my ''own'' and met thine eye, :Returning glance for glance. O! do not prize me less :For yielding to the power, The soft delicious dreaminess. :That filled that twilight hour; I thought its spells were thine, :Around my spirit wove, And half forgot it was not mine :To give thee love for love. Love! Did I call it love? :It will not bear the name! A softer thought our bosoms move, :A tenderer, milder flame! |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> qij3bee0nem55bayjcxbondu8lkjxsq Page:Poems Welby.djvu/161 104 4490373 14130680 2024-04-26T06:46:52Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||153|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| I feel it in the tone :That thrilled thy low reply, As thy warm lip, beside my own, :Responded sigh for sigh. I love thee not, but O! :If we had met in youth, When first we dreamed of passion's glow, :Its fervor and its truth, Perhaps it had been mine, :With whispers soft and low, To place my little hand in thine, :And murmur vow for vow. Dear one! for dear thou art, :Thou know'st it is not mine, To lift the veil from this deep heart :Nor yet to gaze in thine, But O! were I to speak :Of all I hope and fear, Even thou would'st scarcely deem it weak, :To give me tear for tear. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> giyoba29ah0czzegi5dahiono6kv650 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/162 104 4490374 14130681 2024-04-26T06:47:53Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|TO AMANDA.| Sweet lady, wilt thou think of me :When Music's tones are round thee thrilling With a soft gushing melody, :Thy gentle heart with rapture filling? O let my voice, like that loved strain, :Touch in thy heart the chords of feeling, Like long-hushed music, breathed again :By zephyrs, o'er a wind-harp stealing. Sweet lady, wilt thou think of me :When Friendship's flowers are round thee wreathing, And Love's delicious flattery :Within thy ear is softly breathing? O let my friendship in the wreath, :Though but a bud amid the flowers, Its sweetest fragrance round thee breathe— :'T will serve to soothe thy weary hours. Sweet lady, wilt thou think of me? :Ah, should we e'er by fate be parted, Wilt thou embalm my memory, :The memory of the loving-hearted! |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> 9py5pkw7idgj0rulenxokoi4o9p55wh Page:Poems Welby.djvu/163 104 4490375 14130682 2024-04-26T06:48:16Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||155|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| O let our spirits then unite, :Each silent eve, in sweet communion! Our thoughts will mingle in their flight, :And heaven will bless the secret union. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> t9axfyam7hwn7y7l7xi4qivgnvuvpwv Page:Marcus Aurelius (Haines 1916).djvu/227 104 4490376 14130684 2024-04-26T06:50:20Z Pasicles 340821 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Pasicles" />{{c|BOOK VII}}</noinclude>right road, and satisfies the demands of our constitution, we can ensure our own weal. 54. At all times and in all places it rests with thee both to be content with thy present lot as a worshipper of the Gods, and to deal righteously with thy present neighbours, and to labour lovingly at thy present thoughts, that nothing unverified should steal into them. 55. Look not about thee at the ruling Reason of others, but look with straight eyes at this, ''To what is Nature guiding thee?''—both the Nature of the Universe, by means of what befalls thee and thy nature by means of the acts thou hast to do. But everyone must do what follows from his own constitution; and all other things have been constituted for the sake of rational beings—just as in every other case the lower are for the sake of the higher<ref>v. 16, 30; xi. 10.</ref>—but the rational for their own sake. Social obligation then is the leading feature in the constitution of man and, coming second to it, an uncompromising resistance to bodily inclinations. For it is the privilege of a rational and intelligent motion to isolate itself, and never to be overcome by the motions of sense or desire; for either kind is animal-like. But the motion of the Intelligence claims ever to have the pre-eminence and never to be mastered by them. And rightly so, for it is its nature to put all those to its own use. Thirdly, the rational constitution is free from precipitancy and cannot be misled. Let the ruling Reason then, clinging to these characteristics, accomplish a straight course and then it comes into its own. 56. As one that is dead, and his life till now lived<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}{{right|187}}</noinclude> nsi7mtyqvbfh1hjqvyu23bdhooefjcx Page:Poems Welby.djvu/165 104 4490377 14130685 2024-04-26T06:50:24Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||157|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| When I am touched by death— :On some loved breast, Listening to music's breath :Lull me to rest. And when I'm borne along :To my last sleep, Break forth in mournful song :Mellow and deep. O'er the bright moonlit sea :Let music swell, Breathe round me melody :Where'er I dwell. |start=stanza }}<noinclude></noinclude> q6qcwh9a2m1nrwzkcst2z0k57grsh1j Page:Poems Welby.djvu/164 104 4490378 14130686 2024-04-26T06:50:54Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|MUSIC.| O'er the bright moonlit sea :Let music swell; Breathe round me melody :Where'er I dwell. If on the ocean deep :Lonely I roam, Let music round me sweep— :Music of home. As the tones mingling float :With the waves play, Soothing will be each note, :Melting away. When mid the gladsome throng, :Joyous I feel, Let a rich tide of song :Soft round me steal. Or should my pensive heart :Feel sad and lone, There's nought can heal each smart :Like music's tone. |e=stanza}}<noinclude></noinclude> 9gmx7ybatwhye1z2mynwg0r4p8x39xs Page:Poems Welby.djvu/166 104 4490379 14130689 2024-04-26T06:54:34Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THE BRIDE.| A fringe of dewy leaves, :Along the branches droop, That overhang the cottage-eaves, :Where stand a bridal group; In fair and laughing bands :The maidens, far and wide, Have brought fresh roses in their hands, :To crown the fair young bride. Before the man of prayer, :They slowly gather round, As silent as the floating air, :That floats without a sound, As, with a downcast brow, :Close to her lover's side, Comes forth in raiment white as snow :The young and timid bride. How beautiful she seems, :As o'er her soft brown hair The sunset flings its golden gleams, :And forms a halo there, |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> o77b5u1oaw7cwdgonrwktaxviae8mz6 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/167 104 4490380 14130691 2024-04-26T06:55:40Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||159|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| While o'er her features play :The thoughts she cannot hide, Whose soft expression seems to say, :I am thy happy bride. No cold vain look is there, :But all is soft and meek; Upon her virgin forehead fair, :And o'er her dimpled cheek, A something soft and warm, :That round her seems to glide, Envolves as with a heavenly charm :The young and spotless bride. There's a whispered vow of love, :As side by side they stand, And the drawing of a snow-white glove :From a little trembling hand, And the glitter of a ring, :And a tear that none may chide— These, these have changed that girlish thing, :And she is now a bride. No shadow dims her brow— :She feels without a fear The trusting love, that all may know, :Who wed in their own sphere; And he, who clasps her now, :All flushed with love and pride, |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> njs9gjcyfjpp81rma7sertejvfl01jo Page:Marcus Aurelius (Haines 1916).djvu/229 104 4490381 14130693 2024-04-26T06:56:02Z Pasicles 340821 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Pasicles" />{{c|BOOK VII}}</noinclude>and gone, must thou count the rest of thy days as so much to the good,<ref>''cp.'' Sen. ''Ep.'' 12 ''ad fin.'' ''Quisquis dixit'' "Vixi," ''quotidie ad lucrum surgit''.</ref> and live according to Nature. 57. Love only what befalls thee and is spun for thee by fate. For what can be more befitting for thee? 58. In every contingency keep before thine eyes those who, when these same things befell them, were straightway aggrieved, estranged,<ref>Or, ''taken by surprise''. ''cp.'' viii. 15.</ref> rebellious. Where are they now? Nowhere! What then? Wouldst thou be like them? Why not leave those alien deflections to what deflects and is deflected by them, and devote thyself wholly to the question how to turn these contingencies to the best advantage? For then wilt thou make a noble use of them, and they shall be thy raw material. Only in thought and will take heed to be beautiful to thyself in all that thou doest. And remember, in rejecting the one and using the other, that the thing which matters is the aim of the action. 59. Look within. Within is the fountain of Good,<ref>St. John iv. 14.</ref> ready always to well forth if thou wilt alway delve. 60. The body too should be firmly set and suffer no distortion in movement or bearing. For what the mind effects in the face,<ref>vii. 37. ''cp.'' vii. 24.</ref> by keeping it composed and well-favoured, should be looked for similarly in the whole body. But all this must be secured without conscious effort. 61. The business of life is more akin to wrestling<ref>St. Paul, Eph. vi. 12.</ref> than dancing, for it requires of us to stand ready and unshakable against every assault however unforeseen. {{nop}}<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}{{right|189}}</noinclude> a0g4wwqu16uiorwrndnb5bzxvas4e7m Page:Poems Welby.djvu/168 104 4490382 14130695 2024-04-26T06:56:27Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||160|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Has breathed to her his holiest vow, :And takes her for his bride. Sweet bride! he '11 ne'er forget, :When 'neath thy father's cot He met thee like a violet, :Within a shady spot. Through all the balmy air, :And the breathing world beside, There 's nought to him so soft and fair :As thou, his blessed bride. Sweet tie! that links as one :Two spirits fond and true— What, what is all that time has done, :Or all, that time can do! Recorded vows of love, :In heaven fore'er abide, And none shall part, save One above, :The bridegroom and the bride. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> f6789khmogdlhwnwwe6vtcr78bl47k1 14130696 14130695 2024-04-26T06:56:42Z Alien333 3086116 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||160|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Has breathed to her his holiest vow, :And takes her for his bride. Sweet bride! he'll ne'er forget, :When 'neath thy father's cot He met thee like a violet, :Within a shady spot. Through all the balmy air, :And the breathing world beside, There 's nought to him so soft and fair :As thou, his blessed bride. Sweet tie! that links as one :Two spirits fond and true— What, what is all that time has done, :Or all, that time can do! Recorded vows of love, :In heaven fore'er abide, And none shall part, save One above, :The bridegroom and the bride. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> gg880ouhmquve2hrzshyufz2hj64273 Talk:Dictionary of National Biography, 1885-1900/Short, James 1 4490383 14130698 2024-04-26T06:57:20Z 203.109.201.8 /* pound character */ new section wikitext text/x-wiki == pound character == The Pound character ("₤") has been lost in the presentation of this material. [[Special:Contributions/203.109.201.8|203.109.201.8]] 06:57, 26 April 2024 (UTC) iphmwcm1zi89nlfew5fibp8mmtcdzcl 14130978 14130698 2024-04-26T07:45:39Z Beeswaxcandle 80078 /* pound character */ Reply wikitext text/x-wiki == pound character == The Pound character ("₤") has been lost in the presentation of this material. [[Special:Contributions/203.109.201.8|203.109.201.8]] 06:57, 26 April 2024 (UTC) :The published text (in the scan) uses ''l'' instead of either of the £ characters. So, in line with our policy on reproducing the text, we have retained the l.s.d. orthography of the period. [[User:Beeswaxcandle|Beeswaxcandle]] ([[User talk:Beeswaxcandle|talk]]) 07:45, 26 April 2024 (UTC) s26g1f4niv2dld4t8c43iohygo1xfai Page:Poems Welby.djvu/169 104 4490384 14130704 2024-04-26T06:59:03Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THE MOURNFUL HEART.| My heart is like a lonely bird, :That sadly sings, Brooding upon its nest unheard, :With folded wings. For of my thoughts the sweetest part, :Lie all untold, And treasured in this mournful heart :Like precious gold. The fever-dreams, that haunt my soul, :Are deep and strong; For through its deep recesses roll :Such floods of song. I strive to calm, to lull to rest, :Each mournful strain, To lay the phantom in my breast— :But ah! 't is vain. The glory of the silent skies, :Each kindling star, The young leaves stirred with melodies, :My quiet mar. |e=stanza}}<noinclude></noinclude> scboho6trrehnyil9ttwkzhbqrjenky Page:Poems Welby.djvu/170 104 4490385 14130705 2024-04-26T06:59:32Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||162|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| O! in my soul too wild and strong :This gift hath grown, Bright spirit of immortal song! :Take back thine own. 1 know no sorrows round me cling, :My years are few; And yet my heart's the saddest thing :I ever knew. For in my thoughts the world doth share :But little part; A mournful thing it is to bear :A mournful heart. |start=stanza }}<noinclude></noinclude> o7o92z3aq4rh133pf13w0gou9y7t7hm 14130707 14130705 2024-04-26T06:59:53Z Alien333 3086116 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||162|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| O! in my soul too wild and strong :This gift hath grown, Bright spirit of immortal song! :Take back thine own. I know no sorrows round me cling, :My years are few; And yet my heart's the saddest thing :I ever knew. For in my thoughts the world doth share :But little part; A mournful thing it is to bear :A mournful heart. |start=stanza }}<noinclude></noinclude> p4tz0cscvpqrwip5n9ovgkltwun8srg Page:A SEA Dyak Dictionary in alphabetical parts, with examples and quotations shewing the use and meaning of words.pdf/23 104 4490386 14130708 2024-04-26T07:00:00Z 103.18.0.195 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "roots. ''Aku ngasoh iya mabakpapan nya.'' I ordered him to tear away those planks. Ba­ bak tiang nya. Pull up that post. '''Babal''' (v. f. mabal), adj. ignorant, thought­ less, v. to make ignorant. Iya orang babal. He is an ignorant fellow. Iya mabal kadiri, He made himself appear to be ignorant. '''Babal''' (v. f. mabal), s. an obstruction, dam, v. to make a dam. Kami tiga kamari mabal ai Sabu ka ngulih ka ikan. We three yesterday made a dam across t... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="103.18.0.195" />{{rh| {{c|BABAL.}} | —11— | {{c|BAJEK.}} }} {{rule}}</noinclude>roots. ''Aku ngasoh iya mabakpapan nya.'' I ordered him to tear away those planks. Ba­ bak tiang nya. Pull up that post. '''Babal''' (v. f. mabal), adj. ignorant, thought­ less, v. to make ignorant. Iya orang babal. He is an ignorant fellow. Iya mabal kadiri, He made himself appear to be ignorant. '''Babal''' (v. f. mabal), s. an obstruction, dam, v. to make a dam. Kami tiga kamari mabal ai Sabu ka ngulih ka ikan. We three yesterday made a dam across the Sabu stream to catch the fish. Babas {bebabas}, young jungle growth, bush, Sida nyau ngabas babas. They have gone to look at young jungle growth (to farm). Bulii babas. Leaves. Babas, contr: from of beabas (see abas}. Babi {bebabi}, a pig. Babi laki. A boar. B. indu. A sow. Babi menoa, B. dupan or B. rumah. The domestic pig. Babi kampong. The wild pig. Zff babi. Pork. Babi, contr : form of beabi (see abi}. Babil, or babir, to speak indistinctly like a sick person. Babir, see babil. Babu (v. f. malm; bebabu), to doctor a person by rubbing in saliva or chewed herbs. Asoh sanu kitu tnabu kaki aku. Tell so-andso to come here and doctor my leg. Babul (v. f. mabut; bebabut}, to root up, pluck out, pull out. weed. Aku mabut rumput»di tengah jalai. I am weeding in the middle of the path. Babut iya enda lengis. He does not weed clean. Babut bulu manok nya. Pluck that fowl. Bacba (v. f. macha; bebacha}, to read. Anak aku nyau tan macha surat. My child has learnt to read. Bachau (v. f. machau ; bebachait}, to scrib­ ble, scrawl. Ukir iya enda badas baka ti olih machau aja. His carving is not good (but) as it were mere scribbling. Bad. :k {bebadak}, a rhinoceros. Badan {bebadan}, the body. Badas (v. f. ngemadas ; bebadas}, adj. good, fine, handsome, nice, v. to make good. ]ya kamaiatu nyau ngemadas ka pendiau diri. He has now behaved himself well. Badas rita {bebadas rita}, good news. Badi (btbadi), to come to grief, go to the wall, suffer loss. Bnggai. aku badi ngapa. I will not suffer loss to no purpose. Bebadi aya Lidi. Uncle Lidi came to grief. Badu (v. f. ngemadu; bebadu}, to cease, leave off. Badu agi. Cease altogether, Iya ngemadu ka lava. He put a stop to the quarrel. Badu bejako. Cease talking. [Note. Badu-badu, or bebadu, are used emphati­ cally]. Badu enda (an idiom), certainly, assured­ ly, emphatically so, of course. Badit enda iya ga raja. Certainly he is a wealthy man. Badu enda iya ga Kuiisil. Assuredly he is of the Council. Badu enda iya enggai iya ga bisi orang enda ngasoh. Emphatically he would not do so because some one stopped him. Badu enda iya ka tindok iya ga ngantuk. He certainly wants to sleep as he is drowsy. BAJEK. Badu enda iya bejako munyi nya iya ngasai kadiri salah. Emphatically he speaks so as he feels himself in the wrong. Kati ka nuan makai 1 Badu enda. Do you want to eat ? Of course. Bagak (v. f. ngemagak; bebagak}, adj. lively, frivolous, v. to be lively, frivolous. Saja iya ngulit iya ngemagak kadiri enggau kami. Although he is in mourning yet he is lively enough with us. Bagas (v. f. ngemagas; bebagas), adj. diligent, adv. frequently, always, continually, v. to make diligent. Iya bagas bendar bechara. He is frequently going to court. Bagas tindok. Constantly sleeping. Kami sa ru­ mah ngemagas kadiri taun tu. We of the same house are working diligently this year. Bagi (v. f. magi; bebagi}, s. a share, divi­ sion, v. to divide. Bagi aku bri ka iya. Give him my share. Sida nadai magi ka aku bttah. They did not divide the fruit with me. Prentah magi tanah. The Government di­ vides the land. Bah, swollen (of a river only, in Hood). Batang ai bah. The main river is in flood. Bai (v. f. mai ; bebai}, v, to bring, carry to, conj. because, Iya mai surat ngosotig aku. Pie brought a letter to me. Bai aku semput dibuai bini. Because I am lazy my wife divorced me. Baik (v. f. maik; bebaik}, v. to make peace, beautify, adj. well, pretty, conj. either, or. Iya maik kadiri enggau Baja. He made peace with the King. Indtt nya baik. That woman is pretty. Dalam bumai tekat enda: milih babas, baik jerami, baik memudai. In irrigation fa'rming people do not select land, either ground covered with short growth, or with higher bush, will do. Baiya (v. f. maiya: bebaiya}, s. goodsput aside upon the owner’s decease and placed (after being rendered worthless) upon his grave; miniature articles supposed to re­ present the different utensils used by the de­ ceased in daily life, placed on the grave at the conclusion of the mourning feast (,gaww antu}, v. to put aside articles for a deceased per­ son. Mali ngambi baiya orang. It is unlaw­ ful to take the baiya. Anang beguai maiya iya laban iya agi idup. Do not hurry to set aside articles for him because he is still alive.. Baja {bebaja}. s. steel, v. to have steel. Baja nya enda tajam. That steel is not sharp. Nadai bebaja duku iya. His chopper has no steel. Bajai {bebajai), a species of deer (cervus equinus). Bajau (v. f. majau ; bebajau,) s. a ravisher,. v. to ravish, make a foray, go on a gutta expedition. Aku dikumbai iya bajau. He calls me a ravisher. Baka sanu ti majau indu. Like so-and-so who ravished a woman. Paia tu olih kami majau. We got this head making a foray. Kami ka bejalai majau ka babas. We are going to the jungle on a gutta hunting expedition. Bajek (v. f. majek; bebajek}, adj. beauti­ ful, pretty, v. to beautify. {Bajek, adj. and<noinclude></noinclude> 0htba22ua97km4gph6syfsk6nyvieye Page:Poems Welby.djvu/171 104 4490387 14130712 2024-04-26T07:02:21Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THE PARTED YEAR.| The parted year hath passed away :Unto that dreamy land, Where ages upon ages sleep, :A mighty, slumbering band, And, like a blood-stained conqueror :Grown weary of renown, Hath yielded to the new-born year :His sceptre and his crown. Hushed now should be each tone of glee, :Unquaffed the sparkling wine, While Love and Grief bow hand in hand :At Memory's sacred shrine; E'en haughty Pride should humbly bend :Down from his lofty steep, And from the banquet laughing Mirth :Should turn aside and weep. Unwearied Thought, with solemn brow, :Droops o'er the heart's deep urn, And traces on its glowing page, :The past will ne'er return. |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> imuafyw58qoqkxwtb4pptq8c7teps86 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/172 104 4490388 14130713 2024-04-26T07:03:22Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||164|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| While Fancy from her starry height :Returns with mournful eye, And, folding up her rainbow wing. :Stands meekly pensive by. Hark! the low winds are sighing now :O'er the departed year, And gathering in dim autumn leaves, :To strew upon His bier, While the tall trees stand leafless round, :Unstirred by summer's breath, Like mourners reft of every hope :Above the couch of death. But now the sepulchre of years :Hath closed its portals o'er The form of the departed year :In silence as before; And the New-Year with stately tread :Steals slowly o'er the earth, Robed in the garments of his state, :A monarch from his birth. Could we but lift the mildewed veil :O'er buried ages cast, And bring to light the darkened things :That slumber with the past, Sad mysteries, undreamed of now, :One glance would then unfold, |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> t4gjrf01mszijpik52fsyivjjiyrtia Page:Marcus Aurelius (Haines 1916).djvu/223 104 4490389 14130715 2024-04-26T07:05:04Z Pasicles 340821 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Pasicles" />{{c|BOOK VII}}</noinclude>''it the best for him, or has been stationed by his commander, there methinks he ought to stay and run every risk, taking into account neither death nor any thing else save dishonour''.<ref>Plato, ''Apol.'' 28 E.</ref> 46. ''But, my good sir, see whether nobility and goodness do not mean something other than to save and be saved; for surely a man worthy of the name must waive aside the question of the duration of life how- ever extended, and must not cling basely to life, but leaving these things in the hands of God pin his faith to the women's adage, his destiny no man can flee,' and thereafter consider in what way he may best live for such time as he has to live''.<ref>Plato, ''Gorgias'', 512 DE.</ref> 47. Watch the stars in their courses as one that runneth about with them therein; and think constantly upon the reciprocal changes of the elements, for thoughts on these things cleanse away the mire of our earthly life. 48. Noble is this saying of Plato's.<ref>What follows is obviously not a saying of Plato. We must therefore refer back to what precedes, or suppose that Plato's words have dropped out.</ref> Moreover he who discourses of men should, as if from some vantage-point<ref>ix. 30. ''cp.'' Lucian, ''Char.'' § 15; ''Icaro-Men.'' § 12.</ref> above, take a bird's-eye view of the things of earth, in its gatherings,<ref>If {{greek|κατὰ ἀγέλας}} be read, it will mean literally, ''drove by drove, i.e. in its aggregations''; if {{greek|κάτω, ἀγέλας}}, the latter word must refer to gatherings of men.</ref> armies, husbandry, its inarriages and separations,<ref>This might mean ''treaties of peace'', but there seems to be a system of contrasted pairs.</ref> its births and deaths, the din of the law-court and the silence of the desert, barbarous races manifold, its feasts and mournings and markets, the medley of it all and its orderly conjunction of contraries. 49. Pass in review the far-off things of the past<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}{{right|183}}</noinclude> 3ggfat733qcnv13b8k5nxggtqtk7nzf Page:Poems Welby.djvu/173 104 4490390 14130717 2024-04-26T07:05:32Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||165|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| And many other mournful things, :Too mournful to be told. The cold, the dead, the beautiful, :E'en now they silent pass Like floating shadows, one by one, :O'er memory's faithful glass; And Hope, and Love start fondly up :To greet them as of yore, But something whispers unto each— :Be still; they are no more. Time, ceaseless Time, we know not when :Thy wanderings began, The dreamy past is sealed to us, :The future none may scan; We only know that round thy path :Dark ruins have been hurled, That, 'neath thy wing Destruction rears :His altars o'er the world. E'en Science from his eagle height :So little can foresee, He silent turns abashed away :If we but ask of thee; And if to Eloquence we turn, :Mute is her silver tongue, As if upon her spirit's lyre :The dews of death were hung. |start=follow|end=stanza }}<noinclude></noinclude> jea17hhlya5u00lndxauj7urb83tadz Page:Poems Welby.djvu/174 104 4490391 14130720 2024-04-26T07:06:52Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||166|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Still onward, onward thou dost press :With low and measured tread, Peopling with cold and lifeless forms :The cities of the dead; Throwing around the young and fair :The shadow of thy wing, And stealing from each human heart :Some loved and cherished thing. Yet deep, deep in each thrilling heart :One fount remaineth still, Which hoary Time nor icy Death :Hath power to touch or chill: It is the holy fount of Love, :Whose waters hallowed lie, Filled from that everlasting source, :The well-spring from on high. We cannot stay thy footsteps, Time! :Thy flight no hand can bind Save His, whose foot is on the sea, :Whose voice is in the wind; Yet, when the stars from their bright spheres :Like living flames are hurled, Thy mighty form will sink beneath :The ruins of the world. |start=stanza }}<noinclude></noinclude> ji1r7zjp7aqt9s52uzfltdhqxy4n50b Page:Poems Welby.djvu/175 104 4490392 14130721 2024-04-26T07:09:05Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|I NEVER HAVE LOVED THEE.| I never have loved thee; yet, strange though it be, So soft are the feelings I cherish for thee, That the wildest of passions could never impart More joy to my soul, or more bliss to my heart; They come o'er my breast in my happiest hours, They come like the south w^ind, that ruffles the flowers— A thrilling of softness, a thrilling of bliss— Say, is there no name for a passion like this? It cannot be friendship, it cannot be love; Yet I know the sweet feeling descends from above; For it takes from my bosom no portion of ease, Yet adds all the raptures, the pleasures of these; For so soft the emotion my spirit has nursed, It is warm as the last, and more pure than the first; For my heart when near thine grows as soft as a dove, Yet it cannot be friendship, it cannot be love. I know we must part, yet, united in soul, Our thoughts, like one current, together will roll, And O! should my soul be the first to ascend, When an angel in heaven I'll plead for my friend; |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> 1ud39w3csuae8t9ryct2kq3smx9j9j9 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/176 104 4490393 14130725 2024-04-26T07:10:01Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||168|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Yet sometimes I think when my young life is o'er, And my voice that hath thrilled thee, can thrill thee no more, That my spirit will steal from its mansion of bliss To lie on thy bosom, and guard thee in this. Thou may'st whisper farewell, but thou canst not depart— I hold thee too close in the folds of my heart; And that full heart is deeper than aught else can be, Unless 't is the feeling I cherish for thee. Thou canst not escape, for though wide be thy bound, Fond memories like sentinels guard thee around— Sweet watchers! they '11 keep each intruder away, And hold thee my captive by night and by day. 'T were almost too sweet for such bosoms as ours To die the calm death of the innocent flowers; Yet, ah! if the angels will answer my prayers. The close of our lives will be lovely as theirs— And, O! if the death-pangs our bosoms must rend, If they '11 mingle my spirit with that of my friend, I care not how soon they may sever earth's ties, For, though parted on earth, we '11 be linked in the skies. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 1jb4ln1cd3fe45pdzsfgfzci81ygizn Page:Poems By Chauncy Hare Townshend.djvu/377 104 4490394 14130728 2024-04-26T07:15:15Z Chrisguise 2855804 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{rvh|353|{{asc|WATERLOO.}}}}</noinclude>{{ppoem|start=follow|end=follow|O could I read thy bosom, and declare The wilder fray, that boils, and rages there; How from hot hope thro' ev'ry change it past, Fear—rage—hate—terror—to despair at last! Go then! the fool of passion, as of fame, Play the last stake of Fortune's desp'rate game! Cheer to the field thine own imperial band, Who wait the waving of thy haughty hand, To pour their souls in that unequall'd strife For him, who recks but of one coward life! Brave self-devotion! Such as Romans knew, A nobler cause had made it virtue too. 'Tis done! Wild clamours rend th' etherial vault, Herald their way, and cheer the last assault. Now for your England, warriors, all combine, Quit the deep phalanx, form the length'ning line! Now is war's crisis! Daringly exchange Firmness for fire, resistance for revenge! Be as the wave, which once suspended stood, Then pour'd on Egypt's train its whelming flood. See how the conquering Sun has roll'd away The throng of clouds, that veil'd his gloomy day,<ref>A tempestuous night had ushered in a day of rain, and gloom, but the evening was bright and serene.</ref> And beams effulgent in the western sky,}}<noinclude>{{rule|8em}} {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> m8v1gfkk41sedfsyg86ydtrit96mq3a Page:Poems Welby.djvu/177 104 4490395 14130730 2024-04-26T07:15:52Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|O! DARK IS THE GLOOM.| O! dark is the gloom o'er my young spirit stealing! :Then why should I linger where others are gay? The smile, that I wear, is but worn for concealing :A heart, that is wasting in sadness away! How oft have I thought, when the last light has faded :From off the clear waves of some soft-flowing stream, That, like its bright waters, my last hopes were shaded :By darkness, uncheered by the light of a beam. O! could I but fly from this false world for ever, :Where those whom I trust are the first to betray, From the cold, and the fickle, my young heart I 'd sever, :Ere they steal all its bloom and its sweetness away. I 'd seek, in some orb of the blessed above me, :The peace, that on earth I can never receive; The spirits, that dwell in that bright orb, would love me, :For they are too gentle to wound or deceive. O! why should the hearts of the purest be shaken, :While calmly reposing 'neath love's sunny beam? If they slumber so sweetly why should they awaken :To muse on the past, and to weep o'er a dream? }}<noinclude></noinclude> 2jb1aan14f8ovxodltsfuwb7p1wp12p Page:Poems By Chauncy Hare Townshend.djvu/378 104 4490396 14130732 2024-04-26T07:16:46Z Chrisguise 2855804 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{rvh|354|{{asc|WATERLOO.}}}}</noinclude>{{ppoem|start=follow|end=follow|As if to light your troops to victory. Reflected lustre from the bayonet streams, And crested helms give back the level beams. As, rising oft in far Arabia's land, Whirl the red columns of collected sand, Ting'd by the setting sun's dilated fire, Proud to the skies the pillar'd flames aspire, And sweep tremendous o'er the ravag'd plain, While the pale pilgrim strives to fly in vain: So nobly dread, so formidably bright Mov'd England's host in all the pomp of light. Strong as from peace, and fresh as from repose, Now—now she rushes on her yielding foes. The clearing smoke their hurrying rout reveals; All France gives way—a throne—an empire reels! Wildly they fly, or bend the suppliant knee, England is victor, and the world is free! Distracted Uproar lords it o'er the plain: Where bleed the wounded, or where sink the slain, Onward they drive, pursuers, and pursued, Nor check their footsteps deep in blood embrued. Rout and Confusion, Fear, and Death are there, And the pale form of pitiless Despair. {{em}}Oh yet exult not, as ye swift recede, That the tir'd Briton checks his panting steed!}}<noinclude></noinclude> ruhd8sdjms5wqhrqcovrg3szwyud6jm Page:Poems Welby.djvu/178 104 4490397 14130734 2024-04-26T07:17:55Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THE PRESENCE OF GOD.| O Thou, who fling'st so fair a robe :Of clouds around the hills untrod— Those mountain-pillars of the globe, :Whose peaks sustain thy throne, O God! All glittering round the sunset skies, :Their trembling folds are lightly furled, As if to shade from mortal eyes :The glories of yon upper world; There, while the evening star upholds In one bright spot their purple folds, My spirit lifts its silent prayer, For Thou, the God of love, art there. The summer flowers, the fair, the sweet, :Upspringing freely from the sod, In whose soft looks we seem to meet, :At every step, Thy smiles, O God! The humblest soul their sweetness shares, :They bloom in palace-hall, or cot— Give me, O Lord! a heart like theirs, :Contented with my lowly lot! Within their pure ambrosial bells, In odors sweet Thy Spirit dwells; |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> g9z1eq3kmds53jl18xm16grb7p4zsa6 Index:Notice 1998 of 2005.djvu/styles.css 106 4490398 14130735 2024-04-26T07:18:32Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 Created page with ".__schedule{ border-collapse:collapse; margin:0 auto 0 auto; border:0.1em solid black; } .__schedule th{ border:0.1em solid black; text-align:center; vertical-align:middle; padding:2px; } .__schedule td{ border:0.1em solid black; text-align:center; }" sanitized-css text/css .__schedule{ border-collapse:collapse; margin:0 auto 0 auto; border:0.1em solid black; } .__schedule th{ border:0.1em solid black; text-align:center; vertical-align:middle; padding:2px; } .__schedule td{ border:0.1em solid black; text-align:center; } irun7p6xxb8q9bz2szmeb69x32iaqzt 14130738 14130735 2024-04-26T07:19:11Z ShakespeareFan00 8435 sanitized-css text/css .__schedule{ border-collapse:collapse; margin:0 auto 0 auto; border:0.1em solid black; } .__schedule th{ border:0.1em solid black; text-align:center; vertical-align:middle; padding:2px; } .__schedule td{ border:0.1em solid black; text-align:center; vertical-align:top; } m7jstoddcuyud24ouwxl7r7gjivo8n8 Page:Poems By Chauncy Hare Townshend.djvu/379 104 4490399 14130736 2024-04-26T07:18:58Z Chrisguise 2855804 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{rvh|355|{{asc|WATERLOO.}}}}</noinclude>{{ppoem|start=follow|end=follow|Fresh, and unbreath'd, impetuous as the wave, Greedy as wolves, relentless as the grave, The Prussian comes, his sword in blood unsteep'd, To gather in the harvest England reap'd. Hope not for mercy! Did ye mercy shew, When pale Silesia saw her conquering foe? Remember Ligny, where the flag of Death Wav'd its black menace o'er the host beneath.<ref>At the battle of Ligny, the French hoisted the black Hag, which signified that no quarter would be given.</ref> The Briton, bulwark'd by his rocky strand, Ne'er saw thee blight the gardens of his land. No injur'd wife, no murder'd offspring call His soul to vengeance on the cruel Gaul: But there are wrongs, too deep to be redrest, That fret, and rankle in the Prussian's breast. The cup of vengeance holds its mantling draught Close to his lips,—and deep shall it be quaff'd! {{em}}But darkness yet that madd'ning flight may shroud.— Oh, for a night of tempest, gloom, and cloud! Uprose the Moon, unclouded, broad, and bright, In all the beauty of a summer's night. Heedless of men, alike she seems to move O'er fields of carnage, or the peaceful grove, The dread pursuit of foes, or harmless scenes of love.<noinclude>{{rule|8em}} {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> a7rc82hz6mk02czu5wmo8mgjnor50vo 14130737 14130736 2024-04-26T07:19:10Z Chrisguise 2855804 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{rvh|355|{{asc|WATERLOO.}}}}</noinclude>{{ppoem|start=follow|end=follow|Fresh, and unbreath'd, impetuous as the wave, Greedy as wolves, relentless as the grave, The Prussian comes, his sword in blood unsteep'd, To gather in the harvest England reap'd. Hope not for mercy! Did ye mercy shew, When pale Silesia saw her conquering foe? Remember Ligny, where the flag of Death Wav'd its black menace o'er the host beneath.<ref>At the battle of Ligny, the French hoisted the black Hag, which signified that no quarter would be given.</ref> The Briton, bulwark'd by his rocky strand, Ne'er saw thee blight the gardens of his land. No injur'd wife, no murder'd offspring call His soul to vengeance on the cruel Gaul: But there are wrongs, too deep to be redrest, That fret, and rankle in the Prussian's breast. The cup of vengeance holds its mantling draught Close to his lips,—and deep shall it be quaff'd! {{em}}But darkness yet that madd'ning flight may shroud.— Oh, for a night of tempest, gloom, and cloud! Uprose the Moon, unclouded, broad, and bright, In all the beauty of a summer's night. Heedless of men, alike she seems to move O'er fields of carnage, or the peaceful grove, The dread pursuit of foes, or harmless scenes of love.}}<noinclude>{{rule|8em}} {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> q12skvrxg9nivbtt7rdve9tkdqmbieb 14130740 14130737 2024-04-26T07:19:38Z Chrisguise 2855804 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{rvh|355|{{asc|WATERLOO.}}}}</noinclude>{{ppoem|start=follow|end=follow|Fresh, and unbreath'd, impetuous as the wave, Greedy as wolves, relentless as the grave, The Prussian comes, his sword in blood unsteep'd, To gather in the harvest England reap'd. Hope not for mercy! Did ye mercy shew, When pale Silesia saw her conquering foe? Remember Ligny, where the flag of Death Wav'd its black menace o'er the host beneath.<ref>At the battle of Ligny, the French hoisted the black flag, which signified that no quarter would be given.</ref> The Briton, bulwark'd by his rocky strand, Ne'er saw thee blight the gardens of his land. No injur'd wife, no murder'd offspring call His soul to vengeance on the cruel Gaul: But there are wrongs, too deep to be redrest, That fret, and rankle in the Prussian's breast. The cup of vengeance holds its mantling draught Close to his lips,—and deep shall it be quaff'd! {{em}}But darkness yet that madd'ning flight may shroud.— Oh, for a night of tempest, gloom, and cloud! Uprose the Moon, unclouded, broad, and bright, In all the beauty of a summer's night. Heedless of men, alike she seems to move O'er fields of carnage, or the peaceful grove, The dread pursuit of foes, or harmless scenes of love.}}<noinclude>{{rule|8em}} {{smallrefs}}</noinclude> ag40hab677tpc1zyg8nhiebmb78uvpa Page:Poems By Chauncy Hare Townshend.djvu/380 104 4490400 14130741 2024-04-26T07:21:45Z Chrisguise 2855804 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{rvh|356|{{asc|WATERLOO.}}}}</noinclude>{{ppoem|start=follow|end=follow|Now her pale lamp she holds o'er Slaughter's hand, Guides the sure blow, and points the vengeful brand. Onward they rush, 'till the reflected beam Quivers on Sambre's gently-gliding stream. Ah, gentle now no more! The broken wave Flashes above the soldier's wat'ry grave. The stifled groan, the frequent plunge declare That foemen slay, and warriors perish there. {{em}}But turn your eyes, where spreads the tranquil light O'er the wide plain, where rag'd the desperate fight, Death's banquet-room, where wildly mingled lie The wrecks of his tremendous revelry. The pale ray gleams on many a paler cheek, Distain'd alone by slaughter's crimson streak; And oft the glist'ning radiance, mildly wan, Falls on a face too beautiful for man; While from the riven helm escap'd have roll'd Dark braided tresses, or dishevell'd gold. 'Tis Gallia's maid, who by her warrior's side In danger triumph'd, and devoted died. {{em}}O woman, with thy grace what strength combines! Faithful as ivy to the shaft it twines, Which closer still in ruin clasps it round, And gives in turn the kind support it found!}}<noinclude></noinclude> 22gw7fm25vk2wyf5q40b3ezg9j3tlg2 Page:Marcus Aurelius (Haines 1916).djvu/225 104 4490401 14130742 2024-04-26T07:22:05Z Pasicles 340821 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Pasicles" />{{c|BOOK VII}}</noinclude>and its succession of sovranties without number. Thou canst look forward and see the future also. For it will most surely be of the same character,<ref>vi. 37.</ref> and it cannot but carry on the rhythm of existing things. Consequently it is all one, whether we witness human life for forty years or ten thousand. For what more shalt thou see? 50. {{center block|{{outdent|''All that is earth-born gravitates earthwards,''}} {{outdent|''Dust unto dust; and all that from ether''}} {{outdent|''Grows, speeds swiftly back again heavenward;''<ref>Eur. ''Chrys.'' Frag. 836. Constantly quoted. ''cp.'' Lucr. ii. 991; Genesis iii. 19: {{greek|γῆ εἷ καὶ ἐς γῆν ἀπελεύσῃ}}; Ecclesiasticus xl. 11.</ref>}}}} that is, either there is a breaking up of the closely-linked atoms or, what is much the same, a scattering of the impassive elements. 51. Again: {{center block|{{outdent|''With meats and drinks and curious sorceries''}} {{outdent|''Side-track the stream, so be they may not die.''<ref>Eur. ''Suppl.'' 1110.</ref>}} {{outdent|''When a storm from the Gods beats down on our bark,''}} {{outdent|''At our oars then we needs must toil and complain not.''<ref>Unknown.</ref>}}}} 52. ''Better at the cross-buttock'',<ref>Plutarch, ''Apophth.'' 2. 206 E.</ref> may be, but not at shewing public spirit or modesty, or being readier for every contingency or more gracious to our neighbour if he sees awry. 53. A work that can be accomplished in obedience to that reason which we share with the Gods is attended with no fear. For no harm need be anticipated, where by an activity that follows the<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}{{right|185}}</noinclude> d9t3vwqd2nb83rtx20khqtlxr17twsc 14130748 14130742 2024-04-26T07:24:02Z Pasicles 340821 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Pasicles" />{{c|BOOK VII}}</noinclude>and its succession of sovranties without number. Thou canst look forward and see the future also. For it will most surely be of the same character,<ref>vi. 37.</ref> and it cannot but carry on the rhythm of existing things. Consequently it is all one, whether we witness human life for forty years or ten thousand. For what more shalt thou see? 50. {{center block|{{outdent|''All that is earth-born gravitates earthwards,''}} {{outdent|''Dust unto dust; and all that from ether''}} {{outdent|''Grows, speeds swiftly back again heavenward;''<ref>Eur. ''Chrys.'' Frag. 836. Constantly quoted. ''cp.'' Lucr. ii. 991; Genesis iii. 19: {{greek|γῆ εἷ καὶ ἐς γῆν ἀπελεύσῃ}}; Ecclesiasticus xl. 11.</ref>}}}} that is, either there is a breaking up of the closely-linked atoms or, what is much the same, a scattering of the impassive elements. 51. Again: {{center block|{{outdent|''With meats and drinks and curious sorceries''}} {{outdent|''Side-track the stream, so be they may not die.''<ref>Eur. ''Suppl.'' 1110.</ref>}}<br/> {{outdent|''When a storm from the Gods beats down on our bark,''}} {{outdent|''At our oars then we needs must toil and complain not.''<ref>Unknown.</ref>}}}} 52. ''Better at the cross-buttock'',<ref>Plutarch, ''Apophth.'' 2. 206 E.</ref> may be, but not at shewing public spirit or modesty, or being readier for every contingency or more gracious to our neighbour if he sees awry. 53. A work that can be accomplished in obedience to that reason which we share with the Gods is attended with no fear. For no harm need be anticipated, where by an activity that follows the<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}{{right|185}}</noinclude> 0e2otypwb0vkvf2slq3ckt89z6t5lmr Page:Poems Welby.djvu/179 104 4490402 14130743 2024-04-26T07:22:28Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{rh||171|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Their breath may seem to scent the air— 'T is Thine, O God! for Thou art there. List! from yon casement low and dim :What sounds are these, that fill the breeze? It is the peasant's evening hymn, :Arrests the fisher on the seas— The old man leans his silver hairs :Upon his light suspended oar, Until those soft delicious airs :Have died like ripples on the shore. Why do his eyes in softness roll? What melts the manhood from his soul? His heart is filled with peace and prayer, For Thou, O God! art with him there. The birds among the summer-blooms :Pour forth to Thee their strains of love, When, trembling on uplifted plumes, :They leave the earth and soar above; We hear their sweet familiar airs :Where'er a sunny spot is found; How lovely is a life like theirs, :Diffusing sweetness all around! From clime to clime, from pole to pole, Their sweetest anthems softly roll, Till, melting on the realms of air, Thy still small voice seems whispering there. |start=follow|end=stanza }}<noinclude></noinclude> q7xke4unykjuinf3jl5ddmp9mk5jy86 Stray Feathers/Volume 1/July 1873/Indian and European Eagles, No. II. 0 4490403 14130744 2024-04-26T07:22:50Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 Created page with "{{header | title = [[../../../]] | author = | translator = | section = Indian and European Eagles | previous = | next = | notes = }} <pages index="Stray feathers. Journal of ornithology for India and its dependencies (IA strayfeathersjou11873hume).pdf" from=350 to=352 tosection="A352" /> [[Category:Birds]] [[Category:India]] {{dhr}} {{smallrefs}}" wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../../../]] | author = | translator = | section = Indian and European Eagles | previous = | next = | notes = }} <pages index="Stray feathers. Journal of ornithology for India and its dependencies (IA strayfeathersjou11873hume).pdf" from=350 to=352 tosection="A352" /> [[Category:Birds]] [[Category:India]] {{dhr}} {{smallrefs}} d52zwpgw17hwbjj7zhkgwacwf5jqzy8 14130747 14130744 2024-04-26T07:23:38Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../../../]] | author = | translator = | section = Indian and European Eagles | previous = | next = | notes = }} <pages index="Stray feathers. Journal of ornithology for India and its dependencies (IA strayfeathersjou11873hume).pdf" from=349 to=352 tosection="A352" /> [[Category:Birds]] [[Category:India]] {{dhr}} {{smallrefs}} 6itcudkal91v5hzeeacp4mwn339cut8 14130749 14130747 2024-04-26T07:24:30Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../../../]] | author = William Edwin Brooks | translator = | section = Indian and European Eagles | previous = | next = | notes = }} <pages index="Stray feathers. Journal of ornithology for India and its dependencies (IA strayfeathersjou11873hume).pdf" from=349 to=352 tosection="A352" /> [[Category:Birds]] [[Category:India]] {{dhr}} {{smallrefs}} 13u93vvyll86i6umicw0gs2jealq9rh 14130758 14130749 2024-04-26T07:28:10Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 added [[Category:Eagles]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../../../]] | author = William Edwin Brooks | translator = | section = Indian and European Eagles | previous = | next = | notes = }} <pages index="Stray feathers. Journal of ornithology for India and its dependencies (IA strayfeathersjou11873hume).pdf" from=349 to=352 tosection="A352" /> [[Category:Birds]] [[Category:India]] [[Category:Eagles]] {{dhr}} {{smallrefs}} aholuciha75ht5ii2f57hy5ll4d72tl 14130759 14130758 2024-04-26T07:28:18Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 removed [[Category:Birds]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../../../]] | author = William Edwin Brooks | translator = | section = Indian and European Eagles | previous = | next = | notes = }} <pages index="Stray feathers. Journal of ornithology for India and its dependencies (IA strayfeathersjou11873hume).pdf" from=349 to=352 tosection="A352" /> [[Category:India]] [[Category:Eagles]] {{dhr}} {{smallrefs}} m4q7rpeqtak60m5i9jqr3agewjjlr2f 14130769 14130759 2024-04-26T07:36:55Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../../../]] | author = William Edwin Brooks | translator = | section = Indian and European Eagles | previous = | next = | notes = }} <pages index="Stray feathers. Journal of ornithology for India and its dependencies (IA strayfeathersjou11873hume).pdf" from=349 to=355 tosection="A355" /> [[Category:India]] [[Category:Eagles]] {{dhr}} {{smallrefs}} pvi4p0qvlp9k4t27hh6n1156w6vgqi6 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/180 104 4490404 14130745 2024-04-26T07:23:06Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||172|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| The stars, those floating isles of light, :Round which the clouds unfurl their sails, Pure as a woman's robe of white :That trembles round the form it veils, They touch the heart as with a spell, :Yet, set the soaring fancy free, And O how sweet the tales they tell! :They tell of peace, of love, and Thee! Each raging storm that wildly blows, Each balmy gale that lifts the rose, Sublimely grand, or softly fair, They speak of Thee, for Thou art there. The spirit oft oppressed with doubt, :May strive to cast Thee from its thought, But who can shut thy presence out, :Thou mighty Guest that com'st unsought! In spite of all our cold resolves, :Whate'er our thoughts, where'er we be, Still magnet-like the heart revolves, :And points, all trembling, up to Thee; We cannot shield a troubled breast Beneath the confines of the blest, Above, below, on earth, in air, For Thou the living God art there. Yet, far beyond the clouds outspread, :Where soaring fancy oft hath been, |start=stanza|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> gw6irf0xrdfuqf05opikp0tpchxocy3 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/181 104 4490405 14130750 2024-04-26T07:24:32Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||173|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| There is a land where Thou hast said :The pure of heart shall enter in; In those far realms so calmly bright How many a loved and gentle one Bathes its soft plumes in living light That sparkles from Thy radiant Throne! There souls once soft and sad as ours, Look up and sing 'mid fadeless flowers— They dream no more of grief and care, For Thou, the God of peace, art there. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 37utyinh9ryw3ev1em8r51gpjrbhzho Page:Poems Welby.djvu/182 104 4490406 14130751 2024-04-26T07:25:24Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|I KNOW THEE NOT.| I know thee not—I never heard thy voice, :Yet, could I choose a friend from all mankind, Thy spirit high, should be my spirit's choice, :Thy heart should guide my heart, thy mind, my mind! I know not if thy features be akin :To thy bright thoughts—or if thy lashes fall O'er sparkling orbs—I only sigh to win :The soul that speaks, and sparkles through them all! I know not if thou'rt blest—I hope thou art! :Yet O! I envy her to whom belongs The priceless treasure of thy free, high heart, :With all its wild sweet thoughts, and sweeter songs! I know not if thou'lt ever, ever press :My trembling hand in thine—to meet with thee! O! I should die for very blessedness, :So sweetly painful would that meeting be! I know not if thou think'st of me afar, :Yet oft, I sit alone amid my flowers, |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> hiy07t8dj1l8in5ma6n7889y7nwh0pb Page:Poems Welby.djvu/183 104 4490407 14130755 2024-04-26T07:26:44Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||175|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| And fix my sad gaze on some still bright star, :And muse on ''thee'' through long uncounted hours! I know thou dost not—''canst'' not think of me! :Alas! my heart would leap with joy elate Could I but hope that I might sometimes be :A thought within thy soul—its spirit-mate! I know not why my heart should thus be stirred :By these wild thoughts—''thou dost not pine for me!'' And yet, how oft ''I'' pine to be a bird— :A star—or any thing that 's loved by thee! I know not if I e^er shall list thy tone, :Or blushing, thrill beneath thy thrilling touch; Thy songs, thy fame, are ''all'' my heart hath known, :And knowing this alone—it knows too much! |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> ek9r0fzkz577yh34hlqv5nhirejezun Page:Poems Welby.djvu/184 104 4490408 14130760 2024-04-26T07:31:38Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THOU CANST NOT FORGET ME.| Thou canst not forget me, for memory will fling :Her light o'er oblivion's dark sea; And wherever thou roamest, a something will cling :To thy bosom, that whispers of me; Though the chords of thy spirit I now may not sweep, :Of my touch they '11 retain a soft thrill, Like the low, under-tone of the mournful-voiced deep, :When the wind that hath swept it is still. The love that is kept in the beauty of trust, :Cannot pass like the foam from the seas, Or a mark that the finger hath traced in the dust, :When 't is swept by the breath of the breeze; They tell me, my love, thou wilt calmly resign, :Yet I know, e'en while listening to them, Thou wilt sigh for the heart, that was linked unto thine, :As a rose-bud is linked to its stem. Thou canst not forget me, too long thou hast flung, :Thy spirit's soft pinion o'er mine; Too deep was the promise that round my lips clung, :As they softly responded to ''thine:'' |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> 8jr8ggl5z8uy7uwdfvccc9rh2jkc6lx Page:Stray feathers. Journal of ornithology for India and its dependencies (IA strayfeathersjou11873hume).pdf/352 104 4490409 14130761 2024-04-26T07:32:54Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "with Aq. bifasciata vel orientalis j for Pallas says, the tail is: black, " Cauda nigra" ; again he says, the back is black, '' dorsum nigrum." This could only apply to our Indian spotted eagle which frequently has the plumage very dark indeed and nearly black. The legs are said to be " nigricante albo varies" The white tarsus, or partly white tarsus is characteristic of Aq. navia, I mean of Aquila nmvia, as we know it in India, for Mr. Gurney now separa... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Rajasekhar1961" />328 Notes upon some of the Indian and European Eagles.</noinclude>with Aq. bifasciata vel orientalis j for Pallas says, the tail is: black, " Cauda nigra" ; again he says, the back is black, '' dorsum nigrum." This could only apply to our Indian spotted eagle which frequently has the plumage very dark indeed and nearly black. The legs are said to be " nigricante albo varies" The white tarsus, or partly white tarsus is characteristic of Aq. navia, I mean of Aquila nmvia, as we know it in India, for Mr. Gurney now separates our bird as Aq. vittata, Hodgson. This I cannot understand, and he must prove the assertion before it can be generally received. Pallas, after saying that the back is black as well as the tail, and surely he could not have overlooked the strongly barred grey tail of Aq. bifasciata vel orientalis, says, the wing coverts are spotted with white, (" tectricibus albo variegatis"). Altogether, as far as I can understand his description, it is utterly impossible to apply it to Aquila bifasciata vel orientalis, but it suits large examples of our Indian spotted eagle and no other bird that I know of. This bird I have procured measuring 2 feet 44 inches total length wing, 20^ inches; and weighing 6j lbs., a female of course. This species varies excessively in size, and I have some very small examples, barely exceeding Aq. hastata, in size. The way in which A. hastata and our Indian spotted eagle, which we call navia approach each other as regards size, renders it difficult to find out which the original A. navia was. I have an excessively meagre description by Gmelin, which to ; me appears to indicate the bird we recognize as naevia in India, although some of the English naturalists evidently receive another bird as ncBvia. I believe the original description, which I have never seen, is by Brisson. The two Turkish spotted eagles sent me by Captain Elwes, as I mentioned before, are identical to a feather with our Indian A. ncevia in the same plumage. Mr. Gurney suggests that I may have received the immature of Aq. orientalis. This is quite impossible, for the two birds have the perfect ncevia spotted plumage, and, moreover, have the small roundish nostril of that species ; besides, they have plain black tails, which Aq. orientalis has not. It would be rather strange too, if I who have shot so many of this species in this very plumage, and who have had at least four times the number of specimens through my hands that any of the English ornithologists "have had, should not know the bird when I see it from Europe. I have seen most of the specimens belonging to Messrs. Hume, Anderson, and Marshall However, when I submit the birds at a as well as my own. meeting of Z. S., there will be no doubt upon this point, and To separate this I shall do unless my identifications are accepted.<noinclude></noinclude> hknwqwclh2o2ictob9xc6aex20jxzq0 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/185 104 4490410 14130762 2024-04-26T07:32:58Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||177|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| In the hush of the twilight, beneath the blue skies :My presence will mantle thy soul, And a feeling of softness will rush to thine eyes, :Too deep for thy manhood's control. Thou may'st roam to thine own isle of beauty and fame, :Far, far from the land of the free; Yet, each wind, that floats round thee, will murmur the name, :That is softer than music to thee; And when round thee darkly misfortunes shall crowd, :Thou 'It think, like the beautiful form Of the rainbow, that arches the thick tempest-cloud, :My love would have brightened the storm. Thou canst not forget me—the passion, that dwelt :In the depth of thy soul, could not die, With the memory of all, thou hast murmured and felt, :In thy bosom 't will slumbering lie; Thou may'st turn to another, and wish to forget, :But the wish will not bring thee repose, For ah! thou wilt find that the thorn of regret :Will be linked with the sweets of the rose. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 19s0op62uv7xdvyvhgjidxhtt3fzo6i Page:Poems Welby.djvu/186 104 4490411 14130763 2024-04-26T07:33:46Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|HOPELESS LOVE.| The trembling waves beneath the moonbeams quiver :Reflecting back the blue, unclouded skies; The stars look down upon the still bright river, :And smile to see themselves in paradise; Sweet songs are heard to gush from joyous bosoms, :That lightly throb beneath the greenwood tree, And glossy plumes float in amid the blossoms, :And all around are happy—all but me! And yet, I come beneath the light, that trembles :O'er these dim paths, with listless steps to roam, For here my bursting heart no more dissembles, :My sad lips quiver, and the tear-drops come; I come once more to list the low- voiced turtle, :To watch the dreamy waters as they flow, And lay me down beneath the fragrant myrtle, :That drops its blossoms when the west winds blow O! there is one, on whose sweet face I ponder, :One angel-being 'mid the beauteous band, Who in the evening's hush comes out to wander :Amid the dark-eyed daughters of the land! |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> 87hu1e6473m9q2gig8qyqf4v66fbvjk Page:Poems Welby.djvu/187 104 4490412 14130764 2024-04-26T07:34:24Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||179|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Her step is lightest where each light foot presses, :Her song is sweetest 'mid their songs of glee, Smiles light her lips, and rose-buds, 'mid her tresses, :Look lightly up their dark redundancy. Youth, wealth, and fame are mine—all, that entrances :The youthful heart, on me their charms confer; Sweet lips smile on me too, and melting glances :Flash up to mine—but not a glance from her! I would give youth, beauty, fame, and splendor, :My all of bliss—my every hope resign, To wake in that young heart one feeling tender— :To clasp that little hand, and call it mine! In this sweet solitude the sunny weather :Hath called to life light shapes, and fairy-elves, The rose-buds lay their crimson lips together :And the green leaves are whispering to themselves; The clear, faint starlight on the blue wave flushes :And, filled with odors sweet, the south wind blows, The purple clusters load the lilac-bushes, :And fragrant blossoms fringe the apple-boughs. Yet, I am sick with love and melancholy, :My locks are heavy with the dropping dew, Low murmurs haunt me—murmurs soft and holy, :And O, my lips keep murmuring, murmuring too! I hate the beauty of these calm, sweet bowers. :The bird's wild music, and the fountain's fall; |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> fnmlpcox9eerdm5c7r8nfogiia6r8k0 Page:Stray feathers. Journal of ornithology for India and its dependencies (IA strayfeathersjou11873hume).pdf/353 104 4490413 14130765 2024-04-26T07:34:38Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "Phylloscopus Tytleri from P. viridanus and Hippolais agricolensis from P. Rama were real difficulties^ but to recog-nize Aq. ncevia in the spotted plumage is within the powers of the 'veriest tyro. Very little is known of the nestling", or first plumage of the various eagles. I have not even described that of the two young Aq. vindhiana {A. ftdvescens) I procured from the nest two years ago. The eggs of eagles are so keenly sought after, that the import... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Rajasekhar1961" />Notes upofi some of the Indian and European Eagles. 329</noinclude>Phylloscopus Tytleri from P. viridanus and Hippolais agricolensis from P. Rama were real difficulties^ but to recog-nize Aq. ncevia in the spotted plumage is within the powers of the 'veriest tyro. Very little is known of the nestling", or first plumage of the various eagles. I have not even described that of the two young Aq. vindhiana {A. ftdvescens) I procured from the nest two years ago. The eggs of eagles are so keenly sought after, that the important point of the first plumage has been neglected. Perhaps something may be done this year towards a knowledo-e of the first plumage of two or three of our eagles_, if only the love for egg-collecting be moderated. It would be interesting to shew whether the young eagles moulted their first plumage in the autumn after they were hatched or not. I cannot believe judging from the analogy of the common Indian kite, that the lineated stage of Aq. mogilnih is the first one. It ought to be the second. This, and many other similar points, will, it is to be hoped, be cleared up before long, as the study of natural history extends. Although I and others have been writing about the various stages of plumage in eagles, we are still, many of us, ignorant of the first plumage ; and this ignorance might have been removed long ago, if the young birds had been looked to, instead of the mere acquisition of the egg shells. A knowledge of the eggs is no doubt interesting, but the birds themselves are of far greater interest ; and after all, eggs are but eggs, and merely temporary cases for the young, althoug'h they are often so beautiful. P. 8. Since writing the foregoing, I have seen the original' description of Aquila ncsvia by Brisson. The synonyms are Aquila navia, Schwenck, Avi. Sil., page 219. Aquila clanga, Klein. Avi., page 41, No. 6. Morjphio congener, Aldror, Avi. Tom. I., page 214. MorpJmo congener, Aldrova^idi, Willugh. Ornith., page 32. In his description of Aquila clangx, Pallas quotes the above synonyms, omitting however the last, but adding Aquila minor, Bufibn, Orn. I., p. 91. It is thus clear, that to apply the term clanga to any eagle but the original spotted eagle described by the older authors, is a great mistake ; and it is utterly impossible to apply the term to Aq. hifasciata, which I have shewn is identical with Jq. orientalis, Cal. Clanga is not Pallas^s term, but is a synonym of A. ncevia ; and why it was preferred by Pallas, I do not know. The total length of Aqtiila ncevia given by Brisson, is 2 feet equal to 2 feet 8f inches English 7 inches and six lines measurement I should have been inclined to think that there was some error here, but a second measurement of 2 feet 5 inches from tip of bill to end of claws 2 feet 6^ inches Eng: ! =<noinclude></noinclude> dreuinz24t44isv6b29iipju6preqwb Page:Poems Welby.djvu/188 104 4490414 14130766 2024-04-26T07:34:58Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||180|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| O! I am sick in this lone land of flowers, :My soul is weary—weary of them all! Yet had I that sweet face, on which I ponder, :To bloom for me within this Eden-home, That lip to sweetly murmur when I wander, :That cheek to softly dimple when I come, How sweet would glide my days in these lone bowers, :Far from the world and all its heartless throngs, Her fairy feet should only tread on flowers, :I 'd make her home melodious with my songs! Ah me! such blissful hopes once filled my bosom, :And dreams of fame could then my heart enthrall, And joy and bliss around me seemed to blossom, :But O! these blissful hopes are blighted—all! No smiling angel decks these Eden-bowers, :No springing footstep echoes mine in glee— O I am weary in this land of flowers! :I sigh—I sigh amid them all—ah me! |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 1lqvqqrtygzy5xzczphcou2h81qsfr0 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/189 104 4490415 14130767 2024-04-26T07:35:59Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THE BEREAVED.| The moon within our casement beams, :Our blue-eyed babe hath dropt to sleep, And I have left it to its dreams, :Amid the shadows deep, To muse beside the silver tide, Whose waves are rippling at thy side. It is a still and lovely spot, :Where they have laid thee down to rest, The white rose and forget-me-not :Bloom sweetly o'er thy breast, And birds, and streams with liquid lull Have made the stillness beautiful. And softly through the forest-bars :Light, lovely shapes, on glossy plumes, Float ever in, like winged stars, :Amid the purpling glooms; Their sweet songs borne from tree to tree, Thrill the light leaves with melody. Alas! the very path I trace, :In happier hours, thy footsteps made; This spot was once thy resting-place, :Within the silent shade; |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> h8pvop4wsiqzlt86fzhhs96ftn3sn29 Page:Stray feathers. Journal of ornithology for India and its dependencies (IA strayfeathersjou11873hume).pdf/354 104 4490416 14130768 2024-04-26T07:36:03Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "lish, confirms the first measurement. It will be thus seen, that the bird described is full Imperial Eagle size; and this renders Mr. Gurney's conclusion, that original A. nævia was a bird the size of Aq. hastala, impossible to be received. The tail is said to be 12 inches long 12 inches English! Now what Aquila hastata or even A. nævia, as we receive the bird in India, has a 12 in. tail? Is it possible that the specimen described was terribly elongated... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Rajasekhar1961" />330 Notes upon some of the Indian and European Eagles.</noinclude>lish, confirms the first measurement. It will be thus seen, that the bird described is full Imperial Eagle size; and this renders Mr. Gurney's conclusion, that original A. nævia was a bird the size of Aq. hastala, impossible to be received. The tail is said to be 12 inches long 12 inches English! Now what Aquila hastata or even A. nævia, as we receive the bird in India, has a 12 in. tail? Is it possible that the specimen described was terribly elongated skin? But though this would get rid of the difficulty of total length, what becomes of the extra long tail, which certainly would not stretch. What a pity the old writers omitted the all-important measurement of length of wing from carpal joint! But the expanse is said to be only 1 feet, feet 14 English. This is too little for eveu dq. hastata; so that too much importance should not be attached to Brisson's total length measurement. In the description of the colors there are a few points noted, which strongly indicate the bird we recognize in India as dq. nævia. "Ale subtus maculis multis, ovalibus, albis, hinc inde sparsis, insigniuntur. Crura et pedes pennis vestiuntur ad principium diguitorum usque, et albis similiter notis sunt aspersa." This reference to oval white spots could hardly apply to any other eagle. The general color of the body is thus described: In universo ferè corpore obscure ferrugineo colore tingitur. Guttur tamen obscure albet." The tail feathers are said to be white at their bases and their tips, and they are also said to be transversely barred. "Rectrices in ewrortu et apice albent; in reliqua longitudine obscurè ferrugineo tinguntur, et maculis latiusculis, fuscis transversim notantur." I have noticed that some of the younger spotted examples have fairly barred tails, although this is not the rule; and frequently the inner webs of the secondaries and tertials are barred. The only other eagle, any thing like the description by Brisson, is the young lineated Aquila mogilnik, and the dimensions, save expanse, would agree well. Can it be possible that this spotted stage of the Imperial eagle was the original 4. nævia? I leave this for better judges than myself to settle. It is important to settle the point, if possible, who was the original describer; and which has priority, Aquila navia, Schwenck, or Aquila clanga, Klein? One of the two latter authors may give some explicit reference which will remove all doubt as to what the original Aquila navia was. Again, it is possible, that although Pallas and Brisson unite the two terms, they may after all refer to two distinct species? Brisson's reference to white on the tarsus, as in the case of Pallas's description of Aq. clanga, points to onr Indian Nevia or the spotted eagle of south-east Europe in con- tradistinction to the small Pomoranian eagle. The latter I<noinclude></noinclude> n5ls7c79pxhbpb0t9mac59wliur0c2q Page:Poems Welby.djvu/190 104 4490417 14130770 2024-04-26T07:37:10Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||182|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Thy white hand trained the fragrant bough That drops its blossoms o'er me now; ^T was here at eve we used to rove, :'T was here I breathed my whispered vows, And sealed them on thy lips, my love! :Beneath the apple-boughs. Our hearts had melted into one, But Death undid what Love had done. Alas! too deep a weight of thought :Had filled thy heart in youth's sweet hour; It seemed with love and bliss o'erfraught, :A fleeting passion-flower, Unfolding 'neath a southern sky To blossom soon, and soon to die. Yet, in those calm and blooming bowers :I seem to feel thy presence still, Thy breath seems floating o'er the flowers, :Thy whisper on the hill; The clear, faint starlight, and the sea, Are whispering to my heart of thee. No more thy smiles my heart rejoice, :Yet still I start to meet thine eye, And call upon the low, sweet voice, :That gives me no reply— And list within my silent door For the light feet, that come no more. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 8fu1m44gzp4m9jqt3mqmifo5b1s8ls6 14130771 14130770 2024-04-26T07:37:18Z Alien333 3086116 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||182|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Thy white hand trained the fragrant bough That drops its blossoms o'er me now; 'T was here at eve we used to rove, :'T was here I breathed my whispered vows, And sealed them on thy lips, my love! :Beneath the apple-boughs. Our hearts had melted into one, But Death undid what Love had done. Alas! too deep a weight of thought :Had filled thy heart in youth's sweet hour; It seemed with love and bliss o'erfraught, :A fleeting passion-flower, Unfolding 'neath a southern sky To blossom soon, and soon to die. Yet, in those calm and blooming bowers :I seem to feel thy presence still, Thy breath seems floating o'er the flowers, :Thy whisper on the hill; The clear, faint starlight, and the sea, Are whispering to my heart of thee. No more thy smiles my heart rejoice, :Yet still I start to meet thine eye, And call upon the low, sweet voice, :That gives me no reply— And list within my silent door For the light feet, that come no more. |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> i35tc6vy0k9znswqd3ju640yyejg8zl Page:Poems Welby.djvu/191 104 4490418 14130788 2024-04-26T07:38:18Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|TO LUCY DURING HER ABSENCE.| The dew is on the blossoms, and the young moon on the sea, It is the twilight hour—the hour for you and me— The time when memory wanders across life's dreamy track, When the past floats up before us, and the lost come stealing back; And while along the still shore my lonely footsteps rove, With the deep blue far beneath me, and the pale blue up above, And with their trembling footsteps the faint stars tread the sea, I think upon you, Lucy—do you ever think of me? Lucy! in this sweet hour, when the stars and waves have met, And the full heart most remembers all it wishes to forget, When the deep hush of the twilight seems such a holy time, That to smile were almost sinful, and to whisper were a crime, 'T is sweet along these dim paths with lonely steps to glide, For the moon is in the far blue, and the breeze is at my side; But yet my heart is heavy, and my voice hath lost its glee, I am sighing for you, Lucy—do you ever sigh for me? |e=stanza}}<noinclude></noinclude> 6pkh5nje61m6z506w0qf7n8eb2otg36 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/192 104 4490419 14130822 2024-04-26T07:39:16Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||184|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Dear Lucy! in your absence, where'er your wanderings tend, You must keep within your pure heart a sweet thought for your friend, Till you sit once more in beauty within your father's hall, With a soft smile on your young lip, and a pleasant word for all. Alas! the breeze is balmy, and the hushed wave deeply blue, And flowers are in my pathway, but no light-hearted Lu! O the summer-months without you such a lonely time will be! I am sighing for you, Lucy—do you ever sigh for me? |start=stanza }}<noinclude></noinclude> szsoh43aixo5lm2cmjizs2i0bp5twk4 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/193 104 4490420 14130863 2024-04-26T07:40:23Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|ON ENTERING THE MAMMOTH CAVE.| Hush! for my heart-blood curdles as we enter :To glide in gloom these shadowy realms about; Oh! what a scene the round globe to its centre, :To form this awful cave, seems hollowed out! Yet pause—no mystic word hath yet been spoken :To win us entrance to this awful sphere— A whispered prayer must be our watchword token, And peace—like that around us—peace unbroken ::::::The passport here. And now farewell, ye birds and blossoms tender, :Ye glistening leaves by morning dews empearled, And you, ye beams that light with softened splendor, :The glimmering glories of yon outer world! While thus we pause these silent arches under, :To you and yours a wild farewell we wave, For oh! perhaps this awful spot may sunder Our hearts from all we love—this world of wonder ::::::May be our grave. And yet farewell! the faintly flickering torches :Light our lone footsteps o'er the silent sod; And now all hail ye everlasting arches, :Ye dark dominions of an unseen God! |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> q28fmwiugurow62ydwbtbebbu1dg854 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/194 104 4490421 14130864 2024-04-26T07:41:29Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||186|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Who would not for this sight the bliss surrender :Of all the beauties of yon sunny sphere, And break the sweetest ties, however tender, To be the witness of the silent splendor ::::::That greets us here! Ye glittering caves, ye high o'erhanging arches, :A pilgrim-band we glide amid your gloom, With breathless lips and high uplifted torches, :All fancifully decked in cave-costume; Far from the day's glad beams, and songs, and flowers, :We've come with spell-touched hearts, ye countless caves, To glide enchanted, for a few brief hours, Thro' the calm beauty of your awful bowers ::::::And o'er your waves! Beautiful cave! that all my soul entrances, :Known as the Wonder of the West so long, Oh 'twere a fate beyond my wildest fancies, :Could I but shrine you now, as such in song! But 'tis in vain—the untaught child of Nature, :I cannot vent the thoughts that through me flow, Yet none the less is graved thine every feature Upon the wild imaginative creature ::::::That hails you now! Palace of Nature! with a poet's fancies :I've ofttimes pictured thee in dreams of bliss, And glorious scenes were given to my glances, :But never gazed I on a scene like this! |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 26fm2504nka7nxaf504pf5nnese4r9a Page:Poems Welby.djvu/195 104 4490422 14130867 2024-04-26T07:42:45Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||187|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Compared with thine, what are the awful wonders :Of the deep, fathomless, unbounded sea? Or the storm-cloud whose lance of lightning sunders The solid oak?—or even thine awful thunders, ::::::Niagara! Hark! hear ye not those echoes ringing after :Our gliding steps—my spirit faints with fear— Those mocking tones, like subterranean laughter— :Or does the brain grow wild with wandering here! There may be spectres wild and forms appalling :Our wandering eyes, where'er we rove, to greet— Methinks I hear their low sad voices calling Upon us now, and far away the falling ::::::Of phantom feet. The glittering dome, the arch, the towering column, :Are sights that greet us now on every hand, And all so wild—so strange—so sweetly solemn— :So like one's fancies formed of fairy land! And these then are your works, mysterious powers! :Your spells are o'er, around us, and beneath, These opening aisles, these crystal fruits and flowers And glittering grots and high-arched beauteous bowers, ::::::As still as death! But yet lead on! perhaps than this fair vision, :Some lovelier yet in darkling distance lies— Some cave of beauty, like those realms elysian :That ofttimes open on poetic eyes! |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> ezgknc3860rb87qtdcecaiau8ntx4hz Page:Poems Welby.djvu/196 104 4490423 14130872 2024-04-26T07:43:49Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||188|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Some spot, where led by fancy's sweet assistance :Our wandering feet o'er silvery sands may stray, Where prattling waters urge with soft resistance Their wavelets on, till lost in airy distance, ::::::And far away! Oft the lone Indian o'er these low-toned waters :Has bent perhaps his swarthy brow to lave! It seems the requiem of their dark-eyed daughters— :Those sweet wild notes that wander o'er the wave! Hast thou no relic of their ancient glory, :No legend, lonely cavern! linked with thine? No tale of love—no wild romantic story Of some warm heart whose dreams were transitory ::::::And sweet as mine? It must be so! the thought your spell enhances— :Yet why pursue this wild, romantic dream? The heart, afloat upon its fluttering fancies, :Would lose itself in the bewildering theme! And yet, ye waters! still I list your surging, :And ever and anon I seem to view, In fancy's eye, some Indian maid emerging Through the deep gloom, and o'er your waters urging ::::::Her light canoe. Oh silent cave! amid the elevation :Of lofty thought could I abide with thee, My soul's sad shrine, my heart's lone habitation, :For ever and for ever thou shouldst be! |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> j2h3cw4yea1oqsajuppww2129qpvfkh Page:Poems Welby.djvu/197 104 4490424 14130885 2024-04-26T07:44:26Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||189|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Here into song my every thought I'd render :And thou—and thou alone—shouldst be my theme, Far from the weary world's delusive splendor, Would not my lonely life be all one tender ::::::Delicious dream? Yes! though no other form save mine might hover :In these lone halls, no other whisper roll Along those airy domes that arch me over :Save gentle Echo's, sister of my soul! Yet, 'neath these domes whose spell of beauty weighs me, :My heart would evermore in bliss abide— No sorrow to depress, no hope to raise me, Here would I ever dwell—with none to praise me, ::::::And none to chide! Region of caves and streams! and must I sever :My spirit from your spell? 'Twere bliss to stray The happy rover of your realms for ever, :And yet, farewell for ever and for aye! I leave you now, yet many a sparkling token :Within your cool recesses I have sought To treasure up with fancies still unspoken— Till from these quivering heart-strings, Death hath broken ::::::The thread of thought! |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 7qega36i4hegygcacb9hmt5qgz3tgiv Page:Poems Welby.djvu/198 104 4490425 14130989 2024-04-26T07:45:49Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|SUDDEN DEATH.| How still she lies upon her pillow sinking, :With her white folded hands upon her breast! The rosy morn disturbs not her sweet thinking— :And fails the lark to rouse her from her rest. She sleeps as if her soul exhaled in sighs— As if her lover's kisses closed her eyes! How still she lies! But list—through her hushed chamber :A sudden sound of childish glee hath spread; While little forms with laughing voices clamber :O'er her soft bosom, and about her bed. They toss their golden locks before her eyes, Crying, in sportive tones —"Rise, sister, rise! "Oh, rise! We've been away among the flowers, :And had such gambols with the bird and bee; The young things thought to give us chase for hours, :But were not lighter on the wing than we. And see! we stole their buds and flowers in play— Oh rise, sweet sister—rise and come away!" Alas, ye glad young creatures! o'er that fair :And polished cheek your kisses fall in vain. |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> 94lvtuua8gahlartw0f6amuzhquxhh7 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/199 104 4490426 14131008 2024-04-26T07:47:52Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||191|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| No sister's voice can wake the stillness there. :Nor bring the red- rose to that cheek again! Nor wake those smiles—nor bow that lovely head To meet your soft embraces—she is dead! Away! bear back your buds and blossoms fair— :Break not the stillness of that awful room! Your cheerful tones awake no echo there— :Would that your glee could gladden up its gloom. But 't is in vain—Death shadows o'er the spot— Bear back your buds and flowers—she heeds them not! But for the spell that now her fair form cumbers, :Soon had she flown your fairy forms to meet; But Death o'ertook her in her rosy slumbers, :And hushed her answering voice—and chained her feet! And now with moveless lips and closed eyes, Pale on her couch your darling sister lies. Alas, that lovely sister! Yesternight :She moved the fairest 'mid the festive throng, With step so joyous, and with voice so light, :That Music's self seemed discord to its song. Fair, and exulting in youth's fleeting breath, How long to her seemed life—how distant Death! And when upon her pillow soft and still, :With her blue eye fixed on the moon's pale beams, Guileless of heart, and thinking of no ill, :And gliding off, so sweetly, to her dreams— |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> m5p5b2j2200cpasq7aaqfoytj9cwypn Page:Poems Welby.djvu/200 104 4490427 14131012 2024-04-26T07:48:29Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||192|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| Death's awful shadow o'er her slumber past! But life to her was lovely to the last. Translated thus to lovelier worlds than ours, :Without a pang, she knows not of decay, Nor how she wandered to those blissful bowers, :Nor what it was that stole her breath away. Nor feels her bark, safe moored in Heaven at last— To reach that Heaven—the dreary gulf it past! Brief was her sojourn in youth's beauteous bowers— :She floated calm adown life's glittering tide, Bright as the beams, and fragrant as the flowers :Amid whose glowing hues she lived and died— Ere fickle friendship filled her heart with tears, Or passion marred the peace of her young years. And she is dead! Death's cold and withering touch :Hath quenched in that young breast life's perfumed flame. She whom her fair young sisters loved so much! :She whom her parents dear delight to name! Frail is the tenure of our mortal breath— Yea, "in the midst of life we are in death!" |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> llqh2u035je58e9njte5086l6gzarvm Page:Poems Welby.djvu/201 104 4490428 14131013 2024-04-26T07:49:50Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|I SAW THEE BUT A MOMENT.| I saw thee but a moment—thou sad and lovely one! I saw thee but a moment—yet my heart was ''then'' undone! Thou didst dawn upon my spirit, in all thy bloom and truth, A passing vision given to my warm and yearning youth. I saw thee but a moment—'twas 'mid the festive throng. Some happy youths were round thee—they had pleaded for a song— The last guests were departing—and I, too, had said "good night," When thy gush of song o'ertook me—and chained me with delight! I turned—and oh that vision!—thy beauty, fair unknown! Still thrills me with a power that I almost dread to own— There were brighter ones around thee in that gay and brilliant hall. But the sweetest face among them, was the saddest face of all! |e=stanza}}<noinclude></noinclude> dpc2hqs05bdah29nw61s5p62jd0k72g Page:Tracts for the Times Vol 3.djvu/191 104 4490430 14131015 2024-04-26T07:50:13Z Beeswaxcandle 80078 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Beeswaxcandle" />{{rh||''His view of the Atonment.''|43}}</noinclude>Viewed in itself, Christ's death is, we beheve, a sacrifice acting in some unknown way for the expiation of human sin; but Mr. E. views it, (as indeed it may well be viewed, but exclusively as it should not be viewed,) as a mark and pledge of God's love to us, which it would be, though it were not an Expiation. Even though Christ's incarnation issued in nothing more than His preaching to the world and sealing His doctrine with His blood, it would be a great sign of His love, and a ''pledge'' now of our receiving blessings through Him; for why should He die except He meant to be merciful to us? but this would not involve the necessity of an expiation. St. Paul died for the Church, and showed his love for it in this sense. When then the view of the Christian is limited, as Mr. E. would almost wish it to be, to the ''Manifestation'' of the Atonement, or the effect of the Atonement on our minds, no higher doctrine is of ''necessity'' elicited than that of its being a sign of God's mercy, as the rainbow might be, and a way is laid, by obscuring, to obliterate the true doctrine concerning it. So far Mr. E. proceeds, not denying it (far from it) but putting it aside in his philosophical evidence: Mr. A., upon the very same basis, is bolder in his language, and almost, if not altogether gets rid of it. In the following passage he applies Mr. Erskine's doctrine of the moral lesson, taught in Christ's death, of the justice and mercy of God; and he will be found distinctly to assert that the virtue of it ''lay in this'', viz. that it was a ''declaration'' of God's hatred of sin, the same in kind as the punishment of the sinner would have been, only more perfect, a means of impressing ''on us'' His hatred of sin; not as if it really reconciled us to an offended Creator. {{smaller block|"The balm for your wounded spirit is this, that the moral impression in respect to the nature and tendencies of sin, which is ''the only possible reason'' God can have in leaving you to suffer its penalties,"}} one should think the reason might be that "the wages of sin is death," {{smaller block|"is accomplished far better by the life and death of His Son;—"}} surely it is a greater balm to know that Christ has put away the wrath of God, as Scripture says, than to theorize about<noinclude></noinclude> 351x7gd1uodv9uu6znvp2j7tkbey1lq Page:Poems Welby.djvu/202 104 4490431 14131104 2024-04-26T07:53:02Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||194|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| I know not what came o'er me in the tumult of that hour— There were burning thoughts within me—of passion and of power! How sweetly throbbed my bosom, as I listened to thy lay, But my peace of heart was over, ere the last note died away! I know not what came o'er me 'mid that hushed and listening band, As I strove to nerve the spirit that thy music had unmann'd. I heard some murmured praises—and thy low and sweet replies— While harp—and throng—and singer—all swam before my eyes! The siren-song was ended—and I paused to ask thy name— At the memory of that moment, even now, I blush for shame; But the wild blood of my boyhood throbbed at my bosom's core— I heard that thou wert wedded—and fainted on the floor! The time is past and over—and my dreams have changed since then— I have learned to mask my spirit, in my intercourse with men! But the feelings of that moment—unconscious of control— Still send their glowing current like lava through my soul! |start=stanza|end=stanza }}<noinclude></noinclude> nb3d7nek7i76on5uptlp8hqd3ddjuce Page:Poems Welby.djvu/203 104 4490432 14131144 2024-04-26T07:53:36Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||195|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| The time is past and over—and though madness it may be— There are moments still, lost beauty! when I pause to think of thee! When I seem to feel thy glances—as they thrilled my heart of yore— But the memory hath unmann'd me—I must think of thee no more! |start=stanza}}<noinclude></noinclude> csmaeyk9x4bv4excansjrnqpuejr6q4 Author:James Hopper 102 4490433 14131148 2024-04-26T07:53:38Z SnowyCinema 2484340 SnowyCinema moved page [[Author:James Hopper]] to [[Author:James Marie Hopper]]: Expand name wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Author:James Marie Hopper]] 45elle0pu39fchdprwea79hxfffunic Page:Tracts for the Times Vol 3.djvu/192 104 4490434 14131166 2024-04-26T07:53:53Z Beeswaxcandle 80078 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Beeswaxcandle" />{{rh|44|''Defective notion of the Atonement.''}}</noinclude>"moral impressions" beyond the word of Scripture. Observe too he says "the ''life'' and death," excluding the proper idea of Atonement, which lies in the death of Christ, and so tending to resolve it into a Manifestation. {{smaller block|"God never could have wished to punish you for the sake of doing evil;"}} how unspeakably bold; when God says he does punish the sinner, not indeed for the sake of evil, but as a just and holy God! {{smaller block|"and all the good which He could have accomplished by it, is already effected in another and a better way." p. 179<ref>Vide also p. 173.</ref>.}} Here is the same assumption which was just now instanced from the writings of Mr. Scott, of Aston Sandford, that God cannot inflict punishment except for the sake of a greater good, or, (as Mr. A. himself has expressed it just before) "because the welfare of his government requires" it, which is an altogether gratuitous statement. Again: {{smaller block|"A knowledge of the death of Christ, with the explanation of it given in the Scriptures, touches men's hearts, it shows the nature and tendencies of sin, it produces fear of God's displeasure, and resolution to return to duty; and thus ''produces effects by which'' justice is satisfied,"—}} observe, not by an expiation, but by the repentance of the offender in consequence of the "moral impression" attendant on the "Manifestation" of Christ's death,— {{smaller block|"and the authority of the law sustained far better in fact, than it would be by the severest punishment of the guilty sinner." p. 174. "Look at the ''moral effect'' of this great sacrifice, and feel that it takes off all the necessity of punishment, and all the burden of your guilt." p. 190.}} The necessity of punishment is (according to Mr. A.) the well being of the Universe: and the virtue of the great sacrifice is, not expiation, atonement in God's sight, but the ''moral effect'' of Christ's death on those who believe in it. So again, in a passage lately quoted for another purpose: {{smaller block|"It is by Jesus Christ that we have access to the Father. ''This vivid exhibition of His character'', this personification of His moral attributes, ''opens to us the way''." p. 40.}} {{nop}}<noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 6ivyws4n6zrcgjgv81s467ej95cvjpy Page:Poems Welby.djvu/204 104 4490435 14131192 2024-04-26T07:54:27Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THE EVENING SKIES.| Soft skies! amid your halls to-night :How brightly beams each starry sphere! Beneath your softly mellowed light :The loveliest scenes grow lovelier! How high, how great, the glorious Power :That bade these silvery dew-drops fall; That touched with bloom the folded flower, :And bent the blue sky over all. I love to glide in these still hours :With heart, and thought, and fancy, When nought but stars, and waves, and flowers, :May give me their sweet company! When far below the waves outspread :Glide softly on with liquid hue; When winds are low—and skies o'er head :Are beaming bluely beautiful. Oh, what a heavenly hour is this! :The green earth seems an Eden-home,— And yet I pine amid my bliss, :For purer blisses yet to come! How can my spirit gaze aloft :Upon your deep delicious blue, |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> gz3gyj5mxi3sqcfjla2gfypaz44ortz Page:Poems Welby.djvu/205 104 4490436 14131194 2024-04-26T07:55:17Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||197|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| And float to those far realms so oft, :And never sigh to flutter through? And yet this spot, so still, so lone, :Seems formed to suit my mournful mood, The far blue heavens seem all my own, :And all this lovely solitude! A voice seems whispering on the hill :Soft as my own—and on the sea A living spirit seems to thrill :And throb with mine deliciously! Yet, though my thoughts from care seem freed. :And a soft joy pervades my breast, That makes me almost feel indeed :That hearts on earth are sometimes blest! There is a spell in those hushed skies— :A something felt in this lone spot, That makes my very soul arise :With longings for—it knows not what! Beneath such skies I sometimes doubt :My heart can e'er have dreamed of sin— The world seems all so calm without, :And all my thoughts so pure within! Such dreams play o'er my folded lid! :Such heavenly visions greet my view! I almost seem to glide amid :The angel-bands, an angel too! |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> m7zw43780zsrinj8f5161tyvk4t4q17 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/206 104 4490437 14131196 2024-04-26T07:56:36Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" /></noinclude>{{tpp|THE OLD MAID.| Why sits she thus in solitude? her heart :Seems melting in her eye's delicious blue,— And as it heaves, her ripe lips lie apart :As if to let its heavy throbbings through; In her dark eye a depth of softness swells, :Deeper than that her careless girlhood wore; And her cheek crimsons with the hue that tells :The rich, fair fruit is ripened to the core. It is her thirtieth birthday! with a sigh :Her soul hath turned from youth's luxuriant bowers, And her heart taken up the last sweet tie :That measured out its links of golden hours! She feels her inmost soul within her stir :With thoughts too wild and passionate to speak; Yet her full heart—its own interpreter— :Translates itself in silence on her cheek. Joy's opening buds, affection's glowing flowers, :Once lightly sprang within her beaming track; Oh, life was beautiful in those lost hours! :And yet she does not wish to wander back! |e=follow}}<noinclude></noinclude> dnedsdnmtrd6xbke7ikd5nl2zdpcrt3 Page:Tracts for the Times Vol 3.djvu/193 104 4490438 14131197 2024-04-26T07:56:48Z Beeswaxcandle 80078 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Beeswaxcandle" />{{rh||''Mr. Abbott's use of the word Fact.''|45}}</noinclude>Lastly, we have the same stress laid upon the facts of the Gospel as in Mr. Erskine's work, with this difference, that Mr. Erskine supposes the orthodox doctrine, or what he considers such, to be conveyed in the facts; Mr. Abbott, with the liberalism to which his predecessor leads, but which is more characteristic of this day than of fifteen years ago, seems to think that various theories may be raised about the facts, whether orthodox or otherwise, but that the facts alone are of consequence to us. {{smaller block|"Such are the three great ''Manifestations'' of Himself to man, which the one Unseen All-pervading Essence has made, and exhibited to us in the Bible, and in our own experience and observation,"—}} —This sentence, be it observed in passing, savours strongly of Sabellianism; he has spoken of what he calls three Manifestations of Almighty God, as our natural Governor, as influencing the heart, and as in Jesus Christ, without there being any thing in his way of speaking to show, that he attributed these Manifestations respectively to Three Persons. He proceeds: {{smaller block|"Though there have been interminable disputes in the Christian Church about the language which has been employed to describe these ''facts'', there has been comparatively little dispute among even nominal Christians about the ''facts themselves''." p. 39.}} Such is the theology to which Mr. E.'s principle is found to lead in the hands of Mr. Abbott; a theology, (so to name it,) which violently robs the Christian Creed of all it contains, except those outward historical facts through which its divine truths were fulfilled and revealed to man. This brief explanation of Mr. Abbott's theological system may be fitly followed up by some specimens of the temper and tone of his religious sentiments. In this way we shall be able to ascertain the state of mind which such speculations presuppose and foster. {{smaller block|"Jesus Christ had a taste for beauty, both of nature and art; He admired the magnificent architecture of the Temple, and deeply lamented the necessity of its overthrow, and his dress was at least of such a character, that the disposal of it was a subject of importance to the well paid soldiers who crucified him." p. 50, 51.}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> gyakf7mbdrpk07jijnt9ie1k9ltw4hc Page:Poems Welby.djvu/207 104 4490439 14131199 2024-04-26T07:57:17Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||199|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| No! she but loves in loneliness to think :On pleasures past, though never more to be: Hope links her to the future—but the link :That binds her to the past is memory! From her lone path she never turns aside, :Though passionate worshippers before her fall; Like some pure planet in her lonely pride, :She seems to soar and beam above them all! Not that her heart is cold! emotions new :And fresh as flowers, are with her heart-strings knit; And sweetly mournful pleasures wander through :Her virgin soul, and softly ruffle it. For she hath lived with heart and soul alive :To all that makes life beautiful and fair; Sweet thoughts, like honey-bees, have made their hive :Of her soft bosom-cell, and cluster there; Yet life is not to her what it hath been,— :Her soul hath learned to look beyond its gloss— And now she hovers like a star between :Her deeds of love—her Saviour on the Cross! Beneath the cares of earth she does not bow, :Though she hath ofttimes drained its bitter cup, But ever wanders on with heavenward brow, :And eyes whose lovely lids are lifted up! |start=follow|end=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> kt2q9coo0j2oxix3iujcg0g88zhx4c4 Page:Poems Welby.djvu/208 104 4490440 14131206 2024-04-26T07:57:49Z Alien333 3086116 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Alien333" />{{running header||200|}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| She feels that in that lovelier, happier sphere, :Her bosom yet will, bird-like, find its mate. And all the joys it found so blissful here :Within that spirit-realm perpetuate. Yet, sometimes o'er her trembling heart-strings thrill :Soft sighs, for raptures it hath ne'er enjoyed,— And then she dreams of love, and strives to fill :With wild and passionate thoughts the craving void. And thus she wanders on—half sad, half blest— :Without a mate for the pure, lonely heart, That, yearning, throbs within her virgin breast, :Never to find its lovely counterpart! |start=follow }}<noinclude></noinclude> 8i9qo9ky4ulpcg8hb1k4xaxchb6vk44 Page:Tracts for the Times Vol 3.djvu/194 104 4490441 14131214 2024-04-26T08:00:19Z Beeswaxcandle 80078 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Beeswaxcandle" />{{rh|46|''Mr. Abbott's degrading conceptions''}}</noinclude>I put aside the utter unreasonableness of this last remark; but let us think seriously, is {{sc|Christ God}}, or is He not? if so, can we dare talk of Him as having "a taste for nature?" It is true Mr. A. does speak in this way of the Almighty Father also; so that it may be said rather to prove that He has a grovelling conception of {{sc|God}} than of {{sc|Christ}}. Perhaps it will be more truly said that his irreverence towards the Saviour, has led on to the other more direct profaneness. Yet a "taste for beauty of ''art!''" This of the Eternal Son of {{sc|God}}, the Creator; will it be said that He is man also? true;—but His personality is in His Godhead, if I may express myself in theological language. He did not undo what He was before, He did not cease to be the Infinite {{sc|God}}, but He added to Him the substance of a man, and thus participated in human thoughts and feelings, yet without impairing ({{sc|God}} forbid) His divine perfection. The Incarnation was not "a conversion of the Godhead into flesh, but a taking of the manhood into {{sc|God}}." It seems there is ''need'' of the Athanasian creed in these dangerous times. A mystery, indeed, results from this view, for certain attributes of Divinity and of manhood seem incompatible; and there may be some revealed instances in our Lord's history on earth of less than divine thought and operation: but ''because'' of all this we never must speak, we have utterly no warrant to speak, of the Person of the Eternal Word as thinking and feeling like a mere man, like a child, or a boy, as simply ignorant, imperfect, and dependent on the creature, which is Mr. A.'s way. In saying this, I am quite aware that the sensitiveness of a Christian mind will at once, without argument, shrink from a passage such as that commented on, but I say it by way of accounting for its aversion, which, perhaps, it may not be able to justify to others. To proceed:— {{smaller block|"Jesus Christ was in some respects the ''most'' bold, energetic, decided, and courageous man ''that ever lived;'' but in others he was the most flexible, submissive, and yielding." p. 61.}} The Son of God made flesh, though a man, is beyond comparison with other men; His person is not human; but to say "most of all men" is to compare. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> itkm9bb60lk8tzyxaaeqw12re3qyu70 Page:Across the Zodiac (Volume 2).djvu/274 104 4490442 14131246 2024-04-26T08:01:22Z Chrisguise 2855804 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{c|( 264 )}}</noinclude>{{c|CHAPTER XXIX {{fine|''AZRAEL''.}}}} {{sc|To}} detain as a captive and a culprit, thus converting my own house into a prison, my would-be murderess and former plaything, was intolerably painful. To leave her at large was to incur danger such as I had no right to bring on others. To dismiss her was less perilous than the one course, less painful than the other, but combined peril and pain in a degree which rendered both Eveena and myself most reluctant to adopt it. From words of Esmo's, and from other sources, I gathered that the usual course under such circumstances would have been to keep the culprit under no other restraint than that confinement to the house which is too common to be remarkable, trusting to the terror which punishment inflicted and menaced by domestic authority would inspire. But Eivé now understood the limits which conscience or feeling imposed on the use of an otherwise unlimited power. She knew very nearly how much she could have to fear; and, timid as she was, would not be cowed or controlled by apprehensions so defined and bounded. Eveena herself naturally resented the peril, and was<noinclude></noinclude> 97qf1tzk83bc2tp48yactt8zhboel5q 14131247 14131246 2024-04-26T08:01:36Z Chrisguise 2855804 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{c|( 264 )}}</noinclude>{{c|CHAPTER XXIX. {{fine|''AZRAEL''.}}}} {{sc|To}} detain as a captive and a culprit, thus converting my own house into a prison, my would-be murderess and former plaything, was intolerably painful. To leave her at large was to incur danger such as I had no right to bring on others. To dismiss her was less perilous than the one course, less painful than the other, but combined peril and pain in a degree which rendered both Eveena and myself most reluctant to adopt it. From words of Esmo's, and from other sources, I gathered that the usual course under such circumstances would have been to keep the culprit under no other restraint than that confinement to the house which is too common to be remarkable, trusting to the terror which punishment inflicted and menaced by domestic authority would inspire. But Eivé now understood the limits which conscience or feeling imposed on the use of an otherwise unlimited power. She knew very nearly how much she could have to fear; and, timid as she was, would not be cowed or controlled by apprehensions so defined and bounded. Eveena herself naturally resented the peril, and was<noinclude></noinclude> 8hou92q155660911iz6gvpqki9wivzl Page:Across the Zodiac (Volume 2).djvu/275 104 4490443 14131251 2024-04-26T08:02:58Z Chrisguise 2855804 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{rvh|265|''Azrael.''|''Across the Zodiac''.}}</noinclude>revolted by the treason even more intensely than myself; and was for once hardly content that so heinous a crime should be so lightly visited. In interposing "between the culprit and the horrors of the law, she had taken for granted the strenuous exertion of a domestic jurisdiction almost as absolute under the circumstances as that of ancient Rome. "What suggested to you," I asked one day of Eveena, "the suspicion that so narrowly saved my life?" "The carefully steadied hand—you have teased her so often for spilling everything it carried—and the unsteady eyes. But," she added reluctantly, "I never liked to watch her—no, not lest you should notice it—but because she did not seem true in her ways with you; and I should have missed those signs but for a strange warning{{...|first=."|3}} She paused. "''I'' would not be warned," I answered with a bitter sigh. "Tell me, Madonna." "It was when you left me in this room alone," she said, her exquisite delicacy rendering her averse to recal, not the coercion she had suffered, but the pain she knew I felt in so coercing her. "Dearest," she added with a sudden effort, "let me speak frankly, and dispel the pain you feel while you think over it in silence." I kissed the hand that clasped my own, and she went on, speaking with intentional levity. "Had a Chief forgotten?" tracing the outline of a star upon her bosom. "Or did you think Clavelta's daughter had no share in the hereditary gifts of her family?" "But how did you unlock the springs?"<noinclude></noinclude> 1w3190yvjatzrv6ep8c87t97lxilaer 14131252 14131251 2024-04-26T08:03:11Z Chrisguise 2855804 Adding trailing {{nop}} to break paragraph at the page boundary. proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{rvh|265|''Azrael.''|''Across the Zodiac''.}}</noinclude>revolted by the treason even more intensely than myself; and was for once hardly content that so heinous a crime should be so lightly visited. In interposing "between the culprit and the horrors of the law, she had taken for granted the strenuous exertion of a domestic jurisdiction almost as absolute under the circumstances as that of ancient Rome. "What suggested to you," I asked one day of Eveena, "the suspicion that so narrowly saved my life?" "The carefully steadied hand—you have teased her so often for spilling everything it carried—and the unsteady eyes. But," she added reluctantly, "I never liked to watch her—no, not lest you should notice it—but because she did not seem true in her ways with you; and I should have missed those signs but for a strange warning{{...|first=."|3}} She paused. "''I'' would not be warned," I answered with a bitter sigh. "Tell me, Madonna." "It was when you left me in this room alone," she said, her exquisite delicacy rendering her averse to recal, not the coercion she had suffered, but the pain she knew I felt in so coercing her. "Dearest," she added with a sudden effort, "let me speak frankly, and dispel the pain you feel while you think over it in silence." I kissed the hand that clasped my own, and she went on, speaking with intentional levity. "Had a Chief forgotten?" tracing the outline of a star upon her bosom. "Or did you think Clavelta's daughter had no share in the hereditary gifts of her family?" "But how did you unlock the springs?" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> oi0hc7mxxrzv2a8xvvo4e7api1eatr8 Page talk:Weird Tales v01n01 (1923-03).djvu/187 105 4490444 14131254 2024-04-26T08:03:27Z Klaufir216 3130230 /* Continuing paragraph */ new section wikitext text/x-wiki == Continuing paragraph == The beginning of this page ''"where he questioned"'' appears as a separate paragraph in the transclusion version. How can I fix this, so ''"where he questioned"'' would be a continuation of the previous paragraph? [[User:Klaufir216|Klaufir216]] ([[User talk:Klaufir216|talk]]) 08:03, 26 April 2024 (UTC) a8aebbfcson7p67wkal28pspfp7pv8x Page:Across the Zodiac (Volume 2).djvu/276 104 4490445 14131256 2024-04-26T08:04:59Z Chrisguise 2855804 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{rvh|266|''Azrael.''|''Across the Zodiac''.}}</noinclude>"Ah! those might have baffled me if you had trusted to them. You made a double mistake when you left Enva on guard{{...|4}} You don't think I tempted her to disobey? Eager as I was for release, I could not have been so doubly false. She did it unconsciously. It is time to put her out of pain." "Does she know me so little as to think I could mean to torture her by suspense? Besides, even she must have seen that you had secured her pardon." "Or my own punishment," Eveena answered. "Spare me such words, Eveena, unless you mean to make me yet more ashamed of the compulsion I did employ. I never spoke, I never thought"{{longdash}} "Forgive me, dearest. Will it vex you to find how clearly your flower-bird has learned to read your will through your eyes? When I refused to obey, and you felt yourself obliged to compel, your first momentary thought was to threaten, your next that I should not believe you. When you laid your hand upon my shoulder, thus, it was no gesture of anger or menace. You thought of the only promise I must believe, and you dropped the thought as quickly as your hand. You would not speak the word you might have to keep. Nay, dearest, what pains you so? You gave me no pain, even when you called another to enforce your command. Yet surely you know that ''that'' must have tried my spirit far more than anything else you could do. You did well. Do you think that I did not appreciate your imperious anxiety for me; that I did not respect your resolution to do what you thought right, or feel how much it cost you? If anything in the ways of love like yours could pain me, it would<noinclude></noinclude> i4yf1bbpnq7kvajvuv8r4gmognwakre Page:Across the Zodiac (Volume 2).djvu/277 104 4490446 14131261 2024-04-26T08:06:15Z Chrisguise 2855804 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{rvh|267|''Azrael.''|''Across the Zodiac''.}}</noinclude>be the sort of reserved tenderness that never treats me as frankly and simply as" {{...|3}} "There was no need to name either of those so dearly loved, so lately—and, alas! so differently—lost. Trusting the loyalty of my love so absolutely in all else, can you not trust it to accept willingly the enforcement of your will {{...|3}} as you have enforced it on all others you have ruled, from the soldiers of your own world to the rest of your household? Ah! the light breaks through the mist. Before you gave Enva her charge you said to me in her presence, 'Forgive me what you force upon me;' as if I, above all, were not your own to deal with as you will. Dearest, do you so wrong her who loves you, and is honoured by your love, as to fancy that any exertion of your authority could make her feel humbled in your eyes or her own?" It was impossible to answer. Nothing would have more deeply wounded her simple humility, so free from self-consciousness, as the plain truth; that as her character unfolded, the infinite superiority of her nature almost awed me as something—save for the intense and occasionally passionate tenderness of her love—less like a woman than an angel. "I was absorbed," she continued, "in the effort that had thrown Enva into the slumber of obedience. I did not know or feel where I was or what I had next to do. My thought, still concentrated, had forgotten its accomplished purpose, and was bent on your danger. Somehow on the cushioned pile I seemed to see a figure, strange to me, but which I shall never forget. It was a young girl, very slight, pale, sickly, with dark circles round the closed eyes, slumbering like Enva, but in<noinclude></noinclude> 59qf6n5dqawcp5qyv6ujczndayri44c Page:Across the Zodiac (Volume 2).djvu/278 104 4490447 14131270 2024-04-26T08:09:31Z Chrisguise 2855804 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{rvh|268|''Azrael.''|''Across the Zodiac''.}}</noinclude>everything else Enva's very opposite. I suppose I was myself entranced or dreaming, conscious only of my anxiety for you, so that it seemed natural that everything should concern you. I remember nothing of my dream but the words which, when I came to myself in the peristyle, alone, were as clear in my memory as they are now:— {{fine block|{{ppoem|{{fqm|'}}Watch the hand and read the eyes; On his breast the danger lies— Strength is weak and childhood wise. {{fqm|'}}Fail the bowl, and—'ware the knife! Rests on him the Sovereign's life, Rests the husband's on the wife. {{fqm|'}}They that would his power command Know who holds his heart in hand: Silken tress is surest band. {{fqm|'}}Well they judge Kargynda's mood, Steel to peril, pain, and blood, Surely through his mate subdued. {{fqm|'}}Love can make the strong a slave, Fool the wise and quell the brave {{...|3}} Love by sacrifice can save.{{' "}}}}}} "She again!" I exclaimed involuntarily. "You hear," murmured Eveena. "In kindness to me heed my warning, if you have neglected all others. Do not break my heart in your mercy to another. Eivé"{{longdash}} "''Eivé''!—The prophetess knows me better than you do! The warning means that they now desire my secret before my life, and scheme to make ''your'' safety the price of my dishonour. It is the Devil's thought—or the Regent's!" {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 8uwj6yqtrjf5m951s2552ojr0r7exj7 Page:Tracts for the Times Vol 3.djvu/195 104 4490448 14131271 2024-04-26T08:10:08Z Beeswaxcandle 80078 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Beeswaxcandle" />{{rh||''of our Blessed Lord.''|47}}</noinclude>{{smaller block|"There never was a mission, or an enterprise of any kind, conducted with a more bold, energetic, fearless spirit, than the Saviour's mission." p. 52.}} This sentence may not seem objectionable to many people, and as it is similar to many others in the work, it may be right to remark upon it. The truth is, we have got into a way of, what may be called, panegyrizing our Lord's conduct, from our familiarity with treatises on External Evidence. It has been the fashion of the day to speak as to unbelievers, and, therefore, to level the sacred history to the rank of a human record, by way of argument. Hence we have learned to view the truth merely externally, i.e. as an unbeliever would view it; and so to view and treat it even when we are not arguing; which involves, of course, an habitual disrespect towards what we hold to be divine, and ought to treat as such. This will in part account for the tone in which the history of the Jews is sometimes set forth. And it is remarkably illustrated in the work before us, which though pointedly addressed only to those, who "have confessed their sins and asked forgiveness," who "strive against temptation, and seek help from above," (vid. p.1.) yet is continually wandering into the external view of {{sc|Christ}}'s conduct, and assumes in a didactic treatise, what is only accidentally allowable in controversy. {{smaller block|"There is something very bold and energetic in the measures He adopted in accomplishing His work .... In fact, there perhaps never was so great a moral effect produced in three years, on any community so extensive, if we consider at all the disadvantages incident to the customs of those days. There was no press, no modes of extensive written communication, no regularly organized channels of intercourse whatever between the different portions of the community. He acted under every disadvantage." p. 53, 54.}} Under no disadvantage, if He were {{sc|God}}. But this is only part of one great error under which this writer lies. "There was no press!" What notions he has concerning the nature, the strength, and the propagation of moral truth! {{smaller block|"He sought solitude, He shrunk from observation; in fact, almost the only ''enjoyment'' which he seemed really to love, was His ''lonely ramble'' at midnight, for rest and prayer.... It is not surprising, that ''after the heated crowds and exausting labours of the day'', He should love to retire to silence and seclusion, to enjoy the cool and balmy air, the refreshing stillness, and all the beauties and glories of midnight among the solitudes of the Galilean hills, to find there happy communion with his Father, &c." p. 55.}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> nem3vj94fbuh6e9jl3zm875avk7jcz0 Page:Across the Zodiac (Volume 2).djvu/279 104 4490449 14131272 2024-04-26T08:10:30Z Chrisguise 2855804 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{rvh|269|''Azrael.''|''Across the Zodiac''.}}</noinclude>As I could not decide to send Eivé forth without home, protection, or control, and Eveena could suggest no other course, the days wore on under a domestic thunder-cloud which rendered the least sensitive among us uncomfortable and unhappy, and deprived three at least of the party of appetite, of ease, and almost of sleep, till two alarming incidents broke the painful stagnation. I had just left Eivé's prison one morning when Eveena, who was habitually entrusted with the charge of these communications, put into my hands two slips of tafroo. The one had been given her by an ambâ, and came from Davilo's substitute on the estate. It said simply: "You and you alone were recognised among the rescuers of your friend. Before two days have passed an attempt will be made to arrest you." The other came from Esmo, and Eveena had brought it to me unread, as was indeed her practice. I could not bear to look at her, though I held her closely, as I read aloud the brief message which announced the death, by the sting of two dragons (evidently launched by some assassin's hand, but under circumstances that rendered detection by ordinary means hopeless for the moment), of her brother and Esmo's son, Kevimâ; and invited us to a funeral ceremony peculiar to the Zinta. I need not speak of the painful minutes that followed, during which Eveena strove to suppress for my sake at once her tears for her loss and her renewed and intensified terror on my own account. It was suddenly announced by the usual signs of the mute messenger that a visitor awaited me in the hall. Ergimo brought a message from the Camptâ, which ran as follows:— {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> nmpbt23eev6fj0dhqdgpn7ldni9whe0 Page:Across the Zodiac (Volume 2).djvu/280 104 4490450 14131274 2024-04-26T08:11:06Z Chrisguise 2855804 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{rvh|270|''Azrael.''|''Across the Zodiac''.}}</noinclude>"Aware that their treachery is suspected, the enemy now seek your secret first, and then your life. Guard both for a very short time. Your fate, your friends', and my own are staked on the issue. The same Council that sends the traitors to the rack will see the law repealed." I questioned Ergimo as to his knowledge of the situation. "The enemy," he said, "must have changed their plan. One among them, at least, is probably aware that his treason is suspected both by his Sovereign and by the Order. This will drive him desperate; and if he can capture you and extort your secret, he will think he can use it to effect his purpose, or at least to ensure his escape. He may think open rebellion, desperate as it is, safer than waiting for the first blow to come from the Zinta or from the Palace." My resolve was speedily taken. At the same moment came the necessity for escape, and the opportunity and excuse. I sought out the writer of the first message, who entirely concurred with me in the propriety of the step I was about to take; only recommending me to apply personally for a passport from the Camptâ, such as would override any attempt to detain me even by legal warrant. He undertook to care for those I left behind; to release and provide for Eivé, and to see, in case I should not return, that full justice was done to the interests of the others, as well as to their claim to release from contracts which my departure from their world ought, like death itself, to cancel. The royal passport came ere I was ready to depart, expressed in the fullest, clearest language, and<noinclude></noinclude> jdf48uo6g0nwdzp18yjf2vympwqo7zm Page:Across the Zodiac (Volume 2).djvu/281 104 4490451 14131275 2024-04-26T08:11:55Z Chrisguise 2855804 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Chrisguise" />{{rvh|271|''Azrael.''|''Across the Zodiac''.}}</noinclude>such as none, but an officer prepared instantly to rebel against the authority which gave it, dared defy. During the last preparations, Velna and Eveena were closeted together in the chamber of the former; nor did I care to interrupt a parting the most painful, save one, of those that had this day to be undergone. I went myself to Eivé. "I leave you," I said, "a prisoner, not, I hope, for long. If I return in safety, I will then consider in what manner the termination of your confinement can be reconciled with what is due to myself and others. If not, you will be yet more certainly and more speedily released. And now, child whom I once loved, to whom I thought I had been especially gentle and indulgent, was the miserable reward offered you the sole motive that raised your hand against my life? Poison, I have always said, is the protection of the household slave against the domestic tyrant. If I had ever been harsh or unjust to you, if I had made your life unhappy by caprice or by severity, I could understand. But you of all have had least reason to complain. Not Enva's jealous temper, not Leenoo's spite, ever suggested to them the idea which came so easily and was so long and deliberately cherished in your breast." She rose and faced me, and there was something of contempt in the eyes that answered mine for this once with the old fearless frankness. "I had no reason to hate you? Not certainly for the kind of injury which commonly provokes women to risk the lives their masters have made intolerable. That your discipline was the lightest ever known in a<noinclude></noinclude> j0ugh9gdrn7fw73bsphvg2knr6glavv Page:Tracts for the Times Vol 3.djvu/196 104 4490452 14131280 2024-04-26T08:15:18Z Beeswaxcandle 80078 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Beeswaxcandle" />{{rh|48|''Mr. Abbott's profane conceptions.''}}</noinclude>The more ordinary and common-place, the more like vulgar life, the more carnal the history of the Eternal Son of {{sc|God}} is made, the more does this writer exult in it. He exults in sinking the higher notion of Christ, and in making the flesh the {{greek|ἡγεμονικὸν}} of a Divine Essence. Even a prophet or apostle ''might'' be conceived to subdue the innocent enjoyments of His lower nature to the sovereignty of faith, and enjoy this world as an emblem and instrument of the unseen. But it is the triumph of Rationalism to level every thing to the lowest and most tangible form into which it can be cast, and to view the Saviour Himself, not in His mysterious greatness, acting by means of human nature, and ministered unto by Angels in it, but as what I dare not draw out, lest profane words be necessary,—as akin to those lower natures which have but an animal existence. {{smaller block|"Another thing which exhibits the ''boldness and enterprise'' that characterized his plans for making an impression on the community, was the ''peculiarly new and original style of public speaking'' He adopted." p. 55. "This then is the key to the character of Jesus Christ in respect to spirit and decision." p. 57 "For the real sublimity of courage, the spectacle of this deserted and defenceless sufferer coming at midnight to meet the betrayer and his band, far exceeds that of Napoleon urging on his columns over the bridge of Lodi, or even that of Regulus returning to his chains." p. 59, 60.}} One seems to incur some ceremonial pollution by repeating such miserable words. {{smaller block|"He ''evidently observed, and enjoyed'' nature. There are many allusions to His solitary walks in the fields, and on the mountains, and by the sea side, but the greatest evidence of His ''love for nature'' is to be seen in the manner in which He speaks of its beauties. ''A man's metaphors'' are drawn from the sources with which he is most familiar, or which interest him most." p. 60. "We learn in the same manner how distinct were the ''impressions of beauty or sublimity'', which the works of nature made upon the Saviour, by the manner in which He alluded to them .... Look at the lilies of the field, says He .... ''A cold heartless man'', without ''taste or sensibility'', would not have said such a thing as that. He could not; and we may be as sure, that {{sc|Jesus Christ}} ''had stopped to examine and admire'' the grace and beauty of the plant, &c." p. 61, 62. "Now {{sc|Jesus Christ}} noticed these things. He ''perceived'' their beauty and enjoyed it" p. 62.}} Surely such passages as these are direct evidence of Socinian-<noinclude></noinclude> g8rkvkmvkf80o751vr9kypvmh076288 Page:Adventures of Kimble Bent.djvu/147 104 4490453 14131284 2024-04-26T08:20:00Z Beeswaxcandle 80078 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Beeswaxcandle" /></noinclude>{{c|{{larger|CHAPTER XII}} THE ATTACK ON TURUTURU-MOKAI REDOUBT}} {{smaller|Hauwhenua's war-party—A night march—Attack on Turuturu-Mokai Redoubt—A heroic defence—The heart of the captain—Touch-and-go—Relief at last.}} {{sc|One}} biting cold evening in July, 1868, the whole population of the "Bird's-Beak" ''pa'' gathered on the ''marae'' to watch the departure of a fighting-column launched by Titokowaru against the whites. It was a night fitter for the snug ''whare'' than for the war-path, but the omens were propitious for the expedition, and the war-god's sacred breeze, the ''whakarua'', breathed of Uenuku, blew across the forest. The sixty warriors of the ''Tekau-ma-rua'' took the trail with the lilt of the dance-girls' ''poi''-chant in their ears, and the war-choruses yelled by their comrades in the village gritted their battle-spirit. They were fittingly and thickly ''tapu'd'' for the night's work, ''karakia''{{'}}d over with many hardening and bullet-averting ''karakias'', and thoroughly Hauhau-bedevilled for the fight. {{nop}}<noinclude>{{c|119}}</noinclude> 35vyp5ku8467338tv0ch3uov46sdj56 Page:Adventures of Kimble Bent.djvu/148 104 4490454 14131285 2024-04-26T08:21:21Z Beeswaxcandle 80078 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Beeswaxcandle" />{{rh|120|THE ADVENTURES OF KIMBLE BENT}}</noinclude>Some of the warriors, belted and painted, carried long Enfield muzzle-loaders, some double-barrelled guns, some stolen or captured carbines, and a variety of other fire-arms. Each rifleman's equipment included a short tomahawk thrust through his flax girdle; a few—the storming-party—were armed with long-handled tomahawks, murderously effective weapons in a hand-to-hand combat. Though a Avinter's night, most of them were scantily clad, as befitted a war-party. Some wore shirts and other part-European dress; some only flax mats and waist-shawls. Up and down the village square, as the Hauhau captain, Hauwhenua, led his band out into the forest, strode Titokowaru, in a blaze of fanatic exaltation, crying his commands to the warriors. Waving his plumed ''taiaha'', he shouted, "Kill them! Eat them! Let them not escape you!" And as they disappeared in the darkness he returned to his place in the great council-house, where on his sacred mat he spent the night in connnune with his ancestral spirits and in reciting incantations for the success of his men-at-arms. In single file the Hauhau soldiers struck into the black woods. As they entered the deeper thicknesses of the forest, where not a star could be seen for the density and unbroken continuity of the roof of foliage above them, they chanted this brief ''karakia'', a charm invoking supernatural aid to clear<noinclude></noinclude> grmsg3119jeuxpt4pnagwi9z9pzn6u2 Page:Adventures of Kimble Bent.djvu/149 104 4490455 14131291 2024-04-26T08:25:27Z Beeswaxcandle 80078 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Beeswaxcandle" />{{rh||THE ATTACK ON TURUTURU-MOKAI|121}}</noinclude>their forest-path of obstructions and smooth their way: {{block center|{{fqm}}''Wahi taratara e{{bar|2}}i,<br />Me tuku ki te Ariki<br />Kia taoro atu e{{bar|2}}i,<br />Nga pukepuke i noa''."}} Away through the bush they tramped, lightening the march with Hauhau chants, until their objective as neared—the little redoubt of Turuturu-Mokai. One word of warning Titokowaru had given the ''Tekau-ma-rua'' when he chose them for this expedition. Kimble Bent, squatting with his fellows in the big house, had watched the divination-by-''taiaha'' and the demon-like red tongue of the high priest's sacred weapon turning now to one silent warrior, now to another. He heard Titokowaru's injunction to the chosen of the war-god: "''Kaua e haere ki te kuwaha o te pa; kei reira te raiana e tu ana! Ka pokanoa koutou, ka ngaua te raiana ia koutou!''" ("Do not charge at the gate way of the fort; there stands the lion! Should you disregard this command, the lion will devour you!") This caution was designed to restrain the more impetuous of the young warriors, for Titokowaru was a crafty general, and did not believe in wasting good fighting-men. He had learned by dear experience at Sentry Hill in 1864 that to dash straight and blindly at the foe, though valiant enough, was not always sound tactics. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> pbdpjvnwc3k9pr8sjtg5rw7vpeslml3 Page:Adventures of Kimble Bent.djvu/150 104 4490456 14131295 2024-04-26T08:27:09Z Beeswaxcandle 80078 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Beeswaxcandle" />{{rh|122|THE ADVENTURES OF KIMBLE BENT}}</noinclude>The leader of the ''taua'', old Hauwhenua, must have been nearly seventy, but he was as active and agile and keen-witted as any young man of his fighting band. He was a product of the ferocious old cannibal times when every tribe's hand was against its neighbour's, and when year after year Waikato armies besieged the stockaded holds of Taranaki. In person he was not the ideal of a Maori warrior, for he was short of stature, a stoutly built man, with short grey beard and no tattoo-marks on his face. But he had fought against Maoris and against whites for many years of his life, and no war-captain surpassed him in the many stratagems of bushwarfare, and particularly in the artful laying of ambuscades. Marching with the savages of the ''Tekau-ma-rua'' was the white man—Charles Kane, or King, called by the Maoris "Kingi," the deserter from the 18th Royal Irish. He was armed with a gun, intending to assist his Hauhau friends in theu- attack on his fellow-whites. Kimble Bent, it was reported afterwards in the ''pakeha'' camps, also accompanied the warriors, but he denies this, asserting that he did not stir from the ''pa'' all night; this is confirmed by the Maoris. "Kingi," he says, was a fiercely vindictive man, and swore to have a shot at the white men from whom he had cut himself off for ever. Emerging from the forest, the warriors stole<noinclude></noinclude> 2zn3x9v2suy4ozx6nqi7j3xdx9c1wmg Page:Adventures of Kimble Bent.djvu/151 104 4490457 14131298 2024-04-26T08:28:51Z Beeswaxcandle 80078 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Beeswaxcandle" />{{rh||THE ATTACK ON TURUTURU-MOKAI|123}}</noinclude>quietly down over the fern-slopes, and crossing the Tawhiti creek, which wound down through a valley close to the present town of Hawera, they worked round to the front of the little parapeted fort that stood in a singularly unstrategic position on a gently rising hillside, close to the celebrated ancient ''pa'', Turuturu-Mokai. Hauwhenua passed round the word to hide in the fern and remain in cover there as close up to the redoubt as possible, until he yelled the "''Kokiri!''" cry—the signal for the charge. The Turuturu-Mokai redoubt was but a tiny work, so small that the officer in charge, Captain Ross, had to live in a ''raupo'' hut built outside the walls. The entrenchment, consisting of earth-parapet and a surrounding trench, was being strengthened by its garrison of twenty-five Armed Constabulary, and the work was not quite finished when the Maori attack was delivered. The night dragged on too slowly for the impatient and shivering warriors. Some wished to rush the white men's pa at once, but Hauwhenua and his sub-chiefs forbade it till there was a little more light. Several of the younger men began to crawl up through the fern towards the wall of the little fort. The form of a solitary sentry was seen, pacing up and down outside the walls. He could easily have been shot, but the Hauhaus waited. The sentry was relieved at five o'clock in the morning. The new sentinel was not left in peace very<noinclude></noinclude> c4h4bkodt42fopb7lclkhy95mdsge7a Page:Adventures of Kimble Bent.djvu/152 104 4490458 14131301 2024-04-26T08:30:58Z Beeswaxcandle 80078 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Beeswaxcandle" />{{rh|124|THE ADVENTURES OF KIMBLE BENT}}</noinclude>long. Five minutes after he went on duty, while he was walking smartly up and down to keep warm, he heard a suspicious rustle in the fern. He stopped and peered into the dimness. Yes, he couldn't be wrong; those dark forms crawling towards him through the fern were Maoris! He raised his carbine and fired, then turned and raced for the redoubt, shouting out, "Stand to your arms, boys!" The darkness—it was not yet dawn—was instantly lit up by the blaze of a return volley, and, with a fearful yell, the host of half-naked Maoris leaped from the fern and rushed for the redoubt. The white soldiers, roused by the firing, rushed from their tents and manned the parapets and angles of the work, so furiously assailed by the swarming forest-men. Captain Ross had leaped from his sleeping-place at the first alarm. He ran out from his ''wharé'', armed with his sword and revolver, and clothed only in his shii't. He just managed to cross the ditch by the narrow plank-bridge ahead of the enemy, who missed the plank in the darkness. The captain quickly called for volunteers to defend the gate. "I'll make one, sir!" cried Michael Gill, an old Imperial soldier. "All right. Gill," said the captain; it was pitch dark, but he knew Gill's voice. "Any more?" Yes; they rushed for the gate—Henry McLean,<noinclude></noinclude> byfdawilxc8qai87n9wg6mfny6iatrk Page:Adventures of Kimble Bent.djvu/153 104 4490459 14131308 2024-04-26T08:33:02Z Beeswaxcandle 80078 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Beeswaxcandle" />{{rh||THE ATTACK ON TURUTURU-MOKAI|125}}</noinclude>George Tufin, Swords, Gaynor, and Gill. The others manned the two flanking angles. Private George Tuffin, one of the garrison—who is stlll alive, in Wanganui—was up with the others at the first alarm. He fired his revolver into the mass of Maoris outside the gateway; then, dropping the revolver, he got to work with his carbine. He had fired one shot out of his carbine, and stooped under the shelter of the parapet to slip in another cartridge. Just as he was rising to fire again he was struck in the head by a Maori bullet, and fell to the ground unconscious. He could not have been in that condition very long, for when he came to, Captain Ross was still alive and fighting to keep the Maoris out of the gateway. "Hello, old man!" cried the captain; "are you hit?" Young Tuffin lay there, unable to reply. "Where's your rifle?" asked the captain; he was reloading his revolver while he spoke. Tuffin pointed to where his gun was lying on the muddy ground beside him. "Come on, boys!" yelled the captain; "they're coming in at the gate!" Those were the last words Tuffin heard his commanding officer utter. A few moments later, in that fearful confusion of attack and defence in the darkness, the gallant Ross was struck down, defending the gateway to the end with liis sword. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 2zgfmvwmvd6rrjrrjf9kqnjzv40v5z1 14131310 14131308 2024-04-26T08:33:21Z Beeswaxcandle 80078 spelling proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Beeswaxcandle" />{{rh||THE ATTACK ON TURUTURU-MOKAI|125}}</noinclude>George Tufin, Swords, Gaynor, and Gill. The others manned the two flanking angles. Private George Tuffin, one of the garrison—who is stlll alive, in Wanganui—was up with the others at the first alarm. He fired his revolver into the mass of Maoris outside the gateway; then, dropping the revolver, he got to work with his carbine. He had fired one shot out of his carbine, and stooped under the shelter of the parapet to slip in another cartridge. Just as he was rising to fire again he was struck in the head by a Maori bullet, and fell to the ground unconscious. He could not have been in that condition very long, for when he came to, Captain Ross was still alive and fighting to keep the Maoris out of the gateway. "Hello, old man!" cried the captain; "are you hit?" Young Tuffin lay there, unable to reply. "Where's your rifle?" asked the captain; he was reloading his revolver while he spoke. Tuffin pointed to where his gun was lying on the muddy ground beside him. "Come on, boys!" yelled the captain; "they're coming in at the gate!" Those were the last words Tuffin heard his commanding officer utter. A few moments later, in that fearful confusion of attack and defence in the darkness, the gallant Ross was struck down, defending the gateway to the end with his sword. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 24ap7uey0zyyhcvwd3ymx1hfwfl0m33 Page:Adventures of Kimble Bent.djvu/154 104 4490460 14131315 2024-04-26T08:35:29Z Beeswaxcandle 80078 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Beeswaxcandle" />{{rh|126|THE ADVENTURES OF KIMBLE BENT}}</noinclude>A Hauhau charged right into the redoubt, and killed the captain with his long-handled tomahawk. Making a clean cut in his breast, he tore out the heart, a trophy for the terrible ceremony of the ''mawé'' offering. Then he darted back as quickly as he had come, yelling a frightful cry of triumph. And another heart was torn from a white man's body even before it had ceased to beat. This was the corpse of Lennon, the keeper of the store and canteen. He had been killed alongside his little hut, just outside the redoubt, when the fight began. He was tomahawked almost to pieces and his heart cut out. And in the very midst of that battle in the dark the pagan ceremony of the ''whangai-hau'' was performed, the oblation to the god of war. The priest of the war-party offered up one of the ''pakeha'' hearts—some Maoris say it was Captain Ross's, althougli Lennon's would really be the heart of the ''mata-ika'', the "first-fish" slain, which was usually the one offered to the gods. The savage ''tohunga'' lit a match (he carried ''pakeha'' matches for this dreadful purpose), and held the bleeding heart over the flame. Immediately it began to sizzle and smoke, he cried in an exultant voice, "''Kei au a Tu!''" ("I have Tu!"), meaning that Tu, the supreme god of war, was with him, or on his side. Then he threw down the burnt sacrifice, and, clutching his long-handled tomahawk, rushed into the fight again. The captain's heart<noinclude></noinclude> kj2ffezhwzdnfl6yysw84tojstiybax Page:Adventures of Kimble Bent.djvu/155 104 4490461 14131320 2024-04-26T08:37:40Z Beeswaxcandle 80078 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Beeswaxcandle" />{{rh||THE ATTACK ON TURUTURU-MOKAI|127}}</noinclude>was discovered after the fight was over lying on ilio blood-stained ground outside the trench. For two hours it was desperate work. The Hauhaus charged up to the parapets, and many of them jumped into the ditch, whence they attempted to swarm over the walls, but were beaten off again and again by the little garrison. The endeavour to rush in force through the gateway of the redoubt did not succeed. The impulsive young men, however, disregarded Titokowaru's warning about the "lion" in the path, and it was in this tomahawk charge at the fort gate that most of those who were killed fell. After the captain's death Gill and McLean took up their posts in one of the angles, and fought there till daylight. Their Terry carbines gave them a good deal of trouble. After a few rounds had been fired the breech-blocks jammed, and were difficult to open and close. Unfortunately, all hands did not show equal bravery. At least four—Michael Gill says five—men bolted for the redoubt, some of them jumping from the parapet, soon after the fight began. Gill called to them to stop and help to protect the wounded. But they fled and left their comrades. One of the pluckiest men in the redoubt was Cosslett Johnston (now of Hawera), a military settler. Mr. Johnston's intrepid example put fresh courage into his despairing comiades on that terrible<noinclude></noinclude> sz4ml11nc0x1kmfyskqg9d04nxd1hpq Page:Adventures of Kimble Bent.djvu/156 104 4490462 14131327 2024-04-26T08:41:03Z Beeswaxcandle 80078 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Beeswaxcandle" />{{rh|128|THE ADVENTURES OF KIMBLE BENT}}</noinclude>morning. Michael Gill was an old Imperial soldier; he had served in the 57th Regiment, the old "Diehards"—Kimble Bent's regiment—and his coolness did a lot to steady his fellow-soldiers. Gill was recommended for the Victoria Cross for his bravery, but did not get it. He, like his comrades, certainly deserved that decoration or the New Zealand Cross, but did not get either. When the Captain fell, Tuffin crawled, more than half-dazed with his wound, to one of the angles. There he received four more bullet wounds. In the angle there were five other men; of these two were killed. Failing in their first attempt to take the redoubt by assault, some of the Hauhaus took post on the rising ground a little distance off, where they could fire into the work, and one after another the defenders dropped, shot dead or badly wounded. The ditch was full of Maoris. Only the narrow parapet separated them from the whites, and they yelled at the defenders and shouted all the English "swearwords" in their vocabulary. The ''pakehas'' "talked back" at them, says one of the few survivors of the heroic garrison, and cried "Look out! The cavalry are coming!" but the Hauhaus only laughed and said, "Gammon, ''pakeha''—gammon!" Then, finding that any Maori who showed his head above the parapets was quickly shot down, they started to dig away at tlic wall with their toma-<noinclude></noinclude> mpf2sv8g5vxh7b2snrlers7efudmjz7 Page:Adventures of Kimble Bent.djvu/157 104 4490463 14131328 2024-04-26T08:42:21Z Beeswaxcandle 80078 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Beeswaxcandle" />{{rh||THE ATTACK ON TURUTURU-MOKAI|129}}</noinclude>hawks, and succeeded in undermining the parapet in several places. By this time half the garrison had been shot down. One of the first killed was Corporal Blake, who fell in one of the angles. Private Shields, the captain's orderly, wan killed in one of the angles; Private George Holden was shot dead behind the parapet; Gaynor was killed at the gate. Then Sergeant McFadden fell while bravely helping to hold an angle against the swarming enemy. Private Alexander Beamish, who fell mortally wounded while helping to defend an angle of the fort, told his brother, John Beamish (now a resident of Patea), who was fighting by his side, just before he died, that he believed it was a white man who shot him. Bent says that the deserter Kane, Avhile taking part in the attack, was wounded in the right cheek by a ''pakeha'' bullet, and then retired from the fight. John Beamish was struck by an Enfield bullet and severely wounded about the time his brother was shot, but though then unable to shoulder his carbine, he opened packets of ammunition and passed cartridges to Gill, the only unwounded man in his angle of the redoubt, untll the end of the combat. Here is John Beamish's story of the fight, as he told it to me some years back: "The Maoris surrounded the redoubt and tried again and again to swarm over the wall, and they kept it up till broad daylight. We could not see<noinclude></noinclude> 6bo9z8uqgw2gpf3hmfej6arebjez274 Page:Adventures of Kimble Bent.djvu/158 104 4490464 14131329 2024-04-26T08:44:19Z Beeswaxcandle 80078 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Beeswaxcandle" />{{rh|130|THE ADVENTURES OF KIMBLE BENT}}</noinclude>much at first but the flashing of guns all around us. Presently some of the Maoris set fire to the ''wharés'' outside the redoubt. They were armed with muzzle-loading Enfields and shot-guns, and we could now and then see the ramrods going up and down as they rammed the charges home. Then sometimes we would see the flash of a tomahawk and catch a glimpse of a black head above the parapets. One of our troubles was that there were no loopholes in the parapets, otherwise we could have shot many of the Maoris in the ditch. We were exposed to the fire of the enemy on the rising ground close by, and this was how so many of the men in our angle were hit. "Then they started to dig and cut away at the parapets with their tomahawks. We could plainly hear them at this work, and I heard one Maori ask another for a match. I suppose he wanted to try and fire our buildings inside the walls. One after another our men dropped, shot dead or badly wounded. I had very little hope of ever getting out of the place alive. But we well knew what our fate would be if the Maoris once got over the parapets, so we just put our hearts into it and kept blazing away as fast as we could load. We had breech-loading carbines which had to be capped. One incident I remember was a black head just appearing over the parapet in the grey light, then came a body with a bare arm gripping a long-handled tomahawk.<noinclude></noinclude> 4ynefwcoo0845vj94tu63446etehfzg Page:Adventures of Kimble Bent.djvu/159 104 4490465 14131331 2024-04-26T08:45:36Z Beeswaxcandle 80078 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Beeswaxcandle" />{{rh||THE ATTACK ON TURUTURU-MOKAI|131}}</noinclude>Quietly the Hauhau raised himself up, and was just in the act of aiming a blow at one of our men who did not see him when we fired and brought him down. "My younger brother was fighting not far from me. He fell mortally wounded, and before he died he told us he believed it was a white man who shot him. I was wounded about the same time. An Enfield bullet struck me in the left shoulder. It took me with a tremendous shock, just as I was stooping down across a dead man to get some dry ammunition. The bullet slanted down past my shoulder-blade and came out at the back. This incapacitated me from firing, or, at any rate, from taking aim, so I had to content myself with passing cartridges to Michael Gill—one of the men in my angle—who kept steadily firing away, and with levelling my unloaded carbine as well as I could with my right hand whenever I saw a head bob up above the parapet. When the fight ended Gill was the only unwounded man in our angle of the redoubt; out of the six who manned it when the alarm was given, three were shot dead and two were wounded. One man, George Tuffin, was wounded in five places. "Daylight came, and those of us who could shoulder a carbine were still firing away and wondering whether help would ever reach us. We knew they must have heard the firing and seen the flashes of the guns at Waihi redoubt, only three miles away.<noinclude></noinclude> ltzmw60j26m92jk1okg59xdwm7aunn5 Page:Adventures of Kimble Bent.djvu/160 104 4490466 14131332 2024-04-26T08:47:11Z Beeswaxcandle 80078 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Beeswaxcandle" />{{rh|132|THE ADVENTURES OF KIMBLE BENT}}</noinclude>Suddenly the Maoris ceased firing and retired into the bush. Their sentries had given them warning that troops were coming. As they dropped back we rushed out of the redoubt and gave them the last shot, and then Von Tempsky and his A.C.'s arrived at the double, and the fight was over. My wound kept me in the hospital for five months. The only wonder is that any of us ever came out of that redoubt alive." The sun had risen before the fight was over. A few minutes more and the Hauhaus would have succeeded in undermining the parapets sufficiently to force an entrance, and the defenders would have fallen to the last man, and the whole of their arms and the post-supplies have been carried off to Titokowaru's fort in the forest. The little redoubt was a frightful sight. Dead and wounded men were lying all over the place in pools of blood; two of them were shockingly mutilated with tomahawks. Out of the twenty-one defenders of the redoubt, ten were killed and five were wounded; only six came through the fight without a wound. Hauwhenua withdrew his disappointed ''Tekau-ma-rua'', carrying those of their wounded who were unable to walk, and marched back to Te Ngutuo-te-Manu. The "lion" of Titoko's speech, though sore wounded, had in truth closed his mouth on some of their most daring braves. Takitaki, a<noinclude></noinclude> 3g9a2kkbmeoo1o3aw77miwomncxr48l Page:Adventures of Kimble Bent.djvu/161 104 4490467 14131333 2024-04-26T08:48:27Z Beeswaxcandle 80078 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Beeswaxcandle" />{{rh||THE ATTACK ON TURUTURU-MOKAI|133}}</noinclude>bold, athletic young Hauhau, who was in the ''Tekau-ma-rua'', was one of those who attacked Captain Ross at the gateway. The Captain shattered Takitaki's left arm with a bullet from his revolver before he fell.<ref>Of this Hauhau Colonel W. E. Gudgeon wrote in the Polynesian Society's ''Journal'', No. 59 (Sept. 1906): "Had there been but ten men of the stamp of Takitaki the redoubt must have been taken; but luckily there were not, and therefore a mere handful of men held the redoubt to the end."</ref><noinclude>{{smallrefs}}</noinclude> 6idoic9052py16ypu14xjdaz8kmt7pm The Adventures of Kimble Bent/Chapter 12 0 4490468 14131335 2024-04-26T08:49:09Z Beeswaxcandle 80078 transclude chapter wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../]] | author = James Cowan | translator = | section = Chapter 12 | previous = [[../Chapter 11/]] | next = [[../Chapter 13/]] | notes = }} <pages index="Adventures of Kimble Bent.djvu" from=147 to=161 /> {{smallrefs}} 7g4jkb78zphgtl9j5lysg0jdashbx9k Page:Manual of the New Zealand Flora.djvu/726 104 4490469 14131337 2024-04-26T09:00:10Z Beeswaxcandle 80078 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Beeswaxcandle" />{{rh|686|ORCHIDEÆ.|[''Calochilus.''}}</noinclude>broadly winged; stigma broad, placed under the erect rostellutn. Anther large, terminal, erect or incumbent, obtuse or pointed, 2-celled; pollinia granular. {{smaller block|A genus of 3 very closely related species, all natives of Australia, 2 of them extending to New Zealand as well.}} {| {{ts|sm}} |Anther long, rostrate. Column-wing with a gland on each side near the base just within the front margin||1. ''C. campestris.'' |- |Anther short, obtuse. Column-wing without any gland, but 2 small erect lamellæ on each side of the base of the lip||2. ''C. paludosus.'' |} 1. '''C. campestris,''' ''[[Author:Robert Brown (1773-1858)|R. Br.]] Prodr.'' 320.—Stem stout, 6–18 in. high. Leaf usually solitary, rarely 2, much shorter than the stem, narrow-linear, thick, channelled; cauline leaves or bracts 1 or 2, sheathing. Flowers 2–8, greenish-purple; pedicels ½–1 in. long; bracts acuminate. Upper sepal ⅓–½ in. long, broadly ovate, acute, concave; lateral narrower. Petals shorter, broadly oblong, falcate, veined. Lip ½–¾ in. long; margins and upper surface except the slender flexuous tip covered with long reddish-purple hairs or fimbriæ, which are longest on the upper part of the lip, and shortest near the base, where they are reduced to clavate calli; usually there is a narrow strip across the very base of the lip which is smooth and bare. Column-wings dilated in front and produced into a rounded lobe on each side, on the inner face of which is a conspicuous gland. Anther long, triangular, rostrate.—''Benth. Fl. Austral.'' vi. 315; ''Fitzgerald, Austral. Orch.'' i. pt. 4; ''Kirk in'' [[Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute/Volume 24/Article 44#427|''Trans. N.Z. Inst.'' xxiv. (1892) 427.]] {{smaller block|{{sc|North Island:}} Auckland—Rotorua, ''Rev. F. H. Spencer! Petrie!'' November–December. This doubtless has as wide a range as the following species, but so far I have seen no specimens except from Rotorua. These exactly match the plate in Fitzgerald's Australian Orchids, with the exception that the fimbriæ on the lip never show any trace of blue, but are always red.}} 2. '''C. paludosus,''' ''[[Author:Robert Brown (1773-1858)|R. Br.]] Prodr.'' 320.—Very similar in habit and appearance to ''C. campestris'', but usually (though not always) more slender, with a rather longer and narrower leaf. Flowers seldom more than 4. Sepals and petals much as in ''C. campestris''. Lip longer, the surface and margins with long red fimbriæ, the linear bare tip longer, and the base with a thin longitudinal raised plate on each side. Column-wing dilated in front and produced into a rounded lobe on each side, not furnished with a gland on the inner face. Anther short, as broad as long, obtuse, neither acuminate nor rostrate.—''Benth. Fl. Austral.'' vi. 316; ''Fitzgerald, Austral. Orch.'' i. pt. 4; ''Buch. in'' [[Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute/Volume 15/Article 41#240|''Trans. N.Z. Inst.'' xv. (1883) 240.]]<!--page no. incorrect--> {{smaller block/s}} {{sc|North Island:}} Auckland—Kaitaia, ''R. H. Matthews!'' Aponga (near Whangarei), ''A. Thompson!' Rotorua, ''Petrie!'' {{sc|South Island:}} Nelson—Vicinity of Collingwood, ''H. H. Travers!'' near Westport, ''W. Townson!'' {{nop}}<noinclude>{{smaller block/e}}</noinclude> h613b4oruq5w0fjwwv7i3z2ifrx0qa9 14131338 14131337 2024-04-26T09:00:54Z Beeswaxcandle 80078 space before nop proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Beeswaxcandle" />{{rh|686|ORCHIDEÆ.|[''Calochilus.''}}</noinclude>broadly winged; stigma broad, placed under the erect rostellutn. Anther large, terminal, erect or incumbent, obtuse or pointed, 2-celled; pollinia granular. {{smaller block|A genus of 3 very closely related species, all natives of Australia, 2 of them extending to New Zealand as well.}} {| {{ts|sm}} |Anther long, rostrate. Column-wing with a gland on each side near the base just within the front margin||1. ''C. campestris.'' |- |Anther short, obtuse. Column-wing without any gland, but 2 small erect lamellæ on each side of the base of the lip||2. ''C. paludosus.'' |} 1. '''C. campestris,''' ''[[Author:Robert Brown (1773-1858)|R. Br.]] Prodr.'' 320.—Stem stout, 6–18 in. high. Leaf usually solitary, rarely 2, much shorter than the stem, narrow-linear, thick, channelled; cauline leaves or bracts 1 or 2, sheathing. Flowers 2–8, greenish-purple; pedicels ½–1 in. long; bracts acuminate. Upper sepal ⅓–½ in. long, broadly ovate, acute, concave; lateral narrower. Petals shorter, broadly oblong, falcate, veined. Lip ½–¾ in. long; margins and upper surface except the slender flexuous tip covered with long reddish-purple hairs or fimbriæ, which are longest on the upper part of the lip, and shortest near the base, where they are reduced to clavate calli; usually there is a narrow strip across the very base of the lip which is smooth and bare. Column-wings dilated in front and produced into a rounded lobe on each side, on the inner face of which is a conspicuous gland. Anther long, triangular, rostrate.—''Benth. Fl. Austral.'' vi. 315; ''Fitzgerald, Austral. Orch.'' i. pt. 4; ''Kirk in'' [[Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute/Volume 24/Article 44#427|''Trans. N.Z. Inst.'' xxiv. (1892) 427.]] {{smaller block|{{sc|North Island:}} Auckland—Rotorua, ''Rev. F. H. Spencer! Petrie!'' November–December. This doubtless has as wide a range as the following species, but so far I have seen no specimens except from Rotorua. These exactly match the plate in Fitzgerald's Australian Orchids, with the exception that the fimbriæ on the lip never show any trace of blue, but are always red.}} 2. '''C. paludosus,''' ''[[Author:Robert Brown (1773-1858)|R. Br.]] Prodr.'' 320.—Very similar in habit and appearance to ''C. campestris'', but usually (though not always) more slender, with a rather longer and narrower leaf. Flowers seldom more than 4. Sepals and petals much as in ''C. campestris''. Lip longer, the surface and margins with long red fimbriæ, the linear bare tip longer, and the base with a thin longitudinal raised plate on each side. Column-wing dilated in front and produced into a rounded lobe on each side, not furnished with a gland on the inner face. Anther short, as broad as long, obtuse, neither acuminate nor rostrate.—''Benth. Fl. Austral.'' vi. 316; ''Fitzgerald, Austral. Orch.'' i. pt. 4; ''Buch. in'' [[Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute/Volume 15/Article 41#240|''Trans. N.Z. Inst.'' xv. (1883) 240.]]<!--page no. incorrect--> {{smaller block|{{sc|North Island:}} Auckland—Kaitaia, ''R. H. Matthews!'' Aponga (near Whangarei), ''A. Thompson!' Rotorua, ''Petrie!'' {{sc|South Island:}} Nelson—Vicinity of Collingwood, ''H. H. Travers!'' near Westport, ''W. Townson!''}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> m6tw3jlwfk373iz5aek53nmvlo6vbeq Page:An Exposition of the Old and New Testament (1828) vol 1.djvu/332 104 4490470 14131339 2024-04-26T09:01:51Z PeterR2 7826 set up header and footer proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="PeterR2" />{{rh|300|{{larger|EXODUS, XIX.}}|}}</noinclude>300 EXODUS, XIX. 3. He .must order the people to attend upon the sumrnons that should be given; (v. 13.) " IV/ien the trumpet soundeth long, then let them take their places at the foot of the mount, and so sit down at God's feet," as it is explained, Deut. 33. 3. Ne- ver was so great a congregation called together, jmd preached to, at once, as this was here. No one man's voice could have reached so many, but the voice of God did. 16. Audit caine to pass on the third day, in the morning, that there were thunders and lightnings, and a thick cloud upon the mount, and the voice of the trumpet exceeding loud ; so that all the people that xoas in the camp trembled. 17. And Moses brought forth the people out of the camp to meet with God ; and they stood at the nether part of the mount. 1 8. And mount Sinai was al- together on a smoke, because the Lord de- scended upon it in fire; and the smoke thereof ascended as the smoke of a furnace, and the whole mount quaked greatly. 19. And when the voice of the trumpet sounded long, and waxed louder and louder, Moses sjaake, and God answered him by a voice. 20. And the Lord came down upon mount Sinai, on the top of tlie mount : and the L )RD called Moses up to the top of the mount ; and Moses went up. 21. And t!ie Lord said unto Moses, Go down, charge the people, lest they break through unto the Lord to gaze, and many of them perish. 22. And let the priests also, which come near to the Lord, sanctify themselves, lest the Lord break forth upon them. 23. And Moses said unto the Lord, The people can- not come up to mount Sinai : for thou charg- edst us, saying. Set bounds about the mount, and sanctify it. 24. And the Lord said unto him, Away, get thee down ; and thou shalt come up, thou, and Aaron with thee : but let not tiie priests and the people break through to come up unto the Lord, lest he break forth upon them. 25. So Moses went down unto the people, and spake unto them. Now, at length, is come that memorable day, that terrible davof the Lord, that day of judgment, in which Israel heard the voice of the Lord God speaking to them out of the ntidst' of the Jire, and lived, Deut. 4. 5?-. Neser was tliei'e such a ser- mon preached, before or since, as this which was here preaclied to the chvirch in the wildcniess. For, I. The Preacher was God himself; (v. 18.) The Lord dencended in Jire, and, {v. 20..) '/he Lord came dowji ufion mount Sinai. The Shechinah, rr (ilory of the Lord, appeared in the sight f all the people; he .shincd forth from mourit Pa- ran, ivith ten thousands- of'his saiiifs, (Deut. 33. 2.) tliat is, attended, as tlie "Dl ine Majestv always is, w th a multitude of the holy angels, who wercbrth t ) grace the solemnity, and to assist it. Hence the law is said to be given by the dishosition of aneeh. Acts, 7. 53. "^ ^ .IS' n. Tlie pvil[iit (or throne rather) was mount Si- na. hung with a thick cloud, {v. 16.) covered with smAe, {v. ib'. ) and made to yuaA-e greatly. Now it was that the earth trembled at the fxresence of the Lord, and the mountains skifi/ied like rajns; (Ps. 114. 4, 7.) that Sinai itself, the rough and rocky, melted from before the Lord God of Israt I, Jud^. 5. 5. New it was that the mountains saw him, and trembled, (Hab. 3. 10.) and were witnesses against a liard-hearted unmoved people, whom nothing would influence. III. The congregation was called together by the sound of a trumpet, exceeding loud, ('k 16.} and -waxing louder and louder, v. 19. This was done by the ministry of the angels, and we read of tnimpets sounded by angels. Rev. 8. 6. It was the sound of the trumpet that jnade all the people trem- ble, as those who knew their own guilt, and that they had i-eason to expect that the sound of this trumpet should have been to them the alarm of ivar. IV. Moses brought the hearers to the place of meeting, v. 17. He that had led them out of the bondage of Egypt, now led tlem to receive the law from God's mouth. Public persons are then pub- lic blessings, when they lay out themselves in their places to promote the public worship of God. Mo- ses, at the head of an assembly worshipping God, was as truly great, as Moses at the head of an army in the field. V. The introductions to the service were thun- ders and lightnings, v. 16. These were designed to strike an awe upon the people, and to raise and engage their attention. Were they asleep? The thunders would waken them. Were they looking another way? The lightnings wtuld engage them to turn their faces toward him that spake to them. Thunder and lightning have natural causes, but the scrpturc dirccis us in a j articular manner to take noti've < f the power of Ciod, ;,nd his terror, in them. Thunder is the • oice of God, and lightning the fire of God, proper to engage the senses of sight and hearing, those senses lv which we leceive so much of ouV information. VI. Moses is God's minister, who is spoken to, to command si'cnce, and keep the congregation in order; {v. 19.) Moses .'.pake. Sme think that it was now that he said, / exceedingly fear and quake; (Heb. 12. 21.) but God stilled his fear by his dis- tinguishing fa- our to him, in calling him up to the top of the mount, (i^. 20.) by which also he tried his faith and courage. No sooner was Moses got up a little way toward the top of the mount, than he was s'eiit down again to keep the people from breaking through to gaze, v. 21. E en the priests or princes, the heads of the houses of their fathers, who officiated for their respective families, and therefore are said to co?7ie 7ieai' to the Lord at othei times, nuist now keep their distance, and conduct I themselves with a great deal of caution. Moses i ])leads that they needed not to ! ae any further ■ orders given tliem, effectual care was taken already to prevent any intrusions, v. 23. But Ciod, whoknew their wilfu'ness and i)resum;)ti' n, and what was now in the heaits of seme (f tlum, hastens him down with this in charge, that neither the priest' nor the people should offer to force the lines which '. were set, to come u/i unto the Lord, but Moses and 1 Aaron onlv, the men whom (Jod delighted to ho- ! nour. Observe, 1. 'hat it was that (iod forbade i them — lii'eaking through to gaze; enough was pro- vided to awaken their consciences, but they were not allowed to grat'fy their vain curie sity. They might see, but not gaze. Some of them, probably, were desirous to see some similitude, that they might know how to make an image of Cxod, which he took care to prevent, for thev .laiv no manner of similitude, Deut. 4. 15. Note, In divine things, we must not covet to know more than God would have us know; and he has allowed us as much as is gccd<noinclude><references/></noinclude> nha2247sny7lfe88ykauma0l5zwq1ci 14131348 14131339 2024-04-26T09:19:00Z PeterR2 7826 /* Proofread */ finished proofreading page proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="PeterR2" />{{rh|300|{{larger|EXODUS, XIX.}}|}}</noinclude>3. He must order the people to attend upon the summons that should be given; (''v''. 13.) "''When the trumpet soundeth long'', then let them take their places at the foot of the mount, and so sit down at God's feet," as it is explained, Deut. 33. 3. Never was so great a congregation called together, and preached to, at once, as this was here. No one man's voice could have reached so many, but the voice of God did. {{larger|16. And it came to pass on the third day, in the morning, that there were thunders and lightnings, and a thick cloud upon the mount, and the voice of the trumpet exceeding loud; so that all the people that ''was'' in the camp trembled. 17. And Moses brought forth the people out of the camp to meet with God; and they stood at the nether part of the mount. 18. And mount Sinai was altogether on a smoke, because the {{sc|Lord}} descended upon it in fire; and the smoke thereof ascended as the smoke of a furnace, and the whole mount quaked greatly. 19. And when the voice of the trumpet sounded long, and waxed louder and louder, Moses spake, and God answered him by a voice. 20. And the {{sc|Lord}} came down upon mount Sinai, on the top of the mount: and the {{sc|Lord}} called Moses ''up'' to the top of the mount; and Moses went up. 21. And the {{sc|Lord}} said unto Moses, Go down, charge the people, lest they break through unto the {{sc|Lord}} to gaze, and many of them perish. 22. And let the priests also, which come near to the {{sc|Lord}}, sanctify themselves, lest the {{sc|Lord}} break forth upon them. 23. And Moses said unto the {{sc|Lord}}, The people cannot come up to mount Sinai: for thou chargedst us, saying, Set bounds about the mount, and sanctify it. 24. And the {{sc|Lord}} said unto him, Away, get thee down; and thou shalt come up, thou, and Aaron with thee: but let not the priests and the people break through to come up unto the {{sc|Lord}}, lest he break forth upon them. 25. So Moses went down unto the people, and spake unto them.}} Now, at length, is come that memorable day, that terrible day of the Lord, that day of judgment, in which ''Israel heard the voice of the Lord God'' speaking to them ''out of the midst of the fire, and lived,'' Deut. 4. 33. Never was there such a sermon preached, before or since, as this which was here preached to the church in the wilderness. For, I. The Preacher was God himself; (''v''. 18.) ''The Lord descended in fire'', and, (''v''. 20.) ''The Lord came down upon mount Sinai''. The ''Shechinah'', or Glory of the Lord, appeared in the sight of all the people; he ''shined forth from mount Paran, with ten thousands of his saints'', (Deut. 33. 2.) that is, attended, as the Divine Majesty always is, with a multitude ofthe holy angels, who were both to grace the solemnity, and to assist it. Hence the law is said to be given ''by the disposition of angels, Acts, 7.53. II. The pulpit (or throne rather) was mount Sinai hung with a ''thick cloud'', (''v''. 16.) covered with ''smoke'', (''v''. 18.) and made to ''quake'' greatly. Now it was that the earth ''trembled at the presence of the Lord'', and the ''mountains skipped like rams;'' (Ps, 114. 4, 7.) that Sinai itself, the rough and rocky, ''melted from before the Lord God of Israel'', Judg. 5, 5. Now it was that the ''mountains saw him, and trembled'', (Hab. 3. 10.) and were witnesses against a hard-hearted unmoved people, whom nothing would influence. III. The congregation was called together by the ''sound of a trumpet, exceeding loud'', (''v''. 16.) and ''waxing louder and louder'', ''v''. 19. This was done by the ministry of the angels, and we read of trumpets sounded by angels, Rev. 8. 6. It was the ''sound of the trumpet that made all the people tremble'', as those who knew their own guilt, and that they had reason to expect that the sound of this trumpet should have been to them the ''alarm of war''. IV. Moses brought the hearers to the place of meeting, ''v''. 17. He that had led them out ofthe bondage of Egypt, now led them to receive the law from God's mouth. Public persons are then public blessings, when they lay put themselves in their places to promote the public worship of God. Moses, at the head of an assembly worshipping God, was as truly great, as Moses at the head of an army in the field. V. The introductions to the service were ''thunders and lightnings'', ''v''. 16. These were designed to strike an awe upon the people, and to raise and engage their attention. Were they asleep? The thunders would waken them. Were they looking another way? The lightnings would engage them to turn their faces toward him that spake to them. Thunder and lightning have natural causes, but the scripture directs us in a particular manner to take notice of the power of God, and his terror, in them. Thunder is the voice of God, and lightning the fire of God, proper to engage the senses of sight and hearing, those senses by which we receive so much of our information. VI. Moses is God's minister, who is spoken to, to command silence, and keep the congregation in order; (''v''. 19.) ''Moses spake''. Some think that it was now that he said, ''I exceedingly fear and quake;'' (Heb. 12. 21.) but God stilled his fear by his distinguishing favour to him, in calling him up to the top of the mount, (''v''. 20.) by which also he tried his faith and courage. No sooner was Moses got up a little way toward the top of the mount, than he was sent down again to keep the people from ''breaking through to gaze'', ''v''. 21. Even the priests or princes, the heads of the houses of their fathers, who officiated for their respective families, and therefore are said to ''come near to the Lord'' at other times, must now keep their distance, and conduct themselves with a great deal of caution. Moses pleads that they needed not to have any further orders given them, effectual care was taken already to prevent any intrusions, ''v''. 23. But God, who knew their wilfulness and presumption, and what was now in the hearts of some of them, hastens him down with this in charge, that neither the priests nor the people should offer to force the lines which were set, ''to come up unto the Lord'', but Moses and Aaron only, the men whom God delighted to honour. Observe, 1. What it was that God forbade them—breaking through to gaze; enough was provided to awaken their consciences, but they were not allowed to gratify their vain curiosity. They might see, but not gaze. Some of them, probably, were desirous to see some similitude, that they might know how to make an image of God, which he took care to prevent, for they ''saw no manner of similitude'', Deut. 4. 15. Note, In divine things, we must not covet to know more than God would have us know; and he has allowed us as much as is good<noinclude><references/></noinclude> iianvcpvf93sbbc4n4dk38zj8odn9j0 Page:Manual of the New Zealand Flora.djvu/727 104 4490471 14131342 2024-04-26T09:06:00Z Beeswaxcandle 80078 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Beeswaxcandle" />{{rh|''Lyperanthus.'']|ORCHIDEÆ.|687}}</noinclude>{{c|15. {{larger|'''LYPERANTHUS,'''}} [[Author:Robert Brown (1773-1858)|R. Br.]]}} Terrestrial herbs, often black when dry. Stems rather stout. Leaves 1–3, sheathing at the base, broad or narrow. Flowers in a terminal raceme or spike, sometimes solitary; bracts large, sheathing. Upper sepal erect, incurved, broad, concave; lateral narrow, spreading or deflexed. Petals similar to the lateral sepals. Lip shorter than the sepals, with a broad erect claw sometimes dilated into small lateral lobes; lamina or middle lobe ovate or lanceolate, entire; disc with ridges or small calli. Column erect or incurved, not winged; stigma placed under the rostellum. Anther terminal, erect, 2-celled; pollinia 4, narrow, subterete, granular. {{smaller block|A somewhat ill-defined genus of 6 species, 4 of which are found in Australia, 1 in New Caledonia, and the remaining one in New Zealand.}} 1. '''L. antarcticus,''' ''[[Author:Joseph Dalton Hooker|Hook. f.]] Fl. Antarct.'' ii. 544.—Stems rather stout, 3–8 in. high. Leaves 1–8, sheathing at the base, 1–2½ in. long, the upper smaller, lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, acute, rather coriaceous; veins numerous, parallel. Flowers 1–3, greenish, horizontal or nearly so, ⅓–½ in. long; bracts large, cucullate, sheathing, ½–¾ in. long. Upper sepal large, broad, curved over the column, hooded, acute; lateral sepals and petals linear-subulate, acute. Lip with a very short claw; lamina ovate-oblong, obtuse or subacute, margins thick, disc with 5 or 6 slender longitudinal lamellae. Column short, stout, curved.—''Handb. N.Z. Fl.'' 270. {{smaller block|{{sc|South Island:}} Subalpine localities from Collingwood and the Spenser Mountains southwards, but not common. {{sc|Stewart Island:}} ''Kirk!'' {{sc|Auckland Islands:}} ''Le Guillon, Bolton, Kirk!'' 2500 ft. to 4000 ft., descending to sea-level in Stewart Island and the Auckland Islands. December–February. The upper sepal is much broader and more hooded than in any other species of the genus, the sepals and petals are less spreading, and the column shorter and broader.}} {{c|16. {{larger|'''CALADENIA,'''}} [[Author:Robert Brown (1773-1858)|R. Br.]]}} Slender terrestrial herbs, usually more or less pilose or villous, rarely glabrous. Root of small rounded tubers terminating fleshy fibres. Leaf solitary from near the base of the stem, linear or lanceolate, more rarely broader and oblong-lanceolate or oblong. Flowers on an erect slender scape, solitary or in few-flowered racemes; bracts small. Upper sepal erect or incurved, narrow, concave; lateral flat, spreading, or rarely all alike and spreading. Petals narrow, erect or spreading. Lip clawed on to the base of the column, undivided or 3-lobed, the lateral lobes when present erect, the middle lobe spreading or reflexed, the margins often toothed or fimbriate, the disc usually studded with linear or clavate sessile or stipitate calli. Column rather long, erect or incurved, more or less 2-winged above; stigma broad, prominent. Anther erect, terminal, 2-celled; pollinia granular. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 6y35eoptxyl4ypigjbsf2hi2w26ez8i Page:Manual of the New Zealand Flora.djvu/728 104 4490472 14131347 2024-04-26T09:16:27Z Beeswaxcandle 80078 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Beeswaxcandle" />{{rh|688|ORCHIDEÆ.|[''Caladenia.''}}</noinclude>{{smaller block|About 30 species are known, all confined to Australia except the three following, which are endemic in New Zealand.}} {| {{ts|sm}} |Slender. Leaf solitary, linear, {{sfrac|16}}—{{sfrac|8}} in. broad. Scape slender. Flower ¼–⅓ in. diam. Lip 3-lobed||1. ''C. minor.'' |- |Rather stout. Leaf solitary, linear, ⅛–¼ in. broad. Scape stout. Flower ½–1 in. diam. Lip 3-lobed||2. ''C. Lyallii.'' |- |Rather stout. Leaves 2, oblong or lanceolate. Flower ¾ in. diam. Lip undivided||3. ''C. bifolia.'' |} 1. '''C. minor,''' ''[[Author:Joseph Dalton Hooker|Hook. f.]] Fl. Nov. Zel.'' i. 247, t. 56{{sc|b}}.—Stems very slender, 3–10 in. high, rarely more, glandular-pilose with spreading hairs. Leaf from near the base of the stem and always shorter than it, 1–8 in. long, {{sfrac|16}}–{{sfrac|8}} broad, very narrow-linear, flat, striate, ciliate or pilose. Flower solitary or rarely 2, pink, about ⅓ in. diam. Sepals subequal, linear or linear-oblong, obtuse or subacute; upper sepal erect; lateral spreading or deflexed. Petals similar to the sepals, spreading. Lip shorter than the sepals, broad, 3-lobed; lateral lobes large, oblong, obtuse, erect, usually marked with transverse purplish bands; middle lobe lanceolate-deltoid, acuminate, reflexed, margins fringed with linear calli; disc with 2 continuous rows of bright-yellow stipitate calli. Column elongate, as long as the lip, incurved, broadly winged. Anther apiculate.—''Handb. N.Z. Fl.'' 267. C. variegata. ''Col. in'' [[Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute/Volume 17/Article 27#248|''Trans. N.Z. Inst.'' xvii. (1885) 248.]] {{smaller block|Var. '''exigua.'''—Stem shorter and still more slender, almost filiform, 2–4 in. high. Sepals and petals lanceolate, acuminate. Middle lobe of lip with a single marginal gland on each side; disc with 2 rows of calli as in the type. Perhaps a distinct species. {{sc|North and South Islands:}} From the North Cape to Otago, not uncommon. Sea-level to 2000 ft. September–December. Var. ''exigua:'' Kaitaia (Mongonui County), ''R. H. Matthews!''}} 2. '''C. Lyallii,''' ''[[Author:Joseph Dalton Hooker|Hook. f.]] Fl. Nov. Zel.'' i. 247.—Rather stout, 4–12 in. high, pilose with long soft hairs. Leaf from near the base of the stem and much shorter than it, ⅛–¼ in. broad, narrow-linear, rather thick, channelled, sparingly pilose on the margins and undersurface. Scape stout, with a sheathing bract about the middle, 1–2-flowered. Flower large, ½–1 in. diam. Upper sepal ⅓–½ in. long, obovate-oblong, erect or incurved, concave; lateral elliptic-oblong. Petals similar to the lateral sepals. Lip about half as long as the lateral sepals, 3-lobed; lateral lobes broad, jagged at the tip, often banded with purple; middle lobe small, recurved; disc with 4 rows of stipitate calli. Column rather long, broadly winged, incurved; anther shortly apiculate.—''Handb. N.Z. Fl.'' 267. {{smaller block|{{sc|South Island, Stewart Island, Auckland Islands.}}—Not uncommon in subalpine localities. Usually from 2500 ft. to 5000 ft., but descends to sea-level in the Auckland Islands. December–January. A handsome little plant, much more robust than ''C. minor'', and with much larger flowers.}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> d8kcycu04t51foax6xq0kbc4kmgzahb Page:Fifty years hence, or, What may be in 1943 - a prophecy supposed to be based on scientific deductions by an improved graphical method (IA fiftyyearshenceo00grim).pdf/52 104 4490473 14131351 2024-04-26T09:21:49Z Arcorann 2060189 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Arcorann" />{{rvh|48|FIFTY YEARS HENCE.}}</noinclude>ply, by electricity from the common central station, or by heating-gas manufactured at a distance from the city, and pumped through long miles of pipes to where it is needed. The streets are lighted with a soft, well-diffused illumination, bright enough to enable reading from ordinary print, at any point. The electric wires which carry currents to supply the lamps, are invisible. Each house contributes its quota to the illumination, by electric glow-lamps over its doors and windows, so that the effect, upon a moonless night, is fairy-like. The sea-board cities have salt water "laid on" for bathing purposes, street-washing and use at fires; although the methods of fire extinguishment have greatly changed for the better. Few fires are possible, and those are generally put out by chemical vapors, automatically discharged from pipes placed in every room and passage. The results of paternal oversight as carried out by republican institutions, are most gratifying; the annual death-rate being reduced to about 7 per thousand in sections favored by Nature, and never exceeding 10, in the most crowded districts and those least blessed in climate. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> gqrsxtbfbxd6fytjba28rjki0vu8ehl Page:Manual of the New Zealand Flora.djvu/729 104 4490474 14131352 2024-04-26T09:22:55Z Beeswaxcandle 80078 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Beeswaxcandle" />{{rh|''Caladenia.'']|ORCHIDEÆ.|689}}</noinclude>3. '''C. bifolia,''' ''[[Author:Joseph Dalton Hooker|Hook. f.]] Fl. Nov. Zel.'' i. 247.—Stout or slender, glandular-pubescent, 3–9 in. high. Leaves two together towards the base of the stem, spreaduig, 1–2½ in. long, variable in shape, one usually much broader than the other, ovate or oblong to ovatelanceolate or lanceolate, acute, sparingly glandular-pubescent, margins ciliate. Scape 1-flowered, with a sheathing bract a little distance below the flower. Flower white with a tinge of pink, nearly 1 in. diam. when fully expanded. Upper sepal narrow-oblong, obtuse, erect, concave; lateral spreading, linear-lanceolate. Petals shorter and narrower. Lip sessile by a narrow base, spreading, orbicular-obovate, rounded at the tip, undivided, margin entire; disc with two almost continuous lines of yellow calli extending from the middle to the base. Column elongate, incurved, 2-winged, wings not produced behind the anther.—''Hook. f. Handb. N.Z. Fl.'' 267. C. macrophylla, ''Col. in'' [[Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute/Volume 27/Article 46#396|''Trans. N.Z. Inst.'' xxvii. (1895) 396]]. Chiloglottis Traversii, 'F. Muell. Veg. Chath. Is.'' 51. {{smaller block|{{sc|North and South Islands, Stewart Island, Chatham Islands, Auckland Islands:}} Not uncommon in upland districts from Lake Taupo and Mount Egmont southwards. Ascends to 4500 ft., descends to sea-level in the extreme south and in the outlying islands. December–January. A curious plant, the genus of which is doubtful. It was referred to ''Chiloglottis'' by Mueller, and certainly is allied to it in habit, but it wants the essential character of the wings of the column produced into 2 lobes behind the anther. On the whole I think it is best retained in ''Caladenia''.}} {{c|17. {{larger|'''CHILOGLOTTIS,'''}} [[Author:Robert Brown (1773-1858)|R. Br.]]}} Terrestrial herbs, with small underground tubers. Leaves 2, radical or nearly so, oblong or linear-oblong. Scape 1-flowered, with a solitary bract below the flower. Upper sepal erect, incurved, concave, narrowed at the base; lateral narrow-linear or terete, spreading or reflexed. Petals lanceolate, falcate. Lip attached to the base of the column by a short or long claw, ovate or obovate, undivided; disc with variously arranged calli. Column elongated, incurved, winged; wings produced at the top into 2 erect lobes often equalling the anther. Stigma placed just under the rostellum. Anther terminal, erect, 2-celled; pollinia 4, granular. {{smaller block|A small genus of 7 species, 6 of which are natives of Australia, one of them extending to New Zealand, the remaining one confined to New Zealand. The genus differs from ''Caladenia'' principally in the 2-leaved stem and in the wing of the column extending behind the anther. ''Caladenia bifolia'' has the habit of ''Chiloglottis'', but the column-wing is that of ''Caladenia'', in which genus I have retained it.}} {| {{ts|sm}} |Stout, upper sepal broad ovate-lanceolate; lateral sepals and petals erect. Lip very shortly clawed, trowel-shaped||1. ''C. cornuta.'' |- |Slender. Upper sepal linear-spathulate. Petals deflexed. Lip with very long narrow claw, lamina rhomboid||2. ''C. formicifera.'' |} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 6dw6sapn1iupvw9v9kbokeg5q0fa8af Page:Fifty years hence, or, What may be in 1943 - a prophecy supposed to be based on scientific deductions by an improved graphical method (IA fiftyyearshenceo00grim).pdf/53 104 4490475 14131353 2024-04-26T09:23:10Z Arcorann 2060189 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Arcorann" />{{rvh|49|FIFTY YEARS HENCE.}}</noinclude>Medical science and art no longer work blindly; no longer act hap-hazard. The average life of man (largely, let it be said, due to the efforts of the life insurance companies in enforcing sanitary improvements and in fostering medical and surgical research), has been about doubled. Surgical operations which fifty years before were deemed chimerical or impossible are now, thanks to the improved anaesthetics and antiseptics at command, performed most frequently; so that laparotomy, the Caesarian operation, bone-grafting, removal of diseased portions of the brain and extirpation of the kidneys, and their replacement by those of the sheep or calf, are common and successful. Acute disease is treated almost exclusively by heat, cold and electricity. The subcutaneous injections discovered, or rather foreshadowed, by Brown-Sequard, have been brought to such pitch of perfection that by their use the vigor of forty is maintained until eighty or even ninety years, The noble work of Koch in subjugating pulmonary consumption has rendered that dread disease no longer contagious, while brighter light upon the mode of living, and improvements in<noinclude></noinclude> ij7b0g9r51wgxbitowsrwm1zc2o40aa Page:Manual of the New Zealand Flora.djvu/730 104 4490476 14131357 2024-04-26T09:31:52Z Beeswaxcandle 80078 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Beeswaxcandle" />{{rh|690|ORCHIDEÆ.|[''Chiloglottis.''}}</noinclude>1. '''C. cornuta,''' ''[[Author:Joseph Dalton Hooker|Hook. f.]] Fl. Antarct.'' i. 69.—Usually rather stout, perfectly glabrous, 2–5 in. high. Leaves 2, close together, petiolate, spreading, 1–3 in. long, ½–1 in. broad, oblong or linear-oblong or oblong-lanceolate, acute or subacute, flat, rather fleshy when fresh; veins parallel, connected by transverse veinlets. Scape very short at first, but lengthening as the flower withers and sometimes 4–8 in. long in fruit, 1-flowered or very rarely 2-flowered; bract sheathing. Flower about ½ in. diam., green, sometimes spotted with purple. Upper sepal broadly ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, erect. Lateral sepals placed in front of the lip, linear-lanceolate. Petals ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, erect. Lip triangular-cordate or trowel-shaped, acute, concave; disc with 3 large stalked rounded calli near the base, 2 linear ones on each side higher up, and 3 smaller rounded ones between them. Column curved forwards, winged; the wings expanded above and produced upwards into 2 lobes exceeding the anther.—''Handb. N.Z. Fl.'' 269. {{smaller block|{{sc|North and South Islands, Chatham Islands, Stewart Island, Antipodes Island, Auckland and Campbell Islands:}} Moist shaded places from Kaitaia and Mongonui southwards, not common. Sea-level to 3000 ft. October–December. The calli on the labellum probably vary in number and shape, judging from Hooker's description in "Flora Antarctica."}} 2. '''C. formicifera,''' ''[[Author:Robert D. Fitzgerald|Fitzgerald]], Austral. Orch.'' i. 3 (1877).—Slender, delicate, 2–3 in. high. Leaves 2, close together, sessile, spreading, 1–2 in. long, linear-oblong or oblong-lanceolate, obtuse, thin and membranous, margins often undulate when fresh; veins parallel, connected by transverse veinlets. Scape 2–3 in. high, 1-flowered; bract near the top, sheathing. Flower about ½ in. long. Upper sepal linear-spathulate, erect, acuminate; lateral about the same length, linear, acuminate. Petals linear-lanceolate, abruptly deflexed, about as long as the sepals. Lip horizontal or ascending, contracted below into a long and narrow claw, above suddenly expanded into a short and broad spoon-shaped or rhomboid lamina, the tip of which is usually reflexed; disc with numerous calli, the largest of which is placed at the base, and projects from it, with a kind of double head, towards the column; in front of this is a large flat heart-shaped gland, and rows of smaller calli reach the apex of the lip. Column arched forward, broadly winged.—''Cheesem. in'' [[Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute/Volume 33/Article 33#312|''Trans. N.Z. Inst.'' xxxiii. (1901) 312.]] {{smaller block|{{sc|North Island:}} Auckland—Kaitaia (Mongonui County), ''R. H. Matthews!'' September–October. A very remarkable little plant, previously known only from eastern Australia. Mr. Matthews's specimens agree in all respects with Mr. Fitzgerald's beautiful plate.}} {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> n6z2s1dbxbok3esgk44x9dc7iw9mywo Page:Stray feathers. Journal of ornithology for India and its dependencies (IA strayfeathersjou11873hume).pdf/333 104 4490477 14131360 2024-04-26T09:38:20Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "the bird is so rare in collections^ that I doubt whether any thing of the kind is on record. This species was originally described from the Himalayas, and I am by no means sure that specimens obtained elsewhere which at present do duty for Kienerii, really belong to it. The bird I propose to describe was an adult female^ in magnificent plumage, and contained three large eggs, one in the oviduct, nearly ready for expulsion ; it was shot near Darjeeling'... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Rajasekhar1961" /></noinclude>the bird is so rare in collections^ that I doubt whether any thing of the kind is on record. This species was originally described from the Himalayas, and I am by no means sure that specimens obtained elsewhere which at present do duty for Kienerii, really belong to it. The bird I propose to describe was an adult female^ in magnificent plumage, and contained three large eggs, one in the oviduct, nearly ready for expulsion ; it was shot near Darjeeling' on the 8th November, at a height of about 6,000 feet. Female, length, 24; expanse, 50; wing, 17'5; ''Dimensions.'' the third and fourth primaries the longest ; the first, 5'1, the second, 0" 3 shorter ; tail from vent, 10; exterior tail feathers, 0-7 shorter than central ones ; tarsus, 3 ; hind toe, 2"3 ; its claw straight, 1" 18 ; hind toe, 1*45; its claw straight, 1*52; inner toe, 1'5 ; its claw, 1'5 ; bill straight from margin of cere, 1 ; do. along curve, 1*2; from gape, 1*5 ; width at gape, I'l; heig-ht at front at margin of cere, 0*65 ; length of cere only, 0*45 ; wings, when closed, reach to within 4 of end of tail ; lower tail coverts fall short of do., by 4'2. ''Description.'' Feet, yellow ; claws, black ; cere, yellow bill, leaden blue ; irides, brown. ''Plumage.'' The whole of the top and sides of the head, including the lores, cheeks, and ear coverts, the back and sides of the neck, the back, scapulars, rump, and upper tail coverts, and lesser and median wing coverts, a nearly uniform blackish brown the feathers all with more or less of metallic reflections, some greenish, some purplish; in some lights the whole of these parts appear to be almost, if not quite, black. The tail feathers are a dark chocolate brown ; the central ones, with two or three faint irregular paler patches, traces of where bars may have been; the lateral ones, with broad, but faint and irregular, paler and mottled The under surface of the tail feathers, a sort of transverse bars. silver grey, the shafts white, a broad ill-defined dusky terminal patch, and in all but the exterior feathers, four or five somewhat narrow transverse dusky bars above this. The quills are of two colors, the one set which appear to be older, dingy hair brown, the others, almost blackish brown, with faint green or purple reThe inner webs in all are paler, except quite at the flections. tips; and above these, there are dim transverse darker bars. The first five quills are conspicuously notched on the inner web, and the second to the fifth are emarginate on the outer web. The chin, throat, and breast are white, the feathers, tinged towards the tips with pale rufous, and most of them with narrow, blackish brown lanceolate shaft stripes. The whole of the wing lining, (except the lower greater primary coverts) axillaries, sides, flanks, abdo-<noinclude></noinclude> ae7fmpkf0nh4uj7t4prg05w5tcxnhfy Page:Stray feathers. Journal of ornithology for India and its dependencies (IA strayfeathersjou11873hume).pdf/332 104 4490478 14131361 2024-04-26T09:42:38Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "which I liave from Thyetmyo; but they may be ''ardens'' of Boie, which I have not seen. The Andaman pipit is, I think^ the true cervinus , Pallas, the eastern form, disting-uished from Cecilii, Aud., vel. rufignlaris, Brehm, by its smaller size and by the colour of its breast and supercilinry stripe, which are pinker in the eastern and more rusty in the western form; rosaceus of Hodg-son is at once distinguished from both by its yellow axillaries. ''Bu... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Rajasekhar1961" />310 Spizaetus Kienerii.</noinclude>which I liave from Thyetmyo; but they may be ''ardens'' of Boie, which I have not seen. The Andaman pipit is, I think^ the true cervinus , Pallas, the eastern form, disting-uished from Cecilii, Aud., vel. rufignlaris, Brehm, by its smaller size and by the colour of its breast and supercilinry stripe, which are pinker in the eastern and more rusty in the western form; rosaceus of Hodg-son is at once distinguished from both by its yellow axillaries. ''Buchanga andamanensis'' is, I think, a very good species with its sharply carinated bill and its long bristle-like feathers springing from the upper edge of the nares, on either side of the base of These are very conspicuous in fine specimens. is very distinct from our Indian birds, but neither is it so from concretns, Hartlaub, 2xAfasciati.is, Vieillot, of which I have seen ? The Munia, very common in the islands, may be leuconota, Tem. It certainly is not the southern indian striata, L., with which the latter has usually (but I think wrongly) been identified, as the birds do not show any white shafting whatsoever to the feathers of the upper back. the culmen. (xrancalus Bobsoiii, The koils are very puzzling*. One of the females is coloured like Ransomi. Of SpiziBtiis andamanensis, I can only say, that one sent me might have sat for Gould^s figure of S. alboniger, Blyth, if only crest, which it hadu^t. it had a The little tringas, sent are all true minnta (cf. supra p. 243.) A turnix sent appears to be a new species, close to onaculos'iis, but with a perfectly white abdomen, but the specimen is an indifi"erent one, and I have only provisionally suggested for it the name of albiventris. In conclusion I must remark that so far as I have investigated the Andamans and it, the connection of the Avifauna of both Nicobars, is rather with India and Sumatra^ than with India and Malayana Proper. A. O. H. ^pip^tUS Ikn^ii, Be Sparre. The Rufous-bellied Hawk Eagle. Since I published the first part specimens of this very handsome observation, and I think that a full dimensions recorded in the flesh of my Rough Notes, several have come under my description of an adult with can scarcely prove useless bird<noinclude></noinclude> 32lgms73u8tu1ktvbtl7otcchpd98qm 14131364 14131361 2024-04-26T09:47:43Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Rajasekhar1961" />310 Spizaetus Kienerii.</noinclude>which I liave from Thyetmyo; but they may be ''ardens'' of Boie, which I have not seen. The Andaman pipit is, I think^ the true cervinus , Pallas, the eastern form, disting-uished from Cecilii, Aud., vel. rufignlaris, Brehm, by its smaller size and by the colour of its breast and supercilinry stripe, which are pinker in the eastern and more rusty in the western form; rosaceus of Hodg-son is at once distinguished from both by its yellow axillaries. ''Buchanga andamanensis'' is, I think, a very good species with its sharply carinated bill and its long bristle-like feathers springing from the upper edge of the nares, on either side of the base of These are very conspicuous in fine specimens. is very distinct from our Indian birds, but neither is it so from concretns, Hartlaub, 2xAfasciati.is, Vieillot, of which I have seen ? The Munia, very common in the islands, may be leuconota, Tem. It certainly is not the southern indian striata, L., with which the latter has usually (but I think wrongly) been identified, as the birds do not show any white shafting whatsoever to the feathers of the upper back. the culmen. (xrancalus Bobsoiii, The koils are very puzzling*. One of the females is coloured like Ransomi. Of SpiziBtiis andamanensis, I can only say, that one sent me might have sat for Gould^s figure of S. alboniger, Blyth, if only crest, which it hadu^t. it had a The little tringas, sent are all true minnta (cf. supra p. 243.) A turnix sent appears to be a new species, close to onaculos'iis, but with a perfectly white abdomen, but the specimen is an indifi"erent one, and I have only provisionally suggested for it the name of albiventris. In conclusion I must remark that so far as I have investigated the Andamans and it, the connection of the Avifauna of both Nicobars, is rather with India and Sumatra^ than with India and Malayana Proper. A. O. H. {{c|^pip^tUS Ikn^ii, De Sparre.}} {{c|The Rufous-bellied Hawk Eagle.}} Since I published the first part specimens of this very handsome observation, and I think that a full dimensions recorded in the flesh of my Rough Notes, several have come under my description of an adult with can scarcely prove useless bird<noinclude></noinclude> h935sgotlwvljjqvchtf43lyfqa3jpi 14131447 14131364 2024-04-26T11:14:05Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Rajasekhar1961" />310 Spizaetus Kienerii.</noinclude>which I liave from Thyetmyo; but they may be ''ardens'' of Boie, which I have not seen. The Andaman pipit is, I think^ the true cervinus , Pallas, the eastern form, disting-uished from Cecilii, Aud., vel. rufignlaris, Brehm, by its smaller size and by the colour of its breast and supercilinry stripe, which are pinker in the eastern and more rusty in the western form; rosaceus of Hodg-son is at once distinguished from both by its yellow axillaries. ''Buchanga andamanensis'' is, I think, a very good species with its sharply carinated bill and its long bristle-like feathers springing from the upper edge of the nares, on either side of the base of These are very conspicuous in fine specimens. is very distinct from our Indian birds, but neither is it so from concretns, Hartlaub, 2xAfasciati.is, Vieillot, of which I have seen ? The Munia, very common in the islands, may be leuconota, Tem. It certainly is not the southern indian striata, L., with which the latter has usually (but I think wrongly) been identified, as the birds do not show any white shafting whatsoever to the feathers of the upper back. the culmen. (xrancalus Bobsoiii, The koils are very puzzling*. One of the females is coloured like Ransomi. Of SpiziBtiis andamanensis, I can only say, that one sent me might have sat for Gould^s figure of S. alboniger, Blyth, if only crest, which it hadu^t. it had a The little tringas, sent are all true minnta (cf. supra p. 243.) A turnix sent appears to be a new species, close to onaculos'iis, but with a perfectly white abdomen, but the specimen is an indifi"erent one, and I have only provisionally suggested for it the name of albiventris. In conclusion I must remark that so far as I have investigated the Andamans and it, the connection of the Avifauna of both Nicobars, is rather with India and Sumatra^ than with India and Malayana Proper. {{right|A. O. H.}} {{rule|6em}} {{c|Spizatus Kienerii, De Sparre.}} {{c|{{sc|The Rufous-bellied Hawk Eagle.}}}} {{rule|6em}} Since I published the first part of my Rough Notes, several specimens of this very handsome bird have come under my observation, and I think that a full description of an adult with dimensions recorded in the flesh can scarcely prove useless;<noinclude></noinclude> 623lvw5bbjs4qlc5pd6bl0ec147vutn 14131494 14131447 2024-04-26T11:37:49Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Rajasekhar1961" />310 Spizaetus Kienerii.</noinclude><section begin="A332" />which I liave from Thyetmyo; but they may be ''ardens'' of Boie, which I have not seen. The Andaman pipit is, I think^ the true cervinus , Pallas, the eastern form, disting-uished from Cecilii, Aud., vel. rufignlaris, Brehm, by its smaller size and by the colour of its breast and supercilinry stripe, which are pinker in the eastern and more rusty in the western form; rosaceus of Hodg-son is at once distinguished from both by its yellow axillaries. ''Buchanga andamanensis'' is, I think, a very good species with its sharply carinated bill and its long bristle-like feathers springing from the upper edge of the nares, on either side of the base of These are very conspicuous in fine specimens. is very distinct from our Indian birds, but neither is it so from concretns, Hartlaub, 2xAfasciati.is, Vieillot, of which I have seen ? The Munia, very common in the islands, may be leuconota, Tem. It certainly is not the southern indian striata, L., with which the latter has usually (but I think wrongly) been identified, as the birds do not show any white shafting whatsoever to the feathers of the upper back. the culmen. (xrancalus Bobsoiii, The koils are very puzzling*. One of the females is coloured like Ransomi. Of SpiziBtiis andamanensis, I can only say, that one sent me might have sat for Gould^s figure of S. alboniger, Blyth, if only crest, which it hadu^t. it had a The little tringas, sent are all true minnta (cf. supra p. 243.) A turnix sent appears to be a new species, close to onaculos'iis, but with a perfectly white abdomen, but the specimen is an indifi"erent one, and I have only provisionally suggested for it the name of albiventris. In conclusion I must remark that so far as I have investigated the Andamans and it, the connection of the Avifauna of both Nicobars, is rather with India and Sumatra^ than with India and Malayana Proper. {{right|A. O. H.}} {{rule|6em}} <section end="A332" /> <section begin="B332" />{{c|Spizatus Kienerii, De Sparre.}} {{c|{{sc|The Rufous-bellied Hawk Eagle.}}}} {{rule|6em}} Since I published the first part of my Rough Notes, several specimens of this very handsome bird have come under my observation, and I think that a full description of an adult with dimensions recorded in the flesh can scarcely prove useless; <section end="B332" /><noinclude></noinclude> 2etb3gv4qksekc67fa5chbxqpoa52tc Page:Travels into several remote nations of the world. In four parts (1726 Volume 1).djvu/43 104 4490479 14131362 2024-04-26T09:45:06Z Arcorann 2060189 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Arcorann" />{{rvh|21|''to'' LILLIPUT.|''A'' {{sc|Voyage}}}}</noinclude>{{sc|About}} four Hours after we began our Journey, I awaked by a very ridiculous Accident; for the Carriage being {{ls}}topt a while to adju{{ls}}t {{ls}}omething that was out of order, two or three of the young Natives had the Curio{{ls}}ity to {{ls}}ee how I looked when I was a{{ls}}leep; they climbed up into the Engine, and advancing very {{ls}}oftly to my Face, one of them, an Officer in the Guards, put the {{ls}}harp end of his half-pike a good way up into my left No{{ls}}tril, which tickled my No{{ls}}e like a Straw, and made me {{ls}}neeze violently: Whereupon they {{ls}}tole off unperceived, and it was three Weeks before I knew the cau{{ls}}e of my awaking {{ls}}o {{ls}}uddenly. We made a long March the remaining part of that Day, and re{{ls}}ted at Night with five hundred Guards on each {{ls}}ide of me, half with Torches, and half With Bows and Arrows, ready to {{ls}}hoot me if I {{ls}}hould offer to {{ls}}tir. The next Morning at Sun-ri{{ls}}e we continued our March, and arrived within two hundred yards of the<noinclude>{{continues|City-}}</noinclude> frgk9qu1vs82lgu9wtlluaun0rks08e Page:Travels into several remote nations of the world. In four parts (1726 Volume 1).djvu/44 104 4490480 14131363 2024-04-26T09:46:59Z Arcorann 2060189 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Arcorann" />{{rvh|22|''to'' LILLIPUT.|''A'' {{sc|Voyage}}}}</noinclude>City-Gates about Noon. The Emperor, and all his Court came out to meet us, but his great Officers would by no means {{ls}}uffer his Maje{{ls}}ty to endanger his Per{{ls}}on by mounting on my Body. At the Place where the Carriage {{ls}}topt, there {{ls}}tood an antient Temple, e{{ls}}teemed to be the large{{ls}}t in the whole Kingdom, which having been polluted {{ls}}ome Years before by an unnatural Murder, was, according to the Zeal of tho{{ls}}e People, looked on as prophane, and therefore had been applied to common u{{ls}}e, and all the Ornaments and Furniture carried away. In this Edifice it was determined I {{ls}}hould lodge. The great Gate fronting to the North was about four foot high, and almo{{ls}}t two foot wide, through which I could ea{{ls}}ily creep. On each {{ls}}ide of the Gate was a {{ls}}mall Window not above {{ls}}ix Inches from the Ground: into that on the left Side, the Kings Smiths conveyed four{{ls}}core and eleven Chains, like tho{{ls}}e that hang to a Lady's Watch in ''Europe'',<noinclude>{{continues|and}}</noinclude> slw0fo3slbck520pvz311wscd9vptkp Page:Travels into several remote nations of the world. In four parts (1726 Volume 1).djvu/45 104 4490481 14131365 2024-04-26T09:49:04Z Arcorann 2060189 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Arcorann" />{{rvh|23|''to'' LILLIPUT.|''A'' {{sc|Voyage}}}}</noinclude>and almo{{ls}}t as large, which were lock'd to my left Leg with {{ls}}ix and thirty Padlocks. Over-again{{ls}}t this Temple, on't'other {{ls}}ide of the great Highway, at twenty foot di{{ls}}tance, there was a Turret at lea{{ls}}t five foot high. Here the Emperor a{{ls}}cended with many principal Lords of his Court, to have an opportunity of viewing me, as I was told, for I could not {{ls}}ee them. It was reckoned that above an hundred thou{{ls}}and Inhabitants came out of the Town upon the {{ls}}ame Errand; and in {{ls}}pight of my Guards, I believe there could not be fewer than ten thou{{ls}}and, at {{ls}}everal times, who mounted upon my Body by the help of Ladders. But a Proclamation was {{ls}}oon i{{ls}}{{ls}}ued to forbid it upon pain of Death. When the Workmen found it was impo{{ls}}{{ls}}ible for me to break loo{{ls}}e, they cut all the Strings that bound me; whereupon I ro{{ls}}e up with as melancholy a Di{{ls}}po{{ls}}ition as ever I had in my Life. But the noi{{ls}}e and a{{ls}}toni{{ls}}hment of the People at {{ls}}eeing me ri{{ls}}e and walk, are not to be expre{{ls}}{{ls}}ed. The Chains that held my<noinclude>{{continues|left}}</noinclude> 5a0focvyeh8duq7fpt0rq2np6vgqibz Page:Travels into several remote nations of the world. In four parts (1726 Volume 1).djvu/46 104 4490482 14131366 2024-04-26T09:49:47Z Arcorann 2060189 /* Problematic */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="2" user="Arcorann" />{{rvh|24|''to'' LILLIPUT.|''A'' {{sc|Voyage}}}}</noinclude>left Leg were about two yards long, and gave me not only the liberty of walking backwards and forwards in a Semicircle; but being fixed within four inches of the Gate, allowed me to creep in, and lie at my full length in the Temple. {{missing image}}<noinclude>{{continues|{{sc|C h a p.}}}}</noinclude> 432f3ztr98zs0g6pcoqvy2pes6isimq Page:Stray feathers. Journal of ornithology for India and its dependencies (IA strayfeathersjou11873hume).pdf/334 104 4490483 14131368 2024-04-26T09:51:51Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "men, tarsal ar.cl tibial plumes, vent and lower tail eoverts, brig-lit ferruginous ; most of tbe feathers dark shafted, and many of those of tbe wing- lining-, abdomen, and sides with a conspicuous, narrovA^, black, shaft stripe, and a few of the feathers just above the base of the tibia, verj broadly tipped with blackish brown, forming- a very conspicuous patch. The bill in this species is much feebler than in any of ouf other Indian Spizaeti, and inst... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Rajasekhar1961" />SpizaeiMS Kienerii. 312</noinclude>men, tarsal ar.cl tibial plumes, vent and lower tail eoverts, brig-lit ferruginous ; most of tbe feathers dark shafted, and many of those of tbe wing- lining-, abdomen, and sides with a conspicuous, narrovA^, black, shaft stripe, and a few of the feathers just above the base of the tibia, verj broadly tipped with blackish brown, forming- a very conspicuous patch. The bill in this species is much feebler than in any of ouf other Indian Spizaeti, and instead of a well marked sinuation or we might almost say blmit tooth, the margin in the upper mandible is almost straight. The general shape too of the that of the other species alluded to, for from bill is unlike the very base of the cere, the bill commences to slope 'down rapidly, instead of, as in the other species, the bill running out straight for a certain distance and commencing to curve downwards only from the end of the cere. The head has something of the falcon character al)Out it, and as regards coloration is a facsimile of that of F. atriceps, nobis. The toes and claws are, compared with the other Indian species of this genus^ long and slender. I may note that a second specimen, also a female, obtained in differed in no material respect, from that locality, above described, except that it was a decidedly larger bird. Length But the wing was barely 17, and 29; tail, 12-5; tarsus, 3-5. The the bill was, if anything, feebler than that of the former. plumage differed only in having the dark bars on the lower surface of the quills, and tail feathers more strongly marked, and in having the black shaft stripes of the abdomen and sides considerably broader than in the specimen first described. Two others, sexes not ascertained and measurements not recorded in the flesh, but with the wings 15*5 and 15,. and which I the same I therefore take for males, though everywhere duller and with the bars more distinct on the tail and wrings (indications as I believe of nonage), are of precisely the same type of colouring. At page 201 of my Roug-h Notes, I mentioned an immature specimen of an hawk eagle hitherto identified with this species, This as having been killed near Aberdeen, many years ago. specimen is figured in Jard. and Selb., 111. Oru., pi. 66. I much doubt whether this specimen is Kienerii, at all ; if it be so, anythingaltogether different to it is in a stage of plumage that I have seen, and it may be useful to reproduce the original description. "The bill is black, the cere of a yellowish green colour, the naked space between the bill and eyes, greenish black. The forehead, throat, sides of neck, and whole of the under parts^<noinclude></noinclude> gn3gjpmgneummi7ybx5e3j93emxonp4 Page:Stray feathers. Journal of ornithology for India and its dependencies (IA strayfeathersjou11873hume).pdf/335 104 4490484 14131371 2024-04-26T09:54:04Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 /* Not proofread */ Created page with "pure white ; the leofs are long, the tarsi thickly clothed with white feathers j the crown of the head and nape yellowish brown, umber brown; from the occiput spring- six or eig-ht brown feathers, foi-ming a pendant crest the whole of the upper parts of the l3ody are of a dark umber-brown the ridge of the wings is each feather with a paler margin mixed witli elong-ated dark the tail is long, of a deep clove-brown colour, with seven narrow black bars,... proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Rajasekhar1961" />313 Notes.</noinclude>pure white ; the leofs are long, the tarsi thickly clothed with white feathers j the crown of the head and nape yellowish brown, umber brown; from the occiput spring- six or eig-ht brown feathers, foi-ming a pendant crest the whole of the upper parts of the l3ody are of a dark umber-brown the ridge of the wings is each feather with a paler margin mixed witli elong-ated dark the tail is long, of a deep clove-brown colour, with seven narrow black bars, the tip white ; the feet are yellow, the toes i-eticulated as far as the last phalange, and armed with, powerful sharp and crooked claws, particularly those of the inLength about twenty inches; the wings, terior and hind toes. when closed, appear to reach about one-half the length of the tail ; the first quill is narrow and short, the fourth and fifth white ; the longest in the wing. {{right|A. O. H.}} Four eggs of the NICOBAR MEGAPODE, recently sent me, are long cylindrical ovals, in shape recalling the eggs of sand They measure from 3 'IS to 3-4 in length and from 2-05 grouse. One previously sent me, by Mr. Ball, meato 2"1 in breadth. sured 3-33 by 2-12. At first sight they remind one somewhat of large turtle eggs. The shell is very stout and coarse and the eggs look much as if they were carved out of fine sandstone. All the eggs I have seen varied in colour from a pale slightly pinky brown stone colour, The eggs are of course to a moderately warm pink-stone colour. utterly devoid of gloss, as they are also of all markings, but in some of the eggs, numerous little depressions are filled with a white chalky film, giving them the appearance of being spotted with white. birds recently sent me for identification by L. ManEsq., of Lebong, is a beautiful specimen of indicator xanI already possess this species from Huzara in the THONOTUS. far west, so that rare as it has hitherto been considered, the yellow-backed honeyguide has a range in the Himalayas, Amongst delli, from the borders of Afghanistan to those of Bhotan. Dr. Jerdon must, I think, have described either an immature bird or a female. The wing, which he gives at 3"38, has varied in the specimens I have seen from 3-6 to 3'8 j and the bill at front which he notes as 0*25, has in no one of the three specimens I have at aii^ rate<noinclude></noinclude> lte2gg5q216k47w0qkul2wb5ruim564 14131503 14131371 2024-04-26T11:41:54Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Rajasekhar1961" />313 Notes.</noinclude>pure white ; the leofs are long, the tarsi thickly clothed with white feathers j the crown of the head and nape yellowish brown, umber brown; from the occiput spring- six or eig-ht brown feathers, foi-ming a pendant crest the whole of the upper parts of the l3ody are of a dark umber-brown the ridge of the wings is each feather with a paler margin mixed witli elong-ated dark the tail is long, of a deep clove-brown colour, with seven narrow black bars, the tip white ; the feet are yellow, the toes i-eticulated as far as the last phalange, and armed with, powerful sharp and crooked claws, particularly those of the inLength about twenty inches; the wings, terior and hind toes. when closed, appear to reach about one-half the length of the tail ; the first quill is narrow and short, the fourth and fifth white ; the longest in the wing. {{right|A. O. H.}} <section begin="B335" />{{rule|6em}} {{c|Notes.}} {{rule|6em}} Four eggs of the NICOBAR MEGAPODE, recently sent me, are long cylindrical ovals, in shape recalling the eggs of sand They measure from 3 'IS to 3-4 in length and from 2-05 grouse. One previously sent me, by Mr. Ball, meato 2"1 in breadth. sured 3-33 by 2-12. At first sight they remind one somewhat of large turtle eggs. The shell is very stout and coarse and the eggs look much as if they were carved out of fine sandstone. All the eggs I have seen varied in colour from a pale slightly pinky brown stone colour, The eggs are of course to a moderately warm pink-stone colour. utterly devoid of gloss, as they are also of all markings, but in some of the eggs, numerous little depressions are filled with a white chalky film, giving them the appearance of being spotted with white. birds recently sent me for identification by L. ManEsq., of Lebong, is a beautiful specimen of indicator xanI already possess this species from Huzara in the THONOTUS. far west, so that rare as it has hitherto been considered, the yellow-backed honeyguide has a range in the Himalayas, Amongst delli, from the borders of Afghanistan to those of Bhotan. Dr. Jerdon must, I think, have described either an immature bird or a female. The wing, which he gives at 3"38, has varied in the specimens I have seen from 3-6 to 3'8 j and the bill at front which he notes as 0*25, has in no one of the three specimens I have at aii^ rate <section end="B335" /><noinclude></noinclude> livqy14knlxqj2oog7y9pz0sjemfo42 14131505 14131503 2024-04-26T11:43:06Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Rajasekhar1961" />313 Notes.</noinclude><section begin="A335" />pure white ; the leofs are long, the tarsi thickly clothed with white feathers j the crown of the head and nape yellowish brown, umber brown; from the occiput spring- six or eig-ht brown feathers, foi-ming a pendant crest the whole of the upper parts of the l3ody are of a dark umber-brown the ridge of the wings is each feather with a paler margin mixed witli elong-ated dark the tail is long, of a deep clove-brown colour, with seven narrow black bars, the tip white ; the feet are yellow, the toes i-eticulated as far as the last phalange, and armed with, powerful sharp and crooked claws, particularly those of the inLength about twenty inches; the wings, terior and hind toes. when closed, appear to reach about one-half the length of the tail ; the first quill is narrow and short, the fourth and fifth white ; the longest in the wing. {{right|A. O. H.}} <section end="A335" /> <section begin="B335" />{{rule|6em}} {{c|Notes.}} {{rule|6em}} Four eggs of the NICOBAR MEGAPODE, recently sent me, are long cylindrical ovals, in shape recalling the eggs of sand They measure from 3 'IS to 3-4 in length and from 2-05 grouse. One previously sent me, by Mr. Ball, meato 2"1 in breadth. sured 3-33 by 2-12. At first sight they remind one somewhat of large turtle eggs. The shell is very stout and coarse and the eggs look much as if they were carved out of fine sandstone. All the eggs I have seen varied in colour from a pale slightly pinky brown stone colour, The eggs are of course to a moderately warm pink-stone colour. utterly devoid of gloss, as they are also of all markings, but in some of the eggs, numerous little depressions are filled with a white chalky film, giving them the appearance of being spotted with white. birds recently sent me for identification by L. ManEsq., of Lebong, is a beautiful specimen of indicator xanI already possess this species from Huzara in the THONOTUS. far west, so that rare as it has hitherto been considered, the yellow-backed honeyguide has a range in the Himalayas, Amongst delli, from the borders of Afghanistan to those of Bhotan. Dr. Jerdon must, I think, have described either an immature bird or a female. The wing, which he gives at 3"38, has varied in the specimens I have seen from 3-6 to 3'8 j and the bill at front which he notes as 0*25, has in no one of the three specimens I have at aii^ rate <section end="B335" /><noinclude></noinclude> jrysxcf7n1os0iky2ejadeykhpxvgsx Page:Prosecution of Offences Act 1985.pdf/9 104 4490485 14131372 2024-04-26T10:00:35Z 廣九直通車 2256060 /* Proofread */ 9 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="廣九直通車" />{{rh||''Prosecution of Offences Act 1985''|c. '''23'''{{gap}}7}} {{Sidenotes begin}} {{Outside RL|{{Sc|Part I}}}}</noinclude>{{Center|''Guidelines''}} {{Outside RL|{{Anchor+|10.0|Guidelines for Crown Prosecutors.}}}} {{Anchor|10.1}}'''10.''' (1) The Director shall issue a [[Code for Crown Prosecutors]] giving guidance on general principles to be applied by them― :{{Anchor|10.1.a}}(''a'') in determining, in any case― ::{{Anchor|10.1.a.i}}(i) whether proceedings for an offence should be instituted or, where proceedings have been instituted, whether they should be discontinued; or ::{{Anchor|10.1.a.ii}}(ii) what charges should be preferred; and :{{Anchor|10.1.b}}(''b'') in considering, in any case, representations to be made by them to any magistrates’ court about the mode of trial suitable for that case. {{Anchor|10.2}}(2) The Director may from time to time make alterations in the Code. {{Anchor|10.3}}(3) The provisions of the Code shall be set out in the Director’s report under section 9 of this Act for the year in which the Code is issued; and any alteration in the Code shall be set out in his report under that section for the year in which the alteration is made. {{Center|''Transfer of staff, etc.''}} {{Outside RL|{{Anchor+|11.0|Transfer of staff.}}}} {{Anchor|11.1}}'''11.'''—(1) The Attorney General may, with the approval of the Treasury, by regulations make such provision as he considers appropriate in relation to the transfer to the staff of the Director of such persons employed by any authority wholly or mainly in connection with the discharge of prosecution functions as may be specified in the regulations. {{Anchor|11.2}}(2) The regulations may, in particular, make provision― :{{Anchor|11.2.a}}(''a'') as to the method by which any staff or group of staff are transferred; :{{Anchor|11.2.b}}(''b'') as to the terms and conditions of the transfer; and :{{Anchor|11.2.c}}(''c'') for the termination of the employment with the authorities concerned of persons to whom the regulations apply (whether or not they are transferred in accordance with the regulations) and as to the consequences of that termination; and (without prejudice to section 29(2) of this Act) may make different provision with respect to staff employed in different areas. {{Anchor|11.3}}(3) The regulations may include provision for the determination of questions arising under them and may make such modifications in the application of any enactment as the Attorney General considers appropriate in connection with any provision of the regulations of a kind mentioned in subsection (2)(''c'') above. {{Nop}}<noinclude>{{Center|A4}} {{Sidenotes end}}</noinclude> o8myng1ybm57xvb107vrat3zi9u5ygn Page:Prosecution of Offences Act 1985.pdf/10 104 4490486 14131373 2024-04-26T10:03:42Z 廣九直通車 2256060 /* Proofread */ 10 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="廣九直通車" />{{rh|8{{gap}}c. '''23'''|''Prosecution of Offences Act 1985''}} {{Sidenotes begin}} {{Outside L|{{Sc|Part I}}}}</noinclude>{{Anchor|11.4}}(4) Staff transferred in accordance with the regulations shall be exempt from any requirement to the effect that before a person is appointed to Her Majesty’s Home Civil Service a certificate of qualification must be issued in respect of him by the Civil Service Commissioners. {{Anchor|11.5}}(5) For the purposes of Schedule 13 to the {{Outside L|1978 c. 44.}}Employment Protection (Consolidation) Act 1978 (as it applies for the purposes of computing an employee’s period and continuity of employment for the purposes of that Act and any other enactment) in its application to a person who is transferred to the staff of the Director as a result of this Part- :{{Anchor|11.5.a}}(''a'') the period of his employment in the employment from which he is transferred shall count as a period of Crown employment; and :{{Anchor|11.5.b}}(''b'') the change of employment shall not break the continuity of his employment. {{Anchor|11.6}}(6) Where a person ceases to be a member of the staff of an authority— :{{Anchor|11.6.a}}(''a'') on becoming a member of the staff of the Service in consequence of any regulations made under this section; or :{{Anchor|11.6.b}}(''b'') having unreasonably refused to be transferred in pursuance of the regulations; he shall not, on ceasing to be a member of the staff of the authority, be treated for the purposes of any regulations or scheme made under the {{Outside L|1972 c. 11.}}Superannuation Act 1972 as having ceased to hold his employment by reason of redundancy. {{Anchor|11.7}}(7) In this section “authority” means any police authority or other authority or body mentioned in section 17(6)(''c'') or (''d'') of this Act; and “police authority”, in relation to the metropolitan police district, means the Commissioner of Police of the Metropolis. {{Outside L|{{Anchor+|12.0|Staff commission.}}}} {{Anchor|12.1}}'''12.'''—(1) The Attorney General, after consulting such bodies representing authorities or persons employed by authorities as appear to him to be concerned, shall not later than three months after the passing of this Act, establish a staff commission for the purpose of— :{{Anchor|12.1.a}}(''a'') considering the general effect of this Part on staff employed by any authority wholly or mainly in connection with the discharge of prosecution functions; and :{{Anchor|12.1.b}}(''b'') advising the Attorney General and Director on the arrangements necessary to safeguard the interests of such staff. {{Nop}}<noinclude>{{Sidenotes end}}</noinclude> 82blbbh3977ln4v8fsn8tdd12rbh7tc Page:Romance of the Rose (Ellis), volume 2.pdf/129 104 4490487 14131376 2024-04-26T10:05:57Z PWidergren 2988619 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="PWidergren" />{{rh||'''THE ROMANCE OF THE ROSE.'''|101}} {{Sidenotes begin|10|right}} {{block center/s}}</noinclude>Digs from the earth roots crude and raw,<br /> With pointed tooth and long-grown claw.<br /> But sparsely roots and herbage strow<br /> Those rugged rocks where wild winds blow.<br /> {{Outside RL|'''Hunger portrayed'''}} Should I the crone describe to you,<br /> My words forsooth need be but few.<br /> Her body long, dry-boned, and bent.<br /> With lack of food shows worn and spent;{{pline|10630|r}}<br /> Ragged her locks; blear eyes deep-set;<br /> Face livid; lips, so thin, they let<br /> Long teeth protrude; her wrinkled skin<br /> Scarce hides the wretched bones wherein<br /> Nor sap nor marrow flows, while she<br /> For belly hath a cavity.<br /> And not more flesh, as I opine.<br /> Hangs on her dugs than on her chine.<br /> Her knees resemble jagged points{{pline|10640|r}}<br /> Of rock, and all her finger joints<br /> Rude knots deform; such misery lean<br /> Holds her in grip. And ne’er, I ween,<br /> Doth Ceres, foison’s Goddess, come<br /> Anigh this heaven-forgotten home;<br /> Nor doth Triptolemus e’er fly<br /> His dragons through this sunless sky, <br /> For Destiny decrees that ne’er<br /> Shall here be joined that welcome pair.<br /> The fruitful Goddess could not dwell<br /> With Famine in her dreary hell.{{pline|10650|r}}<br /> For foison can in nowise be<br /> Allied with direful Poverty.<br /> But she it is, forsooth, will lead<br /> You on to curst estate of need<br /><noinclude> {{block center/e}} {{Sidenotes end}}</noinclude> 977unbfkctar7g49foe6uq2rlygywc9 Page:Prosecution of Offences Act 1985.pdf/11 104 4490488 14131380 2024-04-26T10:09:07Z 廣九直通車 2256060 /* Proofread */ 11 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="廣九直通車" />{{rh||''Prosecution of Offences Act 1985''|c. '''23'''{{gap}}9}} {{Sidenotes begin}} {{Outside RL|{{Sc|Part I}}}}</noinclude>{{Anchor|12.2}}(2) The functions of the staff commission shall not extend to the giving of advice with respect to recruitment to, or the terms and conditions of service in, Her Majesty’s Home Civil Service. {{Anchor|12.3}}(3) The Attorney General may give directions to the staff commission as to their procedure; and it shall be the duty of the commission to comply with the directions. {{Anchor|12.4}}(4) Any expenses incurred by the staff commission under this section shall be paid by the Director. {{Anchor|12.5}}(5) The Attorney General may give to any authority employing staff in connection with the discharge of prosecution functions, directions with respect to— :{{Anchor|12.5.a}}(''a'') the furnishing of information to the staff commission; :{{Anchor|12.5.b}}(''b'') the implementation of any advice given by the commission; or :{{Anchor|12.5.c}}(''c'') any other matters connected with the employment of such staff; and it shall be the duty of the authority to comply with the directions. {{Anchor|12.6}}(6) In this section “authority” means any police authority or other authority or body mentioned in section 17(6)(''c'') or (''d'') of this Act; and “police authority”, in relation to the metropolitan police district, means the Commissioner of Police of the Metropolis. {{Outside RL|{{Anchor+|13.0|Premises formerly used in connection with Director’s new functions.}}}} {{Anchor|13.1}}'''13.'''—(1) This section shall have effect― :{{Anchor|13.1.a}}(''a'') as respects any premises which were, up to the transfer date, being used to any extent in connection with the discharge of prosecution functions; and :{{Anchor|13.1.b}}(''b'') as respects the local authority or police authority who were providing the premises; and shall have effect in particular to ensure that prosecutions, including proceedings in cases in the course of hearing on the transfer date, can be conducted without any interruption or interference in the transition to the arrangements for prosecuting offences established by this Part. {{Anchor|13.2}}(2) On and after the transfer date it shall be the duty of the authority, to the extent to which the premises were being used in connection with the discharge of prosecution functions― :{{Anchor|13.2.a}}(''a'') to make the premises available for the Service; or :{{Anchor|13.2.b}}(''b'') where it is not reasonably practicable to make them so available, to make available for the Service premises which, in the opinion of the Director, are a suitable alternative. {{Nop}}<noinclude>{{Center|A5}} {{Sidenotes end}}</noinclude> 25wlrhq3l4kiw42mju9pwtl711g00d8 Page:Romance of the Rose (Ellis), volume 2.pdf/130 104 4490489 14131391 2024-04-26T10:17:13Z PWidergren 2988619 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="PWidergren" />{{rh|102|'''THE ROMANCE OF THE ROSE.'''|}} {{Sidenotes begin|10|right}} {{block center/s}}</noinclude>{{Outside RL|'''Hunger and Poverty'''}} If you through slothfulness once get<br /> Your feet within her close-meshed net,<br /> And unto Poverty’s dim den<br /> A man as surely cometh when<br /> That path he takes, as though he trod<br /> This road, of which I guard the sod;{{pline|10660|r}}<br /> For men of idle life and base<br /> Soon meet the beldame face to face.<br /> And if you deem that well ’twill suit<br /> Your turn to follow out the route<br /> Towards treacherous Poverty accurst<br /> In hope thereby the gates to burst<br /> Of this strong fort, you easily<br /> May fail. But Hunger, credit me,<br /> Will be your fellow and bedmate<br /> Soon as you fall to poor estate,{{pline|10670|r}}<br /> For better Poverty by heart<br /> The road knows than by parchment chart.<br /> And wretched Hunger doth expend<br /> Such pains and carefulness to tend<br /> Her dam (for though she loves her not,<br /> Yet through her only hath she got<br /> Wherewith to live, though she herself<br /> Is naked, and devoid of pelf).<br /> That ever comes she day by day,<br /> And sits beside her in the way,{{pline|10680|r}}<br /> And kisseth her with much misease.<br /> Theft’s ear she suddenly doth seize,<br /> And wakes him if she sees him sleep,<br /> Inclines her towards him in her deep<br /> Distress, consulting how they may<br /> By some means Hunger’s pangs allay.<br /><noinclude> {{block center/e}} {{Sidenotes end}}</noinclude> p0qcoj57hluxs0t04u4dnuqaas8c951 Page:Romance of the Rose (Ellis), volume 2.pdf/131 104 4490490 14131393 2024-04-26T10:23:43Z PWidergren 2988619 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="PWidergren" />{{rh||'''THE ROMANCE OF THE ROSE.'''|103}} {{Sidenotes begin|10|right}} {{block center/s}}</noinclude>Faint-Heart with Hunger doth agree,<br /> Who of the rope thinks tremblingly,<br /> And on her body every hair<br /> Stends stiff and straight with mortal fear{{pline|10690|r}}<br /> And dread, lest Theft, her child, amain<br /> Red-handed in the deed be ta’en.<br /> By this path seek then not to go.<br /> But find some other road, for lo!<br /> If you should persevere to choose<br /> This way, you all your wealth must lose,<br /> And have not served me so that I<br /> Should love you unreservedly.<br /> {{c|''The Lover speaks to Richesse.''}} Lady, I swear by God above<br /> That gladly would I win your love,{{pline|10700|r}}<br /> And by your grace would fain essay<br /> Along your path to make my way.<br /> And rescue from his durance dire<br /> Fair-Welcome—grant my one desire.<br /> {{c|''Richesse.''}} {{Outside RL|'''Richesse warns the Lover'''}} I understand, quoth she, that all<br /> Your store of wood both great and small<br /> You’ve sold not, but one stick kept back;<br /> ’Tis well, and ne’er the world will lack<br /> Of folly till men rise above<br /> The thraldom known to fools as love,{{pline|10710|r}}<br /> But each who in this madness lies,<br /> Deems himself natheless wondrous wise.<br /><noinclude> {{block center/e}} {{Sidenotes end}}</noinclude> 7lyuh3rv8x2q2kahq02o1ponk5yy7iy Page:Romance of the Rose (Ellis), volume 2.pdf/132 104 4490491 14131394 2024-04-26T10:29:10Z PWidergren 2988619 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="PWidergren" />{{rh||'''THE ROMANCE OF THE ROSE.'''|}} {{Sidenotes begin|10|right}} {{block center/s}}</noinclude>{{Outside RL|'''The madness of lovers'''}} ’Tis foolishness to call that life<br /> Which is but fury, rage and strife.<br /> Reason saw well your folly, but<br /> To all her wisdom did you shut<br /> Your ears, and madly you deceived<br /> Yourself when nowise you believed<br /> Her words. Before Dame Reason came.<br /> No power could you from Love reclaim,{{pline|10720|r}}<br /> And now, forsooth, you still despise<br /> My words, since Love alone you prize.<br /> From lovers gain I small esteem,<br /> Meseemeth that alone they dream<br /> Of scattering wide my goods, but whence<br /> Can come the wealth that fools dispense.<br /> When, slaves to Love, they play his game?<br /> That rede you, in the devil’s name!<br /> But hence, and leave me here in peace.<br /> {{c|''The Lover.''}} I saw ’twere well my prayers to cease,{{pline|10730|r}}<br /> And sadly thence betook my way.<br /> But, though I went, with her did stay<br /> Her friend arrayed in raiment rich.<br /> <br /> {{em|1}}I took a path, scarce noting which,<br /> Across that close past all compare,<br /> Filled with delights most heavenly fair,.<br /> The tale whereof ye erst have heard.<br /> But now, alas! no more it stirred<br /> Joy in my heart. I dreamed alone<br /> What manner way might best be done{{pline|10740|r}}<br /><noinclude> {{block center/e}} {{Sidenotes end}}</noinclude> 040z5854nn8quha2ilj51t89v47exst 14131395 14131394 2024-04-26T10:29:37Z PWidergren 2988619 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="PWidergren" />{{rh|104|'''THE ROMANCE OF THE ROSE.'''|}} {{Sidenotes begin|10|right}} {{block center/s}}</noinclude>{{Outside RL|'''The madness of lovers'''}} ’Tis foolishness to call that life<br /> Which is but fury, rage and strife.<br /> Reason saw well your folly, but<br /> To all her wisdom did you shut<br /> Your ears, and madly you deceived<br /> Yourself when nowise you believed<br /> Her words. Before Dame Reason came.<br /> No power could you from Love reclaim,{{pline|10720|r}}<br /> And now, forsooth, you still despise<br /> My words, since Love alone you prize.<br /> From lovers gain I small esteem,<br /> Meseemeth that alone they dream<br /> Of scattering wide my goods, but whence<br /> Can come the wealth that fools dispense.<br /> When, slaves to Love, they play his game?<br /> That rede you, in the devil’s name!<br /> But hence, and leave me here in peace.<br /> {{c|''The Lover.''}} I saw ’twere well my prayers to cease,{{pline|10730|r}}<br /> And sadly thence betook my way.<br /> But, though I went, with her did stay<br /> Her friend arrayed in raiment rich.<br /> <br /> {{em|1}}I took a path, scarce noting which,<br /> Across that close past all compare,<br /> Filled with delights most heavenly fair,.<br /> The tale whereof ye erst have heard.<br /> But now, alas! no more it stirred<br /> Joy in my heart. I dreamed alone<br /> What manner way might best be done{{pline|10740|r}}<br /><noinclude> {{block center/e}} {{Sidenotes end}}</noinclude> 89g0c1k466whemfx8l4b63gb8ws2jm2 Page:Romance of the Rose (Ellis), volume 2.pdf/133 104 4490492 14131398 2024-04-26T10:35:28Z PWidergren 2988619 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="PWidergren" />{{rh||'''THE ROMANCE OF THE ROSE.'''|105}} {{Sidenotes begin|10|right}} {{block center/s}}</noinclude>That service whereto I was bound.<br /> Not of freewill would I be found<br /> False to my word and solemn oath,<br /> And, into crime so base, were loth<br /> To be betrayed. My heart was filled<br /> With thought of that my friend instilled<br /> Therein with so great care: That I<br /> By every mode and means should try<br /> To honour Evil-Tongue, nor swerve<br /> From his advice to please and serve{{pline|10750|r}}<br /> My cruel foes.<br /> {{Outside RL|'''The Lover’s perplexities'''}} {{em|8}}Should I get aught<br /> Of thanks thereby? That knew I nought,<br /> Yet wist I not what else to do,<br /> Not daring to approach unto<br /> The enclosure, as I quickly should<br /> If I but wrought the thing I would.<br /> And thus, God knows, did I debate<br /> These doubts, with conscience desolate.<br /> For one course duty sternly bid,<br /> The while another thing I did,{{pline|10760|r}}<br /> And so towards the course of right<br /> A traitor was I (though despite<br /> Of sore temptation up till now<br /> Had I been faithful), and did throw<br /> My lot with treason, seen I could<br /> No other way attain that good<br /> My being longed for—I who ne’er<br /> Ere this the cloak of leasings ware.<br /><noinclude> {{block center/e}} {{Sidenotes end}}</noinclude> p483kr6c2zzmhpwtuvm0n911d72548g 14131399 14131398 2024-04-26T10:36:37Z PWidergren 2988619 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="PWidergren" />{{rh||'''THE ROMANCE OF THE ROSE.'''|105}} {{Sidenotes begin|10|right}} {{block center/s}}</noinclude><section begin="ch56" />That service whereto I was bound.<br /> Not of freewill would I be found<br /> False to my word and solemn oath,<br /> And, into crime so base, were loth<br /> To be betrayed. My heart was filled<br /> With thought of that my friend instilled<br /> Therein with so great care: That I<br /> By every mode and means should try<br /> To honour Evil-Tongue, nor swerve<br /> From his advice to please and serve{{pline|10750|r}}<br /> My cruel foes.<br /> {{Outside RL|'''The Lover’s perplexities'''}} {{em|8}}Should I get aught<br /> Of thanks thereby? That knew I nought,<br /> Yet wist I not what else to do,<br /> Not daring to approach unto<br /> The enclosure, as I quickly should<br /> If I but wrought the thing I would.<br /> And thus, God knows, did I debate<br /> These doubts, with conscience desolate.<br /> For one course duty sternly bid,<br /> The while another thing I did,{{pline|10760|r}}<br /> And so towards the course of right<br /> A traitor was I (though despite<br /> Of sore temptation up till now<br /> Had I been faithful), and did throw<br /> My lot with treason, seen I could<br /> No other way attain that good<br /> My being longed for—I who ne’er<br /> Ere this the cloak of leasings ware.<br /> {{block center/e}} {{Sidenotes end}} <section end="ch56" /><noinclude></noinclude> 31vsga240u0g3n9e9dwsq3suh9g1kcz Romance of the Rose (Ellis)/Chapter 56 0 4490493 14131401 2024-04-26T10:38:50Z PWidergren 2988619 Created page with "{{header | title = [[../|Romance of the Rose]] | author1 = Guillaume de Lorris | author1-display = W Lorris | author2 = Jean de Meun | author2-display = J Clopinel | translator = Frederick Startridge Ellis | translator-display = F S Ellis | year = 1900 | section = | previous = [[../Chapter 55/|Chapter LV]] | next = [[../Chapter 57/|Chapter LVII]] | notes = }} {{default layout|Layout 2}} <pages index="Romance_of_the_Ros..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../|Romance of the Rose]] | author1 = Guillaume de Lorris | author1-display = W Lorris | author2 = Jean de Meun | author2-display = J Clopinel | translator = Frederick Startridge Ellis | translator-display = F S Ellis | year = 1900 | section = | previous = [[../Chapter 55/|Chapter LV]] | next = [[../Chapter 57/|Chapter LVII]] | notes = }} {{default layout|Layout 2}} <pages index="Romance_of_the_Rose_(Ellis),_volume_2.pdf" from=125 to=133 fromsection="ch56" tosection="ch56"/> bu1tpo0km4oc40v11y4014g8kclspkw Page:Romance of the Rose (Ellis), volume 2.pdf/134 104 4490494 14131416 2024-04-26T10:50:33Z PWidergren 2988619 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="PWidergren" />{{rh|106|'''THE ROMANCE OF THE ROSE.'''|}} {{Sidenotes begin|10|right}} {{block center/s}}</noinclude><section begin="ch57" />{{c|{{larger|LVII}}}} {{Sidenotes begin|10|right}} {{block center/s}} {{smaller block|{{em|3}}With will to ease the Lover’s grief<br /> {{em|3}}Appeared to him his mighty chief,{{pline|10770|r}}<br /> {{em|3}}The God of Love, who pardoned him<br /> {{em|3}}That he awhile had deigned to trim<br /> {{em|3}}His ear to Reason, and, quoth he,<br /> {{em|3}}Unreason shalt thou henceforth be.}} {{Outside RL|'''The Lover questioned'''}} {{di|W}}{{uc|hen}} Love thus clearly saw that I<br /> Preserved towards him my loyalty,<br /> (A loyalty not lightly worn,<br /> For by a solemn oath ’twas sworn),<br /> He came, smiled at my grief, and said,<br /> His soft hand laid upon my head:{{pline|10780|r}}<br /> Hast thou then followed my command?<br /> And in what case dost thou now stand<br /> Towards that fair Rose that caused thy heart<br /> To writhe beneath love’s bitter smart?<br /> Put of a truth all this he knew,<br /> For Gods divine whate’er men do.<br /> {{c|''Love speaks.''}} Quoth he: These hests I lay alone<br /> On faithful lovers, and on none<br /> Besides, hast thou all utterly<br /> Pursued them? Frankly answer me.{{pline|10790|r}}<br /> {{c|''The Lover.''}} I know not, sire—but this I say,<br /> Ne’er wittingly I’ve gone astray.<br /> <section end="ch57" /><noinclude> {{block center/e}} {{Sidenotes end}}</noinclude> ih4766d2sx417g21vzwkvjgyxesv9gl Author:Fernand Beissier 102 4490495 14131420 2024-04-26T10:58:53Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Created page with "{{author | firstname = Fernand | lastname = Beissier | last_initial = Be | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = French author of several stories which appeared in The Strand Magazine in the late 19th century. }} ==Works== {{PD-US|1936}}" wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = Fernand | lastname = Beissier | last_initial = Be | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = French author of several stories which appeared in The Strand Magazine in the late 19th century. }} ==Works== {{PD-US|1936}} ndwvqiuh5sxmvrvs1asn6k1ce09t4c6 Author:Kathleen Huddleston 102 4490496 14131421 2024-04-26T11:00:08Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Created page with "{{author | firstname = Kathleen | lastname = Huddleston | last_initial = Hu | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Author of a single article in The Strand Magazine in 1894. }} ==Works==" wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = Kathleen | lastname = Huddleston | last_initial = Hu | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Author of a single article in The Strand Magazine in 1894. }} ==Works== siivrz0t8xpoc0cla73ausayee7wo0i Author:E. H. Pitcairn 102 4490497 14131422 2024-04-26T11:00:53Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Redirected page to [[Author:Edith H. Pitcairn]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Author:Edith H. Pitcairn]] fcuglvydhmd19ij6qeg4x427gk8x249 Author:Edith H. Pitcairn 102 4490498 14131423 2024-04-26T11:01:31Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Created page with "{{author | firstname = Edith H. | lastname = Pitcairn | last_initial = Pi | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Author of several articles about religious figures for The Stand Magazine in the late 19th century. }} ==Works==" wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = Edith H. | lastname = Pitcairn | last_initial = Pi | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Author of several articles about religious figures for The Stand Magazine in the late 19th century. }} ==Works== gzqp9m2f3dfot9s1u0wrnp3ft7l5s6p Author:J. Holt Schooling 102 4490499 14131424 2024-04-26T11:02:09Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Redirected page to [[Author:John Holt Schooling]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Author:John Holt Schooling]] amy6otxzmgrslekj00cz7m1tp7timo4 Author:John Holt Schooling 102 4490500 14131427 2024-04-26T11:03:41Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Created page with "{{author | firstname = John Holt | lastname = Schooling | last_initial = Sc | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Author, particularly on statistical topics, of many story articles for The Strand Magazine in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. }} ==Works== {{PD-US|1927}}" wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = John Holt | lastname = Schooling | last_initial = Sc | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Author, particularly on statistical topics, of many story articles for The Strand Magazine in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. }} ==Works== {{PD-US|1927}} rrrhyr60w75u5wqggtonlq7p1mjqors Author:George Japy 102 4490501 14131429 2024-04-26T11:05:22Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Created page with "{{author | firstname = George | lastname = Japy | last_initial = Ja | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = French author, some of whose stories were translated into English for The Stand Magazine in the late 19th century. }} ==Works==" wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = George | lastname = Japy | last_initial = Ja | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = French author, some of whose stories were translated into English for The Stand Magazine in the late 19th century. }} ==Works== t8ubmx6i7hy97ow6rswuzwvab831ine Author:Maurice Moser 102 4490502 14131430 2024-04-26T11:06:19Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Created page with "{{author | firstname = Maurice | lastname = Moser | last_initial = Mo | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Author of a short article on handcuffs for The Strand Magazine in 1894. }} ==Works==" wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = Maurice | lastname = Moser | last_initial = Mo | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Author of a short article on handcuffs for The Strand Magazine in 1894. }} ==Works== qa6k2h4blbmyxfw7lg8ts274517lzbj Author:Henri Málin 102 4490503 14131431 2024-04-26T11:07:22Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Redirected page to [[Author:Henri Malin]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Author:Henri Malin]] bdnr3k64zn6ibkvjx4wwx1iahofcuhc Page:Romance of the Rose (Ellis), volume 2.pdf/135 104 4490504 14131433 2024-04-26T11:07:33Z PWidergren 2988619 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="PWidergren" />{{rh||'''THE ROMANCE OF THE ROSE.'''|107}} {{Sidenotes begin|10|right}} {{block center/s}}</noinclude>{{c|''Love.''}} {{Outside RL|'''The folly of fickleness'''}} Too fond art thou, forsooth, of change.<br /> And let’st thy heart too often range<br /> And waver, cursed with fickle doubt,<br /> I know thee throughly—in and out.<br /> The other day thou had’st the mind<br /> To quit my service, and unkind<br /> Complaints thou mad’st ’gainst Idleness,<br /> And blamed my yoke, and did’st confess{{pline|10800|r}}<br /> Thee doubtful if fair Hope might be<br /> Of good effect and aid to thee.<br /> Thou said’st ’twas but a foolish whim,<br /> That thou to my commands should’st trim<br /> Thy life, and homage paid to Reason:<br /> Was not then this foul act of treason?<br /> {{c|''The Lover.''}} Pardon! great master, I the crime<br /> Confess, yet was I through the time<br /> Your bounden liege, and often good<br /> Assurance gave of trustihood,{{pline|10810|r}}<br /> As those should do who love thy rule.<br /> Reason but held me for a fool;<br /> Nor failed she sorely to reprove<br /> My full surrender unto Love<br /> When held she converse with me, but<br /> With all her reasoning failed to cut<br /> The bond between us, though ’tis true<br /> She doubt inspired. But unto you<br /> I promise that no more mine ear<br /> I’ll lend to her, should I be near{{pline|10820|r}}<br /><noinclude> {{block center/e}} {{Sidenotes end}}</noinclude> 1do6lnhlqkfjxnmvkxmoj94o95dszrg Author:Henri Malin 102 4490505 14131434 2024-04-26T11:07:41Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Created page with "{{author | firstname = Henri | lastname = Malin | last_initial = Ma | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = French author, some of whose works were translated into English for The Strand Magazine. }} ==Works==" wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = Henri | lastname = Malin | last_initial = Ma | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = French author, some of whose works were translated into English for The Strand Magazine. }} ==Works== o697k4sp4ja3slp4ynursjy6y9ncgm4 Author:M. Blowitz 102 4490506 14131436 2024-04-26T11:08:59Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Redirected page to [[Author:Henri de Blowitz]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Author:Henri de Blowitz]] c92xtc13ckmf5635mig2l9dhjkt7xyx 14131437 14131436 2024-04-26T11:09:29Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Changed redirect target from [[Author:Henri de Blowitz]] to [[Author:Henri Georges Stephane Adolphe Opper de Blowitz]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Author:Henri Georges Stephane Adolphe Opper de Blowitz]] t5th9w1qtorqe7836fchuanpuvyut7s Author:James D. Symon 102 4490507 14131439 2024-04-26T11:10:36Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Created page with "{{author | firstname = James D. | lastname = Symon | last_initial = Sy | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Author of many story articles for illustrated British magazines in the late 18th century. }} ==Works==" wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = James D. | lastname = Symon | last_initial = Sy | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Author of many story articles for illustrated British magazines in the late 18th century. }} ==Works== jnuc62rtkxwilpqeox9ru0k4qu1n9iw Author:Horace Moreham 102 4490508 14131440 2024-04-26T11:11:20Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Created page with "{{author | firstname = Horace | lastname = Moreham | last_initial = Mo | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Illustrator of an article on make-up in The Strand Magazine in 1894. }} ==Works==" wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = Horace | lastname = Moreham | last_initial = Mo | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Illustrator of an article on make-up in The Strand Magazine in 1894. }} ==Works== cgofd7i5uyo648zq5mc1lcj1mhikzpg Author:Alice Maud Meadows 102 4490509 14131443 2024-04-26T11:12:48Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Created page with "{{author | firstname = Alice Maud | lastname = Meadows | last_initial = Me | birthyear = 1860<!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = 1913<!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Short story writer. }} ==Works== {{PD-US|1913}}" wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = Alice Maud | lastname = Meadows | last_initial = Me | birthyear = 1860<!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = 1913<!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Short story writer. }} ==Works== {{PD-US|1913}} gy3kfnphws254144umkj10wc0qyrj3j 14131446 14131443 2024-04-26T11:14:03Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = Alice Maud | lastname = Meadows | last_initial = Me | birthyear = 1860<!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = 1913<!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Romantic novelist and short story writer. }} ==Works== {{PD-US|1913}} q97dnq6kh4seg1lp04xf6zbymlhfhzk Author talk:Alice Maud Meadows 103 4490510 14131445 2024-04-26T11:13:14Z Qq1122qq 1889140 /* Date evidence */ new section wikitext text/x-wiki == Date evidence == From the fictionmags site -- http://www.philsp.com/homeville/FMI/n06/n06605.htm#A101 [[User:Qq1122qq|Qq1122qq]] ([[User talk:Qq1122qq|talk]]) 11:13, 26 April 2024 (UTC) 9ollgsvzgoc91x39rfrwkj2vxe9ckmh 14131449 14131445 2024-04-26T11:14:46Z Qq1122qq 1889140 /* Date evidence */ wikitext text/x-wiki == Date evidence == From the fictionmags site -- http://www.philsp.com/homeville/FMI/n06/n06605.htm#A101 [[User:Qq1122qq|Qq1122qq]] ([[User talk:Qq1122qq|talk]]) 11:13, 26 April 2024 (UTC) which references https://bearalley.blogspot.com/2012/01/alice-maud-meadows.html 27hdc3h7545325bzj548yvr2an0vcd8 Page:Romance of the Rose (Ellis), volume 2.pdf/136 104 4490511 14131450 2024-04-26T11:15:51Z PWidergren 2988619 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="PWidergren" />{{rh|108|'''THE ROMANCE OF THE ROSE.'''|}} {{Sidenotes begin|10|right}} {{block center/s}}</noinclude>When she her voice doth ’gainst you raise,<br /> Or lesser folk bestints of praise,<br /> {{Outside RL|'''Reason renounced'''}} For so entirely doth mine heart<br /> To you belong that nought shall part<br /> Our love, unless is torn away<br /> That heart from out my body—nay,<br /> I’m yours till death. ’Twas folly great,<br /> Arid grievous wrong ’gainst you, to prate<br /> With her, or list her futile speech,<br /> But your forgiveness I beseech;{{pline|10830|r}}<br /> And whatsoe’er of penalty<br /> Account you well to lay on me<br /> I’ll welcome, and will nevermore<br /> Listen to Reason, but your lore<br /> Shall be my guide for life and death;<br /> In you I’ll live so long as breath<br /> Remains to me, and nowise loss<br /> It were to me if Atropos<br /> Should cut life’s thread while I engage<br /> In that sweet war that mortals wage{{pline|10840|r}}<br /> For Venus’ sake, nought else doth bless<br /> Man’s life with so great happiness.<br /> And those who for my death should weep.<br /> When thus they see me fallen to sleep<br /> So sweetly, might with reason cry:<br /> Oh well art thou thuswise to die!<br /> Thy death doth with that life agree,<br /> Thou liv’dst ere soul from flesh was free.<br /> {{c|''The God of Love speaks.''}} Now, by my head, thou speakest well,<br /> For, hearing thee, ’tis light to tell{{pline|10850|r}}<br /><noinclude> {{block center/e}} {{Sidenotes end}}</noinclude> lnbzkscwnik1pfr0qngu1h104xf9cwt Page:Romance of the Rose (Ellis), volume 2.pdf/137 104 4490512 14131462 2024-04-26T11:24:52Z PWidergren 2988619 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="PWidergren" />{{rh||'''THE ROMANCE OF THE ROSE.'''|109}} {{Sidenotes begin|10|right}} {{block center/s}}</noinclude><section begin="ch57" />That thou due homage dost to me;<br /> No faithless wretch I find in thee<br /> Or caitiff, that would dare deny<br /> My service, having gained thereby<br /> All that he longed for. Sound and pure<br /> I find thy heart, therefore secure<br /> And safe thy vessel shalt thou bring<br /> To port. Thou hast full pardoning,<br /> Dear friend, straightway, by simple prayer,<br /> Of ransom free, for I will spare{{pline|10860|r}}<br /> Thy silver or thy gold to take,<br /> Nor even ask that thou should’st make<br /> Confession, but propose instead<br /> That we again take up the thread<br /> Of those sweet lessons that to thee<br /> I gave, and thou repeat to me<br /> The prohibitions and commands,<br /> In number ten, that at my hands<br /> Thou didst receive. If faithfully<br /> Thou keep’st them in thy memory,{{pline|10870|r}}<br /> One day thou’lt be in better case<br /> Than he who, dicing, casts deuce ace:<br /> Repeat them.<br /> {{block center/e}} {{Sidenotes end}} <section end="ch57" /> <section begin="ch58" />{{c|{{larger|LVIII}}}} {{Sidenotes begin|10|right}} {{block center/s}} {{smaller block|{{em|3}}Repeats, the Lover, word for word<br /> {{em|3}}The lesson he from Cupid heard.}} {{c|''The Lover.''}} {{Outside RL|'''Love’s behests'''}} {{em|6}}Gladly: Evil deed<br /> Must I forego; no scandal speed;<br /> <section end="ch58" /><noinclude> {{block center/e}} {{Sidenotes end}}</noinclude> n5vh8ya63z8b5woc23w24e5uip3kuuf Romance of the Rose (Ellis)/Chapter 57 0 4490513 14131464 2024-04-26T11:26:54Z PWidergren 2988619 Created page with "{{header | title = [[../|Romance of the Rose]] | author1 = Guillaume de Lorris | author1-display = W Lorris | author2 = Jean de Meun | author2-display = J Clopinel | translator = Frederick Startridge Ellis | translator-display = F S Ellis | year = 1900 | section = | previous = [[../Chapter 56/|Chapter LVI]] | next = [[../Chapter 58/|Chapter LVIII]] | notes = }} {{default layout|Layout 2}} <pages index="Romance_of_the_R..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../|Romance of the Rose]] | author1 = Guillaume de Lorris | author1-display = W Lorris | author2 = Jean de Meun | author2-display = J Clopinel | translator = Frederick Startridge Ellis | translator-display = F S Ellis | year = 1900 | section = | previous = [[../Chapter 56/|Chapter LVI]] | next = [[../Chapter 58/|Chapter LVIII]] | notes = }} {{default layout|Layout 2}} <pages index="Romance_of_the_Rose_(Ellis),_volume_2.pdf" from=134 to=137 fromsection="ch57" tosection="ch57"/> polaf1vwcrkdf7dkawggswedjgrs3ds The Strand Magazine/Volume 8/Issue 43 0 4490514 14131467 2024-04-26T11:28:03Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Created page with "{{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = Issue 43 - July 1894 | previous = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 42/|Issue 42]] | next = [[../../Volume 8/Issue 44/|Issue 44]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 8 }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 8. No. 43.||July 1894.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue -..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = Issue 43 - July 1894 | previous = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 42/|Issue 42]] | next = [[../../Volume 8/Issue 44/|Issue 44]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 8 }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 8. No. 43.||July 1894.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <!-- <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 7).djvu" include=3/> --> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC/s|title=Contents|width=500px}} * '''[[/The Lord of Château Noir/]]''' by [[Author:A. Conan Doyle|A. Conan Doyle]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:W. B. Wollen|W. B. Wollen]].}} * '''[[/Marksmanship/]]''' by [[Author:Gilbert Guerdon|Gilbert Guerdon]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Frank Feller|Frank Feller]].}} * '''[[/Zig-Zags at the Zoo/]]'''.<br/>'''No. XXV. Zig-Zag Bovine''', by [[Author:Arthur Morrison|Arthur Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:William James Affleck Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]].}} * '''[[/Annette's Midnight Run/]]''' written and illustrated by [[Author:Beckles Willson|Beckles Willson]]. * '''[[/From Behind the Speaker's Chair/]]''' by [[Author:Henry W. Lucy|Henry W. Lucy]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:F. C. Gould|F. C. Gould]].}} * '''[[/The Duke of Saxe-Coburg's Palaces/]]''' by [[Author:Mary Spencer-Warren|Mary Spencer-Warren]]. * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Sir Isaac Pitman * Fridtjof Nansen * Annie Albu * Henry H. Fowler * Alfred, Duke of Saxe-Coburg-Gotha }}}} * '''[[/Martin Hewitt, Investigator/]]'''.<br/>'''V. The Quinton Jewel Affair''' by [[Author:A. G. Morrison|A. G. Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/The Handwriting of Mr. Gladstone/]]''' by [[Author:J. Holt Schooling|J. Hold Schooling]]. * '''[[/Beauties/]]: Children''' * '''[[/The Khedive of Egypt/]]''' by [[Author:Stuart Cumberland|Stuart Cumberland]] * '''[[/The White House/]]''', from the French of [[Author:Hégésippe Moreau|Hégésippe Moreau]]. <br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/The Queer Side of Things/]]''' ** '''The Man with a Malady''', by [[Author:J. F. Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]]. ** '''Women Volunteers''', by [[Author:Cyril R. Hallward|Cyril R. Hallward]]. {{AuxTOC/e}} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] ar0m6cfh44igr7bshnb8ad9ubr1xdj4 14131476 14131467 2024-04-26T11:31:02Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = Issue 43 - July 1894 | previous = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 42/|Issue 42]] | next = [[../../Volume 8/Issue 44/|Issue 44]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 8 }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 8. No. 43.||July 1894.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <!-- <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 7).djvu" include=3/> --> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC/s|title=Contents|width=500px}} * '''[[/The Lord of Château Noir/]]''' by [[Author:A. Conan Doyle|A. Conan Doyle]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:W. B. Wollen|W. B. Wollen]].}} * '''[[/Marksmanship/]]''' by [[Author:Gilbert Guerdon|Gilbert Guerdon]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Frank Feller|Frank Feller]].}} * '''[[/Zig-Zags at the Zoo/]]'''.<br/>'''No. XXV. Zig-Zag Bovine''', by [[Author:Arthur Morrison|Arthur Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:William James Affleck Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]].}} * '''[[/Annette's Midnight Run/]]''' written and illustrated by [[Author:Beckles Willson|Beckles Willson]]. * '''[[/From Behind the Speaker's Chair/]]''' by [[Author:Henry W. Lucy|Henry W. Lucy]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:F. C. Gould|F. C. Gould]].}} * '''[[/The Duke of Saxe-Coburg's Palaces/]]''' by [[Author:Mary Spencer-Warren|Mary Spencer-Warren]]. * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Sir Isaac Pitman * Fridtjof Nansen * Annie Albu * Henry H. Fowler * Alfred, Duke of Saxe-Coburg-Gotha }}}} * '''[[/Martin Hewitt, Investigator/]]'''.<br/>'''V. The Quinton Jewel Affair''' by [[Author:A. G. Morrison|A. G. Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/The Handwriting of Mr. Gladstone/]]''' by [[Author:J. Holt Schooling|J. Holt Schooling]]. * '''[[/Beauties/]]: Children''' * '''[[/The Khedive of Egypt/]]''' by [[Author:Stuart Cumberland|Stuart Cumberland]] * '''[[/The White House/]]''', from the French of [[Author:Hégésippe Moreau|Hégésippe Moreau]]. <br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/The Queer Side of Things/]]''' ** '''The Man with a Malady''', by [[Author:J. F. Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]]. ** '''Women Volunteers''', by [[Author:Cyril R. Hallward|Cyril R. Hallward]]. {{AuxTOC/e}} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] 4z4uc9d90y30dae2d0319u0e32d8708 14131500 14131476 2024-04-26T11:40:56Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = Issue 43 - July 1894 | previous = [[../../Volume 7/Issue 42/|Issue 42]] | next = [[../../Volume 8/Issue 44/|Issue 44]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 8 }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 8. No. 43.||July 1894.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <!-- <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 7).djvu" include=3/> --> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC/s|title=Contents|width=500px}} * '''[[/The Lord of Château Noir/]]''' by [[Author:A. Conan Doyle|A. Conan Doyle]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:W. B. Wollen|W. B. Wollen]].}} * '''[[/Marksmanship/]]''' by [[Author:Gilbert Guerdon|Gilbert Guerdon]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Frank Feller|Frank Feller]].}} * '''[[/Zig-Zags at the Zoo/]]'''.<br/>'''No. XXV. Zig-Zag Bovine''', by [[Author:Arthur Morrison|Arthur Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:William James Affleck Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]].}} * '''[[/Annette's Midnight Run/]]''' written and illustrated by [[Author:Beckles Willson|Beckles Willson]]. * '''[[/From Behind the Speaker's Chair/]]''' by [[Author:Henry W. Lucy|Henry W. Lucy]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:F. C. Gould|F. C. Gould]].}} * '''[[/The Duke of Saxe-Coburg's Palaces/]]''' by [[Author:Mary Spencer-Warren|Mary Spencer-Warren]]. * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Sir Isaac Pitman * Fridtjof Nansen * Annie Albu * Henry H. Fowler * Alfred, Duke of Saxe-Coburg-Gotha }}}} * '''[[/Martin Hewitt, Investigator/]]'''.<br/>'''V. The Quinton Jewel Affair''' by [[Author:A. G. Morrison|A. G. Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/The Handwriting of Mr. Gladstone/]]''' by [[Author:J. Holt Schooling|J. Holt Schooling]]. * '''[[/Beauties/]]: Children''' * '''[[/The Khedive of Egypt/]]''' by [[Author:Stuart Cumberland|Stuart Cumberland]] * '''[[/The White Mouse/]]''', from the French of [[Author:Hégésippe Moreau|Hégésippe Moreau]]. <br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/The Queer Side of Things/]]''' ** '''The Man with a Malady''', by [[Author:J. F. Sullivan|J. F. Sullivan]]. ** '''Women Volunteers''', by [[Author:Cyril R. Hallward|Cyril R. Hallward]]. {{AuxTOC/e}} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] 0mtbajyb4vff45zx3t9q1652h9deuef Author:Stuart Cumberland 102 4490515 14131471 2024-04-26T11:29:29Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Created page with "{{author | firstname = Stuart | lastname = Cumberland | last_initial = Cu | birthyear = 1857<!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = 1922<!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Contributor of an article to The Strand Magazine in 1894. }} ==Works== {{PD-US|1922}}" wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = Stuart | lastname = Cumberland | last_initial = Cu | birthyear = 1857<!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = 1922<!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Contributor of an article to The Strand Magazine in 1894. }} ==Works== {{PD-US|1922}} nhbp49ygdw0x0visb2v4uk2naxxyxmn Stray Feathers/Volume 1/February 1873/Spizaetus kienerii 0 4490516 14131484 2024-04-26T11:34:17Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 Created page with "{{header | title = [[../../../]] | author = | translator = | section = Spizaetus kienerii | previous = | next = | notes = }} <pages index="Stray feathers. Journal of ornithology for India and its dependencies (IA strayfeathersjou11873hume).pdf" from=334 to=345 tosection="A345" /> [[Category:India]] [[Category:Birds]] {{dhr}} {{smallrefs}}" wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../../../]] | author = | translator = | section = Spizaetus kienerii | previous = | next = | notes = }} <pages index="Stray feathers. Journal of ornithology for India and its dependencies (IA strayfeathersjou11873hume).pdf" from=334 to=345 tosection="A345" /> [[Category:India]] [[Category:Birds]] {{dhr}} {{smallrefs}} tjiazykk3znydywwkpzvshc0y93hrsa 14131486 14131484 2024-04-26T11:35:03Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../../../]] | author = | translator = | section = Spizaetus kienerii | previous = | next = | notes = }} <pages index="Stray feathers. Journal of ornithology for India and its dependencies (IA strayfeathersjou11873hume).pdf" from=332 to=345 tosection="A345" /> [[Category:India]] [[Category:Birds]] {{dhr}} {{smallrefs}} 1iwxgvk4i3dievydbb36tl4bc791e2v 14131489 14131486 2024-04-26T11:36:30Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../../../]] | author = Allan Octavian Hume | translator = | section = Spizaetus kienerii | previous = | next = | notes = }} <pages index="Stray feathers. Journal of ornithology for India and its dependencies (IA strayfeathersjou11873hume).pdf" from=332 to=345 tosection="A345" /> [[Category:India]] [[Category:Birds]] {{dhr}} {{smallrefs}} d2w8g4of2ilqal2f3g6f26gq84us9xz 14131497 14131489 2024-04-26T11:38:46Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../../../]] | author = Allan Octavian Hume | translator = | section = Spizaetus kienerii | previous = | next = | notes = }} <pages index="Stray feathers. Journal of ornithology for India and its dependencies (IA strayfeathersjou11873hume).pdf" from=332 fromsection="B332" to=345 tosection="A345" /> [[Category:India]] [[Category:Birds]] {{dhr}} {{smallrefs}} tb18iv4pybqf1e7f5umsm57o9as7u63 14131504 14131497 2024-04-26T11:42:21Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../../../]] | author = Allan Octavian Hume | translator = | section = Spizaetus kienerii | previous = | next = | notes = }} <pages index="Stray feathers. Journal of ornithology for India and its dependencies (IA strayfeathersjou11873hume).pdf" from=332 fromsection="B332" to=335 tosection="A335" /> [[Category:India]] [[Category:Birds]] {{dhr}} {{smallrefs}} 9h0rynijje3fuj1k3j9dy4pu7gj0z38 14131509 14131504 2024-04-26T11:46:00Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 removed [[Category:Birds]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../../../]] | author = Allan Octavian Hume | translator = | section = Spizaetus kienerii | previous = | next = | notes = }} <pages index="Stray feathers. Journal of ornithology for India and its dependencies (IA strayfeathersjou11873hume).pdf" from=332 fromsection="B332" to=335 tosection="A335" /> [[Category:India]] {{dhr}} {{smallrefs}} d3126ym3ta7eaqcu6j41xjcb15e489t 14131512 14131509 2024-04-26T11:46:14Z Rajasekhar1961 172574 added [[Category:Eagles]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../../../]] | author = Allan Octavian Hume | translator = | section = Spizaetus kienerii | previous = | next = | notes = }} <pages index="Stray feathers. Journal of ornithology for India and its dependencies (IA strayfeathersjou11873hume).pdf" from=332 fromsection="B332" to=335 tosection="A335" /> [[Category:India]] [[Category:Eagles]] {{dhr}} {{smallrefs}} 3cnk73xtc7vgx5ktipjviyqa4bkmgd0 Page:Scott's Last Expedition, Volume 1.djvu/238 104 4490517 14131492 2024-04-26T11:37:30Z PG 1913842 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="PG" />{{rh|134|SCOTT'S LAST EXPEDITION|{{smaller|{{sc|January}}}}}}</noinclude>hopeful of getting things right, but I fear it won't do to place more reliance on the machines. Everything looks hopeful for the depôt journey if only we can get our stores and ponies past the Glacier Tongue. We had some seal rissoles to-day so extraordinarily well cooked that it was impossible to distinguish them from the best beef rissoles. I told two of the party they were beef, and they made no comment till I enlightened them after they had eaten two each. It is the first time I have tasted seal without being aware of its particular flavour. But even its own flavour is acceptable in our cook's hands—he really is excellent. ''Saturday, January'' 21.—My anxiety for the ship was not unfounded. Fearing a little trouble I went out of the hut in the middle of the night and saw at once that she was having a bad time—the ice was breaking with a northerly swell and the wind increasing, with the ship on dead lee shore; luckily the ice anchors had been put well in on the floe and some still held. Pennell was getting up steam and his men struggling to replace the anchors. We got out the men and gave some help. At 6 steam was up, and I was right glad to see the ship back out to windward, leaving us to recover anchors and hawsers. She stood away to the west, and almost immediately after a large berg drove in and grounded in the place she had occupied. We spent the day measuring our provisions and fixing up clothing arrangements for our journey; a good deal of progress has been made. In the afternoon the ship returned to the northern ice<noinclude></noinclude> 5q8w5vj750t8gpdh9vejlmfiihg9x4g 14131514 14131492 2024-04-26T11:47:03Z PG 1913842 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="PG" />{{rh|134|SCOTT'S LAST EXPEDITION|{{smaller|{{sc|[January}}}}}}</noinclude>hopeful of getting things right, but I fear it won't do to place more reliance on the machines. Everything looks hopeful for the depôt journey if only we can get our stores and ponies past the Glacier Tongue. We had some seal rissoles to-day so extraordinarily well cooked that it was impossible to distinguish them from the best beef rissoles. I told two of the party they were beef, and they made no comment till I enlightened them after they had eaten two each. It is the first time I have tasted seal without being aware of its particular flavour. But even its own flavour is acceptable in our cook's hands—he really is excellent. ''Saturday, January'' 21.—My anxiety for the ship was not unfounded. Fearing a little trouble I went out of the hut in the middle of the night and saw at once that she was having a bad time—the ice was breaking with a northerly swell and the wind increasing, with the ship on dead lee shore; luckily the ice anchors had been put well in on the floe and some still held. Pennell was getting up steam and his men struggling to replace the anchors. We got out the men and gave some help. At 6 steam was up, and I was right glad to see the ship back out to windward, leaving us to recover anchors and hawsers. She stood away to the west, and almost immediately after a large berg drove in and grounded in the place she had occupied. We spent the day measuring our provisions and fixing up clothing arrangements for our journey; a good deal of progress has been made. In the afternoon the ship returned to the northern ice<noinclude></noinclude> drkd9jonkyqhdwteop0byidclk78qvm Page:Scott's Last Expedition, Volume 1.djvu/239 104 4490518 14131511 2024-04-26T11:46:13Z PG 1913842 /* Proofread */ proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="PG" />{{rh|{{smaller|1911]}}|THE SHIP STRANDED|135}}</noinclude>edge; the wind was still strong (about N. 30 W.) and loose ice all along the edge—our people went out with the ice anchors and I saw the ship pass west again. Then as I went out on the floe came the report that she was ashore. I ran out to the Cape with E. Evans and saw that the report was only too true. She looked to be firmly fixed and in a very uncomfortable position. It looked as though she had been trying to get round the Cape, and therefore I argued she must have been going a good pace as the drift was making rapidly to the south. Later Pennell told me he had been trying to look behind the berg and had been going astern some time before he struck. My heart sank when I looked at her and I sent Evans off in the whaler to sound, recovered the ice anchors again, set the people to work, and walked disconsolately back to the Cape to watch. Visions of the ship failing to return to New Zealand and of sixty people waiting here arose in my mind with sickening pertinacity, and the only consolation I could draw from such imaginations was the determination that the southern work should go on as before—meanwhile the least ill possible seemed to be an extensive lightening of the ship with boats as the tide was evidently high when she struck—a terribly depressing prospect. Some three or four of us watched it gloomily from the shore whilst all was bustle on board, the men shifting cargo aft. Pennell tells me they shifted 10 tons in a very short time. The first ray of hope came when by careful watching one could see that the ship was turning very slowly, then<noinclude></noinclude> d2fw4s0h1ngsqcpws809ttta1kmeo4c The Strand Magazine/Volume 8/Issue 44 0 4490519 14131516 2024-04-26T11:49:49Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Created page with "{{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = Issue 44 - August 1894 | previous = [[../../Volume 8/Issue 43/|Issue 44]] | next = [[../../Volume 8/Issue 45/|Issue 45]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 8 }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 8. No. 44.||August 1894.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the iss..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = {{auto parents}} | author = | editor = George Newnes | section = Issue 44 - August 1894 | previous = [[../../Volume 8/Issue 43/|Issue 44]] | next = [[../../Volume 8/Issue 45/|Issue 45]] |commonscat = The Strand Magazine, Vol 8 }} {{default layout|Layout 4}} [[File:The Strand Magazine - Title Text.png|500px|center|frameless]] {{dhr}} {{rule}} {{rh|Vol. 8. No. 44.||August 1894.}} {{rule}} <!-- Frontispiece for the issue --> <!-- <pages index="The Strand Magazine (Volume 7).djvu" include=3/> --> {{ppb}} <section begin="toc"/> {{AuxTOC/s|title=Contents|width=500px}} * '''[[/The Croissey Yew/]]''' from the French of [[Author:Maurice Saint-Aguet|Maurice Saint-Aguet]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:W. B. Wollen|W. B. Wollen]].}} * '''[[/Wonderland in America/]]''' by [[Author:Mrs. Fenwick Miller|Mrs. Fenwick Miller]]. * '''[[/Favourite Books of Childhood/]]''' by [[Author:Frances H. Low|Frances H. Low]]. * '''[[/The Dynamiter's Sweetheart/]]''' by [[Author:Grant Allen|Grant Allen]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Paul Hardy|Paul Hardy]].}} * '''[[/Zig-Zags at the Zoo/]]'''.<br/>'''No. XXVI. Zig-Zag Final''', by [[Author:Arthur Morrison|Arthur Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:William James Affleck Shepherd|J. A. Shepherd]].}} * '''[[/Martin Hewitt, Investigator/]]'''.<br/>'''VI. The Stanway Cameo Mystery''' by [[Author:A. G. Morrison|A. G. Morrison]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Sidney Paget|Sidney Paget]].}} * '''[[/Engine Drivers and Their Work/]]''' by [[Author:Alfred T. Story|Alfred T. Story]]. * '''[[/Illustrated Interviews/]]'''.<br/>'''XXXV. Sir Donald Currie''', by [[Author:Harry How|Harry How]]. * '''[[/Ostrich Farming in South Africa/]]''' by [[Author:Charles W. Carey|Charles W. Carey]]. * '''[[/Portraits of Celebrities/]]''' at Different Times of their Lives. {{smaller|{{flatlist|indent=2| * Sir Donald Currie * Marie François Sadi Carnot * Sir Horace Davey * Robert Abel }}}} * '''[[/Sydney Holt, B.A./]]''', by [[Author:Martin Milner|Martin Milner]]. <br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:H. R. Millar|H. R. Millar]].}} * '''[[/Some Historic Cradles/]]''' by [[Author:Sheila E. Braine|Sheila E. Braine]]. * '''[[/Bank of England Notes/]]''' by [[Author:Gilbert Guerdon|Gilbert Guerdon]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:Frank Feller|Frank Feller]].}} * '''[[/From Behind the Speaker's Chair/]]''' by [[Author:Henry W. Lucy|Henry W. Lucy]].<br/>{{sm|Illustrated by [[Author:F. C. Gould|F. C. Gould]].}} {{AuxTOC/e}} <section end="toc"/> {{PD-US}} [[Category:The Strand Magazine]] 0r429gjpi5abmipvvwvxreachmpuf5c Author:Maurice Saint-Aguet 102 4490520 14131518 2024-04-26T11:50:53Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Created page with "{{author | firstname = Maurice | lastname = Saint-Aguet | last_initial = Sa | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = French author of a short story in The Strand Magazine in 1894. }} ==Works==" wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = Maurice | lastname = Saint-Aguet | last_initial = Sa | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = French author of a short story in The Strand Magazine in 1894. }} ==Works== ksembq1vii1op4tu8aavdr2qh5j5lw3 14131519 14131518 2024-04-26T11:51:32Z Qq1122qq 1889140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = Maurice | lastname = Saint-Aguet | last_initial = Sa | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = French author of a short story in The Strand Magazine in 1894. }} ==Works== {{PD-US|1873}} dn5dn9w7pfeyfoaekuj6h8geehf2db2 Author:Mrs. Fenwick Miller 102 4490521 14131521 2024-04-26T11:52:21Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Redirected page to [[Author:Florence Fenwick Miller]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Author:Florence Fenwick Miller]] oorlsqjr9glz1hjvwy248ztqnsc4qet Author:Florence Fenwick Miller 102 4490522 14131523 2024-04-26T11:53:10Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Created page with "{{author | firstname = Florence Fenwick | lastname = Miller | last_initial = Mi | birthyear = 1854<!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = 1935<!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Author and social campaigner. }} ==Works== {{PD-US|1935}}" wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = Florence Fenwick | lastname = Miller | last_initial = Mi | birthyear = 1854<!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = 1935<!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Author and social campaigner. }} ==Works== {{PD-US|1935}} 940scg96qjdjb7tnsyjeplahtft2dam Author:Charles W. Carey 102 4490523 14131525 2024-04-26T11:54:11Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Created page with "{{author | firstname = Charles W. | lastname = Carey | last_initial = Ca | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Contributor of a single article to The Strand Magazine in 1894. }} ==Works==" wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = Charles W. | lastname = Carey | last_initial = Ca | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Contributor of a single article to The Strand Magazine in 1894. }} ==Works== 48pjrs7sdun6e8u3p27aq9j4pktg0st Author:Martin Milner 102 4490524 14131526 2024-04-26T11:54:47Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Created page with "{{author | firstname = Martin | lastname = Milner | last_initial = Mi | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Contributor of a single article to The Strand Magazine in 1894. }} ==Works==" wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = Martin | lastname = Milner | last_initial = Mi | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Contributor of a single article to The Strand Magazine in 1894. }} ==Works== 8zxhliuz174mk1dctm4fjbzz8cecfza Author:Sheila E. Braine 102 4490525 14131527 2024-04-26T11:55:30Z Qq1122qq 1889140 Created page with "{{author | firstname = Sheila E. | lastname = Braine | last_initial = Br | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Writer of many short stories in British illustrated periodicals in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. }} ==Works==" wikitext text/x-wiki {{author | firstname = Sheila E. | lastname = Braine | last_initial = Br | birthyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | deathyear = <!--data now imported from wikidata, please consider deleting once matched--> | description = Writer of many short stories in British illustrated periodicals in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. }} ==Works== bbbh820c8eg27y1n5tauw5czye782q0